LIVRES - BOOKS - EBOOKS - ROUTLEDGE

LIVRES - BOKKS - EBOOKS - ROUTLEDGE

The Practice of Family TherapyKey Elements Across Models Now in its fifth edition The Practice of Family Therapy comes at a time when traditional approaches to psychotherapy have given way to multidimensional strategies that best serve the needs of diverse groups who are grappling with the many challenges unique to family therapy practice. With expanded coverage of different models along with new developments in evidence-based and postmodern practices this integrative textbook bridges the gap between science and systemic/relational approaches as it guides the reader through each stage of family therapy. Part I lays the groundwork by introducing the first- second- and third-generation models of family therapy teaching the reader to integrate different elements from these models into a systemic structure of practice. Part II explores the practical application of these models including scripts for specific interventions and rich case examples that highlight how to effectively work with diverse client populations. Students will learn how to make connections between individual symptoms and cutting-edge family practices to respond successfully to cases of substance abuse trauma grief depression suicide risk violence LGBTQ families and severely mentally ill clients and their families. Also included are study guides for each model and a glossary to review main concepts. Aligned with the Association of Marital and Family Therapy Regulatory Boards’ (AMFTRB) knowledge and content statements this textbook will be key reading for graduate students who are preparing for the national licensing exam in marriage and family therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138484719

The Practice of Foreign Language Teaching First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153530

The Practice of Generalist Social Work The fifth edition of The Practice of Generalist Social Work expands its foundational and integrative coverage of social work values ethics competencies and behaviors as they relate and function within diverse practice settings. Through a strengths-based perspective students are given a comprehensive overview of the major skills and considerations for practice with individuals families groups communities and organizations encompassing planned change engagement assessment intervention evaluation termination and follow-up. In response to the challenges and realities of professional practice chapters in this new edition open with a case which is integrated to provide connections between the book’s content and real-life practice settings. Each chapter builds on the knowledge gained from previous chapters and provides expanded resources that contain up-to-date guidance for the beginning practitioner. These include: Consistent and in-depth use of key theoretical perspectives and case examples to demonstrate essential knowledge values and skills for generalist social work practice. Grand Challenges from the American Academy of Social Work and Social Welfare which illustrate the connection between social work and the most significant contemporary challenges in our society. A clear focus on generalist social work practice informed by the authors’ decades of real-world practice experience at all levels of engagement and intervention. This edition also offers revised and expanded student and instructor resources which are available at www.routledgesw.com including new conceptually-based companion readings access to six unique and interactive case simulations quick guides for improved fieldwork and annotated weblinks for further reading listening and viewing. Combining comprehensive and current resources in traditional and online formats the new edition of The Practice of Generalist Social Work facilitates a dynamic experiential introduction to social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367354312

The Practice of Generalist Social WorkChapters 10-13 This abridged version of the fifth edition of The Practice of Generalist Social Work expands its foundational and integrated coverage of social work values ethics competencies and behaviors as they converge and operate within dynamic practice situations with communities and organizations. Through case studies examples exercises and updated connections to the Grand Challenges of Social Work which add vibrancy to the concepts and theories that are introduced throughout the text students will understand how different stages of the practice framework apply to macro contexts and learn how to engage in culturally competent and evidence-based practice.  The text also comes with a rich companion website that includes instructor support materials and realistic case studies that connect learning to practice. Please visit www.routledgesw.com to explore the cases and access the additional resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367488000

The Practice of Generalist Social WorkChapters 10-13 The fourth edition of The Practice of Generalist Social Work continues to teach students to apply micro macro and mezzo social work skills. This new edition strengthens the connection between the three levels of practice and is fully updated to the 2015 EPAS. This edition also contains more illustrations of theory and more context for deciding which type of intervention is a good fit. Most chapters now open with a case study and continually refer back to the case to provide additional connections between theory and real-life practice. Each chapter also incorporates a link to a Grand Challenge of Social Work from the American Academy of Social Work and Social Welfare which shows the connection between social work and the most significant societal challenges of today. The Quick Guides within the text offer students guidance for their field experience and practice after graduation. The text also comes with a rich companion website that includes support materials and six unique cases that encourage students to learn by doing. Go to www.routledgesw.com to explore the cases and additional resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138056497

The Practice of Generalist Social WorkChapters 1-5 The fourth edition of The Practice of Generalist Social Work continues to teach students to apply micro macro and mezzo social work skills. This new edition strengthens the connection between the three levels of practice and is fully updated to the 2015 EPAS. This edition also contains more illustrations of theory and more context for deciding which type of intervention is a good fit. Most chapters now open with a case study and continually refer back to the case to provide additional connections between theory and real-life practice. Each chapter also incorporates a link to a Grand Challenge of Social Work from the American Academy of Social Work and Social Welfare which shows the connection between social work and the most significant societal challenges of today. The Quick Guides within the text offer students guidance for their field experience and practice after graduation. The text also comes with a rich companion website that includes support materials and six unique cases that encourage students to learn by doing. Go to www.routledgesw.com to explore the cases and additional resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138056473

The Practice of Generalist Social WorkChapters 6-9 The fourth edition of The Practice of Generalist Social Work continues to teach students to apply micro macro and mezzo social work skills. This new edition strengthens the connection between the three levels of practice and is fully updated to the 2015 EPAS. This edition also contains more illustrations of theory and more context for deciding which type of intervention is a good fit. Most chapters now open with a case study and continually refer back to the case to provide additional connections between theory and real-life practice. Each chapter also incorporates a link to a Grand Challenge of Social Work from the American Academy of Social Work and Social Welfare which shows the connection between social work and the most significant societal challenges of today. The Quick Guides within the text offer students guidance for their field experience and practice after graduation. The text also comes with a rich companion website that includes support materials and six unique cases that encourage students to learn by doing. Go to www.routledgesw.com to explore the cases and additional resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138056480

The Practice of Generalist Social WorkChapters 8-13 The fourth edition of The Practice of Generalist Social Work continues to teach students to apply micro macro and mezzo social work skills. This new edition strengthens the connection between the three levels of practice and is fully updated to the 2015 EPAS. This edition also contains more illustrations of theory and more context for deciding which type of intervention is a good fit. Most chapters now open with a case study and continually refer back to the case to provide additional connections between theory and real-life practice. Each chapter also incorporates a link to a Grand Challenge of Social Work from the American Academy of Social Work and Social Welfare which shows the connection between social work and the most significant societal challenges of today. The Quick Guides within the text offer students guidance for their field experience and practice after graduation. The text also comes with a rich companion website that includes support materials and six unique cases that encourage students to learn by doing. Go to www.routledgesw.com to explore the cases and additional resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138056510

The Practice of Government Public Relations In addition to traditional management tools government administrators require a fundamental understanding of the tools available to address the ever-changing context of government communications. Examining the ins and outs of the regulations influencing public information The Practice of Government Public Relations unveils novel ways to integrate cutting-edge technologies—including Web 2.0 and rapidly emerging social media—to craft and maintain a positive public image. Expert practitioners with extensive government communications experience address key topics of interest and provide an up-to-date overview of best practices. They examine the specifics of government public relations and detail a hands-on approach for the planning implementation and evaluation of the wide-ranging aspects of government public relations—including how to respond during a crisis.In addition to the tools provided on the accompanying CD-ROM most chapters include a Best Practice Checklist to help you successfully utilize the communication strategies outlined in the book. Focusing on the roles of government managers enacting policies adopted by elected officials and politicians this book is ideal for program managers seeking innovative and inexpensive ways to accomplish their programs’ missions. While no manager can be an expert in all aspects of public administration this book helps you understand the external communications tools available to advance the mission and results of your agency. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781439834657

The Practice of Graduate Research in Hospitality and Tourism Improve your hospitality and tourism research abilities with this impressive collection of research methods! The Practice of Graduate Research in Hospitality and Tourism assists you in gaining insight into different facets of research design conceptual development research methods and conclusions drawn from research in hospitality and tourism. As a professional researcher or graduate student in the hospitality and tourism field you will benefit from this collection of chapters that represent examples of research trials conducted by graduate students in hospitality and tourism and are selected on the basis of the originality of the students’concepts research methods and interest of the work to graduate students. This informative volume will provide you and your students with up-to-date and effective ideas for researching topics within the field of hospitality. The Practice of Graduate Research in Hospitality and Tourism is an excellent supplemental textbook for research methods classes in graduate hospitality and tourism programs. The wide variety of chapters will stimulate discussions on research in hospitality and tourism from conceptual secondary data and primary data approaches. Some of the research articles you will explore in The Practice of Graduate Research in Hospitality and Tourism are based on different statistical techniques research designs and trends of subjects. Topics include: selecting service-oriented employees based on person-organization fit measuring the effectiveness of advertising on the Internet examining factors that affect food expenditures of U.S. tourists when they are away from home explaining the competitive structure of Japanese travelers’overseas destination plans determining the motivational needs of managers in the on-site foodservice segment providing adequate education on HIV and AIDS in the workplace for hospitality managers identifying influential variables of employee turnover in the food and beverage industryThe Practice of Graduate Research in Hospitality and Tourism serves as an important forum for initiating research and new ideas internationally. The carefully selected chapters of this essential text will provide you and your students with suggestions that will improve research competency as well as hospitality services to patrons. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138989702

The Practice of Humanitarian InterventionAid workers Agencies and Institutions in the Democratic Republic of the Congo This book examines the practices in Western and local spheres of humanitarian intervention and shows how the divide between these spheres helps to perpetuate Western involvement. Using the Democratic Republic of the Congo as a case study – an object of Western intervention since colonial times –  this book scrutinizes the contemporary practice of humanitarian intervention from the inside. It seeks to expose how humanitarian aid and peacekeeping works what obstacles they encounter and how they manage to retain their legitimacy. By examining the relationship between the West and the DR Congo this volume asks why intervention continues to be so central for the relationship between Western and local spheres. Why is it normal and self-evident? The main answer developed here is that the separation of these two spheres allows intervention to enjoy sufficient degrees of legitimacy to be sustained. Owing to the contradictions that surface when juxtaposing the Western and Congolese spheres this book highlights how keeping them separate is key to sustaining intervention. Bridging the divide between the liberal peace debate in International Relations and anthropologies of humanitarianism this volume thus presents an important contribution to taking both the legitimizing proclamations and ‘local’ realities of intervention seriously. The book will be of much interest to students of statebuilding peacebuilding peacekeeping anthropology research methods and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815347651

The Practice of Internal Dosimetry in Nuclear Medicine Written by one of the world's leading experts in the field of nuclear medicine dosimetry this text describes in detail the use of internal dose calculations in the practice of nuclear medicine. While radiation therapy with external sources of radiation always employs calculations of dose to optimize therapy for each patient this is not routinely conducted in nuclear medicine therapy. As the trend towards an increasing role of dosimetry in therapy planning increases this book reviews the available methods and technologies available to make this a more common practice. The book begins by covering the mathematical fundamentals of internal dose calculations and uses sample calculations to demonstrate key principles. The book then moves forward to describe anthropomorphic models dosimetric models and types and uses of diagnostic and therapeutic radiopharmaceuticals. The depth of coverage makes it useful reference and guide for researchers performing dose calculations and for physicians considering incorporating dose calculations into the treatment of their cancer patients. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574536

The Practice of International Commercial ArbitrationA Handbook for Hong Kong Arbitrators Focusing on practical principles or guidelines for arbitrators this book covers everything a prospective international commercial arbitrator should know about conducting an arbitration in Hong Kong. Specifically geared to those interested in or starting work as an international commercial arbitrator in Hong Kong the book takes readers step-by-step through the problems that are likely to arise in the conduct of a commercial arbitration and in the development of their careers as international commercial arbitrators. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9781138202283

The Practice of International Development Development analysts tend to give short shrift to the seemingly minor bureaucratic hitches faced by practitioners—those who design manage implement and evaluate aid projects. Often critical of foreign aid either for its apparent ineffectiveness at alleviating poverty or its purported neocolonial implications the academic literature rarely acknowledges the experiences and pressures faced by practitioners themselves as they implement aid-funded development projects—the meetings paperwork negotiations site visits financial transactions logistical arrangements interviews program activities and beneficiary interactions—that keep projects running. And yet the impact of aid projects and indeed the impact of development itself often grows out of the daily activities and personal interactions of development practitioners. This unique book considers challenges from the perspective of development practitioners who confront technical managerial political theoretical and moral quandaries on a daily basis. With chapters written by expert practitioners on different aspects of design and management of international development activities this book examines real issues and navigates the often contradictory demands of local development needs including international donor imperatives; limited financial resources time information and assurance of results; the competing pulls of administrative efficiency; and the desire to alleviate suffering. It also gives readers access to the crucial but little-heard voices of those who spend their professional lives designing and managing foreign aid projects offering insight into what did or did not work on projects they have managed implemented or evaluated. These insights do not seek to identify universally right or wrong ways of doing development; instead they highlight pros and cons associated with various approaches and decisions. This book provides valuable insights for students and others interested in a development career encourages practitioners to engage in reflection and persuades researchers to further consider the influence of practice on project success or failure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781466586727

The Practice of Lacanian PsychoanalysisTheories and Principles The Practice of Lacanian Psychoanalysis lays out an Aristotelian framework to account for the different types of knowing and not-knowing operative in the theory and practice of psychoanalysis. The book proposes a new model for diagnosis giving preference to fewer over more diagnoses and seeks to better organize them by distinguishing between structure and surface symptoms. It examines many principles of Lacanian clinical practice including different types of frames and evidence the practice of citation and listening the resistance and desire of the analyst transference love as a metaphor the role of negative transference at the end of analysis and the identification with the sinthome as Lacan's last formulation regarding the end of analysis. The text also suggests that there are three forms of love and hate based on the works of Lacan and Winnicott. Underpinned by extensive practical knowledge of the clinic and case examples for clinicians analysts and practicing Lacanian analysts this book should be of interest to academics scholars and clinicians alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367342371

The Practice of Leadership in Higher EducationReal-world Perspectives on Becoming Being and Leaving This practice-orientated book explores the nature of leadership in higher education during three key stages of the leadership cycle: becoming being and leaving leadership. Providing perspectives on leadership from a range of professional sectors this book presents considered views on contemporary and future leadership practices in higher education from a global network of contributors. Included within each chapter are prominent questions designed to engage the reader to think about their own leadership experiences to date and leadership development needs. Key points covered include: the complexities of leadership in higher education in a changing world discussion of internally resourced leadership development frameworks and programmes currently used across the sector leading complex education systems perspectives on leadership from a range of professional sectors such as corporate military elite sport and public that can be used to improve the quality of higher education leadership case studies of academics’ leadership practices that provide readers with authentic personal insights into discipline-specific leadership experiences from around the world. Full of practical examples of personal leadership experiences which can be used to help inform readers’ leadership aspirations development and legacy planning this is the ideal read for anyone interested in understanding their identity and practice as a leader in higher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367423674

The Practice of Management This classic volume achieves a remarkable width of appeal without sacrificing scientific accuracy or depth of analysis. It is a valuable contribution to the study of business efficiency which should be read by anyone wanting information about the developments and place of management and it is as relevant today as when it was first written. This is a practical book written out of many years of experience in working with managements of small medium and large corporations. It aims to be a management guide enabling readers to examine their own work and performance to diagnose their weaknesses and to improve their own effectiveness as well as the results of the enterprise they are responsible for. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138454057

The Practice of Mathematics The psychological description and explanation of how children learn to work with numbers is dominated by the theories of Piaget. Yvette Solomon suggests an alternative approach to the child's conception of number. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203769652

The Practice of Psychoanalytic Parent-Infant PsychotherapyClaiming the Baby The Practice of Psychoanalytic Parent-Infant Psychotherapy is a comprehensive handbook addressing the provision of therapeutic help for babies and their parents when their attachment relationship is troubled and a risk is posed to the baby's development. Drawing on clinical and research data from neuroscience attachment and psychoanalysis the book presents a clinical treatment approach that is up-to-date flexible and sophisticated whilst also being clear and easy to understand. The first section: The theory of psychoanalytic parent infant psychotherapy – offers the reader a theoretical framework for understanding the emotional-interactional environment within which infant development takes place. The second section The therapeutic process invites the reader into the consulting room to participate in a detailed examination of the relational process in the clinical encounter. The third section Clinical papers provides case material to illustrate the unfolding of the therapeutic process. This new edition draws on evidence from contemporary research with new material on: Embodied communication between parent and infant and clinician-patient/s Fathers and fathering Engagement of at-risk populations Written by a team of experienced clinicians writers teachers and researchers in the field of infant development and psychopathology The Practice of Psychoanalytic Parent-Infant Psychotherapy will be an essential resource for all professionals working with children and their families including child psychiatrists psychoanalysts psychotherapists and clinical and developmental psychologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138792784

The Practice of Psychotherapy506 Questions and Answers Freud once humorously remarked that "Anyone who wants to make a living from the treatment of nervous patients must clearly be able to do something to help them". It is amazing how frequently this simple precept is ignored and when a patient does not get well how often the failure is attributed to lack of proper motivation diminutive ego strength latent schizophrenia and a multitude of assorted resistances. Difficulties that arise during therapy are not due to a deliberate conspiracy of neglect on the part of the therapist. They usually come about because of obstructive situations that develop in work with patients with which the therapist is unprepared to cope. During his psychiatric career the author who spent time both teaching and supervising collected and collated questions from students and graduate therapists who had raised concerns about psychotherapy that related to such obstructive situations. Originally published in 1982 this volume contains both those questions and his answers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138784000

The Practice of PsychotherapySecond Edition The Practice of Psychotherapy brings together Jung's essays on general questions of analytic therapy and dream analysis. It also contains his profoundly interesting parallel between the transference phenomena and alchemical processes. The transference is illustrated and interpreted by means of a set of symbolic pictures and the bond between psychotherapist and patient is shown to be a function of the kinship libido. Far from being pathological in its effects kinship libido has an essential role to play in the work of individuation and in establishing an organic society based on the psychic connection of its members with one another and with their own roots. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135932

The Practice of PsychotherapySecond Edition The Practice of Psychotherapy brings together Jung's essays on general questions of analytic therapy and dream analysis. It also contains his profoundly interesting parallel between the transference phenomena and alchemical processes. The transference is illustrated and interpreted by means of a set of symbolic pictures and the bond between psychotherapist and patient is shown to be a function of the kinship libido. Far from being pathological in its effects kinship libido has an essential role to play in the work of individuation and in establishing an organic society based on the psychic connection of its members with one another and with their own roots. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315725284

The Practice of PunishmentTowards a Theory of Restorative Justice This study focuses on the practice of punishment as it is inflicted by the state. The author's first-hand experience with penal reform combined with philosophical reflection has led him to develop a theory of punishment that identifies the principles of sentencing and corrections on which modern correctional systems should be built. This new theory of punishment is built on the view that the central function of the law is to reduce the need to use force in the resolution of disputes. Professor Cragg argues that the proper role of sentencing and sentence administration is to sustain public confidence in the capacity of the law to fulfil that function. Sentencing and corrections should therefore be guided by principles of restorative justice. He points out that although punishment may be an inevitable concomitant of law enforcement in general and sentencing in particular inflicting punishment is not a legitimate objective of criminal justice. The strength and appeal of this account is that it moves well beyond the boundaries of conventional discussions. It examines punishment within the framework of policing and adjudication analyses the relationship between punishment and sentencing and provides a basis for evaluating correctional practices and such developments as electronic monitoring. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995208

The Practice of QualityChanging General Practice This work adopts a modern approach to quality assurance and quality improvement in general practice. It provides an introduction to the subject enabling readers to see how best to proceed in their own practices. It revises and updates previous books by Donald and Sally Irvine on clinical audit by placing audit within the wider quality context. It is designed to provide an easily accessible approach to the basic tenets as well as speculating on the future developments in this area and should be of interest to all members of the practice team. The themes of the book are illustrated by reference to the five major case studies provided which describe in some detail the various ways of starting implementing and maintaining quality assurance in general practice today. Practical examples of Total Quality Management the use of British Standard 5750 Kings Fund organizational audit Investors in People and Fellowship of the Royal College of General Practitioners by assessment are also provided. These studies are written by the practitioners medical and non-medical who have themselves been through the experience of turning theory into practice. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315377308

The Practice of Reform in Health Medicine and Science 1500–2000Essays for Charles Webster Histories of medicine and science are histories of political and social change as well as accounts of the transformation of particular disciplines over time. Taking their inspiration from the work of Charles Webster the essays in this volume consider the effect that demands for social and political reform have had on the theory and above all the practice of medicine and science and on the promotion of human health from the Renaissance and Enlightenment up to the present. The eighteen essays by an international group of scholars provide case studies covering a wide range of locations and contexts of the successes and failures of reform and reformers in challenging the status quo. They discuss the impact of religious and secular ideologies on ideas about the nature and organization of health medicine and science as well as the effects of social and political institutions including the professions themselves in shaping the possibilities for reform and renewal. The Practice of Reform in Health Medicine and Science 1500-2000 also addresses the afterlife of reforming concepts and describes local and regional differences in the practice and perception of reform culminating in the politics of welfare in the twentieth century. The authors build up a composite picture of the interaction of politics and health medicine and science in western Europe over time that can pose questions for the future of policy as well as explaining some of the successes and failures of the past. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315237626

The Practice of Social influence in Multiple Cultures This book provides a diverse collection of studies reporting the effects of social influence processes in multiple cultures at both the universal and culture-specific levels. The book is characterized by three distinct features. First the social influence process is considered as a ubiquitous and pervasive feature of human interaction. Second the book represents a multicultural approach which includes both cross-cultural and culture-focused examinations. Third the book emphasizes practical implications of the research presented. This volume incorporates theory and research stemming from three different approaches to social influence: social influence principles across cultures social influence and social change across cultures and culture and moral perspective in the social influence process. Because each of these three parts encompasses a considerable variety of research methodologies social contexts and cultures each is proceeded by an integrative commentary authored by one of the book editors. These essays provide syntheses of the topics and themes within the corresponding sections and within the book as a whole. They also offer critical commentaries on both theoretical and methodological issues raise suggestions for future research and focus on practical applications. This book is intended for both scholars interested in cross- and multicultural research into the mechanisms of the social influence process and for the professional whose mission is to make planned changes in a society. Knowledge about the influence process especially regarding how it works in different cultures and within several cultural groups facilitates this goal. The practical implications ending each chapter serve as encouraging instructions for such applications. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138012608

The Practice of Strategic Environmental Assessment The practical application of strategic environmental assessment (SEA) is becoming increasingly common. A growing number of SEAs are being undertaken around the world and several countries have issued guidance on how these should be carried out. However few countries as yet have formal SEA regulations and few completed SEAs have demonstrated all the elements of current best practice. The Practice of Strategic Environmental Assessment aims to provide a unique analysis of SEAs which have been undertaken drawing on a variety of methods and circumstances to illustrate how best practice can be achieved and providing inspiration for those considering studying commission or carrying out an SEA. Part I sets the rest of the book in context giving a review of international SEA guidance and regulations and discussing models and methodologies. Part II then analyses a comprehensive set of case studies from countries which have extensive experience in SEA or which provide particularly good examples. The case studies are discussed in three sections ? sectoral SEAs SEAs of land-use plans and SEAs of policies ? and provide examples of different scales and approaches as well as country-specific experience. The final chapter draws out some constraints to effective SEA as well as positive themes which show how effective SEA can contribute to wider environmental assessment. Written by an international team of SEA practitioners and experts this volume will be of particular use to students of environmental policy and management environmental consultants local authorities policy-makers and anyone involved in the commissioning process or review of SEAs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138458253

The Practice of Sustainable TourismResolving the Paradox Sustainable tourism is a widely used term that has accumulated considerable attention from researchers and policy makers over the past two decades. However there is still an apparently wide gap between theory and practice in the area. Recent scholarly research has tended to focus on niche areas of alternative tourism rather than address the broader issues and vagaries and paradoxes that appear to plague the broader notion of sustainable tourism. As such there is a need for a new and pragmatic analysis of sustainable tourism as an overarching idea and how this manifests in practice. The Practice of Sustainable Tourism fulfils this need by offering a fresh perspective on sustainable tourism as an umbrella concept with inherent tensions. It presents a way of thinking about tourism based on the notion of finding common ground using the dialectic tradition of philosophy. Dialectics focusses on resolving opposing viewpoints by recognising they have common elements that can be combined into a rational and practical solution over time. As part of this approach the book examines the strongly apparent tensions within alternative tourism as well as the paradox of continuing growth and other mass tourism related issues. It is divided into three parts Part I includes chapters discussing the general concept of sustainable tourism its history current status and possible futures; Part II includes a range of destination case studies exploring how sustainable tourism has been applied and Part III includes perspectives from the tourism operator view. Given the international content and challenging themes the book will be appealing internationally to students researchers and academics in the fields of tourism geography sustainability and social science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138083950

The Practice of TeachingA Sociology of Education This title first published in 1990 examines the work of teachers in the classroom and the school from a sociological perspective. It will be important reading for teacher education students who have little or no background in sociology providing them with information understanding and techniques which will enable them to operate as competent teachers in the classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138244542

The Practice of the MealFood Families and the Market Place Reflecting a growing interest in consumption practices and particularly relating to food this cross disciplinary volume brings together diverse perspectives on our (often taken for granted) domestic mealtimes. By unpacking the meal as a set of practices - acquisition appropriation appreciation and disposal - it shows the role of the market in such processes by looking at how consumers make sense of marketplace discourses whether this is how brand discourses influence shopping habits or how consumers interact with the various spaces of the market. Revealing food consumption through both material and symbolic aspects and the role that marketplace institutions discourses and places play in shaping perpetuating or transforming them this holistic approach reveals how consumer practices of ‘the meal’ and the attendant meaning-making processes which surround them are shaped. This wide-ranging collection will be of great interest to a wide range of scholars interested in marketing consumer behaviour and food studies as well as the sociology of both families and food. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870980

The Practice of the Presence of GodTheology as a Way of Life Exploring the unity of the practice of prayer and the practice of theology this book draws together insights from world-class theologians including Rowan Williams Andrew Louth Frances Young Margaret R. Miles Sebastian Brock and Nicholaï Sakharov. Offering glimpses of the prayer-life and witness that undergirds theological endeavour some authors approach the topic in a deeply personal way while others express the unity of prayer and the theologian in a traditionally scholarly manner. No matter what the denomination of the Christian theologian - Greek or Russian Orthodox Roman Catholic Anglican Methodist - authors demonstrate that the discipline of theology cannot properly be practiced apart from the prayer life of the theologian. The prayer of the theologian shapes her or his approach to theology. Whether it be preaching teaching writing or research the deep soundings of prayer inform and embrace all. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472478320

The Practice Turn in Architecture: Brussels after 1968 What makes a city? What makes architecture? And what is to be included in the discussions of architecture and the city? Attempting to answer such ambitious questions this book starts from a city’s specificity and complexity. In response to recent debates in architectural theory around the agency and locus of critical action this book tests the potential of criticality through-practice. Rather than through conceptual and ideological categorisations it studies how architecture and criticality work within specific circumstances. Brussels a complex city with a turbulent architectural and urban past forms a compelling case for examining the tensions between urban politics architectural imaginations society’s needs and desires and the city’s history and fabric. Inspired by pragmatist-relational philosophies this book tests the potential of criticality through-practice. It studies a series of critical actions and tools which occurred in Brussels’ architectural and urban culture after 1968. Weaved together Brussels architectural production emerges from a variety of actors including architects urban policy makers activists social workers and citizens but also architectural movements and ideologies urban renewal programs urban traumas plans and projects and mundane everyday practices and constructions. This book contributes to the study of Brussels and offers a timely contribution to recent scholarship on the critical reappraisal of architectural debates from the 1960s through to the 1990s. In addition by showing how pragmatist-relational philosophies can be made relevant for architectural theory the book opens hopeful potentials for how architectural theory can better contribute to the formulation of a critical agenda for architecture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138572317

The Practices of CrusadingImage and Action from the Eleventh to the Sixteenth Centuries The crusades influenced western European society in the middle ages far beyond the military campaigns themselves. Reactions and involvement did not always follow the assumptions of ideology or supporters medieval or modern. In this wide ranging collection of articles spanning thirty years Christopher Tyerman explores the relationships between action and perception ambition and practice propaganda and support. One section concentrates on the role the crusade played in the politics and elite culture of the early fourteenth century particularly in France. A further series of essays examines the nature of crusading as a phenomenon from the twelfth to the sixteenth centuries notably the contrasts between official literary and popular reception and how it was variously understood by contemporaries and promoted by apologists in England continental Europe and the Baltic. Finally the structure of crusading armies is explored in a sequence that analyses the organisation of expeditions including communal decision-making on the First Crusade the sociology of recruitment and in a previously unpublished major study the importance of pay to crusaders from 1096 onwards.The crusades influenced western European society in the middle ages far beyond the military campaigns themselves. Reactions and involvement did not always follow the assumptions of ideology or supporters medieval or modern. In this wide ranging collection of articles spanning thirty years Christopher Tyerman explores the relationships between action and perception ambition and practice propaganda and support. One section concentrates on the role the crusade played in the politics and elite culture of the early fourteenth century particularly in France. A further series of essays examines the nature of crusading as a phenomenon from the twelfth to the sixteenth centuries notably the contrasts between official literary and popular reception and how it was variously understood by contemporaries and promoted by apologists in England continental Europe and the Baltic. Finally the structure of crusading armies is explored in a sequence that analyses the organisation of expeditions including communal decision-making on the First Crusade the sociology of recruitment and in a previously unpublished major study the importance of pay to crusaders from 1096 onwards. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601645

The Practices of HappinessPolitical Economy Religion and Wellbeing A PDF version of this book is available for free in open access via www.tandfebooks.com as well as the OAPEN Library platform www.oapen.org. It has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license and is part of the OAPEN-UK research project. There is growing evidence that rising levels of prosperity in Western economies since 1945 have not been matched by greater incidences of reported well-being and happiness. Indeed material affluence is often accompanied instead by greater social and individual distress. A growing literature within the humanities and social sciences is increasingly concerned to chart not only the underlying trends in recorded levels of happiness but to consider what factors if any contribute to positive and sustainable experiences of well-being and quality of life. Increasingly such research is focusing on the importance of values and beliefs in human satisfaction or quality of life; but the specific contribution of religion to these trends is relatively under-examined. This unique collection of essays seeks to rectify that omission by identifying the nature and role of the religious contribution to wellbeing. A unique collection of nineteen leading scholars from the field of economics psychology public theology and social policy have been brought together in this volume to explore the religious contribution to the debate about happiness and well-being. These essays explore the religious dimensions to a number of key features of well-being including marriage crime and rehabilitation work inequality mental health environment participation institutional theory business and trade. They engage particularly closely with current trends in economics in identifying alternative models of economic growth which focus on its qualitative as well as quantitative dimensions. This distinctive volume brings to public notice the nature and role of religion’s contribution to wellbeing including new ways of measurement and evaluation. As such it represents a valuable and unprecedented resource for the development of a broad-based religious contribution to the field. It will be of particular relevance for those who are concerned about the continuing debate about personal and societal well-being as well as those who are interested in the continuing significance of religion for the future of public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415746830

The Practices of Literary TranslationConstraints and Creativity In their introduction to this collection of essays the editors argue that constraints can be seen as a source of literary creativity and given that translation is even more constrained than 'original' literary production it thus has the potential to be even more creative too. The ten essays that follow outline ways in which translators and translations are constrained by poetic form personal histories state control public morality and the non-availability of comparable target language subcodes and how translator creativity may-or may not-overcome these constraints. Topics covered are: Baudelaire's translation practices; bowdlerism in translations of Voltaire Boccaccio and Shakespeare among others; Leyris's translations of Gerard Manley Hopkins; ideology in English-Arabic translation; the translation of censored Greek poet Rhea Galanaki; theatre translation; Nabokov and translation; gay translation; Moratín's translation of Hamlet; and state control of translation production in Nazi Germany. The essays are mostly highly readable and often entertaining. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142862

The Practitioner Guide to Skills Training for Struggling Kids Addressing frequently encountered emotional behavioral and academic difficulties this essential guide shows how to help parents implement proven skills-building strategies with their kids (ages 5-17). The author draws on over 25 years of research and clinical practice to provide a flexible program for individual families or parent groups. The focus is on teaching kids the skills they need to get their development back on track and teaching parents to cope with and manage challenging behavior. Featuring vignettes and troubleshooting tips the Practitioner Guide is packed with ideas for engaging clients and tailoring the interventions. In a large-size format for easy photocopying it contains more than 60 reproducible handouts and forms.See also Skills Training for Struggling Kids an invaluable client recommendation which guides parents to implement Dr. Bloomquist's strategies and includes all of the handouts and forms they need. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462507368

The Practitioner Handbook of Project Controls Although projects always carry risk too many projects run late or exceed their original budgets by eye-watering amounts. This book is a comprehensive guide to the procedures needed to ensure that projects will be delivered on time to specification and within budget. Eight expert contributors have combined their considerable talents to explain all aspects of project control from project conception to completion in an informative text liberally supported where necessary by clear illustrations. This handbook will benefit all project practitioners including project managers and those working in project management offices. It will also provide an invaluable guide for students studying for higher degrees in project management and its associated disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367253097

The Practitioner’s Handbook of Team Coaching The world’s challenges are becoming more and more complex and adapting to those challenges will increasingly come from teams of people innovating together. The Practitioner’s Handbook of Team Coaching provides a dedicated and systematic guide to some of the most fundamental issues concerning the practice of team coaching. It seeks to enhance practice through illustrating and exploring an array of contextual issues and complexities entrenched in it. The aim of the volume is to provide a comprehensive overview of the field and furthermore to enhance the understanding and practice of team coaching. To do so the editorial team presents synthesizes and integrates relevant theories research and practices that comprise and undergird team coaching. This book is therefore an invaluable specialist tool for team coaches of all levels; from novice to seasoned practitioners. With team coaching assuming an even more prominent place in institutional and organizational contexts nowadays the book is bound to become an indispensable resource for any coaching training course as well as a continuing professional development tool. This book is essential reading for anyone with an interest in coaching in both practice and educational settings. It will be of use not only for professional coaches but also for leaders managers HR professionals learners and educators in the business public independent and voluntary sectors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138576926

The Practitioner's Guide to Child Art TherapyFostering Creativity and Relational Growth Even in the face of challenging conditions art therapy treatment offers meaningful opportunities for growth. It’s not always easy though to navigate the complex interplay of art processes relational states and developmental theories. For any clinician looking for guidance on the ins and outs of using art therapy with children there is no better resource than The Practitioner’s Guide to Child Art Therapy. Both graduate students and professionals will find its pages replete with strategies for developing engaging and effective tools for understanding children’s creative expression and applying this understanding toward treatment. Clinically relevant and theoretically sound this book synthesizes the best of the literature on art development art therapy and child development while emphasizing the powerful role of art media in fostering creativity and relational growth. Compelling case material and numerous art examples illustrate psychosocial neurobiological and attachment theories as well as practical applications including working with attachment disruptions anxiety grief parental conflict economic poverty chemical dependency child abuse and autism spectrum disorder. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415829038

The Practitioner's Guide to POLCAThe Production Control System for High-Mix Low-Volume and Custom Products POLCA (Paired-cell Overlapping Loops of Cards with Authorization) is a card-based visual control system that manages the flow of jobs through the shop floor: at each operation it controls which job should be worked on next to meet delivery targets. POLCA ensures that upstream operations use their capacity effectively by working on jobs that are needed downstream while at the same time preventing excessive work-in-process (WIP) build-ups when bottlenecks appear unexpectedly. POLCA is particularly suited to companies manufacturing high-mix low-volume and customized products. Such companies struggle with long lead times late deliveries and daily expediting to meet delivery dates. ERP systems are not designed to deal with this highly variable environment and add-on software such as Finite Capacity Scheduling systems can require complex installation. Also the Kanban system does not work well with low-volume or custom production. POLCA has delivered impressive results in such environments. It does not require any complex software implementation: it can be used without an ERP system or it can seamlessly complement an existing ERP system. This book: Provides a step-by-step roadmap on how to implement POLCA; invaluable for both companies that wish to implement POLCA as well as consultants and academics advising such companies. Explains the concepts in practical and easy-to-understand terms by showing detailed shop-floor examples. Includes more than 100 illustrations for understanding how POLCA works as well as for elaborating on details of the implementation steps. Contains case studies written by company owners and executives documenting their POLCA implementation process and the results achieved in various industries in six countries. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138210646

The Practitioner's Handbook of Project PerformanceAgile Waterfall and Beyond Practitioners operate in a necessary reality. We work in a space where project performance is above theory or methodology. In the best environments delivery and an affirmative culture are what matter most. In the worst it is politics and survival. In any environment we are challenged to adopt best practices and adapt our style to the environment in which the project is occurring. This is a book about those best practices and practitioner experiences. It is a must-have reference and guidebook for project managers general managers business leaders and project management researchers. This book is the result of the hard work and dedication of more than 35 authors from more than 15 countries across four continents. It brings a diversity of experience professional and personal. It includes practitioners leading academics renowned theorists and many who straddle those roles. The chapters cover experiences in software large-scale infrastructure projects finance and health care to name a few. The chapters themselves take many forms. Check out the Table of Contents to get a deeper sense of the topics included. All provide real-world guidance on delivering high-performing projects and show you how to build lead and manage high-performing teams. The Practitioner's Handbook of Project Performance is complete in itself. It can also be an enticing start to an ongoing dialogue with the authors and a pleasurable path to get deeper into the subject of project performance. Find your favorite place to begin learning from these chapters to begin taking notes and taking away nuggets to use in your everyday. But don’t stop there. Contact information and further resources for this diverse team of experts are found throughout. The Practitioner's Handbook is a modern guide to the leading edge of project performance management and a path to the future of project delivery. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138288225

The Pragmatic Basis of AphasiaA Neurolinguistic Study of Morphosyntax Among Bilinguals This language study's primary purpose is to use aphasic performance to understand language rather than to use linguistic analysis to understand aphasia. Examining the detailed nature of linguistic performance of bilingual aphasics in a variety of "natural" and metalinguistic tasks the book reports the results of a study of morphology and syntax among Spanish-English bilingual and monolingual hispanophones in Puerto Rico. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138989719

The Pragmatics of Literary TestimonyAuthenticity Effects in German Social Autobiographies In this book Warner examines a number of German-language literary autobiographies that are connected to diverse social movements of the last forty years. These books have all received critical attention from the popular press topped bestseller lists and have been pivotal in discussions of authenticity subjectivity and referentiality. Because of the thematic diversity of these works scholars within literary and cultural studies have tended to treat them separately under topical categories such as women’s literature the post-war generation migration and multiculturalism etc. Underlying Warner’s analysis is the belief that the social construction of autobiographical acts is as much a matter of textuality as it is of topicality i.e. how language means rather than what it means and that a pragmatic-stylistic approach is well-suited to describing how literary autobiographies come to function as testimonies to certain collective experiences. By presenting a model for an integrative stylistics approach The Prgamatics of Literary Testimony participates in current discussions within fields of literary linguistic scholarship as well as autobiographical theory. In its analysis of key examples of German social testimonies from the late twentieth century this book incorporates insights from discourse analysis pragmatics cogntive poetics and sociolinguistics in order to demonstrate that this diverse body of works constitutes a particular form of textual practice defined by what the author calls authenticity effects—feelings of realism immediacy exemplarity genuineness and social relevance. Such a study of authenticity as a poetic effect can help us to better understand the testimonial glamour owned by various types of autobiographical narration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138115927

The Pragmatics of Style In the general area of style study or stylistics there is no shortage of ideas definitions or published works. It is hoped in the present volume to contribute to the prosperity of the discipline mainly by clarifying and exemplifying how pragmatic considerations may be relevant to any study of style in the conviction that pragmastylistics is more interesting and useful than stylistics on its own. The starting point must be a brief survey of the definitions and style and stylistics. The very form of the latter term suggests a scientific and orderly rather than an intuitive or impressionistic investigation of style. There are two separate levels of study: one a general methodical and scientific discipline; the other an application of its methods or postulates to the analysis of the ‘style’ of a specific utterance text speaker writer movement or period. It is clear that in order to approach either we must first attempt to understand style. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138998056

The Pragmatics of Text MessagingMaking Meaning in Messages This book provides a comprehensive linguistic exploration of textism use by bilingual young adults illustrating the function of alternative and creative linguistic features and their role in conveying tone through text. Drawing on a corpus of nearly 45 000 text messages donated by bilingual young adults in New York City this volume explores the ways in which the use of texting features such as ‘lol ’ emojis abbreviations and acronyms is systematic and essential.In part toward the aim of exposing the tensions bilinguals face navigating a platform that preferences monolingual language practices the book highlights creativity as a means of both constructing meaning and performing identity for bilingual youths. These findings are extended to explore the role texting plays in communication and identity construction in contemporary society more generally. This volume extends the boundaries of emerging research on language and digital communication and will be of particular interest to graduate students and scholars in computer-mediated communication pragmatics and new media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590123

The Praise of Musicke 1586An Edition with Commentary This volume provides the first printed critical edition of The Praise of Musicke (1586) keeping the original text intact and accompanied by an analytical commentary. Against the Puritan attacks on liturgical music The Praise of Musicke the first apologetic treatise on music in English epitomizes the Renaissance defence of music in civil and religious life. While existing studies of The Praise of Musicke are limited to the question of authorship the present volume scrutinizes its musical discourse which recapitulates major issues in the ancient philosophy and theology of music considering the contemporary practice of sacred and secular music. Through an interdisciplinary analysis of The Praise of Musicke combining historical musicology with philosophical theology this study situates the treatise and its author within the wider historical intellectual and religious context of musical polemics and apologetics of the English Reformation thereby appraising its significance in the history of musical theory and literature. The book throws fresh light on this substantial but neglected treatise that presents with critical insights the most learned discussion of music from classical antiquity to the Renaissance and Reformation era. In doing so it offers a new interpretation of the treatise which marks a milestone in the history of musical apologetics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881610

The Preachers of Culture (1975)A Study of English and its Teachers Published in 1975 Margaret Mathieson has drawn on her experience both in schools and in the training of English teachers to relate the discussions and writings of the previous two centuries to the debate probably livelier than ever before among English practitioners about the role of their subject. Of all subjects ‘English' can be the most stimulating and also the most problematic. In order to assess the continual discussion and controversy about English its nature purpose and place in the curriculum an understanding of its development as a subject and its entry into the teaching timetable is invaluable. For over a hundred and fifty years educators have been making different claims for English as a subject in school and higher education. This book contains a careful clear examination of the conflicting views of these 'preachers of culture' on the four main activities within English – literature creativity discrimination and classroom discussion. These preachers were in Matthew Arnold's words to have 'a hard time of it' as English struggled to establish itself; at every stage of the subject's growth urgent demands have been made for teachers with exceptional qualities to undertake the heavy responsibilities of English in the classroom and it can be seen from this study that an over-abundance of advice often contributed to the dilemmas and tensions among the teachers themselves and between English and other subjects. The final section of the book is concerned less with making recommendations than with drawing conclusions from the evidence of the past. It shows that generations of writers on English teaching from Culture and Anarchy to Stepney Words provide vital insights into the state of the subject today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815355168

The Preaching FoxElements of Festive Subversion in the Plays of the Wakefield Master First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415762748

The Precarious BalanceState And Society In Africa Since independence the political institutions of many African states have undergone a process of consolidation and subsequent deterioration. Constrained by external economic dependency and an acute scarcity of economic and technical resources state officials have demonstrated a diminished capacity to regulate their societies. Public policies are agreed upon but ineffectively implemented by the weak institutions of the state. Although scholars have analyzed the various facets of state-building in detail little systematic attention has been given to the issue of the decline of the state and mechanisms to cope with state ineffectiveness in Africa. This book focuses especially on the character of the postcolonial state in Africa the nature of and reasons for state deterioration and the mechanisms and policies for coping with state malfunction. Scholars from Africa the United States Europe and the Middle East combine a broad understanding of African political processes with expertise on specific regions. Their analytic and comparative perspective provides a comprehensive and timely treatment of this vital and heretofore neglected theme in African politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295318

The Precarious GenerationA Political Economy of Young People This book draws on a wealth of evidence including young people’s own stories to document how they are now faring in increasingly unequal societies like America Britain Australia France and Spain. It points to systematic generational inequality as those born since 1980 become the first generation to have a lower standard of living than previous generations. While governments and experts typically explain this by referring to globalization new technologies or young people’s deficits the authors of this book offer a new political economy of generations which identifies the central role played by governments promoting neoliberal policies that exacerbate existing social inequalities based on age ethnicity gender and class. The book is a must read for social science students human service workers and policy-makers and indeed for anyone interested in understanding the impact of government policy over the last 40 years on young people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138603226

The Precautionary Principle in Marine Environmental LawWith Special Reference to High Risk Vessels The book examines whether the jurisdiction of coastal States under international law can be extended to include powers of intervention towards vessels posing a significant risk to their coastal and marine environment but which have not yet been involved in any incident or accident. The books sets out how it is that coastal State jurisdiction can indeed be seen as including powers of intervention towards High Risks Vessels before an incident or accident happens on the basis of the precautionary principle. The precautionary principle requires taking action when a risk of damage to the environment is suspected but cannot be confirmed scientifically.The book thus considers the potential opportunities for the coastal state under international law to regulate international shipping where they consider vessels to an unacceptable risk to the environment in order to prevent or minimise the risk of occurrence of the accident or incident leading to damage. The book acknowledges that this puts into question some very old and established principles of the law of the sea most importantly the principle of freedom of navigation. But Bénédicte Sage-Fuller contends that this change would itself be a consequence of the evolution since the end of WWII of on the one hand international law of the sea itself and of international environmental law on the other hand. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138189805

The Precautionary Principle in the 20th CenturyLate Lessons from Early Warnings The precautionary principle is widely seen as fundamental to successful policies for sustainability. It has been cited in international courts and trade disputes between the USA and the EU and invoked in a growing range of political debates. Understanding what it can and cannot achieve is therefore crucial. This volume looks back over the last century to examine the role the principle played or could have played in a range of major and avoidable public disasters. From detailed investigation of how each disaster unfolded what the impacts were and what measures were adopted the authors draw lessons and establish criteria that could help to minimise the health and environmental risks of future technological economic and policy innovations. This is an informative resource for all those from lawyers and policy-makers to researchers and students needing to understand or apply the principle. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315071985

The Prediction and Control of Organized CrimeThe Experience of Post-Soviet Ukraine Like most former Soviet republics Ukraine has experienced a formidable proliferation of crime and corruption as it struggles with economic reform and the establishment of democracy.During the early 90s Ukraine became one of the primary recipients of foreign assistance from the United States and its crime and corruption situation was increasingly seen as an impediment to economic transition and achieving a more democratic way of life. Thus in 1998 as part of a larger U.S. law enforcement assistance effort in Ukraine the idea for a research partnership between criminologists and legal scholars in the two countries was born in this volume.The original research papers contained are the products of this ambitious research project. The realities of crime in post-Soviet Ukraine as well as divergent methodological approaches and communication problems presented the research partners with enormous challenges. This volume represents the culmination of that collaborative effort and provides a singular look into the current crime situation in Ukraine and into the potential global threat presented by Ukrainian organized crime.Contributions include analyses of the prediction and control of organized crime trafficking in women and children for sexual exploitation international money laundering the transnational political criminal nexus of trafficking in women countermeasures against economic crime and corruption heroin trafficking business victimization by organized crime and understanding and combating organized crime. The Prediction and Control of Organized Crime will be critical reading for security planners policymakers and criminal justice officials as well as comparative criminologists legal scholars and political scientists interested in organized crime and political corruption. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138537736

The Preferred Provider's HandbookBuilding A Successful Private Therapy Practice In The Managed Care Marketplace First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203765678

The Prefunctional Stage of First Language Acquistion (RLE Linguistics C: Applied Linguistics)A Crosslinguistic Study This book provides a theory of first language acquisition in the syntactic framework of the theory of Universal Grammar. It addresses issues related to the earliest stage of development which ends roughly around the child’s second birthday. The theory put forward capitalises on the traditional observation that early child grammars characteristically lack lexical and morphological elements which belong to the ‘closed-class’ system. This book provides an account of the grammatical differences between the set of functional categories and the substantive categories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138989726

The Prehistoric Foundations of Europe to the Mycenean Age First published in 1940 this is a classic work by one of the most well-regarded archaeological scholars. European archaeology had made remarkable progress in the early twentieth century and this volume offers a clear impression of the understanding of European prehistory as a whole. Broken into six topics with additional prologue and epilogue the text traces out the early foundations of human culture in Europe covering the Palaeolithic Mesolithic Neolithic and Bronze Ages as well as offering specific focuses on trade routes and migration and conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817913

The Prehistoric Peoples of Scotland Based on lectures given at the Conference of the British Summer School of Archaeology at Edinburgh in 1954 this book published in 1962 surveys the general field of pre-historic Scotland five archaeologists each contributing chapters discussing the main aspects and problems that have presented themselves in specialised research areas. From the first peopling of the area by human communities with hunting and food-gathering economies to field antiquities and the introduction of copper and bronze metallurgy and on to the first settlement by Celtic speakers and the links to the first historically documented Scotland. Contributors: R.J.C. Atkinson G.E. Daniel T.G.E. Powell and C.A.R. Radford. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138818040

The Prehistoric Settlement of Britain This study first published in 1978 explores the evidence for pre-Roman settlement in Britain. Four aspects of the prehistoric economy are described by the author – colonisation and clearance; arable and pastoral farming; transhumance and nomadism; and hunting gathering and fishing. These aspects have been brought together to formulate a structure which contains the evidence more naturally than chronological schemes that depend on assumed changes in population or technology. The book draws upon environmental evidence and recent developments in archaeological fieldwork. It also provides an extensive exploration of the published literature on the subject and the scope of the evidence. Originally conceived as an ‘ideas book’ rather than a final synthesis the author’s intention throughout is to stimulate argument and research and not to replace one dogma with another. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817104

The Pre-history of ‘The Midsummer Marriage’Narratives and Speculations The Pre-history of ‘The Midsummer Marriage’ examines the early collaborative phase (1943 to 1946) in the making of Michael Tippett’s first mature opera and charts the developments that grew out of that phase. Drawing on a fascinating group of Tippett’s sketchbooks and a lengthy sequence of his letters to Douglas Newton it helps construct a narrative of the Tippett-Newton collaboration and provides insights into the devising of the opera’s plot both in that early phase and in the phase from 1946 onwards when Tippett went on with the project alone. The book asks: who was Newton and what kind of collaboration did he have—then cease to have— with Tippett? What were the origins of and shaping factors behind the original scenario and libretto-drafts? How far did the narrative and controlling concepts of Midsummer Marriage in its final form tally with—and how far did they move away from—those that had been set up in the years of the two men’s collaboration the ‘pre-historic’ years? The book will be of particular interest to scholars and researchers in opera studies and twentieth-century music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367243166

The Prehistory of Denmark First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138136632

The Prehistory of FoodAppetites for Change The Prehistory of Food sets subsistence in its social context by focusing on food as a cultural artefact. It brings together contributors with a scientific and biological expertise as well as those interested in the patterns of consumption and social change and includes a wide range of case studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415513494

The Prehistory of IberiaDebating Early Social Stratification and the State The origin and early development of social stratification is essentially an archaeological problem. The impressive advance of archaeological research has revealed that first and foremost the pre-eminence of stratified or class society in today’s world is the result of a long social struggle. This volume advances the archaeological study of social organisation in Prehistory and more specifically the rise of social complexity in European Prehistory. Within the wider context of world Prehistory in the last 30 years the subject of early social stratification and state formation has been a key subject on interest in Iberian Prehistory. This book illustrates the differing forms of resistances the interplay between change and continuity the multiple paths to and from social complexity and the ‘failures’ of states to form in Prehistory. It also engages with broader questions such as: when did social stratification appear in western European Prehistory? What factors contributed to its emergence and consolidation? What are the relationships between the notions of social complexity social inequality social stratification and statehood? And what are the archaeological indicators for the empirical analysis of these issues? Focusing on Iberia but with a permanent connection to the wider geographical framework this book presents for the first time a chronologically comprehensive up-to-date approach to the issue of state formation in prehistoric Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367865771

The Prehistory of Metallurgy in the British Isles: 5 "First Published in 2017. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351199476

The Prehistory Of Scotland This volume originally published in 1935 sought to reveal the significance of Scottish prehistory for the development of understanding of European prehistory. Written at a time of rapid accumulation of new relics and monuments and the insights from them Professor Childe presented some important new data and made tentative conclusions for the future results from these finds. After an introduction to the geography of Scotland the book looks at evidence from cairns tombs and stone circles and then addresses chronologically the evidence from Early Bronze Age to Late and onto the Iron Age with a chapter devoted to forts towns and castles. It ends with a discussion of what happened in the Dark Ages and addresses questions about the Celts and the Picts and the diversity of the peoples in Scotland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817272

The Prehistory of the Northwest Coast This volume provides a descriptive overview of the cultural complexity on the northwest coast that stretches from northern California to Alaska. Topics covered range from the earliest settlements to the subsequent cultural diversities in Native American populations. Maps charts and illustrations further enhance the book's interest and appeal. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315417417

The Premise of Inequality in RuandaA Study of Political Relations in a Central African Kingdom Originally published in 1961 this study of the indigenous system of government in Ruanda-Urundi until the beginning of the 20th century describes the complex relationship between the Tutsi and the Hutu and shows how the Tutsi succeeded in maintaining their political dominance without endangering the unity and efficient working of Ruanda society. It analyses the political organization of Ruanda and the position of the Tutsi prior to the civil war of the 1990s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138595781

The Prenatal Theme in Psychotherapy This book is an attempt to examine whether patients in analysis or therapy can sometimes be said to form a kind of transference that not only operates at a prenatal level but can also lend itself to interpretation just like any other postnatal level of transference. The author considers whether the prenatal condition usually conceived from a ps Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328528

The Preparation for Life Curriculum Originally published in 1984. Many schools are faced with the problem of what to teach the large numbers of below average pupils who are never likely to pass any GCE or CSE examination. These pupils are often troublesome bored and eager to get out of school into the real world of work. At this time many schools were planning a new curriculum for these pupils - taking account of limited abilities and concentrating on teaching skills and knowledge which will be useful when they have left school. This book based on extensive original research considers this problem and puts forward suggestions for how the curriculum might be reformed to cater for these pupils. It discusses both what the content of the reformed curriculum might be and how the process might be implemented to involve those teachers who teach the pupils concerned. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138322066

The Preparation of Dispersions in Liquids This work details the preparation of dispersions in liquids. It sets out to bridge the gap in information for the chemist who is not applications oriented and the chemical engineer who needs to solve problems in the field based on theoretical methods of dispersions of solids liquids and gases. Insights are provided into many topics including the transportation and handling of finely divided soils or highly viscous liquids; the reactions between reactants dissolved in immiscible phases; the formation of porous materials; and filtration. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003067511

The Pre-Psychoanalytic Writings of Sigmund Freud The traditional dating of the origin of psychoanalysis to 1900 when Freud published The Interpretation of Dreams ignores the massive body of work he produced well before this date. Covering fields as diverse as neurology physiology philosophy and pharmacology this wealth of unjustly neglected material was to have a profound influence upon the Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328535

The Pre-Reformation Church in England 1400-1530 Offers a concise synthesis of the valuable research accomplished in recent years which has transformed our view of religious belief and practice in pre-Reformation England. The author argues that the church was neither in a state of crisis nor were its members clamouring for change let alone `reformation' during the early years of Henry VIII's reign. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153868

The Presence of God in the Works of William Wordsworth Approaching Wordsworth’ writings from perspectives which have not been considered in critical literature this book offers a multiangled reflection on the technicalities of the poet’s religious discourse including the methodology of The Prelude revision or Wordsworth’s patent art of "pious postscripts." The book constitutes a self-contained whole and can be read independently. Simultaneously it creates an unusual duet with The Absent God in The Works of William Wordsworth whose six chapters follow this book’s eight chapters like a sestet which complements the octave—becoming thus a tribute to Wordsworth as one of the most prolific sonneteers in history. Both monographs build their theses on Wordsworth’s entire oeuvre and embrace the whole of his wide lifespan. Their completion in 2020 coincides with several round anniversaries: the 250th anniversary of Wordsworth’s birth the 200th anniversary of The River Duddon and the 170th anniversary of the publication of his autobiographical masterpiece The Prelude. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367608125

The Presence of PersonsEssays on Literature Science and Philosophy in the Nineteenth Century This book deals with important aspects of nineteenth-century culture literary philosophical and scientific which remain live issues today. It examines in detail the writings of Dickens Charlotte and Emily Bronte James Hamilton Eliot Mill Arnold Pater and Newman and makes substantial reference to Hawthorne Dickinson Spencer Carlyle and Hardy all in the context of the dominant intellectual movements of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The thought of Hamilton Newman Mill and Spencer is contrasted with that of twentieth-century figures like the philosophers Frege Husserl Wittenstein Merleau-Ponty the neo-Darwinists Monod and Dawkins and critics like Eagleton and Miller. William Myers argues for a traditional view deriving largely from Newman of the unity and autonomy of individual human beings. He suggests that science and literature depend on persons being actively and responsively present to each other that freedom is always interpersonal and that in great literature we can discover the workings of this deep mutuality and its enemies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888190

The Presence of the AbsentTherapy with Families and their Ghosts Where live our most cherished (or painful) memories? Where do our beloved (or dreaded) exist when departed? In the gray zone between our self and our world they can exist as internal reminiscences for some and striking images for others; individually or collectively perceived and interacted; vividly or as tenuous presences.This book familiarizes us with six examples of individuals and families in therapy who live and interact with the presence of their absent pivotal people in their lives who either died or disappeared but are still there. It familiarizes us with their plight in a tender compassionate style describing in detail interviews and therapeutic transformations and in several cases follow-ups as well as echoes of those processes. It teaches us to respect those presences as well as how to help families and individuals treasure them…and in many cases to let them go.Written in a vivid intense language The Presence of the Absent offers a marvelous insight into these processes that may prove transformative for the therapist (both family and individually-oriented) as well as enlightening to the general public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138847781

The Presence of the PastMemory Heritage and Childhood in Post-War Britain The presence of the Past studies the interaction of heritage and fiction written for children over a 40 year period in Britain exploring a range of works for children from The Tale of Peter Rabbit to I Spy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979246

The Present Politics of the PastIndigenous Legal Activism and Resistance to (Neo)Liberal Governmentality This work applies Jacques Derrida's framework of "spectropolitics" to (post)coloniality in order to investigate the emergence of indigenous peoples' movements advances a poststructural approach to the analysis of liberal politics based upon the historical sociology of Michel Foucault and critically engages the literatures on ethnic politics critical legal studies and multicultural democracy. In addition two historical case dossiers (the Mabo v. Queensland decision and its aftermath in Australia; and the diverse legal strategies of First Nations activism in Canada following the Delgamuukw v. B.C. decision) focus on the "strategic space" in which new indigenous political identities are produced and performed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415651042

The Present State of Haiti (Saint Domingo) 1828With Remarks on its Agriculture Commerce Laws Religion etc. First published in 1972. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995239

The Present Word. Culture Society and the Site of LiteratureEssays in Honour of Nicholas Boyle This book reflects the three major emphases of Nicholas Boyle's intellectual life — literature philosophical theology and social and cultural criticism — and the distinctive emphasis of his approach to all three. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601782

The Presentation and Settlement of Contractors' Claims - E2 Contractual disputes often involving large sums of money occur with increasing frequency in the construction industry. This book presents - in non-legal language - sound professional advice from a recognized expert in the field on the practical aspects of claims. This edition has been brought right up to date by taking into account legal decisions promulgated over the last 17 years as well as reflecting the effect of current inflation on claims. The new edition is based on the 1998 JCT contract. *Fully updated second edition of this practical guide. *Worked examples to back up the advice offered and relate it to practitioners' experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979253

The Presented PastHeritage Museums and Education The Presented Past is concerned with the differences between the comparatively static well-understood way in which the past is presented in schools museums and at historic sites compared to the approaches currently being explored in contemporary archaeology. It challenges the all-too-frequent representation of the past as something finished understood and objective rather than something that is `constructed' and therefore open to co-existing interpretations and constant re-interpretation. Central to the book is the belief that the presentation of the past in school curricula and in museum and site interpretations will benefit from a greater use of non-documentary sources derived from archaeological study and oral histories. The book suggests that a view of the past incorporating a larger body of evidence and a wider variety of understanding will help to invigorate the way history is taught. The Presented Past will be of interest to teachers archaeologists cultural resource managers in fact anyone who is concerned with how the past is presented. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415513425

The Preservation of Memory An increase in average life expectancy has given rise to a number of pressing health challenges for the 21st century. Age-related memory loss whether due to a neurodegenerative condition such as Alzheimer’s disease or as a product of the normal process of aging is perhaps the most significant of the health problems of old age presently confronting our society. The Preservation of Memory explores non-invasive empirically sound strategies that can be implemented to ensure long-lasting and effective retention of information. The chapters in this volume describe and evaluate both well-established and novel methods for improving and strengthening memory for people with and without dementia. They also look at ways in which effective detection and care can be implemented and describe empirical findings that can be translated into everyday practice. The contributors take a multidisciplinary approach motivated by the desire to look beyond and across boundaries to find new areas of knowledge and new opportunities. The Preservation of Memory will be useful reading for students and researchers focusing upon memory aging and dementia and also for mental health practitioners social workers and carers of persons living with dementia or other memory impairments. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138840195

The Presidency and Political Science: Paradigms of Presidential Power from the Founding to the Present: 2014Paradigms of Presidential Power This history of presidential studies surveys the views of leading thinkers and scholars about the constitutional powers of the highest office in the land from the founding to the present. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765642288

The Presidency and Social MediaDiscourse Disruption and Digital Democracy in the 2016 Presidential Election The media have long played an important role in the modern political process and the 2016 presidential campaign was no different. From Trump’s tweets and cable-show-call-ins to Sander’s social media machine to Clinton’s "Trump Yourself" app and podcast journalism social and digital media and entertainment media were front-and-center in 2016. Clearly political media played a dominant and disruptive role in our democratic process. This book helps to explain the role of these media and communication outlets in the 2016 presidential election. This thorough study of how political communication evolved in 2016 examines the disruptive role communication technology played in the 2016 presidential primary campaign and general election and how voters sought and received political information. The Presidency and Social Media includes top scholars from leading research institutions using various research methodologies to generate new understandings—both theoretical and practical—for students researchers journalists and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138081543

The Presidency A-Z An illustrated reference guide that offers quick answers to readers' questions about the American presidency and the individuals who have served it (all American presidents are included). Abundant charts tables illustrations and a detailed index enhance more than 300 alphabetical entries that bring to life the history processes and personalities connected to America's highest office. This Second Edition includes information up through the 1996 election and President Clinton's second term. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315062358

The Presidency in the Constitutional OrderAn Historical Examination This classic collection of studies first published in 1980 contributes to the revival of interest in the powers and duties of the American presidency. Unlike many previous books on the constitution and the president the contributors to this volume are political scientists not law professors. Accordingly they display political scientists' concern with structures as well as power with conflict between the branches of government as well as their functional separation and with political prescription as well as legal analysis. Underlying the entire volume is a persistent attention to the nature of executive power and its particular manifestation in the American system.Part One introduces the foundations that underlie contemporary issues including the famous James Madison-Alexander Hamilton debate over the powers of the presidency. Contemporary political and scholarly controversies which are the subjects of Part Two include the constitutionality of the War Powers Resolution of 1973 the legislative veto executive privilege and secrecy the character of the presidency presidential selection and the nature of executive power.The essays in The Presidency in the Constitutional Order represent some of the most cogent thought available about the highest elected office in America and the themes of the volume continue to be timely and provocative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138537743

The President the State and the Cold WarComparing the foreign policies of Truman and Reagan US foreign policy during the Cold War has been analysed from a number of perspectives generating large bodies of literature attempting to explain its origins its development and its conclusion. However there are still many questions left only partially explained. In large part this is because these accounts restrict themselves to a single level of analysis either the international system or the structure of the state and society. The first level of analysis focusing on the role of individuals has largely been excluded. This book argues that structural theories and any approach that limits itself to one level of analysis are inadequate to explain the development of US foreign policy. Instead it is necessary to incorporate the first level of analysis in order to bring human agency back and provide a more detailed explanation of US foreign policy. Bilsland proposes an analytical framework which incorporates presidential agency into a multi-level analysis of US foreign policy during the Cold War constructing a multi-level case study comparison of the foreign policies of Presidents Truman and Reagan. He argues that the worldview of the president is central to agenda setting in US foreign policy making and that the management style of the president influences both decision-making and the implementation of US foreign policy. Evidence to support this is drawn from detailed empirical analysis of Truman’s foreign policy of containment in Korea and Reagan’s foreign policy of rollback in Nicaragua. This work will be of interest to students and scholars of US Foreign Policy US History and International Relations  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138818316

The President And The Council Of Economic AdvisorsInterviews With Cea Chairmen Interviews with ten former chairmen of the Council of Economic Advisers--from the Truman to the Carter administrations--are gathered in this book to examine the relationship between economic advisers and the president and the institutional relationships among the CEA executive departments and federal financial agencies. The interviews also reconstruct major presidential decisions since the establishment of the CEA such as the 1964 tax cut the 1971 wage and price freeze and presidential strategies for managing inflation and recession. In a preface to each interview the editors analyze the conditions for CEA effectiveness look at how well the advice of the Council has conformed to the presidential world view and pinpoint the distribution of responsibility for policy analysis and advice within successive administrations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295332

The President as Leader By analyzing the leadership skills of seven recent American presidents this book seeks to de-mystify the elements and dynamics of effective presidential leadership which our democracy has come to depend upon and value. Building on the pioneering work of political scientist Fred Greenstein and others this book argues that leadership in the White House can be explained and assessed by using a consistent set of criteria to analyze presidential performance. Siegel shows that presidential leadership is exercised by real flawed human beings and not by superheroes or philosopher-kings beyond the reach of scrutiny or critique. New to the Second Edition Includes a new chapter covering both terms of the Obama administration. Applies the author’s four-part leadership framework to the early part of the Trump administration. Discusses the possibilities of presidential leadership in an era of intense partisanship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138231078

The Presidential CharacterPredicting Performance in the White House With a Revised and Updated Foreword by George C. Edwards III A book entitled The Presidential Character is more timely and necessary than ever. This new issue of James David Barber’s classic work appears almost 50 years after its first publication and yet reads like a roadmap to the 2020 presidential election. Its subtitle “Predicting Performance in the White House ” is an apt reflection on the election of 2016. With a revised and updated foreword by George C. Edwards III that brings in the Trump Administration this book argues that patterns in a person’s character world view and political style can allow us to anticipate his or her performance as president. How would Barber have categorized Donald J. Trump who appears to defy every presidential type and norm? This question suggests one of the most provocative and appealing reasons for students scholars and voters to re-read The Presidential Character at this particular juncture. What should we look for in a president? This text offers explanations and predictions of the performance of past presidents and presidential candidates with many cautionary tales looking forward. Features Presents a revised and updated foreword by presidential scholar George C. Edwards III Distinguished Professor of Political Science at Texas A&M University that includes the advent of the Trump Administration and highlights the book’s classic and enduring contributions. Includes predictions of presidential performance from Nixon to Bush. Analyzes the media’s role in providing information about the political candidates and in shaping public opinion of them. Draws on historical biographical and psychological research to help voters make judicious choices in determining the country’s highest leaders. Encourages citizens to be actively involved scholars critics and participants in their government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367366773

The Presidential DilemmaRevisiting Democratic Leadership in the American System This brief thought-provoking text evaluates the performance of recent presidents from Johnson to Bush finding that overall each has failed to live up to public expectations. Written by one of the top presidency scholars today The Presidential Dilemma reflects on the idea that as our country's problems grow our politicians seem to shrink. Arguing that American presidents of the last 40 years have largely failed to meet the needs expectations and responsibilities placed upon them the book discusses how presidents might better maximize their opportunities for leadership and suggests a distinctive theory of presidential politics: presidents facing a system of multiple veto points seek to maximize power and influence.The third edition of Genovese's stimulating book is thoroughly updated to reflect presidential development in recent years and a new introduction brings his arguments current. As he demonstrates the emergence of democracy as a new social and political paradigm undermined traditional authority and legitimacy. Subjects no longer automatically follow; now citizens must be persuaded. They may give to a leader their authority and power or not. As Genovese notes in a world of mass consumerism those wishing to lead have precious little to offer by way of inducement.Genovese's goal is to examine the reasons why the performance of recent presidents has been underwhelming discuss how they might maximize their opportunities for leadership and ask a key question: Can presidents be both powerful and accountable? The book follows a clear format and tries to show why America's officeholders have so rarely been leaders and how presidents can become leaders instead of mere officeholders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138537750

The Presidential Election Game The Presidential Election Game may change the way you think about presidential elections and for that matter American politics in general. It is not filled with statistics about the voting behavior of citizens nor does it give detailed histories of past campaigns. Rather it is an analytic treatment of strategy in the race for the presidency from the primaries to the general election. Using modern game theory and decision theory Brams demonstrates why certain campaign strategies are more effective than others and supports his analysis with historical evidence. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138427532

The Presocratic Philosophers The Presocratics were the founding fathers of the Western philosophical tradition and the first masters of rational thought. This volume provides a comprehensive and precise exposition of their arguments and offers a rigorous assessment of their contribution to philosophical thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138171305

The Press and Popular Culture in Interwar Europe This collection shows the importance of a comparative European framework for understanding developments in the popular press and journalism between the wars. This was it argues a formative and vital period in the making of the modern press. A great deal of fine scholarship on the development of modern forms of journalism and newspapers in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries has emerged within discrete national histories. Yet in bringing together essays on Britain France Germany Italy and Poland this book discerns points of convergence and divergence and the importance of the European context in shaping how news was defined produced and consumed. Challenging the tendency of histories of the press to foreground processes of ‘Americanisation’ and the displacement of older notions of the ‘fourth estate’ by new forms of human interest journalism the chapters draw attention to the complex ways in which the popular press continued to be politicized throughout the interwar period. Building on this analysis the book examines the forms processes and networks through which newspapers were produced for public consumption. In a period of massive social political and economic upheaval and conflict the popular press provided a forum in which Europe’s meanings and nature could be constructed and contested. The interpersonal material and technological links between newspapers news corporations and news agencies in different countries served to define the outlines of Europe. Europe was called into being through the circulation of news and the practices and networks of the modern mass press traced in this volume. This publication is highly relevant to scholars of the history of journalism and cultural historians of interwar Britain and Europe. This book was originally published as a special issue of Journalism Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138305014

The Press and SocietyFrom Caxton to Northcliffe First published in 1978. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179752

The Press And The Carter Presidency This book is intended to open an inquiry into the role of political journalists as public teachers of the presidency. It examines national print reporting and commentary on one presidency and uncovers some of the underlying notions of leadership held by political journalists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367310813

The Press and the SuburbsThe Daily Newspapers of New Jersey The changing economic and demographic patterns of the United States have many measurements; few of them however are more comprehensive than the new circulation realities of the press. This volume tells the story of the twenty-six daily newspapers of New Jersey from the 1960s to the 1980s and in so doing tells the story of the rise of suburbia and the golden age of suburban journalism. In an intense effort to keep pace with the changing location of their readers—and most particularly with the upscale consumers—the shift to the suburbs was marked by changes in news coverage advertising and promotion.Though people have predicted the decline of newspaper business for more than fifty years they were proven wrong by the rise of the suburban press and by the survival of most newspapers urban and suburban alike through the 1980s and 1990s. But in the twenty-first century the news and information industry has changed and the national and international economy has faltered.In his new preface David Sachsman takes the reader on a tour of what happened to each of the New Jersey daily newspapers since the publication of the original. The twenty-six newspapers studied have dwindled to sixteen and huge losses in circulation have caused drastic cutbacks and mergers. The decline in New Jersey newspaper readership is part of a national trend. This is an essential book for all American historians journalists and communication specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412851930

The Press Clause and Digital Technology's Fourth WaveMedia Law and the Symbiotic Web During the first part of the twenty-first century bloggers citizen journalists social media users Yelp reviewers and a myriad of other communicators have found themselves facing defamation privacy campaign finance and other lawsuits as a result of the messages they have communicated. In many ways these communicators are facing legal questions that are similar to what traditional journalists have faced for centuries regarding their rights to gather and publish information. This book examines how the press clause a First Amendment freedom with no agreed-upon definition can be understood in order to help guide the courts and twenty-first-century publishers regarding protecting expression as we move into the fourth wave of networked communication an era that will be defined by increasingly complex relationships between humans and artificially intelligent communicators. To do so the book draws upon the discourse theory of communication in democratic society the legal and foundational history of the press clause lower-court cases that involve citizen publishers who have claimed protections that have historically been associated with traditional journalism and established legal and scholarly examinations of artificial intelligence to ultimately construct a framework for how the press clause can be reimagined to protect older and newer generations of publishers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593247

The Press We Deserve Originally published in 1970. This book takes an extremely critical look at the British Press and explodes complacently held views of the time about the merits and virtues of British newspapers. From its polemical introduction by the editor it continues with chapters by a strong host of contributors to set the press in historical context consider Fleet Street’s methods and look at the effect of advertising. Particular aspects investigated are that of women’s journalism sport financial journalism and reviewing. Final chapters look at the underground fringe press provincial papers and a comparison with other countries’ press. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138928183

The Pressuremeter This classic title deals presents all one needs to know about pressuremeter test a soil and rock test used in civil engineering. It consists of placing a cylindrical probe in the ground and expanding the probe to pressurize the soil or the rock horizontally. The pressure on the soil and the relative increase in cavity radius are obtained and give an in situ stress strain curve. The pressuremeter test is repeated at various depths in order to obtain profiles of soil parameters. The design applications of the preboring pressuremeter test include: shallow foundations under vertical loads deep foundations under vertical and horizontal loads ground anchors cantilever drilled shaft walls and anchored bulkheads pavements stone columns ground improvement and compaction control. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203736173

The Prester John of the IndiesA True Relation of the Lands of the Prester John being the narrative of the Portuguese Embassy to Ethiopia in This is an account of the Portuguese mission which landed at Massawa on the west coast of the Red Sea in April 1520 and re-embarked 6 years later. It was the first European embassy known to have reached the Ethiopian court and returned safely from it. It was a small group of fourteen among whom was the chronicler Alvares who wrote the most detailed early account of the country valuable for Ethiopian history and the history of the expansion of Europe. Alvares's account was translated into English for the Hakluyt Society by Lord Stanley in 1881. This revision makes use of sources since discovered corrects certain errors and modifies the style of the early version. There is an introduction detailed annotation and a number of appendices. Continued in the following volume (Second Series 115) with which the main pagination is continuous. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1961. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315554013

The Prester John of the IndiesA True Relation of the Lands of the Prester John being the narrative of the Portuguese Embassy to Ethiopia in This is an account of the Portuguese mission which landed at Massawa on the west coast of the Red Sea in April 1520 and re-embarked 6 years later. It was the first European embassy known to have reached the Ethiopian court and returned safely from it. It was a small group of fourteen among whom was the chronicler Alvares who wrote the most detailed early account of the country valuable for Ethiopian history and the history of the expansion of Europe. Alvares's account was translated into English for the Hakluyt Society by Lord Stanley in 1881. This revision makes use of sources since discovered corrects certain errors and modifies the style of the early version. There is an introduction detailed annotation and a number of appendices. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volumes first published in 1961. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315085517

The Presumption of Innocence in International Human Rights and Criminal Law This book provides a comprehensive analysis of the presumption of innocence from both a practical and theoretical point of view. Throughout the book a framework for the presumption of innocence is developed. The book approaches the right to presumption of innocence from an international human rights perspective using specific examples drawn from international criminal law. The result is a framework for understanding the right that is grounded in human rights law. This framework can then be applied across different national and international systems. When applied it can help determine when the presumption of innocence is being infringed upon eroded violated and ensure that the presumption of innocence is protected.  The book is an essential resource for students academics and practitioners working in the areas of human rights criminal law international criminal law and evidence. The themes also have a more general application to national jurisdictions and legal theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367512088

The Presupposition and Discourse Functions of the Japanese Particle Mo First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979291

The Prevent Strategy and Right-wing ExtremismA Case Study of the English Defence League In 2011 the U.K. Government reviewed its counter terrorism Prevent Strategy to include "all forms of extremism" with an emphasis on right-wing extremism. This book - written by the former Head of Strategy and Policy at the Office of the National Coordinator for Prevent - provides the most detailed assessment yet of this shift in emphasis. It explores how the inclusion of right-wing extremism within the counter terrorism Prevent Strategy impacted local responses to the English Defence League. This is explored through numerous interviews and several case studies which were carried out by the author while he was serving as a senior police officer within the Counter Terrorism Command of the Metropolitan Police Service. The book balances empirical research with practical recommendations for policymakers and practitioners from a unique "insider" perspective.This book will be of appeal to an array of audiences including scholars and students of Terrorism Studies professionals working in the areas of counter terrorism public order policing and the promotion of community cohesion and to those who have an interest in wider non-political responses to right-wing extremism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730420

The Prevention and Control of Delinquency In this important classic work one of America's foremost social scientists introduces a significant approach to the causation of delinquency and advances an all-inclusive strategy for coping with a national problem of continuing concern. MacIver shows that delinquency is caused by a complex and bewildering interplay of many factors and is not susceptible to simplistic explanations and solutions. He advances reasoned critiques of various theories regarding the causation of delinquency while suggesting that the two combined factors most closely associated with delinquency--despite its increase among middle class youth--are urbanized poverty and ethnic or racial discrimination. Citing the encouraging results obtained by the establishment of "predelinquent gangs" by various organizations he demonstrates that prevention of delinquency is far more successful than rehabilitation.MacIver emphasizes the need for a strategy consisting of closer coordination of programs in nation as well as city a sustained system of group after-care and special training for law enforcement officers and judges to enable them to deal more competently with delinquents. In particular he calls for better educational services increased employment opportunities and higher qualifications and salaries for counselors.The Prevention and Control of Delinquency exploring an important aspect of urbanized life in instructive and absorbing detail points the way for effective action in the various areas of delinquent behavior. It provides a concrete description of the more important devices and experiments that are now being developed and practiced. Written by an outstanding authority this major work on the theoretical understanding control and cure of one of the crucial problems of our urban civilization is addressed to social scientists organizational leaders and workers and educators and planners in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138537774

The Prevention and Intervention of Genocide Over the last twenty years the world has witnessed four major genocides. There was the genocide in Iraq (1988) in Rwanda (1994) in Srebrenica (1995) and in Darfur (2003 and continuing). Most observers agree there is an urgent need to assess the international community's efforts to prevent genocide and to intervene (once a genocide is under way) in an effective and timely manner. This volume the latest in a widely respected series on the subject of genocide provides an overview of a host of issues germane to this task.The book begins with a cogent discussion of the issues of prevention and intervention during the Cold War years. The second chapter discusses the abject failures and moderate (though in some cases highly controversial) successes at prevention and intervention carried out in the 1990s and early 2000s. Further chapters examine latest efforts to develop an effective genocide early warning system and examine the complexity of and barriers to prevention. The pros and cons of sanctions and the problems of enforcement and evaluation their effectiveness are then discussed. Conflicts between state sovereignty and the protection of threatened populations are examined both in historical context and by incorporating the latest thinking.Later chapters treat the issue of intervention; why and how it has met with only limited success. Concentrating on Rwanda and Srebrenica chapter 8 discusses various peace operations that were abject failures and those that were moderately successful. The concept of an anti-genocide regime is examined in terms of progress in developing such a regime as well as what the international community must do in order to implement it. Chapters discuss key issues related to post-genocidal periods those that need to be addressed in order to establish stability in a wounded land and populace as well as to prevent future genocides. The final chapter asks whether bringing perpetrators to justice has any impact in breaking impunity ensuring deterrence and bringing about reconciliation.The contributors to the volume are all noted scholars some of whom specialize in the study of genocide and others who specialize in such areas as early warning peacekeeping and sanctions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138516755

The Prevention and Intervention of GenocideAn Annotated Bibliography This volume is comprised of over 2 300 annotations on a wide array of issues and topics germane to the subject of preventing the atrocities of genocide and managing these conflicts when they do arise. Samuel Totten brings together in one comprehensive collection the research and findings in various fields such as political science sociology history and psychology to enable specialists in genocide studies peace studies and conflict resolution to benefit from the insights of a diverse range of scholars and foster an understanding of how the various components of genocide studies connect. Among the topics included are: key conventions international treaties and covenants genocide early warning signals and forecasting risk data bases sanctions peacekeeping missions conflict resolution the International Criminal Court realpolitik vis-à-vis the issue of genocide prevention and intervention key non-governmental agencies key governmental and UN bodies working on these important issues.   In addition to the annotations Totten frames the bibliography with a major essay that introduces the reader to the subject of prevention and intervention of genocide raising a host of critical issues regarding the strengths weaknesses and limitations of various approaches germane to issues of managing these conflicts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979321

The Prevention of CancerPointers from Epidemiology Epidemiological studies show that cancer incidence is far more dependent on the conditions of life than previously supposed. Classically cancers occurred with heavy exposure to a specific occupational hazard or were associated with habits. In some instances research shows the incidence of cancer falls when the method of work or the associated habit is changed. In short variation in incidence is now known to be the rule rather than the exception in cancer. No cancer that occurs with even moderate frequency occurs everywhere and always to the same extent. Sometimes it is even epidemic similar in scale to an epidemic of infectious disease but modified by the fact that the induction period may be as much as thirty years.Prevention of cancer is now coming to be regarded as a practicable alternative to its cure. We remain almost totally ignorant of how cancer is produced at the cellular level and until we know this our methods of prevention are liable to be cumbersome and inefficient. Ethical considerations and the time scale of the disease make it impossible to obtain experimental evidence in man and what action to take has been determined from observing nature's experiments and by analogy from experiments in animals.The evidence from epidemiological studies is of particular interest. Such studies suggest relationships that would never be thought of in the ordinary course of laboratory work and results that are directly relevant to the problems of human disease. The large numbers at risk and the intensity of the medical care to which people with cancer are subjected make it possible to recognize relatively small improvements. Such practical decisions based on information thus obtained have largely eliminated the risk of cancer due to occupational hazards in several industries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138537781

The Prevention of Eating Problems and Eating DisordersTheories Research and Applications In a detailed analysis of the field of eating problems and disorders this book highlights the connections between the prevention of eating problems and disorders and theory and research in the areas of prevention and health promotion. It also looks at models of risk development and prevention specific issues and challenges the status of current prevention research and lessons for prevention program development. In this unique text Levine and Smolak draw on a range of interdisciplinary perspectives including prevention science developmental psychology public health and neuroscience to provide a thorough review history and critique of the topic in light of a range of empirical studies. The only authored volume with a broad detailed and integrated view of theories research and practice this expanded fully revised and updated new edition features new chapters on dissonance-based approaches public health biopsychiatry and neuroscience gender culture(s) technology obesity  protective factors and ecological approaches. The Prevention of Eating Problems and Eating Disorders: Theories Research and Applications is essential reading for clinicians academics researchers graduate students upper-level undergraduates and activists and advocates involved in work pertaining to eating disorders disordered eating prevention health promotion body image obesity and biopsychosocial perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138225107

The Prevention of Suicide in PrisonCognitive behavioural approaches Suicide is considered to be the leading cause of preventable death in prisons. While there is increasingly expansive literature examining the various risk factors associated with a likelihood of eventual prison suicide so far this has struggled to lead to successful prevention programmes. An alternative approach is needed that seeks to understand at the individual level what leads a prisoner to contemplate ending their own life. This book describes how the authors developed and delivered evidence-based psychological interventions for suicide prevention in prison.The authors present a compelling argument for a psychological approach to the prevention of prison suicide drawing upon a cognitive behavioural perspective with chapters investigating two novel psychological therapies: Cognitive Behavioural Suicide Prevention and Problem Solving Training. The methodology behind each study is presented alongside preliminary findings emerging from the evaluations and detailed case studies are included as exemplars of the process and content of the therapies as well as the individual and contextual challenges to be overcome. The book provides timely research into the development of a better understanding of why prisoners engage in suicide behaviour and the preventive interventions showing the most promise for future investigation.The Prevention of Suicide in Prison will be critical reading for clinical and forensic psychologists psychological therapists psychiatrists and other mental health staff working within a prison context as well as postgraduates in training and researchers studying suicide in forensic settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815357698

The Prevention of Tuberculosis (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1908 this book presents a study of tuberculosis. It looks first at its causes before examining how the problem of mortality from illness had already been reduced. The third part of the book then focuses on measures for reducing and annihilating tuberculosis altogether. Being written in the earlier years of the twentieth century the book will not only be of interest to medical students and practitioners but also to historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138907935

The Price Index and its ExtensionA Chapter in Economic Measurement The book is not an unrestricted survey engaging a vast and repetative literature but a systematic treatise within clear boundaries largely a document of Afriat's own work. The original motive of the work is to elaborate a concept of what really is a price index which despite some kind of price-level notion having a presence throughout economics in theory and practice had been missing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415652643

The Price of Coal This book originally published in 1974 examines the changes that took place in the market position of the coal industry in the twentieth century. It examines in detail the position of the industry during the two World Wars the problems of the inter-war years the effects of nationalisation and the coal shortage after the Second World War the decline of the markets in the 1960s and the consequences of the energy crisis of the early 1970s. The book analyses what problems the changes caused and what measures were taken to try to overcome them. Looking in detail at the industrial disputes of 1971/2 and 1973/4 the book shows how the miners' actions fitted in closely with their past experiences and behaviour patterns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138304741

The Price of FreedomA History of East Central Europe from the Middle Ages to the Present The Price of Freedom surveys and explains the fascinating and intricate history of East Central Europe - the present day countries of the Czech Republic Hungary Poland and Slovakia. Taking a thematic approach the author explores such issues and controversies as the tension between the industrial developed West and the agrarian East Central Europe the rise of modern nationalism democracy and authoritarianism and Communism. While the countries of East Central Europe have differed dramatically from one another the author asserts that they have been bound by a certain community of fate. These comparisons are traced through the Middle Ages and the Early Modern era to the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. This exploration reveals that it is no accident that the Czech Republic Hungary and Poland were the first among the former Soviet bloc nations to be admitted to NATO and are likely to become the first members of the expanded European Union. Thus an understanding of their experiences contributions and their place within the European community of nations vastly enriches our knowledge of Europe's past and present.The second edition of this distinguished book brings the history of the region up to date. It discusses the events of the post-communist decade of the 1990s and the problems resulting from the transition to democracy and market economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138130012

The Price of Gender EqualityMember States and Governance in the European Union This thoroughly researched well-documented book presents a theoretically guided empirical analysis of developing and implementing gender equality policies in the European Union (EU). In spite of a wealth of research many questions have long remained unanswered and these are addressed here. The author developed an international relations theoretical framework in order to explain the changing fortunes of women's activism the changing attitudes of European institutions and the behaviour of member states in a multi-level setting. The book traces the history and development of EU gender policy to the present day and will be inspirational reading for those interested in European governance and the European Union as well as gender issues and political sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605742

The Price of Global HealthDrug Pricing Strategies to Balance Patient Access and the Funding of Innovation The Price of Global Health is a unique book that describes the pharmaceutical pricing process and its business economic and social challenges. Global drug pricing is one of the most hotly debated yet least understood aspects of the pharmaceutical industry. How should drug prices be set and what does it mean for patients? Why do governments increasingly get involved and what is its impact on the global competitive environment? How can a life-saving industry have a poorer image than gun and tobacco industries whose products are associated with death? The pharmaceutical industry is under unprecedented pressure due to a combination of declining R&D productivity payer/provider demands for better value and public pressures to show pricing restraint. Rapidly increasing cost of healthcare shifts from fee-for-service to value-based reimbursement public pressure on drug pricing and an increasingly vocal medical community have empowered public and private payers worldwide to be more demanding on evidence of value for the prescription drugs that are brought to market. Pharmaceutical companies have often failed to deliver evidence of patient value as development decision-making is overly focused on speed to FDA approval rather than speed to commercial success by effectively addressing the many “Access Journey” obstacles that typify today’s much changed pharmaceutical environment. This 3rd edition is significantly expanded with ten new chapters and revised and updated throughout to reflect today’s environment. The contents are reorganized to directly address critical pricing and patient access issues. Ed Schoonveld explains how pharmaceutical prices are determined in a complex global payer environment and what factors influence the process. His insights will help a wide range of audiences from healthcare industry professionals to policy makers consumers pharmaceutical company leaders and access and pricing professionals to gain a better understanding of this highly complex and emotionally charged field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367279400

The Price of LoveThe selected works of Colin Murray Parkes In the course of a long career Colin Murray Parkes one of the most important and influential psychiatrists working in the field of bereavement and loss has produced a body of work which can be considered truly ground-breaking. His early studies involved working alongside John Bowlby in the development of attachment theory and led to his pioneering work on the Harvard Bereavement Project in the USA and at the new St Christopher's Hospice in Britain. Parkes focussed on two psychological processes grief which is the painful search for a lost person or object of attachment and transition which is the process of changing the assumptive world in ways that ensure that nothing worthwhile need be completely lost. Out of the struggle to resolve the conflict between holding on and letting go of the old assumptions there gradually emerges a new and more mature model of the world. These ideas throw light on a wide range of life change events and have proved useful to people faced with bereavement physical disabilities dying disasters and even terrorist attacks. In recent years he has supported humanitarian efforts in countries including Rwanda India and Japan. Parkes’ career has spanned several decades and touched countless lives. In The Price of Love Parkes presents papers which span the full extent of his career covering and linking together our understanding of the five major areas of his work: - Love and grief; - Crisis trauma and transition; - Death and dying; - Disasters; - War and terrorism: breaking the cycle. The papers included here have been carefully selected and annotated to show how Parkes’ thinking has developed during a career as researcher practitioner and educator. In each section of the book psychological and social causes are paired with consequences and interventions (both preventive and therapeutic) and explored from Western and cross-cultural perspectives all with Parkes’ customary clarity and compassion. This unique collection of papers will prove invaluable to psychologists psychiatrists palliative care staff counsellors and students as well as those studying international conflict and working with the bereaved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138026100

The Price of Morality Originally published in 1961 this book defines the specific traits and describes the concrete qualities of moral action. It denotes the boundaries and discusses the conflicts which arise between the aims of moral goodness and those of pure religiosity personal and historic grandeur and creative excellence. The theories of theologians like Barth and Brunner among others and the maximalist theories of Nietzsche and his disciples and certain existentialists are contrasted with Kant’s essay on pure ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367466350

The Price Of Punishment: Public Spending For Corrections In New York Despite the intensity of the national debate concerning control and correctional policies neither the costs of existing agencies nor of alternative approaches are adequately understood. Accurate figures are not reported to private citizens or public officials and spending is fragmented among different agencies and governing units. This study presents a comprehensive description and analysis of how much money was actually spent in New York in 1977–1978 at all levels of government for each of the control systems that incarcerate or supervise criminal offenders/defendants. After a broad overview of criminal justice spending it details spending for prisons jails probation and parole; evaluates the services provided by these public expenditures; and discusses proposals for alternative penal policies and their fiscal implications. The book concludes with recommendations for improved government cost accounting as well as suggestions for broader penal reforms. Although restricted to an analysis of New York the findings and recommendations are broadly relevant to other regions of the country. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295363

The Price of Sex As a society we are buying more sex than ever before. Adult sex shops now take their place amongst retailers in the high street and lap dancing clubs compete for an increased share of the leisure economy; hotel chains offer sexually explicit films as part of their standard service the party selling of adult toys to women in their homes has become a mainstream activity; and at the traditional end of the sexual service economy prostitution has experienced new growth. Along with this has come new legal measures and attempts to regulate the sexual leisure economy and far more comprehensive plans than ever before to regulate prostitution in particular in the form of the new Sex Offences Act. This book seeks to address the range of issues and contemporary debates on the sex industry including the demand by customers who buy sex the policing of women who work in the street sex industry and the violence that pervades prostitution. It shows how these issues have been addressed in policy terms the problems that have emerged in this and how a social policy might be formulated to minimize harm and enhance public understanding. Overall the book aims to provide a critical perspective on prostitution policies and the legal chaos and complexities that surround this. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843926566

The Price of WarUrbanization in Vietnam 1954-1985 Much rare material is incorporated in this unique account of urbanization in a developing country that was ravaged by war for twenty years. With due emphasis on the experience of Hanoi and Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon) the authors present an account of what happened to the towns and cities of Vietnam between the establishment of Ho Chi Minh's socialist state in 1954 and the mid 1980s. The story is introduced through a general theoretical and empirical account of urbanization in socialist Third World countries. The book stresses the importance of the turmoil created by warfare in directing urbanization but it also refers to the more conventially studied determinants of the process such as the institution of a planned economy. As one of the few books highlighting the impact of warfare on urban settlements The Price of War will interest all those interested in urbanization development and South-East Asia. This book was first published in 1986.       Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873988

The Price ReportersA Guide to PRAs and Commodity Benchmarks Every consumer in a modern economy is indirectly exposed to the work of a price reporting agency (PRA) each time they fill up their car take a flight or switch on a light and yet the general public is completely unaware of the existence of PRAs. Firms like Platts Argus and ICIS which are referenced every day by commodity traders and which influence billions of dollars of trade are totally unfamiliar to consumers. The Price Reporters: A Guide to PRAs and Commodity Benchmarks brings the mysterious world of price reporting out of the shadows for the first time providing a comprehensive guide to the agencies that set the world’s commodity prices. This book explains the importance of PRAs to the global commodities industry highlighting why PRAs affect every consumer around the world. It introduces the individual PRAs their history and the current state of play in the industry and also presents the challenges that the PRA industry is facing now and in the future in particular how regulation might impact on the PRAs their relationships with commodity exchanges and their likely direction. This is the first-ever guide to PRAs and is destined to become the standard reference work for anyone with an interest in commodity prices and the firms that set them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138721562

The Price You PayThe Hidden Cost of Women's Relationship to Money In The Price We Pay Margaret Randall interviews women from a wide range of economic racial and cultural backgrounds to reveal the role money plays in their lives. These women speak of their changing expectations and attitudes regarding money. Daughters of immigrants remember what money meant in the transition between worlds. They disclose the feelings that they have of stigma or shame at not having enough guilt at having too much and the lies secrets and silences caused by these feelings. These personal stories are woven into a history of women's economics and chapters on family work the media power and control and lesbian economics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865881

The Primacy of Method in Historical ResearchPhilosophy of History and the Perspective of Meaning How does history relate to the past? According to leading historical theorists the relation to the past in history is reducible to evidential psychological practical and retrospective concerns. In contrast this volume claims that historical relations to the past are irreducible products of the logical commitments of history as method. Ahlskog argues that the method of history shapes and enables relations to the past in historical research by invoking past perspectives of meaning for rendering reality intelligible. The book provides a much-needed philosophical clarification of key concepts in one of the most fundamental debates within the humanities today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367642907

The Primary Behaviour CookbookStrategies at your Fingertips Developed in conjunction with practitioners and teachers The Primary Behaviour Cookbook provides highly effective practical strategies for responding to and resolving behavioural issues in primary classrooms. Consisting of over forty ‘recipes’ the book’s unique format enables practitioners to quickly and easily access information and advice on dealing with specific behaviours. Each ‘recipe’ details strategies and interventions for immediate application in the classroom setting considers possible causes of the given behaviour and offers helpful approaches for responding to the child’s needs in the longer term. From disengagement to impulsivity attention-seeking defiance bullying anxiety and aggression the book’s five sections cover a broad spectrum of behaviours falling within five broader categories: Getting things done: supporting positive student engagement and achievement Dealing with disruption: increasing motivation and skills to facilitate learning Social interactions: resolving problematic situations that occur between pupils. Emotional distress: understanding distress and developing coping strategies Behaviours of special concern: recognising behaviours associated with autism trauma or abuse. Underpinned by positive psychology and emphasizing the importance of constructive relationships communication inclusion and child wellbeing this is an indispensable resource for primary school teachers and assistants behaviour support consultants SENDCOs and educational psychologists.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815393382

The Primary Coordinator and OFSTED Re-Inspection Specifically designed for busy teachers who have responsibility for coordinating a subject area within their primary school. Each volume in the series conforms to a concise style while providing a wealth of tips case studies and photocopiable material that teachers can use immediately. subject they are called on to co-ordinate these books provide guidance and examples to tackle the job.; There are special volumes dedicated to dealing with OFSTED creating whole school policy and the demands of co-ordinating several subjects within a small school.; The entire set of 16 volumes is available. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421714

The Primary CurriculumLearning from International Perspectives This book is concerned with the relationships and tensions in education between children's needs and societies' demands questions which primary teachers everywhere face on a daily basis such as: how does society's view of children and childhood affect teaching and learning? how do the dictates of the education system including a national curriculum shape teaching practice? how do the conventions of classroom practice fit with teachers' own beliefs and values? The first part of the book offers a basic framework for thinking about primary curricula from the perspectives raised by these questions whilst the second part presents a range of international views on the primary curriculum from Australia New Zealand South-East Asia Europe and the USA. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138416338

The Primary English EncyclopediaThe heart of the curriculum This newly updated user friendly Primary English Encyclopedia addresses all aspects of the primary English curriculum and is an invaluable reference for all training and practising teachers. Now in its fifth edition entries have been revised to take account of new research and thinking. The approach is supportive of the reflective practitioner in meeting National Curriculum requirements in England and developing sound subject knowledge and good classroom practice. While the book is scholarly the author writes in a conversational style and includes reproductions of covers of recommended children’s books and examples of children’s writing and drawing to add interest. The encyclopedia includes: over 600 entries many expanded and entirely new for this edition including entries on apps blogging and computing; short definitions of key concepts; input on the initial teaching of reading including the teaching of phonics and the other cue-systems; extended entries on major topics such as speaking and listening reading writing drama poetry non-fiction bilingualism and children’s literature; information on new literacies and new kinds of texts for children; discussion of current issues and input on the history of English teaching in the primary years; extended entries on gender and literacy; important references for each topic advice on further reading and accounts of recent research findings; and a Who’s Who of Primary English and lists of essential texts updated for this new edition. This encyclopedia will be ideal for student teachers on BA and PGCE courses preparing for work in primary schools and primary school teachers. Anyone concerned with bringing about the informed and imaginative teaching of primary school English will find this book helpful and interesting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138650275

The Primary FRCA Structured Oral Exam Guide 1 The Primary FRCA Structured Oral Examination Study Guide 1 is the definitive revision aid to the Primary FRCA structured oral examination. This second edition is revised and updated in line with the new Royal College of Anaesthetists ‘Guide to the Primary FRCA’ with over 20 new topics to reflect changes to the RCoA’s model questions and major revisions to graphs diagrams and many of the pre-existing sections. Packed with new guidelines and current hot topics this first volume covers physiology and physics. The nearly 50 physiology topics covered include lung function hypoxia acid–base balance pain pathways oxygen transport cerebral blood flow and more. Nearly 30 physics topics are covered including gas laws oxygen measurement cardiac output monitoring safety features of the anaesthetic machine resuscitation bags and valves depth of anaesthesia monitoring and more. The second edition of this hugely popular book is improved in clarity and content but stays true to the pragmatic approach adopted by the authors in the first edition. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781785230981

The Primary FRCA Structured Oral Exam Guide 2 The Primary FRCA Structured Oral Examination Study Guide 2 is the definitive revision aid to the Primary FRCA structured oral examination. This second edition is revised and updated in line with the new Royal College of Anaesthetists ‘Guide to the Primary FRCA’ with over 20 new topics to reflect changes to the RCoA’s model questions and major revisions to graphs diagrams and many of the pre-existing sections. Packed with new guidelines and current hot topics this second volume covers pharmacology special patient groups and critical incidents in depth. Over 37 pharmacology topics are covered including mechanisms of drug action dose-response curves drug interactions half-life variations in drug metabolism opioids neuromuscular blocking drugs and more. Twelve special patient groups topics are covered including paediatrics elderly pregnancy diabetes hypertension and more. Over 20 critical incidents topics are covered including aspiration cyanosis bradycardia failed intubation ST segment changes hypoxia and more. The second edition of this hugely popular book is improved in clarity and content but stays true to the pragmatic approach adopted by the authors in the first edition. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781785231056

The Primary Headteacher's Handbook Launching the new Kogan Page Primary Essentials series this indispensable handbook for all practising and aspiring primary headteachers will help primary school leaders rise to the many challenges that face them in the task of effectively managing a busy primary school. Some of the key areas examined are: * staff development* recruiting and managing staff* the school as an organisation* leadership* managing a successful inspection. As well as acting as a guide to best practice for those tasked with the role of headship this comprehensive and straightforward handbook will also assist governors deputies senior teachers those studying for NPQH to understand how an effective head can create and sustain an effective school. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178083

The Primary School in Changing TimesThe Australian Experience Following substantial changes throughout the Australian education system primary schools are no longer in the protected position of having a regulated flow of clients a pre-determined curriculum and marginal levels of staff development. Recent moves have brought new or increased responsibilities for all schools in areas such as: curriculum and policy development staff development monitoring and assessment the use of new technologies resource allocation This book seeks to review the impact of this change on Australian primary schools on the people who are involved with them and the issues they face. Primary education is being re-structured throughout the world and therefore these issues are of great interest and relevance to educators worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138418530

The Primary Sector in Economic Development (Routledge Revivals)Proceedings of the Seventh Arne Ryde Symposium Frostavallen August 29-30 1983 A major problem for less developed countries is to make their primary sectors sufficiently profitable in order to be able to build up manufacturing and service sectors. This edited collection first published in 1985 examines the nature of the primary sector and its role in economic development. Chapters consider problems of stagnation and income distribution in such countries as Chile and Brazil; trade in national primary products and exports in Africa and the Middle East; and reform and policies of development in countries such as Peru. An interesting volume with an international scope this title will be of value to economics students with a particular interest in the role of the primary sector in developing economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138818880

The Primary STEM Ideas BookEngaging Classroom Activities Combining Mathematics Science and D&T The Primary STEM Ideas Book is designed to promote the integrated teaching of STEM in the primary classroom by providing teachers with lesson ideas for investigations and projects. The statutory requirements of the National Curriculum for science mathematics and design and technology are comprehensively covered through a variety of practical stimulating and engaging activities which have all been tried and tested in the primary classroom. The interrelationship between the STEM subjects is strongly integrated throughout allowing children’s knowledge and skills to develop with confidence in these key subjects through activities that only require easily accessible resources generally found in the classroom. Written by subject specialists with years of classroom experience teaching STEM subjects each chapter contains: A rationale showing links to the National Curriculum Key subject knowledge Brief activity plans Ideas for supporting higher and lower attaining children Follow-up ideas to provide extra inspiration Including ‘how to’ guides and other photocopiable resources this book is perfect for creating integrated lessons group work and discussions relating to STEM. The Primary STEM Ideas Book provides easy to follow instructions and helps spark fresh inspiration for both new and experienced teachers in primary STEM education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138340541

The Primary Teacher's Career Handbook The Primary Teacher’s Career Handbook is invaluable to all those in Primary education. This essential and unique handbook sets out a complete and much needed career development path for Primary School teachers from the stage of seeking a first appointment through to middle-management Headship and beyond. Throughout the book teachers will be shown how to plan their career development by making their present role successful enabling them to make a smooth progression to achieve their career aspirations. Offering realistic advice and including pragmatic solutions which result from years of first-hand experience the chapters explore key career stages such as: applying for your first teaching post; being successful in your induction year; managing a subject area; professional development and developing as a leader; preparing for Deputy Headship and achieving your first Headship role; building your CV and making an application; interviews; and working with colleagues parents and governors. Written to support the work of all those in the field of Primary education this book is not just essential reading for trainee and newly qualified teachers but it is an invaluable resource for teachers at every stage of their careers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138814059

The Primate ZoonosesCulture Change and Emerging Diseases This book offers an accessible and up-to-date reference on primate zoonoses. Recent years have witnessed a rise in human diseases zoonotically transferred from animals with wild primates implicated in the spread of numerous newly emerging infections. The authors go beyond simply providing an inventory of diseases helping readers to understand how and why they are transmitted. Important consideration is given to the contemporary cultural and ecological factors involved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367607326

The Primitive Edge of Experience This book is concerned with the primitive edge of human experience. It explores the idea that human experience is the product of the dialectical interplay of three modes of generating experience: the depressive the paranoid-schizoid and the autistic-contiguous. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328542

The Primitive Mind And Modern Civilization First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874947

The Primordial Mind in Health and IllnessA Cross-Cultural Perspective The universal quest to create cosmologies – to comprehend the relationship between mind and world - is inevitably limited by the social cultural and historical perspective of the observer in this instance western psychoanalysis. In this book Michael Robbins attempts to transcend such contextual limitations by putting forward a primordial form of mental activity that co-exists alongside thought and is of equal importance in human affairs. This book challenges the western assumption that knowledge is synonymous with rational thought and that the aspect of mind that is not thought is immature irrational regressive and pathological. Robbins illustrates the central role of primordial mental activity in spiritual cultures analogous to that of thought in western culture as well as its significant contributions to numerous other phenomena including dreaming language creativity shamanism and psychosis. In addition to his extensive clinical experience as a psychoanalyst Robbins draws on first-hand contact with Maori and other shamanistic cultures. Vividly illustrated by first and second hand accounts this book will be of great interest to psychoanalysts those with a psychological interest in spiritual cultures as well as those in the fields of developmental psychology cultural anthropology neuroscience aesthetics and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415454612

The Primordial ViolenceSpanking Children Psychological Development Violence and Crime A CHOICE Outstanding Academic Title 2014! Why do parents hit those they love? What effect does it have on children? What can be done to end this pattern? These are some of the questions explored in The Primordial Violence. Featuring longitudinal data from over 7 000 U.S. families as well as results from a 32 nation study the book presents the latest research on the extent to which spanking is used in different cultures and the subsequent effects of its use on children and on society. Evidence that shows the relationship between spanking and the subsequent slowing of cognitive development and increase in antisocial and criminal behavior is shown. Both cross-sectional and longitudinal studies are explored in an accessible fashion. An abundance of high quality research has produced findings that are highly consistent from study to study which show that spanking is a risk factor for aggressive behavior and other social and psychological problems. Because of these findings the authors argue for policy changes and recommend a drastic reduction in the use of spanking. Policy and practical implications are explored in most chapters.    The Primordial Violence highlights: The benefits of avoiding spanking such as the development of better interpersonal skills and higher academic achievement; The link between spanking and behavioral problems and crime; The extent to which spanking is declining and why despite the unusually high level of agreement between numerous studies which found harmful effects from spanking most parents continue to spank. Part 1 documents the worldwide use of spanking and why parents spank. The possible adverse effects of spanking on children’s behavior and academic achievement and the potential for violence and criminal behavior in later life are explored in Parts 2 3 and 4. Part 5 examines trends in spanking and suggests what can be done to lower the percent of parents who spank. Contradictory opinions about whether to spank are explored. The book concludes with a call for change in this aspect of parenting which will have profound benefits for the children and families involved and society as a whole.  Intended for a general audience of readers who are interested in child development and parenting and for advanced undergraduate and/or graduate courses in child abuse family violence juvenile delinquency criminal behavior social development sociology of the family or parenting and family relations taught in psychology human development family studies criminology education social work sociology and social policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848729537

The Princess's Novelettes Complete Story 1886 - 1888 (6-vol. EP set) The Princess's Novelettes was a successful Victorian ‘penny’ magazine aiming at the market of mainly working class young women. The weekly was launched by Edwin J. Brett known as publisher and editor of the popular magazine The Boys of England. Each issue featured one short novel as well as a small column on gossips of royals and/or celebrities and included many illustrations and plates. Most of the novels are by unknown authors and contain sensational stories of romance or mystery. The title The Princess's Novelettes appears in various primary sources of history of Victorian women. It was believed to be circulated widely not only in London but also in regional towns and even parts of rural England. However despite its importance the number of academic libraries holding the original volumes of the periodical is extremely limited. This is the first time that the early volumes (1-6) in complete issues have become available. Providing easy access to primary materials on working class society of the Victorian period which compared to the rich historical source material available on the middle classes can often be hard to locate this facsimile reprint is particularly vital for any scholars in the field of Women’s history and literature of 19th century England. Media > Books > Print Books Edition Synapse 9784902454840

The Principal as Human Resources LeaderA Guide to Exemplary Practices for Personnel Administration Increasingly personnel administrative duties within schools have been delegated to the local school principal. This accessible book arms school leaders with the knowledge and skills required to be an effective human resources leader and shows them how to fold these additional duties seamlessly into their daily routines. This practical resource provides school administrators with guidance on personnel selection growth and development orientation and placement school climate legal processes leadership for classified staff and other important human resources processes. Special Features: • Grounded in extensive research and interviews with practicing principals• Provides a wealth of examples strategies tips and best practices for leading the human resources function at the school level• Chapter exercises and case studies explore the skills and knowledge needed for effective human resource leadership• Details the significance of developing a positive school climate• Legal aspects of human resources administration are made digestible and understandable   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138024403

The Principal as Instructional LeaderA Practical Handbook In the updated third edition of this highly successful book leadership expert Sally Zepeda offers savvy advice to both new and seasoned principals and assistant principals. You get practical tools and strategies along with real-world examples to help you improve teacher effectiveness and boost student achievement. This edition features valuable resources for teacher evaluation and professional development programs including: Tools and procedures for conducting classroom observations and pre- and post-observation conferences How-to steps for assessing the culture and climate of your school Strategies to address marginal teaching Techniques to support adult learning and professional development Related News & Media Dr. Doug Green featured a book summary of The Principal as Instructional Leader: A Practical Handbook (3rd Edition) on his website.The Principal as Instructional Leader: A Practical Handbook (3rd Edition) by Sally J. Zepeda was reviewed in The 21st Century Principal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781596672215

The Principal Factors in Freight Train Operating This book first published in 1923 examines the states of Britain’s rail network at the cusp of great change. The Railways Act of 1921 placed public service on behalf of the community as the raison d’etre of a railway company’s existence – rather than the private gain of shareholders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138632660

The Principal's Guide to the First 100 Days of the School YearCreating Instructional Momentum For veteran principals new principals and aspiring principals this book is a critical resource for building instructional momentum during the beginning of the school year. Educational leadership expert Shawn Joseph guides administrators through five key areas: Vision Instructional Leadership Politics Data and Planning. With detailed timelines practical advice and ready-to-use resources Joseph explains the essential steps to leadership success that will continue throughout the school year. New to this edition: Updated advice to align with the revised ISLLC standards and general updates to reflect the current educational terrain Additional sample letters lists and timelines to aid the busy principal eResources with supplemental material Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138658455

The Principal's Guide to the First 100 Days of the School YearCreating Instructional Momentum For veteran principals new principals and aspiring principals this book is a valuable resource for building instructional momentum during the beginning of the school year. Educational leadership expert Shawn Joseph guides administrators through five key areas: Vision Instructional Leadership Politics Data Planning With detailed timelines practical advice and ready-to-use resources Joseph explains the essential steps to leadership success that will continue throughout the school year. Supplemental Downloads available to book-buyers! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781596672024

The Principalship from A to Z The second edition of The Principalship from A to Z provides a set of tools that can be used immediately to improve your leadership practice. Organized into 26 chapters—one for each letter of the alphabet—this book covers the most important and prevalent issues and skills for leaders in today’s schools including matters of limited funding juggling social media teacher evaluation student achievement school safety and collaborating with parents. This accessible guide offers specific strategies that will help you navigate the complexity of your job and help you to become a more effective principal. Topics new to this updated edition include: A renewed focus on student learning as the first priority of a principal and updated strategies for becoming a powerful instructional coach Information about restorative justice practices and other disciplinary approaches Timely new chapters on motivating teachers and students using social media and handling limited resources Updated resources at the end of each chapter For both new and experienced leaders you’ll find this book to be full of practical templates and strategies to implement immediately. Many tools are available as free eResources from our website www.routledge.com/9781138899568. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138899568

The Principle of Double EffectA History and Philosophical Defense This book offers a comprehensive history of the principle of double effect and its applications in ethics. Written from a non-theological perspective it makes the case for the centrality of the double effect reasoning in philosophical ethics. The book is divided into two parts. The first part thoroughly examines the history of double effect reasoning. The author’s history spans from Thomas Aquinas’s opera omnia to the modern and influential understanding of the principle known as proportionalism. The second part of the book elucidates the principle and addresses various objections that have been raised against it including those that arise from an in-depth discussion of the trolley problem. Finally the author examines the role of intentions in ethical thinking and constructs a novel defense of the principle based on fine distinctions between intentions. The Principle of Double Effect: A History and Philosophical Defense will be of interest to scholars and advanced students working in moral philosophy the history of ethics bioethics medical ethics and the Catholic moral tradition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367442460

The Principle of Effective Legal Protection in Administrative LawA European Perspective This collection presents a comparative analysis of the principle of effective legal protection in administrative law in Europe. It examines how European states consider and enforce the related requirements in their domestic administrative law. The book is divided into three parts: the first comprises a theoretical introductory chapter along with perspectives from International and European Law; part two presents 15 individual country reports on the principle of effective legal protection in mostly EU member states. The core function of the reports is to provide an analysis of the domestic instruments and procedures. Adopting a contextual approach they consider the historical political and legal circumstances as well as analysing the relevant case law of the domestic courts; the third part provides a comparative analysis of the country reports. The final chapter assesses the influence and relevance of EU law and the ECHR. The book thus identifies the most important trends and makes a valuable contribution to the debate around convergence and divergence in European national administrative systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138606630

The Principle of SustainabilityTransforming law and governance This book investigates how sustainability informs key principles and concepts of domestic and international law. It calls for the recognition of ecological sustainability as a fundamental principle to guide the entire legal system rather than just environmental legislation. To this end the book makes a contribution to global environmental constitutionalism a rapidly growing area within comparative and international environmental law and constitutional law. This 2nd edition has been fully revised and updated to take account of recent developments and new case law. The book will be a valuable resource for students researchers and policy makers working in the areas of environmental law and governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472481313

The Principle of SustainabilityTransforming Law and Governance This book investigates how sustainability informs the universal principles used in domestic and international law. It calls for the acceptance of sustainability as a recognized legal principle which could be applied to the entire legal system rather than just environmental law and regardless of its international or domestic levels. To this end the book makes a contribution to a theory of global law by discussing whether as a universally shared concern environmental protection and the principle of sustainability should contribute to the 'greening' of the fundamental principles of law and governance. The book will be a valuable resource for students researchers and policy makers working in the areas of environmental law and governance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315553962

The Principles and Practice of Primary Care and Family MedicineAsia-Pacific Perspectives Guidelines are powerful instruments of assistance to clinicians capable of extending the clinical roles of nurses and pharmacists. Purchasers and managers perceive them as technological tools guaranteeing treatment quality. Guidelines also offer mechanisms by which doctors and other health care professionals can be made more accountable to their patients. But how can clinicians tell whether a guideline has authority and whether or not it should be followed? Does the law protect doctors who comply with guidelines? Are guideline developers liable for faulty advice? This timely book provides a comprehensive and accessible analysis of the many medical and legal issues arising from the current explosion of clinical guidelines. Featuring clear summaries of relevant UK US and Commonwealth case law it is vital reading for all doctors health care workers managers purchasers patients and lawyers. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315365275

The Principles and Practice of Tonal Counterpoint The Principles and Practice of Tonal Counterpoint is a comprehensive textbook that combines practical "how-to" guidance in 18th-century techniques with extensive historical examination of contrapuntal works and genres. Beginning with an introductory grounding in species counterpoint tonal harmony and figured bass students progress through the study of chorale preludes invertible counterpoint and canonic and fugal writing. This textbook thoroughly joins principle with practice providing a truly immersive experience in the study of tonal counterpoint and familiarizing students with contrapuntal styles from the Baroque period to the 21st century. Also available is a companion volume The Principles and Practice of Modal Counterpoint which focuses on 16th-century techniques and covers modal music from Gregorian chant through the 17th century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415988667

The Principles of Embryology First published in 1956 this book was considered the first comprehensive and unitary work on the subject since 1934. It provides an analysis of the relations between genetics and epigenetics between genes and their effects. The book will be of interest to ebryologists but also to more general biologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138956988

The Principles of Gender-Sensitive Parliaments Gender serves as a lens that makes visible important issues in the field of representation: Whom do elected politicians represent? What is at stake in the parliamentary process? What do we know about the interplay between parliaments and the everyday lives of citizens? It is widely understood that women’s presence in government matters but we need to understand the conditions under which it matters more clearly. Using Sweden as a case study a country where the number of women elected to the national parliament has steadily risen since the 1970s Lena Wängnerud presents a novel approach on which characteristics inside a parliament help translate physical representation into substantive representation for women. Using three guiding principles: (i) the implementation of equal opportunities for women and men to influence internal parliamentary working procedures; (ii) the creation of room for women’s interests and concerns on the political agenda; and (iii) the production of gender-sensitive legislation Wängnerud shows what are the necessary conditions for women’s needs interests and concerns to be adequately integrated into parliamentary processes. The Principles of Gender-Sensitive Parliaments book adds fuel to all these classical debates within the field of political representation and will bring attention to a wider audience on why electing women matters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138066632

The Principles of Green UrbanismTransforming the City for Sustainability How can we transform and future-proof the post-industrial city through strategies of architectural and urban design? The answer is to use an energy-efficient zero-carbon model based on renewable energy sources and renewable building typologies. This book presents different models for sustainable urban growth based on the principles of 'Green Urbanism'. Current and emergent forms of urbanism are influenced by climate change leading to the idea of a new generation of 'zero-emission cities'. These cities are seen as applying new concepts in densification and expansion designed with energy efficiency and sustainability as principal criteria. The aim of this type of 'Systems Thinking' is to connect and integrate sustainable design principles with a holistic idea for the future of our cities to generate future-proof strategies for the revitalization of the urban landscape. The first section of the book clearly explains these principles and how they can be employed illustrated by clear diagrams for ease of comprehension. The principles as applied are then explored through in-depth case studies of the post-industrial Australian city of Newcastle which is at an important juncture in its urban evolution. This is essential reading for urban designers architects landscape architects and researchers/students in these disciplines around the world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849775342

The Principles of Housing The Principles of Housing is an engaging and discursive introduction to the key topics within housing studies. Whereas many books get bogged down in country-specific policy or small innovations this book argues that the fundamental concepts of what we call housing are relatively stable and unchangeable. By focusing on universal principles the book provides an introduction to housing that can be used by students world-wide. The book consists of a series of short chapters relating to the key issues of housing such as borrowing choice finance government need reform and welfare. Each chapter is designed to be a starting point for a wider conversation with discussion questions and a number of think pieces and international case studies to help students connect these general principles to their own surroundings. Written by renowned housing expert Peter King The Principles of Housing succeeds in being accessible and engaging without shying away from the complexities of housing issues. The book will be invaluable to students on housing-related courses across finance real estate planning development politics and sociology subjects. The book would also be useful to housing professionals and policy makers aiming to expand their understanding of housing issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138939424

The Principles of Islamic Marketing The Principles of Islamic Marketing fills a gap in international business literature covering the aspects and values of Islamic business thought. It provides a framework and practical perspectives for understanding and implementing the Islamic marketing code of conduct. It is not a religious book. The Islamic Economic System is a business model adopted by nearly one fifth of the world's population. Baker Alserhan identifies the features of the Islamic structure of International Marketing practices and ethics. Adherence to such ethical practices elevates the standards of behaviour of traders and consumers alike and creates a value-loaded framework for firms establishing harmony and meaningful cooperation between international marketers and their Muslim target markets. His book provides a complete guide to the requirements an organization needs to follow when managing its entire marketing function within the Muslim market or when adapting part of its offering to that market. It addresses the challenges facing marketers involved in business activities with and within Islamic communities the knowledge needs of academic institutions and the interest of multinationals keen on tapping the huge Islamic markets. Along the way Baker Alserhan provides insights into the various aspects of promoting to the Islamic markets such as franchising distribution channels and retailing practices branding positioning and pricing issues; all within the Muslim legal and cultural norms. Above all The Principles of Islamic Marketing will lay the foundation of and advance Islamic Marketing as a new social science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667399

The Principles of Islamic Marketing The Principles of Islamic Marketing fills a gap in international business literature covering the aspects and values of Islamic business thought. It provides a framework and practical perspectives for understanding and implementing the Islamic marketing code of conduct. It is not a religious book. The Islamic Economic System is a business model adopted by nearly one quarter of the world’s population. Baker Alserhan identifies the features of the Islamic structure of International Marketing practices and ethics. Adherence to such ethical practices elevates the standards of behaviour of traders and consumers alike and creates a value-loaded framework for meaningful cooperation between international marketers and their Muslim markets. His book provides a complete guide for an organization when managing its entire marketing function or when customising part of its offering to suit Muslim customers. It addresses the challenges facing marketers involved in business activities with and within Islamic communities the knowledge needs of academic institutions and the interest of multinationals keen on tapping the huge Islamic markets. Along the way Baker Alserhan provides insights into key elements such as distribution channels retailing practices branding positioning and pricing; all within the Muslim legal and cultural norms. This second edition brings the book up to date and features a number of new case studies and two additional chapters on Maqasid Al Shariah and the Islamic economy and a strategic perspective on Islamic marketing and branding. Media > Books > Print Books Gower 9781472460301

The Principles of Islamic Marketing The Principles of Islamic Marketing fills a gap in international business literature covering the aspects and values of Islamic business thought. It provides a framework and practical perspectives for understanding and implementing the Islamic marketing code of conduct. It is not a religious book. The Islamic Economic System is a business model adopted by nearly one quarter of the world’s population. Baker Alserhan identifies the features of the Islamic structure of International Marketing practices and ethics. Adherence to such ethical practices elevates the standards of behaviour of traders and consumers alike and creates a value-loaded framework for meaningful cooperation between international marketers and their Muslim markets. His book provides a complete guide for an organization when managing its entire marketing function or when customising part of its offering to suit Muslim customers. It addresses the challenges facing marketers involved in business activities with and within Islamic communities the knowledge needs of academic institutions and the interest of multinationals keen on tapping the huge Islamic markets. Along the way Baker Alserhan provides insights into key elements such as distribution channels retailing practices branding positioning and pricing; all within the Muslim legal and cultural norms. This second edition brings the book up to date and features a number of new case studies and two additional chapters on Maqasid Al Shariah and the Islamic economy and a strategic perspective on Islamic marketing and branding. Media > Books > E-books Gower 9781315553948

The Principles of Multimedia JournalismPackaging Digital News In this much-needed examination of the principles of multimedia journalism experienced journalists Richard Koci Hernandez and Jeremy Rue systemize and categorize the characteristics of the new often experimental story forms that appear on today's digital news platforms. By identifying a classification of digital news packages and introducing a new vocabulary for how content is packaged and presented the authors give students and professionals alike a way to talk about and understand the importance of story design in an era of convergence storytelling. Online all forms of media are on the table: audio video images graphics and text are available to journalists at any type of media company as components with which to tell a story. This book provides insider instruction on how to package and interweave the different media forms together into an effective narrative structure. Featuring interviews with some of the most exceptional storytellers and innovators of our time including web and interactive producers at the New York Times NPR The Marshall Project The Guardian National Film Board of Canada and the Verge this exciting and timely new book analyzes examples of innovative stories that leverage technology in unexpected ways to create entirely new experiences online that both engage and inform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415738163

The Principles of New Ethics IIINormative Ethics II From Descartes to Spinoza Western philosophers have attempted to propose an axiomatic systemization of ethics. However without consensus on the contents and objects of ethics the system remains incomplete. This four-volume set presents a model that highlights a Chinese philosopher’s insights on ethics after a 22 year study. Three essential components of ethics are examined: metaethics normative ethics and virtue ethics. This volume is the second part of the discussion on normative ethics.  The author analyzes humanity liberty justice happiness and systems of moral rules. He puts forward 26 value standards that construct a system of measuring state instruction; reveals the relationship between humanity liberty and justice; puts forward three objective laws of happiness; and discusses the goodness of important moral rules such as honesty self-respect and courage. This set is an essential read for students and scholars of ethics and philosophy in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138331631

The Principles of New Ethics IINormative Ethics I From Descartes to Spinoza Western philosophers have attempted to propose an axiomatic systemization of ethics. However without consensus on the contents and objects of ethics the system remains incomplete. This fourvolume set presents a model that highlights a Chinese philosopher’s insights on ethics after a 22-year study. Three essential components of ethics are examined: metaethics normative ethics and virtue ethics. This volume is the fi rst part of the discussion on normative ethics. The author sets out to discuss morality and shows how the reasoning behind it can be both good and bad for human society from various perspectives. A system of an ultimate standard of morality is introduced and it is shown that where there are confl icts between different moral norms that cannot be compromised people undoubtedly sacrifi ce less important moral norms to follow more fundamental and important moral norms or principles. The ultimate standard of morality is also the ultimate value standard for the evaluation of the goodness or badness of state institutions. Justice is the fundamental value standard to measure state institutions. Equality is the most important justice. The Chinese version of this set sold more than 60 000 copies and has exerted tremendous infl uence on the academic scene in the People’s Republic. The English version will be an essential read for students and scholars of ethics and philosophy in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138331624

The Principles of New Ethics IMeta-ethics From Descartes to Spinoza Western philosophers have attempted to propose an axiomatic systemization of ethics. However without consensus on the contents and objects of ethics the system remains incomplete. This fourvolume set presents a model that highlights a Chinese philosopher’s insights on ethics after a 22-year study. Three essential components of ethics are examined: metaethics normative ethics and virtue ethics. This volume mainly studies meta- ethics. The author not only studies the fi ve primitive concepts of ethics— “value ” “good ” “ought ” “right ” and “fact”— and reveals their relationship but also demonstrates the solution to the classic “Hume’s guillotine”— whether “ought” can be derived from “fact.” His aim is to identify the methods of making excellent moral norms leading to solutions on how to prove ethical axioms and ethical postulates. Written by a renowned philosopher the Chinese version of this set sold more than 60 000 copies and has exerted tremendous infl uence on the academic scene in China. The English version will be an essential read for students and scholars of ethics and philosophy in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138331617

The Principles of New Ethics IVVirtue Ethics From Descartes to Spinoza Western philosophers have attempted to propose an axiomatic systemization of ethics. However without consensus on the contents and objects of ethics the system remains incomplete. This four-volume set presents a model that highlights a Chinese philosopher’s insights into ethics after a 22-year study. Three essential components of ethics are examined: meta-ethics normative ethics and virtue ethics. In this volume the author analyzes the relationship between people’s sense of reputation the political and economic status of a nation and the observation of virtue ethics and he argues that reputation can encourage people to conform to virtue ethics. In addition a nation’s political and economic status is closely connected to people’s virtue ethics. That is people will have higher virtue ethics when constitutional democracy a market economy without government control freedom of speech and the moral system of liberalism and egalitarianism are established in a nation. This title is an essential read for students and scholars of ethics and philosophy in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138331648

The Principles of PleasureWorking with the Good Stuff as Sex Therapists and Educators There are tremendous benefits to discussing the subject of sexual and emotional pleasure with clients and this book addresses the challenges and misconceptions of doing just that. Laura Rademacher and Lindsey Hoskins teach the skills necessary for mental health professionals and sex educators to build competence in this work with their clients. Readers get techniques to implement in therapeutic clinical and educational settings and learn how to examine pleasure in ways that are currently lacking from academic work on sexual health. This book covers skills for working with populations of all orientations and gender expressions. Language and phrasing for addressing pleasure issues in a wide variety of educational or therapeutic settings is also provided. Information about sexual lubrication and sex toys that is rarely taught in professional training programs is included as well as how to appropriately incorporate information about these important sexual tools into your work. Issues such as abstinence sexual orientation couple therapy and sexual education will be discussed outside of the standard medical model of sex therapy. The Principles of Pleasure will help you feel relaxed and confident while moving clients and students closer to their pleasure goals and provides the evidence to back up the importance of talking and teaching about pleasure should you need to justify this work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884823

The Principles of Project Finance The Principles of Project Finance reviews the technique of project finance. It explores step-by-step the key ingredients of the concept. The book is aimed at a business savvy audience but one which is not necessarily up to speed on the concept and has a global reach by covering both OECD countries and the emerging markets. Project finance is positioned at a key point between the global capital markets and the energy and infrastructure industries. To explain and illustrate the ideas behind project finance the book is made of chapters written by a range of leading players in the market from around the world and is split into four sections: ¢ The first reviews various themes and issues key to the project finance market - views from bankers lawyers and advisers plus chapters on bank bond and multilateral finance and a look at environmental insurance and construction market issues. ¢ The second section looks at how project finance is used in various sectors of the energy and infrastructure market - renewable energy oil and gas mining PPPs and roads and transportation. ¢The third then takes an in-depth look at various projects finance markets from around the world - Australia Vietnam Indonesia India Turkey Russia Africa France USA and Brazil. ¢ Finally the fourth section presents a series of Top 10 deal cases studies from the pages of Thomson Reuters Project Finance International (PFI) the leading source of global project finance information. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245686

The Principles of Scientific Management by Frederick Taylor Read the American classic that inspired Shigeo Shingo! Frederick W. Taylor's The Principles of Scientific Managementwas a mental revolution that spawned the very ideas of process improvement equity and efficiency between workers and management and the attainability of high production with low labor costs. Taylor discusses eliminating waste by using the system he developed over the course of his career and how it applies to individual as well as collective improvement initiatives. As the basis of modern organizational efficiency this instrumental book has motivated managers and engineers for almost 100 years. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363898

The Principles of Sustainability At a time of increasingly rapid environmental deterioration and climate change sustainability is one of the most important issues facing the world. Can we create a sustainable society? What would that mean? How should we set about doing it? How can we bring about such a profound change in the way things are organized? This text tackles these questions directly. It covers: historical development of the concept of sustainability; contemporary debates about how to achieve it; and obstacles and the prospects for overcoming them. This new fully revised edition covers the latest on the climate change front particularly the advances in scientific understanding and political awareness of climate change. Other updates include more recent economic analyses particularly the Stern Report and the global shift away from faith in markets over the past five years. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773249

The Principles of TeachingBased on Psychology First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875203

The Printed Image in Early Modern LondonUrban Space Visual Representation and Social Exchange Presenting an inventive body of research that explores the connections between urban movements space and visual representation this study offers the first sustained analysis of the vital interrelationship between printed images and urban life in early modern London. The study differs from all other books on early modern British print culture in that it seeks out printed forms that were active in shaping and negotiating the urban milieu-prints that troubled categories of high and low culture images that emerged when the political became infused with the creative as well as prints that bear traces of the roles they performed and the ways they were used in the city. It is distinguished by its close and sustained readings of individual prints from the likes of such artists as Wenceslaus Hollar Francis Barlow and William Faithorne; and this visual analysis is complemented with a thorough examination of the dynamics of print production as a commercial exchange that takes place within a wider set of exchanges (of goods people ideas and money) across the city and the nation. This study challenges scholars to re-imagine the function of popular prints as a highly responsive form of cultural production capable not only of 'recording' events spaces and social actions but profoundly shaping the way these entities are conceived in the moment and also recast within cultural memory. It offers historians of print culture and British art a sophisticated and innovative model of how to mobilize rigorous archival research in the service of a thoroughly historicized and theorized analysis of visual representation and its relationship to space and social identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247147

The Prior Consultation of Indigenous Peoples in Latin AmericaInside the Implementation Gap This book delves into the reasons behind and the consequences of the implementation gap regarding the right to prior consultation and the Free Prior and Informed Consent (FPIC) of Indigenous Peoples in Latin America. In recent years the economic and political projects of Latin American States have become increasingly dependent on the extractive industries. This has resulted in conflicts when governments and international firms have made considerable investments in those lands that have been traditionally inhabited and used by Indigenous Peoples who seek to defend their rights against exploitative practices. After decades of intense mobilisation important gains have been made at international level regarding the opportunity for Indigenous Peoples to have a say on these matters. Notwithstanding this the right to prior consultation and the FPIC of Indigenous Peoples on the ground are far from being fully applied and guaranteed. And even when prior consultation processes are carried out the outcomes remain uncertain. This volume rigorously investigates the causes of this implementation gap and its consequences for the protection of Indigenous Peoples’ rights lands identities and ways of life in the Latin American region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138488069

The Prism of Just WarAsian and Western Perspectives on the Legitimate Use of Military Force Through a careful examination of religious and philosophical literature the contributors to the volume analyze compare and assess diverse Western Islamic Hindu and East Asian perspectives concerning the appropriate criteria that should govern the decision to resort to the use of armed force and once that decision is made what constraints should govern the actual conduct of military operations. In doing so the volume promotes a better understanding of the various ways in which diverse peoples and societies within the global community approach the question of what constitutes the legitimate use of military force as an instrument of policy in the resolution of conflicts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315553924

The Prison House of Alienation The Prison House of Alienation is an exploration of the humanist theme of alienation that Marx theorized in his Economic and Philosophic Manuscripts of 1844. It relates this theme of alienation with the themes of haunting in the Manifesto of the Communist Party and accumulation of capital that he outlined in his magnum opus Capital. The volume claims that humanity plagued by ghosts is dwelling in a prison house from which there seems no escape. Yet humanity seeks to escape from this prison house. The essays are a consequent journey in dramaturgy where science and art truly meet to create emancipatory politics that goes well beyond the entire discourse of twentieth-century socialism. The volume begins with Hamlet’s lament in Shakespeare’s tragedy who struck by alienation is haunted by the ghost of his dead father. It then discusses how instead of creating a radical theory for creating a socialist alternative ‘haunting’ gave way to interpretation as an estranged hermeneutical act that displaces revolutionary theory and praxis. This displacement of revolutionary praxis in turn gave way to violence. This volume therefore also analyzes violence from Clausewitz to Mao revealing that a rigorous line must be drawn between Stalinism and Maoism on one side and authentic Marxism on the other side. It concludes by questioning the very idea of ideology suggesting that ideology is not merely a false consciousness but a terrible psychotic act that would devour the entire emancipatory project of Marxism itself. Placing the human condition at the centre for alternative twenty-first-century politics The Prison House of Alienation reveals that there can be no science without art and no politics without humanity. It will be of great interest to scholars of philosophy and politics. The essays were originally published in various issues of Critique: Journal of Socialist Theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367430931

The Prison Memoirs of a Japanese Woman Kaneko Fumiko (1903-1926) wrote this memoir while in prison after being convicted of plotting to assassinate the Japanese emperor. Despite an early life of misery deprivation and hardship she grew up to be a strong and independent young woman. When she moved to Tokyo in 1920 she gravitated to left-wing groups and eventually joined with the Korean nihilist Pak Yeol to form a two-person nihilist organization. Two days after the Great Tokyo Earthquake in a general wave of anti-leftist and anti-Korean hysteria the authorities arrested the pair and charged them with high treason. Defiant to the end (she hanged herself in prison on July 23 1926) Kaneko Fumiko wrote this memoir as an indictment of the society that oppressed her the family that abused and neglected her and the imperial system that drove her to her death. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315541334

The Prisoner Little of what we know about prison comes from the mouths of prisoners and very few academic accounts of prison life manage to convey some of its most profound and important features: its daily pressures and frustrations the culture of the wings and landings and the relationships which shape the everyday experience of being imprisoned. The Prisoner aims to redress this by foregrounding prisoners’ own accounts of prison life in what is an original and penetrating edited collection. Each of its chapters explores a particular prisoner sub-group or an important aspect of prisoners’ lives and each is divided into two sections: extended extracts from interviews with prisoners followed by academic commentary and analysis written by a leading scholar or practitioner. This structure allows prisoners’ voices to speak for themselves while situating what they say in a wider discussion of research policy and practice. The result is a rich and evocative portrayal of the lived reality of imprisonment and a poignant insight into prisoners’ lives. The book aims to bring to life key penological issues and to provide an accessible text for anyone interested in prisons including students practitioners and a general audience. It seeks to represent and humanize a group which is often silent in discussions of imprisonment and to shine a light on a world which is generally hidden from view. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415668668

The Prisonhouse of Psychoanalysis In The Prisonhouse of Psychoanalysis Arnold Goldberg trains a searching critical eye on his own profession.  His subject matter is the system of interlocking constraints - theoretical institutional educational - that imprisons psychoanalysis and the psychoanalyst.  His agenda is to sketch the shape analysis might take in the absence of these constraints.  What emerges from these twin endeavors is a penetrating critique of psychoanalysis from the inside - from the vantage point of a senior analyst who has labored for many years within the prisonhouse that he now criticizes. In proffering an alternative vision of psychoanalysis Goldberg ventures into recent literature in epistemology philosophy of science cognitive psychology and the neurosciences so that one valuable byproduct of his work is a brilliant application of insights culled from these fields to the question of what analysis is and what it may yet become.  His examination of "psychoanalysis without foundations" challenges the ability of infancy research data and neurological findings respectively to provide an empirical rock bottom from which psychoanalytic theory-building can proceed.  His chapter on "psychoanalysis without representations" reviews the analytic literature on the latter concept only to show how recent theories of brain processing including connectionism provides a basis for understanding mental phenomena without any intermediary representations.  Finally his vision of "psychoanalysis without a subject" assesses recent findings about the nature of memory insights of contemporary philosophy and Kohut's notion of the selfobject as converging tributaries that make possible an analysis that dispenses with the conventional dichotomy of subject and object. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869530

The Privacy of the Self The Privacy of the Self was the first collection of papers showing the development of the author's thinking over twenty five years of clinical work. He was nurtured in the tradition of Anna Freud John Rickman and D.W. Winnicott but his contribution to psychoanalytic literature was a distinctive and personal one. What emerges from this book is the natural and private crystallization of his experiences with his patients and teachers.As he says in his preface: "Psychoanalysis is an extremely private discipline of sensibility and skill. The practice of psychoanalysis multiplies this privacy into a specialized relationship between two persons who through the very nature of their exclusivity with each other change each other. The first thing I wish to say about my work reported in these papers is that my patients have helped me become and personalize my potential of thought affectivity and effort into a way of life that I find deeply satisfying. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367104863

The Private Collector's MuseumPublic Good Versus Private Gain The Private Collector’s Museum connects the rising popularity of private museums with evolving models of collecting and philanthropy and new inter-relationships between private and public space. It examines how contemporary collectors construct museums to frame themselves as cultural arbiters of global distinction.By exploring a range of in-depth contemporary case studies the book aims for a more complex understanding of the private collector’s museum assessing how it is realised funded and understood in a broader cultural context. It examines the ways in which this particular museum model has evolved within a historical Western tradition of collecting and museum-building and considers how private museums will endure alongside their public counterparts. It also sheds light on the shifting patterns of collecting such as the transition of personal art collections into the public sphere. The developments are situated within the wider context of private–public engagement in general.Providing a new analysis of philanthropy public access and the museum The Private Collector’s Museum is essential reading for scholars and students interested in the private museum and key reading for those interested in related issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728861

The Private Correspondence of Admiral Lord Collingwood This volume attempts to rescue Nelson’s second-in-command at Trafalgar from the comparative obscurity that had overtaken him since the close of the nineteenth century. Vice-Admiral Lord Collingwood (1748-1810) lionised for his role at Trafalgar by his contemporaries and by Victorians had become widely viewed in the first half of the twentieth century as a naval ‘mediocrity’. The contents are Collingwood’s correspondence (1776-1810) mainly from private collections and do not include any of his official correspondence which can be found at the National Maritime Museum. Thus in this volume there are no broad comprehensive accounts of Trafalgar though there are related snippets of professional and human interest not least regarding the sense of injustice felt by the officers of the ships that had not returned home after the battle but stayed on in the Mediterranean and feared themselves forgotten by the Admiralty in the bestowal of rewards. Clearly glimpsed is Collingwood’s own frustration with an Admiralty that despite his repeated protestations of ill-health steadfastly refused to relieve him from the Mediterranean command. There are letters to his relations that provide vivid accounts of the Glorious First of June and the battle of Cape St Vincent; letters of a domestic and revealingly personal nature and incidental letters to other recipients including Rear-Admirals Sir Thomas Louis and Sir Thomas Pasley and Captain Benjamin Hallowell. Inward correspondence consisting of letters (1808-10) from the Duke of Northumberland forms an appendix. The outward correspondence opens in March 1776 when Collingwood was about to become first lieutenant of the sloop Hornet under a brutal and despised captain who had him court-martialled the following year (he was acquitted) and closes in March 1810 when weary and ailing he was yet again desperately pleading to be relieved. (The final letter dated 15 March 1810 is to Collingwood’s sister from the First Secretary to the Admiralty unaware that the admiral had died at sea on 7 March). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911423249

The Private History of the Court of Englandby Sarah Green Whilst an important and under-researched example of women's writing scholars of Romanticism and the nineteenth century will also find much value in this challenging political satire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138235687

The Private Lives and Professional Identity of Medical Students This book is a study of the impact of professional socialization on the private and family lives of medical students. It is concerned with revealing how students articulate their emerging identities as professionals with primary identities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138516762

The Private Papers of John Earl of Sandwich1771-1782 Vol. I The Fourth Earl of Sandwich was First Lord of the Admiralty (for the third time in his long career) from 1771 to 1782. Blamed by the Whig opposition for many of the disasters of the American War he was additionally loaded by 19th-century Whig historians with the false image of a corrupt libertine. It was the publication of these volumes of his correspondence and papers (then in the family home now in the National Maritime Museum) covering the years 1771 to 1782 which restored his reputation as a conscientious and imaginative naval administrator and reformer especially of the dockyards and of the timber question. Without entirely rescuing his status as a strategist they showed very clearly the weaknesses at the heart of the North administration which damaged its handling of the war and undermined Sandwich’s efforts. A fifth volume intended to cover his handling of naval patronage was overtaken by the war. This volume covers August 1770 to March 1778. With this volume a separate booklet was published which was the Corrigenda to Papers relating to the First Dutch War 1652-54 Capt A Dewar. See NRS Volumes 13 17 30 37 41 and 66. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248972

The Private Papers of John Earl of Sandwich1771-1782 Vol. II The Fourth Earl of Sandwich was First Lord of the Admiralty (for the third time in his long career) from 1771 to 1782. Blamed by the Whig opposition for many of the disasters of the American War he was additionally loaded by 19th-century Whig historians with the false image of a corrupt libertine. It was the publication of these volumes of his correspondence and papers (then in the family home now in the National Maritime Museum) covering the years 1771 to 1782 which restored his reputation as a conscientious and imaginative naval administrator and reformer especially of the dockyards and of the timber question. Without entirely rescuing his status as a strategist they showed very clearly the weaknesses at the heart of the North administration which damaged its handling of the war and undermined Sandwich’s efforts. A fifth volume intended to cover his handling of naval patronage was overtaken by the war. This volume is from March 1778 to May 1779. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248996

The Private Papers of John Earl of Sandwich1771-1782 Vol. III The Fourth Earl of Sandwich was First Lord of the Admiralty (for the third time in his long career) from 1771 to 1782. Blamed by the Whig opposition for many of the disasters of the American War he was additionally loaded by 19th-century Whig historians with the false image of a corrupt libertine. It was the publication of these volumes of his correspondence and papers (then in the family home now in the National Maritime Museum) covering the years 1771 to 1782 which restored his reputation as a conscientious and imaginative naval administrator and reformer especially of the dockyards and of the timber question. Without entirely rescuing his status as a strategist they showed very clearly the weaknesses at the heart of the North administration which damaged its handling of the war and undermined Sandwich’s efforts. A fifth volume intended to cover his handling of naval patronage was overtaken by the war. This volume is from May 1779 to December 1780. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780853540557

The Private Papers of John Earl of Sandwich1771-1782 Vol. IV The Fourth Earl of Sandwich was First Lord of the Admiralty (for the third time in his long career) from 1771 to 1782. Blamed by the Whig opposition for many of the disasters of the American War he was additionally loaded by 19th-century Whig historians with the false image of a corrupt libertine. It was the publication of these volumes of his correspondence and papers (then in the family home now in the National Maritime Museum) covering the years 1771 to 1782 which restored his reputation as a conscientious and imaginative naval administrator and reformer especially of the dockyards and of the timber question. Without entirely rescuing his status as a strategist they showed very clearly the weaknesses at the heart of the North administration which damaged its handling of the war and undermined Sandwich’s efforts. A fifth volume intended to cover his handling of naval patronage was overtaken by the war. This volume is from 1781 to 1782. The planned fifth volume was never completed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780853540564

The Private Regulation of American Health Care This work discusses a transformation of health care delivery that was launched by coalitions of business leaders during the early 1970s. It argues for a single-payer system and considers how public regulation offers the possibility of democratic participation in setting health care policies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315287379

The Private Rented Housing MarketRegulation or Deregulation? The privately rented housing market has largely catered for young mobile people and students since it was deregulated in the UK. In this volume key writers provide timely insights into this rapidly evolving market. This volume is based on new original research which brings together specialists in housing policy and legal studies with their common and increasingly interdependent knowledge base about the privately rented sector and its future direction. The collection opens with an overview of the historical context and recent changes to the sector such as the rapid and continued expansion of the buy-to-let market followed by a discussion of the factors shaping the contemporary market. The contributors show how the new regulatory environment is opening a series of issues with significant potential to affect (and potentially damage) the market. The volume will interest academics and students in social and public policy law and housing studies as well as law practices and housing authorities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398127

The Private Sector after CommunismNew Entrepreneurial Firms in Transition Economies The transformation of state-owned enterprises into privately owned ones is commonly referred to as 'privatization'. Just as important as this process though sometimes not given the attention it deserves and requires is the establishment and expansion of new private firms.This book analyzes new entrepreneurial firms that emerge and occasionally flourish after a period of state communism has come to an end. The authors rightly focus on the aftermath of the end of communism by looking first at the inevitable output decline followed by an overview of new entrepreneurial firms. Specific East European examples are examined and the lessons which can be learned from these will interest academics and policy-makers alike.Committed and knowledgeable authors in this book treat the sometimes emotive issue of transition-developing economies maturely and expertly. The result is a volume which will interest scholars with an interest in transition economics and politics as well as those who actively work in transition economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415651059

The Private Sector and Water Pricing in Efficient Urban Water Management This book focuses on participation of the public and private sectors in urban water management and on the role of water pricing. It discusses in-depth topics such as public choices of urban water service management; dynamics of privatization and regulation of water services; adoption of water demand instruments; impacts of price and non-price policies on residential water demand; quality of water services; lessons from not-for-profit public-private partnerships; and critical examinations of models and projections of demands in water utility resource planning in England and Wales. Appropriateness of water prices and tariffs in achieving socially desirable outcomes is also analyzed and a global survey of urban water tariffs is approached with a focus on sustainability efficiency and fairness. This book was originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of Water Resources Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138693012

The Private Sector's Role in DisastersLeveraging the Private Sector in Emergency Management This book examines the role of the private sector in emergency management and how that role is changing through private sector intersections with government government agencies and the public sectors in all phases of emergency management. It particularly focuses on the areas in which government regulations and guidelines promote or encourage private sector involvement and looks at best practices for public–private partnerships as well as some of the common pitfalls of the contracting model. The private sector now plays a tremendous role in the creation of policies related to emergency management and their implementation at the federal state and local levels. The Private Sector’s Role in Disasters: Leveraging the Private Sector in Emergency Management explores some of the challenges of implementing policies in the current contracting model. It also compares emergency management to other government services that have been privatized. Case studies of recent disasters and examples of the privatization of some emergency management functions are presented to illustrate how to better plan for private sector involvement in future disasters. Given the sometimes dysfunctional relationships that have emerged from public–private partnerships in disaster situations it is important to analyze and improve principles and practices to work toward more effective partnership. This book provides thoughtful guidelines recommendations and best-practice approaches to public–private development implementation and collaboration throughout the disaster cycle. It gives focused directions for cultivating public–private working relationships to make emergency responses quicker and assistance more effective. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482244083

The Privatisation of European Telecommunications This international volume presents a comprehensive comparative study of the transformation of the European telecommunications industry from 1990 to the present. The book focuses on the old incumbent operators and their dramatic change from state agencies to listed companies. It analyzes the liberalization process as well as the corporatization and privatization of these companies. The contributors assess the conditions for the transformations taking place; the driving forces for change; the effects to management the efforts of the EU during these processes and ultimately the role of the private owner. Political science publications have all but excluded analysis of the newly privatized companies; their contribution to the liberalization process both before and after privatization; and the interplay between the national political and company levels. The book redresses this shortcoming and also features a double empirical focus in that the main national incumbents in Europe are analyzed and compared to Telenor the Norwegian former incumbent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398134

The Privatization of CareThe Case of Nursing Homes Nursing homes are where some of the most vulnerable live and work. In too many homes the conditions of work make it difficult to make care as good as it can be. For the last eight years an international team from Germany Sweden Norway the UK the US and Canada have been searching for promising practices that treat residents families and staff with dignity and respect in ways that can also bring joy. While we did find ideas worth sharing we also saw a disturbing trend toward privatization. Privatization is the process of moving away not only from public delivery and public payment for health services but also from a commitment to shared responsibility democratic decision-making and the idea that the public sector operates according to a logic of service to all. This book documents moves toward privatization in the six countries and their consequences for families staff residents and eventually us all. None of the countries has escaped pressure from powerful forces in and outside government pushing for privatization in all its forms. However the wide variations in the extent and nature of privatization indicate privatization is not inevitable and our research shows there are alternatives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138346024

The Privatization of Fraud InvestigationInternal Investigations by Fraud Examiners This book discusses privatization of law enforcement in relation to suspected corporate crime and recommends guidelines for successful fraud examinations. There is a growing business for global auditing and local law firms to conduct internal investigations at client organizations when there is suspicion of white-collar misconduct and crime. This book reflects on the work by these private fraud examiners in terms of an evaluation of their investigation reports. The book brings an original theoretical and methodological approach to investigations of white-collar crime. It develops the theory of convenience as an explanation for motive opportunity and willingness to commit and conceal white-collar crime. This theory is then related to the case studies. Structured in such a way as to allow the reader to use the text as a nonsequential reference source or guide to a set of connected issues the book illustrates the practice of privatization by cases and presents guidelines for successful fraud examination. As an investigation can lead to conviction and incarceration this privatization of crime investigation feeds into the larger issue of privatization of policing. The work will be a valuable resource for students academics and practitioners working in the areas of Criminal Justice Corporate Law and Business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367359577

The Privatization of Space ExplorationBusiness Technology Law and Policy Space was at the center of America's imagination in the 1960s. President John F. Kennedy's visionary statement captured the mood of the day: "We choose to go to the moon in this decade and do the other things not because they are easy but because they are hard." The Apollo mission's success in July 1969 made almost anything seem possible but the Cold War made space flight the province of governmental agencies in the United States. When the Apollo program ended in 1972 space lost its hold on the public interest as the great achievements wound down.Entrepreneurs are beginning to pick up the slack—looking for safer more reliable and more cost effective ways of exploring space. Entrepreneurial activity may make create a renaissance in human spaceflight. The private sector can energize the quest for space exploration and shape the race for the final frontier. Space entrepreneurs and private sector firms are making significant innovations in space travel. They have plans for future tourism in space and safer shuttles. Solomon details current US and international laws dealing with space use settlement and exploration and offers policy recommendations to facilitate privatization.As private enterprise takes hold it threatens to change the space landscape forever. Individuals are designing spacecraft start-up companies are testing prototypes and reservations are being taken for suborbital space flights. With for-profit enterprises carving out a new realm it is entirely possible that space will one day be a sea of hotels and/or a repository of resources for big business. It is important that regulations are in place for this eventuality. These new developments have great importance huge implications and urgency for everyone. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412847568

The Privileges of WealthRising inequality and the growing racial divide The American Dream is under assault. This threat results not from a lack of means but from an unwillingness to share. Total household wealth increased by half in the past generation but barely one fifth of American households captured this new wealth. For the rest the dream of owning a home gaining a secure retirement and ensuring a college education for their kids is disappearing. Worse still the widening wealth divide largely tracks our racial fault lines. The Privileges of Wealth investigates the impact of the rising concentration of wealth. It describes how households accumulate wealth along three pathways: household saving appreciation of assets and family gifts and inheritances. In addition federal wealth policies in the form of assorted tax deductions and credits act as a fourth pathway that favors wealthy households. For those with means each pathway operates as a virtuous cycle enabling families to build wealth with increasing ease. For those without these same pathways are experienced as vicious cycles. The issue of wealth privilege is even more pronounced when examining the racial wealth gap. Typically White households own ten times the wealth of Black or Latino families. This chasm results from the durability and transferability of wealth across generations and serves as a persistent legacy of our history of racial enslavement expropriation and exclusion. Current policies favoring the wealthy are simply cementing these wealth disparities. This book explains how these sources of wealth privilege are systemic features of our economy and the basis of rising disparities. The arguments and evidence presented here offer a compelling case for how our current policies are undermining the American Dream for most Americans while fortifying a White plutocracy with dire consequences for us all. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138227507

The PROACT® Root Cause AnalysisQuick Reference Guide Root Cause Analysis or RCA "What is it?" Everyone uses the term but everyone does it differently. How can we have any uniformity in our approach much less accurately compare our results if we’re applying different definitions? At a high level we will explain the difference between RCA and Shallow Cause Analysis because that is the difference between allowing a failure to recur or dramatically reducing the risk of recurrence. In this book we will get down to basics about RCA the fundamentals of blocking and tackling and explain the common steps of any investigative occupation. Common investigation steps include:   Preserving evidence (data)/not allowing hearsay to fly as fact Organizing an appropriate team/minimizing potential bias Analyzing the events/reconstructing the incident based on actual evidence Communicating findings and recommendations/ensuring effective recommendations are actually developed and implemented Tracking bottom-line results/ensuring that identified meaningful metrics were attained   We explore "Why don’t things always go as planned?" When our actual plans deviate from our intended plans we usually experience some type of undesirable or unintended outcome. We analyze the anatomy of a failure (undesirable outcome) and provide a step-by-step guide to conducting a comprehensive RCA based on our 3+ decades of applying RCA as we have successfully practiced it in the field. This book is written as a how-to guide to effectively apply the PROACT® RCA methodology to any undesirable outcome is directed at practitioners who have to do the real work focuses on the core elements of any investigation and provides a field-proven case as a model for effective application. This book is for anyone charged with having a thorough understanding of why something went wrong such as those in EH&S maintenance reliability quality engineering and operations to name just a few. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367517380

The Problem Knee A fully updated edition of the classic text on the knee The Problem Knee Third Edition is highly illustrated in colour and offers a fundamental approach to dealing with soft-tissue and skeletal disorders of the knee. The book focuses on younger patients rather than degenerative conditions covering both injuries and congenital abnormalites. The crucial skills of accurate history-taking clinical examination investigation and modern surgical management are the focus throughout. From this framework the latest techniques in imaging and arthroscopic procedures rehabilitation methods and ligament reconstruction are discussed plus indications for techniques such as meniscal suturing and osteochondral grafting. A logical systematic approach Clear line drawings to illustrate examination methods Scans and x-rays to help you identify injuries and problems Over 500 references Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138372467

The Problem of AsiaIts Effect upon International Politics The Problem of Asia the celebrated American naval historian and strategist Alfred Thayer Mahan analyzes the geopolitical structure of world politics at the dawn of the twentieth century. Mahan wrote his book at a time when the United States was emerging as a world power having recently acquired overseas territories as a result of its victory in the Spanish-American War. It was a call to America and its leaders to break with the intellectual tradition of Washington's Farewell Address and to recognize that U.S. security was tied to the balance of power in Asia as well as Europe.For Mahan the immediate "problem of Asia" was the threat of Russian expansion into Central Europe Central Asia East Asia and the Middle-East/Persian Gulf region. Mahan advocated an alliance consisting of Britain . Japan Germany and the United States to counter the Russian threat. He also discussed the rise of Japan as a world power the potential for China to emerge as a great power later in the twentieth century and the increasing importance of the Middle East/Persian Gulf region to the global balance of power. The Problem of Asia contains geopolitical insights and analyses that remain relevant today. As recent events have reminded us the world of the twenty-first century is still composed of nation-states and non-state actors that vigorously and sometimes brutally pursue their goals and self-interests. Mahan's approach in The Problem of Asia to the study and analysis of international politics in an anarchic world provides an important conceptual framework for understanding the fundamentals of global politics.This edition of Mahan's classic work includes a lengthy introduction by Francis P. Sempa that analyzes the book in the context of Mahan's life and other writings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138537811

The Problem of China 'China by her resources and her population is capable of being the greatest power in the world after the United States.' Bertrand Russell The Problem of China In 1920 the philosopher Bertrand Russell spent a year in China as Professor of Philosophy at the University of Beijing (then Peking) where his lectures on mathematical logic enthralled students and listeners including Mao Tse Tung who attended some of Russell’s talks. Written at a time when China was largely regarded by the West as backward and weak The Problem of China sees Russell rise above the prejudices of his era and presciently assess China's past present and future. Russell brings his analytical and insightful eye to bear on some fundamental aspects of China’s history and politics cautioning China against adopting a purely Western model of social and economic development which he regarded as characterized by a combination of greed and militarism. Beginning with an overview of nineteenth-century Chinese history and considering China's relations with Japan and Russia Russell then contrasts Chinese civilization with Western. He devotes a fascinating chapter to the character of the Chinese which he argues is complex but ultimately defined by a ‘pacific temper’. With uncanny foresight Russell predicts China’s resurgence but only if it is able to establish an orderly government promote industrial development under Chinese control and foster the spread of education. This Routledge Classics edition includes a new introduction by Bernard Linsky. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367540807

The Problem of Democracy in Postwar EuropePolitical Actors and the Formation of the Postwar Model of Democracy in France West Germany and Italy The current perception of democratic crisis in Western Europe gives a renewed urgency to a new perspective on the way democracy was reconstructed after World War II and the principles that underpinned its postwar transformation. This study accounts for the formation of the postwar democratic order in Western Europe by studying how the main political actors in France West Germany and Italy conceptualized democracy and strove over its meaning. Based upon a wide range of librarian and archival sources from these countries it tracks changing conceptions of democracy among leading politicians political parties and leaders of social movements and unveils how they were deeply divided over key principles of postwar democracy – such as the political party the free market economy representation and civic participation. By comparing three national debates on the question what democracy meant and how it should be institutionalized and practiced this study argues that only in the 1970s conceptions of democracy converged and key political actors accepted each other as democrats with similar conceptions of democracy. This study thereby deconstructs the myth of the quick emergence of one consensual Western European model of democracy after 1945 demonstrates that its formation was a long and contentious process in which national differences were often of crucial importance and contributes to an enhanced understanding of the historical roots of the current sentiment of democratic crisis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138329720

The Problem of Emotions in Societies Like any other valued resource emotions are distributed unequally. Moreover emotions are a generalized resource because they give people the confidence or lack of confidence to secure additional types of resources. Thus this distribution of emotions roughly corresponds to the shares of others kinds of resources that members of various social classes possess. The level of positive and negative emotional energy evident among members of different social classes has large consequences for the viability of human societies. When a large majority of members in diverse social classes have reservoirs of positive emotional energy these emotions work to legitimate macrostructures and to build people’s commitments to societies. When however significant numbers of persons in lower social classes and at times in middle to upper social classes as well reveal reservoirs of negative emotional energy they are likely to de-legitimate key institutional systems and under specifiable conditions mobilize collective—often with violent outcomes. Thus emotions are at the core of both integrative and disintegrative forces in societies and when large reservoirs of negative emotional energy exist they pose a problem for societies. The goal of this new unique Series is to offer readable teachable "thinking frames" on today’s social problems and social issues by leading scholars all in short 60 page or shorter formats and available for view on http://routledge.customgateway.com/routledge-social-issues.html For instructors teaching a wide range of courses in the social sciences the Routledge Social Issues Collection now offers the best of both worlds: originally written short texts that provide "overviews" to important social issues as well as teachable excerpts from larger works previously published by Routledge and other presses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143784

The Problem of Enforcement in International LawCountermeasures the Non-Injured State and the Idea of International Community This book explores the contentious topic of how collective and community issues should be protected and enforced in international law. Elena Katselli Proukaki takes a detailed look at the issue of third-State countermeasures and considers the work the International Law Commission has done in this area. The volume addresses both the theory and practice of third-State countermeasures within international law. Critically reviewing the conclusions of the International Law Commission on the non-existence of a right to third-State countermeasures it includes consideration of examples of State practice not previously covered in the literature of this topic. In taking a thorough view of the issues involved the author identifies concerns about third-State countermeasures which remain unanswered and considers the possible legal ramifications arising from a clash between a right to third-State countermeasures and obligations arising from other international norms. The Problem of Enforcement in International Law explores questions evolving around the nature integrity and effectiveness of international law and the role it is called to play in a contemporary context. This book is of great interest and value not only for specialists in this area of international law but also human rights trade and EU lawyers practitioners legal advisers and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415685528

The Problem of Existence This book explores the question of why there is something instead of nothing. Several responses to this question are possible but only some of them address the question seriously respecting its emotional aspects as well as its cognitive dimension. The author carefully distinguishes those answers that are truly satisfactory in both respects from those that are inadequate. It can be argued that the existence of the world has no explanation at all or that there is a necessary being whose existence is self-explanatory or that the world exists because it has value. Each kind of response is defensible to some degree and it is argued that where they are defensible they have a common content. Incorporating aspects of both the 'analytical' and 'continental' traditions this book also responds to several historical philosophers concerned with these questions including Plato Leibniz Kant and Nietzsche. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272996

The Problem of FederalismA Study in the History of Political Theory - Volume One First published in 1931. The Problem of Federalism provides a comprehensive and critical survey of the historical development and practical application of the idea of federalism as a form of state organisation. The author explores federal ideas from the eighteenth- up until the early twentieth-century. This extensive study will be useful to students of politics and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367222413

The Problem of FederalismA Study in the History of Political Theory - Volume Two First published in 1931. The Problem of Federalism provides a comprehensive and critical survey of the historical development and practical application of the idea of federalism as a form of state organisation. The author explores federal ideas from the eighteenth- up until the early twentieth-century. This extensive study will be useful to students of politics and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367222451

The Problem of Foreign Policy (Routledge Revivals)A Consideration of Present Dangers and the Best Methods for Meeting Them First published in 1921 Gilbert Murray’s treatise considers a largely euro-centric foreign policy during the inter-war period. Believing passionately in the prospect of a Liberal England and the hope promised by the League of Nations with Britain at its centre Murray argues that a secure future can only be obtained through ‘equal law good government and good faith’. Concentrating on a number of country-based studies the main focus is on how to avoid the causes of international war; Murray supports the International Financial Commission’s recommendation that this could be partly achieved through disarmament and freedom of trade. This is a fascinating title that will be of particular value to history students researching the inter-war period and the League of Nations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415729987

The Problem of Free WillA Contemporary Introduction Do we really have freedom to act or are we slaves to our genes environment or culture? Regular TPM columnist Mathew Iredale gets to grips with one of the most intractable issues in philosophy: the problem of free will. Iredale explores what it is about the free will problem that makes it so hard to resolve and argues that the only acceptable solution to the free will problem must be one that is consistent with what science tells us about the world. It is here maintains Iredale that too many works on free will introductory or otherwise fall down by focusing only on how free will relates to determinism. Iredale shows that there are clear areas of scientific research which are directly and significantly relevant to free will in a way that does not involve determinism. Although these areas of scientific research do not allow us to solve the problem they do allow us to separate the more plausible ideas concerning free will from the less plausible. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844655045

The Problem of Health Technology Health technology is a pivotal locus of change and controversy in health care systems and The Problem of Health Technology offers a comprehensive and novel analysis of the topic. The book illuminates the scientific and policy arguments that are currently deployed in industrialized countries by addressing the perspectives of clinicians health care managers scholars policymakers patients and industry. And by establishing a dialogue between two interdisciplinary fields--Health Technology Assessment and Science and Technology Studies--Pascale Lehoux argues for re-centering the debate around social and political questions rather than questions of affordability thereby developing an alternative framework for thinking about the implications of health technology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315810782

The Problem of HellA Philosophical Anthology How can a perfectly good God justifiably damn anyone to hell? This is one version of the problem of hell. The problem of hell has become one of the most widely discussed topics in contemporary philosophy of religion. This anthology brings together contributions by contemporary philosophers whose work shapes the current debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265967

The Problem of Invented Religions Invented religions have been described as modern religions which advertise their invented status and reject traditional strategies of authorisation. But what does it mean for a religious formation to be ‘made up’ and how might this status affect perceptions of its legitimacy or authenticity in wider society? Based in original fieldwork and archival sources and in the secondary literature on invented and constructed formations this volume explores the allure of as well as the limits of the invention of religion. Through a series of case studies the contributors discuss strategies of mobilization and legitimation for new traditions at their point of emergence as well as taking issue with simplistic interpretations of the phenomenon which neglect wider cultural and political dimensions. This book was originally published as a special issue of Culture and Religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138099036

The Problem of Knowledge Originally published in 1916. This book reviews the common problems of philosophy and then critiques the varied epistemological theories of the time. A theory of knowledge may be either dualistic or monistic and realistic or idealistic. Examining the resulting doctrines at the beginning this book then goes on to consider mysticism psychology logic consciousness intellectualism and then scientific method. A fascinating insight into early Twentieth century philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138908901

The Problem of Leisure First published in 1938. This study examines various aspects of leisure in the early twentieth century. The author observes the differences in leisure between the various echelons of society as well as the differences of leisure amongst children and adults. Durant also explores in depth several modes of leisure including the cinema sport and gambling. This title will be of interest to students of history sociology and leisure studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367133078

The Problem of PleasureLeisure Tourism and Crime The tourism and leisure industries are big business. Opportunities for leisure and tourism have escalated as disposable income technology travel and education have become increasingly available in recent times. However this trend has been juxtaposed with an increase in crime particularly since the early the 1950s. Acquisitive crimes have been facilitated with the development of more portable and valuable commodities; some activities such as drink driving and disorder have now been socially defined as crimes and are more readily identified through new technology such as the increasing use of CCTV.  The Problem of Pleasure covers them all. The purpose of this book is to inform and enlighten a range of readers whose interests may be academic or commercial on possible crime events and modus operandi of criminals. The book has a global perspective bringing together leading academics from the UK the US South Africa Australia and New Zealand who examine several aspects of leisure that are vulnerable to crime from illegal hunting to street racing as well as the impact of crime upon tourists and the tourism industry. This book will be a key text for students of tourism and leisure as well as criminology and sociology; people working in the tourism and recreation industry; policy makers and the police. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415672580

The Problem of Political Obligation First published in 1987. This study is an attempt to distinguish the problem of political obligation as it was formulated in the ancient world from the problem as it has presented itself in the modern world and assesses the idealist achievement in the philosophical treatment of the problem of political obligation. This title will be of interest to students of philosophy and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367226060

The Problem of Political TrustA Conceptual Reformulation Trust has been the subject of empirical and theoretical inquiry in a range of disciplines including sociology economics psychology philosophy public policy and political theory. The book approaches trust from a multi-disciplinary scope of inquiry. It explains why most existing definitions and theories of trust are inadequate. The book examines how trust evolved from a quality of personal relationships into a critical factor in political institutions and representation and to an abstract and impersonal factor that applies now to complex systems including monetary systems. It makes a distinctive contribution by recasting trust conceptually in dialectical and pragmatic terms and reapplying the concept to our understanding of critical issues in politics and political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367504366

The Problem of ProductionA new theory of the firm The theory of the firm has been fertile ground for economists. Bylund proposes a new theory rooted in Austrian economics which examines the firm as a part of the market and not as a free-standing entity. In this integrated view a theory is offered which incorporates entrepreneurship production market process and economic development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138299979

The Problem of Realism This title was first published in 2003:This book explores the problem of realism both metaphysical and scientific. Renowned specialists in the field - including Michael Devitt David Papineau Mark Sainsbury and Wesley Salmon - contribute new essays that shed new light on the main topics in the current realism/antirealism debate. Discussing a wide range of issues related to realism both in metaphysics and in the philosophy of science they address more specific questions including those concerning metaphysical realism scientific realism the relations between epistemology and ontology causation dispositions and personal identity and the relations between science and common sense. Presenting a comprehensive overview of the problem of realism as well as in-depth discussion of particular topics this book offers valuable insights for both students and researchers in the field. It can also be used in undergraduate and graduate courses of philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138737280

The Problem of Social InequalityWhy It Destroys Democracy Threatens the Planet and What We Can Do About It Within and among nations rising levels of social inequality threaten our collective future. Currently upwards of 80% of people’s life chances are determined by factors over which they have absolutely no control. Social inequality threatens the democratic project because it destroys the trust on which governments depend and it gives rise to corrupt political and economic institutions. How can we get out of the traps we have created for ourselves? We need to reboot capitalism. Drawing on diverse examples from a range of countries McNall explains the social economic and ecological traps we have set for ourselves and develops a set of rules of resilience that are necessary conditions for the creation and maintenance of democratic societies and a set of rules essential for creating a sustainable future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138959705

The Problem of Sociology First Published in 1983. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148789

The Problem of SolidarityTheories and Models Presently the world is undergoing tremendous social cultural and economic transformation. For sociologists the challenge is arriving at a sound mapping of this tumultuous world stage.In this book the contributing authors consider solidarity as a cognitive problem of basic science. They examine how solidarity is produced and reproduced how it is related to social processes and how such processes can be formalized and create conditions for productively studying their properties. Mathematical models and representations are presented by the authors as a coherent set of tools for understanding many social phenomena. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138983793

The Problem of the Poor in Tudor and Early Stuart England This pamphlet examines recent research into the poor laws of Tudor and Stuart England. Dr Beier asks the question ‘who were the poor?’ and in answering it places the ‘problem of the poor’ in its historical context examining it in relation to medieval provisions for dealing with poverty. He shows how far legislation was influenced by economic changes by ideas about poverty and by the interests of the legislators themselves. Dr Beier evaluates the varying interpretations of the poor laws from those who have seen them as an early ‘welfare state’ to those who have considered them to be the manifestation of a ‘Protestant ethic’. The major poor-law statues are summarized in an appendix and there is a useful bibliography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157934

The Problem of the Unemployed (Routledge Revivals)An Enquiry and an Economic Policy First published in 1896 this seminal work considers the Question of the Unemployed at the height of imperialist capitalism. Hobson proposes a controversial theory of social progress which argues that unemployment is a natural and necessary result of the mal-distribution of consumption power. In a comprehensive assessment of the practicalities of capitalism The Problem of the Unemployed considers the root causes and meaning of unemployment and possible solutions to the issue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415659208

The Problem of Trust and Monopoly Control This book first published in 1928 was written at a time when the tendency in industry was towards the formation of large combines. With competition growing as markets and methods of communication grew many manufacturers considered their only option was to unite in self-defence setting up a movement that restrictive legislation was unable to check. This book analyses the proper relations between monopolistic combines and the State and was the first to examine the German experience of organised monopoly and the means used to prevent it from becoming a mere protection for inefficient producers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573949

The Problem of Value PluralismIsaiah Berlin and Beyond Value pluralism is the idea most prominently endorsed by Isaiah Berlin that fundamental human values are universal plural conflicting and incommensurable with one another. Incommensurability is the key component of pluralism undermining familiar monist philosophies such as utilitarianism. But if values are incommensurable how do we decide between them when they conflict? George Crowder assesses a range of responses to this problem proposed by Berlin and developed by his successors. Three broad approaches are especially important: universalism contextualism and conceptualism. Crowder argues that the conceptual approach is the most fruitful yielding norms of value diversity personal autonomy and inclusive democracy. Historical context must also be taken into account. Together these approaches indicate a liberal politics of redistribution multiculturalism and constitutionalism and a public policy in which basic values are carefully balanced. The Problem of Value Pluralism: Isaiah Berlin and Beyond is a uniquely comprehensive survey of the political theory of value pluralism and also an original contribution by a leading voice in the pluralist literature. Scholars and researchers interested in the work of Berlin liberalism value pluralism and related ideas will find this a stimulating and valuable source. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138724822

The Problem Plays of ShakespeareA Study of Julius Caesar Measure for Measure Antony and Cleopatra The opening chapter traces the history of the term 'problem plays' as applied to Shakespeare and defines it more clearly and precisely than has been done in the past. Julius Caesar Measure for Measure Antony and Cleopatra are then discussed in separate chapters not only as problem plays but from various points of view: such matters as themes structural pattern character-problems the play's relation to its sources as well as to other plays in the canon are all touched upon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415850179

The Problem with MulticulturalismThe Uniqueness and Universality of Western Civilization The horrors of the past century have done little to advance appreciation for the virtues of Western civilization. Criticism of the West has mounted and the West itself has lost sight of its uniqueness. Westerners tend to endow other societies with liberal philosophy and practices. While politically profitable this fails to educate these societies about their own civilizations' contributions to the idea of a common humanity human rights and the legitimacy of dissent and diversity.John M. Headley argues for the West's uniqueness and universality while critiquing multiculturalism's failure to recognize these special characteristics. He looks to civilization rather than to the nation-state as the source of the West's achievements arguing that its uniqueness was evident from its beginnings.Headley also seeks to advance the ever-contentious discussion about secularization. He sees secularization as a neutralizing force regarding the religions of other civilizations allowing them to accept Western influence which thus becomes universal. To understand secularization and how it operates from a naturalistic perspective one must see civilization itself as a defining element in world affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412854979

The Problem with Survey Research The Problem with Survey Research makes a case against survey research as a primary source of reliable information. George Beam argues that all survey research instruments all types of asking including polls face-to-face interviews and focus groups produce unreliable and potentially inaccurate results. Because those who rely on survey research only see answers to questions it is impossible for them or anyone else to evaluate the results. They cannot know if the answers correspond to respondents' actual behaviors (objective phenomena) or to their true beliefs and opinions (subjective phenomena). Reliable information can only be acquired by observation experimentation multiple sources of data formal model building and testing document analysis and comparison.In fifteen chapters divided into six parts Ubiquity of Survey Research The Problem Asking Instruments Asking Settings Askers and Proper Methods and Research DesignsThe Problem with Survey Research demonstrates how asking instruments settings in which asking and answering take place and survey researchers themselves skew results and thereby make answers unreliable. The last two chapters and appendices examine observation other methods of data collection and research designs that may produce accurate or correct information and shows how reliance on survey research can be overcome and must be. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138516779

The Problems Of Arab Economic Development And Integration In this book scholars journalists and officials of Arab pan-Arab and non-Arab institutions afford insights into the problems of Arab economic development and integration. The contributors who met on the occasion of the 11th Arab Summit (also known as the First Arab Economic Summit) demonstrate that Arab economic integration is the best means by which individual Arab countries can achieve economic development. Their study of the integration process the obstacles encountered and the results achieved in addition to being of interest to anyone concerned with the Arab world is of particular relevance to those studying economic development in the Third World and South-South or North-South relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295370

The Problems of Logic Originally published in 1941. Professor Ushenko treats of current problems in technical Logic involving Symbolic Logic to a marked extent. He deprecates the tendency in influential quarters to regard Logic as a branch of Mathematics and advances the intuitionalist theory of Logic. This involves criticism of Carnap Russell Wittgenstein Broad and Whitehead with additional discussions on Kant and Hegel. The author believes that the union of Philosophy and Logic is a natural one and that an exclusively mathematical treatment cannot give an adequate account of Logic. A fundamental characteristic of Logic is comprehensiveness which brings out the affinity between logic and philosophy for to be comprehensive is the aim of philosophical ambition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367422530

The Problems of Perception First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884274

The Problems of Refugees in AfricaBoundaries and Borders First published in 1999 this volume is an attempt to make the facts of the tremendous physical social and psychological problems for the uprooted due to the numerous conflicts known to all and to stress the need for a concerted effort by all to achieve lasting peace on the continent. Ebenezer Q. Blavo had substantial opportunity to observe first hand and be in close contact with refugees of almost all African nationalities. He explores concepts and experiences of being refugees as well as current and potential refugee policies for African countries. This book forms part of a series on voices in development management in which grass roots organisations and development practitioners can voice their views and present their perspectives along with the conventional development experts. Many of the volumes in the series will contain explicit debates between the various voices in development and permit the suite of neglected development issues such as gender and transport or the microcredit needs of low income communities to receive appropriate public and professional attention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138341616

The Problems with Teamwork and How to Solve Them This book offers practical evidence-based solutions to help professionals implement and support effective teamwork. Lantz Ulber and Friedrich draw on their considerable professional experience to present common problems in team-based organizations what empirical research tells us the causes are and which solutions are more effective in overcoming team-based obstacles. In The Problems with Teamwork and How to Solve Them nine common problems are identified ranging from lack of leadership and adaptability to conflict and cohesiveness accompanied by clear instructions on how to approach and resolve the individual issues. Detailed case studies are presented throughout the book demonstrating how theory can be applied to real-life situations to produce optimal results for both the team and the larger organisation. By combining theory and practice and using state-of-the-art research the book constructs a cognitive map for identifying problem causes and effect and step-by-step instructions on how to solve problems. This is essential reading for anyone working in team-based organizations as well as students and academics in related areas such as organizational psychology and organizational behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367172886

The Problem-Solving Problem-Prevention and Decision-Making GuideOrganized and Systematic Roadmaps for Managers Each day managers and employees are confronted with a plethora of real problems and decisions that are creating issues suchs as lost throughput poor quality personnel problems and material shortages.How they approach these daily quandaries will determine how successful they are at resolving problems and making effective decisions. It is human nature for managers to solutions before they even understand the nature of the problems they are trying to solve. As a result they end up making blind decisions that change perfectly acceptable processes for incorrect reasons. The real secret to solving problems does not depend upon the number of sophisticated statistical tools that one applies -- The secret to solving most problems is to keep the approach simple and uncomplicated. Many managers and employees make mistakes because they fail to do what Toyota does so effortlessly -- . They fail to perform the 'genmba walk ' during which they go to see the actual process understand the work ask questions and learn. By following a structured approach and using only simple tools most problems can be solved effective decisions can be made and problems prevented. The cornerstones of this book are three detailed roadmaps for solving problems preventing problems and making effective decisions. Each roadmap contains a step-by-step explanation on how to solve existing problems how to prevent future problems and how to make effective decisions. The book provides real case studies to illustrate each of the techniques presented in the book. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780815361404

The Procaccini and the Business of Painting in Early Modern Milan The book investigates the lives and careers of the Procaccini brothers: Camillo (1561–1629) Carlo Antonio (1571–1631) and Giulio Cesare (1574–1625) the most important family of painters working in northern Italy at the start of the seventeenth century. The Procaccinis' work is here analysed by interconnecting their individual stories and understanding their success as the combination of mutual artistic choices a high level of specialization and precise business organization. The book looks at this family of painters as entrepreneurs emphasizing their conscious response to the requests of public and private patrons as well as their ability to balance instances of originality and imitation in an era characterized by a wide range of artistic opportunities including religious commissions national and international patronage and multifaceted markets. This book will be of interest to scholars studying art history early modern studies the art market Italian studies and Italian history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367275389

The Proceedings Against the Templars in the British IslesVolume 1: The Latin Edition In October 1307 all the brothers of the military religious Order of the Temple in France were arrested on the instructions of King Philip IV and charged with heresy. In November Pope Clement V instructed King Edward II of England to do likewise. This volume provides the first full edition of the four surviving texts of the trial proceedings that followed in Britain and Ireland; volume 2 supplies the translations into English. The trial of the Templars was the first major heresy trial in the British Isles and the proceedings reveal the Episcopate's attempts to deal with this unprecedented situation the varying procedures followed in different countries and how testimonies were recorded and summarised for the Church Councils which eventually decided the fate of the Order of the Temple. The testimonies given during the trial contain a wealth of information about religious beliefs among the lay population of the British Isles (both the Templars and outsiders who gave evidence during the trial) national and international mobility of lay religious the social function of the order of the Temple in the British Isles and its relations with society at large and the organisation and operations of the Order of the Temple at a local national and international level. Detailed introductions to each volume describe the manuscripts and how the material was compiled and arranged and discuss the course of the proceedings and the value of the evidence they contain. Appendices in volume 2 (the translation) list the names of all the Templars mentioned during the proceedings Templar houses and the locations of the proceedings in London. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409436508

The Proceedings Against the Templars in the British IslesVolume 1: The Latin Edition In October 1307 all the brothers of the military religious Order of the Temple in France were arrested on the instructions of King Philip IV and charged with heresy. In November Pope Clement V instructed King Edward II of England to do likewise. This volume provides the first full edition of the four surviving texts of the trial proceedings that followed in Britain and Ireland; volume 2 supplies the translations into English. The trial of the Templars was the first major heresy trial in the British Isles and the proceedings reveal the Episcopate's attempts to deal with this unprecedented situation the varying procedures followed in different countries and how testimonies were recorded and summarised for the Church Councils which eventually decided the fate of the Order of the Temple. The testimonies given during the trial contain a wealth of information about religious beliefs among the lay population of the British Isles (both the Templars and outsiders who gave evidence during the trial) national and international mobility of lay religious the social function of the order of the Temple in the British Isles and its relations with society at large and the organisation and operations of the Order of the Temple at a local national and international level. Detailed introductions to each volume describe the manuscripts and how the material was compiled and arranged and discuss the course of the proceedings and the value of the evidence they contain. Appendices in volume 2 (the translation) list the names of all the Templars mentioned during the proceedings Templar houses and the locations of the proceedings in London. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315553887

The Proceedings against the Templars in the British IslesVolume 1: The Latin Edition Volume 2: The Translation In October 1307 all the brothers of the military religious Order of the Temple in France were arrested on the instructions of King Philip IV and charged with heresy. In November Pope Clement V instructed King Edward II of England to do likewise. These two volumes provide the first full edition and translation of the four surviving texts of the trial proceedings that followed in Britain and Ireland. The trial of the Templars was the first major heresy trial in the British Isles and the proceedings reveal the Episcopate's attempts to deal with this unprecedented situation the varying procedures followed in different countries and how testimonies were recorded and summarised for the Church Councils which eventually decided the fate of the Order of the Temple. The testimonies given during the trial contain a wealth of information about religious beliefs among the lay population of the British Isles (both the Templars and outsiders who gave evidence during the trial) national and international mobility of lay religious the social function of the order of the Temple in the British Isles and its relations with society at large and the organisation and operations of the Order of the Temple at a local national and international level. Detailed introductions to each volume describe the manuscripts and how the material was compiled and arranged and discuss the course of the proceedings and the value of the evidence they contain. Appendices in volume 2 (the translation) list the names of all the Templars mentioned during the proceedings Templar houses and the locations of the proceedings in London. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754653943

The Proceedings Against the Templars in the British IslesVolume 2: The Translation In October 1307 all the brothers of the military religious Order of the Temple in France were arrested on the instructions of King Philip IV and charged with heresy. In November Pope Clement V instructed King Edward II of England to do likewise. This volume provide the first full translation of the four surviving texts of the trial proceedings that followed in Britain and Ireland complementing the edition published in volume 1. The trial of the Templars was the first major heresy trial in the British Isles and the proceedings reveal the Episcopate's attempts to deal with this unprecedented situation the varying procedures followed in different countries and how testimonies were recorded and summarised for the Church Councils which eventually decided the fate of the Order of the Temple. The testimonies given during the trial contain a wealth of information about religious beliefs among the lay population of the British Isles (both the Templars and outsiders who gave evidence during the trial) national and international mobility of lay religious the social function of the order of the Temple in the British Isles and its relations with society at large and the organisation and operations of the Order of the Temple at a local national and international level. Detailed introductions to each volume describe the manuscripts and how the material was compiled and arranged and discuss the course of the proceedings and the value of the evidence they contain. Appendices in this volume also list the names of all the Templars mentioned during the proceedings Templar houses and the locations of the proceedings in London. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409436522

The Process and Structure of CrimeCriminal Events and Crime Analysis Criminology has developed strong methodological tools over the past decades establishing itself as a competitive sophisticated and independent social science. Perhaps because of its emphasis on matters of design methodology and quantitative analysis criminology has had few significant advances in theory. Advances in Criminological Theory is the first series exclusively dedicated to the dissemination of original work on criminological theory.The Process and Structure of Crime the ninth volume in this landmark series is a thorough overview of the conceptual and empirical issues raised by the adoption of a criminal event perspective which takes into account the multifaceted character of human behavior. This book is divided into three sections: conceptual bases of criminal events the criminal event perspective itself and responses to criminal events. Contributors analyze and explore a wide range of topics including: how interpersonal routines are structured through past experience; the influence of social context on interpersonal routines; criminal opportunity and its impact on criminal events; the significance of neighborhood context; the effect of victimization and fear; how problem-oriented policing efforts need to be informed by and reflect the problems of repeat offenders repeat victims and hot spots of crime; and finally how changes in the physical environment constrain or limit criminal opportunities. This fascinating work will be beneficial to criminologists sociologists and scholars of legal studies.Contributors to this volume include: Leslie W. Kennedy Erin Gibbs Van Brunschot Robert F. Meier Mark Warr Christopher Birkbeck Luis Gerardo Gabaldon Kriss A. Drass Terance D. Miethe Julie Horney Jeffrey Fagan Deanna L. Wilkinson Robert J. Buskirk Jr. Vincent F. Sacco Ross Macmillan John E. Eck Paul J. Brantingham and Pat Brantingham. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138516786

The Process MindNew Thoughtware ® for Designing Your Business on Purpose What if you could double your productivity without additional capital investment? What if you could outperform your competition by changing the way you think? What if you could be fast flexible and low cost?In The Process Mind Philip Kirby not only opens your mind to these possibilities but shows you how it is done. The book emphatically makes the case that the new thoughtware® of process thinking is imperative if you are to compete in the twenty-first century.Business performance is rooted in your processes and superior performance depends on how you think about and run these processes. To improve and sustain performance you need a process mind.With game-changing thinking thought-provoking principles and eye-opening examples Kirby brings to life the operating intelligence of a process mind and demonstrates why process is the most innovative product you can build.This book covers the downside of old thoughtware and the upside of new thoughtware. It sets out the principles on which thoughtware operates describes its application at every level of work and illustrates the impact of new thoughtware with real-life examples and case reports.Kirby presents insights gained through decades of successful implementation of new thoughtware practices across North America Europe Asia and Australia. Kirby’s track record is so exceptional that by following the proven concepts discussed in this book you can expect a 50 percent improvement in performance.The game-changing principles and practices covered in this book from the shop floor to the corner office make it a compelling and inspiring must-read. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482228953

The Process of ArgumentAn Introduction The Process of Argument: An Introduction is a necessary companion for anyone seeking to engage in successful persuasion: To organize construct and communicate arguments. It is both comprehensive and accessible: An authoritative guide to logical thinking and effective communication.  The book begins with techniques to improve reading comprehension including guides on navigating through fake news and internet trolls. Then readers are taught how to reconstruct deductive inductive and abductive presentations so that the logical structure is explicit. And finally there is a step-by-step guide for responding to these texts via the argumentative essay.  Along the way are current examples from social media and elsewhere on the internet along with guides for assessing truth claims in an ever-complicated community worldview. Throughout are carefully selected reading questions and exercises that will pace readers in order to ensure that the text is securely grasped and successfully applied. Key Features Offers guidance on how to read a text through self-analysis and social criticism Provides a step-by-step procedure for allowing the student to move from reading to reconstruction to being prepared to write an effective argumentative essay Presents truth theory and shows readers how they can helpfully acquaint themselves with a version of realistic foundational epistemology Offers guidelines and helpful tools on how best to structure an argumentative pro or con essay Includes expansive coverage of inductive logic through the use and assessment of statistics Covers abductive logic as it applies to the analysis of narrative in argumentative writing Has up-to-date examples from the media including from blogs social media and television Includes a helpful glossary of all important terms in the book Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367425258

The Process of DramaNegotiating Art and Meaning The Process of Drama provides an original and invaluable model of the elements of drama in context and defines how these are negotiated to produce dramatic art. John O'Toole takes the reader through a lively fascinating account of the relationships between the playwright the elements of dramatic art and the other artists involved in this most interactive of creative processes. In doing so he demonstrates - with clarity and wit - how dramatic meaning emerges; how the dramatic event is constructed. Areas covered include: roles and relationships the drama space language and movement tension and the audience gesture and movement This is an essential book for every student of drama who wants to understand how the theatrical art form operates Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135918

The Process of Economic Development The fifth edition of The Process of Economic Development offers a thorough and up-to-date treatment of development economics. It has been extensively revised throughout reflecting the most recent developments in research and incorporating the latest empirical data as well as key theoretical advances and many new topics. The world has seen vast economic growth in China economic transformation in India new challenges in Latin America rapid economic progress in Southeast Asia and the deepening impact of environmental issues such as climate change. This new edition addresses all these critical issues as well as the pivotal role of the state where China’s capacity is contrasted with that of African states. Transnational corporations’ reliance on low-wage manufacturing and labor arbitrage is featured in the book. Agricultural policy—extensively explored—remains crucial as does the promotion of industrialization. This fifth edition offers a ‘state-of-the-art’ analysis of these essential themes and many others. Numerous case studies and issue focuses have been integrated with sundry central topics. Neoclassical theories and applications including a timely exploration of behavioral economics are both rigorously and accessibly explicated. Cypher’s comprehensive account remains the development economics text par excellence as it takes a much more practical hands-on view of the issues facing the developing countries than other overly mathematical texts. This book is unique in its scope and in the detailed attention it gives to a vast range of ideas including pioneering developmentalist and heterodox formulations. Distinct institutional structures are examined within their historical contexts. This landmark text will continue to be an invaluable resource for students teachers and researchers in the fields of development economics and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367256821

The Process of Economic Development The fourth edition of The Process of Economic Development offers a thorough and up-to-date treatment of development economics. This landmark text will continue to be an invaluable resource for students teachers and researchers in the fields of development economics and development studies. The new edition has been revised and updated throughout reflecting the most recent developments in research and incorporating the latest empirical data as well as key theoretical advances. The period since the publication of the third edition of The Process of Economic Development has been a time of immense change in the developing world. The period has seen huge economic growth in China economic restructuring in India and the continuing impact of environmental issues such as climate change. The fourth edition reflects these developments as well as including numerous case studies and new material on the following: transnational corporations and labor in export processing zones industrial policy and structural change gender inequality income distribution and development progress towards the Millennium Development Goals technology and national innovation systems aid and the least developed nations the post debt crisis era and debt relief for Africa. Cypher’s comprehensive account remains the development economics text par excellence as it takes a much more practical hands-on view of the issues facing developing countries than other overly mathematical texts. This book is unique in its scope and in the detailed attention it gives to the historical contexts that have influenced progress toward development. It is accessibly written both for students of economics and for those with an interest in the many aspects of development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415643283

The Process of GovernmentA Study of Social Pressures Arthur F. Bentley originally wrote this book over the years 1896-1908 while working as a Chicago newspaper reporter and editor during which time he had a "sense of tremendous social activity taking place " and a feeling that "all the politics of the country so to speak were drifting across [his] desk." This prompted Bentley to develop an analysis of group interests which he believed to be the true dictators of government decisions.He was hailed on methodological grounds as an early supporter of the "behavioral revolution " which called for the use of natural scientific methods in the social sciences and for offering a group theory of politics. Bentley's implicit critique of narrow empiricism reflects the diverse influences of Dilthey Simmel and Dewey. The Process of Government was virtually ignored until the post-World War II period but is now regarded as a classic in political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138537828

The Process of Highly Effective CoachingAn Evidence-Based Framework The Process of Highly Effective Coaching offers a unique blend of theory and practical methods for conducting effective coaching conversations. It provides an umbrella under which all of the major conceptual models for helping people change can not only coexist but work together. In addition to using this integrative approach The Process of Highly Effective Coaching presents a framework for conducting coaching conversations and for relating the coaching process to the coaching competencies defined by the International Coach Federation the largest coach-credentialing organization in the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138906013

The Process of LearningSome Psychological Aspects of Learning and Discipline in School Originally published in 1930 this book was designed to meet the needs of students in Training Colleges. It is the outcome of first-hand experience of the difficulties encountered by students in the subject of educational theory and its application to the problems of the classroom at the time. It was the hope of the writer that this book may help the student to find a profitable connection between the theory of the lecture room and the problems of the school classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138283640

The Process of PoliticsA Comparative Approach The successful teaching of an introductory course in comparative politics or comparative government--as any instructor will agree involves the presentation of information organized around a coherent framework. Therefore to be effective a textbook must provide an articulate methodical structure that no clarifies basic information but also makes it relevant and vital for the student.The Process of Politics is just such a book carefully chosen material; intellectual coherence and stylistic clarity are the prime characteristics of this core volume in comparative politics. Here the significant data of comparative research are tied in with the continuing study of political systems. Throughout a wealth of substantive material illustrates the author's theoretical perspective so that while concentrating on existing cross-national relations and behavior patterns the student discovers both the unique qualities of a given political system and the shared patterns common to all political systems.The Process of Politics can be adapted to any preferred method of instruction. For example with a country-by-country approach it can be used as an introduction to the overall field and the findings it presents can serve as models against which politics in each country may be compared. Similarly instructors who choose the functional approach can use the book to introduce the primary governmental functions as they are performed in various political settings. The Process of Politics stimulates the student's interest in the comparative approach by emphasizing the characteristics of sound research examining the potentialities and deficiencies of structural functionalism and demonstrating the need for greater integration of research in this exciting and rapidly growing area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138537835

The Process Of Priority FormulationU.s. Foreign Policy In The Indopakistani War Of 1971 How are foreign policy objectives and priorities formulated by decision makers in the U.S. government? Dan Haendel answers this question by examining the decision-making process during the Indo-Pakistani War focusing on the behavior of government institutions and individuals as they attempted to cope with the events of 1971. After a discussion of post-World War II U.S. foreign policy in South Asia the area's importance to the United States during the Cold War and the internal crisis in Pakistan leading up to its war with India the author considers the U.S. government's response to the Indo-Pakistani clash. He discusses the organizational structure for the conduct of U.S. foreign policy the relative importance of the various governmental decision-making units and the impact of an individual such as Kissinger within the organization. Using as his basic source information gathered in interviews with the participants he provides an account of deliberations with the U.S. government. This work introduces to the field of foreign policy analysis the concept of priority formulation Examining the argument that a decision maker establishes a subjective and personal scale the author points out that beliefs and values are likely to determine the approach used by the decision maker in coping with complex stimuli and in structuring problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295387

The Process of Psychoanalytic TherapyModels and Strategies In his extensive description of the heuristic approach to psychoanalytic therapy Peterfreund discusses the strategies used by both patient and therapist as they move toward discovery and deeper understanding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872059

The Process of PsychotherapyEmpirical Foundations and Systems of Analysis To understand the process of psychotherapeutic change one must look for the answers in the psychotherapeutic process itself. This process involves the exchange of communications between two (or more) participants and as a result of the exchange modifications in the personality and behavior of the patient are expected to occur. But what is the nature of the therapeutic messages? How do they produce changes in the patient? What aspects of the messages are important for therapeutic change? And if the therapeutic force is somehow encoded in the messages where shall we look for it- in sentence structure in emotional overtones in gestures and body movements?The Process of Psychotherapy is divided into two major parts dealing respectively with method and with systems. In Part I the author presents an analysis of psychotherapy process research from a communications perspective developing an incisive and detailed analysis of the methodological issues that confront researchers in this field and suggesting theoretical and empirical strategies for addressing these issues.Part II provides the first exhaustive and detailed summary of extant psychotherapy process systems. The author first deals with direct systems those procedures of content analysis or rating scales that have been developed to assess the exchanges between therapists and patients. Seventeen major direct process systems are presented in detail and are summarized with ample citations to the literature. The final section of the book offers an exhaustive listing and concise description of various indirect measures of psychotherapy process which do not assess the verbatim interview exchanges of the participants in therapy but rather assess the participants' perceptions via self-report or standard analogue procedures.This book is a basic sophisticated and exhaustive coverage of psychotherapy process and content analysis that will become the standard and authoritative source for anyone interested in the process of psychotherapy whether as student researcher or practitioner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138537842

The Processes and Practices of Fair TradeTrust Ethics and Governance This book analyzes the factors behind the recent expansion of Fairtrade and questions whether the trust given to the scheme by "ethical" shoppers is warranted. It goes about this assessment by analyzing the claim of ethical shopping and by scrutinizing the specific contribution of the Fairtrade Certification Mark to producer’s welfare. This assessment is based on information gathered in a mixture of desk-based research and fieldwork carried out in Argentina Bolivia Chile Peru Tanzania and South Africa. This book comprises separate chapters written by academics of various backgrounds who have worked together on Fairtrade it should however be noted that the authors do not necessarily hold a common set of views in respect to Fairtrade. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138808430

The Processing of Information and Structure First published in 1974. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802862

The Processing of Memories (PLE: Memory)Forgetting and Retention Originally published in 1978 this volume contains the evidence that is most crucial for our understanding the processes of forgetting and retention. Organized in terms of problem areas and issues that are particularly pertinent to understanding these processes the book deals with both animal and human studies. The author begins by defining the topic and reviewing its historical development. A theoretical orientation follows and then the author begins to address the major factors that determine what is and what is not remembered. Although we cannot yet specify the principles from which we can predict when an episode once learned will be remembered well or forgotten entirely the author demonstrates that such principles are not that far away. He considers the issues that must be resolved before such principles are established and in the course of doing so covers the major research on why we remember events and why they are forgotten. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138998063

The Procurement and Management of Small Works and Minor MaintenanceThe Principal Considerations for Client Organisations Many client organisations occupy large and often diverse property estates which require significant expenditure on maintenance alterations refurbishment or small-scale new building work. Effective organisation and efficient allocation of resources are essential to ensure that the works are carried out successfully.This book provides a detailed introduction to small works procurement and management within the large client organisation a significant sector of the construction industry which has hitherto been neglected by researchers. In the large organisational context characterised by large property holdings perhaps over wide geographic areas the importance of ensuring maximum efficiency of resource use is crucial. If the regular and numerous work which is required throughout the year is not carried out in line with organisational goals then the core business will suffer.The book focuses on the suitability efficiency and effectiveness of procurement organisation and management of small works and outlines the main stages in the formulation and implementation of well-defined and measurable objectives. Overall it will enable the reader to understand the decision factors involved in designing a small works procurement strategy.The Procurement and Management of Small Works and Minor Maintenance is an indispensible reference for all facilities managers consultants and contractors. It is also useful reading for undergarduate and postgraduate courses in building construction management maintenance and facilities management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138424906

The Procurement Models Handbook Building from the previous two successful editions The Procurement Models Handbook is an essential resource for everyone working in the procurement profession including those selling directly to it. The authors provide the reader with a useful guide to the business models most frequently applied in the procurement and supply chain arena. Procurement and supply chain management are two of the highest contributors to corporate success in the modern world. This third edition is a new revised international version with additional tools that reflect the value of procurement in our globally-connected world. The authors have included over 50 well-established strategic and operational models that have a proven track record of delivering value over years of practice. Each model is presented pictorially with explanatory commentary on its practical application to support. These models are designed to save unnecessary cost and deliver significant benefits for their user and have been carefully selected by the authors based on their originality and usefulness for practical application in the context of procurement and the supply chain. The Procurement Models Handbook is an invaluable and enduring source of reference for practitioners and business managers as well as an essential learning support for business and procurement students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815375609

The Pro-democracy Protests in ChinaReports from the Provinces The mass protests that erupted in China during the spring of 1989 were not confined to Beijing and Shanghai. Cities and towns across the great breadth of China were engulfed by demonstrations which differed regionally in content and tone: the complaints and protest actions in prosperous Fuijan Province on the south China coast were somewhat different from those in Manchuria or inland Xi'an or the country towns of Hunan. The variety of the reactions is a barometer of the political and economic climate in contemporary China. In this book Western China specialists who were on the spot that spring describe and analyze the upsurges of protest that erupted around them. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315699202

The Producer's Business HandbookThe Roadmap for the Balanced Film Producer Gain a comprehensive understanding of the business of entertainment and learn to successfully engage in all aspects of global production with the revised and updated 4th edition of The Producer's Business Handbook. Learn how to cultivate relationships with key industry players including domestic and foreign studios agencies attorneys talent completion guarantors banks and private investors. This edition has been updated to include the latest opportunities presented by changing technology and their impact on the producer’s ability to brand monetize finance and globally release content. Also included is new information on audience earning distribution and funding opportunities created by the explosive growth of VR AR 360 and gaming as well as the rapid conversion to OTT. Additional features include: Completely updated production financing worksheets – an essential tool for producers; Expanded information for low-budget independent producers internationally-based producers producers using government funding and film school students alike; Coverage of China’s changing entertainment landscape including their entertainment consumption their commitment to produce content for the big global territories and more; New full-color illustrations and graphics that provide a visual representation of complex topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138050938

The Producer's Playbook: Real People on CameraDirecting and Working with Non-Actors Producer’s Playbook: Real People on Camera is a no-nonsense guide for producers looking to get the best performances from "real people" to tell powerful stories on video. Director/producer Amy DeLouise brings years of experience to this resource for creating the best on-screen impact with non-actors for interviews re-enactments documentary and direct-to-camera messages. With useful case studies and tips on everything from managing locations and budgeting to strategies for managing crews and the expectations of executive producers and clients this is an invaluable resource for professionals working in reality TV documentary corporate video and more. Ample case studies with perspectives from industry professionals interviewed by the author as well as her own plentiful stories from the field Tips are featured in sidebars throughout the text so that readers can see how the information applies to real situations Full-color photographs allow readers to visualize real world production situations The appendix includes useful templates and checklists for working producers Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138920484

The Product Wheel HandbookCreating Balanced Flow in High-Mix Process Operations The Product Wheel (PW) design process has practical methods for finding the optimum sequence minimizing changeover costs and freeing up useful capacity. So much so that the DuPont™ Company and Exxon Mobil are just a few companies that have used the product wheel concept to achieve and sustain a competitive advantage.Breaking down a fairly complex design process into manageable steps The Product Wheel Handbook: Creating Balanced Flow in High-Mix Process Operations walks readers through the process for designing and implementing the PW technique. It includes a case study taken from actual practice that illustrates the design process and its benefits. Describing how to apply the product wheel technique to any manufacturing operation the book: Details the steps required to implement product wheels Explains why certain traditional manufacturing metrics should be reevaluated so they don’t inhibit product wheel performance Defines the cultural foundation necessary for smooth product wheel design and implementation Includes a real-world case study and several examples of product wheels being used by successful manufacturing companies—including BG Products Inc. the DuPont™ Company the Dow Chemical Company and Appleton Many of the steps in wheel design described in this book are not new. What’s new is their application to production planning and scheduling problems and more importantly a clear roadmap explaining how and when they should be used in product wheel design.Supplying you with the tools to reduce the chaos often found in production scheduling the book outlines a disciplined structure that will allow you to spend less of your time resolving schedule problems. Most importantly it provides your organization with a stable platform to deal with abnormal events in a less stressful and more logical manner. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466554184

The Production and Consumption of Music in the Digital Age The economic geography of music is evolving as new digital technologies organizational forms market dynamics and consumer behavior continue to restructure the industry. This book is an international collection of case studies examining the spatial dynamics of today’s music industry. Drawing on research from a diverse range of cities such as Santiago Toronto Paris New York Amsterdam London and Berlin this volume helps readers understand how the production and consumption of music is changing at multiple scales – from global firms to local entrepreneurs; and in multiple settings – from established clusters to burgeoning scenes. The volume is divided into interrelated sections and offers an engaging and immersive look at today’s central players processes and spaces of music production and consumption. Academic students and researchers across the social sciences including human geography sociology economics and cultural studies will find this volume helpful in answering questions about how and where music is financed produced marketed distributed curated and consumed in the digital age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546417

The Production Manager's ToolkitSuccessful Production Management in Theatre and Performing Arts "Our theater world is so much better with this book in it and even better with Cary and Jay at the helm." –David Stewart Director of Production for the Guthrie Theater The Production Manager’s Toolkit is a comprehensive introduction to a career in theatrical and special event production for new and aspiring professionals given by expert voices in the field. The book discusses management techniques communication skills and relationship building tactics to create effective and successful production managers. With a focus on management theory advice from top production managers provide insights into budgeting scheduling meetings hiring maintaining safety and more. Through interviews and case studies the history and techniques of production management are explored throughout a variety of entertainment venues: theatre dance opera and special events. The book includes references tools templates and checklists; and a companion website contains downloadable paperwork and links to other useful resources such as unions venues and vendors. This book is written for student and professional production managers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138838840

The Production of Alternative Urban SpacesAn International Dialogue Alternative urban spaces across civic private and public spheres emerge in response to the great challenges that urban actors are currently confronted with. Labour markets are changing rapidly the availability of affordable housing is under intensifying pressure and public spaces have become battlegrounds of urban politics.This edited collection brings together contributors in order to spark an international dialogue about the production of alternative urban spaces through a threefold exploration of alternative spaces of work dwelling and public life. Seeking out and examining existing alternative urban spaces the authors identify the elements that provide opportunities to create radically different futures for the world’s urban spaces. This volume is the culmination of an international search for alternative practices to dominant modes of capitalist urbanisation bringing together interdisciplinary empirically grounded chapters from hot spots in disparate cities around the world.Offering a multidisciplinary perspective The Production of Alternative Urban Spaces will be of great interest to academics working across the fields of urban sociology human geography anthropology political science and urban planning. It will also be indispensable to any postgraduate students engaged in urban and regional studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664817

The Production of HeritageThe Politicisation of Architectural Conservation In this important book the authors unpack the theoretical and practical issues around the development of heritage sites critically dissecting key conservation benchmarks such as the ICOMOS guidelines BS 7913 and the RIBA Conservation Plan of Work to reveal the mechanics of heritage guidance its advantages and conceptual limitations. Underpinned by an active understanding of the conservation philosophy of William Morris the book presents five case studies from the UK and North and South America that speak about different facets of heritage value such as urban identity commodification authenticity materiality and heritage as an intellectual and ethical framework. Heritage is never neutral; its definition is privileged yet its influence is political. Art landscape and archaeology all offer examples of how the operational ideas of adjacent disciplines can influence an integrated idea of heritage conservation and how this is communicated in order to determine significance and share in its custodianship. This book provides insights into how to identify and challenge these limitations expanding inclusion by describing tactics for changing how people can relate to and build on the past. Clearly written for all levels of readership within the conservation professions and community custodians of heritage buildings and places the book provides strategies and tactics for understanding the heritage significance of materials their fabrication detail and use. The narratives that historic fabric contains can help shape the meaningful involvement of local people providing a roadmap for those navigating the double-bind of using the past to underpin the future.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367078010

The Production of Hospice SpaceConceptualising the Space of Caring and Dying Challenging the widely held notion of a hospice as a building or a place this book argues that it should instead be a philosophy of care. It proposes that the positive and negative impact that space can have in the pursuit of an ideal such as hospice care has previously been underestimated. Whether it be a purpose-built hospice part of a hospital a nursing home or within the home a hospice is anchored by space and spatial practices and these spatial practices are critical for a holistic approach to dying with dignity. Such spatial practices are understood as part of a broad architectural social conceptual and theoretical process. By linking health social and architectural theory and establishing conceptual principles this book defines 'hospice' as a philosophy that is underpinned by space and spatial practice. In putting forward the notion of 'hospice space' removed from the bounds of a specific building type it suggests that hospice philosophy could and should be available within any setting of choice where the spatial practices support that philosophy be it home nursing home hospice or 'hospice-friendly-hospitals'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245723

The Production of ProphecyConstructing Prophecy and Prophets in Yehud The Persian and Hellenistic periods saw the production and use of a variety of authoritative texts in Israel. 'The Production of Prophecy' brings together a range of influential biblical scholars to examine the construction of prophecy and prophetic books during the Persian period. Drawing on methodological and comparative research and studies of particular biblical texts the volume explores biblical prophecy as a written phenomenon examining the prophets of the past setting this within the general history of Yehud. The relationship between prophetic and other authoritative written texts is explored as well as the general social and ideological setting in which the prophetic books emerged. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315710891

The Production Sites of Architecture The Production Sites of Architecture examines the intimate link between material sites and meaning. It explores questions such as: how do spatial configurations produce meaning? What are alternative modes of knowledge production? How do these change our understanding of architectural knowledge? Featuring essays from an international range of scholars the book accepts that everything about the production of architecture has social significance. It focuses on two areas: firstly relationships of spatial configuration form order and classification; secondly the interaction of architecture and these notions with other areas of knowledge such as literature inscriptions interpretations and theories of classification ordering and invention. Moving beyond perspectives which divide architecture into either an aesthetic or practical art the authors show how buildings are informed by intersections between site and content space and idea thought and materiality architecture and imagination. Presenting illustrated case studies of works by architects and artists including Amale Andraos Dan Wood OMA Koen Deprez and John Soane The Production Sites of Architecture makes a major contribution to our understanding of architectural theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138559448

The Productive Efficiency of Container TerminalsAn Application to Korea and the UK This work applies the theory and techniques of economic efficiency measurement to the realistic context of the ports industry. The objective is to assess the practical impact of port privatization policies upon the economic performance of the sector. Specifically this volume presents Korea’s port and terminal development plans and systematically analyses not only the process and results of privatisation but also the claims of its proponents that it leads directly to improved efficiency. The Korean experience is given global relevance by applying the same approach to Britain’s main container ports and terminals which of course are at a more advanced stage in the privatisation process. This work constitutes a unique contribution to the literature relating to shipping and ports econometrics and the Korean economy and will be of primary interest to port authorities and practitioners as well as to students of economics and/or the shipping industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263864

The Profession and Practice of Horticultural Therapy The Profession and Practice of Horticultural Therapy is a comprehensive guide to the theories that horticultural therapists use as a foundation for their practice and provides wide-ranging illustrative models of programming. This book aims to enhance understanding and provide insight into the profession for both new and experienced practitioners. It is directed to students in the field along with health care and human service professionals to successfully develop and manage horticultural therapy programming. The book is organized into four sections: an overview of the horticultural therapy profession theories supporting horticultural therapy use models for programs and tools for the therapist. Areas of focus include: Overview of the profession including the knowledge skills and abilities needed to practice Discussion of related people-plant endeavors and theories supporting horticultural therapy Issues within the profession of horticultural therapy including employment models professionalism and ethics and credentials Characteristics and implementation of therapeutic vocational and wellness program models Accommodations and adaptive techniques to best serve the needs of all participants Strategies for assessment and documentation for horticultural therapy intervention Issues for managing programs including how horticultural therapy programs collaborate with other disciplines determining program costs and budget managing staff and growing spaces and conducting program evaluations Horticultural therapy serves the needs of the whole individual when practitioners have a broad and deep comprehension of the theories techniques and strategies for effective program development and management. The Profession and Practice of Horticultural Therapy provides relevant and current information on the field with the intent to inspire best practices and creative effective programs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138308695

The Profession of City PlanningChanges Images and Challenges: 1950-200 In thirty-four provocative and insightful chapters the nation's leading planners present a definitive assessment of fifty years of city planning and establish a benchmark for the profession for the next fifty years. The book appraises what planners do and how well they do it how and why their current activities differ from past practices and how much and in what ways planners have or have not enhanced the quality of urban life and contributed to the intellectual capital of the field.How have the goals values and practices of planners changed? What do planners say about their roles and the problems they confront? What is the relevance of their skills from design capabilities and environmental savvy to intermediate and long-term perspectives and the pragmatics of implementation? The contributors seeking to answer these questions include Anthony Downs Nathan Glazer Philip B. Herr Judith E. Innes Terry S. Szold Lawrence J. Vale and Sam Bass Warner Jr.The Profession of City Planning contrasts with the main changes in the US over the second half of the twentieth century in city planning. Sector images of the practice and effects of planning on housing transportation and the environment as well as the development of economic tools are also discussed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315134253

The Profession of English Letters First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415850186

The Professional CounselorChallenges and Opportunities The Professional Counselor: Challenges and Opportunities weaves a rich narrative for the inner counselor of self-discovery mindfulness and self-care emotional intelligence counselor identity ethical issues career maturation and future trends in counseling. Readers will be confronted with professional decision points regarding enrollment in the counselor profession ethical issues client treatment accreditation and occupational outlook. The text also posits counseling as an emerging global profession and addresses the ways technology will transform professional practice. Each chapter concludes with a Lessons Learned section in which the author uses his personal and professional experiences to address relevant professional issues in mindfulness-based treatment. The Professional Counselor is an excellent resource and guide for students in graduate counseling programs those considering the field and counselors new to the profession. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367002213

The Professional Development of Early Years Educators This book provides a critical insight into comparative approaches to the professional learning and development of early years educators – taken to include all those working in a professional capacity with young children in educative settings including home-based care and education. It also analyses leadership development for the early years workforce and the evaluation of the success or otherwise of professional development initiatives involving early years educators. The book includes perspectives on relevant policy development at local and national levels and critical consideration of research literature on the effectiveness of professional development programmes for early years educators.The book is essential reading for professionals working in early years settings for those engaged with the professional learning of early years educators and for academics researching professionalism in early years education. It provides international perspectives on the professional learning and development of those working in early years education.This book was originally published as a special issue of the journal Professional Development in Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892104

The Professional Development of Teacher Educators This book makes a significant contribution to a hitherto much neglected area. The book brings together a wide range of papers on a scale rarely seen with a geographic spread that enhances our understanding of the complex journey undertaken by those who aspire to become teachers of teachers. The authors from more than ten countries use a variety of approaches including narrative/life history self-study and empirical research to demonstrate the complexity of the transformative search by individuals to establish their professional identity as teacher educators. The book offers fundamental and thoughtful critiques of current policy practice and examples of established structures specifically supporting the professional development of teacher educators that may well have a wider applicability. Many of the authors are active and leading persons in the international fields of teacher education and of professional development. The book considers: novice teacher educators issues of transition; identity development including research identity; the facilitation and mentoring of teacher educators; self-study research including collaborative writing use of stories; professional development within the context of curriculum and structural reform. Becoming a teacher is recognised as a transformative search by individuals for their teaching identities. Becoming a teacher educator often involves a more complex and longer journey but according to the many travel stories told here one that can be a deeply satisfying experience. This book was published as a special issue of Professional Development in Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415657945

The Professional EdgeCompetencies in Public Service The new context and character of public service - shifting values entrepreneurship information technology multi-sector careers - require enhanced technical ethical and leadership skills. This concise and readable work describes what it means to be a consummate professional public servant. It sets standards for everyone who conducts the public's business and links them with performance management human resource administration and information technology skills. The authors identify the ethical foundations of public service and how to integrate them in practice. They also address individual leadership what it means and how it is based on a foundation of technical and ethical skills. Filled with original illustrative examples and case studies from government the non-profit sector and business The Professional Edge is an ideal supplement for any introductory course in Public Administration or Ethics in the Public Service. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315669229

The Professional Identity of Teacher EducatorsCareer on the cusp? The Professional Identity of Teacher Educators offers a contemporary study of teacher education in a period of huge international institutional and professional change. The book explores the experiences understandings and beliefs that guide the professional practices of teacher educators and paints a picture of a profession that offers huge rewards alongside challenges and frustrations. What are the responsibilities of the job and how does it re-shape the professional identity of those who do it day in day out? What are the challenges and opportunities for teacher educators arising from constantly evolving education policies? Drawing on the findings of a phenomenological study of the professional self-image and identities of pre-service teacher educators this book provides an account of how a number of teacher educators have come to terms with their own identities as professionals at a time of considerable institutional turmoil. Moving beyond these individual stories broader theoretical issues are also addressed: are there some distinctive but common elements that might distinguish the professional identity of the particular group we call teacher educators; and if there are what might those characteristics be? Included in the book: identity and professional identity in teaching and teacher education investigating a professional identity the process of becoming a teacher educator teacher educators’ changing job descriptions in an era of reform the distinctive knowledge-base and expertise of teacher educators’ teacher educators’ self-image teacher educators as a community of practice. Ronnie Davey provides a unique and compelling report on cutting edge teacher education research encapsulating the major issues associated with being a teacher educator and how that influences and shapes teacher educators’ identity. This book will be invaluable reading for teacher educators and researchers with an interest in professional identity and teaching in Higher Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415536417

The Professional Identity of the Human Rights Field Officer The important and groundbreaking volume The Professional Identity of the Human Rights Field Officer completes the study of human rights field work begun in the earlier The Human Rights Field Operation: Law Theory and Practice (2007: Ashgate). Building on the critique of the field’s historical development and current situation featured in the earlier volume O’Flaherty Ulrich and their fellow contributors focus on the specific responsibilities of the individual human rights officer and concentrate on vital issues of professionalism beyond the confines of any specific organization. Their expansion of the analysis in the case studies section of the first volume has resulted in an up to date global edition of significant academic interest to anyone within the field of human rights law. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315553863

The Professional Practice of Jungian CoachingCorporate Analytical Psychology O’Brien and O’Brien and their collection of international contributors introduce the historical and current theory and practice of Corporate Analytical Psychology. Uniquely and practically bringing Jungian ideas to the corporate world the chapters discuss the increasing need for ethical corporations in the context of individuation and moral hazard demonstrate how to manage and define complexes that inhibit creativity and productivity and shows practitioners how to recognise and connect with symbols as an active and living manifestation of the personal and collective psyche. The book is illustrated with practical examples and case studies encountered by the authors during their 30 years of experience consulting the world’s leading companies and institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367404123

The Professional ScientistA Study of American Chemists This classic book available in paperback for the first time is based on a 1962 study of the American Chemical Society one of the great U. S. scientific societies. The society has a membership educated in the fundamental scientific field of chemistry whose knowledge and talents are essential to modem industrial civilization. Without chemistry we would have neither automobiles nuclear devices nor all the varied products essential to our modern way of life.Chemists are caught up in the dynamic changes in our society. The explosive advance of scientific knowledge leads to increasing specialization until experts in one field may have little in common with those in another. Also as the knowledge and skills of chemistry are incorporated in the workaday world of industry more and more trained chemists spend their days in routine application and organization of their skills and knowledge.The unique element of this study is its assessment of the role and function of a professional society for its members. Not much is known of how professionals feel about their societies what they expect of them or how they function for their members.Such studies assume increasing importance as the trend toward professionalization incorporates more specialized skills and as the members of these professions look increasingly to their societies for assistance in establishing their rights and privileges vis-à-vis the rest of society. This remains a unique effort at professional ethnography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412818582

The Professional Skills Handbook For Engineers And Technical Professionals This new handbook covers a wide range of engineering skills generally not taught in today's college-level technical programs. New engineers though technically sound need to master these other skills upon entering the professional world. Topics covered include teaming root cause analysis Lean manufacturing and management presentation skills innovation and change leadership. Based on the author’s 30 years of engineering and leadership experience this work contains a wealth of practical tips and advice as well as lessons learned the hard way. Portable and concise the handbook can help new engineers thrive in and enjoy the technical world and their professional careers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367424992

The Professional Student Affairs AdministratorEducator Leader and Manager Styled as a complete update to the 1991 book "Administration and Leadership in Student Affairs" this work addresses issues of importance to student affairs professionals. Grounded in human development learning leadership group dynamics management theories and social science research and evaluation methods this book articulates the means for college student affairs administrators to function in the forefront of student learning and personal development initiatives. The book focuses on the three essential roles played by student affairs administrators: as educators who play a significant role in addressing the academic goals of their institutions as leaders who help to shape the vision of their institution's student affairs practice and education mission and as managers who are responsible for co-ordinating programs and services supervising staff and overseeing university facilities and budgets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415763387

The Professionalisation of African Medicine Originally published in 1986 this book draws upon a range of authors to reflect wide interest in systematising traditional medicine and to include material on significant instances of regulation or organisation. It was the first book to study the efforts of traditional healers and their newly formed professional associations and as such constitutes a pioneering collection of sources. Because of the changing position of traditional medicine it may well also be a unique record: before long what is described here will largely have disappeared. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367000578

The Professionalisation of Human Resource ManagementPersonnel Development and the Royal Charter Evolving economies the emergence of new technologies and organisational forms are all features of late capitalism. Among this milieu a marked feature has been the emergence and recognition in society of new occupations. The claim upon a body of knowledge and practice and a societal domain in which to exercise expertise characterise these occupations. Status and recognition may ensue; in short they claim ‘professionalism’. ‘Professionalism’ is a word resonant with allusions to a particular time and place loosely located in the United States and England in the twentieth century although its roots are far earlier and its present branches are far-reaching. The text is an account of the Human Resource Management occupation’s search for status legitimacy and "professionalism" and illustrates how key agents wove a purposeful plan in pursuit of goals through changing socio-economic and political contexts. The text also discusses the changed meanings of and opportunities for professionalism for individual agents as members of a social grouping that is the occupation. This text is an analysis of the recent development of the Human Resource occupation against the backdrop of changing meanings and models of professions and professionalism and the traditional signifier of professionalism in the U.K. the Royal Charter. The original research from the UK outlines the efforts undertaken between 1968 and 2000 by the professional body the present day Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD the Institute) to attain a Royal Charter. This text addresses the following: • The role of key agents and institutions on shaping social structures and practice regimes • The changing construction and meanings of professionalism and professional occupations • The role of the collective professional body in shaping occupational practices in Human Resource Management and Human Resource Development and their effect upon working lives • The continuing significance of the Royal Charter as an ancient institution with deep societal effect Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138492493

The Professionalization of EconomicsAlfred Marshall and the Dominance of Orthodoxy This book sheds light on how and why early in the twentieth century one set of economic ideas came to exert a preeminence which has persisted to this day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138537866

The Professionalization of Public Participation The Professionalization of Public Participation is an edited collection of essays by leading and emerging scholars examining the emerging profession of public participation professionals. Public participation professionals are persons working in the public private or third sectors that are paid to design implement and/or facilitate participatory forums. The rapid growth and proliferation of participatory arrangements call for expertise in the organizing of public participation. The contributors analyze the professionalization of this practice in different countries (United States France Canada Italy and the United Kingdom) to see how their actions challenge the development of participatory arrangements. Designing such processes is a delicate activity since it may affect not only the quality of the processes and their legitimacy but also their capacity to influence decision-making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138638129

The Professional's Guide to Mining the InternetInfromation Gathering and Research on the Net Whatever is needed from in-depth research material for a report or academic paper to the telephone number of a company on the other side of the world or what is showing at the local cinema this guide aims to help readers find the answer on the internet faster and more easily. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419612

The Professions State and the MarketMedicine in Britain the United States and Russia This unique book enhances our understanding of the links between professions the state and the market – and their implications for the public in terms of professional practice. In so doing the book adopts a neo-Weberian perspective in which professions are seen as a form of exclusionary social closure based on legal boundaries established by the state. To illustrate the overarching theme the book considers how healthcare in general and medicine in particular as a form of professional work is organized in public and private arenas in three societies with different socio-political philosophies - namely Britain the United States and Russia. As such it examines the varying extent to which the development of independent professional organizations has been enhanced or restricted in public as compared to more privatized social contexts. The comparative perspective adopted in this book thereby provides insight into the organization of professional work in different contexts and the all-important effects of this on delivery to the public.This book will be of particular interest to scholars researchers and students of Management Public Policy and Health Care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367738136

The Professions in Early Modern England 1450-1800Servants of the Commonweal This new history examines the development of the professions in England centering on churchmen lawyers physicians and teachers. Rosemary O'Day also offers a comparative perspective looking at the experience of Scotland and Ireland and Colonial Virginia. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315841847

The Profit of PeaceCorporate Responsibility in Conflict Regions It may seem a strange notion to give the private sector a role in conflict prevention or resolution but multinational corporations (MNCs) do have some characteristics that make them good partners in a well-designed strategy for peace and stability. By focusing on their core competencies their presence in a conflict region can help to provide prosperity for rebuilding society and its institutions and improved respect for human rights.  This book is not a song of praise for MNCs in general. There is a litany of examples of companies that feel no shame in profiting from conflicts by trading weapons or illegal resources that prolong war by supporting one or other of the parties or that are only in a war-torn country because the lawlessness suits them well. Even companies that refrain from such criminal activities cannot be envisaged as potential peace-builders if they profit unscrupulously from cheap labour or cheap subcontractors. Instead this book is about corporations that are disposed to ethical responsible entrepreneurship: companies that balance their desire for profit with compliance with international business and human rights standards and with a genuine investment in local workers environmental protection social development and stability.  Worldwide about 60 000 MNCs work in over 70 conflict regions. They operate in regions where social unrest is harshly repressed where outright fighting takes place or where civil war has recently ended. Whatever the attitude of multinationals and whatever their area of business they influence conflicts or are themselves influenced by conflicts. Even if they do not directly invest in or trade with a conflict region they always risk being associated with those conflicts.  The Profit of Peace examines how multinationals can use their core business competencies to promote peace and stability in conflict regions and what role  – if any  – business has in diplomacy. To investigate these questions the authors interviewed CEOs and high-level managers of multinationals working in 'challenging' countries such as Afghanistan Burma and Rwanda. The interviewees provided extraordinarily candid views on both the practical and ethical issues that occur when operating under extremely volatile circumstances. The lessons learned by these managers make the book invaluable for any manager working for a large company in a region of unrest.  Two vital elements emerged. Firstly the ability to manage cultural differences is a key factor for success. Without a keen sense of the differences in management styles in perceptions of ethics and morality and in the values behind political opinions every peace effort is doomed to fail. Secondly ethically correct decisions do not necessarily lead to ethically correct results.  It was not the objective of the authors to judge which of the parties in conflict regions are right or wrong. Rather they wanted to find out what kind of attitude at the end of the day contributes most effectively to conflict prevention or stabilisation of a region. In other words in this book corporate responsibility is measured by the results and not by the intentions.  All of the CEOs interviewed for this book were well aware of the fact that their companies operating in conflict regions would always influence the conflict one way or another. This awareness in itself is quite extraordinary and it shows that the indifferent comment "business is business" by and large belongs to a past era. Also extraordinary was that the managers allowed such a frank look into their sanctuary since this candour makes them all the more vulnerable to criticism.  Through the information from the interviewees and from other managers who have experience in conflict regions the book outlines the ingredients for an approach that can best lead to a solution of conflicts and to greater stability. It will only be in the long run that we will be able to establish how successful the new profession of 'business diplomat' can be but in the meantime the daily practices of MNCs show that they can work on 'the profit of peace'.  This book is based on investigative journalism and contains many examples of best practices worldwide. It will be essential reading for practitioners policy-makers and students involved with corporate social responsibility peace studies development studies and stakeholder management. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351280686

The Programme and Portfolio WorkoutDirecting Business-Led Programmes and Portfolios Implementing change is needed in every business. But how do you get started and ensure you actually realize the benefits you need? How do you direct and manage the tens hundreds or even thousands of projects and the other pieces of work your business is undertaking? How do you make sure everyone is working towards the same goals? Building on five previous editions of The Project Workout this book focusses on programme and portfolio management. It is a valuable companion for every business executive and programme manager as well as a comprehensive resource for students of business portfolio and programme management. The Programme and Portfolio Workout provides practical advice and techniques to direct and manage your business in a structured yet agile way. Aimed at both business and programme managers it takes you through different approaches to portfolio programme and project management and shows you how they can work together. The practical approach is enhanced throughout with a series of ‘Workouts’: exercises techniques and checklists to help you put the book’s advice into practice. The Workouts are supported by an on-line resource of tools. This expanded edition contains a wealth of new material on the governance and management of portfolio and programmes including how to work with standards and methods such as GovS 002 ISO 21504 BS6079 and MSP. The companion to this book The Project Workout deals with directing and managing individual projects. It uses the same concepts and approaches so that you know when directing your portfolio or programme that your project sponsors and managers are taking the same approach. Together these books give you what you need to ensure your organization succeeds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138721210

The Progress of ScienceAn Account of Recent Fundamental Researches in Physics Chemistry and Biology The Progress of Science first published in 1934 was originally intended to help the interested reader develop their understanding of the natural sciences as they stood in the period leading up to the Second World War. This intention was predicated on the belief that the spirit of science can only have a positive influence on human society and that when enough people are sufficiently scientifically-minded the problems of civilisation will be resolved through the steady application of scientific principles. Covering the full range of the distinct disciplines– physics chemistry biology – this collection offers a fascinating window into the attitudes towards science at a time when the full extent of its potentially catastrophic potential was about to be realised across the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138989733

The Progressive Era in the USA: 1890–1921 Few periods in American history have been explored as much as the Progressive Era. It is seen as the birth-place of modern American liberalism as well as the time in which America emerged as an imperial power. Historians and other scholars have struggled to explain the contradictions of this period and this volume explores some of the major controversies this exciting period has inspired. Investigating subjects as diverse as conservation socialism or the importance of women in the reform movements this volume looks at the lasting impact of this productive yet ultimately frustrated generation's legacy on American and world history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138378407

The Progressive MovementA Non-Partisan Comprehensive Discussion of Current Tendencies in American Politics Benjamin Parke DeWitt's study of the Progressive Era represents a comprehensive history of the theory and practice of politics from a progressive perspective. His account of the history and projections about the future of the progressive science of politics provided the American liberal-progressive tradition with its first full narrative history at a time when it was not yet the dominant interpretation of the American political order. Its greatest importance however lies in DeWitt's conception of where the broad-based progressive critique of the Founders' was heading.DeWitt's history of the origins and projected destiny of the progressive tradition commands a respect that places him in the same company as better-known writers. His historical narrative of the liberal progressive tradition was implicit among a number of writers before the Progressive Movement but no contemporary writer provided a better roadmap of where progressivism was going than DeWitt. What gives DeWitt's critique a twist is his focus on the individualism of the founders which he regards as the heart of their anti-democratic principles. His critique of this individualism is the foundation for his argument that collectivism is arguably a more democratic alternative.Benjamin Parke DeWitt is one of the lesser-known often overlooked writers who worked to establish the liberal library of American political thought. This book deserves to be read as one of the neglected gems of the Progressive Era that it chronicles. This is an important addition to the Library of Liberal Thought series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412849623

The Project Management Scorecard Return on Investment (ROI) remains one of the most challenging and intriguing issues facing human resource development and performance improvement professionals. Drawing on their expertise in developing and implementing ROI programs in human performance and training Jack J. Phillips Ph.D. Timothy W. Bothell and G. Lynn Snead demonstrate how you can effectively apply ROI to project management.Today almost every industry requires employees to manage multiple projects with competing priorities critical deadlines and unexpected interruptions—rendering everyone a project manager in some respect. Most employees feel the pressure of juggling any number of key projects simultaneously. Organizations have responded by investing large amounts of both time and money to improve project management and most strive to justify the efforts and resources dedicated to improving this goal. 'The Project Management Scorecard' is a welcome relief for anyone managing a project or multiple projects as well as the trainers human resource development staff or supervisors charged with measuring evaluating and managing project managers.Project Management is one of the hottest topics in business management today affecting nearly every individual in any organization across the globe. Let three HRD experts show you how to apply the hugely popular ROI process to the key organizational issue of successful project management including:* Project management issues and challenges* Measuring reaction and satisfaction* How to calculate and interpret ROI* Capturing business impact data* Measuring skill and knowledge changes during the project* Monitoring the true costs of the project solution* Converting business measure to monetary values* Forecasting ROIThe authors' step-by-step approach allows you to begin the ROI process immediately. Start measuring the success of your project management results today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080515212

The Project Manager's Communication Toolkit Addressing the unique difficulties involved in day-to-day project management communication The Project Manager’s Communication Toolkit provides proven methods for creating clear and effective communications—including text-based plans reports messages and presentations. It examines the many tools available and goes beyond traditional coverage to define their proper use and application.Using language that’s easy to understand the author explains how to determine the appropriate tools for specific communication needs. This time-saving resource provides the understanding to harness the power of everyday communication such as email and PowerPoint® to: Gain control over project parametersOvercome conflictCreate effective project plans charters and statements of workConsidering that most projects fail due to lapses in communication it is essential for project managers to understand how to communicate their plans and ideas clearly and effectively. Complete with numerous examples and case studies this book provides the understanding required to select the right tools as well as the insight to use those tools effectively in a wide range of real-world situations. Praise for:... a ‘slam dunk’ in providing the reader a foundation emphasizing various tools techniques; and in which situations they should be applied. The case studies further challenge the day-to-day situations one may face; providing techniques that work! Anyone that has been part of a project team will benefit from this book.—Lisa Holowiak Quality Assurance Specialist Pfizer in PM World Today Vol. XII Issue X… a valuable resource for program and project managers at all levels and all industries. Shankar very successfully managed very large and complex projects for my organization utilizing many of these tools and Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384326

The Project Manager's Emergency Kit Project success requires a solid understanding and proper implementation of the tools techniques and principles of project management. A reference for both the novice and expert project manager The Project Manager's Emergency Kit provides you with everything you will need to get your project off to a solid start and overcome any emergencies that may arise during the project life cycle. It supplies you with over 200 project management tools techniques and principles arranged in alphabetical order. The text provides guidance on how to complete projects on time and within budget while meeting the needs of your customers. It presents easy-to-follow project planning steps covering the responsibilities work breakdown structures time and cost estimating scheduling resource allocation and budgeting. The Project Manager's Emergency Kit provides you with straightforward guidelines that will help you overcome any challenges that may arise and deliver a product or service that will satisfy everyone who has a stake in the outcome of your project. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454784

The Project Manager's Guide to Health Information Technology Implementation This book focuses on providing information on project management specific for software implementations within the healthcare industry. It can be used as a beginners’ guide as well as a reference for current project managers who might be new to software implementations. Utilizing the Project Management Institute’s (PMI) methodology the defined process groups and knowledge areas will be defined related to implementing custom and Commercial Off The Shelf (COTS) software. The Software Development Life Cycle (SDLC) is a standard for developing custom software but can also be followed for implementing COTS applications as well. How will the system be set-up from an architecture and hardware standpoint? What environments will be needed and why? How are changes managed throughout the project and after? These questions and more will be reviewed. The differences between types of testing are defined as well as when each are utilized. Planning for the activation and measuring the success of the project and how well the strategic need has been met are key activities that are often not given the time and effort to plan as the other parts of the implementation project. This new edition updates the current content to better align with the newest version of the PMI’s Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK) the latest technology and concepts. In addition this new edition includes additional chapters covering security and privacy contract management and system selection and transition to support. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138626232

The Project Manager's Guide to PurchasingContracting for Goods and Services This very practical guide describes the whole process of contracting for goods and services from selecting tenderers to placing a contract. It details the key topics that are necessary for success such as contract strategy contract types contract law and evaluating tenders. Whilst the book also addresses the project context in which purchasing takes place the subject matter could equally be applied to any business context. The treatment of the subject assumes no prior knowledge but at the same time provides the experienced person with new and sometimes unconventional insights into the subject. The book includes personal experiences cases and exercises in order to root the subject into the real world. The Project Manager's Guide to Purchasing has been structured so that the reader can choose the chapter topic areas that they wish to study in isolation. Where necessary references are provided to complement the individual chapters. Illustrations of key documents in the purchasing and contracting process are also provided. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315553856

The Project Risk Maturity ModelMeasuring and Improving Risk Management Capability Top businesses recognise risk management as a core feature of their project management process and approach to the governance of projects. However a mature risk management process is required in order to realise its benefits; one that takes into account the design and implementation of the process and the skills experience and culture of the people who use it. To be mature in the way you manage risk you need an accepted framework to assess your risk management maturity allowing you to benchmark against a recognised standard. A structured pathway for improvement is also needed not just telling you where you are now but describing the steps required to reach the next level. The Project Risk Maturity Model detailed here provides such an assessment framework and development pathway. It can be used to benchmark your project risk processes and support the introduction of effective in-house project risk management. Using this model implementation and improvement of project risk management can be managed effectively to ensure that the expected benefits are achieved in a way that is appropriate to the needs of each organisation. Martin Hopkinson has developed The Project Risk Maturity Model into a robust framework and this book allows you to access and apply his insights and experience. A key feature is a CD containing a working copy of the QinetiQ Project Risk Maturity Model (RMM). This will enable you to undertake maturity assessments for as many projects as you choose. The RMM has been proven over a period of 10 years with at least 250 maturity assessments on projects and programmes with a total value exceeding £60 billion. A case study in the book demonstrates how it has been used to deliver significant and measurable benefits to the performance of major projects. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315237572

The Project WorkoutThe Ultimate Guide to Directing and Managing Business-Led Projects Projects are an important strategic management tool and a way of life in every business. But how do you get started and ensure you realize the benefits you need? Now in its 5th edition the Project Workout is the definitive book on business-led project management. It is a valuable companion for every executive and project manager as well as a comprehensive resource for students of project management. Projects are a way of life in every business and an important strategic management tool. But how do you ensure a project realizes the benefits you need? The Project Workout provides practical advice and techniques to direct and manage a project. Aimed at both project sponsors and project managers it works through the life cycle of a project from initial idea to successful result. The practical approach is enhanced throughout with a series of "Workouts": exercises techniques and checklists to help you put the book’s advice into practice. The Workouts are supported by an on-line resource of tools including MS project views project logs and templates. This expanded edition contains a wealth of new information including how to work with standards and methods such as ISO 21500 BS6079 and PRINCE2 and PMBoK. The companion to this book The Programme and Portfolio Workout deals with directing and managing whole portfolios of projects making sure everyone in your organization is working towards the same goals; together these books give you what you need to ensure all your projects succeed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138721449

The Projectification of the Public Sector In recent decades we have witnessed an increasing use of projects and similar temporary modes of organising in the public sector of nations in Europe and around the world. While for some this is a welcome development which unlocks entrepreneurial zeal and renders public services more flexible and accountable others argue that this seeks to depoliticise policy initiatives rendering them increasingly technocratic and that the project organisations formed in this process offer fragmented and unsustainable short-term solutions to long-term problems. This volume sets out to address public sector projectification by drawing together research from a range of academic fields to develop a critical and theoretically-informed understanding of the causes nature and consequences of the projectification of the public sector. This book includes 13 chapters and is organised into three parts. The first part centres on the politics of projectification specifically the role of projects in de-politicisation often accomplished by rendering the political “technical”. The chapters in the second part all relate to the reframing of the relationship between the centre and periphery or between policy making and implementation and the role of temporality in reshaping this relation. The third and final part brings a focus upon the tools techniques and agents through which public sector projectification is assembled constructed and performed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367183332

The Projective Use Of Mother-And- Child Drawings: A ManualA Manual For Clinicians First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138883697

The Proliferation of Privileged Partnerships between the European Union and its Neighbours This edited volume provides a timely analysis of the European Union’s ‘privileged’ partnerships with neighbouring countries identifying key points of comparison. It analyses which policy areas are covered and why the reasons why a specific institutional arrangement has been chosen the major advantages and shortcomings for both sides and how effectively the privileged partnerships have worked in practice. Drawing on a number of case studies the book highlights critical junctures and path dependence in the EU’s external relations and examines what general lessons can be drawn regarding privileged partnerships in particular with a view to the UK’s post-Brexit relationship with the EU. This book will be of key interest to scholars students and practitioners in EU affairs European politics diplomacy studies and more broadly to international relations and law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138350700

The Proliferation Of RightsMoral Progress Or Empty Rhetoric? The Proliferation of Rights explores how the assertion of rights has expanded dramatically since World War II. Carl Wellman illuminates for the reader the historical developments in each of the major categories of rights including human rights civil rights women's rights patient rights and animal rights. He concludes by assessing where this pr Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367318925

The Proliferation PuzzleWhy Nuclear Weapons Spread (and What Results) Originally published in 1993 this volume was unique in its scope and approach: Unlike most literature on nuclear weapons proliferation at the time the essays in this volume offer theoretical discussions and suggest testable hypotheses about the causes and effects of nuclear weapons proliferation. The proliferation of nuclear weapons is an ideal subject for social science scholarship and such scholarship is especially timely now. Among the topics discussed in The Proliferation Puzzle are: The building of nuclear weapons is a complex task touching upon many of the subjects of study at the core of social science and international relations. Nuclear weapons may be acquired as a hedge against external threat for reasons of national prestige or as a result of pressures by domestic coalitions among scientists bureaucrats and the military. They may be sought for defensive purposes or to support hegemonic aspirations. Nuclear weapons also raise questions about civilian command and control especially in crisis situations. During the last two decades the acquisition of nuclear weapons has been proscribed by the non-proliferation regime. The decisions countries made about acquiring these weapons and the manner they chose to build them serve as a test of the efficacy of this particular regime and of international regimes more generally. Nuclear weapons were introduced at the time bipolarity became the international order. As the world moves away from bipolarity there is a need to answer questions such as: What would be the effect of nuclear weapons in a multipolar order? How will the spread of nuclear weapons affect the distribution of capabilities among states? If nuclear weapons spread to additional countries will they enhance stability or exacerbate instability? Can the spread of these weapons be managed or controlled? This book brings together scholars from different schools within international relations and the social sciences to address the question of why nuclear weapons spread. A disciplined rigorous examination of proliferation is important not only for scholarship but also for informed policymaking. The purpose of social science is to formulate hypotheses and devise theories that advance our understanding of society and aid in the fashioning of enlightened policy. The essays in this volume show how explicit hypotheses about the causes and consequences of nuclear weapons proliferation provide a deeper understanding of the problem and suggest specific theory-informed policy recommendations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367543532

The Promiscuity of Network CultureQueer Theory and Digital Media Liking sharing friending going viral: what would it mean to recognize these current modes of media interaction as promiscuous? In a contemporary network culture characterized by a proliferation of new forms of intimate mediated sociality this book argues that promiscuity is a new standard of user engagement. Intimate relations among media users and between users and their media are increasingly structured by an entrepreneurial logic and put to work for the economic interests of media corporations. But these multiple intimacies can also be understood as technologies of promiscuous desire serving both to liberalize mediated social connection and to contain it within normative frames of value. Payne brings crucial questions of gender sexuality intimacy and attention back into conversation with recent thinking on network culture and social media identifying the queer undercurrents of these current media dynamics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138549029

The Promise and Perils of TransnationalizationNGO Activism and the Socialization of Women’s Human Rights in Egypt and Iran To date most constructivist international relations studies have characterized the influence of transnationalism on domestic forms of activism as uniformly positive. In particular transnational interactions are viewed as positive factors for the development and daily impact of gender activism. Benjamin Stachursky’s book questions the unvarying positive view of transnationalism on domestic forms of activism arguing for a more nuanced analysis that permits an understanding of the enabling and restricting effects of transnationalism. Stachursky also challenges the dominant view of civil society as normatively homogenous by illustrating the complex relationships and conflicts that exist between NGOs and other civil society representatives. He grounds his theoretical arguments with a comparative case study on women’s rights activism in Egypt and Iran which uses semi-structured interviews with women’s rights activists in the two countries and analysis of documentation by local political and societal actors. Looking at the period from the mid-1980s up to present developments such as the Arab Spring Stachursky analyzes the emergence and development of NGO activism in Egypt and Iran the social political and legal context of NGO activism and key domestic debates on the impact and legitimacy of the actors operating in women’s rights activism. By closely examining the ambivalent relationship between transnationalism and human rights organizations Stachursky proves that transnationalization has both enabling and constraining effects on the domestic legitimacy of women’s rights activists and on their ability to create meaningful social and political change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138926417

The Promise of American Life The Promise of American Life was first published in 1909. It had an immediate and extensive influence on what social historians call the Progressive Era. At the dawn of the New Deal Era Felix Frankfurter wrote that Croly's book became "a reservoir for all political writings after its publication. Roosevelt's New Nationalism was countered by Wilson's New Freedom but both derived from Croly."While this may have been hyperbole it is also a reflection of the impact The Promise made on intellectuals coming of age in the days of doubt and hope just before the Fust World War. Arthur Schlesinger Jr. calls this book "a substantive and sensitive essay on the American political experience worth examination not just for historical reasons but on its continuing merits as a diagnosis of the American condition."Croly himself summarizes the work thus: "From the beginning the land of democracy has been figured as the land of promise. The American's loyalty to the national tradition rather affirms than denies the imaginative projection of a better future." Croly's book can be viewed as both an affirmation and critique of how the idea of progress works its way out in American life. And reading it at the end of the century only reaffirms one's sense of appreciation of the American tradition as a whole.The technology and science may be different but the themes covered by Croly show an astonishing continuity of value issues: American Democracy and National Principles Reform and Reaction; Federalists and Republicans Nationalism and Internationalism; and the Individual and the National Purpose. All of these themes are central to Croly and remain so to this day. The new forty-page introduction by Scott R. Bowman brings the story of The Promise up to date. But it may be studied with a critical eye to the social maladies confronting Americans as a new century approaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138537897

The Promise of Contemporary Primatology This book argues for a contemporary primatology that recognizes humans as integral components in the ecologies of primates. This contemporary primatology uses a broadened theoretical lens and methodological toolkit to study primate behavior and ecology in increasingly anthropogenic contexts and seeks points of intersection and spaces for collaborative exchange across the natural sciences social sciences and humanities. The book begins by exploring the American tradition of anthropology providing historical and disciplinary context for the emergence of field primatology and how it became a part of this tradition. It then examines how primatology transformed into a field dominated by evolutionary approaches and highlights how the increasingly anthropogenic environments in which primates live present opportunities to understand primate adaptability at work. In doing so it explores how an extended evolutionary approach can help explain behavioral variation in these contemporary environments. Focus is then given to the ethnoprimatological approach a contemporary approach that provides a pluralistic framework drawing from the natural and social sciences and humanities needed to study human-primate coexistence in the Anthropocene. Finally the book considers how such a crossing of disciplines can inform primate conservation in the future. An important interdisciplinary reassessment this book will be of significant interest to primatologists biological anthropologists and scholars of anthropology more generally as well as evolutionary and conservation biologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629580715

The Promise of Democratic Equality in the United States The Promise of Democratic Equality in the United States explores the ways in which the American political system fails to fully respect political equality. Douglas D. Roscoe argues these deficiencies are not necessarily failures of justice but often reflect attempts to balance important but competing principles and values. He analyzes the balance among these competing values in a variety of contexts including congressional representation the Electoral College voting regulations campaign finance lobbying the Senate filibuster rules and protections for civil rights and liberties. A diverse set of methodological approaches is employed to carefully evaluate whether the limits placed on political equality are reasonable and necessary. Using a rigorous normative framework while leaning heavily on high-quality quantitative evidence and social science research this book provides students of democratic theory and American politics with a compact and manageable review of the degree to which democratic equality is supported in the United States. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138555594

The Promise of NostalgiaReminiscence Longing and Hope in Contemporary American Culture The Promise of Nostalgia analyses a range of texts – including The Virgin Suicides both the novel by Jeffrey Eugenides’ and Sofia Coppola’s screen adaptation photography of Detroit’s ‘abandoned spaces’ and blogger Tavi Gevinson's media output – to explore nostalgia as a prominent affect in contemporary American cultural production. Counter to the prevalent caricature of nostalgia as anti-future the book proposes a more nuanced reading of its stakes and meanings. Instead of understanding it as evidence of the absence of utopia it contends that there is a masked utopian impulse in this nostalgia ‘mode’ and critical potential in what has typically been dismissed as ideological. This book will be of interest to scholars graduate students and upper-level undergraduate students interested in contemporary culture cultural theory media studies the Frankfurt School utopian studies and American literature and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367134983

The Promise of Reconciliation?Examining Violent and Nonviolent Effects on Asian Conflicts The Promise of Reconciliation? explores the relationship between violence nonviolence and reconciliation in societal conflicts with questions such as: In what ways does violence impact the reconciliation process that necessarily follows a cessation of deadly conflict? Would an understanding of how conflict has been engaged with violence or nonviolence be conducive to how it could be prevented from sliding further into violence?The contributors examine international influences on the peace/reconciliation process in Indonesia's Aceh conflict as well as the role of Muslim religious scholars in promoting peace. They also examine the effect of violence in southern Thailand where insurgent violence has provided "leverage" during the fighting but negatively affects post-conflict objectives. The chapter on Sri Lanka shows that "successful" violence does not necessarily end conflict—Sri Lankan society today is more polarized than it was before its civil war. The Vietnam chapter argues that the rise of nonviolent protest in Vietnam reflects a profound loss of state legitimacy which cannot be resolved with force while another chapter on Thailand examines "Red Sunday " a Thai political movement engaged in nonviolent protest in the face of violent government suppression. The book ends with a look at Indonesian cities sites of ethnic conflicts as potential abodes of peace if violence can be curtailed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412856973

The Promise of Representative BureaucracyDiversity and Responsiveness in a Government Agency This text on representive bureaucracy covers topics such as: bureaucracy as a representative institution; bureaucratic power and the dilemma of administrative responsibility; and representative bureaucracy and the potential for reconciling bureaucracy and democracy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315699196

The Promise of Small and Medium EnterprisesBRICS National Systems of Innovation This series of books brings together results of an extensive research programme on aspects of the national systems of innovation (NSI) in the five BRICS countries — Brazil Russia India China and South Africa. It provides a comprehensive and comparative examination of the challenges and opportunities faced by these dynamic and emerging economies. In discussing the impact of innovation with respect to economic geopolitical socio-cultural institutional and technological systems it reveals the possibilities of new development paradigms for equitable and sustainable growth. This volume third in the series looks at the relationship between small and medium enterprises (SMEs) and the National Systems of Innovation in the BRICS countries. It brings to fore crucial issues in the evolution and future trends of industrial or innovation policies for small firms: their scope applicability co-ordination and main results as well as the influence of macroeconomic legal and regulatory environments. Taking into account the specificities and complexities of SMEs’ production and innovation systems it seeks to inform research policy design and implementation in the field. Original and detailed data together with expert analyses on wide-ranging issues make this book an invaluable resource for researchers and scholars in economics development studies and political science in addition to policy makers and development practitioners interested in the BRICS countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138561052

The Promise of Social MarketingA Powerful Tool for Changing the World for Good Social marketing is an exciting new field of study that promises much to help alleviate many dilemmas of the human condition. It may be associated with any social project undertaken where human interests (short and long term) override commercial ones. The Promise of Social Marketing examines the potential of this new field to help address effectively local and global issues that most nations are grappling with. It clarifies the history philosophies disciplines and techniques associated with best practice and highlights the need to engage with this field to help develop it further so as to benefit humanity as a whole.There is an ongoing debate about the nature of marketing and whether it is able to fulfill or adapt to both commercial and social objectives. The unifying view is that marketing is a tool that can be used for individual organizational or social benefits and the aim of this book is to introduce the reader to an approach that is developing into a promising and rich new science currently known as Social Marketing. It is a tool that brings hope to improving the world for good.The book guides the reader step by step demonstrating how this promising area can be applied to aims as diverse as HIV/AIDS prevention responsible (global) citizenship conflict resolution or the promotion of a worthwhile education. It will be of interest to not only those who study marketing management business ethics education and public policy but anybody who’s interest is in improving the human condition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596286

The Promise of the New and Genealogies of Education Reform This volume explores questions about hope optimism and the possibilities of the ‘new’ as expressed in educational thinking on the nature and problem of adolescence. One focus is on the interwar years in Australian education and the proliferation of educational reports and programs directed to understanding governing educating and enlivening adolescents. This included studies of the secondary school curriculum reviews of teaching of civics and democracy the development of guidance programs the specification of the needs and attributes of the adolescent and interventions to engage the ‘average student’ in post-primary schooling. Framed by imperatives to respond in new ways to educational problems and to the call of modernity many of these programs and reforms conveyed a sense of enormous optimism in the compelling power of education and schools to foster new personal and social knowledge and transformation. A second focus is the expression of such utopianism in educational history – themes that may seem novel or incongruous or even inexplicable in the present – and in studies and representations of young people as citizens in the making. Finally developing broadly genealogical approaches to the study of adolescence the chapters variously seek to provoke more explicitly historical thinking about the construction of the field of youth studies. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Educational Administration and History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379459

The Promised Land?The Lives and Voices of Hispanic Immigrants in the New South Through analysis of in-depth interviews with seventy-three Hispanic immigrants in Central Virginia this book offers a rare in-depth look at the views and circumstances of immigrants in a new receiving area. It provides an examination of the new migration trend including an analysis of immigrants' living and working conditions their family life and their plans for the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415652650

The PromiseWho is in Charge of Time and Space? Our sense of identity begins (our psychological birth sometime in the first year of life) with the feeling that we are the centre of the universe protected by godlike benevolent parents who will enable us to live happily ever after. This is the "Promise" that is never given up lurking in the unconscious part of our minds. We must learn reluctantly that our parents are unable to protect us from the passage of time from decline and from death. Yet we retain even as adults the delusion that while others may die we never will. This adds fuel to the murderous anger we are born with and must master alongside the contradictory vertical split in the mind that we are destined to die. The "Promise" is described in patients and in examples from biography and fiction in relation to anniversaries and specific holidays. The book ends with a specific illustration in relation to an eight-month-old infant. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201502

The Prop Building GuidebookFor Theatre Film and TV Experienced prop maker Eric Hart walks readers through techniques used in historical and contemporary prop making and demonstrates how to apply them to a variety of materials. Hundreds of full-color photographs illustrate the tools and techniques used by professional prop makers throughout the entertainment industry. New features to the second edition include: Updated information on the latest tools and materials used in prop making Both metric and standard measuring units Step-by-step photos on common techniques such as upholstery mold making and faux finishing Expanded coverage of thermoplastics foam and water-based coatings Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138183674

The Prop Effects GuidebookLights Motion Sound and Magic In The Prop Building Guidebook author Eric Hart demonstrated how to cut glue sculpt and bend raw materials to build props. Now in The Prop Effects Guidebook he shows us how to connect and assemble components and parts to make those props light up explode make noise and bleed. It delves into the world of electricity pneumatics liquids and mechanical effects to teach you how to make your props perform magic in front of a live audience. The book is complemented by a companion website featuring videos of how to create individual prop special effects: www.propeffectsguidebook.com. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138641136

The Properties Director's ToolkitManaging a Prop Shop for Theatre This book explains and provides templates for organizing and managing a prop shop from pre-production organization to production processes budgeting and collaborations with other production areas. It explores how to plan organize and maintain a prop shop for safe and efficient production work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138084155

The Property MastersA history of the British commercial property sector This is a thorough exploration of the evolution of the commercial property investment and development markets from the mid-nineteenth century to the present day. It explains how the current investment scene emerged and fills an important gap in the literature on the property market. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138983991

The Property Rights of Refugees and Internally Displaced PersonsBeyond Restitution The Property Rights of Refugees and Internally Displaced Persons: Beyond Restitution explores how the protection of housing and property rights can contribute to durable solutions to displacement. The focus of most of the international community’s recent protection efforts has been on returning displaced persons to their homes following armed conflict.  This prioritization has been entrenched further by the 2005 United Nations Principles on Housing and Property Restitution for Refugees and Displaced Persons (the "Pinheiro Principles"). Yet as Anneke Smit chronicles in this book the international community’s attempts to promote widespread return through establishing housing and property restitution mechanisms have largely failed.  Further this focus on return and restitution of property has come at the expense of supporting effectively local integration and resettlement as possible durable solutions.   This book argues that particularly in cases of protracted displacement a range of accepted approaches to the protection of housing and property rights would be preferable. In addition to more than a dozen case studies the discussion draws throughout on international human rights and refugee law property law and theory and sociological and anthropological literature on displacement and the meaning of ‘home’.  The Property Rights of Refugees and Internally Displaced Personsis based on more than a decade of the author’s extensive academic research and practical experience on displacement issues. It will be of considerable interest to those with academic and policy interests in the rights of refugees and displaced persons and theories of property. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415731904

The Property-Owning DemocracyFreedom and Capitalism in the Twenty-First Century The ideas of ‘predistribution’ and the property-owning democracy have recently emerged as the central features of the progressive social liberal response to the problems of poverty unemployment economic insecurity burgeoning socio-economic inequality and economic instability none of which the more familiar institutions of welfare state capitalism seem able effectively to solve. These social liberal proposals for institutional reform have however been rejected by ‘neo-classical’ liberals who have attempted to modernize and revitalize the traditional classical liberal case for a set of ‘market democratic’ laissez-faire institutions. This book makes a fresh attempt to demarcate an area of common ground between the positions occupied by classical and social liberals by identifying a set of institutional arrangements to which both can agree while at the same time recognizing that there will be many important issues about which liberal (and non-liberal) political and social thinkers will continue strongly to disagree. Drawing on ideas and arguments identifiable within a particular branch of the left-libertarian tradition the book develops market democratic interpretations of the ideas of predistribution and the property-owning democracy and presents a powerful case for an institutional reform which constitutes a genuinely progressive alternative to more familiar social democratic institutions. By identifying progressive predistributive institutions as essential conditions both for the effective protection of 'market freedom' and for the maximization of the substantive opportunities of the least advantaged members of society the book shows how these institutions may be justified on grounds which both classical and social liberals may reasonably be expected to endorse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367371913

The Prophet and the Age of the CaliphatesThe Islamic Near East from the Sixth to the Eleventh Century The Prophet and the Age of Caliphates is an accessible history of the Near East from c.600-1050AD the period in which Islamic society was formed. Beginning with the life of Muhammad and the birth of Islam Hugh Kennedy goes on to explore the great Arab conquests of the seventh century and the golden age of the Umayyad and Abbasid caliphates when the world of Islam was politically and culturally far more developed than the West. The arrival of the Seljuk Turks and the period of political fragmentation which followed shattered this early unity never to be recovered. This new edition is fully updated to take into account the considerable amount of new research on early Islam and contains a completely revised bibliography. Based on extensive reading of the original Arabic sources Kennedy breaks away from the Orientalist tradition of seeing early Islamic history as a series of ephemeral rulers and pointless battles by drawing attention to underlying long term social and economic processes. The Prophet and the Age of Caliphates deals with issues of continuing and increasing relevance in the twenty-first century when it is perhaps more important than ever to understand the early development of the Islamic world. Students and scholars of early Islamic history will find this book a clear informative and readable introduction to the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138787612

The Prophets and the Rise of Judaism Originally published between 1920-70 The History of Civilization was a landmark in early twentieth century publishing. It was published at a formative time within the social sciences and during a period of decisive historical discovery. The aim of the general editor C.K. Ogden was to summarize the most up to date findings and theories of historians anthropologists archaeologists and sociologists. This reprinted material is available as a set or in the following groupings: * Prehistory and Historical Ethnography Set of 12: 0-415-15611-4: £800.00 * Greek Civilization Set of 7: 0-415-15612-2: £450.00 * Roman Civilization Set of 6: 0-415-15613-0: £400.00 * Eastern Civilizations Set of 10: 0-415-15614-9: £650.00 * Judaeo-Christian Civilization Set of 4: 0-415-15615-7: £250.00 * European Civilization Set of 11: 0-415-15616-5: £700.00 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869744

The Prophets of Israel and their Place in History In the history of nineteenth-century religious thought William Robertson Smith occupies an ambiguous position. More than any other writer he stimulated the theories of religion later advanced by Frazer Durkheim and Freud. Smith himself was not an original scholar but was rather "clever at presenting other men's theories" within new and sometimes hostile contexts. Smith was an important contributor to two of the most serious challenges to Christian orthodoxy of the last century the "Higher Criticism" of the Bible and the comparative study of religion and was also the victim of the last successful heresy trial in Great Britain. Yet he was an utterly devout Protestant whose views on Biblical criticism (for which he was damned) are now considered as true as his views on totemism and sacrifice (for which he was praised) are now considered false. Despite Smith's enormous significance for the history of religious ideas he has been written about relatively little and most of what we know about his life and work comes from a source almost a century old. Originally published in 1882 The Prophets of Israel is a collection of eight lectures including "Israel and Jehovah;" "Jehovah and the Gods of the Nations " "Amos and the House of Jehu " "Hosea and the Fall of Ephraim " "The Kingdom of Judah and the Beginnings of Isaiah's Work " "The Earlier Prophesies of Isaiah " "Isaiah and Micah in the Reign of Hezekiah " and "The Deliverance from Assyria."A new introduction by Robert Alun Jones discusses Smith's early life the heresy trial Smith's early view of prophecy and the classic text itself. The book will be of interest to students and teachers of religious studies and general readers interested in Robertson Smith. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138537910

The Proscription of Terrorist OrganisationsModern Blacklisting in Global Perspective Powers to outlaw or proscribe terrorist organisations have become cornerstones of global counter-terrorism regimes. In this comprehensive volume an international group of leading scholars reflect on the array of proscription regimes found around the world using a range of methodological theoretical and disciplinary perspectives from Political Science International Relations Law Sociology and Criminology. These perspectives consider how domestic political and legal institutions intersect with and transform the use of proscription in countering terrorism and beyond. The chapters advance a range of critical perspectives on proscription laws processes and outcomes drawing from a global range of cases including Australia Canada the EU Spain Sri Lanka Turkey the UK and the USA.Using single and comparative cases the authors emphasise the impacts of proscription on freedoms of speech and association dissent political action and reconciliation. The chapters demonstrate the manifold consequences for diasporas and minorities especially those communities linked to struggles overseas against oppressive regimes and stress the significance of language and other symbolic practices in the justification and extension of proscription powers. The volume concludes with an in-depth interview on the blacklisting of terror groups with the former U.S. Director of National Intelligence James Clapper.This book was originally published as a special issue of the journal Terrorism and Political Violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730529

The Prosecution of International CrimesA Critical Study of the International Tribunal for the Former Yugoslavia The post-World War Two period has witnessed numerous armed conflicts characterized by extensive violations of relevant obligatory international norms. Responding to these events the United Nations General Assembly created a per­manent international court in 2003 with jurisdiction over selected international crimes. The International Tribunal for the Former Yugoslavia was a precursor to this permanent court. It was established for the purpose of "prosecuting persons responsible for serious violations of international humanitarian law committed in the territory of the former Yugoslavia." As a precedent for what we may expect in the future it deserves special attention from a historical politi­cal and especially an international law point of view.The Prosecution of International Crimes comprehensively examines the creation mandate and challenges of the Inter­national Tribunal for the Former Yugoslavia. Derived from a special issue of Criminal Law Forum: An International Journal a peer-review journal dedicated to the advance­ment of criminal law theory practice and reform through­out the world it is now available in paperback. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138537927

The Prospect of Internet Democracy The internet opens up new opportunities for citizens to organize and mobilize for action but it also provides new channels that established political social and economic interests can use to extend their powers. Will the internet revolutionize politics? The Prospect of Internet Democracy is a rich and detailed exploration of the theoretical implications of the internet and related information and communication technologies (ICTs) for democratic theory. Focusing in particular on how political uses of the internet have affected or seem likely to affect patterns of influence among citizens interest groups and political institutions the authors examine whether the internet's impact on democratic politics is destined to repeat the history of other innovative ICTs. The volume explores the likely long-term effects of such uses on the conduct of politics in the USA and other nations that declare themselves modern democracies and assesses the extent to which they help or hinder viable democratic governance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315553832

The Prospect of WarThe British Defence Policy 1847-1942 First Published in 1981. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178816

The Prospects for a Regional Human Rights Mechanism in East Asia Regional inter-governmental human rights organizations have been in operation for sometime in Europe the Americas and Africa. These regional human rights mechanisms have proven to be useful and effective in comparison to the global human rights mechanisms available at the United Nations. The purpose of this study first published in 2004  is to investigate the possibility of establishing a regional inter-governmental human rights mechanism in East Asia with a focus on the contributions of nongovernmental organizations' (NGOs) to such a development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138901469

The Prospects for North Korea Survival North Korea�s economic and security policies imperil both itself and its neighbours. The economy has been contracting for almost a decade and the regime appears unwilling or unable to arrest the decline. Instead Pyongyang has resorted to begging for international aid. This approach alone cannot work: fundamental reform is needed; without it the regime cannot survive. In the meantime the North�s problems will be destabilising for the region. Pyongyang has secured short-term international humanitarian assistance but in the long term the South is its best hope for investment and economic help. Despite Pyongyang�s defensive approach to the South limited commercial arrangements are in place and may moderate the North�s policies and help to ease the unpredictable consequences of Pyongyang�s collapse. Pyongyang has tried to improve relations with the US in a bid to ease economic sanctions and attract investment. However the nuclear deal reached with the US in October 1994 � under which the North agreed to give up its ambiguous nuclear programme � is in difficulties. In this paper David Reese argues that despite these problems the North�s neighbours must persevere with engagement policies. At the same time South Korea and the US must maintain their security posture on the Peninsula.South Korean President Kim Dae Jung�s attempts to establish commercial links with the North need time and patience and should not be derailed by relatively minor incidents. Both Seoul and Washington must ensure that they coordinate their policies to prevent the North from playing one off against the other. Selectively easing sanctions on a case-by-case basis could allow the North to earn desperately needed hard currency. Although it is difficult for Washington and Seoul to maintain political support for engagement both should make further efforts to draw the North into making significant policy changes. The US and South Korea should ensure that they involve the intereste Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138437203

The Prospects of Industrial Civilisation The Prospects of Industrial Civilization provides a rare glimpse into areas of Russell's political thought which are often ignored. Written with Dora Black (who became Russell's second wife) on a trip to China in 1920 it is revealing both as a period piece and as a book for our times. Russell criticises his own age and demonstrates how humanity perpetually struggles against the centralising forces of industrialism and nationalism. He views industrialism as a threat to human freedom as it creates large populations which have to be subject to controls and he likens Bolshevik Russia to Cromwell's England asserting that both were dictatorships designed to force an essentially feudal society to adopt industrialism. He sees industrialism and nationalism as fundamentally linked and proposes one government for the whole world as a solution. Russell is not blind to the positive side of industrialism; without machines an economy of subsistence would be the best for which society could hope but argues that the global village and prevailing political democracy should be its eventual results. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315866017

The Prospects of Industrial Civilization First published in 1923 The Prospects of Industrial Civilization is considered the most ambitious of Bertrand Russell's works on modern society. It offers a rare glimpse into often-ignored subtleties of his political thought and in it he argues that industrialism is a threat to human freedom since it is fundamentally linked with nationalism. His proposal for one government for the whole world as the ultimate solution along with his argument that the global village and prevailing political democracy should be its eventual results is both provocative and thoroughly engaging. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175440

The Prostitute's BodyRewriting Prostitution in Victorian Britain Attwood examines Victorian attitudes to prostitution across a number of sources: medical literary pornographic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661189

The Protean TextA Study of Versions of the Medieval French Legend of "Doon and Olive" Originally published in 1988 The Protean Text looks at the shifting evolution of medieval texts and how changing social and aesthetic values were depicted in the literature of the period. The book examines how this was reflected in the reworking and rewriting of texts - a common practice in medieval literature - as various groups adapted existing legends to their own socio-aesthetic needs. Such textual fluidity often resulted in a proliferation of versions. This tendency to experience the text in protean terms is intrinsic to medieval literary expression. This book uses the legend of "Doon and Olive" to discuss the protean text and uses the diverse series of extant versions available to enhance our understanding of the possibilities of literary shift and modulation through this period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367184070

The Protected VistaAn Intellectual and Cultural History The Protected Vista draws a historical lineage from the eighteenth-century picturesque to present-day planning policy highlighting how the values embedded within familiar views have developed over time through appropriation by diverse groups for cultural and political purposes. The book examines the intellectual construction of the protected vista questioning the values entrenched within the view by whom and how they are observed and disseminated to reveal how these views have been and continue to be part of a changing historical and political narrative. With a deeper knowledge and understanding of the shifting values in urban views we will be better equipped to make decisions surrounding their protection in our urban centres. The book identifies the origins of current view protection policy in the aesthetic convention of the picturesque drawing on a range of illustrated examples in the UK the US Australia Canada and South Africa to serve as a useful reference for students researchers and academics in architecture architectural conservation landscape and urban planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729288

The Protection of Cultural Heritage During Armed ConflictThe Changing Paradigms This book analyses the current legal framework seeking to protect cultural heritage during armed conflict and discusses proposed and emerging paradigms for its better protection. Cultural heritage has always been a victim of conflict with monuments and artefacts frequently destroyed as collateral damage in wars throughout history. In addition works of art have been viewed as booty by victors and stolen in the aftermath of conflict. However deliberate destruction of cultural sites and items has also occurred and the Intentional destruction of cultural heritage has been a hallmark of recent conflicts in the Middle East and North Africa where we have witnessed unprecedented systematic attacks on culture as a weapon of war. In Iraq Syria Libya Yemen and Mali extremist groups such as ISIS and Ansar Dine have committed numerous acts of iconoclasm deliberately destroying heritage sites and looting valuable artefacts symbolic of minority cultures. This study explores how the international law framework can be fully utilised in order to tackle the destruction of cultural heritage and analyses various paradigms which have recently been suggested for its better protection including the Responsibility to Protect paradigm and the peace and security paradigm. This volume will be an essential resource for scholars and practitioners in the areas of public international law especially international humanitarian law and cultural heritage law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367253912

The Protection of Diplomatic Personnel The recent emergence of many new states and the creation of a large number of international institutions have resulted in considerable growth in the number of persons having diplomatic status. However an unfortunate side-effect of this growth has been a corresponding increase in the number of attacks on diplomatic personnel as symbolic figures diplomats are targets for all types of political violence. This book provides an in-depth examination of the legal and non-legal regimes directed towards the protection of diplomatic personnel around the world. It examines the theoretical and practical justifications for the granting of special protection to such personnel and also particular recent developments in international law relating to the prevention of terrorism and the development of international criminal law including the International Criminal Court. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253063

The Protection of Vulnerable Groups under International Human Rights Law The protection of vulnerable groups varies under international human rights law. Depending on the group at stake protection may be more or less advanced. In some cases the international community has deemed it necessary to adopt conventions providing for the rights of certain vulnerable groups and establishing mechanisms to verify State compliance. Other groups have not been the focus of States’ standard-setting endeavours but their protection still falls within the scope of human rights treaties of general application and the mandate of their respective monitoring bodies. This book takes an innovative approach to the investigation of the international legal protection of vulnerable groups. Rather than examining the situation of a number of vulnerable groups and applicable international or regional conventions this book reviews the overall scope of the protection of vulnerable groups under International Human Rights Law. This book conceptualizes the protection of vulnerable groups as an underlying and essential component of International Human Rights Law through a systematic and comprehensive analysis of international human rights law instruments and relevant practice of international and regional human rights monitoring bodies. The book illuminates how human rights monitoring bodies foster protection of vulnerable groups and their members at the domestic level and underscores and assesses vulnerability paradigms these bodies have elaborated. The book also puts forward a legal definition of vulnerable groups. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of international human rights law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367266837

The Protective Shell in Children and Adults This book suggests that psychotherapeutic treatment which is based on a deep understanding of the function of autism can modify and heal the overwhelming need for this powerful inbuilt survival reaction so that it is used appropriately in a less overall and crippling way.The author's theme in this book concerns the protective and preservative Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328559

The Protein Folding Problem Proteins in living systems carry out a great variety of specific functions each of which depends on the precise three-dimensional structure of a particular protein. Proteins are synthesized in the form of a flexible polypeptide chain that is capable of assuming a vast number of configurations; the transformation of this chain into a specific relatively rigid three-dimensional structure is called folding--a remarkable process of self-organization. It is known that the amino acid sequences of some proteins have sufficient information to determine their three-dimensional structures. There are other proteins whose folding requires additional information beyond that found in the sequence of the mature protein. This book introduces the central problem of folding mechanisms as well as a number of other closely related issues. This book is neither a textbook nor a treatise. Rather it is an attempt by several investigators to convey the excitement and challenges of those aspects of the folding problem in which they are actively engaged. The contributors give brief introductions to protein folding from the perspectives of molecular architecture stability and dynamics phage genetics DNA exons general physiology and natural selection. They point out emerging new directions including the suggestion of a class of diseases that result from protein folding defects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295394

The Protestant Establishment Revisited In the latter half of the twentieth century The American upper class has become less like an aristocracy governing and guiding the nation and more like a caste a privileged and closed body whose contribution to national leadership has steadily declined. This loss of power and authority has been the focus of the work of E. Digby Baltzell whose 1964 work The Protestant Establishment analyzed the fate and function of a predominantly Anglo-Saxon and Protestant upper class in an ethnically and religiously heterogeneous democracy. After 27 years Baltzell's theory of the structure and function of the establishment remains unique in the literature of class stratification and authority.Baltzell views an open and authoritative establishment as a necessary and desirable part of the process of securing responsible leaders in a democratic society. Such an establishment is the product of upper-class institutions that are open to talented individuals of varying ethnic and social backgrounds. The values of upper-class tradition include an aristocratic ethos emphasizing the duty to lead as opposed to the snobbish ethos of caste that emphasizes only the right to privilege. Baltzell regards this as a protector of freedom in modern democratic societies guaranteeing rules of fair play in contests of power and opinion.As Baltzell points out historically the alternatives to rule by establishments have been rule by functionaries and demogogues neither of which has proven satisfactory in protecting freedoms. As against Marxists who see hegemony as a social evil Baltzell following Tocqueville sees it as necessary to the well-being of society. Hegemonic establishments give coherence to the social spheres of greatest contest. They do not eliminate conflict but prevent it from ripping society apart.Baltzell's work provides uncommon insight into the relationship of social class and personal power in contemporary America. This book will be of inte Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315134314

The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism For the first time in 70 years a new translation of Max Weber's classic The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism --one of the seminal works in sociology-- published in September 2001. Translator Stephen Kalberg is an internationally acclaimed Weberian scholar and in this new translation he offers a precise and nuanced rendering that captures both Weber's style and the unusual subtlety of his descriptions and causal arguments. Weber's original italicization highlighting major themes has been restored and Kalberg has standardized Weber's terminology to better facilitate understanding of the various twists and turns in his complex lines of reasoning.Weber's compelling work remains influential for these reasons: it explores the continuing debate regarding the origins and legacy of modem capitalism in the West; it helps the reader understand today's global economic development; and it plumbs the deep cultural forces that affect contemporary work life and the workplace in the United States and Europe.This new edition/translation also includes a glossary; Weber's 1906 essay "The Protestant Sects and the Spirit of Capitalism"; and Weber's masterful prefatory remarks to his Collected Essays in the Sociology of Religion in which he defines the uniqueness of Western societies and asks what "ideas and interests" combined to create modem Western rationalism Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315063645

The Protestant Ethic Turns 100Essays on the Centenary of the Weber Thesis Marking the centennial anniversary of the first publication of Max Weber's "Protestant Ethic" essays a group of internationally recognized Weber scholars review the significance of Weber's essays by addressing their original context historical reception and ongoing relevance. Lawrence Scaff Hartmut Lehmann Philip Gorski Stephen Kalberg Martin Riesebrodt Donald Nielsen Peter Kivisto and the editors offer original perspectives that engage Weber's indelible work so as to inform current issues central to sociology history religious studies political science economics and cultural studies. Available in several English translations the Protestant Ethic is listed by the International Sociological Association among the top five "Books of the Century." The Protestant Ethic continues to be a standard assigned reading in undergraduate and graduate courses spanning a variety of academic disciplines. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315632544

The Protestant Reformation in Europe This is a wide-ranging study of the Protestant Reformation. Starting with an analysis of the late-medieval church the book charts the progress of reform and concludes with an important assessment of the impact of the Reformation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144712

The Proto-totalitarian StatePunishment and Control in Absolutist Regimes Totalitarian rule is commonly thought to derive from spe- cific ideologies that justify the complete control by the state of social cultural and political institutions. The major goal of this volume is to demonstrate that in some cases brutal forms of state control have been the only way to maintain basic social order.Dmitry Shlapentokh seeks to show that totalitarian or semi-totalitarian regimes have their roots in a fear of disorder that may overtake both rulers and the society at large. Although ideology has played an important role in many totalitarian regimes it has not always been the chief reason for repression. In many cases the desire to establish order led to internal terror and intrusiveness in all aspects of human life.Shlapentokh seeks the roots of this phenomenon in France in the fourteenth to sixteenth centuries when asocial processes in the wake of the Hundred Years War led to the emergence of a brutal absolutist state whose features and policies bore a striking resemblance to totalitarian regimes in the Soviet Union and China. State punishment and control allowed for relentless drive to "normalize" society with the state actively engaged in the regulation of social life. There were attempts to regulate the economy and instances of social engineering attempts to populate emerging colonial empires with exiles and produce "new men and women" through reeducation. This increased harshness in dealing with the populace in fact the emergence of a new sort of bondage was combined with a twisted form of humanitarianism and the creation of a rudimentary safety net. Some of these elements can be found in the democratic societies of the modern West although in their aggregation these attributes are essential features of totalitarian regimes of the modem era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138516809

The Protozoan Phylum ApicomplexaVolume 1 About the turn of the century the Apicomplexa plus some other groups were called Sporozoa. With the advent of the electron microscope it was realized that most "Sporozoa" have an apical complex; those which do not (the Microspora Myxozoa and Ascetospora) were removed and the name Apicomplexa was put forward by Dr. Levine in 1970. Most of the important Apicomplexa fall into five main groups: the gregarines haemogregarines (about which there is relatively little known) coccidia haemosporids and piroplasms. These two volumes classify list (with synonyms and hosts) and give references to descriptions of the approximately 4600 species of Apicomplexa that have been named so far. Volume I contains an 8-page introduction and covers the gregarines and coccidia (including the haemogregarines). In volume II are the Sarcocystidae (the predator-prey coccidia) the haemosporids (the malaria and related parasites) the piroplasms and some parasites of uncertain affinities. The Apicomplexa are divided into over 300 genera and more than 60 families but this division is deceiving. Most of these groups contain only one or a few species. There are fewer than 50 genera with 10 or more named species and only 8 with 100 or more. These 8 genera (Eimeria Haemogregarina Gregarina Isospora Haemoproteus Plasmodium Sarcocystis and Babesia) comprise more than half of the species. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315897004

The Protozoan Phylum ApicomplexaVolume 2 About the turn of the century the Apicomplexa plus some other groups were called Sporozoa. With the advent of the electron microscope it was realized that most "Sporozoa" have an apical complex; those which do not (the Microspora Myxozoa and Ascetospora) were removed and the name Apicomplexa was put forward by Dr. Levine in 1970. Most of the important Apicomplexa fall into five main groups: the gregarines haemogregarines (about which there is relatively little known) coccidia haemosporids and piroplasms. These two volumes classify list (with synonyms and hosts) and give references to descriptions of the approximately 4600 species of Apicomplexa that have been named so far. Volume I contains an 8-page introduction and covers the gregarines and coccidia (including the haemogregarines). In volume II are the Sarcocystidae (the predator-prey coccidia) the haemosporids (the malaria and related parasites) the piroplasms and some parasites of uncertain affinities. The Apicomplexa are divided into over 300 genera and more than 60 families but this division is deceiving. Most of these groups contain only one or a few species. There are fewer than 50 genera with 10 or more named species and only 8 with 100 or more. These 8 genera (Eimeria Haemogregarina Gregarina Isospora Haemoproteus Plasmodium Sarcocystis and Babesia) comprise more than half of the species. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315897011

The Province of Jurisprudence Determined by John Austin First published in 1998 this text is the prefatory first part of Austin’s Lectures on Jurisprudence or the Philosophy of Positive Laws and first appeared separately from the Lectures in 1832. This volume reproduces the standard text of The Province from Robert Campbell’s fifth edition published in 1885 and clarifies the structure and readability of the text retaining Austin’s ‘Analysis’ as a whole at the start of the book. John Austin (1790-1859) was the first professor of jurisprudence at the University of London which is now University College. His classic The Province of Jurisprudence Determined was derived from his course lectures. Austin took great pride in his ability to clearly delineate the study of law. Austin took a surgical approach and created a stripped down view of material central to the study of law. While this approach overlooks the ambiguity inherent in interpretations of law it nevertheless stands as a landmark work and provides an excellent starting point for any deeper inquiry into the subject of jurisprudence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367027513

The Province of LogicAn Interpretation of Certain Parts of Cook Wilson's “Statement and Inference” Originally published in 1931. This inquiry investigates and develops John Cook Wilson’s view of the province of logic. It bases the study on the posthumous collected papers Statement and Inference. The author seeks to answer questions on the nature of logic using Cook Wilson’s thought. The chapters introduce and consider topics from metaphysics to grammar and from psychology to knowledge. An early conception of logic in the sciences and presenting the work of an important twentieth century philosopher this is an engaging work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367422592

The Provincial Music Festival in England 1784–1914 A history of the English music festival is long overdue. Dr Pippa Drummond argues that these festivals represented the most significant cultural events in provincial England during the nineteenth century and emphasizes their particular importance in the promotion and commissioning of new music. Drawing on material from surviving accounts committee records programmes contemporary pamphlets and reviews Drummond shows how the festivals responded to and reflected the changing social and economic conditions of their day. Coverage includes a chronological overview documenting the history of individual festivals followed by a detailed exploration of such topics as performers and performance practice logistics and finance programmes and commissioning together with information concerning the composition and provenance of festival choirs and orchestras. Also discussed are the effects of improved transport and new technologies on the festivals sacred and secular conflicts gender issues the role of philanthropy the nature of patronage and the changing social status of festival audiences. The book will also be of interest to social economic and local historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260580

The Provocation of LevinasRethinking the Other There is a growing recognition of Levinas's importance. It can in part be attributed to an increasing concern that twentieth-century continental philosophy seems to have no place for ethics. In making ethics fundamental to philosophy rather than a problem to which we might one day return Levinas transforms continental thought. The book brings together some of the most interesting and far-reaching responses to the work of Levinas in three different areas: contemporary feminism psychotherapy and Levinas's relation to other philosophers. It includes a newly translated paper by Levinas on suffering and a specially commissioned interview. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755016

The Provocation of the Senses in Contemporary Theatre Di Benedetto considers theatrical practice through the lens of contemporary neuroscientific discoveries in this provoking study which lays the foundation for considering the physiological basis of the power of theatre practice to affect human behavior. He presents a basic summary of the ways that the senses function in relation to cognitive science and physiology offering an overview of dominant trends of discussion on the realm of the senses in performance. Also presented are examples of how those ideas are illustrated in recent theatrical presentations and how the different senses form the structure of a theatrical event. Di Benedetto concludes by suggesting the possible implications these neuroscientific ideas have upon our understanding of theatrical composition audience response and the generation of meaning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415506991

The Provoked EconomyEconomic Reality and the Performative Turn Do things such as performance indicators valuation formulas consumer tests stock prices or financial contracts represent an external reality? Or do they rather constitute in a performative fashion what they refer to? The Provoked Economy tackles this question from a pragmatist angle considering economic reality as a ceaselessly provoked reality. It takes the reader through a series of diverse empirical sites – from public administrations to stock exchanges from investment banks to marketing facilities and business schools – in order to explore what can be seen from such a demanding standpoint. It demonstrates that descriptions of economic objects do actually produce economic objects and that the simulacrum of an economic act is indeed a form of realization. It also shows that provoking economic reality means facing practical tests in which what ought to be economic or not is subject to elaboration and controversy. This book opens paths for empirical investigation in the social sciences but also for the philosophical renewal of the critique of economic reality. It will be useful for students and scholars in social theory sociology anthropology philosophy and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138961807

The Pseudo-Cleft Construction in English This work first published in 1979 was a doctoral dissertation submitted to the Department of Foreign Literatures and Linguistics of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology on June 22nd 1973. The ostensible central topic of this essay is a construction which is generally known as the "pseudo-cleft" construction. This essay aims to provide an overall picture of the construction and show why another treatment of it is necessary. This book will be of interest to those pursuing the topic of copular sentences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138910157

The Psyche in the Modern WorldPsychotherapy and Society The Psyche in the Modern World sets out to open consulting room doors and bring the concept of the Psyche and its main advocate the psychotherapy discipline into public space and into the realm of interdisciplinary discourse. A culture of carefully guarded clinical confidentialities inadvertently turned the consulting room into a proverbial ivory tower which has done much to obscure the psychotherapeutic body of knowledge and contributed to the myths and misinformation that surround and veil psychotherapy in the public space. This book redresses the balance and confronts some challenging and sometimes uncomfortable questions about the dichotomies that both characterize our relationships with the Psyche and contextualize the provision of psychotherapy services today. The contributors present contemporary discussion on a broad range of current subjects encompassing socio-political as well as philosophical theoretical and clinical dimensions in an accessible manner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200468

The Psyche of the BodyA Jungian Approach to Psychosomatics The Psyche of the Body is a passionate and well-informed plea for a Jungian version of psychosomatic medicine and psychotherapy. Illustrated by vivid clinical illustrations of case histories The Psyche of the Body reviews the long history of psychosomatic medicine and models of the relationship between psyche and body that have evolved over time and presents a full revision of research in the field over the last twenty years. It presents a much-needed theoretical model together with practical guidelines that demonstrate how the psychological aspects of specific illnesses should be handled in therapy and analysis. Practicing and training Jungian analysts as well as all those involved in clinical treatment will find the interdisciplinary approach to psychosomatic medicine promoted in this book fascinating reading. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315726229

The Psychiatrist in the CourtroomSelected Papers of Bernard L. Diamond M.D. Over the course of an illustrious career the late Bernard Diamond established himself as the preeminent forensic psychiatrist of the century.  The Psychiatrist in the Courtroom brings together in a single volume Diamond's pivotal contributions to a variety of important issues including the nature of diminished capacity the fallacy of the impartial expert the predictability of dangerousness and the unacceptability of hypnotically facilitated memory in courtroom proceedings. Ably introduced and edited by Jacques M. Quen M.D. a close colleague of Diamond's and leading historian of forensic psychiatry these writings enable experts and neophytes alike to track Diamond's evolving positions while clarifying where current legal and psychiatric opinion converge -- and diverge -- on a host of critical topics.For the forensic specialist The Psychiatrist in the Courtroom is not only an invaluable reference work but a compassionate reminder of the clinician's obligation to protect patients in legal proceedings. And in an age when clinicians are increasingly called into court the book will be no less valuable to psychoanalysts and other mental health professionals eager for an introduction to the intricacies of judicial reasoning. Then too owing to Diamond's clinical acumen the book is a compelling human document. With great erudition and deep compassion Diamond tackles these and other knotty questions always with an eye to clarifying the legal and clinical implications of the answers. By combining superb clinical gifts with an incisive understanding of legal principle Diamond produced a seminal corpus whose relevance to discussions of therapeutic ethics and to legal debates will continue well into the next century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881617

The Psychiatry of Intellectual Disability Comprehensive concise and easily accessible this is the first health economics dictionary of its kind and is an essential reference tool for everyone involved or interested in healthcare. The modern terminology of health economics and relevant terms used by economists working in the fields of epidemiology public health decision management and policy studies are all clearly explained. Combined with hundreds of key terms the skilful use of examples figures tables and a simple cross-referencing system between definitions allows the often complex language of health economics to be demystified. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378909

The Psychiatry of Palliative MedicineThe Dying Mind This Second Edition of The Psychiatry of Palliative Medicine remains a practical and pragmatic distillation of the psychiatry relevant to the terminally ill. Revised throughout and greatly expanded by the addition of two entirely new chapters it reviews the major psychiatric syndromes encountered in palliative care - depression anxiety delirium - and examines psychopharmacological and psychological interventions in detail. It succinctly considers the psychiatric aspects of pain sleep cognitive impairment terminal neurodegenerative diseases sedation artificial feeding and euthanasia. The dying chronically ill psychiatric patient is also discussed. The author has drawn on his great experience in both consultation-liaison psychiatry and palliative medicine to produce an essential evidence-based guide for all healthcare professionals involved in palliative care. These include consultants and senior nurses as well as psychiatrists especially consultation-liaison psychiatrists and trainees. 'I find this an immensely sympathetic book beautifully written. It is a testimony to the summation of specialist psychiatric knowledge broad scholarship and a rich personal practice in bedside palliation.' From the Foreword by Ian Maddocks Reviews of the first edition: '...a relevant highly readable and reasonably priced book which will be of interest to all whether from a psychiatric or palliative care background who seek to improve the care of dying patients INTERNATIONAL PSYCHOGERIATRICS 'Practical scientifically based and scholarly addressing a comprehensive set of common and important clinical problems in palliative care. The book will doubtlessly be highly valued by palliative care clinicians for its practical and thorough overview of some of the most challenging clinical problems they face. Excellent and timely.' AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRY Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846195358

The Psychiatry of Stroke Treating stroke requires attention not only to patients’ physical needs but to their psychiatric needs as well. Unfortunately there has been a considerable lack of literature that tackles this important facet of recovery. The Psychiatry of Stroke fills this void through a comprehensive examination that explores the mental and physical issues faced by stroke patients and offers up-to-date treatment options. Based on extensive clinical experience the text offers practical advice for improving the treatment of stroke by increasing the attention paid to its mental aspects. Detailed and definitive this unique text demonstrates how mental impairment sets limits to stroke treatment and rehabilitation and shows how to evaluate and treat these impairments. Accessible to a wide range of readers this new edition presents detailed reviews of classical papers as well as more basic outlines that provide a general overview. Regardless of familiarity readers will find comprehensive and authoritative guidance for improving treatment. Some of the topics covered include: background and causation risk factors and diagnosis of stroke localization of mental functions neuropsychopharmachology psychiatric syndromes apathy and failure to rehabilitate depression anxiety and dementia sex anger and violence outcome and effects the process of recovery family treatment team legal issues money and ethics and much more!The Psychiatry of Stroke also includes a wealth of informative tables and diagrams as well as a full glossary of terms. Extensively referenced this important text also provides useful appendices that look at resources for caregivers and the anatomy and historical significance of stroke. Physicians and mental health professionals who treat stroke patients; staff of stroke units and rehabilitation hospitals and centers; fellows in geriatric psychiatry geriatrics and stroke programs; gerontology students and educators; and families of the victims of stroke or vascular dementia will find this book an invaluable day-to-day resource. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203726075

The Psychic HomePsychoanalysis consciousness and the human soul The Psychic Home: Psychoanalysis of Consciousness and the Human Soul develops from a number of different viewpoints the significance of home in our lives. Roger Kennedy puts forward the central role of what he has termed a ‘psychic home’ as a vital psychic structure which gathers together a number of different human functions. Kennedy questions what we mean by the powerfully evocative notion of the human soul which has important links to the notion of home and he suggests that what makes us human is that we allow a home for the soul. As an illustration of this concept he explores how it can help to understand a vital element of William Wordsworth’s development as a poet. The word soul is both abstract and yet also powerfully emotive. Kennedy shows that it can be approached from a number of different angles from psychoanalysis philosophy religion sociology literature and neuroscience. The Psychic Home discusses the mysteries and complexities of the soul and aims to evoke some restoration of its place in our thinking. It illustrates how the word soul and similar key words such as spirit and inwardness express so much that is essential for humans even if we cannot be too precise about their meanings. Insightful enlightening and broad reaching The Psychic Home brings the concept of the soul centre stage as an entity that is elemental an essence irreducible and what makes us human as subjects of experience. It will be essential reading for psychoanalysts psychotherapists neuroscientists philosophers and those interested in spirituality and religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415710145

The Psycho-Analysis Of Artistic Vision And HearingAn Introduction to a Theory of Unconscious Perception First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874961

The Psychoanalysis of Career Choice Job Performance and SatisfactionHow to Flourish in the Workplace Freud said that "love and work" are the central therapeutic goals of psychoanalysis; the twin pillars for a sound mind and for living the "good life." While psychoanalysis has masterfully contributed to understanding the experience of love it has only made a modest contribution to understanding the psychology of work. This book is the first to explore fully the psychoanalysis of work analysing career choice job performance and job satisfaction with an eye toward helping people make wiser choices that bring out the best in themselves their colleagues and their organization. The book addresses the crucial questions concerning work: how does one choose the right career; what qualities contribute to excellence in performance; how best to implement and cope with organizational change; and what capacity and skills does one need to enjoy every day work? Drawing on psychoanalytic thinking vocational counseling organizational psychology and business studies The Psychoanalysis of Career Choice Job Performance and Satisfaction will be invaluable in clinical psychoanalytic work as well as for mental health professionals scholars career counselors and psychologists looking for a deeper understanding of work-based issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138211650

The Psychoanalysis of OrganizationsA psychoanalytic approach to behaviour in groups and organizations One of the most pressing needs of modern society is to understand and construct organizations that are not only effective in terms of carrying out work but that also allow and encourage people to develop their full human potential. Psychoanalytic theory describes those primary processes that lie at the heart of human activity and provides new insights for understanding group and organizational behaviour. With a new introduction written by Vega Roberts this Classic Edition of The Psychoanalysis of Organizations presents the theories of Sigmund Freud Melanie Klein Wilfred Bion Elizabeth Lewin and Eric Menzies in plain language and shows their relevance to normal working life. First published in 1978 Robert De Board takes a wide-ranging overview of the major psychoanalytic theorists and organizational researchers and analyses how the two groups can work together. Written in a very accessible style it makes sophisticated psychoanalytic and management concepts comprehensible and usable for anyone. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415855778

The Psychoanalysis of Overcoming SufferingFlourishing Despite Pain The Psychoanalysis of Overcoming Suffering: Flourishing Despite Pain offers a guide to understanding and working with a range of everyday causes of suffering from a psychoanalytic perspective. The book delineates some of the underappreciated everyday facets of the troubling and challenging psychological experiences associated with love work faith mental anguish old age and psychotherapeutic caregiving. Examining both the suffering of the patient and therapist Paul Marcus provides pragmatic insights for changing one’s way of being to make suffering sufferable. Written in a rich but accessible style one that draws from ancient wisdom and spirituality The Psychoanalysis of Overcoming Suffering provides an essential guide for psychoanalysts and psychotherapists and their clients and will also appeal to anyone who is interested in understanding how we suffer why we suffer and what we can do about it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138482166

The Psychoanalysis of Sexual Functions of Women This book discusses the problems of the sexual life of woman throughout the duration of her sexual maturity i.e. from the beginning of puberty onwards. It reports all the new insights into the mental life of woman in her relations to the reproductive function with the aid of the analytic method. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328566

The Psychoanalysis of the AbsurdExistentialism and Phenomenology in Contemporary Psychoanalysis The Psychoanalysis of the Absurd offers an interdisciplinary study of Existentialism and Phenomenology and their importance to the clinical work of Contemporary Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis. The concept of Absurdity developed by Camus has never been applied to the therapeutic situation or directly contrasted with its antithesis; the search for personal meaning. The book begins with narrative accounts of the historical development of Psychoanalysis Existentialism and Phenomenology in 20th century Europe. The focus here is on fin de siècle Vienna and Paris between the Wars as the principal incubators of the two disciplines. Accompanied by composite case illustrations Leffert then explores his own development of the Psychoanalysis of the Absurd drawing on the work of Camus Heidegger and Sartre. Absurdity is first discussed in relation to the Bio-Psycho-Social Self and Dasein is posited as a bridge concept with personal meaning as the antithesis to Absurdity before being discussed in relation to the world and how it impinges on self. A final chapter attempts to tie together particular issues raised by the book: Subjective well-being Meaning thrownness Absurdity Death and Death Anxiety and how we have become technologically enhanced human beings. Existential psychotherapy and psychoanalysis have until now largely gone their own way: the goal of this book is to fold them back into Contemporary Psychoanalysis. Establishing that the concept of Absurdity is of singular clinical importance to both diagnosis and therapeutic action this book will be of great interest to clinicians philosophers and interdisciplinary scientists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367367374

The Psycho-Analysis of the Nursery Originally published in English in 1953 this title was first printed in Hungarian in 1931. Already translated into German French and Spanish Alice Balint (the first wife of Michael Balint) had intended to translate the title into English herself but died suddenly at the beginning of the Second World War. Eventually their son by this time a qualified doctor was instrumental in bringing this edition about. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138943162

The Psychoanalyst the Theatre of Dreams and the Clinic of Enactment This book is recommended to psychoanalysts and therapists interested in the analytical technique and particularly that work with patients who have deficits in their symbolization capacity. It presents studies of technical aspects of the analytical process with patients who are difficult to reach. Collusions named 'chronic enactments' show that the analytic dyad cannot dream and the analytical field is paralyzed without the analyst perceiving it. Chronic enactments are undone through unconscious acts or behaviours that threaten to destroy the analytical process: behaviours that are named 'acute enactments'. The thorough study of these enactments show that they take the dyad to an awareness of the discrimination between self and object and re-establish the capacity to dream. It is demonstrated that this occurs in an attenuated traumatic form revealing in the analytical field the externalization of primitive non-dreamed traumas. Clinical artistic and mythical models are part of the discussion. The emphasis on clinical aspects allows readers to use different theories to consider the clinical facts. The clinical theories used by the author are mostly post-Kleinian and Bionian. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782205074

The Psychoanalyst and the ChildFrom the Consultation to Psychoanalytic Treatment The Psychoanalyst and the Child explores the unique nature of psychoanalytic work with children. This book is based on more than 30 years of practice and reflection within the framework of the Alfred Binet Centre in Paris France. The very great diversity of situations encountered at the Centre brings the issue of therapeutic indications to the forefront. Michel Ody focuses on the diversification of fifteen clinical situations and their theorization ranging from basic consultation to psychoanalytic treatment. With this framework as his starting-point he looks at the common features between the therapeutic consultation – a consultation that becomes therapeutic – and the analytic treatment as well as what differentiates them. This implies examining at the technical level the different forms of interventions and interpretations presented as well as their metapsychological articulation. Ody draws on decades of clinical expertise to set out not just the basic considerations and problems typically encountered in work with this patient group but clear guidelines for methodology and technique. Psychoanalysis can be an intellectual process dependent on the ability of the patient to express themselves verbally which can make working clinically with children challenging. The Psychoanalyst and the Child seeks to help psychoanalysts through the most challenging of clinical treatments with this patient group. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138389267

The Psychoanalyst's Superegos Ego Ideals and Blind SpotsThe Emotional Development of the Clinician Psychotherapists and psychoanalysts enter an emotional relationship when they treat a patient; no matter how experienced they may be their personalities inform but also limit their ability to recognise and give thought to what happens in the consulting room. The Psychoanalyst’s Superegos Ego Ideals and Blind Spots investigates the nature of these constrictions on the clinician’s sensitivity. Vic Sedlak examines clinicians’ fear of a superego which threatens to become censorious of themselves or their patient and their need to aspire to standards demanded by their ego ideals. These dynamic forces are considered in relation to treatments which fail to supervision and to recent innovations in psychoanalytic technique. The difficulty of giving thought to hostility is particularly stressed. Richly illustrated with clinical material this book will enable practitioners to recognise the unconscious forces which militate against their clinical effectiveness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367205089

The Psychoanalytic Ear and the Sociological EyeToward an American Independent Tradition In The Psychoanalytic Ear and the Sociological Eye: Toward an American Independent Tradition Nancy J. Chodorow brings together her two professional identities psychoanalyst and sociologist as she also brings together and moves beyond two traditions within American psychoanalysis naming for the first time an American independent tradition. The book's chapters move inward toward fine-tuned discussions of the theory and epistemology of the American independent tradition which Chodorow locates originally in the writings of Erik Erikson and Hans Loewald and outward toward what Chodorow sees as a missing but necessary connection between psychoanalysis the social sciences and the social world. Chodorow suggests that Hans Loewald and Erik Erikson self-defined ego psychologists each brings in the intersubjective attending to the fine-tuned interactions of mother and child analyst and patient and individual and social surround. She calls them intersubjective ego psychologists—for Chodorow the basic theory and clinical epistemology of the American independent tradition. Chodorow describes intrinsic contradictions in psychoanalytic theory and practice that these authors and later American independents address and she points to similarities between the American and British independent traditions. The American independent tradition especially through the writings of Erikson points the analyst and the scholar to individuality and society. Moving back in time Chodorow suggests that from his earliest writings to his last works Freud was interested in society and culture both as these are lived by individuals and as psychoanalysis can help us to understand the fundamental processes that create them. Chodorow advocates for a return to these sociocultural interests for psychoanalysts. At the same time she rues the lack of attention within the social sciences to the serious study of individuals and individuality and advocates for a field of individuology in the university. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367134235

The Psychoanalytic Method First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875678

The Psychoanalytic Study of Society V. 10 First published in 1983.  Volume 10 of the Psychoanalytic Study of Society papers. with essays on anthropology religion history literature and music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872066

The Psychoanalytic Study of Society V. 11Essays in Honor of Werner Muensterberger Volume 11 includes chapters on the analysis of dybbuk possession and exorcism in Judaism (Y. Bilu); crisis and continuity in the personality of an Apache shaman (L. B. Boyer et al.); culture shock and the inability to mourn ( H. Stein); charismatically led groups (L. Balter); the psychoanalytic and social aspects of telephoning (R. Almansi); and an ethnographic study of hermaphroditism ((G. Herdt & R. Stoller). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872103

The Psychoanalytic Study of Society V. 12Essays in Honor of George Devereux Volume 12 includes chapters on the hermeneutics of structuralism and psychoanalysis (H. van Velzen); prophetic initiation in Israel and Judah (D. Merkur); the cult phenomenon and the paranoid process (W. Meissner); the ego and adaptation (P. Parin); male adolescent initiation rituals (L. Rosen); gender identity in a New Guinea people (E. Foulks); and the film Cabaret (S. Bauer). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872219

The Psychoanalytic Study of Society V. 13Essays in Honor of Weston LaBarre Volume 13 includes chapters on the contributions of Weston LaBarre (B. Kilbourne); Geza Roheim's theory of myth (S. Morales); the origins of Christianity (W. Meissner); myths in Inuit religion (D. Merkur); the psychology of a Sherpa shaman (R. Paul); the psychoanalytic study of urban legends (M. Carroll); and the dogma of technology (H. Stein & R. Hill). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872240

The Psychoanalytic Study of Society V. 14Essays in Honor of Paul Parin Volume 14 includes chapters on the psychoanalysis of political commitment (P. Parin); Jews and homosexuals as strangers (P. Parin); the analogous tasks of the psychoanalyst and the ethnographer (M. Gehrie); cultic elements in early Christianity (W. Meissner); Jewish apocalyptists (D. Merkur); creationist resistance to evolution (R. Graber & L. McWhorter); sacred objects and transitional phenomena in aboriginal Central Australia; and a review of the contributions of Paul Parin (D. Freeman). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872257

The Psychoanalytic Study of Society V. 15Essays in Honor of Melford E. Spiro Volume 15 features Melford Spiro's "Culture and Human Nature" and "The internalization of Burmese Gender Identity" along with an interview of Spiro by B. Kilbourne and S. Bolle. Additional topics include children's fantasy life in Papua New Guinea (F. Poole); a psychoanthropological approach to Kagwahiv food taboos (W. Kracke); an ethnological and Rorschach study of three groups of Australian aborigines (R. Boyer et al.); a consideration of the "trickster" in relation to issues of sublimation and psychosocial development; and a review of Bettelheim's contribution to anthropology (R. Paul). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881556

The Psychoanalytic Study of Society V. 16Essays in Honor of A. Irving Hallowell Volume 16 offers appreciations of A. Irving Hallowell by M. Spiro R. Fogelson and E. Bourguignon. Additional topics include Kagwahiv dream beliefs (W. Kracke); experiences of the self in Papua New Guinea (F. Poole); house design and the self in an African culture (R. & S. LeVine); circumcision and biblical narrative (M. Lansky & B. Kilborne); and cultic elements in early Christianity (W. Meissner). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881587

The Psychoanalytic Study of Society V. 17Essays in Honor of George D. and Louise A. Spindler In Volume 17 a series of critical appreciations of George and Louise Spindler's multidisciplinary contributions focus on homogeneity and heterogeneity in American cultural anthropology (S. Parman); the molding of American anthropology (M. Suarez); education (H. Trueba); and the uses of projective techniques in the field (R. Edgerton & G. DeVos). Additional topics include the primary process (M. Spiro); psychotherapy and culture (L. Bloom); unconscious aspects of the Arab-Israeli conflict (A. Falk); and medieval messianism and Sabbatianism (W. Meissner). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872448

The Psychoanalytic Study of Society V. 18Essays in Honor of Alan Dundes Opening with a critical appreciation of Alan Dundes (M. Carroll) and Dundes's own cross-cultural study of the cockfight Volume 18 includes chapters on psychoanalysis and Hindu sexual fantasies (W. Doniger); the modern folk tale "The Boyfriend's Death" (M. Carroll); a gruesome Eskimo bedtime story (R. Boyer); the homosexual implications of Argentinean soccer (M. Suarez-Orozco); and the symbolism of a Malaysian religious festival (E. Fuller). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872479

The Psychoanalytic Study of Society V. 19Essays in Honor of George A. De Vos Critical appreciations of George A. De Vos a pioneer in the cross-cultural application of projective techniques (M. Suarez-Orozco P. Lerner) and De Vos's own reminiscences are followed by contributions true to the spirit of De Vos's methodology. They include a demonstration of the usefulness of projective tests in the psychodiagnostic evaluation of schizophrenia (J. Stone P. Wilson & B. Boyer); an examination of the role of historical events in the development of Chinese and Japanese personality characteristics (J. Connor); a review of the impact of Freudian and Jungian thought in India (S. Kakar); and a study of loss and grief in a community of the North American Great Plains (H. Stein). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872493

The Psychoanalytic Theory of Neurosis The Psychoanalytic Theory of Neurosis Fenichel's classic text summarized the first half century of psychoanalytic investigation into psychopathology and presented a general psychoanalytic theory of neurosis. When Otto Fenichel died Anna Freud mourned the loss of 'his inexhaustible knowledge of psychoanalysis and his inimitable way of organizing and presenting his facts'. These qualities shine through The Psychoanalytic Theory of Neurosis which has been a standard reference for generations of psychoanalysts. For this anniversary edition Leo Rangell has written an introduction that sets Fenichel's work in context. He sees Fenichel as a worthy heir to Freud; both men influenced their followers by what Rangell calls 'the charisma of ideas'. In his epilogue Rangell describes the fate of Fenichel's ideas and of this book as 'a barometer of the place of psychoanalysis ... within the external intellectual world and even more significantly of the trends and shifting winds of opinion within the psychoanalytic field itself'. He traces those trends through the turbulent controversies of the field concluding that Fenichel's observations are as fresh and relevant today as they were fifty years ago. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147829

The Psychoanalytic Theory Of Neurosis Routledge is now re-issuing this prestigious series of 204 volumes originally published between 1910 and 1965. The titles include works by key figures such asC.G. Jung Sigmund Freud Jean Piaget Otto Rank James Hillman Erich Fromm Karen Horney and Susan Isaacs. Each volume is available on its own as part of a themed mini-set or as part of a specially-priced 204-volume set. A brochure listing each title in the "International Library of Psychology" series is available upon request. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875562

The Psychoanalytic Therapy of Severe Disturbance This book presents the proceedings of the of the conference on the Psychoanalytic Therapy of Severe Disturbance held in Belfast in June 2008.The aim of the conference was to offer a state of the art communication of the key psychoanalytic thinking and approaches to the conceptualisation and treatment of severe disturbance. The result of a unique gathering of the most eminent psychoanalysts in the field with insights into their work on personality disorder psychotic states and the nature and function of suicidal ideation. This book will be of interest to mental health professionals - psychiatrists psychoanalysts psychotherapists psychologists social workers and nurses who have an interest in psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106195

The Psychoanalytic VisionThe Experiencing Subject Transcendence and the Therapeutic Process Psychoanalytic therapy is distinguished by its immersion in the world of the experiencing subject. In The Psychoanalytic Vision Frank Summers argues that analytic therapy and its unique epistemology is a worldview that stands in clear opposition to the hegemonic cultural value system of objectification quantification and materialism. The Psychoanalytic Vision situates psychoanalysis as a voice of the rebel affirming the importance of the subjective in contrast to the culture of objectification.  Founded on phenomenological philosophy from which it derives its unique epistemology and ethical grounding psychoanalytic therapy as a hermeneutic of the experiential world has no role for reified concepts. Consequently fundamental analytic concepts such as "the unconscious" and "the intrapsychic " are reconceptualized to eliminate reifying elements. The essence of The Psychoanalytic Vision is the freshness of its theoretical and clinical approach as a hermeneutic of the experiential world. Fundamental clinical phenomena such as dreams time and the experience of the other are reformulated and these theoretical shifts are illustrated with a variety of vivid case descriptions. The last part of the book is devoted to the surreptitious role beliefs and values of contemporary culture play in many forms of psychopathology. For clinicians The Psychoanalytic Vision offers a fresh clinical theory based on the consistent application of the subjectification of human experience and for scholars a worldview that provides the framework for a potentially fruitful cross-fertilization of ideas with cognate disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415519403

The Psychoanalytic VocationRank Winnicott and the Legacy of Freud Object relations which emphasizes the importance of the preoedipal period and the infant-mother relationship is considered by many analysts to be the major development in psychoanalytic theory since Freud.  In this reinterpretation of its history Peter L. Rudnytsky focuses on two pivotal figures: Otto Rank one of Freud's original and most brilliant disciples who later broke away from psychoanalysis and D. W. Winnicott the leading representative of the Independent tradition in British psychoanalysis. Rudnytsky begins with an overview arguing that object relations theory can synthesize the scientific and hermeneutic dimensions of psychoanalysis.  He the uses the ideas of Rank and Winnicott to uncover the preoedipal aspects of Sophocles' Oedipus the King.  After an appraisal of the relationship between Rank and Freud he turns to Rank's neglected writings between 1924 and 1927 and shows how they anticipate contemporary object relations theory.  Rudnytsky critically measures Winnicott's achievement against those of Heinz Kohut and Jacques Lacan the founders of two competing schools of psychoanalysis and compares Winnicott's life and work with Freud's.  Next using both published and unpublished accounts by the psychotherapist Harry Guntrip of his analyses with W. R. D. Fairbairn and Winnicott he probes the personal and intellectual interactions among these three British clinicians.  Rudnytsky concludes by advancing a psychoanalytic theory of the self as a rejoinder to the postmodernism that is the dominant ideology in literary studies today.  In two appendices he makes available for the first time an English translation of Rank's "Genesis of the Object Relation" and a 1983 interview with Clare Winnicott.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138883819

The Psychoanalytic Work of Hansi KennedyFrom War Nurseries to the Anna Freud Centre (1940-1993) This book presents a selection of the works of Hansi Kennedy pre-eminent child psychoanalyst whose career began with Anna Freud in the Hampstead War Nurseries and continued at the Hampstead Child Therapy Clinic (renamed the Anna Freud Centre in 1982) until her retirement in 1993. Her career spanned a significant period in the development of child Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328573

The Psychoanalytic ZeroA Decolonizing Study of Therapeutic Dialogues Winner of the 2020 Gradiva Award The Psychoanalytic Zero: A Decolonizing Study of Therapeutic Dialogues is written from the unique perspective of a Western-trained Asian psychoanalyst and applies principles of Eastern philosophy to understand the psychoanalytic relationship psychoanalytic processes and their uses—and limitations—for alleviating human suffering. Bringing a unique Eastern perspective to a previously Western-dominated discipline and framed within the current relational and ethical trends in psychoanalysis the book enables readers to develop a language for understanding an Eastern ethical viewpoint and explore how this language can change our awareness of psychoanalytic practice and human suffering. Chapters are devoted to the Eastern concepts of nothingness emptiness surrender sincerity silence and narrative and issues including existential "guilt of being " trauma contingency informed consent the sense of being human and uncertainty. Discussions are illustrated and illuminated through vivid recreations and careful elaboration of therapeutic case studies with traumatized patients. The studies demonstrate the process by which patients regain a sense of being human. This enriched perspective will it is hoped help the analyst treat traumatized patients who are unable to relate to others and who do not experience themselves as being human. The Psychoanalytic Zero will enrich an analyst’s sensitivity to the appearance of the moment without context—the psychoanalytic zero—which opens infinite opportunities for continued growth in a psychoanalytic relationship. It will be of great appeal to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists interested in self-psychological intersubjective and relational theories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367859374

The Psychobiology of Affective Development Originally published in 1984 this was the first volume on this topic to appear in an emerging area of study at the time. The Editors were selective in choosing their contributions to the volume to ensure that both the developmental and neuropsychological domains were well represented. One of the major goals was to foster greater contact and cross-fertilization between subdisciplines that they firmly believed should be more intimately connected. The result is this title which can now be enjoyed in its historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138818224

The Psychobiology of Human Motivation This is a classic edition of Hugh Wagner’s influential overview of the biopsychological underpinnings of human motivation. It includes a new foreword written by Michael Richter who reflects on Wagner’s 20 years of teaching writing and research in the field of biopsychology and promises an engaging succinct and accessible introductory text that remains relevant and useful to students today. The Psychobiology of Human Motivation explores what directs our behaviour from basic physiological needs like hunger and thirst to more complex aspects of social behaviour like altruism. Wagner explores the limits of biological explanations and shows how humans can influence ‘basic’ physiological drives in order to adapt to a complex social environment. An accessible engaging resource strengthened by many applied examples Wagner’s text continues to be integral reading for undergraduate students seeking a solid introduction to the psychology of human motivation across the social and behavioural sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367699703

The Psycho-Biology Of LanguageAN INTRODUCTION TO DYNAMIC PHILOLOGY First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875098

The Psychobiology of Mind Originally published in 1978 this book develops a conceptual synthesis of the field of physiological psychology the science specifically concerned with the relationship between the brain and the mind. It was designed to elucidate the important questions under investigation the basic intellectual and technical problems that were encountered and the significance of the major empirical results of the time. Of equal or even greater importance is the author’s derivation of the general principles relating brain and mind that had emerged after decades of modern research into this important question. Included in the volume are historical and philosophical perspectives on the mind-brain problem as well as extensive discussions of instruments methodology empirical findings and theory. Here is a powerful heuristic tool that informs the reader about the concepts and ideas implicit in this science rather than simply exhaustively listing experimental results. The author does not ignore findings; he organizes them into three broad categories – localization; representation and learning – then emphasizes the relationships among experiments. This is a book that synthesizes integrates and stresses concepts principles and problems. The careful organization of the book makes it especially useful for students of brain and mind at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138989757

The Psychobiology of Sensory Coding Originally published in 1973 this book deals with what were even at that time the well-known neural coding processes of the sensory transmission processes. The book was written to demonstrate the common features of the various senses. It concentrates on the most peripheral neural aspects of the senses starting with the physical transduction process and culminating in the arrival of signals at the brain. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138989764

The Psychodynamic ImageJohn D. Sutherland on Self in Society The Psychodynamic Image is the first selection of John D. Sutherland’s major papers.  It provides an overview of the development of his thought on self and society and reveals the extent of his contribution to the field of mental health.  Jill Savege Scharff introduces Sutherland’s most important and influential essays. These reflect his range as a theoretician moving easily from the intrapsychic to the interpersonal level building bridges between points of view and integrating psychoanalytic and social theories.  Sutherland’s work calls for changes at the individual level through understanding conflicts and unconscious processes as aspects of parts of the self in interaction.  He inspires respect and understanding of the self and its drive toward autonomy. These papers push the boundaries of psychoanalytic thinking and succeed in demonstrating the relevance of psychoanalysis to the wider society. They will be of great interest to psychoanalysts psychotherapists counsellors and social workers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787657

The Psychodynamics of Social NetworkingConnected-up Instantaneous Culture and the Self Over the past decade the very nature of the way we relate to each other has been utterly transformed by online social networking and the mobile technologies that enable unfettered access to it. Our very selves have been extended into the digital world in ways previously unimagined offering us instantaneous relating to others over a variety of platforms like Facebook and Twitter. In The Psychodynamics of Social Networking  the author draws on his experience as a psychotherapist and cultural theorist to interrogate the unconscious motivations behind our online social networking use powerfully arguing that social media is not just a technology but is essentially human and deeply meaningful. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490922

The Psychodynamics of Toxic OrganizationsApplied Poems Stories and Analysis Understanding experience at work especially in toxic organizations is a multidimensional undertaking that must include all senses. The use of applied poetry has its primary value as an evocative approach to sensing knowing and understanding workplace experience. Poetry at its best condenses into relatively few words metaphors and images what conventional social science narratives would take much longer to articulate. Where poetry often hints and alludes narrative seeks to spell out expound and complete. Where poetry leaves much mental space for the listener or reader to fill in with one’s imagination narrative fills in the spaces with rich detail. Applied poetry and its contextual stories offer a way of accessing workplace experience that is unique and valuable in terms of understanding lives at work. The use of complementary psychodynamic theories like all theories is a way of trying to account for what we have found and experienced and in particular why it happened. "Why " the authors suggest is critical in terms of understanding the sensing images and metaphors evoked by the poetry and stories that may resonate with hearers and readers for reasons that are unconscious and are rooted in the past. These transferences that come forward from life experience into the present are the critical data we work with. These are the data of psychoanalysis. This book both widens and deepens the scope of organizational research offered by other researchers theorists and approaches to understanding interpreting explaining leading and consulting with workplace organizations. Its triangulating integration of applied poetry experience and stories behind the poetry and the three psychoanalytic models of explaining life in workplaces is a new and distinct contribution to organizational research leadership and consulting efforts to help organization members solve real underlying problems and not offer simplistic formulaic solutions based solely on a study of the organization’s surface. It will be of interest to researchers academics and students in the fields of organizational studies leadership and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367442354

The Psychogenesis of Mental Disease First published in 1960. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315727639

The Psychological Assessment of Abused and Traumatized Children The past decade has seen more and more clinicians involved in the assessment and treatment of abused and traumatized children. They have contributed to an impressively large body of literature on the impact of abuse and trauma at all ages the focus of which has been the short and long-term sequelae apparent in the child's behavior emotional experience and social interaction. But there have been few efforts to investigate the ways in which abuse and trauma damage the intrapsychic systems and structures that often guide direct and inform the child's manifest adjustment and functioning. The need to redress the balance was the major impetus for this book. Kelly offers a clinical paradigm for the personality assessment of abused or traumatized children via projective instruments--the TAT and Rorschach--and shows how various projective measures and indices can be utilized as sensitive barometers of changes in self object and ego functioning following therapeutic interventions and other corrective experiences. But further integrating the tenets of trauma theory and those of psychoanalytic theory he sets this clinical paradigm in a meaningful theoretical context and draws on both theory and clinical experience to develop a comprehensive psychological composite of the child who has been maltreated. Part I provides an overview of theoretical models relevant to the assessment and diagnosis of the maltreated child. Contemporary psychoanalytic theory serves as one frame and is discussed first with particular emphasis on object relations and ego functions. Equal attention is devoted to developmental psychology as another frame. Part II reviews relevant research. The Mutality of Autonomy Scale (MOA) and the Social Cognition and Object Relations Scale (SCORS) are introduced as examples of reliable and valid instruments readily employed to assess the impact of abuse or trauma on a child's object relations functioning. Additional Rorschach indices--boundary disturbance measures thought disorder indices trauma markers and defensive functions measures--are discussed as measures of the impact on different facets of ego functioning. These various projective measures can be utilized as sensitive barometers of changes in self object and ego functioning following therapeutic interventions and other corrective experiences. Part III includes a variety of extended clinical illustrations. Seven cases of boys and girls subjected to varying degrees of abuse and trauma are presented to demonstrate the clinical utility of projective material for assessment diagnosis and treatment planning. For the clinician who takes the idiographical-phenomenological approach appropriate given the uniqueness of each situation of abuse or trauma and the frequent brevity and barrenness of the protocol such material can open a window onto a rich vista of the child's psychological terrain. The resulting map can point the way to wise decisions about type timing and level of therapeutic intervention the resolution of such process issues as transference and countertransference plus additional questions. Two cases of adult women who were abused as children and find themselves continuing to struggle with enduring unresolved issues vis a vis their own children are also presented. These cases underscore the value of TAT and Rorschach material and object relations measures in assessing and understanding the abusive and potentially abusive parent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138003101

The Psychological Assessment of Presidential Candidates Looking back over the past 25 years Stanley Renshon explores how the issue of character has come to dominate presidential campaigns. Drawing on his clinical and political science training Renshon has devised a theory which allows the public to evaluate the qualities of presidential candidates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138459267

The Psychological AutopsyA Roadmap for Uncovering the Barren Bones of the Suicide's Mind The best way to grasp the essence of death scene investigation (DSI) is to witness its application called the psychological autopsy by an expert forensic scientist/clinician. This remarkable book affords the opportunity to delve into the challenges that the forensic mental health specialist and public safety professional confront in DSI. Suicides and often death are complex multidetermined events. People whether police investigators or mental health professionals are generally perplexed and even confused when they are confronted by the equivocal case. Was it a suicide? Homicide? Accident? These are critical questions. Dr. Leenaars shows that DSI is however not mysterious; the reader can learn the generally accepted evidence-based protocols of the psychological autopsy. Illuminated by individual (idiographic) case studies and general (nomothetic) research this definitive guide allows the investigator to uncover the bare bones of a suicide or death. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780895039194

The Psychological Birth of the Human InfantSymbiosis and Individuation 'The biological birth of the human infant and the psychological birth of the individual are not coincident in time. The former is a dramatic observable and well-circumscribed event; the latter a slowly unfolding intra psychic process.'Thus begins this highly acclaimed book in which the author and her collaborators break new ground in developme Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328580

The Psychological Construction of Emotion This volume presents cutting-edge theory and research on emotions as constructed events rather than fixed essential entities. It provides a thorough introduction to the assumptions hypotheses and scientific methods that embody psychological constructionist approaches. Leading scholars examine the neurobiological cognitive/perceptual and social processes that give rise to the experiences Western cultures call sadness anger fear and so on. The book explores such compelling questions as how the brain creates emotional experiences whether the "ingredients" of emotions also give rise to other mental states and how to define what is or is not an emotion. Introductory and concluding chapters by the editors identify key themes and controversies and compare psychological construction to other theories of emotion. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462516971

The Psychological Development of Girls and WomenRethinking change in time Choice Recommended Read This thoroughly revised new edition updates Sheila Greene's original transformative account of the psychological development of girls and women and the central role of time in shaping human experience. Greene critically reviews traditional and contemporary theoretical approaches – ranging from orthodox psychoanalysis to relational and post-modern theories – and argues that even those that claim to focus on development have presented a view of women's lives as fixed and determined by their nature or their past. These theories she believes should be rejected because of their inherent lack of validity and their frequently oppressive implications for women. Essential but often neglected insights from the more compelling developmental and feminist theories are woven together within a theoretical framework that emphasizes temporality emergence and human agency. The result is a liberating theory of women's psychological development as constantly emerging and changing in time rather than as static and fixed by their nature socio-cultural context and personal history. Updated for a new generation of readers The Psychological Development of Girls and Women will continue to be essential reading for students and researchers in the psychology of women developmental psychology and women's studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415730174

The Psychological Effects of War and Violence on Children The outgrowth of a conference planned as a response to the need for researchers and clinicians to develop integrated plans for addressing the psychological trauma of children exposed to violence this volume's goals are: * to summarize research on the subject with particular emphasis on the Gulf War; * to use this information to formulate an outline of what current knowledge suggests are reasonable approaches to public mental health intervention; and * to develop an agenda for future research necessary for improving clinical efforts in varying international conflicts. A significant collection of diverse perspectives attending to a diversity of cultural and political contexts the contributors offer many conclusions about important dimensions for analyzing the effects of violence on children. Suggesting informed approaches to public mental health efforts which can be implemented the work presented here directs attention to the need for interdisciplinary collaboration among researchers and clinicians to better understand the effects of exposure to violence on the psychological well being of children and the optimal modes of remediation on individual family and community levels. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315807003

The Psychological Origins of Institutionalized Torture Original research including interviews with former Greek torturers is supplemented by discussion of former studies military records and other sources to provide disturbing but valuable insights into the psychology of torture. The book describes parallel situations such as the rites of passage in pre-industrial societies and cults elite Corps military training and college hazing eventually concluding that the torturer is not born but made.Of essential interest to academics and students interested in social psychology and related disciplines this book will also be extremely valuable to policy-makers professionals working in government and all those interested in securing and promoting human rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880269

The Psychological Power of Language This volume shows how the psychology and power of language can create realities. It examines the psychological implications of language as a way of being and not just as an instrument of communication. It discusses how a shift in language gives rise to an existential transformation and shows how creative modes of expression lead to a radical transformation of beings. Throughout both the theoretical and practical implications of the psychological power of language are presented particularly how language may result in a healthier inter- and intrapersonal world. It will interest upper-level students and researchers of language in Psychology Linguistics Philosophy and Education as well as professional counselors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138044739

The Psychological Processes of ChildbearingFourth Edition Childbearing seems eternal primordial and universal. Yet human reproduction in the 21st century is in a state of flux. This accessible book highlights dramatic changes that have occurred over the last decades focusing on both individual and cross-cultural diversity across the now elongated childbearing cycle and the uniqueness of desire and em Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328597

The Psychological Roots of Modernism: Picasso and Jung A radically new interpretation of Picasso’s life and work by an important Jungian scholar The Psychological Roots of Modernism is an exciting contribution to the fields of both Jungian psychology and cultural criticism.All of Picasso’s major works from the Blue period masterpieces to the abstractions of mature Cubism are examined as part of a single narrative which directly challenges our assumptions and the views of a number of prominent art historians and provides an entirely new perspective on the signature achievements of the modernist movement. Beginning with Picasso’s first months in Paris the author shows how Picasso’s art evolved as a hero’s journey involving encounter with the unconscious the emergence of a strengthened ego and the eventual balance of the ego and the unconscious which attained visible expression in the forms of Cubism. Through the Jungian framework the reader is able to understand how not only Picasso’s art but his relations to his mistress and colleagues his changing lifestyle and work habits and his attraction to major Modernist figures like Rousseau and Cezanne were expressions of this psychological transformation. While using Jung to illuminate Picasso The Psychological Roots of Modernism also employs Picasso to illuminate Jung providing the clearest and most compelling support for the bedrock principles of analytical psychology. The book’s powerful application of Jung’s psychology and its radically new perspectives on Picasso’s art make it essential reading for students in the fields of art history and Freudian and Jungian psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085299

The Psychological Treatment of Depression 'A clear rigorous account of cognitive behavioural methods for treating depression.' - British Journal of PsychiatryThe use of behavioural and cognitive techniques for treating depression has yielded exciting results. Cognitive Behaviour Therapy (CBT) is as effective in the short term as anti-depressant drugs and has longer-lasting effects than medication. This book brings together assessment and treatment techniques of proven efficacy describing them in usable detail and setting them in the context of current psychological theories of depression. It is an invaluable guide to practitioners wishing to make use of CBT. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138169753

The Psychologist At WorkAn Introduction to Experimental Psychology First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875272

The Psychologist-Manager JournalVolume 3 Number 1 First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315045887

The Psychologization of SocietyOn the Unfolding of the Therapeutic in Norway The Psychologization of Society explores the manner in which psychology has increasingly crept into everyday life with nature reduced to a source of mental health the belief in God motivated by health not salvation sin and evil turned into psychiatric diagnosis and the market economy being primarily driven by psychology. Showing that Norway like the United States and Great Britain is currently subjected to a psychological worldview or "therapeutic ethos " Madsen examines an array of spheres such as media law religion self-help literature and cosmetic surgery to shed light on the ways in which the therapeutic ethos rather than simply "triumphing" over them actually blends in with regional norms and values. A study of the psychological imprint on Western countries as a form of the global democratisation of psychologised self-care this book explores the boundless struggle to be the "best version of yourself" in contemporary neoliberal culture. As such it will appeal to scholars of sociology psychology and cultural and media studies with interests in therapeutic discourses and paradoxes of health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367897284

The Psychology and Economics of HappinessLove life and positive living Much attention has been given to the economics of everyday life which typically applies economic principles to the analysis of the different choices that people face under different situations. Yet there are hardly any books on the economics of life—an economics that takes the finite lifespan as the starting point and that looks at how one can maximize the subjective value from life given the constraint of the limited lifespan. In this volume Lok Sang Ho suggests that the lack of progress in happiness among developed countries despite significant economic growth is due to a deficit of "mental goods" rather than a lack of material goods. The author stresses the role of culture and mental habits in determining the efficacy of gaining mental goods which includes love a sense of security and autonomy contentment self-esteem self-acceptance and freedom from anxiety. Drawing on empirical research the book explores how to invest work and consume from a whole life perspective arguing that every action - consumption investment or work - should enhance the total quality of life. This overriding concern about life itself is known as love. The Psychology and Economics of Happiness uses the analytical framework of economists on a subject studied by positive psychologists drawing both from empirical evidence and from psychological literature. It will be of interest to researchers and academics interested in economic and positive psychology as well as those from related fields keen to learn more about living fuller happier lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138669826

The Psychology and Education of Gifted Children Originally published in 1977 this book looks at the problem of educating highly intelligent and gifted children which it felt was of paramount importance to modern society. In the 1970s education increasingly focused on average pupils and often made excellent provision for handicapped children the authors felt it all the more important for teachers parents and educationalists generally to be made aware of the special needs of the bright and talented and how they could best be catered for. In this book Professor Vernon and his two co-authors discuss the provision of special facilities for the education of these children at the time particularly with reference to the UK and Canada. The serious losses to society when the gifted and specially talented are ignored or repressed are pointed out and the merits and difficulties of alternative schemes are underlined. Detailed consideration is given to the psychological origins and nature of intelligence (both genetic and environmental) and of creativity and special talents (artistic and scientific) and also to available tests and other techniques for identifying exceptionally able children. The book was particularly intended to help teachers and educational administrators of the time together with the parents of very bright children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415717076

The Psychology and Politics of the CollectiveGroups Crowds and Mass Identifications What are the psychological factors in operation when we form groups or crowds and how are these affected by socio-historical circumstances? History offers endless examples of different forms of human collectivity both private and public small-scale and large: from the primal horde to the modern nuclear family from the Athenian polis to virtual internet communities. Within the context of shifting social bonds in global culture this book brings together debates on the left from political philosophy psychoanalysis social psychology and media and cultural studies to explore the logic of the formation of collective identities from a new theoretical perspective. Challenging liberal-capitalist models of individualism as well as postmodern identity politics analysts here turn to Continental philosophy (Lacan Derrida Agamben Laclau Badiou among others) in order to re-think collectivity in relation to questions of agency alterity affect sovereignty the national imaginary and the biopolitical. In the aftermath of the great mass movements of the twentieth century (Marxist-Leninism Mao) which resulted in bureaucratic submission and the cult of the State the fate of our collective identity today raises urgent questions about the future of collaborative activity the role of mediating institutions in shaping mass psychology what is at stake in a radical democracy and what happens in a crowd. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754569

The Psychology Behind Trademark Infringement and Counterfeiting As those involved in commerce are aware preventing competitors and others from imitating successful brands is a difficult and costly task. This book serves to inform the reader concerning complexities of the issues of brand imitation integrating the disciplines of psychology business and law to the area of trademark infringement and counterfeiting. Principles and theories from psychology and how they are relevant to consumers' perceptions in the marketplace are used to explain why competitors steal the intellectual property of another company or entity. The possibility of brand imitation or counterfeiting should be contemplated in designing new products or brand packaging just as it is in the printing of currency. It is the intent of The Psychology Behind Trademark Infringement and Counterfeiting to provide those involved in commerce with some understanding some ideas and perhaps some strategy for building differentiated brands that are easy to protect. Brand managers expert witnesses to trademark cases intellectual property lawyers and academics of consumer behavior and marketing will find this book useful to understanding consumer motives and processes of trademark infringement and counterfeiting. It could be used as a textbook in courses on marketing. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315820965

The Psychology of a Musical Prodigy First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875036

The Psychology of Adaptation To AbsurdityTactics of Make-believe The major goal of this book is to explore and integrate all that is scientifically known about the utility of magical plans and strategies for coping with life's inevitable absurdities. Make-believe has great adaptive value and helps the average individual to function better in cultures saturated with puzzling contradictions. This book traces the origins of pretending (illusion-construction) and the developmental phases of this skill. Further it analyzes how parents depend on pretending to secure conformity and self-control from their children. It unravels the ways in which make-believe is utilized to defend against death-anxiety and feelings of fragility. It examines the relationship between pretending and the classical defense mechanisms -- and particularly weighs the evidence bearing on the potential protective power of embracing religious beliefs. Finally it defines the diverse contributions of make-believe to the construction of the self-concept the defensive maneuvers typifying psychopathology and the maintenance of somatic health. In short this book pulls together a spectrum of scientific information concerning the defensive value of illusory make-believe in coping with those aspects of life -- such as death loss suffering and injustice -- that are experienced as unreasonable and beyond understanding. The volume is unique not only in the breadth of the literature it analyzes but also in demonstrating the contribution of make-believe to both the psychological and somatic aspects of behavior. No previous work has documented in such detail and across so many domains how basic the capacity to engage in make-believe is to human adaptation. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138876309

The Psychology of Addiction When does a harmless habit become an addition? Why do only some of us get addicted? What can make recovery possible? The Psychology of Addiction is a fascinating introduction to the psychological issues surrounding addiction and the impact they have on social policy recovery and an addict’s everyday life. The book focuses on drug and alcohol addiction and tackles topics such as whether drug use always leads to addiction and the importance of social networks to recovery. It also looks at how people can become addicted to activities like gambling gaming and sex. In a society that still stigmatises addiction The Psychology of Addiction emphasises the importance of compassion and provides a sensitive insight to anyone with experience of addiction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138207288

The Psychology of Advertising The Psychology of Advertising offers a comprehensive exploration of theory and research in (consumer) psychology on how advertising impacts the thoughts emotions and actions of consumers. It links psychological theories and empirical research findings to real-life industry examples showing how scientific research can inform marketing practice. Advertising is a ubiquitous and powerful force seducing us into buying wanted and sometimes unwanted products and services donating to charitable causes voting for political candidates and changing our health-related lifestyles for better or worse. This revised and fully updated third edition of The Psychology of Advertising offers a comprehensive and state-of-the art overview of psychological theorizing and research on the impact of online and offline advertising and discusses how the traces consumers leave on the Internet (their digital footprint) guides marketers in micro-targeting their advertisements. The new edition also includes new coverage of big data privacy personalization and materialism and engages with the issue of the replication crisis in psychology and what that means in relation to studies in the book. Including a glossary of key concepts updated examples and illustrations this is a unique and invaluable resource for advanced undergraduate and graduate students and instructors. Suitable for psychology advertising marketing and media courses. It is also a valuable guide for professionals working in advertising public health public services and political communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346393

The Psychology Of Alfred Adlerand the Development of the Child First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868877

The Psychology of AnxietySecond Edition Originally published in 1980 this title builds on the first edition which provided a comprehensive review and evaluation of theory and research on anxiety at the time. In the time between publications there had been many studies of anxiety phenomena and substantial progress in our conceptual understanding of the nature of anxiety and its measurement. The author incorporates those advances in empirical knowledge and new theoretical insights into this second edition. The most important and well-documented empirical findings in anxiety research are emphasized throughout the book but attention is also called to unresolved theoretical issues and problem areas of the time where there was urgent need for additional research. Although much research has been done since the authoritative analysis of anxiety phenomena that is presented in this book will still be of interest to medical social and behavioral scientists and personality theorists and to mental health workers of all disciplines who are engaged in clinical work with emotionally disturbed persons. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138942714

The Psychology of Aristotle The PhilosopherA Psychoanalytic Therapist's Perspective In this book the author collects and discusses views and ideas of the ancient philosopher Aristotle which have psychological interest and compares them with today's theories. First the soul-body problem is presented showing that Aristotle accepts a psychosomatic unity theorizing the human being in a holistic approach. Then the mental functions are described according to the aristotelian definitions together with their interactions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855758117

The Psychology of ArsonA Practical Guide to Understanding and Managing Deliberate Firesetters The Psychology of Arson is the first book in its field to focus specifically on contemporary topics relevant to practitioners and professionals working with adolescent and adult deliberate firesetters. Rebekah Doley Geoffrey Dickens and Theresa Gannon have integrated the very latest information regarding prevalence theory research and practice in one accessible resource and provide practical advice strategies and techniques in a context of evidence-based research which will be invaluable for all treatment providers who work in the field of deliberate fire setting. Unique features of this book include chapters considering community awareness strategies survivors of arson filicide and suicide by fire as well as a new treatment model developed on the basis of the latest research in the field. It is divided into four parts: Theories and typologies of firesetting Legal investigative and preventative issues Assessment and risk assessment of deliberate firesetters Treatment needs and management of deliberate firesetters The Psychology of Arson provides the first scientist-practitioner model for the treatment of arson offenders. It will be an essential resource for forensic psychiatrists clinical psychologists and other professionals working with this client group. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415810692

The Psychology of Art Why do we enjoy art? What inspires us to create artistic works? How can brain science help us understand our taste in art? The Psychology of Art provides an eclectic introduction to the myriad ways in which psychology can help us understand and appreciate creative activities. Exploring how we perceive everything from colour to motion the book examines art-making as a form of human behaviour that stretches back throughout history as a constant source of inspiration conflict and conversation. It also considers how factors such as fakery reproduction technology and sexism influence our judgements about art. By asking what psychological science has to do with artistic appreciation The Psychology of Art introduces the reader to new ways of thinking about how we create and consume art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367609931

The Psychology of Assessment Centers Research on the reliability and validity of assessment centers (ACs) has been ongoing for at least 50 years and continues to this day. The assessment center method is a technique or process that is used to assess individual performance and potential. One of the most heavily researched topics over the last 30 years has been the internal structure of AC ratings that assessors make on rating dimensions after the completion of each exercise. This volume with contributions from experts from around the world  looks at Dimension-Based Assessment Centers Task-Based Assessment Centers and Mixed-Model Assessment Centers. All three perspectives are presented in different sections and a summary of these diverse perspectives is given at the end of the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415878142

The Psychology of Attention Attention has long been recognized as a central topic in human psychology. And in an increasingly ‘connected’ world understanding our attentional networks—in particular their role in the selection of information the maintenance of alertness and self-control and the management of emotions—is arguably more important than ever. As research in and around the psychology of attention continues to flourish this new four-volume collection from Routledge meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a complex body of research. The materials gathered in Volume I include explorations of the limits of attention and early empirical work on methods to probe brain activity. The major works collected in the second volume examine critical theories that allow computer programs to simulate and predict how attention operates while Volume III is organized around the use of brain imaging cellular recording and optogenetics to delineate how the brain carries out the functions of attention. The final volume connects studies of attention to applications including: connectivity to electronic media; brain-based educational curricula the economics of decision making and psychopathologies. With a full index together with a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context The Psychology of Attention is an essential work of reference. The collection will be particularly useful as a database allowing scattered and often fugitive material to be easily located. It will also be welcomed as a crucial tool permitting rapid access to less familiar—and sometimes overlooked—texts. For researchers and advanced students it is a vital one-stop research and instructional resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138848320

The Psychology of Attitudes and Attitude Change Human beings have a unique ability to create elaborate predispositions and evaluations based on their social experiences. The concept of attitudes is central to understanding how experience gives rise to these predispositions and psychologists have spent the best part of the past 100 years trying to understand the intricacies of this process. Yet despite decades of research we still do not fully understand how attitudes are created maintained and changed. The main objective of this book is to review and integrate some of the most recent cutting-edge developments in research on attitudes and attitude change presenting the work of eminent scholars in this field. Chapters in this book deal with such intriguing questions as: What role do associative processes play in the formation of attitudes? How do attitudes function as global and local action guides? What is the function of implicit evaluations and vicarious experiences in producing attitude change? Are implicit associations a useful way to measure attitudes? What role does affect play in attitude formation and change? What role do social interaction processes play in persuasion and how does persuasion work in real-life settings? The book is essential reading for students and researchers in social psychology as well as practitioners in every field where understanding and changing attitudes is important such as clinical counseling organizational marketing forensic and developmental psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138984127

The Psychology of Becoming a Successful WorkerResearch on the changing nature of achievement at work What is success at work and why is it important? How do top workers describe their success? How can work community leadership family or home and school promote success? Success at work is often associated with career-oriented individuals who sacrifice other areas of life to achieve highly in the workplace but success can also be defined in other ways. It can consist of feelings of knowledge competence and accomplishment stemming from an inner drive to work well and create an expression of mastery. This book focuses on employees who have been rewarded for their skills and expertise. Based on the authors’ in-depth research into the phenomenon of success at work this book provides a positive human-strength based approach to success and offers a fresh viewpoint to the modern demanding and hectic work life. Drawing from the theory of positive psychology and outlining new theoretical ideas including work motivation career orientation work characteristics and positive states of work success is described as a combination of multiple elements which include other areas of life. The book is illustrated throughout with case studies from employees and it will ignite thoughts about what success at work is and can be and how to recognize factors which enhance or hinder success in varying contexts. Considering a variety of data this book will appeal to researchers and academics from the fields of work and organisational psychology positive psychology career counselling and coaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138703001

The Psychology of Behaviour at WorkThe Individual in the Organization This superb introduction to the field of organizational psychology and organizational behaviour builds on the foundation of the highly successful first edition to provide up-to-date explanations of all the key topics in a clear coherent and accessible style. The text is supported by numerous illustrations and examples as well as end-of-chapter summaries and concluding remarks. Topic sections on key research studies as well as applied aspects such as human resources applications and cross-cultural issues lead the reader through the complexities of the theory to its practical application.The Psychology of Behaviour at Work covers all major topics in the field from vocational choice personality attitudes motivation and stress to cooperation learning training group dynamics decision making and leadership. Further sections introduce corporate culture and climate as well as organisational structure change and development and a final section outlines predictions not only for the future study of organizational psychology but of the future of work itself. As with the first edition The Psychology of Behaviour at Work will prove to be an invaluable resource for psychology students on work and organizational psychology courses business students on organizational behaviour courses and human resources managers eager to expand their knowledge of this fascinating field. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203506974

The Psychology of Belonging Can a sense of belonging increase life satisfaction? Why do we sometimes feel lonely? How can we sustain lasting human connections? The Psychology of Belonging explores why feeling like we belong is so important throughout our lives from childhood to old age irrespective of culture race or geography. With its virtues and shortcomings belonging to groups such as families social groups schools workplaces and communities is fundamental to our identity and wellbeing even in a time when technology has changed the way we connect with each other. In a world where loneliness and social isolation is on the rise The Psychology of Belonging shows how meaningful connections can build a sense of belonging for all of us.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367347529

The Psychology of Celebrity Why are we fascinated by celebrities we’ve never met? What is the difference between fame and celebrity? How has social media enabled a new wave of celebrities? The Psychology of Celebrity explores the origins of celebrity culture the relationships celebrities have with their fans how fame can affect celebrities and what shapes our thinking about celebrities we admire. The book also addresses the way in which the media has been and continues to be an outlet for celebrities culminating in the role of social media reality television and technology in our modern society. Drawing on research featuring real life celebrities from the Kardashians to Michael Jackson The Psychology of Celebrity shows us that celebrity influence can have both positive and negative outcomes and the impact these can have on our lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815369561

The Psychology Of CharacterWITH A SURVEY OF PERSONALITY IN GENERAL First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875432

The Psychology of Chess Do you need to be a genius to be good at chess? What does it take to become a Grandmaster? Can computer programmes beat human intuition in gameplay? The Psychology of Chess is an insightful overview of the roles of intelligence expertise and human intuition in playing this complex and ancient game. The book explores the idea of ‘practice makes perfect’ alongside accounts of why men perform better than women in international rankings and why chess has become synonymous with extreme intelligence as well as madness. When artificial intelligence researchers are increasingly studying chess to develop machine learning The Psychology of Chess shows us how much it has already taught us about the human mind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138216655

The Psychology of Children's DrawingsFrom the First Stroke to the Coloured Drawing First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864404

The Psychology of Climate Change What explains our attitudes towards the environment? Why do so many climate change initiatives fail? How can we do more to prevent humans damaging the environment? The Psychology of Climate Change explores the evidence for our changing environment and suggests that there are significant cognitive biases in how we think about and act on climate change. The authors examine how organisations have attempted to mobilise the public in the fight against climate change but these initiatives have often failed due to the public’s unwillingness to adapt their behaviour. The book also explores why some people deny climate change altogether and the influence that these climate change deniers can have on global action to mitigate further damage. By analysing our attitudes to the environment The Psychology of Climate Change argues that we must think differently about climate change to protect our planet as a matter of great urgency. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138484528

The Psychology of Closed Mindedness The fundamental phenomenon of human closed-mindedness is treated in this volume. Prior psychological treatments of closed-mindedness have typically approached it from a psychodynamic perspective and have viewed it in terms of individual pathology. By contrast the present approach stresses the epistemic functionality of closed-mindedness and its essential role in judgement and decision-making. Far from being restricted to a select group of individuals suffering from an improper socialization closed-mindedness is something we all experience on a daily basis. Such mundane situational conditions as time pressure noise fatigue or alcoholic intoxication for example are all known to increase the difficulty of information processing and may contribute to one's experienced need for nonspecific closure. Whether constituting a dimension of stable individual differences or being engendered situationally - the need for closure once aroused is shown to produce the very same consequences. These fundamentally include the tendency to 'seize' on early closure-affording 'evidence' and to 'freeze' upon it thus becoming impervious to subsequent potentially important information. Though such consequences form a part of the individual's personal experience they have significant implications for interpersonal group and inter-group phenomena as well. The present volume describes these in detail and grounds them in numerous research findings of theoretical and 'real world' relevance to a wide range of topics including stereotyping empathy communication in-group favouritism and political conservatism. Throughout a distinction is maintained between the need for a nonspecific closure (i.e. any closure as long as it is firm and definite) and needs for specific closures (i.e. for judgments whose particular contents are desired by an individual).Theory and research discussed in this book should be of interest to upper level undergraduates graduate students and faculty in social cognitive and personality psychology as well as in sociology political science and business administration. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138004320

The Psychology of Concentration in Sport PerformersA Cognitive Analysis First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315784946

The Psychology of Conflict and Conflict Management in Organizations This volume in SIOP's Organizational Frontiers Series is a state-of-the-art overview of contemporary conflict research which aims to place conflict research and theory squarely within the realm of industrial and organizational psychology. This volume brings together and integrates classic and contemporary insight in conflict origins conflict processes and conflict consequences. In addition it stimulates modeling conflict at work at relevant levels of analyses: the interpersonal and group and the organizational. It is appropriate for scholars and practitioners in the areas of industrial-organizational psychology human resource management organizational behavior applied psychology and social psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415651110

The Psychology Of Consciousness First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875302

The Psychology of Conservatism (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1973 The Psychology of Conservatism explores attitudes their measurement their structure and dynamics and the personality traits apparently underlying attitude patterns. It examines the link between differing attitudes and discusses characteristic patterns and syndromes. The book focuses on the origins and dynamics of a major factor called "liberalism – conservatism" which is found to account for much of the variance in attitudes amongst different people. Contributors review previous studies relating to personality and attitude before engaging in new studies and proposing their own theories to explain the conservative attitude. The book introduces provocative theoretical ideas and provides a valuable examination of an important psychological and social attitude syndrome. This book will be of interest to researchers in personality and social psychology sociology and political science and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415810180

The Psychology of Conspiracy Why did the third World Trade Center building (WTC7) collapse on September 11th even though it was not struck by any aircraft? Why did Princess Diana’s "drunk" driver look sober as he climbed into the car minutes before their deadly accident? Could a slender birch tree really have caused the plane crash which killed the President of Poland in 2010? ‘Conspiracy thinking’ – the search for explanations of significant global events in clandestine plots suppressed knowledge and the secret actions of elite groups – provides simple and logical answers to the social doubts and uncertainties that occur at times of major national and international crises. Contemporary social psychology seeks to explain the human motivation to create share and receive conspiracy theories and to shed light on the consequences of these theories for people’s social and political functioning. This important collection written by leading researchers in the field is the first to apply quantitative empirical findings to the subject of conspiracy theorizing. The first section of the book explores conspiracy theories in the context of group perception and intergroup relations paying particular attention to anti-Semitic conspiracy stereotypes. It then goes on to examine the relationship between an individual’s political ideology and the degree to which they engage in ‘conspiracy thinking’. The concluding part of the book considers the explanatory power of conspiracy focusing on the link between social paranoia and digital media and highlighting the social political and environmental consequences of conspiracy theories. The Psychology of Conspiracy will be of great interest to academics and researchers in social and political psychology and a valuable resource to those in the fields of social policy anthropology political science and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138815230

The Psychology of Conspiracy Theories Who believes in conspiracy theories and why are some people more susceptible to them than others? What are the consequences of such beliefs? Has a conspiracy theory ever turned out to be true? The Psychology of Conspiracy Theories debunks the myth that conspiracy theories are a modern phenomenon exploring their broad social contexts from politics to the workplace. The book explains why some people are more susceptible to these beliefs than others and how they are produced by recognizable and predictable psychological processes. Featuring examples such as the 9/11 terrorist attacks and climate change The Psychology of Conspiracy Theories shows us that while such beliefs are not always irrational and are not a pathological trait they can be harmful to individuals and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138696105

The Psychology of Consumer Behavior After years of study in the area of consumer behavior Mullen and Johnson bring together a broad survey of small answers to a big question: "Why do consumers do what they do?" This book provides an expansive accessible presentation of current psychological theory and research as it illuminates fundamental issues regarding the psychology of consumer behavior. The authors hypothesize that an improved understanding of consumer behavior could be employed to more successfully influence consumers' use of products goods and services. At the same time an improved understanding of consumer behavior might be used to serve as an advocate for consumers in their interactions in the marketplace. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203782002

The Psychology of Consumer Profiling in a Digital Age Understanding how consumers choose between different products and services is a crucial part of professional marketing. Targeting brands at the consumers most likely to be interested in them is another critical aspect of business success. Marketers need to know what consumers think about brands why they like them and what purposes they serve. This means delving into the psychology of the consumer to find ways of differentiating between consumers and matching brands to consumer niches at the level of consumers’ relationships with brands. Using psychology to segment consumers has been regarded as a valuable adjunct to standard geo-demographic definitions of market segments. The Psychology and Consumer Profiling in a Digital Age examines how this field of ‘psychographics’ has evolved the different approaches to psychological segmentation of consumers the different ways in which it has been applied in consumer marketing settings and whether psychographics works. It draws upon research from around the world and incorporates its analysis of the use of psychographics with an examination of major shifts in marketing in a digital and global era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138340749

The Psychology of Control and Aging Originally published in 1986 the central topic of this book is the analysis and application of control-related beliefs and behaviours for theory and practice in the psychology of aging. The volume was written for two specific interrelated purposes aimed at cross-fertilization between the psychology of control and the field of gerontology. The first purpose was to summarise available research and theory on the psychology of control for researchers and professionals interested in gerontology at the time. The second was to enrich the field of the psychology of control. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848724600

The Psychology of Counterfactual Thinking This book provides a critical overview of significant developments in research and theory on counterfactual thinking that have emerged in recent years and spotlights exciting new directions for future research in this area. Key issues considered include the relations between counterfactual and casual reasoning the functional bases of counterfactual thinking the role of counterfactual thinking in the experience of emotion and the importance of counterfactual thinking in the context of crime and justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758659

The Psychology of CourageAn Adlerian Handbook for Healthy Social Living Courage refers to the willingness for risk taking and to move ahead in the presence of difficulties. The purpose of this book is to present courage as the main foundation of understanding and training for mental health in the three life task areas described by Adler: Work Love and Friendship.  It explores the meaning of each life task and problems of fear compensation or evasion as well as Adlerian insight on socially useful attitudes of approaching the task under discussion.  Socratic dialog boxes are included throughout each chapter to encourage the interactivity between the text and readers’ thought processes.  Also included is a set of twenty-two helping tools that were creatively designed for self-exercise or to be used to help others uncover or acquire courage.  For those in the helping professions this text will be a unique and valuable handbook for not only working with and helping their clients but also for their own personal development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884397

The Psychology of Crime Policing and Courts This book brings together an international group of experts to present cutting-edge psychological research on crime policing and courts. With contributors from the UK Germany Italy Norway Cyprus Israel Canada and the USA this volume explores some of the most interesting and contemporary areas of criminological and legal psychology. The Psychology of Crime Policing and Courts is divided into three parts. Part I explores crime and anti-social behaviour including the concentration of offending within families juvenile delinquency adolescent bullying cyberbullying violence risk assessment and psychopathy. Part II examines policing and the detection of deception with chapters on interrogational practices police interviews of children and modern detection methods. Part III focuses on courts and sentencing with chapters exploring wrongful convictions the role of juries extra-legal factors in sentencing decisions and an examination of sentencing itself. Representing the forefront of research in developmental criminology and criminological and legal psychology this book is a comprehensive resource for undergraduate and postgraduate students studying psychology and criminology with particular value for those studying forensic psychology. This book is also a valuable resource for psychologists lawyers social scientists and law enforcement personnel. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138499386

The Psychology of Criminal Conduct The Psychology of Criminal Conduct  Sixth Edition provides a psychological and evidence-informed perspective of criminal behavior that sets it apart from many criminological and mental health explanations of criminal behavior. Drawing upon the General Personality and Cognitive Social Learning theory James Bonta and Donald Andrews provide an overview of the theoretical context and major knowledge base of the psychology of criminal conduct discuss the eight major risk/need factors of criminal conduct examine the prediction and classification of criminal behavior along with prevention and rehabilitation and summarize the major issues in understanding criminal conduct. This book also offers the Risk/Need/Responsivity (RNR) model of offender assessment and treatment that has guided developments in the subject throughout the world. In this edition the first since Andrews' death Bonta carefully maintains the book's original contributions while presenting these core concepts succinctly clearly and elegantly. Appropriate for advanced undergraduates and graduate students as well as for scholars researchers and practitioners The Psychology of Criminal Conduct Sixth Edition further extends and refines the authors' body of work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138935778

The Psychology of Criminal InvestigationFrom Theory to Practice The contribution of psychological research to the prevention of miscarriages of justice and the development of effective investigative techniques is now established to a point where law enforcement agencies in numerous countries either employ psychologists as part of their staff or work in cooperation with academic institutions. The application of psychology to investigation is particularly effective when academics and practitioners work together. This book brings together leading experts to discuss the application of psychology to criminal investigation. This book offers an overview of models of investigation from a psychological and practical view point covering topics such as investigative decision making the presentation of evidence witness testimony the detection of deception interviewing suspects and evidence-based police training. It is essential reading for students researchers and practitioners engaged with police practice investigation and forensic psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138639416

The Psychology of Death InvestigationsBehavioral Analysis for Psychological Autopsy and Criminal Profiling The Psychology of Death Investigations outlines definitively how behavioral evidence can often provide the necessary components and "missing pieces" to complement physical evidence as an essential tool for incident reconstruction. In order to determine the direction of an investigation and to prioritize leads if necessary death investigators must establish the manner of a death: natural accident homicide or suicide. The most overlooked aspect of death investigation is the psychological dimension which can provide unique leads correct false assumptions enhance investigative awareness and solve cases in surprising ways. In an estimated 10–20% of cases the manner of death cannot be determined or worse has been erroneously categorized.  Since many jurisdictions can’t afford behavioral consultants this book has been written to provide practical information for a basic psychological analysis. If the circumstances surrounding a death are equivocal psychological consultants can compile information retrospectively about a deceased person’s mental state and possible motive to assist with unravelling ambiguity about the manner of death. This is the primary function of a psychological autopsy and as such this is the first book of its kind dedicated solely to the topic. In the event that the manner of death is determined to be a homicide behavioral profiling can help to focus the potential pool of suspects.   Professionals and students alike will benefit from the exercise of cognitive awareness and the application of psychological logic presented.  Psychologists medical examiners coroners attorneys fraud examiners law enforcement personnel death and homicide investigators and students enrolled in criminal profiling forensic psychology and criminal justice programs will find this text to be a compelling and insightful reference to add to their professional toolkit. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138735293

The Psychology of Deductive Reasoning Originally published in 1982 this was an extensive and up-to-date review of research into the psychology of deductive reasoning Jonathan Evans presents an alternative theoretical framework to the rationalist approach which had dominated much of the published work in this field at the time. The review falls into three sections. The first is concerned with elementary reasoning tasks in which response latency is the prime measure of interest. The second and third sections are concerned with syllogistic and propositional reasoning respectively in which interest has focused on the explanation of frequently observed logical errors. In an extended discussion it is argued that reasoning processes are content specific and give little indication of the operation of any underlying system of logical competence. Finally a dual process theory of reasoning with broad implications and connections with other fields of psychology is elaborated and assessed in the light of recent evidence. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848723160

The Psychology of DesignCreating Consumer Appeal Design plays an increasingly larger role today in creating consumer desire for products and liking for commercial messages. However the psychological processes involved are only partially understood. In addition design is inherently interdisciplinary involving (among others) important elements of aesthetics anthropology brand strategy creativity design science engineering graphic design industrial design marketing material science product design and several areas within psychology. While researchers and practitioners in all of these fields seek to learn more about how and why "good" design works its magic they may benefit from each other’s work. The chapters in this edited book bring together organizing frameworks and reviews of the relevant literatures from many of these contributing disciplines along with recent empirical work. They cover relevant areas such as embodied cognition processing fluency experiential marketing sensory marketing visual aesthetics and other research streams related to the impact of design on consumers. Importantly the primary focus of these chapters is not on product design that creates functional value for the targeted consumer but rather on how design can create the kind of emotional experiential hedonic and sensory appeal that results in attracting consumers. Each chapter concludes with Implications for a theory of design as well as for designers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765647603

The Psychology of Desire Providing a comprehensive perspective on human desire this volume brings together leading experts from multiple psychological subdisciplines. It addresses such key questions as how desires of different kinds emerge how they influence judgment and decision making and how problematic desires can be effectively controlled. Current research on underlying brain mechanisms and regulatory processes is reviewed. Cutting-edge measurement tools are described including practical recommendations for their use. The book also examines pathological forms of desire and the complex relationship between desire and happiness. The concluding section analyzes specific applied domains--eating sex aggression substance use shopping and social media. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462521609

The Psychology of Desire Providing a comprehensive perspective on human desire this volume brings together leading experts from multiple psychological subdisciplines. It addresses such key questions as how desires of different kinds emerge how they influence judgment and decision making and how problematic desires can be effectively controlled. Current research on underlying brain mechanisms and regulatory processes is reviewed. Cutting-edge measurement tools are described including practical recommendations for their use. The book also examines pathological forms of desire and the complex relationship between desire and happiness. The concluding section analyzes specific applied domains--eating sex aggression substance use shopping and social media. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462527687

The Psychology of Dieting Why do some of us become overweight? Why is it so difficult to lose weight? How can we adopt healthy attitudes towards food? The Psychology of Dieting takes a broad and balanced view of the causes of weight gain and the challenges involved in dieting. Exploring the cognitive emotional and social triggers which lead us to make poor decisions around food the book considers what it means to diet well. By understanding our psychological selves the book shows how we can change our unhealthy behaviours and potentially lose weight. In an era of weight problems obesity and dangerous dieting The Psychology of Dieting shows us that there is no such thing as a miracle diet and that we must understand how our minds shape the food choices we make. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138501256

The Psychology of Digital Media at Work In many professions daily work life has become unthinkable without the use of a computer with access to the Internet. As technological innovations progress rapidly and new applications of interactional media are invented organizational behaviour continues to change. The central theme of this book is how new media affect organizational behavior and employee well-being. A variety of topics are considered: applications of new media in both personnel psychology and organizational psychology tools to improve selection and assessment issues arising in the context of training learning and career development the use of online games for education and recreation the impact of mobile devices on organizational life the implications of new forms of collaboration by means of virtual teams. The research documented in this volume consists of high quality quantitative studies illustrated by lively practical examples. The combination of science and practice ensures that new insights supported by empirical studies are translated into practical implications. The book will be essential reading for researchers and students in organizational psychology and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848721241

The Psychology of Dog Ownership What are the benefits of owning a dog on health and well-being? Why does a ‘problem dog’ behave as it does and how can owners deal with unwanted behaviour? How do dogs communicate with humans and each other? The Psychology of Dog Ownership explores the nature of our unique relationship with dogs and its effect on our mental and physical welfare. The book uses psychological learning theory to examine dog behaviour and highlights the importance of determining between typical dog behaviour and behaviour disorders that need treatment. Focusing on how dog owners can communicate effectively with their pets and always with the dog’s best interests in mind The Psychology of Dog Ownership enhances our understanding of the modern human-canine bond and shows how important and enjoyable this relationship can be. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815362449

The Psychology of Doping in Sport This is the first book to draw together cutting-edge research on the psychological processes underlying doping use in sport and exercise thereby filling an important gap in our understanding of this centrally important issue in contemporary sport. Covering diverse areas of psychology such as social cognition automatic and controlled processes moral decision-making and societal and contextual influence on behaviour the book also explores methodological considerations surrounding doping assessment in psychological research as well as future directions for evidence-based preventive interventions and anti-doping education. Written by a team of leading international researchers from countries including the US Canada Australia the UK Greece Germany Italy Denmark and Ireland the book integrates empirical findings with theoretical guidance for future psychological research on doping and illuminates the challenges needs and priorities in contemporary doping prevention. It is important reading for advanced students and researchers in sport and exercise science sport management and sport policy and will open up new perspectives for professional coaches sports administrators policy makers and sport medicine specialists looking to better understand the doping behaviours of athletes in sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138705197

The Psychology of Dreaming Why do we dream? What is the connection between our dreams and our mental health? Can we teach ourselves to have lucid dreams? The Psychology of Dreaming delves into the last 100 years of dream research to provide a thought-provoking introduction to what happens in our minds when we sleep. It looks at the role that dreaming plays in memory problem-solving and processing emotions examines how trauma affects dreaming and explores how we can use our dreams to understand ourselves better. Exploring extraordinary experiences like lucid dreaming precognitive dreams and sleep paralysis nightmares alongside cutting-edge questions like whether it will ever be possible for androids to dream The Psychology of Dreaming reveals some of the most fascinating aspects of our dreaming world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138699519

The Psychology of Driving Road accidents are the major cause of death and injury among young people in the developing world and the field of psychology can offer great insights into the many factors that are at play when we get behind the wheels of our cars. Based on data collected around the world on drivers of all age groups Graham Hole provides an up to date picture of the realities of driving including visual perception issues cell phone distractions fatigue drugs and the effects of aging. These insights can help explain why we crash as well as how we achieve the amazing feat of not crashing more often than we do.  In this jargon-free and very accessible book Hole applies psychological methods and insights to this every-day experience with two audiences in mind. First he speaks to accident investigators who frequently rely on well-developed understandings of engineering and forensics and less insight into the psychology of the driver. Second of course this book will be of value to anyone interested in the application of cognitive psychology to real-world behaviors and to anyone who drives. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315805627

The Psychology of Early ChildhoodA Study of Mental Development in the First Years of Life Originally published in 1942 this title attempted to trace from their very earliest appearances after birth all aspects of mental development in childhood up to the age of about 4 or 5. It is based largely on the author’s almost daily observations of his own five children over a period of some twenty years supplemented by numerous tests and experiments. The first purpose of this book was to advance our knowledge of the psychology of childhood. The importance of such knowledge had become increasingly recognised. Even if not all is completely determined in the first 4-5 years there was little doubt by this time that these first years are of profound significance for future development: and the better understanding and training of the young child may be at the root of many of our educational and social problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138899452

The Psychology of Eating and Drinking Choice Recommended Read This insightful thought-provoking and engaging book explores the truth behind how and why we eat and drink what we do. Instead of promising easy answers to eliminating picky eating or weight loss this book approaches controversial eating and drinking issues from a more useful perspective—explaining the facts to promote understanding of our bodies. The only book to provide an educated reader with a broad scientific understanding of these topics The Psychology of Eating and Drinking explores basic eating and drinking processes such as hunger and taste as well as how these concepts influence complex topics such as eating disorders alcohol use and cuisine. This new edition is grounded in the most up-to-date advances in scientific research on eating and drinking behaviors and will be of interest to anyone. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415817073

The Psychology Of Economics First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868860

The Psychology of Educational Technology and Instructional Media What can research in cognitive psychology offer the growth of educational technology and instructional media? Originally published in 1988 this book argues that for much of its history educational technology has been concerned with justifying and verifying the basic assumption that the processes and products of technology can improve instructional effectiveness. The result is seen as a systems approach grounded in empiricism and the failure to incorporate much important research in cognitive psychology. The book argues that it is now time for educational technology to come to terms with new ideas in cognitive and particularly constructivist psychology and it both advocates and describes the forging of new links between the two disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138709997

The Psychology of Effective ManagementStrategies for Relationship Building The Psychology of Effective Management combines basic psychological principles with practical recommendations for building positive and productive manager-employee relations. Each recommendation is based on real-life situations taken from respected scholars in the field as well as the author’s own professional experiences. With particular attention to the human element of management the practical advice presented in this book is aimed at helping managers create a positive psychological environment in the workplace and lead their employees into a productive and satisfying professional life. The content is presented in an easy-to-follow format so that any manager can put his or her knowledge immediately into practice. By striking a compelling balance between the science and practice of management this will be an indispensable resource for managers administrators and business owners at all levels as well as students of business and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138655584

The Psychology of Effective StudyingHow to Succeed in Your Degree This book provides a vital guide for students to key study skills that are instrumental in success at university covering time management academic reading and note-taking academic integrity preparation of written assignments teamwork and presentations. With each chapter consisting of sub-sections that are titled with a single piece of fundamental advice this is the perfect ‘hit the ground running’ resource for students embarking on their undergraduate studies. The book uses evidence from psychology to account for the basic errors that students make when studying illuminating how they can be addressed simply and effectively. Creating an ‘insider’s guide’ to the core requisite skills of studying at degree level and using a combination of research and practical examples the author conveys where students often go fundamentally wrong in their studying practices and provides clear and concise advice on how they can improve. Written in a humorous and irreverent tone and including illustrations and examples from popular culture this is the ideal alternative and accessible study skills resource for students at undergraduate level as well as any reader interested in how to learn more effectively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138570924

The Psychology of EmotionMorbid and Normal First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007383

The Psychology of Employee EmpowermentConcepts Critical Themes and a Framework for Implementation The complexities of employee empowerment have been largely underestimated and it is clear that organisations struggle with putting the concept into practice. Rozana Ahmad Huq recognises that effective utilisation of human resources is a strategic issue for organisations. Hierarchical organisations struggle to survive. The growing trend for downsizing and merging of organisations means that they can no longer maintain the 'command and control' approach and employees are given more responsibility and expected to take decisions. However simply burdening employees with extra responsibility without empowering them does not deliver results. Drawing on her own research in organisations Dr Huq investigates the concept of empowerment in a new way that combines themes from the disciplines of management and social work the latter being a domain where empowerment is an important construct. This helps to bridge the gaps in knowledge in the management domain and draws attention to the positive and negative psychological implications for employees of the practice of empowerment that are often ignored by leaders and managers. Ultimately the author offers a 'practice model' to help people in management and non-management understand the new roles and behaviours that they need to adopt if empowerment is to become a reality. This book is a resource for any business or other organisation genuinely interested in employee empowerment and for those with a responsibility for teaching about it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138098602

The Psychology of Entertainment MediaBlurring the Lines Between Entertainment and Persuasion In this volume psychologists and communication experts present theory on understanding and predicting how learning occurs through media consumption. As the impact of traditional advertising has declined over the last couple of decades marketers have scrambled to find other ways to effectively communicate with consumers. Among other approaches marketers have utilized various forms of product integration. Product integration is mixing a commercial message in with the non-commercial message via TV movie video and other entertainment venues. This book will be of interest to students and researchers in psychology marketing communication advertising and consumer behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110601

The Psychology of Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship is essential for international social and economic well-being as new ventures are the dominant source of job creation market innovation and economic growth in many societies. In this book a noted group of researchers use findings methods and theories of modern psychology as the basis for gaining important new insights into entrepreneurship-and into the hearts and minds of the talented passionate professionals who create new business ventures. The Psychology of Entrepreneurship a volume in the SIOP Organizational Frontiers Series is the first book written about the psychology of entrepreneurship and includes over 60 research questions to guide industrial organizational psychology organizational behavior and entrepreneurship research about entrepreneurs. It seeks to answer questions such as how and why do some people but not others recognize opportunities decide to start new ventures and organize successful rapidly growing new ventures? Some topics addressed include: methods to help researchers explore the domain of entrepreneurship research; the entire process of starting a new business; characteristics of the individual entrepreneur; the history of entrepreneurship education; the cross-cultural effects of entrepreneurship; and the viewpoints of seasoned psychologists who analyze current entrepreneurship research methods. This book will appeal to teachers students and researchers in the areas of industrial organizational psychology organizational behavior entrepreneurship and management. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415652667

The Psychology of EntrepreneurshipNew Perspectives The Psychology of Entrepreneurship: New Perspectives is an update of the earlier landmark volume in the Society for Industrial and Organizational Psychology Organizational Frontiers Series. This new book takes stock of the advances in the field of the psychology of entrepreneurship with all new chapters and presents the latest findings on traditional topics such as cognition motivation affect personality and action. The Psychology of Entrepreneurship: New Perspectives compiles research of the most prolific scholars in the field to produce an overview of the most important psychological topics relevant to entrepreneurship. It includes novel insights into topics such as entrepreneurial cognition intrapreneurship and innovation leadership entrepreneurial competencies action theory entrepreneurship training and the process of entrepreneurship. Additionally the updated volume presents new topics that have become more and more important in entrepreneurship research. These topics include affect clinical psychology and disorders biological correlates of entrepreneurship entrepreneurial teams culture identity starting capital failure and exit contextual factors age and demographic change evidence-based entrepreneurship and entrepreneurs’ well-being. With a collection of authors comprising experts who have developed the field over the last decade The Psychology of Entrepreneurship: New Perspectives is vital to all students scholars and instructors interested in staying abreast of the most current novel research and insights into the psychology of entrepreneurship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367684471

The Psychology of EvaluationAffective Processes in Cognition and Emotion The affective connotations of environmental stimuli are evaluated spontaneously and with minimal cognitive processing. The activated evaluations influence subsequent emotional and cognitive processes. Featuring original contributions from leading researchers active in this area this book reviews and integrates the most recent research and theories on this exciting new topic. Many fundamental issues regarding the nature of and relationship between evaluations cognition and emotion are covered. The chapters explore the mechanisms and boundary conditions of automatic evaluative processes the determinants of valence indirect measures of individual differences in the evaluation of social stimuli and the relationship between evaluations and mood as well as emotion and behavior. Offering a highly integrated and comprehensive coverage of the field this book is suitable as a core textbook in advanced courses dealing with the role of evaluations in cognition and emotion. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415652674

The Psychology of Executive CoachingTheory and Application With the first edition of this text Peltier drew on his extensive experience in both the clinical and business worlds to create a comprehensive resource that brought psychological and coaching concepts together.  It quickly became a practical and invaluable guide for both mental health practitioners looking to expand their practice into coaching and business professionals interested in improving their own coaching skills.  In this updated edition topics reflect the latest developments in the field of executive coaching.  Peltier describes several important psychological theories and how to effectively translate them into coaching strategies; essential business lessons in leadership marketing and the corporate viewpoint along with vocabulary for the therapist; the challenges women face as managers and executives and effective coaching methods for working with them; and lessons from successful athletic coaches that can be integrated into consulting skills.  This edition includes four new chapters one describing psychopathology likely to be encountered by coaches.  Another describes and evaluates emotional intelligence a third summarizes adult developmental theory for coaches and a fourth sorts out the popular and scientific literature on leadership and leader development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138127272

The Psychology of Exercise Why should we exercise? When should we exercise? Why don’t we exercise? The Psychology of Exercise separates fact from fiction delving into key theories ideas and the impact of life stages on when why and how we exercise. It explores the barriers and motivators to exercise for children teenagers adults and retirees as well as for those living with a chronic health condition. It shows how when we personalise activity programmes exercise becomes a life-affirming life-lengthening habit. Using real-life case studies from those who work with exercisers at all levels The Psychology of Exercise shows us the huge value that comes from exercising in every stage of our lives.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367370848

The Psychology of ExerciseIntegrating Theory and Practice Now in its fifth edition The Psychology of Exercise: Integrating Theory and Practice is the ideal resource for undergraduate courses devoted to the study of exercise behavior. Following the success of previous editions this book successfully integrates theoretical principles and the latest research with intervention strategies that students can apply in real-world settings. Students will find multiple forms of presentation throughout including graphics and models questionnaires and other instruments focus boxes highlighting research on the impact of physical activity on specific populations and review questions and activities to enhance learning. This edition includes a substantial revision of the theory and intervention chapters with a focus on the most popular theories currently thriving in the field a discussion of environmental and policy influences on behavior and an expanded presentation of intervention components design and evaluation. Separate chapters are also dedicated to popular topics such as personality self-perceptions stress anxiety depression emotional well-being cognitive function and health-related quality of life. For those seeking to learn more about exercise behavior The Psychology of Exercise: Integrating Theory and Practice is a must-have resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367186807

The Psychology of ExpertiseCognitive Research and Empirical Ai This volume investigates our ability to capture and then apply expertise. In recent years expertise has come to be regarded as an increasingly valuable and surprisingly elusive resource. Experts who were the sole active dispensers of certain kinds of knowledge in the days before AI have themselves become the objects of empirical inquiry in which their knowledge is elicited and studied -- by knowledge engineers experimental psychologists applied psychologists or other experts -- involved in the development of expert systems. This book achieves a marriage between experimentalists applied scientists and theoreticians who deal with expertise. It envisions the benefits to society of an advanced technology for capturing and disseminating the knowledge and skills of the best corporate managers the most seasoned pilots and the most renowned medical diagnosticians. This book should be of interest to psychologists as well as to knowledge engineers who are "out in the trenches" developing expert systems and anyone pondering the nature of expertise and the question of how it can be elicited and studied scientifically. The book's scope and the pivotal concepts that it elucidates and appraises as well as the extensive categorized bibliographies it includes make this volume a landmark in the field of expert systems and AI as well as the field of applied experimental psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138989771

The Psychology of Extreme ViolenceA Case Study Approach to Serial Homicide Mass Shooting School Shooting and Lone-actor Terrorism Featuring a unique overview of the different forms of extreme violence this book considers the psychology of extreme violence alongside a variety of contributing factors such as brain abnormalities in homicide offenders. Featuring several contemporary real-world case studies this book offers insight into the psychology of serial homicide offenders mass shooters school shooters and lone-actor terrorists. The main purpose of this book is not to glorify or condemn the actions of these individuals but to attempt to explain the motivations and circumstances that inspire such acts of extreme violence. By adopting a detailed case study approach it aims to increase our understanding of the specific motivations and psychological factors underlying extreme violence. Using nontechnical language this book is the ideal companion for students researchers and forensic practitioners interested in the multidisciplinary nature of extreme violence. This book will also be of interest to students taking courses on homicide mass shooting school shooting terrorism forensic psychology and criminology and criminal justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367480936

The Psychology of Eyewitness Identification This volume provides a tutorial review and evaluation of scientific research on the accuracy and reliability of eyewitness identification. The book starts with the perspective that there are a variety of conceptual and empirical problems with eyewitness identification as a form of forensic evidence just as there are a variety of problems with other forms of forensic evidence. There is then an examination of the important results in the study of eyewitness memory and the implications of this research for psychological theory and for social and legal policy. The volume takes the perspective that research on eyewitness identification can be seen as the paradigmatic example of how psychological science can be successfully applied to real-world problems. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138117235

The Psychology of Fake NewsAccepting Sharing and Correcting Misinformation This volume examines the phenomenon of fake news by bringing together leading experts from different fields within psychology and related areas and explores what has become a prominent feature of public discourse since the first Brexit referendum and the 2016 US election campaign. Dealing with misinformation is important in many areas of daily life  including politics the marketplace health communication journalism education and science. In a general climate where facts and misinformation blur and are intentionally blurred this book asks what determines whether people accept and share (mis)information and what can be done to counter misinformation? All three of these aspects need to be understood in the context of online social networks which have fundamentally changed the way information is produced consumed and transmitted. The contributions within this volume summarize the most up-to-date empirical findings theories and applications and discuss cutting-edge ideas and future directions of interventions to counter fake news. Also providing guidance on how to handle misinformation in an age of “alternative facts” this is a fascinating and vital reading for students and academics in psychology communication and political science and for professionals including policy makers and journalists.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367271831

The Psychology of Family HistoryExploring Our Genealogy This important book examines the motives that drive family historians and explores whether those who research their ancestral pedigrees have distinct personalities demographics or family characteristics. It describes genealogists’ experiences as they chart their family trees including their insights dilemmas and the fascinating sometimes disturbing and often surprising outcomes of their searches. Drawing on theory and research from psychology and other humanities disciplines as well as from the authors’ extensive survey data collected from over 800 amateur genealogists the authors present the experiences of family historians including personal insights relationship changes mental health benefits and ethical dilemmas. The book emphasises the motivation behind this exploration including the need to acknowledge and tell ancestral stories the spiritual and health-related aspects of genealogical research the addictiveness of the detective work the lifelong learning opportunities and the passionate desire to find lost relatives. With its focus on the role of family history in shaping personal identity and contemporary culture this is fascinating reading for anyone studying genealogy and family history professional genealogists and those researching their own history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367820428

The Psychology of Fashion The Psychology of Fashion offers an insightful introduction to the exciting and dynamic world of fashion in relation to human behaviour from how clothing can affect our cognitive processes to the way retail environments manipulate consumer behaviour. The book explores how fashion design can impact healthy body image how psychology can inform a more sustainable perspective on the production and disposal of clothing and why we develop certain shopping behaviours. With fashion imagery ever present in the streets press and media The Psychology of Fashion shows how fashion and psychology can make a positive difference to our lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138658677

The Psychology of Feeling SorryThe Weight of the Soul Can feeling genuinely sorry enable an important healing experience? Can relieving the weight of guilt restore a general sense of self-worth? Can an individual's dawning awareness give birth to feelings of remorse; perhaps even to acts of repentance? The concepts of betrayal vengeance and forgiveness have long been a major part of religious doctrine throughout the world. However only in recent times has the impact of these emotions become of interest to those involved in psychological study. In The Psychology of Feeling Sorry Peter Randall links contemporary psychological research with religious teachings and doctrine that have provided spiritual guidance for hundreds of years. Illustrated with explanatory narratives Randall fuses religious precepts with psychological theory concerning one of the least understood but most common of human emotions; feeling bad about one's 'sins'. Using an eclectic approach Randall explores how much of what is believed within the domain of faith is now supported by modern psychological research. This book will be of interest not only to those with religious beliefs but to psychologists psychotherapists students and anyone with an interest in the intersection of psychology psychotherapy and theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415600477

The Psychology of Female ViolenceCrimes Against the Body First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315201252

The Psychology of Food Marketing and Overeating Integrating recent research and existing knowledge on food marketing and its effects on the eating behaviour of children adolescents and adults this timely collection explores how food promotion techniques can be used to promote healthier foods. Numerous factors influence what when and how we eat but one of the main drivers behind the unhealthy dietary intake of people is food marketing. Bringing together important trends from different areas of study with state-of-the-art insights from multiple disciplines the book examines the important factors and psychological processes that explain the effects of food marketing in a range of contexts including social media platforms. The book also provides guidelines for future research by critically examining interventions and their effectiveness in reducing the impact of food marketing on dietary intake in order to help develop new research programs legislation and techniques about what can be done about unhealthy food marketing. With research conducted by leading scholars from across the world this is essential reading for students and academics in psychology and related areas as well as professionals interested in food marketing and healthy eating. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367223168

The Psychology of Fraud Persuasion and Scam TechniquesUnderstanding What Makes Us Vulnerable The Psychology of Fraud Persuasion and Scam Techniques provides an in-depth explanation of not only why we fall for scams and how fraudsters use technology and other techniques to manipulate others but also why fraud prevention advice is not always effective. Starting with how fraud victimisation is perceived by society and why fraud is underreported the book explores the different types of fraud and the human and demographic factors that make us vulnerable. It explains how fraud has become increasingly sophisticated and how fraudsters use communication deception and theories of rationality cognition and judgmental heuristics as well as specific persuasion and scam techniques to encourage compliance. Covering frauds including romance scams and phishing attacks such as advance fee frauds and so-called miracle cures the book explores ways we can learn to spot scams and persuasive communication with checklists and advice for reflection and protection. Featuring a set of practical guidelines to reduce fraud vulnerability advice on how to effectively report fraud and educative case studies and examples this easy-to-read instructive book is essential reading for fraud prevention specialists fraud victims and academics and students interested in the psychology of fraud. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367859565

The Psychology of Gardening Why do so many people love gardening? What does your garden say about you? What is guerrilla gardening? The Psychology of Gardening delves into the huge benefits that gardening can have on our health and emotional well-being and how this could impact on the entire public health of a country. It also explores what our gardens can tell us about our personalities how we can link gardening to mindfulness and restoration and what motivates someone to become a professional gardener. With gardening being an ever popular pastime The Psychology of Gardening provides a fascinating insight into our relationships with our gardens. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138207882

The Psychology of Gender What is the difference between sex and gender? What is the impact of gender-role stereotypes on our lives our relationships and the world? What does gender mean to you? The Psychology of Gender looks at our biology history and culture to consider the impact of gender roles and stereotypes and addresses the 'dilemmas' we have regarding gender in a post-modern world. It offers a unique perspective on gender through storytelling and explores ideas around transgender and cisgender identities and androgyny tackling hidden assumptions and helping us make sense of the world of gender. By examining the future of gender The Psychology of Gender offers a platform for further exploration and arrives at a new psychology of gender that emphasises relationships and helps us to understand our own gender identity and that of those around us. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138748576

The Psychology of GrandparenthoodAn International Perspective The majority of people will now spend about one-third of their lives as grandparents yet developmental psychologists have largely ignored the nature of the grandparental role and the influence which grandparents can have on grandchildren. Originally published in 1991 this book redresses the balance and uses life-span evolutionary and psychodynamic theoretical frameworks to provide a comprehensive analysis of the phenomenon of grandparenthood from cross-cultural perspectives. Much recent work in developmental psychology has disregarded the extended family in favour of the two-generational nuclear family of parents and children. But grandparents do have a significant role in family relationships and children’s development. This volume contains detailed discussion of intergenerational transmission of parenting skills cooperation and conflict in three-generational families and the ways in which grandparents and grandchildren perceive one another. The importance of considering social and cultural contexts of development applies to grandparents just as much as to other areas of human development. Kinds of family structure social policies regarding employment health and housing attitudes to marriage and even particular historical events all have an impact on the position and role of grandparents and on stereotypes of old age. These factors vary considerably from country to country. Our understanding of grandparenthood can only be enriched by learning about the variety of ways in which it is expressed in different cultural settings. Most previous research has been confined to the USA. This book is truly international containing contributions from Britain Canada Finland Italy the Netherlands Poland West Germany and the USA. International comparisons enable us to see which elements are essential to grandparenthood and which are culture dependant. In most Western countries the population is ageing and this sort of study is becoming vitally important. The Psychology of Grandparenthood is required reading for anybody who is professionally involved with the elderly and for psychologists interested in development the life-span and family systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138300361

The Psychology of Grief What is happening emotionally when we grieve for a loved one? Is there a ‘right’ way to grieve? What effect does grief have on how we see ourselves? The Psychology of Grief is a humane and intelligent account that highlights the wide range of responses we have to losing a loved one and explores how psychologists have sought to explain this experience. From Freud’s pioneering psychoanalysis to discredited ideas that we must pass through ‘stages’ of grief the book examines the social and cultural norms that frame or limit our understanding of the grieving process as well as looking at the language we use to describe it. Everyone at some point in their lives experiences bereavement and The Psychology of Grief will help readers understand both their own and others’ feelings of grief that accompany it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138088078

The Psychology of Group Perception This groundbreaking work by leading social psychologists who have all contributed in important ways to the psychology of group perception focuses in particular on three interrelated issues: (1) whether groups are seen to be diverse or relatively homogeneous; (2) whether groups are seen as real and stable or only transitory and ephemeral; and (3) whether group membership derives from some essential quality of the members or rather is based on social constructions. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415651158

The Psychology of Happiness What is happiness?  Why are some people happier than others? This new edition of The Psychology of Happiness provides a comprehensive and up-to-date account of research into the nature of happiness. Major research developments have occurred since publication of the first edition in 1987 – here they are brought together for the first time often with surprising conclusions. Drawing on research from the disciplines of sociology physiology and economics as well as psychology Michael Argyle explores the nature of positive and negative emotions and the psychological and cognitive processes involved in their generation. Accessible and wide-ranging coverage is provided on key issues such as: the measurements and study of happiness mental and physical health; the effect of friendship marriage and other relationships on positive moods; happiness mental and physical health; the effects of work employment and leisure; and the effects of money class and education. The importance of individual personality traits such as optimism purpose in life internal control and having the right kind of goals is also analysed. New to this edition is additional material on national differences the role of humour and the effect of religion. Are some countries happier than others? This is just one of the controversial issues addressed by the author along the way. Finally the book discusses the practical application of research in this area such as how happiness can be enhanced and the effects of happiness on health altruism and sociability. This definitive and thought-provoking work will be compulsive reading for students researchers and the interested general reader     Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315812212

The Psychology of Happiness Is happiness all down to luck? Do events in our life influence how happy we feel? Can too much of a good thing make us less happy? The Psychology of Happiness introduces readers to the variety of factors that can affect how happy we are. From our personality and feelings of self-worth to our physical health and employment status happiness is a subjective experience which will change throughout our lives. Although feeling happy is linked with positive thinking and our sociability in daily life the book also includes surprising facts about the limitations of our personal happiness. We all want to feel happy in our lives and The Psychology of Happiness shows us that achieving it can be both an accident of fortune and as a direct result of our own actions and influence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138090798

The Psychology of Human Social DevelopmentFrom Infancy to Adolescence The Psychology of Human Social Development provides a comprehensive introduction to the essential core topics and exciting new findings in this thriving field of developmental psychology. Following a thematic approach the book looks at key topics in social development in childhood and adolescence including personality development and research methods taking the reader from first principles to an advanced understanding. The book explores socio-emotional development and social learning as well as the history of thinking and the evolutionary roots of social development whilst also providing a clear balance between nature and nurture approaches. Taylor and Workman’s user-friendly writing style accommodates readers with no previous knowledge of the subject area whilst exploring the most up-to-date theories and research from various areas of psychology which have gained relevance to developmental psychology. Featuring student-friendly pedagogy throughout including end-of-chapter summaries further reading recommendations and questions for discussion The Psychology of Human Social Development is essential reading for undergraduates on social development or developmental psychology courses and relevant for related fields such as education gender studies and nursing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138217171

The Psychology of Human Values This original and engaging book advocates an unabashedly empirical approach to understanding human values: abstract ideals that we consider important such as freedom equality achievement helpfulness security tradition and peace. Our values are relevant to everything we do helping us choose between careers schools romantic partners places to live things to buy who to vote for and much more. There is enormous public interest in the psychology of values and a growing recognition of the need for a deeper understanding of the ways in which values are embedded in our attitudes and behavior. How do they affect our well-being our relationships with other people our prosperity and our environment? In his examination of these questions Maio focuses on tests of theories about values through observations of what people actually think and do. In the past five decades psychological research has learned a lot about values and this book describes what we have learned and why it is important. It provides the first overview of psychological research looking at how we mentally represent and use our values and constitutes important reading for psychology students at all levels as well as academics in psychology and related social and health sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138655355

The Psychology of Human-Computer Interaction Defines the psychology of human-computer interaction showing how to span the gap between science & application. Studies the behavior of users in interacting with computer systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138432956

The Psychology of Humor at Work This is the first book to look at the psychological processes that enable humor to affect people and teams in the workplace. It recognizes that humor plays many roles beyond making people feel happier and more productive and acknowledges humor’s potential darker side as well. Bringing together a small but growing field of study the book features chapters around core psychological topics such perception creativity and stress while also addressing organizational issues such as leadership teamwork and social networks. The collection concludes with chapters on the role of humor in recruitment processes as well as how humor consultants work with organizations. Each chapter in The Psychology of Humor at Work not only provides a comprehensive review of what is known in that area but also considers future directions for research and practice. It will prove fascinating reading for students practitioners and researchers in organizational psychology HRM and business and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138232365

The Psychology of Implicit Emotion RegulationA Special Issue of Cognition and Emotion Emotion regulation has traditionally been conceived as a deliberative process but there is growing evidence that many emotion-regulation processes operate at implicit levels. Implicit emotion regulation is initiated automatically without conscious intention and aims at modifying the quality of emotional responding. This special issue showcases recent advances in theorizing and empirical research on implicit emotion regulation. Implicit emotion regulation is pervasive in everyday life and contributes considerably to the effectiveness of emotion regulation. The contributions to this special issue highlight the significance of implicit emotion regulation in psychological adaptation goal-directed behavior interpersonal behavior personality functioning and mental health. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848727373

The Psychology of Infancy Originally published in 1933 this volume was the result of many years’ careful first-hand study of child psychology enriched by the author’s unusually wide experience in dealing with the subject with students. It was intended to follow the development of children from infancy to adolescence but was cut short due to the author’s untimely death. The book makes available the results of modern experimental work of the time much of which was published in scattered journals. Chapters deal with the development of sensory and muscular control including walking and talking and with the development of the intellectual emotional and social life of children up to three years of age. A pioneer in the development of experimental psychology Hazlitt’s work can now be enjoyed again in its historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848722491

The Psychology of InfluenceTheory research and practice Whether it’s our choice of a new car or what we think about our neighbours our opinions and attitudes are a way of negotiating the world around us. The Psychology of Influence explores how these preferences and behaviours are influenced and affected by the messages we receive in daily life. From consumer choices to political lifestyle and financial decisions the book examines how and why we may be influenced by a range of sources from written text and television to social media and interpersonal communication. In a field that has fascinated scholars since Plato the book addresses the key questions across cognitive social and emotional domains: When do arguments become persuasive? What influence do role models have? What role do simple rules of thumb social norms or emotions play? Which behaviours are difficult to influence and why? Covering topics from attraction prejudice and discrimination to reward punishment and unconscious bias The Psychology of Influence will be invaluable reading for students and researchers across a range of areas within applied and social psychology as well as those in political science communications marketing and business and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138655393

The Psychology of Intelligence What fascinates us about intelligence? How does intelligence impact our daily lives? Why do we sometimes fear intelligence? Human intelligence is a vital resource yet the study of it is pervaded by neglect and misconceptions. The Psychology of Intelligence helps make sense of the contradictory social attitudes and practices in relation to intelligence that we have seen over the decades from the idea that it drove eugenicist policies and actions in the past to our current backlash against "experts" and critical thinking. Showing how our approach to intelligence impacts our everyday lives in educational occupational medical and legal settings the book asks if it is possible to lift the taboo and move beyond the prejudices surrounding intelligence. Challenging popular assumptions The Psychology of Intelligence encourages us to face intelligence in ourselves and others as an important fact of life that we can all benefit from embracing more openly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367482930

The Psychology Of Intelligence And Will First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875456

The Psychology of Interpersonal Relations Published in the year 1982 The Psychology of Interpersonal Relations is a valuable contribution to the field of Social Psychology. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203781159

The Psychology of Interpersonal Relationships This textbook provides an integrated and organized foundation for students seeking a brief but comprehensive introduction to the field of relationship science. It emphasizes the relationship field's intellectual themes roots and milestones; discusses its key constructs and their conceptualizations; describes its methodologies and classic studies; and most important presents the theories that have guided relationship scholars and produced the field's major research themes. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138436558

The Psychology of Interpersonal TrustTheory and Research Trust is a crucial facet of social functioning that feeds into our relationships with individuals groups and organizations. The Psychology of Interpersonal Trust: Theory and Research examines existing theories frameworks and models of trust as well as the methods and designs for examining it. To fully examine how interpersonal trust impacts our lives Rotenberg reviews the many essential topics trust relates to including close relationships trust games behavioural trust and trust development. Designed to encourage researchers to recognize the links between different approaches to trust this book begins with an overview of the different approaches to interpersonal trust and a description of the methods used to investigate it. Following on from this each chapter introduces a new subtopic or context including lying adjustment socialization social media politics and health. Each subtopic begins with a short monologue (to provide a personal perspective) and covers basic theory and research. Rotenberg’s applied focus demonstrates the relevance of interpersonal trust and highlights the issues and problems people face in contemporary society. This is essential reading for students researchers and academics in social psychology especially those with a specific interest in the concept of trust. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138490222

The Psychology of Investing While traditional finance focuses on the tools used to optimize return and minimize risk this book explains how psychology can affect our decisions more than financial theory. Covering the ways investors actually behave this is the first book of its kind to delve into the ways biases influence investment behavior and how overcoming these biases can increase financial success. Now in its sixth edition this classic text features: An easy-to-understand structure illustrating psychological biases as everyday behavior; analyzing their effect on investment decisions; and concluding with academic studies that exhibit real-life investors making choices that hurt their wealth. A new chapter on the biology of investment exploring the latest research on genetics neuroscience and how hormones aging and nature versus nurture inform our investment behavior. An additional strategy for controlling biases helping readers understand the psychology that motivates markets and how to address it. Experiential examples chapter summaries and end-of-chapter discussion questions to help readers test their practical understanding. Fully updated with the latest research in the field The Psychology of Investing will prove fascinating and educational for advanced students in investment portfolio management and behavioral finance classes as well as investors and financial planners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415397575

The Psychology of Job Interviews Most people at some point in their lives experience the stress of being interviewed for a job they want. Many also face the challenge of interviewing other people. But what does the science tell us about this unique social situation? What biases are involved and how can we become aware of them? And how can job interviews be structured so that they are fair and effective? The Psychology of Job Interviews is the first book to provide an accessible and concise overview of what we know. Based on empirical research rather than second hand advice it discusses the strategies and tactics that both applicants and interviewers can use to make their interviews more successful; from how to make a good first impression to how to decide which candidate is the best fit for the role. Illustrated with examples throughout the book guides job applicants on how best to prepare for and perform in an interview and provides managers with best-practice advice in selecting the right candidate. Debunking several popular myths along the way this is essential reading for anyone interested in understanding what is really happening in a job interview whichever side of the desk you are sitting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138646278

The Psychology of Justice and Legitimacy In response to the international turmoil violence and increasing ideological polarization social psychological interest in the topics of legitimacy and social justice has blossomed considerably. Social psychologists have explored the psychological underpinnings of people’s reactions to injustice and illegitimacy including the behavioral and psychological consequences of the motivation to view individual outcomes and governmental systems as just and legitimate. Although injustice and illegitimacy are clearly related at conceptual and theoretical levels these two rich literatures are rarely integrated. Social justice researchers have focused on how people make sense of particular instances of injustice whereas legitimacy researchers have tended to focus primarily on people’s reactions to unfair systems of intergroup relations. This 11th volume of the Ontario Symposium series brings together the work of leading researchers in fields of social justice and legitimacy to facilitate the cross-pollination and integration of these fields. The contributions address broad theoretical issues and cutting-edge empirical advances while illustrating the diversity and richness of research in the two fields. By uniting these two domains this volume will stimulate new directions in theory and research that seek to explain how and why people make sense of injustice at all levels of analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138984134

The Psychology of Language And Communication This wide-ranging introduction to the psychology of human language use offers a new breadth of approach by breaching conventional disciplinary boundaries with examples and perspectives drawn from many subdisciplines - cognitive and social psychology psycholinguistics neuropsychology and sociology. After an exploration of the diverse nature of communication using examples throughout the animal kingdom the authors focus on the range of human communicative channels the nature of human language and the variations occurring between and within societies and cultures. Subsequent chapters cover speech production as a psycholinguistic skill; the coordination of verbal and non-verbal channels; the structure and management of conversations; language perception and comprehension; the cognitive neuropsychology of language and the development of communicative skills. The book also presents an informative and entertaining historical perspective and illustrates the fact that insights gained into controversial problems in other fields and at other times can shed light on many of today's most contentious debates in psychology. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315804767

The Psychology of Language and Communication This is a classic edition of Geoffrey Beattie’s and Andrew Ellis’ influential introduction to the psychology of human language and communication now including a new reflective introduction from the authors. Drawing on elements from many sub-disciplines including cognitive and social psychology psycholinguistics and neuropsychology the book offers an approach which breaches conventional disciplinary boundaries. Exploring the diverse nature of communication Beattie and Ellis focus on the range of human communicative channels and the variations which occur both between and within societies and cultures. Written from an informative and entertaining historical perspective The Psychology of Language and Communication remains a key resource for anyone interested in the psychology of communication language and linguistics 30 years on from its first publication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138734531

The Psychology of LanguageFrom Data to Theory Now in full colour this fully revised edition of the best-selling textbook provides an up-to-date and comprehensive introduction to the psychology of language for undergraduates postgraduates and researchers. It contains everything the student needs to know about how we acquire understand produce and store language. Whilst maintaining both the structure of the previous editions and the emphasis on cognitive processing this fourth edition has been thoroughly updated to include: the latest research including recent results from the fast-moving field of brain imaging and studies updated coverage of key ideas and models an expanded glossary more real-life examples and illustrations. The Psychology of Language Fourth Edition is praised for describing complex ideas in a clear and approachable style and assumes no prior knowledge other than a grounding in the basic concepts of cognitive psychology. It will be essential reading for advanced undergraduate and graduate students of cognition psycholinguistics or the psychology of language. It will also be useful for those on speech and language therapy courses. The book is supported by a companion website featuring a range of helpful supplementary resources for both students and lecturers. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848720893

The Psychology of Lean ImprovementsWhy Organizations Must Overcome Resistance and Change the Culture Fear of change—we all experience it. Some accept change immediately some gradually adapt while others may never get there. Whether it’s poor leadership the inability to change or pure ego this Shingo Prize-winning book explores this perplexing commitment to inefficiency. Winner of a 2013 Shingo Prize!The Psychology of Lean Improvements: Why Organizations Must Overcome Resistance and Change the Culture examines the psychology behind why businesses avoid Lean transformations. It investigates why businesses cling to the eight deadly wastes and why they still find ways to place continuous improvement on the back burner. Frequently sought out for his expertise in Lean manufacturing Chris Ortiz has been featured in a number of trade publications and on the television show Inside Business with Fred Thompson. In this book Mr. Ortiz breaks down the fear of change within executives and organizational leaders. He examines the psychology of dysfunction provides insight into why so many businesses fall short in creating visions for growth and prosperity and identifies tools that can help you address resistance to change. Detailing implementation techniques with a proven track record for success the book considers specific strategies that can be helpful towards improving your company and changing its culture—including cellular manufacturing total productive maintenance setup reduction Kanban visual communication and in-line production. It explains how to get started on your Lean transformation describes why an economic downturn might be a good time to embrace Lean and warns of the dangers behind failing to do so. Chris A. Ortiz is the founder and president of Kaizen Assembly a Lean manufacturing training and implementation firm in Bellingham Washington. Watch Chris has being interviewed on Inside Business with Fred Thompson on CNN Headline News. (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LMm3fVsbPtM) Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439878798

The Psychology of Learning MathematicsExpanded American Edition This classic text presents problems of learning and teaching mathematics from both a psychological and mathematical perspective. The Psychology of Learning Mathematics already translated into six languages (including Chinese and Japanese) has been revised for this American Edition to include the author's most recent findings on the formation of mathematical concepts different kinds of imagery interpersonal and emotional factors and a new model of intelligence. The author contends that progress in the areas of learning and teaching mathematics can only be made when such factors as the abstract and hierarchical nature of mathematics the relation to mathematical symbolism and the distinction between intelligent learning and rote memorization are taken into account and instituted in the classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138169494

The Psychology of Learning Science Focusing on the teaching and learning of science concepts at the elementary and high school levels this volume bridges the gap between state-of-the-art research and classroom practice in science education. The contributors -- science educators cognitive scientists and psychologists -- draw clear connections between theory research and instructional application with the ultimate goal of improving science teachers' effectiveness in the classroom. Toward this end explicit models illustrations and examples drawn from actual science classes are included. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866607

The Psychology of Left and Right Originally published in 1976 this title deals with the problem of how we tell left from right. The authors argue that the ability to tell left from right depends ultimately on a bodily asymmetry such as preference for one or the other hand or dominance of one side of the brain. This has implications for child development reading disability navigation art and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367501495

The Psychology of MarketingCross-Cultural Perspectives This comprehensive guide to both the theory and application of psychology to marketing comes from the author team that produced the acclaimed Customer Relationship Management. It will be of immeasurable help to marketing executives and higher level students of marketing needing an advanced understanding of the applied science of psychology and how it bears on consumers; on influencing; and on the effective marketing of organizations themselves as well as of products and services. Drawing on consumer management industrial organizational and market psychology The Psychology of Marketing's in-depth treatment of theory embraces: ¢ Cognition theories. ¢ Personality perception and memory. ¢ Motivation and emotion. ¢ Power control and exchange. Complemented by case studies from across the globe The Psychology of Marketing provides a trans-national perspective on how the theory revealed here is applied in practice. Marketers and those aspiring to be marketers will find this book an invaluable help in their role as 'lay psychologists'. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315553795

The Psychology of Marxian Socialism This classic work on the psychology of socialism carries for this edition a slightly refurbished title. By calling it The Psychology of Marxian Socialism the work is sharply distinguished from an earlier work of the same title (written at a much earlier time) by Gustave LeBon. This book was written in the post-Bolshevik revolutionary era at the height of the Weimar democracy in Germany; LeBon’s represents a fin de siècle effort reflecting earlier concerns in socialist theory. De Man’s work derives its strength from a close and hard look at how socialism operated in one country. It is probably one of the greatest such efforts in the post-World War I period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138537934

The Psychology of Meaning in Life This book offers an inspiring exploration of current findings from the psychology of meaning in life analysing cutting-edge research to propose practical evidence-based applications. Schnell draws on psychological philosophical and cognitive perspectives to explore basic concepts of meaning and introduce a multidimensional model of meaning in life. Written in an accessible style this book covers a range of topics including the distinction between meaning and happiness the impact of meaning on health and longevity meaning in the workplace and meaning-centred interventions. Each chapter ends with exercises to encourage self-reflection and measurement tools are presented throughout including the author’s original Sources of Meaning and Meaning in Life Questionnaire (SoMe) to inspire the reader to consider the role of meaning in their own life. The Psychology of Meaning in Life is essential reading for students and practitioners of psychology sociology counselling coaching and related disciplines  and for general readers interested in exploring the role of meaning in life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367415853

The Psychology of Men in Context What does it really mean to say that boys will be boys men are from Mars or that contemporary men are in crisis? Does modern psychology support or refute these notions? And how is psychological theory and research about boys and men used in society? The Psychology of Men in Context is an essential introduction to the field which challenges readers to examine psychological research on men masculinity and gender and consider its impact on daily life through everyday speech popular media political rhetoric and more. The authors offer a range of lenses for studying masculinity including biology social learning social constructionism feminism and intersectionality. Demonstrating how these frameworks can be used to understand research on pressing topics such as violence health and relationships the book also considers masculinity in its broader philosophical and historical contexts equipping readers with the tools needed to connect the psychology of men with other areas of social science. Exercises and prompts to help students relate the research to their own lives are included throughout. Designed for students at undergraduate and graduate level but suitable for anyone curious about understanding the field from a more critical social scientific perspective The Psychology of Men in Context is a valuable introduction to the history current scholarship and social implications of the psychological study of men and masculinity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138589346

The Psychology Of Men Of Genius First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882539

The Psychology of Misconduct Vice and Crime Born in Vienna in 1864 Bernard Hollander was a London-based psychiatrist in the early twentieth century. He is best known for being one of the main proponents of the interest in phrenology at that time. This title originally published in 1922 contains the reflections of the author on his experience as a physician specialising in nervous and mental disorders. He looks at a range of patients "suffering from character defects leading to moral failings..." finding that these cases of "moral derangement" come in all kinds. Very much of its time he suggests that treating the causes should be with both physical and mental measures including psychotherapy which at the time consisted of "persuasion suggestion auto-suggestion hypnotism psychological analysis as well as re-education." A fascinating glimpse into psychology from the early twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138841529

The Psychology of Money This fascinating book examines such diverse and compelling subjects as: money and power gender differences morality and tax the very rich the poor lottery and pools winners how possessions and wealth affect self-image and esteem why some people become misers and others gamblers spendthrifts and tycoons and why some people gain more pleasure from giving away money than from retaining it. Comprehensive and cross-cultural The Psychology of Money integrates fascinating and scattered literature from many disciplines and includes the most recent material to date. It will be of interest to psychologists sociologists anthropologists and to people interested in business and economics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315812496

The Psychology of Negotiations in the 21st Century WorkplaceNew Challenges and New Solutions The "litigation explosion" in the 21st century workplace means increasing costs and risks of lawsuits. Negotiation appears the attractive alternative to litigation. This new volume with contributions from experts in psychology management and other disciplines bridges the gap between management and negotiation research. Managers students and researchers interested in the field of negotiation will find this new book in SIOP’s Organizational Frontiers series of interest. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107670

The Psychology of Nutrition This title explores the psychological processes involved in the selection and consumption of foods and drink. The exposition is firmly linked to research evidence on the cognitive socio-economic and physiological influences on the desire to eat and drink. The basic theory is that appetite is a learned response to a recognized complex of cues from foods the body and the social and physical environment.; The volume starts with infant-care giver interactions in feeding then moves on to consider how physical and social maturation in Western culture affects attitudes to foods concentrating on the phenomena of ordinary dieting and the extremes of disordered eating. The concluding chapters deal with the process within the lives of individual consumers which causes the same eating habits to form in different segments of society. It also looks at food technology marketing and governmental regulation.; "The Psychology of Nutrition" tackles questions about what goes on in eaters' and drinkers' minds about the foods and beverages they are consuming and about the cultural meaning of the eating occasion in industrialized cultures. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9780203970492

The Psychology of PerceptionA Philosophical Examination of Gestalt Theory and Derivative Theories of Perception Originally published in 1957 the primary aim of this study was to shed light upon the logical character of the psychology of perception. D.W. Hamlyn begins by delimiting the field of psychological inquiry into perception then gives a detailed account of the types of explanation appropriate in the field. He maintains that these explanations have certain important peculiarities which distinguish them from other scientific inquiries. In view of the central importance of Gestalt Theory in this field an account is given of its origins and its main features are critically discussed. The work should still be of considerable interest to both philosophers and psychologists as well as to all those interested in the relations between the two subjects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138202757

The Psychology of Perfectionism in Sport Dance and Exercise Perfectionism has been found to play an important yet complex role in sport dance and exercise. This collection provides a comprehensive and up-to-date account of theory measurement research findings and practitioner issues associated with perfectionism providing readers with insights into both its benefits and its costs. The book features contributions from many of the leading researchers in the field and also includes recommendations from experienced practitioners and clinicians on how best to work with perfectionists. This book will provide students and researchers in sport and exercise psychology as well as coaches and instructors in sport dance and exercise with an invaluable resource to guide their research and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138958692

The Psychology of PerfectionismTheory Research Applications This milestone text provides a comprehensive and state-of-the art overview of perfectionism theory research and treatment from the past 25 years with contributions from the leading researchers in the field. The book examines new theories and perspectives including the social disconnection model of perfectionism and the 2 × 2 model of perfectionism. It also reviews empirical findings with a special focus on stress vulnerability and resilience and examines perfectionism in specific populations. Finally it considers how perfectionism relates to physical health and psychophysiological processes and introduces new approaches to effective prevention and treatment. By increasing our understanding of perfectionism as a complex personality disposition and providing a framework for future explorations this landmark publication aims to promote further research in this field. It will be invaluable reading for academics students and professionals in personality psychology clinical and counseling psychology applied psychology and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138691032

The Psychology of Performance Why is performing under pressure often so difficult? What strategies can help us deliver our best performance? How can we boost our self-confidence? The Psychology of Performance explores the key psychological factors that affect our ability to cope under pressure whether it’s competing in a sport appearing in front of an audience or meeting a tight deadline. It looks at how we develop skills through learning and practice and how self-confidence and decision-making can be sharpened to boost our expertise. The book explains how to develop the best mindset for performance and shows how factors such as sleep nutrition and rest and recovery can influence our moods and how we function. When we need to perform a task with little room for error The Psychology of Performance helps us to understand how to do this to the best of our ability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138219205

The Psychology of Person Identification Originally published in 1978 the laws and procedures governing person identification parades photofit pictures and the forms of questions asked to obtain a description had been increasingly called into question. The problem had been highlighted by several well publicised court cases and considered by the Devlin Committee. This book reviews the status of psychological knowledge at the time concerning the many aspects of person identification and scientifically evaluates the methods and procedures used. Contrary to the popular belief that identification is a simple affair the authors use the theory and method of psychology to reveal the sources of the difficulties involved in recognising a once-seen person. Estimates of just how good a witness can be are drawn from laboratory studies using face photographs from mock crime incidents and from actual criminal cases for reliability varies markedly in each of these three situations. Both an individual and a social perspective is taken of the eye-witnesses and research into perception and memory together with individual differences in such things as cognitive style personality suggestibility age sex and ability to form both eidetic and memory images are examined. The social aspects of stereotypes the presence of other witnesses and the desire to be a ‘good witness’ are all discussed at length. Finally an extended examination of the possibility of voice parades and changes in identification procedures together with man-machine interaction techniques is undertaken. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138692015

The Psychology of Personal Constructs First published in 1992. Unavailable for many years this is a reissue of George Kelly's classic work. It is the bible of personal construct psychology written by its founder. The first volume presents the theory of personal construct psychology and the second volume shows the implications for clinical practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203359037

The Psychology Of Philosophers First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875289

The Psychology of Pierre Janet (Routledge Revivals) Pierre Janet (1859 – 1947) is considered to be one of the founders of psychology and pioneered in the disciplines of psychology philosophy and psychotherapy. Janet’s most crucial research particularly in the subjects of ‘dissociation’ and ‘subconscious’ - terms coined by him - is explored in this book first published in 1952. As Janet did not publish much in English these notes provide guidance on such areas of study as hysteria and hypnosis obsessive thinking and the psychology of adaption. Elton Mayo’s comprehensive collection is an important guide for any student with an interest in the history of psychology psychopathology and social study and Janet’s revolutionary work in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415730235

The Psychology of Planning in OrganizationsResearch and Applications This book examines planning as the critical influence on performance at work and in organizations.   Bridging theory and practice it unites cutting-edge research findings from cognitive science social psychology industrial and organizational psychology strategic management and entrepreneurship and describes the practical applications of these research findings for practitioners interested in improving planning performance in organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138800472

The Psychology of Political CommunicatorsHow Politicians Culture and the Media Construct and Shape Public Discourse In this timely study Ofer Feldman Sonja Zmerli and their team of experts shed light on the multiple ways communication affects political behavior and attitudes. Written for students and scholars alike The Psychology of Political Communicators uses examples from the US Europe Asia and the Middle East to examine the nature characteristics content and reception of communication in three major areas of discourse: The style and nature of language used by political actors in the national and international arenas The discourse used in nationalist populist movements and during negative campaigns The rhetoric of the media as it tries to frame politics political events and political actors Collectively the essays form a solid foundation on which to understand the different roles language plays in the conduct of politics the way in which these roles are performed in various situations in different societies and cultures and the political outcomes of verbal behavior. This book will be of interest to scholars and students of political psychology and communication studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138596191

The Psychology of Political ExtremismWhat Would Sigmund Freud have Thought About Islamic State? Recent terrorist attacks have left the UK (and Europe) genuinely at sea as to how to respond to these distressing events. There are the predictable interpretations with politicians on the right talking about counter-terrorism harsher punishments and tightening up on the internet whilst on the political left there is talk about blaming foreign wars. All this analysis is relevant but insufficient. Politicians are not talking enough about why so many young people are sufficiently angry and alienated that they are prepared to be seduced by the toxic and poisonous ideology of Islamic State. The Psychology of Political Extremism examines both the politics and the psychology as well as what motivates people to behave in ways that are so disturbing. Freud is the hook as the founding father of the talking cure. A radical and subversive theorist in his time he claimed that mankind was influenced more by the inner workings of the mind and internal conflicts than by rational thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782206637

The Psychology of Politics How do some political leaders capture popular support? What is the appeal of belonging to a nation? Can democracy thrive? The Psychology of Politics explores how the emotions which underpin everyday life are also vital in what happens on the political stage. It draws on psychoanalytic ideas to show how fear and passion shape the political sphere in our changing societies and cultures and examines topical social issues and events including Brexit the changing nature of democracy activism and Trump in America. In a changing global political climate The Psychology of Politics shows us how we can make sense of what drives human conduct in relation to political ideas and action. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138551701

The Psychology of Politics In writing The Psychology of Politics Hans Eysenck had two aims in mind: to write a book about modern developments in the field of attitude studies which would be intelligible to the layman; and one that would integrate into one consistent theoretical system a large number of contributions on the topic from different fields. Eysenck believes that science has something to say about such problems as anti-Semitism the origin and growth of fascist and communist ideologies the causal determinants of voting behavior the structure of opinions and attitudes and the relationship between politics and personality. He seeks to rescue these factual findings from the obscurity of technical journals and present them in a more accessible form.The research presented in this book outlines the main principles of organization and structure in the field of attitudes. These principles account in a remarkably complete and detailed manner for the systems of political organization found in Great Britain that is the Conservative Liberal and Socialist parties and the communist and fascist groups. Next Eysenck relates these principles to the system of personality structure which for many years formed the main focus of research activity at the Institute of Psychiatry in London.The Psychology of Politics integrates attitude research with modern learning theory. In his new introduction Eysenck writes that his research and personal experiences in Germany led him to believe that authoritarianism could appear equally well on the left as on the right. He saw Stalin as equally authoritarian as Hitler and communism as equally totalitarian as Nazism. The Psychology of Politics contains the evidence and arguments Eysenck used to demonstrate his approach. This volume is of enduring significance for psychologists political theorists and historians. It is by indirection a major statement in modern liberalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138537941

The Psychology of PopulismThe Tribal Challenge to Liberal Democracy The recent rise of populist politics represent a major challenge for liberal democracies. This important book explores the psychological reasons for the rise of populism featuring contributions from leading international researchers in the fields of psychology and political science. Unlike liberal democracy based on the Enlightenment values of individual freedom autonomy and rationality both right-wing and left-wing populism offer collectivist autocratic formulations reminiscent of the evolutionary history and tribal instincts of our species. The book offers a comprehensive overview of the psychology of populism covering such phenomena as identity seeking anger and fear collective narcissism grievance norms perceptions of powerlessness and deprivation authoritarianism nationalism radicalism propaganda and persuasion ethnocentrism xenophobia and the effects of globalization. The book is divided into four parts. Part I deals with the motivational and emotional factors that attract voters to populist causes and the human needs and values that populist movements satisfy. Part II analyzes the cognitive features of populist appeals especially their emphasis on simplicity epistemic certainty and moral absolutism. Part III turns to one of the defining features of populism: its offer of a powerful tribal identity and collectivist ideology that provide meaning and personal significance to its followers. Finally in Part IV the propaganda tactics used by populist movements are analysed including the role of charismatic leadership authoritarianism and nationalism and the use of conspiracy narratives and persuasive strategies. This is fascinating reading on a highly topical issue. The book will be of interest to students researchers and applied professionals in all areas of psychology and the social sciences as a textbook or reference book and to anyone interested in the global rise of populism. Please follow this link for an insightful interview by one of the editors of the book - Joseph P. Forgas: https://www.routledge.com/blog/article/editor-interview-the-psychology-of-populism We have also created a short promotional video for the book here - https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iK1BEF8WyMA. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367523817

The Psychology of PrayerA Scientific Approach Reviewing the growing body of scientific research on prayer this book describes what is known about the behavioral cognitive emotional developmental and health aspects of this important religious activity. The highly regarded authors provide a balanced perspective on what prayer means to the individual how and when it is practiced and the impact it has in people's lives. Clinically relevant topics include connections among prayer coping and adjustment as well as controversial questions of whether prayer (for oneself or another) can be beneficial to health. The strengths and limitations of available empirical studies are critically evaluated and promising future research directions are identified. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462506958

The Psychology of Prejudice Why do we develop extreme attitudes to others? Can our personality contribute to our prejudices? How do we reduce prejudice and discrimination? The Psychology of Prejudice explores different forms of prejudice and discrimination from racial jokes to genocide. It looks at what might cause our prejudiced attitudes including our personalities social influences group identity and evolutionary factors and how prejudice can be reduced through education campaigning and consciousness raising. Offering insights into a topic of great public concern and debate The Psychology of Prejudice shows us how we can confront our prejudiced attitudes and contribute to greater tolerance and understanding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367534639

The Psychology of PrejudiceThe Ontario Symposium Volume 7 This volume consists of expanded and updated versions of papers presented at the Seventh Ontario Symposium on Personality and Social Psychology. The series is designed to bring together scholars from across North America who work in the same substantive area with the goals of identifying common concerns and integrating research findings. The topic of this symposium was the psychology of prejudice and the presentations covered a wide variety of issues. The papers present state-of-the-art research programs addressing prejudice from the point of view of both the bigoted person as well as the victim of bigotry. The chapter authors confront this issue from two major -- and previously separate -- research traditions: the psychology of attitude and intergroup conflict. The chapters are organized in the following sequence of topics: the determinants and consequences of stereotypes individual differences in prejudicial attitudes intergroup relations the responses of victims to prejudice and discrimination and an integrative summary/commentary. Illustrating both the diversity and vitality of research on the psychology of prejudice the editors hope that this volume will stimulate further research and theorizing in this area. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203763377

The Psychology of Questions Originally published in 1985 the chapters in this volume collectively approach the phenomenon of questioning from many perspectives. There are studies on question comprehension question answering question asking and the influence of adjunct questions on text comprehension and memory. The chapters cover different theories models methods and practical applications. Some contributors focus exclusively on adult subjects whereas other examine cognitive development in children. The earlier chapters in the book have a "pure science" emphasis whereas the later chapters have an "applied" emphasis. Of course the distinction between science and application had in the editors’ words become "very fuzzy" in the years prior to publication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815393979

The Psychology of Radicalization and Terrorism Terrorism and radicalization have a long history but in recent years their prominence has been a particularly conspicuous and influential feature of the global political landscape. This important book presents an overview of the processes involved in radicalization and terrorism and introduces a systematic framework which captures the most crucial individual and social factors involved in determining these processes. The authors begin by considering the possible role of prejudice economic deprivation and discrimination and the cognitive responses and emotions they can trigger. Such responses tend in turn to increase the importance of group membership and promote intergroup differentiation and polarization a process which is often accompanied by more pronounced and more extreme religious and ideological beliefs. The book also describes the role of cultural values and social climate in processes of radicalization as well as the role of personality factors and demographics such as age and marital status. As for violent terrorist action itself this final most radical stage is elicited by a number of group factors such as groupthink isolation and leadership. Certain cognitive mechanisms – for example dehumanizing the target and attributing responsibility elsewhere – can also provide excuses for violence. The book explores why some groups turn to violence and others don’t and it addresses processes of disengagement deradicalization programs and other methods used to inhibit the spread of radicalization and terrorism. The Psychology of Radicalization and Terrorism takes a unique and systematic approach to a vital topic integrating knowledge from diverse literatures and using social psychology as a basis for comprehending human behaviour. It will be essential reading for students and researchers from all disciplines seeking a greater understanding of terrorism and violent political conflict in all its forms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848724426

The Psychology of Reading The last 20 years have witnessed a revolution in reading research. Cognitive psychologists using high-speed computers to aid in the collection and analysis of data have developed tools that have begun to answer questions that were previously thought unanswerable. These tools allow for a "chronometric " or moment-to-moment analysis of the reading process. Foremost among them is the use of the record of eye movements to help reveal the underlying perceptual and cognitive processes of reading. This volume provides a coherent framework for the research accomplished on the reading process over the past 15 years. It emphasizes how readers go about extracting information from the printed page and how they comprehend the text. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203357798

The Psychology of Reading Originally published in 1984 this new introductory text fulfilled a need amongst both psychology and education students for a book which dealt with reading in a way that explored areas beyond the strictly practical question of how to teach children to read. Previous books on the psychology of reading had often concentrated on the analytic approach in which reading had been seen in terms of a set of interconnected sub-skills and the experimental study of these components had become an end in itself. As a result although great advances had been made in our understanding of certain aspects of the process psychological studies of reading had increasingly been seen by teachers and others as unduly abstract. The Psychology of Reading goes back to first principles and attempts to set reading in its context alongside other cognitive activities particularly those involving memory and perceptual processes. Professor Kennedy argues that it is wrong to set reading apart as a ‘skill’ when it needs to be understood against a background of work in cognitive psychology. Reading is a social phenomenon concerned with human communication and in this context it must be seen in terms of an interaction between writer and reader. The book explores the nature of this interaction and the various stylistic and other devices which sustain the ‘contract’ between reader and writer. In particular the psychological processes which allow a reader to make sensible assumptions about a writer’s intentions are dealt with in detail. No theory of reading the author argues should ignore the purpose of the enterprise. Similarly explaining success and failure in teaching children to read may well hinge on an understanding of what children think reading is about. The style of this book is concise and largely non-technical. The Psychology of Reading will be welcomed as stimulating and demanding by experts and non-specialist general readers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138090620

The Psychology of Reading and Spelling Disabilities Originally published in 1983 recent advances in cognitive psychology had revealed that reading and spelling disabilities may be due to deficits in basic cognitive processes. Dr Jorm looks at each type of disability in detail in relation to normality as well as intellectual disability (formerly called retardation) and finds that the new research provides a useful approach to seemingly intractable problems. He covers a broad range of topics including the social context of reading disabilities the role of biological factors remedial teaching and prevention of literacy problems. He also gives a forward-looking account of how research at the time on the cognitive processes in comprehension might aid our understanding of the relatively neglected group of children who can read individual words yet fail to comprehend adequately. Reading disabilities are increasingly serious in a culture which places an ever higher value on literacy and the discoveries of the cognitive psychologists are presented here in a way that will still be accessible to all those teachers and parents who want to know about developments in the past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138088467

The Psychology of ReadingAn Interdisciplinary Approach (2nd Edn) The need to know why as well as how children and youth respond as they do to reading instruction has guided the selection of this book’s content. The second edition of this title originally published in 1990 has retained and elaborated upon the three major themes previously presented: that reading is a linguistic process; that motivation the affective domain may be as important in learning to read as the cognitive domain; and that the reality of learning theory is to be found in the mechanisms of the brain where information is mediated and memory traces are stored.The text integrates views from cognitive psychology psycholinguistics and neuropsychology as they relate to reading and writing. A learning-motivation model is provided to present associative learning conceptualization and self-directed reading in a hierarchical relationship with distinct cognitive and affective components. The distinction between beginning and proficient reading is maintained throughout the text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138092679

The Psychology of ReadingTheory and Applications Incorporating cognitive neuropsychological and sociocultural perspectives this authoritative text explains the psychological processes involved in reading and describes applications for educational practice. The book follows a clear developmental sequence from the impact of the early family environment through the acquisition of emergent literacy skills and the increasingly complex abilities required for word recognition reading fluency vocabulary growth and text comprehension. Linguistic and cultural factors in individual reading differences are examined as are psychological dimensions of reading motivation and the personal and societal benefits of reading.User-Friendly Features*End-of-chapter discussion questions and suggestions for further reading.*Explicit linkages among theory research standards (including the Common Core State Standards) and instruction.*Engaging case studies at the beginning of each chapter.*Technology Toolbox explores the pros and cons of computer-assisted learning.   Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462523504

The Psychology of Reasoning First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875050

The Psychology Of Religion Theory in the psychology of religion is in a state of rapid development and the present volume demonstrates how various positions in this field may be translated into original foundational work that will in turn encourage exploration in many directions. A number of new contributions are collected with previously published pieces to illustrate the Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367318932

The Psychology of Religion Does religion positively affect well-being? What leads to fundamentalism? Do religious beliefs make us more moral? The Psychology of Religion explores the often contradictory ideas people have about religion and religious faiths spirituality fundamentalism and atheism. The book examines whether we choose to be religious or whether it is down to factors such as genes environment personality cognition and emotion. It analyses religion’s effects on morality health and social behavior and asks whether religion will survive in our modern society. Offering a balanced view The Psychology of Religion shows that both religiosity and atheism have their own psychological costs and benefits with some of them becoming more salient in certain environments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815368120

The Psychology of Religion and Spirituality for CliniciansUsing Research in Your Practice Many therapists and counselors find themselves struggling to connect the research on the psychology of religion and spirituality to their clinical practice. This book will address this issue providing a valuable resource for clinicians that will help translate basic research findings into useful clinical practice strategies. The editors and chapter authors all talented and respected scholar-clinicians offer a practical and functional understanding of the empirical literature on the psychology of religion and spirituality of while at the same time outlining clinical implications assessments and strategies for counseling and psychotherapy. Chapters cover such topics as religious and spiritual identity its development and its relationship with one’s personality; client God images; spiritually transcendent experiences; forgiveness and reconciliation; and religion and spirituality in couples and families. Each concludes with clinical application questions and suggestions for further reading. This book is a must-read for all those wishing to ground their clinical work in an empirical understanding of the role that religion and spirituality plays in the lives of their clients.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415873437

The Psychology of ReligionAn Empirical Approach Keeping up with the rapidly growing research base the leading graduate-level psychology of religion text is now in a fully updated fifth edition. It takes a balanced empirically driven approach to understanding the role of religion in individual functioning and social behavior. Integrating research on numerous different faith traditions the book addresses the quest for meaning; links between religion and biology; religious thought belief and behavior across the lifespan; experiential dimensions of religion and spirituality; the social psychology of religious organizations; and connections to coping adjustment and mental disorder. Chapter-opening quotations and topical research boxes enhance the readability of this highly instructive text.   Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462535989

The Psychology of Religious Behaviour Belief and Experience Because society is increasingly secular it may seem irrelevant to consider the psychology of religion. But the diversity of our multi-ethnic and multi-cultural society in fact makes religion more important to the social sciences than it has ever been before. What are the social consequences of religion? Every day the news is full of events that can be blamed on religion perpetrated by a range of groups from whole societies to individuals. Beit-Hallami and Argyle are renowned for their clear analytical approach to topics and this new state-of-the-art study of psychology and religion is no exception. It will be welcomed as an update to their previous work in the area by social psychologists sociologists and theologians worldwide. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315812601

The Psychology of Religious Mysticism First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864480

The Psychology of Restorative JusticeManaging the Power Within This ground-breaking collection dares to take the next step in the advancement of an autonomous inter-disciplinary restorative justice field of study. It brings together criminology social psychology legal theory neuroscience affect-script psychology sociology forensic mental health political sciences psychology and positive psychology to articulate for the first time a psychological concept of restorative justice. To this end the book studies the power structures of the restorative justice movement the very psychology motivations and emotions of the practitioners who implement it as well as the drivers of its theoreticians and researchers. Furthermore it examines the strengths and weakness of our own societies and the communities that are called to participate as parties in restorative justice. Their own biases hunger for power and control fears and hopes are investigated. The psychology and dynamics between those it aims to reach as well as those who are funding it including policy makers and politicians are looked into. All these questions lead to creating an understanding of the psychology of restorative justice. The book is essential reading for academics researchers policymakers practitioners and campaigners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815391975

The Psychology of Retirement How can you make the most of retirement? How should you plan for retirement? What are the challenges of retirement and how can they be dealt with?   The Psychology of Retirement looks at this life stage as a journey that involves challenges opportunities setbacks periods of disenchantment and often exciting new beginnings. Taking a positive approach the book explores how retirement provides opportunities to cultivate new friendships interests and hobbies consolidate and renegotiate long-held ones and even re-invent oneself in a post-work environment. It also emphasizes the value of pre-retirement planning and the importance of establishing new goals and purposes.    Retirement can be a period of significant psychological growth and development and The Psychology of Retirement shows how it can herald the beginning of a vibrant and active stage of life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815347088

The Psychology of Safety Handbook You cannot improve your organization's safety performance to enviable levels without addressing human behavior and attitude effectively. The only comprehensive reference on the psychology of the human dynamics of safety The Psychology of Safety Handbook shows you how to apply psychology to improve safety and health in your organization. Dr. Geller Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429144172

The Psychology of School Bullying Why do children get involved with bullying? Does cyberbullying differ from traditional bullying? How can bullying at school be prevented? The Psychology of School Bullying explores what bullying is and what factors lead to children playing roles as bullies victims defenders bystanders or even some combination of these The book examines proactive strategies to reduce the likelihood of bullying happening in school but also looks at what action the school could take if bullying incidents do occur. As bullying can have such far-reaching consequences and sometimes tragic outcomes it is vital to grasp how and why it happens and The Psychology of School Bullying shows how improved knowledge and understanding can lead to effective interventions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138699403

The Psychology of Science Text Comprehension This volume's goal is to provide readers with up-to-date information on the research and theory of scientific text comprehension. It is widely acknowledged that the comprehension of science and technological artifacts is very difficult for both children and adults. The material is conceptually complex there is very little background knowledge for most individuals and the materials are often poorly written. Therefore it is no surprise that students are turned off from learning science and technology. Given these challenges it is important to design scientific text in a fashion that fits the cognitive constraints of the learner. The enterprise of textbook design needs to be effectively integrated with research in discourse processing educational technology and cognitive science. This book takes a major step in promoting such an integration. This volume: *provides an important integration of research and theory with theoretical methodological and educational applications; *includes a number of chapters that cover how science text information affects mental representations and strategies; *introduces important suggestions about how text design and new technologies can be thought of as pedagogical features; and *establishes academic text taxonomies and a consensus of the criteria to organize inferences and other mental mechanisms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138833401

The Psychology Of Self-Conciousness First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875340

The Psychology of Sex What can psychology teach us about sex? How do different bodies and brains respond sexually? How can we prevent people being stigmatised for their sexuality? The Psychology of Sex takes you on a tour through the different ways that psychologists have created and sustained certain understandings of sex and sexuality. Bearing in mind the subjective nature of sex the book explores cultural concerns around sexualisation pornography and sex addiction as well as drawing on research from sexual communities and the applied area of sex therapy. When so much of our relationship to sex happens in the mind The Psychology of Sex shows us how important it is to understand where our ideas about sex come from. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138676497

The Psychology of Soccer Sports psychology exploring the effects of psychological interventions on important performance-related outcomes has become ever more popular and prevalent within elite level soccer clubs in the past decade as teams look to gain psychological as well as physiological advantages over their competitors. The Psychology of Soccer seeks to present the detailed understanding of the theories underpinning the psychological issues relating to soccer along with practical insights into effective psychological interventions and strategies This book uses contemporary theory and research to elucidate key concepts and applied interventions. It includes world-leading expert commentaries of contemporary theoretical and applied approaches in understanding critical issues in soccer and provides practical implications and insights into working effectively in soccer-related contexts. The Psychology of Soccer is an evidence-based resource to guide research and facilitate practice and will be a vital resource for researchers practitioners and coaches within the area of sport psychology and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367350284

The Psychology of Social Conflict and Aggression This book provides an up-to-date integration of some of the most recent developments in social psychological research on social conflict and aggression one of the most perennial and puzzling topics in all of psychology. It offers an informative scholarly yet readable overview of recent advances in research on the nature antecedents management and consequences of interpersonal and intergroup conflict and aggression. The chapters share a broad integrative orientation and argue that human conflict is best understood through the careful analysis of the cognitive affective and motivational processes of those involved in conflict situations supplemented by a broadly-based understanding of the evolutionary biological as well as the social and cultural contexts within which social conflict occurs. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848729322

The Psychology of Social Media Are we really being ourselves on social media? Can we benefit from connecting with people we barely know online? Why do some people overshare on social networking sites? The Psychology of Social Media explores how so much of our everyday lives is played out online and how this can impact our identity wellbeing and relationships. It looks at how our online profiles connections status updates and sharing of photographs can be a way to express ourselves and form connections but also highlights the pitfalls of social media including privacy issues. From FOMO to fraping and from subtweeting to selfies The Psychology of Social Media shows how social media has developed a whole new world of communication and for better or worse is likely to continue to be an essential part of how we understand our selves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138047754

The Psychology of Socialism First published in 1899 during a period of crisis for French democracy The Psychology of Socialism details Le Bon's view of socialism and radicalism primarily as religious movements. The emotionalism and hysteria of the period especially as manifested during the Dreyfuss Affair convinced Le Bon that most political controversy is based neither on reasoned deliberation nor rational interest but on a psychology that partakes of contatgion andhysteria. Le Bon points to the irrationality of religion and uses the religiosity of socialism to debunk socialism as an irrational movement based on hatred and jealousy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138537965

The Psychology of Space ExplorationWhat Freud Might Have Said This short book grapples with two vast questions: the nature of our minds and our place in the wider universe. It considers how one mutually influences the development of the other. The changes and challenges that will accompany the first humans to leave Earth and travel to another planet or even further will not only impact our technical capabilities but will also represent a watershed moment within our individual and collective human psychology. Many of the problems of resource use environmental degradation and waste or destructive processes are contained in the larger process of exploring another environment and planet. But This book also offers a shift in perspective that allows us to consider humanity from an alternative more holistic perspective reappraising our own minds both individually and within dynamic social processes. The Psychology of Space Exploration considers our place and purpose in the widest possible perspective that of space exploration and the natural universe. It doesn’t seek to answer these questions but provides a perspective to explore even further. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138351400

The Psychology Of Special Abilities And Disabilities First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875104

The Psychology of Sport and Performance InjuryAn Interprofessional Case-Based Approach The use of psychological interventions and counselling strategies has become a central part of injury prevention rehabilitation and return to participation process. The Psychology of Sport and Performance Injury: An Interprofessional Case-Based Approach is the first book to offer students academic scholars and practitioners case studies that are grounded in psychological theory and empirical evidence with a specific focus on addressing psychological aspects of sport and performance injuries in an interprofessional manner. This book presents nine "real-life inspired" fictional sport and performance injury cases. It demonstrates the viability and effectiveness of adopting an interprofessional person-centered approach to injury rehabilitation and return to participation process. Each case is focused on a particular phase of rehabilitation with specific attention placed on relevant biopsychosocial concerns. Within each chapter a theoretical conceptual and empirical analysis of the case is presented followed by detailed accounts on how a range of professionals and significant others can work alongside each other to provide a holistic care for the injured performer within their own competencies. The Psychology of Sport and Performance Injury: An Interprofessional Case-Based Approach emphasizes the importance of holistic interprofessional approach to sport and performance injury rehabilitation. This book is a vital resource for upper-level students academic scholars and applied practitioners from a range of sport and performance related disciplines such as athletic training kinesiology occupational therapy physical therapy sport psychology sports therapy and strength and conditioning. It offers a valuable reading for a range of individuals and professionals who are involved in sport and performance injury prevention rehabilitation and return to participation process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815362692

The Psychology of Sport Injury and Rehabilitation Athletes routinely use psychological skills and interventions for performance enhancement but perhaps surprisingly not always to assist in recovery from injury. This book demonstrates the ways in which athletes and practitioners can transfer psychological skills to an injury and rehabilitation setting to enhance recovery and the well-being of the athlete. Drawing on the very latest research in sport and exercise psychology this book explores key psychological concepts relating to injury explaining typical psychological responses to injury and psychological aspects of rehabilitation. Using case studies in every chapter to highlight the day-to-day reality of working with injured athletes it introduces a series of practical interventions skills and techniques underpinned by an evidence-base with a full explanation of how each might affect an athlete’s recovery from injury. The Psychology of Sport Injury and Rehabilitation emphasises the importance of an holistic multi-disciplinary approach to sports injury and rehabilitation. No other book examines the psychological aspects of both sports injury and the rehabilitation process and therefore this is an essential resource for students scholars and practitioners working in sport psychology sports therapy sports medicine or coaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415695893

The Psychology of Sports CoachingResearch and Practice This is the first book to offer a comprehensive review of current research in the psychology of sports coaching. It provides detailed critical appraisals of the key psychological concepts behind the practice of sports coaching and engages with contemporary debates in this field. Organised around three main themes it discusses factors affecting the coaching environment; methods for enhancing coach performance; and how to put theory into practice through coaching work. Written by an international team of researchers and practitioners at the cutting edge of psychology and coaching each chapter introduces a key concept defines key terms provides a comprehensive literature review and considers implications for future research and applied practice. Encompassing the latest developments in the field it addresses topics such as: the theory behind effective coaching creating performance environments promoting psychological well-being developing resilience through coaching transformational leadership and the role of the coach. The Psychology of Sports Coaching: Research and Practice is an indispensable resource for sport psychologists and sports coaches and is essential reading for all students and academics researching sport psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815357247

The Psychology of Strength and Conditioning An effective strength and conditioning program underpins the training regime of every successful athlete or sportsperson and it is now widely recognized that psychology plays a significant role in the application of strength and conditioning principles. This is the first book to examine the importance of psychological factors in strength and conditioning and to offer a comprehensive overview of current research theory and best practice. Written by a team of leading international researchers and practitioners the book looks at how psychology influences training and performance and how training can influence an individual’s psychological well-being. It explores a range of key topics in contemporary sport psychology and athletic training including: mental skills training behaviour change psychology in professional practice psychological problems including exercise dependence eating disorders and steroid use. Throughout the book combines evidence-based research with discussion of the practical issues facing athletes coaches and sport science professionals. By firstly developing our understanding of the latest psychological skills and techniques used by athletes and coaches to maximize strength and conditioning training and performance and then the ways other psychological factors influence and are influenced by strength and conditioning training this book represents invaluable reading for all advanced students researchers trainers and sport scientists with an interest in strength and conditioning or sport psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415574099

The Psychology of Study Success in Universities Universities around the world are under increasing pressure to maintain high levels of graduation and to make study processes as efficient as possible with teachers and students struggling to meet the expectations placed upon them as a result. The Psychology of Study Success in Universities asks whether it is possible to meet these demands at the same time as protecting the well-being of students. Drawing on an extensive and detailed analysis of study success in universities in Finland the authors of this thought-provoking work argue that universities should be more concerned with students’ satisfaction and place greater weight on students’ perceptions of the elements that enhance or hinder their success. The book provides a multi-dimensional picture of the student-related and teaching-related factors that promote study success. Giving voice to graduate students including those enrolled on a PhD the authors look at the resources that students have at their disposal in order to establish what inspires and motivates the students what slows them down and what kinds of experiences students have of successful studies. Määttä and Uusiautti present a wealth of high-quality research showing that good teaching and successful study processes can be secured by immediate and caring interaction flexible and student-centred teaching and supervision and interdisciplinary collaboration between teachers. The Psychology of Study Success in Universities is essential reading for academics researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of education and psychology as well as for those interested in positive psychology student well-being and pedagogical studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367190262

The Psychology of Sub-Culture in Sport and Physical ActivityCritical perspectives International Perspectives on Key Issues in Sport and Exercise Psychology is a series of edited books with a global focus which reflect the state of art in areas of current and emerging interest in the study of sport and exercise psychology. Each volume in the series contributes to the better understanding of a key issue facing researchers and practitioners in sport psychology. This volume in the series focuses upon the sociocultural issues that challenge and often undermine participation performance and well-being in sports. Contributors address a number of important issues such as exclusion miscommunication and ineffective practice in sport. The book extends the recent interest in culture within sport psychology by using a critical approach to highlight less mainstream sports such as martial arts circus arts extreme sports and dance and it will help sports participants and social scientists to gain an understanding of these marginalized sporting identities. By highlighting "subcultural" contexts with their individual practices and values it is hoped that the volume will promote the goal of achieving a more just inclusive and ethical sport psychology. The Psychology of Sub-Culture in Sport and Physical Activity will be ideal reading for sport and exercise academics and practitioners advanced students of applied sport psychology and related fields such as sport science critical studies sociology cultural studies and social anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848721586

The Psychology of Successful TradingBehavioural Strategies for Profitability This book is the first to demonstrate the practical implications of an important yet under-considered area of psychology in helping traders and investors understand the biases and attribution errors that drive unpredictable behaviour on the trading floor. Readers will improve their chances of trading successfully by learning where cognitive biases lead to errors in stock analysis and how these biases can be used to predict behavior in market participants. Focusing on the three major types of bias—Belief-Formation Quasi-Economic and Social—the book provides a rigorous discussion of the literature before explaining how each of these biases plays out in financial markets. The author brings together the fields of philosophical psychology and behavioral finance to introduce "theory of mind " providing readers with tools to predict biases in others as well as using these predictions to form optimal trading strategies for themselves. Readers will also learn to understand their own behaviors counteracting biases such as overconfidence and conformity—and the "curse" of their own knowledge—to strengthen trade performance. Pairing his skill and experience with an extensive research bibliography Short positions the foundational sources of cognitive biases alongside concrete examples experimental designs and trader’s anecdotes helping readers to apply theoretical guidelines to real-life scenarios. Shrewd professionals and MBA students will benefit from The Psychology of Successful Trading’s intuitive structure and practical focus. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138096288

The Psychology of Teaching Physical EducationFrom Theory to Practice This book weaves together theory research and practical information related to the psychological aspects of physical education. Unlike other exercise/sport psychology books on the market The Psychology of Teaching Physical Education is written especially for future and practicing physical educators and focuses on the psychological principles and strategies that are most relevant to them. The book covers the important topics of motivation reinforcement feedback modeling prosocial behaviors/moral development and self-perception. In each chapter narratives about real practicing teachers show how they apply the principles and theories of psychology to physical education and particularly to actual situations that readers are likely to encounter professionally. Each chapter contains three main sections: following an opening scenario in which Blankenship captures the reader's attention with a real-life problem the author then (1) highlights theories related to the subject matter of the chapter (2) summarizes the research that has been conducted on the theories and the chapter topic and (3) gives examples of practical applications of the theory and research to physical education. Throughout the chapter as the theory research and application of the topic are discussed Blankenship presents possible solutions to the challenge presented in the chapter-opening vignette. The classroom applications and real-world examples are relevant to many different physical education settings including those at the elementary middle and high school levels in both urban and rural schools representing various geographical regions of the country. These examples bring the theories to life and help readers envision how their own classes will benefit as they apply what theyíve learned about the psychology of teaching physical education. Key Features of the Book A theory-to-research-to-practice approach. An author whose background in both sport psychology and physical education makes her uniquely qualified to write this book. Chapter-ending application exercises that encourage readers to go beyond rote memorization of concepts and principles to apply what they learned in various specific examples. Sample instructional models and guidelines to enable readers to incorporate concepts discussed in the chapter into their own classes. A comprehensive glossary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138078291

The Psychology of Television This volume addresses the content of television -- both programs and advertisements -- and the psychological effects of the content on the audience. The author not only reports new research but explains its practical applications without jargon. Issues are discussed and described in terms of psychological mechanisms and causal routes of influence. While primarily referring to the American television industry and American governmental regulations the psychological principles discussed are applicable to television viewers world wide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138412156

The Psychology of Terrorism What is terrorism? Can anyone be radicalized? How can we respond to terrorist acts? The Psychology of Terrorism seeks to explain why some acts of violence are considered terrorism and others are not and why some individuals may be more susceptible to engaging in radical terrorist behavior. Debunking myths and lazy stereotypes the book delves into some of the most shocking atrocities of our times to discuss the complex and varied psychological characteristics of individual terrorists organized groups and their acts. Whilw there is no simple solution The Psychology of Terrorism shows us that a growing reverse radicalization movement and modern interventionist techniques can give us hope for the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367353315

The Psychology of Terrorism This new edition of John Horgan's critically acclaimed book is fully revised and expanded. The book presents a critical analysis of our existing knowledge and understanding of terrorist psychology. Despite the on-going search for a terrorist pathology the most insightful and evidence-based research to date not only illustrates the lack of any identifiable psychopathology in terrorists but demonstrates how frighteningly 'normal' and unremarkable in psychological terms are those who engage in terrorist activity. By producing a clearer map of the processes that impinge upon the individual terrorist a different type of terrorist psychology emerges one which has clearer implications for efforts at countering and disrupting violent extremism in today's world. In this 2nd edition Horgan further develops his approach to the arc of terrorism by delving deeper into his IED model of Involvement Engagement and Disengagement – the three phases of terrorism experienced by every single terrorist. Drawing on new and exciting research from the past decade with new details from interviews with terrorists ranging from al-Qaeda to left-wing revolutionaries biographies and autobiographies of former terrorists and insights from historic and contemporary terrorist attacks since 2005 Horgan presents a fully revised and expanded edition of his signature text. This new edition of The Psychology of Terrorism will be essential reading for students of terrorism and political violence and counterterrorism studies and recommended for forensic psychology criminology international security and IR in general.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415698023

The Psychology of the Asian Consumer Why is it important to conduct research on the psychology of the Asian consumer? What research themes have already emerged? What are the relevant theories and practical applications based on this research? These are some of the questions and issues addressed in this unique book. With chapters written by experts in their field The Psychology of the Asian Consumer highlights how consumer psychology can contribute to an understanding of Asian consumer behaviour and is especially timely in light of today's global economy and its focus on the Pacific Rim. Chapters are organised around the key concepts of theory and culture and include numerous case studies and practical applications. The book focuses on research summaries that provide readers with important need-to-know information. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765646477

The Psychology of the Imagination First published in 1972. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138146822

The PSYCHOLOGY OF THE INFANT First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868822

The Psychology of the Language Learner Revisited Over the past decade the focus of inquiry into the psychology of SLA has shifted from the analysis of various characteristics within individuals towards a greater consideration of individuals’ dynamic interactions with diverse contexts. This revisit of the bestselling The Psychology of the Language Learner reflects on these developments by challenging some of the assumptions upon which the original text was based maintaining the familiar structure of the original while situating the discussion within a very different theoretical framework. Written in a lively accessible style the book considers how the field has evolved and maintains a keen eye on the future suggesting exciting new directions for the psychology of SLA. The Psychology of the Language Learner Revisited will appeal to students and researchers in a wide range of disciplines including applied linguistics second language acquisition modern languages and psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138018747

The Psychology of the Language LearnerIndividual Differences in Second Language Acquisition Research results over the past decades have consistently demonstrated that a key reason why many second language learners fail--while some learners do better with less effort--lies in various learner attributes such as personality traits motivation or language aptitude. In psychology these attributes have traditionally been called "individual differences." The scope of individual learner differences is broad--ranging from creativity to learner styles and anxiety--yet there is no current comprehensive and unified volume that provides an overview of the considerable amount of research conducted on various language learner differences until now.Each chapter in this new volume focuses on a different individual difference variable. Besides a review of the relevant second language literature Zoltán Dörnyei presents a concise overview of the psychological research involving each topic. A key concern for the author has been to define the various learner factors as measurable constructs and therefore the discussion includes a summary of the most famous tests and questionnaires in each domain.A wide range of readers will benefit from this book--students in linguistics applied linguistics modern languages and psychology programs; second language teachers participating in in-service training courses; and researchers in second language acquisition and psychology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410613349

The Psychology of the Learning Group Originally published in 1973 this work takes a hard look at the claims made for the small group as a learning medium (lecture structured discussion ‘sensitivity’ training groups etc.). Various theories of group dynamics leadership function and learning process are looked at critically on the basis of actual research findings. It was intended for students of social psychology and anyone teaching or training to teach at Further Education level at the time and will still be of interest in its historical context today. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138957374

The Psychology of the Movements of Handwriting Originally published in 1926 this title is a summary in English of the works of the great French graphologist Jules Crépieux-Jamin. He was recognised at the time in France as the first authority on the subject of graphology but was less well-known in England and America. This title brought his work to the English speaking world and he went on to be known as one of the most important exponents of graphology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138947214

The Psychology of the Paranormal Can mediums communicate with the dead? Do people really believe they’ve been abducted by aliens? Why do some people make life decisions based on their horoscope? The Psychology of the Paranormal explores some commonly held beliefs regarding experiences so strange they can defy an obvious scientific explanation. The book explains how psychologists have conducted experiments to provide insight into phenomena such as clairvoyance astrology and alien abduction as well as teaching us fundamental truths about human belief systems. From debunking myths about Extra Sensory Perception to considering whether our lives can truly be fated by the stars The Psychology of the Paranormal shows us that however unlikely belief in the paranormal will continue to be widespread. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138307889

The Psychology of the Person This new title from a distinguished psychoanalyst will inspire both those in the psychoanalytic field and the general reader.'In this book the author attempts to sketch out a "Psychology of the Person". The definition of "person" implies that no two people even identical twins are the same. Although this is obvious and no sensible person would quarrel with such a view yet many terms are used that imply that there is a sameness between two or more people. For instance it is often said that one individual is identified with another which in ordinary language means that he or she makes him or herself the same as the other yet this is an impossibility. So what is a person? How is a person different from someone who is not a person? This book sets out to answer these questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490694

The Psychology of the Social Self Leading theoreticians and researchers present current thinking about the role played by group memberships in people's sense of who they are and what they are worth. The chapters build on the assumption developed out of social identity theory that people create a social self that both defines them and shapes their attitudes and behaviors. The authors address new developments in the theoretical frameworks through which we understand the social self recent research on the nature of the social self and recent findings about the influence of social context upon the development and maintenance of the social self. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315805689

The Psychology of the Transference An account of Jung's handling of the transference between psychologist and patient in the light of his conception of the archetypes. Based on the symbolic illustrations in a sixteenth century alchemical text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138834545

The Psychology of Theft and LossStolen and Fleeced Why do we steal? This question has confounded everyone from parents to judges teachers to psychologists economists to more than a few moral thinkers. Stealing can be a result of deprivation of envy or of a desire for power and influence. An act of theft can also bring forth someone’s hidden traits – paradoxically proving beneficial to their personal development. Robert Tyminski explores the many dimensions of stealing and in particular how they relate to a subtle balance of loss versus gain that operates in all of us. Our natural aversion to loss can lead to extreme actions as a means to acquire what we may not be able to obtain through time work or money. Tyminski uses the myth of Jason Medea and the Golden Fleece to explore the dilemmas involved in such situations and demonstrate the timelessness of theft as fundamentally human. The Psychology of Theft and Loss incorporates Jungian and psychoanalytic theories as well as more recent cognitive research findings to deepen our appreciation for the complexity of human motivations when it comes to stealing culminating in consideration of the idea of a perpetually present ‘inner thief’. Combining case studies Jungian theory and analysis of many different types of stealing including robbery kidnapping plagiarism and technotheft The Psychology of Theft and Loss is a fascinating study which will appeal to psychoanalysts psychologists psychiatrists social workers family therapists and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415830898

The Psychology of Thinking In this concise and lucid survey originally published in 1972 the author considers the major theoretical perspectives influential in the psychology of thinking at the time. They are looked at in relation to the problems which they are designed to answer and their success in accounting for the experimental evidence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138578524

The Psychology of Thinking about the Future Why do people spend so much time thinking about the future imagining scenarios that may never occur and making (often unrealistic) predictions? This volume brings together leading researchers from multiple psychological subdisciplines to explore the central role of future-thinking in human behavior across the lifespan. It presents cutting-edge work on the mechanisms involved in visualizing predicting and planning for the future. Implications are explored for such important domains as well-being and mental health academic and job performance ethical decision making and financial behavior. Throughout chapters highlight effective self-regulation strategies that help people pursue and realize their short- and long-term goals. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462534418

The Psychology Of Thought And FeelingA Conservative Interpretation of Results in Modern Psychology First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758024

The Psychology of time First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758062

The Psychology of Today's WomanNew Psychoanalytic Visions The sexual revolution oft discussed in the journalistic literature of recent years has brought in its wake a host of questions that are only beginning to be addressed.  How are women coping with "real world" challenges for which they may be ill prepared both socially and psychologically?  How successfully are they integrating old and new ego ideals in forging new identities?  Is their ostensible "liberation" actually making for a sense of integration and wholeness? The Psychology of Today's Woman: New Psychoanalytic Visions probes these and related questions from the standpoint of both developmental and therapeutic concerns.  Taking Freud's notion of female sexuality as a point of departure editors Bernay and Cantor have compiled a collection of original essays that reassesses traditional conceptions of female psychology (Section I) proffers new visions of femininity (Section II) and explores critical situations in the lives of contemporary women (Section III).  A final section of the book of special interest to analysts and psychotherapists examines the various facets of the clinical treatment of women. Collectively the contributors to this volume articulate a strong challenge to the "deficiency model" of female identity that has long dominated psychoanalytic theory.  More impressively still they offer constructive alternatives to the preconceptions of the past.  They converge in the belief that the richness and diversity of female experience cannot be encompassed in the overly simplified definitions and "masculine" analogizing of classical analysis.  Whether we investigate the status of "masculinity" and "femininity" as personality traits the relationship between "nurturance" and "aggression" in female identity or the meaning of "normality" and "pathology" in treatment situations we are very much in a realm of multiple truths in which the formulas of the past give little sense of the options of the present or the possibilities of the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872110

The Psychology of Tolerance in Times of Uncertainty This unique book lays out the motivational basis for tolerance the most important underlying factor that shapes people’s social attitudes and determines our ability to get along with others. Closed- or open-mindedness distinguishes people open to information and new ideas prepared to change their views from people who are rigidly attached to their convictions and resistant to the unknown. Demonstrating how the mechanism underlying closed-mindedness is rooted in uncertainty and fear with the fundamental consequence of closed-mindedness being intolerance the author shows how basic features of human psychology drive large-scale socio-political developments that determine the fate of peoples and nations. Kossowska argues that recent political events across Europe including the popularity and rise of extreme right-wing groups are no longer adequately explained by traditional distinctions like people versus the elite religion versus no religion left versus right. Exploring how this can provide knowledge to increase the capability of people groups or societies to improve their lives in an era of uncertainty created by economic and political turmoil the book also focuses on discussing ways to make people more open thus tolerant. Written from a psychological perspective this is an ideal resource for students and academics in psychology and social and political science as well as anybody interested in understanding psychological mechanisms of intolerance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367420567

The Psychology of Touch Designed to make research on touch understandable to those not specifically involved in tactile research this book provides broad coverage of the field. It includes material on sensory physiology and psychophysics thermal sensibility pain pattern participation sensory aids and tactile perception in blind people. While the volume is important for researchers in the area of touch it should also prove valuable to a broad audience of experimental and educational psychologists and health professionals. The book should also be of interest to scientists in perception cognition and cognitive science and can be used as a supplementary reader for courses in sensation and perception. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138175235

The Psychology of Trust What makes us trust people? How is trust developed and maintained? Is Western society facing a crisis of trust? The Psychology of Trust addresses trust issues that are directly relevant to peoples’ experiences in their daily lives. It identifies the factors that cause people to trust and the consequences of trust for real world issues in health politics terrorism the workplace and religious faith. It also explores the impact of a lack of trust and what causes distrust of individuals groups and organisations. In a world where trust impacts our daily lives The Psychology of Trust shows the role trust plays in our relationships and provides practical guidance regarding our own trust in others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138678491

The Psychology of ValuesThe Ontario Symposium Volume 8 The eighth Ontario Symposium brought together an international group of scholars who work in the area of the psychology of values. Among the categories these experts address are the conceptualizations of values value systems and value-attitude-behavior relations; methodological issues; the role of values in specific domains such as prejudice commitment and deservingness; and the transmission of values through family media and culture. Each chapter in the volume illustrates both the diversity and vitality of research on the psychology of values. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138989788

The Psychology of Vampires Why have vampires become such a feature of modern culture? Can vampire-like conditions be explained by medical research? Is there a connection between vampirism and Freud? The Psychology of Vampires presents a captivating look at the origins of vampires in myth and history and the psychological theories which try to explain why they fascinate us. It traces the development of vampires from the first ever vampire tale written by John Polidori in 1819 to their modern cultural legacy. Together with historical detail about Polidori’s eventful life the book also examines the characteristics of vampires and explores how and why people might identify as vampires today. From sanguinarians who drink blood to psychic vampires who suck the energy from those around them The Psychology of Vampires explores the absorbing connections between vampirism and psychology theology medicine and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138057678

The Psychology of Video Games What impact can video games have on us as players? How does psychology influence video game creation? Why do some games become cultural phenomena? The Psychology of Video Games introduces the curious reader to the relationship between psychology and video games from the perspective of both game makers and players. Assuming no specialist knowledge this concise approachable guide is a starter book for anyone intrigued by what makes video games engaging and what is their psychological impact on gamers. It digests the research exploring the benefits gaming can have on players in relation to education and healthcare considers the concerns over potential negative impacts such as pathological gaming and concludes with some ethics considerations. With gaming being one of the most popular forms of entertainment today The Psychology of Video Games shows the importance of understanding the human brain and its mental processes to foster ethical and inclusive video games. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367493134

The Psychology of Weather Do you feel happier on a sunny day? Are you afraid of thunderstorms? Are you dreaming of a White Christmas? The Psychology of Weather explores our relationship with the weather and how it can affect our mood behaviour and lifestyle. The book sheds light on our preoccupation with this natural phenomenon providing insights into how the weather on the day we were born can directly affect our intelligence and personality and explore such surprising findings that suicide rates peak in the spring and summer. When the weather affects everything from our buying behaviour to the jobs we do The Psychology of Weather shows us that understanding and appreciating the weather can improve our well-being and contribute to human survival. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815394877

The Psychology of Wellbeing How can we improve our sense of wellbeing? What explains the current wellbeing boom? What does wellbeing mean to you? The Psychology of Wellbeing offers readers tools to navigate their own wellbeing and understand what makes a ‘good life’. Using self-reflection and storytelling it explores how trust affects psychological and emotional wellbeing considers how stress and inequality impact our psychological wellbeing and how trends such as positive psychology influence our understanding of happiness. In a world where the ‘wellness economy’ is big business The Psychology of Wellbeing shows how we can question and make sense of information sources and sheds light on the wellness self-care and self-help industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367898083

The Psychology of Word Meanings This volume contains perspectives from a collection of cognitive scientists on the psychological philosophical and educational issues surrounding the meanings of words and how these meanings are learned and accessed. It features chapters covering the nature and structure of word meaning how new word meanings are acquired in childhood and later on in life and how research in word processing may tell us something about the way in which word meanings are represented and how they relate to the language processor. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138989795

The Psychology of Working Life What motivates us to do a good job? When does the pressure of work impact upon our health and well-being? How can employers choose the right candidates? The Psychology of Working Life shows how whether we like it or not the way we work and our feelings about it play a fundamental role in overall well-being. From the use of psychometrics in recruiting the right candidate to making working life more efficient the book illustrates how work in industrialized societies continues to be founded upon core psychological ideas. Motivation and job satisfaction have become recognized as key to job design and The Psychology of Working Life suggests that changing the way we work can impact on our stress levels overall health and productivity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138207257

The Psychology of WorkingA New Perspective for Career Development Counseling and Public Policy In this original and major new work David Blustein places working at the same level of attention for social and behavioral scientists and psychotherapists as other major life concerns such as intimate relationships physical and mental health and socio-economic inequities. He also provides readers with an expanded conceptual framework within which to think about working in human development and human experience. As a result this creative new synthesis enriches the discourse on working across the broad spectrum of psychology's concerns and agendas and especially for those readers in career development counseling and policy-related fields. This textbook is ideal for use in graduate courses on counseling and work or vocational counseling. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203935477

The Psychology of Workplace Technology Recent advances in technology have dramatically altered the manner in which organizations function transforming the way people think about and perform their work. The implications of these trends continue to evolve as emerging innovations adapt to and are adapted by organizations workers and other components of the socio-technical systems in which they are embedded. A rigorous consideration of these implications is needed to understand manage and drive the reciprocal interplay between technology and the workplace. This edited volume brings together top scholars within and outside of the field of industrial and organizational (I-O) psychology to explore the psychological and organizational effects of contemporary workplace technologies. A special section is included at the end of the book by four experts in the field entitled Reflections and Future Directions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138801639

The Psychology of WorkTheoretically Based Empirical Research This edited volume is derived from a conference held in honor of Charles Hulin's contribution to the psychology of work. His research has carefully developed and tested theory related to job satisfaction withdrawal from work and sexual harassment. Edited by Hulin's students The Psychology of Work discusses research in job satisfaction. This research shows that job satisfaction plays an essential role in theories of organizational behavior. Formal models are used such as item response theory structural equation modeling and computational models. Three general and consistent themes in Hulin's research are represented in this book's chapters. The first theme is a focus on broad general constructs such as job satisfaction. The virtue of this approach is that a wide range of behavior can be explained by a small number of variables. The second theme involves the examination of the antecedents and consequences of job satisfaction. This theme is increasingly important because it ties research on job attitudes and job behaviors where links are consistently found to social attitudes and behaviors where links are rarely found. The third theme consists of Hulin's interest in the use of formal models to characterize and understand behavior. This volume will be of interest to scholars and students in industrial/organizational psychology human resources organizational behavior and management. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415652681

The Psychology of Written Composition First Published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203812310

The Psychology Research CompanionFrom student project to working life The Psychology Research Companion: From student project to working life not only gives you the skills and confidence to conduct your psychology research project at university but is the first book to show how these skills will help you get ahead in your first job in the workplace. Jessica S. Horst an American psychologist teaching in the UK takes you through every step of the research process; from conceiving your research question and choosing a research methodology to organizing your time and resources effectively. The book includes sections on ethics data management working with research participants and report writing but each chapter is also informed by the wider aim of providing a toolkit for working life. Each chapter is packed with tips and skills that can be taken into the workplace including working collaboratively and organising your workload as well as discussing your research project in interview situations and when applying for jobs. This invaluable guide will appeal to all undergraduate and postgraduate psychology students whose aim is to learn a set of transferable research skills as well as to obtain a good degree result. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138785328

The PsychomatrixA Deeper Understanding of Our Relationship with Pain What is pain? What does it mean to have a relationship with it and how does this affect your identity and existence? The author's definition of pain is derived from that proposed by scientists such as Melzack Wall and Freud. Pain is a dynamic multi-layered diverse collection of experiences which impacts and influences us throughout life. Pain is a kind of conglomerate of past traumatic neurobiological psychological and emotional imprints--pain as in suffering or being in pain. The author argues that it is not pain as such but our relationship with pain which is most significant to the processes of our lives. In examining the combination of Freud's psychosexual theory of development and Melzack's theory of the neuromatrix the author endeavours to evidence her theory that there is the distinct possibility for the existence of what she has named a Psychomatrix-patterns of pain (loss abandonment grief rejection desire) imprinted from infancy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203186

The Psychopathology of Everyday Racism and Sexism In this enlightening book women of color eloquently and honestly articulate the impact of racism sexism and poverty on their personal lives and on the histories of their people. They express anger at the failure of traditional psychiatry and psychology--which tend to advocate assimilation meaning the denial of one's cultural and historical identity--to understand the struggles and problems in their lives. The contributors to The Psychopathology of Everyday Racism and Sexism--who come from both inside and outside the psychological disciplines--examine newer therapies in which women are encouraged to identify and express emotional reactions to other people racism and abuse and to expose the humiliation they feel. These new therapeutic processes--representing a milestone in psychological theory and practice--help women of color develop their historical identity and reject socially-induced shame and degredation.The editor of this vital book is Lenora Fulani a developmental psychologist and an active political leader. Dr. Fulani explores how a lack of power over one's life and deprivation of a sense of oneself as historical are commonly associated with psychological problems. The added stress of low social status sexual exploitation poverty abuse and drug and alcohol problems result in an enormous sense of failure and incredible vulnerability to emotional stress. With passion and compassion The Psychopathology of Everyday Racism and Sexism advocates an empowering sense of community based on the power of and love for the oppressed. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315798646

The Psychopathology of Functional Somatic SyndromesNeurobiology and Illness Behavior in Chronic Fatigue Syndrome Fibromyalgia Gulf War Ill Learn how a patient’s behavior can factor into the prognosis of medically unexplainable illness! The Psychopathology of Functional Somatic Syndromes examines the link between mental illness and physical syndromes that lack organic disease explanations including chronic fatigue syndrome fibromyalgia premenstrual dysphoria irritable bowel and Gulf War illness. The author has evaluated the best research work of the past 20 years to determine the association between psychopathology and functional illness the biological gradient between somatic and psychological symptoms and the manifestations of dysfunctional coping. The Psychopathology of Functional Somatic Syndromes challenges recent conceptualizations of functional somatic syndromes as brain disorders connected to affective spectrum disorder serotonin deficiency cerebral hypoperfusion or abnormal hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal function and highlights the importance of abnormal illness behavior sexual victimization and maladaptive coping for the production and maintenance of these disorders. The Psychopathology of Functional Somatic Syndromes explores observations on the neurobiology and the personality abnormalities of patients made from structured data collected over a period of several years. It describes modern perceptions of functional somatic syndromes and how they have evolved into a tightly knit family of self-standing syndromes with a common core. The book examines the correlation between the burden of psychopathology and the physical features of these illnesses; reviews advances made in the appraisal of the neuroanatomy neuropsychology and neurochemistry of functional syndromes; and focuses on the connection between measurable dimensions of personality coping and illness behavior and the prognosis of medically unexplainable illnesses. The Psychopathology of Functional Somatic Syndromes examines: psychiatric morbidity brain perfusion post-traumatic stress in Gulf War illness the spectrum of mood disorders the hypothalamatic-pituitary-adrenal axis the sexual victimization of patients and much more! The Psychopathology of Functional Somatic Syndromes is an essential resource for psychiatrists and psychologists working in outpatient practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003063773

The PsychopathTheory Research and Practice The Psychopath: Theory Research and Practice is a comprehensive review of the latest advancements in the study of psychopathy. As research into psychopathy over the past two decades has burgeoned it has had significant implications for clinical practice with important ethical considerations raised as interest into psychopathy has moved into the real world. This volume is the first comprehensive review of these applied topics. Dr. Robert Hare a leading authority on the subject introduces the work by discussing the current state of psychopathy research highlighting its advancements potential pitfalls or impediments and future trajectory. Subsequent chapters give a historical overview of psychopathy examine measurement issues etiological theories and practical considerations. The Psychopath provides a solid foundation from which research and practice into this socially destructive condition can advance into the 21st century. This book will attract academics researchers theorists practitioners lawyers judges law enforcement personnel students and other professionals interested in or working with forensic psychology. It also serves as a supplementary text for graduate students enrolled in programs with a specialization in forensic psychology or criminology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315085470

The Psychopharmacologists 3 The Psychopharmacologists 3 completes a trio of interview-based books about the process of therapeutic innovation in clinical psychiatry. David Healy's method is to interview key individuals involved in the discovery and deployment of drugs that have proved useful to psychiatry and to draw them together within a model of the mechanism and clinical discovery that he uses as an overall framework.These are historical accounts but highly relevant to the clinical psychiatrist of today emphasising the importance of research and of the marketing strategies of pharmaceutical companies in formulating disease entities as well as treatments for them. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003058892

The PsychopharmacologistsInterviews by David Healey Create! is a Design and Technology course for Key Stage 3. It provides all the material needed to deliver the demands of the new Key Stage 3 strategy. The course follows the QCA scheme and the materials support ICT requirements. A wide range of differentiated worksheets is available on a customisable CD-ROM. The student books contain clear links to the Key Stage 3 strategy and include design-and-make assignments product evaluations and practical tasks; each spread opens with objectives to focus the lesson and ends with a plenary to summarise and evaluate. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447755

The Psychopolitics of FoodCulinary rites of passage in the neoliberal age The Psychopolitics of Food probes into the contemporary ‘foodscape’ examining culinary practices and food habits and in particular the ways in which they conflate with neoliberal political economy. It suggests that generic alimentary and culinary practices constitute technologies of the self and the body and argues that the contemporary preoccupation with food takes the form of ‘rites of passage’ that express and mark the transition from a specific stage of neoliberal development to another vis-à-vis a re-configuration of the alimentary and sexual regimes. Even though these rites of passage are taking place on the borders of cultural bi-polarities their function nevertheless is precisely to define these borders as sites of a neoliberal transitional demand; that is to produce a cultural bifurcation between ‘eating orders’ and ‘eating dis-orders’ by promoting and naturalising certain social logics while simultaneously rendering others as abject and anachronistic. The book is a worthwhile read for researchers and advanced scholars in the areas of food studies critical psychology anthropology and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138549845

The PsychosesThe Seminar of Jacques Lacan During the third year of his famous seminar Jacques Lacan gives a concise definition of psychoanalysis: 'Psychoanalysis should be the science of language inhabited by the subject. From the Freudian point of view man is the subject captured and tortured by language.' Since psychosis is a special but emblematic case of language entrapment Lacan devotes much of this year to grappling with distinctions between the neuroses and the psychoses. As he compared the two relationships symmetries and contrasts emerge that enable him to erect a structure for psychosis. Freud's famous case of Daniel Paul Schreber is central to Lacan's analysis. In demonstrating the many ways that the psychotic is `inhabited possessed by language' Lacan draws upon Schreber's own account of his psychosis and upon Freud's notes on this 'case of paranoia'. The analysis of language is both fascinating and enlightening. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138146136

The Psychosocial Interior of the Family Drawing upon findings from many disciplines including sociology communication family studies human development psychology and anthropology-this book provides the first composite study of the whole family and of the complex interplay between self and collectivity in family life. It departs sharply from the traditional two-person cause-effect models used in conventional studies and attempts to delineate a social psychology of the family.This book undertakes to define and understand the nature of families to point out ways of discerning different family characters and to comprehend the processes by which these characters are established and maintained; by so doing it introduces a new dimension into the study of family behavior and provides a framework within which meaningful investigations and practical applications can be pursued.This long-awaited fourth edition continues the goal of preceding editions: to understand families in terms of the kinds of interaction through which family life is constructed. Contributors drawn from a wide variety of disciplines sociology; communication; family studies; human development; psychology; anthropology; and social work - provide a range of authoritative and up-to-date sources on the family and interpersonal relations including newly emergent forms of family organization. In providing a new framework for fruitful investigation and practical application this volume contains the best available interdisciplinary work on the social psychology of the family. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351328487

The Psychosocial Work EnvironmentWork Organization Democratization and Health : Essays in Memory of Bertil Gardell Dedicated to the late Bertil Gardell a Swedish Social Scientist this text comprises of 18 essays that shares a common vision - the impact of work on the interconnected processes of stress and disease. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315223490

The Psychospiritual Clinician's HandbookAlternative Methods for Understanding and Treating Mental Disorders Learn to treat a variety of diagnostic disorders through various psychospiritual treatment models!Increasing numbers of people are moving beyond psychological therapy to seek alternative spiritual perspectives to medical and mental health care such as yoga and meditation. The Psychospiritual Clinician’s Handbook: Alternative Methods for Understanding and Treating Mental Disorders provides the latest theoretical perspectives and practical applications by recognized experts in positive and integrative psychotherapy. Leading clinicians examine and re-examine their therapeutic worldviews and attitudes to focus on the right problems to solve—for the whole person.This essential Handbook is a window on the quiet revolution now sweeping the field of psychology that of locating the whole human being in the center of the therapeutic process. The Psychospiritual Clinician’s Handbook: Alternative Methods for Understanding and Treating Mental Disorders helps you effectively treat the whole person by providing a practical introduction to some of the worldviews and most effective practices like yoga meditation and humanological therapy used by psychospiritually oriented therapists. Helpful illustrations of body positions used in yoga and meditation plus photographs tables figures and detailed case studies illustrate the process.The Psychospiritual Clinician’s Handbook: Alternative Methods for Understanding and Treating Mental Disorders will show you: the importance of a therapist’s worldview for effective therapeutic outcome new perspectives on alternative treatments for depression anxiety eating disorders OCD PTSD ADHD Alzheimer’s disease and sexual dysfunction how yoga and mindfulness meditation can be used in psychotherapy the use and integration of meditation therapies in emergency situations the therapeutic integration of other alternative treatments such as Kundalini yoga each contributor’s case studies as illustration of effective treatmentThe Psychospiritual Clinician’s Handbook: Alternative Methods for Understanding and Treating Mental Disorders is an invaluable resource for those interested in treating patients with a therapeutic process that is effective adaptable and wholly transformational. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315808635

The Psychotherapy of Everyday Life The place of the psychotherapist within the hierarchy of the medical profession and his status in the public opinion are ambiguous: many myths and ill-informed fears cloud the practice of psychotherapy not the least of which is the thorny issue of doctor-patient relationships. In this finely etched book Peter Lomas puts the case for a personal psychotherapeutic approach based on his work with patients over many years.The Psychotherapy of Everyday Life argues that the response to a person who comes for help should be an intuitive one not hidebound by confusing technical theory. Psychotherapy is best understood as the application of ordinary interpersonal competence within an unusual setting and formulations about its nature should take this point into account as their starting point.In his brilliant new introduction the author juxtaposes the clinical neutrality of Sigmund Freud to the Saridor Ferenczi position which entails a sense of the rights of and respect for the patient. Lomas holds that Freud initiated the setting but brought to bear upon it an unnecessary and inappropriate theoretical superstructure that now stands between therapist and patient. It is not ideology but everyday judgment that should be the touchstone of treatment. Rigid professional distance can blind the analyst to the actual needs of real people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138537972

The Psychotherapy Of The Elderly Self People grow old. We are terrified by the fact. And this fear has translated into a pervasive neglect of the elderly across all spheres of living. Now Dr. Hyman Muslin steps forward to challenge the mental health field to reevaluate its perspective on this powerful human resource. The book is written in the effort to dispel some of the myths of aging; to highlight old age as a natural developmental phase and to delineate an effective model of observation diagnosis and therapy for working with the elderly. Ultimately Dr. Muslin's message is one of hope - for older individuals currently in need of psychological help and for the elderly self who awaits us all. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138004931

The Psychotic Core This book examines the key ordering—disordering processes of the psychotic self. It draws on Sigmund Freud Jung object relation and selfpsychologies and particularly the work of Winnicott Bion and Elkin. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328627

The Psychotic WavelengthA Psychoanalytic Perspective for Psychiatry The Psychotic Wavelength provides a psychoanalytical framework for clinicians to use in everyday general psychiatric practice and discusses how psychoanalytic ideas can be of great value when used in the treatment of seriously disturbed and disturbing psychiatric patients with psychoses including both schizophrenia and the affective disorders. In this book Richard Lucas suggests that when clinicians are faced with psychotic patients the primary concern should be to make sense of what is happening during their breakdown. He refers to this as tuning into the psychotic wavelength a process that allows clinicians to distinguish between and appropriately address the psychotic and non-psychotic parts of the personality. He argues that if clinicians can find and identify the psychotic wavelength they can more effectively help the patient to come to terms with the realities of living with a psychotic disorder. Divided into five parts and illustrated throughout with illuminating clinical vignettes case examples and theoretical and clinical discussions this book covers: the case for a psychoanalytical perspective on psychosis a historical overview of psychoanalytical theories for psychosis clinical evidence supporting the concept of a psychotic wavelength the psychotic wavelength in affective disorders implications for management and education. The Psychotic Wavelength is an essential resource for anyone working with disturbed psychiatric patients. It will be of particular interest to junior psychiatrists and nursing staff and will be invaluable in helping to maintain treatment aims and staff morale. It will also be useful for more experienced psychiatrists and psychoanalysts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315811833

The PsychoticAspects of the Personality The Psychotic: Aspects of the Personality presents the results of the author's many years of experience as an analyst working with deeply disturbed or psychotic patients and demonstrates how the deeply resulting clinical and theoretical formulations may additionally be applied to less disturbed patients. Dealing with the theory and clinical treatment of the psychotic aspects of the personality includes a review of the literature and a rich array of clinical material to illustrate the author's technical approach. A chapter devoted to the survivors of concentration camps shows how the concept of encapsulated autistic nuclei leads to new diagnostic and technical procedures while a further paper discusses the psychotic difficulties attending heart-transplant surgery. Further essays illuminate the importance of the accurate detection and the use of the countertransference and the significance of the supervisor's supportive role in severe cases. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367099732

The Public Administration Casebook The Public Administration Casebook is a practice-based collection that speaks to the lived experience of students and prepares them to become more effective practioners of public and non-profit sectors by providing case studies arranged around major themes in public administration. Key Features: The 14 case studies are organized by main themes of public administration including political context of public administration bureaucracy and organizational structure organizational culture leadership human relations administration budgeting ethics and decision making. Since they reflect actual experience each case contains one or two secondary themes illustrating how the fundamental concepts and issues that students learn about function in concert in the real world. Students worked with the text authors to create develop and write each of these case studies so that the material better reflects current workplace realities and therefore results in a more meaningful learning experience for everyone. The focus on students provides a teaching case methodology that serves as an easily adaptable model for other instructors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138463189

The Public Administration ProfessionPolicy Management and Ethics While many introductory public administration textbooks contain a dedicated chapter on ethics The Public Administration Profession is the first to utilize ethics as a lens for understanding the discipline. Analyses of the ASPA Code of Ethics are deftly woven into each chapter alongside complete coverage of the institutions processes concepts persons history and typologies a student needs to gain a thorough grasp of public service as a field of study and practice. Features include: A significant focus on "public interests " nonprofit management hybrid-private organizations contracting out and collaborations and public service at state and local levels. A careful examination of the role that religion may play in public servants’ decision making as well as the unignorable and growing role that faith-based organizations play in public administration and nonprofit management at large. End-of-chapter ethics case studies key concepts and persons and dedicated "local community action steps" in each chapter. Appendices dedicated to future public administration and nonprofit career management writing successful papers throughout a student’s career and professional codes of ethics. A comprehensive suite of online supplements including: lecture slides; quizzes and sample examinations for undergraduate and graduate courses containing multiple choice true-false identifications and essay questions; chapter outlines with suggestions for classroom discussion; and suggestions for use of appendices e.g. how to successfully write a short term paper a brief policy memo resume or a book review. Providing students with a comprehensive introduction to the subject while offering instructors an elegant new way to bring ethics prominently into the curriculum The Public Administration Profession is an ideal introductory text for public administration and public affairs courses at the undergraduate or graduate level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815353447

The Public Administration Theory Primer The Public Administration Theory Primer explores how the science and art of public administration is definable describable replicable and cumulative. The authors survey a broad range of theories and analytical approaches—from public institutional theory to theories of governance—and consider which are the most promising influential and important for the field. This book paints a full picture of how these theories contribute to and explain what we know about public administration today. The third edition is fully revised and updated to reflect the latest developments and research in the field including more coverage of governments and governance feminist theory emotional labor theory and grounded research methodology. Expanded chapter conclusions and a brand-new online supplement with sample comprehensive exam questions and summary tables make this an even more valuable resource for all public administration students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813349664

The Public Administration Workbook Public administration is a craft that demands real-world application of concepts and theories often learned in a classroom. Yet many students find it difficult to make the leap from theory to practice completely unaided. The Public Administration Workbook 8e is specifically designed with the theoretically-grounded practice-minded student in mind. It reviews scholarship in political science law industrial psychology and the sociology of organizations and then allows students to see how these intellectual fields inform the analytical and managerial tasks that comprise public administration. Where standard public administration textbooks examine the nature of public agencies and explain how bureaucracies relate to other institutions this workbook promotes a more effective way of learning—by doing—and more directly prepares those who will pursue careers in public agencies. Each chapter begins with a discussion of relevant concepts and scholarship before moving into a hands-on exercise analyzing core analytical and management challenges. This edition includes an all-new exercise on contract negotiation many international examples interwoven throughout the book and a fully updated HRM section to reflect alternative ranking and compensation systems. Each chapter is further supported by a detailed Instructor’s Manual written by the author to guide instructors on solutions explanations and ideas for using or modifying the exercises to fit a variety of course needs as well as downloadable datasets and exercises providing students with a unique opportunity to apply and test classroom concepts outside of the job. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138682085

The Public Affairs Faculty ManualA Guide to the Effective Management of Public Affairs Programs While public affairs faculty study administration and management techniques few administrators of public affairs programs receive formal training in the nuts and bolts of academic administration. Even those faculty who come to academia after distinguished careers in managerial positions may not be ready for the very different (and difficult) environment of university administration. The Public Affairs Faculty Manual argues that public affairs as a field needs to ensure that knowledge about administration and management is applied to the running of its academic programs and brings together major leaders in the discipline to explore key features of academic administration. Many of these leaders have served as Master of Public Administration (MPA) directors chairs and deans at the nation’s top public affairs programs. Crucial issues of academic administration discussed include the basics of public affairs programs models of governance roles of different administrative leaders planning and budgeting for programs navigating the accreditation process assessing and improving student learning ensuring social equity and cultural competency mentoring faculty developing curriculum and helping provide service and applied research to community partners. Contributors have served as MPA directors chairs and deans at the nation’s topic public affairs programs. Themes running throughout the book’s chapters are examined and additional resources to help manage public affairs programs are offered. This collection of essays and the strategies within it are designed to encourage faculty to assume positions of leadership in their programs and manage those programs in an effective efficient and fair manner. The Public Affairs Faculty Manual is required reading for new seasoned and aspiring academic administrators in public administration public policy and nonprofit management programs as well as schools of government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367861964

The Public and Atlantic Defense This book first published in 1985 analyses the polarization of popular opinion over NATO defence policies during the latter years of the Cold War. In many countries the domestic consensus that once supported Allied policies came close to collapsing and this study examines the question of the democratization of defence policy. It explores four themes for each of the Allied countries: views of the Soviet Union; deterrence; security; and the Allies. A rigorous and systematic analysis of the raw data allows for easy cross-national comparisons. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367568993

The Public Art Museum in Nineteenth Century BritainThe Development of the National Gallery During the mid-nineteenth century a debate arose over the form and functions of the public art museum in Britain. Various occurrences caused new debates in Parliament and in the press about the purposes of the public museum which checked the relative complacency with which London's national collections had hitherto been run. This book examines these debates and their influence on the development of professionalism within the museum trends in collecting and tendencies in museum architecture and decoration. In so doing it accounts for the general development of the London museums between 1850 and 1880 with particular reference to the National Gallery. This involves analysis of art display and its relations with art historiography alongside institutional and architectural developments at the British Museum the South Kensington Museum and the National Gallery. It is argued that the underpinning factor in all of these developments was a reformulation of the public museum's mission which was in turn related to the electoral reform movement. In a potential situation of mass enfranchisement the 'masses' should be well educated; the museum was openly identified as a useful institution in this sense. This consideration also influenced approaches to collecting and arranging artworks and to configuring their architectural setting within the museum allowing for displays to be instructive in specific ways. Dissatisfaction with the British Museum and National Gallery buildings and their locations led to proposals to move the national collections possibly merging and redefining them. Again the socio-political usefulness of the museum was key in determining where the national collections should be housed and in what form of building. This rich debate is analysed with full references to the various forums in and out of Parliament. Part one covers these issues in a thematic structure examining all of the national collections their interrelationships and their gradual development of discrete (yet sometimes arbitrary) museological territories. Part two focuses on the individual case of the National Gallery observing how museological debate was brought to bear on the development of a specific institution. Every architectural development and redisplay is closely analysed in order to gauge the extent to which the products of debate were carried through into practice and to comprehend the reasons why no museological grand project emerged in London. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315237565

The Public Budgeting and Finance PrimerKey Concepts in Fiscal Choice This primer succinctly summarises key theoretical concepts in fiscal choice for both practitioners and scholars. The author contends that fiscal choice is ultimately a choice of both politics and economics. The book first introduces budget institutions and processes at various levels of government which restrict budget decision makers' discretion. It also explains budget decision makers' efforts to make rational resource allocations. It then shows how and why such efforts are stymied by the decision makers' capacity and institutional settings. The book's unique benefit is its emphasis on all the essential topics with short module-type chapters which can be read in any order. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765637970

The Public Communication of Science 4-vol. set This is a new title from Routledge’s Critical Concepts in Sociology series. Compiled by the editorial team behind the acclaimed International Handbook of Public Communication of Science and Technology (Routledge 2008) this four-volume ‘mini library’ provides an easy-to-use one-stop collection of the best foundational and cutting-edge scholarship from the fast-growing—and increasingly important—scholarly domain that is the public communication of science. As well as bringing together the major works that have shaped this field of research the collection will be welcomed as the first mapping of an area that to date has rather lacked an authoritative interdisciplinary synthesis. The collection assembles contributions from a variety of subjects (including media and journalism studies sociology and the history of science) and it contrasts the perspectives of different geographical and cultural contexts. Together with the editors’ introductions the gathered materials allow users to make sense of the wide range of approaches theories and concepts that have informed the public communication of science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415718042

The Public CongressCongressional Deliberation in a New Media Age Contemporary members of Congress routinely use the media to advance their professional goals. Today virtually every aspect of their professional legislative life unfolds in front of cameras and microphones and increasingly online. The Public Congress explores how the media moved from being a peripheral to a central force in U.S. congressional politics. The authors show that understanding why this happened allows us to see the constellation of forces that combined over the last fifty years to transform the American political order. Malecha and Reagan’s keen analysis links the new "public" Congress and the forces that are shaping political parties the Presidency interest groups and the media. They conclude by asking whether the kind of discourse that this "new media" environment fosters encourages Congress to make its distinctive deliberative contribution to the American polity. This text brings historical depth as well as coverage of the most current cutting edge trends in new media environment and provides an exhaustive treatment of how the U.S. Congress uses the media in the governing process today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415894289

The Public Economy of Urban Communities Originally published in 1965 Margolis brings together a wide variety of papers on a multitude of subjects relating to the urban public economy presented at the second conference on urban public expenditures in 1964. This collection covers issues such as criteria for decision-making in urban public spending public and private supply and the political and voting behaviour of urban economies in order to contribute to the development of new analytical models and techniques as well as to disseminate findings of research results to a larger audience. This title will be of interest to those studying Environmental studies and Economics as well as professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138946422

The Public Face of African New Religious Movements in DiasporaImagining the Religious ‘Other’ The growing pace of international migration technological revolution in media and travel generate circumstances that provide opportunities for the mobility of African new religious movements (ANRMs) within Africa and beyond. ANRMs are furthering their self-assertion and self-insertion into the religious landscapes of Europe the Americas and Asia. Their growing presence and public visibility seem to be more robustly captured by the popular media than by scholars of NRMs historians of religion and social scientists a tendency that has probably shaped the public mental picture and understanding of the phenomena. This book provides new theoretical and methodological insights for understanding and interpreting ANRMs and African-derived religions in diaspora. Contributors focus on individual groups and movements drawn from Christian Islamic Jewish and African-derived religious movements and explore their provenance and patterns of emergence; their belief systems and ritual practices; their public/civic roles; group self-definition; public perceptions and responses; tendencies towards integration/segregation; organisational networks; gender orientations and the implications of interactions within and between the groups and with the host societies. The book includes contributions from scholars and religious practitioners thus offering new insights into how ANRMs can be better defined approached and interpreted by scholars policy makers and media practitioners alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546295

The Public History Reader Drawing on theory and practice from five continents The Public History Reader offers clearly written accessible introductions to debates in public history as it places people such as practitioners bloggers archivists local historians curators or those working in education at the heart of history-making. Hilda Kean and Paul Martin explore public history as an everyday practice rather than simply as an academic discipline - the idea that historical knowledge is discovered and accrued from everyday encounters people have with their environments and the continuing dialogue that the present has with the past. Divided into three parts Part I looks at who makes history focusing on the ways in which the past has taken on a heightened popular sense of importance in the present and the ways in which it is used. Accordingly history far from being ‘fixed’ in time is fluid and is re-made to serve contemporary agendas in the present. Part II addresses the question of materials and approaches to making history. By using material more commonly within the domain of artists collectors or geographers and archaeologists public historians have opened up understandings of the past. Part III looks at the way in which presentations of the past change over time and their different forms and emphases. Throughout the Reader emphasizes the challenges for public historians today. Using their own expertise in constructing and teaching a Public History MA Hilda Kean and Paul Martin have suggested themes and indicative extracts that draw on their understanding of what works best with students. The Public History Reader is a perfect resource for all students of public history and all those interested in understanding the role of the past in our lives today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415520416

The Public in LawRepresentations of the Political in Legal Discourse Bringing together established academics and new researchers the chapters in this collection interrogate the operation of 'the public' in a range of different legal illegal and alegal spaces. The key question which frames the contributions is whether and in what manner 'the public' operates as an interface between law and society allowing the interests and opinions of the population at large to be represented and reflected in legal discourse such that collectively generated imperatives may be imposed upon political and economic actors. Multi-disciplinary in its approach the volume reflects an understanding that there is more to the role of 'the public' in relation to law than the conventional demarcation of the field of 'public law' and that this relationship is open to comment from a wide range of actors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273962

The Public in PerilTrump and the Menace of American Authoritarianism This is one of the first books to thoroughly critique the rise of Trumpism and its potential impact nationally and  globally. One of the world’s leading social critics Giroux offers new critiques of Trump and his early Cabinet choices in the context of longer term trends including the rise of right-wing populism the threat of planetary peril anti-intellectual fervor the war on youth a narrowing political discourse deepening inequality and disposability authoritarianism  the crisis of civic culture the rise of the mass incarceration state and more. Giroux dissects the diverse forces that led to Trump’s rise and points to pathways for resisting his authoritarian instincts. Offering a new language of hope and possibility Giroux’s optimism is rooted especially in the resurgence of progressive politics among youth. Giroux reclaims the centrality of education to politics and boldly articulates a vision in which the radical imagination merges with civic courage as part of a broad-based struggle for a radical democracy. Deep inquiries into fast-changing and pressing issues of our time makes this book 'the essential Giroux' that citizens and students must read debate and act upon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138719033

The Public Legitimacy of Minority ClaimsA Central/Eastern European perspective Problems involving minorities still constitute a significant challenge for public policies in countries such as the ones on the territories of the former Soviet Union and Yugoslavia. Unassimilated facing the cultural "non-transparency" of their lifeworlds and usually without autonomy their problems are quite different from those in Western Europe and North America. This book presents a study of public policies concerning the national ethnic and religious minorities in the countries of Central and Eastern Europe. It explores the opportunities available for applying the model of deliberative democracy to the domain of designing and realizing minority policies. It examines the possibility that minority groups can influence – and ideally even pre-decide – minority policies by legitimizing claims concerning their needs and rights in a way that leaves democratic public opinion no choice but to support them. Adopting a novel approach to the public legitimization of minority claims it proposes that the general public’s evaluation of the credibility of minority claims should focus on the procedural qualities of the intra-group (ethical-political) discourses through which these claims are articulated and substantiated. This text will be of key interest to students and scholars of public policy minority politics the politics of Eastern Europe political theory and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367173555

The Public Library in the Bibliographic Network This book first published in 1986 focuses on valuable information to all public library professionals who have questions about their participation in bibliographic networks. Contributors provide insights into both the benefits and the costs of networking by libraries of varying sizes and geographic locations. The actual uses of networks their costs (including initial and ongoing expenses) and staffing needs are clearly explained. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367421069

The Public Lives of Charlotte and Marie Stopes Charlotte Stopes was the first woman in Scotland to get a university qualification. She devoted her life to studying Shakespeare and the promotion of women in public life. Though Charlotte is largely forgotten her daughter Marie is well known. Green asserts that Marie’s success can only be understood in relation to the achievements of her mother. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661745

The Public Nature of Private Property What exactly is private property? Or to ask the question another way what rights to intrude does the public have in what is generally accepted as private property? The answer perhaps surprisingly to some is that the public has not only a significant interest in regulating the use of private property but also in defining it and establishing its contour and texture. In The Public Nature of Private Property therefore scholars from the United States and the United Kingdom challenge traditional conceptions of private property while presenting a range of views on both the meaning of private property and on the ability some might say the requirement of the state to regulate it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251977

The Public Nature of Private ViolenceWomen and the Discovery of Abuse First Published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154742

The Public Opinion ProcessHow the People Speak What is public opinion? How can we best study it? This work presents a "process model" that answers these questions by defining public opinion in a way that also identifies an approach to studying it. The model serves as a framework into which the findings of empirical research are integrated producing a comprehensive understanding of public opinion that encompasses the congeries of middle-range theories that have emerged from empirical research. The three-dimensional process model--and the way it is explicated--satisfies the diverse and sometimes divergent needs and interests of political scientists sociologists social psychologists and communication specialists who study public opinion. This is achieved by clearly differentiating and interrelating the following: * individual opinions--the judgmental outcomes of a process in which attitudinal systems--comprised of beliefs values/interests and feelings--function as intervening variables that direct and structure perceptions of public issues; * collective opinions--the outcomes of communication from which mutual awareness emerges and that integrate separate individual opinions into a significant social force; and * political roles of collective and individual opinions--the outcomes of the extent to which collective and individual opinions have achieved legitimacy as the basis for governing a people. DON'T USE THIS PARAGRAPH FOR GENERAL CATALOGS... Each dimension of the model has its corresponding subprocess: transactions between individuals and their environments communications among individuals and collectives and political legitimation of public opinion. Since the process model is -- by definition -- interactional none of the three dimensions has theoretical or sequential priority over the others. Instead of treating the psychological political and sociological aspects of public opinion as separate stages of an unidirectional process the three aspects are modeled as dimensions of a complex ongoing system in continuous interaction with each other. This conceptualization satisfies the need for a truly interdisciplinary theory in that it demands that each dimension be studied in terms of its defining sub-process. It also avoids the twin errors of reductionism and reification in the study of public opinion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203810859

The Public Philosophy Begun in 1938 and completed only in 1955 The Public Philosophy offers as much a glimpse into the private philosophy of America's premier journalist of the twentieth century as it does a public philosophy.The basis of Lippmann's effort is "that there is a deep disorder in our society which comes not from the machinations of our enemies and from the adversaries of the human condition but from within ourselves." He also provides a special sort of legacy to liberalism in its broadest sense - as the root approach to human existence that could provide civility and accommodation against incivilities and extremism and that uniquely stood against the totalitarian counter-revolutions from Jacobism to Leninism. This work is a masterful defense of the public philosophy as a constitutional tradition and can be easily read as such today.Paul Roazen long identified with the analysis of Lippmann's work points out that no matter how trenchantly Lippmann dissected democracy and the populist faith in the people's wisdom he still sought to study the world in order to help govern it. His constant flow of journalistic writing had the educative intent of raising the level of the public's knowledge. His rationalist conviction that clearheadedness on public matters can be effectively relayed to people is nowhere more evident than in The Public Philosophy. In this sense it is an argument for the democratic ideal that people can be rallied in defense of the public interest. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138537996

The Public Policy PrimerManaging the Policy Process Fully revised for a second edition this essential guide provides a concise and accessible overview of the public policy process: agenda-setting policy formulation decision-making implementation and evaluation. The book provides an introduction to the key policy functions the challenges they entail and how the challenges may be addressed by policy actors. Written from a comparative perspective the authors include examples from a diverse range of countries at different stages of development highlighting key principles and practices through which policy actors can effectively manage their policy processes and outcomes. Key features of the second edition: fully updated and revised content throughout; expanded references and further reading; more guidance towards understanding the key concepts in public policy. This important tool offers students of public policy and policy practitioners guidance on how to make implement and evaluate public policies in ways that improve citizens' lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138651548

The Public Policy Process The Public Policy Process is essential reading for anyone trying to understand the process by which public policy is made. Explaining clearly the importance of the relationship between theoretical and practical aspects of policy-making the book gives a thorough overview of the people and organisations involved in the process. Fully revised and updated for a 7th edition The Public Policy Process provides: Clear exploration using many illustrations of how policy is made and implemented. A new chapter on comparative theory and methods. New material on studying advocacy coalitions policy changes governance and evaluation. More European and international examples.   This edition appears at a time when its concern to emphasise the complex implications of modern ‘governance’ and the way in which the ultimate outcome of a new policy initiative will depend on policy formulation and implementation processes is particularly relevant to the UK government’s efforts to leave the European Union. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138909502

The Public Policy Theory Primer Public policy is a broad and interdisciplinary area of study and research in the field tends to reflect this. Yet for those teaching and studying public policy the disjointed nature of the field can be confusing and cumbersome. This text provides a consistent and coherent framework for uniting the field of public policy. Authors Kevin B. Smith and Christopher W. Larimer offer an organized and comprehensive overview of the core questions and concepts major theoretical frameworks primary methodological approaches and key controversies and debates in each subfield of policy studies from the policy process and policy analysis to program evaluation and policy implementation. The third edition has been updated throughout to include the latest scholarship and approaches in the field including new and expanded coverage of behavioral economics the narrative policy framework Fourth Generation implementation studies the policy regime approach field experiments and the debate of program versus policy implementation studies. Now with an appendix of sample comprehensive exam questions The Public Policy Theory Primer remains an indispensable text for the systematic study of public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813350059

The Public Private Mix for Health Recent changes to the health service including new structures and ways of working at both local and national levels are having major influences on the working lives of every health visitor and community nurse and on their professional opportunities. Understanding these changes is essential and this practical and authoritative handbook addresses them all. The authors all have first-hand experience of the radical changes underway. The clear straightforward format is designed to allow quick access to relevant and up-to-date information. The book is vital reading for every community practitioner. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315377575

The Public RealmExploring the City's Quintessential Social Territory This book is about the "public realm " defined as a particular kind of social territory that is found almost exclusively in large settlements. This particular form of social-psychological space comes into being whenever a piece of actual physical space is dominated by relationships between and among persons who are strangers to one another as often occurs in urban bars buses plazas parks coffee houses streets and so forth. More specifically the book is about the social life that occurs in such social-psychological spaces (the normative patterns and principles that shape it the relationships that characterize it the aesthetic and interactional pleasures that enliven it) and the forces (anti-urbanism privatism post-war planning and architecture) that threaten it. The data upon which the book's analysis is based are diverse: direct observation; interviews; contemporary photographs historic etchings prints and photographs and historical maps; histories of specific urban public spaces or spatial types; and the relevant scholarly literature from sociology environmental psychology geography history anthropology and architecture and urban planning and design. Its central argument is that while the existing body of accomplished work in the social sciences can be reinterpreted to make it relevant to an understanding of the public realm this quintessential feature of city life deserves much more u it deserves to be the object of direct scholarly interest in its own right. Choice noted that: "The author's writing style is unusually accessible and the often fascinating narrative is generously supported by well-chosen photos." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315134352

The Public Relations Handbook The Public Relations Handbook 6th edition provides an engaging in-depth exploration of the dynamic and ever-evolving public relations industry. Split into four parts exploring key conceptual themes in public relations the book offers an overview of topics including strategic public relations politics and the media; media relations in the social media age; strategic communication management; public relations engagement in the not-for-profit sector; activism and public relations; and the effects of globalisation and technology on the field. Featuring wide-ranging contributions from key figures in the PR profession this new edition presents fresh views on corporate social responsibility public relations and politics corporate communication globalisation not-for-profit financial and public sector public relations. The book also includes a discussion of key critical themes in public relations research and exploratory case studies of PR strategies in a variety of institutions including Extinction Rebellion Queen Margaret University Mettis Aerospace and Battersea Cats’ and Dogs’ Home. Containing student-friendly features including clear chapter aims analytical discussion questions and key further reading throughout the text The Public Relations Handbook is an ideal resource for students of public relations corporate and strategic communications and media studies.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367278915

The Public Relations of EverythingThe Ancient Modern and Postmodern Dramatic History of an Idea The public relations of "everything" takes the radical position that public relations is a profoundly different creature than a generation of its scholars and teachers have portrayed it. Today it is clearly no longer limited if it ever has been to the management of communication in and between organizations. Rather it has become an activity engaged in by everyone and for the most basic human reasons: as an act of self-creation self-expression and self-protection. The book challenges both popular dismissals and ill-informed repudiations of public relations as well as academic and classroom misconceptions. In the age of digitization and social media everyone with a smart phone Twitter and Facebook accounts and the will and skill to use them is in the media. The PR of everything – the ubiquitousness of public relations – takes a perspective that is less concerned with ideas of communication and information than with experience and drama a way of looking at public relations inside out upside down and from a micro rather than a macro level. Based on a combination of the research of PR practice and critical-thinking analysis of theory and founded in the author’s extensive corporate experience this book will be invaluable reading for scholars and practitioners alike in Public Relations Communications and Social Media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867348

The Public Relations Strategic ToolkitAn Essential Guide to Successful Public Relations Practice The Public Relations Strategic Toolkit presents guidance to instruct and educate students and professionals of public relations and corporate communications. Alison Theaker and Heather Yaxley cover every aspect of critical practice including definitions of public relations key theoretical concepts and both original and established methodological approaches. Case studies and interviews are featured  to provide real-world context and advice for professional development. The new edition is fully revised with brand new case studies and updated content which reflect significant developments in theory and contemporary practice. It puts particular emphasis on the use of technology (including automation) and social media in current public relations planning corporate communications and stakeholder engagement. The book is divided into four parts; covering the profession  public relations planning corporate communication and stakeholder engagement. Features include: definitions of key terms contemporary case studies interviews with practitioners handy checklists practical activities and assignments. By combining theory and practice with an invaluable insight from experts in the field this guide will introduce readers to all the professional skills needed for a career in public relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138678675

The Public Relations Writer’s Handbook From pitches and press releases to news and feature stories to social media writing and more this new book by author Whitney Lehmann and a handful of experienced contributors breaks down the most widely used types of public relations writing needed to become a PR pro. The Public Relations Writer’s Handbook serves as a guide for those both in the classroom and in the field who want to learn and master the style and techniques of public relations writing. Eighteen conversational chapters provide an overview of the most popular forms of public relations writing focusing on media relations storytelling writing for the web/social media business and executive communications event planning and more. Chapters include user-friendly writing templates exercises and AP Style skill drills and training. Whether you’re a PR major or PR practitioner this book is for you. Lehmann has combined her industry and classroom experience to create a handbook that’s accessible for PR students and practitioners alike. A dedicated eResource also supports the book with writing templates and answer keys (for instructors) to the end-of-chapter exercises in the text. www.routledge.com/9780815365280.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815365280

The Public Role In The Dairy EconomyWhy And How Governments Intervene In The Milk Business All over the world governments play a part in the milk business for compelling economic reasons and not as many assert just because dairy farmers are numerous and organized. This book examines the role of federal state and local governments in the dairy economy of the United States where major public involvement in industry began during the Great Depression. Dr. Manchester considers the conditions in the 1930s that led to government involvement the changes that have occurred in the industry and the public role since then and the prospects for the 1980s and beyond. He also analyzes possible alternative public dairy policies for the present and the rest of the decade. Many things have changed points out Dr. Manchester but the fundamental conditions that led to public involvement in the dairy industry still exist. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367310868

The Public Services under ReconstructionClient experiences professional practices managerial control This book examines the services in and around the public domain. The author analyses a number of socio-cultural changes that are generally considered relevant to these services including the rationalising efforts of the New Public Management and the introduction of IT. The book particularly addresses the diversity of services. It focuses on the local complexities of their day to day processes of service delivery and on the diversity of client experiences and professional roles associated with various client relationships. A practical objective of this book is to encourage its readers to ‘redefine’ the services they professionally deal with and move beyond the standard requirements of the New Public Management that are so often taken for granted as a starting point. Professional managers are for instance invited to reconsider their currently quite dominant ‘technical’ managerial perspective. Service professionals are encouraged to make sense of the risks and responsibilities involved with their day to day negotiations including the impact of the services on the lives of their clients. Gastelaars adopts and interpretive approach to her subject combining discourse analysis and ethnographic research to concentrate on the actual practices associated with service delivery rather than on theories and justifications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864092

The Public Shaping of Medical ResearchPatient Associations Health Movements and Biomedicine Patient organizations and social health movements offer one of the most important and illuminating examples of civil society engagement and participation in scientific research and research politics. Influencing the research agenda and initiating funding and accelerating the development of diagnostic tools effective therapies and appropriate health-care for their area of interest they may champion alternative sometimes controversial programs or critique dominant medical paradigms. Some movements and organizations advocate for medical recognition of contested illnesses as with fibromyalgia orADHD while some attempt to "de-medicalize" others such as obesity or autism.Bringing together an international selection of leading scholars and representatives from patients' organizations this comprehensive collection explores the interaction between civil society groups and biomedical science technology development and research politics. It takes stock of the key findings of the research conducted in the field over the past two decades and addresses emerging problems and future challenges concerning the interrelations between health movements and patient organisations on the one hand and biomedical research and research policies on the other hand. Combining empirical case studies with conceptual discussion the book discusses how public participation can contribute to as well as restrict the democratization of scientific knowledge production.This volume is an important reference for academics and researchers with an interest in the sociology of health and illness science and technology studies the sociology of knowledge medical ethics or healthcare management and research as well as medical researchers and those involved with health-related civil society organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367341411

The Public Space of Social MediaConnected Cultures of the Network Society Social media is restructuring urban practices–through ad-hoc experimentation commercial software development and communities of participation. This book is the first to consider how practices contained within social media are situated within a larger genealogy of public space including theories of communal identity civitas and democracy the fete and self-expression. Through empirical research the actual social practices of participants of networked publics are described and analyzed. Documenting how online counterpublics use the Internet to transmit classified photos mobilize activists and challenge the status quo Tierney argues that online activities do not stop in online conversations; they are physically grounded through mobile GPS coordinates which are then transformed into activities in physical space—the street the plaza the places where people have traditionally gathered to demonstrate and express their opinions publicly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138649309

The Public Understanding of Assessment Assessment of educational achievement whether by traditional examinations or by teachers in schools attracts considerable public interest particularly when it is associated with ‘high stakes’ outcomes such as university entry or selection for employment. When the individual’s results do not chime with their or their teachers’ expectations doubts creep in about the process of assessment that has arrived at this result. However educational assessment is made up of many layers of complexity which are not always clear to the general public including teachers students and parents and which are not easily understood outside of the expert assessment community. These layers may be organized in highly co-dependent relationships that include reliability validity human judgment and errors and the uses and interpretations of the various types of assessment. No-one could reasonably argue that the principles and complexities of educational assessment should be core learning in public education but there is a growing realization that trust in the UK assessment system is under some threat as the media and others sensationalize or politicize any problems that arise each year. This book offers the first comprehensive overview of how the general public is considered to perceive and understand a wide variety of aspects of educational assessment and how this understanding may be improved. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Oxford Review of Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138308961

The Public-private Health Care StateEssays on the History of American Health Care Policy The distinctive mixing and continuous remixing of public and private roles is a defining feature of health care in the United States. The Public-Private Health Care State explores the interweaving of public and private enterprise in health care in the United States as a basis for thinking about health care in terms of its history and its continuing evolution today. Historian and policy analyst Rosemary Stevens has selected and edited seventeen essays from both her published and unpublished work to illustrate continuing themes such as: the flexible meanings of the terms "public" and "private " and how useful their ambiguity has been and is; the role of ideology as ratifying rather than preordaining change; and the common behavior of public leaders and corporate entities in the face of fiscal opportunity. The topics--covering the period of 1870 through the twenty-first century--represent Stevens' research interests in hospital history and policy the medical profession government policy and paying for health care. The volume also considers her involvement with policy questions which include health services research health maintenance organizations and physician workforce policy. Section I demonstrates the long history of state government involvement with private not-for-profit hospitals from the 1870s through the 1930s. Section II examines the federal role in health care from the 1920s through the 1970s including the establishment of veterans' hospitals and the implementation of Medicaid. Section III shows how shifting governmental roles require constantly changing organizing rhetoric whether for inventing a federal role for health services research and HMOs "regionalization" in the 1970s or defining civil rights and "equity" as mobilizing vehicles in the 1980s. Section IV examines growing concerns from the 1970s through the present about the traditional "public" role of the largely "private" medical profession. Section V returns to the ambiguous public-private status of not-for profit hospitals buffeted in the 1980s and 1990s by assumptions about the efficiency of the market. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138516816

The Publishing and Review of Reference Sources This book first published in 1987 provides important information on reference publishing including valuable guidelines on evaluating publications and sources. The articles contained here are all written by leading experts in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367373696

The Publishing Challenge for Independent Video game DevelopersA Practical Guide Professor Odile Limpach gives independent developers everything they need to succeed in the world of video game publishing. The Publishing Challenge for Independent Video Game Developers: A Practical Guide defines what game publishing means for the indie developer and offers a concise framework to tackle the decision of whether to self-publish or not. Furthermore the text establishes a catalogue of current known publishers with some salient characteristics and offers a list of useful publishing tools. Along with showcasing testimonials from several young and seasoned developers on their experiences with publishing and partners and recommendations from renown experts of the industry this book offers tools platforms and guides to game publishing.   Key features: Provides a broad overview of the game publishing market Explores criteria for choosing between a publishing partner or self-publishing Offers case studies and testimonials from indie game developers and publishers about the process.   Professor Odile Limpach teaches economics and entrepreneurship at the Cologne Game Lab TH Köln (Technical University of Cologne). She is also co-founder of the Acceleration Program SpielFabrique 360° and works as a Strategic Consultant for games and serious game projects. Between 2007 and 2014 she was the managing director of the German entertainment software studio Ubisoft Blue Byte. Before she was the managing director of Ubisoft GmbH. She graduated from business school Institut Commercial de Nancy in France and completed her MBA in the United States. Odile Limpach is also involved as a volunteer in the areas of vocational training and acts as a German partner for Games for Change Europe. Furthermore she acts as an advisor (Conseiller du Commerce Extérieur) for the French Ministry for International Business Development. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367416720

The Publishing History of Uncle Tom's Cabin 1852–2002 Uncle Tom's Cabin continues to provoke impassioned discussions among scholars; to serve as the inspiration for theater film and dance; and to be the locus of much heated debate surrounding race relations in the United States. It is also one of the most remarkable print-based texts in U.S. publishing history. And yet until now no book-length study has traced the tumultuous publishing history of this most famous of antislavery novels. Among the major issues Claire Parfait addresses in her detailed account are the conditions of female authorship the structures of copyright author-publisher relations agency and literary economics. To follow the trail of the book over 150 years is to track the course of American culture and to read the various editions is to gain insight into the most basic structures formations and formulations of literary culture during the period. Parfait interrelates the cultural status of this still controversial novel with its publishing history and thus also chronicles the changing mood and mores of the nation during the past century and a half. Scholars of Stowe of American literature and culture and of publishing history will find this impressive and compelling work invaluable. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315237558

The Publishing Industry in China China has a long and complex history of relating to the outside world. With its recent entry into the World Trade Organization China is now committed to comply with the principles and rules of the international trading system as the largest trading country to join the system. China's commitment offers new commercial opportunities for foreign companies which in turn will transform the domestic economy. The common need throughout the process will be information documentation reporting and education on all levels and in all parts of the huge country. Therefore the publishing industry will play a critical part in providing the key information elements required by a country that is on fast forward.The Publishing Industry in China is a timely volume that covers all aspects of China's book magazine and online publishing industry. Ten contributing authors have been carefully selected to represent their sector of the publishing industry and to provide a critical analysis of both present conditions as well as trends for new developments in book and magazine publishing. Eleven chapters discuss the different market segments of trade scientific technical professional education and children's books.The economics and distribution of both book and magazine publishing are covered in separate chapters. Finally there are guidelines for international magazine publishers to enter the market and how translation or co-publishing rights for books can be developed during this period of growth and development. A concluding chapter reviews the challenges and developments of education and professional training for the publishing industry. An appendix provides published references and web sites for further background information and resources.The Publishing Industry in China stands alone as the only comprehensive guide and reference source to understanding recent developments and trends as well as providing guidelines for the single largest market in the world. It is essential reading for all publishers who wish to explore growth in the international arena. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538009

The Pulse of PoliticsElecting Presidents in the Media Age Every four years journalists propel a presidential campaign into the national consciousness. New candidates and issues become features of the political landscape while familiar rituals are reshaped by the unpredictability of personalities and events. Underlying this apparent process of change however is a recurrent cycle of political themes and social attitudes a pulse of politics that locks the process of choosing a president into a predictable pattern. In this bold and brilliant examination of modern presidential politics James David Barber reveals the dynamics of this cycle and shows how the pattern of drift and reaction may be broken in this most critical of political choices.Barber probes beneath the surface of campaigns to detect a steady rhythm of major political motifs. The theory he advances in colorful narrative chapters is that three dominant themes-conflict conscience conciliation-recur in foreseeable twelve-year cycles. A combative campaign-Truman vs. Dewey in 1948-is followed four years later by a moral crusade-Eisenhower vs. Stevenson in 1952-which in turn is succeeded by a contest to unify the nation-the Eisenhower-Stevenson rematch in 1956. The pattern is then renewed: the fierce combat between Kennedy and Nixon in 1960 was followed in 1964 by the contest of principle between Johnson and Goldwater. In 1968 Richard Nixon defeated Hubert Humphrey by promising to bring the nation together.Monitoring shifting national political moods is a new elite: the journalists. Barber makes the case that the party system increasingly clumsy and inflexible can no longer pick up the beat of politics. Instead it is through newspapers magazines and television that the main themes of a campaign are sounded created and destroyed. This new edition of The Pulse of Politics provides a timely guide to the themes of the 1992 presidential campaign and to future elections. It will be of special interest to political scientists historians media analysts and journalists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538016

The Punchdrunk Encyclopaedia The Punchdrunk Encyclopaedia is the definitive book on the company’s work to date marking eighteen years of Punchdrunk’s existence. It provides the first full-scale historical account of one of the world’s foremost immersive theatre companies drawn from unrivalled access to the collective memory and archives of their core creative team. The playful encyclopaedic format much like a Punchdrunk masked show invites readers to create their own journey through the ideas aesthetics contexts and practices that underpin Punchdrunk’s work. Interjections from Felix Barrett Stephen Dobbie Maxine Doyle Peter Higgin Beatrice Minns Colin Nightingale and Livi Vaughan among others fill out the picture with in-depth reflections. Charting Punchdrunk’s rise from the fringe to the mainstream this encyclopaedia records the founding principles and mission of the company documenting its evolving creative process and operational structures. It has been compiled to be useful to scholars and students from a variety of backgrounds and disciplines from secondary level through to doctoral research and is intended for those with a fascination for theatre in general and immersive work in particular. Ultimately it is written for those who have dared to come play with Punchdrunk across the years. It is also offered to the curious; those adventurers ready and waiting to be immersed in Punchdrunk worlds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138556799

The Punishment Response Punishment occupies a central place in our lives and attitudes. We suffer a profound ambivalence about its moral consequences. Persons who have been punished or are liable to be punished have long objected to the legitimacy of punishment. We are all objects of punishment yet we are also its users. Our ambivalence is so profound that not only do we punish others but we punish ourselves as well. We view those who submit too willingly to punishment as "obedient" verging on the groveling coward and we view those who resist punishment as "disobedient " rebels. In The Punishment Response Graeme Newman describes the uses of punishment and how these uses change over time.Some argue that punishment promotes discrimination and divisiveness in society. Others claim that it is through punishment that order and legitimacy are upheld. It is important that punishment is understood as neither one nor the other; it is both. This point simple though it seems has never really been addressed. This is why Newman claims we wax and wane in our uses of punishment; why punishing institutions are clogged by bureaucracy; why the death penalty comes and goes like the tide.Graeme Newman emphasizes that punishment is a cultural process and also a mechanism of particular institutions of which criminal law is but one. Because academic discussions of punishment have been confined to legalistic preoccupations much of the policy and justification of punishment have been based on discussions of extreme cases. The use of punishment in the sphere of crime is an extreme unto itself since crime is a minor aspect of daily life. The uses of punishment and the moral justifications for punishment within the family and school have rarely been considered certainly not to the exhaustive extent that criminal law has been in this outstanding work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538023

The Purchase of ParadiseGift Giving and the Aristocracy 1307-1485 Originally published in 1972 The Purchase of Paradise is an account of medieval philanthropy and looks at the late medieval aristocracy as a social rather than political group. The book analyses their voluntary behaviour their gift giving and the Church and addresses the nature of charity in the Middle Ages providing an insight into the noble families of the time. The book depicts charitable practices within the family such as the buying of prayers for relatives and the family traditions of support for favoured houses lasting through several generations. The book shows that the family was the most operative unit for most forms of benefaction and ecclesiastical contact and that the hard necessities of baronial politics were often ignored when men turned their thoughts to philanthropy and prayers for their immortal souls. The book will of value to historians and sociologists alike as well as those working in the field of anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367206055

The Purchase of PardiseThe social function of aristocratic benevolence 1307-1485 First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851473

The Pure State of NatureSacred cows destructive myths and the environment 'Aborigines did not cause the extinction of the megafauna . . . and it is unlikely that they have caused the extinction of any element of the fauna and flora.''If you want to practise control burning in order to protect houses or farms then do it in the same way as you would use a bulldozer to clear a firebreak but don't pretend that you are doing anything but damage to the environment.''If you commercialise an environmental resource you do so to make money. Don't pretend that it also benefits the environment.'Spanning fifty thousand years and an entire continent The Pure State of Nature presents a passionate account of the Australian environment. The myths that abound in popular and scientific writing the 'theories' and fancies about the place of humans in the ecology of this vast landmass are subjected to scrutiny. In particular the author demolishes the widely accepted orthodoxy about the use of fire by Aborigines and their supposed part in the extinction of the Australian megafauna.From the ruins of those myths The Pure State of Nature offers lessons for the new millennium. In turns provocative humorous impassioned and gentle this is a bold book of ideas about the past and present a book about how we can shape the future.To The Pure State of Nature Dr David Horton brings many years' experience as scientist farmer and archaeologist. Among his publications are Recovering the Tracks and The Encyclopaedia of Aboriginal Australia. He now writes and consults from his stud sheep farm in New South Wales. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003118190

The Pure Theory of Capital F. A. Hayek’s long-overlooked volume was his most detailed work in economic theory. Originally published in 1941 when fashionable economic thought had shifted to John Maynard Keynes Hayek’s manifesto of capital theory is now available again for today’s students and economists to discover. With a new introduction by Hayek expert Lawrence H. White who firmly situates the book not only in historical and theoretical context but within Hayek’s own life and his struggle to complete the manuscript this edition commemorates the celebrated scholar’s last major work in economics. Offering a detailed account of the equilibrium relationships between inputs and outputs in an economy Hayek’s stated objective was to make capital theory "useful for the analysis of the monetary phenomena of the real world.” His ambitious goal was nothing less than to develop a capital theory that could be fully integrated into the business cycle theory.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009189

The Pure Theory of International Trade There has long been a need for a systematic introduction to the modern pure theory of international trade that would take the student through a careful introduction to the tools of analysis and the main logical propositions into the application of the theory to practical problems of international economic policy. Trade theory should be part and parcel of price theory distinguished only by the fact that other countries form part of the natural opportunities--and natural constraints--that a country confronts in its efforts to bend nature to its desire to produce utility-yielding goods and services; but its exposition is often confused by the attachment of its expositors to obsolete problems and backward analytical techniques.This book covers in detail classical neoclassical and modern theories of international trade with special attention to problems of equilibrium growth and welfare and discusses the work of all major contributors in this field from Ricardo and Mill through Meade Heckscher and Ohlin to the growth models of Johnson Solow and Uzawa. All problems are clearly stated and the easiest and most convenient solutions are sought in each case with the more technical topics in the field discussed in several chapters and appendixes that may be omitted for less advanced students without interrupting the continuity of the book.The book's coverage is complete and entirely up-to-date. It is written primarily for advanced undergraduate and graduate courses in international trade but it will also serve as an important reference tool for professional economists working in this field and will be of considerable interest to students and practitioners dealing with problems of economic development and international business relationships more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538030

The Pure Theory of International Trade and Distortions (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1978. This book provides a simple systematic yet rigorous treatment of the key aspects of the pure theory of international trade and distortions. The opening chapter presents the standard two-factor two-commodity barter model of international trade and a comprehensive treatment of the important properties and relationships. The rest of the book consists of four sections: parts One and Two are devoted to an analysis of factor market imperfections and Parts Three and Four consider the trade-theoretical consequences of product market imperfections. A concluding chapter presents some generalised theorems. This book would be of interest to students of economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138644687

The Puritan Culture of America's MilitaryU.S. Army War Crimes in Iraq and Afghanistan This book explores Puritanism and its continuing influence on U.S. and military law in the Global War on Terror exploring connections between Puritanism and notions of responsibility in relation to military crimes superstitious practices within the military and urges for revenge. Engaging with the work of figures such as Durkheim Fauconnet and Weber it draws on primary data gathered through participation and observation at the U.S. Army courts-martial following events at Abu Ghraib Operation Iron Triangle the Baghdad canal killings and a war crimes case in Afghanistan to show how Puritan cultural habits color and shape both American military actions and the ways in which these actions are perceived by the American public. A theoretically sophisticated examination of the cultural tendencies that shape military conduct and justice in the context of a contemporary global conflict The Puritan Culture of America’s Military will appeal to scholars across the social sciences with interests in social theory and sociology cultural studies politics and international relations and military studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267251

The Puritan Experience Originally published in 1972 and based on extensive research and use of source materials including manuscripts this book examines Puritan spiritual autobiographies written before 1725 and sets them in the context of the literary tradition out of which they grew. As well as Bunyan Baxter and Fox this book also discusses important works which have received less attention notably the Confessions of Richard Norwood the Bermudan settler. The book identifies 3 strands in the tradition: the work of the ‘orthodox’ Puritans; the prophets of the Commonwealth and the confessions and journals of the early Quakers. The social religious and literary factors which contributed to their development are discussed and it is shown how the self-analysis popularized by the Puritan preachers and writers contributed to the development of the novel. The book will be of particular value to those interested in 17th Century literature or religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367628598

The Puritan FamilyA Social Study from the Literary Sources Originally published in 1969 this study examines the religious and ethical community which had an immense influence on the spiritual development of the Anglo-American world – the family in Puritan England. The book makes extensive reference to the outstanding literary works of the period and to the Puritan ‘conduct-books’ thus illustrating the Puritan way of thinking and attitude to life and showing the relationship between the development of literary taste and the social class system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367628840

The Puritan GentryThe Great Puritan Families of Early Stuart England Originally published in 1984 this was the first detailed study of the impact of Puritan influences on the wealthy county families of early Stuart England. It discusses one of the central issues in the history of the English Civil War: what motivated those men and women who risked all in opposition to King Charles I. The book looks at the role played by gentry families in the advancement or defence of ‘true religion’ and considers the reasons why powerful families which helped to govern the counties were to be found among the godly. It explores the conflict between class values and the exacting demands of an austere religious philosophy and examines the relationship between the Puritan gentry and the clerical Puritans who included authors university dons schoolmasters lecturers and parish clergy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367625382

The Puritan Origins of American SexReligion Sexuality and National Identity in American Literature From witch trials to pickaxe murderers from brothels to convents and from slavery to Toni Morrison's Paradise these essays provide fascinating and provocative insights into our sexual and religious conventions and beliefs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315023083

The Puritan RevolutionA Documentary History Originally published in 1968 the documents collected in this volume (all re-set for ease of reading) trace the history of the Puritan Revolution from its roots in the early seventeenth century to the Restoration. They show how the causes and the course of the upheaval were reflected immediately and polemically in the torrent of books tracts and pamphlets letters speeches sermons petitions paper constitutions and government instruments that accompanied and often precipitated events. The documents substantiate the conviction of many scholars that the English Revolution represented a shaking of society comparable to the French and Russian revolutions. The Introduction discusses the work of historians of modern-day historians of the period and contributes to the debate about the underlying causes of the crisis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367628406

The Purloined SelfInterpersonal Perspectives in Psychoanalysis The Purloined Self: Interpersonal Perspectives in Psychoanalysis brings together nineteen essays in updated form still as relevant witty and informative today as when the book originally published. Edgar Levenson is a key figure in the development of Interpersonal psychoanalysis and his ideas remain influential. This book covers his seminal writing on theoretical topics such as models of psychoanalysis Harry Stack Sullivan’s theories and the nature of change as well as his more familiar focus on practical analytic topics such as transference supervision and the use of the self in psychoanalytic clinical work. The content ranges from more technical articles on psychoanalysis and general systems theory the holographic dimensions of psychoanalytic change; on to issues of metapsychology; and then to articles devoted to examining the nuances of the therapeutic praxis. The general thrust of the book is in the Interpersonal tradition and is a major contribution to a contemporary elaboration of post-Sullivanian Interpersonalism and of the two-person model of psychoanalysis that has come to permeate the entire field. With a new foreword by Donnel Stern himself a major name in current Interpersonal analysis this book gives a comprehensive overview of Levenson’s work and its continued relevance in contemporary psychoanalytic thought. The Purloined Self is highly readable: the author’s witty essayist style and original perspective on its material has made it appealing across a wide range of readerships. It will appeal to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists as well as undergraduate and advanced postgraduate students in these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138101661

The Purpose of India’s Security StrategyDefence Deterrence and Global Involvement This book comprises the journey of the Indian nation state and its tryst with destiny where successive political leaderships while governing India contributed to a better understanding of the idea of India its political and strategic culture and the role that its military has had to play to develop that culture. Hence the journey has been from the backwaters of ‘defensive defence’ to create a credible deterrence capacity as well as a doctrine to implement the same through political will and enter the domain of global involvement in the strategic non-strategic as well as non-traditional areas of security. Thus the title of the book The Purpose of India’s Security Strategy: Defence Deterrence and Global Involvement. It is hoped that this book will serve as a referral document to understand the polemics of the development of a strategic culture in India for an era which will be dominated by the information age and artificial intelligence without forgetting that the Indian political leadership has come of age to understand the role of the military in the process of nation building. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367435929

The Purposes of EducationA Conversation Between John Hattie and Steen Nepper Larsen What are the purposes of education and what is the relationship between educational research and policy? Using the twin lenses of Visible Learning and educational philosophy these are among the many fascinating topics discussed in extended conversations between John Hattie and Steen Nepper Larsen. This wide-ranging and informative book offers fundamental propositions about the nature of education. It maps out in fascinating detail a coming together of Hattie’s empirical data and world-famous Visible Learning paradigm with the rich heritage of educational philosophy. Additionally it explores the inevitable questions of the purpose of education and the development of students in a learning society. Part clash of cultures part meeting of minds always fascinating and illuminating this intriguing book will inspire teachers students and parents at all levels of the educational system – from kindergarten through school to university. Conversations include: What are the purposes of education? Does educational data speak for itself? What is the role of the teacher? Is learning a visible phenomenon? Is it important to teach and learn specific subjects? What is the role of neuroscience research? What is the relationship between educational research and educational politics? What is the role of the state in education? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367416645

The Pursuit of Comparative AestheticsAn Interface Between the East and West Comparative aesthetics is the branch of philosophy which compares the aesthetic concepts and practices of different cultures. The way in which cultures conceive of the aesthetic dimension of life in general and art in particular is revelatory of profound attitudes and beliefs which themselves make up an important part of the culture in question. This anthology of essays by internationally recognised scholars in this field brings into one volume some of the most important research in comparative aesthetics from classic early essays to previously unpublished contemporary pieces. Ranging across cultures and time periods as diverse as ancient Greece India and China and the modern West and Japan the essays reveal both similarities and deep differences between the aesthetic traditions concerned. In the course of these expositions and comparisons there emerges the general conclusion that no culture can be fully grasped if its aesthetic ideas are not understood. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250024

The Pursuit of HappinessBetween Prosperity and Adversity The Pursuit of Happiness: Between Prosperity and Adversity looks at activities practices and experiences that are instrumental in changing one’s level of well-being. This book focuses on the situations in which well-being is challenged or even decreased and explores guided by Dialogical Self Theory pathways that lead to its elevation. Research has suggested that there are three main determinants of well-being: genetic factors one’s individual’s history and happiness-relevant activities. The third and most promising means of altering one’s happiness level are activities and practices that require some degree of effort. A surprising finding is that these personal efforts may have a happiness-boosting potential that is almost as large as the probable role of genetics and apparently larger than the influence of one’s individual history. Efforts are invested in fields of tension between prosperity and adversity. The Pursuit of Happiness covers a variety of topics such as finding happiness and well-being in the face of extreme adversity the role of honesty in genuine happiness the promise of minimalistic life orientations the value of inner silence evaluating our lives from a future perspective and the relationship between happiness career development counselling and psychotherapy. This book was originally published as a special issue of the British Journal of Guidance & Counselling. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367437121

The Pursuit of HistoryAims methods and new directions in the study of history This classic introduction to the study of history invites the reader to stand back and consider some of its most fundamental questions - what is the point of studying history? How do we know about the past? Does an objective historical truth exist and can we ever access it? In answering these central questions John Tosh argues that despite the impression of fragmentation created by postmodernism in recent years history is a coherent discipline which still bears the imprint of its nineteenth-century origins. Consistently clear-sighted he provides a lively and compelling guide to a complex and sometimes controversial subject while making his readers vividly aware of just how far our historical knowledge is conditioned by the character of the sources and the methods of the historians who work on them. The sixth edition has been revised and updated with key new material including: - a brand new chapter on public history - sections on digitised sources and historical controversy - discussion of topics including transnational history and the nature of the archive - an expanded range of examples and case studies - a comprehensive companion website providing valuable supporting material study questions and a bank of primary sources. Lucid and engaging this edition retains all the user-friendly features that have helped to make this book a favourite with both students and lecturers including marginal glosses illustrations and suggestions for further reading. Along with its companion website this is an essential guide to the theory and practice of history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138808089

The Pursuit of Perfect Packing Coauthored by one of the creators of the most efficient space packing solution the Weaire–Phelan structure The Pursuit of Perfect Packing Second Edition explores a problem of importance in physics mathematics chemistry biology and engineering: the packing of structures. Maintaining its mathematical core this edition continues and revises some of the stories from its predecessor while adding several new examples and applications. The book focuses on both scientific and everyday problems ranging from atoms to honeycombs. It describes packing models such as the Kepler conjecture Voronoï decomposition and Delaunay decomposition as well as actual structure models such as the Kelvin cell and the Weaire–Phelan structure. The authors discuss numerous historical aspects and provide biographical details on influential contributors to the field including emails from Thomas Hales and Ken Brakke. With examples from physics crystallography engineering and biology this accessible and whimsical book touches on many aspects of packing objects. It will help you understand components of packing and aid you in the quest for the perfect packing solution. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387693

The Pursuit of Pleasure Pleasure is biologically desirable and good for physical and mental health. In The Pursuit of Pleasure Lionel Tiger explores this aspect of human nature by focusing on the origins and forms of pleasure. Medical science has perfected a host of often astonishingly impressive methods for preventing alleviating or recovering from pain. Its opposite pleasure has not had such a well-funded and fully justified constituency. In fact those committed to the understanding and pursuit of pleasure are rarely accorded respect and a sense of significance. People have objected to the notion of pleasure for a variety of reasons. The most complex derive from religious convictions that the most morally admirable human life is marked by abstemiousness suffering even martyrdom. There is also a corresponding fear that people may pursue pleasure too avidly and with too strong a sense of entitlement and the world's work will not get done. But just as there have been suspicions of the dangers of pleasure there have also been its supporters who assert its vital and joyful centrality to human experience. The Pursuit of Pleasure favors an agnostic approach borrowed from natural science.In lively witty and eminently readable prose Tiger identifies major forms of pleasure and explores their variations now and in the past. Pleasure says Tiger is not a luxury but an evolutionary entitlement that deserves to be taken seriously. As we acknowledge our need for enjoyment we understand the need to establish balance in our lives-our need for the pursuit of pleasure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538054

The Pursuit of Public JournalismTheory Practice and Criticism The Pursuit of Public Journalism is an engaging introduction to the theoretical foundations and practices of the journalistic reform movement known as 'public journalism.' Public journalism - stated briefly - seeks to reinvest journalism with its fundamental responsibilities to democracy and public life. This book argues against many deeply ingrained practices ranging from journalistic detachment to framing stories via polar conflict in favor of greater civic involvement on the part of journalists. Tanni Haas traces the historical context in which public journalism emerged develops a philosophy for public journalism reviews empirical research on public journalism’s performance to date and responds to the major criticisms directed at public journalism.  He also examines the particular challenges that public journalism poses to curriculum and instruction: how can journalism educators teach students to write stories useful and of concern to citizens and how can they encourage citizens to publicly criticize news coverage of given topics? Following review of the major challenges and criticisms of public journalism the author offers practical solutions for improving public journalism and speculates on public journalism’s likely future. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203941911

The Pusher and the SuffererAn Unsentimental Reading of "Moby Dick" First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878457

The Pushing-Hands of Translation and its TheoryIn memoriam Martha Cheung 1953-2013 This book presents an East-West dialogue of leading translation scholars responding to and developing Martha Cheung’s "pushing-hands" method of translation studies. Pushing-hands was an idea Martha began exploring in the last four years of her life and only had time to publish at article length in 2012. The concept of pushing-hands suggests a promising line of inquiry into the problem of conflict in translation. Pushing-hands opens a new vista for translation scholars to understand and explain how to develop an awareness of non-confrontational alternative ways to handle translation problems or problems related to translation activities that are likely to give rise to tension and conflict. The book is a timely contribution to celebrate Martha's work and also to move the conversation forward. Despite being somewhat tentative and experimental it probes into how to enable and develop dynamic interaction between and reciprocal determinism of different hands involved in the process of translation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367133856

The Puzzle of Ethics First Published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315502977

The Puzzle of Evil First Published in 2015. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315699172

The Puzzle of ExistenceWhy Is There Something Rather Than Nothing? This groundbreaking volume investigates the most fundamental question of all: Why is there something rather than nothing? The question is explored from diverse and radical perspectives: religious naturalistic platonistic and skeptical. Does science answer the question? Or does theology? Does everything need an explanation? Or can there be brute inexplicable facts? Could there have been nothing whatsoever? Or is there any being that could not have failed to exist? Is the question meaningful after all? The volume advances cutting-edge debates in metaphysics philosophy of cosmology and philosophy of religion and will intrigue and challenge readers interested in any of these subjects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138823440

The Puzzle of God First Published in 2015. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315699165

The Puzzle of the Gospels First Published in 2015. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315699158

The Pyramid Builders of Ancient EgyptA Modern Investigation of Pharaoh's Workforce In Rosalie David's hands the Egyptian builders of the pyramids are revealed as simple people leading ordinary lives while they are engaged on building the great tomb for a Pharoah. This is an engrossing detective story bringing to the general reader a fascinating picture of a special community that lived in Egypt and built one of the pyramids some four thousand years ago. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153110

The Pyramid of Game DesignDesigning Producing and Launching Service Games Game design is changing. The emergence of service games on PC mobile and console has created new expectations amongst consumers and requires new techniques from game makers. In The Pyramid of Game Design Nicholas Lovell identifies and explains the frameworks and techniques you need to deliver fun profitable games. Using examples of games ranging from modern free-to-play titles to the earliest arcade games via PC strategy and traditional boxed titles Lovell shows how game development has evolved and provides game makers with the tools to evolve with it. Harness the Base Retention and Superfan Layers to create a powerful Core Loop. Design the player Session to keep players playing while being respectful of their time. Accept that there are few fixed rules: just trade-offs with consequences. Adopt Agile and Lean techniques to "learn what you need you learn" quickly Use analytics paired with design skills and player feedback to improve the fun engagement and profitability of your games. Adapt your marketing techniques to the reality of the service game era Consider the ethics of game design in a rapidly changing world. Lovell shows how service games require all the skills of product game development and more. He provides a toolset for game makers of all varieties to create fun profitable games. Filled with practical advice memorable anecdotes and a wealth of game knowledge the Pyramid of Game Design is a must-read for all game developers.   Key Features Harness the Base Retention and Superfan Layers to create a powerful Core Loop. Design the player Session to keep players playing while being respectful of their time. Accept that there are few fixed rules: just trade-offs with consequences. Adopt Agile and Lean techniques to "learn what you need you learn" quickly. Use analytics paired with design skills and player feedback to improve the fun engagement and profitability of your games. Adapt your marketing techniques to the reality of the service game era. Consider the ethics of game design in a rapidly changing world. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138298897

The Qiaopi Trade and Transnational Networks in the Chinese Diaspora Originating in the 1820s and used for 150 years thereafter qiaopi is the name given in Chinese to letters written home by Chinese emigrants to accompany remittances. Their key function was to preserve family ties. Although such correspondence focused principally on the provision of economic support the qiaopi also touched on cultural political educational and gender themes. This book therefore seeks to examine the qiaopi from two interconnected perspectives. One views qiaopi from a political and institutional angle the other from a financial and social angle. Bringing together the extensive research of a group of international scholars this multi-authored volume sheds light on the larger significance of the qiaopi for modern China. Taking an empirical evidence-driven approach the contributors employ a wide range of primary sources in both Chinese and English and relate their findings to scholarship in both the Chinese-speaking world and in non-Chinese interdisciplinary fields. In so doing this book helps to bridge the gap between Chinese- and English-speaking researchers in the field of qiaopi studies. As one of the first books in English on the qiaopi trade and its significance this book will appeal to students and scholars of Chinese history and Chinese migration as well in Migration Studies and Diaspora Studies more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138081062

The Qualified StudentA History of Selective College Admission in America In The Qualified Student Harold S. Wechsler focuses on methods of student selection used by institutions of higher education in the United States. More specifically he discusses the way that college and university reformers employed those methods to introduce higher education into a broader cross-section of America by extending access to an increased number of students from nontraditional backgrounds.Implicit in much of this book is an underlying social and ethical question: How legitimate was and is higher education's regulation of social mobility? Public concern over colleges' and universities' practices became inevitable once they became regulators between social classes. The challenging of colleges' admissions policies in the courts augments similar concerns that have been present in legislatures for decades.The volume is divided into three main sections: Prerequisites Columbia and the Selective Function and Implications. It focuses mainly on four universities The University of Michigan Columbia University the University of Chicago and the City University of New York. Wechsler maintains that unlike other universities these institutions were pacesetters; they did not adopt a new policy simply because some other college had already adopted it. A new introduction brings the book originally published in 1977 up to date and demonstrates its continuing importance in today's academic world of selective admissions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412853606

The Qualitative Dissertation in EducationA Guide for Integrating Research and Practice The Qualitative Dissertation in Education focuses on the experiences of students pursuing a doctorate in education and writing a qualitative dissertation. The literature on qualitative research has grown substantially over the past 25 years but methods books often fail to consider the unique situations and resources available to students pursuing a professional doctorate. This book examines the entirety of the dissertation experience walking readers through the process with examples and guidelines. The structure of the book outlines each chapter of the dissertation as well as the necessary steps to start and complete the dissertation such as working with a faculty chair and committee developing a peer support group and organizing literature. Not only does the book cover each stage of the dissertation process it also provides practical guidance on topics such as productivity with exercises and resources to help students overcome obstacles and make progress in their writing. The Qualitative Dissertation in Education provides a foundation to understand both the basics of qualitative research and the expectations of the EdD dissertation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138486706

The Qualitative ManifestoA Call to Arms Now issued as part of the Routledge Education Classic Edition series  The Qualitative Manifesto provides a "call to arms" for researchers from the leading figure in the qualitative research community Norman Denzin. Denzin asks for a research tradition engaged in social justice sensitive to identity and indigenous concerns brave to risk presentation in forms beyond traditional academic writing and committed to teaching this to their students and colleagues. A new preface text by the author reflects on the changes in research society and in social justice since the publication of the original edition. Denzin looks to the past present and future of the field underlining the continuing importance of this brief provocative book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326231

The Qualitative ManifestoA Call to Arms Now issued as part of the Routledge Education Classic Edition series A Qualitative Manifesto provides a "call to arms" for researchers from the leading figure in the qualitative research commnunity Norman Denzin. Denzin asks for a research tradition engaged in social justice sensitive to identity and indigenous concerns brave to risk presentation in forms beyond traditional academic writing and committed to teaching this to their students and colleagues. A new preface text by the author reflects on the changes in research society and in social justice since the publication of the original edition. Denzin looks to the past present and future of the field underlining the continuing importance of this brief provocative book. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315417370

The Qualities of TimeAnthropological Approaches This book explores the relevance of classical ideas in the anthropology of time tothe way we understand history participate in the events around us and experienceour lives. Time is not just an abstract principle we live by or a local cultural construct: it is shaped punctuated organized and suffered in complex ways by real people negotiating their lives and relations with others. Space may be opened up for politics violence or revolutionary change within the framework of ceremonial markers of social time: holy days festivals and carnivals. People create and recreate patterns in the way they imagine the past present and future at such moments through material objects language symbolic action and bodily experience. The rhythms of social life including periodic episodes of sacred or special time interact with 'historical events' in strange ways. They are fundamental not only to the human condition but to the making andremembering of history as well as to what we recognize as the unexpected or abnormal. The Qualities of Time brings anthropologists and archaeologists together in a new conversation about the 'patterns' of our understanding and experience of time. The authors reflect on how we should interpret evidence about the distant past andhow far the structuring of social time is a human universal. They also consider whether anthropology itself has been so oriented to the present it has still to develop ways of dealing with temporality. The interactions of time-structures ceremonials and specific historical events including violence inspired by the millennium are interrogated. The experience of individuals who feel the times are for them 'out of joint' is also examined. By combining socio-cultural philosophical and historical approaches thisthought-provoking book moves anthropological debates about time's qualities wellbeyond existing studies.This book explores the relevance of classical ideas in the anthropology of time toth Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135449

The Quality Audit for ISO 9001:2000A Practical Guide Since the publication of the first edition of this book in 2000 the revised ISO 9001 standard has been implemented and is being used widely. While the basic premise of the original book is still sound the reality of auditing the new standard has shown up various areas which require refinement - this new edition addresses that need. It remains a pragmatic guide covering all aspects of auditing including certification assessment supplier investigation and internal audit enabling auditors to appreciate the approaches adopted by those working in related areas. With its detailed analysis of the requirements of ISO 9001:2000 this book will also be of interest to all those involved in implementing certified quality management systems as well as the auditors who are required to examine those systems. A down-to-earth approach is taken throughout The Quality Audit for ISO 9001:2000 avoiding the impractical and nit-picking methods which have so often characterized quality management audits making it an invaluable source of realistic advice. It demonstrates how to produce real benefits from an audit programme rather than simply guaranteeing compliance to a documented system. Everyone who sees audits as a useful tool for business improvement should read this book! Media > Books > E-books Gower 9781315237534

The Quality Classroom Manager Drawing upon thirty-two years of extensive school work (including classroom teaching school administrator principal District Curricula Director responsible for change school psychologist and Director of Special Education and presently teaching at the University of Wisconsin La Crosse) the principals of control theory/reality therapy and Dr. William Deming's philosophy on quality management Bob Norton created this "how-to" text to effectively achieve quality classroom management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784733

The Quality Improvement Field GuideAchieving and Maintaining Value in Your Organization The Quality Improvement Field Guide: Achieving and Maintaining Value in Your Organization covers the key aspects that quality professionals must know to attain mastery in their field. After reading this book readers will not only gain an understanding of the key quality improvement concepts but will gain the practical insight required to implement them correctly. The book starts with a brief history of quality and quality management including the necessary quality documents. It describes key quality standards including ISO 9001:2008 the upcoming ISO 9001:2015 and ISO 9004:2008. Next it explores quality deployment concepts such as capturing the voice of the customer the Kano model quality function deployment and quality policy deployment. SMART goals SWOT analysis and key process indicators are also addressed. The book covers the seven classic quality tools: flowchart Ishikawa diagram Pareto diagram scatter diagram histogram check sheet and run chart. It also identifies the seven new management and planning tools: affinity diagram tree diagram process decision program chart matrix diagram prioritization matrix interrelationship digraph and activity network diagram.Presenting methods for failure prevention and detection the text explores measurement system analysis gage repeatability and reproducibility studies and the basics of maintaining a calibration system. It examines the various aspects of continuous quality improvement complaints management and the use of 8D reports for reporting on failures. The book describes the four types of measurement scales and various measuring devices a quality professional may encounter and also contains a glossary that explains the basic quality-related terminology. Describing each quality method with sufficient detail so that readers can immediately apply them this book is an ideal guide for anyone new to the field of quality as well as experienced quality professionals who need a quick overview. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498745741

The Quality of Democracy in Post-Communist Europe The countries of the former Eastern Bloc and Soviet Union have exhibited remarkable diversity in their post-communist regime paths. Whereas some states have become demonstrably more democratic and have moved in the space of fifteen years from the periphery to the centre of European politics in others the political and economic climates seem hardly to be better and their societies no more free than in the final years of the Cold War.Assessing progress towards democracy in the former Eastern Bloc - or the lack of it - requires a qualitative examination of post-communist polities. This collection of articles brings together a number of perspectives both macro and micro-analytical on the 'quality' of democracy in post-communist Europe.This volume was previously published as a special issue of the Journal of Communist Studies and Transition Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138997004

The Quality of LearningAn Essay Concerning the Education of Dull Children First published in 1951. This book examines the challenges and difficulties that schools may face when it comes to the teaching of children with special needs. The author explores the argument that any challenges can be eliminated by the expenditure of more money or whether these challenges cannot be solved merely by increased expenditure and a well-directed administrative effort to provide teachers classrooms and materials. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138587601

The Quality of the Urban EnvironmentEssays on "New Resources" in an Urban Age The quality of the environment in which people live work and play influences to no small degree the quality of life itself. The environment can be satisfying and attractive and provide scope for individual development or it can be poisonous irritating and stunting. The papers in this volume first published in 1969 are concerned with the urban environment – in which the majority of Americans live – or more accurately with the environment of urbanites for the concern extends to outlying areas where urban dwellers visit and play. The chapters aim to provide a better understanding of the natural resource elements in the urban environment and will be of interest to students of environmental studies and human geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138930438

The Quantified Process Approach to Neuropsychological Assessment Since the late 1800s psychologists have been interested in discerning the strategies subjects employ to solve psychological tests (Piaget 1928 Werner 1940 Gesell 1941). Much of this work however has relied on qualitative observations. In the 1970s Edith Kaplan adopted this approach to the analysis of standardized neuropsychological measures. Unlike her predecessors Dr. Kaplan and her colleagues emphasized the application of modern behavioral neurology to the analysis of the test data. Her approach was later termed the Boston Process Approach to neuropsychological assessment. While Edith Kaplan's work generates a great deal of enthusiasm the qualitative nature of her analyses did not allow for its adoption by mainstream neuropsychologists. However in recent years this limitation has begun to be addressed. Clinicians and researchers have developed new methodologies for quantifying the Boston Process Approach leading to the emergence of a new field which is collectively termed the Quantified Process Approach. Quantified Process Approach to Neuropsychological Assessment outlines the rationale for the emergence of this new approach and reviews the state of the art research literature and up to date clinical applications as they pertain to the evaluation of neuropsychiatric head injured and learning disabled patients. When available norms and scoring forms are included in the appendices. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138006232

The Quantified Self in PrecarityWork Technology and What Counts Humans are accustomed to being tool bearers but what happens when machines become tool bearers calculating human labour via the use of big data and people analytics by metrics?The Quantified Self in Precarity highlights how whether it be in insecure ‘gig’ work or office work such digitalisation is not an inevitable process – nor is it one that necessarily improves working conditions. Indeed through unique research and empirical data Moore demonstrates how workplace quantification leads to high turnover rates workplace rationalisation and worker stress and anxiety with these issues linked to increased rates of subjective and objective precarity.Scientific management asked us to be efficient. Now we are asked to be agile. But what does this mean for the everyday lives we lead? With a fresh perspective on how technology and the use of technology for management and self-management changes the ‘quantified’ precarious workplace today The Quantified Self in Precarity will appeal to undergraduate and postgraduate students interested in fields such as Science and Technology Organisation Management Sociology and Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872908

The Quantitative Analysis of Social Representations First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138468245

The Quantum Dice "Real black magic calculus" is how Albert Einstein described quantum mechanics in a letter in 1925. Quantum mechanics is now rather more widely understood by physicists but still many "outsiders" are unaware of what quantum mechanics is how it has changed the course of development of physics and how it affects their everyday lives. This book gives a fascinating account of the evolution of the ideas and concepts of quantum theory and modern physics written by an "insider" but aimed specifically at the general science reader. Many anecdotes from famous past physicists give an insight into their work and personalities. The many illustrations are an important and attractive feature of the book. Leonid Ponomarev is a leading theoretical physicist. His deep understanding of the subject is allied with his wide knowledge of history literature and philosophy to produce this history of the development of modern physics and its impact on our lives. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003062950

The Quantum of ExplanationWhitehead’s Radical Empiricism The Quantum of Explanation advances a bold new theory of how explanation ought to be understood in philosophical and cosmological inquiries. Using a complete interpretation of Alfred North Whitehead’s philosophical and mathematical writings and an interpretive structure that is essentially new Auxier and Herstein argue that Whitehead has never been properly understood nor has the depth and breadth of his contribution to the human search for knowledge been assimilated by his successors. This important book effectively applies Whitehead’s philosophy to problems in the interpretation of science empirical knowledge and nature. It develops a new account of philosophical naturalism that will contribute to the current naturalism debate in both Analytic and Continental philosophy. Auxier and Herstein also draw attention to some of the most important differences between the process theology tradition and Whitehead’s thought arguing in favor of a Whiteheadian naturalism that is more or less independent of theological concerns. This book offers a clear and comprehensive introduction to Whitehead’s philosophy and is an essential resource for students and scholars interested in American philosophy the philosophy of mathematics and physics and issues associated with naturalism explanation and radical empiricism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367258498

The Quantum Phase OperatorA Review Describing the phase of an electromagnetic field mode or harmonic oscillator has been an obstacle since the early days of modern quantum theory. The quantum phase operator was even more problematic with the invention of the maser and laser in the 1950s and 1960s. This problem was not solved until the Pegg-Barnett formalism was developed in the 1980s. Edited by one of the scientists who created this key solution The Quantum Phase Operator: A Review charts the development of phase and angle operators from their first appearance to modern theory. Bringing together vital works that have been published on the subject the book presents the ideas that led to the current theory of the phase operator and provides a complete picture of the progress that has followed since then. With introductions by the editors to put the papers in context and unify the content of the book each section focuses on a different aspect of phase operators. The editors also chronologically organize the papers within the sections to highlight how scientific thought has evolved if at all over time.A collection of important relevant material that is scattered throughout the literature this volume chronicles the history of the various facets of the quantum phase operator promoting a solid foundation in quantum theory. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389147

The Quantum Physics of Atomic Frequency StandardsRecent Developments Up-to-Date Coverage of Stable and Accurate Frequency Standards The Quantum Physics of Atomic Frequency Standards: Recent Developments covers advances in atomic frequency standards (atomic clocks) from the last several decades. It explains the use of various techniques such as laser optical pumping coherent population trapping laser cooling and electromagnetic and optical trapping in the implementation of classical microwave and optical atomic frequency standards. The book first discusses improvements to conventional atomic frequency standards highlighting the main limitations of those frequency standards and the physical basis of the limitations. It then describes how advances in the theory and applications of atomic physics have opened new avenues in frequency standards. The authors go on to explore the research and development of new microwave and optical frequency standards before presenting the results in frequency stability and accuracy achieved with these new frequency standards. They also illustrate the application of atomic clocks in metrology telecommunications navigation and other areas and give some insight into future work. Building on the success of the previous two volumes this up-to-date in-depth book examines the vast improvements to atomic clocks that have occurred in the last 25 years. The improved stability and accuracy enable the verification of physical concepts used in fundamental theories such as relativity as well as the stability of fundamental constants intrinsic to those theories. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138894556

The Quark MachinesHow Europe Fought the Particle Physics War Second Edition Relating the story of the transatlantic struggle for subnuclear domination The Quark Machines: How Europe Fought the Particle Physics War Second Edition covers the history the politics and the personalities of particle physics. Extensively illustrated with many original photographs of the key players in the field the book sheds new light on the sovereignty issues of modern scientific research as well as the insights it has produced.Throughout the twentieth century Europe and the United States have vied for supremacy of subnuclear physics. Initially the advent of World War II and an enforced exodus of scientific talent from Europe boosted American efforts. Then buoyed along by the need to develop the bomb and the ensuing distrust of the Cold War the United States vaulted into a commanding role-a position it retained for almost fifty years. Throughout this period each new particle accelerator was a major campaign each new particle a battle won.With the end of the Cold War U.S. preeminence evaporated and Europe retook the advantage. Now CERN for four decades the spearhead of the European fightback stands as the leading global particle physics center. Today particle physics is at a turning point in its history-how well Europe retains its advantage remains to be seen. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138406353

The Quarrel Between Philosophy and PoetryStudies in Ancient Thought Now available in paperback The Quarrel Between Philosophy and Poetry focuses on the theoretical and practical suppositions of the long-standing conflict between philosophy and poetry. Stanley Rosen--one of the leading Plato scholars of our day--examines philosophical activity questioning whether technical philosophy is a species of poetry a political program an interpretation of human existence according to the ideas of 19th and 20th-century thinkers or a contemplation of beings and Being. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138156371

The Quarrel Between Poetry and PhilosophyPerspectives Across the Humanities The Quarrel Between Poetry and Philosophy: Perspectives Across the Humanities is an interdisciplinary study of the abiding quarrel to which poet-philosopher Plato referred centuries ago in the Republic. The book presents eight chapters by four humanities scholars that historically contextualize and cross-interpret aspects of the quarrel in question. The authors share the view that although poets and philosophers continually quarrel a harmonious union between the two groups is achievable in a manner promising application to a variety of contemporary cultural-political and aesthetic debates all of which have implications for the current status of the humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367863357

The Quatrains of Omar Khayyam First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869010

The Quattro Cento and Stones of RiminiA Different Conception of the Italian Renaissance This title was first published in 2002. Adrian Stokes was a British painter and writer whose books on art have been allowed to go out of print despite their impact on Modernist culture. This new edition of The Quattro Cento and The Stones of Rimini presents the original texts of 1932 and 1934 and furnishes them with introductions by David Carrier and Stephen Kite that will help readers grasp the structure and significance of what have become Stokes' most widely cited and influential books. Written as parts of an incomplete trilogy The Quattro Cento and The Stones of Rimini mark a crossroad in the transition from late Victorian to Modernist conceptions of art especially sculpture and architecture. Stokes continued even expanded John Ruskin's and Walter Pater's belief that art is essential to the individual's proper psychological development but wove their teaching into a new aesthetic shaped by his experience of psychoanalysis and recent innovations in literature dance and the visual arts. This volume will be of interest to those concerned with art criticism aesthetics and psychoanalysis as well as the art and architecture of the Renaissance and Modern periods. Supported by the Henry Moore Foundation in memory of David Sylvester. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138727632

The Queening of America Since at least the end of the nineteenth century gay culture - its humour its icons its desires - has been alive and sometimes even visible in the midst of straight American society. David Van Leer puts forward here a series of readings that aim to identify what he calls the "queening" of America a process by which "rhetorics and situations specific to homosexual culture are presented to a general readership as if culturally neutral." The Queening of America examines how the invisibility of gay male writing especially in the popular culture of the 1950s and 1960s facilitated the crossing of gay motifs in straight culture. Van Leer then critiques some current models of making homosexuality visible (the packaging of Joe Orton the theories of Eve Kosofsky Sedgwick the rise of gay studies) before concluding more optimistically with the possible alliances between gay culture and other minority discourses. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203609972

The Queer Sixties The Queer Sixties assembles an impressive group of cultural critics to go against the grain of 1960s studies and proposes new and different ways of the last decade before the closet doors swung open. Imbued with the zeitgeist of the 60s this playful and powerful collection rescues the persistence of the queer imaginary. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315022772

The Quest and Occupation of Tahiti by Emissaries of Spain during the Years 1772-1776Told in Despatches and other Contemporary Documents. Volumes I-III Instructions minutes despatches and other documents from Spanish and English archives relating to exploration of the East Indies translated into English and compiled with notes and an introduction.. Continued in Second Series 36 and 43. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1913. Owing to technical constraints the section of the large general chart of the islands constructed by Don Juan Hervd showing Huahine Ra'iatea Tahaa and Porapora is not included. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315553719

The Quest For A Just World Order In response to a growing sense of dissatisfaction with the state of the world and the state of international relations research Professor Kim has taken an alternative approach to the study of contemporary world politics. Specifically he has adopted and expanded the cross-cultural interdisciplinary and transnational approach developed by the World Order Models Project (WOMP) an enterprise committed to the realization of peace economic equality and well-being social justice and ecological balance. Systemic in scope and interdisciplinary in methodology The Quest for a Just World Order explains and projects the issues patterns and trends of world politics giving special attention to the attitudinal normative behavioral and institutional problems involved in the politics of system transformation. Professor Kim also attempts to remedy a number of problematic features of traditional approaches including a value-neutral orientation; fragmentation and overspecialization; overemphasis on national actors the superpowers and stability; and the Hobbesian image of world politics. Part 1 presents a conceptual framework for developing a normative theory of world order. Each of the four chapters in Part 2 examines a specific global crisis in depth working within the framework laid out in Part 1. In Part 3 a variety of desirable and feasible transition strategies are proposed and Professor Kim assesses the prospects for achieving a just and humane world order system by the end of this century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295417

The Quest for Conscience and the Birth of the Mind This book offers a new perspective on conscience as an as yet unrealized human potential but a potential toward which human beings are naturally driven. A distinction is made between a "mature" or "healthy" conscience - a "conscience capable of maturation" - and the classical notion of the superego; it also postulates that the two may represent two separate lines of development. Conscience is seen to be inseparable from consciousness; the development of a mature conscience is seen to have its foundation in the development of a true or authentic self while the classical notion of the superego is viewed as an often pathological manifestation of this natural mental potential. Theological ideas are relevant to any discussion of morality conscience and guilt. Freud's and Bion's perspectives on religion are closely examined revealing fundamental differences in their views of the mind. The author incorporates the metaphysical perspective central to Bion's concept of "O" as fundamental to an understanding of the development of a healthy conscience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106416

The Quest for ConstitutionalismSouth Africa since 1994 This volume provides a timely assessment on the progress made towards the achievement of a constitutional democracy in South Africa. The chapters collectively present an in-depth analysis of the development of the legal system and of the implications of the Constitution for the social configuration of power. To what extent has the vision of constitutionalism contained in the Constitution been realised? Primarily concerned with the impact of laws and the salience of their existence and enforcement for South Africans the work highlights the importance of placing the constitutional regime in its historical cultural social economic and political context. The book further recognises the importance of the South African constitutional provisions for transnational or globalised constitutionalism more broadly. It contains contributions from South African scholars as well as European authors bringing in new analytical angles and adding a specific comparative dimension. Through the prism of South Africa the authors discuss the innovative character of constitutional and legal provisions in terms of both constitution-making and law-making processes and their contents. This book provides analysis that will be relevant to scholars students and practitioners specifically those interested in International Relations Law Sociology of Law and African Studies as well as socio-political comparative studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600013

The Quest for Human LongevityScience Business and Public Policy Many scientists today are working to retard the aging process in humans so as to increase both life expectancy and the quality of life. Over the past decade impressive results have been achieved in targeting the mechanisms and pathways of aging. In The Quest for Human Longevity Lewis D. Solomon considers these scientific studies by exploring the principal biomedical anti-aging techniques. The book also considers cutting edge research on mental enhancements and assesses the scientific doubts of skeptics. The Quest for Human Longevity is also about business. Solomon examines eight corporations pursuing various age-related interventions profiling their scientific founders and top executives and examining personnel intellectual property and financing for each firm. Academic scientists form the link between research and commerce. Solomon notes that the involvement of university scientists and researchers follows one of two models. The first is a traditional model in which scientists leave academia to work for a corporation or remain in academia and obtain business support for their research. The second is a modern model in which scientists use their intellectual property as a catalyst for acquiring equity interests in the firms they organize. Critics have pointed to the dangers of commercialized science but Solomon's analysis on balance finds that the benefits outweigh the costs and that problems of secrecy and conflicts of interest can be addressed. If scientists succeed in unlocking the secrets of aging and developing drugs or therapies that will allow us to live decades longer the consequences for society will include profound social political economic and ethical questions. Solomon deals with the public policy aspects of significant life extension and looks at the conflict between those who advocate the acceptance of mortality and the partisans of life. The Quest for Human Longevity will be of interest to policymakers sociologists scientists and students of business as well as general readers interested in these compelling issues. Lewis D. Solomon is Theodore Rinehart Professor of Business Law at George Washington University Law School. A prolific author on legal business public policy and religious topics he has written over fifty books and numerous articles. He is an ordained rabbi and interfaith minister. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138516823

The Quest for Japan's New ConstitutionAn Analysis of Visions and Constitutional Reform Proposals 1980-2009 This book examines the many attempts over the last three decades to revise Japan’s constitution. As the book shows these attempts at revision have been relatively conservative aiming to embed in the constitution visions of a different future for Japan. Specific reforms advocated include: enabling Japan to have a more proactive foreign policy more independent of the US-Japan alliance; strengthening the role of the Emperor and excluding female succession to the throne; and emphasising more citizens’ duties rather than their rights in order to strengthen community and societal cohesion. By far the most comprehensive analysis of constitutional reform debate in Japan to be published to date it offers translations and analysis of more than two dozen amendment proposals. The book provides a comprehensive analysis of the details of the reform proposals charts the so far unsuccessful attempts to bring about the reforms discusses the different groups arguing for reform and assesses the nature of the proposed reforms. It categorises different versions of the vision for Japan’s future and shows that only a few campaigners are advocating anything like a return to Japan’s pre-war constitution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415731508

The Quest for Jewish Assimilation in Modern Social Science The transformation of the human sciences into the social sciences in the third part of the 19th century was closely related to attempts to develop and implement methods for dealing with social tensions and the rationalization of society. This book studies the connections between academic disciplines and notions of Jewish assimilation and integration and demonstrates that the quest for Jewish assimilation is linked to and built into the conceptual foundations of modern social science disciplines. Focusing on two influential "assimilated" Jewish authors—anthropologist Franz Boas and sociologist Georg Simmel—this study shows that epistemological considerations underlie the authors’ respective evaluations of the Jews’ assimilation in German and American societies as a form of "group extinction" or as a form of "social identity." This conceptual model gives a new "key" to understanding pivotal issues in recent Jewish history and in the history of the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415540735

The Quest for Legitimacy in Chinese PoliticsA New Interpretation Xiang explains the nature and depth of the legitimacy crisis facing the government of China and why it is so frequently misunderstood in the West. Arguing that it is more helpful to understand the quest for legitimacy in China as an eternally dynamic process rather than to seek resolutions in constitutionalism Xiang examines the understanding of legitimacy in Chinese political philosophy. He posits that the current crisis is a consequence of the incompatibility of Confucian Republicanism and Soviet-inspired Bolshevism. The discourse on Chinese political reform tends to polarize between total westernization on the one hand or the rejection of western influence in all forms on the other. Xiang points to a third solution - meeting western democratic theories halfway avoiding another round of violent revolution. This book provides valuable insights for scholars and students of China’s politics and political history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367339715

The Quest for ModernitySecular Liberal and Left-wing Political Thought in Egypt 1945-1958 This book analyses the political ideologies of the several highly influential liberal socialist and communist thinkers groups and movements which sought to modernize Egypt after World War II. Most of the representatives of these currents intended to transform Egyptian society completely through rapid industrialization land reforms and economic planning which would eliminate the peasantry rationalize the economy and create a new Egyptian citizen who would live 'in accordance with the spirit of the age'. This study explains why and how most liberal and left-wing intellectuals eventually supported the authoritarian modernization programme of the July Revolution of 1952. It gives new insights into intellectual life during one of the most optimistic periods in Egyptian history a time when Egypt was at the height of its power and believed a whole new future lay before it uniting the Arab world and joining Asia and Africa in the common struggle for independence and dignity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869875

The Quest for Quality in the NHSA Chartbook on Quality of Care in the UK PUBLISHED IN ASSOCIATION WITH THE NUFFIELD TRUST Quality is an issue of central importance in the NHS and yet despite a considerable number of initiatives programmes and organisation that have focussed on improving quality in the NHS over recent years there's no comprehensive reliable balance and rigorous account of the strengths and weaknesses in healthcare delivery. This book provides an authoritative and accessible account of the state of quality in the NHS. Unless information on quality is properly gathered organised analysed and used the health service will continue to lack a foundation on which sustained and systemic improvement can be based. The Quest for Quality in the NHS: a chartbook on quality of care in the UK is a comprehensive rigorous and robust account of healthcare quality and will inform the public managers researchers and policymakers about gaps between what is possible and what is delivered by the healthcare system. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315377384

The Quest for Revolution in Australian Schooling Policy This book seeks to critically examine the impacts of ‘grand designs’ in public policy through a detailed historical analysis of Australian schooling reforms since the ‘education revolution’ agenda was introduced by the federal government in the late 2000s. Combining policy analyses and interviews with senior policy makers and ministerial advisors centrally involved in the reforms it offers a detailed interpretive analysis of the complexities of policy evolution and assemblage. The book argues that the education revolution sought to impose a new order on Australian schooling by aligning state and territory systems to common policies and processes in areas including curriculum assessment funding reporting and teaching. Using a theory and critique of ‘alignment thinking’ in public policy Savage shows how the education revolution and subsequent reforms have been underpinned by uncritical faith in the power of nationally aligned data evidence and standards to improve policies and unite systems around practices ‘proven to work’. The result is a new national policy assemblage that has deeply reshaped the making and doing of schooling policy in the nation generating complex questions about who is steering the ship of education into the future. The Quest for Revolution in Australian Schooling Policy is a must read for education policy researchers policy makers education ministers and school leaders and will appeal to anyone with an interest in the complex power dynamics that underpin schooling reforms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367681876

The Quest for Security in the CaribbeanProblems and Promises in Subordinate States This comprehensive work on security in the English-speaking Caribbean offers a wealth of information about the history politics economics and geography of the entire region. The author examines security problems in the region as a geopolitical unit not on a selective case-study basis as is usually done. He assesses Caribbean security within a theoretical framework where four factors are critical: perceptions of the political elites; capabilities of the states; the geopolitics of the area; and the ideological orientations of the parties in power. Political and economic issues are judged to be as relevant to security as military factors. The author identifies safeguards which countries in the region may take in the coming decade. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315699141

The Quest for Sustainable BusinessAn Epic Journey in Search of Corporate Responsibility In January 2010 author academic and social entrepreneur Dr Wayne Visser set off on a nine-month 20-country "quest" to talk to entrepreneurs business leaders and innovators and learn about how companies in all parts of the world can and are helping to tackle the world's most pressing social and environmental problems. His aim was to explore the many varieties of global approaches to sustainable business practices first-hand and to share some of the most innovative global examples.The result is this treasure trove of a book full of stories ideas links to more than 100 video interviews best practices and tools for making sustainable business work in a myriad of different contexts cultures and settings. Besides sharing insights from his 2010 "CSR Quest World Tour" the author captures his professional experiences and the evolution of sustainable business over the past 20 years.The path begins in Africa and winds its way through Asia North America Europe Australasia and Latin America. The author shares what he has learned in encounters with mega-corporations and small farmers and conversations with CEOs and social entrepreneurs. There are facts and figures about world trends and interviews with thought leaders and activists. This is a tale that consciously weaves the personal and the professional mixing anecdotes and case studies. It looks outwards and reflects inwards and is both autobiography and the life story of a global movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781906093761

The Quest for Tejano Identity in San Antonio Texas 1913-2000 The Quest for Tejano Identity was written as a study of Mexican American consciousness and a history of the assumptions and intellectual responses of Mexican Americans in south Texas. The work uses history to inquire why different ethnic groups think act and speak as they do as they encounter American society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415651240

The Quest for the InvisibleMicroscopy in the Enlightenment The eighteenth century has often been viewed as a period of relative decline in the field of microscopy as interest in microscopes seemed to wane after an intense period of discovery in the seventeenth century. As such developments in the field during the Enlightenment have been largely overlooked. This book therefore fills a considerable gap in the study of this life science providing a thorough analysis of what the main concerns of the field were and how microscopists learned to communicate with each other in relevant ways in order to compare results and build a new discipline. Employing a substantial body of contemporary literature from across Europe Marc J. Ratcliff is able to present us with a definitive account of the state of research into microscopy of the period. He brings to light the little known work of Louis Joblot re-evaluates the achievements of Abraham Trembley and gives new weight to Otto-Friedrich Müller's important contributions. The book also connects changes in instrument design to an innovative account of microscopical research during the eighteenth century and the rich social networks of communication that grew during this period. Investigating the history of microscopical research from 1680 up to 1800 also shows how scholars progressively established a modern rule on which to shape their new discipline: balancing microscopical magnification with shared vision. This rule developed in response to the diminishing size of the microscopical object during the course of the eighteenth century from dry minute organisms such as insects to aquatic minute bodies such as polyps and finally to aquatic invisible organisms thus completing the scholar's quest to study the invisible. This book will be essential reading for historians of microscopy epistemologists and for historians of the life sciences in the modern period. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315553696

The Quest for the Melodic Electric BassFrom Jamerson to Spenner The double bass - the preferred bass instrument in popular music during the 1960s - was challenged and subsequently superseded by the advent of a new electric bass instrument. From the mid-1960s and throughout the 1970s a melismatic and inconsistent approach towards the bass role ensued which contributed to a major change in how the electric bass was used in performance and perceived in the sonic landscape of mainstream popular music. Investigating the performance practice of the new melodic role of the electric bass as it appeared (and disappeared) in the 1960s and 1970s the book turns to the number one songs of the American Billboard Hot 100 charts between 1951 and 1982 as a prime source. Through interviews with players from this era numerous transcriptions - elaborations of twenty bass related features - are presented. These are juxtaposed with a critical study of four key players who provide the case-studies for examining the performance practice of the melodic electric bass. This highly original book will be of interest not only to bass players but also to popular musicologists looking for a way to instigate methodological and theoretical discussions on how to develop popular music analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879631

The Quest for the Nazi PersonalityA Psychological Investigation of Nazi War Criminals Half a century after the collapse of the Nazi regime and the Third Reich scholars from a range of fields continue to examine the causes of Nazi Germany. An increasing number of young Americans are attempting to understand the circumstances that led to the rise of the Nazi party and the subsequent Holocaust as well as the implication such events may have for today as the world faces a resurgence of neo-Nazism ethnic warfare and genocide. In the months following World War II extensive psychiatric and psychological testing was performed on over 200 Nazis in an effort to understand the key personalities of the Third Reich and of those individuals who "just followed orders." In addressing these issues the current volume examines the strange history of over 200 Rorschach Inkblot protocols that were administered to Nazi war criminals and answers such questions as: * Why the long delay in publishing protocols? * What caused such jealousies among the principals? * How should the protocols be interpreted? * Were the Nazis monsters or ordinary human beings? This text delivers a definitive and comprehensive study of the psychological functioning of Nazi war criminals -- both the elite and the rank-and-file. In order to apply a fresh perspective to understanding the causes that created such antisocial behavior these analyses lead to a discussion within the context of previous work done in social and clinical psychology. Subjects discussed include the authoritarian personality altruism obedience to authority diffusion of responsibility and moral indifference. The implications for current political events are also examined as Neo-Nazism anti-Semitism and ethnic hate are once again on the rise. While the book does contain some technical material relating to the psychological interpretations it is intended to be a scholarly presentation written in a narrative style. No prior knowledge of psychological testing is necessary but it should be of great benefit for those interested in the Rorschach Inkblot test or with a special interest in psychological testing personality assessment and the history of psychology. It is also intended for readers with a broad interest in Nazi Germany. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138989801

The Quest for the Northwest PassageKnowledge Nation and Empire 1576–1806 These essays trace the history of the British search for the Northwest Passage – the Arctic sea route connecting the Atlantic and Pacific oceans – from the early modern era to the start of the nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661820

The Quest for the True Figure of the EarthIdeas and Expeditions in Four Centuries of Geodesy In the 1730s two expeditions set out from Paris on extraordinary journeys; the first was destined for the equatorial region of Peru the second headed north towards the Arctic Circle. Although the eighteenth century witnessed numerous such adventures these expeditions were different. Rather than seeking new lands to conquer or mineral wealth to exploit their primary objectives were scientific: to determine the Earth's precise shape by measuring the variation of a degree of latitude at points separated as nearly as possible by a whole quadrant of the globe between Equator and North Pole. Although such information had consequences for navigation and cartography the motivation was not simply utilitarian. Rather it was one theme among many in an intellectual revolution in which advances in mathematics paralleled philosophical strife and reputations of the living and the dead stood to be elevated or destroyed. In particular the two expeditions hoped to prove the correctness of Isaac Newton's prediction that the Earth is not a perfect sphere but flattened at the poles. In this study the 'Figure of the Earth' controversy is for the first time comprehensively explored in all its several dimensions. It shows how a largely neglected episode of European science that produced no spectacular process or artefact - beyond a relatively minor improvement in maps - nevertheless represents an almost unique combination of theoretical prediction and empirical method. It also details the suffering of the two teams of scientists in very different extremes of climate whose sacrifices for the sake of knowledge rather than colonial gain caught the imagination of the literary world of the time. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315237527

The Quest for Total PeaceThe Political Thought of Roger Martin du Gard This title available in eBook format. Click here for more information.Visit our eBookstore at: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984370

The Quest for UtopiaJewish Political Ideas and Institutions Through the Ages This exploration of the Jewish political tradition elucidates a long rich and diverse experience of both sovereignty and dispersed statelessness. It holds insights as Zvi Gitelman points out in his introductory chapter for anyone interested comparative and ethnic politics Jewish history and the prehistory of contemporary Israeli politics. Stuart Cohen analyzes the "covenant idea" and the constitutional character of ancient Israel which had a profound influence on Western political thought through the medium of the Bible. Gerald Blidstein examines rabbinic strategies for accommodation to the realities of Jewish dispersion in the middle Ages while Robert Chazan focuses on communal authority and self-governance in the same period. Jonathan Frankel and Paula Hyman move the study into modern times with attempts to characterize the diverse patterns of Jewish political culture and activity in different parts of Europe in the process revealing the dynamics of political cultural influence. Finally Peter Medding looks at the "new politics" of contemporary American Jews - as voters as public officials and as organizational actors. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315486536

The Quest for World Environmental CooperationThe Case of the UN Global Environment Monitoring System First published in 1992. In 1972 the UN Conference on the Human Environment initiated the process of world environmental cooperation. This study is about GEMS (the Global Environment Monitoring System) which the Conference recommended be set up to generate data and information necessary for worldwide environmental assessment. This book examines the genesis and evolution of GEMS and the complex task involved in establishing GEMS and making it perform its functions. It relates GEMS to the factors which have shaped the international environmental agenda and cooperation since 1972. In particular it highlights North-South differences and the problems inherent in the international organizations belonging to the UN system vis-á-vis the novel and multifaceted challenges involved in dealing with systemic cross-sectoral nature of global environmental problems. The lessons of GEMS and other issues presented in this book are highly relevant to the continuing efforts to set up effective programmes for ‘earthwatching’ and to promote international environmental cooperation. They also relate more broadly to the challenges of managing global interdependence and to the need to devise supporting organizational structures through reform and strengthening of the UN system. The comprehensive nature of the political and institutional analyses presented in this book make it an academic reference work of lasting value. Its frank tone and willingness to derive prescriptive conclusions will appeal in particular to the many actors engaged in the processes and structures of global multilateral cooperation. The book will be of special use to those interested in environmental issues and international organization Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367193720

The Quest of the Historical GospelMark John and the Origins of the Gospel Genre First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367863609

The Quest of the Holy Grail Published in 1965: In the following pages the author has endeavoured to give as clearly and concisely as possible a description of the literature composing the Grail cycle an analysis of its content and a survey of the leading theories to which this perplexing body of romance has given rise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367146085

The Quest to Feel Good Emotions rather than simply being the result of random or disordered biochemical processes are adaptive mechanisms that are often overly relied upon as a function of basic learning processes. The Quest to Feel Good helps the reader understand that negative emotions serve a critical adaptive purpose that functions in relation to one’s ultimate desire for a felt-positive state. Paul Rasmussen addresses the role of emotions as adaptive components in combination with cognitive and behavioral processes to our overall orchestration of life. To this end the therapist is directed to use a client’s negative affect as a means of guiding critical therapeutic conclusions and decisions. Rasmussen emphasizes an integration of the basic premises of Adlerian psychology with the evolutionary-imperative model presented by Theodore Millon (1990 1999). This integration is used to explain the primacy of emotions in the manifestation of most clinical conditions. This critical integration and focus makes the volume important necessary and unique to mental health professionals. Case examples and illustrations are also offered throughout the text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872905

The Question of Artificial IntelligencePhilosophical and Sociological Perspectives Originally published in 1987 when Artificial Intelligence (AI) was one of the most hotly debated subjects of the moment; there was widespread feeling that it was a field whose ‘time had come’ that intelligent machines lay ‘just around the corner’. Moreover with the onset of the revolution in information technology and the proclamation from all corners that we were moving into an ‘information society’ developments in AI and advanced computing were seen in many countries as having both strategic and economic importance. Yet aside from the glare of publicity that tends to surround new scientific ideas or technologies it must be remembered that AI was a relative newcomer among the sciences; that it had often been the subject of bitter controversy; and that though it had been promising to create intelligent machines for some 40 years prior to publication many believe that it had actually displayed very little substantive progress. With this background in mind the aim of this collection of essays was to take a novel look at AI. Rather than following the path of old well-trodden arguments about definitions of intelligence or the status of computer chess programs the objective was to bring new perspectives to the subject in order to present it in a different light. Indeed instead of simply adding to the endless wrangling ‘for’ and ‘against’ AI the source of such divisions is made a topic for analysis in its own right. Drawing on ideas from the philosophy and sociology of scientific knowledge this collection therefore broke new ground. Moreover although a great deal had been written about the social and cultural impact of AI little had been said of the culture of AI scientists themselves – including their discourse and style of thought as well as the choices judgements negotiations and competitive struggles for resources that had shaped the genesis and development of the paradigmatic structure of their discipline at the time. Yet sociologists of science have demonstrated that the analysis of factors such as these is a necessary part of understanding the development of scientific knowledge. Hence it was hoped that this collection would help to redress the imbalance and provide a broader and more interesting picture of AI. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138585348

The Question of German Unification1806-1996 The course of recent German history has been volatile. Events in Eastern Europe the collapse of European Communism and German Re-Unification has brought issues of Germany's status into the arena of world politics. The Question of German Unification presents an introduction to the last two hundred years of German history and addresses questions raised by the status of Germany as a single or split national state.Imanuel Geiss: * argues that Germany has fluctuated all too frequently and catastrophically between being the power centre of Europe or a power vacuum * describes the special features of German history and looks at Germany within a European framework * analyses the political economic and social aspects of German Nationalism as well as the impact of the collapse of Communism on Germany through detailing long-term structures and processes * includes discussion of recent political events as well as a chronology and further reading. Imanuel Geiss reflects on the irrationalities of German history surveys how they have been explained by historians and provides a succinct and readable account of the complex issues involved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161566

The Question of LimitsA Historical Perspective on the Environmental Crisis We have forgotten how to think about limits. Most philosophical approaches to the environment have focused primarily on the value of the natural world the status of anthropocentrism and the Anthropocene and the largely ethical questions of our impact on the world. While fully acknowledging these concerns this book emphasizes the centrality of the confrontation between the imperative of growth that has been present since the Enlightenment and our belated rediscovery of limits. The expression "Limits to Growth" the title of a famous book from 1972 by Donella H. Meadows et al. may have passed into a common discourse yet the notion of limits itself remains insufficiently theorized or even reflected upon in the current movement of environmental advocacy. Sometimes it even seems as if there is an effort to avoid it. This book argues that on the contrary we can only resolve the present global challenges by confronting the question of limits and making it central to our reflection. This entails discussing the long history of thinking about limits in which Malthus is the most infamous figure but which also includes such major participants as John Stuart Mill and Karl Marx. Ultimately The Question of Limits contends that the value of embracing limits extends beyond the environment and offers the potential to become a transformative social good.The Question of Limits will be of great interest to students and scholars working at the intersection of environmental studies economics intellectual history and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664619

The Question of the GiftEssays Across Disciplines The Question of the Gift is the first collection of new interdisciplinary essays on the gift. Bringing together scholars from a variety of fields including anthropology literary criticism economics philosophy and classics it provides new paradigms and poses new questions concerning the theory and practice of gift exchange. In addressing these questions contributors not only challenge the conventions of their fields but also combine ideas and methods from both the social sciences and humanities to forge innovative ways of confronting this universal phenomenon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869140

The Quick Changeover PlaybookA Step-by-Step Guideline for the Lean Practitioner This book covers the basics of setup reduction and quick changeover and data collection. It outlines the first pass of waste reduction through the implementation of the visual workplace and layout improvements. The book covers two quick changeover concepts: intermediate tooling and one-turn methods. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498741644

The Quiet RevolutionariesHow the Grey Nuns Changed the Social Welfare Paradigm of Lewiston Maine The book recognizes the achievements by a nineteenth-century community of women religious the Grey Nuns of Lewiston Maine. The founding of their hospital was significant in its time as the first hospital in that factory city; and is significant today if one desires a more accurate and inclusive history of women and healthcare in America. The fact that this community lived in a hostile Protestant-dominated industrial environment while submerged in a French-Canadian Catholic world of ethnicity tradition and paternalism makes their accomplishments more compelling. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415651257

The Quintessential ZerkaWritings by Zerka Toeman Moreno on Psychodrama Sociometry and Group Psychotherapy The Quintessential Zerka documents the origins and development of the theory and practice of psychodrama sociometry and group psychotherapy through the work and innovation of its co-creator Zerka Toeman Moreno. This comprehensive handbook brings together history philosophy methodology and application. It shows the pioneering role that Zerka along with her husband J. L. Moreno played in the development not only of the methods of psychodrama and sociometry but of the entire group psychotherapy movement worldwide. It demonstrates the extent to which Zerka's intuitive and intellectual grasp of the work combined with her superb ability to organize and synthesize continue to exert an influence on the field. Toni Horvatin and Edward Schreiber have selected articles that span a career of some sixty years from Zerka’s very first publication to recent previously unpublished work. Personal anecdotes and poetry from Zerka herself provide a valuable context for each individual article. The selection includes: psychodrama it's relation to stage radio and motion pictures psychodramatic rules techniques and adjunctive methods beyond aristotle breuer and freud: Moreno’s contribution to the concept of catharsis psychodrama role theory and the concept of the social atom. This book provides a rich source of insight and inspiration for all those interested in the history development and practice of psychodrama sociometry and group psychotherapy whatever their level of experience. It will be of interest to anyone involved in the fields of psychology counselling sociology social work education theatre or human relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871861

The Quito Papers and the New Urban Agenda The future is urban. Indeed the battle for sustainable development will be won or lost in cities. Not a moment too soon then that urbanization is suddenly at the centre of global policy making. In 2015 the governments of the UN adopted the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development and in 2016 they adopted the New Urban Agenda. However the question of how these Agendas will be pursued concretely remains. Unfortunately the prevailing model is rigidly technocratic Charter of Athens from 1933—the strict functionalist separation of activities that it prescribes still dominates planning practices worldwide. The purpose of The Quito Papers and the New Urban Agenda is to start a discussion that both challenges this status quo and opens up new lines of enquiry. It intentionally does not propose a manifesto made up of simplistic slogans and recommendations as cities in the 21st century are more fragile and complex. Its content therefore is intentionally broad ranging from architecture planning and urban design to land ownership and regulation water management and environmental philosophy. This multifaceted assembly of perspectives critiques the tenets of the Charter of Athens identify new trends and propose new insights on contemporary urbanization. Part One outlines the overall challenges facing cities in the 21st century and Part Two offers a number of conceptual frameworks and approaches for dealing with those challenges. Each Part is also composed of a body of illustrated arguments synthesized from selectively-abridged background papers from over 15 commissioned authors interspersed with in-depth papers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815379294

The Qur’anFormative Interpretation This volume is one of two edited by Andrew Rippin which are designed to complement one another and to comprehend the principal trends in modern scholarship on the Qur’an. Both volumes are provided with a new introduction by the editor analysing this scholarship and providing references for further study. The Qur’an: Formative Interpretation is concerned with the questions that have been addressed within the study of the early interpretation (tafsir) of the Qur’an. These papers exemplify the areas of debate within the field the need for detailed investigative scholarship of individual texts and the progress made in the systematic study of these early works. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315264295

The Qur’anStyle and Contents This volume is one of two edited by Andrew Rippin which are designed to complement one another and to comprehend the principal trends in modern scholarship on the Qur’an. Both volumes are provided with a new introduction by the editor analysing this scholarship and providing references for further study. The Qur’an: Style and Contents reveals the variety of approaches followed within the study of the text. From Nöldeke’s examination of style through Arkoun’s project for the future these scholarly statements reflect the historical development of the discipline while providing overviews of key elements for the understanding of the Qur’an. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315264301

The Qur'an and its Biblical Subtext This book challenges the dominant scholarly notion that the Qur’ān must be interpreted through the medieval commentaries shaped by the biography of the prophet Muhammad arguing instead that the text is best read in light of Christian and Jewish scripture. The Qur’ān in its use of allusions depends on the Biblical knowledge of its audience. However medieval Muslim commentators working in a context of religious rivalry developed stories that separate Qur’ān and Bible which this book brings back together. In a series of studies involving the devil Adam Abraham Jonah Mary and Muhammad among others Reynolds shows how modern translators of the Qur’ān have followed medieval Muslim commentary and demonstrates how an appreciation of the Qur’ān’s Biblical subtext uncovers the richness of the Qur’ān’s discourse. Presenting unique interpretations of 13 different sections of the Qur’ān based on studies of earlier Jewish and Christian literature the author substantially re-evaluates Muslim exegetical literature. Thus The Qur’ān and Its Biblical Subtext a work based on a profound regard for the Qur’ān’s literary structure and rhetorical strategy poses a substantial challenge to the standard scholarship of Qur’ānic Studies. With an approach that bridges early Christian history and Islamic origins the book will appeal not only to students of the Qur’an but of the Bible religious studies and Islamic history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415524247

The Qur'an and the Aramaic Gospel Traditions This book is a study of related passages found in the Arabic Qur’ān and the Aramaic Gospels i.e. the Gospels preserved in the Syriac and Christian Palestinian Aramaic dialects. It builds upon the work of traditional Muslim scholars including al-Biqā‘ī (d. ca. 808/1460) and al-Suyūṭī (d. 911/1505) who wrote books examining connections between the Qur’ān on the one hand and Biblical passages and Aramaic terminology on the other as well as modern western scholars including Sidney Griffith who argue that pre-Islamic Arabs accessed the Bible in Aramaic. The Qur’ān and the Aramaic Gospel Traditions examines the history of religious movements in the Middle East from 180-632 CE explaining Islam as a response to the disunity of the Aramaic speaking churches. It then compares the Arabic text of the Qur’ān and the Aramaic text of the Gospels under four main themes: the prophets; the clergy; the divine; and the apocalypse. Among the findings of this book are that the articulator as well as audience of the Qur’ān were monotheistic in origin probably bilingual culturally sophisticated and accustomed to the theological debates that raged between the Aramaic speaking churches. Arguing that the Qur’ān’s teachings and ethics echo Jewish-Christian conservatism this book will be of interest to students and scholars of Religion History and Literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138668553

The Qur'an between the Ottoman Empire and the Turkish RepublicAn Exegetical Tradition The Qur’an between the Ottoman Empire and the Turkish Republic is one of the few book-length studies on an Ottoman Qur’an commentary. Its premise is that "the Ottoman Empire" did not come to an end until 1950 so far as Islam was concerned in Turkey.The work explores the relationship between Elmalılı’s Qur’an commentary and the intellectual trends of the period including the impact of materialism the sciences notions of civilizational progress and philosophy. In doing so this study emphasizes the "local" aspect of the Qur’an commentary through a sustained focus on the Istanbul context in which it was written. This work demonstrates that Elmalılı’s Qur’an commentary is a product of and reaction to the religious intellectual political and social trends of the period. This work in considering all the factors that led to the commissioning of Elmalılı’s Qur’an commentary also contributes to our understanding of the history of Islam in early to mid-twentieth-century Turkey.This intellectual history of modern Islamic thought contributes to our understanding of the genre of Qur’an commentary in the early twentieth century. It is a key text for students and scholars interested in Islam in the Ottoman Empire and Turkey modern Islamic thought and the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671716

The Qur'an in Christian-Muslim DialogueHistorical and Modern Interpretations Offering an analysis of Christian-Muslim dialogue across four centuries this book highlights those voices of ecumenical tone which have more often used the Qur’an for drawing the two faiths together rather than pushing them apart and amplifies the voice of the Qur’an itself.Finding that there is tremendous ecumenical ground between Christianity and Islam in the voices of their own scholars this book ranges from a period of declining ecumenism during the first three centuries of Islam to a period of resurging ecumenism during the most recent century until now. Among the ecumenical voices in the Christian-Muslim dialogue this book points out that the Qur’an itself is possibly the strongest of those voices. These findings are cause for and evidence of hope for the Christian–Muslim relationship: that although agreement may never be reached dialogue has led at times to very real mutual understanding and appreciation of the religious other. Providing a tool for those pursuing understanding and mutual appreciation between the Islamic and Christian faiths this book will be of interest to scholars and students of Islam the Qur’an and the history of Christian-Muslim relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367868116

The Qur'an in the Malay-Indonesian WorldContext and Interpretation The largely Arabo-centric approach to the academic study of tafsir has resulted in a lack of literature exploring the diversity of Qur'anic interpretation in other areas of the Muslim-majority world. The essays in The Qur'an in the Malay-Indonesian World resolve this aiming to expand our knowledge of tafsir and its history in the Malay-Indonesian world. Highlighting the scope of Qur'anic interpretation in the Malay world in its various vernaculars it also contextualizes this work to reveal its place as part of the wider Islamic world especially through its connections to the Arab world and demonstrates the strength of these connections. The volume is divided into three parts written primarily by scholars from Malaysia and Indonesia. Beginning with a historical overview it then moves into chapters with a more specifically regional focus to conclude with a thematic approach by looking at topics of some controversy in the broader world. Presenting new examinations of an under-researched topic this book will be of interest to students and scholars of Islamic studies and Southeast Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367281090

The Quran: A New InterpretationIn English with Arabic Text This new rendering of the Holy Quran into the English language is the first of its kind since it is a combination of translation and exegesis in which the author 'opens out' the verses of the Holy Book to reveal some of the layers of meaning expounded by the Prophet and transmitted through the ages by the Prophet's companions family and the scholars who followed them. The fruit of over thirty years of research into the principles of Quranic exegesis and hadith analysis this work matches a depth of Arabic and Islamic learning with a mastery of English that is lucid and accessible while preserving the integrity of the original text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869844

The Qur'anAn Introduction This new work presents a concise and accessible introduction to the Qur'an. Muhammad Abu-Hamdiyyah first explores the concept of deity including the Christian and Jewish understanding of God and second discusses the Qur'anic message from the perspective of modern knowledge. This is an ideal textbook for students with no prior knowledge of the complexities of the Qur'an's message. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003070917

The Qur'an's Reformation of Judaism and ChristianityReturn to the Origins This volume explores the relationship between the Qur’an and the Jewish and Christian traditions  considering aspects of continuity and reform. The chapters examine the Qur’an’s retelling of biblical narratives as well as its reaction to a wide array of topics that mark Late Antique religious discourse including eschatology and ritual purity prophetology and paganism and heresiology and Christology.Twelve emerging and established scholars explore the many ways in which the Qur’an updates transforms and challenges religious practice beliefs and narratives that Late Antique Jews and Christians had developed in dialogue with the Bible. The volume establishes the Qur’an’s often unique perspective alongside its surprising continuity with Judaism and Christianity. Chapters focus on individual suras and on intra-Qur’anic parallels on the Qur’an’s relationship to pre-Islamic Arabian culture on its intertextuality and its literary intricacy and on its legal and moral framework. It illustrates a move away from the problematic paradigm of cultural influence and instead emphasizes the Qur’an’s attempt to reform the religious landscape of its time.The Qur'an's Reformation of Judaism and Christianity offers new insight into the Islamic Scripture as a whole and into recent methodological developments providing a compelling snapshot of the burgeoning field of Qur’anic studies. It is a key resource for students and scholars interested in religion Islam and Middle Eastern Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367731052

The Qur'anThe Basics This second edition of a popular introduction to the Qur’an includes an essential updated reference guide including a chronology of the revelation links to internet resources and suggestions for further reading. Exploring the Qur'an's reception through history its key teachings and its place in contemporary thought and belief this volume analyzes: the Qur'an as the word of God; its reception and communication by the Prophet Muhammad; the structure and language of the text; conceptions of God the holy law and jihad; and Islamic commentaries on Qur’anic teachings through the ages. The Qur'an: The Basics Second Edition is a concise and accessible introduction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138666313

The R Primer Newcomers to R are often intimidated by the command-line interface the vast number of functions and packages or the processes of importing data and performing a simple statistical analysis. The R Primer provides a collection of concise examples and solutions to R problems frequently encountered by new users of this statistical software. Rather than explore the many options available for every command as well as the ever-increasing number of packages the book focuses on the basics of data preparation and analysis and gives examples that can be used as a starting point. The numerous examples illustrate a specific situation topic or problem including data importing data management classical statistical analyses and high-quality graphics production. Each example is self-contained and includes R code that can be run exactly as shown enabling results from the book to be replicated. While base R is used throughout other functions or packages are listed if they cover or extend the functionality. After working through the examples found in this text new users of R will be able to better handle data analysis and graphics applications in R. Additional topics and R code are available from the book’s supporting website at www.statistics.life.ku.dk/primer/ Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439862063

The R Student Companion R is the amazing free open-access software package for scientific graphs and calculations used by scientists worldwide. The R Student Companion is a student-oriented manual describing how to use R in high school and college science and mathematics courses. Written for beginners in scientific computation the book assumes the reader has just some high school algebra and has no computer programming background. The author presents applications drawn from all sciences and social sciences and includes the most often used features of R in an appendix. In addition each chapter provides a set of computational challenges: exercises in R calculations that are designed to be performed alone or in groups. Several of the chapters explore algebra concepts that are highly useful in scientific applications such as quadratic equations systems of linear equations trigonometric functions and exponential functions. Each chapter provides an instructional review of the algebra concept followed by a hands-on guide to performing calculations and graphing in R. R is intuitive even fun. Fantastic publication-quality graphs of data equations or both can be produced with little effort. By integrating mathematical computation and scientific illustration early in a student’s development R use can enhance one's understanding of even the most difficult scientific concepts. While R has gained a strong reputation as a package for statistical analysis The R Student Companion approaches R more completely as a comprehensive tool for scientific computing and graphing. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439875407

The Rādhā TantraA critical edition and annotated translation The Rādhā Tantra is an anonymous 17th century tantric text from Bengal. The text offers a lively picture of the meeting of different religious traditions in 17th century Bengal since it presents a Śākta version of the famous Vaiṣṇava story of Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa. This book presents a critically edited text of the Rādhā Tantra based on manuscripts in India Nepal and Bangladesh as well as an annotated translation It is prefaced by an introduction that situates the text in its social and historical context and discusses its significance. The introduction also looks at the composition and metrics vocabulary and grammar and contents and doctrine of the text. It also includes a discussion of the extensive intertextualities of the Rādhā Tantra as well as the sources used for this edition. The Sanskrit text in Roman transliteration following the standard IAST system is then presented followed by an English translation of the text. This book will be of interest to scholars of South Asian Religion Tantric Studies and Religious History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367026004

The Rabbi As Symbolic ExemplarBy the Power Vested in Me The solution to the growing problem of stress and burnout in rabbis!Written by a practicing clinical psychologist who spent 10 years as a congregational rabbi The Rabbi As Symbolic Exemplar: By the Power Vested in Me presents positive solutions to the inevitable negative effects of symbolic exemplarhood coaching rabbis through dilemmas of the “inner soul.” Being a rabbi means serving as a Symbolic Exemplar of the best that is in humankind being experienced and treated and expected to act as a stand-in for God and a walking talking symbol of all that Jewish tradition represents. The burden of being a symbolic exemplar of God is extraordinary and the struggle to live up to its “requirements” can be one of loneliness frustration and despair alienating rabbis who tire of living in a glass house.The Rabbi As Symbolic Exemplar examines how the symbolic role that serves as the source of the rabbi’s authority and power can lead to disillusionment and disenchantment. Author Jack H Bloom draws on his own experience as a rabbi who watched the successful career he enjoyed turn into one he desperately wanted to forsake and how he was inspired to become an “athletic coach” for rabbis. This unique book details how symbolic exemplarhood is created what its downside is what power it offers how it can be used effectively how rabbis can deal with their inner lives and what can be done to help rabbis stay “human” while maintaining their leadership.The Rabbi As Symbolic Exemplar is equally effective as a complete text or as a source of stand-alone chapters on specific topics including: special tensions of being a rabbi effects of symbolic exemplarhood on the rabbi’s family educating rabbis on their power training suggestions curing and healing and The Ten Commandments for rabbisThe Rabbi As Symbolic Exemplar is essential reading for rabbis rabbinical students congregants Christian clergy seminarians and anyone interested in what it is to be a clergy person and how they can support the work clergy do. The book educates both clergy and laity on the humanity of clergy.Visit the author’s website at http://jackhbloom.com Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203049419

The Race and Media Reader The Race and Media Reader provides a wide-ranging introduction to major issues and debates surrounding the role that the media plays in ongoing struggles around race and racism in the US today. The essays collected here come from a wide variety of disciplinary theoretical and methodological perspectives and focus on a broad range of media practices racial and ethnic populations and historical moments. These readings curated by Gilbert Rodman offer an intersectional approach to thinking about media and the politics of race arguing that media representations of specific racial/ethnic identities need to be understood within the broader social cultural and economic contexts in which they circulate. With concise introductory notes by Rodman these selections ask readers to take a critical stance on the media’s role as one of the most powerful institutions involved in the creation and maintenance of problematic racial hierarchies and to consider ways of thinking and acting that might bring us closer to a world where racism no longer exists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415801591

The Race GameSport and Politics in South Africa 1999 North American Society for Sports History Book of the YearDouglas Booth looks at the role of sport in the fostering of a new national identity in South Africa. He analyzes the effect of the 30-year sport boycott but concludes that sport will never unite South Africans except in the most fleeting and superficial manner. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203044476

The Race to Commercialize BiotechnologyMolecules Market and the State in Japan and the US This comparative study looks at the early development of biotechnology in the US and Japan. Drawing on primary and secondary sources it traces the historical roots of recombinant DNA technology discusses the tensions between regulation and promotional policies and identifies the major actors and strategies that launched biotechnology in both countries. Developing several strands of theory in economic history science and technology policy the book proposes a simple model that relates the differences in the two countries' responses to variations in the availability of institutional financial and organizational resources needed to commercialize the new technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415651295

The RacehorseA Veterinary Manual Written by one of the UK’s leading equine veterinary practitioners this textbook is dedicated wholly to the veterinary management of the racehorse. The Racehorse: A Veterinary Manual brings together all the major orthopaedic and non-orthopaedic conditions likely to be encountered in racehorse practice and concisely details state-of-the-art ‘best practice’ for diagnosis and management. The book spans the full range of fields relevant to the clinician including topics as diverse as rehabilitation respiratory medicine exercise physiology pre-purchase and ‘herd health.’ Well-illustrated and comprehensive it succeeds in being both practical and firmly evidence based making it an invaluable resource for clinicians worldwide as well as a useful reference work for many non-veterinarians in the racing industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482221916

The Racial ComplexA Jungian Perspective on Culture and Race In The Racial Complex: A Jungian Perspective on Culture and Race Fanny Brewster revisits and examines Jung’s classical writing on the theory of complexes relating it directly to race in modern society. In this groundbreaking exploration Brewster deepens Jung’s minimalist writing regarding the cultural complexes of American blacks and whites by identifying and re-defining a psychological complex related to ethnicity. Original and insightful this book provides a close reading of Jung’s complexes theory with an Africanist perspective on raciality and white/black racial relationships. Brewster explores how racial complexes influence personality development cultural behavior and social and political status and how they impact contemporary American racial relations. She also investigates aspects of the racial complex including archetypal shadow as core constellations and their expression and cultural trauma in the African diaspora. The book concludes with a discussion of racial complexes as a continuous psychological state and how to move towards personal cultural and collective healing. Analyzing Jung’s work with a renewed lens and providing fresh comparisons to other literature and films including Get Out Brewster extends Jung’s work to become more inclusive of culture and ethnicity addressing issues which have been left previously unexamined in psychoanalytic thought. Due to its interdisciplinary nature this book will be of great importance to academics and students of Jungian and post-Jungian studies sociology politics history of race African American studies and African diaspora studies. As this book discusses Jung’s complexes theory in a new light it will be of immense interest to Jungian analysts and analytical psychologists in practice and in training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367177706

The Racialisation of Disorder in Twentieth Century Britain This book develops the concept of racialisation. It argues that a full understanding of racialized discourse must pay attention to both the particular local circumstances in which they appear and well-established themes which have unfolded over time. An important aspect of the study is the examination of other discourses with which racialized ideas have co-joined reflecting the way in which notions of 'race' are socially constructed. The final part of the book returns to debates of the 1980’s and argues that the racialisation of unrest in that decade was closely intertwined with conservative perspectives which sought to deny socio-economic causes in favour of explanations based upon the supposed cultural or personal proclivities of those involved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272095

The Racing Game This study of a unique social world probes beneath the thrill and spectacle of horse racing into the lives of the "honest boys " the "gyps " the "manipulators " the "stoops " and the "Chalk eaters"--the constituents of race track society and the players of the racing game. With scientific precision and journalistic vigor Scott describes the everyday activities--the objectives and strategies--of those whose lives are organized around track proceedings and who compete with chance and one another.The players in the racing game range from track owners to stable boys from law enforcers to lawbreakers and from casual sportsmen to pathologically addicted gamblers. Considering the self-interests the normative and operational codes and the interactional relationships among the major types and subtypes of participants the author defines the components of strategic movement within the framework of rules and resources to show how a player's relations to the "means of production" governs his behavior.The fruitful application of sociological theory and method to an unusually interesting social context makes this particularly useful still for courses in social problems and the sociology of organizations and of leisure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538085

The Racing TribePortrait of a British Subculture It is generally assumed that anthropologists do their research in remote and uncomfortable parts of the world--places with monsoons mud huts and malaria. In this volume social anthropologist Kate Fox has taken on an altogether more enjoyable assignment the study of the arcane world of British horseracing. For Fox field research meant wandering around racetracks in a pink hat and high heels (standard tribal costume) rather than braving killer insects and primitive sanitation. Instead of an amorphous racing crowd the author finds a complete subculture with its own distinctive customs rituals language and etiquette. Among the spectators she identifies Horseys Addicts Anoraks Pair-Bonders Day-Outers Suits and Be-Seens--all united by remarkable friendliness and courtesy. Among the racing professionals the tribal structure includes Warriors (jockeys) Shamans (trainers) Scribes (journalists) Elders (officials and stewards) and Sin-Eaters (bookies). Fox includes witty and incisive descriptions of the many strange ceremonies and rituals observed by racegoers--the Circuit Ritual Ritual Conversations ("What do you fancy in the next?") Celebration Rituals the Catwalk Ritual and Post-Mortem Rituals (naturally a horse never loses a race because it's too slow)--and their special codes of behavior such as the Modesty Rule the Collective Amnesia Rule and the Code of Chivalry. The Racing Tribe is also a refreshingly candid account of anthropological fieldwork including all the embarrassing mistakes hiccups short-cuts and guesswork that most social scientists keep very quiet about. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538092

The Radiation Legacy of the Soviet Nuclear ComplexAn Analytical Overview A study of the legacy of nuclear contamination in the Soviet Union. It gives the location and characteristics of the accumulated radioactive material and wastes by each sector from ore and mining to use and disposal. It describes types of storage capacity and utilization age and location. It gives information on the territories and locations contaminated by normal operations and by accidents from which strategic plans for remediation can be formulated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984462

The Radical and Socialist Tradition in British Planning RPDFrom Puritan colonies to garden cities Focusing on the key period between the late 18th century and 1914 this book provides the first comprehensive narrative account of radical and socialist texts and organised movements for reform to land planning and housing policies in Britain. Beginning with the early colonial settlements in the puritan and enlightenment eras it also covers Benthamite utilitarian planning Owenite and utopian communitarianism the Chartists late Chartists and the First International Christian socialists and positivists working class and radical land reform campaigns in the late 19th century Garden City pioneers and the institutionalisation of the planning profession. The book in effect presents a prehistory of land planning and housing reform in the UK in contrast with most historiography which focuses on the immediate pre-World War I period. Providing an analysis of different intellectual traditions and contrasting middle class-led reform initiatives with those based on working class organisations the book seeks to relate historical debates to contemporary themes including utopianism and pragmatism the role of the state the balance between local initiatives and centrally driven reforms and the interdependence of land housing and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138616561

The Radical Ecology of the ShelleysEros and Environment The Radical Ecology of the Shelleys: Eros and Environment is the first full-length study to explore a radically queer ecology at work in writings by Percy Bysshe Shelley and Mary Wollstonecraft Shelley as their discussions of nature and the natural consistently link ecology and erotic practice. Initiated by Timothy Morton in 2010 as a hybrid of two schools of thinking about nature queer ecology combines the alertness of environmentalists to constructions of the "natural" with efforts of sexuality scholars to denaturalize identity and to expose sexuality as a culture-bound construct. Conceptions of place are central to this investigation not only because an attachment to place is traditionally thought to be the ontological basis of all environmental consciousness (e.g. think-globally-act-locally) but because these two Romantic writers underscore the dynamic interaction between a person’s natural surroundings and his/her interpersonal attachments. The poetical and prose writings of the Shelleys claim our special attention because of their unusual conception of the oikos the etymological root of "ecology " to mean both local grounds and the social often domestic places in which people dwell and desire. The overarching thesis of this book asserts that proto-ecological theories in Romantic-era England cannot be understood separately from discourses related to married/family life and the texts considered demonstrate the comingling of earthly and erotic enjoyment. The issues raised by Eros and Environment are fundamental not only to literary and queer history but to all humanistic studies. They render the study of nature from a queer perspective a matter of intense interest to scholars in numerous disciplines ranging from ecocriticism and the natural sciences including climate studies to feminist criticism and sexuality studies.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664589

The Radical in PerformanceBetween Brecht and Baudrillard The Radical in Performance investigates the crisis in contemporary theatre and celebrates the subversive in performance. It is the first full-length study to explore the link between a western theatre which says Kershaw is largely outdated and the blossoming of postmodern performance much of which has a genuinely radical edge. In staying focused on the period between Brecht and Baudrillard modernity and postmodernism Baz Kershaw identifies crucial resources for the revitalisation of the radical across a wide spectrum of cultural practices. This is a timely necessary and rigorous book. It will be a compelling read for anyone searching for a critical catalyst for new ways of viewing and practising cultural politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315008509

The Radical Left and Social TransformationStrategies of Augmentation and Reorganization This comprehensive collection draws upon and reengages with a long history of Marxian-anchored thought to analyze the potential for social transformation through a reinvigorated radical Left all within the context of the ascendance of an increasingly ethnonationalist patriarchal and authoritarian far Right worldwide. The authors identify and reflect on strategies tactics and possibilities for analyzing and intervening in advanced capitalist societies by increasing and deepening popular participation and support on the far Left. The chapters are framed in terms of conceptualizing the capitalist present organizing "the people" and reimagining the radical Left. Together in diverse ways that draw upon both qualitative and quantitative approaches the authors evaluate the difficulties of augmentation across multiple planes from the tension between migrants and citizen workers to the uneasy relationship between sovereignty and class to the contradictions operating across international versus domestic dynamics. How and why (if at all) should the radical Left reexamine its understanding of political consciousness identity ideology and institutions as they relate to Marxian analysis and various threads of critical theory? The authors suggest new approaches for understanding what the radical Left is up against and how problematic barriers might be torn down thus disrupting unhelpful binaries such as state versus capital national versus international worker versus migrant activist versus candidate and freedom versus necessity.This book was originally published as a special issue of the online journal Global Discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664213

The Radical Left in Britain1931-1941 This title available in eBook format. Click here for more information.Visit our eBookstore at: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984486

The Radical Left in Europe in the Age of Austerity The complex trajectory of Europe after the 2008 global financial crisis has led to the catastrophic failure of deep austerity measures that swept across the Union and is reflected in the rise of some radical left parties such as SYRIZA as well as an unfortunate rise in far right and nationalist parties and movements. This collection brings together a group of European scholars and activists from various European countries to discuss the recent economic political and electoral changes in respective countries and the current status and future plans of radical left parties and movements. This book fills a significant gap within the current literature in the English-speaking world on post-2008 Europe featuring a nation-based European wide survey of the current activities and plans of radical Left parties and movements in relation to the mounting social political and economic problems in Europe. This book contributes to the discussion by presenting a realistic depiction of the existing radical Left forces in Europe. This title was previously published as a special issue of Socialism and Democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596774

The Radical Left Party Family in Western Europe 1989-2015 This book provides an innovative analysis and interpretation of the overall trajectory of the Western European radical left from 1989 to 2015. After the collapse of really existing communism this party family renewed itself and embarked on a recovery path seeking to fill the vacuum of representation of disaffected working-class and welfarist constituencies created by the progressive neoliberalisation of European societies. The radical left thus emerged as a significant factor of contemporary political life but despite some electoral gains and a few recent breakthroughs (SYRIZA in Greece PODEMOS in Spain) it altogether failed to embody a credible alternative to neoliberalism and to pave the way for a turn to a different developmental model. This book investigates why this was the case combining aggregate (17 countries) case study (Germany Italy and France) and comparative methods. It accurately charts the evolution of the nature strength cohesion and influence of the Western European radical left offering new insights in explaining its behaviour success and limits. It is essential reading for scholars students and activists interested in the radical left and in contemporary European politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595968

The Radical Pedagogies of Socrates and FreireAncient Rhetoric/Radical Praxis Situating contemporary critical praxis at the intersection of the social the political and the rhetorical this book is a provocative inquiry into the teaching philosophies of Plato’s Socrates and Paulo Freire that has profound implications for contemporary education. Brown not only sheds new light on the surprising and significant points of intersection between ancient rhetoric and radical praxis as embodied in the teaching philosophies of Socrates and Freire using the philosophy of each to illumine the teaching of the other but uses this analysis to lead contemporary education in a bold new direction articulating a vision for a neo-humanist pragmatism. The book draws on the post-Freudian theories of Jacques Derrida Peter Brooks and Otto Rank as well as on the neo-pragmatism of Cornell West to craft a new radical pedagogy configured to the realities of "post flash-crash" America. In the process it discovers a space for a much broader application of Freire’s teaching philosophy than previous works moving beyond a narrow focus on "liberatory" pedagogy or "teaching resistance " toward a neo-humanist pragmatism emphasizing interactive learning problem-posing analysis and civic engagement. Brown crafts a social-epistemic praxis that fuses the pedagogies of Freire and Socrates joining the analytical the ethical and the political as part of an inquiry and intervention into the real the good and the possible that poses problematic aspects of contemporary reality in a search for the program content of a Pedagogy of Social Change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138097827

The Radical Philosophy of Rights After 1989 human rights have expanded into a vernacular touching every aspect of social life. They are seen as the key concept in morals and politics and a main tool for forging individual and collective identities. They are the ideology after ‘the end of ideologies’ – the only values left after ‘the end of history’. The response of the left to the rights revolution has been muted and unsure. Classical Marxist critiques of (natural) rights have made the left justly suspicious and this is still the case today. Elaborating and addressing a series of foundational paradoxes of rights this book – the third in Costas Douzinas’s human rights trilogy following The End of Human Rights and Human Rights and Empire – provides a long-overdue re-evaluation of the history and political uses of rights for the left. The book examines the history and philosophy of the (legal) person the subject the human and dignity from classical Rome to postmodern Brussels. It traces the gradual abandonment of right virtue and the common good for individual rights and self-interest. The limited and distorted conception of rights of liberal jurisprudence is contrasted with an alternative that sees rights as a relation involved in the struggle for recognition and an everyday utopia. The right to resistance and revolution prohibited but regularly returning like the repressed rescues law from sclerosis and presents a case study of the paradoxical nature of rights. Finally the book offers a brief examination of law’s encounter with radical politics informed by the author’s strange experience as an ‘accidental’ politician in the first radical left government in Europe. The book’s radical concept of legal philosophy and public law will be of considerable value to legal theorists political philosophers and anyone with an interest in thinking and acting in ways that go beyond the limits of liberal and neoliberal ideology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138025103

The Radical Right Two vivid sets of images epitomize the dramatic course of the American right in the last quarter of the twentieth century. The main image is of a triumphant President Ronald Reagan reasonably viewed as the most effec-tive president of recent decades. A second set of images comes from the bombing of a government building in Oklahoma City by Timothy McVeigh a man linked to shadowy parts of the contemporary ultraright. The roots of Reaganism are conservative intellectual and political movements of the 1950s and 1960s including currents that in those years were considered marginal and ex-tremist. The roots of the ultraright of the 1990s have intersecting though by no means identical sources.Serious evaluation of the American right should begin with The Radical Right. It describes the main positions and composition of distinctive forces on the right in the first half of the 1950s and the next decade. It recognizes the right's vehement opposition to domestic and international Communism its sharp rejec-tion of the New Deal and its difficulty in distinguishing between the two. Bell's controversial point of departure is to regard the basic position of what he terms the radical right as excessive in its estimation of the Communist threat and unrealistic in its rejection of New Deal reforms. From this starting point Bell and his authors evaluate the ways the right went beyond programs and the self-descriptions of its leaders and organizers.The Radical Right explains McCarthyism and its successors in terms of conflicts over social status and the shape of American culture. Daniel Bell focuses on the social dislo-cation of significant groups in the post-New Deal decades. Many members of these groups perceived themselves as dispossessed and victimized by recent changes even if it was not possible to regard them as having undergone any great suffering.David Plotke's major new introduction discusses the book's argument McCarthyism and American politics the changing shape of the American right from 1965-2000 mili-tias and new issues in American politics. This edition also includes an afterword by Daniel Bell responding to Plotke's interpretation and revisiting his own perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538108

The Radical Right in Germany1870 to the Present The Radical Right has represented a major element in German politics and society throughout the history of the united country (i.e. since the 1870s) though the understandable concentration on the Third Reich (1933-45) has tended to distort the wider picture. This book explores the history of the radical right through the full span of Germany's life as a nation thus putting the Third Reich in its natural context and also emphasising that the attitudes and policies of the radical right did not begin with Hitler's pursuit of power in the 1920s or end with his death in the ruins of Berlin. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425330

The Radical Right in Late Imperial RussiaDreams of a True Fatherland? The revolutionary movements in late tsarist Russia inspired a reaction by groups on the right. Although these groups were ostensibly defending the status quo they were in fact as this book argues very radical in many ways. This book discusses these radical rightist groups showing how they developed considerable popular appeal across the whole Russian Empire securing support from a wide cross-section of society. The book considers the nature and organisation of the groups their ideologies and polices on particular issues and how they changed over time. The book concludes by examining how and why the groups lost momentum and support in the years immediately before the First World War and briefly explores how far present day rightist groups in Russia are connected to this earlier movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138476707

The Radical Soldier's TaleJohn Pearman 1819-1908 First published in 1988 The Radical Soldier’s Tale is both an introduction to and a transcript of his ‘Memoirs’ written after his retirement in 1881. In this autobiography he presents his life as a soldier during the Sikh Wars his life as a policeman and the ideologies which divided people from each other in the societies he had known and read about. Carolyn Steedman introduces the ‘Memoirs’ by placing the document in its textual context as well as the context of history and politics and shows how it directs fascinating light on popular political thought in the mid-Victorian years. In her introduction she looks closely at the kind of narratives people have access to in different social circumstances and the stories they tell themselves to explain who they are. This book will be of particular interest to students of Victorian history and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138640146

The Radical Tradition (Routledge Revivals)A Study in Modern Revolutionary Thought Originally published in 1978 Richard Gombin’s book traces the recurrent attitudes in the history of the European revolutionary movement which have criticized socialist and communist parties for their authoritarian and bureaucratic tendencies and which have stressed spontaneity and decentralization as the correct basis from which to change society. From a critique of Marx through to an examination of Soviet practice under Lenin Trotsky and Stalin as a factor in the disillusionment of the left with the methods of the Russian Revolution Gombin’s study examines the concepts of ‘workers’ councils’ as they emerged in several countries after the First World War. This comparative study develops the idea of a ‘council communism’ as opposed to a ‘party communism’ which he suggests is the fundamental concept in the criticism of orthodox Communism from the left. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203609835

The Radical Women's Press of the 1850s First published in 1991. The volume reprints excerpts from six radical feminist journals of this crucial decade:The Lily the Genius of Liberty the Pioneer and Women's Advocate the Una The Woman's advocate and The Sybil Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708941

The Radicalism of Romantic LoveCritical Perspectives Undoubtedly Romantic love has come to saturate our culture and is often considered to be a or even the major existential goal of our lives capable of providing us with both our sense of worth and way of being in the world. The Radicalism of Romantic Love interrogates the purported radicalism of Romantic love from philosophical cultural and psychoanalytic perspectives exploring whether it is a subversive force capable of breaking down entrenched social political and cultural norms and structures or whether in spite of its role in the fight against certain barriers it is in fact a highly conservative impulse. Exploring both the grounds for the central place of Romantic love in contemporary lives and the meaning extent and nature of its supposed radicalism this volume considers love from a variety of theoretical perspectives with attention to matters of gender sexuality class and ethnicity. With authors examining a range of questions including the role of love in the same-sex marriage debate polyamory and the notion of love as a political force The Radicalism of Romantic Love illuminates a fundamental but perplexing aspect of our contemporary lives and will appeal to scholars across the social sciences and humanities with interests in the emotions and love as a social and political phenomenon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138364455

The Radicals' City: Urban Environment Polarisation Cohesion Bringing together comparative case studies from Belfast Beirut Amsterdam and Berlin this book examines the role of the urban environment in social polarisation processes. In doing so it provides a timely and refreshingly innovative voice in the confusing babble on (counter-)terrorism urban conflict and community cohesion. Despite their socio-political differences these cities are telling cases of how the location and shape of very mundane objects such as rubbish bins bridges clothes’ stores shopping malls and cafés - in addition to the obvious fences walls and barbed wire - are often subject to heated controversies and influence the way urban conflict is 'lived' and practised. Within a Science and Technology Studies (STS) theoretical framework the authors provide a systematic analysis of these four cities and provide many concrete and richly illustrated examples of ’material agency’ without losing sight of their specific historical political geographical and social conditions. The STS angle permits some surprising yet extremely convincing conclusions which are of use not only for a range of practitioners but also to scholars interested in the social shaping processes and the consequences of urban artefacts. The authors argue that although architecture and urban design is clearly not the sole cause of conflict and polarisation neither is it completely innocent. Conversely it cannot be the silver bullet to solve related problems and to create community cohesion. However the materiality of our cities must not be ignored; in fact it can and should be ’enrolled’ in our efforts. The book contains detailed descriptions of such positive cases as inspiration for practitioners as diverse as policy makers architects urban designers planners community workers consultants or police officers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279568

The Radio StationBroadcasting Podcasting and Streaming The Radio Station offers a concise and insightful guide to all aspects of radio broadcasting streaming and podcasting. This book’s tenth edition continues its long tradition of guiding readers to a solid understanding of who does what when and why in a professionally managed station. This new edition explains what "radio" in America has been where it is today and where it is going covering the basics of how programming is produced financed delivered and promoted via terrestrial and satellite broadcasting streaming and podcasting John Allen Hendricks and Bruce Mims examine radio and its future within a framework of existing and emerging technologies. The companion website is new revised with content for instructors including an instructors’ manual and test questions. Students will discover an expanded library of audio interviews with leading industry professionals in addition to practice quizzes and links to additional resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138218819

The Radiology Technologist's Handbook to Surgical Procedures In the past several years the rapid development of sophisticated imaging modalities has made radiology the fastest growing specialty in medicine. It is important for the radiologic technologist to keep pace with technology's advancements. The influx of freestanding outpatient facilities and the demands of insurance companies HMOs and third party reimbursement have brought about change. Medical facilities have begun to call upon nurses surgical technicians and other non-radiologic personnel to assist with patient positioning during surgical procedures requiring imaging-creating a need for a concise how-to guide to performing surgical procedures. The Radiology Technologist's Handbook to Surgical Procedures provides a quick reference for using fluoroscopic and x-ray equipment during surgical procedures. This book includes detailed descriptions and photographs taken in actual clinical settings.By using this manual as a foundation the radiologic technologist will be able to master many of the operating room x-ray procedures. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203736098

The Radon Transform and Local Tomography Over the past decade the field of image processing has made tremendous advances. One type of image processing that is currently of particular interest is "tomographic imaging " a technique for computing the density function of a body or discontinuity surfaces of this function. Today tomography is widely used and has applications in such fields as medicine engineering physics geophysics and security. The Radon Transform and Local Tomography clearly explains the theoretical computational and practical aspects of applied tomography. It includes sufficient background information to make it essentially self-contained for most readers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448677

The RAF and Aircraft DesignAir Staff Operational Requirements 1923-1939 This work examines the evolution of the RAF's operational requirements for its home defence air force - for bombers to mount a deterrent counter offensive and for fighters to provide direct defence of Britain. It discusses the management processes policies and decisions relevant to operational requirements on the basis of a detailed study of Air Ministry papers of the time. By tracing the development of operational requirements the author exposes the thinking behind the RAF's quest for effective fighter and bomber aircraft. He describes the ideas and concepts of air warfare that were adopted in the 1920s and shows how these evolved into the Air Staff's requirements for the aircraft which the RAF entered and fought in World War II. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761307

The Raiders and Writers of Cervantes' ArchiveBorges Puig and García Márquez Within the context of Miguel de Cervantes Saavedra and his influence on Jorge Luis Borges Manuel Puig and Gabriel Marquez Paul Kong brings a variety of theoretical perspectives to bear as he analyzes the concepts of the archive and the manuscript. Setting the stage with an exploration of the intricate and intriguing relationship between the archive and the manuscript Kong questions the apparently natural association between the two. In the light of Kong's historically contextualized and patient exegesis the ideological nature of the archive evident in its charge to serve as a totalizing habitat stands in contrast with the manuscript that resists attempts to contain it. The playful responses of Borges Puig and Marquez as they mine the "archive" of Cervantes' works support the anti-colonial dimension of Latin American literature and further problematize the relationship between archive and manuscript. The book concludes with a discussion of the future of archival discourse especially in the setting of the virtual reality of the Internet and of globalization. Carefully grounded by Kong's close readings and supported by a wealth of astute references and allusions to writers as diverse as Virgil Wordsworth and Dickens The Raiders and Writers of Cervantes' Archive is sure to provoke and intrigue Latin American scholars narrative theorists archivists and those interested in issues related to cultural domination ideology and cyberspace. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315237503

The Rainbow Game Rainbow promotes personal and social development in all age groups. The game facilitates the raising of self-awareness while developing communication skills between players. These skills are readily transferable to every day life encounters.  With three levels available - the third being the most challenging Rainbow facilitates interaction verbal expression and respectful discussion between players. Each level has seven mini-games within it. Every mini-game is colour-coded to relate to a different quality for personal and social development.  Red for Action  Orange for Courage  Yellow for Imagination  Green for Feeling  Blue for Talk  Pink for Stimulus  Purple for Insight  Playing with all colours develops the full spectrum of self-awareness and social skills. The game will:  Expand social skills  Propagate positive interaction  boost confidence  deal with decision-making  promote problem-solving skills  encourage consideration of personal values  let even the shyest person's voice be heard  help each individual get along with others  increase self-awareness Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863888144

The Rainbow of DesireThe Boal Method of Theatre and Therapy Rainbow of Desire is a handbook of exercises with a difference. It is Augusto Boal's bold and brilliant statement about the therapeutic ability of theatre to liberate individuals and change lives. Now translated into English and comprehensively updated from the French Rainbow of Desire sets out the techniques which help us `see' for the first time the oppressions we have internalised. Boal a Brazilian theatre director writer and politician has been confronting oppression in various forms for over thirty years. His belief that theatre is a means to create the future has inspired hundreds of groups all over the world to use his techniques in a multitude of settings. This his latest work includes such exercises as: * The Cops in the Head and their anti-bodies * The screen image * The image of the future we are afraid of * Image and counter-image ....and many more. Rainbow of Desire will make fascinating reading for those already familiar with Boal's work and is also completely accessible to anyone new to Theatre of the Oppressed techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138170391

The Rainy Spell and Other Korean Stories This anthology of short stories reflects the writers' shared core experience of Korea's trajectory from an inward-looking feudal state through Japanese colony and battle-ground for the Korean War to a modernizing society. Three stories have been added to the original edition. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315699134

The Raising of IntelligenceA Selected History of Attempts To Raise Retarded Intelligence The history of attempts to raise the intelligence of mentally retarded individuals is wrought with controversy. Spanning the years from 1800 to the present this book offers a critical review of the methods and philosophy behind these efforts. A fascinating contribution to the long-standing debate on the malleability of intelligence and the influence of heredity and environment. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203056790

The Random Spatial Economy and its Evolution First published in 1998 this volume spanning a lifetime's research is a highly innovative first attempt at a consistent theoretical approach to the elements structures and dynamics of the geography of agents settlements and trade. Cause and effect are replaced by chance within constraints. Populations are substituted for unreal representative individuals variability for uniformity probabilistic process for unique history. Ignorance is a major factor in interpersonal and inter-areal commercial relations so that the focus is on flows of information and their effects on the efficiency of the economy or alternatively on changes in its information content. Recent work on spatial arrangements in many physical and social sciences is incorporated but always interpreted from an overriding geographical viewpoint. Key concepts are locational potential distance friction mobility diffusion spatial pattern and texture adaptability efficiency spatial interaction and dependence. Analytic methods include autocovariance and transfer functions areal special densities and entropy. Various forms of self-organization of economic spatial patterns are examined. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138384347

The RandstadA Polycentric Metropolis The Randstad metropolitan region encompassing Amsterdam The Hague Rotterdam and Utrecht in the western Netherlands is regarded worldwide as a model of a ‘successful’ polycentric metropolis. It is widely cited as an example of how a region of interconnected small cities can effectively compete globally by providing complementary functions which together match the power of large monocentric cities. The methods of strategic spatial planning regional design and strategic projects that are said to underpin this polycentric metropolis are used as models for practitioners and students around the world. But is this high reputation deserved? Does the Randstad really function as a polycentric metropolis? The operation of the Randstad as a polycentric networked region is controversial both in terms of the actual strength of relations between its component parts and the value of promoting polycentricity in policy. What are the costs and benefits of a Randstad metropolis? Does polycentricity improve the performance of the region in economic social and environmental terms? How has the polycentric metropolis evolved and what part is played by its delta location? Has spatial planning made a difference in the form and operation of the region today? How will this spatial configuration fare in the face of the climate crisis and need to create healthy cities and regions? Is there benefit in pursuing the idea of a polycentric metropolis in government policy and action and how? These questions are of critical interest within the Netherlands but experience in the Randstad offers valuable insights to many other complex urban regions around the world. This book will provide a critical analysis of the Randstad and lessons for strategic planning in other metropolitan regions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415826099

The Rape of the Lock First published in 1971. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135956

The Rapture of PoliticsChristian Right as the United States Approaches the Year 2000 Theologically conservative Protestants have entered the political arena with an agenda that is at once political and religious. Assessing the current impact of this New Christian Right (NCR) on American politics the contributors to this new book present provocative and diverse perspectives on a phenomenon that has despite its pervasiveness in American culture been too little examined. While some contributors show a disdain for the NCR others evince genuine sympathy for the movement.Steve Bruce takes aim at sociologists of religion who in his estimation have exaggerated the strength of the NCR. Clyde Wilcox believes the NCR attracts only a limited electoral following and will have little success at the state and national levels. Stephen Johnson reports on voting patterns of Catholics mainline Protestants and conservative Protestants in Muncie Indiana. And Phillip Hammond and his associates observe that the main fault line between conservatives and liberals is now over “family values.” John Simpson singles out debates over abortion and homosexuality as the most potent cultural divisions arising out of the 1980s. Lyman A. Kellstedt and colleagues mark the 1992 presidential election as a watershed event beginning a dramatic new cleavage in the two-party system. James M. Penning and Matthew C. Moen address issues related to NCR organizations and their place in the political arena.It is clear that the NCR will remain a part of the religious and political landscape lor some time though there is little consensus over where the NCR will be located in that landscape. The Rapture of Politics will be of interest to political scientists theologians sociologists and scholars of American culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538115

The Rare and Excellent History of Saladin or al-Nawadir al-Sultaniyya wa'l-Mahasin al-Yusufiyya by Baha' al-Din Ibn Shaddad Saladin is perhaps the one and only Muslim ruler who emerges with any clarity in standard tales and histories of the Crusades; this is a translation of Baha’ al-Din Ibn Shaddad’s account of his life and career. Ibn Shaddad (1144-1234) was clearly a great admirer of Saladin and was a close associate of his serving as his qadi al-’askar (judge of the army) from 1188 until Saladin’s death in 1193. His position and his access to information make this an authoritative and essential source for Saladin’s career while his personal relationship with the sultan adds a sympathetic and moving element to the account of his final years. Aside from its inherent value as a source for the history of Egypt and the Middle East it therefore provides a much-needed complement and corrective to the widely-known Latin accounts of the Crusades and the Latin Kingdom of Jerusalem in the 12th century. The present translation is based on a fuller edition of the text than that used in the previous 19th-century translation and takes into account the translator’s readings of the earliest manuscript of the work dated July 1228. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315237497

The Rash Resolve and Life's Progressby Eliza Haywood Eliza Haywood was one of the most popular and versatile writers of the eighteenth century. The two novellas in this edition – The Rash Resolve (1724) and Life’s Progress (1748) – show her developing and adapting her ideas on the subject of passion and romance. Though superficially presented as cautionary tales Haywood introduces a feminist slant. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138235472

The Rastafari MovementA North American and Caribbean Perspective The Rastafari Movement: A North American and Caribbean Perspective provides a historical and ideological overview of the Rastafari movement in the context of its early beginnings in the island of Jamaica and its eventual establishment in other geographic locations. Building on previous scholarship and the author's own fieldwork the text goes on to provide a rich comparative analysis of the Rastafari movement with other Black theological movements specifically the Nation of Islam and the Black Hebrew Israelites in the context of the United States. The text explores the following topics: • Pan-Africanism Black nationalism and Rastafari; • gender dynamics; • globalization; • concepts and symbols; • other Black theological movements. This text is ideal for students of religious studies sociology anthropology African Diaspora studies African American studies and Black studies who wish to gain an understanding of the history and beliefs of the Rastafari Movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138682153

The RatA Study in Behavior The laws of animal behavior have been revised and revealed through research performed by zoologists physiologists and experimental psychologists. Each has contributed much. Their main meeting ground has been the study of mammals especially rats. This classic book is unique in bringing together the principal conclusions of these researchers in a compact well illustrated and lucid form.The author himself made important original contributions to wild rat behavior; his account of "white rat psychology" and of relevant work on other species is equally authoritative. Experience as a teacher enabled him to write an unusually logical and comprehensive text suitable for students of zoology psychology and medicine.This book belongs to no particular school of biology or psychology. Rather it admits the work of all schools and strict adherence to none. The principal topics covered include: movement in the living space; feeding behavior; social and reproductive behavior; the analysis of "instinct"; the analysis of learned behavior; "motivation" and "drive"; the brain and behavior. The book includes a full carefully selected bibliography current up to the time of original publication of the original edition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538122

The Rate of Exchange and the Terms of Trade This volume originated in a course of lectures which the author originally gave at the Universitu lnternationale de Sciences Comparues at Luxembourg. The book appeared under the title of the course and followed the same pattern. In the course of revisions the analysis has been carried a little further than it was originally presented and many details have been added to its algebraic parts. In spite of these amplifications however the text remains on the level of elementary economics and may be recommended to students whose interest in the subject is ahead of their technical background.Ozga provides an intelligible theoretical outline of the rate of exchange the terms of trade and the balance of trade that brings into focus the complementarity of various widely used models. Simple supply and demand relations are developed to establish a link between the classical and Keynesian approaches and between the partial and the general equilibrium methods; and the emphasis is always on clarifying the part that the relations considered in individual models would actually play in a more comprehensive system.Requiring some familiarity with economic theory but no previous training in mathematics this simple and concise volume is exceptionally well suited to courses on the macro-theory of international trade and is useful reading for all courses in macroeconomics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538139

The Rational and the SocialHow to Understand Science in a Social World To paraphrase Marx sociologists have only interpreted science; the point is to improve it. The Rational and the Social attempts both. It begins by sketching recent sociological approaches to science notably the strong programme – Bloor’s ‘science of science’ and Barnes’s ‘finitism’ – and that of the ‘anthropologists in the lab’ Collins and Latour and Woolgar. The author argues that although sociological accounts are valuable in many respects when morals are drawn about the structure and epistemology of science they are badly flawed. In rejecting the sociological theory of science it is not necessary to conclude that science develops without reference to the social. James Robert Brown argues for an alternative account. He proposes a novel way of viewing the history of science as a source of evidence for how to do good science and argues that the most important aspect of methodology is that it is comparative. Rival theories are evaluated by comparison and the contribution of the social to this process is inevitable and should be acknowledged. This is the challenge to science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138989818

The Rational Foundations of Ethics Originally published in 1988 this landmark study develops its own positive account of the nature and foundations of moral judgement while at the same time serving as a guide to the range of views on the matter which have been given in modern western philosophy. The book addresses itself to two main questions: Can moral judgements be true or false in that fundamental sense in which a true proposition is one which describes things as they really are? Are rational methods available in ethics which can be expected to produce convergence on shared moral views on the part of those who use them intelligently? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367502690

The Rational GoodA Study in the Logic of Practice First published in 1921 this book explores the function of Reason in practical life. It considers whether there is a Rational demonstrable standard of values to which the actions of man and the institutions of society may be referred for judgement and to what authority and power does it possess to influence the actual conduct of men and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138929333

The Rational PoliticianExploiting the Media in New Democracies This title was first published in 2000:  An examination of the way in which post-communist political actors have persisted in exploiting controlling and manipulating the media in spite of rhetorical commitments to freer and more independent media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138700185

The Rationalist ReaderArchitecture and Rationalism in Western Europe 1920–1940 / 1960–1990 The Rationalist Reader incorporates the first documentary collection of writing on rationalism in twentieth century architecture providing an accessible introduction to the subject direct insight into the thinking of individual architects and their critics and a current re-evaluation of the context from which they emerged. Key texts including new translations are placed within a wider historical and philosophical context by Alan Colquhoun and considered with particular reference to nineteenth century architectural theory by Charles Rattray. Two separate documentary sections address the thinking behind rationalist architecture within the Modern Movement and ‘Rational Architecture’ as its counterpart within Neo-rationalism. German architectural historian Thilo Hilpert and Dutch architect and critic Henk Engel provide introductions to the two periods while Cambridge historian Nicholas Bullock contributes a linking piece focused on French experience post-war. A postscript samples retrospective views. The two sets of ‘documents’ identified with the periods 1920–1940 and 1960–1990 are arranged under comparative headings allowing the reader to establish correspondences between the key themes of rationalist architecture. When the ‘historical’ experience of many young architects is confined to ‘masters’ and ‘iconic buildings’ located within the general flux of modernity here the trajectory of rationalism in twentieth century architecture is seen to veer between a scientific methodology identified with generic models and a formal paradigm of typological consistency. With its immediate philosophical origins in Enlightenment culture the development of rationalism in nineteenth century architecture prefaced the volatility of later interpretations of rationalist architecture outlined and documented in this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415604369

The Rationality of Feeling (RLE Edu K)Learning From the Arts This volume emphasizes the necessity for arts teachers to nurture the personal development of their students by expanding their artistic understanding and creativity. In aiming to provide a broader understanding for the effective teaching of the arts the author provides powerful reasons for seeing the arts as agents of learning understanding and development. The volume also demonstrates that whilst the arts are centrally concerned with feeling they are as fully open to objective reasoning as any other subject discipline such as science but the dichotomy between ‘scientism’ and ‘subjectivism’ is all-pervading in a curriculum which marginalises the teaching of the arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007567

The Rationality Of Political ProtestA Comparative Analysis Of Rational Choice Theory The authors systematically apply rational choice theory in order to suggest hypotheses about political protest. They test these hypotheses by means of surveys and compare their rational choice hypotheses with competing hypotheses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295424

The Rationality of Rural LifeEconomic and Cultural Change in Tuscany This monograph analyzes the developments in rural life in detail and at the same time places them in a wider context exploring the strengths and weaknesses of theoretical writings on modern agriculture. What is revealed is a profound transformation in the rationality of farming one which touches every aspect of the lives of rural people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984561

The Rationality of Science First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172630

The RBT® Ethics CodeMastering the BACB© Ethical Requirements for Registered Behavior Technicians™ This practical textbook will enable students training to become Registered Behavior Technicians (RBTs™) to fully understand and follow the new RBT® Ethics Code administered by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB®). Starting with an overview of the role of ethics and core ethical principles subsequent chapters provide concrete guidance for each of the three sections of the RBT® Ethics Code: responsible conduct responsibility to clients and competence and service delivery. The authors then show correct and incorrect applications of each code item and provide practical examples and solutions for applying each section to everyday practice. Also included are test questions where RBTs™ can test themselves on their newfound knowledge along with a glossary the complete RBT® Code of Ethics and suggested readings. Last Appendix D "Considerations and Conversation Starters " will help RBT™ trainers quickly focus on specific code items and presenting scenarios for discussion and role-plays. This book is intended to serve as a primary text for the training of RBTs™ as well as a reference and study guide for these RBTs™ and their trainers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367415099

The Reach of the AestheticCollected Essays on Art and Nature This title was first published in 2001. This book focuses on the rich web of interrelations between aesthetic and wider human concerns. Among topics explored are concepts of truth and falsity (within art and aesthetic experience generally) superficiality and depth in aesthetic appreciation of nature moral beauty and ugliness the projects of integrating a life of fashioning a life as a work of art experiments in the aesthetic re-working of the 'sacred' the role of imagination within religion and in our attempts to place and identify ourselves within the cosmos. The essays are both interlinked and distinct allowing them to be read in any order and providing useful themes for discussion groups and seminars. Ronald Hepburn aims to arouse in the reader something of his enjoyment in unravelling the connections of ideas that come into view when one approaches aesthetics in its widest setting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138726635

The Reader's Construction of Narrative In this book first published in 1981 the author argues that narrative is an interaction between "the presented world and the presentational process" and attempts to define narrative from the perspective of reading. The Reader’s Construction of Narrative includes chapters on narrative language translating narrative and discusses what happens when we read a narrative text. This book will be of particular interest to students of literary theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138684638

The Reading for Real Handbook The Reading for Real Handbook was very well received by both teachers and literacy specialists when it was published in 1992. Since its first publication there have been significant changes in the field of 'reading' not least of which has been governmental demands for higher standards in reading and the resultant National Literacy Strategy (NLS).As well as providing invaluable help for teachers struggling with the National Literacy Strategy and the Literacy Hour several other new topics of interest are also addressed including teaching fiction/non-fiction inside and outside the Literacy Hour integrating reading writing and spelling work involving parents assessment and working with slower readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138163577

The Reading of Theoretical Texts Since the structuralist debates of the 1970s the field of textual analysis has largely remained the preserve of literary theorists. Social scientists while accepting that observation is theory laden have tended to take the meaning of texts as given and to explain differences of interpretation either in terms of ignorance or bias. In this important contribution to methodological debate Peter Ekegren uses developments within literary criticism philosophy and critical theory to reclaim this study for the social sciences and to illuminate the ways in which different readings of a single text are created and defended. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757768

The Reagan WarsA Constitutional Perspective On War Powers And The Presidency Ronald Reagan's term in office was punctuated by four significant employments of military force: the deployment of Marines to Lebanon; the intervention in Grenada; the air strikes against Libya; and the deployment of naval forces to the Persian Gulf. In the aftermath of each of these military operations critics questioned the constitutional basis for such unilateral presidential war-making arguing that Congress alone is empowered to declare war. Debates over whether the President failed to comply with the statutory requirements of the War Powers Resolution further complicated these constitutional disagreements. In The Reagan Wars David Hall seeks to overcome a key source of confusion in these heated debates—the failure to distinguish between the wisdom of Reagan's actions and their legality. He demonstrates that the circumstances under which the Constitution permits unilateral presidential war-making were present when President Reagan waged war between 1980 and 1988. Hall first considers the thinking of the Constitution's Framers on the question of war powers and the subsequent two hundred years of judicial interpretation regarding the proper balance between congressional and presidential authority to make war. In light of this historical background he then closely examines the facts and the legal circumstances of each of the four "Reagan wars." Hall's thought-provoking conclusions deserve the attention of anyone interested in the role of the Constitution in U.S. foreign policy-making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295431

The Real Cost of Cheap Food This thought-provoking but accessible book critically examines the dominant food regime on its own terms by seriously asking whether we can afford cheap food and by exploring what exactly cheap food affords us. Detailing the numerous ways that our understanding of food has narrowed such as its price per ounce combination of nutrients yield per acre or calories the book argues for a more contextual view of food when debating its affordability. The first edition published in 2011 was widely praised for its innovative approach and readability. In this new edition the author brings all data and citations fully up to date. Increased coverage is given to many topics including climate change aquaculture financialization BRICS countries food-based social movements gender and ethnic issues critical public health and land succession. There is also greater discussion about successful cases of social change throughout all chapters  by including new text boxes that emphasize these more positive messages. The author shows why today's global food system produces just the opposite of what it promises. The food produced under this regime is in fact exceedingly expensive. Many of these costs will be paid for in other ways or by future generations and cheap food today may mean expensive food tomorrow. By systematically assessing these costs the book delves into issues related but not limited to international development national security healthcare industrial meat production organic farming corporate responsibility government subsidies food aid and global commodity markets. It is shown that exploding the myth of cheap food requires we have at our disposal a host of practices and policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138080768

The Real Estate Solar Investment HandbookA Commercial Property Guide to Managing Risks and Maximizing Returns The Real Estate Solar Investment Handbook explains the business case for property professionals to pursue solar projects. A project’s value is determined by its potential risks and rewards; these are explained thoroughly in terms understood by the real estate industry. This book provides a framework for practical decision-making with each chapter addressing a step in the process from project idea to completion. Written from the perspective of the commercial real estate industry professional it will help investors evaluate opportunities and execute projects that offer solid risk-adjusted investments. For property owners investors landlords service providers and all those looking to invest in solar on commercial property The Real Estate Solar Investment Handbook will guide you through all the steps needed to gain years of revenue from a project. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415660389

The Real in the IdealBerkeley's Relation to Kant This book first published in 1989 presents sixteen articles on Kant and Berkeley examining their attitude to the physical world. They were both idealists regarding the physical world as being in some way a product of perceptions and thought. At the same time they both held it to be no mere illusion but real and objective: it was in a sense ideal but in a different sense also real. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367184643

The Real Jouissance of Uncountable NumbersThe Philosophy of Science within Lacanian Psychoanalysis Lacan critiqued imaginary intuition for confusing direct perception with unconscious pre-conceptions about people and the world. The emphasis on description goes hand in hand with a rejection of theory and the science of the unconscious and a belief in the naive self-transparency of the world. At the same time knowing in and of the Real requires a place beyond thinking multi-valued forms of logic mathematical equations and different conceptions of causality acausality and chance. This book explores some of the mathematical problems raised by Lacan's use of numbers and the interconnection between mathematics and psychoanalytic ideas. Within any system mathematical or otherwise there are holes or acausal cores and remainders of indecidability. It is this senseless point of non-knowledge that makes change and the emergence of the new possible within a system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201717

The Real NegroThe Question of Authenticity in Twentieth-Century African American Literature In this book Shelly Eversley historicizes the demand for racial authenticity - what Zora Neale Hurston called 'the real Negro' - in twentieth-century American literature. Eversley argues that the modern emergence of the interest in 'the real Negro' transforms the question of what race an author belongs into a question of what it takes to belong to that race. Consequently Paul Laurence Dunbar's Negro dialect poems were prized in the first part of the century because - written by a black man - they were not 'imitation' black while the dialect performances by Zora Neale Hurston were celebrated because written by a 'real' black they were not 'imitation' white. The second half of the century in its dismissal of material segregation sanctions a notion of black racial meaning as internal and psychological and thus promotes a version of black racial 'truth' as invisible and interior yet fixed within a stable conception of difference. The Real Negro foregrounds how investments in black racial specificity illuminate the dynamic terms that define what makes a text and a person 'black' while it also reveals how 'blackness' spoken and authentic guards a more fragile because unspoken commitment to the purity and primacy of 'whiteness' as a stable uncontested ideal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138806450

The Real Peace ProcessWorship Politics and the End of Sectarianism The Good Friday Agreement resulted in the cessation of paramilitary violence in Northern Ireland. However prejudice and animosity between Protestants and Catholics remains. The Real Peace Process draws on extensive fieldwork in Protestant and Catholic churches across Ireland to analyse how Christian worship can become caught up in sectarianism. The book examines the need for a peace process that changes hearts and minds and not merely civic structures of their inhabitants. Aspects of everyday worship – ranging from the spatial and symbolic to the verbal musical and interpersonal – are explored as the means by which sectarianism can be challenged and transformed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315539492

The Real SelfA Developmental Self And Object Relations Approach First Published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009431

The Real Situation in Russia (Routledge Revivals) The Real Situation in Russia first published in 1928 contains three of Trotsky’s harshest rebuttals of Stalin’s takeover of the Russian Revolution following the death of Lenin. The first part contains a defence of the ‘Opposition Platform’ against the Stalinist denunciation; the second details Trotsky’s view of the precise nature of the Stalinist program as well as its disastrous consequences for Russia; and the third demonstrates the unashamed falsification of the history by Stalin with regard to the beginning of the Revolution. Including a sympathetic but nonetheless astute introduction to Trotsky’s argument by the translator The Real Situation in Russia will prove to be of value to all students of twentieth-century Marxism and in particular to those interested in the Russian Revolution – not only its origins and early development but also perhaps the reasons for its ultimate failure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138015272

The Real Stalin In this book originally published in English in 1953 the author recognized as one of the best-informed experts on Eastern European politics reconstructed during the course of a decade's work the real history of Stalin from his youth in Georgia to the last year of his life. Utilizing an enormous mass of largely unpublsihed documents he reconstructed a living Stalin with all his qualities and faults crimes and achievements. He tells the secrets of Stalin's rise to power and of the extraordinary complexity and effectiveness of his tactics which can be seen in his attitude towards the problems of  Marxist philosophy in his attitude towards the German Question and his role as military commander. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138703841

The Real TripitakaAnd Other Pieces First published in 1952. The Real Tripitaka gives an account of the seventh century pilgrim's adventures spiritual and material both in India and after his return to China. In addition the book contains an account of a Japanese pilgrim's visit to China in the ninth century which describes the Wu-t'ai Shan China's great place of Pilgrimage and an eye-witness's account of the great persecution of Buddhism in 842-845 A.D. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415612739

The Real World of the Small Business Owner (Routledge Revivals) Small businessmen and entrepreneurs came firmly back in fashion when this book was first published in 1980. As the Western economies moved into recession many governments particularly Mrs Thatcher’s administration looked to the entrepreneurial spirit of the small businessman to rejuvenate and revitalise Western society. Stripping away the political rhetoric this book provides a serious social portrait of the small businessman in the economy at the time in which this book was written. Based upon extensive original research the detailed analyses focus on the key issues in the small businessmen’s life. At a time when there was much argument about the motivation and will to work of Western society this study of the traditional custodians of capitalism is particularly relevant. Above all it shows how the historical values of the small businessman have survived in the changed circumstances of the advanced economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138829442

The Realisation of ConceptsInfinity Cognition and Health There has recently been a flurry of theoretical activity in affective neuroscience and neuropsychoanalysis. This book argues that the ability to integrate biological and psychological levels of understanding is inhibited by two important issues. First is the assumption made by most theorists that physical and mental phenomena are essentially different ("the Hard Problem"). Second is the ambiguity of the widely used "Affect Concept". Ideas about the autonomic nervous system are integrated with those from the author's previous text A Basic Theory of Neuropsychoanalysis. The Realization of Concepts is based on four key assumptions: (1) There is no "Hard Problem"; (2) Motivational theory and cognitive theory can be integrated to create more valid models of body brain and mind interactions; (3) "Affect Concepts" are superfluous and work to inhibit theory integration; and (4) Affect theory developed as a "compromise formation" in response to radical reductionism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200703

The Realism of Piero della Francesca The fifteenth-century Italian artist Piero della Francesca painted a familiar world. Roads wind through hilly landscapes run past farms sheds barns and villages. This is the world in which Piero lived. At the same time Piero’s paintings depict a world that is distant. The subjects of his pictures are often Christian and that means that their setting is the Holy Land a place Piero had never visited. The Realism of Piero della Francesca studies this paradoxical aspect of Piero’s art. It tells the story of an artist who could think of the local churches palaces and landscapes in and around his hometown of Sansepolcro as miraculously built replicas of the monuments of Jerusalem. Piero’s application of perspective to which he devoted a long treatise was meant to convince his contemporaries that his paintings report on things that Piero actually observed. Piero’s methodical way of painting seems to have offered no room for his own fantasy. His art looks deliberately styleless. This book uncovers a world in which painting needed to validate itself by cultivating the illusion that it reported on things observed instead of things imagined by the artist. Piero’s painting claimed truth in a world of increasing uncertainties.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367359737

The Realism Reader The Realism Reader provides broad coverage of a centrally important tradition in the study of foreign policy and international politics. After some years in the doldrums political realism is again in contention as a leading tradition in the international relations sub-field. Divided into three main sections the book covers seven different and distinctive approaches within the realist tradition: classical realism balance of power theory neorealism defensive structural realism offensive structural realism rise and fall realism and neoclassical realism. The middle section of the volume covers realism’s engagement with critiques levelled by liberalism institutionalism and constructivism and the English School. The final section of the book provides materials on realism’s engagement with some contemporary issues in international politics with collections on United States (U.S.) hegemony European cooperation and whether future threats will arise from non-state actors or the rise of competing great powers. The book offers a logically coherent and manageable framework for organizing the realist canon and provides exemplary literature in each of the traditions and dialogues which are included in the volume. Offering substantial commentary and analysis and including enhanced pedagogy to facilitate student learning The Realism Reader will provide a 'one-stop-shop' for undergraduates and masters students taking a course in contemporary international relations theory with a particular focus on realism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415773577

The Realist Author and Sympathetic Imagination This book draws on the assumption of certain essential continuities between Romanticism and realism both in the way realist authors imagine their relation to reality and in the way they stage their own authorial images examining the role of the sympathetic imagination. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601829

The Realist HopeA Critique of Anti-Realist Approaches in Contemporary Philosophical Theology Taking into consideration analytical continental historical post-modern and contemporary thinkers Insole provides a powerful defence of a realist construal of religious discourse. Insole argues that anti-realism tends towards absolutism and hubris. Where truth is exhausted by our beliefs about truth there is no conceptual space for doubting those beliefs; only a conception of truth as absolute given and accessible can guarantee the very humility sense of fallibility and sensitivity to difference that the anti-realist rightly values. Cutting through some of the tired and well-rehearsed debates in this area Insole provides a fresh perspective on approaches influenced by Wittgenstein Kant and apophatic theology. The defence of realism offered is unusual in being both analytically precise and theologically sensitive with a view to some of the wider and less well-explored cultural ethical and political implications of the debate. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315553634

The Realities of Completing a PhDHow to Plan for Success The Realities of Completing a PhD gives a balanced and evidence-based view of the realities of PhD life. Full of practical tips and including a checklist to complete before sending an application the book helps prospective PhD students prepare for the realities of taking on a PhD from an informed basis and offers guidance on submitting a well-planned application.   This is the first book of its kind to bring together a range of international data that helps to paint a more balanced picture of the PhD process. The book outlines different types of PhD how to select a topic for a PhD how to write a robust research proposal and application and the realities of PhD study in relation to student wellbeing social commitments and employment prospects. By considering the issues raised in this book students are less likely to be overwhelmed by the PhD process and better equipped to complete their award. The book will be invaluable for potential doctoral students as well as those already embarking on a PhD. It will also enable university mentors and supervisors to consider how the application phase is key to managing student expectations and how they can further promote a healthy and productive PhD experience.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367677626

The Reality EffectFilm Culture and the Graphic Imperative It used to be only movies were on film; now the whole world is. The most intimate and most banal moments of our lives are constantly recorded for public consumption. In The Reality Effect Joel Black argues that the desire to make visible every aspect of our lives is an impulse derived from cinema- one that has made life both more graphic and less "real." He approaches film as a documentary medium that has obscured-if not obliterated- the line between reality and fiction. To illustrate this effect Black traces the uncanny interplay between movies and real-life events through a series of comparative analyses-from Lolita and the murder of JonBenét Ramsey to Wag the Dog and the Clinton scandal to Crash and Princess Diana's violent death. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203953082

The Reality GameA Guide to Humanistic Counselling and Psychotherapy In the years since it was first published The Reality Game has become a classic text. For all those training and practising in humanistic and integrative psychotherapy it is an essential guide to good practice and an excellent introduction to the skills used in individual and group therapy. This new edition has been updated to take into account changes in the field and John Rowan's own work while still providing guidance on establishing and developing the relationship between counsellor and client and covering: assessment; the initial interview; the opening session; aims; transference; resistance and supervision. With the student’s needs always at the forefront this extensively revised new edition responds to the questions most often asked by trainees in these disciplines and includes discussions of ethics and new chapters on transpersonal psychology and on dialogical self-theory. It will be a must read for psychotherapists and counsellors in practice and training especially those involved in humanistic and integrative psychotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138850125

The Reality of Aid 1996An independent review of international aid 'Should be on the shelf of any academic student NGO activist or politician with an interest in aid issues. It should also be required reading for donor agency officials' Development and Change 'As accessible as it is comprehensive has established itself as a reliable 'watchdog' for anyone interested in this important aspect of international relations' ORBIT Despite commitments to eradicate poverty 21 of the world's richest nations have slashed their aid to the world's poorest countries to just 0.3% of GNP its lowest level for more than 20 years. In real terms aid in 1994 was below the 1990 level and with several donors planning further cuts it is likely that the aid level will continue to fall. Now in its fourth annual edition The Reality of Aid critically examines the reality behind the rhetoric of development assistance and the discrepancy between the targets that the 21 member countries of the OECD Development Assistance Committee are publically committed to and the aid that is actually disbursed. Part 1 of this year's edition includes analyses of; * the impact of the Copenhagen World Summit for Social Development and '20/20' compact; * developing countries' debt and their Northern creditors including banks and international financial institutions; * efforts to eradicate poverty a stated aim of development assistance; * the human and economic cost of the estimated 140 million unexploded landmines currently planted around the world; and * the impact of conflict and humanitarian need on development cooperation. In a new section Part 2 presents perspectives from the South with contributors from India Cambodia Peru Zimbabwe Poland and Fiji. Part 3 consists of detailed country-by-country profiles of the aid performance of the OECD donors; and Part 4 reviews aid spending by Northern governments and NGOs with 'at a glance' tables and charts which compare donors' performance on issues such as aid to basic health and education the priority given to poverty reduction the political management of aid and public attitudes to aid in developed countries. Throughout information is summarized in easily interpreted figures and graphs. First produced in 1993 The Reality of Aid has established itself as a unique source of independent evaluation and comment on aid policies and developments. It is indispensable for all involved in development aid whether in the official or voluntary sectors. Originally published in 1996 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851480

The Reality of Aid 1997-1998An independent review of development cooperation NOW IN ITS FIFTH ANNUAL EDITION The Reality of Aid continues to present the most comprehensive and rigorous independent analysis available of the aid and development policies of the world's richest nations and exposes the gaps between rhetoric and reality. Part I presents a consideration of current issues in development cooperation in the context of globalisation and the increasing importance of private aid flows. Part II gives a full-report on the performance of OECD countries and the European Union over the last year and also includes a report on the continuing Lom negotiations between the EU and Africa. Part III gives a Southern perspective with chapters on development and cooperation in Argentina Central and Eastern Europe Ghana Guatemala Haiti India Latin America Uganda and Zimbabwe. Part IV reviews trends in aid policy and spending by Northern governments and NGOs with 'at a glance' tables and charts which compare donors' performance on issues such as poverty eradication gender emergency relief leadership and public information. Throughout information is presented in easily interpreted diagrams and graphs. First produced in 1993 The Reality of Aid has established itself as a unique source of independent evaluation and comment on aid policies and development. It is indispensable for all in the field whether in the official or voluntary sectors. Originally published in 1997 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851497

The Reality of Aid 1998-1999An independent review of poverty reduction and development assistance NOW IN ITS SIXTH ANNUAL EDITION The Reality of Aid has for the first time analysed the 'fair share' of bilateral aid for basic social services � basic education basic health reproductive health nutrition clean water and sanitation - that should come from each donor; an analysis which shows only two donors meeting their fair share and the G7 nations (Canada France Germany Italy Japan UK US) falling behind by over US$5 billion. This year and next The Reality of Aid focuses on basic education as a right and not a privilege and its role in development cooperation and poverty elimination. A key feature of The Reality of Aid 1998/1999 is the ten chapters offering analysis of development cooperation from the perspective of southern NGOs. Many of these focus on basic education and raise issues around transparency gender and civil society. 'If policies were programmes and promises were dollars The Reality of Aid could report great progress on the road to eradicating global poverty this year. But at a time when donors acknowledge that ending poverty is possible it seems that commitments are being offered instead of resources and real change.' From the Summary Part I presents a useful Summary highlighting the steps that donors could take now to make progress towards poverty eradication and reviews the trends in development cooperation debt relief measures targeted towards the new millennium and commitment to the goal of ensuring basic education for all. Part II gives a full report on the overseas aid performance of OECD country aid donors and the European Union over the last year. Part III sets out a Southern perspective on development cooperation. Part IV provides 'at a glance' comparisons of donors' aid outlook and commitment to development cooperation in the 21st Century poverty eradication gender and public support. Part V contains handy reference material. Throughout the book information is presented in easily interpreted diagrams and graphs. The Reality of Aid has established itself as a unique source of independent evaluation and comment on aid policies and development. It is indispensable for all in the field whether in the official or voluntary sectors. 'Indispensable ... it gives you most of the hard facts you need to know about the major issues' New Internationalist 'The most comprehensive and rigorous independent analysis of the aid and development policies of the world's wealthiest nations ... Essential reading' Charity World 'The Reality of Aid remains an essential purchase by the libraries of development institutions and an invaluable reference for development practitioners' Development & Change 'A reliable 'watchdog' for anyone interested in this important aspect of international relations' ORBIT 'An accessible reference ... [it] encompasses many key issues and stimulates further research' Commonwealth & Comparative Politics Originally published in 1998 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851503

The Reality of Aid 2000An independent review of poverty reduction and development assistance NOW IN ITS SEVENTH ANNUAL EDITION The Reality of Aid 2000 looks at how the performance of OECD donor countries on aid and development cooperation has matched up to the challenge of eliminating absolute poverty. The report charts some improvements at the level of donor policy and rhetoric. But its stark conclusion is that the potential of aid to combat poverty is constantly undermined by governments both North and South who fail to address the extreme inequalities of income and the structural social and political injustices that entrench people in poverty. Part I of The Reality of Aid 2000 presents an overview of poverty in the current global context and an analysis of recent trends in aid - looking particularly at basic education. In Part II chapters by experts from NGOs in OECD countries and the European Union show how donor aid administrations approach poverty - and highlight the weakness of political commitment in the North to the needs of the poor. Part III sets out Southern perspectives on development cooperation. Part IV provides 'at a glance' comparisons of donors' aid outlook and commitment to development cooperation in the 21st century poverty eradication gender and public support. Throughout the book information is presented in easily interpreted diagrams and graphs. The Reality of Aid has established itself as a unique source of independent evaluation and comment on aid policies and development. It is indispensable for all in the field whether in the official or voluntary sectors providing a regular reality check on just how much the international community is doing to realise the achievable goal of eliminating poverty. 'Indispensable ... it gives you most of the hard facts you need to know about the major issues' Nett-' Internationalist 'The most comprehensive and rigorous independent analysis of the aid and development policies of the world's wealthiest nations ... Essential reading' Charity World 'The Reality of Aid remains an essential purchase by the libraries of development institutions and an invaluable reference for development practitioners' Development & Change 'A reliable 'watchdog' for anyone interested in this important aspect of international relations' ORBIT 'An accessible reference ... [it] encompasses many key issues and stimulates further research' Commonwealth & Comparative Politics Originally published in 1999 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853804

The Reality of ArtifactsAn Archaeological Perspective Artifacts are hybrids both natural and cultural. They are also an essential component in the process of human evolution. In recent years a wide range of disciplines including cognitive science sociology art history and anthropology have all grappled with the nature of artifacts leading to the emergence of a renewed interdisciplinary focus on material culture. The Reality of Artifacts: An Archaeological Perspective develops an argument for the artifact as a status conferred by human engagement with material. On this basis artifacts are considered first in terms of their relationship to concepts and cognitive functions and then to the physical body and sense of self. The book builds on and incorporates the latest developments in archaeological research particularly from the archaeology of human evolution and integrates this wealth of new archaeological data with new research in fields such as cognitive science haptics and material culture studies.   Making the latest research available for the general reader interested in material culture while also providing archaeologists with new theoretical perspectives built on a synthesis of interdisciplinary research this book is suitable for courses taught at both graduate and undergraduate students and is broadly accessible. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138635777

The Reality Of National Computer Networking For Higher EducationProceedings Of The 1978 Educom Fall Conference Contributors to this book present a comprehensive view of the current status prospects and problems of computer networking in higher education examining networking from the perspectives of both computer users and network suppliers. In the opening chapter William F. Miller discusses the role that computer networking is likely to play in higher education. He notes that a national network often can provide specialized services more cost-effectively than can individual institutions and is able to offer a wider variety of services than is available at any single computer center. In succeeding chapters Ronald Segal reports the results of an extensive research project on networking that included the simulation of a national network serying higher education and research; Paul Heller describes the early experiences of the EDUNET network; and Robert Scott discusses important facets of the EDUNET Business Plan. In the concluding chapters William Massy Tad Pinkerton and Barry Berman review conference workshops in three broad areas: policy issues in networking facilitating services for networking and network resources. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429314193

The Reality of PrecautionComparing Risk Regulation in the United States and Europe The 'Precautionary Principle' has sparked the central controversy over European and U.S. risk regulation. The Reality of Precaution is the most comprehensive study to go beyond precaution as an abstract principle and test its reality in practice. This groundbreaking resource combines detailed case studies of a wide array of risks to health safety environment and security; a broad quantitative analysis; and cross-cutting chapters on politics law and perceptions. The authors rebut the rhetoric of conflicting European and American approaches to risk and show that the reality has been the selective application of precaution to particular risks on both sides of the Atlantic as well as a constructive exchange of policy ideas toward 'better regulation.' The book offers a new view of precaution regulatory reform comparative analysis and transatlantic relations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781936331802

The Reality of Social Groups Examining the ontological nature of social groups and the way in which groups should be regarded within moral deliberation this book makes an original contribution to the field of social philosophy. It tackles the fundamental metaphysical question that has either been ignored or unsatisfactorily addressed: ’what kind of thing is a social group?’ Sheehy argues for an ontological realism about groups defending the thesis that groups are composite material particulars ontologically on a par with individuals and capable of figuring in their own right in descriptions and explanations. He then goes on to discuss the practical and moral question of whether groups can be regarded as the bearers of moral status rights and moral judgements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264878

The Reality of the MindSt Augustine's Philosophical Arguments for the Human Soul as a Spiritual Substance Among the various approaches to the question of the nature of the mind (or soul) Augustine’s philosophical arguments for the existence of an incorporeal and spiritual substance in man and against materialism are here thoroughly examined on their merits as a source of insight for contemporary discussion. This book originally published in 1986 employs Augustine’s method of introspection and argues that as a philosopher Augustine can teach the modern mind how to detect the reality of such a spiritual subject in and through basic human acts and faculties such as imagination memory knowledge free-will and self-knowledge. It presents a critical dialogue with various materialistic anthropologies directly addressed by Augustine himself or those which have arisen at later periods including epiphenomenalism mind-brain identity theory Marxism and others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138989825

The Really Useful Book of ICT in the Early Years Practitioners and students wishing to know how very young children develop an awareness of ICT will find this text invaluable. ICT has arguably one of the biggest impacts on every-day 21st century life so its inclusion in the Early Years Foundation Stage curriculum reflects the need to encourage forward-looking practice in classrooms and nurseries. This book enables you to help young children develop their knowledge understanding and skill in the use of ICT with chapters from contributors with a wide range of practical experience. Full of ideas and new thinking this practical guide shows you how to: promote independence in children's use of ICT through resources like digital cameras and role-play toys. explore the nature of creativity through ICT using it to support the more traditional areas of art music dance and writing use ICT to enhance the physical and sensory aspects of outdoor learning experiences. harness the potential of ICT in reaching children with a variety of different learning needs particularly those with profound and multiple learning difficulties or autistic spectrum disorders. value children's home experiences of ICT and build on what they already know and how to work with parents in developing their child's ICT capability. ICT can underpin all areas of learning for young children; this highly practical inspirational and informative text is therefore relevant to all practitioners and students training in Early Years education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138133938

The Really Useful Book of Science Experiments100 easy ideas for primary school teachers The Really Useful Book of Science Experiments contains 100 simple-to-do science experiments that can be confidently carried out by any teacher in a primary school classroom with minimal (or no!) specialist equipment needed. The experiments in this book are broken down into easily manageable sections including: It’s alive: experiments that explore our living world including the human body plants ecology and disease A material world: experiments that explore the materials that make up our world and their properties including metals acids and alkalis water and elements Let’s get physical: experiments that explore physics concepts and their applications in our world including electricity space engineering and construction Something a bit different: experiments that explore interesting and unusual science areas including forensic science marine biology and volcanology. Each experiment is accompanied by a ‘subject knowledge guide’ filling you in on the key science concepts behind the experiment. There are also suggestions for how to adapt each experiment to increase or decrease the challenge.   The text does not assume a scientific background making it incredibly accessible and links to the new National Curriculum programme of study allow easy connections to be made to relevant learning goals. This book is an essential text for any primary school teacher training teacher or classroom assistant looking to bring the exciting world of science alive in the classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138784147

The Really Useful Book of Secondary Science Experiments101 Essential Activities to Support Teaching and Learning How can a potato be a battery? How quickly will a shark find you? What food should you take with you when climbing a mountain? The Really Useful Book of Secondary Science Experiments presents 101 exciting ‘real-world’ science experiments that can be confidently carried out by any KS3 science teacher in a secondary school classroom. It offers a mix of classic experiments together with fresh ideas for investigations designed to engage students help them see the relevance of science in their own lives and develop a passion for carrying out practical investigations. Covering biology chemistry and physics topics each investigation is structured as a problem-solving activity asking engaging questions such as ‘How can fingerprints help solve a crime?’ or ‘Can we build our own volcano?’ Background science knowledge is given for each experiment together with learning objectives a list of materials needed safety and technical considerations detailed method ideas for data collection advice on how to adapt the investigations for different groups of students useful questions to ask the students and suggestions for homework. Additionally there are ten ideas for science based projects that can be carried out over a longer period of time utilising skills and knowledge that students will develop as they carrying out the different science investigations in the book. The Really Useful Book of Secondary Science Experiments will be an essential source of support and inspiration for all those teaching in the secondary school classroom running science clubs and for parents looking to challenge and excite their children at home. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138192102

The Really Useful Creativity Book What is creativity and how do we teach it? The Really Useful Creativity Book provides approaches and ideas that will enable children to develop their creativity. Written for the primary school teacher student or trainee teacher the book shows you how creativity can flourish in your classroom. With examples of practice included throughout the issues covered include: everyday creativity – ideas to get started on straight away planning – with ideas for cross-curricular planning and many other ways to plan for creativity creativity and the environment – starting with the classroom and school then going further afield creative Partnerships – working with other people to stimulate children’s creativity the drama of creativity – showing how teachers can adopt the mantle of the expert thinking about creativity – thinking skills for your children and ways of thinking for you. This lively stimulating book will help busy teachers working with the National Curriculum to develop children’s creativity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138165007

The Really Useful Drama BookUsing Picturebooks to Inspire Imaginative Learning The Really Useful Drama Book offers busy primary school teachers a collection of step-by-step drama sessions inspired by high-quality picturebooks that will engage children and promote enjoyable learning across the curriculum. Lively and thoughtful the interactive drama sessions are structured around a wide range of texts including wordless picturebooks postmodern picturebooks short stories well-known texts by recognisable authors and some you may not have come across before all chosen for their power to foster curiosity. The step-by-step sessions can also be adapted to incorporate your own ideas and passions allowing you to structure them for the topics you’re exploring with your class. Each session is structured around two texts and offers a guide to the drama strategies used teaching objectives ideas for writing opportunities problems emotions and challenges to explore and a clear guide to exploring each text. Ten key themes are explored: Suspense Prejudice Friendship Rhyme and rhythm War and conflict Nature Overcoming fear Possessions and obsessions Dreams Short stories With a focus on the crucial role of imagination in the classroom The Really Useful Drama Book helps reclaim a purposeful passionate pedagogy and shows teachers how drama can place children right at the heart of a story encouraging their desire to ask questions solve problems and search out new information. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138186019

The Really Useful ICT BookA practical guide to using technology across the primary curriculum The Really Useful ICT Book is a practical and easy-to-use guide to give you all the confidence you need to use ICT really effectively inside and outside the primary classroom. It makes clear how ICT can be taught as a standalone subject and how it can be used easily and imaginatively to enhance teaching other subjects. Jam-packed with ideas and templates to save you time this friendly handbook offers an introduction to: using ICT inside the classroom – including interactive whiteboards computer suites VLEs and e-safety using ICT outside the classroom – including word processors laptops data loggers and digital cameras when and how to use a wide range of software and hardware – from spreadsheet packages through to digital photography e-portfolios and software simulation using ICT in all subject areas practical suggestions for using ICT in cross-curricular topics using ICT to develop teacher and pupil creativity using ICT for assessment and in your professional role. With an emphasis on developing children’s creativity and on progression from Key Stage 1 to Key Stage 2 The Really Useful ICT Book is a comprehensive compendium of advice and inspiration for all training newly qualified and experienced teachers as well as those in support roles in primary schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415592772

The Really Useful Literacy BookLinking theory and practice in the primary classroom Now in its third edition The Really Useful Literacy Book is the definitive guide to the high quality teaching of literacy in your primary classroom. Written specifically for primary school teachers and student trainee teachers this book offers inventive ideas for the classroom together with an accessible and informative summary of the theories that underpin them. It explores creative approaches to literacy teaching as well as offering a range of units on all areas – speaking listening reading and writing. While this book provides creative ideas that can be taken by teachers and developed for their own classrooms it clearly explains the theoretical rationale for these ideas. It can also be used by school literacy leaders to develop whole school approaches and high quality teaching throughout the school. This accessible and engaging text will be an essential companion for all primary teachers at any stage in their career looking to motivate engage and challenge their children in their literacy lessons. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415694377

The Really Useful Maths BookA guide to interactive teaching The Really Useful Maths Book is for all those who want children to enjoy the challenge of learning mathematics. With suggestions about the best ways to use resources and equipment to support learning it describes in detail how to make learning the easy option for children.An easy-to-follow comprehensive guide packed with ideas and activities it is the perfect tool to help teachers who wish to develop their teaching strategies. The second edition has been fully updated in light of the latest research as well as in response to the new mathematics curriculum. It includes many more practical activities for each mathematical topic and explores exciting new areas. Key topics covered include: Numbers and the number system Operations and calculations Shape and space Measures statistics and data handling Cross-curricular approaches Resources and planning for teaching and learning Contexts for making sense of mathematics Bridges strategies and personal qualities Dialogue and interactive teaching International perspectives on teaching and learning Psychology and neuroscience to maximize learning. The Really Useful Maths Book makes mathematics meaningful challenging and interesting. It will be invaluable to practicing primary teachers subject specialists maths co-ordinators student teachers mentors tutors home educators and others interested in mathematics education programmes. Tony Brown was formerly the Director of ESCalate the UK Centre for Education in HE at the Graduate School of Education University of Bristol UK. Henry Liebling formerly led Primary Mathematics Education at University College Plymouth Marjon UK. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415829496

The Really Useful Physical Education BookLearning and teaching across the 11-16 age range The Really Useful Physical Education Book offers support guidance and practical ideas for effective innovative and imaginative physical education lessons. Underpinned by easy-to-understand theory this second edition is fully updated in line with the National Curriculum for Physical Education at Key Stages 3 and 4 and provides a wide range of high-quality lessons alongside engaging teaching examples and methodologies. With an emphasis on inclusive physical education it highlights the ways in which schools can re-design the curriculum to ensure maximum enjoyment for all pupils. Key topics covered include: â€¢ Planning progression and assessment• Health and safety issues• Inclusive track and field athletics• Adapting activities to support SEND • Swimming and water-based activities• Alternative activities including street-surfing and combat sports • Introducing dance into the curriculum • Enjoyable gymnastics for physical literacy• On-site adventurous activities• Values-based teaching• Teaching accredited awards• Using new and emerging technologies The Really Useful Physical Education Book offers essential advice and inspiration for both trainee and practising teachers responsible for the 11–16 age range. It is a must-read for all those who want to make their lesson inclusive and fun whilst promoting a healthy lifestyle and enthusiasm for lifelong activity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138187153

The Really Useful Primary Design and Technology BookSubject knowledge and lesson ideas The Really Useful Primary Design and Technology Book brings together essential subject knowledge and pedagogy to support and inspire those planning to teach D&T in the primary school. Offering comprehensive coverage of the 2014 National Curriculum as well as exciting ideas to extend beyond it the book is packed full of everything the busy teacher needs to be able to develop children’s key skills and techniques and a range of big and small projects to put them into practice. With crucial subject knowledge explained in detail useful ‘How To’ guides at the end of each chapter reinforce the skills and technology covered with instructions for making a variety of models. Sets of lesson plans include information on the resources needed to support both more and less able children and assessment guidance ‘Top Tips’ and ‘Things to Consider’ provide extra help and inspiration. Key topics covered include: cooking and nutrition textiles and the design cycle IT control and monitoring mechanisms structures electronic systems the roles and responsibilities of the DT leader assessment of D&T. The Really Useful Primary Design and Technology Book provides all the information a new teacher needs to be able to teach D&T confidently and with valuable cross-curricular links and photocopiable templates even experienced teachers and subject leaders will find fresh inspiration for their lessons. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138927834

The Really Useful Primary Languages BookPractical strategies and ideas for enjoyable lessons The Really Useful Primary Languages Book is an easily accessible guide full of handy resources and activities which are perfect to dip into for enjoyable engaging and ultimately effective language lessons. Providing principles approaches and ideas to help bring the teaching of languages to life in your classroom this highly practical book will be essential reading for the development of children’s language skills across Key Stage 2. With examples of practice included throughout the book covers key topics such as: principles of good planning mixed age classes developing skills such as literacy and oracy phonics grammar storytelling poems and songs using language games and activities activities for developing reading skills supporting children’s writing integrating learning a language with daily routines cross-curricular language learning peer and self-assessment involving parents in language work at school. The experienced author team draws upon their own personal teaching experience coupled with knowledge of primary best practice and government guidance to ensure that The Really Useful Primary Languages Book is a stimulating resource to help busy teachers trainee teachers and teaching assistants to develop their own effective teaching style.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138900813

The Really Useful Science BookA Framework of Knowledge for Primary Teachers Offering support to both trainee and practising teachers the fourth edition of The Really Useful Science Book is the perfect tool for those who wish to extend their subject knowledge enhance their teaching and create lessons which link directly to the National Curriculum. The easy-to-follow framework provides comprehensive science knowledge for Key Stages 1 and 2 and is fully updated with new material to inspire stimulating and engaging science lessons. The book is divided into three sections: Biology Chemistry and Physics. Each section integrates key scientific ideas and facts with innovative teaching methods and activity suggestions and user-friendly language and illustrations help to explain key scientific concepts. With links to global learning discussion of common misconceptions and ideas for cross-curricular opportunities each chapter connects knowledge to practice and informs creative and inspiring teaching. The Really Useful Science Book is an invaluable reference resource for all classroom teachers who wish to develop the confidence to teach enquiry-based practical science with relevance to pupils and their global community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138192089

The Realm of a Rain QueenA Study of the Pattern of Lovedu Society Originally published in 1943 this book discusses the life and culture of the Lovedu a Bantu tribe in South Africa. As well as discussing the Rain-Queen much of the book is devoted to the royal institutions; the network of links woven by kinship marriage and marriage cattle the legal procedure of compromise and appeasement and various aspects of magic witchcraft and religion. Considered as a whole the culture emerges as a structure supporting and in turns supported by the Rain-Queen. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138589780

The Realpolitik of EvaluationWhy Demand and Supply Rarely Intersect The Realpolitik of Evaluation shines a light on the divergent demands for evaluation. But what explains the "gap" between what those on the "demand" side expect in terms of evaluation results and the "supply" of information provided by evaluators? Can anything be done to narrow this gap? What works and what does not work? Examining these questions from both the demand and the supply side experts describe ten different global examples of the gap between demand and supply of evaluation information in different contexts. In an attempt to bridge that gap they effectively reveal the biases behind supposedly sources of evaluation information and highlight the pros and cons of attempts to bridge the gap through the use of third parties enhanced stakeholder involvement and the incorporation of social science models to strengthen Theories of Change (ToC). The Realpolitik of Evaluation is an important book that poses questions at multiple levels of thinking. It will be of great interest to policymakers program implementers and project managers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367434328

The Reason of StatesA Study in International Political Theory Originally published in 1978 this book examines how the states-system grew over generations first within Europe then world wide and how the idea of the state came to monopolise our vision of the world. It discusses the grounds for the division of humanity into separate states in reason and history and whether or not we can use terms like ‘obligation’ and ‘justice’ in seeking to understand our relations with people of other states. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138942288

The Reasoning CriminalRational Choice Perspectives on Offending The assumption that rewards and punishments influence our choices between different courses of action underlies economic sociological psychological and legal thinking about human action. Hence the notion of a reasoning criminal—one who employs the same sorts of cognitive strategies when contemplating offending as they and the rest of us use when making other decisions—might seem a small contribution to crime control. This conclusion would be mistaken.This volume develops an alternative approach termed the "rational choice perspective " to explain criminal behaviour. Instead of emphasizing the differences between criminals and non-criminals it stresses some of the similarities. In particular while the contributors do not deny the existence of irrational and pathological components in crimes they suggest that the rational aspects of offending should be explored.An international group of researchers in criminology psychology and economics provide a comprehensive review of original research on the criminal offender as a reasoning decision maker. While recognizing the crucial influence of situational factors the rational choice perspective provides a framework within which to incorporate and locate existing theories about crime. In doing so it also provides both a new agenda for research and sheds a fresh light on deterrent and prevention policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412852753

The Reasoning CriminologistEssays in Honour of Ronald V. Clarke This book is a tribute to the work of criminologist Professor Ronald V. Clarke in view of his enormous and enduring contribution to criminology and crime science. Clarke is best known for his development of the theory and application of situational crime prevention although he also played a major part in the establishment of the British Crime Survey in discussions of evaluation methodology and in improving the knowledge base and tools for problem-oriented policing. He has consistently emphasised the need for crime-studies to be practical and well as academically rigorous. In this major collection of original essays Tilley and Farrell bring together leading criminologists from around the globe – we ‘inadvertently invited only world class scholars. Oops.’ the editors profess – all of whom are colleagues or ex-students of Clarke. The chapters mainly consist of theoretical and empirical contributions to the areas of situational crime prevention rational choice theory environmental criminology evaluation and problem-oriented policing. The largely biographical introduction ‘Ronald V. Clarke – The Quiet Revolutionary’ is based on interviews with Clarke. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415688529

The Rebel PassionA Short History of Some Pioneer Peace-Makers Originally published in 1964 The Rebel Passion endeavours to tell the continuous story in terms of their ideas and personalities and the vital flame that inspired them of a group of very different yet spiritually related Christians who sought to confront a world involved in deeper conflict than any could fully realize with the basic essentials of peace. Individual and corporate witness beginning even before 1914 is presented against the dark background of many countries involved directly or indirectly in war and illustrates the international scene dangerous and tragic yet revolutionary and apocalyptic over the tremendous half-century through which the older generation had lived and which shaped the lives of their juniors. In 1941 the last revised edition was issued of a factual historic record of the work of the I.F.o.R. up to twenty years ago. The present book aims at a different treatment which instead of mainly summarizing missions conferences and committees seeks to interpret persons and events rather than merely describe them. It tries above all to indicate how the philosophy and example of prophetic personalities influenced their various communities in spite of totally different official values and the consistent opposition of ‘establishments’ to minority opinions based on insight and inspiration. It suggests that the thinking of ordinary individuals with distinguished minds without the advantage of conspicuous social labels or the opportunity to stand on political pedestals actually operates as a leaven which changes the thought of a generation. The fact that such a result had been achieved within measurable time should have encouraged those who worked on the contemporary scene to create spiritual foundations for the labours of future man and women. This book was published to commemorate the fiftieth anniversary of the Fellowship of Reconciliation founded at Cambridge in December 1914 and followed by the International Fellowship in 1919. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367261757

The Rebellion of Absalom With extraordinary range and literary energy the story of Absalom’s rebellion in 2 Samuel ranks as the most elaborate and extensively narrated internal political event in the Hebrew Bible complete with a host of scandalous and sordid events: illicit sex murder cover-up petty crime to name a few. For many students approaching the historical books of the Bible however texts often fail to address the vitality of this most turbulent period of King David’s career. Bodner addresses this shortcoming with his The Rebellion of Absalom a lively analysis of the early monarchy of Israel written by a recognized commentator of the Bible’s historical books. Concise and insightful each chapter incrementally focuses on the stages of David’s rise to power and Absalom’s early life and rebellion. Crucial issues in the development of Israel’s monarchy are embedded in this story including: royal legitimation divine election succession usurpation divine and human punishment. The Rebellion of Absalom is a student-friendly culturally savvy approach to one of the most important episodes in deciding how the kings of Israel would be determined throughout the monarchic period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415719483

The Rebordering of North AmericaIntegration and Exclusion in a New Security Context First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315024349

The Rebound Effect in Home HeatingA guide for policymakers and practitioners This is a definitive guide to the rebound effect in home heating – the increase in energy service use after a technological intervention aimed at reducing consumption. It sets out what the effect is how it plays out in the home heating sector what this implies for energy saving initiatives in this sector and how it relates to rebound effects in other sectors. The book outlines how the concept of the rebound effect has been developed and the scope of research on it both generally and particularly in the home heating sector. Within the context of energy and CO2 emissions policy it summarises the empirical evidence exploring its causes and the attempts that are being made to mitigate it. Various definitions of the rebound effect are considered in particular the idea of the effect as an energy-efficiency ‘elasticity’. The book shows how this definition can be rigorously applied to thermal retrofits and to national consumption data to give logically consistent rebound effect results that can be coherently compared with those of other sectors and allow policy makers to have more confidence in the predictions about potential energy savings.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138788350

The Receiving End Originally published in 1973 The Receiving End looks at the British welfare services for deprived children. The book is comprised of essays from individuals that have been on the receiving end of the social help agencies such as adoption societies fostering agencies and children’s homes. Each contributor provides a unique viewpoint of their own experiences the experiences include chapters from those with experience of adopting a child those that have been in the care of the local authority and a first-hand account of a teenager in a psychiatric clinic. The book provides a valuable insight social work from the viewpoint of those receiving it. The book is still very much relevant today and will be of interest to those working in the field of social work or those studying social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138365360

The Recent Archaeology of the Early Modern Period in Quebec City: 2009 "This volume is the result of collaboration between SPMA and the Association des archeologues du Quebec (AAQ); its guest editor is William Moss Chief Archaeologist for the City of Quebec. The publication has arisen from the celebration of the 400th anniversary of the city's founding by Samuel de Champlain in 1608 an occasion which gave momentum to a number of important archaeological projects in the city and surrounding region and provided an excellent opportunity to present their results. It contains sixteen papers all translated from French the language of Quebec City. They include accounts of exciting discoveries relating to the port the great chateau on the crag above it the defences and the newly discovered remains of the short-lived colony of the 1540s. The papers underline Quebec's status as one of the leading centres of urban research in North America. The volume provides the only modern overview of archaeological work in the city in the English language." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351193351

The Reception and Rendition of Freud in ChinaChina’s Freudian Slip Although Freud makes only occasional brief references to China and Chinese culture in his works for almost a hundred years many leading Chinese intellectuals have studied and appropriated various Freudian theories. However whilst some features of Freud’s views have been warmly embraced from the start and appreciated for their various explanatory and therapeutic values other aspects have been vigorously criticized as implausible or inapplicable to the Chinese context. This book explores the history reception and use of Freud and his theories in China and makes an original and substantial contribution to our understanding of the Chinese people and their culture as well as to our appreciation of western attempts to understand the people and culture of China. The essays are organised around three key areas of research. First it examines the historical background concerning the China-Freud connection in the 20th century before going on to use reconstructed Freudian theories in order to provide a modernist critique of Chinese culture. Finally the book deploys traditional Chinese thought in order to challenge various aspects of the Freudian project. Both Freudianism’s universal appeal and its cultural particularity are in full display throughout the book. At the same time the allure of Chinese cultural and literary expressions both in terms of their commonality with other cultures and their distinctive characteristics are also scrutinized. This collection of essays will be welcomed by those interested in early modern and contemporary China as well as the work and influence of Freud. It will also be of great interest to students and scholars of psychology psychoanalysis literature philosophy religion and cultural studies more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108899

The Reception of Byzantium in European Culture since 1500 Studies on the reception of the classical tradition are an indispensable part of classical studies. Understanding the importance of ancient civilization means also studying how it was used subsequently. This kind of approach is still relatively rare in the field of Byzantine Studies. This volume which is the result of the range of interests in (mostly) non-English-speaking research communities takes an important step to filling this gap by investigating the place and dimensions of ’Byzantium after Byzantium’. This collection of essays uses the idea of ’reception-theory’ and expands it to show how European societies after Byzantium have responded to both the reality and the idea of Byzantine Civilisation. The authors discuss various forms of Byzantine influence in the post-Byzantine world from architecture to literature to music to the place of Byzantium in modern political debates (e.g. in Russia). The intentional focus of the present volume is on those aspects of Byzantine reception less well-known to English-reading audiences which accounts for the inclusion of Bulgarian Czech Polish and Russian perspectives. As a result this book shows that although so-called 'Byzantinism' is a pan-European phenomenon it is made manifest in local/national versions. The volume brings together specialists from various countries mainly Byzantinists whose works focus not only on Byzantine Studies (that is history literature and culture of the Byzantine Empire) but also on the influence of Byzantine culture on the world after the Fall of Constantinople. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879815

The Reception of Classical German Literature in England 1760-1860 Volume 10A Documentary History from Contemporary Periodicals The extensive scope of this collection means that this documentary record of the reception of German literature in England is a valuable scholarly resource. One of the most important features of British literary and intellectual history over the past 250 years is the influence of German literature. From the second half of the 18th Century through the first decades of the 19th German books and ideas attracted then gained the attention of a nation. Despite the acknowledged importance of the influence on writers such as Coleridge and Carlyle the subject though often alluded to was rarely studied. This collection provides a guidebook through the masses of periodical and allows the English side of the Anglo-German literary relationship to be explored in detail. In order to make the collection useful to scholars with a wide range of interest it has been divided into three parts: Part 1 is a chronological presentation of commentary on German literature in general. It also contains collective reviews of multiple German authors notices of important anthologies and reactions to influential works about Germany and its culture. Part 2 collects reviews of 18th Century individual German authors and Part 3 is devoted to the English reception of Goethe and Schiller. Parts 2 & 3 contain cross-references to the collective reviews of Part 1. Containing over 200 British serials and articles and reviews from all the major English literary periodicals the collection also includes a broad sampling of opinion from the more general magazines including some popular religious publications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367820152

The Reception of Classical German Literature in England 1760-1860 Volume 2A Documentary History from Contemporary Periodicals The extensive scope of this collection means that this documentary record of the reception of German literature in England is a valuable scholarly resource. One of the most important features of British literary and intellectual history over the past 250 years is the influence of German literature. From the second half of the 18th Century through the first decades of the 19th German books and ideas attracted then gained the attention of a nation. Despite the acknowledged importance of the influence on writers such as Coleridge and Carlyle the subject though often alluded to was rarely studied. This collection provides a guidebook through the masses of periodical and allows the English side of the Anglo-German literary relationship to be explored in detail. In order to make the collection useful to scholars with a wide range of interest it has been divided into three parts: Part 1 is a chronological presentation of commentary on German literature in general. It also contains collective reviews of multiple German authors notices of important anthologies and reactions to influential works about Germany and its culture. Part 2 collects reviews of 18th Century individual German authors and Part 3 is devoted to the English reception of Goethe and Schiller. Parts 2 & 3 contain cross-references to the collective reviews of Part 1. Containing over 200 British serials and articles and reviews from all the major English literary periodicals the collection also includes a broad sampling of opinion from the more general magazines including some popular religious publications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367814205

The Reception of Classical German Literature in England 1760-1860 Volume 3A Documentary History from Contemporary Periodicals The extensive scope of this collection means that this documentary record of the reception of German literature in England is a valuable scholarly resource. One of the most important features of British literary and intellectual history over the past 250 years is the influence of German literature. From the second half of the 18th Century through the first decades of the 19th German books and ideas attracted then gained the attention of a nation. Despite the acknowledged importance of the influence on writers such as Coleridge and Carlyle the subject though often alluded to was rarely studied. This collection provides a guidebook through the masses of periodical and allows the English side of the Anglo-German literary relationship to be explored in detail. In order to make the collection useful to scholars with a wide range of interest it has been divided into three parts: Part 1 is a chronological presentation of commentary on German literature in general. It also contains collective reviews of multiple German authors notices of important anthologies and reactions to influential works about Germany and its culture. Part 2 collects reviews of 18th Century individual German authors and Part 3 is devoted to the English reception of Goethe and Schiller. Parts 2 & 3 contain cross-references to the collective reviews of Part 1. Containing over 200 British serials and articles and reviews from all the major English literary periodicals the collection also includes a broad sampling of opinion from the more general magazines including some popular religious publications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367817565

The Reception of Classical German Literature in England 1760-1860 Volume 4A Documentary History from Contemporary Periodicals The extensive scope of this collection means that this documentary record of the reception of German literature in England is a valuable scholarly resource. One of the most important features of British literary and intellectual history over the past 250 years is the influence of German literature. From the second half of the 18th Century through the first decades of the 19th German books and ideas attracted then gained the attention of a nation. Despite the acknowledged importance of the influence on writers such as Coleridge and Carlyle the subject though often alluded to was rarely studied. This collection provides a guidebook through the masses of periodical and allows the English side of the Anglo-German literary relationship to be explored in detail. In order to make the collection useful to scholars with a wide range of interest it has been divided into three parts: Part 1 is a chronological presentation of commentary on German literature in general. It also contains collective reviews of multiple German authors notices of important anthologies and reactions to influential works about Germany and its culture. Part 2 collects reviews of 18th Century individual German authors and Part 3 is devoted to the English reception of Goethe and Schiller. Parts 2 & 3 contain cross-references to the collective reviews of Part 1. Containing over 200 British serials and articles and reviews from all the major English literary periodicals the collection also includes a broad sampling of opinion from the more general magazines including some popular religious publications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367818821

The Reception of Classical German Literature in England 1760-1860 Volume 5A Documentary History from Contemporary Periodicals The extensive scope of this collection means that this documentary record of the reception of German literature in England is a valuable scholarly resource. One of the most important features of British literary and intellectual history over the past 250 years is the influence of German literature. From the second half of the 18th Century through the first decades of the 19th German books and ideas attracted then gained the attention of a nation. Despite the acknowledged importance of the influence on writers such as Coleridge and Carlyle the subject though often alluded to was rarely studied. This collection provides a guidebook through the masses of periodical and allows the English side of the Anglo-German literary relationship to be explored in detail. In order to make the collection useful to scholars with a wide range of interest it has been divided into three parts: Part 1 is a chronological presentation of commentary on German literature in general. It also contains collective reviews of multiple German authors notices of important anthologies and reactions to influential works about Germany and its culture. Part 2 collects reviews of 18th Century individual German authors and Part 3 is devoted to the English reception of Goethe and Schiller. Parts 2 & 3 contain cross-references to the collective reviews of Part 1. Containing over 200 British serials and articles and reviews from all the major English literary periodicals the collection also includes a broad sampling of opinion from the more general magazines including some popular religious publications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367819255

The Reception of Classical German Literature in England 1760-1860 Volume 6A Documentary History from Contemporary Periodicals The extensive scope of this collection means that this documentary record of the reception of German literature in England is a valuable scholarly resource. One of the most important features of British literary and intellectual history over the past 250 years is the influence of German literature. From the second half of the 18th Century through the first decades of the 19th German books and ideas attracted then gained the attention of a nation. Despite the acknowledged importance of the influence on writers such as Coleridge and Carlyle the subject though often alluded to was rarely studied. This collection provides a guidebook through the masses of periodical and allows the English side of the Anglo-German literary relationship to be explored in detail. In order to make the collection useful to scholars with a wide range of interest it has been divided into three parts: Part 1 is a chronological presentation of commentary on German literature in general. It also contains collective reviews of multiple German authors notices of important anthologies and reactions to influential works about Germany and its culture. Part 2 collects reviews of 18th Century individual German authors and Part 3 is devoted to the English reception of Goethe and Schiller. Parts 2 & 3 contain cross-references to the collective reviews of Part 1. Containing over 200 British serials and articles and reviews from all the major English literary periodicals the collection also includes a broad sampling of opinion from the more general magazines including some popular religious publications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367819514

The Reception of Classical German Literature in England 1760-1860 Volume 7A Documentary History from Contemporary Periodicals The extensive scope of this collection means that this documentary record of the reception of German literature in England is a valuable scholarly resource. One of the most important features of British literary and intellectual history over the past 250 years is the influence of German literature. From the second half of the 18th Century through the first decades of the 19th German books and ideas attracted then gained the attention of a nation. Despite the acknowledged importance of the influence on writers such as Coleridge and Carlyle the subject though often alluded to was rarely studied. This collection provides a guidebook through the masses of periodical and allows the English side of the Anglo-German literary relationship to be explored in detail. In order to make the collection useful to scholars with a wide range of interest it has been divided into three parts: Part 1 is a chronological presentation of commentary on German literature in general. It also contains collective reviews of multiple German authors notices of important anthologies and reactions to influential works about Germany and its culture. Part 2 collects reviews of 18th Century individual German authors and Part 3 is devoted to the English reception of Goethe and Schiller. Parts 2 & 3 contain cross-references to the collective reviews of Part 1. Containing over 200 British serials and articles and reviews from all the major English literary periodicals the collection also includes a broad sampling of opinion from the more general magazines including some popular religious publications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367819637

The Reception of Classical German Literature in England 1760-1860 Volume 8A Documentary History from Contemporary Periodicals The extensive scope of this collection means that this documentary record of the reception of German literature in England is a valuable scholarly resource. One of the most important features of British literary and intellectual history over the past 250 years is the influence of German literature. From the second half of the 18th Century through the first decades of the 19th German books and ideas attracted then gained the attention of a nation. Despite the acknowledged importance of the influence on writers such as Coleridge and Carlyle the subject though often alluded to was rarely studied. This collection provides a guidebook through the masses of periodical and allows the English side of the Anglo-German literary relationship to be explored in detail. In order to make the collection useful to scholars with a wide range of interest it has been divided into three parts: Part 1 is a chronological presentation of commentary on German literature in general. It also contains collective reviews of multiple German authors notices of important anthologies and reactions to influential works about Germany and its culture. Part 2 collects reviews of 18th Century individual German authors and Part 3 is devoted to the English reception of Goethe and Schiller. Parts 2 & 3 contain cross-references to the collective reviews of Part 1. Containing over 200 British serials and articles and reviews from all the major English literary periodicals the collection also includes a broad sampling of opinion from the more general magazines including some popular religious publications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367820015

The Reception of Classical German Literature in England 1760-1860 Volume 9A Documentary History from Contemporary Periodicals The extensive scope of this collection means that this documentary record of the reception of German literature in England is a valuable scholarly resource. One of the most important features of British literary and intellectual history over the past 250 years is the influence of German literature. From the second half of the 18th Century through the first decades of the 19th German books and ideas attracted then gained the attention of a nation. Despite the acknowledged importance of the influence on writers such as Coleridge and Carlyle the subject though often alluded to was rarely studied. This collection provides a guidebook through the masses of periodical and allows the English side of the Anglo-German literary relationship to be explored in detail. In order to make the collection useful to scholars with a wide range of interest it has been divided into three parts: Part 1 is a chronological presentation of commentary on German literature in general. It also contains collective reviews of multiple German authors notices of important anthologies and reactions to influential works about Germany and its culture. Part 2 collects reviews of 18th Century individual German authors and Part 3 is devoted to the English reception of Goethe and Schiller. Parts 2 & 3 contain cross-references to the collective reviews of Part 1. Containing over 200 British serials and articles and reviews from all the major English literary periodicals the collection also includes a broad sampling of opinion from the more general magazines including some popular religious publications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367820060

The Reception of Classical German Literature in England 1760-1860 Volume1A Documentary History from Contemporary Periodicals The extensive scope of this collection means that this documentary record of the reception of German literature in England is a valuable scholarly resource. One of the most important features of British literary and intellectual history over the past 250 years is the influence of German literature. From the second half of the 18th Century through the first decades of the 19th German books and ideas attracted then gained the attention of a nation. Despite the acknowledged importance of the influence on writers such as Coleridge and Carlyle the subject though often alluded to was rarely studied. This collection provides a guidebook through the masses of periodical and allows the English side of the Anglo-German literary relationship to be explored in detail. In order to make the collection useful to scholars with a wide range of interest it has been divided into three parts: Part 1 is a chronological presentation of commentary on German literature in general. It also contains collective reviews of multiple German authors notices of important anthologies and reactions to influential works about Germany and its culture. Part 2 collects reviews of 18th Century individual German authors and Part 3 is devoted to the English reception of Goethe and Schiller. Parts 2 & 3 contain cross-references to the collective reviews of Part 1. Containing over 200 British serials and articles and reviews from all the major English literary periodicals the collection also includes a broad sampling of opinion from the more general magazines including some popular religious publications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367810450

The Reception of David Ricardo in Continental Europe and Japan This book is a coherent and unique collection of chapters exploring the reception and diffusion of David Ricardo’s writings in different languages. The book highlights the similarities and differences between them. This book seeks to delineate the diffusion of Ricardo's theory in various parts of Europe and Japan. While there may have been case studies about the reception of Ricardo’s thoughts for several countries there has not yet been a systematic study of the diffusion process under consideration as a whole. This book caters to all scholars dedicated to the history of economic thought and to students who are interested to learn about the peculiarities of the evolution of economic theories in different countries. This book is the first of its kind with no known predecessor and it aims to shed light on how and why some of Ricardo’s writings were picked up and why others were not. Given Ricardo’s importance in the field of economics the book will be of interest to many.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138685574

The Reception of the Printed Image in the Fifteenth and Sixteenth CenturiesMultiplied and Modified This book examines the early development of the graphic arts from the perspectives of material things human actors and immaterial representations while broadening the geographic field of inquiry to Central Europe and the British Isles and considering the reception of the prints on other continents. The role of human actors proves particularly prominent i.e. the circumstances that informed creators’ producers’ owners’ and beholders’ motivations and responses. Certainly such a complex relationship between things people and images is not an exclusive feature of the pre-modern period’s print cultures. However the rise of printmaking challenged some established rules in the arts and visual realms and thus provides a fruitful point of departure for further study of the development of the various functions and responses to printed images in the sixteenth century. The book will be of interest to scholars working in art history print history book history and European studies. Chapter # of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license at https://tandfbis.s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9780367465117_oaintroduction.pdf Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367465117

The Reception Of Unconventional Science The issue of perhaps greatest concern to historians of science today is the internalist-externalist dichotomy. This volume directly addresses that issue at the same time providing a context for the serious study of heterodox science and scientific theories. The book consists of four studies each of which considers the response of a scientific community to an unconventional theory or claim: the acausal physics of Heisenberg; Wegener's geological theory of continental drift; acupuncture; and the statistical argument for extrasensory perception. As they reveal a wide range of reactions to orthodoxy the studies themselves exemplify the range of approaches the historian may use in examining scientific unconventionality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295455

The Reception Year in Action revised and updated editionA month-by-month guide to success in the classroom ‘The Reception Year in Action will take the understanding of outdoor play teaching and learning to a new level. Everyone who is involved with early years education and care should read this book!’ Helen Bilton University of Reading UK ‘This is a fantastic book... it shows exactly how an excellent reception class is organised and run. There is a clear theoretical underpinning to the practice described and the photos really bring the text alive.’ Margaret Edgington independent early years consultant and trainer   Children thrive when a reception class is organised and managed by the adults but led by the children. They learn and develop if they are in a stimulating environment which is carefully organised and when observations are used to support their ‘next steps’. They take risks and surpass expectations when they have clear routines and boundaries combined with a supportive staff and an enabling environment. The Reception Year in Action offers a unique insight into the workings of a highly successful Reception class as it progresses through a complete academic year. The book covers all aspects of practice from the organisation of the classroom and garden and the rationale behind this to the routines and boundaries that ensure children are safe happy and therefore able to explore and learn. It tracks the events of each month in the year paying particular attention to the environment the role of the adult links with parents children’s individual needs and the key areas of learning and development. At each stage Anna Ephgrave gives the reason behind each decision and shows what the outcomes have been for the children. This revised edition has been updated to show how the methods described complement the revised Early Years Foundation Stage Framework and how the planning system has been received under the new Ofsted framework. Key Features include: photocopiable pages of planning sheets record keeping sheets sample letters to parents and role play resources also available for download; over 150 full-colour photographs to illustrate practice; lists of resources and materials; examples of recorded observations and planning for next steps; guidance on what to look for when assessing children’s progress. Written by an advanced skills teacher who is gaining national recognition for her practice this book provides teachers with the practical ideas and evidence of success to work with confidence in a way that is rewarding manageable and above all best for the children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415659734

The Recession and BeyondLocal and Regional Responses to the Downturn How has the recession impacted on firms people and places? How have local and regional authorities responded? This book aims to answer these questions by offering an overview of the impacts of the recession on people and places and how it has affected local authorities in the UK and other OECD countries. Being ‘close to the ground’ local authorities are usually at the forefront of dealing with the impacts of recession on people and places. During recessions they face important challenges: on the one hand they have to cope with increasing demand for services and on the other hand they may face a decrease in their income due to the slowdown in the economy. And with the shift from local government to local governance in the last 10 years they also have an increasing role in terms of coordinating various organisations in the delivery of local services. This book begins by looking at the potential impacts of downturns and economic shocks on firms workers communities and places both in the short and long term (Part I). Part II then looks at interventions and responses that local authorities can put in place on their own or in partnership with other local regional and/or national actors to try to deal with these differential impacts. Building on these insights part III offers international perspectives outlining the role of local authorities during the recession in France Canada and Australia. These examples and cases highlight some key variations in the availability of resources at the local level across countries and shed light on the way particular economic situations and governance contexts influence local authorities’ responses. This section also includes work by the OECD LEED Programme which surveys cities worldwide and which looks at the application of the ‘Barcelona Principles’. Overall the volume makes a fresh contribution to understanding local economic development and governance by providing a unique perspective and original data on the way local authorities have dealt with the recent economic shock across countries. Looking ahead the book also raises some important issues in relation to local and regional governance and policies to foster long term sustainable economic recovery. This edited volume will be accessible to and suitable for students and researchers studying economic change the recession planning public policy and industrial policy interventions and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415710152

The Recession Prevention HandbookEleven Case Studies 1948-2007 The United States has endured eleven recessions since the end of World War II including the recession of 2007-2009. This book focuses on the performance of the economy and the actions taken during the expansion period before the onset of each recession. It's goal is to help prevent or at least lessen the severity of possible future recessions. Well-known economics writer Arthur Frumkin analyzes each of the eleven contemporary recessions to determine: What weaknesses appeared in the economy during the twelve months preceding the onset of the recession? What were economic forecasters predicting? What economics policy actions were taken by the Federal Reserve the president and Congress? Incorporating extensive real-time data Frumkin points to persistent failures over the past sixty years by the Federal Reserve and the president to forecast or to acknowledge the possibility of future recessions. Based on these findings he concludes with a range of policy recommendations for avoiding or ameliorating future recessions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315699127

The Recipe ReaderNarratives - Contexts - Traditions Over the last decade there has been an intense and widespread interest in the writing and publishing of cookery books; yet there remains surprisingly little contextualized analysis of the recipe as a generic form. This essay collection asserts that the recipe in all its cultural and textual contexts - from the quintessential embodiment of lifestyle choices to the reflection of artistic aspiration - is a complex distinct and important form of cultural expression. In this volume contributors address questions raised by the recipe its context its cultural moment and mode of expression. Examples are drawn from such diverse areas as: nineteenth and twentieth-century private publications official government documents campaigning literature magazines and fictions as well as cookery writers themselves cookbooks and TV cookery. In subjecting the recipe to close critical analysis The Recipe Reader serves to move the study of this cultural form forward. It will interest scholars of literature popular culture social history and women's studies as well as food historians and professional food writers. Written in an accessible style this collection of essays expands the range of writers under consideration and brings new perspectives contexts and arguments into the existing field of debate about cookery writing. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315237480

The Reciprocity of Perceiver and EnvironmentThe Evolution of James J. Gibson's Ecological Psychology Originally published in 1987 this title intended to historically reveal through tracing Gibson’s development the substance of his views and how they bore upon general philosophical issues in theories of knowledge and to investigate in detail the historical context of Gibson’s theoretical position within psychology. Though the author has included a history of Gibson’s perceptual research and experimentation the focus is to explicate the ‘dynamic abstract form’ of Gibson’s ecological approach. His emphasis is philosophical and theoretical attempting to bring out the direction Gibson was moving in and how such changes could restructure the theoretical fabric of psychology. He devotes considerable attention to the Greeks Medievalists and the founders of the Scientific Revolution. This is because Gibson’s theoretical challenge runs deep into the structure of western thought. The authors’ central goal was to set Gibson’s ecological theory within the historical context of fundamental philosophical-scientific issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138200500

The Recognition of Prior Learning in Post-Apartheid South AfricaAn Alternative Pedagogy for Transformation of the Built Environment Professions This book addresses a critical gap in the effective implementation of Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) in post-apartheid South Africa. This book responds to a critical problem whereby a critical mass of historically disadvantaged persons continues to face exclusion by entrenched systems of professional education and training. Focusing on case studies from higher education and build environment studies it defines the rationale and fundamental principles of an innovative model for the evaluation of RPL which can be adapted and applied across disciplines and professions while promoting high quality standards. RPL is considered as a transformative strategy to oppose the injustices of pedagogic exclusion and upskill a historically disadvantaged population. The book makes a strong case for an alternate system based on the potentiality of transformed legislation and frameworks in post-apartheid South Africa. The book will be of interest to researchers in alternative pedagogies scholars engaged with epistemologies of the South and alternative knowledge systems legislative bodies policy makers and facilitators of professional education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367639433

The Reconceptualization of Curriculum StudiesA Festschrift in Honor of William F. Pinar In this volume scholars from around the world consider the influential work of William F. Pinar from a variety of "conversations" his ideas have generated. The major focus is on the What Why and How of the word "reconceptualization " which involves engaging critically and ethically as public intellectuals with gender class and race issues theorized in a variety of disciplines. The book introduces Pinar’s seminal argument for curriculum to return to its root in the word currere (the running of the course of study) and its key concepts: autobiography as alternative to the denial of subjectivity in traditional curriculum studies study and place. Issues addressed include the ethics of study both of self and of the discipline of curriculum studies the politics of presence the curricular importance of entering the public sphere the openness to complicating simple solutions and the ethical dealing with alterity (the state of being other or different; otherness). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138345294

The Reconquest of the New WorldMultinational Enterprises and Spain's Direct Investment in Latin America This title was first published in 2001. This informative volume gives penetrating insight into why multinational enterprises (MNEs) headquartered in Spain invested so heavily in Latin America in the 1990s. This is an invaluable resource for scholars of international political economics international relations economics business and development studies and those with an interest in Spain and Latin America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138725225

The Reconstruction Of Disturbed Arid LandsAn Ecological Approach This volume emphasizes application of the basic ecological relationships among plants animals microorganisms the physical environment and man to reconstruct wildland ecosystems. It contains the proceedings of a symposium sponsored by the American Association for the Advancement of Science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295462

The Reconstruction of Space and TimeMobile Communication Practices One of the most significant and obvious examples of how mobile communication influences our understanding of time and space is how we coordinate with one another. Mobile communication enables us to call specific individuals not general places. Regardless of location we are able to make contact with almost anyone almost anywhere. This advancement has changed and continues to change human interaction. Now instead of agreeing on a particular time well beforehand we can iteratively work out the most convenient time and place to meet at the last possible moment--on the way to the meeting or once we arrive at the destination.In their early days mobile devices were primarily used for various types of emergency situations and for work. In some cases the device was an essential element in various business operations or used so that overseas workers could communicate with their families. The distance between a remote posting and the people back home was suddenly and dramatically reduced. People began to share these devices not necessarily out of economic issues but also questions of family and interpersonal dynamics.The process of sharing decisions as to who is a legitimate partner makes the nature of relationships more explicit. By examining the economy of sharing we not only see how sharing mobile phones restructures social space but are also given insight into an individual's web of interactions. This cutting-edge book deals with modern ways of thinking about communication and human interaction; it will illuminate the ways in which mobile communication alters our experience with space and time. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315134499

The Reconstruction of the Juridico-PoliticalAffinity and Divergence in Hans Kelsen and Max Weber Hans Kelsen and Max Weber are conventionally understood as the original proponents of two distinct and opposed processes of concept formation generating two separate and contrasting theoretical frameworks for the study of law. The Reconstruction of the Juridico-Political: Affinity and Divergence in Hans Kelsen and Max Weber contests the conventional understanding of the theoretical relationship between Kelsen’s legal positivism and Weber’s sociology of law. Utilising the conceptual frame of the juridico-political the contributors to this interdisciplinary volume analyse central points of affinity and divergence in the work of these two influential figures. Thus the chapters collected in The Reconstruction of the Juridico-Political offer a comprehensive reconsideration of these affinities and divergences through a comparison of their respective reconstruction of the notions of democracy the State legal rights and the character of law. From this reconsideration a more complex understanding of their theoretical relationship emerges combined with a renewed emphasis upon the continued contemporary relevance of the work of Kelsen and Weber. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138091283

The Reconstruction of Western Europe 1945-51 This paperback edition has now been reissued alongside Alan Milward's new book The European Rescue of the Nation State. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142398

The Reconstruction of Western Europe 1945-1951 First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415612876

The Record of the National Government The introduction of the National Government in 1931 came about due to the Wall Street Crash leading to a British Government run by members of all parties more commonly known as a coalition government today. With public opinion split on how to deal with the financial crisis this was initially seen as a positive step by many but for many the national government was not the ideal solution. Ramsay Muir was one such ex-supporter and originally published in 1936 his study aims to provide a timeline of the events happening before during and after the original national government and how this impacted on British politics. This title will be of interest to students of Politics and Political History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138643529

The RecorderA Research and Information Guide A Choice "Best Academic" book in its first edition The Recorder remains an essential resource for anyone who wants to know about this instrument. This new edition is thoroughly redone takes account of the publishing activity of the years since its first publication and still follows the original organization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415998581

The Recovered VoiceTales of Practical Psychotherapy What happens in psychotherapy and when is it helpful? With twelve case reports covering the most frequent disorders requiring psychotherapy the prominent psychiatrist psychotherapist and psychoanalyst Rainer Matthias Holm-Hadulla shows how success can be achieved with the flexible integration of different psychotherapeutic methods. The focus is on individuals in their social context with their various biographies life situations and creative potentialities. The narratives revolve around an ‘ABCDE’ model and highlight the following aspects of modern psychotherapy: therapeutic alliance behaviour change cognitive reflection psychodynamic analysis and existential understanding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203988

The Recovery of Natural Environments in ArchitectureAir Comfort and Climate The Recovery of Natural Environments in Architecture challenges the modern practice of sealing up and mechanically cooling public scaled buildings in whichever climate and environment they are located. This book unravels the extremely complex history of understanding and perception of air bad air miasmas airborne pathogens beneficial thermal conditions ideal climates and climate determinism. It uncovers inventive and entirely viable attempts to design large buildings hospitals theatres and academic buildings through the 19th and early 20th centuries which use the configuration of the building itself and a shrewd understanding of the natural physics of airflow and fluid dynamics to make good comfortable interior spaces. In exhuming these ideas and reinforcing them with contemporary scientific insight the book proposes a recovery of the lost art and science of making naturally conditioned buildings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138651463

The Red and the BlackStudies in Greek Pottery The Red and the Black covers the major stages in the history of Greek pottery production both figured and plain as they are understood today. It provides an up-to-date evaluation of ways of studying Greek pottery and encourages new approaches.There is a detailed analysis of the subject matter of figured scenes covering some of the main preoccupations of ancient Greece: myth fantasy and everyday life. Furthermore it sets the artefacts in the context of the societies that produced them highlighting the social art historical mythological and economic information that can be revealed from their study.This volume also covers a hitherto neglected area: the history of the collecting of Greek pottery through the Renaissance and up to the present day. It shows how market values have gradually increased to the high prices of today and goes on to take a closer look at the enthusiasm of the collectors. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315887722

The Red Book of C.G. JungA Journey into Unknown Depths This book focuses on some of the main aspects and importance of The Red Book for the understanding of the work of C.G. Jung. It sheds light on the great mysteries of human nature and the new dimension uncovered by Jung and Freud: the universe of the unconscious and the possible ways to approach it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204510

The Red Book: Reflections on C.G. Jung's Liber Novus In 2009 WW Norton published ‘The Red Book’ a book written by Jung in 1913-1914 but not previously published. Snippets of information about the likely contents of the Red Book had been in circulation for years and there was much debate and eager anticipation of its publication within the Jungian field and the larger reading public. In 2010 a conference was held at the San Francisco Jungian Institute which brought together an international group of distinguished scholars in analytical psychology to explore and address critical contextual aspects of ‘The Red Book’ and to debate its importance for current and future Jungian theory and practice. The Red Book: Reflections on C.G. Jung’s Liber Novus is based on that conference the individual papers have been thoroughly revised and updated for this book and address some of the important questions and issues that were raised at that conference in response to the presentation of these papers. As yet there has been very little published about ‘The Red Book’. The Red Book: Reflections on C.G. Jung’s Liber Novus will contribute to setting the agenda for further research both scholarly and clinical in response to Jung’s account of his experiences between 1913-1914 when arguably the future course of his entire project was set in motion. This book will be essential reading for any Jungian interested in the importance of The Red Book analytical psychologists trainee analysts those with an interest in the history of ideas and historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415659963

The Red Brigades and the Discourse of ViolenceRevolution and Restoration This book explores the communicative practices of the Italian radical group Red Brigades (Brigate Rosse or BR) the relationship the group established with the Italian press and the specific social historical context in which the BR developed both its own self-understanding and its complex dialectical connection with the society at large. The BR’s worldview and the dominant ideology(ies) mediated by the press are treated as competing responses to structural issues of Italian history: the structural weakness of the nation state the contradictions of an uneven economic development and the consequent struggle of the bourgeois class to achieve hegemonic rule. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138776920

The Red MirrorChildren Of China's Cultural Revolution These evocative stories bring to life the tragic personal impact of the Cultural Revolution on the families of China's intellectuals. Now adults survivors recall their childhood during the tumultuous years between 1965 and 1976 when Mao's death finally drew a curtain on a bitterly failed social and political experiment.A series of first-person na Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367320379

The Red Rose and the WhiteThe Wars of the Roses 1453-1487 If Richard III had not charged to his death at Bosworth how different might the history of Britain have been? Beginning in 1453 and ending in 1487 The Red Rose and the White provides a gripping overview of the bitter dynastic struggle for supremacy that raged between the houses of York and Lancaster for thirty years culminating in the dramatic events on Bosworth Field in 1485. As well as offering a comprehensive account of the campaigns battles and sieges of the conflict the book also assesses the commanders and men involved and considers the weapons and tactics employed. Photographs maps and portraits of the principal characters help to bring the period to life whilst the fast-paced narrative conveys a sense of what it was actually like to fight in battles such as Towton or Tewkesbury the effect of the arrow storm and the grim realities of hand-to-hand combat with edged and bladed weapons. Skilfully weaving in political and social events to place the conflict in its context The Red Rose and the White is a fascinating exploration of the turbulent period that would change the course of British history forever. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138375055

The Red Sea and Adjacent Countries at the Close of the Seventeenth CenturyAs described by Joseph Pitts William Daniel and Charles Jacques Poncet With additional documents. The first narrative is from Pitts' Religion and Manners of the Mahometans (Third Edition 1731); Daniel's journal was printed in 1702 Poncet's in 1709. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1949. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315553610

The Red Sea RegionLocal Actors and the Superpowers Since the late 1970s the Red Sea has become extremely important both in international politics and regional affairs. This situation came about because of the growing Soviet presence in the Horn of Africa and Saudi efforts to have the Red Sea treated as an ‘Arab Lake’. This book first published in 1985 examines the development of the Red Sea as a significant problem in superpower relations and assesses its relative importance in the context of other conflicts in the Gulf and elsewhere in the Third World. It analyses Soviet interests in the Red Sea area and examines its record in seeking to intervene in the domestic politics of the region. The book also discusses the degree of regional stability in the Red Sea both in terms of inter-Arab relations and Afro-Arab regulations. This issue is considered against the background of the security of the Nile valley. In conclusion the book argues that Saudi Arabia’s regional policies aimed at enhancing internal and external security have proved destabilizing and in a way even adventurous. By fermenting Somali nationalism Saudi Arabia hoped to push the Soviets out of the Red Sea. In fact this policy reinforced the Soviet presence in the Horn of Africa. Similarly Saudi Arabia’s regular interference in the domestic affairs of North Yemen may well prove extremely counter-productive. The book argues that the West’s preoccupation with the region would lessen considerably if Saudi Arabia and Egypt would promote policies of cooperation rather than destabilization at both inter-Arab and Afro-Arab levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138923768

The Red Sea Terror TriangleSudan Somalia Yemen and Islamic Terror In the aftermath of the terror campaign launched on Sep- tember 11 2001 the United States declared war against global terror. It identified the al-Qaida organization and Afghanistan under the Taliban regime as the initial targets of the offensive and Iraq as the next. However aside from the countries included by President Bush in the Axis of Evil (Iraq Iran and North Korea) a triangle of countries in the Red Sea region are also potential targets in the war against terror - Sudan Somalia and Yemen.This assessment is based on the historical record: Each of these countries has in one form or another provided refuge for Islamic terror organizations. Sudan Somalia and Yemen are Muslim states situated at the periphery of the heart of Islam which is generally identified as the Arab Peninsula Egypt and the Fertile Crescent. This area is of strategic significance to both sides of the vital shipping route that connects the Arabian Sea (the Indian Ocean) and the Red Sea. Osama Bin Laden al-Qaida and members of other radical Islamic organizations have found allies and safe havens in both the heart of Islam and its periphery. The presence of radical Islamic entities in the region alongside local problems and conflicts rooted in national ethnic and tribal issues has turned the Red Sea countries into a nucleus of instability and dissension one that threatens the security and peace of both neighboring and more distant countries.Shay examines the three countries designated as the Red Sea Terror Triangle and explores the ties each maintains with Islamic terror as well as the reciprocal links between them. Understanding these countries is of critical importance since all or some of them may constitute a base for Islamic terror organizations in the future. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315134505

The Redcoat and ReligionThe Forgotten History of the British Soldier from the Age of Marlborough to the Eve of the First World War This compelling study presents the most comprehensive examination available of the role of religion in the army during the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Through extensive analysis of official military sources religious publications and personal memoirs Michael Snape challenges the widely-held assumption that religion did not play a role in the British Army until the mid-Victorian period and demonstrates that the British soldier was highly susceptible to religious influences long before the Crimean War and Indian Mutiny rendered the subject of wider public concern. In The Redcoat and Religion Snape argues that religion was of significant even defining importance to the British soldier and reveals the enduring strength and vitality of religion in contemporary British society challenging the view that the popular religious culture of the era was wholly dependent upon the presence and activities of women. Students of British history military history and religion will all find this an insightful resource for their studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203631911

The Redeployment of State Power in the Southern MediterraneanImplications of Neoliberal Reforms for Local Governance The effects of neoliberal economic reforms in the Southern Mediterranean are now widely regarded as a main underlying cause of the Arab uprisings. An often neglected dimension is that of the reforms’ implications for local governance. The contributions to this edited volume examine how state power is being re-articulated but also challenged at sub-national levels in Morocco Egypt Jordan Israel Lebanon and Turkey. They explore the effects of neoliberal economic and local governance reforms such as decentralization public-private partnerships and outsourcing in the area of public service delivery poverty alleviation and labor market reforms on local patronage networks public accountability and state-society relations. The findings show that such reforms are often subordinated to established patterns of political contestation among actors who seize on the opportunities that reforms offer to advance their political agendas thereby illustrating the local specificity of ‘actually existing neoliberalisms’. The book thus fills an important knowledge gap by combining public policy and management theories with those on patron-client networks and public accountability at the local level and situating them within the critical literature on neoliberalism. This book was published as a special issue of Mediterranean Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138594456

The Redesign of the Global Financial ArchitectureState Authority New Risks and Dynamics More than ten years on from the most intense phase of the global financial crisis and the collective international response in the G20 summit in London a ‘new normal’ has emerged with systems in place to mitigate against further banking crises. This updated new edition analyzes this post-crisis international and national regulatory framework and asks whether the current paradigm is fit for purpose as new dangers gestate and develop. This new edition includes a discussion of the impact of the aggressively deregulatory and anti-globalist policies of the Trump administration and its pursuit of an ‘America First’ policy and explores its implications for the regulatory landscape constructed and tended by previous leaders. The author addresses new and future systemic risks many outside the regulated banking sector which have grown in importance since 2015. He develops possible future scenarios for the international regulatory architecture both negative and positive asking ‘Are we better prepared for future banking crises?’ New risks including the COVID-19 pandemic and economic crash are testing the global system; and the G20 without US leadership may be failing in this latest most severe crisis of our lifetimes. This book provides a unique narrative explanation drawn from leading actors of key events and policy changes as they unfolded immediately post-crisis. The author builds upon the first edition to capture key developments that have occurred during the past five years while raising key questions and vulnerabilities and looking at future risks and challenges that may emerge. This text will be of great interest to students teachers and researchers of financial frameworks globalisation and political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367857479

The Rediscovered Psychoanalytic Work of Herbert SilbererDer Traum Charles Corliss presents for the first time the complete English translation of Herbert Silberer’s work on dreams Der Traum: Einführung in die Traumpsychologie. Based on lectures delivered at the majestic Urania Star Observatory in Vienna in 1918 Der Traum was a wide-ranging accessible introduction to the meaning of dreams with examples from Silberer’s practice providing a rich source of illustration. One hundred years after the work was first published in Silberer’s native German Corliss rescues his voice from obscurity and adds key supplementary information to place the work in context. The book begins with an introduction which surveys the range of Silberer’s contributions to psychoanalysis and sets out what is known of his life before presenting the full original text. Presented in eight parts each with preliminary remarks by Corliss the book covers several topics including differing viewpoints on dreams Silberer’s concept of the hypnagogic phenomenon experimental dreams and aspects of his own theory. Der Traum ends with a philosophical exploration of how dream content relates to the core moral fiber of our being with the work as a whole reflecting Silberer’s optimistic depth-oriented and at times almost mystical stance. Corliss concludes the book with a reflection on the rich teleologically optimistic and refreshingly panoramic value of Der Traum. This unique book will be of interest to analytical psychologists and Jungian psychotherapists in practice and training as well as to academics and students of Jungian studies and the history of psychoanalysis psychoanalytic studies theology philosophy and the history of psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367281137

The Rediscovery of Teaching The Rediscovery of Teaching presents the innovative claim that teaching does not necessarily have to be perceived as an act of control but can be understood and configured as a way of activating possibilities for students to exist as subjects. By framing teaching as an act of dissensus that is as an interruption of egological ways of being this book positions teaching at the progressive end of the educational spectrum where it can be reconnected with the emancipatory ambitions of education. In conversation with the works of Emmanuel Levinas Paulo Freire Jacques Rancière and other theorists Gert Biesta shows how students’ existence as subjects hinges on the creation of existential possibilities through which students can assert their "grown-up" place in the world. Written for researchers and students in the areas of philosophy of education educational theory curriculum theory teaching and teacher education The Rediscovery of Teaching demonstrates the important role of teachers and teaching in the project of education as emancipation towards grown-up ways of being in the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138670709

The Reduction of Drug-Related Harm First Published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315002958

The Reemergence Of Civil Society In Eastern Europe And The Soviet Union The turmoil that shook Eastern Europe in the late 1980s and challenged traditional centers of power in the Soviet Union has touched off an intense debate about the forces behind the recent collapse of Soviet-type systems. Civil society a key concept in the debate is the focus of this thought-provoking volume which contrasts the views of Eastern scholars and activists in independent movements against those of Western academics. The authors' various perspectives on the struggle between the people and their governments highlight different facets of civil society providing new insights into its definition origin and function within a nation's public life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367310936

The re-emergence of co-housing in Europe Across Europe the number of co-housing initiatives is growing and they are increasingly receiving attention from administrators and professionals who hold high expectations for urban liveability. Is co-housing a marginal idealist phenomenon or the urban middle class’ answer to the current housing crisis? And has the development of theoretical insight and research kept up with the actual expansion of co-housing as a practice? These questions were raised during the first European conference on co-housing research which took place in Tours France in March 2012. Both the conference and this book aim to move beyond case-studies and to look more particularly at the implications and wider perspective of the current co-housing trend. Using the specific vocabulary of different disciplines and geographic regions the contributions to this book analyse the underlying thinking behind and the expectations projected on diverse models of collaborative housing. The authors are aware of the qualities of contemporary co-housing but they go beyond advocacy to investigate the conditions under which co-housing can be successful as a strategy for housing provision; can offer solutions for sustainable urban development; or indeed can contribute to involuntary or intentional gentrification. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Urban Research and Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138302990

The Re-Emergence of the Single State Solution in Palestine/IsraelCountering an Illusion Providing the first in-depth intellectual and organizational mapping of the single state idea’s recent resurgence in Palestine/Israel this book enquires into its nature as a phenomenon of resistance as well as into its potential as a counterhegemonic force in the making against the processes of Zionism. Reconstructing this moment of re-emergence through primary material and interviews with diverse influential intellectuals—its analysis highlights their self-understandings worldviews strategies and perceptions of the phenomenon in which they are involved while questioning whether the single state idea has the potential to become a Gramscian inspired movement of resistance against Zionism. In presenting this rare insight into a resistance movement in the making this book resurrects an empowering image of Antonio Gramsci infused with the writings of Edward Said. This it does in an effort to both problematize the dominant interpretations of Gramsci’s writings in International Relations and to decolonise the abstract way in which resistance and counter hegemony are often studied in the discipline. Contributing a mapping of a silenced alternative and hopeful way forward in the context of escalating violence this book is essential reading for those studying the Arab-Israeli conflict Middle East Politics and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815348900

The Re-Emergence of Virtual Reality In this short book Evans interrogates the implications of VR’s re-emergence into the media mainstream critiquing the notion of a VR revolution by analysing the development and ownership of VR companies while also exploring the possibilities of immersion in VR and the importance of immersion in the interest and ownership of VR enterprises. He assesses how the ideologies and desires of both computer programmers and major Silicon Valley industries may influence how VR worlds are conceived and experienced by users while also exploring the mechanisms that create the immersive experience that underpins interest in the medium. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367423803

The Re-Evolution of American Street Gangs The problem of gangs and gang subculture is a growing threat to the stability of neighborhoods and entire communities. During the past two decades gang members have increasingly migrated from large urban centers to suburban areas and other countries. This book addresses the intricacies and diversities of street gangs drawing on the expertise of high-ranking law enforcement officials monitoring terrorist activity and gang-related crimes as well as professional private investigators who have spent several decades investigating gangs and learning their subculture lifestyle motivations and relationships.Ideal for supplemental reading in gang violence courses on criminal justice sociology law and psychology this comprehensive anthology presents thorough coverage of a notoriously difficult subject. It explores the following key topics:Social psychological and criminal impact of street gangs on juvenilesPsychology of gang membership and the pathways that lead into and out of gang cultureRelationship between religion and dangerous criminal gangsHow U.S.-based gangs are using technology to advance their operationsUse of graffiti by street gangsEvolution of gangs and recommendations for preventing future growthGang enhancement crimes and associated misconduct of police and prosecutorsLike any type of crime street gang criminal activity cannot be totally eliminated. This book aims to provide a better understanding of gangs so that we can influence today’s potential gang members to make the right decisions for their sake and the sake of society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598174

The Reference CollectionFrom the Shelf to the Web Stay up-to-date with the growing amount of reference resources available onlineHow important is the World Wide Web to information retrieval and communication? Important enough that information professionals have seen students exit from their libraries en masse when Internet service was lost. Internet providers dominate the indexing and abstracting of periodical articles as major publishers now offer nearly all of their reference titles in digital form. Libraries spend increasing amounts of funding on electronic reference materials and librarians devote an increasing amount of time to assisting in their use. The Reference Collection: From the Shelf to the Web is an essential guide to collection development for electronic materials in academic and public libraries. The Reference Collection: From the Shelf to the Web tracks the continuing evolution of electronic reference resources-and how they’re accessed—in a variety of settings. Librarians representing university elementary school and public libraries in the United States and Australia examine how reference collections have evolved over time (and may soon be a thing of the past); how public and school libraries have dealt with the changes; why library research assignments have become more difficult for teachers to make and for students to complete; how to organize online reference sources; and why the nature of plagiarism has changed in the electronic era. The book also examines the use of electronic references from a publisher’s perspective and looks at the most important Web-accessible reference tools—both free and subscription—in the areas of humanities medicine the social sciences business and education. The Reference Collection: From the Shelf to the Web also examines: issues of authority accessibility cost comfort and user education in evaluating electronic resources the formation of purchasing consortia to facilitate the transfer of reference materials from print to online formats current literature and research findings on the state of digital versus print reference collections what electronic publishing means to smaller reference books (dictionaries almanacs etc.) the need for increased information literacy among students the nature extent and causes of cyber plagiarism the use of federated search tools and includes a selected list of the top 100 free Internet reference sitesThe Reference Collection: From the Shelf to the Web is an essential resource for all reference and collection development librarians and an invaluable aid for publishing professionals. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051313

The Reference Librarian and Implications of Mediation This book first published in 1992 examines the reference librarian's role as a connecting link between information seekers and the resources they need. It provides the best approaches to providing resolutions or guidance to the appropriate resources. It analyses librarians’ reference skills communication abilities accuracy in responding to specific inquiries and sensitivity to various groups such as paraprofessionals and non-traditional patrons. This provocative book encourages librarians to go beyond merely providing an answer or resource to helping clients better understand the physical surroundings the social or educational context and the ethical political and economic climate in which the process takes place. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367425142

The Reflective CitizenOrganizational and Social Dynamics This is the first in a "Reflective Citizen" series the intention being to develop volumes from the various OPUS (An Organisation for Promoting Understanding of Society) activities which include Scientific Meetings Workshops Lectures Debates and Conferences. The objective of OPUS is to promote and develop the study of conscious and unconscious organisational and societal dynamics through educational activities research; consultancy and training; and the publication and dissemination of these activities for the public benefit. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106898

The Reflective Counselor45 Activities for Developing Your Professional Identity This practical workbook contains 45 experiential and creative activities intentionally created to facilitate counselor professional identity development. Each reflective activity is designed for students and supervisees to learn more about counselor professional identity as well as integrate their knowledge of counseling skills and content with personal attributes and experiences. Individual and group process questions and group follow-up activities make this an ideal workbook to supplement classes or group supervision. Upon completion of the workbook students and supervisees will have a journal of their process in the beginning stages of counselor professional identity development. With chapters focusing on areas including counselor wellness self-growth personal and professional values multicultural awareness research and assessment and more The Reflective Counselor is an essential resource for counseling graduate students supervisees and new professionals alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367182977

The Reflective Entrepreneur In a world where entrepreneurial success often seems deceptively accessible it is not always clear what makes a person entrepreneurial. In this book Dimo Dimov offers a reflective insight into the entrepreneurial journey striking up a conversation about entrepreneurship in order to challenge and untangle existing preconceptions.A discussion of challenges and tensions such as idea versus opportunity genius versus lunatic and skill versus luck forms the foundation of the book while the second part offers actions and considerations which can help the reader to seek opportunities in a fractious environment. The final part of the text focuses on the collective spirit in entrepreneurship arising from the interplay between participation and outcomes.The author brings a succinct diversity to the field making this book essential reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students on entrepreneurship courses as well as scholars researchers and practitioners looking for a new perspective on entrepreneurship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670184

The Reflective Museum PractitionerExpanding Practice in Science Museums The Reflective Museum Practitioner explores a range of expansive and creative ways in which the concept of “reflective practice” has been applied in the informal STEM (science technology engineering and mathematics) learning environments of museums and zoos. It seeks to demonstrate how such a process can inspire lifelong learning in practitioners to the benefit of practitioners and visitors alike. Presenting six projects that employed reflective practice the contributors examine how each project has encouraged and sustained reflection and the outcomes thereof. The projects cover a wide range of different practitioners—including administrators scientists educators and other front-line and back-room staff—who work at different junctures of their organizations. Collectively they raise key questions about changing communities of practice in Informal Science Learning institutions. The projects and concept of “reflective practice” are fully defined and contextualized by the editors who offer in-depth analysis along with a cultural-historical activity theory framework for understanding how changes in museum practice unfold in an institutional context. The Reflective Museum Practitioner offers museum professionals insight into “reflective practice ” as practiced by other institutions in their sector providing practical examples that can be adapted to their needs. It will also be of interest to scholars and students focusing on science museums or professional practice development in museums. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629582238

The Reflective Practice GuideAn interdisciplinary approach to critical reflection The Reflective Practice Guide supports all students for whom the process of reflecting on developing knowledge and skills is crucial to successful professional practice. It offers an accessible introduction to a wide range of theories and models that can help you engage more effectively in critical reflection. Illustrated throughout with examples and case studies drawn from a range of interdisciplinary professional contexts The Reflective Practice Guide offers models of practice that can be applied in a variety of settings. Reflective questions in each chapter help you apply ideas to your own professional context. Drawing on literature from a range of disciplines key aspects of reflection explored include: Becoming more self-aware The role of writing in reflection Learning from experience Learning from positives and negatives Emotions and processing feelings Bringing assumptions to the surface Learning from feedback Reflecting in groups Managing change. The Reflective Practice Guide is an essential source of support guidance and inspiration for all students on education nursing social work and counselling courses who want to think about practice at a deeper level question approaches challenge assumptions and gain greater self-awareness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138784314

The Reflective PractitionerHow Professionals Think in Action A leading M.I.T. social scientist and consultant examines five professions - engineering architecture management psychotherapy and town planning - to show how professionals really go about solving problems. The best professionals Donald Schön maintains know more than they can put into words. To meet the challenges of their work they rely less on formulas learned in graduate school than on the kind of improvisation learned in practice. This unarticulated largely unexamined process is the subject of Schön's provocatively original book an effort to show precisely how 'reflection-in-action' works and how this vital creativity might be fostered in future professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138458284

The Reflexive InitiativeOn the Grounds and Prospects of Analytic Theorizing The Reflexive Initiative is an authoritative intervention in the practice and tradition of reflexive social theory. It demonstrates the importance of the reflexive imperative not only in the investigation of everyday life but across a wide range of human sciences and philosophical perspectives. Forty years after the publication of On the Beginning of Social Inquiry the chapters in this collection range from re-appraisals of earlier essays on topics such as ‘reunions’ ‘rethinking art’ and ‘expats’ to contributions emphasising the opening of radical dialogues with other reflexive traditions and perspectives. These include psychoanalysis Lacan Hegel Rene Girard Daseinanalysis dialectical method critical feminism and the dialogical tradition.In this dialogical spirit the book contributes to the continuing project of analytic theorizing associated with the work of Alan Blum and Peter McHugh and the recent turn to more ‘existential’ topics and politically engaged forms of reflexive research. It will be of particular use to students working in interpretive traditions of sociology Critical theory Postmodern thought and debates associated with reflexivity and dialectics in other disciplines and research programmes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873424

The Reflexive Nature of AwarenessA Tibetan Madhyamaka Defence Places the controversy initiated by the Tibetan Tsong kha pa - who elaborated on one of the eight difficult points in understanding Madhyamaka philosophy - in its Indian and Tibetan context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984837

The Reflexivity of Language and Linguistic InquiryIntegrational Linguistics in Practice This book explores the reflexivity of language both from the perspective of the lay speaker and the linguistic analyst. Linguistic inquiry is conditional upon linguistic reflexivity but so is language. Without linguistic reflexivity we would not be able to make sense of everyday linguistic communication and the idea of a language would not be conceivable. Not even fundamental notions such as words or meaning would exist. Linguistic reflexivity is a feature of the communication process and it essentially depends on situated participants and time. It is a defining characteristic of the human language but despite its obvious importance it is not very well understood theoretically and it is strangely under-researched empirically. Throughout history and in modern linguistics it has mostly either been taken for granted misconstrued or ignored. Only integrational linguistics fully recognizes its specifically linguistic implications. However integrational linguistics does not provide the necessary methodological basis for investigating linguistic phenomena empirically. This catch-22 situation means that the goal of the book is twofold: one part is to explore the reflexivity of language theoretically and the other part is to propose an applied integrational linguistics and to implement this proposal in practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583118

The Reform Decade in ChinaFrom Hope to Dismay This book first published in 1992 provides a detailed analysis of the reform programme in post-Mao China. In it a distinguished group of specialists show how the dramatic events that came to a head in Tiananmen Square in 1989 were the result of a profound crisis in the reform programme launched in 1978. Individual chapters examine the roots of this crisis: the inability to deal sufficiently with the Maoist legacy; insufficient political reform; the clash between Deng’s revolution from above and society’s revolution from below; the imbalances created by the new economic programme; and the relationship between these domestic changes and China’s foreign policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138343719

The Reform of Child Care LawA Practical Guide to the Children Act 1989 Children Act 1989 introduced the most radical changes to child care law for a generation. Eekelaar and Dingwall provide a concise practical guide to the legislation for all professionals practising in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138468368

The Reform of Girls' Secondary and Higher Education in Victorian EnglandA Study of Elites and Educational Change Originally published in 1987 this title was first submitted as a doctoral dissertation at the University of California Berkeley in 1974. Completed just as the years of expansion in higher education were drawing to a close it reflects the growing doubts of the period as to the ability of formal education provision alone to effect major changes in the distribution of socio-economic privilege at the group level whether as between the sexes classes or ethnic groups. Reforms in women’s education had traditionally been dealt with as a small part of the women’s emancipation movement. This book approaches the education reforms in a different way and begins with the question of which social groups participated in the movement. Seen from this point of view a primary interest of the reforms is the function they served in promoting a redefinition of the status and roles of a social elite. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399483

The Reform of International Economic Governance The second half of the twentieth century saw the emergence of international economic law as a major force in the international legal system. This force has been severely tested by the economic crisis of 2008. Unable to prevent the crisis the existing legal mechanisms have struggled to react against its direst consequences. This book brings together leading experts to analyse the main causes of the crisis and the role that international economic law has played in trying to prevent it on the one hand and worsening it on the other. The work highlights the reaction and examines the tools that have been created by the international legal field to implement international cooperation in an effort to help put an end to the crisis and avoid similar events in the future. The volume brings together eminent legal academics and economists to examine key issues from the perspectives of trade law financial law and investment law with the collective aim of reform of international economic governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138483880

The Reform of Prisoners1830-1900 This study first published in 1987 focuses on Victorian approaches to the moral reformation of prisoners and aims to emphasise the ways in which the human value and social inclusion of prisoners were pursued. The author begins by discussing the evangelical view of social problems and human value in early-industrial Britain as well as the ‘associationist’ psychological analysis of human attitude developed by theorists from John Locke to Jeremy Bentham. The workings of these two theoretical frameworks in the practice of British prisons are then analyses arguing that by 1860 both theories were basic to the approach to the incarceration of wrongdoers. After 1860 the picture changed radically to an unambiguous deterrent severity. This was linked to a more ‘scientific’ and evolutionist analysis of human conduct and attitude; theological objections to reformism were also brought into play. In the last forty years of the nineteenth century prisoners came to be seen as constitutionally inferior beings for whom no hope of reform could be generally entertained. This title will be of interest to students of history and of criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138942837

The Reform of Property Law First published in 1997 this volume constitutes a collection of new papers by more than 20 United Kingdom and International experts on general and specific issues relating to the reform of all aspects of property law. Topics covered include the language of property law and the dangers of reform the role of the Law Commission and the workings of Parliamentary procedures registration of title to land landlord and tenant land pollution mortgages sale of goods the Hague Convention on trusts together with general comparative papers and papers dealing with specific issues of property law reform affecting Hong Kong Ireland Scotland and South Africa. The volume arises out of the successful conference 'The Reform of Property Law' hosted by the Centre for Property Law at The University of Reading in 1996. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366381

The Reform of the CAP and Rural Development in Southern Europe Today the use of the term countryside reflects a dual historical shift due to the decreasing importance of agriculture - both in terms of employment and production - in European economies and the shift toward the environment. An increasing part of rural populations is being drawn into non-agricultural sectors such as tourism construction manufacturing and the conventional and innovative services thereby granting a more diversified and contemporary role to the countryside. The environmental shift has questioned many of the very fundamental premises governing the relationship between social practices and nature. Agenda 2000 and the ongoing debate concerning the CAP reforms are connected to a large extent with these new realities. This engaging book focuses on the prospects for the development of the Southern European countryside during a transitional period of a major policy paradigm shift. Bringing together case studies from Portugal Spain France Italy and Greece the book discusses the key issues mentioned above as well as the restricting factors and prospects of the adjustments required. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277533

The Reform of the International System of Units (SI)Philosophical Historical and Sociological Issues Systems of units still fail to attract the philosophical attention they deserve but this could change with the current reform of the International System of Units (SI). Most of the SI base units will henceforth be based on certain laws of nature and a choice of fundamental constants whose values will be frozen. The theoretical experimental and institutional work required to implement the reform highlights the entanglement of scientific technological and social features in scientific enterprise while it also invites a philosophical inquiry that promises to overcome the tensions that have long obstructed science studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662608

The Reform of UK Personal Property Security LawComparative Perspectives There has been much discussion in the last ten years about the need to reform the law governing company charge registration with many bodies including the Department of Trade and Industry and Law Commissions considering the case for reform of this area in the context of a wider scheme of personal property security reform. This has culminated in the coming into force of Part 25 of the Companies Act 2006 which is concerned with company charge registration. This major book features the work of international experts on personal property security law. It focuses on the reform of UK company charge law and argues that the Companies Act 2006 did not go far enough in reforming the law. It addresses the question as to whether the UK should follow the lead of other jurisdictions that have adopted US Article 9 type personal property security schemes. As well as considering current UK law the book also addresses the changes proposed by the Law Commissions and despite current government inaction considers whether these reform proposals should be adopted. The book contains major international comparisons and in particular looks at law reform in the USA Canada Australia New Zealand Singapore and Europe. This comparative treatment gives the reader a full perspective on this difficult and constantly developing area of law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9780415631549

The Reformation and the Book Although the connection between the invention of printing and the Protestant Reformation of the sixteenth century has long been a scholarly commonplace there is still a great deal of evidence about the relationship to be presented and analysed. This collection of authoritative reviews by distinguished historians deals with the role of the book in the spread of the Reformation all over the continent identifying common European experiences and local peculiarities. It summarises important recent work on the topic from every major European country introducing English-speakers to much important and previously inaccessible research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315237459

The Reformation in Eastern and Central Europe This work provides a comprehensive and multi-facetted account of the Reformation in eastern and central Europe drawing on extensive archival research carried out by Continental and British scholars. Across a broad thematic temporal and geographical range the contributors examine the cultural impact of the Reformation in Eastern Europe the encounters between different confessions and the blend of religious and political pressures which shaped the path of Reformation in these lands. By making the fruits of their research accessible to a wider audience the contributors hope to emphasise the important role of eastern and central Europe on the early modern European scene. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315237442

The Reformation in RhymeSternhold Hopkins and the English Metrical Psalter 1547–1603 The Whole Booke of Psalmes was one of the most published and widely read books of early modern England running to over 1000 editions between the 1570s and the early eighteenth century. It offered all of the Psalms paraphrased in verse with appropriate tunes together with an assortment of other scriptural and non-scriptual hymns and prose prayers for domestic use. Because the Elizabethan Church rapidly and pervasively (if unofficially) adopted this metrical psalter for congregational singing and because it had in practical terms no rivals for church use until the end of the seventeenth century essentially the entire conforming population of early modern England after 1570 would have been familiar with its psalms and hymns as elements of both public worship and private devotion. Yet despite the significant impact of The Whole Booke of Psalmes upon English culture and literature this is the first book-length study of it and the first sustained critical examination of the texts of which it comprises. In large part this neglect is due to the reputation it gained after the mid-seventeenth century as a work of poor poetry mainly valued by vulgar and/or sectarian audiences. This later reception however was the product of not only changing literary tastes but an ideological desire to reshape the history of the Reformation. This study focuses on the actual aims of its authors and editors over the course of its gradual composition during the tumultuous religious changes of the mid-sixteenth century and recovers its significant influence on the English church and literary practice. By tracing the ways in which historical contingency religious fervor and the print marketplace together created and were changed by one of the most successful books of English verse ever printed this study opens a new window through which to view the intellectual and ecclesiastical culture of Tudor England. It also shows how in metrical psalmody Protestant reformers discovered what turned out to be a uniquely flexible and effective instrument for advancing their vision of a godly society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315237435

The Reformation of England's PastJohn Foxe and the Revision of History in the Late Sixteenth Century This book is a detailed examination of the sources and protocols John Foxe used to justify the Reformation and claim that the Church of Rome had fallen into the grip of Antichrist. The focus is on the pre-Lollard medieval history in the first two editions of the Acts and Monuments. Comparison of the narrative that Foxe writes to the possible sources helps us to better understand what it was that Foxe was trying to do and how he came to achieve his aims. A focus on sources also highlights the collaborative circle in which Foxe worked recognizing the essential role of other scholars and clerics such as John Bale and Matthew Parker. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138605251

The Reformed Objection to Natural Theology Michael Sudduth examines three prominent objections to natural theology that have emerged in the Reformed streams of the Protestant theological tradition: objections from the immediacy of our knowledge of God the noetic effects of sin and the logic of theistic arguments. Distinguishing between the project of natural theology and particular models of natural theology Sudduth argues that none of the main Reformed objections is successful as an objection to the project of natural theology itself. One particular model of natural theology - the dogmatic model - is best suited to handle Reformed concerns over natural theology. According to this model rational theistic arguments represent the reflective reconstruction of the natural knowledge of God by the Christian in the context of dogmatic theology. Informed by both contemporary religious epistemology and the history of Protestant philosophical theology Sudduth’'s examination illuminates the complex nature of the project of natural theology and its place in the Reformed tradition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270046

The Reforming of General EducationThe Columbia Experience in Its National Setting This comprehensive examination of general education by Daniel Bell scrutinizes the experiences of Columbia College Harvard and The College of the University of Chicago. These three basic models of general education in the country are set against a background of social change which includes a detailed analysis of structural changes in American society the universities and the secondary schools and what Bell has called the emerging "postindustrial" society.Bell attacks the distinction between general education and specialism. He holds that one must embody and exemplify general education through disciplines and extend the context of specialism by setting it within the methodological grounds of knowledge. The common link between the two is the emphasis on conceptual inquiry. By emphasizing modes of conceptualization "how one knows rather than what one knows" Bell insists that colleges can have a new vivifying function between the pressures of the secondary and graduate schools.In his proposals for a new curriculum Bell sets forth a scheme that imagines the first year as an acquisition of necessary historical and humanistic knowledge the next two years as training in a discipline and the last year "the third-tier" the most radical innovation as a new kind of general education course which would "brake" specialization and apply disciplined knowledge to broad intellectual and policy questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538153

The Reforming OrganizationMaking Sense of Administrative Change Originally published in 1993. Organizations have become larger more professionalized more differentiated and wealthier. At the same time they are often subject to large-scale changes: either as a result of mergers and acquisitions or simply in response to changed market conditions or new technologies. In this climate the people who run organizations frequently find themselves acting as "reformers". The central concern of this study is to analyze the reforming process within organizations and assess its impact. The authors define reform as the process by which individuals seek to achieve desired goals by changing the structure of their organization: the administrative procedures chains of command and lines of communication. Drawing on empirical case studies from a range of different sectors The Reforming Organization questions the relationship between the changes that can be seen occurring in organizations all the time and these conscious internal attempts at reform. This is a different approach to some of the central concerns in organizational theory. The relationship between individuals and structures and the "learning" capacity of organizations. This title will be of interest to students of Business Studies and Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815369516

The Reforms of Peter the GreatProgress Through Violence in Russia This psychologically penetrating revisionist account of the life and rule of Rusia's 18th-century Tsar-reformer develops an important theme - that is what happens when the drive for "progress" is linked to an autocratic expansionist impulse rather than to a larger goal of human emancipation? And what has been the price of power - both for Peter and for Russia? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315699110

The Refugees Convention 50 Years onGlobalisation and International Law This title was first published in 2003. The authors of the essays in this collection all internationally recognised refugee scholars and practitioners look at the controversial "hot" topic of refugee rights. They consider whether 50 years after its agreement the Refugees' Convention can provide an adequate framework for protection. In particular the authors address: the effect of globalization upon the human rights of asylum seekers and refugees; the efficacy of the Convention as an instrument of international law; the role of the UNHCR; whether NGOs are effective instruments for change; and nationality and citizenship issues. They also consider alternatives and options for solutions to the global refugee problem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138715257

The Refutation of DeterminismAn Essay in Philosophical Logic Perhaps everyone who can think has the concept of possibility but no one understands it. The metaphysical theory of Determinism is a symptom of this lack of understanding and the inconclusiveness of its opponents’ arguments indicates that the lack is universal. In this book first published in 1968 the author shows that there are a number of different kinds on non-logical possibility subtly interrelated each requiring separate explanation. An original contribution to the subject it is essential reading for all students of philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138732094

The Refutation of the Self in Indian BuddhismCandrakīrti on the Selflessness of Persons Since the Buddha did not fully explain the theory of persons that underlies his teaching in later centuries a number of different interpretations were developed. This book presents the interpretation by the celebrated Indian Buddhist philosopher Candrakīrti (ca. 570–650 C.E.). Candrakīrti’s fullest statement of the theory is included in his Autocommentary on the Introduction to the Middle Way (Madhyamakāvatārabhasya) which is along with his Introduction to the Middle Way (Madhyamakāvatāra ) among the central treatises that present the Prāsavgika account of the Madhyamaka (Middle Way) philosophy. In this book Candrakīrti’s most complete statement of his theory of persons is translated and provided with an introduction and commentary that present a careful philosophical analysis of Candrakīrti’s account of the selflessness of persons. This analysis is both philologically precise and analytically sophisticated. The book is of interest to scholars of Buddhism generally and especially to scholars of Indian Buddhist philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138086838

The Regal Phantasm (Routledge Revivals)Shakespeare and the Politics of Spectacle First published in 1989 this title explores the relationship theater and power in the English Renaissance. Shakespeare’s Henry V Richard II and Macbeth are examined alongside a range of cultural materials including philosophical and historical accounts of sovereignty royal portraiture and representations of treason and punishment. Renaissance theater was far more than a vehicle for the expression of a political content: it played a constitutive role in forming the distinctive theory of sovereignty and the distinctive political subjectivity of the era. By reading Shakespeare’s plays conjunction with other ideologically charged forms of representation the book continues new-historicist efforts to uncover the complex relations between literary texts and cultural contexts. Providing an interesting and detailed analysis this reissue will be of value to students of Shakespeare and the English Renaissance and those concerned with exploring the intersection between cultural analysis post-structuralism and psychoanalytic interpretation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138808928

The Regeneration ImperativeRevitalization of Built and Natural Assets This book on urban regeneration takes an approach that captures the increasing urbanization of modern living in all parts of the world. Revitalization of built and natural surroundings needs to take place to achieve resilient environmental social and economic success. The book looks at proactive natural and built regeneration strategies to increase biocapacity as well as contribute to quality urbanism. Adapting and coping approaches found within big city success stories illustrate the challenges of modern urban living. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367737498

The Regeneration of Public Parks The Urban Parks Programme financed by the Heritage Lottery Fund has sparked a new enthusiasm for the regeneration of Britain's parks. This unique reference book gives a valuable overview of all the elements of public park design. It emphasizes our parks' diversity and richness and offers practical guidance as to their renovation and future care. It is essential reading for all those involved in the design upkeep and regeneration of public parks. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138144583

The Regime of the BrotherAfter the Patriarchy This collection of original essays looks at a topic of growing interest and debate in feminist and historical circles: the social regulation of women through law during the 19th and 20th centuries and the resistance which emerged in response. The collection refutes the notion of women oppressed during the 19th century unable to act in opposition to the law. When issues of motherhood and women's sexuality became areas of public policy women began to negotiate the law as case studies from Europe and the USA show. This book should be of interest to students of women's studies sociology of law and social policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138475557

The Region in the New Economy: An International Perspective on Regional Dynamics in the 21st CenturyAn International Perspective on Regional This title was first published in 2002. This international volume analyzes the newly emerging profile of regions and cities with contributions encapsulating issues like ICT infrastructure the labour market migration sustainability innovation and public policy design. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315183756

The Regional CityAn Anglo-American Discussion of Metropolitan Planning In this volume leaders in the fields of urban design and planning from both sides of the Atlantic examine the structure and functioning of the urban region discuss the strategies and machinery required to make regional planning effective compare experiences in urban renewal and analyze the part played by transportation and land values in the shaping of regional development.For thousands of years we have lived in cities towns villages or country houses and most of us still think of our surroundings in these traditional terms. Today however most people in Western countries inhabit a new form of social environment--the urban region. For all who live within thirty or forty miles of a metropolitan center modern means of transport communication and power transmission have opened up a vastly extended range of choice in employment recreation and every other form of social activity. But our obsolete pattern of settlement and our pre-motor-age administrative organization prevent us from making the most of the opportunities to enrich the quality of everyday life which advances in technology have put within our reach.In our efforts to plan for a fuller enjoyment of the benefits of regional living we can learn much from those who are tackling this worldwide problem in the context of different laws public outlooks and degrees of motorization. Therefore this Anglo-American discussion of metropolitan planning offering much material that is new unfamiliar or not easily available has special timeliness and significance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538160

The Regional Dimension of the European UnionTowards a Third Level in Europe? Decision-making within the EU has moved to a third (regional) level of government emerging in the EU policy process alongside the first (Union) and second (member state) levels. Multi-level governance can increasingly be identified. These papers describe and analyse this third level. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203044360

The Regional Dimension of Transformation in Central Europe Providing a new picture of the socio-economic map of central Europe after several years of transformation and focusing in particular on Poland this book gives an account of the major problems of regional restructuring. The author identifies the opportunities and problems faced by particular regions by relating the Polish experience to the experience of other central European countries. This in turn provides a general picture of spatial patterns of transformation in this specific part of Europe and will interest those concerned with the transformation of Eastern Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138410862

The Regional Governing Of Metropolitan America The book explores the regional governing of metropolitan America in a comprehensive and systematic fashion. It reviews the financial system of state and local government at the broadest possible level?the national level?and explores the relationships between the federal government the 50 state governments and the 86 000 local governments that con Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367318949

The Regional ImperativeRegional Planning and Governance in Britain Europe and the United States Based on cases and interviews in Britain Europe and the United States this book explains the recurrence of regional planning and of initiatives in regional governance in a wide range of advanced industrial countries. Providing an analysis of the nature of regional planning and governance the book traces the development of regional planning and the institutions associated with it. It also looks at the way that regions have been changing their form under pressure from economic and political developments and examines how regional planning and governance has responded comparing experience in the UK the rest of Europe and the US. In concluding that regionalism is an imperative feature of politics in most countries associated with almost any of the variety of forms of governance the author offers a major appraisal of the significance of regional planning in an intemational context Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138166233

The Regional Integration ManualQuantitative and Qualitative Methods First published in 2011. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415746717

The Regions of GermanyA Geographical Interpretation First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868549

The Registration and Monitoring of Sex OffendersA Comparative Study This book seeks to track the origins of sex offender registers their purpose and the law and policy that underpins them in various parts of the world. Sex offender registers are not really registers at all but a set of ‘legal requirements’ that fall automatically on a person convicted or cautioned for a designated sexual offence; the term ‘register’ is a form of shorthand for these requirements designed to be a contribution to greater public protection and community safety. This book provides the first serious and detailed narrative of the conception and implementation of the sex offender registers. It seeks to do so in a clear and easy-to-follow text that will be both informed and critical and will also serve as a resource book for those wanting to make further study of the process of registration and monitoring. It looks in detail at the practice of implementing registers and considers questions about their effectiveness in monitoring sex offenders and the implications of someone being on a sex offender register. The book examines the legal challenges to registers and monitoring and the position of registrants in the context of human rights and seeks to place registers and monitoring in the wider context of what is being called the surveillance society. The Registration and Monitoring of Sex Offenders will be key reading for students of criminology and criminal justice surveillance and human rights and practitioners in criminal justice fields of policing probation social work children’s services the judiciary prison work and others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415667814

The Regulation and Management of Workplace Health and SafetyHistorical and Emerging Trends The book provides a collection of cutting-edge multi-disciplinary research-based chapters on work workers and the regulation and management of workplace health and safety. Featuring research from Australia Europe and North America the chapters traverse important historical examples and place important emerging contemporary trends like work in the gig economy into wider international and historical perspectives. The authors are leading authorities in their fields. The book contributes to advancing our knowledge – empirical and theoretical – of the ways in which labour market dynamics management strategies state regulation and public policy and union organisation affect outcomes for workers. It features in-depth exploration of and reflection on some of the major labour market challenges facing workers and analysis of strengths and weaknesses of responses to those challenges whether via management state regulation or collective employee voice. The chapters highlight shifts in in/equality of outcomes; access to security and flexibility at work; genuine access to workplace voice and decision-making; and the implications of different avenues and mechanisms for regulating work and employment. The text is aimed at researchers undergraduate and postgraduate students in work and organisational studies industrial/employment relations and human resource management workplace (or occupational) health and safety employment law and labour history. It will also be of particular interest to policy makers and practitioners working in the field of workplace health and safety. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367211448

The Regulation and Reform of Music Criticism in Nineteenth-Century England Music criticism in England underwent profound change from the 1880s to the 1920s. It gave rise to ‘New criticism’ that aimed to be rational impartial and intellectually authoritative. It was a break from the criticism of old: the work of the opinionated journalist who wrote descriptive concert reviews with invective cliché bias and bombast. Critics such as Ernest Newman (1868–1959) John F. Runciman (1866–1916) and Michel D. Calvocoressi (1877–1944) fostered this new school and wrote extensively of their aspirations for musical criticism in their own times and for the future. This book charts the genesis of this new wave of musical criticism that sought to regulate and reform the profession of music critic. Alongside the establishment of principles training manuals and schools for critics hundreds of journal articles and dozens of books were written that encouraged new criticism which also had a bearing on scholarly writing in biography aesthetics and history. The Regulation and Reform of Music Criticism in Nineteenth-Century England considers the influence and advocacy of individual critics and the role that institutions such as the Musical Association and the Musical Times played in this period of change. The book also explores the impact that French and German writers had on their English counterparts demonstrating the internationalization of critical thought of the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367886660

The Regulation and Supervision of BanksThe Post Crisis Regulatory Responses of the EU Over the past two decades the banking industry has expanded and consolidated at a stunningly unprecedented speed. In this time banks have also moved from focusing purely on commercial banking activities to being heavily involved in market-based and transaction-oriented wholesale and investment banking activities. By carrying out an all-encompassing set of activities banks have become large complex interconnected and inclined to levels of risk-taking not previously seen. With the onset of the 2008 global financial crisis it became apparent that there was an issue of institutions being too big to fail. This book analyses the too-big-to-fail problem of banks in the EU. It approaches the topic from an interdisciplinary perspective using behavioural finance as a tool to examine the occurrence of the global financial crisis and the emergence of the structural problem in large banking institutions. The book draws a comparison between the EU the US and the UK and the relevant rules to assess the effectiveness of various approaches to regulation in a global context. Chen Chen Hu goes on to use behavioural analyses to provide new insights in evaluating the current structural reform rules in the EU Proposal on Bank Structural Regulation and the newly adopted bank recovery and resolution regime in the EU Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive and the Single Resolution Mechanism (SRM) in the Single Resolution Regulation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591359

The Regulation of Animal Health and WelfareScience Law and Policy The Regulation of Animal Health and Welfare draws on the research of scientists lawyers economists and political scientists to address the current and future regulatory problems posed by the issues of animal health and disease.  Recent events such as the outbreak of mad cow disease concerns about bluetongue in sheep and the entry into the food chain of the offspring of cloned cattle have heightened awareness of the issues of animal disease and welfare. This book critically appraises the existing regulatory institutions and guiding principles of how best to maintain animal health in the context of social change and a developing global economy. Addressing considerations of sound science the role of risk management and the allocation of responsibilities it also takes up the theoretical and practical challenges which here – and elsewhere – attend the co-operation of scientists social scientists lawyers and policy makers. Indeed the collaboration of scientists and social scientists in determined and regulatory contexts such as that of animal disease is an issue of ever-increasing importance. And this book will be of considerable value to those with interests in this issue as well as all those concerned with the law and policy relating to animal health and welfare Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415827485

The Regulation of Assisted Reproductive Technology This title was first published in 2003. This collection of papers examines the regulatory framework as it applies to assisted reproduction technology in a number of jurisdictions including the UK and other European countries the USA Australia Canada and New Zealand and an overview of the situation in some Asian countries. Contributors consider a wide range of issues relating to human rights access genetic screening and what constitutes the family. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315182124

The Regulation of Cosmetic ProceduresLegal Ethical and Practical Challenges This book examines the legal ethical and regulatory debates surrounding the rise of the cosmetic procedures industry.In the past cosmetic procedures were often seen as limited to a small number of wealthy older women. Today such procedures have gone mainstream partly facilitated by the rise of ‘non-invasive’ techniques such as the use of Botox and Dermal Fillers. While still a business dominated by the female consumer there is also an increasing number of males undertaking cosmetic procedures as social expectations around appearance and ageing are challenged. At the same time the rapid expansion of this business and the incoherent diverse approach to its regulation have given rise to concern. It has been seen as a ‘Wild West’. If cosmetic procedures go wrong such procedures give rise to real risks of harm. This book examines the historical backdrop current practice and risks associated with cosmetic procedures. It discusses the ethical and regulatory challenges for this area. It also examines the current legal frameworks concerning people practitioners and products in the UK. The book also draws lessons from regulatory approaches in other jurisdictions with particular reference to the United States Brazil and France. It then sets out a legal and regulatory framework that might better protect and empower the cosmetic consumer now and in the future. The book is likely to be of particular interest to those working in the areas of health and medical law socio-legal studies and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138593046

The Regulation of Dietary SupplementsA Historical Analysis This book documents the long still ongoing battle between the US Food and Drug Administration and the dietary supplement industry. It presents the complex often subtle and sometimes overlooked series of events that had a major impact on how dietary supplements are manufactured marketed sold and used today. While the first few chapters focus on some background topics the remaining chapters walk the reader through timeline of events legislative actions FDA proposed and final rules and judicial decisions that led to our current dietary supplement regulatory framework. Interwoven in narrative are examples of the roles of science social and public policy politics and popular media. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367901943

The Regulation of Emotion The main goal of this volume is to present in an integrated framework the newest most contemporary perspectives on emotion regulation. The book includes empirically-grounded work and theories that are central to our understanding of the processes that constitute emotion regulation and their consequences. This volume has several secondary aims as well. One is to highlight several newer subareas in the domain of emotion regulation that hold much promise such as the relationship between psychopathology and emotion regulation. The book also presents data and theory that have applied value that may be useful for people working in such fields as communication psychotherapy and counseling. Finally the volume gathers contributions across a variety of subfields and includes authors working not just in North America but in other areas of the world. To help achieve these goals the volume has been organized to begin with the presentation of the most molecular aspects of emotion regulation and to end with the most molar ones. It comprises four parts each integrating different lines of research from related domains. Part I is devoted to basic processes in emotion regulation such as neurological physiological or cognitive processes; part II examines the interplays between emotion regulation and individual regulation; part III presents work on individual differences and developmental processes in emotion regulation; and part IV examines the social functions and constraints of emotion regulation. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415652698

The Regulation of Financial Planning in AustraliaCurrent Practice Issues and Empirical Analysis This book investigates the legitimacy of the current Australian Financial Services Licensee-Authorised Representative (AFSL-AR) licensing model as specified in the Commonwealth Corporations Act 2001. The book rectifies the deficiency in scholarly attention to this matter by developing a new conceptualised framework for the financial planning discipline. It takes into account theories in agency legislation legitimacy and the independent individual regulatory regimes in other professions; thereafter integrating this framework with the financial planning theory to examine the legitimacy or what was found to be the illegitimacy of licensing advisers via multiple third party conflicted commercially oriented licensees. This book makes a very useful reference to understanding financial planning licencing model in Australia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367149970

The Regulation of GoodsVolume II International rules on trade in goods are at the core of the multilateral trading system and have been influential in all areas of trade law. The essays in this collection represent the very best academic writing from six decades of international trade law and policy. They range from seminal analyses of the core non-discrimination principles to explorations of areas that are still evolving such as rules on trade remedies regional trade agreements and developing countries. Alongside analytical pieces the editors have included a number of essays with a comparative institutional political or economic perspective with an introduction offering their own perspective on these themes. This volume is an essential guide to the legal complexities controversies and policy implications of the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409442325

The Regulation of International Trade Drawing on a wide variety of classic and contemporary sources respected authors Trebilcock  Howse and Eliason here provide a critical analysis of the institutions and agreements that have shaped international trade rules. In light of the growing debate over globalization they include special sections with examinations of topics such as: agriculture services and Trade-Related Intellectual Property Rights labour rights the environment migration competition. Drawing on previous highly praised editions this comprehensive text is an invaluable guide to students of economics law politics and international relations. Now fully updated this fourth edition includes full coverage of new developments including the Doha trade round the proliferation of Preferential Trade Agreements the debate on trade climate change and green energy the response of the trading system to the 2007--10 financial and economic crisis the controversy over trade and exchange rate manipulation and the growing body of WTO dispute resolution case law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415610902

The Regulation of Internet PornographyIssues and Challenges The regulation of pornography has always been a contentious issue which has sparked wide-ranging debates surrounding the acceptability and place of pornography in society. The use of the internet to distribute and access pornography has magnified this debate and has presented a number of challenges for the law in terms of effective and proportionate regulation. Following unsuccessful attempts by states to transpose traditional laws to cyberspace a new and radical regulatory framework eventually evolved for regulating internet pornography. In this process the focus of the law has changed from merely controlling the publication and distribution of obscene material to a model that aims to deter private consumption of illegal content. In addition various self- and co-regulatory initiatives have been introduced with the involvement of non-state actors imposing a certain degree of de facto liability on intermediaries all of which raise interesting issues.This book examines the relevant regulatory responses to internet pornography with particular reference to the UK but also drawing comparisons with other countries where relevant. It argues that the internet has fundamentally and in many ways irreversibly changed the regulation of pornography. Classifying internet pornography into three broad categories – child pornography extreme pornography and adult pornography – the book provides an in-depth analysis of the legal issues involved in regulating internet pornography and argues that the notions of obscenity and indecency on their own will not provide an adequate basis for regulating online pornography. The book identifies the legitimising factors that will lend credibility and normative force to the law in order to successfully regulate pornography in cyberspace. It is the only comprehensive text that rigorously addresses the regulation of internet pornography as a whole and offers valuable insights that will appeal to academics students policy makers and those working in the areas of broader internet governance and online child protection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583491

The Regulation of Post-Communist Party Politics The question of how political parties are and ought to be regulated has assumed an increased importance in recent years both within the scholarly community and among policy-makers and politicians as the state assumes an increasingly active role in the management of and control over their behaviour and organisationThis book concentrates on the regulation of political parties in the EU post-communist democracies and on Bulgaria Croatia the Czech Republic Estonia Hungary Latvia Lithuania Poland Slovakia Slovenia and Romania in particular. In analysing the various dimensions of party regulation it builds on the main premises derived from the neo-institutionalist literature in political science concerning the ways in which the (formal and informal) rules and procedures may influence constrain or determine the behaviour of political actors. In doing so it provides a comprehensive overview of the regulation of Eastern European political parties provided by leading experts in the field and casts theoretical and empirical light on the manner in which the constitutional and legal regulation of party organizations and finances have had an impact (or not) on the consolidation of party politics in post-communist Europe since 1989.This text will be of key interest to scholars and students of Political Parties and Behaviour East European and Post-Communist Politics and Comparative Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877217

The Regulation of Services and Intellectual PropertyVolume III International rules on trade in services and intellectual property are ’new’ additions to the multilateral trading system but both have played an important role in the system since their entry. Accompanied by a detailed introduction this volume contains essays which cover not only the law and jurisprudence of these topics but also the underlying economics and politics behind their incorporation into the multilateral system and continued prominence. The volume provides readers with a comprehensive overview of the development of these controversial and increasingly important areas of international trade law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409442332

The Regulatory Approach to Air Quality ManagementA Case Study of New Mexico In the wake of the Clean Air Amendments of 1970 in the United States sources of emissions could be held accountable for the degradation of air quality in the local environment. This case study of air quality management in New Mexico was produced to shed some light on the procedures and activities used by agencies in order to control air quality. Originally published in 1981 Winston Harrington uses New Mexico as a case study for its largely centralised control system in Santa Fe to explore the behaviour of air quality agencies and pollution sources and comments on policy implications from this study’s conclusions. This title will be of interest to students of environmental studies and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138944565

The Rehabilitation of Sexual OffendersComplexity Risk and Desistance Sexual offenders – arguably the most hated and feared of all offenders – commit their crimes in our communities and are then hidden from public view as they serve long prison sentences. However despite the public’s understandable anxiety our criminal justice systems hold to the premise that almost all offenders have the right to hope for rehabilitation even redemption. Therefore the majority of sexual offenders return to live in our communities closely monitored by criminal justice agencies and subject to rigorous controls. This book provides an authoritative guide to working with sexual offenders with a focus on managing those who are reintegrating into the community. It includes those with the most striking histories of trauma and psychological difficulty and those who have previously failed in their attempts at resettlement. It covers helpful theoretical ideas such as attachment theory and models of desistance as well as the latest evidence base for good quality risk assessment. The book supports practitioners on the front line of this work by providing them with evidence-based guidance. It presents a multitude of case examples and practice tips that can support effective decision making and achieve safe outcomes as well as help such offenders build worthwhile community lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138570641

The Rehnquist Court and Criminal Punishment First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984899

The Reign of Elizabeth I1558–1603 Covering the period from 1558–1603 The Reign of Elizabeth I looks at all the important aspects of the reign of the last of the Tudor monarchs. The volume gives students the critical tools to enable them to perform to their best ability drawing together the main issues on each topic and providing an accessible guide to the period. Using extensive sources and historiography Stephen J. Lee explores: the religious settlement government and foreign policy the economy Elizabeth's relationship with Parliament society and culture. Also including a glossary of key terms and a helpful chronology this is an essential tool for any student of British history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203089477

The Reign of King Stephen1135-1154 At last: an authoritative up to date account of the troubled reign of King Stephen by a leading scholar of the Anglo-Norman world. David Crouch covers every aspect of the period - the king and the empress the aristocracy the Church government and the nation at large. He also looks at the wider dimensions of the story in Scotland Wales Normandy and elsewhere. The result (weaving its discussions around a vigorous narrative core) is a a work of major scholarship. A must for specialist and amateur medievalists alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148857

The Reign of Mary I Until recently the reign of Mary Tudor was generally seen as a ‘sterile interlude’ in the Tudor century with Mary herself dismissed as ‘Bloody Mary’. Extensive research in the past several decades has overturned these assumptions in almost every respect.  In this succinct and up-to-date introduction to Mary’s reign Tittler and Richards provide new insight into the circumstances of Mary’s accession and go on to show that her reign was a lot more stable and her regime much more competent and innovative than once believed.   This fully revised third edition includes a diverse range of primary sources and sheds new light on a variety of topics such as:   ·   The complexities of Mary’s relations with Philip of Spain ·   The restoration of Catholicism ·   The use of visual as well as literary means to legitimize and support Mary’s rule ·   The context for the war with France   This concise and thought-provoking introduction is ideal for students and interested readers at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781408245347

The Reign of Mary TudorPolitics Government and Religion in England 1553-58 `...by far the best overall history of the reign to date.'American Historical ReviewWithin a chronological framework David Loades adopts a thematic approach to the reign. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836341

The Reign of Nebuchadnezzar I in History and Historical Memory Nebuchadnezzar I (r. 1125-1104) was one of the more significant and successful kings to rule Babylonia in the intervening period between the demise of the Kassite Dynasty in the 12th century at the end of the Late Bronze Age and the emergence of a new independent Babylonian monarchy in the last quarter of the 7th century. His dynamic reign saw Nebuchadnezzar active on both domestic and foreign fronts. He tended to the needs of the traditional cult sanctuaries and their associated priesthoods in the major cities throughout Babylonia and embarked on military campaigns against both Assyria in the north and Elam to the east. Yet later Babylonian tradition celebrated him for one achievement that was little noted in his own royal inscriptions: the return of the statue of Marduk Babylon’s patron deity from captivity in Elam.The Reign of Nebuchadnezzar reconstructs the history of Nebuchadnezzar I’s rule and drawing upon theoretical treatments of historical and collective memory examines how stories of his reign were intentionally utilized by later generations of Babylonian scholars and priests to create an historical memory that projected their collective identity and reflected Marduk’s rise to the place of primacy within the Babylonian pantheon in the 1st millennium BCE. It also explores how this historical memory was employed by the urban elite in discourses of power. Nebuchadnezzar I remained a viable symbol though with diminishing effect until at least the 3rd century BCE by which time his memory had almost entirely faded. This study is a valuable resource to students of the Ancient Near East and Nebuchadnezzar but is also a fascinating exploration of memory creation and exploitation in the ancient world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591298

The Reign of Richard LionheartRuler of The Angevin Empire 1189-1199  This ground-breaking and substantive new history considers Richard's reign from a perspective that is as much French as English. Viewing the king himself as a great military commander it also shows him as a more competent administrator than previously acknowledged.  Modern revisionist work allows the authors to correct many misconceptions about Richard's French possessions and recent scholarship on his rival Philip Augustus permits examination of the formidable threat that the resurgent Capetian monarchy represented. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315842950

The Reign of StephenKingship Warfare and Government in Twelfth-Century England In this study of Stephen's reign Keith Stringer looks at the relationship between government warfare and the rise and fall of medieval states. Using primary sources and the most recent research he offers an important re-evaluation of the so-called `Anarchy' and a radical reassessment of Stephen's ability as a ruler. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157699

The Reinvention of Britain 1960-2016A Political and Economic History The Reinvention of Britain 1960–2016 explores the transformation of contemporary Britain tracing its evolution from the welfare state of the post-1945 era to social democracy in the 1960s and 1970s and the liberal market society of 1979 onwards. Focusing primarily on political and economic change it aims to identify which elements of State policy led to the crucial strategy changes that shaped British history over the past six decades. This book argues that since 1960 there have been two reinventions of the political economy of the United Kingdom: a social-democratic shift initiated by the Conservative government of Harold Macmillan and developed by Labour under Harold Wilson and a subsequent change of direction towards a free market model attempted by the Conservatives under Margaret Thatcher. Structured around these two key policy reinventions of the late twentieth century chapters are organized chronologically from the development of social democracy in the early 1960s to the coalition government of the early 2010s the Conservative election win that followed and the ‘Brexit’ referendum of 2016. Providing a comprehensive yet accessible introduction to the political and economic history of this period The Reinvention of Britain 1960–2016 is essential reading for all students of contemporary British history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138800045

The Reinvention of Primitive SocietyTransformations of a Myth Adam Kuper’s iconoclastic intellectual history argues that the idea of “primitive society” is a western myth. The “primitive” is imagined as the opposite of the “civilised”. But this is a protean myth. As ideas about civilisation change so the image of primitive society must be adjusted. By way of fascinating account of classic texts in anthropology ancient history and law Kuper reveals how this myth underpinned academic research and inspired political programmes. Its ancestry is traced back to classical western beliefs about barbarians and savages and Kuper also tackles the latest version of the myth the idea of a global identity of “indigenous peoples”. The Reinvention of Primitive Society is a key text in the history of anthropology and will interest anyone who has puzzled about the very idea of “primitive society” – and so by implication about “civilisation”. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138282650

The Reinvention of Theatre in Sixteenth-century EuropeTraditions Texts and Performance This book discusses the styles of performance developed in different European countries in response to prevailing conditions drawing attention to the complex relationship between scripted text and improvisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601836

The Rejected BodyFeminist Philosophical Reflections on Disability The Rejected Body argues that feminist theorizing has been skewed toward non-disabled experience and that the knowledge of people with disabilities must be integrated into feminist ethics discussions of bodily life and criticism of the cognitive and social authority of medicine. Among the topics it addresses are who should be identified as disabled; whether disability is biomedical social or both; what causes disability and what could 'cure' it; and whether scientific efforts to eliminate disabling physical conditions are morally justified. Wendell provides a remarkable look at how cultural attitudes towards the body contribute to the stigma of disability and to widespread unwillingness to accept and provide for the body's inevitable weakness. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203724149

The Rejuvenation of Political Economy This book provides the basic knowledge of Japanese contributions in political economy and the ongoing research agenda such as the pursuit of theoretical consistency in Marxian economics by Uno School; the concept of ‘civil society’ as a criterion of existing socio-economic structure; a mathematical reconstruction of Marxian theory; and an analysis of environmental pollution. The new generation of Japanese political economists in collaboration with their overseas counterparts has produced new insights into political economy and into the newly emerging structure of the world economy. The book provides useful insights into international capitalism and how past patterns of uneven development are now changing; the role of international finance in affecting both national and international growth and employment patterns; an analysis of recent growth patterns in Asia; and the specific issue emerging within the Asian region and the implications for economics social change and geopolitics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138317987

The Relational Ethics of Narrative Inquiry Narrative inquiry is based on the proposition that experience is the stories lived and told by individuals as they are embedded within cultural social institutional familial political and linguistic narratives. It represents the phenomenon of experience but also constitutes a methodology for its study. At the heart of this methodology is relational ethics. However until now the functioning of this key relationship in practice has remained largely undefined. In this book the authors take on the essential task of developing a conceptual framework for the application of relational ethics to narrative inquiry. Building on a corpus of more generalized research this book is grounded in a multi-year study with indigenous youth and families. The authors describe their experiences of narrative inquiry highlighting how relational ethics informed their negotiation of these research relationships. They also engage in a conversation with the work of philosophers who have guided their narrative inquiry to offer a more thorough understanding of relational ethics. Through this and contributions from five further studies on a diverse range of subjects a number of key points for successful relational ethics are isolated and expounded upon. This book is an invaluable tool for researchers and postgraduates engaged in qualitative research — providing clear and practical guidance on ethical concerns. It also extends the work of the authors’ two previous titles Engaging in Narrative Inquiry and Engaging in Narrative Inquiries with Children and Youth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138285729

The Relational Interpretation of DreamsWhen it’s About More Than Your Mother This book explains the use of dreams as a tool in psychotherapy to provide meaning establish and maintain a therapeutic relationship and thus enhance and progress treatment. Maintaining a focus on the synergy between dreams and relationship it includes interviews with four eminent dream researchers and scholars: John S. Antrobus G. William Domhoff Mark J. Blechner and J. Allan Hobson. This book explores the synergistic qualities between dreams and relationships and how that synergy generates biographically professionally and psychotherapeutically formative experiences. The book delineates the ways in which dreams provide a foundation for relating provides a container (Bion 1967/1993) for the unthought known (Bollas 1987) creates meaning through relationships and ultimately fosters dispersion of relational dynamics originating from the culture of the times and more. From a relational psychoanalytic perspective this book describes the role of dreams in shaping our relational living. This book provides a unique perspective that illustrates using yourself as a tool in relational establishment preservation and knowing. It is ideal for students working toward an understanding of the influence of intersubjective space in clinical interactions and clinicians looking for additional and alternate ways to connect with patients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367754150

The Relational Systems Model for Family TherapyLiving in the Four Realities The Relational Systems Model for Family Therapy presents a multi-systems approach to family therapy that teaches the therapist important self-differentiating capacities that set the tone for creating a powerful therapeutic atmosphere. While the model demands no specific treatment procedures it does rely on the therapist’s capacity to adhere to its basic ideas as she/he is the most vital factor in the model’s success.In The Relational Systems Model for Family Therapy Author Donald R. Bardill encourages the therapist to be the learning vehicle for the integration of the four realities of life (self other context spiritual) and the differentiating process that is necessary for human survival safety and growth. Understanding this model allows therapists to lead clients to heightened self-awareness and the realization of their human potential--both important factors for intellectual growth emotional maturity and problem solving. To this end readers learn about: the self-differentiating therapist--the person-of-the-therapist is the crucial variable in an effective family treatment process the facing process--the client faces such issues as self-identity life-purpose thought and behavior patterns emotionalized fears and the future emotionalized right/wrong--focus is on consequences of actions rather than right/wrong judgments in relationship issues life stances--the uniqueness of the individual affects their connection to the life realities family grid--a way for the therapist to organize and talk about important family systems dynamics the therapeutic paradox--the client’s worldview is examined through the therapist’s worldview and a new worldview is formedThe Relational Systems Model for Family Therapy is an important handbook for practitioners and students in the fields of clinical social work psychology marriage and family therapy mental health counseling counseling psychology pastoral counseling and psychiatric nursing. The book is also useful as a supplemental text for advanced undergraduate classes and postgraduate seminars in family therapy and family counseling. The self-differentiation nature of the content also lends this book useful to self-help readers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315810058

The Relationality of Race in Education Research This edited collection examines the ways in which the local and global are key to understanding race and racism in the intersectional context of contemporary education. Analysing a broad range of examples it highlights how race and racism is a relational phenomenon that interconnects local national and global contexts and ideas. The current educational climate is subject to global influences and the effects of conservative hyper-nationalist politics and neoliberal economic rationalising in local settings that are creating new formations of race and racism. While focused predominantly on Australia and southern world or settler colonial contexts the book aims to constructively contribute to broader emerging research and debates about race and education. Through the adoption of a relational framing it draws the Australian context into the global conversation about race and racism in education in ways that challenge and test current understandings of the operation of race and racism in contemporary social and educational spaces. Importantly it also pushes debates about race and racism in education and research to the foreground in Australia where such debates are typically dismissed or cursorily engaged. The book will guide readers as they navigate issues of race in education research and practice and its chapters will serve as provocations designed to assist in critically understanding this challenging field. It reaches beyond education scholarship as concerns to do with race remain intertwined with wider social justice issues such as access to housing health social/economic mobility and political representation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138501072

The Relationship between Human Security Discourse and International LawA Principled Approach The concept of human security has emerged in international relations and policy as an idea which not only seeks to relocate the focus of international society on the individual but also challenges the current priorities of the international community. In particular it places emphasis on promoting and facilitating a nexus between security development and human rights. It is potentially a paradigm in the making gaining considerable momentum within the UN international relations scholarship and regional bodies. And yet by-and-large it continues to be unexplored by the international legal community despite the success of a number of international treaties being attributed to the discourse.This book seeks to address this gap and establish the nature of the relationship between human security discourse and international law determining whether human security can meaningfully contribute to the international legal framework. To determine this the book analyses the core principles of human security discourse and examines the degree to which they find parallels in the existing normative structure of international law. The book examines the how the broad-narrow debate that dominates human security discourse has played out in international law-making. It goes on to consider the processes for the creation of so called ‘human security’ treaties in order to determine a blueprint for future development of international human security treaty law. In concluding Shireen Daft sets out a structured principled approach through which international legal scholarship can engage with human security highlighting the ways in which engagement between the two fields can be sustained. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884383

The Relationship between Liberalism and ConservatismParasitic Competitive or Symbiotic? First published in 1999 this volume is a radical text which contributes to the current debate over the future of liberal theory as it offers an explicit critique of some of the leading players in that debate - namely William Galston Jeffrey Reiman and Richard Rorty. It also offers an implicit critique of the general de-ontological liberal position. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138354036

The Relationship between Rhetoric and Terrorist Violence Studies have demonstrated that choices in the use of language convey information that goes beyond the content of the words themselves. In many cases how something is said matters as much as what is said. Using techniques collectively referred to as linguistic content analysis researchers have studied topics ranging from how to identify if individuals are lying to whether there are particular characteristics associated with leaders who take their nations to war. This book presents findings from a research effort funded by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security’s Science and Technology Directorate which examined whether linguistic content analysis can indicate whether groups will engage in terrorist violence. Specifically this project brought together several researchers who have developed manual and automated coding systems to analyse documents issued by Central al Qa’ida and al Qa’ida in the Arabian Peninsula and two non-terrorist comparison groups. The intention has been to test whether linguistic content analysis can first distinguish the language of terrorist groups from that of non-terrorist groups and second provide indicators of specific terrorist attacks. This book was originally published as a Special Issue of Dynamics of Asymmetric Conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138850699

The Relationship Between Social and Cognitive Development Published in the year 1983 The Relationship Between Social and Cognitive Development is a valuable contribution to the field of Developmental Psychology. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203781111

The Relationship Cards The Relationship Cards are 48 emotive and artistic images designed to help people to review the key relationships in their lives in a meaningful and often transformative way. The cards provide an engaging way for people to talk about and clarify their feelings while reflecting on what they value in their relationships and what they might want to change. Spanning both positive and negative states in relationships the cards show themes such as trust resentment fear of abandonment drifting apart encouragement and feeling supported. The accompanying booklet explains how to use the cards with participants in a supportive and safe way to facilitate deeper conversations about relationships with people in their lives past and present. Accompanying translations are provided in German French Swedish Dutch Spanish Italian Portuguese and Japanese. This beautiful resource can be used by educators therapists or anyone wishing to open a dialogue about relationships. It is also a perfect supplement to Draw on Your Relationships Margot Sunderland’s bestselling book. The second edition of Draw on Your Relationships contains a new section that explains how to get the most out of combining the activities in the book with these cards to encourage meaningful conversations and take steps towards positive action. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138071018

The Relationship Factor in Safety LeadershipAchieving Success through Employee Engagement At the core of The Relationship Factor in Safety Leadership are eight beliefs about human nature that are common to leaders who successfully communicate that safety is important while meeting business results. Using stories and business language the book explains how to create and recover important stakeholder relationships by setting priorities and taking action based on these beliefs. The beliefs are based on the author’s 25 years of experience supporting operational and safety leaders with successful and unsuccessful change efforts in pharmaceutical nuclear mining manufacturing and power generation. The author also offers compelling evidence from many social and scientific disciplines that support the conclusion that satisfying our need for relationship is a major motivator. The Five Orientations Model offers a perspective on solving complex problems when confronted with multiple demands. The book provides managers and supervisors with the motivation to build relationships and points to the conditions needed for success. It also describes a process to take united action but retain the flexibility to change course as necessary.  The book is written for managers and leaders at all levels concerned with occupational health and safety and wishing to learn how to leverage relationships to achieve higher employee engagement and performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367177720

The Relationship-Driven Supply ChainCreating a Culture of Collaboration throughout the Chain Collaboration in supply chains means managing the chain beyond traditional or transactional methods. It involves rethinking the way your business is managed both internally and externally and the ways in which employees and partners relate to each other. Stuart Emmett and Barry Crocker's book explains how a relationship-based approach to supply chain management can transform business; how to organise your business internally for effective supply chain relationships and how to transform your external supply chain using relationship marketing customer relationship management and supply chain partnerships. One of the key distinguishing characteristics of a high performing supply chain is the presence of strategic trust. With strategic trust the parties have access to each other's strategic plans; relevant cost information and forecasts are shared; risks and rewards are addressed openly. This book explains how to embed a culture of inter-company trust and to realise the benefits of improved supply chain relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138380950

The Relevance of Models for Social Anthropology There has been much discussion in recent years about the construction of theoretical models useful in the explanation of particular areas of social organization. This volume charts that discussion and its results and covers a wide ethnographic range from the Pacific Island of Truk through African pastoral societies south-east Asia and Hong Kong back to Polynesia. First published in 1965. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866552

The Relevance of Phenomenology to the Philosophy of Language and Mind This work discusses philosophical problems of perceptual content the content of deomonstrative thoughts and the unity of proposition. By demonstrating a connection between phenomenology and analysis Kelly suggests ways in which they can be fruitfully pursued. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138997202

The Relevance of Rational Emotive Behaviour Therapy for Modern CBT and Psychotherapy The Relevance of Rational Emotive Behaviour Therapy for Modern CBT and Psychotherapy explores the contemporary relevance of this treatment for modern psychotherapy from the point of view of a leading contributor. First founded in 1955 by Albert Ellis REBT still has much to offer the field. Despite this the therapy has been increasingly neglected by cognitive behaviour therapy and other practitioners. To demonstrate its contributed relevance Professor Windy Dryden outlines in this book his current thinking and practice in regard to REBT. He advocates its key features of flexibility and non-extremeness and explores what he believes REBT has to contribute to the discussion surrounding contemporary issues in psychotherapy. The Relevance of Rational Emotive Behaviour Therapy for Modern CBT and Psychotherapy is an excellent resource for CBT and other therapists who would like to know more about the relevance of REBT to their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138607675

The Relevance of Regions in a Globalized WorldBridging the Social Sciences-Humanities Gap This volume provides a unique open inter-disciplinary dialogue across the Humanities and Social Sciences to further our understanding of the phenomenon of regions and regionalism in a globalized world both at the theoretical and empirical levels. What comprises a region? What are the different regional dynamic processes that take place? What is the relationship between the regional and the global? What role does identity building play? Bringing together scholars from various disciplines within and across the Social Sciences and the Humanities to reflect on these questions the book explores how regions are imagined constructed understood and explained in different academic disciplines. Each chapter addresses these common questions and uses its own disciplinary lenses to answer them. In addition the volume offers interesting reflections on the academic borders constructed in the study of regions thus demonstrating the importance of obtaining insights from both social scientists and humanities scholars in order to better understand the relevance of regions in a complex and globalized world. An important work for scholars and postgraduate students in many fields including political science international relations sociology economics geography history and literature as well as for those interested in regionalism and area studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138554733

The Relevance of WhiteheadPhilosophical Essays in Commemoration of the Centenary of the Birth of Alfred North Whitehead First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871045

The Reliability of the Cognitive MechanismA Mechanist Account of Empirical Justification Originally published in 1990. Examining epistemic justification truth and logic this book works towards a holistic theory of knowledge. It discusses evidence belief reliability and many philosophical theories surrounding the nature of true knowledge. A thorough Preface updates the main work from when it was written in 1976 to include theories ascendant in the ‘80s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138908925

The Religion of EthnicityBelief and Belonging in a Greek-American Community The integrative role of religion has been a recurrent theme of sociological and anthropological theory. This role is apparent in the Greek-American community; religion functions as a cement of the social fabric. Indeed it would be hard to overestimate the role of Greek Orthodoxy in joining people of Greek ancestry into a community and reinforcing their sense of ethnic identity. The nature of ethnic identity and the church’s role in fostering and sustaining it are subjects of this study first published in 1990. In ultimately focusing on the interplay between church community and individual the book suggests that understanding the relation of these people to their church is to understand them as a people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367085759

The Religion of Islam (Routledge Revivals) The book first published in 1906 outlines the religious ceremonial civil and moral laws and regulations of Islam. The four sources from which the doctrines and precepts of Islam are founded are the Quran the Sunna the Ijma and the Qias. This title also interprets the principles of the four sources in respect to ‘ilm or positive knowledge and fiqh or understanding. It is with these aspects of Islamic theology and law that this book is concerned. This book will be of interest to students of theology and religious studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138912281

The Religion of the Peacock AngelThe Yezidis and Their Spirit World Based in Iraq Syria and Turkey the Yezidi people claim their religion - a unique combination of Christian Islamic and historical faiths - to be the oldest in the world. Yezidi identity centres on their religion Sharfadin which has evolved into a highly complex pantheon of one God with many incarnations the chief of whom is Melek Taus the Peacock Angel. The Yezidi faith can be traced to a range of pre-Islamic belief systems such as Sufism some extreme Shi'ite sects Gnosticism and other traditions surviving from the ancient world. This particular formulation has served to unify Yezidi religious identity and ethnicity. Based on extensive fieldwork The Religion of the Peacock Angel presents the first detailed examination of the Yezidi pantheon. The idea of one God and his chief incarnations is first analysed then the various 'deity figures ' saints holy patrons and divinized personalities in the Yezidi belief system are considered in the context of related religious traditions. The study determines the place of all these characters in the system of the Yezidi faith defining their main functions features and genealogies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844657612

The Religion of the People of Israel (Routledge Revivals) This book first published in 1925 aims to demonstrate the ultimate roots of the many religious ideas of the Hebrews in Canaanite thought. This book will be of interest to students of theology and religious studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138912380

The Religionization of Israeli Society During Israel's military operation in Gaza in the summer of 2014 the commanding officer of the Givati infantry brigade Colonel Ofer Vinter called upon his troops to fight "the terrorists who defame the God of Israel." This unprecedented call for religious war by a senior IDF commander caused an uproar but it was just one symptom of a profound process of religionization or de-secularization that Israeli society has been going through since the turn of the twenty-first century.This book analyzes and explains for the first time the reasons for the religionization of Israeli society a process known in Hebrew as hadata. Jewish religion inseparable from Jewish nationality was embedded in Zionism from its inception in the nineteenth century but was subdued to a certain extent in favor of the national aspect in the interest of building a modern nation-state. Hadata has its origins in the 1967 war has been accelerating since 2000 and is manifested in a number of key social fields: the military the educational system the media of mass communications the teshuvah movement the movement for Jewish renewal and religious feminism. A major chapter of the book is devoted to the religionization of the visual fine arts field a topic that has been largely neglected by previous researchers.Through careful examination of religionization this book sheds light on a major development in Israeli society which will additionally inform our understanding of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. As such it is a key resource for students and scholars of Israel Studies and those interested in the relations between religion culture politics and nationalism secularization and new social movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588175

The Religions of India First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865777

The Religions of Tibet This book first published in 1961 examines the old Tibetan Bon religion the development of Buddhism in India and Tibet and covers the religious struggles of the eighth and ninth centuries. It also describes the rise of the Lamaist sects and the priest state of the Dalai Lamas and taken as a whole is a study of the development of the character of Tibet itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138338777

The Religious Culture of Marian England Loades explores England's religious cultures during the reign of Mary Tudor. He investigates how conflicting traditions of conformity and dissent negotiated the new spiritual political and legal landscape which followed her reintroduction of Catholicism to England. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138662957

The Religious Culture of the Huguenots 1660-1750 Recent years have witnessed a revival of interest in the history of the Huguenots and new research has increased our understanding of their role in shaping the early-modern world. Yet while much has been written about the Huguenots during the sixteenth-century wars of religion much less is known about their history in the following centuries. The ten essays in this collection provide the first broad overview of Huguenot religious culture from the Restoration of Charles II to the outbreak of the French Revolution. Dealing primarily with the experiences of Huguenots in England and Ireland the volume explores issues of conformity and nonconformity the perceptions of 'refuge' and Huguenot attitudes towards education social reform and religious tolerance. Taken together they offer the most comprehensive and up-to-date survey of Huguenot religious identity in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398141

The Religious Factor in Russia's Foreign Policy This book examines how religion interacts with Russian foreign policy arguing that religion is an important and neglected factor in shaping Russia’s outlook towards international relations. It surveys the importance of religion in Russian social life - past and present - and considers the range of attitudes which are affected by religion – such as Russian nationalism notions of Slavic solidarity the divine mission of Russian Orthodox civilisation Russian imperialism and Russia’s special approach towards Islam. The book discusses how religious organizations especially the Russian Orthodox Church operate in international relations pursuing through ‘religious diplomacy’ their own interests and those of the Russian state; explores how religious ideas and culture linked to religion impinge on Russian attitudes and identity and thereby affect policy; and demonstrates how policy influenced by religion impacts on Russian foreign policy in practice in a wide range of examples including Russia’s relations with other orthodox countries non-orthodox Western countries Muslim countries Israel and the Vatican. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138816831

The Religious Figural Imagery of Byzantine Lead Seals IIStudies on Images of the Saints and on Personal Piety The articles republished in this volume are ground-breaking studies that employ a large body of religious figural imagery of Byzantine lead seals ranging from the 6th to the 15th century. A number of the studies present tables charts and graphs in their analysis of iconographic trends and changing popularity of saintly figures over time. And since many of the seals bear inscriptions that include the names titles or offices of their owners information often not given for the patrons of sacred images in other media these diminutive objects permit an investigation into the social use of sacred imagery through the various sectors of Byzantine culture: the civil ecclesiastical and military administrations. The religious figural imagery of the lead seals accompanied by their owners’ identifying inscriptions offers a means of investigating both the broader visual piety of the Byzantine world and the intimate realm of their owners’ personal devotions. Other studies in the volume are devoted to rare or previously unknown sacred images that demonstrate the value of the iconography of Byzantine lead seals for Byzantine studies in general. This volume includes various articles focusing on sphragistic images of saints and on the religious imagery of Byzantine seals as a means of investigating the personal piety of seal owners as well as the wider realm of the visual piety and religious devotions of Byzantine culture at all levels. A companion volume includes studies dedicated to the image of Christ primarily found on imperial seals various images of the Virgin and narrative or Christological scenes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346997

The Religious Figural Imagery of Byzantine Lead Seals IStudies on the Image of Christ the Virgin and Narrative Scenes The articles republished in this volume are ground-breaking studies that employ a large body of religious figural imagery of Byzantine lead seals ranging from the 6th to the 15th century. A number of the studies present tables charts and graphs in their analysis of iconographic trends and changing popularity of saintly figures over time. And since many of the seals bear inscriptions that include the names titles or offices of their owners information often not given for the patrons of sacred images in other media these diminutive objects permit an investigation into the social use of sacred imagery through the various sectors of Byzantine culture: the civil ecclesiastical and military administrations. The religious figural imagery of the lead seals accompanied by their owners’ identifying inscriptions offers a means of investigating both the broader visual piety of the Byzantine world and the intimate realm of their owners’ personal devotions. Other studies in this volume are devoted to rare or previously unknown sacred images that demonstrate the value of the iconography of Byzantine lead seals for Byzantine studies in general. This volume includes studies dedicated to the image of Christ primarily found on imperial seals various images of the Virgin and narrative or Christological scenes. A companion volume presents various articles focusing on sphragistic images of saints and on the religious imagery of Byzantine seals as a means of investigating the personal piety of seal owners as well as the wider realm of the visual piety and religious devotions of Byzantine culture at all levels. (CS1085) Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346966

The Religious Formation of John WitherspoonCalvinism Evangelicalism and the Scottish Enlightenment This book explores in unprecedented detail the theological thinking of John Witherspoon during his often overlooked ministerial career in Scotland. In contrast to the arguments made by other historians it shows that there was considerable continuity of thought between Witherspoon’s Scottish ministry and the second half of his career as one of America’s Founding Fathers. The book argues that Witherspoon cannot be properly understood until he is seen as not only engaged with the Enlightenment but also firmly grounded in the Calvinist tradition of High to Late Orthodoxy embedded in the transatlantic Evangelical Awakening of the eighteenth century and frustrated by the state of religion in the Scottish Kirk. Alongside the titles of pastor president educator philosopher should be a new category: John Witherspoon as Reformed apologist. This is a fresh re-examination of the intellectual formation of one of Scotland’s most important churchman from the eighteenth century and one of America’s most influential early figures. The volume will be of keen interest to academics working in Religious History American Religion Reformed Theology and Calvinism as well as Scottish and American history more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367350895

The Religious Foundations of InternationalismA Study in International Relations Through the Ages This book discusses the relation of different religious systems to the development of world unity peace and international law. It examines Pagan worship Judaism Christianity Islam and the Indian and Far Eastern religions and shows how far their universalism has made for peace or war. It traces the struggle for religious freedom through the ages and what part religion could and should play in the movement for international peace. At a time when religious fundamentalism and nationalism are once again issues of global significance this book is as relevant today as when it was originally published. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138945982

The Religious Imagination in Modern and Contemporary ArchitectureA Reader This anthology collects substaniates and demonstrates the importance of the religious imagination within Western modern and contemporary architecture. The essays written expressly for the anthology take a critical look at the relationship between religion and architecture in the twentieth century as well as giving a brief look at the pre-history of the modern movement and its relationship to religion and architecture. These are grounded by and help to explicate the reprinted essays that are culled from the last one hundred years.  This is an important introduction to the religious imagination in architectural thought of the last one hundred years and to the interdisciplinary discourse that examines how different disciplines express abstract concepts such as faith spirit God and knowledge. It makes essential reading for any architect aspiring or practising delving deeper into the meaning of architectural practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415780810

The Religious Paintings of Hendrick ter BrugghenReinventing Christian Painting after the Reformation in Utrecht The first in-depth study of the Utrecht artist to address questions beyond connoisseurship and attribution this book makes a significant contribution to Ter Brugghen and Northern Caravaggist studies. Focusing on the Dutch master's simultaneous use of Northern archaisms with Caravaggio's motifs and style Natasha Seaman nuances our understanding of Ter Brugghen's appropriations from the Italian painter. Her analysis centers on four paintings all depicting New Testament subjects. They include Ter Brugghen's largest and first known signed work (Crowning with Thorns) his most archaizing (the Crucifixion) and the two paintings most directly related to the works of Caravaggio (the Doubting Thomas and the Calling of Matthew). By examining the ways in which Ter Brugghen's paintings deliberately diverge from Caravaggio's Seaman sheds new light on the Utrecht artist and his work. For example she demonstrates that where Caravaggio's paintings are boldly illusionistic and mimetic thus de-emphasizing their materiality Ter Brugghen's works examined here create the opposite effect connecting their content to their made form. This study not only illuminates the complex meanings of the paintings addressed here but also offers insights into the image debates and the status of devotional art in Italy and Utrecht in the seventeenth century by examining one artist's response to them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109650

The Religious Patronage of the Duke of Lerma 1598–1621 Introducing fresh archival evidence author Lisa Banner here demonstrates how Francisco Gómez de Sandoval y Rojas first Duke of Lerma served as a vital link in Habsburg architectural patronage. She traces Lerma's trajectory as beginning with the ancient royal city of Valladolid he embarked on a career of renovating or building religious foundations in various towns and cities around seventeenth-century Spain. The unintended consequence of his architectural patronage and involvement was to proliferate the distinctive royal architectural style developed under Philip II which connected the foundations of Lerma indelibly with the traditions of noble patronage in Habsburg Spain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265509

The Religious Problem with Religious FreedomWhy Foreign Policy Needs Political Theology Rival understandings of the meaning and practice of the religious and the secular lead to rival public perspectives about religion and religious freedom in North America. This book explores how debates over the American Office of Religious Freedom and its International Religious Freedom Act (IRFA 1998) and very recent debates over the Canadian Office of Religious Freedom (2013) have pitted at least six basic but very different meanings of the religious and the secular against each other in often undisclosed and usually unproductive ways. Properly naming this ‘religious problem’ is a critical first step to acknowledging and conciliating their practically polar political prescriptions. It must be considered how we are to think about religion in political offices both the Canadian and the American experience as an essentially contested term and one which demands better than postmodern paralysis what the author terms political theology. This is especially critical since both of these cases are not just about how to deal with religion at home but how to engage with religion abroad where real peril and real practical policy must be undertaken to protect increasingly besieged religious minorities. Finally a principled pluralist approach to the religious and the secular suggests a way to think outside the ‘religious problem’ and productively enlist and engage the forces of religion resurging around the globe.The book will be of great use to scholars and students in religion and foreign affairs secularization political theology and political theory as well as professionals and policy makers working in issues relating to religion religious freedom and foreign affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877996

The Religious Rhetoric of U.S. Presidential CandidatesA Corpus Linguistics Approach to the Rhetorical God Gap Drawing on corpus linguistic methods of analysis this book critically examines the "rhetorical God gap" in American political discourse between the Democratic and Republican parties. The volume investigates the claims (which have often not been substantiated by quantitative data in the literature and have tended to focus on particular genres of political discourse) that there is a correlation between a higher degree of religiosity in Republican political discourse and voting preferences for the party and that Democratic politicians should engage in similar discourse toward "closing" the gap.  The book adopts a keyword approach using such techniques as collocation analyses concordance reading and Bible-specific N-gram identification toward the study of a corpus of general campaign speeches over a 50-year period and links findings from this data with social and cultural contextual factors to provide a more informed understanding of rhetorical patterns in religiously laden political language. The volume showcases the value of corpus linguistic methods in interrogating claims around political language and their broader applicability in linguistic research making this key reading for students and scholars in corpus linguistics critical discourse analysis American politics and religious studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367141264

The Religious Roots of American Sociology This book first published in 1992 demonstrates that American sociology has deep religious roots which continue both directly and indirectly to influence the discipline today. Early American sociology was closely aligned with the social gospel movement in Protestantism which hope to make use of the new science of sociology to help solve social problems and ultimately prepare America for the establishment of Christ’s kingdom on earth. Although American sociology became secularized after 1920 it retained its ameliorative outlook hoping to ‘save’ mankind through positivistic analysis and technocratic societal planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367085339

The Religious Traditions of AsiaReligion History and Culture This essential student textbook consists of seventeen sections all written by leading scholars in their different fields. They cover all the religious traditions of Southwest Asia Southeast Asia Central Asia Tibet and East Asia. The major traditions that are described and discussed are (from the Southwest) Hinduism Jainism Buddhism Sikhism and Islam and (from the East) Taoism Confucianism and Shinto. In addition the tradition of Bon in Tibet the shamanistic religions of Inner Asia and general Chinese Korean and Japanese religion are also given full coverage. The emphasis throughout is on clear description and analysis rather than evaluation. Ten maps are provided to add to the usefulness of this book which has its origin in the acclaimed Encyclopedia of Religion edited by Mircea Eliade of the University of Chicago. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138146761

The Remaking of the British Working Class 1840-1940 Mike Savage and Andrew Miles provide a comprehensive introduction to the working class in Britain in the years after 1840. This textbook: * Includes a provocative timely and clear defence of class analysis * Breaks new ground in showing how social mobility and urban change affected working class formation * Demonstrates how the history of the working class is politically reconstructed * Shows how class and gender interact in mediating social and political change Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161801

The Reminiscence Quiz Book1930's - 1960's An enduringly popular informative and unusual quiz book specifically produced for work with reminiscence groups. Covering the years 1930 to 1969 it draws on memories and experiences of daily life and recalls major events and celebrities. More than 600 questions and answers are offered on four topics - news people entertainment and daily life. Questions can be adapted to all ages and abilities and answers are supported by a wealth of background information ensuring that the answers can be discussed to extend the activity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315170824

The Reminiscence Skills Training Handbook This easy-to-use guide provides an accessible workbook for reminiscence skills training. It includes: information on the history and definition of reminiscence work; the value of the reminiscence experience to older people and their carers as well as practical ideas and suggestions on how to use reminiscence in a beneficial and therapeutic way; how to set up run and maintain group and individual reminiscence activities; training points and training activities for each section to enhance understanding by making links with the personal experience of the reader; and emphasis on the role of reminiscence work in the social and emotional care of ethnic minority elders people with dementia and older people who have been bereaved. This handbook will not only help to promote reminiscence work but also enhance everyday communication between carers and older people. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315174259

The Remix ManualThe Art and Science of Dance Music Remixing with Logic Can you turn a soulful ballad into a hit dance track or make any Billboard hit your own? With this all-in-one guide to remixing you can! Whether you're a professional DJ or producer or are just beginning to mix tracks this step-by-step guide will bring you through the entire process of making your own professional-quality remixes. Author Simon Langford a renowned producer/remixer with over 300 remixes and chart-toppers under his belt shares his years of experience and expertise in the most in-depth guide on the market. The Remix Manual covers creative processes technical legal and contractual issues and includes a unique remix "walk-through " and useful contacts and links. The companion website www.TheRemixManual.com provides source files that illustrate all stages of the remix as well as additional interviews additional "walk-throughs" a "Buyer's Guide" video tutorials and demo versions of the hottest mixing software. A working musician and remixer Simon Langford provides up-to-the-minute information on all aspects of the remix process from the latest software tips and tricks to timeless artistic advice. While technical aspects are explained in detail you also get a pro's advice on how to produce outstanding tracks by being aware of the originals message style and emotion. The creative side of remixing is explored from all angles as a wide variety of industry insiders weigh in on key issues in exclusive interviews and quotes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240814582

The Renaissance The Renaissance now in its third edition engages with earlier and current debates about the Renaissance especially concerning its ‘modernity’ its elitism and gender bias and its globalism. This new edition has been revised to include a discussion of Venice Rome Naples and Florence and their relationship with surrounding courts and smaller provincial towns. Brown provides a fresh insight into some of the main themes of the Renaissance with humanism now being explored in relation to gender the position of women and the response of religious reformers to the new ideas. The broad geographical scope concluding with an examination of diffusion through trade with Constantinople Portugal and Spain allows students to fully explore how the Renaissance transformed into a global movement. Key themes such as humanism art and architecture Renaissance theatre and the invention of printing are illustrated with quotations and exempla making this book an invaluable source for students of the Renaissance early modern history and social and cultural history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367151881

The Renaissance and 17th Century RationalismRoutledge History of Philosophy Volume 4 This fourth volume traces the history of Renaissance philosophy and seventeenth century rationalism covering Descartes and the birth of modern philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147911

The Renaissance and the Ottoman World This volume brings together some of the latest research on the cultural intellectual and commercial interactions during the Renaissance between Western Europe and the Middle East with particular reference to the Ottoman Empire. Recent scholarship has brought to the fore the economic political cultural and personal interactions between Western European Christian states and the Eastern Mediterranean Islamic states and has therefore highlighted the incongruity of conceiving of an iron curtain bisecting the mentalities of the various socio-political and religious communities located in the same Euro-Mediterranean space. Instead the emphasis here is on interpreting the Mediterranean as a world traversed by trade routes and associated cultural and intellectual networks through which ideas people and goods regularly travelled. The fourteen articles in this volume contribute to an exciting cross-cultural and inter-disciplinary scholarly dialogue that explores elements of continuity and exchange between the two areas and positions the Ottoman Empire as an integral element of the geo-political and cultural continuum within which the Renaissance evolved. The aim of this volume is to refine current understandings of the diverse artistic intellectual and political interactions in the early modern Mediterranean world and in doing so to contribute further to the discussion of the scope and nature of the Renaissance. The articles from major scholars of the field include discussions of commercial contacts; the exchange of technological cartographical philosophical and scientific knowledge; the role of Venice in transmitting the culture of the Islamic East Mediterranean to Western Europe; the use of Middle Eastern objects in the Western European Renaissance; shared sources of inspiration in Italian and Ottoman architecture; musical exchanges; and the use of East Mediterranean sources in Western scholarship and European sources in Ottoman scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472409911

The Renaissance and the PostmodernA Study in Comparative Critical Values The Renaissance and the Postmodern reconsiders postmodern readings of Renaissance texts by engaging in a dialectics the authors call comparative critical values. Rather than concede the contemporary hierarchy of theory over literature the book takes the novel approach of consulting major Renaissance writers about the values at work in postmodern representations of early modern culture. As criticism seeks new directions and takes new forms insufficient attention has been paid to the literary and philosophical values won and lost in the exchanges. One result is that the way we understand the logical connections the literary textures and the philosophical impulses that make up the literature of writers like Spenser Shakespeare and Milton has fundamentally changed. Examining theoretical debates now in light of polemical controversies then the book goes beyond earlier studies in that it systematically examines the effects of these newer critical approaches across their materialist historicist deconstructive and psychoanalytic manifestations. Bringing gravity and focus to this question of critical continuities and discontinuities each chapter counterposes one major Renaissance voice with a postmodern one to probe these issues and with them the value of the cultural past. As voices on both sides of the historical divide illuminate key differences between the Renaissance and the Postmodern a critical model emerges from the book to re-engage this period’s humane literature in a contemporary context with intellectual rigor and a renewed sense of cultural enrichment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870102

The Renaissance Artist At WorkFrom Pisano To Titian This book gives the necessary background for the study and appreciation of Italian painting and sculpture from about 1250 to 1550. It tells how the artists learned their craft the organization of their workshops and the guilds they belonged to; how their customers or patrons treated them and where their work was displayed?churches civic buildings or private homes. The book discusses how art was made?tempera oil panel canvas fresco; it surveys the characteristic types of Renaissance art?altarpieces portraits tombs busts doors fountains medals etc. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367094812

The Renaissance Drama of KnowledgeGiordano Bruno in England Giordano Bruno’s visit to Elizabethan England in the 1580s left its imprint on many fields of contemporary culture ranging from the newly-developing science the philosophy of knowledge and language to the extraordinary flowering of Elizabethan poetry and drama. This book explores Bruno's influence on English figures as different as the ninth Earl of Northumberland Thomas Harriot Christopher Marlowe and William Shakespeare. Originally published in 1989 it is of interest to students and teachers of history of ideas cultural history European drama and renaissance England. Bruno's work had particular power and emphasis in the modern world due to his response to the cultural crisis which had developed - his impulse towards a new ‘faculty of knowing’ had a disruptive effect on existing orthodoxies – religious scientific philosophical and political. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752688

The Renaissance Ethics of MusicSinging Contemplation and Musica Humana In early modern Europe music – particularly singing – was the arena where body and soul came together embodied in the notion of musica humana. Kim uses this concept to examine the framework within which music and song were used to promote moral education and addresses Renaissance ideas of religion education and music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138053472

The Renaissance in Europe Originally published in 1933 this volume traces the history of the Renaissance in Europe and shows how its artistic manifestations differed in each successive country drawing reference from the numerous works of art that were in the London Museums and galleries in the early 20th Century. Among other things the book covers Sculpture Painting Drawing Manuscripts Bronzes Ceramics Jewellery and Glass. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367272210

The Renaissance of LettersKnowledge and Community in Italy 1300-1650 The Renaissance of Letters traces the multiplication of letter-writing practices between the fourteenth and seventeenth centuries in the Italian peninsula and beyond to explore the importance of letters as a crucial document for understanding the Italian Renaissance. This edited collection contains case studies ranging from the late medieval re-emergence of letter-writing to the mid-seventeenth century that offer a comprehensive analysis of the different dimensions of late medieval and Renaissance letters—literary commercial political religious cultural social and military—which transformed them into powerful early modern tools. The Renaissance was an era that put letters into the hands of many kinds of people inspiring them to see reading writing receiving and sending letters as an essential feature of their identity. The authors take a fresh look at the correspondence of some of the most important humanists of the Italian Renaissance including Niccolò Machiavelli and Isabella d'Este and consider the use of letters for others such as merchants and physicians. This book is essential reading for scholars and students of Early Modern History and Literature Renaissance Studies and Italian Studies. The engagement with essential primary sources renders this book an indispensable tool for those teaching seminars on Renaissance history and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138367500

The Renaissance of PlotinusThe Soul and Human Nature in Marsilio Ficino’s Commentary on the Enneads Plotinus (204/5–270 C.E.) is a central figure in the history of Western philosophy. However during the Middle Ages he was almost unknown. None of the treatises constituting his Enneads were translated and ancient translations were lost. Although scholars had indirect access to his philosophy through the works of Proclus St. Augustine and Macrobius among others it was not until 1492 with the publication of the first Latin translation of the Enneads by the humanist philosopher Marsilio Ficino (1433–1499) that Plotinus was reborn to the Western world. Ficino’s translation was accompanied by a long commentary in which he examined the close relationship between metaphysics and anthropology that informed Plotinus’s philosophy. Focusing on Ficino’s interpretation of Plotinus’s view of the soul and of human nature this book excavates a fundamental chapter in the history of Platonic scholarship one which was to inform later readings of the Enneads up until the nineteenth century. It will appeal to scholars and students interested in the history of Western philosophy intellectual history and book history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138630895

The Renaissance of TakefuHow People and the Local Past Changed the Civic Life of a Regional Japanese Town This book tells the story of a citizen group through the example and results of their participation in local civic life. The book draws attention to the complicated conditions under which civic participation may succeed. The story is about the individuals and organizations in the regional Japanese town of Takefu but these events are also placed in the context of the surrounding Japanese Sea region of west Japan and the wider currents of the Japanese nation-state at the time. Also inlcludes maps. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138011564

The Renaissance Palace in FlorenceMagnificence and Splendour in Fifteenth-Century Italy This book provides a reassessment of the theory of magnificence in light of the related social virtue of splendour. Author James Lindow highlights how magnificence when applied to private palaces extended beyond the exterior to include the interior as a series of splendid spaces where virtuous expenditure could and should be displayed. Examining the fifteenth-century Florentine palazzo from a new perspective Lindow's groundbreaking study considers these buildings comprehensively as complete entities from the exterior through to the interior. This book highlights the ways in which classical theory and Renaissance practice intersected in quattrocento Florence. Using unpublished inventories private documents and surviving domestic objects The Renaissance Palace in Florence offers a more nuanced understanding of the early modern urban palace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265479

The Renaissance Theatre: Texts Performance DesignVolume II: Design Image and Acting Originally published in 1999 this book is a critical analysis of Renaissance theatre including chapters on speaking theatres performing theatre and redesigning Shakespeare. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367134334

The Renaissance TheatreTexts Performance and Design First published in 1999 this volume examines iconography nature gardens staging tradition and innovation in the Renaissance theatre continuing the growing interest in relationships between image and performance as a fertile field for theatre research. Papers explored areas including The Tempest Elizabeth Cary Antonia Pulci and Shakespeare’s Italian nature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360631

The Renaissance UtopiaDialogue Travel and the Ideal Society A study of European utopias in context from the early years of Henry VIII’s reign to the Restoration this book is the first comprehensive attempt since J. C. Davis’ Utopia and the Ideal Society (1981) to understand the societies projected by utopian literature from Thomas More’s Utopia (1516) to the political idealism and millenarianism of the mid-seventeenth century. Where Davis concentrated on understanding utopias historically Renaissance Utopia also seeks to make sense of utopia as a literary form offering both a new typology of utopia and a new history of European humanist utopianism. This book examines how the utopia was transformed from an intellectual exercise in philosophical interrogation to a serious means of imagining practical social reform. In doing so it argues that the relationship between Renaissance utopia and Renaissance dialogue is crucial; the utopian mode of discourse continued to make use of aspects of dialogue even when the dialogue form itself was in decline. Exploring the ways in which utopian texts assimilated dialogue Renaissance Utopia complements recent work by historians and literary scholars on early modern communities by providing a thorough investigation of the issues informing a way of modelling a very particular community and literary mode - the utopia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255906

The Renaissance World With an interdisciplinary approach that encompasses the history of ideas political history cultural history and art history this volume in the successful Routledge Worlds series offers a sweeping survey of Europe in the Renaissance from the late thirteenth to early seventeenth centuries and shows how the Renaissance laid key foundations for many aspects of the modern world. Collating thirty-four essays from the field's leading scholars John Jeffries Martin shows that this period of rapid and complex change resulted from a convergence of a new set of social economic and technological forces alongside a cluster of interrelated practices including painting sculpture humanism and science in which the elites engaged. Unique in its balance of emphasis on elite and popular culture on humanism and society and on women as well as men The Renaissance World grapples with issues as diverse as Renaissance patronage and the development of the slave trade. Beginning with a section on the antecedents of the Renaissance world and ending with its lasting influence this book is an invaluable read which students and scholars of history and the Renaissance will dip into again and again. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203401163

The Renal Drug HandbookThe Ultimate Prescribing Guide for Renal Practitioners 5th Edition This invaluable guide endorsed by the UKMi and reflecting the extensive experience of the UK Renal Pharmacy Group features drug monographs guiding physicians in how to prescribe prepare and administer drugs to patients with different levels of kidney function and when undergoing renal replacement therapy. It has been fully updated for this fifth edition to include up to 100 additional drugs while maintaining the clear structure and format that is easy to use and simple to follow in the busy clinical setting. It continues to offer support and guidance to health care professionals enabling them to prescribe medications to their renal patients appropriately and safely. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138624795

The Renewable Energy LandscapePreserving Scenic Values in our Sustainable Future Winner of the 2017 EDRA Great Places Award (Research Category) Winner of the 2017 VT ASLA Chapter Award of Excellence (Communications Category) The Renewable Energy Landscape is a definitive guide to understanding assessing avoiding and minimizing scenic impacts as we transition to a more renewable energy future. It focuses attention for the first time on the unique challenges solar wind and geothermal energy will create for landscape protection planning design and management.  Topics addressed include: Policies aimed at managing scenic impacts from renewable energy development and their social acceptance within North America Europe and Australia Visual characteristics of energy facilities including the design and planning techniques for avoiding or mitigating impacts or improving visual fit Methods of assessing visual impacts or energy projects and the best practices for creating and using visual simulations Policy recommendations for political and regulatory bodies. A comprehensive and practical book The Renewable Energy Landscape is an essential resource for those engaged in planning designing or regulating the impacts of these new critical energy sources as well as a resource for communities that may be facing the prospect of development in their local landscape. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138808980

The Rentier State This volume first published in 1987 is devoted to a discussion of interrelations of the economic base with the cultural social and political structures and of its impact on the state. The ‘rentier states’ of the Middle East which derive of substantial part of their revenue from foreign sources in the form of rent largely oil revenues face the same basic problem the challenge of transforming their economies to give increased strength to productive activity and rely on its progress to increase state revenue from domestic sources. The chapters collected here examine the issue of the modernization of rentier states’ public finance which may well entail important modifications in their domestic politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138923720

The Reorganization of Soviet Foreign TradeLegal Aspects Translated from the Russian. Edited and with a foreword by Serge L. Levitsky. A systematic and authoritative analysis of current Soviet legislation related to the organization and the mechanism of foreign economic relations under perestroika. Of particular interest to prospective partners in joint v Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315492575

The Repair of Vehicle Bodies The revised and updated seventh edition of this best-selling reference manual on vehicle body repair brings the book up to date for the current body repair trade. It serves as a comprehensive guide covering the vocationally related qualification (VRQ) required by the modern student and apprentice as well as providing the CPD essential for all working professionals. The entire book is overhauled to reflect current industry trends with regards to materials processes and procedures. New additions include: An entirely new section on the work of the MET technician (mechanical electrical and trim) New developments in body repair methodology such as repair pods and the greater use of alignment equipment Greater emphasis on the environment with new sections on hybrid vehicles and the hazards of starting current vehicles with high levels of technology Details on both the historic and the current joining methods for the vintage and modern markets Full coverage on the legalities surrounding insurance work for bodyshop staff Updated tables and illustrations This book not only provides the knowledge and skills for body repair it helps to develop a real understanding of the how and why behind this information. It will be essential for anyone studying Levels 1-3 Vehicle Body Repair Vehicle Refinishing and MET courses including the new apprenticeships and technical certificates from the IMI Pearson-BTEC and C&G. HNC and degree Automotive Engineering students will find the text valuable to develop skills and knowledge for practical project work. Industry professionals vehicle restorers and car DIY enthusiasts will continue to find it an essential and comprehensive source of information. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815378693

The Reparative Effects of Human Rights TrialsLessons From Argentina Justice in domestic courts is one of the most prominent aims of victims seeking to obtain accountability for human rights violations. It is however also one of the most difficult to achieve. In many Latin American countries as well as elsewhere activists have put human rights prosecutions forward as a fundamental means to end impunity build democracy strengthen the rule of law and address victims’ rights. But there is still little knowledge about what actually happens when these judicial mechanisms are effectively put to work. Can prosecutions of mass human rights violations contribute to overcome the effects of state violence and impunity? Can trials enable meaningful reparative changes for victims in their local contexts? Analysing the human rights trials in Argentina established to prosecute those responsible for human rights violations during the military dictatorship this book addresses how and why domestic prosecutions can operate as a means for reparation and contribute to dealing with the damage caused by crimes against humanity. Based on a series of interviews conducted with victims participating in these prosecutions as well as with lawyers prosecutors judges and other relevant actors in five provinces of Argentina this book will be of considerable interest to those studying and working in the interdisciplinary field of transitional justice and human rights. The PhD thesis on which this book was based was awarded with the 2016 Doctoral Studies Award of the Philipps University of Marburg in Germany. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367191832

The Representation of Japanese Politics in MangaThe Visual Literacy Of Statecraft This edited volume explores political motives discourses and agendas in Japanese manga and graphic art with the objective of highlighting the agency of Japanese and wider Asian story-telling traditions within the context of global political traditions. Highly illustrated chapters presented here investigate the multifaceted relationship between Japan’s political storytelling practices media and bureaucratic discourse as played out between both the visual arts and modern pop-cultural authors. From pioneering cartoonist Tezuka Osamu contemporary manga artists such as Kotobuki Shiriagari and Fumiyo Kōno to videogames and everyday merchandise a wealth of source material is analysed using cross-genre techniques. Furthermore the book resists claims that manga unlike the bandes dessinées and American superhero comic traditions is apolitical. On the contrary contributors demonstrate that manga and the mediality of graphic arts have begun to actively incorporate political discourses undermining hegemonic cultural constructs that support either the status quo or emerging brands of neonationalism in Japanese society. The Representation of Politics in Manga will be a dynamic resource for students and scholars of Japanese studies media and popular cultural studies as well as practitioners in the graphic arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367439965

The Representation of Language in the Brain: In Honour of John C. MarshallA Special Issue of Aphasiology John C Marshall is one of the most influential neuropsychologists of his generation. His impact on the development of cognitive neuropsychology has been pivotal particularly in the neuropsychology of language. This Festschrift in his honour brings together contributions from his colleagues and friends to celebrate this contribution and presents a comprehensive survey of contemporary and historical issues concerned with The Representation of Language in the Brain. There are contributions on reading naming syntax comprehension foreign accent syndrome progressive aphasia the history of aphasia treatment the evolution of language calculation and embodied cognition. The content reflects John’s own interests in language and aphasia and it is therefore no wonder that it also reflects current and central issues in the neuropsychology of language. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877696

The Representation of Meaning in Memory (PLE: Memory) Originally published in 1974 this volume presents empirical and theoretical investigations of the role of meaning in psychological processes. A theory is proposed for the representation of the meaning of texts employing ordered lists of propositions. The author explores the adequacy of this representation with respect to the demands made upon such formulations by logicians and linguists. A sufficiently large number of problems are encompassed by the propositional theory to justify its use in psychological research into memory and language comprehension. A number of different experiments are reported on a wide variety of topics and these test central portions of this theory and any that purports to deal with how humans represent meaning. Among the topics discussed are the role of lexical decomposition in comprehension and memory propositions as the units of recall and the effects of the number of propositions in a text base upon reading rate and recall. New problems are explored such as inferential processes during reading differences in levels of memory for text and retrieval speed for textual information. On the other hand a study of retrieval from semantic memory focusses on a problem of much current research. The final review chapter relates the present work to other current research in the area at the time. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138989849

The Representation of Slavery in the Greek NovelResistance and Appropriation This volume offers the first comprehensive treatment of how the five canonical Greek novels represent slaves and slavery. In each novel one or both elite protagonists are enslaved and Owens explores the significance of the genre’s regular social degradation of these members of the elite. Reading the novels in the context of social attitudes and stereotypes about slaves Owens argues for an ideological division within the genre: the earlier novelists Xenophon of Ephesus and Chariton challenge and undermine elite stereotypes; the three later novelists Longus Achilles Tatius and Heliodorus affirm them. The critique of elite thinking about slavery in Xenophon and Chariton opens the possibility that these earlier authors and their readers included literate ex-slaves. The interests and needs of these authors and their readers shaped the emerging genre and not only made the protagonists’ slavery a key motif but also made slavery itself a theme that helped define the genre. The Representation of Slavery in the Greek Novel will be of interest not only to students of the ancient novel but also to anyone working on slavery in the ancient world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348755

The Representation of the PastMuseums and Heritage in the Post-Modern World The 1980s and early 1990s have seen a marked increase in public interest in our historic environment. The museum and heritage industry has expanded as the past is exploited for commercial profit. In The Representation of the Past Kevin Walsh examines this international trend and questions the packaging of history which serves only to distance people from their own heritage. A superficial unquestioning portrayal of the past he feels separates us from an understanding of our cultural and political present. Here Walsh suggests a number of ways in which the museum can fulfill its potential - by facilitating our comprehension of cultural identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143487

The Representative Agent in Macroeconomics Rpresentative agent models have become a predominant means of studying the macroeconomy in modern economics without there being much discussion in the literature about their propriety or usefulness. This volume evaluates the use of these models in macroeconomics examining the justifications for their use and concluding that representative agent models are neither a proper nor a particularly useful means of studying aggregate behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866126

The Representative Turn in EU Studies After the participative and deliberative turns in both democratic theory and EU studies we are currently witnessing a ‘representative turn’ to which this volume contributes by addressing the relation between representation and democracy in the EU. Although in the Lisbon Treaty the EU conceives itself as a representative democracy the meaning of this concept in a supranational polity is far from clear – either in theory or practice. Instead the historically contingent link between representation and democracy is today severely challenged by various processes of diversification at all levels of political action (national regional supranational). These processes challenge our understanding of representative democracy as involving electoral democracy within clearly delineated nation-states provoking a situation in which ‘new frontiers’ of representation develop. Consequently it becomes increasingly difficult to provide normative standards as well as accurate assessments of democratic representation in the EU. This volume addresses these core challenges of representative democracy in the EU from normative theoretical and methodological perspectives. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of European Public Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415836029

The Reproduction of EvilA Clinical and Cultural Perspective Why is it that victims of abuse so often become perpetrators and what can psychoanalysis offer to these survivor-perpetrators whose criminal conduct seems to transcend the possibilities of empathic psychoanalytic inquiry. In The Reproduction of Evil Sue Grand engages these deeply troublesome issues in the belief that psychoanalysts can and should reclaim the study of what lies beyond ordinary human empathy. Her goal is to elucidate the link between traumatic memory and the perpetration of evil. To this end she presents an interdisciplinary analysis at once scholarly and passionate of the ways in which families and cultures transform victims of malignant trauma into perpetrators of these very traumas on others. Through intensive case studies Grand draws the reader into the world of the survivor-perpetrators who commit acts of child abuse of incest of racial persecution even of homicide and genocide. By infusing psychoanalytic inquiry with cultural analysis and by supplementing clinical vignettes with well-chosen literary illustrations Grand is able to convey the survivor-perpetrator's immediacy of experience in a manner that readers may find unsettling even uncanny. By interweaving psychoanalytic sociohistorical and literary perspectives Grand fills a critical lacuna in the literature about trauma and its intergenerational transmission. Her analysis of the psychodynamic processes and cultural tensions that bind perpetrators victims and bystanders provides trenchant insights into the violence and fragmentation that beset our society. Essential reading for a wide clinical audience The Reproduction of Evil will also be powerfully informative for academic and lay readers interested in the intrapsychic interpersonal and cultural factors that account for the perpetuation of evil from generation to generation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151154

The Reproductive Body at WorkThe South African Bioeconomy of Egg Donation The transnational industry surrounding assisted reproductive technology and regenerative medicine is based on the unacknowledged labour of gamete providers surrogates and research subjects and benefits from low labour costs in ‘enabling’ sectors such as logistics and transport. This finding calls for a comprehensive analysis of how the contemporary intersection of neoliberal capitalism and the life sciences - in short the bioeconomy - capitalises on the body and its (re)productive capacities.The Reproductive Body at Work uptakes this challenge as it explores the relations between value production labour and the body in one particular realm of the global bioeconomy: the South African bioeconomy of ‘egg donation’. It highlights different forms and dimensions of unacknowledged or precarious human labour that are constitutive for the procurement brokering and circulation of oocytes as valuable resources. The analysis illustrates that the respective organisation of value and labour renegotiate what ‘the’ (re)productive body can do which status and roles it is ascribed which cultural and economic values it signifies and how it is experienced and enacted within a matrix of intersectional power relations.A theoretically profound contribution to the interdisciplinary debate on ‘New materialism’ The Reproductive Body at Work will appeal to students and researchers interested in fields such as gender studies medical anthropology cultural studies sociology political economy and science and technology studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670832

The Reproductive Unconscious in Late Medieval and Early Modern England First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985186

The Republic Of KoreaEconomic Transformation And Social Change This book concentrates on the process of economic growth for which Korea today is renowned. It examines some of the salient forces that helped to produce Korea's remarkable change and explores the evolution of the class structure in Korea and the changes it is now experiencing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295486

The Republic of LebanonNation in Jeopardy Torn by civil war its major city in shambles and occupied by foreign peacekeeping forces as well as foreign armies the Republic of Lebanon in the 1980s was struggling to regroup rebuild and resolve its problems under new leadership. In this analytical survey first published in 1983 Professor Gordon addresses such questions as why the republic – rooted in the distant past – succumbed to such disintegration. Lebanon’s multi-ethnic character and the Palestinian presence are considered fully and Lebanon is examined in the international context inevitably with particular reference to the creation of Israel and its consequences. The country is viewed both in its own right and also as a small skiff on a very rough regional and international sea. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138642119

The Republic of the UshakovkaAdmiral Kolchak and the Allied Intervention in Siberia 1918-1920 This volume originally published in 1990 and now with an updated Preface  gives an account of the Allies' last concerted attempt to destroy Russia's nascent Bolshevik regime. At the start it looked like a threat that should be taken seriously as the Reds' enemies both native and foreign combined with trained mercenaries under the leadership of a Tsarist admiral. But it finished with a firing squad on the ice and a grisly end for the ill-fated Admiral Kolchak. With him died the last hope for the old order in Russia and the future of the new Soviet state was secure. The skill of the author's narrative lies in his mastery both of the detail and of the wider implications of these epic events. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138634602

The Republican Roman ArmyA Sourcebook The Republican Roman Army assembles a wide range of source material and introduces the latest scholarship on the evolution of the Roman Army and the Roman experience of war. The author has carefully selected and translated key texts many of them not previously available in English and provided them with comprehensive commentaries and essays. This wide-ranging survey of documents recreates the social and historical framework in which ancient Roman warfare took place – from the Archaic and Servian period through to the Late Republic. The topics addressed extend beyond the conventional questions of army mechanics such as strategy and tactics and explore questions such as the army’s influence on Roman society and its economy. Complete with notes index and bibliography The Republican Roman Army provides students of Ancient and Military History with an unprecedented survey of relevant materials. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203926611

The Republican Tradition in Europe (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1911 this pioneering and ambitious work provides a history of the evolution of republican thought and practice in Europe from the fall of the Roman Empire to the beginning of the twentieth century. Based a series of lectures delivered by the author at Lowell Institute in 1910 this is a comprehensive treatment of the subject which moves deftly from the political thought of the middle ages through to the rise of Protestantism the wave of revolution across Europe in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries concluding with an analysis of the republican cause and the permanence of the Republican idea in the consciousness of Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415679619

The RepublicConversations on Fundamentals In more than 230 years of statehood the United States has created its own distinctive way of living and governing--a way which its citizens cherish but about whose essence for want of definition they frequently disagree. Charles Beard offered in a synthesis of his life work a permanent statement on the nature of the American Republic.To carry out his purpose Beard discusses among other subjects the making of one nation out of many peoples and nationalities the letter and the spirit of the Constitution the rights and liberties of citizens the theory of checks and balances the role of political parties the Republic in the world of nations and the coming fate and fortune of America. Above all he deals philosophically with the eternal conflict between power and freedom security and liberty.In form the book is a series of conversations among friends. The author and two public-spirited citizens carry the main burden of the discourse and other figures are introduced to present special but prevailing points of view. In this way the reader not only feels that he is participating in a search for the truth but discovers that his own point of view has here an able sponsor. Beard has taken a theme of majestic scope and presented it in terms that are warm and human and immediately relevant. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538184

The Republics and Regions of the Russian Federation: A Guide to the Politics Policies and LeadersA Guide to the Politics Policies and Leaders Russia is divided into seven federal districts encompassing 89 units -- regions (oblasts) territories (krais) and republics. As central power has weakened the importance of these units and their local leadership has increased commensurately.This work brings together in one volume all basic political economic and demographic data on every territorial unit of the Russian Federation its local government structure and electoral history current through the spring 2000 elections and the summer 2000 reorganization. Each entry includes an extensive profile of the president governor or prime minister and an overview of local political trends policies economy and business conditions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315500577

The Repugnant ConclusionA Philosophical Inquiry The Repugnant Conclusion is a controversial theorem about population size. It states that a sufficiently large population of lives that are barely worth living is better than a smaller population of high quality lives. This is highly counter-intuitive. It implies that we can improve the world by trading quality of life for quantity of lives. Can it be defended? Christopher Cowie explores these questions and unpacks the controversies surrounding the Repugnant Conclusion. He focuses on whether the truth of the Repugnant Conclusion turns - as some have claimed - on the uncomfortable claim that many people’s lives are actually bad for them and that even privileged people lead lives that are only just worth living. Highly recommended for those interested in ethics applied ethics and population studies The Repugnant Conclusion will also be of interest to those in related disciplines such as economics development studies politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138605442

The Reputation Risk HandbookSurviving and Thriving in the Age of Hyper-Transparency This book will show you how to build a sustainable reputation risk management framework and how to handle your next reputation risk crisis. It will help you identify ways in which reputation risk can impact bottom line and then show you how to set up a framework for turning that risk into an opportunity for good sustainable business. Reputation risk is a strategic risk and a potentially material risk all the more so in the "age of hyper-transparency". This needs to be clearly understood by both management and boards of directors so that the people tasked with reputation risk have the support they need to align their reputation risk management with business strategy and planning. The Reputation Risk Handbook provides a clear framework to identify manage and resolve reputation risk including: a clear description of what reputation risk is and how it fits within the pantheon of corporate and institutional risk and strategic management; a practical process for creating early warning systems and on-going management and monitoring of reputation risks; techniques for aligning reputation risk management with business strategy and business planning; several case studies including examples of when reputation risk management has gone wrong; examples of how to manage specific reputation risks successfully or deal with a reputation risk crisis. The Reputation Risk Handbook is not just for practitioners – those who manage risk and reputation directly – but for those who have oversight of risk management – namely boards their committees and the c-suite.  In addition to a framework for practitioners the book provides specific suggestions for boards including questions to ask management and what to look for within their organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781910174302

The Reputations of Thomas MoorePoetry Music and Politics This collection of eleven essays positions Moore within a developing and expanding international readership during the course of the nineteenth century. In accounting for the successes he achieved and the challenges he faced recurring themes include: Moore’s influence and reputation; modes of dissemination through networks and among communities; also the articulation of personal political and national identities. This book the product of an international team of scholars is the first to focus explicitly on the reputations of Thomas Moore in different parts of the world including Bombay Dublin Leipzig and London as well as America Canada Greece and the Hispanic world. Through it we will understand more about Moore’s reception and also appreciate how the publication and dissemination of poetry and song in the romantic and Victorian eras operated in different parts of the world—in particular considering how artistic and political networks effected the transmission of cultural products. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367353391

The Research ActA Theoretical Introduction to Sociological Methods At once a unique textbook for methods courses and a major contribution to sociological theory this book teaches students the principles of research and how to construct and test theories. It brings coherence to the study of methods by presenting four major approaches to experimentation: survey research participant observation life histories and unobtrusive measures from a single theoretical point of view symbolic interaction. It demonstrates the need for a synthesis between theory and methods and shows how different methods limit and aff ect research results.Denzin's argues that no single method theory or observer can capture all that is relevant or important in reality. He argues for the use of triangulation and for a view of theory and methods as "concept sensitizers." His approach enables sociologists to acquire specifi c facts about a particular situation while simultaneously elevating these to the level of shared meaning.The author shows students how to proceed with research bringing sharply into focus the possibilities and their limitations. Since his view is integrated rather than eclectic this is much more than a "how to do it" manual. Denzin points out aspects of research that fall outside the scope of a given method yet aff ect results and emphasizes the need to employ several methods to cross-check each other. The Research Act covers all the content of conventional methods courses. The presentation is exciting and imaginative and provides a thorough review of major sociological methods a cogent statement about approaches to sociological inquiry and a source from which a understanding of the problems of research can be derived. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538191

The Research CompanionA practical guide for those in the social sciences health and development Have you ever wanted to know an effective and ethical way to: Design a study? Recruit participants? Report findings? And improve the quality and output of your research? The Research Companion focuses on the practical skills needed to complete research in the social or health sciences and development. It covers the behind-the-scenes essentials you need to run an effective and ethical piece of research and offers clear honest advice to help avoid typical problems and improve standards and outcomes.  It addresses each stage of the research process from thinking of a research idea through to managing monitoring completing and reporting your project and working effectively and safely with participants and colleagues. As well as covering theoretical issues in research the book is full of links to other resources and contains practical tips and stories from researchers at all levels. This new edition is fully updated to reflect shifts in funding structures open access and online developments and has a link to a blog and friendly online community for readers to connect with diverse researchers all sharing experiences and offering practical advice. The Research Companion brings hard-earned lessons from the real world to offer invaluable guidance to all students of the social and health sciences from those just beginning their first research project to experienced researchers and practitioners. It will be instrumental in raising readers’ competence levels and making their research more accurate ethical and productive. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138917613

The Research JourneyIntroduction to Inquiry Designed to foster "inquiry-mindedness " this book prepares graduate students to develop a conceptual framework and conduct inquiry projects that are linked to ongoing conversations in a field. The authors examine different ways of knowing and show how to identify a research question; build arguments and support them with evidence; make informed design decisions; engage in reflective ethical practices; and produce a written proposal or report. Each chapter opens with a set of critical questions followed by a dialogue among five fictional graduate students exploring questions and concerns about their own inquiry projects; these issues are revisited throughout the chapter. Other useful features include end-of-chapter learning activities for individual or group use.Useful pedagogical features include:*Framing questions for exploration and reflection.*Chapter-opening dialogues that bring in perspectives from multiple disciplines.*Example boxes with detailed cases and questions for the reader.*End-of-chapter activities and experiential exercises that guide readers to develop their own inquiry projects.*Suggestions for further reading. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462505128

The Research Library in the 21st Century The essays presented in this book reflect revised papers delivered at the Research Library in the 21st Century Symposium held at The University of Texas at Austin September 2006. Internationally known library museum information agency and higher education administrators have contributed their views concerns and optimism in developing this book. In an effort to begin shaping a strategy for the future of academic research libraries some of the best minds in the field and representatives from leading institutions have been chosen to explore these issues. These essays investigate the evolving nature of scholarly communications the many challenges facing higher education generally and the obligations of research libraries to promote teaching learning and research in a time of rapid change. Readers will find the perspectives offered here are as incisive and as fresh now as when they were presented. This book was based on a special issue of Journal of Library Administration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415641241

The Research Process in Classroom Discourse AnalysisCurrent Perspectives This volume gives intellectual space to a range of current perspectives on classroom discourse research and provides a forum for conversations about the research process. Classroom discourse researchers from different theoretical perspectives provide five separate analyses of the same instructional unit in a high school biology class using the same set of data. Interwoven with the five research reports are several conversations among the editors and researchers regarding specific aspects of the research process. These conversations illuminate some of the actual decisions that researchers make when looking at data and crafting their analyses. This book is intended for graduate students researchers and teacher educators across the fields of applied linguistics and education who are interested in studying classroom discourse and more generally language-in-use. With its focus on both the research process and the outcomes of research as well as on the theory-method relationship this book is relevant for courses in research methodology language in education applied linguistics discourse analysis language development and multiculturalism in the classroom. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315085418

The Research Process in Educational Settings (RLE Edu L)Ten Case Studies This book presents a series of research biographies based on research experiences in the study of educational settings. The main aim is to provide a set of first person accounts on doing research that combine analysis with description. The contributors have been drawn from the disciplines of sociology and educational studies and have all conducted ethnographic work or case studies in a variety of educational settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753111

The Research Process in Sport Exercise and HealthCase Studies of Active Researchers What are the challenges and potential pitfalls of real research? What decision-making process is followed by successful researchers? The Research Process in Sport Exercise and Health fills an important gap in the research methods literature. Conventional research methods textbooks focus on theory and descriptions of hypothetical techniques while the peer-reviewed research literature is mainly concerned with discussion of data and the significance of results. In this book a team of successful researchers from across the full range of sub-disciplines in sport exercise and health discuss real pieces of research describing the processes they went through the decisions that they made the problems they encountered and the things they would have done differently. As a result the book goes further than any other in bringing the research process to life helping students identify potential issues and problems with their own research right at the beginning of the process. The book covers the whole span of the research process including: identifying the research problem justifying the research question choosing an appropriate method data collection and analysis identifying a study’s contribution to knowledge and/or applied practice disseminating results. Featuring real-world studies from sport psychology biomechanics sports coaching ethics in sport sports marketing health studies sport sociology performance analysis and strength and conditioning the book is an essential companion for research methods courses or dissertations on any sport or exercise degree programme. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415673501

The Research ProjectHow to Write It Edition 5 Now in its fifth edition this guide to project work continues to be an indispensable resource for all students undertaking research.Guiding the reader right through from preliminary stages to completion The Research Project: How to write it sets out in clear and concise terms the main tasks involved in doing a research project covering:* choosing a topic* using the library effectively* taking notes* shaping and composing the project* providing footnotes documentation and a bibliography* avoiding common pitfalls.Fully updated throughout this new edition features a chapter on making the most out of the Internet from knowing where to start to assessing the quality of the material found there. Other features include a model example of a well researched clearly written paper with notes and bibliography and a chapter on getting published in a learned journal for more advanced researchers.Whether starting out or experienced in research The Research Project: How to write it is an essential tool for success. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203362679

The Researcher's ToolkitThe Complete Guide to Practitioner Research The Researcher's Toolkit is a practical rather than an academic text for all those undertaking perhaps for the first time small-scale research. Written by an experienced team of practising researchers it covers the entire research process - from designing and submitting a research proposal through to its completion. This book is suitable for all researchers but is particularly designed for those practitioner-based researchers from the fields of education social work nursing criminal justice and community work. This fresh new idea for those conducting small-scale research comes from a team of practising researchers who possess a broad range of experiences and knowledge of research design execution and completion. They write in a user-friendly style that those researchers new to the subject will find easy to follow and understand. It will act both as a roadmap to planning execution and completing research and also as a dip-in reference guide. Using features such as activity boxes to highlight key concepts and short summary boxes to indicate fundamental elements of the research area under discussion this accessible book will be of great value to all who read it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138137615

The Resegregation of SchoolsEducation and Race in the Twenty-First Century Access to a quality education remains the primary mechanism for improving one’s life chances in the United States and for children of color a “good education” is particularly linked to their individual and collective well-being. Despite the popular perception that America is in a “post-racial” epoch opportunities to access quality learning environments and human development resources remain determined according to race class gender and ability. Taking a more nuanced approach to race and the resegregation of the American school system this volume examines how and why the education quality for the majority of students of color in America remains fundamentally unequal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138941700

The Resettlement of Sex Offenders after CustodyCircles of Support and Accountability Circles of Support and Accountability is a voluntary initiative that assists people with convictions for sexual offences to resettle in the community. People leaving prison with such convictions often have difficulties in resettling. They carry the burden of the conviction itself which may be both stigmatising and isolating and they are the subject of sex offender register requirements parole and other supervisory conditions. Circles of Support and Accountability in the UK started over ten years ago and have slowly spread across the country. They work closely with the police and probation services but rely entirely on volunteers prepared to give up their time to work with people often otherwise shunned by communities. Circles offer support to the person concerned but also hold them accountable for their future behaviour. They aim to ensure there are ‘no more victims’. This book is based on original research and provides a close-up picture of how these Circles of Support and Accountability work in practice. It brings together for the first time the voices of all the participants from the offenders and the volunteers through to the Coordinators who link the volunteers to the professionals in the form of the police and probation services. The research was commissioned by Circles UK and funded by the Wates Foundation and the University of Leeds School of Law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367227111

The Resilience and Wellbeing ToolboxA guide for educators and health professionals The Resilience and Wellbeing Toolbox is an inspiring book and a beacon for social emotional change in schools. Within these pages teachers and other professionals will find fantastic resources that they can easily implement in the classroom. By following this programme teachers will see their students developing skills in persistence problem solving and emotional regulation as well as independence empathy kindness contribution and good will whilst planting the essential seeds of resilience and wellbeing. Helpful suggestions offered in each chapter on how to bring wellbeing and resilience into the home can be shared with parents and families. The lively and engaging resources in this book include: Practical photocopiable guide sheets and worksheets also available as eResources Adaptable role plays and activities Solid research-based strategies A flexible framework that can be creatively implemented in the classroom This is a must-have handbook for anyone seeking to provide young people in their care with a strong foundation for better social emotional and learning outcomes. Resources can be downloaded at https://www.routledge.com/The-Resilience-and-Wellbeing-Toolbox-A-guide-for-educators-and-health/Nawana-Parker/p/book/9781138921177 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138921177

The Resilience and Wellbeing ToolboxBuilding Character and Competence through Life’s Ups and Downs This fully updated second edition is a practical guide for parents teachers and other professionals to create cultures of resilience and wellbeing in schools homes and health care settings. Students will build lifelong competencies to improve their emotional regulation empathy persistence problem solving mindset optimism gratitude kindness and values; improving their psychological readiness to bounce back from life’s ups and downs. Alongside new lesson plans that are even easier to follow and specific guidance on how to meet criteria on social emotional learning frameworks the lively and engaging resources in this book include: Practical photocopiable guide sheets and worksheets also available as eResources via www.positivemindsaustralia.com.au Adaptable role plays and activities Solid research-based strategies A flexible framework that can be creatively implemented in classrooms homes and health care settings Parent tips at the end of each chapter This is a must-have handbook for anyone seeking to provide young people in their care with a strong foundation for life long social emotional and learning outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367490294

The Resilience Approach to Climate Adaptation Applied for Flood RiskUNESCO-IHE PhD Thesis Nowadays the uncertainties associated with the process of making decisions for water infrastructure investments can be significant and arise from amongst other factors a lack of knowledge about primary external drivers like climate change. New and improved methods for the assessment climate impacts and adaptation are needed to address these uncertainties; otherwise investment strategies can be maladaptive resulting in either increased risks or unnecessary costs of potentially irreversible measures. In response to this need there has been a significant expansion of the approaches and methods in use. This book provides practical experience with two different assessment methods: Real-In-Options and Adaptation Tipping Points. These were selected because they both provide insight into and promote the ability of the system to deal with future change and thus can be used within a resilience approach. The resilience approach takes a dynamic perspective on adaptive processes and the effects of these processes at/across different spatio-temporal scales. Although the methods share a similar aim they have considerable differences in orientation and application. This book discusses the concept procedures case examples and benefits/limitations of each method examining its usefulness for informing investment decisions. It gives specific recommendations on which method to use under what circumstances. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415624855

The Resilience HandbookApproaches to Stress and Trauma How are people and communities able to prevail despite challenge? What helps them bounce back from adversity and even grow in knowledge and understanding? And can this resilience be taught? During the past decade exciting scientific advances have shed light on how resilience operates from neurons to neighborhoods. In The Resilience Handbook experts in the science of resilience draw on human and animal research to describe the process of resilience and follow its course as it unfolds both within individuals and in social networks. Contributors also highlight the promise of new interventions that apply what we know about resilience processes to bolster positive health and raise some of the pressing questions and issues for the field as it matures. This handbook is designed to be used by students as an invitation to a burgeoning field; by researchers as a framework for advancing theories hypotheses and empirical tests of resilience functions; and by clinicians as a comprehensive and up-to-the-minute integration of theory and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415818834

The Resilience Machine We live in a time where environmental pressures social inequities and political derision are the backdrop of everyday life and where resilience has become a routine prescription for coping with the conditions of modern existence. Drawing an analogy to Harvey Molotch’s urban growth machine this book explores different narratives of resilience and their policy and practice manifestations for cities citizens and communities. It expands on the metaphor of the machine to show how resilience can be better understood as an assemblage. Bringing together authors from multiple disciplines and different parts of the world the book unmasks the often invisible effects of resilience strategies by examining ways in which neoliberal mentalities are fed through the rhetoric of resilience practices policies and development projects. The contributing essays provide provocative accounts of several areas of inquiry including biopolitics and smart bodies resilient cities and communities urban planning and disaster management justice and vulnerability and resistance to resilience. Holding out hope for critical potentials in ‘resilience ’ The Resilience Machine proposes to move beyond mechanisms of adaptation and into imagining what resilient life could look like in a more just equitable and democratic world. The Resilience Machine is a current vital addition to resilience community and urban scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815381136

The Resilient Healthcare OrganizationHow to Reduce Physician and Healthcare Worker Burnout Professional burnout is an epidemic in America. Approximately half of physicians and nurses are affected and at risk for themselves and their patients. Much has been written about professional burnout. The term was originally coined in the 1970s by American psychologist Herbert Freudenberger to describe the consequences of severe stress and high ideals experienced by people working in "helping" professions. Since then many books have been written to address this looming national public health crisis. But unfortunately there has been much less written from a solution standpoint: getting to the root cause of why this is occurring now more than ever. The Resilient Healthcare Organization engages readers focusing on physicians and healthcare professionals and their experiences and how they overcame a loss of enthusiasm for work feelings of cynicism and a low sense of personal accomplishment. The feelings of emotional exhaustion are characterized by depersonalization and perceived ineffectiveness. These are the cardinal features that define "burnout" and affect almost 50% of physicians and 30–70% of nurses. This book addresses why burnout is viewed as a threat and how it can be fought. The author discusses the contributing factors and solutions at the health system and societal level. Additionally this book explores the current and future etiology and impacts on physicians and healthcare professionals with a significant emphasis on solutions at both the individual level and the system level. Contributors: Patricia S. Normand MD Bruce Flareau MD Kathleen Ferket MSN APRN Daniel Edelman DO and Peter B. Angood MD.   Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367249939

The Resilient Mental Health PracticeNourishing Your Business Your Clients and Yourself The Resilient Mental Health Practice: Nourishing Your Business Your Clients and Yourself is a fundamental resource for mental health professionals designed to serve as a comprehensive yet parsimonious handbook to inspire and inform novice developing and experienced mental health professionals. Replete with case studies The Resilient Mental Health Practice gives readers a big-picture view of private practice including detailed explorations of various topics related to therapist self-care and preventing burnout. Chapters provide a range of ways in which clinicians can build a resilient and sustainable practice while also taking care of their clients and themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138935891

The Resilient PractitionerBurnout and Compassion Fatigue Prevention and Self-Care Strategies for the Helping Professions The Resilient Practitioner 3rd edition gives students and practitioners the tools they need to create their own personal balance between caring for themselves and caring for others. This new edition includes a new chapter on resiliency an updated self-care action plan self-reflection exercises in each chapter and a revised resiliency inventory for practitioners. Readers will find however that the new edition keeps its strong focus on research and accessible writing style. The new edition also retains its focus on establishing working alliances and charting a hopeful path for practitioners a path that allows them to work intensely with human suffering and also have a vibrant career in the process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138830073

The Resistant Object of ArchitectureA Lacanian Perspective Architecture’s role is becoming increasingly limited to serving the all-pervasive system of globalised capitalism and becoming a constituent complicit part of its mechanism. The Resistant Object of Architecture addresses this problem and does so in a way that represents a marked departure from predominant responses which as the book shows do not address the core issue. The book addresses this problem by focusing on the question "what is architecture? " and responds to this question by developing the immanent structural logic of architecture that enables it to work not only as an instrumental thinking practice but as a practice of creative thinking. This means that it alone determines its issues problems and priorities and precisely because of that it has the capacity and cogency to destabilise indeed pierce holes in the system in which it operates. The Resistant Object of Architecture draws on various theoretical sources from the psychoanalysis of Jacques Lacan and the philosophy of Alain Badiou to contemporary architectural theory. In contrast to the predominant view of today it demonstrates that architecture has an affirmative transformative capacity. This book is an ideal read for those interested in architectural theory and history analysis of contemporary architecture and philosophy of architecture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367624408

The Resisting Muse: Popular Music and Social Protest Popular music has traditionally served as a rallying point for voices of opposition across a huge variety of genres. This volume examines the various ways popular music has been deployed as anti-establishment and how such opposition both influences and responds to the music produced. Implicit in the notion of resistance is a broad adversarial hegemony against which opposition is measured. But it would be wrong to regard the music of popular protest as a kind of dialogue in league against 'the establishment'. Convenient though they are such 'us and them' arguments bespeak a rather shop-worn stance redolent of youthful rebellion. It is much more fruitful to perceive the relationship as a complex dialectic where musical protest is as fluid as the audiences to which it appeals and the hegemonic structures it opposes. The book's contemporary focus (largely post-1975) allows for comprehensive coverage of extremely diverse forms of popular music in relation to the creation of communities of protest. Because such communities are fragmented and diverse the shared experience and identity popular music purports is dependent upon an audience collectivity that is now difficult to presume. In this respect The Resisting Muse examines how the forms and aims of social protest music are contingent upon the audience's ability to invest the music with the 'appropriate' political meaning. Amongst a plethora of artists genres and themes highlights include discussions of Aboriginal rights and music Bauhaus Black Sabbath Billy Bragg Bono Cassette culture The Capitol Steps Class The Cure DJ Spooky Drum and Bass Eminem Farm Aid Foxy Brown Folk Goldie Gothicism Woody Guthrie Heavy Metal Hip-hop Independent/home publishing Iron Maiden Joy Division Jungle Led Zeppelin Lil'Kim Live Aid Marilyn Manson Bob Marley MC Eiht Minor Threat Motown Queen Latifah Race Rap Rastafarianism Reggae The Roots Diana Ross Rush Salt-n-Pepa 7 Seconds Roxanne Shanté Siouxsie and the Banshees The Sisters of Mercy Michelle Shocked Bessie Smith Straight edge Sunrize Band Bunny Wailer Wilco Bart Willoughby Wirrinyga Band Zines. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351218061

The Resolution Journal of Johann Reinhold Forster 1772–1775Volume IV This presents the previously unpublished journal of the principal naturalist on Cook's second voyage. The main pagination of this volume and the three previous volumes in the set (Second series 152-154) is continuous. Overshadowed for nearly two hundred years in European scholarship by the achievements and reputation of his eldest son George Forster J. R. Forster - principal naturalist on James Cook’s second voyage - was nevertheless recognised by many contemporaries as one of the ’universal geniuses’ of the late 18th century. His journal of the voyage offers many new insights expressed at times in quite unrestrained language into the day-to-day relationships life and thinking and theory-testing on the second and the most scientific and the most epic of Cook’s voyages. However the circumstances of Forster’s career and personality were such that his work was dogged by debilitating disputes and vendettas. Consequently important works such as this journal which would have established him as the leading comparative anthropologist linguist geographer and zoologist of the Pacific have thus far remained obscure and seldom-used manuscripts. Anthropologists ethnolinguists geographers botanists zoologists and medical and literary historians will find here much new observation and theory; for the two Forsters fashioned forces to influence Alexander von Humboldt and foretell Charles Darwin. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1981. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315237411

The Resolution of Sovereign Debt CrisesInstruments Inefficiencies and Options for the Way Forward The insolvency of states is by no means a rare or new phenomenon. Despite this it still seems to be widely felt that states do not go bankrupt. As of yet there are no regulated insolvency proceedings for states. This book examines the current mechanisms for solving sovereign debt crises. It presents an analysis of their weaknesses and shows possibilities for dealing with such crises in the future. In this respect the work focusses on crisis resolution measures at European level: the aid packages for Greece the European Financial Stabilisation Mechanism the European Financial Stabilisation Facility and the European Stability Mechanism. These are examined for their appropriateness as well as whether they contain elements of insolvency law. Ultimately it explores possible insolvency proceedings for states at EU level and their implementation options. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367182359

The Resonance of EmptinessA Buddhist Inspiration for Contemporary Psychotherapy This work presents an exploration of Buddhist philosophy and practice as a potential resource for an approach to psychotherapy which is responsive to the needs of its time and context and attempts to open up a three-way dialogue between Buddhism psychotherapy and contemporary discourse to reveal a meaningful theory and practice for a contemporary psychotherapy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315027371

The Resource Handbook of Electronics Building upon the extensive resources of Whitaker's The Electronics Handbook The Resource Handbook of Electronics offers the most complete collection of reference and tabular data available. It provides the data that engineers and technologists need in a clear concise format that does away with detailed explanations and presents just the facts-the essential tables charts formulas definitions and equations with just enough detail to accomplish the task at hand.This one-stop reference covers a broad range of technologies emphasizes practical applications and provides references to more detailed information on important subjects. Its many topics include: Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220673

The Resources of the Third World First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315061641

The Respectful ManagerThe Guide to Successful Management Many people are confused by mixed messages from their managers. About 85% of the pool of managers are malevolent who do not care about the organisation and use the structure for their own needs of power and control. We know what a good manager looks like but in complex social interactions within organisations this can be confused with the manipulations of the malevolent managers from CEO to the lowest grade supervisor. The Respectful Manager: The Guide to Successful Management is about the application of the Executive Impression Management type of the Respectful Manager derived from new ground-breaking research regarding fraudster managers. It explains clearly and precisely what a good manager looks like and behaves like with their co-workers. In this book the foundations are laid to understand and recognise a Respectful Manager. This is critical for management training purposes and for managerial recruitment and promotion procedures. For those looking at increasing profitability increasing competitive edge and engaging their workforce in fulfilling work the Respectful Manager is the key. This book is a must read for those who aspire to management roles including senior management as a guide to the very best practice in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138306677

The Responsibility to Protect and the International Criminal CourtProtection and Prosecution in Kenya This book provides an account of how the responsibility to protect (R2P) and the International Criminal Court (ICC) were applied in Kenya. In the aftermath of the disputed presidential election on 27 December 2007 Kenya descended into its worst crisis since independence. The 2007-08 post-election crisis in Kenya was among the first situations in which there was an appeal to both the responsibility to protect and a responsibility to prosecute. Despite efforts to ensure compatibility between R2P and the ICC the two were far from coherent in this case as the measures designed to protect the population in Kenya undermined the efforts to prosecute perpetrators. This book will highlight how the African Union-sponsored mediation process effectively brought an end to eight weeks of bloodshed while simultaneously entrenching those involved in orchestrating the violence. Having secured positions of power politicians bearing responsibility for the violence set out to block prosecutions at both the domestic and international levels eventually leading the cases against them to unravel. As this book will reveal by utilising the machinery of the state as a shield against prosecution the Government of Kenya reverted to an approach to sovereignty that both R2P and the ICC were specifically designed to counteract. This book will be of interest to students of the Responsibility to Protect humanitarian intervention African politics war and conflict studies and IR/Security Studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597238

The Responsibility to Protect in DarfurFrom Forgotten Conflict to Global Cause and Back This book analyzes the Responsibility to Protect (R2P) in the context of the conflict in Darfur using detailed empirical evidence. The volume traces Darfur’s evolution from forgotten conflict to a major global cause and back to obscurity. The emergence of a far-reaching international response to the war in Darfur began in 2004 and included the most influential international advocacy movement since the anti-apartheid campaign and one of the world’s largest peacekeeping missions. The book analyzes how Darfur slid back into international obscurity after 2011 despite ongoing violence against civilians and the continued risk of conflict escalation following Omar al-Bashir’s ousting in April 2019. Based on an analysis of more than 100 interviews and over 1 000 media reports the book examines one of the most pressing questions related to the R2P: why do some situations of mass atrocities cause an international outcry while others are met with complacency and silence? It argues that the presence or absence of a compelling narrative which frames a situation in moral terms and unambiguously conveys who is responsible who suffers and what should be done facilitates whether or not sufficient traction will be gained to beget a robust R2P response. This book will be of much interest to students of the Responsibility to Protect human rights peacekeeping conflict resolution African politics and International Relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367183707

The Responsibility to Protect in International LawAn Emerging Paradigm Shift This book will consider a rapidly emerging guiding general principle in international relations and arguably in international law: the Responsibility to Protect. This principle is a solution proposed to a key preoccupation in both international relations and international law scholarship: how the international community is to respond to mass atrocities within sovereign States. There are three facets to this responsibility; the responsibility to prevent; the responsibility to react and the responsibility to rebuild. This doctrine will be analysed in light of the parallel development of customary and treaty international legal obligations imposing responsibilities on sovereign states to the international community in key international law fields such as international human rights law international criminal law and international environmental law. These new developments demand academic study and this book fills this lacuna by rigorously considering all of these developments as part of a trend towards assumption of international responsibility. This must include the responsibility on the part of all states to respond to threats of genocide crimes against humanity ethnic cleansings and large-scale war crimes. The discussion surrounding aggravated state responsibility is also explored with the author concluding that this emerging norm within international law is closely related to the responsibility to protect in its imposition of an international responsibility to act in response to an international wrong. This book will be of great interest to scholars on international law the law of armed conflict security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138614314

The Responsibility to Protect in International LawPhilosophical Investigations This book tracks the development of the emerging international legal principle of a responsibility to protect over the past two decades. It contrasts the influential version of the principle introduced by the International Commission on Intervention and State Sovereignty in 2001 with subsequent interpretations of the responsibility to protect advocated by the United Nations through its human protection agenda and reviews the dangers and inconsistencies inherent in both perspectives. The author demonstrates that the evolving responsibility to protect principle can be recruited to support a wide range of irreconcilable projects from those of cosmopolitan constitutionalism to those of hegemonic international law. However despite the dangers posed by this susceptibility to conceptual hijacking Oman argues that the responsibility to protect like human rights is an essential a modern emancipatory formation. To remedy this dangerous malleability the author advocates a third distinctive interpretation of the responsibility to protect designed to limit its cooptation by liberal anti-pluralist and hegemonic international law agendas. Oman outlines the key features of such a minimalist conception and explores its fit with the "RtoP" version of the responsibility to protect promoted in recent years by the UN. The author argues that two crucial features missing from the UN reading of the principle should be developed in future: an acknowledgement of the role of non-state actors as bearers of the responsibility to protect and a recognition of the principle's legal character. Both of these aspects of the principle offer means to democratize the international law-making enterprise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472423948

The Responsibility to Protect in Libya and SyriaMass Atrocities Human Protection and International Law This book offers a novel and contemporary examination of the ‘responsibility to protect’ (R2P) doctrine from an international legal perspective and analyses how the doctrine was applied within the Libyan and Syrian conflicts as two recent and highly significant R2P cases. The book dissects each of R2P’s three component pillars to examine their international legal underpinnings drawing upon diverse legal frameworks – including the laws of the UN laws of international organisations human rights law humanitarian law criminal law environmental law and laws of State responsibility – to extract conclusions regarding existing and emerging host and third-State obligations to prevent and react to mass atrocity crimes. It uses this legal grounding to critically examine specific aspects of the Libyan and Syrian R2P cases engaging with some of the more traditional debates surrounding R2P’s application most notably those that pertain to the use of force (or lack thereof) but also exploring some of the less-researched non-military methods that were or could have been employed by States and international organisations to uphold the doctrine. Such an analysis captures the diversity in the means and actors through which R2P can be implemented and allows for the extraction of more nuanced conclusions regarding the doctrine’s strengths and limitations gaps in enforceability levels of State support and future trajectory. The book will be of interest to scholars and students in the field of international law and human rights law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138618657

The Responsibility to ProtectPerspectives on the Concept's Meaning Proper Application and Value This book presents the views of various international law and human rights experts on the contested meaning scope of application value and viability of R2P; the principle of the Responsibility to Protect . R2P refers to the notion that the international community has a legal responsibility to protect civilians against the potential or ongoing occurrence of the mass atrocity crimes of genocide large scale war crimes ethnic cleansing and crimes against humanity. R2P allows for intervention where the individual State is unable or unwilling to so protect its people or is in fact a perpetrator. The book addresses also the controversial issue of whether intervention by States implementing R2P with or without the endorsement of the United Nations Security Council constitutes a State act of aggression or instead is legally justified and not an infringement on the offending State’s sovereign jurisdiction. The adverse impact on global peace and security of the failure to protect civilians from mass atrocity crimes has put in stark relief the need to address anew the principle of ‘responsibility to protect’ and the feasibility and wisdom of its application and this book is a significant contribution to that effort. This book was originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of Human Rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367026394

The Responsible Economy After the ‘financial crisis’ and ‘Great Recession’ some have called for replacing standard economic theory by heterodox models based upon behavioural approaches. The Responsible Economy argues that there is nothing wrong with economic theory. Instead the problem has been a ‘devil’s pact’ of simplistic pro-market economics combined with simplistic Keynesian monetary policy. This book revisits the fundamental theorems in economics that state the conditions for markets to achieve efficiency. It has long been known that there are limitations of markets in dealing with externalities increasing returns to scale and monopoly. The role of information in the economy was developed in economic theory in the 1970s onwards and in a world of imperfect and asymmetric information markets perform poorly. Managers of firms engage in short-termism take on excessive risk and misstate their own and their firm’s performance. While finance theory makes clear that much of the activity in the financial services sector is of no economic value and represents wasteful ‘financial engineering’. In this real world it is economically inefficient for firms to maximise shareholder value. On the macroeconomics side monetary expansion cannot be an effective substitute for addressing real problems of infrastructure and education investment. This book maintains that markets work best if individuals and firms behave ethically and responsibly. Employment should be a long-term relationship; firms should pay living wages produce good products at a fair price and pay their share of taxes. Where these standards don’t hold governments should not try to micromanage through regulation but set up simple and straightforward policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138376984

The Responsible Fashion CompanyIntegrating Ethics and Aesthetics in the Value Chain In The Responsible Fashion Company Rinaldi and Testa argue that the fashion industry is at a crossroads: the need for a global shift to a sustainable model has never been more urgent. Yet they demonstrate that we are witnessing a revolution led by conscious consumers and enlightened companies who are redefining the rules of the fashion market. The question is: when will the rest of the industry catch up? Rinaldi and Testa raise a fundamental but often neglected issue in the fashion sustainability debate: long-term equilibrium can only be achieved by integrating economic goals with environmental social and ethical values. "The Responsible Fashion Company" provides a clear overview of the theory challenges and opportunities of sustainability in the industry and demonstrates how fashion companies can achieve competitive advantage through sustainable innovation. The authors show how leading fashion companies are challenging traditional thinking and present inspiring examples from pioneers such as Gucci Levi's Timberland and Brunello Cucinelli who create quality products without leaving a negative impact behind.Refreshing and timely The Responsible Fashion Company is essential reading for the socially conscious consumer and anyone with a professional or personal interest in the fashion design and luxury industries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783532216

The Responsible Investor HandbookMobilizing Workers' Capital for a Sustainable World For decades workers’ capital stewards have invested wisely to provide a secure retirement for millions of people around the world. This money – our money â€“ represents an enormous share of economic and capital market wealth. It has seeded and grown innumerable innovative industries that have had far-reaching impacts. However the 2008 financial crisis has seriously threatened these trusted assets and drained away prosperity.In response a growing number of investors are moving towards responsible investment policies and strategies addressing the rising expectations of consumers and benefiting from the financial advantages such strategies bring. Everyday citizens now want to see their investments not only do well but do good. But what constitutes responsible investment and how can it be undertaken in practice? What is the impact of responsible investment strategies on investment performance? How can trustees managers and advisors implement these strategies in line with their fiduciary responsibilities? How can plan trustees and staff members convince all stakeholders of the need to invest in resilient growth?The Responsible Investor Handbook commissioned by the AFL-CIO and global progressive investors is a lay-friendly “how-to” manual sharing the best in responsible investment practice with capital stewards and other policy leaders who want to do the right thing with our common wealth.This invaluable toolkit enables readers to: Understand the pioneering role of workers’ capital in building infrastructure and vital services Devise a responsible investment strategy Select and monitor service providers Bring on board stakeholders with conflicting interests Avoid short-termism The Responsible Investor Handbook is the first book devoted to aligning the long-term investment priorities of working people with capital stewards and the financial complex that manages their assets. It is an essential read for trustees and capital stewards seeking the positive outcomes of a responsible investment strategy; pension and institutional investors looking to realign their strategies with the interests of workers and citizens; and any professional seeking a better understanding of the importance of responsible investment and its impact on capital markets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783535620

The Responsible MethodologistInquiry Truth-Telling and Social Justice Winner of The University of Alabama 2017 President’s Faculty Research Award What does it mean to be a responsible methodologist? Certainly it is more than being a research middle-manager who ensures that the tools used in a thesis or dissertation are of the right gauge. In The Responsible Methodologist leading education scholar Aaron Kuntz uses the latest movements in social theory to challenge qualitative researchers to reconceptualize their work away from the technocratic toward an intervention an ethical disruption of the norm an activist stance toward progressive social change. Inviting creativity and vision he insists that the responsible methodologist become a force leading the discourse toward social justice. His book-challenges the technocratic role given to qualitative methodologists in university settings;-urges them to become a force for change through Foucault’s parrhesia risky truth-telling;-includes research projects that have incorporated this vision. http://amkuntz.people.ua.edu/ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611323696

The Responsive MuseumWorking with Audiences in the Twenty-First Century What is the relationship today between museums galleries and learning? The Responsive Museum interrogates the thinking policies and practices that underpin the educational role of the museum. It unravels the complex relationship of museums with their publics and discusses today's challenges and the debates that have resulted. The highly experienced team of writers including museum educators and directors share their different experiences and views and review recent research and examples of best practice. They analyse the implications of audience development and broadening public access particularly in relation to special groups minority communities and disabled people and for individual self-development and different learning styles; they explore issues of public accountability and funding; discuss the merits of different evaluation tools and methodologies for measuring audience impact and needs; and assess the role of architects designers and artists in shaping the visitor experience. The latter part of this book reviews practical management and staffing issues and training and skills needs for the future. This book is for students museum staff especially those involved in education and interpretation and senior management and policy-makers. This is a much-needed review of the relationship between museums and galleries and their users. It also offers a wealth of information and expertise to guide future strategy and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815346616

The Rest PrincipleA Neurophysiological Theory of Behavior First published in 1982. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138406759

The Restless CityA Short History of New York from Colonial Times to the Present The Restless City: A Short History of New York from Colonial Times to the Present is a brief insightful and lively history of the peoples events and interactions that have formed New York City. Weaving together the shifting currents of economic political social and cultural life Joanne Reitano shows how New York has acted both as an indicator and a driver of the American experience in its negotiation of evolving urban challenges. The third edition of The Restless City has been updated to include new material on early settler/Native American interactions and to be more fully inclusive of the outer boroughs of New York. Each chapter features at least two primary sources accompanied by discussion questions for students. Authoritative and comprehensive The Restless City remains a superior resource for students and scholars interested in the rich history of the nation’s premier urban center. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138681705

The Restless Universe Applications of Gravitational N-Body Dynamics to Planetary Stellar and Galactic Systems The Restless Universe: Applications of Gravitational N-Body Dynamics to Planetary Stellar and Galactic Systems stimulates the cross-fertilization of ideas methods and applications among the different communities who work in the gravitational N-body problem arena across diverse fields of astrophysics. The chapters and topics cover three broad themes: the dynamics of the solar system the dynamics of galaxies and star clusters and the large scale structure of the universe. The book is essential reading for scientists and graduate students studying N-body dynamics from the fundamental techniques to the cutting edge of modern research in planetary stellar and galactic systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138406230

The Restoration and the England of Charles II This key Seminar Study was first published as Restoration England: The Reign of Charles II in 1985. Unavailable for several years the book has now been heavily revised and expanded to take account of over ten years of new scholarship. In particular the Second Edition reflects new work done on political parties the constitution taxation the church and the legacy of the civil wars. As ever primary documents illustrate points raised in the text and an extensive bibliography directs readers to further reading. New for this edition is a chronology of the main events in Charles II's reign which given the thematic treatment of the reign readers are likely to find particularly useful. When Charles II was restored to the throne in 1660 the event was widely greeted as a return to normal after the upheavals of civil war. In this short study Professor John Miller explores how far this was true and how far the civil wars had in fact weakened (or strengthened) the monarchy. The book divides neatly into two: in the first part the 'Restoration Settlement' of 1660-4 is examined in detail; and in the second the salient features of government politics and religion under Charles II are considered seeking to show how well the restored regime worked in practice. Throughout complex issues of change over time are explained as clearly and concisely as possible and the Restoration is placed in the wider context of the development of England in the seventeenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149656

The Restoration of Ghirlandina Tower in Modena and the Assessment of Soil-Structure Interaction by Means of Dynamic Identification Techniques This book is the first of a series of volumes on Built Heritage and Geotechnics intended to reach a wide audience: professionals and academics in the fields of civil engineering architecture restoration and cultural heritage management and even the wider public. The present volume provides essential information on the history of the construction of the Ghirlandina Tower in Modena the techniques involved and the restoration works and proves how the interaction with the supporting soil may explain the reasons behind the corrections that masons implemented during construction the pattern of settlements suffered by the tower and the Cathedral and their mutual interaction. In addition to the above there is one particular aspect that should capture the interest of a wide readership: in 1997 the Cathedral and the Ghirlandina Tower were included in the UNESCO World Heritage List and it was recognized that the creation process shared by Lanfranco and Wiligelmo is a masterpiece of human creativity in which a new dialectical relationship between architecture and sculpture was created in Romanesque art. The Modena complex bears exceptional witness to the cultural traditions of the 12th century in northern Italy's urban society its organization religious character beliefs and values all being reflected in the history of the buildings. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367187088

The Restoration of the Nativity Church in Bethlehem This book is a summary of the main restoration works carried out at the Church of the Nativity in Bethlehem that commenced in September 2013. Work on roof wooden structures wall and floor mosaics internal plasters wooden architraves and painted columns of the naves external wall surfaces and Narthex is all presented in a sequence of reports that accompany the reader up to the final interventions through accurate descriptions of historical and archaeological features initial state of conservation and appropriate techniques of conservation and restoration. Topics are treated with the methodological and linguistic rigor specific to each disciplinary sector involved even if in the interest of making reading and comprehension easier it was sometimes preferred to present only significant case studies which are nevertheless representative of groups of wider and more complex problems. Through the reading of this work the reader can simply fulfil his desire for knowledge and obtain answers to certain curiosities about the past history of the Church. At the same time useful guidelines in dealing with conservation and restoration interventions at historic-architectural sites of similar complexity can be found. The book is therefore addressed to a generic reader interested in the history and conservation of one of the most representative examples of our heritage but also in light of its technical and scientific value to university students technicians restorers architects structural engineers archaeologists and historians. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138488991

The Restorative Justice Ritual Restorative justice is an innovative approach to responding to crime and conflict that shifts the focus away from laws and punishment to instead consider the harm caused and what is needed to repair that harm and make things right. Interest in restorative justice is rapidly expanding with new applications continuously emerging around the world. The restorative philosophy and conference process have shown great promise in providing a justice response that heals individuals and strengthens the community. Still a few key questions remain unanswered. First how is the personal and relational transformation apparent in the restorative justice process achieved? What can be done to safeguard and enhance that effectiveness? Second can restorative justice satisfy the wider public’s need for a reaffirmation of communal norms following a crime particularly in comparison to the criminal trial? And finally given its primary focus on making amends at an interpersonal level does restorative justice routinely fail to address larger structural injustices? This book engages with these three critical questions through an understanding of restorative justice as a ritual. It proffers three dominant ritual functions related to the performance of justice: the normative the transformative and the proleptic. Two justice rituals namely  the criminal trial and the restorative justice conference are examined through this framework in order to understand how each process fulfills or fails to fulfill the multifaceted human need for justice. The book will be of interest to students academics and practitioners working in the areas of Restorative Justice Criminal Law and Criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367560782

The Restrictive Covenant in the Control of Land Use First published in 1999 this book breaks new ground by treating the restrictive covenant from the aspect of the control of land use. At its heart is a detailed account of the discharge or modification mechanism a system of practical importance to professionals in law planning and land management. This central component is furthered by an historical account of the development of the concept from Tulk v Moxhay (the seminal case of 1848) to the present and by an assessment of its future in a legal system dominated by planning and environmental control. It is a study of the way in which a particular equitable doctrine has grown from simple beginnings to become a tool of considerable practical importance enabling it to meet changing social and economic needs. It charts the growth of a concept wherein principles of private and public law come together in the fields of property and planning and gives some pointers to possible reform of the law and the future role of the restrictive covenant. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366190

The Results FacilitatorExpert Manager Mentor A facilitator has been traditionally defined as someone who helps a group of people understand their objectives and assists them in planning to achieve them without taking a position in the discussion. Recently the International Standards Organization’s (ISO’s) implementation and other long-term multi-year team involvement has challenged neutrality in all cases and has created a new type of facilitator the results facilitator.The Results Facilitator: Expert Manager Mentor identifies the skills training and education that today’s facilitators must possess. Outlining the new role of the facilitator it presents powerful tools and techniques that can help facilitators achieve success. Continuous learning is a must and should follow the model-Learn-Practice-Evaluate-Act.The book demonstrates the use of Critical Success Factors (CSFs) for measuring progress toward achieving the objectives of a long-term program. It also supplies authoritative guidance on how to effectively plan conduct and complete meeting responsibilities. What can go wrong for a facilitator is outlined and methods to eliminate or mitigate these undesired situations are shown.The text details the core competencies that have been established by the International Institute for Facilitators (INIFAC) as well as the International Association of Facilitators (IAF). It shows where improvements can be made in each and recommends a joint IAF and INIFAC effort to consolidate into one facilitator’s competency list.The book explains the need for an additional phase to the Tuckman’s Group Dynamic Model. It shows several coaching processes including how to use the Toyota Production System’s Kata for team improvement. The chapters have a facilitator exercise at the ends to help the reader apply their new knowledge to build their confidence and knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482252354

The Resurgence of the RealBody Nature and Place in a Hypermodern World In this insightful beautifully written work one of America's most important feminist ecological thinkers reflects on the roots of modernity in Renaissance humanism the Reformation the Scientific Revolution and the Enlightenment Spretnak argues that an "ecological postmodern" ethos is emerging in the 1990s. the creative cosmos and the complex sense of place." Both a sharp critique and a graceful performance of the art of the possible The Resurgence of the Real changes the way we think about living in the modern world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138432277

The Resurgence of the StateTrends and Processes in Cyberspace Governance The transnational architecture of global information networks has made territorial borders less significant. Boundaries between spaces are becoming blurred in the evolving information age. But do information and communication technologies networks really lead to a weakening of the nation-state? This volume revisits the 'retreat of the state' thesis and tests its validity in the 21st century. It considers cyberspace as a matter of collective and policy choice prone to usurpation by governance structures. Governments around the world are already reacting to the information revolution and trying to re-establish their leading role in creating governance regimes for the Information Age. The volume comes at a historical moment when new political dynamics are detected and new conceptual models are sought to categorize the attempts to deal with global/transnational issues. It will intrigue the reader with expert-level analysis of the role of the state in the emerging global/supranational governance structures by providing historical context and conceptualizing trends and social dynamics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383715

The Resurrection in Karl Barth Karl Barth repeatedly spoke of the centrality and unparalleled significance of the resurrection of Jesus Christ for his theological understanding yet a clear grasp of its nature and scope in Barth continues to find little expression in scholarly literature. This book seeks to draw out the theological substance and systematic implications of Barth's thinking on this theme. Barth's mature understanding of the resurrection concentrates upon the transition from the objective achievement of reconciliation culminating in the crucifixion and death of Jesus Christ to its subjective appropriation in the life of the believer all within a thoroughly christological context. The resurrection may be described as the way of the crucified Lord to others and is for Barth the essential and efficient link between christology proper and the extension of Christ's saving work to others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265080

The Retailing Reader Most of us think we know something about retailing: we shop we buy we consume. But retailing perhaps more than any other economic sector has been transformed fundamentally over the last thirty years both economically and culturally. Featuring work from seminal theorists in the area and charting the development of retailing as an important discipline in its own right this superb volume examines the key themes in contemporary retailing. Organized into five sections each of which includes an illuminating editorial overview The Retailing Reader examines:consumers and shoppersretail branding and marketingmerchandising and buying; strategy power and policyinternational retailing.Extensive case studies include an analysis of the British grocery market the strategies embodied by Nike Town stores and the development of retail economies in China and Latin America. The Retailing Reader presents a comprehensive overview of this important area of study and is an ideal companion for any student of retailing marketing or business and management. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003060413

The Reticulocyte First Published in 1986 this book offers a full comprehensive guide to immature red blood cells. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for Students of Medicine and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367236908

The Return of AinuCultural mobilization and the practice of ethnicity in Japan First Published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985407

The Return of EpidemicsHealth and Society in Peru During the Twentieth Century Historians have long recognized epidemics to be a significant though sometimes hidden factor in the fortunes of societies and civilizations. The study of epidemics heightens our understanding of relationships between economic systems and living conditions. It illuminates the ideologies and religious beliefs of the affected community and illustrates the efforts and inadequacies of public health systems. This investigation of the history of epidemics in various parts of Peru during the twentieth century opens up a new field for Latin American studies to include health and disease. These are important areas of the past that enable us to understand better the living conditions of people the role of state authority and the dynamics of social movement. Marcos Cueto examines five series of epidemics: the bubonic plague of 1903-1930; the fever epidemic of 1919-1922; the typhus and small pox epidemics in the Andes; attempts to control and eradicate malaria and the cholera epidemics of 1991. In each case he studies the biological and ecological factors that caused the outbreak and the techniques and policies applied to fight it together with the response of the affected society. The experience of epidemics in Peru has been cyclical. Poverty breeds disease which in turn results in further poverty. One of the aims of this study is to highlight areas of success and failure in the fight against epidemics in the hope that such awareness may help break this vicious circle. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263420

The Return of Feminist Liberalism While it is uncontroversial to point to the liberal roots of feminism a major issue in English-language feminist political thought over the last few decades has been whether feminism's association with liberalism should be relegated to the past. Can liberalism continue to serve feminist purposes? This book examines the positions of three contemporary feminists - Martha Nussbaum Susan Moller Okin and Jean Hampton - who notwithstanding decades of feminist critique are unwilling to give up on liberalism. This book examines why and in what ways each of these theorists believes that liberalism offers the normative and political resources for the improvement of women's situations. It also brings out and tries to explain and evaluate the differences among them notwithstanding their shared allegiance to liberalism. In so doing the books goes to the heart of recent debates in feminist and political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844652709

The Return of NatureSustaining Architecture in the Face of Sustainability The Return of Nature asks you to critique your conception of nature and your approach to architectural sustainability and green design. What do the terms mean? Are they de facto design requirements? Or are they unintended design replacements? The book is divided into five parts giving you multiple viewpoints on the role of the relations between architecture nature technology and culture. A detailed case study of a built project concludes each part to help you translate theory into practice. This holistic approach will allow you to formulate your own theory and to adjust your practice based on your findings. Will you provoke change design architecture that responds to change or both? Coedited by an architect and a historian the book features new essays by Robert Levit Catherine Ingraham Sylvia Lavin Barry Bergdoll K. Michael Hays Diane Lewis Andrew Payne Mark Jarzombek Jean-Francois Chevrier Elizabeth Diller Antoine Picon and Jorge Silvetti. Five case studies document the work of MOS Architects Michael Bell Architecture Steven Holl Architects George L. Legendre and Preston Scott Cohen. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415897891

The Return of the BuddhaAncient Symbols for a New Nation The Return of the Buddha traces the development of Buddhist archaeology in colonial India examines its impact on the reconstruction of India’s Buddhist past and the making of a public and academic discourse around these archaeological discoveries. The book discusses the role of the state and modern Buddhist institutions in the reconstitution of national heritage through promulgation of laws for the protection of Buddhist monuments acquiring of land around the sites restoration of edifices and organization of the display and dissemination of relics. It also highlights the engagement of prominent Indian figures such as Nehru Gandhi Ambedkar and Tagore with Buddhist themes in their writings. Stressing upon the lasting legacy of Buddhism in independent India the author explores the use of Buddhist symbols and imagery in nation-building and the making of the constitution as also the recent efforts to resurrect Buddhist centers of learning such as Nalanda. With rich archival sources the book will immensely interest scholars researchers and students of modern Indian history culture archaeology Buddhist studies and heritage management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138663947

The Return of the Cold WarUkraine The West and Russia This book examines the crisis in Ukraine tracing its development and analysing the factors which lie behind it. It discusses above all how the two sides have engaged in political posturing accusations escalating sanctions and further escalating threats arguing that the ease with which both sides have reverted to a Cold War mentality demonstrates that the Cold War belief systems never really disappeared and that the hopes raised in the aftermath of the collapse of the Soviet Union for a new era in East-West relations were misplaced. The book pays special attention to the often ignored origins of the crisis within Ukraine itself and the permanent damage caused by the fact that Ukrainians are killing Ukrainians in the eastern parts of the country. It also assesses why Cold War belief systems have re-emerged so easily and concludes by considering the likely long-term ramifications of the crisis arguing that the deep-rooted lack of trust makes the possibility of compromise even harder than in the original Cold War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138572355

The Return of the PeasantLand Reform in Post-Communist Romania This title was first published in 2001. Of the many far reaching issues facing post-communist states in the wake of the collapse of communist rule few have continued to pose such dilemmas for future progress as the land question. This book provides a historical account of national and local attempts to reform land ownership and agricultural production and in particular the way in which land law defined the land question. Using archive work to demonstrate the selectivity of the law in righting wrongs and case studies to illustrate the practical obstacles to attempts at reconstructing the pre-communist system this work is a critical and detailed portrait of the forces that stand to shape the future of post-communist rural life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138734258

The Return to EthicsSpecial Issue of The Translator (Volume 7/2 2001) If civilizations are to cooperate as well as clash our mediators must solve problems using serious thought about relations between Self and Other.Translation Studies has thus returned to questions of ethics. But this is no return to any prescriptive linguistics of equivalence. As the articles in this volume show ethics is now a broadly contextual question dependent on practice in specific cultural locations and situational determinants. It concerns people perhaps more than texts. It involves representing dynamics seeking specific goals challenging established norms and bringing theory closer to historical practice.The contributions to this volume study a wide range of translational activity questioning global copyright regimes denouncing exploitation within the translation profession defending a Bible translation in terms of multilateral loyalty and delving into the dynamics of popular genres the culture bubbles of talk shows the horrors of disaster relief in Turkey military interpreters in the Balkans and urgent political pleas from a Greek prison. The theoretical approaches range from empirical text analysis to applications of fuzzy logic passing through a proposed Translator's Oath and converging in a common concern with cross-cultural alterity Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138473751

The Return to War and ViolenceCase Studies on the USSR Russia and Yugoslavia 1979-2014 This volume includes five case studies on war and the military in the USSR Russia and Yugoslavia. It argues that the armed forces were at the core of socialist statehood and that their role and their change in late socialism and post-Communism are thus far understudied. Discussing the similarities as well as the differences between the Soviet the Russian and the Yugoslav case the introduction seeks new explanations for war and military violence in these countries. Rather than pointing exclusively to ethnic mobilization and nationalism it views the transformation and collapse of the Communist party-state and its army as a precondition for violence and civil war. It places these cases using innovative methodological approaches to the research on physical violence war and military. These studies explore the experience and the representation of violence army service combat and war in late socialism and scrutinize individual actors and their behaviour within violent spaces. In retrospect the emerging wars in the post-Soviet space – from Chechnya to the Donbas – and in Yugoslavia are at least as crucial for the region as Gorbachev's reforms. They help to better understand the conflicts of the present in the post-Soviet space. This book was originally published as a special issue of Nationalities Papers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367109301

The Reuniting of EuropePromises Negotiations and Compromises This title was first published in 2001: In 1989 central and Eastern European countries broke free form the Soviet Union and looked upon the European Community to support their 'return to Europe'. Some years later leaders of the European Community meeting in Copenhagen in June 1993 endorsed for the first time the membership aspirations of the recently democratized countries of Central and Eastern Europe. This insightful text examines the negotiations debates tensions and contradictions behind the process of approximation between the two halves of Europe both within the EC itself as well as between the EC and the countries of Central and Eastern Europe. The extensive consultation of unpublished internal documents and a theoretically relevant and well-written analysis ensures that this book is an indispensable resource for students and researchers of EC/EU relations with Central and Eastern Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415792981

The Reuse and Recycling of Contaminated Soil This book presents a new way of viewing contaminated soil-as a resource that in many instances can be recovered. The Reuse and Recycling of Contaminated Soils addresses the waste problem associated with contaminated soil and considers alternatives that are environmentally sound cost-effective and time efficient. It provides thorough coverage of practical issues associated with reuse and recycling including: Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579456

The Re-Use AtlasA Designer's Guide Towards the Circular Economy This book is a highly illustrated “map ” using photos infographics and statistics showing designers how they can successfully navigate the emerging field of resource management and the circular economy. Using the Brighton Waste House Project as a basis for this the book will look at key moments and landmark decisions made during its design and construction as well as the people and projects from around the world that inspired them. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859466445

The Re-Use of Urban RuinsAtmospheric Inquiries of the City How do urban ruins provoke their cultural revaluation? This book offers a unique sociological analysis about the social agencies of material culture and atmospheric knowledge of buildings in the making. It draws on ethnographic research in Berlin along the former Palace of the Republic the E-Werk and the Café Moskau in order to make visible an interdisciplinary regime of design experts who have developed a professional sensorium turning the built memory of the city into an object of aesthetic inquiry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599928

The Revaluation of Women's Work This book provides a survey and analysis of the different ways in which women's work is valued throughout the world. It challenges the narrow definition of work as paid work as that excludes so many of women's activities. It looks at ways in which women's worth has been consistently undervalued in industrial as well as non-industrial countries in socialist as well as free-enterprise economies. These practices distort the national product of countries heavily dependent on women's labour but above all they are among the most obvious marks of the exploitation of women. Technological changes are already altering established female/male divisions of labour. Transnational enterprises often located in Special Economic Zones are reducing differences between industrial and nonindustrial countries. Valuing women's work correctly whether unpaid in the home or underpaid outside it is part of the battle against discrimination and poverty. Men who do similar work also benefit. It is the crucial step towards the achievement of male/female equality. The book will be particularly valuable for those concerned with the issues in trade unions women's groups international agencies and NGOs and for course in economics and social studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315066332

The Revelation of Nature This title was first published in 2001. "The Revelation of Nature" embraces pragmatism aesthetics and metaphysics in an effort to narrate a fundamental relationship between the contemporary world and the natural source and site for any world of meaning. Beginning with an exploration of Heidegger's seminal insight into the way we exist - that human existence must be understood in its everydayness - Matthews links these ideas to Heidegger's interpretation of the development of Western history in terms of its grounding metaphysical determinations to do with truth reality and the nature of things. Matthews concludes that our everyday lives are informed and shaped by intellectual precepts and normative modes of behaviour that promote the combination and enslavement of both nature and ourselves within a mass technological grid. This book breaks new ground in theology without underpinning the analysis with a particular religious viewpoint. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138722118

The Revenue ImperativeThe Union's Financial Policies During the American Civil War Provides a comprehensive overview of the Union financial policies during the American Civil War. This work argues that the revenue imperative the need to keep pace with the burgeoning expenses of the conflict governed the development of fiscal policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663527

The Reviewer’s Guide to Quantitative Methods in the Social Sciences The Reviewer’s Guide to Quantitative Methods in the Social Sciences provides evaluators of research manuscripts and proposals in the social and behavioral sciences with the resources they need to read understand and assess quantitative work. 35 uniquely structured chapters cover both traditional and emerging methods of quantitative data analysis which neither junior nor veteran reviewers can be expected to know in detail. The second edition of this valuable resource updates readers on each technique’s key principles appropriate usage underlying assumptions and limitations providing reviewers with the information they need to offer constructive commentary on works they evaluate. Written by methodological and applied scholars this volume is also an indispensable author’s reference for preparing sound research manuscripts and proposals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138800137

The Revision Of Psychoanalysis In 1965 Erich Fromm became professor emeritus of psychoanalysis at the National Autonomous University of Mexico City. In the same year he finished his field research on the social character of the Mexican peasant village Chiconcuac. Released from his obligations at the university and free for a new project he applied to various funding organizations for money to undertake a "Systematic Work on Humanistic Psychoanalysis " which he had decided to write in the course of the next few years. It was conceived as a work of three to four volumes that would deal with the complete range of psychoanalytic theory and practice. He intended nothing less than a dialectic revision. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295493

The Revitalized Tutoring CenterA Guide to Transforming School Culture Tapping into the existing resources and staff available within your school The Revitalized Tutoring Center provides an effective strategy to improve instruction and student performance. This practical guide shares the blueprint best practices and resources necessary to create and implement a robust embedded tutoring center. This dynamic peer tutoring model brings together teachers peers and community members in a support network that identifies students in need and facilitates individualized instruction. With a peer tutoring model in place schools are better positioned to initiate and sustain a variety of initiatives such as PLCs RTI formative assessment community partnerships and service learning while creating equitable access and opportunity for all. This book illustrates how instructional leaders can leverage existing resources in a sustainable and cost-effective way to implement a model that ultimately leads to cultural changes innovation and significant academic improvement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138185104

The Revival of Natural LawPhilosophical Theological and Ethical Responses to the Finnis-Grisez School Natural law theory has been enjoying a significant revival in recent times. Led by Germain Grisez in the USA and John Finnis in the UK one school of thinkers has been articulating a highly developed system of natural law built upon a sophisticated account of practical reasoning and a rich and flexible understanding of the human good. However long-standing prejudices against old-style natural law among moral philosophers and Protestant ethicists together with the new theory's appropriation by conservatives in the impassioned debate between the Vatican and dissenting theologians in the United States have prevented the Finnis-Grisez version from being adequately appreciated. Providing a clear and substantive introduction to the theory for those who are new to it this book then broadens assesses and advances the debate about it examining crucial philosophical theological and ethical issues and opening up discussion beyond the confines of the Roman Catholic Church. Part 1 on philosophical issues starts with two broad chapters that locate the Grisez school in relation to modern moral philosophy and the Roman Catholic philosophical tradition of Thomism and then follows these with further chapters on two crucial issues: the possibility of consensus on the human good and the nature of moral absolutes. Part 2 on theological dimensions begins with a Lutheran critique of Grisez locates him in relation to the ethics of two very prominent 20th century Protestants Karl Barth and Stanley Hauerwas and then explores the major area of theological controversy within the Roman Catholic community - how to conceive of the "Church's" authority with regard to moral matters. Part 3 subjects the school's thought to critical examination in a broad range of ethical fields: bioethics gender sex and the environment. A concluding chapter then develops eight topics that recur in the course of the book: the status of ethical realism in the contemporary intellectual climate; whether realism is best conceived in rationalist or naturalist terms; whether marriage should be counted as a basic good; whether physical pleasure should not be counted a basic good; whether it is always wrong to act deliberately against a basic good; the problems of moral certainty and authority; the rapproachement between Protestant and Roman Catholic ethics; and finally whether ethical understanding is really independent of one's anthropological point of view. Drawing together North American European and Australian contributors from across moral philosophy and Protestant ethics as well as from Roman Catholic moral theology this book opens up the debate about the Finnis-Grisez theory highlighting its strengths and weaknesses in order to advance current discussion about natural law in moral theology and in moral and legal philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256712

The Revival of Planetary Astronomy in Carolingian and Post-Carolingian Europe This title was first published in 2002: Before the introduction of Greco-Arabic mathematical astronomy in the 12th century what astronomy was there in the medieval West? While we know of developments in computus which calculated with solar and lunar cycles to create Christian calendars and in monastic time-telling by the stars was anything known of the five planets? Using glosses commentaries and diagrams to the early manuscripts of four classical Latin authors - Pliny Macrobius Martianus Capella and Calcidius - Bruce Eastwood provides evidence for the extensive development of the sixth liberal art astronomy from the time of Charlemagne forward with a particular focus on the diagrams used and invented by Carolingian and later scholars. Learning to understand the motions of planets in terms of spatial or geometrical arrangement they mined these Roman writings for astronomical and cosmological doctrines in the process not only absorbing but also creating models of planetary motions. What they accomplished over three centuries was to establish a basic set of models that showed the reasoned order of the planets in the heavens. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138731929

The Revival of Private Enterprise in China The re-emergence of private enterprises is one of the most important factors in China's recent economic development. They will play a key role in maintaining China's high growth rate and honouring its commitments to the WTO. Despite this they face obstacles to growth including borrowing restrictions high taxes ineffective legal protection and lack of technical and information support. The authors in this book discuss these obstacles and propose measures for improving private enterprise development. They consider how private enterprises can help China mitigate its macroeconomic problems such as unemployment income inequality financial disintermediation and cyclical boom and bust. Finally they examine the lessons to be learnt from other countries in promoting privatization. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315553511

The Revival of Right Wing Extremism in the Nineties Most studies of the radical right concentrate on movements in a single country neglecting to some extent the international dimensions of right-wing extremism. Here Merkl and Weinberg adopt a comparative perspective concentrating on the revival of the right across a variety of countries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315037639

The Revival of Tradition in Indonesian PoliticsThe Deployment of Adat from Colonialism to Indigenism The Indonesian term adat means ‘custom’ or ‘tradition’ and carries connotations of sedate order and harmony. Yet in recent years it has suddenly become associated with activism protest and violence. This book investigates the revival of adat in Indonesian politics identifying its origins the historical factors that have conditioned it and the reasons behind its recent blossoming. It considers whether the adat revival is a constructive contribution to Indonesia’s new political pluralism or a divisive dangerous and reactionary force and examines the implications for the development of democracy human rights civility and political stability. The Revival of Tradition in Indonesian Politics provides detailed coverage of the growing significance of adat in Indonesian politics. It is an important resource for anyone seeking to understand the contemporary Indonesian political landscape. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542081

The Revolt Against DualismAn Inquiry Concerning the Existence of Ideas The Revolt Against Dualism first published in 1930 belongs to a tradition in philosophical theorizing that Arthur O. Lovejoy called "descriptive epistemology." Lovejoy's principal aim in this book is to clarify the distinction between the quite separate phenomena of the knower and the known something regularly obvious to common sense if not always to intellectual understanding. This work is as much an argument about the ineluctable differences between subject and object and between mentality and reality as it is a subtle polemic against those who would stray far from acknowledging these differences. With a resolve that lasts over three hundred pages Lovejoy offers candid evaluations of a generation's worth of philosophical discussions that address the problem of epistemological dualism.In his stunning new introduction Jonathan B. Imber offers a reassessment of Lovejoy's career as a thinker and as an active participant in the worldly affairs of academic life. He introduces to a new generation of readers some enduring principles of the vocation of the scholar to which Lovejoy not only subscribed but to which he also gave substance through his activities as an academic man. The opening statement provides both a fit tribute to a great pioneer in the history of ideas and an example of intellectual history in its own right. The Revolt Against Dualism will be a significant addition to the libraries of philosophers sociologists and history of ideas scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538207

The Revolt Against the MassesAnd Other Essays on Politics and Public Policy The author of this stunning set of essays on politics and public policy makes crystal clear the meaning of the title. "The revolutionaries of contemporary America do not seek to redistribute privilege from those who have it to those who do not. These radicals wish to arrange a transfer of power from those elites who now exercise it to another elite namely themselves who do not. This aspiring elite is of the same race (white) the same class (upper middle and upper) and the same educational background (the best colleges and universities) as those they wish to displace." Wildavsky's bracing work takes a close look at these elites who probably make up little more than one percent of the population. He sees their common denominator as hostility toward the masses anti-American attitudes derision of authority and a belief in participatory rather than representative politics. The author carries through these themes in a variety of essays on black-white racial relations social work orientations and black militancy the politics of budgetary reform elite and mass trends in the political party system and the substitution of bureaucratic for democratic modes of advancing the policy process. This work is in short vintage Wildavsky: tough minded spirited and plain-spoken political analysis. In his new Introduction Irving Louis Horowitz examines what has changed and what continues to be salient in Wildavsky's line of analysis. Essentially the report card on The Revolt Against the Masses is that the situation described in these essays has changed somewhat in style but hardly at all in substance. The nuclear shield replaces the ABM treaty and Afghanistan replaces Vietnam as centers of political gravity-but the same coalition of forces across party and economy still dominate the American political process. The justifiably famous essay on "The Two Presidencies" shows how persistent is the gap between the conflict over domestic priorities and the consensus on foreign policy-and why. This is in short a classic text that continues to merit careful study by all those interested in political life. Aaron Wildavsky was until his death in 1993 professor of political science and public policy at the University of California in Berkeley. He was also director of its Survey Research Center. He served as director of the Russell-Sage Foundation was a president of the American Political Science Association and held a number of visiting professorships during his lifetime. Most recently Transaction has posthumously published Wildavsky's complete essays and papers in five volumes. Irving Louis Horowitz is Hannah Arendt distinguished university professor emeritus at Rutgers The State University and longtime friend and associate of Aaron Wildavsky. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538214

The Revolt in Hindustan 1857 - 59With Eight Illustrations and Five Maps First published in 1908 Wood creates a recount in this work covers specific events and figures involved in the revolt against the British forces and rule in India during 1857 – 1859. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367181383

The Revolt of SnowballsMurano Confronts Venice 1511 The Revolt of Snowballs unpicks a rare and turbulent event which occurred in 1511 and investigates the meaning behind it. On January 27 1511 the island of Murano was the scene of an exceptional event during which the representative of Venice exercising power in the island on behalf of the Serenissima was hunted by the inhabitants under a shower of snowballs and the sound of a hostile clamour. This book uses microhistory techniques to examine the trial records of the incident and explores the lives of the Murano’s inhabitants at its heart. The book begins by providing a detailed introduction to life in Murano during the sixteenth century including its political framework and the relationship it shared with Venice. Against this context the political skills of Murano’s inhabitants are considered and key questions regarding political action are posed including why and how people chose to protest what sense of justice drove their actions and what form those actions took. The latter half of the book charts the events that followed the revolt of snowballs including the inquest and its impact on Murano’s society. By putting Murano under the microscope The Revolt of Snowballs provides a window into the cultural and political world of early modern Italy and is essential reading for historians of revolt and microhistory more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138066069

The Revolt of the College Intellectual The exuberant explosions of old college days have traditionally been forgiven as somewhat enviable expressions of the high spirits of exultant youth. Are young intellectuals now the dominant group in many colleges less adolescent and more mature or do their immaturities merely manifest themselves in different ways? As intellectual individualists students do not usually care for group explosions unless they are for social causes such as the rights of minorities. But their adolescence often manifests itself individually in a superior condescension or in depressive inferiority complexes.This book is a fascinating account of the changes that have taken place in the backgrounds attitudes and temperaments of students at the so-called prestige colleges. Though Everett Lee Hunt draws heavily upon his observations and experiences during more than thirty years as a dean and professor of Swarthmore College his book is much more than a case study of one outstanding college. Hunt presents many concrete examples of student moods customs actions and expressions of values. With wisdom and warmth he discusses three successive eras in the college schooling of American adolescents: guarded education conformity to accepted ways and intellectual individualism.Teachers deans student counselors personnel workers and school psychologists and psychiatrists will find this classic book of continuing interest in guiding their dealings with adolescent students. The Revolt of the College Intellectual may also interest students themselves their parents alumni and all who are in anyway concerned with education as a preparation for life in a rapidly changing and troubled world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538221

The Revolt of the PrimitiveAn Inquiry into the Roots of Political Correctness The Revolt of the Primitive explores the psychological dynamics of political correctness and gender warfare. Author Howard Schwartz argues that perceptions of men as abusers sexual predators and deadbeat dads have become firmly entrenched in our culture due to fantasy rather than solid objective facts. This volume delves into the psychological forces that have given rise to these ideas and reveals the hard facts about men and women in our society.Schwartz illustrates how feminists have taken the most vulgar stereotype of men and pronounced it a universal and inviolable cultural norm. He then examines his thesis in the context of work and the work organization discussing how the feminization of the workplace has been driven by the archetypal need to remake it into a maternal world banishing the limitations that shape survival and progress. He examines the traditional sexual division of labor and its alleged oppressive nature. He also discusses the psychological forces that drive the idea of placing women in combat roles in the military.Howard S. Schwartz is a professor of organizational behavior in the School of Business Administration at Oakland University in Rochester Michigan and is one of the founders of the International Society for Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations (ISPSO). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538238

The Revolting SelfPerspectives on the Psychological Social and Clinical Implications of Self-Directed Disgust This book looks at the phenomenon of self-directed disgust and examines the role of self-disgust in relation to psychological experiences and potential ensuing psychopathology and to physical functioning such as disability chronic physical health and sexual dysfunction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200086

The Revolution in Anthropology Ils 69 Professor Jarvie examines the nature of the revolution in social anthropology in order to investigate its results. Working within Karl Popper's radical view of the nature of science he argues that the subject is one of the oldest and most fundamental of all studies and suggests it can easily be traced back to Plato and Aristotle not merely as a matter of historical curiosity but as having fruitful results for the understanding of Malinowski and the revolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203709078

The Revolution in German Theatre 1900-1933 (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1981 this book represents the first work in English to give a comprehensive account of the revolutionary developments in German theatre from the decline of Naturalism through the Expressionist upheaval to the political theatre of Piscator and Brecht. Early productions of Kaiser’s From Morning till Midnight and Toller’s Transfiguration are presented as examples of Expressionism. A thorough analysis of Piscator’s Hoppla Such is Life! And Brecht’s Man show the similarities and differences in political theatre. In addition elements of stage-craft are examined — illustrated with tabulated information an extensive chronology and photographs and designs of productions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138658530

The Revolution in International RelationsA Study in the Changing Balance of Power Published in 1965: The study examines the changing structure and pattern of international relations in a world wide context. Defining balance of power in a dynamic sense akin to that of a "moving equilibrium". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367206246

The Revolution in Science 1500 - 1750 The ‘revolution in science’ of this book concerns the natural sciences that is knowledge of the external world which we now presume to exist independently of man. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158672

The Revolution in Strategic Affairs Rapid developments in information technology and precision weaponry are said to herald a 'revolution in military affairs' (RMA) making possible quick and decisive victories with minimal casualties and collateral damage. But has such a revolution taken place? The issues that drive conflict will persist and many of the technical advances associated with the RMA will not necessarily produce a transformation in the nature of warfare. The end of the Cold War has highlighted another revolution one in political affairs. Major powers appear less likely to go to war with one another than they are to intervene in conflicts involving weak states with potential opponents including militia groups drug cartels and terrorists. RMA technology may be less suited to conflicts such as these. If the cumulative effect of these changes has produced a revolution it is a revolution in strategic as much as military affairs. This paper argues that: the RMA is the practical expression of a 'Western Way of Warfare' the key features of which are: professional armed forces; intolerance of casualties; and intolerance of collateral damage the key technological and conceptual components of the RMA were in place by the early 1970s. The trend has therefore been evolutionary rather than revolutionary. The significant difference is in the new political setting of the end of the Cold War and the revolution in perceptions of Western particularly US conventional military strength brought about by the Gulf War of 1991 the Gulf conflict could mark the start of a true 'revolution' if future battles offer similar opportunities to exploit the RMA's technology. However since the US and its allies appear unbeatable when fighting on their own terms future opponents will fight differently the West will therefore face opponents who will follow strategies that contradict the Western Way of Warfare. They will avoid pitched battles will exploit the West's reluctance to inflict civilian suffering and will target their opponent's domestic political base as much as its forward troops. The problem for the West is not how to prevail but how to do so in an acceptable manner. The more warfare becomes entwined with civilian activity the more difficult it is to respond with the type of decisive and overwhelming military means embodied in the RMA. The RMA does not create a situation in which information is the only commodity at stake and so does not offer the prospect of a 'virtual war'. The new circumstances and capabilities do not prescribe one strategy but extend the range of strategies available. The issue underlying the RMA is the ability of Western countries in particular the US to follow a line geared to their own interests and capabilities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315000886

The Revolution in Transmedia Storytelling through PlacePervasive Ambient and Situated This book proposes that the theory and practice of transmedia storytelling must be re-considered from a social impact and community development perspective and that time has come for a rigorous critique of the limited ways in which it has been commonly represented. Transmedia storytelling has become one of the most influential and profitable innovations in the field of media and entertainment. It has changed the ways audiences interact with films television and web series advertising gaming and book publishing. It has also shifted the practices around creation and dissemination of such content. This book asserts that the futures of transmedia storytelling for social impact or change are deeply tied to understandings of place grounded in human geography. Through a series of case studies of projects which challenge the status quo of transmedia this book explores the elements of transmedia that can be used to amplify under-represented voices and make stories that signal a more inclusive and sustainable future. This book offers a valuable contribution to the literature in the areas of transmedia storytelling narratology digital fiction electronic literature locative storytelling performative writing digital culture studies and human geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367222383

The Revolution in Words First published in 1990. The revolution is one of the most radical periodicals of the Western women's movement. Though it only lasted a few years it drew considerable attention to the courage and eloquence of its editors and contributors. The volume presents a wide range of exerpts from the periodical evoking the undeminished power of these women's voices Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708934

The Revolution Wasn't TelevisedSixties Television and Social Conflict Caricatures of sixties television--called a "vast wasteland" by the FCC president in the early sixties--continue to dominate our perceptions of the era and cloud popular understanding of the relationship between pop culture and larger social forces. Opposed to these conceptions The Revolution Wasn't Televised explores the ways in which prime-time television was centrally involved in the social conflicts of the 1960s. It was then that television became a ubiquitous element in American homes. The contributors in this volume argue that due to TV's constant presence in everyday life it became the object of intense debates over childraising education racism gender technology politics violence and Vietnam. These essays explore the minutia of TV in relation to the macro-structure of sixties politics and society attempting to understand the struggles that took place over representation the nation's most popular communications media during the 1960s. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203700426

The Revolutionary AsceticEvolution of a Political Type Why have the great revolutionary leaders of modern times—from Robespierre to Lenin and Mao Tse-tung—so often been ascetics austere "puritans" with few emotional ties? What functions political as well as personal do these ascetic traits perform for the modern revolutionary leader and for his followers?Noted historian and author Bruce Mazlish is convinced that beginning in the nineteenth century the needs of modernizing revolutions have produced a distinct new type of political leader the revolutionary ascetic. This individual's denial of personal pleasures and commitments both enables him to perform politically necessary if personally repulsive revolutionary acts and to command the allegiance of his more worldly followers.Starting with Cromwell and the religious ascetics of the Puritan Revolution Mazlish shows in a series of fascinating personality sketches how this asceticism first became secularized with the French Revolution and then in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries was put to the service of a new kind of "total" modernizing revolution in Russia China and elsewhere. In two remarkably vivid portraits of Lenin and Mao Tse-tung Mazlish shows us precisely how two of the century's best-known revolutionaries consciously and unconsciously used their personal asceticism to induce revolutionary change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412852982

The Revolutionary Guards in Iranian PoliticsElites and Shifting Relations The Islamic Revolutionary Guards Corps (IRGC) has been dubbed the ‘kingmaker’ in recent studies of Iranian politics precipitating heated debates surrounding the potential militarization of the Iranian regime and giving rise to paradoxical understandings of the IRGC; whether as a military institution entering politics or a political institution with a military history. Revolutionary Guards in Iranian Politics offers a way out of this paradox by showing that the IRGC is not a recently politicized institution but has instead been highly politicized since its inception. It identifies the ways in which the IRGC relates to national political dynamics examines the factors contributing to this relationship and its implications on Iranian politics from the revolution up to the present day. The book examines the three decades following the revolution uncovering the reasons behind the rise of the Revolutionary Guards and tracking the organization’s evolving relationship with politics. Establishing a theoretical framework from revolution and civil-military relations theories this book provides new perspectives on the relationship between the IRGC and Iranian politics. This book would be of interest to students and scholars of Middle East Studies and Iranian Studies in particular Iranian Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815357926

The Rexall StoryA History of Genius and Neglect In the second half of the twentieth century 20 percent (10 000) of all retail druggists were Rexall druggists. Now there are none and this book explains why! The Rexall Story: A History of Genius and Neglect shows how a brilliant and successful business/pharmacy venture was allowed to fail through carelessness and an inattention to the original formula of the company. From the celebrated genius of Louis Liggett—who started United Drug in 1903—to the business’s demise nearly 75 years later this significant text will provide you with new insight into the pharmacy industry. With The Rexall Story pharmacists pharmacy and business educators and historians alike can see how Louis Liggett single-handedly transformed the retail drug business using innovative business practices and policies. Author Mickey C. Smith editor of the Journal of Research in Pharmaceutical Economics and principal author and editor of the seminal book Pharmaceutical Marketing: Principles Environment and Practices uses his expertise to explain how Louis Liggett’s techniques were so successful in the industry. This book explores in detail his communication and merchandising skills his principles in doing business and his revolutionary techniques for keep his business prosperous. Using internal documents photographs and direct quotes from radio promotions and the recollections of former Rexall employees this book chronicles Rexall’s story including: the beginnings of Rexall—its origins and expansion International Rexall Clubs and the unparalleled efforts of Liggett and his franchisees the “Dear Pardner” letters (1903-1923)—unprecedented in “Big Business” even today these were personal letters between Liggett and his people the Rexall “family”—conversations and correspondence with former “Rexallites ” capturing how the ret Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393731

The RF and Microwave Handbook - 3 Volume Set By 1990 the wireless revolution had begun. In late 2000 Mike Golio gave the world a significant tool to use in this revolution: The RF and Microwave Handbook. Since then wireless technology spread across the globe with unprecedented speed fueled by 3G and 4G mobile technology and the proliferation of wireless LANs. Updated to reflect this tremendous growth the second edition of this widely embraced bestselling handbook divides its coverage conveniently into a set of three books each focused on a particular aspect of the technology. Six new chapters cover WiMAX broadband cable bit error ratio (BER) testing high-power PAs (power amplifiers) heterojunction bipolar transistors (HBTs) as well as an overview of microwave engineering. Over 100 contributors with diverse backgrounds in academic industrial government manufacturing design and research reflect the breadth and depth of the field. This eclectic mix of contributors ensures that the coverage balances fundamental technical issues with the important business and marketing constraints that define commercial RF and microwave engineering. Focused chapters filled with formulas charts graphs diagrams and tables make the information easy to locate and apply to practical cases. The new format three tightly focused volumes provides not only increased information but also ease of use. You can find the information you need quickly without wading through material you don’t immediately need giving you access to the caliber of data you have come to expect in a much more user-friendly format. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315217703

The RF Transmission Systems Handbook Although it is one of the oldest sectors of electronics and now somewhat taken for granted radio frequency transmission literally changed our world. Today it is still the backbone of myriad applications from broadcasting to electronic counter-measures. The wide variety of hardware in use means that those working in the field must be familiar with a multitude of principles and applications but finding an up-to-date comprehensive source for this background material has been difficult if not impossible.The RF Transmission Systems Handbook addresses the underlying concepts operation and maintenance of high-power RF devices transmission lines and antennas for broadcast scientific and industrial use. Focusing on devices and systems that produce more than one kilowatt of output power the handbook explores the following major topics:Applications: The common uses of radio frequency energyFundamental principles: The basic technologies concepts and techniques used in RF transmissionPower vacuum devices: The principles and applications of gridded vacuum tubes and microwave power devicesSolid-state power devices: The operating parameters of semiconductor-based power devicesRF components and transmission lines: The operation of hardware used to combine and conduct RF powerAntenna systems: The different types of antennas and their basic operating parametersTroubleshooting: Basic troubleshooting techniques and the operation of important test instrumentsContrary to the perceptions of many RF technology remains a dynamic field that continues to advance to higher power levels and higher frequencies. Those who specify install and maintain RF equipment will welcome this reference that uniquely serves their needs. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220130

The Rhaeto-Romance Languages The Rhaeto-Romance languages have been known as such to the linguistic community since the pioneering studies of Ascoli and Gartner over a century ago. There has never been a community of RR speakers based on a common history or polity and the various dialects are mutually unintelligible but a unity based on a number of common features has been advanced. This book is the first general description of the Rhaeto-Romance languages to be written in English. It provides a critical examination of the phonology morphology lexicon and syntax of the modern Rhaeto-Romance dialects within the broader perspective of Romance comparative linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868427

The Rhetoric of EmotionsA Dramatistic Exploration Kenneth Burke founder of the critical method of dramatism believed that motives and attitudes are constantly generated by individuals as they encounter social situations and material objects in the course of their everyday lives. In The Rhetoric of Emotions Robert Perinbanayagam proposes that by analysing individuals' experiences especially through their interaction with creative outlets we can come to a deeper understanding of how the human mind systematically approaches the emotive process.The author maintains that individuals use spoken language and all other forms of symbolism including art and literature to elicit social cooperation and emotional understanding both in regard to the world around them and within themselves. Rhetoric and culture are mechanisms for managing values behaviour and emotions. In order to ground this philosophical viewpoint Perinbanayagam strategically discusses famous novels and paintings to show how individuals construct emotional responses to the rhetorical objects at their disposal.In addition to the ideas of Burke and George Herbert Mead the ideas of Max Weber Georg Simmel Charles Sanders Peirce Edmund Husserl Alfred Schutz and Erving Goffman are also reflected in this provocative analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412863964

The Rhetoric of FoodDiscourse Materiality and Power This book focuses on the rhetoric of food and the power dimensions that intersect this most fundamental but increasingly popular area of ideology and practice including politics culture lifestyle identity advertising environment and economy. The essays visit a rich variety of dominant discourses and material practices through a range of media channels and settings including the White House social movement rhetoric televisual programming urban gardens farmers markets domestic and international agriculture institutions and popular culture. Rhetoricians address the cultural political and ecological motives and consequences of humans’ strategic symbolizing and attendant choice-making visiting discourses and practices that have impact on our species in their producing distributing regulating marketing packaging consuming and talking about food. The essays in this book are representative of dominant and marginal discourses as well as perennial issues surrounding the rhetoric of food and include macro- meso- and micro-level analyses and case studies from international neoliberal trade policies to media and social movement discourse to small group and interactional dynamics. This volume provides an excellent range and critical illumination of rhetoric’s role as both instrumental and constitutive force in food representations and its symbolic and material effects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415727563

The Rhetoric of Intellectual PropertyCopyright Law and the Regulation of Digital Culture In recent years we have witnessed a rising tension between the open architecture of the Internet and legal restrictions for online activities. The impact of digital recording technologies and distributed file sharing systems has forever changed the expectations of everyday users with regard to digital information. At the same time however U.S. Copyright Law has shown a decided trend toward more restrictions over what we are able to do with digital materials. As a result a gap has emerged between the reality of copyright law and the social reality of our everyday activities. Through an analysis of the competing rhetorical frameworks about copyright regulation in a digital age this book shows how the stories told by active parties in the debate shape our cultural understanding of what is and is not acceptable in the use of copyrighted works on digital networks. Reyman posits recent legal developments as sites of conflict between competing value systems in our culture: one of control relying heavily on comparisons of intellectual property to physical property and emphasizing ownership theft and piracy and the other a value of community implementing new concepts such as that of an intellectual "commons " and emphasizing exchange collaboration and responsibility to a public good. Reyman argues that the rhetoric of the digital copyright debate namely the rhetorical positioning of technology as destructive to creative and intellectual production has profound implications for the future of digital culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415636445

The Rhetoric of Oil in the Twenty-First CenturyGovernment Corporate and Activist Discourses This book examines mass communication and civic participation in the age of oil analyzing the rhetorical and discursive ways that governments and corporations shape public opinion and public policy and activists attempt to reframe public debates to resist corporate framing. In the twenty-first century oil has become a subject of civic deliberation. Environmental concerns have intensified questions of indigenous rights have arisen and private and public investment in energy companies has become open to deliberation. International contributors use local events as a starting point to explore larger issues associated with oil-dependent societies and cultures. This interdisciplinary collection synthesizes work in the energy humanities rhetorical studies and environmental studies to analyze the global discourse of oil from the start of the twentieth century into the era of transnational corporations of the 21st century. This book will be a vital text for scholars in communication studies the energy humanities and in environmental studies. Case studies are framed accessibly and the theoretical lenses are accessible across disciplines making it ideal for a post-graduate and advanced undergraduate audience in these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138484375

The Rhetoric of Racist HumourUS UK and Global Race Joking In today's multicultural and multireligious societies humour and comedy often become the focus of controversy over alleged racist or offensive content as shown for instance by the intense debate of Sacha Baron Cohen's characters Ali G and Borat and the Prophet Muhammad cartoons published in the Danish newspaper Jyllands-Posten. Despite these intense debates commentary on humour in the academy lacks a clear way of connecting the serious and the humorous and a clear way of accounting for the serious impact of comic language. The absence of a developed 'serious' vocabulary with which to judge the humorous tends to encourage polarized debates which fail to account for the paradoxes of humour. This book draws on the social theory of Zygmunt Baumann to examine the linguistic structure of humour arguing that as a form of language similar to metaphor it is both unstable and unpredictable and structurally prone to act rhetorically; that is to be convincing. Deconstructing the dominant form of racism aimed at black people in the US and that aimed at Asians in the UK The Rhetoric of Racist Humour shows how racist humour expresses and supports racial stereotypes in the US and UK while also exploring the forms of resistance presented by the humour of Black and Asian comedians to such stereotypes. An engaging exploration of modern late modern and fluid or postmodern forms of humour this book will be of interest to sociologists and scholars of cultural and media studies as well as those working in the fields of race and ethnicity humour and cultural theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138624665

The Rhetoric of Social MovementsNetworks Power and New Media This collection provides an accessible yet rigorous survey of the rhetorical study of historical and contemporary social movements and promotes the study of relations between strategy symbolic action and social assemblage. Offering a comprehensive collection of the latest research in the field The Rhetoric of Social Movements: Networks Power and New Media suggests a framework for the study of social movements grounded in a methodology of "slow inquiry" and the interconnectedness of these imminent phenomena. Chapters address the rhetorical tactics that social movements use to gain attention and challenge power; the centrality of traditional and new media in social movements; the operations of power in movement organization leadership and local and global networking; and emerging contents and environments for social movements in the twenty-first century. Each chapter is framed by case studies (drawn from movements across the world ranging from Black Lives Matter and Occupy to Greek anarchism and indigenous land protests) that ground conceptual characteristics of social movements in their continuously unfolding reality furnishing readers with both practical and theoretical insights. The Rhetoric of Social Movements will be of interest to scholars and advanced students of rhetoric communication media studies cultural studies social protest and activism and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367523862

The Rhetoric of the RightLanguage Change and the Spread of the Market This study seeks to demonstrate the subtle ways in which changes in the language associated with economic issues are reflective of a gradual but quantifiable conservative ideological shift. In this rigorous analysis David George uses as his data a century of word usage within The New York Times starting in 1900. It is not always obvious how the changes identified necessarily reflect a stronger prejudice toward laissez-faire free market capitalism and so much of the book seeks to demonstrate the subtle ways in which the changing language indeed carries with it a political message. This analysis is made through exploration of five major areas of focus: "economics rhetoric" scholarship and the growing "behavioral economics" school of thought; the discourse of government and taxation; the changing meaning of "competition " and "competitive"; changing attitudes toward labor; and the celebration of growth relative to the decline in attention to economic justice and social equality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138791497

The Rhetoric of Videogames as Embodied PracticeProcedural Habits The Rhetoric of Videogames as Embodied Practice offers a critical reassessment of embodiment and materiality in rhetorical considerations of videogames. Holmes argues that rhetorical and philosophical conceptions of "habit" offer a critical resource for describing the interplay between thinking (writing and rhetoric) and embodiment. The book demonstrates how Aristotle's understanding of character (ethos) habit (hexis) and nature (phusis) can productively connect rhetoric to what Holmes calls "procedural habits": the ways in which rhetoric emerges from its interactions with the dynamic accumulation of conscious and nonconscious embodied experiences that consequently give rise to meaning procedural subjectivity control and communicative agency both in digital game design discourse and the activity of play. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890902

The Rhetorical WordProtestant Theology and the Rhetoric of Authority This title was first published in 2003:This book offers a bold reading of Protestant tradition from a rhetorical and literary perspective. Arguing that Protestant thought is based in a rhetorical performance of authority Hobson draws on a wide range of modern and postmodern thought to defend this account of rhetorical authority from various charges of authoritarianism. With close readings of Augustine Luther Kierkegaard and Barth this book develops a new 'rhetorical theology of the Word' and also a new critique of secular modernity with particular reference to modern literature and the thought of Nietzsche. Confronting the related issues of rhetoric and authority Hobson provides a provocative account of modern theology which offers new perspectives on theology's relationship to literature and postmodern thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138736658

The Rhetorics of FeminismReadings in Contemporary Cultural Theory and the Popular Press Is it possible that changes in rhetorical practice could alter not just how thought is expressed but also how it is made? Through a close stylistic and rhetorical analysis of contemporary feminist writing - from the cultural theory of Judith Butler to the popular journalism of Naomi Wolf and Germaine Greer - Lynne Pearce demonstrates how feminist thought is created as well as communicated through the frameworks in which it is presented. By linking rhetorical innovation with feminist epistemology in such a direct way this is a book that will be of immense methodological as well as theoretical interest to readers providing valuable insight into the often mysterious processes of conception and composition. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203603697

The Rhine and European Security in the Long Nineteenth CenturyMaking Lifelines from Frontlines Throughout history rivers have always been a source of life and of conflict. This book investigates the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine’s (CCNR) efforts to secure the principle of freedom of navigation on Europe’s prime river. The book explores how the most fundamental change in the history of international river governance arose from European security concerns. It examines how the CCNR functioned as an ongoing experiment in reconciling national and common interests that contributed to the emergence of European prosperity in the course of the long nineteenth century. In so doing it shows that modern conceptions and practices of security cannot be understood without accounting for prosperity considerations and prosperity policies. Incorporating research from archives in Great Britain Germany and the Netherlands as well as the recently opened CCNR archives in France this study operationalises a truly transnational perspective that effectively opens the black box of the oldest and still existing international organisation in the world in its first centenary. In showing how security-prosperity considerations were a driving force in the unfolding of Europe’s prime river in the nineteenth century it is of interest to scholars of politics and history including the history of international relations European history transnational history and the history of security as well as those with an interest in current themes and debates about transboundary water governance. The Open Access version of this book available at www.taylorfrancis.com has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367345761

The RhizosphereBiochemistry and Organic Substances at the Soil-Plant Interface Second Edition In the rhizosphere exudates from plants and microorganisms as well as stable soil organic matter influence processes that can control plant growth microbial infections and nutrient uptake. As the chemistry and biochemistry of these substances becomes more and more clear their study promises to shed light on the complex interactions between plant and soil microflora. Maintaining the interdisciplinary approach of the first edition The Rhizosphere: Biochemistry and Organic Substances at the Soil-Plant Interface Second Edition summarizes information on soil science agronomy plant nutrition plant physiology microbiology and biochemistry to provide a comprehensive and updated overview of the most recent advances in the field. Revised and expanded the second edition presents new information on areas that are only recently gaining importance for understanding the complex biochemistry of the soil-microbe-plant interaction. New topics include the role of nutrient availability in regulating root morphology and architecture the involvement of root membrane activities in determining and responding to the nutritional conditions in the rhizosphere molecular signals between root-root and root-microbe and gene flow and the evolution of rhizosphere organisms and their coevolution with plants. The book also covers mathematical modeling and methodological approaches to the study of the rhizosphere. Information in all chapters derives from a molecular approach which contributes to a better understanding of the biochemical processes occurring at the plant-soil interface. Drawing on the expertise of pioneers in the field The Rhizosphere: Biochemistry and Organic Substances at the Soil-Plant Interface Second Edition contributes to the vigorous interchange between rhizosphere biochemistry and molecular biology to provide the most current information and stimulate further interest and research on this fascinating topic. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389123

The Rhythm of Business The Rhythm of Business identifies and describes the natural development process which all successful business people use intuitively when starting and running a business. Once you understand The Rhythm of Business you will never feel lost or out of sync no matter what business you are in because The Rhythm of Business incorporates a process with concrete steps to attain business success applicable for any business. A lot of business books deal in `tips.' This book deals with the most fundamental principles in business. Fundamental principles might not sound interesting to someone who is trained to think in terms of the practicalities of daily business life but in fact The Rhythm of Business is the most practical down-to-earth business book you will ever read!Jeffrey C. Shuman has crafted a unique career as an entrepreneur consultant business professor and author. He is considered a leading expert in the emerging field of entrepreneurial studies. His courses in entrepreneurship at Bentley College tap state-of-the-art knowledge about business creation. His writings include dozens of articles and a book on entrepreneurs and the business creation process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140776

The Rhythm Of Everyday LifeHow Soviet And American Citizens Use Time This book describes an important advance in international social science research—the first cooperative survey of representative samples of the United States and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. It identifies changes in the time-use patterns of both cities during the last two decades. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295509

The Rhythms of English Poetry Examines the way in which poetry in English makes use of rhythm. The author argues that there are three major influences which determine the verse-forms used in any language: the natural rhythm of the spoken language itself; the properties of rhythmic form; and the metrical conventions which have grown up within the literary tradition. He investigates these in order to explain the forms of English verse and to show how rhythm and metre work as an essential part of the reader's experience of poetry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315835983

The Rice CrisisMarkets Policies and Food Security The recent escalation of world food prices â€“ particularly for cereals - prompted mass public indignation and demonstrations in many countries from the price of tortilla flour in Mexico to that of rice in the Philippines and pasta in Italy. The crisis has important implications for future government trade and food security policies as countries re-evaluate their reliance on potentially more volatile world markets to augment domestic supplies of staple foods. This book examines how government policies caused and responded to soaring world prices in the particular case of rice which is the world's most important source of calories for the poor. Comparable case studies of policy reactions in different countries principally across Asia but also including the USA provide the understanding necessary to evaluate the impact of trade policy on the food security of poor farmers and consumers. They also provide important insights into the concerns of developing countries that are relevant for future international trade negotiations in key agricultural commodities. As a result more appropriate policies can be put in place to ensure more stable food supplies in the future. Published with the Food and Agriculture (FAO) Organization of the United Nations Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849776684

The Rice Economy of Asia To millions of people in the world rice is the centre of existence especially in Asia where more than 90 percent of the world's rice is grown. This book is about the trends and changes that have occurred in the Asian rice economy since World War II but particularly since the introduction of new varieties of rice and modern technology in the mid-1960s. Although there is now a vast amount of literature and statistical data on various aspects of the subject no single comprehensive treatment has previously been prepared. The Rice Economy of Asia not only provides such a treatment but also presents a clear picture of some of the critical issues dealing with productivity and equity --- as a glance at the table of contents will show. In addition to 18 chapters there are an extensive bibliography 150 tables and 50 charts. The volume as a whole should be interesting and useful to decision makers at national and international levels to professionals and to students of development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471962

The Rich The Poor And The Taxes They Pay This book presents a selection of essays on public finance which is concerned with taxation income maintenance and social security with emphasis on the analysis of policy alternatives to improve tax and transfer systems. It is useful for those who are interested in learning tax policy issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295523

The Rich And The PoorDevelopment Negotiations And Cooperation--an Assessment This book is about proceedings from the Third World to the South-South Conference held in Beijing in April 1983 on strategies of development negotiations and cooperation pursued by developing countries in the last thirty years. It discusses the principal elements in the global economic crisis. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429314261

The Rich Get Richer and the Poor Get PrisonA Reader (2-downloads) This book shows students that much that goes on in the criminal justice system violates their own sense of basic fairness presents evidence that the system malfunctions and sketches a whole theoretical perspective from which they might understand the failures and evaluate them morally. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315662848

The Rich Get Richer and the Poor Get PrisonThinking Critically About Class and Criminal Justice For 40 years this classic text has taken the issue of economic inequality seriously and asked: Why are our prisons filled with the poor? Why aren’t the tools of the criminal justice system being used to protect Americans from predatory business practices and to punish well-off people who cause widespread harm? This new edition continues to engage readers in important exercises of critical thinking: Why has the U.S. relied so heavily on tough crime policies despite evidence of their limited effectiveness and how much of the decline in crime rates can be attributed to them? Why does the U.S. have such a high crime rate compared to other developed nations and what could we do about it? Are the morally blameworthy harms of the rich and poor equally translated into criminal laws that protect the public from harms on the streets and harms from the suites? How much class bias is present in the criminal justice system – both when the rich and poor engage in the same act and when the rich use their leadership of corporations to perpetrate mass victimization? The Rich Get Richer shows readers that much of what goes on in the criminal justice system violates citizens’ sense of basic fairness. It presents extensive evidence from mainstream data that the criminal justice system does not function in the way it says it does nor in the way that readers believe it should. The authors develop a theoretical perspective from which readers might understand these failures and evaluate them morally—and they to do it in a short text written in plain language. Readers who are not convinced about the larger theoretical perspective will still have engaged in extensive critical thinking to identify their own taken-for-granted assumptions about crime and criminal justice as well as uncover the effects of power on social practices. This engagement helps readers develop their own worldview. New to this edition: Presents recent data comparing the harms due to criminal activity with the harms of dangerous—but not criminal—corporate actions Updates statistics on crime victimization incarceration wealth and discrimination Increased material for thinking critically about criminal justice and criminology Increased discussion of the criminality of middle- and upper-class youth Increased coverage of role of criminal justice fines and fees in generating revenue for government and how algorithms reproduce class bias while seeming objective Streamlined and condensed prose for greater clarity Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367231798

The Rich World and the Impoverishment of EducationDiminishing Democracy Equity and Workers' Rights Advancing a powerful critique of neoliberalized education in many of the rich countries of the world (USA Canada Finland Greece Israel Japan England and Wales and others) the chapters in this book written by an international array of acclaimed and emerging radical educators and policy analysts critically examine and evaluate: What neoliberal changes have taken place (e.g. privatization vouchers charter schools weakening of democratic control of schools setting up markets in schools and retreating from the comprehensive school principle commercialization of education new public managerialism in education)? What are the impacts of these changes on access and equal opportunities on democracy and critical thinking and on the rights pay and conditions of teachers and ancillary/support staff? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415507097

The Richard & Judy Book Club ReaderPopular Texts and the Practices of Reading In January 2004 daytime television presenters Richard Madeley and Judy Finnigan launched their book club and sparked debate about the way people in Britain from the general reader to publishers to the literati thought about books and reading. The Richard & Judy Book Club Reader brings together historians of the book literature scholars and specialists in media and cultural studies to examine the effect of the club on reading practices and the publishing and promotion of books. Beginning with an analysis of the book club's history and its ongoing development in relation to other reading groups worldwide including Oprah's the editors consider issues of book marketing and genre. Further chapters explore the effects of the mass-broadcast celebrity book club on society literature and its marketing and popular culture. Contributors ask how readers discuss books judge value and make choices. The collection addresses questions of authorship authority and canon in texts connected by theme or genre including the postcolonial exotic disability and representations of the body food books and domesticity. In addition book club author Andrew Smith shares his experiences in a fascinating interview. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379626

The Riddle of FreudJewish Influences on his Theory of Female Sexuality In The Riddle of Freud Estelle Roith argues that certain important elements of Judaic culture were so integral a part of Freud's personality that they became visible in his work and especially in his attitudes to and theories of femininity. Freud's formulation of femininity which the author contends is mistaken is seen not as a simple error but as resulting from a complex bias in which personal and social factors are interrelated. The author proposes that the considerable ambivalence experienced by Freud about his sexual cultural and social identity in which both overt and covert aspects of his Jewish culture survived could not be surmounted by him in the case of women. Estelle Roith describes Freud's theory of femininity and its implications for psychoanalytic theories of human development and motivation in general. She examines Freud's relationships with his women disciples and also the social and political conditions that obtained for Jews of Freud's time. Finally her book helps illuminate the reasons for Freud's emphasis on the paternal power within the Oedipus complex. It is essential reading for psychoanalysts and psychotherapists for students of women's issues and all those interested in Freud's impact on contemporary Western thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138181267

The Rift in IsraelReligious Authority and Secular Democracy The subject matter of this book first published in 1971 is not less relevant though less familiar than the military adventures of Israel. For the book deals with the spiritual tensions that underlie and go far to explain the conduct of the country standing as it does at the heart of some of the world’s most dangerous political conflicts. The superpowers confront at its borders. So do the ‘modern’ West and the force of Arab nationalism. It is the focus too of anti-Semitism with its potential threat to the future of all Jews and of world peace. The questions here examined are rooted in the nature of Judaism and in the two distinct urges – religious and nationalist – that created Israel. Within its tiny territory some of mankind’s most urgent spiritual problems appear at their most intense. What do men live for: for themselves their country higher values? How these tensions are resolved will affect both the conduct of Israel with its effects on the fortunes of all nations and the thoughts of men everywhere about their own and their countries’ deeper problems. One section of the book deals with the institutions and policies of Israel as expressions of its inner spirit: the kibbutz the army the ingathering of exiles the attitudes to Arabs within and beyond the frontiers relations with world Jewry. Two final chapters describe and analyse the perennial problem of Jewish identity seen in the light of the actions of a modern state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138902367

The Right ChoiceUsing Theory of Constraints for Effective Leadership The need for competent leadership remains one of the most pressing issues facing organizations. Introducing a powerful technique to help readers become better decision makers The Right Choice: Using Theory of Constraints for Effective Leadership supplies the understanding required to manage effectively well into the future through the use of the coaching cycle and the reflection process. Using case studies the book explains how to create a leadership culture at the organizational team and individual levels through the development of the flight crew as well as how to link that to effective strategies and tactics in leading the organization forward. The case studies illustrate what leaders have actually done what they’ve struggled with and the importance of understanding causal relationships. Emphasizing the importance of consequences when making choices the book reflects the author's vast experience with companies across a range of industries. It explains how to resolve conflicts and restore relationships through the use of time-tested tools in particular the cloud technique from the Theory of Constraints Thinking Processes. The book details a practical methodology that you can use in various situations. Through the use of the coaching cycle and the coaching quadrant it provides a solid platform for any leader wishing to take their organization forward. The tools and methods described in this book will help you become a leader who engages with the people in your organization and allows them to choose to engage rather than be forced. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439886212

The Right in Latin AmericaElite Power Hegemony and the Struggle for the State Most current analysis on Latin American politics has been directed at examining the shift to the left in the region. Very little attention however has been paid to the reactions of the right to this phenomenon. What kind of discursive policy and strategic responses have emerged among the right in Latin America as a result of this historic turn to the left? Have there been any shifts in attitudes to inequality and poverty as a result of the successes of the left in those areas? How has the right responded strategically to regain the political initiative from the left? And what implications might such responses have for democracy in the region? The Right in Latin America seeks to provide answers to these questions while helping to fill a gap in the literature on contemporary Latin American politics. Unlike previous studies Barry Cannon’s book does not simply concentrate on party political responses to the contemporary challenges for the right in the region. Rather he uses a wider more comprehensive theoretical framework grounded in political sociology in recognition of the deep social roots of the right among Latin America’s elites in a region known for its startling inequalities. Using Michael Mann’s pioneering work on power he shows how elite dominance in the key areas of the economy ideology the military and in transnational relations has had a profound influence on the political strategies of the Latin American right. He shows how left governments especially the more radical ones have threatened elite power in these areas influencing right-wing strategic responses as a result. These responses he persuasively argues can vary from elections through street protests and media campaigns to military coups depending on the level of perceived threat felt by elites from the left. In this way Cannon uncovers the dialectical nature of the left/right relationship in contemporary Latin American politics while simultaneously providing pointers as to how the left can respond to the challenge of the right’s resurgence in the current context of left retrenchment. Cannon’s multi-faceted inter-disciplinary approach including original research among right-leaning actors in the region makes the book an essential reference not only for those interested in the contemporary Latin American right but for anyone interested in the region’s politics at a critical juncture in its history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415840705

The Right LightMatching Technologies to Needs and Applications With so many new lighting technologies available for a wide range of visual environments how do you choose the options that best address the needs and improve the quality of life for various groups? Focusing on applications and everyday use of light sources The Right Light: Matching Technologies to Needs and Applications provides a comprehensive explanation of all light sources to be used as a guide to choosing the right lighting technology. The book supplies a quick overview of the main characteristics of the existing technologies in the market and suggestions for appropriate technologies for a range of applications from health related issues to safety and security. The author characterizes different lamp technologies based on the large number of parameters required when choosing a light source. He makes suggestions based mainly on the qualities of the light such as color/wavelength of the light color rendering index of the source and in the case of white light the color temperature. Other parameters such as the luminous flux or the lifetime may play a role in some cases. From the improvement of the quality of life of people in their working and living spaces to road safety or treatment of medical conditions and from managing cancer rates to improving the lives of vision impaired people the correct choice of light sources and the appropriate lighting design can indeed make the difference between comfortable and problematic everyday life or indeed life and death. Whether you design work spaces public spaces or living spaces this book examines the different technologies and their properties in a way that allows you to find the correct lighting solutions and light related answers for any space. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075863

The Right MeasuresThe Story of a Company’s Journey to Find the True Indicators of Its Success and Values Organizational measures are the foundational building blocks that shape an organization’s vision and action. All too often however these measures do not receive the attention they deserve. In addition it is common for organizations to overact and measure too much resulting in the same results as when you don’t measure at all—a lack of understanding focus and direction.The Right Measures: The Story of a Company’s Journey to Find the True Indicators of Its Success and Values uses a compelling story to explain how using the right measures can make all the difference between success and failure in your organization. It follows the story of two companies—one that measures in great detail yet its overall goals and objectives are not being achieved. While the other uses a much simpler yet effective measurement structure that integrates cultural acceptance individual performance and team performance with key performance indicators (KPIs). Defines organizational measures and explains why companies use them Explains what different companies measure and how those measurements reflect organizational values Supplies the tools to make measurement a focus in your organization Illustrating how measures can impact employee behavior bottom-line profitability and customer satisfaction this fast-paced business novel provides the understanding required to select the appropriate measures for your organization—measures that will motivate and guide your employees along the path to success. Using real-world examples it supplies time-tested insights to help you establish the foundational structure needed to succeed in today’s increasingly competitive global business environment. A website dedicated solely to the book can be found at: http://www.therightmeasures.com/ Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439878651

The Right Not to be CriminalizedDemarcating Criminal Law's Authority This book presents arguments and proposals for constraining criminalization with a focus on the legal limits of the criminal law. The book approaches the issue by showing how the moral criteria for constraining unjust criminalization can and has been incorporated into constitutional human rights and thus provides a legal right not to be unfairly criminalized. The book sets out the constitutional limits of the substantive criminal law. As far as specific constitutional rights operate to protect specific freedoms for example free speech freedom of religion privacy etc the right not to be criminalized has proved to be a rather powerful justice constraint in the U.S. Yet the general right not to be criminalized has not been fully embraced in either the U.S. or Europe although it does exist. This volume lays out the legal foundations of that right and the criteria for determining when the state might override it. The book will be of interest to researchers in the areas of legal philosophy criminal law constitutional law and criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273726

The Right of the Child to a Clean Environment This title was first published in 2000:  A discussion on the right of a child to a clean environment. It links two important contemporary issues: human rights and the environment. The volume consists of the extended versions of some of the papers which were presented at a workshop on "The Right of a Child to a Clean Environment" held at Queen Mary and Westfield College University of London in 1997 and there are also some additional contributions. The workshop participants included Michael Anderson and Sylvia Bluck Harry Post Holly Cullen and Olufemi Elias. The additional contributors include Veronic Wright Maria G. Doglioli and Soledad Aguilar. There are essays on general issues selected case studies and annexes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138707917

The Right to a Fair Trial The right to a fair trial is often held as a central constitutional protection. It nevertheless remains unclear what precisely should count as a 'fair' trial and who should decide verdicts. This already difficult issue has become even more important given a number of proposed reforms of the trial especially for defendants charged with terrorism offences. This collection The Right to a Fair Trial is the first to publish in one place the most influential work in the field on the following topics: including the right to jury trial; lay participation in trials; jury nullification; trial reform; the civil jury trial; and the more recent issue of terrorism trials. The collection should help inform both scholars and students of both the importance and complexity of the right to a fair trial as well as shed light on how the trial might be further improved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138378520

The Right to be ForgottenA Canadian and Comparative Perspective Exploring the evolution of the right to be forgotten its challenges and its impact on privacy reputation and online expression this book lays out the current state of the law on the right to be forgotten in Canada and in the international context while addressing the broader theoretical tensions at its core. The essays contemplate questions such as: How does the right to be forgotten fit into existing legal frameworks? How can Canadian courts and policy-makers reconcile rights to privacy and rights to access publicly available information? Should search engines be regulated purely as commercial actors? What is the right’s impact on free speech and freedom of the press? Together these essays address the questions that legal actors and policy-makers must consider as they move forward in shaping this new right through legislation regulations and jurisprudence. They address both the difficulties in introducing the right and the long-term effects it could have on the protection of online (and offline) reputation and speech. As the question of implementing the right to be forgotten in Canada has been put forward by the Privacy Commissioner and considered by courts Canada is in need of academic literature on the matter; a need that with this book we intend to fulfill. The questions put forward in this book will thus advance the legal debate in Canada and provide a rich case study for the international legal community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367859749

The Right to Bodily Integrity The right to bodily integrity has become a notable controversial issue within moral political and legal discourse and this right is regarded as one of the most precious rights that persons have alongside the right to life. Recent scholarly debate has focused attention on the content scope and force of this right and has lead to the recognition that a better understanding of the nature of this right will contribute to determining whether and why a multitude of clinical and research activities in medical practice should be seen as permissible or impermissible. The essays selected for this volume examine topics such as pregnancy and reproduction altering children’s bodies transplantation controversial modifications and surgeries and experimentation and dead bodies. This is the first collection of scholarly research articles to provide a comprehensive overview of the ethical and legal aspects of the right to bodily integrity and its implications in theory and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409466079

The Right to Democracy in International LawBetween Procedure Substance and the Philosophy of John Rawls This book explores the right to democracy in international law and contemporary democratic theory asking whether international law encompasses a substantive or procedural understanding of the notion. The book considers whether there can be considered to be a basis for the right to democracy in international customary law through identification of the relevant State practice and opinio juris as well as through an evaluation of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and whether the relevant provisions might be interpreted as forming customary law. The book then goes on to explore the relevant provisions in international treaties including the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights before looking at the role of regional organizations and human rights regimes including the European Court of Human Rights and the Arab human rights regime. Khalifa A. Alfadhel draws on the work of John Rawls in order to put forward a theoretical basis for the right to democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367193478

The Right to Development in International LawThe Case of Pakistan The Right to Development in International Law rigorously explores the right to development (RTD) from the perspectives of international law as well as the constitutionally guaranteed fundamental rights and the Islamic concept of social justice in Pakistan. The volume draws on a wide range of relevant sources to analyse the legal status of international cooperation in contemporary international law before exploring the domestic application of the right to development looking at the example of Pakistan a country that is undergoing radical transformation in terms of its internal governance structures and the challenges it faces for enforcing the rule of law. Of particular importance is the examination of the RTD and Shari‘ah law in Pakistan which adds a new perspective to the RTD debate and enriches the discussion about human rights and Shari‘ah across the world. Through focusing on Pakistan the book links international perspectives and the international human rights framework with the domestic constitutional apparatus for enforcing the RTD within that jurisdiction. In doing so Khurshid Iqbal argues that the RTD may be promoted through existing constitutional mechanisms if fundamental rights are widely interpreted by the superior courts effectively implemented by the lower courts and if Shari‘ah law is progressively interpreted in public interest. Iqbal’s work will appeal to researchers professionals and students in the fields of law human rights development international law South Asian Studies Islamic law and international development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415631617

The Right to Development in the African Human Rights System The right to development (RTD) seeks to address global inequities hidden in world politics and global institutions through the game of influences played by powerful actors. The negative impacts of the Atlantic slave trade colonialism and the subjugation of Africa through globalisation and its institutions are key factors that have caused Africa and African people claiming their RTD. This book examines how the African continent protects the right to development examining the nature of the RTD and controversies surrounding it and how it is implemented. The book then goes onto explore the RTD at the regional level including through the jurisprudence of the African Commission and the African Court on Human Rights at the sub-regional level including in sub-regional courts and tribunals at the national levels through case studies and through the African Union governance institutions. Through this examination the author unveils what are the prospects and challenges to the realisation of the RTD in Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593193

The Right to DieV1 Definitions and Moral Perspectives: Death Euthanasia Suicide and Living Wills V2 Who Decides? Issues and Case Studies First Published in 1996. The key issue in all right-to-die matters is “who decides?” Who will decide whether life support should be terminated? Who will decide if a person is competent to make life and death decisions? The law is quite clear that in cases of conscious competent adults the individual is free to make all decisions relating to his or her care and future. This volume is a collection of writings and case studies around the topics of personal choice AIDS and informed consent due process and the right to die. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315050492

The Right to Equality in European Human Rights LawThe Quest for Substance in the Jurisprudence of the European Courts A right to equality and non-discrimination is widely seen as fundamental in democratic legal systems. But failure to identify the human interest that equality aims to uphold reinforces the argument of those who attack it as morally empty or unsubstantiated and weakens its status as a fundamental human right. This book argues that an understanding of the human interest which equality aims to uphold is feasible within the jurisprudence of the European Court of Human Rights (ECtHR) and the European Court of Justice (ECJ). In comparing the evolution of the prohibition of discrimination in the case-law of both Courts Charilaos Nikolaidis demonstrates that conceptual convergence within the European Convention on Human Rights (ECHR) and the EU on the issue of equality is not as far as it might appear initially. While the two bodies of equality law are extremely divergent as to the requirements they impose their interpretation by the international judiciary might be properly analysed under a common light to emphasise the substantive dimension of equality in European Human Rights law. The book will be of great use and interest to scholars and students of human rights discrimination law and European politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138687646

The Right to Family Life in the European Union Exploring the main developments and challenges for the right to family life in the context of European integration this book examines the right to family life in the EU Charter of Fundamental Rights and the interplay between family life citizenship and free movement; it analyzes the combined impact of the EU and the European Convention on Human Rights on the concept of the family protected by the law in light of recent case law. Considering the broadening understanding of what constitutes family the challenges for the right to family life in the context of immigration and the protection of families and social rights it provides a comprehensive overview of the current state of family life in the European Union. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367075521

The Right to Food Guidelines Democracy and Citizen ParticipationCountry case studies It is now more than a decade since the Right to Food Guidelines were negotiated agreed and adopted internationally by states. This book provides a review of its objectives and the extent of success of its implementation. The focus is on the first key guideline – "Democracy good governance human rights and the rule of law" – with an emphasis on civil society participation in global food governance. The five BRICS countries (Brazil Russia India China and South Africa) are presented as case studies: representing major emerging economies they blur the line between the Global North and South and exhibit different levels of human rights realisation. The book first provides an overview of the right to adequate food accountability and democracy and an introduction to the history of the development of the right to adequate food and the Right to Food Guidelines. It presents a historical synopsis of each of the BRICS states’ experiences with the right to adequate food and an analysis of their related periodic reporting to the Committee on Economic Social and Cultural Rights as well as a specific assessment of their progress in regard to the first guideline. The discussion then focuses on the effectiveness of the Right to Food Guidelines as both a policy-making and monitoring tool based on the analysis of the guidelines and the BRICS states. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367227715

The Right to Higher EducationBeyond widening participation The landscape of higher education has undergone change and transformation in recent years partly as a result of diversification and massification. However persistent patterns of under-representation continue to perplex policy-makers and practitioners raising questions about current strategies policies and approaches to widening participation. Presenting a comprehensive review and critique of contemporary widening participation policy and practice Penny Jane Burke interrogates the underpinning assumptions values and perspectives shaping current concepts and understandings of widening participation. She draws on a range of perspectives within the field of the sociology of education – including feminist post-structuralism critical pedagogy and policy sociology – to examine the ways in which wider societal inequalities and misrecognitions which are related to difference and diversity present particular challenges for the project to widen participation in higher education. In particular the book: focuses on the themes of difference and diversity to shed light on the operations of inequalities and the politics of access and participation both in terms of national and institutional policy and at the level of student and practitioner experience. draws on the insights of the sociology of education to consider not only the patterns of under-representation in higher education but also the politics of mis-representation critiquing key discourses of widening participation. interrogates assumptions behind WP policy and practice including assumptions about education being an unassailable good provides an analysis of the accounts and perspectives of students practitioners and policy-makers through in-depth interviews observations and reflective journal entries. offers insights for future developments in the policy practice and strategies for widening participation The book will be of great use to all those working in and researching Higher Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415568241

The Right to housing in law and society From the very first negotiations of the International Covenant on Economic Social and Cultural Rights half a century ago to the present day socio-economic rights have often been regarded as less enforceable than civil and political rights. The right to adequate housing even though protecting one of the most basic needs of human beings has not escaped this classification. Despite its strong foundations in international regional and domestic legislation many people are still deprived of one or more of the different key elements that comprise adequate housing. How then can international human rights theory and case law be developed into effective vehicles at the domestic level? Rather than focusing merely on possibilities for individualized relief through the court system The Right to Housing in Law and Society looks into more effective socio-economic rights realization by addressing both conceptual and practical stumbling blocks that hinder a more structural progress at the national level. The Flemish and Belgian housing legislation and policy are used to highlight the problems and illustrate the pathways here presented. While first and foremost legal in its approach the book also offers a more sociological perspective on the functioning of the right to housing in practice. It shows the latest state of knowledge on the topic and will be of interest to researchers academics policymakers and students in the fields of international socio-economic rights law and human rights law more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590437

The Right to LandscapeContesting Landscape and Human Rights Associating social justice with landscape is not new yet the twenty-first century's heightened threats to landscape and their impact on both human and more generally nature's habitats necessitate novel intellectual tools to address such challenges. This book offers that innovative critical thinking framework. The establishment of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (UDHR) in 1948 in the aftermath of Second World War atrocities was an aspiration to guarantee both concrete necessities for survival and the spiritual/emotional/psychological needs that are quintessential to the human experience. While landscape is place nature and culture specific the idea transcends nation-state boundaries and as such can be understood as a universal theoretical concept similar to the way in which human rights are perceived. The first step towards the intellectual interface between landscape and human rights is a dynamic and layered understanding of landscape. Accordingly the 'Right to Landscape' is conceived as the place where the expansive definition of landscape with its tangible and intangible dimensions overlaps with the rights that support both life and human dignity as defined by the UDHR. By expanding on the concept of human rights in the context of landscape this book presents a new model for addressing human rights - alternative scenarios for constructing conflict-reduced approaches to landscape-use and human welfare are generated. This book introduces a rich new discourse on landscape and human rights serving as a platform to inspire a diversity of ideas and conceptual interpretations. The case studies discussed are wide in their geographical distribution and interdisciplinary in the theoretical situation of their authors breaking fresh ground for an emerging critical dialogue on the convergence of landscape and human rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255531

The Right to Life and the Value of LifeOrientations in Law Politics and Ethics This groundbreaking book is the first collection to investigate the law political science and ethical perspectives collectively in relation to the right and value of life. Its contributions from international roster of scholars are organized around five themes: a theoretical positioning of life and death; War armed conflict and detention; Death as punishment; Medical parameters for ending life; and medical policies for the preservation of life. In studying this issue in its contemporary contexts of "right" and "value " the volume fills the current scholarly lacuna in the general subject of the orientations of life. It presents a much-needed examination of key issues in a broad practical and theoretical context and holds broad appeal for scholars researchers and students occupied with issues of war armed conflict the death penalty and various contemporary medico-legal scenarios. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251113

The Right to Life in Japan The Right to Life in Japan is a study that brings new perspectives to bear on an extremely important topic for all those facing the moral dilemmas of such issues as abortion and the death penalty. It also helps to fill a gap in life in social science and law studies of contemporary Japan.Noel Williams approaches the right to life in Japan from a legal viewpoint via a broad range of issues such as abortion suicide capital punishment and death from overwork. Following a discussion of law and rights in Japan from an historical perspective the author examines the question of what life is in contemporary Japan and focuses on problematic areas which have arisen in life issues including infringements of the right to life within the modern company organization and by the state as well as the question of the equality of the right to life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863019

The Right to NatureSocial Movements Environmental Justice and Neoliberal Natures Since the 2008 financial crash the expansion of neoliberalism has had an enormous impact on nature-society relations around the world. In response various environmental movements have emerged opposing the neoliberal restructuring of environmental policies using arguments that often bridge traditional divisions between the environmental and labour agendas. The Right to Nature explores the differing experiences of a number of environmental-social movements and struggles from the point of view of both activists and academics. This collection attempts to both document the social-ecological impacts of neoliberal attempts to exploit non-human nature in the post-crisis context and to analyse the opposition of emerging environmental movements and their demands for a radically different production of nature based on social needs and environmental justice. It also provides a necessary space for the exchange of ideas and experiences between academics and activists and aims to motivate further academic-activist collaborations around alternative and counter-hegemonic re-thinking of environmental politics. This book will be of great interest to students scholars and activists interested in environmental policy environmental justice social and environmental movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138385375

The Right to Religious Freedom in International LawBetween Group Rights and Individual Rights This book analyses the right to religious freedom within international law. Analysing legal structures in a variety of both Western and non-Western jurisdictions the book sets out a topography of the different constitutional structures of religion within the state and their compliance with international human rights law. The book also considers the position of women's religious freedom vis a vis community claims of religious freedom. Taking a rigorous approach to the right Anat Scolnicov argues that the interpretation and application of religious freedom must be understood as a conflict between individual and group claims of rights and argues for an individualistic interpretation of this right. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415813488

The Right to Self-determination Under International Law“Selfistans ” Secession and the Rule of the Great Powers This book proposes a novel theory of self-determination; the Rule of the Great Powers. This book argues that traditional legal norms on self-determination have failed to explain and account for recent results of secessionist self-determination struggles. While secessionist groups like the East Timorese the Kosovar Albanians and the South Sudanese have been successful in their quests for independent statehood other similarly situated groups have been relegated to an at times violent existence within their mother states. Thus Chechens still live without significant autonomy within Russia and the South Ossetians and the Abkhaz have seen their conflicts frozen because of the peculiar geo-political equilibrium of power within the Caucuses region. The Rule of the Great Powers which asserts that only those self-determination seeking entities which enjoy the support of the majority of the most powerful states (the Great Powers) will ultimately have their rights to self-determination fulfilled. The Great Powers potent military economic and political powerhouses such as the United States China Russia Japan the United Kingdom France Germany and Italy often dictate self-determination outcomes through their influence in global affairs. Issues of self-determination in the modern world can no longer be effectively resolved through the application of traditional legal rules; rather resort must be had to novel theories such as the Rule of the Great Powers. This book will be of particular interest to academics and students of law political science and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138189836

The Right to The Truth in International LawVictims’ Rights in Human Rights and International Criminal Law The United Nations has established a right to the truth to be enjoyed by victims of gross violations of human rights. The origins of the right stem from the need to provide victims and relatives of the missing with a right to know what happened. It encompasses the verification and full public disclosure of the facts associated with the crimes from which they or their relatives suffered. The importance of the right to the truth is based on the belief that by disclosing the truth the suffering of victims is alleviated. This book analyses the emergence of this right as a response to an understanding of the needs of victims through to its development and application in two particular legal contexts: international human rights law and international criminal justice. The book examines in detail the application of the right through the case law and jurisprudence of international tribunals in the human rights and also the criminal justice context as well as looking at its place in transitional justice. The theoretical foundations of the right to the truth are considered as well as the various objectives appropriate for different truth-seeking mechanisms. The book then goes on to discuss to what extent it can be understood constructed and applied as a hard legally enforceable right with correlating duties on various people and institutions including state agencies prosecutors and judges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138961449

The Right to TransportationMoving to Equity Does transportation affect the lives of minority low-income elderly and physically disabled citizens? The answer is yes and those effects can be profound according to The Right to Transportation. The authors argue that transportation policies can limit access to education jobs and services for some individuals while undermining the economy and social cohesion of entire communities. Policies that have nurtured the U.S. highway system and let public transportation wither have also led to ghettos and social isolation. More and more communities are recognizing the problem. This book explains the strategies and policies that can address inequities in the nation's transportation and transportation planning systems so that the benefits and burdens of those systems can be shared equally across all communities. With a close examination of how transportation policies affect individuals and communities the book is a guide to transportation fairness. It explains the demographic trends historical events and current policies that have shaped transportation in the U.S. and offers recommendations for moving to equity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138373914

The Right to WaterPolitics Governance and Social Struggles The right to clean water has been adopted by the United Nations as a basic human right. Yet how such universal calls for a right to water are understood negotiated experienced and struggled over remain key challenges. The Right to Water elucidates how universal calls for rights articulate with local historical geographical contexts governance politics and social struggles thereby highlighting the challenges and the possibilities that exist. Bringing together a unique range of academics policy-makers and activists the book analyzes how struggles for the right to water have attempted to translate moral arguments over access to safe water into workable claims. This book is an intervention at a crucial moment into the shape and future direction of struggles for the right to water in a range of political geographic and socio-economics contexts seeking to be pro-active in defining what this struggle could mean and how it might be taken forward in a far broader transformative politics. The Right to Water engages with a range of approaches that focus on philosophical legal and governance perspectives before seeking to apply these more abstract arguments to an array of concrete struggles and case studies. In so doing the book builds on empirical examples from Africa Asia Oceania Latin America the Middle East North America and the European Union. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849713597

The Right Way to FlourishReconnecting to the Real World In this ground-breaking book pre-eminent thought leader in the fields of sustainability and flourishing John R. Ehrenfeld critiques the concept of sustainability as it is understood today and which is coming more and more under attack as unclear and ineffective as a call for action. Building upon the recent work of cognitive scientist Iain McGilchrist who argues that the human brain’s two hemispheres present distinct different worlds this book articulates how society must replace the current foundational left-brain-based beliefs – a mechanistic world and a human driven by self interest – with new ones based on complexity and care. Flourishing should replace the lifeless metrics now being used to guide business and government as well as individuals. Until we accept that our modern belief structure is itself the barrier we will continue to be mired in an endless succession of unsolved problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367244255

The Rights Of Man Today This book analyzes the evolution of the idea of human rights the "universalization" of human rights as reflected in the spread of "constitutionalism" to almost all states. It focuses on the conditions that must exist if the rights of men and women are to be more secure in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295530

The Rights of StrangersTheories of International Hospitality the Global Community and Political Justice since Vitoria This study investigates the thinking of European authors from Vitoria to Kant about political justice the global community and the rights of strangers as one special form of interaction among individuals of divergent societies political communities and cultures. Taking an interdisciplinary approach it covers historical material from a predominantly philosophical perspective interpreting authors who have tackled problems related to the rights of strangers under the heading of international hospitality. Their analyses of the civitas maxima or the societas humani generis covered the nature of the global commonwealth. Their doctrines of natural law (ius naturae) were supposed to provide what we nowadays call theories of political justice. The focus of the work is on international hospitality as part of the law of nations on its scope and justification. It follows the political ideas of Francisco de Vitoria and the Second Scholastic in the 16th century of Alberico Gentili Hugo Grotius Samuel Pufendorf Christian Wolff Emer de Vattel Johann Jacob Moser and Immanuel Kant. It draws attention to the international dimension of political thought in Thomas Hobbes John Locke Jean-Jacques Rousseau David Hume Adam Smith and others. This is predominantly a study in intellectual history which contextualizes ideas but also emphasizes their systematic relevance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315085395

The Rights of Woman as ChimeraThe Political Philosophy of Mary Wollstonecraft The Rights of Woman as Chimera examines Mary Wollstonecraft's intellectual relationship to Rousseau Locke and Aristotle. Although she learned much from each philosopher her own thought cannot be said to be simply derivative of these thinkers. In considering "the woman question " Wollstonecraft levels important but friendly critiques of her male predecessors. She puts forth a conception of the nature of woman which is informed by and consistent with her larger political philosophy and this study endeavors to outline this conception of the nature of woman. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879867

The Rise Decline and Renewal of Silicon Valley's High Technology Industry Originally published in 1997 this book examines the unique nature and characteristics of Silicon Valley and looks at the factors that led to the economic and competitiveness problems of the 1980s. The research concluded that the information revolution caused a complex set of events that had global ramifications. Silicon Valley was no longer operating as a driver of this revolution but it was facing the onslaught of the global competitiveness it had unleashed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815353614

The Rise and Decline of Small Firms (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1973 this title examines the development patterns of small businesses. It considers why people found firms; the factors that contribute to entrepreneurial success; problems of management succession and inheritance; the strengths and weaknesses of family firms; the reasons why small firms are taken over; and the social economic and managerial context of their growth decline and revival. Based on a survey of sixty-four firms each employing fewer than five hundred people in engineering hosiery and knitwear and on the records of 370 similar organisations a striking gap in performance and management attitudes emerges as between dynamic mostly founder-run firms and stagnant mostly inherited ones. Where many books are either minutely specialised or highly abstract and over-generalised Jonathan Boswell’s work is practical and diagnostic probing the inner recesses of the small firm sector. With particular relevance to the difficulties faced by entrepreneurs in today’s economic environment this title advances selective measures to deal with old firms and inheritance and a wide range of policies to encourage new entrepreneurship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138781221

The Rise and Decline of the Asian CenturyFalse Starts on the Path to the Global Millennium First published in 1997 this volume reflects an attempt to put order in the place of what appears to be chaos amidst East Asia’s rapid dash toward economic development. With experiences of Turkey during and after martial law Italy during the Red Brigade England during the ‘Winter of Discontent’ post-Franco Spain’s stumbling embrace of democracy Poland in the beginning of the solidarity movement South Africa in the crumbling of apartheid China during the early student protests and Europe when the Iron Curtain was lifted Christopher Lingle applies these ideas to modern developments in East Asia providing an intriguing counter-intuitive refreshing take on its economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360235

The Rise and Demise of Black Theology Black Theology emerged in the 1960s as a response to black consciousness. In South Africa it is a critique of power; in the UK it is a political theology of black culture. The dominant form of Black Theology has been in the USA originally influenced by Black Power and the critique of white racism. Since then it claims to have broadened its perspective to include oppression on the grounds of race gender and class. In this book the author contests this claim especially by Womanist (black women) Theology. Black and Womanist Theologies present inadequate analyses of race and gender and no account at all of class (economic) oppression. With a few notable exceptions Black Theology in the USA repeats the mantras of the 1970s the discourse of modernity. Content with American capitalism it fails to address the source of the impoverishment of black Americans at home. Content with a romantic imaginaire of Africa this 'African-American' movement fails to defend contemporary Africa against predatory American global ambitions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138357495

The Rise And Demise Of Democratic Kampuchea This study traces the rise of Kampuchean communism from its inception in 1930 to the present. The author analyzes the socioeconomic and political conditions that brought Cambodia to an explosive stage in 1970 and documents the cataclysmic transformation that followed. The protagonist in this ongoing historical drama is the revolutionary movement known as the Khmer Rouge or "Red Khmers." Their revolution was so ultraradical that even the communists were appalled. The Soviets studiously ignored it the Chinese vainly tried to moderate it and the Vietnamese ultimately destroyed it. In an attempt to explain the Khmer revolution—one of the most violent in modern political history—the author focuses on the ideology created by a key group of Khmer Rouge leaders. The theoretical and historical significance of the Khmer revolution and the state of Democratic Kampuchea has received little attention from scholars and far too much of what has been written has been motivated by a bewildering array of ideological and geopolitical interests. This book is one of the first to apply a systematic analytical framework to the creation growth and destruction of Democratic Kampuchea. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295547

The Rise and Development of FinTechAccounts of Disruption from Sweden and Beyond This comprehensive guide serves to illuminate the rise and development of FinTech in Sweden with the Internet as the key underlying driver. The multiple case studies examine topics such as: the adoption of online banking in Sweden; the identification and classification of different FinTech categories; process innovation developments within the traditional banking industry; and the Venture Capital (VC) landscape in Sweden as shown through interviews with VC representatives mainly from Sweden but also from the US and Germany as well as offering insight into the companies that are currently operating in the FinTech arena in Sweden. The authors address questions such as: How will the regulatory landscape shape the future of FinTech companies? What are the factors that will likely drive the adoption of FinTech services in the future? What is the future role of banks in the context of FinTech and digitalization? What are the policies and government initiatives that aim to support the FinTech ecosystem in Sweden? Complex concepts and ideas are rendered in an easily digestible yet thought-provoking way.The book was initiated by the IIS (the Internet Foundation in Sweden) an independent organization promoting the positive development of the Internet in the country. It is also responsible for the Internet’s Swedish top-level domain .se including the registration of domain names and the administration and technical maintenance of the national domain name registry. The book illustrates how Sweden acts (or does not act) as a competitive player in the global FinTech arena and is a vital addition to students and practitioners in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735180

The Rise and Fall of a National StrategyThe UK and The European Community: Volume 1 This text analyzes British official thinking behind the UK's standing aloof from the moves after 1945 towards European economic collaboration leading to the establishment of ECSC and the EEC in the 1950s. It deals with the later change of tack (1961) covers the organization in Whitehall for the negotiations with the Communities and the major problem areas - the Commonwealth British agriculture financial implications of British membership sovereignty and the future of EFTA. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415832342

The Rise and Fall of American Art 1940s–1980sA Geopolitics of Western Art Worlds In The Rise and Fall of American Art 1940s-1980s Catherine Dossin challenges the now-mythic perception of New York as the undisputed center of the art world between the end of World War II and the fall of the Berlin Wall a position of power that brought the city prestige money and historical recognition. Dossin reconstructs the concrete factors that led to the shift of international attention from Paris to New York in the 1950s and documents how ’peripheries’ such as Italy Belgium and West Germany exerted a decisive influence on this displacement of power. As the US economy sank into recession in the 1970s however American artists and dealers became increasingly dependent on the support of Western Europeans and cities like Cologne and Turin emerged as major commercial and artistic hubs - a development that enabled European artists to return to the forefront of the international art scene in the 1980s. Dossin analyses in detail these changing distributions of geopolitical and symbolic power in the Western art worlds - a story that spans two continents forty years and hundreds of actors. Her transnational and interdisciplinary study provides an original and welcome supplement to more traditional formal and national readings of the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138295575

The Rise and Fall of Arab JerusalemPalestinian Politics and the City since 1967 This book examines Palestinian politics in Jerusalem since 1967 and in particular since the outbreak of the second Intifada in September 2000 focusing on the city’s decline as an Arab city and the identity crisis among the Jerusalemite Palestinians. Principally concerned with Palestinian politics and how they have evolved over time from the grass roots upwards it covers issues such as the separation wall military activity and terror planning regulations the joint Jewish-Arab struggle against the occupation and efforts to remove Palestinians from the city. Drawing upon conversations with hundreds of Palestinians – Islamists nationalists collaborationists and a-political people – as well as upon military courts files and Palestinian writings Hillel Cohen tells the story of the failure of the Palestinian struggle in Jerusalem in both its political and military dimensions. He points at the lack of leadership and at the identity crisis among Palestinian Jerusalemites which were created by Israeli policies (the separation wall the closure of Palestinian institutions) and Palestinian faults (the exclusion of Jerusalem from the Palestinian Authority in Oslo Agreements or the suicide attacks in the second Intifada). Providing a broad overview of the contemporary situation and political relations both inside the Palestinian community and with the Israeli authorities the book gives a unique insight into Palestinians' views political behaviour and daily life in Israel's capital. As such it is an important addition to the literature on Palestinian politics Jewish and Israeli studies and Middle Eastern politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203834893

The Rise and Fall of British Crusader Medievalism c.1825–1945 This book investigates the uses of crusader medievalism – the memory of the crusades and crusading rhetoric and imagery – in Britain from Walter Scott’s The Talisman (1825) to the end of the Second World War. It seeks to understand why and when the crusades and crusading were popular how they fitted with other cultural trends of the Victorian and Edwardian eras how their use was affected by the turmoil of the First World War and whether they were differently employed in the interwar years and in the 1939-45 conflict. Building on existing studies and contributing the fruits of fresh research it brings together examples of the uses of the crusades from disparate contexts and integrates them into the story of the rise and fall crusader medievalism in Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593223

The Rise and Fall of British IndiaImperialism as Inequality A great deal of argument about the theory and practice of imperialism has been generated in recent years much of it Eurocentric and much of it focusing on the causes of imperialism. In this singularly clear and perceptive study first published in 1983 Karl de Schweinitz concentrates instead on a view of imperialism as a coercive relationship Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415395014

The Rise and Fall of British Liberalism1776-1988 Here is the first book to cover the history of British Liberalism from its founding doctrines in the later eighteenth century to the final dissolution of the Liberal party into the Liberal Democrats in 1988. The Party dominated British politics for much of the later nineteenth-century most notably under Gladstone whose premierships spanned 1868-1894 and during the early twentieth but after the resignation of Lloyd George in 1922 the Liberal Party never held office again. The decline of the Party remains a unique phenomenon in British politics and Alan Sykes illuminates its dramatic and peculiar circumstances in this comprehensive study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159648

The Rise And Fall Of Communism Writing this book has been a rewarding but challenging experience. Along the way I• have had the helpful comments and criticisms of a number of friends and colleagues. Pat Maus Susanna Frenkel Kit Christensen and Carl Ross read the entire manuscript. Steve Chilton Milan Kovacovic and .Marina Rumyantseva read parts of it. They and the reviewers for Westview Press have weeded out many errors and forced me to think through a number of difficult points. The errors and confusions that remain do so in spite of their best efforts. I thank them all. I would also like to thank Spencer Carr of Westview Press for his support of this project and for his editorial suggestions which resulted in major improvements. Finally thanks to Jean Vileta for her editorial assistance in preparing the manuscript for publication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295554

The Rise and Fall of Corporate Social Responsibility Corporate social responsibility was one of the most consequential business trends of the twentieth century. Having spent decades burnishing reputations as both great places to work and generous philanthropists large corporations suddenly abandoned their commitment to their communities and employees during the 1980s and 1990s indicated by declining job security health insurance and corporate giving. Douglas M. Eichar argues that for most of the twentieth century the benevolence of large corporations functioned to stave off government regulations and unions as corporations voluntarily adopted more progressive workplace practices or made philanthropic contributions. Eichar contends that as governmental and union threats to managerial prerogatives withered toward the century's end so did corporate social responsibility. Today with shareholder value as their beacon large corporations have shred their social contract with their employees decimated unions avoided taxes and engaged in all manner of risky practices and corrupt politics. This book is the first to cover the entire history of twentieth-century corporate social responsibility. It provides a valuable perspective from which to revisit the debate concerning the public purpose of large corporations. It also offers new ideas that may transform the public debate about regulating larger corporations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412865203

The Rise and Fall of Countryside ManagementA Historical Account For at least half a century since the emergence of Country Parks and Forest Parks countryside services have provided leisure tourism conservation restoration and regeneration across Britain. Yet these services are currently being decimated as public services are sacrificed to the new era of austerity. The role and importance of countryside management have been barely documented and the consequences and ramifications of cuts to these services are overlooked and misunderstood. This volume rigorously examines the issues surrounding countryside management in Britain. The author brings together the results of stakeholder workshops and interviews and in-depth individual case studies as well as a major study for the Countryside Agency which assessed and evaluated every countryside service provision in England. A full and extensive literature review traces the ideas of countryside management back to their origins and the author considers the wider relationships and ramifications with countryside and ranger provisions around the world including North America and Europe.  The book provides a critical overview of the history and importance of countryside management detailing the achievements of a largely forgotten sector and highlighting its pivotal yet often underappreciated role in the wellbeing of people and communities. It serves as a challenge to students planners politicians conservationists environmentalists and land managers in a diversity of disciplines that work with or have interests in countryside leisure and tourism community issues education and nature conservation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415844260

The Rise and Fall of ElitesApplication of Theoretical Sociology Combining a thorough introduction to the work of nineteenth-and early twentieth-century Italian social theorist Vilfredo Pareto with a highly readable English translation of Pareto's last monograph "Generalizations " originally published in 1920 this work illustrates how and why democratic forms of government undergo decay and are eventually reinvigorated. More than any other social scientist of his generation Pareto offers a well-developed articulate and compelling theory of change based on a Newtonian vision of science and an engineering model of social equilibrium.This dynamic involves a shifting balance among the countervailing forces of centralization and decentralization of power economic expansion and contraction and liberalism versus traditionalism in public sentiment. By 1920 Pareto had developed a scheme for predicting shifts in magnitude of these forces and subsequent change in the character of society. This book will be of interest to students teachers or general readers interested in political science sociology and late-nineteenth/ early-twentieth century social theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538269

The Rise and Fall of Fu Ren University BeijingCatholic Higher Education in China This new book tells the story of the rise and fall of Fu Ren University (1925-1952) and provides an analysis of a key Catholic higher education institution in China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985452

The Rise and Fall of Global MicrocreditDevelopment debt and disillusion In the mid-1980s the international development community helped launch what was to quickly become one of the most popular poverty reduction and local economic development policies of all time. Microcredit the system of disbursing tiny micro-loans to the poor to help them to establish their own income-generating activities was initially highly praised and some were even led to believe that it would end poverty as we know it. But in recent years the microcredit model has been subject to growing scrutiny and often intense criticism. The Rise and Fall of Global Microcredit shines a light on many of the fundamental problems surrounding microcredit in particular the short- and long-term impacts of dramatically rising levels of microdebt.  Developed in collaboration with UNCTAD this book covers the general policy implications of adverse microcredit impacts as well as gathering together country-specific case studies from around the world to illustrate the real dynamics incentives and end results. Lively and provocative The Rise and Fall of Global Microcredit is an accessible guide for students academics policymakers and development professionals alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138714120

The Rise And Fall Of Italian Terrorism Italian democracy may not be as fragile as many of its observers feared or imagined. It has lasted more than twice as long as the Fascist dictatorship that preceded it. Since the end of the Second World War Italy's citizens and their political leaders have had to overcome massive problems of both state and society that their counterparts in more tranquil parts of Europe have not encountered. The problem to which this book is devoted is that of political terrorism. It deals with a large-scale and protracted outbreak of domestic terrorism. It is concerned with terrorist violence in Italy committed by Italians against other Italians the purpose of which was to influence the course of that country's political life Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295561

The Rise and Fall of London’s Ringways 1943-1973 Urban motorways are among the greatest – and least forgiven – legacies of post-war planning in Britain. Ringways explores the genesis development and collapse of London’s controversial plans for nearly 500 miles of highways to understand why such ambitious and unlamented programmes gained widespread support and triggered urban uproar. Combining a review of the wider intellectual climate with extensive archival research Ringways asks how far the rise of the urban motorway can be attributed to urban contingency as opposed to far-seeing planners; how ideas of the environment changed as proposals were debated; and whether their fall was the work of popular revolt or expert regret. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367361570

The Rise and Fall of ManagementA Brief History of Practice Theory and Context Insight into today's economic and financial problems comes in this revealing book from an understanding of how and why the practice and the teaching of management has developed as it has. Gordon Pearson who has spent equal parts of his long career as a practising manager and a management educator clarifies through rigorous historical review the difficult issues around management with which we struggle today such as why management custom and practice so often lead to contravention of the law. Pearson reviews how management became a practice and body of understanding the development of its crucial role in economic progress and then how its corruption came about as a result of malign theory leading to the dominance of the bonus payment culture and short term deal-making that plague us today. Understanding management's past suggests Pearson will help its improvement for the future. Contributing to that understanding this challenging book sheds light on how management might be renewed and on the benign role it could play if freed from the restraints of inappropriate economic theory. This book is not just a history or a sociological analysis of management. It gives a broad practically informed critical view of the subject that will be welcomed by any reader with a professional or an academic interest in practice theory and context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409448297

The Rise and Fall of Mass Marketing (RLE Marketing) This book provides new insights into the changes in interpretation of marketing and the evolution of marketing strategies during the twentieth century. The focus is on the development of mass marketing in the United States and the way in which more flexible and adaptable forms of marketing have increasingly been taking over. This highly international volume draws contributors from the USA Europe and Japan and from a variety of academic disciplines including marketing economics and business history. Chapters provide detailed analysis of the marketing of a range of products including cars washing machines food retailing Scotch whisky computers financial services and wheat. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138989856

The Rise and Fall of Modern Empires The global reach of imperialism makes it both an important and a complex topic that requires a multi-country perspective and a comparative framework. This four volume series collects together many of the most influential articles on the topic and offers a broad choice of themes geographies and interpretations of the impact and importance of empires their making their rule and their demise. Each volume takes up a different theme such that the reader has access to the perspectives of both coloniser and colonised in a variety of settings across the full range of modern empires. Classic articles are well represented as are recent scholarly trends in the field. All four volumes are edited by leading scholars in the field and the series constitutes an inclusive reference resource for libraries students and academic researchers interested in every aspect of modern history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003082057

The Rise and Fall of Modern Empires The global reach of imperialism makes it both an important and a complex topic that requires a multi-country perspective and a comparative framework. This four volume series collects together many of the most influential articles on the topic and offers a broad choice of themes geographies and interpretations of the impact and importance of empires their making their rule and their demise. Each volume takes up a different theme such that the reader has access to the perspectives of both coloniser and colonised in a variety of settings across the full range of modern empires. Classic articles are well represented as are recent scholarly trends in the field. All four volumes are edited by leading scholars in the field and the series constitutes an inclusive reference resource for libraries students and academic researchers interested in every aspect of modern history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367534981

The Rise and Fall of Modern Empires Volume IIColonial Knowledges This volume reproduces key historical texts concerning `colonial knowledges’. The use of the adjective 'colonial' indicates that knowledge is shaped by power relationships while the use of the plural form ’knowledges’ indicates the emphasis in this collection is on an interplay between different often competing cognitive systems. George Balandier’s notion of the colonial situation is an organising principle that runs throughout the volume and there are four sub-themes: language and texts categorical knowledge the circulation of knowledge and indigenous knowledge. The volume is designed to introduce students to a range of important interventions which speak to each other today even if they were not intended to do so when first published. An introductory essay links the themes together and explains the significance of the individual articles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409436669

The Rise and Fall of Modern Empires Volume IIIEconomics and Politics Few aspects of the history of modern empires are of such significance as their economics and politics. These factors are inextricably linked in many analyses have generated extensive historiographical debate and are currently the subject of some of the freshest and liveliest scholarship. The articles and chapters which are brought together in this volume relate not only to the European colonial empires but also to the Napoleonic Russian and Japanese empires. The collection is strongly comparative in approach with the articles arranged into thematic sections on: the place of politics and economics in the rise and fall of modern empires; the causal relationship between modern empires and colonial global and metropolitan economic transformations; and the ’technologies of rule’ which provided the frameworks through which colonial economies were managed and rights defined. The collection reflects new approaches as well as the continuing importance of issues addressed in an older historiography and the thematic arrangement produces useful juxtapositions of older and newer literatures. The substantial introduction explores the themes and identifies key historiographical trends in relation to each. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409432753

The Rise and Fall of Modern Empires Volume ISocial Organization This collection brings together twenty-one articles that explore the diverse impact of modern empires on societies around the world since 1800. Colonial expansion changed the lives of colonised peoples in multiple ways relating to work the environment law health and religion. Yet empire-builders were never working with a blank slate: colonial rule involved not just coercion but also forms of cooperation with elements of local society while the schemes of the colonisers often led to unexpected outcomes. Covering not only western European nations but also the Ottomans Russians and Japanese whose empires are less frequently addressed in collections this volume provides insight into a crucial aspect of modern world history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409433972

The Rise and Fall of Modern Empires Volume IVReactions to Colonialism The collection of essays in this volume offers an overview of scholarly approaches to the ways in which diverse actors representing the colonised or the colonising nations or indeed the international community reacted to colonialism during the lifetime of the modern colonial empires or in their aftermath. The coverage is broad in terms of geographical scope and historical period with articles on the major colonial empires in Asia and Africa and the imperial centres of Paris London and Berlin from the conquests of the late nineteenth century to the period of decolonisation. The selection also reflects recent academic trends by focusing on countries whose colonial past and experience of decolonisation have been studied and debated with particular intensity such as Algeria Kenya and India. The volume draws on previously published articles and book chapters by leading international scholars writing in or translated into English and includes a critical introduction which situates each essay in relation to recent debates in this dynamic and expanding field of study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409438564

The Rise and Fall of Modern Empires: 4-Volume Set The global reach of imperialism makes it both an important and a complex topic that requires a multi-country perspective and a comparative framework. This four volume series collects together many of the most influential articles on the topic and offers a broad choice of themes geographies and interpretations of the impact and importance of empires their making their rule and their demise. Each volume takes up a different theme such that the reader has access to the perspectives of both coloniser and colonised in a variety of settings across the full range of modern empires. Classic articles are well represented as are recent scholarly trends in the field. All four volumes are edited by leading scholars in the field and the series constitutes an inclusive reference resource for libraries students and academic researchers interested in every aspect of modern history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409439974

The Rise and Fall of Money Manager CapitalismMinsky's half century from world war two to the great recession The book studies the trends that led to the worst financial crisis since the Great Depression as well as the unfolding of the crisis in order to provide policy recommendations to improve financial stability. The book starts with changes in monetary policy and income distribution from the 1970s. These changes profoundly modified the foundations of economic growth in the US by destroying the commitment banking model and by decreasing the earning power of households whose consumption has been at the core of the growth process. The main themes of the book are the changes in the financial structure and income distribution the collapse of the Ponzi process in 2007 and actual and prospective policy responses. The objective is to show that Minsky’s approach can be used to understand the making and unfolding of the crisis and to draw some policy implications to improve financial stability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138650169

The Rise and Fall of Philanthropy in East AfricaThe Asian Contribution Robert G. Gregory challenges the apparent assumption that non-Western peoples lack a significant indigenous philanthropic culture. Focusing on the large South Asian community in East Africa he relates how over a century they built a philanthropic culture of great magnitude and how it finally collapsed under the ascendency of increasing state regulation and policies directed against non-African communities.Compelled by poverty to seek better oppurtunities overseas most Asians arrived in East Africa as peasant farmers. Denied access to productive land and sensing economic opportunity they turned to business. Despite severe forms of racial discrimination in the colonial society they suffered few restrictions on their business enterprises and some became very wealthy. Gregory's historical analysis shows philanthropy as an important contribution one that stemmed from deep roots in Hindu Muslim and Buddhist culture. The sense of nonracial social responsibility cultivated social medical and educational facilities designed for all.This age of philanthropy terminated with the Asian exodus. The socialist and racial policies adopted by East African governments over the past few decades have virtually destroyed the foundation necessary for philanthropy as well as the distinct Asian cultural identity. Gregory's account of the East Asian's role in philanthropy deserves great attention and sober reflection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412853859

The Rise and Fall of Russia's Far Eastern Republic 1905–1922Nationalisms Imperialisms and Regionalisms in and after the Russian Empire The Russian Far East was a remarkably fluid region in the period leading up to during and after the Russian Revolution. The different contenders in play in the region imagining and working toward alternative futures comprised different national groups including Russians Buryat-Mongols Koreans and Ukrainians; different imperialist projects including Japanese and American attempts to integrate the region into their political and economic spheres of influence as well as the legacies of Russian expansionism and Bolshevik efforts to export the revolution to Mongolia Korea China and Japan; and various local regionalists who aimed for independence or strong regional autonomy for distinct Siberian and Far Eastern communities and whose efforts culminated in the short-lived Far Eastern Republic of 1920–1922. The Rise and Fall of Russia’s Far Eastern Republic 1905–1922 charts developments in the region examines the interplay of the various forces and explains how a Bolshevik version of state-centered nationalism prevailed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588458

The Rise and Fall of the Amazon Rubber IndustryAn Historical Anthropology In this engaging book Stephen Nugent offers an in-depth historical anthropology of a widely recognised feature of the Amazon region examining the dramatic rise and fall of the rubber industry. He considers rubber in the Amazon from the perspective of a long-term extractive industry that linked remote forest tappers to technical innovations central to the industrial transformation of Europe and North America emphasizing the links between the social landscape of Amazonia and the global economy. Through a critical examination focused on the rubber industry Nugent addresses myths that continue to influence perceptions of Amazonia. The book challenges widely held assumptions about the hyper-naturalism of the ‘lost world’ of the Amazon where ‘the challenge of the tropics’ is still to be faced and the ‘frontiers of development’ are still to be settled. It is relevant for students and scholars of anthropology Latin American studies history political ecology geography and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138894037

The Rise and Fall of the American SystemNationalism and the Development of the American Economy 1790-1837 The American System was implemented by the US government after the American-British War of 1812 to develop a national domestic market. This study explores the rise and fall of the system between its inception in 1790 and the Panic of 1837. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663848

The Rise and Fall of the British Press The Rise and Fall of the British Press takes an artful look at the past present and immediate future of the printed newspaper. Temple offers a thought-provoking account of the evolution of Britain’s news consumption across the centuries situating it within significant social cultural and political currents of the time. Chapters cover: The impact of key technological developments; from the birth of print and the introduction of television to the rise of the internet and digital media; The ever-shifting power play between political parties and the press; The notion of the ‘public sphere’ and how newspapers have influenced it over the decades; The role of news media during some of Europe’s most significant historical events such as the French Revolution the First and Second World Wars and the Suez crisis; The aftermath of the Leveson inquiry and the question of increased media regulation; The successes and failures of important media players including Baron Beaverbrook and Lord Northcliffe in the nineteenth century and Rupert Murdoch and Mark Zuckerberg in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. Throughout the book parallels are drawn between current issues impacting on the press and society and those from previous decades further illuminating the role both historic and ongoing of the news media in Britain. Temple concludes the book by looking to the future of print journalism calling for a reassessment of its role in the twenty-first century redefining what journalism should be and reasserting its value in society today. This far-reaching analysis will be an invaluable resource for both students and researchers of journalism and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138895102

The Rise and Fall of the East Asian Growth System 1951-2000Institutional Competitiveness and Rapid Economic Growth Huang examines a recurring pattern of rapid economic growth in East Asia from 1951 to the present and explores how far a single East Asian Growth model can be said to exist. Assessing the various theories put forward to explain the phenomenon and supported by the most comprehensive data the book finds that methods of institutional enhancement were at the core of the growth. This institutional enhancement affected state structure and functions economic policy corporate arrangements social structure and relations individual behaviour and domestic and international interaction.  Each of these elements was a critical aspect of the growth system that defined and propelled the rapid growth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415651509

The Rise and Fall of the English ChristendomTheocracy Christology Order and Power English Christendom has never been a static entity. Evangelism politics conflict and cultural changes have constantly and consistently developed it into myriad forms across the world. However in recent times that development has seemingly become a general decline. This book utilises the motif of Christendom to illuminate the pedigree of Anglican Christianity allowing a vital and persistent dynamic in Christianity namely the relationship between the sacred and the mundane to be more fundamentally explored.Each chapter seeks to unpack a particular historical moment in which the relations of sacred and mundane are on display. Beginning with the work of Bede before focusing on the Anglo Norman settlement of England the Tudor period and the establishment of the church in the American and Australian colonies Anglicanism is shown to consistently be a religio-political tradition. This approach opens up a different set of categories for the study of contemporary Anglicanism and its debates about the notion of the church. It also opens up fresh ways of looking at religious conflict in the modern world and within Christianity. This is a fresh exploration of a major facet of Western religious culture. As such it will be of significant interest to scholars working in Religious History and Anglican Studies as well as theologians with an interest in Western Ecclesiology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890766

The Rise and Fall of the Garvey Movement in the Urban South 1918–1942 The Rise and Fall of the Garvey Movement in the Urban South provides the first detailed examination of the Universal Negro Improvement Association's rise maturation and eventual decline in the urban South between 1918 and 1942. It examines the ways in which Southern black workers fused locally-based traditions ideologies and strategies of resistance with the Pan-African agenda of the UNIA to create a dynamic and multifaceted movement. A testament to the multidimensionality of black political subjectivity Southern Garveyites fashioned a politics reflective of their international regional and local attachments. Moving beyond the usual focus on New York and the charismatic personality of Marcus Garvey this book situates black workers at the center of its analysis and aims to provide a much-needed grassroots perspective on the Garvey movement. More than simply providing a regional history of one of the most important Pan-African movements of the twentieth century The Rise and Fall of the Garvey Movement in the Urban South demonstrates the ways in which racial class and spatial dynamics resulted in complex and at times competing articulations of black nationalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415804028

The Rise and Fall of the German Democratic Republic Most public debate on reunited Germany has emphasized economic issues such as the collapse of East German industry mass unemployment career difficulties and differences in wages and living standards. The overwhelming difficulty resulting from reunification however is not persisting economic differences but the internal cultural divide between East and West Germans one based upon different moral values in the two Germanies. The invisible wall that has replaced the previous highly visible territorial division of the German nation is rooted in issues of the past-the Nazi past as well as the German Democratic Republic past. In emphasizing economic differences the media and academics have avoided dealing with typically German cultural traits. These include the psychological posture of West Germany which emphasized not differences between East and West but the break with Germany's Nazi past. The adversarial posture of certain professional groups in East Germany towards the liberal and democratic values of West Germany have also been an obstacle. Reviewing the problems accompanying reunification chapter 1 explores German culture and history and the moral lessons evolved from the Nazi past. Chapter 2 focuses on the East-West mindset and how differences in attitude affect efforts to adapt to reunification. Chapter 3 discusses the simulated break with Nazi Germany in the German Democratic Republic. Chapters 4 5 and 6 analyze the roots of the adversary posture of the professional groups in East Germany towards the values of the Berlin Republic. Chapter 7 demonstrates the strong presence of inherited typically German cultural traits among East Germans such as a lack of individualism suspicion of strangers and obedience to authority. Chapter 8 documents the extent to which a right-wing extremist culture has remained latent in Eastern Germany. Chapter 9 documents the extent to which moral reasoning in the GDR relieves the individual of any kind of responsibility for the actions of the state reproducing the way ordinary Germans rationalized their participation in the Nazi regime immediately after World War II. Chapter 10 concludes with an overview of the historical and sociological factors revolving around the discussion of Nazi Germany the GDR and inner unification.This volume will be important for historians political scientists anthropologists sociologists and a general public interested in Germany's reunification. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138516830

The Rise and Fall of the German Democratic Republic 1945-1990 This new book investigates communist rule in East Germany from its establishment as a sphere of Soviet influence after World War II to its rapid collapse after the fall of the Berlin Wall. Using newly available archive material the early chapters trace the emergence of the GDR out of the Soviet zone of occupation. Later chapters cover the dramatic episodes of the 1953 uprising against Soviet dominance and the building of the Berlin Wall in 1961. The subsequent stabilisation of the GDR and the establishment of an uneasy compromise between the ruling elites and the population in the later 1960s and 1970s are explained with reference to a range of internal social economic and political factors. The disintegration of the regime in 1989 is explained in the light of : The chronic weakness of Gorbachev's Soviet Union. The bravery of the protestors. The enduring appeal of West Germany's social market economy. Political pluralism. This clear and comprehensive survey marshals secondary and original primary sources in order to give a unique insight into the GDR's struggles and achievements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158405

The Rise and Fall of the Italian Film Industry Italian cinema triumphed globally in the 1960 with directors such as Rossellini Fellini and Leone and actors like Sophia Loren and Marcello Mastroianni known to audiences around the world. But by the end of the 1980s the Italian film industry was all but dead. The Rise and Fall of the Italian Film Industry traces the rise of the industry from its origins in the 19th century to its worldwide success in the 1960s and its rapid decline in the subsequent decades. It does so by looking at cinema as an institution – subject to the interplay between the spheres of art business and politics at the national and international level. By examining the roles of a wide range of stakeholders (including film directors producers exhibitors the public and the critics) as well as the system of funding and the influence of governments author Marina Nicoli demonstrates that the Italian film industry succeeded when all three spheres were aligned but suffered and ultimately failed when they each pursued contradictory objectives. This in-depth case study makes an important contribution to the long-standing debate about promoting and protecting domestic cultures particularly in the face of culturally dominant and politically- and economically-powerful creative industries from the United States. The Rise and Fall of the Italian Film Industry will be of particular interest to business and economic historians cinema historians media specialists and cultural economists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138340787

The Rise and Fall of the Rehabilitative Ideal 1895-1970 Spanning almost a century of penal policy and practice in England and Wales this book is a study of the long arc of the rehabilitative ideal beginning in 1895 the year of the Gladstone Committee on Prisons and ending in 1970 when the policy of treating and training criminals was very much on the defensive. Drawing on a plethora of source material such as the official papers of mandarins ministers and magistrates measures of public opinion prisoner memoirs publications of penal reform groups and prison officers the reports of Royal Commissions and Departmental Committees political opinion in both Houses of Parliament and the research of the first cadre of criminologists this book comprehensively examines a number of aspects of the British penal system including judicial sentencing law-making and the administration of legal penalties. In doing so Victor Bailey expertly weaves a complex and nuanced picture of punishment in twentieth-century England and Wales one that incorporates the enduring influence of the death penalty and will force historians to revise their interpretation of twentieth-century social and penal policy. This detailed and ground-breaking account of the rise and fall of the rehabilitative ideal will be essential reading for scholars and students of the history of crime and justice and historical criminology as well as those interested in social and legal history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367077112

The Rise and Fall of the Right of Silence Within an international context in which the right to silence has long been regarded as sacrosanct this book provides the first comprehensive empirically-based analysis of the effects of curtailing the right to silence. The right to silence has served as the practical expression of the principles that an individual was to be considered innocent until proven guilty and that it was for the prosecution to establish guilt. In 1791 the Fifth Amendment to the US Constitution proclaimed that none ‘shall be compelled in any criminal case to be a witness against himself’. In more recent times the privilege against self-incrimination has been a founding principle for the International Criminal Court the new South African constitution and the ad hoc International Criminal Tribunals for Rwanda and the former Yugoslavia. Despite this pedigree over the past 30 years when governments have felt under pressure to combat crime or terrorism the right to silence has been reconsidered (as in Australia) curtailed (in most of the United Kingdom) or circumvented (by the creation of the military tribunals to try the Guantánamo detainees). The analysis here focuses upon the effects of the Criminal Justice and Public Order Act 1994 in England and Wales. There curtailing the right to silence was advocated in terms of ‘common sense’ policy-making and was achieved by an eclectic borrowing of concepts and policies from other jurisdictions. The implications of curtailing this right are here explored in detail with reference to England Wales and Northern Ireland but within a comparative context that examines how different ‘types’ of legal systems regard the right to silence and the effects of constitutional protection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138590984

The Rise and Fall of the Soviet Union 'An expert in probing mafia-type relationships in present-day Russia Martin McCauley here offers a vigorously written scrutiny of Soviet politics and society since the days of Lenin and Stalin.'John Keep Professor Emeritus University of Toronto.The birth of the Soviet Union surprised many; its demise amazed the whole world.  How did imperial Russia give way to the Soviet Union in 1917 and why did the USSR collapse so quickly in 1991?  Marxism promised paradise on earth but the Communist Party never had true power instead allowing Lenin and Stalin to become dictators who ruled in its name.  The failure of the planned economy to live up to expectations led to a boom in the unplanned economy in particular the black market.  In turn this led to the growth of organised crime and corruption within the government. The Rise and Fall of the Soviet Union examines the strengths weaknesses and contradictions of the first Marxist state and reassesses the role of power authority and legitimacy in Soviet politics.  Including first-person accounts anecdotes illustrations and diagrams to illustrate key concepts McCauley provides a seminal history of twentieth-century Russia.    Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837584

The Rise and Fall of the The Soviet EconomyAn Economic History of the USSR 1945 - 1991 Why did the Soviet economic system fall apart? Did the economy simply overreach itself through military spending? Was it the centrally-planned character of Soviet socialism that was at fault? Or did a potentially viable mechanism come apart in Gorbachev's clumsy hands? Does its failure mean that true socialism is never economically viable? The economic dimension is at the very heart of the Russian story in the twentieth century. Economic issues were the cornerstone of  soviet ideology and the soviet system and economic issues brought the whole system crashing down in 1989-91. This book is a record of what happened and it is also an analysis of the failure of Soviet economics as a concept. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138138698

The Rise and Fall of the Well-Made Play (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1967 this title considers the idea of the ‘well-made play’ in the context of how and why it has been devalued and how far in allowing it to be devalued we have lost sight of certain important elements of the theatre. The focus of the book is largely on the development of British theatre and those who have been instrumental to it. This is an indispensable introduction for any student with an interest in the history and development of the British theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415727853

The Rise and Propagation of Historical Professionalism This book examines the evolution of historical professionalism with the development of an international community that shares a set of values regarding both methodological minimum demands and what constitutes new results. Historical professionalism is not a fixed set of skills but a concept with varying import and meaning at different times depending on changing norms. Torstendahl covers the propagation of these different ideals and of new educational forms from the late 18th century to the present from Ranke’s state-centrism to a historiography borne by social theories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379404

The Rise and Rise of IndicatorsTheir History and Geography This book makes indicators more accessible in terms of what they are who created them and how they are used. It examines the subjectivity and human frailty behind these quintessentially ‘hard’ and technical measures of the world. To achieve this goal The Rise and Rise of Indicators presents the world in terms of a selected set of indicators. The emphasis is upon the origins of the indicators and the motivation behind their creation and evolution. The ideas and assumptions behind the indicators are made transparent to demonstrate how changes to them can dramatically alter the ranking of countries that emerge. They are after all human constructs and thus embody human biases. The book concludes by examining the future of indicators and the author sets out some possible trajectories including the growing emphasis on indicators as important tools in the Sustainable Development Goals that have been set for the world up until 2030. This is a valuable resource for undergraduate and postgraduate students in the areas of economics sociology geography environmental studies development studies area studies business studies politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415786812

The Rise of Academic Architectural EducationThe origins and enduring influence of the Académie d’Architecture Academic architectural education started with the inauguration of the Académie d'Architecture on 3 December 1671 in France. It was the first institution to be devoted solely to the study of architecture and its school was the first dedicated to the explicit training of architectural students. The Académie was abolished in 1793 during the revolutionary turmoil that besieged France at the end of the eighteenth century although the architectural educational tradition that arose from it was resurrected with the formation of the École des Beaux-Arts and prevails in the ideologies and activities of schools of architecture throughout the world today. This book traces the previously neglected history of the Académie’s development and its enduring influence on subsequent architectural schools throughout the following centuries to the present day. Providing a valuable context for current discussions in architectural education The Rise of Academic Architectural Education is a useful resource for students and researchers interested in the history and theory of art and architecture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138562271

The Rise of Analytic Philosophy 1879–1930From Frege to Ramsey In this book Michael Potter offers a fresh and compelling portrait of the birth of modern analytic philosophy viewed through the lens of a detailed study of the work of the four philosophers who contributed most to shaping it:  Gottlob Frege Bertrand Russell Ludwig Wittgenstein and Frank Ramsey. It covers the remarkable period of discovery that began with the publication of Frege's Begriffsschrift in 1879 and ended with Ramsey's death in 1930. Potter—one of the most influential scholars of this period in philosophy—presents a deep but accessible account of the break with absolute idealism and neo-Kantianism and the emergence of approaches that exploited the newly discovered methods in logic. Like his subjects Potter focusses principally on philosophical logic philosophy of mathematics and metaphysics but he also discusses epistemology meta-ethics and the philosophy of language. The book is an essential starting point for any student attempting to understand the work of Frege Russell Wittgenstein and Ramsey as well as their interactions and their larger intellectual milieux. It will also be of interest to anyone who wants to cast light on current philosophical problems through a better understanding of their origins. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138015142

The Rise of Asian DonorsJapan's Impact on the Evolution of Emerging Donors Why do poor countries give aid to others? This book critically examines how aspirations for providing aid have coexisted with experiences of receiving aid and have transformed the practice of giving aid with particular reference to the experiences of Japan and China. It highlights the historical sources that explain the pattern and strength of foreign aid that these new donors provide. The book has systematically examined the situation unique to middle income countries that are receiving and giving aid simultaneously. It sheds light on the endogenous elements embedded in the socio-economic conditions of emerging donors as well as their learning process as aid recipients. This book examines not only the perspectives of recipients but also those of donors: Japan in the case of China and the USA and the World Bank in the case of Japan. By bringing in the donor’s perspective we come to a holistic understanding of foreign aid as a product of interaction between the various agents involved. The book provides not only an in-depth case study of Japan from a historical perspective but also stretches its scope to cover contemporary debates on "emerging donors " including China India and Korea who have received substantial amount of aid from Japan in the past. This book connects the often separated discussion of Japanese aid and the way it developed in relation to outside forces. In short this book represents the first attempt to empirically examine the "life of a donor" with a clear focus on the origins struggles and futures of non-western donors and their impact on established aid regime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415705813

The Rise of AsiaTrade and Investment in Global Perspective The Rise of Asia examines emerging trends and patterns of foreign trade and investment in Asia with a view to contributing to the policy debate on how development strategies should be adopted in response to challenges to economic globalization. The existing body of knowledge in this subject area has predominantly been shaped by the experiences of the newly industrialized countries (NICs) in East Asia. This volume is inspired by the conviction that generalization from the NIC experience is hazardous because the on-going process of economic globalization over the past two decades has dramatically transformed the international context of national development policy making. Moreover as ‘embracing market’ albeit at varying degree and rapidly has now become an Asia-wide phenomenon it is vital to look at the issues from a broader relational perspective paying attention to opportunities for intra-regional division of labour within the wider context of global economic integration. This book will be of interest to students and scholars with an interest in Asian studies economics political economy and globalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415690010

The Rise of AutismRisk and Resistance in the Age of Diagnosis The Open Access version of this book available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/e/9780429285912 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. This innovative book addresses the question of why increasing numbers of people are being diagnosed with autism since the 1990s. Providing an engaging account of competing and widely debated explanations it investigates how these have led to differing interpretations of the same data. Crucially the author argues that the increased use of autism diagnosis is due to medicalisation across the life course whilst holding open the possibility that the rise may also be partly accounted for by modern-day environmental exposures again across the life course. A further focus of the book is not on whether autism itself is valid as a diagnostic category but whether and how it is useful as a diagnostic category and how the utility of the diagnosis has contributed to the rise. This serves to move beyond the question of whether diagnoses are 'real' or social constructions and instead asks: who do diagnoses serve to benefit and at what cost do they come? The book will appeal to clinicians and health professionals as well as medical researchers who are interested in a review of the data which demonstrates the rising use of autism as a diagnosis and an analysis of the reasons why this has occurred. Providing theory through which to interpret the expanding application of the diagnosis and the broadening of autism as a concept it will also be of interest to scholars and students of sociology philosophy psychiatry psychology social work disability studies and childhood studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367250812

The Rise of Big Government The Rise of Big Government chronicles the phenomenal growth of local state and federal government over the last 100 years. The authors explain this growth by arguing that public and social acceptance of government intervention has allowed government to maintain a presence at all levels of the economy. The authors take issue with the opposing argument that government has grown by itself and by the bureaucracy's constant push for its own expansion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315699103

The Rise of Big GovernmentHow Egalitarianism Conquered America Americans tend to believe that their country is very different from Europe. Yet over the past half century they have imported and embraced the most transformative social idea of modern Scandinavia: egalitarianism. Today the United States is more like Sweden than it is different dedicated to economic redistribution and to vigorously defending its big government. What price morally and economically are today’s Americans willing to pay to preserve their egalitarian welfare state? Are they willing to turn life into a fiscal cost item? Will they sacrifice their children’s future prosperity to defend their entitlements? The Rise of Big Government: How Egalitarianism Conquered America pursues the answer to these questions by going back to the ideological origins of the modern egalitarian welfare state. Specifically the book asks why this unity has been able to set such deep roots in the United States a country that is often perceived as fundamentally different when it comes to the role of government in the economy. It is shown that there are more similarities than differences between the welfare state in the United States and its Swedish "template." This book is essential reading for anyone interested in understanding how the egalitarian ideology conquered the United States and who seeks to gain a deeper understanding of its strength its resiliency and the problems it faces in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138296992

The Rise of Brandenburg-Prussia In this pamphlet Margaret Shennan surveys the rise of Prussia from the early seventeenth century to 1740 highlighting and evaluating the role of its rulers in particular of Frederick William I the Great Elector and his two successors. The author takes account of: * international relations * social and economic structures * domestic pressures * ethical and cultural influences * idiosyncratic personalities * terrain and boundaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160293

The Rise of British West Africa First Published in 1967. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010901

The Rise of Business Ethics In 1973 Daniel Bell argued that corporations in post-industrial societies increasingly needed to behave in accord with widely accepted social norms particularly in terms of ethical behavior and social responsibility. Yet widespread criticism of business behavior was not an invention of the 1960s and 70s or a product of changing commercial norms. The key feature historically has been business scandal. Understandings of how the field of business ethics has emerged are undeveloped however. This book is the first attempt to explain the conditions which saw a focus develop on business ethics especially in the 1960s and 70s and how the broader field developed to encompass related notions such as corporate governance corporate social responsibility ethical leadership sustainable business and responsible management education. The Rise of Business Ethics provides an introduction and analysis of the key developments in contemporary business ethics by examining them in terms of their diachronic development – the key thinkers the key issues the key institutions and how they each contributed to contemporary understandings of business ethics governance and practice. Addressing the topic from a European as well as North American perspective The Rise of Business Ethics will be of interest to researchers academics and students in the fields of business ethics business and society business history organization studies and political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138614079

The Rise of Catalan IndependenceSpain’s Territorial Crisis As recently as the mid-2000s Catalonia was described and analysed by scholars as exhibiting a non-secessionist nationalism and was seen within Europe and beyond as a role model for successful devolution which had much to teach other parts of the world. The Spanish state seemed to be on a journey towards an authentic federal order and was generally admired. However the new century has been marked by an ever-growing independence movement with 47.8 per cent of Catalonia voting in favour of independence in September 2015. Pro-independence mobilization has produced a rupture in political relations with the rest of Spain leading to a sovereignty struggle with Madrid. This book explores how an accumulation of long- medium- and short-term factors have produced the current situation and why the Spanish territorial model has been unable or possibly unwilling to respond. The Catalan question is not purely a Spanish problem: it has direct implications for the traditional nation-state model in Europe and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138587700

The Rise of Causal Concepts of DiseaseCase Histories Much of contemporary medical theory and practice focuses on the identification of specific causes of disease. However this has not always been the case: until the early nineteenth century physicians thought of diseases in quite different terms. The modern quest for causes of disease can be seen as a single Lakatosian research programme. One can track the rise and elaboration of this programme by a series of case histories. The success of work on bacterial diseases such as cholera and tuberculosis tends to eclipse the broad context in which those studies were embedded. Yet in the 1830s fifty years before Koch's publications on tuberculosis specific causes were already being identified for several non-bacterial diseases including scabies muscardine and ringworm. Moreover by the end of the century the quest for specific causes had spread well beyond bacterial diseases. The expanding research programme included Freud's early work on psychopathology the discovery of viruses the discovery of vitamins and the recognition of genetic disorders such as Down's syndrome. Existing historical discussions of research in these areas for example histories of work on the deficiencies diseases take the view that success in bacteriology was a positive obstacle to the identification of causes for other kinds of diseases. Treating the quest for causes as a single coherent research programme provides a better understanding of the disease concepts that characterise the last 150 years of medical thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248120

The Rise of China and the Capitalist World Order China's rise within global society and politics has brought it into the spotlight - for social scientists the country's long and dramatic transformations in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries make it an ideal case study for research on political and economic development and social changes. China's size integration and dynamism are impacting on the functioning of the capitalist world system. This book offers a non-conventional analysis of the possible outcomes from China's transformation and provides a dialectical understanding of the complexities and underlying dynamics brought about by the rise of modern-day China. The theoretical and methodological approaches will prove useful for students and researchers of development studies and international relations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315553436

The Rise of China and Transformation of the US-China RelationshipForging Partnership in the Age of Strategic Mistrust The rise of China has transformed Sino-US relations in the 21st century. Although the United States remains atop the global power hierarchy its relative leverage has become more restraint as China has steadily stepped up as a counterweight to US influence. The Sino-US relationship has therefore become increasingly strategic and complicated. In addition to the often sharp differences over many bilateral issues such as trade human rights and Taiwan a strategic distrust i.e. suspicion of each other’s long-term intentions has emerged to overshadow the relationship. While many Chinese are concerned that the US will try to keep China down some Americans are anxious about the implications of China’s great power aspiration for US interests. How has China’s rise resulted in the strategic distrust? Can the US and China function in a world of relatively greater power equality and interdependence? Can they forge a partnership to expand cooperation in areas of common interests? Specifically what is the US anxiety of the "China threat" and responses to the transformation of the US-China relationship in the 21st century? How do the Chinese perceive the new relationship with the US? What are the Chinese perspectives of opportunities and challenges working with the US in traditional and non-traditional security issue areas? Can China replace the US leadership in Asia? How has the shifting balance of power between the US and China led to new dynamics in their respective relations with Japan and Taiwan? These are the critically important questions that this book of contributions by leading scholars seeks to find answers. This book is based on a collection of papers from the Journal of Contemporary China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415707770

The Rise of Consciousness and the Development of Emotional Life Synthesizing decades of influential research and theory Michael Lewis demonstrates the centrality of consciousness for emotional development. At first infants' competencies constitute innate reactions to particular physical events in the child's world. These "action patterns" are not learned but are readily influenced by temperament and social interactions. With the rise of consciousness these early competencies become reflected feelings giving rise to the self-conscious emotions of empathy envy and embarrassment and later shame guilt and pride. Focusing on typically developing children Lewis also explores problems of atypical emotional development. Winner/m-/William James Book Award Society for General Psychology (APA Division 1) Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462512522

The Rise of Consumer Capitalism in America 1880 - 1930 This book offers a genealogical account of the rise of consumer capitalism tracing its origins in America between 1880 and 1930 and explaining how it emerged to become the dominant form of social organization of our time. Asking how it was that we came to be consumers who live in societies that revolve around an ever-spinning circle of production and consumption not only of goods but also of events experiences emotions and relations The Rise of Consumer Capitalism in America presents an extensive analysis of primary sources to demonstrate the conditions and forces from which consumer capitalism emerged and became victorious. Employing a Weberian approach that brings liminality to the fore as a master concept to make sense of historical change the author links an in-depth empirical investigation to supple sociological theorizing to show how the encirclement of all aspects of life by the logic of consumer capitalism was a time-bound historical creation rather than a necessary one. A fascinating study of the appearance and triumph of the "ideology" of our age this book will appeal to scholars of social and anthropological theory historical sociology cultural history and American studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367856618

The Rise of Contemporary Conservatism in the United States The Rise of Contemporary Conservatism in the United States offers students an accessible introduction to the history of modern American conservatism. The author provides a concise but substantial discussion of modern conservatism from its origins in opposition to Franklin D. Roosevelt’s New Deal up until the 2016 election of Donald J. Trump. The text examines electoral coalitions and politics as connected to economic and foreign policy as well as ideology. Conservative ideas and values are addressed directly both on their own terms and in the context of contemporary political applications. A robust collection of primary documents offers students and instructors the opportunity to examine directly the views of both conservatives and their critics. Supported by range of study tools including a glossary of key figures and terms a detailed chronology and ample suggestions for further reading The Rise of Contemporary Conservatism in the United States is the ideal introduction for students interested in the forging and fracturing of modern conservative coalitions and ideologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138096264

The Rise of Contemporary SpiritualismConcepts and controversies in talking to the dead Talking to the dead and communication with 'the other side' is often presented as a taboo in an increasingly technological and medically advanced world. However practices of spiritualism and mediumship continue to remain popular and in high demand within contemporary Western societies. This book analyses the practices of today’s mediums who insist on standing at the threshold between life and death interpreting signs and passing on communications and asks how such concepts and practices are perceived by contemporary society. Using first-hand material gathered from alternative fairs mediumistic congresses séances and interviews with both practitioners and clients as well as thorough textual analysis Anne Kalvig provides a clear overview of the various forms of consumption of mediumship in Western society and places these within a socio-cultural religious and historical context. She also raises questions as to the controversies surrounding spiritualism and its representation and relationship with popular culture and the media. This book will be of interest to researchers in the field of sociology religious studies folklore media studies and anthropology as well as to anyone interested in the upsurge of contemporary spiritualism psychic phenomena and the paranormal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595982

The Rise of Corporate Publishing and Its Effects on Authorship in Early Twentieth Century America This study examines the way that the modernization and incorporation of the American publishing industry in the early twentieth century both helped to foment the emerging late industrial cultural hierarchy and capitalized on that same hierarchy to increase readership and profits. More importantly however it attempts to trace the ways in which recently-introduced marketing techniques reconceived ideas of audience and new paradigms in author-publisher relations affected American writers of the 1930s and the literature they produced. Using case studies of authors chosen from various points on the spectrum of so-called high- middle- and lowbrow literature the author demonstrates that contrary to popular critical opinion this new publishing landscape--dominated by big-business practices and strict categorizations of audiences writers and works--did not ruin or corrupt literature but in fact enriched our literary heritage by providing authors with inspiration and opportunity that they may not otherwise have had. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415762472

The Rise of Critical Animal StudiesFrom the Margins to the Centre As the scholarly and interdisciplinary study of human/animal relations becomes crucial to the urgent questions of our time notably in relation to environmental crisis this collection explores the inner tensions within the relatively new and broad field of animal studies. This provides a platform for the latest critical thinking on the condition and experience of animals. The volume is structured around four sections: engaging theory doing critical animal studies critical animal studies and anti-capitalism contesting the human liberating the animal: veganism and activism. The Rise of Critical Animal Studies demonstrates the centrality of the contribution of critical animal studies to vitally important contemporary debates and considers future directions for the field. This edited collection will be useful for students and scholars of sociology gender studies psychology geography and social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138125919

The Rise of Econometrics In the memorable words of Ragnar Frisch econometrics is ‘a unification of the theoretical–quantitative and the empirical–quantitative approach to economic problems’. Beginning to take shape in the 1930s and 1940s econometrics is now recognized as a vital subdiscipline supported by a vast—and still rapidly growing—body of literature. Edited by a leading researcher in the history of econometrics this new collection from Routledge’s Critical Concepts in Economics series brings together in one ‘mini library’ the best and most influential scholarship on the rise of econometrics. The set provides an authoritative one-stop resource to enable users to understand what has shaped econometrics into its current form. With a full index and comprehensive introductions to each volume newly written by the editor the collection also provides a synoptic view of many current key debates and issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415616782

The Rise of Ethnic Politics in NepalDemocracy in the Margins The relationship between ethnic politics and democracy presents a paradox for scholars and policy makers: ethnic politics frequently emerge in new democracies and yet are often presumed to threaten these new democracies. As ethnic politics is becoming increasingly central to Nepali politics this book argues it has the potential to strengthen rather than destabilize democracy. Drawing on years of ethnographic fieldwork Susan Hangen focuses on the ethnic political party Mongol National Organization (MNO) which consists of multiple ethnic groups and has been mobilizing support in rural east Nepal. By investigating the party’s discourse and its struggles to gain support and operate within a village government the book provides a window onto the processes of democratization in rural Nepal in the 1990s. This work presents a more nuanced understanding of how ethnic parties operate on the ground arguing that ethnic parties overlap considerably with social movements and that the boundary between parties and movements should be reconceptualised. The analysis demonstrates that ethnic parties are not antithetical to democracy and that democratization can proceed in diverse and unexpected ways.   Providing an in-depth discussion of the indigenous nationalities movement one of Nepal’s most significant social movements this work will be of great interest to scholars and students of Asian Politics South Asian Studies and Political Anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415502085

The Rise of European Liberalism Beginning with the new worlds of the Renaissance and the Reformation this book traces the growth of liberal doctrine through the advent of the French Revolution. It shows the relationship of liberalism to the emerging economic system of capitalism and the impact of this relationship upon science philosophy and literature. Laski explains how the same causes which produced the socially active aspect of liberalism also inspired the growth of socialism. The contributions of men like Machiavelli Locke and Voltaire the influence of the voyages of discovery and the effect of the Puritan Rebellion are among the special topics discussed.The Rise of European Liberalism is a historical survey of the development of liberal thought from its earliest whispers in early Protestantism to its significance in the "Red Decade" of the 1930s. Laski argues that liberalism as a philosophy came into existence with the rise of capitalism and thus functions primarily as an ideological defense of private property in a business civilization. Hence liberalism's progressive side is doomed to defeat because throughout its history the bourgeois nature of the ideology has always prevailed.In the new introduction John Stanley traces the history and influences of Laski's thought and provides a detailed analysis of Laski's work. The essay provides a coherent study in itself of why Laski is better remembered than widely read. The Rise of European Liberalism is a classic text that deserves rediscovery for historians philosophers sociologists and political scientists of the present day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538283

The Rise of European Liberalism (Works of Harold J. Laski)An Essay in Interpretation A valuable piece of intellectual history readable in its own terms this volume beginning with the Renaissance and the Reformation traces the growth of Liberal doctrine until the advent of the French Revolution. It shows the relation of Liberalism to the new economic system and the impact of this upon science philosophy and literature. The book explains how the same causes which produced the Liberal spirit also produced the reasons for the growth of Socialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138823051

The Rise of Gawain Nephew of Arthur Published in 1984: The Rise of Gawain Nephew of Arthur is an exciting adventure story of the training testing and recognition of knighthood in King Arthur's court. The setting is the historical world of the fifth century: Rome Jerusalem Britannia. Atleast one copy of the story circulated in England apparently influencing Sir Gawain and the Green Knight and the Faerie Queene Book 1. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367146238

The Rise of Hotel Chains in the United States 1896-1980 This title combines history organizational theory and statistical analysis to examine how chains have come to dominate the hotel industry over the past century. It provides information and insight not only on a major American industry but also on the rise of chains - a phenomenon increasingly affecting many other industries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315051802

The Rise of India and ChinaSocial Economic and Environmental Impacts This book offers a comparative analysis of the rise of India and China and their decisive economic and social roles in a global context. It presents a cumulative picture of the socio-economic challenges as well as the opportunities for growth and inclusive development before India and China. The volume analyses the performance of the two countries based on economic and human development indicators. It highlights the key achievements of the two countries in governance and financial growth and the potential for further economic development. Drawing on government data and empirical research the book examines India and China’s relative growth in trade investments renewable energy technologies urbanisation and employment and their policies on agriculture land use public health and rural-urban inequality. Further it discusses the shared challenges of inequality poverty gender disparity and environment degradation which both countries face and contrasts their policy priorities and governance mechanisms. Comprehensive and insightful this book will be of great interest for researchers and scholars of development studies economics international relations comparative politics sociology public policy and Asian studies. It will also be useful for think tanks policy makers and general readers interested in the India–China relationship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367562243

The Rise of Italian Fascism (RLE Responding to Fascism)1918-1922 The rise of Italian fascism is often seen as a pre-condition as well as a precursor of later developments in Europe most notably in Germany. As such they were also much discussed in the English speaking world throughout the 1930’s. First published in English in 1938 this book gives an account of Italian history in the years immediately following the first world war culminating in the triumph of Mussolini. Arguing that Mussolini succeeded because he was much more ruthless than his opponents he concludes that this is something that must be learnt from: ‘in point of material and military strength we must be superior to the fascists since that is the ground on which they are trying to force a decision.' . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851510

The Rise of Japanese NGOsActivism from Above Over the past two decades non-governmental organizations (NGOs) have exploded in number and emerged as a new force in international and transnational politics. Why however do some countries nonetheless have more active NGO sectors than others? Using the case of Japan this book uncovers patterns of convergence and divergence in levels of activism across industrialized countries and offers a two-level political explanation for the rise of NGOs as a global phenomenon. The author argues that activism has been cultivated from "above" and shows the ways in which political structures and processes at the domestic and international level have either encouraged or discouraged activism. Japan a late developer in terms of its number of NGOs provided a poor political environment for NGO activism for most of the post-war period. In the past two decades however as this situation has changed NGOs have become a visible player as both critics and partners of the government.. Using the concepts of international political opportunity norm socialization and transnational diffusion Reimann traces the ways in which domestic and international politics interact and promote the rise of NGOs globally. This book will be of interest to postgraduate students and academics working in political science international relations sociology policy studies Asian studies international development and environmental politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415690294

The Rise of Law and EconomicsAn Intellectual History This is a history—though intentionally a brief history—of the rise of law and economics as a field of thought in the U.S. college and law school academy though the field has expanded to Europe and South America and will expand further as other legal systems develop. This book explains the origins of the field and the sources of its growth during its formative period. It describes the intellectual roots of the field and the field’s relationship to the understanding of the role of the legal system in directing the functioning of the economy. It describes the effect of the Great Depression and the expansion of governmental power on advancing the functional approach. The book then addresses the work of Aaron Director during the late 1950s on focusing economic analysis as a means of understanding the effects of the legal and regulatory system on the allocation of resources in the society. Then it turns to the subsequent intellectual founders of the field—Ronald Coase Guido Calabresi and Richard Posner—and attempts to explain the significance of their work. It also discusses the efforts of Robert Bork and Henry Manne toward the influence of law and economics on public policy. The book ends with the founding of the American Law and Economics Association in 1991. This is an essential companion to law and economics texts for undergraduate law and economic students and especially a general supplement to first-year casebooks for law school students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367339388

The Rise of Literary Journalism in the Eighteenth CenturyAnxious Employment Recent years have witnessed a heightened interest in eighteenth-century literary journalism and popular culture. This book provides an account of the early periodical as a literary genre and traces the development of journalism from the 1690s to the 1760s covering a range of publications by both well-known and obscure writers. The book's central theme is the struggle of eighteenth-century journalists to attain literary respectability and the strategies by which editors sought to improve the literary and social status of their publications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415651516

The Rise of Louis Napoleon Originally published in 1968 this book follows the life of Louis Napoleon from his birth to his exile and education his time as a 'political pretender' a 'political prisoner' and finally a citizen. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367146351

The Rise of Management Consulting in Britain This title was first published in 2002: The history of management consulting in Britain is a subject that has received little attention in the past in terms of research or publication. This work redresses the gap in the knowledge base of business and management history presenting the historical situation in the context of management consulting. Identifying the beginnings of consultancy services in the mid-nineteenth century Ferguson charts its progression through a series of time frames that span the twentieth century. Utilizing a series of consistent themes such as service delivery forms and training which can be compared and contrasted across time the book provides not only a history of management consultancy services but also shows how the take-up and form of services was heavily dependent upon the prevailing attitudes within business to the role of management. The thoroughly researched and well-presented arguments in this book will greatly add to our knowledge of British management during the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138740372

The Rise of Merchant Banking This is the first serious history of merchant banking based on the archives of the leading houses and the records of their activities throughout the world. It combines scholarly insight with readability and offers a totally new assessment of the origins of one of the most dynamic sectors of the City of London money market of the British economy as a whole and of a major aspect of the growth of international business. Dr Chapman has researched new material from the archives of Rothschilds Barings Kleinwort Benson and other leading houses together with a wide range of archives and published work in Europe America and South Africa to trace the roots of British enterprise in financing international trade exporting capital floating companies arbitrage and other activities of the merchant banks. While mindful of the subtleties of international financial connections this book assumes no previous acquaintance with the jargon of banking economics and sociology. It will therefore prove equally interesting to students of history business and finance and offers a 'good read' to anyone interested in the City of London and the international economy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203709498

The Rise of Modern Diplomacy 1450 - 1919 Though international relations and the rise and fall of European states are widely studied little is available to students and non-specialists on the origins development and operation of the diplomatic system through which these relations were conducted and regulated. Similarly neglected are the larger ideas and aspirations of international diplomacy that gradually emerged from its immediate functions.This impressive survey written by one of our most experienced international historians and covering the 500 years in which European diplomacy was largely a world to itself triumphantly fills that gap. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138139558

The Rise of Modern Industry First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415850407

The Rise of Modern Japan It is now generally recognized that Japan has been much the most successful of the countries outside Europe and North America in achieving modernization. The transformation from a feudal society with a Confucian ethic to a ‘modern Western style economy’ is charted in this book (originally published in 1990) which follows the political economic and social changes from the decline of the Tokugawa in the 1860s all the way through to the death of Emperor Hirohito and the end of the Showa era in 1989.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851527

The Rise of Modern Jewish PoliticsExtraordinary Movement The path toward modern Jewish politics a process that required a dramatic reconstruction of Jewish life may have emerged during a far earlier time frame and in a different geographic and cultural context than has previously been thought. Drawing upon current sociological understanding of social movements this book places the 1827 organized protest in London as an integral part of a transnational social movement continuum—similar to the abolitionist and women’s rights movements—that waxed and waned throughout the 19th century. From its early origins in London in 1827 to Montefiore’s gallant style of leadership in the Middle East to the rise of the "Mourning March" and street processions of the early twentieth-century and then on to the civil disobedience of the 1980s the movement evolved shifted its contentious center from England to the United States and adapted to a dramatically altered post-Holocaust environment. This multifaceted and often fractious campaign was never monolithic by nature and was often rife with internal disputes. It ran the gamut between stirring accomplishments and mobilizations that fell far short of expectations. Any attempt to view the lengthy series of international protests as a steady progression of liberality and advancement would be at odds with a far more ambiguous reality. The Rise of Modern Jewish Politics argues that the numerous protest insurgences strengthened Jewish participation in the public sphere and further defined a public political culture. While the movement certainly evolved through the decades the core values that first arose in London were retained during the course of several contentious cycles that later surfaced both in Britain and the United States. This book utilizes an innovative interpretive framework to formulate a new paradigm of how Jews entered the modern world. The struggle for Jewish rights remains one of the most enduring social movements in modern history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118638

The Rise of NonProfit Investigative Journalism in the United States With a foreword from Michael Schudson The Rise of Nonprofit Investigative Journalism in the United States examines the rapid growth impact and sustainability of not-for-profit investigative reporting and its impact on US democracy and mainstream journalism. The book addresses key questions about the sustainability of foundation funding the agendas of foundations and the ethical issues that arise from philanthropically funded journalism. It provides a theoretical framework that enables readers to recognize connections and relationships that the nonprofit accountability journalism sector has with the economic political and mainstream media fields in the United States.As battered news media struggled to survive the financial crisis of 2007-2009 dozens of investigative and public service reporting startups funded by foundations billionaires and everyday citizens were launched to scrutinize local state and national issues. Foundations donors and many journalists believed there was a crisis for investigative journalism and democracy in the United States. This book challenges this and argues that legacy editors acted to quarantine their investigative teams from newsroom cuts. It also demonstrates how nonprofit journalism transformed aspects of journalistic practice. Through detailed research and practical discussion it provides a comprehensive study of this increasingly important genre of journalism. The Rise of Nonprofit Investigative Journalism in the United States is an important text for academics and students of journalism communications theory media and democracy-related units as well as journalists worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582333

The Rise of Obesity in EuropeA Twentieth Century Food History Twentieth century Europe went through a dramatic transition from low income populations experiencing hunger and nutritionally inadequate diets to the recent era of over-consumption and growing numbers of overweight and obese people. By examining the trends in food history from case studies across Europe this book offers a historical context to explain how and why this transition has occurred and what we can learn in order to try and address the vitally important issues arising from obesity in contemporary Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251106

The Rise of Our East African Empire (1893)Early Efforts in Nyasaland and Uganda (2 Volume Set) First published in 1968. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315889313

The Rise of Our East African Empire (1893)Early Efforts in Nyasaland and Uganda (Vol 1 of 2 Vols) First published in 1968. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203770405

The Rise of Our East African Empire (1893)Early Efforts in Nyasaland and Uganda (volume 2 of 2 vols) First published in 1968. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203770382

The Rise of Planning in Industrial America 1865-1914 Central economic planning is often associated with failed state socialism and modern capitalism celebrated as its antithesis. This book shows that central planning is not always or even primarily a state enterprise and that the giant industrial corporations that dominated the American economy through the twentieth century were first and foremost unprecedented examples of successful consensual central planning at a very large scale. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138243828

The Rise of Political Advisors in the Westminster System Political advisors have risen in significance in Westminster countries and have been increasingly thrust into the limelight by headline scandals and through their characterisation in various television series. This increased prominence has led to greater scrutiny of their role and influence. This book demonstrates that the introduction of political advisors into the structure of the executive has led to the erosion of the Westminster doctrine of ministerial responsibility. Adopting a comparative approach the book analyses the rise in the power and significance of political advisors in the Westminster jurisdictions of the United Kingdom Australia New Zealand and Canada. It shows the fundamental shift of the locus of power from the neutral public service to highly political and partisan ministerial advisors. Tracing the divergent paths for legal and political regulation of political advisors Yee-Fui Ng illuminates the tensions that they pose within the Westminster system in terms of the media/politics and faction/opposition interfaces. Providing insights for those researching or engaged in politics and public administration this work will interest scholars and students of politics and public law policy and administration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415787482

The Rise of Political Economy in the Scottish Enlightenment This collection of essays provides a comprehensive view of the economic thought of the Scottish Enlightenment. Organized as a chronological account of the rise and progress of political economy in eighteenth century Scotland each chapter discusses the way in which the moral and economic improvement of the Scottish nation became a common concern. Contributors not only explore the economic discourses of David Hume James Steuart and Adam Smith but also consider the neglected economic writings of Andrew Fletcher Robert Wallace Francis Hutcheson William Robertson John Millar and Dugald Stewart. This book addresses the question of how these economic writings interacted with the moral political and historical arguments of the time and shows how contemporary issues related to the union with England natural jurisprudence classical republicanism and manners and civilization all contained an economic dimension. Key chapters include: The ancient modern controversy in the Scottish Enlightenment The 'Scottish Triangle' in the shaping of political economy: David Hume Sir James Steuart and Adam Smith Civilization and history in Lord Kames and William Robertson  Adam Smith in Japan This view of the origin of economic science in Britain is markedly different from traditional accounts and will be of interest to economic political and social historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753944

The Rise of Professional SocietyEngland Since 1880 The Rise of Professional Society lays out a stimulating and controversial framework for the study of British society challenging accepted paradigms based on class analysis. Perkins argues that the non-capitalist "professional class" represents a new principle of social organization based on trained expertise and meritocracy a "forgotten middle class" conveniently overlooked by classical social theorists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153004

The Rise of ProfessionalismMonopolies of Competence and Sheltered Markets What gave rise to our modern conceptions of professional status and how did particular professions gain their privileged status? Magali Sarfatti Larson shows how our present conception and acceptance of profession was shaped in the liberal phase of capitalism.Larson argues that professionalization was both a response to the extension of market relations and a movement for the conquest of collective social status by sectors of the bourgeoisie. By comparing the development of various professions in England and the United States during the first part of the nineteenth century the author gives concrete historical illustration to the multiple relations professions form within their society.Larson examines the new conditions of professionalization in the phase of corporate capitalism drawing on a number of historical and sociological sources. While professions began as a mode of autonomous work organization many credentialed occupations aspire to professionalize in order to shelter the labor markets in which they work. Larson argues that the idea of profession can function as a form of ideological control and concludes that today professionalism works against many of the values that had been historically vested in it. This classic book complete with a new introduction that brings the work into the twenty-first century is timely and should be read by all interested in the history and development of organizational life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412847773

The Rise of Prussia 1700-1830 At the beginning of the eighteenth century Prussia was but one in a mosaic of German states but it rose to be the unchallenged leader of German-speaking Europe after the fall of Napoleon. The book goes beyond the political military and diplomatic concerns of the Prussian elite whose record of events is the one upon which most histories of Prussia are based and explains its rise in relation to Prussian society as a whole. Political analysis is integrated with material on such areas as agrarian society urban life and religion which are not fully examined in existing histories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837645

The Rise of Regional Europe In the 1970s and 1980s there was a steady transfer of power in mainland Europe to new powerful regional authorities and these in their turn started to build up a new form of intra-European co-operation. With the acceleration of European integration the rise of the multinational firm and new media and transport technologies the traditional defence-based nation-states are under threat. In this challenging study Christopher Harvie alters the ways in which we have traditionally surveyed the European past by setting the positive and negative aspects of the present European situation in their historical context. He reappraises the actors of `national' politics the persistence of types of civic and internationalist discourse and finally looks at the transactions which have created `bourgeois regionalism' and its implications for the future of Europe. Harvie argues that we are only beginning to realise the shift in consciousness as well as in politics and administration that an integrated Europe will involve. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138156616

The Rise of RegionalismCauses of Regional Mobilization in Western Europe During the past 40 years regions have become increasingly important in Western Europe both as units of government and as sources for political mobilization. This book examines why regional identities are stronger in some regions than in others and why regional elites attempt to mobilize the public on a regionalist agenda at certain points in time. The author develops a model that explains change across space as well as time and provides a comprehensive discussion of the causes of regionalism. It focuses on endogenous developments in the regions and on change across time in the economic and political landscapes of the regions. Using a quantitative study of 212 Western European regions which examine whether regionalism is related to cultural economic and political characteristics of the regions the book builds a model of the causes of regionalism. The issues are further explored through case studies on Scotland (UK) and Rogaland (Norway). This book will be of interest to students and scholars of political and social sciences especially those with an interest in regions regionalism and regional nationalism Scottish politics Norwegian politics territorial identities and territorial politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853378

The Rise of RevolutionInternal Displacement in Contemporary Nepal This volume focuses on Guiding Principles on Internal Displacement and IDPs in South Asia. The volume begins with an overview of Maoist rebels in 1996 as they launched a ‘people’s war’ to overthrow the monarchy and establish a socialist republic in Nepal. Specifically it attempts to bring out the tensions between minority ethnic groups and low castes in the rural areas and the upper caste Hindus who still have a hold albeit tenuous over the country. The work attempts to document and analyse the conflict which ended with a Comprehensive Peace Agreement (CPA) in November 2006 and providing for the return and rehabilitation of all people displaced by the conflict. Those from impoverished communities fled the fighting Maoist extortion and forced recruitment to district centres large cities such as Kathmandu Biratnagar Nepalgunj and across the border to India.Apart from the question of filling in the gap in the existing literature on the People’s War in Nepal the volume aims to raise certain questions relating to the situation of the Internally Displaced Persons in Nepal. The study also focuses on the governmental measures the attitude of the host community and the struggle of the IDPs in a new environment that influenced and impacted upon their social and cultural life.This volume is invaluable for scholars of South Asian Studies Nepal Strategic Studies Human Rights and IDPs. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138484771

The Rise Of Rhetoric And Its Intersection With Contemporary Critical Thought This book features contemporary critical and Marxist theories of resistance domination knowledge and systems of ideological control. It offers a balanced discussion of classical and modern theories of rhetoric as well as critical theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367311032

The Rise of Science in Islam and the WestFrom Shared Heritage to Parting of The Ways 8th to 19th Centuries This is a study of science in Muslim society from its rise in the 8th century to the efforts of 19th-century Muslim thinkers and reformers to regain the lost ethos that had given birth to the rich scientific heritage of earlier Muslim civilization. The volume is organized in four parts; the rise of science in Muslim society in its historical setting of political and intellectual expansion; the Muslim creative achievement and original discoveries; proponents and opponents of science in a religiously oriented society; and finally the complex factors that account for the end of the 500-year Muslim renaissance. The book brings together and treats in depth using primary and secondary sources in Arabic Turkish and European languages subjects that are lightly and uncritically brushed over in non-specialized literature such as the question of what can be considered to be purely original scientific advancement in Muslim civilization over and above what was inherited from the Greco–Syriac and Indian traditions; what was the place of science in a religious society; and the question of the curious demise of the Muslim scientific renaissance after centuries of creativity. The book also interprets the history of the rise achievement and decline of scientific study in light of the religious temper and of the political and socio-economic vicissitudes across Islamdom for over a millennium and integrates the Muslim legacy with the history of Latin/European accomplishments. It sets the stage for the next momentous transmission of science: from the West back to the Arabic-speaking world of Islam from the last half of the 19th century to the early 21st century the subject of a second volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472447333

The Rise of Stadiums in the Modern United StatesCathedrals of Sport Many Americans know more about the stadiums that loom over their cityscapes or college campuses than they do about any other aspect of the nation’s geography. Stadiums serve as iconic monuments of urban and university identities. Indeed the power of sport in modern American culture has produced ‘sportscapes’—landscapes literally shaped by their devotion to athletic competition. Curiously given the importance of the secular cathedrals in American culture historians have paid little attention to these edifices. The Rise of Stadiums in the Modern United States: Cathedrals of Sport seeks to remedy that oversight. This book will analyze stadiums from a variety of perspectives paying special attention to the links between the ‘built environment’ in which Americans watch and play games and the larger social environments that the nation’s sporting practices inhabit. The Rise of Stadiums in the Modern United States: Cathedrals of Sport explores the role of stadiums in shaping urban identities determining the economics of intercollegiate athletics influencing local and national politics. This book was previously published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853811

The Rise of Tamil Separatism in Sri LankaFrom Communalism to Secession Among the examples of civil wars armed secessionist movements and minority uprisings in the world today many involve conflict between a minority group’s aim for political self-determination and the nation state’s resistance to any diminution of sovereignty. With the expansion of the international regime of human rights minority groups have reconceptualised their struggle with the understanding that a minority which is linguistically religiously or ethnically distinctive is entitled to self-determination if their aspirations cannot be met. This book explores the relationship between minority rights self-determination and secession within international law by contextualising these issues in a detailed case study of the rise of Tamil separatism in Sri Lanka. Welhengama and Pillay show how Tamil communalism hardened into secession and assess whether the Sri Lankan government has met its obligations with respect to the right to self-determination short of secession. Focusing on the legal and human rights arguments for secession by the Tamil community of the North and East of Sri Lanka the book demonstrates how the language of international law and international human rights played a major role in the development of the arguments for secession. Through a close examination of the case of the Tamil’s secessionist movement the book presents valuable insights into why modern nation states find themselves threatened by separatist claims and bids for independence based on ethnicity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138665750

The Rise of Thana-Capitalism and Tourism We live in a society that is bombarded by news of accidents disasters and terrorist attacks. We are obsessed by the presence of death. It is commodified in newspapers the media entertainment and in our cultural consumption. This book explores the notion of an emergent class of “death-seekers” who consume the spectacle of the disaster exploring spaces of mass death and suffering. Sites that are obliterated by disasters or tragic events are recycled and visually consumed by an international audience creating a death-seekers economy. The quest for the suffering of others allows for a much deeper reinterpretation of life and has captivated the attention of many tourists visiting sites such as concentration camps disasters zones abandoned prisons and areas hit by terrorism. This book explores the notion of the death-seekers economy drawing on the premise that the society of risk as imagined by postmodern sociology sets the pace to a new society: thana-capitalism. The chapters dissect our fascination with other’s suffering what this means for our own perceptions of the self and as a tourist activity. It also explores the notion of an economy of impotence where citizens feel the world is out of control. This compelling book will be interest to students and scholars researching dark tourism tourist behaviour disaster studies cultural studies and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138339484

The Rise of the American Business Corporation First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780415850391

The Rise of the Amsterdam Market and Information ExchangeMerchants Commercial Expansion and Change in the Spatial Economy of the Low Countr Most scholars agree that during the sixteenth century the centre of European international trade shifted from Antwerp to Amsterdam presaging the economic rise of the Dutch Republic in the following century. Traditionally this shift has been accepted as the natural consequence of a dynamic and progressive city such as Amsterdam taking advantage of expanding commercial opportunities at the expense of a more conservative rival hampered by outmoded medieval practices. Yet whilst this theory is widely accepted is it accurate? In this groundbreaking study Clé Lesger argues that the shift of commercial power from Antwerp to Amsterdam was by no means inevitable and that the highly specialized economy of the Low Countries was more than capable of adapting to the changing needs of international trade. It was only when the Dutch Revolt and military campaigns literally divided the Low Countries into separate states that the existing stable spatial economy and port system fell apart and a restructuring was needed. Within this process of restructuring the port of Amsterdam acquired a function radically different to the one it had prior to the division of the Netherlands. Before the Revolt it had served as the northern outport in a gateway system centred on Antwerp but with access of that port now denied to the new republic Amsterdam developed as the main centre for Dutch shipping trade and - crucially - the exchange of information. Drawing on a wide variety of neglected archival collections (including those of the Bank of Amsterdam) this study not only addresses specific historical questions concerning the commercial life of the Low Countries but through the case study of Amsterdam also explores wider issues of early modern European commercial trade and economic development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315237299

The Rise of the British Coal Industry First Published in 1966. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138997370

The Rise of the Celts Originally published between 1920-70 The History of Civilization was a landmark in early twentieth century publishing. It was published at a formative time within the social sciences and during a period of decisive historical discovery. The aim of the general editor C.K. Ogden was to summarize the most up to date findings and theories of historians anthropologists archaeologists and sociologists. This reprinted material is available as a set or in the following groupings: * Prehistory and Historical Ethnography Set of 12: 0-415-15611-4: £800.00 * Greek Civilization Set of 7: 0-415-15612-2: £450.00 * Roman Civilization Set of 6: 0-415-15613-0: £400.00 * Eastern Civilizations Set of 10: 0-415-15614-9: £650.00 * Judaeo-Christian Civilization Set of 4: 0-415-15615-7: £250.00 * European Civilization Set of 11: 0-415-15616-5: £700.00 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415850414

The Rise of the Chinese Economy: The Middle Kingdom EmergesThe Middle Kingdom Emerges In this analysis of the roots and objectives of Chinese economic and industrial policy Mastel outlines the implications of China's rise for the world economy. He then proposes strategies to address the hazards this rise will pose as well as the opportunities it will create. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315293653

The Rise of the Corporate Economy First published in 1976 this much acclaimed book looks at the story of how today's large corporations have superseded the small competing firms of the nineteenth century. The long-run analysis confirms that the crucial periods in the formulation of the modern corporate system were the 1920's and 1960's. The merger wave of these decades was associated with a desire to improve the efficiency of Britain’s industrial organization and the author shows that it was in a large measure responsible for the trend improvement (by historical if not international standards) in Britain's growth performance. Students of business economic history and industrial economics will all welcome the return to print of a notable contribution to the continuing debate on the evolution and control of the corporate manufacturing sector. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203709504

The Rise of the Dutch New RightAn Intellectual History of the Rightward Shift in Dutch Politics In the past 20 years a wave of right-wing populist movements has swept over Europe changing the face of European politics. The Netherlands has been one of the more iconic countries to partake in this shift. Known internationally as an emblem of progressivism and tolerance the country soon became a frontrunner in the revival of nationalist and anti-immigrant sentiment. This is the first study to offer an extensive engagement with the ideas behind the Dutch swing to the right. The emergence of Dutch populism this book shows formed an integral part of a broader conservative tendency identified as the Dutch New Right. In the US and the UK the term New Right has been used to describe conservative backlash movements that arose in opposition to the progressive movements of the 1960s. The Dutch swing to the right this book argues formed a belated iteration of the New Right backlash that occurred overseas. This text will be essential reading for students and scholars in the fields of European Studies and Political Science and Dutch politics and society more specifically. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138624153

The Rise of the English Regions? This book analyzes devolution as it affects the English Regions working from the perspective of uneven development and drawing on the rich tradition of regional geography. Currently London is the power centre ruling over the other English regions. The first part of the book looks at how this regional structure has arisen and the theories that can be used to analyze it. The contributors discuss the nature of regional problems and governance the institutions involved in regional governance and regional approaches to economic development. The second part of the book devotes a chapter to each English region examining each region’s unique characteristics and the opportunities created for it by devolution. By looking carefully at the regions this part of the book sheds light on the question of whether Regional governance benefits the regions or simply rescales governance to introduce another layer of bureaucracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654081

The Rise of the Gothic Novel One of the central images conjured up by the gothic novel is that of a shadowy spectre slowly rising from a mysterious abyss. In The Rise of the Gothic Novel Maggie Kilgour argues that the ghost of the gothic is now resurrected in the critical methodologies which investigate it for the revelation of buried cultural secrets. In this cogent analysis of the rise and fall of the gothic as a popular form Kilgour juxtaposes the writings of William Godwin with Mary Wollstonecraft and Ann Radcliffe with Matthew Lewis. She concludes with a close reading of the quintessential gothic novel Mary Shelley's Frankenstein. An impressive and highly original study The Rise of the Gothic Novel is an invaluable contribution to the continuing literary debates which surround this influential genre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149007

The Rise of the Great Powers 1648 - 1815 The heyday of the European states system was in the century before the First World War. How the system of five great powers in conscious equilibrium came into being is the central theme of this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138181564

The Rise of the Hispanic Market in the United StatesChallenges Dilemmas and Opportunities for Corporate Management Not only are Hispanics the largest minority group in the United States but Mexico is fast becoming our major trading partner surpassing even Japan. In fact the U.S. now has the fourth largest Spanish-speaking population in the world after Mexico Spain and Argentina. How has this demographic group transformed the U.S. into a bi-lingual nation within the span of a generation? Why do Hispanics resist assimilation and insist on speaking Spanish in public life? And how can businesses effectively reach the emerging Hispanic consumer market with its estimated puchasing power of USD1 trillion by 2010? These questions constitute the single-most important marketing challenge for corporate America in the twenty-first century. This book examines the Hispanic worldview and how it informs people's economic decisions both in the United States and across North America. It challenges the viewpoint that American culture will soon dominate its NAFTA trading partners looks carefully at the market for Hispanic goods in the U.S. and the market for our goods throughout the Spanish-speaking world and shows how marketeers are now reaching the Hispanic community domestically. The information and insights found here are essential for teachers students and professionals in the fields of international finance and world trade as well as almost all areas of business marketing and strategic planning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315699097

The Rise of the ImageEssays on the History of the Illustrated Art Book The Rise of the Image reveals how illustrations have come to play a primary part in books on art and architecture. Italian Renaissance art is the main focus for this anthology of essays which analyse key episodes in the history of illustration from the sixteenth to the twentieth century. The authors raise new issues about the imagery in books on the visual arts by Leonardo da Vinci Giorgio Vasari Sebastiano Serlio Andrea Palladio Girolamo Teti and Andrea Pozzo. The concluding essays evaluate the roles of reproductive media including photography in Victorian and twentieth-century art books. Throughout images in books are considered as vehicles for ideas rather than as transparent passive visual forms dependent on their accompanying texts. Thus The Rise of the Image enriches our understanding of the role of prints in books on art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249752

The Rise of the Indian NavyInternal Vulnerabilities External Challenges The Indian Navy has gradually emerged as an indispensable tool of Indian diplomacy in recent years making it imperative for Indian policy-makers and naval thinkers to think anew the role of the nation’s naval forces in Indian strategy. There is a long tradition in India of viewing the maritime dimension of security as central to the nation’s strategic priorities. With India's economic rise India is trying to bring that focus back making its navy integral to national grand strategy. This volume is the first full-length examination of the myriad issues that have emerged out of the recent rise of Indian naval power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261501

The Rise of the Japanese Corporate System Japan’s economy is invariably seen as a prime example of a capitalist system and a consideration of the elements upon which the Japanese economy is founded seems to lead inexorably to the conclusion that Japan is an established member of the group of highly developed capitalist nations. Yet a country’s internal mechanisms can differ markedly from the system as perceived externally. Although not yet widely recognized a new kind of economic system has developed in Japan a system that differs greatly from traditional capitalism. The author of this book has observed Japanese industry from the inside. He provides detailed explanations of the unique features of the new corporate system and how it differs from the system of orthodox capitalistic corporations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851534

The Rise of the Joyful EconomyArtistic invention and economic growth from Brunelleschi to Murakami This book argues for the increasing importance of the arts as a major resource in fuelling growth through the experiential dimension of today’s economy. As we move from the knowledge economy to a new stage called the joyful economy consumers shift their spending from physical objects and technical know-how to experiences of joy and disappointment. This book investigates how artistic ideas are translated into successful commercial production and how economic growth impacts artistic invention. It examines cases of successful innovation in the creative industries ranging from the Italian Renaissance to the present. The book suggests a framework where social players move in diverse worlds of value which leads to a stream of controversies and manias that result in the establishment of new joy products. Studies include the effect of linear perspective as pioneered by Filippo Brunelleschi the discovery of taste as an argument for consumption the serial production of Pop Art and the self-commercialization of contemporary works by artists like Takashi Murakami . This theoretical and empirical study brings together the fields of cultural economics economic sociology management studies and cultural history. In doing so it offers a fascinating study of how creativity has shaped and fuelled commerce. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138795297

The Rise of the Labour Party 1880-1945 This popular study covers two major topics: the formation of the Labour Party and its emergence as the main rival to the conservatives. This transformation of the British political scene has been accounted for in a variety of ways. Dr Adelman examines these explanations and concludes that while there is a consensus about the reasons for the creation of the Labour Party there is no agreement about why it rose to such prominence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149083

The Rise of the Labour Party 1893-1931 This pamphlet examines the principal developments of party organization electoral growth and policy-making in the period. It gives particular attention to the constituent elements that made up the party and the nature of its support and explores the party's predominant attitudes ideology and policies from 1900 to 1931. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155138

The Rise of the Left in Southern EuropeAnglo-American Responses This study looks at the influence of the Anglo-American 'special relationship' on the rise of the left in southern Europe and concurrent European influence on the Atlantic alliance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661776

The Rise of the London Money Market (Routledge Revivals)1640-1826 The Rise of the London Money Market first published in English in 1910 provides an analysis of the growth of the English banking business from the middle of the seventeenth century. This book will be of interest to students of economics finance and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138911536

The Rise of the Medical ProfessionA Study of Collective Social Mobility Originally published in 1976 The Rise of the Medical Profession combines a sociological and historical approach to the rise of the medical profession in England. Sociologically it offers a theoretical framework which for the first time links the study of social mobility and professionalism with the theory of stratification. Historically it examines the movement which led to the unification of the medical profession arising from effective social organisation among the surgeon-apothecaries in the early nineteenth century. It demonstrates that through the successful pursuit of the occupational strategy of professionalism the doctors have been able to raise their income and status in the community and to dominate the institutions and organisations of medical care. In their relationship with the state they have been generally successful in securing a recognition of their privileged position. The future of the medical profession and of professionalism is discussed in the context of the changing balance between state power and that of free private occupation associations whether of the type based on professionalism or unionism. The ideal-type conception of the middle class as essentially individualistic is challenged by the exploration of middle class collective action particularly professionalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367001827

The Rise of the Meritocracy Michael Young has christened the oligarchy of the future "Meritocracy." Indeed the word is now part of the English language. It would appear that the formula: IQ+Effort=Merit may well constitute the basic belief of the ruling class in the twenty-first century. Projecting himself into the year 2034 the author of this sociological satire shows how present decisions and practices may remold our society.It is widespread knowledge that it is insufficient to be somebody's nephew to obtain a responsible post in business government teaching or science. Experts in education and selection apply scientific principles to sift out the leaders of tomorrow. You need intelligence rating qualification experience application and a certain caliber to achieve status. In a word one must show merit to advance in the new society of tomorrow.In a new opening essay Young reflects on the reception of his work and its production in a candid and lively way. Many of the critical ambiguities surrounding its original publication are now clarified and resolved. What we have is what the Guardian of London called "A brilliant essay." and what Time and Tide described as "a fountain gush of new ideas. Its wit and style make it compulsively enjoyable reading from cover to cover." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538306

The Rise of the Modernist BookshopBooks and the Commerce of Culture in the Twentieth Century The trade in books has always been and remains an ambiguous commercial activity associated as it is with literature and the exchange of ideas. This collection is concerned with the cultural and economic roles of independent bookstores and it considers how eight shops founded during the modernist era provided distinctive spaces of literary production that exceeded and yet never escaped their commercial functions. As the contributors show these booksellers were essential institutional players in literary networks. When the eight shops examined first opened their doors their relevance to literary and commercial life was taken for granted. In our current context of box stores online shopping and ebooks we no longer encounter the book as we did as recently as twenty years ago. By contributing to our understanding of bookshops as unique social spaces on the thresholds of commerce and culture this volume helps to lay the groundwork for comprehending how our relationship to books and literature has been and will be affected by the physical changes to the reading experience taking place in the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880842

The Rise of the Must-See ExhibitionBlockbusters in Australian Museums and Galleries Blockbuster exhibitions are ubiquitous fixtures in the cultural calendars of major museums and galleries worldwide. The Rise of the Must-See Exhibition charts their ascent across a diverse array of museums and galleries. The book positions these exhibits in the Australian cultural context demonstrating how policy developments and historical precedents have created a space for their current domination. Drawing on historical evidence policy documents and contemporary debates the book offers a complex analysis of the aims and motivations of blockbuster exhibitions. Its chronological approach reveals a genealogy of exhibits from the mid-nineteenth century onward to identify precursors to current practice. This provides a foundation upon which to examine the unprecedented growth of blockbusters in the latter half of the twentieth century. The examples discussed offer a unique opportunity to study how institutional growth political support individual champions and audience interest have influenced the development of large-scale temporary exhibitions.The Rise of the Must-See Exhibition considers blockbusters as an international phenomenon and as such is highly relevant to practitioners working across the cultural sector around the world. The book will also appeal to academics and students engaged in the study of museums and galleries arts management and curating as well as those interested in the history of exhibitions and cultural policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664060

The Rise Of The Nazi RegimeHistorical Reassessments Marking the fiftieth anniversary of Hitler's seizure of power a group of leading historians and political sociologists participated in a historical reassessment of the Nazi regime sponsored by the Harvard Center for European Studies. Their papers focus on recent scholarly controversies and on the questions that have preoccupied observers since the events took place: the nature of Nazi support the role of the dictator the function of ideology and anti-Semitism and the goals of foreign policy. Some of the specific issues addressed include the reason for the collapse of the Weimar Republic the social origins of Nazi Party members the role of women under Nazism the relationship of Nazi leaders to the older German bureaucratic framework and the impact of Nazi policies abroad. The volume thus provides an incisive briefing on Hitler's rise to power and summarizes the major interpretations of the issues still under debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295585

The Rise of the Networking RegionThe Challenges of Regional Collaboration in a Globalized World How regions and cities adapt to a Network Society and a globalized environment the policies they pursue and how structures of governance are transformed in the pursuit of those policies are major themes in this volume. These issues are addressed with specific reference to the Nordic regions of Europe. Covering the four Nordic countries of Denmark Finland Norway and Sweden plus the Faroe Islands this volume charts the changes in networking activities and related development initiatives that have taken place over the last ten years. This means analysing regions in their pursuit of new policies partnerships and styles of representation. Through this process regions are becoming partners and players in European integration and a movement of integrative regionalism is taking shape which is different from inward looking identity regionalism or self-centred competitive regionalism and takes regions beyond lobbying in Brussels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261327

The Rise of the Ottoman EmpireStudies in the History of Turkey thirteenth–fifteenth Centuries Paul Wittek’s The Rise of the Ottoman Empire was first published by the Royal Asiatic Society in 1938 and has been out of print for more than a quarter of a century. The present reissue of the text also brings together translations of some of his other studies on Ottoman history; eight closely interconnected writings on the period from the founding of the state to the Fall of Constantinople and the reign of Mehmed II. Most of these pieces reproduces the texts of lectures or conference papers delivered by Wittek between 1936 and 1938 when he was teaching at Université Libré in Brussels Belgium. The books or journals in which they were originally published are for the most part inaccessible except in specialist libraries in a period when Wittek's activities as an Ottoman historian in particular his formulations regarding the origins and subsequent history of the Ottoman state (the "Ghazi thesis") are coming under increasing study within the Anglo-Saxon world of scholarship. An introduction by Colin Heywood sets Wittek's work in its historical and historiographical context for the benefit of those students who were not privileged to experience it firsthand. This reissue and recontextualizing of Wittek’s pioneering work on early Ottoman history makes a valuable contribution to the field and to the historiography of Asian and Middle Eastern history generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138948440

The Rise Of The PhoenixThe United States In A Restructured World Economy This book provides a grand design on a world scale that encompasses not only American interests but those of the other industrial countries the developing world and non-market economies. It suggests sectorial U.S. trade agreements based on the principles of efficiency equity and participation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295592

The Rise of the Republican RightFrom Goldwater to Reagan Few scholars have paid close attention to the factors internal to the Republican Party that helped the Right to consolidate its power within the party between the 1960s and the 1980s. Plugging the gap in party literature The Rise of the Republican Right: From Goldwater to Reagan provides a comprehensive account of the rise of the Republican Right in the years between Barry Goldwater’s 1964 presidential defeat and the election of Ronald Reagan as president in 1980. Specifically it offers a historical-institutional analysis of the organizational factors internal to the Republican Party that helped the conservative Right maintain and then expand its ascendant position within the GOP in the critical years between Goldwater and Reagan. Brian M. Conley demonstrates how the growth of the Right during this period was aided by a desire on the part of many Republican leaders to rebound from electoral defeat by rebuilding the party organizationally rather than reforming it politically through the introduction of a more "service" -oriented party structure. The Rise of the Republican Right will interest academics party scholars and researchers eager to gain a more nuanced understanding of the factors that helped the Right become a dominant force within the Republican Party. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138478800

The Rise of the Superconductors High-temperature superconductors are one of the most active and exciting areas of condensed matter physics research. From high-quality thin-films to friction-less transportation their applications in industries such as telecommunications environment and geology medicine nuclear physics and security are just the beginning.The Rise of the Superconductors is an ideological chronology of the science that has produced superconductors. Beginning with the first liquefaction of helium the book presents the discovery of the Meissner effect and the development of type II superconductors before discussing the impact of Bednorz and Müller's Nobel prize-winning research in high temperature ceramic superconductors. Authors seamlessly introduce the rise of Tc materials whose layer-like nature anisotropic behavior and other properties are discussed in Chapter 4. The next chapter is devoted to the discovery development and characteristics of organic superconductors particularly in fullerene materials whose discovery earned the Nobel Prize in Chemistry in 1996.The authors then examine the properties and theoretical developments explaining the behavior of simple superconductors highlighting their impact on theoretical physics. Subsequent chapters analyze the technological advances production challenges and future directions of large- and small-scale applications Josephson effects the development of SQUID technology and the specific behavior of high temperature superconductors. The Rise of the Superconductors concludes with a brief look at the struggle for technical superiority between the U.S. and Japan European contributions and commentary on the current state of the art. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138404205

The Rise of the TechnocratsA Social History First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853828

The Rise of the Victorian Actor Originally published in 1978. Between 1830 and 1890 the English theatre became recognisably modern. Standards of acting and presentation improved immeasurably new playwrights emerged theatres became more comfortable and more intimate and playgoing became a national pastime with all classes. The actor’s status rose accordingly. In 1830 he had been little better than a social outcast; by 1880 he had become a member of a skilled relatively well-paid and respected profession which was attracting new recruits in unprecedented numbers. This is a social history of Victorian actors which seeks to show how wider social attitudes and developments affected the changing status of acting as a profession. Thus the stage’s relationship with the professional world and the other arts is dealt with and is followed by an assessment of the moral and religious background which played so decisive a part in contemporary attitudes to actors. The position of actresses in particular is given special consideration. Many non-theatrical sources are used here and there is a survey of salaries and working conditions in the theatre to show how the rising social status of the actor was matched by changes in his theatrical standing. A novel area of study is covered in tracing the changing social composition of the acting profession over the period and in exploring the case-histories of three generations of performers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138936584

The Rise of Think Tanks in China Despite continuing criticism of the Chinese authoritarian political system the range of participants in the decision-making process has widened with different social actors now playing an increasingly important role in the Chinese policymaking process. Accordingly the role of think tanks in the policymaking process has generated great interest within and outside China. This book explores the behaviour and influence of China’s think tanks and explains the reasons and social consequences of the rise of think tanks in China. The book raises several questions on the topic: How did think tanks emerge in China? What are the essential factors that determine think tanks in terms of building their governmental and personal networks? How do think tanks work and build their influence in the Chinese policy process? What happens to Chinese society when think tanks become important policy participants in the policy process? The book goes on to discuss new perspectives on policy processes and elite politics in China and empirically with comparative case study and data from nationwide questionnaire surveys provides a comprehensive picture of think tanks in the current political system of the country. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138954694

The Rise of TranstextsChallenges and Opportunities This volume builds on previous notions of transmedia practices to develop the concept of transtexts in order to account for both the industrial and user-generated contributions to the cross-media expansion of a story universe. On the one hand exists industrial transmedia texts produced by supposedly authoritative authors or entities and directed to active audiences in the aim of fostering engagement. On the other hand are fan-produced transmedia texts primarily intended for fellow members of the fan communities with the Internet allowing for connections and collaboration between fans. Through both case studies and more general analyses of audience participation and reception employing the artistic marketing textual industrial cultural social geographical technological historical financial and legal perspectives this multidisciplinary collection aims to expand our understanding of both transmedia storytelling and fan-produced transmedia texts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874407

The Rise of Universities At the time of its publication in 1923 Charles Homer Haskins' The Rise of Universities was considered remarkable for its erudition succinctness and balance. The his-torian Theodor Mommsen described it as "a work which has remained unsurpassed in the conciseness and vividness of its account." Eight decades after its appearance it remains fresh and informative. It has not been surpassed and is as invaluable as ever.Haskins traces the rise of the mediaeval university as one phase of the intellectual awakening in Europe in the late Middle Ages in an effort to broaden our understanding of "the ancient and universal company of scholars." In the depth and breadth of its analysis there is no better portrait of universities during their infancy in the Middle Ages. With great detail and preci-sion Haskins describes the university's curriculum teaching teachers and students. Drawing deeply on his knowledge as one of the leading mediaeval scholars of his day he provides an exceptionally vivid picture of student life of tht time through his analysis of their manuals letters and poetry. The Rise of Universities goes far beyond its central subject to offer a broad description of the social conditions in which universities took root and flourished. At the same time one cannot read Haskins without seeing the influences of the mediaeval university on contemporary institutions of higher learning. The Rise of Universities reminds us that the univer-sity has not only been a crucible fostering intellectual inquiry and creativity but continues after eight hundred years to be a center of teaching and learning.In his new introduction Lionel S. Lewis develops Haskins' passing observation that "the university of the twentieth cen-tury is the lineal descendant of mediaeval Paris and Bologna " and considers the question of why universities came into being at the particular time in history when they did. The Rise of the Universities will be of interest to educators and students who wish to better understand the institutions in which they have lived taught and been taught. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538313

The Rise of Urban America The rise of cities in the United States from the early seventeenth century to the 1960s is the subject of this sophisticated and witty appraisal by a Pulitzer Prize historian. Constance McLaughlin Green traces the forces - economic political social - that led to today's urban civilization beginning with the growth of colonial seaports and local government the rise of new cities that competed for wealth and power with the older cities the spread of industrialization transportation and communications that made complex city life possible. She discussed the influence of city life on art and architecture the impact of depression and prosperity upon urban centres and analyses present-day problems - race-relations the population explosion automation the rise of suburbia and the development of the 'megapolis' that links city with city in one vast urban interstate region. This book was first published in 1966.       Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759649

The Rise to Power of the Chinese Communist PartyDocuments and Analysis This collection of documents covers the rise to power of the Chinese communist movement. They show how the Chinese Communist Party interpreted the revolution how it devised policies to meet changing circumstances and how these policies were communicated to party members and public. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315288215

The Rishi of BangladeshA History of Christian Dialogue This book is a study of the changing relationship over time (1856-1994) between the Rishi an ex-Untouchable jati of Bengal/South-West Bangladesh and various groups of Catholic missionaries. The book's originality and importance lies in its multi-disciplinary approach which combines anthropological fieldwork historical research philosophical enquiry and contemporary missiological debates. Moreover it addresses issues of great current relevance in its discussions of Orientalism Neo-colonialism and Otherness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878921

The Rising of the LudditesChartists and Plug-Drawers First Published in 1968. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985469

The Risings of the LudditesChartists and Plug-Drawers Published in 1968. Interest in the Luddite machine-breaking and food riots of 1812 which took place in the North and Midlands continues unabated. Peel was a pioneer local historian collecting oral accounts from participants and old inhabitants as well as studying the printed evidence carefully. In the introduction to the new edition E. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367146801

The Risk in Risk ManagementFinancial Organizations & the Problem of Conformity Banks take very large risks by consistently herding in the same perilous directions while believing they are safe and unique. This book presents a risk management framework to understand conformity and deviance within investment banks and other large organizations. It suggests that some groups understand the dynamics of this conformity to their advantage. This requires a deeper understanding of the risk in risk management. Fraudsters can game the system to their advantage legally and illegally; therefore risk managers must understand the interplay of multiple logics in order to govern and manage risk. Featuring short illustrative cases of massive risk mismanagement this book walks the reader through four risk management perspectives (economic institutional evolutionary and contrarian) that explain why and how economic rationality is overridden by social forces. By understanding conformity and deviance groups within organizations will be better equipped to manage risk and go against the tides of conformity to their advantage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415509855

The Risk Mitigation HandbookPractical steps for reducing your business risks Disruption over-regulation and cyber threats are typical of the major risks that management has to cope with. But until now there hasn’t been a formula to contain them. In The Risk Mitigation Handbook Kit Sadgrove provides practical and actionable steps you can take to minimise the threats to your business. With over 160 checklists and a wealth of revealing case studies this is the first book to recommend detailed action plans. After reviewing each risk the author provides a list of measurable tactics necessary to neutralise the threat. The book lists a comprehensive range of risks that organisations face today with a special emphasis on business strategy security and people management. Sadgrove also takes a sharp look at how to reduce the risk of operational failure supply chain weakness and regulatory compliance. Unlike previous books on enterprise risk The Risk Mitigation Handbook sets out detailed solutions rather than generic risk management theories. The book has been carefully edited to provide fast information for the busy senior manager. Stripped back to the bare essentials The Risk Mitigation Handbook gives the reader bullet points and strategies that give you the information you need to mitigate hundreds of risks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605971

The Risk of Regional GovernanceCultural Theory and Interlocal Cooperation Creating metropolitan regions that are more efficient equitable and sustainable depends on the willingness of local officials to work together across municipal boundaries to solve large-scale problems. How do these local officials think? Why do they only sometimes cooperate? What kind of governance do they choose in the face of persistent problems? The Risk of Regional Governance offers a new perspective on these questions. Drawing on theory from sociology and anthropology it argues that many of the most important cooperative decisions local officials make—those about land use planning and regulation—are driven by heuristic biased reasoning driven by cultural values. The Risk of Regional Governance builds a sociocultural collective action framework and supports it with rich survey and interview data from hundreds of local elected officials serving in the suburbs of Detroit and Grand Rapids Michigan. It is a story of the Rust Belt of how local officials think about their community and the region and—most importantly—of how we might craft policies that can overcome biases against regional governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367371982

The Risk of Social Policy?The electoral consequences of welfare state retrenchment and social policy performance in OECD countries The Risk of Social Policy? uses a comparative perspective to systematically analyse the effects of social policy reforms and welfare state retrenchment on voting choice for the government. It re-examines twenty elections in OECD countries to show if and how social policy issues drive elections. This book contributes to the existing literature by providing an empirical analysis of the electoral implications of social policy. Giger asks the basic research question: What are the electoral consequences of social policy performance and retrenchment? More specifically the following questions are addressed in order to provide a systematic test of the topic: Is retrenchment indeed completely unpopular? Do people punish the government for bad performance in the field of social policy? And what are the political implications of such a punishment reaction; does it affect the government composition? It shows empirically that the risks of welfare state retrenchment to incumbent governments may be lower than previously thought and presents a theoretical framework for re-examining the impact of retrenchment initiatives on election outcome. Making an important contribution to studies in political economy and welfare by questioning the assumption that social policy is an inherently controversial policy field in times of elections The Risk of Social Policy? will be of interest to scholars and students concerned with the interplay between government and citizens social policy and voting behaviour and the political economy of welfare. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882171

The Risks of Medical InnovationRisk Perception and Assessment in Historical Context The risks involved in introducing new drugs and devices are amongst the most discussed issues of modern medicine. Presenting a new way of thinking about these issues this volume considers risk and medical innovation from a social historical perspective and studies specific cases of medical innovation including X-rays the pill and Thalidomide in their respective contexts. International cases are examined through the lens of a particular set of shared questions - highlighting differences similarities continuities and changes and offering a historical sociology of risk. Particularly important is the re-conceptualization of dangers in terms of risk - a numerical and probabilistic approach allowing for seemingly objective and value-neutral decisions. Read together these papers add to our understanding of the current debate about risk and safety by providing a comparative background to the discussion as well as a set of generally applicable criteria for analyzing and evaluating the contemporary issues surrounding medical innovation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867949

The Risorgimento and the Unification of Italy This book introduces the reader to the relationship between the Italian national movement achieved by the Risorgimento and the Italian unification in 1860. These themes are discussed in detail and related to the broader European theatre. Covering the literary cultural religious and political history of the period Beales and Biagini show Italy struggled towards nation state status on all fronts.The new edition has been thoroughly rewritten. It also contains a number of new documents. In addition all the most up to date research of the last 20 years has been incorporated.The Risorgimento and the Unification of Italyremains the major text on nineteenth century Italy.  The long introduction and useful footnotes will be of real assistance to those interested in Italian unification. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138132009

The Rite of Christian InitiationAdult Rituals and Roman Catholic Ecclesiology In the wake of recent papal legislation the various liturgies of the Roman Rite may today be celebrated in either their post-Tridentine or post-Vatican II forms. Whilst much discussion of this new situation focuses on purely liturgical issues this book breaks new ground by arguing that the coexistence of the two forms raises questions of a profoundly ecclesiological character. Peter McGrail explores the relationship between ritual form ecclesial self- understanding and constructs of the world that are at play as adults become members of the Church. Analysing the rites by which adults were taken into the Church for three and a half centuries this book goes on to explore attempts to find a new ritual expression for the journey to Christian Initiation set against the divergent and even conflicting ecclesiologies which were at play before and during the Council. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409426554

The Rites of AssentTransformations in the Symbolic Construction of America The Rites of Assent examines the cultural strategies through which "America" served as a vehicle simultaneously for diversity and cohesion fusion and fragmentation. Taking an ethnographic cross-cultural approach The Rites of Assent traces the meanings and purposes of "America" back to the colonial typology of mission and specifically (in chapters on Puritan rhetoric Cotton Mather Jonathan Edwards and the movement from Revival to Revolution) to the legacy of early New England. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315811659

The Ritual Culture of Victorian ProfessionalsCompeting for Ceremonial Status 1838-1877 Focusing on the middle decades of the nineteenth century Albert D. Pionke's book historicizes the relationship of ritual class and public status in Victorian England. His analysis of various discourses related to professionalization suggests that public ritual flourished during the period especially among the burgeoning ranks of Victorian professions. As Pionke shows magazines court cases law books manuals and works by authors that include William Makepeace Thackeray Thomas Hughes Anthony Trollope Charles Dickens George Eliot and Elizabeth Barrett Browning demonstrate the importance of ritual in numerous professional settings. Individual chapters reconstruct the ritual cultures of pre-professionalism provided to Oxbridge undergraduates; of oath-taking in a wide range of professional creation and promotion ceremonies; of the education promotion and public practice of Victorian barristers; and of Victorian Parliamentary elections. A final chapter considers the consequences of rituals that fail through the lens of the Eglinton tournament. The uneasy place of Victorian writers who were both promoters of and competitors with more established professionals is considered throughout. Pionke's book excavates Victorian professionals' vital ritual culture at the same time that its engagement with literary representations of the professions reconstructs writers' unique place in the zero-sum contest for professional status. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271975

The Ritual of May Day in Western EuropePast Present and Future Eric Hobsbawm claimed that the international May Day which dates back to a proclamation in 1889 by the Second International 'is perhaps the most ambitious of labour rituals'. The first international May Day demonstrations in 1890 were widely celebrated across Europe and became the one day each year when organized labour could present its goals to the public an eight-hour workday being the first concrete demand shortly followed by those for improved working conditions universal suffrage peace among nations and international solidarity. The May Day ritual celebration was the self-assertion and self-definition of the new labour class through class organization. Thus it was trade unions and social democratic and socialist parties throughout Europe which took the initiative and have sustained May Day as a labour ritual to this day. Part I of this theoretically-informed volume explores how May Day demonstrations have evolved and taken different trajectories in different political contexts. Part II focuses on May Day rituals today. By comparing demonstration level data of over 2000 questionnaires from six countries including Belgium Italy Spain Sweden Switzerland and the UK the reader is able to gain a thorough understanding of how participants are bestowing meaning on May Day rituals. By concluding with reflections on the future of the May Day ritual in Western Europe this ground-breaking book provides a detailed analysis of its evolution as a protest event. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596507

The Ritual ProcessStructure and Anti-Structure In The Ritual Process: Structure and Anti-Structure Victor Turner examines rituals of the Ndembu in Zambia and develops his now-famous concept of "Communitas." He characterizes it as an absolute inter-human relation beyond any form of structure. The Ritual Process has acquired the status of a small classic since these lectures were first published in 1969. Turner demonstrates how the analysis of ritual behavior and symbolism may be used as a key to understanding social structure and processes. He extends Van Gennep's notion of the "liminal phase" of rites of passage to a more general level and applies it to gain understanding of a wide range of social phenomena. Once thought to be the "vestigial" organs of social conservatism rituals are now seen as arenas in which social change may emerge and be absorbed into social practice. As Roger Abrahams writes in his foreword to the revised edition: "Turner argued from specific field data. His special eloquence resided in his ability to lay open a sub-Saharan African system of belief and practice in terms that took the reader beyond the exotic features of the group among whom he carried out his fieldwork translating his experience into the terms of contemporary Western perceptions. Reflecting Turner's range of intellectual interests the book emerged as exceptional and eccentric in many ways: yet it achieved its place within the intellectual world because it so successfully synthesized continental theory with the practices of ethnographic reports." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538320

The Ritual Theatre of Theodoros Terzopoulos The Ritual Theatre of Theodoros Terzopoulos outlines the story of the Athenian-based Attis Theatre and the way its founder and director Theodoros Terzopoulos introduced bio-energetic presences of the body on the stage in an attempt to redefine and reappraise what it means today not only to have a body but to fully be a body.Terzopoulos created a very specific attitude towards life and death and it is this broad perspective on energy and consciousness that makes his work so appealing both to a general public and to students of arts theatre and drama. Freddy Decreus’ study charts the career of Greece’s most acclaimed theatre director and provides a spiritual and philosophic answer in times where former Western meta-narratives have failed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367731519

The Rival Widows or Fair Libertine (1735) Elizabeth Cooper's The Rival Widows or Fair Libertine provides a unique opportunity to restore to scholarly and pedagogical attention a neglected female writer and a play with broad and significant implications for studies of eighteenth-century history culture and gender. Following the adventures of Lady Bellair a "glowing joyous young Widow " the storyline regenders standard expectations about desire marriage libertinism and sentiment. The play has not been reprinted since 1735; therefore this old-spelling edition gives scholars access to an important but neglected resource for studies of women writers and eighteenth-century theatre. In an original and extensive introduction Tiffany Potter presents cultural and historical information that highlights the scholarly implications of this newly available play. She offers a brief biographical sketch of the playwright; a summary of sources for specific elements of the play; an overview of the theatrical climate of the time (with particular focus on the conditions leading to the Licensing Act of 1737); a discussion of the place of women in eighteenth-century society; a summary of symbiotic cultural discourses of libertinism and sensibility in the early eighteenth century; and a discussion of the general cultural significance of Cooper's demonstration of the malleability of prescriptive gender roles. Further value is added to this edition through its appendices which reproduce documents relating to the playwright Elizabeth Cooper and to the Licensing Act of 1737 (including the text of the Act itself). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315237282

The River Dragon Has Come!Three Gorges Dam and the Fate of China's Yangtze River and Its People In the ongoing courageous struggle of a relatively small group of Chinese to prevent the completion of the Three Gorges Dam in China Dai Qing is the outspoken leader whose eloquent voice is always heard despite threats and intimidation by the Chinese authorities to silence it. Dai Qing an investigative journalist and author with a wide audience in China and abroad compiled this book of essays and field reports assessing the impact of the Three Gorges megadam now under construction at Sandouping in China's Hubei province at great risk to her own freedom. This book is an effort to prevent history from repeating itself ten-fold (a reference to the great floods in 1975 during which over 60 dams collapsed and at least 100 000 people lost their lives) if the 39 billion cubic metres of water in the Three Gorges reservoir ever escapes by natural or man-made catastrophes. These comprehensive essays reveal the deep rooted problems presented by the Three Gorges project that the government is attempting to disguise or suppress. The main concerns are population resettlement and human rights the irreversible environmental and economic impact the loss of cultural antiquities and historical sites military considerations and hidden dam disasters from the past. Opponents of the dam are attempting to kill the project or at least reduce the size of the megadam now planned to be the biggest most expensive and incidentally the most hazardous of all hydro-electric projects on this planet. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315502779

The River Pollution Dilemma in Victorian EnglandNuisance Law versus Economic Efficiency Nineteenth-century Britain witnessed a dramatic increase in its town population as a hitherto largely rural economy transformed itself into an urban one. Though the political and social issues arising from these events are well-known little is known about how the British legal process coped with the everyday strains that emerged from the unprecedented scale of these changes. This book explores the river pollution dilemma faced by the British courts during the second half of the nineteenth century when the legal process had to confront the new incompatible realities arising from the increasing amounts of untreatable waste flowing into the rivers. This dilemma struck at the heart of both Victorian urban and rural society as the necessary sanitary reformation of the swelling cities and expanding industry increasingly poisoned the rivers threatening the countryside and agricultural rents and livelihoods. Focusing on ten legal disputes the book investigates the dilemma that faced the courts; namely how to protect the traditional and valued rights of landholders whose rivers and lands were being polluted by industrial waste and untreated sewage whilst not hindering the progress of sanitary reform and economic progress in the towns. The case studies considered involve major industrialising centres such as Birmingham Leeds Northampton Wolverhampton and Barnsley but also include smaller towns such as Tunbridge Wells Leamington Spa and Harrogate. The fundamental issues raised remain as important today as they did in Victorian times. The need for the courts to balance a variety of conflicting needs and rights within the limits of contemporary technological capabilities often played out in surprising ways with outcomes not always in line with theoretical expectations. As such the historical context of the disputes provide fascinating insights into nineteenth-century legal process and the environmental and social attitudes of the times. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246188

The Road from Nanomedicine to Precision Medicine The enormous advances in nanomedicine and precision medicine in the past two decades necessitated this comprehensive reference which can be relied upon by researchers clinicians pharmaceutical scientists regulators policymakers and lawyers alike. This standalone full-color resource broadly surveys innovative technologies and advances pertaining to nanomedicine and precision medicine. In addition it addresses often-neglected yet crucial areas such as translational medicine intellectual property law ethics policy FDA regulatory issues nano-nomenclature and artificial nano-machines—all accomplished in a user-friendly broad yet interconnected format. The book is essential reading for the novice and the expert alike in diverse fields such as medicine law pharmacy genomics biomedical sciences ethics and regulatory science. The book’s multidisciplinary approach will attract a global audience and serve as a valuable reference resource for industry academia and government. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800594

The Road from Nanomedicine to Precision MedicinePart A The enormous advances in nanomedicine and precision medicine in the past two decades necessitated this comprehensive reference which can be relied upon by researchers clinicians pharmaceutical scientists regulators policymakers and lawyers alike. This standalone full-color resource broadly surveys innovative technologies and advances pertaining to nanomedicine and precision medicine. In addition it addresses often-neglected yet crucial areas such as translational medicine intellectual property law ethics policy FDA regulatory issues nano-nomenclature and artificial nano-machines—all accomplished in a user-friendly broad yet interconnected format. The book is essential reading for the novice and the expert alike in diverse fields such as medicine law pharmacy genomics biomedical sciences ethics and regulatory science. The book’s multidisciplinary approach will attract a global audience and serve as a valuable reference resource for industry academia and government. Media > Books > E-books Pan Stanford Publishing 9781003027010

The Road from Nanomedicine to Precision MedicinePart B The enormous advances in nanomedicine and precision medicine in the past two decades necessitated this comprehensive reference which can be relied upon by researchers clinicians pharmaceutical scientists regulators policymakers and lawyers alike. This standalone full-color resource broadly surveys innovative technologies and advances pertaining to nanomedicine and precision medicine. In addition it addresses often-neglected yet crucial areas such as translational medicine intellectual property law ethics policy FDA regulatory issues nano-nomenclature and artificial nano-machines—all accomplished in a user-friendly broad yet interconnected format. The book is essential reading for the novice and the expert alike in diverse fields such as medicine law pharmacy genomics biomedical sciences ethics and regulatory science. The book’s multidisciplinary approach will attract a global audience and serve as a valuable reference resource for industry academia and government. Media > Books > E-books Pan Stanford Publishing 9781003027058

The Road Leading to the Market Since the reform and opening up period the world has witnessed a transformation within China. This transformation has led millions out of poverty within China and has in recent years seen China as an important and vital engine of economic growth for the rest of the world. While China has made great strides in embarking on the road to a market economy this book emphasizes that transformation within China to market-driven development is far from over. In this book Zhang puts forward the idea that the reform in China has now reached a crossroads. The next steps have a bearing not only on the sustainability of past reform but even on whether China will become a veritable world power in the future. With the reform at this pivotal juncture this book explores further reform within China and examines how the reform debate will develop. The Road Leading to the Market is a highly readable collection of essays which will appeal to researchers and students of China’s economy and a globalized economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367516635

The Road Not TakenA History of Radical Social Work in the United States The Road Not Taken takes a new perspective on the course of social welfare policy in the twentieth century. This examination looks at the evolution of social work in the United States as a dynamic process not just driven by mainstream organizations and politics but strongly influenced by the ideas and experiences of radical individuals and marginalized groups as well. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315800646

The Road to Balcombe StreetThe IRA Reign of Terror in London The Road to Balcombe Street: The IRA Reign of Terror in London is the highly detailed account and analysis of law enforcement negotiation lessons learned from the infamous hostage standoff between the London Metropolitan Police (the Met) and four members of the Provisional Irish Republican Army (IRA) in the winter of 1975. With eye-witness and first-hand testimony this book examines the events leading up to the clash and their political context as well as how both sides handled the hostage situation and the strategies and tactics used by the police to safely diffuse the volatile situation. Comprehensive and readable The Road to Balcombe Street: The IRA Reign of Terror in London looks at not only the six days making up the standoff but places the confrontation in unique historical context by giving a detailed summary of IRA activity in London in the years leading up to the siege. In addition this vital study explores the aftershocks arising from the apprehension of the IRA team as well as the hostage negotiation lessons learned in the conflict. This useful resource also features a thorough bibliography and list of electronic resources. The Road to Balcombe Street: The IRA Reign of Terror in London is a useful resource for practicing law enforcement negotiating teams and professionals; history sociology and social psychology students and educators; and general readers as well. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203820209

The Road To BerlinContinuing The History Of Stalin's War With Germany This book traces Russian campaigns from the counterattack at Stalingrad to the fall of Berlin and the capture of Prague. It explores in detail Stalin's wartime relations with Roosevelt and Churchill and examines the evolution of his policies toward Poland and the Balkans. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295608

The Road to Co-operationEscaping the Bottom Line This critical and informed protest against the absurdity and dishonesty of neoclassical economic theory as it has progressed through the 20th century down to the present sheds new light on the predicament faced in 2012. In The Road to Co-operation Pearson highlights the dangers of using unrealistic mathematical models of human organisational and market behaviour to guide policy prescriptions. He shows the damage done to real economies markets firms and people by the unwarranted trust in unregulated markets proclaimed by Friedman and colleagues promulgated by academia and adopted by the financial-political-corporate nexus now dominant in Anglo-American jurisdictions. Though real markets work better than known alternatives Pearson makes the crucial distinction between the real and the speculative-financial where totally different realities apply. Failure to make that distinction has transformed financial sectors from supportive of the real economy to exploitative and sometimes fraudulent. Pearson provides a comparative analysis of corporate governance theory law and practice in different jurisdictions including the self-destruction of post-mature Anglo-American governance with the more robust custom and practice in the industrial economies of Germany and Japan and emerging economies of China and India which all exercise care for their real economic strengths and provide object lessons for governance in UK and US. The Road to Co-operation proposes realistic changes in policy and practice in the context of sustainability which would be prerequisite to recapturing real long term economic success on a co-operative and non-exploitative foundation. It will be invaluable for today's business faculty students and practitioners as well as the 'madmen in authority'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409448303

The Road to Disillusion: From Critical Marxism to Post-communism in Eastern EuropeFrom Critical Marxism to Post-communism in Eastern Europe The history of reform movements in postwar Eastern Europe is ultimately ironic inasmuch as the reformers' successes and defeats alike served to discredit and demoralize the regimes they sought to redeem. The essays in this volume examine the historic and present-day role of the internal critics who whatever their intentions used Marxism as critique to demolish Marxism as ideocracy but did not succeed in replacing it. Included here are essays by James P. Scanlan on the USSR Ferenc Feher on Hungary Leslie Holmes on the German Democratic Republic Raymond Taras on Poland James Satterwhite on Czechoslovakia Vladimir Tismaneanu on Romania Mark Baskin on Bulgaria and Oskar Gruenwald on Yugoslavia. In concert the contributors provide a comprehensive intellectual history and a veritable Who's Who of revisionist Marxism in Eastern Europe. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315699080

The Road to Einstein's RelativityFollowing in the Footsteps of the Giants CHOICE Highly Recommended Title August 2019 Expertly guided by renowned cosmologist Dr. David Lyth learn about the pioneering scientists whose work provided the foundation for Einstein’s formulation of his theories of relativity and about Einstein's groundbreaking life and work as well. This highly readable and accessible panorama of the field delicately balances history and science as it takes the reader on an adventure through the centuries. Without complex mathematics or scientific formulae this book will be of interest to all even those without a scientific background who are intrigued to find out more about what paved the way for one of our most famous physicists to push the boundaries of physics to new lengths. Features: Written by an internationally renowned physicist and cosmologist Describes the life and times of Einstein and his important predecessors Focuses on one of the most famous areas of science Einstein’s Relativity Theory Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367002534

The Road To Excellencethe Acquisition of Expert Performance in the Arts and Sciences Sports and Games Excellence and the highest levels of performance in the arts and sciences sports and games have always been an object of fascination to both scientists and lay people. Only during the last 20 years have scientists studied these levels of performance in the laboratory in order to identify their mediating mechanisms. Contrary to the common belief that innate talents are the critical factors for exceptional performance investigators have found that acquired skills knowledge and physiological adaptations in response to intense practice are the primary mechanisms mediating the highest levels of performance. This is the first and only book to examine how elite performers effect their exceptional accomplishments. The world's leading researchers on expert performance and creative achievement review theories and recent findings from many different domains of expertise on how experts optimize improvement in their performance and eventually attain excellence. Elite performers are shown to have engaged in deliberate-practice activities specifically designed to improve their performance from an early age. By age 20 they have often accumulated over 10 000 hours of practice! The essential elements of deliberate practice such as specific goals to improve performance successive refinement through repetition feedback and instruction are explicated for different domains. Although the content of practice tasks will necessarily differ from domain to domain investigators have found invariant characteristics for the optimal duration of practice sessions maximal amounts of daily practice the length of intense preparation (around 10 years) and ages of peak performance. Some of the book's chapters extend the review to the acquisition of everyday-life skills such as reading to the performance of teams of experts and to the development of creative achievement geniuses and artistic child prodigies. The book concludes with commentaries by several outstanding scientists in psychology education and history of science who discuss the generalizability of presented ideas and raise issues for future issues. EXTRA COPY...It could be said that striving for excellence is what characterizes humanity or perhaps what characterizes humanity at its best. Why do so few individuals ever reach the highest levels when so many start out on the Road to Excellence? In this book the world's foremost researchers of expert performance in domains as diverse as sports medicine chess and the arts explore the similarities and differences in the extended and strenuous Road to Excellence taken by the successful individuals in each domain. Their findings will intrigue and inspire readers who are themselves driven to achieve or who simply want to better understand the processes involved. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315805948

The Road to Federalism in Nepal Myanmar and Sri LankaFinding the Middle Ground Nations built on exclusion and assimilation decades of civil war widespread poverty authoritarianism and the decline of democracy. Nepal Myanmar and Sri Lanka are travelling a road to federalism. Institutions and ethnic identity have interacted to privilege some and marginalise others. But when the right conditions prevail political equality can be restored. This book charts the origins and evolution of federalism and other approaches to the accommodation of minority ethnic groups in Nepal Myanmar and Sri Lanka. It applies a historical institutionalism methodology to understand why federalism has been resisted what causes it to be established and what design options are most likely to balance otherwise competing centripetal and centrifugal forces. Breen shows how Nepal Myanmar and Sri Lanka are finding a middle ground whereby deliberative and moderating institutions are combined with accommodating ones to support a political equality among groups and individuals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367375676

The Road to Full Employment First published in 1987. This volume explores the inter-war unemployment problem and the development of economic and social policy in relation to that problem. Contemporary policies and levels of unemployment can only be compared with the inter-war period and in recent years economists and other commentators have increasingly turned their attention to the 1930s. This book is written by a group of expert historians and policy analysts who have been in the forefront of recent research. In particular new insights into economic policy which have come from the release of cabinet and departmental papers at The Public Record Office are revealed. Recent economic theory is also taken into account and the findings question established views on many grounds. New economic lessons from the 1930s are suggested and some astonishing similarities to the 1980s and demonstrated. This work will be essential reading for students of modern British history and economic and social history as well as economic policy and government and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367023577

The Road to Improvement This is a collection of 19 articles charting developments in school effectiveness research both on the evaluative and reflective side and the emergence from it of pro-active school improvement ideas and initiatives. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315078144

The Road to Mass DemocracyOriginal Intent and the Seventeenth Amendment Before the Seventeenth Amendment US senators were elected by state legislatures. To end the supposed corruption of state "machines" and make the Senate more responsive to the legislative needs of the industrial era the Senate was made a popularly elected body in 1913. Meanwhile the spread of information and communications technology it was argued had rendered indirect representation through state legislators unnecessary. However C. H. Hoebeke contends none of these reasons accorded with the original intent of the Constitution's framers.To the founders democracy simply meant the absolute rule of the majority. They proposed instead a "mixed" Constitution an ancient ideal under which democracy was only one element in a balanced republic. Hoebeke demonstrates that the states which were to provide the aristocratic Senate and the monarchical president never resisted egalitarian encroachments and settled for popular expedients when electing both presidents and senators long before the formal cry for amendment.The Road to Mass Democracy addresses the corruption character and conduct of senate candidates and other issues relating to the triumph of "plebiscitary government" over "representative checks and balances." This work offers a provocative readable and often satiric reexamination of America's attempt to solve the problems of democracy with more democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412854801

The Road to Multiculturalism in South KoreaIdeas Discourse and Institutional Change in a Homogenous Nation-State This book aims to capture the complicated development of Korea from monoethnic to multicultural society challenging the narrative of “ethnonational continuity” in Korea through a discursive institutional approach. At a time when immigration is changing the face of South Korea and an increasingly diverse society becomes empirical fact this doesn’t necessarily mean that multiculturalism has been embraced as a normative policy-based response to that fact. The approach here diverges from existing academic analyses which tend to conclude that core institutions defining Korea’s immigration and nationality regimes—nd which crucially also reflect a basic and hitherto unyielding commitment to racial and ethnic homogeneity—ill remain largely unaffected by increasing diversity. Here this title underscores the critical importance of “discursive agency” as a necessary corrective to still dominant power and interestbased arguments. In addition “discursive agents” are found to play a central role in communicating promoting and helping to instill the ideas that create a basis for change on the road to remaking Korean society. The Road to Multiculturalism in South Korea will be of interest to students and scholars of Asian studies immigration and migration studies race and ethnic studies as well as comparative politics broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367473921

The Road to OranAnglo-French Naval Relations September 1939-July 1940 On 3 July 1940 soon after the collapse of the French front and France's request for an armistice a reluctant Royal Navy commander opened fire on the French Navy squadron at Mers-el-Kebir. Some 1 300 French sailors lost their lives. The late David Brown's detailed account finally conveys an objective understanding of the course of events that led up to this tragedy. This new book makes extensive use of primary sources such as correspondence reports and signals traffic from the British Cabinet to the admirals the commanders-in-chief and the liaison officers. It shows how the driving force behind this extraordinary event was the British government's determination that the French Fleet would never fall into the hands of the Axis powers. A combination of mistrust dissembling poor communications and outright enmity over the preceding month had catastrophic results both for the individuals concerned and for the future of Franco-British naval relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415652704

The Road to Romance and RuinTeen Films and Youth Culture This book analyses the teen film as the rare medium able to represent the otherwise chaotic and conflicting experience of youth. The author focuses on six major issues: alienation deviance and delinquency sex and gender the politics of consumption the apolitics of youth(ful) rebellion and regression into nostalgia. Despite the many differences within the genre this book sees all teen films as focused on a single social concern: the breakdown of traditional forms of authority – school church family. Working with the theories of such diverse scholars as Kenneth Keniston Bruno Bettelheim Erik Erikson Theodor Adorno Simon Frith and Dick Hebdige the author draws an innovative and flexible model of a cultural history of youth. Originally published in 1992. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138989863

The Road to SerfdomText and Documents: The Definitive Edition A classic work in political philosophy intellectual history and economics The Road to Serfdom has inspired and infuriated politicians and scholars for half a century. Originally published in 1944  it was seen as heretical for its passionate warning against the dangers of state control over the means of production. For Hayek the collectivist idea of empowering government with increasing economic control would lead not to a utopia but to the horrors of Nazi Germany and Fascist Italy. This new edition includes a foreword by series editor and leading Hayek scholar Bruce Caldwell explaining the book's origins and publishing history and assessing common misinterpretations of Hayek's thought.  Caldwell has also standardized and corrected Hayek's references and added helpful new explanatory notes.  Supplemented with an appendix of related materials and forewords to earlier editions by the likes of Milton Friedman and Hayek himself this new edition of The Road to Serfdom will be the definitive version of Friedrich Hayek's enduring masterwork. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755320

The Road to Social EuropeA Contemporary Approach to Political Cultures and Diversity in Europe In the wake of the Greek and Irish crises and at a moment when solidarity between states is hotly debated on a daily basis at EU level it is important to understand how ‘solidarity’ can happen at all. The Road to Social Europe reviews the development of political cultural processes since the nineteenth century showing how social protection and social justice have gradually become interwoven with systems of social protection or welfare states. Grounded on extensive empirical research conducted in many EU countries and in the European Commission’s administration over twenty years the book provides a cultural analysis of welfare systems in Europe. It also presents an original enquiry into the importance of languages for politics in Europe for the politics of welfare and for sociological research. It shows how sociological and ethnographic analysis can help in understanding the current and future challenges of European integration that rely unilaterally on functional economics. This in-depth sociological analysis of European diversity will appeal to a wide audience of students and scholars of sociology political science political economy and European studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138020146

The Road To StalingradStalin's War With Germany The Road to Stalingrad is designed to investigate the kind of war the Soviet Union waged the nature of command decisions and the machinery of decision-making the course of military operations the emergence of Soviet 'war aims' and the Soviet style of war with Germany. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295615

The Roads from RioLessons Learned from Twenty Years of Multilateral Environmental Negotiations At the 1992 United Nations Conference on Environment and Development popularly known as the Rio Earth Summit the world’s leaders constructed a new "sustainable development" paradigm that promised to enhance environmentally sound economic and social development. Twenty years later the proliferation of multilateral environmental agreements points to an unprecedented achievement but is worth examining for its accomplishments and shortcomings. This book provides a review of twenty years of multilateral environmental negotiations (1992-2012). The authors have participated in most of these negotiating processes and use their first-hand knowledge as writers for the International Institute for Sustainable Development’s Earth Negotiations Bulletin as they illustrate the changes that have taken place over the past twenty years. The chapters examine the proliferation of meetings the changes in the actors and their roles (governments nongovernmental organizations secretariats) the interlinkages of issues the impact of scientific advice and the challenges of implementation across negotiating processes including the Framework Convention on Climate Change the Convention to Combat Desertification the Convention on Biological Diversity the Commission on Sustainable Development the UN Forum on Forests the chemicals conventions (Stockholm Basel and Rotterdam) the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species the Convention on Migratory Species and the International Treaty on Plant Genetic Resources for Food and Agriculture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415809771

The Roanoke Voyages 1584-1590Documents to illustrate the English Voyages to North America under the Patent granted to Walter Raleigh in 158 Volume I: Texts from Hakluyt's Principall Navigations (1589) together with the items added by him in 1600 and much additional material a few documents in summary form. This volume takes the narrative to January 1586/7 and includes a descriptive list of John White's drawings of the first colony; the narrative is continued to 1590 and later in the following volume with which the main pagination is continuous. Volume II: Texts from Hakluyt's Principall Navigations (1589) together with the items added by him in 1600 and much additional material a few documents in summary form. This volume takes the narrative from January 1586/7 to 1590 and later. Appended is an article on the language of the Carolina Algonkian tribes by James A. Geary with a word-list; a chapter on the archaeology of the Roanoke settlements; a detailed account of the MS and printed sources; and a map of Ralegh's Virginia This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volumes first published in 1955. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315085364

The Roanoke Voyages 1584-1590Documents to illustrate the English Voyages to North America under the Patent granted to Walter Raleigh in 1584 Volume I Texts from Hakluyt's Principall Navigations (1589) together with the items added by him in 1600 and much additional material a few documents in summary form. This volume takes the narrative to January 1586/7 and includes a descriptive list of John White's drawings of the first colony; the narrative is continued to 1590 and later in the following volume (Second Series 105) with which the main pagination is continuous. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1955. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315553313

The Robber with a Witch's HeadMore Stories from the Great Treasury of Sicilian Folk and Fairy Tales Collected by Laura Gonzenbach The Robber with the Witch's Head presents almost fifty new stories about demons and clever maidens and princes. Bursting with life this is a storyteller's dream full of adventure and magic translated by Jack Zipes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864528

The Robert Hall Diaries 1947-1953 (Routledge Revivals) Lord Roberthall was economic adviser to a succession of Labour and Conservative governments from 1947 to 1961. During that time he served under eight Chancellors and exercised more influence on economic policy than perhaps any other official. Fortunately – though it was contrary to Civil Service rules – he kept a diary in which he documented and reflected on day-to-day events. This first volume published in 1989 deals with the years between 1947 and 1953 in which Robert Hall acted as Director of the Economic Section and was faced with a variety of lingering uncertainties. This is a highly readable and fascinating account of what went on inside government in the post-war years. The book provides a unique picture of the relationship between Whitehall and Downing Street and those people who shaped this challenging period in British economic history. Edited by Sir Alec Cairncross who succeeded Lord Roberthall as Economic Adviser to HM Government in 1961 this reissue will interest any student researching policy and decision-making in the post-war period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415739467

The Robert Hall Diaries 1954-1961 (Routledge Revivals) Lord Roberthall was economic adviser to a succession of Labour and Conservative governments from 1947 to 1961. During that time he served under eight Chancellors and exercised more influence on economic policy than perhaps any other official. Fortunately – though it was contrary to Civil Service rules – he kept a diary in which he documented and reflected on day-to-day events. This second volume published in 1991 covers the years between 1954 and 1961 after Robert Hall’s appointment as Economic Adviser to HM Government. The book includes details of conferences and negotiations in Australia the United States and Canada as well as accounts dealing with the struggles to contain inflation and moderate wages. This is a highly readable and fascinating account of what went on inside government in the post-war years. The book provides a unique picture of the relationship between Whitehall and Downing Street and those people who shaped this challenging period in British economic history. Edited by Sir Alec Cairncross who succeeded Lord Roberthall as Economic Adviser to HM Government in 1961 this reissue will interest any student researching policy and decision-making in the post-war period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415739474

The Roberto Gerhard Companion More than forty years after the composer's death the music of Roberto Gerhard (1896-1970) continues to be recorded and performed and to attract international scholarly interest. The Roberto Gerhard Companion is the first full length scholarly work on this composer noted for his sharp intellect and original exploring mind. This book builds on the outcomes of two recent international conferences and includes contributions by scholars from Spain the USA and UK. The essays collected here explore themes and trends within Gerhard’s work using individual or groups of works as case studies. Among the themes presented are the way Gerhard’s work was shaped by his Catalan heritage his education under Pedrell and Schoenberg and his very individual reaction to the latter’s teaching and methods notably Gerhard’s very distinctive approach to serialism. The influence of these and other cultural and literary figures is an important underlying theme that ties essays together. Exiled from Catalonia from 1939 Gerhard spent the remainder of his life in Cambridge England composing a string of often ground-breaking compositions notably the symphonies and concertos composed in the 1950s and 1960s. A particular focus in this book is Gerhard's electronic music. He was a pioneer in this genre and the book will contain the first rigorous studies of this music as well as the first accurate catalogue of this electronic output. His ground-breaking output of incidental music for radio and the stage is also given detailed consideration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409445159

The Robust City Cities expand upwards and outwards and their physical structure can last a very long time not just tens but hundreds of years. Nevertheless they are rarely designed for expansion. Their layout does not allow for extension or for the retrofitting of infrastructure and can constrain and often prevent the growth and change of activities within them - cities are not 'robust' in their design. In other words change is not planned for but involves costly reconstruction. The Robust City argues that a robust expandable and sustainable urban form can be deduced from planning goals.  Development should not just follow public transport corridors but should not be allowed beyond walking distance from them. This would create 'green enclaves' that would permit not only recreational access but also the retrofitting of infrastructure and the efficient circulation of motor vehicles. The same principles could also be applied within neighbourhoods and to facilitate the rational handling of urban intensification. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138631403

The Rock Art of Africa It has long been known that all forms of art – rock paintings carvings and scribings and also portable sculpture – are present at various locations throughout Africa. This book was the first inclusive survey and brings together in one volume accounts of African rock art which were previously scattered in scholarly monographs journals and travellers’ tales. The range of the coverage is geophysically comprehensive from the Atlas Mountains to the Cape of Good Hope. The art styles are set into a firm chronological framework and are displayed against a background of human physical and cultural evolution. Considerable discussion is also devoted to the varied purposes which the paintings and carvings served in the communities which produced them looking at the differing interpretations fully and fairly. A fascinating collection of illustrations some in colour truly reflects the variety of forms in which African rock art is manifested. Originally published 1984. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138818156

The Rock CanonCanonical Values in the Reception of Rock Albums Canons are central to our understanding of our culture and yet in the last thirty years there has been much conflict and uncertainty created by the idea of the canon. In essence the canon comprises the works and artists that are widely accepted to be the greatest in their field. Yet such an apparently simple construct embodies a complicated web of values and mechanisms. Canons are also inherently elitist; however Carys Wyn Jones here explores the emerging reflections of values terms and mechanisms from the canons of Western literature and classical music in the reception of rock music. Jones examines the concept of the canon as theorized by scholars in the fields of literary criticism and musicology before moving on to search for these canonical facets in the reception of rock music as represented by ten albums: Bob Dylan's Highway 61 Revisited The Beach Boys' Pet Sounds The Beatles' Revolver The Velvet Underground's The Velvet Underground & Nico Van Morrison's Astral Weeks Marvin Gaye's What's Going On The Rolling Stones' Exile on Main St. Patti Smith's Horses The Sex Pistols' Never Mind the Bollocks: Here's the Sex Pistols and Nirvana's Nevermind. Jones concludes that in the reception of rock music we are not only trying to organize the past but also mediate the present and any canon of rock music must now negotiate a far more pluralized culture and possibly accept a greater degree of change than has been evident in the canons of literature and classical music in the last two centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247895

The Rock History Reader This eclectic compilation of readings tells the history of rock as it has been received and explained as a social and musical practice throughout its six decade history. This third edition includes new readings across the volume with added material on the early origins of rock 'n' roll as well as coverage of recent developments including the changing shape of the music industry in the twenty-first century. With numerous readings that delve into the often explosive issues surrounding censorship copyright race relations feminism youth subcultures and the meaning of musical value The Rock History Reader continues to appeal to scholars and students from a variety of disciplines. New to the third edition: Nine additional chapters from a broad range of perspectives Explorations of new media formations industry developments and the intersections of music and labor For the first time a companion website providing users with playlists of music referenced in the book Featuring readings as loud vibrant and colorful as rock ‘n’ roll itself The Rock History Reader is sure to leave readers informed inspired and perhaps even infuriated—but never bored. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138227712

The Rockefeller Foundation Public Health and International Diplomacy 1920–1945 Based on extensive archival research this study examines the role of the Rockefeller Foundation and the League of Nations in improving public health during the interwar period. Barona argues that the Foundation applied a model of business efficiency to its ideology of spreading good health creating a revolution in public health practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848935679

The Rodney PapersVolume I 1742–1763: Selections from the Correspondence of Admiral Lord Rodney Overbearing avaricious and difficult yet talented and ambitious George Brydges Rodney has never attracted much sympathy or understanding. He was nevertheless an original thinker and one of the great admirals of the eighteenth century. The contents of this volume the first of three document his career from 1742 until 1763 - his private and political life. His early years as a captain were spent in the severe conditions of the North Sea and in taking privateers in the western approaches. During the peace after 1748 he was Governor of Newfoundland and in the Seven Years' War blockaded Le Havre before going as a flag officer to command in the Leeward Islands where he participated in the capture of Martinique. This volume also contains letters to his wife which indicate against past opinion that Rodney had a heart. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911423775

The Rodney PapersVolume II: 1763-1780: Selections from the Correspondence of Admiral Lord Rodney This the second of three volumes of the correspondence of George Brydges Rodney covers the admiral's life from the end of the Seven Years War in 1763 until August 1780. This was perhaps his most eventful extraordinary and controversial period; from being a successful admiral a member of Parliament and the Governor of Greenwich Hospital Rodney plunges into debt and a debtor's exile in France only to rise again as a victorious admiral and as a national hero. At the end of the Seven Years War Rodney was disappointed and bitter at the failure of the British government to reward him for his prominent part in the capture of Martinique and other French islands in the West Indies. He was made baronet in 1764 and governor of Greenwich Hospital in 1765. He had already been a member of Parliament for Saltash in 1751-4 and sat for Okehampton Penryn and Northampton consecutively between 1759 and 1774. In 1768 he was involved in one of the most costly elections in eighteenth century parliamentary history. He secured election at Northampton but his finances were broken. Furthermore he had begun to gamble heavily and with a limited income fell into the hands of moneylenders. In 1770 he attempted to recoup his finances by becoming Commander-in-Chief at Jamaica. Nevertheless in the West Indies until 1774 Rodney managed a successful period of diplomacy with Spain of intelligence gathering and of navigational surveying especially off the coast of Florida. Even so he returned to England deeply in debt and was forced to flee to France to escape his creditors. The war with the American colonies proved to be Rodney's salvation. After war with France had broken out in 1779 the British government was desperate for an admiral who could fight and win battles. Rodney was appointed Commander-in-Chief in the Leeward Islands. His success in battle and skillful conduct of the naval war in the West Indies in 1780 restored Rodney's public standing. The stage was set for his most famous victory the Battle of the Saintes in 1782 and the restoration of his private finances. George Brydges Rodney had gone through a dramatic change of fortunes. The character of that man is revealed here. This volume will permit re-assessment of this outstanding British admiral of the American War of Independence for a new generation of historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911423805

The Rohingya CrisisA Moral Ethnographic and Policy Assessment This book provides a history of the ethnic persecution of the Rohingyas in Myanmar and their disputed ethnic and national identity. It focuses on how the crisis has morphed into a geopolitical encounter among Bangladesh China India and Myanmar. It further explores the moral ethnographic and public policy issues in the humanitarian response to the crisis of the Rohingya people. The volume analyzes the question of citizenship for the Rohingyas by analyzing historical documents and interviews which chronicle the status and identity of the community and their past involvement in the government and politics of Myanmar. The authors focus specifically on the changing geopolitical context of state formation in South Asia and the tense relationships between Myanmar and its neighbours – Bangladesh China and India. The book examines the alliances and disputes in the South and Southeast Asia region which are predicated on economic and strategic gains and their impact on the Rohingya crisis. It also looks at the failure of bilateral and multilateral negotiations among these countries to adequately address or alleviate the plight of the stateless Rohingyas. This volume will be of great interest to scholars and researchers of international studies peace human rights and conflict studies sociology ethnic studies border studies migration and diaspora studies discrimination and exclusion studies public policy and Asian Studies. It will also be useful for professionals working in the media nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) think tanks and policy makers as well as general readers interested in the history of the persecution of the Rohingya people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367341336

The Rohingya in South AsiaPeople Without a State The Rohingya of Myanmar are one of the world’s most persecuted minority populations without citizenship. After the latest exodus from Myanmar in 2017 there are now more than half a million Rohingya in Bangladesh living in camps often in conditions of abject poverty malnutrition and without proper access to shelter or work permits. Some of them are now compelled to take to the seas in perilous journeys to the Southeast Asian countries in search of a better life. They are now asked to go back to Myanmar but without any promise of citizenship or an end to discrimination. This book looks at the Rohingya in the South Asian region primarily India and Bangladesh. It explores the broader picture of the historical and political dimensions of the Rohingya crisis and examines subjects of statelessness human rights and humanitarian protection of these victims of forced migration. Further it chronicles the actual process of emergence of a stateless community – the transformation of a national group into a stateless existence without basic rights.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138611016

The ROI Fieldbook Since the publication of 'Return on Investment in Training and Performance Improvement Programs ' many individuals have attempted to implement the ROI methodology in their organizations. Having a credible process does not guarantee that an organization will implement the process effectively throughout the various functions and divisions. 'The ROI Fieldbook' will help organizations implement ROI successfully by providing concrete techniques tools strategies and reproducible items. Jack Phillips and Patti Phillips and their associates have helped hundreds of organizations and individuals with their ROI workshops. 'The ROI Fieldbook' provides many different strategies for tackling the critical issues of implementation. The authors examine every key barrier to implementation and suggest strategies for overcoming minimizing or removing the barriers. The accompanying CD contains dozens of tools instruments and templates aimed at providing helpful resources for the individual or the team responsible for implementing ROI. Case studies from a variety of organizations illustrate the broad range of application and implementation. The CD also includes interactive material such as "Are You Ready for ROI" a self-assessment test. Other material includes templates for data collection ROI analysis plan action plan and a cost summary sheet. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138433298

The ROI of PricingMeasuring the Impact and Making the Business Case As with executives and managers in so many other business functions pricing specialists are being challenged more and more to substantiate the added value of their activities. Pricing is a core function of every business and needs not only to contribute positively to short- and long-term results but also to document its impact to the bottom line. A fundamental part of this is the pricing ROI calculations. This book edited by globally renowned thought leaders Andreas Hinterhuber and Stephan Liozu is the first to outline contemporary theories and best practices of documenting pricing ROI. It provides proven methods practices and theories on how to calculate the impact of pricing activities on performance. Marketing ROI is now a common concept: this collection proves to do the same for pricing. Hinterhuber & Liozu introduce the concept of pricing ROI documenting and quantifying the return on pricing activities and on the pricing function itself is of increasing relevance today and in the future – in times of budget constraints. 20 world class specialists explore the concept of pricing ROI under both a theoretical perspective and a managerial perspective to shed much-needed light on how to measure and increase pricing ROI. This groundbreaking book will enlighten students and specialists of marketing and sales pricing managers and executives alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415730716

The Role Position and Agency of Cusp States in International Relations This work seeks to develop a new concept with which to analyse the actions and activities of states that tend to be relatively ignored by the discipline of International Relations (IR). As a discipline IR has a tendency to lean towards the analytically safe. Given the current and recent dynamism of the international system that is both surprising and undesirable. Arranged around the concept of the idea of the Cusp State (and cuspness more generally) the book consists of empirical analysis of eight different countries Brazil Iran Israel Japan Mexico Taiwan Turkey and Ukraine defined as ‘states that lie uneasily on the political and/or normative edge of what is widely believed to be an established region’. By focusing on the importance of comparing groups of states like states with high degrees of ‘cuspness’ this book argues that it is possible to categorise the world in a fresher and more original way and one which covers more of the globe than either a systemic or regionalist approach would do. This work will be of great interest to students and scholars of Geopolitics International Security and Regionalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138287945

The Role and Control of Weapons in the 1990s With the end of the Cold War many of the old threats to European security have disappeared. New ones however are now emerging particularly in the light of the rise of nationalism and the spread of nuclear biological and chemical weapons to politically unstable countries. The Role and Control of Weapons in the 1990's examines these security issues - the proliferation of nuclear weapons in the Third World the threat from international terrorists the environmental damage caused by modern warfare - to argue that control over weapons of mass destruction must be dramatically increased. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203168318

The Role and Future of Special Collections in Research LibrariesBritish and American Perspectives What does the future hold for special collections in research libraries? Will special collections be an important feature in humanistic research or will technology make special collections irrelevant to research in the humanities? The Role and Future of Special Collections in Research Libraries explores the answers to these questions by examining special collections in British and American libraries and the changing trends in research and scholarship as they relate to special collections. This book examines the particular experience of a variety of special collections in British research libraries. By learning more about British experiences related to special collections North American libraries will discover new ways to manage existing information resources in light of diminished funding. The topics cover this essential role of special collections in these areas: the British perspective on issues relating to access and preservation of manuscripts reproduction from originals confidentiality and the development of collections a historical overview of changes in special collections technology and special collections balancing the collection and preservation of books and manuscripts with the acquisition of new materials in electronic format The Role and Future of Special Collections in Research Libraries brings together international perspectives on library programs to help librarians and library administrators understand the factors that influence special collections. With the help of this insightful book librarians will learn how to develop and modify future programs and services to maintain excellent special collections. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315859460

The Role of Agriculture in Climate Change Mitigation According to IPCC reports one of the greatest threats to the Earth ecosystems is climate change caused by the anthropogenic emissions of greenhouse gases mostly carbon dioxide mainly from the combustion of fossil fuels cement production and land-use change which leads to an excessive temperature rise. Agriculture and forestry are responsible for quiet big emissions of greenhouse gases: CO2 CH4 and N2O and have significant potential to reduce these emissions mainly through enhancement of CO2 absorption by terrestrial ecosystems. To evaluate the impact of agriculture on climate change ruminant farming should be also taken into account. These animals emit considerable amounts of methane which has strong greenhouse effects. Methane emissions may be reduced by using appropriate feed for ruminants. Decreasing the meat consumption of these animals can also make an important contribution to reducing methane emissions. The methods for reducing greenhouse gas emissions through appropriate management of terrestrial ecosystems and animal husbandry are widely discussed in The Role of Agriculture in Climate Change Mitigation. The book will be of interest to academics professionals and policy makers in environmental sciences. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367433727

The Role of American NGOs in China's ModernizationInvited Influence In the waning years of the Cold War the United States and China began to cautiously engage in cultural educational and policy exchanges which in turn strengthened new security and economic ties. These links have helped shape the most important bilateral relationship in the late-twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. This book explores the dynamics of cultural exchange through an in-depth historical investigation of three organizations at the forefront of U.S.-China non-governmental relations: the Hopkins-Nanjing Center for Chinese and American Studies the National Committee on United States-China Relations and The 1990 Institute. Norton Wheeler reveals the impact of American non-governmental organizations (NGOs) on education environment fiscal policy and civil society in contemporary China. In turn this book illuminates the important role that NGOs play in complementing formal diplomacy and presents a model of society-to-society relations that moves beyond old debates over cultural imperialism. Finally the book highlights the increasingly significant role of Chinese Americans as bridges between the two societies. Based on extensive archival research and interviews with leading American and Chinese figures this book will be of interest to students and scholars of Chinese politics and history international relations and transnational NGOs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138022751

The Role of Art and Culture for Regional and Urban Resilience This book analyses the influence of art and culture as an engine to promote the resilience of regional and urban economies. Under a multidiscplinary perspective the book examines the contribution of some creative regions and cities as places in which processes of transformation innovation and growth are activated in response to external pressures. Through different theoretical frameworks and empirical investigations and suggesting a critical discussion of the notion of resilience the authors argue that cultural and creative resources may offer a sustainable model in order to afford different typologies of shocks. The book will appeal scholars of regional and urban science and cultural and creative economies and will open up a number of considerations for policy makers.This volume was originally published as a special issue of European Planning Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892067

The Role of Assessment in Schools "The Role of Assessment in Schools" looks at the conceptual aspects of tests and testing and also gives practical guidelines on how to use tests to their best effect. It considers the development of tests the types and scope of tests their application and interpretation and answers questions on who wants testing whether the test is appropriate or biased and whether the results are consistent?. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421462

The Role of Assistive Technology in Fostering Inclusive EducationStrategies and Tools to Support Change The Role of Assistive Technology in Fostering Inclusive Education uses evidence-based research to explore issues related to implementation of ICT-based Assistive Technology (ICT-AT) in education. It focuses on programmes and activities that aim at the empowerment of the learners with disabilities as well as the empowerment of the entire educational ecosystem. The book provides a synthesis of political and theoretical discussions as well as practical experiences on the implementation of ICT-AT in education. Analysing international policy frameworks in relation to inclusive education and technology it discusses examples of school self-assessment and action plan methodologies for digital inclusive education as well as case studies of innovative ICT and AT solutions in educational environments. The authors elaborate on digital empowerment as a wider societal challenge through reflection on the barriers that people with disabilities meet in education and beyond. This book will be of great interest for academics researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of inclusive education and assistive technology as well as those interested in education research and policy development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138370081

The Role of Banks in Monitoring FirmsThe Case of the Credit Mobilier This book addresses issues in the current literature on corporate finance using historical evidence. In particular it looks at the role of universal banks in relaxing the credit constraints of firms supervising managers and stabilizing share prices. The key issues is whether the Anglo-American asset based financing is more efective than the main-bank approach used in Germany and Japan. Earlier studies have found that firms with a close relationship with a major bank have high market value compared to book value although it is difficult to determine whether this is cause or effect Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985506

The Role of Beta Receptor Agonist Therapy in Asthma Mortality First published in 1993 the Role of Beta Receptor Agonist Therapy in Asthma Mortality provides the first comprehensive review of the role of beta-receptor agonist drug therapy and asthma mortality. The book includes sections on the epidemiological and experimental methods used to examine possible relationships between beta-agonist drug therapy and asthma mortality. It also reviews the development of beta-agonist drugs and the long-term trends in asthma mortality to present a historical perspective. Internationally respected experts have contributed to this unique volume making it essential for epidemiologists pharmacologists and researchers in clinical medicine and public health. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367236618

The Role of Bioinformatics in Agriculture This title includes a number of Open Access chapters. Advances in information technology and next generation sequencing have propelled the use of bioinformatics in agriculture especially in the area of crop improvement. An extremely large amount of genomics data is available from plants and animals due to tremendous improvements in the field. This book acquaints readers with state-of-the-art sequencing technologies recent developments in computing algorithms and certain biological perspectives that influence development of bioinformatics tools by giving specific examples from model plant species. The challenge is now to make sense and use of this wealth of data. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880039

The Role of Brief Therapy in Attachment Disorders The Role of Brief Therapy in Attachment Disorders provides a comprehensive summary of the range of approaches that exist within the brief therapy world including Cognitive Analytic Therapy Cognitive Behavioural Therapy Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing Ericksonian Therapy Neurolinguistic Psychotherapy Provocative Therapy Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328672

The Role of Business in the Development of the Welfare State and Labor Markets in GermanyContaining Social Reforms This book assesses the role of employers in the development of welfare state and labour market institutions. Building on an in-depth analysis of Germany a market economy known to often provide economic benefits to firms this book explores one of the most contested issues in the comparative and historical literature on the welfare state. In a departure from existing employer-centered explanations the author applies new empirical data to contend that the variation in acceptance of social reform depends more on changes in the types of political challenges faced by employers than on changes in the type of institutions considered economically beneficial. Covering major reforms spanning more than a century of institutional development in unemployment insurance accident insurance pensions collective bargaining and codetermination this book argues that employers support social policy as a means to contain political outcomes that would have been worse including labour unrest and more radical reform plans. Using new and controversial findings on the role of employers in welfare state development this book considers the conditions for a peaceful coexistence of a generous welfare state and the business world. The Role of Business in the Development of the Welfare State and Labor Markets in Germany will be of interest to students and scholars of welfare and social policy politics political economy and European politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138803510

The Role Of Centrosema Desmodium And Stylosanthes In Improving Tropical Pastures This integrated collection describes the importance of forage legumes for pasture development and improvement in the tropics and subtropics. Leading agronomists review the magnitude of the need for pasture improvement; tropical and subtropical soil and climate environments; reports of the successful use of legumes in pasture development in a wet and a dry tropical environment; and the scope of the problem in terms of area to be developed and development logistics required. Three legume genera Centrosema Desmodium and Stylosanthes are discussed in detail--information is presented on taxonomy adaptation distribution productivity and usefulness--and considerable emphasis is placed on Rhizobium germplasm resources for these genera. A concluding section of technical essays addresses special considerations in using tropical legumes in pasture development and presents a coordinated multidisciplinary approach to legume exploration and evaluation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367295622

The Role of Communication in Learning To Model In this book a number of experts from various disciplines take a look at three different strands in learning to model. They examine the activity of modeling from disparate theoretical standpoints taking into account the individual situation of the individuals involved. The chapters seek to bridge the modeling of communication and the modeling of particular scientific domains. In so doing they seek to throw light on the educational communication that goes on in conceptual learning. Taken together the chapters brought together in this volume illustrate the diversity and vivacity of research on a relatively neglected yet crucially important aspect of education across disciplines: learning to model. A common thread across the research presented is the view that communication and interaction as fundamental to most educational practices and as a repository of conceptual understanding and a learning mechanism in itself is intimately linked to elaborating meaningful coherent and valid representations of the world. The editors hope this volume will contribute to both the fundamental research in its field and ultimately provide results that can be of practical value in designing new situations for teaching and learning modeling particularly those involving computers. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415652711

The Role of Community in Restorative Justice Although restorative justice is probably one of the most talked about topics in contemporary criminology little has been written about how community involvement in restorative justice translates into practice. While advocates have presented the community as an essential pillar of restorative justice the rationale for why and how this is the case remains underdeveloped and largely unchallenged. This book offers an empirical and theoretical explanation of what ‘community involvement’ means and what work it does in restorative justice. Drawing on an empirical case study and the wider sociological literature The Role of Community in Restorative Justice examines the involvement of the community in one selected practice of restorative justice and also considers the implications of the English and Welsh experience for development of a more coherent framework for operationalizing community involvement in restorative justice practices. It is argued that restorative justice programmes need to start from a more concrete and up-to-date notion of community. While operationalizing community involvement they need to acknowledge all at once: the importance of place; the importance of family links friendship and other social ties; and the importance of similar social traits and identities. This book is essential reading for students researchers and academics in the fields of criminology criminal justice sociology community studies policy studies social policy and socio-legal studies. This book will also be valuable reading for a variety of practitioners and policymakers particularly working with restorative justice and youth justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138288706

The Role of Conference Literature in Sci-Tech Libraries Most librarians working with sci-tech collections are fully aware of the importance of conference papers and proceedings which has long played a major role in keeping professionals informed of the latest developments in their field. In this book first published in 1989 responsible executives from several publishers of conference literature have joined with a number of sci-tech librarians to discuss the nature and value of conference literature in sci-tech libraries. A commercial publisher discusses the difficulties in editing a set of conference papers in a book while producers of indexing/abstracting tools describe their selection methods retrieval services and general outlook on conference materials. In addition sci-tech librarians address the problems of accessing citing and locating conference literature and explore the many aspects of the cataloguing of conference publications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367364502

The Role Of Consciousness In The Physical World Do we live in a deterministic universe that passively awaits our observation and utilization? Or do we create our own reality in the process of observing it? These questions writes the editor traditionally have been the domain of philosophers theologians and romantic writers; in recent years though they have become a concern of scientists. Ad Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367311094

The Role of Consent in Human Trafficking Human trafficking is consistently featured on the global political agenda. This book examines the trafficking of adult female victims for sexual exploitation and specifically the understanding of consent and its influence in the identification and treatment of trafficking victims. Jessica Elliott argues that when applied to situations of human trafficking migration and sexual exploitation the notion of consent presents problems which current international laws are unable to address. Establishing the presence of 'coercion' and a lack of consent can be highly problematic particularly in situations of human trafficking and exploitative prostitution; activities which may be deemed inherently coercive and problematically clandestine. By examining legal definitions of human trafficking in international instruments and their domestic implementation in different countries the book explores victimhood in the context of exploitative migration and argues that no clear line can be drawn between those who have been smuggled trafficked or 'consensually trafficked' into a situation of exploitation. The book will be great use and interest to students and researchers of migration law transnational criminal law and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138215276

The Role of Constructs in Psychological and Educational Measurement Contributors to the volume represent an international "who's who" of research scientists from the fields of psychology and measurement. It offers the insights of these leading authorities regarding cognition and personality. In particular they address the roles of constructs and values in clarifying the theoretical and empirical work in these fields as well as their relation to educational assessment. It is intended for professionals and students in psychology and assessment and almost anyone doing research in cognition and personality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866812

The Role of Contradictions in Spinoza's PhilosophyThe God-intoxicated heretic Spinoza is commonly perceived as the great metaphysician of coherence. The Euclidean manner in which he presented his philosophy in the Ethics has led readers to assume they are facing a strict and consistent philosophical system that necessarily follows from itself. As opposed to the prevailing understanding of Spinoza and his work The Role of Contradictions in Spinoza's Philosophy explores an array of profound and pervasive contradictions in Spinoza’s system and argues they are deliberate and constitutive of his philosophical thinking and the notion of God at its heart. Relying on a meticulous and careful reading of the Theological-Political Treatise and the Ethics this book reconstructs Spinoza's philosophy of contradictions as a key to the ascending three degrees of knowledge leading to the Amor intellectualis Dei. Offering an exciting and clearly-argued interpretation of Spinoza’s philosophy this book will interest students and scholars of modern philosophy and philosophy of religion as well as Jewish studies. Yuval Jobani is Assistant Professor at the Department of Hebrew Culture Studies and the School of Education at Tel-Aviv University. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367026844

The Role of Corpus Linguistics in the Ethnography of a Closed CommunitySurvival Communication The Role of Corpus Linguistics in the Ethnography of a Closed Community analyses the interactions of immigrants within an Irish reception centre for asylum seekers to highlight the instinctive resourcefulness of people who are faced with the challenge of communicating when there is no common language or culture.  Based on three years of ethnographical observation and using an illuminating and innovative blending of applied methodologies chiefly corpus linguistics ethnography and conversation analysis this book: Draws upon a corpus of 98 000 words; Examines the use of English in the interactions of residents with one another and those with English speaking staff of the centre; Challenges constructs such as speech community communicative competence and interlanguage. This book is essential reading for academics and upper-level undergraduates or graduates working in the areas of Corpus Linguistics and Applied Linguistics and those interested in research methodologies. It will also prove to be of significant interest to people interested in migration studies and to providers of English language education to immigrants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138714427

The Role of Courts in Transitional JusticeVoices from Latin America and Spain Bringing together a group of outstanding judges scholars and experts with first-hand experience in the field of transitional justice in Latin America and Spain this book offers an insider’s perspective on the enhanced role of courts in prosecuting serious human rights violations and grave crimes such as genocide and war crimes committed in the context of a prior repressive regime or current conflict. The book also draws attention to the ways in which regional and international courts have come to contribute to the initiation of national judicial processes. All the contributions evince that the duty to investigate and prosecute grave crimes can no longer simply be brushed to the side in societies undergoing transitions. The Role of Courts in Transitional Justice is essential reading for practitioners policy-makers and scholars engaged in the transitional justice processes or interested in judicial and legal perspectives on the role of courts obstacles faced and how they may be overcome. It is unique in its ambition to offer a comprehensive and systematic account of the Latin American and Spanish experience and in bringing the insights of renowned judges and experts in the field to the forefront of the discussion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415870252

The Role of Demand and Supply in the Generation and Diffusion of Technical Change First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753692

The Role of Design in International Competitiveness Design is an important factor in business success. This book first published in 1989 analyses what the role of design is in business success; just what design is; and how both design and its management might be improved. It draws on extensive original research by the authors in eighty-seven companies regarded as leaders in the field of export and technological achievement and it reports on the experiences of these companies. Among the book’s many important conclusions and recommendations for improved practice are: that design rather than price is the key factor in determining customer/user satisfaction; and that success with design is the leading characteristic of firms that compete successfully in international markets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815370864

The Role of Education in Enabling the Sustainable Development Agenda The Role of Education in Enabling the Sustainable Development Agenda explores the relationship between education and other key sectors of development in the context of the new global Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) agenda. While it is widely understood that there is a positive relationship between education and other dimensions of development and populations around the world show a clear desire for more and better education education remains an under-financed and under-prioritised sector within development. When education does make it onto the agenda investment is usually diverted towards increasing access to formal schooling without focusing on the intrinsic value of education as a tool for development within the international development community more broadly. The authors explore these tensions through a review of literature from a range of disciplines providing a clearer picture of the relationship between education and other development sectors. The book challenges silo-thinking in the SDGs by exploring how achieving the SDG education targets can be expected to support or hinder progress towards other targets and vice-versa. Drawing on examples from both low and high income countries the book demonstrates how ‘good’ education functions as an ‘enabling right’ impacting positively on many other areas. The book’s scope ranges across education and development studies economics geography sociology and environmental studies and will be of interest to any researchers and students with an interest in education and the SDGs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367820978

The Role of Employer Associations and Labour Unions in the EMUInstitutional Requirements for European Economic Policies First published in 1999 this volume recognises that in the course of European integration national economic policy makers lose some effective policy instruments. Contributors to this omnibus volume analyse the 'room for maneuvering' available to national and EU economic and social policies under the conditions of the Economic and Monetary Union (EMU). They explore the possibilities for European coordination and discuss the tasks of employers’ associations and labour unions on the national and EU level in wage employment and macroeconomic policies. Section 1 of the book deals with the strengths and weaknesses of the EU in the context of global competition. In spite of national differences many of the EU member countries share important characteristics. Section 2 addresses the need for and the feasibility of policy coordination in the EMU. With the start of the EMU wage policy will have to bear the main burden of absorbing asymmetrical economic shocks. The authors from the DIW argue that a wage policy favourable to economic growth employment and convergence has to be guided by the inflation target set by the European Central Bank (ECB) and by the long-term increase of productivity in individual countries. A precondition for this kind of wage policy is coordination between the main actors of EU economic policy (ECB EcoFin social partners). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138369382

The Role of English Teaching in Modern JapanDiversity and multiculturalism through English language education in a globalized era The Role of English Teaching in Modern Japan examines the complex nature of Japan’s promotion of English as a Foreign Language (EFL). In globalized societies where people with different native languages communicate through English multicultural and multilinguistic interactions are widely created. This book takes the opportunity to look at Japan and examines how these multiple realities have affected its English language teaching within the domestic context. The myth of Japan’s racial and ethnic homogeneity may hinder many Japanese in recognizing realities of its own minority groups such as Ainu Zainichi Koreans and Brazilian Japanese who are in the same EFL classrooms. Acknowledging a variety of English uses and users in Japan this book emphasizes the influence of Japan’s recent domestic diversity on its EFL curriculum and urges that such changes should be addressed. It suggests new directions for incorporating multicultural perspectives in order to develop English language education in Japan and other Asian contexts where English is often taught as a foreign language. Chapters include:   Social cultural and political background of Japan’s EFL education Race ethnicity and multiculturalism Representations of diversity in Japanese EFL Textbooks Perceptions of English learning and diversity in Japan The role of EFL education in multicultural Japan Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415787888

The Role of Evaluators in Curriculum Development Originally published in 1985. This is an overview of the evolution of curriculum evaluation since the reforms of the 1960s presented through the personal and practical knowledge of experienced individuals rather than abstract theoretical models which hitherto dominated the field. A collection of personal retrospective accounts by leading evaluators of their roles in the actual process of curriculum development the chapters represent diverse educational systems in a range of countries including Australia Israel England and the USA. A variety of innovative curricula are portrayed and the models which emerge are empirically based. Their diversity provides evidence for the need to accommodate and adjust theoretical and methodological principles to real situations. This is a great reference for those with an interest in comparative curriculum development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138322028

The Role of Female Combatants in the Nicaraguan Revolution and Counter Revolutionary War The revolution in Nicaragua was unique in that a large percentage of the combatants were women. The Role of Female Combatants in the Nicaraguan Revolution and Counter Revolutionary War is a study of these women and those who fought in the Contra counter revolution on the Atlantic Coast. This book is a qualitative study based on 85 interviews with female ex-combatants in the revolution and counter revolution from the 1960s to the end of the 1980s as well as field observations in Nicaragua and the autonomous regions of the Atlantic Coast. It explores the reasons why women fought the sacrifices they made their treatment by male combatants and their insights into the impact of the revolution and counter-revolution on today’s Nicaragua. The analytical approach draws from political psychology social identity dynamics such as nationalism and indigenous identities and the role of liberation theology in the willingness of the female revolutionaries to risk their lives. Researchers and students of Gender Studies Latin American and Latino Studies and Political History will find this an illuminating account of the Nicaraguan Revolution and counter revolution which until now has been rarely shared. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367731977

The Role of Fluency in Reading Competence Assessment and instructionFluency at the intersection of Accuracy and Speed: A Special Issue of First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138423312

The Role of Formal Features in Second Language Acquisition Using Chomsky's minimalist program as a framework  this volume explores the role of formal (or functional) features in current descriptions and accounts of language acquistion. In engaging up-to-date articles distinguished experts examine the role of features in current versions of generative grammar and in learnibility theory as it relates to native non-native and impaired acquisition. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315085340

The Role of Gender in Practice KnowledgeClaiming Half the Human Experience First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009363

The Role of Glia in Neurotoxicity Presenting the latest research in glial cell function gleaned from new techniques in imaging and molecular biology The Role of Glia in Neurotoxicity Second Edition covers multiple aspects of glial cells including morphology physiology pharmacology biochemistry pathology and their involvement in the pathophysiology of neurological diseases. The book is structured to examine the interactions between glial cells and neurons during development adulthood and senescence followed by specific examples of directly mediated glial neurotoxicity. The book also covers miscellaneous topics in glial physiology/biochemistry such as signaling and edema. The book includes coverage of advances in our knowledge and understanding of glial physiology and biochemistry. Discover what's new in the Second Edition:Neuronal-glia metabolic interactionsNeuronal-glia interactions (glutamate homeostasis)Zinc transporters in gliaEnergy deprivation/mitochondrial dysfunction - unique astrocyte susceptibilitiesAstrocytes and MPTP neurotoxicityAstroglia and food toxinsCurrent understanding of the importance of glia has caused a boom in published information. Yet while many of the published textbooks are multifaceted and multidisciplinary none includes the role of glia in neurotoxicity. Written by leaders in the field of glial research this text fills this missing gap in the literature. Broader in scope than the first edition including contributions from internationally known researchers this is still the only book dedicated to exploring the role of glial cells in mediating neurotoxicology.FeaturesSummarizes the latest research in glial cell function gleaned from new techniques in imaging and molecular biologyContains tables and figures that give you quick and easy access to precise dataIncludes a contemporary summary of literature that puts information useful for grant submissions at your fingertips Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393380

The Role of Government in the Industrialization of Iraq 1950-1965 Since 1950 the governments of Iraq have attempted vigorously to develop the economy and have stressed industrial development. Here Dr Ferhang Jalal discusses analyses and appraises a number of policies adopted by the government of Iraq designed to promote the growth of the industrial sector. The policies were of two kinds: the establishment of enterprises financed constructed and operated by the government; and the encouragement of the expansion of private industrial enterprises through provision of finance by way of tax exemptions of all kinds through controls over the allocation of investment and by protecting them from foreign competition. The author discusses the extent to which investment programmes formulated by planners were able to be implemented and analyses in detail the factors facilitating and those constraining a more rapid rate of industrial growth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138820302

The Role of Government in Water Markets While water is an increasingly scarce resource most existing methods to allocate it are neither economically nor environmentally efficient. In these circumstances water markets offer developed countries a form of regulatory response capable of overcoming many of the shortcomings of current water management. The debate on water markets is however a polarized one. This is mostly a result of the misunderstanding of the roles played by governments in water markets. Proponents mistakenly portrayed them as leaving governments for the most part out of the picture. Opponents in turn understand commodification of water and administration by public agencies as incompatible. Casado Pérez argues that both sides of the debate overlook that water markets require a deeper and more varied governmental intervention than markets for other goods. Drawing on economic theories of regulation based on market failure she explains the different roles governments should play to ensure a well-functioning water market and concludes that only the visible hand of governments can ensure the success of water markets. Casado Pérez proves her case by examining case studies of California and Spain to assess the success of their water markets. She explores why water markets were more extensively institutionalized in California than in Spain in the first ten years since their introduction and how the role of governments in each case study impacted water market operation.This unique analysis of governmental roles in water markets alongside qualitative studies of California and Spain offers valuable guidance to understand environmental markets and to face the challenges presented by water management in regions with periodical droughts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595517

The Role of Governments in Legislative Agenda Setting Setting the agenda for parliament is the most significant institutional weapon for governments to shape policy outcomes because governments with significant agenda setting powers like France or the UK are able to produce the outcomes they prefer while governments that lack agenda setting powers such as the Netherlands and Italy in the beginning of the period examined see their projects significantly altered by their Parliaments. With a strong comparative framework this coherent volume examines fourteen countries and provides a detailed investigation into the mechanisms by which governments in different countries determine the agendas of their corresponding parliaments. It explores the three different ways that governments can shape legislative outcomes: institutional partisan and positional to make an important contribution to legislative politics. It will be of interest to students and scholars of comparative politics legislative studies/parliamentary research governments/coalition politics political economy and policy studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138989870

The Role of Grandparents in the 21st CenturyGlobal Perspectives on Changing Roles and Consequences Across the world the role of grandparents is changing. This book highlights the changing roles and the consequences of these changes for both grandchildren and grandparents by drawing together leading international authorities on grandparenting and intergenerational relations.The book includes scholarly summaries of research as well as new research findings. It should be an invaluable resource for other scholars and students investigating the role of grandparents today.This book was originally published as a special issue of Contemporary Social Science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582784

The Role of Henri Borel in Chinese Translation History Against the historical background of Chinese translation in the West and the emergence of several prominent European translators of China this book examines the role of a translator in terms of cross-cultural communication the image of the foreign culture in the minds of the target audience and the influence of their translations on the target culture. With the focus on the career and output of the Dutch translator Henri Borel (1869–1933) this study investigates different aspects of the role of translator. The investigation is carried out by analysing texts and probing the achievements and contributions of the translator underpinned by documents from the National Archives and the Literature Museum in the Hague the Netherlands. Based on the findings derived from this study advice is offered to those now involved in the promotion and translation of Chinese culture and literature. It will make an important contribution to the burgeoning history of Chinese translation. This book will be of interest to anyone with an interest or background in the translation history of China the history of sinology in the West and the role of translators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367425524

The Role of Higher Education in Initial Teacher Training This text explores the issue of what role if any higher education should play in intial teacher training. The authors argue for the continued involvement of higher education in teacher training and cover such areas as the 1994 Education Act the role of universities and the schools consortia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420878

The Role of Ideas in Political AnalysisA Portrait of Contemporary Debates Despite the proliferation of ideational accounts in the last decade or so the debate over the role of ideas remains caught up in a series of disputes over the ontological foundations epistemological status and practical pay-off of the (re)turn to ideational explanations. It is thus unsurprising that there is still little clarity about just what sort of an approach an ideational approach is and about what it would take to establish the kind of fully-fledged ideational research programme many seem to assume has already been developed. The contributors in this volume address these dilemmas in diverse but engagingly complementary ways. They argue that what plagues most attempts to accord ideas an explanatory role is the persistence of the perennial dualities in political analysis. In aspiring to eschew the current vogue for dualistic polemic the present volume reveals elements of dualistic thinking in the ideational turn and assesses the impact of the persistence of these perennial dualisms in the attempt to accord ideas an explanatory role. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415662406

The Role of Informal Economies in the Post-Soviet WorldThe End of Transition? Based on extensive ethnographic and quantitative research conducted in Ukraine and Russia between 2004 and 2012 this book’s central argument is that for many people the informal economy such as cash in hand work subsistence production and the use of social networks is of great importance to everyday life. Formal work is both a facilitator of such processes and is often supported by them as people can only afford to undertake low paid formal work as a result of their informal incomes. By looking at the informal nature of formal work and practices informal practices gift giving volunteer work and the economies of the household the book is one of the first to give an overview of the nature of the informal economy in all spheres of everyday practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138903999

The Role of Intellectual Property Rights in Agriculture and Allied Sciences This important volume provides a basic understanding of the different forms of intellectual property rights in agricultural science. It provides an abundance of information on the use of IP laws in agriculture and allied subjects and their proper implementation in real-life practice. The chapter authors discuss different kinds of IP laws and their current status in developed as well as developing countries throughout the world. The protection of biological resources is crucial for food security for future generations. Biological resources are the source of several important genes. Researchers are interested in the development of plant varieties that can increase crop production withstand dramatic climatic changes etc. Protecting intellectual property rights in plant varieties and the rights of farmers and others are discussed in this volume. It also looks at new trends and developments in the field involving new IP strategies and the application of IP laws in agriculture and biotechnology and in the management of plant genetic resources.   Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886987

The Role of interest in Learning and Development Interest is just emerging as a critical bridge between cognitive and affective issues in both learning and development. This developing "interest" in interest appears to be linked to an increasing concern for studying the individual in context examining affective variables as opposed to purely structural features of text analyzing the interrelationship of cognitive and social development understanding practical applications of theories of motivation and recognizing the importance of developmental psychology for the study of learning. This book addresses both how individual interest and interest inherent in stimuli (books text toys etc.) across subjects affect cognitive performance. While the book's particular emphasis is on theory-driven research each of the contributing authors offers a unique perspective on understanding interest and its effects on learning and development. As such each has contributed a chapter in which particular questions in interest research are described and linked to a clearly stated theoretical perspective and recent findings. Relevant material from the broader literatures of psychology and education are analyzed in the context of these discussions. In addition the introductory and concluding chapters build on the contributions to the volume by providing the basis of a coherent view of interest across genres such as stories and expository text and domains as varied as play reading and mathematics. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138989887

The Role of Knowledge Brokers in EducationConnecting the Dots Between Research and Practice This ground-breaking book comprehensively addresses an area of major and sustained concern: how to improve the use of research evidence and enhance educators’ research engagement as a route to the improvement of educational practice. It focuses on the topic of knowledge brokering and mobilization in education and its role in fostering evidence-informed practice. Divided into three sections each addressing a different role of knowledge mobilizers the book is based in clear evidentiary grounding. The chapters: Explore payoffs and challenges of connecting research to practice Provide recommendations in relation to practice and decision-making Present organized and professionally-enhancing tools strategies and insights Written by internationally-recognized leaders and expert contributors The Role of Knowledge Brokers in Education brings together extensive and global perspectives in an accessible yet comprehensive volume. This book is an invaluable resource for educational leaders worldwide who are interested in using or generating research for school improvement as well as researchers academics and students in schools of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138616141

The Role of Language in the Climate Change Debate This volume takes a distinctive look at the climate change debate already widely studied across a number of disciplines by exploring the myriad linguistic and discursive perspectives and approaches at play in the climate change debate as represented in a variety of genres. The book focuses on key linguistic themes including linguistic polyphony lexical choices metaphors narration and framing and uses examples from diverse forms of media including scientific documents policy reports op-eds and blogs to shed light on how information and knowledge on climate change can be represented disseminated and interpreted and in turn how they can inform further discussion and debate. Featuring contributions from a global team of researchers and drawing on a broad array of linguistic approaches this collection offers an extensive overview of the role of language in the climate change debate for graduate students researchers and scholars in applied linguistics environmental communication discourse analysis political science climatology and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367365820

The Role of Law and Regulation in Sustaining Financial Markets This book explores the role of law and regulation in sustaining financial markets in both developed and developing countries particularly the European Union United States and China. The central argument of this book is that law matters for the operation of financial markets which in turn significantly influences the performance of firms industries and economies.The Role of Law and Regulation in Sustaining Financial Markets is divided into four parts. Part one addresses the connection between law financial development and economic growth. Part two deals with the role of financial regulation which can be used to correct market failures such as negative externalities information asymmetries and monopolies. Part three focuses on the design functioning and performance of different financial instruments. Part four examines the topic of Corporate Social Responsibility. This book contributes to the ‘law and finance’ literature by studying certain conventional issues such as the relationship between finance and economic growth and the effects of regulatory quality on financial development from new perspectives and/or with new evidence data and cases. It also explores novel topics such as project finance contracts insurance and climate change the shadow banking system that have been overlooked in current literature.This book is meaningful not only for the EU and the US which have suffered considerably from the financial crisis of 2008 but also for China which is struggling to build a sound institutional infrastructure to govern its increasingly complicated financial system. By comparing the regulatory philosophies and practices of the EU the US and China this book will help the reader to understand the diverse nature of the global ‘law and finance’ nexus and avoid succumbing to the myth of "one size fits all". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669249

The Role of Livestock in Agricultural DevelopmentTheoretical Approaches and Their Application in the Case of Sri Lanka First published in 1999 this study aims to develop a theoretical framework for the analysis of livestock farming systems and their conditions of change. The framework should be generally applicable in developing countries and make it possible to analyse livestock farming in different agro-ecological regions. Secondly Regina Birner applies the framework to a case study in Sri Lanka the ecological conditions and agrarian structure of which is an excellent setting for studying the diverse factors influencing the action and change of livestock farming. Thirdly Birner contributes to improving the planning basis for livestock developing policies in developing countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366237

The Role Of Markets In The World Food Economy This book extends the discussion of world food problems by giving explicit recognition to the potential role of markets. The authors highlight the contribution of prices to the solution of food problems in low-income countries for example by providing adequate incentives to farmers to expand production assuring that food supplies can be obtained through trade when needed and giving appropriate signals to consumers. They also document the negative effects on food supply and national welfare of the actual price policies of many Third World governments. While recognizing the problems involved in defining and measuring hunger as well as in improving the food supply the authors consider the outlook for future food availability as favorable in terms of continued modest improvement in per capita food supplies at prices adjusted for inflation that are likely to continue the slow decline of recent decades. One focus of their comments is the positive roles that governments can and should play in the world food economy especially in support of research creation of human capital and provision of appropriate rural infrastructure. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367295646

The Role of Medial Temporal Lobe in Memory and Perception: Evidence from Rats Nonhuman Primates and HumansA Special Issue of the Quarterly While it is commonly accepted that structures in the medial temporal lobe play a critical role in memory current theories disagree on three fundamental issues: (a) the extent to which different regions within the medial temporal lobe can be functionally dissociated; (b) whether structures within the medial temporal lobe are specialised for memory processing or play an additional role in perception; and (c) whether there is support for functional homology across species. To address these controversial questions this Special Issue brings together researchers working on memory and perception in the medial temporal lobe and asks whether there is evidence for similar functional dissociations across species. The papers reported here include lesion and early gene imaging in rats electrophysiological and lesion studies in nonhuman primates lesion and functional neuroimaging in human participants as well as touching on computational modelling approaches. Pulling together these methodological diverse contributions a final chapter highlights the main consistencies and discrepancies with respect the three issues under debate as well as providing future directions for research in this area. The Special Issue highlights how a cross-disciplinary approach to neuroscientific research can yield powerful converging evidence and help resolve controversies that may seen to exist across methodologies and/or species. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873285

The Role of MoneyWhat it Should Be Contrasted with What it Has Become The Role of Money examines the mystery of money in its social aspect and illustrates what money now is what is does and what it should do. The standpoint from which the book is written is that of the public. The significance of the 'money-power' of the state to issue money has been recently recognized by historians. Its key position in shaping the course of world events is here explained. Included are:* Chapters on the philosophic background* The theory of money - Virtual Wealth* The Evolution of Modern Money* International Economic Relations* Debts and Debt Redemption Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823997

The Role of Non-State Actors in the Green TransitionBuilding a Sustainable Future This book argues that there is no way to make progress in building a sustainable future without extensive participation of non-state actors. The volume explores the contribution of non-state actors to a sustainable transition starting with citizens and communities of different kinds and ending with cities and city-networks. The authors analyse social cultural political and economic drivers and barriers for this transition from individual behaviour to structural restraints and investigate interplay between the two. Through a series of wide-ranging case studies from the UK Australia Germany Italy and Denmark and a number of comparative case studies the volume provides an empirically and theoretically robust argument that highlights the need to develop widen and scale up collective action and community-based engagement if the transition to sustainability is to be successful. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of climate change sustainability and environmental policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367235598

The Role of Participants in Education ResearchEthics Epistemologies and Methods This book explores different perspectives on the role influence and importance of participants in education research. Drawing on a variety of philosophical theoretical and methodological approaches the book examines how researchers relate to and with their participants before during and after the collection and/or production of data; reimagining the rights of participants the role/s of participants the concept/s of "participant" itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118560

The Role of Parties in Twenty-First Century PoliticsResponsive and Responsible? For a long time analyses of political parties were framed within the usual context of democracy and of the historical transformation of the forms of democratic government. More recently several authors among which eminently Peter Mair progressively began to question the relationship between the normative definition of democratic government and the actual operation of parties. These new concerns are well epitomized by the tension between ‘responsiveness’ and ‘responsibility’ that gives the title to this book.While classic democratic theory sees as desirable that parties in government (and in opposition too) are sympathetically responsive to their supporters first and more generally to public opinion and at the same time responsible toward the internal and international systemic constraints and compatibilities these two roles seem to have become more difficult to reconcile and even increasingly incompatible.The chapters of this book explore the tensions between responsiveness and responsibility decomposing the international sources from the domestic sources and discussing the options and the possibilities for political parties to continue to play the role of provider of political stability in rapidly changing domestic and international environments.This book was published as a special issue of West European Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367738761

The Role of Phosphonates in Living Systems Throughout the last three decades a large amount of information on phosphonates has accumulated but has not been compiled. At this time of the increasing importance of phosphonate class of molecules this information needs to be drawn together to make a manageable volume for use as a reference text and as learning text for interested persons. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315897370

The Role of Phytoconstitutents in Health CareBiocompounds in Medicinal Plants This informative volume provides new insights with scientific evidence on the uses of medicinal plants in the treatment of certain diseases. It reviews various therapies with herbal phytoconstituents for certain types of disorders modes of action and pharmacological screening. It focuses on potential benefits of herbal extracts and bioactive compounds for human health care provides a comparative phytoconstituent analysis of selected medicinal plants using GCMS/FTIR techniques and discusses the role of herbal medicines in female genital infections. It goes on to look at the health-boosting properties of cabbage and the functional properties of milk yam (Ipomoea digitata L.). Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888202

The Role of Plant Roots in Crop Production The Role of Plant Roots in Crop Production presents the state of knowledge on environmental factors in root growth and development and their effect on the improvement of the yield of annual crops. This book addresses the role of roots in crop production and includes references to numerous annual crops. In addition it brings together the issues and the state-of-the-art technologies that affect root growth with comprehensive reviews to facilitate efficient sustainable economical and environmentally responsible crop production.Written for plant scientists crop scientists horticulturalists and soil scientists plant physiologists breeders environmental scientists agronomists and undergraduate and graduate students in different disciplines of agricultural science The Role of Plant Roots in Crop Production:Addresses root architecture and development dynamics to help users improve crop productivityEmphasizes crop production plant nutrition and soil chemistry relative to root growth and functionsCovers root morphology root functions nutrient and water uptake by roots root-soil interactions root-environment interactions root-microbe interactions physiology of root crops and management practices to improve root growthSupports content with experimental results and additional data is presented with picturesIncreasing food production worldwide has become a major issue in the 21st century. Stagnation in grain yield of important food crops in recent years in developed as well as developing countries has contributed to a sharp increase in food prices. Furthermore higher grain yield will be needed in the future to feed a burgeoning world population with a rising standard of living that requires more grain per capita. Technologies that enhance productivity ensure environmental safety and conserve natural resources are r Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381042

The Role of Political Culture in Iranian Political Development The analysis of the impediments to political development is one of the most important discussions which has major theoretical and political consequences. This analysis has been controversial and many different aspects have been introduced as elements for political underdevelopment. In this study Dal Seung Yu takes culture a key element in this discussion and explains the major cultural impediments to political development in Iran. He focuses on the historical attitudes of people towards the political management of the society and the effect these attitudes have on slowing the development of this political system in the society. Those concerned with Iran the Middle East and political culture will be extremely interested in this provocative text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277786

The Role of Political Parties in the European Union At the national level political parties play an important role in making representative democracy work. They help to aggregate and communicate policy preferences link decision-making between different legislative bodies and hold politicians accountable. In the European Union however the electoral connection is weak. This casts doubt on the impact of partisan politics at the European level. Are political parties able to fulfil their role as ‘transmission belts’ ensuring political accountability and consistent decision-making in the European Union? To answer this question we look at the micro foundations of partisan politics in the European Union. The contributions in this volume all depart from a common theoretical framework but use a wide range of empirical data and research designs covering qualitative process-tracing elite interview and large-N quantitative analysis. Moreover they examine party effects in the electoral and legislative arena. Finally the volume covers all European institutions: the Commission the Council of the European Union the European Council and the European Parliament. The findings enhance our understanding of the workings of decision-making in Brussels add to the debate on the EU democratic deficit and highlight the usefulness of drawing upon insights from the literature on Comparative Politics when studying the European Union. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of European Public Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851541

The Role of Religion in History This comprehensive survey of religion and its profound effects on history provides a historical context for in-depth analysis of theological social and political themes in which religion plays a major role.George Walsh first traces the rise and impact of primitive religions. He looks at Indian traditions including Hinduism Buddhism and Jainism and analyzes the Semitic tradition of Judaism and Christianity and the evolving conception of a personal God. He discusses the history and chief doctrines of Islam as well with its fundamental respect for desert tribal values and its emphasis on both the authority of God and the brotherhood of believers. Walsh then compares Judaism and Christianity. He sees Judaism as marked by a profound ambivalence between the values of tribal nomadic desert life and the values of urban civilization individualism and collectivism. Judaism is "this-worldly " but the Christian worldview is "other-wordly."Walsh closes with a timely discussion of the ethical political and economic teachings of the Judeo-Christian tradition focusing specifically on their differing attitudes toward sex reproduction and marriage; their basic views of mind and body; and man's relation to God. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412855846

The Role of Religion in Marriage and Family Counseling Religion can play a vital role in the way people relate to each other particularly with interpersonal dynamics within a family. The role of a couple or family’s religion(s) in the counseling room is no less important. This book provides practitioners with an overview of the principles of the major world religions with specific focus on how each religion can influence family dynamics and how best to incorporate this knowledge into effective practice with clients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871618

The Role of Religion in Modern Societies Does modernization lead to the decline of religion? This question lies at the centre of a key debate in the sociology of religion. During the past decade American scholars using primarily American data have dominated this debate and have made a strong case that the answer to this question is no. Recently however a new crop of European scholars working with new sources of European data have uncovered evidence that points toward an affirmative answer. This volume pays special attention to these trends and developments to provide the reader with a more well-rounded understanding of the many ways in which religion interacts with modernization. Respected scholars such as David Voas Steve Bruce and Anthony Gill examine modern societies across the world in this splendid book which will interest sociologists political scientists historians and theologians in equal measure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415512534

The Role of Religion in Struggles for Global JusticeFaith in justice? Struggles for global justice are being fought by civil society groups across the globe addressing global inequalities challenging neoliberal market driven globalization and demanding to remedy its negative implications. This book examines the roles religious communities and organizations in particular play in the struggles for global justice roles too often ignored by scholars of the Global Justice Movement (GJM). It has two central themes: - the role religion and religious actors play in global justice struggles and - the idea that justice is a contested concept among both religious and secular actors which requires some sort of ‘faith’ from its proponents. These chapters transcend simplistic either/or binaries highlighting the difficulties of clearly distinguishing between religious and secular progressive and conservative or rational and irrational motives and norms in struggles for justice. Challenging the secularization paradigm that marginalizes the role religious actors play in public life these chapters show how these actors engage with a broad range of justice issues how deeply contested justice is and how its meaning may vary and change among religious actors as a result of the social or political context within which an injustice is encountered. The chapters originally published as a special issue in Globalizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367650636

The Role of Research in Teachers' WorkNarratives of Classroom Action Research In the debate regarding what constitutes teachers’ work academics and bureaucrats continue to speak for teachers with teachers’ voices rarely heard and not accorded equal recognition. The Role of Research in Teachers’ Work addresses this imbalance by privileging teachers’ voices as they narrate their experiences of engaging in systematic inquiry. The book embeds the teacher narratives within the scholarly debates about the nature of knowledge and the nature of professional practice. Scanlon examines the knowledge teachers create through their research and how that knowledge is perceived by others within the school community. This book can be read as a companion volume to Scanlon’s 2015 Routledge publication My School or as a standalone exploration of teachers’ own narratives of engaging in action research. Together these two books are unique in contemporary writing on schools representing one of the only comprehensive longitudinal studies of a low socioeconomic secondary school from the perspective of those who learn and teach therein. This book enables teachers to be part of the scholarly conversation about their work and the place of research in that work. As such it should be essential reading for academics teacher educators and postgraduates in the field of education. It should also be of interest to policymakers and teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138701267

The Role of Science for Conservation The book integrates the knowledge and reflections of thirty scientists of which many have dedicated a substantial part of their professional life to the Galapagos archipelago to the conservation of its biodiversity and to the sustainable management of its resources. The book can be considered a milestone on the way to the successful conservation and sustainable development of this unique world heritage site. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138243866

The Role of Service in the Tourism & Hospitality IndustryProceedings of the Annual International Conference on Management and Technology in This proceedings volume contains papers presented at the 2014 International Conference on Management and Technology in Knowledge Service Tourism & Hospitality (SERVE 2014) covering a wide range of topics in the fields of knowledge and service management web intelligence tourism and hospitality. This overview of current state of affairs and anticipated developments will be of interest to researchers entrepreneurs and students alike. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138027367

The Role of Small States in the European Union A fully documented text which addresses a key issue of EU decision-making which is surfacing again in proposed institutional reforms. It looks at the role of smaller states deals with the important criteria of distribution and redistribution of EU budgetary expenditures in the key areas of agriculture and structural funds and explains how smaller states promote their interest more effectively than larger states. It focuses on the administrations of small states their relations with the Commission and their negotiation tactics in the Council. This is the first attempt to empirically test Peter Katzenstein’s thesis on the role of smaller states in international relations by making important recommendations on how the core assumptions of Katzenstein need to be modified especially when applied to the EU context. This work is a good supplementary text book for courses on European studies comparative politics and international relations. It is particularly suitable for advanced undergraduates and graduate students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138378247

The Role of Social Science in the Education of Professional Practitioners The Role of Social Science in the Education of Professional Practitioners explores the inter-relation between the social sciences and professional practice particularly in areas of health and social welfare and the form that professional education takes. The key issue of who provides for our health and welfare needs in the community is considered as are the values and education that drive those people to give service in society and how those professionals can come to a full and open understanding of their role. It focuses on the value orientation identity development and sense of self that will enable practitioners to develop their understanding of clients’ needs in the community. The book is divided into chapters that consider the educational and learning theories that underpin professional education and how those ideas have shaped the development of the curriculum for professional practice education. Astley provides an in-depth discussion of the nature of professional roles and how the making and taking of those roles is historically influenced by politics and policy making. The nature and dynamics of the communities in which we live including who has power is addressed with special reference to how the health and social welfare needs of citizens in those communities is assessed planned for and provided. This book will be vital reading for academics and professionals in the fields of health and social care professions’ education social and behavioural sciences higher education professional development and identity formation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367488963

The Role of Student Affairs in Advancing Community College Student SuccessAn Examination of Selected Contemporary Initiatives This collection brings together insightful chapters which explore diverse student success initiatives and programs in response to challenges faced by community colleges. Each chapter of the collection magnifies a specific aspect of student affairs to illustrate how dedicated departments and practitioners have effectively supported student success via select projects or initiatives. Readers will gain a deeper insight into the contemporary applications practices and impacts of agendas such as the assessment of student affairs and services student success programming Guided Pathways and The Completion Agenda. By demonstrating the meaningful involvement of student affairs practitioners in fulfilling institutional missions and visions this collection contributes to an overarching dialogue about promoting community college student success. This collection will be of interest to researchers academics graduates and postgraduate students in the fields of higher education administration educational leadership adult education and lifelong learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367231699

The Role of Surface Modification on Bacterial Adhesion of Bio-implant MaterialsMachining Characterization and Applications The Role of Surface Modification on Bacterial Adhesion of Bio-implant Materials: Machining Characterization and Applications explores the relationship between the surface roughness of artificial implants used for hard tissue replacement and their bacterial adhesion. It summarizes the reason for the failure of implants the mechanisms of bacterial formation on implant surfaces and the fundamental and established methods of implant surface modification techniques. It provides readers with an organized and rational representation about implant manufacturing and mechanical surface modification. It also explores the use of developed unidirectional abrasive flow finishing processes to finish biomaterials at the nano-level. It is an invaluable guide for academics graduate students biomaterial scientists and manufacturing engineers researching implants related infections and implant manufacturing. Key Features: Explores implant related infections Discusses surface modification techniques Contains information on the mechanical finishing processes and complete guide on developed cutting edge unidirectional abrasive flow finishing technology Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367894580

The Role of Taiwanese Civil Society Organizations in Cross-Strait Relations Despite the instability of the political relationship between Taiwan and Mainland China cross-strait activities such as trade education marriage and travel have prospered. While the main focus of current academic research has been on security and economic relationships between the two governments relatively little attention has been paid to social interactions or the role of civil society actors.  This book investigates the role of Taiwanese civil society organizations in shaping the relationship between Mainland China and Taiwan. It explores the role of civil society organizations (CSOs) in building confidence and peace and shows that Taiwanese CSOs hold a very complicated position which has in fact added to tensions. Waisová’s research looks closely at the roles civil society organizations play in conflict transformation reconciliation and peacebuilding the modalities of playing such roles and the challenges facing them. It will be of interest to students and scholars researching cross-strait relations and also to conflict resolution think-tanks policy makers and policy analysts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409452584

The Role of Taste in Kant's Theory of Cognition First published in 1990. This title originally a Ph. D. dissertation submitted to the Department of Philosophy at Harvard University in July 1988 grew out of an interest in the foundations of twentieth-century analytic philosophy. Believing that the idea of the primacy of judgment was an important one for understanding more recent issues in analytic philosophy the author started to think about its historical antecedents. By examining Kant’s Critique of Judgement Ginsborg explores the notion of a judgment of taste as a judgment which has intersubjective validity without being objectively valid and therefore bear’s directly on the notion of the primacy of judgment as an aspect of Kant's account of objectivity. This title will be of interest to students of philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138668683

The Role of Technology in Distance Education (Routledge Revivals) This book first published in 1984 provides a comprehensive review of the range of technology that was being used in distance education. Technological developments in word processing video-disc and viewdata as well as computer-based learning had revolutionised the potential for distance education. These developments required the role of more ’conventional’ distance learning media such as broadcasting tuition and text to be reassessed. This book written by international experts in the field explored the state of the art at the time and also provided their ideas on how future developments were likely to evolve. This book is ideal for those studying education and communications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138828070

The Role of the Arts in LearningCultivating Landscapes of Democracy Grounded in philosophy from John Dewey and Maxine Greene this book sheds light on difficulties and practicalities of examining culture and politics within the realm of interdisciplinary education. Providing both theoretical and concrete examples of the importance of a contemporary arts education this book offers imaginative ways the arts and sciences intersect with democratic learning and civic engagement. Chapters focus on education in relation to diversity apprenticeship and civic engagement; neuroscience and cognition; urban aesthetic experience and learning; and science and art intelligence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367895716

The Role of the Chemist in Automotive Design From the development of polymers that make cars lighter to fuels that make them run cleaner the chemist’s role in the automotive industry has evolved to be one that is more outside the laboratory than in it. Drawing on the author’s 20 years of experience in vehicle design and laboratory experience The Role of the Chemist in Automotive Design elucidates how the skills of chemists are put to use in the automotive industry and their effect on all phases of design. A glance through the table of contents provides an overview of the issues commonly encountered by chemists in the automotive industry. The author discusses fuels cells lithium ion batteries carbon nanotubes and nickel metal hydride technology all of which require the technical knowledge of a chemist but cross the lines of various disciplines. He also covers future technology including items such as battery technology fuel cell membranes and environmentally friendly plastics such as nylons that use castor oil as a primary component. The book examines environmental concerns such as CARB legislation and how the industry plans to deal with the new legislation with strategies such as Ozone Reduction Catalyst. The increasing technological environmental and economic issues facing the auto industry underscores the need for a basic reference that covers technologies that can be used to make vehicle more fuel efficient environmentally friendly and cost efficient. Exploring the expanding role chemists will play in future automotive design and technology this book delineates the areas and technologies that require the technical knowledge of a chemist but that cross the lines of many disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138114265

The Role of the European Investment Bank (RLE Banking & Finance) This volume draws together diverse sources of information from the EIB’s own reports and bulletins as well as reports of the Us Federal Reserve Board the IMF and OECD together with press and journal sources to examine the history borrowing and lending operations from 1958-1980. It also discusses some of the environmental and social effects of its lending activities. Some consideration has also been given to the bank’s operations beyond EU boundaries. The book sheds light on an important EU institution which is crucial to EU member states’ infrastructure industry and economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751896

The Role of the European Union in AsiaChina and India as Strategic Partners Establishing strategic partnerships is a key objective for the European Union. These partnerships provide frameworks for flexible and long-term cooperation with global and regional players. This book focuses on the EU's strategy toward China and India and explores ways of promoting a stronger and more versatile role for the EU in Asia. The volume examines the emergence of China and India as global powers and the implications for the EU's common policies and strategies. It focuses on the role of the EU within Asia in terms of its political security-related and cultural impact in addition to economic presence and it explores the interplay of the EU China and India in global governance and in utilizing and promoting multilateralism especially in the context of climate change and energy security. The contributors discuss avenues for the EU to pursue its interests in Asia and to achieve its objectives in global governance and multilateralism through partnerships with China and India while retaining its special relationship with the United States. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315553283

The Role of the G8 in International Peace and Security This Adelphi Paper is the first concise yet comprehensive analysis of the role of the G8 in international peace and security. It argues that the G7/8 has a long and impressive history in the field of international security. The G7/8 has for example spearheaded the introduction of "low politics" and "soft security" to the top table of great power diplomacy and integrated Japan and later Russia into the realm of Western security discussions. In questions of war and peace the G8 does not command the legitimacy of the UN Security Council but for the international community is a more acceptable vehicle than unilateral action. As such the G8 can be seen as a note-worthy "second best" option after the UN Security Council. This Paper further argues that China should be admitted into the G8 first as an observer and later as a member. There is also a strong argument for the European Union to have one seat at the G8 even if such a change does not seem realistic today. The G8 bears great resemblance to the 19th century Concert of Europe. Whether it will assume a similar role in the 21st century depends in the final analysis on whether the United States welcomes such a role for the G8. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466760

The Role of the Head (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1967 this book looks at what the role of a headteacher should be challenging the traditional views of the head and the authoritarian structure of schools. Contributors explore new concepts of the head’s role in school and authors include both theorists and headteachers coming from various backgrounds including those that are historical philosophical sociological and practical. The book also benefits from some more down-to-earth musings by heads on the job. The collection as a whole offers a stimulating variety of views on a subject which is of importance to all teachers as well as those concerned with management and decision making. Although first published some time ago it explores issues that are ever present today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138888173

The Role of the Hospitality Industry in the Lives of Individuals and Families The Role of the Hospitality Industry in the Lives of Individuals and Families explores the evolution of the hospitality industry and the relationships between hospitality providers their families and the guests they serve. Focusing on the human aspect of the business this text will give hospitality providers a better understanding of the human relations issues that they or their employees may face and show them how your services affect guests. Offering research and insight into customs and traditions that have influenced modern services The Role of the Hospitality Industry in the Lives of Individuals and Families will teach you how to better meet the needs of guests at the national or international level while learning how the industry affects employees and their lives outside of work.The Role of the Hospitality Industry in the Lives of Individuals and Families discusses many different themes that relate to the improvement of the profession for both guests and employees such as the spiritual philosophical and historical provisions of hospitality; the human resource and work issues of employees in the industry; consumer and family demands; and marketing strategies for hospitality organizations. In addition this text discusses many issues that affect guests and that affect you as an employer or employee such as: responding to the needs of travelers for a “home away from home” dealing with the social and health issues of guests recognizing the changing food habits of Americans and their impact on the hospitality industry examining the frequently negative attitude of Americans toward service hospitality employees balancing a career in the hospitality industry and family life researching the frequency of fast food patronage by older adults and the importance of hotel/motel services to older adults to determine if areas of service need improvement protecting employees from overly demanding guests balancing compassion generosity and idealism with the corporate profit maximization mandateThe Role of the Hospitality Industry in the Lives of Individuals and Families also examines the cultural relationships fostered by the hospitality industry as a benefit and proof of quality services. Complete with ideas for further research this text will help you and your employees evaluate the personal effects of the hospitality industry and help provide better services to guests. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043487

The role of the international financial centres in underdeveloped countries This reissue first published in 1984 presents a study of the key phenomenon of global banking carried out from special financial centres in underdeveloped countries which contributed heavily to the contemporary debt crisis. This book gathers together previously disparate and unpublished data to give a detailed picture of the scope and the effects of transnational banking in the new international financial centres which have largely been set up since 1970. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851558

The Role of the Literary Canon in the Teaching of Literature This book investigates the role of the idea of the literary canon in the teaching of literature especially in colleges and secondary schools in the United States. Before the term "canon" was widely used in literary studies which occurred in the second half of 20th century when the canon was first seriously viewed as politically and culturally problematic the idea that some literary texts were more worthy of being studied than others existed since the beginning of the discipline of the teaching of literature in the 1800s. The concept of the canon however extends as far back as to Ancient Greece and its meaning has evolved over time. Thus this book charts the changing meaning of the idea of the literary canon examining its influence specifically in the teaching of literature from the beginning of the field to the 21st century. To explain how the literary canon and the teaching of literature have changed over time and continue to change this book constructs a theory of canon formation based on the ideas of Michel Foucault and the assemblage theory of Manuel DeLanda illustrating that the literary canon while frequently contested is integral to the teaching of literature yet changes as the teaching of literature changes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367432621

The Role of the Management AccountantLocal Variations and Global Influences There is considerable national variation in the professionalization and status of the management accountant. Although researchers from different countries have contributed to our knowledge about tasks and roles we have limited insights into the development education and socio-cultural influences in different countries and surprisingly little is known about the local and national contexts in which these roles are learned and performed.This book bridges this research gap using two complementary perspectives. The first part explores management accountants in a range of different national contexts providing information about country-specific historical developments and educational standards as well as specific roles and tasks. The second part focusses on important global developments that will increasingly impact management accountants in the future such as sustainability the financial crisis technology and changing roles. By combining local context with a global overview this insightful volume provides an agenda for future research which will be of great interest to scholars and advanced students in management accounting throughout the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874261

The Role of the Military in PoliticsA Case Study of Iraq to 1941 This book first published in 1982 attempts to explain how and why Iraqi military intervened in the affairs of state between 1936 and 1941. The intention is not to describe the various coups of this period but to explain the gradual assumption of a political role by the Iraqi army and the contributing factors at play for example the fragmented nature of Iraqi society and the presence of the British. In addition an understanding of the political role of the Iraqi army requires a thorough investigation of the development of the Iraqi state itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138925908

The Role of the Nucleus of the Solitary Tract in Gustatory Processing Providing an essential brainstem relay for three cranial nerves the NST coordinates highly complex sensory information. While other functions of the NST have received attention its role in gustatory processing has received little. The first reference devoted exclusively to gustatory processing The Role of the Nucleus of the Solitary Tract in Gustatory Processing offers an in-depth review of one of the most important central relay stations in the brain.Combining widely dispersed research into a comprehensive single volume it presents a thorough historical background documents the anatomy of the rostral nucleus of the solitary tract (rNST) and explores the properties of synaptic transmitters and neurons within that tract. The book examines the role of reflex activities and considers factors that influence how gustatory rNST neurons respond to taste stimuli. It describes the development and maturational changes the rNST undergoes and considers the challenge involved with identifying rNST neural circuits.The Role of the Nucleus of the Solitary Tract in Gustatory Processing brings together expert investigators who have contributed substantially to the current knowledge of the anatomy physiology and developmental biology of the solitary nucleus. This pertinent work serves as a standard reference for those involved in the field providing ready access to past investigations and inviting practitioners to create new approaches that will advance knowledge about the central processing of gustatory information. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390198

The Role of the Patient-Analyst Match in the Process and Outcome of Psychoanalysis Forewords by Theodore Jacobs and Donnel Stern The Role of the Patient-Analyst Match in the Process and Outcome of Psychoanalysis is a compilation of Judy Kantrowitz’s previously published papers on the patient-analyst "match" and its effect on the process and outcome of psychoanalysis. The match between patient and analyst places attention on the dynamic effect of interactions of character and conflict of both participants on the process that evolves between them—a spectrum of compatibility and incompatibility that is relevant to the analytic work. Classical psychoanalysis had been viewed as a "one-person" enterprise with one analyst interchangeable with another. Analysts’ experiences of countertransference reactions were viewed as unresolved conflicts reasons to return to personal treatment not inevitable and potentially informative about the current analytic work. This view began to shift in the 1980s with Judy Kantrowitz’s work contributing to the development of the recognition that psychoanalysis was a "two-person" process. In this collection of her most significant papers Kantrowitz explores the importance of the match which refers to observable styles attitudes and personal characteristics that may be rooted in residual and unanalyzed conflicts triggered in any patient-analyst pair. Match is neither a predictive nor static concept. Rather it refers to the unfolding transaction that itself that may shift and change during the course of analytic work. Pulling together the history of the shift in theory from the one-person to two-person understanding of the psychoanalytic enterprise The Role of the Patient-Analyst Match in the Process and Outcome of Psychoanalysis will be of great interest to contemporary psychoanalysts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367483500

The Role of the Press and Communication Technology in DemocratizationThe Nigerian Story In the 1990s Nigeria like several countries in Asia Africa Eastern Europe and Latin America underwent transition programs to return the country to democracy. Nigeria’s democratization in the 1990s was a civil and international movement to free Nigeria from over 20 years of authoritarian military rule. Agbese examines the role and agenda of the Nigerian press in the democratization process highlighting the grave challenges the Nigerian press faced – such as jail arrest and assassination – in pushing for democratization in Nigeria.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415652728

The Role of the Professional Football Manager Considering the celebrity-like status of the professional football manager surprisingly little is known about their role. This book provides an unprecedented insight into the chronically insecure and vulnerable world of the contemporary professional football manager. Drawing on original research it explores the complex challenges and skills of the football manager in an increasingly cut-throat ruthless and results-based industry. Written by a former professional footballer the book examines how personal contact networks and the social mobility of different actors within the industry influence various elements of the manager's role. Beginning with an overview of literature on football management its subsequent chapters each examine a key aspect of a manager’s work such as: managerial recruitment and appointment; the role of previous playing experience and formal education; the assessment and recruitment of players; maintaining discipline and control; maintaining successful working relationships with players coaches agents club directors and owners. Shedding light on the inner workings of the football industry this book is fascinating reading for any serious football fan and an essential resource for any student or scholar researching football sport management or sport business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138369047

The Role of the State and Accounting TransparencyIFRS Implementation in Developing Countries Dr Mohammad Nurunnabi examines the factors that affect the implementation of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) in developing countries and answers these specific research questions: - What is the relative impact of accounting regulatory frameworks and politico-institutional factors on the implementation of IFRS in developing countries? - How do cultural factors affect said implementation? - How does a study of implementing IFRS help to build an understanding of a theory of the role of the state in accounting change in developing countries? This follows a mixed methodology approach in which interviews are conducted IFRS-related enforcement documents and annual reports are evaluated. More than 138 countries have adopted IFRS yet the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) does not provide an implementation index. Financial reporting varies by country even within the area of the world that has apparently adopted IFRS and Nurunnabi offers an important viewpoint that considers the issues of IFRS implementation from various perspectives. This is an invaluable resource for Undergraduate Masters and PhD students policy makers (at local regional and international level) namely the IASB World Bank IMF practitioners and users giving them the necessary insight into the financial reporting environment and the state’s attitude towards accounting transparency. Most importantly this book contributes to military and democratic political regimes and the Max Weberian view of the theory of the role of the state’s attitude towards accounting transparency. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138320123

The Role of the State and Individual in Sustainable Land Management Bringing together case studies from Europe Africa and North and South America this book makes a fresh assessment of the role of the individual and the state in land development. It discusses a range of issues related to land reform land development and land management providing a unique reflection of the current state of research. Particular emphasis is laid on the implementation of sustainable processes of land development as an integrated principle of land management. The book examines the rights of the land users and addresses a number of issues relating to sustainability and land development ranging from emerging land markets and environmental issues through to natural resource development. The case studies provide practical examples of the application of land reform and land development to land management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138622753

The Role of the State in Development Processes First Published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138997400

The Role of the State in Taiwan's Development These essays are a product of a co-operative research project between American and Taiwanese social scientists. Of particular interest is the chapter discussing a comparative study of industrial policy productivity growth and structural change in manufacturing. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315699073

The Role of the StateBRICS National Systems of Innovation This series of books brings together results of an intensive research programme on aspects of the national systems of innovation in the five BRICS countries — Brazil Russia India China and South Africa. It provides a comprehensive and comparative examination of the challenges and opportunities faced by these dynamic and emerging economies. In discussing the impact of innovation with respect to economic geopolitical socio-cultural institutional and technological systems it reveals the possibilities of new development paradigms for equitable and sustainable growth.This volume first in the series analyses the relationship between the state and the evolution of the national systems of innovation. Putting forward several valuable considerations and policy recommendations it argues that the experiences and knowledge gathered here may deeply impact the way we conceive of the theory of innovation systems and implement policies and strategies for their development. Original and detailed data together with expert analyses by contributing authors on wide-ranging issues will make this an invaluable resource for researchers and scholars in economics development studies and political science as well as for policy-makers and development practitioners interested in the BRICS countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138660366

The Role Of The Supreme Court In American PoliticsThe Least Dangerous Branch? When the Supreme Court's effectively decided the presidential election of 2000 it decision illustrated a classic question in American politics: what is the appropriate role for the Supreme Court? The dilemma is between judicial activism the Court's willingness to make significant changes in public policy and judicial restraint the Court's willi Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367318956

The Role of the Third Surveyor under the Party Wall Act 1996 This book is intended to clear any misconceptions about the responsibilities of the third surveyor and outlines the steps taken in choosing a professional for this role as well as discussing who may carry it out. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9781138461406

The Role of Today's Museum The Role of Today’s Museum provides a thorough investigation of what museums do and why. Arguing that museums are multifunctional institutions the book examines the consequences of this for the services that museums provide the publics to whom they are provided and the providers themselves. Adopting a wide perspective on understandings of the roles of museums and considering the different environments within which museums operate Gray and McCall provide a new perspective on how transformations as well as the gaps between intended policies and the actual work that is undertaken within museums can be both identified and understood. By differentiating between social economic and political visions and expectations of museums the analysis in this book allows for a fuller understanding of what these organisations do and provide for their societies and the struggles and negotiations that surround their existence. The Role of Today’s Museum takes a critical interdisciplinary approach to studying museums and museum policy. As a result the book will be of interest to academics and students engaged in the study of museums cultural policy social policy cultural sociology public policy and cultural and political economy. Highlighting the gaps that exist between policy ideals and museum practices the book also provides valuable insights to policy-makers and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367265090

The Role of Trade Literature in Sci-Tech Libraries This book first published in 1990 examines the relationship between sci-tech materials and trade literature commonly called manufacturers’ catalogues. Because very little has been published about the value and nature of trade literature in regard to sci-tech libraries this volume is important in informing librarians about a little-known segment of the larger picture of sci-tech information sources thus adding to the value of their services to their clients. It addresses the problems of handling sci-tech trade literature in a corporate technical library a large public library and a government library devoted to American history. Experts offer practical advice on selecting and organizing trade literature and on managing the growth and extent of a collection of trade literature. They discuss modern literature and older publications which often have great historical value. Libraries that collect both old and new materials are identified as are publishers of trade literature. The book also focuses on how a publisher of classic trade literature views its role. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367364120

The Role of Translators in Children’s LiteratureInvisible Storytellers This book offers a historical analysis of key classical translated works for children such as writings by Hans Christian Andersen and Grimms’ tales. Translations dominate the earliest history of texts written for children in English and stories translated from other languages have continued to shape its course to the present day. Lathey traces the role of the translator and the impact of translations on the history of English-language children’s literature from the ninth century onwards. Discussions of popular texts in each era reveal fluctuations in the reception of translated children’s texts as well as instances of cultural mediation by translators and editors. Abridgement adaptation and alteration by translators have often been viewed in a negative light yet a closer examination of historical translators’ prefaces reveals a far more varied picture than that of faceless conduits or wilful censors. From William Caxton’s dedication of his translated History of Jason to young Prince Edward in 1477 (‘to thentent/he may begynne to lerne read Englissh’) to Edgar Taylor’s justification of the first translation into English of Grimms’ tales as a means of promoting children’s imaginations in an age of reason translators have recorded in prefaces and other writings their didactic religious aesthetic financial and even political purposes for translating children’s texts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415636438

The Role of Voluntary Organisations in Social Welfare Originally published in 1985 The Role of Voluntary Organisations in Social Welfare considers the voluntary sector as a provider of social welfare. The book asks the fundamental questions for those involved in social welfare: what should the role of this voluntary sector be and what should its relationship be with the government sector? Reporting on extensive original research undertaken for the Joseph Rowntree Memorial Trust the study examines the functions staffing funding and control of voluntary organisations. It looks at the relationship with the government sector explores the increasingly important questions of accountability and discusses future prospects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138609600

The Roles and Function of Parliamentary Questions Parliamentary questions are a feature of almost all national legislatures. Despite this we know very little about how questions are used by MPs and what impact questions have on controlling the government. This volume advances our theoretical and empirical knowledge of the use of questioning in a number of different parliamentary settings. The propensity of parliamentarians to ask questions indicates that the interrogatories are an important tool for measuring an individual legislator’s job. Ultimately how a parliamentarian chooses to use the questioning tool provides a unique insight into legislator behaviour and role orientation. Many of the chapters in this volume provide new empirical measures of legislator activity and use this data to provide new tests of leading theories of legislator behaviour. At an institutional level questions provide an important source of information for the chamber and are a critical tool of government oversight – as many of the chapters in the volume indicate. Evidence of the impact of questions on executive and bureaucratic oversight challenges conventional views of parliaments as weak and ineffective parts of the political process. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Legislative Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107694

The Roles of Organisation Development The Roles of Organisation Development by Dr Annamaria Garden introduces a radically new and original framework to explain organisation development work and how it is done. The origin of the book came out of a question asked by a woman OD practitioner: How do you do what you do? This book is Dr Garden’s answer to that question. Dr Garden found that she did not think in terms of formal roles or roles as typically described in the organisational development or management literature. Instead she described what she did in terms of: the Seer Translator Cultivator Catalyst Navigator Teacher Guardian. These are presented primarily as roles for OD people but managers would be wise to adopt them also. They are current across the world in any organisation. Garden was trained in her PhD from MIT by two of the founding fathers of OD: Professor Ed Schein and Professor Dick Beckhard. The book refers in places to their teaching and interaction. The Roles of Organisation Development will appeal to OD strategy and marketing consultants academics as well as managers doing OD work and trying to move and change the organisation leaning on the soft skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367737962

The Roller Coaster EconomyFinancial Crisis Great Recession and the Public Option Written by one of the foremost experts on the business cycle this is a compelling and engaging explanation of how and why the economic downturn of 2007 became the Great Recession of 2008 and 2009. Author Howard Sherman explores the root causes of the cycle of boom and bust of the economy focusing on the 2008 financial crisis and the Great Recession of 2008-2009. He makes a powerful argument that recessions and the resulting painful involuntary unemployment are inherent in capitalism itself. Sherman clearly illustrates the mechanisms of business cycles and he provides a thoughtful alternative that would rein in their destructive effects. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315699066

The Roman Army 31 BC - AD 337A Sourcebook The Roman army is remarkable for its detailed organisation and professional structure. It not only extended and protected Rome's territorial empire which was the basis of Western civilisation but also maintained the politcal power of the emperors. The army was an integral part of the society and life of the empire and illustrated many aspects of Roman government. This sourcebook presents literary and epigraphic material papyri and coins which illustrate the life of the army from recruitment and in the field to peacetime and the community. It is designed as a basic tool for students of the Roman army and Roman history in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138171015

The Roman Cavalry The cavalry was a vital part of the army of Rome and it played a significant role in the expansion and success of the Roman Empire. Karen R. Dixon and Pat Southern describe the origins of the mounted units of the Roman army and trace their development from temporary allied troops to the regular alae and cohorts. They have drawn together evidence from a wide variety of sources: archaeological epigraphic and literary as well as comparing ancient testimony with more recent experience of the use of cavalry.The book covers the subject from the perspective of both the men and the horses. How were the horses selected and disposed of; how were they trained stabled and fed? How were the men recruited organized and equipped; and what were the conditions of service for a Roman cavalryman? The cavalry had to be employed in peacetime and this is discussed as well as its role in war.The image of the Roman cavalry is often one of excitement and glory but the authors are aware that a true picture must not overlook the routine and the suffering. This book provides a comprehensive account of the Roman cavalry and the current state of knowledge concerning it. The wide selection of illustrations includes original drawings by Karen R. Dixon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150782

The Roman City and its PeripheryFrom Rome to Gaul The first and only monograph available on the subject The Roman City and its Periphery offers a full and detailed treatment of the little-investigated aspect of Roman urbanism – the phenomenon of suburban development. Presenting archaeological and literary evidence alongside sixty-three plans of cities building plans and photographs Penelope Goodman examines how and why Roman suburbs grew up outside Roman cities what was distinctive about the nature of suburban development and what contributions buildings and activities in the suburbs might make to the character and function of the city as a whole. With full bibliography and annotations throughout this will not only provide a coherent treatment of an essential theme for students of Roman urbanism but archaeologists urban planners and geographers also will have an excellent comparative tool in the study of modern urbanism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415518444

The Roman Cult of MithrasThe God and His Mysteries First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315085333

The Roman Eastern Frontier and the Persian Wars AD 226-363A Documentary History The crisis of the third century saw Rome not only embroiled in contests of succeeding short-lived Emperors but assailed by an increasing variety of hostile peoples from outside its frontiers. Owing to the complex racial interplay of this period the sources for its history have to be compiled from a wide variety of sources. The least adequate are those in Latin the imperial lives of the Historia Augusta . These have to be supplemented by the Greek chronicles of Zosimus and John Malalas of Antioch as well as the Armenian history of Moses of Chorene the Arabic History of the Arabs of Al-Tabari as well as inscriptions in Greek Latin Hebrew Syrian and other languages. This volume collects these diverse sources for the first time in English translation and will be a uniquely valuable resource for scholars working on a period of Roman history that is attracting increasing attention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138128736

The Roman Empire at Bay AD 180-395 The Roman Empire at Bay is the only one volume history of the critical years 180-395 AD which saw the transformation of the Roman Empire from a unitary state centred on Rome into a new polity with two capitals and a new religion—Christianity. The book integrates social and intellectual history into the narrative looking to explore the relationship between contingent events and deeper structure. It also covers an amazingly dramatic narrative from the civil wars after the death of Commodus through the conversion of Constantine to the arrival of the Goths in the Roman Empire setting in motion the final collapse of the western empire. The new edition takes account of important new scholarship in questions of Roman identity on economy and society as well as work on the age of Constantine which has advanced significantly in the last decade while recent archaeological and art historical work is more fully drawn into the narrative. At its core the central question that drives The Roman Empire at Bay remains what did it mean to be a Roman and how did that meaning change as the empire changed? Updated for a new generation of students this book remains a crucial tool in the study of this period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415840552

The Roman Empire Divided400-700 AD In 400 the mighty Roman Empire was almost as large as it had ever been; within three centuries advances by Germanic peoples in western Europe Slavs in eastern Europe and Arabs around the eastern and southern shores of the Mediterranean had brought about the loss of most of its territory. Ranging from Britain to Mesopotamia this book explores the changes that resulted from these movements.  It shows the different paths away from the classical past that were taken and how the relatively unified civilization of the ancient Mediterranean gave place to the very different civilizations that cluster around the sea today.  This comprehensive and authoritative second edition has been thoroughly revised and updated line-by-line and contains several new sections dealing for instance with the new evidence provided by recent finds like the Staffordshire Treasure and the widespread effects of  the plague. As well as a completely new bibliographical essay The Roman Empire Divided now also includes six maps and an expanded selection of illustrations fully integrated in the text.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781408249635

The Roman Empire from Severus to Constantine The third century of the Roman Empire is a confused and sparsely documented period punctuated by wars victorious conquests and ignominious losses and a recurring cycle of rebellions that saw several Emperors created and eliminated by the Roman armies. In AD 260 the Empire almost collapsed and yet by the end of the third century the Roman world was brought back together and survived for another two hundred years. In this new edition of The Roman Empire from Severus to Constantine Patricia Southern examines the anarchic era of the soldier Emperors that preceded the crisis of AD 260 and the reigns of underrated and sometimes maligned Emperors such as Gallienus Probus and Aurelian whose determination and hard work reunited and re-established the Empire. Their achievements laid the foundations for the absolutist sacrosanct rule of Diocletian honed to ruthless perfection by Constantine whose reign transformed the pagan Empire into a Christian state. The successes and failures of the rulers of the Roman world of the third century and the role of the armies and the civilians are re-assessed in this revised and expanded edition of The Roman Empire from Severus to Constantine which incorporates the latest thinking of modern scholars and has been extended to cover the reign of Constantine and the foundations he laid on which the Christian empire was built. This is a crucial volume for students of this fascinating period in Roman history and provides invaluable background for anyone interested in the "fall of Rome" the adoption of Christianity and the establishment of the Byzantine Empire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415738088

The Roman GardenSpace Sense and Society This innovative book is the first comprehensive study of ancient Roman gardens to combine literary and archaeological evidence with contemporary space theory. It applies a variety of interdisciplinary methods including access analysis literary and gender theory to offer a critical framework for interpreting Roman gardens as physical sites and representations. The Roman Garden: Space Sense and Society examines how the garden functioned as a conceptual sensual and physical space in Roman society and its use as a vehicle of cultural communication. Readers will learn not only about the content and development of the Roman garden but also how they promoted memories and experiences. It includes a detailed original analysis of garden terminology and concludes with three case studies on the House of Octavius Quartio and the House of the Menander in Pompeii Pliny’s Tuscan garden and Caligula’s Horti Lamiani in Rome. Providing both an introduction and an advanced analysis this is a valuable and original addition to the growing scholarship in ancient gardens and will complement courses on Roman history landscape archaeology and environmental history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138243064

The Roman HouseholdA Sourcebook With the help of a wide variety of source material particularly legal documents and inscriptions some of it made available for the first time in English this book illustrates the activities associated with the household demonstrating the different and frequently conflicting roles and moral values expected from its various members: male and female old and young freedman and slave. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138834934

The Roman Invasion of Britain First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138139121

The Roman Mother (Routledge Revivals) The Roman Mother first published in 1988 traces the traditional Roman attitude towards mothers to its republican origins examining the diverse roles and the relative power and influence associated with motherhood. The importance of the paterfamilias with his wide-ranging legal rights and obligations is familiar but much less attention has been devoted to the equally interesting position and duties of mothers and the particular limitations on their actions. The author considers the legal position of the mother the status of the widow and her testamentary position; the official promotion of parenthood by Augustan legislation; and the duties of mother to sons and daughters and vice versa as they altered throughout the children’s lives. Literary stereotypes of ideal senatorial mothers and of wicked step-mothers also have their part to play in interpreting the Roman view of motherhood and the influence of such values on the course of Roman history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415745130

The Roman Remains of Northern and Eastern FranceA Guidebook This book provides a thorough area by area companion to the region's wealth of monuments excavations and artefacts from Paris and Boulogne-sur-Mer to Strasbourg and Lyon. Over ninety sites are treated in detail including major attractions such as the parc archéologique in Lyon and the amphitheatre at Autun numerous local museums and secluded rural excavations.The guidebook combines a scholarly assessment of the area's Roman heritage examining and interpreting the surviving remains with practical visitor information such as directions to sites and opening hours. Comprehensively illustrated with photographs maps and plans it is a unique resource both for academic study and for visitors interested in the region's archaeological and historical background. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203349588

The Roman Remains of Southern FranceA Guide Book The Roman Remains of Southern France is the only specialist guidebook to this region available. It is the result of the most up-to-date research. Comprehensive in coverage it provides depth and context while evoking the distinctive atmosphere of the place.The book is easy to use with a large number of maps site plans and photographs and it will enable the traveller to explore the major cultural contribution made by the Romans to this part of France. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203713488

The Roman Spirit - In Religion Thought and Art Originally published between 1920-70 The History of Civilization was a landmark in early twentieth century publishing. It was published at a formative time within the social sciences and during a period of decisive historical discovery. The aim of the general editor C.K. Ogden was to summarize the most up to date findings and theories of historians anthropologists archaeologists and sociologists. This reprinted material is available as a set or in the following groupings: * Prehistory and Historical Ethnography Set of 12: 0-415-15611-4: £800.00 * Greek Civilization Set of 7: 0-415-15612-2: £450.00 * Roman Civilization Set of 6: 0-415-15613-0: £400.00 * Eastern Civilizations Set of 10: 0-415-15614-9: £650.00 * Judaeo-Christian Civilization Set of 4: 0-415-15615-7: £250.00 * European Civilization Set of 11: 0-415-15616-5: £700.00 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868037

The Roman World When originally published in 1987 this book was hailed as a landmark in the study of the Roman World. Now back in print with a new preface by the author it is still the most comprehensive survey of the Roman World available. Ranging from the founding of Rome in the eighth century BC and throughout the Empire and beyond this book will continue to be an essential resource on the subject for many years to come. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203820186

The Roman World Originally published between 1920-70 The History of Civilization was a landmark in early twentieth century publishing. It was published at a formative time within the social sciences and during a period of decisive historical discovery. The aim of the general editor C.K. Ogden was to summarize the most up to date findings and theories of historians anthropologists archaeologists and sociologists. This reprinted material is available as a set or in the following groupings: * Prehistory and Historical Ethnography Set of 12: 0-415-15611-4: £800.00 * Greek Civilization Set of 7: 0-415-15612-2: £450.00 * Roman Civilization Set of 6: 0-415-15613-0: £400.00 * Eastern Civilizations Set of 10: 0-415-15614-9: £650.00 * Judaeo-Christian Civilization Set of 4: 0-415-15615-7: £250.00 * European Civilization Set of 11: 0-415-15616-5: £700.00 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415850438

The Roman World 44 BC-AD 180 The Roman World 44 BC – AD 180 deals with the transformation of the Mediterranean regions northern Europe and the Near East by the military autocrats who ruled Rome during this period. The book traces the impact of imperial politics on life in the city of Rome itself and in the rest of the empire arguing that despite long periods of apparent peace this was a society controlled as much by fear of state violence as by consent. Martin Goodman examines the reliance of Roman emperors on a huge military establishment and the threat of force. He analyses the extent to which the empire functioned as a single political economic and cultural unit and discusses region by region how much the various indigenous cultures and societies were affected by Roman rule. The book has a long section devoted to the momentous religious changes in this period which witnessed the popularity and spread of a series of elective cults and the emergence of rabbinic Judaism and Christianity from the complex world of first-century Judaea. This book provides a critical assessment of the significance of Roman rule for inhabitants of the empire and introduces readers to many of the main issues currently faced by historians of the early empire. This new edition incorporating the finds of recent scholarship includes a fuller narrative history expanded sections on the history of women and slaves and on cultural life in the city of Rome many new illustrations an updated section of bibliographical notes and other improvements designed to make the volume as useful as possible to students as well as the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415559799

The Romance First published in 1970 this work provides an overview of the Romance from the medieval period to the 20th century and tracks how the genre has changed with time including its interaction with other forms of literature such as gothic novels realism and science fiction. It explores a myriad of writers including Chaucer Sidney Tennyson Shelley Meredith and Keats and analyses key texts such as Don Quixote by Cervantes and Kubla Khan by Coleridge. This book will be of interest to those studying Romantic literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138229167

The Romance of ArthurAn Anthology of Medieval Texts in Translation The Romance of Arthur James J. Wilhelm’s classic anthology of Arthurian literature is an essential text for students of the medieval Romance tradition. This fully updated third edition presents a comprehensive reader mapping the course of Arthurian literature and is expanded to cover: key authors such as Chrétien de Troyes and Thomas of Britain as well as Arthurian texts by women and more obscure sources for Arthurian romance extensive coverage of key themes and characters in the tradition a wide geographical range of texts including translations from Latin French German Spanish Welsh Middle English and Italian sources a broad chronological range of texts encompassing nearly a thousand years of Arthurian romance. Norris J. Lacy builds on the book’s source material presenting readers with a clear introduction to many accessible modern-spelling versions of Arthurian texts. The extracts are presented in a new reader-friendly format with detailed suggestions for further reading and illustrations of key places figures and scenes. The Romance of Arthur provides an excellent introduction and an extensive resource for both students and scholars of Arthurian literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415782890

The Romance of Culture in an Urban CivilisationRobert E. Park on Race and Ethnic Relations in Cities In this book originally published in 1990 the author presents a general critical overview of Robert E. Park and the Chicago school of American sociology. Lal concentrates on the contribution that Park and those working within the Chicago school tradition have made to the area of urban race and ethnicity and suggests how the current thinking among sociologists anthropologists social historians and social geographers might usefully be amalgamated with the ongoing tradition originating with Park at Chicago. This book should be of interest to students and teachers of sociology urban studies and race relations.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138036628

The Romance of Flamenca First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315804774

The Romance of Private Lifeby Sarah Harriet Burney Contains two tales - "The Renunciation" which presents a colourful picture of life abroad when an English girl travels to Italy in search of kin and supports herself as an artist offering an early feminist heroine; and "The Hermitage" a psychological thriller involving a ruined country maiden and an unsolved murder. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138235953

The Romance of the Holy Land in American Travel Writing 1790–1876 This book is the first to engage with the full range of American travel writing about nineteenth-century Ottoman Palestine and the first to acknowledge the influence of the late-eighteenth-century Barbary captivity narrative on nineteenth-century travel writing about the Middle East. Brian Yothers argues that American travel writing about the Holy Land forms a coherent if greatly varied tradition which can only be fully understood when works by major writers such as Twain and Melville are studied alongside missionary accounts captivity narratives chronicles of religious pilgrimages and travel writing in the genteel tradition. Yothers also examines works by lesser-known authors such as Bayard Taylor John Lloyd Stephens and Clorinda Minor demonstrating that American travel writing is marked by a profound intertextuality with the Hebrew and Christian scriptures and with British and continental travel narratives about the Holy Land. His concluding chapter on Melville's Clarel shows how Melville's poem provides an incisive critique of the nascent imperial discourse discernible in the American texts with which it is in dialogue. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315553245

The Romance of the Rose or of Guillaume de Dole Published in 1995: The author of at least two noteworthy romances of the early thirteenth century Le Roman de la Rose or Guillaume de Dole and L'Escoufle (The Kite) as well as Le Lai de l'Ombre Jean Renart is today recognized as the most accomplished practitioner of the "realistic romance" in Old French literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367147204

The Romance of TradeA Survey Commercial and Economic This revised edition of the original 1923 text first appeared in 1929 a decade after the end of WWI. The war left Great Britain burdened with debt and faced with the dire issues of unemployment and unstable domestic and foreign markets. In this title A.W. Kirkaldy gives a brief but thoroughly detailed account and analysis of the history of economics particularly concentrating upon the economic development of England. His work concludes with an examination of how the economic principles of England’s past can be applied and adapted in the post-war world. The Romance of Trade is a valuable resource for students interested in economics and economic history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138187474

The Romance of TristanTemplate Subtitle Published in 1989: A translation of Beroul's twelfth century Tristran from the Old French. Discussion of the author is included but since nothing is known of him (or them) the biography is limited. His literary style and historical (or legendary) influence are well surveyed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367147303

The Romani Voice in World PoliticsThe United Nations and Non-State Actors Ilona Klímová-Alexander brings Europe's largest transnational and most marginalized ethnic minority the Roma (Gypsies) into the discourse of international relations. The book describes and analyzes the attempts of the Romani activists to gain voice in world politics by interacting with the United Nations (UN) system and explores their capabilities and impact. This study has three objectives: it provides an introduction to global Romani activism in terms of its anatomy history political manifestos goals and activities; it establishes the extent and essence of the Romani voice in world politics and its influence on the UN discourse on Roma; furthermore it looks at how interacting with the UN system has affected the organizational structure of the global Romani activism and its discourse. Based largely on primary resources and fieldwork this book will engage international relations scholars political scientists and those concerned with social movements and ethnic and racial studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258990

The Romani Women’s MovementStruggles and Debates in Central and Eastern Europe The lack of recognition of Romani gender politics in the wider Romani movement and the women’s movements is accompanied by a scarcity of academic literature on Romani women’s mobilization in wider social justice struggles and debates. The Romani Women’s Movement highlights the role that Romani women’s politics plays in shaping equality related discourses policies and movements in Central Eastern and South-Eastern Europe. Presenting the diverse experiences and voices of Romani women activists this volume reveals how they translate experiences of structural inequalities into political struggles by defining their own spaces of action; participating in formalized or less formal activist practices and challenging the agendas and mechanisms of the established Romani and women’s movements. Moving discourses on and of Romani women from the periphery of scholarly exchanges to the mainstream the volume invites scholars and activists from different disciplines and movements to critically reflect on their engagements with particular social justice agendas. It will appeal to students researchers and practitioners interested in fields such as social movements gender equality and social and ethnic justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367486990

The Romanian Mass Media and Cultural Development This compelling book assesses the development of the mass media since the Romanian Revolution in December 1989 and the media's impact on cultural development the public sphere civil society and democracy. It controversially claims that Romania's failure to experience a thoroughgoing enlightenment project in its entire history remains a major obstacle for producing democratic ownership of the media and democratic development of society. Analyzing both the print and broadcast media and their respective effects on development the book also discusses the effects of Romanian law on media and societal development ethics and media responsibilities. It concludes however that far from having an absolutely negative impact on Romanian post-communism the media has helped produce a contradictory empirical form that equally contains positive moments in terms of subjective cultural development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315237244

The RomansAn Introduction The Romans: An Introduction is a concise readable and comprehensive survey of the Roman world which explores 1 200 years of political military and cultural history alongside religion social pressures literature art and architecture. This new edition includes updated and revised materials designed to develop analytical skills in literary and material evidence evoking themes that resonate in both ancient and modern societies: fake news class struggles urbanization concepts of race and gender imperialism constitutional power and religious intolerance. The fourth edition incorporates a number of new features and evolving fields: A new chapter on provinces provincial administration and acculturation in the Roman Empire. An extended chapter on Christianity and Rome’s legacy with new case studies in the reception of Roman culture. An extended chapter on Roman society and daily life including recent scholarship on gender and race in the ancient world. Integrated use of text and material evidence which is designed to develop analytical skills in critical source assessment. The book’s successful Open Access website updated to include new case studies on emerging topics such as performance politics religious syncretism media sensationalism and cultural heritage. Thoroughly updated and redeveloped this new edition of The Romans will continue to serve as the definitive introduction to the life history and culture of the Roman world from its foundation to its significance to later civilizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138543898

The Romantic Fiction Of Mills & Boon 1909-1995 This study to analyzes romantic fiction's depiction of women as part of the broader history of ideas about women.; Given the success of the Mills & Boon romance their portrayal of subjects like sex love marriage class motherhood and femineity are important cultural barometers and make interesting study.; The author shows how all these themes have an historical trajectory and how these novels have come to reflect feminist concerns.; Based on a study of over 1000 Mills & Boon romances the book provides analysis of plot types and shows how these have changed in response to women's own changing position within society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172777

The Romantic Idea of the Golden Age in Friedrich Schlegel's Philosophy of History The nineteenth-century Romantic understanding of history is often confused with the longing for the past Golden Age. In this book the Romantic idea of Golden Age is seen from a new angle by discussing it in the context of Friedrich Schlegel’s works. Interestingly Schlegel argued that the concept of a past Golden Age in the beginning of history was itself a product of antiquity imagined without any historical ground.The Golden Age was not bygone for Schlegel but to be produced in the future. His utopian vision of the Kingdom of God was related to the millenarian expectations of perpetual peace aroused by the revolutionary wars. Schlegel understood current era through the kairos concept which emphasized the present possibilities for public agency. Thus history could not be reduced to any kind of pre-established pattern of redemption for the future was determined only by the opportunities manifested in the present time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885397

The Romantic Legacy of Paradise LostReading against the Grain The Romantic Legacy of Paradise Lost offers a new critical insight into the relationship between Milton and the Romantic poets. Beginning with a discussion of the role that seventeenth and eighteenth-century writers like Dryden Johnson and Burke played in formulating the political and spiritual mythology that grew up around Milton Shears devotes a chapter to each of the major Romantic poets contextualizing their 'misreadings' of Milton within a range of historical aesthetic and theoretical contexts and discourses. By tackling the vexed issue of whether Paradise Lost by its nature makes available and encourages alternate readings or whether misreadings are imposed on the poem from without Shears argues that the Romantic inclination towards fragmentation and a polysemous aesthetic leads to disrupted readings of Paradise Lost that obscure the theme or warp the 'grain' of the poem. Shears concludes by examining the ways in which the legacy of Romantic misreading continues to shape critical responses to Milton's epic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887971

The Romantic Movement First published in 1981. This study concentrates on the exponents of the central period of German Romanticism regarding as characteristic the mode in which the poet’s self becomes active only in response to external stimuli most notably those of landscape. The author traces the main strands of thought and interests that preoccupy Romantic writers; the revolutionary attitude that is yet differentiated from that of writers like Byron by the lack of emphasis on individualism the dualism of the bourgeois world and the ‘inner self’ the interest in language as an agency for the regeneration of the German spirit and the concentration on folk-themes and the idea of Wanderung. This title will be of interest to students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138195257

The Romantic PeriodThe Intellectual & Cultural Context of English Literature 1789-1830 The Romantic Period was one of the most exciting periods in English literary history. This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date account of the intellectual and cultural background to Romantic literature. It is accessibly written and avoids theoretical jargon providing a solid foundation for students to make their own sense of the poetry fiction and other creative writing that emerged as part of the Romantic literary tradition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138152090

The Romantic Poets First published in 1953. At its best Romantic poetry combined the creative freedom of a dream with some of the deepest facts of human experience. In this critical survey Professor Hough examines individually the poetry of Gray Wordsworth Coleridge Byron Shelley and Keats. He sets their work firmly in the context of the major events and preoccupations of the age clarifying the origins and growth of a poetry that emerged so swiftly and differed so radically from the Augustan age that preceded it. He asserts the importance of the Romantic experience to the tradition of literature and its significance to the reader of today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138641006

The Romantic Reviewers1802-1824 First published in 1969. This study of literary reviewing in the early nineteenth century is concerned with contemporary criticism of the works of the major Romantic poets – Wordsworth Coleridge Byron Shelley and Keats – and of seven other notable Romantic writers including Hazlitt Lamb and Scott. The criticism of all works in prose and verse excluding novels published by these writers between 1802 and 1824 is described and analysed. This study also considers the policies and practices of the reviews and their political religious and moral attitudes in literary matters. This title will be of interest to students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138193826

The Romantic Revolution in America: 1800-1860Main Currents in American Thought The development of literature between 1800 and 1860 in the United States was heavily influenced by two wars. The War of 1812 hastened the development of nineteenth-century ideals and the Civil War uprooted certain growths of those vigorous years. The half century between these dramatic episodes was a period of extravagant vigor the final outcome being the emergence of a new middle class.Parrington argues that America was becoming a new world with undreamed potential. This new era was no longer content with the ways of a founding generation. The older America of colonial days had been static rationalistic inclined to pessimism and fearful of innovation. During the years between the Peace of Paris (1763) and the end of the War of 1812 older America was dying. The America that emerged which is the focal point of this volume was a shifting restless world eager to better itself bent on finding easier roads to wealth than the plodding path of natural increase.The culture of this period also changed. Formal biographies written in this period often gave way to eulogy; it was believed that a writer was under obligation to speak well of the dead. Consequently scarcely a single commentary of the times can be trusted and the critic is reduced to patching together his account out of scanty odds and ends. A new introduction by Bruce Brown highlights the life of Vernon Louis Parrington and explains the importance of this second volume in the Pulitzer Prize-winning study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412845991

The Romantic Sublime and Middle-Class Subjectivity in the Victorian Novel First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869492

The Romantic Tradition in British Political Thought First published in 1986. It is often suggested that the great first generation of Romantics after the first flush of their revolutionary enthusiasm ‘sold out’ to the forces of conservatism and reaction. This book starts from the thesis that the ideas of Wordsworth Coleridge and Southey did always contain powerful radical and reformist implications that set the tone of liberal and left-wing discussion for several generations. The message of the French Revolution and Wordsworth’s youthful enthusiasm continued to imbue the thought of Carlyle and his disciples Ruskin and Kingsley and its characteristic articulations are still visible in later socialists such as Keir Hardie and Blatchford. This thoughtful book not only shows how surprising are the original roots of some great socialist thinkers but also argues for a strong continuity in the English tradition of political thought from the 1780s to the early years of the twentieth century. Both students of politics and of literature and Victorian ideas will be stimulated by The Romantic Tradition in British Political Thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367247829

The Romantic Tradition in GermanyAn Anthology with Critical Essays and Commentaries Originally published in 1970 this book surveys the central philosophical and aesthetic doctrines which characterize German Romanticism. A selection of literary philosophical and political essays by some of the most important German Romantic thinkers illustrates the principal themes: these range from philosophical idealism and aesthetic subjectivism to folklore and emergent German nationalism from exotica and medievalism to irrationality and the metaphysics of music. Introductory essays explain the significance of the particular aspects of the Romantic tradition which are revealed in each passage and commentaries not only elucidate allusions and references which are not immediately identifiable but draw attention to wider issues either in the work of that author or in the context of 19th Century German culture as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367857035

The Romanticism of Contemporary TheoryInstitution Aesthetics Nihilism Using Phillipe Lacoue-Labarthe and Jean-Luc Nancy's groundbreaking study of the persistence of German Idealist philosophy as his starting point Justin Clemens presents a valuable study of the links between Romanticism and contemporary theory. The central contention of this book is that contemporary theory is still essentially Romantic - despite all its declarations to the contrary and despite all its attempts to elude or exceed the limits bequeathed it by Romantic thought. The argument focuses on the ruses of 'Romanticism's indefinable character' under two main rubrics 'Contexts' and 'Interventions'. The first three chapters investigate 'Contexts' examining some of the broad trends in the historical and institutional development of Romantic criticism; the second section 'Interventions' comprises close readings of the work of Jacques Lacan Gilles Deleuze and Félix Guattari Eve Kosofsky Sedgwick Ian Hunter and Alain Badiou. In the first chapter Clemens identifies and traces the development of two interlocking recurrent themes in Romantic criticism: the Romantic desire to escape Romanticism and the problem posed to aesthetico-philosophical thought by the modern domiciliation of philosophy in the university. He develops these themes in the second chapter by examining the link forged between aesthetics and the subject in the work of Immanuel Kant. In the third chapter Clemens shows how the Romantic problems of the academic institution and aesthetics were effectively bound together by the philosophical diagnosis of nihilism. Chapter Four focuses on two key moments in the work of Jacques Lacan - his theory of the 'mirror stage' and his 'formulas of sexuation' - and demonstrates how Lacan returns to the grounding claims of Kantian aesthetics in such a way as to render him complicit with the Romantic thought he often seems to contest. In the following chapter taking Deleuze and Guattari's notion of 'multiplicity' as a guiding thread Clemens links their account to their professed 'anti-Platonism' showing how they find themselves forced back onto emblematically Romantic arguments. Chapter Six provides a close reading of Sedgwick's most influential text Epistemology of the Closet. Clemens' reading localizes her practice both in the newly consolidated academic field of 'Queer Theory' and in a conceptual genealogy whose roots can be traced back to a particular anti-Enlightenment strain of Romanticism. Clemens next turns to the professedly anti-Romantic arguments of Ian Hunter a major figure in the ongoing re-writing of modern histories of education. In the final chapter he examines the work of the contemporary French philosopher Alain Badiou. Clemens argues that if Badiou's hostility to the diagnosis of nihilism his return to Plato and mathematics and his expulsion of poetry from philosophical method all place him at a genuine distance from dominant Romantic trends even this attempt admits ciphered Romantic elements. This study will be of interest to literary theorists philosophers political theorists and cultural studies scholars. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315237220

The Romantics First published in 1981. This book aims to show Romanticism as a response to certain questions – in literature art religion philosophy and politics – that were being asked increasingly towards the end of the eighteenth century. The essays focus on growth and change (in society and the individual) nature feeling and reason and subjectivism – examining how these questions arose why they were felt to be important and the kinds of answers that consciously or unconsciously the Romantics provided. This title will be of interest to students of literature history and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138641969

The Romantics and the May Day Tradition This important contribution to both Romantic and cultural studies situates literature by Wordsworth Southey Hunt Clare and Blake within the context of folklore and popular customs associated with May Day. Romantic responses to May Day bring into focus a range of issues now regarded as central to the writing of the period - the natural world city life the pastoral regional and national identities popular culture cultural degeneration and cultural difference. Essaka Joshua explores new connections between these issues in the context of a set of heterogeneous cultural practices that are rooted in the traditions and activities of diverse social groups. She shows how Romantic writers have positioned themselves in relation to what has become known as the public sphere and the way in which they articulate an understanding of the common sphere as a site of plebeian self-expression. Joshua's nuanced account acknowledges the full complexity of class formations and inter-class relationships and permits noncanonical and canonical texts such as the Prelude Songs of Innocence and Experience and 'The Village Minstrel' to be reinterpreted in a cultural context that has not been previously explored by literary critics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315553238

The Romantics ReviewedContemporary Reviews of British Romantic Writers First published in 1972 this set of 9 volumes contains all contemporary British periodical reviews of the first (or other significantly early) editions from 1793 and 1824 of works by William Wordsworth Samuel Taylor Coleridge George Gordon Byron Percy Bysshe Shelley and John Keats. In addition a few later reviews are supplied as well as a substantial number of reviews of other contemporary figures including William Godwin Robert Southey Samuel Rogers Thomas Campbell Thomas Moore Leigh Hunt William Hazlitt and Mary Wollstonecraft Shelley. Introductions to each periodical provide brief sketches of each publication as well as names dates and bibliographical information. Headnotes offer bibliographical data of the reviews and suggested approaches to studying them. The index serves to locate authors and titles reviewed reviewers sources of quotations other people and works mentioned and other proper nouns of interest. This comprehensive set will be of interest to those studying the Romantics and English literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138688773

The Romantics ReviewedContemporary Reviews of British Romantic Writers. Part A: The Lake Poets - Volume I First published in 1972 this volume contains contemporary British periodical reviews of the Lake Poets including Wordsworth Coleridge Southey and Lamb in publications from the Academic to the Edinburgh Observer. Introductions to each periodical provide brief sketches of each publication as well as names dates and bibliographical information. Headnotes offer bibliographical data of the reviews and suggested approaches to studying them. This book will be of interest to those studying the Romantics and English literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138687783

The Romantics ReviewedContemporary Reviews of British Romantic Writers. Part A: The Lake Poets - Volume II First published in 1972 this volume contains contemporary British periodical reviews of the Lake Poets including Wordsworth Coleridge Southey and Lamb in publications from the Edinburgh Review to Variety. Introductions to each periodical provide brief sketches of each publication as well as names dates and bibliographical information. Headnotes offer bibliographical data of the reviews and suggested approaches to studying them. This book will be of interest to those studying the Romantics and English literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138687868

The Romantics ReviewedContemporary Reviews of British Romantic Writers. Part B: Byron and Regency Society poets - Volume I First published in 1972 this volume contains contemporary British periodical reviews of Lord Byron and Regency Society Poets including Rogers Campbell and Moore in publications from the Annual Review to the British Review. Introductions to each periodical provide brief sketches of each publication as well as names dates and bibliographical information. Headnotes offer bibliographical data of the reviews and suggested approaches to studying them. This book will be of interest to those studying the Romantics and English literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138687912

The Romantics ReviewedContemporary Reviews of British Romantic Writers. Part B: Byron and Regency Society poets - Volume II First published in 1972 this volume contains contemporary British periodical reviews of Lord Byron and Regency Society Poets including Rogers Campbell and Moore in publications from Cabinet to Evangelical Magazine. Introductions to each periodical provide brief sketches of each publication as well as names dates and bibliographical information. Headnotes offer bibliographical data of the reviews and suggested approaches to studying them. This book will be of interest to those studying the Romantics and English literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138688124

The Romantics ReviewedContemporary Reviews of British Romantic Writers. Part B: Byron and Regency Society poets - Volume III First published in 1972 this volume contains contemporary British periodical reviews of Lord Byron and Regency Society Poets including Rogers Campbell and Moore in publications from the Examiner to the Literary Examiner. Introductions to each periodical provide brief sketches of each publication as well as names dates and bibliographical information. Headnotes offer bibliographical data of the reviews and suggested approaches to studying them. This book will be of interest to those studying the Romantics and English literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138688209

The Romantics ReviewedContemporary Reviews of British Romantic Writers. Part B: Byron and Regency Society poets - Volume IV First published in 1972 this volume contains contemporary British periodical reviews of Lord Byron and Regency Society Poets including Rogers Campbell and Moore in publications from the Literary Gazette to the Monthly Review. Introductions to each periodical provide brief sketches of each publication as well as names dates and bibliographical information. Headnotes offer bibliographical data of the reviews and suggested approaches to studying them. This book will be of interest to those studying the Romantics and English literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138688254

The Romantics ReviewedContemporary Reviews of British Romantic Writers. Part B: Byron and Regency Society poets - Volume V First published in 1972 this volume contains contemporary British periodical reviews of Lord Byron and Regency Society Poets including Rogers Campbell and Moore in publications from the New Annual Register to the Yellow Dwarf. Introductions to each periodical provide brief sketches of each publication as well as names dates and bibliographical information. Headnotes offer bibliographical data of the reviews and suggested approaches to studying them. This book will be of interest to those studying the Romantics and English literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138688285

The Romantics ReviewedContemporary Reviews of British Romantic Writers. Part C: Shelley Keats and London Radical Writers - Volume I First published in 1972 this volume contains contemporary British periodical reviews of Shelley Keats and London Radical Writers including William Godwin Leigh Hunt and Mary Shelley in publications from the Analytical Review to the General Weekly Register. Introductions to each periodical provide brief sketches of each publication as well as names dates and bibliographical information. Headnotes offer bibliographical data of the reviews and suggested approaches to studying them. This book will be of interest to those studying the Romantics and English literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138688339

The Romantics ReviewedContemporary Reviews of British Romantic Writers. Part C: Shelley Keats and London Radical Writers - Volume II First published in 1972 this volume contains contemporary British periodical reviews of Shelley Keats and London Radical Writers including William Godwin Leigh Hunt and Mary Shelley in publications from Gentleman’s Magazine to the Theological Inquirer. Introductions to each periodical provide brief sketches of each publication as well as names dates and bibliographical information. Headnotes offer bibliographical data of the reviews and suggested approaches to studying them. This book will be of interest to those studying the Romantics and English literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138688414

The Rome Statute of the International Criminal CourtA Challenge to Impunity This book focuses on the Statute of the International Criminal Court gathering contributions by leading scholars and diplomats. It examines the main features of the Statute highlighting its strengths and weaknesses the role of the ICC in the international protection of human rights and the impact of the ICC Statute on the international criminal justice system. It also offers an evaluation of the prospect for the functioning of the ICC in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257108

The Rome that Did Not FallThe Survival of the East in the Fifth Century The Rome that Did Not Fall provides a well-illustrated comprehensive narrative and analysis of the Roman empire in the east charting its remarkable growth and development which resulted in the distinct and enduring civilization of Byzantium. It considers:* the fourth century background* the invasions of Attila* the resources of the east* the struggle for stability* the achievements of Anastasius. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007031

The Root Cause Analysis HandbookA Simplified Approach to Identifying Correcting and Reporting Workplace Errors The answer is root cause analysis a process that allows you to find the cause of single events/problems in the workplace. The Root Cause Analysis Handbook presents a walkthrough example that illustrates the method and shows how to implement it.Because poor initial problem definition can (and often does) undermine the problem-solving process Ammerman places special emphasis on this area to build a solid foundation for effective analysis. He also provides guidance on preparing the final report.The need for clear documentation on dealing with problems makes this book especially valuable for quality managers engineers safety managers and teams implementing the ISO or QS standards. Written in a simple user-friendly style you will grasp the core concepts quickly and begin applying them to your work. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138464117

The Root Causes of Biodiversity Loss The world is losing species and biodiversity at an unprecedented rate. The causes go deep and the losses are driven by a complex array of social economic political and biological factors at different levels. Immediate causes such as over-harvesting pollution and habitat change have been well studied but the socioeconomic factors driving people to degrade their environment are less well understood. This book examines the underlying causes. It provides analyses of a range of case studies from Brazil Cameroon China Danube River Basin India Mexico Pakistan Philippines Tanzania and Vietnam and integrates them into a new and interdisciplinary framework for understanding what is happening. From these results the editors are able to derive policy conclusions and recommendations for operational and institutional approaches to address the root causes and reverse the current trends. It makes a contribution to the understanding of all those - from ecologists and conservationists to economists and policy makers - working on one of the major challenges we face. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160194

The Roots and Future of Management TheoryA Systems Perspective Interesting and easy-to-read The Roots and Future of Management Theory: A Systems Approach provides a comprehensive overview of today's workplace -past present and future. The author brings the key characters in the evolution of management theory to life. Not only will your students understand the roots of our current situation how workplace change happens and what forces are involved - they will see how it fits into changes in society as a whole.There have obviously been many changes in the workplace from the Medieval Period to the present and there will certainly be even more changes in the future. This book explores these changes and connects them to changes in: general philosophy (rationalism empiricism pragmatism); religious philosophy (Catholicism Protestantism); social philosophy (Machiavellian Humanism Christian Humanism); economic philosophy (laissez faire Communism); and workplace philosophy (technology as a friend technology as an enemy).Battles have raged through the ages between these opposing forces affecting management systems the quality of working life and life in general. The author discusses how this has lead to today's quest for a synthesis of the strengths of these forces and suggests that it has been found in the systems approach. He describes what this synthesis - combined with the powers of the computer - could and should lead to in the future.Written at a level that both graduate and undergraduate student will understand The Roots and Future of Management Theory provides an overview of management theory. Comprehensive but not overwhelming this textbook will give your students an understanding the changes in the workplace since the beginning of the industrial age and offer them some insights into the changes most likely to occur in the 21st century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203736067

The Roots of American Communism In this definitive history of the evolution of the Com- munist Party in America--from its early background through its founding in 1919 to its emergence as a legal entity in the 1920s--Theodore Draper traces the native and foreign strains that comprised the party. He emphasizes its shifting policies and secrets as well as its open activities. He makes clear how the party in its infancy "was transformed from a new expression of American radicalism to the American appendage of a Russian revolutionary power " a fact that Draper develops in his succeeding volume American Communism and Soviet Russia.In his special prescient way Theodore Draper himself had the final words on American Communism: "It is like a museum of radical politics. In its various stages it has virtually been all things to all men... There are many ways of trying to understand such a movement but the first task is historical. In some respects there is no other way to understand it or at least to avoid seriously misunderstanding it. Every other approach tends to be static one-sided or unbalanced."Draper correctly notes that the formative period of the American Communist movement has remained a largely untold and even unknown story. In part the reasons for this are that the Communist movement although a child of the West grew to power in the Soviet East. But Draper rescues this chapter with deep appreciation for the fact that communism was not something that happened just in Russia but also in the United States. This is a must read for scholars and laypersons alike.This volume is conceived as an independent and self-contained study of the American Communist movement. Draper correctly notes that the formative period is largely untold and even unknown. In part the reasons for this are that the Communist movement although a child of the West grew to power in the Soviet East. Draper appreciates the fact that communism was not something that happened only in Russia but also took place in the United States. That experience is the focus of this volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538351

The Roots of Environmental ConsciousnessPopular Tradition and Personal Experience This book examines the roots of contemporary environmental consciousness and action in terms of both popular experience and tradition. A wide range of geographical and thematic case-studies explore the myth tradition and collective memory that shape our environmental thought. Containing a wealth of empirical source material this book will be invaluable for sociologists and historians alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415543996

The Roots of Fake NewsObjecting to Objective Journalism The Roots of Fake News argues that ‘fake news’ is not a problem caused by the power of the internet or by the failure of good journalism to assert itself. Rather it is within the news’s ideological foundations – professionalism neutrality and most especially objectivity – that the true roots of the current ‘crisis’ are to be found. Placing the concept of media objectivity in a fuller historical context this book examines how current perceptions of a crisis in journalism actually fit within a long history of the ways news media have avoided obscured or simply ignored the difficulties involved in promising objectivity let alone ‘truth’. The book examines journalism’s relationships with other spheres of human endeavour (science law philosophy) concerned with the pursuit of objective truth to argue that the rising tide of ‘fake news’ is not an attack on the traditional ideologies which have supported journalism. Rather it is an inevitable result of their inherent flaws and vulnerabilities. This is a valuable resource for students and scholars of journalism and history alike who are interested in understanding the historical roots and philosophical context of a fiercely contemporary issue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367145460

The Roots of Football Hooliganism (RLE Sports Studies)An Historical and Sociological Study This systematic historical and sociological study of the phenomenon of football hooliganism examines the history of crowd disorderliness at association football matches in Britain and assesses both popular and academic explanations of the problem. The authors’ study starts in the 1880s when professional football first emerged in its modern form charting the pre and inter-war periods and revealing that England’s World Cup triumph formed a watershed. The changing social composition of football crowds and the changing class structure of British society is discussed and the genesis of modern football hooliganism is explained by tracing it to the cultural conditions and circumstances which reproduce in young working-class males an interest in a publicly expressed aggressive masculine style. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138989894

The Roots of Japan's Environmental Policies First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879003

The Roots of Jewish Consciousness Volume OneRevelation and Apocalypse The Roots of Jewish Consciousness Volume One: Revelation and Apocalypse is the first volume fully annotated of a major previously unpublished two-part work by Erich Neumann (1905–1960). It was written between 1934 and 1940 after Neumann then a young philosopher and physician and freshly trained as a disciple of Jung fled Berlin to settle in Tel Aviv. He finished the second volume of this work at the end of World War II. Although he never published either volume he kept them the rest of his life. The challenge of Jewish survival frames Neumann’s work existentially. This survival he insists must be psychological and spiritual as much as physical. In Volume One Revelation and Apocalypse he argues that modern Jews must relearn what ancient Jews once understood but lost during the Babylonian Exile: that is the individual capacity to meet the sacred directly to receive revelation and to prophesy. Neumann interprets scriptural and intertestamental (apocalyptic) literature through the lens of Jung’s teaching and his reliance on the work of Jung is supplemented with references to Buber Rosenzweig and Auerbach. Including a foreword by Nancy Swift Furlotti and editorial introduction by Ann Conrad Lammers readers of this volume can hold for the first time the unpublished work of Neumann with useful annotations and insights throughout. These volumes anticipate Neumann’s later works including Depth Psychology and a New Ethic The Origins and History of Consciousness and The Great Mother. His signature contribution to analytical psychology the concept of the ego–Self axis arises indirectly in Volume One folded into Neumann’s theme of the tension between earth and YHWH. This unique work will appeal to Jungian analysts and psychotherapists in training and in practice historians of psychology Jewish scholars biblical historians teachers of comparative religion as well as academics and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138556201

The Roots of Jewish Consciousness Volume TwoHasidism The Roots of Jewish Consciousness Volume Two: Hasidism is the second volume fullyannotated of a major previously unpublished two-part work by Erich Neumann (1905–1960). It was written between 1940 and 1945 after Neumann then a young philosopher and physician and freshly trained as a disciple of Jung fled Berlin to settle in Tel Aviv. He finished this work at the end of World War II. Although he never published it he kept it the rest of his life. Volume Two Hasidism is devoted to the psychological and spiritual wisdom embodied in Jewish spiritual tradition. Relying on Jung’s concepts and Buber’s Hasidic interpretations Neumann seeks alternatives to the legalism and anti-feminine bias that he says have dominated collective Judaism since the Second Temple. He argues that modern Jews can develop psychological wholeness through an appropriation of Hasidic legends Talmudic texts and Kabbalistic mysteries including especially the Zohar. Exclusively this volume includes a foreword by Moshe Idel. An appendix Neumann’s four-lecture series from the 1940s gives a glimpse of his intended unpublished Part Three. These volumes anticipate Neumann’s later works including Depth Psychology and a New Ethic The Origins and History of Consciousness and The Great Mother. In Volume Two Hasidism his concept of the ego–Self axis is developed in clearly psychological terms. Four previously unpublished essays appended to Volume Two illustrate Neumann’s developmental psychology including his theme of primary and secondary personalization. This unique work will appeal to Jungian analysts and psychotherapists in training and in practice historians of psychology Jewish scholars biblical historians teachers of comparative religion as well as academics and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138556225

The Roots of Jewish Consciousness (2 Volume set) The Roots of Jewish Consciousness Volume One: Revelation and Apocalypse is the first volume fully annotated of a major previously unpublished two-part work by Erich Neumann (1905-1960). It was written between 1934 and 1940 after Neumann then a young philosopher and physician and freshly trained as a disciple of Jung fled Berlin to settle in Tel Aviv. He finished the second volume of this work at the end of World War Two. Although he never published either volume he kept them the rest of his life. The Roots of Jewish Consciousness Volume Two: Hasidism is the second volume fullyannotated of a major previously unpublished two-part work by Erich Neumann (1905-1960). It was written between 1940 and 1945 after Neumann then a young philosopher and physician and freshly trained as a disciple of Jung fled Berlin to settle in Tel Aviv. He finished this work at the end of World War Two. Although he never published it he kept it the rest of his life. These volumes anticipate Neumann’s later works including Depth Psychology and a New Ethic The Origins and History of Consciousness and The Great Mother. His signature contribution to analytical psychology the concept of the ego-Self axis arises indirectly in Volume One folded into Neumann’s theme of the tension between earth and YHWH.  In Volume Two Hasidism his concept of the ego-Self axis is developed in clearly psychological terms. Four previously unpublished essays appended to Volume Two illustrate Neumann’s developmental psychology including his theme of primary and secondary personalisation. This unique work will appeal to Jungian analysts and psychotherapists in training and in practice historians of psychology Jewish scholars biblical historians teachers of comparative religion as well as academics and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367185213

The Roots of MetaphorA Multidisciplinary Study in Aesthetics First published in 1999 this study begins with a review of basic biological functions stressing the importance to the organism of various kinds of information. The 'biology of information' must consider how the brain reacts to new as contrasted with expected inputs; these differences are discussed chiefly in relation to language. In language processing predictability is of prime importance but to clarify what this entails it is necessary to consider just how our concepts are organized. Personal construct theory throws considerable light on this question but is less informative about fantasy which requires separate exploration. The main chapter focuses on the origins and interpretation of metaphor in which quite disparate concepts are united but which we understand nevertheless. Existing theories of metaphor are unsatisfactory but personal construct theory again helps resolve the psychological-linguistic issues. Finally the question is raised as to why a good metaphor produces a response which is recognizably aesthetic in character and its implications for our aesthetic responses to other art forms are explored. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138356634

The Roots of Modern Environmentalism Originally published in 1984 The Roots of Modern Environmentalism provides a historical philosophical and ideological background to environmentalism. Topics covered include the roots of technological environmentalism the medieval cosmology and Bacon’s philosophy the non-scientific roots of ecological environmentalism such as Romanticism and its scientific roots in the theories of Malthus and Darwin. The Marxist perspective on Nature is also discussed. The concluding chapter is a criticism of education which challenges its usefulness as an agent of socio-economic change. This book will be of interest to academics and students of environmentalism and geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367409654

The Roots of Political Instability in NigeriaPolitical Evolution and Development in the Niger Basin The constant drumbeat of headlines about Darfur Zimbabwe Sudan Somalia as well as the other states in Africa that are beleaguered by political instability have made the causes of failed states and intra-state political conflicts a major issue both academic and practical. Using Harry Eckstein and Ted R. Gurr's congruence-consonance theoretical framework of regime classification E.C. Ejiogu examines the internal variations of society evident in the Nigerian state to explain why the country experiences political conflict and instability. The first time this theoretical framework has been applied to an African country; E.C. Ejiogu offers a balanced and interdisciplinary analysis of the evolution in the Nigerian political system and the role played by evolved social traits in society. Exploring themes such as colonial rule and legacies economic development political authority and religion Ejiogu insists that it is critical to examine Africa's diverse nationalities in terms of their geography social economic and authority patterns as critical elements that are disregarded in accounts of their political development. At a time when the question of state building in Africa is still unresolved this timely book is a major contribution to the literature on transition processes in African politics and is particularly relevant to scholars and policy makers wanting to grapple with the issues associated with Africa's political disorder and the other social problems it spawns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754679875

The Roots of PraxiologyFrench Action Theory from Bourdeau and Espinas to Present Days Praxiology deals with working and doing from the point of view of effectiveness. It has three components: analysis of concepts involving purposive actions; critique of modes of action from the viewpoint of efficiency; and normative advisory aspects in recommendations for increasing human efficiency. This seventh volume of the Praxiology series focuses on the roots of the discipline. It brings together a selection of writings that illustrate various stages of French thought concerning this philosophy and methodology of action. It is also conceived as a tribute to the writings of Louis Bourdeau and V. Alfred Espinas key figures in the origin of praxiology.In the first part "The Origin of Praxiology" examines these origins in the work of Bourdeau and Espinas. Bourdeau's essay demonstrates the influence of contemporary theories in particular those of evolution and Comte's positivism but also shows the critical sense and originality of his thought. With reference to Greek philosophy Espinas's contribution underlines the complex relations between acts and laws; it enables him to follow the slow progression of individuals as they endeavor to shape their destiny according to the circumstances and the direction of their attitudes. In the second part "Science of Human Action " Maurice Blondel opposes radical rationalism and warns against the positive sciences. Abraham Moles and Elisabeth Rohmer offer an original approach inspired by phenomenology. In the third part "Action Theory and Its Applications " the texts of Roland Caude and Arnold Kaufmann focus on humanist preoccupations setting action in the economic context of the firm and the city. Victor Alexandre deals with the structural analysis of real and fictitious actions applied to a large number of elementary acts. Robert Vallée's concluding essay proposes a model consisting of operators for observation decision and effectiveness in order to formalize the link between knowledge and action.What emerges from this volume is the constant idea that an individual's destiny is linked to the efficiency of his acts but also that efficiency as a concept itself has multiple aspects none of which should be underestimated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138516847

The Roots of ReligionExploring the Cognitive Science of Religion The cognitive science of religion is a new discipline that looks at the roots of religious belief in the cognitive architecture of the human mind. The Roots of Religion deals with the philosophical and theological implications of the cognitive science of religion which grounds religious belief in human cognitive structures: religious belief is ’natural’ in a way that even scientific thought is not. Does this new discipline support religious belief undermine it or is it despite many claims perhaps eventually neutral? This subject is of immense importance particularly given the rise of the ’new atheism’. Philosophers and theologians from North America UK and Australia explore the alleged conflict between truth claims and examine the roots of religion in human nature. Is it less ’natural’ to be an atheist than to believe in God or gods? On the other hand if we can explain theism psychologically have we explained it away. Can it still claim any truth? This book debates these and related issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547070

The Roots of Special RelativityScience and Society First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315023687

The Roots of Terrorism The Roots of Terrorism is the first volume in the new Democracy and Terrorism series a three volume project intended to explore one of the most pressing issues of our time: how to reconcile the need to fight terrorism with our desire to protect and enhance democratic values. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203957301

The Rorschach Assessment of Aggressive and Psychopathic Personalities This book provides a definitive empirical study of antisocial character pathology and its assessment through the use of the Rorschach. Drawing upon a decade of research with nearly 400 individuals in various hospitals and prisons the authors paint an extraordinary intrapsychic picture of the personality structure and psychodynamics of these troublesome patients.Serving as both an educational tool and a reference text this book presents: * Rorschach data on several different antisocial groups -- conduct disordered children and adolescents antisocial personality disordered adult males with and without schizophrenia antisocial adult females and male and female sexual homicide perpetrators; * nomothetic (group) and idiographic (case study) data; * data which have been analyzed and theoretically interpreted using both structural methods and psychoanalytic approaches which represent the cutting edge of Rorschach theory and practice; and* a developmental approach in analyzing Rorschach data gathered from antisocial children adolescents and adults -- providing striking similarities. This is the first Rorschach database of this type that has ever been published. As such it serves as a valuable reference text for Rorschach users -- providing a definitive empirical base theoretical integration and a focus on individuals who create severe problems for society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138989900

The Rorschach in Multimethod Forensic AssessmentConceptual Foundations and Practical Applications This volume demonstrates how multimethod forensic assessment with the Rorschach adds incremental validity insight and practical value. Case discussions by leading forensic psychologists illustrate the integration of contemporary Rorschach assessment with the MMPI-2 and MMPI-2-RF the PAI and the HCR-20. This text addresses a wide range of forensic applications including child custody psychological trauma personal injury psychotic offenders competency evaluations immigration cases and impression management. It also shows how the recently developed Rorschach Performance Assessment System (R-PAS) effectively enhances the use of the Rorschach in forensic cases while offering guidance for Comprehensive System users as well. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138925090

The RorschachA Developmental Perspective Martin Leichtman's The Rorschach is a work of stunning originality that takes as its point of departure a circumstance that has long confounded Rorschach examiners.  Attempts to use the Rorschach with young children yield results that are inconsistent if not comical.  What after all does one make of a protocol when the child treats a card like a frisbee or confidently detects "piadigats" and "red foombas"? A far more consequential problem facing examiners of adults and children alike concerns the very nature of the Rorschach test.  Despite voluminous literature establishing the personality correlates of particular Rorschach scores neither Hermann Rorschach nor his intellectual descendants have provided an adequate explanation of precisely what the subject is being asked to do.  Is the Rorschach a test of imagination? Of perception? Of projection? In point of fact Leichtman argues the two problems are intimately related.  To appreciate the stages through which children gradually master the Rorschach in its standard form is to discover the nature of the test itself.  Integrating his developmental analysis with an illuminating discussion of the extensive literature on test administration scoring and interpretation Leichtman arrives at a new understanding of the Rorschach as a test of representation and creativity.  This finding in turn leads to an intriguing reconceptualization of all projective tests that clarifies their relationships to more objective measures of ability.   Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203778784

The Rosenberg LettersA Complete Edition of the Prison Correspondence of Julius and Ethel Rosenberg First Published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315057118

The Rosicrucian Enlightenment A history of the role that the occult has played in the formation of modern science and medicine The Rosicrucian Enlightenment has had a tremendous impact on our understanding of the western esoteric tradition. Beautifully illustrated it remains one of those rare works of scholarship which the general reader simply cannot afford to ignore. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138127869

The Roth Family Anthropology and Colonial Administration No family better represents the overlapping roles of administrator and scientist in the British empire than the Roths. Descended from a Hungarian emigrant to Australia two generations of Roths served the empire on four continents and at the same time produced ethnographic archaeological and linguistic studies that form the basis for much modern research. This volume assesses the often-conflicting roles and contributions of the Roths as government servants and anthropologists. Most of the volume deals with Walter E. Roth who developed foundational studies of both the Australian Aborigines—considered to be among the first systematic ethnographies anywhere—and South American tribes while serving as Chief Protector of Aborigines in Queensland and later medical officer magistrate museum curator and indigenous relations officer in British Guyana. Henry Ling Roth’s contributions to the anthropology of Tasmania Benin Sarawak and New Zealand are also enumerated as are the publications and administrative activities of the succeeding generation of Roths. This volume serves the reader as a family biography a slice of the English colonial history and an important introduction to the history of anthropology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315417295

The Rotterdam Rules and International Trade Law This book offers an original academic study of the Rotterdam Rules. It analyses the salient articles that will have an impact on international sale contracts governed by English law including the most popularly used international law instruments terms and standard sale contracts. Looking beyond the legal relationship of carrier-shipper and carrier-receiver this book examines the important articles of the Rotterdam Rules that affect the ability of the trading protagonists to perform their sale contract. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587291

The Rotterdam RulesA Practical Annotation The Rotterdam Rules represent the most comprehensive overhaul of the law of carriage of goods by sea in more than fifty years. To coincide with the signing ceremony six members of the Institute of Maritime Law have written a detailed commentary on the Rules. The Rotterdam Rules: A Practical Annotation examines the text of the Rules all ninety-six articles of the new Convention and compares them to the text of the Hague-Visby Rules the instrument currently covering most bills of lading. The authors have also examined the judgments in cases decided in the English Courts under the Carriage of Goods by Sea Acts of 1971 and 1992 and have indicated whether these cases would be decided differently under the new Rotterdam Rules. Media > Books > E-books Informa Law from Routledge 9781315850290

The Rough Beast: Psychoanalysis in Everyday Life The past continues to operate powerfully wordlessly in that less conscious part of our human mind and can trip us up unexpectedly. We can perceive and respond to situations in ways which are more to do with early experiences than the present. We can push from mind what we would rather not know. Feelings such as doubt and sadness can seem too weak; envy and anger too bad; feeling small and in any way in need could leave us too vulnerable. Though most will never have their own experience of psychoanalysis (or less intensive psychoanalytic psychotherapy) psychoanalytic ideas can be profoundly helpful in making sense of ourselves. Having some access to those more hidden parts of our human mind we can feel more alive more real and less likely to act out in unexpected ways. An accessible sympathetic and challenging guide The Rough Beast: Psychoanalysis in Everyday Life is for all those who are curious and sceptical as to what why and how psychoanalytic understanding is useful in everyday life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203674

The Rousseauian Mind Jean-Jacques Rousseau (1712-1778) is a major figure in Western Philosophy and is one of the most widely read and studied political philosophers of all time. His writings range from abstract works such as On the Social Contract to literary masterpieces such as The Reveries of the Solitary Walker as well as immensely popular novels and operas. The Rousseauian Mind provides a comprehensive survey of his work not only placing it in its historical context but also exploring its contemporary significance. Comprising over forty chapters by a team of international contributors the Handbook covers:   The predecessors and contemporaries to Rousseau’s work The major texts of the 'system' Autobiographical texts including Confessions Reveries of the Solitary Walker and Dialogues Rousseau’s political science The successors to Rousseau’s work Rousseau applied today.   Essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy Rousseau’s work is central to the study of political philosophy the Enlightenment French studies the history of philosophy and political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138205314

The Routes of ResistanceTravellers and Second-level Schooling First published in 1997 this study is an attempt to read and critique answers to that question answers offered in policy and provision and answers to those answers in talk and texts and in classroom performances an often fraught ‘conversation’ which goes on in spirals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360051

The Routines of Decision Making Experience is currently a hot theme in decision making. For a long time decision research was almost exclusively focused on new decisions and neglected the importance of experience. It took the field until the 1990s for a new direction in research and theorizing to become visible in the literature. There are parallel movements happening in sociology political science social psychology and business.The purpose of this edited book is to provide a balanced and representative overview of what is currently known about the dynamics of experienced-based decision making. The chapters are written by renowned experts in the field and provide the latest theoretical developments integrative frameworks and state-of-the-art reviews of research in the laboratory and in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415652735

The Routledge Advanced Chinese Multimedia CourseCrossing Cultural Boundaries The Routledge Advanced Chinese Multimedia Course: Crossing Cultural Boundaries is an innovative multimedia course for advanced students of Chinese. Written by a team of highly experienced instructors the book offers advanced learners the opportunity to consolidate their knowledge of Chinese through a wide range of activities designed to build up both excellent language skills and cultural literacy.  Divided into four thematic units covering popular culture social change cultural traditions and politics and history with each unit presenting three individual lessons the volume provides students with a structured course which efficiently supports the transition from an intermediate to an advanced level. The many different texts featured throughout the lessons present interesting and accurate information about contemporary China and introduce students to useful vocabulary speech patterns and idiosyncratic language usage. Key features include Lively and detailed discussions of grammatical points and sentence patterns Engaging exercises for developing grammatical concepts and insight into the character writing system Systematic review of earlier material to ensure consolidation of learning Coverage of diverse and culturally relevant topics such as online dating changing views of marriage food culture Confucianism  and democracy in China. Extensive cultural and historical notes providing background to the subjects presented Complementary CDs to enhance listening skills. Free companion website (http://duke.edu/web/chinesesoc/) offering a wealth of video content forming the basis of many of the listening activities linked to topics within the book. Extensively revised and updated throughout this new edition includes new material and activities on synonyms and substantial improvements to the "composition" "Focus on characters" and "Language practicum" sections. The improved Instructor’s Resource Manual  which includes activity tips additional exercises  answer keys and the traditional character texts   is available at http://www.routledge.com/books/details/9780415841337/ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415841337

The Routledge Advanced Language Training Course for K-16 Non-native Chinese Teachers The Routledge Advanced Language Training Course for K-16 Non-native Chinese Teachers  is a content-based and thematically organized textbook designed for non-native in- and pre-service K-16 Chinese language teachers. Based on five years of field testing the book offers an innovative approach to advanced language instruction allowing users to further advance their language proficiency while continuing their professional development in teaching Chinese as a second or foreign language. The textbook: covers a range of up-to-date pedagogical and cultural themes provides a variety of engaging activities and exercises allowing readers for K-16 to explore pedagogical and cultural issues in the target language with best classroom practices in mind familiarises users with authentic forms of modern communication in today’s China to better engage learners is accompanied by a Companion Website with audio recordings for each lesson as well as supplementary materials and teaching resources. The Routledge Advanced Language Training Course for K-16 Non-native Chinese Teachers is an essential resource for non-native Chinese teachers and for those on TCFL teacher training programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138920934

The Routledge Advanced Persian CourseFarsi Shirin Ast 3 The Routledge Advanced Persian Course: Farsi Shirin Ast 3 aims to help students of higher-level proficiency continue elevating their proficiency level to achieve near-native level. Key features include: Authentic texts on a variety of topics related to Iran’s history geography arts literature culture religions society and people. Each lesson includes a prominent poet and their most representative poem familiarizing students with the Persian literary canon while indirectly learning the higher order registers used in the language of poetry. Lessons end with a Persian proverb and the story behind it so that students will not only master the language but also the culture of the language and reach a near-native level of linguistic and cultural proficiency. The proverbs and some of the classical poetry are written in the calligraphy form to make students get used to reading handwritten texts resembling calligraphy. Audio files are provided so that learners who are studying on their own can have access to correct pronunciations. This textbook continues the series from The Routledge Intermediate Course in Persian and is ideal for Advanced or B2-C1 level students of Persian. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367367473

The Routledge Anthology of British Women Playwrights 1777-1843 The Routledge Anthology of British Women Playwrights 1777-1843 brings together ten eclectic plays by female dramatists and writers to stimulate a rich discussion of women writing and theatre history. Ranging through tragedy comedy musical theatre and mixed-genre texts this volume celebrates the breadth and experimental spirit of women's eighteenth- and nineteenth-century dramatic writing. Each play is accompanied by an introductory essay that addresses its sociopolitical and theatrical contexts and outlines its performance and reception history. The selections included here invite teachers and their students to study particular works by authors of note but also to consider the differences between works written for page and stage. While many of the plays are recognizable as published dramas they have been placed alongside textual artifacts that suggest plays or theatrical events of which no definitive record exists as well as supplementary materials that invite teachers to engage their students in exploring women's dramatic writing in this era. Organized in chronological order The Routledge Anthology of British Women Playwrights 1777-1843 traces a history of women's writing across genres and styles offering an invaluable resource to students and teachers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138494954

The Routledge Anthology of Early Modern Drama The Routledge Anthology of Early Modern Drama is the first new collection of the drama of Shakespeare’s contemporaries in over a century. This volume comprises seventeen accessible thoroughly glossed modernized play-texts intermingling a wide range of unfamiliar works—including the anonymous Look About You Massinger’s The Picture Heminge’s The Fatal Contract Heywood’s The Four Prentices of London and Greene’s James IV—with more familiar works such as Marlowe’s Doctor Faustus Webster’s The Duchess of Malfi and Middleton’s Women Beware Women. Each play is edited by a different leading scholar in the field of early modern studies bringing specific expertise and context to the chosen play-text. With an unprecedented variety of plays and critical introductions that focus on the diversity and strangeness of different early modern approaches to the artistic and commercial enterprise of play-making The Routledge Anthology of Early Modern Drama will offer vital new perspectives on early modern drama for scholars students and performers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138953802

The Routledge Anthology of Poets on PoetsPoetic Responses to English Poetry from Chaucer to Yeats The Routledge Anthology of Poets on Poets collects together writings by all the major poetic figures from Chaucer to Yeats demonstrating their vivid responses to each other ranging from elegiac eulogy to burlesque and satire. The anthology is arranged in two sections. Part One contains poets' writings on the nature qualities and purpose of poetry Part Two is a chronological collection of poets' writings on their peers with an individual entry for each poet. Each extract is presented in modernized spelling and punctuation and is carefully annotated to provide full explanations of unfamiliar phrases and references. The index has been fully revised for this paperback edition. The Routledge Anthology of Poets on Poets will be stimulating and enjoyable for anyone interested in the history of English poetry but will also be an invaluable collection of primary source material for students and their teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159341

The Routledge Anthology of Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Drama The Routledge Anthology of Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Drama brings together the work of key playwrights from 1660 to 1800 divided into three main sections: Restoring the Theatre: 1660–1700 Managing Entertainment: 1700–1760 Entertainment in an Age of Revolutions: 1760–1800 Each of the 20 plays featured is accompanied by an extraordinary wealth of print and online supplementary materials including primary critical sources commentaries illustrations and reviews of productions. Taking in the spectrum of this period’s dramatic landscape—from Restoration tragedy and comedies of manners to ballad opera and gothic spectacle—The Routledge Anthology of Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Drama is an essential resource for students and teachers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138915428

The Routledge Anthology of Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Performance The Routledge Anthology of Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Performance brings together a selection of particularly memorable performances beginning with Nell Gwyn in a 1668 staging of Secret Love and moving chronologically towards the final performance of John Philip Kemble's controversial adaptation of Thomas Otway's Venice Presever'd in October 1795.  This volume contains a wealth of contextual materials including contemporary reviews portraits advertisements and cast lists. By privileging event over publication this collection aims to encourage an understanding of performance that emphasizes the immediacy - and changeability - of the theatrical repertoire during the long eighteenth century. Offering an invaluable insight into the performance culture of the time The Routledge Anthology of Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Performance is a unique much-needed resource for students of theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138743465

The Routledge Anthology of US Drama: 1898-1949 The first half of the Twentieth Century was a vibrant period for U.S. theatre. As the United States emerged as a significant military economic political and cultural power so its theatre began to distinguish itself from the prevailing European model. The plays and dramatic texts in this anthology demonstrate the vital and volatile relationship between U.S. theatre its society and the ways in which that theatre has both supported and challenged prevailing systems of thought and action. This collection is organized around key thematic perspectives from colonialism to psychoanalysis viewing the artistic output of this era through the socio-political events and controversies that shaped it. Each play is accompanied by a critical commentary from a leading scholar and a set of archive source materials including playbills production shots reviews essays poems newspaper articles and official documents. These supplements bring to life the rich and diverse theatre cultures that operated in the United States during this period and explore the essential ways that these cultural artifacts engaged with the national debates that surrounded them. The plays themselves both support and challenge the existing canon of U.S. dramatic literature; a selection that speaks not only to aesthetic innovation but also to the critical moments of political change and national definition that helped to shape the United States. From Miller Williams and O’Neill to Angelina Grimké David Belasco and Mae West this is the ideal collection for any course in U.S. theatre.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138018365

The Routledge Applied Linguistics Reader The Routledge Applied Linguistics Reader is an essential collection of readings for students of Applied Linguistics. Divided into five sections: Language Teaching and Learning Second Language Acquisition Applied Linguistics Identity and Power and Language Use in Professional Contexts the Reader takes a broad interpretation of the subject from its traditional foundations in language teaching and learning to cover the newer subdisciplines from corpus linguistics to forensic linguistics. Using a multidisciplinary approach the Reader focuses on the topics and issues to which Applied Linguistics research has made a significant contribution in particular: our understanding of key concepts and notions in the study of real-world problems in which language and communication play a central role the theoretical debates of broader social science issues that impact on language teaching learning and use the main methodological advances. Featuring twenty-seven carefully selected readings the Reader focuses on both the major contributions of Applied Linguistics and the conceptual and theoretical issues of the subject in a variety of contexts and methods. The selection comprises seminal articles from leading researchers as well as fresh perspectives from new voices in the subject. These readings are amplified by a general introduction as well as detailed critical summaries of each section discussion questions and recommended further reading for each article. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415566209

The Routledge Atlas of African American History First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315022697

The Routledge Atlas of American History The Routledge Atlas of American History presents a series of 163 clear and detailed maps accompanied by informative captions facts and figures. The complete history of America is unravelled through vivid representations of all the significant landmarks including: Politics – from the struggle against slavery and the battle for black voting rights to the present day including the results of the 2008 Presidential election Military Events – from the War of Independence to the conflicts in Korea Vietnam and the Gulf including additional new maps covering the war in Iraq and the American campaign in Afghanistan. Social History – including the fate of the American Indians the growth of female emancipation and recent population movements and immigration Transport – from nineteenth-century railroads and canals to the growth of air travel and recent ventures into space Economics – from early farming and industry to urbanisation and the ecological struggles of the present day This revised edition is fully updated to cover the 2008 presidential election and also addresses President Obama’s healthcare policy and first overseas travels. New maps have been drawn which detail the problem of pollution as well as the most recent developments in US relations with Iran Iraq and Afghanistan. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203074442

The Routledge Atlas of British History The evolving story of the British Isles forms the central theme of this fascinating and compelling atlas which covers England Ireland Scotland and Wales – and the expansion and gradual disintegration of Britain’s overseas empire. This new edition includes: Politics – from the Saxon kingdoms and the collapse of England’s French Empire to the Tudors and Stuarts the English Civil War the Restoration Parliamentary Reform the Commonwealth and Europe the European Union and the Coalition Government formed in 2010 War and conflict – from Viking attacks and the Norman Invasion to the Armada two World Wars and the end of empire the Falklands War the Gulf War British forces overseas terror at home and the wars in Kosovo Sierra Leone Afghanistan and Iraq Trade and industry – from the post-Norman economy and Tudor trade to industrial unrest and the opening of international trade routes imports and exports arms sales and British humanitarian aid overseas Religion – from the Saxon Church to the Reformation and the multi-cultural Britain of modern times Society and economics – from civilian life in Roman Britain to the Industrial and Agricultural revolutions the General Strike and the growth of universities unemployment homelessness charitable activities and government expenditure Immigration – the growth of immigrant communities the wide range of countries from which immigrants came citizenship applications and citizenship granted. Sir Martin Gilbert is Winston Churchill’s official biographer and one of Britain’s leading historians having written eighty-two books in total. He is an Honorary Fellow of Merton College Oxford and a Distinguished Fellow of Hillsdale College Michigan. He has also most recently served on the committee of the Iraq Inquiry set up by the British Government. For more information please visit www.martingilbert.com. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415608763

The Routledge Atlas of Central Eurasian Affairs Providing concisely written entries on the most important current issues in Central Asia and Eurasia this atlas offers relevant background information on the region’s place in the contemporary political and economic world. Features include: Profiles of the constituent countries of Central Asia namely Kazakhstan Kyrgyzstan Tajikistan Turkmenistan and Uzbekistan Profiles of Mongolia western China Tibet and the three Caucasus states of Armenia Azerbaijan and Georgia Timely and significant original maps and data for each entry A comprehensive glossary places index and subject index of major concepts terms and regional issues Bibliography and useful websites section Designed for use in teaching undergraduate and graduate classes and seminars in geography history economics anthropology international relations political science and the environment as well as regional courses on the Former Soviet Union Central Asia and Eurasia this atlas is also a comprehensive reference source for libraries and scholars interested in these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415497527

The Routledge Atlas of Classical HistoryFrom 1700 BC to AD 565 Covering an enormous range of topics in 97 clear and detailed maps this Routledge Historical Atlas includes: Politics: from ancient Egypt and the growth of the Greek city-states to the rise and fall of the Roman Empire Religion: from the spread of Judaism and Christianity to the persecution of the Christians Military History: from Salamis and Alexander the Great to the Second Punic War and the barbarian invasions of the fifth century AD Economics: from the agricultural products of Greece to the mints of the later Roman Empire. With an extensive index to make the atlas even more accessible The Routledge Atlas of Classical History is an indispensable guide to the ancient world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315539072

The Routledge Atlas of Jewish History 'An unusual and compelling insight into Jewish history... sheer detail and breadth of scale' BBC History Magazine This newly revised and updated edition of Martin Gilbert’s Atlas of Jewish History spans over four thousand years of history in 154 maps presenting a vivid picture of a fascinating people and the trials and tribulations which have haunted their story. The themes covered include: Prejudice and Violence- from the destruction of Jewish independence between 722 and 586 BC to the flight from German persecution in the 1930s. Also covers the incidence of anti-semitic attacks in the Americas and Europe. Migrations and Movements- from the entry into the promised land to Jewish migration in the twenty- first century including new maps on recent emigration to Israel from Europe and worldwide. Society Trade and Culture- from Jewish trade routes between 800 and 900 to the situation of world Jewry in the opening years of the twenty- first century. Politics Government and War- from the Court Jews of the fifteenth century to the founding and growth of the modern State of Israel. This new edition is also updated to include maps showing Jewish museums in the United States and Canada and Europe as well as American conservation efforts abroad. Other topics covered in this revised edition include Jewish educational outreach projects in various parts of the world and Jews living under Muslim rule. Forty years on from its first publication this book is still an indispensible guide to Jewish history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203074459

The Routledge Atlas of Russian History The complex and often turbulent history of Russia over the course of 2 000 years is brought to life in a series of 176 maps by one of the most prolific and successful historian authors today. This fourth edition of The Routledge Atlas of Russian History covers not only the wars and expansion of Russia but also a wealth of less conspicuous details of its history from famine and anarchism to the growth of naval strength and the strengths of the river systems. From 800 BC to the fall of the Soviet Union this indispensable guide to Russian history covers: war and conflict: from the triumph of the Goths between 200 and 400 BC to the defeat of Germany at the end of the Second World War and the end of the Cold War politics: from the rise of Moscow in the Middle Ages to revolution the fall of the monarchy and the collapse of communism industry economics and transport: from the Trans-Siberian Railway between 1891 and 1917 to the Virgin Lands Campaign and the growth of heavy industry society trade and culture: from the growth of monasticism to peasant discontent Labour Camps and the geographical distribution of ethnic Russians. Now bringing new material to view and including seven new maps this popular atlas will more than readily gain a place on the bookshelves of anyone interested in the history of Russia. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203074473

The Routledge Atlas of South Asian Affairs South Asia has developed from a group of newly independent post-Colonial states of at most secondary importance to the wider world to its current position as a region of central strategic importance to both global economic development and world peace and stability. This Atlas highlights the global significance of South Asia in relation to economic geopolitical and strategic interests. It provides a coherent descriptive and analytical account of the key elements of the complex societies that make up the region and its component countries. Illustrated with more than 100 original maps and offering concise entries on key issues the book is structured thematically in these sections: Global Context Geographical Environments Historical Evolution of South Asia Key Issues in modern South Asia Economy and Security Designed for use in teaching undergraduate and graduate classes and seminars in geography history economics anthropology international relations political science and the environment as well as regional courses on the South Asia this book is also a comprehensive reference source for libraries and decision makers focusing on South Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415545136

The Routledge Atlas of the Arab-Israeli Conflict The Routledge Atlas of the Arab-Israeli Conflict traces not only the tangled and bitter history of the Arab-Jewish struggle from the early twentieth century to the present including the death of Yasser Arafat and recent proposals for compromise and co-operation it also illustrates the current moves towards finding peace and the efforts to bring the horrors of the fighting to an end through negotiation and agreed boundaries. In 227 maps the complete history of the conflict is revealed including: The Prelude and Background to the Conflict - from the presence of Jews in Palestine before the Arab conquest to the attitude of Britain to the Arabs and Jews since 1915 The Jewish National Home - from the early Jewish settlement and the Zionist plan for Palestine in 1919 to the involvement of the Arab world from 1945 to the present day The Intensification of the Conflict - from the Arab response to the United Nations partition plan of November 1947 to the declaration of Israeli independence in May 1948 The State of Israel - from the Israeli War of Independence and the Suez and Six Day Wars to the October War (the Yom Kippur War) the first and second intifadas the suicide-bomb campaign the Israel-Hezbollah War of 2006 Operation Cast lead against the Gaza Strip in 2009 the Gaza Flotilla of 2012 and Nakba Day 2011 The Moves to find Peace - from the first and second Camp David talks and the death of Arafat to the continuing search for peace including the Annapolis Conference 2007 the work of the Quartet Emissary Tony Blair 2007-2011 and the ongoing Palestinian search for statehood. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415699761

The Routledge Atlas of the First World War From its origins to its terrible legacy the tortuous course of the Great War is vividly set out in a series of 174 fascinating maps. Together the maps form a comprehensive and compelling picture of the war that shattered Europe and illustrate its military social political and economic aspects. Beginning with the tensions that already existed the atlas covers: the early months of the war: from the fall of Belgium to the fierce fighting at Ypres and Tannenberg: the developing war in Europe: from Gallipoli to the horrors of the Somme and Verdun life at the front: from living underground the trench system and the mud of Passchendaele to the war graves technology and the new horrors: from phosgene gas attacks to submarines tanks and mines the home fronts: from German food riots to the air defence of Britain the Russian Revolution and the collapse of Austria-Hungary the aftermath: from war debts and war deaths to the new map of Europe. This third edition contains an entirely new section depicting the visual remembrance of the war; a fascinating visitors' guide to the memorials that commemorate the tragedy of the Somme. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203074480

The Routledge Atlas of the Holocaust The graphic history of the Nazi attempt to destroy the Jews of Europe during the Second World War is illustrated in this series of 333 detailed maps. The maps and the text and photographs that accompany them  powerfully depict the fate of the Jews between 1933 and 1945 while also setting the chronological story in the wider context of the war itself. The maps include: historical background â€“ from the effects of anti-Jewish violence between 1880 and 1933 to the geography of the existing Jewish communities before the advent of the Nazis the beginning of the violence â€“ from the destruction of the synagogues in November 1938 to Jewish migrations and deportations the ghettos and the establishment of the concentration camps and death camps throughout German-dominated Europe the spread of Nazi rule â€“ the fate of the Jews throughout Europe including Germany Austria Poland Greece Yugoslavia Bulgaria Russia Denmark Norway France Holland Belgium Italy and the Baltic States Jewish revolts and resistance – acts of armed resistance fighting in the forests individual acts of courage Jews in hiding – escape routes Christians who helped Jews the death marches – the advance of the Allies and the liberation of the camps the survivors and the final death toll. This revised edition includes a new section which gives an insight into the layout and organization of some of the most significant places of the Holocaust including Auschwitz Treblinka and the Warsaw ghetto  maps that will be especially useful to those visiting the sites. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203074503

The Routledge Atlas of the Second World War In The Routledge Atlas of the Second World War Martin Gilbert graphically charts the war’s political military economic and social history through 257 illuminating maps. The atlas covers all the major events from the German invasion of Poland in September 1939 to the defeat of Japan in August 1945. Focusing on the human – and inhuman â€“ aspects of the war The Routledge Atlas of the Second World War includes examination of: military naval and air campaigns on all the war fronts the war on land at sea and in the air the economic and social aspects of the war the global nature of the war in armed combat and in suffering the impact of the war on civilians both under occupation and as deportees and refugees the aftermath of the war: post-war political and national boundaries; war graves; and the human cost of the war on every continent. This paperback edition includes several updates to existing maps as well as ten new maps specially drawn for this edition. The new maps include examinations of Japanese- American and African- American soldiers serving with the United States Army British women special agents Belgium at War and the German occupation of the Channel Islands. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138380578

The Routledge Auto Biography Studies Reader The Routledge Auto|Biography Studies Reader collects together key theoretical essays in the field creating a solid base for any critical study of autobiography biography or life writing. Beginning with a foreword by Sidonie Smith and a general introduction to the collection the book is then divided into three sections—Foundations Transformations and Futures—each with its own introduction. Significant themes weave throughout the sections including canonicity; genre modality and interdisciplinarity; reclamation of texts; disability and the contested body; trauma; agency silence and voicing; celebrity culture; digital lives; subjects in the margins; postcolonialism; posthumanism; and ecocriticism. Attention has also been given to a variety of methodological approaches such as archival research genealogical study DNA testing autoethnography testimonio and oral history among others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138904781

The Routledge Circus Studies Reader The Routledge Circus Studies Reader offers an absorbing critical introduction to this diverse and emerging field. It brings together the work of over 30 scholars in this discipline including Janet Davis Helen Stoddart and Peta Tait to highlight and address the field’s key historical critical and theoretical issues. It is organised into three accessible sections Perspectives Precedents and Presents which approach historical aspects current issues and the future of circus performance. The chapters grouped together into 13 theme-based sub-sections provide a clear entry point into the field and emphasise the diversity of approaches available to students and scholars of circus studies. Classic accounts of performance including pieces by Philippe Petit and Friedrich Nietzsche are included alongside more recent scholarship in the field. Edited by two scholars whose work is strongly connected to the dynamic world of performance The Routledge Circus Studies Reader is an essential teaching and study resource for the emerging discipline of circus studies. It also provides a stimulating introduction to the field for lovers of circus. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138125353

The Routledge Comedy Studies Reader The Routledge Comedy Studies Reader is a selection of the most outstanding critical analysis featured in the journal Comedy Studies in the decade since its inception in 2010. The Reader illustrates the multiple perspectives that are available when analysing comedy. Wilkie’s selections present an array of critical approaches from interdisciplinary scholars all of whom evaluate comedy from different angles and adopt a range of writing styles to explore the phenomenon. Divided into eight unique parts the Reader offers both breadth and depth with its wide range of interdisciplinary articles and international perspectives. Of interest to students scholars and lovers of comedy alike The Routledge Comedy Studies Reader offers a contemporary sample of general analyses of comedy as a mode form and genre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367175948

The Routledge Companion for Architecture Design and PracticeEstablished and Emerging Trends The Routledge Companion for Architecture Design and Practice provides an overview of established and emerging trends in architecture practice. Contributions of the latest research from international experts examine external forces applied to the practice and discipline of architecture. Each chapter contains up-to-date and relevant information about select aspects of architecture and the changes this information will have on the future of the profession. The Companion contains thirty-five chapters divided into seven parts: Theoretical Stances Technology Sustainability Behavorism Urbanism Professional Practice and Society. Topics include: Evidence-Based Design Performativity Designing for Net Zero Energy The Substance of Light in Design Social Equity and Ethics for Sustainable Architecture Universal Design Design Psychology Architecture Branding and the Politics of Identity The Role of BIM in Green Architecture Public Health and the Design Process Affordable Housing Disaster Preparation and Mitigation Diversity and many more. Each chapter follows the running theme of examining external forces applied to the practice and discipline of architecture in order to uncover the evolving theoretical tenets of what constitutes today’s architectural profession and the tools that will be required of the future architect. This book considers architecture’s interdisciplinary nature and addresses its current and evolving perspectives related to social economic environmental technological and globalization trends. These challenges are central to the future direction of architecture and as such this Companion will serve as an invaluable reference for undergraduate and postgraduate students existing practitioners and future architects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138023154

The Routledge Companion on Architecture Literature and The City This Companion breaks new ground in our knowledge and understanding of the diverse relationships between literature architecture and the city which together form a field of interdisciplinary research that is one of the most innovative and exciting to have emerged in recent years. Bringing together a wide variety of contributors not only writers architectural and literary scholars and social scientists but graphic novelists and artists the book offers contemporary essays on everything from science fiction and the crime novel to poetry comics and oral history. It is structured into two sections: History Narrative and Genre and Strategy Language and Form. Including over ninety illustrations the book is a must read for academics and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367517762

The Routledge Companion to Accounting Reporting and Regulation Financial accounting reporting and regulation is a vast subject area of huge global importance with interest rising significantly in the light of the ongoing global financial crisis. The authors begin with a broad overview of the subject of accounting setting the stage for a discussion on the theoretical and practical issues and debates regarding financial reporting which are expanded on in the second part of the book. This includes how to define the reporting entity recognition and measurement of the elements of financial statements fair values in financial reporting and the costs and benefits of disclosure. The third part assesses the interest need and theories behind the accounting reporting and regulation industry while parts four and five look at the institutional social and economic aspects; with issues such as accounting for environmental management and accounting regulation and financial reporting in Islamic countries both issues of ever increasing importance. This authoritative Companion presents a broad overview of the state of these disciplines today and will provide a comprehensive reference source for students and academics involved in accounting regulation and reporting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415625739

The Routledge Companion to Accounting and Risk To date there has been little consideration of the many different ways in which accounting and risk intersect despite organisations being more determined than ever to build resilience against potential risks. This comprehensive volume overcomes this gap by providing an overview of the field drawing together current knowledge of risk in a wide range of different accounting contexts.Key themes such as corporate governance trust uncertainty and climate change are covered by a global array of contributing scholars. These contributions are divided into four areas: The broader aspects of risk and risk managementRisk in financial reportingRisk in management accountingRisk monitoringThe book is supported by a series of illustrative case studies which help to bring together theory and practice. With its wealth of examples and analyses this volume provides essential reading for students scholars and practitioners charged with understanding diverse facets of risk in the context of accounting in the business world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367656232

The Routledge Companion to Accounting Communication One of the prime purposes of accounting is to communicate and yet to date this fundamental aspect of the discipline has received relatively little attention. The Routledge Companion to Accounting Communication represents the first collection of contributions to focus on the power of communication in accounting. The chapters have a shared aim of addressing the misconception that accounting is a purely technical number-based discipline by highlighting the use of narrative visual and technological methods to communicate accounting information. The contents comprise a mixture of reflective overview stinging critique technological exposition clinical analysis and practical advice on topical areas of interest such as: The miscommunication that preceded the global financial crisis The failure of sustainability reporting The development of XBRL How to cut clutter With an international coterie of contributors including a communication theorist a Big Four practitioner and accounting academics this volume provides an eclectic array of expert analysis and reflection. The contributors reveal how accounting communications represent or misrepresent the financial affairs of entities thus presenting a state-of-the-art assessment on each of the main facets of this important topic. As such this book will be of interest to a wide range of readers including: postgraduate students in management and accounting; established researchers in the fields of both accounting and communications; and accounting practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138363007

The Routledge Companion to Accounting Education Many enquiries into the state of accounting education/training undertaken in several countries over the past 40 years have warned that it must change if it is to be made more relevant to students to the accounting profession and to stakeholders in the wider community. This book’s over-riding aim is to provide a comprehensive and authoritative source of reference which defines the domain of accounting education/training and which provides a critical overview of the state of this domain (including emerging and cutting edge issues) as a foundation for facilitating improved accounting education/training scholarship and research in order to enhance the educational base of accounting practice. The Routledge Companion to Accounting Education highlights the key drivers of change - whether in the field of practice on the one hand (e.g. increased regulation globalisation risk and complexity) or from developments in the academy on the other (e.g. pressures to embed technology within the classroom or to meet accreditation criteria) on the other. Thirty chapters written by leading scholars from around the world are grouped into seven themed sections which focus on different facets of their respective themes – including student curriculum pedagogic and assessment considerations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415697330

The Routledge Companion to Accounting History The Routledge Companion to Accounting History presents a single-volume synthesis of research in this expanding field exploring and analysing accounting from ancient civilisations to the modern day. No longer perceived as the narrow study of how a mysterious technique was used in past the scope of accounting history has widened substantially. This revised and updated volume moves beyond the history of accounting technologies accounting theories and practices and the accountants who applied them.  Expert contributors from around the world explore the interfaces between accounting and the economy society culture and the polity. Accounting history is shown to offer important insights into such disparate phenomena as the evolution of capitalism control of labour gender and family relationships racial exploitation the operation of religious organisations and the functioning of the state. Illuminating the foundation and development of accounting systems this updated classic book opens the field to a new generation of accounting scholars and historians around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815375869

The Routledge Companion to Accounting in China There is increasing interest in accounting issues in China. Despite a relatively short history China's stock market is the world's second largest. This growth has been accompanied by increasing demand for accounting information alongside reforms of accounting and auditing rules as international investors have paid increasing attention to investment opportunities in this dynamic and energetic country with a large population and economic growth potentials. Despite this at present there are few books which offer students academics and practitioners a comprehensive guide to current accounting issues in China.The Routledge Companion to Accounting in China fills this important gap in the literature. The volume is organized in six thematic sections which cover capital market and corporate finance financial accounting managerial accounting auditing taxation and internal controls. The structure is intended to reflect the increasing diversity of contemporary accounting issues in China including a balanced overview of current knowledge identifying issues and discussing relevant debates.This book is a prestigious reference work which offers students academics and practitioners an introduction to current accounting issues in the emerging market of China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367656102

The Routledge Companion to Accounting in Emerging Economies As researchers reveal the increasing complexities of accounting practices in emerging economies there is a growing need for an overview of the topic. The Routledge Companion to Accounting in Emerging Economies is a prestige work offering an introduction to current scholarship in the field with indications of future directions for enhancing the contribution to knowledge. With regional coverage of key emerging economies such as Brazil Russia India and China the team of contributors analyse issues in accounting in detail while shedding light on the role of the accounting profession in providing accountability and governance across the developing world. Each chapter is headed up by an internationally recognised author who is a leading expert in designing and implementing research approaches to the topic. Within the team of authors some are experienced senior contributors while others are developing new avenues of exploration on the basis of high-quality doctoral study. This range of author experience has been deliberately chosen to allow the reader to envisage working in such a team while growing in confidence. This unique reference offers a comprehensive guide to advanced students academics practitioners and policy makers on the current state of and potential developments in accounting in developing economies globally. This work will be of particular interest to students and researchers looking to identify topics in emerging economies academics and practitioners seeking convenient access to an unfamiliar area and established researchers seeking a single repository on the current state of knowledge current debates and relevant literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815356202

The Routledge Companion to Accounting Information Systems Information technology has permeated all walks of life in the past two decades. Accounting is no exception. Be it financial accounting management accounting or audit information technology and systems have simplified daily tasks and routine work simplified reporting and changed how accounting is done. The Routledge Companion to Accounting Information Systems provides a prestige reference work which offers students and researchers an introduction to current and emerging scholarship in the discipline. Contributions from an international cast of authors provides a balanced view of both the technical underpinnings and organisational consequences of accounting information systems.With a focus on the business consequences of technology this unique reference book will be a vital resource for students and researchers involved in accounting and information management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735418

The Routledge Companion to Actor-Network Theory This companion explores ANT as an intellectual practice tracking its movements and engagements with a wide range of other academic and activist projects. Showcasing the work of a diverse set of ‘second generation’ ANT scholars from around the world it highlights the exciting depth and breadth of contemporary ANT and its future possibilities. The companion has 38 chapters each answering a key question about ANT and its capacities. Early chapters explore ANT as an intellectual practice and highlight ANT’s dialogues with other fields and key theorists. Others open critical provocative discussions of its limitations. Later sections explore how ANT has been developed in a range of social scientific fields and how it has been used to explore a wide range of scales and sites. Chapters in the final section discuss ANT’s involvement in ‘real world’ endeavours such as disability and environmental activism and even running a Chilean hospital. Each chapter contains an overview of relevant work and introduces original examples and ideas from the authors’ recent research. The chapters orient readers in rich complex fields and can be read in any order or combination. Throughout the volume authors mobilise ANT to explore and account for a range of exciting case studies: from wheelchair activism to parliamentary decision-making; from racial profiling to energy consumption monitoring; from queer sex to Korean cities. A comprehensive introduction by the editors explores the significance of ANT more broadly and provides an overview of the volume. The Routledge Companion to Actor-Network Theory will be an inspiring and lively companion to academics and advanced undergraduates and postgraduates from across many disciplines across the social sciences including Sociology Geography Politics and Urban Studies Environmental Studies and STS and anyone wishing to engage with ANT to understand what it has already been used to do and to imagine what it might do in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138084728

The Routledge Companion to Actors' Shakespeare The Routledge Companion to Actors’ Shakespeare is a window onto how today’s actors contribute to the continuing life and relevance of Shakespeare’s plays. The process of acting is notoriously hard to document but this volume reaches behind famous performances to examine the actors’ craft their development and how they engage with playtexts. Each chapter relies upon privilieged access to its subject to offer an unparalleled insight into contemporary practice. This volume explores the techniques interpretive approaches and performance styles of the following actors: Simon Russell Beale Sinead Cusack Judi Dench Kate Duchene Colm Feore Mariah Gale John Harrell Greg Hicks Rory Kinnear Kevin Kline Adrian Lester Marcelo Magni Ian McKellen Patrice Naiambana Vanessa Redgrave Piotr Semak Anthony Sher Jonathan Slinger Kate Valk Harriet Walter This twin volume to The Routledge Companion to Directors’ Shakespeare is an essential work for both actors and students of Shakespeare. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415483018

The Routledge Companion to Adaptation The Routledge Companion to Adaptation offers a broad range of scholarship from this growing interdisciplinary field. With a basis in source-oriented studies such as novel-to-stage and stage-to-film adaptations this volume also seeks to highlight the new and innovative aspects of adaptation studies ranging from theatre and dance to radio television and new media. It is divided into five sections: Mapping which presents a variety of perspectives on the scope and development of adaptation studies; Historiography which investigates the ways in which adaptation engages with – and disrupts – history; Identity which considers texts and practices in adaptation as sites of multiple and fluid identity formations; Reception which examines the role played by an audience considering the unpredictable relationships between adaptations and those who experience them; Technology which focuses on the effects of ongoing technological advances and shifts on specific adaptations and on the wider field of adaptation. An emphasis on adaptation-as-practice establishes methods of investigation that move beyond a purely comparative case study model. The Routledge Companion to Adaptation celebrates the complexity and diversity of adaptation studies mapping the field across genres and disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367517816

The Routledge Companion to Advertising and Promotional Culture The Routledge Companion to Advertising and Promotional Culture provides an essential guide to the key issues methodologies concepts debates and policies that shape our everyday relationship with advertising. The book contains eight sections: Historical Perspectives considers the historical roots and their relationship to recent changes of contemporary advertising and promotional practice. Political Economy examines how market forces corporate ownership and government policies shape the advertising and media promotion environment. Globalization presents work on advertising and marketing as a global intercultural and transnational practice. Audiences as Labor Consumers Interpreters Fans introduces how people construct promotional meaning and are constructed as consumers markets and labor by advertising forces. Identities analyzes the ways that advertising constructs images and definitions of groups -- such as gender race and the child -- through industry labor practices marketing as well as through representation in advertising texts. Social Institutions looks at the pervasiveness of advertising strategies in different social domains including politics music housing and education. Everyday Life highlights how a promotional ethos and advertising initiatives pervade self image values and relationships. The Environment interrogates advertising’s relationship to environmental issues the promotional efforts of corporations to construct green images and mass consumption’s relationship to material waste. With chapters written by leading international scholars working at the intersections of media studies and advertising studies this book is a go-to source for those looking to understand the ways advertising has shaped consumer culture in the past and present. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138779846

The Routledge Companion to Aesthetics The third edition of the acclaimed Routledge Companion to Aesthetics contains over sixty chapters written by leading international scholars covering all aspects of aesthetics. This companion opens with an historical overview of aesthetics including entries on Plato Aristotle Kant Nietzsche Heidegger Adorno Benjamin Foucault Goodman and Wollheim. The second part covers the central concepts and theories of aesthetics including the definitions of art taste the value of art beauty imagination fiction narrative metaphor and pictorial representation. Part three is devoted to issues and challenges in aesthetics including art and ethics art and religion creativity environmental aesthetics and feminist aesthetics. The final part addresses the individual arts including music photography film videogames literature theater dance architecture and design. With ten new entries and revisions and updated suggestions for further reading throughout The Routledge Companion to Aesthetics is essential for anyone interested in aesthetics art literature and visual studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415782876

The Routledge Companion to African American Art History This Companion authoritatively points to the main areas of enquiry within the subject of African American art history.  The first section examines how African American art has been constructed over the course of a century of published scholarship. The second section studies how African American art is and has been taught and researched in academia. The third part focuses on how African American art has been reflected in art galleries and museums. The final section opens up understandings of what we mean when we speak of African American art. This book will be of interest to graduate students researchers and professors and may be used in American art African American art visual culture and culture classes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138486553

The Routledge Companion to African American Theatre and Performance The Routledge Companion to African American Theatre and Performance is an outstanding collection of specially written essays that charts the emergence development and diversity of African American Theatre and Performance—from the nineteenth-century African Grove Theatre to Afrofuturism. Alongside chapters from scholars are contributions from theatre makers including producers theatre managers choreographers directors designers and critics. This ambitious Companion includes: A "Timeline of African American theatre and performance." Part I "Seeing ourselves onstage" explores the important experience of Black theatrical self-representation. Analyses of diverse topics including historical dramas Broadway musicals and experimental theatre allow readers to discover expansive articulations of Blackness. Part II "Institution building" highlights institutions that have nurtured Black people both on stage and behind the scenes. Topics include Historically Black Colleges and Universities (HBCUs) festivals and black actor training. Part III "Theatre and social change" surveys key moments when Black people harnessed the power of theatre to affirm community realities and posit new representations for themselves and the nation as a whole. Topics include Du Bois and African Muslims women of the Black Arts Movement Afro-Latinx theatre youth theatre and operatic sustenance for an Afro future. Part IV "Expanding the traditional stage" examines Black performance traditions that privilege Black worldviews sense-making rituals and innovation in everyday life. This section explores performances that prefer the space of the kitchen classroom club or field. This book engages a wide audience of scholars students and theatre practitioners with its unprecedented breadth. More than anything these invaluable insights not only offer a window onto the processes of producing work but also the labour and economic issues that have shaped and enabled African American theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367478018

The Routledge Companion to Air Transport Management The Routledge Companion to Air Transport Management provides a comprehensive up-to-date review of air transport management research and literature. This exciting new handbook provides a unique repository of current knowledge and critical debate with an international focus considering both developed and emerging markets and covering key sectors of the air transport industry.The companion consists of 25 chapters that are written by 39 leading researchers scholars and industry experts based at universities research institutes and air transport companies and organisations in 12 different countries in Africa Asia-Pacific Europe and North America to provide a definitive trustworthy resource. The international team of contributors have proven experience of research and publication in their specialist areas and contribute to this companion by drawing upon research published mainly in academic industry and government sources.This seminal companion is a vital resource for researchers scholars and students of air transport management. It is organised into three parts: current state of the air transport sectors (Part I); application of management disciplines to airlines and airports (Part II); and key selected themes (Part III). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367656140

The Routledge Companion to Alternative and Community Media The Routledge Companion to Alternative and Community Media provides an authoritative and comprehensive examination of the diverse forms practices and philosophies of alternative and community media across the world. The volume offers a multiplicity of perspectives to examine the reasons why alternative and community media arise how they develop in particular ways and in particular places and how they can enrich our understanding of the broader media landscape and its place in society. The 50 chapters present a range of theoretical and methodological positions and arguments to demonstrate the dynamic challenging and innovative thinking around the subject locating media theory and practice within the broader concerns of democracy citizenship social exclusion race class and gender. In addition to research from the UK the US Canada Europe and Australia the Companion also includes studies from Colombia Haiti India South Korea and Zimbabwe enabling international comparisons to be made and also allowing for the problematisation of traditional - often Western - approaches to media studies. By considering media practices across a range of cultures and communities this collection is an ideal companion to the key issues and debates within alternative and community media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138391833

The Routledge Companion to Alternative Organization Despite the Great Recession slightly different forms of global capitalism are still portrayed as the only game in town by the vast majority of people in power in the world today. Unbridled growth trade liberalisation and competition are advocated as the only or best ways of organizing the contemporary world. Unemployment yawning gaps between rich and poor political disengagement and environmental devastation are too often seen as acceptable ‘side effects’ of the dominance of neo-liberalism. But the reality is that capitalism has always been contested and that people have created many other ways of providing for themselves. This book explores economic and organizational possibilities which extend far beyond the narrow imagination of economists and management theorists. Chapters on co-operatives community currencies the transition movement scrounging co-housing and much more paints a rich picture of the ways in which another word is not only possible but already taking shape. The aim of this companion is to move beyond complaining about the present and into exploring this diversity of organisational possibilities. Our starting point is a critical analysis of contemporary global capitalism is merely the opening for thinking about organizing as a form of politics by other means and one that can be driven by the values of solidarity freedom and responsibility. This comprehensive companion with an international cast of contributors gives voice to forms of organizing which remain unrepresented or marginalised in organizational studies and conventional politics yet which offer more promising grounds for social and environmental justice. It is a valuable resource for students activists and researchers interested in alternative approaches to economy and society in a variety of disciplinary and interdisciplinary fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138386174

The Routledge Companion to American Literary Journalism Taking a thematic approach this new companion provides an interdisciplinary cross-cultural and international study of American literary journalism.From the work of Frederick Douglass and Walt Whitman to that of Joan Didion and Dorothy Parker literary journalism is a genre that both reveals and shapes American history and identity. This volume not only calls attention to literary journalism as a distinctive genre but also provides a critical foundation for future scholarship. It brings together cutting-edge research from literary journalism scholars examining historical perspectives; themes venues and genres across time; theoretical approaches and disciplinary intersections; and new directions for scholarly inquiry. Provoking reconsideration and inquiry while providing new historical interpretations this companion recognizes interacts with and honors the tradition and legacies of American literary journalism scholarship. Engaging the work of disciplines such as sociology anthropology African American studies gender studies visual studies media studies and American studies in addition to journalism and literary studies this book is perfect for students and scholars of those disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138695832

The Routledge Companion to Anglophone Caribbean Literature The Routledge Companion to Anglophone Caribbean Literature offers a comprehensive critically engaging overview of this increasingly significant body of work. The volume is divided into six sections that consider: the foremost figures of the Anglophone Caribbean literary tradition and a history of literary critical debate textual turning points identifying key moments in both literary and critical history and bringing lesser known works into context fresh perspectives on enduring and contentious critical issues including the canon nation race gender popular culture and migration new directions for literary criticism and theory such as eco-criticism psychoanalysis and queer studies the material dissemination of Anglophone Caribbean literature and generic interfaces with film and visual art This volume is an essential text that brings together sixty-nine entries from scholars across three generations of Caribbean literary studies ranging from foundational critical voices to emergent scholars in the field. The volume's reach of subject and clarity of writing provide an excellent resource and springboard to further research for those working in literature and cultural studies postcolonial and diaspora studies as well as Caribbean studies history and geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415827942

The Routledge Companion to Animal-Human History The Routledge Companion to Animal-Human History provides an up-to-date guide for the historian working within the growing field of animal-human history. Giving a sense of the diversity and interdisciplinary nature of the field cutting-edge contributions explore the practices of and challenges posed by historical studies of animals and animal-human relationships. Divided into three parts the Companion takes both a theoretical and practical approach to a field that is emerging as a prominent area of study. Animals and the Practice of History considers established practices of history such as political history public history and cultural memory and how animal-human history can contribute to them. Problems and Paradigms identifies key historiographical issues to the field with contributors considering the challenges posed by topics such as agency literature art and emotional attachment. The final section Themes and Provocations looks at larger themes within the history of animal-human relationships in more depth with contributions covering topics that include breeding war hunting and eating.As it is increasingly recognised that nonhuman actors have contributed to the making of history The Routledge Companion to Animal-Human History provides a timely and important contribution to the scholarship on animal-human history and surrounding debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733650

The Routledge Companion to Anthropology and Business Interest in anthropology and ethnography has been an ongoing feature of organizational research and pedagogy; this book provides a key reference text that pulls together the different ways in which anthropology infuses the study of organizations both epistemologically and methodologically. The volume hosts key scholars and experts within the fields of Organizational Anthropology Organizational Ethnography Organizational Studies and Qualitative Research. The book provides a combination of methodological guidelines exemplars and epistemological reflection. It includes methodological viewpoints ethnographic journeys within organizations as well as beyond organizations and individual reflections on challenges faced by organizational ethnographers. This book is aimed at PhD master and advanced undergraduate students and researchers across disciplines especially those who are engaged with general management organizational behaviour strategy and anthropological/ethnographic issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138496422

The Routledge Companion to Applied PerformanceTwo Volume Set The Routledge Companion to Applied Performance provides an in-depth far-reaching and provocative consideration of how scholars and artists negotiate the theoretical historical and practical politics of applied performance both in the academy and beyond. These volumes offer insights from within and beyond the sphere of English-speaking scholarship curated by regional experts in applied performance. The reader will gain an understanding of some of the dominant preoccupations of performance in specified regions enhanced by contextual framing. From the dis(h)arming of the human body through dance in Colombia to clowning with dementia in Australia via challenges to violent nationalism in the Balkans transgender performance in Pakistan and resistance rap in Kashmir the essays interviews and scripts are eloquent testimony to the courage and hope of people who believe in the power of art to renew the human spirit. Students academics practitioners policy-makers cultural anthropologists and activists will benefit from the opportunities to forge new networks and develop in-depth comparative research offered by this bold global project. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367546106

The Routledge Companion to Applied PerformanceVolume One – Mainland Europe North and Latin America Southern Africa and Australia and New Zealand The Routledge Companion to Applied Performance provides an in-depth far-reaching and provocative consideration of how scholars and artists negotiate the theoretical historical and practical politics of applied performance both in the academy and beyond. These volumes offer insights from within and beyond the sphere of English-speaking scholarship curated by regional experts in applied performance. The reader will gain an understanding of some of the dominant preoccupations of performance in specified regions enhanced by contextual framing. From the dis(h)arming of the human body through dance in Colombia to clowning with dementia in Australia via challenges to violent nationalism in the Balkans transgender performance in Pakistan and resistance rap in Kashmir the essays interviews and scripts are eloquent testimony to the courage and hope of people who believe in the power of art to renew the human spirit. Students academics practitioners policy-makers cultural anthropologists and activists will benefit from the opportunities to forge new networks and develop in-depth comparative research offered by this bold global project. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815359654

The Routledge Companion to Applied PerformanceVolume Two – Brazil West Africa South and South East Asia United Kingdom and the Arab World The Routledge Companion to Applied Performance provides an in-depth far-reaching and provocative consideration of how scholars and artists negotiate the theoretical historical and practical politics of applied performance both in the academy and beyond. These volumes offer insights from within and beyond the sphere of English-speaking scholarship curated by regional experts in applied performance. The reader will gain an understanding of some of the dominant preoccupations of performance in specified regions enhanced by contextual framing. From the dis(h)arming of the human body through dance in Colombia to clowning with dementia in Australia via challenges to violent nationalism in the Balkans transgender performance in Pakistan and resistance rap in Kashmir the essays interviews and scripts are eloquent testimony to the courage and hope of people who believe in the power of art to renew the human spirit. Students academics practitioners policy-makers cultural anthropologists and activists will benefit from the opportunities to forge new networks and develop in-depth comparative research offered by this bold global project. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367134433

The Routledge Companion to Architecture and Social Engagement Socially engaged architecture is a broad and emerging architectural genre that promises to redefine architecture from a market-driven profession to a mix of social business altruism and activism that intends to eradicate poverty resolve social exclusion and construct an egalitarian global society. The Routledge Companion to Architecture and Social Engagement offers a critical enquiry of socially engaged architecture’s current context characterized by socio-economic inequity climate change war increasing global poverty microfinance the evolving notion of professionalism the changing conception of public and finally the growing academic interest in re-visioning the social role of architecture. Organized around case studies from the United States Brazil Venezuela the United Kingdom South Africa Rwanda Burkina Faso Nigeria Nepal Pakistan Iran Thailand Germany Australia Taiwan and Japan the book documents the most important recent developments in the field. By examining diverse working methods and philosophies of socially engaged architecture the handbook shows how socially engaged architecture is entangled in the global politics of poverty reconstruction of the public sphere changing role of the state charity and neoliberal urbanism. The book presents debates around the issue of whether architecture actually empowers the participators and alleviates socio-economic exclusion or if it instead indirectly sustains an exploitive capitalism. Bringing together a range of theories and case studies this companion offers a platform to facilitate future lines of inquiry in education research and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580674

The Routledge Companion to Art and Politics The Routledge Companion to Art and Politics offers a thorough examination of the complex relationship between art and politics and the many forms and approaches the engagement between them can take. The contributors - a diverse assembly of artists activists scholars from around the world – discuss and demonstrate ways of making art and politics legible and salient in the world. As such the 32 chapters in this volume reflect on performing and visual arts; music film and new media; as well as covering social practice community-based work conceptual interventionist and movement affiliated forms. The Companion is divided into four distinct parts: Conceptual Cartographies Institutional Materialities Modalities of Practice Making Publics Randy Martin has assembled a collection that ensures that readers will come away with a wider view of what can count as art and politics; where they might find it; and how it moves in the world. The diversity of perspectives is at once challenging and fortifying to those who might dismiss political art on the one hand as not making sufficient difference and on the other to those embracing it but seeking a means to elaborate the significance that it can make in the world. The Routledge Companion to Art and Politics brings together a range of issues and approaches and encourages critical and creative thinking about how art is produced perceived and received. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367201227

The Routledge Companion to Art Deco Scholarly interest in Art Deco has grown rapidly over the past fifty years spanning different academic disciplines. This volume provides a guide to the current state of the field of Art Deco research by highlighting past accomplishments and promising new directions. Chapters are presented in five sections based on key concepts: migration public culture fashion politics and Art Deco’s afterlife in heritage restoration and new media. The book provides a range of perspectives on and approaches to these issues as well as to the concept of Art Deco itself. It highlights the slipperiness of Art Deco yet points to its potential to shed new light on the complexities of modernity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472485144

The Routledge Companion to Art in the Public Realm This multidisciplinary companion offers a comprehensive overview of the global arena of public art. It is organised around four distinct topics: activation social justice memory and identity and ecology with a final chapter mapping significant works of public and social practice art around the world between 2008 and 2018. The thematic approach brings into view similarities and differences in the recent globalisation of public art practices while the multidisciplinary emphasis allows for a consideration of the complex outcomes and consequences of such practices as they engage different disciplines and communities and affect a diversity of audiences beyond the existing 'art world'. The book will highlight an international selection of artist projects that illustrate the themes. This book will be of interest to scholars in contemporary art art history urban studies and museum studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138325302

The Routledge Companion to Arts Management The Routledge Companion to Arts Management contains perspectives from international scholars educators consultants and practitioners sharing opinions exploring important questions and raising concerns about the field. The book will stimulate conversations foster curiosity and open pathways to different cultural philosophical ideological political national and generational insights. Four broad thematic areas are used to organize current topics in the field of arts and culture management. Part I introduces a mixture of perspectives about the history and evolution of the practice and study of arts management the role of arts managers and how arts management is being impacted by the digital age. Part II focuses on the dynamics of entrepreneurship change processes and leadership practices. Part III includes globally focused topics on cultural policy cultural rights and community building. Part IV examines a sampling of topics related to functional activities that are common to arts and culture organizations around the world such as marketing planning increasing diversity hiring fundraising and sustainability. This book builds a comprehensive understanding of what arts management can mean in an international context creating an essential resource for students scholars and reflective practitioners involved at the intersection of business and the arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138492226

The Routledge Companion to Arts Marketing The relationship between the arts and marketing has been growing ever more complex as the proliferation of new technologies and social media has opened up new forms of communication. This book covers the broad and involved relationship between the arts and marketing. It frames "arts marketing" in the context of wider related issues such as the creative and cultural industries cultural policy and arts funding developments in the different art forms and the impact of environmental forces on arts business models and markets. The Routledge Companion to Arts Marketing provides a comprehensive up-to-date reference guide that incorporates current analyses of arts marketing topics by leaders of academic research in the field. As such it will be a key resource for the next generation of arts marketing scholars and teachers and will constitute the single most authoritative guide on the subject internationally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138385740

The Routledge Companion to Asian American and Pacific Islander Literature The Routledge Companion to Asian American and Pacific Islander Literature offers a general introduction as well as a range of critical approaches to this important and expanding field. Divided into three sections the volume: Introduces "keywords" connecting the theories themes and methodologies distinctive to Asian American Literature Addresses historical periods geographies and literary identities Looks at different genre form and interdisciplinarity With 41 essays from scholars in the field this collection is a comprehensive guide to a significant area of literary study for students and teachers of Ethnic American Asian diasporic and Pacific Islander Literature. Contributors: Christine Bacareza Balance Victor Bascara Leslie Bow Joshua Takano Chambers-Letson Tina Chen Anne Anlin Cheng Mark Chiang Patricia P. Chu Robert Diaz Pin-chia Feng Tara Fickle Donald Goellnicht Helena Grice Eric Hayot Tamara C. Ho Hsuan L. Hsu Mark C. Jerng Laura Hyun Yi Kang Daniel Y. Kim Jodi Kim James Kyung-Jin Lee Rachel C. Lee Jinqi Ling Colleen Lye Sean Metzger Susette Min Susan Y. Najita Viet Thanh Nguyen erin Khuê Ninh Eve Oishi Josephine Nock-Hee Park Steven Salaita Shu-mei Shi Rajini Srikanth Brian Kim Stefans Erin Suzuki Theresa Tensuan Cynthia Tolentino Thuy Linh Nguyen Tu Eleanor Ty Traise Yamamoto Timothy Yu. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138638457

The Routledge Companion to Asian American Media The Routledge Companion to Asian American Media offers readers a comprehensive examination of the way that Asian Americans have engaged with media from the long history of Asian American actors and stories that have been featured in mainstream film and television to the birth and development of a distinctly Asian American cinema to the ever-shifting frontiers of Asian American digital media. Contributor essays focus on new approaches to the study of Asian American media including explorations of transnational and diasporic media studies of intersectional identities encompassed by queer or mixed race Asian Americans and examinations of new media practices that challenge notions of representation participation and community. Expertly organized to represent work across disciplines this companion is an essential reference for the study of Asian American media and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871925

The Routledge Companion to Auditing Auditing has been a subject of some controversy and there have been repeated attempts at reforming its practice globally. This comprehensive companion surveys the state of the discipline including emerging and cutting-edge trends. It covers the most important and controversial issues including auditing ethics auditor independence social and environmental accounting as well as the future of the field. This handbook is vital reading for legislators regulators professionals commentators students and researchers involved with auditing and accounting. The collection will also prove an ideal starting place for researchers from other fields looking to break into this vital subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138363083

The Routledge Companion to Australian Literature In recent years Australian literature has experienced a revival of interest both domestically and internationally. The increasing prominence of work by writers like Christos Tsiolkas heightened through television and film adaptation as well as the award of major international prizes to writers like Richard Flanagan and the development of new high-profile prizes like the Stella Prize have all reinvigorated interest in Australian literature both at home and abroad. This Companion emerges as a part of that reinvigoration considering anew the history and development of Australian literature and its key themes as well as tracing the transition of the field through those critical debates. It considers works of Australian literature on their own terms as well as positioning them in their critical and historical context and their ethical and interactive position in the public and private spheres. With an emphasis on literature’s responsibilities this book claims Australian literary studies as a field uniquely positioned to expose the ways in which literature engages with produces and is produced by its context provoking a critical re-evaluation of the concept of the relationship between national literatures cultures and histories and the social function of literary texts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367643560

The Routledge Companion to Automobile Heritage Culture and Preservation The Routledge Companion to Automobile Heritage Culture and Preservation explores automotive heritage its place in society and the ways we might preserve and conserve it. Drawing on contributions from academics and practitioners around the world and comprising six sections this volume carries the heritage discourse forward by exploring the complex and sometimes intricate place of automobiles within society. Taken as a whole  this book helps to shape how we think about automobile heritage and considers how that heritage explores a range of cultural intellectual emotional and material elements well outside of the automobile body itself. Most importantly perhaps it questions how we might better acknowledge the importance of automotive heritage now and in the future. The Routledge Companion to Automobile Heritage Culture and Preservation is unique in that it juxtaposes theory with practice academic approaches with practical experience and recognizes that issues of preservation and conservation belong in a broad context. As such  this volume should be essential reading for both academics and practitioners with an interest in automobiles cultural heritage and preservation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138389434

The Routledge Companion to Banking Regulation and Reform The Routledge Companion to Banking Regulation and Reform provides a prestigious cutting edge international reference work offering students researchers and policy makers a comprehensive guide to the paradigm shift in banking studies since the historic financial crisis in 2007. The transformation in banking over the last two decades has not been authoritatively and critically analysed by the mainstream academic literature. This unique collection brings together a multi-disciplinary group of leading authorities in the field to analyse and investigate post-crisis regulation and reform. Representing the wide spectrum of non-mainstream economics and finance topics range widely from financial innovation to misconduct in banking varieties of Eurozone banking to reforming dysfunctional global banking as well as topical issues such as off-shore financial centres Libor fixing corporate governance and the Dodd-Frank Act. Bringing together an authoritative range of international experts and perspectives this invaluable body of heterodox research work provides a comprehensive compendium for researchers and academics of banking and finance as well as regulators and policy makers concerned with the global impact of financial institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415855938

The Routledge Companion to Behavioural Accounting Research Behavioural research is well established in the social sciences and has flourished in the field of accounting in recent decades. This far-reaching and reliable collection provides a definitive resource on current knowledge in this new approach as well as providing a guide to the development and implementation of a Behavioural Accounting Research project.The Routledge Companion to Behavioural Accounting Research covers a full range of theoretical methodological and statistical approaches relied upon by behavioural accounting researchers giving the reader a good grounding in both theoretical perspectives and practical applications. The perspectives cover a range of countries and contexts bringing in seminal chapters by an international selection of behavioural accounting scholars including Robert Libby and William R. Kinney Jr.This book is a vital introduction for Ph.D. students as well as a valuable resource for established behavioural accounting researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581022

The Routledge Companion to Big History The Routledge Companion to Big History guides readers though the variety of themes and concepts that structure contemporary scholarship in the field of big history. The volume is divided into five parts each representing current and evolving areas of interest to the community including big history’s relationship to science social science the humanities and the future as well as teaching big history and ‘little big histories’. Considering an ever-expanding range of theoretical pedagogical and research topics the book addresses such questions as what is the relationship between big history and scientific research how are big historians working with philosophers and religious thinkers to help construct ‘meaning’ how are leading theoreticians making sense of big history and its relationship to other creation narratives and paradigms what is ‘little big history’ and how does big history impact on thinking about the future? The book highlights the place of big history in historiographical traditions and the ways in which it can be used in education and public discourse across disciplines and at all levels. A timely collection with contributions from leading proponents in the field it is the ideal guide for those wanting to engage with the theories and concepts behind big history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138905818

The Routledge Companion to Bioethics The Routledge Companion to Bioethics is a comprehensive reference guide to a wide range of contemporary concerns in bioethics.  The volume orients the reader in a changing landscape shaped by globalization health disparities and rapidly advancing technologies.  Bioethics has begun a turn toward a systematic concern with social justice population health and public policy.  While also covering more traditional topics this volume fully captures this recent shift and foreshadows the resulting developments in bioethics.  It highlights emerging issues such as climate change transgender and medical tourism and re-examines enduring topics such as autonomy end-of-life care and resource allocation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138478275

The Routledge Companion to Biology in Art and Architecture The Routledge Companion to Biology in Art and Architecture collects thirty essays from a transdisciplinary array of experts on biology in art and architecture. The book presents a diversity of hybrid art-and-science thinking revealing how science and culture are interwoven. The book situates bioart and bioarchitecture within an expanded field of biology in art architecture and design. It proposes an emergent field of biocreativity and outlines its historical and theoretical foundations from the perspective of artists architects designers scientists historians and theoreticians. Includes over 150 black and white images. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873394

The Routledge Companion to Bourdieu's 'Distinction' This edited collection explores the genesis of Bourdieu's classical book Distinction and its international career in contemporary Social Sciences. It includes contributions from contemporary sociologists from diverse countries who question the theoretical legacy of this book in various fields and national contexts. Invited authors review and exemplify current controversies concerning the theses promoted in Distinction in the sociology of culture lifestyles social classes and stratification with a specific attention dedicated to the emerging forms of cultural capital and the logics of distinction that occur in relation to material consumption or bodily practices. They also empirically illustrate the theoretical contribution of Distinction in relation with such notions as field or habitus which fruitfulness is emphasized in relation with some methodological innovations of the book. In this respect a special focus is put on the emerging stream of "distinction studies" and on the opportunities offered by the geometrical data analysis of social spaces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367868888

The Routledge Companion to Britain in the Eighteenth Century Enormously rich and wide-ranging The Routledge Companion to Britain in the Eighteenth Century brings together in one handy reference a wide range of essential information on the major aspects of eighteenth century British history. The information included is chronological statistical tabular and bibliographical and the book begins with the eighteenth century political system before going on to cover foreign affairs and the empire the major military and naval campaigns law and order religion economic and financial advances and social and cultural history. Key features of this user-friendly volume include: wide-ranging political chronologies major wars and rebellions key treaties and their terms chronologies of religious events approximately 500 biographies of leading figures essential data on population output and trade a detailed glossary of terms a comprehensive cultural and intellectual chronology set out in tabular form a uniquely detailed and comprehensive topic bibliography. All those studying or teaching eighteenth century British history will find this concise volume an indispensable resource for use and reference. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203378908

The Routledge Companion to British Cinema History Over 39 chapters The Routledge Companion to British Cinema History offers a comprehensive and revisionist overview of British cinema as on the one hand a commercial entertainment industry and on the other a series of institutions centred on economics funding and relations to government.Whereas most histories of British cinema focus on directors stars genres and themes this Companion explores the forces enabling and constraining the films’ production distribution exhibition and reception contexts from the late nineteenth century to the present day. The contributors provide a wealth of empirical and archive-based scholarship that draws on insider perspectives of key film institutions and illuminates aspects of British film culture that have been neglected or marginalized such as the watch committee system the Eady Levy the rise of the multiplex and film festivals. It also places emphasis on areas where scholarship has either been especially productive and influential such as in early and silent cinema or promoted new approaches such as audience and memory studies.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581381

The Routledge Companion to British Media History The Routledge Companion to British Media History provides a comprehensive exploration of how different media have evolved within social regional and national contexts. The 50 chapters in this volume written by an outstanding team of internationally respected scholars bring together current debates and issues within media history in this era of rapid change and also provide students and researchers with an essential collection of comparable media histories. The first two parts of the Companion comprise a series of thematic chapters reflecting broadly on historiography providing historical context for discussions of the power of the media and their social importance arranged in the following sections: Media history debates Media and society The subsequent parts are made up of in-depth sections on different media formats exploring various approaches to historicizing media futures divided as follows: Newspapers Magazines Radio Film Television Digital media The Routledge Companion to British Media History provides an essential guide to key ideas issues concepts and debates in the field. Chapter 40 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF at www.tandfebooks.com/openaccess. It has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815395485

The Routledge Companion to Business Ethics The field of business ethics continues to expand intellectually and geographically. During the past five decades scholars have developed and deepened their inquiries into the ethics of commercial and corporate conduct. This Companion provides a novel overview of the discipline of business ethics covering the major areas of the field as well as new and emerging topics. The eight thematic units range over an extraordinary set of subjects and include chapters on the history and pedagogy of business ethics moral philosophy the nature of business responsibilities within the firm economic institutions the 2008 financial crisis globalization and business ethics in different regions of the world. Led by a well-respected editorial team this unique volume gathers an international array of experts whose various critical approaches yield insights from areas such as public policy economics law and history in addition to business and philosophy. With its fresh analyses wide scope and clarity of approach this volume will be an essential addition to library collections in business management and applied ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138789562

The Routledge Companion to Business History The Routledge Companion to Business History is a definitive work of reference and authoritative international source on business history. Compiled by leading scholars in the field it offers both researchers and students an introduction and overview of current scholarship in this expanding discipline. Drawing on a wealth of international contributions this volume expands the field and explores how business history interacts theoretically and methodologically with other fields. It charts the origins and development of business history and its global reach from Latin America and Africa to North America and Europe. With this multi-perspective approach it illustrates the unique contribution of business history and its relationship with a range of other disciplines from finance and banking to gender issues in corporations. The Routledge Companion to Business History is a vital source of reference for students and researchers in the fields of business history corporate governance and business ethics. "This collection is an excellent starting point for understanding the field and finding areas where business history management theory and social science can intersect." Canadian Business History Newsletter January 2019 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415855563

The Routledge Companion to Business in Africa Although the world's poorest inhabited continent Africa has recently shown signs of being a source of economic growth in the coming decades with increased foreign investment - notably from China - and huge growth in GDP from a number of African states. In contrast to the heaving weight of books focusing on business opportunities in Asia Eastern Europe and Latin America Africa has been poorly served by academic publishing. This compendium of scholarship offers cutting-edge knowledge relating to business in Africa. The objectives of this collection include: To shed new light on the socio-cultural and historical underpinnings of business practice in Africa and their implications for promoting entrepreneurship and business behaviour in the region To consider the important constraints on business activities in Africa and the emerging 'best practice' for redressing their real and potential impacts To facilitate a better understanding of contemporary business practice in Africa through the application of relevant theories and models including emergent ones. The Routledge Companion to Business in Africa is a comprehensive reference resource that provides the perfect platform for embarking on research and study into Africa from the business perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138363045

The Routledge Companion to Butoh Performance The Routledge Companion to Butoh Performance provides a comprehensive introduction to and analysis of the global art form butoh. Originating in Japan in the 1960s butoh was a major innovation in twentieth century dance and performance and it continues to shape-shift around the world. Taking inspiration from the Japanese avant-garde Surrealism  Happenings and authors such as Genet and Artaud its influence can be seen throughout contemporary performing arts music and visual art practices. This Companion places the form in historical context documents its development in Japan and its spread around the world and brings together the theory and the practice of this compelling dance. The interdisciplinarity evident in the volume reflects the depth and the breadth of butoh and the editors bring specially commissioned essays by leading scholars and dancers together with translations of important early texts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367517908

The Routledge Companion to Career Studies The Routledge Companion to Career Studies is an in-depth reference for researchers students and practitioners looking for a comprehensive overview of the state of the art of career studies. Split into five parts the volume looks at major areas of research within career studies and reflects on the latest developments in the areas of theory empirical studies and methodology. The book's five parts cover (1) major theoretical and methodological debates and approaches to studying careers; (2) careers as dynamic ongoing processes covering such issues as time shaping careers career outcomes and patterns and the forces shaping careers; (3) the local national and global context of careers (4) implementing career research to design practical interventions in areas such as education counseling and national policy; and (5) a commentary on the current state of career scholarship and its future development as represented in this volume by founding scholars in the field. This book will be a sourcebook for scholars studying careers research students intending to take up the study of careers and anyone – scholars and practitioners – with an interest not only in understanding careers the factors shaping them and where they lead but also in how this understanding might be used in practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138939776

The Routledge Companion to Children's Literature The Routledge Companion to Children’s Literature is a vibrant and authoritative exploration of children’s literature in all its manifestations. It features a series of essays written by expert contributors who provide an illuminating examination of why children’s literature is the way it is. Topics covered include: the history and development of children's literature various theoretical approaches used to explore the texts including narratological methods questions of gender and sexuality along with issues of race and ethnicity realism and fantasy as two prevailing modes of story-telling picture books comics and graphic novels as well as ‘young adult’ fiction and the ‘crossover’ novel media adaptations and neglected areas of children’s literature. The Routledge Companion to Children’s Literature contains suggestions for further reading throughout plus a helpful timeline and a substantial glossary of key terms and names both established and more cutting-edge. This is a comprehensive and up-to-date guide to an increasingly complex and popular discipline. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203889855

The Routledge Companion to Christian History The Routledge Companion to Christian History is an indispensable aid for anyone seeking comprehensive coverage of the facts in clear concise and easy to use language. It covers: all key events in the Christian calendar from the persecution of the Roman Empire to the fall of Communism and the rise of Fundamentalism the impact of Islam the Crusades Monasticism and the spread of popular religious movements cross-cultural coverage; as well as Western Christendom the Orthodox churches of the East and the 'new' churches of Asia and Africa. Fully cross referenced throughout with a combination of chronologies glossary and statistics this packed volumes contains everything for the first time student or for anyone revisiting the subject. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203099636

The Routledge Companion to Cinema & Gender The Routledge Companion to Cinema and Gender comprises forty-three innovative essays that offer both an overview of and an intervention into the field of cinema and gender. The contributions in this volume address a variety of geographical and cultural contexts through an analysis of cinema from the representation of women and Islam in Middle Eastern film and female audience reception in Nigeria to changing class and race norms in Bollywood dance sequences. The book includes a special focus on women directors in a global context examining films and filmmakers from Asia Africa Australia Europe and North and South America. Alongside a comprehensive overview of feminist perspectives on genre this collection also offers discussion on a range of approaches to spectatorship reception studies and fandom as well as transnational approaches to star studies and the relationship between feminist film theory and new media. Other topics include queer and trans* cinema ecocinema the post-human and the methodological dimensions of feminist film history. This Routledge Companion provides researchers students and scholars with an essential guide to the key political cultural and theoretical debates surrounding cinema and gender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138391840

The Routledge Companion to Cinema and Politics The Routledge Companion to Cinema and Politics brings together forty essays by leading film scholars and filmmakers in order to discuss the complex relationship between cinema and politics. Organised into eight parts – Approaches to Cinema and Politics; Cinema Activism and Opposition; Film Propaganda Ideology and the State; The Politics of Mobility; Political Hollywood; Alternative and Independent Film and Politics; The Politics of Cine-geographies and The Politics of Documentary – this collection covers a broad range of topics including: Third Cinema cinema after 9/11 eco-activism human rights independent Chinese documentary film festivals manifestoes film policies film as a response to the post-2008 financial crisis Soviet propaganda the impact of neoliberalism on cinema and many others. This Companion foregrounds the key debates concepts approaches and case studies that critique and explain the complex relationship between politics and cinema discussing films from around the world and including examples from film history as well as contemporary cinema. It also explores the wider relationship between politics and entertainment examines cinema’s response to political and social transformations and questions the extent to which filmmaking itself is a political act. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138391680

The Routledge Companion to Comics  This cutting-edge handbook brings together an international roster of scholars to examine many facets of comics and graphic novels. Contributor essays provide authoritative up-to-date overviewsof the major topics and questions within comic studies offering readers a truly global approach to understanding the field.Essays examine:the history of the temporal geographical and formal development of comics including topics like art comics manga comix and the comics code;issues such as authorship ethics adaptation and translating comics;connections between comics and other artistic media (drawing caricature film) as well as the linkages between comics and other academic fields like linguistics and philosophy;new perspectives on comics genres from funny animal comics to war comics to romance comics and beyond.The Routledge Companion to Comics expertly organizes representative work from a range of disciplines including media and cultural studies literature philosophy and linguistics. More than an introduction to the study of comics this book will serve as a crucial reference for anyone interested in pursuing research in the area guiding students scholars and comics fans alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581534

The Routledge Companion to Commedia dell'Arte From Commedia dell’Arte came archetypal characters that are still with us today such as Harlequin and Pantalone and the rediscovered craft of writing comic dramas and masked theatre. From it came the forces that helped create and influence Opera Ballet Pantomime Shakespeare Moliere Lopes de Vega Goldoni Meyerhold and even the glove puppet Mr Punch. The Routledge Companion to Commedia dell’Arte is a wide-ranging volume written by over 50 experts that traces the history characteristics and development of this fascinating yet elusive theatre form. In synthesising the elements of Commedia this book introduces the history of the Sartori mask studio; presents a comparison between Gozzi and Goldoni’s complicated and adversarial approaches to theatre; invites discussions on Commedia’s relevance to Shakespeare and illuminates re-interpretations of Commedia in modern times. The authors are drawn from actors mask-makers pedagogues directors trainers and academics all of whom add unique insights into this fundamental pillar of western theatre. Notable contributions include:   • Donato Sartori on the twentieth century Sartori mask • Rob Henke on the Form and Freedom in Commedia Improvisation • Anna Cottis on Carlo Boso • Didi Hopkins on One Man Two Guv’nors • Kenneth Richards on acting companies • Antonio Fava on Commedia dell’Arte • Joan Schirle on Carlo Mazzone-Clementi and women in Commedia • M. A. Katritzky on Commedia Iconography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138224995

The Routledge Companion to Consumer Behavior The key to marketing is understanding and satisfying consumer needs thus a knowledge of consumer behavior is essential to any organization dealing with customers users or clients. This book promises to be a contemporary classic. It brings together an international set of scholars many of whom are "household names" to examine the diverse approaches to consumer behavior topics. The editors employ a micro to macro structure dividing each topic into three parts: one reflecting foundational work one focused on emerging trends and one covering practical applications. Each part examines the relationship between consumer behaviour and motivation including well-being gender social class and more  and concludes with practitioner perspectives on the challenges and opportunities that come with understanding customers. Readers will gain insight into how drives that are constantly in flux relate to other aspects of human cognition and behavior allowing them to reach customers successfully and to meet their needs. With contributions from leading scholars including Sidney Levy and Jagdish Sheth this volume sets the standard as the most comprehensive cutting-edge resource on the subject of consumer behavior.Students of consumer behaviour and marketing will find this a useful exploration of a fast-moving field fundamental to the welfare of companies government non-profits and consumers. It will also benefit new and established academic researchers as well as practitioners who want to stay on top of current knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367656171

The Routledge Companion to Consumer Behavior Analysis The Routledge Companion to Consumer Behavior Analysis provides a unique and eclectic combination of behavioral cognitive and environmental perspectives to illuminate the real-world complexities of consumer choice in a marketing-oriented economy. Edited by a leading authority in the field the contributing authors have created a unique anthology for understanding consumer preference by bringing together the very latest research and thinking in consumer behavior analysis. This comprehensive and innovative volume ranges over a broad multi-disciplinary perspective from economic psychology behavioral psychology and experimental economics but its chief focus is on the critical evaluation of consumer choice in the natural settings of affluent marketing-oriented economies. By focussing on human economic and social choices which involve social exchange it explores and reveals the enormous potential of consumer behavior analysis to illuminate the role of modern marketing-oriented business organizations in shaping and responding to consumer choice. This will be of particular interest to academics researchers and advanced students in marketing consumer behavior behavior analysis social psychology behavioral economics and behavioral psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415729925

The Routledge Companion to Contemporary Anthropology The Routledge Companion to Contemporary Anthropology is an invaluable guide and major reference source for students and scholars alike introducing its readers to key contemporary perspectives and approaches within the field. Written by an experienced international team of contributors with an interdisciplinary range of essays this collection provides a powerful overview of the transformations currently affecting anthropology. The volume both addresses the concerns of the discipline and comments on its construction through texts classroom interactions engagements with various publics and changing relations with other academic subjects. Persuasively demonstrating that a number of key contemporary issues can be usefully analyzed through an anthropological lens the contributors cover important topics such as globalization law and politics collaborative archaeology economics religion citizenship and community health and the environment. The Routledge Companion to Contemporary Anthropology is a fascinating examination of this lively and constantly evolving discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367199685

The Routledge Companion to Contemporary Art Visual Culture and Climate Change International in scope this volume brings together leading and emerging voices working at the intersection of contemporary art visual culture activism and climate change and addresses key questions such as: why and how do art and visual culture and their ethics and values matter with regard to a world increasingly shaped by climate breakdown? Foregrounding a decolonial and climate-justice-based approach this book joins efforts within the environmental humanities in seeking to widen considerations of climate change as it intersects with social political and cultural realms. It simultaneously expands the nascent branches of ecocritical art history and visual culture and builds toward the advancement of a robust and critical interdisciplinarity appropriate to the complex entanglements of climate change. This book will be of special interest to scholars and practitioners of contemporary art and visual culture environmental studies cultural geography and political ecology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367221102

The Routledge Companion to Contemporary Brand Management The amount and range of brand related literature published in the last fifty years can be overwhelming for brand scholars. This Companion provides a uniquely comprehensive overview of contemporary issues in brand management research and the challenges faced by brands and their managers. Original contributions from an international range of established and emerging scholars from Europe US Asia and Africa provide a diverse range of insights on different areas of branding reflecting the state of the art and insights into future challenges.  Designed to provide not only a comprehensive overview but also to stimulate new insights this will be an essential resource for researchers educators and advanced students in branding and brand management consumer behaviour marketing and advertising. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415747905

The Routledge Companion to Coopetition Strategies As more and more strategic alliances are forged between competitors a dedicated word has been coined to described this strategy: coopetition. Coopetition strategy research began in the early 1990s and has been steadily increasing; yet a global overview of the field has been lacking. This reference volume is the first to provide a comprehensive international survey of coopetition research. Organized thematically and written by the world’s most-cited researchers in the field it views the topic through the lens of a variety of disciplines including innovation strategic management operations management and marketing. This reference book is the definitive resource for researchers looking to understand the field of coopetition throughout business and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138736894

The Routledge Companion to Copyright and Creativity in the 21st Century These collected chapters and interviews explore the current issues and debates about how copyright will or should adapt to meet the practices of 21st-century creators and internet users. The book begins with an overview of copyright law basics. It is organized by parts that correspond to creative genres: Literary Works Visual Arts Fine Art Music Video Games and Virtual Worlds Fashion and Technology. The chapters and interviews address issues such as copyright ownership in work created by Artificial Intelligence (AI) the musical remix market whether appropriation is ever a fair use of a copyrighted work or if it is always theft and whether internet- based platforms should do more to deter piracy of creators’ works. Each part ends with an essay explaining the significance of one or two landmark or trendsetting cases to help the reader understand the practical implications of the law. Written to be accessible to both lay and legal audiences this unique collection addresses contemporary legal issues that all creators need to understand and will be essential reading for artists designers and musicians as well as the lawyers who represent them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138999251

The Routledge Companion to Cost Management Over the last two decades cost management has been an area of dynamic change and development. This is evident in the extensive inventory of new high-profile techniques that have emerged. With cost management now firmly established as a distinct sub-discipline within management accounting The Routledge Companion to Cost Management is a timely reference volume covering both practical developments and research in this area. Topics covered include: Cost control issues Cost analysis and decision making Cost management systems Environmental cost management With chapters from an international team of contributors this prestigious companion will prove an indispensible addition to any library with aspirations of keeping up-to-date with the world of accounting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415592475

The Routledge Companion to Creativity Creativity can be as difficult to define as it is to achieve. This is a complex and compelling area of study and this volume is perfectly poised to explore how creativity can be better understood and used in a range of contexts. The book not only centres on creativity in wider organizational theory but also defines the conditions in which creativity can flourish and assesses how the contemporary business environment has an impact on creative solutions. The volume grounds the concept of creativity in a sound theoretical framework and explores issues of practical and theoretical consequence covering a range of themes including: innovation and entrepreneurship creativity and design environmental influences knowledge management meta-theories of creativity personal creativity structured interventions. Comprising contributions written by an unusually wide array of leading creativity scholars The Routledge Companion to Creativity is an insightful and cutting edge resource. It is an essential purchase for anyone with an interest in creativity from a business psychology or design perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138385900

The Routledge Companion to Crime Fiction The Routledge Companion to Crime Fiction is a comprehensive introduction to crime fiction and crime fiction scholarship today. Across forty-five original chapters specialists in the field offer innovative approaches to the classics of the genre as well as ground-breaking mappings of emerging themes and trends. The volume is divided into three parts. Part I Approaches rearticulates the key theoretical questions posed by the crime genre. Part II Devices examines the textual characteristics of the genre. Part III Interfaces investigates the complex ways in which crime fiction engages with the defining issues of its context – from policing and forensic science through war migration and narcotics to digital media and the environment. Engagingly written and drawing on examples from around the world this volume is indispensable to both students and scholars of crime fiction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138320352

The Routledge Companion to Criminological Theory and Concepts A comprehensive one-stop reference text The Routledge Companion to Criminological Theory and Concepts (the ‘Companion’) will find a place on every bookshelf whether it be that of a budding scholar or a seasoned academic. Comprising over a hundred concise and authoritative essays written by leading scholars in the field this volume explains in a clear and inviting way the emergence context evolution and current status of key criminological theories and conceptual themes. The Companion is divided into six historical and thematic parts each introduced by the editors and containing a selection of accessible and engaging short essays written specifically for this text: Foundations of criminological thought and contemporary revitalizations The emergence and growth of American criminology From appreciation to critique Late critical criminologies and new directions Punishment and security Geographies of crime Comprehensive cross-referencing between entries will provide the reader with signposts to later developments to critiques and to associated theoretical developments explored within the book and lists of further reading in every entry will encourage independent thinking and study. This book is an essential reference work for criminology students at all levels and is the perfect companion for courses on criminological theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138819009

The Routledge Companion to Critical Accounting The field of critical accounting has expanded rapidly since its inception and has become recognised as offering a wealth of provocative insights in the wake of the global financial crisis. It is now firmly embedded within accounting literature and in how accounting is taught. Surveying the evolving field of Critical Accounting including theory ethics history development and sustainability this Companion presents key debates in the field providing a comprehensive overview. Incorporating interdisciplinary perspectives on accounting the volume concludes by considering new directions in which critical accounting research may travel. With an international array of established and respected contributors this Routledge Companion is a vital resource for students and researchers across the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367656188

The Routledge Companion to Critical and Cultural Theory Now in a fully updated second edition The Routledge Companion to Critical and Cultural Theory is an indispensible guide for anyone approaching the field for the first time. Exploring ideas from a diverse range of disciplines through a series of 11 critical essays and a dictionary of key names and terms this book examines some of the most complex and fundamental theories in modern scholarship including: Marxism Trauma Theory Ecocriticism Psychoanalysis Feminism Posthumanism Gender and Queer Theory Structuralism Narrative Postcolonialism Deconstruction Postmodernism With three new essays an updated introduction further reading and a wealth of new dictionary entries this text is an indispensible guide for all students of the theoretically informed arts humanities and social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415668309

The Routledge Companion to Critical Approaches to Contemporary Architecture The Routledge Companion to Critical Approaches to Contemporary Architecture convenes a wide array of critical voices from architecture art history urbanism geography anthropology media and performance studies computer science bio-engineering environmental studies and sociology that help us understand the meaning and significance of global architecture of the twenty-first century. New chapters by 36 contributors illustrated with over 140 black-and-white images are assembled in six parts concerning both real and virtual spaces: design materiality alterity technologies cityscapes and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138917569

The Routledge Companion to Critical Management Studies The scholarly field of Critical Management Studies (CMS) is in a state of flux. Against a backdrop of dramatic global shifts CMS scholarship has lately taken a number of new and exciting directions and at times challenged older critical voices. Novel theoretical frameworks and diverse research interests mark the CMS field as never before. Interrogating conventional critiques of management and arguing for fresh approaches The Routledge Companion to Critical Management Studies captures this intellectual ferment and new spirit of inquiry within CMS and showcases the pluralistic generation of CMS scholars that has emerged in recent years. Setting the scene for a crucial period for the discipline this insightful volume covers new ground and essential areas grouped under the following themes: Critique and its (dis-)contents Difference otherness marginality Knowledge at the crossroads History and discourse Global predicaments. Drawing on the expertise of an international team of contributing scholars The Routledge Companion to Critical Management Studies is a rich resource and the perfect reference tool for students and researchers of management and organization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138386204

The Routledge Companion to Critical Marketing The Routledge Companion to Critical Marketing brings together the latest research in Critical Marketing Studies in one authoritative and convenient volume. The world’s leading scholars and rising stars collaborate here to provide a survey of this lively subdiscipline. In doing so they demonstrate how a critical approach yields an enriched understanding of marketing theory and practice its role in society and its relationship with consumers themselves.It is the first attempt to capture the state of Critical Marketing research in many years. As such this seminal work is unmissable for scholars and students of marketing and consumer research as well as those exploring sociology media studies anthropology and consumption scholarship more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367656089

The Routledge Companion to Criticality in Art Architecture and Design The Routledge Companion to Criticality in Art Architecture and Design presents an in-depth exploration of criticism and criticality in theory and practice across the disciplines of art architecture and design. Professional criticism is a vital part of understanding the cultural significance of designed objects and environments that we engage with on a daily basis yet there is evidence to show that this practice is changing. This edited volume investigates how practitioners researchers educators and professionals engage with think about and value the practice of critique. With contributions from a multi-disciplinary authorship from nine countries - the UK USA Australia India Netherlands Switzerland South Africa Belgium and Denmark - this companion provides a wide range of leading perspectives evaluating the landscape of criticality and how it is being shaped by technological and social advances. Illustrated with over 60 black and white images and structured into five sections The Routledge Companion to Criticality in Art Architecture and Design is a comprehensive volume for researchers educators and students exploring the changing role of criticism through interdisciplinary perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367659813

The Routledge Companion to Cross-Cultural Management This Routledge Companion provides a timely and authoritative overview of cross-cultural management as an academic domain and field of practice for academics and students. With contributions from over 60 authors from 20 countries the book is organised in to five thematic areas: Review survey and critique Language and languages: moving from the periphery to the core Cross-cultural management research and education The new international business landscape Rethinking a multidisciplinary paradigm. Edited by an international team of scholars and featuring contributions from a range of leading cross-cultural management experts this prestigious volume represents the most comprehensive guide to the development and scope of cross-cultural management as an academic discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138363274

The Routledge Companion to Cult Cinema The Routledge Companion to Cult Cinema offers an overview of the field of cult cinema – films at the margin of popular culture and art that have received exceptional cultural visibility and status mostly because they break rules offend and challenge understandings of achievement (some are so bad they’re good others so good they remain inaccessible). Cult cinema is no longer only comprised of the midnight movie or the extreme genre film. Its range has widened and the issues it broaches have become battlegrounds in cultural debates that typify the first quarter of the twenty-first century. Sections are introduced with the major theoretical frameworks philosophical inspirations and methodologies for studying cult films with individual chapters excavating the most salient criticism of how the field impacts cultural discourse at large. Case studies include the worst films ever; exploitation films; genre cinema; multiple media formats cult cinema is expressed through; issues of cultural national and gender representations; elements of the production culture of cult cinema; and throughout aspects of the aesthetics of cult cinema – its genre style look impact and ability to yank viewers out of their comfort zones. The Routledge Companion to Cult Cinema goes beyond the traditional scope of Anglophone and North American cinema by including case studies of East and South Asia continental Europe the Middle East and Latin America making it an innovative and important resource for researchers and students alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138950276

The Routledge Companion to Cultural History in the Western World The Routledge Companion to Cultural History in the Western World is a comprehensive examination of recent discussions and findings in the exciting field of cultural history. A synthesis of how the new cultural history has transformed the study of history the volume is divided into three parts – medieval early modern and modern – that emphasize the way people made sense of the world around them. Contributions cover such themes as material cultures of living mobility and transport cultural exchange and transfer power and conflict emotion and communication and the history of the senses. The focus is on the Western world but the notion of the West is a flexible one. In bringing together 36 authors from 15 countries the book takes a wide geographical coverage devoting continuous attention to global connections and the emerging trend of globalization. It builds a panorama of the transformation of Western identities and the critical ramifications of that evolution from the Middle Ages to the twenty-first century that offers the reader a wide-ranging illustration of the potentials of cultural history as a way of studying the past in a variety of times spaces and aspects of human experience. Engaging with historiographical debate and covering a vast range of themes periods and places The Routledge Companion to Cultural History in the Western World is the ideal resource for cultural history students and scholars to understand and advance this dynamic field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138649460

The Routledge Companion to Cultural Property The Routledge Companion to Cultural Property contains new contributions from scholars working at the cutting edge of cultural property studies bringing together diverse academic and professional perspectives to develop a coherent overview of this field of enquiry. The global range of authors use international case studies to encourage a comparative understanding of how cultural property has emerged in different parts of the world and continues to frame vital issues of national sovereignty the free market international law and cultural heritage. Sections explore how cultural property is scaled to the state and the market; cultural property as law; cultural property and cultural rights; and emerging forms of cultural property from yoga to the national archive. By bringing together disciplinary perspectives from anthropology archaeology law Indigenous studies history folklore studies and policy this volume facilitates fresh debate and broadens our understanding of this issue of growing importance. This comprehensive and coherent statement of cultural property issues will be of great interest to cultural sector professionals and policy makers as well as students and academic researchers engaged with cultural property in a variety of disciplines.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138812642

The Routledge Companion to Cyberpunk Culture In this companion an international range of contributors examine the cultural formation of cyberpunk from micro-level analyses of example texts to macro-level debates of movements providing readers with snapshots of cyberpunk culture and also cyberpunk as culture. With technology seamlessly integrated into our lives and our selves and social systems veering towards globalization and corporatization cyberpunk has become a ubiquitous cultural formation that dominates our twenty-first century techno-digital landscapes. The Routledge Companion to Cyberpunk Culture traces cyberpunk through its historical developments as a literary science fiction form to its spread into other media such as comics film television and video games. Moreover seeing cyberpunk as a general cultural practice the Companion provides insights into photography music fashion and activism. Cyberpunk as the chapters presented here argue is integrated with other critical theoretical tenets of our times such as posthumanism the Anthropocene animality and empire. And lastly cyberpunk is a vehicle that lends itself to the rise of new futurisms occupying a variety of positions in our regionally diverse reality and thus linking as much as differentiating our perspectives on a globalized technoscientific world. With original entries that engage cyberpunk’s diverse ‘angles’ and its proliferation in our life worlds this critical reference will be of significant interest to humanities students and scholars of media cultural studies literature and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815351931

The Routledge Companion to Dance Studies The Routledge Companion to Dance Studies maps out the key features of dance studies as the field stands today while pointing to potential future developments. It locates these features both historically—within dance in particular social and cultural contexts—and in relation to other academic influences that have impinged on dance studies as a discipline. The editors use a thematically based approach that emphasizes that dance scholarship does not stand alone as a single entity but is inevitably linked to other related fields debates and concerns. Authors from across continents have contributed chapters based on theoretical methodological ethnographic and practice-based case studies bringing together a wealth of expertise and insight to offer a study that is in-depth and wide-ranging. Ideal for scholars and upper-level students of dance and performance studies The Routledge Companion to Dance Studies challenges the reader to expand their knowledge of this vibrant exciting interdisciplinary field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138234581

The Routledge Companion to Death and Dying Few issues apply universally to people as poignantly as death and dying. All religions address concerns with death from the handling of human remains to defining death to suggesting what happens after life. The Routledge Companion to Death and Dying provides readers with an overview of the study of death and dying. Questions of death mortality and more recently of end-of-life care have long been important ones and scholars from a range of fields have approached the topic in a number of ways. Comprising over fifty-two chapters from a team of international contributors the companion covers:funerary and mourning practices;concepts of the afterlife;psychical issues associated with death and dying;clinical and ethical issues;philosophical issues;death and dying as represented in popular culture.This comprehensive collection of essays will bring together perspectives from fields as diverse as history philosophy literature psychology archaeology and religious studies while including various religious traditions including established religions like Christianity Judaism Islam Hinduism and Buddhism as well as new or less widely known traditions such as the Spiritualist Movement the Church of Latter Day Saints and Raëlianism. The Routledge Companion to Death and Dying is essential reading for students and researchers in religious studies philosophy and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581268

The Routledge Companion to Death and Literature The Routledge Companion to Death and Literature seeks to understand the ways in which literature has engaged deeply with the ever-evolving relationship humanity has with its ultimate demise. It is the most comprehensive collection in this growing field of study and includes essays by Brian McHale Catherine Belling Ronald Schleifer Helen Swift and Ira Nadel as well as the work of a generation of younger scholars from around the globe who bring valuable transnational insights. Encompassing a diverse range of mediums and genres – including biography and autobiography documentary drama elegy film the novel and graphic novel opera picturebooks poetry television and more – the contributors offer a dynamic mix of approaches that range from expansive perspectives on particular periods and genres to extended analyses of select case studies. Essays are included from every major Western period including Classical Middle Ages Renaissance and so on right up to the contemporary. This collection provides a telling demonstration of the myriad ways that humanity has learned to live with the inevitability of death where “live with” itself might mean any number of things: from consoling to memorializing to rationalizing to fending off to evading and perhaps most compellingly of all to escaping. Engagingly written and drawing on examples from around the world this volume is indispensable to both students and scholars working in the fields of medical humanities thanatography (death studies) life writing Victorian studies modernist studies narrative contemporary fiction popular culture and more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367619015

The Routledge Companion to Design Research The Routledge Companion to Design Research offers a comprehensive examination of design research celebrating the plurality of design research and the wide range of conceptual methodological technological and theoretical approaches evident in contemporary design research. This volume comprises 39 original and high quality design research chapters from contributors around the world with offerings from the vast array of disciplines in and around modern design praxis including areas such as industrial and product design visual communication interaction design fashion design service design engineering and architecture. The Routledge Companion to Design Research is divided into five distinct parts with chapters that examine the nature and process of design research the purpose of design research and how one might embark on design research. They also explore how leading design researchers conduct their design research through formulating and asking questions in novel ways and the creative methods and tools they use to collect and analyse data. The Routledge Companion to Design Research also includes a number of case studies that illustrate how one might best communicate and disseminate design research through contributions that offer techniques for writing and publicising research. The Routledge Companion to Design Research will have wide appeal to researchers and educators in design and design-related disciplines such as engineering business marketing and computing and will make an invaluable contribution to state-of-the-art design research at postgraduate doctoral and post-doctoral levels and teaching across a wide range of different disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138310247

The Routledge Companion to Design Studies Since the 1990s in response to dramatic transformations in the worlds of technology and the economy design – a once relatively definable discipline complete with a set of subdisciplines – has become unrecognizable. Consequently design scholars have begun to address new issues themes and sub-disciplines such as: sustainable design design for well-being empathic design design activism design anthropology and many more. The Routledge Companion to Design Studies charts this new expanded spectrum and embraces the wide range of scholarship relating to design – theoretical practice-related and historical – that has emerged over the past four decades. Comprising forty-three newly commissioned chapters the Companion is organized into the following six sections: Defining design: discipline process Defining design: objects spaces Designing identities: gender sexuality age nation Designing society: empathy responsibility consumption the everyday Design and politics: activism intervention regulation Designing the world: globalization transnationalism translation. Contributors include both established and emerging scholars and the chapters offer an international scope covering work emanating from and relating to design in the United Kingdom mainland Europe North America Asia Australasia and Africa. This comprehensive collection makes an original and significant contribution to the field of Design Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367201685

The Routledge Companion to Digital Consumption The first generation that has grown up in a digital world is now in our university classrooms. They their teachers and their parents have been fundamentally affected by the digitization of text images sound objects and signals. They interact socially play games shop read write work listen to music collaborate produce and co-produce search and browse very differently than in the pre-digital age. Adopting emerging technologies easily spending a large proportion of time online and multitasking are signs of the increasingly digital nature of our everyday lives. Yet consumer research is just beginning to emerge on how this affects basic human and consumer behaviours such as attention learning communications relationships entertainment and knowledge. The Routledge Companion to Digital Consumption offers an introduction to the perspectives needed to rethink consumer behaviour in a digital age that we are coming to take for granted and which therefore often escapes careful research and reflective critical appraisal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138385689

The Routledge Companion to Digital Ethnography With the increase of digital and networked media in everyday life researchers have increasingly turned their gaze to the symbolic and cultural elements of technologies. From studying online game communities locative and social media to YouTube and mobile media ethnographic approaches to digital and networked media have helped to elucidate the dynamic cultural and social dimensions of media practice. The Routledge Companion to Digital Ethnography provides an authoritative up-to-date intellectually broad and conceptually cutting-edge guide to this emergent and diverse area.Features include:a comprehensive history of computers and digitization in anthropology;exploration of various ethnographic methods in the context of digital tools and network relations;consideration of social networking and communication technologies on a local and global scale;in-depth analyses of different interfaces in ethnography from mobile technologies to digital archives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873585

The Routledge Companion to Digital Humanities and Art History The Routledge Companion to Digital Humanities and Art History offers a broad survey of cutting-edge intersections between digital technologies and the study of art history museum practices and cultural heritage. The volume focuses not only on new computational tools that have been developed for the study of artworks and their histories but also debates the disciplinary opportunities and challenges that have emerged in response to the use of digital resources and methodologies. Chapters cover a wide range of technical and conceptual themes that define the current state of the field and outline strategies for future development. This book offers a timely perspective on trans-disciplinary developments that are reshaping art historical research conservation and teaching. This book will be of interest to scholars in art history historical theory method and historiography and research methods in education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138585584

The Routledge Companion to Digital Journalism Studies The Routledge Companion to Digital Journalism Studies offers an unprecedented collection of essays addressing the key issues and debates shaping the field of Digital Journalism Studies today. Across the last decade journalism has undergone many changes which have driven scholars to reassess its most fundamental questions and in the face of digital change to ask again: ‘Who is a journalist?’ and ‘What is journalism?’. This companion explores a developing scholarly agenda committed to understanding digital journalism and brings together the work of key scholars seeking to address key theoretical concerns and solve unique methodological riddles. Comprising 58 original essays from distinguished academics across the globe this Companion draws together the work of those making sense of this fundamental reconceptualization of journalism and assesses its impacts on journalism’s products its practices resources and its relationship with audiences. It also outlines the challenge presented by studying digital journalism and more importantly offers a first set of answers. This collection is the very first of its kind to attempt to distinguish this emerging field as a unique area of academic inquiry. Through identifying its core questions and presenting its fundamental debates this Companion sets the agenda for years to come in defining this new field of study as Digital Journalism Studies making it an essential point of reference for students and scholars of journalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367205027

The Routledge Companion to Digital Media and Children This companion presents the newest research in this important area showcasing the huge diversity in children’s relationships with digital media around the globe and exploring the benefits challenges history and emerging developments in the field. Children are finding novel ways to express their passions and priorities through innovative uses of digital communication tools. This collection investigates and critiques the dynamism of children's lives online with contributions fielding both global and hyper-local issues and bridging the wide spectrum of connected media created for and by children. From education to children's rights to cyberbullying and youth in challenging circumstances the interdisciplinary approach ensures a careful nuanced multi-dimensional exploration of children’s relationships with digital media. Featuring a highly international range of case studies perspectives and socio-cultural contexts The Routledge Companion to Digital Media and Children is the perfect reference tool for students and researchers of media and communication family and technology studies psychology education anthropology and sociology as well as interested teachers policy makers and parents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138544345

The Routledge Companion to Disability and Media An authoritative and indispensable guide to disability and media this thoughtfully curated collection features varied and provocative contributions from distinguished scholars globally  alongside next-generation research leaders. Disability and media has emerged as a dynamic and exciting area of contemporary culture and social life. Media–– especially digital technology––play a vital role in disability transformations with widespread implications for global societies and how we understand communications. This book addresses this development from representation and audience through technologies innovations and challenges of the field. Through the varied and global perspectives of leading researchers writers and practitioners including many authors with lived experience of disability it covers a wide range of traditional emergent and future media forms and formats. International in scope and orientation The Routledge Companion to Disability and Media offers students and scholars alike a comprehensive survey of the intersections between disability studies and media studies This book is available as an accessible eBook. For more information please visit https://taylorandfrancis.com/about/corporate-responsibility/accessibility-at-taylor-francis/. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884588

The Routledge Companion to Dramaturgy Dramaturgy in its many forms is a fundamental and indispensable element of contemporary theatre. In its earliest definition the word itself means a comprehensive theory of "play making." Although it initially grew out of theatre contemporary dramaturgy has made enormous advances in recent years and it now permeates all kinds of narrative forms and structures: from opera to performance art; from dance and multimedia to filmmaking and robotics. In our global mediated context of multinational group collaborations that dissolve traditional divisions of roles as well as unbend previously intransigent rules of time and space the dramaturg is also the ultimate globalist: intercultural mediator information and research manager media content analyst interdisciplinary negotiator social media strategist. This collection focuses on contemporary dramaturgical practice bringing together contributions not only from academics but also from prominent working dramaturgs. The inclusion of both means a strong level of engagement with current issues in dramaturgy from the impact of social media to the ongoing centrality of interdisciplinary and intermedial processes. The contributions survey the field through eight main lenses: world dramaturgy and global perspective dramaturgy as function verb and skill dramaturgical leadership and season planning production dramaturgy in translation adaptation and new play development interdisciplinary dramaturgy play analysis in postdramatic and new media dramaturgy social media and audience outreach. Magda Romanska is Visiting Associate Professor of Slavic Languages and Literatures at Harvard University Associate Professor of Theatre and Dramaturgy at Emerson College and Dramaturg for Boston Lyric Opera. Her books include The Post-Traumatic Theatre of Grotowski and Kantor (2012) Boguslaw Schaeffer: An Anthology (2012) and Comedy: An Anthology of Theory and Criticism (2014). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138946330

The Routledge Companion to Dyslexia The Routledge Companion to Dyslexia is a ground-breaking analysis of the whole field of dyslexia by a distinguished team of international contributors and editors engaged in literacy inclusion and learning. Their diverse perspectives and wide expertise make this invaluable guide one of the most important additions to the field of dyslexia for over a decade. Dyslexia is without doubt the most high profile and contentious learning difficulty and it is a topic that has attracted a vast amount of research opinion professional schisms and debate. The Companion provides an invaluable overview of the field of dyslexia with vital and clear emphasis on linking theoretical perspectives with best practice. This accessible text: presents a survey of current and future development in research with a focus on how research can inform practice focuses on areas such as neurobiology phonological processing literacy acquisition numeracy and multilingualism considers assessment and identification with contributions on early identification reading spelling and mathematics addresses identifying and meeting needs in an inclusive context discusses inclusion and barriers to learning in a variety of different national contexts includes models of instruction direct instruction co-operative learning and cross-curricular learning. The Routledge Companion to Dyslexia is a superb resource for anyone interested in the subject whether in education or related subjects such as psychology or neurology. Fully indexed and cross-referenced with helpful further reading sections at the end of each entry it is ideal for those coming to the field of dyslexia for the first time as well as students and practitioners already familiar with the subject. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203549230

The Routledge Companion to Early Modern Europe 1453-1763 This compact and highly accessible work of reference covers the broad sweep of events as Europe transformed during the period from the Renaissance to the Enlightenment. This Companion examines the centuries that saw the Reformation and Counter-Reformation the expansion of Europe and the beginnings of imperialism and enormous changes in the way government and kingship were conducted. With a wealth of chronologies tables family trees and maps this handy book is an indispensable resource for all students and teachers of early modern history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203969199

The Routledge Companion to Education Who are the key thinkers in education? What are the hot topics in education? Where will education go from here? The Routledge Companion to Education presents the most comprehensive up-to-date guide available to the key theories themes and topics in education. Forty specially commissioned chapters covering all aspects of education introduce you to the ideas research and issues that have shaped this most diverse dynamic and fluid field. Part one provides an introduction to the key theories thinkers and disciplines within education Part two covers ideas and issues about how what and why learning takes place Part three includes analysis on particular approaches to education and explores the issues that attract much contemporary interest. Written by an international team of expert contributors the chapters all include a descriptive introduction an analysis of the key ideas and debates an overview of the latest research key questions for research and carefully selected further reading. The Routledge Companion to Education is a succinct detailed authoritative overview of the topics which are at the forefront of educational research and discourse today. This classic collection is a bookshelf essential for every student and scholar serious about the study of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415583473

The Routledge Companion to Eighteenth Century Philosophy The Eighteenth century is one of the most important periods in the history of Western philosophy witnessing philosophical scientific and social and political change on a vast scale. In spite of this there are few single volume overviews of the philosophy of the period as a whole. The Routledge Companion to Eighteenth Century Philosophy is an authoritative survey and assessment of this momentous period covering major thinkers topics and movements in Eighteenth century philosophy. Beginning with a substantial introduction by Aaron Garrett the thirty-five specially commissioned chapters by an outstanding team of international contributors are organised into seven clear parts: Context and Movements Metaphysics and Understanding Mind Soul and Perception Morals and Aesthetics Politics and Society Philosophy in relation to the Arts and Sciences Major Figures. Major topics and themes are explored and discussed ranging from materialism free will and personal identity; to the emotions the social contract aesthetics and the sciences including mathematics and biology. The final section examines in more detail three figures central to the period: Hume Rousseau and Kant. As such The Routledge Companion to Eighteenth Century Philosophy is essential reading for all students of the period both in philosophy and related disciplines such as politics literature history and religious studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138574663

The Routledge Companion to Embodied Music Interaction The Routledge Companion to Embodied Music Interaction captures a new paradigm in the study of music interaction as a wave of recent research focuses on the role of the human body in musical experiences. This volume brings together a broad collection of work that explores all aspects of this new approach to understanding how we interact with music addressing the issues that have roused the curiosities of scientists for ages: to understand the complex and multi-faceted way in which music manifests itself not just as sound but also as a variety of cultural styles not just as experience but also as awareness of that experience.With contributions from an interdisciplinary and international array of scholars including both empirical and theoretical perspectives the Companion explores an equally impressive array of topics including: Dynamical music interaction theories and conceptsExpressive gestural interactionSocial music interactionSociological and anthropological approachesEmpowering health and well-beingModeling music interactionMusic-based interaction technologies and applicationsThis book is a vital resource for anyone seeking to understand human interaction with music from an embodied perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876845

The Routledge Companion to Employment Relations Comprising five thematic sections this volume provides a critical international and interdisciplinary exploration of employment relations. It examines the major subjects and emerging areas within the field including essays on institutional theory voice new actors precarious work and employment. Led by a well-respected team of editors the contributors examine current knowledge and debates within each topic offering cutting-edge analysis and reflection. The Routledge Companion to Employment Relations is an extensive reference work that offers students and researchers an introduction to current scholarship in the longstanding discipline of employment relations. It will be an essential addition to library collections in business and management law economics  sociology and political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138911178

The Routledge Companion to English Studies English is now a global phenomenon no longer defined by fixed territorial cultural and social functions. The Routledge Companion to English Studies provides an authoritative overview of the subject area. Taking into account the changing conceptualisations of English this companion considers both historical trajectories and contemporary perspectives while also showcasing the state-of-the-art contributions made by the established scholars of the field. The Routledge Companion to English Studies: provides a set of broad perspectives on English as a subject of study and research;   highlights the importance of the link between English and other languages within the concepts of multilingualism and polylingualism;  investigates the use of language in communication through the medium of digital technology covering key issues such as digital literacies multimodal literacies and games and broadcast language;  explores the role of English in education taking account of social ethnographic and global perspectives on pedagogical issues. This collection of 34 newly commissioned articles provides a comprehensive and up-to-date picture of the dynamic and diverse field of English studies and will be an invaluable text for advanced students and researchers in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138484276

The Routledge Companion to Entrepreneurship Research in entrepreneurship has been booming with perspectives from a range of disciplines and numerous developing schools of thought. It can be difficult for young scholars and even long-time researchers to find their way through the lush garden of ideas we see before us.   The purpose of this book is to map the research terrain of entrepreneurship providing the perfect starting point for new and existing researchers looking to explore. Topics covered range from emerging perspective through issues at the core of the field to innovative methodologies. Starting off with a preface by Bill Gartner each section of the book brings together a world class set of established leading researchers and rising stars.  This considered comprehensive and conclusive companion integrates the recent debates in entrepreneurship research under one cover to provide a resource which will be useful across disciplinary boundaries and for a whole range of students and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138363182

The Routledge Companion to Environmental Planning This Companion presents a distinctive approach to environmental planning by: situating the debate in its social cultural political and institutional context; being attentive to depth and breadth of discussions; providing up-to-date accounts of the contemporary practices in environmental planning and their changes over time; adopting multiple theoretical and analytical lenses and different disciplinary approaches; and drawing on knowledge and expertise of a wide range of leading international scholars from across the social science disciplines and beyond. It aims to provide critical reviews of the state-of-the-art theoretical and practical approaches as well as empirical knowledge and understandings of environmental planning; encourage dialogue across disciplines and national policy contexts about a wide range of environmental planning themes; and engage with and reflect on politics policies practices and decision-making tools in environmental planning. The Companion provides a deeper understanding of the interdependencies between the themes in the four parts of the book (Understanding ‘the environment’ Environmental governance Critical environmental pressures and responses and Methods and approaches to environmental planning) and its 37 chapters. It presents critical perspectives on the role of meanings values governance approaches and participations in environmental planning. Situating environmental planning debates in the wider ecological political ethical institutional social and cultural debates it aims to shine light on some of the critical journeys that we have traversed and those that we are yet to navigate and their implications for environmental planning research and practice. The Companion provides a reference point mapping out the terrain of environmental planning in an international and multidisciplinary context. The depth and breadth of discussions by leading international scholars make it relevant to and useful for those who are curious about wish to learn more want to make sense of and care for the environment within the field of environmental planning and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138894808

The Routledge Companion to Epistemology Epistemology the philosophy of knowledge is at the core of many of the central debates and issues in philosophy interrogating the notions of truth objectivity trust belief and perception. The Routledge Companion to Epistemology provides a comprehensive and the up-to-date survey of epistemology charting its history providing a thorough account of its key thinkers and movements and addressing enduring questions and contemporary research in the field. Organized thematically the Companion is divided into ten sections: Foundational Issues The Analysis of Knowledge The Structure of Knowledge Kinds of Knowledge Skepticism Responses to Skepticism Knowledge and Knowledge Attributions Formal Epistemology The History of Epistemology and Metaepistemological Issues. Seventy-eight chapters each between 5000 and 7000 words and written by the world’s leading epistemologists provide students with an outstanding and accessible guide to the field. Designed to fit the most comprehensive syllabus in the discipline this text will be an indispensible resource for anyone interested in this central area of philosophy. The Routledge Companion to Epistemology is essential reading for students of philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415722698

The Routledge Companion to Ethics The Routledge Companion to Ethics is an outstanding survey of the whole field of ethics by a distinguished international team of contributors. Over 60 chapters are divided into six clear sections: the history of ethics meta-ethics perspectives from outside ethics ethical perspectives morality debates in ethics. The Companion opens with a comprehensive historical overview of ethics including chapters on Plato Aristotle Hume and Kant and ethical thinking in China India and the Arabic tradition. The second part covers the domain of meta-ethics. The third part covers important challenges to ethics from the fields of anthropology psychology sociobiology and economics. The fourth and fifth sections cover competing theories of ethics and the nature of morality respectively with entries on consequentialism Kantian morality virtue ethics relativism evil and responsibility amongst many others. A comprehensive final section includes the most important topics and controversies in applied ethics such as rights justice and distribution the end of life the environment poverty war and terrorism. The Routledge Companion to Ethics is a superb resource for anyone interested in the subject whether in philosophy or related disciplines such as politics education or law. Fully indexed and cross-referenced with helpful further reading sections at the end of each chapter it is ideal for those coming to the field of ethics for the first time as well as readers already familiar with the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415415163

The Routledge Companion to Ethics Politics and Organizations The Routledge Companion to Ethics Politics and Organizations synthesizes and extends existing research on ethics in organizations by explicitly focusing on ‘ethico-politics’ - where ethics informs political action. It draws connections between ethics and politics in and around organizations and the workplace examines cutting-edge areas and sets the scene for future research. Through a wealth of international and multidisciplinary contributions this volume considers the broad range of ways in which ethics and politics can be conceived and understood. The chapters look at various ethical traditions as well as the discursive deployment of ethical terminology in organizational settings and they also examine large scale political structures and processes and how they relate to different forms of politics which affect behaviour in organizations. These many possibilities are united by a focus on how ethics can be used to inform and justify the exercise of power in organizations. This collection will be a valuable reference source for students and researchers across the disciplines of organizational studies ethics and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415821261

The Routledge Companion to Ethnic Marketing The globalization of marketing has brought about an interesting paradox: as the discipline becomes more global the need to understand cultural differences becomes all the more crucial. This is the challenge in an increasingly international marketplace and a problem that the world's most powerful businesses must solve. From this challenge has grown the exciting discipline of ethnic marketing which seeks to understand the considerable opportunities and challenges presented by cultural and ethnic diversity in the marketplace.To date scholarship in the area has been lively but disparate. This volume brings together cutting-edge research on ethnic marketing from thought leaders across the world. Each chapter covers a key theme reflecting the increasing diversity of the latest research including models of culture change parenting and socialization responses to web and advertising role of space and social innovation in ethnic marketing ethnic consumer decision making religiosity differing attitudes to materialism acculturation targeting and ethical and public policy issues.The result is a solid framework and a comprehensive reference point for consumer researchers students and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867423

The Routledge Companion to European Business International Business is a well-established research field in which regionalisation has recently gained significant prominence. Europe comprises marketplaces characterised by unique patterns of highly advanced economic integration. No other marketplace in the world has progressed to the same levels of harmonisation across sovereign countries and economies. European Business is a subject in its own right with its own research momentum. Contemporary research evidences that firms view Europe as a challenging mostly – yet not entirely – mature market location. Yet this location often seen from a multi-country perspective is subject to complexities revealing strategic corporate strengths and weaknesses. Theory concepts and models known from International Business hence often vary in their applicability and relevance in this business environment. This comprehensive reference volume brings together a global team of contributors to analyse and overview the key issues themes and phenomena that affect business in Europe. With interdisciplinary perspectives the book covers crucial themes that any European Business research needs to acknowledge including business cultures and identity entrepreneurship and innovation M&A and institutional trends European HRM migration climate change issues Brexit and more. The selection of authors from 17 countries worldwide reflects the international scope of this research field and its agenda. A unique resource this book provides an essential guide to researchers research students and scholars of business and the social sciences as well as the informed business community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138226586

The Routledge Companion to Experimental Literature What is experimental literature? How has experimentation affected the course of literary history and how is it shaping literary expression today? Literary experiment has always been diverse and challenging but never more so than in our age of digital media and social networking when the very category of the literary is coming under intense pressure. How will literature reconfigure itself in the future? The Routledge Companion to Experimental Literature maps this expansive and multifaceted field with essays on: the history of literary experiment from the beginning of the twentieth century to the present the impact of new media on literature including multimodal literature digital fiction and code poetry the development of experimental genres from graphic narratives and found poetry through to gaming and interactive fiction experimental movements from Futurism and Surrealism to Postmodernism Avant-Pop and Flarf. Shedding new light on often critically neglected terrain the contributors introduce this vibrant area define its current state and offer exciting new perspectives on its future. This volume is the ideal introduction for those approaching the study of experimental literature for the first time or looking to further their knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138797383

The Routledge Companion to Expressionism in a Transnational Context The Routledge Companion to Expressionism in a Transnational Context is a challenging exploration of the transnational formation dissemination and transformation of expressionism outside of the German-speaking world in regions such as Central and Eastern Europe the Baltics and Scandinavia Western and Southern Europe North and Latin America and South Africa in the first half of the twentieth century. Comprising a series of essays by an international group of scholars in the fields of art history and literary and cultural studies the volume addresses the intellectual discussions and artistic developments arising in the context of the expressionist movement in the various art centers and cultural regions. The authors also examine the implications of expressionism in artistic practice and its influence on modern and contemporary cultural production. Essential for an in-depth understanding and discussion of expressionism this volume opens up new perspectives on developments in the visual arts of this period and challenges the traditional narratives that have predominantly focused on artistic styles and national movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138712553

The Routledge Companion to Fair Value and Financial Reporting Comprising contributions from a unique mixture of academics standard setters and practitioners and edited by an internationally recognized expert this book on a controversial and intensely debated topic is the only definitive reference source available on the topics of fair value and financial reporting. Drawing chapters from a diverse range of contributors on different aspects of the subject together into one volume it: examines the use of fair value in international financial reporting standards and the US standard SFAS 157 Fair Value Measurement setting out the case for and against looks at fair value from a number of different theoretical perspectives including possible future uses alternative measurement paradigms and how it compares with other valuation models explores fair value accounting in practice including audit financial instruments impairments an investment banking perspective approaches to fair value in Japan and the USA and Enron’s use of fair value An outstanding resource this volume is an indispensable reference that is deserving of a place on the bookshelves of both libraries and all those working in studying or researching the areas of international accounting financial accounting and reporting. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203815151

The Routledge Companion to Fair Value in Accounting The concept of "fair value" marked a major departure from traditional cost accounting. In theory under this approach a balance sheet that better reflects the current value of assets and liabilities. Critics of fair value argue that it is less useful over longer time frames and prone to distortion by market inefficiencies resulting in procyclicality in the financial system by exacerbating market swings.Comprising contributions from a unique mixture of academics standard setters and practitioners and edited by internationally recognized experts this book on a controversial and intensely debated topic is a comprehensive reference source which:examines the use of fair value in international financial reporting standards and the US standard SFAS 157 Fair Value Measurement setting out the case for and againstlooks at fair value from a number of different theoretical and practical perspectives including a critical review of the merits and arguments against the use of fair value accountingexplores fair value accounting in practice involvement in the Great Financial Crisis implications for managerial reporting discretion compensation and investmentThis volume is an indispensable reference that is deserving of a place on the bookshelves of both libraries and all those working in studying or researching the areas of international accounting financial accounting and reporting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367656133

The Routledge Companion to Family Business The Routledge Companion to Family Business offers a definitive survey of a field that has seen rapid growth in research in recent years. Edited by leading scholars with contributions from the top minds in family business from around the world this volume provides researchers and scholars with a comprehensive understanding of the state of the discipline. Over 25 chapters address a wide variety of subjects providing readers with a thorough review of the key research themes in the modern family firm such as corporate social responsibility and bank debt rationing. International examples cover a wide range of economies including China Europe and Latin America. The book will appeal to undergraduates postgraduates and business instructors seeking a definitive view of the issues and solutions that affect and support family business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138919112

The Routledge Companion to Feminist Philosophy The Routledge Companion to Feminist Philosophy is an outstanding guide and reference source to the key topics subjects thinkers and debates in feminist philosophy. Fifty-six chapters written by an international team of contributors specifically for the Companion are organized into five sections: (1) Engaging the Past; (2) Mind Body and World; (3) Knowledge Language and Science; (4) Intersections; (5) Ethics Politics and Aesthetics. The volume provides a mutually enriching representation of the several philosophical traditions that contribute to feminist philosophy. It also foregrounds issues of global concern and scope; shows how feminist theory meshes with rich theoretical approaches that start from transgender identities race and ethnicity sexuality disabilities and other axes of identity and oppression; and highlights the interdisciplinarity of feminist philosophy and the ways that it both critiques and contributes to the whole range of subfields within philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367257989

The Routledge Companion to Financial Accounting Theory Financial accounting theory has numerous practical applications and policy implications for instance international accounting standard setters are increasingly relying on theoretical accounting concepts in the creation of new standards; and corporate regulators are increasingly turning to various conceptual frameworks of accounting to guide regulation and the interpretation of accounting practices.The global financial crisis has also led to a new found appreciation of the social economic and political importance of accounting concepts generally and corporate financial reporting in particular. For instance the fundamentals of capital market theory (i.e. market efficiency) and measurement theory (i.e. fair value) have received widespread public and regulatory attention.This comprehensive authoritative volume provides a prestige reference work which offers students academics regulators and practitioners a valuable resource containing the current scholarship and practice in the established field of financial accounting theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367656294

The Routledge Companion to Financial Services Marketing Interest in Financial Services Marketing has grown hugely over the last few decades particularly since the financial crisis which scarred the industry and its relationship with customers. It reflects the importance of the financial services industry to the economies of every nation and the realisation that the consumption and marketing of financial services differs from that of tangible goods and indeed many other intangible services.   This book is therefore a timely and much needed comprehensive compendium that reflects the development and maturation of the research domain and pulls together in a single volume the current state of thinking and debate. The events associated with the financial crisis have highlighted that there is a need for banks and other financial institutions to understand how to rebuild trust and confidence improve relationships and derive value from the marketing process. Edited by an international team of experts this book will provide the latest thinking on how to manage such challenges and will be vital reading for students and lecturers in financial services marketing policy makers and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415829144

The Routledge Companion to Free Will Questions concerning free will are intertwined with issues in almost every area of philosophy from metaphysics to philosophy of mind to moral philosophy and are also informed by work in different areas of science (principally physics neuroscience and social psychology). Free will is also a perennial concern of serious thinkers in theology and in non-western traditions. Because free will can be approached from so many different perspectives and has implications for so many debates a comprehensive survey needs to encompass an enormous range of approaches. This book is the first to draw together leading experts on every aspect of free will from those who are central to the current philosophical debates to non-western perspectives to scientific contributions and to those who know the rich history of the subject. Chapter 37 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781138795815_oachapter37.pdf Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869977

The Routledge Companion to Games in Architecture and Urban PlanningTools for Design Teaching and Research The Routledge Companion to Games in Architecture and Urban Planning aims to identify and showcase the rich diversity of games including: simulation games game-like approaches game scenarios and gamification processes for teaching/learning design and research in architecture and urban planning. This collection creates an opportunity for exchange and reflection on games in architecture and urban planning. Theoretical discussions descriptive accounts and case studies presenting empirical evidence are featured; combined with reflections constructive critical analysis discussions of connections and various influences on this field. Twenty-eight international contributors have come together from eleven countries and five continents to present their studies on games in architecture and urban planning pose new questions and advocate for innovative perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138339026

The Routledge Companion to Gender Sex and Latin American Culture The Routledge Companion to Gender Sex and Latin American Culture is the first comprehensive volume to explore the intersections between gender sexuality and the creation consumption and interpretation of popular culture in the Américas.The chapters seek to enrich our understanding of the role of pop culture in the everyday lives of its creators and consumers primarily in the 20th and 21st centuries. They reveal how popular culture expresses the historical social cultural and political commonalities that have shaped the lives of peoples that make up the Américas and also highlight how pop culture can conform to and solidify existing social hierarchies whilst on other occasions contest and resist the status quo. Front and center in this collection are issues of gender and sexuality making visible the ways in which subjects who inhabit intersectional identities (sex gender race class) are "othered" as well as demonstrating how these same subjects can and do use pop-cultural phenomena in self-affirmative and progressively transformative ways. Topics covered in this volume include TV film pop and performance art hip-hop dance slam poetry gender-fluid religious ritual theater stand-up comedy graffiti videogames photography graphic arts sports spectacles comic books sci-fi and other genre novels lotería card games news web and digital media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734350

The Routledge Companion to Gender and Japanese Culture This Companion is a comprehensive examination of the varied ways in which gender issues manifest throughout culture in Japan using a range of international perspectives to examine private and public constructions of identity as well as gender- and sexuality-inflected cultural production. The Routledge Companion to Gender and Japanese Culture features both new work and updated accounts of classic scholarship providing a go-to reference work for contemporary scholarship on gender in Japanese culture. The volume is interdisciplinary in scope with chapters drawing from a range of perspectives fields and disciplines including anthropology art history history law linguistics literature media and cultural studies politics and sociology. This reflects the fundamentally interdisciplinary nature of the dual focal points of this volume—gender and culture—and the ways in which these themes infuse a range of disciplines and subfields. In this volume Jennifer Coates Lucy Fraser and Mark Pendleton have brought together an essential guide to experiences of gender in Japanese culture today—perfect for students scholars and anyone else interested in Japan culture gender studies and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138895201

The Routledge Companion to Gender and Sexuality in Comic Book Studies The Routledge Companion to Gender and Sexuality in Comic Book Studies is a comprehensive global and interdisciplinary examination of the essential relationship between Gender Sexuality Comics and Graphic Novels. A diverse range of international and interdisciplinary scholars take a closer look at how gender and sexuality have been essential in the evolution of comics and how gender and sexuality in comics demand that we re-frame and re-view comics history. Chapters cover a wide array of intersectional topics including Queer Underground and Alternative comics Feminist Autobiography re-drawing disability Latina testimony and re-evaluating the critical whiteness and masculinity of superheroes in this first truly global reference text to gender and sexuality in comics. Comics have always been an important place for the radical exploration of feminist and non-binary sexualities and identities and the growth of non-normative comic book traditions as a field of inquiry makes this an essential text for upper-level undergraduates postgraduates and researchers studying Comics Studies Women’s and Gender Studies Literary Studies and Cultural Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367209414

The Routledge Companion to Global Female Entrepreneurship The literature in female entrepreneurship has witnessed significant development in the last 30 years with the research emphasis shifting from purely descriptive explorations towards a clear effort to embed research within highly informed conceptual frameworks. With contributions from leading and emerging researchers The Routledge Companion to Global Female Entrepreneurship brings together the latest international research concepts and thinking in the area. With a strong international dimension this book will facilitate comparative discussion and analysis on all aspects of female entrepreneurship including start-ups socio-economic influences entrepreneurial capital and minority entrepreneurship. Reflecting the subject’s growing importance for researchers academics and policy makers as well as those involved in supporting women’s entrepreneurship through training programmes networks consultancy or the provision of venture capital The Routledge Companion to Global Female Entrepreneurship will be an invaluable reference resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138015180

The Routledge Companion to Global Internet Histories The Routledge Companion to Global Internet Histories brings together research on the diverse Internet histories that have evolved in different regions language cultures and social contexts across the globe. While the Internet is now in its fifth decade the understanding and formulation of its histories outside of an anglophone framework is still very much in its infancy. From Tunisia to Taiwan this volume emphasizes the importance of understanding and formulating Internet histories outside of the anglophone case studies and theoretical paradigms that have thus far dominated academic scholarship on Internet history. Interdisciplinary in scope the collection offers a variety of historical lenses on the development of the Internet: as a new communication technology seen in the context of older technologies; as a new form of sociality read alongside previous technologically mediated means of relating; and as a new media "vehicle" for the communication of content. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870751

The Routledge Companion to Global Popular Culture Research on popular culture is a dynamic fast-growing domain. In scholarly terms it cuts across many areas including communication studies sociology history American studies anthropology literature journalism folklore economics and media and cultural studies. The Routledge Companion to Global Popular Culture provides an authoritative up-to-date intellectually broad internationally-aware and conceptually agile guide to the most important aspects of popular culture scholarship. Specifically this Companion includes: interdisciplinary models and approaches for analyzing popular culture; wide-ranging case studies; discussions of economic and policy underpinnings; analysis of textual manifestations of popular culture; examinations of political social and cultural dynamics; and discussions of emerging issues such as ecological sustainability and labor. Featuring scholarly voices from across six continents The Routledge Companion to Global Popular Culture presents a nuanced and wide-ranging survey of popular culture research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138214767

The Routledge Companion to Global Television Featuring scholarly perspectives from around the globe and drawing on a legacy of television studies but with an eye toward the future this authoritative collection examines both the thoroughly global nature of television and the multiple and varied experiences that constitute television in the twenty-first century. Companion chapters include original essays by some of the leading scholars of television studies as well as emerging voices engaging television on six continents offering readers a truly global range of perspectives. The volume features multidisciplinary analyses that offer models and guides for the study of global television with approaches focused on the theories audiences content culture and institutions of television. A wide array of examples and case studies engage the transforming practices technologies systems and texts constituing television around the world today providing readers with a contemporary and multi-faceted perspective. In this volume editor Shawn Shimpach has brought together an essential guide to understanding television in the world today how it works and what it means – perfect for students scholars and anyone else interested in television global media studies and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138724341

The Routledge Companion to Happiness at Work An unprecedented and important reference work this research companion covers a range of aspects of happiness an aim everyone aspires to achieve yet can be easily overlooked in today’s demanding and multi-challenged world or confused with a plethora of quantifiable or career goals. This book helps readers to internalize happiness form a healthy opinion about this emotion and detach it from external factors that can only cause temporary discomfort or delight. A group of expert authors considers happiness within three critical realms: internally interactively and work-related. Their thoughtful contributions approach happiness from a multiplicity of angles and present a full spectrum of backgrounds and perspectives to consider based on a wide range of circumstances personal and professional. This companion will be valuable for researchers students and coaches whether they seek input for future theory development or motivation for performance in personal and professional life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367266554

The Routledge Companion to Health Humanities The health humanities is a rapidly rising field advancing an inclusive democratizing activist applied critical and culturally diverse approach to delivering health and well-being through the arts and humanities. It has generated new kinds of interdisciplinary research knowledge and communities of practice globally. It has also acted to bring greater coherence and political force to contributions across a range of related disciplines and traditions. In this volume a formidable set of authors explore the history current state and future of the health humanities in particular how its vision of the arts and humanities: Promotes creative public health. Opens new routes to health and well-being. Informs and drives better health care. Interrogates relationships between ill health and social equality. Develops humanist theory in relation to health and social care practice. Foregrounds cultural difference as a resource for positive change in society. Tests the humanity of an increasingly globalized health-care system. Looks to overcome structural and process obstacles to cross-disciplinary ventures. Champions co-construction co-design and mutuality in solving health and well-being challenges. Showcases less familiar prominent or celebrated creative practices. Includes multiple perspectives on the value and health benefits of the arts and humanities not limited to or dominated by medicine. Divided into two main sections the Companion looks at "Reflections and Critical Perspectives " offering current thinking and definitions within health humanities and "Applications " comprising a wide selection of applied arts and humanities practices from comedy writing and dancing to yoga cooking and horticultural display. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138579903

The Routledge Companion to Hermeneutics Hermeneutics is a major theoretical and practical form of intellectual enquiry central not only to philosophy but many other disciplines in the humanities and social sciences. With phenomenology and existentialism it is also one of the twentieth century’s most important philosophical movements and includes major thinkers such as Heidegger Gadamer and Ricoeur. The Routledge Companion to Hermeneutics is an outstanding guide and reference source to the key philosophers topics and themes in this exciting subject and is the first volume of its kind. Comprising over fifty chapters by a team of international contributors the Companion is divided into five parts: main figures in the hermeneutical tradition movement including Heidegger Gadamer and Ricoeur main topics in hermeneutics such as language truth relativism and history the engagement of hermeneutics with central disciplines such as literature religion race and gender and art hermeneutics and world philosophies including Asian Islamic and Judaic thought hermeneutic challenges and debates such as critical theory structuralism and phenomenology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138574632

The Routledge Companion to Human Resource Development The field of Human Resource Development (HRD) has grown in prominence as an independent discipline from its roots in both management and education since the 1980s. There has been continual debate about the boundaries of HRD ever since. Drawing on a wide and respected international contributor base and with a focus on international markets this book provides a thematic overview of current knowledge in HRD across the globe. The text is separated into nine sections which explore the origins of the field adjacent and related fields theoretical approaches policy perspectives interventions core issues and concerns HRD as a profession HRD around the world and emerging topics and future trends. An epilogue rounds off the volume by considering the present and future states of the discipline and suggesting areas for further research. The Routledge Companion to Human Resource Development is an essential resource for researchers students and HRD professionals alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415820424

The Routledge Companion to Humanitarian Action The Companion on Humanitarian Action addresses the political ethical legal and practical issues which influence reactions to humanitarian crisis. It does so by exploring the daily dilemmas faced by a range of actors including policy makers aid workers the private sector and the beneficiaries of aid and by challenging common perceptions regarding humanitarian crisis and the policies put in place to address these.    Through such explorations it provides practitioners and scholars with the knowledge needed to both understand and improve upon current forms of humanitarian action.   The Companion will be of use to those interested a range of humanitarian programmes ranging from emergency medical assistance   military interventions managing refugee flows and the implementation of international humanitarian law.  As opposed to addressing specific programmes it will explore five themes seen as relevant to understanding and engaging in all modes of humanitarian action.  The first section explores varying interpretations of humanitarianism including critical historical and political-economic explanations as well as more practice based explorations focused on notions needs assessments and evaluation.  Following this readers will be exposed to the latest debates on a range of humanitarian principles including neutrality and sovereignty before exploring the key issues faced by the main actors involved in  humanitarian crisis (from international  NGOs to local community based organizations). The final two sections address what are seen as key dilemmas in regards to humanitarian action and emerging trends in the humanitarian system including the increasing role of social media in responding to crises.  Whilst not a ‘how to guide’ the Companion contains many practical insights for policy makers and aid workers whilst also offering analytical insights for students of hu Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367868000

The Routledge Companion to Iberian Studies The Routledge Companion to Iberian Studies takes an important place in the scholarly landscape by bringing together a compelling collection of essays that reflect the evolving ways in which researchers think and write about the Iberian Peninsula. Features include: A comprehensive approach to the different languages and cultural traditions of the Iberian Peninsula; Five chronological sections spanning the period from the Middle Ages to the 21st century; A state-of-the-art account of the field reaffirming Iberian Studies as a dynamic and evolving discipline with promising areas for future research; An array of topics of an interdisciplinary nature (history and politics language and literature cultural studies and visual arts) focusing on the cultural distinctiveness of Iberian traditions; New perspectives and avenues of inquiry that aim to promote a comparative mode within Iberian Studies and Hispanism. The fifty authoritative original essays will provide readers with a diverse cross-section of texts that will enrich their knowledge of Iberian Studies from an international perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867386

The Routledge Companion to Identity and Consumption "Tell me what you eat I'll tell you who you are " said Anthelme Brillat-Savarin. Today "You are what you consume" is more apt. Barbara Krueger’s ironic twist of Descartes - "I shop therefore I am" - has lost its irony. Such phrases have become commonplace descriptions of our identity in the contemporary world. In our materialistic world it seems as if there is no debate that our consumption behaviour is fused with our self-identity - shaping it changing it and often challenging it. The Routledge Companion to Identity and Consumption introduces the reader to state-of-the-art research written by the world’s leading scholars regarding the interplay between identity and consumption. The book addresses the diverse issues regarding the ways identity affects our consumption behaviour and vice-versa and in doing so presents a broad perspective on the dynamics of self-identity and consumption. With chapters discussing the theory research and practical implications of these dynamics including the way they change across our life span and their expression within different social cultural and religious contexts this book will be a valuable reference source for students and academics from a variety of disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415783064

The Routledge Companion to Imaginary Worlds This companion provides a definitive and cutting-edge guide to the study of imaginary and virtual worlds across a range of media including literature television film and games. From the Star Trek universe Thomas More’s classic Utopia and J. R. R. Tolkien’s Arda to elaborate user-created game worlds like Minecraft contributors present interdisciplinary perspectives on authorship world structure/design and narrative. The Routledge Companion to Imaginary Worlds offers new approaches to imaginary worlds as an art form and cultural phenomenon explorations of the technical and creative dimensions of world-building and studies of specific worlds and worldbuilders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876302

The Routledge Companion to Inclusive Leadership An important reference work on a practice that is needed more than ever in a VUCA world this book helps readers understand the importance of responsible and constructive practices and behavior in leadership. The broad approach to inclusive leadership presented in this volume highlights correlations between inclusive leadership and myriad issues qualities and circumstances that serve as foundations or impact factors on it. Some contributors review contemporary concepts and challenges such as change innovation the bottom line sustainability and performance excellence against inclusive leadership. Other contributors reflect on critical practices and qualities such as trust passion ethics spirituality and empathy and their relationships with inclusive leadership. A range of religious and spiritual influences are also evaluated in the context of inclusive leadership such as (but not limited to) Buddhism Taoism Hinduism Jainism and Christianity. Postgraduate students instructors and coaches will appreciate this comprehensive look at inclusive leadership which has become an urgent concept to be internalized and practiced by all regardless of positions possessions locations or generations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367265670

The Routledge Companion to Indigenous RepatriationReturn Reconcile Renew This volume brings together Indigenous and non-Indigenous repatriation practitioners and researchers to provide the reader with an international overview of the removal and return of Ancestral Remains. The Ancestral Remains of Indigenous peoples are today housed in museums and other collecting institutions globally. They were taken from anywhere the deceased can be found and their removal occurred within a context of deep power imbalance within a colonial project that had a lasting effect on Indigenous peoples worldwide. Through the efforts of First Nations campaigners many have returned home. However a large number are still retained. In many countries the repatriation issue has driven a profound change in the relationship between Indigenous peoples and collecting institutions. It has enabled significant steps towards resetting this relationship from one constrained by colonisation to one that seeks a more just dignified and truthful basis for interaction. The history of repatriation is one of Indigenous perseverance and success. The authors of this book contribute major new work and explore new facets of this global movement. They reflect on nearly 40 years of repatriation its meaning and value impact and effect. This book is an invaluable contribution to repatriation practice and research providing a wealth of new knowledge to readers with interests in Indigenous histories self-determination and the relationship between collecting institutions and Indigenous peoples. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138303584

The Routledge Companion to Innovation Management Innovation contributes to corporate competitiveness economic performance and environmental sustainability. In the Internet era innovation intelligence is transferred across borders and languages at an unprecedented rate yet the ability to benefit from it seems to become more divergent among different corporations and countries. How much an organization can benefit from innovation largely depends on how well innovation is managed in it. Thus there is a discernible increase in interest in the study of innovation management. This handbook provides a comprehensive guide to this subject.The handbook introduces the basic framework of innovation and innovation management. It also presents innovation management from the perspectives of strategy organization and resource as well as institution and culture. The book’s comprehensive coverage on all areas of innovation management makes this a very useful reference for anyone interested in the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367656065

The Routledge Companion to Intangible Cultural Heritage This collection provides an in-depth and up-to-date examination of the concept of Intangible Cultural Heritage and the issues surrounding its value to society. Critically engaging with the UNESCO 2003 Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage the book also discusses local-level conceptualizations of living cultural traditions practices and expressions and reflects on the efforts that seek to safeguard them. Exploring a global range of case studies the book considers the diverse perspectives currently involved with intangible cultural heritage and presents a rich picture of the geographic socioeconomic and political contexts impacting research in this area. With contributions from established and emerging scholars public servants professionals students and community members this volume is also deeply enhanced by an interdisciplinary approach which draws on the theories and practices of heritage and museum studies anthropology folklore studies ethnomusicology and the study of cultural policy and related law. The Routledge Companion to Intangible Cultural Heritage undoubtedly broadens the international heritage discourse and is an invaluable learning tool for instructors students and practitioners in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872076

The Routledge Companion to Intellectual Capital The Routledge Companion to Intellectual Capital offers a comprehensive overview of an important field that has seen a diverse range of developments in research in recent years. Edited by leading scholars and with contributions from top academics and practitioners from around the world this volume will provide not just theoretical analysis but also evaluate practice through case studies. Combining theoretical and practice perspectives this comprehensive Companion addresses the role of IC inside and between organisations and institutions and how these contribute to the IC of nations regions and clusters. Drawing on an extensive range of leading contributors The Routledge Companion to Intellectual Capital will be of interest to scholars who want to understand IC from a variety of perspectives as well as students who are seeking an authoritative and comprehensive source on IC and knowledge management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138228214

The Routledge Companion to Inter-American Studies An essential overview of this blossoming field The Routledge Companion to Inter-American Studies is the first collection to draw together the diverse approaches and perspectives on the field highlighting the importance of Inter-American Studies as it is practiced today. Including contributions from canonical figures in the field as well as a younger generation of scholars reflecting the foundation and emergence of the field and establishing links between older and newer methodologies this Companion covers: Theoretical reflections Colonial and historical perspectives Cultural and political intersections Border discourses Sites and mobilities Literary and linguistic perspectives Area studies global studies and postnational studies Phenomena of transfer interconnectedness power asymmetry and transversality within the Americas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138184671

The Routledge Companion to Interdisciplinary Studies in Singing Volume I: Development The Routledge Companion to Interdisciplinary Studies in Singing Volume I: Development introduces the many voices necessary to better understand the act of singing—a complex human behaviour that emerges without deliberate training. Presenting research from the social sciences and humanities alongside that of the natural sciences and medicine alike this companion explores the relationship between hearing sensitivity and vocal production in turn identifying how singing is integrated with sensory and cognitive systems while investigating the ways we test and measure singing ability and development. Contributors consider the development of singing within the context of the entire lifespan focusing on its cognitive social and emotional significance in four parts: Musical historical and scientific foundations Perception and production Multimodality Assessment In 2009 the Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada funded a seven-year major collaborative research initiative known as Advancing Interdisciplinary Research in Singing (AIRS). Together global researchers from a broad range of disciplines addressed three challenging questions: How does singing develop in every human being? How should singing be taught and used to teach? How does singing impact wellbeing? Across three volumes The Routledge Companion to Interdisciplinary Studies in Singing consolidates the findings of each of these three questions defining the current state of theory and research in the field. Volume I: Development tackles the first of these three questions tracking development from infancy through childhood to adult years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138059306

The Routledge Companion to Interdisciplinary Studies in Singing Volume II: Education The Routledge Companion to Interdisciplinary Studies in Singing Volume II: Education examines the many methods and motivations for vocal pedagogy promoting singing not just as an art form arising from the musical instrument found within every individual but also as a means of communication with social psychological and didactic functions. Presenting research from myriad fields of study beyond music—including psychology education sociology computer science linguistics physiology and neuroscience—the contributors address singing in three parts: Learning to Sing Naturally Formal Teaching of Singing Using Singing to Teach In 2009 the Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada funded a seven-year major collaborative research initiative known as Advancing Interdisciplinary Research in Singing (AIRS). Together global researchers from a broad range of disciplines addressed three challenging questions: How does singing develop in every human being? How should singing be taught and used to teach? How does singing impact wellbeing? Across three volumes The Routledge Companion to Interdisciplinary Studies in Singing consolidates the findings of each of these three questions defining the current state of theory and research in the field. Volume II: Education focuses on the second question and offers an invaluable resource for anyone who identifies as a singer wishes to become a singer works with singers or is interested in the application of singing for the purposes of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138061149

The Routledge Companion to Interdisciplinary Studies in Singing Volume III: Wellbeing The Routledge Companion to Interdisciplinary Studies in Singing Volume III: Wellbeing explores the connections between singing and health promoting the power of singing—in public policy and in practice—in confronting health challenges across the lifespan. These chapters shape an interdisciplinary research agenda that advances singing’s theoretical empirical and applied contributions providing methodologies that reflect individual and cultural diversities. Contributors assess the current state of knowledge and present opportunities for discovery in three parts: Singing and Health Singing and Cultural Understanding Singing and Intergenerational Understanding In 2009 the Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada funded a seven-year major collaborative research initiative known as Advancing Interdisciplinary Research in Singing (AIRS). Together global researchers from a broad range of disciplines addressed three challenging questions: How does singing develop in every human being? How should singing be taught and used to teach? How does singing impact wellbeing? Across three volumes The Routledge Companion to Interdisciplinary Studies in Singing consolidates the findings of each of these three questions defining the current state of theory and research in the field. Volume III: Wellbeing focuses on this third question and the health benefits of singing singing praises for its effects on wellbeing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138061224

The Routledge Companion to International Children's Literature Demonstrating the aesthetic cultural political and intellectual diversity of children’s literature across the globe The Routledge Companion to International Children’s Literature is the first volume of its kind to focus on the undervisited regions of the world. With particular focus on Asia Africa and Latin America the collection raises awareness of children’s literature and related media as they exist in large regions of the world to which ‘mainstream’ European and North American scholarship pays very little attention. Sections cover: • Concepts and theories • Historical contexts and national identity • Cultural forms and children’s texts • Traditional story and adaptation • Picture books across the majority world • Trends in children’s and young adult literatures.   Exposition of the literary cultural and historical contexts in which children’s literature is produced together with an exploration of intersections between these literatures and more extensively researched areas will enhance access and understanding for a large range of international readers. The essays offer an ideal introduction for those newly approaching literature for children in specific areas looking for new insights and interdisciplinary perspectives or interested in directions for future scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138778061

The Routledge Companion to International Entrepreneurship The domain of international entrepreneurship has continued to gain momentum in an era that sees entrepreneurship and globalization as critical issues in the world of business. Given the flourish of new research in this area there is a need to provide an up-to-date perspective on the field and its future. This volume draws together a team of experts purposely selected from both the entrepreneurship and international business fields to present a comprehensive resource on the cutting-edge conversations within international entrepreneurship. This prestigious reference book will offer students and researchers an introduction to leading scholarship in international entrepreneurship and also serve as a catapult for future research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415829199

The Routledge Companion to International Hospitality Management The hospitality sector is facing increasing competition and complexity over recent decades in its development towards a global industry. The strategic response to this is still that hospitality companies try to grow outside their traditional territories and domestic markets while the expansion patterns and M&A activities of international hotel and restaurant chains reflect this phenomenon. Yet interestingly the strategies concepts and methods of internationalization as well as the managerial and organizational challenges and impacts of globalizing the hospitality business are under-researched in this industry. While the mainstream research on international management offers an abundance of information and knowledge on topics players trends concepts frameworks or methodologies its ability to produce viable insights for the hospitality industry is limited as the mainstream research is taking place outside of the service sector. Specific research directions and related cases like the international dimensions of strategy organization marketing sales staffing control culture and others to the hospitality industry are rarely identifiable so far. The core rationale of this book is therefore to present newest insights from research and industry in the field of international hospitality drawing together recent scientific knowledge and state-of-the-art expertise to suggest directions for future work. It is designed to raise awareness on the international factors influencing the strategy and performance of hospitality organizations while analyzing and discussing the present and future challenges for hospitality firms going or being international. This book will provide a comprehensive overview and deeper understanding of trends and issues to researchers practitioners and students by showing how to master current and future challenges when entering and competing in the global hospitality industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138386372

The Routledge Companion to International Human Resource Management International human resource management (IHRM) is a key area of research in the sphere of international business and management. Described as a field in its infancy in the 1980s IHRM has quickly advanced through adolescence and into maturity. Today it is a vibrant and diverse discipline which boasts a large and active body of researchers across the globe. This volume examines cutting-edge themes with the input of contributions from both established and emerging scholars. The Routledge Companion to International Human Resource Management gives a state-of-the-art overview of the key themes topics and debates in the discipline with valuable insights into directions for future research. Drawing on a large and respected international contributor base and with its focus on mature and emerging markets this book is an essential resource for researchers students and IHRM professionals alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138386198

The Routledge Companion to International Management Education Crises and scandals in the world of international management have brought a new spotlight onto how the subject is taught studied and understood. There has been a plethora of literature on international management but a lack of focus on how international management education (IME) can be shaped to respond to existing and future global business challenges. The Routledge Companion to International Management Education gathers together contributors from academia industry and university administration involved in IME to: introduce the domain of IME; describe the emerging state in new geographical areas; discuss the major issues and debates revolving around IME; explore the linkage of technology and international management and shed light on the future of IME. The diverse background of the contributors provides a global perspective that challenges the dominant Anglo-American view with up-to-date specific insights originating from their indigenous view points which has often been neglected and inadequately covered. The volume answers important questions such as: Do we need a vision in IME? What is the current state of IME? How has IME grown in emerging market segments? What roles does technology play in its recent development? The volume provides thought-provoking reading for educators administrators policy makers human resources professionals and researchers. It will also give future international management students a glimpse of IME from a global inside-out perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415783149

The Routledge Companion to Islamic Philosophy This valuable reference work synthesizes and elucidates traditional themes and issues in Islamic philosophy as well as prominent topics emerging from the last twenty years of scholarship. Written for a wide readership of students and scholars The Routledge Companion to Islamic Philosophy is unique in including coverage of both perennial philosophical issues in an Islamic context and also distinct concerns that emerge from Islamic religious thought. This work constitutes a substantial affirmation that Islamic philosophy is an integral part of the Western philosophical tradition. Featuring 33 chapters divided into seven thematic sections this volume explores the major areas of philosophy: Logic Metaphysics Philosophy in the Sciences Philosophy of Mind/Epistemology and Ethics/Politics as well as philosophical issues salient in Islamic revelation theology prophecy and mysticism. Other features include: •A focus on both the classical and post-classical periods •A contributing body that includes both widely respected scholars from around the world and a handful of the very best younger scholars •"Reference" and "Further Reading" sections for each chapter and a comprehensive index for the whole volume The result is a work that captures Islamic philosophy as philosophy. In this way it serves students and scholars of philosophy and religious studies and at the same time provides valuable essays relevant to the study of Islamic thought and theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138478268

The Routledge Companion to Italian Fascist ArchitectureReception and Legacy Today nearly a century after the National Fascist Party came to power in Italy questions about the built legacy of the regime provoke polemics among architects and scholars. Mussolini’s government constructed thousands of new buildings across the Italian Peninsula and islands and in colonial territories. From hospitals post offices and stadia to housing summer camps Fascist Party Headquarters ceremonial spaces roads railways and bridges the physical traces of the regime have a presence in nearly every Italian town.  The Routledge Companion to Italian Fascist Architecture investigates what has become of the architectural and urban projects of Italian fascism how sites have been transformed or adapted and what constitutes the meaning of these buildings and cities today. The essays include a rich array of new arguments by both senior and early career scholars from Italy and beyond. They examine the reception of fascist architecture through studies of destruction and adaptation debates over reuse artistic interventions and even routine daily practices which may slowly alter collective understandings of such places. Paolo Portoghesi sheds light on the subject from his internal perspective while Harald Bodenschatz situates Italy among period totalitarian authorities and their symbols across Europe. Section editors frame synthesize and moderate essays that explore fascism’s afterlife; how the physical legacy of the regime has been altered and preserved and what it means now. This critical history of interpretations of fascist-era architecture and urban projects broadens our understanding of the relationships among politics identity memory and place. This companion will be of interest to students and scholars in a range of fields including Italian history architectural history cultural studies visual sociology political science and art history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348519

The Routledge Companion to Jacques Lecoq The Routledge Companion to Jacques Lecoq presents a thorough overview and analysis of Jacques Lecoq's life work and philosophy of theatre. Through an exemplary collection of specially commissioned chapters from leading writers specialists and practitioners it draws together writings and reflections on his pedagogy his practice and his influence on the wider theatrical environment. It is a comprehensive guide to the work and legacy of one of the major figures of Western theatre in the second half of the twentieth century. In a four-part structure over fifty chapters the book examines: The historical artistic and social context out of which Lecoq's work and pedagogy arose and its relation to such figures as Jacques Copeau Antonin Artaud Jean-Louis Barrault and Dario Fo. Core themes of Lecoq's International School of Theatre such as movement play improvisation masks language comedy and tragedy investigated by former teachers and graduates of the School. The significance and value of his pedagogical approaches in the context of contemporary theatre practices. The diaspora of performance practice from the School from the perspective of many of the most prominent artists themselves. This is an important and authoritative guide for anyone interested in Lecoq's work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138611849

The Routledge Companion to Jazz Studies The Routledge Companion to Jazz Studies presents over forty articles from internationally renowned scholars and highlights the strengths of current jazz scholarship in a cross-disciplinary field of enquiry. Each chapter reflects on developments within jazz studies over the last twenty-five years offering surveys and new insights into the major perspectives and approaches to jazz research. The collection provides an essential research resource for students scholars and enthusiasts and will serve as the definitive survey of current jazz scholarship in the Anglophone world to-date. It extends the critical debates about jazz that were set in motion by formative texts in the 1990s and sets the agenda for the future scholarship by focusing on key issues and providing a framework for new lines of enquiry. It is organized around six themes: I. Historical Perspectives II. Methodologies III. Core Issues and Topics IV. Individuals Collectives and Communities V. Politics Discourse and Ideology and VI. New Directions and Debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138231160

The Routledge Companion to Jewish History and Historiography The Routledge Companion to Jewish History and Historiography provides an overview of Jewish history from the biblical to the contemporary period while simultaneously placing Jewish history into conversation with the most central historiographical methods and issues and some of the core source materials used by scholars within the field.The field of Jewish history is profitably interdisciplinary. Drawing from the historical methods and themes employed in the study of various periods and geographical regions as well as from academic fields outside of history it utilizes a broad range of source materials produced by Jews and non-Jews. It grapples with many issues that were core to Jewish life culture community and identity in the past while reflecting and addressing contemporary concerns and perspectives. Divided into four parts this volume examines how Jewish history has engaged with and developed more general historiographical methods and considerations. Part I provides a general overview of Jewish history while Parts II and III respectively address the rich sources and methodologies used to study Jewish history.Concluding in Part IV with a timeline glossary and index to help frame and connect the history sources and methodologies presented throughout The Routledge Companion to Jewish History and Historiography is the perfect volume for anyone interested in Jewish history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733285

The Routledge Companion to Labor and Media Labor resides at the center of all media and communication production from the workers who create the information technologies that form the dynamic core of the global capitalist system and the designers who create media content to the salvage workers who dismantle the industry’s high-tech trash. The Routledge Companion to Labor and Media is the first book to bring together representative research from the diverse body of scholarly work surrounding this often fragmentary field and seeks to provide a comprehensive resource for the study and teaching of media and labor. Essays examine work on the mostly unglamorous side of media and cultural production technology manufacture and every occupation in between. Specifically this book features: -wide-ranging international case studies spanning the major global hubs of media labor; -interdisciplinary approaches for thinking about and analyzing class and labor in information communication technology (ICT) consumer electronics (CE) and media/cultural production; -an overview of global political economic conditions affecting media workers; -reports on chemical environments and their effect on the health of media workers and consumers; -activist scholarship on media and labor and inspiring stories of resistance and solidarity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138731776

The Routledge Companion to Landscape Studies This new edition of The Routledge Companion to Landscape Studies contains an updated and expanded selection of original chapters which explore research directions in an array of disciplines sharing a concern for ‘landscape’ a term which has many uses and meanings. It features 33 revised and/or updated chapters and 14 entirely new chapters on topics such as the Anthropocene Indigenous landscapes challenging landscape Eurocentrisms photography and green infrastructure planning. The volume is divided into four parts: Experiencing landscape; Landscape heritage and culture; Landscape society and justice; and Design and planning for landscape. Collectively the book provides a critical review of the various fields related to the study of landscapes including the future development of conceptual and theoretical approaches as well as current empirical knowledge and understanding. It encourages dialogue across disciplinary barriers and between academics and practitioners and reflects upon the implications of research findings for local national and international policy in relation to landscape.The Companion provides a comprehensive and up-to-date guide to current thinking about landscapes and serves as an invaluable point of reference for scholars researchers and graduate students alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733759

The Routledge Companion to Latin American Cinema The Routledge Companion to Latin American Cinema is the most comprehensive survey of Latin American cinemas available in a single volume. While highlighting state-of-the-field research essays also offer readers a cohesive overview of multiple facets of filmmaking in the region from the production system and aesthetic tendencies to the nature of circulation and reception. The volume recognizes the recent "new cinemas" in Argentina Brazil Chile and Mexico and at the same time provides a much deeper understanding of the contemporary moment by commenting on the aesthetic trends and industrial structures in earlier periods. The collection features essays by established scholars as well as up-and-coming investigators in ways that depart from existing scholarship and suggest new directions for the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581114

The Routledge Companion to Latina/o Media The Routledge Companion to Latina/o Media provides students and scholars with an indispensable overview of the domestic and transnational dynamics at play within multi-lingual Latina/o media.  The book examines both independent and mainstream media via race and gender in its theoretical and empirical engagement with questions of production access policy representation and consumption. Contributions consider a range of media formats including television radio film print media music video and social media with particular attention to understudied fields such as audience and production studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367868789

The Routledge Companion to Latina/o Popular Culture Latina/o popular culture has experienced major growth and change with the expanding demographic of Latina/os in mainstream media. In The Routledge Companion to Latina/o Pop Culture contributors pay serious critical attention to all facets of Latina/o popular culture including TV films performance art food lowrider culture theatre photography dance pulp fiction music comic books video games news web and digital media healing rituals quinceñeras and much more. Features include:consideration of differences between pop culture made by and about Latina/os;comprehensive and critical analyses of various pop cultural forms;concrete and detailed treatments of major primary works from children’s television to representations of dia de los muertos;new perspectives on the political social and historical dynamic of Latina/o pop culture;Chapters select summarize explain contextualize and assess key critical interpretations perspectives developments and debates in Latina/o popular cultural studies. A vitally engaging and informative volume this compliation of wide-ranging case studies in Latina/o pop culture phenomena encourages scholars and students to view Latina/o pop culture within the broader study of global popular culture. Contributors: Stacey Alex Cecilia Aragon Mary Beltrán William A. Calvo-Quirós Melissa Castillo-Garsow Nicholas Centino Ben Chappell Fabio Chee Osvaldo Cleger David A. Colón Marivel T. Danielson Laura Fernández Camilla Fojas Kathryn M. Frank Enrique García Christopher González Rachel González-Martin Matthew David Goodwin Ellie D. Hernandez Jorge Iber Guisela Latorre Stephanie Lewthwaite Richard Alexander Lou Stacy I. Macías Desirée Martin Paloma Martínez-Cruz Pancho McFarland Cruz Medina Isabel Millán Amelia Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876920

The Routledge Companion to Latino/a Literature Latino/a literature is one of the fastest developing fields in the discipline of literary studies. It represents an identity that is characterized by fluidity and diversity often explored through divisions formed by language race gender sexuality and immigration. The Routledge Companion to Latino/a Literature presents over forty essays by leading and emerging international scholars of Latino/a literature and analyses: Regional cultural and sexual identities in Latino/a literature Worldviews and traditions of Latino/a cultural creation Latino/a literature in different international contexts The impact of differing literary forms of Latino/a literature The politics of canon formation in Latino/a literature. This collection provides a map of the critical issues central to the discipline as well as uncovering new perspectives and new directions for the development of the field. It is essential reading for anyone interested in the past present and future of this literary culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138783133

The Routledge Companion to Leadership Leadership has never been more important – and divisive – than it is today. The idea and discourse of the leader remains a critical factor in organizational and societal performance but there is evident tension between the persistent focus on the critical importance of individual leaders and the increasing emphasis on collective leadership. The Routledge Companion to Leadership provides a survey of the contentious and dynamic discipline of leadership. This collection covers key themes in the field including advances in leadership theory leadership in a range of contexts and geographies leadership failure leadership process and leadership development. Topics range from micro studies to wider political analyses of leadership taking in unusual but important aspects such as portrayals of leadership in architecture media and science fiction. Contributions from 61 internationally renowned authors from 16 countries make available the full range of perspectives approaches and insights on the idea of leadership. Providing both a social sciences and a psychological approach these go beyond common themes to offer diverse perspectives on such topics as emotion and leadership portrayals of leadership. This volume situates leadership debates and evidence within contemporary leadership crises while ensuring that the explorations of the issues are of enduring relevance. With wide and critical coverage of the key topics and potent contextualization of themes in current events The Routledge Companion to Leadership is the ideal resource for graduate study in leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138825574

The Routledge Companion to Lean Management Interest in the phenomenon known as "lean" has grown significantly in recent years. This is the first volume to provide an academically rigorous overview of the field of lean management introducing the reader to the application of lean in diverse application areas from the production floor to sales and marketing from the automobile industry to academic institutions. The volume collects contributions from well-known lean experts and up-and-coming scholars from around the world. The chapters provide a detailed description of lean management across the manufacturing enterprise (supply chain accounting production sales IT etc.) and offer important perspectives for applying lean across different industries (construction healthcare logistics). The contributors address challenges and opportunities for future development in each of the lean application areas concluding most chapters with a short case study to illustrate current best practice. The book is divided into three parts:The Lean EnterpriseLean across IndustriesA Lean World.This handbook is an excellent resource for business and management students as well as any academics scholars practitioners and consultants interested in the "lean world." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873592

The Routledge Companion to Literature and Disability The Routledge Companion to Literature and Disability brings together some of the most influential and important contemporary perspectives in this growing field. The book traces the history of the field and locates literary disability studies in the wider context of activism and theory. It introduces debates about definitions of disability and explores intersectional approaches in which disability is understood in relation to gender race class sexuality nationality and ethnicity. Divided broadly into sections according to literary genre this is an important resource for those interested in exploring and deepening their knowledge of the field of literature and disability studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138043602

The Routledge Companion to Literature and Economics The study of literature and economics is by no means a new one but since the financial crash of 2008 the field has grown considerably with a broad range of both fiction and criticism. The Routledge Companion to Literature and Economics is the first authoritative guide tying together the seemingly disparate areas of literature and economics. Drawing together 38 critics the Companion offers both an introduction and a springboard to this sometimes complex but highly relevant field. With sections on "Critical traditions " "Histories " "Principles " and "Contemporary culture " the book looks at examples from Medieval and Renaissance literature through to poetry of the Great Depression and novels depicting the 2008 financial crisis. Covering topics from Austen to austerity Marxism to modernism the collated essays offer indispensable analysis of the relationship between literary studies and the economy. Representing a wide spectrum of approaches this book introduces the basics of economics while engaging with essential theory and debate. As the reality of economic hardship and disparity is widely acknowledged and spreads across disciplines this Companion offers students and scholars a chance to enter this crucially important interdisciplinary area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138190870

The Routledge Companion to Literature and Food The Routledge Companion to Literature and Food explores the relationship between food and literature in transnational contexts serving as both an introduction and a guide to the field in terms of defining characteristics and development. Balancing a wide-reaching view of the long histories and preoccupations of literary food studies with attentiveness to recent developments and shifts the volume illuminates the aesthetic cultural political and intellectual diversity of the representation of food and eating in literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138048430

The Routledge Companion to Literature and Human Rights The Routledge Companion to Literature and Human Rights provides a comprehensive transnational and interdisciplinary map to this emerging field offering a broad overview of human rights and literature while providing innovative readings on key topics. The first of its kind this volume covers essential issues and themes necessarily crossing disciplines between the social sciences and humanities. Sections cover: subjects with pieces on subjectivity humanity identity gender universality the particular the body forms visiting the different ways human rights stories are crafted and formed via the literary the visual the performative and the oral contexts tracing the development of the literature over time and in relation to specific regions and historical events impacts considering the power and limits of human rights literature rhetoric and visual culture Drawn from many different global contexts the essays offer an ideal introduction for those approaching the study of literature and human rights for the first time looking for new insights and interdisciplinary perspectives or interested in new directions for future scholarship. Contributors: Chris Abani Jonathan E. Abel Elizabeth S. Anker Arturo Arias Ariella Azoulay Ralph Bauer Anna Bernard Brenda Carr Vellino Eleni Coundouriotis James Dawes Erik Doxtader Marc D. Falkoff Keith P. Feldman Elizabeth Swanson Goldberg Audrey J. Golden Mark Goodale Barbara Harlow Wendy S. Hesford Peter Hitchcock David Holloway Christine Hong Madelaine Hron Meg Jensen Luz Angélica Kirschner Susan Maslan Julie Avril Minich Alexandra Schultheis Moore Greg Mullins Laura T. Murphy Hanna Musiol Makau Mutua Zoe Norridge David Palumbo-Liu Crystal Parikh Katrina M. Powell Claudia Sadowski-Smith Mark Sanders Karen-Magrethe Simonsen Joseph R. Slaughter Sharon Sliwinski Sidonie Smith Domna C. Stanton Sarah G. Waisvisz Belinda Walzer Ban Wang Julia Watson Gillian Whitlock and Sarah Winter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367365516

The Routledge Companion to Literature and Religion This unique and comprehensive volume looks at the study of literature and religion from a contemporary critical perspective. Including discussion of global literature and world religions this Companion looks at: key moments in the story of religion and literary studies from Matthew Arnold through to the impact of 9/11; a variety of theoretical approaches to the study of religion and literature; different ways that religion and literature are connected from overtly religious writing to subtle religious readings; analysis of key sacred texts and the way they have been studied re-written and questioned by literature; political implications of work on religion and literature. Thoroughly introduced and contextualized this volume is an engaging introduction to this huge and complex field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367365608

The Routledge Companion to Literature and Science With forty-four newly commissioned articles from an international cast of leading scholars The Routledge Companion to Literature and Science traces the network of connections among literature science technology mathematics and medicine. Divided into three main sections this volume: links diverse literatures to scientific disciplines from Artificial Intelligence to Thermodynamics surveys current theoretical and disciplinary approaches from Animal Studies to Semiotics traces the history and culture of literature and science from Greece and Rome to Postmodernism. Ranging from classical origins and modern revolutions to current developments in cultural science studies and the posthumanities this indispensible volume offers a comprehensive resource for undergraduates postgraduates and researchers. With authoritative accessible and succinct treatments of the sciences in their literary dimensions and cultural frameworks here is the essential guide to this vibrant area of study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415509596

The Routledge Companion to Literature and Trauma Literary trauma studies is a rapidly developing field which examines how literature deals with the personal and cultural aspects of trauma and engages with such historical and current phenomena as the Holocaust and other genocides 9/11 climate catastrophe or the still unsettled legacy of colonialism. The Routledge Companion to Literature and Trauma is a comprehensive guide to the history and theory of trauma studies including key concepts consideration of critical perspectives and discussion of future developments. It also explores different genres and media such as poetry life-writing graphic narratives photography and post-apocalyptic fiction and analyses how literature engages with particular traumatic situations and events such as the Holocaust the Occupation of France the Rwandan genocide Hurricane Katrina and transgenerational nuclear trauma. Forty essays from top thinkers in the field demonstrate the range and vitality of trauma studies as it has been used to further the understanding of literature and other cultural forms across the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138494923

The Routledge Companion to Local Media and Journalism This comprehensive edited collection provides key contributions in the field mapping out fundamental topics and analysing current trends through an international lens. Offering a collection of invited contributions from scholars across the world the volume is structured in seven parts each exploring an aspect of local media and journalism. It brings together and consolidates the latest research and theorisations from the field and provides fresh understandings of local media from a comparative perspective and within a global context. This volume reaches across national cultural technological and socio-economic boundaries to bring new understandings to the dominant foci of research in the field and highlights interconnection and thematic links. Addressing the significant changes local media and journalism have undergone in the last decade  the collection explores the history politics ethics and contents of local media as well as delving deeper into the business and practices that affect not only the journalists and media-makers involved but consumers and communities as well. For students and researchers in the fields of journalism studies journalism education cultural studies and media and communications programmes this is the comprehensive guide to local media and journalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815375364

The Routledge Companion to Management and Organizational History The field of management and organizational history has reached a level of maturity that means an overview is long overdue.Written by a team of globally renowned scholars this comprehensive companion analyses management and organizational history reflecting on the most influential periods and highlighting gaps for future research. From the impact of the Cold War to Global Warming it examines the field from a wide array of perspectives from humanities to the social sciences. Covering the entire spectrum of the field this volume provides an essential resource for researchers of business and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367656300

The Routledge Companion to Management and Workplace Spirituality The Routledge Companion to Management and Workplace Spirituality provides readers with a broad cutting-edge overview of the discipline of management spirituality and religion (MSR). Marques has gathered leading scholars from around the world who share their insights and research on important topics such as linking spirituality and religion cultural influences on workplace spirituality mindfulness and managing spiritually averse people. The volume also covers each of the major religions from both East and West as well as leadership and spirituality and issues related to linking spirituality to ethics sustainability and corporate social responsibility. This volume will prove invaluable to any student or researcher looking for a comprehensive survey of the field of MSR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138499188

The Routledge Companion to Management Buyouts Management Buyouts (MBOs) first came to prominence in the US during the early 1980s and have subsequently become a global phenomenon and a highly significant transaction within the corporate restructuring landscape Although much recent attention has focused on private equity (PE) backed buyouts these are only a subset of the total MBO market. The Routledge Companion to Management Buyouts takes a much broader definition reviewing the current state of research and theory and where further developments are likely to occur and incorporating PE and non-PE backed buyouts as well as variations such as management buy-ins and management-employee buyouts. It goes beyond the purely financial perspective exploring the many different aspects of management buyouts and incorporating related disciplines including strategy organizational change and HRM providing the first truly comprehensive authoritative resource on the topic. Expertly edited and drawing on international scholarship this unique volume will be an invaluable sourcebook on MBOs for researchers and advanced students as well as those interested in the broader areas of corporate restructuring and ownership change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138713840

The Routledge Companion to Management Information Systems The field of Information Systems has been evolving since the first application of computers in organizations in the early 1950s. Focusing on information systems analysis and design up to and including the 1980s the field has expanded enormously with our assumptions about information and knowledge being challenged along with both intended and unintended consequences of information technology.This prestige reference work offers students and researchers a critical reflection on major topics and current scholarship in the evolving field of Information Systems. This single-volume survey of the field is organized into four parts. The first section deals with Disciplinary and Methodological Foundations. The second section deals with Development Adoption and Use of MIS – topics that formed the centrepiece of the field of IS in the last century. The third section deals with Managing Organizational IS Knowledge and Innovation while the final section considers emerging and continuing issues and controversies in the field – IS in Society and a Global Context. Each chapter provides a balanced overview of current knowledge identifying issues and discussing relevant debates.This prestigious book is required reading for any student or researcher in Management Information Systems academics and students covering the breadth of the field and established researchers seeking a single-volume repository on the current state of knowledge current debates and relevant literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367656195

The Routledge Companion to Managing Digital Outsourcing This unique comprehensive collection presents the latest multi-disciplinary research in strategic digital outsourcing and digital business strategy providing a management decision-making framework for successful long-term relationships and collaboration based on trust and governance. Part I: Innovation in Business Models and Digital Outsourcing takes an internal company perspective on strategic digital outsourcing and the importance of trust in outsourcing relationships. Part II: Inter-organizational Relations and Transfer explores topics underpinning service recipients and service suppliers’ relationships including governance knowledge transfer and legal aspects. Part III: From On-site to Cloud discusses the challenges presented by moving to a cloud environment including risks and controls. Part IV: Developments to Come explores emerging technologies and their impact on digital outsourcing such as blockchain and the Internet of Things. In a fiercely competitive market companies must transform their business models and embrace new approaches. This Companion provides a comprehensive management overview of strategic digital outsourcing and is an invaluable resource for researchers and advanced students in business and strategic information management as well as a timely resource for systems professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138489370

The Routledge Companion to Marine and Maritime Worlds 1400-1800 The Routledge Companion to Marine and Maritime Worlds 1400‒1800 explores early modern maritime history culture and the current state of the research and approaches taken by experts in the field. Ranging from cartography to poetry and decorative design to naval warfare the book shows how once-traditional and often Euro-chauvinistic depictions of oceanic ‘mastery’ during the early modern period have been replaced by newer global ideas. This comprehensive volume challenges underlying assumptions by balancing its assessment of the consequences and accomplishments of European navigators in the era of Columbus da Gama and Magellan with an awareness of the sophistication and maritime expertise in Asia the Arab world and the Americas. By imparting riveting new stories and global perceptions of maritime history and culture the contributors provide readers with fresh insights concerning early modern entanglements between humans and the vast unpredictable ocean. With maritime studies growing and the ocean’s health in decline this volume is essential reading for academics and students interested in the historicization of the ocean and the ways early modern cultures both conceptualized and utilized seas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367471842

The Routledge Companion to Marketing History The Routledge Companion to Marketing History is the first collection of readings that surveys the broader field of marketing history including the key activities and practices in the marketing process. With contributors from leading international scholars working in marketing history this companion provides nine country-specific histories of marketing practice as well as a broad analysis of the field including: the histories of advertising retailing channels of distribution product design and branding pricing strategies and consumption behavior. While other collections have provided an overview of the history of marketing thought this is the first of its kind to do so from the perspective of companies industries and even whole economies. The Routledge Companion to Marketing History ranges across many countries and industries engaging in substantive detail with marketing practices as they were performed in a variety of historical periods extending back to ancient times. It is not to be missed by any historian or student of business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367868710

The Routledge Companion to Media Sex and Sexuality The Routledge Companion to Media Sex and Sexuality is a vibrant and authoritative exploration of the ways in which sex and sexualities are mediated in modern media and everyday life.The 40 chapters in this volume offer a snapshot of the remarkable diversification of approaches and research within the field bringing together a wide range of scholars and researchers from around the world and from different disciplinary backgrounds including cultural studies education history media studies sexuality studies and sociology.The volume presents a broad array of global and transnational issues and intersectional perspectives as authors address a series of important questions that have consequences for current and future thinking in the field. Topics explored include post-feminism masculinities media industries queer identities video games media activism music videos sexualisation celebrities sport sex-advice books pornography and erotica and social and mobile media.The Routledge Companion to Media Sex and Sexuality is an essential guide to the central ideas concepts and debates currently shaping research in mediated sexualities and the connections between conceptions of sexual identity bodies and media technologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581176

The Routledge Companion to Media & Gender The Routledge Companion to Media and Gender offers a comprehensive examination of media and gender studies charting its histories investigating ongoing controversies and assessing future trends. The 59 chapters in this volume written by leading researchers from around the world provide scholars and students with an engaging and authoritative survey of current thinking in media and gender research. The Companion includes the following features: With each chapter addressing a distinct concrete set of issues the volume includes research from around the world to engage readers in a broad array of global and transnational issues and intersectional perspectives. Authors address a series of important questions that have consequences for current and future thinking in the field including postfeminism sexual violence masculinity media industries queer identities video games digital policy media activism sexualization docusoaps teen drama cosmetic surgery media Islamophobia sport telenovelas news audiences pornography and social and mobile media. A range of academic disciplines inform exploration of key issues around production and policymaking representation audience engagement and the place of gender in media studies. The Routledge Companion to Media and Gender is an essential guide to the central ideas concepts and debates currently shaping media and gender research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138849129

The Routledge Companion to Media and Activism The Routledge Companion to Media and Activism is a wide-ranging collection of 42 original and authoritative essays by leading contributors from a variety of academic disciplines. Introducing and exploring central debates about the diverse relationships between both media and protest and communication and social change the book offers readers a reliable and informed guide to understanding how media and activism influence one another. The expert contributors examine the tactics and strategies of protest movements and how activists organize themselves and each other; they investigate the dilemmas of media coverage and the creation of alternative media spaces and platforms; and they emphasize the importance of creativity and art in social change. Bringing together case studies and contributors from six continents the collection is organized around themes that address past present and future developments from around the world. The Routledge Companion to Media and Activism is an essential reference and guide for those who want to understand this vital area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367659967

The Routledge Companion to Media and Class This companion brings together scholars working at the intersection of media and class with a focus on how understandings of class are changing in contemporary global media contexts. From the memes of and about working-class supporters of billionaire "populists" to well-publicized and critiqued philanthropic efforts to bring communication technologies into developing country contexts to the behind-the-scenes work of migrant tech workers class is undergoing change both in and through media. Diverse and thoughtfully curated contributions unpack how media industries digital technologies everyday media practices—and media studies itself—feed into and comment upon broader interdisciplinary discussions. They cover a wide range of topics such as economic inequality workplace stratification the sharing economy democracy and journalism globalization and mobility/migration. Outward-looking intersectional and highly contemporary The Routledge Companion to Media and Class is a must-read for students and researchers interested in the intersections between media class sociology technology and a changing world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138493612

The Routledge Companion to Media and Fairy-Tale Cultures From Cinderella to comic con to colonialism and more this companion provides readers with a comprehensive and current guide to the fantastic uncanny and wonderful worlds of the fairy tale across media and cultures. It offers a clear detailed and expansive overview of contemporary themes and issues throughout the intersections of the fields of fairy-tale studies media studies and cultural studies addressing among others issues of reception audience cultures ideology remediation and adaptation. Examples and case studies are drawn from a wide range of pertinent disciplines and settings providing thorough accessible treatment of central topics and specific media from around the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580735

The Routledge Companion to Media and Human Rights The Routledge Companion to Media and Human Rights offers a comprehensive and contemporary survey of the key themes approaches and debates in the field of media and human rights.The Companion is the first collection to bring together two distinct ways of thinking about human rights and media including scholarship that examines media as a human right alongside that which looks at media coverage of human rights issues. This international collection of 49 newly written pieces thus provides a unique overview of current research in the field while also providing historical context to help students and scholars appreciate how such developments depart from past practices.The volume examines the universal principals of freedom of expression legal instruments the right to know media as a human right and the role of media organisations and journalistic work. It is organised thematically in five parts:Communication Expression and Human RightsMedia Performance and Human Rights: Political ProcessesMedia Performance and Human Rights: News and JournalismDigital Activism Witnessing and Human RightsMedia Representation of Human Rights: Cultural Social and Political.Individual essays cover an array of topics including mass-surveillance LGBT advocacy press law freedom of information and children’s rights in the digital age. With contributions from both leading scholars and emerging scholars the Companion offers an interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary approach to media and human rights allowing for international comparisons and varying perspectives.The Routledge Companion to Media and Human Rights provides a comprehensive introduction to the current field useful for both students and researchers and defines the agenda for future research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581220

The Routledge Companion to Media and Race The Routledge Companion to Media and Race serves as a comprehensive guide for scholars students and media professionals who seek to understand the key debates about the impact of media messages on racial attitudes and understanding. Broad in scope and richly presented from a diversity of perspectives the book is divided into three sections: first it summarizes the theoretical approaches that scholars have adopted to analyze the complexities of media messages about race and ethnicity from the notion of "representation" to more recent concepts like Critical Race Theory. Second the book reviews studies related to a variety of media including film television print media social media music and video games. Finally contributors present a broad summary of media issues related to specific races and ethnicities and describe the relationship of the study of race to the study of gender and sexuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869533

The Routledge Companion to Media and Risk This collection presents new work in risk media studies from critical humanities perspectives. Defining historicizing and consolidating current scholarship the volume seeks to shape an emerging field signposting its generative insights while examining its implicit assumptions. When and under what conditions does risk emerge? How is risk mediated? Who are the targets of risk media? Who manages risk? Who lives with it? Who are most in danger? Such questions—the what how who when and why of risk media—inform the scope of this volume. With roots in critical media studies and science and technology studies it hopes to inspire new questions perspectives frameworks and analytical tools not only for risk media and communication studies but also for social and cultural theories. Editors Bishnupriya Ghosh and Bhaskar Sarkar bring together contributors who elucidate and interrogate risk media’s varied histories and futures. This book is meant for students and scholars of media and communication studies science and technology studies and the interdisciplinary humanities looking either to deepen their engagement with risk media or to broaden their knowledge of this emerging field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138638938

The Routledge Companion to Media and Scandal Howard Tumber is Professor in the Department of Journalism at City University of London UK. He is a founder and co-editor of Journalism: Theory Practice and Criticism. He has published widely in the field of the sociology of media and journalism. Silvio Waisbord is Professor in the School of Media and Public Affairs at George Washington University USA. He was the editor-in-chief of the Journal of Communication and he has published widely about news politics and social change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815387596

The Routledge Companion to Media and Tourism The Routledge Companion to Media and Tourism provides a comprehensive overview of the research into the convergence of media and tourism and specifically investigates the concept of mediatized tourism. This Companion offers a holistic look at the relationship between media and tourism by drawing from a global range of contributions by scholars from disciplines across the humanities and social sciences. The book is divided into five parts covering diverse aspects of mediatization of tourism including place and space representation cultural production and transmedia. It features a comprehensive theoretical introduction and an afterword by leading scholars in this emerging field delving into the ways in which different forms of media content and consumption converge and the consequential effects on tourism and tourists. The collection is an invaluable resource for students and scholars of tourism studies cultural studies and media and communication as well as those with a particular interest in mediatization convergence culture and contemporary culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366282

The Routledge Companion to Media Education Copyright and Fair Use Media literacy educators rely on the ability to make use of copyrighted materials from mass media digital media and popular culture for both analysis and production activities. Whether they work in higher education elementary and secondary schools or in informal learning settings in libraries community and non-profit organizations educators know that the practice of media literacy depends on a robust interpretation of copyright and fair use. With chapters written by leading scholars and practitioners from the fields of media studies education writing and rhetoric law and society library and information studies and the digital humanities this companion provides a scholarly and professional context for understanding the ways in which new conceptualizations of copyright and fair use are shaping the pedagogical practices of media literacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138638891

The Routledge Companion to Media Fandom The field of fan studies has seen exponential growth in recent years and this companion brings together an internationally and interdisciplinarily diverse group of established scholars to reflect on the state of the field and to point to new research directions. Engaging an impressive array of media texts and formats and incorporating a variety of methodologies this collection is organized into six main sections: methods and ethics technologies and practices identities race and transcultural fandom industry and futures. Each section concludes with a conversation among some of the field’s leading scholars and industry insiders to address a wealth of questions relevant to each section topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367528065

The Routledge Companion to Media Studies and Digital Humanities Although media studies and digital humanities are established fields their overlaps have not been examined in depth. This comprehensive collection fills that gap giving readers a critical guide to understanding the array of methodologies and projects operating at the intersections of media culture and practice. Topics include: access praxis social justice design interaction interfaces mediation materiality remediation data memory making programming and hacking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580681

The Routledge Companion to Media Technology and Obsolescence While so many books on technology look at new advances and digital technologies The Routledge Companion to Media Technology and Obsolescence looks back at analog technologies that are disappearing considering their demise and what it says about media history pop culture and the nature of nostalgia. From card catalogs and typewriters to stock tickers and cathode ray tubes contributors examine the legacy of analog technologies including those like vinyl records that may be experiencing a resurgency. Each essay includes a brief history of the technology leading up to its peak an analysis of the reasons for its decline and a discussion of its influence on newer technologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138216266

The Routledge Companion to Medieval Iconography Sometimes enjoying considerable favor sometimes less iconography has been an essential element in medieval art historical studies since the beginning of the discipline. Some of the greatest art historians – including Mâle Warburg Panofsky Morey and Schapiro – have devoted their lives to understanding and structuring what exactly the subject matter of a work of medieval art can tell. Over the last thirty or so years scholarship has seen the meaning and methodologies of the term considerably broadened.This companion provides a state-of-the-art assessment of the influence of the foremost iconographers as well as the methodologies employed and themes that underpin the discipline. The first section focuses on influential thinkers in the field while the second covers some of the best-known methodologies; the third and largest section looks at some of the major themes in medieval art. Taken together the three sections include thirty-eight chapters each of which deals with an individual topic. An introduction historiographical evaluation and bibliography accompany the individual essays. The authors are recognized experts in the field and each essay includes original analyses and/or case studies which will hopefully open the field for future research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367334321

The Routledge Companion to Medieval Philosophy Like any other group of philosophers scholastic thinkers from the Middle Ages disagreed about even the most fundamental of concepts. With their characteristic style of rigorous semantic and logical analysis they produced a wide variety of diverse theories about a huge number of topics.The Routledge Companion to Medieval Philosophy offers readers an outstanding survey of many of these diverse theories on a wide array of subjects. Its 35 chapters all written exclusively for this Companion by leading international scholars are organized into seven parts: I Language and LogicII MetaphysicsIII Cosmology and Physics IV Psychology V Cognition VI Ethics and Moral Philosophy VII Political Philosophy In addition to shedding new light on the most well-known philosophical debates and problems of the medieval era the Companion brings to the fore topics that may not traditionally be associated with scholastic philosophy but were in fact a veritable part of the tradition. These include chapters covering scholastic theories about propositions atomism consciousness and democracy and representation. The Routledge Companion to Medieval Philosophy is a helpful comprehensive introduction to the field for undergraduate students and other newcomers as well as a unique and valuable resource for researchers in all areas of philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415658270

The Routledge Companion to Mergers and Acquisitions Mergers and acquisitions (M&As) are events that attract considerable interest from academics and practitioners and much research has been conducted into their impact on individuals organizations and societies. Yet despite all the existing research and the varied theoretical and methodological approaches employed there remains more to learn about M&As. The Routledge Companion to Mergers and Acquisitions takes a detailed look at this multifacted subject using a novel framework of four domains – substantive issues contextual issues methodological issues and conceptual issues. Drawing on the expertise of its international team of contributors the volume surveys the state of the field including emerging and cutting-edge areas such as social network analysis and corporate branding. This Companion will be a rich resource for students researchers and practitioners involved in the study of M&As and organizational and strategic studies more widely. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415704663

The Routledge Companion to Metaphysics The Routledge Companion to Metaphysics is an outstanding comprehensive and accessible guide to the major themes thinkers and issues in metaphysics. The Companion features over fifty specially commissioned chapters from international scholars which are organized into three clear parts: History of Metaphysics Ontology Metaphysics and Science. Each section features an introduction which places the range of essays in context while an extensive glossary allows easy reference to key terms and definitions. The Routledge Companion to Metaphysics is essential reading for students of philosophy and anyone interested in surveying the central topics and problems in metaphysics from causation to vagueness and from Plato and Aristotle to the present-day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415493963

The Routledge Companion to Michael Chekhov The Routledge Companion to Michael Chekhov brings together Chekhov specialists from around the world - theatre practitioners theorists historians and archivists – to provide an astonishingly comprehensive assessment of his life work and legacy. This volume aims to connect East and West; theatre theory and practice. It reconsiders the history of Chekhov’s acting method directing and pedagogy using the archival documents found across the globe: in Russia England America Germany Lithuania and Switzerland. It presents Chekhov’s legacy and ideas in the framework of interdisciplinary theatre practices and theories as well as at the crossroads of cultures in the context of his forays into such areas as Western mime and Asian cosmology. This remarkable Companion thoughtfully edited by two leading Chekhov scholars will prove invaluable to students and scholars of theatre theatre practitioners and theoreticians and specialists in Slavic and transcultural studies. Marie-Christine Autant-Mathieu is Director of Research at the National Center For Scientific Research and Assistant-Director of Sorbonne-CNRS Institute EUR’ORBEM. She is an historian of theatre and specialist in Russian and Soviet theatre.Yana Meerzon is Associate Professor in the Department of Theatre University of Ottawa. Her book publications include Adapting Chekhov: The Text and Its Mutations co-edited with Professor J. Douglas Clayton University of Ottawa (Routlegde 2012). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138224810

The Routledge Companion to Migration Communication and Politics The Routledge Companion to Migration Communication and Politics brings together academics from numerous disciplines to show the legal political communicative theoretical methodological and media implications of migration. The collection makes the compelling case that migration does not occur in a vacuum; rather it is driven by and reacts to various factors including the political economic and cultural worlds in which individuals live. The 25 chapters reveal the complex nature of migration from various angles not only looking at how policy affects migrants but also how individuals and marginalized groups are impacted by such acts. In Part I contributors examine migration law debating the role of the state in managing migration flows and investigating existing migration policy. Part II offers theories and methods that integrate communication studies political science and law into the study of migration including cultural fusion theory and Gebserian theory. Part III looks at how contemporary perceptions of migration and migrants intersect with media representations across media outlets worldwide. Finally Part IV offers case studies that present the intricacies of migration within different cultural national and political groups. Migration is the key political economic and cultural issue of our time and this companion takes the next step in the debate; namely the effects of the how in addition to the how and why. Researchers and students of communication politics media and law will find this an invaluable intervention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138058149

The Routledge Companion to Military Research Methods This new handbook is about the practices of conducting research on military issues.  As an edited collection it brings together an extensive group of authors from a range of disciplinary perspectives whose chapters engage with the conceptual practical and political questions raised when doing military research.  The book considers a wide range of questions around research about on and with military organisations personnel and activities from diverse starting-points across the social sciences arts and humanities. Each chapter in this volume:Describes the nature of the military research topic under scrutiny and explains what research practices were undertaken and why.  Discusses the author's research activities addressing the nature of their engagement with their subjects and explaining how the method or approach under scrutiny was distinctive because of the military context or subject of the research.  Reflects on the author’s research experiences and the specific often unique negotiations with the politics and practices of military institutions and military personnel before during and after their research fieldwork.  The book provides a focussed overview of methodological approaches to critical studies of military personnel and institutions and processes and practices of militarisation and militarism.  In particular it engages with the growth in qualitative approaches to military research particularly research carried out on military topics outside military research institutions. The handbook provides the reader with a comprehensive guide to how critical military research is being undertaken by social scientists and humanities scholars today and sets out suggestions for future approaches to military research.  This book will be of much interest to students of military studies war and conflict studies and research methods in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581626

The Routledge Companion to Mindfulness at Work Given the ever-growing interest in the benefits of mindfulness to organizations and the individuals who work in them this Companion is a comprehensive primary reference work for mindfulness (including creativity and flow) in the workplace including business healthcare and educational settings. Research shows that mindfulness boosts creativity through greater insight receptivity and balance and increases energy and a sense of wellbeing. This Companion traces the genesis and growth of this burgeoning field tracks its application to the workplace and suggests trends and future directions. With contributions from leading scholars and practitioners in business leadership psychology healthcare education and other related fields The Routledge Companion to Mindfulness at Work is an extensive reference work which will be a vital resource to the fields of management and organizational studies human resource management psychology spirituality cultural anthropology and sociology. Each chapter will present a listing of key topics a case or situation that illustrates the application of the themes workplace lessons and reflection questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367200046

The Routledge Companion to Mobile Media The last decade has witnessed the rise of the cell phone from a mode of communication to an indispensable multimedia device and this phenomenon has led to the burgeoning of mobile communication studies in media cultural studies and communication departments across the academy.The Routledge Companion to Mobile Media seeks to be the definitive publication for scholars and students interested in comprehending all the various aspects of mobile media. This collection which gathers together original articles by a global roster of contributors from a variety of disciplines sets out to contextualize the increasingly convergent areas surrounding social geosocial and mobile media discourses. Features include: comprehensive and interdisciplinary models and approaches for analyzing mobile media; wide-ranging case studies that draw from this truly global field including China Africa Southeast Asia the Middle East and Latin America as well as Europe the UK and the US; a consideration of mobile media as part of broader media ecologies and histories; chapters setting out the economic and policy underpinnings of mobile media; explorations of the artistic and creative dimensions of mobile media; studies of emerging issues such as ecological sustainability; up-to-date overviews on social and locative media by pioneers in the field. Drawn from a range of theoretical artistic and cultural approaches The Routledge Companion to Mobile Media will serve as a crucial reference text to inform and orient those interested in this quickly expanding and far-reaching field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138695450

The Routledge Companion to Mobile Media Art In this companion a diverse international and interdisciplinary group of contributors and editors examine the rapidly expanding far-reaching field of mobile media as it intersects with art across a range of spaces—theoretical practical and conceptual. As a vehicle for—and of—the everyday mobile media is recalibrating the relationship between art and digital networked media and reshaping how creative practices such as writing photography video art and filmmaking are being conceptualized and practised. In exploring these innovations The Routledge Companion to Mobile Media Art pulls together comprehensive culturally nuanced and interdisciplinary approaches; considerations of broader media ecologies and histories and political social and cultural dynamics; and critical and considered perspectives on the intersections between mobile media and art. This book is the definitive publication for researchers artists and students interested in comprehending all the various aspects of mobile media art covering digital media and culture internet studies games studies anthropology sociology geography media and communication cultural studies and design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367197162

The Routledge Companion to Modern Christian Thought This Companion provides an unrivalled view of the field of modern Christian thought from the Enlightenment to the twentieth century and beyond. Written by an outstanding team of theologians and philosophers of religion it covers the following topics within Christian thought: Key figures and influencers Central events and movements Major theological issues and key approaches to Christian Theology Recent topics and trends in Christian thought Each entry is clear and accessible making the book the ideal resource for students of Christian thought and history and philosophy of religion and a valuable reference for professional theologians and philosophers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138638495

The Routledge Companion to Modernity Space and Gender The Routledge Companion to Modernity Space and Gender reframes the discussion of modernity space and gender by examining how "modernity" has been defined in various cultural contexts of the twentieth and twenty-first centuries how this definition has been expressed spatially and architecturally and what effect this has had on women in their everyday lives. In doing so this volume presents theories and methods for understanding space and gender as they relate to the development of cities urban space and individual building types (such as housing work spaces or commercial spaces) in both the creation of and resistance to social transformations and modern global capitalism. The book contains a diverse range of case studies from the US Europe the UK  and Asian countries such as China and India which bring together a multiplicity of approaches to a continuing and common issue and reinforces the need for alternatives to the existing theoretical canon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367505608

The Routledge Companion to Motherhood Interdisciplinary and intersectional in emphasis the Routledge Companion to Motherhood brings together essays on current intellectual themes issues and debates while also creating a foundation for future scholarship and study as the field of Motherhood Studies continues to develop globally. This Routledge Companion is the first extensive collection on the wide-ranging topics themes issues and debates that ground the intellectual work being done on motherhood. Global in scope and including a range of disciplinary perspectives including anthropology literature communication studies sociology women’s and gender studies history and economics this volume introduces the foundational topics and ideas in motherhood delineates the diversity and complexity of mothering and also stimulates dialogue among scholars and students approaching from divergent backgrounds and intellectual perspectives. This will become a foundational text for academics in Women's and Gender Studies and interdisciplinary researchers interested in this important complex and rapidly growing topic. Scholars of psychology sociology or public policy and activists in both university and workplace settings interested in motherhood and mothering will find it an invaluable guide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138052413

The Routledge Companion to Museum EthicsRedefining Ethics for the Twenty-First Century Museum Routledge Companion to Museum Ethics is a theoretically informed reconceptualization of museum ethics discourse as a dynamic social practice central to the project of creating change in the museum. Through twenty-seven chapters by an international and interdisciplinary group of academics and practitioners it explores contemporary museum ethics as an opportunity for growth rather than a burden of compliance. The volume represents diverse strands in museum activity from exhibitions to marketing as ethics is embedded in all areas of the museum sector. What the contributions share is an understanding of the contingent nature of museum ethics in the twenty-first century—its relations with complex economic social political and technological forces and its fluid ever-shifting sensibility. The volume examines contemporary museum ethics through the prism of those disciplines and methods that have shaped it most. It argues for a museum ethics discourse defined by social responsibility radical transparency and shared guardianship of heritage. And it demonstrates the moral agency of museums: the concept that museum ethics is more than the personal and professional ethics of individuals and concerns the capacity of institutions to generate self-reflective and activist practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415566124

The Routledge Companion to Music Mind and Well-being In recent decades the relationship between music emotions health and well-being has become a hot topic. Scientific research and new neuro-imaging technologies have provided extraordinary new insights into how music affects our brains and bodies and researchers in fields ranging from psychology and music therapy to history and sociology have turned their attention to the question of how music relates to mind body feelings and health generating a wealth of insights as well as new challenges. Yet this work is often divided by discipline and methodology resulting in parallel yet separate discourses. In this context The Routledge Companion to Music Mind and Well-being seeks to foster truly interdisciplinary approaches to key questions about the nature of musical experience and to demonstrate the importance of the conceptual and ideological frameworks underlying research in this field. Incorporating perspectives from musicology history psychology neuroscience music education philosophy sociology linguistics and music therapy this volume opens the way for a generative dialogue across both scientific and humanistic scholarship.The Companion is divided into two sections. The chapters in the first historical section consider the varied ways in which music the emotions well-being and their interactions have been understood in the past from Antiquity to the twentieth century shedding light on the intellectual origins of debates that continue today. The chapters in the second contemporary section offer a variety of current scientific perspectives on these topics and engage wider philosophical problems. The Companion ends with chapters that explore the practical application of music in healthcare education and welfare drawing on work on music as a social and ecological phenomenon.Contextualising contemporary scientific research on music within the history of ideas this volume provides a unique overview of what it means to study music in relation to the mind and well-being. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367659677

The Routledge Companion to Music Technology and Education The Routledge Companion to Music Technology and Education is a comprehensive resource that draws together burgeoning research on the use of technology in music education around the world. Rather than following a procedural how-to approach this companion considers technology musicianship and pedagogy from a philosophical theoretical and empirically-driven perspective offering an essential overview of current scholarship while providing support for future research. The 37 chapters in this volume consider the major aspects of the use of technology in music education:Part I. Contexts. Examines the historical and philosophical contexts of technology in music. This section addresses themes such as special education cognition experimentation audience engagement gender and information and communication technologies. Part II. Real Worlds. Discusses real world scenarios that relate to music technology and education. Topics such as computers composition performance and the curriculum are covered here.Part III. Virtual Worlds. Explores the virtual world of learning through our understanding of media video games and online collaboration. Part IV. Developing and Supporting Musicianship. Highlights the framework for providing support and development for teachers using technology to understand and develop musical understanding.The Routledge Companion to Music Technology and Education will appeal to undergraduate and post-graduate students music educators teacher training specialists and music education researchers. It serves as an ideal introduction to the issues surrounding technology in music education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869618

The Routledge Companion to Music and Visual Culture As a coherent field of research the field of music and visual culture has seen rapid growth in recent years. The Routledge Companion to Music and Visual Culture serves as the first comprehensive reference on the intersection between these two areas of study an ideal introduction for those coming to the field for the first time as well as a useful source of information for seasoned researchers. This collection of over forty entries from musicologists and art historians from the US and UK delineate the key concepts in the field in five parts: Starting Points Methodologies Reciprocation – the musical in visual culture and the visual in musical culture Convergence –in metaphor in conception and in practice Hybrid Arts This reference work speaks to the important questions concerning this burgeoning field of research –what are the established approaches to studying musical and visual cultures side by side? What have been the major points of contact between these two areas and what kind of questions can this interdisciplinary research address moving forward? The Routledge Companion to Music and Visual Culture is an indispensable guide for anyone interested in the field of music and visual culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367148652

The Routledge Companion to Music Cognition The Routledge Companion to Music Cognition addresses fundamental questions about the nature of music from a psychological perspective. Music cognition is presented as the field that investigates the psychological physiological and physical processes that allow music to take place seeking to explain how and why music has such powerful and mysterious effects on us. This volume provides a comprehensive overview of research in music cognition balancing accessibility with depth and sophistication. A diverse range of global scholars—music theorists musicologists pedagogues neuroscientists and psychologists—address the implications of music in everyday life while broadening the range of topics in music cognition research deliberately seeking connections with the kinds of music and musical experiences that are meaningful to the population at large but are often overlooked in the study of music cognition. Such topics include:Music’s impact on physical and emotional healthMusic cognition in various genresMusic cognition in diverse populations including people with amusia and hearing impairmentThe relationship of music to learning and accomplishment in academics sport and recreationThe broader sociological and anthropological uses of musicConsisting of over forty essays the volume is organized by five primary themes. The first section "Music from the Air to the Brain " provides a neuroscientific and theoretical basis for the book. The next three sections are based on musical actions: "Hearing and Listening to Music " "Making and Using Music " and "Developing Musicality." The closing section "Musical Meanings " returns to fundamental questions related to music’s meaning and significance seen from historical and contemporary perspectives. The Routledge Companion to Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876555

The Routledge Companion to Music Theory Pedagogy Today’s music theory instructors face a changing environment one where the traditional lecture format is in decline. The Routledge Companion to Music Theory Pedagogy addresses this change head-on featuring battle-tested lesson plans alongside theoretical discussions of music theory curriculum and course design. With the modern student in mind scholars are developing creative new approaches to teaching music theory encouraging active student participation within contemporary contexts such as flipped classrooms music industry programs and popular music studies. This volume takes a unique approach to provide resources for both the conceptual and pragmatic sides of music theory pedagogy. Each section includes thematic "anchor" chapters that address key issues accompanied by short "topics" chapters offering applied examples that instructors can readily adopt in their own teaching. In eight parts leading pedagogues from across North America explore how to most effectively teach the core elements of the music theory curriculum: Fundamentals Rhythm and Meter Core Curriculum Aural Skills Post-Tonal Theory Form Popular Music Who What and How We Teach A broad musical repertoire demonstrates formal principles that transcend the Western canon catering to a diverse student body with diverse musical goals. Reflecting growing interest in the field and with an emphasis on easy implementation The Routledge Companion to Music Theory Pedagogy presents strategies and challenges to illustrate and inspire in a comprehensive resource for all teachers of music theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138585010

The Routledge Companion to Native American Literature The Routledge Companion to Native American Literature engages the multiple scenes of tension — historical political cultural and aesthetic — that constitutes a problematic legacy in terms of community identity ethnicity gender and sexuality language and sovereignty in the study of Native American literature. This important and timely addition to the field provides context for issues that enter into Native American literary texts through allusions references and language use. The volume presents over forty essays by leading and emerging international scholars and analyses: regional cultural racial and sexual identities in Native American literature key historical moments from the earliest period of colonial contact to the present worldviews in relation to issues such as health spirituality animals and physical environments traditions of cultural creation that are key to understanding the styles allusions and language of Native American Literature the impact of differing literary forms of Native American literature. This collection provides a map of the critical issues central to the discipline as well as uncovering new perspectives and new directions for the development of the field. It supports academic study and also assists general readers who require a comprehensive yet manageable introduction to the contexts essential to approaching Native American Literature. It is essential reading for anyone interested in the past present and future of this literary culture. Contributors: Joseph Bauerkemper Susan Bernardin Susan Berry Brill de Ramírez Kirby Brown David J. Carlson Cari M. Carpenter Eric Cheyfitz  Tova Cooper Alicia Cox Birgit Däwes Janet Fiskio Earl E. Fitz John Gamber Kathryn N. Gray Sarah Henzi Susannah Hopson Hsinya Huang Brian K. Hudson Bruce E. Johansen Judit Ágnes Kádár Amelia V. Katanski Susan Kollin Chris LaLonde A. Robert Lee Iping Liang Drew Lopenzina Brandy Nālani McDougall Deborah Madsen Diveena Seshetta Marcus Sabine N. Meyer Carol Miller David L. Moore Birgit Brander Rasmussen Mark Rifkin Kenneth M. Roemer Oliver Scheiding Lee Schweninger Stephanie A. Sellers Kathryn W. Shanley Leah Sneider David Stirrup Theodore C. Van Alst Jr. Tammy Wahpeconiah Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138020603

The Routledge Companion to Network Industries In recent decades network industries around the world have gone through periods of de- and re-regulation. With vast amounts of sometimes conflicting research carried out into specific network industries the time has come for a critical over-arching assessment of this entire industry in order to provide a platform of understanding to aid future research and practice. This comprehensive resource provides an orientation for academics policy makers and managers as to the main economic regulatory and commercial challenges in the network industries. The book is split into sections covering market policy regulation management perspectives  whilst all of the key network industries are covered including energy transport water and telecommunications.Overseen by world-class Editors and experts in the field this inter-disciplinary resource is essential reading for students and researchers in international business industrial economics and the industries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367656263

The Routledge Companion to New Cinema History The Routledge Companion to New Cinema History presents the most recent approaches and methods in the study of the social experience of cinema from its origins in vaudeville and traveling exhibitions to the multiplexes of today.Exploring its history from the perspective of the cinemagoer the study of new cinema history examines the circulation and consumption of cinema the political and legal structures that underpinned its activities the place that it occupied in the lives of its audiences and the traces that it left in their memories. Using a broad range of methods from the statistical analyses of box office economics to ethnography oral history and memory studies this approach has brought about an undisputable change in how we study cinema and the questions we ask about its history. This companion examines the place space and practices of film exhibition and programming; the questions of gender and ethnicity within the cinematic experience; and the ways in which audiences gave meaning to cinemagoing practices specific films stars and venues and its operation as a site of social and cultural exchange from Detroit and Laredo to Bandung and Chennai. Contributors demonstrate how the digitization of source materials and the use of digital research tools have enabled them to map previously unexplored aspects of cinema’s business and social history and undertake comparative analysis of the diversity of the social experience of cinema across regional national and continental boundaries. With contributions from leading scholars in the field The Routledge Companion to New Cinema History enlarges and refines our understanding of cinema’s place in the social history of the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367659578

The Routledge Companion to News and Journalism The Routledge Companion to News and Journalism presents an authoritative comprehensive assessment of diverse forms of news media reporting – past present and future. Including 60 chapters written by an outstanding team of internationally respected authors the Companion provides scholars and students with a reliable historically informed guide to news media and journalism studies. The Companion has the following features: It is organised to address a series of themes pertinent to the on-going theoretical and methodological development of news and journalism studies around the globe. The focus encompasses news institutions production processes texts and audiences. Individual chapters are problem-led seeking to address ‘real world’ concerns that cast light on an important dimension of news and journalism – and show why it matters. Entries draw on a range of academic disciplines to explore pertinent topics particularly around the role of journalism in democracy such as citizenship power and public trust. Discussion revolves primarily around academic research conducted in the UK and the US with further contributions from other national contexts - thereby allowing international comparisons to be made. The Routledge Companion to News and Journalism provides an essential guide to key ideas issues concepts and debates while also stressing the value of reinvigorating scholarship with a critical eye to developments in the professional realm. The paperback edition of this Companion includes four new chapters focusing on news framing newsmagazines digital radio news and social media. Contributors: G. Stuart Adam Stuart Allan Chris Atton Brian Baresch Geoffrey Baym W. Lance Bennett Rodney Benson S. Elizabeth Bird R. Warwick Blood Tanja Bosch Raymond Boyle Bonnie Brennen Qing Cao Cynthia Carter Anabela Carvalho Deborah Chambers Lilie Chouliaraki Lisbeth Clausen James R. Compton Simon Cottle Ros Coward Andrew Crisell Mark Deuze Roger Dickinson Wolfgang Donsbach Mats Ekström James S.Ettema Natalie Fenton Bob Franklin Herbert J. Gans Mark Glaser Mark Hampton Joseph Harker Jackie Harrison John Hartley Alfred Hermida Andrew Hoskins Shih-Hsien Hsu Dale Jacquette Bengt Johansson Richard Kaplan Carolyn Kitch Douglas Kellner Larsåke Larsson Justin Lewis Jake Lynch Mirca Madianou Donald Matheson Heidi Mau Brian McNair Kaitlynn Mendes Máire Messenger Davies Toby Miller Martin Montgomery Marguerite Moritz Mohammed el-Nawawy Henrik Örnebring Julian Petley Shawn Powers Greg Philo Stephen D. Reese Barry Richards David Rowe Philip Seib Jane B. Singer Guy Starkey Linda Steiner Daya Kishan Thassu John Tulloch Howard Tumber Silvio Waisbord Gary Whannel Andrew Williams Barbie Zelizer Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415669535

The Routledge Companion to Nineteenth Century Philosophy The nineteenth century is a period of stunning philosophical originality characterised by radical engagement with the emerging human sciences. Often overshadowed by twentieth century philosophy which sought to reject some of its central tenets the philosophers of the nineteenth century have re-emerged as profoundly important figures. The Routledge Companion to Nineteenth Century Philosophy is an outstanding survey and assessment of the century as a whole. Divided into seven parts and including thirty chapters written by leading international scholars the Companion examines and assesses the central topics themes and philosophers of the nineteenth century presenting the first comprehensive picture of the period in a single volume: German Idealism philosophy as political action including young Hegelians Marx and Tocqueville philosophy and subjectivity including Schopenhauer Kierkegaard and Nietzsche scientific naturalism including Darwinism philosophy of race experimental psychology and Neo-Kantianism utilitarianism and British Idealism American Idealism and Pragmatism new directions in Mind and Logic including Brentano Frege and Husserl. The Routledge Companion to Nineteenth Century Philosophy is essential reading for students of philosophy and for anyone interested in this period in related disciplines such as politics history literature and religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415404518

The Routledge Companion to Non-Market Strategy It is commonplace for today’s transnational enterprises to undertake political risk analysis when choosing foreign markets and creating entry strategies. Despite this non-market elements of corporate strategy are less well researched than the traditional market-based perspectives. Providing comprehensive and leading edge overviews of current scholarship this Companion surveys the current state of the field and provides a basis for improving our understanding of the non-market environment encouraging new insights to improve strategies for enhancing a firm’s performance and legitimacy. With a foreword by David Baron the international team of contributors includes Jean-Philippe Bonardi Bennet Zelner and Jonathan Doh who combine to create a book that is essential reading for students and researchers in business management and politics including those interested in business regulation environmental policy political risk and corporate social responsibility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138363236

The Routledge Companion to Nonprofit Management Over the past three decades or so the nonprofit voluntary or third sector has undergone a major transformation from a small cottage industry to a major economic force in virtually every part of the developed world as well as elsewhere around the globe. Nonprofit organizations are now major providers of public services working in close cooperation with governments at all levels and increasingly find themselves in competition with commercial firms across various social marketplaces. This transformation has come with ever-increasing demands for enhancing the organizational capacities and professionalizing the management of nonprofit institutions. The Routledge Companion to Nonprofit Management is the first internationally focused effort to capture the full breadth of current nonprofit management research and knowledge that has arisen in response to these developments. With newly commissioned contributions from an international set of scholars at the forefront of nonprofit management research this volume provides a thorough overview of the most current management thinking in this field. It contextualizes nonprofit management globally provides an extensive introduction to key management functions core revenue sources and the emerging social enterprise space and raises a number of emerging topics and issues that will shape nonprofit management in future decades. As graduate programs continue to evolve to serve the training needs in the field The Routledge Companion to Nonprofit Management is an essential reference and resource for graduate students researchers and practitioners interested in a deeper understanding of the operation of the nonprofit sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138744462

The Routledge Companion to Nonprofit Marketing This timely collection of cutting-edge articles offers a complete overview of marketing in the nonprofit sector. Written by a leading team of international experts  it examines the issues faced by public and nonprofit organizations in marketing and raising funds and provides a comprehensive review of the latest research. An introductory section reviews the history of ideas in nonprofit marketing and examines those fundamental marketing principles of special relevance to nonprofit organizations. The book then explores in-depth the latest thinking in each of the most important nonprofit arenas including: voluntary sector marketing fundraising arts marketing education marketing political marketing social marketing volunteer recruitment management and retention public sector marketing and e-government. Containing real-world examples and case study material throughout The Routledge Companion to Nonprofit Marketing makes an important contribution to our understanding of marketing theory and practice in the nonprofit sector. It is an essential reference for all students researchers and practitioners working in nonprofit marketing fundraising or philanthropy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138385849

The Routledge Companion to Organizational Change Organizations change. They grow they adapt they evolve. The effects of organizational change are important varied and complex and analyzing and understanding them is vital for students academics and researchers in all business schools. The Routledge Companion to Organizational Change offers a comprehensive and authoritative overview of the field. The volume brings together the very best contributors not only from the field of organizational change but also from adjacent fields such as strategy and leadership. These contributors offer fresh and challenging insights to the mainstream themes of this discipline. Surveying the state of the discipline and introducing new cutting-edge themes this book is a valuable reference source for students and academics in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138386051

The Routledge Companion to Organizational Diversity Research Methods Organizational diversity has become a topic of interest for practitioners and academics alike. This book explores how diversity in organizations is and can be researched providing readers with insights into the potential research designs for studies in contemporary organizations. This includes paying attention to methods but also to the role of the researcher and research bodies in the field their potential as activists as well as to the theoretical question of standpoints in researching organizational diversity. Chapters also consider the diversity of research participants inclusive research and intersectionality. All contributors are experts in diversity research and in their contributions they reflect upon the appropriate methods for the specific type of diversity research they conduct noting strengths and weaknesses and illustrating their arguments with practical examples from their work.  This handbook will be of great value to academics students researchers practitioners and professionals with an interest in broadening their understanding of how to research organizational diversity in contemporary organizations or seeking to develop their awareness of diversity when researching management and organization more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367211486

The Routledge Companion to Paradigms of Performativity in Design and ArchitectureUsing Time to Craft an Enduring Resilient and Relevant Architecture The Routledge Companion to Paradigms of Performativity in Design and Architecture focuses on a non-linear multilateral ethical way of design thinking positioning the design process as a journey. It expands on the multiple facets and paradigms of performative design thinking as an emerging trend in design methodology. This edited collection explores the meaning of performativity by examining its relevance in conjunction with three fundamental principles: firmness commodity and delight. The scope and broader meaning of performativity performative architecture and performance-based building design are discussed in terms of how they influence today’s design thinking. With contributions from 44 expert practitioners educators and researchers this volume engages theory history technology and the human aspects of performative design thinking and its implications for the future of design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367076191

The Routledge Companion to Performance Management and Control Performance management is key to the ongoing success of any organisation allowing it to meet its strategic objectives by designing and implementing management control systems. This book goes beyond the usual discussion of performance management in accounting and finance to consider strategic management human behaviour and performance management in different countries and contexts. With a global mix of world-renowned researchers this book systematically covers the what the who the where and the why of performance management and control (PMC) systems. A comprehensive state-of-the-art collection edited by a leading expert in the field this book is a vital resource for all scholars students and researchers with an interest in business management and accounting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367656201

The Routledge Companion to Performance Philosophy The Routledge Companion to Performance Philosophy is a volume of especially commissioned critical essays conversations collaborative creative and performative writing mapping the key contexts debates methods discourses and practices in this developing field. Firstly the collection offers new insights on the fundamental question of how thinking happens: where when how and by whom philosophy is performed. Secondly it provides a plurality of new accounts of performance and performativity – as the production of ideas bodies and knowledges – in the arts and beyond. Comprising texts written by international artists philosophers and scholars from multiple disciplines the essays engage with questions of how performance thinks and how thought is performed in a wide range of philosophies and performances from the ancient to the contemporary. Concepts and practices from diverse geographical regions and cultural traditions are analysed to draw conclusions about how performance operates across art philosophy and everyday life. The collection both contributes to and critiques the philosophy of music dance theatre and performance exploring the idea of a philosophy from the arts. It is crucial reading material for those interested in the hierarchy of the relationship between philosophy and the arts advancing debates on philosophical method and the relation between Performance and Philosophy more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138495623

The Routledge Companion to Performance Practitioners The Routledge Companion to Performance Practitioners collects the outstanding biographical and production overviews of key theatre practitioners first featured in the popular Routledge Performance Practitioners series of guidebooks. Each of the chapters is written by an expert on a particular figure from Stanislavsky and Brecht to Laban and Decroux and places their work in its social and historical context. Summaries and analyses of their key productions indicate each practitioner's theoretical approaches to performance and the performer were manifested in practice.  With all 22 practitioners from the original series represented this is the definitive first step for students scholars and practitioners hoping to acquaint themselves with the leading names in performance or deepen their knowledge of these seminal figures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367903480

The Routledge Companion to Performance PractitionersVolume One The Routledge Companion to Performance Practitioners collects the outstanding biographical and production overviews of key theatre practitioners first featured in the popular Routledge Performance Practitioners series of guidebooks. Each of the chapters is written by an expert on a particular figure from Stanislavsky and Brecht to Laban and Decroux and places their work in its social and historical context. Summaries and analyses of their key productions indicate how each practitioner's theoretical approaches to performance and the performer were manifested in practice.  All 22 practitioners from the original series are represented with this volume covering those born before the end of the First World War. This is the definitive first step for students scholars and practitioners hoping to acquaint themselves with the leading names in performance or deepen their knowledge of these seminal figures.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367417321

The Routledge Companion to Performance PractitionersVolume Two The Routledge Companion to Performance Practitioners collects the outstanding biographical and production overviews of key theatre practitioners first featured in the popular Routledge Performance Practitioners series of guidebooks. Each of the chapters is written by an expert on a particular figure from Stanislavsky and Brecht to Laban and Decroux and places their work in its social and historical context. Summaries and analyses of their key productions indicate how each practitioner's theoretical approaches to performance and the performer were manifested in practice.  All 22 practitioners from the original series are represented with this volume covering those born after 1915. This is the definitive first step for students scholars and practitioners hoping to acquaint themselves with the leading names in performance or deepen their knowledge of these seminal figures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138953758

The Routledge Companion to Phenomenology Phenomenology was one of the twentieth century’s major philosophical movements and continues to be a vibrant and widely studied subject today. The Routledge Companion to Phenomenology is an outstanding guide and reference source to the key philosophers topics and themes in this exciting subject and essential reading for any student or scholar of phenomenology. Comprising over fifty chapters by a team of international contributors the Companion is divided into five clear parts: main figures in the phenomenological movement from Brentano to Derrida main topics in phenomenology phenomenological contributions to philosophy phenomenological intersections historical postscript. Close attention is paid to the core topics in phenomenology such as intentionality perception subjectivity the self the body being and phenomenological method. An important feature of the Companion is its examination of how phenomenology has contributed to central disciplines in philosophy such as metaphysics philosophy of mind moral philosophy aesthetics and philosophy of religion as well as disciplines beyond philosophy such as race cognitive science psychiatry literary criticism and psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415858410

The Routledge Companion to Philanthropy Philanthropy – the use of private resources for public purposes – is undergoing a transformation both in practice and as an emerging field of study. Expectations of what philanthropy can achieve have risen significantly in recent years reflecting a substantial but uneven increase in global wealth and the rolling back of state services in anticipation that philanthropy will fill the void. In addition to this experiments with entrepreneurial and venture philanthropy are producing novel intersections of the public non-profit and private spheres accompanied by new kinds of partnerships and hybrid organisational forms. The Routledge Companion to Philanthropy examines these changes and other challenges that philanthropists and philanthropic organisations face.With contributions from an international team of leading contemporary thinkers on philanthropy this Companion provides an introduction to and critical exploration of philanthropy; discussing current theories research and the diverse professional practices within the field from a variety of disciplinary perspectives. The Routledge Companion to Philanthropy is a rich and valuable resource for students researchers practitioners and policymakers working in or interested in philanthropy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367866600

The Routledge Companion to Philosophy and Music The Routledge Companion to Philosophy and Music is an outstanding guide and reference source to the key topics subjects thinkers and debates in philosophy and music. Over fifty entries by an international team of contributors are organised into six clear sections: general issues emotion history figures kinds of music music philosophy and related disciplines The Routledge Companion to Philosophy and Music is essential reading for anyone interested in philosophy music and musicology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415858397

The Routledge Companion to Philosophy in Organization Studies The Routledge Companion to Philosophy in Organization Studies provides a wide-ranging overview of the significance of philosophy in organizations. The volume brings together a veritable "who’s-who" of scholars that are acclaimed international experts in their specialist subject within organizational studies and philosophy. The contributions to this collection are grouped into three distinct sections: Foundations - exploring philosophical building blocks with which organizational researchers need to become familiar. Theories - representing some of the dominant traditions in organizational studies and how they are dealt with philosophically. Topics – examining the issues themes and topics relevant to understanding how philosophy infuses organization studies. Primarily aimed at students and academics associated with business schools and organizational research The Routledge Companion to Philosophy in Organization Studies is a valuable reference source for anyone engaged in this field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415702867

The Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Law The Routledge Companion to the Philosophy of Law provides a comprehensive non-technical philosophical treatment of the fundamental questions about the nature of law. Its coverage includes law’s relation to morality and the moral obligations to obey the law the main philosophical debates about particular legal areas such as criminal responsibility property contracts family law law and justice in the international domain legal paternalism and the rule of law. The entirely new content has been written specifically for newcomers to the field making the volume particularly useful for undergraduate and graduate courses in philosophy of law and related areas. All 39 chapters written by the world’s leading researchers and edited by an internationally distinguished scholar bring a focused philosophical perspective to their subjects. The Routledge Companion to the Philosophy of Law promises to be a valuable and much consulted student resource for many years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138776234

The Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Literature The Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Literature is an in-depth examination of literature through a philosophical lens written by distinguished figures across the major divisions of philosophy. Its 40 newly-commissioned essays are divided into six sections: historical foundations what is literature? aesthetics & appreciation meaning & interpretation metaphysics & epistemology ethics & political theory The Companion opens with a comprehensive historical overview of the philosophy of literature including chapters on the study’s ancient origins up to the 18th-20th centuries. The second part defines literature and its different categories. The third part covers the aesthetics of literature. The fourth and fifth sections discuss the meaning and consequences of philosophical interpretation of literature as well as epistemological and metaphysical issues such as literary cognitivism and imaginative resistance. The sixth section contextualizes the place of philosophy of literature in the "real world" with essays on topics such as morality politics race and gender. Fully indexed with helpful further reading sections at the end of each chapter this Companion is an ideal starting point for those coming to philosophy of literature for the first time as well as a valuable reference for readers more familiar with the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367360399

The Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Medicine The Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Medicine is a comprehensive guide to topics in the fields of epistemology and metaphysics of medicine. It examines traditional topics such as the concept of disease causality in medicine the epistemology of the randomized controlled trial the biopsychosocial model explanation clinical judgment and phenomenology of medicine and emerging topics such as philosophy of epidemiology measuring harms the concept of disability nursing perspectives race and gender the metaphysics of Chinese medicine and narrative medicine. Each of the 48 chapters is written especially for this volume and with a student audience in mind. For pedagogy and clarity each chapter contains an extended example illustrating the ideas discussed. This text is intended for use as a reference for students in courses in philosophy of medicine and philosophy of science and pairs well with The Routledge Companion to Bioethics for use in medical humanities and social science courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367360368

The Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Psychology The Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Psychology Second Edition is an invaluable guide and major reference source to the key topics problems concepts and debates in philosophy of psychology and is the first companion of its kind. A team of renowned international contributors provide forty-eight chapters organized into six clear parts: Historical background to philosophy of psychology Psychological explanation Cognition and representation The biological basis of psychology Perceptual experience Personhood. The Companion covers key topics such as the origins of experimental psychology; folk psychology; behaviorism and functionalism; philosophy psychology and neuroscience; the language of thought modularity nativism and representational theories of mind; consciousness and the senses; dreams emotion and temporality; personal identity; and the philosophy of psychopathology. For the second edition six new chapters have been added to address the following important topics: belief and representation in nonhuman animals; prediction error minimization; contemporary neuroscience; plant neurobiology; epistemic judgment; and group cognition. Essential reading for all students of philosophy of mind science and psychology The Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Psychology will also be of interest to anyone studying psychology and its related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367336790

The Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Science The Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Science is an indispensable reference source and guide to the major themes debates problems and topics in philosophy of science. It contains sixty-two specially commissioned entries by a leading team of international contributors. Organized into four parts it covers: historical and philosophical context debates concepts the individual sciences. The Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Science addresses all of the essential topics that students of philosophy of science need to know - from empiricism explanation and experiment to causation observation prediction and more - and contains many helpful features including chapters on individual sciences (such as biology chemistry physics and psychology) further reading and cross-referencing at the end of each chapter. Expanded and revised throughout this second edition includes new chapters on Conventionalism Social Epistemology Computer Simulation Thought Experiments Pseudoscience Species and Taxonomy and Cosmology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415518758

The Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Social Science The Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Social Science is an outstanding guide to the major themes movements debates and topics in the philosophy of social science. It includes thirty-seven newly written chapters by many of the leading scholars in the field as well as a comprehensive introduction by the editors. Insofar as possible the material in this volume is presented in accessible language with an eye toward undergraduate and graduate students who may be coming to some of this material for the first time. Scholars too will appreciate this clarity along with the chance to read about the latest advances in the discipline. The Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Social Science is broken up into four parts.Historical and Philosophical ContextConceptsDebatesIndividual SciencesEdited by two of the leading scholars in the discipline this volume is essential reading for anyone interested in the philosophy of social science and its many areas of connection and overlap with key debates in the philosophy of science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871574

The Routledge Companion to Photography and Visual Culture The Routledge Companion to Photography and Visual Culture is a seminal reference source for the ever-changing field of photography. Comprising an impressive range of essays and interviews by experts and scholars from across the globe this book examines the medium’s history its central issues and emerging trends and its much-discussed future. The collected essays and interviews explore the current debates surrounding the photograph as object art document propaganda truth selling tool and universal language; the perception of photography archives as burdens rather than treasures; the continual technological development reshaping the field; photography as a tool of representation and control and more. One of the most comprehensive volumes of its kind this companion is essential reading for photographers and historians alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138667396

The Routledge Companion to Photography Theory With newly commissioned essays by some of the leading writers on photography today this companion tackles some of the most pressing questions about photography theory’s direction relevance and purpose. This book shows how digital technologies and global dissemination have radically advanced the pluralism of photographic meaning and fundamentally transformed photography theory. Having assimilated the histories of semiotic analysis and post-structural theory critiques of representation continue to move away from the notion of original and copy and towards materiality process and the interdisciplinary. The implications of what it means to ‘see’ an image is now understood to encompass not only the optical but the conceptual ethical and haptic experience of encountering an image. The 'fractal' is now used to theorize the new condition of photography as an algorithmic medium and leads us to reposition our relationship to photographs and lend nuances to what essentially underlies any photography theory — that is the relationship of the image to the real world and how we conceive what that means. Diverse in its scope and themes The Routledge Companion to Photography Theory is an indispensable collection of essays and interviews for students researchers and teachers. The volume also features extensive images including beautiful colour plates of key photographs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138845770

The Routledge Companion to Picturebooks Containing forty-eight chapters The Routledge Companion to Picturebooks is the ultimate guide to picturebooks. It contains a detailed introduction surveying the history and development of the field and emphasizing the international and cultural diversity of picturebooks. Divided into five key parts this volume covers: Concepts and topics â€“ from hybridity and ideology to metafiction and emotions; Genres – from baby books through to picturebooks for adults; Interfaces – their relations to other forms such as comics and visual media; Domains and theoretical approaches including developmental psychology and cognitive studies; Adaptations. With ground-breaking contributions from leading and emerging scholars alike this comprehensive volume is one of the first to focus solely on picturebook research. Its interdisciplinary approach makes it key for both scholars and students of literature as well as education and media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138853188

The Routledge Companion to Planning in the Global South The Routledge Companion to Planning in the Global South offers an edited collection on planning in parts of the world which more often than not are unrecognised or unmarked in mainstream planning texts. In doing so its intention is not to fill a ‘gap’ that leaves this ‘mainstream’ unquestioned but to re-theorise planning from a deep understanding of ‘place’ as well as a commitment to recognise the diverse modes of practice that come within it. The chapters thus take the form not of generalised ‘universal’ analyses and prescriptions but instead are critical and located reflections in thinking about how to plan act and intervene in highly complex city regional and national contexts. Chapter authors in this Companion are not all planners or are planners of very different kinds and this diversity ensures a rich variety of insights primarily based on cases to emphasise the complexity of the world in which planning is expected to happen. The book is divided into a framing Introduction followed by five sections: planning and the state; economy and economic actors; new drivers of urban change; landscapes of citizenship; and planning pedagogy. This volume will be of interest to all those wanting to explore the complexities of planning practice and the need for new theories of knowledge from which to draw insight to face the challenges of the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138094130

The Routledge Companion to Popular Music AnalysisExpanding Approaches The Routledge Companion to Popular Music Analysis: Expanding Approaches widens the scope of analytical approaches for popular music by incorporating methods developed for analyzing contemporary art music. This study endeavors to create a new analytical paradigm for examining popular music from the perspective of developments in contemporary art music."Expanded approaches" for popular music analysis is broadly defined as as exploring the pitch-class structures form timbre rhythm or aesthetics of various forms of popular music in a conceptual space not limited to the domain of common practice tonality but broadened to include any applicable compositional analytical or theoretical concept that illuminates the music. The essays in this collection investigate a variety of analytical theoretical historical and aesthetic commonalities popular music shares with 20th and 21st century art music. From rock and pop to hip hop and rap dance and electronica from the 1930s to present day this companion explores these connections in five parts:Establishing and Expanding Analytical FrameworksTechnology and TimbreRhythm Pitch and HarmonyForm and StructureCritical Frameworks: Analytical Formal Structural and PoliticalWith contributions by established scholars and promising emerging scholars in music theory and historical musicology from North America Europe and Australia The Routledge Companion to Popular Music Analysis: Expanding Approaches offers nuanced and detailed perspectives that address the relationships between concert and popular music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367570545

The Routledge Companion to Popular Music and Humor An essential part of human expression humor plays a role in all forms of art and humorous and comedic aspects have always been part of popular music. For the first time The Routledge Companion to Popular Music and Humor draws together scholarship exploring how the element of humor interacts with the artistic and social aspects of the musical experience. Discussing humor in popular music across eras from Tin Pan Alley to the present and examining the role of humor in different musical genres case studies of artists and media forms this volume is a groundbreaking collection that provides a go-to reference for scholars in music popular culture and media studies.While most scholars when considering humor’s place in popular music tend to focus on more "literate" forms the contributors in this collection seek to fill in the gaps by surveying all kinds of humor critical theories and popular musics. Across eight parts the essays in this collection explore topics both highbrow and low including:Parody and satireHumor in rock and global musicGender sexuality and politicsThe music mockumentaryNovelty songsHumor has long been a fixture of the popular music soundscape whether on stage in performance on record or on film. The Routledge Companion to Popular Music and Humor covers it all presenting itself as the most comprehensive treatment of the topic to date. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729905

The Routledge Companion to Popular Music History and Heritage The Routledge Companion to Popular Music History and Heritage examines the social cultural political and economic value of popular music as history and heritage. Taking a cross-disciplinary approach the volume explores the relationship between popular music and the past and how interpretations of the changing nature of the past in post-industrial societies play out in the field of popular music.In-depth chapters cover key themes around historiography heritage memory and institutions alongside case studies from around the world including the UK Australia South Africa and India exploring popular music’s connection to culture both past and present.Wide-ranging in scope the book is an excellent introduction for students and scholars working in musicology ethnomusicology popular music studies critical heritage studies cultural studies memory studies and other related fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367659929

The Routledge Companion to Postmodernism This fully revised third edition of The Routledge Companion to Postmodernism provides the ideal introduction to postmodernist thought. Featuring contributions from a cast of international scholars the Companion contains 19 detailed essays on major themes and topics along with an A-Z of key terms and concepts. As well as revised essays on philosophy politics literature and more the first section now contains brand new essays on critical theory business gender and the performing arts. The concepts section too has been enhanced with new topics ranging from hypermedia to global warming. Students interested in any aspect of postmodernism will continue to find this an indispensable resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415583329

The Routledge Companion to Production and Operations Management This remarkable volume highlights the importance of Production and Operations Management (POM) as a field of study and research contributing to substantial business and social growth. The editors emphasize how POM works with a range of systems—agriculture disaster management e-commerce healthcare hospitality military systems not-for-profit retail sports sustainability telecommunications and transport—and how it contributes to the growth of each.Martin K. Starr and Sushil K. Gupta gather an international team of experts to provide researchers and students with a panoramic vision of the field. Divided into eight parts the book presents the history of POM and establishes the foundation upon which POM has been built while also revisiting and revitalizing topics that have long been essential. It examines the significance of processes and projects to the fundamental growth of the POM field. Critical emerging themes and new research are examined with open minds and this is followed by opportunities to interface with other business functions. Finally the next era is discussed in ways that combine practical skill with philosophy in its analysis of POM including traditional and nontraditional applications before concluding with the editors’ thoughts on the future of the discipline. Students of POM will find this a comprehensive definitive resource on the state of the discipline and its future directions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873073

The Routledge Companion to Public-Private Partnerships A public-private partnership (PPP) is a contractual arrangement with appropriate risk sharing between public and private partners for the delivery of public infrastructure or services which is intended to create value-for-money to the taxpayer. The Routledge Companion to Public-Private Partnerships provides a cutting-edge survey of the field. PPPs remain a highly controversial subject matter globally and this comprehensive and authoritative volume provides a terrific compendium of information for students and scholars charged with understanding critiquing and advancing this model. With sections devoted to legal aspects institutional economics perspectives finance and accountability - the editors draw together an impressive range of contributors from around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415781992

The Routledge Companion to Puppetry and Material Performance The Routledge Companion to Puppetry and Material Performance offers a wide-ranging perspective on how scholars and artists are currently re-evaluating the theoretical historical and theatrical significance of performance that embraces the agency of inanimate objects. This book proposes a collaborative responsive model for broader artistic engagement in and with the material world. Its 28 chapters aim to advance the study of the puppet not only as a theatrical object but also as a vibrant artistic and scholarly discipline. This Companion looks at puppetry and material performance from six perspectives: theoretical approaches to the puppet perspectives from practitioners revisiting history negotiating tradition material performances in contemporary theatre and hybrid forms. Its wide range of topics which span 15 countries over five continents encompasses: • visual dramaturgy • theatrical juxtapositions of robots and humans • contemporary transformations of Indonesian wayang kulit • Japanese ritual body substitutes • recent European productions featuring toys clay and food. The book features newly commissioned essays by leading scholars such as Matthew Isaac Cohen Kathy Foley Jane Marie Law Eleanor Margolies Cody Poulton and Jane Taylor. It also celebrates the vital link between puppetry as a discipline and as a creative practice with chapters by active practitioners including Handspring Puppet Company’s Basil Jones Redmoon’s Jim Lasko and Bread and Puppet’s Peter Schumann. Fully illustrated with more than 60 images this volume comprises the most expansive English-language collection of international puppetry scholarship to date. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138913837

The Routledge Companion to Qualitative Accounting Research Methods Selecting from the wide range of research methodologies remains a dilemma for all scholars not least those looking to study the world of accounting. Both established and emerging research methods are frequently advocated creating a challengingly broad range of choices. Covering a selection of qualitative methodological issues research strategies and methods this comprehensive compilation provides an essential guide to the choice and execution of qualitative research approaches in this field. The contributions are grouped into four sections: Worldview and paradigmsMethodologies and strategiesData collection methods and analysisExperiencing qualitative field research: personal reflectionsEdited by leading scholars with contributions from experts and rising stars this volume will be essential reading for anyone looking to undertake research in the qualitative accounting field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581305

The Routledge Companion to Qualitative Research in Organization Studies This comprehensive book collects contributions from leading international scholars to highlight the diverse qualitative approaches available to organizational researchers each grounded in its own philosophy. The editors provide a cutting edge globally oriented resource on the state of qualitative research methodologies helping readers to grasp the theories practices and future of the field. Beginning with an overview of qualitative methodologies the book examines ways in which research employing these techniques is conducted in a variety of disciplines including entrepreneurship innovation strategy information systems and organizational behavior. It offers timely updates on how traditions like case studies ethnographies historical methods narrative approaches and critical research are practiced today and how emerging trends including increasing legitimacy and feminization are impacting the domain. The final chapters provide templates for engaging with the future as well as essays that critically assess how qualitative inquiry has evolved within organization studies. Readers will become acquainted with contemporary tools for conducting qualitative studies learning to appreciate the emerging domains of qualitative inquiry within a dynamic and complex organizational world. Doctoral students and early-career researchers in organizational studies especially those engaged with general management organizational behavior human resource management innovation entrepreneurship and strategy will benefit from reading this relevant and inclusive handbook. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138921948

The Routledge Companion to Race and Ethnicity The second edition of The Routledge Companion to Race and Ethnicity offers readers a broad overview of scholarly exploration of the ways that humans have organized themselves (and have been organized) according to racial and ethnic divisions. More than 80 scholars from around the world and representing multiple academic traditions contribute entries to this accessible yet sophisticated volume that addresses contemporary issues in historical context. The first half of the book challenges readers to grapple with some of the most controversial aspects of categorization prejudice and discrimination through focused chapters ranging from the notion of Whiteness to the supposed biological rationale for racial categorization. The second half is comprised of 70 shorter entries on specialized concepts persons and groups that are crucial to understanding these issues. Taken as a whole this volume provides a broad multi-disciplinary and global overview of issues that continue to provide challenges to notions of equality and justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367179519

The Routledge Companion to Rehabilitative Work in Criminal Justice All the world’s criminal justice systems need to undertake direct work with people who have come into their care or are under their supervision as a result of criminal offences. Typically this is organized in penal and correctional services – in custody in prisons or in the community supervised by services such as probation. Bringing together international experts this book is the go-to source for students researchers and practitioners in criminal justice looking for a comprehensive and authoritative summary of available knowledge in the field. Covering a variety of contexts settings needs and approaches and drawing on theory and practice this Companion brings together over 90 entries offering readers concise and definitive overviews of a range of key contemporary issues on working with offenders. The book is split into thematic sections and includes coverage of: Theories and models for working with offenders Policy contexts of offender supervision and rehabilitation Direct work with offenders Control surveillance and practice Resettlement Application to specific groups including female offenders young offenders families and ethnic minorities Application to specific needs and contexts such as substance misuse mental health violence and risk assessment Practitioner and offender perspectives The development of an evidence base This book is an essential and flexible resource for researchers and practitioners alike and is an authoritative guide for students taking courses on working with offenders criminal justice policy probation prisons penology and community corrections. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138103320

The Routledge Companion to Reinventing Management Education The position and role of the business school and its educational programmes have become increasingly prominent yet also questioned and contested. What management education entails and how it is enacted has become a matter of profound concern in the field of higher education and more generally for the development of the organized world. Drawing upon the humanities and social sciences The Routledge Companion to Reinventing Management Education imagines a different and better education offered to students of management entrepreneurship and organization studies. It is an intervention into the debates on what is taught and how learning takes place demonstrating both the potential and the limits of what the humanities and social sciences can do for management education. Divided into six sections the book traces the history and theory of management education reimagining central educational principles and outlining an emerging practice-based approach. With an international cast of authors The Routledge Companion to Reinventing Management Education has been written for contemporary and future educators and for students and scholars who seek to make a difference through their practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415727372

The Routledge Companion to Religion and Popular Culture Religion and popular culture is a fast-growing field that spans a variety of disciplines. This volume offers the first real survey of the field to date and provides a guide for the work of future scholars. It explores: key issues of definition and of methodology religious encounters with popular culture across media material culture and space ranging from videogames and social networks to cooking and kitsch architecture and national monuments representations of religious traditions in the media and popular culture including important non-Western spheres such as Bollywood This Companion will serve as an enjoyable and informative resource for students and a stimulus to future scholarly work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138322738

The Routledge Companion to Religion and Science The field of religion and science is one of the most exciting and dynamic areas of research today. This Companion brings together an outstanding team of scholars to explore the ways in which science intersects with the major religions of the world and religious naturalism. The collection provides an overview of the field and also indicates ways in which it is developing. Its multicultural breadth and scientific rigor on topics that are and will be compelling issues in the first part of the twenty-first century and beyond will be welcomed by students and scholars alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415742207

The Routledge Companion to Remix Studies The Routledge Companion to Remix Studies comprises contemporary texts by key authors and artists who are active in the emerging field of remix studies. As an organic international movement remix culture originated in the popular music culture of the 1970s and has since grown into a rich cultural activity encompassing numerous forms of media. The act of recombining pre-existing material brings up pressing questions of authenticity reception authorship copyright and the techno-politics of media activism. This book approaches remix studies from various angles including sections on history aesthetics ethics politics and practice and presents theoretical chapters alongside case studies of remix projects. The Routledge Companion to Remix Studies is a valuable resource for both researchers and remix practitioners as well as a teaching tool for instructors using remix practices in the classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138216716

The Routledge Companion to Research in the Arts The Routledge Companion to Research in the Arts is a major collection of new writings on research in the creative and performing arts by leading authorities from around the world. It provides theoretical and practical approaches to identifying structuring and resolving some of the key issues in the debate about the nature of research in the arts which have surfaced during the establishment of this subject over the last decade. Contributions are located in the contemporary intellectual environment of research in the arts and more widely in the universities in the strategic and political environment of national research funding and in the international environment of trans-national cooperation and communication. The book is divided into three principal sections – Foundations Voices and Contexts – each with an introduction from the editors highlighting the main issues agreements and debates in each section. The Routledge Companion to Research in the Arts addresses a wide variety of concepts and issues including: the diversity of views on what constitutes arts-based research and scholarship what it should be and its potential contribution the trans-national communication difficulties arising from terminological and ontological differences in arts-based research traditional and non-traditional concepts of knowledge their relationship to professional practice and their outcomes and audiences a consideration of the role of written spoken and artefact-based languages in the formation and communication of understandings. This comprehensive collection makes an original and significant contribution to the field of arts-based research by setting down a framework for addressing these and other topical issues. It will be essential reading for research managers and policy-makers in research councils and universities as well as individual researchers research supervisors and doctoral candidates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415697941

The Routledge Companion to Reward Management The Routledge Companion to Reward Management provides a prestige reference work and a state-of-the-art compilation mapping out contemporary developments and debates on rewarding people in employment and how they relate to business corporate governance and management. Reward management stands at the interdisciplinary interface between economics industrial relations and HRM industrial psychology and organizational sociology and increasingly corporate governance incorporating debates around equity and fairness in and around the employment relationship and wider capital-labour relations. In recent years trade union decline and widening differentials between those employed at the top of organizations have generated critical commentary in the popular media which can negatively impact on social cohesion. Theoretically underpinned but practically oriented this Companion will synthesise these trends and controversies around issues while tracing conceptual and empirical provenance currency and future prospects. It will be an invaluable resource for policy makers practitioners students and researchers in reward management corporate governance management and HRM seeking convenient access to an area which is highly complex and controversial in application. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138294264

The Routledge Companion to Risk Crisis and Emergency Management This volume provides a comprehensive up-to-date overview of the latest management and organizational research related to risk crisis and emergency management. It is the first volume to present these separate but related disciplines together. Combined with a distinctly social and organizational science approach to the topics (as opposed to engineering or financial economics) the research presented here strengthens the intellectual foundations of the discipline while contributing to the development of the field. The Routledge Companion to Risk Crisis and Emergency Management promises to be a definitive treatise of the discipline today with contributions from several key academics from around the world. It will prove a valuable reference for students researchers and practitioners seeking a broad integrative view of risk and crisis management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138208865

The Routledge Companion to Risk Crisis and Security in Business Aware that a single crisis event can devastate their business managers must be prepared for the worst from an expansive array of threats. The Routledge Companion to Risk Crisis and Security in Business comprises a professional and scholarly collection of work in this critical field. Risks come in many varieties and there is a growing concern for organizations to respond to the challenge. Businesses can be severely impacted by natural and man-made disasters including: floods earthquakes tsunami environmental threats terrorism supply chain risks pandemics and white-collar crime. An organization’s resilience is dependent not only on their own system security and infrastructure but also on the wider infrastructure providing health and safety utilities transportation and communication.Developments in risk security and management knowledge offer a path towards resilience and recovery through effective leadership in crisis situations. The growing body of knowledge in research and methodologies is a basis for decisions to safeguard people and assets and to ensure the survivability of an organization from a crisis. Not only can businesses become more secure through risk management but an effective program can also facilitate innovation and afford new opportunities.With chapters written by an international selection of leading experts this book fills a crucial gap in our current knowledge of risk crisis and security in business by exploring a broad spectrum of topics in the field. Edited by a globally-recognized expert on risk this book is a vital reference for researchers professionals and students with an interest in current scholarship in this expanding discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367656126

The Routledge Companion to Rural Planning The Routledge Companion to Rural Planning provides a critical account and state of the art review of rural planning in the early years of the twenty-first century. Looking across different international experiences – from Europe North America and Australasia to the transition and emerging economies including BRIC and former communist states â€“ it aims to develop new conceptual propositions and theoretical insights supported by detailed case studies and reviews of available data. The Companion gives coverage to emerging topics in the field and seeks to position rural planning in the broader context of global challenges: climate change the loss of biodiversity food and energy security and low carbon futures. It also looks at old established questions in new ways: at social and spatial justice place shaping economic development and environmental and landscape management. Planning in the twenty-first century must grapple not only with the challenges presented by cities and urban concentration but also grasp the opportunities – and understand the risks – arising from rural change and restructuring. Rural areas are diverse and dynamic. This Companion attempts to capture and analyse at least some of this diversity fostering a dialogue on likely and possible rural futures between a global community of rural planning researchers.Primarily intended for scholars and graduate students across a range of disciplines such as planning rural geography rural sociology agricultural studies development studies environmental studies and countryside management this book will prove to be an invaluable and up-to-date resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367731960

The Routledge Companion to Scenography The Routledge Companion to Scenography is the largest and most comprehensive collection of original essays to survey the historical conceptual critical and theoretical aspects of this increasingly important aspect of theatre and performance studies. Editor and leading scholar Arnold Aronson brings together a uniquely valuable anthology of texts especially commissioned from across the discipline of theatre and performance studies. Establishing a stable terminology for a deeply contested term for the first time this volume looks at scenography as the totality of all the visual spatial and sensory aspects of performance. Tracing a line from Aristotle’s Poetics down to Brecht and Artaud and into contemporary immersive theatre and digital media The Routledge Companion to Scenography is a vital addition to every theatre library. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367509637

The Routledge Companion to Screen Music and Sound The Routledge Companion to Screen Music and Sound provides a detailed and comprehensive overview of screen music and sound studies addressing the ways in which music and sound interact with forms of narrative media such as television videogames and film. The inclusive framework of "screen music and sound" allows readers to explore the intersections and connections between various types of media and music and sound reflecting the current state of scholarship and the future of the field.A diverse range of international scholars have contributed an impressive set of forty-six chapters that move from foundational knowledge to cutting edge topics that highlight new key areas. The companion is thematically organized into five cohesive areas of study:Issues in the Study of Screen Music and Sound—discusses the essential topics of the disciplineHistorical Approaches—examines periods of historical change or transitionProduction and Process—focuses on issues of collaboration institutional politics and the impact of technology and industrial practicesCultural and Aesthetic Perspectives—contextualizes an aesthetic approach within a wider framework of cultural knowledgeAnalyses and Methodologies—explores potential methodologies for interrogating screen music and sound Covering a wide range of topic areas drawn from musicology sound studies and media studies The Routledge Companion to Screen Music and Sound provides researchers and students with an effective overview of music’s role in narrative media as well as new methodological and aesthetic insights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871192

The Routledge Companion to Seventeenth Century Philosophy The Routledge Companion to Seventeenth Century Philosophy is an outstanding survey of one of the most important eras in the history of Western philosophy - one which witnessed philosophical scientific religious and social change on a massive scale.A team of twenty international contributors provide students and scholars of philosophy and related disciplines with a detailed and accessible guide to seventeenth century philosophy. The Companion is divided into seven parts:Historical ContextMetaphysicsEpistemologyMind and LanguageMoral and Political PhilosophyNatural Philosophy and the Material WorldPhilosophical Theology.Major topics and themes are explored and discussed including the scholastic context that shaped philosophy of the period free will skepticism logic mind-body problems consciousness arguments for the existence of God and the problem of evil. As such The Routledge Companion to Seventeenth Century Philosophy is essential reading for all students of the period both in philosophy and related disciplines such as literature history politics and religious studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367865016

The Routledge Companion to Severe Profound and Multiple Learning Difficulties The Routledge Companion to Severe Profound and Multiple Learning Difficulties is a timely and rich resource with contributions from writing teams of acknowledged experts providing a balance of both academic and practitioner perspectives. The book covers a myriad of topics and themes and has the core purpose of informing and supporting everyone who is interested in improving the quality of education and support for children and young adults with severe profound and multiple learning difficulties and their families. Each chapter contains careful presentations and analyses of the findings from influential research and its practical applications and the book is a treasure chest of experiences suggestions and ideas from practitioners that will be invaluable for many years to come. The chapters include many vignettes gathered from practitioners in the field and are written specifically to be rigorous yet accessible. The contributors cover topics related to the rights and needs of children and young adults from 0-25 years crucial features of high quality education characteristics of integrated provision and effective and sensitive working with families to ensure the best possible outcomes for their children. Crucially the voice of the learners themselves shines through. Historical provision that has had an impact on developing services and modern legislation aimed at improving provision and services are also discussed. The contributed chapters are organised into six themed parts: Provision for learners with SLD/PMLD. Involving stakeholders. Priorities for meeting the personal and social needs of learners. Developing the curriculum. Strategies for supporting teaching and learning. Towards a new understanding of education for learners with SLD/PMLD. This text is an essential read for students on courses and staff working in and with the whole range of educational settings catering for children and young adults with severe profound and multiple learning difficulties not just for teachers but also for support staff speech and language therapists physiotherapists psychologists nurses social workers and other specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415709989

The Routledge Companion to Shakespeare and Philosophy Iago’s ‘I am not what I am’ epitomises how Shakespeare’s work is rich in philosophy from issues of deception and moral deviance to those concerning the complex nature of the self the notions of being and identity and the possibility or impossibility of self-knowledge and knowledge of others. Shakespeare’s plays and poems address subjects including ethics epistemology metaphysics philosophy of mind and social and political philosophy. They also raise major philosophical questions about the nature of theatre literature tragedy representation and fiction. The Routledge Companion to Shakespeare and Philosophy is the first major guide and reference source to Shakespeare and philosophy. It examines the following important topics: What roles can be played in an approach to Shakespeare by drawing on philosophical frameworks and the work of philosophers? What can philosophical theories of meaning and communication show about the dynamics of Shakespearean interactions and vice versa? How are notions such as political and social obligation justice equality love agency and the ethics of interpersonal relationships demonstrated in Shakespeare’s works? What do the plays and poems invite us to say about the nature of knowledge belief doubt deception and epistemic responsibility? How can the ways in which Shakespeare’s characters behave illuminate existential issues concerning meaning absurdity death and nothingness? What might Shakespeare’s characters and their actions show about the nature of the self the mind and the identity of individuals? How can Shakespeare’s works inform philosophical approaches to notions such as beauty humour horror and tragedy? How do Shakespeare’s works illuminate philosophical questions about the nature of fiction the attitudes and expectations involved in engagement with theatre and the role of acting and actors in creating representations?   The Routledge Companion to Shakespeare and Philosophy is essential reading for students and researchers in aesthetics philosophy of literature and philosophy of theatre as well as those exploring Shakespeare in disciplines such as literature and theatre and drama studies. It is also relevant reading for those in areas of philosophy such as ethics epistemology and philosophy of language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138936126

The Routledge Companion to Smart Cities The Routledge Companion to Smart Cities explores the question of what it means for a city to be ‘smart’ raises some of the tensions emerging in smart city developments and considers the implications for future ways of inhabiting and understanding the urban condition. The volume draws together a critical and cross-disciplinary overview of the emerging topic of smart cities and explores it from a range of theoretical and empirical viewpoints. This timely book brings together key thinkers and projects from a wide range of fields and perspectives into one volume to provide a valuable resource that would enable the reader to take their own critical position within the topic. To situate the topic of the smart city for the reader and establish key concepts the volume sets out the various interpretations and aspects of what constitutes and defines smart cities. It investigates and considers the range of factors that shape the characteristics of smart cities and draws together different disciplinary perspectives. The consideration of what shapes the smart city is explored through discussing three broad ‘parts’ – issues of governance the nature of urban development and how visions are realised – and includes chapters that draw on empirical studies to frame the discussion with an understanding not just of the nature of the smart city but also how it is studied understood and reflected upon. The Companion will appeal to academics and advanced undergraduates and postgraduates from across many disciplines including Urban Studies Geography Urban Planning Sociology and Architecture by providing state of the art reviews of key themes by leading scholars in the field arranged under clearly themed sections. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138036673

The Routledge Companion to Social and Political Philosophy The Routledge Companion to Social and Political Philosophy is a comprehensive definitive reference work providing an up-to-date survey of the field charting its history and key figures and movements and addressing enduring questions as well as contemporary research. Features unique to the Companion are: an extensive coverage of the history of social and political thought including separate chapters on the development of political thought in the Islamic world India and China as well in modern Germany France and Britain a focus on the core concepts and the normative foundations of social and political theory a seven-chapter section devoted exclusively to distributive justice the central issue of political philosophy since Rawls' Theory of Justice extensive coverage of global justice and international issues which recently have emerged as vital topics an eight-chapter section on issues in social and political philosophy. The Companion is divided into eight thematic sections: The History of Social and Political Theory; Political Theories and Ideologies; Normative Foundations; The National State and Beyond; Distributive Justice; Political Concepts; Concepts and Methods in Social Philosophy; Issues in Social and Political Philosophy. Comprised of sixty-nine newly commissioned essays by leading scholars from throughout the world The Routledge Companion to Social and Political Philosophy is the most comprehensive and authoritative resource in social and political philosophy for students and scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138064874

The Routledge Companion to Social Media and Politics Social media are now widely used for political protests campaigns and communication in developed and developing nations but available research has not yet paid sufficient attention to experiences beyond the US and UK. This collection tackles this imbalance head-on compiling cutting-edge research across six continents to provide a comprehensive global up-to-date review of recent political uses of social media. Drawing together empirical analyses of the use of social media by political movements and in national and regional elections and referenda The Routledge Companion to Social Media and Politics presents studies ranging from Anonymous and the Arab Spring to the Greek Aganaktismenoi and from South Korean presidential elections to the Scottish independence referendum. The book is framed by a selection of keystone theoretical contributions evaluating and updating existing frameworks for the social media age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138300934

The Routledge Companion to Sound Studies The Routledge Companion to Sound Studies is an extensive volume presenting a comparative and historically informed understanding of the workings of sound in culture while also mapping potential future directions for research in the field. Experts from a variety of disciplines within sound studies cover such diverse topics as politics gender media race literature and sport. Individual sections that consider the importance of sound in an increasingly mediated world; the role that sound media play in the construction of experience; and the ways in which sound has been theorized to produce a distinctive sensory contribution to knowledge. This wide-ranging and vibrant collection provides a rich resource for scholars and students of media and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367659745

The Routledge Companion to Sounding Art The Routledge Companion to Sounding Art presents an overview of the issues methods and approaches crucial for the study of sound in artistic practice. Thirty-six essays cover a variety of interdisciplinary approaches to studying sounding art from the fields of musicology cultural studies sound design auditory culture art history and philosophy. The companion website hosts sound examples and links to further resources.The collection is organized around six main themes:Sounding Art: The notion of sounding art its relation to sound studies and its evolution and possibilities.Acoustic Knowledge and Communication: How we approach study and analyze sound and the challenges of writing about sound.Listening and Memory: Listening from different perspectives from the psychology of listening to embodied and technologically mediated listening.Acoustic Spaces Identities and Communities: How humans arrange their sonic environments how this relates to sonic identity how music contributes to our environment and the ethical and political implications of sound. Sonic Histories: How studying sounding art can contribute methodologically and epistemologically to historiography. Sound Technologies and Media: The impact of sonic technologies on contemporary culture electroacoustic innovation and how the way we make and access music has changed. With contributions from leading scholars and cutting-edge researchers The Routledge Companion to Sounding Art is an essential resource for anyone studying the intersection of sound and art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581510

The Routledge Companion to Spatial History The Routledge Companion to Spatial History explores the full range of ways in which GIS can be used to study the past considering key questions such as what types of new knowledge can be developed solely as a consequence of using GIS and how effective GIS can be for different types of research. Global in scope and covering a broad range of subjects the chapters in this volume discuss ways of turning sources into a GIS database methods of analysing these databases methods of visualising the results of the analyses and approaches to interpreting analyses and visualisations. Chapter authors draw from a diverse collection of case studies from around the world covering topics from state power in imperial China to the urban property market in nineteenth-century Rio de Janeiro health and society in twentieth-century Britain and the demographic impact of the Second Battle of Ypres in 1915. Critically evaluating both the strengths and limitations of GIS and illustrated with over two hundred maps and figures this volume is an essential resource for all students and scholars interested in the use of GIS and spatial analysis as a method of historical research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735371

The Routledge Companion to Stanislavsky Stanislavsky’s system of actor-training has revolutionised modern theatre practice and he is widely recognised to be one of the great cultural innovators of the twentieth century. The Routledge Companion to Stanislavsky is an essential book for students and scholars alike providing the first overview of the field for the 21st century. An important feature of this book is the balance between Stanislavsky’s theory and practice as international contributors present scholarly and artistic interpretations of his work. With chapters including academic essays and personal narratives the Companion is divided into four clear parts exploring Stanislavsky on stage as an acting teacher as a theorist and finally as a theatre practitioner. Bringing together a dazzling selection of original scholarship notable contributions include: Anatoly Smeliansky on Stanislavsky’s letters William D. Gunn on staging ideology at the Moscow Art Theatre Sharon Marie Carnicke and David Rosen on opera Rosemary Malague on the feminist perspective of new translations W.B. Worthen on cognitive science Julia Listengarten on the avant-garde David Krasner on the System in America and Dennis Beck on Stanislavsky’s legacy in non-realistic theatre R. Andrew White is Associate Professor of Theatre at Valparaiso University where he annually directs productions. He has an MFA in Acting from Carnegie Mellon University and the Moscow Art Theatre School and has worked as an actor at a variety of theatres in the United States. In addition his scholarship has appeared in edited works published by Routledge and Palgrave Macmillan as well as in top American journals including Theatre Survey TDR/The Drama Review and New England Theatre Journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815357148

The Routledge Companion to Strabo The Routledge Companion to Strabo explores the works of Strabo of Amasia (c. 64 BCE – c. CE 24) a Greek author writing at the prime of Roman expansion and political empowerment. While his earlier historiographical composition is almost entirely lost his major opus of the Geography includes an encyclopaedic look at the entire world known at the time: numerous ethnographic topographic historical mythological botanical and zoological details and much more. This volume offers various insights to the literary and historical context of the man and his world. The Companion in twenty-eight chapters written by an international group of scholars examines several aspects of Strabo’s personality the political and scholarly environment in which he was active his choices as an author and his ideas of history and geography. This selection of ongoing Strabonian studies is an invaluable resource not just for students and scholars of Strabo himself but also for anyone interested in ancient geography and in the world of the early Roman Empire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581299

The Routledge Companion to Strategic Human Resource Management Combining up-to-date research innovative content and practical perspectives this book is the benchmark by which all other strategic HRM reference works should be measured. Leading figures from around the globe survey the current state of the discipline while also introducing and exploring new cutting edge themes in order to offer a comprehensive and authoritative overview of the field. Section introductions and integrative critiques pull together the separate themes to provide cross-comparisons between chapters to create a cohesive and well-structured volume. Unlike other texts in this area The Routledge Companion to Strategic Human Resource Management incorporates contributions from leading management and business writers in areas adjacent to human resource management including strategy innovation and organizational learning. These add fresh and challenging insights into HRM themes from key mainstream business and management thinking. The field of strategic HRM is thus enriched and extended by this volume.  Focusing on the interplay between theory and practice this book is an essential resource for researchers and students studying human resource management and strategy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138386006

The Routledge Companion to Strategic Marketing The Routledge Companion to Strategic Marketing offers the latest insights into marketing strategy. Bodo Schlegelmilch and Russ Winer present 29 specially commissioned chapters which include up-to-date thinking on a diverse range of marketing strategy topics. Readers benefit from the latest strategic insights of leading experts from universities around the world. Contributing authors are from among others the U.S. (Berkeley Cornell MIT New York University Texas A&M) Europe (the Hanken School of Economics INSEAD the University of Oxford the University of Groningen WU Vienna) and Asia (the Indian School of Business Tongji University). The topics addressed include economic foundations of marketing strategy competition in digital marketing strategy (e.g. mobile payment systems and social media strategy) marketing strategy and corporate social responsibility as well as perspectives on capturing the impact of marketing strategy. Collectively this authoritative guide is an accessible tool for researchers students and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138489080

The Routledge Companion to Strategic Risk Management Managing risk in and across organizations has always been of vital importance both for individual firms and for the globalized economy more generally. With the global financial crisis a dramatic lesson was learnt about what happens when risk is underestimated misinterpreted or even overlooked. Many possible solutions have been competing for international recognition yet there is little empirical evidence to support the purported effectiveness of these regulations and structured control approaches which leaves the field wide open for further interpretation and conceptual development.This comprehensive book pulls together a team of experts from around the world in a range of key disciplines such as management economics and accounting to provide a comprehensive resource detailing everything that needs to be known in this emerging area. With no single text currently available the book fills a much needed gap in our current understanding of strategic risk management offering the potential to advance research efforts and enhance our approaches to effective risk management practices. Edited by a globally recognized expert on strategic risk management this book will be an essential reference for students researchers and professionals with an interest in risk management strategic management and finance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869540

The Routledge Companion to Tax Avoidance Research An inherently interdisciplinary subject tax avoidance has attracted growing interest of scholars in many fields. No longer limited to law and accounting research increasingly has been conducted from other perspectives such as anthropology business ethics corporate social responsibility and economic psychology. This was –recently stimulated by politicians mass media and the public focussing on tax avoidance after the global financial and economic crisis put a squeeze on private and public finances. New challenges were posed by changing definitions and controversies in the interpretation of tax avoidance concept as well as a host of new rules and policies that need to be fully understood. This collection provides a comprehensive guide to students and academics on the subjects of tax avoidance from an interdisciplinary perspective exploring the areas of accounting law economics psychology and sociology. It covers global as well as regional issues presents a discussion of the definition legality morality and psychology of tax avoidance and provides guidance on measurement of economic effect of tax avoidance activities. With a truly international selection of authors from the UK North America Africa Asia Australasia Middle East and continental Europe with well-known experts and rising stars of the field the contributors cover the entire terrain of this important topic.The Routledge Companion to Tax Avoidance Research is a ground-breaking attempt to bring together scholarly research in tax avoidance offering rigorous academic analysis of an important and hotly debated issue in a structured and balanced way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367656164

The Routledge Companion to the Contemporary Musical The Routledge Companion to the Contemporary Musical is dedicated to the musical’s evolving relationship to American culture in the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. In the past decade-and-a-half international scholars from an ever-widening number of disciplines and specializations have been actively contributing to the interdisciplinary field of musical theater studies. Musicals have served not only to mirror the sociopolitical economic and cultural tenor of the times but have helped shape and influence it in America and across the globe: a genre that may seem at first glance light-hearted and escapist serves also as a bold commentary on society. Forty-four essays examine the contemporary musical as an ever-shifting product of an ever-changing culture. This volume sheds new light on the American musical as a thriving contemporary performing arts genre one that could have died out in the post-Tin Pan Alley era but instead has managed to remain culturally viable and influential in part by newly embracing a series of complex contradictions. At present the American musical is a live localized old-fashioned genre that has simultaneously developed into an increasingly globalized tech-savvy intensely mediated mass entertainment form. Similarly as it has become increasingly international in its scope and appeal the stage musical has also become more firmly rooted to Broadway—the idea if not the place—and thus branded as a quintessentially American entertainment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138684614

The Routledge Companion to the Crusades A compilation of facts figures maps family trees summaries of the major crusades and their historiography the Routledge Companion to the Crusades spans a broad chronological range from the eleventh to the eighteenth century and gives a chronological framework and context for modern research on the crusading movement. Not just a history of the Crusades but an overview of the logistical economic social and biographical history  this is a core text for students of history and religious studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203389638

The Routledge Companion to the Cultural Industries The Routledge Companion to the Cultural Industries is collection of contemporary scholarship that seeks to re-assert the importance of cultural production and consumption against the purely economic imperatives of the ‘creative industries’. Across 43 chapters drawn from a wide range of geographic and disciplinary perspectives this comprehensive volume offers a critical and empirically informed examination of the contemporary cultural industries. A range of industries are explored from video games to art galleries all the time focussing on the culture that is being produced and its wider symbolic and socio-cultural meaning. Individual chapters consider their industrial structure the policy that governs them their geography the labour that produces them and the meaning they offer to consumers and participants. The collection also explores the historical dimension of cultural industry debates providing context for new readers as well as critical orientation for those more familiar with the subject. Questions of industry structure labour place international development consumption and regulation are all explored in terms of their historical trajectory and potential future direction. By assessing the current challenges facing the cultural industries this collection provides students and researchers with an essential guide to key ideas issues concepts and debates in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138391871

The Routledge Companion to the Environmental Humanities The Routledge Companion to the Environmental Humanities provides a comprehensive transnational and interdisciplinary map to the field offering a broad overview of its founding principles while providing insight into exciting new directions for future scholarship. Articulating the significance of humanistic perspectives for our collective social engagement with ecological crises the volume explores the potential of the environmental humanities for organizing humanistic research opening up new forms of interdisciplinarity and shaping public debate and policies on environmental issues. Sections cover: The Anthropocene and the Domestication of Earth Posthumanism and Multispecies Communities Inequality and Environmental Justice  Decline and Resilience: Environmental Narratives History and Memory Environmental Arts Media and Technologies The State of the Environmental Humanities The first of its kind this companion covers essential issues and themes necessarily crossing disciplines within the humanities and with the social and natural sciences. Exploring how the environmental humanities contribute to policy and action concerning some of the key intellectual social and environmental challenges of our times the chapters offer an ideal guide to this rapidly developing field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138786745

The Routledge Companion to the Frankfurt School The portentous terms and phrases associated with the first decades of the Frankfurt School – exile the dominance of capitalism fascism – seem as salient today as they were in the early twentieth century. The Routledge Companion to the Frankfurt School addresses the many early concerns of critical theory and brings those concerns into direct engagement with our shared world today. In this volume a distinguished group of international scholars from a variety of disciplines revisits the philosophical and political contributions of Theodor W. Adorno Walter Benjamin Max Horkheimer Herbert Marcuse Jürgen Habermas Axel Honneth and others.  Throughout the Companion’s focus is on the major ideas that have made the Frankfurt School such a consequential and enduring movement. It offers a crucial resource for those who are trying to make sense of the global and cultural crisis that has now seized our contemporary world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367659714

The Routledge Companion to the French Revolution in World History The Routledge Companion to the French Revolution in World History engages with some of the most recent trends in French revolutionary scholarship by considering the Revolution in its global context. Across seventeen chapters an international team of contributors examine the impact of the Revolution not only on its European neighbours but on Latin America North America and Africa assess how far events there impacted on the Revolution in France and suggest something of the Revolution’s enduring legacy in the modern world. The Companion views the French Revolution through a deliberately wide lens. The first section deals with its global repercussions from the Mediterranean to the Caribbean and includes a discussion of major insurrections such as those in Haiti and Venezuela. Three chapters then dissect the often complex and entangled relations with other revolutionary movements in seventeenth-century Britain the American colonies and Meiji Japan. The focus then switches to international involvement in the events of 1789 and the circulation of ideas people goods and capital. In a final section contributors throw light on how the Revolution was and is still remembered across the globe with chapters on Russia China and Australasia. An introduction by the editors places the Revolution in its political historical and historiographical context. The Routledge Companion to the French Revolution in World History is a timely and important contribution to scholarship of the French Revolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138333734

The Routledge Companion to the Future of Marketing The Routledge Companion to the Future of Marketing provides the reader with a comprehensive and original set of visionary insights into the future of marketing. This prestigious collection aims to challenge the mindset of academics moving their thinking processes from current thinking into new perspectives and advances in marketing knowledge.Selected Contents: Part 1: New Paradigms and Philosophical Insights  Part 2: Contributions from other Scientific Fields  Part 3: Reconnecting with Consumers and Markets  Part 4: New Methodological Insights in Scholarly Research in the Field Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415625920

The Routledge Companion to the Geography of International Business The fields of Economic Geography and International Business share an interest in the same phenomena whilst each provides both a differing perspective and different research methods in attempting to understand those phenomena. The Routledge Companion to the Geography of International Business explores the nature and scope of inter-disciplinary work between Economic Geography and International Business in explaining the central issues in the international economy. Contributions written by leading specialists in each field (including some chapters written by inter-disciplinary teams) focus on the nature of multinational firms and their strategies where they choose to locate their activities how they create and manage international networks and the key relationships between multinationals and the places where they place their operations. Topics covered include the internationalisation of service industries the influence of location on the competitiveness of firms and the economic dynamism of regions and where economic activity takes place and how knowledge goods and services flow between locations. The book examines the areas for fruitful inter-disciplinary work between International Business and Economic Geography and sets out a road map for future joint research and is an essential resource for students and practitioners of International Business and Economic Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138953345

The Routledge Companion to the Hispanic Enlightenment The Routledge Companion to the Hispanic Enlightenment is an interdisciplinary volume that brings together an international team of contributors to provide a unique transnational overview of the Hispanic Enlightenment integrating both Spain and Latin America. Challenging the usual conceptions of the Enlightenment in Spain and Latin America as mere stepsisters to Enlightenments in other countries the Companion explores the existence of a distinctive Hispanic Enlightenment. The interdisciplinary approach makes it an invaluable resource for students of Hispanic studies and researchers unfamiliar with the Hispanic Enlightenment introducing them to the varied aspects of this rich cultural period including the literature visual art and social and cultural history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138747791

The Routledge Companion to the History of Retailing Retail history is a rich cross-disciplinary field that demonstrates the centrality of retailing to many aspects of human experience from the provisioning of everyday goods to the shaping of urban environments; from earning a living to the construction of identity. Over the last few decades interest in the history of retail has increased greatly spanning centuries extending to all areas of the globe and drawing on a range of disciplinary perspectives.  By offering an up-to-date comprehensive thematic spatial and chronological coverage of the history of retailing this Companion goes beyond traditional narratives that are too simplistic and Euro-centric and offers a vibrant survey of this field. It is divided into four broad sections: 1) Contexts 2) Spaces and places 3) People processes and practices and 4) Geographical variations. Chapters are written in an analytical and synthetic manner accessible to the general reader as well as challenging for specialists and with an international perspective.This volume is an important resource to a wide range of readers including marketing and management specialists historians geographers economists sociologists and urban planners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367656072

The Routledge Companion to the Makers of Global Business The Routledge Companion to the Makers of Global Business draws together a wide array of state-of-the-art research on multinational enterprises. The volume aims to deepen our historical understanding of how firms and entrepreneurs contributed to transformative processes of globalization. This book explores how global business facilitated the mechanisms of cross-border interactions that affected individuals organizations industries national economies and international relations. The 37 chapters span the Middle Ages to the present day analyzing the emergence of institutions and actors alongside key contextual factors for global business development. Contributors examine business as a central actor in globalization covering myriad entrepreneurs organizational forms and key industrial sectors. Taking a historical view the chapters highlight the intertwined and evolving nature of economic political social technological and environmental patterns and relationships. They explore dynamic change as well as lasting continuities both of which often only become visible – and can only be fully understood – when analyzed in the long run. With dedicated chapters on challenges such as political risk sustainability and economic growth this prestigious collection provides a one-stop shop for a key business discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138242654

The Routledge Companion to the Makers of Modern Entrepreneurship Once relegated to the dusty shelves of ancient muses research and scholarship on entrepreneurship has exploded as a field of research with impactful additions from a range of disciplines rendering the field a tricky one to traverse. The Routledge Companion to the Makers of Modern Entrepreneurship offers a comprehensive guide to entrepreneurship providing an authoritative exploration of the key people and their ideas. This book tells the stories of the scholars who have set the standard and tone for thinking and analysing entrepreneurship.Edited by two of the world’s leading entrepreneurship scholars this comprehensive volume offers a platform for understanding and future research that is both state-of-the-art and authoritative. It expands on how modern entrepreneurship has developed with a focus on the key "makers" of the field – including theories such as social psychology; concepts such as neuroeconomics; and types such as political entrepreneurship.The contributions to the collection are grouped into three sections:Emergence of Entrepreneurship ResearchTheories in Modern EntrepreneurshipConcepts and Makers in Modern EntrepreneurshipThis companion is essential reading for students and academics interested in entrepreneurship entrepreneurial management and business management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871567

The Routledge Companion to the New Cosmology Just what is Einstein's Theory of Relativity? The Big Bang Theory? Curvature of Spacetime? What do astronomers mean when they talk of a 'flat universe'?This approachable and authoritative guide to the cosmos answers these questions and more. Taking advantage of the distinctive Companion format readers can use the extensive cross-referenced background chapters as a fascinating and accessible introduction to the current state of cosmological knowledge - or they can use the convenient A-Z body of entries as a quick reference to a wide range of terms and concepts. Entries include topics such as: Black Hole; Doppler Effect; Fermi Enrico; Heat Death of the Universe; Life in the Universe; Olber's Paradox; Quantum Field Theory; Supernova; and much more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138834644

The Routledge Companion to the Philosophy of Race For many decades race and racism have been common areas of study in departments of sociology history political science English and anthropology. Much more recently as the historical concept of race and racial categories have faced significant scientific and political challenges philosophers have become more interested in these areas. This changing understanding of the ontology of race has invited inquiry from researchers in moral philosophy metaphysics epistemology philosophy of science philosophy of language and aesthetics. The Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Race offers in one comprehensive volume newly written articles on race from the world’s leading analytic and continental philosophers. It is however accessible to a readership beyond philosophy as well providing a cohesive reference for a wide student and academic readership. The Companion synthesizes current philosophical understandings of race providing 37 chapters on the history of philosophy and race as well as how race might be investigated in the usual frameworks of contemporary philosophy. The volume concludes with a section on philosophical approaches to some topics with broad interest outside of philosophy like colonialism affirmative action eugenics immigration race and disability and post-racialism. By clearly explaining and carefully organizing the leading current philosophical thinking on race this timely collection will help define the subject and bring renewed understanding of race to students and researchers in the humanities social science and sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367659981

The Routledge Companion to the Practice of Christian Theology This Companion introduces readers to the practice of Christian theology covering what theologians do why they do it and what steps readers can take in order to become theological practitioners themselves. The volume aims to capture the variety of practices involved in doing theology highlighting the virtues that guide them and the responsibilities that shape them. It also shows that the description of these practices virtues and responsibilities is itself theological: what Christian theologians do is shaped by the wider practices and beliefs of Christianity. Written by a team of leading theologians the Companion provides a unique resource for students and scholars of theology alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367459680

The Routledge Companion to the Professions and Professionalism The Routledge Companion to the Professions and Professionalism is a state-of-the-art reference work which maps out the current developments and debates around the sociology of the professions and how they relate to management and organizations. Supported by an international contributor team specializing in the disciplines of organizational studies and sociology the collection provides extensive coverage of this field of research. It brings together the core concepts and issues and has chapters on all the key aspects of professions in both the public and private sectors including issues of governance and regulation. The volume closes with a set of international case studies which provide valuable practical insights into the subject. This Companion will be an indispensable reference source for students scholars and educators within the social sciences especially within management organizational studies and sociology. It will also be highly relevant for those working and studying in the area of professional education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138018891

The Routledge Companion to the Stuart Age 1603-1714 Here is an invaluable user-friendly and compact compendium packed with facts and figures on the seventeenth century – one of the most tumultuous and complex periods in British history. From James I to Queen Anne this Companion includes detailed information on political religious and cultural developments as well as military activity foreign affairs and colonial expansion. Chronologies biographies documents maps and genealogies and an extensive bibliography navigate the reader through this fascinating and formative epoch as the book details the key events and themes of the era including: the English Civil War and its military campaigns the Gunpowder Plot Catholic persecution and the influence of Puritanism imperial adventures in America Asia Africa and the Caribbean Scotland and the Act of Union 1707 the Irish Confederate wars and the Cromwellian conquest of Ireland the Great Fire of 1666 and the rebuilding of London biographies of key figures including women artists architects writers and scientists the Restoration and the revival of drama. With complete lists of offices of state an extensive glossary of key constitutional political and religious terminology and up-to-date thematic annotated bibliographies to aid further research this student-friendly reference guide is essential for all those interested in the Stuart Age. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203390139

The Routledge Companion to the Study of Local Musicking WINNER OF THE 2019 SOCIETY OF ETHNOMUSICLOGY ELLEN KOSKOFF PRIZE FOR EDITED COLLECTIONSThe Routledge Companion to the Study of Local Musicking provides a reference to how cross-culturally musicking constructs locality and how locality is constructed by the musicking that takes place within it that is how people engage with ideas of community and place through music. The term "musicking" has gained currency in music studies and refers to the diverse ways in which people engage with music regardless of the nature of this engagement. By linking musicking to the local this book highlights the ways in which musical practices and discourses interact with people’s everyday experiences and understandings of their immediate environment their connections and commitment to that locality and the people who exist within it. It explores what makes local musicking "local." By viewing musicking from the perspective of where it takes place the contributions in this collection engage with debates on the processes of musicking identity construction community-building and network formation competitions and rivalries place and space making and local-global dynamics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367570552

The Routledge Companion to the Suburbs The Routledge Companion to the Suburbs provides one of the most comprehensive examinations available to date of the suburbs around the world. International in scope and interdisciplinary in nature this volume will serve as the definitive reference for scholars and students of the suburbs. This volume brings together the leading scholars of the suburbs researching in different parts of the world to better understand how and why suburbs and their communities grow decline and regenerate. The volume sets out four goals: 1) to provide a synthesis and critical appraisal of the historical and current state of understanding about the development of suburbs in the world; 2) to provide a forum for a comprehensive examination into the conceptual theoretical spatial and empirical discontents of suburbanization; 3) to engage in a scholarly conversation about the transformation of suburbs that is interdisciplinary in nature and bridges the divide between the Global North and the Global South; and 4) to reflect on the implications of the socioeconomic cultural and political transformations of the suburbs for policymakers and planners. The Routledge Companion to the Suburbs is composed of original scholarly contributions from the leading scholars of the study of how and why suburbs grow decline and transform. Special attention is paid to the global nature of suburbanization and its regional variations with a focus on comparative analysis of suburbs through regions across the world in the Global North and the Global South. Articulated in a common voice the volume is integrated by the very nature of the concept of a suburb as the unit of analysis offering multidisciplinary perspectives from the fields of economics geography planning political science sociology and urban studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733711

The Routledge Companion to the Tudor Age This new Companion is an invaluable guide to one of the most colourful periods in history. Covering everything from the Reformation controversies over the succession and the prayer book to literature the family and education this highly accessible reference tool contains commentary on the key events in the reigns of the five Tudor monarchs from Henry VII to Elizabeth I. Opening with a general introduction it includes a wealth of chronologies biographies statistics and maps as well as a glossary and a guide to the key works in the field. Topics covered include: The establishment of the Tudor dynasty; monarchs and their consorts; rebellions against the Tudors The legal system- central and ecclesiastical courts Government- central and local; the Monarchy and Parliament The Church – structure and changes throughout this tumultuous period Ireland- timeline of key events Population- numbers and distribution The World of Learning- education; literature; religion The key debates in the field. This book will be essential reading for all those with an interest in the Tudor Age. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203850466

The Routledge Companion to the Work of John R. Rickford This comprehensive collection is the first full book-length volume to bring together writing focused around and inspired by the work of John Rickford and his role in sociolinguistic research over the last four decades. Featuring contributions from more than 40 leading scholars in the field the volume integrates both historical and current perspectives on key topics in Rickford’s body of work at the intersection of language and society highlighting the influence of his work from diverse fields such as sociolinguistics stylistics creole studies and language and education. The volume is organized around four sections each representing one of the fundamental strands in Rickford’s scholarship over the course of his career bookended by short vignettes that feature stories from the field to more broadly contextualize his intellectual legacy: • Language contact from a sociolinguistic and sociohistorical point of view • The political ramifications of linguistic heterogeneity • The stylistic implications of language variation and change • The educational implications of linguistic heterogeneity and social injustice Taken together The Routledge Companion to the Work of John R. Rickford serves as a platform to showcase Rickford’s pioneering contributions to the field and in turn to socially reflective linguistic research more generally making this key reading for students and researchers in sociolinguistics creole studies language and style and language and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138370708

The Routledge Companion to Theatre Performance and Cognitive Science The Routledge Companion to Theatre Performance and Cognitive Science integrates key findings from the cognitive sciences (cognitive psychology neuroscience evolutionary studies and relevant social sciences) with insights from theatre and performance studies. This rapidly expanding interdisciplinary field dynamically advances critical and theoretical knowledge as well as driving innovation in practice. The anthology includes 30 specially commissioned chapters many written by authors who have been at the cutting-edge of research and practice in the field over the last 15 years. These authors offer many empirical answers to four significant questions: How can performances in theatre dance and other media achieve more emotional and social impact? How can we become more adept teachers and learners of performance both within and outside of classrooms?  What can the cognitive sciences reveal about the nature of drama and human nature in general?  How can knowledge transfer from a synthesis of science and performance assist professionals such as nurses care-givers therapists and emergency workers in their jobs? A wide-ranging and authoritative guide The Routledge Companion to Theatre Performance and Cognitive Science is an accessible tool for not only students but practitioners and researchers in the arts and sciences as well. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138048898

The Routledge Companion to Theatre and Performance What is theatre? What is performance? What connects them and how are they different? What events people practices and ideas have shaped theatre and performance in the twentieth and twenty-first century? The Routledge Companion to Theatre and Performance offers some answers to these big questions. It provides an analytical informative and engaging introduction to important people companies events concepts and practices that have defined the complementary fields of theatre and performance studies. This fully updated second edition contains three easy to use alphabetized sections including over 120 revised entries on topics and people ranging from performance artist Ron Athey to directors Vsevold Meyerhold and Robert Wilson megamusicals postdramatic theatre and documentation. Each entry includes crucial historical and contextual information extensive cross-referencing detailed analysis and an annotated bibliography. The Routledge Companion to Theatre and Performance is a perfect reference guide for the keen student. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415636315

The Routledge Companion to Theatre and Performance Historiography The Routledge Companion to Theatre and Performance Historiography sets the agenda for inclusive and wide-ranging approaches to writing history embracing the diverse perspectives of the twenty-first century and Critical Media History. Written by an international team of authors whose expertise spans a multitude of historical periods and cultures this collection of fascinating essays poses the central question: "what is specific to the historiography of the performative?" The study of theatre in conjunction with the wider sphere of performance involves an array of multi-faceted methods for collecting evidence interpreting sources and creating meaning. Reflecting on issues of recording — from early modern musical scores through VHS-technology to latest digital procedures — and on what is missing from records or oblique in practices the contributors convey how theatre and performance history is integral to social and cultural relations. This expertly curated collection repositions theatre and performance history and is essential reading for Theatre and Performance Studies students or those interested in social and cultural history more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138575516

The Routledge Companion to Theatre and Politics The Routledge Companion to Theatre and Politics is a volume of critical essays provocations and interventions on the most important questions faced by today’s writers critics audiences and theatre and performance makers. Featuring texts written by scholars and artists who are diversely situated (geographically culturally politically and institutionally) its multiple perspectives broadly address the question "How can we be political now?" To respond to this question Peter Eckersall and Helena Grehan have created eight galvanising themes as frameworks or rubrics to rethink the critical creative and activist perspectives on questions of politics and theatre. Each theme is linked to a set of guiding keywords: Post (post consensus post-Brexit post-Fukushima post-neoliberalism post-humanism post-global financial crisis post-acting   the real) Assembly (assemblage disappearance permission community citizen protest refugee) Gap (who is in and out what can be seen/heard/funded/allowed) Institution (visibility/darkness inclusion rules) Machine (biodata surveillance economy mediatisation) Message (performance and conviction didacticism propaganda) End (suffering stasis collapse entropy) Re. (reset rescale reanimate reimagine replay: how to bring complexity back into the public arena how art can help to do this). These themes were developed in conversation with key thinkers and artists in the field and the resulting texts engage with artistic works across a range of modes including traditional theatre contemporary performance public protest events activism and community and participatory theatre. Suitable for academics performance makers and students The Routledge Companion to Theatre and Politics explores questions of how to be political in the early 21st century by exploring how theatre and performance might provoke unsettle reinforce or productively destabilise the status quo. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138303485

The Routledge Companion to Theatre of the Oppressed This dynamic book offers a comprehensive companion to the theory and practice of Theatre of the Oppressed. Developed by Brazilian director and theorist Augusto Boal these theatrical forms invite people to mobilize their knowledge and rehearse struggles against oppression. Featuring a diverse array of voices (many of them as yet unheard in the academic world) the book hosts dialogues on the following questions among others: Why and how did Theatre of the Oppressed develop? What are the differences between the 1970s (when Theatre of the Oppressed began) and today? How has Theatre of the Oppressed been shaped by local and global shifts of the last 40-plus years? Why has Theatre of the Oppressed spread or "multiplied" across so many geographic national and cultural borders? How has Theatre of the Oppressed been shaped by globalization "development " and neoliberalism? What are the stakes challenges and possibilities of Theatre of the Oppressed today? How can Theatre of the Oppressed balance practical analysis of what is with ambitious insistence on what could be? How can Theatre of the Oppressed hope but concretely? Broad in scope yet rich in detail The Routledge Companion to Theatre of the Oppressed contains practical and critical content relevant to artists activists teachers students and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138291027

The Routledge Companion to Theism There are deep and pervasive disagreements today in universities and colleges and popular culture in general over the credibility and value of belief in God.  This has given rise to an urgent need for a balanced comprehensive accessible resource book that can inform the public and scholarly debate over theism.  While scholars with as diverse interests as Daniel Dennett Terry Eagleton Richard Dawkins Jürgen Habermas and Rowan Williams have recently contributed books to this debate "theism" as a concept remains poorly understood and requires a more thorough and systematic analysis than it has so far received in any single volume.  The Routledge Companion to Theism addresses this need by investigating theism's history as well as its relationship to inquiry in the sciences social sciences and humanities and to its wider cultural contexts. The contents are not confined within the philosophy of religion or even within the more expansive borders of philosophy.  Rather The Routledge Companion to Theism investigates its subject through the lens of a wide variety of disciplines and explores the ramifications of theism considered as a way of life as well as an intellectual conviction.  The five parts of the volume indicate its inclusive scope: I. What is Theism?; II. Theism and Inquiry; III. Theism and the Socio-Political Realm; IV. Theism and Culture; V. Theism as a Way of Life.  The result is a well ordered and thorough collection that should provide a wide spectrum of readers with a better understanding of a subject that's much discussed but frequently misunderstood.  As the editors note in their Introduction while stimulating and informing the contemporary debate a key aim of the volume is to open new avenues of inquiry into theism and thereby to encourage further research into this vital topic. Comprised of 54 essays by leading scholars in philosophy history theology religious studies political science education and sociology The Routledge Companion to Theism promises to be the most useful comprehensive resource on an emerging subject of interest for students and scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415881647

The Routledge Companion to Thought Experiments Thought experiments are a means of imaginative reasoning that lie at the heart of philosophy from the pre-Socratics to the modern era and they also play central roles in a range of fields from physics to politics. The Routledge Companion to Thought Experiments is an invaluable guide and reference source to this multifaceted subject. Comprising over 30 chapters by a team of international contributors the Companion covers the following important areas: · the history of thought experiments from antiquity to the trolley problem and quantum non-locality; · thought experiments in the humanities arts and sciences including ethics physics theology biology mathematics economics and politics; · theories about the nature of thought experiments; · new discussions concerning the impact of experimental philosophy cross-cultural comparison studies metaphilosophy computer simulations idealization dialectics cognitive science the artistic nature of thought experiments and metaphysical issues. This broad ranging Companion goes backwards through history and sideways across disciplines. It also engages with philosophical perspectives from empiricism rationalism naturalism skepticism pluralism contextualism and neo-Kantianism to phenomenology. This volume will be valuable for anyone studying the methods of philosophy or any discipline that employs thought experiments as well as anyone interested in the power and limits of the mind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415735087

The Routledge Companion to Transmedia Studies Around the globe people now engage with media content across multiple platforms following stories characters worlds brands and other information across a spectrum of media channels. This transmedia phenomenon has led to the burgeoning of transmedia studies in media cultural studies and communication departments across the academy. The Routledge Companion to Transmedia Studies is the definitive volume for scholars and students interested in comprehending all the various aspects of transmediality. This collection which gathers together original articles by a global roster of contributors from a variety of disciplines sets out to contextualize problematize and scrutinize the current status and future directions of transmediality exploring the industries arts practices cultures and methodologies of studying convergent media across multiple platforms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580506

The Routledge Companion to Transnational American Studies The Routledge Companion to Transnational American Studies provides scholars and students of American Studies with theoretical and applied essays that help to define Transnational American Studies as a discipline and practice. In more than 30 essays the volume offers a history of the concept of the "transnational" and takes readers from the Barbary frontier to Guam from Mexico's border crossings to the intifada's contested zones. Together the essays develop new ways for Americanists to read events images sound literature identity film politics or performance transnationally through the work of diverse figures such as Confucius Edward Said Pauline Hopkins Poe Faulkner Michael Jackson Onoto Watanna and others. This timely volume also addresses presidential politics and interpictorial US history from Lincoln in Africa to Obama and Mandela to Trump.  The essays written by prominent global Americanists as well as the emerging scholars shaping the field seek to provide foundational resources as well as experimental and forward-leaning approaches to Transnational American Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138058903

The Routledge Companion to Travel Writing As many places around the world confront issues of globalization migration and postcoloniality travel writing has become a serious genre of study reflecting some of the greatest concerns of our time. Encompassing forms as diverse as field journals investigative reports guidebooks memoirs comic sketches and lyrical reveries travel writing is now a crucial focus for discussion across many subjects within the humanities and social sciences. An ideal starting point for beginners but also offering new perspectives for those familiar with the field The Routledge Companion to Travel Writing examines: • Key debates within the field including postcolonial studies gender sexuality and visual culture • Historical and cultural contexts tracing the evolution of travel writing across time and over cultures • Different styles modes and themes of travel writing from pilgrimage to tourism • Imagined geographies and the relationship between travel writing and the social ideological and occasionally fictional constructs through which we view the different regions of the world. Covering all of the major topics and debates this is an essential overview of the field which will also encourage new and exciting directions for study.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367365295

The Routledge Companion to Trust In recent years trust has enjoyed increasing interest from a wide range of parties including organizations policymakers and the media. Perennially linked to turbulence and scandals the damaging and rebuilding of trust is a contemporary concern affecting all areas of society. Comprising six thematic sections The Routledge Companion to Trust provides a comprehensive survey of trust research. With contributions from international experts this volume examines the major topics and emerging areas within the field including essays on the foundations levels and theories of trust. It also examines trust repair and explores trust in settings such as healthcare finance food supply chains and the internet. The Routledge Companion to Trust is an extensive reference work which will be a vital resource to researchers and practitioners across the fields of management and organizational studies behavioural economics psychology cultural anthropology political science and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817593

The Routledge Companion to Twentieth and Early Twenty-First Century Urban DesignA History of Shifting Manifestoes Paradigms Generic Soluti The Routledge Companion to Twentieth and Early Twenty-First Century Urban Design is a fully illustrated descriptive and explanatory history of the development of urban design ideas and paradigms of the past 150 years. The ideas and projects hypothetical and built range in scale from the city to the urban block level. The focus is on where the generic ideas originated the projects that were designed following their precepts the functions they address and/or afford and what we can learn from them. The morphology of a city—its built environment—evolves unselfconsciously as private and governmental investors self-consciously erect buildings and infrastructure in a pragmatic piecemeal manner to meet their own ends. Philosophers novelists architects and social scientists have produced myriad ideas about the nature of the built environment that they consider to be superior to those forms resulting from a laissez-faire attitude to urban development. Rationalist theorists dream of ideal futures based on assumptions about what is good; empiricists draw inspirations from what they perceive to be working well in existing situations. Both groups have presented their advocacies in manifestoes and often in the form of generic solutions or illustrative designs. This book traces the history of these ideas and will become a standard reference for scholars and students interested in the history of urban spaces including architects planners urban historians urban geographers and urban morphologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367860509

The Routledge Companion to Twenty-First Century Literary Fiction The study of contemporary fiction is a fascinating yet challenging one. Contemporary fiction has immediate relevance to popular culture the news scholarly organizations and education – where it is found on the syllabus in schools and universities – but it also offers challenges. What is ‘contemporary’? How do we track cultural shifts and changes? The Routledge Companion to Twenty-First Century Literary Fiction takes on this challenge mapping key literary trends from the year 2000 onwards as the landscape of our century continues to take shape around us. A significant and central intervention into contemporary literature this Companion offers essential coverage of writers who have risen to prominence since then such as Hari Kunzru Jennifer Egan David Mitchell Jonathan Lethem Ali Smith A. L. Kennedy Hilary Mantel Marilynne Robinson and Colson Whitehead. Thirty-eight essays by leading and emerging international scholars cover topics such as: • Identity including race sexuality class and religion in the twenty-first century; • The impact of technology terrorism activism and the global economy on the modern world and modern literature; • The form and format of twenty-first century literary fiction including analysis of established genres such as the pastoral graphic novels and comedic writing and how these have been adapted in recent years. Accessible to experts students and general readers The Routledge Companion to Twenty-First Century Literary Fiction provides a map of the critical issues central to the discipline as well as uncovering new perspectives and new directions for the development of the field. It is essential reading for anyone interested in the past present and future of contemporary literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415716048

The Routledge Companion to UK Counter-Terrorism The United Kingdom has long been an island under siege from terrorists who believe they can advance their aims through acts of violence. Protecting the public from the excesses of extremism remains the primary responsibility of government. For over a century Special Branch MI5 and MI6 have prevented terrorist atrocities and have pursued those who wish to destroy the United Kingdom’s free and democratic way of life. Yet despite developing one of the world’s most sophisticated security architectures successful terrorist attacks have occurred with alarming regularity. For the very first time this new volume explores the evolution of counter-terrorism practice in the United Kingdom brought to life with dramatic case studies and personal insider accounts provided by leading policy makers prosecutors and counter-terrorism practitioners who openly reveal the challenges and operational reality of countering contemporary terrorist threats. From the troubles in Northern Ireland to the al Qa’ida inspired genre of international terrorism this volume plots the trajectory of counter-terrorism policy and practice exploring the events that have served to change the course of civil protection. This unique title is enriched by leading academic perspectives providing analysis of counter-terrorism responses and identifies lessons to be learned from the past the present as well as exploring the terrorist threats of the future to be tackled by the next generation of counter-terrorism practitioners. This accessible and authoritative volume is required reading for all in authority and academia who are concerned with national security counter-terrorism and the law as well as those with a vested interest in the preservation of human rights the protection of civil liberties and democracy itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415685856

The Routledge Companion to Urban Imaginaries The Routledge Companion to Urban Imaginaries delves into examples of urban imaginaries across multiple media and geographies: from new visions of smart eco and resilient cities to urban dystopias in popular culture; from architectural renderings of starchitecture and luxury living to performative activism for new spatial justice; and from speculative experiments in urban planning fiction and photography to augmented urban realities in crowd-mapping and mobile apps.The volume brings various global perspectives together and into close dialogue to offer a broad interdisciplinary and critical overview of the current state of research on urban imaginaries. Questioning the politics of urban imagination the companion gives particular attention to the role that urban imaginaries play in shaping the future of urban societies communities and built environments. Throughout the companion issues of power resistance and uneven geographical development remain central. Adopting a transnational perspective the volume challenges research on urban imaginaries from the perspective of globalization and postcolonial studies inviting critical reconsiderations of urbanism in its diverse current forms and definitions. In the process the companion explores issues of Western-centrism in urban research and design and accommodates current attempts to radically rethink urban form and experience.This is an essential resource for scholars and graduate researchers in the fields of urban planning and architecture; art media and cultural studies; film visual and literary studies; sociology and political science; geography; and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733049

The Routledge Companion to Urban Media and Communication The Routledge Companion to Urban Media and Communication traces central debates within the burgeoning interdisciplinary research on mediated cities and urban communication. The volume brings together diverse perspectives and global case studies to map key areas of research within media cultural and urban studies where a joint focus on communications and cities has made important innovations in how we understand urban space technology identity and community. Exploring the rise and growing complexity of urban media and communication as the next key theme for both urban and media studies the book gathers and reviews fast-developing knowledge on specific emergent phenomena such as: reading the city as symbol and text; understanding urban infrastructures as media (and vice-versa); the rise of global cities; urban and suburban media cultures: newspapers cinema radio television and the mobile phone; changing spaces and practices of urban consumption; the mediation of the neighbourhood community and diaspora; the centrality of culture to urban regeneration; communicative responses to urban crises such as racism poverty and pollution; the role of street art in the negotiation of ‘the right to the city’; city competition and urban branding; outdoor advertising; moving image architecture; ‘smart’/cyber urbanism; the emergence of Media City production spaces and clusters. Charting key debates and neglected connections between cities and media this book challenges what we know about contemporary urban living and introduces innovative frameworks for understanding cities media and their futures. As such it will be an essential resource for students and scholars of media and communication studies urban communication urban sociology urban planning and design architecture visual cultures urban geography art history politics cultural studies anthropology and cultural policy studies as well as those working with governmental agencies cultural foundations and institutes and policy think tanks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415792554

The Routledge Companion to Urban Regeneration In the past decade urban regeneration policy makers and practitioners have faced a number of difficult challenges such as sustainability budgetary constraints demands for community involvement and rapid urbanization in the Global South. Urban regeneration remains a high profile and important field of government-led intervention and policy and practice continue to adapt to the fresh challenges and opportunities of the 21st century as well as confronting long standing intractable urban problems and dilemmas.This Companion provides cutting edge critical review and synthesis of recent conceptual policy and practical developments within the field. With contributions from 70 international experts within the field it explores the meaning of ‘urban regeneration’ in differing national contexts asking questions and providing informed discussion and analyses to illuminate how an apparently disparate field of research policy and practice can be rendered coherent drawing out common themes and significant differences. The Companion is divided into six sections exploring: globalization and neo-liberal perspectives on urban regeneration; emerging reconceptualizations of regeneration; public infrastructure and public space; housing and cosmopolitan communities; community centred regeneration; and culture-led regeneration. The concluding chapter considers the future of urban regeneration and proposes a nine-point research agenda.This Companion assembles a diversity of approaches and insights in one comprehensive volume to provide a state of the art review of the field. It is a valuable resource for both advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students in Urban Planning Built Environment Urban Studies and Urban Regeneration as well as academics practitioners and politicians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660130

The Routledge Companion to Victorian Literature The Routledge Companion to Victorian Literature offers 45 chapters by leading international scholars working with the most dynamic and influential political cultural and theoretical issues addressing Victorian literature today. Scholars and students will find this collection both useful and inspiring. Rigorously engaged with current scholarship that is both historically sensitive and theoretically informed the Routledge Companion places the genres of the novel poetry and drama and issues of gender social class and race in conversation with subjects like ecology colonialism the Gothic digital humanities sexualities disability material culture and animal studies. This guide is aimed at scholars who want to know the most significant critical approaches in Victorian studies often written by the very scholars who helped found those fields. It addresses major theoretical movements such as narrative theory formalism historicism and economic theory as well as Victorian models of subjects such as anthropology cognitive science and religion. With its lists of key works rich cross-referencing extensive bibliographies and explications of scholarly trajectories the book is a crucial resource for graduate students and advanced undergraduates while offering invaluable support to more seasoned scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138579866

The Routledge Companion to Video Game Studies The number of publications dealing with video game studies has exploded over the course of the last decade but the field has produced few comprehensive reference works. The Routledge Companion to Video Game Studies compiled by well-known video game scholars Mark J. P. Wolf and Bernard Perron aims to address the ongoing theoretical and methodological development of game studies providing students scholars and game designers with a definitive look at contemporary video game studies. Features include: comprehensive and interdisciplinary models and approaches for analyzing video games; new perspectives on video games both as art form and cultural phenomenon; explorations of the technical and creative dimensions of video games; accounts of the political social and cultural dynamics of video games. Each essay provides a lively and succinct summary of its target area quickly bringing the reader up-to-date on the pertinent issues surrounding each aspect of the field including references for further reading. Together they provide an overview of the present state of game studies that will undoubtedly prove invaluable to student scholar and designer alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138657052

The Routledge Companion to Virtue Ethics Virtue ethics is on the move both in Anglo-American philosophy and in the rest of the world. This volume uniquely emphasizes non-Western varieties of virtue ethics at the same time that it includes work in the many different fields or areas of philosophy where virtue ethics has recently spread its wings. Just as significantly several chapters make comparisons between virtue ethics and other ways of approaching ethics or political philosophy or show how virtue ethics can be applied to "real world" problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138478220

The Routledge Companion to Visual Organization The visual constitutes an increasingly significant element of contemporary organization as post-industrial societies move towards economies founded on creative and knowledge-intensive industries. The visual has thereby entered into almost every aspect of corporate strategy operations and communication; reconfiguring basic notions of management practice and introducing new challenges in the study of organizations. This volume provides a comprehensive insight into the ways in which organizations and their members visualize their identities and practices and how they are viewed by those who are external to organizations including researchers. With contributions from leading academics across the world The Routledge Companion to Visual Organization is a valuable reference source for students and academics interested in disciplines such as film studies entrepreneurship marketing sociology and most importantly organizational behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415783675

The Routledge Companion to Wellbeing at Work Over recent years many companies have developed an awareness of the importance of an active rather than passive approach to wellbeing at work. Whilst the value of this approach is widely accepted turning theory into effective practice is still a challenge for many companies. The Routledge Companion to Wellbeing at Work is a comprehensive reference volume addressing every aspect of the topic. Split into five parts it explores different models of wellbeing; personal qualities contributing to wellbeing; job insecurity and organizational wellbeing; workplace supports for wellbeing; and initiatives to enhance wellbeing. The international team of contributors provide a solid foundation to research and practice including contemporary topics such as architecture coaching and fitness in the workplace. Edited by two of the world’s leading scholars on the subject this text is a valuable tool for researchers students and practitioners in HRM and organizational psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138955943

The Routledge Companion to William Morris William Morris (1834–96) was an English poet decorative artist translator romance writer book designer preservationist socialist theorist and political activist whose admirers have been drawn to the sheer intensity of his artistic endeavors and efforts to live up to radical ideals of social justice. This Companion draws together historical and critical responses to the impressive range of Morris’s multi-faceted life and activities: his homes travels family business practices decorative artwork poetry fantasy romances translations political activism eco-socialism and book collecting and design. Each chapter provides valuable historical and literary background information reviews relevant opinions on its subject from the late-nineteenth century to the present and offers new approaches to important aspects of its topic. Morris’s eclectic methodology and the perennial relevance of his insights and practice make this an essential handbook for those interested in art history poetry translation literature book design environmentalism political activism and Victorian and utopian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415347433

The Routledge Companion to Women and Monarchy in the Ancient Mediterranean World This volume offers the first comprehensive look at the role of women in the monarchies of the ancient Mediterranean. It consistently addresses certain issues across all dynasties: title; role in succession; the situation of mothers wives and daughters of kings; regnant and co-regnant women; role in cult and in dynastic image; and examines a sampling of the careers of individual women while placing them within broader contexts. Written by an international group of experts this collection is based on the assumption that women played a fundamental role in ancient monarchy that they were part of not apart from it and that it is necessary to understand their role to understand ancient monarchies. This is a crucial resource for anyone interested in the role of women in antiquity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138358843

The Routledge Companion to World Cinema The Routledge Companion to World Cinema explores and examines a global range of films and filmmakers their movements and audiences comparing their cultural technological and political dynamics identifying the impulses that constantly reshape the form and function of the cinemas of the world. Each of the forty chapters provides a survey of a topic explaining why the issue or area is important and critically discussing the leading views in the area. Designed as a dynamic forum for forty world-leading scholars this companion contains significant expertise and insight and is dedicated to challenging complacent views of hegemonic film cultures and replacing outmoded ideas about production distribution and reception. It offers both a survey and an investigation into the condition and activity of contemporary filmmaking worldwide often challenging long-standing categories and weighted—often politically motivated—value judgements thereby grounding and aligning the reader in an activity of remapping which is designed to prompt rethinking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581077

The Routledge Companion to World Literature In the age of globalization the category of "World Literature" is increasingly important to academic teaching and research. The Routledge Companion to World Literature offers a comprehensive pathway into this burgeoning and popular field. Separated into four key sections the volume covers: the history of World Literature through significant writers and theorists from Goethe to Said Casanova and Moretti the disciplinary relationship of World Literature to areas such as philology translation globalization and diaspora studies theoretical issues in World Literature including gender politics and ethics a global perspective on the politics of World Literature. The forty-eight outstanding contributors to this companion offer an ideal introduction to those approaching the field for the first time or looking to further their knowledge of this extensive field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415827959

The Routledge Companion to World Literature and World History The Routledge Companion to World Literature and World History is a comprehensive and engaging volume combining essays from historians and literary academics to create a space for productive cross-cultural encounters between the two fields. In addition to the 27 essays the Companion includes general introductions from two of the leading scholars of history and literature David Damrosch and Patrick Manning as well as personal testimonies from artists working in the area and editorials asking provocative questions. The volume includes sections on: People – with essays looking at World Literature Intellectual Commerce Religion language and war and Indigenous ethnography Networks and methods – examining maps geography morality and the crises of world literature Transformations – including essays on race colonialism and the non-human Interdisciplinary and groundbreaking this volume brings to light various ways in which scholars of literature and history analyse assimilate or reveal the intellectual heritage of the past at the same moment as they try consciously to deal with an unending amount of new information and an awareness of global connections and discrepancies. Including work from leading academics in the field as well as newer voices the Companion is ideal for students and scholars alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138921658

The Routledge Compendium of Primary Education First published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421837

The Routledge Concise Compendium of the World's Languages This second edition of The Routledge Concise Compendium of the World’s Languages has been completely revised to provide up-to-date and accurate descriptions of a wide cross-section of natural-language systems. All cultural and historical notes as well as statistical data for each language have been checked updated and in many cases expanded.Now offering an even broader range of languages including a greater number of the lesser-known ones such as Cree Maltese and Haitian Creole this new edition of The Routledge Concise Compendium covers a total of 111 languages.Key features include:complete rewriting and systematization of the phonology sections for all languagesprovision of IPA symbol grids arranged by articulatory feature and by alphabetic resemblance to facilitate use of the new phonology sectionsexpansion of morphology descriptions for all languagesprovision of new illustrative text samples addition of a glossary of technical terms comparative tables of the numerals 1-10 in all languages covered and also grouped by familyclassification by genetic relationship of all languages covered.Using the wealth of recent developments and research in language typology and broadened availability of descriptive data this new incarnation of The Routledge Concise Compendium brings a much-loved survey emphatically into the twenty-first century for a new generation of readers.The Routledge Concise Compendium of the World’s Languages remains the ideal compact reference for all interested linguists and professionals alike. Gary King is Series Advisor for the Roultedge Colloquials and the author of numerous books on language and linguistics. He is also UCAS co-ordinator and a lecturer at a large sixth-form college. George L. Campbell worked for the BBC World Service and was a polyglot linguist and translator. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581251

The Routledge Concise History of Canadian Literature The Routledge Concise History of Canadian Literature introduces the fiction poetry and drama of Canada in its historical political and cultural contexts. In this clear and structured volume Richard Lane outlines: the history of Canadian literature from colonial times to the present key texts for Canadian First Peoples and the literature of Quebec the impact of English translation and the Canadian immigrant experience critical themes such as landscape ethnicity orality textuality war and nationhood contemporary debate on the canon feminism postcoloniality queer theory and cultural and ethnic diversity the work of canonical and lesser-known writers from Catherine Parr Traill and Susanna Moodie to Robert Service Maria Campbell and Douglas Coupland. Written in an engaging and accessible style and offering a glossary maps and further reading sections this guidebook is a crucial resource for students working in the field of Canadian Literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415470469

The Routledge Concise History of Latino/a Literature The Routledge Concise History of Latino/a Literature presents the first comprehensive overview of these popular experimental and diverse literary cultures. Frederick Luis Aldama traces a historical path through Latino/a literature examining both the historical and political contexts of the works as well as their authors and the readership. He also provides an enlightening analysis of: the differing sub-groups of Latino/a literature including Mexican American Cuban American Puerto Rican American Dominican American and Central and South American émigré authors established and emerging literary trends such as the postmodern historical chica-lit storytelling formats and the graphic novel key literary themes including gender and sexuality feminist and queer voices and migration and borderlands. The author’s methodology and interpretation of a wealth of information will put this rich and diverse area of literary culture into a new light for scholars. The book’s student-friendly features such as a glossary guide to further reading explanatory text boxes and chapter summaries make this the ideal text for anyone approaching the area for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415667883

The Routledge Concise History of Twentieth-Century British Literature In The Routledge Concise History of Twentieth-Century British Literature Ashley Dawson identifies the key British writers and texts shaped by era-defining cultural and historical events and movements from the period. He provides: Analysis of works by a diverse range of influential authors Examination of the cultural and literary impact of crucial historical social political and cultural events Discussion of Britain’s imperial status in the century and the diversification of the nation through Black and Asian British Literature Readers are also provided with a comprehensive timeline  a glossary of terms further reading and explanatory text boxes featuring further information on key figures and events. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415572460

The Routledge Concise History of World Literature This remarkably broad and informative book offers an introduction to and overview of World Literature. Tracing the term from its earliest roots and situating it within a number of relevant contexts from postcolonialism to postmodernism Theo D’haen examines: the return of the term "world literature" and its changing meaning Goethe’s concept of Weltliteratur and how this relates to current debates theories and theorists who have had an impact on world literature non-canonical and less-known literatures from around the globe the possibility and implications of a definition of world literature. This book is the ideal guide to an increasingly popular and important term in literary studies. It is accessible and engaging and will be invaluable to students of world literature comparative literature translation and postcolonial studies and anyone with an interest in these or related topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415495899

The Routledge Course in Business Chinese • Fourth-year language learning or above in preparation for real-life business situations各专业学生汉语四年级(或以上)适用 • Timeless business topics ranging from frequently occurring business activities economic systems and phenomena to issues of broad interest使用通用商务题材确保教材长期相对稳定 • Simulated real-world tasks connecting the classroom to China’s current economic developments through students’ own efforts组织大量以学生为主体的任务型实践活动 ,实现题材即时更新 • A focus on formal language style and business terminology 注重正式语体和专业词语的学习 • Summary of important features of Chinese with emphasis on language learning skills to cultivate self-sustained and effective language learners 归纳汉语基本特点,教授学习方法,培养自学能力 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138479272

The Routledge Course in Business Korean The Routledge Course in Business Korean is a textbook for teaching Korean to mid-intermediate to low-advanced students to learn the language used in a business context in every-day life in Korea. The authors’ intuitive approach makes it easy for students to follow the units while the relevant and practical learning objectives benefit both student and teacher alike. The book introduces the vocabulary and key phrases of business Korean and focuses on delivering real business-related situations authentic expressions and linguistically and culturally rich introductions and explanations of Korean business life. Audio files can be found on the accompanying e-Resource. By the end of this course you will be at level B2 of the Common European Framework for Languages and Advanced Mid-High on the ACTFL proficiency scales. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138291393

The Routledge Course in Chinese Media Literacy The Routledge Course in Chinese Media Literacy is aimed at lower advanced level students of Mandarin who wish to build media literacy in the Chinese language. The book is written by university professors who have hands-on experience as media professionals. It gathers newsworthy authentic materials on topics covered by reporters on a day-to-day basis and makes them accessible through prereading exercises grammatical analysis vocabulary associations and research training for language learners. From front page headlines to business education crime and sports and entertainment the student reader will be exposed to the full scope of news coverage and become familiar with their presentation in a Chinese context. A companion website with audio video accompanying materials and a traditional Chinese edition is available at www.routledge.com/cw/li. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138191150

The Routledge Course in Japanese Translation The Routledge Course in Japanese Translation brings together for the first time material dedicated to the theory and practice of translation to and from Japanese. This one semester advanced course in Japanese translation is designed to raise awareness of the many considerations that must be taken into account when translating a text. As students progress through the course they will acquire various tools to deal with the common problems typically involved in the practice of translation. Particular attention is paid to the structural differences between Japanese and English and to cross-cultural dissimilarities in stylistics. Essential theory and information on the translation process are provided as well as abundant practical tasks. The Routledge Course in Japanese Translation is essential reading for all serious students of Japanese at both undergraduate and postgraduate level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415486866

The Routledge Course in Korean Translation The Routledge Course in Korean Translation brings together for the first time materials dedicated to the theory and practice of translation to and from Korean. This advanced course in Korean translation discusses cross-linguistic and cross-cultural issues that arise in the course of Korean-English and English-Korean translation and offers useful tools for dealing with the problems that arise in the actual practice of translation. Equipped with examples from a range of genres this book provides a foundational understanding in translation theory that is necessary in Korean translation. The Routledge Course in Korean Translation is essential reading for students of Korean at both undergraduate and postgraduate levels interested in translation as well as for students and researchers with knowledge of Korean who are interested in linguistics and cultural and comunication studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138669246

The Routledge Course In Modern Mandarin - Complete Traditional Bundle (Levels 1 and 2) This bundle consists of the following books: The Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Textbook Level 1 Traditional Characters                            The Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Workbook Level 1 Traditional Characters                          The Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Textbook Level 2  Traditional Characters                            The Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Workbook Level 2 Traditional Characters The Routledge Course in Mandarin Chinese is a two-year undergraduate course for students with no prior background in Chinese study. Designed to build a strong foundation in both the spoken and written language it develops all the basic skills such as pronunciation character writing word use and structures while placing strong emphasis on the development of communicative skills. The complete course consists of Textbook Level 1 Workbook level 1 - including free CDs Textbook level 2 and Workbook level 2 -including free CDs. All books are available separately in simplified as well as traditional characters. This bundle contains Textbook Level 1 and 2 and Workbook Level 1 and 2 Traditional Characters. Textbook 1 provides a paced introduction to the language by teaching from pinyin in its first 5 lessons. Characters are introduced from the sixth lesson and this is combined with the staged removal of pinyin. Each lesson consists of a dialogue vocabulary lists in-class dialogue practice jargon-free explanations of structures language FAQs and notes on pronunciation pinyin and Chinese culture. The focus is on the long-term retention of vocabulary characters and structures by reiterating these throughout allowing the students to consolidate their knowledge. Workbook 1 is designed to accompany Textbook 1 lesson by lesson and offers exercises for homework independent study and classroom use. Each lesson focuses on the skills of listening and speaking as well as reading and writing. The book contains pronunciation practice structure drills listening exercises and practice of characters structures and communication. All the necessary audio materials recorded by native speakers are included on the CD. Textbook Level 2 incorporates the innovative features of Level 1 including the separation of vocabulary from characters a "basic to complex" introduction of grammatical structures a comprehensive companion workbook with extensive practice in all language skills and functions and a Teachers’ Manual. Level 2 adds a "Narrative" Component to support the learner as they move from spoken Mandarin to formal written Chinese and from the comprehension and production of short sentences to paragraphs and essays. Level 2 of this Course in Modern Mandarin bridges the gap that characterizes the transition between basic level Chinese courses and more advanced work. The Narrative Component includes: Model narratives that introduce formal written Chinese with explanations of the features of each narrative. Focus on narrative function including description comparison explanation persuasion and hypothesis. Reading and writing assignments that guide students to internalize model structures to read for information and to compose original essays for specific purposes. Workbook Level 2 is designed to accompany Textbook Level 2 lesson by lesson and offers exercises for homework independent study and classroom use. Each lesson focuses on the skills of listening and speaking as well as reading and writing. The course is also fully supported by an interactive companion website which contains a wealth of additional resources for both teachers and students. Teachers will find lesson plans in both English and Mandarin providing a weekly schedule and overall syllabus for fall and spr Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415535434

The Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2 Simplified Bundle This bundle consists of the following books: The Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Textbook Level 2 Simplified Characters                            The Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Workbook Level 2 Simplified Characters The Routledge Course in Mandarin Chinese is a two-year undergraduate course for students with no prior background in Chinese study. Designed to build a strong foundation in both the spoken and written language it develops all the basic skills such as pronunciation character writing word use and structures while placing strong emphasis on the development of communicative skills. The complete course consists of Textbook Level 1 Workbook level 1 - including free CDs Textbook level 2 and Workbook level 2 -including free CDs. All books are available separately in simplified as well as traditional characters. This bundle contains Textbook Level 1 and 2 and Workbook Level 1 and 2 Simplified Characters. Textbook 1 provides a paced introduction to the language by teaching from pinyin in its first 5 lessons. Characters are introduced from the sixth lesson and this is combined with the staged removal of pinyin. Each lesson consists of a dialogue vocabulary lists in-class dialogue practice jargon-free explanations of structures language FAQs and notes on pronunciation pinyin and Chinese culture. The focus is on the long-term retention of vocabulary characters and structures by reiterating these throughout allowing the students to consolidate their knowledge. Workbook 1 is designed to accompany Textbook 1 lesson by lesson and offers exercises for homework independent study and classroom use. Each lesson focuses on the skills of listening and speaking as well as reading and writing. The book contains pronunciation practice structure drills listening exercises and practice of characters structures and communication. All the necessary audio materials recorded by native speakers are included on the CD. Textbook Level 2 incorporates the innovative features of Level 1 including the separation of vocabulary from characters a "basic to complex" introduction of grammatical structures a comprehensive companion workbook with extensive practice in all language skills and functions and a Teachers’ Manual. Level 2 adds a "Narrative" Component to support the learner as they move from spoken Mandarin to formal written Chinese and from the comprehension and production of short sentences to paragraphs and essays. Level 2 of this Course in Modern Mandarin bridges the gap that characterizes the transition between basic level Chinese courses and more advanced work. The Narrative Component includes: Model narratives that introduce formal written Chinese with explanations of the features of each narrative. Focus on narrative function including description comparison explanation persuasion and hypothesis. Reading and writing assignments that guide students to internalize model structures to read for information and to compose original essays for specific purposes. Workbook Level 2 is designed to accompany Textbook Level 2 lesson by lesson and offers exercises for homework independent study and classroom use. Each lesson focuses on the skills of listening and speaking as well as reading and writing. The course is also fully supported by an interactive companion website which contains a wealth of additional resources for both teachers and students. Teachers will find lesson plans in both English and Mandarin providing a weekly schedule and overall syllabus for fall and spring as well as activities for each lesson and answer keys. Students will be able to access downloadable character practice worksheets along with interactive pronunciation vocabulary and character practice exercises. All the audio material necessary for the course is also available online and conveniently linked on screen to the relevant exercises for ease-of-use. For more information about the course and to access these additional resources please visit the companion websites: Level 1: http://cw.routledge.com/textbooks/9780415472517/ Level 2: http://cw.routledge.com/textbooks/9780415472500/ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415533072

The Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Workbook Level 2 (Simplified) The Routledge Course in Mandarin Chinese is a two-year undergraduate course for students with no prior background in Chinese study. Designed to build a strong foundation in both the spoken and written language it develops all the basic skills such as pronunciation character writing word use and structures while placing strong emphasis on the development of communicative skills. The complete course consists of Textbook Level 1 Workbook Level 1 – including free CDs Textbook level 2 and workbook Level 2 – including free CDs. All books are available separately in simplified as well as traditional characters and take the students from complete beginner to post-intermediate level. Workbook Level 2 is designed to accompany Textbook Level 2 lesson by lesson and offers exercises for homework independent study and classroom use. The exercises focus on interpersonal interpretative and presentational modes of communication while helping students to consolidate the vocabulary characters and structures introduced in each lesson. At the conclusion of this course students will be able to read page-length texts for information listen to and comprehend extended narratives on a variety of topics and communicate a broad range of information orally and in writing. The course is also fully supported by an interactive companion website which contains a wealth of additional resources for both teachers and students. Teachers will find lesson plans in both English and Mandarin providing a weekly schedule and overall syllabus for fall and spring as well as activities for each lesson and answer keys. Students will be able to access downloadable character practice worksheets along with interactive pronunciation vocabulary and character practice exercises. All the audio material necessary for the course is also available online and conveniently linked on screen to the relevant exercises for ease-of-use. For more information about the course and to access these additional resources please visit the Companion Website at http://cw.routledge.com/textbooks/9780415472500/ For bundle discounts please visit: For bundle discounts please visit: http://www.routledge.com/books/details/9780415533072/   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415472470

The Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin ChineseTextbook Level 1 Traditional Characters The Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese is a two-year undergraduate course for students with no prior background in Chinese study which takes students from complete beginner to post-intermediate level. Designed to build a strong foundation in both the spoken and written language it develops all the basic skills such as pronunciation character writing word use and structures while placing strong emphasis on the development of communicative skills. Each level of the course consists of a textbook and workbook available separately in simplified or traditional character editions. Both workbooks include a free CD with all the dialogues from the textbooks and the necessary audio for the listening for information exercises. A companion website will provide expanded listening files and a broad range of resources for students and teachers. The benefits of this course include: -focus on the long-term retention of vocabulary characters and structures by reiterating structures and vocabulary throughout the book series -carefully selected and staged introduction of characters with staged removal of pinyin to ensure recognition and use of characters -clear and jargon-free explanations of use and structures that are easy for students and teachers to understand -extensive workbook exercises for homework independent study and classroom use focusing on all language skills and modalities including a vast inventory of carefully structured exercises focusing on listening comprehension reading for information and writing for communication - an extensive inventory of classroom activities that guide students to develop communication-based speaking and listening skills. -a list of communication goals and key structures for each lesson allowing the student to assess progress -cultural notes explaining the context of the dialogues - language FAQs explaining aspects of Chinese language as they relate to the content and vocabulary in the lesson -storyline following a group of students studying in China from Europe North America and East Asia making the book attractive to a variety of students and facilitating the introduction of Chinese culture. -full-color text design for the textbook and carefully matched designs for the traditional and simplified books allowing for easy cross-reference The course is also fully supported by an interactive companion website. The website contains a wealth of additional resources for both teachers and students. Teachers will find lesson plans in both English and Mandarin providing a weekly schedule and overall syllabus for fall and spring as well as activities for each lesson and answer keys. Students will be able to access downloadable character practice worksheets along with interactive pronunciation vocabulary and character practice exercises. All the audio material necessary for the course is also available onliine and conveniently linked on screen to the relevant exercises for ease-of-use. For further details please visit http://www.routledge.com/books/details/9780415472517/ For bundle discounts please visit http://www.routledge.com/books/details/9780415596862/ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138131569

The Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin ChineseWorkbook Level 1 Traditional Characters  The Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese is a two-year undergraduate course for students with no prior background in Chinese study which takes students from complete beginner to post-intermediate level. Designed to build a strong foundation in both the spoken and written language it develops all the basic skills such as pronunciation character writing word use and structures while placing strong emphasis on the development of communicative skills. Each level of the course consists of a textbook and workbook available separately in simplified or traditional character editions. Both workbooks include a free CD with all the dialogues from the textbooks and the necessary audio for the listening for information exercises. A companion website will provide expanded listening files and a broad range of resources for students and teachers. The benefits of this course include: -focus on the long-term retention of vocabulary characters and structures by reiterating structures and vocabulary throughout the book series -carefully selected and staged introduction of characters with staged removal of pinyin to ensure recognition and use of characters -clear and jargon-free explanations of use and structures that are easy for students and teachers to understand -extensive workbook exercises for homework independent study and classroom use focusing on all language skills and modalities including a vast inventory of carefully structured exercises focusing on listening comprehension reading for information and writing for communication - an extensive inventory of classroom activities that guide students to develop communication-based speaking and listening skills. -a list of communication goals and key structures for each lesson allowing the student to assess progress -cultural notes explaining the context of the dialogues - language FAQs explaining aspects of Chinese language as they relate to the content and vocabulary in the lesson -storyline following a group of students studying in China from Europe North America and East Asia making the book attractive to a variety of students and facilitating the introduction of Chinese culture. -full-color text design for the textbook and carefully matched designs for the traditional and simplified books allowing for easy cross-reference. The course is also fully supported by an interactive companion website. The website contains a wealth of additional resources for both teachers and students. Teachers will find lesson plans in both English and Mandarin providing a weekly schedule and overall syllabus for fall and spring as well as activities for each lesson and answer keys. Students will be able to access downloadable character practice worksheets along with interactive pronunciation vocabulary and character practice exercises. All the audio material necessary for the course is also available onliine and conveniently linked on screen to the relevant exercises for ease-of-use. For further details please visit http://www.routledge.com/books/details/9780415472517/ For bundle discounts please visit http://www.routledge.com/books/details/9780415596862/ Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203717776

The Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Traditional Level 1 Bundle This bundle consists of the following books: The Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Textbook Level 1 Traditional Characters                            The Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Workbook Level 1 Traditonal Characters                          The Routledge Course in Mandarin Chinese is a two-year undergraduate course for students with no prior background in Chinese study. Designed to build a strong foundation in both the spoken and written language it develops all the basic skills such as pronunciation character writing word use and structures while placing strong emphasis on the development of communicative skills. The complete course consists of Textbook Level 1 Workbook level 1 - including free CDs Textbook level 2 and Workbook level 2 -including free CDs. All books are available separately in simplified as well as traditional characters. This bundle contains Textbook Level 1 and Workbook Level 1 Traditional Characters.   Textbook 1 provides a paced introduction to the language by teaching from pinyin in its first 5 lessons. Characters are introduced from the sixth lesson and this is combined with the staged removal of pinyin. Each lesson consists of a dialogue vocabulary lists in-class dialogue practice jargon-free explanations of structures language FAQs and notes on pronunciation pinyin and Chinese culture. The focus is on the long-term retention of vocabulary characters and structures by reiterating these throughout allowing the students to consolidate their knowledge. Workbook 1 is designed to accompany Textbook 1 lesson by lesson and offers exercises for homework independent study and classroom use. Each lesson focuses on the skills of listening and speaking as well as reading and writing. The book contains pronunciation practice structure drills listening exercises and practice of characters structures and communication. All the necessary audio materials recorded by native speakers are included on the CD. The course is also fully supported by an interactive companion website which contains a wealth of additional resources for both teachers and students. Teachers will find lesson plans in both English and Mandarin providing a weekly schedule and overall syllabus for fall and spring as well as activities for each lesson and answer keys. Students will be able to access downloadable character practice worksheets along with interactive pronunciation vocabulary and character practice exercises. All the audio material necessary for the course is also available online and conveniently linked on screen to the relevant exercises for ease-of-use. For more information about the course and to access these additional resources please visit the companion website at www.routledge.com/textbooks/9780415472517 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415596862

The Routledge Course in Translation AnnotationArabic-English-Arabic The Routledge Course in Translation Annotation: Arabic-English-Arabic is a key coursebook for students and practitioners of translation studies. Focusing on one of the most prominent developments in translation studies annotation for translation purposes it provides the reader with the theoretical framework for annotating their own or commenting on others' translations. The book: presents a systematic and thorough explanation of translation strategies supported throughout by bi-directional examples from and into English features authentic materials taken from a wide range of sources including literary journalistic religious legal technical and commercial texts brings the theory and practice of translation annotation together in an informed and comprehensive way includes practical exercises at the end of each chapter to consolidate learning and allow the reader to put the theory into practice culminates with a long annotated literary text allowing the reader to have a clear vision on how to apply the theoretical elements in a cohesive way The Routledge Course in Translation Annotation is an essential text for both undergraduate and postgraduate students of Arabic-English translation and of translation studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138913097

The Routledge Course on Media Legal and Technical TranslationEnglish-Arabic-English The Routledge Course on Media Legal and Technical Translation: English-Arabic-English is an indispensable and engaging coursebook for university students wishing to develop their English-Arabic-English translation skills in these three text types. Taking a practical approach the book introduces Arab translation students to common translation strategies in addition to the linguistic syntactic and stylistic features of media legal and technical texts. This book features texts carefully selected for their technical relevance. The key features include: • comprehensive four chapters covering media legal and technical texts which are of immense importance to Arab translation students; • detailed and clear explanations of the lexical syntactic and stylistic features of English and Arabic media legal and technical texts; • up-to-date and practical translation examples in both directions offering students actual experiences of professional translators; • authentic texts extracted from various sources to promote students’ familiarity with language features and use; • extensive range of exercises following each section of the book to enable students to test and practice the knowledge and skills they developed from reading previous sections; • glossaries following most exercises containing the translation of difficult words; and • a list of recommended readings following each chapter. The easy practical and comprehensive approach adopted in the book makes it a must-have coursebook for intermediate and advanced students studying translation between English and Arabic. University instructors and professional translators working on translation between English and Arabic will find this book particularly useful. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367511333

The Routledge Dance Studies Reader The Routledge Dance Studies Reader has been expanded and updated giving readers access to thirty-seven essential texts that address the social political cultural and economic impact of globalization on embodiment and choreography.  These interdisciplinary essays in dance scholarship consider a broad range of dance forms in relation to historical ethnographic and interdisciplinary research methods including cultural studies reconstruction media studies and popular culture. This new third edition expands both its geographic and cultural focus to include recent research on dance from Southeast Asia the People’s Republic of China indigenous dance and new sections on market forces and mediatization. Sections cover: Methods and approaches Practice and performance Dance as embodied ideology Dance on the market and in the media Formations of the field. The Routledge Dance Studies Reader includes essays on concert dance (ballet modern and postmodern dance tap kathak and classical khmer dance) popular dance (salsa and hip-hop) site-specific performance digital choreography and lecture-performances. It is a vital resource for anyone interested in understanding dance from a global and contemporary perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138088726

The Routledge Diaspora Studies Reader The Routledge Diaspora Studies Reader provides a comprehensive resource for students and scholars working in this vital interdisciplinary field. The book traces the emergence and development of diaspora studies as a field of scholarship presenting key critical essays alongside more recent criticism that explores new directions. It also includes seminal essays that have been selected specifically for this collection as well as one brand new paper. The volume presents: introductions to each section that situate each work within its historical disciplinary and theoretical contexts; essays grouped by key subject areas including religion nation citizenship home and belonging visual culture and digital diasporas; writings by major figures including Robin Cohen Homi K. Bhabha Avtar Brah Pnina Werbner Floya Anthias James Clifford Paul Gilroy and Salman Rushdie. The Routledge Diaspora Studies Reader is a field-defining volume that presents an illuminating guide for established scholars and also those new to diaspora. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138783201

The Routledge Dictionary of Business Management A fully comprehensive resource for those wanting to know about the world of business management. Students and working professionals alike can enjoy quick and accessible definitions and the extensive cross-referencing system allows readers broader access to subject areas. This dictionary covers all the topics issues and terms in the field including: business economics consumer behaviour corporate strategy financial management human resource management information technology management accounting marketing and organizational behaviour and work psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138834842

The Routledge Dictionary of Cultural References in Modern French Now in its second edition The Routledge Dictionary of Cultural References in Modern French reveals the hidden cultural dimension of contemporary French as used in the press going beyond the limited and purely lexical approach of traditional bilingual dictionaries. Even foreign learners of French who possess a good level of French often have difficulty in fully understanding French articles not because of any linguistic shortcomings on their part but because of their inadequate knowledge of the cultural references. This cultural dictionary of French provides the reader with clear and concise explanations of the crucial cultural dimension behind the most frequently used words and phrases found in the contemporary French press. This vital background information gathered here in this innovative and entertaining dictionary will allow readers to go beyond a superficial understanding of the French press and the French language in general to see the hidden yet implied cultural significance that is so transparent to the native speaker. This fully revised second edition includes: a broad range of cultural references from the historical and literary to the popular and classical; an enhanced analysis of punning mechanisms used in the press; over 3 000 cultural references explained with updated examples; a three-level indicator of frequency; new and expanded chapters on the French of Quebec institutional and academic references and English borrowings in the areas of IT and medical science; over 600 online questions to test knowledge before and after reading. The Routledge Dictionary of Cultural References in Modern French is the ideal reference for all undergraduate and postgraduate students of French seeking to enhance their understanding of the French language. It will also be of interest to teachers translators and Francophiles alike. French students in khâgne Sciences-Po and schools of journalism will also find this book valuable and relevant for their studies. Test questions and solutions are available at www.routledge.com/9780367376758 in addition to three online chapters. These bonus chapters explore figurative expressions involving the names of animals the language of the law and slang terms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367376758

The Routledge Dictionary of Cultural References in Modern French The Routledge Dictionary of Cultural References in Modern French reveals the hidden cultural dimension of contemporary French as used in the press going beyond the limited and purely lexical approach of traditional bilingual dictionaries. Even foreign learners of French who possess a good level of French often have difficulty in fully understanding French articles not because of any linguistic shortcomings on their part but because of their inadequate knowledge of the cultural references. This cultural dictionary of French provides the reader with clear and concise explanations of the crucial cultural dimension behind the most frequently used words and phrases found in the contemporary French press. This vital background information gathered here in this innovative and entertaining dictionary will allow readers to go beyond a superficial understanding of the French press and the French language in general to see the hidden yet implied cultural significance that is so transparent to the native speaker. Key features: a broad range of cultural references from the historical and literary to the popular and classical with an in-depth analysis of punning mechanisms. over 3 000 cultural references explained a three-level indicator of frequency over 600 questions to test knowledge before and after reading.   The Routledge Dictionary of Cultural References in Modern French is the ideal reference for all undergraduate and postgraduate students of French seeking to enhance their understanding of the French language. It will also be of interest to teachers translators and Francophiles alike. French students in khâgne Sciences-Po and schools of journalism will also find this valuable and relevant for their studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415597944

The Routledge Dictionary of English Language Studies Filled with real examples of the way people use English in different contexts The Routledge Dictionary of English Language Studies is an indispensable guide to the richness and variety of the English language for both students and the general reader. From abbreviation to zero-article via fricative and slang the Dictionary contains over 600 wide ranging and informative entries covering: the core areas of language description and analysis: phonetics and phonology grammar lexis semantics pragmatics and discourse sociolinguistics including entries on social and regional variation stylistic variation and language and gender the history of the English language from Old English to the present-day the main varieties of English spoken around the world covering the British isles the Caribbean North America Africa Asia and Australasia stylistics literary language and English usage. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203698419

The Routledge Dictionary of Gods and Goddesses Devils and Demons This dictionary covers in one volume over 1 800 of the most important deities and demons from around the world. From classical Greek and Roman mythology to the gods of Eastern Europe and Mesopotamia from Nordic giants to Islamic jinns and Egyptian monsters it is packed with descriptions of the figures most worshipped and feared around the world and across time. Fully cross-referenced and featuring two handy guides to the functions and attributes shared by those featured this dictionary is the essential resource for anyone interested in comparative religion and the mythology of the ancient and contemporary worlds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142091

The Routledge Dictionary of Historical Slang Drawn from the Dictionary of Slang and Unconventional English with the emphasis on the expressions used or coined before 1914. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605308

The Routledge Dictionary of Judaism Compiled by two internationally renowned experts and with over 600 wide-ranging and informative entries The Routledge Dictionary of Judaism provides the reader with an invaluable reference aid to all areas of the religion. Topics covered include:*The religion's forms and history*Its institutions religious practices and life cycle rites *Key texts and people symbols and holy days*An understanding of theological terms doctrine and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167261

The Routledge Dictionary of Latin QuotationsThe Illiterati's Guide to Latin Maxims Mottoes Proverbs and Sayings The Routledge Dictionary of Latin Quotations completes our enormously successful and award-winning Latin for the Illiterati series of volumes rounding off the trilogy with a comprehensive treasury of classic Latin quotations mottoes proverbs and maxims collected from the worlds of philosophy rhetoric politics science religion literature drama poetics and war.Distinguished by the combination of user-friendliness and comprehensiveness this book will provide students scholars and general readers with an eminently browsable resource that is as useful as it is enjoyable. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203498972

The Routledge Dictionary of Modern American Slang and Unconventional English The Routledge Dictionary of Modern American Slang offers the ultimate record of modern post WW2 American Slang. The 25 000 entries are accompanied by citations that authenticate the words as well as offer examples of usage from popular literature newspapers magazines movies television shows musical lyrics and Internet user groups. Etymology cultural context country of origin and the date the word was first used are also provided. In terms of content the cultural transformations since 1945 are astounding. Television computers drugs music unpopular wars youth movements changing racial sensitivities and attitudes towards sex and sexuality are all substantial factors that have shaped culture and language. This new edition includes over 500 new headwords collected with citations from the last five years a period of immense change in the English language as well as revised existing entries with new dating and citations. No term is excluded on the grounds that it might be considered offensive as a racial ethnic religious sexual or any kind of slur. This dictionary contains many entries and citations that will and should offend. Rich scholarly and informative The Routledge Dictionary of Modern American Slang and Unconventional English is an indispensable resource for language researchers lexicographers and translators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138722088

The Routledge Dictionary of Performance and Contemporary Theatre The Routledge Dictionary of Contemporary Theatre and Performance provides the first authoritative alphabetical guide to the theatre and performance of the last 30 years. Conceived and written by one of the foremost scholars and critics of theatre in the world it literally takes us from Activism to Zapping analysing everything along the way from Body Art and the Flashmob to Multimedia and the Postdramatic. What we think of as 'performance' and 'drama' has undergone a transformation in recent decades. Similarly how these terms are defined used and critiqued has also changed  thanks to interventions from a panoply of theorists from Derrida to Ranciere. Patrice Pavis's Dictionary provides an indispensible roadmap for this complex and fascinating terrain; a volume no theatre bookshelf can afford to be without.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367737115

The Routledge Dictionary of Politics This dictionary is the essential guide to politics its terminologies ideologies and institutions. Providing authoritative and up-to-date information that is invaluable to both students and general readers it includes: well over 500 extensive definitions an understanding of the basics of political thought and theory clear no-nonsense coverage of complex ideologies and dogmas succinct definitions of highly specialized and technical terms. Previously published by Penguin this third edition has been extensively revised and updated with many new entries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138436084

The Routledge Dictionary of Pronunciation for Current English The Routledge Dictionary of Pronunciation for Current English is the most up-to-date record of the pronunciation of British and American English. Based on research by a joint UK and US team of linguistics experts this is a unique survey of how English is really spoken in the twenty-first century. This second edition has been fully revised to include: a full reappraisal of the pronunciation models for modern British and American English; 2 000 new entries including new words from the last decade encyclopedic terms and proper names; separate IPA transcriptions for British and American English for over 100 000 words; information on grammatical variants including plurals comparative and superlative adjectives and verb tenses. The most comprehensive dictionary of its type available The Routledge Dictionary of Pronunciation for Current English is the essential reference for those interested in English pronunciation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138125667

The Routledge Dictionary of Religious and Spiritual Quotations How did the universe come to exist? What is the nature of its creator? Is there a purpose to human existence? What is it to live a good life?The Routledge Dictionary of Religious and Spiritual Quotations offers not just one but many answers to these questions. Geoffrey Parrinder has drawn on all the great books of world religions - the Bible the Qur'an Zoroastrian Gathas Hindu Vedas Bhagavad Gita Jewish Mishnah Sikh Adi Granth and Chinese Tao Te Ching - in this collection of over 3000 quotations. Discover the words of prophets scholars and mystics on matters spiritual and moral as well as Plato on sexuality Freud on religion and Gandhi on violence.Originally published in 1990 The Routledge Dictionary of Religious Quotations is now reissued with a new preface by Geoffrey Parrinder. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158306

The Routledge Dictionary of Turkish Cinema The first critical and analytical dictionary of Turkish Cinema this book provides a comprehensive overview of Turkish cinema from its beginnings to the present day. Addressing the lacuna in scholarly work on the topic this dictionary provides immense detail on a wide range of aspects of Turkish cinema including; prominent filmmakers films actors screenwriters cinematographers editors producers significant themes genres movements theories production modes film journals film schools and professional organizations. Extensively researched elaborately detailed and written in a remarkably readable style the Routledge Dictionary of Turkish Cinema will be invaluable for film scholars and researchers as a reference book and as a guide to the dynamics of the cinema of Turkey. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138657694

The Routledge Dictionary of Twentieth-Century Political Thinkers This edition has been revised and extended to include eleven new entries on Berlin Chomsky Derrida Rorty and many others. Key features of this unique guide include: 170 entries from 96 contributors many of whom are leading authorities in their field alphabetically arranged entries which include brief biographies outlines of major ideas and suggestions for further reading coverage of Western and Third World political theorists as well as those who have influenced new movements based on the issues of ethnicity gender and ecology a thematically organised index Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138458895

The Routledge Drama AnthologyModernism to Contemporary Performance The Routledge Drama Anthology is an original compilation of works from key movements in the history of the modern theatre from the late nineteenth to the early twenty-first century. This expanded new edition now features twenty new plays and essays. The anthology spans: Naturalism and Symbolism The Historical Avant-Garde Political Theatres Late Modernism Contemporary Theatre and Performance Each of the book’s five sections comprises a selection of plays and performance texts that define the period reproduced in full and accompanied by key theoretical writings from performers playwrights and critics that inform and contextualize their reading. Substantial introductions from experts in the field also provide these sections with an overview of the works and their significance. This textbook provides an unprecedented collection of comprehensive resource materials that will facilitate in-depth critical analysis. It enables a dialogue between playwrights and performance practitioners on one hand and on the other critics and theorists such as Roland Barthes Jean Baudrillard Walter Benjamin André Breton Martin Esslin Michael Kirby Hans Thies Lehmann Jacques Rancière and Theodor Adorno. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415724173

The Routledge Education Studies Textbook The Routledge Education Studies Textbook is an academically wide-ranging and appropriately challenging resource for students beyond the introductory stages of a degree programme in Education Studies. Written in a clear and engaging style the chapters are divided into three sections that examine fundamental ideas and issues explore educational contexts and offer study and research guidance respectively. To support the development of critical thinking debates between contributors are interspersed within sections and address the following questions: Do private schools legitimise privilege? Should the liberal state support religious schooling? Are developments in post-14 education reducing the divide between the academic and the vocational? Do schools contribute to social and community cohesion? Do traditional and progressive teaching methods exist or are there only effective and ineffective methods? Educational Research: a foundation for teacher professionalism? Each chapter opens with an overview of the rationale behind it and closes with a summary of the main points. At the end of every chapter key questions are posed encouraging the student to critically reflect on the content and suggestions for further reading are made. The Routledge Education Studies Textbook is essential reading for students of Education Studies especially during second and third years of the undergraduate degree. It will be of interest to trainee teachers including those working towards M Level. A companion volume  The Routledge Education Studies Reader by the same editors contains key classic and contemporary academic articles and has been designed to be used alongside this Textbook. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203609828

The Routledge Encyclopaedia of UK Education Training and EmploymentFrom the earliest statutes to the present day A comprehensive guide to all the main labour market initiatives and agencies combining education and employment in the UK this encyclopaedia presents an historical progression from the Guilds and Statute of Artifices in 1563 through to present day initiatives and changes. Fully cross-referenced throughout with a full list of acronyms bibliographic and internet resources the encyclopaedia includes:Detailed descriptions of all major government initiatives connecting education training and employmentDocumentation covering England Northern Ireland Scotland and Wales and initiatives in Ireland up to Irish independence A brief history of education and employment in the UKChronological history of Government DepartmentsOutlines of all major public agencies and qualificationsAn extensive glossary of acronymsInformation on rarely recorded and inaccessible historical documentsWith over 1500 entries this encyclopaedia crosses knowledge boundaries providing for the first time an integrated map of national human capital development. It addresses: preschool initiatives primary secondary further and higher education; vocational education and training; labour market interventions including those designed to return people to employment; and government strategies designed to enhance economic and technological competitiveness. The cross-referenced structure provides connections to associated items and a chronological tracing of agencies and initiatives. This encyclopaedia will appeal to those involved in all aspects of education training employment careers information advice and guidance; and policy making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602635

The Routledge Encyclopedia of Citizen Media This is the first authoritative reference work to map the multifaceted and vibrant site of citizen media research and practice incorporating insights from across a wide range of scholarly areas. Citizen media is a fast-evolving terrain that cuts across a variety of disciplines. It explores the physical artefacts digital content performative interventions practices and discursive expressions of affective sociality that ordinary citizens produce as they participate in public life to effect aesthetic or socio-political change. The seventy-seven entries featured in this pioneering resource provide a rigorous overview of extant scholarship deliver a robust critique of key research themes and anticipate new directions for research on a variety of topics. Cross-references and recommended reading suggestions are included at the end of each entry to allow scholars from different disciplinary backgrounds to identify relevant connections across diverse areas of citizen media scholarship and explore further avenues of research. Featuring contributions by leading scholars and supported by an international panel of consultant editors the Encyclopedia is essential reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as researchers in media studies social movement studies performance studies political science and a variety of other disciplines across the humanities and social sciences. It will also be of interest to non-academics involved in activist movements and those working to effect change in various areas of social life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138665569

The Routledge Encyclopedia of Civil War Era Biographies Behind the familiar names of the military and political leaders whose names we all know--Lincoln Davis Lee Grant Sherman and Jackson are the people whose lives and hard work defined the Civil War era: abolitionists slaves inventors manufacturers painters lawyers writers spies nurses and preachers. These are the people who helped shape both the war and our ideas about it. The Routledge Encyclopedia of Civil War Era Biographies is a comprehensive collection of articles on roughly 900 individuals from the Civil War era including people from both the years leading up to the war and the period of Reconstruction that came after. Also included are maps of key battles a timeline that progresses from President Lincoln's election to the end of the war and a list of innovations used or developed during the war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415878036

The Routledge Encyclopedia of Film Theory The Routledge Encyclopedia of Film Theory is an international reference work representing the essential ideas and concepts at the centre of film theory from the beginning of the twentieth century to the beginning of the twenty-first. When first encountering film theory students are often confronted with a dense interlocking set of texts full of arcane terminology inexact formulations sliding definitions and abstract generalities. The Routledge Encyclopedia of Film Theory challenges these first impressions by aiming to make film theory accessible and open to new readers. Edward Branigan and Warren Buckland have commissioned over 50 scholars from around the globe to address the difficult formulations and propositions in each theory by reducing these difficult formulations to straightforward propositions. The result is a highly accessible volume that clearly defines and analyzes step by step many of the fundamental concepts in film theory ranging from familiar concepts such as ‘Apparatus’ ‘Gaze’ ‘Genre’ and ‘Identification’ to less well-known and understood but equally important concepts such as Alain Badiou’s ‘Inaesthetics’ Gilles Deleuze’s ‘Time-Image’ and Jean-Luc Nancy’s ‘Evidence’. The Routledge Encyclopedia of Film Theory is an ideal reference book for undergraduates of film studies as well as graduate students new to the discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138849150

The Routledge Encyclopedia of Films The Routledge Encyclopedia of Films comprises 200 essays by leading film scholars analysing the most important influential innovative and interesting films of all time. Arranged alphabetically each entry explores why each film is significant for those who study film and explores the social historical and political contexts in which the film was produced. Ranging from Hollywood classics to international bestsellers to lesser-known representations of national cinema this collection is deliberately broad in scope crossing decades boundaries and genres. The encyclopedia thus provides an introduction to the historical range and scope of cinema produced throughout the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415688932

The Routledge Encyclopedia of Mark Twain "A model reference work that can be used with profit and delight by general readers as well as by more advanced students of Twain. Highly recommended." - Library Journal The Routledge Encyclopedia of Mark Twain includes more than 700 alphabetically arranged entries that cover a full variety of topics on this major American writer's life intellectual milieu literary career and achievements. Because so much of Twain's travel narratives essays letters sketches autobiography journalism and fiction reflect his personal experience particular attention is given to the delicate relationship between art and life between artistic interpretations and their factual source. This comprehensive resource includes information on: Twain’s life and times: the author's childhood in Missouri and apprenticeship as a riverboat pilot early career as a journalist in the West world travels friendships with well-known figures reading and education family life and career Complete Works: including novels travel narratives short stories sketches burlesques and essays Significant characters places and landmarks Recurring concerns themes or concepts: such as humor language; race war religion politics imperialism art and science Twain’s sources and influences. Useful for students researchers librarians and teachers this volume features a chronology a special appendix section tracking the poet's genealogy and a thorough index. Each entry also includes a bibliography for further study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415890588

The Routledge Encyclopedia of Research Methods in Applied Linguistics The Routledge Encyclopedia of Research Methods in Applied Linguistics provides accessible and concise explanations of key concepts and terms related to research methods in applied linguistics. Encompassing the three research paradigms of quantitative qualitative and mixed methods this volume is an essential reference for any student or researcher working in this area. This volume provides: A–Z coverage of 570 key methodological terms from all areas of applied linguistics; detailed analysis of each entry that includes an explanation of the head word visual illustrations cross-references to other terms and further references for readers; an index of core concepts for quick reference. Comprehensively covering research method terminology used across all strands of applied linguistics this encyclopedia is a must-have reference for the applied linguistics community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415816274

The Routledge Encyclopedia of Second Language Acquisition The Routledge Encyclopedia of Second Language Acquisition offers a user-friendly authoritative survey of terms and constructs that are important to understanding research in second language acquisition (SLA) and its applications. The Encyclopedia is designed for use as a reference tool by students researchers teachers and professionals with an interest in SLA. The Encyclopedia has the following features: • 252 alphabetized entries written in an accessible style including cross references to other related entries in the Encyclopedia and suggestions for further reading    â€¢ Among these 9 survey entries that cover the foundational areas of SLA in detail: Development in SLA Discourse and Pragmatics in SLA Individual Differences in SLA Instructed SLA Language and the Lexicon in SLA Measuring and Researching SLA Psycholingustics of SLA Social and Sociocultural Approaches to SLA Theoretical Constructs in SLA. • The rest of the entries cover all the major subdisciplines methodologies and concepts of SLA from “Accommodation” to the “ZISA project.” Written by an international team of specialists the Routledge Encyclopedia of Second Language Acquisition is an invaluable resource for students and researchers with an academic interest in SLA. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817050

The Routledge Encyclopedia of Social and Cultural Anthropology Written by leading scholars in the field this comprehensive and readable resource gives anthropology students a unique guide to the ideas arguments and history of the discipline. Combining anthropological theory and ethnography it includes 275 substantial entries over 300 short biographies of important figures in anthropology and nearly 600 glossary items. The fully revised and expanded second edition reflects major changes in anthropology in the past decade. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415809368

The Routledge Encyclopedia of Taoism2-Volume Set The Routledge Encyclopedia of Taoism provides comprehensive coverage of Taoist religion thought and history reflecting the current state of Taoist scholarship. It contains hundreds of entries authored by an international body of experts which cover areas such as schools and traditions texts persons and sacred sites. Terms are given in their original characters transliterated and translated. The encyclopedia is thoroughly cross-referenced and indexed and also includes a chronology and bibliography. It is invaluable for students and scholars in the fields of religious studies philosophy and religion and Asian history and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415678155

The Routledge Encyclopedia of TaoismVolume One: A-L First published in 2011. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415678582

The Routledge Encyclopedia of TaoismVolume Two: M-Z First published in 2011. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415678599

The Routledge Encyclopedia of the Chinese Language The Routledge Encyclopedia of the Chinese Language will truly meet the academic linguistic and pedagogical needs of those who are interested in the Chinese language in different capacities and for different reasons such as Sinologists Chinese linguists and teachers and learners of Chinese as a second language. The Encyclopedia includes research on the changing landscape of the Chinese language by 66 eminent academics in the field; from research on oracle bone and bronze inscriptions to Chinese language acquisition to the language of the mass media. This reference will be the most up to date and authoritative on the market; it will offer an a guide to shifts over time in thinking about the Chinese language as well as providing an overview of contemporary themes debates and research interests.The editors and contributors are assisted by an editorial board comprised of the best and most experienced sinologists world-wide. The reference includes an introduction written by the editor which places the assembled texts in their historical and intellectual context. The Routledge Encyclopedia of the Chinese Language is destined to be valued by scholars and students as a vital research resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367570446

The Routledge Encyclopedia of the Historical Jesus This Encyclopedia brings together the vast array of historical research into the reality of the man the teachings the acts and the events ascribed to him that have served as the foundational story of one of the world's central religions. This kind of historiography is not biography. The historical study of the Jesus stories and the transmission of these stories through time have been of seminal importance to historians of religion. Critical historical examination has provided a way for scholars of Christianity for centuries to analyze the roots of legend and religion in a way that allows scholars an escape from the confines of dogma belief and theological interpretation. In recent years historical Jesus studies have opened up important discussions concerning anti-Semitism and early Christianity and the political and ideological filtering of the Jesus story of early Christianity through the Roman empire and beyond. Entries will cover the classical studies that initiated the new historiography the theoretical discussions about authenticating the historical record the examination of sources that have led to the western understanding of Jesus' teachings and disseminated myth of the events concerning Jesus' birth and death. Subject areas include: the history of the historical study of the New Testament: major contributors and their works theoretical issues and concepts methodologies and criteria historical genres and rhetorical styles in the story of Jesus historical and rhetorical context of martyrdom and messianism historical teachings of Jesus teachings within historical context of ethics titles of Jesus historical events in the life of Jesus historical figures in the life of Jesus historical use of Biblical figures referenced in the Gospels places and regions institutions the history of the New Testament within the culture politics and law of the Roman Empire. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787015

The Routledge Encyclopedia of Traditional Chinese Culture The Routledge Encyclopedia of Traditional Chinese Culture offers an in-depth discussion of cultural aspects of China from the ancient period to the pre-modern era lasting over 5 000 years comprised of 7 000 word pieces by more than 20 world-leading academics and experts. Addressing areas such as China studies cultural studies cultural management and more specific areas – such as religion opera Chinese painting Chinese calligraphy material culture performing arts and visual arts – this encyclopedia covers all major aspects of traditional Chinese culture. The volume is intended to be a detailed reference for graduate students on a variety of courses and also for undergraduate students on survey courses to Chinese culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138211155

The Routledge Encyclopedia of Walt Whitman The Routledge Encyclopedia of Walt Whitman presents a comprehensive resource complied by over 200 internationally recognized contributors including such leading Whitman scholars as James E. Miller Jr. Roger Asselineau Betsy Erkkila and Joel Myerson. Now available for the first time in paperback this volume comprises more than 750 entries arranged in convenient alphabetical format. Coverage includes: biographical information: all names dates places and events important to understanding Whitman's life and career Whitman's works: essays on all eight editions of "Leaves of Grass " major poems and poem clusters principal essays and prose works as well as his more than two dozen short stories and the novel Franklin Evans prominent themes and concepts: essays on such major topics as democracy slavery the Civil War immortality sexuality and the women's rights movement. significant forms and techniques: such as prosody symbolism free verse and humour important trends and critical approaches in Whitman studies: including new historicist and cultural criticism psychological explorations and controversial issues of sexual identity surveys of Whitman's international impact as well as an assessment of his literary legacy. Useful for students researchers librarians teachers and Whitman devotees this volume features extensive cross-references numerous photographs of the poet a chronology a special appendix section tracking the poet's genealogy and a thorough index. Each entry includes a bibliography for further study. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203813522

The Routledge Film Music Sourcebook The Routledge Film Music Source Book is an annotated thematically organized collection of approximately eighty source readings pertaining to film music dating from its beginnings to the present from the US and other select countries around the globe. The documents represent a wide variety of music-related issues that were heatedly debated during cinema’s early decades and which by and large remain of concern today. Each document is prefaced by a brief introduction that gives details on both the author and the particular issue at hand. Also each group of documents is prefaced by a longer introduction that puts into historical context the collective information and opinions that follow. The organizational scheme is at the same time chronological and thematic in a pattern that alternates between aestehetic and practical considerations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415888745

The Routledge Guide to British Political ArchivesSources since 1945 This major new reference work provides an authoritative and wide-ranging guide to archive sources now becoming available for British political history since 1945. With a user-friendly layout the book presents a comprehensive range of 1 500 personal papers from leading statesmen backbench politicians writers campaigners diplomats and generals which cover the key aspects of British history since of the end of the Second World War. Compiled by an experienced archivist this comprehensive easy-to-use and authoritative guide is an invaluable resource for researchers of modern British history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878297

The Routledge Guide to European Political ArchivesSources since 1945 This new publication a sister volume to the highly-acclaimed Routledge Guide to British Political Archives provides a wide-ranging survey of the non-governmental archive sources for historians of post-war Europe. It provides within a single volume a rich treasure trove of resources drawn from the archives of the member states of the European Union and beyond. These major archive resources range from the International Institute of Social History in Amsterdam to the Modern Records Centre at Warwick University from the European University Institute at Florence to the Archive of Social Democracy near Bonn from the Feltrinelli Institute in Milan to the Monnet Foundation in Lausanne. The volume also concentrates on providing resources for areas of Europe’s modern political past now increasingly attracting serious historical research. They include the initial post-war reconstruction era the rebirth of social democracy in Germany and Italy the beginning of European integration relations with Eastern Europe the Cold War decolonisation the fall of Communism and so forth. A vital part of the story is represented by the papers of the principal architects of European integration such as Monnet Spaak Spinelli Mansholt and so forth. However the remit of this volume extends far beyond statesmen and politicians. It aims to embrace a wider spectrum of European political activism – from libertarians to environmentalists economists and human rights activists campaigners for women’s rights peace activists anti-globalists trade unionists leaders of the student movement anarchists federalists and anti-federalists and a plethora of others. The wealth of information provided here will make this new publication the standard point of reference for students and historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415464758

The Routledge Guide to InterviewingOral History Social Enquiry and Investigation The Routledge Guide to Interviewing sets out a well-tested and practical approach and methodology: what works difficulties and dangers to avoid and key questions which must be answered before you set out. Background methodological issues and arguments are considered and drawn upon but the focus is on what is ethical legally acceptable and productive: Rationale (why what for where how) Ethics and Legalities (informed consent data protection risks embargoes) Resources (organisational technical intellectual) Preparation (selecting and approaching interviewees background and biographical research establishing credentials identifying topics) Technique (developing expertise and confidence) Audio-visual interviews Analysis (modes methods difficulties) Storage (archiving and long-term preservation) Sharing Resources (dissemination and development) From death row to the mansion of a head of state small kitchens and front parlours to legislatures and presbyteries Anna Bryson and Seán McConville’s wide interviewing experience has been condensed into this book. The material set out here has been acquired by trial error and reflection over a period of more than four decades. The interviewees have ranged from the delightfully straightforward to the painfully difficult to the near impossible – with a sprinkling of those that were impossible. Successful interviewing draws on the survival skills of everyday life. This guide will help you to adapt develop and apply these innate skills. Including a range of useful information such as sample waivers internet resources useful hints and checklists it provides sound and plain-speaking support for the oral historian social scientist and investigator. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415710756

The Routledge Guide to Music Technology First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203958742

The Routledge Guide to the European Union Written by experts this long-established and definitive guide to the workings of the European Union provides comprehensive straightforward and readable coverage of this sometimes misunderstood and complex institution. It explains not only what happens but also why and analyses the EU's strengths and weaknesses as well as opportunities for it to be more effective. With the EU's very existence under pressure due to fiscal crises and the eurozone migration and borders and Euroscepticism it specifically outlines: How it works: the institutions the mechanisms Every area of EU competence from agriculture to workers' rights The effects of the single market and the single currency and the successes and stresses of the eurozone The impact of the enlargement of the EU and the prospects for further enlargement and for closer political integration The EU under strain - the 2008 recession and after 'Britain in or out' Fully updated and revised material with new data statistics examples and non-partisan coverage The Routledge Guide to the European Union is well-established as the clearest and most comprehensive guide to how the EU operates. This new edition brings you up to date at a crucial stage in its history at a time when arguably it has never been under greater threat but conversely is perhaps more important than ever. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138670396

The Routledge Guide to William Shakespeare Demystifying and contextualising Shakespeare for the twenty-first century this book offers both an introduction to the subject for beginners as well as an invaluable resource for more experienced Shakespeareans. In this friendly structured guide Robert Shaughnessy: introduces Shakespeare’s life and works in context providing crucial historical background looks at each of Shakespeare’s plays in turn considering issues of historical context contemporary criticism and performance history provides detailed discussion of twentieth-century Shakespearean criticism exploring the theories debates and discoveries that shape our understanding of Shakespeare today looks at contemporary performances of Shakespeare on stage and screen provides further critical reading by play outlines detailed chronologies of Shakespeare’s life and works and also of twentieth-century criticism The companion website at www.routledge.com/textbooks/shaughnessy contains student-focused materials and resources including an interactive timeline and annotated weblinks. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203835234

The Routledge Guide to Working in Criminal JusticeEmployability skills and careers in the Criminal Justice sector Every year thousands of people compete for employment in the UK. Employability and the ability to demonstrate the skills attributes and behaviours required in a full-time job have become integral to securing employment and developing a career. This book aims to offer a one-stop guide to becoming employable and to careers in the Criminal Justice Sector and beyond exploring the key organizations and employers in England Wales Scotland and Northern Ireland explaining how they operate and detailing how they are changing.Written in an engaging and accessible style by four experts on employability and the Criminal Justice Sector this book combines useful hints on becoming employable with helpful insights from those working in specific sectors. The book covers careers in: probation the police prisons the courts prosecution services and advocacy youth justice. Packed with hints and tips advice from current students useful web links and lists of recommended reading this book provides a clear guide to the career decision-making and transition processes and covers the essential elements required to making the first step towards securing a job in the above sectors. It will be essential reading for those who want to forge a successful career in any area of the Criminal Justice Sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415810715

The Routledge Guidebook to Aquinas' Summa Theologiae The Routledge Guidebook to Aquinas' Summa Theologiae introduces readers to a work which represents the pinnacle of medieval Western scholarship and which has inspired numerous commentaries imitators and opposing views. Outlining the main arguments Aquinas utilizes to support his conclusions on various philosophical and theological questions this clear and comprehensive guide explores: the historical context in which Aquinas wrote a critical discussion of the topics outlined in the text including theology metaphysics epistemology psychology ethics and political theory the ongoing influence of the Summa Theologiae in modern philosophy and theology. Offering a close reading of the original work this guidebook highlights the central themes of Aquinas’ masterwork and is an essential read for anyone seeking an understanding of this highly influential work in the history of philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138777194

The Routledge Guidebook to Aristotle's Nicomachean Ethics Written by one of the most important founding figures of Western philosophy Aristotle’s Nicomachean Ethics represents a critical point in the study of ethics which has influenced the direction of modern philosophy. The Routledge Guidebook to Aristotle’s Nicomachean Ethics introduces the major themes in Aristotle’s great book and acts as a companion for reading this key work examining: The context of Aristotle’s work and the background to his writing Each separate part of the text in relation to its goals meanings and impact The reception the book received when first seen by the world The relevance of Aristotle’s work to modern philosophy its legacy and influence. With further reading included throughout this text is essential reading for all students of philosophy and all those wishing to get to grips with this classic work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415663854

The Routledge Guidebook to Augustine's Confessions Augustine’s Confessions is one of the most significant works of Western culture. Cast as a long impassioned conversation with God it is intertwined with passages of life-narrative and with key theological and philosophical insights. It is enduringly popular and justly so. The Routledge Guidebook to Augustine’s Confessions is an engaging introduction to this spiritually creative and intellectually original work. This guidebook is organized by themes: the importance of language creation and the sensible world memory time and the self the afterlife of the Confessions. Written for readers approaching the Confessions for the first time this guidebook addresses the literary philosophical historical and theological complexities of the work in a clear and accessible way. Excerpts in both Latin and English from this seminal work are included throughout the book to provide a close examination of both the autobiographical and theoretical content within the Confessions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138847989

The Routledge Guidebook to Berkeley’s Three Dialogues The Routledge Guidebook to Berkeley’s Three Dialogues is an engaging introduction to the last of a trio of works that cemented Berkeley’s position as one of the truly great philosophers of the western canon. Berkeley’s distinctive idealist philosophy has been a challenge and inspiration for thinkers ever since.   Written for readers approaching this seminal work for the first time this book:    provides the philosophical context in which Three Dialogues was written; critically discusses the arguments in each of the Three Dialogues; and examines some of the principal disputes concerning the interpretation of his work. The Routledge Guidebook to Berkeley’s Three Dialogues offers a clear and comprehensive guide to this ground-breaking volume and includes further reading sections at the end of each chapter. This is essential reading for anyone who wants to understand this influential work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138694057

The Routledge Guidebook to Descartes' Meditations Descartes is widely regarded to be the father of modern philosophy and his Meditations is among the most important philosophical texts ever written. The Routledge Guidebook to Descartes’ Meditations introduces the major themes in Descartes’ great book and acts as a companion for reading this key work examining: The context of Descartes’ work and the background to his writing Each separate part of the text in relation to its goals meanings and impact The reception the book received when first seen by the world The relevance of Descartes’ work to modern philosophy it’s legacy and influence With further reading included throughout this text follows Descartes’ original work closely making it essential reading for all students of philosophy and all those wishing to get to grips with this classic work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415672764

The Routledge Guidebook to Einstein's Relativity Albert Einstein one of the most prolific scientists of the twentieth century developed the theory of relativity which was crucial for the advancement of modern physics. Young Einstein identified a paradox between Newtonian Mechanics and Maxwell’s equations which pointed to a flawed understanding of space and time by the scientists of the day. In Relativity Einstein presents his findings using a minimal amount of mathematical language but the text can still be challenging for readers who lack an extensive scientific background. The Routledge Guidebook to Einstein’s Relativity expands on and supplements this seminal text by exploring: the historical context of Einstein’s work and the background to his breakthroughs details of experimental verification of special and general relativity the enduring legacy of Einstein’s theories and their implications for future scientific breakthroughs. This is an essential introduction for students of physics philosophy and history in understanding the key elements of the work and the importance of this classic text to society today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415723466

The Routledge Guidebook to Foucault's The History of Sexuality Michel Foucault’s The History of Sexuality is one of the most influential philosophical works of the twentieth century and has been instrumental in shaping the study of Gender Feminist Theory and Queer Theory. But Foucault’s writing can be a difficult book to grasp as Foucault assumes a familiarity with the intellectually dominant theories of his time which renders many passages obscure for newcomers to his work. The Routledge Guidebook to Foucault’s The History of Sexuality offers a clear and comprehensive guide to this groundbreaking work examining: The historical context in which Foucault wrote A critical discussion of the text which examines the relationship between The History of Sexuality The Use of Pleasure and The Care of The Self The reception and ongoing influence of The History of Sexuality Offering a close reading of the text this is essential reading for anyone studying this enormously influential work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415717847

The Routledge Guidebook to Galileo's Dialogue  The publication in 1632 of Galileo’s Dialogue on the Two Chief World Systems Ptolemaic and Copernican marked a crucial moment in the ‘scientific revolution’ and helped Galileo become the ‘father of modern science’. The Dialogue contains Galileo’s mature synthesis of astronomy physics and methodology and a critical confirmation of Copernicus’s hypothesis of the earth’s motion. However the book also led Galileo to stand trial with the Inquisition in what became known as ‘the greatest scandal in Christendom’.In The Routledge Guidebook to Galileo's Dialogue Maurice A. Finocchiaro introduces and analyzes: the intellectual background and historical context of the Copernican controversy and Inquisition trial; the key arguments and critiques that Galileo presents on both sides of the ‘dialogue’; the Dialogue’s content and significance from three special points of view: science methodology and rhetoric; the enduring legacy of the Dialogue and the ongoing application of its approach to other areas. This is an essential introduction for all students of science philosophy history and religion wanting a useful guide to Galileo’s great classic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415503686

The Routledge Guidebook to Gramsci's Prison Notebooks Gramsci’s Prison Notebooks are one of the most important and original sources of modern political philosophy but the Prison Notebooks present great difficulties to the reader. Not originally intended for publication their fragmentary character and their often cryptic language can mystify readers leading to misinterpretation of the text. The Routledge Guidebook to Gramsci’s Prison Notebooks provides readers with the historical background textual analysis and other relevant information needed for a greater understanding and appreciation of this classic text. This guidebook: Explains the arguments presented by Gramsci in a clear and straightforward way analysing the key concepts of the notebooks. Situates Gramsci’s ideas in the context of his own time and in the history of political thought demonstrating the innovation and originality of the Prison Notebooks. Provides critique and analysis of Gramsci’s conceptualisation of politics and history (and culture in general) with reference to contemporary (i.e. present-day) examples where relevant. Examines the relevance of Gramsci in the modern world and discusses why his ideas have such resonance in academic discourse Featuring historical and political examples to illustrate Gramsci's arguments along with suggestions for further reading this is an invaluable guide for anyone who wants to engage more fully with The Prison Notebooks Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415714174

The Routledge Guidebook to Hegel's Phenomenology of Spirit The Phenomenology of Spirit is arguably Hegel’s most influential and important work and is considered to be essential in understanding Hegel’s philosophical system and his contribution to western philosophy. The Routledge Guidebook to Hegel’s Phenomenology of Spirit introduces the major themes in Hegel’s great book and aids the reader in understanding this key work examining: The context of Hegel’s thought and the background to his writing Each separate part of the text in relation to its goals meaning and significance The reception the book has received since its publication The relevance of Hegel’s ideas to modern philosophy With a helpful introductory overview of the text end of chapter summaries and further reading included throughout this text is essential reading for all students of philosophy and all those wishing to get to grips with Hegel’s contribution to our intellectual world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415664462

The Routledge Guidebook to Heidegger's Being and Time The Routledge Guidebook to Heidegger’s Being and Time examines the work of one of the most controversial thinkers of the twentieth century. Heidegger’s writings are notoriously difficult requiring careful reading. This book analyses his first major publication Being and Time which to this day remains his most influential work. The Routledge Guidebook to Heidegger’s Being and Time explores: The context of Heidegger’s work and the background to his writing Each separate part of the text in relation to its goals meanings and impact The reception the book received when first seen by the world The relevance of Heidegger’s work to modern philosophy its legacy and influence. Following Heidegger’s original work closely this guidebook examines the two central themes of scepticism and death. Mulhall skilfully examines the relationship between the book’s two parts making it essential reading for all students of philosophy and all those wishing to get to grips with this classic work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415664448

The Routledge Guidebook to Hobbes' Leviathan Hobbes is widely regarded as one of the most important figures in the history of ideas and political thought and his seminal text Leviathan is widely recognised as one of the greatest works of political philosophy ever written. The Routledge Guidebook to Hobbes’ Leviathan introduces the major themes in Hobbes’ great book and acts as a companion for reading this key work examining: The context of Hobbes’ work and the background to his writing Each separate part of the text in relation to its goals meanings and impact The reception the book received when first seen by the world The relevance of Hobbes’ work to modern philosophy it’s legacy and influence With further reading included throughout this text follows Hobbes’ original work closely making it essential reading for all students of philosophy and politics and all those wishing to get to grips with this classic work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415671323

The Routledge Guidebook to James’s Principles of Psychology The Routledge Guidebook to James’s Principles of Psychology is an engaging and accessible introduction to a monumental text that has influenced the development of both psychological science and philosophical pragmatism in important and lasting ways. Written for readers approaching William James’s classic work for the first time as well as for those without knowledge of its entire scope this guidebook not only places this work within its historical context it provides clear explications of its intertwined aspects and arguments and examines its relevance within today’s psychology and philosophy. Offering a close reading of this text The Routledge Guidebook to James’s Principles of Psychology is divided into three main parts: • Background • Principles • Elaborations. It also includes two useful appendices that outline the sources of James’s various chapters and indicate the parallel coverages of two later texts written by James an abbreviated version of his Principles and a psychological primer for teachers. This is essential reading for anyone who wants to understand this influential work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138887534

The Routledge Guidebook to Kierkegaard's Fear and Trembling Søren Kierkegaard is one of the key figures of nineteenth century thought whose influence on subsequent philosophy theology and literature is both extensive and profound. Fear and Trembling which investigates the nature of faith through an exploration of the story of Abraham and Isaac is one of Kierkegaard’s most compelling and widely read works. It combines an arresting narrative an unorthodox literary structure and a fascinating account of faith and its relation to ‘the ethical’. The Routledge Guidebook to Kierkegaard’s Fear and Trembling introduces and assesses: Kierkegaard’s life and the background to Fear and Trembling including aspects of its philosophical and theological context The text and key ideas of Fear and Trembling including the details of its account of faith and its connection to trust and hope The book’s reception history the diversity of interpretations it has been given and its continuing interest and importance This Guidebook assumes no previous knowledge of Kierkegaard's work and will be essential reading for anyone studying the most famous text of this important thinker. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415707206

The Routledge Guidebook to Locke's Essay Concerning Human Understanding John Locke is widely acknowledged as the most important figure in the history of English philosophy and An Essay Concerning Human Understanding is his greatest intellectual work emphasising the importance of experience for the formation of knowledge. The Routledge Guidebook to Locke’s Essay Concerning Human Understanding introduces the major themes of Locke’s great book and serves as a companion to this key work examining: The context of Locke’s work and the background to his writing Each part of the text in relation to its goals meaning and impact The reception of the book when it was first seen by the world The relevance of Locke’s work to philosophy today its legacy and influence With further reading suggested throughout this text follows Locke’s original work closely making it essential reading for all students of philosophy and all those wishing to get to grips with this classic work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415664783

The Routledge Guidebook to Machiavelli's The Prince Niccolò Machiavelli’s The Prince is one of the most influential works in the history of political thought and the adjective Machiavellian is well-known and perhaps even over-used. So why does the meaning of the text continue to be debated to the present day? And how does a contemporary reader get to grips with a book full of references to the politics of the early 16th Century? The Routledge Guidebook to Machiavelli’s The Prince provides readers with the historical background textual analysis and other relevant information needed for a greater understanding and appreciation of this classic text. This guidebook introduces: the historical political and intellectual context in which Machiavelli was working the key ideas developed by Machiavelli throughout the text and the examples he uses to illustrate them the relationship of The Prince to The Discourses and Machiavelli’s other works Featuring a timeline maps and suggestions for further reading throughout this book is an invaluable guide for anyone who wants to be able to engage more fully with The Prince. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415707268

The Routledge Guidebook to Mill's On Liberty John Stuart Mill’s On Liberty is widely regarded as one of the most influential and stirring pieces of political philosophy ever written. Ever relevant in our increasingly surveillance dominated culture the essay argues strongly in favour of the moral rights of individuality including rights of privacy and of freedom of expression. The Routledge Guidebook to Mill’s On Liberty introduces the major themes in Mill’s great book and aids the reader in understanding this key work covering: the context of Mill’s work and the background to his writing each separate part of the text in relation to its goals meanings and impact the reception the book received when first seen by the world the relevance of Mill’s work to modern philosophy. With further reading included for each chapter this text is essential reading for all students of philosophy and political theory and all those wishing to get to grips with this classic work of political philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415665407

The Routledge Guidebook to Paine's Rights of Man Upon publication in 1791-92 the two parts of Thomas Paine’s Rights of Man proved to be both immensely popular and highly controversial. An immediate bestseller it not only defended the French revolution but also challenged current laws customs and government. The Routledge Guidebook to Paine’s Rights of Man provides the first comprehensive and fully contextualized introduction to this foundational text in the history of modern political thought addressing its central themes reception and influence. The Guidebook examines: the history of rights populism representative governments and challenges to monarchy from the 12th through 18th century; Paine’s arguments against monarchies mixed governments war and state-church establishments; Paine’s views on constitutions; Paine’s proposals regarding suffrage inequality poverty and public welfare; Paine’s revolution in rhetoric and style; the critical reception upon publication and influence through the centuries as well as Paine’s relevance today. The Routledge Guidebook to Paine’s Rights of Man is essential reading for students of eighteenth-century American and British history politics and philosophy and anyone approaching Paine’s work for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415703925

The Routledge Guidebook to Plato's Republic Plato often cited as a founding father of Western philosophy set out ideas in the Republic regarding the nature of justice order and the character of the just individual that endure into the modern day. The Routledge Guidebook to Plato’s Republic introduces the major themes in Plato’s great book and acts as a companion for reading the work examining: The context of Plato’s work and the background to his writing Each separate part of the text in relation to its goals meanings and impact The reception the book received when first seen by the world The relevance of Plato’s work to modern philosophy its legacy and influence. With further reading included throughout this text follows Plato’s original work closely making it essential reading for all students of philosophy and all those wishing to get to grips with this classic work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415668019

The Routledge Guidebook to Smith's Wealth of Nations Adam Smith (1723–1790) is famous around the world as the founding father of economics and his ideas are regularly quoted and invoked by politicians business leaders economists and philosophers. However considering his fame few people have actually read the whole of his magnum opus The Wealth of Nations – the first book to describe and lay out many of the concepts that are crucial to modern economic thinking. The Routledge Guidebook to Smith’s Wealth of Nations provides an accessible clear and concise introduction to the arguments of this most notorious and influential of economic texts. The Guidebook examines: the historical context of Smith’s though and the background to this seminal work the key arguments and ideas developed throughout The Wealth of Nations the enduring legacy of Smith’s work The Routledge Guidebook to Smith’s Wealth of Nations is essential reading for students of philosophy economics politics and sociology who are approaching Smith’s work for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138686151

The Routledge Guidebook to The New Testament As part of the Christian canon of scripture the New Testament is one of the most influential works in history. Its impact can be seen in many different fields but without an awareness of the historical cultural social and intellectual context of early Christianity it can be difficult for modern-day readers to fully understand what the first-century authors were trying to say and how the first readers of the New Testament would have understood these ideas. The Routledge Guidebook to the New Testament offers an academic introduction to the New Testament examining: The social and historical context in which the New Testament was written The primary text supporting students in close analysis from a range of consensus positions The contemporary reception and ongoing influence of the New Testament With further reading suggestions this guidebook is essential reading for all students of religion and philosophy and all those wishing to engage with this important work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415729048

The Routledge Guidebook to Thoreau's Civil Disobedience Since its publication in 1849 Henry David Thoreau’s Civil Disobedience has influenced protestors activists and political thinkers all over the world. Including the full text of Thoreau’s essay The Routledge Guidebook to Thoreau’s Civil Disobedience explores the context of his writing analyses different interpretations of the text and considers how posthumous edits to Civil Disobedience have altered its intended meaning. It introduces the reader to: the context of Thoreau’s work and the background to his writing the significance of the references and allusions the contemporary reception of Thoreau’s essay the ongoing relevance of the work and a discussion of different perspectives on the work. Providing a detailed analysis which closely examines Thoreau’s original work this is an essential introduction for students of politics philosophy and history and all those seeking a full appreciation of this classic work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415818599

The Routledge Guidebook to Wittgenstein's Philosophical Investigations Wittgenstein is one of the most important and influential twentieth-century philosophers in the western tradition. In his Philosophical Investigations he undertakes a radical critique of analytical philosophy's approach to both the philosophy of language and the philosophy of mind. The Routledge Guidebook to Wittgenstein's Philosophical Investigations introduces and assesses: Wittgenstein's life The principal ideas of the Philosophical Investigations Some of the principal disputes concerning the interpretation of his work Wittgenstein's philosophical method and its connection with the form of the text. With further reading included throughout this guidebook is essential reading for all students of philosophy and all those wishing to get to grips with this masterpiece. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415452564

The Routledge Guidebook to Wollstonecraft's A Vindication of the Rights of Woman Mary Wollstonecraft was one of the greatest philosophers and writers of the Eighteenth century. During her brief career she wrote novels treatises a travel narrative a history of the French Revolution a conduct book and a children's book. Her most celebrated and widely-read work is A Vindication of the Rights of Woman. This Guidebook introduces: Wollstonecraft’s life and the background to A Vindication of the Rights of Woman The ideas and text of A Vindication of the Rights of Woman Wollstonecraft’s enduring influence in philosophy and our contemporary intellectual life It is ideal for anyone coming to Wollstonecraft’s classic text for the first time and anyone interested in the origins of feminist thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415674140

The Routledge Handbook of Accounting Ethics The perspective of this book is to present "ethics" as a conversation about how we decide what is good or bad right or wrong. It is a collection of conversations employed by educators to assist accounting students in developing their understanding of accounting's ethical aspects and to help them develop into critical thinkers who consider the ethical complexities of the function of accounting in human society. Because we are social beings ethics is a central human concern since it involves determining the ethicality of human actions and their effect on other individuals as well as determining the collective societal acceptance or rejection of an action. Thus the book’s primary goal is to call attention to the intersectionality of accounting and ethics and to encourage students and researchers to consider the ethical implications of accounting decisions. The book contains a diversity of perspectives within which discussions of accountants' and accounting's ethical responsibilities may occur. The contributing authors were deliberately chosen for their diverse perspectives on whence moral guidance for accounting may come. Each chapter stands on its own and represents the thinking of its authors. The book is not a primer on correct behavior for accountants but a place where educators may spur the conversation along. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138591967

The Routledge Handbook of Accounting in Asia As the centre of world economic development has shifted towards Asia over the last two decades many Asian countries have witnessed rapid growth in economic and business operations. In light of these recent changes accounting has played a significant role in assisting economic transition and advancement in Asian countries. However although the general trend over recent decades towards convergence in financial reporting standards and practices has dramatically improved the comparability of accounting information considerable variances remain in practices between countries.This Handbook therefore provides an up-to-date review of contemporary accountancy across Asia illustrating how standards have been reshaped to accommodate the needs of economic and social trends. As well as providing an overview of standards in the larger Asian economies of China India and Japan contributions to the Handbook also include studies of countries such as Sri Lanka Nepal Cambodia and Mongolia. In particular this Handbook analyses:financial accounting and reportingmanagement accountingauditing and accounting professionalizationgovernmental and public-sector accountingaccounting educationaccounting development in Asian emerging economiesThe Routledge Handbook of Accounting in Asia offers students academics regulators and practitioners an essential reference guide to the current scholarship and practice in the field of accountancy in Asia. It will be a useful resource in particular for students of accountancy business studies and Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660024

The Routledge Handbook of Adoption Adoption is practiced globally yielding a multidimensional area of study that cannot be characterized by a single movement or discipline. This handbook provides a central source of contemporary scholarship from a variety of disciplines with an international perspective and uses a multifaceted and interdisciplinary approach to ground adoption practices and activities in scientific research. Perspectives of birth/first parents adoptive parents and adopted persons are brought forth through a range of disciplinary and theoretical lenses. Beginning with background and context of adoption including sociocultural and political contexts the handbook then addresses the diversity of adoptive families in terms of family forms attitudes about adoption and characteristics of adopted children. Next research examining the lived experience of adoption for birth parents adoptive parents and adopted individuals is presented. A variety of outcomes for internationally and domestically adopted children and adoptive families is then discussed and the handbook concludes by addressing the development training and implementation of adoption competent clinical practice. With cutting-edge research from top international scholars in a diversity of fields The Routledge Handbook of Adoption should be considered essential reading for students researchers and practitioners across the fields of social work sociology psychology medicine family science education and demography. Interviews with chapter authors can be accessed as podcasts (https://anchor.fm/emily-helder) or as videos (https://bit.ly/2FIoi0a). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362505

The Routledge Handbook of African Development This handbook presents an extensive new overview of African development – past present and future. It addresses key core themes and topics that are pertinent to the continent’s development – including sections on history health and food politics economics rural and urban development and development policy and practice.The volume draws on the expertise of over 60 of the world’s leading scholars to provide a detailed and up-to-date analysis of the key opportunities and challenges that confront Africa and how such issues are being addressed. Arranged by key themes the handbook provides not only a historical understanding of the past but also political perspectives on the future. The chapters provide critically informed analyses of their topics by drawing upon the latest conceptual viewpoints and applied experiences in Africa in the form of case studies to offer a comprehensive examination of the opportunities challenges key debates and future prospects.This handbook is an invaluable state-of-the-art overview and reference concerning many different aspects of Africa’s development which will be of interest to academics in all fields of African studies and also academics and students working in cognate disciplines such as development studies geography history politics and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734831

The Routledge Handbook of African Linguistics The Handbook of African Linguistics provides a holistic coverage of the key themes subfields approaches and practical application to the vast areas subsumable under African linguistics that will serve researchers working across the wide continuum in the field. Established and emerging scholars of African languages who are active and current in their fields are brought together each making use of data from a linguistic group in Africa to explicate a chosen theme within their area of expertise and illustrate the practice of the discipline in the continent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581527

The Routledge Handbook of African Theology Theology has a rich tradition across the African continent and has taken myriad directions since Christianity first arrived on its shores. This handbook charts both historical developments and contemporary issues in the formation and application of theologies across the member countries of the African Union. Written by a panel of expert international contributors chapters firstly cover the various methodologies needed to carry out such a survey. Various theological movements and themes are then discussed as well as biblical and doctrinal issues pertinent to African theology. Subjects addressed include: • Orality and theology • Indigenous religions and theology • Patristics • Pentecostalism • Liberation theology • Black theology • Social justice • Sexuality and theology • Environmental theology • Christology • Eschatology • The Hebrew Bible and the New Testament The Routledge Handbook of African Theology is an authoritative and comprehensive survey of the theological landscape of Africa. As such it will be a hugely useful volume to any scholar interested in African religious dynamics as well as academics of Theology or Biblical Studies in an African context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138092303

The Routledge Handbook of Africana Criminologies The Routledge Handbook on Africana Criminologies plugs a gaping hole in criminological literature which remains dominated by work on Europe and settler-colonial locations at the expense of neocolonial locations and at a huge cost to the discipline that remains relatively underdeveloped. It is well known that criminology is thriving in Europe and settler-colonial locations while people of African descent remain marginalized in the discipline. This handbook therefore defines and explores this field within criminology moving away from the colonialist approach of offering administrative criminology about policing courts and prisons and making a case for decolonizing the wider discipline. Arranged in five parts it outlines Africana criminologies maps its emergence and addresses key themes such as slavery colonialism and apartheid as crimes against humanity; critiques of imperialist reason; Africana cultural criminology; and theories of law enforcement and Africana people. Coalescing a diverse range of voices from Africa and the diaspora the handbook explores outside Eurocentric canons in order to learn from the experiences struggles and contributions of people of African descent. Offering innovative ways of theorizing and explaining the criminological crises that face Africa and the entire world with the view of contributing to a more humane world this groundbreaking handbook is essential reading for criminologists and sociologists worldwide as well as scholars of Africana studies and African studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367435721

The Routledge Handbook of Agricultural Economics This Handbook offers an up-to-date collection of research on agricultural economics. Drawing together scholarship from experts at the top of their profession and from around the world this collection provides new insights into the area of agricultural economics.The Routledge Handbook of Agricultural Economics explores a broad variety of topics including welfare economics econometrics agribusiness and consumer economics. This wide range reflects the way in which agricultural economics encompasses a large sector of any economy and the chapters present both an introduction to the subjects as well as the methodology statistical background and operations research techniques needed to solve practical economic problems. In addition food economics is given a special focus in the Handbook due to the recent emphasis on health and feeding the world population a quality diet. Furthermore through examining these diverse topics the authors seek to provide some indication of the direction of research in these areas and where future research endeavors may be productive.Acting as a comprehensive up-to-date and definitive work of reference this Handbook will be of use to researchers faculty and graduate students looking to deepen their understanding of agricultural economics agribusiness and applied economics and the interrelationship of those areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734015

The Routledge Handbook of American Military and Diplomatic History1865 to the Present The Routledge Handbook of U.S. Military and Diplomatic History provides a comprehensive analysis of the major events conflicts and personalities that have defined and shaped the military history of the United States in the modern period. Each chapter begins with  a brief introductory essay that provides context for the topical essays that follow by providing a concise narrative of the period highlighting some of the scholarly debates and interpretive schools of thought as well as the current state of the academic field. Starting after the Civil War the chapters chronicle America's rise toward empire first at home and then overseas culminating in September 11  2001 and the War on Terror. With authoritative and vividly written chapters by both leading scholars and new talent  maps and illustrations and lists of further readings this state-of-the-field handbook will be a go-to reference for every American history scholar's bookshelf. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138042865

The Routledge Handbook of American Military and Diplomatic HistoryThe Colonial Period to 1877 The Routledge Handbook of American Military and Diplomatic History provides a comprehensive analysis of the major events conflicts and personalities that have defined and shaped the military history of the United States. This volume The Colonial Period to 1877 illuminates the early period of American history from the colonial warfare of the 17th century through the tribulations of Reconstruction. The chronologically organized sections each begin with an introductory chapter that provides a concise narrative of the period and highlights the scholarly debates and interpretive schools of thought in the historiography followed by topical chapters on issues in the period. Topics covered include colonial encounters and warfare the French and Indian War the American Revolution diplomacy in the early American republic the War of 1812 westward expansion and conquest the Mexican-American War the Civil War and Reconstruction. With authoritative and vividly written chapters by both leading scholars and new talent this state-of-the-field handbook will be a go-to reference for every American history scholar's bookshelf. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138042827

The Routledge Handbook of Anarchy and Anarchist Thought This Handbook offers an authoritative up-to-date introduction to the rich scholarly conversation about anarchy—about the possibility dynamics and appeal of social order without the state. Drawing on resources from philosophy economics law history politics and religious studies it is designed to deepen understanding of anarchy and the development of anarchist ideas at a time when those ideas have attracted increasing attention. The popular identification of anarchy with chaos makes sophisticated interpretations—which recognize anarchy as a kind of social order rather than an alternative to it—especially interesting. Strong centralized governments have struggled to quell popular frustration even as doubts have continued to percolate about their legitimacy and long-term financial stability. Since the emergence of the modern state concerns like these have driven scholars to wonder whether societies could flourish while abandoning monopolistic governance entirely. Standard treatments of political philosophy frequently assume the justifiability and desirability of states focusing on such questions as What is the best kind of state? and What laws and policies should states adopt? without considering whether it is just or prudent for states to do anything at all. This Handbook encourages engagement with a provocative alternative that casts more conventional views in stark relief.   Its 30 chapters written specifically for this volume by an international team of leading scholars are organized into four main parts: I. Concept and SignificanceII. Figures and TraditionsIII. Legitimacy and OrderIV. Critique and Alternatives In addition a comprehensive index makes the volume easy to navigate and an annotated bibliography points readers to the most promising avenues of future research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138737587

The Routledge Handbook of Animal Ethics There isn’t one conversation about animal ethics. Instead there are several important ones that are scattered across many disciplines.This volume both surveys the field of animal ethics and draws professional philosophers graduate students and undergraduates more deeply into the discussions that are happening outside of philosophy departments. To that end the volume contains more nonphilosophers than philosophers explicitly inviting scholars from other fields—such as animal science ecology economics psychology law environmental science and applied biology among others—to bring their own disciplinary resources to bear on matters that affect animals. The Routledge Handbook of Animal Ethics is composed of 44 chapters all appearing in print here for the first time and organized into the following six sections: I. Thinking About Animals II. Animal Agriculture and Hunting III. Animal Research and Genetic Engineering IV. Companion Animals V. Wild Animals: Conservation Management and Ethics VI. Animal Activism The chapters are brief and they have been written in a way that is accessible to serious undergraduate students regardless of their field of study. The volume covers everything from animal cognition to the state of current fisheries from genetic modification to intersection animal activism. It is a resource designed for anyone interested in the moral issues that emerge from human interactions with animals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138095069

The Routledge Handbook of Anthropology and the City The Routledge Handbook of Anthropology and the City provides a comprehensive study of current and future urban issues on a global and local scale. Premised on an ‘engaged’ approach to urban anthropology the volume adopts a thematic approach that covers a wide range of modern urban issues with a particular focus on those of high public interest. Topics covered include security displacement social justice privatisation sustainability and preservation. Offering valuable insight into how anthropologists investigate make sense of and then address a variety of urban issues each chapter covers key theoretical and methodological concerns alongside rich ethnographic case study material. The volume is an essential reference for students and researchers in urban anthropology as well as of interest for those in related disciplines such as urban studies sociology and geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367659752

The Routledge Handbook of Applied Epistemology While applied epistemology has been neglected for much of the twentieth century it has seen emerging interest in recent years with key thinkers in the field helping to put it on the philosophical map. Although it is an old tradition current technological and social developments have dramatically changed both the questions it faces and the methodology required to answer those questions. Recent developments also make it a particularly important and exciting area for research and teaching in the twenty-first century. The Routledge Handbook of Applied Epistemology is an outstanding reference source to this exciting subject and the first collection of its kind. Comprising entries by a team of international contributors the Handbook is divided into six main parts: The InternetPoliticsScienceEpistemic institutionsIndividual investigators Theory and practice in philosophy. Within these sections the core topics and debates are presented analyzed and set into broader historical and disciplinary contexts. The central topics covered include: the prehistory of applied epistemology expertise and scientific authority epistemic aspects of political and social philosophy epistemology and the law and epistemology and medicine. Essential reading for students and researchers in epistemology political philosophy and applied ethics the Handbook will also be very useful for those in related fields such as law sociology and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733766

The Routledge Handbook of Applied Linguistics The Routledge Handbook of Applied Linguistics serves as an introduction and reference point to key areas in the field of applied linguistics. The five sections of the volume encompass a wide range of topics from a variety of perspectives: applied linguistics in action language learning language education language culture and identity perspectives on language in use descriptions of language for applied linguistics. The forty-seven chapters connect knowledge about language to decision-making in the real world. The volume as a whole highlights the role of applied linguistics which is to make insights drawn from language study relevant to such decision-making. The chapters are written by specialists from around the world. Each one provides an overview of the history of the topic the main current issues and possible future trajectory. Where appropriate authors discuss the impact and use of new technology in the area. Suggestions for further reading are provided with every chapter. The Routledge Handbook of Applied Linguistics is an essential purchase for postgraduate students of applied linguistics. Editorial board: Ronald Carter Guy Cook Diane Larsen-Freeman and Amy Tsui.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415658157

The Routledge Handbook of Arabic and Identity The Routledge Handbook of Arabic and Identity offers a comprehensive and up-to-date account of studies that relate the Arabic language in its entirety to identity. This handbook offers new trajectories in understanding language and identity more generally and Arabic and identity in particular. Split into three parts covering ‘Identity and Variation’ ‘Identity and Politics’ and ‘Identity Globalisation and Diversity’ it is the first of its kind to offer such a perspective on identity linking the social world to identity construction and including issues pertaining to our current political and social context including Arabic in the diaspora Arabic as a minority language pidgin and creoles Arabic in the global age Arabic and new media Arabic and political discourse. Scholars and students will find essential theories and methods that relate language to identity in this handbook. It is particularly of interest to scholars and students whose work is related to the Arab world political science modern political thought Islam and social sciences including: general linguistics sociolinguistics discourse analysis anthropological linguistics anthropology political science sociology psychology literature media studies and Islamic studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138303997

The Routledge Handbook of Arabic Linguistics The Routledge Handbook of Arabic Linguistics introduces readers to the major facets of research on Arabic and of the linguistic situation in the Arabic-speaking world.The edited collection includes chapters from prominent experts on various fields of Arabic linguistics. The contributors provide overviews of the state of the art in their field and specifically focus on ideas and issues. Not simply an overview of the field this handbook explores subjects in great depth and from multiple perspectives.In addition to the traditional areas of Arabic linguistics the handbook covers computational approaches to Arabic Arabic in the diaspora neurolinguistic approaches to Arabic and Arabic as a global language.The Routledge Handbook of Arabic Linguistics is a much-needed resource for researchers on Arabic and comparative linguistics syntax morphology computational linguistics psycholinguistics sociolinguistics and applied linguistics and also for undergraduate and graduate students studying Arabic or linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581541

The Routledge Handbook of Arabic Sociolinguistics The Routledge Handbook of Arabic Sociolinguistics comprises 22 chapters encompassing various aspects in the study of Arabic dialects within their sociolinguistic context. This is a novel volume which not only includes the traditional topics in variationist sociolinguistics but also links the sociolinguistic enterprise to the history of Arabic and to applications of sociolinguistics beyond the theoretical treatment of variation. Newly formed trends with an eye to future research form the backbone of this volume. With contributions from an international pool of researchers this volume will be of interest to scholars and students of Arabic sociolinguistics as well as to linguists interested in a concise rounded view of the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138853966

The Routledge Handbook of Arabic Translation Translation-related activities from and into Arabic have significantly increased in the last few years in both scope and scale. The launch of a number of national translation projects policies and awards in a number of Arab countries together with the increasing translation from Arabic in a wide range of subject areas outside the Arab World – especially in the aftermath of the Arab Spring – have complicated and diversified the dynamics of the translation industry involving Arabic. The Routledge Handbook of Arabic Translation seeks to explicate Arabic translation practice pedagogy and scholarship with the aim of producing a state-of-the-art reference book that maps out these areas and meets the pedagogical and research needs of advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as active researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138958043

The Routledge Handbook of Archaeological Human Remains and LegislationAn international guide to laws and practice in the excavation and trea Methodologies and legislative frameworks regarding the archaeological excavation retrieval analysis curation and potential reburial of human skeletal remains differ throughout the world. As work forces have become increasingly mobile and international research collaborations are steadily increasing the need for a more comprehensive understanding of different national research traditions methodologies and legislative structures within the academic and commercial sector of physical anthropology has arisen. The Routledge Handbook of Archaeological Human Remains and Legislation provides comprehensive information on the excavation of archaeological human remains and the law through 62 individual country contributions from Europe Asia Africa North America South America and Australasia. More specifically the volume discusses the following: What is the current situation (including a brief history) of physical anthropology in the country? What happens on discovering human remains (who is notified etc.)? What is the current legislation regarding the excavation of archaeological human skeletal remains? Is a license needed to excavate human remains? Is there any specific legislation regarding excavation in churchyards? Any specific legislation regarding war graves? Are physical anthropologists involved in the excavation process? Where is the cut-off point between forensic and archaeological human remains (e.g. 100 years 50 years 25 years…)? Can human remains be transported abroad for research purposes? What methods of anthropological analysis are mostly used in the country? Are there any methods created in that country which are population-specific? Are there particular ethical issues that need to be considered when excavating human remains such as religious groups or tribal groups? In addition an overview of landmark anthropological studies and important collections are provided where appropriate. The entries are contained by an introductory chapter by the editors which establish the objectives and structure of the book setting it within a wider archaeological framework and a conclusion which explores the current European and world-wide trends and perspectives in the study of archaeological human remains. The Routledge Handbook of Archaeological Human Remains and Legislation makes a timely much-needed contribution to the field of physical anthropology and is unique as it combines information on the excavation of human remains and the legislation that guides it alongside information on the current state of physical anthropology across several continents. It is an indispensible tool for archaeologists involved in the excavation of human remains around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415859400

The Routledge Handbook of Archaeology and Globalization This unique collection applies globalization concepts to the discipline of archaeology using a wide range of global case studies from a group of international specialists. The volume spans from as early as 10 000 cal. bp to the modern era analysing the relationship between material culture cultural change and the complex connectivities between communities and groups. In considering social practices shared between different historic groups and also the expression of their respective identities the papers in this volume illustrate the potential of globalization thinking to bridge the local and global in material culture analysis. The Routledge Handbook of Archaeology and Globalization is the first such volume to take a world archaeology approach on a multi-period basis in order to bring together the scope of evidence for the significance of material culture in the processes of globalization. This work thus also provides a means to understand how material culture studies can be utilised to assess the impact of global engagement in our contemporary world. As such it will appeal to archaeologists and historians as well as social science researchers interested in the origins of globalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367147471

The Routledge Handbook of Asian American Studies The Routledge Handbook of Asian American Studies brings together leading scholars and scholarship to capture the state of the field of Asian American Studies as a generation of researchers have expanded the field with new paradigms and methodological tools. Inviting readers to consider new understandings of the historical work done in the past decades and the place of Asian Americans in a larger global context this ground-breaking volume illuminates how research in the field of Asian American Studies has progressed. Previous work in the field has focused on establishing a place for Asian Americans within American history. This volume engages more contemporary research which draws on new archives art literature film and music to examine how Asian Americans are redefining their national identities and to show how race interacts with gender sexuality class and the built environment to reveal the diversity of the United States. Organized into five parts and addressing a multitude of interdisciplinary areas of interest to Asian American scholars it covers:• a reframing of key themes such as transnationality postcolonialism and critical race theory• U.S. imperialism and its impact on Asian Americans• war and displacement• the garment industry• Asian Americans and sports• race and the built environment• social change and political participation• and many more themes.Exploring people practice politics and places this cutting-edge volume brings together the best themes current in Asian American Studies today and is a vital reference for all researchers in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869120

The Routledge Handbook of Asian Security Studies The Routledge Handbook of Asian Security Studies provides a detailed exploration of security dynamics in the three distinct subregions that comprise Asia and also bridges the study of these regions by exploring the geopolitical links between each of them. The Handbook is divided into four geographical parts: Part I: Northeast Asia Part II: South Asia Part III: Southeast Asia Part IV: Cross-regional Issues This fully revised and updated second edition addresses the significant developments which have taken place in Asia since the first edition appeared in 2009. It examines these developments at both regional and national levels including the conflict surrounding the South China Sea the long-standing Sino-Indian border dispute and Pakistan’s investment in tactical nuclear weapons amongst many others. This book will be of great interest to students of Asian politics security studies war and conflict studies foreign policy and international relations generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367491659

The Routledge Handbook of Attachment (3 volume set) The Routledge Handbooks of Attachment provide a uniquely detailed yet accessible approach to attachment. Paul Holmes and Steve Farnfield have assembled an international selection of contributors and here present three volumes covering theory assessment and implications and interventions. The Routledge Handbook of Attachment: Theory presents a broadly based introduction to attachment theory and associated areas written in an accessible style by experts from around the world. The book covers the basic theories of attachment and discusses the similarities and differences of the two predominant schools of attachment theory. The Routledge Handbook of Attachment: Assessment provides a detailed discussion of the formal measurement tools available to assess attachment across the age range including with families. It contains comprehensive chapters on many attachment-based validated procedures for assessing parenting and evaluating risk to enable professionals to decide what type of assessment is appropriate who should conduct it and the usefulness of the results. The Routledge Handbook of Attachment: Implications and Interventions offers an introduction to therapies produced as a result of the popularity of attachment studies. These therapies can be divided into two categories: those that are ‘attachment-based’ in that they use evidence-based attachment assessments in their development or ‘attachment-informed’ in that the theories of attachment have been integrated into the practice of existing schools of therapy. The Routledge Handbooks of Attachment are indispensable guides for clinical psychologists psychiatrists and social workers working with and assessing children and families clinicians in training and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138016729

The Routledge Handbook of Attachment: Assessment The Routledge Handbook of Attachment: Assessment provides in one volume a detailed discussion of the formal measurement tools available to assess attachment across the age range including with families. It contains comprehensive chapters on many attachment-based validated procedures for assessing parenting and evaluating risk to enable professionals to decide what type of assessment is appropriate who should conduct it and the usefulness of the results. The book provides a detailed account of assessment measures of attachment to enable practitioners at all levels (including academic research workers) to decide which assessment procedure will best meet their need. The chapters are written by those who developed these tools and by people closely associated with them and advocate an evidence-based model of assessment to increase fairness and transparency for families. Providing a practical guide to the uses of attachment theory and research in professional practice with adults children parents and families and a detailed account of all the current evidence-based tools that can be used in assessment The Routledge Handbook of Attachment: Assessment is ideal for professionals and clinicians wishing to commission or undertake assessments of attachment as well as academic research workers and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415538251

The Routledge Handbook of Attachment: Implications and Interventions The Routledge Handbook of Attachment: Implications and Interventions offers an introduction to therapies produced as a result of the popularity of attachment studies. These therapies can be divided into two categories: those that are ‘attachment-based’ in that they use evidence-based attachment assessments in their development or ‘attachment-informed’ in that the theories of attachment have been integrated into the practice of existing schools of therapy. The book reviews the field and provides a range of interventions for children adults and parents beginning with a detailed review of both evidence-base and evidence-informed interventions including individual psychotherapy family therapy and parenting. The remaining chapters provide accounts from the practitioner’s perspective of interventions that address issues of attachment from the level of one-to-one therapy family and social work to social interventions involving courts and Care Proceedings illustrated with examples from day-to-day practice. Discussing how an understanding of formal assessments of attachment can be used to inform therapeutic social and legal interventions to assist and protect children The Routledge Handbook of Attachment: Implications and Interventions is an indispensable guide for clinical psychologists psychiatrists and social workers working with children and families clinicians in training and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415706124

The Routledge Handbook of Attachment: Theory The Routledge Handbook of Attachment: Theory provides a broadly based introduction to attachment theory and associated areas written in an accessible style by experts from around the world. The book covers the basic theories of attachment and discusses the similarities and differences of the two predominant schools of attachment theory. The book provides an overview of current developments in attachment theory explaining why it is important not only to understanding infant and early child development but also to adult personality and the care we provide to our children. The Routledge Handbook of Attachment: Theory provides detailed descriptions of the leading schools of attachment theory as well as discussions of this potentially confusing and contentious area and includes a chapter on the neuropsychological basis of attachment. The book also examines other domains and diagnoses that can be confused with issues of attachment and assesses contexts when different approaches may be more suitable. Providing a comprehensive yet accessible introduction to the theories of attachment The Routledge Handbook of Attachment: Theory is an indispensable guide for professionals working with children and families in community and court-based settings clinical psychologists psychiatrists and social workers clinicians in training and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415538275

The Routledge Handbook of Audiovisual Translation The Routledge Handbook of Audiovisual Translation provides an accessible authoritative and comprehensive overview of the key modalities of audiovisual translation and the main theoretical frameworks research methods and themes that are driving research in this rapidly developing field. Divided in four parts this reference work consists of 32 state-of-the-art chapters from leading international scholars. The first part focuses on established and emerging audiovisual translation modalities explores the changing contexts in which they have been and continue to be used and examines how cultural and technological changes are directing their future trajectories. The second part delves into the interface between audiovisual translation and a range of theoretical models that have proved particularly productive in steering research in audiovisual translation studies. The third part surveys a selection of methodological approaches supporting traditional and innovative ways of interrogating audiovisual translation data. The final part addresses an array of themes pertaining to the place of audiovisual translation in society. This Handbook gives audiovisual translation studies the platform it needs to raise its profile within the Humanities research landscape and is key reading for all those engaged in the study and research of Audiovisual Translation within Translation studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138859524

The Routledge Handbook of Australian Urban and Regional Planning Where is planning in twenty-first-century Australia? What are the key challenges that confront planning? What does planning scholarship reveal about the state of planning practice in meeting the needs of urban and regional Australians? The Routledge Handbook of Australian Urban and Regional Planning includes 27 chapters that answer these and many other questions that confront planners working in urban and regional areas in twenty-first-century Australia. It provides a single source for cutting edge thinking and research across a broad range of the most important topics in urban and regional planning. Divided into six parts this handbook explores: contexts of urban and regional planning in Australiacritical debates in Australian planningplanning policyclimate change disaster risk and environmental managementengaging and taking planning actionplanning education and research This handbook is a valuable resource for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students in urban planning built environment urban studies and public policy as well as academics and practitioners across Australia and internationally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870942

The Routledge Handbook of Balkan and Southeast European History Disentangling a controversial history of turmoil and progress this Handbook provides essential guidance through the complex past of a region that was previously known as the Balkans but is now better known as Southeastern Europe. It gathers 47 international scholars and researchers from the region. They stand back from the premodern claims and recent controversies stirred by the wars of Yugoslavia’s dissolution. Parts I and II explore shifting early modern divisions among three empires to the national movements and independent states that intruded with Great Power intervention on Ottoman and Habsburg territory in the nineteenth century. Part III traces a full decade of war centered on the First World War with forced migrations rivalling the great loss of life. Part IV addresses the interwar promise and the later authoritarian politics of five newly independent states: Albania Bulgaria Greece Romania and Yugoslavia. Separate attention is paid in Part V to the spread of European economic and social features that had begun in the nineteenth century. The Second World War again cost the region dearly in death and destruction and as noted in Part VI in interethnic violence. A final set of chapters in Part VII examines postwar and Cold War experiences that varied among the four Communist regimes as well as for non-Communist Greece. Lastly a brief Epilogue takes the narrative past 1989 into the uncertainties that persist in Yugoslavia’s successor states and its neighbors. Providing fresh analysis from recent scholarship the brief and accessible chapters of the Handbook address the general reader as well as students and scholars. For further study each chapter includes a short list of selected readings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138613089

The Routledge Handbook of Bioarchaeology in Southeast Asia and the Pacific Islands In recent years the bioarchaeology of Southeast Asia and the Pacific islands has seen enormous progress. This new and exciting research is synthesised contextualised and expanded upon in The Routledge Handbook of Bioarchaeology in Southeast Asia and the Pacific Islands.The volume is divided into two broad sections one dealing with mainland and island Southeast Asia and a second section dealing with the Pacific islands. A multi-scalar approach is employed to the bio-social dimensions of Southeast Asia and the Pacific islands with contributions alternating between region and/or site specific scales of operation to the individual or personal scale. The more personal level of osteobiographies enriches the understanding of the lived experience in past communities.Including a number of contributions from sub-disciplinary approaches tangential to bioarchaeology the book provides a broad theoretical and methodological approach. Providing new information on the globally relevant topics of farming population mobility subsistence and health no other volume provides such a range of coverage on these important themes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581725

The Routledge Handbook of Biopolitics The problematic of biopolitics has become increasingly important in the social sciences. Inaugurated by Michel Foucault’s genealogical research on the governance of sexuality crime and mental illness in modern Europe the research on biopolitics has developed into a broader interdisciplinary orientation addressing the rationalities of power over living beings in diverse spatial and temporal contexts.The development of the research on biopolitics in recent years has been characterized by two tendencies: the increasingly sophisticated theoretical engagement with the idea of power over and the government of life that both elaborated and challenged the Foucauldian canon (e.g. the work of Giorgio Agamben Antonio Negri Roberto Esposito and Paolo Virno) and the detailed and empirically rich investigation of the concrete aspects of the government of life in contemporary societies. Unfortunately the two tendencies have often developed in isolation from each other resulting in the presence of at least two debates on biopolitics: the historico-philosophical and the empirical one. This Handbook brings these two debates together combining theoretical sophistication and empirical rigour.The volume is divided into five sections. While the first two deal with the history of the concept and contemporary theoretical debates on it the remaining three comprise the prime sites of contemporary interdisciplinary research on biopolitics: economy security and technology. Featuring previously unpublished articles by the leading scholars in the field this wide-ranging and accessible companion will both serve as an introduction to the diverse research on biopolitics for undergraduate students and appeal to more advanced audiences interested in the current state of the art in biopolitics studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367462062

The Routledge Handbook of British Politics and Society The Routledge Handbook of British Politics and Society conducts a rigorous innovative and distinctive analysis of the relationship between British politics and society emphasizing that the UK is now far from a monolithic and unshifting entity. Examining the subject matter with unrivalled breadth and depth it highlights and interrogates key contemporary debates on the future of the UK the nature of 'Britishness' and the merits of multiculturalism as well as contemporary criticisms of traditional institutions and the nature of representative democracy itself. Including contributions from key authors in their respective fields who bring their authority to bear on the task of outlining the current state of the art in British Studies the book provides a fresh examination of the contrasts and the continuities across the whole field of British Politics and Society while setting out agendas for future research. The Routledge Handbook of British Politics and Society will be essential reading and an authoritative reference for scholars students researchers and practitioners involved in and actively concerned about research on British politics society and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138677937

The Routledge Handbook of Census Resources Methods and ApplicationsUnlocking the UK 2011 Census The collection of reliable and comprehensive data on the magnitude composition and distribution of a country’s population is essential in order for governments to provide services administer effectively and guide a country’s development. The primary source of basic demographic statistics is frequently a population census which provides hugely important data sets for policy makers practitioners and researchers working in a wide range of different socio-demographic contexts.The Routledge Handbook of Census Resources Methods and Applications provides a comprehensive and authoritative guide to the collection processing quality assessment and delivery of the different data products that constitute the results of the population censuses conducted across the United Kingdom in 2011. It provides those interested in using census data with an introduction to the collection processing and quality assessment of the 2011 Census together with guidance on the various types of data resources that are available and how they can be accessed. It demonstrates how new methods and technologies such as interactive infographics and web-based mapping are now being used to visualise census data in new and exciting ways. Perhaps most importantly it presents a collection of applications of census data in different social and health science research contexts that reveal key messages about the characteristics of the UK population and the ways in which society is changing. The operation of the 2011 Census and the use of its results are set in the context of census-taking around the world and its historical development in the UK over the last 200 years.The results of the UK 2011 Census are a unique and reliable source of detailed information that are immensely important for users from a wide range of public and private sector organisations as well as those working in Population Studies Human Geography Migration Studies and the Social Sciences more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660031

The Routledge Handbook of Chinese Applied Linguistics The Routledge Handbook of Chinese Applied Linguistics is written for those wanting to acquire comprehensive knowledge of China the diaspora and the Sino-sphere communities through Chinese language. It examines how Chinese language is used in different contexts and how the use of Chinese language affects culture society expression of self and persuasion of others; as well as how neurophysiological aspects of language disorder affect how we function and how the advance of technology changes the way the Chinese language is used and perceived. The Handbook concentrates on the cultural societal and communicative characteristics of the Chinese language environment. Focusing on language use in action in context and in vivo this book intends to lay empirical grounds for collaboration and synergy among different fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138650732

The Routledge Handbook of Chinese Criminology As the world’s second-largest economy China has made great progress in developing criminology. The Routledge Handbook of Chinese Criminology aims to be a key reference point to summarize the large body of literature in both Chinese and English about various aspects of crime and its control in China for international scholars with an interest in the development of criminological research on and in the Greater China region and for everyone with a broad interest in international criminology. The editors of the Handbook have selected authoritative contributors recognized for their research and scholarship on China Taiwan Hong Kong and Macao. This Handbook consists of five sections: an account of the development of criminology as an academic discipline in modern China as well as some of the unique theories strategies or philosophies of crime control that have emerged; an analysis of the criminal justice system in China including the police the courts corrections juvenile justice and the death penalty; an exploration of the issues and problems in conducting research in China; reflections on the nature of crime and criminality in China including drugs prostitution human trafficking corruption floating population domestic violence and white-collar crime; and an account of crime and criminal justice in Taiwan Hong Kong and Macao. The book presents a coherent and comprehensive collection of essays on current research and theory in criminology crime and justice in China and Greater China and the Editors’ Introduction and Conclusion provide further contextualization of the Handbook’s key themes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138303454

The Routledge Handbook of Chinese Discourse Analysis Chinese is a discourse-oriented language and the underlying mechanisms of the language involve encoding and decoding so the language can be correctly delivered and understood. To date there has been a lack of consolidation at the discourse level such that a reference framework for understanding the language in a top-down fashion is still underdeveloped. The Routledge Handbook of Chinese Discourse Analysis is the first to showcase the latest research in the field of Chinese discourse analysis to consolidate existing findings put the language in both theoretical and socio-functional perspectives offer guidance and insights for further research and inspire innovative ideas for exploring the Chinese language in the discourse domain. The book is aimed at both students and scholars researching in the areas of Chinese linguistics and discourse analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415789790

The Routledge Handbook of Chinese Language Teaching The Routledge Handbook of Chinese Language Teaching defines Chinese language teaching in a pedagogical historical and contemporary context. Throughout the volume teaching methods are discussed including the traditional China-based approach and Western methods such as communicative teaching and the immersion program. The Handbook also presents a pedagogical model covering pronunciation tones characters vocabulary grammar and the teaching of listening speaking reading and writing. The remaining chapters explore topics of language assessment technology enhanced instruction teaching materials and resources Chinese for specific purposes classroom implementation social contexts of language teaching and language teaching policies and pragmatics and culture. Ideal for scholars and researchers of Chinese language teaching the Handbook will benefit educators and teacher training programs. This is the first comprehensive volume exploring the growing area of Chinese language pedagogy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138097940

The Routledge Handbook of Chinese Second Language Acquisition The Routledge Handbook of Chinese Second Language Acquisition is the first reference work of its kind.The handbook contains twenty contributions from leading experts in the field of Chinese SLA covering a wide range of topics such as social contexts linguistic perspectives skill learning individual differences and learning settings and testing. Each chapter covers historical perspectives core issues and key findings research approaches pedagogical implications future research direction and additional references. The Routledge Handbook of Chinese Second Language Acquisition is an essential reference for Chinese language teachers and researchers in Chinese applied linguistics and second language acquisition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580766

The Routledge Handbook of Chinese Translation The Routledge Handbook of Chinese Translation presents expert and new research in analysing and solving translation problems centred on the Chinese language in translation. The Handbook includes both a review of and a distinctive approach to key themes in Chinese translation such as translatability and equivalence extraction of collocation and translation from parallel and comparable corpora. In doing so it undertakes to synthesise existing knowledge in Chinese translation develops new frameworks for analysing Chinese translation problems and explains translation theory appropriate to the Chinese context. The Routledge Handbook of Chinese Translation is an essential reference work for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students and scholars actively researching in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367570484

The Routledge Handbook of Civil-Military Relations This new Handbook offers a wide-ranging internationally focused overview of the field of civil–military relations. The armed forces are central actors in most societies and are involved in many different roles. Amongst other activities they engage in peace operations support the police in fighting crime support civilian authorities in dealing with natural disasters and fight against terrorists and in internal conflicts. The existing literature on this subject is limited in its discussion of war-fighting and thus does not do justice to this variety of roles. The Routledge Handbook of Civil–Military Relations not only fills this important lacuna but offers an up-to-date comparative analysis which identifies three essential components in civil–military relations: (1) democratic civilian control; (2) operational effectiveness; and (3) the efficiency of the security institutions. Amalgamating ideas from key thinkers in the field the book is organized into three main parts: Part I: Development of the Field of Study; Part II: Civil–Military Relations in Non-Democratic or Nominally Democratic Countries; Part III: Civil–Military Relations in Democratic and Democratizing States: Issues and Institutions. This new Handbook will be essential reading for students and practitioners in the fields of civil–military relations defense studies war and conflict studies international security and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138922693

The Routledge Handbook of Classics and Cognitive Theory The Routledge Handbook of Classics and Cognitive Theory is an interdisciplinary volume that examines the application of cognitive theory to the study of the classical world across several interrelated areas including linguistics literary theory social practices performance artificial intelligence and archaeology. With contributions from a diverse group of international scholars working in this exciting new area the volume explores the processes of the mind drawing from research in psychology philosophy neuroscience and anthropology and interrogates the implications of these new approaches for the study of the ancient world. Topics covered in this wide-ranging collection include: cognitive linguistics applied to Homeric and early Greek texts Roman cultural semantics linguistic embodiment in Latin literature group identities in Greek lyric cognitive dissonance in historiography kinesthetic empathy in Sappho artificial intelligence in Hesiod and Greek drama the enactivism of Roman statues and memory and art in the Roman Empire.This ground-breaking work is the first to organize the field allowing both scholars and students access to the methodologies bibliographies and techniques of the cognitive sciences and how they have been applied to classics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732455

The Routledge Handbook of Collective Intentionality The Routledge Handbook of Collective Intentionality provides a wide-ranging survey of topics in a rapidly expanding area of interdisciplinary research. It consists of 36 chapters written exclusively for this volume by an international team of experts. What is distinctive about the study of collective intentionality within the broader study of social interactions and structures is its focus on the conceptual and psychological features of joint or shared actions and attitudes and their implications for the nature of social groups and their functioning. This Handbook fully captures this distinctive nature of the field and how it subsumes the study of collective action responsibility reasoning thought intention emotion phenomenology decision-making knowledge trust rationality cooperation competition and related issues as well as how these underpin social practices organizations conventions institutions and social ontology. Like the field the Handbook is interdisciplinary drawing on research in philosophy cognitive science linguistics legal theory anthropology sociology computer science psychology economics and political science. Finally the Handbook promotes several specific goals: (1) it provides an important resource for students and researchers interested in collective intentionality; (2) it integrates work across disciplines and areas of research as it helps to define the shape and scope of an emerging area of research; (3) it advances the study of collective intentionality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367572747

The Routledge Handbook of Collective Responsibility The Routledge Handbook of Collective Responsibility comprehensively addresses questions about who is responsible and how blame or praise should be attributed when human agents act together. Such questions include: Do individuals share responsibility for the outcome or are individuals responsible only for their contribution to the act? Are individuals responsible for actions done by their group even when they don’t contribute to the outcome? Can a corporation or institution be held morally responsible apart from the responsibility of its members? The Handbook’s 35 chapters—all appearing here for the first time and written by an international team of experts—are organized into four parts: Part I: Foundations of Collective Responsibility Part II: Theoretical Issues in Collective Responsibility Part III: Domains of Collective Responsibility Part IV: Applied Issues in Collective Responsibility Each part begins with a short introduction that provides an overview of issues and debates within that area and a brief summary of its chapters. In addition a comprehensive index allows readers to better navigate the entirety of the volume’s contents. The result is the first major work in the field that serves as an instructional aid for those in advanced undergraduate courses and graduate seminars as well as a reference for scholars interested in learning more about collective responsibility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138092242

The Routledge Handbook of Communication and Bullying The Routledge Handbook of Communication and Bullying provides an essential and unique analysis of bullying and anti-bullying efforts from a communication-based perspective. Drawing on communication theory and compelling empirical research this volume offers valuable international perspectives of this pervasive concern examined within varied contexts. In addition to providing exemplary data-based scholarship the Handbook is comprised of first-hand accounts of those who have been bullied adding an integral pragmatic and complementary dimension to the topic. This anthology serves as a useful resource for educators administrators managers and other stakeholders who are challenged with this difficult social issue. Responding to the various charges emanating from the National Communication Association’s (NCA) Anti-Bullying Project this collection constitutes a valuable foundation from which to draw as conversations about bullying continue around the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733674

The Routledge Handbook of Community Based Tourism ManagementConcepts Issues & Implications This Handbook offers an up-to-date and comprehensive overview of core themes and concepts in community-based tourism management. Providing interdisciplinary insights from leading international scholars this is the first book to critically examine the current status of community-based tourism. Organised into five parts the Handbook provides cutting-edge perspectives on issues such as Indigenous communities tourism and the environment sustainability and the impact of digital communities. Part 1 introduces core concepts and methodologies and distinguishes community products from other tourism and hospitality goods. Part 2 explores communities’ attitudes towards tourism development and their engagement with and ownership of the process. It also delves into the role of community- based tourism under the influence of governmental policies in the economic and social development of a region. In Part 3 various management marketing and branding initiatives are identified as a means of expanding the tourism business. Part 4 examines the negative impacts of mass tourism and its threats to culture tradition identity the built environment and natural heritage. In the final and fifth part future challenges and opportunities for community-based tourism initiatives are considered and research-based sustainable solutions are proposed. Overall the book considers engaging local populations in tourism development as a way of building stronger and more resilient communities. This Handbook fills a void in the current research and thus will appeal to scholars students and practitioners interested in tourism management tourism geography business studies development policy and practice regional development conservation and sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367223915

The Routledge Handbook of Community Development Research This handbook sets a new research agenda in community development. The contributors redefine existing areas within the context of interdisciplinary research highlight emerging areas for community development related research and provide researchers and post-graduate students with ideas and encouragement for future research activity. To do this the editors have deliberately chosen to frame this book not through a traditional sociological lens of class race and gender but through a "Wicked Problems" framework.Drawing upon the work of 37 international authors in diverse settings such as West Papua Peru the USA and Australia; and with methodologies equally as diverse from case studies and interviews to the use of music and story-telling this handbook focuses upon five Wicked Problems: forced displacement; family gender and child related violence; indigenous marginalisation; climate change and food security; and human survival in the context of disaster and recovery work.By drawing together leading scholars from community development social work and social policy this handbook provides an up to the minute snapshot of current scholarship as well as signposting several fruitful avenues for future research. This book is both an invaluable resource for both scholars and practitioners and an indispensable teaching tool for use in the classroom and in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580834

The Routledge Handbook of Community DevelopmentPerspectives from Around the Globe The Routledge Handbook of Community Development explores community development theory and practice across the world. The book provides perspectives about community development as an interactive relevant and sometimes contradictory way to address issues impacting the human condition. It promotes better understanding of the complexities and challenges in identifying designing implementing and evaluating community development constructs applications and interventions. This edited volume discusses how community development is conceptualized as an approach method or profession. Themes provide the scope of the book with projects issues or perspectives presented in each of these areas.This handbook provides invaluable contextualized insights on the theory and practice of community development around core themes relevant in society. Each chapter explores and presents an issue perspectives project or case in the thematic areas with regional and country context included. It is a must-read for students and researchers working in community development planning and human geography and an essential reference for any professional engaged in community development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874520

The Routledge Handbook of Comparative Rural Policy This volume represents the result of almost two decades of trans-Atlantic collaborative development of a policy research paradigm the International Comparative Rural Policy Studies program. Over this period dozens of scientists from different disciplines but with a common interest in rural issues and policy have collaboratively studied the policies in North America Europe and other parts of the world. A core element of the book is the idea and practice of comparative research and analysis – what can be learned from comparisons how and why policies vary in different contexts and what lessons might or might not be “transferable” across borders. It provides skills for the use of comparative methods as important tools to analyze the functioning of strategies and specific policy interventions in different contexts and a holistic approach for the management of resources in rural regions. It promotes innovation as a tool to valorize endogenous resources and empower local communities and offers case studies of rural policy in specific contexts. The book largely adopts a territorial approach to rural policy. This means the book is more interested in rural regions their people and economies and in the policies that affect them than in rural sectors and sectoral policies per se. The audience of the book is by definition international and includes students attending courses in agricultural and rural policy rural and regional studies and natural resource management; lecturers seeking course material and case studies to present to their students in any of the courses listed above; professionals working in the field of rural policy; policy-makers and civil servants at different levels seeking tools to better understand rural policy both at the local and global scale and to better recognize and comprehend how to transfer best practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138594111

The Routledge Handbook of Comparative World RhetoricsStudies in the History Application and Teaching of Rhetoric Beyond Traditional Greco- The Routledge Handbook of Comparative World Rhetorics offers a broad and comprehensive understanding of comparative or world rhetoric from ancient times to the modern day. Bringing together an international team of established and emergent scholars this Handbook looks beyond Greco-Roman traditions in the study of rhetoric to provide an international cross-cultural study of communication practices around the globe. With dedicated sections covering theory and practice history pedagogy hybrids and the modern context this extensive collection will provide the reader with a solid understanding of: how comparative rhetoric evolved how it re-defines and expands the field of rhetorical studies what it contributes to our understanding of human communication its implications for the advancement of related fields such as composition technology language studies and literacy. In a world where understanding how people communicate argue and persuade is as important as understanding their languages The Routledge Handbook of Comparative World Rhetorics is an essential resource for scholars and students of communication composition rhetoric cultural studies cultural rhetoric cross-cultural studies transnational studies translingual studies and languages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367409029

The Routledge Handbook of Consciousness There has been an explosion of work on consciousness in the last 30–40 years from philosophers psychologists and neurologists. Thus there is a need for an interdisciplinary comprehensive volume in the field that brings together contributions from a wide range of experts on fundamental and cutting-edge topics. The Routledge Handbook of Consciousness fills this need and makes each chapter’s importance understandable to students and researchers from a variety of backgrounds. Designed to complement and better explain primary sources this volume is a valuable "first-stop" publication for undergraduate or graduate students enrolled in any course on "Consciousness " "Philosophy of Mind " or "Philosophy of Psychology " as well as a valuable handbook for researchers in these fields who want a useful reference to have close at hand. The 34 chapters all published here for the first time are divided into three parts: Part I covers the "History and Background Metaphysics" of consciousness such as dualism materialism free will and personal identity and includes a chapter on Indian philosophy.  Part II is on specific "Contemporary Theories of Consciousness " with chapters on representational information integration global workspace attention-based and quantum theories.  Part III is entitled "Major Topics in Consciousness Research " with chapters on psychopathologies dreaming meditation time action emotion multisensory experience animal and robot consciousness and the unity of consciousness.  Each chapter begins with a brief introduction and concludes with a list of "Related Topics " as well as a list of  "References " making the volume indispensable for the newcomer and experienced researcher alike.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367571900

The Routledge Handbook of Consumer Behaviour in Hospitality and Tourism Consumer behaviour is one of the most explored topics in tourism and hospitality marketing interchangeably denoted by the terms ‘traveller behaviour’ ‘tourist behaviour’ or ‘guest behaviour’. Consumer behaviour acts as an origin for every tourism and hospitality marketing activity. It offers an understanding of why people tend to choose certain products or services and what sort of factors influence them in making their decision. The decision process of buying tourism products or services takes time because they are mostly intangible in nature due to which there are many risks involved in their buying process. The Routledge Handbook of Consumer Behaviour in Hospitality and Tourism aims to explore and critically examine current debates critical reflections of contemporary ideas controversies and pertinent queries relating to the rapidly expanding discipline of consumer behaviour in hospitality and tourism. The Handbook offers a platform for dialogue across disciplinary and national boundaries and areas of study through its diverse coverage. It is divided into six parts: Part I offers an overview of consumer behaviour; Part II focuses on the service quality perspectives of consumer behaviour; Part III deliberates on customer satisfaction and consumer behaviour linkages; Part IV explores the re-patronage behaviour of consumers; Part V addresses the vital issues concerning online consumer behaviour; and Part VI elaborates upon other emerging paradigms of consumer behaviour. Although there is no dearth of empirical studies on different viewpoints of consumer behaviour there is a scarcity of literature providing conceptual information. The present Handbook is organised to offer a comprehensive theoretical body of knowledge narrating consumer behaviour especially for hospitality and tourism businesses and operations. It attempts to fill this research gap by offering a 'globalised' volume comprising chapters organised using both practical and academic approaches. This Handbook is essential reading for students researchers and academics of Hospitality as well as those of Tourism Marketing International Business and Consumer Behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660062

The Routledge Handbook of Contemporary English Pronunciation The Routledge Handbook of Contemporary English Pronunciation provides a comprehensive survey of this field covering both theoretical and practical perspectives on pronunciation. In 35 chapters contributed by leading scholars from around the world this Handbook examines: linguistic and historical background of sound systems and theoretical issues linked to sound changes; pronunciation acquisition and factors related to speech production; pronunciation research and applications to second language pronunciation; the link between pronunciation and other language skills including perception and other socio-cultural factors; pronunciation and its relation to World Englishes. The Routledge Handbook of Contemporary English Pronunciation will be essential reading for anyone with an interest in pronunciation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138856882

The Routledge Handbook of Contemporary Feminism Feminism as a method a movement a critique and an identity has been the subject of debates contestations and revisions in recent years yet contemporary global developments and political upheavals have again refocused feminism’s collective force. What is feminism now? How do scholars and activists employ contemporary feminism? What feminist traditions endure? Which are no longer relevant in addressing contemporary global conditions? In this interdisciplinary collection scholars reflect on how contemporary feminism has shaped their thinking and their field as they interrogate its uses limits and reinventions. Organized as a set of questions over definition everyday life critical intervention and political activism the Handbook takes on a broad set of issues and points of view to consider what feminism is today and what current forces shape its future development. It also includes an extended conversation among major feminist thinkers about the future of feminist scholarship and activism.The scholars gathered here address a wide variety of topics and contexts: activism from post-Soviet collectives to the Arab spring to the #MeToo movement sexual harassment feminist art film and digital culture education technology policy sexual practices and gender identity. Indispensable for scholars undergraduate and postgraduate students in women gender and sexuality the collection offers a multidimensional picture of the diversity and utility of feminist thought in an age of multiple uncertainties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670580

The Routledge Handbook of Contemporary ItalyHistory Politics Society The Routledge Handbook of Contemporary Italy provides a comprehensive account of Italy and Italian politics in the twenty-first century. Featuring contributions from many leading scholars in the field this Handbook is comprised of 28 chapters which are organized to deliver unparalleled analysis of Italian society politics and culture. A wide range of topics are covered including: politics and economy and their impact on Italian society; parties and new politics; regionalism and migrations; public memories; continuities and transformations in contemporary Italian society. This is an essential reference work for scholars and students of Italian and Western European society politics and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138589575

The Routledge Handbook of Contemporary Jewish Cultures The Routledge Handbook to Contemporary Jewish Cultures explores the diversity of Jewish cultures and ways of investigating them presenting the different methodologies arguments and challenges within the discipline. Divided into themed sections this book considers in turn: How the individual terms "Jewish" and "culture" are defined looking at perspectives from Anthropology Music Literary Studies Sociology Religious Studies History Art History and Film Television and New Media Studies. How Jewish cultures are theorized looking at key themes regarding power textuality religion/secularity memory bodies space and place and networks. Case studies in contemporary Jewish cultures. With essays by leading scholars in Jewish culture this book offers a clear overview of the field and offers exciting new directions for the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138091894

The Routledge Handbook of Contemporary Philosophy of Religion Philosophy of religion has experienced a renaissance in recent times paralleling the resurgence in public debate about the place and value of religion in contemporary Western societies. The Routledge Handbook of Contemporary Philosophy of Religion is an outstanding reference source to the key topics problems and debates in this exciting subject. Comprising over thirty chapters by a team of international contributors the Handbook is divided into seven parts: theoretical orientations conceptions of divinity epistemology of religious belief metaphysics and religious language religion and politics religion and ethics religion and scientific scrutiny. Within these sections central issues debates and problems are examined including: religious experience religion and superstition realism and anti-realism scientific interpretation of religious texts feminist approaches to religion religion in the public square tolerance religion and meta-ethics religion and cognitive science and the meaning of life. Together they offer readers an informed understanding of the current state of play in the liveliest areas of contemporary philosophy of religion. The Routledge Handbook of Contemporary Philosophy of Religion is essential reading for students and researchers of philosophy of religion from across the Humanities and Social Sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138574052

The Routledge Handbook of Corpus Approaches to Discourse Analysis The Routledge Handbook of Corpus Approaches to Discourse Analysis highlights the diversity breadth and depth of corpus approaches to discourse analysis compiling new and original research from notable scholars across the globe. Chapters showcase recent developments influenced by the exponential growth in linguistic computing advances in corpus design and compilation and the applications of sound quantitative and interpretive techniques in analyzing text and discourse patterns. Key discourse domains covered by 35 empirical chapters include: • Research contexts and methodological considerations; • Naturally occurring spoken professional and academic discourse; • Corpus approaches to conversational discourse media discourse and professional and academic writing. The Routledge Handbook of Corpus Approaches to Discourse Analysis is key reading for both experienced and novice researchers working at the intersection of corpus linguistics and discourse analysis as well as anyone undertaking study in these areas as well as anyone interested in related fields and adjacent research approaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367201814

The Routledge Handbook of Corpus Linguistics The Routledge Handbook of Corpus Linguistics provides a timely overview of a dynamic and rapidly growing area with a widely applied methodology. Through the electronic analysis of large bodies of text corpus linguistics demonstrates and supports linguistic statements and assumptions. In recent years it has seen an ever-widening application in a variety of fields: computational linguistics discourse analysis forensic linguistics pragmatics and translation studies. Bringing together experts in the key areas of development and change the handbook is structured around six themes which take the reader through building and designing a corpus to using a corpus to study literature and translation.  A comprehensive introduction covers the historical development of the field and its growing influence and application in other areas. Structured around five headings for ease of reference each contribution includes further reading sections with three to five key texts highlighted and annotated to facilitate further exploration of the topics. The Routledge Handbook of Corpus Linguistics is the ideal resource for advanced undergraduates and postgraduates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415622639

The Routledge Handbook of Criminal Justice Ethics The enormous financial cost of criminal justice has motivated increased scrutiny and recognition of the need for constructive change but what of the ethical costs of current practices and policies? Moreover if we seriously value the principles of liberal democracy then there is no question that the ethics of criminal justice are everybody’s business concerns for the entire society. The Routledge Handbook of Criminal Justice Ethics brings together international scholars to explore the most significant ethical issues throughout their many areas of expertise anchoring their discussions in the empirical realities of the issues faced rather than applying moral theory at a distance. Contributions from philosophers legal scholars criminologists and psychologists bring a fresh and interdisciplinary approach to the field.The Handbook is divided into three parts: Part I addresses the core issues concerning criminal sanction the moral and political aspects of the justification of punishment and the relationship between law and morality. Part II examines criminalization and criminal liability and the assumptions and attitudes shaping those aspects of contemporary criminal justice. Part III evaluates current policies and practices of criminal procedure exploring the roles of police prosecutors judges and juries and suggesting directions for revising how criminal justice is achieved. Throughout scholars seek pathways for change and suggest new solutions to address the central concerns of criminal justice ethics.This book is an ideal resource for upper-undergraduate and postgraduate students taking courses in criminal justice ethics criminology and criminal justice theory and also for students of philosophy interested in punishment law and society and law and ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581589

The Routledge Handbook of Critical Discourse Studies The Routledge Handbook of Critical Discourse Studies provides a state-of-the-art overview of the important and rapidly developing field of Critical Discourse Studies (CDS). Forty-one chapters from leading international scholars cover the central theories concepts contexts and applications of CDS and how they have developed encompassing: approaches analytical methods interdisciplinarity social divisions and power domains and media. Including methodologies to assist those undertaking their own critical research of discourse this Handbook is key reading for all those engaged in the study and research of Critical Discourse Analysis within English Language and Linguistics Communication Media Studies and related areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367529161

The Routledge Handbook of Critical European Studies This handbook comprehensively defines and shapes the field of Critical European Union Studies sets the research agenda and highlights emerging areas of study. Bringing together critical analyses of European Union politics policies and processes with an expert range of contributors it overcomes disciplinary borders and paradigms and addresses four main thematic areas pertaining to the study of the European Union and its policies: • Critical approaches to European integration; • Critical approaches to European political economy; • Critical approaches to the EU’s internal security; • Critical approaches to the EU’s external relations and foreign affairs. In their contributions to this volume the authors take a sympathetic yet critical approach to the European integration process and the present structures of the European Union. Furthermore the book provides graduate students and faculty with ideas for future research activity and introduces critical analyses rooted in a broad spectrum of theoretical perspectives. The Routledge Handbook of Critical European Union Studies will be an essential reference for scholars students researchers and practitioners interested and working in the fields of EU politics/studies European integration European political economy and public policy EU foreign policy EU freedom of movement and security practices and more broadly in international relations the wider social sciences and humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138589919

The Routledge Handbook of Critical Finance Studies There has been an increasing interest in financial markets across sociology history anthropology cultural studies and related disciplines over the past decades with particular intensity since the 2007–2008 crisis which prompted new analyses of the workings of financial markets and how “scandals of Wall Street” might have huge societal ramifications. The sociologically inclined landscape of finance studies is characterized by different more or less well- established homogeneous camps with more micro-empirical social studies of finance approaches on the one end of the spectrum and more theoretical often neo-Marxist approaches on the other. Yet alternative approaches are also gaining traction including work that emphasizes the cultural homologies and interconnections with finance as well as work that more broadly is both empirically rigorous and theoretically ambitious. Importantly across these various approaches to finance a growing body of literature is taking shape which engages finance in a critical manner. The term “critical finance studies” nonetheless remains largely unfocused and undefined. Against this backdrop the key rationales of The Routledge Handbook of Critical Finance Studies are firstly to provide a coherent notion of this emergent field and secondly to demonstrate its analytical usefulness across a wide range of central aspects of contemporary finance. As such the volume will offer a comprehensive guide to students and academics on the field of Finance and Critical Finance Studies Heterodox Economics Accounting and related Management disciplines. Chapter 14 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license at https://tandfbis.s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781138079816_oachapter14.pdf Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138079816

The Routledge Handbook of Critical Pedagogies for Social Work The Routledge Handbook of Critical Pedagogies for Social Work traverses new territory by providing a cutting-edge overview of the work of classic and contemporary theorists in a way that expands their application and utility in social work education and practice; thus providing a bridge between critical theory philosophy and social work. Each chapter showcases the work of a specific critical educational philosophical and/or social theorist including: Henry Giroux Michel Foucault Cornelius Castoriadis Herbert Marcuse Paulo Freire bell hooks Joan Tronto Iris Marion Young Karl Marx Antonio Gramsci and many others to elucidate the ways in which their key pedagogic concepts can be applied to specific aspects of social work education and practice. The text exhibits a range of research-based approaches to educating social work practitioners as agents of social change. It provides a robust and much needed alternative paradigm to the technique-driven ‘conservative revolution’ currently being fostered by neoliberalism in both social work education and practice. The volume will be instructive for social work educators who aim to teach for social change by assisting students to develop counter-hegemonic practices of resistance and agency and reflecting on the pedagogic role of social work practice more widely. The volume holds relevance for both postgraduate and undergraduate/qualifying social work and human services courses around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545748

The Routledge Handbook of Critical Public Relations Critical theory has a long history but a relatively recent intersection with public relations. This ground-breaking collection engages with commonalities and differences in the traditions whilst encouraging plural perspectives in the contemporary public relations field. Compiled by a high-profile and widely respected team of academics and bringing together other key scholars from this field and beyond this unique international collection marks a major stage in the evolution of critical public relations. It will increasingly influence how critical theory informs public relations and communication. The collection takes stock of the emergence of critical public relations alongside diverse theoretical traditions critiques and actions methodologies and future implications. This makes it an essential reference for public relations researchers educators and students around a world that is becoming more critical in the face of growing inequality and environmental challenges. The volume is also of interest to scholars in advertising branding communication consumer studies cultural studies marketing media studies political communication and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138212077

The Routledge Handbook of Critical Social Work The Routledge Handbook of Critical Social Work brings together the world’s leading scholars in the field to provide a cutting-edge overview of classic and current research and future trends in the subject. Comprised of 48 chapters divided into six parts: Historical social and political influences Mapping the theoretical and conceptual terrain Methods of engagement and modes of analysis Critical contexts for practice and policy Professional education and socialisation Future challenges directions and transformations it provides an authoritative guide to theory and method and the primary debates of today in social work from a critical perspective. This handbook is a major reference work and the first book to comprehensively map the wide-ranging territory of critical social work. It does so by addressing its conceptual developments its methodological advances its value-based front-line practice and as an influence on the policy field. By offering a definitive survey of current academic knowledge as it relates to professional practice it provides the first comprehensive up-to-date definitive work of reference while at the same time identifying emerging innovative and cutting-edge areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367659592

The Routledge Handbook of Cultural Tourism The Routledge Handbook of Cultural Tourism explores and critically evaluates the debates and controversies in this field of Tourism. It brings together leading specialists from a range of disciplinary backgrounds and geographical regions to provide state-of-the-art theoretical reflection and empirical research on this significant stream of tourism and its future direction.The book is divided into 7 inter-related sections. Section 1 looks at the historical philosophical and theoretical framework for cultural tourism. This section debates tourist autonomy role play authenticity imaginaries cross-cultural issues and inter-disciplinarity Section 2 analyses the role that politics takes in cultural tourism. This section also looks at ways in which cultural tourism is used as a policy instrument for economic development. Section 3 focuses on social patterns and trends such as the mobilities paradigm performativity reflexivity and traditional hospitality as well as considering sensitive social issues such as dark tourism. Section 4 analyses community and development exploring adaptive forms of cultural tourism as well as more sustainble models for indigenous tourism development. Section 5 discusses Landscapes and Destinations including the transformation of space into place issues of authenticity in landscape the transformation of urban and rural landscapes into tourism products and conservation versus development dilemmas. Section 6 refers to Regeneration and Planning especially the creative turn in cultural tourism which can be used to avoid problems of serial reproduction standardisation and homogenisation. Section 7 deals with The Tourist and Visitor Experience emphasising the desire of tourists to be more actively and interactively engaged in cultural tourism. This significant volume offers the reader a comprehensive synthesis of this field conveying the latest thinking and research. The text is international in focus encouraging dialogue across disciplinary boundaries and areas of study and will be an invaluable resource for all those with an interest in Cultural Tourism.This is essential reading for students researchers and academics of Tourism as well as those of related studies in particular Cultural Studies Leisure Geography Sociology Politics and Economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138071421

The Routledge Handbook of Death and the Afterlife This Handbook traces the history of the changing notion of what it means to die and examines the many constructions of afterlife in literature text ritual and material culture throughout time. The Routledge Handbook of Death and the Afterlife is an outstanding reference source to the key topics problems and debates in this exciting subject. Comprising twenty-nine chapters by a team of international contributors the Handbook is divided into three parts and covers the following important themes:The study of dying death and griefDisposal of the dead: past present and futureRepresentations of death: narratives and rhetoricYouth meets death: a juxtapositionQuestionable deaths and afterlives: suicide ghosts and avatarsMaterial corpses and imagined afterlives around the worldWithin these sections central issues debates and problems are examined including: the world of death and dying from various cultural viewpoints and timeframes cultural and social constructions of the definition of death disposal practices and views of the afterlife.The Routledge Handbook of Death and the Afterlife is essential reading for students and researchers in religious studies philosophy anthropology and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580643

The Routledge Handbook of Dehumanization A striking feature of atrocities as seen in genocides civil wars or violence against certain racial and ethnic groups is the attempt to dehumanize â€” to deny and strip human beings of their humanity. Yet the very nature of dehumanization remains relatively poorly understood. The Routledge Handbook of Dehumanization is the first comprehensive and multidisciplinary reference source on the subject and an outstanding survey of the key concepts issues and debates within dehumanization studies. Organized into four parts the Handbook covers the following topics: The history of dehumanization from Greek Antiquity to the 20th century contextualizing the oscillating boundaries dimensions and hierarchies of humanity in the history of the ‘West’; How dehumanization is contemporarily studied with respect to special contexts: as part of social psychology as part of legal studies or literary studies and how it connects to the idea of human rights disability and eugenics the question of animals and the issue of moral standing; How to tackle its complex facets with respect to the perpetrator’s and the target’s perspective metadehumanization and selfdehumanization rehumanization social death status and interdependence as well as the fear we show toward robots that become too human for us; Conceptual and epistemological questions on how to distinguish different forms of dehumanization and neighboring phenomena on why dehumanization appears so paradoxical and on its connection to hatred essentialism and perception. Essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy history psychology and anthropology this Handbook will also be of interest to those in related disciplines such as politics international relations criminology legal studies literary studies gender studies disability studies or race and ethnic studies as well as readers from social work political activism and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138588158

The Routledge Handbook of Designing Public Spaces for Young PeopleProcesses Practices and Policies for Youth Inclusion The Routledge Handbook of Designing Public Spaces for Young People is a thorough and practical resource for all who wish to influence policy and design decisions in order to increase young people’s access to and use of public spaces as well as their role in design and decision-making processes. The ability of youth to freely enjoy public spaces and to develop a sense of belonging and attachment to these environments is critical for their physical social cognitive and emotional development. Young people represent a vital citizen group with legitimate rights to occupy and shape their public environments yet they are often driven out of public places by adult users restrictive bylaws or hostile designs. It is also important that children and youth have the opportunity to genuinely participate in the planning of public spaces and to have their needs considered in the design of the public realm. This book provides both evidence and tools to help effectively advocate for more youth-inclusive public environments as well as integrate youth directly into both research and design processes related to the public realm. It is essential reading for researchers design and planning professionals community leaders and youth advocates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138584921

The Routledge Handbook of Destination Marketing This book examines key contemporary marketing concepts issues and challenges that affect destinations within a multidisciplinary global perspective. Uniquely combining both the theoretical and practical approaches this handbook discusses cutting edge marketing questions such as innovation in destinations sustainability social media peer-to-peer applications and web 3.0. Drawing from the knowledge and expertise of 70 prominent scholars from over 20 countries around the world The Routledge Handbook of Destination Marketing aims to create an international platform for balanced academic research with practical applications in order to foster synergetic interaction between academia and industry. For these reasons it will be a valuable resource for both researchers and practitioners in the field of destination marketing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118836

The Routledge Handbook of Developments in Digital Journalism Studies The Routledge Handbook of Developments in Digital Journalism Studies offers a unique and authoritative collection of essays that report on and address the significant issues and focal debates shaping the innovative field of digital journalism studies. In the short time this field has grown aspects of journalism have moved from the digital niche to the digital mainstay and digital innovations have been ‘normalized’ into everyday journalistic practice. These cycles of disruption and normalization support this book’s central claim that we are witnessing the emergence of digital journalism studies as a discrete academic field. Essays bring together the research and reflections of internationally distinguished academics journalists teachers and researchers to help make sense of a reconceptualized journalism and its effects on journalism’s products processes resources and the relationship between journalists and their audiences. The handbook also discusses the complexities and challenges in studying digital journalism and shines light on previously unexplored areas of inquiry such as aspects of digital resistance protest and minority voices. The Routledge Handbook of Developments in Digital Journalism Studies is a carefully curated overview of the range of diverse but interrelated original research that is helping to define this emerging discipline. It will be of particular interest to undergraduate and postgraduate students studying digital online computational and multimedia journalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138283053

The Routledge Handbook of Diet and Nutrition in the Roman World The Routledge Handbook of Diet and Nutrition in the Roman World presents a comprehensive overview of the sources issues and methodologies involved in the study of the Roman diet. The focus of the book is on the Mediterranean heartland from the second century BC to the third and fourth centuries AD. Life is impossible without food but what people eat is not determined by biology alone and this makes it a vital subject of social and historical study. The Handbook takes a multidisciplinary approach in which all kinds of sources and disciplines are combined to study the diet and nutrition of men women and children in city and countryside in the Roman world. The chapters in this book are structured in five parts. Part I introduces the reader to the wide range of textual material and bioarchaeological evidence concerning food and nutrition. Part II offers an overview of various kinds of food and drink including cereals pulses olive oil meat and fish and the social setting of their consumption. Part III goes beyond the perspective of the Roman adult male by concentrating on women and children on the cultures of Roman Egypt and Central Europe as well as the Jews in Palestine and the impact of Christianity. Part IV provides a forum to three scholars to offer their thoughts on what physical anthropology contributes to our understanding of health diet and (mal)nutrition. The final section puts food supply and its failure in the context of community and empire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815364344

The Routledge Handbook of Digital Literacies in Early Childhood As fast-evolving technologies transform everyday communication and literacy practices many young children find themselves immersed in multiple digital media from birth. Such rapid technological change has consequences for the development of early literacy and the ways in which parents and educators are able to equip today’s young citizens for a digital future. This seminal Handbook fulfils an urgent need to consider how digital technologies are impacting the lives and learning of young children; and how childhood experiences of using digital resources can serve as the foundation for present and future development. Considering children aged 0–8 years chapters explore the diversity of young children’s literacy skills practices and expertise across digital tools technologies and media in varied contexts settings and countries. The Handbook explores six significant areas: Part I presents an overview of research into young children’s digital literacy practices touching on a range of theoretical methodological and ethical approaches. Part II considers young children’s reading writing and meaning-making when using digital media at home and in the wider community. Part III offers an overview of key challenges for early childhood education presented by digital literacy and discusses political positioning and curricula. Part IV focuses on the multimodal and multi-sensory textual landscape of contemporary literary practices and how children learn to read and write with and across media. Part V considers how digital technologies both influence and are influenced by children’s online and offline social relationships. Part VI draws together themes from across the Handbook to propose an agenda for future research into digital literacies in early childhood. A timely resource identifying and exploring pedagogies designed to bolster young children’s digital and multimodal literacy practices this key text will be of interest to early childhood educators researchers and policy-makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138303881

The Routledge Handbook of Digital Writing and Rhetoric This handbook brings together scholars from around the globe who here contribute to our understanding of how digital rhetoric is changing the landscape of writing. Increasingly all of us must navigate networks of information compose not just with computers but an array ofmobile devices increase our technological literacy and understand the changing dynamics of authoring writing reading and publishing in a world of rich and complex texts. Given such changes and given the diverse ways in which younger generations of college students are writing communicating and designing texts in multimediated electronic environments we need to consider how the very act of writing itself is undergoing potentially fundamental changes. These changes are being addressed increasingly by the emerging field of digital rhetoric a field thatattempts to understand the rhetorical possibilities and affordances of writing broadly defined in a wide array of digital environments. Of interest to both researchers and students this volume provides insights about the fields of rhetoric writing composition digital media literature and multimodal studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580742

The Routledge Handbook of Disability Activism The onslaught of neoliberalism austerity measures and cuts impact of climate change protracted conflicts and ongoing refugee crisis rise of far right and populist movements have all negatively impacted on disability. Yet disabled people and their allies are fighting back and we urgently need to understand how where and what they are doing what they feel their challenges are and what their future needs will be. This comprehensive handbook emphasizes the importance of everyday disability activism and how activists across the world bring together a wide range of activism tactics and strategies. It also challenges the activist movements transnational and emancipatory politics as well as providing future directions for disability activism. With contributions from senior and emerging disability activists academics students and practitioners from around the globe this handbook covers the following broad themes: • Contextualising disability activism in global activism • Neoliberalism and austerity in the global North • Rights embodied resistance and disability activism • Belonging identity and values: how to create diverse coalitions for rights • Reclaiming social positions places and spaces • Social media support and activism • Campus activism in higher education • Inclusive pedagogies evidence and activist practices • Enabling human rights and policy • Challenges facing disability activism The Routledge Handbook of Disability Activism provides disability activists students academics practitioners development partners and policy makers with an authoritative framework for disability activism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815349303

The Routledge Handbook of Disability and Sexuality This handbook provides a much-needed holistic overview of disability and sexuality research and scholarship. With authors from a wide range of disciplines and representing a diversity of nationalities it provides a multi-perspectival view that fully captures the diversity of issues and outlooks. Organised into six parts the contributors explore long-standing issues such as the psychological interpersonal social political and cultural barriers to sexual access that disabled people face and their struggle for sexual rights and participation. The volume also engages issues that have been on the periphery of the discourse such as sexual accommodations and support aimed at facilitating disabled people's sexual well-being; the socio-sexual tensions confronting disabled people with intersecting stigmatised identities such as LGBTBI or asexual; and the sexual concerns of disabled people in the Global South. It interrogates disability and sexuality from diverse perspectives from more traditional psychological and sociological models to various subversive and post-theoretical perspectives and queer theory. This handbook examines the cutting-edge and sometimes ethically contentious concerns that have been repressed in the field. With current international and comprehensive content this book is essential reading for students academics and researchers in the areas of disability gender and sexuality as well as applied disciplines such as healthcare practitioners counsellors psychology trainees and social workers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138593237

The Routledge Handbook of Disability Arts Culture and Media In the last 30 years a distinctive intersection between disability studies – including disability rights advocacy disability rights activism and disability law – and disability arts culture and media studies has developed. The two fields have worked in tandem to offer critique of representations of disability in dominant cultural systems institutions discourses and architecture and develop provocative new representations of what it means to be disabled. Divided into 5 sections: Disability Identity and RepresentationInclusion Wellbeing and Whole-of-life ExperienceAccess Artistry and AudiencesPractices Politics and the Public SphereActivism Adaptation and Alternative Futuresthis handbook brings disability arts disability culture and disability media studies – traditionally treated separately in publications in the field to date – together for the first time. It provides scholars graduate students upper level undergraduate students and others interested in the disability rights agenda with a broad-based practical and accessible introduction to key debates in the field of disability art culture and media studies. An internationally recognised selection of authors from around the world come together to articulate the theories issues interests and practices that have come to define the field. Most critically this book includes commentaries that forecast the pressing present and future concerns for the field as scholars advocates activists and artists work to make a more inclusive society a reality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367659660

The Routledge Handbook of Disability in Southern Africa This comprehensive ground-breaking southern African-centred collection spans the breadth of disability research and practice. Reputable and emerging scholars together with disability advocates adopt a critical and interdisciplinary stance to prove challenge and shift commonly held social understanding of disability in traditional discourses frontiers and practices in prominent areas such as inter/national development disability studies education culture health religion gender sports tourism ICT theatre media housing and legislation.  This handbook provides a body of interdisciplinary analyses suitable for the development of disability studies in southern Africa. Through drawing upon and introducing resources from several disciplines theoretical perspectives and personal narratives from disability activists it reflects on disability and sustainable development in southern Africa. It also addresses a clear need to bring together interdisciplinary perspectives and narratives on disability and sustainable development in ways that do not undermine disability politics advanced by disabled people across the world. The handbook further acknowledges and builds upon the huge body of literature that understands the social cultural educational psychological economic historical and political facets of the exclusion of disabled people.  The handbook covers the following broad themes:• Disability inclusion ICT and sustainable development• Access to education from early childhood development up to higher education• Disability employment entrepreneurship and community-based rehabilitation• Religion gender and parenthood• Tourism sports and accessibility• Compelling narratives from disability activists on societal attitudes toward disability media advocacy accessible housing and social exclusion.Thus this much-awaited handbook provides students academics practitioners development partners policy makers and activists with an authoritative framework for critical thinking and debates that inform policy and practice in incomparable ways with the view to promoting inclusive and sustainable development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580599

The Routledge Handbook of Disaster Risk Reduction Including Climate Change Adaptation The Routledge Handbook of Disaster Risk Reduction Including Climate Change Adaptation aims to provide an overview and critique of the current state of knowledge policy and practice encouraging engagement and reflection on bringing the two sectors together. This long-awaited and welcomed volume makes a compelling case that a common research agenda and a series of practical policies and policy recommendations can and should be put in place.Over 40 contributions explore DRR including CCA in five parts. The first part presents and interrogates much of the typical vocabulary seen in DRR including CCA not only pointing out the useful and not-so-useful dimensions but also providing alternatives and positive examples. The second part explains how to move forward creating and supporting positive crossovers and connections while the third one explores some aspects of multi-dimensional approaches to knowing and understanding. The fourth part argues for a balanced approach to governance taking both governmental and non-governmental governance as well as different scales of governance into consideration. The final part of the Handbook emphasises DRR including CCA as an investment rather than a cost and connects its further implementation with livelihoods of people around the world.This handbook highlights the connections amongst the processes of dealing with disasters and dealing with climate change. It demonstrates how little climate change brings which is new and emphasises the strengths of placing climate change within wider contexts in order to draw on all our strengths while overcoming limitations with specialities. It will prove to be a valuable guide for graduate and advanced undergraduate students academics policy makers and practitioners with an interest in disaster risk reduction and climate change.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581282

The Routledge Handbook of Discourse Analysis The Routledge Handbook of Discourse Analysis covers the major approaches to Discourse Analysis from Critical Discourse Analysis to Multimodal Discourse Analysis and their applications in key educational and institutional settings. The handbook is divided into six sections: Approaches to Discourse Analysis Register and Genre Developments in Spoken Discourse Educational Applications Institutional Applications and Identity Culture and Discourse. The chapters are written by a wide range of contributors from around the world each a leading researcher in their respective field. All chapters have been closely edited by James Paul Gee and Michael Handford. With a focus on the application of Discourse Analysis to real-life problems the contributors introduce the reader to a topic and analyse authentic data. The Routledge Handbook of Discourse Analysis is vital reading for linguistics students as well as students of communication and cultural studies social psychology and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415709781

The Routledge Handbook of Discourse ProcessesSecond Edition The second edition of The Routledge Handbook of Discourse Processes provides a state-of-the-art overview of the field of discourse processes highlighting the subject’s interdisciplinary foundations and bringing together established and emergent scholars to provide a dynamic roadmap of the evolution of the field. This new edition reflects several of the enormous changes in the world since the publication of the first edition—changes in modes of communication and an increased urgency to understand how people comprehend and trust information. The contents of this volume attempt to address fundamental questions about what we should now be thinking about reading listening talking and writing. The chapters collected here represent a wide range of empirical methods currently available: lab or field experiments with a range of measures from quantitative to qualitative; observational studies including classrooms or organizational communication; corpus analyses; conversation analysis; computational modeling; and linguistic analyses. The chapters also draw attention to the explosion of contextually rich and computationally intensive data analysis tools which have changed the research landscape along with more contemporary measures of people’s discourse use from eye-tracking to video analysis tools to brain scans. The Routledge Handbook of Discourse Processes Second edition is the ideal resource for graduate students researchers and practitioners in a variety of disciplines including discourse analysis conversation analysis cognitive psychology and cognitive science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138920095

The Routledge Handbook of Early Christian Art The Routledge Handbook of Early Christian Art surveys a broad spectrum of Christian art produced from the late second to the sixth centuries. The first part of the book opens with a general survey of the subject and then presents fifteen essays that discuss specific media of visual art—catacomb paintings sculpture mosaics gold glass gems reliquaries ceramics icons ivories textiles silver and illuminated manuscripts. Each is written by a noted expert in the field. The second part of the book takes up themes relevant to the study of early Christian art. These seven chapters consider the ritual practices in decorated spaces the emergence of images of Christ’s Passion and miracles the functions of Christian secular portraits the exemplary mosaics of Ravenna the early modern history of Christian art and archaeology studies and further reflection on this field called “early Christian art.” Each of the volume’s chapters includes photographs of many of the objects discussed plus bibliographic notes and recommendations for further reading.The result is an invaluable introduction to and appraisal of the art that developed out of the spread of Christianity through the late antique world. Undergraduate and graduate students of late classical early Christian and Byzantine culture religion or art will find it an accessible and insightful orientation to the field. Additionally professional academics archivists and curators working in these areas will also find it valuable as a resource for their own research as well as a textbook or reference work for their students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734398

The Routledge Handbook of Early Christian Philosophy This volume offers the most comprehensive survey available of the philosophical background to the works of early Christian writers and the development of early Christian doctrine. It examines how the same philosophical questions were approached by Christian and pagan thinkers; the philosophical element in Christian doctrines; the interaction of particular philosophies with Christian thought; and the constructive use of existing philosophies by all Christian thinkers of late antiquity. While most studies of ancient Christian writers and the development of early Christian doctrine make some reference to the philosophic background this is often of an anecdotal character and does not enable the reader to determine whether the likenesses are deep or superficial or how pervasively one particular philosopher may have influenced Christian thought. This volume is designed to provide not only a body of facts more compendious than can be found elsewhere but the contextual information which will enable readers to judge or clarify the statements that they encounter in works of more limited scope. With contributions by an international group of experts in both philosophy and Christian thought this is an invaluable resource for scholars of early Christianity Late Antiquity and ancient philosophy alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138685048

The Routledge Handbook of East European Politics The Routledge Handbook of East European Politics is an authoritative overview that will help a wide readership develop an understanding of the region in all its political economic and social complexity. Including Central Europe the Baltic republics South Eastern Europe and the Western Balkans as well as all the countries of the former Soviet Union it is unrivalled in breadth and depth affording a comprehensive overview of Eastern European politics provided by leading experts in the fields of comparative politics international relations and public administration. Through a series of cutting-edge articles it seeks to explain and understand patterns of Eastern European politics today. The Routledge Handbook of East European Politics will be a key reference point both for advanced-level students developing knowledge about the subject researchers producing new material in the area and those interested and working in the fields of East European Politics Russian Politics EU Politics and more broadly in European Politics Comparative Politics Democratization Studies and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367500092

The Routledge Handbook of Ecolinguistics The Routledge Handbook of Ecolinguistics is the first comprehensive exploration into the field of ecolinguistics also known as language ecology. Organized into three sections that treat the different topic areas of ecolinguistics the Handbook begins with chapters on language diversity language minorities and language endangerment with authors providing insight into the link between the loss of languages and the loss of species. It continues with an overview of the role of language and discourse in describing concealing and helping to solve environmental problems. With discussions on new orientations and topics for further exploration in the field chapters in the last section show ecolinguistics as a pacesetter into a new scientific age. This Handbook is an excellent resource for students and researchers interested in language and the environment language contact and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138920088

The Routledge Handbook of Economic Theology This Handbook introduces and systematically explores the thesis that the economy economic practices and economic thought are of a profoundly theological nature. Containing more than 40 chapters this Handbook provides a state-of-the-art reference work that offers students researchers and policymakers an introduction to current scholarship significant debates and emerging research themes in the study of the theological significance of economic concepts and the religious underpinnings of economic practices in a world that is increasingly dominated by financiers managers forecasters market-makers and entrepreneurs. This Handbook brings together scholars from different parts of the world representing various disciplines and intellectual traditions. It covers the development of economic thought and practices from antiquity to neoliberalism and it provides insight into the economic–theological teachings of major religious movements. The list of contributors combines well-established scholars and younger academic talents. The chapters in this Handbook cover a wide array of conceptual historical theoretical and methodological issues and perspectives such as the economic meaning of theological concepts (e.g. providence and faith); the theological underpinnings of economic concepts (e.g. credit and property); the religious significance of socio-economic practices in various organizational fields (e.g. accounting and work); and finally the genealogy of the theological–economic interface in Judaism Christianity Islam and in the discipline of economics itself (e.g. Marx Keynes and Hayek). The Routledge Handbook of Economic Theology is organized in four parts: • Theological concepts and their economic meaning • Economic concepts and their theological anchoring • Society management and organization • Genealogy of economic theology Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138288850

The Routledge Handbook of Educational Linguistics The Routledge Handbook of Educational Linguistics provides a comprehensive survey of the core and current language-related issues in educational contexts. Bringing together the expertise and voices of well-established as well as emerging scholars from around the world the handbook offers over thirty authoritative and critical explorations of methodologies and contexts of educational linguistics issues of instruction and assessment and teacher education. It also covers key topics such as advocacy critical pedagogy and ethics and politics of research in educational linguistics. Each chapter relates to key issues raised in the respective topic providing additional historical background critical discussion reviews of pertinent research methods and an assessment of what the future might hold. This volume embraces multiple dynamic perspectives and a range of voices in order to move forward in new and productive directions making The Routledge Handbook of Educational Linguistics an essential volume for any student or researcher interested in the issues surrounding language and education particularly in multilingual and multicultural settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138595262

The Routledge Handbook of Elections Voting Behavior and Public Opinion The study of elections voting behavior and public opinion are arguably among the most prominent and intensively researched sub-fields within Political Science. It is an evolving sub-field both in terms of theoretical focus and in particular technical developments and has made a considerable impact on popular understanding of the core components of liberal democracies in terms of electoral systems and outcomes changes in public opinion and the aggregation of interests. This handbook details the key developments and state of the art research across elections voting behavior and the public opinion by providing both an advanced overview of each core area and engaging in debate about the relative merits of differing approaches in a comprehensive and accessible way. Bringing geographical scope and depth with comparative chapters that draw on material from across the globe it will be a key reference point both for advanced level students and researchers developing knowledge and producing new material in these sub-fields and beyond. The Routledge Handbook of Elections Voting Behavior and Public Opinion is an authoritative and key reference text for students academics and researchers engaged in the study of electoral research public opinion and voting behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367500115

The Routledge Handbook of Embodied Cognition Embodied cognition is one of the foremost areas of study and research in philosophy of mind philosophy of psychology and cognitive science. The Routledge Handbook of Embodied Cognition is an outstanding guide and reference source to the key topics and debates in this exciting subject and essential reading for any student and scholar of philosophy of mind and cognitive science. Comprising over thirty chapters by a team of international contributors the Handbook is divided into six parts: Historical underpinnings Perspectives on embodied cognition Applied embodied cognition: perception language and reasoning Applied embodied cognition: social and moral cognition and emotion Applied embodied cognition: memory attention and group cognition Meta-topics. The early chapters of the Handbook cover empirical and philosophical foundations of embodied cognition focusing on Gibsonian and phenomenological approaches. Subsequent chapters cover additional important themes common to work in embodied cognition including embedded extended and enactive cognition as well as chapters on empirical research in perception language reasoning social and moral cognition emotion consciousness memory and learning and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573970

The Routledge Handbook of Emergence Emergence is often described as the idea that the whole is greater than the sum of the parts: interactions among the components of a system lead to distinctive novel properties. It has been invoked to describe the flocking of birds the phases of matter and human consciousness along with many other phenomena. Since the nineteenth century the notion of emergence has been widely applied in philosophy particularly in contemporary philosophy of mind philosophy of science and metaphysics. It has more recently become central to scientists’ understanding of phenomena across physics chemistry complexity and systems theory biology and the social sciences. The Routledge Handbook of Emergence is an outstanding reference source and exploration of the concept of emergence and is the first collection of its kind. Thirty-two chapters by an international team of contributors are organised into four parts: Foundations of emergence Emergence and mind Emergence and physics Emergence and the special sciences Within these sections important topics and problems in emergence are explained including the British Emergentists; weak vs. strong emergence; emergence and downward causation; dependence complexity and mechanisms; mental causation consciousness and dualism; quantum mechanics soft matter and chemistry; and evolution cognitive science and social sciences. Essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy of mind philosophy of science and metaphysics The Routledge Handbook of Emergence will also be of interest to those studying foundational issues in biology chemistry physics and psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138925083

The Routledge Handbook of Emotions and Mass Media The impact of mass media on individuals and society is to a great extent based on human emotions. Emotions in turn are essential in understanding how media messages are processed as well as media’s impact on individual and social behavior and public social life. Adopting an interdisciplinary approach to the study of emotions within a mass media context the Handbook of Emotions and Mass Media addresses areas such as evolutionary psychology media entertainment sociology cultural studies media psychology political communication persuasion and new technology. Leading experts from across the globe explore cutting-edge research on issues including the evolutionary functions of mediated emotions emotions and media entertainment measurements of emotions within the context of mass media media violence fear-evoking media politics and public emotions features forms and functions of emotions beyond the message and provide the reader a glimpse into future generations of media technology. This compelling and authoritative Handbook is an essential reference tool for scholars and students of media communication studies media psychology emotions cultural studies sociology and other related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138191013

The Routledge Handbook of Energy Security This Handbook examines the subject of energy security: its definition dimensions ways to measure and index it and the complicating factors that are often overlooked. The volume identifies varying definitions and dimensions of energy security including those that prioritize security of supply and affordability alongside those that emphasize availability energy efficiency trade environmental quality and social and political stewardship.  It also explores the various metrics that can be used to give energy security more coherence and also to enable it to be measured including recent attempts to measure energy security progress at the national level with a special emphasis placed on countries within the Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) countries within Asia and industrialized countries worldwide.  This Handbook: • Broadens existing discussions of energy security that center on access to fuels including "oil security" and "coal security."  • Focuses not only on the supply side of energy but also the demand taking a hard look at energy services and politics along with technologies and infrastructure; • Investigates energy security issues such as energy poverty equity and access and development; • Analyzes ways to index and measure energy security progress at the national and international level. This book will be of much interest to students of energy security energy policy economics environmental studies and IR/Security Studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415721639

The Routledge Handbook of English as a Lingua Franca The Routledge Handbook of English as a Lingua Franca (ELF) provides an accessible authoritative and comprehensive introduction to the main theories concepts contexts and applications of this rapidly developing field of study.Including 47 state-of-the art chapters from leading international scholars the handbook covers key concepts regional spread linguistic features and communication processes domains and functions ELF in academia ELF and pedagogy and future trends.This handbook is key reading for all those engaged in the study and research of English as a lingua franca and world/global Englishes more broadly within English language applied linguistics and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367529284

The Routledge Handbook of English for Academic Purposes The Routledge Handbook of English for Academic Purposes provides an accessible authoritative and comprehensive introduction to English for Academic Purposes (EAP) covering the main theories concepts contexts and applications of this fast-growing area of applied linguistics. Forty-five chapters are organised into eight sections covering: Conceptions of EAP Contexts for EAP EAP and language skills Research perspectives Pedagogic genres Research genres Pedagogic contexts Managing learning. Authored by specialists from around the world each chapter focuses on a different area of EAP and provides a state-of-the-art review of the key ideas and concepts. Illustrative case studies are included wherever possible setting out in an accessible way the pitfalls challenges and opportunities of research or practice in that area. Suggestions for further reading are included with each chapter. The Routledge Handbook of English for Academic Purposes is an essential reference for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students of EAP within English Applied Linguistics and TESOL. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367468163

The Routledge Handbook of English Language and Digital Humanities The Routledge Handbook of English Language and Digital Humanities serves as a reference point for key developments related to the ways in which the digital turn has shaped the study of the English language and of how the resulting methodological approaches have permeated other disciplines. It draws on modern linguistics and discourse analysis for its analytical methods and applies these approaches to the exploration and theorisation of issues within the humanities. Divided into three sections this handbook covers: sources and corpora; analytical approaches; English language at the interface with other areas of research in the digital humanities. In covering these areas more traditional approaches and methodologies in the humanities are recast and research challenges are re-framed through the lens of the digital. The essays in this volume highlight the opportunities for new questions to be asked and long-standing questions to be reconsidered when drawing on the digital in humanities research. This is a ground-breaking collection of essays offering incisive and essential reading for anyone with an interest in the English language and digital humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138901766

The Routledge Handbook of English Language Education in Bangladesh This Handbook is a comprehensive overview of English language education in Bangladesh. Presenting descriptive theoretical and empirical chapters as well as case studies this Handbook on the one hand provides a comprehensive view of the English language teaching and learning scenario in Bangladesh and on the other hand comes up with suggestions for possible decolonisation and de-eliticisation of English in Bangladesh. The Handbook explores a wide range of diverse endogenous and exogenous topics all related to English language teaching and learning in Bangladesh and acquaints readers with different perspectives operating from the macro to the micro levels. The theoretical frameworks used are drawn from applied linguistics education sociology political science critical geography cultural studies psychology and economics. The chapters examine how much generalisability the theories have for the context of Bangladesh and how the empirical data can be interpreted through different theoretical lenses. There are six sections in the Handbook covering different dynamics of English language education practices in Bangladesh from history policy and practice to assessment pedagogy and identity. It is an invaluable reference source for students researchers and policy makers interested in English language ELT TESOL  and applied linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367405755

The Routledge Handbook of English Language Studies The Routledge Handbook of English Language Studies provides a comprehensive overview of English Language Studies. The book takes a three-pronged approach to examine what constitutes the phenomenon of the English language; why and in what contexts it is an important subject to study; and what the chief methodologies are that are used to study it. In 30 chapters written by leading scholars from around the world this Handbook covers and critically examines: English Language Studies as a discipline that is changing and evolving in response to local and global pressures; definitions of English including world Englishes contact Englishes and historical and colonial perspectives; the relevance of English in areas such as teaching politics and the media; analysis of English situated in wider linguistics contexts including psycholinguistics sociolinguistics and linguistic ethnography. The Routledge Handbook of English Language Studies is essential reading for researchers and students working in fields related to the teaching and study of the English language in any context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138913455

The Routledge Handbook of English Language Teacher Education The Routledge Handbook of English Language Teacher Education provides an accessible authoritative comprehensive and up-to-date resource of English language teacher education. With an overview of historical issues theoretical frameworks and current debates this handbook provides unique insights into a range of teacher education contexts focusing on key issues relating to teacher and learner priorities language and communication current practices reflective practice and research. Key features include: a cross-section of current theories practices and issues providing readers with a resource which can be used in a variety of contexts; the use of data transcripts and tasks to highlight and illustrate a range of practices including examples of ‘best practice’; ‘snapshots’ of ELTE from a number of contexts taken from all around the world; and examples of current technological advances contemporary thinking on reflective practice and insights gained from recent research. This wide-ranging and international collection of chapters has been written by leading experts in the field. The Routledge Handbook of English Language Teacher Education is sure to be core reading for students researchers and educators in applied linguistics TESOL and language education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138961371

The Routledge Handbook of English Language Teaching The Routledge Handbook of English Language Teaching is the definitive reference volume for postgraduate and advanced undergraduate students of Applied Linguistics ELT/TESOL and Language Teacher Education and for ELT professionals engaged in in-service teacher development and/or undertaking academic study. Progressing from ‘broader’ contextual issues to a ‘narrower’ focus on classrooms and classroom discourse the volume’s interrelated themes focus on: • ELT in the world: contexts and goals • planning and organising ELT: curriculum resources and settings • methods and methodology: perspectives and practices • second language learning and learners • teaching language: knowledge skills and pedagogy • understanding the language classroom. The Handbook’s 39 chapters are written by leading figures in ELT from around the world. Mindful of the diverse pedagogical institutional and social contexts for ELT they convincingly present the key issues areas of debate and dispute and likely future developments in ELT from an applied linguistics perspective. Throughout the volume readers are encouraged to develop their own thinking and practice in contextually appropriate ways assisted by discussion questions and suggestions for further reading that accompany every chapter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367473037

The Routledge Handbook of Environment and Communication This Handbook provides a comprehensive statement and reference point for theory research and practice with regard to environment and communication and it does this from a perspective which is both international and multi-disciplinary in scope. Offering comprehensive critical reviews of the history and state of the art of research into the key dimensions of environmental communication the chapters of this handbook together demonstrate the strengths of multi-disciplinary and cross-disciplinary approaches to understanding the centrality of communication to how the environment is constructed and indeed contested socially politically and culturally.Organised in five thematic sections The Routledge Handbook of Environment and Communication includes contributions from internationally recognised leaders in the field. The first section looks at the history and development of the discipline from a range of theoretical perspectives. Section two considers the sources communicators and media professionals involved in producing environmental communication. Section three examines research on news entertainment media and cultural representations of the environment. The fourth section looks at the social and political implications of environmental communication with the final section discussing likely future trajectories for the field.The first reference Handbook to offer a state of the art comprehensive overview of the emerging field of environmental communication research this authoritative text is a must for scholars of environmental communication across a range of disciplines including environmental studies media and communication studies cultural studies and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581831

The Routledge Handbook of Environmental Economics in Asia Problems of climate change biodiversity and air pollution are clearly growing globally but more particularly in Asia because of its economic importance and richness in nature. The increasing interest in environmental and resource economics applied in regions of Asia will make this book an outstanding resource to the existing literature particularly in the fields of environmental and resource economics and the integration of applied content in traditional and agricultural development. At present there is no single handbook or text on the state of current knowledge in environmental economics in Asia or one which offers a comprehensive guide to students and academics on the subjects of environmental economics research. This book will help to fill the gap in the existing literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367172978

The Routledge Handbook of Environmental Justice The Routledge Handbook of Environmental Justice presents an extensive and cutting-edge introduction to the diverse rapidly growing body of research on pressing issues of environmental justice and injustice. With wide-ranging discussion of current debates controversies and questions in the history theory and methods of environmental justice research contributed by over 90 leading social scientists natural scientists humanists and scholars from professional disciplines from six continents it is an essential resource both for newcomers to this research and for experienced scholars and practitioners.The chapters of this volume examine the roots of environmental justice activism lay out and assess key theories and approaches and consider the many different substantive issues that have been the subject of activism empirical research and policy development throughout the world. The Handbook features critical reviews of quantitative qualitative and mixed methodological approaches and explicitly addresses interdisciplinarity transdisciplinarity and engaged research. Instead of adopting a narrow regional focus it tackles substantive issues and presents perspectives from political and cultural systems across the world as well as addressing activism for environmental justice at the global scale. Its chapters do not simply review the state of the art but also propose new conceptual frameworks and directions for research policy and practice.Providing detailed but accessible overviews of the complex varied dimensions of environmental justice and injustice the Handbook is an essential guide and reference not only for researchers engaged with environmental justice but also for undergraduate and graduate teaching and for policymakers and activists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581121

The Routledge Handbook of Epistemic Contextualism Epistemic contextualism is a recent and hotly debated topic in philosophy. Contextualists argue that the language we use to attribute knowledge can only be properly understood relative to a specified context. How much can our knowledge depend on context? Is there a limit and if so where does it lie? What is the relationship between epistemic contextualism and fundamental topics in philosophy such as objectivity truth and relativism? The Routledge Handbook of Epistemic Contextualism is an outstanding reference source to the key topics problems and debates in this exciting subject and is the first collection of its kind. Comprising thirty-seven chapters by a team of international contributors the Handbook is divided into eight parts: Data and motivations for contextualism Methodological issues Epistemological implications Doing without contextualism Relativism and disagreement Semantic implementations Contextualism outside ‘knows’ Foundational linguistic issues. Within these sections central issues debates and problems are examined including contextualism and thought experiments and paradoxes such as the Gettier problem and the lottery paradox; semantics and pragmatics; the relationship between contextualism relativism and disagreement; and contextualism about related topics like ethical judgments and modality. The Routledge Handbook of Epistemic Contextualism is essential reading for students and researchers in epistemology and philosophy of language. It will also be very useful for those in related fields such as linguistics and philosophy of mind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367370640

The Routledge Handbook of Epistemic Injustice In the era of information and communication issues of misinformation and miscommunication are more pressing than ever. Epistemic injustice - one of the most important and ground-breaking subjects to have emerged in philosophy in recent years - refers to those forms of unfair treatment that relate to issues of knowledge understanding and participation in communicative practices. The Routledge Handbook of Epistemic Injustice is an outstanding reference source to the key topics problems and debates in this exciting subject. The first collection of its kind it comprises over thirty chapters by a team of international contributors divided into five parts: Core Concepts Liberatory Epistemologies and Axes of Oppression Schools of Thought and Subfields within Epistemology Socio-political Ethical and Psychological Dimensions of Knowing Case Studies of Epistemic Injustice. As well as fundamental topics such as testimonial and hermeneutic injustice and epistemic trust the Handbook includes chapters on important issues such as social and virtue epistemology objectivity and objectification implicit bias and gender and race. Also included are chapters on areas in applied ethics and philosophy such as law education and healthcare. The Routledge Handbook of Epistemic Injustice is essential reading for students and researchers in ethics epistemology political philosophy feminist theory and philosophy of race. It will also be very useful for those in related fields such as cultural studies sociology education and law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367370633

The Routledge Handbook of Ethics and Public Policy What does it mean to do public policy ethics today? How should philosophers engage with ethical issues in policy-making when policy decisions are circumscribed by political and pragmatic concerns? How do ethical issues in public policy differ between areas such as foreign policy criminal justice or environmental policy?The Routledge Handbook of Ethics and Public Policy addresses all these questions and more and is the first handbook of its kind. It is comprised of 41 chapters written by leading international contributors and is organised into four clear sections covering the following key topics:Methodology: philosophical approaches to public policy ethical expertise knowledge and public policy Democracy and public policy: identity integration and inclusion: voting linguistic policy discrimination youth policy religious toleration and the family Public goods: defence and foreign policy development and climate change surveillance and internal security ethics of welfare healthcare and fair trade sovereignty and territorial boundaries and the ethics of nudging Public policy challenges: criminal justice policing taxation poverty disability reparation and ethics of death policies.The Routledge Handbook of Ethics and Public Policy is essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy politics and social policy. It will be equally useful to those in related disciplines such as economics and law or professional fields such as business administration or policy-making in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732820

The Routledge Handbook of Ethnic Conflict A definitive global survey of the interaction of ethnicity nationalism and politics this handbook blends rigorous theoretically grounded analysis with empirically rich illustrations to provide a state-of-the-art overview of the contemporary debates on one of the most pervasive international security challenges today. Fully updated for the second edition the book includes a new section which offers detailed analyses of contemporary cases of conflict such as in Ukraine Kosovo the African Great Lakes region and in the Kurdish areas across the Middle East thus providing accessible examples that bridge the gap between theory and practice. The contributors offer a 360-degree perspective on ethnic conflict: from the theoretical foundations of nationalism and ethnicity to the causes and consequences of ethnic conflict and to the various strategies adopted in response to it. Without privileging any specific explanation of why ethnic conflict happens at a particular place and time or why attempts at preventing or settling it might fail or succeed The Routledge Handbook of Ethnic Conflict enables readers to gain a better insight into such defining moments in post-Cold War international history as the disintegration of the Soviet Union and Yugoslavia and their respective consequences the genocide in Rwanda  and the relative success of conflict settlement efforts in Northern Ireland. By contributing to understanding the varied and multiple causes of ethnic conflicts and to learning from the successes and failures of their prevention and settlement the Handbook makes a powerful case that ethnic conflicts are neither unavoidable nor unresolvable but rather that they require careful analysis and thoughtful and measured responses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367237257

The Routledge Handbook of EU-Africa Relations This handbook provides a comprehensive overview of the changing dynamics in the relationship between the African continent and the EU provided by leading experts in the field. Structured into five parts the handbook provides an incisive look at the past present and potential futures of EU-Africa relations. The cutting-edge chapters cover themes like multilateralism development assistance institutions gender equality and science and technology among others. Thoroughly researched this book provides original reflections from a diversity of conceptual and theoretical perspectives from experts in Africa Europe and beyond. The handbook thus offers rich and comprehensive analyses of contemporary global politics as manifested in Africa and Europe. The Routledge Handbook of EU-Africa Relations will be an essential reference for scholars students researchers policy makers and practitioners interested and working in a range of fields within the (sub)disciplines of African and EU studies European politics and international studies. The Routledge Handbook of EU-Africa Relations is part of the mini-series Europe in the World Handbooks examining EU-regional relations and established by Professor Wei Shen. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138047303

The Routledge Handbook of European Criminology This new book brings together some of the leading criminologists across Europe to showcase the best of European criminology. This Handbook aims to reflect the range and depth of current work in Europe and to counterbalance the impact of the – sometimes insular and ethnocentric – Anglo-American criminological tradition. The end-product is a collection of twenty-eight chapters illustrating a truly comparative and interdisciplinary European criminology. The editors have assembled a cast of leading voices to reflect on differences and commonalities elaborate on theoretically grounded comparisons and reflect on emerging themes in criminology in Europe. After the editors’ introduction the book is organised in three parts: Five chapters offering historical theoretical and policy oriented overviews of European issues in crime and crime control Seven chapters looking at different dimensions of crime in Europe includingcrime trends state crime gender and crime and urban safety Fifteen chapters examining the variety of institutional responses exploring issues such as policing juvenile justice punishment green crime and the role of the victim. This book gives some indication of the richness and scope of the emerging comparative European criminology. It will be required reading for anyone who wants to understand trends in crime and its control across Europe. It will be a valuable teaching resource especially at postgraduate level as well as an important reference point for researchers and scholars of criminology across Europe. Special offer of £125.00 for three months after publication. Offer expires 23rd October 2013. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138812734

The Routledge Handbook of European Public Policy The Routledge Handbook of European Public Policy provides an in-depth and systematic understanding of EU policies. It covers theoretical approaches on the policy process and the various stages of public policy formulation and decision making and discusses key questions of contemporary European governance. The handbook introduces major concepts trends and methodologies in a variety of comparative settings thereby providing the first systematic effort to include theoretical and substantive analyses of European public policies in a single volume. The handbook is divided into four sections: Concepts and approaches in EU policymaking; Substantive policies of the EU including economic and social fiscal and monetary areas of freedom security and justice and external policies; Elements of the policy cycle; Themes ranging from crisis and resistance to controversies in education. This handbook will be an essential reference for students and scholars of the European Union public policy social policy and more broadly for European and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367500139

The Routledge Handbook of European Security This new Handbook brings together key experts on European security from the academic and policy worlds to examine the European Union (EU) as an international security actor. In the two decades since the end of the Cold War the EU has gradually emerged as an autonomous actor in the field of security aiming to safeguard European security by improving global security. However the EU’s development as a security actor has certainly not remained uncontested either by academics or by policy-makers some of whom see the rise of the EU as a threat to their national and/or transatlantic policy outlook. While the focus of this volume is on the politico-military dimension security will also be put into the context of the holistic approach advocated by the EU. The book is organised into four key sections: Part I – The EU as an International Security Actor Part II – Institutions Instruments and Means Part III – Policies Part IV – Partners This Handbook will be essential reading for all students of European Security the EU European Politics security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138840874

The Routledge Handbook of European Security Law and Policy   The Handbook of European Security Law and Policy offers a holistic discussion of the contemporary challenges to the security of the European Union and emphasizes the complexity of dealing with these through legislation and policy. Considering security from a human perspective the book opens with a general introduction to the key issues in European Security Law and Policy before delving into three main areas. Institutions policies and mechanisms used by Security Defence Policy and Internal Affairs form the conceptual framework of the book; at the same time an extensive analysis of the risks and challenges facing the EU including threats to human rights and sustainability as well as the European Union’s legal and political response to these challenges is provided. This Handbook is essential reading for scholars and students of European law security law EU law and interdisciplinary legal and political studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138609990

The Routledge Handbook of Euroscepticism Since the advent of the 1992 Maastricht Treaty a key turning point in terms of the crystallisation of opposition towards the European Union (EU) Euroscepticism has become a transnational phenomenon. The term ‘Euroscepticism’ has become common political language in all EU member states and with the advent of the Eurozone refugee and security crises have become increasingly ‘embedded’ within European nation states. Bringing together a collection of essays by established and up-and-coming authors in the field this handbook paints a fuller more holistic picture of the extent to which the Eurosceptic debate has influenced the EU and its member states. Crucially it also focuses on what the consequences of this development are likely to be for the future direction of the European project. By adopting a broad-based thematic approach the volume centres on theory and conceptualisation political parties public opinion non-party groups the role of referendums – and the media – and of scepticism within the EU institutions. It also reflects on the future of Euroscepticism studies following the United Kingdom’s vote to leave the EU. Containing a full range of thematic contributions from eminent scholars in the field The Routledge Handbook of Euroscepticism is a definitive frame of reference for academics practitioners and those with an interest in the debate about the EU and more broadly for students of European Studies EU and European Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367500030

The Routledge Handbook of Events The Routledge Handbook of Events explores and critically evaluates the debates and controversies associated with this rapidly expanding discipline. It brings together leading specialists from range of disciplinary backgrounds and geographical regions to provide state-of-the-art theoretical reflection and empirical research on the evolution of the subject. It is the first major study to examine what events is as a discipline in the twenty-first century its significance in contemporary society and growth as a mainstream subject area. The book is divided in to five inter-related sections. Section one evaluates the evolution of events as a discipline and defines what events studies is. Section two critically reviews the relationship between events and other disciplines such as tourism and sport. Section three focuses on the management of events section four evaluates the impacts of events from varying political social and environmental perspectives and section five examines the future direction of growth in event-related education and research. It offers the reader a comprehensive synthesis of this field conveying the latest thinking and research. The text will provide an invaluable resource for all those with an interest in Events Studies encouraging dialogue across disciplinary boundaries and areas of study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138832817

The Routledge Handbook of Events The Routledge Handbook of Events explores and critically evaluates the debates and controversies associated with the rapidly expanding domain of Event Studies. It brings together leading specialists from a range of disciplinary backgrounds to provide a state-of-the-art review on the evolution of the subject. The first edition was a landmark study which examined how event research had evolved and developed from a range of different social science subject areas and disciplines. The Handbook was the first critique of the extent to which the subject had developed into a major area of social science inquiry. This second edition has been fully updated to reflect crucial developments in the field and includes brand new sections on ever-important aspects of Event Studies such as: anthropology hospitality seasonality knowledge management accessibility diversity and human rights as well as new studies on ‘the eventful city’ and the benefits of events in older life. The book is divided into four inter-related sections. Section 1 introduces and evaluates the concept of events. Section 2 critically reviews the relationship between events and other disciplines such as the contribution of economics psychology and geography to the critical discourse of Event Studies. Section 3 focuses on the business operational and strategic management of events while the final section crucially focuses on critical events as a new paradigm within the burgeoning literature on Events. It offers the reader a comprehensive and critical synthesis of this field conveying the latest thinking associated with events research edited by two of the leading scholars in the field. The text will provide an invaluable resource for all those with an interest in Events Studies encouraging dialogue that will span across disciplinary boundaries and other areas of study. It is an essential guide for anyone interested in events research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367236489

The Routledge Handbook of Evolution and Philosophy In recent years the relation between contemporary academic philosophy and evolutionary theory has become ever more active multifaceted and productive. The connection is a bustling two-way street. In one direction philosophers of biology make significant contributions to theoretical discussions about the nature of evolution (such as "What is a species?"; "What is reproductive fitness?"; "Does selection operate primarily on genes?"; and "What is an evolutionary function?"). In the other direction a broader group of philosophers appeal to Darwinian selection in an attempt to illuminate traditional philosophical puzzles (such as "How could a brain-state have representational content?"; "Are moral judgments justified?"; "Why do we enjoy fiction?"; and "Are humans invariably selfish?"). In grappling with these questions this interdisciplinary collection includes cutting-edge examples from both directions of traffic. The thirty contributions written exclusively for this volume are divided into six sections: The Nature of Selection; Evolution and Information; Human Nature; Evolution and Mind; Evolution and Ethics; and Evolution Aesthetics and Art. Many of the contributing philosophers and psychologists are international leaders in their fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367573072

The Routledge Handbook of Exclusion Inequality and Stigma in India This handbook critically examines the three concepts of exclusion inequality and stigma and their interrelationship in the Indian context. Divided into five parts the volume deals with the issues of exclusion inequality gender discrimination health and disability and assault and violence. It discusses important topical themes such as caste and social exclusion in rural labour markets impact of poverty and unemployment discrimination in education and literacy income inequality and financial inclusion social security of street vendors women social entrepreneurs rural–urban digital divide workplace inequality women trafficking acid attacks inter-caste marriages honour killings health care and sanitation discrimination faced by those with disabilities and regional disparities in India. The book traces rising socio-economic inequality and discrimination along with the severe lack of access to resources and opportunities redressal instruments legal provisions and implementation challenges while also looking at deep-rooted causes responsible for their persistence in society. With emphasis on affirmative action systemic mechanisms and the role of state and citizens in bridging gaps the volume presents several policies and strategies for development. It combines wide-ranging empirical case studies backed by relevant theoretical frameworks to map out a new agenda for research on socio-economic inequality in India with important implications for public policy. Comprehensive and first of its kind this handbook will serve as a key reference to scholars researchers and teachers of exclusion and discrimination studies social justice political economy sociology anthropology economics political science development studies education and public administration. It will also be useful to policymakers bureaucrats civil society activists non-governmental organisations and social entrepreneurs in the development sector in addition to those interested in third world studies developing economies and the global south. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367272388

The Routledge Handbook of Family Communication With a synthesis of research on issues key to understanding family interaction as well as an analysis of many theoretical and methodological choices made by researchers studying family communication the Handbook serves to advance the field by reframing old questions and stimulating new ones. The contents are comprised of chapters covering: theoretical and methodological issues influencing current conceptions of family; research and theory centering around the family life course communication occurring in a variety of family forms individual family members and their relationships dynamic communication processes taking place in families family communication embedded in social cultural and physical contexts. Key changes to the second edition include: updates throughout providing a thorough and up-to-date overview of research and theory new topics reflecting the growth of the discipline including chapters on "singles" as family members emerging adults and physiology and physical health. Highlighting the work of scholars across disciplines--communication social psychology clinical psychology sociology family studies and others--this volume captures the breadth and depth of research on family communication and family relationships. The well-known contributors approach family interaction from a variety of theoretical perspectives and focus on topics ranging from the influence of structural characteristics on family relationships to the importance of specific communication processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415881975

The Routledge Handbook of Feminist Philosophy of Science The Routledge Handbook of Feminist Philosophy of Science is a comprehensive resource for feminist thinking about and in the sciences. Its 33 chapters were written exclusively for this Handbook by a group of leading international philosophers as well as scholars in gender studies women’s studies psychology economics and political science. The chapters of the Handbook are organized into four main parts: I. Hidden Figures and Historical Critique II. Theoretical Frameworks III. Key Concepts and Issues IV. Feminist Philosophy of Science in Practice. The chapters in this extensive fourth part examine the relevance of feminist philosophical thought for a range of scientific and professional disciplines including biology and biomedical sciences; psychology cognitive science and neuroscience; the social sciences; physics; and public policy. The Handbook gives a snapshot of the current state of feminist philosophy of science allowing students and other newcomers to get up to speed quickly in the subfield and providing a handy reference for many different kinds of researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138579859

The Routledge Handbook of Festivals In recent times festivals around the world have grown in number due to the increased recognition of their importance for tourism branding and economic development. Festivals hold multifaceted roles in society and can be staged to bring positive economic impact for the competitive advantage they lend a destination or to address social objectives. Studies on festivals have appeared in a wide range of disciplines and consequently much of the research available is highly fragmented. This handbook brings this knowledge together in one volume offering a comprehensive evaluation of the most current research debates and controversies surrounding festivals. It is divided into nine sections that cover a wide range of theories concepts and contexts such as sustainability festival marketing and management the strategic use of festivals and their future. Featuring a variety of disciplinary cultural and national perspectives from an international team of authors this book will be an invaluable resource for students and researchers of event management and will be of interest to scholars in the fields of anthropology sociology geography marketing management psychology and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138735811

The Routledge Handbook of Financial Geography This handbook is a comprehensive and up to date work of reference that offers a survey of the state of financial geography. With Brexit a global recession triggered by the COVID-19 pandemic as well as new financial technology threatening and promising to revolutionize finance the map of the financial world is in a state of transformation with major implications for development. With these developments in the background this handbook builds on this unprecedented momentum and responds to these epochal challenges offering a comprehensive guide to financial geography. Financial geography is concerned with the study of money and finance in space and time and their impacts on economy society and nature. The book consists of 29 chapters organized in six sections: theoretical perspectives on financial geography financial assets and markets investors intermediation regulation and governance and finance development and the environment. Each chapter provides a balanced overview of current knowledge identifying issues and discussing relevant debates. Written in an analytical and engaging style by authors based on six continents from a wide range of disciplines the work also offers reflections on where the research agenda is likely to advance in the future. The book’s key audience will primarily be students and researchers in geography urban studies global studies and planning more or less familiar with financial geography who seek access to a state-of-the art survey of this area. It will also be useful for students and researchers in other disciplines such as finance and economics history sociology anthropology politics business studies environmental studies and other social sciences who seek convenient access to financial geography as a new and relatively unfamiliar area. Finally it will be a valuable resource for practitioners in the public and private sector including business consultants and policy-makers who look for alternative approaches to understanding money and finance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815369738

The Routledge Handbook of Food Ethics While the history of philosophy has traditionally given scant attention to food and the ethics of eating in the last few decades the subject of food ethics has emerged as a major topic encompassing a wide array of issues including labor justice public health social inequity animal rights and environmental ethics. This handbook provides a much needed philosophical analysis of the ethical implications of the need to eat and the role that food plays in social cultural and political life. Unlike other books on the topic this text integrates traditional approaches to the subject with cutting edge research in order to set a new agenda for philosophical discussions of food ethics. The Routledge Handbook of Food Ethics is an outstanding reference source to the key topics problems and debates in this exciting subject and is the first collection of its kind. Comprising over 35 chapters by a team of international contributors the Handbook is divided into 7 parts: the phenomenology of food gender and food food and cultural diversity liberty choice and food policy food and the environment farming and eating other animals food justice Essential reading for students and researchers in food ethics it is also an invaluable resource for those in related disciplines such as environmental ethics and bioethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367370541

The Routledge Handbook of Forensic Linguistics The Routledge Handbook of Forensic Linguistics provides a unique work of reference to the leading ideas debates topics approaches and methodologies in Forensic Linguistics. Forensic Linguistics is the study of language and the law covering topics from legal language and courtroom discourse to plagiarism. It also concerns the applied (forensic) linguist who is involved in providing evidence as an expert for the defence and prosecution in areas as diverse as blackmail trademarks and warning labels. The Routledge Handbook of Forensic Linguistics includes a comprehensive introduction to the field written by the editors and a collection of thirty-seven original chapters written by the world’s leading academics and professionals both established and up-and-coming designed to equip a new generation of students and researchers to carry out forensic linguistic research and analysis. The Routledge Handbook of Forensic Linguistics is the ideal resource for undergraduates or postgraduates new to the area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415837231

The Routledge Handbook of Forensic Linguistics The Routledge Handbook of Forensic Linguistics offers a comprehensive survey of the subdiscipline of Forensic Linguistics with this new edition providing both updated overviews from leading figures in the field and exciting new contributions from the next generation of forensic linguists. The Handbook is a unique work of reference to the leading ideas debates topics approaches and methodologies in forensic linguistics and language and the law. It comprises 43 chapters including entirely new contributions from many international experts in the areas of Aboriginal claimants appraisal and stance author identities online biased language in capital trials corpus approaches false confessions forensic phonetics forensic transcription the historical courtroom legal interpretation multilingual law police crisis negotiation speaker profiling and trolling. The chapters include a wealth of examples and case studies so the reader can see forensic linguistics applied and in action.  Edited and authored by the world’s leading academics and practitioners The Routledge Handbook of Forensic Linguistics is a vital resource for advanced students researchers and scholars and will also be of interest to legal law enforcement and security professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367137847

The Routledge Handbook of Franz Brentano and the Brentano School Both through his own work and that of his students Franz Clemens Brentano (1838–1917) had an often underappreciated influence on the course of twentieth- and twenty-first-century philosophy. The Routledge Handbook of Franz Brentano and the Brentano School offers full coverage of Brentano’s philosophy and his influence. It contains 38 brand-new essays from an international team of experts that offer a comprehensive view of Brentano’s central research areas—philosophy of mind metaphysics and value theory—as well as of the principal figures shaped by Brentano’s school of thought. A general introduction serves as an overview of Brentano and the contents of the volume and three separate bibliographies point students and researchers on to further avenues of inquiry. Systematic and detailed The Routledge Handbook of Franz Brentano and the Brentano School provides readers with a valuable reference to Brentano’s work and to his lasting importance in the history of philosophy and in contemporary debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869663

The Routledge Handbook of French Politics and Culture The Routledge Handbook of French Politics and Culture provides a detailed survey of the highly differentiated field of research on French politics society and culture across the social sciences and humanities. The handbook includes contributions from the most eminent authors in their respective fields who bring their authority to bear on the task of outlining the current state-of-the art research in French Studies across disciplinary boundaries. As such it represents an innovative as well as an authoritative survey of the field representing an opportunity for a critical examination of the contrasts and the continuities in methodological and disciplinary orientations in a single volume. The Routledge Handbook of French Politics and Culture will be essential reading and an authoritative reference for scholars students researchers and practitioners involved in and actively concerned about research on French politics society and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138101753

The Routledge Handbook of Gender and Communication This volume provides an extensive overview of current research on the complex relationships between gender and communication. Featuring a broad variety of chapters written by leading and upcoming scholars this edited collection uses diverse theoretical frameworks to provide insight into recent concerns regarding changing gender roles representations and resources in communication studies. Established research and new perspectives address vital themes in this comprehensive text including the shifting politics of gender ethical and technological trends in gendered media and gender in daily life. Comprising 39 chapters by a team of international contributors the Handbook is divided into six thematic sections: • Gendered lives and identities • Visualizing gender • The politics of gender • Gendered contexts and strategies • Gendered violence and communication • Gender advocacy in action These sections examine central issues debates and problems including the ethics and politics of gender as identity impacts of media and technology legal and legislative battlegrounds for gender inequality and LGBTQ+ human rights changing institutional contexts and recent research on gender violence and communication. The final section links academic research on gender and communication to activism and advocacy beyond the academy. The Routledge Handbook of Gender and Communication will be an invaluable reference work for students and researchers working at the intersections of gender studies and communication studies. Its international perspectives and the range of themes it covers make it an essential and pragmatic pedagogical resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138329188

The Routledge Handbook of Gender and Development The Routledge Handbook of Gender and Development provides a comprehensive statement and reference point for gender and development policy making and practice in an international and multi-disciplinary context. Specifically it provides critical reviews and appraisals of the current state of gender and development and considers future trends. It includes theoretical and practical approaches as well as empirical studies. The international reach and scope of the Handbook and the contributors’ experiences allow engagement with and reflection upon these bridging and linking themes as well as the examining the politics and policy of how we think about and practice gender and development.Organized into eight inter-related sections the Handbook contains over 50 contributions from leading scholars looking at conceptual and theoretical approaches environmental resources poverty and families women and health related services migration and mobility the effect of civil and international conflict and international economies and development. This Handbook provides a wealth of interdisciplinary information and will appeal to students and practitioners in Geography Development Studies Gender Studies and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581855

The Routledge Handbook of Gender and Violence The Routledge Handbook of Gender and Violence provides both a comprehensive and authoritative state-of-the-art overview of the latest research in the field of gender and violence. Each of the 23 specially commissioned chapters develops and summarises their key issue or debate including rape stalking online harassment domestic abuse FGM trafficking and prostitution in relation to gender and violence. They study violence against women but also look at male victims and perpetrators as well as gay lesbian and transgender violence. The interdisciplinary nature of the subject area is highlighted with authors spanning criminology social policy sociology geography health media and law alongside activists and members of statutory and third sector organisations. The diversity of perspectives all highlight that gendered violence is both an age-old and continuing social problem. By drawing together leading scholars this handbook provides an up-to-the-minute snapshot of current scholarship as well as signposting several fruitful avenues for future research. This book is both an invaluable resource for scholars and an indispensable teaching tool for use in the classroom and will be of interest to students academics social workers and other professionals working to end gender-based violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580988

The Routledge Handbook of German Politics & Culture The Routledge Handbook of German Politics and Culture offers a wide-ranging and authoritative account of Germany in the 21st century. It gathers the expertise of internationally leading scholars of German culture politics and society to explore and explain: historical pathways to contemporary Germany the current ‘Berlin Republic’ society and diversity Germany and Europe Germany and the world. This is an essential resource for students researchers and all those looking to understand contemporary German politics and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815377573

The Routledge Handbook of Global Child Welfare In the context of the increasing global movement of people and a growing evidence base for differing outcomes in child welfare  Routledge Handbook of Global Child Welfare provides a compelling account of child welfare grounded in the latest theory policy and practice. Drawing on eminent international expertise the book offers a coherent and comprehensive overview of the policies systems and practices that can deliver the best outcomes for children. It considers the challenges faced by children globally and the difference families services and professionals can make. This ambitious and far-reaching handbook is essential reading for everyone working to make the world a better and safer place for children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367335793

The Routledge Handbook of Global Cultural Policy Cultural policy intersects with political economic and socio-cultural dynamics at all levels of society placing high and often contradictory expectations on the capabilities and capacities of the media the fine performing and folk arts and cultural heritage. These expectations are articulated mobilised and contested at â€“ and across â€“ a global scale. As a result the study of cultural policy has firmly established itself as a field that cuts across a range of academic disciplines including sociology cultural and media studies economics anthropology area studies languages geography and law. This Routledge Handbook of Global Cultural Policy sets out to broaden the field’s consideration to recognise the necessity for international and global perspectives. The book explores how cultural policy has become a global phenomenon. It brings together a diverse range of researchers whose work reveals how cultural policy expresses and realises common global concerns dominant narratives and geopolitical economic and social inequalities. The sections of the book address cultural policy’s relation to core academic disciplines and core questions of regulations rights development practice and global issues. With a cross-section of country-by-country case studies this comprehensive volume is a map for academics and students seeking to become more globally orientated cultural policy scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367244163

The Routledge Handbook of Global Ethics Global ethics focuses on the most pressing contemporary ethical issues - poverty global trade terrorism torture pollution climate change and the management of scarce recourses. It draws on moral and political philosophy political and social science empirical research and real-world policy and activism. The Routledge Handbook of Global Ethics is an outstanding reference source to the key topics problems and debates in this exciting subject presenting an authoritative overview of the most significant issues and ideas in global ethics. The 31 chapters by a team of international contributors are structured into six key parts: normative theory conflict and violence poverty and development economic justice bioethics and health justice environment and climate ethics. Covering the theoretical and practical aspects of global ethics as well as policy The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Global Ethics provides a benchmark for the study of global ethics to date as well as outlining future developments. It will prove an invaluable reference for policy-makers and is essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy international relations political science environmental and development studies and human rights law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367370435

The Routledge Handbook of Global Historical Archaeology The Routledge Handbook of Global Historical Archaeology is a multi-authored compendium of articles on specific topics of interest to today’s historical archaeologists offering perspectives on the current state of research and collectively outlining future directions for the field. The broad range of topics covered in this volume allows for specificity within individual chapters while building to a cumulative overview of the field of historical archaeology as it stands and where it could go next. Archaeological research is discussed in the context of current sociological concerns different approaches and techniques are assessed and potential advances are posited. This is a comprehensive treatment of the sub-discipline engaging key contemporary debates and providing a series of specially-commissioned geographical overviews to complement the more theoretical explorations. This book is designed to offer a starting point for students who may wish to pursue particular topics in more depth as well as for non-archaeologists who have an interest in historical archaeology. Archaeologists historians preservationists and all scholars interested in the role historical archaeology plays in illuminating daily life during the past five centuries will find this volume engaging and enlightening. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138704053

The Routledge Handbook of Global Public Policy and Administration The Routledge Handbook of Global Public Policy and Administration is a comprehensive leading-edge guide for students scholars and practitioners of public policy and administration. Public policy and administration are key aspects of modern societies that affect the daily lives of all citizens. This handbook examines current trends and reforms in public policy and administration such as financial regulation risk management public health e-government and many others at the local national and international levels. The two themes of the book are that public policy and administration have acquired an important global aspect and that a critical role for government is the regulation of capital. The handbook is organized into three thematic sections – Contemporary Challenges Policy and Administration Responses and Forging a Resilient Public Administration – to allow readers to quickly access knowledge and improve their understanding of topics. The opening chapter introductions to sections and extensive glossary aid readers to most effectively learn from the book. Each chapter provides a balanced overview of current knowledge identifying issues and discussing relevant debates. The book is written by authors from Europe Asia North and South America Africa and Australia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367352639

The Routledge Handbook of Greek Mythology Now in its eighth edition this magisterial work offers a comprehensive survey of the stories of Greek myth from the Olympian gods through the lesser gods and deities to the heroes adventures and foundation myths of the ancient Greek world. The Routledge Handbook of Greek Mythology sets out to provide a comprehensive history of the divine order and mythical prehistory of Greece as systematized on a genealogical basis by Hesiod and the ancient mythographers while also taking into account the ways in which individual myths have changed and evolved over time in different genres of literature. This new edition has been extensively rewritten and reorganized to make it more accessible to readers who may have no particular knowledge of the ancient world and Greek mythology and to ensure that information on each myth or mythical figure is easy to find within the book. This new edition of the handbook continues to offer an essential reference resource for all students of Greek mythology and it provides an accessible and comprehensive overview of these stories for anyone with an interest in the classical world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138652606

The Routledge Handbook of Green Social Work Green social work espouses a holistic approach to all peoples and other living things – plants and animals and the physical ecosystem; emphasises the relational nature of all its constituent parts; and redefines the duty to care for and about others as one that includes the duty to care for and about planet earth. By acknowledging the interdependency of all living things it allows for the inclusion of all systems and institutions in its remit including both (hu)man-made and natural disasters arising from the (hu)made ones of poverty to chemical pollution of the earth’s land waters and soils and climate change to the natural hazards like earthquakes and volcanoes which turn to disasters through human (in)action. Green social work’s value system is also one that favours equality social inclusion the equitable distribution of resources and a rights-based approach to meeting people’s needs to live in an ethical and sustainable manner. Responding to these issues is one of the biggest challenges facing social workers in the twenty-first century which this Handbook is intended to address. Through providing the theories practices policies knowledge and skills required to act responsibly in responding to the diverse disasters that threaten to endanger all living things and planet earth itself this green social work handbook will be required reading for all social work students academics and professionals as well as those working in the fields of community development and disaster management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580759

The Routledge Handbook of Halal Hospitality and Islamic Tourism The Routledge Handbook of Halal Hospitality and Islamic Tourism provides a greater understanding of the current debates associated with Islamic tourism and halal hospitality in the context of businesses communities destinations and the wider socio-political context. It therefore sheds substantial light on one of the most significant travel and consumer markets in the world today and the important role of religion in contemporary hospitality and tourism. The book examines halal hospitality and lodging Islamic markets product developments heritage certification and emerging and future trends and issues. It integrates case studies from a range of countries and destinations and in doing so emphasises the significant differences that exist with respect to regulating and commodifying halal as well as stressing that the Islamic market is not monolithic. Written by highly regarded international academics it offers a range of perspectives and enables a comprehensive discussion of this integral part of Islam and contemporary society. This handbook will be of significant interest to upper level students researchers and academics in the various disciplines of Tourism Hospitality Food Studies Marketing Religious Studies Geography Sociology and Islamic Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138557055

The Routledge Handbook of Health Communication The Routledge Handbook of Health Communication brings together the current body of scholarly work in health communication. With its expansive scope it offers an introduction for those new to this area summarizes work for those already learned in the area and suggests avenues for future research on the relationships between communicative processes and health/health care delivery. This second edition of the Handbook has been organized to reflect the goals of health communication: understanding to make informed decisions and to promote formal and informal systems of care linked to health and well-being. It emphasizes work in such areas as barriers to disclosure in family conversations and medical interactions access to popular media and advertising and individual searches online for information and support to guide decisions and behaviors with health consequences. This edition also adds an overview of methods used in health communication and the unique challenges facing health communication researchers applying traditional methods to efforts to gain reliable and valid evidence about the role of communication for health. It introduces the promise of translational research being conducted by health communication researchers from multiple disciplines to form transdisciplinary theories and teams to increase the well-being of not only humans but the systems of care within their nations. Arguably the most comprehensive scholarly resource available for study in this area the Routledge Handbook of Health Communication serves an invaluable role and reference for students researchers and scholars doing work in health communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415883153

The Routledge Handbook of Health Tourism The Routledge Handbook of Health Tourism provides a comprehensive and cutting-edge overview of the philosophical conceptual and managerial issues in the field of health tourism with contributions from more than 30 expert academics and practitioners from around the world. Terms that are used frequently when defining health tourism such as wellbeing wellness holistic medical and spiritual are analysed and explored as is the role that health and health tourism play in quality-of-life enhancement wellbeing life satisfaction and happiness. An overview is provided of health tourism facilities such as thermal waters spas retreats and wellness hotels and the various challenges inherent in managing these profitably and sustainably. Typologies are given not only of subsectors of health tourism and related activities but also of destinations such as natural landscapes historic townscapes or individual resources or attractions around which whole infrastructures have been developed. Attention is paid to some of the lifestyle changes that are taking place in societies which influence consumer behaviour motivations and demand for health tourism including government policies regulations and ethical considerations. This significant volume offers the reader a comprehensive synthesis of this field conveying the latest thinking and research. The text is international in focus encouraging dialogue across disciplinary boundaries and areas of study and will be an invaluable resource for all those with an interest in health tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138909830

The Routledge Handbook of Hellenistic Philosophy Hellenistic philosophy concerns the thought of the Epicureans Stoics and Skeptics the most influential philosophical groups in the era between the death of Alexander the Great (323 BCE) and the defeat of the last Greek stronghold in the ancient world (31 BCE). The Routledge Handbook of Hellenistic Philosophy provides accessible yet rigorous introductions to the theories of knowledge ethics and physics belonging to each of the three schools explores the fascinating ways in which interschool rivalries shaped the philosophies of the era and offers unique insight into the relevance of Hellenistic views to issues today such as environmental ethics consumerism and bioethics. Eleven countries are represented among the Handbook’s 35 authors whose chapters were written specifically for this volume and are organized thematically into six sections: The people history and methods of Epicureanism Stoicism and Skepticism. Earlier philosophical influences on Hellenistic thought such as Aristotle Socrates and Presocratics. The soul perception and knowledge. God fate and the primary principles of nature and the universe. Ethics political theory society and community. Hellenistic philosophy’s relevance to contemporary life. Spanning from the ancient past to the present this Handbook aims to show that Hellenistic philosophy has much to offer all thinking people of the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815347910

The Routledge Handbook of Henri Lefebvre The City and Urban Society The Routledge Handbook of Henri Lefebvre The City and Urban Society is the first edited book to focus on Lefebvre's urban theories and ideas from a global perspective making use of recent theoretical and empirical developments with contributions from eminent as well as emergent global scholars. The book provides international comparison of Lefebvrian research and theoretical conjecture and aims; to engage with and critique Lefebvre's ideas in the context of contemporary urban social and environmental upheavals; to use Lefebvre's spatial triad as a research tool as well as a point of departure for the adoption of ideas such as differential space; to reassess Lefebvre's ideas in relation to nature and global environmental sustainability; and to highlight how a Lefebvrian approach might assist in mobilising resistance to the excesses of globalised neoliberal urbanism. The volume draws inspiration from Lefebvre's key texts (The Production of Space; Critique of Everyday Life; and The Urban Revolution) and includes a comprehensive introduction and concluding chapter by the editors. The conclusions highlight implications in relation to increasing spatial inequalities; increasing diversity of needs including those of migrants; more authoritarian approaches; and asymmetries of access to urban space. Above all the book illustrates the continuing relevance of Levebvre's ideas for contemporary urban issues and shows – via global case studies – how resistance to spatial domination by powerful interests might be achieved.  The Handbook helps the reader navigate the complex terrain of spatial research inspired by Lefebvre. In particular the Handbook focuses on: the series of struggles globally for the 'right to the city' and the collision of debates around the urban age 'cityism' and planetary urbanisation. It will be a guide for graduate and advanced undergraduate teaching and a key reference for academics in the fields of Human Geography Sociology Political Science Applied Philosophy Planning Urban Theory and Urban Studies. Practitioners and activists in the field will also find the book of relevance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138290051

The Routledge Handbook of Heritage Language EducationFrom Innovation to Program Building The Routledge Handbook of Heritage Language Education provides the rapidly growing and globalizing field of heritage language (HL) education with a cohesive overview of HL programs and practices relating to language maintenance and development setting the stage for future work in the field. Driving this effort is the belief that if research and pedagogical advances in the HL field are to have the greatest impact HL programs need to become firmly rooted in educational systems. Against a background of cultural and linguistic diversity that characterizes the twenty-first century the volume outlines key issues in the design and implementation of HL programs across a range of educational sectors institutional settings sociolinguistic conditions and geographical locations specifically: North and Latin America Europe Israel Australia New Zealand Japan and Cambodia. All levels of schooling are included as the teaching of the following languages are discussed: Albanian Arabic Armenian (Eastern and Western) Bengali Brazilian Portuguese Chinese Czech French Hindi-Urdu Japanese Khmer Korean Pasifika languages Persian Russian Spanish Turkish Vietnamese and Yiddish. These discussions contribute to the development and establishment of HL instructional paradigms through the experiences of “actors on the ground” as they respond to local conditions instantiate current research and pedagogical findings and seek solutions that are workable from an organizational standpoint. The Routledge Handbook of Heritage Language Education is an ideal resource for researchers and graduate students interested in heritage language education at home or abroad. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138845787

The Routledge Handbook of Heterodox EconomicsTheorizing Analyzing and Transforming Capitalism The Routledge Handbook of Heterodox Economics presents a comprehensive overview of the latest work on economic theory and policy from a ‘pluralistic’ heterodox perspective. Contributions throughout the Handbook explore different theoretical perspectives including: Marxian-radical political economics; Post Keynesian-Sraffian economics; institutionalist-evolutionary economics; feminist economics; social economics; Régulation theory; the Social Structure of Accumulation approach; and ecological economics. They explain the structural properties and dynamics of capitalism as well as propose economic and social policies for the benefit of the majority of the population. This book aims firstly to provide realistic and coherent theoretical frameworks to understand the capitalist economy in a constructive and forward-looking manner. Secondly it delineates the future directions as well as the current state of heterodox economics and then provides both ‘heat and light’ on controversial issues drawing out the commonalities and differences among different heterodox economic approaches. The volume also envisions transformative economic and social policies for the majority of the population and explains why economics is and should be treated as a social science. This Handbook will be of compelling interest to those including students who wish to learn about alternative economic theories and policies that are rarely found in conventional economics textbooks or discussed in the mainstream media and to critical economists and other social scientists who are concerned with analyzing pressing socio-economic issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367356828

The Routledge Handbook of Hindu-Christian Relations The historical interplay of Hinduism as an ancient Indian religion and Christianity as a religion associated (in India at least) with foreign power and colonialism continues to animate Hindu–Christian relations today. On the one hand The Routledge Handbook of Hindu–Christian Relations describes a rich history of amicable productive even sometimes syncretic Hindu–Christian encounters. On the other this handbook equally attends to historical and contemporary moments of tension conflict and violence between Hindus and Christians. Comprising thirty-nine chapters by a team of international contributors this handbook is divided into seven parts: Theoretical and methodological considerations Historical interactions Contemporary exchanges Sites of bodily and material interactions Significant figures Comparative theologies Responses The handbook explores: how the study of Hindu–Christian relations has been and ought to be done the history of Hindu–Christian relations through key interactions ethnographic reflections on current dynamics of Hindu–Christian exchange important key thinkers and topics in comparative theology ultimately providing a framework for further debates in the area. The Routledge Handbook of Hindu-Christian Relations is essential reading for students and researchers in Hindu–Christian studies Hindu traditions Asian religions and studies in Christianity. This handbook will also be very useful for those in related fields such as anthropology political science theology and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367000707

The Routledge Handbook of Hispanic Applied Linguistics The Routledge Handbook of Hispanic Applied Linguistics provides a comprehensive overview of Hispanic applied linguistics allowing students to understand the field from a variety of perspectives and offering insight into the ever-growing number of professional opportunies afforded to Spanish language program graduates. The goal of this book is to re-contextualize the notion of applied linguistics as simply the application of theoretical linguistic concepts to practical settings and to consider it as its own field that addresses language-based issues and problems in a real-world context. The book is organized into five parts: 1) perspectives on learning Spanish 2) issues and environments in Spanish teaching 3) Spanish in the professions 4) the discourses of Spanish and 5) social and political contexts for Spanish. The book’s all-inclusive coverage gives students the theoretical and sociocultural context for study in Hispanic applied linguistics while offering practical information on its application in the professional sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138479937

The Routledge Handbook of Historical Linguistics The Routledge Handbook of Historical Linguistics provides a survey of the field covering the methods which underpin current work; models of language change; and the importance of historical linguistics for other subfields of linguistics and other disciplines. Divided into five sections the volume encompass a wide range of approaches and addresses issues in the following areas: historical perspectives methods and models language change interfaces regional summaries Each of the thirty-two chapters is written by a specialist in the field and provides: a introduction to the subject; an analysis of the relationship between the diachronic and synchronic study of the topic; an overview of the main current and critical trends; and examples from primary data. The Routledge Handbook of Historical Linguistics is essential reading for researchers and postgraduate students working in this area. Chapter 28 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9781315794013.ch28     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367250294

The Routledge Handbook of Hospitality Management Hospitality is an industry characterised by its complex nature and numerous sectors including hotels hostels B&Bs restaurants pubs nightclubs and contract catering. However despite its segmentation there are key issues that are pertinent to all subsectors. The Routledge Handbook of Hospitality Management adopts a strategic approach and explores and critically evaluates current debates issues and controversies to enable the reader to learn from the industry’s past mistakes as well as future opportunities.Especially relevant at a time when many sectors of the industry have to re - evaluate and reinvent themselves in response to the economic downturn the Handbook brings together specialists from both industry and academia and from a range of geographical regions to provide state-of-the-art theoretical reflection and empirical research. Each of the five inter related sections explores and evaluates issues that are of extreme importance to hospitality organisations many of which have not been adequately explored before: external and internal customers debates surrounding finance uncertainty risk and conflict sustainability and e-Hospitality and Technology.This book is an invaluable resource for all those with an interest in hospitality encouraging dialogue across disciplinary boundaries and areas of study. It is essential reading for students researchers & academics and managers of Hospitality as well as those of Tourism Events Marketing and Business Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138071469

The Routledge Handbook of Hospitality Studies In recent years there has been a growing interest in the study of hospitality as a social phenomenon. This interest has tended to arrive from two communities. The first comprises hospitality academics interested in exploring the wider meanings of hospitality as a way of better understanding guest and host relations and its implications for commercial settings. The second comprises social scientists using hosts and guests as a metaphor for understanding the relationship between host communities and guests as people from outside the community – migrants asylum seekers and illegal immigrants. The Routledge Handbook of Hospitality Studies encourages both the study of hospitality as a human phenomenon and the study for hospitality as an industrial activity embracing the service of food drink and accommodation. Developed from specifically commissioned original contributions from recognised authors in the field it is the most up-to-date and definitive resource on the subject. The volume is divided into four parts: the first looks at ways of seeing hospitality from an array of social science disciplines; the second highlights the experiences of hospitality from different guest perspectives; the third explores the need to be hospitable through various time periods and social structures and across the globe; while the final section deals with the notions of sustainability and hospitality. This handbook is interdisciplinary in coverage and is also international in scope through authorship and content. The ‘state-of-the-art’ orientation of the book is achieved through a critical view of current debates and controversies in the field as well as future research issues and trends. It is designed to be a benchmark for any future assessment of the field and its development. This handbook offers the reader a comprehensive synthesis of this discipline conveying the latest thinking issues and research. It will be an invaluable resource for all those with an interest in hospitality encouraging dialogue across disciplinary boundaries and areas of study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138931121

The Routledge Handbook of Hotel Chain Management Understanding the global hotel business is not possible without paying specific attention to hotel chain management and dynamics. Chains are big business approximately 80 percent of hotels currently being constructed around the world are chain affiliated and in 2014 the five largest brands held over a one million rooms. The high economic importance of the hotel chains and their global presence justifies the academic research in the field however despite this there is no uniform coverage in the current body of literature.This Handbook aids in filling the gap by exploring and critically evaluates the debates issues and controversies of all aspects of hotel chains from their nature fundamentals of existence and operation expansion strategic and operational aspects of their activities and geographical presence. It brings together leading specialists from range of disciplinary backgrounds and regions to provide state-of-the-art theoretical reflection and empirical research on current issues and future debates. Each of the five inter-related section explores and evaluates issues that are of extreme importance to hotel chain management focusing on theoretical issues the expansion of hotel chains strategic and operational issues the view point of the individual affiliated hotel and finally the current and future debates in the theory and practice of hotel chain management arising from globalisation demographic trends sustainability and new technology development. It provides an invaluable resource for all those with an interest in hotel management hospitality tourism and business encouraging dialogue across disciplinary boundaries and areas of study. This is essential reading for students researchers and academics of Hospitality as well as those of Tourism Marketing Business and Events Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660109

The Routledge Handbook of Housing Policy and Planning The Routledge Handbook of Housing Policy and Planning provides a comprehensive multidisciplinary overview of contemporary trends in housing studies housing policies planning for housing and housing innovations in the United States the United Kingdom and Continental Europe. In 29 chapters international scholars discuss aspects pertaining to the right to housing inequality homeownership rental housing social housing senior housing gentrification cities and suburbs and the future of housing policies. This book is essential reading for students policy analysts policymakers practitioners and activists as well as others interested in housing policy and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138188433

The Routledge Handbook of Identity and the Environment in the Classical and Medieval Worlds The Routledge Handbook of Identity and the Environment in the Classical and Medieval Worlds explores how environment was thought to shape ethnicity and identity discussing developments in early natural philosophy and historical ethnographies. Defining ‘environment’ broadly to include not only physical but also cultural environments natural and constructed the volume considers the multifarious ways in which environment was understood to shape the culture and physical characteristics of peoples as well as how the ancients manipulated their environments to achieve a desired identity. This diverse collection includes studies not only of the Greco-Roman world but also ancient China and the European Jewish and Arab inheritors and transmitters of classical thought. In recent years work in this subject has been confined mostly to the discussion of texts that reflect an approach to the barbarian as ‘other’. The Routledge Handbook of Identity and the Environment in the Classical and Medieval Worlds takes the discussion of ethnicity on a fresh course contextualising the concept of the barbarian within rational discourses such as cartography medicine and mathematical sciences an approach that allows us to more clearly discern the varied and nuanced approaches to ethnic identity which abounded in antiquity. The innovative and thought-provoking material in this volume realises new directions in the study of identity in the Classical and Medieval worlds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581701

The Routledge Handbook of Indian Defence PolicyThemes Structures and Doctrines The Routledge Handbook of Indian Defence Policy brings together the most eminent scholarship in South Asia on India’s defence policy and contemporary military history. It maps India’s political and military profile in South Asia and the Indian Ocean region and analyses its emergence as a global player. This edition of the handbook: Canvasses over 60 years of Indian defence policy its relation to India’s rising global economic profile as well as foreign policy shifts; Discusses several key debates that have shaped defence strategies through the years: military doctrine and policy internal and external security challenges terrorism and insurgencies; Explores the origins of the modern armed forces in India; evolution of the army navy and air forces; investments in professional military education intelligence and net-centric warfare reforms in paramilitary forces and the Indian police; Comments on India’s contemporary strategic interests focusing on the rise of China nuclearisation of India and Pakistan’s security establishments and developments in space security and missile defence.  Taking stock of India’s defence planning architecture over the past decade this accessibly written handbook will be an indispensable resource for scholars and researchers of security and defence studies international relations and political science as well as for government thinktanks and policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367370282

The Routledge Handbook of Indigenous Environmental Knowledge This volume provides an overview of key themes in Indigenous Environmental Knowledge (IEK) and anchors them with brief but well-grounded empirical case studies of relevance for each of these themes drawn from bioculturally diverse areas around the world. It provides an incisive cutting-edge overview of the conceptual and philosophical issues while providing constructive examples of how IEK studies have been implemented to beneficial effect in ecological restoration stewardship and governance schemes. Collectively the chapters in the Routledge Handbook of Indigenous Environmental Knowledge cover Indigenous Knowledge not only in a wide range of cultures and livelihood contexts but also in a wide range of environments including drylands savannah grassland tropical forests mountain landscapes  temperate and boreal forests Pacific and Indian Ocean islands and coastal environments. The chapters discuss the complexities and nuances of Indigenous cosmologies and ethno-metaphysics and the treatment and incorporation of IEK in local national and international environmental policies. Taken together the chapters in this volume make a strong case for the potential of Indigenous Knowledge in addressing today’s local and global environmental challenges especially when approached from a perspective of appreciative inquiry using cross-cultural methods and ethical collaborative approaches which limit bias and inappropriate extraction of IEK. The book is a guide for graduate and advanced undergraduate teaching and a key reference for academics in development studies environmental studies geography anthropology and beyond as well as anyone with an interest in Indigenous Environmental Knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138280915

The Routledge Handbook of Institutions and Planning in Action The Routledge Handbook of Institutions and Planning in Action contains a selection of 25 chapters prepared by specialized international scholars of urban planning and urban studies focusing on the question of how institutional innovation occurs in practices of action. The contributors share expertise on institutional innovation and philosophical pragmatism. They discuss the different facets of these two conceptual frameworks and explore the alternative combinations through which they can be approached. The relevance of these conceptual lines of thought will be exemplified in exploring the contemporary practices of sustainable (climate-proof) urban transition. The aim of the handbook is to give a boost to the turn of institutional analysis in the context of action in changing cities. Both philosophical pragmatism and institutional innovation rest on wide international uses in social sciences and planning studies and may be considered as complementary for many reasons. However the combination of these different approaches is all but evident and creates a number of dilemmas. After an encompassing introductory section entitled Institutions in Action the handbook is further divided into the following sections: Institutional innovation Pragmatism: The Dimension of Action On Justification Cultural and Political Institutions in Action Institutions and Urban Transition Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367331948

The Routledge Handbook of Instructed Second Language Acquisition The Routledge Handbook of Instructed Second Language Acquisition is the first collection of state-of-the-art papers pertaining to Instructed Second Language Acquisition (ISLA). Written by 45 world-renowned experts the entries are full-length articles detailing pertinent issues with up-to-date references. Each chapter serves three purposes: (1) provide a review of current literature and discussions of cutting edge issues; (2) share the authors’ understanding of and approaches to the issues; and (3) provide direct links between research and practice. In short based on the chapters in this handbook ISLA has attained a level of theoretical and methodological maturity that provides a solid foundation for future empirical and pedagogical discovery. This handbook is the ideal resource for researchers graduate students upper-level undergraduate students teachers and teacher-educators who are interested in second language learning and teaching. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367141387

The Routledge Handbook of Insurgency and Counterinsurgency This new handbook provides a wide-ranging overview of the current state of academic analysis and debate on insurgency and counterinsurgency as well as an-up-to date survey of contemporary insurgent movements and counter-insurgencies. In recent years and more specifically since the insurgency in Iraq from 2003 academic interest in insurgency and counterinsurgency has substantially increased. These topics have become dominant themes on the security agenda replacing peacekeeping humanitarian operations and terrorism as key concepts. The aim of this volume is to showcase the rich thinking that is available in the area of insurgency and counterinsurgency studies and act as a further guide for study and research. In order to contain this wide-ranging topic within an accessible and informative framework the Editors have divided the text into three key parts: Part I: Theoretical and Analytical Issues Part II: Insurgent Movements Part III: Counterinsurgency Cases The Routledge Handbook of Insurgency and Counterinsurgency will be of great interest to all students of insurgency and small wars terrorism/counter-terrorism strategic studies security studies and IR in general as well as professional military colleges and policymakers.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415747530

The Routledge Handbook of Integrated Reporting This timely handbook provides a current and comprehensive examination of integrated reporting both practical and research-based. It offers insights and different perspectives from more than 60 authors including representatives of the International Integrated Reporting Council Integrated Reporting Committee of South Africa professional bodies and audit firms as well as leading academics in the fields of integrated reporting sustainability reporting and corporate social responsibility. This collected work provides an in-depth review of the development of integrated reporting with a focus on the interpretation and guidance provided by the International Integrated Reporting Council. It encourages the development of new thinking and research topics in the area of integrated reporting (such as links between integrated reporting and reports focused on financial and corporate social responsibility matters) as well as showcasing how integrated reporting issues are seen and practiced in different parts of the world. The chapters include reviews of the most recent research practitioner viewpoints conceptual pieces case studies and disclosure analyses. Accessible and engaging this handbook will be an invaluable overview for those new to the field or those who are interested in ensuring they are up to date with its developments as well as those who are concerned with how to construct an integrated report. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233853

The Routledge Handbook of International Beat Literature Beat literature? Have not the great canonical names long grown familiar? Ginsberg Kerouac Burroughs. Likewise the frontline texts still controversial in some quarters assume their place in modern American literary history. On the Road serves as Homeric journey epic. "Howl" amounts to Beat anthem confessional outcry against materialism and war. Naked Lunch with its dark satiric laughter envisions a dystopian world of power and word virus. But if these are all essentially America-centered Beat has also had quite other literary exhalations and which invite far more than mere reception study. These are voices from across the Americas of Canada and Mexico the Anglophone world of England Scotland or Australia the Europe of France or Italy and from the Mediterranean of Greece and the Maghreb   and from Scandinavia and Russia together with the Asia of Japan and China. This anthology of essays maps relevant other kinds of Beat voice names  texts. The scope is hemispheric Atlantic and Pacific West and East. It gives recognition to the Beat inscribed in languages other than English and reflective of different cultural histories. Likewise the majority of contributors come from origins or affiliations beyond the US whether in a different English or languages spanning Spanish Danish Turkish Greek or Chinese. The aim is to recognize an enlarged Beat literary map its creative internationalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415785457

The Routledge Handbook of International Crime and Justice Studies The Routledge Handbook of International Crime and Justice Studies presents the enduring debates and emerging challenges in crime and justice studies from an international and multi-disciplinary perspective. Guided by the pivotal although vastly under-examined role that consumerism politics technology and culture assume in shaping these debates and in organizing these challenges individual chapters probe the global landscape of crime and justice with astonishing clarity and remarkable depth. A distinguished collection of experts examine the interdisciplinary field of international crime and justice. Their contributions are divided into thematic sections including: theory culture and society industries of crime and justice: systems of policing law corrections and punishment the criminal enterprise global technologies media crime and culture green criminology political violence public health criminology the political economy of crime and justice. All the chapters include full pedagogy and instructional resources for easy referencing or classroom use. This Handbook will be useful for students scholars and practitioners of law medicine history economics sociology politics philosophy education public health and social policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138645196

The Routledge Handbook of International Development Mental Health and Wellbeing Mental health has always been a low priority worldwide. Yet more than 650 million people are estimated to meet diagnostic criteria for common mental disorders such as depression and anxiety with almost three-quarters of that burden in low- and middle-income countries. Nowhere in the world does mental health enjoy parity with physical health. Notwithstanding astonishing medical advancements in treatments for physical illnesses mental disorder continues to have a startlingly high mortality rate. However despite its widespread neglect there is now an emerging international imperative to improve global mental health and wellbeing. The UN’s current international development agenda finalised at the end of 2015 contains 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) including SDG3 which seeks to ensure healthy lives and promote wellbeing for all at all ages. Although much broader in focus than the previous eight Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) the need for worldwide improvement in mental health has finally been recognised. This Handbook addresses the new UN agenda in the context of mental health and sustainable development examining its implications for national and international policy-makers decision-makers researchers and funding agencies. Conceptual evidence-based and practical discussions crossing a range of disciplines are presented from the world’s leading mental health experts. Together they explore why a commitment to investing in mental health for the fulfilment of SDG3 ought to be an absolute global priority. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367027735

The Routledge Handbook of International Local Government The Routledge Handbook of International Local Government conducts a rigorous innovative and distinctive analysis of local government within a comparative international context. Examining the subject matter with unrivalled breadth and depth this handbook shows how different cultures and countries develop different institutions structures and processes over time yet that all have some features in common – the most obvious of which is the recognition that some decisions are better made some services better delivered and some engagement with the state better organised if there is structured organisational expression of the importance of the local dimension of all these factors . Thematically organised it includes contributions from international experts with reference to the wider context in terms of geographies local government modes recent developments and possible further lines of research. It has a wide academic appeal internationally and will steer a course between the two dimensions of mono-jurisdictional studies and ‘cataloguing’ forms of comparison. The Routledge Handbook of International Local Government will be essential reading and an authoritative reference for scholars students researchers and practitioners involved in and actively concerned about research on local government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367659806

The Routledge Handbook of International Planning Education The Routledge Handbook of International Planning Education is the first comprehensive handbook with a unique focus on planning education. Comparing approaches to the delivery of planning education by three major planning education accreditation bodies in the United States Australia and the United Kingdom and reflecting concerns from other national planning systems this handbook will help to meet the strong interest and need for understanding how planning education is developed and delivered in different international contexts. The handbook is divided into five major sections including coverage of general planning knowledge planning skills traditional and emerging planning specializations and pedagogy. An international cohort of contributors covers each subject’s role in educating planners its theory and methods key literature contributions and course design. Higher education’s response to globalization has included growth in planning educational exchanges across international boundaries; The Routledge Handbook of International Planning Education is an essential resource for planners and planning educators informing the dialogue on the mobility of planners educated under different national schema. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138958777

The Routledge Handbook of International Resilience Resilience is increasingly discussed as a key concept across many fields of international policymaking from sustainable development and climate change insecurity conflict and terrorism to urban and rural planning international aid provision and the prevention of and responses to natural and man-made disasters. Edited by leading academic authorities from a number of disciplines this is the first handbook to deal with resilience as a new conceptual approach to understanding and addressing a range of interdependent global challenges. The Handbook is divided into nine sections: Introduction: contested paradigms of resilience; the challenges of resilience; governing uncertainty; resilience and neoliberalism; environmental concerns and climate change adaptation; urban planning; disaster risk reduction and response; international security and insecurity; the policy and practices of international development. Highlighting how resilience-thinking is increasingly transforming international policy-making and government and institutional practices this book will be an indispensable source of information for students academics and the wider public interested in resilience international relations and international security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367462024

The Routledge Handbook of Interpreting The Routledge Handbook of Interpreting provides a comprehensive survey of the field of interpreting for a global readership. The handbook includes an introduction and twenty-seven chapters by contributors who are experts involved in the interpreting profession and leading academics in their area. The four sections cover: The history and evolution of interpreting; The core areas of interpreting studies from conference interpreting to transcription and interpreting in conflict zones to voiceover; Current issues and debates from ethics and the role of the interpreter to the impact of globalization; A look to the future. Suggestions for further reading are provided with every chapter. The Routledge Handbook of Interpreting is an essential purchase for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students of interpreting studies. Professionals working in interpreting or those looking to work in the field will also find this book invaluable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138625228

The Routledge Handbook of Irish Criminology The Routledge Handbook of Irish Criminology is the first edited collection of its kind to bring together the work of leading Irish criminologists in a single volume. While Irish criminology can be characterised as a nascent but dynamic discipline it has much to offer the Irish and international reader due to the unique historical cultural political social and economic arrangements that exist on the island of Ireland.The Handbook consists of 30 chapters which offer original comprehensive and critical reviews of theory research policy and practice in a wide range of subject areas. The chapters are divided into four thematic sections:Understanding crime examines specific offence types including homicide gangland crime and white-collar crime and the theoretical perspectives used to explain them.Responding to crime explores criminal justice responses to crime including crime prevention restorative justice approaches to policing and trial as well as post-conviction issues such as imprisonment community sanctions and rehabilitation.Contexts of crime investigates the social political and cultural contexts of the policymaking process including media representations politics the role of the victim and the impact of gender.Emerging ideas focuses on innovative ideas that prompt a reconsideration of received wisdom on particular topics including sexual violence and ethnicity. Charting the key contours of the criminological enterprise on the island of Ireland and placing the Irish material in the context of the wider European and international literature this book is essential reading for those involved in the study of Irish criminology and international and comparative criminal justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581718

The Routledge Handbook of Islam and Gender Given the intense political scrutiny of Islam and Muslims which often centres on gendered concerns The Routledge Handbook of Islam and Gender is an outstanding reference source to key topics problems and debates in this exciting subject. Comprising over 30 chapters by a team of international contributors the Handbook is divided into seven parts: Foundational texts in historical and contemporary contexts Sex sexuality and gender difference Gendered piety and authority Political and religious displacements Negotiating law ethics and normativity Vulnerability care and violence in Muslim families Representation commodification and popular culture These sections examine key debates and problems including: feminist and queer approaches to the Qur’an hadith Islamic law and ethics Sufism devotional practice pilgrimage charity female religious authority global politics of feminism material and consumer culture masculinity fertility and the family sexuality sexual rights domestic violence marriage practices and gendered representations of Muslims in film and media. The Routledge Handbook of Islam and Gender is essential reading for students and researchers in religious studies Islamic studies and gender studies. The Handbook will also be very useful for those in related fields such as cultural studies area studies sociology anthropology and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815367772

The Routledge Handbook of Japanese Politics The Routledge Handbook of Japanese Politics is an advanced level reference guide which surveys the current state of Japanese politics featuring both traditional topics and cutting edge research. The volume is divided into five sections covering: domestic politics civil society social policy political economy and international relations/security The first four sections begin with an overview chapter that provides historical background information on the section’s overarching topic. The chapters that follow explore more specific topics in the sub-area. In the final section historical background information is contained in the individual chapters which cover the diverse areas of international political economy security and foreign policy.   Offering a complete overview of the full spectrum of Japanese politics the Handbook is an invaluable resource for academics researchers policy analysts graduate and undergraduate students studying this ever-evolving field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138182851

The Routledge Handbook of Justice and Home Affairs Research Justice and Home Affairs is one of the fastest expanding areas of research in European Studies. The European response to security concerns such as terrorism organised crime networks and drug trafficking as well as to the challenge of managing migration flows are salient topics of interest to an increasing number of scholars of all disciplines the media and general public. This handbook takes stock of policy development and academic research in relation to justice and home affairs and analyses the field in an unprecedented thematic depth. The book comprehensively investigates the field from the perspective of the three dimensions central to European integration: the sectoral (policies) the horizontal (states regions) and the vertical (institutions decision-making) dimensions. It also discusses the most important theoretical approaches used in this research area and provides the reader with a state of the art picture of the field. By adopting such a comprehensive and broad-based approach the handbook is uniquely positioned to be an important referent for scholars practitioners and students interested in the area of justice home affairs and European politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367500146

The Routledge Handbook of Language and Creativity The Routledge Handbook of Language and Creativity provides an introduction to and survey of a wide range of perspectives on the relationship between language and creativity. Defining this complex and multifaceted field this book introduces a conceptual framework through which the various definitions of language and creativity can be explored.Divided into four parts it covers:different aspects of language and creativity including dialogue metaphor and humourliterary creativity including narrative and poetrymultimodal and multimedia creativity in areas such as music graffiti and the internetcreativity in language teaching and learning.With over 30 chapters written by a group of leading academics from around the world The Routledge Handbook of Language and Creativity will serve as an important reference for students and scholars in the fields of English language studies applied linguistics education and communication studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367868109

The Routledge Handbook of Language and Culture The Routledge Handbook of Language and Culture presents the first comprehensive survey of research on the relationship between language and culture. It provides readers with a clear and accessible introduction to both interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary studies of language and culture and addresses key issues of language and culturally based linguistic research from a variety of perspectives and theoretical frameworks. This Handbook features thirty-three newly commissioned chapters which cover key areas such as cognitive psychology cognitive linguistics cognitive anthropology linguistic anthropology cultural anthropology and sociolinguistics offer insights into the historical development contemporary theory research and practice of each topic and explore the potential future directions of the field show readers how language and culture research can be of practical benefit to applied areas of research and practice such as intercultural communication and second language teaching and learning. Written by a group of prominent scholars from around the globe The Routledge Handbook of Language and Culture provides a vital resource for scholars and students working in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367250508

The Routledge Handbook of Language and Dialogue The Routledge Handbook of Language and Dialogue is the first comprehensive overview of the emerging and rapidly growing sub-discipline in linguistics Language and Dialogue. Edited by one of the top scholars in the field Edda Weigand and comprising contributions written by a variety of likewise influential figures the handbook aims to describe the history of modern linguistics as reasoned progress leading from de Saussure and the simplicity of artificial terms to the complexity of human action and behaviour which is based on the integration of human abilities such as speaking thinking perceiving and having emotions. The book is divided into three sections: the first focuses on the history of modern linguistics and related disciplines; the second part focuses on the core issues and open debates in the field of Language and Dialogue and introduces the arguments pro and contra certain positions; and the third section focuses on the three components that fundamentally affect language use: human nature institutions and culture. This handbook is the ideal resource for those interested in the relationship between Language and Dialogue and will be of use to students and researchers in Linguistics and related fields such as Discourse Analysis Cognitive Linguistics and Communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138808584

The Routledge Handbook of Language and Digital Communication The Routledge Handbook of Language and Digital Communication provides a comprehensive state-of-the-art overview of language-focused research on digital communication taking stock and registering the latest trends that set the agenda for future developments in this thriving and fast-moving field. The contributors are all leading figures or established authorities in their areas covering a wide range of topics and concerns in the following seven sections: • Methods and perspectives • Language resources genres and discourses • Digital literacies • Digital communication in public • Digital selves and online–offline lives • Communities networks relationships • New debates and further directions. This volume showcases critical syntheses of the established literature on key topics and issues and at the same time reflects upon and engages with cutting-edge research and new directions for study (as emerging within social media). A wide range of languages is represented from Japanese Greek German and Scandinavian languages to computer-mediated Arabic Chinese and African languages. The Routledge Handbook of Language and Digital Communication is an essential resource for advanced undergraduates postgraduates and researchers within English language and linguistics applied linguistics and media and communication studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367466459

The Routledge Handbook of Language and Emotion The Routledge Handbook of Language and Emotion offers a variety of critical theoretical and methodological perspectives that interrogate the ways in which ideas about and experiences of emotion are shaped by linguistic encounters and vice versa. Taking an interdisciplinary approach which incorporates disciplines such as linguistic anthropology sociolinguistics applied linguistics psychology communication studies education sociology folklore religious studies and literature this book: explores and illustrates the relationship between language and emotion in the five key areas of language socialisation; culture translation and transformation; poetry pragmatics and power; the affective body-self; and emotion communities; situates our present-day thinking about language and emotion by providing a historical and cultural overview of distinctions and moral values that have traditionally dominated Western thought relating to emotions and their management; provides a unique insight into the multiple ways in which language incites emotion and vice versa especially in the context of culture. With contributions from an international range of leading and emerging scholars in their fields The Routledge Handbook of Language and Emotion is an indispensable resource for students and researchers who are interested in incorporating interdisciplinary perspectives on language and emotion into their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138718685

The Routledge Handbook of Language and Health Communication The Routledge Handbook of Language and Health Communication consists of forty chapters that provide a broad comprehensive and systematic overview of the role that linguistics plays within health communication research and its applications. The Handbook is divided into three sections: Individuals’ everyday health communication Health professionals’ communicative practices Patient-provider communication in interaction Special attention is given to cross-cutting themes including the role of technology in health communication narrative and observations of authentic naturally-occurring contexts. The chapters are written by international authorities representing a wide range of perspectives and approaches. Building on established work with cutting-edge studies on the changing health communication landscape this volume will be an essential reference for all those involved in health communication and applied linguistics research and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138284487

The Routledge Handbook of Language and Humor The Routledge Handbook of Language and Humor presents the first ever comprehensive in-depth treatment of all the sub-fields of the linguistics of humor broadly conceived as the intersection of the study of language and humor. The reader will find a thorough historical terminological and theoretical introduction to the field as well as detailed treatments of the various approaches to language and humor. Deliberately comprehensive and wide-ranging the handbook includes chapter-long treatments on the traditional topics covered by language and humor (e.g. teasing laughter irony psycholinguistics discourse analysis the major linguistic theories of humor translation) but also cutting-edge treatments of internet humor cognitive linguistics relevance theoretic and corpus-assisted models of language and humor. Some chapters such as the variationist sociolinguistcs stylistics and politeness are the first-ever syntheses of that particular subfield. Clusters of related chapters such as conversation analysis discourse analysis and corpus-assisted analysis allow multiple perspectives on complex trans-disciplinary phenomena. This handbook is an indispensable reference work for all researchers interested in the interplay of language and humor within linguistics broadly conceived but also in neighboring disciplines such as literary studies psychology sociology anthropology etc. The authors are among the most distinguished scholars in their fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138843066

The Routledge Handbook of Language and Identity The Routledge Handbook of Language and Identity provides a clear and comprehensive survey of the field of language and identity from an applied linguistics perspective. Authored by specialists from around the world each chapter introduces a topic in language and identity studies and provides a concise critical survey in which the importance and relevance to applied linguists is explained. Thirty-seven chapters are organised into five sections covering: theoretical perspectives informing language and identity studies categories and dimensions of identity key issues for researchers in language and identity studies topical case studies in areas of interest to applied linguistics future directions for language and identity studies in applied linguistics. With further reading included in each chapter The Routledge Handbook of Language and Identity is an essential reference for all students teachers and researchers working in the areas of Applied Linguistics Linguistics Education and TESOL. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367353896

The Routledge Handbook of Language and Intercultural Communication The Routledge Handbook of Language and Intercultural Communication constitutes a comprehensive introduction to the multidisciplinary field of intercultural communication drawing on the expertise of leading scholars from diverse backgrounds. The Handbook is structured in five sections and covers historical perspectives core issues and topics and new debates in the field with a particular focus on the language dimension. Among the key themes addressed are: the foundation of intercultural communication; core themes and issues; putting intercultural communication theory into practice; new debates and future directions. The Handbook includes an introduction and overview by the editor which provides readers with an indication of the focus of each section and chapter. The Routledge Handbook of Language and Intercultural Communication is the ideal resource for advanced undergraduates and postgraduate students of applied linguistics TESOL/TEFL and communication studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415709828

The Routledge Handbook of Language and Intercultural Communication The Routledge Handbook of Language and Intercultural Communication provides a comprehensive historical survey of language and intercultural communication studies with a critical assessment of past and present theory research and practice as well as an insight into future directions. Drawing on the expertise of leading scholars from different parts of the world this second edition offers updated chapters by returning authors and many new contributions on a broad range of topics including reflexivity and criticality translanguaging and social justice in relation to intercultural communication.With an emphasis on contemporary critical perspectives this handbook showcases the varied range of issues perspectives and approaches that characterise this increasingly important field in today’s globalised world. Offering 34 chapters with examples from a variety of languages and international settings this handbook is an indispensable resource for students and scholars working in the fields of intercultural communication applied linguistics TESOL/ TEFL and communication studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138389458

The Routledge Handbook of Language and Media The Routledge Handbook of Language and Media provides an accessible and comprehensive overview of state-of-the-art research in media linguistics. This handbook analyzes both language theory and practice demonstrating the vital role of this research in understanding language use in society. With over thirty chapters contributed by leading academics from around the world  this handbook:addresses issues of language use form structure ideology practice and culture in the context of both traditional and new communication media;investigates mediated language use in public spheres organizations and personal communication including newspaper journalism broadcasting  and social media;examines the interplay of language and media from both linguistic and media perspectives discussing auditory and visual media and graphic modes as well as language and gender multilingualism and language change; analyzes the advantages and shortcomings of current approaches within media linguistics research and outlines avenues for future research.The Routledge Handbook of Language and Media is a must-have survey of this key field and is essential reading for those interested in media linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735944

The Routledge Handbook of Language and Politics The Routledge Handbook of Language and Politics provides a comprehensive overview of this important and dynamic area of study and research. Language is indispensable to initiating justifying legitimatising and coordinating action as well as negotiating conflict and as such is intrinsically linked to the area of politics. With 45 chapters written by leading scholars from around the world this Handbook covers the following key areas: Overviews of the most influential theoretical approaches including Bourdieu Foucault Habermas and Marx; Methodological approaches to language and politics covering – among others –  content analysis conversation analysis multimodal analysis and narrative analysis; Genres of political action from speech-making and policy to national anthems and billboards; Cutting-edge case studies about hot-topic socio-political phenomena such as ageing social class gendered politics and populism. The Routledge Handbook of Language and Politics is a vibrant survey of this key field and is essential reading for advanced students and researchers studying language and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138779167

The Routledge Handbook of Language and Professional Communication The Routledge Handbook of Language and Professional Communication provides a broad coverage of the key areas where language and professional communication intersect and gives a comprehensive account of the field. The four main sections of the Handbook cover: Approaches to Professional Communication Practice Acquisition of Professional Competence Views from the Professions This invaluable reference book incorporates not only an historical view of the field but also looks to possible future developments. Contributions from international scholars and practitioners focusing on specific issues explore the major approaches to professional communication and bring into focus recent research. This is the first handbook of language and professional communication to account for both pedagogic and practitioner perspectives and as such is an essential reference for postgraduate students and those researching and working in the areas of applied linguistics and professional communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138281783

The Routledge Handbook of Language and Science The Routledge Handbook of Language and Science provides a state-of-the-art volume on the language of scientific processes and communications. This book offers comprehensive coverage of socio-cultural approaches to science as well as analysing new theoretical developments and incorporating discussions about future directions within the field. Featuring original contributions from an international range of renowned scholars as well as academics at the forefront of innovative research this handbook: identifies common objects of inquiry across the areas of rhetoric sociolinguistics communication studies science and technology studies and public understanding of science; covers the four key themes of power pedagogy public engagement and materiality in relation to the study of scientific language and its development; uses qualitative and quantitative approaches to demonstrate how humanities and social science scholars can go about studying science; details the meaning and purpose of socio-cultural approaches to science including the impact of new media technologies; analyses the history of the field and how it positions itself in relation to other areas of study. Ushering the study of language and science toward a more interdisciplinary diverse communal and ecological future The Routledge Handbook of Language and Science is an essential reference for anyone with an interest in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815382683

The Routledge Handbook of Language and Superdiversity The Routledge Handbook of Language and Superdiversity provides an accessible and authoritative overview of this growing area the linguistic analysis of interaction in superdiverse cities. Developed as a descriptive term to account for the increasingly stratified processes and effects of migration in Western Europe ‘superdiversity’ has the potential to contribute to an enhanced understanding of mobility complexity and change with theoretical practical global and methodological reach. With seven sections edited by leading names the handbook includes 35 state-of-the art chapters from international authorities. The handbook adopts a truly interdisciplinary approach covering: Cultural heritage Sport Law Education Business and entrepreneurship. The result is a truly comprehensive account of how people live work and communicate in superdiverse spaces. This volume is key reading for all those engaged in the study and research of Language and Superdiversity within Applied Linguistics Linguistic Anthropology and related areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138905092

The Routledge Handbook of Language Awareness The Routledge Handbook of Language Awareness is a comprehensive and informative overview of the broad field of language awareness. It contains a collection of state-of-the-art reviews of both established themes and new directions authored and edited by experts in the field. The handbook is divided into three sections and reflects the engaging diversity of language awareness perspectives on language teaching and teachers language learning and learners and extending to additional areas of importance that are less directly concerned with language instruction. In their introductory chapter the editors provide valuable background to the language awareness field along with their summary of the chapters and issues covered. A helpful section giving further reading suggestions for each of the chapters is included at the end of the book. This volume is essential reading for graduate students and researchers working in the sphere of language awareness within applied linguistics sociolinguistics and across the wider spectrum of language and communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138937048

The Routledge Handbook of Language Contact The Routledge Handbook of Language Contact provides an overview of the state of the art of current research in contact linguistics. Presenting contact linguistics as an established field of investigation in its own right and featuring 26 chapters this handbook brings together a broad range of approaches to contact linguistics including: experimental and observational approaches and formal theories; a focus on social and cognitive factors that impact the outcome of language contact situations and bilingual language processing; the emergence of new languages and speech varieties in contact situations and contact linguistic phenomena in urban speech and linguistic landscapes. With contributions from an international range of leading and emerging scholars in their fields the four sections of this text deal with methodological and theoretical approaches the factors that condition and shape language contact the impact of language contact on individuals and language change repertoires and formation. This handbook is an essential reference for anyone with an interest in language contact in particular regions of the world including Anatolia Eastern Polynesia the Balkans Asia Melanesia North America and West Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815363552

The Routledge Handbook of Language Education Curriculum Design Curriculum design options cover a continuum from regional and school-based programs to national and international frameworks. How does policy speak to practice? What have teacher-researchers discovered through in-classroom studies? Where do you begin to describe or measure ‘effective’ language education curriculum design? The Routledge Handbook of Language Education Curriculum Design presents a comprehensive collection of essays on these issues by 31 established practitioners and new researchers. Informed by experienced scholarship and fresh studies this handbook shares international perspectives on language education from policy and curriculum to teacher training and future directions. The handbook addresses language education curriculum design across five sections: Language curriculum design: perspectives policies and practices Designs across the curriculum Curriculum designs in language education Curriculum resources evaluation and assessment Teacher education research and future projects With contributions from Australia Brazil Indonesia Switzerland Timor-Leste and more the handbook represents the breadth of research into and the global implications for sound language education curriculum design. It considers equally the needs of students and policy makers from urban metropolises and remote communities. It is designed to reinvigorate discussions about education policy curriculum management and the role of teacher-researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138958579

The Routledge Handbook of Language in Conflict The Routledge Handbook of Language in Conflict presents a range of linguistic approaches as a means for examining the nature of communication related to conflict. Divided into four sections the Handbook critically examines text interaction languages and applications of linguistics in situations of conflict. Spanning 30 chapters by a variety of international scholars this Handbook:  includes real-life case studies of conflict and covers conflicts from a wide range of geographical locations at every scale of involvement (from the personal to the international) of every timespan (from the fleeting to the decades-long) and of varying levels of intensity (from the barely articulated to the overtly hostile) sets out the textual and interactional ways in which conflict is engendered and in which people and groups of people can be set against each other  considers what linguistic research has brought and can bring to the universal aim of minimising the negative effects of outbreaks of conflict wherever and whenever they occur. The Routledge Handbook of Language in Conflict is an essential reference book for students and researchers of language and communication linguistics peace studies international relations and conflict studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138643840

The Routledge Handbook of Language in the Workplace The Routledge Handbook of Language in the Workplace provides a comprehensive survey of linguistic research on language in the workplace written by top scholars in the field from around the world. The Handbook covers theoretical and methodological approaches explores research in different types of workplace settings and examines some key areas of workplace talk that have been investigated by workplace researchers. Issues of identity have become a major focus in recent workplace research and the Handbook highlights some core issues of relevance in this area such as gender leadership and intercultural communication. As the field has developed applications of workplace research for both native and non-native speakers have emerged. Insights can inform and improve input from practitioners training workers in a range of fields and across a variety of contexts and the Handbook foregrounds some of the ways workplace research can do this. This is an invaluable resource for researchers and graduate students interested in learning more about workplace discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138915855

The Routledge Handbook of Language Learning and Technology The exponential growth and development of modern technologies in all sectors has made it increasingly difficult for students teachers and teacher educators to know which technologies to employ and how best to take advantage of them. The Routledge Handbook of Language Learning and Technology brings together experts in a number of key areas of development and change and opens the field of language learning by exploring the pedagogical importance of technological innovation. The handbook is structured around six themes: historical and conceptual contexts core issues interactive and collaborative technologies for language learning corpora and data driven learning gaming and language learning purpose designed language learning resources. Led by fundamental concepts theories and frameworks from language learning and teaching research rather than by specific technologies this handbook is the essential reference for all students teachers and researchers of Language Learning and TESOL. Those working in the areas of Applied Linguistics Education and Media Studies will also find this a valuable book.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367528973

The Routledge Handbook of Language Revitalization The Routledge Handbook of Language Revitalization is the first comprehensive overview of the language revitalization movement from the Arctic to the Amazon and across continents. Featuring 47 contributions from a global range of top scholars in the field the handbook is divided into two parts the first of which expands on language revitalization issues of theory and practice while the second covers regional perspectives in an effort to globalize and decolonize the field. The collection examines critical issues in language revitalization including: language rights language and well-being and language policy; language in educational institutions and in the home; new methodologies and venues for language learning; and the roles of documentation literacies and the internet. The volume also contains chapters on the kinds of language that are less often researched such as the revitalization of music of whistled languages and sign languages and how languages change when they are being revitalized. The Routledge Handbook of Language Revitalization is the ideal resource for graduate students and researchers working in linguistic anthropology and language revitalization and endangerment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138674493

The Routledge Handbook of Language Testing Winner of the SAGE/ILTA Book Award 2016 The Routledge Handbook of Language Testing will provide a comprehensive account of the area of language assessment and testing. Written by leading specialists from around the world this volume brings together approximately 35 authoritative articles (around 8000 words each). The proposed outline for the Handbook (below) is divided into ten sections. The section titles reflect the contents of their Language Testing and Assessment –textbook in our RAL series and sketch a useful overview of the discipline. Each chapter has been carefully selected to relate to key issues raised in the respective topic providing additional historical background critical discussion reviews of key research methods and an assessment of what the future might hold. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138205369

The Routledge Handbook of Latin American Development The Routledge Handbook of Latin American Development seeks to engage with comprehensive contemporary and critical theoretical debates on Latin American development. The volume draws on contributions from across the humanities and social sciences and unlike earlier volumes of this kind explicitly highlights the disruptions to the field being brought by a range of anti-capitalist decolonial feminist and ontological intellectual contributions.The chapters consider in depth the harms and suffering caused by various oppressive forces as well as the creative and often revolutionary ways in which ordinary Latin Americans resist fight back and work to construct development defined broadly as the struggle for a better and more dignified life. The book covers many key themes including development policy and practice; neoliberalism and its aftermath; the role played by social movements in cities and rural areas; the politics of water oil and other environmental resources; indigenous and Afro-descendant rights; and the struggles for gender equality.With contributions from authors working in Latin America the US and Canada Europe and New Zealand at a range of universities and other organizations the handbook is an invaluable resource for students and teachers in development studies Latin American studies cultural studies human geography anthropology sociology political science and economics as well as for activists and development practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732387

The Routledge Handbook of Law and Society This innovative handbook provides a comprehensive and truly global overview of the main approaches and themes within law and society scholarship or social-legal studies. A one-volume introduction to academic resources and ideas that are relevant for today’s debates on issues from reproductive justice to climate justice food security water conflicts artificial intelligence and global financial transactions this handbook is divided into two sections. The first ‘Perspectives and Approaches’ accessibly explains a variety of frameworks through which the relationship between law and society is addressed and understood with emphasis on contemporary perspectives that are relatively new to many socio-legal scholars. Following the book’s overall interest in social justice the entries in this section of the book show how conceptual tools originate in and help to illuminate real-world issues. The second and largest section of the book (42 short well-written pieces) presents reflections on topics or areas concerning law justice and society that are inherently interdisciplinary and that are relevance to current – but also classical – struggles around justice. Informing readers about the lineage of ideas that are used or could be used today for research and activism the book attends to the full range of local national and transnational issues in law and society. The authors were carefully chosen to achieve a diverse and non-Eurocentric view of socio-legal studies. This volume will be invaluable for law students those in inter-disciplinary programs such as law and society justice studies and legal studies and those with interests in law but based in other social sciences. It will also appeal to general readers interested in questions of justice and rights including activists and advocates around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367234249

The Routledge Handbook of Lexicography The Routledge Handbook of Lexicography provides a comprehensive overview of the major approaches to lexicography and their applications within the field. This Handbook features key case studies and cutting-edge contributions from an international range of practitioners teachers and researchers. Analysing the theory and practice of compiling dictionaries within the digital era the 47 chapters address the core issues of: The foundations of lexicography and its interactions with other disciplines including Corpus Linguistics and Information Science; Types of dictionaries for purposes such as translation and teaching; Innovative specialised dictionaries such as the Oenolex wine dictionary and the Online Dictionary of New Zealand Sign Language; Lexicography and world languages including Arabic Hindi Russian Chinese and Indonesian; The future of lexicography including the use of the Internet user participation and dictionary portals. The Routledge Handbook of Lexicography is essential reading for researchers and students working in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138941601

The Routledge Handbook of LGBTQIA Administration and Policy The Lesbian Gay Bisexual Transgender Queer Intersex Asexual and Allies community (abbreviated LGBTQIA or "LGBT") is responding to a radically changed social and political environment. While a host of books have analyzed legal dimensions of LGBT public policy this authoritative Routledge handbook is the first to utilize up-to-the-minute empirical data to examine and unpick the corrosive "post-factual" changes undermining LGBT public policy development. Taking an innovative look at a wide range of social and policy issues of broad interest—including homelessness transgender rights healthcare immigration substance abuse caring for senior members of the community sexual education resilience and international policy—through contributions from established scholars and rising stars this comprehensive and cutting-edge volume will be a landmark reference work on LGBT administration and policy for decades to come. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815366508

The Routledge Handbook of Libertarianism Libertarians often bill their theory as an alternative to both the traditional Left and Right. The Routledge Handbook of Libertarianism helps readers fully examine this alternative without preaching it to them exploring the contours of libertarian (sometimes also called classical liberal) thinking on justice institutions interpersonal ethics government and political economy. The 31 chapters--all written specifically for this volume--are organized into five parts. Part I asks what should libertarianism learn from other theories of justice and what should defenders of other theories of justice learn from libertarianism? Part II asks what are some of the deepest problems facing libertarian theories? Part III asks what is the right way to think about property rights and the market? Part IV asks how should we think about the state? Finally part V asks how well (or badly) can libertarianism deal with some of the major policy challenges of our day such as immigration trade religion in politics and paternalism in a free market. Among the Handbook's chapters are those from critics who write about what they believe libertarians get right as well as others from leading libertarian theorists who identify what they think libertarians get wrong. As a whole the Handbook provides a comprehensive clear-eyed look at what libertarianism has been and could be and why it matters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870591

The Routledge Handbook of Linguistic Anthropology The Routledge Handbook of Linguistic Anthropology is a broad survey of linguistic anthropology featuring contributions from prominent scholars in the field. Each chapter presents a brief historical summary of research in the field and discusses topics and issues of current concern to people doing research in linguistic anthropology. The handbook is organized into four parts – Language and Cultural Productions; Language Ideologies and Practices of Learning; Language and the Communication of Identities; and Language and Local/Global Power – and covers current topics of interest at the intersection of the two fields  while also contextualizing them within discussions of fieldwork practice. Featuring 30 contributions from leading scholars in the field The Routledge Handbook of Linguistic Anthropology is an essential overview for students and researchers interested in understanding core concepts and key issues in linguistic anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415834100

The Routledge Handbook of Linguistic Ethnography The Routledge Handbook of Linguistic Ethnography provides an accessible authoritative and comprehensive overview of this growing body of research combining ethnographic approaches with close attention to language use. This handbook illustrates the richness and potential of linguistic ethnography to provide detailed understandings of situated patterns of language use while connecting these patterns clearly to broader social structures. Including a general introduction to linguistic ethnography and 25 state-of-the-art chapters from expert international scholars the handbook is divided into three sections. Chapters cover historical empirical methodological and theoretical contributions to the field and new approaches and developments. This handbook is key reading for those studying linguistic ethnography qualitative research methods sociolinguistics and educational linguistics within English Language Applied Linguistics Education and Anthropology.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138938168

The Routledge Handbook of Linguistic Reference This Handbook offers students and more advanced readers a valuable resource for understanding linguistic reference; the relation between an expression (word phrase sentence) and what that expression is about. The volume’s forty-one original chapters written by many of today’s leading philosophers of language are organized into ten parts: I Early Descriptive TheoriesII Causal Theories of ReferenceIII Causal Theories and Cognitive SignificanceIV Alternate TheoriesV Two-Dimensional SemanticsVI Natural Kind Terms and RigidityVII The Empty CaseVIII Singular (De Re) ThoughtsIX IndexicalsX Epistemology of Reference  Contributions consider what kinds of expressions actually refer (names general terms indexicals empty terms sentences) what referring expressions refer to what makes an expression refer to whatever it does connections between meaning and reference and how we know facts about reference. Many contributions also develop connections between linguistic reference and issues in metaphysics epistemology philosophy of mind and philosophy of science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367629724

The Routledge Handbook of Linguistics The Routledge Handbook of Linguistics offers a comprehensive introduction and reference point to the discipline of linguistics. This wide-ranging survey of the field brings together a range of perspectives covering all the key areas of linguistics and drawing on interdisciplinary research in subjects such as anthropology psychology and sociology.The 36 chapters written by specialists from around the world provide:an overview of each topic;an introduction to current hypotheses and issues;future trajectories;suggestions for further reading.With extensive coverage of both theoretical and applied linguistic topics The Routledge Handbook of Linguistics is an indispensable resource for students and researchers working in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367868079

The Routledge Handbook of Literacy Studies The Routledge Handbook of Literacy Studies offers a comprehensive view of the field of language and literacy studies. With forty-three chapters reflecting new research from leading scholars in the field the Handbook pushes at the boundaries of existing fields and combines with related fields and disciplines to develop a lens on contemporary scholarship and emergent fields of inquiry. The Handbook is divided into eight sections: • The foundations of literacy studies • Space-focused approaches • Time-focused approaches • Multimodal approaches • Digital approaches • Hermeneutic approaches • Making meaning from the everyday • Co-constructing literacies with communities. This is the first handbook of literacy studies to recognise new trends and evolving trajectories together with a focus on radical epistemologies of literacy. The Routledge Handbook of Literacy Studies is an essential reference for undergraduate and postgraduate students and those researching and working in the areas of applied linguistics and language and literacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367501723

The Routledge Handbook of Literary Translation The Routledge Handbook of Literary Translation provides an accessible diverse and extensive overview of literary translation today. This next-generation volume brings together principles case studies precepts histories and process knowledge from practitioners in sixteen different countries. Divided into four parts the book covers many of literary translation’s most pressing concerns today from teaching to theorising to translation techniques to new tools and resources. Featuring genre studies in which graphic novels crime fiction and ethnopoetry have pride of place alongside classics and sacred texts The Routledge Handbook of Literary Translation represents a vital resource for students and researchers of both translation studies and comparative literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138699298

The Routledge Handbook of Literature and Space The "spatial turn" in literary studies is transforming the way we think of the field. The Routledge Handbook of Literature and Space maps the key areas of spatiality within literary studies offering a comprehensive overview but also pointing towards new and exciting directions of study. The interdisciplinary and global approach provides a thorough introduction and includes thirty-two essays on topics such as: Spatial theory and practice Critical methodologies Work sites Cities and the geography of urban experience Maps territories readings. The contributors to this volume demonstrate how a variety of romantic realist modernist and postmodernist narratives represent the changing social spaces of their world and of our own world system today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138816350

The Routledge Handbook of Love in Philosophy The Routledge Handbook of Love in Philosophy collects 39 original chapters from prominent philosophers on the nature meaning value and predicaments of love presented in a unique framework that highlights the rich variety of methods and traditions used to engage with these subjects. This volume is structured around important realms of human life and activity each of which receives its own section:I. Family and FriendshipII. Romance and SexIII. Politics and SocietyIV. Animals Nature and the EnvironmentV. Art Faith and MeaningVI. Rationality and MoralityVII. Traditions: Historical and Contemporary.This last section includes chapters treating love as a subject in both Western and non-Western philosophical traditions. The contributions all appearing in print here for the first time are written to be accessible and compelling to non-philosophers and philosophers alike; and the volume as a whole encourages professional philosophers teachers students and lay readers to rethink standard constructions of philosophical canons. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367659639

The Routledge Handbook of Magazine ResearchThe Future of the Magazine Form Scholarly engagement with the magazine form has in the last two decades produced a substantial amount of valuable research. Authored by leading academic authorities in the study of magazines the chapters in The Routledge Handbook of Magazine Research not only create an architecture to organize and archive the developing field of magazine research but also suggest new avenues of future investigation. Each of 33 chapters surveys the last 20 years of scholarship in its subject area identifying the major research themes theoretical developments and interpretive breakthroughs. Exploration of the digital challenges and opportunities which currently face the magazine world are woven throughout offering readers a deeper understanding of the magazine form as well as of the sociocultural realities it both mirrors and influences. The book includes six sections: -Methodologies and structures presents theories and models for magazine research in an evolving global context. -Magazine publishing: the people and the work introduces the roles and practices of those involved in the editorial and business sides of magazine publishing. -Magazines as textual communication surveys the field of contemporary magazines across a range of theoretical perspectives subjects genre and format questions. -Magazines as visual communication explores cover design photography illustrations and interactivity. -Pedagogical and curricular perspectives offers insights on undergraduate and graduate teaching topics in magazine research. -The future of the magazine form speculates on the changing nature of magazine research via its environmental effects audience and transforming platforms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138297449

The Routledge Handbook of Mapping and Cartography This new Handbook unites cartographic theory and praxis with the principles of cartographic design and their application. It offers a critical appraisal of the current state of the art science and technology of map-making in a convenient and well-illustrated guide that will appeal to an international and multi-disciplinary audience. No single-volume work in the field is comparable in terms of its accessibility currency and scope. The Routledge Handbook of Mapping and Cartography draws on the wealth of new scholarship and practice in this emerging field from the latest conceptual developments in mapping and advances in map-making technology to reflections on the role of maps in society. It brings together 43 engaging chapters on a diverse range of topics including the history of cartography map use and user issues cartographic design remote sensing volunteered geographic information (VGI) and map art. The title’s expert contributions are drawn from an international base of influential academics and leading practitioners with a view to informing theoretical development and best practice. This new volume will provide the reader with an exceptionally wide-ranging introduction to mapping and cartography and aim to inspire further engagement within this dynamic and exciting field. The Routledge Handbook of Mapping and Cartography offers a unique reference point that will be of great interest and practical use to all map-makers and students of geographic information science geography cultural studies and a range of related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581046

The Routledge Handbook of Maritime Management This handbook provides a wide-ranging coherent and systematic analysis of maritime management policy and strategy development. It undertakes a comprehensive examination of the fields of management and policy-making in shipping by bringing together chapters on key topics of seminal scientific and practical importance.Within 21 original chapters authoritative experts describe and analyze concepts at the cutting edge of knowledge in shipping. Themes include maritime management and policy ship finance port and maritime economics and maritime logistics. A study examines the determinants of ship management fees. Aspects of corporate governance in the shipping industry are reviewed and there is a critical review of the ship investment literature. Other topics featured include the organization and management of tanker and dry bulk shipping companies environmental management in shipping with reference to energy-efficient ship operation a study of the BIMCO Shipping KPI standard utilizing the Bunker Adjustment Factor as a strategic decision-making instrument and slow steaming in the maritime industry. All chapters are written to provide implications for further advancement in professional practice and research.The Routledge Handbook of Maritime Management will be of great interest to relevant students researchers academics and professionals alike. It provides abundant opportunities to guide further research in the areas covered but will also initiate and inspire effective maritime management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729912

The Routledge Handbook of Maritime Trade around Europe 1300-1600Commercial Networks and Urban Autonomy The Routledge Handbook of Maritime Trade around Europe 1300-1600 explores the links between maritime trading networks around Europe from the Mediterranean and the Atlantic to the North and Baltic Seas. Maritime trade routes connected diverse geographical and cultural spheres contributing to a more integrated Europe in both cultural and material terms. This volume explores networks’ economic functions alongside their intercultural exchanges contacts and practical arrangements in ports on the European coasts. The collection takes as its central question how shippers and merchants were able to connect regional and interregional trade circuits around and beyond Europe in the late medieval period. It is divided into four parts with chapters in Part I looking across broad themes such as ships and sailing routes maritime law financial linkages and linguistic exchanges. In the following parts - divided into the Mediterranean the Baltic Sea and the Atlantic and North Seas - contributors present case studies addressing themes including conflict resolution relations between different types of main ports and their hinterland the local institutional arrangements supporting maritime trade and the advantages and challenges of locations around the continent. The volume concludes with a summary that points to the extraterritorial character of trading systems during this fascinating period of expansion. Drawing together an international team of contributors The Routledge Handbook of Maritime Trade around Europe is a vital contribution to the study of maritime history and the history of trade. It is essential reading for students and scholars in these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872946

The Routledge Handbook of Mass Media Ethics This fully updated second edition of the popular handbook provides an exploration of thinking on media ethics bringing together the intellectual history of global mass media ethics over the past 40 years summarising existing research and setting future agenda grounded in philosophy and social science. This second edition offers up-to-date and comprehensive coverage of media ethics including the ethics of sources social media the roots of law in ethics and documentary film. The wide range of contributors include scholars and former professionals who worked as journalists public relations professionals and advertising practitioners. They lay out both a good grounding from which to begin more in-depth and individualized explorations and extensive bibliographies for each chapter to aid that process. For students and professionals who seek to understand and do the best work possible this book will provide both insight and direction. Standing apart in its comprehensive coverage The Routledge Handbook of Mass Media Ethics is required reading for scholars graduate students and researchers in media mass communication journalism ethics and related areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138681330

The Routledge Handbook of Material Culture in Early Modern Europe The Routledge Handbook of Material Culture in Early Modern Europe marks the arrival of early modern material culture studies as a vibrant fully-established field of multi-disciplinary research. The volume provides a rounded accessible collection of work on the nature and significance of materiality in early modern Europe – a term that embraces a vast range of objects as well as addressing a wide variety of human interactions with their physical environments. This stimulating view of materiality is distinctive in asking questions about the whole material world as a context for lived experience and the book considers material interactions at all social levels. There are 27 chapters by leading experts as well as 13 feature object studies to highlight specific items that have survived from this period (defined broadly as c.1500–c.1800). These contributions explore the things people acquired owned treasured displayed and discarded the spaces in which people used and thought about things the social relationships which cluster around goods – between producers vendors and consumers of various kinds – and the way knowledge travels around those circuits of connection. The content also engages with wider issues such as the relationship between public and private life the changing connections between the sacred and the profane or the effects of gender and social status upon lived experience. Constructed as an accessible wide-ranging guide to research practice the book describes and represents the methods which have been developed within various disciplines for analysing pre-modern material culture. It comprises four sections which open up the approaches of various disciplines to non-specialists: ‘Definitions disciplines new directions’ ‘Contexts and categories’ ‘Object studies’ and ‘Material culture in action’. This volume addresses the need for sustained coherent comment on the state breadth and potential of this lively new field including the work of historians art historians museum curators archaeologists social scientists and literary scholars. It consolidates and communicates recent developments and considers how we might take forward a multi-disciplinary research agenda for the study of material culture in periods before the mass production of goods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409462699

The Routledge Handbook of Mechanisms and Mechanical Philosophy Scientists studying the burning of stars the evolution of species DNA the brain the economy and social change all frequently describe their work as searching for mechanisms. Despite this fact for much of the twentieth century philosophical discussions of the nature of mechanisms remained outside philosophy of science.The Routledge Handbook of Mechanisms and Mechanical Philosophy is an outstanding reference source to the key topics problems and debates in this exciting subject and is the first collection of its kind. Comprising over thirty chapters by a team of international contributors the Handbook is divided into four Parts:Historical perspectives on mechanismsThe nature of mechanismsMechanisms and the philosophy of scienceDisciplinary perspectives on mechanisms.Within these Parts central topics and problems are examined including the rise of mechanical philosophy in the seventeenth century; what mechanisms are made of and how they are organized; mechanisms and laws and regularities; how mechanisms are discovered and explained; dynamical systems theory; and disciplinary perspectives from physics chemistry biology biomedicine ecology neuroscience and the social sciences.Essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy of science the Handbook will also be of interest to those in related fields such as metaphysics philosophy of psychology and history of science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367573416

The Routledge Handbook of Media Use and Well-BeingInternational Perspectives on Theory and Research on Positive Media Effects The Routledge Handbook of Media Use and Well-Being serves as the first international review of the current state of this fast-developing area of research. The volume provides a multifaceted perspective on the beneficial as well as the detrimental effects of media exposure on psychological health and well-being. As a "first-mover " it will define the field of media use and well-being and provide an essential resource for research and teaching in this area.The volume is structured along four central considerations:Processes presents concepts that provide a theoretical bridge between media use and well-being such as psychological need satisfaction recovery from stress and strain self-presentation and self-enhancement or parasocial interactions with media characters providing a comprehensive understanding of the underlying processes that drive psychological health and well-being through media.Moderators examines both risk factors that promote negative effects on well-being and protective factors that foster positive media effects.Contexts bridges the gap between theory and "real life" by illustrating how media use can influence well-being and satisfaction in very different life domains covering the full spectrum of everyday life by addressing the public private and work spheres.Audiences takes a look at the influence of life phases and life situations on the interplay of media use and well-being questioning whether various user groups differ with regard to the effects of media exposure.Bringing together the expertise of outstanding international scholars from multiple disciplines including communication media psychology social psychology clinical psychology and media education this handbook sheds new light on the role of media in influencing and affecting emotions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367736996

The Routledge Handbook of Medical Anthropology The Routledge Handbook of Medical Anthropology provides a contemporary overview of the key themes in medical anthropology. In this exciting departure from conventional handbooks compendia and encyclopedias the three editors have written the core chapters of the volume and in so doing invite the reader to reflect on the ethnographic richness and theoretical contributions of research on the clinic and the field bioscience and medical research infectious and non-communicable diseases biomedicine complementary and alternative modalities structural violence and vulnerability gender and ageing reproduction and sexuality. As a way of illustrating the themes a rich variety of case studies are included presented by over 60 authors from around the world reflecting the diverse cultural contexts in which people experience health illness and healing. Each chapter and its case studies are introduced by a photograph reflecting medical and visual anthropological responses to inequality and vulnerability. An indispensible reference in this fastest growing area of anthropological study The Routledge Handbook of Medical Anthropology is a unique and innovative contribution to the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138612877

The Routledge Handbook of Memory and Place This Handbook explores the latest cross-disciplinary research on the inter-relationship between memory studies place and identity. In the works of dynamic memory there is room for multiple stories versions of the past and place understandings and often resistance to mainstream narratives. Places may live on long after their physical destruction. This collection provides insights into the significant and diverse role memory plays in our understanding of the world around us in a variety of spaces and temporalities and through a variety of disciplinary and professional lenses. Many of the chapters in this Handbook explore place-making its significance in everyday lives and its loss. Processes of displacement where people’s place attachments are violently torn asunder are also considered. Ranging from oral history to forensic anthropology from folklore studies to cultural geographies and beyond the chapters in this Handbook reveal multiple and often unexpected facets of the fascinating relationship between place and memory from the individual to the collective. This is a multi- and intra-disciplinary collection of the latest most influential approaches to the interwoven and dynamic issues of place and memory. It will be of great use to researchers and academics working across Geography Tourism Heritage Anthropology Memory Studies  and Archaeology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815386308

The Routledge Handbook of Metaethics This Handbook surveys the contemporary state of the burgeoning field of metaethics. Forty-four chapters all written exclusively for this volume provide expert introductions to: the central research programs that frame metaethical discussions the central explanatory challenges resources and strategies that inform contemporary work in those research programs debates over the status of metaethics and the appropriate methods to use in metaethical inquiry This is essential reading for anyone with a serious interest in metaethics from those coming to it for the first time to those actively pursuing research in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367856076

The Routledge Handbook of Metametaphysics Philosophical questions regarding the nature and methodology of philosophical inquiry have garnered much attention in recent years. Perhaps nowhere are these discussions more developed than in relation to the field of metaphysics. The Routledge Handbook of Metametaphysics is an outstanding reference source to this growing subject. It comprises thirty-eight chapters written by leading international contributors and is arranged around five themes: • The history of metametaphysics • Neo-Quineanism (and its objectors) • Alternative conceptions of metaphysics • The epistemology of metaphysics • Science and metaphysics. Essential reading for students and researchers in metaphysics philosophical methodology and ontology The Routledge Handbook of Metametaphysics will also be of interest to those in closely related subjects such as philosophy of language logic and philosophy of science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138082250

The Routledge Handbook of Metaphor and Language The Routledge Handbook of Metaphor and Language provides a comprehensive overview of state-of-the-art interdisciplinary research on metaphor and language. Featuring 35 chapters written by leading scholars from around the world the volume takes a broad view of the field of metaphor and language and brings together diverse and distinct theoretical and applied perspectives to cover six key areas:Theoretical approaches to metaphor and language covering Conceptual Metaphor Theory Relevance Theory Blending Theory and Dynamical Systems Theory;Methodological approaches to metaphor and language discussing ways of identifying metaphors in verbal texts images and gestures as well as the use of corpus linguistics;Formal variation in patterns of metaphor use across text types historical periods and languages; Functional variation of metaphor in contexts including educational commercial scientific and political discourse as well as online trolling;The applications of metaphor for problem solving in business education healthcare and conflict situations;Language metaphor and cognitive development examining the processing and comprehension of metaphors.The Routledge Handbook of Language and Metaphor is a must-have survey of this key field and is essential reading for those interested in language and metaphor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581428

The Routledge Handbook of Metaphysical Grounding Some of philosophy’s biggest questions both historically and today are in-virtue-of questions: In virtue of what is an action right or wrong? In virtue of what am I the same person my mother bore? In virtue of what is an artwork beautiful? Philosophers attempt to answer many of these types of in-virtue-of questions but philosophers are also increasingly focusing on what an in-virtue-of question is in the first place. Many assume at least as a working hypothesis that in-virtue-of questions involve a distinctively metaphysical kind of determinative explanation called “ground.” This Handbook surveys the state of the art on ground as well as its connections and applications to other topics. The central issues of ground are discussed in 37 chapters all written exclusively for this volume by a wide range of leading experts. The chapters are organized into the following sections: I. History II. Explanation and Determination III. Logic and Structure IV. Connections V. Applications Introductions at the start of each section provide an overview of the section’s contents and a list of Related Topics at the end of each chapter points readers to other germane areas throughout the volume. The resulting volume is accessible enough for advanced students and informative enough for researchers. It is essential reading for anyone hoping to get clearer on what the biggest questions of philosophy are really asking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815366492

The Routledge Handbook of Migration and Language ** Winner of AAAL Book Award 2020 ****Shortlisted for the BAAL Book Prize 2018** The Routledge Handbook of Migration and Language is the first comprehensive survey of this area exploring language and human mobility in today’s globalised world. This key reference brings together a range of interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary perspectives drawing on subjects such as migration studies geography philosophy sociology and anthropology. Featuring over 30 chapters written by leading experts from around the world this book:Examines how basic constructs such as community place language diversity identity nation-state and social stratification are being retheorized in the context of human mobility;Analyses the impact of the ‘mobility turn’ on language use including the parallel ‘multilingual turn’ and translanguaging;Discusses the migration of skilled and unskilled workers different forms of displacement and new superdiverse and diaspora communities;Explores new research orientations and methodologies such as mobile and participatory research multi-sited ethnography and the mixing of research methods;Investigates the place of language in citizenship educational policies employment and social services. The Routledge Handbook of Migration and Language is essential reading for those with an interest in migration studies language policy sociolinguistic research and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581350

The Routledge Handbook of Mobilities The 21st century seems to be on the move perhaps even more so than the last. With cheap travel and more than two billion cars projected worldwide for 2030. And yet all this mobility is happening incredibly unevenly at different paces and intensities with varying impacts and consequences to the extent that life on the move might be actually quite difficult to sustain environmentally socially and ethically. As a result 'mobility' has become a keyword of the social sciences; delineating a new domain of concepts approaches methodologies and techniques which seek to understand the character and quality of these trends. This Handbook explores and critically evaluates the debates approaches controversies and methodologies inherent to this rapidly expanding discipline. It brings together leading specialists from range of backgrounds and geographical regions to provide an authoritative and comprehensive overview of this field conveying cutting edge research in an accessible way whilst giving detailed grounding in the evolution of past debates on mobilities. It illustrates disciplinary trends and pathways from migration studies and transport history to communications research featuring methodological innovations and developments and conceptual histories - from feminist theory to tourist studies. It explores the dominant figures of mobility from children to soldiers and the mobility impaired; the disparate materialities of mobility such as flows of water and waste to the vectors of viruses; key infrastructures such as logistics systems to the informal services of megacity slums and the important mobility events around which our world turns; from going on vacation to the commute to the catastrophic disruption of mobility systems. The text is forward-thinking projecting the future of mobilities as they might be lived transformed and studied and possibly brought to an end. International in focus the book transcends disciplinary and national boundaries to explore mobilities as they are understood from different perspectives different fields countries and standpoints. This is an invaluable resource for all those with an interest in mobility across disciplinary boundaries and areas of study.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138071445

The Routledge Handbook of Modality Modality - the question of what is possible and what is necessary - is a fundamental area of philosophy and philosophical research. The Routledge Handbook of Modality is an outstanding reference source to the key topics problems and debates in this exciting subject and is the first collection of its kind. Comprising thirty-five chapters by a team of international contributors the Handbook is divided into seven clear parts: worlds and modality essentialism ontological dependence and modality modal anti-realism epistemology of modality modality in science modality in logic and mathematics modality in the history of philosophy. Within these sections the central issues debates and problems are examined including possible worlds essentialism counterfactuals ontological dependence modal fictionalism deflationism the integration challenge conceivability a priori knowledge laws of nature natural kinds and logical necessity. The Routledge Handbook of Modality is essential reading for students and researchers in epistemology metaphysics and philosophy of language. It will also be very useful for those in related fields in philosophy such as philosophy of mathematics logic and philosophy of science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138823310

The Routledge Handbook of Modern Economic History The Routledge Handbook of Modern Economic History aims to introduce readers to important approaches and findings of economic historians who study the modern world. Its short chapters reflect the most up-to-date research and are written by well-known economic historians who are authorities on their subjects.Modern economic history blends two approaches – Cliometrics (which focuses on measuring economic variables and explicitly testing theories about the historical performance and development of the economy) and the New Institutional Economics (which focuses on how social cultural legal and organizational norms and rules shape economic outcomes and their evolution). Part 1 of the Handbook introduces these approaches and other important methodological issues for economic history. The most fundamental shift in the economic history of the world began about two and a half centuries ago when eons of slow economic change and faltering economic growth gave way to sustained rapid economic expansion. Part 2 examines this theme and the primary forces economic historians have linked to economic growth stagnation and fluctuations – including technological change entrepreneurship competition the biological environment war financial panics and business cycles. Part 3 examines the evolution of broad sectors that typify a modern economy including agriculture banking transportation health care housing and entertainment. It begins by examining an equally important "sector" of the economy which scholars have increasingly analyzed using economic tools – religion.  Part 4 focuses on the work force and human outcomes including inequality labor markets unions education immigration slavery urbanization and the evolving economic roles of women and African-Americans. The text will be of great value to those taking economic history courses as well as a reference book useful to prof Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367866211

The Routledge Handbook of Modern Turkey In recent years there has been growing interest in Turkey stemming from the country’s developing role in regional and global politics its expanding economic strength and its identity as a predominantly Muslim country with secular political institutions and democratic processes. This Handbook provides a comprehensive and wide-ranging profile of modern Turkey. Bringing together original contributions from leading scholars with a wide range of backgrounds this important reference work gives a unique in-depth survey of Turkish affairs past and present. Thematically organised sections cover: Turkish history from the early Ottoman period to the present Turkish culture Politics and international relations Social issues Geography The Turkish economy and economics Presenting diverse and often competing views on all aspects of Turkish history politics society culture geography and economics this handbook will be an essential reference tool for students and scholars of Middle East studies comparative politics and culture and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110106

The Routledge Handbook of Moral Epistemology The Routledge Handbook of Moral Epistemology brings together philosophers cognitive scientists developmental and evolutionary psychologists animal ethologists intellectual historians and educators to provide the most comprehensive analysis of the prospects for moral knowledge ever assembled in print. The book’s thirty chapters feature leading experts describing the nature of moral thought its evolution childhood development and neurological realization. Various forms of moral skepticism are addressed along with the historical development of ideals of moral knowledge and their role in law education legal policy and other areas of social life.Highlights include:• Analyses of moral cognition and moral learning by leading cognitive scientists• Accounts of the normative practices of animals by expert animal ethologists• An overview of the evolution of cooperation by preeminent evolutionary psychologists• Sophisticated treatments of moral skepticism relativism moral uncertainty and know-how by renowned philosophers• Scholarly accounts of the development of Western moral thinking by eminent intellectual historians• Careful analyses of the role played by conceptions of moral knowledge in political liberation movements religious institutions criminal law secondary education and professional codes of ethics articulated by cutting-edge social and moral philosophers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367659721

The Routledge Handbook of Mormonism and Gender The Routledge Handbook of Mormonism and Gender is an outstanding reference source to this controversial subject area. Since its founding in 1830 the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints has engaged gender in surprising ways. LDS practice of polygamy in the nineteenth century both fueled rhetoric of patriarchal rule as well as gave polygamous wives greater autonomy than their monogamous peers. The tensions over women’s autonomy continued after polygamy was abandoned and defined much of the twentieth century. In the 1970s 1990s and 2010s Mormon feminists came into direct confrontation with the male Mormon hierarchy. These public clashes produced some reforms but fell short of accomplishing full equality. LGBT Mormons have a similar history. These movements are part of the larger story of how Mormonism has managed changing gender norms in a global context. Comprising over forty chapters by a team of international contributors the Handbook is divided into four parts: • Methodological issues • Historical approaches • Social scientific approaches • Theological approaches. These sections examine central issues debates and problems including: agency feminism sexuality and sexual ethics masculinity queer studies plural marriage homosexuality race scripture gender and the priesthood the family sexual violence and identity. The Routledge Handbook of Mormonism and Gender is essential reading for students and researchers in religious studies gender studies and women’s studies. The Handbook will also be very useful for those in related fields such as cultural studies politics anthropology and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815395218

The Routledge Handbook of Multilingualism The Routledge Handbook of Multilingualism provides a comprehensive survey of the field of multilingualism for a global readership and an overview of the research which situates multilingualism in its social cultural and political context. The handbook includes an introduction and five sections with thirty two chapters by leading international contributors. The introduction charts the changing landscape of social and ethnographic research on multilingualism (theory methods and research sites) and it foregrounds key contemporary debates. Chapters are structured around sub-headings such as: early developments key issues related to theory and method new research directions. This handbook offers an authoritative guide to shifts over time in thinking about multilingualism as well as providing an overview of the range of contemporary themes debates and research sites. The Routledge Handbook of Multilingualism is the ideal resource for postgraduate students of multilingualism as well as those studying education and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138932517

The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis Multimodality is an innovative approach to representation communication and interaction which looks beyond language to investigate the multitude of ways we communicate: through images sound and music to gestures body posture and the use of space. The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis Second Edition provides a comprehensive ‘research tool kit’ for multimodal analysis with thirty-four chapters written by leading figures in the field on a wide range of theoretical and methodological issues. This new edition includes twelve new chapters on theoretical and mathodological developments and multimodal research on digitally mediated texts and interaction.   The Handbook includes chapters on key themes within multimodality such as technology culture notions of identity social justice and power and macro issues such as literacy policy. Taking a broad look at multimodality the contributors engage with how a variety of other theoretical approaches have looked at multimodal communication and representation including visual studies anthropology conversation analysis socio-cultural theory sociolinguistics new literacy studies multimodal corpora studies critical discourse semiotics and eye-tracking. Detailed multimodal analysis case studies are also included along with an extensive updated glossary of key terms to support those new to multimodality and to allow those already engaged in multimodal research to explore the fundamentals further. The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis is essential reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as researchers involved in the study of multimodal communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245198

The Routledge Handbook of Museums Media and Communication Museums today find themselves within a mediatised society where everyday life is conducted in a data-full and technology-rich context. In fact museums are themselves mediatised: they present a uniquely media-centred environment in which communicative media is a constitutive property of their organisation and of the visitor experience. The Routledge Handbook of Museums Media and Communication explores what it means to take mediated communication as a key concept for museum studies and as a sensitising lens for media-related museum practice on the ground.Including contributions from experts around the world this original and innovative Handbook shares a nuanced and precise understanding of media media concepts and media terminology rehearsing new locations for writing on museum media and giving voice to new subject alignments. As a whole the volume breaks new ground by reframing mediated museum communication as a resource for an inclusive understanding of current museum developments.The Routledge Handbook of Museums Media and Communication will appeal to both students and scholars as well as to practitioners involved in the visioning design and delivery of mediated communication in the museum. It teaches us not just how to study museums but how to go about being a museum in today’s world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580438

The Routledge Handbook of Music Signification The Routledge Handbook of Music Signification captures the richness and complexity of the field presenting 30 essays by recognized international experts that reflect current interdisciplinary and cross-disciplinary approaches to the subject. Examinations of music signification have been an essential component in thinking about music for millennia but it is only in the last few decades that music signification has been established as an independent area of study. During this time the field has grown exponentially incorporating a vast array of methodologies that seek to ground how music means and to explore what it may mean. Research in music signification typically embraces concepts and practices imported from semiotics literary criticism linguistics the visual arts philosophy sociology history and psychology among others. By bringing together such approaches in transparent groupings that reflect the various contexts in which music is created and experienced and by encouraging critical dialogues this volume provides an authoritative survey of the discipline and a significant advance in inquiries into music signification. This book addresses a wide array of readers from scholars who specialize in this and related areas to the general reader who is curious to learn more about the ways in which music makes sense. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815376453

The Routledge Handbook of Muslim Iberia This handbook offers an overview of the main issues regarding the political economic social religious intellectual and artistic history of the Iberian Peninsula during the period of Muslim rule (eighth–fifteenth centuries). A comprehensive list of primary and secondary sources attests the vitality of the academic study of al-Andalus (= Muslim Iberia) and its place in present-day discussions about the past and the present. The contributors are all specialists with diverse backgrounds providing different perspectives and approaches. The volume includes chapters dealing with the destiny of the Muslim population after the Christian conquest and with the posterity of al-Andalus in art literature and different historiographical traditions. The chapters are organised in the following sections: Political history concentrating on rulers and armies Social religious and economic groups Intellectual and cultural developments Legacy and memory of al-Andalus Offering a synthetic and updated academic treatment of the history and society of Muslim Iberia this comprehensive and up-to-date collection provides an authoritative and interdisciplinary guide. It is a valuable resource for both specialists and the general public interested in the history of the Iberian Peninsula Islamic and Medieval studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138649149

The Routledge Handbook of Muslim-Jewish Relations The Routledge Handbook of Muslim-Jewish Relations invites readers to deepen their understanding of the historical social cultural and political themes that impact modern-day perceptions of interfaith dialogue. The volume is designed to illuminate positive encounters between Muslims and Jews as well as points of conflict within a historical framework. Among other goals the volume seeks to correct common misperceptions about the history of Muslim-Jewish relations by complicating familiar political narratives to include dynamics such as the cross-influence of literary and intellectual traditions. Reflecting unique and original collaborations between internationally-renowned contributors the book is intended to spark further collaborative and constructive conversation and scholarship in the academy and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581596

The Routledge Handbook of Neoplatonism The Routledge Handbook of Neoplatonism is an authoritative and comprehensive survey of the most important issues and developments in one of the fastest growing areas of research in ancient philosophy. An international team of scholars situates and re-evaluates Neoplatonism within the history of ancient philosophy and thought and explores its influence on philosophical and religious schools worldwide. Over thirty chapters are divided into seven clear parts: (Re)sources instruction and interaction Methods and Styles of Exegesis Metaphysics and Metaphysical Perspectives Language Knowledge Soul and Self Nature: Physics Medicine and Biology Ethics Political Theory and Aesthetics The legacy of Neoplatonism. The Routledge Handbook of Neoplatonism is a major reference source for all students and scholars in Neoplatonism and ancient philosophy as well as researchers in the philosophy of science ethics aesthetics and religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573963

The Routledge Handbook of Neuroethics The Routledge Handbook of Neuroethics offers the reader an informed view of how the brain sciences are being used to approach understand and reinvigorate traditional philosophical questions as well as how those questions with the grounding influence of neuroscience are being revisited beyond clinical and research domains. It also examines how contemporary neuroscience research might ultimately impact our understanding of relationships flourishing and human nature. Written by 61 key scholars and fresh voices the Handbook’s easy-to-follow chapters appear here for the first time in print and represent the wide range of viewpoints in neuroethics. The volume spotlights new technologies and historical articulations of key problems issues and concepts and includes cross-referencing between chapters to highlight the complex interactions of concepts and ideas within neuroethics. These features enhance the Handbook’s utility by providing readers with a contextual map for different approaches to issues and a guide to further avenues of interest.Chapter 11 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9781315708652.ch11 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367573379

The Routledge Handbook of New Security Studies This Handbook gathers together state-of-the-art theoretical reflection and empirical research by a group of leading international scholars relating to recent transformations in the field of security studies. In today’s globalized setting the challenge of maintaining security is no longer limited to the traditional foreign-policy and military tools of the nation-state and we face a wide range of security threats. Since the late 1980s a flurry of research and scholarship has brought forth a new range of theoretical positions and methodologies for studying security focusing on issues such as information technology biological and chemical warfare resource conflicts pandemics mass migrations transnational terrorism and environmental dangers. This Handbook represents a critical stock-taking of the evolution of security studies a reflection on the new security thinking and a critical review of its premises and ambitions its politics and its continuities and discontinuities with what remains of the Cold War security studies tradition. The contributors discuss and evaluate the critical shifts in security studies along four key axes:• Part I: New Security Concepts• Part II: New Security Subjects• Part III: New Security Objects• Part IV: New Security Practices Offering a comprehensive theoretical and empirical overview of this evolving field this book is now available in paperback and will be essential reading for all students of critical security studies human security international/global security political theory and IR in general J. Peter Burgess is Research Professor at PRIO the International Peace Research Institute Oslo where he leads the Security Programme and edits the interdisciplinary journal Security Dialogue. In addition he is Adjunct Professor at the Norwegian University of Science and Technology Trondheim (NTNU) and Research Fellow at the Institute for European Studies Brussels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415539333

The Routledge Handbook of North American Languages The Routledge Handbook of North American Languages is a one-stop reference for linguists on those topics that come up the most frequently in the study of the languages of North America (including Mexico). This handbook compiles a list of contributors from across many different theories and at different stages of their careers all of whom are well-known experts in North American languages. The volume comprises two distinct parts: the first surveys some of the phenomena most frequently discussed in the study of North American languages and the second surveys some of the most frequently discussed language families of North America. The consistent goal of each contribution is to couch the content of the chapter in contemporary theory so that the information is maximally relevant and accessible for a wide range of audiences including graduate students and young new scholars and even senior scholars who are looking for a crash course in the topics. Empirically driven chapters provide fundamental knowledge needed to participate in contemporary theoretical discussions of these languages making this handbook an indispensable resource for linguistics scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138628748

The Routledge Handbook of Pacifism and Nonviolence Interest in pacifism—an idea with a long history in philosophical thought and in several religious traditions—is growing. The Routledge Handbook of Pacifism and Nonviolence is the first comprehensive reference designed to introduce newcomers and researchers to the many varieties of pacifism and nonviolence to their history and philosophy and to pacifism’s most serious critiques. The volume offers 32 brand new chapters from the world’s leading experts across a diverse range of fields who together provide a broad discussion of pacifism and nonviolence in connection with virtue ethics capital punishment animal ethics ecology queer theory and feminism among other areas. This Handbook is divided into four sections: (1) Historical and Tradition-Specific Considerations (2) Conceptual and Moral Considerations (3) Social and Political Considerations and (4) Applications. It concludes with an Afterword by James Lawson one of the icons of the nonviolent American Civil Rights movement. The text will be invaluable to scholars and students as well as to activists and general readers interested in peace nonviolence and critical perspectives on war and violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367572273

The Routledge Handbook of Panpsychism Panpsychism is the view that consciousness – the most puzzling and strangest phenomenon in the entire universe – is a fundamental and ubiquitous feature of the world though in a form very remote from human consciousness. At a very basic level the world is awake. Panpsychism seems implausible to most and yet it has experienced a remarkable renaissance of interest over the last quarter century. The reason is the stubbornly intractable problem of consciousness. Despite immense progress in understanding the brain and its relation to states of consciousness we still really have no idea how consciousness emerges from physical processes which are presumed to be entirely non-conscious. The Routledge Handbook of Panpsychism provides a high-level comprehensive examination and assessment of the subject – its history and contemporary development. It offers 28 chapters appearing in print here for the first time from the world’s leading researchers on panpsychism. The chapters are divided into four sections that integrate panpsychism’s relevance with important issues in philosophy of mind philosophy of science metaphysics and even ethics: Historical Reflections Forms of Panpsychism Comparative Alternatives How Does Panpsychism Work? The volume will be useful to students and scholars as both an introduction and as cutting-edge philosophical engagement with the subject. For anyone interested in a philosophical approach to panpsychism the Handbook will supply fascinating and enlightening reading. The topics covered are highly diverse representing a spectrum of views on the nature of mind and world from various standpoints which take panpsychism seriously. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817135

The Routledge Handbook of Pentecostal Theology Research on Pentecostal and Charismatic Christianity has increased dramatically in recent decades and a diverse array of disciplines have begun to address a range of elements of these movements. Yet there exists very little understanding of Pentecostal theology and it is not uncommon to encounter stereotypes and misperceptions. Addressing this gap in current research The Routledge Handbook of Pentecostal Theology is an exceptional reference source to the key topics challenges and debates in this growing field of study and is the first collection of its kind to offer a comprehensive presentation and critical discussion of this subject. Comprising over forty chapters written by a team of international contributors the Handbook is divided into five parts: Contextualizing Pentecostal Theology Sources Theological Method Doctrines and Practices Conversations and Challenges. These sections take the reader through a comprehensive introduction to what Pentecostals believe and how they practice their faith. Looking at issues such as the core teachings of Pentecostalism concerning Spirit baptism divine healing or eschatology; unique practices such as spiritual warfare and worship; and less discussed issues such as social justice and gender each chapter builds towards a nuanced and global picture of the theology of the Pentecostal movement. The Routledge Handbook of Pentecostal Theology is essential reading for students and researchers in Pentecostal Studies World Christianity and Theology as well as scholars working in contemporary Religious Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138580893

The Routledge Handbook of People and Place in the 21st-Century City Increasing urbanization and increasing urban density put enormous pressure on the relationships between people and place in cities. Built environment professionals must pay attention to the impact of people–place relationships in small- to large-scale urban initiatives. A small playground in a neighborhood pocket park is an example of a small-scale urban development; a national environmental policy that influences energy sources is an example of a large-scale initiative. All scales of decision-making have implications for the people–place relationships present in cities. This book presents new research in contemporary interdisciplinary urban challenges and opportunities and aims to keep the people–place relationship debate in focus in the policies and practices of built environment professionals and city managers. Most urban planning and design decisions even those on a small scale will remain in the urban built form for many decades conditioning people’s experience of their city. It is important that these decisions are made using the best available knowledge. This book contains an interdisciplinary discussion of contemporary urban movements and issues influencing the relationship between people and place in urban environments around the world which have major implications for both the processes and products of urban planning design and management. The main purpose of the book is to consolidate contemporary thinking among experts from a range of disciplines including anthropology environmental psychology cultural geography urban design and planning architecture and landscape architecture and the arts on how to conceptualize and promote healthy people and place relationships in the 21st-century city. Within each of the chapters the authors focus on their specific areas of expertise which enable readers to understand key issues for urban environments urban populations and the links between them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815380948

The Routledge Handbook of Phenomenology and Phenomenological Philosophy Phenomenology was one of the twentieth century’s major philosophical movements and it continues to be a vibrant and widely studied subject today with relevance beyond philosophy in areas such as medicine and cognitive sciences. The Routledge Handbook of Phenomenology and Phenomenological Philosophy is an outstanding guide to this important and fascinating topic. Its focus on phenomenology’s historical and systematic dimensions makes it a unique and valuable reference source. Moreover its innovative approach includes entries that don’t simply reflect the state-of-the-art but in many cases advance it. Comprising seventy-five chapters by a team of international contributors the Handbook offers unparalleled coverage and discussion of the subject and is divided into five clear parts: • Phenomenology and the history of philosophy • Issues and concepts in phenomenology • Major figures in phenomenology • Intersections • Phenomenology in the world. Essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy studying phenomenology The Routledge Handbook of Phenomenology and Phenomenological Philosophy is also suitable for those in related disciplines such as psychology religion literature sociology and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367539993

The Routledge Handbook of Phenomenology of Agency Phenomenology has primarily been concerned with questions about knowledge and ontology. However in recent years the rise of interest and research in phenomenology and embodiment the emotions and cognitive science has seen the concept of agency move to a central place in the study of phenomenology generally. The Routledge Handbook of Phenomenology of Agency is an outstanding reference source to this topic and the first volume of its kind. It comprises twenty-seven chapters written by leading international contributors. Organised into two parts the following key topics are covered: • major figures• the metaphysics of agency• rationality• voluntary and involuntary action• moral experience• deliberation and choice• phenomenology of agency and the cognitive sciences• phenomenology of freedom• embodied agency Essential reading for students and researchers in phenomenology philosophy of mind metaphysics and philosophy of cognitive science The Routledge Handbook of Phenomenology of Agency will also be of interest to those in closely related subjects such as sociology and psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138098978

The Routledge Handbook of Phenomenology of Emotion The emotions occupy a fundamental place in philosophy going back to Aristotle. However the phenomenology of the emotions has until recently remained a relatively neglected topic. The Routledge Handbook of Phenomenology of Emotion is an outstanding guide and reference source to this important and fascinating topic. Comprising forty-nine chapters by a team of international contributors this handbook covers the following topics: historical perspectives including Brentano Husserl Sartre Levinas and Arendt; contemporary debates including existential feelings situated affectivity embodiment art morality and feminism; self-directed and individual emotions including happiness grief self-esteem and shame; social emotions including sympathy aggresive emotions collective emotions and political emotions; borderline cases of emotion including solidarity trust pain forgiveness and revenge. Essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy studying phenomenology ethics moral psychology and philosophy of psychology The Routledge Handbook of Phenomenology of Emotion is also suitable for those in related disciplines such as religion sociology and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138744981

The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy and Science of Addiction The problem of addiction is one of the major challenges and controversies confronting medicine and society. It also poses important and complex philosophical and scientific problems. What is addiction? Why does it occur? And how should we respond to it as individuals and as a society?The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy and Science of Addiction is an outstanding reference source to the key topics problems and debates in this exciting subject. It spans several disciplines and is the first collection of its kind. Organised into three clear parts forty-five chapters by a team of international contributors examine key areas including:the meaning of addiction to individualsconceptions of addiction varieties and taxonomies of addiction methods and models of addiction evolution and addiction history sociology and anthropology population distribution and epidemiology developmental processes vulnerabilities and resiliencepsychological and neural mechanisms prevention treatment and spontaneous recovery public health and the ethics of caresocial justice law and policy.Essential reading for students and researchers in addiction research and in philosophy particularly philosophy of mind and psychology and ethics The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy and Science of Addiction will also be of great interest to those in related fields such as medicine mental health social work and social policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367571504

The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Animal Minds While philosophers have been interested in animals since ancient times in the last few decades the subject of animal minds has emerged as a major topic in philosophy. The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Animal Minds is an outstanding reference source to the key topics problems and debates in this exciting subject and is the first collection of its kind. Comprising nearly fifty chapters by a team of international contributors the Handbook is divided into eight parts:Mental representationReasoning and metacognitionConsciousness MindreadingCommunicationSocial cognition and cultureAssociation simplicity and modelingEthics.Within these sections central issues debates and problems are examined including: whether and how animals represent and reason about the world; how animal cognition differs from human cognition; whether animals are conscious; whether animals represent their own mental states or those of others; how animals communicate; the extent to which animals have cultures; how to choose among competing models and explanations of animal behavior; and whether animals are moral agents and/or moral patients. The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Animal Minds is essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy of mind philosophy of psychology ethics and related disciplines such as ethology biology psychology linguistics and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871291

The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Biodiversity Biological diversity - or ‘biodiversity’ - is the degree of variation of life within an ecosystem. It is a relatively new topic of study but has grown enormously in recent years. Because of its interdisciplinary nature the very concept of biodiversity is the subject of debate amongst philosophers biologists geographers and environmentalists. The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Biodiversity is an outstanding reference source to the key topics and debates in this exciting subject. Comprising twenty-three chapters by a team of international contributors the Handbook is divided into six parts: Historical and sociological contexts focusing on the emergence of the term and early attempts to measure biodiversity What is biodiversity? How should biodiversity be defined? How can biodiversity include entities at the edge of its boundaries including microbial diversity and genetically engineered organisms? Why protect biodiversity? What can traditional environmental ethics contribute to biodiversity? Topics covered include anthropocentrism intrinsic value and ethical controversies surrounding the economics of biodiversity Measurement and methodology: including decision-theory and conservation the use of indicators for biodiversity and the changing use of genetics in biodiversity conservation Social contexts and global justice: including conservation and community conflicts and biodiversity and cultural values Biodiversity and other environmental values: How does biodiversity relate to other values like ecological restoration or ecological sustainability? Essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy environmental science and environmental studies and conservation management it will also be extremely useful to those studying biodiversity in subjects such as biology and geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367370497

The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Colour From David Hume’s famous puzzle about "the missing shade of blue " to current research into the science of colour the topic of colour is an incredibly fertile region of study and debate cutting across philosophy of mind epistemology metaphysics and aesthetics as well as psychology. Debates about the nature of our experience of colour and the nature of colour itself are central to contemporary discussion and argument in philosophy of mind and psychology and philosophy of perception. This outstanding Handbook contains 29 specially commissioned contributions by leading philosophers and examines the most important aspects of philosophy of colour. It is organized into six parts: The Importance of Colour to Philosophy The Science and Spaces of Colour Colour Phenomena Colour Ontology Colour Experience and Epistemology Language Categories and Thought. The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Colour is essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy of mind and psychology epistemology metaphysics and aesthetics as well as for those interested in conceptual issues in the psychology of colour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415743037

The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Empathy Empathy plays a central role in the history and contemporary study of ethics interpersonal understanding and the emotions yet until now has been relatively underexplored. The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Empathy is an outstanding reference source to the key topics problems and debates in this exciting field and is the first collection of its kind. Comprising over thirty chapters by a team of international contributors the Handbook is divided into six parts: Core issues History of empathy Empathy and understanding Empathy and morals Empathy in art and aesthetics Empathy and individual differences. Within these sections central topics and problems are examined including: empathy and imagination; neuroscience; David Hume and Adam Smith; understanding; evolution; altruism; moral responsibility; art aesthetics and literature; gender; empathy and related disciplines such as anthropology. Essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy particularly ethics and philosophy of mind and psychology the Handbook will also be of interest to those in related fields such as anthropology and social psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367254933

The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Humility Humility is a vital aspect of political discussion social media and self-help whilst recent empirical research has linked humility to improved well-being open-mindedness and increased accuracy in assessing persuasive messages. It is also a topic central to research and discussion in philosophy applied ethics and religious studies. The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Humility is the first collection to present a comprehensive overview of the philosophy of humility whilst also covering important interdisciplinary topics. Comprising 41 chapters by an international team of contributors the Handbook is divided into seven parts: • Theories of humility • The ethics of humility • The politics of humility • Humility in religious thought • The epistemology of humility • The psychology of humility • Humility: applications to the social world. Essential reading for students and researchers in ethics epistemology political philosophy and philosophy of mind and psychology this Handbook will also be extremely useful for those in related disciplines such as psychology religious studies and law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815364115

The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Imagination Imagination occupies a central place in philosophy going back to Aristotle. However following a period of relative neglect there has been an explosion of interest in imagination in the past two decades as philosophers examine the role of imagination in debates about the mind and cognition aesthetics and ethics as well as epistemology science and mathematics. This outstanding Handbook contains over thirty specially commissioned chapters by leading philosophers organised into six clear sections examining the most important aspects of the philosophy of imagination including: Imagination in historical context: Aristotle Descartes Hume Kant Husserl and Sartre What is imagination? The relation between imagination and mental imagery; imagination contrasted with perception memory and dreaming Imagination in aesthetics: imagination and our engagement with music art and fiction; the problems of fictional emotions and ‘imaginative resistance’ Imagination in philosophy of mind and cognitive science: imagination and creativity the self action child development and animal cognition Imagination in ethics and political philosophy including the concept of 'moral imagination' and empathy Imagination in epistemology and philosophy of science including learning thought experiments scientific modelling and mathematics. The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Imagination is essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy of mind and psychology aesthetics and ethics. It will also be a valuable resource for those in related disciplines such as psychology and art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138574076

The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Information Information and communication technology occupies a central place in the modern world with society becoming increasingly dependent on it every day. It is therefore unsurprising that it has become a growing subject area in contemporary philosophy which relies heavily on informational concepts. The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Information is an outstanding reference source to the key topics and debates in this exciting subject and is the first collection of its kind. Comprising over thirty chapters by a team of international contributors the Handbook is divided into four parts: basic ideas quantitative and formal aspects natural and physical aspects human and semantic aspects. Within these sections central issues are examined including probability the logic of information informational metaphysics the philosophy of data and evidence and the epistemic value of information. The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Information is essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy computer science and communication studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367370466

The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Memory Memory occupies a fundamental place in philosophy playing a central role not only in the history of philosophy but also in philosophy of mind epistemology and ethics. Yet the philosophy of memory has only recently emerged as an area of study and research in its own right. The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Memory is an outstanding reference source on the key topics problems and debates in this exciting area and is the first philosophical collection of its kind. The forty-eight chapters are written by an international team of contributors and divided into nine parts: The nature of memory The metaphysics of memory Memory mind and meaning Memory and the self Memory and time The social dimension of memory The epistemology of memory Memory and morality History of philosophy of memory. Within these sections central topics and problems are examined including: truth consciousness imagination emotion self-knowledge narrative personal identity time collective and social memory internalism and externalism and the ethics of memory. The final part examines figures in the history of philosophy including Aristotle Augustine Freud Bergson Wittgenstein and Heidegger as well as perspectives on memory in Indian and Chinese philosophy. Essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy particularly philosophy of mind and psychology the Handbook will also be of interest to those in related fields such as psychology and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367370572

The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Pain The phenomenon of pain presents problems and puzzles for philosophers who want to understand its nature. Though pain might seem simple there has been disagreement since Aristotle about whether pain is an emotion sensation perception or disturbed state of the body. Despite advances in psychology neuroscience and medicine pain is still poorly understood and multiple theories of pain abound.The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Pain is an outstanding reference source to the key topics problems and debates in this exciting and interdisciplinary subject and is the first collection of its kind. Comprising over thirty chapters by a team of international contributors the Handbook is divided into nine clear parts:Modeling pain in philosophyModeling pain in neuroscienceModeling pain in psychologyPain in philosophy of mindPain in epistemologyPain in philosophy of religionPain in ethicsPain in medicinePain in lawAs well as fundamental topics in the philosophy of pain such as the nature role and value of pain many other important topics are covered including the neurological pathways involved in pain processing; biopsychosocial and cognitive-behavioural models of pain; chronic pain; pain and non-human animals; pain and knowledge; controlled substances for pain; pain and placebo effects; and pain and physician-assisted suicide.The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Pain is essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy of mind philosophy of psychology and ethics. It will also be very useful to researchers of pain from any field especially those in psychology medicine and health studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367573423

The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Relativism Relativism can be found in all philosophical traditions and subfields of philosophy. It is also a central idea in the social sciences the humanities religion and politics. This is the first volume to map relativistic motifs in all areas of philosophy synchronically and diachronically. It thereby provides essential intellectual tools for thinking about contemporary issues like cultural diversity the plurality of the sciences or the scope of moral values. The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Relativism is an outstanding major reference source on this fundamental topic. The 57 chapters by a team of international contributors are divided into nine parts: Relativism in non-Western philosophical traditions Relativism in Western philosophical traditions Relativism in ethics Relativism in political and legal philosophy Relativism in epistemology Relativism in metaphysics Relativism in philosophy of science Relativism in philosophy of language and mind Relativism in other areas of philosophy. Essential reading for students and researchers in all branches of philosophy this handbook will also be of interest to those in related subjects such as politics religion sociology cultural studies and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138484283

The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Skill and Expertise Philosophical questions surrounding skill and expertise can be traced back as far as Ancient Greece China and India. In the twentieth century skilled action was an important factor in the work of phenomenologists such as Heidegger and Merleau-Ponty and analytic philosophers including Gilbert Ryle. However as a subject in its own right it has until now remained largely in the background.The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Skill and Expertise is an outstanding reference source and the first major collection of its kind reflecting the explosion of interest in the topic in recent years. Comprising thirty-nine chapters written by leading international contributors the Handbook is organized into six clear parts:• Skill in the history of philosophy (East and West) • Skill in epistemology• Skill intelligence and agency• Skill in perception imagination and emotion• Skill language and social cognition• Skill and expertise in normative philosophy. Essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy of mind and psychology epistemology and ethics The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Skill and Expertise is also suitable for those in related disciplines such as social psychology and cognitive science. It is also relevant to those who are interested in conceptual issues underlying skill and expertise in fields such as sport the performing arts and medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138744776

The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Temporal Experience Experience is inescapably temporal. But how do we experience time? Temporal experience is a fundamental subject in philosophy â€“ according to Husserl the most important and difficult of all. Its puzzles and paradoxes were of critical interest from the Early Moderns through to the Post-Kantians. After a period of relative neglect temporal experience is again at the forefront of debates across a wealth of areas from philosophy of mind and psychology to metaphysics and aesthetics. The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Temporal Experience is an outstanding reference source to the key debates in this exciting subject area and represents the first collection of its kind. Comprising nearly 30 chapters by a team of international contributors the Handbook is organized into seven clear parts: Ancient and early modern perspectives Nineteenth and early twentieth-century perspectives The structure of temporal experience Temporal experience and the philosophy of mind Temporal experience and metaphysics Empirical perspectives Aesthetics Within each part key topics concerning temporal experience are examined including canonical figures such as Locke Kant and Husserl; extensionalism retentionalism and the specious present; interrelations between temporal experience and time agency dreaming and the self; empirical theories of perceiving and attending to time; and temporal awareness in the arts including dance music and film. The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Temporal Experience is essential reading for students and researchers of philosophy of mind and psychology. It is also extremely useful for those in related fields such as metaphysics phenomenology and aesthetics as well as for psychologists and cognitive neuroscientists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367370619

The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of the City The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of the City is an outstanding reference source to this exciting subject and the first collection of its kind. Comprising 40 chapters by a team of international contributors the Handbook is divided into clear sections addressing the following central topics: • Historical Philosophical Engagements with Cities • Modern and Contemporary Philosophical Theories of the City • Urban Aesthetics • Urban Politics • Citizenship • Urban Environments and the Creation/Destruction of Place. The concluding section Urban Engagements contains interviews with philosophers discussing their engagement with students and the wider public on issues and initiatives including experiential learning civic and community engagement disability rights and access environmental degradation professional diversity social justice and globalization. Essential reading for students and researchers in environmental philosophy aesthetics and political philosophy The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of the City is also a useful resource for those in related fields such as geography urban studies sociology and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138928787

The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of the Social Mind The idea that humans are by nature social and political animals can be traced back to Aristotle. More recently it has also generated great interest and controversy in related disciplines such as anthropology biology psychology neuroscience and even economics. What is it about humans that enabled them to construct a social reality of unrivalled complexity? Is there something distinctive about the human mind that explains how social lives are organised around conventions norms and institutions? The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of the Social Mind is an outstanding reference source to the key topics and debates in this exciting subject and is the first collection of its kind. An international team of contributors present perspectives from diverse areas of research in philosophy drawing on comparative and developmental psychology evolutionary anthropology cognitive neuroscience and behavioural economics. The thirty-two original chapters are divided into five parts: The evolution of the social mind: including the social intelligence hypothesis co- evolution of culture and cognition ethnic cognition and cooperation; Developmental and comparative perspectives: including primate and infant understanding of mind shared intentionality and moral cognition; Mechanisms of the moral mind: including norm compliance social emotion and implicit attitudes; Naturalistic approaches to shared and collective intentionality: including joint action team reasoning and group thinking and social kinds; Social forms of selfhood and mindedness: including moral identity empathy and shared emotion normativity and intentionality. Essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy of mind and psychology The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of the Social Mind is also suitable for those in related disciplines such as social psychology cognitive neuroscience economics and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367370534

The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Well-Being The concept of well-being is one of the oldest and most important topics in philosophy and ethics going back to ancient Greek philosophy. Following the boom in happiness studies in the last few years it has moved to centre stage grabbing media headlines and the attention of scientists psychologists and economists. Yet little is actually known about well-being and it is an idea that is often poorly articulated. The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Well-Being provides a comprehensive outstanding guide and reference source to the key topics and debates in this exciting subject. Comprising over 40 chapters by a team of international contributors the Handbook is divided into six parts: well-being in the history of philosophy current theories of well-being including hedonism and perfectionism examples of well-being and its opposites including friendship and virtue and pain and death theoretical issues such as well-being and value harm identity and well-being and children well-being in moral and political philosophy well-being and related subjects including law economics and medicine. Essential reading for students and researchers in ethics and political philosophy it is also an invaluable resource for those in related disciplines such as psychology politics and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138574083

The Routledge Handbook of Phonetics The Routledge Handbook of Phonetics provides a comprehensive and up-to-date compilation of research history and techniques in phonetics. With contributions from 41 prominent authors from North America Europe Australia and Japan and including over 130 figures to illustrate key points this handbook covers all the most important areas in the field including: • the history and scope of techniques used including speech synthesis vocal tract imaging techniques and obtaining information on under-researched languages from language archives; • the physiological bases of speech and hearing including auditory articulatory and neural explanations of hearing speech and language processes; • theories and models of speech perception and production related to the processing of consonants vowels prosody tone and intonation; • linguistic phonetics with discussions of the phonetics-phonology interface sound change second language acquisition sociophonetics and second language teaching research; • applications and extensions including phonetics and gender clinical phonetics and forensic phonetics. The Routledge Handbook of Phonetics will be indispensable reading for students and practitioners in the fields of speech language linguistics and hearing sciences.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138648333

The Routledge Handbook of Phonological Theory The Routledge Handbook of Phonological Theory provides a comprehensive overview of the major contemporary approaches to phonology. Phonology is frequently defined as the systematic organisation of the sounds of human language. For some this includes aspects of both the surface phonetics together with systematic structural properties of the sound system; for others phonology is seen as distinct from and autonomous from phonetics. The Routledge Handbook of Phonological Theory surveys the differing ways in which phonology is viewed with a focus on current approaches to phonology. Divided into two parts this handbook: covers major conceptual frameworks within phonology including: rule-based phonology; Optimality Theory; Government Phonology; Dependency Phonology; and connectionist approaches to generative phonology; explores the central issue of the relationship between phonetics and phonology; features 23 chapters written by leading academics from around the world. The Routledge Handbook of Phonological Theory is an authoritative survey of this key field in linguistics and is essential reading for students studying phonology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138025813

The Routledge Handbook of Pidgin and Creole Languages The Routledge Handbook of Pidgin and Creole Languages offers a state-of-the-art collection of original contributions in the area of Pidgin and Creole studies. Providing unique and equal coverage of nearly all parts of the world where such languages are found as well as situating each area within a rich socio-historical context this book presents fresh and diverse interdisciplinary perspectives from leading voices in the field. Divided into three sections its analysis covers: Space and place – areal perspective on pidgin and creole languages Usage function and power – sociolinguistic and artistic perspectives on pidgins and creoles creoles as sociocultural phenomena Framing of the study of pidgin and creole languages – history of the field interdisciplinary connections Demonstrating how fundamentally human and natural these communication systems are how rich in expressive power and sophisticated in their complexity The Routledge Handbook of Pidgin and Creole Languages is an essential reference for anyone with an interest in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138557789

The Routledge Handbook of Place The handbook presents a compendium of the diverse and growing approaches to place from leading authors as well as less widely known scholars providing a comprehensive yet cutting-edge overview of theories concepts and creative engagements with place that resonate with contemporary concerns and debates. The volume moves away from purely western-based conceptions and discussions about place to include perspectives from across the world. It includes an introductory chapter which outlines key definitions draws out influential historical and contemporary approaches to the theorisation of place and sketches out the structure of the book explaining the logic of the seven clearly themed sections. Each section begins with a short introductory essay that provides identifying key ideas and contextualises the essays that follow. The original and distinctive contributions from both new and leading authorities from across the discipline provide a wide rich and comprehensive collection that chimes with current critical thinking in geography. The book captures the dynamism and multiplicity of current geographical thinking about place by including both state-of-the-art in-depth critical overviews of theoretical approaches to place and new explorations and cases that chart a framework for future research. It charts the multiple ways in which place might be conceived situated and practised. This unique comprehensive and rich collection will be an essential resource for undergraduate and graduate teaching for experienced academics across a wide range of disciplines and for policymakers and place-marketers. It will provide an invaluable and up-to-date guide to current thinking across the range of disciplines such as Geography Sociology and Politics and interdisciplinary fields such as Urban Studies Environmental Studies and Planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138320499

The Routledge Handbook of Placemaking This Handbook is the first to explore the emergent field of ‘placemaking’ in terms of the recent research teaching and learning and practice agenda for the next few years. Offering valuable theoretical and practical insights from the leading scholars and practitioners in the field it provides cutting-edge interdisciplinary research on the placemaking sector. Placemaking has seen a paradigmatic shift in urban design planning and policy to engage the community voice. This Handbook examines the development of placemaking its emerging theories and its future directions. The book is structured in seven distinct sections curated by experts in the areas concerned. Section One provides a glimpse at the history and key theories of placemaking and its interpretations by different community sectors. Section Two studies the transformative potential of placemaking practice through case studies on different places methodologies and theoretical frameworks. It also reveals placemaking’s potential to nurture a holistic community engagement social justice and human-centric urban environments. Section Three looks at the politics of placemaking to consider who is included and who is excluded from its practice and if the concept of placemaking needs to be reconstructed. Section Four deals with the scales and scopes of art-based placemaking moving from the city to the neighborhood and further to the individual practice. It juxtaposes the voice of the practitioner and professional alongside that of the researcher and academic. Section Five tackles the socio-economic and environmental placemaking issues deemed pertinent to emerge more sustainable placemaking practices. Section Six emphasizes placemaking’s intersection with urban design and planning sectors and incudes case studies of generative planning practice. The final seventh section draws on the expertise of placemakers researchers and evaluators to present the key questions today new methods and approaches to evaluation of placemaking in related fields and notions for the future of evaluation practices. Each section opens with an introduction to help the reader navigate the text. This organization of the book considers the sectors that operate alongside the core placemaking practice. This seminal Handbook offers a timely contribution and international perspectives for the growing field of placemaking. It will be of interest to academics and students of placemaking urban design urban planning and policy architecture geography cultural studies and the arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367220518

The Routledge Handbook of Planning for Health and Well-BeingShaping a sustainable and healthy future Urban planning is deeply implicated in both the planetary crisis of climate change and the personal crises of unhealthy lifestyles. Worldwide health issues such as obesity mental illness growing health inequalities and climate vulnerability cannot be solved solely by medicines but also by tackling the social economic and environmental determinants. In a time when unhealthy and unsustainable conditions are being built into the physical fabric of cities a new awareness and strategy is urgently needed to putting health and well-being at the heart of planning. The Routledge Handbook of Planning for Health and Well-being authoritatively and comprehensively integrates health into planning strengthening the hands of those who argue and plan for healthy environments. With contributions from international leaders in the field the Handbook of Planning for Health and Well-being provides context philosophy research processes and tools of experienced practitioners through case studies from four continents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138049079

The Routledge Handbook of Planning History 2018 IPHS Special Book Prize Award Recipient The Routledge Handbook of Planning History offers a comprehensive interdisciplinary overview of planning history since its emergence in the late 19th century investigating the history of the discipline its core writings key people institutions vehicles education and practice. Combining theoretical methodological historical comparative and global approaches to planning history The Routledge Handbook of Planning History explores the state of the discipline its achievements and shortcomings and its future challenges. A foundation for the discipline and a springboard for scholarly research The Routledge Handbook of Planning History explores planning history on an international scale in thirty-eight chapters providing readers with unique opportunities for comparison. The diverse contributions open up new perspectives on the many ways in which contemporary events changing research needs and cutting-edge methodologies shape the writing of planning history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872373

The Routledge Handbook of Planning Megacities in the Global South Cities are now home to 55% of the world’s population and that number is rising. Urban populations across the world will continue to grow including in megacities with populations over ten million. In 2016 there were 31 megacities globally according to the United Nations’ World Cities Report with 24 of those cities located in the Global South. That number is expected to rise to 41 by 2030 with all ten new megacities in the Global South where the processes of urbanization are intrinsically distinct from those in the Global North. The Routledge Handbook of Planning Megacities in the Global South provides rigorous comparative analyses discussing the challenges processes best practices and initiatives of urbanization in Middle America South America the Middle East Africa South Asia East Asia and Southeast Asia. This book is indispensable reading for students and scholars of urban planning and its significance as a resource will only continue to grow as urbanization reshapes the global population. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367223724

The Routledge Handbook of Planning Research Methods The Routledge Handbook of Planning Research Methods is an expansive look at the traditions methods and challenges of research design and research projects in contemporary urban planning. Through case studies an international group of researchers planning practitioners and planning academics and educators all recognized authorities in the field provide accounts of designing and implementing research projects from different approaches and venues. This book shows how to apply quantitative and qualitative methods to projects and how to take your research from the classroom to the real world. The book is structured into sections focusing on Beginning planning research Research design and development Rediscovering qualitative methods New advances in quantitative methods Turning research into action With chapters written by leading scholars in spatial planning The Routledge Handbook of Planning Research Methods is the most authoritative and comprehensive handbook on the topic providing both established and ground breaking coverage of spatial planning research methods. The book is an invaluable resource for undergraduate and graduate level students young professionals and practitioners in urban regional and spatial planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138216570

The Routledge Handbook of Planning Theory The Routledge Handbook of Planning Theory presents key contemporary themes in planning theory through the views of some of the most innovative thinkers in planning. They introduce and explore their own specialized areas of planning theory to conceptualize their contemporary positions and to speculate how these positions are likely to evolve and change as new challenges emerge. In a changing and often unpredictable globalized world planning theory is core to understanding how planning and its practices both function and evolve. As illustrated in this book planning and its many roles have changed profoundly over the recent decades; so have the theories both critical and explanatory about its practices values and knowledges. In the context of these changes and to contribute to the development of planning research this handbook identifies and introduces the cutting edge and the new emerging trajectories of contemporary planning theory. The aim is to provide the reader with key insights into not just contemporary planning thought but potential future directions of both planning theory and planning as a whole. This book is written for an international readership and includes planning theories that address or have emerged from both the global North and parts of the world beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367331955

The Routledge Handbook of Policy Styles This Handbook provides a systematic overview of the study of policy styles provided by leading experts in the field.  The book unites theoretical bases and advancements in practice ranging from the fundamentals of policy styles to its place in greater policy studies and responds to new questions regarding policy style dynamics across a range of government levels and activities including contemporary trends affecting styles such as the use of digital tools and big data in government. It is a comprehensive reference for students and scholars of public policy.  Key features: consolidates and advances the contemporary body of knowledge on policy styles and defines its distinctiveness within broader policy studies;  provides a detailed picture of national policy styles in a wide range of countries as well as insights concerning sectoral and other kinds of styles within countries including executive styles and styles of policy advice;  systematically explores questions dealing with how policy styles impact policy goals and the realization of policies including how styles affect instruments choices and impact; provides a guide to future comparative research pathways and cross-sectoral dialogue on the concept and practice of policy styles. The Routledge Handbook Policy Styles is essential reading and an authoritative reference for scholars students researchers and practitioners of public policy public administration public management as well as for comparative politics and government public organizations and individual policy areas such as health policy welfare policy industrial policy environmental policy among others. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429286322

The Routledge Handbook of Political Ecology The Routledge Handbook of Political Ecology presents a comprehensive and authoritative examination of the rapidly growing field of political ecology. Located at the intersection of geography anthropology sociology and environmental history political ecology is one of the most vibrant and conceptually diverse fields of inquiry into nature–society relations within the social sciences. With contributions from over 50 leading scholars the Handbook presents a systematic overview of political ecology’s origins practices and core concerns and aims to advance both ongoing and emerging debates. While there are numerous edited volumes textbooks and monographs under the heading “political ecology” these have tended to be either collections of empirically based (mostly case study) research on a given theme or broad overviews of the field aimed at undergraduate audiences. The Routledge Handbook of Political Ecology is the first systematic comprehensive overview of the field. With authors from North and South America Europe Australia and elsewhere the Handbook provides a state-of-the-art examination of political ecology; addresses ongoing and emerging debates in this rapidly evolving field; and charts new agendas for research policy and activism.The Handbook opens with several chapters that critically reflect on political ecology and situate it within the broader scope of nature–society scholarship. These are followed by a section on the practice of political ecology: ethics methods activism and policy. The remainder of the book comprises five sub-sections that examine fundamental concepts at the heart of political ecology: environmental knowledge environmental change environmental governance environmental identities and environmental politics.The Routledge Handbook of Political Ecology introduces political ecology as an interdisciplinary academic field. It will serve as an excellent resource for graduate and advanced undergraduate teaching and as a key reference text for geographers anthropologists sociologists environmental historians and others working in and around the fields of political ecology environmental politics and the political economy of environmental change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367407605

The Routledge Handbook of Popular Culture and Tourism This handbook provides a comprehensive overview and holistic analysis of the intersection between tourism and popular culture. It examines current debates questions and controversies of tourism in the wake of popular culture phenomena and explores the relationships between popular culture globalization tourism and mobility. In addition it offers a cross-disciplinary cutting edge review of the character of popular cultural production and consumption trends analyzing their consequences for tourism spatial strategies and destination competitiveness. The scope of the volume encompasses various expressions of popular culture such as cinema TV shows music literature sports and heritage. Featuring a mix of theoretical and empirical chapters the handbook problematizes and conceptualizes the ties and clusters of popular cultural actors thereby positioning tourism within the wider context of creative economies cultural planning and multimodal technologies. Written by an international team of academics with expertise in a range of disciplines this timely book will be of interest to researchers from a variety of subjects including tourism events geography cultural studies fandom research political economy business media studies and technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138678354

The Routledge Handbook of Positive CommunicationContributions of an Emerging Community of Research on Communication for Happiness and Social Change The Routledge Handbook of Positive Communication forms a comprehensive reference point for cross-disciplinary approaches to understanding the central role of communication in the construction of hedonic and eudemonic happiness or subjective and psychological well-being. Including contributions from internationally recognized authors in their respective fields this reference uses as its focus five main scenarios where communication affects the life of individuals: mass and digital media advertising and marketing communication external and internal communication in companies and organizations communication in education and communication in daily life interactions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367659684

The Routledge Handbook of Postcolonial Social Work The Routledge Handbook of Postcolonial Social Work reflects on and dissects the challenging issues confronting social work practice and education globally in the post-colonial era. By analysing how countries in the so-called developing and developed world have navigated some of the inherited systems from the colonial era it shows how they have used them to provide relevant social work methods which are also responsive to the needs of a postcolonial setting. This is an analytical and reflexive handbook that brings together different scholars from various parts of the world – both North and South – so as to distill ideas from scholars relating to ways that can advance social work of the South and critique social work of the North in so far as it is used as a template for social work approaches in postcolonial settings. It determines whether and how approaches knowledge-bases and methods of social work have been indigenised and localised in the Global South in the postcolonial era. This handbook provides the reader with multiple new theoretical approaches and empirical experiences and creates a space of action for the most marginalised communities worldwide. It will be of interest to researchers and practitioners as well as those in social work education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138604070

The Routledge Handbook of Postsecularity The Routledge Handbook of Postsecularity offers an internationally significant and comprehensive interdisciplinary collection which provides a series of critical reviews of the current state of the art and future trends in philosophical theoretical and conceptual terms. The volume likewise presents a range of empirical knowledges and engagements with postsecularity. A critical yet sympathetic dialogue across disciplinary divides in an international context ensures that the volume covers a wide and interrelated intellectual and geographical scope. The editor’s introduction with Klaus Eder offers a robust foundation for the volume setting out the central aims and objectives the rationale for the contributions and an outline of the structure. Thorny issues of normativity and empirical challenges are highlighted for the reader. The handbook comprises four interrelated sections. Part I: Philosophical meditations discusses postsecularity from philosophical standpoints and Part II: Theological perspectives presents contributions from a variety of theological viewpoints. Part III: Theory space social relations contains pieces from geography planning sociology and religious studies that delve into theoretically informed empirical implications of postsecularity. Part IV: Political and social engagement offers chapters that emphasize the political and social implications of the debate. In the Afterword Eduardo Mendieta joins the editor to reflect on the notion of reflexive secularization across the volume as a whole alluding to new lines of inquiry.The handbook is an invaluable guide for graduate and advanced undergraduate teaching and a key reference for students and scholars of human geography sociology political science applied philosophy urban and public theology planning and urban studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732646

The Routledge Handbook of Poverty in the United States In the United States the causes and even the meanings of poverty are disconnected from the causes and meanings of global poverty. The Routledge Handbook of Poverty in the United States provides an authoritative overview of the relationship of poverty with the rise of neoliberal capitalism in the context of globalization. Reorienting its national economy towards a global logic US domestic policies have promoted a market-based strategy of economic development and growth as the obvious solution to alleviating poverty affecting approaches to the problem discursively politically economically culturally and experientially. However  the handbook explores how rather than alleviating poverty it has instead exacerbated poverty and pre-existing inequalities – privatizing the services of social welfare and educational institutions transforming the state from a benevolent to a punitive state and criminalizing poor women racial and ethnic minorities and immigrants. Key issues examined by the international selection of leading scholars in this volume include: income distribution employment health hunger housing and urbanization. With parts focusing on the lived experience of the poor social justice and human rights frameworks – as opposed to welfare rights models â€“ and the role of helping professions such as social work health and education this comprehensive handbook is a vital reference for anyone working with those in poverty whether directly or at a macro level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138298743

The Routledge Handbook of Practical Reason Over the last several decades questions about practical reason have come to occupy the center stage in ethics and metaethics. The Routledge Handbook of Practical Reason is an outstanding reference source to this exciting and distinctive subject area and is the first volume of its kind. Comprising thirty-six chapters by an international team of contributors the Handbook provides a comprehensive overview of the field and is divided into five parts: Foundational Matters Practical Reason in the History of Philosophy Philosophy of Practical Reason as Action Theory and Moral Psychology Philosophy of Practical Reason as Theory of Practical Normativity The Philosophy of Practical Reason as the Theory of Practical Rationality The Handbook also includes two chapters by the late Derek Parfit ‘Objectivism about Reasons’ and ‘Normative Non-Naturalism.’ The Routledge Handbook of Practical Reason is essential reading for philosophy students and researchers in metaethics philosophy of action action theory ethics and the history of philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138195929

The Routledge Handbook of Pragmatics The Routledge Handbook of Pragmatics provides a state-of-the-art overview of the wide breadth of research in pragmatics. An introductory section outlines a brief history the main issues and key approaches and perspectives in the field followed by a thought-provoking introductory chapter on interdisciplinarity by Jacob L. Mey. A further thirty-eight chapters cover both traditional and newer areas of pragmatic research divided into four sections:   Methods and modalities Established fields Pragmatics across disciplines Applications of pragmatic research in today’s world.   With accessible refreshing descriptions and discussions and with a look towards future directions this Handbook is an essential resource for advanced undergraduates postgraduates and researchers in pragmatics within English language and linguistics and communication studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367529109

The Routledge Handbook of Psychoanalysis in the Social Sciences and Humanities The Routledge Handbook of Psychoanalysis in the Social Sciences and Humanities provides a comprehensive critical overview of the historical theoretical and applied forms of psychoanalytical criticism. This path-breaking Handbook offers students new ways of understanding the powers and limits of psychoanalysis and of the social cultural and political possibilities of psychoanalytic critique. The book offers students and professionals clear and concise chapters on the development of psychoanalysis introducing key theories that have influenced debates over the psyche desire and emotion in the social sciences and humanities. There are substantive chapters on classical Freudian theory Kleinian and Bionian theory object-relations psychoanalysis Lacanian and post-Lacanian approaches feminist psychoanalysis as well as postmodern trends in psychoanalysis. There is a strong emphasis on interdisciplinary approaches to psychoanalytic critique with contributions drawing from developments in sociology politics history cultural studies women’s studies and architecture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367244620

The Routledge Handbook of Qualitative Criminology Despite illustrious origins dating to the 1920s qualitative crime research has long been overshadowed by quantitative inquiry. After decades of limited use there has been a notable resurgence in crime ethnography naturalistic inquiry and related forms of fieldwork addressing crime and related social control efforts. The Routledge Handbook of Qualitative Criminology signals this momentum as the first major reference work dedicated to crime ethnography and related fieldwork orientations. Synthesizing the foremost topics and issues in qualitative criminology into a single definitive work the Handbook provides a "first-look" reference source for scholars and students alike.The collection features twenty original chapters on leading qualitative crime research strategies the complexities of collecting and analyzing qualitative data and the ethical propriety of researching active criminals and incarcerated offenders. Contributions from both established luminaries and talented emerging scholars highlight the traditions and emerging trends in qualitative criminology through authoritative overviews and "lived experience" examples. Comprehensive and current The Routledge Handbook of Qualitative Criminology promises to be a sound reference source for academics students and practitioners as ethnography and fieldwork realize continued growth throughout the 21st Century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581848

The Routledge Handbook of Reenactment StudiesKey Terms in the Field The Routledge Handbook of Reenactment Studies provides the first overview of significant concepts within reenactment studies. The volume includes a co-authored critical introduction and a comprehensive compilation of key term entries contributed by leading reenactment scholars from Europe North America and Australia. Well into the future this wide-ranging reference work will inform and shape the thinking of researchers teachers and students of history and heritage and memory studies as well as cultural studies film theater and performance studies dance art history museum studies literary criticism musicology and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138333994

The Routledge Handbook of Religion Spirituality and Social Work This international volume provides a comprehensive account of contemporary research new perspectives and cutting-edge issues surrounding religion and spirituality in social work. The introduction introduces key themes and conceptual issues such as understandings of religion and spirituality as well as definitions of social work which can vary between countries. The main body of the book is divided up into sections on regional perspectives; religious and spiritual traditions; faith-based service provision; religion and spirituality across the lifespan; and social work practice. The final chapter identifies key challenges and opportunities for developing both social work scholarship and practice in this area. Including a wide range of international perspectives from Australia Canada Hong Kong India Ireland Israel Malta New Zealand South Africa Sweden the UK and the USA this Handbook succeeds in extending the dominant paradigms and comprises a mix of authors including major names significant contributors and emerging scholars in the field as well as leading contributors in other fields of social work who have an interest in religion and spirituality. The Routledge Handbook of Religion Spirituality and Social Work is an authoritative and comprehensive reference for academics and researchers as well as for organisations and practitioners committed to exploring why and how religion and spirituality should be integral to social work practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367352196

The Routledge Handbook of Religion and Animal Ethics The ethical treatment of non-human animals is an increasingly significant issue directly affecting how people share the planet with other creatures and visualize themselves within the natural world. The Routledge Handbook of Religion and Animal Ethics is a key reference source in this area looking specifically at the role religion plays in the formation of ethics around these concerns. Featuring thirty-five chapters by a team of international contributors the handbook is divided into two parts. The first gives an overview of fifteen of the major world religions’ attitudes towards animal ethics and protection. The second features five sections addressing the following topics:Human Interaction with AnimalsKilling and ExploitationReligious and Secular LawEvil and TheodicySouls and AfterlifeThis handbook demonstrates that religious traditions despite often being anthropocentric do have much to offer to those seeking a framework for a more enlightened relationship between humans and non-human animals. As such The Routledge Handbook of Religion and Animal Ethics is essential reading for students and researchers in religious studies theology and animal ethics as well as those studying the philosophy of religion and ethics more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733148

The Routledge Handbook of Religion and Cities Like an ecosystem cities develop change thrive adapt expand and contract through the interaction of myriad components. Religion is one of those living parts shaping and being shaped by urban contexts. The Routledge Handbook of Religion and Cities is an outstanding interdisciplinary reference source to the key topics problems and methodologies of this cutting-edge subject. Representing a diverse array of cities and religions the common analytical approach is ecological and spatial. It is the first collection of its kind and reflects state-of-the-art research focusing on the interaction of religions and their urban contexts. Comprising 29 chapters by a team of international contributors the Handbook is divided into three parts: Research methodologies Religious frameworks and ideologies in urban contexts Contemporary issues in religion and cities Within these sections emerging research and analysis of current dynamics of urban religions are examined including: housing economics and gentrification; sacred ritual and public space; immigration and the refugee crisis; political conflicts and social change; ethnic and religious diversity; urban policy and religion; racial justice; architecture and the built environment; religious art and symbology; religion and urban violence; technology and smart cities; the challenge of climate change for global cities; and religious meaning-making of the city. The Routledge Handbook of Religion and Cities is essential reading for students and researchers in religious studies and urban studies. The Handbook will also be very useful for those in related fields such as sociology history architecture urban planning theology social work and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367367121

The Routledge Handbook of Religion and Journalism The Routledge Handbook of Religion and Journalism is an outstanding reference source to the key topics challenges past and present global issues and debates in this exciting subject. The first collection of its kind this volume comprises over 25 chapters by a team of international contributors. This Handbook is divided into five parts each taking global developments in the field into account: Theoretical Reflections Power and Authority Conflict Radicalization and Populism Dialogue and Peacebuilding Trends Within these sections central issues debates and developments are examined including religious and secular press; ethics; globalization; gender; datafication; differentiation; journalistic religious literacy; race and religious extremism. This volume is essential reading for students and researchers in journalism and religious studies. This Handbook will also be very useful for those in related fields such as sociology communication studies media studies and area studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138304963

The Routledge Handbook of Religion and Security This Handbook breaks new ground by addressing global security through the lens of religion and examining the role religion plays in both war and peace. In recent years there has been a considerable upsurge of public concern about the role of religion in contemporary violence. However other than historical materials there has been a relative neglect of the subject of religion and security. The Routledge Handbook of Religion and Security fills this gap in the literature by providing an interdisciplinary comprehensive volume that helps non-specialists and experts alike understand how religion is both part of the problem and part of the solution to security challenges. Featuring contributions from many of the key thinkers in the field the Handbook is organized into thematic sections reflective of three basic questions: What does religion think of security?; What does security think of religion?; and What happens when the two are mixed in specific real-world cases of religious conflict? This Handbook offers analyses of how nine different world religions have related to issues of war and peace theologically and practically; overviews of how scholars and practitioners in nine different topical areas of security studies have (or have not) dealt with the relationship between religion and security; and five case studies of particular countries in which the religion--security nexus is vividly illustrated: Nigeria India Israel the former Yugoslavia and Iraq. This Handbook will be of great interest to students of religion security studies war and conflict studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138640764

The Routledge Handbook of Religions and Global Development This Handbook provides a cutting-edge survey of the state of research on religions and global development. Part one highlights critical debates that have emerged within research on religions and development particularly with respect to theoretical conceptual and methodological considerations from the perspective of development studies and its associated disciplines. Parts two to six look at different regional and national development contexts and the place of religion within these. These parts integrate and examine the critical debates raised in part one within empirical case studies from a range of religions and regions. Different religions are situated within actual locations and case studies thus allowing a detailed and contextual understanding of their relationships to development to emerge. Part seven examines the links between some important areas within development policy and practice where religion is now being considered including: Faith-Based Organisations and Development Public Health Religion and Development Human rights Religion and Development Sustainable Development Climate Change and Religion Global Institutions and Religious Engagement in Development Economic Development and Religion Religion Development and Fragile States Development and Faith-Based Education Taking a global approach the Handbook covers Africa Latin America South Asia East and South-East Asia and the Middle East. It is essential reading for students and researchers in development studies and religious studies and is highly relevant to those working in area studies as well as a range of disciplines from theology anthropology and economics to geography international relations politics and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138070752

The Routledge Handbook of Religious Naturalism Ecological crisis is being widely discussed in society today and therefore the subject of religious naturalism has emerged as a major topic in religion. The Routledge Handbook of Religious Naturalism is an outstanding reference source to the key topics problems and debates in this exciting subject and is the first collection of its kind. Comprising thirty-four chapters by a team of international contributors the Handbook is divided into seven parts:• Varieties of religious naturalism and its relations to other outlooks• Some earlier religious naturalists • Pantheism materialism and the value-ladenness of nature • Ecology humans and politics in naturalistic perspective• Religious naturalism and traditional religions• Putting religious naturalism into practice• Critical discussions of religious naturalism.Within these sections central issues debates and problems are examined including: defining religious naturalism; religious underpinnings of ecology; natural piety; the religious-aesthetic; ecstatic naturalism as deep pantheism; spiritual ecology; African-American religious naturalism; Christian religious naturalism; Dao and water; Confucianism; environmental action; and practices in religious naturalism. The Routledge Handbook of Religious Naturalism is essential reading for students and researchers in religious studies theology and philosophy. The Handbook will also be useful for those in related fields such as environmental ethics and ecology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580896

The Routledge Handbook of Remix Studies and Digital Humanities In this comprehensive and highly interdisciplinary companion contributors reflect on remix across the broad spectrum of media and culture with each chapter offering in-depth reflections on the relationship between remix studies and the digital humanities. The anthology is organized into sections that explore remix studies and digital humanities in relation to topics such as archives artificial intelligence cinema epistemology gaming generative art hacking pedagogy sound and VR among other subjects of study. Selected chapters focus on practice-based projects produced by artists designers remix studies scholars and digital humanists. With this mix of practical and theoretical chapters editors Navas Gallagher and burrough offer a tapestry of critical reflection on the contemporary cultural and political implications of remix studies and the digital humanities functioning as an ideal reference manual to these evolving areas of study across the arts humanities and social sciences.  This book will be of particular interest to students and scholars of digital humanities remix studies media arts information studies interactive arts and technology and digital media studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429355875

The Routledge Handbook of Research Methods in Applied Linguistics The Routledge Handbook of Research Methods in Applied Linguistics provides a critical survey of the methodological concepts designs instruments and types of analysis that are used within the broad field of applied linguistics. With more than 40 chapters written by leading and emerging scholars this book problematizes and theorizes applied linguistics research incorporating numerous multifaceted methodological considerations and pointing to the future of good practice in research. Topics covered include: key concepts and constructs in research methodology such as sampling strategies and mixed methods research; research designs such as experimental research case study research and action research; data collection methods from questionnaires and interviews to think-aloud protocols and data elicitation tasks; data analysis methods such as use of R inferential statistical analysis and qualitative content analysis; current considerations in applied linguistics research such as a need for transparency and greater incorporation of multilingualism in research; and recent innovations in research methods related to multimodality eye-tracking and advances in quantitative methods. The Routledge Handbook of Research Methods in Applied Linguistics is key reading for both experienced and novice researchers in Applied Linguistics as well as anyone undertaking study in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138501140

The Routledge Handbook of Research Methods in the Study of Religion This is the first comprehensive survey in English of research methods in the field of religious studies. It is designed to enable non-specialists and students at upper undergraduate and graduate levels to understand the variety of research methods used in the field. The aim is to create awareness of the relevant methods currently available and to stimulate an active interest in exploring unfamiliar methods encouraging their use in research and enabling students and scholars to evaluate academic work with reference to methodological issues. A distinguished team of contributors cover a broad spectrum of topics from research ethics hermeneutics and interviewing to Internet research and video-analysis. Each chapter covers practical issues and challenges the theoretical basis of the respective method and the way it has been used in religious studies illustrated by case studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415718448

The Routledge Handbook of Responsible Investment The UN-supported Principles for Responsible Investment initiative has led to around a third of the world’s financial assets being managed with a commitment to invest in a way that considers environmental social or governance (ESG) criteria. The responsible investment trend has increased dramatically since the global financial crisis yet understanding of this field remains at an early stage. This handbook provides an atlas of current practice in the field of responsible investment. With a large global team of expert contributors the book explores the impact of responsible investment on key financial actors ranging from mainstream asset managers to religious organizations. Offering students and researchers a comprehensive introduction to current scholarship and international structures in the expanding discipline of responsible investment this handbook is vital reading across the fields of finance economics and accounting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138385795

The Routledge Handbook of Scandinavian Politics The Routledge Handbook of Scandinavian Politics is a comprehensive overview of Scandinavian politics provided by leading experts in the field and covering the polity the politics and the policy of Scandinavia. Coherently structured with a multi-level thematic approach it explains and details Scandinavian politics today through a series of cutting-edge chapters. It will be a key reference point both for advanced-level students developing knowledge about the subject as well as researchers producing new material in the area and beyond. It brings geographical scope and depth with comparative chapters contributed by experts across the region. Methodologically and theoretically pluralistic the handbook is in itself a reflection of the field of political science in Scandinavia and the diversity of the issues covered in the volume.The Routledge Handbook of Scandinavian Politics will be an essential reference for scholars students researchers and practitioners interested and working in the fields of Scandinavian politics European politics comparative politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581206

The Routledge Handbook of Scientific Realism Scientific realism is a central long-standing and hotly debated topic in philosophy of science. Debates about scientific realism concern the very nature and extent of scientific knowledge and progress. Scientific realists defend a positive epistemic attitude towards our best theories and models regarding how they represent the world that is unobservable to our naked senses. Various realist theses are under sceptical fire from scientific antirealists e.g. empiricists and instrumentalists. The different dimensions of the ensuing debate centrally connect to numerous other topics in philosophy of science and beyond. The Routledge Handbook of Scientific Realism is an outstanding reference source – the first collection of its kind – to the key issues positions and arguments in this important topic. Its thirty-four chapters written by a team of international experts are divided into five parts:Historical development of the realist stanceClassic debate: core issues and positionsPerspectives on contemporary debatesThe realism debate in disciplinary contextBroader reflectionsIn these sections the core issues and debates presented analysed and set into broader historical and disciplinary contexts. The central issues covered include motivations and arguments for realism; challenges to realism from underdetermination and history of science; different variants of realism; the connection of realism to relativism and perspectivism; and the relationship between realism metaphysics and epistemology.The Routledge Handbook of Scientific Realism is essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy of science. It will also be very useful for anyone interested in the nature and extent of scientific knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367572556

The Routledge Handbook of Scripts and Alphabets The Routledge Handbook of Scripts and Alphabets is a unique reference to the main scripts and alphabets of the world. The Handbook presents over 60 alphabets covering an enormous scope of languages; from Amharic and Chinese to Thai and Cree. Full script tables are given for every language and each entry is accompanied by a detailed overview of its historical and linguistic context. New to this second edition: enhanced introduction discussing the basic principles and strategies utilized by world writing systems expanded to include more writing systems improved presentation of non-Roman scripts. organised into ancient contemporary and autochthonous writing systems many new entries on fascinating and lesser-known writing systems This handy resource is the ideal reference for all students and scholars of language and linguistics. It has been brought to our attention that in some of the copies of the book there is an alignment error in the tables for Cyrillic Scripts (pages 88-90) and Roman Scripts (pages 140-44). Please contact us at Isabelle.Cheng@tandf.co.uk to receive replacement copies of the corrected tables free of charge. Please accept our apologies for any inconvenience caused. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415560979

The Routledge Handbook of Second Home Tourism and Mobilities Second homes have become an increasingly important component of both tourism and housing studies. They can directly and indirectly contribute a significant number of domestic and international visitors to destinations and may be part of longer-term retirement lifestyle and amenity migration that can have significant economic and social effects on communities and destination development. This volume offers an overview of different disciplinary and methodological approaches to second homes while simultaneously providing a broad geographical reach. Divided into four parts exploring governance development community and mobile second homes the book provides a contemporary account of the major issues in an area of growing international interest. This timely handbook covers a wide range of dimensions – from planning to the role of second homes in development and the management of their impact. The international and cross-disciplinary nature of the contributions will be of interest to numerous academic fields in the social sciences as well as urban and regional planners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138678316

The Routledge Handbook of Second Language Acquisition The Routledge Handbook of Second Language Acquisition brings together fifty leading international figures in the field to produce a state-of-the-art overview of Second Language Acquisition. The Handbook covers a wide range of topics related to Second Language Acquisition: language in context linguistic psycholinguistic and neurolinguistic theories and perspectives skill learning individual differences L2 learning settings and language assessment. All chapters introduce the reader to the topic outline the core issues then explore the pedagogical application of research in the area and possible future development. The Routledge Handbook of Second Language Acquisition is an essential resource for all those studying and researching Second Language Acquisition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415709811

The Routledge Handbook of Second Language Acquisition and Corpora The Routledge Handbook of Second Language Acquisition and Corpora is a state-of-the-art collection of cutting-edge scholarship at the intersection of second language acquisition and learner corpus research. It draws on data-driven statistical analysis to outline the background methods and outcomes of language learning with a range of global experts providing detailed guidelines and findings. The volume is organized into five sections: Methodological and theoretical contributions to the study of learner language using corpora – setting the scene Key aspects in corpus design annotation and analysis for SLA Corpora in SLA theory and practice SLA constructs and corpora Future directions This is a ground-breaking collection of essays offering incisive and essential reading for anyone with an interest in second language acquisition learner corpus research and applied linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815352877

The Routledge Handbook of Second Language Acquisition and Language Testing This Handbook with 45 chapters written by the world’s leading scholars in second language acquisition (SLA) and language testing dives into the important interface between SLA and language testing: shared ground where researchers seek to measure second language performance to better understand how people learn their second languages. The Handbook also reviews how to best measure and evaluate the second language (L2) learners’ personal characteristics backgrounds and learning contexts to better understand their L2 learning trajectories. Taking a transdisciplinary approach to research the book builds upon recent theorizing and measurement principles from the fields of applied linguistics cognitive science psychology psycholinguistics psychometrics educational measurement and social psychology. The Handbook is divided into six key sections: (1) Assessment concepts for SLA researchers (2) Building instruments for SLA research (3) Measuring individual differences (4) Measuring language development (5) Testing specific populations and (6) Measurement principles for SLA researchers.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138490680

The Routledge Handbook of Second Language Acquisition and Pedagogy of Persian The Routledge Handbook of Second Language Acquisition and Pedagogy of Persian offers a detailed overview of the field of Persian second language acquisition and pedagogy. The Handbook discusses its development and captures critical accounts of cutting edge research within the major subfields of Persian second language acquisition and pedagogy as well as current debates and problems and goes on to suggest productive lines of future research. The book is divided into the following four parts: I) Theory-driven research on second language acquisition of Persian II) Language skills in second language acquisition of Persian III) Classroom research in second language acquisition and pedagogy  of Persian and IV) Social aspects of second language acquisition and pedagogy of Persian. The Routledge Handbook of Second Language Acquisition and Pedagogy of Persian is an essential reference for scholars and students of Persian SLA and pedagogy as well as those researching in related areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138333055

The Routledge Handbook of Second Language Acquisition and Pragmatics The Routledge Handbook of Second Language Acquisition and Pragmatics is a comprehensive critical survey of the field of L2 pragmatics collecting a number of chapters that highlight the key theories methods pedagogies and research findings throughout its development over the last four decades. Demonstrating the ways in which pragmatics has long served as a lens through which to examine patterns of L2 development the volume is divided into six parts which reflect the field’s structure and evolution: • Constructs and units of analysis • Theoretical approaches • Methodological approaches • Pedagogical approaches • Contexts and individual considerations • L2 pragmatics in the global era The handbook has a particular focus on covering not only traditional topics in the field such as constructs of pragmatic competence (e.g. speech acts implicature) teaching and assessment and pragmatics learning in a study abroad program but also emerging areas of study including interactional pragmatics intercultural pragmatics usage-based approaches corpus linguistics and psycholinguistic experimentation. Each chapter introduces the topic and follows with a description of its theoretical underpinnings an overview of existing literature appraisal of current practice concluding with a discussion of future directions for research and key readings. The Routledge Handbook of Second Language Acquisition and Pragmatics is an essential resource for those with an interest in second language acquisition pragmatics and language teaching.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815349761

The Routledge Handbook of Second Language Research in Classroom Learning The Routledge Handbook of Second Language Research in Classroom Learning is a comprehensive psycholinguistic approach to the issue of instructed language learning that is uniquely theoretical methodological empirical pedagogical and curricular. Bringing together empirical studies with theoretical underpinnings this handbook focuses on conceptual replications/extensions of and new research on classroom learning or Instructed SLA (ISLA). In chapters from leading experts the Handbook reports on the tenets of several models that have postulated the roles of cognitive processes in the L2 learning process and also covers two major methodological data-elicitation procedures to be employed in addressing learner cognitive processes (think-aloud protocols and eye-tracking). With a dedicated interest in the role of this research in pedagogical ramifications this handbook strives for deeper understanding of how L2 learners process L2 data in instructional settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138056923

The Routledge Handbook of Semantics The Routledge Handbook of Semantics provides a broad and state-of-the-art survey of this field covering semantic research at both word and sentence level. It presents a synoptic view of the most important areas of semantic investigation including contemporary methodologies and debates and indicating possible future directions in the field. Written by experts from around the world the 29 chapters cover key issues and approaches within the following areas:meaning and conceptualisation; meaning and context; lexical semantics; semantics of specific phenomena; development change and variation. The Routledge Handbook of Semantics is essential reading for researchers and postgraduate students working in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867591

The Routledge Handbook of Sensory Archaeology Edited by two pioneers in the field of sensory archaeology this Handbook comprises a key point of reference for the ever-expanding field of sensory archaeology: one that surpasses previous books in this field both in scope and critical intent. This Handbook provides an extensive set of specially commissioned chapters each of which summarizes and critically reflects on progress made in this dynamic field during the early years of the twenty-first century. The authors identify and discuss the key current concepts and debates of sensory archaeology providing overviews and commentaries on its methods and its place in interdisciplinary sensual culture studies. Through a set of thematic studies they explore diverse sensorial practices contexts and materials and offer a selection of archaeological case-studies from different parts of the world. In the light of this the research methods now being brought into the service of sensory archaeology are re-examined. Of interest to scholars students and others with an interest in archaeology around the world this book will be invaluable to archaeologists and is also of relevance to scholars working in disciplines contributing to sensory studies: aesthetics anthropology architecture art history communication studies history (including history of science) geography literary and cultural studies material culture studies museology philosophy psychology and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138676299

The Routledge Handbook of Service Research Insights and Ideas The Routledge Handbook of Service Research Insights and Ideas offers authoritative coverage of current scholarship in the expanding discipline of service research. Original chapters from the world’s leading specialists in the discipline explore foundations and innovations in services highlighting important issues relating to service providers customers and service design. The volume goes beyond previous publications by drawing together material from different functional areas including marketing human resource management and service process design and operations. These topics are important in helping readers become knowledgeable about how different functional areas interact to create a successful customer experience. This book is ideal as a first port of call for postgraduate students desiring to get up to speed quickly in the services discipline. It is also a must-read for academics new to services who want to access cutting-edge research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815372530

The Routledge Handbook of Service User Involvement in Human Services Research and Education Worldwide there has been a growth in service user involvement in education and research in recent years. This handbook is the first book which identifies what is happening in different regions of the world to provide different countries and client groups with the opportunity to learn from each other. The book is divided into five sections: Section One examines service user involvement in context exploring theoretical issues which underpin service user involvement. In Section Two we focus on the state of service user involvement in human services education and research across the globe including examples of innovative practice but also identifying examples of where it is not happening and why. Section Three offers more detailed examination of such involvement in a wide range of professional education learning settings. Section Four focuses on the involvement of service users in research involving a wide range of service user groups and situations. Lastly Section Five explores future challenges for education and research to ensure involvement remains meaningful. The book includes forty-eight chapters including seventeen case-studies from all regions of the world this is the first book to both highlight the subject’s methodological and theoretical issues and give practical examples in education and research for those wishing to engage in this field. It will be of interest to all service users scholars and students of social work nursing occupational therapy and other human service subjects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360143

The Routledge Handbook of Shakespeare and Animals Shakespeare’s plays have a long and varied performance history. The relevance of his plays in literary studies cannot be understated but only recently have scholars been looking into the presence and significance of animals within the canon. Readers will quickly find—without having to do extensive research—that the plays are teeming with animals! In this Handbook Karen Raber and Holly Dugan delve deep into Shakespeare’s World to illuminate and understand the use of animals in his span of work. This volume supplies a valuable resource offering a broad and thorough grounding in the many ways animal references and the appearance of actual animals in the plays can be interpreted. It provides a thorough overview; demonstrates rigorous original research; and charts new frontiers in the field through a broad variety of contributions from an international group of well-known and respected scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138710160

The Routledge Handbook of Shakespeare and Global Appropriation The Routledge Handbook of Shakespeare and Global Appropriation brings together a variety of different voices to examine the ways that Shakespeare has been adapted and appropriated onto stage screen page and a variety of digital formats. The thirty-nine chapters address topics such as trans- and intermedia performances; Shakespearean utopias and dystopias; the ethics of appropriation; and Shakespeare and global justice as guidance on how to approach the teaching of these topics. This collection brings into dialogue three very contemporary and relevant areas: the work of women and minority scholars; scholarship from developing countries; and innovative media renderings of Shakespeare. Each essay is clearly and accessibly written but also draws on cutting edge research and theory. It includes two alternative table of contents offering different pathways through the book – one regional the other by medium – which open the book up to both teaching and research. Offering an overview and history of Shakespearean appropriations as well as discussing contemporary issues and debates in the field this book is the ultimate guide to this vibrant topic. It will be of use to anyone researching or studying Shakespeare adaptation and global appropriation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138050198

The Routledge Handbook of Shakespeare and Memory The Routledge Handbook of Shakespeare and Memory introduces this vibrant field of study to students and scholars whilst defining and extending critical debates in the area. The book begins with a series of "Critical Introductions" offering an overview of memory in particular areas of Shakespeare such as theatre print culture visual arts post-colonial adaptation and new media. These essays both introduce the topic but also explore specific areas such as the way in which Shakespeare’s representation in the visual arts created a national and then a global poet. The entries then develop into more specific studies of the genre of Shakespeare with sections on Tragedy History Comedy and Poetry which include insightful readings of specific key plays. The book ends with a state of the art review of the area charting major contributions to the debate and illuminating areas for further study. The international range of contributors explore the nature of memory in religious political emotional and economic terms which are not only relevant to Shakespearean times but to the way we think and read now. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138816763

The Routledge Handbook of Sign Language Pedagogy The Routledge Handbook of Sign Language Pedagogy is the first reference of its kind presenting contributions from leading experts in the field of sign language pedagogy. The Handbook fills a significant gap in the growing field of sign language pedagogy compiling all essential aspects of current trends and empirical research in teaching curricular design and assessment in one volume. Each chapter includes historical perspectives core issues  research approaches key findings pedagogical implications future research direction and additional references. The Routledge Handbook of Sign Language Pedagogy is an essential reference for sign language teachers practitioners and researchers in applied sign linguistics and first second and additional language learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138222823

The Routledge Handbook of Social Care Work Around the World The Routledge Handbook of Social Care Work Around the World provides both a comprehensive and authoritative state-of-the-art review of the current research in this subject. It is the first handbook to cover social care work research from around the world including both low- and middle-income countries as well as high income countries.Each of the 22 chapters are written by experts on long-term care services particularly for older people and cover key issues and debates based on research evidence on social care work in a specific country. They look at perspectives of social care work from the macro level: the structural conditions for long-term care including demographic challenges and the long-term care policy the meso level: the level of provider organizations and intermediaries and the micro level: views of care workers care users and unpaid informal carers. Furthermore they discuss a number of topics central to discussions of care work including marketization personalization policies policy implementation under austerity the provision of social care work whether through public services or private arrangements or mixed types funding the feminization of social care and the new role that technology and robots can play in care work.By drawing together leading scholars from around the world this book provides an up to the minute snapshot of current scholarship as well as signposting several fruitful avenues for future research. This book is both an invaluable resource for scholars and an indispensable teaching tool for use in the classroom and will be of interest to students academics social workers social policy-makers and human service professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580926

The Routledge Handbook of Social Epistemology Edited by an international team of leading scholars The Routledge Handbook of Social Epistemology is the first major reference work devoted to this growing field. The Handbook’s 46 chapters all appearing in print here for the first time and written by philosophers and social theorists from around the world are organized into eight main parts: Historical Backgrounds The Epistemology of Testimony Disagreement Diversity and Relativism Science and Social Epistemology The Epistemology of Groups Feminist Epistemology The Epistemology of Democracy Further Horizons for Social Epistemology With lists of references after each chapter and a comprehensive index this volume will prove to be the definitive guide to the burgeoning interdisciplinary field of social epistemology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138858510

The Routledge Handbook of Social Work and Addictive Behaviors The Routledge Handbook of Social Work and Addictive Behaviors is a definitive resource about addictive behaviors emphasizing substance misuse gambling and problematic technology use. Contents address their prevalence in various communities and populations globally theories related to their origins and etiology and what is currently known about effective intervention strategies education and research. Social work’s biopsychosocial lifespan and person-in-environment perspectives underpin the book contents which are applicable to a wide range of professional and social science disciplines. Contents are divided into five sections: The scope and nature of addictive behavior and related problems Addictive behavior across the lifespan and specific populations Interventions to prevent and address addictive behavior and related problems Issues frequently co-occurring with addictive behavior Moving forward This handbook provides students practitioners and scholars with a strong focus on cutting-edge high-quality research. With contributions from a global interdisciplinary team of leading scholars this handbook is relevant to readers from social work public health psychology education sociology criminal justice medicine nursing human services and health professions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367195540

The Routledge Handbook of Social Work Ethics and Values The Routledge Handbook of Social Work Ethics and Values is a comprehensive exploration and assessment of current and future issues facing social work practice and education. It is the first book to codify ethical practices for social workers from across the globe and in myriad workplace settings. Each section meaningfully captures this complex subject area: ethics writ large visions of diverse values abortion relationship and gender issues micro and mezzo practice settings social work education technological issues spirituality globalism economic issues special topics Leaving no stone unturned this handbook comprehensively addresses the most controversial topics in an evenhanded manner. Among professional social workers values and ethics traverse political boundaries cultural identifications and languages. This handbook will help to make sense of this unity within diversity. With contributions from the world’s leading scholars this book will be a valuable resource for all social work students academics researchers and practitioners who seek a coherent and objective analysis in the abstract arena of ethics and values. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138343931

The Routledge Handbook of Social Work Practice Research The Routledge Handbook of Social Work Practice Research is the first international handbook to focus on practice research for social work. Bringing together leading scholars in the field from Europe the USA and the Asia Pacific region it provides an up-to-the minute overview of the latest thinking in practice research whilst also providing practical advice on how to undertake practice research in the field.  It is divided into five sections: State of the art Methodologies Pedagogies Applications Expanding the frontiers The range of topics discussed will enhance student development as well as increase the capacity of practitioners to conduct research; develop coordinating and leadership roles; and liaise with multiple stakeholders who will strengthen the context base for practice research.  As such this handbook will be essential reading for all social work students practitioners and academics as well as those working in other health and social care settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189525

The Routledge Handbook of Social Work Theory The Routledge Handbook of Social Work Theory provides an interdisciplinary and international introduction to social work theory. It presents an analytical review of the wide array of theoretical ideas that influence social work on a global scale. It sets the agenda for future trends within social work theory. Separated into four parts this handbook examines important themes within the discourses on social work theory as well as offering a critical evaluation of how theoretical ideas influence social work as a profession and in practice. It includes a diverse range of interdisciplinary topics covering the aims and nature of social work social work values and ethics social work practice theories and the use of theory in different fields of practice. The contributors show how and why theory is so important to social work and analyze the impact these concepts have made on social intervention. Bringing together an international team of leading academics within the social work field and newer contributors close to practice this handbook is essential reading for all those studying social work as well as practitioners policymakers and those involved in the associated fields of health and social care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415793438

The Routledge Handbook of Sociocultural Theory and Second Language Development The Routledge Handbook of Sociocultural Theory and Second Language Development is the first comprehensive overview of the field of sociocultural second language acquisition (SLA). In 35 chapters each written by an expert in the area this book offers perspectives on both the theoretical and practical sides of the field. This Handbook covers a broad range of topics divided into several major sections including: concepts and principles as related to second language development; concept-based instruction; dynamic assessment and other assessment based on sociocultural theory (SCT); literacy and content-based language teaching; bilingual/multilingual education; SCT and technology; and teacher education. This is the ideal resource for graduate students and researchers working in the areas of SLA and second language development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138651555

The Routledge Handbook of Sociolinguistics Around the World Drawing on examples from a wide range of languages and social settings The Routledge Handbook of Sociolinguistics Around the World is the first single-volume collection surveying current and recent research trends in international sociolinguistics. With over thirty chapters written by leading authorities in the region concerned all continents and their respective regions are covered. This book is an important tool to help widen the perspective on sociolinguistics to readers of English.Divided into sections covering: The Americas Asia Australasia Africa and the Middle East and Europe the book provides readers with a solid up-to-date appreciation of the interdisciplinary nature of the field of sociolinguistics in each area. It clearly explains the patterns and systematicity that underlie language variation in use as well as the ways in which alternations between different language varieties mark personal style social power and national identity. The Routledge Handbook of Sociolinguistics around the World is the ideal resource for all students on undergraduate sociolinguistics courses and researchers involved in the study of language society and power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367740146

The Routledge Handbook of Soft Power The Routledge Handbook of Soft Power is the first volume to offer a comprehensive and detailed picture of soft power and associated forms of public diplomacy. The terms soft power and public diplomacy have enormous currency in media and policy discourse yet despite all the attention the terms remain conceptually ambiguous for analysts of international influence. The consequence is that the terms have survived as powerful yet criticized frames for influence. Divided into two main parts Part I outlines theoretical problems methodological questions the cultural imperative and the technological turn within the study of soft power and Part II focuses on bringing the theory into practice through detailed discussion of key case studies from across the Americas Europe the Middle East Africa and Asia. This innovative handbook provides a definitive resource for students and scholars seeking to familiarize themselves with cutting-edge debates and future research on soft power and will be of interest to those studying and researching in areas such as international relations public diplomacy and international communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367462055

The Routledge Handbook of Spanish as a Heritage Language The Routledge Handbook of Spanish as a Heritage Language brings together contributions from leading linguists educators and Latino Studies scholars involved in teaching and working with Spanish heritage language speakers. This state-of-the-art overview covers a range of topics within five broad areas: Spanish in U.S. public life Spanish heritage language use and systems educational contexts Latino studies perspectives and Spanish outside the U.S. The Routledge Handbook of Spanish as a Heritage Language addresses for the first time the linguistic educational and social aspects of heritage Spanish speakers in one volume making it an indispensable reference for anyone working with Spanish as a heritage language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580698

The Routledge Handbook of Spanish in the Global City The Routledge Handbook of Spanish in the Global City brings together contributions from an international team of scholars of language in society to offer a conceptual and empirical perspective on Spanish within the context of 15 major cosmopolitan cities from around the world. With a unique focus on Spanish as an international language each chapter questions the traditional and modern notions of language place and identity in the urban context of globalization. This collection of new perspectives on the sociology of Spanish provides an insightful and invaluable resource for students and researchers seeking to explore lesser-known areas of sociolinguistic research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138860667

The Routledge Handbook of Spanish Language Teachingmetodologías contextos y recursos para la enseñanza del español L2 The Routledge Handbook of Spanish Language Teaching: metodologías contextos y recursos para la enseñanza del español L2 provides a comprehensive state-of-the-art account of the main methodologies contexts and resources in Spanish Language Teaching (SLT) a field that has experienced significant growth world-wide in recent decades and has consolidated as an autonomous discipline within Applied Linguistics. Written entirely in Spanish the volume is the first handbook on Spanish Language Teaching to connect theories on language teaching with methodological and practical aspects from an international perspective. It brings together the most recent research and offers a broad multifaceted view of the discipline. Features include:Forty-four chapters offering an interdisciplinary overview of SLT written by over sixty renowned experts from around the world; Five broad sections that combine theoretical and practical components: Methodology; Language Skills; Formal and Grammatical Aspects; Sociocultural Aspects; and Tools and Resources;In-depth reflections on the practical aspects of Hispanic Linguistics and Spanish Language Teaching to further engage with new theoretical ideas and to understand how to tackle classroom-related matters;A consistent inner structure for each chapter with theoretical aspects methodological guidelines practical considerations and valuable references for further reading;An array of teaching techniques reflection questions language samples design of activities and methodological guidelines throughout the volume.The Routledge Handbook of Spanish Language Teaching contributes to enriching the field by being an essential reference work and study material for specialists researchers language practitioners and current and future educators. The book will be equally useful for people interested in curriculum design and graduate students willing to acquire a complete and up-to-date view of the field with immediate applicability to the teaching of the language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580452

The Routledge Handbook of Spanish Phonology The Routledge Handbook of Spanish Phonology brings together leading experts in Spanish phonology to provide a state-of-the-art survey of the field. The five sections present current research on the phonological structure of Spanish including the most prominent segmental processes suprasegmental features the ways Spanish phonology interacts with other modules of grammar the acquisition of Spanish phonology by first and second language learners and an analysis of phonological variation and sound change. This volume provides comprehensive and detailed coverage of Spanish phonology. It addresses major burning questions and pressing issues that have arisen in the study of Spanish phonology and is an essential reading resource for graduate students and researchers in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415785693

The Routledge Handbook of Spanish PragmaticsFoundations and Interfaces The Routledge Handbook of Spanish Pragmatics is the first volume to offer a comprehensive overview of advances in Spanish Pragmatics addressing different types of interaction and the variables both social and linguistic that can affect them.   Written by a diverse set of experts in the field the handbook unifies two major approaches to the study of pragmatics the Anglo-American and European Continental traditions. Thirty-three chapters cover in detail both pragmatic foundations (e.g. speech act theory implicature and relevance deixis) and interfaces with other concepts including: • Discourse • Variation; Culture and interculture • (Im)politeness; humor • Learning contexts and teaching • Technology   This is an ideal reference for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students and researchers of Spanish language and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138316461

The Routledge Handbook of Spanish Translation Studies Written by leading experts in the area The Routledge Handbook of Spanish Translation Studies brings together original contributions representing a culmination of the extensive research to date within the field of Spanish Translation Studies. The Handbook covers a variety of translation related issues both theoretical and practical providing an overview of the field and establishing directions for future research. It starts by looking at the history of translation in Spain the Americas during the colonial period and Latin America and then moves on to discuss well-established areas of research such as literary translation and audiovisual translation at which Spanish researchers have excelled. It also provides state-of-the-art information on new topics such as the interface between translation and humour on the one hand and the translation of comics on the other. This Handbook is an indispensable resource for postgraduate students and researchers of translation studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729035

The Routledge Handbook of Sport in Asia This is the first book to offer a comprehensive overview of the history development and contemporary significance of sport in Asia. It addresses a wide range of issues central to sport in the context of Asian culture politics economy and society. The book explores diverse topics including the history of traditional Asian sport; the rise of modern sport in Asia; the Olympic Movement in Asia; mega sport events in Asia; sport governance and policy; gender class and ethnicity in Asian sport and Asia’s sporting heroes and heroines. With contributions from 74 leading international scholars it offers a new perspective on understanding Asian sport and society telling the story of how sport in this mega-region is coming together and reshaping the world in the process. It also provides readers with a wide lens through which to better contextualise the relationships between Asia and the world within the global sport community. The Routledge Handbook of Sport in Asia is a vital resource for students and scholars studying the history politics sociology culture and policy of sport in Asia as well as sport management sport history sport sociology and sport policy and politics. It is also valuable reading for those working in international sport organisations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367183776

The Routledge Handbook of State-Owned Enterprises State-owned enterprises make up roughly 10 percent of the world economy yet they are woefully understudied. This handbook offers the first synthesis of the topic since the 1980s and offers a comprehensive reference for a generation. The authors provide a detailed explanation of the theory that underpins the expansion of state-owned enterprises in the 21st century. Each chapter delivers an overview of current knowledge as well as identifying issues and relevant debates for future research. The authors explain how state-owned enterprises are used in both developed and developing countries and offer an insight into complex and fascinating organizations such as the German municipal conglomerates or the multinational companies owned by states. New modes of governance and regulation have been invented to make sure they act in the public interest. This handbook brings together a wealth of international scholars offering multiple theoretical perspectives to help shape a brave new world. It will be of interest to teachers and students of Economics Public Administration and Business academics established researchers and PhD students seeking rigorous literature reviews on specific aspects of SOEs as well as practitioners and decision makers in international organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138487697

The Routledge Handbook of Strategic Communication The Routledge Handbook of Strategic Communication provides a comprehensive review of research in the strategic communication domain and offers educators and graduate-level students a compilation of approaches to and studies of varying aspects of the field. The volume provides insights into ongoing discussions that build an emerging body of knowledge. Focusing on the metatheoretical philosophical and applied aspects of strategic communication the parts of the volume cover: • conceptual foundations • institutional and organizational dimensions • implementing strategic communication and • domains of practice An international set of authors contributes to this volume illustrating the broad arena in which this work is taking place. A timely volume surveying the current state of scholarship this Handbook is essential reading for scholars in strategic communication at all levels of experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367367732

The Routledge Handbook of Study Abroad Research and Practice The Routledge Handbook of Study Abroad Research and Practice is an authoritative overview of study abroad and immersive context research specifically situated within applied linguistics and Second Language Acquisition (SLA) for graduate students and researchers in these fields. Featuring contributions from established scholars from around the world this volume provides in-depth coverage of the theoretical approaches and methodologies used in study abroad and applied linguistics research and examines their practical implications on program implementation. The Handbook is organized around core areas of research and practice: language development and personal growth; study abroad settings; individual differences of learners; and applications concerning the preparation of students teachers and administrators for study abroad the role of study abroad in foreign language curricula and future directions. This handbook is the ideal resource for graduate students researchers and administrators interested in learning more about linguistic and personal development during study abroad. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138192393

The Routledge Handbook of Stylistics The Routledge Handbook of Stylistics provides a comprehensive introduction and reference point to key areas in the field of stylistics. The four sections of the volume encompass a wide range of approaches from classical rhetoric to cognitive neuroscience and cover core issues that include: historical perspectives centring on rhetoric formalism and functionalism the elements of stylistic analysis that include the linguistic levels of foregrounding relevance theory conversation analysis narrative metaphor speech acts speech and thought presentation  and point of view current areas of ‘hot topic’ research such as cognitive poetics corpus stylistics and feminist/critical stylistics emerging and future trends including the stylistics of multimodality creative writing hypertext fiction and neuroscience Each of the thirty-two chapters provides: an introduction to the subject; an overview of the history of the topic; an analysis of the main current and critical issues; a section with recommendations for practice and a discussion of possible future trajectory of the subject. This handbook includes chapters written by some of the leading stylistics scholars in the world today including Jean Boase-Beier Joe Bray Michael Burke Beatrix Busse Ronald Carter Billy Clark Barbara Dancygier Catherine Emmott Charles Forceville Margaret Freeman Christiana Gregoriou Geoff Hall Patrick Colm Hogan Lesley Jeffries Marina Lambrou Michaela Mahlberg Rocio Montoro Nina Nørgaard Dan Shen Michael Toolan and Sonia Zyngier. The Routledge Handbook of Stylistics is essential reading for researchers postgraduates and undergraduate students working in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138297838

The Routledge Handbook of Sustainable Food and Gastronomy The issues surrounding the provision preparation and development of food products is fundamental to every human being on the planet. Given the scarcity of agricultural land environmental pollution climate change and the exponential growth of the world’s population where starvation and obesity are both widespread it is little wonder that exploring the frontiers of food is now a major focus for researchers and practitioners. This timely Handbook provides a systematic guide to the current state of knowledge on sustainable food. It begins by analyzing the historical development surrounding food  production and consumption then moves on to discuss the current food crisis and challenges as well as the impacts linked to modern agriculture and food security. Finally it concludes with a section that examines emerging sustainable food trends and movements in addition to an analysis of current food science innovations. Developed from specifically commissioned original contributions the Handbook’s inherent multidisciplinary approach paves the way for deeper understanding of all aspects linked to the evolution of food in society including insights into local food food and tourism organic food indigenous and traditional food sustainable restaurant practices consumption patterns and sourcing. This book is essential reading for students researches and academics interested in the possibilities of sustainable forms of gastronomy and gastronomy’s contribution to sustainable development. The title includes a foreword written by Roberto Flore Head Chef at the Nordic Food Lab Copenhagen Denmark.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660116

The Routledge Handbook of Syntax The study of syntax over the last half century has seen a remarkable expansion of the boundaries of human knowledge about the structure of natural language. The Routledge Handbook of Syntax presents a comprehensive survey of the major theoretical and empirical advances in the dynamically evolving field of syntax from a variety of perspectives both within the dominant generative paradigm and between syntacticians working within generative grammar and those working in functionalist and related approaches. The Handbook covers key issues within the field that include: • core areas of syntactic empirical investigation • contemporary approaches to syntactic theory • interfaces of syntax with other components of the human language system • experimental and computational approaches to syntax. Bringing together renowned linguistic scientists and cutting-edge scholars from across the discipline and providing a balanced yet comprehensive overview of the field The Routledge Handbook of Syntax is essential reading for researchers and postgraduate students working in syntactic theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138480582

The Routledge Handbook of Systemic Functional Linguistics The Routledge Handbook of Systemic Functional Linguistics brings together internationally renowned scholars of systemic functional linguistics (SFL) to provide a space for critical examination of the key tenets underpinning SFL theory. Uniquely it includes description of the three main strands within contemporary SFL scholarship: Halliday’s Introduction to Functional Grammar Martin’s discourse semantics and Fawcett’s Cardiff Grammar.In five sections and thirty-eight interdisciplinary chapters this is the first handbook to cover the whole architecture of SFL theory comprising:  the ontology and epistemology of SFL;SFL as a clause grammar;lexicogrammar below the clause and SFL’s approach to constituency;SFL’s vibrant theory of language above the clause; andSFL as a theory of praxis with real-world applications.With a wide range of language examples a comprehensive editors’ introduction and a section on further reading The Routledge Handbook of Systemic Functional Linguistics is an essential resource for all those studying and researching SFL or functional grammar. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367736491

The Routledge Handbook of Teaching English to Young Learners The Routledge Handbook of Teaching English to Young Learners celebrates the ‘coming of age’ for the field of research in primary-level English Language Teaching. With 32 chapters written by international scholars from a wide geographical area including East Africa Mexico the South Pacific Japan France the USA and the UK this volume draws on areas such as second language acquisition discourse analysis pedagogy and technology to provide: An overview of the current state of the field identifying key areas of TEYL. Chapters on a broad range of subjects from methodology to teaching in difficult circumstances and from Content and Language Integrated Learning (CLIL) to gaming. Suggestions of ways forward with the aim of shaping the future research agenda of TEYL in multiple international contexts. Background research and practical advice for students teachers and researchers. With extensive guidance on further reading throughout The Routledge Handbook of Teaching English to Young Learners is essential reading for those studying and researching in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138643772

The Routledge Handbook of Teaching Landscape Written in collaboration with the European Council of Landscape Architecture Schools (ECLAS) and LE: NOTRE The Routledge Handbook of Teaching Landscape provides a wide-ranging overview of teaching landscape subjects from geology to landscape design reflecting different perspectives and practices at university-level landscape curricula. Focusing on the didactics of landscape education this fully illustrated handbook presents and discusses pedagogy teaching traditions experimental teaching methods and new teaching principles. The book is structured into three parts: reading the landscape representing the landscape and transforming the landscape. Contributions from leading experts in the field such as Simon Bell Marc Treib Jörg Rekittke and Susan Herrington explore landscape analysis history and theory design visualisation creativity and art planning studio teaching field trips and site engineering. Aimed at engaging academic researchers and instructors across disciplines such as landscape architecture geography ecology planning and archaeology this book is a must-have guide to landscape pedagogy as it stands today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367731601

The Routledge Handbook of Technology Crime and Justice Technology has become increasingly important to both the function and our understanding of the justice process. Many forms of criminal behaviour are highly dependent upon technology and crime control has become a predominantly technologically driven process – one where ‘traditional’ technological aids such as fingerprinting or blood sample analysis are supplemented by a dizzying array of tools and techniques including surveillance devices and DNA profiling.This book offers the first comprehensive and holistic overview of global research on technology crime and justice. It is divided into five parts each corresponding with the key stages of the offending and justice process:Part I addresses the current conceptual understanding of technology within academia and the criminal justice system;Part II gives a comprehensive overview of the current relations between technology and criminal behaviour;Part III explores the current technologies within crime control and the ways in which technology underpins contemporary formal and informal social control;Part IV sets out some of the fundamental impacts technology is now having upon the judicial process;Part V reveals the emerging technologies for crime control and justice and considers the extent to which new technology can be effectively regulated.This landmark collection will be essential reading for academics students and theorists within criminology sociology law engineering and technology and computer science as well as practitioners and professionals working within and around the criminal justice system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581404

The Routledge Handbook of Terrorism Research This major new Handbook synthesises more than two decades of scholarly research and provides a comprehensive overview of the field of terrorism studies. The content of the Handbook is based on the responses to a questionnaire by nearly 100 experts from more than 20 countries as well as the specific expertise and experience of the volume editor and the various contributors. Together they guide the reader through the voluminous literature on terrorism and propose a new consensus definition of terrorism based on an extensive review of existing conceptualisations. The work also features a large collection of typologies and surveys a wide range of theories of terrorism. Additional chapters survey terrorist databases and provide a guide to available resources on terrorism in libraries and on the Internet. It also includes the most comprehensive World Directory of Extremist Terrorist and other Organizations associated with Guerrilla Warfare Political Violence Protest and Organized- and Cyber-Crime. The Routledge Handbook of Terrorism Research will be an essential work of reference for students and researchers of terrorism and political violence security studies criminology political science and international relations and of great interest to policymakers and professionals in the field of counter-terrorism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415520997

The Routledge Handbook of the Bioarchaeology of Climate and Environmental Change This handbook examines human responses to climatic and environmental changes in the past and  their impacts on disease patterns nutritional status migration and interpersonal violence. Bioarchaeology—the study of archaeological human skeletons—provides direct evidence of the human experience of past climate and environmental changes and serves as an important complement to paleoclimate historical and archaeological approaches to changes we may expect with global warming. Comprising 27 chapters from experts across a broad range of time periods and geographical regions this book addresses hypotheses about how climate and environmental changes impact human health and well-being factors that promote resilience and circumstances that make migration or interpersonal violence a more likely outcome. The volume highlights the potential relevance of bioarchaeological analysis to contemporary challenges by organizing the chapters into a framework outlined by the United Nation's Sustainable Development Goals for 2030. Planning for a warmer world requires knowledge about humans as biological organisms with a deep connection to Earth's ecosystems balanced by an appreciation of how historical and socio-cultural circumstances socioeconomic inequality degrees of urbanization community mobility and social institutions play a role in shaping long-term outcomes for human communities.  Containing a wealth of nuanced perspectives about human-environmental relations book is key reading for students of environmental archaeology bioarchaeology and the history of disease. By providing a longer view of contemporary challenges it may also interest readers in public health public policy and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138492486

The Routledge Handbook of the Bioarchaeology of Human Conflict If human burials were our only window onto the past what story would they tell? Skeletal injuries constitute the most direct and unambiguous evidence for violence in the past. Whereas weapons or defenses may simply be statements of prestige or status and written sources are characteristically biased and incomplete human remains offer clear and unequivocal evidence of physical aggression reaching as far back as we have burials to examine.Warfare is often described as ‘senseless’ and as having no place in society. Consequently its place in social relations and societal change remains obscure. The studies in The Routledge Handbook of the Bioarchaeology of Human Conflict present an overview of the nature and development of human conflict from prehistory to recent times as evidenced by the remains of past people themselves in order to explore the social contexts in which such injuries were inflicted. A broadly chronological approach is taken from prehistory through to recent conflicts however this book is not simply a catalogue of injuries illustrating weapon development or a narrative detailing ‘progress’ in warfare but rather provides a framework in which to explore both continuity and change based on a range of important themes which hold continuing relevance throughout human development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367868277

The Routledge Handbook of the Cold War This new Handbook offers a wide-ranging overview of current scholarship on the Cold War with essays from many leading scholars. The field of Cold War history has consistently been one of the most vibrant in the field of international studies. Recent scholarship has added to our understanding of familiar Cold War events such as the Korean War the Cuban Missile Crisis and superpower détente and shed new light on the importance of ideology race modernization and transnational movements. The Routledge Handbook of the Cold War draws on the wealth of new Cold War scholarship bringing together essays on a diverse range of topics such as geopolitics military power and technology and strategy. The chapters also address the importance of non-state actors such as scientists human rights activists and the Catholic Church and examine the importance of development foreign aid and overseas assistance. The volume is organised into nine parts: Part I: The Early Cold War Part II: Cracks in the Bloc Part III: Decolonization Imperialism and its Consequences Part IV: The Cold War in the Third World Part V: The Era of Detente Part VI: Human Rights and Non-State Actors Part VII: Nuclear Weapons Technology and Intelligence Part VIII: Psychological Warfare Propaganda and Cold War Culture Part IX: The End of the Cold War This new Handbook will be of great interest to all students of Cold War history international history foreign policy security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138200845

The Routledge Handbook of the Computational Mind Computational approaches dominate contemporary cognitive science promising a unified scientific explanation of how the mind works. However computational approaches raise major philosophical and scientific questions. In what sense is the mind computational? How do computational approaches explain perception learning and decision making? What kinds of challenges should computational approaches overcome to advance our understanding of mind brain and behaviour?The Routledge Handbook of the Computational Mind is an outstanding overview and exploration of these issues and the first philosophical collection of its kind. Comprising thirty-five chapters by an international team of contributors from different disciplines the Handbook is organised into four parts:History and future prospects of computational approaches Types of computational approachFoundations and challenges of computational approachesApplications to specific parts of psychology.Essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy of mind philosophy of psychology and philosophy of science The Routledge Handbook of the Computational Mind will also be of interest to those studying computational models in related subjects such as psychology neuroscience and computer science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733667

The Routledge Handbook of the English Writing System The Routledge Handbook of the English Writing System provides a comprehensive account of the English writing system both in its current iteration and highlighting the developing trends that will influence its future. Twenty-nine chapters written by specialists from around the world cover core linguistic and psychological aspects and also include areas from other disciplines such as typography and computer-mediated communication.Divided into five parts the volume encompasses a wide range of approaches and addresses issues in the following areas:theory and the English writing system discussing the effects of etymology and phonology;the history of the English writing system from its earliest development including spelling pronunciation and typography;the acquisition and teaching of writing with discussions of literacy issues and dyslexia;English writing in use around the world both in the UK and America and also across Europe and Japan; computer-mediated communication and developments in writing online and on social media.The Routledge Handbook of the English Writing System is essential reading for researchers and postgraduate students working in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581565

The Routledge Handbook of the Ethics of Consent   While the importance of consent has been discussed widely over the last few decades interest in its study has received renewed attention in recent years particularly regarding medical treatment clinical research and sexual acts. The Routledge Handbook of the Ethics of Consent is an outstanding reference source to this exciting subject and the first collection of its kind. Comprising over thirty chapters by a team of international contributors the Handbook is divided into five main parts:• General questions• Normative ethics• Legal theory• Medical ethics• Political philosophy.Within these sections central issues debates and problems are examined including: the nature and normative importance of consent paternalism exploitation and coercion privacy sexual consent consent and criminal law informed consent organ donation clinical research and consent theory of political obligation and authority.The Routledge Handbook of the Ethics of Consent is essential reading for students and researchers in moral theory applied ethics medical ethics philosophy of law and political philosophy. This volume will also be very useful for those in related fields such as political science law medicine and social science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734336

The Routledge Handbook of the Ethics of Discrimination While it has many connections to other topics in normative and applied ethics discrimination is a central subject in philosophy in its own right. It plays a significant role in relation to many real-life complaints about unjust treatment or unjust inequalities and it raises a number of questions in political and moral philosophy and in legal theory. Some of these questions include: what distinguishes the concept of discrimination from the concept of differential treatment? What distinguishes direct from indirect discrimination? Is discrimination always morally wrong? What makes discrimination wrong? How should we eliminate the effects of discrimination? By covering a wide range of topics and by doing so in a way that does not assume prior acquaintance this handbook enables the reader to get to grips with the omnipresent issue.The Routledge Handbook of the Ethics of Discrimination is an outstanding reference source to this exciting subject and the first collection of its kind. Comprising over thirty chapters by a team of international contributors the handbook is divided into six main parts:• conceptual issues• the wrongness of discrimination• groups of ‘discriminatees’• sites of discrimination• causes and means• history of discrimination.Essential reading for students and researchers in applied ethics and political philosophy the handbook will also be very useful for those in related fields such as law sociology and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735883

The Routledge Handbook of the Global SixtiesBetween Protest and Nation-Building ‘This extraordinary collection is a game-changer. Featuring the cutting-edge work of over forty scholars from across the globe The Routledge Handbook of the Global Sixties is breathtaking in its range incisive in analyses and revolutionary in method and evidence. Here fifty years after that iconic "1968 " Western Europe and North America are finally de-centered if not provincialized and we have the basis for a complete remapping a thorough reinterpretation of the "Sixties."’ —Jean Allman J.H. Hexter Professor in the Humanities; Director Center for the Humanities Washington University in St. Louis‘This is a landmark achievement. It represents the most comprehensive effort to date to map out the myriad constitutive elements of the "Global Sixties" as a field of knowledge and inquiry. Richly illustrated and meticulously curated this collection purposefully "provincializes" the United States and Western Europe while shifting the loci of interpretation to Africa the Middle East Asia and Latin America. It will become both a benchmark reference text for instructors and a gateway to future historical research.’ —Eric Zolov Associate Professor of History; Director Latin American & Caribbean Studies Stony Brook University‘This important and wide-ranging volume de-centers West-focused histories of the 1960s. It opens up fresh and vital ground for research and teaching on Third Second and First World transnationalism(s) and the many complex connections tensions and histories involved.’ —John Chalcraft Professor of Middle East History and Politics Department of Government London School of Economics and Political Science‘This book globalizes the study of the 1960s better than any other publication. The authors stretch the standard narrative to include regions and actors long neglected. This new geography of the 1960s changes how we understand the broader transformations surrounding protest war race feminism and other themes. The global 1960s described by the authors is more inclusive and relevant for our current day. This book will influence all future research and teaching about the postwar world.’ —Jeremi Suri Mack Brown Distinguished Chair for Leadership in Global Affairs; Professor of Public Affairs and History The University of Texas at AustinAs the fiftieth anniversary of 1968 approaches this book reassesses the global causes themes forms and legacies of that tumultuous period. While existing scholarship continues to largely concentrate on the US and Western Europe this volume will focus on Asia Africa the Middle East and Eastern Europe. International scholars from diverse disciplinary backgrounds explore the global sixties through the prism of topics that range from the economy decolonization and higher education to forms of protest transnational relations and the politics of memory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580872

The Routledge Handbook of the Governance of Migration and Diversity in Cities How have immigration and diversity shaped urban life and local governance?The Routledge Handbook to the Governance of Migration and Diversity in Cities focuses on the ways migration and diversity have transformed cities and how cities have responded to the challenges and opportunities offered. Strengthening the relevance of the city as a crucial category for the study of migration policy and migration flows the book is divided into five parts:• Migration history and urban life• Local politics and political participation• Local policies of migration and diversity• Superdiverse cities• Divided cities and border cities. Grounded in the European debate on "the local turn" in the study of migration policy as contrasted to the more traditional focus on the nation-state the handbook also brings together contributions from North America South America Asia and the Middle East and contributors from a wide range of disciplines. It is a valuable resource for students and scholars working in political science policy studies history sociology urban studies and geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733629

The Routledge Handbook of the History of Race and the American Military The Routledge Handbook of the History of Race and the American Military provides an important overview of the main themes surrounding race in the American military establishment from the French and Indian War to the present day. By broadly incorporating the latest research on race and ethnicity into the field of military history the book explores the major advances that have taken place in the past few decades at the intersection of these two fields. The discussion goes beyond the study of battles and generals to look at the other peoples who were involved in American military campaigns and analyzes how African Americans Native Americans Asian Americans and Chicanos helped shape the course of American History—both at home and on the battlefield. The book also includes coverage of American imperial ambitions and the national response to encountering other peoples in their own countries.   The Routledge Handbook of the History of Race in the American Military defines how the history of race and ethnicity impacts military history over time and comparatively while encouraging scholarship on specific groups periods and places. This important collection presents a comprehensive survey of the current state of the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138482913

The Routledge Handbook of the History of Settler Colonialism The Routledge Handbook of the History of Settler Colonialism examines the global history of settler colonialism as a distinct mode of domination from ancient times to the present day. It explores the ways in which new polities were established in freshly discovered ‘New Worlds’ and covers the history of many countries including Australia New Zealand Israel Japan South Africa Liberia Algeria Canada and the USA.Chronologically as well as geographically wide-reaching this volume focuses on an extensive array of topics and regions ranging from settler colonialism in the Neo-Assyrian and Roman empires to relationships between indigenes and newcomers in New Spain and the early Mexican republic to the settler-dominated polities of Africa during the twentieth century. Its twenty-nine inter-disciplinary chapters focus on single colonies or on regional developments that straddle the borders of present-day states on successful settlements that would go on to become powerful settler nations on failed settler colonies and on the historiographies of these experiences.Taking a fundamentally international approach to the topic this book analyses the varied experiences of settler colonialism in countries around the world. With a synthesizing yet original introduction this is a landmark contribution to the emerging field of settler colonial studies and will be a valuable resource for anyone interested in the global history of imperialism and colonialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581480

The Routledge Handbook of the History of the Middle East Mandates The Routledge Handbook of the History of the Middle East Mandates provides an overview of the social political economic and cultural histories of the Middle East in the decades between the end of the First World War and the late 1940s when Britain and France abandoned their Mandates. It also situates the history of the Mandates in their wider imperial international and global contexts incorporating them into broader narratives of the interwar decades. In 27 thematically organised chapters the volume looks at various aspects of the Mandates such as:The impact of the First World War and the development of a new state system The impact of the League of Nations and international governance Differing historical perspectives on the impact of the Mandates system Techniques and practices of government The political social economic and cultural experiences of the people living in and connected to the Mandates.This book provides the reader with a guide to both the history of the Middle East Mandates and their complex relation with the broader structures of imperial and international life. It will be a valuable resource for all scholars of this period of Middle Eastern and world history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581756

The Routledge Handbook of the Peoples and Places of Ancient Western AsiaThe Near East from the Early Bronze Age to the fall of the Persian Empire This 500 000 word reference work provides the most comprehensive general treatment available of the peoples and places of the regions commonly referred to as the ancient Near and Middle East – extending from the Aegean coast of Turkey in the west to the Indus river in the east. It contains some 1 500 entries on the kingdoms countries cities and population groups of Anatolia Cyprus Syria-Palestine Mesopotamia and Iran and parts of Central Asia from the Early Bronze Age to the end of the Persian empire. Five distinguished international scholars have collaborated with the author on the project. Detailed accounts are provided of the Near/Middle Eastern peoples and places known to us from historical records. Each of these entries includes specific references to translated passages from the relevant ancient texts. Numerous entries on archaeological sites contain accounts of their history of excavation as well as more detailed descriptions of their chief features and their significance within the commercial cultural and political contexts of the regions to which they belonged. The book contains a range of illustrations including twenty maps. It serves as a major indeed a unique reference source for students as well as established scholars both of the ancient Near Eastern as well as the Classical civilizations. It also appeals to more general readers wishing to pursue in depth their interests in these civilizations. There is nothing comparable to it on the market today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415692618

The Routledge Handbook of the Philosophy and Psychology of Luck Luck permeates our lives and this raises a number of pressing questions: What is luck? When we attribute luck to people circumstances or events what are we attributing? Do we have any obligations to mitigate the harms done to people who are less fortunate? And to what extent is deserving praise or blame affected by good or bad luck? Although acquiring a true belief by an uneducated guess involves a kind of luck that precludes knowledge does all luck undermine knowledge? The academic literature has seen growing interdisciplinary interest in luck and this volume brings together and explains the most important areas of this research. It consists of 39 newly commissioned chapters written by an internationally acclaimed team of philosophers and psychologists for a readership of students and researchers. Its coverage is divided into six sections:I: The History of LuckII: The Nature of LuckIII: Moral LuckIV: Epistemic LuckV: The Psychology of LuckVI: Future Research.The chapters cover a wide range of topics from the problem of moral luck to anti-luck epistemology to the relationship between luck attributions and cognitive biases to meta-questions regarding the nature of luck itself to a range of other theoretical and empirical questions. By bringing this research together the Handbook serves as both a touchstone for understanding the relevant issues and a first port of call for future research on luck. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367731663

The Routledge Handbook of the Philosophy and Science of Punishment Philosophers legal scholars criminologists psychiatrists and psychologists have long asked important questions about punishment: What is its purpose? What theories help us better understand its nature? Is punishment just? Are there effective alternatives to punishment? How can empirical data from the sciences help us better understand punishment? What are the relationships between punishment and our biology psychology and social environment?  How is punishment understood and administered differently in different societies? The Routledge Handbook of the Philosophy and Science of Punishment is the first major reference work to address these and other important questions in detail offering 31 chapters from an international and interdisciplinary team of experts in a single comprehensive volume. It covers the major theoretical approaches to punishment and its alternatives; emerging research from biology psychology and social neuroscience; and important special issues like the side-effects of punishment and solitary confinement racism and stigmatization the risk and protective factors for antisocial behavior and victims' rights and needs.  The Handbook is conveniently organized into four sections: I. Theories of Punishment and Contemporary Perspectives II. Philosophical Perspectives on Punishment III. Sciences Prevention and Punishment IV. Alternatives to Current Punishment Practices A volume introduction and a comprehensive index help make The Routledge Handbook of the Philosophy and Science of Punishment essential reading for upper-undergraduate and postgraduate students in disciplines such as philosophy law criminology psychology and forensic psychiatry and highly relevant to a variety of other disciplines such as political and social sciences behavioral and neurosciences and global ethics. It is also an ideal resource for anyone interested in current theories research and programs dealing with the problem of punishment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138580626

The Routledge Handbook of the Philosophy of Childhood and Children Childhood looms large in our understanding of human life as a phase through which all adults have passed. Childhood is foundational to the development of selfhood the formation of interests values and skills and to the lifespan as a whole. Understanding what it is like to be a child and what differences childhood makes are thus essential for any broader understanding of the human condition. The Routledge Handbook of the Philosophy of Childhood and Children is an outstanding reference source for the key topics problems and debates in this crucial and exciting field and is the first collection of its kind. Comprising over thirty chapters by a team of international contributors the Handbook is divided into five parts:· Being a child· Childhood and moral status· Parents and children· Children in society· Children and the state.Questions covered include: What is a child? Is childhood a uniquely valuable state and if so why? Can we generalize about the goods of childhood? What rights do children have and are they different from adults’ rights? What (if anything) gives people a right to parent? What role if any ought biology to play in determining who has the right to parent a particular child? What kind of rights can parents legitimately exercise over their children? What roles do relationships with siblings and friends play in the shaping of childhoods? How should we think about sexuality and disability in childhood and about racialised children? How should society manage the education of children? How are children’s lives affected by being taken into social care?The Routledge Handbook of the Philosophy of Childhood and Children is essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy of childhood political philosophy and ethics as well as those in related disciplines such as education psychology sociology social policy law social work youth work neuroscience and anthropology.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733889

The Routledge Handbook of the Philosophy of Engineering Engineering has always been a part of human life but has only recently become the subject matter of systematic philosophical inquiry. The Routledge Handbook of the Philosophy of Engineering presents the state-of-the-art of this field and lays a foundation for shaping future conversations within it. With a broad scholarly scope and 55 chapters contributed by both established experts and fresh voices in the field the Handbook provides valuable insights into this dynamic and fast-growing field. The volume focuses on central issues and debates established themes and new developments in:  Foundational perspectives  Engineering reasoning  Ontology  Engineering design processes  Engineering activities and methods  Values in engineering  Responsibilities in engineering practice  Reimagining engineering  The Routledge Handbook of the Philosophy of Engineering will be of value for both students and active researchers in philosophy of engineering and in cognate fields (philosophy of technology philosophy of design). It is also intended for engineers working both inside and outside of academia who would like to gain a more fundamental understanding of their particular professional field.  The increasing development of new technologies such as autonomous vehicles and new interdisciplinary fields such as human-computer interaction calls not only for philosophical inquiry but also for engineers and philosophers to work in collaboration with one another. At the same time the demands on engineers to respond to the challenges of world health climate change poverty and other so-called "wicked problems" have also been on the rise. These factors together with the fact that a host of questions concerning the processes by which technologies are developed have arisen make the current Handbook a timely and valuable publication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138244955

The Routledge Handbook of the Philosophy of Evil Why ought we concern ourselves with understanding a concept of evil? It is an elusive and politically charged concept which critics argue has no explanatory power and is a relic of a superstitious and primitive religious past. Yet its widespread use persists today: we find it invoked by politicians judges journalists and many others to express the view that certain actions persons institutions or ideologies are not just morally problematic but require a special signifier to mark them out from the ordinary and commonplace. Therefore the question of what a concept of evil could mean and how it fits into our moral vocabulary remains an important and pressing concern. The Routledge Handbook of the Philosophy of Evil provides an outstanding overview and exploration of these issues and more bringing together an international team of scholars working on the concept of evil. Its 27 chapters cover the crucial discussions and arguments both historical and contemporary that are needed to properly understand the historical development and complexity of the concept of evil. The Handbook is divided into three parts: Historical explorations of evil Recent secular explorations of evil Evil and other issues. The Routledge Handbook of the Philosophy of Evil is essential reading for students and researchers in the fields of ethics and philosophy of psychology. It also provides important insights and background for anyone exploring the concept of evil in related subjects such as literature politics and religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138931794

The Routledge Handbook of the Philosophy of Paternalism While paternalism has been a long-standing philosophical issue it has recently received renewed attention among scholars and the general public. The Routledge Handbook of the Philosophy of Paternalism is an outstanding reference source to the key topics problems and debates in this exciting subject and is the first collection of its kind. Comprising twenty-seven chapters by a team of international contributors the handbook is divided into five parts:• What is Paternalism?• Paternalism and Ethical Theory• Paternalism and Political Philosophy• Paternalism without Coercion• Paternalism in PracticeWithin these sections central debates issues and questions are examined including: how should paternalism be defined or characterized? How is paternalism related to such moral notions as rights well-being and autonomy? When is paternalism morally objectionable? What are the legitimate limits of government benevolence? To what extent should medical practice be paternalistic?The Routledge Handbook of the Philosophy of Paternalism is essential reading for students and researchers in applied ethics and political philosophy. The handbook will also be very useful for those in related fields such as law medicine sociology and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735364

The Routledge Handbook of the Polar Regions The Routledge Handbook of the Polar Regions is an authoritative guide to the Arctic and the Antarctic through an exploration of key areas of research in the physical and natural sciences and the social sciences and humanities. It presents 38 new and original contributions from leading figures and voices in polar research policy and practice as well as work from emerging scholars.This handbook aims to approach and understand the Polar Regions as places that are at the forefront of global conversations about some of the most pressing contemporary issues and research questions of our age. The volume provides a discussion of the similarities and differences between the two regions to help deepen understanding and knowledge. Major themes and issues are integrated in the comprehensive introduction chapter by the editors who are top researchers in their respective fields. The contributions show how polar researchers engage with contemporary debates and use interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary approaches to address new developments as well as map out exciting trajectories for future work in the Arctic and the Antarctic.The handbook provides an easy access to key items of scholarly literature and material otherwise inaccessible or scattered throughout a variety of specialist journals and books. A unique one-stop research resource for researchers and policymakers with an interest in the Arctic and Antarctic it is also a comprehensive reference work for graduate and advanced undergraduate students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733872

The Routledge Handbook of the Political Economy of Science The political economy of research and innovation (R&I) is one of the central issues of the early twenty-first century. ‘Science’ and ‘innovation’ are increasingly tasked with driving and reshaping a troubled global economy while also tackling multiple overlapping global challenges such as climate change or food security global pandemics or energy security. But responding to these demands is made more complicated because R&I themselves are changing. Today new global patterns of R&I are transforming the very structures institutions and processes of science and innovation and with it their claims about desirable futures. Our understanding of R&I needs to change accordingly.Responding to this new urgency and uncertainty this handbook presents a pioneering selection of the growing body of literature that has emerged in recent years at the intersection of science and technology studies and political economy. The central task for this research has been to expose important but consequential misconceptions about the political economy of R&I and to build more insightful approaches. This volume therefore explores the complex interrelations between R&I (both in general and in specific fields) and political economies across a number of key dimensions from health to environment and universities to the military.The Routledge Handbook of the Political Economy of Science offers a unique collection of texts across a range of issues in this burgeoning and important field from a global selection of top scholars. The handbook is essential reading for students interested in the political economy of science technology and innovation. It also presents succinct and insightful summaries of the state of the art for more advanced scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581275

The Routledge Handbook of the Politics of Brexit The surprise decision expressed by the British people in the referendum held in June 2016 to leave the European Union was remarkable. It also presents a "natural experiment" where the exposure of a society to an extraordinary event allows scholars to observe in real time in the real world the interaction of variables. The Routledge Handbook of the Politics of Brexit takes stock of what we know in the social science community about the Brexit phenomenon so far and looks to make sense of this remarkable process as it unfolds. The book asks simple questions across a range of areas and topics so as to frame the debate into a number of navigable "subdiscussions" providing structure and form to what is an evolving and potentially inchoate topic. As such it provides a systematic account of the background for the content of and the possible implications of Brexit. The handbook therefore does not examine in detail the minutiae of Brexit as it unfolds on a day-to-day basis but raises its sights to consider both the broad contextual factors that shape and are shaped by Brexit and the deeper sources and implications of the British exit from the European Union. Importantly as interest in Brexit reaches far beyond the shores of the United Kingdom so an international team of contributors examines and reveals the global implications and the external face of Brexit. The Routledge Handbook of the Politics of Brexit will be essential reading and an authoritative reference for scholars students researchers and practitioners involved in and actively concerned about research on Brexit British politics European Union politics and comparative politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367278083

The Routledge Handbook of the Politics of Migration in Europe The Routledge Handbook of the Politics of Migration in Europe provides a rigorous and critical examination of what is exceptional about the European politics of migration and the study of it. Crucially this book goes beyond the study of the politics of migration in the handful of Western European countries to showcase a European approach to the study of migration politics inclusive of tendencies in all geographical parts of Europe (including Eastern Europe the Western Balkans Turkey) and of influences of the European Union (EU) on countries in Europe and beyond. Each expert chapter reviews the state of the art field of studies on a given topic or question in Europe as a continent while highlighting any dimensions in scholarly debates that are uniquely European. Thematically organised it permits analytically fruitful comparisons across various geographical entities within Europe and broadens the focus on European immigration politics and policies beyond the traditional limitations of Western European immigrant-receiving societies.The Routledge Handbook of the Politics of Migration in Europe will be essential reading and an authoritative reference for scholars students researchers and practitioners involved in and actively concerned about research on migration and European and EU Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580612

The Routledge Handbook of the Politics of the #MeToo Movement Since the MeToo hashtag went viral in 2017 the movement has burgeoned across social media moving beyond Twitter and into living rooms and courtrooms. It has spread unevenly across the globe with some countries and societies more impacted than others and interacted with existing feminist movements struggles and resistances. This interdisciplinary handbook identifies thematic and theoretical areas that require attention and interrogation inviting the reader to make connections between the ways in which the #MeToo movement has panned out in different parts of the world seeing it in the context of the many feminist and gendered struggles already in place as well as the solidarities with similar movements across countries and cultures. With contributions from gender experts spanning a wide range of disciplines including political science history sociology law literature and philosophy this groundbreaking book will have contemporary relevance for scholars feminists gender researchers and policy-makers across the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367408473

The Routledge Handbook of the Responsibility to Protect This Handbook offers a comprehensive examination of the Responsibility to Protect norm in world politics which aims to end mass atrocities against civilians. The Responsibility to Protect (R2P) is amongst the most significant norms in global politics. As the authoritative guide to R2P this edited volume gathers together the most respected and insightful voices to address key issues related to this emerging norm. The contributing authors do this over the course of three parts: Part I: The Concept of R2P Part II: Developing and Operationalising R2P Part III: The view from Over Here This book will be of much interest to students of R2P humanitarian intervention genocide human rights international law peace studies international organisations security studies and IR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138831872

The Routledge Handbook of the Stoic Tradition The ancient philosophy of stoicism has been a crucial and formative influence on the development of Western thought since its inception through to the present day. It is not only an important area of study in philosophy and classics but also in theology and literature. The Routledge Handbook of the Stoic Tradition is the first volume of its kind and an outstanding guide and reference source to the nature and continuing significance of stoicism. Comprising twenty-six chapters by a team of international contributors and organised chronologically the Handbook is divided into four parts: Antiquity and the Middle Ages including stoicism in Rome; stoicism in early Christianity; the Platonic response to stoicism; and stoic influences in the late Middle Ages Renaissance and Reformation addressing the impact of stoicism on the Italian Renaissance Reformation thought and early modern English literature including Shakespeare Early Modern Europe including stoicism and early modern French thought; the stoic influence on Spinoza and Leibniz; stoicism and the French and Scottish Enlightenment; and Kant and stoic ethics The Modern World including stoicism in nineteenth century German philosophy; stoicism in Victorian culture; stoicism in America; stoic themes in contemporary Anglo-American ethics; and the stoic influence on modern psychotherapy. An invaluable resource for anyone interested in the philosophical history and impact of stoic thought The Routledge Handbook of the Stoic Tradition is essential reading for all students and researchers working on the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138574106

The Routledge Handbook of the War of 1812 The War of 1812 ranged over a remarkably large territory as the fledgling United States battled Great Britain at sea and on land across what is now the eastern half of the U.S. and Canada. Native people and the Spanish were also involved in the war’s interrelated conflicts. Often overlooked the War of 1812 has been the subject of an explosion of new research over the past twenty-five years. The Routledge Handbook of the War of 1812 brings together the insights of this research through an array of fresh essays by leading scholars in the field offering an overview of current understandings of the war that will be a vital reference for students and researchers alike. The essays in this volume examine a wide range of military political social and cultural dimensions of the war. With full consideration given to American Canadian British and native viewpoints the international group of contributors place the war in national and international context chart the course of events in its different theaters consider the war’s legacy and commemoration and examine the roles of women African Americans and natives. Capturing the state of the field in a single volume this handbook is a must-have resource for anyone with an interest in early America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138482906

The Routledge Handbook of Theoretical and Experimental Sign Language Research The Routledge Handbook of Theoretical and Experimental Sign Language Research bridges the divide between theoretical and experimental approaches to provide an up-to-date survey of key topics in sign language research. With 29 chapters written by leading and emerging scholars from around the world this Handbook covers the following key areas:  On the theoretical side all crucial aspects of sign language grammar studied within formal frameworks such as Generative Grammar;   On the experimental side theoretical accounts are supplemented by experimental evidence gained in psycho- and neurolinguistic studies;  On the descriptive side the main phenomena addressed in the reviewed scholarship are summarized in a way that is accessible to readers without previous knowledge of sign languages. Each chapter features an introduction an overview of existing research and a critical assessment of hypotheses and findings. The Routledge Handbook of Theoretical and Experimental Sign Language Research is key reading for all advanced students and researchers working at the intersection of sign language research linguistics psycholinguistics and neurolinguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138801998

The Routledge Handbook of Tourism and Hospitality Education Tourism is much more than an economic sector it is also a social cultural political and environmental force that drives societal change. Understanding responding to and managing this change will inevitably require knowledge workers who are able to address a range of problems associated with tourism travel hospitality and the increasingly complex operating environment within which they exist.The purpose of this Handbook is to provide an insightful and authoritative account of the various issues that are shaping the higher educational world of tourism hospitality and events education and to highlight the creative inventive and innovative ways that educators are responding to these issues. It takes as its central focus a dynamic curriculum space shaped by internal and external factors from global to local scales a variety of values and perspectives contributed by a range of stakeholders and shifting philosophies about education policy pedagogy and teaching practice. A benchmark for future curriculum design and development it critically reviews the development of conceptual and theoretical approaches to tourism and hospitality education. The Handbook is composed of contributions from specialists in the field is interdisciplinary in coverage and international in scope through its authorship and content.Providing a systematic guide to the current state of knowledge on tourism and hospitality education and its future direction this is essential reading for students researchers and academics in Tourism Hospitality Events Recreation and Leisure Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415842051

The Routledge Handbook of Tourism and Sustainability Routledge Handbook of Tourism and Sustainability from C. Michael Hall Stefan Gössling Daniel Scottis one of the winners of the ITB BookAwards 2016 in the category Specialist tourism literature! Sustainability remains one of the major issues in tourism today. Concerns over climate and environmental change the fallout from the global economic and financial crisis and the seeming failure to meeting UN Millennium development goals have only reinforced the need for more sustainable approaches to tourism however they be defined. Given the centrality of sustainability in tourism curricula policies research and practice it is therefore appropriate to prepare a state of the art handbook on the relationship between tourism and sustainability.This timely Handbook of Tourism and Sustainability is developed from specifically commissioned original contributions from recognised authors in the field providing a systematic guide to the current state of knowledge on this area. It is interdisciplinary in coverage and international in scope through its authorship and content. The volume commences with an assessment of tourism’s global environmental e.g. climate emissions energy use biodiversity water use land use and socio-economic effects e.g. economic impacts employment and livelihoods culture. This then provides the context for sections outlining the main theoretical frameworks and constructs that inform tourism and sustainability management tools and approaches and the approaches used in different tourism and travel industry sectors. The book concludes by examining emerging and future concerns in tourism and sustainability such as peak-oil post-carbon tourism green economy and transition tourism.This is essential reading for students researches and academics interested in the possibilities of sustainable forms of tourism and tourism’s contribution to sustainable development. Its assessment of tourism’s global impact along with its overviews of sectoral and management approaches will provide a benchmark by which the sustainability of tourism will be measured for years to come. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138071476

The Routledge Handbook of Tourism and the Environment The Routledge Handbook of Tourism and the Environment explores and critically evaluates the debates and controversies inherent to tourism’s relationship with nature especially pertinent at a time of major re-evaluation of our relationship with the environment as a consequence of the environmental problems we now face. It brings together leading specialists from range of disciplinary backgrounds and geographical regions to provide state-of-the-art theoretical reflection and empirical research on this complex relationship and future direction. The book is divided in to five interrelated sections. Section one evaluates the philosophical basis rationale and complexity of what is meant by the term ‘environment’ considering the major influences in the construction of how we understand our surroundings and the types of values we place upon them. Section two evaluates the types of eco-systems that are used as natural resources for tourism and the negative and positive impacts upon them. Section three evaluates relevant environmental policy and management mechanisms for the impacts of tourism on the natural environment. Section four focuses on the changing tourism-environment relationship and the types of tourism that have become established in the tourism industry market and policy. Section five analyzes contemporary and future issues of the tourism-environment relationship based upon themes of environmental and social welfare. This timely book will provide an invaluable resource for all those with an interest in tourism’s relationship with the natural environment encouraging dialogue across disciplinary boundaries and areas of study. The book is international in its focus emphasizing that issues of tourism and the natural environment are not only localized but transcend national boundaries that sometimes require both international and global responses. This is essential reading for student researchers and academics of Tourism as well as those of Geography Environmental Studies and Development Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138071384

The Routledge Handbook of Tourism Experience Management and Marketing The Routledge Handbook of Tourism Experience Management and Marketing offers a comprehensive and thorough inquiry into both customary and emergent issues of tourism experience and co-creation. Drawing together contributions from 83 authors from 28 countries with varied backgrounds and interdisciplinary interests the handbook highlights multiple representations and interpretations of the theme. It also integrates a selection of illustrative global case studies to effectively present its chapter contents. Tourism experience drives the contemporary tourist’s behavior as they travel in pursuit of experiencing unique and unusual destinations and activities. Creating a memorable and enduring experience is therefore a prerequisite for the all tourism business organizations irrespective of the nature of their products or services. This handbook focuses on conceptualizing designing staging managing and marketing paradigms of tourism experiences from both supply and demand perspectives. It sheds substantial light on the contemporary theories practices and future developments in the arena of experiential tourism management and marketing. Encompassing the latest thinking and research themes this will be an essential reference for upper-level students researchers academics and industry practitioners of hospitality as well as those of tourism gastronomy management marketing consumer behavior cultural studies development studies and international business encouraging dialogue across disciplinary boundaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367196783

The Routledge Handbook of Tourism Geographies Geographical analysis of tourism spaces and places is advancing fast. In terms of human geography the various recent academic ‘turns’ have led to fresh examination of existing debates and have advanced new theoretical ideas in geography that are more salient than ever for tourism studies. The Routledge Handbook of Tourism Geographies seeks to examine such recent developments by providing a state-of-the-art review of the field documenting advances in research and evaluating different perspectives approaches techniques and contexts. The Routledge Handbook of Tourism Geographies considers recent disciplinary developments (including post-disciplinarily) in geography in relation to the study of tourism. It also analyzes the fledging relationships of the new mobilities paradigm critical tourism studies and cultural political economy to tourism spaces and places as well as acknowledging a spatial turn in poststructuralist social sciences more generally. In addition it evaluates how postcolonial feminist sensory performative and queer perspectives have diversified research in the tourism geographies field. Spatial analysis time geography placemaking and landscape concerns are addressed and issues such as transport environmental discourses and development are also analyzed. Finally the volume’s contributions highlight key areas for advancing research and map out the dimensions of future trajectories in tourism geographies in different theoretical and thematic contexts. Written by leading scholars in the tourism geographies field this text will provide an invaluable resource for all those with an interest in tourism geographies encouraging dialogue across disciplinary boundaries and areas of study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138071414

The Routledge Handbook of Tourism ImpactsTheoretical and Applied Perspectives This handbook explores and critically examines both positive and negative impacts of tourism development focusing on the past present and future issues challenges and trends from a multidisciplinary global perspective. Through a comparative approach involving international case studies this book explores our understanding of tourism impacts and contributes to the theoretical development on relationships between tourism impacts and community support for tourism development. This handbook focuses on a variety of geographical locations drawing from the knowledge and expertise of highly regarded academics from around the world. Specifically it explores the adoption and implementation of various tourism development and impact management approaches in a wide range of global contexts while identifying their trends issues and challenges. It addresses strategies relating to innovation sustainability and social responsibility and critically reviews the economic sociocultural environmental political and technological impacts of tourism. The text also identifies future trends and issues as well as exploring the methods used to study tourism impacts. Conveying the latest thinking and research this handbook will be a key reference for students researchers and academics of tourism as well as development studies geography cultural studies sustainability and business encouraging dialogue across disciplinary boundaries and areas of study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138494961

The Routledge Handbook of Tourism in Asia Asia is regarded as the fastest growing area for international and domestic tourism in the world today and over the next 20 years. Given the economic social and environmental importance of tourism in the region there is a need for a comprehensive and readable overview of the critical debates and controversies in tourism in the region and the major factors that are affecting tourism development both now and in the foreseeable future. This Handbook provides a contemporary survey of the region and its continued growth and development as a key destination and generator of tourism which is marked by a high proportion of intra-regional travel. The book is divided into five sections. This first section provides an introduction to the region and context to the nationally focused chapters. The next three sections are then broadly based on the three UNWTO Asian regions: South-East Asia South and Central Asia and East and North-East Asia providing readers with a valuable snapshot of tourism at various scales and from various approaches and positions. The concluding section considers future prospects for tourism in Asia. The handbook is interdisciplinary in coverage and is also international in scope through its authorship and content. It presents a range of perspectives and understanding of the processes and forces that are shaping tourism in this fascinating and dynamic region that is one of the focal points of global tourism. This is essential reading for students researchers and academics interested in tourism in the growth region of Asia now and in the future.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138784581

The Routledge Handbook of Tourism Marketing Tourism has often been described as being about ‘selling dreams’ tourist experiences being conceptualized as purely a marketing confection a socially constructed need. However the reality is that travel for leisure business meetings sports or visiting loved ones has grown to be a very real sector of the global economy requiring sophisticated business and marketing practices. The Routledge Handbook of Tourism Marketing explores and critically evaluates the current debates and controversies inherent to the theoretical methodological and practical processes of marketing within this complex and multi-sector industry. It brings together leading specialists from range of disciplinary backgrounds and geographical regions to provide reflection and empirical research on this complex relationship. The Handbook is divided in to nine inter-related sections: Part 1 deals with shifts in the context of marketing practice and our understanding of what constitutes value for tourists; Part 2 explores macromarketing and tourism; Part 3 deals with strategic issues; Part 4 addresses recent advances in research; Part 5 focuses on developments in tourist consumer behaviour; Part 6 looks at micromarketing; Part 7 moves on to destination marketing and branding issues; Part 8 looks at the influence of technological change on tourism marketing; and Part 9 explores future directions. This timely book offers the reader a comprehensive synthesis of this sub-discipline conveying the latest thinking and research. It will provide an invaluable resource for all those with an interest in tourism and marketing encouraging dialogue across disciplinary boundaries and areas of study. This is essential reading for Tourism students researchers and academics as well as those of Marketing Business Events Management and Hospitality Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138071438

The Routledge Handbook of Tourism Research The Routledge Handbook of Tourism Research is a compendium of some of the most relevant issues affecting tourism development today. The topics addressed in this book provide some new thinking for those involved in tourism research. This book takes the reader from the beginnings of tourism research to a discussion of emerging forms of tourism and selected examples of tourism development. The underlying theoretical dimensions are reviewed analysed and discussed from a number of perspectives. This book brings together leading researchers many of whom are members of the International Academy for the Study of Tourism to discuss tourism today and its future. The works included in this volume are diverse in terms of geographical context research methodology root discipline and perspective. This book represents studies based in Europe North America Oceania and Asia. Research methodologies include both quantitative and qualitative. Both macro and micro issues are discussed from the economic psychological sociological political science marketing and other perspectives which reflect the interdisciplinary nature of tourism studies.  This book is divided into 6 sections. Section 1 considers the foundations for tourism research. Section 2 discusses the implications for destination management and section 3 discusses planning for tourism development. Section 4 covers human capital for tourism development. And finally section 5 evaluates emerging forms of tourism and then section 6 offers insights into tourism evolution. It offers the reader a comprehensive synthesis of this field conveying the latest thinking and research. The text will provide an invaluable resource for all those with an interest in tourism research. This is essential reading for students researchers & academics of Tourism as well as those of related studies in particular Leisure Hospitality & Development Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138081642

The Routledge Handbook of Transatlantic Security This new Handbook provides readers with the tools to understand the evolution of transatlantic security from the Cold War era to the early 21st century. After World War II the US retained a strong presence as the dominant member of NATO throughout the Cold War. Former enemies such as Germany became close allies while even countries that often criticized the United States made no serious attempt to break with Washington. This pattern of security co-operation continued after the end of the Cold War with NATO expansion eastwards extending US influence. Despite the Iraq war prompting a seemingly irreparable transatlantic confrontation the last years of the Bush administration witnessed a warming of US-European relations expected to continue with the Obama administration. The contributors address the following key questions arising from the history of transatlantic security relations: What lies behind the growing and continuing European dependency on security policy on the United States and what are the political consequences of this? Is this dependency likely to continue or will an independent European Common Foreign and Security Policy eventually emerge? What has been the impact of 'out-of-area' issues on transatlantic security cooperation? The essays in this Handbook cover a broad range of historical and contemporary themes including the founding of NATO; the impact of the Korean War; the role of nuclear (non-)proliferation; perspectives of individual countries (especially France and Germany); the impact of culture identity and representation in shaping post-Cold War transatlantic relations; institutional issues particularly EU-NATO relations; the Middle East; and the legacy of the Cold War notably tensions with Russia. This Handbook will be of much interest to students of transatlantic security NATO Cold War Studies foreign policy and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138502000

The Routledge Handbook of Transformative Global Studies The Routledge Handbook of Transformative Global Studies provides diverse and cutting-edge perspectives on this fast-changing field. For 30 years the world has been caught in a long ‘global interregnum ’ plunging from one crisis to the next and witnessing the emergence of new vibrant multiple and sometimes contradictory forms of popular resistance and politics. This global ‘interregnum’ – or a period of uncertainty where the old hegemony is fading and the new ones have not yet been fully realized – necessitates critical self-reflection brave intellectual speculation and (un)learning of perceived wisdoms and greater transdisciplinary collaboration across theories localities and subjects. This Handbook takes up this challenge by developing fresh perspectives on globalization development neoliberalism capitalism and their progressive alternatives addressing issues of democracy power inequality insecurity precarity wellbeing education displacement social movements violence and war and climate change. Throughout it emphasizes the dynamics for system change including bringing post-capitalist feminist (de)colonial and other critical perspectives to support transformative global praxis. This volume brings together a mixture of fresh and established scholars from across disciplines and from a range of both Northern and Southern contexts. Researchers and students from around the world and across the fields of politics sociology international development international relations geography economics area studies and philosophy will find this an invaluable and fresh guide to global studies in the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138601123

The Routledge Handbook of Translation Feminism and Gender The Routledge Handbook of Translation Feminism and Gender provides a comprehensive state-of-the-art overview of feminism and gender awareness in translation and translation studies today. Bringing together work from more than 20 different countries – from Russia to Chile Yemen Turkey China India Egypt and the Maghreb as well as the UK Canada the USA and Europe â€“ this Handbook represents a transnational approach to this topic which is in development in many parts of the world. With 41 chapters this book presents discusses and critically examines many different aspects of gender in translation and its effects both local and transnational. Providing overviews of key questions and case studies of work currently in progress this Handbook is the essential reference and resource for students and researchers of translation feminism and gender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138066946

The Routledge Handbook of Translation and Activism The Routledge Handbook of Translation and Activism provides an accessible diverse and ground-breaking overview of literary cultural and political translation across a range of activist contexts. As the first extended collection to offer perspectives on translation and activism from a global perspective this handbook includes case studies and histories of oppressed and marginalised people from over twenty different languages. The contributions will make visible the role of translation in promoting and enabling social change in promoting equality in fighting discrimination in supporting human rights and in challenging autocracy and injustice across the Middle East Africa Latin America East Asia the US and Europe. With a substantial introduction thirty-one chapters and an extensive bibliography this Handbook is an indispensable resource for all activists translators students and researchers of translation and activism within translation and interpreting studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138555686

The Routledge Handbook of Translation and Cognition The Routledge Handbook of Translation and Cognition provides a comprehensive state-of-the-art overview of how translation and cognition relate to each other discussing the most important issues in the fledgling sub-discipline of Cognitive Translation Studies (CTS) from foundational to applied aspects. With a strong focus on interdisciplinarity the handbook surveys concepts and methods in neighbouring disciplines that are concerned with cognition and how they relate to translational activity from a cognitive perspective. Looking at different types of cognitive processes this volume also ventures into emergent areas such as neuroscience artificial intelligence cognitive ergonomics and human–computer interaction. With an editors’ introduction and 30 chapters authored by leading scholars in the field of Cognitive Translation Studies this handbook is the essential reference and resource for students and researchers of translation and cognition and will also be of interest to those working in bilingualism second-language acquisition and related areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138037007

The Routledge Handbook of Translation and Culture The Routledge Handbook of Translation and Culture collects into a single volume thirty-two state-of-the-art chapters written by international specialists overviewing the ways in which translation studies has both informed and been informed by interdisciplinary approaches to culture. The book's five sections provide a wealth of resources covering both core issues and topics in the first part. The second part considers the relationship between translation and cultural narratives drawing on both historical and religious case studies. The third part covers translation and social contexts including the issues of cultural resistance indigenous cultures and cultural representation. The fourth part addresses translation and cultural creativity citing both popular fiction and graphic novels as examples. The final part covers translation and culture in professional settings including cultures of science legal settings and intercultural businesses. This handbook offers a wealth of information for advanced undergraduates postgraduates and researchers working in translation and interpreting studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138946309

The Routledge Handbook of Translation and Education The Routledge Handbook of Translation and Education will present the state of the art of the place and role of translation in educational contexts worldwide. It lays a sound foundation for the future interdisciplinary cooperation between Translation Studies and Educational Linguistics. By adopting a transdisciplinary perspective the handbook will bring together the various fields of scholarly enquiry and practice that make a valuable contribution to enlarging the notion of translation and diversifying its uses in education. Each contribution provides an overview of the historical background to a given educational setting. Focusing on current research approaches and empirical findings this volume outlines the development of pedagogical approaches methods assessment and curriculum design. The handbook also examines examples of pedagogies that integrate translation in the curriculum the teaching method’s approach design and procedure as well as assessment. Based on a multilingual and applied-oriented approach the handbook is essential reading for postgraduate students researchers and advanced undergraduate students of Translation Studies and educationalists and educators in the 21st century post-global era. Chapters 4 25 and 26 of this book are freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. https://tandfbis.s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9780815368434_oachapter4.pdf https://tandfbis.s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9780815368434_oachapter25.pdf https://tandfbis.s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9780815368434_oachapter26.pdf Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815368434

The Routledge Handbook of Translation and Ethics The Routledge Handbook of Translation and Ethics offers a comprehensive overview of issues surrounding ethics in translating and interpreting. The chapters chart the philosophical and theoretical underpinnings of ethical thinking in Translation Studies and analyze the ethical dilemmas of various translatorial actors including translation trainers and researchers. Authored by leading scholars and new voices in the field the 31 chapters present a wide coverage of emerging issues such as increasing technologization of translation posthumanism volunteering and activism accessibility and linguistic human rights. Many chapters provide the first extensive overview of the topic or present new takes on established areas. The book is divided into four parts with the first covering the most influential ethical theories. Part II takes the perspective of agents in different contexts and the ethical dilemmas they face while Part III takes a critical look at central institutions structuring and controlling ethical behaviour. Finally Part IV focuses on special issues and new challenges and signals new directions for further study. This handbook is an indispensable resource for all students and researchers of translation and ethics within translation and interpreting studies multilingualism and comparative literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815358237

The Routledge Handbook of Translation and Globalization This is the first handbook to provide a comprehensive coverage of the main approaches that theorize translation and globalization offering a wide-ranging selection of chapters dealing with substantive areas of research. The handbook investigates the many ways in which translation both enables globalization and is inevitably transformed by it. Taking a genuinely interdisciplinary approach the authors are leading researchers drawn from the social sciences as well as from translation studies. The chapters cover major areas of current interdisciplinary interest including climate change migration borders democracy and human rights as well as key topics in the discipline of translation studies. This handbook also highlights the increasing significance of translation in the most pressing social economic and political issues of our time while accounting for the new technologies and practices that are currently deployed to cope with growing translation demands. With five sections covering key concepts people culture economics and politics and a substantial introduction and conclusion this handbook is an indispensable resource for students and researchers of translation and globalization within translation and interpreting studies comparative literature sociology global studies cultural studies and related areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815359456

The Routledge Handbook of Translation and Philosophy The Routledge Handbook of Translation and Philosophy presents the first comprehensive state of the art overview of the complex relationship between the field of translation studies and the study of philosophy. The book is divided into four sections covering discussions of canonical philosophers central themes in translation studies from a philosophical perspective case studies of how philosophy has been translated and illustrations of new developments. With twenty-nine chapters written by international specialists in translation studies and philosophy it represents a major survey of two fields that have only recently begun to enter into dialogue. The Routledge Handbook of Translation and Philosophy is a pioneering resource for students and scholars in translation studies and philosophy alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138933552

The Routledge Handbook of Translation and Politics The Routledge Handbook of Translation and Politics presents the first comprehensive state of the art overview of the multiple ways in which ‘politics’ and ‘translation’ interact. Divided into four sections with thirty-three chapters written by a roster of international scholars this handbook covers the translation of political ideas the effects of political structures on translation and interpreting the politics of translation and an array of case studies that range from the Classical Mediterranean to contemporary China. Considering established topics such as censorship gender translation under fascism translators and interpreters at war as well as emerging topics such as translation and development the politics of localization translation and interpreting in democratic movements and the politics of translating popular music the handbook offers a global and interdisciplinary introduction to the intersections between translation and interpreting studies and politics. With a substantial introduction and extensive bibliographies this handbook is an indispensable resource for students and researchers of translation theory politics and related areas.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138657564

The Routledge Handbook of Translation and Pragmatics The Routledge Handbook of Translation and Pragmatics provides an overview of key concepts and theory in pragmatics charts developments in the disciplinary relationship between translation studies and pragmatics  and showcases applications of pragmatics-inspired research in a wide range of translation spoken and signed language interpreting activities. Bringing together 22 authoritative chapters by leading scholars this reference work is divided into three sections: Influences and Intersections Methodological Issues and Applications. Contributions focus on features of linguistic pragmatics and their analysis in authentic and experimental data relating to a wide range of translation and interpreting activities including: news scientific literary and audiovisual translation translation in online social media healthcare interpreting and audio description for the theatre. It also encompasses contributions on issues beyond the level of the text that include the study of interpersonal relationships in practitioner networks and the development of pragmatic competence in interpreter training. Each chapter includes many practical illustrative examples and a list of recommended reading. Fundamental reading for students and academics in translation and interpreting studies this is also an essential resource for those working in the related fields of linguistics communication and intercultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138637290

The Routledge Handbook of Translation and Technology The Routledge Handbook of Translation and Technology provides a comprehensive and accessible overview of the dynamically evolving relationship between translation and technology. Divided into five parts with an editor's introduction this volume presents the perspectives of users of translation technologies and of researchers concerned with issues arising from the increasing interdependency between translation and technology. The chapters in this Handbook tackle the advent of technologization at both a technical and a philosophical level based on industry practice and academic research. Containing over 30 authoritative cutting-edge chapters this is an essential reference and resource for those studying and researching translation and technology. The volume will also be valuable for translators computational linguists and developers of translation tools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138232846

The Routledge Handbook of Translation Studies The Routledge Handbook of Translation Studies provides a comprehensive state-of-the-art account of the complex field of translation studies. Written by leading specialists from around the world this volume brings together authoritative original articles on pressing issues including: the current status of the field and its interdisciplinary nature the problematic definition of the object of study the various theoretical frameworks the research methodologies available. The handbook also includes discussion of the most recent theoretical descriptive and applied research as well as glimpses of future directions within the field and an extensive up-to-date bibliography. The Routledge Handbook of Translation Studies is an indispensable resource for postgraduate students of translation studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138211469

The Routledge Handbook of Translation Studies and Linguistics The Routledge Handbook of Translation Studies and Linguistics explores the interrelationships between translation studies and linguistics in six sections of state-of-the-art chapters written by leading specialists from around the world. The first part begins by addressing the relationships between translation studies and linguistics as major topics of study in themselves before focusing in individual chapters on the relationships between translation on the one hand and semantics semiotics and the sound system of language on the other. Part II explores the nature of meaning and the ways in which meaning can be shared in text pairs that are related to each other as first-written texts and their translations while Part III focuses on the relationships between translation and interpreting and the written and spoken word. Part IV considers the users of language and situations involving more than one language and Part V addresses technological tools that can assist language users. Finally Part VI presents chapters on the links between areas of applied linguistics and translation and interpreting. With an introduction by the editor and an extensive bibliography this handbook is an indispensable resource for advanced students of translation studies interpreting studies and applied linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735456

The Routledge Handbook of Transport Economics The Routledge Handbook of Transport Economics offers the first state of the art overview of the discipline of transport economics as it stands today reflective of key research and policy. Transport is an important area of study and one which is problem rich stimulating a great deal of debate in areas which impact on everyday lives. Much of this focuses on the practicalities of the modern-day phenomenon of mass movement and all of the issues which surround it. The discipline of economics is central to this debate and consequently the study and application of transport economics has a chief role to play in seeking to address subjects relating to major transport issues. It can be argued that at the very heart of any transport issue or problem lies the underlying economics of the situation – understand that and you alleviate the problem.  Featuring contributions from world-leading scholars and practitioners from across the globe all of the chapters within this book are written from a practical perspective; theory is applied and developed using real-world examples. The book examines concepts issues ideas and practicalities of transport provision in five key topic areas:public transportpublic transport reformeconomic development and transport modellingtransport and the environmentfreight transport.A real strength of the book is in linking theory to practice and hence the ‘economics’ that are examined in this text are not the economics of the abstract but rather the economics of everyday living. Practical and insightful this volume is an essential reference for any student or researcher working in all areas of transport provision ranging from planning appraisal regulation and freight; and for all practitioners looking to develop their professional knowledge and who are seeking professional accreditation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581183

The Routledge Handbook of Transportation The Routledge Handbook of Transportation offers a current and comprehensive survey of transportation planning and engineering research. It provides a step-by-step introduction to research related to traffic engineering and control transportation planning and performance measurement and evaluation of transportation alternatives. The Handbook of Transportation demonstrates models and methods for predicting travel and freight demand planning future transportation networks and developing traffic control systems. Readers will learn how to use various engineering concepts and approaches to make future transportation safer more efficient and more sustainable. Edited by Dusan Teodorovic and featuring 29 chapters from more than 50 leading global experts with more than 200 illustrations the Routledge Handbook of Transportation is designed as an invaluable resource for professionals and students in transportation planning and engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815381914

The Routledge Handbook of Transregional Studies The Routledge Handbook of Transregional Studies brings together the various fields within which transregional phenomena are scientifically observed and analysed. This handbook presents the theoretical and methodological potential of such studies for the advancement of the conceptualization of global and area-bound developments.Following three decades of intense debate about globalization and transnationalism it has become clear that border-crossing connections and interactions between societies are highly important yet not all extend beyond the borders of nation-states or are of truly world-wide reach. The product of extensive international and interdisciplinary cooperation this handbook is divided into ten sections that introduce the wide variety of topics within transregional studies including Colonialism and Post-Colonial Studies Spatial Formats International Organizations Religions and Religious Movements and Transregional Studies and Narratives of Globalization. Recognizing that transregional studies asks about the space-making and space-formatting character of connections as well as the empirical status of such connections under the global condition the volume reaches beyond the typical confines of area and regional studies to consider how areas are transcended and transformed more widely.Combining case studies with both theoretical and methodological considerations The Routledge Handbook of Transregional Studies provides the first overview of the currently flourishing field of transregional studies and is the ideal volume for students and scholars of this diverse subject and its related fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732684

The Routledge Handbook of Trust and Philosophy Trust is pervasive in our lives. Both our simplest actions – like buying a coffee or crossing the street – as well as the functions of large collective institutions – like those of corporations and nation states – would not be possible without it. Yet only in the last several decades has trust started to receive focused attention from philosophers as a specific topic of investigation. The Routledge Handbook of Trust and Philosophy brings together 31 never-before published chapters accessible for both students and researchers created to cover the most salient topics in the various theories of trust. The Handbook is broken up into three sections: I. What is Trust? II. Whom to Trust? III. Trust in Knowledge Science and Technology The Handbook is preceded by a foreword by Maria Baghramian an introduction by volume editor Judith Simon and each chapter includes a bibliography and cross-references to other entries in the volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138687462

The Routledge Handbook of Turkish Politics The Routledge Handbook of Turkish Politics pulls together contributions from many of the world’s leading scholars on different aspects of Turkey. Turkey today  is going through possibly the most turbulent period in its history with major consequences both nationally and internationally. The country looks dramatically different from the Republic founded by Atatürk in 1923. The pace of change has been rapid and fundamental with core interlinked changes in ruling institutions political culture political economy and society. Divided into six main parts this Handbook provides a single-source overview of Turkish politics:Part I: History and the making of Contemporary TurkeyPart II: Politics and InstitutionsPart III: The Economy Environment and DevelopmentPart IV: The Kurdish Insurgency and SecurityPart V: State Society and RightsPart VI: External RelationsThis comprehensive Handbook is an essential resource for students of Politics International Relations International/Security Studies with an interest on contemporary Turkey. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730604

The Routledge Handbook of Urban Disaster ResilienceIntegrating Mitigation Preparedness and Recovery Planning The Routledge Handbook of Urban Disaster Resilience emphasizes the intersection of urban planning and hazard mitigation as critical for community resilience considering the interaction of social environmental and physical systems with disasters. The Handbook introduces and discusses the phases of disaster – mitigation preparedness/response and recovery – as well as each of the federal state and local players that address these phases from a planning and policy perspective. Part I provides an overview of hazard vulnerability that begins with an explanation of what it means to be vulnerable to hazards especially for socially vulnerable population segments. Part II discusses the politics of hazard mitigation; the failures of smart growth placed in hazardous areas; the wide range of land development policies and their associated risk; the connection between hazards and climate adaptation; and the role of structural and non-structural mitigation in planning for disasters. Part III covers emergency preparedness and response planning the unmet needs people experience and community service planning; evacuation planning; and increasing community capacity and emergency response in developing countries. Part IV addresses recovery from and adaption to disasters with topics such as the National Disaster Recovery Framework long-term housing recovery; population displacement; business recovery; and designs in disasters. Finally Part V demonstrates how disaster research is interpreted in practice â€“ how to incorporate mitigation into the comprehensive planning process; how states respond to recovery; how cities undertake recovery planning; and how to effectively engage the whole community in disaster planning. The Routledge Handbook of Urban Disaster Resilience offers the most authoritative and comprehensive coverage of cutting-edge research at the intersection of urban planning and disasters from a U.S. perspective. This book serves as an invaluable guide for undergraduate and postgraduate students future professionals and practitioners interested in urban planning sustainability development response planning emergency planning recovery planning hazard mitigation planning land use planning housing and community development as well as urban sociology sociology of the community public administration homeland security climate change and related fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138886957

The Routledge Handbook of Urban Ecology The birds animals insects trees and plants encountered by the majority of the world’s people are those that survive in adapt to or are introduced to urban areas. Some of these organisms give great pleasure; others invade colonise and occupy neglected and hidden areas such as derelict land and sewers. Urban areas have a high biodiversity and nature within cities provides many ecosystem services including cooling the urban area reducing urban flood risk filtering pollutants supplying food and providing accessible recreation. Yet protecting urban nature faces competition from other urban land uses. The Handbook of Urban Ecology analyses this biodiversity and complexity and provides the science to guide policy and management to make cities more attractive more enjoyable and better for our own health and that of the planet. This Handbook contains 50 interdisciplinary contributions from leading academics and practitioners from across the world to provide an in-depth coverage of the main elements of practical urban ecology. It is divided into six parts dealing with the philosophies concepts and history of urban ecology; followed by consideration of the biophysical character of the urban environment and the diverse habitats found within it. It then examines human relationships with urban nature the health economic and environmental benefits of urban ecology before discussing the methods used in urban ecology and ways of putting the science into practice. The Handbook offers a state-of the art guide to the science practice and value of urban ecology. The engaging contributions provide students and practitioners with the wealth of interdisciplinary information needed to manage the biota and green landscapes in urban areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138824423

The Routledge Handbook of Urban Ecology This second edition covers recent developments around the world with contributors from 33 different countries. It widens the handbook’s scope by including ecological design; consideration of cultural dimensions of the use and conservation of urban nature; the roles of government and civil society; and the continuing issues of equity and fairness in access to urban greenspaces. New features include an emphasis on the biophilic design of homes and workplaces demonstrating the value of nature in order to counter the still prevalent attitude among many developers that nature is a constraint rather than a value. The volume explores great practical achievements that have occurred since the first edition with many governments increasingly recognizing and legislating on urban nature and green infrastructure matters since cities play a major role in adapting to change particularly to climate crisis. New topics such as the ecological role of light at night and human microbiota in the urban ecosystem are introduced. Additional attention is given to food production in cities particularly the multiple roles of urban agriculture and household gardens in different contexts from wealthy communities to the poorest informal settlements in deprived communities. The emphasis is on demonstrating what can be achieved and what is already being done. The book aims to help scholars and graduate students by providing an invaluable and up-to-date guide to current urban ecological thinking across the range of disciplines such as geography ecology environmental science/studies planning and urban studies that converge in the study of towns and cities and urban design and living. It will also assist practitioners and civil society members in discovering the ways diff erent specialists and thinkers approach urban nature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138581357

The Routledge Handbook of Urban Resilience This volume provides a comprehensive discussion and overview of urban resilience including socio-ecological and economic hazard and disaster resilience. It provides a summary of state of the art thinking on resilience the different approaches tools and methodologies for understanding the subject in urban contexts and brings together related reflections and initiatives. Throughout the different chapters the handbook critically examines and reviews the resilience concept from various disciplinary and professional perspectives. It also discusses major urban crises past and recent and the generic lessons they provide for resilience. In this context the authors provide case studies from different places and times including historical material and contemporary examples and studies that offer concrete guidance on how to approach urban resilience. Other chapters focus on how current understanding of urban systems – such as shrinking cities green infrastructure disaster volunteerism and urban energy systems – are affecting the capacity of urban citizens settlements and nation-states to respond to different forms and levels of stressors and shocks. The handbook concludes with a synthesis of the state of the art knowledge on resilience and points the way forward in refining the conceptualization and application of urban resilience. The book is intended for scholars and graduate students in urban studies environmental and sustainability studies geography planning architecture urban design political science and sociology for whom it will provide an invaluable and up-to-date guide to current approaches across these disciplines that converge in the study of urban resilience. The book also provides important direction to practitioners and civic leaders who are engaged in supporting cities and regions to position themselves for resilience in the face of climate change unpredictable socioenvironmental shocks and incremental risk accumulation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138583597

The Routledge Handbook of Urbanization and Global Environmental Change This volume provides a comprehensive overview of the interactions and feedbacks between urbanization and global environmental change. A key focus is the examination of how urbanization influences global environmental change and how global environmental change in turn influences urbanization processes.  It has four thematic foci: Theme 1 addresses the pathways through which urbanization drives global environmental change. Theme 2 addresses the pathways through which global environmental change affects the urban system. Theme 3 addresses the interactions and responses within the urban system in response to global environmental change. Theme 4 centers on critical emerging research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581695

The Routledge Handbook of Virtue Epistemology What is an epistemic virtue? Are epistemic virtues reliable? Are they motivated by a love of truth? Do epistemic virtues produce knowledge and understanding? How can we develop epistemic virtues? The Routledge Handbook of Virtue Epistemology answers all of these questions. This landmark volume provides a pluralistic and comprehensive picture of the field of virtue epistemology. It is the first large-scale volume of its kind on the topic. Composed of 41 chapters all published here for the first time it breaks new ground in four areas. It articulates the structure and features of epistemic virtues. It provides in-depth analyses of 10 individual epistemic virtues. It examines the connections between epistemic virtue knowledge and understanding. It applies virtue epistemology and explores its impact on related fields.The contributing authors are pioneers in the study of epistemic virtue. This volume is an outstanding resource for students and scholars in philosophy as well as researchers in intersecting fields including education psychology political science and women’s studies.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367571085

The Routledge Handbook of Visual Impairment The Routledge Handbook of Visual Impairment examines current debates as well as cross-examining traditionally held beliefs around visual impairment. It provides a bridge between medical practice and social and cultural research drawing on authentic investigations.It is the intention of this Handbook to provide an opportunity to engage with academic researchers who wish to ensure a coherent and rigorous approach to research construction and reflection on visual impairment that is in collaboration with but sometimes is beyond the medical realm. This Handbook is divided into ten thematic areas in order to represent the wide range of debates and concepts within visual impairment. The ten themes include:cerebral visual impairment;education;sport and physical exercise; assistive technology;understanding the cultural aesthetics;socio-emotional and sexual aspects of visual impairment;orientation mobility habitation and rehabilitation;recent advances in "eye" research and sensory substitution devices;ageing and adulthood.  The 27 chapters that explore the social and cultural aspects of visual impairment can be taken and used in a variety of different ways in order to promote research and generate debate among practitioners and scholars who wish to use this resource to inform their practice in supporting and developing positive outcomes for all. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670597

The Routledge Handbook of Vocabulary Studies The Routledge Handbook of Vocabulary Studies provides a cutting-edge survey of current scholarship in this area. Divided into four sections which cover understanding vocabulary; approaches to teaching and learning vocabulary; measuring knowledge of vocabulary; and key issues in teaching researching and measuring vocabulary this Handbook: • brings together a wide range of approaches to learning words to provide clarity on how best vocabulary might be taught and learned; • provides a comprehensive discussion of the key issues and challenges in vocabulary studies with research taken from the past 40 years; • includes chapters on both formulaic language as well as single-word items; • features original contributions from a range of internationally renowned scholars as well as academics at the forefront of innovative research. The Routledge Handbook of Vocabulary Studies is an essential text for those interested in teaching learning and researching vocabulary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138735729

The Routledge Handbook of War and SocietyIraq and Afghanistan This new handbook provides an introduction to current sociological and behavioral research on the effects of the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan. The wars in Iraq and Afghanistan represent two of the most interesting and potentially troubling events of recent decades. These two wars-so similar in their beginnings-generated different responses from various publics and the mass media; they have had profound effects on the members of the armed services on their families and relatives and on the people of Iraq and Afghanistan. Analyzing the effect of the two wars on military personnel and civilians this volume is divided into four main parts: Part I: War on the Ground: Combat and Its Aftermath Part II: War on the Ground: Non-Combat Operations Noncombatants and Operators Part III: The War Back Home: The Social Construction of War Its Heroes And Its Enemies                                                                                                                          Part IV: The War Back Home: Families and Youth on the Home Front With contributions from leading academic sociologists anthropologists psychologists military researchers and researchers affiliated with Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs) this Handbook will be of interest to students of the Iraq and Afghanistan wars military sociology and psychology war studies anthropology US politics and of youth. Steven Carlton-Ford is associate professor of Sociology at the University of Cincinnati. He recently served for five years as the editor of Sociological Focus. Morten G. Ender is professor of sociology and Sociology Program Director at West Point the United States Military Academy. He is the author of American Soldiers in Iraq (Routledge 2009). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415731218

The Routledge Handbook of Waste Resources and the Circular Economy The Handbook introduces contextualises critiques and discusses a range of perspectives associated with the concept of the circular economy. These perspectives span an array of subjects including economics environmental policymaking sociology environmental science environmental and industrial engineering management international development and human geography. A fundamental underpinning of the Handbook is that it takes account of a wide range of sectors as well as geographical perspectives that incorporate both a Global North and Global South world context. This approach is crucial because it is only within such a holistic perspective that the circular economy concept can truly be examined. In addition these issues are examined both from a theoretical as well as a practical perspective using real-world case studies for illustration. Given its wide subject sectoral and geographical areas of focus the Handbook should be of value not only for those undertaking research in the field of circular economy but also stakeholders involved in policymaking as well as decision-making on the front line. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367364649

The Routledge Handbook of White-Collar and Corporate Crime in Europe The study of white-collar crime remains a central concern for criminologists around the world and research concentrates on its nature prevalence causes and responses. However most books on white-collar crime tend to focus on Anglo-American examples which is surprising given the amount of rich data and research taking place in mainland Europe. This new handbook seeks to reset the balance and for the first time presents an overview of state-of-the-art research on white-collar crime in Europe.Adding to the existing Anglo-American body of knowledge the Handbook will discuss specific European topics and typical European features of white-collar crime. The Routledge Handbook of White-Collar and Corporate Crime in Europe consists of more than thirty chapters on topics ranging from the Icelandic Banking Crisis to the origins of the study of white collar crime to contemporary topics such as white-collar crime in countries post-transition from communist regimes; the illegal e-waste trade and white-collar crime in professional football. Furthermore the book contains extensive case study analyses of landmark European cases of white-collar crime. The editors have gathered together the leading voices in the field and a final section offers commentaries on white-collar crime in Europe from eminent criminologists David Friedrichs and Hazel Croall. This Handbook will thus serve as a work of reference for all scholars and students engaged in the study of corporate and white-collar crime and will also set out directions for new research in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581794

The Routledge Handbook of World Englishes The Routledge Handbook of World Englishes constitutes a comprehensive introduction to the study of World Englishes drawing on the expertise of leading authors within the field. The Handbook is structured in nine sections covering historical perspectives core issues and topics and new debates which together provide a thorough overview of the field taking into account the new directions in which the discipline is heading. Among the key themes covered are the development of English as a lingua franca among speakers for whom English is a common but not first language the parallel development of English as a medium of instruction in educational institutions throughout the world and the role of English as the international language of scholarship and scholarly publishing as well as the development of ‘computer-mediated’ Englishes including ‘cyberprose’. The Handbook also includes a substantial introduction and conclusion from the editor. The Routledge Handbook of World Englishes is the ideal resource for postgraduate students of applied linguistics as well as those in related degrees such as applied English language and TESOL/TEFL. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415622646

The Routledge Handbook of World Englishes The Routledge Handbook of World Englishes constitutes a comprehensive introduction to the study of World Englishes. Split into six sections with 40 contributions this Handbook discusses how English is operating in a wide range of fields from business to popular culture and from education to new literatures in English and its increasing role as an international lingua franca. Bringing together more than 40 of the world’s leading scholars in World Englishes the sections cover historical perspectives regional varieties of English from across the world recent and emerging trends and the pedagogical implications and the future of Englishes. The Handbook provides a thorough and updated overview of the field taking into account the new directions in which the discipline is heading. This second edition includes up-to-date descriptions of a wide range of varieties of English and how these reflect the cultures of their new users including new chapters on varieties in Bangladesh Uganda the Maldives and South Africa as well as covering hot topics such as translanguaging and English after Brexit. With a new substantial introduction from the editor the Handbook is an ideal resource for students of applied linguistics as well as those in related degrees such as applied English language and TESOL/TEFL. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367144395

The Routledge Handbook of Youth Physical Activity Over the past three decades the study of pediatric physical inactivity has become a public health concern. The decreases in physical activity have been associated with obesity and numerous hypokinetic diseases. In accordance with this public health concern the study of pediatric physical activity has become a central part of research in the health and exercise science fields. The Routledge Handbook of Youth Physical Activity is the first book to survey the full depth and breadth of the issues facing this field. Bringing together many of the world’s experts and practitioners the book helps to develop an understanding of the underlying issues related to pediatric physical activity as well as the role physical activity plays on cognitive psychomotor and social aspects of childhood. The book addresses issues with physical activity measurement and discuss wide-ranging aspects of physical activity interventions. With more emphasis than ever on physical activity this book makes an important contribution to the scholars and practitioners working in the field of youth physical activity. This is the first single text on the state of current knowledge related to pediatric physical activity which offers a comprehensive guide to students and academics on these subjects The Routledge Handbook of Youth Physical Activity is key reading for all advanced students researchers practitioners and policy-makers with an interest in physical activity youth sport public health matters sport studies or physical education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138331549

The Routledge Handbook on Biochemistry of Exercise From its early beginnings in the 1960s the academic field of biochemistry of exercise has expanded beyond examining and describing metabolic responses to exercise and adaptations to training to include a wide understanding of molecular biology cell signalling interorgan communication stem cell physiology and a host of other cellular and biochemical mechanisms regulating acute responses and chronic adaptations related to exercise performance human health/disease nutrition and cellular functioning. The Routledge Handbook on Biochemistry of Exercise is the first book to pull together the full depth and breadth of this subject and to update a rapidly expanding field of study with current issues and controversies and a look forward to future research directions. Bringing together many experts and leading scientists the book emphasizes the current understanding of the underlying metabolic cellular genetic and cell signalling mechanisms associated with physical activity exercise training and athletic performance as they relate to interact with and regulate cellular and muscular adaptations and consequent effects on human health/disease nutrition and weight control and human performance. With more emphasis than ever on the need to be physically active and the role that being active plays in our overall health from a whole-body level down to the cell this book makes an important contribution for scholars medical practitioners nutritionists and coaches/trainers working in research and with a wide range of clients. This text is important reading for all students scholars and others with an interest in health nutrition and exercise/training in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367223830

The Routledge Handbook on Cities of the Global South The renaissance in urban theory draws directly from a fresh focus on the neglected realities of cities beyond the west and embraces the global south as the epicentre of urbanism. This Handbook engages the complex ways in which cities of the global south and the global north are rapidly shifting the imperative for multiple genealogies of knowledge production as well as a diversity of empirical entry points to understand contemporary urban dynamics. The Handbook works towards a geographical realignment in urban studies bringing into conversation a wide array of cities across the global south – the ‘ordinary’ ‘mega’ ‘global’ and ‘peripheral’. With interdisciplinary contributions from a range of leading international experts it profiles an emergent and geographically diverse body of work. The contributions draw on conflicting and divergent debates to open up discussion on the meaning of the city in or of the global south; arguments that are fluid and increasingly contested geographically and conceptually. It reflects on critical urbanism the macro- and micro-scale forces that shape cities including ideological demographic and technological shifts and rapidly changing global and regional economic dynamics. Working with southern reference points the chapters present themes in urban politics identity and environment in ways that (re)frame our thinking about cities. The Handbook engages the twenty-first-century city through a ‘southern urban’ lens to stimulate scholarly professional and activist engagements with the city. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415789509

The Routledge Handbook on Crime and International Migration The Routledge Handbook on Crime and International Migration is concerned with the various relationships between migration crime and victimization that have informed a wide criminological scholarship often driven by some of the original lines of inquiry of the Chicago School. Historically migration and crime came to be the device by which Criminology and cognate fields sought to tackle issues of race and ethnicity often in highly problematic ways. However in the contemporary period this body of scholarship is inspiring scholars to produce significant evidence that speaks to some of the biggest public policy questions and debunks many dominant mythologies around the criminality of migrants. The Routledge Handbook on Crime and International Migration is also concerned with the theoretical empirical and policy knots found in the relationship between regular and irregular migration offending and victimization the processes and impact of criminalization and the changing role of criminal justice systems in the regulation and enforcement of international mobility and borders. The Handbook is focused on the migratory ‘fault lines’ between the Global North and Global South which have produced new or accelerated sites of state control constructed irregular migration as a crime and security problem and mobilized ideological and coercive powers usually reserved for criminal or military threats. Offering a strong international focus and comprehensive coverage of a wide range of border criminal justice and migration-related issues this book is an important contribution to criminology and migration studies and will be essential reading for academics students and practitioners interested in this field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138303522

The Routledge Handbook on Financial Social WorkDirect Practice with Vulnerable Populations The Routledge Handbook on Financial Social Work explicates the financial needs issues and interventions within populations and theoretical approaches and it assists clinician practitioners in intervening expertly and comprehensively. This book covers a range of issues in populations seeking services around complex financial needs and struggles including those in the child welfare system; those with housing issues or facing homelessness; those coping with chronic and acute medical and psychiatric illnesses; those recovering from interpersonal violence; those facing recovery from incarceration; children and families involved in the child welfare system; and much more. In addition policies will be woven in to inform the work. This book thoroughly explores research and evidence-based interventions around each population and teaches clinicians to understand and treat financial distress holistically and empathically. This handbook will explain why understanding financial capability in these populations is so critical and how clinicians can step up their practices to meet those needs. Professionals from multiple disciplines ranging from financial therapists to social workers to financial coaches to financial planners will find this handbook eminently useful.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815348993

The Routledge Handbook on Historic Urban Landscapes in the Asia-Pacific The Routledge Handbook on Historic Urban Landscapes in the Asia-Pacific sheds light onto the balancing act of urban heritage management focusing specifically on the Asia-Pacific regions in which this challenge is imminent and in need of effective solutions. Urban heritage while being threatened amid myriad forces of global and ecological change provides a vital social cultural and economic asset for regeneration and sustenance of liveability of inhabited urban areas worldwide. This six-part volume takes a critical look at the concept of Historic Urban Landscapes the approach that UNESCO promotes to achieve holistic management of urban heritage through the lens of issues prospects and experiences of urban regeneration of the selected geo-cultural context. It further discusses the difficult task that heritage managers encounter in conceptualizing mapping curating and sustaining the plurality poetics and politics of urban heritage of the regions in question. The connective thesis that weaves the chapters in this volume together reinforces for readers that the management of urban heritage considers cities as dynamic entities palimpsests of historical memories collages of social diversity territories of contested identities and sites for sustainable liveability. Throughout this edited collection chapters argue for recognizing the totality of the eco-cultural urban fabric embracing change building social cohesion and initiating strategic socio-economic progress in the conservation of Historic Urban Landscapes. Containing thirty-seven contributions written by leading regional experts and illustrated with over 200 black and white images and tables this volume provides a much-needed resource on Historic Urban Landscapes for students scholars and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138598256

The Routledge Handbook on Informal Urbanization The Routledge Handbook on Informal Urbanization investigates the mutual relationship between the struggle for political inclusion and processes of informal urbanization in different socio-political and cultural settings.It seeks a middle ground between two opposing perspectives on the political meaning of urban informality. The first the ‘emancipatory perspective’ frames urban informality as a practice that fosters autonomy entrepreneurship and social mobility. The other perspective more critical sees informality predominantly as a result of political exclusion inequality and poverty. Do we see urban informality as a fertile breeding ground for bottom-up democracy and more political participation? Or is urban informality indeed merely the result of a democratic deficit caused by governing autocratic elites and ineffective bureaucracies?This book displays a wide variety of political practices and narratives around these positions based on narratives conceived upon specific case cities. It investigates how processes of urbanization are politicized in countries in the Global South and in transition economies.The handbook explores 24 cities in the Global South as well as examples from Eastern Europe and East Asia with contributions written by a global group of scholars familiar with the cases (often local scholars working in the cities analyzed) who offer unique insight on how informal urbanization can be interpreted in different contexts. These contributions engage the extreme urban environments under scrutiny which are likely to be the new laboratories of 21st-century democracy. It is vital reading for scholars practitioners and activists engaged in informal urbanization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367659615

The Routledge Handbook on Spaces of Urban Politics The Routledge Handbook on Spaces of Urban Politics provides a comprehensive statement and reference point for urban politics. The scope of this handbook’s coverage and contributions engages with and reflects upon the most important innovative and recent critical developments to the interdisciplinary field of urban politics drawing upon a range of examples from within and across the Global North and Global South.This handbook is organized into nine interrelated sections with an introductory chapter setting out the rationale aims and structure of the Handbook and short introductory commentaries at the beginning of each part. It questions the eliding of ‘urban politics’ into the ‘politics of the city’ reconsidering the usefulness of the distinction between ‘old’ and ‘new’ urban politics considering issues of ‘class’ ‘gender’ ‘race’ and the ways in which they intersect appear and reappear in matters of urban politics how best to theorize the roles of capital the state and other actors such as social movements in the production of the city and finally issues of doing urban political research. The various chapters explore the issues of urban politics of economic development environment and nature in the city governance and planning the politics of labour as well as living spaces. The concluding sections of the Handbook examine the politics over alternative visions of cities of the future and provide concluding discussions and reflections particularly on the futures for urban politics in an increasingly ‘global’ and multidisciplinary context.With over forty-five contributions from leading international scholars in the field this handbook provides critical reviews and appraisals of current conceptual and theoretical approaches and future developments in urban politics. It is a key reference to all researchers and policy-makers with an interest in urban politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734848

The Routledge Handbook on the European Neighbourhood Policy The Routledge Handbook on the European Neighbourhood Policy provides a comprehensive overview of the EU’s most important foreign policy instrument provided by leading experts in the field. Coherently structured and adopting a multidisciplinary approach this handbook covers the most important themes developments and dynamics in the EU’s neighbourhood policy framework through a series of cutting-edge contributions. With chapters from a substantial number of scholars who have been influential in shaping the study of the ENP this handbook serves to encourage debates which will hopefully produce more conceptual as well as neighbourhood-specific perspectives leading to enriching future studies on the EU’s policies towards its neighbourhood. It will be a key reference point both for advanced-level students scholars and professionals developing knowledge in the fields of EU/European Studies European Foreign Policy Analysis Area studies EU law and more broadly in political economy political science comparative politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367500153

The Routledge Handbook on the International Dimension of Brexit This handbook provides comprehensive and expert analysis of the impact of the Brexit process and the withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union on existing and future EU–UK relations within the context of both EU and international law. Examining the wider international law implications it additionally assesses the complex legal consequences of Brexit for both the EU and the UK in their dealings with third states and other international organizations. With contributions from renowned specialists in the field of EU external action each chapter will analyse specific policy areas to address key challenges arising from the Brexit process for the EU and the UK and propose solutions to overcome these problems. The handbook aims to fill a gap in research by assessing the consequences of Brexit under EU external relations law and international law. As such it is hoped it will set the research agenda for coming years on the international dimension of Brexit. The Routledge Handbook on the International Dimension of Brexit is an authoritative and essential reference text for scholars and students of international and European/EU law and policy EU politics and British Politics and Brexit as well as of key relevance to legal practitioners involved in Brexit governments policy-makers civil society organizations think tanks practitioners national parliaments and the Court of Justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367434069

The Routledge Handbook on the Reception of Classical Architecture This is the first comprehensive study of the reception of classical architecture in different regions of the world. Exploring the impact of colonialism trade slavery religious missions political ideology and intellectual/artistic exchange the authors demonstrate how classical principles and ideas were disseminated and received across the globe. By addressing a number of contentious or unresolved issues highlighted in some historical surveys of architecture the chapters presented in this volume question long-held assumptions about the notion of a universally accepted ‘classical tradition’ and its broadly Euro-centric perspective. Featuring thirty-two chapters written by international scholars from China Europe Turkey North America Mexico Australia and New Zealand the book is divided into four sections: 1) Transmission and re-conceptualisation of classical architecture; 2) Classical influence through colonialism political ideology and religious conversion; 3) Historiographical surveys of geographical regions; and 4) Visual and textual discourses. This fourfold arrangement of chapters provides a coherent structure to accommodate different perspectives of classical reception across the world and their geographical ethnographic ideological symbolic social and cultural contexts. Essays cover a wide geography and include studies in Italy France England Scotland the Nordic countries Greece Austria Portugal Romania Germany Poland India Singapore China the USA Mexico Brazil New Zealand and Australia. Other essays in the volume focus on thematic issues or topics pertaining to classical architecture such as ornament spolia humanism nature moderation decorum heresy and taste. An essential reference guide The Routledge Handbook on the Reception of Classical Architecture makes a major contribution to the study of architectural history in a new global context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138047112

The Routledge Handbook to Accountability and Welfare State Reforms in Europe There is growing concern that welfare states are inefficient unsustainable and lack popular support. New Public Management reforms affected the balance between managerial and political accountability and disrupted administrative legal professional and social accountability causing confusion as to whom public organizations are really accountable. The Routledge Handbook to Accountability and Welfare State Reforms in Europe assesses multi-dimensional accountability relations in depth addressing the dynamic between accountability and reforms. Analyzing how welfare state reforms oriented towards agencification managerialism and marketization affected existing relationships in services traditionally provided by public institutions the theoretically informed empirical chapters provide specific examples of their effect on accountability. Expert contributors explore the relationship between accountability and performance and the impact of reforms on political administrative managerial legal professional and social accountability. The role of specific actors such as the media and citizens on the accountability process addressing issues of blame avoidance reputation and autonomous agencies is discussed. Comparative chapters across time countries administrative levels and policy areas are included along with discussions linking accountability with concepts like legitimacy democracy coordination and performance. This handbook will be an essential reference tool to those studying European politics and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367462031

The Routledge Handbook to Global Political EconomyConversations and Inquiries The Routledge Handbook to Global Political Economy provides a comprehensive guide to how Global Political Economy (GPE) is conceptualized and researched around the world. Including contributions that range from traditional International Political Economy (IPE) to GPE approaches the Handbook gathers the investigations varying perspectives and innovative research of more than sixty scholars from all over the world. Providing undergraduates postgraduates teachers and researchers with a complete set of traditional contending and regional perspectives the book explores current issues conceptual tools key research debates and different methodological approaches taken. Structured in five parts methodologically correlated the book presents GPE as a field of global regional and national research: • historical waves and diverse ontological axes; • major theoretical perspectives; • beyond traditional perspectives; • regional inquiries; • research arenas. Carefully selected contributions from both established and upcoming scholars ensure that this is an eclectic pluralist and multidisciplinary work and an essential resource for all those with an interest in this complex and rapidly evolving field of study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138479883

The Routledge Handbook to Music under German Occupation 1938-1945Propaganda Myth and Reality Following their entry into Austria and the Sudetenland in the late 1930s the Germans attempted to impose a policy of cultural imperialism on the countries they went on to occupy during World War II. Almost all music institutions in the occupied lands came under direct German control or were subject to severe scrutiny and censorship the prime objective being to change the musical fabric of these nations and force them to submit to the strictures of Nazi ideology. This pioneering collection of essays is the first in the English language to look in more detail at the musical consequences of German occupation during a dark period in European history. It embraces a wide range of issues presenting case studies involving musical activity in a number of occupied European cities as well as in countries that were part of the Axis or had established close diplomatic relations with Germany. The wartime careers and creative outputs of individual musicians who were faced with the dilemma of either complying with or resisting the impositions of the occupiers are explored. In addition there is some reflection on the post-war implications of German occupation for the musical environment in Europe. Music under German Occupation is written for all music-lovers students professionals and academics who have particular interests in 20th-century music and/or the vicissitudes of European cultural life during World War II. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138713888

The Routledge Handbook to Nineteenth-Century British Periodicals and Newspapers The 2017 winner of the Robert and Vineta Colby Scholarly Book Prize Providing a comprehensive interdisciplinary examination of scholarship on nineteenth-century British periodicals this volume surveys the current state of research and offers researchers an in-depth examination of contemporary methodologies. The impact of digital media and archives on the field informs all discussions of the print archive. Contributors illustrate their arguments with examples and contextualize their topics within broader areas of study while also reflecting on how the study of periodicals may evolve in the future. The Handbook will serve as a valuable resource for scholars and students of nineteenth-century culture who are interested in issues of cultural formation transformation and transmission in a developing industrial and globalizing age as well as those whose research focuses on the bibliographical and the micro case study. In addition to rendering a comprehensive review and critique of current research on nineteenth-century British periodicals the Handbook suggests new avenues for research in the twenty-first century. "This volume's 30 chapters deal with practically every aspect of periodical research and with the specific topics and audiences the 19th-century periodical press addressed. It also covers matters such as digitization that did not exist or were in early development a generation ago. In addition to the essays readers will find 50 illustrations 54 pages of bibliography and a chronology of the periodical press. This book gives seemingly endless insights into the ways periodicals and newspapers influenced and reflected 19th-century culture. It not only makes readers aware of problems involved in interpreting the history of the press but also offers suggestions for ways of untangling them and points the direction for future research. It will be a valuable resource for readers with interests in almost any aspect of 19th-century Britain. Summing Up: Highly recommended" - J. D. Vann University of North Texas in CHOICE Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879860

The Routledge Handbook to Referendums and Direct Democracy Over the last 30 years referendums have played an increasingly important role in determining government policy. Recent high profile referendums in Scotland Catalonia and Ukraine have continued the movement towards independence referendums following decolonization and the end of the Cold War. The Greek bailout referendum and Britain’s vote on membership of the EU reflect a tradition of European states giving their people a direct say in the transfer of sovereign powers to the European Union seen through the ratification of key treaties such as Maastricht Amsterdam Nice and Lisbon. This Routledge Handbook covers key aspects and issues of direct democracy and referendums throughout the world including: •their history; •when why where how and on which issues referendums are held; •why some referendums are more democratic than others; •how referendums are won; •whether they produce good policies; •if referendums increase participation and improve the quality of representative democracies; •do referendums increase trust in democracy and the political actors; •the impact of new technology on the possibilities methods and frequency of direct public political participation; •how they should be regulated. Covering other related areas such as recall citizen juries and random selection this compendium is an indispensable guide to referendums and the workings of modern democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367462017

The Routledge Handbook to Regional Development in Central and Eastern Europe Twenty-five years into transformation Central and Eastern European regions have undergone substantial socio-economic restructuring integrating into European and global networks and producing new patterns of regional differentiation and development. Yet post-socialist modernisation has not been without its contradictions manifesting in increasing social and territorial inequalities. Recent studies also suggest there are apparent limits to post-socialist growth models accompanying a new set of challenges within an increasingly uncertain world.Aiming to deliver a new synthesis of regional development issues at the crossroads between ‘post-socialism’ and ‘post-transition’ this book identifies the main driving forces of spatial restructuring in Central and Eastern Europe and charts the different regional development paths which take shape against the backdrop of post-crisis Europe. A comparative approach is used to highlight common development challenges and the underlying patterns of socio-economic differentiation alike. The issues investigated within the Handbook extend to a discussion of the varied economic consequences of transition the social structures and institutional systems which underpin development processes and the broadly understood sustainability of Central and Eastern Europe’s current development model.This book will be of interest to academics and policymakers working in the fields of regional studies economic geography development studies and policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660048

The Routledge Handbook to Religion and Political Parties As religion and politics become ever more intertwined relationships between religion and political parties are of increasing global political significance. This handbook responds to that development providing important results of current research involving religion and politics focusing on: democratisation democracy party platform formation party moderation and secularisation social constituency representation and interest articulation. Covering core issues new debates and country case studies the handbook provides a comprehensive overview of fundamentals and new directions in the subject. Adopting a comparative approach it examines the relationships between religion and political parties in a variety of contexts regions and countries with a focus on Christianity Islam Buddhism Judaism and Hinduism. Contributions cover such topics as: religion secularisation and modernisation; religious fundamentalism and terrorism; the role of religion in conflict resolution and peacebuilding; religion and its connection to state democratisation and democracy; and regional case studies covering Asia the Americas Europe Sub-Saharan Africa the Middle East and North Africa. This comprehensive handbook provides crucial information for students researchers and professionals researching the topics of politics religion comparative politics secularism religious movements political parties and interest groups and religion and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138500464

The Routledge Handbook to Rethinking Ethics in International Relations Discussing cutting-edge debates in the field of international ethics this key volume builds on existing work in the normative study of international relations. It responds to a substantial appetite for scholarship that challenges established approaches and examines new perspectives on international ethics and that appraises the ethical implications of problems occupying students and scholars of international relations in the twenty-first century. The contributions written by a team of international scholars provide authoritative surveys and interventions into the field of international ethics. Focusing on new and emerging ethical challenges to international relations and approaching existing challenges through the lens of new theoretical and methodological frameworks the book is structured around five themes: • New directions in international ethics • Ethical actors and practices in international relations • The ethics of climate change globalization and health • Technology and ethics in international relations • The ethics of global security Interdisciplinary in its scope this book will be an important resource for scholars and students in the fields of politics and international relations philosophy law and sociology and a useful reference for anyone who wishes to acquire ‘ethical competence’ in the area of international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472479693

The Routledge Handbook to the Culture and Media of the Americas Exploring the culture and media of the Americas this handbook places particular emphasis on collective and intertwined experiences and focuses on the transnational or hemispheric dimensions of cultural flows and geocultural imaginaries that shape the literature arts media and other cultural expressions in the Americas. The Routledge Handbook to the Culture and Media of the Americas charts the pervasive asymmetrical flows of cultural products and capital and their importance in the development of the Americas. The volume offers a comprehensive understanding of how inter-American communication is constituted framed and structured and covers the artistic and political dimensions that have shaped literature art and popular culture in the region. Forty-six chapters cover a range of inter-American key concepts and dynamics divided into two parts: Literature and Music deals with inter-American entanglements of artistic expressions in the Western Hemisphere including music dance literary genres and developments. Media and Visual Cultures explores the inter-American dimension of media production in the hemisphere including cinema and television photography and art journalism radio digital culture and issues such as freedom of expression and intellectual property. This multidisciplinary approach will be of interest to a broad array of academic scholars and students in history sociology political science; and cultural postcolonial gender literary globalization and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138479821

The Routledge Handbook to the Ghost Story The Handbook to the Ghost Story sets out to survey and significantly extend a new field of criticism which has been taking shape over recent years centring on the ghost story and bringing together a vast range of interpretive methods and theoretical perspectives. The main task of the volume is to properly situate the genre within historical and contemporary literary cultures across the globe and to explore its significance within wider literary contexts as well as those of the supernatural. The Handbook offers the most significant contribution to this new critical field to date assembling some of its leading scholars to examine the key contexts and issues required for understanding the emergence and development of the ghost story. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138184763

The Routledge Handbook to the History and Society of the Americas The colonial heritage and its renewed aftermaths – expressed in the inter-American experiences of slavery indigeneity dependence and freedom movements to mention only a few aspects – form a common ground of experience in the Western Hemisphere. The flow of peoples goods knowledge and finances have promoted interdependence and integration that cut across borders and link the countries of North and South America together. The nature of this transversally related and multiply interconnected region can only be captured through a transnational multidisciplinary and comprehensive approach. The Routledge Handbook to the History and Society of the Americas explores the history and society of the Americas placing particular emphasis on collective and intertwined experiences. Forty-four chapters cover a range of concepts and dynamics in the Americas from the colonial period until the present century: The shared histories and dynamics of Inter-American relationships are considered through pre-Hispanic empires colonization European hegemony migration multiculturalism and political and economic interdependences. Key concepts are selected and explored from different geopolitical disciplinary and epistemological perspectives. Highlighting the contested character of key concepts that are usually defined in strict disciplinary terms the Handbook provides the basis for a better and deeper understanding of inter-American entanglements. This multidisciplinary approach will be of interest to a broad array of academic scholars and students in history sociology political science cultural postcolonial gender literary and globalization studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815352631

The Routledge Handbook to the Middle East and North African State and States System Conflict and instability are built into the very fabric of the Middle East and North African (MENA) state and states system; yet both states and states system have displayed remarkable resilience. How can we explain this? This handbook explores the main debates theoretical approaches and accumulated empirical research by prominent scholars in the field providing an essential context for scholars pursuing research on the MENA state and states system. Contributions are grouped into four key themes: • Historical contexts state-building and politics in MENA • State actors societal context and popular activism • Trans-state politics: the political economy and identity contexts • The international politics of MENA The 26 chapters examine the evolution of the state and states system before and after independence and take the 2011 Arab uprisings as a pivotal moment that intensified trends already embedded in the system exposing the deep features of state and system—specifically their built-in vulnerability and their ability to survive. This handbook provides comprehensive coverage of the history and role of the state in the MENA region. It offers a key resource for all researchers and students interested in international relations and the Middle East and North Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367358877

The Routledge Handbook to the Political Economy and Governance of the Americas This handbook explores the political economy and governance of the Americas placing particular emphasis on collective and intertwined experiences. Forty-six chapters cover a range of Inter-American key concepts and dynamics. The flow of peoples goods resources knowledge and finances have on the one hand promoted interdependence and integration that cut across borders and link the countries of North and South America (including the Caribbean) together. On the other hand they have contributed to profound asymmetries between different places. The nature of this transversally related and multiply interconnected hemispheric region can only be captured through a transnational multidisciplinary and comprehensive approach. This handbook examines the direct and indirect political interventions geopolitical imaginaries inequalities interlinked economic developments and the forms of appropriation of the vast natural resources in the Americas. Expert contributors give a comprehensive overview of the theories practices and geographies that have shaped the economic dynamics of the region and their impact on both the political and natural landscape. This multidisciplinary approach will be of interest to a broad array of academic scholars and students in history sociology geography economics and political science as well as cultural postcolonial environmental and globalization studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815352686

The Routledge Hispanic Studies Companion to Colonial Latin America and the Caribbean (1492-1898) The Routledge Hispanic Studies Companion to Colonial Latin America and the Caribbean (1492-1898) brings together an international team of scholars to explore new interdisciplinary and comparative approaches for the study of colonialism. Using four overarching themes the volume examines a wide array of critical issues key texts and figures that demonstrate the significance of Colonial Latin America and the Caribbean across national and regional traditions and historical periods. This invaluable resource will be of interest to students and scholars of Spanish and Latin American studies examining colonial Caribbean and Latin America at the intersection of cultural and historical studies; transatlantic postcolonial and decolonial studies; and critical approaches to archives and materiality. This timely volume assesses the impact and legacy of colonialism and coloniality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138092952

The Routledge Hispanic Studies Companion to Nineteenth-Century Spain The Routledge Hispanic Studies Companion to Nineteenth-Century Spain brings together an international team of expert contributors in this critical and innovative volume that redefines nineteenth-century Spain in a multi-national multi-lingual and transnational way. This interdisciplinary volume examines questions moving beyond the traditional concept of Spain as a singular homogenous entity to a new understanding of Spain as an unstable set of multipolar and multilinguistic relations that can be inscribed in different translational ways. This invaluable resource will be of interest to advanced students and scholars in Hispanic Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815358244

The Routledge Historical Atlas of JerusalemFourth edition This unique Atlas traces the history of Jerusalem from biblical times to the present day. Each map is illustrated by a facing page of prints or photographs to give a complete pictorial and cartographic overview of this fascinating city of the Middle East. Coverage begins in ancient times showing the impact of the Jews Christians Muslims Romans and Crusaders on the development of this holy city. Special emphasis is placed on the last 150 years during which Jerusalem grew from a remote and impoverished town of the Ottoman Empire to a flourishing capital city. Up-to-date maps and figures show the recent expansion of suburbs and settlements the Wall and new urban and political developments. An extensive bibliography provides a rich source of information on further reading. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203074466

The Routledge Historical Atlas of Presidential Elections Now in its second edition The Routledge Historical Atlas of Presidential Elections covers each race for the presidency with brisk lively narratives up to the election of 2016. Filled with more than 100 full-color maps and illustrations this updated volume is an indispensable resource for learning about the suspense-filled races to gain America’s highest office. Distinguished presidential historian Yanek Mieczkowski captures intriguing details about candidates issues and campaigns allowing readers to experience the drama of every contest. The colorful maps that put state-by-state results at readers’ fingertips show geographic voting trends during the country’s history. The presidency is America’s greatest political prize and this book describes how candidates have won it—including changes in electoral strategies and campaign practices over the years. This text offers a treasure trove of historical information such as: The early tradition of the "mute" candidate The period where just one effective political party existed nationwide One race that witnessed an astounding 80 percent voter turnout A popular-vote victory of 39.9 percent that triggered secession The emergence of the "front-porch" campaign A third-party candidate who got more votes than the incumbent president The impact of radio television and the Internet on the election process This book is essential reading for students of American history and the U.S. presidency. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367858742

The Routledge Historical Atlas of Religion in America First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315022703

The Routledge Historical Atlas of the American South This book illuminates singular aspects of Southern society and culture and provides justification for thinking about the South as a region unto itself. It also shows that the South in fact consists of many shifting social and cultural sub-regions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003061571

The Routledge Historical Atlas of Women in America First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203949610

The Routledge History Handbook of Central and Eastern Europe in the Twentieth CenturyVolume 1: Challenges of Modernity Challenges of Modernity offers a broad account of the social and economic history of Central and Eastern Europe in the twentieth century and asks critical questions about the structure and experience of modernity in different contexts and periods. This volume focuses on central questions such as: How did the various aspects of modernity manifest themselves in the region and what were their limits? How was the multifaceted transition from a mainly agrarian to an industrial and post-industrial society experienced and perceived by historical subjects? Did Central and Eastern Europe in fact approximate its dream of modernity in the twentieth century despite all the reversals detours and third-way visions? Structured chronologically and taking a comparative approach a range of international contributors combine a focus on the overarching problems of the region with a discussion of individual countries and societies offering the reader a comprehensive nuanced survey of the social and economic history of this complex region in the recent past. The first in a four-volume set on Central and Eastern Europe in the twentieth century it is the go-to resource for those interested in the ‘challenges of modernity‘ faced by this dynamic region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138301641

The Routledge History Handbook of Central and Eastern Europe in the Twentieth CenturyVolume 2: Statehood Statehood examines the extending lines of development of nation-state systems in Eastern Europe in particular considering why certain tendencies in state development found a different expression in this region compared to other parts of the continent. This volume discusses the differences between the social developments political decisions and historical experience that have influenced processes of state-building with a focus on the structural problems of the region and the different paths taken to overcome them. The book addresses processes of building social orders and examines the contribution of state institutions to social and cultural integration and disintegration. It analyzes institutional and personnel continuities that have outlasted the great political changes of the twentieth century and addresses the expansion of state activity in shaping property relations in agriculture and industry as well as in social security and family politics. Taking a comparative approach based on experiential history allowing individual experience to be detached from specific national references the volume delineates a transnational comparison of problems shared within the region as they have been passed down through history providing definition to the specificity of Eastern Europe and situating the historical experience of the region within a pan-European context. The second in a four-volume set on Central and Eastern Europe in the twentieth century it is the go-to resource for those interested in statehood and state-building in this complex region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138301665

The Routledge History Handbook of Central and Eastern Europe in the Twentieth CenturyVolume 3: Intellectual Horizons Intellectual Horizons offers a pioneering transnational and comparative treatment of key thematic areas in the intellectual and cultural history of Central and Eastern Europe in the twentieth century. For most of the twentieth century Central and Eastern European ideas and cultures constituted an integral part of wider European trends. However the intellectual and cultural history of this diverse region has rarely been incorporated sufficiently into nominally comprehensive histories of Europe. This volume redresses this underrepresentation and provides a more balanced perspective on the recent past of the continent through original critical overviews of themes ranging from the social and conceptual history of intellectuals and histories of political thought and historiography to literary visual and religious cultures to perceptions and representations of the region in the twentieth century. While structured thematically individual contributions are organized chronologically. They emphasize where relevant generational experiences agendas and accomplishments while taking into account the sharp ruptures that characterize the period. The third in a four-volume set on Central and Eastern Europe in the twentieth century it is the go-to resource for understanding the intellectual and cultural history of this dynamic region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138301658

The Routledge History Handbook of Gender and the Urban Experience Challenging current perspectives of urbanisation The Routledge History Handbook of Gender and the Urban Experience explores how our towns and cities have shaped and been shaped by cultural spatial and gendered influences. This volume discusses gender in an urban context in European North American and colonial towns from the fourteenth to the twentieth century casting new light on the development of medieval and modern settlements across the globe.Organised into six thematic parts covering economy space civic identity material culture emotions and the colonial world this book comprises 36 chapters by key scholars in the field. It covers a wide range of topics from women and citizenship in medieval York to gender and tradition in nineteenth- and twentieth-century South African cities reframing our understanding of the role of gender in constructing the spaces and places that form our urban environment.Interdisciplinary and transnational in scope this volume analyses the individual dynamics of each case study while also examining the complex relationships and exchanges between urban cultures. It is a valuable resource for all researchers and students interested in gender urban history and their intersection and interaction throughout the past five centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581367

The Routledge History Handbook of Medieval Revolt The Routledge History Handbook of Medieval Revolt charts the history of medieval rebellion from Spain to Bohemia and from Italy to England and includes chapters spanning the centuries between Imperial Rome and the Reformation. Drawing together an international group of leading scholars chapters consider how uprisings worked why they happened whom they implicated what they meant to contemporaries and how we might understand them now. This collection builds upon new approaches to political history and communication and provides new insights into revolt as integral to medieval political life. Drawing upon research from the social sciences and literary theory the essays use revolts and their sources to explore questions of meaning and communication identity and mobilization the use of violence and the construction of power. The authors emphasize historical actors’ agency but argue that access to these actors and their actions is mediated and often obscured by the texts that report them. Supported by an introduction and conclusion which survey the previous historiography of medieval revolt and envisage future directions in the field The Routledge History Handbook of Medieval Revolt will be an essential reference for students and scholars of medieval political history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367143763

The Routledge History of American Foodways The Routledge History of American Foodways provides an important overview of the main themes surrounding the history of food in the Americas from the pre-colonial era to the present day. By broadly incorporating the latest food studies research the book explores the major advances that have taken place in the past few decades in this crucial field. The volume is composed of four parts. The first part explores the significant developments in US food history in one of five time periods to situate the topical and thematic chapters to follow. The second part examines the key ingredients in the American diet throughout time allowing authors to analyze many of these foods as items that originated in or dramatically impacted the Americas as a whole and not just the United States. The third part focuses on how these ingredients have been transformed into foods identified with the American diet and on how Americans have produced and presented these foods over the last four centuries. The final section explores how food practices are a means of embodying ideas about identity showing how food choices preferences and stereotypes have been used to create and maintain ideas of difference. Including essays on all the key topics and issues The Routledge History of American Foodways comprises work from a leading group of scholars and presents a comprehensive survey of the current state of the field. It will be essential reading for all those interested in the history of food in American culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138482883

The Routledge History of American Sexuality The Routledge History of American Sexuality brings together contributions from leading scholars in history and related fields to provide a far-reaching but concrete history of sexuality in the United States. This interdisciplinary group of authors explores a wide variety of case studies and concepts to provide an innovative approach to the history of sexual practices and identities over several centuries. Each chapter interrogates a provocative word or concept to reflect on the complex ideas debates and differences of historical and cultural opinions surrounding it. Authors challenge readers to look beyond contemporary identity-based movements in order to excavate the deeper histories of how people have sought sexual pleasure power and freedom in the Americas. This book is an invaluable resource for students or scholars seeking to grasp current research on the history of sexuality and is a seminal text for undergraduate and graduate courses on American History Sexuality Studies Women’s Studies Gender Studies or LGBTQ Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138639355

The Routledge History of American Sport The Routledge History of American Sport provides the first comprehensive overview of historical research in American sport from the early Colonial period to the present day. Considering sport through innovative themes and topics such as the business of sport material culture and sport the political uses of sport and gender and sport this text offers an interdisciplinary analysis of American leisure. Rather than moving chronologically through American history or considering the historical origins of each sport these topics are dealt with organically within thematic chapters emphasizing the influence of sport on American society. The volume is divided into eight thematic sections that include detailed original essays on particular facets of each theme. Focusing on how sport has influenced the history of women minorities politics the media and culture these thematic chapters survey the major areas of debate and discussion. The volume offers a comprehensive view of the history of sport in America pushing the field to consider new themes and approaches as well. Including a roster of contributors renowned in their fields of expertise this ground-breaking collection is essential reading for all those interested in the history of American sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327573

The Routledge History of Childhood in the Western World The Routledge History of Childhood in the Western World provides an important overview of the main themes surrounding the history of childhood in the West from antiquity to the present day. By broadly incorporating the research in the field of Childhood Studies the book explores the major advances that have taken place in the past few decades in this crucial field. The volume is composed of three parts. The first part explores childhood from the Ancient World through to the Middle Ages and Early Modern Europe. The second part examines the fundamental aspects of childhood and the life of children in the West since 1600. The essays address issues such as family work law sexuality and consumption. The chapters think beyond national and continental boundaries so that readers are informed about general trends in the West while still alert to differences in gender class race and time. The final part focuses on aspects of children’s experiences in the modern world. This section explains how childhoods have developed in distinct contexts and among specific children by using the growing literature on modern childhoods in various locales and at particular historical moments. Including essays on all the key topics and issues The Routledge History of Childhood in the Western World will define how the history of children and childhood can best be understood in the longue durée and comparatively while still acknowledging the importance of and encouraging scholarship on specific groups periods places and life course divisions. This important collection from a leading international group of scholars presents a comprehensive survey of the current state of the field. It will be essential reading for all those interested in the history of childhood. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138820616

The Routledge History of Chinese Philosophy The History of Chinese Philosophy is a comprehensive and authoritative examination of the movements and thinkers that have shaped Chinese philosophy over the last three thousand years. An outstanding team of international contributors provide seventeen accessible entries organised into five clear parts: Identity of Chinese Philosophy Classical Chinese Philosophy (I): Pre-Han Period Classical Chinese Philosophy (II): From Han Through Tang Classical Chinese Philosophy (III): From Song Through Early Qing Modern Chinese Philosophy: From Late Qing Through 21st Century This outstanding collection is essential reading for students of Chinese philosophy and will be of interest to those seeking to explore the lasting significance this rich and complex philosophical tradition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010369

The Routledge History of Death since 1800 The Routledge History of Death Since 1800 looks at how death has been treated and dealt with in modern history – the history of the past 250 years – in a global context through a mix of definite often quantifiable changes and a complex qualitative assessment of the subject. The book is divided into three parts with the first considering major trends in death history and identifying widespread patterns of change and continuity in the material and cultural features of death since 1800. The second part turns to specifically regional experiences and the third offers more specialized chapters on key topics in the modern history of death. Historical findings and debates feed directly into a current and prospective assessment of death as many societies transition into patterns of ageing that will further alter the death experience and challenge modern reactions. Thus a final chapter probes this topic by way of introducing the links between historical experience and current trajectories ensuring that the book gives the reader a framework for assessing the ongoing process as well as an understanding of the past. Global in focus and linking death to a variety of major developments in modern global history the volume is ideal for all those interested in the multifaceted history of how death is dealt with in different societies over time and who want access to the rich and growing historiography on the subject. Chapter 1 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license at https://tandfbis.s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9780429028274_oachapter1.pdf. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367137168

The Routledge History of Disability The Routledge History of Disability explores the shifting attitudes towards and representations of disabled people from the age of antiquity to the twenty-first century. Taking an international view of the subject this wide-ranging collection shows that the history of disability cuts across racial ethnic religious cultural gender and class divides highlighting the commonalities and differences between the experiences of disabled persons in global historical context. The book is arranged in four parts covering histories of disabilities across various time periods and cultures histories of national disability policies programs and services histories of education and training and the ways in which disabled people have been seen and treated in the last few decades. Within this the twenty-eight chapters discuss topics such as developments in disability issues during the late Ottoman period the history of disability in Belgian Congo in the early twentieth century blind asylums in nineteenth-century Scotland and the systematic killing of disabled children in Nazi Germany.Illustrated with images and tables and providing an overview of how various countries cultures and societies have addressed disability over time this comprehensive volume offers a global perspective on this rapidly growing field and is a valuable resource for scholars of disability studies and histories of disabilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367659998

The Routledge History of Disease The Routledge History of Disease draws on innovative scholarship in the history of medicine to explore the challenges involved in writing about health and disease throughout the past and across the globe presenting a varied range of case studies and perspectives on the patterns technologies and narratives of disease that can be identified in the past and that continue to influence our present. Organized thematically chapters examine particular forms and conceptualizations of disease covering subjects from leprosy in medieval Europe and cancer screening practices in twentieth-century USA to the ayurvedic tradition in ancient India and the pioneering studies of mental illness that took place in nineteenth-century Paris as well as discussing the various sources and methods that can be used to understand the social and cultural contexts of disease.Chapter 24 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9781315543420.ch24  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367868819

The Routledge History of East Central Europe since 1700 Covering territory from Russia in the east to Germany and Austria in the west The Routledge History of East Central Europe since 1700 explores the origins and evolution of modernity in this turbulent region. This book applies fresh critical approaches to major historical controversies and debates expanding the study of a region that has experienced persistent and profound change and yet has long been dominated by narrowly nationalist interpretations. Written by an international team of contributors that reflects the increasing globalization and pluralism of East Central European studies chapters discuss key themes such as economic development the relationship between religion and ethnicity the intersection between culture and imperial national wartime and revolutionary political agendas migration women’s and gender history ideologies and political movements the legacy of communism and the ways in which various states in East Central Europe deployed and were formed by the politics of memory and commemoration. This book uses new methodologies in order to fundamentally reshape perspectives on the development of East Central Europe over the past three centuries. Transnational and comparative in approach this volume presents the latest research on the social cultural political and economic history of modern East Central Europe providing an analytical and comprehensive overview for all students of this region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581329

The Routledge History of Emotions in Europe1100-1700 The Routledge History of Emotions in Europe: 1100–1700 presents the state of the field of pre-modern emotions during this period placing particular emphasis on theoretical and methodological aspects of current research. This book serves as a reference to existing research practices in emotions history and advances studies in the field across a range of scholarly approaches. It brings together the work of recognized experts and new voices and represents a wide range of international and interdisciplinary perspectives from different schools of research practice including art history literature and culture philosophy linguistics archaeology and music. Throughout the book central and recurrent themes in emotional culture within medieval and early modern Europe are highlighted from different angles and each chapter pays specialist attention to illustrative examples showing theory and method in application. Exploring topics such as love war sex and sexuality death time the body and the family in the context of emotional culture The Routledge History of Emotions in Europe: 1100–1700 reflects the sharp rise in scholarship relating to the history of emotions in recent years and is an essential resource for students and researchers of the history of pre-modern emotions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138727625

The Routledge History of Food The history of food is one of the fastest growing areas of historical investigation incorporating methods and theories from cultural social and women’s history while forging a unique perspective on the past. The Routledge History of Food takes a global approach to this topic focusing on the period from 1500 to the present day. Arranged chronologically this title contains 17 originally commissioned chapters by experts in food history or related topics. Each chapter focuses on a particular theme idea or issue in the history of food. The case studies discussed in these essays illuminate the more general trends of the period providing the reader with insight into the large-scale and dramatic changes in food history through an understanding of how these developments sprang from a specific geographic and historical context.Examining the history of economic technological and cultural interactions between cultures and charting the corresponding developments in food history The Routledge History of Food challenges readers' assumptions about what and how people have eaten bringing fresh perspectives to well-known historical developments. It is the perfect guide for all students of social and cultural history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867201

The Routledge History of Gender War and the U.S. Military The Routledge History of Gender War and the U.S. Military is the first examination of the interdisciplinary intersecting fields of gender studies and the history of the United States military. In twenty-one original essays the contributors tackle themes including gendering the "other " gender and war disability gender and sexual violence gender and American foreign relations and veterans and soldiers in the public imagination and lay out a chronological examination of gender and America’s wars from the American Revolution to Iraq. This important collection is essential reading for all those interested in how the military has influenced America's views and experiences of gender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367234577

The Routledge History of Genocide The Routledge History of Genocide takes an interdisciplinary yet historically focused look at history from the Iron Age to the recent past to examine episodes of extreme violence that could be interpreted as genocidal. Approaching the subject in a sensitive inclusive and respectful way each chapter is a newly commissioned piece covering a range of opinions and perspectives. The topics discussed are broad in variety and include:genocide and the end of the Ottoman EmpireStalin and the Soviet UnionIron Age warfaregenocide and religionJapanese military brutality during the Second World Warheritage and how we remember the past.The volume is global in scope something of increasing importance in the study of genocide. Presenting genocide as an extremely diverse phenomenon this book is a wide-ranging and in-depth view of the field that will be valuable for all those interested in the historical context of genocide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867065

The Routledge History of Global War and Society The Routledge History of Global War and Society offers a sweeping introduction to the most significant research on the causes experiences and impacts of war throughout history. This collection of twenty-seven essays by leading historians demonstrates how war and society studies have dramatically expanded the chronological geographic and thematic breadth of the field of military history. Each chapter addresses the ways in which recent scholarship has integrated cultural ethical environmental medical and ideological factors to explain both conventional conflicts and genocide terrorism and other forms of mass violence. The broad scope of the collection makes it the perfect primer for scholars and students seeking to understand the complex interactions of warfare and those affecting and affected by conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735173

The Routledge History of Human Rights The Routledge History of Human Rights is an interdisciplinary collection that provides historical and global perspectives on a range of human rights themes of the past 150 years. The volume is made up of 34 original contributions. It opens with the emergence of a "new internationalism" in the mid-nineteenth century examines the interwar League of Nations and the United Nations eras of human rights and decolonization and ends with the serious challenges for rights norms laws institutions and multilateral cooperation in the national security world after 9/11. These essays provide a big picture of the strategic political and changing nature of human rights work in the past and into the present day and reveal the contingent nature of historical developments. Highlighting local national and non-Western voices and struggles the volume contributes to overcoming Eurocentric biases that burden human rights histories and studies of international law. It analyzes regions and organizations that are often overlooked. The volume thus offers readers a new and broader perspective on the subject. International in coverage and containing cutting-edge interpretations the volume provides an overview of major themes and suggestions for future research. This is the perfect book for those interested in social justice grass roots activism and international politics and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138784338

The Routledge History of Italian Americans The Routledge History of Italian Americans weaves a narrative of the trials and triumphs of one of the nation’s largest ethnic groups. This history comprising original essays by leading scholars and critics addresses themes that include the Columbian legacy immigration the labor movement discrimination anarchism Fascism World War II patriotism assimilation gender identity and popular culture. This landmark volume offers a clear and accessible overview of work in the growing academic field of Italian American Studies. Rich illustrations bring the story to life drawing out the aspects of Italian American history and culture that make this ethnic group essential to the American experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367230937

The Routledge History of Latin American Culture The Routledge History of Latin American Culture delves into the cultural history of Latin America from the end of the colonial period to the twentieth century focusing on the formation of national racial and ethnic identity the culture of resistance the effects of Eurocentrism and the process of cultural hybridity to show how the people of Latin America have participated in the making of their own history. The selections from an interdisciplinary group of scholars range widely across the geographic spectrum of the Latin American world and forms of cultural production. Exploring the means and meanings of cultural production the essays illustrate the myriad ways in which cultural output illuminates political and social themes in Latin American history. From religion to food from political resistance to artistic representation this handbook showcases the work of scholars from the forefront of Latin American cultural history creating an essential reference volume for any scholar of modern Latin America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367217839

The Routledge History of Literature in EnglishBritain and Ireland The Routledge History of Literature in English covers the main developments in the history of British and Irish literature with accompanying language notes which explore the interrelationships between language and literature at each stage. With a span from AD 600 to the present day it emphasises the growth of literary writing its traditions conventions and changing characteristics and includes literature from the margins both geographical and cultural. Extensive quotations from poetry prose and drama underpin the narrative. The third edition covers recent developments in literary and cultural theory and features: a new chapter on novels drama and poetry in the 21st century; examples of analysis of key texts drawn from across the history of British and Irish literature including material from Chaucer Shakespeare John Keats and Virginia Woolf; an extensive companion website including extra language notes and key text analysis; lists of Booker Costa and Nobel literature prize winners; and an A-Z of authors and topics. The Routledge History of Literature in English is an invaluable reference for any student of English literature and language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415839747

The Routledge History of Madness and Mental Health The Routledge History of Madness and Mental Health explores the history and historiography of madness from the ancient and medieval worlds to the present day. Global in scope it includes case studies from Africa Asia and South America as well as Europe and North America drawing together the latest scholarship and source material in this growing field and allowing for fresh comparisons to be made across time and space.Thematically organised and written by leading academics chapters discuss broad topics such as the representation of madness in literature and the visual arts the material culture of madness the perpetual difficulty of creating a classification system for madness and mental health madness within life histories the increased globalisation of knowledge and treatment practices and the persistence of spiritual and supernatural conceptualisations of experiences associated with madness. This volume also examines the challenges involved in analysing primary sources in this area and how key themes such as class gender and race have influenced the treatment and diagnosis of madness throughout history.Chronologically and geographically wide-ranging and providing a fascinating overview of the current state of the field this is essential reading for all students of the history of madness mental health psychiatry and medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869960

The Routledge History of Medieval Christianity1050-1500 The Routledge History of Medieval Christianity explores the role of Christianity in European society from the middle of the eleventh-century until the dawning of the Reformation. Arranged in four thematic sections and comprising 23 originally commissioned chapters plus introductory overviews to each part by the editor this book provides an authoritative survey of a vital element of medieval history. Comprehensive and cohesive the volume provides a holistic view of Christianity in medieval Europe examining not only the church itself but also its role in influence on and tensions with contemporary society. Chapters therefore range from examinations of structures theology and devotional practices within the church to topics such as gender violence and holy warfare the economy morality culture and many more besides demonstrating the pervasiveness and importance of the church and Christianity in the medieval world. Despite the transition into an increasingly post-Christian age the historic role of Christianity in the development of Europe remains essential to the understanding of European history – particularly in the medieval period. This collection will be essential reading for students and scholars of medieval studies across a broad range of disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867379

The Routledge History of Medieval Magic The Routledge History of Medieval Magic brings together the work of scholars from across Europe and North America to provide extensive insights into recent developments in the study of medieval magic between c.1100 and c.1500. This book covers a wide range of topics including the magical texts which circulated in medieval Europe the attitudes of intellectuals and churchmen to magic the ways in which magic intersected with other aspects of medieval culture and the early witch trials of the fifteenth century. In doing so it offers the reader a detailed look at the impact that magic had within medieval society such as its relationship to gender roles natural philosophy and courtly culture. This is furthered by the book’s interdisciplinary approach containing chapters dedicated to archaeology literature music and visual culture as well as texts and manuscripts. The Routledge History of Medieval Magic also outlines how research on this subject could develop in the future highlighting under-explored subjects unpublished sources and new approaches to the topic. It is the ideal book for both established scholars and students of medieval magic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472447302

The Routledge History of Monarchy The Routledge History of Monarchy draws together current research across the field of royal studies providing a rich understanding of the history of monarchy from a variety of geographical cultural and temporal contexts. Divided into four parts this book presents a wide range of case studies relating to different aspects of monarchy throughout a variety of times and places and uses these case studies to highlight different perspectives of monarchy and enhance understanding of rulership and sovereignty in terms of both concept and practice. Including case studies chosen by specialists in a diverse array of subjects such as history art literature and gender studies it offers an extensive global and interdisciplinary approach to the history of monarchy providing a thorough insight into the workings of monarchies within Europe and beyond and comparing different cultural concepts of monarchy within a variety of frameworks including social and religious contexts. Opening up the discussion of important questions surrounding fundamental issues of monarchy and rulership The Routledge History of Monarchy is the ideal book for students and academics of royal studies monarchy or political history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138703322

The Routledge History of Nineteenth-Century America The Routledge History of Nineteenth-Century America provides an important overview of the main themes within the study of the long nineteenth century. The book explores major currents of research over the past few decades to give an up-to-date synthesis of nineteenth-century history. It shows how the century defined much of our modern world focusing on themes including: immigration slavery and racism women's rights literature and culture and urbanization. This collection reflects the state of the field and will be essential reading for all those interested in the development of the modern United States. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870041

The Routledge History of Poverty c.1450–1800 The Routledge History of Poverty c.1450–1800 is a pioneering exploration of both the lives of the very poorest during the early modern period and of the vast edifices of compassion and coercion erected around them by individuals institutions and states. The essays chart critical new directions in poverty scholarship and connect poverty to the environment debt and downward social mobility material culture empires informal economies disability veterancy and more. The volume contributes to the understanding of societal transformations across the early modern period and places poverty and the poor at the centre of these transformations. It also argues for a wider definition of poverty in history which accounts for much more than economic and social circumstance and provides both analytically critical overviews and detailed case studies. By exploring poverty and the poor across early modern Europe this study is essential reading for students and researchers of early modern society economic history state formation and empire cultural representation and mobility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138555006

The Routledge History of Queer America The Routledge History of Queer America presents the first comprehensive synthesis of the rapidly developing field of lesbian gay bisexual transgender and queer US history. Featuring nearly thirty chapters on essential subjects and themes from colonial times through the present this collection covers topics including: Rural vs. urban queer histories Gender and sexual diversity in early American history Intersectionality exploring queerness in association with issues of race and class Queerness and American capitalism The rise of queer histories archives and collective memory Transnationalism and queer history Gathering authorities in the field to define the ways in which sexual and gender diversity have contributed to the dynamics of American society culture and nation The Routledge History of Queer America is the finest available overview of the rich history of queer experience in US history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367222796

The Routledge History of Rural America The Routledge History of Rural America charts the course of rural life in the United States raising questions about what makes a place rural and how rural places have shaped the history of the nation. Bringing together leading scholars to analyze a wide array of themes in rural history and culture this text is a state-of-the-art resource for students scholars and educators at all levels. This Routledge History provides a regional context for understanding change in rural communities across America and examines a number of areas where the history of rural people has deviated from the American mainstream. Readers will come away with an enhanced understanding of the interplay between urban and rural areas a knowledge of the regional differences within the rural United States and an awareness of the importance of agriculture and rural life to American society. The book is divided into four main sections: regions of rural America rural lives in context change and development and resources for scholars and teachers. Examining the essays on the regions of rural America readers can discover what makes New England different from the South and why the Midwest and Mountain West are quite different places. The chapters on rural lives provide an entrée into the social and cultural history of rural peoples – women children and men – as well as a description of some of the forces shaping rural communities such as immigration race and religious difference. Chapters on change and development examine the forces molding the countryside such as rural-urban tensions technological change and increasing globalization. The final section will help scholars and educators integrate rural history into their research writing and classrooms. By breaking the field of rural history into so many pieces this volume adds depth and complexity to the history of the United States shedding light on an understudied aspect of the American mythology and beliefs about the American dream. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138482890

The Routledge History of Sex and the Body1500 to the Present The Routledge History of Sex and the Body provides an overview of the main themes surrounding the history of sexuality from 1500 to the present day. The history of sex and the body is an expanding field in which vibrant debate on for instance the history of homosexuality is developing. This book examines the current scholarship and looks towards future directions across the field. The volume is divided into fourteen thematic chapters which are split into two chronological sections 1500 – 1750 and 1750 to present day. Focusing on the history of sexuality and the body in the West but also interactions with a broader globe these thematic chapters survey the major areas of debate and discussion. Covering themes such as science identity the gaze courtship reproduction sexual violence and the importance of race the volume offers a comprehensive view of the history of sex and the body. The book concludes with an afterword in which the reader is invited to consider some of the ‘tensions problems and areas deserving further scrutiny’. Including contributors renowned in their field of expertise this ground-breaking collection is essential reading for all those interested in the history of sexuality and the body. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138677050

The Routledge History of Slavery The Routledge History of Slavery is a landmark publication that provides an overview of the main themes surrounding the history of slavery from ancient Greece to the present day. Taking stock of the field of Slave Studies the book explores the major advances that have taken place in the past few decades of study in this crucial field. Offering an unusual transnational history of slavery the chapters have all been specially commissioned for the collection. The volume begins by delineating the global nature of the institution of slavery examining slavery in different parts of the world and over time. Topics covered here include slavery in Africa and the Indian Ocean World as well as the Transatlantic Slave Trade. In Part Two the chapters explore different themes that define slavery such as slave culture the slave economy slave resistance and the planter class as well as areas of life affected by slavery such as family and work. The final part goes on to study changes and continuities over time looking at areas such as abolition the aftermath of emancipation and commemoration. The volume concludes with a chapter on modern slavery. Including essays on all the key topics and issues this important collection from a leading international group of scholars presents a comprehensive survey of the current state of the field. It will be essential reading for all those interested in the history of slavery. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415520836

The Routledge History of Social Protest in Popular Music The major objective of this collection of 28 essays is to analyze the trends musical formats and rhetorical devices used in popular music to illuminate the human condition. By comparing and contrasting musical offerings in a number of countries and in different contexts from the 19th century until today The Routledge History of Social Protest in Popular Music aims to be a probing introduction to the history of social protest music ideal for popular music studies and history and sociology of music courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138216228

The Routledge History of Terrorism Though the history of terrorism stretches back to the ancient world today it is often understood as a recent development. Comprehensive enough to serve as a survey for students or newcomers to the field yet with enough depth to engage the specialist The Routledge History of Terrorism is the first single-volume authoritative reference text to place terrorism firmly into its historical context. Terrorism is a transnational phenomenon with a convoluted history that defies easy periodization and narrative treatment. Over the course of 32 chapters experts in the field analyze its historical significance and explore how and why terrorism emerged as a set of distinct strategies tactics and mindsets across time and space. Chapters address not only familiar topics such as the Northern Irish Troubles the Palestine Liberation Organization international terrorism and the rise of al-Qaeda but also lesser-explored issues such as:American racial terrorismstate terror and terrorism in the Middle Agestyrannicide from Ancient Greece and Rome to the seventeenth centurythe roots of Islamist violencethe urban guerrilla terrorism and state terror in Latin Americaliterary treatments of terrorism.With an introduction by the editor explaining the book’s rationale and organization as well as a guide to the definition of terrorism an historiographical chapter analysing the historical approach to terrorism studies and an eight-chapter section that explores critical themes in the history of terrorism this book is essential reading for all those interested in the past present and future of terrorism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867058

The Routledge History of the American South The Routledge History of the American South looks at the major themes that have developed in the interdisciplinary field of Southern Studies. With fifteen original essays from experts in their respective fields the handbook addresses such diverse topics as southern linguistics music (secular and non-secular) gender food and history and memory. The chapters present focused historiographical analyses that taken together offer a clear sense of the evolution and contours of Southern Studies. This volume is valuable both as a dynamic introduction to Southern Studies and as an entry point into more recent research for those already familiar with the subfield. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367234683

The Routledge History of the Domestic Sphere in Europe16th to 19th Century This book addresses the multifaceted history of the domestic sphere in Europe from the Age of Reformation to the emergence of modern society. By focusing on daily practice interaction and social relations it shows continuities and social change in European history from an interior perspective. The Routledge History of the Domestic Sphere in Europe contains a variety of approaches from different regions that each pose a challenge to commonplace views such as the emergence of confessional cultures of private life and of separate spheres of men and women. By analyzing a plethora of manifold sources including diaries court records paintings and domestic advice literature this volume provides an overview of the domestic sphere as a location of work and consumption conflict and cooperation emotions and intimacy and devotion and education. The book sheds light on changing relations between spouses parents and children masters and servants or apprentices and humans and animals or plants thereby exceeding the notion of the modern nuclear family. This volume will be of great use to upper-level graduates postgraduates and experienced scholars interested in the history of family household social space gender emotions material culture work and private life in early modern and nineteenth-century Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367143671

The Routledge History of the Holocaust The genocide of Jewish and non-Jewish civilians perpetrated by the German regime during World War Two continues to confront scholars with elusive questions even after nearly seventy years and hundreds of studies. This multi-contributory work is a landmark publication that sees experts renowned in their field addressing these questions in light of current research. A comprehensive introduction to the history of the Holocaust this volume has 42 chapters which add important depth to the academic study of the Holocaust both geographically and topically. The chapters address such diverse issues as: continuities in German and European history with respect to genocide prior to 1939 the eugenic roots of Nazi anti-Semitism the response of Europe's Jewish Communities to persecution and destruction the Final Solution as the German occupation instituted it across Europe rescue and rescuer motivations the problem of prosecuting war crimes gender and Holocaust experience the persecution of non-Jewish victims the Holocaust in postwar cultural venues. This important collection will be essential reading for all those interested in the history of the Holocaust. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415520874

The Routledge History of the Renaissance Drawing together the latest research in the field The Routledge History of the Renaissance treats the Renaissance not as a static concept but as one of ongoing change within an international framework. It takes as its unifying theme the idea of exchange and interchange through the movement of goods ideas disease and people  across social religious political and physical boundaries. Covering a broad range of temporal periods and geographic regions the chapters discuss topics such as the material cultures of Renaissance societies; the increased popularity of shopping as a pastime in fourteenth-century Italy; military entrepreneurs and their networks across Europe; the emergence and development of the Ottoman empire from the early fourteenth to the late sixteenth century; and women and humanism in Renaissance Europe. The volume is interdisciplinary in nature combining historical methodology with techniques from the fields of anthropology sociology psychology and literary criticism. It allows for juxtapositions of approaches that are usually segregated into traditional subfields such as intellectual political gender military and economic history. Capturing dynamic new approaches to the study of this fascinating period and illustrated throughout with images figures and tables this comprehensive volume is a valuable resource for all students and scholars of the Renaissance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872861

The Routledge History of the Twentieth-Century United States The Routledge History of the Twentieth-Century United States is a comprehensive introduction to the most important trends and developments in the study of modern United States history. Driven by interdisciplinary scholarship the thirty-four original chapters underscore the vast range of identities perspectives and tensions that contributed to the growth and contested meanings of the United States in the twentieth century. The chronological and topical breadth of the collection highlights critical political and economic developments of the century while also drawing attention to relatively recent areas of research including borderlands technology and disability studies. Dynamic and flexible in its possible applications The Routledge History of the Twentieth-Century United States offers an exciting new resource for the study of modern American history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367354756

The Routledge History of Western Empires The Routledge History of Western Empires is an all new volume focusing on the history of Western Empires in a comparative and thematic perspective. Comprising of thirty-three original chapters arranged in eight thematic sections the book explores European overseas expansion from the Age of Discovery to the Age of Decolonisation. Studies by both well-known historians and new scholars offer fresh accessible perspectives on a multitude of themes ranging from colonialism in the Arctic to the scramble for the coral sea from attitudes to the environment in the East Indies to plans for colonial settlement in Australasia. Chapters examine colonial attitudes towards poisonous animals and the history of colonial medicine evangelisaton in Africa and Oceania colonial recreation in the tropics and the tragedy of the slave trade. The Routledge History of Western Empires ranges over five centuries and crosses continents and oceans highlighting transnational and cross-cultural links in the imperial world and underscoring connections between colonial history and world history. Through lively and engaging case studies contributors not only weigh in on historiographical debates on themes such as human rights religion and empire and the ‘taproots’ of imperialism but also illustrate the various approaches to the writing of colonial history. A vital contribution to the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867362

The Routledge History of Witchcraft The Routledge History of Witchcraft is a comprehensive and interdisciplinary study of the belief in witches from antiquity to the present day providing both an introduction to the subject of witchcraft and an overview of the on-going debates. This extensive collection covers the entire breadth of the history of witchcraft from the witches of Ancient Greece and medieval demonology through to the victims of the witch hunts and onwards to children’s books horror films and modern pagans. Drawing on the knowledge and expertise of an international team of authors the book examines differing concepts of witchcraft that still exist in society and explains their historical literary religious and anthropological origin and development including the reflections and adaptions of this belief in art and popular culture. The volume is divided into four chronological parts beginning with Antiquity and the Middle Ages in Part One Early Modern witch hunts in Part Two modern concepts of witchcraft in Part Three and ending with an examination of witchcraft and the arts in Part Four. Each chapter offers a glimpse of a different version of the witch introducing the reader to the diversity of witches that have existed in different contexts throughout history. Exploring a wealth of texts and case studies and offering a broad geographical scope for examining this fascinating subject The Routledge History of Witchcraft is essential reading for students and academics interested in the history of witchcraft. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138782204

The Routledge History of Women in Early Modern Europe The Routledge History of Women in Early Modern Europe is a comprehensive and ground-breaking survey of the lives of women in early-modern Europe between 1450 and 1750. Covering a period of dramatic political and cultural change the book challenges the current contours and chronologies of European history by observing them through the lens of female experience. The collaborative research of this book covers four themes: the affective world; practical knowledge for life; politics and religion; arts science and humanities. These themes are interwoven through the chapters which encompass all areas of women’s lives: sexuality emotions health and wellbeing educational attainment litigation and the practical and leisured application of knowledge skills and artistry from medicine to theology. The intellectual lives of women through reading and writing and their spirituality and engagement with the material world are also explored. So too is the sheer energy of female work including farming and manufacture skilled craft and artwork theatrical work and scientific enquiry. The Routledge History of Women in Early Modern Europe revises the chronological and ideological parameters of early-modern European history by opening the reader’s eyes to an exciting age of female productivity social engagement and political activism across European and transatlantic boundaries. It is essential reading for students and researchers of early-modern history the history of women and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415732512

The Routledge History of World Peace since 1750 The Routledge History of World Peace since 1750 examines the varied and multifaceted scholarship surrounding the topic of peace and engages in a fruitful dialogue about the global history of peace since 1750. Interdisciplinary in nature the book includes contributions from authors working in fields as diverse as history philosophy literature art sociology and Peace Studies. The book crosses the divide between historical inquiry and Peace Studies scholarship with traditional aspects of peace promotion sitting alongside expansive analyses of peace through other lenses including specific regional investigations of the Middle East Africa Latin America and other parts of the world. Divided thematically into six parts that are loosely chronological in structure the book offers a broad overview of peace issues such as peacebuilding state building and/or conflict resolution in individual countries or regions and indicates the unique challenges of achieving peace from a range of perspectives.Global in scope and supported by regional and temporal case studies the volume is an essential resource for educators activists and policymakers involved in promoting peace and curbing violence as well as students and scholars of Peace Studies history and their related fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733599

The Routledge Intermediate Brazilian Portuguese Reader The Routledge Intermediate Brazilian Reader is a comprehensive reader aimed at intermediate level students of Brazilian Portuguese. The aim is to provide a structured language teaching resource that is enjoyable and stimulating for learners but that also provides meaningful cultural contexts. This Brazilian Reader consists of twenty readings graded on the basis of complexity of vocabulary grammar and syntax. It presents a range of different text types which give a good representation of contemporary Brazilian writing including fiction and non-fiction by some of Brazil’s most prominent and popular authors. Key features include: vocabulary lists for quick reference reading comprehension questions exercises to learn and review important vocabulary focus on idiomatic expressions full answer key to vocabulary and idiom exercises Portuguese-English glossary at the back Suitable for both class use and independent study The Routledge Intermediate Brazilian Reader is an essential tool for facilitating vocabulary learning and increasing reading proficiency. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415693332

The Routledge Intermediate Chinese Reader The Routledge Intermediate Chinese Reader is a comprehensive reader designed to provide varied stimulating and up-to-date reading material for learners of Chinese at the intermediate level. The Chinese Reader provides a bridge between basic literacy skills and the ability to read full novels and newspapers in Chinese. It consists of forty readings graded on the basis of complexity of vocabulary grammar and syntax. These readings present a range of different text types representative of modern Chinese popular writing which will inspire students to continue reading independently in Chinese. It is ideal for learners who already possess a knowledge of essential grammar and vocabulary and who wish to expand their knowledge of the language through contextualized reading material. Key features include: Extracts from newspaper and internet articles Vocabulary annotation next to the reading paragraphs for quick reference Short grammar explanations of any complicated structures Comprehension and discussion questions Notes on culture and idioms Lesson structure maps to aid comprehension A companion website containing lesson audio and electronic vocabulary flash cards Full glossary at the back and answer key for reading questions Suitable for both class use and independent study The Routledge Intermediate Chinese Reader is an essential tool for facilitating vocabulary learning and increasing reading proficiency. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415636360

The Routledge Intermediate Dutch Reader The Routledge Intermediate Dutch Reader has been specially designed for upper intermediate learners of Dutch and comprises a broad selection of graded readings. The readings are taken from a range of contemporary Dutch writing from newspapers and magazines through to specialist journals and the internet. The texts have been specifically selected to ensure students receive maximum exposure to topics pertaining to Dutch language culture and society making this Reader an enjoyable and stimulating resource with a meaningful cultural context. Each reading is fully supported by: a general introduction a vocabulary list with example sentences a number of text comprehension questions and extensive vocabulary exercises with model answers provided in the key a wide variety of speaking exercises relevant to the vocabulary and topic at hand a number of internet research tasks a short list of suggested further reading. A full glossary of words an overview of fixed word combinations and an outline of irregular verbs are also available as free downloads at http://www.routledge.com/books/details/9780415550086/ Suitable for both class use and independent study The Routledge Intermediate Dutch Reader is an essential tool for facilitating vocabulary learning and increasing reading proficiency. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415550086

The Routledge Intermediate Hindi Reader The Routledge Intermediate Hindi Reader has been specially designed for intermediate and advanced learners of Hindi and comprises a broad selection of graded readings. The materials have been carefully selected to ensure that students receive exposure to a wide variety of authentic Hindi texts including news and magazine articles extracts from social media websites film dialogues and contemporary Hindi literature. Each reading is fully supported by: pre-reading activities notes on cultural references in the text a vocabulary list with English translation notes on key grammatical points arising from the text text-related comprehension questions and vocabulary-based exercises suggestions for writing and discussion activities based on the text a key to comprehension questions and vocabulary-based exercises online support which includes audio recordings and translations of texts available at http://www.routledge.com/books/details/9780415601764/ Suitable for both class use and independent study The Routledge Intermediate Hindi Reader is an essential tool for increasing language proficiency and enriching learners’ cultural knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415601764

The Routledge Intermediate Korean Reader The Routledge Intermediate Korean Reader is a comprehensive reader designed to provide varied stimulating and up-to-date reading material for learners of Korean at the intermediate level. The Korean Reader provides a bridge between basic literacy skills and the ability to read full novels and newspapers in Korean. It consists of eighteen readings graded on the basis of complexity of vocabulary grammar and syntax. These readings present a range of different text types representative of modern Korean literary and popular writing which will inspire learners to continue reading independently in Korean. It is ideal for learners who already possess knowledge of essential grammar and vocabulary and who wish to expand their knowledge of the language through contextualized reading material. Key features include: extracts of modern literature and newspaper/magazine articles vocabulary lists for quick reference short grammar explanations of any complicated structures comprehension and discussion questions full answer key at the back. Suitable for both class use and independent study The Routledge Intermediate Korean Reader is an essential tool for facilitating vocabulary learning and increasing reading proficiency. The Reader is ideal for learners at the intermediate-mid or intermediate high who are aiming to achieve advanced proficiency according to the ACTFL proficiency guidelines. In terms of the Common European Framework this equates to a progression from A2 through to B1/B2. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415695350

The Routledge Intermediate Persian CourseFarsi Shirin Ast Book Two The Routledge Intermediate Persian Course: Farsi Shirin Ast Book Two is the first intermediate level Persian textbook written specifically for English-speaking university students that makes use of up-to-date pedagogical techniques and stresses the importance of communicative competence. The diversity of the texts in this textbook helps to familiarize students with a range of literary genres and provides them with the necessary building blocks to continue reading on their own. One of the distinctive features of this book is its content-based and task-based approach to learning the language; all the material provided has been carefully selected to support and enhance a student-centred class environment. As with The Routledge Introductory Persian Course all the texts in this volume are available online in the form of audio files. These texts are recorded by native speakers and available for instructors and students to download freely at http://www.routledge.com/books/details/9780415691376/. The Routledge Intermediate Persian Course: Farsi Shirin Ast Book Two follows on where the first textbook ends and is ideal for all intermediate learners of Persian in their second year of study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415691376

The Routledge Intermediate Polish ReaderPolish through the press internet and contemporary literature The Routledge Intermediate Polish Reader is designed for intermediate students of Polish and includes a wide range of graded texts. The readings are taken from an assortment of contemporary Polish writing including extracts from modern literature and articles from magazines and newspapers. The texts have been specifically selected to ensure that students receive maximum exposure to topics relevant to Polish language history culture and society making this Reader an engaging and stimulating resource with a meaningful cultural context. Each reading is fully supported by: a general introduction text-related comprehension questions and extensive vocabulary exercises explanations of any difficult grammar structures encountered in the text a comprehensive glossary at the back of the book detailed cultural-historical notes answer key grammar supplement Suitable for both class use and independent study The Routledge Intermediate Polish Reader is an essential tool for vocabulary learning and increasing reading proficiency. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415516419

The Routledge Intermediate Russian Reader The Routledge Intermediate Russian Reader has been specially designed for intermediate upper intermediate and advanced learners of Russian and comprises a wide range of graded readings. The materials include authentic extracts from mass media and literature by renowned modern writers such as A. Slapovsky E. Grishkovets A. Starobinets and M. Shishkin. The texts have been specifically selected to ensure that students receive maximum exposure to topics relevant to Russian language history culture and society making the Reader an engaging and stimulating resource with a meaningful cultural context. Each reading is supported by: a general introduction supportive exercises consolidating students’ knowledge of frequent grammar and vocabulary structures from the texts text related comprehension questions and classroom tasks to help students build up strong and productive spoken and written skills a vocabulary list with English translation and answer key to the exercises for helpful reference lists for further reading suggested topics for essays and discussions and internet research tasks to encourage proactive further learning. Suitable for both class use and independent study The Routledge Intermediate Russian Reader is an essential tool for increasing language proficiency developing reading skills and enriching learners’ cultural knowledge. Internet links to the tasks are available at www.routledge.com/9780415678872 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415678872

The Routledge Intermediate to Advanced Japanese ReaderA Genre-Based Approach to Reading as a Social Practice The Routledge Intermediate to Advanced Japanese Reader: A Genre-Based Approach to Reading as a Social Practice is designed for intermediate to advanced learners of Japanese and presents twenty-five authentic texts taken from a wide range of media and literary sources which promote a deeper understanding of Japan among readers. The book is divided into ten genre-based chapters allowing the learner to focus on the textual features relevant to that genre. Key features include: Selected texts covering topics related to Japanese language society and culture encountered in the Japanese media from news reports to interviews book reviews short stories and editorials. Word lists for challenging vocabulary and kanji provided throughout to aid comprehension and learning. Pre-reading activities to enable familiarity with the topic the text’s background and words to be encountered in the reading passages. Short grammar explanations of essential structures. Questions to help comprehension raise awareness of genre features promote critical reading and to encourage the reader to think more deeply about the content. Opportunities to write passages utilizing what has been learned by reading the text. Vocabulary and grammar lists at the back of the book. The Routledge Intermediate to Advanced Japanese Reader emphasizes reading as a purposeful social act which requires readers to make meaning of the text by considering the authors’ choices in language (scripts vocabulary styles) in the text. The learners are guided to situate each text in society (for example the author target audience social-cultural background related to the subject) in order to understand the social significance of reading and writing. This book aims to help learners develop the ability to critically read and write in Japanese for their own social purposes. It is suitable for both class use and independent study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415593786

The Routledge Intermediate Turkish ReaderPolitical and Cultural Articles NEW: The Routledge Intermediate Turkish Reader APP is now available on Google Play: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=uk.co.oxola.turkishreader   The Routledge Intermediate Turkish Reader has been specially designed for intermediate and advanced learners of Turkish and comprises a broad selection of graded readings. Written by prominent Turkish academics and journalists the collection of modern texts presented here have been carefully selected to ensure students receive maximum exposure to current political and cultural issues related to Turkey; from gender ethnicity religion and social class through to arts and history. Each reading is fully supported by: an introduction written by an expert in the related field a vocabulary list with English translation and vocabulary in context short grammar explanations of any difficult structures encountered in the text comprehension questions directly text related language exercises and subject specific questions to generate class-discussion and essay writing in Turkish a key to comprehension questions and language exercises a list of suggested further reading (online support). Suitable for both class use and independent study The Routledge Intermediate Turkish Reader is an essential tool for increasing language proficiency and enriching the learners’ socio-cultural knowledge of Turkey. Companion website available at http://www.senelsymons.co.uk/books/ Introductions in English by: Prof. Dr. E. Fuat Keyman Koç University Prof. Dr. Ãœmit Cizre Bilkent University Dr. Can Dündar journalist writer columnist director Dr. Martin Stokes Oxford University Prof. Dr. Cemil Koçak Sabancı University Prof. Dr. Fatih Selami MahmutoÄŸlu Ä°stanbul University Prof. Dr. Fatma Gök BoÄŸaziçi University Prof. Dr. Dilek CindoÄŸlu Bilkent University Prof. Dr. Yıldız Silier BoÄŸaziçi University Prof. Dr. AyÅŸegül KibaroÄŸlu Middle East Technical University Prof. Dr. Oya PancaroÄŸlu BoÄŸaziçi University Prof. Dr. Meliz Ergin Koç University Prof. Dr. Özlem Tür Middle East Technical University Prof. Dr. AyÅŸe UyduranoÄŸlu Bilgi University Prof. Dr. Zeynep Gambetti BoÄŸaziçi University Prof. Dr. Saime Özçürümez Bilkent University Prof. Dr. KürÅŸad ErtuÄŸrul Middle East Technical University Dr. Selin Akyüz-ÅžaÅŸmaz Bilkent University. The articles in Turkish by: Prof. Dr. Murat Belge Bilgi University Prof. Dr. Orhan TekelioÄŸlu BahçeÅŸehir University Prof. Dr. E. Fuat Keyman Koç University Murat Yetkin journalist columnist lecturer Radikal Prof. Dr. Türker Alkan Çankaya University Prof. Dr. Baskın Oran Ankara University Prof. Dr. Hakan Hakeri Ondokuz Mayıs University; Cem Erciyes journalist Radikal Dr. Fikret Bila journalist columnist Milliyet Prof. Dr. Åžahin Alpay BahçeÅŸehir University Prof. Dr. Mümtaz‘er Türköne Gazi University Prof. Dr. Mahnaz GümrükçüoÄŸlu Sakarya University Dr. Ali BayramoÄŸlu journalist Yeni Åžafak Prof. Dr. Hakkı Uyar Dokuz Eylül University  AyÅŸe Hür historian journalist columnist Taraf.       Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415568173

The Routledge Intermediate Welsh Reader The Routledge Intermediate Welsh Reader is a comprehensive reader designed to provide varied stimulating and up-to-date reading material for learners of Welsh at the intermediate level. The Welsh Reader provides a bridge between basic literacy skills and the ability to read full novels and newspapers in Welsh. It consists of thirty-five authentic readings graded on the basis of complexity of vocabulary grammar and syntax. These readings are drawn from a range of contemporary sources such as newspapers and magazines as well as novels and historical works. It is ideal for learners who already possess a knowledge of essential grammar and vocabulary and who wish to expand their knowledge of the language through contextualized reading material. Key features include: extracts of modern literature and newspaper/magazine articles vocabulary lists for quick reference short grammar explanations of any complicated structures initial consonant mutations marked typographically comprehension and discussion questions full answer key Suitable for both class use and independent study The Routledge Intermediate Welsh Reader is an essential tool for facilitating vocabulary learning and increasing reading proficiency. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415694544

The Routledge International Companion to Educational Psychology The Routledge International Companion to Educational Psychology brings together expert practitioners researchers and teachers from five continents to produce a unique and global guide to the core topics in the field. Each chapter includes coverage of the key thinkers topic areas events and ideas that have shaped the field but also takes the reader beyond typical textbook material and into engagement with current issues cutting-edge research and future directions in the field of educational psychology from an international perspective. With over 30 chapters the volume is divided into four themed sections: ‘An introduction to educational psychology’ ‘How children learn and develop’ ‘Issues concerning the assessment of children’ and ‘Identifying and meeting the needs of children with learning difficulties’. Covering the key issues and fundamental strands of educational psychology The Routledge International Companion to Educational Psychology aims to provide the reader with knowledge of: educational psychology (history child rights and practice); factors which influence children’s learning and development; issues to do with assessment (a key aspect of educational psychology); special educational needs (identification and how to meet their needs); the key thinkers events and ideas that have shaped the field; the core topics across educational psychology in an accessible manner; cutting edge research including recent research evidence and theory; future directions in the field of educational psychology; educational psychology from an international perspective. The book is conceived for both student and researcher use and considers the implications for educational psychology practice in all sections. It will be highly beneficial for both students and lecturers on Education Studies and Psychology undergraduate courses as well as combined undergraduate degrees . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415675604

The Routledge International Companion to Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties Responding to disruptive or troubled pupils with emotional and behavioural difficulties (EBD) remains a highly topical issue. The challenges these children present relate to wider issues of continuing political concern: the perceived declining discipline in schools; school and social exclusion; the limits to inclusion for children with special needs; increasing mental health difficulties in children; youth crime and parenting skills. It’s little wonder that the 'EBD' (often known as ‘BESD’ or ‘SEBD’) category is one of the most common forms of SEN around the world. This topical and exhaustively-researched Companion examines the difficulties of defining EBD and the dangers of allocating this imprecise label to children. Bringing together the work of contributors from fifteen countries and across four continents this book features the research of leading experts in the global field of EBD who discuss and debate educators’ key concerns by: looking at the overlaps between EBD ADHD and mental health difficulties; outlining the types of appropriate schooling for children with EBD; urging readers to look beyond pupils’ challenging behaviour in order to understand and respond to the social biological and psychological causation; considering the key areas of assessment whole-school and targeted approaches that help pupils with EBD in mainstream and in special settings; outlining helpful work with families the crucial contribution of effective multi-agency working and the importance of supporting and developing teachers who work with challenging pupils. Containing contrasting views on controversial topics this Companion’s approachable style makes it an essential reference book for academics policy makers practitioners educators and students who are working towards a higher degree in education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415584630

The Routledge International Companion to Gifted Education The Routledge International Companion to Gifted Education is a ground-breaking collection of fully-referenced chapters written by many of the most highly-respected authorities on the subject from around the world. These fifty contributors include distinguished scholars who have produced many of the most significant advances to the field over the past few decades like Joseph Renzulli and Robert Sternberg alongside authorities who ask questions about the very concepts and terminology embodied in the field – scholars such as Carol Dweck and Guy Claxton. This multi-faceted volume: highlights strategies to support giftedness in children providing ideas that work and weeding out those that don’t; is written in jargon-free language in an easy-to use themed format; is the most authoritative collection of future-focused views ideas and reflections practices and evaluations yet produced; includes chapters dealing with the major controversies and concerns in the field today from the problems of identification to changing understandings of giftedness and creativity. The international aspect of the Companion and its juxtaposition of points of view – whereby chapters are deliberately positioned and accompanied by editorial commentary to highlight the contrasts with each other – ensures that different views are addressed allowing the reader to absorb and reflect upon the many perspectives on each issue. The Companion is a guide to the new ideas and controversies that are informing gifted education discussion and policy-making around the world. It is a first class resource to students and researchers alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203609385

The Routledge International Encyclopedia of Education The Routledge International Encyclopedia of Education is a unique and major resource for the field of education. It is a comprehensive single-volume work arranged alphabetically and comprising around 600 entries. The entries range from definitions of key educational concepts and terms to biographies of key educators and specially written substantial essays on major educational topics. The volume includes authoritative and critical commentary on historical and contemporary themes; examinations of continuities changes and emerging issues; and discussions of the educational traditions and features of major countries and continents. The following special features are also included: Unrivalled coverage of education in a single volume Entries by leading international educational researchers Contributors drawn from all over the globe including Australia Brazil Canada China Finland India Israel Japan New Zealand South Africa the United Kingdom and the United States A distinguished international advisory board Fully cross-referenced and indexed Suggestions for further reading Offering insight into the world of education in an interesting informed and sometimes provocative way The Routledge International Encyclopedia of Education is an invaluable work of reference for educators students researchers and policy makers in education and related fields internationally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415749237

The Routledge International Encyclopedia of Sport and Exercise PsychologyVolume 1: Theoretical and Methodological Concepts The Routledge International Encyclopedia of Sport and Exercise Psychology integrates the topics of motor control physical education exercise adventure performance in sports and the performing arts in several important ways and contexts drawing upon diverse cultural perspectives. More than 90 overarching topics have been systematically developed by internationally renowned experts in theory research and practice. Each contribution delves into a thematic area with more nuanced vocabulary. The terminology drawn upon integrates traditional discourse and emerging topic matter into a state-of-the-art two-volume set. Volume 1: Theoretical and Methodological Concepts is comprised of theoretical topic matter spanning theories and terminology from psychology contextualized to sport and physical activity sport psychology-focused theories and expansive discussions related to philosophy of science and methodology. Volume 2: Applied and Practical Measures draws upon practical concepts that bridge theory and research and practice. Broader issues that extend beyond sport and physical activity participants are embedded within the entries intended to augment physical mental and social well-being. This expansive encyclopedia is a must-have resource for all professionals scholars and students in the fields of sport psychology and sport science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138734418

The Routledge International Encyclopedia of Sport and Exercise PsychologyVolume 2: Applied and Practical Measures The Routledge International Encyclopedia of Sport and Exercise Psychology integrates the topics of motor control physical education exercise adventure performance in sports and the performing arts in several important ways and contexts drawing upon diverse cultural perspectives. More than 90 overarching topics have been systematically developed by internationally renowned experts in theory research and practice. Each contribution delves into a thematic area with more nuanced vocabulary. The terminology drawn upon integrates traditional discourse and emerging topic matter into a state-of-the-art two-volume set. Volume 1: Theoretical and Methodological Concepts is comprised of theoretical topic matter spanning theories and terminology from psychology contextualized to sport and physical activity sport psychology-focused theories and expansive discussions related to philosophy of science and methodology. Volume 2: Applied and Practical Measures draws upon practical concepts that bridge theory and research and practice. Broader issues that extend beyond sport and physical activity participants are embedded within the entries intended to augment physical mental and social well-being. This expansive encyclopedia is a must-have resource for all professionals scholars and students in the fields of sport psychology and sport science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138734463

The Routledge International Handbook of Biosocial Criminology Biosocial criminology is an interdisciplinary field that aims to explain crime and antisocial behavior by exploring both biological factors and environmental factors. Since the mapping of the human genome scientists have been able to study the biosocial causes of human behaviour with the greatest specificity. After decades of almost exclusive sociological focus criminology has undergone a paradigm shift where the field is more interdisciplinary and this book combines perspectives from criminology and sociology with contributions from fields such as genetics neuropsychology and evolutionary psychology. The Routledge International Handbook of Biosocial Criminology is the largest and most comprehensive work of its kind and is organized into five sections that collectively span the terrain of biosocial research on antisocial behavior. Bringing together leading experts from around the world this book considers the criminological genetic and neuropsychological foundations of offending as well as the legal and criminal justice applications of biosocial criminological theory and will be essential reading for students researchers and practitioners from across the social behavioural and natural sciences who are engaged in the study of antisocial behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138303577

The Routledge International Handbook of Children Adolescents and Media The roles that media play in the lives of children and adolescents as well as their potential implications for their cognitive emotional social and behavioral development have attracted growing research attention in a variety of disciplines. The Routledge International Handbook of Children Adolescents and Media analyses a broad range of complementary areas of study including children as media consumers children as active participants in media making and representations of children in the media. The handbook presents a collection that spans a variety of disciplines including developmental psychology media studies public health education feminist studies and the sociology of childhood. Essays provide a unique intellectual mapping of current knowledge exploring the relationship of children and media in local national and global contexts. Divided into five parts each with an introduction explaining the themes and topics covered the handbook features 57 new contributions from 71 leading academics from 38 countries. Chapters consider vital questions by analyzing texts audience and institutions including: the role of policy and parenting in regulating media for children the relationships between children’s’ on-line and off-line social networks children’s strategies of resistance to persuasive messages in advertising media and the construction of gender and ethnic identities The Handbook’s interdisciplinary approach and comprehensive international scope make it an authoritative state of the art guide to the nascent field of Children’s Media Studies. It will be indispensable for media scholars and professionals policy makers educators and parents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138849136

The Routledge International Handbook of Creative Learning The concept of creative learning extends far beyond Arts-based learning or the development of individual creativity. It covers a range of processes and initiatives throughout the world that share common values systems and practices aimed at making learning more creative. This applies at individual classroom or whole school level always with the aim of fully realising young people’s potential. Until now there has been no single text bringing together the significant literature that explores the dimensions of creative learning despite the work of artists in schools and the development of a cadre of creative teaching and learning specialists. Containing a mixture of newly commissioned chapters reprints and updated versions of previous publications this book brings together major theorists and current research. Comprising of key readings in creative education it will stand as a uniquely authoritative text that will appeal to those involved in initial and continuing teacher education as well as research academics and policy specialists. Sections include: a general introduction to the field of creative learning arts learning traditions with sub sections on discrete art forms such as drama and visual art accounts of practice from artist-teacher partnerships whole school change and reforms curriculum change assessment evaluative case studies of impact and effect global studies of policy change around creative learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415817974

The Routledge International Handbook of Criminology and Human Rights The Routledge International Handbook of Criminology and Human Rights brings together a diverse body of work from around the globe and across a wide range of criminological topics and perspectives united by its critical application of human rights law and principles. This collection explores the interdisciplinary reach of criminology and is the first of its kind to link criminology and human rights.This text is divided into six sections each with an introduction and an overview provided by one of the editors. The opening section makes an assessment of the current standing of human rights within the discipline. Each of the remaining sections corresponds to a substantive area of harm prevention and social control which together make up the main core of contemporary criminology namely:criminal law in practice;transitional justice peacemaking and community safety;policing in all its guises;traditional and emerging approaches to criminal justice;and penality both within and beyond the prison.This Handbook forms an authoritative foundation on which future teaching and research about human rights and criminology can be built. This multi-disciplinary text is an essential companion for criminologists sociologists legal scholars and political scientists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581503

The Routledge International Handbook of Critical Positive Psychology Since the turn of the twenty-first century the field of positive psychology has sought to implement a science of human flourishing so that we may lead happier more fulfilling lives. It has found expression not only in academic papers but also popular books and increasingly in government policy. The Routledge International Handbook of Critical Positive Psychology is the first volume dedicated to a critical appraisal of this influential but controversial field of study. The book critically examines not only the scientific foundations of positive psychology but also the sociocultural and political tenets on which the field rests. It evaluates the current field of knowledge and practice and includes chapters analysing the methodological constructs of the field as well as others that question what positive psychology actually means by ideas such as happiness or well-being. Taking the debate further the book then discusses how positive psychology can be applied in a wider variety of settings than is presently the case helping communities and individuals by acknowledging the reality of people’s lives rather than adhering strictly to debateable theoretical constructs. Including contributions from disciplines ranging from psychoanalysis to existential therapy theology to philosophy and contributors from throughout the world The Routledge International Handbook of Critical Positive Psychology will be enlightening reading for anyone interested in how psychology has sought to understand human well-being. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138961432

The Routledge International Handbook of Dyscalculia and Mathematical Learning Difficulties Mathematics plays an important part in every person’s life so why isn’t everyone good at it? The Routledge International Handbook of Dyscalculia and Mathematical Learning Difficulties brings together commissioned pieces by a range of hand-picked influential international authors from a variety of disciplines all of whom share a high public profile. More than fifty experts write about mathematics learning difficulties and disabilities from a range of perspectives and answer questions such as: What are mathematics learning difficulties and disabilities? What are the key skills and concepts for learning mathematics? How will IT help now and in the future? What is the role of language and vocabulary? How should we teach mathematics? By posing notoriously difficult questions such as these and studying the answers The Routledge International Handbook of Dyscalculia and Mathematical Learning Difficulties is the authoritative volume and is essential reading for academics in the field of mathematics. It is an incredibly important contribution to the study of dyscalculia and mathematical difficulties in children and young adults. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138577312

The Routledge International Handbook of Early Childhood Play Historical changes in play are taking place in childhood all over the world with the digitalisation of children’s lives. Researchers are worried about the disappearance of advanced forms of play and the prioritization of time spent with loving adults supporting play with babies and toddlers. At the same time our understanding about the crucial importance of individual development is becoming clearer. The Routledge International Handbook of Early Childhood Play explores these issues and more. It proposes the importance of adult participation in play as adult guidance brings the possibility of moral cultural and symbolic elements to children’s play and enhances the educational opportunities in adult-child joint play. The book also examines the aesthetic dimension of play and its role in the development of imagination and creativity. With contributors from many parts of the world this unique handbook brings together the latest research and highlights practice which focuses on play. This is an essential and engaging read for all students academics teachers and practitioners with an interest in play. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138833715

The Routledge International Handbook of Early Literacy EducationA Contemporary Guide to Literacy Teaching and Interventions in a Global Context The Routledge International Handbook of Early Literacy Education offers a pioneering overview of early literacy provision in different parts of the world and brings together interdisciplinary research evidence on effective literacy teaching to inform current and future practice and policy of early literacy. From the problem of identification of literacy difficulties in a particular learning context to supporting the provision of early literacy through digital media the handbook deals with the major concerns and newest areas of interest in literacy research. With an international and future vision it provides an accessible guide to the main debates and future trends in the global field of early literacy and informs academics policy-makers practitioners educators and students about innovative early literacy research methods and instruction. The three sections and 30 ground-breaking chapters reflect a conceptual framework of questions asked by scholars and educators interested in looking beyond traditional definitions of literacy. Part I provides contemporary insights collected by internationally renowned scholars on what literacy is and what it can offer to young children in the twenty-first century. Part II is a collection of detailed portraits of 14 countries regions or language communities and focuses on early literacy provision practice and policy from across the world. Part III outlines key interventions and research-endorsed practices designed to support home–school connections and children’s reading and writing skills as well as vocabulary phonological awareness and narrative abilities with examples drawn from various home school and community environments. All chapters promote discussion critical analysis and questions for reflection and are written in jargon-free language in an easy-to use themed format. This handbook is an indispensable reference guide for practising teachers and student teachers especially those undertaking postgraduate qualifications as well as early literacy researchers policy-makers and school-based literacy leaders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138787889

The Routledge International Handbook of Education Religion and Values The academic fields of religion and values have become the focus of renewed interest in contemporary thinking about human activity and its motivations. The Routledge International Handbook of Education Religion and Values explores and expands upon a range of international research related to this revival. The book provides an authoritative overview of global issues in religion and values surveying the state of the academic area in contributions covering a wide range of topics. It includes emerging controversial and cutting-edge contributions as well as investigations into more established areas. International authorities Arthur and Lovat have brought together experts from across the world to examine the complexity of the field of study. The handbook is organised around four key topics which focus on both the importance of religion and values as broad fields of human enquiry as well as in their application to education inter-agency work and cross-cultural endeavours: -The Conceptual World of Religion and Values -Religion and Values in Education -Religion and Values in Inter-agency Work -Religion and Values in Cross-cultural Work. This comprehensive reference work combines theoretical and empirical research of international significance and will be valuable reading for students researchers and academics in the field of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415870559

The Routledge International Handbook of Educational Effectiveness and ImprovementResearch policy and practice The International Handbook of Educational Effectiveness and Improvement draws together leading academics and researchers in the field to reflect on the history traditions and the most recent developments in this dynamic and influential field. This handbook provides a comprehensive overview of: the foundations of the field the evolution of educational effectiveness theory and methodology the links with other research disciplines the links between policy and practice. In conclusion the handbook sets out a new agenda for future educational effectiveness research. This handbook is an essential resource for those interested in the effectiveness of educational systems organisations and classrooms. It offers academics researchers students and policy-makers new insights into the latest thinking and evidence about educational effectiveness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415534437

The Routledge International Handbook of Embodied Perspectives in PsychotherapyApproaches from Dance Movement and Body Psychotherapies There is a growing interest in embodied approaches to psychotherapy internationally. This volume focuses on the respective focal professions of dance movement psychotherapy (DMP) and body psychotherapy (BP) addressing the psychotherapeutic need for healing throughout the lifespan. Within embodied clinical approaches the therapist and client collaborate to discover how the body and movement can be used to strengthen positive relational skills attending to the client's immediate and long-term needs through assessment formulation treatment and evaluation. Both DMP and BP are based upon the capacity and authority of the body and non-verbal communication to support and heal patients with diverse conditions including trauma unexplained bodily symptoms and other psychological distress and to develop the clients’ emotional and relational capacities by listening to their bodies for integration and wellbeing. In The Routledge International Handbook of Embodied Perspectives in Psychotherapy world leaders in the field contribute their expertise to showcase contemporary psychotherapeutic practice. They share perspectives from multiple models that have been developed throughout the world providing information on theoretical advances and clinical practice as well as discourse on the processes and therapeutic techniques employed individually and in groups. Presented in three parts the book covers underpinning embodiment concepts potentials of dance movement psychotherapy and of body psychotherapy each of which is introduced with a scene-setting piece to allow the reader to easily engage with the content. With a strong focus on cross- and interdisciplinary perspectives readers will find a wide compilation of embodied approaches to psychotherapy allowing them to deepen and further their conceptualization and support best practice. This unique handbook will be of particular interest to clinical practitioners in the fields of body psychotherapy and dance movement psychotherapy as well as professionals from psychology medicine social work counselling/psychotherapy and occupational therapy and to those from related fields who are in search of information on the basic therapeutic principles and practice of body and movement psychotherapies and seeking to further their knowledge and understanding of the discipline. It is also an essential reference for academics and students of embodied psychotherapy embodied cognitive science and clinical professions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138065758

The Routledge International Handbook of English Language and Literacy Teaching Edited by three authorities in the field this Handbook presents contributions from experts across the world who report the cutting-edge of international research. It is ground-breaking in its holistic evidence-informed account that aims to synthesize key messages for policy and practice in English language and literacy teaching. A comprehensive collection the Handbook focuses on the three key areas of reading writing and language and issues that cut across them. The international emphasis of all the chapters is extended by a final section that looks directly at different countries and continents. The authors address many key issues including: why pupil motivation is so important the evidence for what works in teaching and learning the place of Information Technology in the twenty-first century the status of English and other languages globalisation and political control of education. This definitive guide concludes by discussing the need for better policy cycles that genuinely build on research evidence and teachers’ working knowledge in order to engage young people and transform their life chances. A powerful account that will be of interest to students researchers and academics involved with education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138577008

The Routledge International Handbook of Ethnographic Film and Video The Routledge International Handbook of Ethnographic Film and Video is a state-of-the-art book which encompasses the breadth and depth of the field of ethnographic film and video-based research. With more and more researchers turning to film and video as a key element of their projects and as research video production becomes more practical due to technological advances as well as the growing acceptance of video in everyday life this critical book supports young researchers looking to develop the skills necessary to produce meaningful ethnographic films and videos and serves as a comprehensive resource for social scientists looking to better understand and appreciate the unique ways in which film and video can serve as ways of knowing and as tools of knowledge mobilization. Comprised of 31 chapters authored by some of the world’s leading experts in their respective fields the book’s contributors synthesize existing literature introduce the historical and conceptual dimensions of the field illustrate innovative methodologies and techniques survey traditional and new technologies reflect on ethics and moral imperatives outline ways to work with people objects and tools and shape the future agenda of the field. With a particular focus on making ethnographic film and video as opposed to analyzing or critiquing it from a variety of methodological approaches and styles the Handbook provides both a comprehensive introduction and up-to-date survey of the field for a vast variety of audiovisual researchers such as scholars and students in sociology anthropology geography communication and media studies education cultural studies film studies visual arts and related social science and humanities. As such it will appeal to a multidisciplinary and international audience and features a dynamic forward-thinking innovative and contemporary focus oriented toward the very latest developments in the field as well as future possibilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367185824

The Routledge International Handbook of European Social Transformations This book focuses on social transformations as one of the central topics in the social sciences. The study of European social transformations is very valuable in the context of universal discussions within social sciences: explaining invariable universal attributes of societies and examining changing attributes. The book consists of 20 chapters on European social transformations written from the perspectives of distinguished scholars from such disciplines as economics political science educational science geography media and communication studies public management and administration social psychology and sociology. The temporal and spatial range of the book is wide including such global changes as time-space compression focusing particularly on change processes in Europe during the last two decades. The book consists of four main parts beginning with an overview of the theoretical and methodological approaches and then focusing separately on post-communist transformations institutional drivers of social transformations in the European Union and European transformations in the context of global processes. The book presents current theoretical empirical and methodological approaches that complement the scientific literature on social transformations. This book is both an invaluable resource for scholars and an indispensable teaching tool for use in the classroom and will be of interest to students academics and policy-makers studying how this diverse region has changed over recent years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367821142

The Routledge International Handbook of Financialization Financialization has become the go-to term for scholars grappling with the growth of finance. This Handbook offers the first comprehensive survey of the scholarship on financialization connecting finance with changes in politics technology culture society and the economy. It takes stock of the diverse avenues of research that comprise financialization studies and the contributions they have made to understanding the changes in contemporary societies driven by the rise of finance. The chapters chart the field’s evolution from research describing and critiquing the manifestations of financialization towards scholarship that pinpoints the driving forces mechanisms and boundaries of financialization. Written for researchers and students not only in economics but from across the social sciences and the humanities this book offers a decidedly global and pluri-disciplinary view on financialization for those who are looking to understand the changing face of finance and its consequences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138308213

The Routledge International Handbook of Forensic Intelligence and Criminology Despite a shared focus on crime and its ‘extended family’ forensic scientists and criminologists tend to work in isolation rather than sharing the data methods and knowledge that will broaden the understanding of the criminal phenomenon and its related subjects.Bringing together perspectives from international experts this book explores the intersection between criminology and forensic science and considers how knowledge from both fields can contribute to a better understanding of crime and offer new directions in theory and methodology.This handbook is divided into three parts:Part I explores the epistemological and historical components of criminology and forensic science focusing on their scientific and social origins.Part II considers how collaboration between these disciplines can bring about a better understanding of the organizations and institutions that react to crime including the court intelligence prevention crime scene investigation and policing.Part III discusses the phenomena and actors that produce crime including a reflection on the methodological issues challenges and rewards regarding the sharing of these two disciplines.The objective of this handbook is to stimulate a ‘new’ interdisciplinary take on the study of crime to show how both forensic and criminological theories and knowledge can be combined to analyse crime problems and to open new methodological perspectives. It will be essential reading for students and researchers engaged with forensic science criminology criminal behaviour criminal investigation crime analysis and criminal justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581008

The Routledge International Handbook of Forensic Psychology in Secure Settings The Routledge International Handbook of Forensic Psychology in Secure Settings is the first volume to identify discuss and analyse the most important psychological issues within prisons and secure hospitals. Including contributions from leading researchers and practitioners from the UK US Australia and Canada the book covers not only the key groups that forensic psychologists work with but also the treatment options available to them workplace issues unique to secure settings and some of the wider topics that impact upon offender populations. The book is divided into four sections: population and issues; treatment; staff and workplace issues; contemporary issues for forensic application. With chapters offering both theoretical rigour and practical application this is a unique resource that will be essential reading for any student researcher or practitioner of forensic psychology or criminology. It will also be relevant for those interested in social policy and social care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138942578

The Routledge International Handbook of Froebel and Early Childhood PracticeRe-articulating Research and Policy A major influence on the education of young children since the late nineteenth century the philosophical and practical tenets of Frobelian early childhood education require urgent re-articulation in light of current debate and developments in research and policy. This seminal Handbook responds to this need drawing together a unique and valuable body of literature research and case studies to make explicit the specific features of Froebelian education and provide key impulses for future research and practice in this area. Chapters present the sometimes divergent perspectives of leading educationalists and so offer a uniquely comprehensive overview of Froebelian approaches and their interaction with contemporary policies and insights. The Handbook explores five significant areas of scholarship and practice: Part I examines the original Froebelian principles and practices in early childhood education in different parts of the world. Part II presents case studies development projects and practitioner publications exploring Froebelian approaches to early childhood education. Part III details research studies which document debate and evaluate Froebelian approaches. Part IV considers how Froebelian approaches might be sustained and adapted for use in various cultural contexts across the world. Part V offers a re-articulation of research and policy. An essential resource for in-service and future practitioners researchers and policy-makers involved in early childhood education this key text will promote discussion aid analysis and further the practical application of Frobelian principles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138672628

The Routledge International Handbook of Global Therapeutic Cultures The Routledge International Handbook of Global Therapeutic Cultures explores central lines of enquiry and seminal scholarship on therapeutic cultures popular psychology and the happiness industry. Bringing together studies of therapeutic cultures from sociology anthropology psychology education politics law history social work cultural studies development studies and American Indian studies it adopts a consciously global focus combining studies of the psychologisation of social life from across the world. Thematically organised it offers historical accounts of the growing prominence of therapeutic discourses and practices in everyday life before moving to consider the construction of self-identity in the context of the diffusion of therapeutic discourses in connection with the global spread of capitalism. With attention to the ways in which emotional language has brought new problematisations of the dichotomy between the normal and the pathological as well as significant transformations of key institutions such as work family education and religion it examines emergent trends in therapeutic culture and explores the manner in which the advent of new therapeutic technologies the political interest in happiness and the radical privatisation and financialisation of social life converge to remake self-identities and modes of everyday experience. Finally the volume features the work of scholars who have foregrounded the historical and contemporary implication of psychotherapeutic practices in processes of globalisation and colonial and postcolonial modes of social organisation. Presenting agenda-setting research to encourage interdisciplinary and international dialogue and foster the development of a distinctive new field of social research The Routledge International Handbook of Global Therapeutic Cultures will appeal to scholars across the social sciences with interests in the advance of therapeutic discourses and practices in an increasingly psychologised society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367110925

The Routledge International Handbook of Globalization Studies The Routledge International Handbook of Globalization Studies offers students clear and informed chapters on the history of globalization and key theories that have considered the causes and consequences of the globalization process. There are substantive sections looking at demographic economic technological social and cultural changes in globalization. The handbook examines many negative aspects – new wars slavery illegal migration pollution and inequality – but concludes with an examination of responses to these problems through human rights organizations international labour law and the growth of cosmopolitanism. There is a strong emphasis on interdisciplinary approaches with essays covering sociology demography economics politics anthropology and history. The Handbook written in a clear and direct style will appeal to a wide audience. The extensive references and sources will direct students to areas of further study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415686082

The Routledge International Handbook of Globalization StudiesSecond edition The second edition of the Routledge International Handbook of Globalization Studies offers students clear and informed chapters on the history of globalization and key theories that have considered the causes and consequences of the globalization process. There are substantive sections looking at demographic economic technological social and cultural changes in globalization. The handbook examines many negative aspects – new wars slavery illegal migration pollution and inequality – but concludes with an examination of responses to these problems through human rights organizations international labour law and the growth of cosmopolitanism. There is a strong emphasis on interdisciplinary approaches with essays covering sociology demography economics politics anthropology and history.The second edition has been completely revised and features important new thinking on themes such as Islamophobia and the globalization of religious conflict shifts in global energy production such as fracking global inequalities fiscal transformations of the state and problems of taxation globalization and higher education and an analysis of the general sense of catastrophe that surrounds contemporary understandings of the consequences of a global world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367868871

The Routledge International Handbook of Higher Education This volume is a detailed and up-to-date reference work providing an authoritative overview of the main issues in higher education around the world today. Consisting of newly commissioned chapters and impressive journal articles it surveys the state of the discipline and includes the examination and discussion of emerging controversial and cutting edge areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138576995

The Routledge International Handbook of Human AggressionCurrent Issues and Perspectives Drawing upon international expertise and including some of the most well-known academics and practitioners in the field The Routledge International Handbook of Human Aggression is the first reference work to fully capture how our understanding of aggression has been refined and reconceptualised in recent years. Divided into five sections the handbook covers some of the most interesting and timely topics within human aggression research with analysis of both indirect and direct forms of aggression and including chapters on sexual aggression workplace bullying animal abuse gang violence and female aggression. It recognises that in many cases aggression is an adaptive choice rather than a moral choice. Providing practitioners and academics with an up-to-date resource that covers broad areas of interest and application the book will be essential reading for students researchers and practitioners associated with a range of social science disciplines including psychology criminology social work and sociology particularly those with an interest in developmental organisational forensic and criminal justice allied disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138668188

The Routledge International Handbook of Innovation Education The Routledge International Handbook of Innovation Education is the international reference work on innovation education and potentially opens an entirely new direction in education. The overall goal of the handbook is to address the question of how to develop innovators in general and how to develop the innovative potential of today’s young people with exceptional talents in science technology engineering and maths (STEM) disciplines in particular. Today many governments around the world are interested in the development of STEM innovators. This handbook provides the first and most comprehensive account available of what should be done in order to develop innovators and how to do it successfully. It includes chapters by leading specialists from around the world responsible for much of the current research in the fields of innovation gifted education scientific talent science education and high ability studies. Based on the latest research findings and expert opinion this book goes beyond mere anecdotes to consider what science can tell us about the development of innovators. By enlisting chapters from innovation experts educators psychologists policy makers and researchers in the field of management The Routledge International Handbook of Innovation Education will allow all of these scholars to speak to each other about how to develop innovators via innovation education including such issues as: the nature of innovation education its basis main components and content its criteria and specificity in various domains and contexts societal demands placed upon it. This ground-breaking and potentially field defining work will thus serve as the first authoritative resource on all aspects of theory research and practice of innovation education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415821858

The Routledge International Handbook of Intercultural Arts Research For artists scholars researchers educators and students of arts theory interested in culture and the arts a proper understanding of the questions surrounding ‘interculturality’ and the arts requires a full understanding of the creative methodological and interconnected possibilities of theory practice and research. The International Handbook of Intercultural Arts Research provides concise and comprehensive reviews and overviews of the convergences and divergences of intercultural arts practice and theory offering a consolidation of the breadth of scholarship practices and the contemporary research methodologies methods and multi-disciplinary analyses that are emerging within this new field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815353683

The Routledge International Handbook of Islamophobia Islamophobic hate crimes have increased significantly following the terrorist attacks of 9/11 and 7/7. More recently the rhetoric surrounding Trump’s election and presidency Brexit the rise of far-right groups and ISIS-inspired terrorist attacks worldwide have promoted a climate where Islamophobia and anti-Muslim sentiments have become ‘legitimised’. The Routledge International Handbook of Islamophobia provides a comprehensive single-volume collection of key readings in Islamophobia. Consisting of 32 chapters accessibly written by scholars policy makers and practitioners it seeks to examine the nature extent implications of and responses to Islamophobic hate crime both nationally and internationally. This volume will appeal to undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as postdoctoral researchers interested in fields such as Criminology Victimology Sociology Social Policy Religious Studies Law and related Social Sciences subjects. It will also appeal to scholars policy makers and practitioners working in and around the areas of Islamophobic hate crimes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815353751

The Routledge International Handbook of Island StudiesA World of Islands From tourist paradises to immigrant detention camps from offshore finance centres to strategic military bases islands offer distinct identities and spaces in an increasingly homogenous and placeless world. The study of islands is important for its own sake and on its own terms. But so is the notion that the island is a laboratory a place for developing and testing ideas and from which lessons can be learned and applied elsewhere.The Routledge International Handbook of Island Studies is a global research-based and pluri-disciplinary overview of the study of islands. Its chapters deal with the contribution of islands to literature social science and natural science as well as other applied areas of inquiry. The collated expertise of interdisciplinary and international scholars offers unique insights: individual chapters dwell on geomorphology zoology and evolutionary biology; the history sociology economics and politics of island communities; tourism wellbeing and migration; as well as island branding resilience and ‘commoning’. The text also offers pioneering forays into the study of islands that are cities along rivers or artificial constructions.This insightful Handbook will appeal to geographers environmentalists sociologists political scientists and one hopes some of the 600 million or so people who live on islands or are interested in the rich dynamics of islands and island life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367659899

The Routledge International Handbook of Jungian Film Studies Winner of the IAJS award for best edited book of 2018! The Routledge International Handbook of Jungian Film Studies weaves together the various strands of Jungian film theory revealing a coherent theoretical position underpinning this exciting recent area of research while also exploring and suggesting new directions for further study. The book maps the current state of debates within Jungian orientated film studies and sets them within a more expansive academic landscape. Taken as a whole the collection shows how different Jungian approaches can inform and interact with a broad range of disciplines including literature digital media studies clinical debates and concerns. The book also explores the life of film outside cinema - what is sometimes termed ‘post-cinema’ - offering a series of articles exploring Jungian approaches to cinema and social media computer games mobile screens and on-line communities. The Routledge International Handbook of Jungian Film Studies represents an essential resource for students and researchers interested in Jungian approaches to film. It will also appeal to those interested in film theory more widely and in the application of Jung’s ideas to contemporary and popular culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367339791

The Routledge International Handbook of Language Education Policy in Asia This must-have handbook offers a comprehensive survey of the field. It reviews the language education policies of Asia encompassing 30 countries sub-divided by regions namely East Southeast South and Central Asia and considers the extent to which these are being implemented and with what effect. The most recent iteration of language education policies of each of the countries is described and the impact and potential consequence of any change is critically considered. Each country chapter provides a historical overview of the languages in use and language education policies examines the ideologies underpinning the language choices and includes an account of the debates and controversies surrounding language and language education policies before concluding with some predictions for the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138955608

The Routledge International Handbook of Learning As our understanding of learning focuses on the whole person rather than individual aspects of learning so the process of learning is beginning to be studied from a wide variety of perspectives and disciplines. This handbook presents a comprehensive overview of the contemporary research into learning: it brings together a diverse range of specialities with chapters written by leading scholars throughout the world from a wide variety of different approaches. The International Handbook of Learning captures the complexities of the learning process in seven major parts. Its 54 chapters are sub-divided in seven parts: Learning and the person: senses cognitions emotions personality traits and learning styles Learning across the lifespan Life-wide learning Learning across the disciplines: covering everything from anthropology to neuroscience Meaning systems’ interpretation Learning and disability Historical and contemporary learning theorists. Written by international experts this book is the first comprehensive multi-disciplinary analysis of learning packing a diverse collection of research into one accessible volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138577039

The Routledge International Handbook of Learning with Technology in Early Childhood The Routledge International Handbook of Learning with Technology in Early Childhood focuses specifically on the most cutting-edge innovative and international approaches in the study of children’s use of and learning with digital technologies. This edited volume is a comprehensive survey of methods in children’s technologies and contains a rich repertoire of studies from diverse fields and research including both educational and developmental psychology post-humanist literacy applied linguistics language and phenomenology and narrative approaches. For ease of reference the Handbook's 28 chapters are divided into four thematic sections: introduction and opening reflections; studies answering ontological questions which theorize how children take on original identities in becoming literate with technologies; studies answering epistemological questions which focus on how children’s knowledge and learning are (co)constructed with a diverse range of technologies; studies answering practice-related questions which explore the resources and conditions that create the most powerful learning opportunities for children. Expertly edited this interdisciplinary and international compendium is an ideal introduction to such a diverse multi-faceted field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138308169

The Routledge International Handbook of Legal and Investigative Psychology The Routledge International Handbook of Legal and Investigative Psychology explores contemporary topics in psychological science applying them to investigative and legal procedures. Written by recognized scholars from around the globe this book brings together current research emerging trends and cutting-edge debates in a single comprehensive and authoritative volume. Drawing from both research and practice this handbook highlights many important issues such as: how to investigate and prosecute rape; the value of emotional affect in homicide investigations; and factors affecting jurors’ and suspects’ decision making. By considering current research the authors inform both legal and investigative professionals of findings that are of direct relevance to them and the steps that can be taken to improve efficiency. This collection will inform investigative and legal professionals advanced psychology students academics researchers and policy makers. It will also be of great interest to researchers from other disciplines including criminology policing and law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367345570

The Routledge International Handbook of Life-Course Criminology Since its introduction in the latter half of the 1980s the meticulous study of distinct criminal career dimensions like onset frequency and crime mix has yielded a wealth of information on the way crime develops over the life-span. Policymakers in turn have used this information in their efforts to tailor criminal justice interventions to be both effective and efficient. Life-course criminology studies the ways in which the criminal career is embedded in the totality of the individual life-course and seeks to clarify the causal mechanisms governing this process.The Routledge International Handbook of Life-Course Criminology provides an authoritative collection of international theoretical and empirical research into the way that criminal behavior develops over the life-span which causal mechanisms are involved in shaping this development and to what degree criminal justice interventions are successful in redirecting offenders’ criminal trajectories. Drawing upon qualitative and quantitative research this handbook covers theory describes and compares criminal career patterns across different countries tests current explanations of criminal development and using cutting-edge methods assesses the intended and unintended effects of formal interventions.This book is the first of its kind to offer a comprehensive overview of state-of-the-art developments in criminal career and life-course research providing unique perspectives and exclusive local knowledge from over 50 international scholars. This book is an ideal companion for teachers and researchers engaged in the field of developmental and life-course criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581336

The Routledge International Handbook of Military Psychology and Mental Health Military psychology has become one of the world’s fastest-growing disciplines with ever-emerging new applications of research and development. The Routledge International Handbook of Military Psychology and Mental Health is a compendium of chapters by internationally renowned scholars in the field bringing forth the state of the art in the theory practice and future prospects of military psychology. This uniquely interdisciplinary volume deliberates upon the current issues and applications of military psychology not only within the military organization and the discipline of psychology but also in the larger context of its role of building a better world. Split into three parts dedicated to specific themes the first part of the book "Military Psychology: The Roots and the Journey " provides an overview of the evolution of the discipline over the years delving into concepts as varied as culture and cognition in the military a perspective on the role of military psychology in future warfare and ethical issues. The second part "Soldiering: Deployment and Beyond " considers the complexities involved in soldiering in view of the changing nature of warfare generating a focal discourse on various aspects of military leadership soldier resilience and post-traumatic growth in the face of extreme situations bravery and character strengths and transitioning to civilian life. In the final section "Making a Choice: Mental Health Issues and Prospects in the Military " the contributors focus on the challenges and practices involved in maintaining the mental health of the soldier covering issues ranging from stress mental health and well-being through to suicide risk and its prevention intervention and management strategies moral injury and post-traumatic stress disorder. Incorporating enlightening contributions of eminent scholars from around the world the volume is a comprehensive repository of current perspectives and future directions in the domain of military psychology. It will prove a valuable resource for mental health practitioners military leaders policy-makers and academics and students across a range of disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367237066

The Routledge International Handbook of New Digital Practices in Galleries Libraries Archives Museums and Heritage Sites The Routledge International Handbook of New Digital Practices in Galleries Libraries Archives Museums and Heritage Sites presents a fascinating picture of the ways in which today's cultural institutions are undergoing a transformation through innovative applications of digital technology. With a strong focus on digital design practice the volume captures the vital discourse between curators exhibition designers historians heritage practitioners technologists and interaction designers from around the world. Contributors interrogate how their projects are extending the traditional reach and engagement of institutions through digital designs that reconfigure the interplay between collections public knowledge and civic society. Bringing together the experiences of some of today’s most innovative cultural institutions and thinkers the Handbook provides refreshingly new ideas and directions for the exciting digital challenges and opportunities that lie ahead. As such it should be essential reading for academics students designers and professionals interested in the production of culture in the post-digital age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138581296

The Routledge International Handbook of Organizational Autoethnography For nearly 40 years researchers have been using narratives and stories to understand larger cultural issues through the lenses of their personal experiences. There is an increasing recognition that autoethnographic approaches to work and organizations add to our knowledge of both personal identity and organizational scholarship. By using personal narrative and autoethnographic approaches this research focuses on the working lives of individual people within the organizations for which they work. This international handbook includes chapters that provide multiple overarching perspectives to organizational autoethnography including views from fields such as critical postcolonial and queer studies. It also tackles specific organizational processes including organizational exits grief fandom and workplace bullying as well as highlighting the ethical implications of writing organizational research from a personal narrative approach. Contributors also provide autoethnographies about the military health care and academia in addition to approaches from various subdisciplines such as marketing economics and documentary film work. Contributions from the US the UK Europe and the Global South span disciplines such as organizational studies and ethnography communication studies business studies and theatre and performance to provide a comprehensive map of this wide-reaching area of qualitative research. This handbook will therefore be of interest to both graduate and postgraduate students as well as practicing researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367174729

The Routledge International Handbook of Perpetrator Studies The Routledge International Handbook of Perpetrator Studies traces the growth of an important interdisciplinary field its foundations key debates and core concerns as well as highlighting current and emerging issues and approaches and pointing to new directions for enquiry. With a focus on the perpetrators of mass killings political violence and genocide the handbook is concerned with a range of issues relating to the figure of the perpetrator from questions of definition typology and conceptual analysis to the study of motivations and group dynamics to questions of guilt and responsibility as well as representation and memory politics. Offering an overview of the field its essential concepts and approaches this foundational volume presents contemporary perspectives on longstanding debates and recent contributions to the field that significantly expand the theoretical temporal political and geographical discussion of perpetrators and their representation through literature film and art. It points to emerging areas and future trends in the field thus providing scholars with ideas or encouragement for future research activity. As such It will appeal to scholars across a range of disciplines including sociology anthropology criminology philosophy memory studies psychology political science literary studies film studies law cultural studies and visual art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138103245

The Routledge International Handbook of Philosophies and Theories of Early Childhood Education and Care The Routledge Handbook of Philosophies and Theories of Early Childhood Education and Care brings together leading writers in the field to provide a much-needed authoritative guide to the major philosophies and theories which have shaped approaches to Early Childhood Education and Care. Providing a detailed overview of key concepts debates and practical challenges the handbook combines theoretical acumen with specific examples to show how philosophies and theories have evolved over the centuries and their impact on policy and society. It examines the ways in which societies define and make sense of childhood and the factors that influence the development of philosophies about young children and their learning. The collection offers an insight into the key theorists and considers how the economics and politics of their time and personal ideology influenced their ideas about childhood. It looks at curricula and provision which have proved inspirational and how these have impacted on policy and practice in different parts of the world. The handbook also explores alternative and perhaps less familiar philosophies and ideas about babies and young children their place in society and the ways in which it might be appropriate to educate them Bringing together specially commissioned pieces by a range of international authors this handbook will enable academics research students practitioners and policy-makers to reflect on their own understandings and approaches as well as the assumptions made in their own and other societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138022812

The Routledge International Handbook of Philosophy for Children This rich and diverse collection offers a range of perspectives and practices of Philosophy for Children (P4C). P4C has become a significant educational and philosophical movement with growing impact on schools and educational policy. Its community of inquiry pedagogy has been taken up in community adult higher further and informal educational settings around the world. The internationally sourced chapters offer research findings as well as insights into debates provoked by bringing children’s voices into moral and political arenas and to philosophy and the broader educational issues this raises for example: historical perspectives on the field democratic participation and epistemic pedagogical and political relationships philosophy as a subject and philosophy as a practice philosophical teaching across the curriculum embodied enquiry emotions and space knowledge truth and philosophical progress resources and texts for philosophical inquiry ethos and values of P4C practice and research. The Routledge International Handbook of Philosophy for Children will spark new discussions and identify emerging questions and themes in this diverse and controversial field. It is an accessible engaging and provocative read for all students researchers academics and educators who have an interest in Philosophy for Children its educational philosophy and its pedagogy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138847675

The Routledge International Handbook of Psychobiology The Routledge International Handbook of Psychobiology provides authoritative cutting-edge research across the range of areas that fall under the umbrella of psychobiology. The handbook comprises 30 chapters which are organized into seven sections: the physical environment; how psychobiological processes regulate how we respond and cope; stress and anxiety; managing and enhancing mood and cognition; substance use and misuse; sleep; and psychobiology and human development. Each of the chapters is authored by experienced and active researchers in their field who provide authoritative reviews of the latest developments in psychobiology. It is essential reading for both established researchers in the field of psychobiology as well as advanced students wishing to learn more about both the historical foundations and latest developments in this rapidly growing field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138188006

The Routledge International Handbook of Psychosocial Epidemiology The health effects of psychosocial factors are a widely discussed and controversial topic. Do positive and negative emotions affect our risk of developing physical disease? Are depressive individuals more likely to have cancer than those with an optimistic outlook on life? And what is the role of IQ in staying healthy and recovering from disease? Importantly can we improve our health and life expectancy by avoiding certain psychosocial risk factors and maximizing positive psychological well-being? These and other questions are the focus of psychosocial epidemiology a discipline linking psychological social and biological sciences. The Routledge International Handbook of Psychosocial Epidemiology is the first book to map this growing discipline. Including contributions from many of the leading researchers in the field it is divided into five sections: Part I: Methodological challenges in studying psychosocial factors and health; Part II: Psychosocial factors in the etiology and prognosis of chronic diseases; Part III: Controversies in the psychosocial approach; Part IV: Interventions and policy implications Part V: Future research directions Taking advantage of a huge growth in research in recent years the book provides the reader with the essentials to evaluate the diverse set of studies on psychosocial factors and health that are published today and describes study designs in this field of research progress in judging the validity of epidemiological evidence as well as challenges in translating evidence into action. This is an important and timely book. Providing methodological rigour critical analysis and the policy implications of this emerging field of study The Routledge International Handbook of Psychosocial Epidemiology will be an invaluable resource for students and researchers within both behavioural and medical sciences as well as policy makers and others working in health and social care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138942547

The Routledge International Handbook of Psychosocial Resilience Psychological resilience has emerged as a highly significant area of research and practice in recent years finding applications with a broad range of different groups in many settings. Contemporary discourse is not limited to ways of effective coping with adversity but also introduces mechanisms that can lead to enhanced capacity after dealing with difficult circumstances and recognises the importance of enriching the field with varied perspectives. The Routledge International Handbook of Psychosocial Resilience is a comprehensive compendium of writings of international contributors that takes stock of the state-of-the-art in resilience theory research and practice.The Routledge International Handbook of Psychosocial Resilience covers the many different trajectories that resilience research has taken in four parts. Part One delineates the ‘Conceptual Arena’ by providing an overview of the current state of theory and research exploring biological psychological and socio-ecological perspectives and discussing various theoretical models of personal and social resilience. The ‘Psychosocial Correlates’ of resilience are discussed further in Part Two from personal and personality correlates socio-environmental factors and the contextual and cultural conditions conducive to resilient behaviour. In Part Three ‘Applied Evidences’ are introduced in order to build upon the theoretical foundations in the form of several case studies drawn from varied contexts. Examples of resilient behaviour range from post-disaster scenarios to special operation groups orphaned children and violent extremism. Finally Part Four ‘Proposed Implications and Resilience Building’ sums up the issues involved in discussing post-traumatic growth wellbeing and positive adaptation in the varied contexts of personal familial organizational and societal resilience. The volume provides a comprehensive overview of resilience theory practice and research across disciplines and cultures from varied perspectives and different populations. It will be a key reference for psychiatrists psychologists psychotherapists and psychiatric social workers in practice and in training as well as researchers and students of psychology sociology human development family studies and disaster management.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581497

The Routledge International Handbook of Race Culture and Mental Health This handbook presents a thorough examination of the intricate interplay of race ethnicity and culture in mental health – historical origins subsequent transformations and the discourses generated from past and present mental health and wellness practices. The text demonstrates how socio-cultural identities including race gender class sexual orientation disability religion and age intersect with clinical work in a range of settings. Case vignettes and recommendations for best practice help ground each in a clinical focus guiding practitioners and educators to actively increase their understanding of non-Western and indigenous healing techniques as well as their awareness of contemporary mental health theories as a product of Western culture with a particular historical and cultural perspective. The international contributors also discuss ways in which global mental health practices transcend racial cultural ethnic linguistic and political boundaries. The Routledge International Handbook of Race  Culture and Mental Health is an essential resource for students researchers and professionals alike as it addresses the complexity of mental health issues from a critical global perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279995

The Routledge International Handbook of Religious Education How and what to teach about religion is controversial in every country. The Routledge International Handbook of Religious Education is the first book to comprehensively address the range of ways that major countries around the world teach religion in public and private educational institutions. It discusses how three models in particular seem to dominate the landscape. Countries with strong cultural traditions focused on a majority religion tend to adopt an "identification model " where instruction is provided only in the tenets of the majority religion often to the detriment of other religions and their adherents. Countries with traditions that differentiate church and state tend to adopt a "separation model " thus either offering instruction in a wide range of religions or in some cases teaching very little about religion intentionally leaving it to religious institutions and the home setting to provide religious instruction. Still other countries attempt "managed pluralism " in which neither one nor many but rather a limited handful of major religious traditions are taught. Inevitably there are countries which do not fit any of these dominant models and the range of methods touched upon in this book will surprise even the most enlightened reader. Religious instruction by educational institutions in 53 countries and regions of the world are explored by experts native to each country. These chapters discuss: Legal parameters in terms of subjective versus objective instruction in religion Constitutional statutory social and political contexts to religious approaches Distinctions between the kinds of instruction permitted in elementary and secondary schools versus what is allowed in institutions of higher learning. Regional assessments which provide a welcome overview and comparison. This comprehensive and authoritative volume will appeal to educators scholars religious leaders politicians and others interested in how religion and education interface around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138577183

The Routledge International Handbook of Research on Dialogic Education The Routledge International Handbook of Research on Dialogic Education provides a comprehensive overview of the main ideas and themes that make up the exciting and diverse field of Dialogic Education. With contributions from the world’s leading researchers it describes underpinning theoretical approaches debates methodologies evidence of impact how Dialogic Education relates to different areas of the curriculum and ways in which work in this field responds to the profound educational challenges of our time. The handbook is divided into seven sections covering: The theory of Dialogic Education Classroom dialogue Dialogue teachers and professional development Dialogic Education for literacy and language Dialogic Education and digital technology Dialogic Education in science and mathematics Dialogic Education for transformative purposes Expertly written and researched the handbook marks the coming of age of Dialogic Education as an important and distinctive area of applied educational research. Featuring chapters from authors working in different educational contexts around the world the handbook is of international relevance and provides an invaluable resource for researchers and students concerned with the study of educational dialogue and allied areas of socio-cultural research. It will interest students on PhD programmes in Education Faculties Master's level courses in Education and postgraduate teacher-training courses. The accounts of results achieved by high-impact research projects around the world will also be very valuable for policy makers and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138338517

The Routledge International Handbook of Research on Teaching Thinking The Routledge International Handbook of Research on Teaching Thinking is a comprehensive guide to research on teaching thinking. Teaching thinking is key to growing a more successful economy is needed for increased democratic engagement and is vital for the well-being of individuals faced with the complexity of a globalised world. However there are questions about what we mean by ‘thinking’ how best to teach it and how best to assess it and it is these questions that this handbook explores and addresses. Containing surveys and summaries of international cutting-edge research on every aspect of teaching thinking in a range of contexts the handbook is thorough in its delivery examining many different approaches and methods to help readers understand what teaching thinking is and how we can best take this movement forward. Key topics include: • Theoretical perspectives on teaching thinking • Approaches for teaching thinking • Developing creative thinking • Developing critical thinking and metacognition • The assessment of thinking • Teaching thinking in the context of STEM • Collaborative thinking and new technology • Neuro-educational research on teaching thinking This book is an essential guide for policy-makers teachers and researchers who are interested in teaching thinking Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138577343

The Routledge International Handbook of Rural Criminology 49% of the world’s population lives in small towns villages and farms yet until recent years criminological scholarship has focused almost exclusively on urban crimes. The Routledge International Handbook of Rural Criminology is the first major publication to bring together this growing body of scholarship under a single cover. For many years rural criminology has remained marginalized and often excluded from the mainstream with precedence given to urban criminology: this volume intends to address that imbalance.Pioneering in scope this book brings together leading international scholars from fourteen different countries to offer an authoritative synthesis of theoretical and empirical literature. This handbook is divided in to seven parts each addressing a different aspect of rural criminology:Rurality and crimeCriminological dimensions of food and agricultureViolence and ruralityDrug use production and trafficking in the rural contextIntersections between rural and green criminologyPolicing justice and ruralityTeaching rural criminologyEdited by a world renowned scholar of rural criminology this book explores rural crime issues in over thirty-five countries including Japan Sweden Brazil Australia Tanzania the US and the UK. This is the first Handbook dedicated to rural criminology and is an essential resource for criminologists sociologists and social geographers engaged with rural studies and crime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581633

The Routledge International Handbook of Sandplay Therapy The Routledge International Handbook of Sandplay Therapy provides a comprehensive overview of this therapeutic method developed to provide a means of helping clients of all ages with mental suffering. The contributors from a range of therapeutic and cultural backgrounds demonstrate core theory and practice and explore the implications of current neuroscientific research. The chapters illustrate the effectiveness of this seemingly simple psychotherapeutic tool in its contemporary applications. Split into six parts this handbook considers: Sandplay therapy in medicine Sandplay with special populations Sandplay in analysis and general practice Adaptions of the Sandplay method in education Sandplay and the spirit Non-Jungian uses of the sand tray in therapeutic applications Unique in scope and breadth this handbook will appeal to academics and students of Jungian psychotherapy as well as occupational therapists art and play therapists and all clinicians using Sandplay therapy as part of their professional practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138101692

The Routledge International Handbook of Simmel Studies The Routledge International Handbook of Simmel Studies documents the richness variety and creativity of contemporary international research on Georg Simmel’s work. Starting with the established role of Simmel as a classical author of sociology and including the growing interest in his work in the domain of philosophy this volume explores the research on Simmel in several further disciplines including art social aesthetics literature theatre essayism and critical theory as well as in the debates on cosmopolitanism economic pathologies of life freedom modernity religion and nationalism. Bringing together contributions from leading specialists in research on Simmel the book is thematically arranged in order to highlight the relevance of his oeuvre for different fields of recent research with a further section tracing the most important paths that Simmel’s reception has taken in the world. As such it will appeal to scholars across the social sciences and humanities and to sociologists philosophers and social theorists in particular with interest in Simmel’s thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367277239

The Routledge International Handbook of Social Justice In a world where genocide hunger poverty war and disease persist and where richer nations often fail to act to address these problems or act too late a prerequisite to achieving even modest social justice goals is to clarify the meaning of competing discourses on the concept. Throughout history calls for social justice have been used to rationalize the status quo promote modest reforms and justify revolutionary even violent action. Ironically as the prominence of the concept has risen the meaning of social justice has become increasingly obscured. This authoritative volume explores different perspectives on social justice and what its attainment would involve. It addresses key issues such as resolving fundamental questions about human nature and social relationships; the distribution of resources power status rights access and opportunities; and the means by which decisions regarding this distribution are made. Illustrating the complexity of the topic it presents a range of international historical and theoretical perspectives and discusses the dilemmas inherent in implementing social justice concepts in policy and practice. Covering more than abstract definitions of social justice it also includes multiple examples of how social justice might be achieved at the interpersonal organizational community and societal levels. With contributions from leading scholars around the globe Reisch has put together a magisterial and multi-faceted overview of social justice. It is an essential reference work for all scholars with an interest in social justice from a wide range of disciplines including social work public policy public health law criminology sociology and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138690455

The Routledge International Handbook of Spirituality in Society and the Professions Increasingly it is being recognized that spirituality defined here as "a multiform search for a transcendent meaning of life that connects them to all living beings and brings them in touch with God or ‘Ultimate Reality ’" is an aspect of almost every sphere and aspect of social life. It appears in humanity’s dealings with nature home and community healing economics and business knowledge and education. The Routledge International Handbook of Spirituality in Society and the Professions is a stimulating collection that summarizes the most important issues frameworks discussions and problems relating to spiritually inspired activities in different fields of social life.The contributors explore how spirituality is a part of existence and present approaches and models for professionals working in diverse areas. Presented in seven parts the book provides a full overview of current research and practice. Part II "Facets of spirituality " explores topics including philosophy psychology theology and culture. Part III "Nature " looks at ecology agriculture cities and tourism. Part IV "Home and community " presents chapters on various life stages disability gender and culture. Part V "Healing " examines medicine mental and physical health and ill-health. In Part VI "Economy politics and law " contributors discuss business leadership and the workplace peace and policing. Part VII "Knowledge and education " includes chapters on science design fashion literature and the arts. In the final part "Way forward " the editors look to the future with a chapter on inter-spirituality and the renewal of social practices. Driven by contemporary research and new developments this Handbook is an innovative and interdisciplinary collection that provides an essential overview of contemporary spirituality and society from an international selection of contributors.The Routledge International Handbook of Spirituality in Society and the Professions offers accessible diverse and engaging international research and its scope will appeal to academics and students of a wide range of subjects including aging and addiction psychology theology religious studies sociology business studies and philosophy. It will also be an important work for professionals in medical and social services the clergy education business the arts religious communities and politics and members of organizations looking at the links between spirituality religion and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367659547

The Routledge International Handbook of Student-Centered Learning and Teaching in Higher Education The movement away from teacher-centered toward student-centered learning and teaching (SCLT) in higher education has intensified in recent decades. Yet in spite of its widespread use in literature and policy documents SCLT remains somewhat poorly defined under-researched and often misinterpreted. Against this backdrop The Routledge International Handbook of Student-Centered Learning and Teaching in Higher Education offers an original comprehensive and up-to-date overview of the fundamentals of SCLT and its discussion and applications in policy and practice. Bringing together 71 scholars from around the world the volume offers a most comprehensive and up-to-date overview of the fundamentals of SCLT and its applications in policy and practice; provides beacons of good practice that display how instructional expertise manifests itself in the quality of classroom learning and teaching and in the institutional environment; and critically discusses challenges new directions and developments in pedagogy course and study program design classroom practice assessment and institutional policy. An essential resource this book uniquely offers researchers educators and students in higher education new insights into the roots latest thinking practices and evidence surrounding SCLT in higher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367200527

The Routledge International Handbook of Teacher and School Development The International Handbook of Teacher and School Development brings together a collection of research and evidence-based authoritative writings which focus on international teacher and school development. Drawing on research from eighteen countries across seven continents the forty chapters are grouped into ten themes which represent key aspects of teacher and school development: Issues of Professionalism and Performativity What Being an Effective Teacher Really Means Reason and Emotion in Teaching Schools in Different Circumstances Student Voices in a Global Context Professional Learning and Development Innovative Pedagogies School Effectiveness and Improvement Successful Schools Successful Leader Professional Communities: their practices problems & possibilities Each theme expertly adds to the existing knowledge base about teacher and school development internationally. They are individually important in shaping and understanding an appreciation of the underlying conditions which influence teachers and schools both positively and negatively and the possibilities for their further development. This essential handbook will be of interest to teacher educators researchers in the field of teacher education and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138577145

The Routledge International Handbook of the Arts and Education This International Handbook brings together leading writers on Arts in Education to provide a much-needed authoritative guide to the main debates in the field and an informed account of contemporary developments in policy and practice. Providing a detailed overview of key concepts and practical challenges the book combines theoretical insight with specific examples of innovative projects drawing on theoretical historical and empirical research perspectives to inform understanding. The range of content highlights the breadth of the field addressing such issues as the importance of community arts and partnership as well as school education and providing insight into developments in multiple and connecting arts as well as traditional art forms. Topics such as assessment creativity cultural diversity special needs the arts in early childhood adult education arts based research are all addressed by recognised authorities in each area. The collection of chapters also serves to define the field of arts education recognising its diversity but highlighting the common elements that provide its identity. The collection addresses generic issues common to all the arts while acknowledging differences and recognising the dangers of over-generalisation. It also includes specific chapters on each of the art forms (visual art dance drama literature music media arts) providing a cutting-edge analysis of key contemporary issues in each subject. Bringing together specially commissioned pieces by a range of international authors this Handbook will make an important contribution to the field of Arts Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138577275

The Routledge International Handbook of the Crimes of the Powerful Across the world most people are well aware of ordinary criminal harms to person and property. Often committed by the powerless and poor these individualized crimes are catalogued in the statistics collected annually by the FBI and by similar agencies in other developed nations. In contrast the more harmful and systemic forms of injury to person and property committed by powerful and wealthy individuals groups and national states are neither calculated by governmental agencies nor annually reported by the mass media. As a result most citizens of the world are unaware of the routinized "crimes of the powerful" even though they are more likely to experience harms and injuries from these types of organized offenses than they are from the atomized offenses of the powerless.Research on the crimes of the powerful brings together several areas of criminological focus involving organizational and institutional networks of powerful people that commit crimes against workers marketplaces taxpayers and political systems as well as acts of torture terrorism and genocide. This international handbook offers a comprehensive authoritative and structural synthesis of these interrelated topics of criminological concern. It also explains why the crimes of the powerful are so difficult to control.Edited by internationally acclaimed criminologist Gregg Barak this book reflects the state of the art of scholarly research covering all the key areas including corporate global environmental and state crimes. The handbook is a perfect resource for students and researchers engaged with explaining and controlling the crimes of the powerful domestically and internationally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581763

The Routledge International Handbook of Universities Security and Intelligence Studies In an era of intensified international terror universities have been increasingly drawn into an arena of locating monitoring and preventing such threats forcing them into often covert relationships with the security and intelligence agencies. With case studies from across the world the Routledge International Handbook of Universities Security and Intelligence Studies provides a comparative in-depth analysis of the historical and contemporary relationships between global universities national security and intelligence agencies. Written by leading international experts and from multidisciplinary perspectives the Routledge International Handbook of Universities Security and Intelligence Studies provides theoretical methodological and empirical definition to academic scholarly and research enquiry at the interface of higher education security and intelligence studies. Divided into eight sections the Handbook explores themes such as: the intellectual frame for our understanding of the university-security-intelligence network; historical contemporary and future-looking interactions from across the globe; accounts of individuals who represent the broader landscape between universities and the security and intelligence agencies; the reciprocal interplay of personnel from universities to the security and intelligence agencies and vice versa; the practical goals of scholarship research and teaching of security and intelligence both from within universities and the agencies themselves; terrorism research as an important dimension of security and intelligence within and beyond universities; the implication of security and intelligence in diplomacy journalism and as an element of public policy; the extent to which security and intelligence practice research and study far exceeds the traditional remit of commonly held notions of security and intelligence.   Bringing together a unique blend of leading academic and practitioner authorities on security and intelligence the Routledge International Handbook of Universities Security and Intelligence Studies is an essential and authoritative guide for researchers and policymakers looking to understand the relationship between universities the security services and the intelligence community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138572416

The Routledge International Handbook of Violence Studies Violence is a serious public health problem. The number of violent deaths tells only part of the story and many more survive violence and are left with permanent physical and emotional scars. Violence also erodes communities by reducing productivity decreasing property values and disrupting social services.In recent years scholars have broadened their definitions of violence beyond the realm of interpersonal harms such as murder armed robbery and male-to-female physical and sexual assaults in intimate relationships to include behaviors often ignored by the criminal justice system such as human rights violations racism psychological abuse state terrorism environmental violations and war. Guided by this broader definition of violence this handbook offers state of the art research in the field and brings together international experts to discuss empirical theoretical and policy issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580445

The Routledge International Handbook of Walking Walking is an essentially human activity. From a basic means of transport and opportunity for leisure through to being a religious act walking has served as a significant philosophical literary and historical subject. Thoreau’s 1851 lecture on Walking or the Romantic walks of the Wordsworths at Grasmere in the early 19th Century for example helped create a philosophical foundation for the importance of the act of walking as an act of engagement with nature. Similarly and sometimes inseparable from secular appreciation pilgrimage trails provide opportunities for finding self and others in the travails of the walk. More recently walking has been embraced as a means of encouraging greater health and well-being community improvement and more sustainable means of travel. Yet despite the significance of the subject of walking there is as yet no integrated treatment of the subject in the social science literature.   This handbook therefore brings together a number of the main themes on the study of walking from different disciplines and literatures into a single volume that can be accessed from across the social sciences. It is divided into five main sections: culture society and historical context; social practices perceptions and behaviours; hiking trails and pilgrimage routes; health well-being and psychology; and method planning and design. Each of these highlights current approaches and major themes in research on walking in a range of different environments. This handbook carves out a unique niche in the study of walking. The international and cross-disciplinary nature of the contributions of the book are expected to be of interest to numerous academic fields in the social and health sciences as well as to urban and regional planners and those in charge of the management of outdoor recreation and tourism globally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138195349

The Routledge International Handbook of Young Children’s Thinking and Understanding  This ground-breaking handbook provides a much-needed contemporary and authoritative reference text on young children’s thinking. The different perspectives represented in the thirty-nine chapters contribute to a vibrant picture of young children their ways of thinking and their efforts at understanding constructing and navigating the world. The Routledge International Handbook of Young Children’s Thinking and Understanding brings together commissioned pieces by a range of hand-picked influential international authors from a variety of disciplines who share a high public profile for their specific developments in the theories of children’s thinking learning and understanding. The handbook is organised into four complementary parts: • How can we think about young children’s thinking?: Concepts and contexts • Knowing about the brain and knowing about the mind • Making sense of the world • Documenting and developing children’s thinking Supported throughout with relevant research and case studies this handbook is an international insight into the many ways there are to understand children and childhood paired with the knowledge that young children have a strong vital and creative ability to think and to understand and to create and contend with the world around them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138577213

The Routledge International Handbook of Young Children's Rights Written to commemorate 30 years since the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) The Routledge International Handbook of Young Children’s Rights reflects upon the status of children aged 0–8 years around the world whether they are respected or neglected and how we may move forward. With contributions from international experts and emerging authorities on children’s rights Murray Blue Swadener and Smith have produced this highly significant textbook on young children’s rights globally. Containing sections on policy along with rights to protection provision and participation for young children this book combines discussions of children’s rights and early childhood development and investigates the crucial yet frequently overlooked link between the two. The authors examine how policy practice and research could be utilised to address the barriers to universal respect for children to create a safer and more enriching world for them to live and flourish in. The Routledge International Handbook of Young Children’s Rights is an essential resource for students and academics in early childhood education social work and paediatrics as well as for researchers policymakers leaders and practitioners involved in the provision of children’s services and paedeatric healthcare and international organisations with an interest in or ability to influence national or global policies on children’s rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367142018

The Routledge International Handbook on Fear of Crime The Routledge International Handbook on Fear of Crime brings together original and international state of the art contributions of theoretical empirical policy-related scholarship on the intersection of perceptions of crime victimisation vulnerability and risk. This is timely as fear of crime has now been a focus of scholarly and policy interest for some fifty years and shows little sign of abating. Research on fear of crime is demonstrative of the inter-disciplinarity of criminology drawing in the disciplines of sociology psychology political science history cultural studies gender studies planning and architecture philosophy and human geography. This collection draws in many of these interdisciplinary themes. This collections also extends the boundaries of fear of crime research. It does this both methodologically and conceptually but perhaps more importantly it moves us beyond some of the often repeated debates in this field to focus on novel topics from unique perspectives. The book begins by plotting the history of fear of crime’s development then moves on to investigate the methodological and theoretical debates that have ensued and the policy transfer that occurred across jurisdictions. Key elements in debates and research on fear of crime concerning gender race and ethnicity are covered as are contemporary themes in fear of crime research such as regulation security risk and the fear of terrorism the mapping of fear of crime and fear of crime beyond urban landscapes. The final sections of the book explore geographies of fear and future and unique directions for this research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580995

The Routledge International Handbook on Hate Crime This edited collection brings together many of the world’s leading experts both academic and practitioner in a single volume Handbook that examines key international issues in the field of hate crime. Collectively it examines a range of pertinent areas with the ultimate aim of providing a detailed picture of the hate crime ‘problem’ in different parts of the world. The book is divided into four parts: An examination covering theories and concepts of issues relating to definitions of hate crime the individual and community impacts of hate crime the controversies of hate crime legislation and theoretical approaches to understanding offending. An exploration of the international geography of hate in which each chapter examines a range of hate crime issues in different parts of the world including the UK wider Europe North America Australia and New Zealand. Reflections on a number of different perspectives across a range of key issues in hate crime examining areas including particular issues affecting different victim groups the increasingly important influence of the Internet and hate crimes in sport. A discussion of a range of international efforts being utilised to combat hate and hate crime. Offering a strong international focus and comprehensive coverage of a wide range of hate crime issues this book is an important contribution to hate crime studies and will be essential reading for academics students and practitioners interested in this field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138303539

The Routledge International Handbook on Narrative and Life History In recent decades there has been a substantial turn towards narrative and life history study. The embrace of narrative and life history work has accompanied the move to postmodernism and post-structuralism across a wide range of disciplines: sociological studies gender studies cultural studies social history; literary theory; and most recently psychology. Written by leading international scholars from the main contributing perspectives and disciplines The Routledge International Handbook on Narrative and Life History seeks to capture the range and scope as well as the considerable complexity of the field of narrative study and life history work by situating these fields of study within the historical and contemporary context. Topics covered include: • The historical emergences of life history and narrative study • Techniques for conducting life history and narrative study • Identity and politics • Generational history • Social and psycho-social approaches to narrative history With chapters from expert contributors this volume will prove a comprehensive and authoritative resource to students researchers and educators interested in narrative theory analysis and interpretation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327672

The Routledge International Handbook to Veils and Veiling Veils and veiling are controversial topics in social and political life generating debates across the world. The veil is enmeshed within a complex web of relations encompassing politics religion and gender and conflicts over the nature of power legitimacy belief freedom agency and emancipation. In recent years the veil has become both a potent and unsettling symbol and a rallying-point for discourse and rhetoric concerning women Islam and the nature of politics. Early studies in gender doctrine and politics of veiling appeared in the 1970s following the Islamic revival and ’re-veiling’ trends that were dramatically expressed by 1979’s Iranian Islamic revolution. In the 1990s research focussed on the development of both an ’Islamic culture industry’ and greater urban middle class consumption of ’Islamic’ garments and dress styles across the Islamic world. In the last decade academics have studied Islamic fashion and marketing the political role of the headscarf the veiling of other religious groups such as Jews and Christians and secular forms of modest dress. Using work from contributors across a range of disciplinary backgrounds and locations this book brings together these research strands to form the most comprehensive book ever conceived on this topic. As such this handbook will be of interest to scholars and students of fashion gender studies religious studies politics and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367193010

The Routledge International Handbook to Welfare State Systems Developing countries may not have full-fledged welfare states like those we find in Europe but certainly they have welfare state systems. For comparative social policy research the term "welfare state systems" has many advantages as there are numerous different types/models of welfare state systems around the world. This path-breaking book edited by Christian Aspalter brings together leading experts to discuss social policy in 25 countries/regions around the world. From the most advanced welfare state systems in Scandinavia and Western Central Europe to the developing powers of Brazil China India Russia Mexico and Indonesia each country-specific chapter provides a historical overview discusses major characteristics of the welfare state system analyzes country-specific problems as well as critical current and future trends for further discussions while also providing one additional major focal point/issue for greater in-depth analysis. This book breaks new ground in ideal-typical welfare regime theory identifying now in total 10 worlds of welfare capitalism. It provides broad perspectives on critical challenges which welfare state systems in the developing and developed world alike must address now and in the future. It will be of great interest to all scholars and students of social policy social development development and health economists public policy health policy sociology social work and social policy makers and administrators. This book is a reference book for researchers and social policy administrators; it can also serve as a textbook for courses on comparative social policy international social policy and international social development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367352134

The Routledge Introduction to African American Literature The Routledge Introduction to African American Literature considers the key literary political historical and intellectual contexts of African American literature from its origins to the present and also provides students with an analysis of the most up-to-date literary trends and debates in African American literature. This accessible and engaging guide covers a variety of essential topics such as: Vernacular Oral and Blues Traditions in Literature Slave Narratives and Their Influence The Harlem Renaissance Mid-twentieth century black American Literature Literature of the civil rights and Black Power era Contemporary African American Writing Key thematic and theoretical debates within the field Examining the relationship between the literature and its historical and sociopolitical contexts D. Quentin Miller covers key authors and works as well as less canonical writers and themes including literature and music female authors intersectionality and transnational black writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415839655

The Routledge Introduction to American Modernism The modernist period was crucial for American literature as it gave writers the chance to be truly innovative and create their own distinct identity. Starting slightly earlier than many guides to modernism this lucid and comprehensive guide introduces the reader to the essential history of the period including technology religion economy class gender and immigration. These contexts are woven of into discussions of many significant authors and texts from the period. Wagner-Martin brings her years of writing about American modernism to explicate poetry and drama as well as fiction and life-writing. Among the authors emphasized are Ernest Hemingway William Faulkner Zora Neale Hurston Langston Hughes F. Scott Fitzgerald Gertrude Stein Willa Cather John Dos Passos William Carlos Williams Mike Gold James T. Farrell Clifford Odets John Steinbeck and countless others. A clear and engaging introduction to an exciting period of literature this is the ultimate guide for those seeking an overview of American Modernism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138847408

The Routledge Introduction to American Postmodernism The Routledge Introduction to American Postmodernism offers readers a fresh insightful overview to all genres of postmodern writing. Drawing on a variety of works from not only mainstream authors but also those that are arguably unconventional renowned scholar Linda Wagner-Martin gives the reader a solid framework and foundation to reading understanding and appreciating postmodern literature since its inception through the present day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138746657

The Routledge Introduction to American War Literature War and violence have arguably been some of the strongest influences on literature but the relation is complex: more than just a subject for story-telling war tends to reshape literature and culture. Modern war literature necessarily engages with national ideologies and this volume looks at the specificity of how American literature deals with the emotional intellectual social political and economic contradictions that evolve into and out of war. Raising questions about how American ideals of independence and gender affect representations of war while also considering how specifically American experiences of race and class interweave with representations of combat this book is a rich and coherent introduction to these texts and critical debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138917576

The Routledge Introduction to American Women Writers The Routledge Introduction to American Women Writers considers the important literary historical cultural and intellectual contexts of American women authors from the seventeenth century to the present and provides readers with an analysis of current literary trends and debates in women’s literature. This accessible and engaging guide covers a variety of essential topics such as: the transatlantic and transnational origins of American women's literary traditions the colonial period and the Puritans the early national period and the rhetoric of independence the nineteenth century and the Civil War the twentieth century including modernism the Harlem Renaissance and the Civil Rights era trends in twenty-first century American women's writing feminism gender and sexuality regionalism domesticity ethnicity and multiculturalism. The volume examines the ways in which women writers from diverse racial social and cultural backgrounds have shaped American literary traditions giving particular attention to the ways writers worked inside outside and around the strictures of their cultural and historical moments to create space for women’s voices and experiences as a vital part of American life. Addressing key contemporary and theoretical debates this comprehensive overview presents a highly readable narrative of the development of literature by American women and offers a crucial range of perspectives on American literary history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138016248

The Routledge Introduction to Canadian Fantastic Literature This study introduces the history themes and critical responses to Canadian fantastic literature. Taking a chronological approach this volume covers the main periods of Canadian science fiction and fantasy from the early nineteenth century to the first decades of the twenty-first century. The book examines both the texts and the contexts of Canadian writing in the fantastic analyzing themes and techniques in novels and short stories and looking at both national and international contexts of the literature’s history. This introduction will offer a coherent narrative of Canadian fantastic literature through analysis of the major texts and authors in the field and through relating the authors’ work to the world around them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367409432

The Routledge Introduction to Native American Literature This Introduction makes available for both student instructor and affcianado a refined set of tools for decolonizing our approaches prior to entering the unfamiliar landscape of Native American literatures. This book will introduce indigenous perspectives and traditions as articulated by indigenous authors whose voices have been a vital if often overlooked component of the American dialogue for more than 400 years. Paramount to this consideration of Native-centered reading is the understanding that literature was not something bestowed upon Native peoples by the settler culture either through benevolent interventions or violent programs of forced assimilation. Native literature precedes colonization and Native stories and traditions have their roots in both the precolonized and the decolonizing worlds. As this far-reaching survey of Native literary contributions will demostrate almost without fail when indigenous writers elected to enter into the world of western letters they did so with the intention of maintaining indigenous culture and community. Writing was and always remains a strategy for survival. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138630246

The Routledge Introduction to Qur'anic Arabic The Routledge Introduction to Qur’ānic Arabic is an innovative text-based language course designed for students interested in acquiring a foundation in Qur’ānic and Classical Arabic. Focused on enhancing comprehension and vocabulary acquisition the book contains 40 lessons designed to be covered in about 40 hours of classroom instruction. Starting with the shorter sÅ«ras of the Qur’ān such as al-Fatiha and those of the Juz’ ‘Amma it utilizes their recurring vocabulary and grammatical structures to build a stable linguistic foundation for learners before moving on to more challenging and longer sÅ«ras such as YāsÄ«n Maryam and YÅ«suf. Although the book is primarily designed for classroom use the vocabulary and structures of the short sÅ«ras the accompanying audio recordings and the activities found throughout the book will also be helpful for independent learners. The only prerequisite is knowledge of the Arabic writing system. The audio material which is available on the Routledge website helps learners improve their pronunciation of individual sounds and develop their skills to syllabify Arabic words and phrases correctly in order to approximate that of native speakers. Also available on the website are answer keys to exercises and transcriptions of the audio material. Written by an experienced teacher The Routledge Introduction to Qur’ānic Arabic is an essential guide for instructors students and anyone interested in developing their knowledge of Qur’ānic Arabic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415508940

The Routledge Introduction to Theatre and Performance Studies Erika Fischer-Lichte's introduction to the discipline of Theatre and Performance Studies is a strikingly authoritative and wide ranging guide to the study of theatre in all of its forms. Its three-part structure moves from the first steps in starting to think about performance through to the diverse and interrelated concerns required of higher-level study: Part 1 – Central Concepts for Theatre and Performance Research – introduces the language and key ideas that are used to discuss and think about theatre: concepts of performance; the emergence of meaning; and the theatrical event as an experience shared by actors and spectators. Part 1 contextualizes these concepts by tracing the history of Theatre and Performance Studies as a discipline. Part 2 – Fields Theories and Methods – looks at how to analyse a performance and how to conduct theatre-historiographical research. This section is concerned with the 'doing' of Theatre and Performance Studies: establishing and understanding different methodological approaches; using sources effectively; and building theoretical frameworks. Part 3 – Pushing Boundaries – expands on the lessons of Parts 1 and 2 in order to engage with theatre and performance in a global context. Part 3 introduces the concept of 'interweaving performance cultures'; explores the interrelation of theatre with the other arts; and develops a transformative aesthetics of performance.  Case studies throughout the book root its theoretical discussion in theatrical practice. Focused accounts of plays practitioners and performances map the development of Theatre and Performance Studies as an academic discipline and of the theatre itself as an art form. This is the most comprehensive and sophisticated introduction to the field available written by one of its foremost scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415504201

The Routledge Introductory Course in Biblical Hebrew The Routledge Introductory Course in Biblical Hebrew provides a comprehensive introduction to Biblical Hebrew language and texts. Combining a fresh and innovative approach with an in-depth treatment of the language it presents the essentials of biblical grammar and vocabulary in an engaging and systematic way. Unlike other Biblical Hebrew courses it is structured around a series of vibrant and memorable stories with each story reinforced by grammar explanations supportive exercises and a concluding genuine biblical text. This coherent focus encourages students to engage with the text actively and facilitate their mastery of the language to the full. Features include: Forty units covering all the topics expected in a first-year Biblical Hebrew course including the Hebrew writing system pointing rules nouns and adjectives parsing mastery of strong and weak verb paradigms and full attention to syntax Clear and detailed grammar explanations supported by plentiful examples An extensive assortment of varied and stimulating exercises designed to reinforce new grammar and develop students’ ability to use Biblical Hebrew actively Incorporation of a wide range of genuine biblical texts to familiarise students with the main biblical narrative cycles and to equip them with the ability to read authentic material from the earliest stages of learning A free companion website (www.routledge.com/cw/kahn) offering a wealth of additional instructor and student resources including many extra exercises and biblical texts flashcards to test knowledge a vocabulary guide listing words by part of speech a full answer key translations of all the stories and biblical texts a sample syllabus coursework assignments covering the entire contents of the course and audio recordings of the stories and biblical texts Coherent chapter organisation to consolidate and reinforce learning consistently at each step of the course Grammar summary two-way glossary and subject index presented at the back of the book for easy access A user-friendly text design with original illustrations and clear presentation of the Hebrew script Written by an experienced instructor and extensively trialled at UCL The Routledge Introductory Course in Biblical Hebrew will be an essential resource for all students beginning to learn Biblical Hebrew. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415524803

The Routledge Introductory Course in Modern HebrewHebrew in Israel The Routledge Introductory Course in Modern Hebrew is an integrated language course designed ideally for classroom–based learners. Adopting an eclectic approach the course contains 90 lessons combining authentic texts grammar explanations and exercises with audiovisual materials to guide and support the student through the key skills of reading writing speaking and listening. Features include: A wide range of texts from dialogues and simple narratives to newspaper articles and poetry Over 30 additional passages for extended reading Vocabulary lists for each text A variety of exercises for every lesson including oral drills listening comprehension grammarexercises and writing practice Glossaries for each unit and a comprehensive dictionary Thorough explanation of all the grammatical issues that arise at the introductory level A solid grammatical foundation presented in an accessible user-friendly manner Cultural notes to introduce students to Israeli society All the texts wordlists and verb conjugations are freely available in an audiovisual format on the companion website:http://routledgehebrew.com/ An integral part of the course the website also contains a wealth of additional resources including: Answers to all of the exercises in the book Interactive exercises Audiovisual verb dictionary Audiovisual charts of prepositions and nouns with their pronoun suffixes Audiovisual reference charts of numbers colors the days of the week etc. Checklists and review lessons for each unit Links to Israeli websites Videos and music The Routledge Introductory Course in Modern Hebrew provides everything that students and instructors need for an engaging and effective learning environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138063655

The Routledge Introductory Course in Moroccan ArabicAn Introductory Course The Routledge Introductory Course in Moroccan Arabic is ideal for both class-based and independent learners. No prior knowledge of Arabic is required as the course guides you step-by-step through the essentials of the language. Transliteration is used throughout to provide learners with an accurate representation of this spoken language while Arabic script is provided from Part II for those who have prior knowledge of Arabic. Part I introduces the phonology of Moroccan allowing you to recognise and pronounce the sounds unique to Moroccan. The basic grammar of Moroccan is also presented here ensuring students have a solid foundation on which to build their communicative skills. Part II is arranged thematically and equips you with the vocabulary and cultural information needed to communicate effectively in Morocco in a range of common situations. By the end of the course learners will have reached the CEFR A2 level/ACTFL Intermediate-Mid. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138104679

The Routledge Introductory Persian CourseFarsi Shirin Ast The Routledge Introductory Persian Course: Farsi Shirin Ast Second Edition  is an innovative course designed for students who are new to the language. Focusing on grammatical and communicative competence the course contains 15 lessons combining dialogues and texts with grammar explanations exercises and audio materials to guide and support the student through the key skills of reading writing speaking and listening. Key features include: Lively content-based materials – the language is taught and practiced through a variety of dialogues and texts on the culture history and traditions of Iran Complete vocabulary lists – each vocabulary entry contains the English meaning the part of the speech in Persian as well as a sample sentence in Persian Colloquial situational dialogues – students are introduced to spoken Persian from the outset Carefully controlled exercises – new grammatical points are practiced in a variety of controlled exercises that bridge between students’ existing information and the new information Audio material – students can develop natural pronunciation by imitating the audio recordings of the vocabulary dialogues and texts available freely online Glossaries – comprehensive Persian to English and English to Persian glossaries. The course provides everything that students and instructors need for an engaging and effective learning environment. Revised and updated this new edition includes more vocabulary and grammar activities and clearer learning outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138496798

The Routledge Linguistics Encyclopedia The Linguistics Encyclopedia is a single-volume Encyclopedia covering all major and subsidiary areas of linguistics and applied linguistics. The seventy nine articles provide in-depth coverage of the topics and sub-topics of the field extensively cross-referenced so the reader can see how areas interrelate. Including a substantial introduction which provides a potted history of linguistics and suggestions for further reading this is an indispensable reference tool for specialists and non-specialists alike. This new edition includes ten completely new articles introducing new areas like slang  language and new technologies. Articles from the previous edition have also been thoroughly updated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415424325

The Routledge Macedonian-English Dictionary Compiled by Reginald de Bray Todor Dimitrovski Blagoja Korubin and Trajko Stamatoski Edited and prepared for publication by Peter Hill Suncica Mircevska and Kevin Windle at the Australian National University The Macedonian-English Dictionary is the essential aid to all work involving the two languages. The Dictionary is the most ambitious record to date to record English equivalents for the vocabulary of modern Macedonian. It covers the vocabulary met with in a wide variety of settings and literary forms from modern urban life to traditional folk poetry. Features include: * 50 000 headwords * clear accurate examples of usage * all necessary grammatical information for Macedonian headwords * details of stress where it departs from the regular pattern * a broad range of idiomatic expressions and proverbs. The work is based on the lexical corpus of the renowned Rechnik na makendonskiot jazik. Prepared by scholars at the Australian National University in Canberra working in collaboration with the compilers of the original Rechnik the content has been brought up to date by the addition of many newer words and new senses which have arisen for older words. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985544

The Routledge Modern German Reader The Routledge Modern German Reader is designed for intermediate and advanced learners of German. It provides a clear and engaging introduction to reading authentic German language texts for learners who wish to move beyond elementary course material to more rewarding works of fiction and non-fiction. Features include: twenty-eight readings graded according to difficulty beginning with shorter simpler texts and progressing to longer more complex texts fourteen literary texts written by well-known writers from German-speaking countries on universal themes and fourteen non-literary texts from magazines newspapers and the internet featuring a range of engaging topics relating to culture society and history varied contextualized pre- and post- reading exercises designed to stimulate discussion develop comprehension strategies expand and refine vocabulary and foster awareness of grammatical structures as they occur in authentic contexts a German-English glossary with separate vocabulary lists for each chapter and a complete answer key available at www.routledge.com/products/9781138898035 Suitable for both classroom use and independent study The Routledge Modern German Reader provides insights into the culture of German-speaking countries while also acting as a stimulus to further independent reading. It is an essential tool for developing vocabulary and increasing reading proficiency. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138898035

The Routledge Modern Greek ReaderGreek Folktales for Learning Modern Greek The Routledge Modern Greek Reader has been specially designed for post-beginners to advanced learners of Greek. Written by an experienced instructor this innovative reader offers both students and teachers of Modern Greek the pedagogical tools to utilise richly textured folktale material in a language class. Students can develop their linguistic skills while simultaneously engaging with the broader social and cultural context of the language. Features include: Twenty five readings organised according to level of difficulty beginning with easy short stories and progressing onto more advanced level texts Vocabulary lists with English translations and vocabulary in context supporting each reading Comprehension questions in each chapter to help foster stronger reading and writing skills Language exercises and subject specific tasks to stimulate classroom discussion and help students develop strong essay writing skills in Greek Three folktales presented in different dialects at the end of the book to help students understand variety within the Greek language itself A complete Greek-English glossary and a list of all idiomatic expressions and colloquial phrases found in the folktales. Suitable for both class use and independent study The Routledge Modern Greek Reader is an essential tool for increasing language proficiency skills and enriching students’ cultural knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138809628

The Routledge Portuguese Bilingual Dictionary (Revised 2014 edition)Portuguese-English and English-Portuguese Revised 2014 Reprint Thoroughly revised in 2014 this compact and up-to-date two-way dictionary provides a comprehensive and modern vocabulary. It is the ideal reference for all users of Portuguese. The dictionary includes an extensive coverage of practical terminology from a diversity of fields including; business and economics law medicine and information technology as well as common abbreviations toponyms (place names) nationalities numerous idiomatic expressions and slang. Key features: Completely up-to-date reflecting the recently-agreed orthographic changes between Brazil and Portugal. Definitions and differences in both variants clearly signposted. Brazilian Portuguese vocabulary where it differs from European-African Portuguese and some American English terms. Coverage of colloquial and slang registers. Useful notes on grammatical points and false friends as well as boxes with cultural knowledge relating to the U.K. U.S.A. Brazil Portugal and the other Portuguese-speaking countries. The Routledge Portuguese Bilingual Dictionary provides the maximum information in the minimum space making it an invaluable reference source Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415434331

The Routledge Pragmatics Encyclopedia Pragmatics has grown considerably in its relatively short history from its original disciplinary influences in philosophy and linguistics into a multidisciplinary field that encompasses a range of theoretical and empirical concerns. The Routledge Pragmatics Encyclopedia captures the diversity of these intellectual interests in a comprehensive single-volume edition. The Routledge Pragmatics Encyclopedia covers concepts and theories that have traditionally been associated with pragmatics but also recent areas of development within the field scholars who have had a significant influence on pragmatics interdisciplinary exchanges between pragmatics and other areas of enquiry and all major research trends. Extensive cross-references between entries along with suggestions for further reading at the end of entries ensure that the interested reader can pursue additional study of chosen topics. With over 200 entries written by leading academics from around the world The Routledge Pragmatics Encyclopedia captures the rich complexity of pragmatics in an accessible manner. This reference will be relevant to students of pragmatics as well as to established scholars in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415844680

The Routledge Queer Studies Reader The Routledge Queer Studies Reader provides a comprehensive resource for students and scholars working in this vibrant and interdisciplinary field. The book traces the emergence and development of Queer Studies as a field of scholarship presenting key critical essays alongside more recent criticism that explores new directions. The collection is edited by leading scholars in the field and presents: individual introductory notes that situate each work within its historical disciplinary and theoretical contexts essays grouped by key subject areas including Genealogies Sex Temporalities Kinship Affect Bodies and Borders writings by major figures including Eve Kosofsky Sedgwick Judith Butler David M. Halperin José Esteban Muñoz Elizabeth Grosz David Eng Judith Halberstam and Sara Ahmed. The Routledge Queer Studies Reader is a field-defining volume and presents an illuminating guide for established scholars and also those new to Queer Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415564113

The Routledge Reader in Christian-Muslim Relations Interest in Christian-Muslim dialogue has grown considerably in recent years. How Islam and Christianity have approached each other theologically is one of the most absorbing ways of understanding the challenge of interreligious relations or Christian-Muslim polemics. This volume provides an indispensable reading and reference tool showing how Muslim and Christian scholars have shaped the discourse on the varying interfaces between Christianity and Islam. The Reader contains a substantial introduction and presents a range of scholarly approaches to Christian-Muslim relations. Included are selections of primary polemical material focusing on critical and appreciative approaches to the Jesus/Muhammad Bible/Qur’an and God question for Muslims and Christians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415685566

The Routledge Reader in Early Childhood Education Early childhood education has always provoked passionate feelings amongst stakeholders at all levels from practitioners working with children and families in pre-school and school settings to advisers managers politicians and academicsThe purpose of this reader is to examine change transformation and continuity and to present indicative scholarship in relation to five key themes: theoretical perspectives on learning curriculum and pedagogy play policy professionalism and research methods Within each theme the readings have been chosen to exemplify national and international perspectives and trends. This is not to present a homogenised view of early childhood provision and services across cultural contexts; rather the intention is to take a critical perspective on past present and future directions and to identify some of the challenges dilemmas and contradictions posed in research and scholarship. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003061052

The Routledge Reader in Rhetorical Criticism Bringing together 50 key readings on rhetorical criticism in a single accessible format The Rhetorical Criticism Reader furnishes instructors with an ideal resource for teaching and practicing the art of rhetorical criticism. Unlike existing readers and textbooks which rely on cookie-cutter approaches to rhetorical criticism The Rhetorical Criticism Reader organizes the field conceptually allowing teachers and students to grapple with the enduring issues and debates surrounding criticism over the past 50 years. The readings are organized into four sections each representing key conceptual issues and debates in rhetorical criticism: critic/purpose object/method theory/practice and audience/consequentiality. Each section is preceded by an introductory essay that puts the readings into context. For added flexibility an alternative table of contents is also included for instructors and students to customize their teaching and reading. Intended for upper-division undergraduate and graduate courses in rhetorical criticism The Rhetorical Criticism Reader uniquely lends itself to thoughtful discussion of the role of the critic in the critical process. It assists readers not only in learning the tools of criticism but also in reflecting on the values that underlie the critical endeavor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415517553

The Routledge Reader of African American RhetoricThe Longue Duree of Black Voices The Routledge Reader of African American Rhetoric is a comprehensive compendium of primary texts that is designed for use by students teachers and scholars of rhetoric and for the general public interested in the history of African American communication. The volume and its companion website include dialogues creative works essays folklore music interviews news stories raps videos and speeches that are performed or written by African Americans. Both the book as a whole and the various selections in it speak directly to the artistic cultural economic gendered social and political condition of African Americans from the enslavement period in America to the present as well as to the Black Diaspora. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415731065

The Routledge Reader on the Sociology of Music The Routledge Reader on the Sociology of Music offers the first collection of source readings and new essays on the latest thinking in the sociology of music. Interest in music sociology has increased dramatically over the past decade yet there is no anthology of essential and introductory readings. The volume includes a comprehensive survey of the field’s history current state and future research directions. It offers six source readings thirteen popular contemporary essays and sixteen fresh new contributions along with an extended Introduction by the editors. The Routledge Reader on the Sociology of Music represents a broad reference work that will be a resource for the current generation of sociologically inclined musicologists and musically inclined sociologists whether researchers teachers or students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138856363

The Routledge Reader on Writing Centers and New Media This collection of essays appears on the wave of digital media tutoring developments in university and college writing centers in the United States and around the world. It provides students and scholars of literacy new media and communication as well as writing center practitioners with a valuable new tool for understanding the progress and direction of new media debates at the intersection of writing technology and communication. Comprised of twenty essays by leading scholars in media communication composition and writing center studies Writing Centers and New Media is a major new reader that provides rich cross-disciplinary scholarship. As a rich resource for students and scholars and as a sourcebook for writing center practitioners this collection fills a critical gap in writing center scholarship that is essential and significant for the emerging practice of new media tutoring and for future developments in writing center studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415634465

The Routledge REITs Research Handbook The Routledge REITs Research Handbook presents a cutting-edge examination of the research into this key global investment vehicle. Edited by internationally respected academic and REIT expert Professor David Parker the book will set the research agenda for years to come. The handbook is divided into two parts the first of which provides the global context and a thematic review covering: asset allocation performance trading sustainability Islamic REITs emerging sectors and behavioural finance. Part II presents a regional review of the issues with high level case studies from a diverse range of countries including the US UK Brazil India Australia China Singapore Israel and Russia to name just a few. This handbook redefines existing areas within the context of international REITs research highlights emerging areas and future trends and provides postgraduates professionals and researchers with ideas and encouragement for future research. It is essential reading for all those interested in real estate international investment global finance and asset management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138063112

The Routledge Research Companion to Anglo-Italian Renaissance Literature and Culture The aim of this Companion volume is to provide scholars and advanced graduate students with a comprehensive and authoritative state-of-the-art review of current research work on Anglo-Italian Renaissance studies. Written by a team of international scholars and experts in the field the chapters are grouped into two large areas of influence and intertextuality corresponding to the dual way in which early modern England looked upon the Italian world from the English perspective – Part 1: "Italian literature and culture" and Part 2: "Appropriations and ideologies". In the first part prominent Italian authors artists and thinkers are examined as a direct source of inspiration imitation and divergence. The variegated English response to the cultural ideological and political implications of pervasive Italian intertextuality in interrelated aspects of artistic and generic production is dealt with in the second part. Constructed on the basis of a largely interdisciplinary approach the volume offers an in-depth and wide-ranging treatment of the multifaceted ways in which Italy’s material world and its iconologies are represented appropriated and exploited in the literary and cultural domain of early modern England. For this reason contributors were asked to write essays that not only reflect current thinking but also point to directions for future research and scholarship while a purposefully conceived bibliography of primary and secondary sources and a detailed index round off the volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472410733

The Routledge Research Companion to Anthony Trollope Bringing together leading and newly emerging scholars The Routledge Research Companion to Anthony Trollope offers a comprehensive overview of Trollope scholarship and suggests new directions in Trollope studies. The first volume designed especially for advanced graduate students and scholars the collection features essays on virtually every topic relevant to Trollope research including the law gender politics evolution race anti-Semitism biography philosophy illustration aging sport emigration and the global and regional worlds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367882389

The Routledge Research Companion to Border Studies Throughout history the functions and roles of borders have been continuously changing. They can only be understood in their context shaped as they are by history politics and power as well as cultural and social issues. Borders are therefore complex spatial and social phenomena which are not static or invariable but which are instead highly dynamic. This comprehensive volume brings together a multidisciplinary team of leading scholars to provide an authoritative state-of-the-art review of all aspects of borders and border research. It is truly global in scope and besides embracing the more traditional strands of the field including geopolitics migration and territorial identities it also takes in recently emerging topics such as the role of borders in a seemingly borderless world; creating neighbourhoods and border enforcement in the post-9/11 era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754674061

The Routledge Research Companion to Critical Geopolitics Since the late 1980s critical geopolitics has gone from being a radical critical perspective on the disciplines of political geography and international relations theory to becoming a recognised area of research in its own right. Influenced by poststructuralist concerns with the politics of representation critical geopolitics considers the ways in which the use of particular discourses shape political practices. Initially critical geopolitics analysed the practical geopolitical language of the elites and intellectuals of statecraft. Subsequent iterations have considered the role that popular representations of the international political world play. As critical geopolitics has become a more established part of political geography it has attracted ever more critique: from feminists for its apparent blindness to the embodied effects of geopolitical praxis and from those who have been uncomfortable about its textual focus while others have challenged critical geopolitics to address alternative resistant forms of geopolitical practice. Again critical geopolitics has been reworked to incorporate these challenges and the latest iterations have encompassed normative agendas non-representational theory emotional geographies and affect. It is against the vibrant backdrop of this intellectual development of critical geopolitics as a subdiscipline that this Companion is set. Bringing together leading researchers associated with the different forms of critical geopolitics this volume produces an overview of its achievements limitations and areas of new and potential future development. The Companion is designed to serve as a key resource for an interdisciplinary group of scholars and practitioners interested in the spatiality of politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409423805

The Routledge Research Companion to Digital Medieval Literature Working across literature history theory and practice this volume offers insight into the specific digital tools and interfaces as well as the modalities theories and forms central to some of the most exciting new research and critical scholarly and artistic production in medieval and pre-modern studies. Addressing more general themes and topics such as digitzation media studies digital humanities and "big data " the new essays in this companion also focus on more than twenty-five keywords such as "access " "code " "virtual " "interactivity" and "network." A useful website hosts examples links and materials relevant to the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138905047

The Routledge Research Companion to Early Drama and Performance The study of early drama has undergone a quiet revolution in the last four decades radically altering critical approaches to form genre and canon. Drawing on disciplines from art history to musicology and reception studies The Routledge Research Companion to Early Drama and Performance reconsiders early "drama" as a mixed mode entertainment best studied not only alongside non-dramatic texts but also other modes of performance. From performance before the playhouse to the afterlife of medieval drama in the contemporary avant-garde this stunning collection of essays is divided into four sections:Northern European Playing before the Playhouse;Modes of Production and Reception;Reviewing the Anglophone Tradition;The Long Middle AgesOffering a much needed reassessment of what is generally understood as "English medieval drama" The Routledge Research Companion to Early Drama and Performance provides an invaluable resource for both students and scholars of medieval studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367736620

The Routledge Research Companion to Early Modern Spanish Women Writers In Spain the two hundred years that elapsed between the beginning of the early modern period and the final years of the Habsburg Empire saw a profusion of works written by women. Whether secular or religious noble or middle class early modern Spanish women actively composed creative works such as poetry prose narratives and plays. The Routledge Research Companion to Early Modern Spanish Women Writers covers the broad array of different kinds of writings – literary as well as extra-literary – that these women wrote taking into consideration their subject positions and the cultural and historical contexts that influenced and were influenced by them. Beyond merely recognizing the individual women authors who had influence in literary religious and intellectual circles this Research Companion investigates their participation in these circles through their writings as well as the ways in which their texts informed Spain’s cultural production during the early modern period. In order to contextualize women’s writings across the historical and cultural spectrum of early modern Spain the Research Companion is divided into six sections of general thematic interest: Women’s Worlds; Conventual Spaces; Secular Literature; Women in the Public Sphere; Private Circles; Women Travelers. Each section is subdivided into chapters that focus on specific issues or topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472438287

The Routledge Research Companion to Electronic Music: Reaching out with Technology The theme of this Research Companion is 'connectivity and the global reach of electroacoustic music and sonic arts made with technology'. The possible scope of such a companion in the field of electronic music has changed radically over the last 30 years. The definitions of the field itself are now broader - there is no clear boundary between 'electronic music' and 'sound art'. Also what was previously an apparently simple divide between 'art' and 'popular' practices is now not easy or helpful to make and there is a rich cluster of streams of practice with many histories including world music traditions. This leads in turn to a steady undermining of a primarily Euro-American enterprise in the second half of the twentieth century. Telecommunications technology most importantly the development of the internet in the final years of the century has made materials practices and experiences ubiquitous and apparently universally available - though some contributions to this volume reassert the influence and importance of local cultural practice. Research in this field is now increasingly multi-disciplinary. Technological developments are embedded in practices which may be musical social individual and collective. The contributors to this companion embrace technological scientific aesthetic historical and social approaches and a host of hybrids – but most importantly they try to show how these join up. Thus the intention has been to allow a wide variety of new practices to have voice – unified through ideas of 'reaching out' and 'connecting together' – and in effect showing that there is emerging a different kind of 'global music'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734572

The Routledge Research Companion to Energy Geographies Energy has become a central concern of many strands of geographical inquiry from global climate change to the effects of energy decisions on our lives. However many aspects of the ‘black box’ of relationships at the energy-society interface remain unopened especially in terms of the spatial underpinnings of energy production and consumption within nations cities and regions. Debates focusing on the location and nature of energy flows frequently fail to consider the multiple geographical networks that illustrate and explain the distribution of fuels and services around the world.Providing an integrated perspective on the complex interdependencies between energy and geography The Routledge Research Companion to Energy Geographies offers a timely conceptual framework to study the multiple facets of energy geography including security space and place planning environmental science economics and political science. Illustrating how a geographic approach towards energy can aid decision-making pathways in the domains of social justice and environment this book provides insights that will help move the international community toward greater cooperation stability and sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660055

The Routledge Research Companion to Ford Madox Ford Taking account of Ford Madox Ford’s entire literary output this companion brings together prominent Ford specialists to offer an overview of existing Ford scholarship and to suggest new directions in Ford studies. The Routledge Research Companion to Ford Madox Ford is split into five parts exploring the scholarly foundations of Ford Madox Ford studies Ford's literary identity Ford and place specific case studies and themes and critical approaches. Within these five parts the contributors cover areas relevant to Ford’s fiction nonfiction and poetry including reception history life-writing literary histories gender and comedy. The Routledge Research Companion to Ford Madox Ford is an invaluable resource for students and scholars in Ford Studies in modernism and in the literary world that Ford helped shape in the early years of the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472427380

The Routledge Research Companion to Geographies of Sex and Sexualities Comprehensive and authoritative this state-of-the-art review both charts and develops the rich sub-discipline geographies of sexualities exploring sex-gender sexuality and sexual practices. Emerging from the desire to examine differences and exclusions as a key aspect of human geographies these geographies have engaged with heterosexual and queer lesbian gay bi and trans lives. Developing thinking in this area geographers and other social scientists have illustrated the centrality of place space and other spatial relationships in reconstituting sexual practices representations desires as well as sexed bodies and lives. This book reviews the current state of the field and offers new insights from authors located on five continents. In doing so the book seeks to draw on and influence core debates in this field as well as disrupt the Anglo-American hegemony in studies of sexualities sexes and geographies. This volume is the definitive collection in the area bringing together many international leaders in the field alongside scholars that are well-established outside the Anglophone academy and many emerging talents who will lead the field in the decades to come. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660093

The Routledge Research Companion to Heritage and Identity Heritage represents the meanings and representations conveyed in the present day upon artifacts landscapes mythologies memories and traditions from the past. It is a key element in the shaping of identities particularly in the context of increasingly multicultural societies. This Research Companion brings together an international team of authors to discuss the concepts ideas and practices that inform the entwining of heritage and identity. They have assembled a wide geographical range of examples and interpret them through a number of disciplinary lenses that include geography history museum and heritage studies archaeology art history history anthropology and media studies. This outstanding companion offers scholars and graduate students a thoroughly up-to-date guide to current thinking and a comprehensive reference to this growing field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315613031

The Routledge Research Companion to Johann Sebastian Bach The Ashgate Research Companion to Johann Sebastian Bach provides an indispensable introduction to the Bach research of the past thirty-fifty years. It is not a lexicon providing information on all the major aspects of Bach's life and work such as the Oxford Composer Companion: J. S. Bach. Nor is it an entry-level research tool aimed at those making a beginning of such studies. The valuable essays presented here are designed for the next level of Bach research and are aimed at masters and doctoral students as well as others interested in coming to terms with the current state of Bach research. Each author covers three aspects within their specific subject area; firstly to describe the results of research over the past thirty-fifty years concentrating on the most significant and controversial such as: the debate over Smend's NBA edition of the B minor Mass; Blume's conclusions with regard to Bach's religion in the wake of the 'new' chronology; Rifkin's one-to-a-vocal-part interpretation; the rediscovery of the Berlin Singakademie manuscripts in Kiev; the discovery of hitherto unknown manuscripts and documents and the re-evaluation of previously known sources. Secondly each author provides a critical analysis of current research being undertaken that is exploring new aspects reinterpreting earlier assumptions and/or opening-up new methodologies. For example Martin W. B. Jarvis has suggested that Anna Magdalena Bach composed the cello suites and contributed to other works of her husband - another controversial hypothesis whose newly proposed forensic methodology requires investigation. On the other hand research into Bach's knowledge of the Lutheran chorale tradition is currently underway which is likely to shed more light on the composer's choices and usage of this tradition. Thirdly each author identifies areas that are still in need of investigation and research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581435

The Routledge Research Companion to John Gower The Routledge Research Companion to John Gower reviews the most current scholarship on the late medieval poet and opens doors purposefully to research areas of the future. It is divided into three parts. The first part "Working theories: medieval and modern " is devoted to the main theoretical aspects that frame Gower’s work ranging from his use of medieval law rhetoric theology and religious attitudes to approaches incorporating gender and queer studies. The second part "Things and places: material cultures " examines the cultural locations of the author not only from geographical and political perspectives or in scientific and economic context but also in the transmission of his poetry through the materiality of the text and its reception. "Polyvocality: text and language " the third part focuses on Gower’s trilingualism his approach to history and narratological and intertextual aspects of his works. The Routledge Research Companion to John Gower is an essential resource for scholars and students of Gower and of Middle English literature history and culture generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472435804

The Routledge Research Companion to Law and Humanities in Nineteenth-Century America Nineteenth-century America witnessed some of the most important and fruitful areas of intersection between the law and humanities as people began to realize that the law formerly confined to courts and lawyers might also find expression in a variety of ostensibly non-legal areas such as painting poetry fiction and sculpture. Bringing together leading researchers from law schools and humanities departments this Companion touches on regulatory statutory and common law in nineteenth-century America and encompasses judges lawyers legislators litigants and the institutions they inhabited (courts firms prisons). It will serve as a reference for specific information on a variety of law- and humanities-related topics as well as a guide to understanding how the two disciplines developed in tandem in the long nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472441003

The Routledge Research Companion to Media Geography This Companion provides an authoritative source for scholars and students of the nascent field of media geography. While it has deep roots in the wider discipline the consolidation of media geography has started only in the past decade with the creation of media geography’s first dedicated journal Aether as well as the publication of the sub-discipline’s first textbook. However at present there is no other work which provides a comprehensive overview and grounding. By indicating the sub-discipline’s evolution and hinting at its future this volume not only serves to encapsulate what geographers have learned about media but also will help to set the agenda for expanding this type of interdisciplinary exploration. The contributors-leading scholars in this field including Stuart Aitken Deborah Dixon Derek McCormack Barney Warf and Matthew Zook-not only review the existing literature within the remit of their chapters but also articulate arguments about where the future might take media geography scholarship. The volume is not simply a collection of individual offerings but has afforded an opportunity to exchange ideas about media geography with contributors making connections between chapters and developing common themes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546530

The Routledge Research Companion to Modernism in Music Modernism in music still arouses passions and is riven by controversies. Taking root in the early decades of the twentieth century it achieved ideological dominance for almost three decades following the Second World War before becoming the object of widespread critique in the last two decades of the century both from critics and composers of a postmodern persuasion and from prominent scholars associated with the ‘new musicology’. Yet these critiques have failed to dampen its ongoing resilience. The picture of modernism has considerably broadened and diversified and has remained a pivotal focus of debate well into the twenty-first century. This Research Companion does not seek to limit what musical modernism might be. At the same time it resists any dilution of the term that would see its indiscriminate application to practically any and all music of a certain period.In addition to addressing issues already well established in modernist studies such as aesthetics history institutions place diaspora cosmopolitanism production and performance communication technologies and the interface with postmodernism this volume also explores topics that are less established; among them: modernism and affect modernism and comedy modernism versus the ‘contemporary’ and the crucial distinction between modernism in popular culture and a ‘popular modernism’ a modernism of the people. In doing so this text seeks to define modernism in music by probing its margins as much as by restating its supposed essence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733032

The Routledge Research Companion to Nineteenth-Century British Literature and Science Tracing the continuities and trends in the complex relationship between literature and science in the long nineteenth century this companion provides scholars with a comprehensive authoritative and up-to-date foundation for research in this field. In intellectual material and social terms the transformation undergone by Western culture over the period was unprecedented. Many of these changes were grounded in the growth of science. Yet science was not a cultural monolith then any more than it is now and its development was shaped by competing world views. To cover the full range of literary engagements with science in the nineteenth century this companion consists of twenty-seven chapters by experts in the field which explore crucial social and intellectual contexts for the interactions between literature and science how science affected different genres of writing and the importance of individual scientific disciplines and concepts within literary culture. Each chapter has its own extensive bibliography. The volume as a whole is rounded out with a synoptic introduction by the editors and an afterword by the eminent historian of nineteenth-century science Bernard Lightman. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472429872

The Routledge Research Companion to Planning and Culture It has become increasingly evident that effective planning for sustainable communities environments and economies pivots on the ability of planners to see the possibilities for culture in comprehensive social historical and environmental terms and to more fully engage with the cultural practices processes and theorisation that comprise a social formation. More broadly an approach to planning theory and practice that is itself formed through a close engagement with culture is required. This Research Companion brings together leading experts from around the world to map the contours of the relationship between planning and culture and to present these inextricably linked concepts and issues together in one place. By examining significant trends in varying national and international contexts the contributors scrutinise the theories and practices of both planning and culture and explore not only their interface but significant divergences and tensions. In doing so this collection provides the first comprehensive overview and analysis of planning and culture interdisciplinary and international in scope. It is comprised of six parts organised around the themes of global and historical contexts key dimensions of planning and cultural theory and practice and cultural and planning dynamics. Each section includes a final chapter that provides a case study lens which pulls the themes of the section together with reference to a significant planning issue or initiative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409422242

The Routledge Research Companion to Popular Music and Gender Why is gender inseparable from pop songs? What can gender representations in musical performances mean? Why are there strong links between gender sexuality and popular music? The sound of the voice the mix the arrangement the lyrics and images all link our impressions of gender to music. Numerous scholars writing about gender in popular music to date are concerned with the music industry’s impact on fans and how tastes and preferences become associated with gender. This is the first collection of its kind to develop and present new theories and methods in the analysis of popular music and gender. The contributors are drawn from a range of disciplines including musicology sociology anthropology gender studies philosophy and media studies providing new reference points for studies in this interdisciplinary field. Stan Hawkins’s introduction sets out to situate a variety of debates that prompts ways of thinking and working where the focus falls primarily on gender roles. Amongst the innovative approaches taken up in this collection are: queer performativity gender theory gay and lesbian agency the female pop celebrity masculinities transculturalism queering transgenderism and androgyny. This Research Companion is required reading for scholars and teachers of popular music whatever their disciplinary background. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581312

The Routledge Research Companion to Popular Music Education Popular music is a growing presence in education formal and otherwise from primary school to postgraduate study. Programmes courses and modules in popular music studies popular music performance songwriting and areas of music technology are becoming commonplace across higher education. Additionally specialist pop/rock/jazz graded exam syllabi such as RockSchool and Trinity Rock and Pop have emerged in recent years meaning that it is now possible for school leavers in some countries to meet university entry requirements having studied only popular music. In the context of teacher education classroom teachers and music-specialists alike are becoming increasingly empowered to introduce popular music into their classrooms. At present research in Popular Music Education lies at the fringes of the fields of music education ethnomusicology community music cultural studies and popular music studies. The Ashgate Research Companion to Popular Music Education is the first book-length publication that brings together a diverse range of scholarship in this emerging field. Perspectives include the historical sociological pedagogical musicological axiological reflexive critical philosophical and ideological. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581374

The Routledge Research Companion to Popular Romance Fiction Popular romance fiction constitutes the largest segment of the global book market. Bringing together an international group of scholars The Routledge Research Companion to Popular Romance Fiction offers a ground-breaking exploration of this global genre and its remarkable readership. In recognition of the diversity of the form the Companion provides a history of the genre an overview of disciplinary approaches to studying romance fiction and critical analyses of important subgenres themes and topics. It also highlights new and understudied avenues of inquiry for future research in this vibrant and still-emerging field. The first systematic comprehensive resource on romance fiction this Companion will be invaluable to students and scholars and accessible to romance readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472443304

The Routledge Research Companion to Security Outsourcing Conveniently structured into five sections The Routledge Research Companion to Outsourcing Security offers an overview of the different ways in which states have come to rely on private contractors to support interventions. Part One puts into context the evolution of outsourcing in Western states that are actively involved in expeditionary operations as well as the rise of the commercial security sector in Afghanistan. To explain the various theoretical frameworks that students can use to study security/military outsourcing Part Two outlines the theories behind security outsourcing. Part Three examines the law and ethics surrounding the outsourcing of security by focusing on how states might monitor contractor behaviour hold them to account and prosecute them where their behaviour warrants such action. The drivers politics and consequences of outsourcing foreign policy are covered in Part Four which is divided into two sections: section one is concerned with armed contractors (providing the provision of private security with the main driver being a capability gap on the part of the military/law enforcement agencies) and section two looks at military contractors (supporting military operations right back to antiquity less controversial politically and often technologically driven). The final Part takes into consideration emerging perspectives exploring areas such as gender feminist methodology maritime security and the impact of private security on the military profession. This book will be of much interest to students of military and security studies foreign policy and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138364028

The Routledge Research Companion to Shakespeare and Classical Literature In this wide-ranging and ambitiously conceived Research Companion contributors explore Shakespeare’s relationship to the classic in two broad senses. The essays analyze Shakespeare’s specific debts to classical works and weigh his classicism’s likeness and unlikeness to that of others in his time; they also evaluate the effects of that classical influence to assess the extent to which it is connected with whatever qualities still make Shakespeare himself a classic (arguably the classic) of modern world literature and drama. The first sense of the classic which the volume addresses is the classical culture of Latin and Greek reading translation and imitation. Education in the canon of pagan classics bound Shakespeare together with other writers in what was the dominant tradition of English and European poetry and drama up through the nineteenth and even well into the twentieth century. Second—and no less central—is the idea of classics as such that of books whose perceived value exceeding that of most in their era justifies their protection against historical and cultural change. The volume’s organizing insight is that as Shakespeare was made a classic in this second antiquarian sense his work’s reception has more and more come to resemble that of classics in the first sense—of ancient texts subject to labored critical study by masses of professional interpreters who are needed to mediate their meaning simply because of the texts’ growing remoteness from ordinary life language and consciousness. The volume presents overviews and argumentative essays about the presence of Latin and Greek literature in Shakespeare’s writing. They coexist in the volume with thought pieces on the uses of the classical as a historical and pedagogical category and with practical essays on the place of ancient classics in today’s Shakespearean classrooms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472417404

The Routledge Research Companion to the History of Evangelicalism Evangelicalism an inter-denominational religious movement that has grown to become one of the most pervasive expressions of world Christianity in the early twenty-first century had its origins in the religious revivals led by George Whitefield John Wesley and Jonathan Edwards in the middle decades of the eighteenth century. With its stress on the Bible the cross of Christ conversion and the urgency of mission it quickly spread throughout the Atlantic world and then became a global phenomenon. Over the past three decades evangelicalism has become the focus of considerable historical research. This research companion brings together a team of leading scholars writing broad-ranging chapters on key themes in the history of evangelicalism. It provides an authoritative and state-of-the-art review of current scholarship and maps the territory for future research. Primary attention is paid to English-speaking evangelicalism but the volume is transnational in its scope. Arranged thematically chapters assess evangelicalism and the Bible the atonement spirituality revivals and revivalism worldwide mission in the Atlantic North and the Global South eschatology race gender culture and the arts money and business interactions with Roman Catholicism Eastern Christianity and Islam and globalization. It demonstrates evangelicalism’s multiple and contested identities in different ages and contexts.The historical and thematic approach of this research companion makes it an invaluable resource for scholars and students alike worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580629

The Routledge Research Companion to the Medieval Icelandic Sagas The last fifty years have seen a significant change in the focus of saga studies from a preoccupation with origins and development to a renewed interest in other topics such as the nature of the sagas and their value as sources to medieval ideologies and mentalities. The Routledge Research Companion to the Medieval Icelandic Sagas presents a detailed interdisciplinary examination of saga scholarship over the last fifty years sometimes juxtaposing it with earlier views and examining the sagas both as works of art and as source materials. This volume will be of interest to Old Norse and medieval Scandinavian scholars and accessible to medievalists in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367133658

The Routledge Research Companion to the Works of Sor Juana Inés de la Cruz Called by her contemporaries the "Tenth Muse " Sor Juana Inés de la Cruz (1648–1695) has continued to stir both popular and scholarly imaginations.  While generations of Mexican schoolchildren have memorized her satirical verses only since the 1970s has her writing received consistent scholarly attention. focused on complexities of female authorship in the political religious and intellectual context of colonial New Spain. This volume examines those areas of scholarship that illuminate her work including her status as an iconic figure in Latin American and Baroque letters popular culture in Mexico and the United States and feminism. By addressing the multiple frameworks through which to read her work this research guide serves as a useful resource for scholars and students of the Baroque in Europe and Latin America colonial Novohispanic religious institutions and women’s and gender studies. The chapters are distributed across four sections that deal broadly with different aspects of Sor Juana's life and work: institutional contexts (political economic religious intellectual and legal); reception history; literary genres; and directions for future research. Each section is designed to provide the reader with a clear understanding of the current state of the research on those topics and the academic debates within each field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472444073

The Routledge Research Companion to Travel Writing Showcasing established and new patterns of research The Routledge Research Companion to Travel Writing takes an interdisciplinary approach to scholarship and to travel texts themselves. The volume adopts a thematic approach with each contributor considering a specific aspect of travel writing – a recurrent motif an organising principle or a literary form. All of the essays include a discussion of representative travel texts to ensure that the volume as a whole represents a broad historical and geographical range of travel writing. Together the 25 essays and the editors’ introduction offer a comprehensive and authoritative reflection of the state of travel writing criticism and lay the ground for future developments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472417923

The Routledge Sourcebook of Religion and the American Civil WarA History in Documents In recent years the intersection of religion and the American Civil War has been the focus of a growing area of scholarship. However primary sources on this subject are housed in many different archives and libraries scattered across the U.S. and are often difficult to find. The Routledge Sourcebook of Religion and the American Civil War collects these sources into a single convenient volume the most comprehensive collection of primary source material on religion and the Civil War ever brought together.  With chapters organized both chronologically and thematically and highlighting the experiences of soldiers women African Americans chaplains clergy and civilians this sourcebook provides a rich array of resources for scholars and students that highlights how religion was woven throughout the events of the war. Sources collected here include: • Sermons• Song lyrics• Newspaper articles• Letters• Diary entries• Poetry• Excerpts from books and memoirs• Artwork and photographs Introductions by the editor accompany each chapter and individual document contextualizing the sources and showing how they relate to the overall picture of religion and the war. Beginning students of American history and seasoned scholars of the Civil War alike will greatly benefit from having easy access to the full texts of original documents that illustrate the vital role of religion in the country’s most critical conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138042766

The Routledge Student Guide to English UsageA guide to academic writing for students The Routledge Student Guide to English Usage is an invaluable A–Z guide to the appropriate use of English in academic contexts. The first part of the book covers approximately 4000 carefully selected words focusing on groups of confusable words that sound alike look alike or are frequently mixed up. The authors help to solve academic dilemmas such as correct usage of the apostrophe and the crucial difference between infer and imply. Examples of good usage are drawn from corpora such as the British National Corpus and the Corpus of Contemporary American English. The second part covers the key characteristics of formal English in a substantial reference section comprising: • stylistic features • punctuation • English grammar • the use of numbers • email writing. This is the essential reference text for all students working on improving their academic writing skills. Visit the companion website for a range of supporting exercises: www.routledge.com/cw/clark. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138933590

The RoutledgeFalmer Reader in the History of Education This Reader brings together a wide range of material to present an international perspective on topical issues in history of education today. Focusing on the enduring trends in this field this lively and informative Reader provides broad coverage of the subject and includes crucial topics such as:* higher education* informal agencies of education* schooling the state and local government* education and social change and inequality* curriculum* teachers and pupils* education work and the economy* education and national identity.With an emphasis on contemporary pieces that deal with issues relevant to the immediate real world this book represents the research and views of some of the most respected authors in the field today. Gary McCulloch also includes a specially written introduction which provides a much-needed context to the role of history in the current educational climate.Students of history and history of education will find this Reader an important route map to further reading and understanding. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003060352

The Royal Court Theatre (Routledge Revivals)1965-1972 The English Stage Company at the Royal Court Theatre is the longest running specialist production organization in the history of British theatre. Philip Roberts’s account which was first published in 1986 covers the period 1965-1972 in the Company’s life beginning in 1965 with the appointment of William Gaskill as Artistic Director. It is not simply about the critical triumphs of these years of the Royal Court’s work but also about the day-to-day workings of a busy and often turbulent organization. The result of the book is both scholarly and entertaining. This book will be of interest to students of the theatre and drama. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138856752

The Royal Demesne in English HistoryThe Crown Estate in the Governance of the Realm From the Conquest to 1509 Originally published in 1971 The Royal Demesne in English History shows how Norman and Angevin kings were able to regard the whole of their English kingdom as their royal demesne in the continental medieval sense. The book argues that only through the later loss of their continental possessions were they compelled to show interest in creating special royal estates within their English kingdom and then only for the members of their families. The power of medieval English kings as landowners provides a constant theme of the highest political importance in the dispensation of royal patronage but not in the history of government finance. The book discusses how in the later stages of the cumulative creation of the royal family estates did the idea gain currency in England that an endowed and inalienable royal landed estate ought to form the basis of monarchical stability and financial solvency. This book forms an interesting and detailed look at the development of the medieval monarchy in terms of land and ownership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367208592

The Royal Flying Corps the Western Front and the Control of the Air 1914–1918 By the middle of 1918 the British Army had successfully mastered the concept of ’all arms’ warfare on the Western Front. This doctrine integrating infantry artillery armoured vehicles and - crucially - air power was to prove highly effective and formed the basis of major military operations for the next hundred years. Yet whilst much has been written on the utilisation of ground forces the air element still tends to be studied in isolation from the army as a whole. In order to move beyond the usual 'aircraft and aces' approach this book explores the conceptual origins of the control of the air and the role of the Royal Flying Corps (RFC) within the British army. In so doing it addresses four key themes. First it explores and defines the most fundamental air power concept - the control of the air - by examining its conceptual origins before and during the First World War. Second it moves beyond the popular history of air power during the First World War to reveal the complexity of the topic. Third it reintegrates the study of air power during the First World War specifically that of the RFC into the strategic operational organisational and intellectual contexts of the era as well as embedding the study within the respective scholarly literatures of these contexts. Fourth the book reinvigorates an entrenched historiography by challenging the usually critical interpretation of the RFC’s approach to the control of the air providing new perspectives on air power during the First World War. This includes an exploration of the creation of the RAF and its impact on the development of air power concepts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367275372

The Royal Image and the English People This title was first published in 2001. For the English people the image of the monarchy is deeply bound up with the idea of nationhood. This book surveys aspects of England's royal heritage dialogue from the late middle ages to the 19th century. It concentrates on monumental sculpted portraits because that was the way in which the image of the monarchy was customarily presented in the most immediate and permanent form at large scale in the public arena. The aim of such memorials was to consolidate and commemorate shared loyalties and beliefs focusing on the monarchs. They were sometimes protected by railings more often than just by their talismanic value. There was widespread resistance to the idea that Oliver Cromwell should be commemorated by public memorial. The English generally remained uncomfortable with the idea of republicanism. The monarchial government of the middle ages thought to be sanctioned by God was very different from the figurehead the monarchy has become. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138718043

The Royal Indian NavyTrajectories Transformations and the Transfer of Power This book presents a comprehensive history of the Royal Indian Navy (RIN). It traces the origins of the RIN to the East India Company as early as 1612 and untangles the institution’s complex history. Capturing various transitional phases of the RIN especially during the crucial period of 1920–1950 it concludes with the final transfer of the RIN from under the British Raj to independent India. Drawn from a host of primary sources—personal diaries and logs official reports and documents—the author presents a previously unexplored history of colonial and imperial defence policy and the contribution of the RIN during the World Wars. This book explores several aspects in RIN’s history such as its involvement in the First World War; its status in policies of the British Raj; the martial race theory in the RIN; and the development of the RIN from a non-combat force to a full-fledged combat defence force during the Second World War. It also studies the hitherto unexplored causes nature and impact of the 1946 RIN Revolt on the eve of India’s independence from a fresh perspective. An important intervention in the study of military and defence history this will be an essential read for students researchers defence personnel military academy cadets as well as general readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138554955

The Royal Navy and Anti-Submarine Warfare 1917-49 An essential new account of how anti-submarine warfare is conducted  with a focus on both historic and present-day operations.   This new book shows how until 1944 U-boats operated as submersible torpedo craft which relied heavily on the surface for movement and charging their batteries. This pattern was repeated in WWII until Allied anti-submarine countermeasures had forced the Germans to modify their existing U-boats with the schnorkel. Countermeasures along also pushed the development of high-speed U-boats capable of continuously submerged operations. This study shows how these improved submarines became benchmark of the post-war Russian submarine challenge. Royal Navy doctrine was developed by professional anti-submarine officers and based on the well-tried combination of defensive and offensive anti-submarine measures that had stood the press of time since 1917 notwithstanding considerable technological change. This consistent and holistic view of anti-submarine warfare has not been understood by most of the subsequent historians of these anti-submarine campaigns and this book provides an essential and new insight into how Cold War and indeed modern anti-submarine warfare is conducted. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010420

The Royal Navy and German Naval Disarmament 1942-1947 After the bitter lessons of German self-disarmament in 1919 Britain was far more alert and focused when it came to overseeing the disarmament of Germany's naval forces after World War II. This book shows how well-prepared the British were second time around. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315036854

The Royal Navy and Maritime Power in the Twentieth Century This book adopts an innovative new approach to examine the role of maritime power and the utility of navies. It uses a number of case studies based upon key Royal Navy operations in the twentieth century to draw out enduring principles about maritime power and to examine the strengths and limitations of maritime forces as instruments of national policy. Individual chapters focus on campaigns and operations from both World Wars and a series of post-1945 crises and conflicts from the Palestine Patrol in the 1940s to Royal Navy operations in support of British policy in the 1990s. Each case study demonstrates critical features of maritime power including: operations during the transition to war; fleet operations in narrow seas; logistics; submarine operations; the impact of air power on maritime operations; blockade; maritime power projection; amphibious warfare; jurisdictional disputes and the law of the sea; and peace support operations. The contributors to this book all have considerable experience lecturing on these issues at the United Kingdom Joint Services Command and Staff College where maritime campaign analysis is used to teach the principles of maritime power to officers of the Royal Navy. The book combines an authoritative examination of critical Royal Navy operations during the twentieth century with a sophisticated analysis of the nature of maritime power. As such it is of both historical interest and contemporary relevance and will prove equally valuable to academic historians military professionals and the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873445

The Royal Navy and North AmericaThe Warren Papers 1736-1752 This volume concerns Vice-Admiral Sir Peter Warren (1703-1752) in North America. A background to the period is given in the introduction to his papers with a brief sketch of Warren. Of special mention is the valuable ‘Biographical Directory. With the outbreak of war with Spain in 1739 Warren had the opportunity to develop his fighting skills and to secure prizes. In 1740 he was involved in the ‘ill concerted and worse conducted’ siege of St Augustine Florida. No doubt he learnt lessons to be applied later. Under Vernon in Jamaica he was considered an ‘active good officer’. With great energy Warren assisted the New England force of untrained volunteers at the siege of Louisbourg a formidable fortification. Fortunately it was undermanned by the French and after considerable courage by the New England volunteers the garrison surrendered on 16 June 1745. In view of the military and naval setbacks in other theatres of action against the French Warren’s success was more celebrated than expected but with the resources at his disposal it was an achievement of note. It gained the fur trade and fisheries for England. He was knighted in 1747. As a captain he was familiar with the North America station and as an admiral proposed the employment of ships on the North American station to the Admiralty. At long last he was able to as governor set about establishing a base at Louisbourg. His success in prize hunting made him a rich man. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911423478

The Royal Navy and Nuclear Weapons This work examines British thinking about nuclear weapons in the period up to about 1970 looking at the subject through the eyes of the Royal Navy in the belief that this can offer new insights in this field. The author argues that the Navy was always sceptical about nuclear weapons both on practical grounds and because of wartime and pre-war experiences. He suggests that this scepticism can teach us a good deal about military technological innovation in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881952

The Royal Navy and the Arctic ConvoysA Naval Staff History Published here for the first time this volume presents a superb range of insights into this crucial effort of the Second World War. This Naval Staff History describes the vital role of the Arctic Convoys 1941-1945 and was first issued by the Historical Section of the Admiralty as a confidential study for use within the Royal Navy in 1954. It grew out of the earlier Battle Summary No. 22 compiled by Commander J. Owen of the Admiralty’s Historical Section and issued in 1943 to cover the convoys run to North Russia in the last half of 1942 and early 1943. That wartime Battle Summary was subsequently revised and expanded by Commander L.J. Pitcairn-Jones to include all the main convoys run from August 1941 until the end of the war using all the historical records which were at hand after the war. A new preface provides additional context for the convoys highlighting support provided to Russian forces in their struggle against Germany for the original Staff History was narrowly focused on the naval aspects of the Arctic Convoys to Russia. This is an excellent resource for all students with a particular interest in the Arctic Convoys the Second World War and in maritime and military history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861779

The Royal Navy and the Capital Ship in the Interwar PeriodAn Operational Perspective Joseph Moretz's innovative work focuses on what battleships actually did in the inter-war years and what its designed war role in fact was. In doing so the book tells us much about British naval policy and planning of the time. Drawing heavily on official Admiralty records and private papers of leading officers the author examines the navy's operational experience and the evolution of its tactical doctrine during the interwar period. He argues that operational experience combined with assumptions about the nature of a future naval war were more important in keeping the battleship afloat than conservatism in Navy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138011137

The Royal Navy and the Mediterranean ConvoysA Naval Staff History This book contains the Naval Staff History originally issued by the Admiralty in 1957 as a confidential book for use within the Royal Navy. It has since been declassified and is published here for the first time along with an extended preface. This volume describes the dangerous convoy operations in the Mediterranean which were necessary to relieve the garrison and people of Malta covering the period from the beginning of 1941 until the end of 1942. These convoys had to be fought through against determined attack by German and Italian surface submarine and particularly air forces. Although casualties were proportionately higher than in Atlantic convoys Malta was successfully re-supplied and remained a considerable impediment to enemy’s attempts to supply their armies in North Africa. These operations reveal the dedication courage and professionalism of the sailors (of both naval and merchant services) as well as the airmen who supported them. A new preface sets the scene for the Staff History. The Royal Navy and the Mediterranean Convoys will be of great interest for students interested in the Mediterranean Convoys Second World War and naval and military history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864596

The Royal Navy and the MediterraneanVol.I: September 1939 - October 1940 This volume deals with the first 15 months of the Mediterranean Campaign including the preparations for war the effect of the entry of Italy into the war in June 1940 the tragic actions against the French Fleet and the achievement of British command of the sea which was the defining factor for all subsequent Mediterranean operations. It ends with the first Mediterranean convoy battle to run supplies from Gibraltar to Alexandria - Operation Hat. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038926

The Royal Navy and the MediterraneanVol.II: November 1940-December 1941 This work covers a difficult period of the war for the Royal Navy's Mediterranean Fleet. It covers the destruction of the Italian Fleet at Taranto by naval aircraft from the carrier Illustrious and the entry of the German Luftwaffe into the theatre with their attack on Illustrious in 1941. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985551

The Royal Navy and the Palestine Patrol This is an entirely new Naval Staff History covering the period immediately after the Second World War and the Royal Navy operations to prevent illegal Jewish immigration into Palestine at the time under British Mandate from the United Nations. The Palestine Patrol as it became known illustrates clearly the problems facing navies conducting operations other than war; in particular those involving maritime embargo measures. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038995

The Royal Navy in River Plate 1806–1807 This book presents a collection of contemporary documents throwing light on the campaigns by the Royal Navy in association with the army on cities of the Spanish Empire in South America beginning with the (unauthorised) assault on Buenos Aires in 1806 by Sir Home Popham. One of Popham’s aims was to open South America for British trade and also perhaps to liberate the land from its supposed Spanish oppressors and although the people of Buenos Aires may not have wished to remain as Spanish subjects it soon became apparent that they had no wish to become British subjects. It was this fact that led to the subsequent loss of Buenos Aires only six weeks after its capture and the net result of Popham’s interventions was to begin the process of South American independence and the collapse of the Spanish Empire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911423645

The Royal Navy in the Falklands Conflict and the Gulf WarCulture and Strategy This book suggests that institutional culture can account for a great deal of the activities and rationale of the Royal Navy. War highlights the role of culture in military organizations and as such acts as a spotlight by which this phenomenon can be assessed seperately and then in comparison in order to demonstrate the influence of institutional culture on strategy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780714685694

The Royal Navy in the Mediterranean 1915-18 This volume needs to be read in conjunction with NRS Volume 115 Policy and Operations in the Mediterranean 1912-1914. The Mediterranean was a secondary theatre for the Royal Navy and the ships tended to be ageing and retired from fleet duty. France assumed the major responsibility along with Italy but the Royal Navy retained a strong presence and performed vital functions. Most operations have attracted less attention than Jutland the Falklands or the Battle of the Atlantic but Gibraltar and Malta remained important bases the Suez Canal had to be defended there was a mine barrage in the Otranto Straits and the Navy supported the Army at the Dardanelles Salonika and in the Middle East while there was latterly much convoy work. The sources include the main war history collection of Admiralty papers (The National Archive: PRO ADM 137) and the private papers of senior commanders such as Howard Kelly Limpus and de Robeck. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911423553

The Royal Prerogative and Constitutional LawA Search for the Quintessence of Executive Power This book examines the royal prerogative in terms of its theory history and application today. The work explores the development of the royal prerogative through the evolution of imperial government and more recent structural changes in the United Kingdom and elsewhere in the Commonwealth. While examining specific prerogative powers the development of justiciability of the prerogative and the exercise of the prerogative it lays bare the heart of constitutionality in the Westminster system of government. There is said to be a black hole of unaccountable authority at the heart of the constitution and it is this which this book examines. The focus is upon the constitutional development of the United Kingdom and the old dominions of Canada Australia and New Zealand. This approach is comparative and historical using specific case studies of such events as the dissolution of Parliament and the appointment and dismissal of Prime Ministers. The book will be of interest to academics and researchers working in the areas of Constitutional Law and Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367500795

The Royal Society: Concept and Creation Originally published in 1967. The origin of the Royal Society has long been obscured by baffling discrepancies in the evidence. This volume investigates its underlying purpose and creation at the same time uncovering the real nature of its debt to Francis Bacon and its role in the scientific revolution of the seventeenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853835

The Royal Touch (Routledge Revivals)Sacred Monarchy and Scrofula in England and France First published in English in 1973 The Royal Touch explores the supernatural character that was long attributed to royal power. Throughout history both France and England claimed to hold kings with healing powers who by their touch could cure people from all strands of society from illness and disease. Indeed the idea of royalty as something miraculous and sacred was common to the whole of Western Europe. Using the work of both professional scholars and of doctors this work stands as a contribution to the political history of Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138855922

The Royalist War Effort 1642-1646 The English Civil War remains the most prolonged and traumatic example of internal violence in the history of the state. The Royalist War Effort 1642-1646 shows the build up to the outbreak of the war detailing how the war was fought and how ultimately it was won and lost. In his new introduction to this second edition Ronald Hutton places his vivid account of the Royalist war effort into modern historical context bringing the reader up-to-date with recent developments in the study of the English civil war. He analyses the influences which affected his own interpretation of events ensuring that The Royalist War Effort 1642-1646 remains the most informative and compelling account of the Royalist experience in the English civil war. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203006122

The Royalist War Effort1642-1646 In this reissue of the second edition of The Royalist War Effort 1642-1646  Ronald Hutton places his vivid account of the Royalist War effort in modern historical context bringing the reader up to date with recent developments in the study of the English Civil War. He analyzes the influences which affected his own interpretation of events ensuring that The Royalist War Effort 1642-1646 remains the most informative and compelling account of the Royalist experience in the English Civil War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150591

The RTI Approach to Evaluating Learning Disabilities This book presents clear-cut procedures for using response to intervention (RTI) to determine a K-12 student's eligibility for special education under the designation of specific learning disabilities (SLD). Comprehensive guidelines are provided for gathering student data in the course of interventions and ruling out causes other than SLD for academic problems. Special features include case examples tips for creating individualized education plans based on RTI data and frequently asked questions. With a convenient large-size format and lay-flat binding the book features useful reproducible tools. Purchasers also get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials.This book is in The Guilford Practical Intervention in the Schools Series edited by T. Chris Riley-Tillman. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462511549

The Rugby World in the Professional Era Twenty years of professionalism has seen rugby union undergo dramatic transformations from changes to everyday training cultures to the growth of the Rugby World Cup into one of the largest global sporting events. The Rugby World in the Professional Era is the first book to examine the effect that professionalism has had across a number of different aspects of the game and the wider socio-cultural significance of these changes through case studies from across the globe. Drawing on contributions from scholars from across the rugby-playing world the book explores the role of rugby's professionalisation through a number of social-scientific lenses including: labour migration race and indigenous populations the globalisation of the game mega-event management male sexualities media representations of rugby - from broadcasting matches to rugby in museums and on stage and screen Offering insights into under-researched areas of the sport such as the growth of Rugby Sevens into an Olympic sport and providing the most up-to-date recent history of the sport available The Rugby World in the Professional Era is essential reading for anyone with an academic interest in rugby and any student or scholar with interests in sports history sports sociology sport management or the economics of professional sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138665446

The Rule of CultureCorporate and State Governance in China and East Asia Culture has an abiding influence on the way countries and business corporations are governed. This book introduces the reader to the deep philosophies that drive corporations and governments in East Asia from China through Japan and South Korea to Singapore. With sparkling clarity and spiced with anecdotes and case studies it depicts how respect for cultures can lead to spectacular success or the lack of it to failure. Confucian practices such as guanxi in Chinese society the benevolent culture of entity firms in Japan and patriarchal chaebols in South Korea are analyzed with examples like Esquel Nissan and Samsung. A delightful chapter on Daoism shows how it drives Jack Ma’s Alibaba.com. In the governance of nations the author reinforces Burke’s dictum that systems of government must be consonant with traditional cultures and he calls out misguided attempts by the West to foist liberal democracies on civilizations in the East where respect for authority and communitarian values come before individual interest. The author advances the novel concept of the meritocratic democracy in which leaders are chosen not by electoral popularity but by proven ability. In a thought-provoking concluding chapter he evaluates prospective constitutional changes in China that would enshrine meritocratic democracy as an alternative to liberal democracies that have turned dysfunctional in many Western nations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367132941

The Rule of Law 1603-1660Crowns Courts and Judges This book measures contemporary attitudes to the law - within and outside of the legal profession � to see how c17th century Englishmen defined the role of law in their society to see what their expectations were of the law and how these expectations helped shape political debate � and ultimately determined political decisions � over the course of a very turbulent century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138408111

The Rule of Law after CommunismProblems and Prospects in East-Central Europe This book is among the first books to consider post-communist Europe from the point of view of the rule of law. This book collects articles written by specialists on the rule of law in particular countries. Interdisciplinary in approach this book reveals the multi-layered complexity of the development of the rule of law after communism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254688

The Rule Of Law And Economic Reform In Russia What impact has Russia's chosen path of reform had on the development of law after the collapse of the communist regime? This collection of essays examines how Russia's distinctive traditions of law?and lawlessness?are shaping the current struggle for economic reform in the country. Nine renowned scholars chosen from specialties in history politi Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367318963

The Rule of Law and the Separation of Powers The rule of law is frequently invoked in political debate yet rarely defined with any precision. Some employ it as a synonym for democracy others for the subordination of the legislature to a written constitution and its judicial guardians. It has been seen as obedience to the duly-recognised government a form of governing through formal and general rule-like laws and the rule of principle. Given this diversity of view it is perhaps unsurprising that certain scholars have regarded the concept as no more than a self-congratulatory rhetorical device. This collection of eighteen key essays from jurists political theorists and public law political scientists aims to explore the role law plays in the political system. The introduction evaluates their arguments. The first eleven essays identify the standard features associated with the rule of law. These are held to derive less from any characteristics of law per se than from a style of legislating and judging that gives equal consideration to all citizens. The next seven essays then explore how different ways of separating and dispersing power contribute to this democratic style of rule by forcing politicians and judges alike to treat people as equals and regard none as above the law. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315085302

The Rule of Law in Central EuropeThe Reconstruction of Legality Constitutionalism and Civil Society in the Post-Communist Countries First published in 1999 this volume is a series of essays on the countries of Central Europe. The essays explore the post-1989 establishment of the rule of law and civil society. It brings together analysis and perceptions from social scientists political scientists and lawyers seeking through particular issues to explore the similarities and differences between different countries. While other books have explored the changes in former Soviet Block countries since 1989 the book’s distinctiveness lies in three qualities: its concentration on Central Europe a concept explored in the book; giving fuller attention to the Czech Republic and Slovakia than other post-communist studies often do; providing perceptions of scholars from different disciplines. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429431449

The Rule of Law in Crisis and Conflict Grey ZonesRegulating the Use of Force in a Global Information Environment This book responds to ongoing calls for clarification and consensus regarding the meaning scope and interplay of humanitarian law and human rights law in the ‘grey zones’ of unconventional operational environments such as counterterrorism and counterinsurgency operations. It contributes to the debate in this area by developing objective criteria for determining where the shift from the legal framework of law enforcement to that of non-international armed conflict occurs in relation to targeting law and weaponry law; by developing improved objective criteria for determining what constitutes direct participation in hostilities and de facto membership in an organised armed group; by taking stock of how existing targeting and weaponry rules are being applied to unconventional conflicts within civilian populated areas by key state players as well as by international and regional human rights mechanisms; by arguing for the progressive realisation of targeting and weaponry law so that they are more fitting for operational environments that are increasingly urbanised and civilianised; by seeking to understand how global networked connectivity may affect our understanding of the operational theatre of war and the geographical reach of the legal framework of non-international armed conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367025106

The Rule of Law in Developing CountriesThe Case of Bangladesh Bangladesh one of the most densely populated countries in the world and second in South Asia is known for its natural disasters floods and political violence. However the country plans to become a middle-income country by 2020 due to rapid economic growth led by strong and vibrant garments and pharmaceutical sectors. A developing country Bangladesh cannot reach its true potential if there is a weak legal system and the executive have no regard for the rule of law. This book discusses and analyses the legal system of Bangladesh. It studies the various weaknesses and whether the judiciary of the country is really independent. International experts scholars and lawyers with significant experience of working in Bangladesh and at international agencies and universities examine the role of the judiciary in maintaining the rule of law in the country and the critical role it can play in strengthening democracy. The chapters show the various roles played by the judiciary in promoting its independence and thereby strengthening democracy in the country.The first book to analyse the role of the judiciary and the various weaknesses in the legal system of Bangladesh it is a relevant case study in the context of developing countries. The problems found in the legal system of Bangladesh prevail in most of the developing countries in Asia Africa and Latin America. The book will be of interest to academics in the field of development studies South Asian Studies and Asian Law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892166

The Rule of Law in the United Nations Security Council Decision-Making ProcessTurning the Focus Inwards The UN Security Council is entrusted under the UN Charter with primary responsibility for the maintenance and restoration of the international peace; it is the only body with the power to authorise military intervention legally and impose international sanctions where it decides. However its decision-making process has hitherto been obscure and allegations of political bias have been made against the Security Council in its responses to potential international threats. Despite the rule of law featuring on the Security Council’s agenda for over a decade and a UN General Assembly declaration in 2012 establishing that the rule of law should apply internally to the UN the Security Council has yet to formulate or incorporate a rule of law framework that would govern its decision-making process. This book explains the necessity of a rule of law framework for the Security Council before analysing existing literature and UN documents on the domestic and international rule of law in search of concepts suitable for transposition to the arena of the Security Council. It emerges with eight core components which form a bespoke rule of law framework for the Security Council. Against this framework the Security Council’s decision-making process since the end of the Cold War is meticulously evaluated illustrating explicitly where and how the rule of law has been undermined or neglected in its behaviour. Ultimately the book concludes that the Security Council and other bodies are unwilling or unable adequately to regulate the decision-making process against a suitable rule of law framework and argues that there exists a need for the external regulation of Council practice and judicial review of its decisions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367193409

The Rule of MetaphorThe Creation of Meaning in Language Paul Ricoeur is widely regarded as one of the most distinguished philosophers of our time. In The Rule of Metaphor he seeks 'to show how language can extend itself to its very limits forever discovering new resonances within itself'. Recognizing the fundamental power of language in constructing the world we perceive it is a fruitful and insightful study of how language affects how we understand the world and is also an indispensable work for all those seeking to retrieve some kind of meaning in uncertain times. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138128514

The Rule of Reverse ResultsThe Effects of Unethical Policies? Do extreme unethical governmental policies often produce results opposite to those intended? This book considers the ironic outcomes of recent global events and concludes that there is a 'rule of reverse results' at work. While not a hard and fast law the rule points out the increased probability that a policy will backfire if it is immoral while ethical policies even if extreme are unlikely to produce reverse results. The issue here is that of increased likelihood but not of certainty. Governments can never be sure as to the effects of their actions: to some extent they are always working in the dark. But if the motivation is right moral and humane the policies will not often produce adverse results the opposite of those intended. Based on events in global history in the Twentieth and Twenty-First centuries the chapters can each be read individually as well as being part of the argument. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472485465

The Rule Of The ManyFundamental Issues In Democratic Theory There is no problem more crucial to contemporary political thought than the status of democracy its role and its problems in the contemporary world. In this survey of democratic theory Thomas Christiano introduces the reader to the principles underlying democracy and to the problems involved in applying these principles to real life situations.B Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367318970

The Rule of Unwritten International LawCustomary Law General Principles and World Order This book seeks to re-appreciate the concept of customary international law as a form of spontaneous societal self-organisation and to develop the methodological consequences that ensue from this conception for the practice of its application. In pursuing this aim the author draws from three different strands of scholarship that have not yet been considered in connection with one another: First general jurisprudential theories of customary law; second theories of customary international law especially as they relate to international relations scholarship; and third methodological approaches to the interpretation of international law. This expansive philosophical layout of the book enables the author to put the conceptual enigmas of customary international law into a broader perspective.Among the issues discussed in the book are the dichotomy of its traditional and modern forms and the respective benefits and disadvantages of inductive and deductive approaches to its ascertainment. In the course of this analysis the author draws insights from Friedrich August Hayek’s theory of law as a ‘spontaneous order’ an information-processing device which enables the participants of a legal system to make use of decentralised knowledge. The book argues that the major advantage of custom as a source of international law lies in the fact that it is the result of a gradual process of trial and error rather than the product of deliberate planning. This makes it a particularly apposite source of law in a time of seismic shifts in the distribution of power within a vastly diverse community of States when a new global order is expected to emerge the contours of which are not yet clearly discernible.This book applies general concepts of legal philosophy to explain the continuing relevance of custom as a source of international law while at the same time inferring from this theoretical framework concrete practical and methodological consequences the most important of which is the special role that purposive interpretation plays with respect to rules of international custom. Given this broad approach the book will be of interest to several groups of potential readers including academics interested in the philosophy of customary law in general academic international lawyers and legal practitioners especially judges scholars of international relations and all those interested in how the international community of States organises itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591380

The Rulers of China 221 B.C.Chronological Tables A massive undertaking this invaluable tool for the chronology of all the Chinese dynasties remains indispensable for specialists in Chinese history.All dynastic names are analysed in full detail in chart form with ten columns presenting names in Chinese and in romanised form together with explanatory footnotes. There are also indexes of temple and memorial titles names styles family names and year titles. Each dynasty also has a detailed Introduction citing and interpreting the various Chinese sources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993662

The Rules of Disorder First published in 1980. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153905

The Rules of Project Risk ManagementImplementation Guidelines for Major Projects The evidence continues to grow that the effective management of risk is the very kernel of successful project management. Its absence frequently leaves project sponsors lamenting missed objectives and shareholders coming to terms with an organisation’s poor bottom line performance. Dr Robert Chapman's The Rules of Project Risk Management stands out from other risk management texts because it provides very practical guidance supported by numerous mini case studies many of which have attracted considerable publicity. The book brings to life both the benefits of project risk management when effectively applied and the ramifications when it is misunderstood or receives scant attention. The structure of the book is based on International Standard ISO 31000 seen through the lens of general systems theory - where projects are undertaken by organisations which have an external context and internal sub-systems. A project system is seen to be composed of seven key subject areas. Practical short ’rules’ or implementation guidelines written in an engaging style are offered to support each of these subject areas and aid quick assimilation of key risk management messages. Each rule focuses on a specific aspect of effective risk management which warrants attention in its own right. Taken together the rules will provide those implementing projects with the building blocks to secure a project’s objectives. They have been drawn from a wealth of experience gained from applying risk management practices across multiple industries from Europe to Africa the Middle East and Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247987

The Rules of Project Risk ManagementImplementation Guidelines for Major Projects The Rules of Project Risk Management 2nd Edition provides practical experience-based guidance to support the delivery of effective project risk management. While the discipline is recognised as a major contributor to the successful outcome of projects its implementation is far from straightforward. Successful delivery requires an in-depth understanding of the "ingredients" of effective risk management practices which impact project performance. The book’s value is derived from the description of these ingredients in a manner which will support their practical implementation. The author describes a series of guidelines (labelled "rules") to support the practical application of project risk management to positively influence project outcomes. The rules are supported by mini case studies of both successful and unsuccessful projects to bring to life the ramifications of effective and poor risk management respectively and are assembled under seven headings of environment external stakeholders organisation and culture leadership and governance internal stakeholders risk resources and system. This second edition contains a new glossary of terms and an overview of the risk management process to enable those new to the subject to understand the core risk management activities. It also contains six more individual guidelines and ten more case studies to support practitioners researchers and academics alike to gain an even greater appreciation of the drivers of successful project risk management. Enabling the reader to "get inside" risk management to gain an appreciation of the individual components and "how the engine works" this book is essential reading for project and risk management professionals. While the guidelines are described individually so specific subjects can be examined in detail they must be considered together for like a car specialist carburettors fuel injection or high-octane fuel on their own do not support improved performance. The guidelines can be considered as the elements that should be taken into account when compiling a risk maturity model to drive incremental improvement in risk management practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367209322

The Rules of SuccessHow Managers Can Overcome Setbacks and Grow This book is about the rules of long-term professional success. The international study on which this book is based suggests that success is above all one thing: the quest for a combination of happiness and satisfaction coupled with economic independence. However the data also suggest that the definition of success varies significantly from person to person. And furthermore it seems like success is not an objective quality but at least partly it results from a process of comparison with a peer group - which means in turn that the selection of your peer group is crucial for your perceived level of success in life. The author argues that in fact certain success factors do exist and that they are fewer in number than one might think. But above all if we look thoroughly at the lives of truly successful people it soon becomes apparent that success primarily has to do with overcoming setbacks failure and crisis. This ability to effectively process adversity is also known as resilience. Because of its criticality for success this concept is discussed in greater depth using the FiRE model (Factors improving Resilience Effectiveness) as a structure. This concept has been developed by the author through many years of research. It differs from existing models due to its holistic approach including analysing different disciplines of science such as biology medicine brain research epigenetics sociology psycho-neuro-immunology etc. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815395676

The Rules of the GameInterdisciplinarity transdisciplinarity and analytical models in scholarly thought Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1972 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869089

The Rules of WorkA Practical Engineering Guide to Ergonomics Second Edition The experience of the past decade since the publication of the first edition of The Rules of Work: A Practical Engineering Guide to Ergonomics proves just how central ergonomics is for effective production. Revised and updated to reflect new insights from workplace developments the second edition continues the tradition of providing essential tools for implementing good ergonomics in a way that simultaneously improves both productivity and safety. What’s New in the Second Edition: Updated examples and additional rules of thumb "How to" pages cover actions such as how to design a workstation Coverage of RULA Strain Index and TAPDA In short the plan of the book is that Part I provides help on how to think and Part II help on how to measure. The non-quantitative materials come first since creativity in the application of the principles and rules provides greater value. Based on 35 years of practical problem-solving in over 1 500 workplaces the book provides a down-to-earth and practical guide for solving ergonomics problems. It provides a framework for evaluating tasks using low-tech non-quantitative methods along with an overview of the standard measuring systems for those occasions when numbers are needed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439899069

The Rum SeljuqsEvolution of a Dynasty Charting the expansion of the Rum Seljuqs from rulers of a small principality to a fully- fledged sultanate ruling over almost the whole of Anatolia this book demonstrates how ideology rather than military success was crucial in this development. The Rum Seljuqs examines four distinct phases of development beginning with the rule of Sulaymān (473-478/1081-1086) and ending with the rule of Kay Khusraw II (634-644/ 1237-1246). Firstly Songül Mecit examines the Great Seljuq ideology as a pre-cursor to the ideology of the Rum Seljuqs. Continuing to explore the foundation of the Seljuq principality in Nicaea the book then examines the third phase and the period of decline for the Great Seljuqs. Finally the book turns to the apogee of the Rum Seljuq state and questions whether these sultans can at this stage be considered truly Perso-Islamic rulers? Employing the few available Rum Seljuq primary sources in Arabic and Persian and drawing on the evidence of coins and monumental inscriptions this book will be of use to scholars and students of History and Middle East Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138242791

The Rupert and Monck Letter Book 1666 In 1666 Prince Rupert and George Monk Duke of Albemarle were appointed by Charles II to a joint command of the fleet that had been engaged in the Second Dutch War fought largely at sea for five years without either side gaining much advantage. The appointment of two men to share a single responsibility is a risky thing to do at the best of times and on the face of it appointing such contrasting characters as Rupert and Monk appeared to be asking for trouble; but the King was a shrewd judge of men he knew his dashing – at times impetuous – nephew well and had known Albemarle since the latter had been instrumental in bringing about the Restoration. Both were long serving soldiers with considerable seagoing experience and both were accomplished organisers of military affairs; they had known each other for some years and it is fair to assume that they respected each others capabilities. The letters themselves give a strong indication of harmonious co-operation. The pair particularly Albemarle had a significant influence of the development of naval battle tactics. This period saw the genesis of the method of fighting fleet actions in a ‘line of battle’ that was to persist right up to Jutland in 1916. At the time that Albemarle took command of the fleet naval battles were conducted as a general mêlée but he applied a soldier’s orderly approach to disposing of forces for a land battle and in 1653 he had laid down instructions for fighting in line. The letters give an insight into how the new naval administration being put together by the Duke of York and Samuel Pepys was developing. There were familiar problems with pay victualling and the quality of ship construction but these may be seen as largely the natural result of a rapidly expanding organisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911423416

The Rupture of SerenityExternal Intrusions and Psychoanalytic Technique What happens when the outside world enters the psychoanalytic space? In The Rupture of Serenity: External Intrusions and Psychoanalytic Technique the author draws on clinical material to describe some of the dilemmas she has encountered in her work with patients when external factors have entered the treatment frame. She considers analytic dilemmas that range from how to deal with patients' unusual requests regarding the conduct of an analytic treatment to the question of how to handle events in the analyst's personal life that by necessity must be addressed in the analysis. As a Muslim of Pakistani origin the author is also able to discuss frankly and with compassion the role that ethnic and religious differences between patient and analyst can play in treatment-differences that in the aftermath of 9/11 and the search for and killing of Osama bin Laden became a palpable presence in her consulting room. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491950

The Rupture of TimeSynchronicity and Jung's Critique of Modern Western Culture Why was the idea of synchronicity so important to Jung?Jung's theory of synchronicity radically challenges the entrenched assumptions of mainstream modern culture in the West. It is one of the most fascinating yet difficult and discomfiting of Jung's psychological theories.The Rupture of Time aims to clarify what Jung really meant by synchronicity why the idea was so important to him and how it informed his thinking about modern western culture. Areas examined include:* how the theory fits into Jung's overall psychological model and the significance of its apparent inconsistencies * the wide range of personal intellectual and social contexts of Jung's thinking on the topic * how Jung himself applied the theory of synchronicity within his critique of science religion and society * the continuing relevance of the theory for understanding issues in contemporary detraditionalised religion. Focusing closely on Jung's own writings and statements this book discloses that the theory of synchronicity is not an inconsequential addendum to analytical psychology but is central to the psychological project that occupied Jung throughout his professional life. This much-needed clarification of one of Jung's central tenets will be of great interest to all analytical psychologists and scholars engaged with Jungian thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138011922

The Rural and Peripheral in Regional DevelopmentAn Alternative Perspective The countryside has often been marginalised in discussions of economic and societal development in favour of the urban. This book aims to stimulate a debate and a re-evaluation of how the concepts of the rural peripheral and marginal are treated in academia and policy.Approaching this theme from geographic demographic and economic perspectives Peter de Souza makes a compelling case for giving the periphery a prominent role as an integral part of a holistic and balanced society. The book carefully deconstructs the concept of the urban and critiques the idea of urban-rural or centre-periphery comparisons and presents an alternative approach to spark future discussions.The Rural and Peripheral in Regional Development will be of interest to those studying and researching in the areas of rural economics sustainability and development as well as those involved in rural policymaking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367886653

The Rural Economy and the British Countryside Mention of the British countryside commonly evokes visions of pastoral contentment; but the nature of rural Britain has changed dramatically since 1945. The declining importance of farming as a source of income and employment in the course of this century has undermined the simple identity of the rural economy with the agricultural sector. The social composition of many villages has been transformed by incomers who commute to nearby towns and cities for their work. And EU policy is playing an increasingly important role in both the regulation of the countryside and the promotion of development through structural assistance programmes. The Rural Economy and the British Countryside offers critical perspectives on the changing profile of rural Britain by leading contributors in the field. It considers the meaning of the term 'rural' and what might constitute a sustainable rural economy; present and future patterns of rural development; the role of markets; natural resource management; agricultural pollution; marketing policies in the agricultural sector; environmental valuation techniques; rural policies and politics; and the future of the rural political economy. Written by a team of experts at the Centre for Rural Economy which took a leading role in the debate surrounding preparation of the 1995 Rural White Paper the book is ideal for students of rural and environmental policy countryside management planning and recreation rural geography and agriculture and environmental studies courses. Paul Allanson is a Lecturer in Economics at the University of Dundee specialising in evolutionary economics and structural change in agriculture. Martin Whitby is Professor of Countryside Management at the University of Newcastle upon Tyne and is the author of Incentives for Countryside Management: the Case of ESAs and the European Environment and CAP Reform among other titles. Originally published in 1996 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415850452

The Rural Idyll This book first published in 1989 recounts the changing perceptions of the countryside throughout the nineteenth- and twentieth-centuries helping us to understand more fully the issues that have influenced our view of the ideal countryside past and present. Some of the chapters are concerned with ways in which Victorian artists poets and prose writers portrayed the countryside of their day; others with the landowners’ impressive and costly country houses and their prettification of ‘model’ villages reflecting fashionable romantic and Gothic styles. This title will be of interest to students of history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138744400

The Rural South In CrisisChallenges For The Future This book captures the views of students of rural America on the serious state of affaire in rural South areas and on the strategies for stimulating improvements in the well-being of rural Southerners. It spurs policymakers leaders and rural residents to redress the ills of the rural South. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295653

The Rural World 1780-1850Social Change in the English Countryside In this book first published in 1980 the author draws a vivid picture of what country life was like for the vast majority of English villagers – agricultural labourers craftsmen and small farmers – during a period of rapid agricultural development. This study analyses the influence of the enclosure movement on farming methods and on the structure of village life and examines the devastating effects of the Napoleonic wars on English society. The Rural World is based on a wide range of sources including parliamentary papers contemporary letters diaries and account books and official records such as those relating to the Poor Law and the courts. It provides a fascinating overview of all aspects of rural life – from employment to home conditions education charity crime the role of religion and the influence of politics – during a critical period in English history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138734142

The Rural WorldEducation and Development First published in 1976 this book examines the issue of rural education an all-important problem for the less developed countries in the world. Louis Malassis proposes that all citizens should be made aware of the role of agriculture in the economy and that instead of placing rural education in a special category education should be related to the rural world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138865655

The RuralCritical Essays in Human Geography The rural has long been regarded as an important site of geographical inquiry even if our understanding of it has not always been treated as conceptually different from the urban. That said rural research has pursued a number of distinct empirical agendas ranging from the operation and impacts of agribusiness to local resistance to global food supply chains to differing representations of the rural. In doing so rural geographers have critically examined the relevance and significance of ideas drawn from numerous traditions including political economy ecological modernization and cultural theory amending them as appropriate in their search to understand the nature and trajectory of rural areas. Up until the 1980s attention remained largely focused upon agriculture as the primary land-use but increasingly new forms of rural consumption - housing recreation nature conservation - have taken centre stage as the primacy of local agricultures has been undermined by reduced state protection and 'new' rural populations which have migrated out from the city. More recently research has been dominated by the 'cultural turn' with particular emphases upon society-nature relations interpretations of landscape marginalised others and analyses of the relations between representation and practice. In the last decade a more holistic view of the rural bringing together different aspects of the two previous themes has emerged through more politically-oriented studies of rural governance concerned with the functioning of interest groups participation protest and the allocation and management of resources. The volume is thus structured into three sections concerned with agriculture and food the rural and rural governance. The great majority of the selected papers combine both empirical material - often highly informative case studies - and important conceptual arguments about change in the rural condition that can be linked to ideas being employed elsewhere in Geography and the Social Sciences more generally. These critical reflections have been drawn very largely from research conducted in advanced economies which at least provide some commonality of experience allowing the transfer of ideas between what otherwise might be seen as very differing geographical contexts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315237213

The Rushdie AffairThe Novel the Ayatollah and the West The publication in 1988 of Salman Rushdie's novel The Satanic Verses triggered a furor that pitted much of the Islamic world against the West over issues of blasphemy and freedom of expression. The controversy soon took on the aspect of a confrontation of civilizations provoking powerful emotions on a global level. It involved censorship protests riots a break in diplomatic relations culminating in the notorious Iranian edict calling for the death of the novelist. In The Rushdie Affair Daniel Pipes explains why the publication of The Satanic Verses became a cataclysmic event with far-reaching political and social consequences.Pipes looks at the Rushdie affair in both its political and cultural aspects and shows in considerable detail what the fundamentalists perceived as so offensive in The Satanic Verses as against what Rushdie's novel actually said. Pipes explains how the book created a new crisis between Iran and the West at the time--disrupting international diplomacy billions of dollars in trade and prospects for the release of Western hostages in Lebanon.Pipes maps out the long-term implications of the crisis. If the Ayatollah so easily intimidated the West can others do the same? Can millions of fundamentalist Muslims now living in the United States and Europe possibly be assimilated into a culture so alien to them? Insightful and brilliantly written this volume provides a full understanding of one of the most significant events in recent years. Koenraad Elst's postscript reviews the enduring impact of the Rushdie affair. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538368

The Russian Armed Forces in TransitionEconomic geopolitical and institutional uncertainties Although the role of the military in Russia has changed significantly since Soviet times it continues to exert great influence on Russian politics economy and society. This book presents a comprehensive overview of current developments related to Russia’s military sector. It considers recent military reforms personnel issues the defence industry and procurement the defence economy changes in civil-military relations and the continuing huge economic significance of Russia’s military-industrial complex. It explores difficulties currently faced by the Russian military including problems of recruitment and leadership; analyses Russian security policy - including in relation to Europe and more widely; and discusses the lessons learned by the Russian military as a result of the recent war in Georgia. The book argues that reform attempts have often been thwarted by bureaucracy economy strategy manpower weapon systems and leadership. The book concludes by assessing likely future developments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415728331

The Russian Budget The Russian budget process has received little detailed attention in academic literature. Here various key aspects of the formation of the federal budget largely since Vladimir Putin began his third presidential term in 2012 are examined. It is primarily the writing of the expenditure side of the budget which is described that is how it is decided how much money is spent on what. While ample information is provided on budgetary outcomes the focus is on the process: the issues faced by budget makers the actors and institutions involved and the formal and informal procedures that lead to outcomes. It is not the task of the volume to provide an analysis of the wisdom or effectiveness of particular budget allocations; its goal is to provide some judgement on the effectiveness of the process. Chapters are offered on the budgetary process as it relates to the two main claimants on federal budget funding the social and defence sectors. Three chapters then examine the major locations of budgetary policy-making: the executive (at presidential and cabinet of ministers levels) the Duma and the expert community.This book was originally published as a special issue of Post-Communist Economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583743

The Russian Campaign of 1812 Among the enormous oeuvre of Clausewitz the best-known work by far is the unfinished magnum opus On War. His works include many excellent writings on military history of which The Campaign of 1812 in Russia is assuredly the masterpiece. This book is a superb first-hand account and analysis of the military disaster of 1812 and the characters who played a significant role in it. An eyewitness and participant in the war Clausewitz' writing remains the most serious source on that campaign. Napoleon's campaign of 1812 against Russia was a crucial event in the Napoleonic history. At the beginning of 1812 Napoleon was at the peak of his glory. On the eve of the Russian campaign the majority of European diplomats thought that Napoleon would emerge victorious. The campaign however proved to be disastrous for the French Grand Arme. The Battle of Borodino with heavy causalities on both sides was probably the hardest fought battle of the Napoleonic era. Victory at Borodino gained Napoleon entry to Moscow only to end in catastrophe and the retreat of the French army in fall of the same year. The campaign of 1812 against Russia marked the beginning of the end of Napoleon's rule in Europe.Clausewitz is more than a military historian in the traditional sense. His concrete and objective analysis enables him to appreciate the situation in all its political diplomatic and military ramifications. The Russian Campaign of 1812 will be of interest to historians political scientists and students of military history and strategy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538375

The Russian Conquest of the Caucasus Reprint of Baddeley's classic and rare account of the resistance of the North Caucasians under Shamil against the expansion of Tsarist Russia with a new introduction by Moshe Gammer. Highly relevant to recent developments in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415515184

The Russian Democratic Party YablokoOpposition in a Managed Democracy Western analysts have become increasingly concerned with President Putin's centralization and control with the term 'managed democracy' becoming a byword for the state of the Russian polity. In this important exploration David White examines the gradual electoral decline of Russia's leading liberal party the Yabloko Party. In doing so he provides fascinating insights into the role of opposition the development of the party system and above all the quality of democracy in Russia under President Putin. As an overtly democratic liberal reformist party with a strong pro-Western orientation the place and role of Yabloko in Russian politics is of concern to those interested both in the establishment of democratic norms and the relative strength of political forces promoting democratic and market reforms in Russia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138622760

The Russian Discovery of Japan 1670–1800 During the period of the Tokugawa shogunate’s seclusion policy from about 1630 onwards there was very little European interaction with the Japanese except through the restricted Dutch presence at Nagasaki. During this period however Russians exploring Siberia and the Russian Far East came into contact with Japan and further exploration and information collecting was encouraged by the Russian government culminating in the first official Russian Embassy to Japan in 1792. This book examines the Russian discourse on Japan in the period tracing the gradual accumulation of knowledge and the development of Russian views sometimes distorted about Japan. The book includes key historical documents some translated into English for the first time. The book is a prequel to the author’s previous book Russian Views of Japan 1792–1913: An Anthology of Early Travel Writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415870269

The Russian Economic Grip on Central and Eastern Europe This book is about the use of economic and state capture levers for achieving political clout. It details how Moscow has been able to exploit governance deficits and influence decision-making in the countries of Central and Eastern Europe through a range of economic means. The comparative country by country perspective on Russia’s corporate presence trade and investment in particular sectors of the region especially energy shows the patterns of the Kremlin’s use of economic presence and state capture tactics to amplify political and social leverage. By collating economic data with an analysis of governance loopholes and the political process the authors reveal the Kremlin’s methods for swaying national policies especially through the exploitation of governance failures in these countries. The book thereby highlights how Russia’s economic power is related to its wider strategic goals. It concludes that Russia’s economic grip both direct and indirect is tighter than official statistics imply. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584436

The Russian Economy As Russia aggressively tries to regain the status of a ‘Great Power’ whether it has the economic capacity to do so has become a matter of enormous topical importance not just for those with a long-standing professional interest in the Russian economy but also for a wider range of economists political scientists and foreign-policy specialists who need to understand the workings of this major—if somewhat unusual—state. Moreover to determine if Russia can meet and sustain its apparent ambitions requires a knowledge not just of its current economic circumstances but also of its economic past. What if any is the legacy of the Soviet period? How did Russia approach the transition from central planning to a market-type economy (a question which is relevant not just to our understanding of Russia itself but also of transitional emerging and developing countries more generally)? And leaving aside its Great Power ambitions does the contemporary Russian economy possess the resources structures and policies to enable it to achieve and sustain even a viable society? As serious research on and around the Russian economy continues to blossom this new title from Routledge’s Critical Concepts in Economics series addresses these and other questions. In four volumes the collection provides a much-needed compendium of foundational and the very best cutting-edge scholarship. It brings together the most informative and influential major works on the Soviet economy Russia’s early post-Soviet transition experiences and its continuing economic successes and failures. The Russian Economy is fully indexed and has a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. It is an essential work of reference and is destined to be valued by scholars students and policymakers as a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138961944

The Russian Economy and Foreign Direct Investment Before the recent Ukrainian crisis Russia was one of the main sources of foreign direct investment (FDI) outflow and one of the main targets of FDI inflow in the world. However the events in the Ukraine the formation of the Eurasian Economic Union and China’s growing interest in the Russian market and its natural resources have changed the picture completely. This new book brings together an international group of contributors to present a timely and comprehensive analysis of FDI to and from Russia. The book assesses the impact of the changed international political situation on foreign firms operating in Russia and explores how the new world context has affected Russian investments abroad. The book also considers the future relationship between Russian corporations and the EU and the USA in light of recent events. This book answers an array of key questions including: how have investments from and to Russia developed in the last 100 years; how are Russian businesses spreading to foreign countries through their indirect investments; and how is the Russian Government influencing the investments of Russian businesses abroad? This volume is of great interest to those who study international economics modern world economy and FDI as well as those interested in international investment movements and the changing role of Russia in international business and the global economy.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668044

The Russian Economy under Putin This book presents a comprehensive view of the state of the Russian economy under President Putin. It considers the extent of Russia’s integration in the world economy where Russia’s exports of oil and gas are a key factor discusses Russia’s internal challenges including changing demographics declining government revenue the need to counter over-reliance on the oil and gas sector and the consequences of high military spending and assesses the prospects for economic reform highlighting especially the power struggles between different vested interests. Overall the book provides a basis for understanding what has been going on in the Russian economy under President Putin and what the future may look like given the external environment internal challenges and reform processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587758

The Russian Empire in the Eighteenth CenturyTradition and Modernization Russia's 18th-century drive toward modernity and empire under the two "greats" - Peter I and Catherine II - is captured in this work by one of Russia's outstanding young historians. The author develops three themes: Russia's relationship to the West; the transformation of "Holy Russia" into a multinational empire; and the effects of efforts to modernize Russia selectively along Western lines. Writing in a clear crisp style Kamenskii enlivens the narrative with observations from contemporary literary figures and political commentators that point up the lasting significance of the events he describes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315699059

The Russian EmpireA Multi-ethnic History The "national question" and how to impose control over its diverse ethnic identities has long posed a problem for the Russian state. This major survey of Russia as a multi-ethnic empire spans the imperial years from the sixteenth century to 1917 with major consideration of the Soviet phase. It asks how Russians incorporated new territories how they were resisted what the character of a multi-ethnic empire was and how finally these issues related to nationalism.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138171312

The Russian EmpireIts People Institutions and Resources (2 Vols) First published in 1968. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315889306

The Russian Far East and Pacific AsiaUnfulfilled Potential This major study assesses prospects for economic recovery in the Russian Far East evaluating foreign trade and investment political and economic forces patterns of resource supply and needs in Pacific Asia and potential competitors. It concludes that this unfulfilled potential has as much to do with conditions in Russia as the downturn caused by the Asian crisis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879010

The Russian Far East: An Economic HandbookAn Economic Handbook An analysis of and factual details on the economy natural resources populations foreign economic activity and radical economic reform in the Russian Far East. Features of the public and private sectors are discussed providing a comprehensive discussion of this area. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315482934

The Russian Far EastStrategic Development of the Workforce This monograph presents an integrated concept of workforce development strategy for the Far Eastern Federal District of Russia. This concept is based on the strategizing methodology developed by Vladimir L. Kvint. The concept takes into account contemporary global national and regional development trends in workforce employment and labor market issues including the active influence of information and communication technologies and the appearance of numerous novel forms of employment. The Russian Far East is a region of geostrategic importance for the whole world rich in minerals that can be extracted provided that the region has the necessary—and correctly applied—workforce. This volume shows the uniqueness of the region’s workforce and factors that impact workforce development. The author identifies strategic factors influencing workforce development namely migration education system income sources and business climate. The monograph identifies with allowance made for global trends the main components of workforce development strategy for the Far East: mission vision strategic advantages and priorities. The measures proposed are evaluated in terms of public and economic efficiency. The conclusions and proposals in this work are built on the analysis of this wide range of analytical data. Workforce development programs from the Tsarist era until the present are analyzed in this work and creative approaches to the workforce provision problems of the Russian Far East and appraisal criteria for the strategy’s public and economic efficiency are proposed. Applying the information provided in this book will help to improve efficiency of investments in the economy of the Russian Far East using its labor potential. This book belongs to the Strategy of the Russian Far East Library developed under the editorial supervision of Sergey Darkin and Vladimir Kvint. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781774630013

The Russian Far EastStrategic Priorities for Sustainable Development The Russian Far East is one of the most strategically important regions of Russia. The Russian Far East and the development of its manufacturing strength determine Russia’s role in a major economic area of the world: the Asia-Pacific region. The degree to which the transportation telecommunications and social infrastructure of the Pacific coast of Russia are developed will predetermine the export potential of the country. This important research presents the strategic scenario for the most effective use of resources of the Russian Far East. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771884334

The Russian General Staff and Asia 1860-1917 This new book examines the role of the Tsarist General Staff in studying and administering Russia’s Asian borderlands. It considers the nature of the Imperial Russian state the institutional characteristics of the General Staff and Russia’s relationship with Asia. During the nineteenth century Russia was an important player in the so-called ‘Great Game’ in central Asia. Between 1800 and 1917 officers of the Russian General Staff travelled extensively through Turkey central Asia and the Far East gathering intelligence that assisted in the formation of future war plans. It goes on to consider tactics of imperial expansion and the role of military intelligence and war planning with respect to important regions including the Caucasus central Asia and the Far East. In the light of detailed archival research it investigates objectively questions such as the possibility of Russia seizing the Bosphorus Straits and the probability of an expedition to India. Overall this book provides a comprehensive account of the Russian General Staff its role in Asia and of Russian military planning with respect to a region that remains highly strategically significant today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415545839

The Russian Imperial Army 1796�1917 The majority of the articles assembled in this volume reflect social-historical methodology which is used to show the relationship between the tsarist army and society while focusing on the Russian historical experience. In each case whether it be a study of the soldiers as peasants alcoholism the nationalities officers military justice social and legal reform and mutiny or revolution the inescapable conclusion arises that the army was at all times a reflection of the many social problems aspirations or political thought of the broader imperial Russian civil society. In short this anthology treats the Russian military as a window on the symbiotic triangular relationship between army state and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398196

The Russian Influence on English Education Originally published in 1969. British merchants first penetrated to Moscow in the early 16th century. From that time until today developments in Russia have influenced Britain in innumerable ways - sometimes unexpectedly. In this volume Professor Armytage traces this influence showing how Tolstoy Kropotkin and others better known for their activities in fields other than education have in fact had their effect on education in Britain. The lively account of the way in which these ideas have found their way into the British system shows that recent influences have been more direct. In particular the rapid development of higher technological education owes a great deal to the Russian example. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138544529

The Russian IntelligentsiaFrom Torment to Silence Vladimir C. Nahirny's brilliant study of major issues in Russian social and intellectual history synthesizes historical and sociological perspectives in an analysis of the nineteenth century Russian intelligentsia. He clarifies the concept of the intelligentsia itself analyzes findings bearing on the social origins of different generations of intelligentsia and enlarges understanding of conditions that facilitated the emergence of ideological groups among them. The Russian Intelligentsia develops a conceptually focused view of this distinct social group arguing that the Russian intelligentsia can best be understood on the basis of orientation to ideas rather than on social or occupational position. Rather than simply providing an intellectual history or biographical sketches of major figures Nahirny illuminates these concepts through data creating an immersive context unlike other discussions of these groups. This book was and will be of interest to those interested in the problematic and contradictory social-political roles of intellectuals during this time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412865326

The Russian Liberals and the Revolution of 1905 There is a widespread notion that Russia is forever fated to be an authoritarian country where liberalism and democracy can never make real progress. However at the beginning of the twentieth century there was an extremely influential “liberationist” movement which culminated in the formation of a modern Western-style liberal party the Constitutional Democrats or “Kadets”. The book provides a comprehensive history of the rise of the Kadets focusing in particular on the revolutionary years 1905-06. It outlines how they dominated the first Duma elected by the people and analyses their policies social composition and political tactics. The book challenges the view (shared by many historians) that the Kadets were inherently extreme doctrinaire or unwilling to compromise and argues that their eventual failure was primarily due to the intransigence of the old régime. The Russian Liberals and the Revolution of 1905 illustrates in detail that the Kadets offered a moderate alternative to reaction on the one hand and revolution on the other. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138477230

The Russian Management RevolutionPreparing Managers for a Market Economy Soviet managerial culture however resistant to change is in fact changing (just as Western managers have begun to grasp some of its written rules). This volume attempts to reveal the direction of those changes. It spotlights the problems that are preparing students career managers and the employees of Western ventures for work in a very different environment. The issues (and the pitfalls) are brought to life in reports from the field by some of the Soviet and Western consultants executives instructors and students who are pioneers in the conscious creation of a new managerial culture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315486857

The Russian Military into the 21st Century This work attempts to clarify the major problems facing Russia's armed forces in the present and immediate future. It covers threats from terrorists break away republics and threats from outside Russia's borders. The book also includes political and economic problems facing the military. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138825475

The Russian Orthodox Church 1917-1948From Decline to Resurrection This book tells the remarkable story of the decline and revival of the Russian Orthodox Church in the first half of the twentieth century and the astonishing U-turn in the attitude of the Soviet Union’s leaders towards the church. In the years after 1917 the Bolsheviks’ anti-religious policies the loss of the former western territories of the Russian Empire and the Soviet Union’s isolation from the rest of the world and the consequent separation of Russian emigrés from the church were disastrous for the church which declined very significantly in the 1920s and 1930s. However when Poland was partitioned in 1939 between Nazi Germany and the Soviet Union Stalin allowed the Patriarch of Moscow Sergei jurisdiction over orthodox congregations in the conquered territories and went on later to encourage the church to promote patriotic activities as part of the resistance to the Nazi invasion. He agreed a Concordat with the church in 1943 and continued to encourage the church especially its claims to jurisdiction over émigré Russian orthodox churches in the immediate postwar period. Based on extensive original research the book puts forward a great deal of new information and overturns established thinking on many key points. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138577992

The Russian Orthodox Church and Human Rights This book examines the key 2008 publication of the Russian Orthodox Church on human dignity freedom and rights. It considers how the document was formed charting the development over time of the Russian Orthodox Church's views on human rights. It analyzes the detail of the document and assesses the practical and political impact inside the Church at the national level and in the international arena. Overall it shows how the attitude of the Russian Orthodox Church has shifted from outright hostility towards individual human rights to the advocacy of "traditional values." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138205963

The Russian Peasant 1920 and 1984 First published in 1977 The Russian Peasant 1920 and 1984 is a significant contribution to history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138417175

The Russian Peasantry 1600-1930The World the Peasants Made This impressive work set to become the standard history on the subject offers a definitive survey of peasant society in Russia from the consolidation of serfdom and tsarist autocracy in the 17th century through to the destruction of the peasant's traditional world under Stalin. Over three-quarters of Russian society were peasants in these years and David Moon explores all aspects of their life xxx; including the rural economy peasant households village communities xxx; and their political role including protest against the landowning elites. In the process he presents a fresh perspective on the history of Russia itself. A big book in every way xxx; and compellingly readable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149090

The Russian Presidency of Dmitry Medvedev 2008-2012The Next Step Forward or Merely a Time Out? The term "tandem" was used to describe the Putin-Medvedev combination which ruled Russia from 2008 to 2012 when Medvedev was president and Putin prime minister. Many people saw Putin as the real wielder of power with Medvedev as his puppet. Others however saw Medvedev as a visionary someone who envisioned large scale schemes - even though these schemes have not yet come to fruition. At the same time many in the West regarded Medvedev favourably and gave him credit for raising expectations among both the elite and the middle classes in Russia in such a way as to make it difficult for the Russian state to return to its old ways. This book presents a comprehensive survey of the Medvedev presidency covering all areas including politics the economy international relations and social developments. The author concludes that it is still too early to assess Medvedev's achievements definitively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573840

The Russian Revolution A popular concise guide - one of the clearest available on the Russian Revolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837041

The Russian Revolution The revolutionary movements of 1905-1907 formed the first stage of the Russian Revolution followed by an interval of peace and economic prosperity but the outbreak of WWI and social unrest led to further revolutionary action in 1917 resulting in the abdication and murder of Tsar Nicholas II and the creation of the Soviet Union. Originally published in 1928 this volume traces the course and the consequences of the Revolution with Mavor emphasising the economic aspect of the Revolution as the main cause of the upheaval considering political and military affairs in so far as their relation to the course of economic development. This title will be of interest to students of history and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138191617

The Russian Revolution and India The October Revolution undoubtedly produced a radicalising effect on the Indian situation from the very beginning. At the end of World War I India was astir with workers’ strikes and massive demonstrations against British repression. Peasant unrest was also growing. It was this awakened India entering the mass phase of its fight for independence which looked to the Russian Revolution and to its leader Lenin for inspiration and help.They further saw that Lenin and other leaders of Soviet Russia stood for a new social order in which exploitation of man by man is ended an order based on brotherhood equality and cooperation of men and had established a society in which the working class and the toiling people had come into their own and taken over the reins of administration to build socialism. This volume contains several articles and essays concerning the Indian national movement and the support extended by Russia. In particular the essays related to the lives of the expatriate Indian revolutionaries in Europe and the meeting of Indian revolutionaries with Lenin are of interest in this volume. The views of Indian national leaders like M.K. Gandhi Jawaharlal Nehru B.G. Tilak among others on Russian Revolution are also included. In short this volume will be useful to understand the support extended by Russia to the Indian national movement during the first half of the twentieth century. Please note: This title is co-published with Aakar Books New Delhi. Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the print edition in South Asia (India Sri Lanka Nepal Bangladesh Pakistan Maldives or Bhutan) Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367642082

The Russian Revolution of 1905Centenary Perspectives 2005 marks the centenary of Russia’s ‘first revolution’ - an unplanned spontaneous rejection of Tsarist rule that was a response to the ‘Bloody Sunday’ massacre of 9th January 1905. A wave of strikes urban uprisings peasant revolts national revolutions and mutinies swept across the Russian Empire and it proved a crucial turning point in the demise of the autocracy and the rise of a revolutionary socialism that would shape Russia Europe and the international system for the rest of the twentieth century. The centenary of the Revolution has prompted scholars to review and reassess our understanding of what happened in 1905. Recent opportunities to access archives throughout the former Soviet Union are yielding new provincial perspectives as well as fresh insights into the roles of national and religious minorities and the parts played by individuals social groups political parties and institutions. This text brings together some of the best of this new research and reassessment and includes thirteen chapters written by leading historians from around the world together with an introduction from Abraham Ascher. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654135

The Russian State and Russian Energy Companies 1992–2018 The Russian State and Russian Energy Companies analyses the development of relations between the state and five major energy companies and how this shaped Russia’s foreign policy in the post-Soviet region. The book argues that the development of Russia’s political economy mattered for foreign policy over the quarter of a century from 1992 to 2018. Energy companies’ roles in institutional development enabled them to influence foreign policy formation and they became available as tools to implement foreign policy. The extent to which it happened for each company varied with their accessibility to the Russian state. Institutional development increased state capacity in a way that strengthened Russia’s political regime. The book shows how the combined power of several companies in the gas oil electricity and nuclear energy industry was a key feature of Russian foreign policy both in bilateral relationships and in support of Russia’s regional position. In this way Russia’s energy resources were converted to regional influence. The book contributes to our understanding of Russia’s political economy and its influence on foreign policy and of the formation of policy towards post-Soviet states. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815354055

The Russian Theory of ActivityCurrent Applications To Design and Learning The opening of the former Soviet Union to the West has provided an opportunity to describe Russian human factors/ergonomics and to compare American theories and methods with it. Although this book is principally dedicated to describing the theory of activity as it applies to issues of design and training it is also offered to a general audience of psychologists and interested lay readers. This theory studies the goal-directed behavior of man and attempts to integrate the cognitive motivational and behavioral aspects of activity into a holistic system. Such fundamental notions as goal action and self-regulation are described and analyzed from totally different theoretical points of view. This is the first comprehensive systematic description of the theory of activity in the English language. Existing attempts to translate the theory of activity into English suffer from certain limitations. Among them the theory of activity -- considered one of the more important accomplishments of Soviet psychological science -- has an extensive history dating back to the work of Vygotsky and his students. Subsequent development of the theory by other well-known Soviet psychologists and psychophysiologists took place within different schools with some significant differences. In the former Soviet Union psychological theory could not be advanced unconnected to Marxist-Leninist ideology. Accordingly theoretical formulations were subject to their own version of "political correctness." Books published in this field were addressed only to other scientists with backgrounds in the field. Moreover the translation of the technical terms in Russian psychology frequently resist translation in the absence of the context of the debates in which they were being used. Thus simple translation of books in this field as they were written in a specialized and politicized environment for Russian audiences is really not a particularly sensible or worthwhile undertaking. This book is addressed in the first instance to Western psychologists. It compares among other things analyses of work from the former Soviet Union with the work from the West. Applications of activity theory to design and learning were paramount in the Soviet Union. Using their own theoretical perspective the authors provide a comparative analysis of the various schools working in activity theory. They hope that this book may facilitate the exchange of ideas between Russian psychological scientists and Western psychologists working in ergonomics human factors industrial/organizational psychology education learning and related areas where the theory of activity may find general application. This book's authors attempt to provide a contribution not only to science but also to history. Western researchers have strongly influenced Russian work but because of negative political pressure in the former USSR the flow of concepts was one-sided. Russian ergonomists received so much from American and Western sources that it is now important to give something back. Despite the considerable similarity between Russian and American theories and methods the special "spin" the former put on their work may stimulate new thinking on the part of their American colleagues. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138876514

The Russian Tradition in Education This volume describes the Russian tradition in education and in particular the dominant role of Russian nationality. The whole history of Russian education is covered from Peter the Great to Khruschev. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753241

The Russian Tragedy: The Burden of HistoryThe Burden of History This work provides an interpretive history of Russia from earliest times to today recounting the story of Russia's past. It discusses Russia's strengths and weaknesses as a civilization and the challenges posed by the contemporary effort to remake Russia. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315480817

The Russian View of U.S. StrategyIts Past Its Future Soviet perceptions of U.S. strategy remained remarkably consistent from the post-Stalin period through the collapse of communism in Eastern Europe and the Soviet Union itself. The consistency of the Soviet tendency to engage in the 'mirror-image' fallacy in their analyses of U.S. doctrine and strategic intentions has profound implications for the future relationship of the U.S. and the now-independent republics. This authoritative volume analyzes the Soviet/Russian perspectives of U.S. strategic evolution from the declaration of the 'massive retaliation' doctrine of 1954 through the Soviet collapse of 1991.The Soviets considered the growth of their strategic nuclear arsenal as the main factor giving them political leverage over U.S. foreign policy and predicted that a defense policy based on strategic defense would be the most effective deterrent from a Soviet perspective. Now the Russian military and political leadership places a high value on strategic nuclear forces in terms of political leverage and prestige.Building upon a wide variety of international sources the Lockwoods offer a penetrating assessment of how the present Russian perspective will affect political relationships not only with the U.S. and the West but also among the independent republics. This factor will become ever more critical as they vie for decentralized versus unified control of what was the Soviet nuclear arsenal under the shadow of the collapsing economies. The authors also introduce a new theory concerning the future impact of ballistic missile defense on operational warfare in light of the U.S. experience in Operation Desert Storm. The Russian View of U.S. Strategy provides a comprehensive historical context and an up-to-date appraisal of an uncertain and potentially volatile development in U.S.-Russian relations. It will be of interest to historians policymakers and military analysts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538382

The Russian-Chechen Conflict 1800-2000A Deadly Embrace In 1994 the mountain territory of Chechnya was witness to the largest military campaign staged on Russian soil since World War II. The Russo-Chechen war is examined within the context of the bitter history between the two peoples culminating in the expression of conflict from 1994-1996. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203045053

The Russians in IsraelA New Ethnic Group in a Tribal Society This book constitutes the first systematic and critical discussion of questions of immigration and society in Israel from a global perspective.The comprehensive study covers the 30-year period since the beginning of the immigrant influx from the former Soviet Union in the 1990s and incorporates data based on a variety of quantitative and qualitative research methods. It provides an important opportunity to examine identity and patterns of adaptation among immigrants with the added perspective afforded by the passage of time. Moreover it sheds light on the Russians' cumulative influence on Israeli society and on the Israel-Palestinian conflict. Considering all groups within Israeli society it covers Palestinian-Arab citizens in Israel who have almost never been included in analyses addressing questions of Jewish immigration to Israel. Multiculturalism is the central theoretical framework of this study alongside specific theoretical considerations of ethnic formation political mobilization among ethnic groups and immigration and conflict in deeply divided societies. However while Jewish-Arab relations in Israel are typically analyzed in the context of majority-minority relations this book offers a pioneering approach that analyzes these relations within the context of a Jewish majority with a minority phobia and an Arab minority with a sense of regional majority.Addressing existing and anticipated influences of Russian immigrants on politics culture and social structures in Israel as well as the Israeli-Palestinian conflict The Russians in Israel will be useful to students and scholars of Middle Eastern politics and society as well as Israel Russian and Ethnicity Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662554

The Russian-speaking Populations in the Post-Soviet SpaceLanguage Politics and Identity In the wake of Russia’s annexation of Crimea this volume examines the relationship Russia has with its so-called ‘compatriots abroad’. Based on research from Belarus Estonia Kazakhstan Latvia and Ukraine the authors examine complex relationships between these individuals their home states and the Russian Federation. Russia stands out globally as a leading sponsor of kin-state nationalism vociferously claiming to defend the interests of its so-called diaspora especially the tens of millions of ethnic Russians and Russian speakers who reside in the countries that were once part of the Soviet Union. However this volume shifts focus away from the assertive diaspora politics of the Russian state towards the actual groups of Russian speakers in the post-Soviet space themselves. In a series of empirically grounded studies the authors examine complex relationships between ‘Russians’ their home-states and the Russian Federation. Using evidence from Belarus Estonia Kazakhstan Latvia and Ukraine the findings demonstrate multifaceted levels of belonging and estrangement with spaces associated with Russia and the new independent states in which Russian speakers live. By focusing on language media politics identity and quotidian interactions this collection provides a wealth of material to help understand contemporary kin-state policies and their impact on group identities and behaviour. The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of Europe-Asia Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367647230

The Russo-Japanese War and its Shaping of the Twentieth Century The Russo-Japanese War was in essence a colonial conflict between the expanding interests of Russia and Japan in East Asia. However while appearing regional the war itself in fact had a major global impact. The conflict and Japanese victory stimulated the Russian revolutionary movement in 1905 and hence the Russian Revolution of 1917. In addition the Peace Treaty of Portsmouth created a tension between the United States and Japan that would establish the starting point for the road directly leading to Pearl Harbor in 1941. Eventually the war had a major impact on Germany whose diplomats wanted to use the war to bind St Petersburg to Berlin and whose military planners closely observed the events to prepare themselves for the next possible conflict. This book makes a strong argument for the consideration of initially minor events in the analysis of global history. By describing and analyzing the interrelationship between the events in East Asia and the major developments in Europe and the United States it shows the significance of the Russo-Japanese War as a key factor in determining the most momentous historical events of the twentieth century: The First World War the Second World War and the Cold War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348700

The Rustication of Urban Youth in ChinaA Social Experiment In the 1960s and 70s the government of China conducted a rather unusual social experiment called ‘Up to the mountains and down to the village’ which sent urban youths to the countryside in an attempt to reverse the flow of the rural population migrating to towns and cities as was generally occurring in other parts of the world at that time. Originally published in 1975 Seybolt draws together a compilation of documents discussing the project which sent roughly 12 million urban youths to settle in the countryside in the years 1968-1975 alone. The documents discuss issues such as university love and marriage as well as the details of the experiment. This title will be of interest to students of sociology anthropology and Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138191792

The Rwenzururu Movement in UgandaStruggling for Recognition This book provides a comprehensive account and analysis of the Rwenzururu movement in Western Uganda. The movement began in the 1960s in the Rwenzori region of Toro District and was a protest by the minority Bakonzo and Baamba ethnic groups against their continued discrimination and incorporation in the Batoro-dominated kingdom-district. In the course of the years this movement experienced various significant transformations and in the end came to demand recognition of Rwenzururu’s claimed semi-traditional kingship within Uganda.Martin Doornbos illuminates how the Rwenzururu came to life. He documents and analyses the transformations that the movement has undergone and shows how the Ugandan government responded to and eventually accepted the movement while igniting continuing enmity and violence in the process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594275

The Sacralization of Space and Behavior in the Early Modern WorldStudies and Sources In the Early Modern period - as both reformed and Catholic churches strove to articulate orthodox belief and conduct through texts sermons rituals and images - communities grappled frequently with the connection between sacred space and behavior. The Sacralization of Space and Behavior in the Early Modern World explores individual and community involvement in the approbation reconfiguration and regulation of sacred spaces and the behavior (both animal and human) within them. The individual’s understanding of sacred space and consequently the behavior appropriate within it depended on local need group dynamics and the dissemination of normative expectations. While these expectations were defined in a growing body of confessionalizing literature locally and internationally traditional clerical authorities found their decisions contested circumvented or elaborated in order to make room for other stakeholders’ activities and needs. To clearly reveal the efforts of early modern groups to negotiate authority and the transformation of behavior with sacred space this collection presents examples that allow the deconstruction of these tensions and the exploration of the resulting campaigns within sacred space. Based on new archival research the eleven chapters in this collection examine diverse aspects of the campaigns to transform Christian behavior within a variety of types of sacred space and through a spectrum of media. These essays give voice to the arguments exhortations and accusations that surrounded the activities taking place in early modern sacred space and reveal much about how people made sense of these transformations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472418265

The Sacred and the ProfaneContemporary Demands on Hermeneutics Hermeneutics continues to be an area of interest to many yet recent discussions in hermeneutic theory have turned toward fringe areas - whether found in realms of post-structuralism or radical orthodoxy - that have resulted in a 'forgetfulness' of one of hermeneutics' key thinkers Immanuel Kant. This book seeks to reaffirm Kant's place as a central thinker for hermeneutics and to challenge and support prevailing criticisms. It has been argued that Kant merely offers a theory of the subjective universality of a rational aesthetic judgement where only reason connects us to the transcendent and sensation is only a subjective and confusing factor that distracts and distorts reason. This position is challenged as well as supported by the contributors to this book scholars who bring key issues in hermeneutics to light from American British and continental perspectives grounded in questions and concerns germane to today's culture. The discussion of hermeneutics is framed as being deliberately an interdisciplinary cross-cultural affair. The Sacred and the Profane provides a welcome addition to contemporary discussions on hermeneutic theory through its assertion that there is still a need to support a critical approach to hermeneutics after Kant. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256583

The Sacred and the Secular in Medieval HealingSites Objects and Texts This volume challenges and redefines the traditional distinction made between the sacred and the secular in medieval healing medical practice and theory as evidenced in the historic text record and by material culture (sites and objects). The studies here are interdisciplinary and are grouped into two parts. The first focuses on secular and religious texts demonstrating how the language of sacred and secular healing blurs and merges in both Latin and vernacular textual traditions. Chapters critically examine how medieval English literature draws directly from medical discourse when representing the physical and moral consequences of wrath; the reasons why empirical experience in medical education is central to the writings of Valesco de Tarenta; the narrative significance of Bede’s representation of plague in his eighth-century prose Life of Cuthbert; and the implications of distinctions between late medieval religious sermons and secular discourse on plague. Authors also discuss how secular medicine and religious faith intersect in two recorded late medieval English miracles and present the largely unexplored impact of access to food on people’s everyday health. The second part investigates how the concepts of the sacred and the secular are seen in material culture. Chapters explore how the practice of lapidary medicine by early practitioners and midwives used the protective and healing properties ascribed to gemstone amulets eagle-stones and lodestones. At pilgrimage sites the dynamic nature of cure and spiritual interaction is evidenced in art and artifact. One type of object pilgrim badges from English sites is used to explore statistically the wider social context of faith and healing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472449627

The Sacred Citizens and the Secular CityPolitical Participation of Protestant Ministers in Hong Kong This title was first published in 2000. This study addresses the political participation of Protestant ministers in Hong Kong. It aims to describe and explain the pattern of political participation of these ministers. The book focuses on a number of key questions. What kind of political participation did Protestant ministers involve themselves in during the years preceding the return to Chinese sovereignty? How extensive was their political involvement? Why were some ministers active and energetic political participants whereas some of their colleagues were inactive? How did the activists see their role as Christian ministers? What impact did the political activism of the Protestant clergy have on the social political and religious development of Hong Kong? Dr Ko's findings offer insights into the political beliefs values and activities of a sample of the Protestant clergy of Hong Kong and into their thinking about their political responsibilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138738690

The Sacred HeritageThe Influence of Shamanism on Analytical Psychology The contributors to this volume describe the many facets shamanism and depth psychology have in common: animal symbolism; recognition of the reality of the collective unconscious; and healing rituals that put therapist and patient in touch with transpersonal powers. By reintroducing the core of shamanism in contemporary form these essays shape a powerful means of healing that combines the direct contact with the inner psyche one finds in shamanism with the self-reflection and critical awareness of modern consciousness. The contributors' draw from experiences both inside and outside the consulting room and with cultures that include the Lakota Sioux and those of the Peruvian Andes and the Hawaiian Islands. The focus is on those aspects of shamanism most useful and relevant to the modern practice of depth psychology. These explorations bring the young practice of analytical psychology into perspective as part of a much more ancient heritage of shamanistic healing. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203948552

The Sacred Identity of Ephesos (Routledge Revivals)Foundation Myths of a Roman City The Sacred Identity of Ephesos offers a full-length interpretation of one of the largest known bequests in the Classical world made to the city of Ephesos in AD 104 by a wealthy Roman equestrian and challenges some of the basic assumptions made about the significance of the Greek cultural renaissance known as the ‘Second Sophistic’. Professor Rogers shows how the civic rituals created by the foundation symbolised a contemporary social hierarchy and how the ruling class used foundation myths - the birth of the goddess Artemis in a grove above the city – as a tangible source of power to be wielded over new citizens and new gods. Utilising an innovative methodology for analysing large inscriptions Professor Rogers argues that the Ephesians used their past to define their present during the Roman Empire shedding new light on how second-century Greeks maintained their identities in relation to Romans Christians and Jews. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415740258

The Sacred In-Between: The Mediating Roles of Architecture The sacred place was and still is an intermediate zone created in the belief that it has the ability to co-join the religious aspirants to their gods. An essential means of understanding this sacred architecture is through the recognition of its role as an ‘in-between’ place. Establishing the contexts approaches and understandings of architecture through the lens of the mediating roles often performed by sacred architecture this book offers the reader an extraordinary insight into the forces behind these extraordinary buildings. Written by a well-known expert in the field the book draws on a unique range of cases  reflecting on these inspiring places their continuing ontological significance and the lessons they can offer today. Fascinating reading for anyone interested in sacred architecture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315881119

The Sacred Law of IslamA Case Study of Women's Treatment in the Islamic Republic of Iran's Criminal Justice System Islam’s Sacred Law is one of the most complex detailed and comprehensive legal theories that Islam as a Western religion has produced in its capacity as a doctrine of social justice. However few available texts have dealt with the treatment of women under the actual system of justice that adheres to Islam’s Sacred Law. This book fills this void by providing a much needed comprehensive study of the application of the Sacred Law to women under the Islamic Republic of Iran’s justice system. It will be a fascinating guide to all those interested in comparative law criminal justice and the sociology of law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268883

The Sadomasochistic PerversionThe Entity and the Theories This book examines the terminology used in the analysis of sadomasochism surveys extensively and in detail the theories of other psychoanalysts and explores the relationship between sadomasochism and depression; its relationship to psychosis borderline states and many other conditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328689

The Safe CitySafety and Urban Development in European Cities First published in 2006 as numerous local authorities of European cities invest in the attractiveness of their urban areas in the hope of attracting new inhabitants and economic activities safety has become a topical subject. Perceived safety is a major factor in a city's attractiveness and fear of crime can have a large impact on location decisions with ensuing economic consequences. This book examines the role of security in urban development and its local policy implications. Comparing eleven European cities it analyses how actual and perceived security is evolving and what the economic social and spatial consequences are of a changing perceived security. While crime has decreased in eight of the eleven cities fear of crime has increased in all of them. This book discusses the factors influencing this fear including the role of the media the quality and maintenance of the built environment socio-economic inequality and terrorism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138357525

The Safety AnarchistRelying on human expertise and innovation reducing bureaucracy and compliance Work has never been as safe as it seems today. Safety has also never been as bureaucratized as it is today. Over the past two decades the number of safety rules and statutes has exploded and organizations themselves are creating ever more internal compliance requirements. At the same time progress on safety has slowed to a crawl. Many incident- and injury rates have flatlined. Worse excellent safety performance on low-consequence events tends to increase the risk of fatalities and disasters. Bureaucracy and compliance now seem less about managing the safety of the workers we are responsible for and more about managing the liability of the people they work for. We make workers do a lot that does nothing to improve their success locally. Paradoxically such tightening of safety bureaucracy robs us of exactly the source of human insight creativity and resilience that can tell us how success is actually created and where the next accident may well happen. It is time for Safety Anarchists: people who trust people more than process who rely on horizontally coordinating experiences and innovations who push back against petty rules and coercive compliance and who help recover the dignity and expertise of human work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138300460

The Safety of Elderly DriversYesterday's Young in Today's Traffic By the turn of the century the elderly will comprise about 20 percent of the population in North" America and 28 percent of those who drive. Place this percentage in high-powered automobiles and the need for planning and policy development becomes evident. Most standard research on elderly drivers has not gone beyond gathering data on specific situations or characteristics. This book rises beyond simple statistical presentation. It blends sociological insight with statistical detail to produce an absorbing description of the elderly drivers' daily lives driving styles experiences with accident and injury social relationships and life aspirations. It also describes areas of neglect: imagined and real health problems driving exposure and traffic violations accidents and loss of self-esteem. It presents in-depth accounts of the trauma of loss of license and the importance of the automobile for sustaining mental physical and social well-being. The self-imposed or self-defined rules elderly drivers use to navigate traffic or compensate for physical frailities are described in depth.The Safety of Elderly Drivers includes penetrating comments from elderly drivers who have been involved in serious accidents and from random elderly drivers speaking for their generation of drivers. Integrating statistical findings based on Motor Vehicle Department accident data and survey data with comprehensive interviews and discussions with elderly drivers the book provides an emperically grounded in-depth view of the elderly driver today. Rothe summarizes theories and models of aging along with past research on elderly drivers projecting what the future may hold if present trends in medicine housing politics migration and mass transit continue. It closes with a series of recommendations for future traffic planning. This book will be of interest to policymakers concerned with traffic safety as well as social scientists and others interested in gerontological issues. It is the latest in a series on traffic safety sponsored by the Insurance Corporation of British Columbia in Canada. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538399

The Safety of Intelligent Driver Support SystemsDesign Evaluation and Social Perspectives The development of new technologies of information and communication will in the coming years transform deeply their uses and practices in transport. The current developments in the field of road telematics and driver assistance systems offer a real opportunity to aid mobility and road safety. However they also raise numerous questions about their effectiveness possible positive and negative modifications of behaviour or attitudes and about their acceptability by drivers. Problems related to the design and evaluation of intelligent driver support systems (IDSSs) and social perspectives related to their introduction on a large scale may only be fully addressed from a multi-disciplinary point of view. People from different backgrounds from both engineering and social sciences should be involved in this development. This book provides such knowledge from both a human and social factors background. The Safety of Intelligent Driver Support Systems serves the training of professionals working within the transport area so that they can use this knowledge in their work. It will be of direct interest to transportation and traffic professionals engineers system designers researchers and specialists working in automotive and related industries departments of transport and communication and public bodies related to transport in the automotive industry public authorities etc. Also students at Masters and PhD level performing studies in the road transportation area will find in this book a rich source of knowledge. Teachers and trainers both in professional training and academic education may use the book as a basis for giving a course on the topic addressed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075870

The Safety Officer's Concise Desk Reference As a safety manager in today's work environment you wear hats in many different fields. Sometimes you need only a specific formula or drawing to understand the current situation. This resource supplies it. Or maybe you want to know where to find more information on a specific subject. This resource has it. The Safety Officer's Concise Desk Reference covers the basics in a user-friendly format and provides specific references of where and how to obtain additional information on each subject.While there are entire books devoted to almost every item in this book nowhere else will you find these issues covered in a concise reference format. It gives you the essentials to get through the task immediately before you providing the necessary information and references while not burdening you with unimportant information. And after a specific crisis is contained it provides you with resources for where and how to obtain additional information. Need to make doctor's reports and fill out workers compensation forms? Detailed explanations make these easy to reference understand and explain. Need a mathematical formula or conversion? Again available in an easy-to-find format. During a crisis you need a resource that puts information at your fingertips. You need go no further than The Safety Officer's Desk Reference. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397043

The Saga of Anthropology in China: From Malinowski to Moscow to MaoFrom Malinowski to Moscow to Mao First Published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315288093

The SaharaPast Present and Future This collection examines the Sahara holistically from the earliest (prehistoric) times through the ‘historical’ period to the present and with political direction into the future. The contributions cover palaeoclimatology history archaeology (cultural heritage) social anthropology sociology politics and international affairs. Structured chronologically the volume can almost be read as a narrative of the Sahara from the earliest times to the present i.e. from the past climates of the Sahara in prehistoric times to the current ‘war on terror’ and its implications for the peoples of the Sahara. Importantly the collection shows how the region must be approached ‘holistically’ highlighting the importance of each of these subject areas (palaeo-climates history politics etc.) in relation to each other. Indeed the first contribution is a remarkable (and unique) paper bringing together the work of some 8-9 internationally recognised scientists to tell the story and show the relevance to the present day of the Sahara’s past climates etc. Nearly all the contributions stand in their own right at the cutting edge of research in their respective fields (e.g. archaeology history politics etc.). This book was previously published as a special issue of the Journal of North African Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138989917

The Sailing Navy 1775-1854 The Sailing Navy 1775-1854 the first volume in the definitive five-volume U.S. Navy Warship series comprehensively details all aspects of the ships that sailed in the nascent stages of the U.S. Navy. From its beginnings as battlers of Barbary Coast pirates to challenging the awesome might of the Royal Navy in the War of 1812 to the historic blockade that proved instrumental in winning the Mexican-American War the sailing ships foreshadowed the daring and resolve of the later U.S. Navy. With its all-inclusive lists of data The Sailing Navy is the most in-depth resource available on the ships that shaped the early history of the U.S. Navy. Each volume in the U.S. Navy Warship series represents the most meticulous scholarship for its particular era providing an authoritative account of every ship in the history of the U. S. Navy from its first incarnation as the Continental Navy to its present position as one of the world’s most formidable naval superpowers. Featuring convenient easy-to-read tabular lists every book in the series includes an abundance of illustrations some never before published along with figures for actions fought damages sustained casualties suffered prizes taken and ships sunk ultimately making the series an indispensable reference tool for maritime buffs and military historians alike. A further article about Paul Silverstone and the Navy Warships series can be found at:  http://www.thejc.com/home.aspxParentId=m11s18s180&SecId=180&AId=58892&ATypeId=1   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993693

The SamburuA Study of Gerontocracy in a Nomadic Tribe In an era of rapid change for Africa this nomadic tribe clings to its traditional way of life. This book examines their society and provides the first full published description of human life in the area. The author a social anthropologist spent more than two years among the Samburu; as an adopted member of one of their clans he perceived how their values and attitudes are closely interwoven with a social system that resists change. Case studies support the general analysis throughout. Originally published in 1965. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138861961

The SamuraiA Military History First published in 1977 The Samurai has long since become a standard work of reference. It continues to be the most authoritative work on samurai life and warfare published outside Japan. Set against the background of Japan's social and political history the book records the rise and rise of Japan's extraordinary warrior class from earliest times to the culmination of their culture prowess and skills as manifested in the last great battle they were ever to fight - that of Osaka Castle in 1615. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138139992

The San Francisco System and Its LegaciesContinuation Transformation and Historical Reconciliation in the Asia-Pacific In September 1951 Japan signed a peace treaty with forty-eight countries in San Francisco; in April 1952 the treaty came into effect. The San Francisco Peace Treaty is an international agreement that in significant ways shaped the post–World War II international order in the Asia-Pacific. With its associated security arrangements it laid the foundation for the regional structure of Cold War confrontation: the "San Francisco System" fully reflected the strategic interests and policy priorities of the peace conference’s host nation the United States. The treaty fell far short of settling outstanding issues in the wake of the Pacific War or facilitating a clean start for the "post-war" period. Rather critical aspects of the settlement were left equivocal and continue to have significant and worrisome implications for regional international relations. This book examines the key developments of the contentious political and security issues in the Asia-Pacific that share a common foundation in the post-war disposition of Japan particularly the San Francisco Peace Treaty. These include both tangible and intangible issues such as disputes over territories and "history" problems. Taking the San Francisco System as its conceptual grounding the authors examine how these issues developed and have remained contentious long after the San Francisco arrangements. To provide bases for producing solutions the chapters offer comprehensive accounts that explain and deepen our understanding of these complex regional issues and the San Francisco System as a whole. By closely and systematically examining the legacy and various ramifications of the San Francisco System this fascinating book adds to our understanding of current and growing tensions in the region. As such it will be of great interest to students and scholars of Asian studies history international relations and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138104105

The Sanctity of Social LifePhysicians Treatment of Critically Ill Patients For years speculation has been mounting among lawyers church leaders social scientists and the general public over the question of prolongation of life and the critically ill patient's "right to die." But what is the physician's attitude toward this controversial subject? Under what conditions does a doctor battle to save the life of the patient and when does he decide to withdraw medical treatment and allow death to occur? The answers to these questions form the basis of this book a fascinating examination of the nature of death and dying as seen from the physician' point of view. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538405

The Sandwich GenerationAdult Children Caring for Aging Parents First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985650

The Sane Society Following the publication of the seminal Fear of Freedom Erich Fromm applied his unique vision to a critique of contemporary capitalism in The Sane Society. Where the former dealt with man's historic inability to come to terms with his sense of isolation and the dangers to which this can lead The Sane Society took his theories one step further. In doing so it established Fromm as one of the most controversial political thinkers of his generation. Anaylsing how individuals conform to contemporary capitalist and patriarchal societies the book was published to wide acclaim and even wider disapproval. It was a scathing indictment of modern capitalism and as such proved unwelcome to many. Unwelcome because much of what Fromm had to say was true. Today as we settle into the challenges of the 21st century Fromm's writings are just as relevant as when they were first written. Read it and decide for yourself - are you living in a sane society? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138457522

The Sankhya Aphorisms of Kapila First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993716

The SAP Materials Management Handbook Although tens of thousands of global users have implemented Systems Applications and Products (SAP) for enterprise data processing for decades there has been a need for a dependable reference on the subject particularly for SAP materials management (SAP MM).Filling this need The SAP Materials Management Handbook provides a complete understanding of how to best configure and implement the SAP MM module across various types of projects. It uses system screenshots of real-time SAP environments to illustrate the complete flow of business transactions involved with SAP MM. Supplying detailed explanations of the steps involved it presents case studies from actual projects that demonstrate how to convert theory into powerful SAP MM solutions. Includes tips on the customization required for procurement of materials and inventory management Covers the range of business scenarios related to SAP MM including the subcontracting cycle and consignment cycle Provides step-by-step guidance to help you implement your own SAP MM module Illustrates the procure to pay lifecycle Depicts critical business flows with screenshots of real-time SAP environments This much-needed reference explains how to use the SAP MM module to take care of the range of business functions related to purchasing including purchase orders purchase requisitions outline contracts and request for quotation. It also examines all SAP MM inventory management functions such as physical inventory stock overview stock valuation movement types and reservations—explaining how SAP MM can be used to define and maintain materials in your systems. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781466581623

The Sardar Sarovar Dam ProjectSelected Documents The Sardar Sarovar Project has been one of the most debated development projects of the past several decades at both an international level and within India itself. Cullet's volume brings together all the key documents relating to the project: including those pertaining to World Bank loans the judicial pronouncements of the Supreme Court and documents relating to specific local level issues - in particular environment and rehabilitation. The work includes an introductory section focusing on the history of the project the involvement of the different actors the impacts on the local population and a general analysis of the controversy surrounding it. In providing an easily accessible source for all the main documents relating to this landmark project this compilation will be a valuable resource for researchers and policy-makers working in the areas of International Environmental Law and International Development Law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379008

The Sartrean Mind Jean-Paul Sartre was one of the most important philosophers of the twentieth century. His influence extends beyond academic philosophy to areas as diverse as anti-colonial movements youth culture literary criticism and artistic developments around the world. Beginning with an introduction and biography of Jean-Paul Sartre by Matthew C. Eshleman 42 chapters by a team of international contributors cover all the major aspects of Sartre’s thought in the following key areas: Sartre’s philosophical and historical context Sartre and phenomenology Sartre existentialism and ontology Sartre and ethics Sartre and political theory Aesthetics literature and biography Sartre’s engagements with other thinkers. The Sartrean Mind is the most comprehensive collection on Sartre published to date. It is essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy as well as for those in related disciplines where Sartre’s work has continuing importance such as literature French studies and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138295698

The Sarva-Darsana-PamgrahaOr Review of the Different Systems of Hindu Philosophy First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878815

The Sarvodaya MovementHolistic Development and Risk Governance in Sri Lanka This book provides an important case study of how local cultures religions and spiritualities can enhance development activities and provide helpful frameworks for contemporary societies facing the pressures of neo-liberalism. It specifically traces how the influential Sri Lankan Sarvodaya Movement has deployed concepts of spirituality-based holistic development to help local communities with post-tsunami reconstruction and redevelopment. Throughout the author provides a Three-Sphere conceptualisation of holistic sustainable development focused on Culture Economics and Power slightly revising Sarvodaya’s Three-Sphere model comprising Spirituality Economics and Power. The author contends that the success of holistic development including risk governance is largely contingent on an awareness of the interdependency of these three spheres and establishing equitable partnerships between communities NGOs INGOs States and the private sector. Overall this book argues that religion spirituality and non-religious worldviews play an important role among other resources concerned with how to survive the pressures of neo-liberalism and environmental risks and crises. The Sarvodaya Movement which draws on Buddhist concepts of spirituality is widely acknowledged as an important example of spirituality and community-driven development and as such this book will be of interest to scholars of Development and Humanitarian Studies Religious Studies and South Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367224585

The Sasanian World through Georgian EyesCaucasia and the Iranian Commonwealth in Late Antique Georgian Literature Georgian literary sources for Late Antiquity are commonly held to be later productions devoid of historical value. As a result scholarship outside the Republic of Georgia has privileged Graeco-Roman and even Armenian narratives. However when investigated within the dual contexts of a regional literary canon and the active participation of Caucasia’s diverse peoples in the Iranian Commonwealth early Georgian texts emerge as a rich repository of late antique attitudes and outlooks. Georgian hagiographical and historiographical compositions open a unique window onto a northern part of the Sasanian world that while sharing striking affinities with the Iranian heartland was home to vibrant cosmopolitan cultures that developed along their own trajectories. In these sources precise and accurate information about the core of the Sasanian Empire-and before it Parthia and Achaemenid Persia-is sparse; yet the thorough structuring of wider Caucasian society along Iranian and especially hybrid Iranic lines is altogether evident. Scrutiny of these texts reveals inter alia that the Old Georgian language is saturated with words drawn from Parthian and Middle Persian a trait shared with Classical Armenian; that Caucasian society like its Iranian counterpart was dominated by powerful aristocratic houses many of whose origins can be traced to Iran itself; and that the conception of kingship in the eastern Georgian realm of K’art’li (Iberia) even centuries after the royal family’s Christianisation in the 320s and 330s was closely aligned with Arsacid and especially Sasanian models. There is also a literary dimension to the Irano-Caucasian nexus aspects of which this volume exposes for the first time. The oldest surviving specimens of Georgian historiography exhibit intriguing parallels to the lost Sasanian Xwadāy-nāmag The Book of Kings one of the precursors to FerdowsÄ«’s Shāhnāma. As tangible products of the dense cross-cultural web drawing the re Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472425522

The Satakas of Bhartrihari First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138981263

The Satanism Scare Although there is growing concern over Satanism as a threat to American life the topic has received surprisingly little serious attention. Recognizing this the editors of this volume have selected papers from a wide variety of disciplines broadly covering contemporary aspects of Satanism from the vantage points of studies in folklore cults religion deviance rock music rumor and the mass media.All contributors are skeptical of claims that a large powerful satanic conspiracy can be substantiated. Their research focuses instead on claims about Satanism and on the question of whose interests are served by such claims. Several papers consider the impact of anti-Satanism campaigns on public opinion law enforcement and civil litigation child protection services and other sectors of American society.The constructionist perspective adopted by the editors does not deny the existence of some activities by 'real' Satanists and two papers describe the workins of satanic groups. Whatever the basis of the claims examined and analyzed there is growing evidence that belief in the satanic menace will have real social consequences in the years ahead. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315134741

The Satirist Satire takes as its subject the absurdity of human beings their societies and the institutions they create. For centuries satirists themselves scholars critics and psychologists have speculated about the satirist's reasons for writing temperament and place in society. The conclusions they have reached are sometimes contradictory sometimes complementary sometimes outlandish. In this volume Leonard Feinberg brings together the major theories about the satirist to provide in one book a summary of the problems that specialists have examined intensively in numerous books and articles.In part 1 Feinberg examines the major theories about the motivation of the satirist and then proposes that "adjustment" comes most closely to answering this question. In his view the satirist resolves his ambivalent relation to society through a playfully critical distortion of the familiar. The personality of the satirist the apparently paradoxical elements of his nature the problem of why so many great humorists are sad men and the contributions of psychoanalysts are explored in part 2 where Feinberg contends that the satirist is not as abnormal as he has sometimes been made to seem and that if he is a neurotic he shares traits of emotional or social alienation with many others. Part 3 explores the beliefs of satirists and their relation to the environment within which they function particularly in the contexts of politics religion and philosophy. Feinberg stresses the ubiquity of the satirist and suggests that there are a great many people with satiric temperaments who fail to attain literary expression.Ranging with astonishing breadth both historical and geographical The Satirist serves as both an introduction to the subject and an essential volume for scholars. Brian A. Connery's introduction provides an overview of Feinberg's career and situates the volume in the intellectual currents in which it was written. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538412

The Satsuma Students in BritainJapan's Early Search for the essence of the West' In the spring of 1865 when Japan was in the grip of a major civil war eighteen samurai and an interpreter risked their lives to embark secretly on a voyage to the unknown lands of the barbarian west. Their destination was Britain - at the hub of a vast empire. These were the Satsuma students some of them still in their teens all carrying orders from their domains to travel abroad. It was an extraordinary and daring expedition. Their experience of life in the west not only transformed their perception of the outside world but through their diverse activities in later life had a profound impact on commerce education and culture in Meiji Japan. First published in 1974 Inuzuka Takaaki's study is still the classic work on the Satsuma students' revealing tale of discovery. In this translation by Andrew Cobbing further details that have since emerged are also included to give a fresh portrayal the first in English of this singular episode in the opening of Japan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138981287

The Saudiegyptian Conflict Over North Yemen 19621970 The 1962 coup d'état in North Yemen initiated one of the most debilitating Middle East conflicts ever the eight-year civil war in North Yemen. This conflict in an obscure corner of the Arab world eventually assumed global importance attracting the attention of the superpowers and the United Nations. This book focuses on the Yemeni civil war's impact at the regional level where it provoked enmity between two influential Arab states Saudi Arabia and Egypt. Dr. Badeeb argues that for Egypt the war constituted a means of intensifying and confirming its role as the leader of the revolutionary camp in the Arab world. For Saudi Arabia however it presented a direct challenge to the security and stability of the kingdom. Dr. Badeeb provides a valuable elucidation of Saudi Arabia's concern over Yemen as a potential source of political and strategic upheaval. This lately unappreciated aspect of the regional security picture is in part a legacy of the Saudi-Egyptian conflict of the 1960s and is one of the central elements of current Saudi security policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295684

The Saumarez Papers Sir James Saumarez was a Channel Islander with a distinguished naval record. He had fought under Rodney at the Saintes Jervis at St Vincent and Nelson at the Nile. He had received his knighthood for his capture of the French frigate Réunion in 1793. In 1799 he had been chosen by St Vincent to carry out the hazardous duty of the close blockade of Brest. The Baltic command was the result of the Treaty of Tilsit between Napoleon and the Tsar Alexander in 1807 which aimed to exclude all British merchantmen and warships from European ports and made Russia responsible for the exclusion of Britain from the Baltic. The Baltic was vital to Britain as its major source of essential naval stores such as hemp flax and timber. So it became Saumarez’ responsibility to keep the Baltic open to British shipping to encourage any state that would oppose this policy and support Sweden – one of the few Baltic States to reject this Napoleonic policy of exclusion. This was a role requiring considerable skills in diplomacy and business as well as seamanship in particular after Sweden elected a Frenchman Marshal Bernadotte as Crown Prince. ‘The maritime war in the Baltic was a hidden in some ways a secret war ’ writes the editor of these Papers. According to him Saumarez in the Baltic had to grapple with ‘a commercial and political underworld peopled by men whose business was necessarily conducted in dark corners remote from the glare of public events and whose furtive journeys across the Baltic were shrouded in a fog of secrecy’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911423393

The Savage in LiteratureRepresentations of 'primitive' society in English fiction 1858-1920 First published in 1975 this study is concerned with the representation of non-European people in English popular fiction in the period from 1858-1920. It examines the developments in thinking about people across the world and shows how they affected writers’ views of evolution race heredity and of the life of the so-called ‘primitive’ man. This book will be of interest to those studying 19th century literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138671065

The Savage Wars Of PeaceToward A New Paradigm Of Peace Operations This book integrates peace operations into the paradigm first articulated in Uncomfortable Wars edited by Max Manwaring. It not only addresses social science theory of conflict and conflict resolution but it links that theory to military doctrine by way of a series of nine case studies which range from traditional peacekeeping to peace enforcement. The book brings together a group of authors who all combine practical experience with academic insight. With three Canadian peacekeepers among its authors the book is not limited to the American point of view. Their insights nonetheless reinforce the theory as well as expand upon it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367311155

The Saviour of the World (Routledge Revivals)Volume I: The Holy Infancy The Saviour of the World covers each incident and each saying in the Bible and converts them to either a single poem blank verse or rhymed stanza according to the subject. This volume called The Holy Infancy was originally published in 1908. This book will be of interest to students of both religious studies and English literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138900790

The Saviour of the World (Routledge Revivals)Volume III: The Kingdom of Heaven The Saviour of the World covers each incident and each saying in the Bible and converts them to either a single poem blank verse or rhymed stanza according to the subject. This volume called The Kingdom of Heaven was originally published in 1909. This book will be of interest to students of both religious studies and English literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138900837

The Saviour of the World (Routledge Revivals)Volume IV: The Bread of Life The Saviour of the World covers each incident and each saying in the Bible and converts them to either a single poem blank verse or rhymed stanza according to the subject. This volume called The Bread of Life was originally published in 1910. This book will be of interest to students of both religious studies and English literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138900967

The Saviour of the World (Routledge Revivals)Volume V: The Great Controversy The Saviour of the World covers each incident and each saying in the Bible and converts them to either a single poem blank verse or rhymed stanza according to the subject. This volume called The Great Controversy was originally published in 1911. This book will be of interest to students of both religious studies and English literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138900981

The Savvy Student's Guide to Online Learning The Savvy Student’s Guide to Online Learning prepares students of all kinds for contemporary online learning. While technologies and formats vary this book serves as an authoritative resource for any student enrolling in an online degree program or taking an online course. Topics covered include: • How to become a great online student • Creating an online presence • Interaction and communication techniques • Online group projects and individual work • Technological requirements and how to get technical support • Online classroom "netiquette" and time management The authors both experts in online education introduce the information and skills required of successful online students to navigate this new learning landscape with confidence. A highly useful companion website provides video presentations that explain the different types of online learning as well as a real online course with activities for students to practice and interact with other learners around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655989

The Sayings of Shigeo ShingoKey Strategies for Plant Improvement Here is a great introduction to the remarkable mind of Shigeo Shingo indisputably one of the great forces in manufacturing. In this book Dr. Shingo describes his approach to manufacturing improvements developed and refined over the course of a brilliant career. He called it the Scientific Thinking Mechanism (STM).The Sayings of Shigeo Shingo leads you through the five stages of STM with appropriate examples taken from notes Dr. Shingo collected during his consulting trips to American and Japanese plants. It shows how in many cases the most brilliant ideas are often so simple they're overlooked. Or they're dismissed because they seem ridiculous:A Japanese plant after first rejecting the idea as ""too silly "" finds that unhulled rice is ideal for smoothing the rough surfaces on pressure-formed ebonite switchesGranville-Phillips in Boulder Colorado reduced defects to zero in one process after Dr. Shingo suggested illuminating circuit boards from below to reduce errors involved in the insertion of diodes and resistorsThe Sayings of Shigeo Shingo is must reading for plant managers and engineers. It formalizes the powerful and creative way of thinking that Shingo himself used time and again to overcome problems that seemed virtually insurmountable. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203736043

The Sayings of Shigeo ShingoKey Strategies for Plant Improvement Here is a great introduction to the remarkable mind of Shigeo Shingo indisputably one of the great forces in manufacturing. In this soft cover book Dr. Shingo describes his approach to manufacturing improvements developed and refined over the course of a brilliant career. He called it the Scientific Thinking Mechanism (STM). The Sayings of Shigeo Shingo leads you through the five stages of STM with appropriate examples taken from notes Dr. Shingo collected during his consulting trips to American and Japanese plants. It shows how in many cases the most brilliant ideas are often so simple they're overlooked. Or they're dismissed because they seem ridiculous: - A Japanese plant after first rejecting the idea as too silly finds that unhulled rice is ideal for smoothing the rough surfaces on pressure-formed ebonite switches - Granville-Phillips in Boulder Colorado reduced defects to zero in one process after Dr. Shingo suggested illuminating circuit boards from below to reduce errors involved in the insertion of diodes and resistors The Sayings of Shigeo Shingo is must reading for plant managers and engineers. It formalizes the powerful and creative way of thinking that Shingo himself used time and again to overcome problems that seemed virtually insurmountable. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203736012

The Scandal of Evangelicals and HomosexualityEnglish Evangelical Texts 1960–2010 English evangelicals give the appearance of being a community at war with each other and with the world around them. The issue of homosexuality is one of the key battlegrounds. How has this issue become so significant to evangelicals? Why is it provoking such violent responses? How is it changing evangelicals and what might this mean for the future? This book examines the history of evangelical responses to the issue of homosexuality setting them in a wider historical and cultural context and drawing on the work of Rene Girard to argue that the issue of homosexuality has come to symbolise deeply-held convictions within evangelicalism. The conflict over the issue that is now becoming apparent within evangelicalism reveals deep divisions within the evangelical community that will have great significance for the future. The Scandal of Evangelicals and Homosexuality offers an alternative perspective seeking not to present an answer to the ethical question but rather to examine the way the debate has become scandalised and consider the cost. It offers a window into contemporary English evangelicalism and provides an important contribution to international and ecumenical debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138053489

The Scandalous Neglect of Children’s Mental HealthWhat Schools Can Do The Scandalous Neglect of Children’s Mental Health: What Schools Can Do makes the case that children with mental health needs are under-identified and under-served by schools and other agencies. After reading this brief but powerful book you will better understand the nature of children’s mental health needs and the need for expanded services for children in schools and communities. The risks and benefits of treatment especially early intervention are discussed and guidelines for action by teachers parents and others are provided. The sad fact is that many people do not understand that most young people with mental health needs never receive any treatment of any kind and most of those who receive any treatment at all receive those services only in schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815348955

The Scandinavian Early Modern WorldA Global Historical Archaeology The Scandinavian Early Modern World explores the early modern colonialism globalization and modernity in Scandinavia along with its colonies and its role in the shaping of the modern world. Scandinavians played an active role in early modern globalization and were present as traders as colonialists and as consumers in competition and collaboration with indigenous agents and other colonial actors in America Africa and India. This story is rarely told. The joint study of history historical landscape and material culture from a Scandinavian vantage point provides for a comprehensive and original interpretation of the birth of globalization and modernity. New perspectives and data are presented deepening and challenging our knowledge of the long seventeenth century. In-depth analysis of case studies encompassing four continents and their material entanglement makes this book a unique contribution to historical archaeology. The Scandinavian Early Modern World aims at students and scholars of anthropology archaeology and history alike taking interest in the global connections of the long seventeenth century and the role of Scandinavia in that process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348076

The Scandinavian International SocietyPrimary Institutions and Binding Forces 1815-2010 This book provides a comprehensive analysis of Scandinavia as a regional international society including the Nordic Peace and the rise of the Scandinavian welfare state. Schouenborg aims to take the next big step in the theoretical development of the English School of International Relations - particularly the structural version introduced by Barry Buzan. He analyses the formation of a Scandinavian regional international society over a 200-year period and develops the concepts of ‘primary institutions’ and ‘binding forces’ as an analytical framework. In doing so he not only offers one of the first systematic applications of English School structural theory but also sheds a new comparative light on the distinctiveness of Scandinavian international relations and provides a novel intervention in the debates about the emergence of the so-called Nordic Peace. In the first part of the book Schouenborg explains the core concepts and discusses how one may distinguish a regional international society from the broader global international society in which it is embedded. In the second part he provides an in-depth study of the Scandinavian case focussing on the periods 1815 to 1919; 1919 to 1989; and 1989 to 2010. The Scandinavian International Society will be of interest to students and scholars of international relations theory Scandinavian international relations and history and researchers engaged in comparative welfare state studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109780

The Scaremongers (RLE The First World War)The Advocacy of War and Rearmament 1896-1914 This revealing book illustrates how the passion for war was fostered and promoted. The author provides detailed evidence of how and why an image of Germany as a nation determined upon world hegemony was deliberately promoted by a group of British newspaper editors proprietors and journalists. This book examines the role of these ‘scaremongers’. Were they as influential as their critics claimed? Did they influence the minds of their readers and shape events? Were they guilty of creating a climate of opinion that ensured that their prophecies of inevitable Anglo-German war became fact in 1914? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138989924

The Scary ScreenMedia Anxiety in The Ring In 1991 the publication of Koji Suzuki's Ring the first novel of a bestselling trilogy inaugurated a tremendous outpouring of cultural production in Japan Korea and the United States. Just as the subject of the book is the deadly viral reproduction of a VHS tape so too is the vast proliferation of text and cinematic productions suggestive of an airborne contagion with a life of its own. Analyzing the extraordinary trans-cultural popularity of the Ring phenomenon The Scary Screen locates much of its power in the ways in which the books and films astutely graft contemporary cultural preoccupations onto the generic elements of the ghost story”in particular the Japanese ghost story. At the same time the contributors demonstrate these cultural concerns are themselves underwritten by a range of anxieties triggered by the advent of new communications and media technologies perhaps most significantly the shift from analog to digital. Mimicking the phenomenon it seeks to understand the collection's power comes from its commitment to the full range of Ring-related output and its embrace of a wide variety of interpretive approaches as the contributors chart the mutations of the Ring narrative from author to author from medium to medium and from Japan to Korea to the United States. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138376427

The Scene of the Mass CrimeHistory Film and International Tribunals The Scene of the Mass Crime takes up the unwritten history of the peculiar yet highly visible form of war crimes trials. These trials are the first and continuing site of the interface of law history and film. From Nuremberg to the contemporary trials in Cambodia film in particular has been crucial both as evidence of atrocity and as the means of publicizing the proceedings. But what does film bring to justice? Can law successfully address war crimes atrocities genocide? What do the trials actually show? What form of justice is done and how does it relate to ordinary courts and proceedings? What lessons can be drawn from this history for the very topical political issue of filming civil and criminal trials? This book takes up the diversity and complexity of these idiosyncratic and in strict terms generally extra-legal medial situations. Drawing on a fascinating diversity of public trials and filmic responses from the Trial of the Gang of Four to the Gacaca local courts of Rwanda to the filmic symbolism of 9-11 from Soviet era show trials to Nazi People's Courts leading international scholars address the theatrical political filmic and symbolic importance of show trials in making history legitimating regimes and most surprising of all in attempting to heal trauma through law and through film. These essays will be of considerable interest to those working on international criminal law transitional justice genocide studies and the relationship between law and film. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415688956

The Scenography of Howard BarkerThe Wrestling School Aesthetic 1998-2011 Influential contemporary British playwright and director Howard Barker has been engaging with the scenography of the Wrestling School’s productions since 1998. Despite this active involvement in the design of set costume lighting and sound no in-depth published study on this aspect of his work exists to date. This monograph therefore offers the first comprehensive and detailed analysis of Barker’s scenographic practice. Combining aesthetic analysis of play texts and production records with original interview materials this book presents the first full-length foray into Barker’s scenography. It features extracts from conversations with designers working with Barker and with Barker himself. In addition it presents the first printed versions of select set and costume designs by Barker. With the first fully detailed analysis of Barker’s scenographic work this book will be a vital read for scholars and postgraduates of Barker Studies contemporary British and European drama theatre and scenography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367076559

The Sceptical Challenge Do we really know the things we think we know? Are any of our beliefs reasonable? Scepticism gives a pessimistic reply to these important epistemological questions - we don't know anything; none of our beliefs are reasonable. But can such a seemingly paradoxical claim be more than an intellectual curiousity? And if it is can it be refuted? Ruth Weintraub answers yes to both these questions. The sceptical challenge is a formidable one and should be confronted not dismissed. The theoretical and practical difficulties it presents - in that the sceptical life cannot be lived and the doctrine seems self-defeating - are in fact superficial according to Ruth Weintraub. Her study looks at the sceptical arguments of Descartes Hume and the ancient Greek sceptic Sextus Empiricus. The author argues that by drawing on philosophy rather than science the sceptical challenge can be answered. The Sceptical Challenge is a bold and original response to scepticism; it represents a new way of looking at the field for philosophers of epistemology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203067451

The Sceptical Feminist (RLE Feminist Theory)A Philosophical Enquiry A systematic and original study of feminist issues The Sceptical Feminist fights a battle on two fronts: against the view that little or nothing is wrong with women’s position and at the same time against much current feminist dogma. It is written by a philosopher who in the tradition of John Stuart Mill’s classic The Subjection of Women avoids the psychological and sociological speculation characteristic of much recent feminism and concentrates on the analysis of arguments. By these means she constructs a powerful and often unexpected case for radical change in the position of women as well as for a change of attitude among many feminists. From her analysis Janet Radcliffe Richards argues that positive discrimination in favour of women is essential for justice that traditional sexual roles never had anything to do with beliefs about each sex’s capabilities that current abortion practice reflects a disguised wish to punish women’s sexual activity that ‘women’s work’ is rightly little valued and that traditional ideals of femininity are inherently pernicious. But she also argues that a movement for sexual justice cannot ‘take the woman’s side in everything’ that feminism should not be thought of as the primary struggle that dismissing ‘male’ logic and science will undermine feminists’ own intentions that the state should not subsidise motherhood that ever available crèches would be disastrous for women that there is no inherent degradation in prostitution and that contempt for beauty and adornment has nothing to do with feminism. This is a book for feminists for their critics and for students of moral political and social philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415637060

The Sceptics The Sceptics is the first comprehensive up-to-date treatment of Greek scepticism from the beginnings of epistemology with Xenophanes to the final full development of Pyrrhonism as presented in the work of Sextus Empiricus. Tracing the evolution of scepticism from 500 B.C to A.D 200 this clear and rigorous analysis presents the arguments of the Greek sceptics in their historical context and provides an in-depth study of the various strands of the sceptical tradition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145672

The Scheldt QuestionTo 1839 When originally published in 1945 this book was the first to give a detailed account based largely upon original sources of the ‘Scheldt Question’ from its medieval origins to the settlement of 1839 and to set it against an adequate background of political and economic history. The river Scheldt the waterway giving access to the port of Antwerp which was so much in the news during the Allied liberation of Belgium and Holland was for centuries the subject of an international question in which all the leading states of Europe were at different times involved. The later part of the book is based on archival researches including the private papers of Lord Palmerston. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367229283

The Schema in Clinical Psychoanalysis Slap and Slap-Shelton proffer the schema as the basis of an internally consistent and clinically relevant model of the mind. Wedded to the dynamic and genetic points of view the schema model accommodates the clinical realities of trauma repetition and sublimation while dispensing entirely with the abstract concepts of traditional metapsychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872271

The Scholarship of PracticeAcademic-Practice Collaborations for Promoting Occupational Therapy Integrate the freshest research with clinical practiceOccupational therapy (OT) practitioners often lack the fundamental skills to conduct or effectively use research illustrating a disturbing gap between the advancement of theoretical concepts and the extent to which concepts are actually applied. The Scholarship of Practice: Academic-Practice Collaborations for Promoting Occupational Therapy closes this gap by presenting a conceptual framework that integrates theory and research with clinical practice. Leaders in the field provide insightful thought-provoking ideas and strategies to promote research and facilitate effective new concepts and theories to hands-on practitioners.The Scholarship of Practice is a model that blends education with practice dynamically applying theoretical principles of occupational therapy learned in the classroom to their actual clinical practice. This framework is a planned focused practice-relevant way to educate students build a tradition of independent scholarship consult with community-based organizations and contribute to best occupational therapy practice. Case studies show how partnerships and collaborative efforts can foster and apply important advances and rehabilitative strategies within communities. Examples of faculty-practitioner partnering at Duquesne University and the approach to scholarship at the University of Illinois are clearly discussed. This cutting-edge compilation of ideas and research is extensively referenced and filled with useful diagrams and tables.The Scholarship of Practice: Academic-Practice Collaborations for Promoting Occupational Therapy discusses: evidence-based scholarship participatory action research single case study designs approaches that provide scientific evidence supporting OT services how theory models or frames of reference are modified as a result of practice demands or expectations best practices in education continuum of care services the “New Doors Model” that provides occupation-based services—while providing new opportunities for occupational therapists the Practice-Scholar Program at Duquesne University the Concerns Report Method research on the outcomes of practice that support improved services creative fieldwork education that engages students in the scholarship of practice and more!The Scholarship of Practice: Academic-Practice Collaborations for Promoting Occupational Therapy makes important enlightening reading for occupational therapists OT educators and scholars and graduate students preparing for advanced roles in OT. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203725801

The School Achievement of Minority ChildrenNew Perspectives Lower school achievement of minority children is usually explained by projecting "deficits" upon the children -- deficits that are attributed to genetic or environmental causes. In contrast with tradition the contributors to this book demonstrate how group differences in academic accomplishment and test scores are affected by cultural factors and standard educational practices as well. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315060187

The School Board Member's GuidebookBecoming a Difference Maker for Your District Every student deserves a high-impact well-qualified and governance-driven school board. In this helpful book best-selling authors Ryan Donlan and Todd Whitaker show you as a school board member how to make smart worthwhile decisions that will lead to positive change in your district. The School Board Member’s Guidebook addresses the challenges of making realistic choices that will truly benefit the school and have a lasting impact. Topics include: How to work and communicate effectively with the superintendent during the year; How to find common ground with colleagues; How to represent the interests and needs of the community at large; How to keep your constituencies focused and informed through strategic planning and structured committee participation; How to host constructive and cordial school board meetings; How to capitalize on individual talents and strengths; And more! Each chapter offers strategies tips and sample scenarios. With these resources and the practical advice throughout the book you’ll be able to make a lasting difference in the lives of every student in your district. You’ll be a Difference Maker. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138049437

The School Counselor’s Desk Reference and Credentialing Examination Study Guide The School Counselor’s Desk Reference and Credentialing Examination Study Guide Second Edition is the only study guide and desk reference on the market that covers the latest ASCA School Counselor Competencies CACREP Standards and the CAEP and NBPTS Standards. It effectively prepares students for the Praxis II Professional School Counseling exams (5421 & 0420) NBPTS School Counseling National Certification exam School Counselor Preparation Comprehensive exams and state-specific certification exams for the professional practice of school counseling. This revised volume is designed to build knowledge and skills through end-of-chapter practice tests a full-length practice exam with exam answers and rationales guided reflections and case studies. Additional resources include a glossary of important terms and a list of commonly used acronyms within the profession. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138681880

The School Counselor’s Guide to Multi-Tiered Systems of Support The School Counselor’s Guide to Multi-Tiered Systems of Support is the first book to provide school counseling practitioners students and faculty with information and resources regarding the alignment and implementation of Comprehensive School Counseling Programs (CSCPs) such as the ASCA National Model and Multi-Tiered Systems of Support (MTSS). This innovative text provides a strong theoretical and research base as well as practical examples from the field case studies and relevant hands-on resources and tools to assist school counselors in comprehending facilitating and strengthening the implementation of CSCPs particularly through MTSS alignment. Furthermore chapters include pertinent information from the CACREP standards and the ASCA National Model.  This book is an essential resource for pre-service and practicing school counselors as well as their leaders supervisors and faculty looking to better understand and utilize the overlap between CSCPs and MTSS to strengthen school counseling programs to better serve students schools and communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138501614

The School Counselor’s Guide to Surviving the First YearInternship through Professional Development The School Counselor’s Guide to Surviving the First Year offers a comprehensive look into the first-year school counseling experience. This practical guide includes topics from internship to professional development from an intimate perspective within the context of real-life scenarios. Drawing from personal experiences journal articles textbooks and excerpts by numerous professional school counselors it fuses what a school counseling trainee learns in their graduate program and the field experience they get into one unique guide. Emphasizing hands-on approaches this volume offers personal as well as professional steps toward success in the ins and outs of counseling. This book is a valuable toolkit for the developmental journey of school counselors in-training and beginning school counselors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138364325

The School Curriculum Originally published in 1971. All education systems tend to be traditional and conservative. In times of rapid social change the work of the schools becomes increasingly outdated by events. Continuous adaptation of the curriculum (which includes content method and organization) can no longer be left to haphazard piecemeal innovations-it must be managed. In a comparative study of the strategies adopted to date in the U.S.A. England Scotland and France this book points out that-although considerable reforms have been effected in these countries during the past ten to fifteen years-no adequate curriculum theory has yet been developed. The author also turns his attention to the phenomenon which he considered symptomatic of inherent failures in the education system: the drop-outs and hippies He concludes that notions about 'learning' must be revised and rather than a place in which formal instruction is given the school of the future should be conceived as a resources-for-learning centre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138321977

The School Food RevolutionPublic Food and the Challenge of Sustainable Development 'The School Food Revolution is an important book that deserves success.' Journal of Organic Systems 'A great new book that describes how 'the humble school meal' can be considered as 'a litmus test of... government's political commitment to sustainable development.' Peter Riggs Director Forum on Democracy & Trade 'The School Food Revolution should be an inspiration for policy makers and for school heads and school canteen operators.' Tom Vaclavik President Organic Retailers Association School food suddenly finds itself at the forefront of contemporary debates about healthy eating social inclusion ecological sustainability and local economic development. All around the world it is becoming clear - to experts parents educators practitioners and policy-makers - that the school food service has the potential to deliver multiple dividends that would significantly advance the sustainable development agenda at global national and local levels. Drawing on new empirical data collected in urban and rural areas of Europe North America and Africa this book offers a timely and original contribution to the school food debate by highlighting the potential of creative public procurement - the power of purchase. The book takes a critical look at the alleged benefits of school food reform such as lower food miles the creation of markets for local producers and new food education initiatives that empower consumers by nurturing their capacity to eat healthily. To assess the potential of these claims the book compares a variety of sites involved in the school food revolution - from rural communities committed to the values of 'the local' to global cities such as London New York and Rome that feed millions of ethnically diverse young people daily. The book also examines the UN's new school feeding programme - the Home Grown Programme - which sees nutritious food as an end in itself as well as a means to meeting the Millennium Development Goals. Overall the book examines the theory policy and practice of public food provisioning offering a comparative perspective on the design and delivery of sustainable school food systems. The cover illustration is by a Roman child. The authors would like to thank the City of Rome (Department for School and Educational Policies) for permission to reproduce it. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773256

The School Governors' Handbook The pace of change in education has continued to accelerate since the 1988 Education Act and even experienced school governors are often bewildered about their duties and responsibilities as well as what is actually happening in primary and secondary classrooms nowadays. What do school governors do? How can they manage their role most effectively? The School Governors Handbook has been the most definitive and widely read book on the subject since it was first published in 1980. Written by Ted Wragg and John Partington two of the most respected experts in the field one of its' great strengths has always been its mixture of up-to-date authoritative information and humour. In this third edition all sections of the book have been substantially revised to take account of the many changes in governors' duties that have been brought about by recent legislation. As governors rarely receive any specific training for their important role this book is an essential guide to the legal and practical aspects of governorship. Sections cover: recent legislative changes in funding and school management opting out governors responsibilities including budgets staffing and drawing up whole school policies how to run effective governors meetings curriculum and assessment issues school inspections how to manage difficult situations including child abuse discipline equal opportunities and pupil exclusions Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419681

The School Handbook for Dual and Multiple ExceptionalityHigh Learning Potential with Special Educational Needs or Disabilities The School Handbook for Dual and Multiple Exceptionality (DME) offers a range of practical strategies to support SENCOs GATCOs school leaders and governors in developing effective provision for children that have both High Learning Potential and Special Educational Needs or Disabilities. Building on the principles of child-centred provision and coproduction it provides useful tips on developing the school workforce to better identify and meet the needs of learners with DME. Relevant for learners in primary secondary or specialist settings the book focuses on ways of meeting individual needs and maximising personal and academic outcomes. It includes: An explanation of what DME is and why we should care about it Practical advice and guidance for SENCOs GATCOs and school leaders on developing the school workforce A discussion of the strategic role of governors and trustees in the context of DME Suggested approaches to ensure effective coproduction between families and professionals Case studies exploring the experiences of learners with DME Sources of ongoing support and resources from professional organisations and key influencers. This book will be beneficial to all those teachers school leaders SENCOs GATCOs governors and trustees looking to support learners by identifying and understanding DME. It recognises the central role that leaders and governors play in setting the inclusive ethos of a school and suggests ways for schools to ensure that all learners have the opportunity to meet their full potential. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367369583

The School I'd Like: RevisitedChildren’s and Young People’s Reflections on an Education for the 21st Century ‘Wonderfully illuminated by children's essays stories poems pictures and plans this ground-breaking book offers a unique snapshot of the perceptions of today's school pupils’. -French bookstore Lavoisier www.lavoisier.fr In 2001 The Guardian launched a ground-breaking competition called ‘The School I'd Like’ in which young people were asked to imagine their ideal school. This vibrant and compelling book presents material drawn from that competition offering a unique snapshot of perceptions of schools by those who matter most - the pupils. In 2011 The Guardian re-launched the competition and this updated 2nd edition reflects upon the next generation of reflections and summarises through the children’s insightful commentary what has changed over the intervening decade. The book is wonderfully illustrated by children's essays stories poems pictures and plans. Placing their views in the centre of the debate it provides an evaluation of the democratic processes involved in teaching and learning by: • identifying consistencies in children's expressions of how they wish to learn • highlighting particular sites of 'disease' in the education system today • illustrating how the built environment is experienced by today's children • posing questions about the reconstruction of teaching and learning for the twenty-first century. The School I’d Like: Revisited offers a powerful perspective on school reform and is essential reading for all those involved in education and childhood studies including teachers advisors policy-makers academics and anyone who believes that children's voices should not be ignored. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415704878

The School in the Bush Published in 1967: The School in the Bush is about Missionary Education in British territories in Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367195328

The School in the United StatesA Documentary History The School in the United States collects a wide range of essential primary documents of the history of education in the United States from colonial America to present-day reform efforts. Expertly chosen by historian and education scholar James Fraser these documents incorporate many different sources from first-person accounts to textbook excerpts and presidential speeches. As Fraser demonstrates the history of American education is also a history of national debates and decisions about schooling and he places the prominent voices of these debates in conversation through carefully curated selections including the work of famous thinkers like Thomas Jefferson and W. E. B. DuBois as well as that of ordinary classroom teachers. Organized by era each chapter begins with a brief introduction intended to spark student interest while a detailed bibliography suggests opportunities for further research. In addition the fourth edition also offers an alternative structure that allows easy use of the book by topic as an alternative to chronology. Comprehensive enough to be used as a main text but selective enough to be used alongside another The School in the United States makes accessible key readings in the history of American education in a format that encourages students to make their own evaluations as they engage with major historical debates. Updates to this fourth edition include: New documents throughout including additional teacher voices and a focus on technology. The last two chapters have been extensively revised to include material on school shootings debates about charter schools teacher strikes and the purposes of public education in the United States. A number of older documents have been shortened to point students more clearly to the most important ideas of a document. Overall the fourth edition is shorter than previous editions. Online resources that include a full Instructor’s Manual and sample syllabi. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138478879

The School Leader Surviving and Thriving144 Points of Wisdom Practical Tips and Relatable Stories Become more effective efficient and confident in your role as a school leader. This book provides tips strategies and inspirational stories to help you overcome common challenges improve school culture make deeper connections with parents and staff and more. Appropriate for K-12 leaders in any type of setting this updated edition includes new tips on handling difficult situations and being a connected educator. Each chapter presents key tips in quick concise chunks so that you can easily implement one strategy at a time and survive and thrive in your leadership role. Take these tips and make them your own so you can do your best for your students and staff! Media > Books > Print Books Eye on Education 9780367421717

The School Leader's Guide to Formative AssessmentUsing Data to Improve Student and Teacher Achievement This user-friendly guide shows school leaders how to use formative assessment to improve both student and teacher achievement. With step-by-step information and practical examples this book will help you develop better assessments that will transform your school. You will learn: The advantages of formative assessment When and why to use formative assessment How to develop valid and reliable assessments How to mimic the state assessment schedule How to organize and use data effectively How to use data to develop teacher leaders The appendix features more than ten pages of handy reproducibles that will help you implement formative assessments immediately (also available as free downloads www.routledge.com/9781596672468). A curriculum pacing guide A presentation template to explain formative assessment to your staff A non-mastery report A class item analysis graph A class profile graph A student questionnaire and more! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781596672468

The School Leader's Guide to Social Media Social media has exploded onto American culture â€” including our schools â€” giving educators a unique opportunity to shape this phenomenon into a powerful tool for improving educational leadership practices. With real-world examples and practical tips this essential guide shows school leaders how to address both the potential benefits and common concerns presented by social media. It is written in a clear reader-friendly format and covers important topics including: Responding to student safety issues such as cyberbullying and sexting Improving school management communication and professional growth Instructional innovation Twenty-first century learning Preparing for future social media trends This is a must-have resource for school leaders who want to stay current and provide the best possible educational environment for learning in the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781596672185

The School Mentor HandbookEssential Skills and Strategies for Working with Student Teachers This manual offers practical guidelines for mentors working with student teachers based on the authors' experience within the Oxford Internship Scheme. It consists of materials that have been used on the pilot scheme each of which is evaluated in light of the authors' success with them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180710

The School Mission StatementValues Goals and Identities in American Education This is a must-have resource for busy educators involved in creating improving or reevaluating their school mission statements. The authors provide numerous examples of mission statements from a diverse range of preK-12 schools offering readers an extremely valuable resource for developing an understanding of various themes and ideas in American education today - all to be better prepared to formulate their own schools' mission statements. Whether you are preparing for accreditation reviews seeking a broader knowledge base or are engaged in policy discussions this practical readable guide is packed with valuable information to help you reach your professional goals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781596672147

The School of Alexius Meinong This book presents an historical and conceptual reconstruction of the theories developed by Meinong and a group of philosophers and experimental psychologists in Graz at the turn of the 19th century. Adhering closely to original texts the contributors explore Meinong's roots in the school of Brentano complex theories such as the theory of intentional reference and direct reference and ways of developing philosophy which are closely bound up with the sciences particularly psychology. Providing a faithful reconstruction of both Meinong's contributions to science and the school that arose from his thought this book shows how the theories of the Graz school raise the possibility of engaging in the scientific metaphysics and ontology that for so long have been considered off limits. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315237176

The School of CyrusWilliam Barker's 1567 Translation of Xenophon's Cryopaedeia Originally published in 1987 this book is a translation of Xenophon's Cyropaedeia (The Education of Cyprus) first published in 1567. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429280566

The School of Salamanca in the Affairs of the IndiesBarbarism and Political Order The School of Salamanca in the Affairs of the Indies explores the significance of Salamancans such as Vitoria and Soto and related thinkers such as Las Casas and Sepúlveda in the formation of the early modern political order. It also analyses early modern understandings of political order with a focus both on the decline of the medieval universal world through the independence and secularization of political community and the establishment of continuous and imbalanced relations between various European and non-European political communities. Through its investigation this book highlights how Salamancans and related thinkers clearly distinguished their understandings of political order from medieval thought and did so in a different way to contemporary and later thinkers such as Machiavelli Luther Bodin and Grotius particularly with regards to the Indies “barbarian” worlds. It also reveals the strong contribution of the School of Salamanca in early modern political thought both internally and externally. Salamancans imposed moral restrictions against “interior barbarism ” that is power beyond law and included “exterior barbarism ” that is “barbarian” societies in the common political order. Situating the School of Salamanca in the mainstream history of European political thought The School of Salamanca in the Affairs of the Indies is ideal for academics and postgraduate students of intellectual history and of Spanish colonial expansion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138960978

The School Psychologist in Nontraditional SettingsIntegrating Clients Services and Settings Originally published in 1989 school psychology according to the contributors of this unique volume is an approach to problem solving not simply a setting- specific profession. Following Lightner Witmer's original notion the editors lay a foundation for the field of school psychology in "nontraditional" settings. Such nontraditional practice stems from data showing that school psychologists display skills and abilities that can be applied successfully to a variety of client needs in numerous settings. This special book directly affects both the practicing school psychologist and those in training as well as professionals and students in clinical child psychology counseling and educational psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415792172

The School Psychology InternshipA Guide for Interns and Supervisors Dr. Newman has used his many years of experience working with interns and field supervisors to create this comprehensive guide to the school psychology internship. The second edition of this text includes updated research and tools including a new job interview video and new templates for developing a cover letter CV and remediation plan. Expanded content includes brand new chapters focused on applying for doctoral internships through the APPIC Match process and successfully transitioning from the internship into the early career. Students and internship supervisors alike will find this easy-to-use guide helpful in alleviating anxiety around common internship concerns. Emphasis is placed on the idea that the internship year is a dynamic and formative experience not a static event and that interns and supervisors both must be proactive planners coordinators and shapers of the experience. Interns and supervisors will find this guide to be a critical support for planning and enacting a high-quality school psychology internship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138232099

The School Psychology Supervisor’s Toolkit The School Psychology Supervisor’s Toolkit provides accessible adaptable strategies for supervising school psychologists at all points in the career span from internship to advanced practice. The book covers a full range of key considerations for effective supervision such as building strong working relationships planning the supervision experience providing constructive feedback and addressing problems of professional competence. Features such as definitions of key terms photocopiable handouts tips for culturally responsive practice and real-life case examples make this a rich and easily applied resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138306103

The School Recruitment HandbookA Guide to Attracting Selecting and Keeping Outstanding Teachers Good teachers are distinguished by their characteristics - passion integrity initiative confidence and more - yet recruitment tends to focus on skills and knowledge. Skills are vital but are not the whole picture. This handbook provides a comprehensive technique for spotting and assessing the deeper characteristics of outstanding teachers during interview using the Hay McBer research into effective teaching. Spotting an outstanding teacher however is wasted if they are not attracted to the school. Included in this guide is a means of evaluating improving and communicating a school's attractiveness to candidates and existing staff. Providing a pathway through the complex recruitment process - from defining the school's needs to welcoming the new recruit into the school - this book includes: research into teacher effectiveness critical incident interviews definition and attraction  assessment induction. Presenting surveys original research into effective teaching and interviews with recruiters and recruits this lively guide offers practical advice for all schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147799

The School TextbookHistory Geography and Social Studies A study of the school textbook grounded in historical and comparative perspectives. The approach is broadly chronological revealing changes in the theory and practice of textbook production and use. The book focuses largely on three associated subjects - geography history and social studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203041284

The School Years The School Years provides a challenging and lively collection of essays on key issues affecting young people in the school setting. It is an essential book for all those concerned with adolescence and education. Since the first edition in 1979 major social changes such as unemployment AIDS issues of race and gender and increasing divorce rates have had a direct impact on education and young people. With these dramatice changes in mind the contributors take an entirely new and up-to-date approach to current controversial issues such as the relationship of home and school gender roles morality delinquency and peer groups. Contributors include: John Coleman Trust for the Study of Adolescence; T. Honess School of Psychology University of Wales; Peter Kutnick Department of Education University of Sussex; Sally Archer Trenton State College USA; Philida Salmon Institute of Education University of London; Maurice Chazan; David P. Farrington Institute of Criminology Cambridge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138417397

The Schooling of Girls in Britain and Ireland 1800- 1900 This book compares the formal education of the majority of girls in Britain and Ireland in the nineteenth century. Previous books about ‘Britain’ invariably focus on England and such ‘British’ studies tend not to include Ireland despite its incorporation into the Union in 1801. The Schooling of Girls in Britain and Ireland 1800-1900 presents a comparative synthesis of the schooling of working and middle-class girls in the Victorian period with the emphasis on the interaction of gender social class religion and nationality across the UK. It reveals similarities as well as differences between both the social classes and the constituent parts of the Union including strikingly similar concerns about whether working-class girls could fulfill their domestic responsibilities. What they had in common with middle-class girls was that they were to be educated for the good of others. This study shows how middle-class women used educational reform to carve a public role for themselves on the basis of a domesticated life for their lower class ‘sisters’ confirming that Victorian feminism was both empowering and constraining by reinforcing conventional gender stereotypes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118447

The Schooling of Working-Class Girls in Victorian ScotlandGender Education and Identity The portrayal of Scotland as a particularly patriarchal society has traditionally had the effect of marginalizing Scottish women both teachers and students in both Scottish and British history. The Schooling of Working-Class Girls in Victorian Scotland examines and challenges this assumption and analyzes in detail the course of events which has led to a more enlightened system. Education was and is seen as integral to Scottish distinctiveness but the Victorian period saw anxious debate about the impact of outside influences at a time when Scottish society seemed to be fracturing. This book examines the gender-blindness of the educational tradition with its notion of the 'democratic intellect' testing the claim of superiority for the Scottish system and questioning the assumption that Scottish women were either passive victims or willing dupes of a peculiarly patriarchal ideal. Considering the influences of the related ideologies of patriarchy and domesticity and the crucial importance of the local and regional economic context in focusing on female education this book provides a much wider comparative study of Scottish society during a period of tremendous upheaval and a perceived crisis in national identity in which women as well as men participated. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203964156

The Schools of Medieval England Originally published 1915. This reprints the edition of 1969. When originally published this volume was the first history of English schools before the Reformation reckoned from the accession of Edward VI.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860604

The Schreber CasePsychoanalytic Profile of A Paranoid Personality First published in 1984. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138432611

The Science and Archaeology of MaterialsAn Investigation of Inorganic Materials The Science and Archaeology of Materials is set to become the definitive work in the archaeology of materials. Henderson's highly illustrated work is an accessible and fascinating textbook which will be essential reading for all practical archaeologists. With clear sections on a wide range of materials including ceramics glass metals and stone this work examines the very foundations of archaeological study. Anyone interested in ancient technologies especially those involving high temperatures kilns and furnaces will be able to follow in each chapter how raw materials are refined transformed and shaped into objects. This description is then followed by appropriate case studies which provide a new chronological and geographical example of how scientific and archaeological aspects can and do interact. They include: *Roman pale green and highly decorated glass *17th Century glass in Britain and Europe *the effect of the introduction of the wheel on pottery technology *the technology of Celadon ceramics *early copper metallurgy in the Middle East *chemical analysis and lead isotope analysis of British Bronzes *early copper alloy metallurgy in Thailand *the chemical analysis of obsidian and its distribution *the origins of the Stonehenge bluestones This book shows how archaeology and science intersect and fe ed off each other. Modern scientific techniques have provided data which when set within a fully integrated archaeological context have the potential of contributing to mainstream archaeology. This holistic approach generates a range of connections which benefits both areas and will enrich archaeological study in the future. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203630143

The Science and Art of Acting for the CameraA Practical Approach to Film Television and Commercial Acting The Science and Art of Acting for the Camera provides a precise yet practical approach to help unlock the mysteries of acting for film and television. Written by veteran actor producer and director John Howard Swain the book offers a clear-cut no-nonsense technique that equips aspiring or working actors with the necessary skills to succeed on camera. The technique teaches you how to build multi-dimensional characters; construct truthful and exciting relationships; ignite stimulating emotions; craft a series of discoveries guaranteed to energize your work; and much much more. The book also provides instruction for actors working in commercials—from slating to the dreaded "tell us about yourself" interview to nailing "the tag" and embracing the cliché—and supplies sample commercial copy for students to practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138233676

The Science and Art of Branding This innovative work provides a state-of-the-art overview of current thinking about the development of brand strategy. Unlike other books on branding it approaches successful brand strategy from both the producer and consumer perspectives. "The Science and Art of Branding" makes clear distinctions among the producer's intentions external brand realities and consumer's brand perceptions - and explains how to fit them all together to build successful brands. Co-author Sandra Moriarty is also the author of the leading Principles of Advertising textbook and she and Giep Franzen have filled this volume with practical learning tools for scholars and students of marketing and marketing communications as well as actual brand managers. The book explains theoretical concepts and illustrates them with real-life examples that include case studies and findings from large-scale market research. Every chapter opens with a mini-case history and boxed inserts featuring quotes from experts appear throughout the book. "The Science and Art of Branding" also goes much more deeply than other works into the core concept of brand equity employing new measurement systems only developed over the last few years. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315699042

The Science and Engineering of Sport Surfaces Sports surface design is crucial for the successful performance of sports skills and the reduction of injury risk. Surfaces have developed from natural materials such as turf clay and cinder to synthetic surfaces such as acrylic tennis courts artificial turf for soccer and synthetic running tracks while our understanding of natural turf has developed in terms of properties appropriate for different sports and surface sustainability. This book draws together the very latest research on biomechanical medical and engineering approaches to the study of sports surfaces. Written by a team of leading international sport scientists engineers and technologists the book covers every key aspect of surface development and design including: surface behaviour surface classification function construction and maintenance influence of surfaces on player performance and injury surface test methods and monitoring development of natural turf and synthetic surfaces shoe-turf interaction future developments in sports surface technology. Representing the most comprehensive and up-to-date study of sports surfaces this book is important reading for all researchers and professionals working in sports technology sports engineering biomechanics or sports medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138633605

The Science and Management of UncertaintyDealing with Doubt in Natural Resource Management Uncertainty can take many forms can be represented in many ways and can have important implications in decision-making and policy development. This book provides a rigorous scientific framework for dealing with uncertainty in real-world situations and provides a comprehensive study of concepts measurements and applications of uncertainty in ecological modeling and natural resource management. The focus of this book is on the kinds and implications of uncertainty in environmental modeling and management with practical guidelines and examples for successful modeling and risk analysis in the face of uncertain conditions and incomplete information. Provided is a clear classification of uncertainty; methods for measuring modeling and communicating uncertainty; practical guidelines for capturing and representing expert knowledge and judgment; explanations of the role of uncertainty in decision-making; a guideline to avoiding logical fallacies when dealing with uncertainty; and several example cases of real-world ecological modeling and risk analysis to illustrate the concepts and approaches. Case topics provide examples of structured decision-making statistical modeling and related topics. A summary provides practical next steps that the reader can take in analyzing and interpreting uncertainty in real-world situations. Also provided is a glossary and a suite of references. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367633400

The Science and Method of Politics Originally published in 1927 this book was written as a reaction to the First World War hoping to try and analyse the causes leading up to it. The author states in the Preface that he puts this forward as an unsystematic contribution to what he is conscious is a very great subject and he adds since Aristotle an almost untouched one. He starts by looking at the nature methods and uses of history considered from a political point of view. He goes on to look at the possibility of a political science; the place of politics among the social sciences and the process of politics. In conclusion he considers the relation of politics and ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367368999

The Science and Physiology of Flexibility and StretchingImplications and Applications in Sport Performance and Health Stretching is a fundamentally important part of sport and exercise playing a role in improving performance and preventing injury and rehabilitation but its scientific underpinnings have to this point been overlooked in book publishing. The Science and Physiology of Flexibility and Stretching is the most up-to-date and comprehensive book to cover the underlying physiology and psychology of stretching critically assessing why when and how we should stretch as well as offering a highly illustrated practical guide to stretching exercises.     Placing stretching in the context of both health and performance the first section of the book sets out the science behind stretching critically assessing the benefits disadvantages and roles of different types of stretching exploring the mechanisms behind increasing range-of-movement through stretching and other methods and offering evidence-based guidance on building stretching into warm-ups. In its second section the book provides a step-by-step guide to static dynamic and PRF stretching exercises for beginners through recreational athletes to elite performers.     Richly illustrated and including an online resource The Science and Physiology of Flexibility and Stretching provides an important scientific enquiry into stretching and an invaluable reference for any strength and conditioning coach or student personal trainer sports coach or exercise scientist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138086913

The Science and Politics of I.q. Published in 1974  The Science and Politics of I.q. is a valuable contribution to the field of Education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203056639

The Science and Politics of Work Disability Prevention The rising cost of illness and disability benefits are one of today’s biggest social and labour market challenges. The promise of activation-oriented work disability policies was labour market engagement for all people regardless of illness injury or impairment. However the reality has been more complex. The Science and Politics of Work Disability Policy addresses social and political economic contexts driving state work disability reform in 13 countries. In this first attempt to explain the history and future of work disability policy this book asks new questions about work disability policy design focus and effects. It details how work disability policies have evolved with jurisdictions why these take their current shape and where they are heading. The well positioned authors draw on their insider knowledge and expertise in law medicine and social science to provide detailed case studies of their jurisdictions. This pathbreaking volume will be of interest to social security system policy makers scholars and students in the health and social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138335318

The Science and Technology of Chapatti and Other Indian Flatbreads Flatbreads form the heart and soul of a traditional meal in several parts of India. Depending on geographical location ingredients used and method of preparation there are many varieties of flatbreads. Popular Indians flatbreads include chapatti paratha/parotta naan tandoori roti kulcha roomali roti bhakri thepla and puranpoli. Chapatti the Indian counterpart of the western pan bread is consumed widely as a staple to scoop up curries in Indian meals. Since the last few decades researchers have turned their attention towards Indian flatbreads and have initiated studies on several aspects like nutrition quality staling and preservation. The changing dynamics of flatbread preparation and preservation have inspired many research studies. The Science and Technology of Chapatti and Other Indian Flatbreads collates available knowledge to date in a manner that is useful to students researchers food industry professionals and food-based entrepreneurs alike.   Key Features: Illustrated with multiple photographs of different types of Indian flatbreads steps in preparation of chapatti analytical instruments used changes in dough/ chapatti appearance due to browning Includes multiple photographs of different flatbreads in varying stages from creation to expiration  Explores the changing dynamics of flatbread preparation and preservation  Discusses the role of flour constituents and added ingredients on end product quality and the need to develop healthier variants  With its nine chapters the book takes the reader through a journey in which the gradual evolution of the preparation and consumption of chapatti and other Indian flatbreads has been explained emphasizing the need for science and technology to support large scale production to keep up with the growing demand for ready- to- cook and ready-to-eat flatbreads.  The book written in simple but scientific language covers different aspects ranging from introduction and preparation of flatbreads the role of individual ingredients particularly wheat variety and wheat composition milling technique dough rheology quality characteristics of flatbreads and their measurement to topics including staling and preservation of chapatti/flatbreads nutritional and quality improvement mechanization of flatbread production and scope for developing novel flour/ flatbread formulations. The authors with their wide experience in flatbread science have attempted to capture the scientific and technological aspects of chapatti/flatbreads in depth right from basic concepts to technological advances supported by exhaustive compilation of scientific literature.    Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367462093

The Science and Technology of Industrial Water Treatment Mineral scale deposits corrosion suspended matter and microbiological growth are factors that must be controlled in industrial water systems. Research on understanding the mechanisms of these problems has attracted considerable attention in the past three decades as has progress concerning water treatment additives to ameliorate these concerns. The Science and Technology of Industrial Water Treatment provides a comprehensive discussion on the topic from specialists in industry and academia. The book begins with an overview of water chemistry and covers the characteristics of commonly encountered mineral scales. It addresses the formation and control of different scales in various systems and examines new developments in membrane-based separation processes. Next it provides a detailed account on the operational challenges of reverse osmosis systems and scale control in thermal distillation processes. The text explores corrosion control in cooling boiler geothermal and desalination systems and it discusses the interactions of polyelectrolytes with suspended matter. Includes coverage of a range of bacterial species including Legionella The book examines bacterial species commonly encountered in water supplies the mechanisms of biofouling approaches to control it and criteria for selecting biocides for water treatment applications. An entire chapter is devoted to Legionella in water systems. Contributors describe various analytical techniques for identifying mineral scales and deposits. They also examine applications of polymers for treating industrial and wastewater systems and give an account of analytical approaches for monitoring various operational parameters and chemicals used to treat industrial water systems. A valuable addition to the library of academic researchers this volume will also prove useful to those working not only in the water treatment industry but also to those in petroleum textiles pharmaceuticals and other areas where purity processes are a significant concern. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138198975

The Science and Technology of Particle Accelerators The Science and Technology of Particle Accelerators provides an accessible introduction to the field and is suitable for advanced undergraduates graduate students and academics as well as professionals in national laboratories and facilities industry and medicine who are designing or using particle accelerators. Providing integrated coverage of accelerator science and technology this book presents the fundamental concepts alongside detailed engineering discussions and extensive practical guidance including many numerical examples. For each topic the authors provide a description of the physical principles a guide to the practical application of those principles and a discussion of how to design the components that allow the application to be realised. Features: Written by an interdisciplinary and highly respected team of physicists and engineers from the Cockcroft Institute of Accelerator Science and Technology in the UK Accessible style with many numerical examples Contains an extensive set of problems with fully worked solutions available Rob Appleby is an academic member of staff at the University of Manchester and Chief Examiner in the Department of Physics and Astronomy. Graeme Burt is an academic member of staff at the University of Lancaster and previous Director of Education at the Cockcroft Institute. James Clarke is head of Science Division in the Accelerator Science and Technology Centre at STFC Daresbury Laboratory. Hywel Owen is an academic member of staff at the University of Manchester and Director of Education at the Cockcroft Institute. All authors are researchers within the Cockcroft Institute of Accelerator Science and Technology and have extensive experience in the design and construction of particle accelerators including particle colliders synchrotron radiation sources free electron lasers and medical and industrial accelerator systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138499874

The Science Education of American GirlsA Historical Perspective The Science Education of American Girls provides a comparative analysis of the science education of adolescent boys and girls and analyzes the evolution of girls' scientific interests from the antebellum era through the twentieth century. Kim Tolley expands the understanding of the structural and cultural obstacles that emerged to transform what in the early nineteenth century was regarded as a "girl's subject." As the form and content of pre-college science education developed Tolley argues direct competition between the sexes increased. Subsequently the cultural construction of science as a male subject limited access and opportunity for girls. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203952498

The Science For Conservators SeriesVolume 3: Adhesives and Coatings For more than ten years the Science for Conservators Series have been the key basic texts for conservators throughout the world. Scientific concepts are basic ot the conservation of artefacts of every type yet many conservators have little or no scientific training. These introductory volumes provide non-scientists with the essential theoretical background to their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138128439

The Science inside the ChildThe story of what happens when we're growing up This engaging book presents some of the ways in which science can describe and explain how and why children develop in the way they do. It looks at children’s individual development within the development of our species at genes at the hormone systems that flood our bodies at the neuroscience of children’s brains and at patterns of behaviour. It looks in other words at the different influences on child development according to the scientific disciplines of evolutionary theory genetics epigenetics endocrinology neuroscience epidemiology and psychology. Filled with entertaining anecdotes Sara Meadows shares the story of what happens when we’re growing up revealing how science can add depth to our understanding. This book will be an informative and enriching read for all parents educators and carers and those interested in how children develop to be emotionally balanced socially skilled and enthusiastic seekers after knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138800670

The Science of AirConcepts and Applications Second Edition Hailed on first publication as a masterful review of the topic The Science of Air: Concepts and Applications quickly became a standard resource in the field. Clearly written and user-friendly the second edition continues to provide the scientific underpinnings of the essence of air. Major expansions include:Air math and physicsAir flow parametersIndoor air qualityRegulatory updates related to indoor and outdoor air qualityUpdated air pollution control technologiesThe text follows a pattern that is nontraditional using a paradigm based on real-world experience. It covers air resource utilization and air protection contains regulatory updates related to air quality and provides an update on pollution control technologies. In addition to the discussion of numerous mitigation and remediation procedures this authoritative resource includes an expanded section on the fundamentals of air chemistry and physics making it an indispensable text for those tasked with compliance to air pollution laws. The common thread woven through the fabric of this text is air resource utilization and its protection.Numerous examples exist on how understanding the science of air can assist in understanding global climate change air pollution radon indoor air quality and acid rain. To solve these problems and understand the issues related to air air pollution control practitioners need a broad base of scientific information from which to draw — The Science of Air fills this critical need. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367386689

The Science of American Football The game of American football may be the greatest team sport that exists. It epitomizes the need of a "team" first approach to achieve the desired success. Success is often measured as the hoisting of a championship trophy which involved a journey that required discipline perseverance sacrifice and hard work. These traits are the backbone of success in football but more importantly they are the backbone or blueprint for success in life. The Science of American Football provides an in-depth discussion on the physiology of the game of American football including the physiological strain associated with playing in various environmental extremes. Acclimatization preparation and medical issues associated with each of these environmental extremes are discussed as well as medical issues occurring during the athlete’s playing career (common sites of injury) and potential risks arising post-career (e.g. neurological dysfunction arthritic joints obesity). The book goes on to consider aspects of player selection and preparation including discussion of evidence-based physical conditioning programs appropriate nutrition and specific dietary supplementation for the American football player. The Science of American Football is the first book to focus on the physiology science and medical issues associated with the game of American football and will be key reading for students of coaching and exercise science as well as those with a keen interest in understanding the science of American football such as coaches and players. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367462710

The Science of Aphasia Rehabilitation This book examines the rehabilitation of language disorders in adults presenting new research as well as expert insights and perspectives into this area. The first chapter presents a study on personalised cueing to enhance word finding. Cynthia K. Thompson and her colleagues contribute a chapter describing The Northwestern Naming Battery and its use in examining for verb and noun deficits in stroke-induced and primary progressive aphasia. Heather Harris-Wright and Gilson J. Capilouto examine a multi-level approach to understanding the maintenance of global coherence in aphasia. Kathryn M. Yorkston and colleagues provide discussion on the training of healthcare professionals and what speech and language pathology and medical education can learn from one another. Yorkston also presents a systematic review asking whether principles of motor learning can enhance retention and transfer of speech skills. Connie A. Tompkins present a single-participant experiment examining generalization of a novel treatment for coarse coding deficit in right hemisphere damage. Finally Chris Code returns to the topic of apportioning time for aphasia treatment. This book was originally published as a special issue of Aphasiology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383821

The Science of Attitudes The Science of Attitudes is the first book to integrate classic and modern research in the field of attitudes at a scholarly level. Designed primarily for advanced undergraduates and graduate students the presentation of research will also be useful for current scholars in all disciplines who are interested in how attitudes are formed and changed. The treatment of attitudes is both thorough and unique taking a historical approach while simultaneously highlighting contemporary views and controversies. The book traces attitudes research from the inception of scientific study following World War II to the issues and methods of research that are prominent features of today’s research. Researchers in the field of attitudes will be particularly interested in classic and modern research on the organization structure strength and function of attitudes. Researchers in the field of persuasion will be particularly interested in work on attitude change focusing on propositional and associative learning metacognition and dynamic theories of dissonance balance and reactance. The book is designed to present the integration of the properties of the attitude with the dynamic considerations of attitude change. The Science of Attitudes is also the first book on attitudes to devote entire chapters to work on implicit measurements resistance to persuasion and social neuroscience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138820791

The Science of Basketball The Science of Basketball is the only book to examine the scientific principles underpinning preparation and performance in basketball applied to both individual and team contexts. Drawing on the very latest scientific evidence and including contributions from leading international coaches and scientists involved in the sport the book explores every aspect of physical and mental preparation and performance including: strength and conditioning and training strategies physiological aspects of performance nutrition and supplementation psychological preparation skill acquisition biomechanical aspects of performance performance analysis injury epidemiology prevention and rehabilitation coach education Incorporating case studies at the end of each chapter to demonstrate how scientific principles can be applied to practice the book bridges the gap between theory and applied practice in basketball better than any other. It is essential reading for any student researcher sport scientist coach physiotherapist or clinician with an interest in the game and illuminative supplementary reading for students of sport science and sports coaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138701540

The Science of Beach Lifeguarding The World Health Organization’s recently published Global Report on Drowning found that drowning is the third leading cause of unintentional injury death worldwide—making the information presented in this new book an important part of the global effort to reduce this health risk.Written by leading researchers and academics from around the world The Science of Beach Lifeguarding focuses on the scientific evidence that underpins what is taught to and practised by beach lifeguards. It is the first book to pull together all the different areas involved in beach lifeguarding and evaluate their evidence base.An accessible and informative reference underpinned by the best current research the book’s key themes cover the context of beach lifeguarding the physical environment in which lifeguards work medical aspects practical lifeguarding techniques physiological standards for lifeguards safety education and future developments in beach lifeguarding.The book presents groundbreaking work quantifying the scientific rationale behind a universally accepted fitness standard. It supplies an in-depth examination of the risks and hazards associated with the beach environment including rip currents and cold water immersion.The book includes a state-of-the-art review of drowning and a comprehensive chapter on first aid. Detailing the recently announced 2015 European Resuscitation Council Guidelines this book is a must-have for beach lifeguards beach lifeguard managers search and rescue personnel paramedics sports scientists health and safety practitioners and occupational health practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482245974

The Science of Behavior and the Image of Man Does a proper respect for science require psychologists to view man as an impotent reactor whose responses are completely determined by his physical constitution and the forces impinging upon him? In this wise and well-argued book Isidor Chein invites his readers to lift their eyes from experimental research for a time to consider the relationship between science and the image of man.Few psychologists even the most gifted and dedicated among them pause to consider the philosophical underpinnings of their work. It is almost as though the humanist secretly lurking in each of them is fearful of the bad news he might finally be forced to accept--that man is essentially an exquisitely complicated robot. This fear is misplaced and harmful. It is largely responsible for the disturbing fact that scientific psychology has produced in Chein's estimate so little that is relevant to the humanities so little as he puts it "that has lived up to psychology's promise to itself."What must be more widely understood is that it does not follow that behavioral law is reducible to physiological law or that physiological law is reducible to physical law. With an uncompromising commitment to scientific method Chein shows that when closely analyzed there is actually no need to assume an unbridgeable gap between scientific psychology and psychoanalytic humanistic psychology. This is a lucid and powerful theoretical work of importance for scholars in all fields sharing the belief that the proper study of mankind is man."The Science of Behavior and the Image of Man is written by the most intellectually stimulating and respected representative of scientific humanistic psychology."--Robert B. Holt Professor of Psychology Graduate School of Arts and Sciences New York University Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538429

The Science of BiometricsSecurity Technology for Identity Verification The Science of Biometrics: Security Technology for Identity Verification covers the technical aspects of iris and facial recognition focusing primarily on the mathematical and statistical algorithms that run the verification and identification processes in these two modalities. Each chapter begins with a review of the technologies examining how they work their advantages and disadvantages as well as some of their established market applications. Numerous approaches are examined. Facial recognition is much more of an emerging biometric technology than iris recognition; therefore there are more algorithms that are currently being developed in that area. After this review numerous applications of these two modalities are covered as well some of which have just been commercially deployed while others are under research and development. Chapters 3 and 4 conclude with case studies to provide further application review. This book is directed to security managers electronic security system designers consultants and system integrators as well as electronic security system manufacturers working in access control and biometrics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498761246

The Science of Climbing and Mountaineering This is the first book to explore in depth the science of climbing and mountaineering. Written by a team of leading international sport scientists clinicians and climbing practitioners it covers the full span of technical disciplines including rock climbing ice climbing indoor climbing and mountaineering across all scientific fields from physiology and biomechanics to history psychology medicine motor control skill acquisition and engineering. Striking a balance between theory and practice this uniquely interdisciplinary study provides practical examples and illustrative data to demonstrate the strategies that can be adopted to promote safety best practice injury prevention recovery and mental preparation. Divided into six parts the book covers all essential aspects of the culture and science of climbing and mountaineering including: physiology and medicine biomechanics motor control and learning psychology equipment and technology. Showcasing the latest cutting-edge research and demonstrating how science translates into practice The Science of Climbing and Mountaineering is essential reading for all advanced students and researchers of sport science biomechanics and skill acquisition as well as all active climbers and adventure sport coaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138595231

The Science of Composting FROM THE PREFACEThe main objective of composting is to transform organic materials into a stable usable product. Often organic materials which may have limited beneficial use in their raw state or have regulatory disposal constraints can be transformed by composting into marketable products. The limits on beneficial reuse may be regulations or they may be due to the potential for materials to be putrescible or pathogenic. Composting can be a solution for each of these.The implementation of composting on a large scale (in contrast to home or backyard composting) involves materials handling. Technological implementation of composting must be consistent with the biological demand of the system. If the biological system is violated conditions will not be optimized for composting and problems such as odor generation insufficient aeration or moisture or a combination of these conditions may result. Past problems and closure of facilities have been largely due to violations of the biological systems. Product quality with respect to particle size inclusions moisture content and other physical aspects are a function of engineering design. A well designed system must have the biological and engineering principles in harmony at all times. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367401122

The Science of ComputingShaping a Discipline The identity of computing has been fiercely debated throughout its short history. Why is it still so hard to define computing as an academic discipline? Is computing a scientific mathematical or engineering discipline? By describing the mathematical engineering and scientific traditions of computing The Science of Computing: Shaping a Discipline presents a rich picture of computing from the viewpoints of the field’s champions. The book helps readers understand the debates about computing as a discipline. It explains the context of computing’s central debates and portrays a broad perspective of the discipline. The book first looks at computing as a formal theoretical discipline that is in many ways similar to mathematics yet different in crucial ways. It traces a number of discussions about the theoretical nature of computing from the field’s intellectual origins in mathematical logic to modern views of the role of theory in computing. The book then explores the debates about computing as an engineering discipline from the central technical innovations to the birth of the modern technical paradigm of computing to computing’s arrival as a new technical profession to software engineering gradually becoming an academic discipline. It presents arguments for and against the view of computing as engineering within the context of software production and analyzes the clash between the theoretical and practical mindsets. The book concludes with the view of computing as a science in its own right—not just as a tool for other sciences. It covers the early identity debates of computing various views of computing as a science and some famous characterizations of the discipline. It also addresses the experimental computer science debate the view of computing as a natural science and the algorithmization of sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482217698

The Science of Crime MeasurementIssues for Spatially-Referenced Crime Data Crime statistics are ubiquitous in modern society – but how accurate are they? This book investigates the science of crime measurement focussing on four main questions: how do we count crime? How do we calculate crime rates? Are there other measurements of crime? What are the issues surrounding crime statistics? All too often we take the measurement of crime at face value when there is in fact a science behind it. This book specifically deals with issues related to spatially-referenced crime data that are used to analyse crime patterns across the urban environment. The first section of the book considers alternative crime rate calculations. The second section of the book contains a thorough discussion of a measure of crime specialisation. Finally the third section of the book addresses a number of aggregation issues that are present with such data: crime type aggregations temporal aggregations of crime data the stability of crime patterns over time and the importance of spatial scale. This book builds on a growing body of literature on the science of crime measurement and offers a comprehensive account of this growing subfield of criminology. The book speaks to wider debates in the fields of crime analysis environmental criminology and crime prevention and will be perfect reading for advanced level undergraduate and graduate students looking to find out more about the measurement of crime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138899957

The Science of DefoamingTheory Experiment and Applications In the 20 years since the publication of the author’s multi-contributor volume on defoaming a vast amount of new work has been published and many new insights have been revealed. A cohesive single-authored book The Science of Defoaming: Theory Experiment and Applications provides comprehensive coverage of the topic. It describes the mode of action of antifoams presenting the relevant theory and the supporting experimental evidence. Beginning with an introductory chapter that discusses the intrinsic properties of foam the book then describes experimental methods for measuring foam properties important for studying antifoam action and techniques used in establishing the mode of action of antifoams.Since most commercially effective antifoams are oil based a chapter is devoted to the entry and spreading behavior of oils and the role of thin film forces in determining that behavior. The book reviews the mode of action of antifoams including theories of antifoam mechanisms and the role of bridging foam films by particles and oil drops. It also addresses issues related to the effect of antifoam concentration on foam formation by air entrainment and the process of deactivation of mixed oil–particle antifoams during dispersal and foam generation.For applications where chemical antifoam use is unacceptable the text examines mechanical means of defoaming such as the use of rotary devices and ultrasound. The final chapters consider the application of defoaming in radically different contexts including waterborne latex paints and varnishes machine washing of textiles gas–oil separation in crude oil production and cardiopulmonary bypass surgery. Focusing on the basic science of defoaming this book presents a balanced view which also addresses the challenges that may arise for these specific defoaming applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576370

The Science of DemonsEarly Modern Authors Facing Witchcraft and the Devil Witches ghosts fairies. Premodern Europe was filled with strange creatures with the devil lurking behind them all. But were his powers real? Did his powers have limits? Or were tales of the demonic all one grand illusion? Physicians lawyers and theologians at different times and places answered these questions differently and disagreed bitterly. The demonic took many forms in medieval and early modern Europe. By examining individual authors from across the continent this book reveals the many purposes to which the devil could be put both during the late medieval fight against heresy and during the age of Reformations. It explores what it was like to live with demons and how careers and identities were constructed out of battles against them – or against those who granted them too much power. Together contributors chart the history of the devil from his emergence during the 1300s as a threatening figure – who made pacts with human allies and appeared bodily – through to the comprehensive but controversial demonologies of the turn of the seventeenth century when European witch-hunting entered its deadliest phase. This book is essential reading for all students and researchers of the history of the supernatural in medieval and early modern Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138571839

The Science of Economic Development and Growth: The Theory of Factor ProportionsThe Theory of Factor Proportions A theoretical framework aiming to facilitate study of development economics. The author presents his theory in three sections: how advanced nations developed; a proposed third dimension in addition to labour and capital; and why capital accumulation is unnecessary even potentially harmful. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315500133

The Science of Environmental Pollution This new edition of The Science of Environmental Pollution presents common-sense approaches and practical examples based on scientific principles models and observations but keeps the text lively and understandable for scientists and non-scientists alike. It addresses the important questions regarding environmental pollution: What is it? What is its impact? What are the causes and how can we mitigate them? But more than this it stimulates new ways to think about the issues and their possible solutions. This third edition has been updated throughout and contains new information on endocrine disruptors in drinking water contaminated sediments in surface waters hydraulic fracturing wastewater and more. Also it will include new case studies examples and study questions. Environmental issues continue to attract attention at all levels. Some sources say that pollution is the direct cause of climate change; others deny that the possibility even exists. This text sorts through the hyperbole providing concepts and guidelines that not only aid in understanding the issues but equip readers with the scientific rationale required to make informed decisions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138626607

The Science of Equestrian SportsTheory Practice and Performance of the Equestrian Rider The Science of Equestrian Sports is a comprehensive study of the theory and practice of the equestrian rider in sport. While most scholarship to date has focused on the horse in competition this is the first book to collate current data relating specifically to riders. It provides valuable insight into improving sporting performance and maintaining the safety of both the horse and the rider. Drawing on the latest scientific research and covering every equestrian discipline from horseracing to eventing the book systematically explores core subjects such as: physiology of the rider sport psychology in equestrian sport preventing injury biomechanics and kinematics coaching equestrian sport This book is a holistic and scientific examination of the role of the rider in equine sports. It is essential reading for sport science students with an interest in equestrian sport and equitation. Furthermore it will be an invaluable resource for instructors coaches sport psychologists or physiologists working with equestrian athletes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138860391

The Science of Ethanol This book covers all facets involving the production and use of ethanol. Topics include the optimization of raw materials energy capital process model-based computer control and human resources to produce ethanol. It compares and contrasts processes to prepare ethanol using biotechnology processes to prepare ethanol from chemical synthesis. Matters of optimization of ethanol use as fuel/fuel components are addressed based on thermodynamics kinetics and usage. It also discusses pollutants produced from ethanol and mixtures containing ethanol the status of ways to control these pollutants and what can be done to minimize the harm to the earth’s ecosystems due to ethanol and gasoline reactions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498726153

The Science of ExpertiseBehavioral Neural and Genetic Approaches to Complex Skill Offering the broadest review of psychological perspectives on human expertise to date this volume covers behavioral computational neural and genetic approaches to understanding complex skill. The chapters show how performance in music the arts sports games medicine and other domains reflects basic traits such as personality and intelligence as well as knowledge and skills acquired through training. In doing so this book moves the field of expertise beyond the duality of "nature vs. nurture" toward an integrative understanding of complex skill. This book is an invaluable resource for researchers and students interested in expertise and for professionals seeking current reviews of psychological research on expertise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138204386

The Science of Figure Skating The Science of Figure Skating is the first book to provide an evidence-based and comprehensive reference for the scientific underpinnings of this complex Olympic sport where early specialization presents unique challenges for coaches and athletes alike. Drawing on cutting-edge research and featuring contributions from leading academics and practitioners the book covers key topics of health training and high performance in figure skating including: Physiological demands Nutrition and hydration Training methods Psychology and mental performance Novel issues relating to performance such as travel and jet lag Technological innovation Effectively and succinctly applying theory to practice The Science of Figure Skating is a valuable resource on integrating sport science concepts into training and performance. It is essential reading for any applied sport science student or researcher with an interest in winter sports and coaches sport science officers nutritionists or clinicians involved in figure skating. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138229860

The Science of Folk-Lore First published in 1930 this volume aimed to provide an overview of folk-lore which contrasted with the Anthropological school. Consciously working in the legacy of Savigny and the Brothers Grimm the author explored the unrecorded traditions found within popular fiction custom belief magic and ritual attempting a reconstruction of humanity’s spiritual history through popular rather than elite voices. The work was intended to prove useful to scholars of related fields to folk-lore with hopes of eventual interdisciplinarity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138608375

The Science of Footwear Although we now have sophisticated algorithms and techniques for determining the shapes and sizes and for matching the fit between shoes and feet few if any of the books currently available cover these new technologies until now. Bringing together high-quality and state-of-the-art contributions from designers biomechanists ergonomists engineers podiatrists and scientists from industry and academia The Science of Footwear provides an in-depth understanding of the technology and techniques involved in the design and development of a popular and demanding consumer product.This book introduces the design development manufacturing and marketing of footwear. The chapters contain data from past research and the state-of-the art methodologies. They not only cover every aspect of the product design but also how the footwear industry caters to the wide-ranging needs of sophisticated and demanding customers.The footwear industry has rapidly changed over the last 10 years. Mass production has changed to personalization and mass customization areas that are not well-understood. This book explores these different concepts in a coherent way drawing on differing views that give a holistic view of the science behind footwear. Collating information from different disciplines the book provides the tools to develop the next generation of footwear. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077843

The Science of GivingExperimental Approaches to the Study of Charity Americans donate over 300 billion dollars a year to charity but the psychological factors that govern whether to give and how much to give are still not well understood. Our understanding of charitable giving is based primarily upon the intuitions of fundraisers or correlational data which cannot establish causal relationships. By contrast the chapters in this book study charity using experimental methods in which the variables of interest are experimentally manipulated. As a result it becomes possible to identify the causal factors that underlie giving and to design effective intervention programs that can help increase the likelihood and amount that people contribute to a cause. For charitable organizations this book examines the efficacy of fundraising strategies commonly used by nonprofits and makes concrete recommendations about how to make capital campaigns more efficient and effective. Moreover a number of novel factors that influence giving are identified and explored opening the door to exciting new avenues in fundraising. For researchers this book breaks novel theoretical ground in our understanding of how charitable decisions are made. While the chapters focus on applications to charity the emotional social and cognitive mechanisms explored herein all have more general implications for the study of psychology and behavioral economics. This book highlights some of the most intriguing surprising and enlightening experimental studies on the topic of donation behavior opening up exciting pathways to cross-cutting the divide between theory and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138981430

The Science of GymnasticsAdvanced Concepts The Science of Gymnastics provides the most comprehensive and accessible introduction available to the fundamental physiological biomechanical and psychological principles underpinning performance in artistic gymnastics. The second edition introduces three new sections: applied coaching motor learning and injury prevention and safety and features contributions from leading international sport scientists and gymnastics coaches and instructors. With case studies and review questions included in each chapter the book examines every key aspect of gymnastic training and performance including: physiological assessment diet and nutrition energetics          kinetics and kinematics spatial orientation and motor control career transitions mental skills training and perception injury assessment and prevention with clinical cases advanced case studies in rotations vault approach and elastic technologies in gymnastics. A fully dedicated website provides a complete set of lecture material including ready-to-use animated slides related to each chapter and the answers to all review questions in the book. The book represents an important link between scientific theory and performance. As such The Science of Gymnastics is essential reading for any student researcher or coach with an interest in gymnastics and useful applied reading for any student of sport science or sports coaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138701939

The Science of Human Origins Our understanding of human origins has been revolutionized by new discoveries in the past two decades. In this book three leading paleoanthropologists and physical scientists illuminate in friendly accessible language the amazing findings behind the latest theories. They describe new scientific and technical tools for dating DNA analysis remote survey and paleoenvironmental assessment that enabled recent breakthroughs in research. They also explain the early development of the modern human cortex the evolution of symbolic language and complex tools and our strange cousins from Flores and Denisova. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611329728

The Science of Imaging Edited and expanded to keep pace with the digital revolution the new edition of this highly popular and critically acclaimed work provides a comprehensive exploration of imaging science. Brilliantly written and extensively illustrated The Science of Imaging: An Introduction Second Edition covers the fundamental laws of physics as well as the cutting-edge techniques defining current and future directions in the field. Improvements to this Edition Include:A new chapter on astronomical imagingA larger format with a wealth of illustrationsMajor revisions in the areas of digital imaging and modern technologyUpdated references with links to a wealth of online resources—including teaching material and expanded informationThis accessible introduction to the subject takes students on a grand tour of imaging. Starting with the fundamentals of light and basic cameras the author journeys through television and holography to advanced scientific and medical imaging. He highlights essential formulas while keeping the complex mathematics to a minimum. Copiously illustrated with a wealth of examples and a 16-page color insert the text covers optics imaging systems materials and image interpretation and creation in a manner that makes it easy to understand. Praise for the critically acclaimed First Edition:It's the best book I have read on the subject at this level.—Ron Graham RPS Journal... every student should read it every photographer should own it and every lecturer and journalist should know its contents inside out.—Jon Tarrant British Journal of Photography Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367864460

The Science of Judo The Science of Judo is the first book to set out and discuss the science coaching and history behind judo performance. Evidence-based and informed by the latest research the book offers practical guidance on preparing athletes for high performance and understanding the core tenets of sport science underpinning it.Featuring contributions from world-leading experts the book consists of chapters on all aspects of judo performance including:The historical development of judo and its physical intellectual and moral rolePhysical preparation for competition coaching and training strategiesSkill acquisition talent identification and developmentNutrition and lifestyle of judokaPerformance analysis and biomechanicsInjury epidemiology and preventionSpecial considerations for female and young judokaClearly written and accessible The Science of Judo provides upper-level students and researchers and coaches and sport science staff working with judoka with the most thorough and authoritative reference on sport science applied to judo currently available. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589622

The Science of Labour and its Organization This study originally published in 1919 examines certain aspects of industrial psycho-physiology and explores the importance of the close collaboration between science and industry. The four chapters observe questions of apprenticeship the manner of the economic working of the body and the limits of industrial fatigue. This title will be of interest to students of business management and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138570603

The Science of Learning For over a century and a quarter the science of learning has expanded at an increasing rate and has achieved the status of a mature science. It has developed powerful methodologies and applications. The rise of this science has been so swift that other learning texts often overlook the fact that like other mature sciences the science of learning has developed a large body of knowledge. The Science of Learning comprehensively covers this knowledge in a readable and highly systematic manner. Methodology and application are discussed when relevant; however these aspects are better appreciated after the reader has a firm grasp of the scientific knowledge of learning processes. Accordingly the book begins with the most fundamental and well-established principles of the science and builds on the preceding material toward greater complexity. The connections of the material with other sciences especially its sister science biology are referenced throughout. Through these frequent references to biology and evolution the book keeps in the forefront the recognition that the principles of learning apply to all animals. Thus in the final section the book brings together all learning principles studied in research settings by demonstrating their relevance to both animals and humans in their natural settings. For animals this is the untamed environment of their niches; for humans it is any social environment for Homo sapiens is the social and learning animal par excellence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848724730

The Science of Learning77 Studies That Every Teacher Needs to Know Supporting teachers in the quest to help students learn as effectively and efficiently as possible The Science of Learning translates 77 of the most important and influential studies on the topic of learning into accessible and easily digestible overviews. Demystifying key concepts and translating research into practical advice for the classroom this unique resource will increase teachers’ understanding of crucial psychological research so they can help students improve how they think feel and behave in school. From large to- small-scale studies from the quirky to the iconic The Science of Learning breaks down complicated research to provide teachers with the need-to-know facts and implications of each study. Each overview combines graphics and text asks key questions describes related research and considers implications for practice. Highly accessible each overview is attributed to one of seven key categories: Memory: increasing how much students remember Mindset motivation and resilience: improving persistence effort and attitude Self-regulation and metacognition: helping students to think clearly and consistently Student behaviours: encouraging positive student habits and processes Teacher attitudes expectations and behaviours: adopting positive classroom practices Parents: how parents’ choices and behaviours impact their childrens’ learning Thinking biases: avoiding faulty thinking habits that get in the way of learning A hugely accessible resource this unique book will support inspire and inform teaching staff parents and students and those involved in leadership and CPD. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138617704

The Science of Living This book discusses the various elements of Individual Psychology and its application to everyday life: including the inferiority complex the superiority complex and other social aspects such as love and marriage sex and sexuality children and their education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415820646

The Science of Memory (PLE: Memory) Originally published in 1902 this title was discovered as a manuscript after the author’s death and was published 4 years later. David Kay published articles on various subjects and was one of the sub-editors on the eighth edition of Encyclopaedia Britannica. After writing an article on mnemonics he became very interested in the subject of memory. He had already published a title in 1888 Memory: What It Is and How to Improve It and this volume was intended to build on that discussion. A great opportunity to read one of the early discussions on human memory. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138989931

The Science of Motorsport Despite its worldwide following high levels of investment and scientific complexity there is a lack of evidence-based literature on the science of human performance in motorsport. Focusing on the physiological psychological and sport medicine aspects of training performance injury and safety The Science of Motorsport is the first book to provide an accessible and up-to-date resource for stakeholders at all levels of motorsport. Addressing the physiological and psychological stresses of racing across a full range of sports from Formula 1 and IndyCar to NASCAR and endurance racing the book includes chapters on: • nutritional and physical training strategies for drivers; • the driver’s neck; • injury rates and pathologies of open-wheel driving; • return to competition from concussion; • driver safety; • and considerations for pit crews and safety staff. Accessibly written and made up of contributions from world-leading authorities in motorsport science research this is a crucial resource for racing drivers physical trainers pit crew members and safety personnel as well as researchers and students with an interest in applied sport physiology applied sport psychology or sport medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138301795

The Science of Philosophy Originally published in 1981 this book was an attempt to bridge the gap between scientists and philosophers by viewing philosophy at least in part through scientific eyes. Professor George is not here concerned with the philosophy of science. Rather he is looking at classical philosophical issues from the behavioural or scientific viewpoint. Thus from the perspective of science he attempts to establish an understanding of philosophy. The author intended it primarily for behavioural scientists systems theorists and cyberneticians of the time who should have been closely bound up with the philosophical-scientific relationship. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138941953

The Science of PleasureCosmos and Psyche in the Bourgeois World In this rich and original work the author argues that science is the highest expression of bourgeois thought and whilst it may have liberated mankind it has also devised new forms of repression discipline and control. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138468191

The Science of ReasonA Festschrift for Jonathan St B.T. Evans This volume is a state-of-the-art survey of the psychology of reasoning based around and in tribute to one of the field’s most eminent figures: Jonathan St B.T. Evans. In this collection of cutting edge research Evans’ collaborators and colleagues review a wide range of important and developing areas of inquiry. These include biases in thinking probabilistic and causal reasoning people’s use of ‘if’ sentences in arguments the dual-process theory of thought and the nature of human rationality. These foundational issues are examined from various angles and finally integrated in a concluding panoramic chapter written by Evans himself. The eighteen chapters all written by leading international researchers combine state-of the-art research with investigation into the most fundamental questions surrounding human mental life such as: What is the architecture of the human mind? Are humans rational and what is the nature of this rationality? How do we think hypothetically? The Science of Reason offers a unique combination of breadth depth and integrative vision making it an indispensable resource for researchers and students of human reason. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415652742

The Science of Renewable Energy Latest Edition Explores Fresh New Alternatives to Fossil Fuels The Science of Renewable Energy Second Edition takes a look at ways to produce sustainable and reliable energy sources and presents practical examples along with scientific methods models observations and tools. Developed by esteemed author Frank R. Spellman this book includes input from industry experts offering guidance and direction on obtaining self-replenishing energy from natural processes. The book focuses on the various forms of renewable energy derived from natural processes that are constantly replenished: solar energy wind energy ocean energy wave energy tidal energy geothermal energy biomass energy hydropower energy biofuels and hydrogen fuel cells. New in the Second Edition: Updates each chapter with current information including the latest innovations Elaborates on energy basics Adds important energy parameters dealing with both fossil fuel supplies and renewable resources (energy units as they apply to fossil fuel energy and renewable energy) Expands each chapter to include both the pros and cons of renewable energy production and use The Science of Renewable Energy Second Edition focuses on the production of clean and efficient energy sources and serves as a reference to undergraduates in renewable energy courses as well as non-specialists within the energy industries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498760478

The Science of Risk AnalysisFoundation and Practice This book provides a comprehensive demonstration of risk analysis as a distinct science covering risk understanding assessment perception communication management governance and policy. It presents and discusses the key pillars of this science and provides guidance on how to conduct high-quality risk analysis. The Science of Risk Analysis seeks to strengthen risk analysis as a field and science by summarizing and extending current work on the topic. It presents the foundation for a distinct risk field and science based on recent research and explains the difference between applied risk analysis (to provide risk knowledge and tackle risk problems in relation to for example medicine engineering business or climate change) and generic risk analysis (on concepts theories frameworks approaches principles methods and models to understand assess characterise communicate manage and govern risk). The book clarifies and describes key risk science concepts and builds on recent foundational work conducted by the Society for Risk Analysis in order to provide new perspectives on science and risk analysis. The topics covered are accompanied by cases and examples relating to current issues throughout. This book is essential reading for risk analysis professionals scientists students and practitioners and will also be of interest to scientists and practitioners from other fields who apply risk analysis in their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367139223

The Science of Rugby The Science of Rugby is the only book to examine the scientific principles underpinning the preparation of rugby players for high performance. Drawing on the very latest scientific evidence and covering both codes (union and league) the book explores every aspect of preparation and performance that introduces best practice by leading coaches and sports science professionals from around the rugby world. The book covers key topics such as: Physical preparation and conditioning Strength and power training Monitoring match and training demands Match-day strategies for enhancing physical and technical performance Management of fatigue and recovery Training and playing in the heat Travel and jet lag Injury epidemiology Psychological preparation Performance analysis Biomechanics Nutrition Talent identification and youth development The book also incorporates several case-studies to demonstrate how scientific principles have been applied in practice. No other book bridges the gap between theory and applied practice in rugby from grass roots to elite international standard and therefore this is essential reading for any student researcher sport scientist coach physiotherapist or clinician with an interest in the game. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415656283

The Science of Small Arms Ballistics The science of small arms ballistics is seriously underdeveloped and underappreciated. This unique and different book is a comprehensive study that fills a legitimate need for a work that covers the engineering and theory of small arms ballistics. The author shares his extensive research on working out the science of small arm ballistics mathematically and explains his theories such as the field-effect and the field-effect over trajectory and time along with new theories on interior exterior and terminal ballistics. Each equation describes a mathematical relationship such as transfer of energy and has an engineering application to help solve a design problem. Some equations such as the calculation of bullet length with a given muzzle velocity and rate of twist represent manipulations of those equations. Some other equations represent a set of mathematical instructions to resolve a technical problem such as the computation of trajectory or depth of penetration of living tissue in real-time.     Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886505

The Science of Soccer Updated and revised throughout this new edition of The Science of Soccer applies scientific analysis to football giving us the answers to questions like "what's the chance of a team that wins the Premiership also winning the Cup? Can you predict how many goals will be scored? What's the best height for footballers? Is the team that wins the league the best team?" Starting with a qualitative description of the basic physics that relate to the ball and its bounce the author then moves through kicks and throws to a simple account of the more complex physics of a ball in flight. Fulfilling your scientific curiosity this book uncovers aspects of the game that are not normally discussed. It includes a look at game theory how the rules affect the flow and enjoyment of the game unusual statistics about players and an insight into the economics of the game. For those with a more mathematical interest in the physics the final chapter provides a readable account of the theory behind the beautiful game. Features: Accessible to anyone interested in understanding more about the science behind the sport Updated throughout with new content on transfer fees wages and the top goal-scorers Discusses topics not explored in current literature including rudimentary game theory Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367333119

The Science of Social InfluenceAdvances and Future Progress The contributions to this volume capture the thrill of current work on social influence as well as providing a tutorial on the scientific and technical aspects of this research. The volume teaches the student to: Learn how to conduct lab field and case research on social influence through example by leading researchers Find out about the latest discoveries including the status of research on social influence tactics dissonance theory conformity and resistance to influence Discover how seemingly complex issues such as power rumors group and minority influence and norms can be investigated using the scientific method Apply knowledge to current influence campaigns to find out what works and what does not. The Science of Social Influence is the perfect core or complementary text for advanced undergraduate or graduate students in courses such as Attitudes and Attitude Change Communications Research Methods and of course Social Influence. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138006157

The Science of Society (RLE Social Theory)An Introduction to Sociology Two main criteria have guided the selection and presentation of the material for this text-book. Firstly there is the claim that sociology is a science. Throughout the emphasis has been on presenting sociological perspectives rather than conveying a mass of factual information. Science is essentially analytical. And sociology if it is to justify its claim to be a science must be more than simply 'political arithmetic' counting heads and providing demographic data for governments. Secondly science like other intellectual activities can be exciting. The emphasis throughout is on the sociological study of industrial society with particular reference to modern England. After an introductory discussion of sociological perspectives there are chapters on each of the major sub-systems of society; the family the educational system the economy the political system and belief systems. The book ends with three chapters on major social processes: social differentiation and stratification organization and finally social change including a discussion of deviancy and disorganization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138998070

The Science of Sound Recording The Science of Sound Recording will provide you with more than just an introduction to sound and recording it will allow you to dive right into some of the technical areas that often appear overwhelming to anyone without an electrical engineering or physics background.   The Science of Sound Recording helps you build a basic foundation of scientific principles explaining how recording really works. Packed with valuable must know information  illustrations and examples of 'worked through' equations this book introduces the theory behind sound recording practices in a logical and practical way while placing an emphasis on the concepts of measurement as they relate to sound recording physical principles of mechanics and acoustics biophysics of hearing introduction to electronics analog and digital recording theory and how science determines mixing techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240821542

The Science of the CoupleThe Ontario Symposium Volume 12 Although love and relationships have been focal points for poets and philosophers for thousands of years these topics had not traditionally been the focus of empirical research. As a result very little was known about how couples maintained happiness and satisfaction in their relationships or how relationships deteriorated ultimately ending in separation or divorce. However since the early 1980s relationships research has blossomed as a field – and is now one of the most vibrant topics in social psychology and beyond. This volume brings together the latest research on couple functioning from the perspectives of social and personality psychology neurobiology health and clinical psychology. Additionally the research presented highlights the use of survey experimental implicit and longitudinal methods as well as specialized techniques employed in neuroscience psychophysiology and psychoneuroimmunology in the study of couple level processes. The underlying aim of this volume is to examine how these theories and methods converge to provide a deeper holistic model of couples’ processes and functioning. With its state-of-the-art integrative overview of this exciting discipline The Science of the Couple is essential reading for social psychologists clinicians and anyone with an interest in the dynamics of interpersonal relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138110786

The Science of WarBack to First Principles Forty years of confrontation in Europe have produced a complex set of conditioned reflexes in western military thinking. With the ending of the Warsaw pact planning and analysis specialists have had to look again at the basic principles of war: there is no sure ground any more. The analysis of threat and response has been transformed and new patterns of likely action such as the Gulf intervention have been accommodated. In practical terms this affects what is taught to both new officers and senior officers about to assume command responsibilities. The essays in the Science of War attempt to develop a broader understanding of the factors that operate at the higher levels of war and to study the operational level of war from a general speculative and penetrating viewpoint. Many contributors also attempt to integrate military theory and historical experience. The aim throughout is to lay down a theoretical grounding in the principles of the planning and conduct of war at the operational level without necessarily tying it to a specific formation or scenario. The result is an authoritative collection of essays on subjects central to the study of war in the modern world with an assessment of the likely character and vicinity of possible future wars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755993

The Science of WaterConcepts and Applications The Science of Water: Concepts and Applications Fourth Edition contains a wealth of scientific information and is based on real-world experience. Building on the third edition this text applies the latest data and research in the field and addresses water contamination as a growing problem. The book material covers a wide range of water contaminants and the cause of these contaminants and considers their impact on surface water and groundwater sources. It also explores sustainability and the effects of human use misuse and reuse of freshwater and wastewater on the overall water supply. Provides Valuable Insight for Water/Wastewater Practitioners Designed to fill a gap in the available material about water the book examines water reserve utilization and the role of policymakers involved in the decision-making process. The book provides practical knowledge that practitioners and operators must have in order to pass licensure/certification tests and keep up with relevant changes. It also updates all previous chapters presents numerous example math problems and provides information not covered in earlier editions.   Features: Is updated throughout and adds new problems tables and figures Includes new coverage on persistent chemicals in drinking water and the latest techniques in converting treated wastewater to safe drinking water Provides updated information on pertinent regulations dealing with important aspects of water supply and treatment   The Science of Water: Concepts and Applications Fourth Edition serves a varied audience—it can be utilized by water/wastewater practitioners as well as students lay personnel regulators technical experts attorneys business leaders and concerned citizens. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367538453

The Science of WaterConcepts and Applications Third Edition The Science of Water: Concepts and Applications Third Edition contains a wealth of scientific information and is based on real-world experience. Building on the second edition this text applies the latest data and research in the field and addresses water contamination as a growing problem. The book material covers a wide range of water contaminants the cause of these contaminants and considers their impact on surface water and groundwater sources. It highlights the three distinct and separate sources of freshwater: surface water groundwater and groundwater under the direct influence of surface water (GUDISW). It discusses the conditions that constitute GUDISW and the Surface Water Treatment Rule (SWTR). It also explores sustainability and the effect of human use misuse and reuse of freshwater and wastewater on the overall water supply. Provides Valuable Insight for Water/Wastewater Practitioners Designed to fill a gap in the available material about water the book examines water reserve utilization and the role of policymakers involved in the decision-making process. The book provides practical knowledge that practitioners and operators must have in order to pass licensure/certification tests and keep up with relevant changes. It also updates all previous chapters presents numerous example math problems and provides information not covered in earlier editions. What’s New in the Third Edition: Includes a new chapter on water economics as well as a new chapter on water usage Expands the coverage of wastewater stabilization ponds Adds new problems tables and figures throughout The Science of Water: Concepts and Applications Third Edition serves a varied audience—it can be utilized by water/wastewater practitioners—as well as students lay personnel regulators technical experts attorneys business leaders and concerned citizens. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482242935

The Science of WritingTheories Methods Individual Differences and Applications Conceived as the successor to Gregg and Steinberg's Cognitive Processes in Writing this book takes a multidisciplinary approach to writing research. The authors describe their current thinking and data in such a way that readers in psychology English education and linguistics will find it readable and stimulating. It should serve as a resource book of theory tools and techniques and applications that should stimulate and guide the field for the next decade. The chapters showcase approaches taken by active researchers in eight countries. Some of these researchers have published widely in their native language but little of their work has appeared in English-language publications. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203811122

The Science/Fiction of SexFeminist Deconstruction and the Vocabularies of Heterosex What can we learn from exploring the differences in male and female orgasmic experience? Is the penis an entity with a mind of its own? These issues and others such as the popular portrayals of male sexuality as active and outwardly focused and female sexuality as passive and internally located are discussed in The Science/Fiction of Sex. Contemporary feminist and poststructuralist theories of sex and gender are explored alongside an investigation of how people make sense of such concepts as heterosexuality orgasm sexual dysfunction femininity and masculinity and safer sex practice.Potts asks men and women about their actual experiences of heterosex. This interview material combined with excerpts from sexological and medical texts and features from film and television draws attention to the ways in which western cultural constructs influence our ideas and experiences of the body sex and gender. Potts also uses deconstructive theory as a textual tool concentrating on how binary oppositions such as inside/outside and mind/body impact on our understandings of heterosex and affect the power relations between women and men. She also examines how the radical postmodern theories of the body and sexuality proposed by Irigaray Lyotard and Deleuze and Guattari disrupt such dualistic modes of understanding and experiencing sexualized bodies. The Science/Fiction of Sex will be of interest to those studying women and psychology as well as gender studies cultural studies feminist studies sociology philosophy public health and education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787756

The Sciences of Homosexuality in Early Modern Europe The Sciences of Homosexuality in Early Modern Europe investigates early modern scientific accounts of same-sex desires and the shapes they assumed in everyday life. It explores the significance of those representations and interpretations from around 1450 to 1750 long before the term homosexuality was coined and accrued its current range of cultural meanings. This collection establishes that efforts to produce scientific explanations for same-sex desires and sexual behaviours are not a modern invention but have long been characteristic of European thought. The sciences of antiquity had posited various types of same-sexual affinities rooted in singular natures. These concepts were renewed elaborated and reassessed from the late medieval scientific revival to the early Enlightenment. The deviance of such persons seemed outwardly inscribed upon their bodies documented in treatises and case studies. It was attributed to diverse inborn causes such as distinctive anatomies or physiologies and embryological astrological or temperamental factors. This original book freshly illuminates many of the questions that are current today about the nature of homosexual activity and reveals how the early modern period and its scientific interpretations of same-sex relationships are fundamental to understanding the conceptual development of contemporary sexuality. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203607459

The Sciences of Learning and Instructional DesignConstructive Articulation Between Communities There are two distinct professional communities that share an interest in using innovative approaches and emerging technologies to design and implement effective support for learning. This edited collection addresses the growing divide between the learning sciences community and the instructional design and technology community bringing leading scholars from both fields together in one volume in an attempt to find productive middle ground. Chapters discuss the implications of not bridging this divide propose possible resolutions and go on to lay a foundation for continued discourse in this important area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138924321

The Sciences Of Man In The MakingAN ORIENTATION BOOK First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882485

The Scientia artis musice of Hélie Salomon: Teaching Music in the Late Thirteenth CenturyLatin Text with English Translation and Commentary Hélie Salomon’s Scientia artis musice (1274) is a practical manual devoted to basic concepts psalmody vocal pedagogy the musical hand in singing clefs as indicators of the tone (mode) to which a piece belongs and practical instruction in the singing of four-voice parallel organum. Joseph Dyer presents the first much-needed modern edition of Salomon’s treatise accompanied by a full English translation comprehensive introduction and commentary. This edition corrects errors in the 1784 edition of Martin Gerbert includes the music of chants omitted by Gerbert from the tonary and makes available reproductions in colour of the eight illustrations in the treatise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138281660

The Scientific Analysis of Personality Written by one of the world's most eminent personality theorists this book provides a simply written comprehensive introduction to recent research about personality structure and the nature of individual differences. The Scientific Analysis of Personality offers the essence of Cattell's work on personality testing reviewing the experimental quantitative and statistical research which with the aid of the electronic computer is now producing remarkable new discoveries.After preliminary surveys of the methods by which personality can be studied and of hereditary influences on personality the author expounds the core of his work on factor analysis and source traits of excitability dominance ego and super-ego strength. Chapters on the techniques of objective measurement the motivation of personality and the ways in which learning and growing up can be scientifically assessed conclude in a final overview of the wider social implications of personality measurement.Simplicity of presentation combined with a useful glossary of terms will encourage students and layman alike in the analysis of personality. The book will serve as a basic reference to current research methods for psychologists sociologists psychiatrists educators and all engaged in mental testing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538436

The Scientific and Industrial Revolution of Time First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759311

The Scientific Attitude First published in 1941 (this edition in 1968) this book explores the relationship between science culture and society- focusing on human beings and human communities. Here C. H. Waddington uses the concept of science to mean more than factual information about genes and haemoglobin and his subject is the effect of scientific ways of speaking on the ways in which people look at the world around them. The work discusses biological assumptions made by various communities particularly fascist movements on human beings and compares them with the scientific attitude. The Nazis for instance spoke about ‘racial purity’ and ‘German blood’ but these expressions whilst arousing emotion had and have no rational meaning- they are inaccurate and tell us nothing of human genetics. As well as presenting a scientific argument being published initially in 1941 this book also acts as a historical document conveying some of the feeling of living through WWII. It highlights the fact that science and scientific assumptions have very wide implications for the whole conduct of life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138957022

The Scientific Attitude Science is many things: a way of thinking and an activity of individuals in the laboratory; a highly structured institution that recruits instructs and regulates its members; a sensitive interactive and integrated segment of modern culture and society. Professor Frederick Grinnell presents in this valuable text and survey a clear and comprehensive introduction to all these aspects of science from the point of view of the scientist. Using many examples drawn primarily from the biomedical sciences but also from everyday life the author provides the ideal general Introduction to science studies. He goes beyond narrow considerations of methodology to consider broader questions of science as attitude process institution and social force. The text is enhanced by the author's familiarity with several philosophical traditions and the light they throw on the scientific attitude. The text Is straightforward free of jargon and completely accessible to beginning students as well as to scientists and laypersons. Professional scholars will also profit from the book's unique blending of the various perspectives on science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295707

The Scientific Basis of Integrative Health Since the first suffering supplicant offered a prayer to his god or the first mother cradled an ailing child in her caring arms we have witnessed how human health and healing go beyond any inventory of parts and infusion of chemicals. We humans are a complex melding of thought emotion spirit and energy and each of those components is as critical to our well-being as our physiological status. Even if we are just beginning to quantify and document these seemingly intangible aspect to ignore them in the practice of medicine is neglect and an invitation to do harm.   The Scientific Basis of Integrative Health has been extensively updated and expanded to provide a comprehensive guide to integrative medicine. Taking a balanced and objective approach this leading text bridges the gap between Western science and Eastern philosophy. It provides doctors and other health practitioners with information on complementary and alternative approaches to health that is authoritative evidence based and epidemiologically substantiated.   Written for doctors and healthcare professionals by pioneering practitioners and updated with the newest research across and increasing range of possibilities this third edition includes nine new chapters covering topics such as: Electrophotonic imaging; Neuroacupuncture; Naturopathic medicine; Integrative nutrition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498767200

The Scientific Basis of National Progress Published in 1970: The leading idea of the book is that present knowledge only enables us to maintain our present state that national progress is the result of new ideas and that the chief source of new ideas is original research. That as advance has its origin in new knowledge; unless new discoveries are made new inventions and improvements must sooner or later cease. Another prominent idea is that truth is essentially the same in all divisions of knowledge and that the mental powers and processes employed in detecting it are the same in all subjects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367147860

The Scientific Credibility of Folk Psychology The examination and evaluation of folk psychology and lay cognition has been carried out predominantly in two domains: personality and social psychology and the philosophy of psychology. Yet work in these two areas has largely proceeded independently. The assumption on which this volume is founded is that a proper comparison between scientific cognition and folk ways of thought rests on an adequate study of both science and folk psychology. With this in mind the author provides an analysis of the intricate and often hidden links between these two spheres. In doing so the book poses two related questions. First what is the nature of folk psychology and how is it related to scientific psychology? Second of what should the relationship between folk psychology and scientific psychology consist? In answering these two questions the author draws extensively from research and arguments in social psychology and social cognition cognitive science and the philosophy of science.The interdisciplinary approach gives the book a unique perspective that will be of interest to scholars working in social psychology cognitive science and philosophy of science. Written in a concise and accessible style this volume is suitable for undergraduate and graduate students as well as a general psychological audience. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203763452

The Scientific Origins of National Socialism Many studies of the origins of National Socialism claim that the vo;lkisch and proto-Nazi movement arose largely as a reaction to the materialistic ideas of nineteenth-century science and especially to the naturalistic philosophy of Ernst Haeckel and the German Monist League. Using hitherto unexplored material Daniel Gasman calls this generalization into question. Arguing that the importance of science has been relatively neglected in accounts of the intellectual origins of Nazism he attempts to show that Haeckel's "scientific" Darwinism and his movement the German Monist League were proto-Nazi in character.Contrary to popular belief Haeckel's type of social Darwinism actually played a critical role in the formation of National Socialist ideology. In his new introduction Gasman notes that recent research goes far to confirm Haeckel's role as an ideological progenitor of fascist ideology. This is true not only for Germany but also for the birth of fascist thought in Italy and France. In general Gasman claims the history of science plainly reveals how Haeckel's social Darwinism nourished the roots of fascism no less than avant-garde modernism.When The Scientific Origins of National Socialism initially appeared the Times Literary Supplement called it a "very well-argued thesis... that is completely successful... and leaves the reader to extract his own moral lessons." Medical History in its review of The Scientific Origins of National Socialism said "His book is essential for understanding modern Germany. It has a general message derived from the events in Germany where scientific data were permitted to take on a mystical signficiance... with ghastly consequences." Bruce Chatwin in the New York Review of Books called the book "brilliant." Now available in paperback with a new introduction by the author this seminal work will be of interest to intellectual historians as well as those interested in twentieth-century Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538450

The Scientific Outlook According to Bertrand Russell science is knowledge; that which seeks general laws connecting a number of particular facts. It is he argues far superior to art where much of the knowledge is intangible and assumed. In The Scientific Outlook Russell delivers one of his most important works exploring the nature and scope of scientific knowledge the increased power over nature that science affords and the changes in the lives of human beings that result from new forms of science. Insightful and accessible this impressive work sees Russell at his very best. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138126817

The Scientific Outlook 'A scientific opinion is one which there is some reason to believe is true; an unscientific opinion is one which is held for some reason other than its probable truth.' - Bertrand RussellOne of Russell's most important books this early classic on science illuminates his thinking on the promise and threat of scientific progress. Russell considers three questions fundamental to an understanding of science: the nature and scope of scientific knowledge the increased power over nature that science affords and the changes in the lives of human beings that result from new forms of science. With customary wit and clarity Russell offers brilliant discussions of many major scientific figures including Aristotle Galileo Newton and Darwin.With a new introduciton by David Papineau King's College London. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315085289

The Scientific Revolution Originally published in 1983.This volume outlines some of the important innovations in astronomy natural philosophy and medicine which took place in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries and shows how the transformation in world-view during the period was affected by broader historical terms. Themes such as the spread of Puritanism the decline of witchcraft and magic and the incorporation of science as an integral part of the intellectual milieu of late seventeenth-century England. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851565

The Scientific Revolution in Victorian Medicine Originally published 1979 The Scientific Revolution in Victorian Medicine looks at the discovery of inhalation anaesthesia in 1846 and how it began a new era in surgery. The book looks at James Young Simpson’s demonstration of the value of chloroform as an anaesthetic and how many surgeons quickly adopted it. The book also looks at the dangers of chloroform if mishandled and only after considerable controversy and numerous fatalities was its use thoroughly understood and established. Ten years later an even more lengthy struggle began over antiseptic surgery. The ‘germ’ theory on which Lister’s technique was founded had few adherents among British surgeons and his methods were deemed absurdly complicated. He was opposed and sometimes ridiculed by the most distinguished men in the profession including Simpson. Over ten years were required to persuade the majority of British surgeons that Lister did actually achieve the results which he claimed and that it was possible for a competent surgeon to do equally well if only he would take the trouble. This book shows that a great many factors interacted in delaying the introduction of these new ideas. The almost wholly unscientific nature of British medical education and practice before 1860 or 1870 detailed in the first chapter was one factor; rivalry and distrust between London and Scotland was another. Genuine disadvantages in the new methods were not unimportant either while personal animosities failure to face the facts and fear of the unknowable consequences of change all played a significant part. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367030674

The Scientific Status of PsychoanalysisEvidence and Confirmation In his Foundations of Psychoanalysis: A Philosophical Critique Adolf Grunbaum claimed that the arguments supporting psychoanalytic hypotheses are both logically invalid and unsound. They are invalid because they violate the cannons of inductive elimination and unsound because the clinical data is contaminated by the suggestive influence of the analyst.In a spirited defence of psychoanalysis Pushpa Misra asserts that Grunbaum's argument over suggestibility is not supported by textual evidence and gives her own formulation of Freud's argument to show how the problem of suggestibility can be dealt with. To counter the charge of the invalidity of the repression argument the author addresses the two specific objections of Grunbaum: first that repression can be a maintaining rather than an originating cause of neurotic symptoms and second that by eliminating rival candidates it is possible to formulate a valid argument for repression aetiology. This book is a must-read for all those interested in the stature and reputation of psychoanalysis in the scientific world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204060

The Scientific Study of Abnormal BehaviorExperimental and Clinical Research In the field of abnormal psychology too often data are collected and presented in terms of or in relation to some overall "theory of behavior " which they are then used to support or disprove. Although such findings are important in their own right these data are nevertheless mainly used to support or to undermine the theory which remains the real focus of interest throughout. An attempt has been made here to reduce this kind of bias. The aim of this book is to consider applications of the scientific principles of psychology to the field of abnormality exemplified by selected studies involving the measurement and the manipulation of disordered behavior.Many psychologists interested in abnormal behavior have addressed their problems with methods derived from their own discipline rather than with techniques borrowed uncritically from the medical arts. This book through a consideration of the procedures and findings of a number of different examples of the scientific study of abnormal behavior identifies some general principles that will show how these methods might profitably be extended to cover the whole field of behavioral disorder.Most of the material in this classic volume describes what had been achieved by the behavioral attack upon psychiatric problems at the time of its original publication. The approach is intended to assist students in assimilating the relevant information without being either swamped by or confined to detail. This end can be served by James Inglis' concise overview of a number of different topics each having its tentative place within a broader scheme.Description has given way to scientific models and the testing of their hypotheses by experimental methods. As a result the scientific literature of abnormal psychology has grown tremendously and one book cannot contain all the findings except in an abstract encapsulated form. This of course forces the author to select from the vast amount of material available. The reader of this book will find that the selections made are most fortunate since they deal with urgent problems that continue to be in the forefront of research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538467

The Scientific Study of Social Behaviour Originally published in 1957 this title was an up-to-date account of psychological research into human social behaviour of the time. There are chapters on interaction between pairs of people behaviour in small social groups and human relations in industry. The author avoided the adoption of any particular theoretical position and concentrated on the established empirical findings of the time. The results of several hundred investigations are summarised and compared so that the principal generalisations which emerge can be seen. Stress is placed on rigorous methods of research and a critical account is given of current techniques of social research showing the importance of experimental and statistical methods. Careful consideration is given to the danger of the investigator disturbing what is being investigated. Use is made of recent ideas about theory and explanation and the different kinds of theory used in experimental psychology were considered for the first time as possible ways of accounting for group behaviour. This book was intended not only for students of psychology and of the other social sciences but also for industrialists administrators and indeed all who were interested in the laws underlying social behaviour. Today it can be read and enjoyed in its historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415838818

The Scientific Work of René Descartes1596-1650 When originally published in 1952 this book filled a gap in the history of philosophy and science and remains an important work today because it puts the main mathematical and physical discoveries of Descartes in an accessible form for the benefit of English readers. Descartes is acknowledged to be the founder of modern mathematics through his invention of analytical geometry and this volume charts Descartes’ role in bringing a unity into algebra and geometry and the development of mathematics into a discipline which could be properly analysed. Carefully paraphrasing the Géométrie this volume retains much of Descartes’ original notation as well as the original diagrams. The volume also discusses the considerable contribution that Descartes made to the physical sciences which involved accurate work in optics light sight and colour.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138201637

The Scientist and the HumanistA Festschrift in Honor of Elliot Aronson Elliot Aronson is among the 100 most influential psychologists of the 20th Century. He is best known for his theorizing and research on cognitive dissonance theory -- one of the most provocative and enduring theories in contemporary psychology -- and for his design of the "jigsaw classroom " an applied method of reducing conflict and prejudice in multiethnic schools. Throughout his illustrious career he has championed the application of social-psychological theory and methods for solving such pressing social problems as prejudice energy efficiency conflict and miscommunication in relationships and the reasons why many people justify their mistakes rather than learn from them. Aronson is the only psychologist in the history of the American Psychological Association to have won all three of its top awards: for research teaching and writing. In this Festschrift friends colleagues and former students write with warmth clarity and humor about Aronson’s enduring influence on the field of social psychology and on their own professional lives as researchers writers and teachers. Topics covered include contemporary research on cognitive dissonance theory; the changing face of experimentation in social psychology; and applied research on energy policy education the legal system intergroup conflict and prejudice and discrimination. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138989948

The Scope and Applicability of International Humanitarian Law The applicability of international humanitarian law requires the existence of an armed conflict that is either international or non-international in character. Accordingly the concept of armed conflict (as well as the related notion of war) and its temporal and material limits are the focus of the reprinted essays which open this volume. Subsequent articles address highly contentious issues regarding the relationship between the jus in bello and international humanitarian law on the one hand and the jus ad bellum and international human rights law on the other as well as the closely related principle of the equal application of international humanitarian law. In the light of contemporary conflicts essays consider the legal position of States that have chosen not to become a party to an ongoing international armed conflict (law of neutrality) as well as the question of whether and to what extent international humanitarian law provides rules governing counter-terrorism operations that is the 'global war on terror'. Taken together these essays provide a comprehensive analytical survey of the scope and applicability of international humanitarian law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754629337

The Scope and Method of Political Economy The elder Keynes argues that almost every problem connected with the scope and method of political economy has given rise to conflict of opinion. The resulting controversies have sometimes been bitter. Those readers who already have any acquaintance with the literature of economic method should be prepared to find that several of the chapters are controversial in character. At the same time Keynes avoids the tone of a partisan and represents both sides of the argument without prejudice.While making no attempt to bring about a complete reconciliation between opposing views Keynes shows the nature of the opposition between them has sometimes been misunderstood and its extent consequently exaggerated. Since the scope and method of a science can never be satisfactorily discussed at the commencement of its study some knowledge of political economy in its general outlines is assumed.The nature of the topics discussed in this classic is indicated in the introductory chapter. The abstract discussion of methods is one to which students of economics must necessarily give attention in the course of their reading and its indirect bearing on the solution of practical economic questions is very close in contemporary importance in today's society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538474

The Scope of Epidemiological PsychiatryEssays in Honour of Michael Shepherd The late Professor Michael Shepherd was one of the most eminent and respected international figures in psychiatry. His contributions to the field in general were enormous but it is probably in epidemiological and social psychiatry that his work has had the greatest influence. Originally published in 1989 this volume of essays written specifically in Professor Shepherd’s honour is concerned with the scientific approach to epidemiological psychiatry. The distinguished contributors many of whom were close colleagues or former students were drawn from a conspicuously wide range of scientific disciplines medical and non-medical and their contributions reflect the far-reaching applications of epidemiological methods to mental health problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138322806

The Scope of Geography (RLE Social & Cultural Geography) This book introduces the beginning student to the major concepts materials and tools of the discipline of geography. While it presents geographic theory as whole and for each of its parts the chief emphasis is on concrete analysis and example rather than on abstraction an approach which has proven more successful for undergraduate courses than those with a more heavily theoretical bias. The text was extensively re-written for the third edition which enhanced its clarity and effectiveness with expanded cartographic coverage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138989955

The Scope of Social PsychologyTheory and Applications (A Festschrift for Wolfgang Stroebe) Social psychology attempts to understand explain predict and when needed change people's thoughts feelings and behaviours. For a relatively young discipline it has already made great strides toward this awe-inspiring goal. Pioneers such as Lewin Asch Kelley and Festinger began groundwork in the 1940s and 1950s but it was only in the late 1960s that social psychology came of age. Since then it has blossomed both in investigating the basics of the discipline and in applying the insights from fundamental social psychology to different fields related to the area. This volume is devoted to the development of understanding in the field of social psychology over the last four decades focusing on both basic and applied social psychology. Contributions are gathered under five main areas: attitudes and attitude change; social cognition and emotions; interpersonal and group processes; health behavior; and bereavement and coping. These five domains not only illustrate the scope of social psychology but also pay tribute to one of the key figures in modern social psychology Wolfgang Stroebe. Remarkably he has made significant contributions across all five of these areas and his research achievements exemplify the progress prospects and problems faced by modern social psychology over the last 40 years. This volume includes contributions from some of the most distinguished names in the field and all authors provide an overview or critical look at their specific area of expertise tracing historical developments where appropriate. The Scope of Social Psychology provides a broad-ranging illustrative review of the field of modern social psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877580

The Scope of Understanding in Sociology (RLE Social Theory) In their efforts to emulate the methodology which had proved so successful in the natural sciences the social sciences – including sociology – have not yet faced the question as to what constitutes understanding in their area with sufficient seriousness. This book asks again: what does understanding denote in an area where man tries to understand man where self-understanding is involved where new understanding immediately becomes part of that which is to be understood? What can we know and what is the use and limitation of knowledge in sociology? When are we conscious that we know and understand? Werner Pelz argues for a thorough reorientation in our approach to sociological thinking and suggests that scientistic preconceptions have often precluded possibly fruitful approaches to humane understanding. He investigates the relations between various kinds of knowing and examines the new possibilities of understanding made available for example by psychoanalytical and phenomenological insights as well as by those of poets artists mystics. He shows that in the social and humanistic sciences creative or constitutive contributions illuminate rather than demonstrate and that for this reason sociology has not yet found an appropriate method for conveying them without serious distortions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138998087

The Scotch MetaphysicsA Century of Enlightenment in Scotland Focusing on the works of Thomas Reid Dugald Stewart Sir William Hamilton Thomas Brown and James Frederick Ferrier this book offers a definitive account of an important philosophical movement and represents a ground-breaking contribution to scholarship in the area. Essential reading for philosophers or anyone with an interest in the history of philosophical thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862844

The Scottish BanksA modern survey Banking in Scotland has a long and distinguished history - to this day Scotland is served by its own banks which form a distinct regional group within the wider British banking system. Yet until this volume there had been no book which gives a full account of modern Scottish banking analyzing its position within the British banking structure. With this comprehensive study this gap in the literature of modern British financial institutions has now been filled. Here all aspects of Scottish banking are covered. The author describes the structure of the system and the pattern of branch banking examining the position and practices of Scottish banks in regard to deposits and asset holding. He sets out the modern position of Scottish bank note issues and analyzes their significance both for the banks themselves and for the British system as a whole. The book gives valuable appraisal of the performance of the Scottish banks as lenders to the private business sector. The author is not concerned with Scottish banks simply as institutions domestic to Scotland. He traces their relationship with the City of London and fully analyzes their role within the operations of wider British Monetary policy. This fascinating study first published in 1965  concludes with a consideration of the future prospects of the Scottish banks within British banking as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864832

The Scottish EconomyA Living Book The Scottish economy is at the heart of contemporary constitutional and public policy debates. This substantial new edited collection the first comprehensive and authoritative analysis for more than 60 years is a timely update on the classic volume of the same name edited by Sir Alec Cairncross in 1954. It is data rich and offers links to updatable data and leading indicators of the Scottish economy including measures of public finances distributional evidence and growth. Readers will find a series of easy to follow chapters covering the Scottish economy from every angle – oil and gas health education finance rural Scotland inequality climate change gender and work housing infrastructure and cities. Each sector-based chapter explores the main issues draws out key empirical facts and considers policy challenges that lie ahead. This book includes: an historical account of the development of the Scottish economy; the trajectory of economic policy in Scotland; reviews of the current fiscal position and the wider economic landscape; and also an intriguing insight into the emerging distinctive approach to Scottish public policy. This book brings together evidence and high quality research by experts on the Scottish economy in a politically neutral accessible and non-technical way. The volume will assist readers in navigating their way through the many political debates about constitutional and economic futures that are underway in modern Scotland and the UK.   A website also exists to accompany The Scottish Economy - www.scottisheconomy.scot. In today's inter-connected world it makes sense to have a book on the Scottish economy supplemented by online access to important data information and evidence as a means of  keeping material current. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138960923

The Scottish Miners 1874–1939Volume 1: Industry Work and Community The Scottish miners experienced enormous changes during these sixty-five years. Enjoying a high degree of autonomy underground throughout the nineteenth century their work situation was transformed in the twentieth as Scotland became the most intensively mechanised of the British coalfields. Grievances generated by this change led to strike rates in Scotland being up to ten and fifteen times higher than in the major English coalfields. Such militancy displayed considerable geographical variation however and the translation of grievances into industrial conflict was mediated by variables rooted in the community as well as the pit. A central theme of this volume is to explore the differences between the four principal mining regions in Scotland through the detailed study of ten localities within them. This innovative two-tiered comparison is used to analyse the competing loyalties of class gender and ethnicity to map the uneven terrain of popular protest and social disorder and to challenge traditional stereotypes of ’a peaceable kingdom’. This historical sociology of the Scottish coalfields frames the analysis of trade unionism and politics which is developed in the companion volume to this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815382546

The Scottish ParliamentA Scandinavian-Style Assembly? This book is unique in analysing the new Scottish Parliament from a systematically comparative perspective. Its basic premise is that since devolution in 1999 Scotland can be considered a Scandinavian-style democracy with several features of a Scandinavian-style parliament. The basic research question therefore is: 'Has the Scottish Parliament in its first four-year term manifested a Scandinavian-style politics in the sense that there has been a high incidence of inter-party negotiation within Parliament?'The architects of the Scottish Parliament saw the committees as the motor of a 'new politics' and gave them extensive powers. Outside Austria only the Swedish and Icelandic committees have comparable powers. Accordingly the study sets out to describe and analyse the workings of the committees in the Scottish Swedish and Icelandic Parliaments. The concluding chapter also discusses the operation of the Danish Finnish and Norwegian committees. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865319

The Scottish People and the French Revolution Presents a study of the political culture of Scotland in the 1790s. This book compares the emergence of 'the people' as a political force with popular political movements in England and Ireland. It analyses Scottish responses to the French Revolution across the political spectrum; explaining Loyalist as well as Radical opinions and organisations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663459

The Scottish Police Officer The structure of policing is undergoing change in Scotland at present and the profile of the police officer differs from that of the past. This book takes an informative approach and offers a unique account and insight into the Scottish police organisation describing the ‘Scottish police officer’ from the point of recruitment through to training development and specialist policing. Written by an ex-senior police officer this book examines how the qualified police officer goes about his/her daily work policing and how this has changed over time as a result of organised crime terrorism and the changing priorities of the public and politicians. The contribution of non-police officers such as police civilian staff auxiliaries and the private sector plays a key role in the policing of Scotland in the 21st century and is considered at length. As police supervision and management is crucial to the organisation’s success the subjects of personnel development promotion and management in the police is examined with comment on the suitability of the system in the 21st century. The book concludes with commentary on the future profile of the Scottish police officer and makes some general comparison with their colleagues in the rest of the UK and European Union. This will be an essential text for police officers in Scotland and elsewhere and students and academics in the areas of law politics management police studies criminology and criminal justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415671613

The Scourge of Europe (Routledge Revivals)The Public Debt Described Explained and Historically Depicted Written during the early 1920s at a time when Europe was still recovering from the catastrophe of the First World War L.V. Birck’s The Scourge of Europe examines the economic issues surrounding the existence of public debt its history and possible approaches to problems associated with public debt as they were being pursued by the great powers of the time. Birck’s analysis contains a rigorous theoretical exposition and explanation of public debt as it was understood in the crucial period leading up to the Great Depression. This is then followed by an insightful exploration of the role of public debt in European financial and economic history. Finally some reflections on the policies of England the United States France and Germany in the latter part of the nineteenth and early-twentieth centuries are included. This book will appeal to economic and financial historians as well as to those generally interested in European policies towards debt from the Middle Ages to modern times. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415741309

The Scourge of GenocideEssays and Reflections The Scourge of Genocide collects essays reviews and reportage on the subjects of genocide and crimes against humanity by Adam Jones recently selected as one of "Fifty Key Thinkers on the Holocaust and Genocide." The volume includes a number of previously-unpublished essays and explores a range of debates and approaches in comparative genocide studies such as: Genocide pedagogy and visual representation. Gender and "gendercide." The role of media and communications in genocide. The historiography of genocide studies. "Subaltern genocide " or genocides by the oppressed. Strategies of genocide prevention and intervention. Covering a broad spectrum of theoretical perspectives as well as case studies from the former Yugoslavia Rwanda Guatemala Afghanistan Iraq and Israel/Palestine this book is essential reading for all scholars and students of genocide studies political violence and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138815988

The Scramble for Africa In 1870 barely one tenth of Africa was under European control. By 1914 only about one tenth – Abyssinia (Ethiopia) and Liberia – was not. This book offers a clear and concise account of the ‘scramble’ or ‘race’ for Africa the period of around 20 years during which European powers carved up the continent with little or no consultation of its inhabitants. In her classic overview M.E. Chamberlain: Contrasts the Victorian image of Africa with what we now know of African civilisation and history Examines in detail case histories from Egypt to Zimbabwe Argues that the history and background of Africa are as important as European politics and diplomacy in understanding the 'scramble' Considers the historiography of the topic taking into account Marxist and anti-Marxist financial economic political and strategic theories of European imperialism This indispensible introduction now in a fully updated third edition provides the most accessible survey of the ‘scramble for Africa’ currently available.  The new edition includes primary source material unpublished elsewhere new illustrations and additional pedagogical features. It is the perfect starting point for any study of this period in African history.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138835634

The Scramble for ItalyContinuity and Change in the Italian Wars 1494-1559 The Scramble for Italy offers fresh insights on the set of conflicts known as the Italian Wars of 1494-1559. The aim of this book is to explore the trends of continuity and change that characterized the sixteenth century in order to demonstrate the significance of the Italian Wars as an especially intense period of warfare that drove forward several important social political and especially military developments. Employing a myriad of primary and secondary sources this book illustrates how the European nobility still very much steeped in knightly and chivalric ideals was fashioning the Italian Wars into an essentially traditional aristocratic war while the rise of military professionalization and privatization accompanied by the processes of centralization and consolidation of political power were rapidly changing their world. Moreover the book attempts to demonstrate that although the debate on a supposed military revolution in late medieval and early modern Europe still rages sixteenth-century soldiers and intellectuals were quite certain and anxious about the potential effects of gunpowder weapons and novel tactics and strategy on their world. Scholars and general readers who are interested in the political and military history of late medieval and early modern Europe should find this study especially instructive. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815382256

The Screen Combat HandbookA Practical Guide for Filmmakers The Screen Combat Handbook is an essential guide to navigating the unique challenges of putting combat on screen. Explore the process from the early stages of preproduction planning all the way through to editing and sound design and everything in-between. This book uses practical instruction examples interviews and illustrations to show how to plan shoot and assemble safe and effective fight sequences. It includes sections on thoughtful and practical design choices in set wardrobe props and effects preproduction planning on-set protocol fight choreography and coordination shot planning and technical tricks acting choices effective cinematography and impactful editing and sound design. It provides an invaluable resource for all those involved including directors fight coordinators actors and stunt players and any filmmaker attempting to shoot an exciting action scene safely. Whether working on a no-budget indie production or on a professional set this is your ultimate guide to screen combat and fight choreography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138493667

The Screen in Surrealist Art and Thought An interrogation of the notion of space in Surrealist theory and philosophy this study analyzes the manifestations of space in the paintings and writings done in the framework of the Surrealist Movement. Haim Finkelstein introduces the 'screen' as an important spatial paradigm that clarifies and extends the understanding of Surrealism as it unfolds in the 1920s exploring the screen and layered depth as fundamental structuring principles associated with the representation of the mental space and of the internal processes that eventually came to be linked with the Surrealist concept of psychic automatism. Extending the discussion of the concepts at stake for Surrealist visual art into the context of film literature and criticism this study sheds new light on the way 'film thinking' permeates Surrealist thought and aesthetics. In early chapters Finkelstein looks at the concept of the screen as emblematic of a strand of spatial apprehension that informs the work of young writers in the 1920s such as Robert Desnos and Louis Aragon. He goes on to explore the way the spatial character of the serial films of Louis Feuillade intimated to the Surrealists a related mode of vision associated with perception of the mystery and the Marvelous lurking behind the surfaces of quotidian reality. The dialectics informing Surrealist thought with regard to the surfaces of the real (with walls doors and windows as controlling images) are shown to be at the basis of André Breton's notion of the picture as a window. Contrary to the traditional sense of this metaphor Breton's 'window' is informed by the screen paradigm with its surface serving as a locus of a dialectics of transparency and opacity permeability and reflectivity. The main aesthetic and conceptual issues that come up in the consideration of Breton's window metaphor lay the groundwork for an analysis of the work of Giorgio de Chirico René Magritte Max Ernst André Masson and Joan Miró. The concluding chapter considers several issues that dominate the Surrealist spatiality in the 1930s. Derived from the various spatial concepts associated with the screen paradigm at times in contradistinction to them these issues as the author argues reflect a gradual eclipse of the screen paradigm in the early years of the decade. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275089

The Screen Music of Trevor JonesTechnology Process Production The first significant publication devoted entirely to Trevor Jones’s work The Screen Music of Trevor Jones: Technology Process Production investigates the key phases of his career within the context of developments in the British and global screen-music industries. This book draws on the direct testimony of the composer and members of his team as well as making use of the full range of archival materials held in the University of Leeds’s unique Trevor Jones Archive which was digitized with support from the Arts and Humanities Research Council. Through a comprehensive series of chapters covering Jones’s early career to his recent projects this book demonstrates how Jones has been active in an industry that has experienced a prolonged period of major technological change including the switchover from analogue to digital production and post-production techniques and developments in computer software for score production and sound recording/editing. This is a valuable study for scholars researchers and professionals in the areas of film music film-score production and audio-visual media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472473172

The Screenplay BusinessManaging Creativity and Script Development in the Film Industry The development of a film screenplay is a complex and collaborative process beginning with an initial story and continuing through drafting and financing to the start of the shoot. And yet the best ways of understanding and managing this process have never been properly studied. The Screenplay Business is the first book to do exactly that addressing such questions as: How do film scripts get written and what are the tensions between creativity and business? How can the team of the writer producer director and development executive work together most effectively? The Screenplay Business presents a theoretical and practical framework for understanding the business of independent script development and encompasses ideas about creativity motivation managing creative people value chains and MBA leadership theories. This book will help producers and writers to nurture their stories through the long development process to the screen. It explains the international film business and contains new research and extensive interviews with leading industry figures including practical advice on how to run script meetings and handle notes; how to build a sustainable business; and how to understand what really happens when a script is written. The Screenplay Business is a new key text for academics and students researching film and media and indispensable reading for anyone working in film screenplay development today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415613330

The Screenwriter ActivistWriting Social Issue Movies Hotel Rwanda. Philadelphia.  Silkwood. Some of the most important films ever made have tackled real-world social issues from genocide to homophobia to corporate greed. As storytellers activist screenwriters recognize that social issues make great stories that can be gut-wrenching heart-tugging funny tragic and interesting to watch. The Screenwriter Activist helps screenwriters tell those stories in compelling non-preachy and inspiring ways. The Screenwriter Activist is an in-depth practical guide appropriate for students in intermediate or graduate screenwriting courses in Film and English Programs as well as professionals who want to write a movie that can make a difference in the world. Using examples from classic and recent popular films The Screenwriter Activist: Explores the motivation and sensibility a screenwriter needs to embark on a social issue project Gives techniques for choosing compelling subjects Provides historical context for social issue movies Explains how characters legitimize social issue themes Puts forward specific models for structuring advocacy screenplays Lays out a roadmap for how screenwriters can get a social issue movie made If you care deeply about social issues and recognize that films can be highly effective platforms for motivativng audiences to civic involvement and social action this is the one screenwriting book you need to read. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415897150

The Screenwriter’s Roadmap21 Ways to Jumpstart Your Story The screenwriter's GPS for writing a great screenplay! Avoid the wrong turns dead ends gaping p(l)otholes and other obstacles commonly encountered when writing a screenplay. The Screenwriter's Roadmap: 21 Ways to Jumpstart Your Story keeps you on route and helps you reach your final destination: a completed screenplay that's full of surprises emotionally resonant and ready for the marketplace. Neil Landau an established Hollywood screenwriter and script doctor provides 21 questions for you to ask yourself as you write to help you nail down your screenplay's story structure deepen its character arcs bolster stakes heighten suspense and diagnose and repair its potential weaknesses. These 21 vital questions have been field-tested and utilized in the creation of some of Hollywood's biggest blockbusters and critically acclaimed films. Each chapter is augmented by end of chapter "homework" assignments examples from recent blockbusters and timeless classic films as well as interviews with some of Hollywood's most successful screenwriters including Scott Z. Burns (Contagion) Tony Gilroy (The Bourne Legacy) Laeta Kalogridis (Shutter Island) David Koepp (Spider Man) Jeff Nathanson (Catch Me If You Can) Eric Roth (Extremely Loud & Incredibly Close) David S. Goyer (The Dark Knight Rises) Billy Ray (The Hunger Games) Melissa Rosenberg (the Twilight trilogy) Sheldon Turner (Up in the Air) and many others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240820606

The Screenwriter's PathFrom Idea to Script to Sale The Screenwriter’s Path takes a comprehensive approach to learning how to write a screenplay—allowing the writer to use it as both a reference and a guide in constructing a script. A tenured professor of screenwriting at Emerson College in Boston author Diane Lake has 20 years' experience writing screenplays for major studios and was a co-writer of the Academy-award winning film Frida. The book sets out a unique approach to story structure and characterization that takes writers step by step to a completed screenplay and it is full of practical advice on what to do with the finished script to get it seen by the right people. By demystifying the process of writing a screenplay Lake empowers any writer to bring their vision to the screen. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138647398

The Screenwriters TaxonomyA Roadmap to Collaborative Storytelling In The Screenwriters Taxonomy award-winning screenwriter and educator Eric R. Williams offers a new collaborative approach for creative storytellers to recognize discuss and reinvent storytelling paradigms. Williams presents seven different aspects of storytelling that can be applied to any fictional narrative film—from super genre macrogenre and microgenre to voice and point of view—allowing writers to analyze existing films and innovate on these structures in their own stories. Moving beyond film theory Williams describes how this roadmap for creative decision making can relate to classics like Sunset Boulevard The Wizard of Oz and Butch Cassidy and the Sundance Kid as well as such diverse modern favorites like 12 Years a Slave Anomalisa and Shrek. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138090392

The Scriptures of Charles DickensNovels of Ideology Novels of the Self This study focuses on Dickens's response to questions of identity conduct and social organization that emerged in an era of major cultural unsettlement and change not least with the decline of religious certainty and the rise of materialism. An analysis of A Christmas Carol as a paradigm of his concerns and strategies in these fields is followed by close readings of novels from different stages of his career Oliver Twist David Copperfield Great Expectations and Our Mutual Friend. These and other works by Dickens are seen to reflect ideologies currently at work in his society but also more importantly to participate in the construction of needful value systems and codes for regulating behaviour. Liberal humanism and middle-class hegemony feature largely in this process of culture formation where Dickens played a crucial role in formulating and promulgating such salient guiding principles as those of sympathy marriage and the family economic responsibility and hierarchy within and between groups. His treatment of the self is on one level driven by this project in shaping and stabilizing attitudes among a confederacy of readers in that it offers positive models of development of how to function and fit in; yet on another especially in his sustained imaginative preoccupation with the figure of the outsider or misfit this is one pre-eminent area where his writing transcends purposes of enculturation and paradoxically challenges its own ideological positions. His female characters in particular as well as more obviously his anti-heroes criminals and other dissidents are shown to question and subvert the moulds in which they are formally cast. The novels are confirmed not only as great creative achievements an aspect this book consistently salutes nor simply as a primary site of the evolving Victorian dispensation and revolution of ideas but as a territory that predicts engages and illuminates our own complex modernity. Reference is made throug Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888121

The Scroll and the Cross1 000 Years of Jewish-Hispanic Literature Jews and Latinos have been unlikely partners through tumultuous times. This groundbreaking eclectic book of readings edited by Ilan Stavans whom The Washington Post described as "one of our foremost cultural critics " offers a sideboard of the ups and downs of that partnership. It includes some seventy canonical authors Jews and non-Jews alike through whose diverse oeuvre-poetry fiction theater personal and philosophical essays correspondence historical documents and even kitchen recipes-the reader is able to navigate the shifting waters of history from Spain in the tenth century to the Spanish-speaking Americas and the United States today. The Reader showcases the writings of such notable authors as Solomon ibn Gabirol Maimonides Miguel de Cervantes Henry W. Longfellow Miguel de Unamuno Federico García Lorca Jorge Luis Borges Jacobo Timerman Mario Vargas Llosa Ruth Behar and Ariel Dorfman to name only a few. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315023304

The ScrumMaster Study Guide Examining the questions most commonly asked by students attending Certified Scrum Master (CSM) and Certified Scrum Product Owner (CSPO) classes The ScrumMaster Study Guide provides an accessible introduction to the concepts of Scrum and agile development. It compiles the insights gained by the author in teaching more than 100 CSM classes and countless seminars. Describing how to sell agile development to upper management and customers the book illustrates real-world implementation of agile development addressing the roles and responsibilities of each team member as well as some of the things that can go wrong in an implementation. Focuses on running Scrum projects in an agile environment Covers agile development team building and transitioning to Scrum and agile Explains how to adapt Scrum and agile to your work environment Describes how to measure individual and team productivity Illustrates the functions of a Scrum team on a day-to-day basis This book is intended for newly minted ScrumMasters product owners and students about to attend a CSM or CSPO class as well as developers and managers who want to sharpen their skills. Scrum is a simple framework and agile development is simply a concept; successful implementation requires more than just the training you can get in a CSM class or a workshop. Helping you understand key aspects of agile development and Scrum that might have previously been difficult to comprehend this book is the ideal starting point for finding the answers you need for agile software development in your organization. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781439859919

The Sea This exciting topic-based series offers early years practitioners collections of activities based on familiar themes. The activities can be easily implemented and readily incorporated into curriculum planning through links made to the Foundation Stage curriculum. Each book includes: activities that can be used on their own or as part of a themed program ideas for enjoying an all round curriculum approach guidance on expanding existing ideas and resources linked ideas to be carried out at home. The Sea includes themes of seasides beaches fish and boats. It provides a wonderful topic for room nursery displays and is a positive theme for boys and girls. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203064290

The Sea and Nineteenth-Century Anglophone Literary Culture During the nineteenth century British and American naval supremacy spanned the globe. The importance of transoceanic shipping and trade to the European-based empire and her rapidly expanding former colony ensured that the ocean became increasingly important to popular literary culture in both nations. This collection of ten essays by expert scholars in transatlantic British and American literatures interrogates the diverse meanings the ocean assumed for writers readers and thinkers on both sides of the Atlantic during this period of global exploration and colonial consolidation. The book’s introduction offers three critical lenses through which to read nineteenth-century Anglophone maritime literature: "wet globalization " which returns the ocean to our discourses of the global; "salt aesthetics " which considers how the sea influences artistic culture and aesthetic theory; and "blue ecocriticism " which poses an oceanic challenge to the narrowly terrestrial nature of "green" ecological criticism. The essays employ all three of these lenses to demonstrate the importance of the ocean for the changing shapes of nineteenth-century Anglophone culture and literature. Examining texts from Moby-Dick to the coral flower-books of Victorian Australia and from Wordsworth’s sea-poetry to the Arctic journals of Charles Francis Hall this book shows how important and how varied in meaning the ocean was to nineteenth-century Anglophone readers. Scholars of nineteenth-century globalization the history of aesthetics and the ecological importance of the ocean will find important scholarship in this volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881924

The Sea DreamerA Definitive Biography of Joseph Conrad Of Joseph Conrad H.L. Mencken has written: ‘There was something almost suggesting the vastness of a natural phenomenon. He transcended all the rules. There have been perhaps greater novelists but I believe that he was incomparably the greatest artist whoever wrote a novel.’ Originally published in 1957 the year of the centenary of Conrad’s birth and although he was firmly established among the world’s great literary figures little was known about him generally beyond the fact that he was himself once a sailor and that the language he handled with such mastery was not the one to which he was born. This was described as the definitive biography written by one of Conrad’s closest friends to whom the novelist willed his personal papers. It took many years to prepare and the author travelled extensively in the lands that Conrad knew and wrote about. He writes with clarity compassion and understanding of Conrad’s childhood in Russia (where the father was exiled for Polish nationalist activities); of how the youth of fifteen who had never seen the sea before became a sailor; of how at twenty-nine he became a British subject and master of his own ship; of how in 1894 he became a novelist almost by accident rose rapidly to literary fame found new friends and established himself in literary history. This is a record of the strangest and most enigmatic of lives fascinating and authoritative at the same time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367897345

The Sea Voyage Narrative From The Odyssey to Moby Dick to The Old Man and the Sea the long tradition of sea voyage narratives is comprehensively explained here supported by discussions of key texts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159907

The Sea-Craft of Prehistory The nautical dimension of prehistory has not so far received the attention it deserves. It is also too often assumed that early man was land bound yet this is demonstrably not the case. Recent research has shown that man travelled and tracked over greater distances and at a much earlier date than has previously been thought possible. Some of these facts can be explained only by man's mastery of water transport from earliest times. This book by an acknowledged expert on prehistoric sea-craft examines these problems looking at the new archaeological information in the light of the author's nautical knowledge. The result is a detailed account of man's use of inland and ocean-going craft from earliest times until the dawn of recorded history. All forms of evidence are critically assessed from the vessels of Ancient Egypt to the Chinese junk to present of comprehensive picture of the vessels men have built through the ages and of the variety of ways in which they have been used. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177574

The SeagullAn Insiders’ Account of the Groundbreaking Moscow Production This book is an insiders’ account of the groundbreaking Moscow production of Chekhov's The Seagull directed by Anatoly Efros in 1966 which heralded a paradigm shift in the interpretation and staging of Chekhov’s plays. It is a unique glimpse behind the curtain of the laboratory of new Russian theatre in the twentieth century. Efros' articles about Chekhov and The Seagull his diaries interviews and conversations and most importantly the original rehearsal records combine to form an in-depth account of of the director and his working process. This is an essential book for anyone with an interest in Chekhov and the history of modern Russian theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815374527

The Seamanship ExaminerFor STCW Certification Examinations The complete study and revision guide for the International Standards of Training Certification and Watchkeeping (STCW). For all ranks and serving crew in the mercantile marine this study pack covers everything students need to revise when preparing for the oral assessment taken as part of the Deck Certificate of Competency at either junior or senior levels. Since publication of the first edition there have been many new innovations throughout the industry. This guide is fully updated to reflect these changes and includes practice questions on International Safety Management (ISM) Electronic Chart Display and Information Systems (ECDIS) and the International Code for the Security of Ships and Port Facilities (ISPS) as well as hundreds of additional tutorial questions throughout the book and the accompanying interactive CD. This edition of The Seamanship Examiner has been fully updated with the latest amendments to the COLREGs and is a trusted study aid for all international STCW Deck Officer candidates including Officer of the Watch Chief Mate and Master positions plus those working coastal and inland waters in the fishing industry such as Deck Officers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138674882

The Search for a Relational HomeAn intersubjective view of therapeutic action In The Search for a Relational Home Chris Jaenicke gives the reader an inside view of what actually happens in psychotherapy and how change occurs. He describes how both participants – the patient and the therapist – feel and how they affect each other. The reader is encouraged to vicariously partake in the process from the perspective of his or her own life experiences. The book describes the nature of therapeutic action through a radicalized version of intersubjective systems theory. It demonstrates how psychotherapy is an outcome of a highly personal encounter between two unique human beings and how while the goal of psychoanalysis is to help the patient this can only be achieved inasmuch as both participants are willing to undergo transformation. Jaenicke clarifies how both successes and failures as well as personal strengths and weaknesses play a constitutive part in the psychotherapeutic process. The Search for a Relational Home also provides theoretical and practical guidelines for supervision. Jaenicke presents here a unique approach to the process of psychotherapy which will be vital reading for psychoanalysts psychotherapists and those in training as well as students in all fields of mental health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138797000

The Search for Authority in Reformation Europe The 'problem of authority' was not an invention of the Protestant Reformation but as the essays contained in this volume demonstrate its discussion in ever greater complexity was one of the ramifications (if not causes) of the deepening divisions within the Christian church in the sixteenth century. Any optimism that the principle of sola scriptura might provide a vehicle for unity and concord in the post-Reformation church was soon to be dented by a growing uncertainty and division evident even in early evangelical writing and preaching. Representing a new approach to an important subject this volume of essays widens the understanding and interpretation of authority in the debates of the Reformation. The fruits of original and recent research each essay builds with careful scholarship on solid historiographical foundations ensuring that the content and ultimate conclusions do much to challenge long-standing assumptions about perceptions of authority in the aftermath of the Reformation. Rather than dealing with individual sources of authority in isolation the volume examines the juxtapositions of and negotiations between elements of the authoritative synthesis and thereby throws new light on the nature of authority in early-modern Europe as a whole. This volume is thus an ideal vehicle with which to bring high quality new and significant research into the public domain for the first time whilst adding substantially to the existing corpus of Reformation scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409408543

The Search for EntrepreneurshipFinding More Questions Than Answers Since the 1980s governments have often sought to encourage entrepreneurship on the assumption that it creates small businesses which are the primary drivers of job creation. Largely because of this assumption entrepreneurship has become a valid subject for academic research attracting extensive funding. Yet despite this explosion of scholarship there is no accepted model of how entrepreneurship operates or even a commonly accepted definition of what it is. Simon Bridge posits that this is because entrepreneurship has been studied as if it were a deterministic science based on the false assumption that it exists as a specific discrete identifiable phenomenon operating in accordance with consistent predictable ‘rules’. This challenging book contends that this misdirected search has produced more questions than answers. Accepting that entrepreneurship as we have conceived it does not exist could lead to new and valuable insights into what the different forms of entrepreneurship are and how they might be influenced. Scholars advanced students and policy makers will find this a thought-provoking insight into the myths and misconceptions of ‘entrepreneurship’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138292680

The Search for Justice in a Media AgeReading Stephen Lawrence and Louise Woodward What can we learn from the legal cases of Stephen Lawrence and Louise Woodward? How do the legal system and the media contribute to a collective understanding of class nation race and gender? In this book Siobhan Holohan explores media representations of law and order in the context of notions of multi-culturalism and victim-centred politics. Two high profile cases - the murder of Stephen Lawrence and the US trial of the British au-pair Louise Woodward - are examined. Holohan argues that the stories built up around Woodward and Lawrence - the organization of public discourse around a sacrificial figure - have contributed to exclusionary patterns of social order. The book offers a perceptive account of what makes some criminal legal cases prone to scrutiny and spectacle and provides a vivid illustration of the presence of power relations in legal decisions. In conclusion the author draws on the model of the Macpherson report to propose a more inclusive form of social and legal judgement that takes into account social inequalities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398219

The Search for Lasting PeaceCritical Perspectives on Gender-Responsive Human Security Presenting the human security agenda as a policy response to the changing nature of violent conflicts and war this collection traces its evolution in relation to conflicts in different contexts (Burma India Palestine Canada East Timor Guatemala Peru and African countries) and from the perspective of gender addresses initiatives for peace with justice. Cases are analysed when the human security agenda including UNSC resolution 1325 was in its initial phase and point to both the weakness of the concept and the unexpected direction it has taken. These discussions - always relevant - are more urgent than ever as gender-based violence against women has increased resulting in new UNSC resolutions. Some chapters suggest that militarism and economic globalization must be directly confronted. Many of the contributors to the volume bridge the gap between academic research and activism as ’scholar-activists’ with an engaged connection to the situations they are describing. Human security remains an active component of policy and academic debates in security studies women’s and gender studies development studies history and political economy as well as within NGO communities. This rich collection fills a needed gap in the literature and it does so in a language and style that is clear accessible and reader-friendly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270640

The Search for Meaning in PsychotherapySpiritual Practice the Apophatic Way and Bion 2020 American Board & Academy of Psychoanalysis (ABAPsa) book award winner! If when a patient enters therapy there is an underlying yearning to discover a deeper sense of meaning or purpose how might a therapist rise to such a challenge? As both Carl Jung and Wilfred Bion observed the patient may be seeking something that has a spiritual as well as psychotherapeutic dimension. Presented in two parts The Search for Meaning in Psychotherapy is a profound inquiry into the contemplative mystical and apophatic dimensions of psychoanalysis. What are some of the qualities that may inspire processes of growth healing and transformation in a patient? Part One The Listening Cure: Psychotherapy as Spiritual Practice considers the confluence between psychotherapy spirituality mysticism meditation and contemplation. The book explores qualities such as presence awareness attention mindfulness calm abiding reverie patience compassion insight and wisdom as well as showing how they may be enhanced by meditative and spiritual practice. Part Two A Ray of Divine Darkness: Psychotherapy and the Apophatic Way explores the relevance of apophatic mysticism to psychoanalysis particularly showing its inspiration through the work of Wilfred Bion. Paradoxically using language to unsay itself the apophatic points towards absolute reality as ineffable and unnameable. So too Bion observed psychoanalysis requires the ability to dwell in mystery awaiting intimations of ultimate truth O which cannot be known only realised. Pickering reflects on the works of key apophatic mystics including Dionysius Meister Eckhart and St John of the Cross; Buddhist teachings on meditation; Śūnyatā and Dzogchen; and Lévinas’ ethics of alterity. The Search for Meaning in Psychotherapy will be of great interest to both trainees and accomplished practitioners in psychoanalysis analytical psychology psychotherapy and counselling as well as scholars of religious studies those in religious orders spiritual directors priests and meditation teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138193079

The Search for Negotiated PeaceWomen's Activism and Citizen Diplomacy in World War I The First World War was an epic event of huge proportions that lasted over four years and involved the armies of more than twenty nations resulting in 30 million casualties including more than 8 million killed. Set against the backdrop of this massive carnage The Search for Negotiated Peace is the gripping story of the events that moved high profile American and European citizens particularly women into the international peace movement. This small transatlantic network put forth proposals for changing the international system of negotiation. They supported non-annexationist war aims and attempted to discredit nations’ secret diplomacy militarism and narrowly nationalistic practices. Instead they wanted to develop a ‘new diplomacy.’ David Patterson skillfully develops the interactions of many of the notable leaders of the movement including Jane Addams Aletta Jacobs and Rosika Schwimmer into an absorbing narrative that brings together the various strands of women's history international diplomatic history and peace history for the first time. The Search for Negotiated Peace is an essential read for anyone interested in the social history of World War I and the foundations of citizen activism today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203938768

The Search for Peace Using authoritative extracts from the relevant and important sources at the time this volume originally published in 1972 deals with the problems and difficulties of maintaining peace in the world. The control of the use of force remains the most intractable and yet the most important problem in international relations. Although the antagonists change antagonism appears to be almost an inherent feature of inter-state relations and although global conflict has been avoided for the past quarter of a century the risk is always present. The cost of such anarchy in international relations measured in terms of human suffering and wastage of resources is appalling. In this book Dr Bowett looks at the need for peaceful settlement of international disputes the peacekeeping role of the United Nations aid to developing countries and disarmament and suggests that the structure of international society based on the Sovereign State could be modified to lessen the risk of conflict. The extracts include statements by Khrushchev Mao Tse-Tung Che Guevara Dag Hammarskjöld U Thant Ho Chi-Minh and selections from many national and international documents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367232245

The Search for Security in Post-Taliban Afghanistan By the middle of 2007 Afghans had become increasingly disillusioned with a state-building process that had failed to deliver the peace dividend that they were promised. For many Afghans the most noticeable change in their lives since the fall of the Taliban has been an acute deterioration in security conditions. Whether it is predatory warlords the Taliban-led insurgency the burgeoning narcotics trade or general criminality the threats to the security and stability of Afghanistan are manifold. The response to those threats both in terms of the international military intervention and the donor-supported process to rebuild the security architecture of the Afghan state known as security-sector reform (SSR) has been largely insufficient to address the task at hand. NATO has struggled to find the troops and equipment it requires to complete its Afghan mission and the SSR process from its outset has been severely under-resourced and poorly directed. Compounding these problems rampant corruption and factionalism in the Afghan government particularly in the security institutions have served as major impediments to reform and a driver of insecurity. This paper charts the evolution of the security environment in Afghanistan since the fall of the Taliban assessing both the causes of insecurity and the responses to them. Through this analysis it offers some suggestions on how to tackle Afghanistan‘s growing security crisis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138452060

The Search for Stability in Russia and the Former Soviet Bloc First published in 1997 this volume consists of chapters placed before a series of meetings organised by the Rome-based international School on Disarmament and Research on Conflicts (ISODARCO) which reviewed the prospects relating to the countries of the Former Soviet Union and of the other members of the Warsaw Treaty Organization. The authors include Western experts as well as distinguished commentators from Russia itself. Among the latter are Georgi Arbatov Ruslan Khasbulatov and Alexei Arbatov. An earlier volume of chapters deriving from this same series of meetings was still in print at the time of original publication in 1997 namely Rising Tension in Eastern Europe and the Former Soviet Union. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138353794

The Search for the Secure BaseAttachment Theory and Psychotherapy In recent decades attachment theory has gained widespread interest and acceptance although the relevance of attachment theory to clinical practice has never been clear. The Search for the Secure Base shows how attachment theory can be used therapeutically. Jeremy Holmes introduces an exciting new attachment paradigm in psychotherapy with adults describing the principles and practice of attachment-informed therapy in a way that will be useful to beginners and experienced therapists alike. Illustrated with a wide range of clinical examples this book will be welcomed by practitioners and trainees in psychotherapy psychoanalysis and in many other disciplines. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315783260

The Search for the SelfSelected Writings of Heinz Kohut 1950-1978 Heinz Kohut was born on May 3 1913 in Vienna Austria—a country whose culture literature and music permeated his very being. He finished his medical studies in 1938 after Austria was annexed to Nazi Germany giving him little time to escape the horrors that awaited the Jews in that country. He then spent a year in England from where he emigrated to the United State and settled in Chicago in 1939. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855758698

The Search for the SelfSelected Writings of Heinz Kohut 1978-1981 'The re-issuing of the four volumes of the author's writings is a major publishing event for psychoanalysts who are interested in both the theoretical and the therapeutic aspects of psychoanalysis. These volumes contain the author's pre-self psychology essays as well as those he wrote in order to continue to expand on his groundbreaking ideas which he presented in The Analysis of the Self; the Restoration of the Self; and in How Does Analysis Cure? These volumes of The Search for the Self permit the reader to understand not only the above three basic texts of psychoanalytic self psychology more profoundly but also to appreciate the author's sustained openness to further changes - to dare to present his self psychology as in continued flux influenced by newly emerging empirical data of actual clinical practice.The current re-issue of the four volumes of The Search for the Self would assure that the younger generation of psychoanalysts would be exposed to a clinical theory that could contribute greatly to solving the therapeutic dilemmas facing psychoanalysis today' Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855758742

The Seaside Health and the Environment in England and Wales since 1800 The seaside has always held a special position in British history as a place of rest relaxation and recuperation. Over the last 200 years many have made their way to the coast attracted by the long sunshine hours the clean ozone-charged air and the opportunities for bathing in and even drinking sea-water. Although the early health resort ideal began to give way to more pleasure orientated themes in the nineteenth century the seaside holiday was still regarded by many as a wholesome and invigorating break from inland urban life well into the twentieth century. Yet with ever increasing numbers of visitors and rising levels of coastal pollution this was by no means a forgone conclusion. The Seaside Health and the Environment in England and Wales since 1800 explores the ways in which English seaside resorts continually reinvented themselves to take account of contemporary trends in popular leisure and maintain their hold on the public's imagination. Particular account is paid to the interwar years when new obsessions with outdoor activities such as sunbathing and tanning were purposefully adopted by the industry to define the modern image of the resort holiday. For these and other reasons the seaside holiday reached new peaks of popularity in the 1930s and 1950s yet this very success placed enormous pressures on the environmental amenities that people came to enjoy. As this work shows environmental stresses were manifold particularly pollution of the resorts' prime assets their beaches. As such serious questions are raised concerning why it took such a long time for a determined effort to be made to reverse beach pollution and the lessons to be learned regarding the impact of negative images of the coast as a zone of danger and infection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272057

The Second Amendment and Gun ControlFreedom Fear and the American Constitution The Second Amendment by far the most controversial amendment to the US Constitution will soon celebrate its 225th anniversary. Yet despite the amount of ink spilled over this controversy the debate continues on into the 21st century. Initially written with a view towards protecting the nascent nation from more powerful enemies and preventing the tyranny experienced during the final years of British rule the Second Amendment has since become central to discussions about the balance between security and freedom. It features in election contests and informs cultural discussions about race and gender.This book seeks to broaden the discussion. It situates discussion about gun controls within contemporary debates about citizenship culture philosophy and foreign policy as well as in the more familiar terrain of politics and history. It features experts on the Constitution as well as chapters discussing the symbolic importance of Annie Oakley the role of firearms in race and filmic representations of armed Hispanic girl gangs. It asks about the morality of gun controls and of not imposing them.The collection presents a balanced view between those who favour more gun controls and those who would prefer fewer of them. It is infused with the belief that through honest and open debate the often bitter cultural divide on the Second Amendment can be overcome and real progress made. It contains a diverse range of perspectives including uniquely a European perspective on this most American of issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887476

The Second Bank of the United States�Central� banker in an era of nation-building 1816�1836 The year 2016 marks the 200th anniversary of the founding of the Second Bank of the United States (1816-1836). This book is an economic history of an early central bank the Second Bank of the United States (1816-36). After US President Andrew Jackson vetoed the re-chartering of the Bank in 1832 the US would go without a central bank for the rest of the nineteenth century unlike Europe and England. This book takes a fresh look at the role and legacy of the Second Bank. The Second Bank of the United States shows how the Bank developed a business model that allowed it to make a competitive profit while providing integrating fiscal services to the national government for free. The model revolved around the strategic use of its unique ability to establish a nationwide system of branches. This book shows how the Bank used its branch network to establish dominance in select money markets: frontier money markets and markets for bills of exchange and specie. These lines of business created synergies with the Bank’s fiscal duties and profits that helped cover their costs. The Bank’s branch in New Orleans Louisiana became its geographic centre of gravity in contrast with the state-chartered banking system which was already by the 1820s centred around New York. This book is of great interest to those who study banking and American history as well as economic students who have a great interest in economic history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870225

The Second Century of PsychoanalysisEvolving Perspectives on Therapeutic Action This book explores the internal and external boundaries of psychoanalysis. It examines the interrelationships between various psychoanalytic theoretical and clinical perspectives as well as between psychoanalysis and other disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855758001

The Second China War1856-1860 The causes of the Second China War were complex; one factor went back deep into China’s past when the country was the predominant power in the Far East and had developed a civilisation that culturally and technically was far ahead of that of Europe. This gave them a superiority complex which they retained when the country turned in on itself and cut itself off from the rest of the world at the end of its golden age which occurred around the end of the 15th century. They were still maintaining this attitude at the time of the events with which this volume is concerned regarding the Europeans as barbarians and an inferior race. The other major factor was the European predominantly British need to find markets for the ever increasing volume of manufactured goods. A further factor was the breakdown in the Chinese system of government which was beginning at that time. British relations with China were governed by the 1842 Treaty of Nanking that had ended the First China War more often called the Opium War. Under this treaty Britain was permitted to establish a number of trading stations of which the most important was at Canton. However relations were never good though conducted with very polite formality there were violations of the treaty – on both sides – and Britain’s deployment of its military strength led to hostilities that became an undeclared war. The papers in this volume portray an immensely complicated situation diplomatically politically and militarily. Suffice it to say that Britain with other foreign powers prevailed and trade with China was subsequently opened up. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911423201

The Second Coming (Routledge Revivals)Popular Millenarianism 1780-1850 First published in 1979 The Second Coming is an experiment in the writing of popular history – a contribution to the history of the people who have no history and an exploration of some of the ideas beliefs and ways of thinking of ordinary men and women in the late eighteenth and first half of the nineteenth centuries. Millenarianism is a conceptual tool with which to explore some aspects of popular thought and culture. It is also seen as an ideology of social change and as a continuing tradition traced from the end of the seventeenth century to the 1790s and is shown to be embedded in folk culture. Abundant in rich and lively descriptions of such colourful characters as Richard Brothers Joanna Southcott John Wroe Zion Ward and Sir William Courtenay as well as studies of the Shakers early Mormons and Millerites the result is a window into the world of ordinary people in the Age of Romanticism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415531153

The Second Great Crash Using highly-readable non-technical language the authors both professional economists describe all the major global economic forces at work in the 1970s and forecast the kind of future which such forces are creating (and which has indeed been the case). Inflation and recession an energy crisis international monetary disorder and a food crisis in the developing world are all discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138641891

The Second Indochina WarA Short Political And Military History 19541975 In the United States discussion of the Vietnam War has tended to focus on the U.S. role U.S. strategy U.S. diplomacy and the war's effects on American society. The tendency to hold U.S. domestic politics responsible for the war's outcome implies that events in Indochina were nothing more than a backdrop for an essentially American drama. In contrast The Second Indochina War emphasizes the Vietnamese dimensions of a conflict in which all of Indochina—Vietnam Laos and Cambodia—was treated as a single strategic unit. The author contends that only from this perspective is it clear how the war began why its scale outstripped U.S. expectations and why the Communists prevailed. Professor Turley gives a balanced account of events in and views from Washington Saigon and Hanoi. Drawing on years of research in primary documents and interviews conducted by the author in Saigon and Hanoi the book focuses on the experience strategies leadership and internal politics of the revolutionary side. To set the scene the author considers the legacies of colonial rule in Indochina and the origins of the U.S. commitment there. He recounts the development of the Saigon regime and explains the bases of revolution in the South the key communist decisions and the North's response to bombing. The major military campaigns are clearly described and analyzed as are the negotiations that led to the Paris Agreement and its aftermath. Vietnam is the central focus but the reader's attention is also drawn to the strategies and events that unified the conflict in all three countries of Indochina into a single war. Concise yet comprehensive The Second Indochina War is suitable for the general reader as a text for courses on the war or as supplementary reading for courses on Southeast Asian politics U.S. foreign policy revolutionary conflict and Asian regional security. An annotated bibliography and chronology enhance its usefulness. Original material on communist internal debates and military campaigns based on primary documents in Vietnamese will also make this book a valuable resource for scholars of Southeast Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295714

The Second International (Routledge Revivals)1889-1914 First published in 1955 to wide acclaim James Joll’s introduction to the history and development of International Socialism before the First World War is of crucial importance for understanding the development of Left-wing movements in the 20th century: the difficulties posed by prominent anarchist groups the ambiguities of the scope of revolutionary activity and the challenges posed by the rise of nationalism. Incorporating insightful research into the international links and the ideological structure of socialism as well as on the structure of individual parties and the actual nature of their working-class support The Second International 1889-1914 is a valuable resource for political historians and students of socialist thought alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415741200

The Second Language Learning Processes of Students with Specific Learning Difficulties The Second Language Learning Processes of Students with Specific Learning Difficulties is the only recent book available to offer a detailed and in-depth discussion of the second language learning processes of students with specific learning difficulties (SpLDs). It summarizes research advances in the fields of cognitive and educational psychology and integrates them with recent studies in the area of second language acquisition (SLA). Thus the book is relevant not only to readers who are particularly interested in the role of specific learning difficulties in learning additional languages but also to those who would like to understand how individual differences in cognitive functioning influence SLA. The book focuses on four important areas that are particularly relevant for language learners with SpLDs: the processes of SLA in general and the development of reading skills in particular the effectiveness of pedagogical programs the assessment of the language competence of students with SpLDs and identifying SpLDs in another language. The book also views learners with SpLDs in their social and educational contexts and elaborates how the barriers in these contexts can affect their language learning processes. This is an excellent resource for language teachers students and researchers in the areas of second language acquisition and applied linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138911796

The Second Palestinian IntifadaCivil Resistance Palestinian civilians engaged in numerous acts of unarmed resistance during the second intifada. However these attempts in using non-violent strategies were frequently overshadowed by the armed tactics of militant groups. Drawing from extensive interviews surveys and observations in the West Bank this book provides an in-depth study of the often-overlooked aspects of popular resistance in Palestine. The book demonstrates how such unarmed tactics have considerable support amongst the local population particularly when they are framed as a strategy rather than just as a moral preference. However whilst recognizing the successes of many civil-based initiatives the author examines why a unified popular movement never fully emerged. She argues that obstacles extended beyond occupation policies to include political constraints from the Palestinian Authority and agenda-setting efforts from sectors of the international community. Nevertheless many activists continue to work creatively through diverse channels and networks to broaden the space for civil resistance. Combining critical analysis with activist narratives and community case studies the book provides a comprehensive and compelling look at non-violent activism in the second intifada offering a fresh perspective on the Israeli-Palestinian conflict and illustrating both the challenges and opportunities in mobilizing for popular struggle. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138789302

The Second Part of the Chronicle of Peru by Pedro de Cieza de León Translated and edited with notes and an introduction continuing the narrative from First Series 33. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1883. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315553061

The Second PersonPhilosophical and Psychological Perspectives The past few years have witnessed an exponentially growing body of work conducted under the ‘second person’ heading. This idea has been explored in various areas of philosophy (philosophy of mind philosophy of language ethics epistemology) in developmental psychology in psychiatry and even in neuroscience. We may call this interest in the second person the ‘You Turn’. To put it at its most general and ambitious the idea driving much of the work is this: proper attention to the ways in which we relate to one another when we stand in second person relation to each other can deliver something like a paradigm shift in the way in which we address questions about a range of fundamental issues in these fields. There is however very little agreement about what second person relations are and a huge variation in why people think they are important. The contributions to this book focus on developing key second-person claims in the philosophy of mind ethics and epistemology with the aim of beginning to provide a framework for assessing and relating the multitude of fascinating new questions that come up under the second person heading. This book was originally published as a special issue of Philosophical Explorations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138099043

The Second Reform Act The Reform Act of 1867 was highly controversial at the time and has remained so. Was it an inevitable step on the road to full democracy or an irresponsible gamble by a politician desperate to win a tactical victory? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138146105

The Second 'R'Writing Development in the Junior School Originally published in 1976. How do children learn to write? What stages to they pass through in mastering this skill? What part can teachers play in aiding their development? These are some of the questions that this book sets out to answer. This book offers a perspective on writing which places children's language resources and their development at its centre. It discusses the purpose of writing ways of classifying its variety providing contexts for writing its treatment in schools and methods for helping children to overcome difficulties. A section explores the arguments for a writing policy or programme in schools and offering guidance on considerations that shape policy making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815373858

The Second Tier of Local Government in EuropeProvinces Counties Départements and Landkreise in Comparison This book takes a comparative approach to local government across 14 European countries looking at processes of decentralisation regionalisation and reforms of local government. Examining second levels of government such as UK Counties French Départements Italian and Spanish Provinces and German Landkreise this book reveals both the specific characteristics of particular countries and also similarities across Europe. As the first book focussing on the second level of local governments this monograph combines comparative analysis of institutional trends and reforms of local government with examination of country-specific features to provide an original and insightful evaluation of European governance. Organised along common thematic lines leading experts in their field outline the historical development of local government and analyse recent or current reform debates. The book argues democratic quality and effectiveness of this territorial level of government is in the focus of on-going debates about the rescaling of statehood and a shift from ‘government to governance’. The Second Tier of Local Government in Europe will be of interest to students and scholars studying local government public administration and multi-level governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138802421

The Second Wave (Routledge Revivals)British Drama for the Seventies In the 1970s the revolution that had swept the British theatre in the 1950s had already become accepted as the new establishment. Areas that had been previously regarded as remote ideals - including permanent repertory companies a lively provincial theatre and an extensive spread of avant-garde and fringe theatrical activities - were now considered commonplace. In this title first published in 1971 John Russell Taylor assesses the prospects of the British theatre at the start of the 1970s and indicates its points of weakness and its strengths. In this context are placed the key figures among the second wave of dramatists and detailed critical commentaries on the work of writers such as David Mercer Tom Stoppard and Peter Terson. This is an indispensable introduction for any student with an interest in the history and development of the British theatre and the people who have played instrumental roles in this. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415727921

The Second World War This book will support children as they: * Find out about wartime phrases and use them to write a dialogue * Write a letter home from a P.O.W. camp * Read wartime adverts and slogans and decide how effective they are Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138163690

The Second World War The significant and sustained popular interest in the Second World War is matched by the scale and scope of scholarly engagement in the subject. The articles selected for this volume cover a wide range of topics reflecting the fact that the largest recorded war in history and the most intense period of global instability in the twentieth century was fought by many different states large and small over differing periods of time and for many different reasons. In an area where there is no shortage of material to choose from the articles presented here are distinguished for their depth of scholarship stylistic elegance and inter-disciplinary confidence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398226

The Second World War in EuropeSecond Edition This is an updated edition of the first truly concise introduction to the history of World War II in the West. The author S. P. MacKenzie traces the major events on both fighting front and home front explaining what happened and just as importantly why the balance of fortunes swung first towards the Axis and then towards the Allies. Along with overviews of the origins and consequences of the conflict the book: Provides a narrative account of the course of events on land throughout the war Contains sections specifically devoted to societies and economies; resistance movements and collaboration; technology and intelligence; alliances and strategy; the war in the air and at sea Assesses the impact of the war and introduces the key historiographical debates surrounding it Far from being a blow-by-blow account the book shows how the Second World War can only be understood by taking all the contributing factors - military economic and social among others - into account. In addition to the existing wealth of useful supplementary material this edition has been updated to include a colour illustration section and for readers interested in learning more a detailed narrative guide to published historical literature. Admirably succinct yet academically rich this is the essential introduction to the Second World War in the West. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138357228

The Second World War on the Eastern Front Russia's engagement with Germany on the Eastern Front during World War II was ferocious unprecedented and bloody costing millions of civilian and military lives. In this challenging new book Lee Baker distinguishes myth from reality and deflates the idea that this war while gargantuan in scale was in essence a war like any other.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836792

The Second World WarVolume III The Japanese War 1941–1945 World War II defined the 20th century and shaped the contemporary world; from the decolonization of Africa to the rise and fall of the Berlin Wall. This comprehensive series edited by one of the worlds leading military historians offers a focused overview of this complex and volatile era taking into account the political economic and social factors as well as military circumstances of the road to war and its consequences. Augmented by a full length and detailed introduction by the editor each volume gathers together the seminal articles on specific arenas of the war providing a convenient and essential resource for researchers and general readers alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315237145

The Secondary Behaviour CookbookStrategies at Your Fingertips Developed in conjunction with teachers The Secondary Behaviour Cookbook provides highly effective practical strategies for responding to and resolving behavioural issues in secondary schools. Consisting of over fifty ‘recipes’ the book’s unique format enables teachers and practitioners to quickly and easily access information and advice on dealing with specific behaviours. Each ‘recipe’ details strategies and interventions for immediate application in the classroom setting considers possible causes of the given behaviour and offers helpful approaches for responding to young people’s needs in the longer term. From disorganization and lateness to attention-seeking and destructive behaviours bullying anxiety and depression the book’s sections cover a broad spectrum of behaviours falling within six broad categories: Getting Things Done: supporting positive student engagement and achievement Dealing with Disruption: increasing motivation and skills to facilitate learning Social Interactions: resolving problematic situations that occur between pupils. Coping with Conflict: addressing conflict in and out of the classroom including aspects of bullying and discrimination Emotional Distress: understanding distress and developing coping strategies Behaviours of Special Concern: recognising behaviours associated with autism trauma abuse or poor mental wellbeing. Underpinned by positive psychology and emphasising the importance of constructive relationships communication inclusion wellbeing and resilience this is an indispensable resource for secondary school teachers and educators behaviour support consultants SENDCOs and educational psychologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815393405

The Secondary PSHE Co-ordinator's Handbook This handbook provides the Personal Social and Health Education (PSHE) co-ordinator in a school with everything that they need to deliver good practice in this subject. The book contains thorough guidance through policy and required practice and has a strongly practical bias. It shows through examples of good practice what can be achieved and how this can generally help to raise standards in schools. This is a topical lively and up-to-date book which tackles the real issues facing schools heads co-ordinators and classroom teachers in an engaging and practical manner. It quotes from examples and case studies where strategies worked and failed - but also keeps the learning of the pupil as the focus of all activities. The PSHE Co-ordinators Handbook is what every Head and PSHE co-ordinator needs to help them make practical sense of the new curriculum the new PSHE the new healthy school standard social inclusion citizenship school councils and the new Ofsted requirements - and how these can be woven together in a coherent way to support the raising of academic standards. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138452879

The Secondary Whole-school AuditDevelopment Planning for Secondary Schools First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203064931

The Second-Order Adjoint Sensitivity Analysis Methodology The Second-Order Adjoint Sensitivity Analysis Methodology generalizes the First-Order Theory presented in the author’s previous books published by CRC Press. This breakthrough has many applications in sensitivity and uncertainty analysis optimization data assimilation model calibration and reducing uncertainties in model predictions. The book has many illustrative examples that will help readers understand the complexity of the subject and will enable them to apply this methodology to problems in their own fields. Highlights: • Covers a wide range of needs from graduate students to advanced researchers • Provides a text positioned to be the primary reference for high-order sensitivity and uncertainty analysis • Applies to all fields involving numerical modeling optimization quantification of sensitivities in direct and inverse problems in the presence of uncertainties. About the Author: Dan Gabriel Cacuci is a South Carolina SmartState Endowed Chair Professor and the Director of the Center for Nuclear Science and Energy Department of Mechanical Engineering at the University of South Carolina. He has a Ph.D. in Applied Physics Mechanical and Nuclear Engineering from Columbia University. He is also the recipient of many awards including four honorary doctorates the Ernest Orlando Lawrence Memorial award from the U.S. Dept. of Energy and the Arthur Holly Compton Eugene P. Wigner and the Glenn Seaborg Awards from the American Nuclear Society. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498726481

The Second-Person Perspective in Aquinas’s EthicsVirtues and Gifts Thomas Aquinas devoted a substantial proportion of his greatest works to the virtues. Yet despite the availability of these texts (and centuries of commentary) Aquinas’s virtue ethics remains mysterious leaving readers with many unanswered questions. In this book Pinsent argues that the key to understanding Aquinas’s approach is to be found in an association between: a) attributes he appends to the virtues and b) interpersonal capacities investigated by the science of social cognition especially in the context of autistic spectrum disorder. The book uses this research to argue that Aquinas’s approach to the virtues is radically non-Aristotelian and founded on the concept of second-person relatedness.To demonstrate the explanatory power of this principle Pinsent shows how the second-person perspective gives interpretation to Aquinas’s descriptions of the virtues and offers a key to long-standing problems such as the reconciliation of magnanimity and humility. The principle of second-person relatedness also interprets acts that Aquinas describes as the fruition of the virtues. Pinsent concludes by considering how this approach may shape future developments in virtue ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415736176

The Secret Anglo-French War in the Middle EastIntelligence and Decolonization 1940-1948 The role of intelligence in colonialism and decolonization is a rapidly expanding field of study. The premise of The Secret Anglo-French War in the Middle East is that intelligence statecraft is the "missing dimension" in the established historiography of the Middle East during and after World War II. Arguing that intelligence especially covert political action and clandestine diplomacy played a key role in Britain's Middle East policy this book examines new archival sources in order to demonstrate that despite World War II and the Cold War the traditional rivalry between Britain and France in the Middle East continued unabated assuming the form of a little-known secret war. This shadow war strongly influenced decolonization of the region as each Power sought to undermine the other; Britain exploited France's defeat to evict it from its mandated territories in Syria and Lebanon and incorporate them in its own sphere of influence; whilst France’s successful use of intelligence enabled it to undermine Britain's position in Palestine Egypt Saudi Arabia and Iraq. Shedding new light on the clandestine Franco-Zionist collaboration against Britain in the Middle East and the role of the British secret services in the 1948 Arab-Jewish war in Palestine this book which presents close to 400 secret Syrian and British documents obtained by the French intelligence is essential reading for scholars with an interest in the political history of the region inter-Arab and international relations and intelligence studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138237124

The Secret ArmyThe IRA The Secret Army is the definitive work on the Irish Republican Army. It is an absorbing account of a movement that has had a profound effect on the shaping of the modern Irish state. The secret army in the service of the invisible Republic has had a powerful effect on Irish events over the past twenty-five years. These hidden corridors of power interest Bell and inspired him to spend more time with the IRA than many volunteers spend in it. This book is the culmination of twenty-five years of work and tens of thousands of hours of interviews. Bell's unique access to the leadership of the republican movement and his contacts with all involved British politicians Irish politicians policemen arms smugglers and others committed or opposed to the IRA explain why The Secret Army is the book on the subject. This edition represents a complete revision and includes vast quantities of new information.Bell's book gives us vital insight into our times as well as Irish history. This edition of The Secret Army contains six new chapters that bring the history of this clandestine organization up to date. They are: The First Decade The Nature of the Long War 1979-1980"; "Unconventional Conflict The Hunger Strikes January 1980-October 3 1981"; The Protracted Struggle September 1981-January 1984"; "War Politics and the Split January 1984-December 1986"; The Troubles as Institution 1987-1990": and The Armed Struggle Transformed 1991-1996 The End Game." In his new introduction Bell reflects on his decades of research the experiences he has had and the people he has met during his extensive visits to Ireland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538481

The Secret Cemetery Burial sites have long been recognized as a way to understand past civilizations. Yet the meanings of our present day cemeteries have been virtually ignored even though they reveal much about our cultures. Exploring an extraordinarily diverse range of memorial practice - Greek Orthodox Muslim Jewish Roman Catholic and Anglican as well as the unchurched - The Secret Cemetery is an intriguing study of what these places of death mean to the living. Most of us experience cemeteries at a ritualized moment of loss. What we forget is that these are often places to which we return either as a general space in which to contemplate or as a specific site to be tended. These are also places where different communities can reinforce boundaries and even recreate a sense of homeland. Over time ritual artefact and place shape an intensely personal landscape of memory and mourning a landscape more alive more actively engaged with than many of the other places we inhabit. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003103202

The Secret History of a Woman Patient When Janet Rhys Dent is diagnosed with a life-threatening illness she decides to try to be a "good patient". With any luck this role will give her the best chance of recovery during the six months of medical testing and treatment that she faces. This book reveals her secret dilemmas and discoveries both inside and outside the hospital. It also records her successes and many failures as she becomes seriously involved in the quest to find out what makes a good patient. Her experiences lead her to reflect on her life to look further into the roles of patients to join a support group and to seek information and enlightenment on internet sites and in philosophy and popular self-help methods. What she learns brings about a change in her attitudes not only to being a patient but also to life and living. As to the essence of being a good patient she discovers that the answer is simpler and more life-affirming than she had ever imagined. 'Though names and personal details have been changed for the sake of others' privacy all the episodes in the book are true real-life events. I portray the new world I am thrown into; the search for knowledge about it; the people I meet; my attempts to understand and trust the hospital staff system and treatment; and my failures and successes in adapting to many other challenges both outside and inside the hospital.' - Janet Rhys Dent in the Introduction. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315382906

The Secret History of Mumbai Terror AttacksFragile Frontiers Critical questions remain unanswered on the events of the cold-blooded and devastating terror attacks in Mumbai on 26 November 2008. Investigative and introspective this book offers a lucid and graphic account of the ill-fated day and traces the changing dynamics of terror in South Asia. Using new insights it explores South Asia’s regional dynamics of antagonism the ever-present challenge to the frontiers of India Pakistan and the terrorism question the strife in Afghanistan and the self-serving selective US ‘war on terror’. Including a new Afterword this second edition will greatly interest those in defence security and strategic studies politics and international relations peace and conflict studies media and journalism and South Asian studies as well as the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367479268

The Secret History of the MongolsAnd Other Pieces First published in 1963. The Secret History (so called merely because it was meant for the Mongols and not for the Chinese ) has been chiefly studied from a learned point of view and its quality as literature and hence its value to the lay reader have been greatly overlooked. The Chinese version has been used but with constant reference to the Mongol text. The parts selected (founded on story-tellers' tales) date from the middle of the thirteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415612760

The Secret History of the MongolsThe Life and Times of Chinggis Khan There has long been a need for a scholarly English edition of the great 13th century historical epic The Secret History of the Mongols the only surviving Mongol source about the empire. The book is mainly about the life and the career of Chinggis Khan his ancestors and his rise to power.Chinggis Khan was not only a military genius but also a great statesman and diplomat. Through a combination of armed force and diplomacy he managed to merge the complex system of alliances which existed between diverse tribes into a powerful confederacy that swept across most of Eurasia starting in 1219.Urgunge Onon's fresh translation brings out the excitement of this epic with its wide-ranging commentaries on military and social conditions religion and philosophy while remaining faithful to the original text. This fully annotated edition is prefaced by a 36 page introduction setting the work in its cultural and historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415515269

The Secret Israeli-Palestinian Negotiations in OsloTheir Success and Why the Process Ultimately Failed The Oslo secret negotiations from 1992 to 1993 were some of the most astonishing and also successful negotiations in the Middle East leading to the mutual recognition between the PLO and Israel. Through an in-depth examination of the Oslo negotiations this book argues that at the core of the negotiations was a fascinating dilemma of recognition. Overcoming this dilemma was at the centre of the secret negotiations. A thorough analysis documents how decision makers tried to communicate without being able to engage in face-to-face negotiations and highlights the significance of the role of third parties in the conflict resolution process stressing in particular the importance of the European Union’s power in bringing the sides together. This is a comprehensive account of the Oslo negotiations focusing particularly on the timely issue of non-recognition – which is of great importance today given the recent emergence of the rise of Hamas as the dominant Palestinian political force. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542135

The Secret Language of IntimacyReleasing the Hidden Power in Couple Relationships In The Secret Language of Intimacy shame and its consequences are foregrounded as a major if not the major impediment to the healthy functioning in the relationships of couples. In the first part of the book Robert Lee presents the "Secret Language of Intimacy Workshop " developed and presented for the first time at the 1998 Annual Conference of the Association for the Advancement of Gestalt Therapy.  Lee not only describes how the hidden forces of shame and belonging regulate couple dynamics but also how the workshop itself has facilitated the acceptance of these forces and promoted therapeutic resolution utilizing clinical vignettes. The second half of the book is comprised of internationally contributed essays from leading names in the Gestalt perspective each adding to and redefining the role of shame and belonging in the theory and practice of Gestalt couples therapy.  Their conclusions however are just as insightful for purveyors of other psychoanalytic and psychodynamic therapies as well.   Media > Books > Print Books Gestalt Press 9781138144439

The Secret Life of CitiesSocial reproduction of everyday life Contemporary urbanisation has two faces: global flows of people money and information and that of localised social and economic disparities. Recent research has focused on the headlines of global cities as control centres of the world economy and social and economic shock waves that have raged through cities and regions but less attention has been paid to the secret life of cities and the changing nature of everyday life in the wake of such changes.This book challenges current research and policy agendas recommending spatial concentration and relocation as a solution to the problems of environmental sustainability and social dislocation. Instead this book highlights the key linkages between social and environmental problems it argues that neither are likely to be resolved with a simple spatial fix. The book draws attention to local contexts of contemporary urbanisation emphasising consideration of policy making from the perspective of the household as a key unit of analysis in identifying links between labour and housing markets transport and leisure.This book draws upon detailed household interviews about the daily experience of life in a global city. It illustrates the dilemmas and solutions that people routinely find in order to go on in their lives. It shows that these local fixes that are managed at the level of the household work in spite of and sometimes against existing policies aimed at sustainability. It concludes that policy making needs to  be radically overhauled in order to address the integrated nature of people's everyday lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162723

The Secret Life of DecisionsHow Unconscious Bias Subverts Your Judgement Making decisions is a critical part of every executive’s job. However we know so little about the often subliminal processes that shape the decisions we make. The Secret Life of Decisions exposes the unchallenged myths and distortions that impact our reasoning ability raising our awareness of the many traps we can fall into. Meena Thuraisingham and her collaborator Wolfgang Lehmacher have drawn from decades of work with leaders showing that even the most talented leaders and teams can end up making sub-optimal decisions. This is rarely because they had poor critical thinking faculties but rather because they did not pay enough attention to the often invisible traps hardwired into our thinking processes letting through only information that conforms with our current beliefs mental models and expectations. This leaves many leaders and businesses exposed. Rather than being the rational output of our reasoning abilities the authors show decision making to be a highly imprecise process. As decision makers we come to the table armed with our own perspectives preferences filters heuristics and biases influenced by a broad range of social influences many operating subliminally. The Secret Life of Decisions is an essential read for developing and seasoned executives who have to work through increasingly complex and high stakes decisions. It treats choosing wisely and the thinking involved as a skill which as with many other skills can be improved with the guided practice and supporting tools provided here. The journey however starts with awareness that comes from outing the ’secret’ forces that can sabotage the quality of our decisions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409453277

The Secret Life of English-Medium Instruction in Higher EducationExamining Microphenomena in Context This volume explores the inner-workings of English-medium instruction (EMI) in higher education (HE) at two universities. After an introductory chapter that sets the scene and provides an essential background there are four empirically based chapters that draw on data collected from a range of sources at two universities in Catalonia. This includes interviews audio/video recordings of classes audio logs produced by both lecturers and students policy documents students’ written work and student presentation evaluation rubrics. These chapters examine the following issues: (1) the choice of either English or Catalan as the medium of instruction by students and lecturers; (2) how students display ambivalence towards EMI as well as a general lack of enthusiasm towards and an ironic distance from 'doing education’; (3) how students resist EMI by contravening its English monolingual norm using their L1s in the classroom; and finally (4) how EMI lecturers on occasion act as English language teachers despite their continued claims to the contrary. The book ends with a concluding chapter that draws all of the strands together around key themes. This book is written for scholars interested in issues surrounding EMI in HE in general as well as those EMI in HE practitioners who have adopted a reflective approach to their professional practice and wish to know more about the ins and outs of EMI in HE from multiple perspectives. It is a useful resource for MA and PhD students on applied linguistics programmes in which the roles and uses of English in HE worldwide are deemed to be important and worthy of attention. Additionally this will be relevant to courses or modules focusing on language policy as well as curriculum issues more broadly and language teaching practice more specifically. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367437725

The Secret Life of InsectsAn Entomological Alphabet Every science including the study of insects may have circumscribed limits but its deeper principles open up new worlds of possibility. Milward uncovers these hidden principles by examining the daily lives and habits of insects. His studies lead him to fascinating speculations taking the reader into the realms not only of literature as suggested by the subtitle but also of philosophy and theology.When Milward discusses what everybody knows about insects and what he has personally observed he relates insects to human life in general. His insights help us feel a certain fellowship with the insects or at least with some of the more familiar insects. He does not let us forget that there is an important diff erence between human beings and insects. Human beings think. It is our ability to think that makes us what we are but it is thinking that enables us to discover our affi nity with insects.The Secret Life of Insects does not probe into the hidden lives of insects or treat them as individuals. His main interest is the light insects may throw on our human experience and the assistance they may lend us as we seek to transcend our human experience. Milward aims at the level of common knowledge. In contrast to entomological scientists Milward finds shadowy glimpses of hidden meaning in the insect world. Th ese intimations or shadowy glimpses reveal thoughts and possibilities that will extend the human imagination. As a consequence this work will inspire philosophers as well as general readers interested in refl ecting on the profundity of ordinary life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138516854

The Secret Life of TheaterOn the Nature and Function of Theatrical Representation What is the secret DNA of theater? What makes it unique from its sister arts? Why was it invented? Why does it persist? And now in such an advanced technological age why do we still feel compelled to return to a mode of expression that was invented over two thousand years ago? These are some of the foundational questions that are asked in this study of theater from its inception to today. The Secret Life of Theater begins with a look at theater’s origins in Ancient Greece. Next it moves on to examine the history and nature of theater from Agamenon to Angels in America through theater’s use of stage directions revealing the many unspoken languages that are employed to communicate with its audiences. Finally it looks at theater’s ever-shifting strategies of engendering fellow-feeling through the use of emotion allowing the form to become a rare space where one can feel a thought and think a feeling. In an age when many studies are concerned with the "how" of theater this work returns us to theatre’s essential "why." The Secret Life of Theater suggests that by reframing the question we can re-enchant this unique and ever-vital medium of expression. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138334601

The Secret Life of Vulnerable Children How do disturbed children see the world? How can we understand their difficulties? Most children have secret worlds but for some these worlds contain secrets that are both permanent and damaging. Originally published in 1992 this moving account of the secret lives of such vulnerable and disturbed children will enable professionals working with these children to find out what is going on in their minds – what they are thinking what they are feeling why they behave as they do. The contributors all experts in their field at the time show how vulnerable children can be assessed and how they can be helped most effectively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138928947

The Secret Lives of AnthropologistsLessons from the Field This book addresses the difficult conditions researchers may face in the field and provides lessons in how to navigate the various social political economic health and environmental challenges involved in fieldwork. It also sheds important light on aspects often considered "secret" or taboo. From anthropologists just starting out to those with over forty years in the field these researchers offer the benefit of their experience conducting research in diverse cultures around the world. The contributions combine engaging personal narrative with consideration of theory and methods. The volume emphasizes how being adaptable and aware of the many risks and rewards of ethnographic research can help foster success in quantitative and qualitative data collection. This is a valuable resource for students of anthropological methods and those about to embark on fieldwork for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138501867

The Secret of Coaching and Leading by ValuesHow to Ensure Alignment and Proper Realignment Coaches play a major role in helping people understand their values and the values of their surroundings and helping them make choices and adapt. Sometimes the choice may be to find a situation more in sync with your values. Or it may mean working hard on yourself or in concert with your partner team or organization. Whatever we need to do to attain it a positive fit makes for a happier person and a happier person will be more successful. This accessible and practical book will help coaches educators leaders and managers understand the philosophy methodology and tools that can be used to make a person happier healthier and more productive at work and in life in general. This book compiles short vignettes from over a dozen global academics and celebrated executive coaches sharing information about aligning values in different settings. Based on years of research and written for readers from all walks of life you will learn that when you understand your core values place them on a triaxial template and align them with your definition of success everything changes. It will help you come out of your comfort zone in order to embrace the future and enhance the quality of your life. For this you need a concept a methodology and effective tools all of which are offered in this book. Rich with practical step-by-step methodologies and tools to facilitate values-led leadership coaching and mentoring this book is essential for any change agent be it a coach a leader an educator or any person who is interested in learning how to become more effective improve their practice and engage in self or professional coaching. At the same time it will enhance leadership qualities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367456368

The Secret Of The Golden FlowerA Chinese Book of Life First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868792

The Secret Origins of Comics Studies In The Secret Origins of Comics Studies today’s leading comics scholars turn back a page to reveal the founding figures dedicated to understanding comics art. Edited by comics scholars Matthew J. Smith and Randy Duncan this collection provides an in-depth study of the individuals and institutions that have created and shaped the field of Comics Studies over the past 75 years. From Coulton Waugh to Wolfgang Fuchs these influential historians educators and theorists produced the foundational work and built the institutions that inspired the recent surge in scholarly work in this dynamic interdisciplinary field. Sometimes scorned often underappreciated these visionaries established a path followed by subsequent generations of scholars in literary studies communication art history the social sciences and more. Giving not only credit where credit is due this volume both offers an authoritative account of the history of Comics Studies and also helps move the field forward by being a valuable resource for creating graduate student reading lists and the first stop for anyone writing a comics-related literature review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872328

The Secret to Maximizing ProfitabilityA Business Novel on How to Successfully Combine The Theory of Constraints Lean and Six Sigma to Driv This book fully details as the title suggests the real secret to maximizing an organization's profitability. While many companies have implemented improvement initiatives such as Six Sigma and Lean Manufacturing there is a missing link which when discovered and implemented will take these same companies to profit levels not seen before. This missing link is the Theory of Constraints and when it’s combined with Lean and Six Sigma true transformational improvements are sure to follow. In this book the author walks you through the step-by-step method on how to combine these three methodologies with the result being significant improvements to flow major improvements in variation substantial reductions in waste superior on-time delivery and ultimately maximized profitability. He has been using this integrated methodology for many years and each time the results realized were well beyond what the leadership teams had experienced previously. The genesis behind this combined improvement cycle is based upon many years of analysis of both failures and successes using Lean Six Sigma and the Theory of Constraints as stand-alone improvement initiatives. By integrating Lean Six Sigma and the Theory of Constraints into a single improvement cycle the author has developed a recipe that will maximize your return on investment cash flow and net profit. The Secret to Maximizing Profitability is both stimulating and thought provoking but more importantly it will provide your organization with a roadmap for maximizing the use of your resources to achieve more bottom-line improvement than you ever imagined possible. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367410520

The Secret Tradition in AlchemyIts Development and Records A complete history of alchemy revealing the subject as much more than the attempts in early science of turning base metals into gold or silver this book goes about intimating the mystical experience underlying hermetic symbolism. It outlines some of the ‘secret’ inner meanings to alchemy - symbolism metaphysics and spirituality. This book contains a universe of information and is worthwhile reading for anyone wanting to know more on this engaging subject. Originally published in 1926. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752701

The Secret War Against Hitler One of the few survivors of the German Resistance von Schlabrendorff traces his anti-Nazi activity from his student days in the 1920s through Hitler's rise to power to the war and his involvement in the July 20 1944 plot. He vividly recalls the double life of the Resistance leaders during World War II the futile secret meetings of the conspirators and their efforts to enlist the aid of weak and vacillating German generals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367095963

The Secretaries of State 1681-1782. Published in 1968: While giving a lucid account of the functions and difficulties of the office of Principal Secretary the author shows clearly how the retention of this position was a characteristic example of the English habit of clinging to old forms in political matters long after these forms have ceased to bear any relationship to reality. Originally a clerk in the King's private household and writer of his letters by the end of the seventeenth century the position had become a political office second only in importance to that of Lord High Treasurer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367147808

The Securitisation of Climate ChangeActors Processes and Consequences This book provides the first systematic comparative analysis of climate security discourses. It analyses the securitisation of climate change in four different countries: USA Germany Turkey and Mexico. The empirical analysis traces how specific climate-security discourses have become dominant which actors have driven this process what political consequences this has had and what role the broader context has played in enabling these specific securitisations. In doing so the book outlines a new and systematic theoretical framework that distinguishes between different referent objects of securitisation (territorial individual and planetary) and between a security and risk dimension. It thereby clarifies the ever-increasing literature on different forms of securitisation and the relationship between security risk and politics. Whereas securitisation studies have traditionally focused on either a single country case study or a global overview consequently failing to reconstruct detailed securitisation dynamics this is the first book to provide a systematic comparative analysis of climate security discourses in four countries and thus closes an empirical gap in the present literature. In addition this comparative framework allows the drawing of conclusions about the conditions for and consequences of successful securitisation based on empirical and comparative analysis rather than theoretical debate only. This book will of interest to students of climate change environmental studies critical security global governance and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138956353

The Securitization and Policing of Art TheftThe Case of London The subject of many films and books art theft is a fascinating topic that continues to capture the popular imagination. However it is one of many types of art crime that remain under-researched and which require much more academic empirical investigation. This book examines who is performing managing governing and controlling the securitization and policing of art theft in London. Through giving the first map of the policing and securitization of one of the world’s largest centres of art it helps our understanding of art security at city national and international levels and offers practical recommendations for those who operate within art security. Providing the first clear single account of the London art security terrain this book also advances current knowledge of policing environmental criminology and insurance. Moreover it adds to the previous research into the traditionally restricted worlds of private policing public policing and the art world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599041

The Securitization of Humanitarian MigrationDigging moats and sinking boats This book examines how western liberal states are progressively restricting access to refugees and asylum seekers even though these states have signed international agreements obliging them to offer protection to those fleeing persecution and to advocate the spread of human rights and humanitarian principles. Watson examines how refugees and asylum seekers have come to be treated so poorly by these states through the use of policies such as visa requirements mandatory detention and prevention/return policies. Providing extensive documentary analysis of debates on ‘restrictive’ refugee policies in Canada and Australia the author addresses the relationship between security and migration an issue of increased importance in the aftermath of 9/11 and the war on terror. He then examines hotly-contested policies such as detention and the forceful return of asylum seekers to demonstrate how attempts to securitise these issues have been resisted in the media and by political opposition. Given the importance of providing refuge for persecuted populations not only to ensure the survival of targeted individuals but also to maintain international peace and security the erosion of protective measures is of great importance today. The book will be of interest to students and scholars of international security international relations migration and human rights Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853439

The Securitization of Migration and Refugee Women Humanised accounts of restrictions on mobility are rarely the focus of debates on irregular migration. Very little is heard from refugees themselves about why they migrate their experiences whilst entering the EU or how they navigate reception conditions upon arrival particularly from a gendered perspective. The Securitization of Migration and Refugee Women fills this gap and explores the journey made by refugee women who have travelled from Somalia to the EU to seek asylum. This book reveals the humanised impact of the securitization of migration the dominant policy response to irregular migration pursued by governments across the Globe. The Southern EU Member State of Malta finds itself on the frontline of policing and securing Europe’s southern external borders against transnational migrants and preventing migrants’ on-migration to other Member States within the EU. The securitization of migration has been responsible for restricting access to asylum diluting rights and entitlements to refugee protection and punishing those who arrive in the EU without valid passports –a visibly racialised and gendered population. The stories of the refugee women interviewed for this research detail the ways in which refugee protection is being eroded selectively applied and in some cases specifically designed to exclude. In contrast to the majority of migration literature which has largely focused on the male experience this book focuses on the experiences of refugee women and aims to contribute to the volume of work dedicated to analysing borders from the perspective of those who cross them. This research strengthens existing criminological literature and has the potential to offer insights to policy makers around the world. It will be of interest to academics and students interested in International Crime and Justice Securitisation Refugee Law and Border Control as well as the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138666016

The Securitization of MigrationA Study of Movement and Order The international movement of people is provoking worldwide anxiety and apprehension. Nation-states around the globe especially Western ones are cracking down on migration for security reasons. International migration has become a key security issue and is perceived by some as an existential security threat. The Securitization of Migration is about the movement of people and the system of order underpinning the movement. In undertaking a comparative study of Canada and France the study analyzes the process of securitizing migration. It explores the process of discursively and institutionally integrating international migration into security frameworks that emphasize policing and defence. Drawing upon social theory migration studies and Securitization Theory Philippe Bourbeau seeks to understand the concepts of power underlying security frameworks and how these affect the treatment of migrants and immigrants. This book is one of the first to systematically and comparatively examine the role of political agents media agents and contextual factors in the process of securitizing migration. The book will be of interest to students and scholars concerned with comparative and theoretical approaches to security and migration studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415731485

The Security Context in the Black Sea Region This book on the security context in the Black Sea region is a timely endeavour and substantive contribution to understanding the state of play in the region and its linkages to the rest of the world. With contributions from analysts from Europe the United States Russia Ukraine and Turkey the book provides a holistic perspective. Post-Cold War developments have increased interest in the Black Sea region and the role of the regional and extra-regional actors in its security issues: this volume examines the position of the United States; NATO’s involvement; the EU’s engagement; Russia and Turkey’s aspirations alongside the policies of the other states in the region as they seek a role for themselves. It illustrates and investigates key concerns such as security energy and energy security regionalism and good governance; and questions why a cooperative security framework (or other regional schemes which could accommodate the needs of all stakeholders) has to date never become a reality. This book adds to the growing body of research on the region presenting the facts of the current situation and asking what can be done in the Black Sea region for it to survive given its precarious security environment. This book was published as a special issue of Southeast European and Black Sea Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138981553

The Security Council as Global Legislator Security Council resolutions have undergone an important evolution over the last two decades. While continuing its traditional role of determining state-specific threats to peace and engaging accordingly in various peaceful or coercive measures the Security Council has also adopted resolutions that have effectively imposed legal obligations on all United Nations member states. This book seeks to move away from the discussions of whether the Security Council – in the current composition and working methods – is representative capable or productive. Rather it assesses whether legislative activity by the Security Council can be beneficial to international peace and security. The authors examine and critique the capacities of the Security Council to address thematic international threats - such as terrorism weapons proliferations targeting of civilians recruitment of child soldiers piracy – as an alternative to the traditional model of addressing country-specific situations on a case-by-case basis. Ultimately the book seeks to assess the efficacy of the Security Council as global legislator in terms of complementing the Security Council’s mandate for the maintenance of international peace and security with a preventative and norm-setting capacity. The book presents views from a diverse range of Security Council stakeholders including academic scholars political analysts and international lawyers. This resource will be of great interest to students of international relations international organizations and international security studies alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138289574

The Security Environment in the Asia-Pacific Multilateral security forums in the Asia Pacific region have evolved but bilateral defence alliances continue to form the principle pillars of national security for most nations in the region. This text presents a survey of issues confronting the Asia-Pacific region as it enters year 2000. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315292090

The Security Governance of Regional Organizations The Security Governance of Regional Organizations assesses the effectiveness of regional organizations as regional or global security providers and examines how policy preferences resources capabilities institutional mechanisms and economic and political cohesion link with collective action behaviour in four security policy functions. It investigates how regional organizations meet the new security threats or respond to strategic geopolitical changes and what adaptations they make in the process. Divided into three parts and using a common analytical framework the book explains the changing security agenda in ten key regional organizations each organizational chapter: identifies the nature of threats within the region examines the historical development and the degree of institutionalization assesses the level of governance explores the context of interaction investigates the compliance with the norms of the system of governance. This collection contributes to the ongoing reconceptualization of security and definition of security governance and explores whether regional security governance processes are unique or similar and whether some organizational experiences can be seen as models for others to follow. It combines a coherent theoretical framework with strong comparative case studies making it ideal reading for all students of security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415782357

The Security Implications of the New Taiwan How can fresh conflict between China and Taiwan be avoided? This paper argues that unless the key players - Taiwan China and the US - accept the existence of a new and increasingly democratic Taiwan the conflict across the Taiwan Straits will remain one of the most contentious and dangerous in East Asia. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315001005

The Security Of KoreaU.s. And Japanese Perspectives On The 1980s Any discussion of the security of Korea has implications for U.S.-Japan relations but the Carter administration's announcement in 1977 of its intention to withdraw U.S. ground-combat forces from Korea by 1982 which brought to the surface deep-rooted Japanese and American frustrations with one another made it clear that neither side fully understood the other's view of Korea. This book a collaborative effort by specialists of diverse expertise and viewpoints clarifies U.S. and Japanese perceptions of the Korean problem and explores alternative approaches to the maintenance of peace and security on the Korean peninsula. Demonstrating that much of the conventional wisdom about Korean security rests on oversimplifications exaggerated fears and mistaken assumptions the authors assert that the prospects for avoiding conflict grow brighter despite existing pitfalls and offer recommendations for the U.S. and Japanese governments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295721

The Security of Sea Lanes of Communication in the Indian Ocean Region First published in 2007 this book focuses on the security of sea lanes of communication. It was a joint publication between the Maritime Institute of Malaysia (MIMA) and the Indian Ocean Research Group (IORG) and is an important book for three particular reasons. First it takes a step forward in identifying key policy themes that can be applied to interstate cooperation around the Indian Ocean Region (IOR). Second the particular theme discussed is not only central to the economic well-being of Indian Ocean countries but also to many of the world’s most important trading states and finally the various discussions within the book raise a host of issues to which regional as well as non-regional policy-makers should give serious consideration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138929173

The Security of the Persian Gulf (RLE Iran D) The Persian Gulf important because of its vast energy resources emerged into the limelight of geopolitics at the time of the British Labour government’s policy of withdrawal from East of Suez in 1968. Before 1968 it had been recognised that the Gulf lay in the legitimate sphere of influence of Britain while the United States exerted its influence in the two pivotal littoral states of Iran and Saudi Arabia. The Soviets had been gaining influence in Iraq ever since the overthrow of the monarchy in 1958 and the Chinese were also fishing for influence by their support of the Popular Front for the Liberation of the Arabian Gulf. This book examines the political axes of the various super-powers with Iran and the Persian Gulf and discusses the implications of these problems for the issue of security in the region. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203832189

The Security Risk Assessment HandbookA Complete Guide for Performing Security Risk Assessments Second Edition Conducted properly information security risk assessments provide managers with the feedback needed to understand threats to corporate assets determine vulnerabilities of current controls and select appropriate safeguards. Performed incorrectly they can provide the false sense of security that allows potential threats to develop into disastrous losses of proprietary information capital and corporate value. Picking up where its bestselling predecessor left off The Security Risk Assessment Handbook: A Complete Guide for Performing Security Risk Assessments Second Edition gives you detailed instruction on how to conduct a risk assessment effectively and efficiently. Supplying wide-ranging coverage that includes security risk analysis mitigation and risk assessment reporting this updated edition provides the tools needed to solicit and review the scope and rigor of risk assessment proposals with competence and confidence. Trusted to assess security for leading organizations and government agencies including the CIA NSA and NATO Douglas Landoll unveils the little-known tips tricks and techniques used by savvy security professionals in the field. He details time-tested methods to help you:Better negotiate the scope and rigor of security assessmentsEffectively interface with security assessment teamsGain an improved understanding of final report recommendationsDeliver insightful comments on draft reportsThe book includes charts checklists and sample reports to help you speed up the data gathering analysis and document development process. Walking you through the process of conducting an effective security assessment it provides the tools and up-to-date understanding you need to select the security measures best suited to your organization. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367659295

The Security State in PakistanLegal Foundations The War on Terror has been going on for over a decade and it shows no signs of winding down in near future a war which has directly contributed to growing security regimes in frontline states. This book focuses on the legal dimensions of the War on Terror and security in Pakistan. It highlights the growth of the security state in Pakistan and questions the growing and by-now entrenched legal security regime in the country. The book traces the roots of the present security laws in colonial and post-colonial times. One broader dimension from which the legal security regime of Pakistan is approached in this book is through highlighting specific issues concerning the legal identity of the subject such as the rights of aliens in the background of state power versus liberal constitutionalism and the rights of terrorism suspects in the background of deploying death sentence as a tactical psychological tool versus the absolute right to life (of every individual). By critically reflecting on the increasingly institutionalized form of the security apparatus in Pakistan the book (indirectly) suggests the legal ways to resist the growing legal security regime and derogation from human rights.Offering a theoretically engaged and critically reflective overview of the current state of individual identity rights and freedoms in face of a burgeoning legal regime of security in Pakistan this study makes advances in critical legal studies and critical IR. It will be of interest to academics working in the field of security studies South Asian Studies particularly Pakistan and the War on Terror. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586867

The Security WatershedRussians Debating Defense and Foreign Policy after the Cold War This book first published in 1993 is an analytical review that discusses the changes in the international security policies of the USA and USSR at the end of the Cold War as well as the main events that occurred in the area of arms control. A distinctive feature of this work is the detailed analysis of competing Russian views concerning arms control agreements and Russian military reforms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367629038

The Seductions of Biography First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203760352

The Seductions of PilgrimageSacred Journeys Afar and Astray in the Western Religious Tradition The Seductions of Pilgrimage explores the simultaneously attractive and repellent beguiling and alluring forms of seduction in pilgrimage. It focuses on the varied discursive imaginative and practical mechanisms of seduction that draw individual pilgrims to a pilgrimage site; the objects places and paradigms that pilgrims leave behind as they embark on their hyper-meaningful travel experience; and the often unforeseen elements that lead pilgrims off their desired course. Presenting the first comprehensive study of the role of seduction on individual pilgrims in the study of pilgrimage and tourism it will appeal to scholars of anthropology cultural geography tourism heritage and religious studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546301

The Seed of MadnessConstitution Environment and Fantasy in the Organization of the Psychotic Core More and more individuals with ego defects severe object relations conflicts affective turbulence and unassimilated contradictions are seeking help from psychoanalysts and psychotherapists. Contributors to this book explore hereditary and constitutional factors environmental influences and unconscious fantasies in the development of the psychotic core in such patients and provide guidance for psychoanalysts and psychotherapists to hear and therapeutically respond to these patients' uncanny ways of describing their internal worlds. This volume includes contributions by experienced clinicians from Europe and the United States as well as case histories illustrating the transformation of the psychotic core and how these patients can develop healthier internal structures. The editors' introductory and closing summaries integrate knowledge dealing with especially difficult patients. By reading this book psychoanalysts and therapists will be prepared to gain insights as newer neurobiological and psychological research findings become available and hopefully enthusiasm about working with individuals with "the seed of madness." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204428

The Selborne PioneerGilbert White as Naturalist and Scientist: A Re-Examination Gilbert White's name is known universally but as Ted Dadswell insists in this book important aspects of his work have frequently been overlooked even by scholarly editors. The Selborne naturalist (1720-1793) has been described as 'a prince of personal observers'; but a shrewd analytical questioning and comparing was also typical of his 'natural knowledge'. Exceptional even in his general aims White studied the behaviour the 'manners' and 'conversation' of his animals and plants. He saw moreover that an animal or plant and indeed a parish such as his own was unitary in operation; again and again a cause had numerous effects and an effect numerous causes. Observation could go forward in circumstances such as these if one was both sharp-eyed and patient but how could true investigation be managed? How could a particular cause or effect be isolated or tested? Here what Dadswell calls White's 'comparative habit' was put to good use. Gilbert White was a careful keeper of records and using these comparatively he 'appealed to controls' while examining his living creatures. Questioning and testing even the 'entirely usual' White was brought back repeatedly to the notion of adaptability. His zoological findings often concerned 'changed or changing' animals (or birds) and their social and inter-personal relationships. Today we can seem particularly well placed to appreciate his methods and factual claims; our 'ethologists' and ecologists have - seemingly - corroborated much of what he did. And yet just this corroboration renders him the more mysterious. To properly assess White as naturalist we must be able to approach him not only scientifically but also historically. He hoped for the emergence of teams of behavioural workers but did not try to pre-empt what would be achieved only by such teams and while he 'saw with his own eyes' as his friend John Mulso says he was substantially affected by certain of his contemporaries and predecessors. His journals and notebooks show us the naturalist at work. When a perhaps unexpected combination of influences is allowed for his 'unique' activities can be at least partially explained. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138378209

The Selected Essays of Malcolm Bowie I and IIDreams of Knowledge and Song Man The Selected Essays of Malcolm Bowie I and II Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367570514

The Selected Essays of Malcolm Bowie Vol. 1Dreams of Knowledge This book explains the relationship between imagination and intellectual inquiry. It is written in the form of articles intended for academic readers. The book focuses on main subjects: proust modern French poetry and psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601850

The Selected Essays of Malcolm Bowie Vol. 2Song Man This book brings together essays and reviews that Malcolm Bowie published in journals and collective volumes but did not subsequently use as chapters in his books. It reflects Malcolm's love and knowledge of music the fine rhythms and patterns of his style and his liking for brief forms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601867

The Selected Letters of Bertrand Russell Volume 1The Private Years 1884-1914 Those who knew the famous philosopher Bertrand Russell at the turn of the century referred to him as 'the Day of Judgement'. This acclaimed selection of his early letters available in paperback for the first time reveals the full scope of Russell's life and innermost thoughts up to the First World War. It includes letters to his first wife Alys Pearsall Smith reveals the background to his now famous work in philosophy and the foundations of mathematics and how his mind was stirred by socialism free trade and votes for women. It also contains letters on his famous affair with Ottoline Morrell providing yet another insight into one of the great intellectual figures of the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138400511

The Selected Letters of Bertrand Russell Volume 2The Public Years 1914-1970 This long-awaited second volume of Russell's best letters reveals the inner workings of a philosophical genius and an impassioned campaigner for peace and social reform. The letters only three of which have been published before cover most of Russell's adult life a period in which he wrote over thirty books including his famous History of Western Philosophy. Richly illustrated with photographs from Russell's life the collection includes letters to Ho Chi Minh Tito Jawaharlal Nehru and Albert Einstein. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203086315

The Selected Letters of Caroline Norton As the first nineteenth century woman to successfully campaign for women’s rights legislation Caroline Norton has been comparatively neglected and under-researched. There is however a current and growing interest in her life and work. This is a new three volume collection of the correspondence of Caroline Norton. The collection includes over 750 of her letters and also features an introduction by the editors contextualising and embedding Caroline’s literary and political achievements within the narrative of her letters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848936034

The Selected Letters of Caroline NortonVolume I This is the first volume of a three volume collection of the correspondence of Caroline Norton covering the period July 1828-Deember 1837. The collection also includes an introduction and five commentaries by the editor contextualising and embedding Caroline’s literary and political achievements within the narrative of her letters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138762701

The Selected Letters of Caroline NortonVolume II This is the second volume of a three volume collection of the correspondence of Caroline Norton covering the period January 1838-November 1857. The collection also includes an introduction and five commentaries by the editor contextualising and embedding Caroline’s literary and political achievements within the narrative of her letters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138762718

The Selected Letters of Caroline NortonVolume III This is the third volume of a three volume collection of the correspondence of Caroline Norton covering the period February 1858-June 1877. The collection also includes an introduction and five commentaries by the editor contextualising and embedding Caroline’s literary and political achievements within the narrative of her letters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138762725

The Selected Letters of W.E. Henley The text of the book consists of some 150 letters (out of a corpus of 2 500) written by the late nineteenth-century poet critic editor and journalist W.E. Henley to various figures of the period e.g. R.L. Stevenson H. G. Wells J.M. Barrie William Archer Rodin Wilde Kipling Arthur Morrison Alice Meynell and Edmund Gosse. Letters are also included to other figures within Henley’s immediate circle his wife Anna his financial backer Fitzroy Bell Charles Baxter the arbitrator in the quarrel between Henley and Stevenson and his Edinburgh art collector friend Hamilton Bruce. Each letter is fully annotated. An introduction places Henley within the period and provides a biographical account of his life and literary work which is reflected in his letters. Of particular importance is the role of Henley as editor of London the Magazine of Art the Scots Observer and later the National Observer and the New Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888183

The Selected Plays of Hélène Cixous Cixous' work as a playwright - working mainly with Theatre du Soleil and their director Ariane Mnouchkine - establishes her as a participant in some of the most adventurous European theatre making of the last 40 years.This collection brings together for the first time four translations into English of Helene Cixous' plays. It is a unique and extraordinary resource for scholars students and theatre-makers. The collection includes: *The Perjured City translated by Bernadette Fort*Black Sail White Sail translated by Donald Watson*Portrait of Dora translated by Ann Liddle*Drums on the Dam translated by Judith G. Miller and Brian J. MalletThis exciting new anthology will disseminate her work to a wide and receptive English-speaking audience. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315011400

The Selected Works of C. H. Waddington (7 vols) The Selected Works of C. H. Waddington reissues seven titles from Waddington's impressive oeuvre. The titles in question cover a range of topics from genetics and embryology to ethics in science and contemporary biological thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138959484

The Selected Works of Eric Partridge This set reissues important selected works by Eric Partridge covering the period from 1933 to 1968. Together the books look at many and diverse aspects of language focusing in particular on English. Included in the collection are a variety of insightful dictionaries and reference works that showcase some of Partridge’s best work. The books are creative as well as practical and will provide enjoyable reading for both scholars and the more general reader who has an interest in language and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138912373

The Selected Works of Isaac of StellaA Cistercian Voice from the Twelfth Century This book presents an invaluable selection of sermons and theological treatises of the twelfth century author Isaac of Stella. The English born abbot of the French Cistercian monastery of Stella on the Isle of Ré is one of the most inspiring yet equally elusive representatives of the great twelfth-century Cistercian Renaissance more widely associated with the person of Bernard of Clairvaux. The astonishing spiritual and intellectual depth of Isaac's surviving writings makes him a valuable read for anyone aiming to receive a complete picture of the intellectual heritage of the Middle Ages. Of the twenty-five sermons by Isaac presented in this volume ten are made available here in an English translation for the first time. These are accompanied with two new studies examining Isaac of Stella's work from an historical literary as well as theological perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275713

The Selected Works of Marc Bloch The Selected Works of Marc Bloch reissues four titles from Bloch's impressive oeuvre. The titles in question are all translated into English and include Land and Work in Mediaeval Europe: Selected Papers The Royal Touch: Sacred Monarchy and Scrofula in England and France The Ile-de-France: The country around Paris and French Rural History: An Essay on its Basic Characteristics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138859777

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This is the most ambitious critical edition of her work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848934801

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part I Volume 1Literary Criticism 1854-69 Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This is the most ambitious critical edition of her work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138762787

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part I Volume 2Literary Criticism 1870-76 Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This is the most ambitious critical edition of her work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138762794

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part I Volume 3Literary Criticism 1877-86 Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This is the most ambitious critical edition of her work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138762800

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part I Volume 4The Victorian Age of English Literature (1892) Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This is the most ambitious critical edition of her work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138762817

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part II Volume 5Literary Criticism 1887-97 Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This is the most ambitious critical edition of her work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138762824

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part II Volume 6The Autobiography and Letters of Mrs M.O.W. Oliphant (1899) Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This is the most ambitious critical edition of her work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138762831

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part II Volume 7Writings on Biography I Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This is the most ambitious critical edition of her work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138762848

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part II Volume 8Writings on Biography II Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This is the most ambitious critical edition of her work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138762855

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part II Volume 9Historical Writing Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This is the most ambitious critical edition of her work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138762862

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part III Volume 10Novellas Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This is the most ambitious critical edition of her work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138762879

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part III Volume 11Short (Domestic) Fiction Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This is the most ambitious critical edition of her work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138762886

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part III Volume 12Supernatural Tales Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This is the most ambitious critical edition of her work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138762893

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part III Volume 13Essays on Life-Writing and History Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This is the most ambitious critical edition of her work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138762909

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part III Volume 14Essays on European Literature and Culture Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This is the most ambitious critical edition of her work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138762916

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part IIINovellas and Shorter Fiction Essays on Life-Writing and History Essays on European Litera Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This is the most ambitious critical edition of her work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781851966097

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part IILiterary Criticism Autobiography Biography and Historical Writing Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This is the most ambitious critical edition of her work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781851966080

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part ILiterary Criticism and Literary History Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This is the most ambitious critical edition of her work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781851966592

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part IV Volume 15Preliminary Tales: 'The Executioner' 'The Rector' and 'The Doctor's Family' Part IV offers the first critical edition of the four full length novels and three stories that comprise the Chronicles of Carlingford. Each of the five volumes contains a full scholarly apparatus including the important variations between the serial versions and the first publication in volume format. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138762923

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part IV Volume 16Salem Chapel Part IV offers the first critical edition of the four full length novels and three stories that comprise the Chronicles of Carlingford. Each of the five volumes contains a full scholarly apparatus including the important variations between the serial versions and the first publication in volume format. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138762930

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part IV Volume 17The Perpetual Curate Part IV offers the first critical edition of the four full length novels and three stories that comprise the Chronicles of Carlingford. Each of the five volumes contains a full scholarly apparatus including the important variations between the serial versions and the first publication in volume format. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138762947

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part IV Volume 18Miss Marjoribanks Part IV offers the first critical edition of the four full length novels and three stories that comprise the Chronicles of Carlingford. Each of the five volumes contains a full scholarly apparatus including the important variations between the serial versions and the first publication in volume format. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138762954

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part IV Volume 19Phoebe Junior Part IV offers the first critical edition of the four full length novels and three stories that comprise the Chronicles of Carlingford. Each of the five volumes contains a full scholarly apparatus including the important variations between the serial versions and the first publication in volume format. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138762961

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part IVChronicles of Carlingford Part IV offers the first critical edition of the four full length novels and three stories that comprise the Chronicles of Carlingford. Each of the five volumes contains a full scholarly apparatus including the important variations between the serial versions and the first publication in volume format. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781851966141

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part V Volume 20Hester Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This is the most ambitious critical edition of her work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138762978

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part V Volume 21The Wizard’s Son Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This is the most ambitious critical edition of her work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138762985

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part V Volume 22Kirsteen Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This is the most ambitious critical edition of her work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138762992

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part VI Volume 23At His Gates Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This is the most ambitious critical edition of her work. This volume includes her 1872 novel At his Gates with editorial notes by Joanne Wilkes including a new introduction headnote and explanatory notes which provide key information about the book and its publication history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763005

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part VI Volume 24The Ladies Lindores Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This is the most ambitious critical edition of her work. This volume includes her 1883 novel The Ladies Lindores with editorial notes by Josie Billington including a new introduction and headnote  giving key information about the book and its publication history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763012

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part VI Volume 25Old Mr Tredgold Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This is the most ambitious critical edition of her work. This volume includes her 1895 novel Old Mr Tredgold with editorial notes by Elisabeth Jay including a new introduction and headnote proving key information about the book and its publication history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763029

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part VIMajor Novels Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This collection represents the most ambitious critical edition of her work and includes At his Gates (1872) The Ladies Lindores (1883) and Old Mr Tredgold (1895). The three volume set edited by experts in the field is accompanied by original editorial material including a new general introduction and headnotes to each work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781851965007

The Selected Works of Margaret Oliphant Part VMajor Novels Margaret Oliphant (1828-97) had a prolific literary career that spanned almost fifty years. She wrote some 98 novels fifty or more short stories twenty-five works of non-fiction including biographies and historic guides to European cities and more than three hundred periodical articles. This is the most ambitious critical edition of her work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781851966004

The Selected Writings of Andrew Lang A novelist poet literary critic and anthropologist Andrew Lang is best known for his publications on folklore mythology and religion; many have grown up with the ‘colour’ Fairy Books which he compiled between 1889 and 1910. This three volume set presents a selection of his work in these areas. The first volume covers the general and theoretical aspects of Lang’s work on folklore mythology and anthropology along with the tools and concepts which he used in his often combative contributions to these inter-related disciplines. As a companion to the first volume the second is comprised of various case studies made by Lang ranging from ‘The Aryan Races of Peru’ and ‘The Folk-lore of France’ to ‘Irish Fairies’ and ‘The Ballads Scottish and English’. The third volume arranges his literary criticism first by geo-cultural context and then chronologically. It begins with Lang’s views on the nature and purpose of fiction then presents samples of his work on some of the most important authors in the respective canons of French American Scottish and English literature including Victor Hugo Edgar Allan Poe Robert Burns and Charles Dickens among many others mainly of the nineteenth century. Collectively the General Introduction to the set and the Introductions to the individual volumes offer a thorough overview of Lang’s work in an astonishing variety of fields including his translation work on Homer and his contributions to historiography (particularly Scottish). The Introduction to Volume III sets Lang within the context of the literature of his times comparing and contrasting him with significant contemporaries. Headnotes to the individual items are of varying length and provide more detail on specific topics and explanatory notes supply unique intellectual comment rather than merely factual information. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848931480

The Selected Writings of Andrew LangVolume I: Folklore Mythology Anthropology; General and Theoretical A novelist poet literary critic and anthropologist Andrew Lang is best known for his publications on folklore mythology and religion; many have grown up with the ‘colour’ Fairy Books which he compiled between 1889 and 1910. This three volume set presents a selection of his work in these areas. The first volume covers the general and theoretical aspects of Lang’s work on folklore mythology and anthropology along with the tools and concepts which he used in his often combative contributions to these inter-related disciplines. Collectively the General Introduction to the set and the Introductions to the individual volumes offer a thorough overview of Lang’s work in an astonishing variety of fields including his translation work on Homer and his contributions to historiography (particularly Scottish). Headnotes to the individual items are of varying length and provide more detail on specific topics and explanatory notes supply unique intellectual comment rather than merely factual information. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763036

The Selected Writings of Andrew LangVolume II: Folklore Mythology Anthropology; Case Studies A novelist poet literary critic and anthropologist Andrew Lang is best known for his publications on folklore mythology and religion; many have grown up with the ‘colour’ Fairy Books which he compiled between 1889 and 1910. This three volume set presents a selection of his work in these areas. As a companion to the first volume the second is comprised of various case studies made by Lang ranging from ‘The Aryan Races of Peru’ and ‘The Folk-lore of France’ to ‘Irish Fairies’ and ‘The Ballads Scottish and English’. Collectively the General Introduction to the set and the Introductions to the individual volumes offer a thorough overview of Lang’s work in an astonishing variety of fields including his translation work on Homer and his contributions to historiography (particularly Scottish). Headnotes to the individual items are of varying length and provide more detail on specific topics and explanatory notes supply unique intellectual comment rather than merely factual information. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763043

The Selected Writings of Andrew LangVolume III: Literary Criticism A novelist poet literary critic and anthropologist Andrew Lang is best known for his publications on folklore mythology and religion; many have grown up with the ‘colour’ Fairy Books which he compiled between 1889 and 1910. This three volume set presents a selection of his work in these areas. The third volume arranges his literary criticism first by geo-cultural context and then chronologically. It begins with Lang’s views on the nature and purpose of fiction then presents samples of his work on some of the most important authors in the respective canons of French American Scottish and English literature including Victor Hugo Edgar Allan Poe Robert Burns and Charles Dickens among many others mainly of the nineteenth century. Collectively the General Introduction to the set and the Introductions to the individual volumes offer a thorough overview of Lang’s work in an astonishing variety of fields including his translation work on Homer and his contributions to historiography (particularly Scottish). The Introduction to Volume III sets Lang within the context of the literature of his times comparing and contrasting him with significant contemporaries. Headnotes to the individual items are of varying length and provide more detail on specific topics and explanatory notes supply unique intellectual comment rather than merely factual information. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763050

The Selected Writings of Leigh Hunt This edition makes available in a single edition all of Hunt's major works fully annotated and with a consolidated index. The set will include all of Hunt's poetry and an extensive selection of his periodical essays. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429353796

The Selected Writings of Leigh Hunt Vol 1 This edition makes available in a single edition all of Hunt's major works fully annotated and with a consolidated index. The set will include all of Hunt's poetry and an extensive selection of his periodical essays. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348549

The Selected Writings of Leigh Hunt Vol 2 This edition makes available in a single edition all of Hunt's major works fully annotated and with a consolidated index. The set will include all of Hunt's poetry and an extensive selection of his periodical essays. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348556

The Selected Writings of Leigh Hunt Vol 3 This edition makes available in a single edition all of Hunt's major works fully annotated and with a consolidated index. The set will include all of Hunt's poetry and an extensive selection of his periodical essays. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348563

The Selected Writings of Leigh Hunt Vol 4 This edition makes available in a single edition all of Hunt's major works fully annotated and with a consolidated index. The set will include all of Hunt's poetry and an extensive selection of his periodical essays. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348570

The Selected Writings of Leigh Hunt Vol 5 This edition makes available in a single edition all of Hunt's major works fully annotated and with a consolidated index. The set will include all of Hunt's poetry and an extensive selection of his periodical essays. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348587

The Selected Writings of Leigh Hunt Vol 6 This edition makes available in a single edition all of Hunt's major works fully annotated and with a consolidated index. The set will include all of Hunt's poetry and an extensive selection of his periodical essays. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348594

The Selected Writings of William Hazlitt William Hazlitt is viewed by many as one of the most distinguished of the non-fiction prose writers to emerge from the Romantic period. This nine-volume edition collects all his major works in complete form. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429353802

The Selected Writings of William Hazlitt Vol 1 William Hazlitt is viewed by many as one of the most distinguished of the non-fiction prose writers to emerge from the Romantic period. This nine-volume edition collects all his major works in complete form. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348600

The Selected Writings of William Hazlitt Vol 2 William Hazlitt is viewed by many as one of the most distinguished of the non-fiction prose writers to emerge from the Romantic period. This nine-volume edition collects all his major works in complete form. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348617

The Selected Writings of William Hazlitt Vol 3 William Hazlitt is viewed by many as one of the most distinguished of the non-fiction prose writers to emerge from the Romantic period. This nine-volume edition collects all his major works in complete form. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348624

The Selected Writings of William Hazlitt Vol 4 William Hazlitt is viewed by many as one of the most distinguished of the non-fiction prose writers to emerge from the Romantic period. This nine-volume edition collects all his major works in complete form. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348631

The Selected Writings of William Hazlitt Vol 5 William Hazlitt is viewed by many as one of the most distinguished of the non-fiction prose writers to emerge from the Romantic period. This nine-volume edition collects all his major works in complete form. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348648

The Selected Writings of William Hazlitt Vol 6 William Hazlitt is viewed by many as one of the most distinguished of the non-fiction prose writers to emerge from the Romantic period. This nine-volume edition collects all his major works in complete form. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348655

The Selected Writings of William Hazlitt Vol 7 William Hazlitt is viewed by many as one of the most distinguished of the non-fiction prose writers to emerge from the Romantic period. This nine-volume edition collects all his major works in complete form. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348662

The Selected Writings of William Hazlitt Vol 8 William Hazlitt is viewed by many as one of the most distinguished of the non-fiction prose writers to emerge from the Romantic period. This nine-volume edition collects all his major works in complete form. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348679

The Selected Writings of William Hazlitt Vol 9 William Hazlitt is viewed by many as one of the most distinguished of the non-fiction prose writers to emerge from the Romantic period. This nine-volume edition collects all his major works in complete form. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348686

The Selection and Election of Presidents The United States' presidential selection process is intricate constantly evolving and imperfectly understood by most American voters. The long campaign brings to light conflicting concepts of the role of the president inherent constraints on his powers contradictions in the selection process and possibilities for change or compromise that are at once its strength and its weakness.The Selection and Election of Presidents is based on a series of meetings and seminars organized by a French-American organization concerned with the presidential selection/election process. A varied group of experts ranging from former presidential candidates to party leaders to professors engaged each other in an informal setting with much give and take between the speakers and questions from participants. The result is a primer on how political parties operate their relationship to other elements in the American political system and how eff ectively parties operate in the light of changes or reforms.The exchanges resulting from the seminars that are the basis of this volume provide a still-valuable outline of how the American system works when presidents are selected. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538498

The Selection of Ministers around the World Governing cabinets are composed of ministers who come and go even as governments march on. They work for the chief executive the prime minister or the president for their parties and for the constituent groups from which they come. They are chosen for their role and dismissed from it for all sorts of reasons that vary across time and country. This book examines the process of selection shuffling and removal of ministers in national cabinets around the world. Drawing on original data over several decades it offers a series of case studies of countries from around the world with differing institutional and cultural structures including presidential and semi-presidential systems and parliamentary unitary and federal systems some of which have experienced periods under authoritarian regimes. Featuring 14 case studies on North and South America Asia Africa Australia and New Zealand this book complements the earlier volume The Selection of Ministers in Europe (Routledge 2009). This volume will be an important reference for students and scholars of political science government executives comparative politics and political parties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138238190

The Selection of Ministers in EuropeHiring and Firing This volume discusses the formation of government cabinets within twenty European democracies providing the institutional background to the selection and de-selection of ministers. Exploring the historical and constitutional context to cabinet formation this volume proceeds to provide vital data on the strategic issues that affect the selection of ministers. Covering states from all over Europe the authors examine trends from the post-war period up to the present day with specific focus on recent decades for the newer democracies in political transition. The volume includes: pioneering new research into the hiring and firing of government ministers vital information on appointments dismissals and resignations within government cabinets succinct constitutional data relating to ministerial selections across a number of European states The book is the first output of the Selection and De-selection of Political Elites international network of scholars (SEDEPE) and will provide a major source of information for all scholars interested in the formation maintenance and termination of cabinets and the nature of ministerial government. The Selection of Ministers in Europe. Hiring and Firing will also be of broader interest to students of European Government and Political Institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138989962

The Selection of Political Party Leaders in Contemporary Parliamentary DemocraciesA Comparative Study This book explores the ways in which political parties in contemporary parliamentary democracies choose their leaders and then subsequently hold them accountable. The authors provide a comprehensive examination of party leadership selection and accountability both through examination of parties and countries in different institutional settings and through a holistic analysis of the role of party leaders and the methods through which they assume and exit the office. The collection includes essays on Australia Austria Belgium Canada Germany Hungary Israel Italy Portugal Romania Spain Norway and the United Kingdom which have important differences in their party systems their degree of democratization the role assigned to party leaders and their methods of leadership selection. Each country examination provides significant data relating to party rules and norms of leadership selection leadership tenures and leadership contests. The book concludes with a chapter that merges the country data analyses to provide a truly comparative examination of the theoretical questions underlying the volume. This book will be of strong interest to students and scholars of legislative studies elections democracy political parties party systems political elites and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138187573

The Selection of Politicians in Times of Crisis Selecting candidates for elections is a major goal of political parties and a major function of political regimes in democratic systems. With the negative effects of the economic crisis being seen to translate into changes in voting patterns and citizens using elections to punish parties in government for their roles in economic mismanagement or lack of response to the global economic crisis a broad examination is required.This book is presented as the first comparative study of the effects of the political crisis on candidate selection covering a large number of countries. Using an integrated framework and unified strategy it examines how new relevant political actors are really implementing participative ways of candidate selection whether they are being innovative in their political environments and the extent to which traditionally mainstream parties are changing selection procedures to have more open and inclusive mechanisms as part of internal or intra-party democracy. The book illuminates these issues through empirically driven chapters explaining changes in the way candidates for parliaments are selected in countries where new parties have emerged and consolidated or where traditional mainstream parties have adopted new mechanisms of selection affecting (if not challenging) traditional politics. Additionally therefore this work will serve as a response to some current debates in the discipline on the consequences of the democratization of party life relating political participation and representation.This text will be of key interest to scholars and students of political parties organizational change social and political elites and more broadly to comparative politics and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591427

The Selective Environment The complex art of architecture embraces all of the concerns of the world's cultures. It meets the fundamental needs for shelter from the elements but almost from its origins has acquired other purposes and meanings. The Selective Environment is an approach to environmentally responsive architectural design that seeks to make connections between the technical preoccupations of architectural science and the necessity never more urgent than today to sustain cultural identity at a time of rapid global technological change. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138157309

The Selective Mutism Resource Manual2nd Edition For anyone who needs to understand assess or manage selective mutism this is a comprehensive and practical manual that is grounded in behavioural psychology and anxiety management and draws on relevant research findings as well as the authors' extensive clinical experience. Now in its second edition and including new material for adolescents and adults The Selective Mutism Resource Manual 2e provides: an up-to-date summary of literature and theory to deepen your understanding of selective mutism a wealth of ideas on assessment and management in home school and community settings so that its relevance extends far beyond clinical practice a huge range of printable online handouts and other resources case studies and personal stories to illustrate symptoms and demonstrate the importance of tailored interventions. This book is essential reading for people who have selective mutism as well as for the clinicians therapists educators caseworkers and families who support them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301337

The Self Although social psychology has been traditionally focused on interpersonal relationships the cognitive revolution in psychology has had the effect of refocusing some social psychology on intra-psychic processes. This area of psychology has become very popular in recent years yet there is currently no other textbook available for the study of the self.  Republished in its original form by Psychology Press in 2007 this book carefully documents the changing conceptions and the value accorded the self in psychology over time. It further outlines the many alternative conceptions of this increasingly central domain in social psychology. New research and conceptions are juxtaposed with the classic and traditional providing the reader with a comprehensive introduction to the study of the self. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138134096

The Self This volume provides a cutting-edge exposition to research on the self. Sixteen authoritative overviews highlight the role of the self around four themes. The first theme is Brain and Cognition which includes a social neuroscience perspective on the self implicit self-cognition the structure of the self and autobiographical memory. The next theme is Motivation in which chapters include social comparison self-regulation narcissism and modesty. The third theme is Self-esteem and Emotions covered by chapters on the measurement of self-esteem terror management theory sociometer theory and self-conscious emotions. The final theme concerns the Interpersonal Intergroup and Cultural Context containing chapters on intimate relationships social exclusion the collective self and culture. Throughout the volume the exposition is both scholarly and accessible. It also offers critical assessments along with thoughtful discussions of challenges and problems ahead as well as the generation of novel hypotheses. As such the book aspires to influence the research agenda for several years to come. The Self will serve as an essential reference volume for active researchers in the field while also being appropriate for use as a textbook in advanced courses on the self. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138006195

The Self Ethics & Human Rights This book explores how the notion of human identity informs the ethical goal of justice in human rights. Within the modern discourse of human rights the issue of identity has been largely neglected. However within this discourse lies a conceptualisation of identity that was derived from a particular liberal philosophy about the ‘true nature’ of the isolated self-determining and rational individual. Rights are thus conceived as something that are owned by each independent self and that guarantee the exercise of its autonomy. Critically engaging this subject of rights this book considers how recent shifts in the concept of identity and more specifically the critical humanist notion of ‘the other’ provides a basis for re-imagining the foundation of contemporary human rights. Drawing on the work of Jacques Lacan and Emmanuel Levinas an inter-subjectivity between self and other ‘always already’ marks human identity with an ethical openness. And this book argues it is in the shift away from the human self as a ‘sovereign individual’ that human rights have come to reflect a self-identity that is grounded in the potential of an irreducible concern for the other. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138211315

The Self Supervenience and Personal Identity First published in 1997 this volume addresses the issue of personal identity by examining the possibility that a person is ascribed identity on the basis of having a supervenient self. Ronald G. Alexander uses the methods of non-eidetic phenomenology and analytic ontology to argue that the self is supervenient on the physical and psychological properties of the human being. Understood through the manner Alexander advocates the self is not a statis entity but reflects the temporal nature of the person. Alexander argues that the self is the ‘pattern’ ‘character’ or ‘narrative identity’ that is the outcome of a person’s decision-making and actions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366329

The Self the Soul and the Psychology of Good and Evil The way an individual's psychology is intertwined with their morality is the subject of this fascinating book from the pen of the late Ilham Dilman.Dilman convincingly argues that evil though it cannot be reduced to psychological terms (it is a moral concept) is explicable in terms of an individual person's psychology. Goodness by contrast comes from the person and not their psychology.Philosophers the world over will want to read this book and see how Dilman skilfully defends his arguments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853453

The Self and Communicative Theory This title was first published in 2000:  This text contributes to the development of communicative theory by advancing a theory of the self-sufficient to support intersubjectivity and meet the conditions required for communicative rationality and communicative reason. The conclusion supports theories advanced by Habermas Apel and Wittgenstein evaluated against the background of later works from Immanuel Kant. The origins of communicative theory in the writings of Kant and Charles Sanders Peirce are sketched followed by an outline of the development of the theory by Apel and Habermas. In this discussion a central issues is identified as the failure of communicative theory to produce an adequate theory of the self as the subject of communicative transactions. It is argued that both Mead and Habermas fail to fully establish intersubjectivity as they retain elements of a Cartesian introspective subjectivity. An alternative approach developed by Charles Taylor is then discussed. Finally it is argued that freedom and imagination understood in the context of Kant and the late Wittgenstein are the key elements to a self capable of supporting the intersubjectivity required by communicative theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138713307

The Self and Identity in RehabilitationA Special Issue of Neuropsychological Rehabilitation This special issue brings together developments in neurological psychological and social understanding of sense of self and identity in neuropsychological rehabilitation. Following brain injury and in the context of neurological illness both the individual and their loved ones report changes in personality sense of self or identity. This issue is intended to be a key resource for clinicians trying to tackle these challenges as well as researchers interested in the self and identity in clinical populations. New theoretical perspectives on the self as well as quantitative and qualitative research studies and clinical and service issues are covered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138883239

The Self and Its BrainAn Argument for Interactionism The relation between body and mind is one of the oldest riddles that has puzzled mankind. That material and mental events may interact is accepted even by the law: our mental capacity to concentrate on the task can be seriously reduced by drugs. Physical and chemical processes may act upon the mind; and when we are writing a difficult letter our mind acts upon our body and through a chain of physical events upon the mind of the recipient of the letter. This is what the authors of this book call the 'interaction of mental and physical events'. We know very little about this interaction; and according to recent philosophical fashions this is explained by the alleged fact that we have brains but no thoughts. The authors of this book stress that they cannot solve the body mind problem; but they hope that they have been able to shed new light on it. Eccles especially with his theory that the brain is a detector and amplifier; a theory that has given rise to important new developments including new and exciting experiments; and Popper with his highly controversial theory of 'World 3'. They show that certain fashionable solutions which have been offered fail to understand the seriousness of the problems of the emergence of life or consciousness and of the creativity of our minds.In Part I Popper discusses the philosophical issue between dualist or even pluralist interaction on the one side and materialism and parallelism on the other. There is also a historical review of these issues.In Part II Eccles examines the mind from the neurological standpoint: the structure of the brain and its functional performance under normal as well as abnormal circumstances. The result is a radical and intriguing hypothesis on the interaction between mental events and detailed neurological occurrences in the cerebral cortex.Part III based on twelve recorded conversations reflects the exciting exchange between the authors as they attempt to come to terms with their opinions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138131491

The Self and Memory Noted scholars from a broad range of sub-disciplines in psychology discuss the ways in which the memories of our lives come to influence who we are our personalities and our emotional functioning. Other topics covered include how our personalities and self-concepts influence what we remember from our lives and the notion of memory and the self as interdependent psychological phenomena. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138006027

The Self and Social Relationships Although the two major research areas of the "Self" and "Social Relationships" have flourished they have done so largely independently of each other. More and more research however has indicated that relationships shape the nature of the self and identity and that self-views influence interpersonal processes and the manner in which people navigate their close relationships. The integration of research on self and social relationships has proved a particularly rich one generating some of the most creative and insightful theories in psychology. The Self and Social Relationships is the first volume that marks expedites and defines this exciting new research synthesis. It serves both as a platform for authors to present their latest ideas on the topic and to encourage continued integration in this emerging field. The contributions represent a diverse set of perspectives from social/personality and clinical psychology. Each chapter covers a topic that is central to the study of self and relationships and presents some of the most exciting research programs in the field. This volume is essential reading for researchers and students in the areas of both self and relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138006294

The Self and the QuintessenceA Jungian Perspective The Self and the Quintessence explores Jung’s work on number symbolism and the alchemical journey and considers how they act as metaphors underpinning theories about the development of the self and individuation. It goes on to consider the implications of these dynamics in terms of the symbol of the quintessence and what this represents psychologically. Initially exploring number symbolism and the way numbers can express dimensionality and emergence this book explores the theories which underpin Jung’s ideas about the self and its complexity including the dynamics of opposites the transcendent function and the symbol of the quaternity (fourness). The book then explores the symbol of the quintessence from a theoretical and clinical perspective and also in relation to its use in alchemy and physics. It goes on to consider the symbolic and psychological significance of the quintessence in relation to complexity emergence individuation wholeness truth and the spirit of matter.Extending Jungian ideas to explore the archetypal symbol of the quintessence and its psychological significance The Self and the Quintessence will be of great interest to Jungian academics researchers and clinicians and anyone looking to expand their knowledge and understanding of Jungian psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670603

The Self as a Sign the World and the OtherLiving Semiotics Ostentation of the Subject is a practice that is asserting itself ever more in today's world. Consequently criticism by philosophers psychologists sociologists and anthropologists has been to little effect considering that they are not immune to such practices themselves. The question of subjectivity concerns the close and the distant the self and the other the other from self and the other of self. It is thus connected to the question of the sign. It calls for a semiotic approach because the self is itself a sign; its very own relation with itself is a relation among signs. This book commits to developing a critique of subjectivity in terms of the "material" that the self is made of that is the material of signs.Susan Petrilli highlights the scholarship of Charles Peirce Mikhail Bakhtin Roland Barthes Mary Boole Jacques Derrida Michael Foucault Emmanuel Levinas Claude Levi-Strauss Maurice Merleau-Ponty Charles Morris Thomas Sebeok Thomas Szasz and Victoria Welby. Included are American and European theories and theorists evidencing the relationships interconnecting American Italian French and German scholarship.Petrilli covers topics from identity issues that are part of semiotic views to the corporeal self as well as responsibility reason and freedom. Her book should be read by philosophers semioticians and other social scientists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138516878

The Self as EnterpriseFoucault and the Spirit of 21st Century Capitalism Twenty first century flexible capitalism creates new demands for those who work to acknowledge that all aspects of their lives have come to be seen as performance related and consequently of interest to those who employ them (or fire them). At the start of the 21st century we can identify borrowing from Max Weber new work ethics that provide novel ethically slanted maxims for the conduct of a life and which suggest that the cultivation of the self as an enterprise is the life-long activity that should give meaning purpose and direction to a life. The book provides an innovative theoretical and methodological approach that draws on the problematising critique of Michel Foucault the sociological imagination of Zygmunt Bauman and the work influenced by these authors in social theory and social research in the last three decades. The author takes seriously the ambivalence and irony that marks many people’s experience of their working lives and the demands of work at the start of the 21st century. The book makes an important contribution to the continuing debate about the nature of work related identities and the consequences of the intensification of the work regimes in which these identities are performed and regulated. In a post global financial crisis (GFC) world of sovereign debt austerity and recession the author’s analysis focuses academic and professional interest on neo-liberal injunctions to imagine ourselves as an enterprise and to reap the rewards and carry the costs of the conduct of this enterprise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754649632

The Self at WorkFundamental Theory and Research The Self at Work brings researchers in industrial and organizational psychology and organizational behavior together with researchers in social and personality psychology to explore how the self impacts the workplace. Covering topics such as self-efficacy self-esteem self-control power and identification each chapter examines how research on the self informs and furthers understanding of organizational topics such as employee engagement feedback-seeking and leadership. With their combined expertise the chapter authors consider how research on the self has influenced management research and practice (and vice-versa) limitations of applying social psychology research in the organizational realm and future directions for organizational research on the self. This book is a valuable resource for researchers graduate students and professionals who are interested in how research on the self can inform industrial/organizational psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138648234

The Self in Health and IllnessPatients Professionals and Narrative Identity This book contains a foreword by Elliot G Mishler - professor of Social Psychology Department of Psychiatry Harvard Medical School. Patients' views of their identity change with illness as do health professionals' views of them. This book discusses how and why this happens and examines how more awareness of this phenomenon can lead to better care. Providing examples from diverse clinical settings "The Self in Health and Illness" brings together writers from a range of backgrounds including health science anthropology sociology psychology nursing medical ethics and healthcare. It considers the narrative self (or constructions of identity) and its place within healthcare and the medical humanities and assists in clarifying the understanding of 'self' in the context of illness health and medicine. An enlightening read for all doctors especially those with an interest in medical humanities this anthology is also invaluable for undergraduate and postgraduate students of medical humanities researchers in health sciences and medical ethics. It will also be of great interest to medical anthropologists psychologists psychiatrists and other healthcare professionals. 'If you ask people questions about their lives they tell stories that express some version of "who" they are. Within the healthcare field narrative researchers from various health professions and social science disciplines have been particularly interested in the potential impact of disability and illness on patient identities. What we find here is an array of quite systematic approaches to the complexities with which people narrate perform and possibly transform their identities through their stories. This is a serious undertaking and the editors and authors of these papers treat it with deep respect for our common struggle to make sense of our lives by achieving identities we can live with.' - Elliot G Mishler in the Foreword. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378831

The Self in Social Judgment The volume begins with a historical overview of the self in social judgment and outlines the major issues. Subsequent chapters all written by leading experts in their respective areas identify and elaborate four major themes regarding the self in social judgment:· the role of the self as an information source for evaluating others or what has been called 'social projection'· the assumption of personal superiority as reflected in the pervasive tendency for people to view their characteristics more favorably than those of others· the role of the self as a comparison standard from or toward which other people's behaviors and attributes are assimilated or contrasted· the relative weight people place on the individual and collective selves in defining their attributes and comparing them to those of other people Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138006102

The Self in the CellNarrating the Victorian Prisoner Michel Foucault's writing about the Panopticon in Discipline and Punish has dominated discussions of the prison and the novel and recent literary criticism draws heavily from Foucauldian ideas about surveillance to analyze metaphorical forms of confinement: policing detection and public scrutiny and censure. But real Victorian prisons and the novels that portray them have few similarities to the Panopticon. Sean Grass provides a necessary alternative to Foucault by tracing the cultural history of the Victorian prison and pointing to the tangible relations between Victorian confinement and the narrative production of the self. The Self in the Cell examines the ways in which separate confinement prisons with their demand for autobiographical production helped to provide an impetus and a model that guided novelists' explorations of the private self in Victorian fiction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138981621

The Self in TimeDevelopmental Perspectives Human reasoning is marked by an ability to remember one's personal past and to imagine one's future. Together these capacities rely on the notion of a temporally extended self or the self in time. Recent evidence suggests that it is during the preschool period that children first construct this form of self. By about four years of age children can remember events from their pasts and reconstruct a personal narrative integrating these events. They know that past events in which they participated affect present circumstances. They can also imagine the future and make decisions designed to bring about desirable future events even in the face of competing immediate gratification. This book brings together the leading researchers on these issues and for the first time in literature illustrates how a unified approach based on the idea of a temporally extended self can integrate these topics. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415652759

The Self in Transformation This book brings together into one volume a number of articles that the author has written over the past 20 years and includes a new extended essay written especially for this volume. The chapters organized into sections explore theoretical and clinical matters within a Jungian analytical framework making carefully considered links to a numb Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328764

The Self Psychology of Addiction and its TreatmentNarcissus in Wonderland In the time of Freud the typical psychoanalytic patient was afflicted with neurotic disorders; however the modern-day psychotherapy patient often suffers instead from a variety of addictive disorders. As the treatment of neurotic disorders based on unconscious conflicts cannot be applied to treatment of addictive disorders psychoanalysis has been unable to keep pace with the changes in the type of patient seeking help. To address the shift and respond to contemporary patients’ needs Ulman and Paul present a thorough discussion of addiction that studies and analyzes treatment options. Their honest and unique work provides new ideas that will help gain access to the fantasy worlds of addicted patients. The Self Psychology of Addiction and Its Treatment emphasizes clinical approaches in the treatment of challenging narcissistic patients struggling with the five major forms of addiction. Ulman and Paul focus on six specific case studies that are illustrative of the five forms of addiction. They use the representative subjects to develop a self psychological model that helps to answer the pertinent questions regarding the origins and pathway of addiction. This comprehensive book links addiction and trauma in an original manner that creates a greater understanding of addiction and its foundations than any clinical or theoretical model to date. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415763462

The Self Under SiegeA Therapeutic Model for Differentiation How much of our identity or 'self' is truly representative of our own wants needs and goals in life and how much does it reflect the desires and priorities of someone else? Are we following our own destiny or are we unconsciously repeating the lives of our parents living according to their values ideals and beliefs? In this thought-provoking book noted clinical psychologist Robert Firestone and his co-authors explore the struggle that all of us face in striving to retain a sense of ourselves as unique individuals. The self is under siege from several sources: primarily pain and rejection in the developmental years problems in relationships detrimental societal forces and existential realities that affect all people. Through numerous case studies and personal stories from men and women who participated in a 35-year observational study the authors illustrate how voice therapy a cognitive/affective/behavioral methodology pioneered by Firestone is used to elicit identify and challenge the destructive inner voice and to change aversive behaviors based on its prescriptions. The theory they describe integrates the psychodynamic and existential approaches underlying voice therapy and is enriched by research findings in the neurosciences attachment research and terror management theory (TMT). An important addition to the area of personality development theory The Self under Siege offers a new perspective on differentiation and the battle to separate ourselves from the chains of the past. It provides psychotherapists and other mental health professionals with the tools needed to help clients differentiate from the dysfunctional attitudes and toxic personality traits of their parents other family members and harmful societal influences that have unconsciously dominated their lives. This book will have a special appeal to clients and in fact to any person interested in his/her own personal development Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415520331

The Self WiredTechnology and Subjectivity in Contemporary Narrative First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866965

The Self-determination of Minorities in International Politics Published in 1991  The Self-determination of Minorities in International Politics is a valuable contribution to the field of Politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203043639

The Selfish AltruistRelief Work in Famine and War Provides an analysis of some of the most traumatic situations involving famine and war of the last two decades helping us to understand what it takes to be an aid worker and how important humanitarian action is today. Famine and war evoke strong emotional reactions and for most people there is a limited amount they can do. But the relief worker has to convert emotional responses into practical action and difficult choices - whom to help and how. Their own feelings have to motivate action for others. But can they separate out their own selfish feelings and prejudices in such an emotive climate? How do they avoid being partial among those they are helping? Are they motivated by altruistic concern or the power they experience or the attention they receive? Tony Vaux brings over 20 years experience as one of Oxfam's leading emergency managers to the exploration of the conflicts between subjective impulses and objective judgements and the dilemmas relief workers contend with. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849774307

The Selfless EgoConfigurations of Identity in Tibetan Life Writing The essays collected in The Selfless Ego propose an innovative approach to one of the most fascinating aspects of Tibetan literature: life writing. Departing from past schemes of interpretation this book addresses issues of literary theory and identity construction eluding the strictures imposed by the adoption of the hagiographical master narrative as synonymous with the genre. The book is divided into two parts. Ideally conceived as an 'introduction' to traditional forms of life writing as expressed in Buddhist milieus Part I. Memory and Imagination in Tibetan Hagiographical Writing centres on the inner tensions between literary convention and self-expression that permeate indigenous hagiographies mystical songs records of teachings and autobiographies. Part II: Conjuring Tibetan Lives explores the most unconventional traits of the genre sifting through the narrative configuration of Tibetan biographical writings as 'liberation stories' to unearth those fragments of life that compose an individual’s multifaceted existence. This volume is the first to approach Tibetan life writing from a literary and narratological perspective encompassing a wide range of disciplines themes media and historical periods and thus opening new and vibrant areas of research to future scholarship across the Humanities. The chapters in this book were originally published as two special issues of Life Writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367693985

The Selfless MindPersonality Consciousness and Nirvana in Early Buddhism This careful analysis of early Buddhist thought opens out a perspective in which no permanent Self is accepted but a rich analysis of changing and potent mental processes is developed. It explores issues relating to the not-Self teaching: self-development moral responsibility the between-lives period and the 'undetermined questions' on the world on the 'life principle' and on the liberated one after death. It examines the 'person' as a flowing continuity centred on consciousness or discernment (vinnana) configured in changing minds-sets (cittas). The resting state of this is seen as 'brightly shining' - like the 'Buddha nature' of Mahayana thought - so as to represent the potential for Nirvana. Nirvana is then shown to be a state in which consciousness transcends all objects and thus participates in a timeless unconditioned realm. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315026336

The Self-Made Program LeaderTaking Charge in Matrix Organizations Almost all leadership books assume that the leader has authority over their team members. The challenge of project management in a matrix-structured environment is that this is not always the case. A whole new plan of attack has to be executed for the project manager to deliver in an organization where they do not have formal authority. This book takes a unique approach to understanding the matrix structure and the tactics needed to succeed. The Self-Made Program Leader: Taking Charge in Matrix Organizations gives you insight into the minds of a group of 55 project program and portfolio managers who have worked in a matrix environment. It presents lessons learned from both their successes and failures. With this book you will learn how to: Prepare for your leadership role in a matrix environment and understand what you need to improve Understand your organization’s structure and identify the hidden key players on your team Use volunteer-based roles to gain influence in your organization Build a coalition of key individuals including decision makers respected employees and subject matter experts Understand the perception of your leadership style by your followers and position yourself so others are more willing to cooperate and comply with your requests This goal of this book is to show a clear path for project program and portfolio managers to lead others within a matrix environment regardless of the industry or complexity. It shows you proven strategies and behaviors that you can use to successfully deliver your projects programs and portfolios. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781482233131

The Self-Monitoring Primary School This book is a practical guide to help primary school staff initiate or further develop monitoring procedures for both the school curriculum and management. It shows how all members of staff can be involved in monitoring so that it becomes an integral feature of school development and improvement. Specific areas focused on include: developing a quality control framework the importance of a whole-school approach to policy making developing a school-wide system to monitor plans observing and promoting differentiation in the classroom the role LEAs must play in monitoring school effectiveness Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138418646

The Selforganizing PolityAn Epistemological Analysis Of Political Life Is the study of living systems a useful metaphor for political science? In this book Dr. Dobuzinskis argues for further exploration of biopolitical models to explain the complexity of political theory and social change. His discussion emphasizes the new cybernetics which considers not only self-regulating but also self-organizing or self-producing systems. Self-organizing systems operate in an autonomous sphere comparable to the autonomy of the political community and the political actors who compose this community. The autonomy of these systems is maintained through dynamic equilibration processes that entail not only the preservation of a given structure but also at crucial times the creative rearrangement of the existing structure and its transformation into a new pattern of relations. From this perspective a political crisis is both a threat to the political system and the occasion of its renewal; stability may also mean decay. Emphasizing the links that have developed historically between the natural and social sciences this book is a reflection on the merits of and difficulties involved in representing the evolutionary process at the political level as the problematic reproduction of national communities and states. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295738

The Self-Regulated Learning GuideTeaching Students to Think in the Language of Strategies The Self-Regulated Learning Guide introduces K-12 teachers to the basics of self-regulation. Highly practical and supported by cutting-edge research this book offers a variety of techniques for seamlessly infusing self-regulated learning principles into the classroom and for nurturing students’ motivation to strategize reflect and succeed. Featuring clear explanations of the psychology of self-regulation these nine chapters provide teachers with core concepts realistic case scenarios reflection activities and more to apply SRL concepts to classroom activities with confidence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138910553

The Self-Regulation of Health and Illness Behaviour Self-regulation theory focuses on the ways in which individuals direct and monitor their activities and emotions in order to attain their goals. It plays an increasingly important role in health psychology research.The Self-regulation of Health and Illness Behaviour presents an up-to-date account of the latest developments in the field. Individual contributions cover a wide range of issues including representational beliefs about chronic illness cultural influences on illness representations the role of anxiety and defensive denial in health-related experiences and behaviours the contribution of personality and the social dynamics underlying gender differences in adaptation to illness. Particular attention is given to the implications for designing effective health interventions and messages. Integrating theoretical and empirical developments this text provides both researchers and professionals with a comprehensive review of self-regulation and health. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203553220

The Self-Reliant Manager Originally published in 1994. What is a self-reliant manager? The self-reliant manager is one who can grow an organization by exploiting his or her role in the management of people. Not every manager is involved in top-level decision-making and the development of global strategies. Every manager is however by being involved in managing the people in an organization empowered to take the company forward. The book covers key topics such as empowerment motivation performance appraisal the development of management learning systems environmental awareness ethics and management style. It presents a model to show how managers can improve their own effectiveness. To succeed with people managers need to understand themselves the internal framework of their organization and the external environment in which their business operates. They have become self-reliant to develop the leadership and vision needed to influence their organization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815366959

The Self-systemDevelopmental Changes Between and Within Self-concepts This book presents a longitudinal study dealing with developmental changes within and between self-concepts and their relation to personal functioning. Within the psychological literature -- and the developmental literature in particular -- the interest in the ideas people hold about themselves and their relation with personal functioning is rapidly growing. This interest is reinforced by the emphasis on individuality in Western society. The self-system is now thought to consist of a collection of self-concepts in which a distinction is made between domain-specific self-concepts -- the real and ideal -- and context-related self-concepts -- the academic the athletic and the social. It is also considered to be subjective rather than objective. This subjective self involves characteristics such as continuity and distinctiveness from others. These characteristics have been the primary focus of recent research. In existing literature on the development of the self-system little is known about the structural characteristics -- that is developmental changes in the interrelationships among domain-specific and context-related self-concepts or between and within self-concepts. Similarly little information is available about the relationships between individuals' real and ideal self concepts their perceived concepts of others and the actual ideas others have about the same individuals. This book integrates hitherto separate and different components or aspects of self-knowledge into one encompassing multidimensional self-system. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203773000

The Self-Teaching Process in Higher Education Originally published in 1976 The Self-Teaching Process in Higher Education looks at the major changes that took place in the structure of university education. The book looks at how more emphasis was placed on students to take responsibility for their own progress by becoming self-directed individuals. Traditional methods of university education and some alternative approaches are considered in light of course needs of both students and teachers. Self-teaching is then examined in the overall context of the learning process. The book looks at three case studies of the development and use of self-teaching systems one for chemical bonding one for electrical circuits and a third for audio-visual communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138338890

The Self-Transforming School The Self-Transforming School combines an insightful meta-analysis of factors contributing to the success of schools and an examination of powerful mega-trends that are shaping developments in education to offer the first mega-analysis in education policy and practice. The book spans fifty years beginning with Caldwell and Spinks’ ground-breaking work The Self-Managing School which advocated innovative approaches that are now accepted as preferred practice before offering a prognosis and plan for the future. The book argues that all schools in all settings can secure success for all students in an era where society and the economy are changing constantly and dramatically. Although schools find some support in local and global networks externally designed re-structuring re-staffing or command-and-control direction isn’t sufficient to achieve transformation. Instead of replicating particular approaches to achieve modest improvement leadership of the highest quality needs to be deeply embedded in schools and their systems. Caldwell and Spinks propose three important points that need to be taken into consideration:-schools are often at different stages of self-transformation -self-transformation requires a high level of professionalism and must include teacher education and on-going professional development -funding is critically important and efforts to build a capacity for self-transformation are constrained by what is available. The book gives particular attention to developments in Australia Brazil Canada  England Finland Hong Kong India New Zealand Shanghai Singapore and the United States. It will be of key interest to school leaders policy makers and academics and postgraduate students engaged in research on equity student performance in highly disadvantaged settings and education policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415660594

The Selling of Civil RightsThe Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee and the Use of Public Relations The Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee formed in April 1960 to advance civil rights. With a tremendous human rights mission facing them the founding SNCC members included communication and publicity as part of their initial purpose. This book provides a broad overview of these efforts from SNCC's birth in 1960 until the beginning of its demise in the late 1960s and examines the communication tools that SNCC leaders and members used to organize launch and carry out their campaign to promote civil rights throughout the 1960s. It specifically explores how SNCC workers used public relations to support and promote their platforms and to build a grassroots community movement; and how the organization later rejected these strategies for a radical and isolated approach. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203960486

The Selling of DSMThe Rhetoric of Science in Psychiatry When it was first published in 1980 the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders Third Edition—univer-sally known as DSM-III—embodied a radical new method for identifying psychiatric illness. Kirk and Kutchins challenge the general understanding about the research data and the pro-cess that led to the peer acceptance of DSM-III. Their original and controversial reconstruction of that moment concen-trates on how a small group of researchers interpreted their findings about a specific problem—psychiatric reliability—to promote their beliefs about mental illness and to challenge the then-dominant Freudian paradigm. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315134857

The Semantic Theory of Evolution Originally published in 1985 The Semantic Theory of Evolution addresses the notion that life is not shaped by the single law of natural selection but instead by a plurality of laws that resemble grammatical rules in language. This remarkable work presents a semantic theory centering on the concept of the ribotype. Supported by both sound facts and logical arguments this analysis reaches beyond the established cadre of biological thought to unravel many of life’s mysteries and paradoxes including the origin of the cell and the nucleus and the evolution of ribosomes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367258085

The Semantics and Metaphysics of Natural Kinds Essentialism--roughly the view that natural kinds have discrete essences generating truths that are necessary but knowable only a posteriori--is an increasingly popular view in the metaphysics of science. At the same time philosophers of language have been subjecting Kripke’s views about the existence and scope of the necessary a posteriori to rigorous analysis and criticism. Essentialists typically appeal to Kripkean semantics to motivate their radical extension of the realm of the necessary a posteriori; but they rarely attempt to provide any semantic arguments for this extension or engage with the critical work being done by philosophers of language. This collection brings authors on both sides together in one volume thus helping the reader to see the connections between views in philosophy of language on the one hand and the metaphysics of science on the other. The result is a book that will have a significant impact on the debate about essentialism encouraging essentialists to engage with debates about the semantic presuppositions that underpin their position and encouraging philosophers of language to engage with the metaphysical presuppositions enshrined in Kripkean semantics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415516952

The Semantics and Pragmatics of Preposing First published in 1988 this book examines the aspects of pragmatic competence involving the class of preposing constructions in English. By limiting the scope of investigation to particular grammatical categories the author argues previous studies have failed to capture significant pragmatic generalisations. The author asserts what distinguishes one preposing type from another are the semantic and pragmatic properties of the referent of that constituent. After a review of the past literature on preposing the book goes on to present a pragmatic theory in which two discourse functions of preposing are proposed. It then provides a functional taxonomy of the various preposing types which the theory is designed to account for. One type of preposing Topicalization and two of its subtypes Proposition Affirmation and Ironic Preposing are discussed in detail in the subsequent chapters before the book concludes with a summary along with directions for future research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138690370

The Semantics of Chinese Classifiers and Linguistic Relativity The Semantics of Chinese Classifiers and Linguistic Relativity focuses on the semantic structure of Chinese classifiers under the cognitive linguistics framework and the implications thereof on linguistic relativity and language acquisition. It examines the semantic correlation between a given classifier and its associated nouns. Nouns in Chinese which are assigned specific classifiers according to their selected characteristics reflect the process of human categorization. The concrete categories formed by the relationship between nouns and classifiers may serve to explain the conceptual structure of the Chinese language and certain underlying aspects of culture and human cognition.Song Jiang is Assistant Professor of Chinese for the Department of East Asian Languages and Literatures at university of Hawai‘i at Mānoa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598129

The Semantics of Determiners This book is a collection of linguistic and philosophical papers dealing with the semantic problems of determiners. The language under investigation is mostly English although a few papers deal with French and German and to a lesser extent with Dutch Polish Russian and Hebrew. The majority of the contributions focus on the semantics of the definite and indefinite articles leading into discussions of anaphoricness specificness opacity and transparency referentiality and attributiveness and genericness. The relation of the determiners to other parts of grammar in particular relativisation and predication is also investigated. Some attention is also given to quantifiers. In the spirit of pluralism there is no single paradigm unifying all the papers rather the volume reflects elements of the Extended Standard Theory Generative Semantics Montague Grammar (Gricean) Pragmatics and Speech Act Theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138998094

The Semantics of the Future This book builds a semantics for several kinds of future-referring expressions including will sentences be going to sentences and futurates. While there exists previous work on future-referring expressions this is the first treatment of such a variety of expressions in a formal semantic framework. Arguments presented herein explicate the meanings of these expressions and account for similarities and differences among them. Shared is a future-oriented model with a systematic alternation between inertial and bouletic ordering sources that provide a new way of understanding the age-old future Law of the Excluded Middle evident in all of the future-referring expressions. A difference found among these meanings is the presence or absence of progressive- or generic-like aspect in a position higher than the future modal. These very high aspectual operators affect the temporal argument of the modal's accessibility relation with detectable effects that can be used to determine scope relations in future conditionals. Copley's analysis thus addresses a number of issues of great interest to formal semanticists from modal and aspectual semantics to the mapping of functional elements in the clause to the logical form of conditionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415808224

The Semantics of the Modal Auxiliaries This book is a report of an investigation into the meanings of the modal auxiliaries in modern British English. The investigation took the form of a large-scale corpus-based project looking at modal auxiliaries in both written and spoken language and taking into account stylistic variation. The analysis of a corpus of a ‘real’ language brings the analyst face-to-face with a problem which has frequently been avoided or ignored in theoretical semantics: language is not an orderly phenomenon and as far as meaning is concerned indeterminacy seems to be a feature of all languages. But it is one thing to recognise the existence of indeterminacy and another to deal with it adequately. Semantic analysis conventionally consists in distinguishing one meaning from another in recognising discrete categories but the acknowledgement of indeterminacy explicitly denies the existence of such discrete categories. This book examines in detail this problem and its relationship to a study of modals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138989986

The Semiotics of Movement in Space The Semiotics of Movement in Space explores how people move through buildings and interact with objects in space. Focusing on visitors to the Museum of Contemporary Art in Sydney McMurtrie analyses and interprets movement and space relations to highlight new developments and applications of spatial semiotics as he proposes that people’s movement options have the potential to transform the meaning of a particular space. He illustrates people’s interaction with microcamera footage of people’s movement through the museum from a first-person point of view thereby providing an alternative complementary perspective on how buildings are actually used. The book offers effective tools for practitioners to analyse people’s actual and potential movement patterns to rethink spatial design options from a semiotic perspective. The applicability of the semiotic principles developed in this book is demonstrated by examining movement options in a restaurant and a café with the hope that the principles can be developed and applied to other sites of displays such as shopping centres and transportation hubs. This book should appeal to scholars of visual communication semiotics multimodal discourse analysis and visitor studies.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138191716

The Semiotics of Subtitling Subtitling serves two purposes: to translate the dialogue of foreign language films for secondary audiences (interlingual) and to transform the soundtrack of television programmes into written captions for deaf and hard-of-hearing viewers (intralingual). While both practices have strong linguistic roots often being compared to text translation and editing this book reveals the complex influences arising from the audiovisual environment. Far from being simply a matter of linguistic equivalence the authors show how the effectiveness of subtitles is crucially dependent upon the hidden semiotic relations between text and image; relations which affect the meaning of the visual-linguistic message and the way in which that message is ultimately received.   Focusing primarily on intralingual subtitling The Semiotics of Subtitling adopts a holistic approach combining linguistic theory with empirical eye-movement analysis in order to explore the full depth of the medium and the reading behaviour of viewers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138139909

The Semisovereign PresidencyThe Bush Administration's Strategy For Governing Without Congress In The Semi-Sovereign Presidency Capitol Hill insider Charles Tiefer shows how George Bush used the executive office to circumvent Congress thwart official Washington and confound the public will. Even Bush partisans may be surprised to discover the president's unprecedented use of executive signing statements to modify or in effect abrogate acts of Congress—even popular bipartisan efforts like the 1991 Civil Rights Act; his commissioning of the "Quayle Council" to derail regulatory legislation such as the Clean Air Act of 1990; and his catapulting of the National Security Council into foreign policy prominence outstripping that of the Departments of Defense and State. As Tiefer details for the first time here "Iraqgate " the hidden courtship of Saddam Hussein prior to the Gulf War is perhaps the most dramatic example of Bush's executive fiat—a relationship conducted by way of Bush National Security Directives and similarly obscured from the public eye. Bush chose an essentially negative approach to governing partly because he was unwilling to engage Congress on matters of principle head to head and was equally unwilling to make his principles public—addressing himself to the nation as his predecessor had so effectively done. But as Tiefer persuasively argues it was Bush's belief in the sovereignty of executive power—an almost monarchical conception of the presidency—that was his primary modus operandi and ultimately his downfall. Bush and his approach to power are interesting not just to students and scholars of the presidency but to all citizens concerned about the country and its leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295745

The Semitic Languages The Semitic Languages presents a comprehensive survey of the individual languages and language clusters within this language family from their origins in antiquity to their present-day forms.This second edition has been fully revised with new chapters and a wealth of additional material. New features include the following:• new introductory chapters on Proto-Semitic grammar and Semitic linguistic typology• an additional chapter on the place of Semitic as a subgroup of Afro-Asiatic and several chapters on modern forms of Arabic Aramaic and Ethiopian Semitic• text samples of each individual language transcribed into the International Phonetic Alphabet with standard linguistic word-by-word glossing as well as translation• new maps and tables present information visually for easy reference.This unique resource is the ideal reference for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students of linguistics and language. It will be of interest to researchers and anyone with an interest in historical linguistics linguistic typology linguistic anthropology and language development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367731564

The SENCo HandbookLeading and Managing a Whole School Approach This seventh edition of the best-selling The SENCo Handbook has been updated to reflect the impact that the implementation of the SEND Code of Practice (DfE/DoH 2015) has had on policy and practice in schools and for SENCos. It provides vital information on statutory requirements practical approaches to the SENCo role and responsibilities and perceptive analysis of issues relevant to all schools Early Years settings and colleges. Debate and discussion of the different aspects of the SENCo role reveals how it has changed and will change. Written in an accessible and informative format with numerous examples of good practice this book will help all SENCos headteachers and school leaders to create and implement effective whole school policies for special educational needs. Key topics include: leading and managing change in SEND policy and practice developing whole school approaches to policy and practice for SEND building capacity of class and subject teachers to meet the needs of all pupils managing and leading the assess plan do review response to those identified with additional needs leading on the deployment and management of support staff working with children young people and their parents especially in relation to those requiring EHC Plans working in partnership with range of outside agencies and services the historical context and management of current SEND law and administration Photocopiable training materials are included as are new resources in appendices and source lists. The SENCo Handbook remains essential reading for those studying for the National Award for SEN Co-ordination whilst more experienced SENCos will value its academic underpinning and practical advice on issues that matter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138599208

The SENCO Survival GuideThe nuts and bolts of everything you need to know Still the best ‘all round’ guide for SENCOs on the market’ Pippa Whittaker Curriculum Leader for Inclusion City Academy Bristol The SENCO Survival Guide is an informative resource fully updated with the new 2014 SEND Code of Practice and containing practical advice to help SENCOs manage their responsibilities and lead their school effectively towards a common goal. In light of current developments this resource sets out the government's fresh agenda for whole school discussion and helps SENCOs in mainstream or special schools at every stage to manage changes in SEND policy and practice. With up to date information on the changes taking place to support learners with SEN and disabilities this fully revised new edition also includes: strategies to break the cycle of SEND low achievement advice on crucial aspects of the SENCO role including assessment provision mapping preparing for OFSTED disability discrimination and equality advice on training managing and deploying teaching assistants effectively ways in which the enhanced role of parents can be harnessed in order to achieve maximum success for learners with SEND. This book will give SENCOs the confidence skills and knowledge to promote maximum achievement for learners with SEND in all schools across all key stages and will support them in their role to develop and shape their schools’ policies and practices on SEND. This book will also be of use to other members of staff looking for practical strategies to raise the attainment of all pupils with SEN and disabilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138931268

The Sense of an InteriorFour Rooms and the Writers that Shaped Them The Sense of an Interior is a fascinating exploration of domestic space and of the ways it determines how writers work. The book looks at four famous figures - Emily Dickinson Sigmund Freud Helen Keller and Marcel Proust and examines the relationship between their work and the spaces where they wrote. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138996045

The Sense of ArtA Study in Aesthetic Education Ralph A. Smith provides a theory of aesthetic education that addresses the need to revitalize the capacity for genuine judgment in society reaffirm the ideal of excellence in culture and reorder our thoughts about teaching the arts in schools. The book presents an image of the curriculum as itinerary preparing the young to traverse the world of art with adroitness and sensitivity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866712

The Sense of Beauty From antiquity to the present many have written on the subject of beauty but precious few have done so with the capacity themselves to write beautifully. The Sense of Beauty is that rare exception. This remarkable early work of the great American philosopher George Santayana features a quality of prose that is as wondrous as what he had to say. Indeed his summation remains a flawless classical statement. "Beauty seems to be the clearest manifestation of perfection and the best evidence of its possibility. If perfection is as it should be the ultimate justification of being we may understand the ground of the moral dignity of beauty. Be'auty is a pledge of the possible conformity between the soul and nature and consequently a ground of faith in the supremacy of the good."The editor of this new edition John McGormick reminds us that The Sense of Beauty is the first work in aesthetics written in the United States. Santayana was versed in the history of his subject from Plato and Aristotle to Schopenhauer and Taine in the nineteenth century. Santayana took as his task a complete rethinking of the idea that beauty is embedded in objects. Rather beauty is an emotion a value and a sense of the good. In this aesthetics was unlike ethics: not a correction of evil or pursuit of the virtuous. Rather it is a pleasure that resides in the sense of self. The work is divided into chapters on the materials of beauty form and expression. A good many of Santayana's later works are presaged by this early effort. And this volume also anticipates the development of art as a movement as well as a value apart from other aspects of life.The work is written without posturing without hectoring. Santayana is nonetheless able to give expression to strong views. His preferences are made perfectly plain. Perhaps the key is a powerful belief that beauty is an adornment not a material necessity. But that does mean art is trivial. Quite the contrary the good life is precisely the extent to which such "adornments" as painting poetry or music come to define the lives of individuals and civilizations alike. This is in short a major work that can still inform and move us a century after its first composition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538504

The Sense of CreationExperience and the God Beyond What kind of experience might help to confirm and make sense of the puzzling belief in divine creation so central to the main monotheistic religions? Anselm and Aquinas developed a philosophical understanding of 'Creation' as an asymmetrical relationship between the world and God that is that the world is really related to God in a relationship of total dependence but God is in no way really related to or modified by this created world. This idea of an asymmetrical relationship is the key concept unifying all aspects of this book which discusses the three main inter-related questions in a philosophical discussion about God -- the question of meaning the question of existence and the question of co-existence. The book explores various 'ciphers' of this asymmetrical relationship in our pre-philosophical lived experience. These are experiences such as that of the relationship between our knowledge and what we know or our sense of obligation to our vulnerable neighbour. It argues that deciphering such experiences helps to make sense of the 'asymmetrical' relation of creation and that it in turn makes sense of them. Masterson argues further that this idea of asymmetrical relationship provides insight into the main questions of philosophy of religion and is an illuminating source of critical dialogue with contemporary Anglo/American and Phenomenological approaches in philosophy of religion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315553023

The Sense of Hearing The Sense of Hearing is a truly accessible introduction to auditory perception addressing the fundamental aspects of hearing. Thoroughly revised throughout this edition reflects recent discoveries in the field and includes additional coverage of the neural basis of hearing. The book introduces the nature of sound and the spectrum and the anatomy and physiology of the auditory system before discussing basic auditory processes including frequency selectivity loudness and pitch perception temporal resolution and sound localization. Subsequent chapters show how complex processes such as perceptual organization speech perception and music perception are dependent on the initial analysis that occurs when sounds enter the ear. The book concludes with coverage of how hearing impairment can provide an insight into disorders of the auditory system. Featuring student-friendly resources including an overview of research techniques an extensive glossary of technical terms and over 150 original illustrations The Sense of Hearing offers a clear introduction and an essential resource for students and educators involved in this challenging field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138632592

The Sense of Mission in Russian Foreign PolicyDestined for Greatness! This book explores how far messianism the conviction that Russia has a special historical destiny is present in and affects Russian foreign policy. Based on extensive original research including analysis of public statements policy documents and opinion polls the book argues that a sense of mission is present in Russian foreign policy that it is very similar in its nature to thinking about Russia’s mission in Tsarist times that the sense of mission matters more for Russia’s elites than for Russia’s masses and that Russia’s special mission is emphasised more when there are questions about the regime’s legitimacy as well as great power status. Overall the book demonstrates that a sense of mission is an important factor in Russian foreign policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367653248

The Sense of Smell in the Middle AgesA Source of Certainty Odors including those of incense spices cooking and refuse were both ubiquitous and meaningful in central and late medieval Western Europe. The significance of the sense of smell is evident in scholastic Latin texts most of which are untranslated and unedited by modern scholars. Between the late eleventh and thirteenth century medieval scholars developed a logical theory of the workings of the sense of smell based on Greek and Arabic learning. In the thirteenth through fifteenth century medical authors detailed practical applications of smell theory and these were communicated to individuals and governing authorities by the medical profession in the interests of personal and public health. At the same time religious authors read philosophical and medical texts and gave their information religious meaning. This reinterpretation of scholastic philosophy and medicine led to the development of what can be termed a medically aware theology of smell that was communicated to popular audiences alongside traditional olfactory theory in sermons. Its impact on popular thought is reflected in late medieval mystical texts. While the senses have received increasing scholarly attention in recent decades this volume presents the first detailed research into the sense of smell in the later European Middle Ages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367000684

The Senses and the English Reformation It is a commonly held belief that medieval Catholics were focussed on the 'bells and whistles' of religious practices the smoke images sights and sounds that dazzled pre-modern churchgoers. Protestantism in contrast has been cast as Catholicism's austere intellective and less sensual rival sibling. With iis white-washed walls lack of incense (and often music) Protestantism worship emphasised preaching and scripture making the new religion a drab and disengaged sensual experience. In order to challenge such entrenched assumptions this book examines Tudor views on the senses to create a new lens through which to explore the English Reformation. Divided into two sections the book begins with an examination of pre-Reformation beliefs and practices establishing intellectual views on the senses in fifteenth-century England and situating them within their contemporary philosophical and cultural tensions. Having established the parameters for the role of sense before the Reformation the second half of the book mirrors these concerns in the post-1520 world looking at how and to what degree the relationship between religious practices and sensation changed as a result of the Reformation. By taking this long-term binary approach the study is able to tackle fundamental questions regarding the role of the senses in late-medieval and early modern English Christianity. By looking at what English men and women thought about sight hearing smell taste and touch the stereotype that Protestantism was not sensual and that Catholicism was overly sensualised is wholly undermined. Through this examination of how worship was transformed in its textual and liturgical forms the book illustrates how English religion sought to reflect changing ideas surrounding the senses and their place in religious life. Worship had to be 'sensible' and following how reformers and their opponents built liturgy around experience of the sacred through the physical allows us to tease out the tensions and pressures which shaped religious reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754666424

The Senses and the History of Philosophy The study of perception and the role of the senses have recently risen to prominence in philosophy and are now a major area of study and research. However the philosophical history of the senses remains a relatively neglected subject. Moving beyond the current philosophical canon this outstanding collection offers a wide-ranging and diverse philosophical exploration of the senses from the classical period to the present day. Written by a team of international contributors it is divided into six parts: Perception from Non-Western Perspectives Perception in the Ancient Period Perception in the Medieval Latin/Arabic Period Perception in the Early Modern Period Perception in the Post-Kantian Period Perception in the Contemporary Period. The volume challenges conventional philosophical study of perception by covering a wide range of significant as well as hitherto overlooked topics such as perceptual judgment temporal and motion illusions mirror and picture perception animal senses and cross-modal integration. By investigating the history of the senses in thinkers such as Plotinus Auriol Berkeley and Cavendish; and considering the history of the senses in diverse philosophical traditions including Chinese Indian Byzantine Greek and Latin it brings a fresh approach to studying the history of philosophy itself. Including a thorough introduction as well as introductions to each section by the editors The Senses and the History of Philosophy is essential reading for students and researchers in the history of philosophy perception philosophy of mind philosophical psychology aesthetics and eastern and non-western philosophy. It will also be extremely useful for those in related disciplines such as psychology religion sociology intellectual history and cognitive sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138738997

The Senses in Antiquity Paperback Set This set includes all six titles in The Senses in Antiquity series. Buying the set provides a significant saving as opposed to buying the books separately.   Series editors: Mark Bradley University of Nottingham UK and Shane Butler Johns Hopkins University USA Like us ancient Greeks and Romans came to know and understand their world through their senses. Yet it has long been recognized that the world the ancients perceived and the senses through which they channelled this information could operate differently from the patterns and processes of perception in the modern world. This series explores the relationship between perception knowledge and understanding in the literature philosophy history language and culture of ancient Greece and Rome.   Synaesthesia and the Ancient Senses Edited by Shane Butler and Alex Purves   Smell and the Ancient Senses Edited by Mark Bradley   Sight and the Ancient Senses Edited by Michael Squire   Taste and the Ancient Senses Edited by Kelli C. Rudolph   Touch and the Ancient Senses Edited by Alex Purves   Sound and the Ancient Senses Edited by Shane Butler and Sarah Nooter Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367182113

The Senses in Performance This ground-breaking anthology is the first to be dedicated to assessing critically the role of the human sensorium in performance. Senses in Performance presents a multifaceted approach to the methodological theoretical practical and historical challenges facing the scholar and the artist. This volume examines the subtle actions of the human senses including taste touch smell and vision in all sorts of performances in Western and non-Western traditions from ritual to theatre from dance to interactive architecture from performance art to historical opera. With eighteen original essays brought together by an international ensemble of leading scholars and artists including Richard Schechner and Philip Zarrilli. This covers a variety of disciplinary fields from critical studies to performance studies from food studies to ethnography from drama to architecture. Written in an accessible way this volume will appeal to scholars and non-scholars interested in Performance/Theatre Studies and Cultural Studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203965924

The Senses in Religious Communities 1600-1800Early Modern ‘Convents of Pleasure’ Offering a comprehensive analysis of newly-uncovered manuscripts from two English convents near Antwerp this study gives unprecedented insight into the role of the senses in enclosed religious communities during the period 1600-1800. It draws on a range of previously unpublished writings-chronicles confessions letters poetry personal testimony of various kinds-to explore and challenge assumptions about sensory origins. Author Nicky Hallett undertakes an interdisciplinary investigation of a range of documents compiled by English nuns in exile in northern Europe. She analyzes vivid accounts they left of the spaces they inhabited and of their sensory architecture: the smells of corridors of diseased and dying bodies the sights and sounds of civic and community life its textures and tastes; their understanding of it in the light of devotional discipline. This is material culture in the raw providing access to a well-defined locale and the conditions that shaped sensory experience and understanding. Hallett examines the relationships between somatic and religious enclosure and the role of the senses in devotional discipline and practice considering the ways in which the women adapted to the austerities of convent life after childhoods in domestic households. She considers the enduring effects of habitus in Bourdieu's terms the residue of socialised subjectivity which was (or was not) transferred to a contemplative career. To this discussion she injects literary and cultural comparisons considering inter alia how writers of fiction and of domestic and devotional conduct books represent the senses and how the nuns' own reading shaped their personal knowledge. The Senses in Religious Communities 1600-1800 opens fresh comparative perspectives on the Catholic domestic household as well as the convent and on relationships between English and European philosophy rhetorical medical and devotional discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409449461

The Senses in Self Society and CultureA Sociology of the Senses The Senses in Self Society and Culture is the definitive guide to the sociological and anthropological study of the senses. Vannini Waskul and Gottschalk provide a comprehensive map of the social and cultural significance of the senses that is woven in a thorough analytical review of classical recent and emerging scholarship and grounded in original empirical data that deepens the review and analysis. By bridging cultural/qualitative sociology and cultural/humanistic anthropology The Senses in Self Society and Culture explicitly blurs boundaries that are particularly weak in this field due to the ethnographic scope of much research. Serving both the sociological and anthropological constituencies at once means bridging ethnographic traditions cultural foci and socioecological approaches to embodiment and sensuousness. The Senses in Self Society and Culture is intended to be a milestone in the social sciences’ somatic turn. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415731041

The Senses of TouchHaptics Affects and Technologies Touch is the first sense to develop in the womb yet often it is overlooked. The Senses of Touch examines the role of touching and feeling as part of the fabric of everyday embodied experience. How can we think about touch? Problems of touch and tactility run as a continuous thread in philosophy psychology medical writing and representations in art from Ancient Greece to the present day. Picking through some of these threads the book 'feels' its way towards writing and thinking about touch as both sensory and affective experience. Taking a broadly phenomenological framework that traces tactility from Aristotle through the Enlightenment to the present day the book examines the role of touch across a range of experiences including aesthetics digital design visual impairment and touch therapies. The Senses of Touch thereby demonstrates the varieties of sensory experience and explores the diverse range of our 'senses' of touch. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781845204785

The Senses StillPerception And Memory As Material Culture In Modernity How can culture and experience be conceptualized when theorists drag social meaning back and forth between institutions objects or acts as if the dense communication between persons and things were only a quick exchange between surfaces? This volume challenges mentalist approaches to material culture through the historical and ethnographic analyses of sensory memory. The sensory landscape and its meaning-endowed objects bear within them emotional and historical sedimentation that pose crucial questions: What cultural practices enable the sensory-affective experience of history? How does the history of perception speak to the perception of history? The editor in her four essays discusses sensory memory as a cultural form not limited to the psychic apparatus of a monadic pre-cultural and ahistorical subject but embedded and embodied in a dispersed surround of created things surfaces depths and densities that are stratigraphic sites of sensory biography and history. The volume demonstrates that any ethnographic discussion of the senses involves a priori claims about modernity. Thus the senses are explored in contemporary political and racial violence exchange practices the emotions national identity food-ways spatial organization leisure activity and the electronic media. Well-known authors examine personal and social investments in objects and substances as the tip of a submerged collective language of materiality that firmly grasps the mutable structure of contemporary experience. Social memory is treated as a meta-sensory organ and shown to be a culturally mediated performance that is activated by material acts and emotionally tangible artifacts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295752

The Sensory Basis and Structure of Knowledge Originally published in 1925. If we are to know what intelligence is how the brain can think and what place mind holds in the scheme of things we must first have a science of the sensory basis and structure of knowledge. This book supplies that need; it also serves as a short introduction to the systematic psychology of cognition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138908932

The Sensory Order and Other Writings on the Foundations of Theoretical Psychology The Sensory Order first published in 1952 sets forth F. A. Hayek's classic theory of mind in which he describes the mental mechanism that classifies perceptions that cannot be accounted for by physical laws. Hayek's substantial contribution to theoretical psychology has been addressed in the work of Thomas Szasz Gerald Edelman and Joaquin Fuster. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667740

The Sentiment of RealityTruth of Feeling in the European Novel Originally published in 1983 The Sentiment of Reality covers the rise and decline of the realist novel from the mid-eighteenth century to the mid-twentieth century. The book takes the form of an extended essay on two closely related themes in the history of the novel: first the impact and aftermath of the eighteenth-century cult of sentiment and secondly the supplanting of illusionism by an aesthetic of mimesis. This forms the basis of an exploration of the emotional impact that fiction has on the reader. Using this analysis the book defends the realist tradition against common contemporary criticism. The Sentiment of Reality combines a close reading of key moments in European fiction with a wide-ranging speculative treatment of historical and formal questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367610678

The Sentimental Theater of the French Revolution Smoothly blending performance theory literary analysis and historical insights Cecilia Feilla explores the mutually dependent discourses of feeling and politics and their impact on the theatre and theatre audiences during the French Revolution. Remarkably the most frequently performed and popular plays from 1789 to 1799 were not the political action pieces that have been the subject of much literary and historical criticism but rather sentimental dramas and comedies many of which originated on the stages of the Old Regime. Feilla suggests that theatre provided an important bridge from affective communities of sentimentality to active political communities of the nation arguing that the performance of virtue on stage served to foster the passage from private emotion to public virtue and allowed groups such as women children and the poor who were excluded from direct political participation to imagine a new and inclusive social and political structure. Providing close readings of texts by among others Denis Diderot Collot d'Herbois and Voltaire Feilla maps the ways in which continuities and innovations in the theatre from 1760 to 1800 set the stage for the nineteenth century. Her book revitalizes and enriches our understanding of the significance of sentimental drama showing that it was central to the way that drama both shaped and was shaped by political culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409411635

The Separable Galois Theory of Commutative Rings The Separable Galois Theory of Commutative Rings Second Edition provides a complete and self-contained account of the Galois theory of commutative rings from the viewpoint of categorical classification theorems and using solely the techniques of commutative algebra. Along with updating nearly every result and explanation this edition contains a new chapter on the theory of separable algebras. The book develops the notion of commutative separable algebra over a given commutative ring and explains how to construct an equivalent category of profinite spaces on which a profinite groupoid acts. It explores how the connection between the categories depends on the construction of a suitable separable closure of the given ring which in turn depends on certain notions in profinite topology. The book also discusses how to handle rings with infinitely many idempotents using profinite topological spaces and other methods. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482208054

The Separation of the Party and the StatePolitical Leadership in Soviet and Post Soviet Phases First published in 1999 this volume is the first full length study of one of the most important political institutions of the erstwhile Soviet political system – the Central Committee of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union (CPSU). The originality of this work lies in its main argument that the central reform during Perestroika was that of the Party and the State – a reform which ultimately resulted in the CPSU and its institutions the Central Committee being one of the most vital among them – firstly surrendering the monopoly over political power and control over the instrumentalities of the State and secondly systematically de-institutionalising and dismantling the formidable Soviet political system. The seeds of transformation and the shape of politico-economic and socio-cultural systems that emerged in successor States were laid down during the Soviet era – in particular during Perestroika itself. The continuity is therefore as striking as the change – if not more so. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366473

The Sephardim of EnglandA History of the Spanish and Portuguese Jewish Community 1492-1951 Originally published in 1951 this book explores the development in England of the Sephardi branch of the Jewish community the co-heirs with their kinsmen in Holland in Italy in North America and in the Middle East of the Golden Age of Jewish history in Spain. Based on archival history from within the community it was the first full-length history of the Sephardi community in England and describes how this little Jewish community the first in England since the Middle Ages grew prospered and contributed the wealth and influence of London and eventually producing in Disraeli one of England’s greatest Prime Ministers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367461768

The Septuagint and Homeric Scholarship in AlexandriaA Study in the Narrative of the 'Letter of Aristeas' The Letter of Aristeas tells the story of how Ptolemy Philadelphus of Egypt commissioned seventy scholars to translate the Hebrew Bible into Greek. Long accepted as a straightforward historical account of a cultural enterprise in Ptolemaic Alexandria the Letter nevertheless poses serious interpretative problems. Sylvie Honigman argues that the Letter should not be regarded as history but as a charter myth for diaspora Judaism. She expounds its generic affinities with other works on Jewish history from Ptolemaic Alexandria and argues that the process of translation was simultaneously a process of establishing an authoritative text comparable to the work on the text of Homer being carried out by contemporary Greek scholars.The Letter of Aristeas is among the most intriguing literary productions of Ptolemaic Alexandria and this is the first book-length study to be devoted to it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415518543

The Serbs and their Leaders in the Twentieth Century First published in 1997 this volume aims to present a new perspective on the history of the Serbs in the twentieth century viewing this period through the lives of its most significant Serb participants. Its contributors represent a diverse variety of backgrounds coming from different countries academic disciplines intellectual traditions and generations. The aim of this book is to present a new perspective on the history of the Serbs in the twentieth century through the lives of its most significant Serb participants. Nikola Pasic Dragutin Dimitirjevic-Apis Radomir Putnik King Peter King Aleksandar Prince Pavle Dragoljub-Draza Mihailovic and Slobodan Milosevic whose lives are profiled in the books were in the opinion of the editors in position significantly to shape the destiny of the Serbs. In reviewing their life and achievements the dilemmas facing the Serbs and their leaders in the twentieth century should hopefully become clearer as well. As each of the eight leaders exercised power and influence at critical times each of them is in many ways still a controversial figure. In order to provide the necessary historical background in the first chapter Peter Radan offers a brief overview and assessment of the course of the history of the Serbs during the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366428

The Sergison Papers Charles Sergison (1654-1732) had a long and honourable career with the Navy Board in which organisation he rose to become Clerk of the Acts the Principal Officer and Commissioner responsible for the Board’s secretariat. He occupied this position for nearly thirty years from early 1689/90 to his retirement in 1719. On leaving office he retained a large quantity of his papers of which some 125 volumes and folios have survived and are now in the National Maritime Museum. This present volume is drawn from a limited selection of Sergison’s papers consisting in the main of selected correspondence between the Navy Board and the Admiralty on the various facets of naval administration such as shipbuilding and the dockyards seamen and manning pursers and victualling and finance up to 1702 at about the end of William III’s reign. Hence much of Sergison’s later career in particular during the War of the Spanish Succession is excluded though this period is still covered in the original manuscript collection. For an overview of the period as a whole the Sergison Papers may usefully be read in conjunction with Queen Anne’s Navy (NRS Volume 103). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911423126

The Serial Podcast and Storytelling in the Digital Age This volume analyzes the Serial podcast situating it in the trajectory of other popular crime narratives and contemporary cultural theory. Contributors focus on topics such as the ethics of the use of fiction techniques in investigative journalism the epistemological overlay of postmodern indeterminacy and the audience’s prolific activity in social media examining the competing narrative strategies of the narrators characters and the audience. Other topics considered include the multiplication of narratives and the longing for closure how our minds work as we experience true crime narratives and what critical race theory can teach us about the program’s strategies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887179

The Serial Verb Construction Parameter An investigation of the serial verb construction this work engages central issues in syntactic theory-complex predicates clausal architecture and syntactic variation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138996052

The Serials PartnershipTeamwork Technology and Trends : proceedings of the North American Serials Interest Group Inc. This book first published in 1990 reflects the partnership among those who create produce distribute and manage serials information. Lively and informative this volume addresses several highly important topics including the process of scholarly communication the differences among types of serials vendors and whether or not a library should consolidate orders with a single vendor and organizational and institutional concerns about the current journal pricing crisis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367406936

The Serious Business of Being HappyA Cognitive Behavior Workbook to Bring Happiness to Every Day of Life The Serious Business of Being Happy combines scientific research and clinical experience to lay out a wealth of strategies to bring about happiness with oneself other people and daily life in general. Suitable for a wide range of mental health professionals the book provides an applicable comprehensive step-by-step approach to fulfilling a happy life. Chapters draw on Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy and Cognitive Behavior Therapy theory and practice to illustrate key areas where happiness can be maximized including identifying life purpose and sacred principles finding happiness with oneself and finding happiness with others. Also included is a personalized "Happiness Action Plan " along with case examples exercises and reflections to translate the ideas into concrete action. Leaving aside the psychobabble and feel-good clichés The Serious Business of Being Happy is a valuable resource for practitioners working with individuals to build a positive psychology in everyday life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138386341

The Serious Leisure PerspectiveAn Introduction The "Serious Leisure Perspective" (SLP) is a theoretical framework that can help us understand the complexities of modern leisure as both an activity and an experience. Bringing together the study of serious leisure casual leisure and project-based leisure it is an essential component of the Leisure Studies curriculum and an invaluable tool for exploring the significance of leisure in contemporary society. This book is the first of offer a comprehensive introduction to the Serious Leisure Perspective from fundamental principles and key concepts to in-depth and wide-ranging case studies of serious leisure pursuits. The book introduces the history of the SLP and its position alongside other social theories that attempt to explain the nature and function of leisure. It explores important themes such as consumption gender relations social capital and quality of life and delves deeply into the leisure of amateurs hobbyists career volunteers and occupational devotees. Every chapter includes a range of useful pedagogical features such as review questions and group exercises to help the student to grasp the importance of understanding leisure as a way of understanding contemporary social life and society. Combining cutting-edge theory and method with an engaging and practical interface this is an essential text for all Leisure Studies courses and illuminating reading for any student working in Tourism Events Sport Recreation Sociology or Cultural Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415739825

The Sermon on the Mount in the Light of the Temple No religious text has influenced the world more than has the New Testament's Sermon on the Mount and yet this crucial text still begs to be more clearly understood. Why was it written? What unifying theme or purpose holds it all together? Should it be called a sermon? Or is it some other kind of composition? How would its earliest listeners have heard its encoded allusions and systematic program? This book offers new insights into the Sermon on the Mount by seeing it in the shadow of the all-pervasive Temple in Jerusalem which dominated the religious landscape of the world of Jesus and his earliest disciples. Analyzing Matthew 5-7 in light of biblical and Jewish backgrounds ritual studies and oral performances in early Christian worship this reading coherently integrates every line in the Sermon. It positions the Sermon as the premier Christian mystery. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264786

The Sermons of Charles F. Parham This collection originally published in 1985. This volume contains two of Charles F. Parham’s influential works; A Voice Crying in the Wilderness and Everlasting Gospel. Charles F. Parham was an American preacher and evangelist and was one of the two central figures in the development of the early spread of Pentecostalism. He was also the first preacher to articulate Pentecostalism's distinctive doctrine of evidential tongues. This title will be of interest to students of nineteenth-century religious and social history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138078802

The Sermons of Chromatius of Aquileia NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138726468

The Serpentine WallThe Winding Boundary Between Church and State in the United States The Serpentine Wall is chronologically structured befitting a history of church-state separation in the United States. It begins with a history of ideas approach to the European backgrounds and colonial American experiments in theocracy and freedom of religion. It covers pre-modern American debates about religious freedom among the founding generation right up through the nineteenth century. The final section of the book focuses on the separation of church and state and how this has become a matter determined by the Supreme Court.The resolution of the proper interpretation of the religious clauses of the First Amendment and the course of the boundary between church and state has been slow. Many changes that took place throughout the nineteenth and the first half of the twentieth century have influenced the increasingly circuitous route taken by the Serpentine Wall between the two. The result has been an increased focus on social issues involving questions of interpretation of the establishment and free exercise clauses of the First Amendment.The founding of the United States was a unique event in human history and the result of factors that are unlikely to be repeated. To understand the founding of a democratic country with a unique arrangement between church and state it is important to view that development as both a product of and a departure from what had come before. Harris' interesting unique philosophical viewpoint will be important to those interested in how the roles of church versus state have evolved in the United States. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138516885

The Service Sector and Economic Development in Africa The service sector accounts for a huge proportion of global employment and is the biggest driver of gross domestic product in developing nations. Yet there has been little research uncovering its scope potential and implications on sustained and inclusive economic growth. This is especially true for Africa which has seen a strong growth trajectory in recent years. This book presents a new frontier of research offering insightful perspectives on the 21st-century realities of the service sector and its effect on economic development in Africa.The analysis presented here will be of relevance to academics and policymakers with an interest in Africa’s role in the global economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665463

The Service SectorAn Exploration of the Indian Experience How has the services sector of India been performing? What are the problems and prospects of the growth of this sector? Has the services sector played any role in making India unstoppable? What is the IT landscape of India? Can IT and ITES be an engine of growth? Who will be the future IT services hub of the world: India or China? Will the growth of the working age population result in a "demographic dividend" or prove to be a "demographic liability/nightmare" for countries like India? What are the issues and challenges in India's higher education sector and what is the way forward? Is the services hub of the world becoming an e-junkyard? What are the issues and challenges in the sustainability of services sector growth?These are the critical issues in today's India. This book offers a wide range of new enlightening and thought-provoking perspectives on the services sector of India. This book would be a highly relevant and useful guide for everyone from students to teachers and technocrats and from researchers to planners and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781907106262

The Service-Dominant Logic of MarketingDialog Debate and Directions Expanding on the editors' award-winning article "Evolving to a New Dominant Logic for Marketing " this book presents a challenging new paradigm for the marketing discipline. This new paradigm is service-oriented customer-oriented relationship-focused and knowledge-based and places marketing once viewed as a support function central to overall business strategy. Service-dominant logic defines service as the application of competencies for the benefit of another entity and sees mutual service provision rather than the exchange of goods as the proper subject of marketing. It moves the orientation of marketing from a "market to" philosophy where customers are promoted to targeted and captured to a "market with" philosophy where the customer and supply chain partners are collaborators in the entire marketing process. The editors elaborate on this model through an historical analysis clarification and extension of service-dominant logic and distinguished marketing thinkers then provide further insight and commentary. The result is a more comprehensive and inclusive marketing theory that will challenge both current thinking and marketing practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315699035

The Service-Oriented Media EnterpriseSOA BPM and Web Services in Professional Media Systems Companies worldwide are rapidly adopting Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) a design methodology used to connect systems as services and Business Process Management (BPM) the art of orchestrating these services. Media organizations from news organizations to music and media download services to movie studios are adapting to SOA-style architectures but have run into roadblocks unique to the media and entertainment industry. These challenges include incorporating real-time data moving large amounts of data at one time non-linearity and flexibility for workflow and unique metrics and data gathering. The Service-Oriented Media Enterprise details the challenges and presents solutions for media technology professionals. By addressing both the IT and media aspects it helps individuals improve current enterprise technologies and operations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138408418

The Sesame EffectThe Global Impact of the Longest Street in the World The Sesame Effect details the wide-ranging work of Sesame Workshop and its productions across the world. With an emphasis on impact and evidence from research on projects in low- and middle-income countries the book tells the stories behind the development of an international family of Muppet characters created for the locally produced adaptations of Sesame Street. Each chapter highlights the educational message of international co-productions and presents the cultural context of each project. Readers will understand the specific needs of children living in a given locale as well as gain insight into the educational drivers of each project. These projects often deal with difficult issues from race relations in the United States to HIV/AIDS education in South Africa to building respect across cultural divides in the Middle East. Readers will see how local productions have helped build a new mindset that values the importance of early childhood education and how Sesame Street promotes a brighter future by building children’s academic skills encouraging healthy habits and by fostering attitudes that counter negative stereotypes and create appreciation of and respect for others. The Sesame Effect shows how when magnified across the millions of children touched by the various international programs Sesame Workshop and its projects are making a difference around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138806917

The Settlement of AmericaAn Encyclopedia of Westward Expansion from Jamestown to the Closing of the Frontier First Published in 2015. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765619846

The Seven Ancient Wonders in the Early Modern World This monograph is a study of the artistic production that formed part of the various lists of the Seven Wonders that lasted beyond Antiquity and were recovered during the Renaissance and Baroque periods. The study focuses in depth on the way they were evoked in modern artistic culture and the importance they had at European courts linked to monarchs and princes as an image of power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367199074

The Seven Champions of Christendom (1596/7): The Seven Champions of ChristendomThe Seven Champions of Christendom This book wasa published in 2003.Although Richard Johnson's chivalric romance "The Seven Champions of Christendom" is little known today it was widely read for over three centuries after its first appearance in print in the 1590s influencing the work of English writers from John Bunyan to G.K. Chesterton and profoundly affecting the representation of St George England's patron saint in folklore and popular culture. In this volume Jennifer Fellows offers a scholarly edition of the work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315199719

The Seven Competences of the Sustainable ProfessionalDeveloping Best Practice in a Work Setting The Seven Competences of the Sustainable Professional shows how every professional can contribute to sustainable development. Through real-life stories told by a range of professionals each illustrating a sustainability competence this book provides a practical guide to help professionals realize their sustainability potential. Together these competences form an accessible framework that is explained in practical terms. Readers are able to check their own sustainability competence level and make plans for personal development at each stage of the book. There are dozens of books explaining how companies and organizations should work decently dealing with topics like corporate social responsibility (CSR) sustainable entrepreneurship and corporate governance. There is an equally large number of books that describe how individuals should behave in their private lives for instance by buying healthy food using energy-saving equipment showering with less water and switching off lights in empty rooms. However this is the first book to provide individual professionals with a clear framework to enable them to act in a sustainable way in their workplace be they the CEO CFO manager or office worker. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815381303

The Seven Concertos of Beethoven First published in 1996 this volume counters the attitude of paying more attention to the performer than to the piece. Too often Anthony Hopkins argues music is simply regarded as a pleasant background noise to accompany our other activities whereas Beethoven offers much more than that. Hopkins aim to promote hearing rather than listening. He examines Beethoven’s piano concertos numbers 1 through 5 along with the violin concerto in D Major Op. 61 and the Triple Concerto Op. 56. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138365575

The Seven Deadly Sins?Issues in Clinical Practice and Supervision for Humanistic and Integrative Practitioners The Seven Deadly Sins? grew out of a post-qualification training course of the same name. It aims to make more accessible some concepts from the world of psychoanalysis self-psychology and affective neuroscience as well as commenting on the challenge of working “in the real world”. This is achieved by offering an integrative and anecdota Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328771

The Seven Inconvenient Truths of Business Strategy The most damning charge frequently levelled at strategic planning is that of irrelevance. Paul Hunter’s The Seven Inconvenient Truths of Business Strategy is an antidote to conventional methods of strategic management that are renowned for being sporadic biased poorly articulated and rarely implemented with total success. Drawing on a framework that encapsulates a collection of definitive principles the author offers a structure to strategy as a system and in a format that is representative of a literal reinvention of strategic planning overall; an indicator and explanation of the strategic tools that you already know but in a more comprehensive format. Paul also provides insights into the collaborative techniques for carrying out the process successfully: formation evaluation alignment and implementation. Other topics covered include governance communication leadership learning teamwork transformation and the treatment of strategic risk; at the level of a profession. An extended case study based on the story of Cadbury the chocolate maker is woven through the chapters to provide a vibrant illustration of the value and application of the various techniques and processes described. Organisations of all kinds have never needed strategic planning quite as much as they need it today in an environment of increasing complexity uncertainty and continual change. The Seven Inconvenient Truths of Business Strategy will help you ensure that your strategic process is always effective visible professional relevant and timely. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415788410

The Seven Practices of Mentally Superior AthletesHarnessing Skills from Sport Psychology Once athletes reach the highest levels of competition in college and professional sports the mental aspect of the game becomes increasingly vital to performance. The Seven Practices of Mentally Superior Athletes is a short and snappy reference text intended for repeated use that explains the importance of the mental side of the game and offers concise advice for improvement. Wald outlines the most important sport psychology skills in a way that can be easily understood and applied to athletes regardless of what sport they play. It also features illustrative stories that demonstrate exactly how these skills can be applied on the field court course or arena. This book is particularly helpful to busy athletes with demanding lifestyles. It will also be useful for coaches who want to continue their education and learn more about sport psychology and how to implement these mental training habits with their athletes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367110598

The Seven Wonders of the Ancient World Sets each of the seven wonders in their historical context bringing together materials from ancient sources and the results of modern excavations to suggest why particular places and objects have been seen as the touchstone for human achievement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138834194

The Seven Years' War The closest thing to total war before the First World War the Seven Years' War was fought in North America Europe the Caribbean and India with major consequences for all parties involved. This fascinating book is the first to truly review the grand strategies of the combatants and examine the differing styles of warfare used in the many campaigns. These methods ranged from the large-scale battles and sieges of the European front to the ambush and skirmish tactics used in the forests of North America. Daniel Marston's engaging narrative is supported by personal diaries memoirs and official reports. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315063683

The Seven Years War in Europe1756-1763 In this pioneering new work based on a thorough re-reading of primary sources and new research in the Austrian State Archives Franz Szabo presents a fascinating reassessment of the continental war.Professor Szabo challenges the well-established myth that the Seven Years War was won through the military skill and tenacity of the King of Prussia often styled Frederick “the Great”. Instead he argues that Prussia did not win but merely survived the Seven Years War and did so despite and not because of the actions and decisions of its king. With balanced attention to all the major participants and to all conflict zones on the European continent the book describes the strategies and tactics of the military leaders on all sides analyzes the major battles of the war and illuminates the diplomatic political and financial aspects of the conflict.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837508

The Seven Years WarA Transatlantic History The Seven Years War has been described as the first global conflict in history. It engulfed the Euro-Atlantic world from 1756 to 1763 and engaged the energies of European cabinets as never before. More than previous conflicts the Seven Years War involved a variety of approaches to war and taxed the military material and moral resources of the powers involved. Drawing on a diverse array of archival printed primary and secondary sources The Seven Years War: A Transatlantic History covers the war’s origins its conduct on land and at sea its effects on logistics and finance its interactions with domestic politics its influence on international relations and its approach to peace. The book highlights the role of personality alongside the enduring importance of communication misperception and understanding. In so doing it endeavours not merely to chronicle the war’s events but to situate them in the context of mid-eighteenth century warfare finance politics and diplomacy. The Seven Years War will be of great interest to students of the European history American history maritime history diplomatic and military history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203932711

The Seventeenth CenturyThe Intellectual and Cultural Context of English Literature 1603-1700 The seventeenth century was a period of immense turmoil. This book explores the methods by which a distinctive iconography was created for each Stuart king describes the cultural life of the Civil War period and the Cromwellian Protectorate and analyses the impact of the antiquarian movement which constructed a new sense of national identity. Through this detailed and fascinating discussion of seventeenth-century society Graham Parry provides a clear insight into the many forces operating on the literature of the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138165984

The Seventeenth-Century Customs Service SurveyedWilliam Culliford's Investigation of the Western Ports 1682-84 In January 1682 William Culliford a loyal and experienced officer in the King's customs service began an extraordinary journey under Treasury orders to investigate the integrity and efficiency of the customs establishments of southwest England and south Wales as part of a drive to maximize the Crown's income from customs duties (on which it relied for much of its revenue). Starting at Bristol Culliford eventually completed this daunting task in Cornwall over two years later in the spring of 1684. His report on each of the ports he inspected (the primary source for this book) revealed widespread smuggling and fraud in the context of a customs service both lacking in efficiency and riddled with corruption. The book documents the varied frauds and wide-ranging abuses uncovered and their facilitation by customs officers only too ready to collude with smugglers dishonest merchants and seamen and to accept bribes to ignore tax evasion. It describes too Culliford's assessment of the administrative practices of each port inspected and his judgment on the levels of probity and efficiency of individual officers detailing his recommendations for procedural improvements and the treatment of the corrupt and incompetent and incidentally of those suspected of political and religious dissent. Additionally the book presents a body of statistical data on the customs revenue actually collected at individual ports in the 1670s and 1680s and surveys the extent and nature of the maritime trade of the ports Culliford examined. It thus not only throws light on the history of the customs service but provides a rare insight into the interactions of economic social and political issues in the later seventeenth century and makes a valuable contribution to the particular histories of the ports and maritime districts visited by this energetic and tenacious investigator. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110342

The Seventh ContinentAntarctica in a Resource Age First Published in 2011. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books RFF Press 9781315064352

The Seventh Crusade 1244–1254Sources and Documents The Seventh Crusade led by King Louis IX of France was the last major expedition for the recovery of the Holy Land actually to reach the Near East. The failure of his invasion of Egypt (1249-50) followed by his four-year stay in Palestine in order to retrieve the disaster had a profound impact on the Latin West. In addition Louis's operations in the Nile delta indirectly precipitated the Mamluk coup d'état which ended the rule of the Ayyubids Saladin's dynasty in Egypt and began the transfer of power there to a military elite that would prove to be a far more formidable enemy to the Franks of Syria and Palestine. This volume comprises translations of the principal documents and of extracts from narrative sources - both Muslim and Christian - relating to the crusade and includes many texts notably the account of Ibn Wasil not previously available in English. The themes covered include: the preparations and search for allies; the campaign in the Nile delta; the impact on recruitment of the simultaneous crusade against the emperor Frederick II; the Mamluk coup and its immediate consequences in the Near East; Western reactions to the failure in Egypt; and the popular 'crusade' of the Pastoureaux in France (1251) which aimed originally to help the absent king but which degenerated into violence against the clergy and the Jews and had to be suppressed by force. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315237091

The SeventiesThe Age of Glitter in Popular Culture The Seventies is must reading for anyone who wants to revisit that glam decade and the contributions it made to our culture. The contributors take you on a fascinating journey that looks at the Black Panthers Jonestown glam rock black action films and gay male subcultures as well as including queer rereadings of cultural phenomena examinations of clothing and seventies bodies and an essay on the meaning of sound in the seventies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315023021

The SeveransThe Roman Empire Transformed The Severans analyses the colourful decline of the Roman Empire during the reign of the Severans the first non-Italian dynasty. In his learned and exciting style Michael Grant describes the foreign wars waged against the Alemanni and the Persians and the remarkable personalities of the imperial family. Thus the reader encounters Julia Domna's alleged literary circle or Elagabalus' curious private life - which included dancing in the streets marrying a vestal virgin and smothering his enemies with rose petals.With its beautifully selected plate section maps and extensive bibliography this book will appeal to the student of ancient history as well as to the general reader.Michael Grant is one of the world's greatest writers on ancient history. His previous publications include: Art in the Roman Empire Greek and Roman Historians and Who's Who in Classical Mythology all published by Routledge. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315812588

The Sex Industry: A Survey of Sex Workers in Queensland Australia First published in 1997 this study reports on a study of 221 sex workers in Queensland Australia. The workers were interviewed by an interviewer with experience in the industry. They were asked a variety of questions relating to how they came to enter the industry their knowledge of and attitudes towards safe sex and a variety of other questions to do with lifestyle service use and sexual health and contact with the police and legal system. Sex work emerges as an activity which has a number of advantages. The pay is good the hours are short and the work enables the worker to meet some interesting people and engage in social activities. Unlike other occupations entry into sex work is somewhat haphazard (few appearing to plan entry to this industry as a career path) but once in the industry many find it has benefits as well as disadvantages. Primary amongst these latter are the risks of acquiring a sexually transmitted disease (AIDS being uppermost in their minds) or the fear of violence which is associated with the context in which services are provided. In addition sex workers often manifest a lifestyle which includes substance use and abuse. Relationships with police are often problematic and many workers report experiences which are critical of the legal system. This book provides a broad insight into the industry which for parts of Australia is subjected to substantial change. Such insights contribute not only to our understanding of the industry itself but also to the kind of health promoting activities which need to be initiated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360082

The Sex of Knowing First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203951057

The Sexual Abuse of Adolescent GirlsSocial Workers' Child Protection Practice First published in 1999 this volume examines the ‘meanings’ specific child protection cases involving the familial sexual abuse of adolescent girls hold for social workers. This is achieved through a qualitative analysis of a series of interviews with social workers regarding current or recent cases. The analysis reveals various influences on social workers’ practice: the organisation and administrative structure of child protection governmental requirements to interagency coordination the abused girl her family and the skills and limitations of the social worker. The findings point to a series of tensions between social workers’ perceptions of appropriate intervention practice on the one hand and organisational needs the demands of the criminal justice system and client choice on the other. This leads to recommendations for improved in-service training including joint training for social workers and police officers and a review of the transitional procedures between child protection and adult services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360310

The Sexual Abuse of ChildrenVolume I: Theory and Research The sexual abuse of children is now seen as an enormous problem; first because there is an increasing awareness that it is more prevalent than previously thought and second because it gives rise to so many complex questions. How is sexual abuse to be defined? What are the effects of abuse? How can the victim be helped? How can abuse be prevented? These two comprehensive volumes cover a wide spectrum of basic and applied issues. Expert contributors -- including physicians attorneys psychologists philosophers social workers and engineers -- address such relevant topics as epidemiology animal models legal reforms feminist scholarship child pornography medical assessment and diverse models of psychotherapeutic intention. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315799698

The Sexual Abuse of ChildrenVolume II: Clinical Issues The sexual abuse of children is now seen as an enormous problem; first because there is an increasing awareness that it is more prevalent than previously thought and second because it gives rise to so many complex questions. How is sexual abuse to be defined? What are the effects of abuse? How can the victim be helped? How can abuse be prevented? These two comprehensive volumes cover a wide spectrum of basic and applied issues. Expert contributors -- including physicians attorneys psychologists philosophers social workers and engineers -- address such relevant topics as epidemiology animal models legal reforms feminist scholarship child pornography medical assessment and diverse models of psychotherapeutic intention. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315807201

The Sexual and Gender Politics of Sport Mega-EventsRoving Colonialism This challenging new study examines gender and sexuality in relation to the ‘roving colonialism’ of sport mega-events. Built around four case studies in postcolonial and settler colonial contexts—the Olympics in Vancouver London and Sochi and soccer fans in the Egyptian revolution—the book examines sporting 'homonationalism' and anti-colonial resistance. The first part discusses different moments of ‘homonationalism’ in sport. The second part explores how indigenous and anti-colonial protests against mega-sport events lead to different views about gender and sexuality politics in sport. It offers a critical counter-narrative to the view that gay and lesbian inclusion in global sporting events is simply a matter of universal human rights. The book calls for LGBT social movements in sport to move away from complicity with neoliberalism nationalism and colonial-racial logics particularly Islamophobia toward a decolonial politics of solidarity. Theoretically sophisticated and empirically grounded this book draws together important threads in the contemporary study of sport to illuminate the relationship between sport and wider society. It will be fascinating reading for any student or researcher interested in the sociology of sport Olympic studies gender and sexuality studies postcolonial studies indigenous studies settler colonial studies or the politics of race and inclusion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138318496

The Sexual Constitution of Political AuthorityThe 'Trials' of Same-Sex Desire While there is no shortage of studies addressing the state’s regulation of the sexual research into the ways in which the sexual governs the state and its attributes is still in its infancy. The Sexual Constitution of Political Authority argues that there are good reasons to suppose that our understandings of state power quiver with erotic undercurrents. The book maintains more specifically that the relationship between ideas of political authority and male same-sex desire is especially fraught. Through a series of case studies where a statesman’s same-sex desire was put on trial (either literally or metaphorically) as a problem for the good exercise of public powers the book shows the resilience and adaptability of cultural beliefs in the incompatibility between public office and male same-sex desire. Some of the case studies analysed are familiar ground for both political/constitutional history and the history of sexuality. The Sexual Constitution of Political Authority argues however that only by systematically reading questions of institutional politics and questions of sexuality through each other will we have access to the most interesting insights that a study of these trials can generate. Whether they involve obscure public officials or iconic rulers such as Hadrian and James I these compelling fragments of queer history reveal that the disavowal of male same-sex desire has been and partly remains central to mainstream understandings of political authority. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241695

The Sexual Health of MenDealing with Conflict and Change Pt. 1 This challenging critique explores the current constraints and opportunities for addressing and promoting the sexual health of men. It redresses the balance between society's traditional views and expectations of men's sexual health compared to the sexual health of women. The wide-ranging approach critically considers all aspects of sexual health including historic developments social considerations personal issues and political climates. Authoritative and evidence-based "The Sexual Health of Men" brings together experts from the fields of sexual health research education and practice. It is highly recommended for health and social care professionals including nurses doctors social workers health advisers and sexual health service providers. Health researchers and policy makers and shapers will find the research of great interest as will all those concerned about the sexual health and well-being in men. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315380025

The Sexual Lives of Savages[1932/1952] This volume provides an ethnographic account of courtship marriage and family life among the people of the Trobriand Islands. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708798

The Sexual MurdererOffender behaviour and implications for practice Sexual homicide continues to be one of the most widely reported and sensationalised forms of murder attracting fascination from the public and scholars alike. Despite this continued interest few empirical studies have been conducted on this particular form of sexual crime. The Sexual Murderer provides an analytical review of the state of knowledge on the sexual murderer and his offense and presents new data that confronts some of the accepted ideas and myths surrounding this type of homicide. The authors draw on original data stemming from both offenders and the police to present an exhaustive and accurate picture of the sexual murderer and his offense and compare the sex offenders who do kill with sex offenders who despite being very violent do not. Each chapter includes a section on the practical implications of the findings and what the findings mean for professionals working with these cases and for the criminal justice system. This book explores themes including the role of fantasies paraphilias and personality; criminal career; context of the crime; journey to murder; modus operandi and crime scene; sex trade workers; avoiding detection; body disposal pathways; and whether we can predict sexual homicide occurrence. This book is a comprehensive resource for academic and professionals involved in sexual homicide cases such as psychologists psychiatrists investigators and profilers as well as individuals working in the field of sexual violence. This book will also be of interest to students taking courses on homicide sexual homicide and serial homicide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138499522

The Sexual Politics of Asylum Today within neoliberal democracies gender and sexuality provisions give people the opportunity of being granted social and legal protection. But how does the asylum system intervene within claimants’ understandings of themselves and in what ways does this affect their livelihoods in the country of arrival? The Sexual Politics of Asylum emerges from a 2 year long ethnography which explores the experiences of 60 gender and sexual minority refugees in the UK. Bringing previously unheard stories to the forefront this enlightening volume challenges dominant notions about the construction of sexuality and gender as an instrument for claiming rights in a world shaped by postcolonial relations. Giametta first examines why the migratory experience of the studied migrants is located within a set of humanitarian-inflected discourses that privilege suffering and trauma. This is then followed by an assessment of the respondents’ biographical accounts which consequently uncovers how being situated in liminal socio-political and legal interstices produces precarious forms of life. Whilst the topic of asylum for gender and sexual minorities has attracted wide media coverage over the past decade there persists a lack of academic attention to the complex experiences of these refugees. As such this timely book will be of interest to undergraduate and postgraduate students interested in human rights sociology anthropology migration sexuality gender and cultural studies as well as people working within the refugee granting process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348243

The Sexual SubjectScreen Reader in Sexuality The Sexual Subject brings together writing on sexuality which has appeared in ^Screen over the past two decades. It reflects the journal's continuing engagement with questions of sexuality and signification in the cinema an engagement which has had a profound influence on the development of the academic study of film and on alternative film and video practice.The collection opens with Laura Mulvey's classic "Visual Pleasure and Narrative Cinema" with its conjunction of semiotics and psychoanalysis the critical approach which is most closely associated with Screen's rise to international prominence. The reader then goes on to explore the particular questions and debates which that conjuction provoked: arguments around pornography and the represenation of the body: questions of the representation of femininity and masculinity of the female spectator and of the social subject.Many of the writings in this Reader have become indispensable texts within the study of film. The purpose of the Reader is not only to make the articles available to a wider readership and to a new generation but also to pose new conjunctions making connections in one volume between debates and inquiries which spanned two crucial decades of film theory.The Sexual Subject is intended not only for all those with a particular interest in film and film theory but for anyone with a serious commitment to cultural theory theories of representation and questions of sexuality and gender. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315003092

The Sexuality Debates First published in 1987. From the 1870's to the 1920's feminists actively campaigned against men's sexual abuse of women. This collection brings together the major articles which fuelled the feminist campaigns and helped to bring about significant reforms. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315012971

The Sexuality PapersMale Sexuality and the Social Control of Women Originally published in 1984. The history of sex in the last 100 years has usually been written as a story of progress from repression to sexual liberation. This book argues that the reverse is true demonstrating that the ‘sexual revolution’ came as a backlash to a women’s movement which challenged men’s sexual abuse and tried to reconstruct male sexuality in women’s interest. At first it looks at those groups at the turn of the twentieth century who campaigned to challenge prevailing ideas about sexual behaviour. It moves on to review the work of the most influential sexologists Ellis Kinsey Masters and Johnson and then presents a critical analysis of the sex magazine Forum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367174736

The SeychellesUnquiet Islands This book traces the historical background of the Seychelles from their first settlements through independence from Britain in 1976 and into the early 1980s. It focuses on the issues of environment social and race relations economic and strategic forces and domestic and international politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295769

The Shadow of Kenyan DemocracyWidespread Expectations of Widespread Corruption Why has democracy failed to reduce corruption in Kenya? Framing the challenge in game theoretical terms Dominic Burbidge examines how mutual expectations between citizens dictate the success or failure of political reforms. Since 1992 Kenya has conducted multiparty elections with the hope of promoting accountability and transparency in government. This is being undermined by ongoing corruption and an increasingly centralised state response to terrorism. Providing a nuanced assessment of democracy’s difficult road in Kenya Burbidge discusses the independent role being played by widespread social expectations of corruption. Through tracking average views of the average person it is possible to identify a threshold beyond which society suffers mutually reinforcing negative social expectations. This trend is the shadow of Kenyan democracy and must be treated as a policy challenge on its own terms before institutional reforms will be successful. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472467683

The Shadow of Sparta In the past twenty years the study of Sparta has come of age. Images prevalent earlier in the 20th century of Spartans as hearty good fellows or scarlet-cloaked automata have been superseded by more complex scholarly reactions. As interest has grown in the self-images projected by this most secretive of Greek cities increasing attention has focused on how individual Greek writers from other states reacted to information or disinformation about Sparta.The studies in this volume provide new insights into the traditional historians' question "What actually happened at Sparta?". But the implications of the work go far beyond Laconia. They concern preoccupations of some of the most studied of Greek writers and help towards an understanding of how Athenians defined the achievment or the failure of their own city. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415642958

The Shadow of the ObjectPsychoanalysis of the Unthought Known In The Shadow of the Object Christopher Bollas integrates aspects of Freud’s theory of unconscious thinking with elements from the British Object Relations School. In doing so he offers radical new visions of the scope of psychoanalysis and expands our understanding of the creativity of the unconscious mind and the aesthetics of human character.  During our formative years we are continually "impressed" by the object world. Most of this experience will never be consciously thought and but it resides within us as assumed knowledge. Bollas has termed this "the unthought known" a phrase that has ramified through many realms of human exploration including the worlds of letters psychology and the arts. Aspects of the unthought known --the primary repressed unconscious --will emerge during a psychoanalysis as a mood the aesthetic of a dream or in our relation to the self as other. Within the unique analytic relationship it becomes possible at least in part to think the unthought -- an experience that has enormous transformative potential. Published here with a new preface by Christopher Bollas The Shadow of the Object remains a classic of the psychoanalytic literature written by a truly original thinker. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138218444

The Shadow of the Second MotherNurses and nannies in theories of infant development The Shadow of the "Second Mother" explores why has there been such little interest in psychology social history and biography in the important contribution that ‘second mothers’ such as wet nurses and nannies have had upon the emotional life of the children they have nursed.  For the last three thousand years and throughout most civilisations they have nurtured the children of the privileged and kept alive the abandoned and unwanted child and yet there has been a profound silence surrounding the influence they may have had. The author explores the lives of several well-known people who have been wet nursed such as Michelangelo Rousseau Jack London Nabokov and Klein. She speculates that they all were affected emotionally by their ‘second mother’ and concludes that a universal feature of such delegated mothering seems to be that the bond between mother and child is broken and the child may be left with a life-long distrust of close relationships. In The Shadow of the "Second Mother" Coles combines an exploration of attachment theory with neurology making it possible to give an explanation as to why these important figures have lain unnamed and ignored in our social and psychological consciousness. This intriguing new approach to an ancient practice will be fascinating reading for psychotherapists psychoanalysts sociologist and students of social history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415637237

The Shadow of the Tsunamiand the Growth of the Relational Mind During early development every human being is exposed to the relative impact of relational trauma – disconfirmation of aspects of oneself as having legitimate existence in the world of others – in shaping both the capacity for spontaneous human relatedness and the relative vulnerability to "adult-onset trauma." To one degree or another a wave of dysregulated affect – a dissociated "tsunami" – hits the immature mind and if left relationally unprocessed leaves a fearful shadow that weakens future ability to regulate affect in an interpersonal context and reduces the capacity to trust sometimes even experience authentic human discourse. In his fascinating third book Philip Bromberg deepens his inquiry into the nature of what is therapeutic about the therapeutic relationship: its capacity to move the psychoanalytic process along a path that bit by bit shrinks a patient's vulnerability to the pursuing shadow of affective destabilization while simultaneously increasing intersubjectivity. What takes places along this path does not happen because "this" led to "that " but because the path is its own destination – a joint achievement that underlies what is termed in the subtitle "the growth of the relational mind."Expanding the self-state perspective of Standing in the Spaces (1998) and Awakening the Dreamer (2006) Bromberg explores what he holds to be the two nonlinear but interlocking rewards of successful treatment – healing and growth. The psychoanalytic relationship is illuminated not as a medium for treating an illness but as an opportunity for two human beings to live together in the affectively enacted shadow of the past allowing it to be cognitively symbolized by new cocreated experience that is processed by thought and language – freeing the patient's natural capacity to feel trust and joy as part of an enduring regulatory stability that permits life to be lived with creativity love interpersonal spontaneity and a greater sense of meaning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606220

The ShahidsIslam and Suicide Attacks Suicide terror has become a fundamental strategic weapon in the confrontation between Fundamentalist Islam and its adversaries and now constitutes a threat to world welfare and security. The Shahids proposes that the nature of this terror changed after the attacks on the World Trade Center on September 11. In this first book to be published on the subject the author offers both an interpretation and an overall picture of a worldwide phenomenon that is not yet fully recognized even in Israel which remains a central arena for the perpetration of suicide attacks by terror organizations.The Shahids analyzes the general phenomenon of Islamic suicide attacks and provides the reader with tools comparative analyses and comprehensive information enabling enlightened examination about suicide attacks worldwide. After a review of the historical development of the religious and ideological values legitimating suicide attacks the volume explores the ways in which all terror organizations are both alike and different. It focuses on the countries that support terror--Iraq Iran and Saudi Arabia--discusses suicide attacks perpetrated by women and the suicide attackers' mothers and shows how various countries have put an end to suicide attacks. It scrutinizes testimony drawn from confiscated documents regarding the approach of terror leaders and the administrative support of various organizations for suicide attacks while offering descriptions and direction on ways to contend with this challenge. It explores the possibilities and recommendations for an international struggle against suicide attacks through the implementation of recently published innovative ideas proposed by UN Organizations Amnesty International and Human Rights Watch.The Shahids maps out the overall phenomenon of suicide attacks as well as identifies various organizations and central key figures through comparative cross-sections. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138516908

The Shahnama of Firdausi: Volume II First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868983

The Shahnama of Firdausi: Volume III First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865876

The Shahnama of Firdausi: Volume V First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868990

The Shahnama of Firdausi: Volume VII First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869003

The Shahnama of FirdausiVolume I First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865869

The Shahnama of FirdausiVolume IV First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865883

The Shahnama of FirdausiVolume IX First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865913

The Shahnama of FirdausiVolume VI First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865890

The Shahnama of FirdausiVolume VIII First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865906

The Shakespeare ClaimantsA Critical Survey of the Four Principal Theories concerning the Authorship of the Shakespearean Plays This edition first published in 1962. The Shakespeare Claimants is a critical survey of the great controversy that has raged over the authorship of the Shakespearean plays. It provides the general reader with an outline history of this controversy and with a full description and analysis of the main anti-Stratfordian arguments. This book concentrates on the four main claimants: Bacon Oxford Derby and Marlowe. The book contains an extensive bibliography and footnotes to guide the reader through the text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415850551

The Shakespeare InsetWord and Picture What is the relation between the language being heard and the picture being simultaneously exhibited on the stage? Typically there is an identity between sound and sight but often there is a divergence between what the audience hears and what is sees. These divergences are 'insets' and examines the motives mechanics and poetic qualities of these narrative poems embedded in the plays. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010291

The Shakespeare Masterclasses The Shakespeare Masterclasses is a collection of rare interviews from many of the world’s most renowned Shakespearean actors exploring their varied approaches to topics including character creation script analysis acting for the stage and the camera rehearsal preparation and collaboration. Ron Destro’s insightful and revealing conversations with thirteen accomplished artists provide the reader with the invaluable experience of sitting in the classroom with each of these masters. A selection of Shakespeare plays including Hamlet The Winter’s Tale King Lear and The Tempest are examined to explore antithesis line-endings rhyme and meter method acting and the artistry of a good director. In addition to critical analysis of their vocation the actors weave through personal and humorous anecdotes and favorite acting moments and offer useful movement and vocal exercises. This book offers a lens into the creative process of world-acclaimed actors to expose an abundance of tips tools and fascinating stories about the acting profession that will be of crucial interest to acting students directors drama teachers Shakespeare performance scholars and general theatre fans more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367355111

The Shakespeare Name and Place Dictionary Entries provide the likely sources for a name; describe historical and mythological backgrounds; examine Shakespeare's presentation of a character or place; and suggest various interpretations of a name. Each entry contains line citations to William Shakespeare: The Complete Works edited by Wells and Taylor Oxford University Press 1986. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203059203

The Shakespearean International Yearbook 18Special Section: Soviet Shakespeare For its eighteenth volume The Shakespearean International Yearbook surveys the present state of Shakespeare studies addressing issues that are fundamental to our interpretive encounter with Shakespeare’s work and his time across the whole spectrum of his literary output. Contributions are solicited from among the most active and insightful scholars in the field from both hemispheres of the globe. New trends are evaluated from the point of view of established scholarship and emerging work in the field is encouraged. Each issue includes a special section under the guidance of a specialist guest editor along with coverage of the current state of the field. An essential reference tool for scholars of early modern literature and culture this annual publication captures from year to year current and developing thought in Shakespeare scholarship and theater practice worldwide. There is a particular emphasis on Shakespeare studies in global contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367442989

The Shakespearean International Yearbook: Where are We Now in Shakespearean Studies?Volume 2 This title was first published in 2002. This second volume of The Shakespearean International Yearbook continues the work of assessing the present state of Shakespeare studies in the new millennium. Comprising 20 essays by distinguished scholars from North America the UK and Australia it is divided into sections on criticism and theory; text textuality and technology; Renaissance ideas and conventions; and Shakespeare and the city. The essays address issues that are fundamental to our interpretive encounter with Shakespeare including those of gender and sexuality the staging of plays and historical research on matters such as the monarchy language religion and the law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138729933

The Shakespearean International Yearbook16: Special Section Shakespeare on Site Shakespearean performances regularly take place at both historic sites and locations with complex resonances such as Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre in London and the royal castle of Hamlet – Elsinore – in Denmark. The present issue of the Shakespeare International Yearbook examines the impact of specificities such as festivals and performance sites on our understanding of Shakespeare and globalization. Contributions survey the present state of Shakespeare studies and address issues that are fundamental to our interpretive encounter with Shakespeare's work and his time across the whole spectrum of his literary output. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888367

The Shakespearean International Yearbook17: Special Section Shakespeare and Value Currently in its seventeenth year and formerly published by Ashgate The Shakespearean International Yearbook surveys the present state of Shakespeare studies addressing issues that are fundamental to our interpretive encounter with Shakespeare's work and his time across the whole spectrum of his literary output. Contributions are solicited from among the most active and insightful scholars in the field from both hemispheres of the globe. New trends are evaluated from the point of view of established scholarship and emerging work in the field encouraged to present a view of what is happening all around the world. Each issue includes a special section under the guidance of a specialist Guest Editor as well as a review of recent critical work in Shakespeare studies. An essential reference tool for scholars of early modern literature and culture this annual captures from year to year current and developing thought in Shakespeare scholarship and theater practice worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666620

The Shakespearean International YearbookVolume 10: Special Section the Achievement of Robert Weimann This eighth volume of The Shakespearean International Yearbook presents a special section on 'European Shakespeares' proceeding from the claim that Shakespeare's literary craft was not just native English or British but was filtered and fashioned through a Renaissance awareness that needs to be recognized as European and that has had effects and afterlives across the Continent. Guest editors Ton Hoenselaars and Clara Calvo have constructed this section to highlight both how the spread of 'Shakespeare' throughout Europe has brought together the energies of a wide variety of European cultures across several centuries and how the inclusion of Shakespeare in European culture has been not only a European but also a world affair. The Shakespearean International Yearbook continues to provide an annual survey of important issues and developments in contemporary Shakespeare studies. Contributors to this issue come from the US and the UK Spain Switzerland and South Africa Canada The Netherlands India Portugal Greece France and Hungary. In addition to the section on European Shakespeares this volume includes essays on the genre of romance issues of character and other topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669652

The Shakespearean International YearbookVolume 11: Special Issue Placing Michael Neill. Issues of Place in Shakespeare and Early Modern Culture This eighth volume of The Shakespearean International Yearbook presents a special section on 'European Shakespeares' proceeding from the claim that Shakespeare's literary craft was not just native English or British but was filtered and fashioned through a Renaissance awareness that needs to be recognized as European and that has had effects and afterlives across the Continent. Guest editors Ton Hoenselaars and Clara Calvo have constructed this section to highlight both how the spread of 'Shakespeare' throughout Europe has brought together the energies of a wide variety of European cultures across several centuries and how the inclusion of Shakespeare in European culture has been not only a European but also a world affair. The Shakespearean International Yearbook continues to provide an annual survey of important issues and developments in contemporary Shakespeare studies. Contributors to this issue come from the US and the UK Spain Switzerland and South Africa Canada The Netherlands India Portugal Greece France and Hungary. In addition to the section on European Shakespeares this volume includes essays on the genre of romance issues of character and other topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409432296

The Shakespearean International YearbookVolume 12: Special Section Shakespeare in India This eighth volume of The Shakespearean International Yearbook presents a special section on 'European Shakespeares' proceeding from the claim that Shakespeare's literary craft was not just native English or British but was filtered and fashioned through a Renaissance awareness that needs to be recognized as European and that has had effects and afterlives across the Continent. Guest editors Ton Hoenselaars and Clara Calvo have constructed this section to highlight both how the spread of 'Shakespeare' throughout Europe has brought together the energies of a wide variety of European cultures across several centuries and how the inclusion of Shakespeare in European culture has been not only a European but also a world affair. The Shakespearean International Yearbook continues to provide an annual survey of important issues and developments in contemporary Shakespeare studies. Contributors to this issue come from the US and the UK Spain Switzerland and South Africa Canada The Netherlands India Portugal Greece France and Hungary. In addition to the section on European Shakespeares this volume includes essays on the genre of romance issues of character and other topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669621

The Shakespearean International YearbookVolume 13: Special Section Macbeth This eighth volume of The Shakespearean International Yearbook presents a special section on 'European Shakespeares' proceeding from the claim that Shakespeare's literary craft was not just native English or British but was filtered and fashioned through a Renaissance awareness that needs to be recognized as European and that has had effects and afterlives across the Continent. Guest editors Ton Hoenselaars and Clara Calvo have constructed this section to highlight both how the spread of 'Shakespeare' throughout Europe has brought together the energies of a wide variety of European cultures across several centuries and how the inclusion of Shakespeare in European culture has been not only a European but also a world affair. The Shakespearean International Yearbook continues to provide an annual survey of important issues and developments in contemporary Shakespeare studies. Contributors to this issue come from the US and the UK Spain Switzerland and South Africa Canada The Netherlands India Portugal Greece France and Hungary. In addition to the section on European Shakespeares this volume includes essays on the genre of romance issues of character and other topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669607

The Shakespearean International YearbookVolume 14: Special Section Digital Shakespeares This eighth volume of The Shakespearean International Yearbook presents a special section on 'European Shakespeares' proceeding from the claim that Shakespeare's literary craft was not just native English or British but was filtered and fashioned through a Renaissance awareness that needs to be recognized as European and that has had effects and afterlives across the Continent. Guest editors Ton Hoenselaars and Clara Calvo have constructed this section to highlight both how the spread of 'Shakespeare' throughout Europe has brought together the energies of a wide variety of European cultures across several centuries and how the inclusion of Shakespeare in European culture has been not only a European but also a world affair. The Shakespearean International Yearbook continues to provide an annual survey of important issues and developments in contemporary Shakespeare studies. Contributors to this issue come from the US and the UK Spain Switzerland and South Africa Canada The Netherlands India Portugal Greece France and Hungary. In addition to the section on European Shakespeares this volume includes essays on the genre of romance issues of character and other topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669454

The Shakespearean International YearbookVolume 15: Special Section Shakespeare and the Human This eighth volume of The Shakespearean International Yearbook presents a special section on 'European Shakespeares' proceeding from the claim that Shakespeare's literary craft was not just native English or British but was filtered and fashioned through a Renaissance awareness that needs to be recognized as European and that has had effects and afterlives across the Continent. Guest editors Ton Hoenselaars and Clara Calvo have constructed this section to highlight both how the spread of 'Shakespeare' throughout Europe has brought together the energies of a wide variety of European cultures across several centuries and how the inclusion of Shakespeare in European culture has been not only a European but also a world affair. The Shakespearean International Yearbook continues to provide an annual survey of important issues and developments in contemporary Shakespeare studies. Contributors to this issue come from the US and the UK Spain Switzerland and South Africa Canada The Netherlands India Portugal Greece France and Hungary. In addition to the section on European Shakespeares this volume includes essays on the genre of romance issues of character and other topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668709

The Shakespearean International YearbookVolume 4: Shakespeare Studies Today This eighth volume of The Shakespearean International Yearbook presents a special section on 'European Shakespeares' proceeding from the claim that Shakespeare's literary craft was not just native English or British but was filtered and fashioned through a Renaissance awareness that needs to be recognized as European and that has had effects and afterlives across the Continent. Guest editors Ton Hoenselaars and Clara Calvo have constructed this section to highlight both how the spread of 'Shakespeare' throughout Europe has brought together the energies of a wide variety of European cultures across several centuries and how the inclusion of Shakespeare in European culture has been not only a European but also a world affair. The Shakespearean International Yearbook continues to provide an annual survey of important issues and developments in contemporary Shakespeare studies. Contributors to this issue come from the US and the UK Spain Switzerland and South Africa Canada The Netherlands India Portugal Greece France and Hungary. In addition to the section on European Shakespeares this volume includes essays on the genre of romance issues of character and other topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138357556

The Shakespearean International YearbookVolume 8: Special section European Shakespeares This eighth volume of The Shakespearean International Yearbook presents a special section on 'European Shakespeares' proceeding from the claim that Shakespeare's literary craft was not just native English or British but was filtered and fashioned through a Renaissance awareness that needs to be recognized as European and that has had effects and afterlives across the Continent. Guest editors Ton Hoenselaars and Clara Calvo have constructed this section to highlight both how the spread of 'Shakespeare' throughout Europe has brought together the energies of a wide variety of European cultures across several centuries and how the inclusion of Shakespeare in European culture has been not only a European but also a world affair. The Shakespearean International Yearbook continues to provide an annual survey of important issues and developments in contemporary Shakespeare studies. Contributors to this issue come from the US and the UK Spain Switzerland and South Africa Canada The Netherlands India Portugal Greece France and Hungary. In addition to the section on European Shakespeares this volume includes essays on the genre of romance issues of character and other topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669676

The Shakespearean International YearbookVolume 9: Special Section South African Shakespeare in the Twentieth Century This eighth volume of The Shakespearean International Yearbook presents a special section on 'European Shakespeares' proceeding from the claim that Shakespeare's literary craft was not just native English or British but was filtered and fashioned through a Renaissance awareness that needs to be recognized as European and that has had effects and afterlives across the Continent. Guest editors Ton Hoenselaars and Clara Calvo have constructed this section to highlight both how the spread of 'Shakespeare' throughout Europe has brought together the energies of a wide variety of European cultures across several centuries and how the inclusion of Shakespeare in European culture has been not only a European but also a world affair. The Shakespearean International Yearbook continues to provide an annual survey of important issues and developments in contemporary Shakespeare studies. Contributors to this issue come from the US and the UK Spain Switzerland and South Africa Canada The Netherlands India Portugal Greece France and Hungary. In addition to the section on European Shakespeares this volume includes essays on the genre of romance issues of character and other topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669669

The Shakespearean World The Shakespearean World takes a global view of Shakespeare and his works especially their afterlives. Constantly changing the Shakespeare central to this volume has acquired an array of meanings over the past four centuries. "Shakespeare" signifies the historical person as well as the plays and verse attributed to him. It also signifies the attitudes towards both author and works determined by their receptions. Throughout the book specialists aim to situate Shakespeare’s world and what the world is because of him. In adopting a global perspective the volume arranges thirty-six chapters in five parts: Shakespeare on stage internationally since the late seventeenth century; Shakespeare on film throughout the world; Shakespeare in the arts beyond drama and performance; Shakespeare in everyday life; Shakespeare and critical practice. Through its coverage The Shakespearean World offers a comprehensive transhistorical and international view of the ways this Shakespeare has not only influenced but has also been influenced by diverse cultures during 400 years of performance adaptation criticism and citation. While each chapter is a freshly conceived introduction to a significant topic all of the chapters move beyond the level of survey suggesting new directions in Shakespeare studies – such as ecology tourism and new media – and making substantial contributions to the field. This volume is an essential resource for all those studying Shakespeare from beginners to advanced specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415732529

The Shaman and the MagicianJourneys Between the Worlds Originally published in 1982 The Shaman and the Magician draws on the author’s wide experience of occultism western magic and anthropological knowledge of shamanism to explore the interesting parallels between traditional shamanism and the more visionary aspects of magic in modern western society. In both cases as the author shows the magician encounters profound god-energies of the spirit and it is up to the individual to interpret these experiences in psychological or mythological terms. The book demonstrates that both shamanism and magic offer techniques of approaching the visionary sources of our culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346652

The Shamaness in AsiaGender Religion and the State This book concentrates on female shamanisms in Asia and their relationship with the state and other religions offering a perspective on gender and shamanism that has often been neglected in previous accounts. An international range of contributors cover a broad geographical scope ranging from Siberia to South Asia and Iran to Japan. Several key themes are considered including the role of bureaucratic established religions in integrating challenging and fighting shamanic practices the position of women within shamaniccomplexes and perceptions of the body . Beginning with a chapter that places the shamaness at the centre of the discussion chapters then approach these issues in a variety of ways from historically informed accounts to presenting the findings of extensive ethnographic research by the authors themselves. Offering an important counterbalance to male dominated accounts of shamanism this book will be of great interest to scholars of Indigenous Peoples across Religious Studies Anthropology Asian Studies and Gender Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367279325

The Shame Experience Drawing on a series of in-depth interviews illuminating the phenomenology of shame in the general public Miller systematically explores the various dimensions of the shame experience. The complex relationships between shame and female sexual development shame and phallic inhibition and shame and orality are among the topics critically reexamined. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138462199

The Shame of Death Grief and Trauma Shame is a common and pervasive feature of the human response to death and other losses yet this often goes unrecognized due to a reluctance to acknowledge and confront it.  This book intends to expose shame for what it is allowing clinicians to see that it is the central psychological force in the understanding of death and mourning.  Kauffman and his fellow authors explore the psychology of shame via observation reflection theory and practice in order to demonstrate the significant role it can play in our processing of grief death and trauma. The authors avoid defining a unified theory of shame in order to emphasize its multitude of meanings and the impact this has on grief and grief therapy.   First-person narratives provide a personal look at death and associated feelings of guilt shock and grief; and other chapters consider shame in the context of cultural differences recent events and contemporary art literature and film. This is the first book to offer a comprehensive examination of this topic and as such will be a valuable resource for all clinicians who work with clients affected by grief and loss. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871694

The Shanghai Alleyway HouseA Vanishing Urban Vernacular As a nineteenth-century commercial development the alleyway house was a hybrid of the traditional Chinese courtyard house and the Western terraced one. Unique to Shanghai the alleyway house was a space where the blurring of the boundaries of public and private life created a vibrant social community. In recent years however the city’s rapid redevelopment has meant that the alleyway house is being destroyed and this book seeks to understand it in terms of the lifestyle it engendered for those who called it home whilst also looking to the future of the alleyway house. Based on groundwork research this book examines the Shanghai alleyway house in light of the complex history of the city especially during the colonial era. It also explores the history of urban form (and governance) in China in order to question how the Eastern and Western traditions combined in Shanghai to produce a unique and dynamic housing typology. Construction techniques and different alleyway house sub-genres are also examined as is the way of life they engendered including some of the side-effects of alleyway house life such as the literature it inspired both foreign and local as well as the portrayal of life in the laneways as seen in films set in the city. The book ends by posing the question: what next for the alleyway house? Does it even have a future and if so what lies ahead for this rapidly vanishing typology? This interdisciplinary book will be welcomed by students and scholars of Chinese studies architecture and urban development as well as history and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138833173

The Shape of ChangeA guide to planning implementing and embedding organisational change No organisations change initiative or stakeholder is ever the same. The way business change management is shaped to work with and get the best out of every different change situation makes a vital contribution to the success of the change. The Shape of Change is the first business change management book to focus solely on the practical challenges of how to plan implement and embed successful business change initiatives in a wide range of organisations from the business change manager’s point of view. It focuses on shaping every different change approach to take into consideration each individual situation including organisational culture the type and impact of change the initiative the attitudes and concerns of stakeholders and the potential for resistance within the organisation. Using a series of example change initiatives in private public and non-profit sectors it describes the change management journey highlighting key points where business change management interventions are essential and exploring how it feels to undertake business change initiatives in a wide range of situations from communicating the initial change idea to ensuring the change is embedded and working well in business as usual. Accessible and comprehensive The Shape of Change is relevant to anyone working in or planning organisational change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138210349

The Shape of Data in Digital HumanitiesModeling Texts and Text-based Resources Data and its technologies now play a large and growing role in humanities research and teaching. This book addresses the needs of humanities scholars who seek deeper expertise in the area of data modeling and representation. The authors all experts in digital humanities offer a clear explanation of key technical principles a grounded discussion of case studies and an exploration of important theoretical concerns. The book opens with an orientation giving the reader a history of data modeling in the humanities and a grounding in the technical concepts necessary to understand and engage with the second part of the book. The second part of the book is a wide-ranging exploration of topics central for a deeper understanding of data modeling in digital humanities. Chapters cover data modeling standards and the role they play in shaping digital humanities practice traditional forms of modeling in the humanities and how they have been transformed by digital approaches ontologies which seek to anchor meaning in digital humanities resources and how data models inhabit the other analytical tools used in digital humanities research. It concludes with a glossary chapter that explains specific terms and concepts for data modeling in the digital humanities context. This book is a unique and invaluable resource for teaching and practising data modeling in a digital humanities context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584030

The Shape of FantasyInvestigating the Structure of American Heroic Epic Fantasy The Shape of Fantasy is an in-depth look at Heroic Epic Fantasy. It depicts structural and narrative patterns with models stemming from science and philosophy. Although Fantasy Fiction is generally defined by its impossibility Fantasy Fiction not an illogical form. It is in fact governed by a sense of rules and structure one that reflects our current understanding of space-time and cosmology. These models are an integral part of the structure of Heroic Epic Fantasy itself. Thus this book introduces new ways of perceiving current productions of the Fantasy genre. In doing so it also explores how Fantasy Fiction exhibits a conscious awareness of its own form. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189143

The Shape of ReasonEssays in Honour of Paolo Legrenzi Over the past three decades there has been a rapid development of research on human thinking and reasoning. This volume provides a comprehensive review of this topic by looking at the important contributions Paolo Legrenzi has made to the field by bridging the gap from Gestalt ideas to modern cognitive psychology. The contributors including some of the most distinguished scholars of reasoning and thinking in Europe and the USA reflect upon the ways in which he has influenced and inspired their own research and contributed to modern approaches to human inference.This volume draws on both traditional and new topics in reasoning and thinking to provide a wide-ranging survey of human thought. It covers creativity problem-solving the linguistic and social aspects of reasoning and judgement and the social and emotional aspects of decision making through telling examples such as the cognitive mechanisms underlying consumers' attitudes towards herbal medicines. It considers a series of key questions such as how do individuals who are unfamiliar with logic reason? And how do they make choices if they are unfamiliar with the probability calculus and decision theory?The discussions are placed throughout within a wider research context and the contributors consider the implications of their research for the field as a whole making the volume an essential reference for anyone investigating the processes that underlies our thinking reasoning and decision-making in everyday life. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415651691

The Shape of Space The Shape of Space Third Edition maintains the standard of excellence set by the previous editions. This lighthearted textbook covers the basic geometry and topology of two- and three-dimensional spaces—stretching students’ minds as they learn to visualize new possibilities for the shape of our universe. Written by a master expositor leading researcher in the field and MacArthur Fellow its informal exposition and engaging exercises appeal to an exceptionally broad audience from liberal arts students to math undergraduate and graduate students looking for a clear intuitive understanding to supplement more formal texts and even to laypeople seeking an entertaining self-study book to expand their understanding of space. Features of the Third Edition: Full-color figures throughout "Picture proofs" have replaced algebraic proofs Simpler handles-and-crosscaps approach to surfaces Updated discussion of cosmological applications Intuitive examples missing from many college and graduate school curricula   About the Author: Jeffrey R. Weeks is a freelance geometer living in Canton New York. With support from the U.S. National Science Foundation the MacArthur Foundation and several science museums his work spans pure mathematics applications in cosmology and—closest to his heart—exposition for the general public. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138061217

The Shape of the FutureWorld Politics in a New Century Now in its millennial edition this popular text outlines an emerging international system that is both distinguishable from the past and stable enough to prevail into the new century. Sure to provoke classroom discussion The Shape of the Future is an ideal supplementary text for a range of college courses on the contemporary world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315502014

The Shape of WineIts Packaging Evolution Grape wine has been produced for at least 4 000 years having been aged stored and transported in every conceivable type of vessel. Its seductiveness has been enhanced by this packaging: primarily three strikingly different containers – amphorae wooden barrels and glass bottles. Henry H. Work brings extensive wine experience as a cooper working with wine barrels and living in California’s Napa Valley to provide a richly detailed and vivid account of wine containers through the ages. This book delves into the history evolution and present use of containers vessels and stoppers; from animal skin sacks to barrels from glass bottles to upstart packaging such as wine casks and even aluminium cans. It considers the advantages and weaknesses of their construction designs and labels methods of shipment and storage as well as their impact on marketing wine to customers. This is an enlightening and innovative read which draws on the most current archaeological research scientific data and wine business trends. It is richly peppered throughout with the author’s own visits to many of the locations explored in the book bringing history to life. This book will appeal to individuals within the wine industry undergraduates in the fields of history archaeology food and hospitality as well as all people interested in wine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138301269

The Shaping of a CommunityThe Rise and Reformation of the English Parish c.1400–1560 This book offers a new perspective to the current debate about popular religious attitudes in Tudor England laying particular emphasis on the social and secular dimensions of parish life. The argument focuses on the role of the laity and especially on the office of churchwarden. It assesses the rising levels of parish income the importance of the social context for fund-raising strategies and the growing expenditure on priests voluntary activities and administrative duties. The final part discusses the Reformation-related reduction in religious options and the intensifying trend towards oligarchical parish regimes and official local government responsibilities. Wherever possible the English situation is put into sharper focus by comparisons with local ecclesiastical life on the Continent and appendices provide a detailed financial analysis for a large number of parishes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315237084

The Shaping of AfricaCosmographic Discourse and Cartographic Science in Late Medieval and Early Modern Europe This title was first published in 2002. When did Africa emerge as a continent in the European mind? This book aims to trace the origins of the idea of Africa and its evolution in Renaissance thought. Particular attention is given to the relationship between the process of acquiring knowledge through travel and exploration and its representation within a discourse which also includes previously acquired cosmographical elements. Among the themes investigated are: How did the image of Africa evolve from the conception of a symbolic space to a Euclidean representation? How did the Renaissance rediscovery of Antiquity interact with the Portuguese discoveries along the African coast? And once Africa was circumnavigated how was the inner landmass depicted in the absence of first-hand knowledge? Also overall in this whole process what was the interplay of myth and reality? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138721340

The Shaping of Foreign Policy How are foreign policy decisions made? This volume shows the various approaches to answer this question. In their introduction Jacobson and Zimmerman make clear the goals and techniques of the comparative analysis of foreign policy behavior and following this they provide seven basic essays exemplifying with variations the principal approaches used to explain foreign policy behavior: the systemic the environmental the societal the governmental and the idiosyncratic (or psychological).Jan F. Triska and David D. Finley illustrate the systemic approach as applied to Soviet-American relations. Harold and Margaret Sprout then deal with the significance of the physical environment in the study of international politics. Two essays follow--by respectively Karl W. Deutsch and Gabriel A. Almond--representing the merger of international and comparative studies in this field. The contribution by Henry A. Kissinger examines the relationship of certain governmental systems to foreign policy behavior.The editors' introduction and selections reflect excitingly and accurately the "state of the art" of comparative foreign policy analysis and place before the reader in clear and compact form the continuing dialogue among scholars about one of the most controversial areas in the study of political processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538528

The Shaping of Israeli IdentityMyth Memory and Trauma A dozen essays document the evolution of national myths in Israel as the heroic figures and events of independence and survival transmute into blind fanaticism great-power manipulation and traditional colonialism and genocide. Without passing any judgement on the changes they delve into the meani Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315036236

The Shaping of LondonA Political and Economic Perspective 1066-1870 Originally published in 2014 The Shaping of London chronologically examines the likely impact of wars dynastic struggles demographic change and economic growth on the physical fabric of London. The book traces the evolution of architectural style in London within the context of politics and economics it looks at architecture over broad periods from Romanesque to Jacobean and from Palladian to Victorian. Looking at the changes of London from 1066 to 1870 Balchin argues that London was created through a mixture of kings merchants governors and industrialists which has lent itself to the creation of notable buildings and public places in London and in turn their spatial dispersal has helped to determine the shape and areal extent of the metropolis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367146412

The Shaping of Modern BritainIdentity Industry and Empire 1780 - 1914 In this wide-ranging history of modern Britain Eric Evans surveys every aspect of the period in which Britain was transformed into the world's first industrial power. By the end of the nineteenth century Britain was still ruled by wealthy landowners but the world over which they presided had been utterly transformed. It was an era of revolutionary change unparalleled in Britain - yet that change was achieved without political revolution.  Ranging across the developing empire and dealing with such central institutions as the church education health finance and rural and urban life The Shaping of Modern Britain provides an unparallelled account of Britain's rise to superpower status. Particular attention is given to the Great Reform Act of 1832 and the implications of the 1867 Reform Act are assessed. The book discusses: -         the growing role of the central state in domestic policy making-         the emergence of the Labour party-         the Great Depression-         the acquisition of a vast territorial empire  Comprehensive informed and engagingly written The Shaping of Modern Britain will be an invaluable introduction for students of this key period of British history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781408225646

The Shaping of Modern PsychologyAn Historical Introduction Originally published in 1987 The Shaping of Modern Psychology presents a systematic survey of the development of psychology from the dawn of civilization to the late 1980s. Psychology as we find it today has been shaped by many influences philosophical theological scientific medical and sociological. It has deep roots in the whole history of human thought and its significance cannot be properly appreciated without an understanding of the way it has developed. This book covers the history of modern psychology from its animistic beginnings through the Greek philosophers and the Christian theologians and developments such as the Scientific Revolution to the time of first publication. The author drew on many years’ teaching experience in the subject and on a lifetime’s interest in psychology. The growth of psychology had been particularly impressive during the twentieth century and Professor Hearnshaw also looked to the future of the discipline. He showed that the new vistas opening out in fields such as neuropsychology information theory and artificial intelligence for example were hopeful indications for the future provided the lessons of the past were not forgotten. With the benefit of hindsight we now know that he was right! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367416621

The Shaping of Socio-Economic SystemsThe application of the theory of actor-system dynamics to conflict social power and institutional inn Actor-systems dynamics is an innovative multidisciplinary methodology for investigating and analyzing social struggles over economic resources and the related interplay between economic and socio-political institutions and processes. The authors sociologists and economists offer a systemic perspective on contemporary socio-economic issues such as economic crisis unemployment inflation economic democracy and development; in their analyses they identify several of the key factors that drive people to interact to initiate change and transformation as well as to resist such change. Major underlying themes in the book are: Conflict over the distribution of economic resources and economic policies and institutions; the structural bases of economic inequality and conflict; the shaping and reshaping of socio-economic institutions and the contradictions conflicts and instabilities evoked by such developments; the failure of orthodox economic theories including Keynesianism in the face of recurrent economic crises and instabilities; the development and application of an open dynamic actor-oriented systems theory – grounded in the social sciences – addressing complex socio-economic phenomena in ways diverging substantially from conventional economics. All in all the papers collected here deal on the one hand with social power conflict and struggle concerning economic resources and institutions and on the other hand the structural and other factors which drive powering initiatives conflict and social innovation and transformation. The book is addressed to a broad spectrum of social and managerial scientists concerned with socio-economic issues institutions and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138989993

The Shaping of the ArabsA Study in Ethnic Identity This book first published in 1969 brings out clearly and concisely the complex moulding of Arab identity. The present-day Arabic-speaking peoples may be traced back to the Arabian tribes that were later to be shaped into a people by Islam. With the Muslim conquests the language of the Arabian tribes became the vernacular of a vast cosmopolitan society extending throughout the Middle East and Southern Mediterranean. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138642171

The Shaping of the French Colonial EmpireA Bio-Bibliography of the Careers of Richelieu Fouquet and Colbert This bio-bibliography first published in 1985 of the colonial "ministries" of Cardinal Richelieu Nicholas Fouquet and Jean-Baptiste Colbert examines the primary and secondary sources available for a re-evaluation of the formative era of the French overseas empire. This volume will be of great interest to students of history and imperialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138549548

The Shaping of the Nazi State (RLE Nazi Germany & Holocaust) Representing the scholarship of historians who have largely based their findings on previously unpublished material this volume (originally published in 1978) provides a critical and provocative assessment of many established opinions on significant themes related to the dramatic rise and development of Adolf Hitler’s Nazi Movement. The volume discusses among other things: The development of Hitler’s foreign policy ideas The contributions of Gottfried Feder and Gregor Strasser to the successful growth of the Nazi party The social composition of the Stormtroopers The bureaucratic structure of the Third Reich The character and scope of resistance within Germany to the regime Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138803770

The Shapwick Project SomersetA Rural Landscape Explored First Published in 2017. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351194952

The Shared SpaceThe Two Circuits of the Urban Economy in Underdeveloped Countries Originally published in 1979. In this forcefully argued book Milton Santos shows that contemporary explanations of urbanization and spatial organization in underdeveloped countries are inadequate. This failure is attributable to their origins in theories elaborated to explain the development of advanced Western societies. Santos' work provides the basis for the new theory which is so badly needed. He describes the urban economy in these countries in terms of two circuits of activity – an upper circuit consisting of those enterprises and structures which are based on modern technology and are oriented towards the advanced capitalist world and a lower circuit comprised of more traditional processes and forms of exchange. The dialectical interaction of these two circuits is seen to generate the patterns of growth forms of State intervention and above all the spatial organization characteristic of Third World economies. This was a revision and translation of L’Espace Partagé (1975). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138102583

The Sharia StateArab Spring and Democratization Set against the backdrop of the Arab Spring The Sharia State examines the Islamist concept of political order. This order is based on a new interpretation of sharia and has been dubbed "the Islamic state" by Islamists. The concept of "the Islamic state " has been elevated to a political agenda and it is this agenda that is examined here. In contrast to the prevailing view which sees the Arab Spring as a revolution this book argues that the phenomenon has been neither a Spring nor a revolution. The term 'Arab Spring ' connotes a just rebellion that led to toppling dictators and authoritarian rulers yet in The Sharia State Bassam Tibi challenges the unchecked assumption that the seizure of leadership by Islamists is a part of the democratization of the Middle East. Providing a new perspective on the relationship between the Arab Spring and democratization this book is an essential read for students and scholars of Middle Eastern Studies Islamic Studies and Politics.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415662178

The Sharp Edge of Educational ChangeTeaching Leading and the Realities of Reform The Sharp Edge of Educational Change conveys the realities of reform as they affect educators' practice. The collected chapters each focus on particular current reform and reveal the technical and logistical complications social and political dynamics cognitive disjunctures and limitations and emotional demands of reform. In so doing they provide new and rich conceptual perspectives on the contemporary nature of teachers' and administrators' work in classrooms schools and other educational settings. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870724

The Shattered SelfA Psychoanalytic Study of Trauma Ulman and Brothers utilize a unique clinical research population of rape and incest victims and Vietnam combat veterans to argue that trauma results from real occurrences that have as their unconscious meaning the shattering of "central organizing fantasies" of self in relation to selfobject. Their innovative treatment approach revolves around the transformation of these shattered fantasies in the intersubjective context of the transference-countertransference neurosis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148772

The Shenzhen PhenomenonFrom Fishing Village to Global Knowledge City The Shenzhen Phenomenon is a comprehensive and systematic study about how Shenzhen the world’s fastest growing city has developed into an international metropolis from scratch within 40 years. It unravels the decision and policy making planning design and development processes that have enabled the city’s rapid growth and associated problems and paradoxes. It also reveals the politics and power that have propelled this experimental city to spearhead Deng Xiaoping’s ‘reform and opening-up’ agenda which has made the city and remade the nation. This book demystifies several long-held misperceptions through identifying Shenzhen’s rise as an opportunity deriving from a crisis as a product of both grassroots ingenuity and top vision and as both a planned city and an unplanned city. Produced on the 40th anniversary of Shenzhen this timely volume not only offers a comprehensive and systematic chronicle of the city but also opens a window to understand China’s new city making and urbanisation. It will be of interest to academics students and practitioners in the field of urban and Chinese studies as well as urban planning and design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367416768

The Sherlock EffectHow Forensic Doctors and Investigators Disastrously Reason Like the Great Detective Forensic science is in crisis and at a cross-roads. Movies and television dramas depict forensic heroes with high-tech tools and dazzling intellects who—inside an hour notwithstanding commercials—piece together past-event puzzles from crime scenes and autopsies.  Likewise Sherlock Holmes—the iconic fictional detective and the invention of forensic doctor Sir Arthur Conan Doyle—is held up as a paragon of forensic and scientific inspiration—does not "reason forward" as most people do but "reasons backwards." Put more plainly rather than learning the train of events and seeing whether the resultant clues match those events Holmes determines what happened in the past by looking at the clues.  Impressive and infallible as this technique appears to be—it must be recognized that infallibility lies only in works of fiction. Reasoning backward does not work in real life: reality is far less tidy.  In courtrooms everywhere innocent people pay the price of life imitating art of science following detective fiction.  In particular this book looks at the long and disastrous shadow cast by that icon of deductive reasoning Sherlock Holmes. In The Sherlock Effect author Dr. Thomas W. Young shows why this Sherlock-Holmes-style reasoning does not work and furthermore how it can—and has led—to wrongful convictions. Dr. Alan Moritz one of the early pioneers of forensic pathology in the United States warned his colleagues in the 1950’s about making the Sherlock Holmes error.  Little did Moritz realize how widespread the problem would eventually become involving physicians in all other specialties of medicine and not just forensic pathologists.  Dr. Young traces back how this situation evolved looking back over the history of forensic medicine revealing the chilling degree to which forensic experts fail us every day.  While Dr. Young did not want to be the one to write this book he has felt compelled in the interest of science and truth. This book is measured well-reasoned accessible insightful and—above all—compelling. As such it is a must-read treatise for forensic doctors forensic practitioners and students judges lawyers adjudicating cases in court and anyone with an interest in forensic science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815361947

The Shetland Dialect The traditional dialect spoken in the Shetland Isles the northernmost part of Scotland and Britain is highly distinct. It displays distinct characteristic features on all linguistic levels and particularly in its sound system or its phonology. The dialect is one of the lesser- known varieties of English within the Inner Circle. Increasing interest in the lesser- known varieties of English in recent years has brought a realization that there are still blanks on the map even within the very core of the Inner Circle. Sundkvist’s comprehensive treatise draws upon results from a three- year research project funded by the Bank of Sweden Tercentenary Foundation for which a phonological survey of the Shetland dialect was carried out between 2010 and 2012. This book is a useful resource for those working on historical linguistics and is intended to serve as a comprehensive description and accessible reference source on one of the most distinct lesser- known varieties of English within Britain. It documents and offers a systematic account of the rich regional variation as well as being a reference source for those studying the historical formation and emergence of the Shetland dialect and language variation and change in Shetland as well as those within the broader field of Germanic linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367527839

The Shifting Global World of Youth and Education The Shifting Global World of Youth and Education explores how increasing migration and population changes are having an unprecedented impact on global education. Given that the number of children of migrant background is growing internationally there is a need for increasing awareness of the educational attainment and cultural integration of this population group. This book presents international perspectives on migration and youth and analyses what kinds of effects such demographic changes are having on educational systems around the world. The chapters in this volume provide a fascinating insight into how countries around the world are dealing with loss or growth in their young population as well as changes to their education systems. Written by specialist academics from the relevant country the book covers Cuba Lithuania the United Kingdom the United States Finland Greece Germany Austria Hungary Latvia China Australia India Italy and Poland. Taking into consideration the countries’ social and political context the chapters discuss educational issues surrounding curriculum assessment and the opportunities available for the support of young people. Conclusions are drawn about what could be done in the future for the benefit of both the migrant and the existing populations. The Shifting Global World of Youth and Education will be of great interest to academics researchers and postgraduate students in the disciplines of education sociology political sciences and social work. The book will also give secondary teachers teaching assistants social workers and youth workers the opportunity to reflect on their role within a national and international context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367204150

The Shifting Sands of the North Sea LowlandsLiterary and Historical Imaginaries Global seawater levels are rising and the low-lying coasts of the North Sea basin are amongst the most vulnerable in Europe. In our current moment of environmental crisis the North Sea coasts are literary arenas in which the challenges and concerns of the Anthropocene are being played out. This book shows how the fragile landscapes around the North Sea have served as bellwethers for environmental concern both now and in the recent past. It looks at literary sources drawn from the countries around the North Sea (Denmark Germany the Netherlands and England) from the mid-nineteenth century onwards taking them out of their established national and cultural contexts and reframing them in the light of human concern with fast-changing and hazardous environments. The six chapters serve as literary case studies that highlight memories of flood disaster and recovery attempts to engineer the landscape into submission perceptions of the landscape as both local and global and the imagination of the future of our planet. This approach which combines environmental history and ecocriticism shows the importance of cultural artefacts in understandings of and responses to environmental change and advocates for the importance of literary studies in the environmental humanities. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of the Environmental Humanities including Eco-criticism and Environmental History as well as anyone studying literature from the Germanic philologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367077211

The Ship of Sulaiman Originally published 1972. The Ship of Sulaiman is an account of a Persian embassy which went to Siam in the latter part of the seventeenth century. The work is a translation of a manuscript in the British Museum and is an account put together by a scrfibe who accompanied the mission to Siam. The principal focus is on the community of resident Iranians and the important role which prior to the embassy’s arrival the Iranians had been playing in the trade and political affairs of Siam. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203706794

The Shona and Ndebele of Southern RhodesiaSouthern Africa Part IV Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series published between 1950 and 1977 brings together a wealth of previously un-co-ordinated material on the ethnic groupings and social conditions of African peoples. Concise critical and (for its time) accurate the Ethnographic Survey contains sections as follows: Physical Environment Linguistic Data Demography History & Traditions of Origin Nomenclature Grouping Cultural Features: Religion Witchcraft Birth Initiation Burial Social & Political Organization: Kinship Marriage Inheritance Slavery Land Tenure Warfare & Justice Economy & Trade Domestic Architecture Each of the 50 volumes will be available to buy individually and these are organized into regional sub-groups: East Central Africa North-Eastern Africa Southern Africa West Central Africa Western Africa and Central Africa Belgian Congo. The volumes are supplemented with maps available to view on routledge.com or available as a pdf from the publishers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138234635

The Shops of BritainA Study of Retail Distribution First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863629

The Short Guide to Sustainable Investing The vast majority of invested assets do not consider environmental social or governance (ESG) factors. Socially responsible investing (SRI) emerged to address these challenges but it remains largely deployed in "negative strategies" such as sector screening and continues to be a small investment niche largely due to perceptions about potential underperformance.Sustainable investing is a new more positive investment construct described as "an investment discipline that explicitly considers future social and environmental trends in financial decision making in order to provide the best risk-adjusted and opportunity-directed returns for investors. By anticipating these trends ahead of the market sustainable investing seeks to identify 'predictable surprises' that can help maximize value over the long term."This concise guide by one of the sector's leading experts: Disentangles the terminology around SRI and describes a new positive opportunities-oriented paradigm for sustainable investing Showcases funds and strategies that are delivering outperformance within ecological limitsSets out the key megatrends and scenarios which investors need to consider and Offers a practical guide to constructing a sustainable portfolio. This is absolutely essential reading for investors fund managers and analysts who need to get up to speed on sustainable investing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909293519

The Short Lyric Poems of Jean FroissartFixed Forms and the Expression of the Courtly Ideal Originally published in 1994 The Short Lyric Poems of Jean Froissart is a meticulous reading of the important but generally neglected short lyric poems of Jean Froissart. The book situates Froissart within the cultural and literary context of fourteenth-century Europe and examines a representative number of his lyric forms (pastourelles chansons royales ballades virelais and rondeaux) demonstrating their richness of theme and poetic virtuosity. The book provides a readable and reliable English translation making it possible for English scholars unfamiliar with the original Middle French forms to understand and appreciate the influence Froissart had on Chaucer and other authors of the age. The book focuses on themes techniques meters and rhythms that Froissart employed in his poetry on how his poetry fits poetic tradition and on the place of Froissart in literary history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367185763

The Short Story First published in 1977 this book examines the short story which is one of the most widely read of all modern genres. The study begins by examining some preliminary problems of definition before going on to trace the emergence of what is usually meant by ‘the modern short story’ and examine the various kinds of narrative from which it derives such as the sketch the yarn Märchen parable and fable. The final chapter considers the possibility that there are certain structural properties belonging distinctively to the short story. This book will be of interest to those studying literature and creative writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138233737

The Short StoryA Critical Introduction Throughout this text Valerie Shaw addresses two key questions: 'What are the special satisfactions afforded by reading short stories?' and 'How are these satisfactions derived from each story's literary techniques and narrative strategies?'. She then attempts to answer these questions by drawing on stories from different periods and countries - by authors who were also great novelists like Henry James Flaubert Kafka and D.H. Lawrence; by authors who specifically dedicated themselves to the art of the short story like Kipling Chekhov and Katherine Mansfield; by contemporary practitioners like Angela Carter and Jorge Luis Borges; and by unfairly neglected writers like Sarah Orne Jewett and Joel Chandler Harris. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161160

The Short StoryThe Reality of Artifice The short story is one of the most difficult types of prose to write and one of the most pleasurable to read. From Boccaccio's Decameron to The Collected Stories of Reynolds Price Charles May gives us an understanding of the history and structure of this demanding form of fiction. Beginning with a general history of the genre he moves on to focus on the nineteenth-century when the modern short story began to come into focus. From there he moves on to later nineteenth-century realism and early twentieth-century formalism and finally to the modern renaissance of the form that shows no signs of abating. A chronology of significant events works and figures from the genre's history notes and references and an extensive bibliographic essay with recommended reading round out the volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174627

The SHORT! Guide to ProducingThe Practical Essentials of Producing Short Films In this book Charles Merzbacher offers a concise definitive guide to the essential skills techniques and logistics of producing short films focusing on the practical knowledge needed for line producing and overseeing smaller-scale productions. Drawing on insights from real-life production scenarios veteran filmmaker and instructor Charles Merzbacher takes producers through every stage of the production process from fundraising preproduction and planning to the producer’s role in postproduction and distribution. Key topics include: Finding a worthy project; Schedules and budgets; Managing the casting process; Recruiting and managing crew; Location scouting; Legal and safety issues; Running a production; Negotiating music rights; And much more! An accompanying website—available at theshortseries.com—offers document templates for contracts call sheets budgets and other production forms as well as sample production documents and short video guides featuring top industry professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815394211

The Shorter Logical Investigations First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138141896

The Shorter Working WeekWith Special Reference to the Two-Shift System In 1931 the International Association for Social Progress decided to undertake an enquiry concerning the effects of a shorter working week on unemployment and productivity. This title first published in 1934 provides an analysis of information obtained through the author’s private research on the subject and will be of interest to students of business studies and human resource management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138288430

The Show Must Go On! Popular Song in Britain During the First World War Using a collection of over one thousand popular songs from the war years as well as around 150 soldiers’ songs John Mullen provides a fascinating insight into the world of popular entertainment during the First World War. Mullen considers the position of songs of this time within the history of popular music and the needs tastes and experiences of working-class audiences who loved this music. To do this he dispels some of the nostalgic rose-tinted myths about music hall. At a time when recording companies and record sales were marginal the book shows the centrality of the live show and of the sale of sheet music to the economy of the entertainment industry. Mullen assesses the popularity and significance of the different genres of musical entertainment which were common in the war years and the previous decades including music hall revue pantomime musical comedy blackface minstrelsy army entertainment and amateur entertainment in prisoner of war camps. He also considers non-commercial songs such as hymns folk songs and soldiers’ songs and weaves them into a subtle and nuanced approach to the nature of popular song the ways in which audiences related to the music and the effects of the competing pressures of commerce propaganda patriotism social attitudes and the progress of the war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472441591

The Shroud of TurinFirst Century after Christ! The Shroud of Turin is the most important and studied relic in the world. The many scientific studies on the relic until today have failed to provide conclusive answers about the identity of the enveloped man and the dynamics regarding the image impressed therein. This book not only addresses these issues in a scientific and objective manner but also leads the reader through new search paths. In the second edition besides including some of the most recent findings on the Shroud the authors follow the many tips and comments received from readers. The Shroud’s dating by means of alternative methods has not been free from controversies some of which have even implied the non-authenticity of the Shroud’s samples tested. So the authors duly expand Chapter 7 to include the proof of the origin of the samples used in the recent scientific research and also address the provenance and the path of the original sample. Furthermore a new section contains a personal interview with the authors that is the result of the interesting and praiseworthy work of a Bavarian high school student. Although there are many books on the subject none contains such a formidable quantity of scientific news and reports. Unique in its genre this book is a powerful tool for those who want to study the Turin Shroud deeply. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800082

The Shroud of TurinFirst Century after Christ! The Turin Shroud is the most important and studied relic in the world. Many papers on it have recently appeared in important scientific journals. Scientific studies on the relic until today fail to provide conclusive answers about the identity of the enveloped man and the dynamics regarding the image formation impressed therein. This book not only addresses these issues in a scientific and objective manner but also leads the reader through new search paths. It summarizes the results in a simple manner for the reader to comprehend easily. Many books on the theme have been already published but none of them contains such a quantity of scientific news and reports. The most important of them is the following: the result of the 1988 radiocarbon dating is statistically wrong and other three new dating methods demonstrate that the Shroud has an age compatible with the epoch in which Jesus Christ lived in Palestine. A numismatic analysis performed on Byzantine gold coins confirms this result. This book is therefore very important with respect to the Turin Shroud. It is unique in its genre and a very useful tool for those who want to study the subject deeply. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814669122

The ShtetlImage and Reality "There is no possibility of entering the world of Yiddish its literature and culture without understanding what the shtetl was how it functioned and what tensions charged its existence. Whether idealized or denigrated evaluated as the site of memory or mined for historical data scrutinized as a socio-economic phenomenon or explored as the mythopoetics of a rich literature the shtetl was the heart of Eastern European Jewry. The papers published in this volume - most of them presented at the second Mendel Friedman International Conference on Yiddish organized by the Oxford European Humanities Research Centre and the Oxford Institute for Yiddish Studies (July 1999) - re-examines the structure organization and function of numerous small market towns that shaped the world of Yiddish. The different perspectives from which these studies view the shtetl trenchently re-evaluate common preconceptions misconceptions and assumptions and offer new insights that are challenging as they are informative." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351198394

The Shut Up and Shoot Documentary GuideA Down & Dirty DV Production To anyone who wants to make a doc but doesn’t have a lot of time money or experience Anthony Artis says: "It’s time to get down and dirty!"—a filmmaking mentality that teaches you how to be creative with your resources and do more with less. Written by a guerrilla filmmaker for guerrilla filmmakers this all new edition of a bestselling classic doesn’t just tell you it shows you how to make your projects better faster and cheaper and has been updated to include: Fresh coverage of DSLR cameras new lighting gear visual storytelling postproduction techniques and distribution in an online era. 500+ full color illustration timesaving tips and practical input from filmmakers that you can immediately apply to your own projects New sections on fundraising choosing lenses shooting internationally the 4K format shooting on iPhones previsualization wireless microphones dolly and slider shots staging remote interviews transcripts and more This bonus website (www.focalpress.com/cw/artis) features video and audio tutorials storyboards releases equipment guides and checklists. Hustle up a winning documentary crew and choose the right equipment for the job. Learn to shoot more polished professional-looking footage and interviews on any budget any camera any time. Plan through all the obstacles avoid common filmmaking pitfalls and tighten your lighting audio and visual storytelling skills before you hit the streets. The hotly anticipated second edition of The Shut Up and Shoot Documentary Guide will help you do all this and more! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240824154

The Shut Up and Shoot Freelance Video GuideA Down & Dirty DV Production The Shut Up and Shoot Freelance Video Guide is an easy-read crash course in the ins and outs and hundred little details of creating video works for hire. This ultra-friendly visual field guide for freelance videographers picks up where The Shut Up and Shoot Documentary Guide leaves off and gives you more detailed practical production strategies and solutions not found anywhere else on: * Marketing videos* Music Videos* Wedding videos* Music performance videos* Live event videos* Corporate videos...and more! Covering everything from dealing with clients production strategies and step-by-step guidance on planning shooting lighting and recording the most common video-for-hire genres this book sets out to help you rise above the competition and make more money by doing quality work. Anthony Q. Artis will instill you with the "down and dirty” mindset that helps you to creatively maximize your limited resources regardless of your budget. Lavishly illustrated in full-color with real-world step-by-step visuals The Shut Up and Shoot Freelance Video Guide is like a film school education in the form of a video cookbook. You don't need loads of money to make professional-looking videos - you need to get down and dirty! Includes access to a bonus Web site (www.focalpress.com/cw/artis) with: * Video and audio tutorials useful forms and case-study video projects from the book.* Crazy Phat Bonus Pages with Jump Start Charts online Resources Releases Storyboards Checklists Equipment Guides and Shooting Procedures Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240814872

The Sibyl and Her ScribesManuscripts and Interpretation of the Latin Sibylla Tiburtina c. 1050–1500 The Sibylla Tiburtina is a Latin prophecy attributed to a prophetess from classical antiquity. It concludes with an account of the End of History involving the coming of the Antichrist and his battle with a Last World Emperor. Approximately 100 manuscripts written between the mid-11th and the 16th centuries survive which testify to the Tiburtina's immense popularity in the medieval West; as such the Tiburtina is a key text for understanding medieval apocalypticism and occupies an important place in the intellectual history of the Middle Ages. However studies of the manuscripts and the history of the text have been largely neglected in comparison with other similar works so little is currently known about who copied and read the prophecy. Dr Holdenried's research fills this gap. This study is based on an examination of all surviving manuscripts and includes an analysis of the textual material which accompanies the Tiburtina a survey of titles and annotations as well as research on variant texts (including several hitherto unknown). Modern historiography regards the Tiburtina solely as a vehicle for expressing contemporary political concerns triggered by crises thought to herald the End of the World. This book provides a much more varied picture and offers a new approach to the Tiburtina by placing it for the first time in the context of medieval traditions which saw Sibylline prophecy as independent non-Christian evidence of Christ's life and as confirmation of His divinity. As is shown these traditions had a major impact on the reception of the Tiburtina. The book concludes with a repertory of the manuscripts together with brief outlines of individual textual traditions as represented in groups of manuscripts which will constitute a valuable reference source for other scholars. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315237077

The Sidneys of Penshurst and the Monarchy 1500–1700 The Sidneys rank amongst the most influential families in early modern England and can count amongst their number many leading lights of the Tudor and Stuart period. From the Elizabethan poet and soldier Philip to the republican Algernon the Sidney family were intimately bound up with the political cultural and courtly life of early modern England. Taking a broadly chronological approach this volume offers an overview of the Sidneys across several generations. By analysing various individuals and their writings an intriguing new perspective is offered not only on the culture of English politics but also on the self-perception and ambitions of a leading renaissance family. During the Tudor period their long and fruitful (but sometimes problematical) association with the Dudley family in court and royal affairs is reassessed with regard to their relations with Edward VI Mary I and Elizabeth I. During the Stuart period the Sidneys intimacy and loyalty to James I Queen Anne and Charles I is contrasted to their more neutral (even hostile) attitudes to Charles II and James II. Against the backdrop of this shifting royal favour and religious and political upheaval the Sidneys' political and domestic tactics used to preserve the family's reputation estates and property are explored. The first book length study of the Sidney family's relationship with the English monarchy this work will be welcomed by all those with an interest in English political and cultural history. Drawing upon both historical and literary sources it offers an absorbing insight into the self-perceptions of a leading renaissance family and how they adapted to the vicissitudes of the sixteenth and seventeenth century world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315237060

The Siege and Capture of Havana1762 David Syrett came to study the British capture of Havana in 1762 as a forgotten campaign of the Seven Years’ War. Through this collection of documents he showed that Havana was arguably the most complex and difficult operation of that war. It involved making an opposed landing with an army of 16 000 men on a defended coast from a fleet that first had to pass through treacherous waters as well as to pass several well-defended enemy island positions to get to its objective the strongest fortress in the Americas. Havana was the centre of Spanish military power in the Caribbean the best naval base and harbour in the region the rendezvous point for the homeward bound flotas carrying silver from the South American mines the strategic centre for Spain’s communications with her American possessions and a place that was reputedly a rich target for booty for an enemy to seize. Yet the British operation was not without its failures. The protracted campaign that lasted between 7 June and 18 October 1762 saw British forces ravaged by tropical disease. Of the 5 366 men lost in the campaign 4 708 died from disease while numerous others were incapacitated and later died from disease The volume is a compilation of contemporary documents selected from the Albemarle archives at the East Suffolk Record Office the Pocock Papers at the Huntington Library the Douglas and Keppel Papers at the National Maritime Museum Greenwich The Royal Archives at Windsor Castle and The National Archives classes of Admiralty Colonial Office War Office papers as well as the Rodney Papers. A final document forming the appendix was written in 1800 by Lieutenant-General David Dundas who served during the 1762 siege. It provides valuable insight that documents contemporary memory and professional judgment on the operation. Although British intelligence about the defence of Havana was limited British forces conducted a successful amphibious siege operation against a strong and well-defended fortress that resulted in a Spanish surrender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911423430

The Siege and the Fall of Constantinople in 1453Historiography Topography and Military Studies This major study is a comprehensive scholarly work on a key moment in the history of Europe the fall of Constantinople to the Ottoman Turks in 1453. The result of years of research it presents all available sources along with critical evaluations of these narratives. The authors have consulted texts in all relevant languages both those that remain only in manuscript and others that have been printed often in careless and inferior editions. Attention is also given to 'folk history' as it evolved over centuries producing prominent myths and folktales in Greek medieval Russian Italian and Turkish folklore. Part I The Pen addresses the complex questions introduced by this myriad of original literature and secondary sources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602345

The Sign of the CrossFrom Golgotha to Genocide This book presents a unique effort to create a new understanding of the Christian sign of the cross. At its core it traces the conscious and unconscious influence of this visual symbol through time. What began as the crucifixion of a Jewish troublemaker in Roman-occupied Judea in the first century eventually gave rise to a broad spectrum of readings of the instrument used to accomplish such a punishment a cross.The author argues that Jesus was a provocative grandiose masochist whose suffering and death initially signified redemption for believers. This idea gradually morphed into a Christian sense of freedom to persecute and wage war against non-believers however as can be seen in the Crusades ("wars of the cross"). Many believers even construed the murder of their savior as a crime perpetrated by "the Jews " and this paranoid notion culminated in the mass murder of European Jews under the sign of the Nazi hooked cross (Hakenkreuz).Rancour-Laferriere's book is expertly written and argued; it will be readable to a large audience because it touches on many areas of controversy interest and scholarship. The work is critical but not unfair; it employs psychoanalysis art history (the study of the symbol of the cross in works of art) religion and religious texts and world history generally. The interweaving of these various themes is what gives this work its ability to draw in readers and will ultimately be what keeps the reader interested through the conclusion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138516915

The SignalThe History of Signal Processing and How We Communicate Computers are the foundation of the information age but communication technology is the foundation of the foundation. Without the theories and practical applications of theory brought to us by the pioneers of communication the computer age would perhaps have remained in the back office hidden away as infrastructure like electricity or running water – critical to modern life but not as transforming as the combination of communications and computing. The information age exploded once machines were endowed with the ability to talk among themselves. The Signal connects everything to everything else in both communication and in the metaphorical sense as the link between and among people. Features Identifies the key ideas underlying modern communications technology and documents the contributions of its inventors Explores the signal in communication and also in the metaphorical sense as the link between and among people Leads the reader through a journey from ancient number systems to Voyager II to radio and MP3s to quantum cryptography Includes coverage of "Signals from Hell " including memes and "fake news" on the Internet Looks to the future of communication with emergent 5G Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367225612

The Signature of PowerBuildings Communications and Policy Advanced industrial societies are becoming aware of the impact of what they do to the physical and biological environment and also what that environment does to individuals. In The Signature of Power Harold D. Lasswell examines the symbolic use people make of their surroundings and the complexity of the way they interpret an altered environment. Transformed habitats can change experiences and behaviours. All people seek to maximize their preferred events such as power and wealth when they use the environment—be it through glass skyscrapers or Gothic estates. In all cases physical structures give expression to the perspectives of influential individuals and groups.This volume considers the complex interplay between the material and the symbolic. Physical changes introduced for political purposes by architects planners and engineers are guided by the perspectives of designers. These and other interactions in human society are simultaneous acts of communication and collaboration. Regardless of whether physical resources are used to transmit messages such interactions nevertheless have a degree of communicative impact.Physical structures may be profoundly affected by the purposes assumptions and identities of those people who plan or change them. Environmental design says Lasswell is an instrument of political power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412857185

The Significance of ComplexityApproaching a Complex World Through Science Theology and the Humanities Originally published in 2004. Thanks to computer simulations science is beginning to understand complex natural processes such as the weather earthquakes and the evolution of life. The Significance of Complexity deals with the importance of the sciences of complexity - for the humanities and theology. First three scientists explain the science of complexity and illustrate it with concrete examples. Second two scholars consider the concept of complexity and possible applications of complexity theory within the humanities e.g. as a tool to understand the interplay between the artist the work of art and the user in interactive art. Finally three theologians ask what can be learned from the science of complexity for a religious understanding of humankind and the world. The Significance of Complexity is a pioneering work exploring the import of a fascinating new branch of science for human self-understanding. It caters for all those who are interested in relating science to the quest for the meaning of life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398240

The Significance of DreamsBridging Clinical and Extraclinical Research in Psychoanalysis This book looks at dreams from a twenty-first century perspective. It takes its inspiration from Freud's insights but pursues psychoanalytic interest into both neuroscience and the modern psychoanalytic consulting room. The book looks at laboratory research on dreaming alongside the modern clinical use of dreams and links together clinical and empirical research integrating classical ideas with the plurality of psychoanalytic theoretical constructs available to modern researchers. Psychoanalysts writing about dreams have traditionally represented the cutting edge of clinical and theoretical development and this book is no exception. Many of the contributions as well as the epistemological position taken by the writers represent a kind of radical openness to new ways of thinking about the clinical situation and about theory. In line with the ambition of the editors this volume represents an integration of theories and disciplines and a scientific context for modern psychoanalysis. The link between clinical research and extraclinical research via the royal road of dreaming is a theme that runs through all the contributions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490502

The Significance of High Value in Human BehaviourSpeech of the Suffering Soul The Significance of High Value in Human Behaviour is an innovative conceptualisation of how the quest for a high self-worth works as a psychosocial dynamic presenting the idea that feelings of impotence and low self-esteem induce a powerful impetus on negative human action. This book gives an account of what it means to base a whole psychological perspective on high value which has been an understudied aspect of human action. Employing an ethnographical approach the book uses client observations and social research to promote original solutions in an empathetic and engaging manner for psychological support services aiding isolated individuals. It considers the concept of a valuable self and examines the negative effects within the personality which can be generated when this drive for a valuable self is blocked through human devaluation or violence.The Significance of High Value in Human Behaviour will appeal to academics and post-graduate students in the fields of psychology and psychotherapy psychotherapists with specialist interests in loneliness and self-worth and sociologists concerned with the psychology of the self. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660857

The Significance of IndeterminacyPerspectives from Asian and Continental Philosophy While indeterminacy is a recurrent theme in philosophy less progress has been made in clarifying its significance for various philosophical and interdisciplinary contexts. This collection brings together early-career and well-known philosophers—including Graham Priest Trish Glazebrook Steven Crowell Robert Neville Todd May  and William Desmond—to explore indeterminacy in greater detail. The volume is unique in that its essays demonstrate the positive significance of indeterminacy insofar as indeterminacy opens up new fields of discourse and illuminates neglected aspects of various concepts and phenomena. The essays are organized thematically around indeterminacy’s impact on various areas of philosophy including post-Kantian idealism phenomenology ethics hermeneutics aesthetics and East Asian philosophy. They also take an interdisciplinary approach by elaborating the conceptual connections between indeterminacy and literature music religion and science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665906

The Significance of MonumentsOn the Shaping of Human Experience in Neolithic and Bronze Age Europe The Neolithic period when agriculture began and many monuments - including Stonehenge - were constructed is an era fraught with paradoxes and ambiguities. Starting in the Mesolithic and carrying his analysis through to the Late Bronze Age Richard Bradley sheds light on this complex period and the changing consciousness of these prehistoric peoples. The Significance of Monuments studies the importance of monuments tracing their history from their first creation over six thousand years later. Part One discusses how monuments first developed and their role in developing a new sense of time and space among the inhabitants of prehistoric Europe. Other features of the prehistoric landscape - such as mounds and enclosures - across Continental Europe are also examined. Part Two studies how such monuments were modified and reinterpreted to suit the changing needs of society through a series of detailed case studies. The Significance of Monuments is an indispensable text for all students of European prehistory. It is also an enlightening read for professional archaeologists and all those interested in this fascinating period. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203024713

The Significance Test ControversyA Reader Tests of significance have been a key tool in the research kit of behavioral scientists for nearly fifty years but their widespread and uncritical use has recently led to a rising volume of controversy about their usefulness. This book gathers the central papers in this continuing debate brings the issues into clear focus points out practical problems and philosophical pitfalls involved in using the tests and provides a benchmark from which further analysis can proceed.The papers deal with some of the basic philosophy of science mathematical and statistical assumptions connected with significance tests and the problems of the interpretation of test results but the work is essentially non-technical in its emphasis. The collection succeeds in raising a variety of questions about the value of the tests; taken together the questions present a strong case for vital reform in test use if not for their total abandonment in research.The book is designed for practicing researchers-those not extensively trained in mathematics and statistics that must nevertheless regularly decide if and how tests of significance are to be used-and for those training for research. While controversy has been centered in sociology and psychology and the book will be especially useful to researchers and students in those fields its importance is great across the spectrum of the scientific disciplines in which statistical procedures are essential-notably political science economics and the other social sciences education and many biological fields as well.Denton E. Morrison is professor Department of Sociology Michigan State University.Ramon E. Henkel is associate professor emeritus Department of Sociology University of Maryland. He teaches as part of the graduate faculty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538535

The Signifier Pointing at the MoonPsychoanalysis and Zen Buddhism Within the context of a careful review of the psychology of religion and prior non-Lacanian literature on the subject Raul Moncayo builds a bridge between Lacanian psychoanalysis and Zen Buddhism that steers clear of reducing one to the other or creating a simplistic synthesis between the two. Instead by making a purposeful "One-mistake" of "unknown knowing" this book remains consistent with the analytic unconscious and continues in the splendid tradition of Bodhidharma who did not know "Who" he was and told Emperor Wu that there was no merit in building temples for Buddhism. Both traditions converge on the teaching that "true subject is no ego" or on the realisation that a new subject requires the symbolic death or deconstruction of imaginary ego-identifications. Although Lacanian psychoanalysis is known for its focus on language and Zen is considered a form of transmission outside the scriptures Zen is not without words while Lacanian psychoanalysis stresses the senseless letter of the Real or of a jouissance written on and with the body. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855754768

The Signifying Power of PearlMedieval Literary and Cultural Contexts for the Transformation of Genre This book enhances our understanding of the exquisitely beautiful fourteenth-century Middle English dream vision poem Pearl. Situating the study in the contexts of medieval literary criticism and contemporary genre theory Beal argues that the poet intended Pearl to be read at four levels of meaning and in four corresponding genres: literally an elegy; spiritually an allegory; morally a consolation; and anagogically a revelation. The book addresses cruxes and scholarly debates about the poem’s genre and meaning including key questions that have been unresolved in Pearl studies for over a century: * What is the nature of the relationship between the Dreamer and the Maiden? * What is the significance of allusions to Ovidian love stories and the use of liturgical time in the poem? * How does avian symbolism like that of the central symbol of the pearl develop transform and add meaning throughout the dream vision? * What is the nature of God portrayed in the poem and how does the portrayal of the Maiden’s intimate relationship to God her spiritual marriage to the Lamb connect to the poet’s purpose in writing? Noting that the poem is open to many interpretations Beal also considers folktale genre patterns in Pearl including those drawn from parable fable and fairy-tale. The conclusion considers Pearl in the light of modern psychological theories of grieving and trauma. This book makes a compelling case for re-reading Pearl and recognizing the poem’s signifying power. Given the ongoing possibility of new interpretations it will appeal to those who specialize in Pearl as well as scholars of Middle English Medieval Literature Genre Theory and Literature and Religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878641

The Signs of Language RevisitedAn Anthology To Honor Ursula Bellugi and Edward Klima The burgeoning of research on signed language during the last two decades has had a major influence on several disciplines concerned with mind and language including linguistics neuroscience cognitive psychology child language acquisition sociolinguistics bilingualism and deaf education. The genealogy of this research can be traced to a remarkable degree to a single pair of scholars Ursula Bellugi and Edward Klima who have conducted their research on signed language and educated scores of scholars in the field since the early 1970s. The Signs of Language Revisited has three major objectives: * presenting the latest findings and theories of leading scientists in numerous specialties from language acquisition in children to literacy and deaf people; * taking stock of the distance scholarship has come in a given field where we are now and where we should be headed; and * acknowledging and articulating the intellectual debt of the authors to Bellugi and Klima--in some cases through personal reminiscences. Thus this book is also a document in the sociology and history of science. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138003262

The Sih-Rozag in ZoroastrianismA Textual and Historico-Religious Analysis Focusing on the Avestan and Pahlavi versions of the Sīh-rōzag a text worshipping Zoroastrian divine entities this book explores the spiritual principles and physical realities associated with them. Introducing the book is an overview of the structural linguistic and historico-religious elements of the Avestan Sīh-rōzag. This overview as well as reconstructing its approximate chronology helps in understanding the original ritual function of the text and its relationship to the other Avestan texts.The book then studies the translation of the text in the Middle Persian language Pahlavi which was produced several centuries after its initial composition when Avestan was no longer understood by the majority of the Zoroastrian community. Addressing the lacuna in literature examining an erstwhile neglected Zoroastrian text The Sih-Rozag in Zoroastrianism includes a detailed commentary and an English translation of both the Avestan and Pahlavi version of the Sīh-rōzag and will be of interest to researchers and scholars of Iranian Studies Religion and History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867713

The Sikh Minority and the Partition of the Punjab 1920-1947 Guru Nanak had gifted the Sikhs with an ideology. Guru Angad had given them the Gurmukhi script. Guru Arjan Dev coalesced the hymns authored or collected by the Gurus and made them a people of the book. Guru Govind Rai created the Khalsa identity with its five symbols (Panj Kakke). Maharaja Ranjit Singh's conquests gave them the pride of race. British insistence on recruiting only keshdhari Sikhs encouraged the Khalsa to assert their distinct identity. The trend accelerated since the revolt of 1857 when John Lawrence reversed the initial successes of the rebels with the recovery of Delhi with forces from the Punjab. Sikhs were co-opted by the British with the clever broadcast of the Guru Tegh Bahadur myth that the Sikhs would be able to avenge the martyrdom of the Guru in Delhi with the help of a white race. Since then the Sikhs formed the backbone of the British Indian army and all their political influence flowed out of this military connection.The unexpected Congress concession of weightage to the Muslims in the Lucknow Pact of 1916 awakened the Sikhs to the necessity of the defence of Khalsa interests. Their vociferations compelled the British to concede a 19 per cent weightage for the Sikhs in the Montagu-Chelmsford Act of 1919. Gandhi appreciated the indispensable nature of Sikh support for the success of the British military machine. His attempt to subsume the Akali movement under the umbrella of the Non-Cooperation movement in the 1920s against the British and again his attempt to win over the Sikhs for his Civil Disobedience movement during the Lahore Congress in 1929 reflected this shrewd political sense. Sikhs continued to wrench concessions both from the British and the Congress as long as the Pax Britannica had any chance of survival. But as the negotiations for decolonization quickened after the end of the Second World War the magic of Sikh arms could no longer work miracles for their slender numbers. While British statesmen from Cripps to Attlee – all burnt gallons of midnight oil thinking of an acceptable settlement of the Hindu-Muslim impasse no one paid much attention to the pathetic quest of Sikh leaders since 1940 to work out an acceptable formula for readjusting the borders of the Punjab to accommodate the birthplace of the Gurus or the canal colonies worked through long years of Sikh toil. This book traces the history of Sikhs in India from the formation of a distinct Sikh identity to their struggle for political representation in the pre-indedenpence era and their quest for an independent state. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367110901

The Silence of Constitutions (Routledge Revivals)Gaps 'abeyances' and political temperament in the maintenance of government First published in 1989 Michael’s Foley’s book deals with the ‘abeyances’ present in both written and unwritten constitutions arguing that these gaps in the explicitness of a constitution and the various ways they are preserved provide the means by which constitutional conflict is continually postponed. Abeyances are valuable therefore not in spite of their obscurity but because of it. The author illustrates his point with analyses of constitutional crises from both sides of the Atlantic. He examines the period leading up to the English civil war in the seventeenth century and the ‘imperial presidency’ episode under Richard Nixon in the late 1960s and 1970s in the USA. In both cases there was no constitutionally correct solution available but as the author demonstrates the political skill of the participants in their use of constitutional devices allowed the anomalies of the American system to survive in a way that contrasted markedly with the plight of Charles I and the Stuart constitution. This reissue of a landmark study will be welcomed by all those interested in the interpretation and construction of constitutional law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415696326

The Silence of Great ZimbabweContested Landscapes and the Power of Heritage This book examines the politics of landscape and heritage by focusing on the example of Great Zimbabwe National Monument in southern Zimbabwe. The controversy that surrounded the site in the early part of the 20th century between colonial antiquarians and professional archaeologists is well reported in the published literature. Based on long term ethnographic field work around Great Zimbabwe as well as archival research in NMMZ in the National Archives of Zimbabwe and several months of research at the World Heritage Centre in Paris this new book represents an important step beyond that controversy over origins to focus on the site's position in local contests between and among individuals within the Nemanwa Charumbira and Mugabe clans over land power and authority. To justify their claims chiefs spirit mediums and elders of each clan make appeals to different but related constructions of the past. Emphasising the disappearance of the 'Voice' that used to speak there these narratives also describe the destruction alienation and desecration of Great Zimbabwe that occurred and continues through the international and national archaeological and heritage processes and practices by which Great Zimbabwe has become a national and world heritage site today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315417219

The Silences of ScienceGaps and Pauses in the Communication of Science Over the last half century scholars from a range of disciplines have attempted to theorise silence. Naively we tend to think of silence negatively as a lack an emptiness. Yet silence studies shows that silence is more than mere absence. All speech incorporates silence not only in the gaps between words or the pauses that facilitate turn taking but in the omissions that result from the necessary selectivity of communicative acts. Thus silence is significant in and of itself; it is a sign that has socially-constructed (albeit context -dependent and ambiguous) meanings. To date studies of science communication have focussed on what is said rather than what is not said. They have highlighted the content of communication rather than its form and have largely ignored the gaps pauses and lacunae that are an essential and meaningful part of any communicative act. Both the sociology of science and the history of science have also failed to highlight the varied functions of silence in the practice of science despite interests in tacit knowledge and cultures of secrecy. Through a range of case studies from historical and contemporary situations this volume draws attention to the significance of silence its different qualities and uses and the nature function and meaning of silence for science and technology studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596057

The Silencing of Slaves in Early Jewish and Christian Texts The Silencing of Slaves in Early Jewish and Christian Texts analyzes a large corpus of early Christian texts and Pseudepigraphic materials to understand how the authors of these texts used abused and silenced enslaved characters to articulate their own social political and theological visions. The focus is on excavating the texts "from below" or "against the grain" in order to notice the slaves and in so doing to problematize and (re)imagine the narratives. Noticing the slaves as literary iterations means paying attention to broader theological ideological and rhetorical aims of the texts within which enslaved bodies are constructed. The analysis demonstrates that by silencing slaves and using a rhetoric of violence the authors of these texts contributed to the construction of myths in which slaves functioned as a useful trope to support the combined power of religion and empire. Thus was created not only the perfect template for the rise and development of a Christian discourse of slavery but also a rationale for subsequent violence exercised against slave bodies within the Christian Empire. The study demonstrates the value of using the tools and applying the insights of subaltern studies to the study of the Pseudepigrapha and in early Christian texts. This volume will be of interest not only to scholars of early Christianity but also to those working on the history of slavery and subaltern studies in antiquity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367204341

The Silent ChildCommunication without Words This book arose out of the need to work with emotionally regressed non-talking children who entered hospital in full retreat from the external world. It helps parents and professionals compassionately comprehend the child's difficulties in depending on someone to receive communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855755185

The Silent DictatorshipThe Politics of the German High Command under Hindenburg and Ludendorff 1916-1918 Originally published in 1976 and based upon the extensive use of original archival material this book provides a detailed account of the 2 years in which the German army enjoyed unprecedented power and influence. The rise of Hindenburg and Ludendorff is seen against the background of the failure of the army to win a decisive victory in the early stages of the war. The book provides insights into the dynamics of German militarism and imperialism and is an important contribution to the discussion of the continuity of German history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367246495

The Silent Language of PsychotherapySocial Reinforcement of Unconscious Processes Therapeutic changes occur in many places and among animals as well as humans. A theory that attempts to explain therapeutic changes should be based on principles that apply not only to those changes occurring during the hour but also to those observed in the educational process in interpersonal relations and in the social milieu as well as with animals. It would be desirable to discover principles broad enough to provide a deeper understanding of therapeutic change in this wide variety of situations.Experienced therapists appear to be similar in what they are doing although they may disagree as to why they do it. In spite of the arguments about theoretical formulations it can be observed that during an hour with a patient many psychotherapists may not follow their own theories too well. There probably is some relevance in a comparison of psychotherapy with a concept formation test: the subject gives the correct answers but is unable to state why he did so or what principles he followed in making his choices. The therapist too may help a patient but he is often uncertain as to "why" and "how." It is very likely that the effective principles in therapeutic work rest on processes that are more general than the specific principles advanced by different schools.This volume combines the elements of psychodynamic and cognitive behavioral therapy in a theoretical system that focuses on the importance of patient-therapist interaction especially in terms of the exchange of subtle or covert communication cues. In this significantly updated and expanded edition of their classic text Beier and Young analyze recent developments in new areas of practice facing today's therapist: managed care and the clinical impact of the control of healthcare delivery; and biological intervention and other issues related to psychotropic medication. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315134925

The Silent MinorityNonrespondents In Sample Surveys This book provides characteristics of nonrespondents on sample surveys and reports on several empirical studies undertaken to test theories of survey response and nonresponsive behaviour. It presents a predictive model for survey response and evaluates attitudes about surveying. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295776

The Silent Past and the Invisible PresentMemory Trauma and Representation in Psychotherapy Drawing on research in the fields of cognitive and developmental psychology attachment trauma and neuroscience as well as 20 years in forensic and private practice Paul Renn deftly illustrates the ways in which this research may be used to inform an integrated empirical/hermeneutic model of clinical practice. He suggests that silent invisible processes derived from the past maintain non-optimal ways of experiencing and relating in the present and that a neuroscience understanding of the dynamic nature of memories and of the way in which the implicit and explicit memory systems operate and interact is salient to a concomitant understanding of trauma personality development and therapeutic action. Specifically Renn argues that an intersubjective psychodynamic model can use the power of an emotionally meaningful therapeutic relationship to gradually facilitate both relational and neurological changes in patients with trauma histories. Taken as a whole these themes reflect a paradigmatic shift in psychoanalytic thinking about clinical work and the process of change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415898591

The Silents of Jesus in the Cinema (1897-1927) While Jesus has attracted the sporadic interest of film-makers since the epics of the Sixties it is often forgotten that between the advent of motion pictures in the 1890s and the close of the "silent" era at the end of the 1920s some of the longest most expensive and most watched films on both sides of the Atlantic were focused on the Life and Passion of the Christ. Drawing upon rarely seen archival footage and the work of both the era’s most important directors (e.g. Alice Guy Ferdinand Zecca Sidney Olcott D.W. Griffith Carl Dreyer and C.B. DeMille) and others who have been all but forgotten this collection of essays offers a representative survey of the Silents of Jesus illustrating the ways in which the earliest films and those which followed were influenced by a multiplicity of factors. Written by leading scholars in biblical and early film studies this collection explores the ways in which the Silents of Jesus were shaped not only by the performing and visual arts of the nineteenth century and the technological challenges and opportunities of a new medium and industry but also by the artistic theological and ideological predilections of studios and directors and the expectations of audiences as the genre evolved. Taken together the essays collected here offer a seminal treatment of the genesis and early evolution of the cinematic Jesus. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869441

The Silicon EmpireLaw Culture and Commerce Michael Likosky examines the continuities and discontinuities between colonial and present-day high tech transnational legal orders. His concern is specifically with the colonial characteristics of the legal order which underpins the global high tech economy. He distinguishes the democratic and human rights rhetoric of this economy from a reality wherein the legal order is often used to reproduce colonial-type relationships. Just as in the colonial period the expansion of trans-border commerce overlaps with democratic demands and human rights in complex multifaceted and paradoxical ways. Through a case study looking at Malaysia's Multimedia Super Corridor a high tech national development plan and foreign direct investment scheme he examines how the transnational leaders of the high tech economy along with the Malaysian political elite react when human rights problems threaten to derail commercial plans. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138622821

The Silicone Breast Implant StoryCommunication and Uncertainty This volume examines one health issue -- breast implants -- across a series of contexts often thought to be separate -- media coverage doctor-patient interaction doctor-doctor professional communication support group dialogues public relations campaigns and more. In so doing it provides a narrative of how communication shapes the individual perceptions of health government and social policy concerning health care. At the core of the silicone breast implant controversy is the need for people to act amid uncertainty about the health risks involved. This need to weigh action in the midst of uncertain risk characterizes a large number of health issues. The attempts of patients physicians drug manufacturers and others to seek and provide both information and influence makes communication central to these issues. Consequently the questions explored in this volume will interest a diverse group of readers. This audience includes plastic surgeons in particular physicians in general and anyone involved with women's health issues. As the medical profession struggles with its identity amid changes in public attitudes government regulations and medical practices this volume's findings concerning media portrayals of doctors and medical devices become even more important. Finally this study reveals how interrelated public information and private decisions are and how closely media and interpersonal relationships fit. Tracing one medical issue across interpersonal organizational public relations and mediated forums has clearly demonstrated the multiple ways those communication channels overlap and inform one another. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203811924

The Silk Road and the Political Economy of the Mongol Empire The growing importance of Central and Inner Asia and the Silk Road is much discussed at present. This book compares the nature of present day networks in these regions with the patterns of similar connections which existed at the time of the Mongol Empire in the thirteenth century and its successor states. It considers settlement patterns technology and technology transfer trade political arrangements the role of religion and the impact of the powerful states which border the region. Overall the book demonstrates that the Mongol Empire anticipated many of the networks and connections which exist in the region at present. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415786997

The Silk Roads The areas covering the Silk Roads the ancient and modern roads from China to the West including the region of modern Xinjiang have an enduring and most diverse history. The impact that the political cultural and economic exchange on the Silk Roads had on the world cannot be overestimated; this exchange constitutes the first instance of a globalized world. The earliest discoveries from recent archaeological excavations date back almost 4000 years and explorers in the early 20th century evoked a considerable interest in the history of these regions and the cultural relics they brought back from the oasis towns of the Taklamakan initiated entirely new research fields. For instance Buddhist studies received a new impact and languages hitherto unknown entered the field of Western research. Since the 1990s the International Dunhuang Project of the British Library has attempted to unify all manuscripts artefacts and other materials collected from the Silk Roads in a database accessible to the public in order to enhance the visibility of these cultural treasures for researchers and the general public alike. Different aspects of Silk Road studies constitute a research focus at academic institutions all over the world: Central Asian Institutes study the history and the present political and economic situation of the countries that were part of the ancient net of economic and cultural relations and academic projects such as the Turfan Research Centre of the Berlin-Brandenburg Academy the ‘Buddhist Manuscripts from Ghandara’ project at the Ludwig-Maximilians-University Munich and ‘The Early Buddhist Manuscripts Project’ of the University of Washington Seattle are primarily concerned with the edition of the manuscripts found on the Silk Roads. Initiatives for a more comprehensive study of the multilayered history of the Silk Roads have been launched at several academic institutions for instance at the Buddhist Centre of the University of California Berkeley. The collection of articles on the Silk Roads intends to cover the most relevant aspects of studies on the Silk Roads mainly under a historical perspective but including some material regarding the present situation of the area. It will focus on more recent publications but occasionally older but significant publications will also be included. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138015500

The Silver Drawing Test and Draw a StoryAssessing Depression Aggression and Cognitive Skills Art can be an invaluable means of communication. It can bypass language and impairment and allow for the expression of thoughts or feelings too difficult to communicate with words. In The Silver Drawing Test and Draw a Story Rawley Silver draws on her years of experience using therapeutic art with hearing-impaired children stroke patients and others with learning disabilities or emotional disturbances. The book’s original art assessments use stimulus drawings to elicit responses that provide access to a patient’s emotions and attitudes toward themselves and others while also testing for the ability to solve problems and convey ideas. Offering tools to assess cognitive skills that often escape detection on verbal tests of intelligence or achievement the book helps in identifying those at risk for violent behavior or masked depression. Thoroughly updated from Silver’s earlier works this new book includes techniques to assess aggression and depression that may lead to violence in schools and suicide among children and adolescents. It also addresses important gender and age differences incorporating new information and updated studies and it offers an in-depth look at the developmental procedures involved in these art assessments. As education for mental health professionals now includes art therapy more regularly Silver has provided an invaluable resource for assessing emotional and cognitive content. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138134492

The SIM Guide to Enterprise Architecture Enterprise architecture is leading IT’s way to the executive boardroom as CIOs are now taking their place at the management table. Organizations investing their time money and talent in enterprise architecture (EA) have realized significant process improvement and competitive advantage. However as these organizations discovered it is one thing to acquire a game-changing technology but quite another to discover ways to use it well.A project of the Society for Information Management’s Enterprise Architecture Working Group and edited by Leon A. Kappelman The SIM Guide to Enterprise Architecture provides insights from leading authorities on EA including John Zachman Larry DeBoever George Paras Jeanne Ross and Randy Hite. The book supplies a solid understanding of key concepts for effectively leveraging EA to redesign business processes integrate services and become an Information Age enterprise. Beginning with a look at current theory and frameworks the book discusses the practical application of enterprise architecture and includes a wealth of best practices resources and references. It contains the SIM survey of IT organizations’ EA activities which provides important metrics for evaluating progress and success. Successful businesses exploit synergy among business functions and push the boundaries of process design. IT’s cross-functional position uniquely qualifies it to lead process innovation. EA lets CIOs integrate technology with business vision and is the roadmap for implementing new systems changing behavior and driving value. This book explores the vision foundation and enabling technology required to successfully transform organizations with enterprise architecture. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385002

The Simple Book of Not-So-Simple Puzzles This collection of more than one hundred original and highly sophisticated puzzles presents challenges that require creative outside of the box thinking. Many different types of puzzles are included such as word number logical visual spatial dissection dividing dot-connecting matchstick coin and more. Each aesthetically appealing puzzle is designed to improve problem solving skills; train geometric combinatorial and spatial imagination; bolster visual perception and logical reasoning; and foster the development of a perseverant and self-confident approach to challenges. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138442320

The Simple WordsworthStudies in the Poems 1979-1807 First published in 1960 this book studies Wordsworth’s ‘simple’ poems such as the Lyrical Ballads as products of a sophisticated and powerfully successful literary genius. The author aims to approach the poems as perhaps Wordsworth expected his first readers to; but as they have never been in fact. The result of this approach is to discover a Wordsworth far different to that which he has previously been presented as — the ‘Sage of Rydal’ at one extreme and a naïve perpetrator of poetical blunders at the other — and the author argues a far more exciting one. This book will be of interest to students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138672031

The Simulated Client (1996)A Method for Studying Professionals Working with Clients Published in 1996 this book presents an innovative method for studying the work of professionals with clients that was applied to an evaluation study of legislation and of lawyers working with clients seeking a divorce. With the simulated client methods the researcher plays the role of simulated or hypothetical clients with predetermined characteristics who are consulting a lawyer the research subject. The research is carried out in the natural setting of the lawyer’s office and the lawyer conducts business as usual. The method overcomes problems of access due to client confidentiality that are commonly found in research of professional groups. It is a qualitative but focused method for evaluation research which has strengths for making comparisons across professional practice. The book will be useful to those conducting research on professionals and other elite groups working with clients as well as those interested in the socio-legal study of legal professionals. This book was originally published as part of the Cardiff Papers in Qualitative Research series edited by Paul Atkinson Sara Delamont and Amanda Coffey. The series publishes original sociological research that reflects the tradition of qualitative and ethnographic inquiry developed at Cardiff. The series includes monographs reporting on empirical research edited collections focussing on particular themes and texts discussing methodological developments and issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815347309

The Simulated Patient HandbookA Comprehensive Guide for Facilitators and Simulated Patients A simulated patient is an individual who by pretending to be a patient in a consultation offers health professionals an opportunity to learn explore and develop their expertise. Simulated patients are also highly effective when used as an aid for consultation skills assessment. In recent years the rapid rise of simulated patients in healthcare training has led to many more people working as and with simulated patients. There is now a growing need for guidance on its benefits and also its potential complications. The Simulated Patient Handbook is full of practical hands-on advice and procedures for simulated patients covering all aspects of their work. It includes comprehensive guidelines on the essential skills of characterisation and the giving of feedback. This is the only manual currently available for simulated patients to learn best practice. The wide-ranging accessible reference also offers concise realistic advice to facilitators about setting up running and participating in sessions using simulated patients - using this extroadinary educational resource to its greatest advantage. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846194542

The Sinai BlunderWithdrawal of the United Nations Emergency Force Leading.... First published in 1980. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203061527

The Sinews of PowerWar Money and the English State 1688-1783 First published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754927

The Singapore EconomyAn Econometric Perspective Singapore's phenomenal transformation from Third World to First World status has been of great interest to economists around the world yet there has been little quantitative research done on its economy and institutions. This innovative new research monograph fills the lacunae by presenting the Singapore economy through a macroeconometric model and laying the foundations for further research. Using formal econometric analysis and novel modelling techniques Abeysinghe and Choy offer rare insights into how the Singapore economy works. Each of the major chapters discusses the implications of the empirical findings for current policy and an entire chapter has been devoted to macroeconomic policy simulations. This book is a unique introduction to the Singapore economy and would be of interest to econometric modellers and policy makers in Singapore as well as advanced undergraduates and graduate researchers interested in modelling small open economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415480314

The Singapore Water StorySustainable Development in an Urban City-State Singapore´s journey during the past 45 years is an outstanding example that in spite of multiple hardships pragmatic policies clear visions long-term planning forward-looking strategies and political will as well as a relentless urge to improve can result in strong foundations for sustainable development.  This book describes the journey of Singapore´s development and the fundamental role that water has had in shaping it. What makes this case so unique is that the quest for self-sufficiency in terms of water availability in a fast-changing urban context has been crucial to the way development policies and agendas have been planned throughout the years. The authors analyse plans policies institutions laws and regulations water demand and water supply strategies water quality and water conservation considerations partnerships and importance of the media. They assess overall how all these issues have evolved in response to the dynamic needs of the city-state.  The study of Singapore shows how a dynamic society can address development without losing its focus on the environment. In the city-state environmental concerns in general and water concerns in particular have played a major role in its transformation from a third word to a first world country. How and why this transformation took place is the main focus of this authoritative book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415657839

The Singer's Companion "The Singer’s Companion" provides both beginning and advanced students of singing with a basic reliable and readable introduction to the many issues focusing on training and maintaining a healthy voice. It covers all the fundamental issues faced by vocalists in all styles of music including how to find a good teacher work with a score audition and perform. Stohrer has written an essential text for students of singing offering up-to-date accurate and accessible information that will be invaluable to singers and their teachers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865591

The Singer-Songwriter in EuropeParadigms Politics and Place The Singer-Songwriter in Europe is the first book to explore and compare the multifaceted discourses and practices of this figure within and across linguistic spaces in Europe and in dialogue with spaces beyond continental borders. The concept of the singer-songwriter is significant and much-debated for a variety of reasons. Many such musicians possess large and zealous followings their output often esteemed politically and usually held up as the nearest popular music gets to high art such facets often yielding sizeable economic benefits. Yet this figure per se has been the object of scant critical discussion with individual practitioners celebrated for their isolated achievements instead. In response to this lack of critical knowledge this volume identifies and interrogates the musical linguistic social and ideological elements that configure the singer-songwriter and its various equivalents in Europe such as the French auteur-compositeur-interprète and the Italian cantautore since the late 1940s. Particular attention is paid to the emergence of this figure in the post-war period how and why its contours have changed over time and space subsequently cross-cultural influences and the transformative agency of this figure as regards party and identity politics in lyrics and music often by means of individual case studies. The book's polycentric approach endeavours to redress the hitherto Anglophone bias in scholarship on the singer-songwriter in the English-speaking world drawing on the knowledge of scholars from across Europe and from a variety of academic disciplines including modern language studies musicology sociology literary studies and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367229238

The Singing and Acting HandbookGames and Exercises for the Performer This book is an unique resource which directly addresses all performers who sing and act whether in opera musical theatre or music-theatre. By looking beyond the separate acts of singing and acting the performer builds up a greater awareness of how the two interrelate to form a single powerful expression. Using games exercises and discussion The Singing and Acting Handbook takes a stimulating approach to the demands made upon today's performers and will equip both the experienced professional and the student to take full advantage of rehearsal and performance. With advice on approaches to learning music interpreting scores and building characters it provides a long-awaited innovative resource for performers directors workshop leaders and teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138138216

The Singing BourgeoisSongs of the Victorian Drawing Room and Parlour First published in 1989 The Singing Bourgeois challenges the myth that the 'Victorian parlour song' was a clear-cut genre. Derek Scott reveals the huge diversity of musical forms and styles that influenced the songs performed in middle class homes during the nineteenth century from the assimilation of Celtic and Afro-American culture by songwriters to the emergence of forms of sacred song performed in the home. The popularity of these domestic songs opened up opportunities to women composers and a chapter of the book is dedicated to the discussion of women songwriters and their work. The commercial success of bourgeois song through the sale of sheet music demonstrated how music might be incorporated into a system of capitalist enterprise. Scott examines the early amateur music market and its evolution into an increasingly professionalized activity towards the end of the century. This new updated edition features an additional chapter which provides a broad survey of music and class in London drawing on sources that have appeared since the book's first publication. An overview of recent research is also given in a section of additional notes. The new bibliography of nineteenth-century British and American popular song is the most comprehensive of its kind and includes information on twentieth-century collections of songs relevant periodicals catalogues dictionaries and indexes as well as useful databases and internet sites. The book also features an accompanying CD of songs from the period. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315085258

The Singing of the Strasbourg Protestants 1523-1541 Music was in some form or another a pastime enjoyed by all in sixteenth-century society and a fundamental part of their lives. It was both through the use of music and partly as a result of its existence that many religious changes occurred during the Reformation. This book explores the part played by music especially group singing in the unfolding of the Protestant reforms in Strasbourg. It considers both ecclesiastical and ’popular’ songs in the city examining how both genres fitted into people’s lives during this time of strife and how the provision and dissemination of music as a whole affected and in turn was affected by the new ecclesiastical arrangement. Whilst it would be naive to assume that the congregations were transformed from impious to pious overnight as the result of the introduction of German hymns it is clear that there were real and concerted efforts on the part of reformers to get people to embrace the new faith and writing hymns for them to sing was central to the process. Drawing upon a range of sources - including liturgical orders and hymnals polemical songs chronicles of the Reformation and text manuscripts - the book explores the methods by which new songs were introduced in Strasbourg churches and suggests how congregations might have learnt them. In so doing it provides an account of the process by which reformers found music a place in the new Church and used it to promote their wider reform agenda. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367737276

The Single European Market and BeyondA Study of the Wider Implications of the Single European Act Since the Single Europe Act (1986) attention has largely focused on the creation of a single European market and the much hyped date `1992'. This book examines what is actually entailed by the single market and looks at the other issues and implications of the Single Europe Act. It falls into four parts and considers the economic fiscal social and political dimensions of the processes of European unification. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425538

The Single Homemaker and Material Culture in the Long Eighteenth Century The Single Homemaker and Material Culture in the Long Eighteenth Century represents a new synthesis of gender history and material culture studies. It seeks to analyse the lives and cultural expression of single men and women from 1650 to 1850 within the main focus of domestic activity the home. Whilst there is much scholarly interest in singleness and a raft of literature on the construction and apprehension of the home no other book has sought to bring these discrete studies together. Similarly scholarly work has been limited in evaluating gendered consumption practices during the long eighteenth century because of an emphasis on the homes of families. Analysing the practices of single people emphasises the differences but also amplifies the similarities in their strategies of domestic life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252752

The Single Market in InsuranceBreaking Down the Barriers First published in 1998 this volume was formally completed in July 1994 but completing the structure of the market is not all the same thing as having a genuine Single Market. This book explores the difficulties inherent in the concept of the Single Market in Insurance as well as the practical difficulties of implementation. It looks to the future of the Single Market as well as at the present. It should be of interest to lawyers studying law or EC law as well as to economists and political scientists interested in the development of Project Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360136

The Single WomanA Discursive Investigation The increase in numbers of single people has been described as one of the greatest social phenomena of western society. Most women will spend periods of their lives alone without a committed partner relationship. Yet there is still a degree of social stigma attached to this status. Single women are a crucial group for study in relation to perceived changes in family life and relationships. This book provides a new understanding of what is often taken-for-granted – female single identity. In an examination of extracts from her interviews with women aged 30 to 60 years and living alone Jill Reynolds explores how women deal with this potentially stigmatized identity. She focuses on identity and self-representation through consideration of discourse and the conversational moves made by the participants. Her analysis highlights that the culturally available and familiar resources for understanding singleness are highly polarized. Single women weave their way through the extreme contrasts of a denigrated or an empowered identity. Thus while most participants give very positive accounts they also pay attention to widespread social expectations that success in life involves a long-term committed relationship. This book makes an important contribution to the understanding of the lives of single women and represents a challenge to the considerable literature on gender and family life which has inadequately theorized singleness.  It will be of great interest to academics and students in social psychology sociology social work and social policy. It will also be of particular interest to students of gender studies qualitative research narrative studies conversation analysis and discourse analysis.     Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203939017

The Single-Minded ProjectEnsuring the Pace of Progress The behaviour of people and their organisation are the primary drivers of a project’s pace of progress. Methodology tools and techniques are vital but subordinate to human endeavour; if only because their selection deployment and application entirely depend on the abilities of the project players and their organisation. Performance ultimately rests on human and organisational behaviour: expressed by the players’ experience professional ability resolve dialogue and collaboration. Fresh approaches and methods help practitioners to address this reality productively. This book is written under nine headings: collaboration; able people; strength; connections; rigour; pace; persistence; adaptation; and maturity. The Single-Minded Project offers a new and convincing appreciation of project management that will harness players and their organisation. It recognises that at its heart the management and leadership of a project regime relies on the choices behaviours and decisions of its players and the organisation’s freedom of action. It addresses the urgency of the project (the need for swiftness) coupled with the kind and degree of diligence (the need for rigour in the choice and management of method): referring to its Pace of Progress. The success of a project very much depends on the pace at which it is conducted to then deliver value. Projects find themselves in territory where methodology tools and techniques are of little help. The Single-Minded Project fills that gap and more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472429964

The Singularity of Literature The Iliad and Beowulf provide rich sources of historical information. The novels of Henry Fielding and Henry James may be instructive in the art of moral living. Some go further and argue that Emile Zola and Harriet Beecher Stowe played a part in ameliorating the lives of those existing in harsh circumstances. However as Derek Attridge argues in this outstanding and acclaimed book none of these capacities is distinctive of literature. What is the singularity of literature? Do the terms "literature" and "the literary" refer to actual entities found in cultures at certain times or are they merely expressions characteristic of such cultures? Attridge argues that this resistance to definition and reduction is not a dead end but a crucial starting point from which to explore anew the power and practices of Western art. Derek Attridge provides a rich new vocabulary for literature rethinking such terms as "invention " "singularity " "otherness " "alterity " "performance" and "form." He returns literature to the realm of ethics and argues for the ethical importance of literature demonstrating how a new understanding of the literary might be put to work in a "responsible " creative mode of reading. The Singularity of Literature is not only a major contribution to the theory of literature but also a celebration of the extraordinary pleasure of the literary for reader writer student or critic. This Routledge Classics edition includes a new preface by the author. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138701274

The Sinitic LanguagesA Contribution to Sinological Linguistics The Sinitic Languages is the quintessence of Mieczysław Jerzy Künstler’s thirty years of research into the Chinese languages. Originally published in Polish in 2000 as Języki chińskie this work collected Künstler’s various lectures on the fascinating world of this branch of the Sino-Tibetan language family. It marked the apogee of linguistic research of Chinese languages in Poland. With a keen intuitive understanding of the workings of these languages Künstler introduces his readership to the historical development of spoken Sinitic languages. Besides analyzing the various stages of Standard Chinese he also makes a convincing case for classifying Cantonese Pekinese Nankinese Minnanese Wu and other so-called "dialects" as distinct languages. Künstler’s work offers an insightful and detailed overview about synchronic and diachronic research on the major language groups of Chinese a fast growing academic field until today.The present English version was begun by Künstler himself before his untimely demise in 2007. However it is not merely a translation of the Polish work but a revised edition that introduces a shift in Sinological linguistics from a genetic to an areal description of Modern Chinese languages. A joint effort of the Polish linguist Alfred Franciszek Majewicz and the Sinologists Ewa Zajdler and Maria Kurpaska helped to bring the original manuscript to its completion. Thus The Sinitic Languages is now finally accessible for a larger readership. Both amateurs and experts interested in this topic are invited to follow Künstler on his intellectual journey into Sinological linguistics.Künstler intentionally excluded Chinese characters from his work because he viewed the Sinitic languages primarily as spoken languages. In order to provide readers with the opportunity to compare spoken and written language the editors added an index with glossary to the English version. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732004

The Sino-American AllianceNationalist China and American Cold War Strategy in Asia This study provides an analysis of the role the United States alliance with Nationalist China played in US strategy to contain first the Sino-Soviet alliance and then China during the 1950s and 1960s. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315699011

The Sino-Indian War of 1962New perspectives The Sino-Indian border war of 1962 forms a major landmark in South Asian Asian and Cold War history. Among others it resulted in an unresolved conflict permanently hindering rapprochement between China and India the establishment of the Sino-Pakistani axis the deepening of the Sino-Soviet split and had a lasting impact on Indian domestic affairs. This volume draws on new documentary evidence to re-evaluate perceptions motivations and decision-making processes of both antagonists but also of third powers immediately affected by the conflict. It also investigates the effect on India’s internal politics its Constitution the Communist Party of India and the fate of Indians of Chinese origin. Finally it analyses how the conflict is viewed in India today and its ramifications for India–China relationship. A major intervention in the Asian historical landscape this book will be indispensable to scholars and researchers of modern history especially of modern South Asia and China international relations defence and strategic studies international politics and government. It will also be useful for think-tanks and government agencies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367338299

The Sino-Japanese War and Youth LiteratureFriends and Foes on the Battlefield The Sino-Japanese War (1937 – 1945) was fought in the Asia-Pacific theatre between Imperial Japan and China with the United States as the latter’s major military ally. An important line of investigation remains questioning how the history of this war has been passed on to post-war generations’ consciousness and how information sources particularly those exposed to young people in their formative years shape their knowledge and bias of the conflict as well as World War II more generally. This book is the first to focus on how the Sino-Japanese War has been represented in non-English and English sources for children and young adults. As a cross-cultural study and an interdisciplinary endeavour it not only examines youth-orientated publications in China and the United States but also draws upon popular culture novelists’ memoirs and family oral narratives to make comparisons between fiction and history Chinese and American sources and published materials and private memories of the war. Through quantitative narrative analysis literary and visual analysis and socio-political critique it shows the dominant pattern of war stories traces chronological changes over the seven decades from 1937 to 2007 and teases out the ways in which the history of the Sino-Japanese War has been constructed censored and utilized to serve shifting agendas. Providing a much needed examination of public memory literary representation and popular imagination of the Sino-Japanese War this book will have huge interdisciplinary appeal particularly for students and scholars of Asian history literature society and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138351530

The Sino-Tibetan Languages There are more native speakers of Sino-Tibetan languages than of any other language family in the world. Our records of these languages are among the oldest for any human language and the amount of active research on them has multiplied in the last few decades. Now in its second edition and fully updated to include new research The Sino-Tibetan Languages includes overview articles on individual languages with an emphasis on the less commonly described languages as well as descriptions and comments on the subgroups in which they occur.There are overviews of the whole family on genetic classification and language contact syntax and morphology and also on word order typology. There are also more detailed overview articles on the phonology morphosyntax and writing system of just the Sinitic side of the family. Supplementing these overviews are articles on Shanghainese Cantonese and Mandarin dialects. Tibeto-Burman is reviewed by genetic or geographical sub-group with overview articles on some of the major groups and areas and there are also detailed descriptions of 41 individual Tibeto-Burman languages written by world experts in the field. Designed for students and researchers of Asian languages The Sino-Tibetan Languages is a detailed overview of the field. This book is invaluable to language students experts requiring concise but thorough information on related languages and researchers working in historical typological and comparative linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367570453

The Sisters of Nazareth ConventA Roman-period Byzantine and Crusader site in central Nazareth This book transforms archaeological knowledge of Nazareth by publishing over 80 years of archaeological work at the Sisters of Nazareth convent including a detailed re-investigation in the early twenty-first century under the author's direction. Although one of the world's most famous places and of key importance to understanding early Christianity Nazareth has attracted little archaeological attention. Following a chance discovery in the 1880s the site was initially explored by the nuns of the convent themselves – one of the earliest examples of a major programme of excavations initiated and directed by women – and then for decades by Henri Senès whose excavations (like those of the nuns) have remained almost entirely unpublished. Their work revealed a complex sequence elucidated and dated by twenty-first century study beginning with a partly rock-cut Early Roman-period domestic building followed by Roman-period quarrying and burial a well-preserved cave-church and major surface-level Byzantine and Crusader churches. The interpretation and broader implications of each phase of activity are discussed in the context of recent studies of Roman-period Byzantine and later archaeology and contemporary archaeological theory and their relationship to written accounts of Nazareth is also assessed. The Sisters of Nazareth Convent provides a crucial archaeological study for those wishing to understand the archaeology of Nazareth and its place in early Christianity and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367542191

The Sitcom In this new Routledge Television Guidebook Jeremy G. Butler studies our love-hate relationship with the durable sitcom analyzing the genre’s position as a major media artefact within American culture and providing a historical overview of its evolution in the USA. Everyone loves the sitcom genre; and yet paradoxically everyone hates the sitcom too. This book examines themes of gender race ethnicity and the family that are always at the core of humor in our culture tracking how those discourses are embedded in the sitcom’s relatively rigid storytelling structures. Butler pays particular attention to the sitcom’s position in today’s post-network media landscape and sample analyses of Sex and the City Black-ish The Simpsons and The Andy Griffith Show illuminate how the sitcom is infused with foundational American values. At once contemporary and reflective The Sitcom is a must-read for students and scholars of television comedy and broader media studies and a great classroom text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138850965

The Situational MentorAn International Review of Competences and Capabilities in Mentoring Because the mentoring process involves a number of distinct stages a wide range of skills are needed throughout the process and these skills are situational. In other words a skilled mentor understands the principles of mentoring but is also able to use appropriate skills according to the person with whom they are working and the stage they have reached in the relationship. In addition different types of mentoring programme will demand a skills set particular to each. As with many other areas of development a mix of the theoretical and the practical is needed to ensure that programmes and relationships achieve their potential. In The Situational Mentor: An International Review of Competences and Capabilities in Mentoring David Clutterbuck and Gill Lane have brought together contributions from leading international academics and practitioners to define the key skills involved in mentoring and explore how these may be tailored to ensure a successful outcome in all instances. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315552873

The Situationist International in BritainModernism Surrealism and the Avant-Garde This book tells for the first time the story of the Situationist International’s influence and afterlives in Britain where its radical ideas have been rapturously welcomed and fiercely resisted. The Situationist International presented itself as the culmination of the twentieth century avant-garde tradition — as the true successor of Dada and Surrealism. Its grand ambition was not unfounded. Though it dissolved in 1972 generations of artists and writers theorists and provocateurs punks and psychogeographers have continued its effort to confront and contest the ‘society of the spectacle.’ This book constructs a long cultural history beginning in the interwar period with the arrival of Surrealism to Britain moving through the countercultures of the 1950s and 1960s and finally surveying the directions in which Situationist theory and practice are being taken today. It combines agile historicism with close readings of a vast range of archival and newly excavated materials including newspaper reports underground pamphlets Psychogeographical films and experimental novels. It brings to light an overlooked but ferociously productive period of British avant-garde practice and demonstrates how this subterranean activity helps us to understand postwar culture late modernism and the complex internationalization of the avant-garde. As popular and academic interest in the Situationists grows this book offers an important contribution to the international history of the avant-garde and Surrealism. It will prove a valuable resource for researchers and students of English and Comparative Literature Modernism and the Avant-Gardes Twentieth Century and Contemporary History Cultural Studies Art History and Political Aesthetics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878818

The Six-Hour Day and Other Industrial Questions In this title first published in 1918 Lord Leverhulme explores the ideas of co-partnership piece-work housing and the benefits of shorter hours of labour. The most notable of these discussions collected by Stanley Unwin with a Preface by Lord Haldane advocates a six-hour day with two shifts in all industries in which the overhead charges are equal to or larger than the cost of weekly wages. Lord Leverhulme's view is that the employees work better in a short working day and might produce as much in six hours as in eight hours and that in any case the machinery could be utilized more profitably by running for the double shift of twelve hours than for the single shift of eight hours. This seminal work will be of interest to students of business studies and human resource management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415789929

The Sixteenth-Century French Religious Book This study comprises the proceedings of a conference held in St Andrews in 1999 which gathered some of the most distinguished historians of the French book. It presents the 16th-century book in a new context and provides the first comprehensive view of this absorbing field. Four major themes are reflected here: the relationship between the manuscript tradition and the printed book; an exploration of the variety of genres that emerged in the 16th century and how they were used; a look at publishing and book-selling strategies and networks and the ways in which the authorities tried to control these; and a discussion of the way in which confessional literature diverged and converged. The range of specialist knowledge embedded in this study will ensure its appeal to specialists in French history scholars of the book and of 16th-century French literature and historians of religion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315237053

The Sixth International Congress on Accounting 1952 This book first published in 1954 collects together the papers presented to the Sixth International Congress on Accounting. They focus on the problems of the post-war changes in the value of money and how to deal with this in accounting statements; taxation and the role of accountants in Government; raising and retaining capital for development; and the role of the professional accountant in the commercial field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367512798

The Sixth: An Essay in Education and Democracy Developments in educational systems are inextricably linked with the social and political evolution of nations. Nowhere is this more clearly to be seen than in the history of the English sixth form. Originally published in 1982 this book whose authors had been associated with a number of research projects into 16-19 education traces the tradition of the sixth form from its origins in the public schools of the nineteenth century through to controversies at the time over sixth form and tertiary colleges and the extension of 16-19 education to embrace youth opportunities programmes and other semi-vocational courses. It shows that ‘the sixth’ has not only been a significant element in its own right in the adjustment of English society to the challenge of democratic ideals but has also played a key role in the evolution of secondary education from the endowed school of the nineteenth century through the municipal grammar schools set up after the 1902 Education Act to the comprehensive secondary schools of today. In fact the fate and future of comprehensive schooling becomes fully understandable only through a study of the sixth form tradition which has shaped the activities of educationists and policy-makers over the last hundred years. The authors conclude that educational policy-making is both facilitated and constrained by the existence of enduring traditions stemming from the past: in fact the work of policy-making lies precisely in the constructive reinterpretation of that inheritance. This book describes and clarifies the nature of the tradition of sixth form education which has been handed down to us and its relation to democratic values and institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138314382

The Sixties The Sixties is a stimulating account of a turbulent age in America. Terry Anderson examines why the nation experienced a full decade of tumult and change and he explores why most Americans felt social political and cultural changes were not only necessary but mandatory in the 1960s.  The book examines the dramatic era chronologically and thematically and demonstrates that what made the era so unique were the various social "movements" that eventually merged with the counterculture to form a "sixties culture " the legacies of which are still felt today. The new edition has added more material on women and the GLBTQ community as well as on Hispanic or Latino/a community the fastest-growing minority in the United States. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138244030

The Skeptical EconomistRevealing the Ethics Inside Economics Economics is unavoidably central to any attempt to improve our quality of life but most people do not know why or how to question its underlying assumptions. The Skeptical Economist rejects the story told by other popular economics books. Responding to Western malaise about quality of life and a growing curiosity about economics and its relevance to these concerns Jonathan Aldred argues that economics is not an agreed body of knowledge or an objective science. In reality economics is built on ethical foundations - distinctive and controversial views about how we ought to live what we value and why. This revealing and entertaining book exposes these hidden assumptions and opens up the black box of modern economics to reveal that conventional wisdom is not what it appears to be. The Skeptical Economist will challenge us all to examine the assumptions behind the economics of our current way of life. It rediscovers the ethics at the heart of economics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773263

The Skeptical Professional’s Guide to PsychiatryOn the Risks and Benefits of Antipsychotics Antidepressants Psychiatric Diagnoses and Neuromania This text critically examines the shortcomings of psychiatry; the flawed development of the diagnostic system including the DSM-5; and the failure to advance the effectiveness of antipsychotics and antidepressants. Starting with an overview of the evolution of psychiatry Dean explores the creation use and misuse of medications a process largely driven by drug companies. Other chapters describe the benefits and risks of medications the problems associated with rational prescribing and the embrace of so-called novel therapies including hallucinogenic drugs and opioids. Chapters end with a set of clinical notes that provide specific recommendations to clinicians families patients and other providers emphasizing the risks and benefits of treatment with medications but also stressing alternative approaches. This book will challenge clinicians to think critically about the DSM-5 and the current systems of diagnosis and treatment of mental illnesses in the hopes of ultimately improving the lives of people with mental illnesses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367469207

The Skeptic's Guide to Sports ScienceConfronting Myths of the Health and Fitness Industry The global health and fitness industry is worth an estimated $4 trillion. We spend $90 billion each year on health club memberships and $100 billion each year on dietary supplements. In such an industrial climate lax regulations on the products we are sold (supplements fad-diets training programs gadgets and garments) result in marketing campaigns underpinned by strong claims and weak evidence. Moreover our critical faculties are ill-suited to a culture characterized by fake news social media misinformation and bad science. We have become walking talking prey to 21st-Century Snake Oil salesmen. In The Skeptic’s Guide to Sports Science Nicholas B. Tiller confronts the claims behind the products and the evidence behind the claims. The author discusses what might be wrong with the sales pitch the glossy magazine advert and the celebrity endorsements that our heuristically-wired brains find so innately attractive. Tiller also explores the appeal of the one quick fix the fallacious arguments that are a mainstay of product advertising and the critical steps we must take in retraining our minds to navigate the pitfalls of the modern consumerist culture. This informative and accessible volume pulls no punches in scrutinizing the plausibility of and evidence for the most popular sports products and practices on the market. Readers are encouraged to confront their conceptualizations of the industry and by the book’s end they will have acquired the skills necessary to independently judge the effectiveness of sports-related products. This treatise on the commercialization of science in sport and exercise is a must-read for exercisers athletes students and practitioners who hope to retain their intellectual integrity in a lucrative health and fitness industry that is spiraling out-of-control. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138333130

The Skilled Compositor 1850–1914An Aristocrat Among Working Men For the first time since its invention over 500 years ago the print medium is being challenged as the primary means of recording and communicating ideas. Indeed within the printing industry itself the advent of digital technology has rendered the craft of hand setting metal type obsolete - the days of the skilled compositor are now at an end. Patrick Duffy’s work sets out to examine the experiences of the skilled compositor in the period 1850 to 1914. Focusing primarily on the workplace and the workplace institutions it aims to explore issues of control co-operation and conflict in order to determine if the compositor did as many labour historians claim belong to an aristocracy of labour. Drawing on a wide range of source material from trade society minutes to Parliamentary Papers the author explores the diversity of experience that compositors had in the workplace and the uneven patterns of change that the trade experienced. The study throws light on some of the issues raised by these changes: what part did ancient craft traditions play in the maintenance of control in the workplace? Why were women excluded from this particular work when they were accepted in most other parts of the trade? To what extent did trade society officials represent the aspirations of the rank and file membership? Starting with an overview of the nature growth and development of the trade the book goes on to examine the occupational and social aspects of the compositors' experience with a chapter devoted to women's role in the printing trade. Finally the formation functions and development of relevant trades unions and employers' associations is discussed. This insightful analysis of the experience of the skilled compositor provides a valuable case study for labour historians at the same time furthering our understanding of a somewhat neglected aspect of printing history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263390

The Skills of Document UseFrom Text Comprehension to Web-Based Learning The Skills of Document Use: From Text Comprehension to Web-Based Learning examines functional literacy from a psychological standpoint. It offers a comprehensive discussion of the cognitive skills involved in reading comprehending and making use of complex documents. Understanding such skills is important at times when printed and online information systems are being used more and more extensively for work education and personal development. It is also very important to understand how the Internet transforms the way we search read and comprehend documents.The core purpose of the book is to inform research scientists students and instructional designers about recent advances in the psychology of document comprehension. Whereas reading research has mostly focused on basic cognitive processes involved in simple comprehension tasks this book extends the psychology of reading to more complex real-life comprehension activities. The book draws a link between research areas usually separated: language psychology on the one hand and Web design on the other hand. The work also attempts to bridge a gap between research in cognitive psychology and practical issues in the design and use of information systems. It invites the reader to a guided journey from theoretical models of text comprehension to concrete issues in the design and use of instructional technology.The book will be of interest to students specializing in psychology language communication and publishing. It will also be useful to all those who are involved in the training of literacy skills or in the design of information systems accessible to a wide audience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654548

The Skills of Primary School Management This book is for all teachers who have curriculum and management responsibilities in primary schools or who aspire to those positions. It provides an analysis of those responsibilities and of how they may best be exercised in the changing climate of primary education. It takes account of the many radical policy changes that have influenced the management of primary schools since 1988. Above all it offers practical guidelines on which effective strategies for managing primary schools may be based while recognising that good management is not an end in itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138418561

The Skin-EgoA New Translation by Naomi Segal In this classic work the author presents and develops his theory of the importance of 'the Skin-ego'. Just as the skin is wrapped around the body so the author sees the 'Skin-ego' as a psychical wrapping containing defining and consolidating the subject. From this perspective the structure and functions of the skin can provide psychoanalysts and general readers with a fertile and practical metaphor. The author's concept of the Skin-ego is the answer to questions he regards as crucial to contemporary psychoanalysis: questions of topography which were left incomplete by Freud; the analysis of fantasies of the container as of the contained; issues of touch between mothers and babies; extending the concept of prohibitions within an Oedipal framework to those derived from a prohibition on touching; and questions pertaining to the representation of the body and to its psychoanalytic setting. This new translation of Le Moi-peau is based on the second and last (1995) edition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201007

The Skull Beneath The SkinAfrica After The Cold War In The Skull Beneath the Skin: Africa After the Cold War award-winning journalist Mark Huband argues that foreign involvement in Africa - whether by colonialists financial donors armies political reformers or Cold War protagonists - has been the single most destructive element in the continent's history. He argues that the catastrophes that hav Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367318987

The Sky is Not the LimitBreakthrough Leadership What exactly is "breakthrough leadership"? Quite simply it's an approach to performance aimed at transcending limitations and maximizing team potential. As the author points out the process of innovation and high performance is not random or haphazard. The limitations and barriers that commonly get in the way of success can be overcome-if we use the right leadership techniques.And that's just what Dr. Bart Barthelemy one of the nation's leaders in the fields of aeronautics and astronautics discusses in The Sky Is Not the Limit-leadership techniques that work and work consistently. Barthelemy has used his years of management experience to come up with a practical results-driven guide to leadership based on the ideas of competitive collaboration and structured flexibility.Whether you're a manager supervisor team leader or consultant The Sky Is Not the Limit can help you achieve significant breakthroughs in performance and productivity. You can use its proven tips and techniques to lead your teams to new heights of excellence. Remember the sky is not the limit-not for airplanes not for this planet not for our organizations and not for any of us! Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138409781

The Skycourt and SkygardenGreening the urban habitat Population increases advances in technology and the continued trend towards inner-city migration have transformed the traditional city of spaces into the modern city of objects. This has necessitated alternative spatial and technological solutions to replenish those environments that were once so intrinsic to society’s day-to-day interactions and communal activities. This book considers skycourts and skygardens as ‘alternative social spaces’ that form part of a broader multi-level urban infrastructure – seeking to make good the loss of open space within the built environment. Jason Pomeroy begins the discussion with the decline of the public realm and how the semi-public realm has been incorporated into a spatial hierarchy that supports the primary figurative spaces on the ground or in their absence creates them in the sky. He then considers skycourts and skygardens in terms of the social cultural economic environmental technological and spatial benefits that they provide to the urban habitat. Pomeroy concludes by advocating a new hybrid that can harness the social characteristics of the public domain but be placed within buildings as an alternative communal space for the 21st century. Using graphics and full colour images throughout the author explores 40 current and forthcoming skycourt and skygarden projects from around the world including the Shard (London) Marina Bay Sands (Singapore) the Shanghai Tower (China) and the Lotte Tower (South Korea). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415636995

The Sky's the LimitA Workbook for Teaching Mental Wellbeing to Young People with SEN This significant new resource is designed to support young people with special education needs (SEN) to understand what is meant by mental wellbeing and to help them to learn skills and strategies which will support them in maintaining their mental health. The resource is designed to be a clear accessible and easy-to-use resource that can easily be used by professionals (teachers teaching assistants pastoral staff and social workers) and parents with no prior experience of teaching mental wellbeing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301702

The Slave in the SwampDisrupting the Plantation Narrative In 19th century plantation literature the runaway slave in the swamp was a recurring "bogey-man" whose presence challenged myths of the plantation system. By escaping to the swamps with its wild and threatening connotations the runaway gained an invisibility that was more threatening to the institution than open rebellion. In part the proslavery plantation novel served to transform that image of the free slave in the swamp from its untouchable abstract state to a form that could be possessed understood and controlled. Essentially writers defending the institution would conjure forth the rebellious image in order to dispel it safely. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868656

The Slave Metaphor and Gendered Enslavement in Early Christian DiscourseDouble Trouble Embodied The Slave Metaphor and Gendered Enslavement in Early Christian Discourse adds new knowledge to the ongoing discussion of slavery in early Christian discourse. Kartzow argues that the complex tension between metaphor and social reality in early Christian discourse is undertheorized. A metaphor can be so much more than an innocent thought figure; it involves bodies relationships life stories and memory in complex ways. The slavery metaphor is troubling since it makes theology of a social institution that is profoundly troubling. This study rethinks the potential meaning of the slavery metaphor in early Christian discourse by use of a variety of texts read with a whole set of theoretical tools taken from metaphor theory and intersectional gender studies in particular. It also takes seriously the contemporary context of modern slavery where slavery has re-appeared as a term to name trafficking gendered violence and inhuman power systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591533

The Slave Ship Memory and the Origin of Modernity Traces; slave names the islands and cities into which we are born our musics and rhythms our genetic compositions our stories of our lost utopias and the atrocities inflicted upon our ancestors by our ancestors the social structure of our cities the nature of our diasporas the scars inflicted by history. These are all the remnants of the middle passage of the slave ship for those in the multiple diasporas of the globe today whose complex histories were shaped by that journey. Whatever remnants that once existed in the subjectivities and collectivities upon which slavery was inflicted has long passed. But there are hints in material culture genetic and cultural transmissions and objects that shape certain kinds of narratives - this is how we know ourselves and how we tell our stories. This path-breaking book uncovers the significance of the memory of the slave ship for modernity as well as its role in the cultural production of modernity. By so doing it examines methods of ethnography for historical events and experiences and offers a sociology and a history from below of the slave experience. The arguments in this book show the way for using memory studies to undermine contemporary slavery. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138602816

The Slave Trade Abolition and the Long History of International Criminal LawThe Recaptive and the Victim Modern international criminal law typically traces its origins to the twentieth-century Nuremberg and Tokyo trials excluding the slave trade and abolition. Yet as this book shows the slave trade and abolition resound in international criminal law in multiple ways. Its central focus lies in a close examination of the often-controversial litigation in the first part of the nineteenth century arising from British efforts to capture slave ships much of it before Mixed Commissions.  With archival-based research into this litigation it explores the legal construction of so-called ‘recaptives’ (slaves found on board captured slave ships). The book argues that notwithstanding its promise of freedom the law actually constructed recaptives restrictively. In particular it focused on questions of intervention rather than recaptives’ rights. At the same time it shows how a critical reading of the archive reveals that recaptives contributed to litigation in important but hitherto largely unrecognized ways. The book is however not simply a contribution to the history of international law. Efforts to deliver justice through international criminal law continue to face considerable challenges and raise testing questions about the construction – and alternative construction – of victims.  By inscribing the recaptive in international criminal legal history the book offers an original contribution to these contentious issues and a reflection on critical international criminal legal history writing and its accompanying methodological and political choices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138348899

The Slave Trade & Migration First Published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315057613

The Slaves' EconomyIndependent Production by Slaves in the Americas Slaves achieved a degree of economic independence producing food tending cash crops raising livestock manufacturing furnished goods marketing their own products consuming and saving the proceeds and bequeathing property to their descendants. The editors of this volume contend that the legacy of slavery cannot be understood without a full appreciation of the slaves' economy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315035673

The Slaves of LibertyFreedom in Amite County Mississippi 1820-1868 First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138982109

The Sleep Instinct Most of us believe that we sleep in order to rest our tired bodies and minds. Originally published in 1977 this centuries-old common-sense view is challenged by Ray Meddis who describes and argues for a controversial new theory of the nature and function of sleep. The theory seeks to replace the old view with the idea that sleep may no longer serve any important function in modern man. Whereas the sleep instinct helps animals to survive by driving them to hide away for as long as possible each day this is no longer a valuable asset in civilised surroundings. Nevertheless as the author explains we still feel driven by a primeval urge beyond conscious control to crawl away every evening to the security of our beds to wait out the dangerous hours of darkness which were such a threat to our ancestors. Contrary to contemporary wisdom he also argues that dreaming is a primitive and particularly valueless kind of sleep – a crude a dangerous heritage from our reptilian ancestors which is kept to a bare minimum in most adult warm-blooded creatures. Ray Meddis writes in a non-technical style and succeeds admirably in making the science of sleep and intensive research studies on sleep accessible and even exciting for the general reader as well as for the scientist. He shows that not everyone is bound by a felt need for sleep; in fact some human beings discussed at length in the book thrive on less than two hours sleep a night without any ill effects. The implications of the research described are little short of sensational; in particular Dr Meddis believes that it is well within the bounds of possibility that future research will show us how changes can be brought about in normal people to free them from the bondage of their sleep instincts. This new perspective also leads directly into a radical reappraisal of the nature of insomnia and new possibilities for treatment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138232259

The Sleuth and the GoddessHestia Artemis Athena and Aphrodite in Women’s Detective Fiction Rowland presents a detailed exploration of how the archetypes of ancient goddesses Hestia Artemis Athena and Aphrodite breathe into and shape female-authored detective fiction. Representing aspects of characterisation not bound by gender the book examines how these archetypes emerge in themes like the home and hearth hunting survival and desire. Rowland assesses numerous examples from a range of works providing a clear illustration of each archetype and illuminating aspects of femininity psyche and being. This uniquely interdisciplinary work of literary analysis sheds light on the popularity and underlying mystique of the genre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367461072

The Slipcover for The John Zink Hamworthy Combustion HandbookThree-Volume Set Despite the length of time it has been around its importance and vast amounts of research combustion is still far from being completely understood. Issues regarding the environment cost and fuel consumption add further complexity particularly in the process and power generation industries. Dedicated to advancing the art and science of industrial combustion The John Zink Hamworthy Combustion Handbook Second Edition covers the fundamental concepts and theory design and operations and important industry applications. Now in three volumes this second edition of the bestselling handbook has been completely updated and expanded to provide an up-to-date look at industrial combustion. Under the leadership of Charles E. Baukal Jr. top engineers and technologists from John Zink Hamworthy Combustion offer insights on a wide range of topics. Volume 1 introduces the interdisciplinary fundamentals including chemistry fluid flow and heat transfer. A field manual for operators engineers and managers Volume 2 looks at equipment design and operations from testing to installation and maintenance to troubleshooting. Building on the first two volumes Volume 3 examines industry applications such as process burners boiler burners process flares thermal oxidizers and vapor control. What’s New in This Edition - Highlights Extensive updates and revisions throughout reflecting new standards energy sources processes and conservation concerns Updated information on HPI/CPI industries including alternative fuels advanced refining techniques emissions standards and new technologies New practices in coal combustion such as gasification The latest developments in cold-flow modeling CFD-based modeling and mathematical modeling Greater coverage of pollution emissions and NOx reduction techniques New material on combustion diagnostics testing and training Expanded coverage of flares thermal oxidizers and commercial and utility boiler burners More property data useful for the design and operation of combustion equipment Coverage of metallurgy refractories blowers and vapor control equipment This second edition continues to provide the comprehensive coverage up-to-date information and visual presentation that made the first edition an industry standard. Featuring color illustrations and photographs throughout this definitive guide helps you broaden your understanding of industrial combustion to better meet the challenges of this dynamic field. For more information about the individual volumes in the The John Zink Hamworthy Combustion Handbook Second Edition see: Volume 1: Fundamentals Volume 2: Design and Operations Volume 3: Applications Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439839614

The SlumpBritain in the Great Depression 'One of the most relentlessly brilliant studies of twentieth-century Britain ... these young historians have found a marvellous theme and stuck to it. Theirs is the glory!'  Professor Arthur Marwick HistoryThe 1930s - remembered as the decade of dole queues and hunger marches mass unemployment the means test and the rise of fascism - also saw the development of new industries the growth of comfortable suburbia and rising standards of living for many. In Britain in the Depression the authors look behind the legends for an objective - and timely - reassessment as Britain again struggles with the economic and spiritual ills of recession and unemployment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837539

The Small CommunityFoundation of Democratic Life In this age of large cities mass culture and ever more massive events people must struggle against an overwhelming crowd of their own creations to maintain human integrity. In this manual for human survival Arthur E. Morgan offers a solution: peaceful existence in the small primary community where more easily than anywhere else people can find a way to live well. Ultimately striving to show that the small community is "the lifeblood of civilization " this volume examines the political organization membership economics health and ethics characteristics of small communities.Like Rousseau before him Morgan observes that we have less control over our affairs than in the past. In increasing our control of the natural environment human beings have built a social environment so out of scale that it becomes nearly impossible for people to maintain balance. The struggle now is less with the natural order than with the social order and preserving human integrity against the plethora of our own creations is the core problem.The need to rediscover elementary forms of human existence has been accelerated by the efficiencies of centralized control and mass persuasion. In the face of this small communities or intimate groups become the primary pattern in which human beings must live if the good life is to be a realistic goal. The timely nature of this volume has grown as the electronic displaces the mechanical as a moral rival to human community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412847469

The Small FirmAn International Survey Originally published in 1983 this book reviews trends in the small-firm sector. The areas chosen cover the full spectrum of economic development. Part 1 deals with case studies from the USA Japan the UK Australia Germany and Sweden. In Part 2 Singapore Philippines Malaysia Indonesia Thailand and Africa are surveyed. In all cases the authors review the variety of definitions used for the small-firm sector and present such data as are available on the changing importance of the sector. This is followed by a review of the roles of small firms in each of the economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138683525

The Small German Courts in the Eighteenth Century First published in English in 1958 this book charts the history of the small states which emerged in Germany from the chaos of the Thirty Years War. A period which has been neglected by English historians this book covers both the German principalities generally and specifically a study of The Duchy of Württemberg and the County of Montbéliard. It builds up a world of eccentricity documenting little-known facts about palaces and princes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367235772

The Small Gulf StatesForeign and Security Policies before and after the Arab Spring Small states are often believed to have been resigned to the margins of international politics. However the recent increase in the number of small states has increased their influence and forced the international community to incorporate some of them into the global governance system. This is particularly evident in the Middle East where small Gulf states have played an important role in the changing dynamics of the region in the last decade. The Small Gulf States analyses the evolution of these states’ foreign and security policies since the Arab Spring. With particular focus on Oman Qatar and the United Arab Emirates it explores how these states have been successful in not only guaranteeing their survival but also in increasing their influence in the region. It then discusses the security dilemmas small states face and suggests a multitude of foreign and security policy options ranging from autonomy to influence in order to deal with this. The book also looks at the influence of regional and international actors on the policies of these countries. It concludes with a discussion of the peculiarities and contributions of the Gulf states for the study of small states’ foreign and security policies in general. Providing a comprehensive and up-to-date analysis of the unique foreign and security policies of the states of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) before and after the Arab Spring this book will be a valuable resource for students and scholars of Middle East studies foreign policy and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138665989

The 'Small Landscape' Prints in Early Modern Netherlands In 1559 and 1561 the Antwerp print publisher Hieronymus Cock issued an unprecedented series of landscape prints known today simply as the Small Landscapes. The forty-four prints included in the series offer views of the local countryside surrounding Antwerp in simple unembellished compositions. At a time when vast panoramic and allegorical landscapes dominated the art market the Small Landscapes represent a striking innovation. This book offers the first comprehensive analysis of the significance of the Small Landscapes in early modern print culture. It charts a diachronic history of the series over the century it was in active circulation from 1559 to the middle of the seventeenth century. Adopting the lifespan of the prints as the framework of the study Alexandra Onuf analyzes the successive states of the plates and the changes to the series as a whole in order to reveal the shifting artistic and contextual valences of the images at their different moments and places of publication. This unique case study allows for a new perspective on the trajectory of print publishing over the course of the late sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries across multiple publishing houses highlighting the seminal importance of print publishers in the creation and dissemination of visual imagery and cultural ideas. Looking at other visual materials and contemporary sources â€“ including texts as diverse as humanist poetry and plays agricultural manuals polemical broadsheets and peasant songs â€“ Onuf situates the Small Landscapes within the larger cultural discourse on rural land and the meaning of the local in the turbulent early modern Netherlands. The study focuses new attention on the active and reciprocal intersections between printed pictures and broader cultural economic and political phenomena. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472488947

The Small Private Forest in the United States (Routledge Revivals) Throughout the past few decades the standard answer to the problem of low productivity in small private forests has been education. It has been assumed that the chief obstacle to "good" forestry has been lack of knowledge. But the stubborn persistence of the problem raises some doubts as to the efficacy of the remedy. In this book first published in 1961 the author takes a sharper look at this problem. He tries to find out what has worked reasonably well and what has not and makes some suggestions as to what seems to offer the best prospects for the future. The Small Private Forest in the United States will be of interest to students of environmental studies as well as to private landowners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138857124

The Small Wars of the United States 1899–2009An Annotated Bibliography The Small Wars of the United States 1899–2009 is the complete bibliography of works on US military intervention and irregular warfare around the world as well as efforts to quell insurgencies on behalf of American allies. The text covers conflicts from 1898 to present with detailed annotations of selected sources. In this second edition  Benjamin R. Beede revises his seminal work bringing it completely up to date including entries on the current conflicts in Iraq and Afghanistan. An invaluable research tool The Small Wars of the United States 1899–2009 is a critical resource for students and scholars studying US military history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867819

The Smart but Scattered Guide to SuccessHow to Use Your Brain's Executive Skills to Keep Up Stay Calm and Get Organized at Work and at Home Are you smart scattered and struggling? You're not alone. Cutting-edge research shows that today's 24/7 wired world and the growing demands of work and family life may simply max out the part of the brain that manages complex tasks. That's especially true for those lacking strong executive skills--the core brain-based abilities needed to maintain focus meet deadlines and stay cool under pressure. In this essential guide leading experts Peg Dawson and Richard Guare help you map your own executive skills profile and take effective steps to boost your organizational skills time management emotional control and nine other essential capacities. The book is packed with science-based strategies and concrete examples plus downloadable practical tools for creating your own personalized action plan. Whether on the job or at home you can get more done with less stress.See also the authors' Smart but Scattered parenting guides plus an academic planner for students and related titles for professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462516964

The Smart GridEnabling Energy Efficiency and Demand Response The power system has often been cited as the greatest and most complex machine ever built yet it is predominantly a mechanical system. Technologies and intelligent systems are now available that can significantly enhance the overall functionality of power distribution and make it ready to meet the needs of the 21st century. This book explains how sensors communications technologies computational ability control and feedback mechanisms can be effectively combined to create this new continually adjusting "smart grid" system. It provides an understanding of both IntelliGridSM architecture and EnergyPortSM as well as how to integrate intelligent systems to achieve the goals of reliability cost containment energy efficiency in power production and delivery and end-use energy efficiency. Media > Books > E-books Fairmont Press 9781003151524

The Smithsonian InstitutionSecond Edition The Smithsonian Institution has grown and prospered since the first edition of this book appeared in 1970 and Paul Oehser's revised edition is badly needed. New and expanded structures (the Air and Space Museum the Hirshhorn the National Museum of American Art the National Portrait Gallery) and new undertakings (Smithsonian magazine the Handbook of North American Indians series the Woodrow Wilson Center and prestigious symposia) richly serve the original purpose James Smithson envisioned in his will: " To found at Washington under the name of the Smithsonian Institution an establishment for the increase and diffusion of knowledge among men." The heart of Oehser's original work has been left intact in this second edition. His is the only survey that combines the dramatic story of the Smithsonian's influence and expansion with the behind-the-scenes details of daily operations structure and administrative problems. The book has been updated to include all important developments of the last thirteen years as well as to describe current plans for future expansion and program additions. The whole picture leads one to the conclusion that the world's largest museum complex housing over seventy million objects has succeeded—despite its air of old-fashioned traditionalism—in reflecting the adventure of the American experience and the insatiable curiosity and dynamics of the American spirit. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295783

The SMP Concept-Based 3D Constitutive Models for Geomaterials The Cam-Clay model is a fundamental constitutive model in soil mechanics but is only suitable for normally consolidated clay under triaxial compression stress states. The SMP failure criterion is the most reasonable three-dimensional extension of the Mohr-Coulomb failure criterion from the point of view of its physical meaning mathematical expres Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429177835

The Snake in the ClinicPsychotherapy's Role in Medicine and Healing This book is for psychotherapists and would make a wise companion for anyone starting out in the profession. It entreats readers to be mindful of symptoms how not to confuse symptoms with illness and how both can be read as paths to the deeper reaches of the psyche where the cause of illness lies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203742

The Société des Trois in the Nineteenth CenturyThe Translocal Artistic Union of Whistler Fantin-Latour and Legros This book reframes the formative years of three significant artists: Henri Fantin-Latour Alphonse Legros and James McNeill Whistler. The trio’s coming together as the Société des trois occurred during the emergence of the artistic avant-garde—a movement toward individualism and self-expression. Though their oeuvres appear dissimilar it is imperative that the three artists’ early work and letters be viewed in light of the Société as it informed many of their decisions in both London and Paris. Each artist actively cultivated a translocal presence creating artistic networks that transcended national borders. Thus this book will serve as a comprehensive resource on the development production implications and eventual end of the Société. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138503151

The Social (Re)Production of ArchitecturePolitics Values and Actions in Contemporary Practice The Social (Re)Production of Architecture brings the debates of the ‘right to the city’ into today’s context of ecological economic and social crises. Building on the 1970s’ discussions about the ‘production of space’ which French sociologist Henri Lefebvre considered a civic right the authors question who has the right to make space and explore the kinds of relations that are produced in the process. In the emerging post-capitalist era this book addresses urgent social and ecological imperatives for change and opens up questions around architecture’s engagement with new forms of organization and practice. The book asks what (new) kinds of ‘social’ can architecture (re)produce and what kinds of politics values and actions are needed. The book features 24 interdisciplinary essays written by leading theorists and practitioners including social thinkers economic theorists architects educators urban curators feminists artists and activists from different generations and global contexts. The essays discuss the diverse global locations with work taking different and specific forms in these different contexts. A cutting-edge critical text which rethinks both practice and theory in the light of recent crises making it key reading for students academics and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138859494

The Social after Gabriel TardeDebates and Assessments The social sciences and humanities are now being swept by a Tardean revival a rediscovery and reappraisal of the work of this truly unique thinker for whom ‘everything is a society and every science a sociology’. Tarde is being brought forward as the misrecognised forerunner of a post-Durkheimian era. Reclaimed from a century of near-oblivion his sociology has been linked to Foucaultian microphysics of power to Deleuze's philosophy of difference and most recently to the spectrum of approaches related to Actor Network Theory. In this connection Bruno Latour hailed Tarde’s sociology as "an alternative beginning for an alternative social science". This volume asks what such an alternative social science might look like. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415534260

The Social after Gabriel TardeDebates and Assessments Gabriel Tarde was a highly influential figure in 19th century French sociology: a prolific and evocative writer whose understanding of the social differed radically from that of his younger opponent Emile Durkheim. Whereas Durkheimian sociology went on to become the core of the social scientific canon throughout much of the 20th century Tarde’s sociology fell out of the picture and he was remembered mostly through a few footnotes in which Durkheim dismissed him as an individualist a psychologist and a metaphysician. The social sciences and humanities are now being swept by a Tardean revival a rediscovery and reappraisal of the work of this truly unique thinker for whom ‘every thing is a society and every science a sociology’. Tarde is being brought forward as the misrecognised forerunner of a post-Durkheimian era. Reclaimed from a century of near-oblivion his sociology has been linked to Foucaultian microphysics of power to Deleuze's philosophy of difference and most recently to the spectrum of approaches related to Actor Network Theory. In this connection Bruno Latour hailed Tarde’s sociology as "an alternative beginning for an alternative social science". This volume asks what such an alternative social science might look like.This second edition has been expanded to include alongside the original chapters two key essays by Gabriel Tarde himself - Monadology and Sociology and The Two Elements of Sociology as well as a significantly revised and extended introduction by the editor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875572

The Social Analysis of Class Structure Originally published in 1974 The Social Analysis of Class Structure is an edited collection addressing class formation and class relations in industrial society. The range and variety of the contributions provide a useful guide to the central concerns of British sociology in the 1970s. Encompassing general theorizing and empirical investigation the book examines the treatment of crucial issues of the day such as the relationships between race and class formation and sexual subordination as well addressing historical questions such as the Victorian labour aristocracy and the incorporation of the working class. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138478718

The Social Analysis of Class Structure Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1974 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315014265

The Social and Behavioural Aspects of Climate ChangeLinking Vulnerability Adaptation and Mitigation Over the past few years and certainly since the publication of the "Stern Report" there has been increasing recognition that climate change is not only an environmental crisis but one with important social and economic dimensions. There is now a growing need for multi-disciplinary research and for the science of climate change to be usefully translated for policy-makers.Until very recently scientific and policy emphasis on climate change has focused almost exclusively on mitigation efforts: mechanisms and regulations to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The success of such efforts to date is debatable. In fact the impact of ever more stringent emission control programmes could potentially have enormous social consequences. Little effort has been expended on the exploration of a systematic evaluation of climate stabilization benefits or the costs of adapting to a changed climate let alone attempting to integrate different approaches. There is an increasing recognition that the key actors in the climate crisis also need to be preparing for change that is unavoidable. This has resulted in a greater consideration of vulnerability and adaptation.The book based on the research programme "Vulnerability Adaptation and Mitigation" (VAM) which ran from 2004 to 2010 funded by the Netherlands Organisation for Scientific Research (NWO) presents a cluster of case studies of industries communities and institutions which each show how vulnerability adaptation and mitigation analyses can be integrated using social behavioural sciences. Each chapter makes specific recommendations for the studied industry sector community or institution analyses the latest research developments of the field and identifies priorities for future research. The book argues that the inherent complexity of climate change will ultimately require a much more integrated response both scientifically – to better understand multiple causes and impacts – as well as at the scientific/policy interface where new forms of engagement between scientists policy-makers and wider stakeholder groups can make a valuable contribution to more informed climate policy and practice.The book is particularly timely as the scientific research and policy debate is shifting from one of problem-framing to new agendas that are much more concerned with implementation the improvement of assessment methodologies from a multi-disciplinary perspective and the reframing of current scientific understanding towards mitigation adaptation and vulnerability. A critical element in responding to the climate change challenge will be to ensure the translation of these new scientific insights into innovative policy and practice "on the ground". This book provides some fundamental elements to answer this need.The Social and Behavioural Aspects of Climate Change: Linking Vulnerability Adaptation and Mitigation will be essential reading for social science researchers and policy managers in the area of climate change as well as for those who want to know what the social and behavioural sciences can contribute toward coping with climate hazards. NGOs law firms and businesses in the energy sector or other climate related fields will also find the book of great value. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351278768

The Social and Emotional Development of the Pre-School Child Originally published in 1931 the study reported in this book was undertaken as part of the research programme of the Canadian National Committee for Mental Hygiene. It represents a systematic inquiry into the social and emotional behaviour of pre-school children as observed from day to day in a nursery school. The study extended over a period of three years and it concerned children between the ages of two and five years who were in attendance at the McGill University Nursery School and child laboratory. It can now be read and enjoyed in its historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138897496

The Social and Interpersonal Origins of Depression Today Originally published as a special issue of Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy this collection was timed to coincide with the publication of the new NICE guideline for the treatment of depression which will shape the context of NHS talking therapy services for the next decade. In 2005 Professor Lord Layard demonstrated for the first time that mental health should matter to the UK Treasury. Layard showed that the cost of untreated depression was huge due to welfare spending on invalidity benefits and that this was a social problem rising across the OECD but more so in the UK. NICE had already published a clinical guideline recommending several talking therapies that were cost-effective. Why could no one still get them? In 2007 under New Labour the world's first universal free-at-the-point-of-need service was launched to remedy this: IAPT Improving Access to Psychological Therapies. Thus began a race against depression predicted by the World Health Organisation to become the leading cause of disability worldwide by 2020. But on the eve of NICE’s new guideline for depression due in 2021 it is now clear that across large parts of the UK we are set to lose this race. Badly. Why? What went wrong? Clarke Cundy and Yakeley have brought together a group of researchers and experts in this collection who address some of the fundamental flaws in the policy design for IAPT. By drawing attention to neglected social and interpersonal origins of depression pointing us towards more effective approaches and seeking to pinpoint some of the gaps in thinking during IAPT's first decade this book offers alternative answers to what still remains Britain’s biggest social problem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367458980

The Social and Political Potential of Cash Transfers Cash Transfers for all their notable successes have been criticised for their limited ability to move poor households to provide sustainable routes out of poverty. This book draws on original qualitative research by leading scholars and development policy experts from a range of disciplines to examine whether cash transfers can have transformative spillover effects on individuals households and communities. Case studies from Africa the Middle East and Latin America show that while there are limits to the sustainability of the transformations brought about by Cash Transfers they can bring about changes affecting the social and political integration of very poor households. With chapters on Psycho-Social Wellbeing Social Accountability and Social Capital this comprehensive volume casts new light on the ongoing debates over the significance of the Cash Transfer ‘revolution’. This book was originally published as a special issue of The Journal of Development Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367142537

The Social and Psychological Contexts of Language Published in the year 1982 The Social and Psychological Contexts of Language is a valuable contribution to the field of Social Psychology. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203780848

The Social Anthropology of Radcliffe-Brown This is the first collection of Radcliffe-Brown's work chosen to represent his books as well as his essays. It includes some classic pieces and also one or two lesser-known items. Radcliffe-Brown was a pioneer who established structural sociological anthropology in the face of the entrenched traditions of ethnology and social evolutionism. First published in 1977. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315017679

The Social Anthropology of the Nation-State The contemporary nation-state is popular in that it rests upon mutual identification between rulers and ruled. Such identification is based upon common primordial qualities that are felt to be ancient inherent given however new they may in fact be: language territory culture race. But the nation-state has also produced far more rigorous authoritarianisms and frequently less tolerance than old empires.Anthropology the "study of man " for all the immodesty of its name has concerned itself almost exclusively with people in small groups: bands tribal segments village communities and recently urban neighborhoods schools and work places. Social anthropology has been the science of the socio-cultural microcosm and has developed a method and style of inquiry appropriate to this task. This volume uniquely applies the techniques of social anthropology to the study of the nation-state.This discussion of states and their microcosms does not simply celebrate social anthropological research and the understanding it yields but also illustrates its contribution in combination with other modes of investigation to the understanding of contemporary international issues. In particular Fallers says it is necessary to place the microcosms historically for those who inhabit them act within history as experienced both directly by themselves and at further remove by their predecessors and contemporaries. This classic volume offers a different perspective for understanding international issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412818667

The 'Social' as Metaphor and the Case of CooperativesA Critique of Economic Individualism Drawing on Polanyi Austin and Lacan Marie Pellegrin-Rescia and Yair Levi offer a powerful critique of the language and categories of thought that dominate the contemporary intellectual and political landscape. The general tendency to dichotomize concepts such as left and right social and economic globalization and anti-globalization is they argue a consequence of our subservience to the primacy of the rational economic agent. The authors offer a selection of case-studies of co-operatives which are shown to be paradoxical entities in a worldview in which the social exists only as a metaphor for a space concerned with the damage caused by the economic. Through an analysis of experiences in achieving civil accord in South Africa and in establishing a new town in the mountains of Sicily they offer a new political orientation in a world of uncertainty. In doing so they attempt an answer to one of the most intriguing questions of our time: should we accept as a fait-accompli the way our society is conceived and shaped or can we have a say in the matter and assume the ethical responsibility involved? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138622838

The Social Background of a PlanA Study of Middlesbrough First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868556

The Social Basis of Community Care (Routledge Revivals) Care for the elderly disabled and mentally-ill within and by the community forms a vital part of current social policy. Martin Bulmer argues that this policy is inadequately thought out and rests on a series of poorly founded sociological assumptions. As a result there is a vacuum at the heart of government’s social care policy which is likely to lead to ineffective or deteriorating provision for those in need. This book first published in 1987 will be essential reading for all those concerned with the organization and delivery of social care whether as students practitioners or teachers. It will be particularly useful for courses dealing with social policy the personal social services and the social context of social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138903364

The Social Basis Of ConsciousnessA STUDY IN ORGANIC PSYCHOLOGY Based upon a Synthetic and Societal First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882607

The Social Basis of European Fascist Movements Between 1919 and 1945 most countries in Europe spawned some form of fascism. Some have become considerably more notorious than others: this book first published in 1987 sets out to analyse the social forces that went into the making of the fascist parties of the major European countries and to show the similarities and differences in their constitution as well as to suggest reasons for their different degrees of penetration and success. Few books have surveyed the whole field; the team of contributors engaged in the present enterprise offer a systematic and thorough survey of the social characteristics of European fascist movements a subject of central importance to social and political history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138940291

The Social Challenges and Opportunities of Low Carbon Development This book explores the social implications and challenges of low-carbon development. The argument of the book is that a broad understanding of low-carbon development is essential for mitigating climate change and enabling development in a carbon-constrained world but there are risks that low-carbon development might come at a price that is both social and economic. These risks need to be carefully assessed and reduced. The main aim of the book is to explore critically analyse and propose different ways of understanding low-carbon development from a social perspective in both developed and developing countries. The author uses concepts such as low-carbon development social policy sustainable development and environmental justice to understand the social implications of low-carbon development projects. The book first elaborates the need to understand the social issues and challenges of low-carbon development in both developed and developing countries. It then discusses five contemporary challenges of low-carbon development: the social consequences of Chinese hydropower dams in the Mekong region; the cost of the transition to renewable energies such as wind energy in Germany; the challenges of carbon offsetting in Brazil; the nexus of fuel-inefficient housing and fuel poverty in England; solar power for refugees in Africa. The book fills a crucial gap for researchers postgraduates practitioners and policy-makers in the fields of climate change development and social policy. Johan Nordensvärd is a Lecturer in Social Policy at the University of Southampton UK. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367247966

The Social ChildLaying the foundations of relationships and language What helps babies and young children develop proficient social skills? How do children's early relationships and social interactions influence their future emotional resilience and wellbeing? The Social Child thoughtfully discusses the key principles of children’s social development alongside descriptions of everyday practice. It aims to provide the reader with a rich understanding of the social skills and relationships that children develop as well as their discovery of communication and language. The book explores the importance of developing genuine trusted and reciprocal relationships with babies and young children and shows how a child’s intrinsic drive to be social can be nourished and supported. Throughout the book the author emphasises the importance of play in developing children‘s relationships and language skills and aims to help practitioners to: understand the factors that can help and hinder fundamental social processes for babies and young children; create secure and unconditional psychological and physical environments for children to practice their emerging language and communication skills; reflect on their own teaching methods to heighten their receptiveness to children’s social attempts to communicate through effective observation and planning; engage with parents and carers to help support children’s learning at home whilst maintaining the values of the family; celebrate the uniqueness of each child and provide learning experiences that are appropriate for individuals with particular learning needs be they physical emotional or cognitive to ensure that every child has an equal opportunity to succeed. Emphasising the importance of understanding the theory that underpins children’s social development this accessible text shows practitioners how they can use this knowledge to provide learning opportunities that nourish children’s emerging communication and social skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415523431

The Social Cognition and Object Relations Scale-Global Rating Method (SCORS-G)A comprehensive guide for clinicians and researchers The Social Cognition and Object Relations Scale-Global Rating Method (SCORS-G) is a clinician rated measure that can be used to code various forms of narrative material. It is comprised of eight dimensions which are scored using a seven-point Likert scale where lower scores are indicative of more pathological aspects of object representations and higher scores are suggestive of more mature and adaptive functioning. The volume is a comprehensive reference on the 1) validity and reliability of the SCORS-G rating system; 2) in depth review of the empirical literature; 3) administration and intricacies of scoring; and 4) the implications and clinical utility of the system across settings and disciplines for clinicians and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138633407

The Social Cognitive Neuroscience of Leading Organizational ChangeTiER1 Performance Solutions' Guide for Managers and Consultants In a very understandable practical and accessible manner this book applies recent groundbreaking findings from behavioral neuroscience to the most complex and vexing challenges in organizations today. In particular it addresses managing large-scale organizational changes such as mergers and acquisitions providing lessons and tactics that can be usefully applied to in many different settings. In addition to discussing successful practices it also identifies the reasons that most past comprehensive long-term change projects have failed and unmasks the counterproductive effects of the typical evolutionary or emotion-based attempts to change group and individual behavior using neuroscience as its principal tool. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138859869

The Social Consequences And Challenges Of New Agricultural Technologies Although formal social impact assessment of changing technologies in U.S. agriculture is still in its infancy scholars have been documenting the effects of new technology throughout the twentieth century. In this collection Prcfessors Berardi and Geisler bring together historically relevant research and a carefully chosen cross section of contemporary work. Their review of the literature is followed by an evaluation of the effects of mechanization on labor and production written in 1904 which provides a backdrop for papers from the 1940s and 1950s examining the mechanization of agriculture in the South in the Midwest and in rural areas in general. Subsequent chapters offer present-day insights on such topics as the socioeconomic consequences of automated vegetable and tobacco harvesting center-pivot irrigation and organic and no-till cultivation. The authors also look at compensation and adjustment programs for displaced labor the relationship between technology and agribusiness growth and the effectiveness of university programs that prepare students to perform social impact assessments in agriculture. The edited proceedings of a spirited roundtable discussion on new directions for the study of the social impacts of farm technology and the political economy of agriculture provide the thought-provoking conclusion to this overview of the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295790

The Social Consequences of Facial Disfigurement First published in 1998 this volume recognises that the face is important in human relationships and a facially impaired person is therefore disadvantaged. In this study the causes and social consequences of facial disfigurement are considered the means whereby people adapt to revised appearance are explored and an evaluation is made of professional help. Suggestions are given for improving the contribution of social work to rehabilitation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360198

The Social Consequences of Modern Psychology In The Social Consequences of Modern Psychology Eysenck takes the position that social science has real substance and its findings ought to be applicable to social problems of our times. Although there is little that scientists can do about war and its prevention or about social unrest and upheaval or about strikes and other confrontations there are a number of questions to which we can give tentative answers. This book deals with some of these questions and finds some of the answers.Eysenck begins with a look at a paradox of modern psychology. Experimental psychologists use strictly scientific methods to investigate what to many people seem trivial and sterile problems yet some social psychologists psychiatrists and psychoanalysts investigate what are clearly important and socially relevant problems but use methods and theories whose scientific rigor is doubtful at best. This paradox is artificial and unnecessary. Methods of investigation and theories and concepts enable us to combine worthwhile problems and rigorous methods.The book takes a long look at a particular problem which Eysenck investigated in depth during his illustrious lifetime. This tour de force by one of the magisterial figures of modern psychology is written for people as well as about people. It is not a rehash of the voluminous writings of lawyers poets politicians dramatists historians psychiatrists and others who have felt compelled to write about these psychological matters without even a smattering of psychological knowledge. It is instead based on empirical investigations that are too often declared to be nonexistent by publicists and politicos. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538566

The Social Construction of Climate ChangePower Knowledge Norms Discourses Individuals international organizations and states are calling for the world to confront climate change. Efforts such as the Kyoto Protocol have produced intractable disputes and are deemed inadequate. This volume adopts two constructivist perspectives - norm-centred and discourse - to explore the social construction of climate change from a broad theoretical level to particular cases. The contributors contend that climate change must be understood from the context of social settings and that we ignore at our peril how power and knowledge structures are generated. They offer a greater understanding of why current efforts to mitigate climate change have failed and provide academics and policy makers with a new understanding of this important topic. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315552842

The Social Construction of Corruption in Europe The volume demonstrates the suitability of the theory of social constructivism in portraying and analyzing the diversity of the phenomenon of corruption. The approach of social constructivism taken in this volume is able to reconstruct the 'construction of corruption' both from a societal perspective by assessing it as generally accepted or tolerated behaviour in more or less standardized rule-governed social situations and from the perspective of actors who perceive corrupt behaviour as problem solving in everyday life. The volume proves the usefulness of a social construction perspective for empirical research. It contains case studies of social definitions of corruption in eleven European countries that contribute in different ways to establishing a grounded theory of the phenomenon of corruption. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109001

The Social Construction of DiseaseFrom Scrapie to Prion A historical exploration of scientific disputes on the causation of so-called ‘prion diseases’ this fascinating book covers diseases including Scrapie Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease (CJD) and Bovine Spongiform Encephalopathy (BSE). Firstly tracing the twentieth-century history of disease research and biomedicine the text then focuses on the relations between scientific practice and wider social transformations before finally building upon the sociologically informed methodological framework. Incisive and thought-provoking The Social Construction of Disease provides a valuable contribution to that well-established tradition of social history of science which refers primarily to the theoretical works of the sociology of scientific knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138982178

The Social Construction of MeaningReading literature in urban English classrooms This book takes a fresh look at secondary urban English classrooms and at what happens when students and their teachers explore literature collaboratively. By closely examining what happens in English lessons minute by minute it reveals how literary texts function not as a valorised heritage to be transmitted but as a resource for the students’ work of cultural production and contestation. The reading that is undertaken in classrooms has tended to be construed as either a poor substitute or merely a preparation for other reading particularly for that paradigmatic literacy event the absorbed and simultaneously discriminating consumption of the literary text by the independent private reader. This book argues for a different understanding of what constitutes reading an understanding that is informed by historical and ethnographic perspectives and by psychological and semiotic theory. It presents the case for a conception of reading as an active collaborative process of meaning-making and for a fully social model of learning. Drawing extensively on data gathered through classroom observation and filming of English lessons taught over the course of a year by two teachers in a London secondary school the book explores students’ engagement with literary texts and the pedagogy that facilitates this engagement. The book offers new insights into reading and reading literature in particular. It challenges the paradigm of reading that is offered in government policy and the assumption common to much work within the field of ‘new literacies’ that ‘schooled literacy’ is the already-known the default against which the alternative literacy practices of homes and communities can be defined. It will be valuable reading for researchers teachers teacher educators and postgraduate students and will have particular appeal for those with an interest in the fields of English studies and literacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138284807

The Social Construction of RationalityPolicy Debates and the Power of Good Reasons There are many different forms of rationality. In current economic discourse the main focus is on instrumental rationality and optimizing while organization scholars behavioural economists and policy scientists focus more on bounded rationality and satisficing. The interplay with value rationality or expressive rationality is mainly discussed in philosophy and sociology but never in an empirical way. This book shows that not one but three different forms of rationality (subjective social and instrumental) determine the final outcomes of strategic decisions executed by major organizations. Based on an argumentation analysis of six high-profile public debates this book adds nuance to the concept of bounded rationality. The chapters show how it is socially constructed and thus dependent on shared beliefs or knowledge institutional context and personal interests. Three double case studies investigating the three rationalities illustrate how decision makers and stakeholders discuss the appropriateness of these rationalities for making decisions in different practice contexts. The first touches more on personal concerns like wearing a niqab or looking at obscene art exposed in a public environment; the second investigates debates on improving the rights and position of specific minorities; and the third is based on the agreement on instrumental reasons for two kinds of investments but the cost arguments are regarded less relevant when social norms or personal interests are violated. The Social Construction of Rationality is for those who study political economy economic psychology and public policy as well as economic theory and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367031176

The Social Construction of Sexual Harassment LawThe Role of the National Organizational and Individual Context This title was first published in 2001. The global legal landscape is littered with attempts to provide context and meaning for sexual harassment law. Most have failed because they have limited themselves to the mere words of law. This cross-national study is the first to expand our notion of sexual harassment law and implementation by exposing the relationship between law and its social context demonstrating how this fundamentally influences legal understandings and outcomes. Taking a unique theoretical approach this book explores perceptions of law within national corporate and the individual contexts analyzing the potentials of each level to influence the social understanding of law and the wider role of law in society itself. The result is a pioneering work of fresh insight which will appeal to a broad range of academic disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138635128

The Social Construction of Sexual Harassment LawThe Role of the National Organizational and Individual Context This title was first published in 2001. The global legal landscape is littered with attempts to provide context and meaning for sexual harassment law. Most have failed because they have limited themselves to the mere words of law. This cross-national study is the first to expand our notion of sexual harassment law and implementation by exposing the relationship between law and its social context demonstrating how this fundamentally influences legal understandings and outcomes. Taking a unique theoretical approach this book explores perceptions of law within national corporate and the individual contexts analyzing the potentials of each level to influence the social understanding of law and the wider role of law in society itself. The result is a pioneering work of fresh insight which will appeal to a broad range of academic disciplines. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315204703

The Social Context of Birth Midwives and other health care professionals need to have a deep understanding of the various lives childbearing women live in order to support them insightfully and practise in a nuanced manner. The Social Context of Birth has been revised updated and enlarged to provide an essential understanding of the different lives women live and in which they birth their children. For the first time it also contains original primary research on the perspectives of student midwives as they progress through their three year training. This comprehensive guide provides countless valuable insights into the many different lives experiences and expectations of women in their childbearing years in the twenty-first century especially vulnerable women. Written by a team of highly experienced health professionals it also covers contentious areas of maternity care such as new reproductive technologies and fetal surveillance. A true essential for all healthcare professionals who work with women giving birth such as midwives nurses health visitors and obstetricians and wish to deepen their knowledge of women’s lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781785231254

The Social Context Of Soviet Science From its very beginnings Western scholarly writing on Soviet science has been largely contextual in orientation with particular attention given to the institutional and political setting of science in Russian and Soviet history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295806

The Social Context of Technological ExperiencesThree Studies from India This book demonstrates how technology and society shape one another and that there are intrinsic connections between technological experiences and social relationships. It employs an array of theoretical concepts and methodological tools to examine the technology–society nexus among three urban groups in India (traditional caste-based handloom weavers subaltern Dalit communities and informal female labour). It provides evidence of how innovations such as industrial technologies communication technologies and workplace technologies are not only about strides in science and engineering but also about politics and sociology on the ground. The book contributes to the growing research in innovation studies and technology policy that establishes how technological processes and outcomes are contingent on complex sociological variables and contexts. The author offers an inclusive holistic and interdisciplinary approach to understanding the field of innovation and technological change and development by involving various methodologies (network analysis archival work oral histories focus group discussions interviews). The book will serve as reference for researchers and scholars in social sciences especially those interested in development studies science and technology policy and innovation studies information and communication technology (ICT) policy public policy management social work and research methods economics sociology social exclusion and subaltern studies women’s studies and South Asian studies. It will also be useful to nongovernmental organisations activists and policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138324084

The Social Context of the School (RLE Edu L) In their appearance schools often seem to be physically separated from their surroundings cut off from the neighbouring houses and streets by high walls by playgrounds or playing fields. Within the school another world seems to exist with a life of its own – its own routine dress rules and customs – which appears to have little relationship to the day-to-day life of the society outside. Yet despite these signs of separateness we are becoming increasingly aware that a school’s surroundings the local society in which it is set and whose children it educates play an important part in determining what actually goes on in the classrooms and the playgrounds. This book looks at some of the factors in the local context of the schools and describes and analyses some of the often complex ways in which the schools interact with them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753081

The Social Context of Violent BehaviourA Social Anthropological Study in an Israeli Immigrant Town First published in 1976. Violent behaviour occurs in every society. It grows out of the social order and can therefore be understood only in a social context. This book examines an orderly and relatively tranquil society a small Israeli town settled by new immigrants which is run by public agencies who pour in their resources to maintain the inhabitants. Circumstances have made the town an egalitarian society but also limit its members' economic opportunities. This society has produced its special combinations of violent behaviour. The analysis extensively employs the 'case method' which has increasingly been used by social anthropologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869263

The Social Contexts of Intellectual VirtueKnowledge as a Team Achievement This book reconceives virtue epistemology in light of the conviction that we are essentially social creatures. Virtue is normally thought of as something that allows individuals to accomplish things on their own. Although contemporary ethics is increasingly making room for an inherently social dimension in moral agency intellectual virtues continue to be seen in terms of the computing potential of a brain taken by itself. Thinking in these terms however seriously misconstrues the way in which our individual flourishing hinges on our collective flourishing. Green’s account of virtue epistemology is based on the extended credit view which conceives of knowledge as an achievement and broadens that focus to include team achievements in addition to individual ones. He argues that this view does a better job than alternatives of answering the many conceptual and empirical challenges for virtue epistemology that have been based on cases of testimony. The view also allows for a nuanced interaction with situationist psychology dual processing models in cognitive science and the extended mind literature in philosophy of mind. This framework provides a useful conceptual bridge between individual and group epistemology and it has novel applications to the epistemology of disagreement prejudice and authority. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367258351

The Social Crisis of Our Time Roepke's The Social Crisis of Our Time is a series of blasts against the "malformations" of economics: the Nazi and Communist forms of collectivism both come in for severe criticism. Roepke shows the process by which the Western liberal tradition itself makes possible these rebellions against open economic systems. The drive toward social welfare full employment policies and the state management of fiscal fluctuations all lead away from free societies no less than market economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538573

The Social CureIdentity Health and Well-Being A growing body of research shows that social networks and identities have a profound impact on mental and physical health. With such mounting evidence of the importance of social relationships in protecting health the challenge we face is explaining why this should be the case. What is it that social groups offer that appears to be just as beneficial as a daily dose of vitamin C or regular exercise? This edited book brings together the latest research on how group memberships and the social identities associated with them determine people’s health and well-being. The volume provides a variety of perspectives from clinical social organisational and applied fields that offer theoretical and empirical insights into these processes and their consequences. The contributions present a rich and novel analysis of core theoretical issues relating to the ways in which social identities and factors associated with them (such as social support and a sense of community) can bolster individuals’ sense of self and contribute to physical and mental health. In this way it is shown how social identities constitute a ‘social cure’ capable of promoting adjustment coping and well-being for individuals dealing with a range of illnesses injuries trauma and stressors. In addition these theories provide a platform for practical strategies that can maintain and enhance well-being particularly among vulnerable populations. Contributors to the book are at the forefront of these developments and the book’s strength derives from its analysis of factors that shape the health and well-being of a broad range of groups. It presents powerful insights which have important implications for health clinical social and organisational psychology and a range of cognate fields. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138891524

The Social Dimensions of Learning DisabilitiesEssays in Honor of Tanis Bryan Bringing together over 25 years of research into the social aspects of learning disabilities (LD) this book presents a range of topics that reflect on the richness of research interests in the discipline. In honor of Tanis Bryan the pioneer in research on social competence of children with LD the researchers that follow her lead systematically examine critical issues in the social relationships of these children. The book begins by placing the work of Bryan and her research associates' in context in terms of the prevailing theoretical frameworks and social political influences that led to the enormous impact of the work. The chapters that follow discuss: *social cognition in children and adolescents with LD; *self-understanding and self-esteem in children and adults with LD; *the lonely plight peer influence and friendship patterns of children with LD; *parental understanding and how this understanding shapes their scaffolding of learning in their children with language disabilities; *a new intervention approach toward enhancing self-concept and reading comprehension in LD students through bibliotherapy; *important and timely information on interventions for enhancing peer relations and preventing drop-out in adolescents; *models in longitudinal research with implications for research on social dimensions of LD; and *the important role of teachers in enhancing classroom social experiences for students with LD. Summarizing research findings and their implications in the various areas in the field this book will be an excellent text for a special topics course in graduate programs in learning disabilities special education psychology and social work. In addition it will be a highly important resource for university/college teachers researchers graduate and honors students and professionals in learning disabilities social psychology and social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866669

The Social Domain in CSR and SustainabilityA Critical Study of Social Responsibility among Governments Local Communities and Corporations How can greater understanding of social responsibility within a local context empower companies local communities and governments? What is the relationship among business local communities and governments with regard to social responsibility in developing emerging and advanced economies? What is the nature of the relationship between individual responsibility social responsibility and profit? These are some of the most meaningful questions in the CSR and sustainability sphere today - and yet hitherto the ’social domain’ has received remarkably little detailed coverage. In this fascinating book Monica Thiel tackles these questions head-on; discussing the lack of social responsibility engagement with local communities by corporations and governments and the lack of reciprocal social responsibility and sporadic participation from individuals and local communities themselves. The Social Domain in CSR and Sustainability provides a new and unique contribution to the body of knowledge in CSR and sustainability. With practical tools for business government and local community leaders faced with challenging societal constraints and consumer and public demands on a daily basis - readers will be in a better position to manage and develop CSR and sustainability strategies a task increasingly crucial for successful managers and leaders in companies local communities and governments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880712

The Social Dynamics of Carbon Capture and StorageUnderstanding CCS Representations Governance and Innovation Carbon capture and storage (CCS) has emerged rapidly as a crucial technological option for decarbonising electricity supply and mitigating climate change. Great hopes are being pinned on this new technology but it is also facing growing scepticism and criticism. This book is the first to bring together the full range of social and policy issues surrounding CCS shedding new light on this potentially vital technology and its future.  The book covers many crucial topics including the roles and positions that different publics NGOs industry political parties and media are taking up; the way CCS is organised supported and regulated; how CCS is being debated and judged; how innovation demonstration and learning are occurring and being conceptualised and promoted; and the role of CCS in the transition to a low carbon energy future.  The authors draw on a variety of approaches concepts methods and themes and provide a new understanding of innovation in the energy and climate change fields. It tackles the many issues in a way that speaks to those concerned not only to understand these developments but to those who are involved in the scientific and technological work itself as well as those charged with evaluating and making decisions relevant to the future of the technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849713153

The Social Dynamics of Family Violence The Social Dynamics of Family Violence explores family violence throughout the life course from child abuse and neglect to intimate partner violence and elder abuse. Paying special attention to the social character and institutional causes of family violence Hattery and Smith ask students to consider how social inequality especially gender inequality contributes to tensions and explosive tendencies in family settings. Students learn about individual preventative measures and are also invited to question the justice of our current social structure with implications for social policy and reorganization. Hattery and Smith also examine violence against women globally and relate this to violence in the United States. Unique coverage of same-sex and multicultural couples as well as of theory and methods make this text an essential element of any course considering the sociology of family violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326057

The Social Dynamics of Information and Communication Technology What shapes the role of Information and Communication Technologies in our everyday life? Despite the speed with which information and communication technologies such as the PC mobile telephone and internet have found their way into society there remains a good deal of debate surrounding their adoption and use. Through empirical studies covering a broad range of everyday life and work settings this volume provides grounded insights into the social dynamics influencing how ICTs are both shaped and experienced. Specifically the book examines the contributions of diverse disciplines to our understanding of these processes the symbolic nature of technologies the influence of design on the experience of ICTs the role of users in influencing that design the social constraints affecting the use of those technologies and strategies for evaluating the social consequences of ICT innovations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266155

The Social Dynamics of Innovation Networks The social dynamics of innovation networks captures the important role of trust social capital institutions and norms and values in the creation of knowledge in innovation networks. In doing so this book connects to a long-standing debate on the socio-spatial context of innovation in economic geography which is usually referred to as the Territorial Models of Innovation (TIMs) literature. This present volume breaks with the TIM literature in several important ways. In the first place this book emphasizes the role of individual agency because individuals and their networks are increasingly recognized as the principal agents of knowledge creation. Secondly this volume looks at space as a continuous field of opportunity rather than as bounded territory with a set of endowments such as knowledge base and social capital. Although individually these elements are not new to the TIM literature it has thus far failed to grasp their critical implication for studying the social dynamics of innovation networks. The approach to the socio-spatial context of innovation in this volume is summarized as Knowledge Economy 2.0. It emphasizes that human creativity is now the main source of economic value and that human creativity and knowledge creation is not an organized process within organizations but happens bottom up in formal and informal professional and social networks of individuals that cut across multiple organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138361331

The Social Dynamics Of Peace And ConflictCulture In International Security This volume shows the importance for international security studies for better understanding the social dynamics of peace and conflict. It illustrates the crucial role that culture and symbols play in facilitating peace or fostering conflict and intended for anthropologists widely. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295813

The Social Dynamics of Web 2.0Interdisciplinary Perspectives Within only a few years Facebook Wikipedia Twitter You Tube and other social media have become an intimate part of everyday life. Web 2.0 the collective term for all forms of interactive online communication is characterized by the overwhelming ability of users to collaboratively create content. The implications of Web 2.0 have become a central focus for interdisciplinary social science research. This book comprehensively addresses the profound impact of Web 2.0 on contemporary society and its dynamics in a multiplicity of fields. The chapters authored by world-leading experts vividly demonstrate that Web 2.0 is a dynamic basis for collective action and an unlimited source of societal destabilisation and revolutionary change for better or for worse. Various aspects of the radical transformative potential of Web 2.0 are imaginatively and critically discussed in the analytical context of quantitative approaches qualitative works and case studies. This book provides key insights into the wide-reaching implications of recent technological developments casting new light into an area which may potentially contribute to a more peaceful and sustainable future. This book was originally published as a special issue of Contemporary Social Science: Journal of the Academy of Social Sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138922938

The Social Ecology And Economic Development Of Ciudad Juarez As the issue of immigration between Mexico and the United States becomes more critical it is increasingly important that we understand the process of development in Mexico's northern border region. This collection of essays offers an empirical analysis of development in Ciudad Juárez with an emphasis on the social and spatial contexts in which economic relations occur. The analyses are framed by a general discussion of urbanization migration and industrialization considered in light of the history of Mexico's northern frontier. Contributors recount the city's pattern of urban growth in response to the natural environment and the changing national culture and examine current patterns of land use especially as compared to similar development in other Latin American cities. Other issues considered are the impact on household activities of the structure of women's participation in the maquiladora work force; the city's use of its human resources especially in off-shore assembly activities; and the foreign orientation of the Juárez economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295820

The Social Economics of Jean-Baptiste SayMarkets and Virtue This book uses archival and published sources to place Say in context at the confluence of several major currents in social philosophy. The Say that emerges from this study is far from being the one dimensional popularizer of Smith and proponent of libertarian ideology that he is often depicted as. Rather he is an eighteenth-century republican trying to knit togther support for free markets and industrial development with a profound respect for the importance of the legislator the administrator and the educator in the creation and maintenance of civil society Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757720

The Social Economy of Single MotherhoodRaising Children in Rural America Margaret Nelson investigates the lives of single working-class mothers in this compelling and timely book. Through personal interviews she uncovers the different challenges that mothers and their children face in small town America--a place greatly changed over the past fifty years as factory work has dried up and national chains like Walmart have moved in. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315810836

The Social EconomyWorking Alternatives in a Globalizing Era Critically examining economic developments within the last sixty years this book argues that a crisis in global social reproduction is altering existing understandings of work labour and the economy. The author of this original volume Hasmet M. Uluorta contends that the crisis in the global economy is triggering a potential paradigm shift from one defined under the rubric of Employment to an alternative theorized as Work. Discussing the Employment paradigm that formed the dominant mode of development after the Second World War through to the 1970s the author considers the economic and political forces that resulted in its eventual decline. Focusing on already existing practices of organizations and workers in Toronto Canada the book goes on to consider the shift to Work and the consequent rise in the social economy which has broken down conventional categories of work and leisure. The author concludes that the social economy presents fundamental challenges to understandings that underpinned the previous economic order. Building on insights from a range of disciplines The Social Economy will be of interest to students and scholars of international political economy international relations labour studies sociology and globalization studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415502399

The Social Effects of Global Trade The inclusion of qualitative social data into global environmental and economic input-output (IO) models remained illusive for many years. It was not until around 2013 that researchers found ways to include data for example on poverty inequality and worker safety into IO models capable of tracing global supply chains. The sustainable development goals have now propelled this work onto the world stage with some urgency. They have shone a spotlight onto social conditions around the world and brought global trade into the frame for its ability to influence social conditions for good or ill. This book provides a compilation of groundbreaking work on social indicators from the most prominent IO research groups from a wide range of academic backgrounds and from around the world. In addition it frames this work in the real world of politics human rights and business bringing together a multidisciplinary team to demonstrate the power of IO to illuminate some of the world’s most pressing problems. Edited by well-known researchers in the area Joy Murray Arunima Malik and Arne Geschke the book is designed to appeal to a broad academic and business audience. While many chapters include technical details and references for follow-up reading it is possible to omit those sections and yet gain a deep appreciation of the power of IO to address seemingly intractable problems. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774550

The Social Epistemology of Experimental Economics Any experimental field consists of preparing special conditions for examining interesting objects for research. So naturally the particular ways in which scientists prepare their objects determine the kind and the content of knowledge produced. This book provides a framework for the analysis of experimental practices - the Social Epistemology of Experiment - that incorporates both the ‘material’ and the ‘social’ dimensions of knowledge production. The Social Epistemology of Experiment is applied to experimental economics and in so doing it introduces the epistemic role of the participation of human subjects in experiments and the causal efficacy of institutions in constraining and enabling human behaviour. It also develops the role of the social and socially established practices in overcoming the methodological difficulties associated with experimenting with humans subjects in the social sciences as well as the effect of scientists’ interventions in the laboratory worlds. This book provides an historical and contextualized account of the emergence of experimental economics the methodological discussions that have informed and constituted it its main research programmes and stylized facts. The analysis of its three main research programmes – market experiments game theory experiments and individual decision-making experiments – shows how economics experiments are particularly tailored to produce knowledge about market institutions and individual behaviour in contexts where there might be conflicts of individual and social goals and also about the processes of individual decision-making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138805095

The Social Epistemology of Legal Trials This collection is the first book-length examination of the various epistemological issues underlying legal trials. Trials are centrally concerned with determining truth: whether a criminal defendant has in fact culpably committed the act of which they are accused or whether a civil defendant is in fact responsible for the damages alleged by the plaintiff. Truth is not however the only epistemic value which seems relevant to how trials proceed. We may think that a jury shouldn’t convict a defendant even one who is as a matter of fact guilty unless its members know or at least are justified in believing that the defendant committed the crime in question. Similarly we might reasonably assume that the trier of fact must have some level of understanding to reach an adequate verdict in any case but legitimate questions arise as to what level of understanding should be required. The essays collected in this volume consider a range of epistemological issues raised by trials such as how much credence jurors should give to eyewitness testimony the admissibility and role of statistical evidence and the appropriate standards of proof in different contexts. The Social Epistemology of Legal Trials will be of interest to scholars and upper-level students working on issues at the intersection of epistemology and philosophy of law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367245535

The Social Fabric of Cities Bringing together ideas from the fields of sociology economics human geography ethics political and communications theory this book deals with some key subjects in urban design: the multidimensional effects of the spatial form of cities ways of appropriating urban space and the different material factors involved in the emergence of social life. It puts forward an innovative conceptual framework to reconsider some fundamental features of city-making as a social process: the place of cities in encounters and communications in the randomness of events and in the repetition of activities that characterise societies. In doing so it provides fresh analytical tools and theoretical insights to help advance our understanding of the networks of causalities contingencies and contexts involved in practices of city-making. In a systematic attempt to bring urban analysis and research from the social sciences together the book is organised around three vital yet relatively neglected dimensions in the social and material shaping of cities: (i) Cities as systems of encounter: an approach to urban segregation as segregated networks; (ii) Cities as systems of communication: a view of shared spaces as a means to association and social experience; (iii) Cities as systems of material interaction: explorations on urban form as an effect of interactivity and interactivity as an effect of form. Visit the author’s website at: http://socialfabric.city/ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138588646

The Social Fabric of Fifteenth-Century FlorenceIdentities and Change in the World of Second-Hand Dealers The Arte dei rigattieri (merchants of second-hand goods in Florence) has never been ​​the subject of a systematic study even in scholarship devoted to the history of trades. Underpinned by a large collection of archival material this book analyzes the social life and economic activity of rigattieri in fifteenth-century Florence. It offers invaluable information on issues such as the relationship between socio-political affiliations and economic interest as well as the structures of consumption and the spending power of different social groups. Furthermore through the lens of the Arte dei Rigattieri this work examines the connection between the development of the political bureaucracy the establishment of Medicean power and contemporaneous processes of identity construction and social mobility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367407261

The Social Faces of HumourPractices and Issues First published in 1996 this volume is a sequel to Humour in Society: Resistance and Control which was edited by George E.C. Paton and Chris Powell. Now seven years later the culturally central nature of humour seems greater than ever. This collection of original essays critically assesses the practices of humour in various role relationships in a number of social contexts for example in the workplace and between family members. A feature of this new volume is the critical analysis of socio-linguistic practices including the use of jokes and cartoons to manage tensions in social relationships at the micro- and macro-sociological levels of human interaction. Wider social and cultural issues area also examined by other contributors concerned with alternative comedy and sitcoms in British and Australian society for example which along with humour practices are situated by the editors in their introduction to substantiate the value of studying and researching the sociology of humour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138390195

The Social Framework of Agriculture Published in 1968: The author not only pioneered modern-style village surveys in both England and India but also modern style urban surveys and studies in India. There he broke new ground in his remarkable first-hand researches on agricultural labour village economics depressed or "Untouchable" classes in town and country and human and industrial relations in India’s first steel town Jamshedpur. In the text of this book we reproduce thirty-five of the author’s papers – in whole in part or in summary. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429054693

The Social Function of AccountsReforming Accountancy to Serve Mankind Accountancy as presently practised is tied to the paradigm of modern financial capitalism with its reliance on market solutions and the maximization of the firm’s profits which are the fundamental causes of most these problems. The Social Function of Accounts argues that accountancy as currently organized and practised is failing society both in Britain and in the world as a whole. Examining the current problems afflicting the world: financial crises and instability global warming degradation of the environment growing inequality this book asks the question - what contribution does accountancy make to the solution of these problems? The book argues that the accountancy profession does not serve the public interest notwithstanding its claim to this effect. The Social Function of Accounts argues that the moral responsibility of the accountant is analysed with reference to the principal theories of ethics continuing that the individual accountant has a moral responsibility to consider the impact of his actions on other people and on society as a whole. This responsibility is then analysed in a series of chapters dealing with four specific aspects of the matter: Distributive Justice Sustainability Financial reporting & the Accountancy Profession. Concluding with a call for the accountancy profession to adopt a new ethic of service to the public The Social Function of Accounts redraws the boundaries of current accounting literature and will be vital reading for academics researchers and policy makers in accounting and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367243029

The Social Fund 20 Years OnHistorical and Policy Aspects of Loaning Social Security In 2008 the Social Fund had been in operation for 20 years. This has provided a timely opportunity to not only critically reflect upon its introduction in 1988 and its operation in the past two decades but also to place it within its historical context. There is a particular need to engage with the argument that was made in the 1980s that relieving need by way of loan was new in social security policy. In this groundbreaking study Chris Grover provides the reader with evidence that this is not the case by locating Social Fund loans in a lengthy history of debate about and practice in loaning poor relief and social security. Using primary data hitherto unused in social policy research Grover shows that there is a long history embedded in British systems of poor relief of authorities having the power to loan applicants either cash that had to be repaid or providing food and items the value of which then had to be repaid. Understanding this history will give a greater depth to our understanding of the state's purposes in relieving the financial needs of the poorest people as well as to our knowledge of contemporary social security policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267947

The Social Geography of Medicine and Health This book originally published in 1983 drawing material from Europe the USA the Soviet Union and the Developing World provides a comprehensive review of the key issues in medical geography. It sets the central problems of medical geography in a broad social context as well as in a spatial one and analyses changing conceptions of health and illness in detail. It also explores the pathological relationship between people and their environment and illustrates that social phenomena form spatial patterns which provide a good starting point for the examination of the relationship between medicine health and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138998100

The Social History of Achaemenid PhoeniciaBeing a Phoenician Negotiating Empires Even though the Persian period has attracted a fair share of scholarly interest in recent years as yet no concerted effort has been attempted to construct a comprehensive social history of Phoenician city-states as an integral part of the Achaemenid empire. This monograph explores the evidence from Persian-period literary (both ancient Jewish and classical) epigraphic and numismatic sources as well as material culture remains in order to sketch just such a history. This study examines developments in Persian-period Phoenician city-states on the three levels: that of the individual household the city-state and the administrative unit of the Persian empire. These three societal levels are analyzed within the contexts of economic competition between and among the Phoenician city-states their burgeoning economic ties with the outside world and their interaction with the Persian imperial influence in the Levant. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872342

The Social History of English Rowing This book seeks to redress the balance of reporting in the sport's literature which has always favoured the activities of aquatic gentlemen at the public schools Oxford and Cambridge Universities Henley Regatta and on the River Thames. This study focuses on the many who helped instigate and nurture the sport but who have been forgotten due to their not being associated with the elite of the sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159389

The Social History of Health and Medicine in Colonial India This book analyzes the diverse facets of the social history of health and medicine in colonial India. It explores a unique set of themes that capture the diversities of India such as public health medical institutions mental illness and the politics and economics of colonialism. Based on inter-disciplinary research the contributions offer valuable insight into topics that have recently received increased scholarly attention including the use of opiates and the role of advertising in driving medical markets. The contributors both established and emerging scholars in the field incorporate sources ranging from palm leaf manuscripts to archival materials. This book will be of interest to scholars of history especially the history of medicine and the history of colonialism and imperialism sociology social anthropology cultural theory and South Asian Studies as well as to health workers and NGOs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501453

The Social History Of Labor In The Middle East Once considered of little import the social history of labor in the Middle East emerged in the 1980s as a major area of research as historians sought to uncover the roots of working-class organizing. This volume the first in an important new series presents a broad overview of recent literature on the history of workers in the Middle East since 1800 in a bold effort to bring together new directions in research and to reexamine the relevance of established ones. Contributors explore the history of labor by situating state-led industrialization within the context of older artisanal social communities. They examine how industrialization enhanced government control over the economy as a whole and analyze the public's reaction to centralized economic authority. They also explain the longevity of social coalitions supporting state industrial monopolies and examine their breakdown along with the emergence of Islamist and other oppositional movements. Taken together the essays provide a historically grounded context for viewing the shifting relationship between states and the world economy as well as between particular states and classes and form a rich synthesis of current interdisciplinary literature on work and workers in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295837

The Social History of Post-Communist Russia This book tells the untold story of how ordinary Russian people experienced and coped with Russia’s transformations after the end of communism. Unlike most studies of the subject which focus on high politics developments in the elite and events at the centre this book which includes findings from interviews memoirs public opinion surveys and press articles and documents from the regions portrays a multi-ethnic multi-confessional society with different groups affected by the deep and varied changes in diverse and different ways. The book covers economic developments social changes how official policies played out at the grass-roots level the psychological impact of the changes and the impact on public opinion and how different regions were affected differently. Overall the book reveals the hidden dynamics of Russian society including its formal and informal mechanisms and rules for relating to the state and other citizens and shows how millions of Russians coped despite all the odds and maintained the integrity and stability of the country. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138477117

The Social History of Rome (Routledge Revivals) This study first published in German in 1975 addresses the need for a comprehensive account of Roman social history in a single volume. Specifically Alföldy attempts to answer three questions: What is the meaning of Roman social history? What is entailed in Roman social history? How is it to be conceived as history? Alföldy’s approach brings social structure much closer to political development following the changes in social institutions in parallel with the broader political milieu. He deals with specific problems in seven periods: Archaic Rome the Republic down to the Second Punic War the structural change of the second century BC the end of the Republic the Early Empire the crisis of the third century AD and the Late Empire. Excellent bibliographical notes specify the most important works on each subject making it useful to the graduate student and scholar as well as to the advanced and well-informed undergraduate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138782501

The Social History of the Brazilian Samba First published in 1999 this volume examines the impact of political social and cultural developments on the nation’s most popular musical form samba in the context of the period 1930-45 one of huge social change in Brazil with the introduction of industrialization under the authoritarian regime of Getúlio Vargas. She looks at the context in which the songs were written the life styles and social positions of the composers (sambistas) and their relationship to political and commercial structures. By studying samba lyrics we can obtain a clear picture of samba lyrics we can obtain a clear picture of samba’s shifting status as it was transformed from the music of working-class blacks and was appropriated by mainstream middle-class culture. The final chapters of the book focus on the lyrics of three influential sambistas: Ataúlfo Alves Noel Rosa and Ari Barroso and look at the manner in which their songs both comply with and flout tradition and authority. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367024215

The Social Impact of Informal Economies in Eastern Europe This title was first published in 2002. In State socialist societies informal economies were essential for the functioning of the economy as well as for household provision. Since the beginning of social transformation they have been flourishing better than ever before. They are a main outlet on the market for the newly emerging middle classes stabilize the situation of many workers and pensioners and in countries on the downward slope they are essential for the survival of large impoverished groups. Presenting recent research on the social importance of informal economies especially in Bulgaria Hungary Romania and Russia the editors give a short introduction for each country and a common compilation of basic economic and social data follows in the appendix. Household strategies in the ’shadow’ groups of informal winners and losers informal employment in town and countryside outcomes from informal activities the macro-economic importance of informal economies and researching methods are all investigated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138719361

The Social Impact of Modern Biology Originally published in 1971. Discoveries in modern biology can radically change human life as we know it. As our understanding of living processes such as inheritance grows so do the possibilities of applying these results for good and evil such as the treatment of disease the control of ageing behaviour and genetic engineering. These discoveries and their implications are discussed by some of the world’s leading biologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415611794

The Social Impact of SportCross-Cultural Perspectives This book critically examines the ways in which sports contribute to or inhibit social well-being the directions these changes take and the conditions necessary for sport to have beneficial outcomes. The themes addressed in the book demonstrate the diversity and versatility of the social impacts sport can potentially achieve as well as the variable benefits of sport in different social contexts. The contributions are focused around four major themes: - Sport development and social change: intended and unanticipated consequences - Empowerment and personal change through sport - Sport participation social inclusion and social change - The impact of sport in society: historical and comparative perspectives The volume constitutes the first scholarly attempt to locate compare and conceptualize the social impact of sport in different local national and international contexts. Through international comparison and empirically grounded case studies the book provides an important new departure in the study of the social meanings of sport in society linking themes and areas that have previously been studied merely separately from one another. This book was previously published as a special issue of Sport in Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415661133

The Social Impacts of Urban Containment One of the policies that has been most widely used to try to limit urban sprawl has been that of urban containment. These policies are planning controls limiting the growth of cities in an attempt to preserve open rural uses such as habitat agriculture and forestry in urban regions. While there has been a substantial amount of research into these urban containment policies most have focused on issues of land use consumption transportation impacts or economic development issues. This book examines the effects of urban containment policies on key social issues such as housing wealth building and creation racial segregation and gentrification. It argues that while the policies make important contributions to environmental sustainability they also affect affordability for all the economic groups of citizens aside from the most wealthy. However it also puts forward suggestions for revising such policies to counter these possible negative social impacts. As such it will be valuable reading for scholars of environmental planning social policy and regional development as well as for policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262270

The Social in QuestionNew Bearings With postmodernism has come the questioning of the very idea of 'the social'. Thinkers form across the social sciences and humanities now agree that this one foundational concept can no longer be taken for granted as an objective or real characteristic of the world. However their uncertainty has taken on many guises and the social in Question represents an attempt to pull these diverse forms of questioning together.Drawn form sociology cultural studies history and theology an international and eminent cast of contributors look at how the idea of 'the social' developed from its mediaeval foundations to its consolidation in the early twentieth century. The book then charts how the concept has been brought into the question by critiques from science studies cultural studies and postcolonial studies before going on to look at how new framework are being proposed for the exploration of issues formerly seen as 'the social'. This book makes a fascinating contribution to the rethinking of contemporary academic activity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010079

The Social Influence Processes Social psychologists have always been concerned with two-person interactions and the factors enabling one person to gain dominance. Although social psychology has devised a revolutionary set of techniques to investigate the phenomenon of power hypotheses are too often ambiguously stated research programs end in cul-de-sacs and experiments take on the character of one-shot studies. In an attempt to stimulate new directions in research and to provide cumulative emphasis on the development of scientific theory in the area of power relations Tedeschi has assembled original and path breaking essays from a dozen outstanding scholars and researchers in the behavioral sciences.More tightly integrated than leading books in the field of power relations The Social Influence Processes focuses on two-person interactions. A full explanation of the terms "power" and "influence" is followed by an analysis of the major variables in connections between two persons that must be taken into account in a scientific theory of social influence. The subsequent chapters respond to the categories established attempting a comprehensive construction of social reality and offering suggestions and techniques for measuring and ordering its complexity. Particular areas of research and theory are isolated for consideration in depth--such topics as personality as a power construct (Power and Personality by Henry L. Minton) influence in exchange theory (The Tactical Use of Social Power by Andrew Michener and Robert W. Suchner) and leadership through charisma (Interpersonal Attraction and Social Influence by Elaine Walster and Darcy Abrahams). In the final chapter Tedeschi Thomas Bonoma and Barry R. Schlenker attempt to provide a general theory of social influence processes as they affect the target individual by reviewing the research literature in their own theoretical terms.This remarkable volume will be of interest to students as well as scholars in sociology education political science criminal justice and social psychology and those interested in the study of power and influence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538580

The Social InsectsTheir Origin and Evolution Originally published in 1928 this volume by a world authority on the subject sums up our knowledge of the social insects. It inquires what are the social insects and what it is that makes us call them ‘social’. Terebrantia aculeata wasps bees ants and termites are discussed in a succession of chapters showing how they have evolved to how great an extent they have developed and what are the peculiarities of their evolution. Polymorphism the Social Medium Guests and Parasites of the Social Insects are other subjects discussed in this fascinating book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138651371

The Social Licence to OperateYour Management Framework for Complex Times The "social licence to operate" began as a metaphor to bring attention to the need for companies to earn acceptance from their host communities. Today it is a necessary management framework for complex times.A social licence strategy is essentially a stakeholder engagement strategy for navigating complex socio-political environments. This book provides the framework tools and case studies a company needs to create a foundation for truly sustainable community development.This 90-minute guide will enable you to: define the social licence to operate; make the business case for actively managing your social licence to operate; measure the social licence to operate; develop a step-by-step plan to restore build maintain and enhance your company’s social licence; and report on your social licence.This book is for managers in any company facing rising social scrutiny due to unwanted social or environmental impacts. You may be working in natural resources renewable energy oil and gas forestry construction manufacturing retail food processing pharmaceuticals or any industry that is facing rising stakeholder expectations and increasing criticism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909293724

The Social LicenseThe Story of the San Cristobal Mine This unique book combines a colourful history of Bolivian politics with some of the most advanced quantitative techniques yet developed for socio-political risk analysis. This is the story of how a foreign-owned private sector mining company (Minera San Cristobal - MSC) earned lost and regained its social licence to operate. Robert G. Boutilier and Ian Thomson leading experts in stakeholder management theory and practice transform the concept of the SLO from a metaphor to a management tool. The book traces the development of new concepts and measures in the field of stakeholder engagement while following the narrative of a community struggling with a fundamental change in its identity from a declining malnourished llama-herding village to one of the richest towns in Bolivia. This remarkable story will inspire practitioners in the field of stakeholder management; it will provide an invaluable roadmap for professionals working on land re-use projects in the energy mining and conservation sectors; it will make stakeholder relations concepts and techniques accessible to students through an engaging and in-depth case study; and it will open your eyes to one of the most fascinating accounts of how two different cultures collided and then came together to address different but aligned goals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138579699

The Social Life In The Animal World First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757928

The Social Life of Children in a Changing Society This book developed from a symposium in which participants examined childhood socialization from a number of perspectives and with several disciplinary lenses. The major purpose of the symposium and thus of this volume is to provide an integrative multidisciplinary discussion of the social development of preschool and young elementary school-aged children. As a result there are contributions to this volume from anthropologists (Leacock Ogbu) psychologists (Lippincott Mueller Ramey and Snow) sociologists (Borman Denzin) and scholars who have self-consciously adopted an interdisciplinary framework. First published in 1984. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315792309

The Social Life of Climate Change ModelsAnticipating Nature Drawing on a combination of perspectives from diverse fields this volume offers an anthropological study of climate change and the ways in which people attempt to predict its local implications showing how the processes of knowledge making among lay people and experts are not only comparable but also deeply entangled. Through analysis of predictive practices in a diversity of regions affected by climate change – including coastal India the Cook Islands Tibet and the High Arctic and various domains of scientific expertise and policy making such as ice core drilling flood risk modelling and coastal adaptation – the book shows how all attempts at modelling nature’s course are deeply social and how current research in "climate" contributes to a rethinking of nature as a multiplicity of modalities that impact social life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138809543

The Social Life of MaterialsStudies in Materials and Society Materials play a central role in society. Beyond the physical and chemical properties of materials their cultural properties have often been overlooked in anthropological studies: finished products have been perceived as ‘social’ yet the materials which comprise them are considered ‘raw’ or natural’. The Social Life of Materials proposes a new perspective in this interdisciplinary field. Diverting attention from the consumption of objects the book looks towards the properties of materials and how these exist through many transformations in a variety of cultural contexts.Human societies have always worked with materials. However the customs and traditions surrounding this differ according to the place the time and the material itself. Whether or not the material is man-made materials are defined by social intervention. Today these constitute one of the most exciting areas of global scientific research and innovation harboring the potential to act as key vehicles of change in the world. But this ‘materials revolution’ has complex social implications. Smart materials are designed to anticipate our actions and needs yet we are increasingly unable to apprehend the composite materials which comprise new products.Bringing together ethnographic studies of cultures from around the world this collection explores the significance of materials by moving beyond questions of what may be created from them. Instead the text argues that the materials themselves represent a shifting ground around which relationships identities and powers are constantly formed and dissolved in the act of making and remaking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472592644

The Social Life Of Monkeys And Apes First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757935

The Social Life of Nanotechnology This book addresses the interconnections and tensions between technological development the social benefits and risks of new technology and the changing political economy of a global world system as they apply to the emerging field of nanotechnologies. The basic premise developed throughout the volume is that nanotechnologies have an undertheorized and often invisible social life that begins with their constructed origins and propels them around the globe across multiple localities institutions and collaborations through diverse industries research labs and government agencies and into the public sphere. The volume situates nano innovation and development as a modernist science and technology project in a tense and unstable relationship with a fractured postmodern social world. The book is unique in incorporating and integrating studies of innovation systems along with a focus on the risks and consequences of a globally significant set of emerging technologies. It does this by examining the social and political conditions of their creation production emergence and reception. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415629621

The Social Life of NothingSilence Invisibility and Emptiness in Tales of Lost Experience Nothing really matters. All the things that we do not do have or become in our lives can be important in shaping self-identity. From jobs turned down to great loves lost secrets kept and truths untold people missed and souls unborn we understand ourselves through other unlived lives that are imaginatively possible. This book explores the realm of negative social phenomena – no-things no-bodies non-events and no-where places – that lies behind the mirror of experience. Taking a symbolic interactionist perspective the author argues that these objects are socially produced emerging from and negotiated through our relationships with others. Nothing is interactively accomplished in two ways through social acts of commission and omission. Existentialism and phenomenology encourage us to understand more deeply the subjective experience of nothing; this can be pursued through conscious meaning-making and reflexive self-awareness. The Social Life of Nothing is a thought-provoking book that will appeal to scholars across the social sciences arts and humanities but its message also resonates with the interested general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367727802

The Social Life of PrayerAnthropological Engagements with Christian Practice This book brings the theme of prayer into anthropological discussion. Across diverse significant ethnographic case studies five anthropologists attend to prayers and how they are performed and seen to intervene in the social world. The studies include Pentecostals in Zambia Charismatic Christians in Ghana Protestants in Scotland Eastern Orthodox Christians in Romania and Catholics in Syria. Across these ethnographic cases the book argues that focusing on the social life of prayer offers a significant way to engage with matters close to people. Prayers are a way to map affect and the affective relationships people hold in what they are oriented towards and care about. Taking its cue from Marcel Mauss the book invites us to go beyond the individual and see how prayers always point to a broader social landscape of obligation and affective investment. Focusing on the social life of prayers the book posits accordingly entices a particular form of situated comparison of diverse Christian traditions that pushes the scholarly conversation on Christianity to consider central questions of agency responsibility and subjectivity. Taking up prayer as the object of study this book offers novel anthropological perspectives on Christian life and practice. The chapters in this book were originally published a special issue of Religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367712358

The Social Life of the Hebrews (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1901 this study of the social life of the Hebrews considers both the time of the judges and the time of the monarchy. Written in a popularly scientific style designed to appeal to students of ancient Middle East and biblical history as well as the general reader this work details the social life and and history of allied Semitic races  covering the period of time from the settlement of Canaan to the break up of the Northern Kingdom in 722 BC. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415681803

The Social Life of TreesAnthropological Perspectives on Tree Symbolism The passionate response of the British public to the Newbury Bypass is a revealing measure of how strongly people feel about trees and the environment. Similarly in the United States the giant sequoia of California is an enduring national symbol that inspires intense feelings. As rainforests are sacrificed to the interests of multi-national corporations and traditional ways of life disappear the status of forests the cultural significance of trees and the impact of conservation policies are subjects that have inspired intense engagement. Why do people feel so strongly about trees? With this explosion of interest in environmental issues a serious study of what trees mean to people has long been overdue. This interdisciplinary book responds to this need by providing the first cross-cultural analysis of tree symbolism. Drawing on rich case studies contributors explore the processes through which trees are used as metaphors of identity and continuity. Political struggles over forest resources feature prominently and the perceptions of trees in various cultures provide telling insights into the ways in which human societies conceptualize nature.As well as being a major contribution to the field of symbolic anthropology this comprehensive study will be essential reading for students in a wide range of courses and for anyone with a keen interest in the politics of ecology the occult and neo-paganism and the history and sociology of environmentalism in its widest sense. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003136040

The Social Lives of Study AbroadUnderstanding Second Language Learners' Experiences through Social Network Analysis and Conversation Analysis This volume presents an innovative approach to understanding the language socialization process of second language learners in study abroad programs focusing on the case of study abroad programs in Japan. Study abroad experiences are so diverse that both macro and micro viewpoints are needed to capture such complexity. This book looks for a way forward by adopting a novel approach which integrates social network analysis and conversation nalysis and allows for a fuller more nuanced understanding of varying experiences of study abroad participants. Chapters draw on data from a wide range of sources including participant observation semi-structured interviews social network surveys and audio and visual recordings to demonstrate the ways in which broader social forces environmental factors and individuals’ dispositions interact in myriad social contexts within the study abroad experience. Taken together the volume offers readers a comprehensive portrait of social processes in study abroad programs and their implications for language development making this key reading for students and scholars in second language acquisition pragmatics and applied linguistics.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728564

The Social Management of Genetic Engineering First published in 1998 this volume why and how genetic engineering has emerged as the technology most likely to change our lives for better or worse in the opening century of the third millennium. Over twenty international experts including moral philosophers and social scientists describe the issues and controversies surrounding modern biotechnology and genetic engineering. They explore ways in which lay individuals and groups can join in an effective and constructive dialogue with scientists and industrialists over the assessment exploitation and safe management of these new and important technologies. Topics covered include a discussion of the issues surrounding ‘Dolly’ the cloned sheep the politics and ethics of the international research programme to sequence the entire human genome the ethical questions raised by the creation of transgenic farm animals the morality of genetic experimentation on animals the controversy surrounding the patenting of genetic material and of the transgenic animals themselves the ethical implications of engineering animals for transplanting their organs into humans and the environmental hazards of releasing genetically engineered organisms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138390157

The Social Meaning of Children and Fertility Change in Europe Low fertility in Europe has given rise to the notion of a ‘fertility crisis’. This book shifts the attention from fertility decline to why people do have children asking what children mean to them. It investigates what role children play in how young adults plan their lives and why and how young adults make the choices they do. The book aims to expand our comprehension of the complex structures and cultures that influence reproductive choice and explores three key aspects of fertility choices: the processes towards having (or not having) children and how they are underpinned by negotiations and ambivalences how family policies labour markets and personal relations interact in young adults’ fertility choices social differentiation in fertility choice: how fertility rationales and reasoning may differ among women and men and across social classes Based on empirical studies from six nations – France Scandinavia Denmark Norway Sweden Germany and Italy (representing the high and low end of European variation in fertility rates) – the book shows how different economic political and cultural contexts interact in young adults' fertility rationales. It will be of interest to students and scholars of sociology anthropology demography and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415810913

The Social Meaning of Modern BiologyFrom Social Darwinism to Sociobiology The Social Meaning of Modern Biology analyzes the cultural significance of recurring attempts since the time of Darwin to extract social and moral guidance from the teachings of modern biology. Such efforts are often dismissed as ideological defenses of the social status quo of the sort wrongly associated with nineteenth-century social Darwinism. Howard Kaye argues they are more properly viewed as culturally radical attempts to redefine who we are by nature and thus rethink how we should live. Despite the scientific and philosophical weaknesses of arguments that "biology is destiny " and their dehumanizing potential in recent years they have proven to be powerfully attractive. They will continue to be so in an age enthralled by genetic explanations of human experience and excited by the prospect of its biological control.In the ten years since the original edition of The Social Meaning of Modern Biology was published changes in both science and society have altered the terms of debate over the nature of man and human culture. Kaye's epilogue thoroughly examines these changes. He discusses the remarkable growth of ethology and sociobiology in their study of animal and human behavior and the stunning progress achieved in neuropsychology and behavioral genetics. These developments may appear to bring us closer to long-sought explanations of our physical mental and behavioral "machinery." Yet as Kaye demonstrates attempts to use such explanations to unify the natural and social sciences are mired in self-contradictory accounts of human freedom and moral choice. The Social Meaning of Modern Biology remains a significant study in the field of sociobiology and is essential reading for sociologists biologists behavioral geneticists and psychologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538597

The Social Media Handbook The Social Media Handbook explores how social media are changing disciplinary understandings of the internet and our everyday lives. In addition to person-to-person social networking services like Facebook and Twitter this volume considers a broad range of networked information services that support in-depth social interaction community formation and collaboration in the Web 2.0 era. Rather than considering social media in terms of specific technologies the chapters in this book engage topics across a range of research techniques practices culture and society and theories. These broader topics—including community gender fandom disability and journalism—are entryways through which students and faculty can explore ways of thinking about social media and find new paradigms for analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415714419

The Social Media Industries This volume examines how social media is evolving as an industry—it is an extension of traditional media industries yet it is distinctly different in its nature and ability to build relationships among users. Examining social media in both descriptive and analytical ways the chapters included herein present an overview of the social media industries considering the history development and theoretical orientations used to understand social media. Covered are: Business models found among the social media industries and social media as a form of marketing. Social media as a form of entertainment content both in terms of digital content and as a tool in the production of news. Discussions of ethics and privacy as applied to the area of social media. An examination of audience uses of social media considering differences among Latinos African-Americans and people over the age of 35. Overall the volume provides a timely and innovative look at the business aspects of social media and it has much to offer scholars researchers and students in media and communication as well as media practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415523196

The Social Media Journalist Handbook The Social Media Journalist Handbook teaches readers how to be a real-world social media journalist tracing the evolution of the field to its current-day practice. This book establishes social media journalism as the latest and one of the most effective ways to practice journalism in the 21st century. It features insights from top recruiters editors and senior producers working in the field as well exercises that aid readers in developing the practical skills necessary to work successfully with social media. Readers will come away from the book with the knowledge to build strong social media strategies across different budgets employing evergreen principles that work for different ever-changing platforms. They’ll learn how to reach and engage with the maximum number of people as well as find sources raise one’s profile conduct research and produce stories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545700

The Social MindA Philosophical Introduction We spend a lot of time thinking about other people: their motivations what they are thinking why they want particular things. Sometimes we are aware of it but it often occurs without conscious thought and we can respond appropriately to other people's thoughts in a diverse range of situations. The Social Mind: A Philosophical Introduction examines the cognitive capacities that facilitate this amazing ability. It explains and critiques key philosophical theories about how we think about other people's minds measuring them against empirical findings from neuroscience anthropology developmental psychology and cognitive ethology. Some of the fascinating questions addressed include: How do we think about other people's minds? Do we put ourselves in another's shoes to work out what they think? When do we need to think about another person's thoughts? What kinds of thoughts do we attribute to others? Are they propositional attitudes like beliefs and desires as analytic philosophers have often assumed or could they be something else? What sorts of neural mechanisms underlie our ability to think about other people's thoughts? How is the ability to think about other minds different for individuals on the autism Spectrum? Is a preoccupation with other people's thoughts a Western phenomenon or is it found in all cultures? How do children learn to think about other minds? Can non-human animals think about other minds? These questions are applied to case studies throughout the book including mirror neurons recent research on infant social cognition false belief tasks and cross-cultural studies. Covering complex interdisciplinary debates in an accessible and clear way with chapter summaries annotated further reading and a glossary The Social Mind: A Philosophical Introduction is an ideal entry point into this fast-moving and exciting field. It is essential reading for students of philosophy of mind and psychology and also of interest to those in related subjects such as cognitive science social and developmental psychology and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138831483

The Social Nature of PersonsOne Person is No Person This book is a theoretical study of many interconnected facets of the social unconscious and the social "part" of the personality. It takes us from what we thought we knew and knew we thought to the un-thought and the unknown which is indeed both disturbing and creative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855757721

The Social Novel in England 1830-1850 (RLE Dickens)Routledge Library Editions: Charles Dickens Volume 2 This is the first English translation of Le Roman social en Angleterre by Louis Cazamian which is widely recognized as the classic survey of Victorian social fiction. Starting from the eighteenth century Cazamian traces the ways in which rationalism and romanticism intertwined and competed particularly in relation to radical political philosophy. He shows how industrialization polarized England setting the industrial bourgeoisie in the van of progress in the first decades of the nineteenth century until their political and economic triumph stirred up a passionate reaction against them. This reaction propelled novelists such as Charles Dickens who lies at the centre of his discussion. For this translation Martin Fido has provided a substantial foreword and has revised and completed the bibliographical references and corrected the footnotes to assist the present-day reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868793

The Social Organisation of the Lo Wiili Originally published in 1967 (second edition) presents an account of the life and social organisation of the Lo Wiili of the Haute Volta and Ghana. Chapters on the geographic and ethnographic background and economic system are followed by a detailed analysis of Lo Wiili social organisation which in its broad outlines is typical of the general area. Of particular theoretical interest however is the co-existence in the one society of both patriclans and matriclans and the way in which the Lo Wiili see themselves not as a boundary-maintaining group ('tribe') but define themselves by cultural criteria which are relative to the group with which they are being compared. The study is also concerned with the traditional role of the Earth Shrine in maintaining social control a widespread feature of West African societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138585119

The Social Organization of DiseaseEmotions and Civic Action Empirically this book is a case-study analysis of dissolution processes in German AIDS organizations. Indeed why is it that civic organizers start out with a commitment to a cause but end up dissolving their organization? This question is exactly what Kleres seeks to tackle within The Social Organization of Disease.Focusing on the emotional bases of dissolved German AIDS organizations to develop a typology of civic action and organizing Kleres presents a perspective on non-profit organizations that analyses organizational development through the emotional sense making of individual organizers within the light of larger political processes and cultural contexts. To this end this volume develops and applies a new methodology for researching emotions empirically expanding the scope of narrative analysis. However parallel to this The Social Organization of Disease also explores how shifting discursive processes establish emotional climates and thus impact on state policies and the evolution of AIDS organizing. The book would appeal to sociologists and political scientists working in the field of social movements and non-profit organisations: but it would also appeal to those who are interested in the sociology of emotions. It would potentially be of interest to non-profit scholars who consider community-based organizations volunteerism and advocacy and secondarily to medical sociologists interested in AIDS service organizations. Sociology International relations Social Work Political Science. May be of interest for NGO-activists and/or employees and leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873004

The Social Organization of ExileGreek Political Detainees in the 1930s Illustrated with prints from a unique archive of glass and celluloid negatives from the Aegean island of Anafi this book deals with the life of people who were sent into internal exile under the Metaxas dictatorship (1936-1942). Like others before and after this regime used imprisonment internal deportation and exile as a means of containing and isolating a wide variety of people who were thought to be 'public dangers'. Drawing on published and unpublished memoirs and on firsthand accounts of former exiles it gives a vivid picture of a by no means unified collection of people facing a common set of problems on an island at the borders of the Greek State. During the Occupation the Anafi exiles faced privation hunger and finally the dissolution of the commune. This is a human drama which will interest a wide range of readers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315080154

The Social Organization of Juvenile Justice The Social Organization of Juvenile Justice recasts familiar sociological problems of research within a dramatically new and different theoretical and methodological perspective. In seeing law enforcement officers no less than those accuse of criminal behavior as locked into the "creation of history " or more precisely a series of retrospective and prospective interpretations of events both within and disengaged from the social contexts relevant to what purportedly took place Aaron Cicourel redefined the fault lines of contemporary criminology.The work makes imaginative use of a wide variety of new techniques of analysis from ethnomethodology to community studies while at no point ignoring basic hard statistical data in this study of juvenile justice in two California cities. Cicourel states the purpose of his book with clarity: "The decision-making activities that produce the social problem called delinquency (and the socially organized procedures that provide for judicial outcomes) are important because they highlight fundamental processes of how social order is possible."This work challenges the conventional view that assumes delinquents are natural social types distributed in some ordered fashion and produced by a set of abstract internal or external pressures from the social structure. Cicourel views the everyday organizational workings of the police probation departments courts and schools demonstrating how these agencies contribute to various kinds of transformations of the original events that led to law enforcement contact.This contextual creation of facts in turn leads to improvised ad hoc interpretations of character structure family life and future prospects. In this way the agencies may generate delinquency by their routine encounters with the young. His new introduction discusses with great detail the methodology behind his research and responses to earlier critiques of his work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538603

The Social Organization of PolicyAn Institutional Ethnography of UN Forest Deliberations This book provides a specific case study--based upon direct research with UN processes--which enables the reader to situate larger theoretical arguments regarding civil society globalization and sustainable development within the context of the actual activities of practitioners working within the UN forest policy-making arena. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542203

The Social Organization of Sports MedicineCritical Socio-Cultural Perspectives The Social Organization of Sports Medicine is the first book-length overview of the social scientific study of sports medicine drawing together work from an international cadre of scholars who examine and provide interdisciplinary analysis of the dynamic and multi-faceted relationships between sports and medicine and within sports medicine. The book charts changing perceptions of sport within medical discourse attempts by sports medicine providers to forge professional identities in response to these processes the day-to-day experiences of deliverers of sports medicine and the reactions of recipients of that healthcare. The contents are organized in four sections examining the competing and changing ways in which sports medicine is conceived the ways in which it is organized the ways in which it is practiced and points of contestation between traditional and alternative and emerging forms of (sports) medicine. This collection of essays consolidates recent advances in this area of study and establishes a basis for the future development of the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138809475

The Social OutcastOstracism Social Exclusion Rejection and Bullying This book focuses on the ubiquitous and powerful effects of ostracism social exclusion rejection and bullying. Human beings are an intrinsically gregarious species. Most of our evolutionary success is no doubt due to our highly developed ability to cooperate and interact with each other. It is thus not surprising that instances of interpersonal rejection and social exclusion would have an enormously detrimental impact on the individual. Until 10 years ago however social psychology regarded ostracism rejection and social exclusion as merely outcomes to be avoided but we knew very little about their antecedents and consequences and about the processes involved when they occurred. Furthermore the literatures of ostracism social exclusion and rejection have not until now included discussions of the bullying literature. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138006133

The Social Pathologies of Contemporary Civilization The Social Pathologies of Contemporary Civilization explores the nature of contemporary malaises diseases illnesses and psychosomatic syndromes examining the manner in which they are related to cultural pathologies of the social body. Multi-disciplinary in approach the book is concerned with questions of how these conditions are not only manifest at the level of individual patients' bodies but also how the social 'bodies politic' are related to the hegemony of reductive biomedical and individual-psychologistic perspectives. Rejecting a reductive biomedical and individualistic diagnosis of contemporary problems of health and well-being The Social Pathologies of Contemporary Civilization contends that many such problems are to be understood in the light of radical changes in social structures and institutions extending to deep crises in our civilization as a whole. Rather than considering such conditions in isolation - both from one another and from broader contexts - this book argues that health and well-being are not just located at the level of the individual body the integral human person or even collective social bodies; rather they encompass the health of humanity as a whole and our relationship with Nature. A ground-breaking analysis of social malaise and the health of civilization this book will be of interest to scholars of sociology social theory social psychology philosophy and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273436

The Social Politics of Research Collaboration The past two decades have seen an increasing emphasis on large and interdisciplinary research configurations such as research networks and centers of excellence including those in Social Sciences and Humanities research. Little research has been undertaken however to understand how these new large research structures that are being called forth by research funders and research/higher education institutions alike function socially and what the impact of operating within such structures is on those working within and those working with them. Past writers have discussed the "intra-agentic" operations of human researchers and the material laboratory environment in its broadest sense. This volume is concerned with the social politics of research collaboration in relation to six key positions: leaders of large research formations leaders of sub-projects within large collaborations participant researchers junior and early career researchers advisory board members and those who look in from the outside such as researchers who are un-funded. It explores the mostly unacknowledged but critical aspect of social structures in research discussing issues such as struggles over leadership styles the marginalization of researchers working cross-disciplinarily power hierarchies and intellectual ownership and the silencing of dissent in research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138952706

The Social Power of Algorithms The vast circulations of mobile devices sensors and data mean that the social world is now defined by a complex interweaving of human and machine agency. Key to this is the growing power of algorithms – the decision-making parts of code – in our software dense and data rich environments. Algorithms can shape how we are retreated what we know who we connect with and what we encounter and they present us with some important questions about how society operates and how we understand it. This book offers a series of concepts approaches and ideas for understanding the relations between algorithms and power. Each chapter provides a unique perspective on the integration of algorithms into the social world. As such this book directly tackles some of the most important questions facing the social sciences today. This book was originally published as a special issue of Information Communication & Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592813

The Social Practice of SymbolisationAn Anthropological Analysis The author explores the cognitive basis of symbolization and symbolization as a social practice. from the London School of Economics Monographs on Social Anthropology this book is intended for students of anthropology and development studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135586

The Social Problems of an Industrial Civilisation First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315824277

The Social Process of LobbyingCooperation or Collusion? Despite a wealth of theorizing and research about each concept lobbying and norms still raise a number of interesting issues. Why do lobbyists and politicians engage in cooperative behavior? How does cooperative behavior in lobbying affect policy making? If democratic participation is good why do we view lobbying as bad? Lobbying engenders debate about its effects on the political process and on policy development.  Sociologists and other social scientists remain concerned about how norms emerge the content of norms how widely they are distributed and how they are enforced. Political scientists study how interest groups work together and influence the political process. Based on the experience of the author a former lobbyist this book looks at the social norms of lobbying and how such norms work in a general framework of other norms and legal institutions in the political process. In developing this argument John C. Scott claims that: Embedded social relationships and trust-based social norms underpin everyday interactions among policy actors. These relationships and norms have concrete impacts on the policy making process. Social relationships and norms inhibit participation in the political process by outside actors. The investigation is conducted through an innovative theoretical framework combining existing theoretical perspectives from different disciplines and using a variety of data and methods including longitudinal quantitative and social network data interviews with lobbyists activists and policymakers and anecdotal and historical examples.     The Social Process of Lobbying provides refreshingly new empirical evidence and theoretical analysis on how networks of trust are neither all good nor all bad but are ambivalent: they can both improve policy and fuel collusion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138287341

The Social Production of IndifferenceExploring the Symbolic Roots of Western Bureaucracy In this fascinating book Michael Herzfeld argues that 'modern' bureaucratically regulated societies are no more 'rational' or less 'symbolic' than the societies traditionally studied by anthropologists. Drawing primarily on the example of modern Greece and utilizing other European materials he suggests that we cannot understand national bureaucracies divorced from local-level ideas about chance personal character social relationships and responsibility. He points out that both formal regulations and day-to-day bureaucratic practices rely heavily on the symbols and language of the moral boundaries between insiders and outsiders; a ready means of expressing prejudice and of justifying neglect. It therefore happens that societies with proud traditions of generous hospitality may paradoxically produce at the official level some of the most calculated indifference one can find anywhere. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135029

The Social Production Of Merit First Published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138982253

The Social Project ManagerBalancing Collaboration with Centralised Control in a Project Driven World The Social Project Manager describes a non-traditional way of organising projects managing project performance and progress. The aim being to deliver at the enterprise level a common goal for the business; one that harnesses the performance advantages of a collaborative community. Social elements help mitigate the constraints associated with the control aspect of project management which is essential for governance. Team collaboration problem solving and engagement in projects will never come from technology alone but require careful management. Peter Taylor draws on research from projects and the worlds of social media and communication to paint a vivid and practical guide to the why and how of social project management. There is no simple template for you to follow; instead he provides an explanation of the benefits the tools and the constraints so that readers can navigate through to an approach that is sensitive to the culture of their organization and the nature of the projects that they run. Alongside the author’s ideas the text features advice and case examples from many of the leading technology providers. The Social Project Manager is a very-readable and down-to-earth guide from one of the most highly-regarded practitioners and commentators on the world of project management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472452221

The Social Psychology of Aggression2nd Edition The second edition of this textbook provides a thoroughly revised updated and expanded overview of social psychological research on aggression. The first part of the book covers the definition and measurement of aggression presents major theories and examines the development of aggression. It also covers the role of situational factors in eliciting aggression and the impact of using violent media. The second part of the book focuses on specific forms and manifestations of aggression. It includes chapters on aggression in everyday life sexual aggression and domestic violence against children intimate partners and elders. There are two new chapters in this part addressing intergroup aggression and terrorism. The concluding chapter explores strategies for reducing and preventing aggression. The book will be essential reading for students and researchers in psychology and related disciplines. It will also be of interest to practitioners working with aggressive individuals and groups and to policy makers dealing with aggression as a social problem. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781841698755

The Social Psychology of Aggression3rd Edition Thoroughly revised and updated this third edition offers a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of the social psychology of aggression covering all the relevant major theories individual differences situational factors and applied contexts. Understanding the causes forms and consequences of aggression and violence is critical for dealing with these harmful forms of social behavior. Addressing a range of sub-topics the first part deals with the definition and measurement of aggression presents major theories examines the development of aggression and discusses individual and gender differences in aggressive behaviour. It covers the role of situational factors in eliciting aggression and the impact of exposure to violence in the media. The second part examines specific forms and manifestations of aggression including chapters on aggression in everyday contexts and in the family sexual aggression intergroup aggression and terrorism. The new edition also includes additional coverage of gender differences gun violence and terrorism to reflect the latest research developments in the field. Also discussing strategies for reducing and preventing aggression this book is essential reading for students and researchers in psychology and related disciplines as well as practitioners and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138608528

The Social Psychology of AgingA Special Issue of basic and Applied Social Psychology This special issue highlights how social psychology can further the understanding of important social health interpersonal and intergenerational issues facing people as they age. This issue has three goals: to generate more interest in aging as an area of study for social psychologists by showcasing researchers who are currently integrating basic social psychological research with issues in aging and lifespan development; to challenge readers to think about how their research programs can interconnect with issues in aging; and to demonstrate how social psychological processes have direct application to many of the issues facing people as they age. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203764879

The Social Psychology of Bargaining Originally published in 1977 this book deals with the social psychological factors which influence the process of bargaining. It examines the structure behind the process by which it can be analysed and better understood. Particular attention is paid to the character of negotiations in which agreements are obtained. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138855519

The Social Psychology of Behaviour in Small Groups The Social Psychology of Behaviour in Small Groups covers theories of group behaviour and their application in organizational psychology. Topics include the structure and formation of groups and the roles that individuals play within groups as well as more applied areas such as co-operation and conflict teamwork leadership and decision-making in small groups.Throughout the book theory research and concepts are applied to real-life and everyday social behaviour. The book is well illustrated and includes many mental exercises to engage the reader. Donald Pennington has provided a lively accessible and systematic text suitable for undergraduates studying social psychology and those studying organizational psychology on psychology and business studies courses. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787800

The Social Psychology of Change ManagementTheories and an Evidence-Based Perspective on Social and Organizational Beings Changes are rarely accomplished by individuals. People are social animals and changes are social processes which have to be organized. Social psychology is essential for the effectiveness and development of the field of change management. It is necessary to understand people in change processes. Social psychology also teaches us that meaning is key during change and intervention. Social psychology makes change management comprehensible to people and allows them to consider their actions in groups and the organization on their merits. They may seem obvious and self-evident but practice and science as well as the popular change management literature show that it is not.Drawing on the field of social psychology and based on primary research The Social Psychology of Change Management presents more than forty social psychological theories and concepts that are relevant for the field of change management. The theories and concepts are analyzed and categorized following Fiske’s five core social motives; belonging understanding controlling enhancing self and trusting. Each theory will have an introduction in which its assumptions and relevance is explained.By studying the scientific evidence including meta-analytic evidence the book provides practitioners students and academics in the field of change management organizational behaviour and business strategy the most relevant social psychological ideas and best available evidence thereby further unleashing the potential of social psychology in order to feed the field of change management. By categorizing and integrating the relevant theories and concepts change management is enriched and restructured in a prudent positive and practical way. The overarching goal however inspired by the ideas and perspective of leading thinkers like Kurt Lewin James Q. Wilson and Susan T. Fiske is to make the world a better place. Social psychologists (being social scientists) study practical social issues in our case issues related to change management and application to real-world problems is a key goal. Therefore this book goes beyond the domain of organizational sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732189

The Social Psychology of Childhood Disability ‘Some years ago I read the phrase "the spontaneous revulsion to the deformed". The phrase seemed to be both potent and provocative: Was there a spontaneous revulsion to disabilities in children or did such conditions evoke a more compassionate response?’ Originally published in 1978 the problems of the disabled were no longer confined to the medical and educational professionals but had become the concern of the community as a whole. Using terminology very much of the time the author shows how attitudes towards different kinds of disability had developed at the time; they varied both regionally and by social class sometimes calling into question the accepted ‘facts’ about the distribution of a particular condition. Most importantly the author examines these attitudes together with many other social and psychological factors in relation to their impact on the social behaviour and developing self-image of the disabled child. It becomes clear that the dangers of categorization and the difficulties in overcoming stigma have a profound influence on the education and socialization of disabled children. This book will be of historical interest to students and teachers of psychology education social work and rehabilitation; and it will provide insight for parents and all those concerned with the care and development of the disabled child about how far we have come. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138853324

The Social Psychology of Collective Action In recent years there has been a growth of single-issue campaigns in western democracies and a proliferation of groups attempting to exert political influence and achieve social change. In this context it is important to consider why individuals do or don't get involved in collective action for example in the trade union movement and the women's movement.Social psychologists have an important contribution to make in addressing this question. The social psychological approach directly concerns the relationship between the individual and society and a number of theories have been developed in the field particularly by contemporary European researchers. Yet surprisingly there has never been until now a concerted attempt to bring these various strands of research together in a coherent detailed presentation of the social psychological approach to collective action.The authors of The Social Psychology of Collective Action review and integrate a number of theories developed in this field as well as presenting their own original research and data. The research discussed in the book ranges over a number of different contexts with a particular focus on women's groups organizing around issues of gender. Questions addressed include: why do women get involved in women's groups? What part is played by experiences of discrimination in the family and in the workplace? What are the benefits of group involvement? How are feminist activists perceived by others who choose not to get involved? Findings from questionnaires and interviews are integrated with contemporary social psychological theory especially social identity theory. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781315810133

The Social Psychology of EducationAn Introduction and Guide to its Study First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864060

The Social Psychology of Ethnic Identity In contrast to other disciplines social psychology has been slow in responding to the questions posed by the issue of ethnicity. The Social Psychology of Ethnic Identity Second Edition demonstrates the important and diverse contribution that social psychology can make. Comprehensively updated to include the latest research on dual and multiple identities mutual links between sense of ethnic identity and social contexts and the development of ethnic identity in adolescence this new edition now also features research from non-European cultural contexts including Turkey  Mauritius and Myanmar. The book shows on the one hand that social psychology can be used to develop a better understanding of ethnicity and on the other hand that increased attention to ethnicity can benefit social psychology. By filling in theoretical and empirical gaps Maykel Verkuyten brings an original approach to subjects such as: ethnic minority identity –  place space and time; hyphenated identities and duality; and self-descriptions and the ethnic self. Featuring the latest theoretical ideas and research the combination of diverse approaches to this burgeoning field make this book invaluable reading for students of psychology and related disciplines as well as researchers and professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138088979

The Social Psychology of Everyday Life Is psychology good for our health? What is the effect of class on social behaviour? In this comprehensive and fully up-to-date accoung of the psychology of everyday life Michael Argyle looks at the most interesting and practically important areas of social psychology. He takes social psychology out of the laboratory into real-life settings and helps us to understand the world in which we live. He covers many of the pressing concerns of the day - conflict and aggression racial prejudice social class relationships health happiness - and emphasisies the practical applications of social psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138462700

The Social Psychology of Everyday Politics The Social Psychology of Everyday Politics examines the ways in which politics permeates everyday life from the ordinary interactions we have with others to the sense of belonging and identity developed within social groups and communities. Discrimination prejudice inclusion and social change politics is an on-going process that is not solely the domain of the elected and the powerful. Using a social and political psychological lens to examine how politics is enacted in contemporary societies the book takes an explicitly critical approach that places political activity within collective processes rather than individual behaviors. While the studies covered in the book do not ignore the importance of the individual they underscore the need to examine the role of culture history ideology and social context as integral to psychological processes. Individuals act but they do not act in isolation from the groups and societies in which they belong. Drawing on extensive international research with contributions from leaders in the field as well as emerging scholars the book is divided into three interrelated parts which cover: The politics of intercultural relations Political agency and social change Political discourse and practice Offering insights into how psychology can be applied to some of the most pressing social issues we face this will be fascinating reading for students of psychology political science sociology and cultural studies as well as anyone working in the area of public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138814455

The Social Psychology of ExpertiseCase Studies in Research Professional Domains and Expert Roles The Social Psychology of Expertise offers an integrative perspective to the analysis of experts and expertise in organizations social roles management etc. It is the first book to link the psychology of expertise to sociology particularly the sociology of professions. By examining the converging elements of both approaches and investigating the conditions of interactions with all types of experts The Social Psychology of Expertise makes it possible to understand the market form of expert services. This book: *introduces the expert role approach--a new and encompassing view on the role of experts and how to use the experts' expertise in organizations financial markets and environmental issues; *enhances a mutual understanding between the psychology of expertise and the sociology of professions (for students as well as scholars); *provides a helpful understanding of dealing with experts in the context of organizational behavior; *shows how we can make proper use of the experts' expertise in management and planning; *demonstrates how the role of experts influences volatility in financial markets; and *defines the limits of human expertise in predicting climate change. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415652766

The Social Psychology of Good and Evil This timely accessible reference and text addresses some of the most fundamental questions about human behavior such as what causes racism and prejudice and why good people do bad things. Leading authorities present state-of-the-science theoretical and empirical work. Essential themes include the complex interaction of individual societal and situational factors underpinning good or evil behavior; the role of moral emotions unconscious bias and the self-concept; issues of responsibility and motivation; and how technology and globalization have enabled newer forms of threat and harm. New to This Edition *Many new authors; extensively revised with the latest theory and research. *Section on group perspectives with chapters on bystanders to emergencies remembering historical victimization organizational dynamics and globalization and terrorism. *Chapters on free will conscious versus unconscious processes media violence dehumanization genocide and sexual violence. *Chapters on false moral superiority compassionate goals in relationships and moral emotions in incarcerated offenders. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462525393

The Social Psychology of Groups This landmark theory of interpersonal relations and group functioning argues that the starting point for understanding social behavior is the analysis of dyadic interdependence. Such an analysis portrays the ways in which the separate and joint actions of two persons affect the quality of their lives and the survival of their relationship. The authors focus on patterns of interdependence and on the assumption that these patterns play an important causal role in the processes roles and norms of relationships. This powerful theory has many applications in all the social sciences including the study of social and moral norms; close-pair relationships; conflicts of interest and cognitive disputes; social orientations; the social evolution of economic prosperity and leadership in groups; and personal relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538610

The Social Psychology of GullibilityConspiracy Theories Fake News and Irrational Beliefs Gullibility whether we like it or not is a fundamental characteristic of human beings. In The Social Psychology of Gullibility Forgas and Baumeister explore what we know about the causes functions and consequences of gullibility and the social psychological processes that promote or inhibit it. With contributions from leading international researchers the book reveals what social and cognitive psychology contribute to our understanding of how human judgments and decisions can be distorted and undermined. The chapters discuss the nature and functions of gullibility the role of cognitive processes in gullibility the influence of emotion and motivation on gullibility and social and cultural aspects of gullibility. Underpinned by a wealth of empirical research contributors explore captivating issues such as the psychology of conspiracy theories the role of political gullibility gullibility in science the role of the internet in fostering gullibility and the failures of reasoning that contribute to human credulity. Gullibility has become a dominant topic of interest in public discourse. The Social Psychology of Gullibility is essential reading for researchers social science students professionals and practitioners and all those interested in understanding human credulity and the role of gullibility in contemporary public affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367187934

The Social Psychology of HIV Infection In the early 1980s we witnessed the birth of one of the most complex and perplexing social problems faced by modern society: the epidemic of infection with human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) which causes acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS). Originally published in 1993 this title looks at the social psychology surrounding HIV and AIDS. The organization of the volume centres upon two themes: The Theoretical Roots of Prevention and The Dilemma of the PWA (person with AIDS). The goal of this volume is not to evaluate previous attempts to answer these social problems but to provide theoretical analyses of some of the basic sociopsychological processes that underlie the problems. Over 20 years on this is a snapshot of research into HIV and AIDS and attitudes of the time looking at social problems that are very much still with us. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138858916

The Social Psychology of Living Well How to live well and the search for meaning have long been of intense concern to humans perhaps because Homo sapiens is the only species aware of its own mortality. In the last few decades empirical psychology made a major contribution to this quest. This book surveys groundbreaking work by leading international researchers demonstrating that social psychology is the core discipline for understanding well-being and the search for meaning. Basic conceptual and theoretical principles are discussed drawing on philosophy evolutionary theory and psychology followed by a review of the role of purposeful motivated activity and self-control in achieving life satisfaction. The role of emotional and cognitive processes and the influence of social interpersonal and cultural factors in promoting a happy and meaningful life are discussed. The book will be of interest to students practitioners and researchers in the behavioral and social sciences as well as to laypersons for whom improving the quality of human life and understanding the principles of well-being are of interest. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815369240

The Social Psychology of Morality Ever since Plato’s ‘Republic’ was written over two thousand years ago one of the main concerns of social philosophy and later empirical social science was to understand the moral nature of human beings. The faculty to think and act in terms of overarching moral values is as much a defining hallmark of our species as is our intelligence so homo moralis is no less an appropriate term to describe humans as homo sapiens. This volume makes a case for the pivotal role of social psychology as the core discipline for studying morality. The book is divided into four parts. First the role of social psychological processes in moral values and judgments is discussed followed by an analysis of the role of morality in interpersonal processes. The sometimes paradoxical ironic effects of moral beliefs are described next and in the final section the role of morality in collective and group behavior is considered. This book will be of interest to students and researchers in the social and behavioral sciences concerned with moral behavior as well as professionals and practitioners in clinical counseling organizational marketing and educational psychology where issues of ethics and morality are of importance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138929074

The Social Psychology of Obedience Towards AuthorityAn Empirical Tribute to Stanley Milgram This rich volume explores the complex problem of obedience and conformity re-examining Stanley Milgram’s famous electric shock study and presenting the findings of the most extensive empirical study on obedience toward authority since Milgram's era. Dolinski and Grzyb refer to their own series of studies testing various hypotheses from Milgram’s and others’ research examining underlying obedience mechanisms as well as factors modifying the degree of obedience displayed by individuals in different situations. They offer their theoretical model explaining subjects’ obedience in Milgram’s paradigm and describe numerous examples of the destructive effect of thoughtless obedience both in our daily lives as well as in crucial historical events stressing the need for critical thinking when issued with a command. Concluding with reflections on how to prevent the danger of destructive obedience to authority this insightful volume will be fascinating reading for students and academics in social psychology as well as those in fields concerned with complex social problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367503208

The Social Psychology of OrganizationsDiagnosing Toxicity and Intervening in the Workplace Healthy and successful organizations require the people who work within them to be happy resilient and creative. Just as a human body is undermined if it suffers from sickness so an organization can only function fully if the people who work within it feel engagement and well-being and any toxic influences which shape or burden their working lives are resolved This important new title provides a much-needed overview not only of what it means for an organization to be weakened by pervasive psychological influences within the working environment but also how this dysfunction can be addressed through psychological interventions. The book is split into three core sections: Toxicity and Dysfunction in the workplace outlining structural behavioural emotional and cognitive sources of toxicity that undermine organizations Principles of the healthy workplace outlining core concepts of belonging contribution and meaning from which organizations in turn benefit Creating the healthy workplace outlining a range of approaches to addressing organizational toxicity including design thinking positive psychology and evidence-based approaches. Written by a practicing organizational psychologist and including case studies to illustrate how toxicity at the micro level can impact upon wider organizational goals the book draws on a wide range of literature to provide an accessible focussed understanding of how the individual psychological experiences of working people can have wider consequences for an organization and how interventions within that process can address these issues. It is ideal reading for students and researchers of occupational or organizational psychology organizational behaviour business and management and HRM. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138823235

The Social Psychology of Prosocial Behavior Written by four leading researchers in the study of prosocial behavior this book introduces a new perspective on prosocial behavior for the 21st century. Building on the bystander intervention work that has defined this area since the 1960s The Social Psychology of Prosocial Behavior examines prosocial behavior from a multilevel perspective that explores the diverse influences that promote actions for the benefit of others and the myriad ways that prosocial actions can be manifested. The authors expand the breadth of the field incorporating analyses of biological and genetic factors that predispose individuals to be concerned for the well being of others as well as planned helping such as volunteering and organizational citizenship behavior and cooperative behavior within and between groups. They identify both the common and the unique processes that underlie the broad spectrum of prosocial behavior.Each chapter begins with a question about prosocial behavior and ends with a summary that answers the question. The final chapter summarizes the questions and the answers that research provides. Conceptual models that elaborate on and extend the multilevel approach to prosocial behavior are used to tie these findings together. The book concludes with suggestions for future research. The Social Psychology of Prosocial Behavior addresses the following:*the evolution of altruistic tendencies and other biological explanations of why humans are predisposed to be prosocial;*how the situation and motives that are elicited by these situations affect when and how people help;*the causes and maintenance of long-term helping such as volunteering;*how prosocial behavior changes over time and the developmental processes responsible for these changes;*the consequences of helping for both the people who provide it and those who receive it;*helping and cooperation within and between groups and the implications of these actions.This accessible text is ideal for advanced courses on helping and altruism or prosocial behavior taught in psychology sociology management political science and communication or for anyone interested in learning more about prosocial behavior in general. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315085241

The Social Psychology of Religion Originally published in 1975 this book is a completely rewritten revised version of Michael Argyle’s standard work Religious Behaviour first published in 1958. A great deal of new research had appeared since that date which threw new light on the nature and origins of religious behaviour beliefs and experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415837767

The Social Psychology of Social Movements The social movements that Professor Toch examines in this book originally published in 1966 range from the Black Muslims to food faddists and the founders of these movements range from Hitler to Joan of Arc. Why do people join social movements? How do such movements serve the needs of their members and what unique social problems do they cause? What are the typical consequences of membership? What gives rise to social movements and how can we evaluate them? In The Social Psychology of Social Movements Hans Toch provides answers to these questions. It is impossible to avoid in a study of this sort the universal human implications of social movements the latent tragedy and despair which involvement in such collective action implies. The humour adversity and pathos is equally evident in many of the examples which Professor Toch describes. But he provides a sympathetic objectivity and is at pains to provide a systematic psychological survey of large ideologically orientated groups and their members in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415718646

The Social Psychology of the Child with Epilepsy When this title was first published in 1971 there were about 300 000 people with epilepsy in England and Wales. Nearly one-third of them were children. This book is an integrated review of how epileptic children behaved and of how they were regarded by parents teachers and peers at the time. Written by a sociologist with a training in psychology human biology and education the book draws on several disciplines – sociology psychology biology – in seeking to understand the complex determinants of deviant behaviour in children with epilepsy. The author considers in detail the lives of 118 epileptic children bringing together and analysing a wide range of measurements of behaviour social relations and abnormalities of brain function. He discusses how the children fare in school and how epilepsy affects both the teacher’s perception of the child and the child’s scholastic performance. The dearth of medical centres which could diagnose and treat epilepsy at the time is examined and hospital use according to parents’ social class is analysed. The author looks at the role of parents of epileptic children and shows that their attitude to epilepsy is of major importance for the child’s adjustment. The prejudice to which epileptic children and adolescents were subjected by the world at large is chronicled in detail. Finally the author considers how his empirical material makes a contribution to the theoretical problem of integrating sociology psychology and biology into a single discipline concerned with the explanation of human social behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138842144

The Social Purposes of Education This book first published in 1959 was written to primarily address teachers and students of education as well as those with a general interest in the changing practices of schools. Under the terms of the 1944 Education Act which charged Local Authorities with contributing towards the ‘spiritual moral mental and physical development of the community’. The author examines these ideas whilst examining the state of education in the United Kingdom after the 1944 Education Act. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138220775

The Social Purposes of EducationPersonal and Social Values in Education First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868648

The Social Reality of Crime Richard Quinney's The Social Reality of Crime remains an eloquent and important statement on crime law and justice. At the time of its appearance in 1970 Quinney's theory not only liberated the field from a recitation of the practices of the police courts and corrections it also represented a marked departure from traditional analysis which viewed criminal behavior as pathological. Quinney not only advanced criminological thought he inspired scores of students of crime and criminal justice to reorient their perceptions of the justice system.The Social Reality of Crime swept the criminological community and motivated an entire generation of researchers to question definitions of crime and labels of criminality. The book's popularity quickly turned Quinney into a criminologist with an international reputation. Excerpts from the book's first chapter which is devoted to the theory of the social reality of crime are now routinely reprinted in anthologies on criminology and deviant behavior. The theory itself is discussed in most criminology textbooks.This new edition of The Social Reality of Crime will renew inspiration for Quinney's unique critical-social constructionist perspective that has been so significant to the development of theoretical work in the fields of criminology social problems and the sociology of law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538627

The Social Reality of Ethics Originally published in 1972 this book clarifies ‘ethical’ concepts such as ‘values’ ‘norms’ and ‘precepts’. It begins with a discussion of the conceptual problems faced by any inquiry into moral codes. The author looks in particular at the numerous ways of specifying the ‘moral’ component in human affairs and at the need for a definition appropriate to the requirements of social research. He then examines these questions from amore empirical viewpoint and emphasis is put on the interplay between concepts and methods in social research. The important issues of ethical relativism and its relation to sociological inquiry is also raised. In this way some of the possible ethical implications of sociology itself both as an empirical discipline and as an organizing perspective are critically examined. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367459635

The Social Responsibilities of BusinessCompany and Community 1900-1960 The concept of the social responsibility of business has roots in the Puritan doctrine of stewardship as well as the nineteenth-century gospel of wealth but business leaders only began to consider community welfare as a whole in the context of their corporate aspirations of the latter half of the twentieth century. Originally appearing in 1970 The Social Responsibilities of Business surveys the history of corporate actions in pursuit of social responsibility and attempts to assess likely developments. Reissued in 1988 by Transaction with a new introduction by the author and now available in paperback the volume provides Morrel Heald the opportunity to evaluate his earlier predictions and identify prospects for further development in the area of corporate social responsibility. Some of Heald's predictions have not yet come to fruition and he reflects upon the reasons. No effective structure yet exists to permit an open exchange of views and needs between business and representatives of its various constituencies. In addition two of Heald's earlier suggestions have not taken root in the way he anticipated--the company foundation and the corporate social audit-and he assesses why they have not and what opportunities they still provide. The Social Responsibilities of Business provides essential back ground for understanding the developing social role of the corporation and for assessing its future direction. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351317368

The Social Role of Higher EducationComparative Perspectives Originally published in 1996 The Social Role of Higher Education is an anthology of nine papers it presents cases studies showing how culture influences the social role of higher education in various nations. It examines how environments get defined and how they shape universities and how knowledge and academic work interact in national contexts. This book focuses on how both developed and developing countries' systems of higher education are affected by their own culture and their place within the larger global context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138337930

The Social Role of the Man of Knowledge In this seminal contribution to the sociology of knowledge first published in 1940 Florian Znaniecki develops a typology of the variety of specific social roles that scholars have played and investigates the normative patterns that govern their behavior. A central tool for the investigation of these problems is the notion of “social circle” the audience to which intellectuals address themselves. Znaniecki shows that thinkers do not speak to the total society but address selected segments and markets. Specific social circles bestow recognition provide material or psychic support and help shape the self-image of the thinker. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538634

The Social Roots of DiscriminationThe Case of the Jews The Social Roots of Discrimination explains the phenomenon of anti-Semitism. In this classic volume Peretz F. Bernstein looks for objective reasons why anti-Semitism flourished in European countries. Some civilized people would consider the notion of race uncivilized but the existence of different races and the inequality of races with their specific race characteristics and on top of that the existence of superior and inferior human races was accepted as a fact of life and as a scientific truth long before the Nazis came to power. Although there is a marked difference in dealing with anti-Semitism in continental Europe in 1920 and the anti-Semitism in for instance the US in 2000 Berstein's ideas remain valuable.Starting from a concrete problem anti-Semitism in Central Europe Bernstein puts anti-Semitism in a general sociological theoretical framework. Far from limiting himself to fruitless elaborations on the common perceived unpleasant characteristics of Jews he recognizes that the group is heterogeneous and that the usual arguments to justify anti-Semitism do not have any general validity although they may hold for some specific individuals of the hated group like individual members of any group may be less pleasant. Bernstein's ideas remain valuable.Bernstein tries to explain the hatred of Jews as the working of a more general mechanism--one that has nothing to do specifically with of Jews as a collective or as individuals. In doing so Bernstein attempts to sketch a general theory of social groups and conflicts between groups. The Social Roots of Discrimination gives an important message both for social scientists and for all intellectuals who are concerned with the strifes between nations races and social groups. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538641

The Social Science Imperialists The essays in this volume present a comprehensive view of modern economics. They range from technical papers on a specific issue such as that devoted to a critique of Kaldor's model of income distribution through evaluation of a wide-ranging literature with special emphasis on the Cambridge controversies in the theory of capital. * Intellectual portraits of Eric Russell Joan Robinson and Lorie Tarshis are also included. * The concluding essay 'The Social Science Imperialists' gives an overview of the issues and trends that have dominated economics in recent years. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315016795

The Social Science of SportA Critical Analysis In this book questions about definitions and demarcations of sport science are discussed. Not the least the many normative ideas of sport as good or as bad are problematized in relation to the academic field. These ideas permeate sport science in ways that are not seen in other academic fields like history sociology or law. In addition if and if so in what ways sport science influence social science in general. Does sport science bring new questions in relation to issues like "what makes a society possible" or "what is a human being"? This book was published as a special issue of Sport in Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138082915

The Social Sciences And Fieldwork In ChinaViews From The Field Following the formation of the Chinese Academy of Social Sciences in 1977 and the beginning of a Sino-American scholarly exchange program in October 1978 a small number of foreigners has been able to conduct fieldwork in China after a hiatus of over thirty years. Welcomed though these new opportunities were by potential U.S. field researchers the initial stage of enthusiasm was shortly overshadowed by both the difficulties foreign researchers faced in China and the imposition in early 1981 of a temporary moratorium on long-term fieldwork by outsiders. Sober without being pessimistic realistic without being discouraging the contributors to this book describe the context in which fieldwork in China became possible the constraints under which foreign fieldworkers have labored and the potential rewards of field research to both Chinese and U.S. scholars. They also assess the relative value of fieldwork in China versus fieldwork at its gate Hong Kong. The book includes substantive reports by U.S. and Chinese scholars (among them Fei Xiaotong China's preeminent social anthropologist) as well as concrete advice to those contemplating field research in China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295844

The Social Sciences and RationalityPromise Limits and Problems In recent decades rational choice theory has emerged as the single most powerful controversial claimant to provide a unified theoretical framework for all the social sciences. In its simplest form the theory postulates that humans are purposive beings who pursue their goals in a rational efficient manner seeking the greatest benefit at the lowest cost. This volume brings together prominent scholars working in several social science disciplines and the philosophy of science to debate the promise and problems of rational choice theory.As rational choice theory has spread from its home base in economics to other disciplines it has come under fierce criticism. To its critics the extension of the explanatory model mistakenly assumes that the logic of economic rationality can explain non-economic behavior and at its worst commits the ethnocentric error of imposing Western concepts of rationality on non-Western societies and cultures. This volume includes strong advocates as well as forceful critics of the rational choice approach. However in contrast to previous debates all the contributors share a commitment to open constructive and knowledgeable dialogue. Well-known advocates of rational choice theory (Michael Hechter Michael Smith Chris Manfredi) explicitly ponder some of its serious limitations while equally well-known critics (Ian Shapiro Mario Bunge) strike a surprisingly conciliatory tone in contemplating its legitimate uses. Vociferous critics of neoclassical economics (Bunge) favorably discuss sociological proponents of rational choice theory while two economists who are not particularly anti-mainstream (Robin Rowley George Grantham) critically assess the problems of such assumptions in their discipline. Philosophers (Storrs McCall) and sociologists (John Hall) alike reflect on the variable meaning of rationality in explaining social behavior. In the introduction and conclusion the editors survey the current state of the debate and show how open constructive dialogue enables us to move beyond hackneyed accusations and dismissals that have characterized much previous debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138516939

The Social Sciences EmpoweredProceedings of the 7th International Congress on Interdisciplinary Behavior and Social Sciences 2018 (ICIBSoS 2018) The Social Sciences Empowered contains papers presented at the 7th International Congress on Interdisciplinary Behavior and Social Science 2018 (ICIBSoS 2018) held 21-22 July 2018 Bangkok Thailand 22-23 September 2018 Bali Indonesia 6-7 October 2018 Kuta Bali Indonesia and 24-25 November 2018 Yogyakarta Indonesia. ICIBSoS 2018 provided the economic and social analysis necessary for addressing issues in Humanities disciplines such as Education Sociology Anthropology Politics History Philosophy Psychology as well as food security. Contributions to these proceedings give necessary insight into the cultural and human dimension of such diverse research areas as transport climate change energy and agriculture. ICIBSoS 2018 also analyses the cultural behavioural psychological social and institutional drivers that transform people’s behaviour and the global environment. ICIBSoS 2018 proposes new ideas strategies and governance structures for overcoming the crisis from a global perspective innovating the public sector and business models promoting social innovation and fostering creativity in the development of services and product design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367000905

The Social Sciences in a Global AgeDecoding Knowledge Politics The book focuses on the status and role of the social sciences in the current millennium. Drawing inspiration from a range of theorists it critically examines the key debates on the social science stream and focuses on its ir/relevance in our times in the background of changing state-market dialectics. It specifically scrutinises knowledge politics of the global times to reveal how the neoliberal project aligns and fuses steep economic ‘conditionalities’ with professional cultural parameters of higher academia to constrain autonomy and weaken radical expressions in social science pedagogy and research. Asserting that the humanistic core of social sciences has the potential to resist acts of reducing knowledge to a monochromatic form the book argues that the social science stream can challenge and resist such hegemonic ambitions. It also identifies and analyses the contradictions dilemmas predicaments and false steps of social scientists and avoids a reductive approach based on the ‘west versus non-west’ binary. The volume will be of interest to scholars and researchers of the social sciences in general and of sociology/politics of knowledge political theory political sociology and education in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367567088

The Social Scientific GazeThe Social Question and the Rise of Academic Social Science in Sweden The social sciences have ever since they were first established as academic disciplines played a foundational role in most spheres of modern society - in policy-making education the media and public debate - and hence also indirectly for our self-understanding as social beings. The Social Scientific Gaze examines the discursive formation of academic social science in the historical context of the 'social question' that is the protracted and wide-ranging discussions on the social problems of modernity that were being debated with increased intensity during the nineteenth century. Empirically the study focuses on the Lorén Foundation a combined private funding agency and early research institute which was set up in 1885 to promote the rise of Swedish social science and to investigate the social question. Comprising an heuristic case the close analysis of the Foundation makes it possible not only to reconstruct its basic ideas and practices but also to situate its activities in broader historical and sociological context. The Social Scientific Gaze argues that the rise of Swedish social science may be seen not only as an 'answer' to the social 'question' but also as one attempt alongside others - including contemporary social literature the philantropic reform movement and the introduction of modern social policy - to conceptualize mobilize and regulate the social sphere. In this process it is furthermore shown how an ambigious yet distinct 'social scientific gaze' was discursively articulated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138501942

The Social Scientist's SoapboxAdventures in Writing Public Sociology Whether your goal is to share little-known or misunderstood information work to create policy changes or raise awareness about a pressing social issue this book will help you start communicating with the public and share your research with a broader audience. Using examples from social scientists who have successfully navigated the public sphere as well as firsthand accounts of the ups and downs of the writing publishing and promoting process The Social Scientist’s Soapbox: Adventures in Writing Public Sociology presents readers with a step-by-step guide to get started stay motivated and complete both large and small writing projects for public audiences. Now more than ever social scientists need to share our ideas with the public as misinformation disinformation and outright lies have filtered into the public discourse and policymaking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138056435

The Social Security PrimerWhat Every Citizen Should Know Offers a clear understanding of what Social Security has accomplished in the past challenges it now faces and possibilities for the future. Outlines the full spectrum of current issues policies benefits and proposed reforms. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315501970

The Social SelfCognitive Interpersonal and Intergroup Perspectives What is the nature of the 'self' how do everyday experiences shape it and how does it influence our thinking judgements and behaviors? Such questions constitute enduring puzzles in psychology and are also of critical practical importance for applied domains such as clinical counseling educational and organizational psychology. In this book a select group of eminent international researchers survey the most recent advances in research of the self. In particular they discuss the influence of cognitive and intra-psychic processes (Part 1) interpersonal and relational variables (Part 2) and inter-group phenomena on the self (Part 3). Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315800516

The Social Services Crisis of the 1990sStrategies for Sustainable Systems in Tanzania First published in 1998 this volume represents the outcome of a seminar as part of the continuing efforts of the Convocation of the University of Dar es Salam to maintain a dialogue with the Government of Tanzania on its socio-economic problems. Its aim was to underscore heightened public concern on the continued deterioration of social services in Tanzania following the onset of the economic crisis to examine the effect of structural adjustment policies and measures on health education water food security housing and social welfare services and to make specific recommendations on how to improve the delivery and sustainability of social services. This volume reproduces as far as is practicable the full proceedings of that important forum whose issues remain relevant today. Recent reforms in the country including privatization graded user fees and decentralized management of social services by local communities have been substantially influenced by what the seminar recommended. While a section of society has welcomed these reforms as the only realistic way to achieve sustainability reduce donor dependence and prevent further deterioration of social services there are still voices which object to the measures. Key questions raised in the book concern citizens’ rights to social services the regulatory role of government democratic participation and partnerships between government NGOs and private providers of social services. It will serve as a reference point for a fresh review of the social services crisis in the 1990’s and the basis for devising more appropriate and sustainable strategies for the 21st Century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360679

The Social Services of Modern England First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868600

The Social Significance of Religion in the Enlarged EuropeSecularization Individualization and Pluralization Engaging with some of the central issues in the sociology of religion this volume investigates the role and significance of churches and religion in contemporary Western and Eastern Europe. Based on an extensive international research project it offers case studies of various countries (including Finland Ireland Portugal Germany Poland Russia Estonia Hungary and Croatia) as well as cross-country comparisons. Researching more precisely the present social relevance of church and religion at different levels The Social Significance of Religion in the Enlarged Europe raises and responds to both descriptive and explanatory questions: Can we observe tendencies of religious decline in the various Western and Eastern European countries? Are we witnessing trends of religious individualization? To what extent has there been a religious upswing in the last few years? And what are the factors causing the observed processes of religious change? Marked by its broad range of data and a coherent conceptual framework in accordance with which each chapter assesses the extent to which three important theoretical approaches in the sociology of religion - secularization theory the market model of religion and the individualization thesis - are applicable to the data this book will be of interest to scholars of sociology politics and religion exploring religious trends and attitudes in contemporary Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246461

The Social Skills HandbookPractical Activities for Social Communication Now in a revised second edition this book offers practical guidance for setting up and running social skills sessions. Based on well-established therapeutic principles this is a flexible easy-to-use resource suitable for practitioners and professionals working in a range of settings. An overview of social communication theory and the principles of groupwork forms a solid foundation for the session and activity guidance structured so that the sessions progress from basic skills such as ‘Eye Contact’ and ‘Empathy’ to more complex skills such as ‘Problem Solving’ and ‘Making Friends’. Features of the book include: • Practical and theoretical information for session facilitators • Over 70 versatile easy-to-follow activity suggestions designed to suit all ages and levels of social ability • An attractive visual layout that includes colour coded sections tables and illustrations • Brand new activities focused on ‘Dealing with Conflict’ and social communication ‘In the Workplace’. With ever increasing numbers of people being diagnosed with some form of social difficulty this book will be an essential resource for anybody working within health and social care education and the community looking to teach and develop social confidence and communication skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367109875

The Social State of the Netherlands2009 How is the Dutch population faring? That is the central question addressed in The Social State of the Netherlands 2009. This book describes the present status of the Netherlands and the Dutch in a number of key areas of life and also highlights the changes that have taken place in people's life situation over the last ten years.  It devotes attention to separate groups based on age sex whether or not a person is disabled ethnic origin and financial position. The impact of the financial crisis that began in 2008 is also described for those themes for which data were available. And because Europe is coming ever closer and a great deal of government policy the authors indicate in several places how the Dutch compare with their European neighbors. Media > Books > Print Books Netherlands Institute for Social Research 9789037704662

The Social Structure of the USSRRecent Soviet Studies This is a study of "karayuki-san" impoverished Japanese women sent abroad to work as prostitutes from the 1860s to the 1920s. It follows the life of one prostitute Osaki who is persuaded as a child of ten to accept cleaning work in Borneo and then forced to work as a prostitute in a brothel. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315699004

The Social Structures of Global Academia Higher education and research are now at the centre of economic and social policy in advanced information societies. Global networks of researchers finance students and policymakers invoke collaborative sociological perspectives. What it means to be an academic and to work in a technologically advanced knowledge industry has undergone transformations that cross national borders. The future of knowledge production social development prosperity and the freedom of ideas are caught in the swelling of global tides.The Social Structures of Global Academia exposes readers to a variety of issues that are impacting academics across the globe. The volume includes contributions by leading social scientists and innovative research from emerging scholars. Its anchoring themes include academic ethics the affective cultures of scholarship changing funding structures and social control of the currents of scholarly life.Giving readers an overview of the growing field of critical studies of academia The Social Structures of Global Academia will appeal to students and scholars seeking to understand more of the burgeoning field of critical sociologies of higher education and general readers interested in contemporary knowledge about universities science and the people who make it their passion. It will also appeal to policymakers who are invested in trying to make universities more viable places to work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670771

The Social System This book brings together in systematic and generalized form the main outlines of a conceptual scheme for the analysis of the structure and processes of social systems. It carries out Pareto's intention by using the "structural-functional" level of analysis. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203992951

The Social System and Culture of Modern IndiaA Research Bibliography According to Arnold J. Toynbee ‘India is a world in itself; it is a society of the same immensity and importance as is our Western society’. In global perspective the immensity diversity and unique importance of Indian society and culture can hardly be underestimated. This reference volume first published in 1975 encompasses studies that reflect both the unity and diversity of India’s culture and social system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138284098

The Social Theory of Georg Simmel Contemporary sociology increasingly seems to be adopting a perspective similar to that on which Georg Simmel's analysis and interpretations rested. To a significant degree therefore sociologists continue to turn to Simmel for a basic understanding of the forms and processes of social life. Nicholas Spykman's The Social Theory of Georg Simmel originally published in 1925 was the first comprehensive account of Simmel's ideas. It remains a most valuable summary of the major elements of his thought.Spykman wrote this study for a specific purpose: to indicate Simmel's conception of the relations between different fields of theoretic inquiry into socio-historical actuality; to make Simmel's contributions to the methodology of the social sciences understood; and to illustrate Simmel's conception of sociology as a science. He shows that Simmel was primarily a social philosopher interested in a functional understanding of socio-historical realities art and economic values morals and aesthetics religion and the function of money. Spykman identifies three major phases in the development of Simmel's thought: the first is primarily occupied with methodology and the presuppositions of the social sciences; during the second he wrote several essays containing philosophic interpretations of modern civilization; and the third culminated in his metaphysics of culture.The Social Theory of Georg Simmel graced with a new introduction by David Frisby one of the foremost contemporary Simmel experts is an outstandingly organized coherent presentation of the complex and subtle ideas of one of the intellectual giants of modern sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538658

The Social Thought of Talcott ParsonsMethodology and American Ethos The Social Thought of Talcott Parsons offers an insightful new reading of the work of Talcott Parsons keeping in view at once the important influences of Max Weber on his sociology and the central place occupied by methodology - which enables us to better understand the relationship between American and European social theory. Revealing American democracy and its nemesis National Socialism in Germany as the basis of his theory of society this book explores the debates in which Parsons was engaged throughout his life with the Frankfurt School C. Wright Mills and the young radicals among the "disobedient" student generation as well as economism and utilitarianism in social theory; the opponents that Parsons confronted in the interests of humanism. In addition to revisiting Parsons' extensive oeuvre Uta Gerhardt takes up themes in current research and theory - including social inequality civic culture and globalization - offering a fascinating demonstration of what the conceptual approaches of Parsons can accomplish today. Revealing methodology and the American ethos to be the cornerstones of Parsons' social thought this book will appeal not only to those with interests in classical sociology - and who wish to fully understand what this 'classic' has to offer - but also to those who wish to make sociology answer to the problems of the society of the present. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602116

The Social Unconscious in Persons Groups and SocietiesVolume 2: Mainly Foundation Matrices This book is concerned with the study of myths which are an important element in the cultural dimension of the foundation matrices of all societies. It focuses on topics such as transmission the foundation matrix the social unconscious totalitarianism massification and identity formation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201854

The Social Unconscious in Persons Groups and SocietiesVolume 3: The Foundation Matrix Extended and Re-configured In this book the authors develop the theory of the tripartite matrix consider music as a form of non-verbal communication as a sub-dimension of the matrix and present empirical studies of the matrices of peoples in three societies in the Middle East. It aids in the project of group analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203551

The Social Unconscious in Persons Groups and SocietiesMainly Theory The social unconscious is vital for understanding persons and their groupings ranging from families to societies committees to organisations and from small to median to large therapeutic groups and essential for comprehensive clinical work. This series of volumes of contributions from an international network of psychoanalysts analytical psychologists group analysts and psychodramatists draw on the classical ideas of Freud Klein and Jung Bion Foulkes and Moreno and on contemporary relational perspectives self-psychology and neuroscience. Volume 1 is concerned mainly with the theory of the social unconscious. It is focused on topics such as location sociality the social brain identity ideology the foundation matrix social psychological retreats false collective self-objects the collective unconscious and its archetypes and social dreaming. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855757684

The Social Value of Drug AddictsUses of the Useless Drug users are typically portrayed as worthless slackers burdens on society and just plain useless—culturally morally and economically. By contrast this book argues that the social construction of some people as useless is in fact extremely useful to other people. Leading medical anthropologists Merrill Singer and J. Bryan Page analyze media representations drug policy and underlying social structures to show what industries and social sectors benefit from the criminalization demonization and even popular glamorization of addicts. Synthesizing a broad range of key literature and advancing innovative arguments about the social construction of drug users and their role in contemporary society this book is an important contribution to public health medical anthropology popular culture and related fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611321180

The Social War 91 to 88 BCEA History of the Italian Insurgency against the Roman Republic The Social War was a significant uprising against the Roman state by Rome’s allies in Italy. The conflict lasted little more than two and a half years but it is widely recognised as having been immensely important in the unification of Roman Italy. Between 91 and 88 BCE a brutal campaign was waged but the ancient sources preserve scant information about the war. In turn this has given rise to conflicting accounts of the war in modern scholarship and often contradictory interpretations. This book provides a new and comprehensive reassessment of the events surrounding the Social War analysing both the long-term and the immediate context of the conflict and its causes. Critical to this study is discussion of the nexus of citizenship political rights and land which dominated much of second century BCE politics. It provides a new chronological reconstruction of the conflict itself and analyses the strategies of both the Romans and the Italian insurgents. The work also assesses the repercussions of the Social War investigating the legacy of the insurgency during the civil wars and considers its role in reshaping Roman and Italian identity on the peninsula in the last decades of the Republic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879259

The Social Work and K-12 Schools CasebookPhenomenological Perspectives This volume offers a collection of nine case studies from clinical social workers in K-12 schools each from a phenomenological perspective with the objective of educating Master of Social Work students and early career social work clinicians. Each chapter is framed with pre-reading prompts reading comprehension questions and writing assignments. This casebook provides a resource for understanding the range of practice in school social work as well as some of the challenges that school social workers face in today’s complex world. Using a phenomenological perspective the contributors stay close to the lived experience of students teachers parents and social workers revealing a deeper and more nuanced understanding of the genesis and treatment of students’ problems in school. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138292420

The Social Work and LGBTQ Sexual Trauma CasebookPhenomenological Perspectives This inspiring text offers a collection of case studies from expert clinical social workers who work closely with survivors of LGBTQ-related sexual trauma. The book covers a wide range of topics such as gender and sexual minority asylum seekers the embodiment of queer identity the role of religion regionality in the LGBTQ experience and effective use of gay affirmative therapy. Each chapter is framed by key questions that encourage students and mental health practitioners to "think through" the specific needs and challenges of LGBTQ individuals who have experienced sexual trauma. Additional resources include an example of effective supervision and an example of a case conceptualization. Drawing on the importance of narrative social work and the record of experience it provides The Social Work and LGBTQ Sexual Trauma Casebook is an essential text for students and clinical social workers working with LGBTQ survivors of sexual trauma. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138351042

The Social Work and Sexual Trauma CasebookPhenomenological Perspectives This volume offers a collection of ten case studies from clinical social workers who work in the field of sexual trauma with the objective of challenging and informing social work practice with survivors and perpetrators of sexual trauma. These steps are meant to help the process of treatment by breaking down the experience of trauma to a set of steps and interventions aimed at resolving traumatic symptoms within a given time frame. Our text seeks to challenge the tendency towards reductionism inherent in the dominant social paradigm by encouraging the development of a phenomenological and interdisciplinary approach to understanding sexual trauma. In doing so the examples of interventions presented in each case study reflect practice methods that honor the complexity of the human experience of sexual trauma suffering and recovery. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138727014

The Social Work Assignments HandbookA Practical Guide for Students The Social Work Assignments Handbook is the complete guide to preparing for carrying out and writing up a social work assignment or project. Designed to support students through their assignments from beginning to end each stage is fully explained through friendly advice and practical guidance so that students can feel confident in their work whether they’re writing up quantitative research findings or carrying out a literature review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781408252536

The Social Work Psychoanalyst's CasebookClinical Voices in Honor of Jean Sanville The Social Work Psychoanalyst's Casebook begins with an interview with Dr. Sanville who reflects on her evolution as a social work analyst theoretician writer teacher and leader. These reminiscences are followed by accounts of nine analytic treatments each of which offers an unusual window into what actually transpired between analyst and analysand during the treatment hours. These case studies concern particularly troubled often traumatized patients-the very "hard to reach" or "difficult to treat" clients with whom social workers have long been familiar. They include a reanalysis by the same analyst of a patient whose first therapy ended in a stalemate; an account of transference and countertransference phenomena during termination; a report on the analysis of a young woman who experienced both chronic and stress-related trauma; and an account of the special issues involved in the treatment of an aging woman. Most of the case studies reflect the influence of Dr. Sanville whose work has long evinced the therapeutic imagination and disciplined creativity to which all the contributors aspire. Tthe contributors to this volume offer the salutary reminder that analytic work is built on a relationship of respect and empathy and that treatment success follows from the therapist's willingness to accommodate the unique needs of individual patients.  In honoring Jean Sanville The Social Work Psychoanalyst's Casebook speaks to the robustness of a multidisciplinary approach to psychopathology that transcends the bounds of any single profession-an approach in which contemporary psychoanalysis is enlarged by the insights and emphases of social work just as social work is enriched by the clinical wisdom of psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005334

The Social Work Student's Research Handbook This second edition of The Social Work Student's Research Handbook provides an essential guide for social work students beginning to participate in research. Practical and easy to use this comprehensive handbook provides instant access to the nuts and bolts of social work research. Each chapter in this second edition has been updated to reflect the dynamic and changing nature of social work research and three new topical chapters have been included that offer new food for thought on research context and ethics and on the role of evidence in professional practice. The book is intended as a resource to complement the dense and heavy research books available. This text provides the tools students need to fully engage with their research and is an essential reference aid for use alongside professional literature for selecting a problem for social work study with consideration of context and ethics; identifying a design type; developing or selecting an instrument; developing a sampling strategy; collecting and analyzing data; and organizing writing disseminating and utilizing results in a politically sensitive way. The Social Work Student’s Research Handbook is an invaluable resource for undergraduate and graduate social work students as well as practitioners new to the field as they apply what they’ve learned in research courses toward consuming research effectively implementing original research projects and ultimately toward becoming an evidence-based practitioner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138910829

The Social Worker SpeaksA History of Social Workers Through the Twentieth Century The Social Worker Speaks charts the motivations work activities and attitudes of social workers across the country from 1904 to 1989. The book is about workers in the public sector (from Poor Law to Social Services Departments) probation and workers in the voluntary field (including early century philanthropic visiting societies as well as specialist societies such as the Children's Society and the NSPCC). Where possible accounts by and the words and thoughts of social workers themselves are used. Since the war histories of social work have concentrated on practice theory and methods developments instigated by legislation university training and professional status but there has been little attention paid to who social workers were what they believed what they actually did and what they thought of what they did. Also individual social workers appearing in nearly all histories have been 'leaders' - managers teachers or academics with people who did the job on the front line accorded barely a mention. If part of the aim of this book is to remedy this partial coverage another aim is to offer a more human history of social workers. There is too little celebration or humour in what has been published about the history of social workers; The Social Worker Speaks deliberately includes stories of how social workers behaved their frustrations and triumphs passions and occasional sins. So this is deliberately not a history of social work but a history of social workers - the first of its kind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245587

The Social Workers' ToolboxSustainable Multimethod Social Work The Social Workers' Toolbox aims to bring order to the diversity of tools which are so characteristic of social work: assessment tools practice tools and outcome-measurement tools. The tools described in this Toolbox can be directly put into practice and adapted to the social workers’ personalized approach with their individual clients and their environments. The underlying meta-theory for Sustainable Multimethod Social Work is the ‘PIE-Empowerment Theory’. This theory defines social work practice in terms of the partnership between social worker and client and is aimed at enhancing quality of life through systematically and sustainably addressing human needs and human rights. The multimethod model promotes the flexible combination of well-written evidence- and practice-based tools. Packed full of useful checklists  the Toolbox is ideal reading for both inexperienced and more practiced social workers. The book provides a solid basis through the use of practical examples. For the more experienced social worker it offers a substantial resource and the means to legitimize a chosen course of action and social work intervention. Schools of social work will be able to use the book as an easily accessible resource for social work assessments interventions and quality social work management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138934344

The Social Work-Medicine Relationship100 Years at Mount Sinai An absorbing exploration of the growth of social work at the Mount Sinai Medical CenterThe Social Work-Medicine Relationship: 100 Years at Mount Sinai explores the lessons learned in the formation and management of social work departments in health care through the perspective of the hospital internationally acclaimed for excellence in clinical care education and scientific research. Internationally respected experts Dr. Helen Rehr and Dr. Gary Rosenberg from Mount Sinai use their unique viewpoints to tell the extraordinary story of a century of knowledge and growth concentrating on the development of the social work department and the people dedicated to providing the finest care possible. This commemoration of the winding path of social work and health care takes the reader on a fascinating and surprising walk through the history of not only a great hospital but also the effects that the work at Mount Sinai had on the community and public policy.The Social Work-Medicine Relationship provides an absorbing general history of social health care and its growth at the Mount Sinai Medical Center from its inception in 1906 to the present day. This unique review of the factors in place that triggered the formation and subsequent growth of the institution’s social work services department is useful knowledge for every social worker in both academic and practice organizations. Special focus is given to explain how women have consistently been a driving force in the expansion to fulfill the needs of the community. Presentation papers are included from influential women the first half of the century that illustrated patient needs and positively affected the growth of services. The book is extensively referenced and includes several informative appendixes.The Social Work-Medicine Relationship explores the history of: early medicine social services American medicine and the emergence of the social work profession the beginning of Mount Sinai medicine—the Jews Hospital the Mount Sinai Auxiliary Board Mount Sinai’s Department of Social Work Service applied social work research the Mount Sinai Department of Community Medicine the Mount Sinai Division of Social Work globalization of social work servicesThe Social Work-Medicine Relationship is engrossing reading for social work scholars historians interested in the history of social work in medicine directors of departments of social work in health care organizations and educators and students of social work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203726037

The Social World of the Comprehensive SchoolHow Pupils Adapt A comprehensive school like any community is split into many groups and sub-divisions and contains many different ‘social worlds’ within its structure. First published in 1983 this work is based on a one-year project carried out by the author which involved observation of pupils in lessons and interviews and informal conversa Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138629080

The Socialist Alternative to Bolshevik RussiaThe Socialist Revolutionary Party 1921-39 The Socialist Revolutionary party which had been the largest and most popular party in Russia in 1917 did not after the October Revolution just disappear into the "dustbin of history" as Trotsky hoped but – led by its leadership in exile in the 1920s and 1930s – continued to observe and comment on developments in Russia. In emigration the Socialist Revolutionary (SR) party often put forward policy proposals on a wide range of topics: policies which based on a shrewd understanding of the real situation in Russia offered realistic alternatives to the policies being pursued by the Marxist Bolshevik regime. This book fills a gap in examining one of the most significant Russian political parties and is based on extensive original analysis of SR party materials shows how it operated; how it formulated and disseminated its ideas; what these ideas were and how the party's ideas developed in response to changing circumstances in Russia and Europe more widely. Far from being the agrarian Slavophile romantics as they are often portrayed this book shows the SRs were energetic European modernisers who contributed vigorously to the leading debates of their day; it also shows how the SR vision of a populist socialist regime failed to materialise as state control dictatorship and the collectivisation of agriculture took hold. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138816916

The Socialist Life of Modern ArchitectureBucharest 1949-1964 The Socialist Life of Modern Architecture is the first systematic architectural history of Romania under socialism written in English. It examines the mechanisms through which modern architecture was invested with political meaning and in reverse how specific architectural solutions came to define the socialist experience. Each of the book’s three parts traces the historical development of one key aspect of Romania’s architectural culture between the years 1949–1964: the planning and construction of housing districts in Bucharest; the role of typification of design and standardization of construction in a project of cultural transformation; the production and management of a folk architectural tradition. Going beyond buildings and architects to consider the use of photography painting and novels as well as narrations of history and the formation of an ethnographic architectural heritage the author explores how buildings came to participate in the cultural imagination of socialism—and became in fact a privileged medium of socialism. Part of the growing interest in the significance of Soviet Bloc architecture this is an important contribution to the fields of architectural history cultural history and visual culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138820357

The Socialization of Teachers (RLE Edu N) The change from a student role to a teacher role can be one of the most abrupt and stressful transitions in working life but the process of socialization does not end when the student becomes a fully qualified teacher as many writers laymen and sociologists would have us believe. Colin Lacey argues that socialization is a partial and rarely homogenous process. He illustrates this from a wide variety of interesting case material to show how student teachers adapt their responses to the classroom situation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751384

The Socially Constructed Organization This book presents the dynamics of organisations from a social constructionist viewpoint taking the organisation as something that is constructed continuously through individual interactions with others both within and without the organisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328849

The Socially Skilled Child MolesterDifferentiating the Guilty from the Falsely Accused Know what signs indicate a child molester!Revealing the secret but successful strategies used by child molesters allows adults to intervene long before children are abused. The Socially Skilled Child Molester: Differentiating the Guilty from the Falsely Accused identifies how socially proficient molesters successfully ingratiate themselves into families and communities. The book closely examines their techniques and strategies while detailing the tools for prevention. The difficult issue of false accusation is tackled by learning the distinctions that clearly differentiate the actions of the guilty from those who are innocent. Practical recommendations for accurately assessing danger and managing safety are provided. The Socially Skilled Child Molester focuses on the sexual deviants who 'groom' family friends and their community to allow their activities though arousing suspicion to go on without restriction. This essential source reveals their tactics. Using composite representations of various types of child molesters the author illustrates through case history and detailed research how these offenders succeed while providing recommendations on how communities can stop enabling and protecting such individuals. The Socially Skilled Child Molester discusses in depth: ’groomers’ versus ’grabbers’ common misperceptions about child molesters the groomer profile—the different types groomer strategies for manipulation correctly differentiating between pedophiles and the falsely accused predicting risk the key concerns when interviewing child molesters the three levels of child molesters recidivism for the sexual deviant. The Socially Skilled Child Molester comprehensively brings together helpful strategies and vital information essential for parents lawmakers police teachers and therapists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821153

The Societal Burden of Child AbuseLong-Term Mental Health and Behavioral Consequences This title includes a number of Open Access chapters. Research into the effects of child abuse has experienced an explosion over the last few decades resulting in a far more wide-ranging understanding of this grave societal problem. This compendium volume collects some of the most recent research and organizes it within three categories: societal effects effects on health (including mental health) behaviors and epigenetic effects. Specific topics include the associations between childhood abuse and the following factors: Juvenile sexual offending Juvenile delinquency Adult aggression Cognitive development Adult smoking Sleep patterns Suicidal behaviors Psychopathology Epigenomic mechanisms Edited by a Harvard developmental behavioral pediatrician this important compendium offers state-of-the-art knowledge to professionals and graduate students in the helping fields. The articles collected here provide researchers with foundations for further investigations while they give active professionals greater power in the fight against child abuse. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771882446

The Societal Impact of Technology Published in 1998. This text is concerned with research issues within the context of the emerging information age. The book draws together research which is devoted to key questions examining the relationship between the various and widely discussed developments of technological systems and their societal impacts. Increasing interest and research into the information society and their euphorical assumptions is creating a wide spectrum of societal criticism. Computer supported work for instance has led to the development of innovative organizational processes based on technological developments and communications paradigms. In particular the focus is centred on the perspectives of such Networking Entities and their many varied implications. The book links sociology with technology and aims to lead it to wider discussions of the above issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366961

The Societal Relevance of Management Accounting This book explores the relevance of management accounting research and practice for a range of broader societal phenomena related to corporate governance and regulation the creation and maintenance of markets and their concomitant social and political implications. It also explores the theoretical and methodological implications of pursuing a research agenda exploring such phenomena in greater detail. Containing a number of theoretical methodological and empirical contributions by leading management accounting scholars The Societal Relevance of Management Accounting seeks to advance novel research approaches that go beyond the traditional intra-organisational focus that has long dominated management accounting research. As such it seeks to enhance the relevance of management accounting research for a broader range of stakeholders and interest groups in and around individual organisations. This book was originally published as a special issue of Accounting and Business Research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138089396

The Societies of the Middle East and North AfricaStructures Vulnerabilities and Forces This new textbook explores the societies and populations of the Middle East and North Africa. Presenting original chapters written by the world’s leading Middle East scholars it analyzes the social fabric of the region’s varied countries to uncover the organizing structures human vulnerabilities and dynamic forces that shape everyday lives. The volume can be used in conjunction with The Government and Politics of the Middle East and North Africa textbook for a comprehensive overview of the region. Whether used as a companion text or a standalone volume this work provides the historical and cultural context necessary for understanding the peoples inhabiting Arab world Israel Turkey and Iran since the early twentieth century. Linking past to present to future it also ascertains the ongoing developmental trajectories of these societies including their overall stability and prosperity. The chapters are clearly structured and contain insightful case studies illustrative photographs and visualized data. They also end with discussion questions and annotated bibliographies to help spark further research. Among the rich topics covered are the following: Rural life Civil society and personal identities Economic challenges oil legacies environmental harm Religious movements women and gender and youth politics. The Societies of the Middle East and North Africa is written in an accessible way prioritizing social cultural and economic dimensions. As such this textbook provides a comprehensive introduction to the field and will be invaluable to students of Middle Eastern politics and society as well as sociology history economics and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138580503

The Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (SWIFT)Cooperative governance for network innovation standards and community A PDF version of this book is available for free in open access via www.tandfebooks.com as well as the OAPEN Library platform www.oapen.org. It has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license and is part of the OAPEN-UK research project. This book traces the history and development of a mutual organization in the financial sector called SWIFT the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication. Over the last forty years SWIFT has served the financial services sector as proprietary communications platform provider of products and services standards developer and conference organizer ("Sibos"). Founded to create efficiencies by replacing telegram and telex (or ‘wires’) for international payments SWIFT now forms a core part of the financial services infrastructure. It is widely regarded as the most secure trusted third party network in the world serving 212 countries and over 10 000 banking organizations securities institutions and corporate customers. Through every phase of its development SWIFT has maintained the status of industry cooperative thus presenting an opportunity to study broader themes of globalization and governance in the financial services sector. In this book the authors focus on how the design and current state of SWIFT was influenced by its historical origins presenting a comprehensive account in a succinct form which provides an informative guide to the history structure activities and future challenges of this key international organization. This work will be of great interest to students and scholars in a wide range of fields including IPE comparative political economy international economics business studies and business history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415631648

The Society of Accountants in Edinburgh 1854-1914A Study of Recruitment to a New Profession This book first published in 1988 provides an analysis of recruitment to the new profession of nineteenth-century accountancy and in doing so gives an insight into the complex origins and behaviour of the emergent professional classes. Unlike most studies this is a study of all recruits not only of those who succeeded in becoming qualified. This permits an analysis of the whole process of recruitment including the choice of accountancy as a career option and as a vehicle of social mobility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367494483

The Society of Jesus in Ireland Scotland and England 1589–1597Building the Faith of Saint Peter upon the King of Spain's Monarchy English Catholic voices once disregarded as merely confessional are now acknowledged to provide important perspectives on Elizabethan society. Based on extensive archival research this book builds on previous studies for the first thorough investigation of the Jesuit mission to England during a critical period between the unsuccessful armadas of 1588 and 1597 a period during which the mission was threatened as much by internal Catholic conflict as it was by the crown. To address properly events in England the study fully engages with the situation in Ireland Scotland and the continent so as to contextualize the ambitions methods and effects of the Jesuit mission. For England felt threatened not only by the military might of Spain but also by any assistance King Philip II might provide to Catholics earls and a vindictive James VI in Scotland powerful nobles in Ireland and English Catholics at home and abroad. However it is the particular role of the Jesuits that occupies central place in the narrative highlighting the way in which the Society of Jesus typified all that Elizabethan England feared about the Church of Rome. Through an exhaustive study of the many facets of the Jesuit mission to England between 1589 and 1597 this book provides a fascinating insight not only into Catholic efforts to bring England back into the Roman Church but also the simmering tensions and disagreements on how this should be achieved as well as debates concerning the very nature and structure of English Catholicism. A second volume The Society of Jesus in Ireland Scotland and England 1598-1606 will continue the story through to the early years of James VI & I's reign. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111127

The Society of PrincesThe Lorraine-Guise and the Conservation of Power and Wealth in Seventeenth-Century France The princes étrangers or the foreign princes were an influential group of courtiers in early modern France who maintained their unofficial status as 'foreigners' due to membership in sovereign ruling families. Arguably the most influential of these were the princes of Lorraine a sovereign state on France's eastern border. During the sixteenth century the Lorraine-Guise dominated the culture and politics of France gaining a reputation as a powerful manipulative family at the head of the Catholic League in the Wars of Religion and with close relationships with successive Valois monarchs and Catherine de Medici. After the traumas of 1588 however although they faded from the narrative history of France they nevertheless remained at the pinnacle of political culture until the end of the eighteenth century. This book examines the lesser-known period for the Guise at the later stages of the ancien régime focusing on the recovery of lost fortunes prestige favour and influence that began towards the end of the reign of Louis XIII and continued through that of Louis XIV. Central to the work is the question of what it meant to be a member of a family of princely rank whose dynastic links outside the state guaranteed privileges and favours at the highest level. Jonathan Spangler investigates how an aristocratic family operated within that political culture including facets of patronage (political ecclesiastical military and the arts) and the meaning of dynasticism itself (marriages testaments women's roles multiplicity of loyalties). The result is a thorough examination of the nature of crown-noble relations in the era of absolutism as seen through the example of the Lorraine-Guise. It sheds light on how the family which had so threatened the equilibrium of the late Valois monarchy became one of the strongest pillars supporting the regime of the later Bourbons. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315237015

The Socio-Cultural Ethnic and Historic Foundations of Kenya’s Electoral ViolenceDemocracy on Fire Kenya’s 2007 General Election results announcement precipitated the worst ethnic conflict in the country’s history; 1 133 people were killed while 600 000 were internally displaced. Within 2 months the incumbent and the challenger had agreed to a power-sharing agreement and a Government of National Unity. This book investigates the role of socio-cultural origins of ethnic conflict during electoral periods in Kenya beginning with the multi-party era of democratization and the first multi-party elections of 1992  illustrating how ethnic groups construct their interests and cooperate (or fail to) based on shared traits. The author demonstrates that socio-cultural traditions have led to the collaboration (and frequent conflict) between the Kikuyu and Kalenjin that has dominated power and politics in independent Kenya. The author goes onto evaluate the possibility of peace for future elections.This book will be of interest to scholars of African democracy Kenyan history and politics and ethnic conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592776

The Socioecology of Adult Female Patas Monkeys and Vervets in Kenya For upper-level and/or graduate level Primatology or Biological Anthropology courses.Socioecology of Adult Female Patas Monkeys and Vervet in Kenya East Africa provides students with a glimpse into a research project from start to finish. It discusses basic issues of studying primates and explores one of the major theories that has defined primatology for several decades. This text not only contributes detail on primate behavior but also on the ecological variables that influence primate behavior. These are often difficult to measure but the unique environment at the study site enabled the author to address questions that are much more difficult to answer elsewhere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138403741

The Socioeconomic Impact Of Resource DevelopmentMethods For Assessment Large-scale industrial and energy-development projects are profoundly affecting the social and economic climate of rural areas across the nation creating a need for extensive planning information both to prepare for the effects of such developments and to meet state and federal environmental impact assessment requirements. This book examines alternative methods of modelling the economic demographic public service fiscal and social impacts of major development projects. The authors provide a synthesis of the conceptual bases estimation techniques data requirements and types of output available focusing on models that address multiple impact dimensions and produce information at the county and subcounty levels. They also look at the kind of data each model produces in each impact category. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367311315

The Socio-economics of Conversion from War to Peace This text discusses the economic social and political implications of redirecting labour and capital from a military-based to a post-Cold War economy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315482330

The Socio-economics of Crime and Justice This book on crime and justice is motivated primarily by the idea that individual behaviour is influenced both by self-interest and by conscience or by a sense of community responsibility. Forst has assembled a collection of authors who are writing in four parts: (1) the philosophical foundations and the moral dimension of crime and punishment; (2) the sense of community and the way it influences the problem of crime; (3) on offenders and offences; and (4) on the response of the criminal justice system. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315486291

The Sociolinguistic Market Of CairoGender Class and Education First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138982437

The Sociolinguistics of Digital Englishes The Sociolinguistics of Digital Englishes introduces core areas of sociolinguistics and explores how each one has been transformed by the current era of digital communication and the Internet. Addressing the changing dynamics of English(es) in the digital age this ground-breaking book: discusses the spread of English and its current status as a global language; demonstrates how key concepts such as language change speech communities gender construction and code-switching are affected by digital communications; analyzes examples of the interaction of Englishes and social media such as Facebook Twitter and Urban Dictionary; and provides questions for discussion and further reading with each chapter. Accessible and innovative this book will be key reading for all students studying sociolinguistics and digital communication or with an interest in language in the globalized multimedia world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138025790

The Sociolinguistics of Survey Translation The Sociolinguistics of Survey Translation presents an overview of challenges in survey translation introduces a sociolinguistic framework to overcome these challenges and demonstrates step-by-step how this framework works to guide and evaluate survey translation. Topics covered in the book include the relationship between linguistic rules cultural norms and social practices and their impact on survey translation the role of orthography and semiotic symbols in translation translation of different types of survey materials and various stages of translation review and evaluation. This accessible book not only demonstrates how sociolinguistics can be a useful framework to address thorny survey translation problems but also provides practical and useful tools to guide survey translators and survey practitioners as they conduct and evaluate survey translations. Presenting an easy to implement yet comprehensive survey translation methodology and providing practical tools for survey translators practitioners and students this book is the essential guide to this fast-growing area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138550872

The Sociolinguistics of Voice in Globalising China This book deploys and develops the notion of voice in an investigation of China’s rapidly reshuffling society. The book is structured around two aspects of the voicing process in contemporary China: (1) stratification of voice which addresses the stabilizing condition of voice; and (2) restratification of voice that draws attention to the dynamics of the system of which the order is reshuffling and not yet apparent. This structure allows us to unveil the hidden forces played out in the voice making process and to stratifying and re-stratifying process of contemporary Chinese society in which some people are making themselves heard whereas others are losing voice.  Despite its importance and usefulness voice has been under theorized in recent decades. The ambitions of this book therefore are to invest serious efforts in developing the notion and to position it in the center of the theoretical toolkits available to students and scholars within and outside sociolinguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367133863

The Sociolinguistics ReaderVolume 2: Gender and Discourse The Sociolinguistics Reader presents a state-of-the-art account of the discipline in the closing years of the twentieth century.Volume 2: Gender and Discourse in the first section looks at patterns of language variation examining how gender identities are accomplished through language and the importance of gender in accounting for language behaviour. Section II meanwhile examines the sociolinguistic issues surrounding discourse with reference to the communication of affective meaning conversational routines grammaticalisation and language change intertextuality cross-cultural discourse patterns and their social implications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138372818

The Socio-Literary Imaginary in 19th and 20th Century BritainVictorian and Edwardian Inflections At once an invitation and a provocation The Socio-Literary Imaginary represents the first collection of essays to illuminate the historically and intellectually complex relationship between literary studies and sociology in nineteenth and early twentieth-century Britain. During the ongoing emergence of what Thomas Carlyle in "Signs of the Times" (1829) pejoratively labeled a new "Mechanical Age " Britain’s robust tradition of social thought was transformed by professionalization institutionalization and the birth of modern disciplinary fields. Writers and thinkers most committed to an approach grounded in empirical data and inductive reasoning such as Harriet Martineau and John Stuart Mill positioned themselves in relation to French positivist Auguste Comte’s recent neologism "la  sociologie." Some Victorian and Edwardian novelists George Eliot and John Galsworthy among them became enthusiastic adopters of early sociological theory; others including Charles Dickens and Ford Madox Ford more  idiosyncratically both complemented and competed with the "systems of society" proposed by their social scientific contemporaries. Chronologically bound within the period from the 1830s through the 1920s this volume expansively reconstructs their expansive if never collective efforts. Individual essays focus on Comte Dickens Eliot Ford and Galsworthy as well as Friedrich Engels Elizabeth Gaskell G. H. Lewes Virginia Woolf and others. The volume's introduction locates these author-specific contributions in the context of both the international intellectual history of sociology in Britain through the First World War and the interanimating intersections of sociological and literary  theory from the work of Hippolyte Taine in the 1860s through the successive linguistic and digital turns of the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367371319

The Sociological Eye This major expression of one of the leaders of the Chicago School one of the most important schools of thought in contemporary American sociology includes his recognized masterpieces of sociological research and writing. Hughes pioneered studies in a variety of sociological subjects: social institutions racial interaction work and occupations and research methodology. Cumulatively these essays show the obvious magnitude and scope of thought of one of the century's most distinguished scholars.In their introduction to this edition Riesman and Becker provide a biographical background to Hughes' writing describing his pervading influence on the field of sociology and on younger sociologists through his teaching fieldwork work in professional associations and personality. The essays are grouped into four sections: the relationship of social institutions to changes in their surroundings and to the personalities and careers of persons; problems of multi-ethnic societies; the development of occupations the monopoly license of professions the determination of public policy about a line of work and the relations between work and social role; and social observation and analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538665

The Sociological QuestAn introduction to the study of social life What is sociology? How do you 'do' sociology?Starting sociology can be daunting. This bestselling short introduction takes the reader on a quest towards a sociological understanding of the world we live in. Using contemporary examples The Sociological Quest asks what is distinctive about the way sociologists view society. Evan Willis shows that they are concerned with the relationship between the individual and society and that a sociological analysis involves an approach which is historical cultural structural and critical.This fifth edition has been thoroughly revised and incorporates new examples on technology terrorism climate change and consumer behaviour. It remains essential preliminary reading for new students of sociology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003118206

The Sociological Tradition When first published The Sociological Tradition had a profound and positive impact on sociology providing a rich sense of intellectual background to a relatively new discipline in America. Robert Nisbet describes what he considers the golden age of sociology 1830-1900 outlining five major themes of nineteenth-century sociologists: community authority status the sacred and alienation. Nisbet focuses on sociology's European heritage delineating the arguments of Tocqueville Marx Durkheim and Weber in new and revealing ways.When the book initially appeared the Times Literary Supplement noted that "this thoughtful and lucid guide shows more clearly than any previous book on social thought the common threads in the sociological tradition and the reasons why so many of its central concepts have stood the test of time." And Lewis Coser writing in the New York Times Book Review claimed that "this lucidly written and elegantly argued volume should go a long way toward laying to rest the still prevalent idea that sociology is an upstart discipline unconcerned with and alien to the major intellectual currents of the modern world."Its clear and comprehensive analysis of the origins of this discipline ensures The Sociological Tradition a permanent place in the literature on sociology and its origins. It will be of interest to those interested in sociological theory the history of social thought and the history of ideas. Indeed as Alasdair Maclntyre observed: "We are unlikely to be given a better book to explain to us the inheritance of sociology from the conservative tradition." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538672

The Sociology and Politics of DevelopmentA Theoretical Study Originally published in 1980 this work answers the crucial question of how social change should be guided in the developing countries. Professor Varma begins by posing the problems of the general scope of modernization and the general criteria used in the modernization process. He examines carefully some of the models that have been used for this purpose in the past providing extensive summaries of the views on modernization of theorists in various social science disciplines including sociology politics economics and anthropology and stresses the importance of these views in guiding policy decisions. The book concludes with a comparison of the development processes of the United States the Soviet Union China Japan and India. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851572

The Sociology and Professionalization of EconomicsBritish and American Economic Essays Volume II A.W. Coats has made unique contributions to the history of economic thought economic methodology and the sociology of economics. This volume collects together for the first time a substantial part of his work on the sociology and professionalization of economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009325

The Sociology of Adult & Continuing Education This book provides a comprehensive sociological overview of adult and continuing education. It draws on all branches of sociology rather than advocating one approach. It examines the theories of all the significant sociological writers in the field such as Knowles Marx Freire and Gramsci and sets them in the broader intellectual context. It also considers the content of the curriculum in adult education and the place of adult education in society at large. The author indicates the strengths and weaknesses of the different sociological perspectives and demonstrates how they can be used to analyse the function and purpose of adult and continuing education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415750721

The Sociology of an English Village: Gosforth First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863698

The Sociology of Art (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1982 The Sociology of Art considers all forms of the arts whether visual arts literature film theatre or music from Bach to the Beatles. The last book to be completed by Arnold Hauser before his death in 1978 it is a total analysis of the spiritual forces of social expression based upon comprehensive historical experience and documentation. Hauser explores art through the earliest times to the modern era with fascinating analyses of the mass media and current manifestations of human creativity. An extension and completion of his earlier work The Social History of Art this volume represents a summing up of his thought and forms a fitting climax to his life’s work. Translated by Kenneth J. Northcote. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415504546

The Sociology of Assessment: Comparative and Policy PerspectivesThe Selected Works of Patricia Broadfoot In the World Library of Educationalists series international experts themselves compile career-long collections of what they judge to be their finest pieces – extracts from books key articles salient research findings major theoretical and practical contributions – so the world can read them in a single manageable volume. Readers will be able to follow the themes and strands and see how their work contributes to the development of the field. In a collection of her most influential work spanning nearly four decades Patricia Broadfoot applies her trademark sociological and comparative perspective to empirical studies at every level of the educational system. From her classic long-term study of the impact of changing national assessment policies on pupils and teachers in the classrooms of England and France to her sustained championship of the need for a better understanding of the impact of assessment on learning Broadfoot has consistently championed the need for a more developed sociological understanding of assessment. Broadfoot’s accessible writing offers insights that are as novel as they are important for the education of future generations. This book allows readers to follow themes and strands across Patricia Broadfoot’s career and will be of interest to all followers of her work and any reader interested in the development of teaching learning and assessment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367206307

The Sociology of Belief (Routledge Revivals)Fallacy and Foundation First published in 1980 this book presents a study of knowledge and the patterns of social and scientific thought. Keith Dixon argues that traditional and contemporary formulations of the sociology of knowledge involve a series of fallacies and the claim to reduce knowledge to ideology devalues the role of reasoned inquiry. Chapters discuss such areas as the theories of Marx and Mannheim the sociology of science and religious belief. With a detailed conclusion analysing the foundations and limits of the sociology of knowledge this reissue will provide an interesting and useful analysis to students of Sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415737456

The Sociology of Central Asian YouthChoice Constraint Risk At the onset of the twenty-first century ‘youth studies’ emerged as a distinct field of inquisition. Discourses and debates in the field have since become more sophisticated and the spectrum of analysis has likewise broadened. However it is striking to note how little reference is made to young people of peripheral regions like Central Asia. The Sociology of Central Asian Youth seeks to critically broaden the discussion on youth transitions discourse by moving beyond the geographical terrain of North America Britain Australia and Western Europe. The work establishes an in-depth understanding of young Central Asians with a special focus on those in Uzbekistan. This is accomplished through the explanatory powers of the various forms of sociological theory and specifically by pursuing an ambitious aim: to introduce the classic sociological debate about the relationship between structure and agency in social behaviour into the study of modern Central Asia. Presenting the experiences of youth against the backdrop of contemporary socio-economic and cultural changes in the post-Soviet space this empirical monograph will appeal to postgraduate students and post/doctoral researchers interested in fields such as Youth Studies Central Asian Studies Social Anthropology Cultural Studies and Sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367431808

The Sociology of Colonies [Part 2]An Introduction to the Study of Race Contact First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863414

The Sociology of Comprehensive Schooling This book first published in 1977 attempts to unravel the complex debate behind the reorganisation of comprehensive secondary schools in Britain. It sets the British experience in perspective by comparing it with that of other Western European societies and into relief by contracts with the USA. The politics of reform are explored and their social roots in changing class relations are discussed. This book will be of interest to students of sociology and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138221086

The Sociology Of DevelopmentThe Impasse And Beyond First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315820033

The Sociology of Disability and Inclusive EducationA Tribute to Len Barton Len Barton’s intellectual and practical contribution to the sociology of disability and education is highly significant and widely known. The leading scholars in this collection including his long term collaborators offer both a celebration and a reassessment of this contribution addressing the challenge that the social model of disability has presented to dominant medicalised concepts categories and practices and their power to define the identity and the lives of others. At the same time the authors build upon some of the key themes that are woven through Len Barton’s work such as his call for a ‘politics of hope’. This collection explores a wide range of topics including: difference as a field of political struggle the relationship of disability studies disabled people and their struggle for inclusion radical activism: organic intellectuals and the disability movement discrimination exclusion and effective change inclusive education the ‘politics of hope’ resilience and transformative actions universal pedagogy human rights and citizenship debates. The Sociology of Disability and Inclusive Education highlights Len Barton’s humane vision of academic work of the nature of an inclusive and non-discriminatory society of the role of an education system which addresses the rights and potential of all participants. It indicates how such a society could be achieved through the principles of social inclusion human rights equity and social justice. This book was originally published as a special issue of the British Journal of Sociology of Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110878

The Sociology of DisasterFictional Explorations of Human Experiences In a book as illuminating as it is captivating Thomas E. Drabek presents an in-depth analysis of the emotional impacts of disaster events and the many ripple effects that follow.  Through the technique of storytelling a series of nine fictional stories where characters experience actual disasters of different types throughout the United States illustrate the vulnerabilities and resilience to enhance the readers understanding of disaster consequences. Designed for classroom use each story is followed by an "Analysis" section wherein discussion and research paper topics are recommended. These highlight links to published research findings. A "References" section details citations for all works included. Brief commentary in a "Notes" section adds further connections to other disasters and relevant research studies. The Sociology of Disaster is an important innovation in disaster education and will become an invaluable resource within universities and colleges that offer degrees in emergency management at both the undergraduate and graduate levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367253066

The Sociology of Early ChildhoodYoung Children’s Lives and Worlds The Sociology of Early Childhood brings a new perspective to the field of early childhood education offering insights into how children's diverse backgrounds shape their life chances. This book will be invaluable for all early childhood educators and students who want to explore the complexities of contemporary society. The book takes us through the lives of children from birth to eight years of age highlighting key issues for babies for toddlers and for older children as they grow and learn. Exploring key aspects of inequality such as gender social class race disability Indigeneity and sexuality the sociological insights of this book help educators navigate their role as guides mediators and advocates for young children. Whether it is understanding children's emotions working with families or understanding the challenges of climate change this book will help with practical and relevant knowledge. Traditional approaches to early childhood focus on individual children often missing a critical awareness of social relationships. There has also been a narrow understanding of children's abilities at a given age or stage which has ignored the significant impacts of power privilege and disadvantage. Using sociological theory the authors unpack how these big issues affect all aspects of children's lives showing how children struggle to overcome the negative stereotypes which operate to diminish the life chances of many children. This book gives all those who care about or for young children the tools and understanding to become powerful advocates for a better childhood and a better world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138089570

The Sociology of Economic Life This book incorporates classic and contemporary readings in economic sociology and related disciplines to provide students with a broad understanding of the many dimensions of economic life. It discusses Max Weber's key concepts in economics and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319571

The Sociology of Education First published in 1979 this third edition of The Sociology of Education at the time held the field as the standard textbook on the subject. It takes into account the changes that occurred in the field from the publication of the first edition in 1965 and the second edition in 1972. The book is divided into three parts: the first considers the way in which the child becomes a social being and the influences upon them of the family the peer group and the mass media; the second deals with the sociology of schooling and looks at different types and stages of schools as well as the attitudes and forms of interaction within them; and finally the third traces the relationship between education and social institutions and looks at the balance between the preservation of social stability and the introduction of change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415792394

The Sociology of EducationA Systematic Analysis The Sociology of Education: A Systematic Analysis is a comprehensive and cross-cultural look at the sociology of education. This textbook gives a sociological analysis of education by incorporating a diverse set of theoretical approaches. The authors include practical applications and current educational issues to discuss the structure and processes that make education systems work as well as the role sociologists play in both understanding and bring about change. In addition to up-to-date examples and research the eighth edition presents three chapters on inequality in educational access and experiences where class race and ethnicity and gender are presented as separate (though intersecting) vectors of educational inequality. Each chapter combines qualitative and quantitative approaches and relevant theory; classics and emerging research; and micro- and macro-level perspectives.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138237360

The Sociology of EducationA Systematic Analysis (International Student Edition) A comprehensive and cross-cultural look at the sociology of education. The text integrates important and diverse topics in the field by showing how they are related. The Sociology of Education: A Systematic Analysis provides a sociological analysis of education using several theoretical approaches. The authors include practical applications and current educational issues to discuss the structure and processes that make education systems work. Learning Goals Upon completing this book readers should be able to: Learn diverse theoretical approaches in the sociology of education Assess important current or emerging topics including higher education informal education (“climate” and the “hidden curriculum”) the school environment education around the world and educational movements and alternatives Understand how change takes place and what role sociologists play Become involved with educational systems where they can put to use the knowledge available in textbooks Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138091566

The Sociology of Educational Ideas This study first published in 1973 examines the principles that lie behind educational dilemmas and helps to clarify the difficulties of explanation justification and practical action in the educational system. The author explores various key concepts in the education process such as Intelligence Equal Opportunity Knowledge and Selection. She shows that different and often contrasting interpretations of these concepts imply certain assumptions about the nature of man the genesis and knowledge the education process and its relation to society. This title will be of interest to students of sociology and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138221345

The Sociology of Educational Inequality (RLE Edu L) What is the most significant factor for explaining why some individuals are more successful than others – genetic inheritance privileged background or luck? Although conventional approaches stress the prime importance of one of these Tyler argues that such theories fail to deal adequately with the complexity of educational inequality and suggests that Boudon’s model of opportunity and mobility would provide us with a more productive explanation. By applying this model to post-war British education he shows how we might effectively think our approaches to the ‘cycle of deprivation’ comprehensive reform and educational spending.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753029

The Sociology of Educational InnovationContemporary Sociology of the School Innovation is a striking and polemical feature of contemporary schooling. The 1960s saw an upsurge of interest in progressive educational theories and debate and the benefits and disadvantages of their practical application which continued after. But what was the reality behind the words? How far had teachers actually supported or adopted innov Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138628960

The Sociology of EducationAn Introduction First published in 1972 this book aims to provide an introduction to the teacher or teacher in training to society and its relationship to education. Although very much a product of its time rather than an instructive text for teachers in the 21st century this work will be of interest to those studying the evolution of the study o Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138629851

The Sociology of EducationIntroductory Analytical Perspectives First published in 1969 this book examines the educational process as a whole in relation to its society. The discussion is set within a specifically sociological frame of reference and looks at the school as an organisation as well as the social environment surrounding the school. It concludes by considering some of the basic issues concerning the functions of education for society. Written at a time when sociological studies of education were scarce this ground-breaking work will be of interest to those studying education and its relationship with society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415788977

The Sociology of Energy Buildings and the EnvironmentConstructing Knowledge Designing Practice Bringing the social sciences to the heart of environmental debate this book demonstrates the relevance of sociological analysis for environmentally critical issues like energy consumption. Focusing on energy efficiency and the built environment the authors take a critical look at the production and use of technical knowledge and energy-related expertise. Challenging the conventional assumptions of scientists and energy policy-makers the book outlines a new role for social research and a new paradigm for environmental policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315812373

The Sociology of Food and Agriculture In this second edition of The Sociology of Food and Agriculture students are provided with a substantially revised and updated introductory text to this emergent field. The book begins with the recent development of agriculture under capitalism and neo-liberal regimes and the transformation of farming and peasant agriculture from a small-scale family-run way of life to a globalized system. Topics such as the global hunger and obesity challenges GM foods and international trade and subsidies are assessed as part of the world food economy. The final section concentrates on themes of sustainability food security and food sovereignty. The book concludes on a positive note examining alternative agri-food movements aimed at changing foodscapes at levels from the local to the global. With increased coverage of the financialization of food food and culture gender ethnicity and justice food security and food sovereignty the book is perfect for students with little or no background in sociology and is also suitable for more advanced courses as a comprehensive primer. All chapters include learning objectives suggested discussion questions and recommendations for further reading to aid student learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138946248

The Sociology of GreedRuns and Ruins in Banking Crises The Sociology of Greed examines crises in financial institutions such as banks from the vantage point of the greed of the people at their helm. It offers an intensive analysis of the banking crises under the conditions of colonial capitalism in early twentieth-century Bengal that led to institutional and social collapse. Breaking new ground the book looks at the moral economy of capitalism and money culture by focusing on the victims of banking crises hitherto unexplored in Western empirical research. Through sociological analyses of political economy it seamlessly combines archival records survey and statistical data with literary narratives realist fiction and performing arts to recount how the greed of bank owners and managers ruined their institutions as well as common people. It argues that greed turns perilous when the state and the market facilitate its agency and it examines the contexts and histories the indifference of the fledgling colonial state feeble political response and the consequences for those who were impacted and the losses especially the refugees the lower-middle class and women. The volume also re-composes relevant elements of Western sociological scholarship from classical theories to early twenty-first-century financial sociology. An insightful account of the social history of banking in India this book will greatly interest researchers and scholars in sociology economics history and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367734947

The Sociology of Health Healing and Illness With thorough coverage of inequality in health care access and practice this leading textbook has been widely acclaimed by teachers as the most accessible of any available. It introduces and integrates recent research in medical sociology and emphasizes the importance of race class gender and sexuality throughout. This new edition leads students through the complexities of the evolving Affordable Care Act. It significantly expands coverage of medical technology end-of-life issues and alternative and complementary health care—topics that students typically debate in the classroom. While the COVID-19 pandemic emerged after this edition of the text was originally submitted material has been added in Chapters 3 10 and 13 about it. Many new text boxes and enhancements in pedagogy grace this new edition which is essential in the fast-changing area of health care. New to this edition: More text boxes relating the social aspects of medicine to students’ lives. Expanded coverage leading students through the complex impacts of the ACA and health care reform. Greater emphasis on sexual minority health and LGBTQ+ persons’ experiences in the health care system. Expanded coverage of medical technology end-of-life issues and alternative and complementary health care. "Health and the Internet" sections are updated and renovated to create more interactive student assignments. New end-of-chapter lists of terms with key terms as flash cards on the companion website. An updated instructor’s guide with test bank. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367253882

The Sociology of Health Healing and Illness With thorough coverage of inequality in health care access and practice this leading textbook has been widely acclaimed by teachers as the most accessible of any available. It introduces and integrates recent research in medical sociology and emphasizes the importance of race class gender throughout. This new edition leads students through the complexities of the evolving Affordable Care Act. It significantly expands coverage of medical technology end-of-life issues and alternative and complementary health care—topics students typically debate in the classroom.  Many new textboxes and enhancements in pedagogy grace this new edition which is essential in the fast-changing area of health care. New to this Edition *More textboxes relating the social aspects of medicine to students' lives *Expanded coverage leading students through the complex impacts of the ACA and health care reform  *Expanded coverage of medical technology end-of-life issues and alternative and complementary health care  *'Health and the Internet' sections updated and renovated toward student assignments  *New end of chapter lists of terms *Updated test bank Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138647732

The Sociology of Health and IllnessA Reader A wide-ranging collection of both classic writings and more recent articles in the sociology of health and illness this reader is organized into the following sections: * health beliefs and knowledge* inequalities and patterning of health and illness* professional and patient interaction* chronic illness and disability* evaluation and politics in health care. With a thorough introduction which sets the scene for the field as a whole and section introductions which contextualize each chapter the reader includes a number of different perspectives on health and illness is international in scope and will provide an invaluable resource to students across a wide range of courses in sociology and the social sciences. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315013015

The Sociology of Healthcare The Sociology of Healthcare Second Edition explores the impact of current social changes on health illness and healthcare and provides an overview of the fundamental concerns in these areas.  This new edition features a brand new chapter entitled ‘End of Life’ which will help health and social care workers to respond with confidence to one of the most difficult and challenging areas of care.  The ‘End of Life’ chapter includes information on changing attitudes to death theories of death and dying and palliative care.  All chapters have been thoroughly updated to address diversity issues such as gender ethnicity and disability.  In addition expanded and updated chapters include ‘Childhood and Adolescence’ and ‘Health Inequalities’. The text is further enhanced through the use of case studies that relate theory to professional practice and discussion questions to aid understanding.  Links to websites direct the reader to further information on health social wellbeing and government policies.  This book is essential reading for all students of healthcare including nursing medicine midwifery and health studies and for those studying healthcare as part of sociology social care and social policy degrees.“In an age when health policy follows an individualist model of “personal responsibility” this book by Alan Clarke demonstrates with a vast array of evidence just how much there is such a thing as society.  An excellent overall book.”Dr. Stephen Cowden Senior Lecturer in Social Work Coventry University Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138168091

The Sociology of Higher EducationReproduction Transformation and Change in a Global Era The Sociology of Higher Education: Reproduction Transformation and Change in a Global Era provides an exciting and conceptually rich approach to the sociology of higher education. It offers innovative perspectives on the future of universities within the new and emerging research sub-field of the sociology of global higher education. The twenty-first century has witnessed wide-ranging structural and ideological transformations in higher education which have created both a sense of opportunity as well as crisis and loss in the urgent debates around the legitimate roles of the university in the 21st century. The chapters represent a diverse and vibrant field illustrating a sociological imagination and a dynamic engagement with the key challenges facing higher education and confirming continuing inequalities through internationalisation. This book is comprised of a broad selection of articles originally published in the British Journal of Sociology of Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377141

The Sociology of HypocrisyAn Analysis of Sport and Religion With close attention to the spheres of sport and religion as important sites of moral currency this book draws on media coverage of major cases of hypocrisy attending to differing meanings and consequences of hypocrisy within the US France and Iceland. Instances come from scandals within the established churches as well as cases from the National Collegiate Athletic Association the Tour de France and the inquest into the Hillsborough Disaster in the UK. It considers the importance of the context within which moral conduct takes place and the relevance of this for the occurrence of hypocritical action while exploring also the implications of advances in computer and information technology for controlling messages and monitoring deceit. Identifying the negative effects of the detection of hypocrisy at individual and institutional levels the author engages with the work of Goffman to argue for the importance of trust in institutions underlining the necessity of minimizing and correcting hypocritical acts by which this is undermined. A detailed study of hypocrisy and the need for trust this volume will appeal to scholars and students of sociology with interests in social and moral conduct sport religion Goffman and the notion of social life as artifice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367271725

The Sociology of Industry This book provides an excellent introduction to the sociology of industry. It comprises of three sections which in turn address: the relation between industry and other sub-systems or institutions in society; the internal structure of industry and the roles people play within that structure; the social actions of individuals and groups within an organisational structure. It is an excellent resource for students of sociology who have an interest in its application to the ‘world of work’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837102

The Sociology of IslamCollected Essays of Bryan S. Turner Taking a thematic approach Bryan S. Turner draws together his writings which explore the relationship between Islam and the ideas of Western social thinkers. Turner engages with the broad categories of capitalism orientalism modernity gender and citizenship among others as he examines how Muslims adapt to changing times and how Islam has come to be managed by those in power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409462118

The Sociology of Karl Mannheim (RLE Social Theory)With a Bibliographical Guide to the Sociology of Knowledge Ideological Analysis and Soci Karl Mannheim (1893-1947) occupies a prominent position among the leading social scientists of the twentieth century; his ideas and his books are relevant for many issues engaging the concern of sociologists today. Mannheim’s life spanned three cultural traditions – Hungarian German and British – and in this authoritative study Professor Remmling covers all these phases in his life and work.Mannheim began as an idealistic philosopher but soon began to make important contributions to the developing area of sociology of knowledge. After his emigration to England in 1933 Mannheim developed a theory of social planning to combat the socio-political consequences of the crisis of liberalism. During the Second World War his attention shifted to the ethical and religious values of Western humanism and the related role of mass education in democratic social planning. Finally Mannheim forged the rudiments of a political sociology attacking the abuse of politico-military power and the resulting danger of a third world war while simultaneously calling for counter-attack under the banner of planning for freedom on behalf of militant fundamental democracy. In tracing these development in Karl Mannheim’s work Gunter Remmling provides insights into major theoretical and practical issues of the first half of the twentieth century problems which remain central to the modern experience.A comprehensive bibliography is provided to introduce the sociology of knowledge and related topics such as ideology utopia intellectuals Weimar culture and social planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990005

The Sociology of Knowledge Approach to DiscourseInvestigating the Politics of Knowledge and Meaning-making. The Sociology of Knowledge Approach to Discourse (SKAD) has reoriented research into social forms structuration and processes of meaning construction and reality formation; doing so by linking social constructivist and pragmatist approaches with post-structuralist thinking in order to study discourses and create epistemological space for analysing processes of world-making in culturally diverse environments. SKAD is anchored in interpretive traditions of inquiry and allows for broadening â€“ and possibly overcoming â€“ of the epistemological biases and restrictions still common in theories and approaches of Western- and Northern-centric social sciences. An innovative volume this book is exactly attentive to these empirically based globally diverse further developments of approach with a clear focus on the methodology and its implementation. Thus The Sociology of Knowledge Approach to Discourse presents itself as a research program and locates the approach within the context of interpretive social sciences followed by eleven chapters on different cases from around the world that highlight certain theoretical questions and methodological challenges. Presenting outstanding applications of the Sociology of Knowledge Approach to Discourse across a wide variety of substantive projects and regional contexts this text will appeal to postgraduate students and researchers interested in fields such as Discourse Studies Sociology Cultural Studies and Qualitative Methodology and Methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367490195

The Sociology of Knowledge in a Time of CrisisChallenging the Phantom of Liberty The speed of social dynamics has overtaken the speed of thought. Adopting a dialectical perspective towards reality social theory has always detected faults in the dominant social pattern foreseeing crises and outlining in advance the features of new social models. Thought has always moved faster than reality and its ruling models ensuring a dynamic equilibrium during modernity. Despite any dramatic social crisis theory has always provided exit routes. The tragedy of current crisis lies in the fact that its social implications are exasperated by the absence of alternative views. This book identifies the causes of this mismatch between thought and reality and illustrates a way out. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138485013

The Sociology of KnowledgeAn Essay in Aid of a Deeper Understanding of the History of Ideas First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315006437

The Sociology of KnowledgeToward a Deeper Understanding of the History of Ideas This volume serves as both an introduction to the field of the sociology of knowledge and an interpretation of the thought of the major figures associated with its development More than a compendium of ideas Stark seeks here to put order into what he regarded as a diffuse tradition of diverse bodies of thought in particular the seemingly irreconcilable conflict between the study of the political element in thought identified here with Karl Mannheim and the investigation of the social element in thinking associated with the work of Max Scheler.The sociology of knowledge is primarily directed toward the study of the precise ways that human experience through the mediation of knowledge takes on a conscious and communicable shape. While both schools dealt with by Stark assume that the pursuit of truth is not purposeful apart from socially and historically determined structures of meaning the tradition extending from Marx to Mannheim seeks to expose hidden factors that turn us away from the truth while that of Weber and Scheler attempts to identify social forces that impart a definite direction to our search for itIn order to reconcile opposing theoretical positions Stark seeks to lay the foundations for a theory of the social determination of thought by directing his inquiry to the philosophical problem of truth in a manner compatible with cultural sociology. Stark's theoretical legacy to the sociology of knowledge is that social influences operate everywhere through a group's ethos. From this many systems of ideas and social categories emanate revealing partial glimpses of a synthetic whole.The outcome of Stark's work is a general theory of social determination remarkably consistent with contemporary interests in the broad range of cultural studies whose focus is best described as the use of philosophical literary and historical approaches to study the social construction of meaning. The Sociology of Knowledge will be of great interest to social scientists philosophers and intellectual historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538689

The Sociology of LawClassical and Contemporary Perspectives The purpose of this book is to introduce the sociology of law by providing a coherent organization to the general body of literature in that field. As such the text gives a comprehensive overview of theoretical sociology of law. It deals with the broad expanse of the field and covers a vast amount of intellectual terrain. This volume is intended to fill a gap in the literature. Most textbooks in the sociology of law are insufficiently theoretical or else do not provide a paradigmatic analysis of sociological theories.The content of this text consists of discussions of the works of scholars who have contributed the most to the cumulative development of the sociology of law. It surveys the major traditions of legal sociology but is not wedded to any one particular theoretical approach. Both the "classical " or nineteenth-century and "contemporary " or twentieth-century perspectives are covered. The reader will see that nineteenth-century thought has directly influenced the emergence of twentieth-century theory.One unique feature of this book is that key sociological and legal concepts presented in bold print and italics are defined described and illustrated throughout. Although the nature of the subject matter is highly theoretical and at times quite complex Trevino values every effort to present the material in the most straightforward and intelligible form possible without compromising the integrity of the theories themselves. In short this book aims to accomplish three objectives: inform about the progressive advancement of sociological theory teach the reader to analyze the law as a social phenomenon and develop in the reader a critical mode of thinking about issues relevant to the relationship between law and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538696

The Sociology of Modernization and Development "David Harrison writes very well and presents a good well-balanced and perceptive appraisal of current perspectives."--"Times Higher Education Supplement" This title available in eBook format. Click here for more information.Visit our eBookstore at: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138169777

The Sociology of Political Praxis (RLE: Gramsci)An Introduction to Gramsci's Theory This volume analyses the philosophical nature of Gramsci’s Marxism and its Hegelian source the radical critique of the economistic tradition and the original analyses of the role of superstructures ideology consciousness and subjectivity in the revolutionary process. It relates the central themes of Gramsci’s writings such as hegemony ‘historical blocs’ the role of intellectuals and political praxis to the more peripheral ones such as science language literature and art. The introduction includes a brief intellectual biography of Gramsci. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138998117

The Sociology of Postmarxism Postmarxism is often depicted as a point of intersection for a set of inter-disciplinary theories that are in themselves complex and dense.Bringing the postmarxist theory of Ernesto Laclau into the field of political sociology through a close reading and analysis of postmarxism and its relationship to ‘the social’ A Sociology of Postmarxism develops key postmarxist arguments in an engaging and sociologically applicable way. Indeed through a threefold method of analysis Howson first unpacks the relationship between ‘the social’ and ‘the political’ by analysing key allied theories to show where the points of connection occur. This is then followed by an insightful analysis of the key features of postmarxist theory such as antagonism and the inevitability of social dislocation the political importance of hegemony; and the empty signifier thesis and equivalence to show how such theory can be applied at a sociological level. Finally through the use of sociological categories such as masculinities migration and social capital the foregoing theoretical analyses are synthesised to show the social nature of postmarxism and particularly in the context of aspiration and co-operation.This enlightening volume will appeal to undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as postdoctoral researchers who are interested in fields such as Political Sociology Post Marxist Political Theory and Social Theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367866068

The Sociology of ReligionTheoretical and Comparative Perspectives This clear introduction to the sociology of religion combines a discussion of key theorists with a modern emphasis on the diversity of religious beliefs and practices. Malcolm Hamilton's expanded second edition brings the discussion fully up-to-date and extends its material on secularization and religious sects giving a broad comparative view. Drawing on the insights of history anthropology and sociology he surveys classic and contemporary theory to give a full picture of the variety and scope of theoretical perspectives. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203991046

The Sociology of School OrganizationContemporary Sociology of the School First published in 1983 this volume assembles recent theory on school organization drawing on a wide range of research mainly on schools in contemporary Britain but with some illuminating historical and overseas comparisons. It examines elements of organization both within and outside the school and shows how they vary with the age sex ethnicity and social class of pupils as well as school size and efficiency. It argues how with understanding organizational patterns may be changed to respond to new objectives and how they may become more effective and responsive to human needs in schools and classrooms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415790246

The Sociology of TerrorismPeople Places and Processes This is the first terrorism textbook based on sociological research. It adopts an innovative framework that draws together historical and modern local and global and social processes for a range of individuals groups and societies. Individual behaviour and dispositions are embedded within these broader relationships and activities allowing a more holistic account of terrorism to emerge. In addition the shifting forms of identification and interwoven attitudes to political violence are discussed in order to explain the emergence continuation and end of ‘terrorist’ careers. The book draws on examples from across the discursive spectrum including religious ‘red’ and ‘black’ racialist nationalist and trans-national. It also spans territories as diverse as Chechnya Germany Italy Japan Northern Ireland Pakistan Palestine Saudi Arabia South America the UK and the US. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415572668

The Sociology of the Caring Professions This text provides students with a comprehensive introduction to the sociology of professions. It covers social work probation nursing midwifery and health visiting and looks at key topics such as control and legal relationships the relationship of gender and care and the 'new managerialism'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149694

The Sociology of the Colonies [Part 1]An Introduction to the Study of Race Contact First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863407

The Sociology of the Health Service The Sociology of the Health Service responds directly to the need to develop a sociological analysis of current health policy. Topics covered vary from privatisation and health service management to health education and the politics of professional power. Also included is an histroical review of sociology's contributions to health policy and proposals for an agenda for sociological health policy research in the 1990s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138468306

The Sociology of the Mentally Disordered Offender In recent years mentally disordered offenders have attracted considerable attention in the media and there has been heated public debate as to the best treatment and prevention of re-offending. Simultaneously there has been a significant increase in the amount of research specialist courses and training devoted to this particular high profile area of mental health care. This is as a result of considerable public pressure to develop effective theory and practice for diagnosing and treating this patient group.A Sociology of the Mentally Disordered Offender provides a concise and most importantly accessible guide to the main theoretical issues from a sociological perspective as a counterbalance to the predominant medical model. Having established a theoretical framework through the exploration of topics such as the relationship between crime and mental disorder the authors look at the processes by which offenders are referred either to criminal justice or the mental health service system their subsequent treatment and management and the problem of re-offending. A final chapter looks at ways in which care and management of these patients may be effectively developed in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138415751

The Sociology of the Workplace (RLE: Organizations) This volume adopts an interdisciplinary approach. The study of the workplace is approached from the standpoint of industrial sociology industrial relations industrial anthropology and other related disciplines. It includes contributions from economists and psychologists as well as from sociologists. The theoretical and practical issues raised are however central to the sociological tradition of Marx and Weber in that they concern the meaning of human and social phenomena and their relevance to resolving questions of moment in industrial and industrializing societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990012

The Sociology of TourismTheoretical and Empirical Investigations The rapid expansion of the tourism industry has provided many economic benefits and affected every facet of contemporary societies including employment government revenue and cultural manifestations. However tourism can also be considered a problematic phenomenon promoting dependency underdevelopment and adverse sociocultural effects especially for developing countries. This pioneering work provides a comprehensive review of these complex tourism issues from a sociological perspective. Various theoretical and empirical approaches are introduced and the following issues are discussed: * identifiable and stable forms of touristic behaviour and roles* social divisions within tourism* the interdependence of tourism and social institutions* the effects of transnational tourism and commodification on the ecosystem.Featuring international contributions from nine different countries this book brings together the most noted theoretical and empirical studies and enriches them with diverse experiences and perspectives. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203714294

The Sociology of Urban Living The urban setting in which people live has an important influence upon the organization and planning of their social lives. H. E. Nottridge here presents a valuable introduction to the field of urban sociology showing that it is a theoretical discipline which is worthy of consideration in its own right. Throughout his account Mr Nottridge places strong emphasis on the need for comparative perspectives. He uses a wide range of source material from urban environments as far apart as shanty towns in developing countries and the great metropolitan complexity of London. He covers such topics as scope and methods in urban sociology social differences in towns and in the context of urban social structure the family and network theories. He also analyses the work of the Chicago School of Weber Tonnies Park Redfield and Wirth assessing their value for mdoern urban sociology. The author concludes with an examination of housing migration and urban poverty. This book was first published in 1972. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864688

The Sociology of Wilhelm BaldamusParadox and Inference Wilhelm 'Gi' Baldamus (1908-1991) was one of the most distinctive voices in British sociology in the second half of the twentieth century. He made major contributions to both industrial sociology and sociological theory yet many of his central concerns remain under-explored. This volume is the first of its kind to engage with these questions and Baldamus’ responses in combination with the publication of two of Baldamus's own later writings never before printed in English. A substantial biographical introduction by the editors situates this work within the context of Baldamus’s life both before and after his exile from Nazi Germany adding background to the exploration of his concerns that research should be underpinned by meticulous theoretical and conceptual work. It will be of interest to sociologists social theorists intellectual historians and those working in the field of social science research methods.' Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276949

The Sociology of Wind BandsAmateur Music Between Cultural Domination and Autonomy Despite the musical and social roles they play in many parts of the world wind bands have not attracted much interest from sociologists. The Sociology of Wind Bands seeks to fill this gap in research by providing a sociological account of this musical universe as it stands now. Based on a qualitative and quantitative survey conducted in northeastern France the authors present a vivid description of the orchestras the backgrounds and practices of their musicians and the repertoires they play. Their multi-level analysis ranging from the cultural field to the wind music subfield and to everyday life relationships within bands and local communities sheds new light on the social organisation meanings and functions of a type of music that is all too often taken for granted. Yet they go further than merely portraying a musical genre. As wind music is routinely neglected and socially defined in terms of its poor musical quality or even bad taste the book addresses the thorny issue of the effects of cultural hierarchy and domination. It proposes an imaginative and balanced framework which beyond the specific case of wind music is an innovative contribution to the sociology of lowbrow culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248564

The Sociology of Work (RLE: Organizations)A Critical Annotated Bibliography This reference volume reflects the changing world of work. It includes research on the various dimensions of work such as the structure of the labour force labour market segmentation technology employment/unemployment trade unions and industrial democracy. This book provides an integrated view of the various dimensions of work its distinguishing characteristics and issues both peculiar as well as common to industrialized countries. By adopting an interdisciplinary and interactional perspective this volume provides the scholar and the lay reader with a range of approaches and debates that have made a significant contribution toward understanding the changing nature of work and its social impact. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990029

The Sociology of Youth Culture and Youth Subcultures (Routledge Revivals)Sex and Drugs and Rock 'n' Roll? First published in 1980 this book argues that subcultures are formed in defence of collectively experienced problems that arise from defects and contradictions in social structures. Mike Brake looks at the development of post-war youth culture in a sociological context and considers the class base of youth subcultures showing that they generate a form of collective identity from which an individual identity can be achieved outside that ascribed by class education or occupation. Black youth and young females are two groups given special attention here since Brake notes they are prone to particular problems resulting from the racism and sexism inherent in much youth culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415828352

The Sociology of Zygmunt BaumanChallenges and Critique Zygmunt Bauman is one of the most inspirational and controversial thinkers on the scene of contemporary sociology. For several decades he has provided compelling analyses and diagnoses of a vast variety of aspects of modern and liquid modern living. This book considers the theoretical significance of his contribution to sociology but also discusses and adopts a critical stance towards his work. The Sociology of Zygmunt Bauman introduces and critically appraises some of the most significant as well as some of the lesser known of Bauman's contributions to contemporary sociology. An international team of scholars delineates and discusses how Bauman's treatment of these themes challenges conventional wisdom in sociology thereby revising and revitalizing sociological theory. As a special feature the book concludes with Bauman's intriguing reflections and contemplations on his own life and intellectual trajectory published here for the first time in English. In this postscript aptly entitled 'Pro Domo Sua' ('About Myself') he describes the pushes and pulls that throughout the years have shaped his thinking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815362227

The Sociology-Philosophy Connection Most social scientists and philosophers claim that sociology and philosophy are disjoint fields of inquiry. Some have wondered how to trace the precise boundary between them. Mario Bunge argues that the two fields are so entangled with one another that no demarcation is possible or indeed desirable. In fact sociological research has demonstrably philosophical pre-suppositions. In turn some findings of sociology are bound to correct or enrich the philosophical theories that deal with the world our knowledge of it or the ways of acting upon it.While Bunge's thesis would hardly have shocked Mill Marx Durkheim or Weber it is alien to the current sociological mainstream and dominant philosophical schools. Bunge demonstrates that philosophical problematics arise in social science research. A fertile philosophy of social science unearths critical presuppositions analyzes key concepts refines effective research strategies crafts coherent and realistic syntheses and identifies important new problems.Bunge examines Marx's and Durkheim's thesis that social facts are as objective as physical facts; the so-called Thomas theorem that refutes the behaviorist thesis that social agents react to social stimuli rather than to the way we perceive them; and Merton's thesis on the ethos of basic science which shows that science and morality are intertwined. He considers selected philosophical problems raised by contemporary social studies and argues forcefully against tolerance of shabby work in academic social science and philosophy alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412849654

The Socio-political Ideas of BR AmbedkarLiberal constitutionalism in a creative mould Dr. Bhimrao Ramji Ambedkar (1891–1956) popularly known as Babasaheb stands out for his relentless battle against caste discrimination. He was a voice for the marginalized of India’s demography that remained peripheral due to well-entrenched socio-economic and political prejudices.This book is an analytical account of how Ambedkar’s socio-political ideas evolved as part of his wider politico-ideological challenge against self-motivated designs for exploitation of human beings by human beings. The author contends that it was an ideological discourse that he built in a context when dominant nationalist viewpoints seem to have hardly left space for any other discourse to grow. The book argues that Ambedkar’s socio-political ideas were an outcome of his personal experiences of social atrocities which were justified as integral to the caste system. The book comprises six substantial chapters which delve into the socio-political ideas of BR Ambedkar concentrating on those sets of ideas through which he established his claim as an original thinker in opposition to the dominant nationalist discourse. Unlike the most conventional studies of Ambedkar’s thoughts and ideas the book provides a new methodological tool to decipher their conceptual roots. It is therefore argued that Babasaheb’s unique conceptualization of social justice was not just an outcome of his existential existence of being a Dalit but an offshoot of his own understanding of liberalism as a mode of emancipating human beings from shackles of authority power and domination.Examining Ambedkar’s ideas the book charts and examines the growth and consolidation of constitutional democracy in India since it was inaugurated with the acceptance of the 1950 Constitution. It will be of interest to scholars in the fields of Indian political theory South Asian politics and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586881

The Socio-Political Practice of Human RightsBetween the Universal and the Particular This book examines discourses of rights and practices of resistance in post-conflict societies exploring the interaction between the international human rights framework and different actors seeking political and social change. Presenting detailed new case studies from Sierra Leone Sri Lanka and Kosovo it reveals the necessity of social scientific interventions in the field of human rights. The author shows how a shift away from the realm of normative political or legal theory towards a more sociological analysis promises a better understanding of both the limits of current human rights approaches and possible sites of potential. Considering the diverse ways in which human rights are enacted and mobilised The Socio-Political Practice of Human Rights engages with major sites of tension and debate examining the question of whether human rights are universal or culturally relative; their relationship to forms of economic and political domination; the role of law as a mechanism for social change and the ways in which the language of human rights facilitates or closes sites of radical resistance. By situating these debates in specific contexts this book concludes by proposing new ways of theorizing human rights. Empirically grounded and offering an alternate framework for understanding the fluid and ambiguous operation of power within the theory and practice of human rights this volume will appeal to scholars of sociology law and politics with interests in gender resistance international law human rights and socio-legal discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138368088

The Sociopolitical Structure Of Prehistoric Southwestern Societies This book examines current archaeological approaches for studying the organizational structure of prehistoric societies in the American Southwest. It presents the historical background of the divergent theoretical models that have been used to interpret Southwestern socio-political organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367311322

The Socratic Method TodayStudent-Centered and Transformative Teaching in Political Science This exciting new textbook provides a sophisticated examination of the Socratic method for teaching political science students in higher education. It shows how the Socratic method is employed in the Platonic dialogs compares its transformative approach to other student-centered teaching philosophies and addresses the challenges of adopting the Socratic method in the contemporary classroom. The book is divided into three sections that integrate these practical aspects on the Socratic method with the theoretical considerations of Socratic philosophy while also addressing contemporary concerns about teaching and learning in higher education. Section One explores how the Socratic method is portrayed by Socrates in Plato’s dialogs. Section Two compares the Socratic method with modern and contemporary accounts of teaching and learning. Section Three examines some of the contemporary challenges of practicing the Socratic method in the university classroom today and how teachers can overcome them. Written in a clear and engaging style this timely intervention is essential reading for upper undergraduate students enrolled in courses that specialize in pedagogical techniques political theory Socratic philosophy and law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371908

The Soft MachineCybernetic Fiction The Soft Machine originally published in 1985 represents a significant contribution to the study of contemporary literature in the larger cultural and scientific context. David Porush shows how the concepts of cybernetics and artificial intelligence that have sparked our present revolution in computer and information technology have also become the source for images and techniques in our most highly sophisticated literature postmodern fiction by Barthelme Barth Pynchon Beckett Burroughs Vonnegut and others. With considerable skill Porush traces the growth of "the metaphor of the machine" as it evolves both technologically and in literature of the twentieth century. He describes the birth of cybernetics gives one of the clearest accounts for a lay audience of its major concepts and shows the growth of philosophical resistance to the mechanical model for human intelligence and communication which cybernetics promotes a model that had grown increasingly influential in the previous decade. The Soft Machine shows postmodern fiction synthesizing the inviting metaphors and concepts of cybernetics with the ideals of art a synthesis that results in what Porush calls "cybernetic fiction" alive to the myths and images of a cybernetic age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815355670

The Soft Power of Construction Contracting Organisations Across the AEC industry the non-technical skills possessed by organisations are key to their overall performance. In this study the particular importance of optimising the so-called "soft power" of organisations is addressed. Things like organisational culture responsible corporate behaviour and building trust-based relationships with other stake-holders are seen as facets of a broader organisational capability and the advantages of this strength are also explored.The internationally conducted research behind this book will provide readers with new insights into effective management from both inter and intra organisational perspectives. This unique and important book is essential reading for researchers and advanced students of construction management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367377830

The Soft Power of the Russian LanguagePluricentricity Politics and Policies Exploring Russian as a pluricentric language this book provides a panoramic view of its use within and outside the nation and discusses the connections between language politics ideologies and cultural contacts. Russian is widely used across the former Soviet republics and in the diaspora but speakers outside Russia deviate from the metropolis in their use of the language and their attitudes towards it. Using country case studies from across the former Soviet Union and beyond the contributors analyze the unifying role of the Russian language for developing transnational connections and show its value in the knowledge economy. They demonstrate that centrifugal developments of Russian and its pluricentricity are grounded in the language and education policies of their host countries as well as the goals and functions of cultural institutions such as schools media travel agencies and others created by émigrés for their co-ethnics. This book also reveals the tensions between Russia’s attempts to homogenize the 'Russian world' and the divergence of regional versions of Russian reflecting cultural hybridity of the diaspora.  Interdisciplinary in its approach this book will prove useful to researchers of Russian and post-Soviet politics Russian studies Russian language and culture linguistics and immigration studies. Those studying multilingualism and heritage language teaching may also find it interesting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367183660

The Soft Underbelly of ReasonThe Passions in the Seventeenth Century First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415515047

The Sogo ShoshaJapan's Multinational Trading Companies The sogo shosha Japan's general trading companies are regarded as a key element in the country's rapid economic growth after World War II and its great success in international trade. In Japanese fiscal year 1975 the ten largest sogo shosha had total sales of $155 billion accounting for 56 percent of Japan's exports and imports 18 percent of domestic wholesale trade and 31 percent of GNP. On the international level the transactions of these companies in the same year were 5 percent of world export trade. This book—the first comprehensive English-language work on the sogo shosha—systematically describes and analyzes the basic characteristics business methods sales and profit trends strategies national roles global reach strengths and weaknesses and future prospects of these global trading conglomerates. In examining both the national and the global facets of the sogo shosha the author presents the economic and social origins of the ten largest companies how they differ from the pre-World War II zaibatsu and how they resemble and differ from Western multinational corporations. A wealth of statistical and tabular material supplements his account of the sogo shosha as Japan's chief importers of foodstuffs raw materials and equipment; as the advance guard of Japanese exports; as a driving force to rationalize the domestic distribution system; and as investor-organizers of multinational overseas natural resource development programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295875

The Soil UnderfootInfinite Possibilities for a Finite Resource The largest part of the world’s food comes from its soils either directly from plants or via animals fed on pastures and crops. Thus it is necessary to maintain and if possible improve the quality—and hence good health—of soils while enabling them to support the growing world population. The Soil Underfoot: Infinite Possibilities for a Finite Resource arms readers with historical wisdom from various populations around the globe along with current ideas and approaches for the wise management of soils. It covers the value of soils and their myriad uses viewed within human and societal contexts in the past present and supposed futures.In addition to addressing the technical means of maintaining soils this book presents a culturally and geographically diverse collection of historical attitudes to soils including philosophical and ethical frameworks which have either sustained them or led to their degradation. Section I describes major challenges associated with climate change feeding the increasing world population chemical pollution and soil degradation and technology. Section II discusses various ways in which soils are or have been valued—including in film and contemporary art as well as in religious and spiritual philosophies such as Abrahamic religions Maori traditions and in Confucianism.Section III provides stories about soil in ancient and historic cultures including the Roman Empire Greece India Japan Korea South America New Zealand the United States and France. Section IV describes soil modification technologies such as polymer membrane barriers and soil uses outside commercial agriculture including the importance of soils for recreation and sports grounds. The final section addresses future strategies for more effective sustainable use of soils emphasizing the biological nature of soils and enhancing the use of "green water" retained from rainfall. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466571563

The Soil-Human Health-Nexus The term "soil health" refers to the functionality of a soil as a living ecosystem capable of sustaining plants animals and humans while also improving the environment. In addition to soil health the environment also comprises the quality of air water vegetation and biota. The health of soil plants animals people and the environment is an indivisible continuum. One of the notable ramifications of the Anthropocene is the growing risks of decline in soil health by anthropogenic activities. Important among these activities are deforestation biomass burning excessive soil tillage indiscriminate use of agrochemicals excessive irrigation by flooding or inundation and extractive farming practices. Soil pollution by industrial effluents and urban waste adversely impacts human health. Degradation of soil health impacts nutritional quality of food such as the uptake of heavy metals or deficit of essential micro-nutrients and contamination by pests and pathogens. Indirectly soil health may impact human health through contamination of water and pollution of air. This book aims to: Present relationships of soil health to human health and soil health to human nutrition. Discuss the nexus between soil degradation and malnourishment as well as the important links between soil plant animal and human health. Detail reasons oil is a cause of infectious diseases and source of remedial measures. Part of the Advances in Soil Sciences series this informative volume covering various aspects of soil health appeals to soil scientists environmental scientists and public health workers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367422134

The Soiling and Cleaning of Building Facades The report of a comprehensive investigation by RILEM which examines all aspects of the cleaning of facades subject to soiling by both biological and non-biological agencies. The contributors are international authorities working in this field giving essential advice to all those who need to know how to approach the problems connected with the soiling and cleaning of building facades. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367451233

The Solar EconomyRenewable Energy for a Sustainable Global Future The global economy and our way of life are based on the exploitation of fossil fuels which not only threaten massive environmental and social disruption through global warming but at present rates of consumption will run out within decades causing huge industrial dislocation and economic collapse. Even before then the conflicts it causes in the Middle East and elsewhere will be frighteningly exacerbated. The alternative exists: renewable energy from renewable sources - above all solar. Substituting renewable for fossil resources will take a new industrial revolution to avert the worst of the damage and establish a new international order. It can be done and it can be done in time. The Solar Economy by one of the world's most effective analysts and advocates lays out the blueprints showing how the political economic and technological challenges can be met using indigenous renewable and universally available resources and the enormous opportunities and benefits that will flow from doing so. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773928

The Solar Energy TransitionImplementation And Policy Implications Solar energy is considered by many an attractive and practical option for America's energy future one that is technically and commercially feasible as well as socially and environmentally desirable. Sun-generated power could meet upwards of 20 percent of U.S. energy needs by the year 2000—but only if there is a concerted national effort to use this energy option. The issues of implementation and the public and private initiatives needed to facilitate a transition to extensive use of solar energy are the focus of this volume. The solar transition is addressed from the diverse perspectives of the many necessary participants: industries and small businesses; local state regional and federal governments; public utilities; policy analysts; and solar advocates. The contributors assess the extent to which solar alternatives can replace and augment other energy forms the pace and pattern for solar commercialization and the roles of public and private institutions in carrying out the transition. A consensus becomes apparent: Although the transition to solar energy is technically and commercially viable its success depends on concerted public and private efforts to promote innovation and diversification in energy production and distribution and to institute major changes in public policy related to energy use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295882

The Soldier and the CitizenRole of the Military in Taiwan's Development A soldier-citizen describes the role of the Republic of China's military in the political socialization of Taiwan's citizens during the first two decades after the loss of the Chinese mainland. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315284538

The Soldier And The NationThe Role Of The Military In Polish Politics 19181985 Jerzy J. Wiatr's book The Soldier and the Nation: The Role of theMilitary in Polish Politics 1918-1985 will undoubtedly be controversial. It is the interpretation of an insider whose uncle was a Polish general who worked as a civilian sociologist at the Military Political College in Warsaw in the 1950s and who is thoroughly familiar with the Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295899

The Soldier in Modern Society During the few years prior to publication there had been a growing interest not only in the organisation and efficiency of the British Army but also in its role in modern British society and the place of soldiering as a significant career. The time was therefore ripe for a book such as this which looks objectively at the position of our Army whilst at the same time showing the actual experience of a Regular soldier. Originally published in 1972 Colonel Baynes’s book was largely written during a year’s Defence Fellowship at Edinburgh University in 1968-9 where he worked under Professor John Erickson in the Higher Defence Studies sections of the Department of Politics. He begins by examining the ways in which armies can be used and then turns to more specific issues connected with the employment of the British Army in the modern world. He summarises what the British Army has accomplished since 1945 and how its strength has varied and follows with a chapter on the cost of maintaining it. The core of the book revolves around three basic questions. First what in the 1970s does British society really think about its Army and what sort of army does it want? Second how can soldiers be kept keen and efficient in a period of prolonged peace? And third who will join the Army in the coming years what will their conditions of service be like and what are their career opportunities? Some of Colonel Baynes’s solutions to these problems are likely to be unpopular with traditionalists although he is by no means an iconoclast and has a deep affection for and belief in his own profession. At the time this book was strongly recommended to all with an interest in the security of this country and the future of its armed forces: both those serving in them and civilians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367611965

The Soldier in Russian Politics 1985-96 If Russia is to become a viable democracy it will need a viable state to make and enforce decisions that nurture societal cohesion and sustain complex economic activity. Armed forces are essential attributes of viable modern states but what happens when states undergo major structural changes? What was the military's contribution to the end of the Soviet Union and the rise of post-Soviet Russia?The Soldier in Russian Politics is the first study to go beyond familiar accounts of the main events that brought down the Soviet state and began its reconstruction. It captures the interplay between soldier and civilian politicians in a major political history based on solid political-sociological analysis. Barylski uses the study of civil-military relations to explore new political and intellectual conditions and explain the historic relationship between changes in Western models of Russian reality and political change in the former Soviet Union.Examining the military's participation in every major twentieth-century political change from 1917 to 1991 Barylski demonstrates that every deep political transformation in Russia has military dimensions. Barylski discusses how the Russian presidency's power to command and control the military without legislative checks and balances led to armed conflict with Parliament in October 1993 and to the Chechen war of 1994-1996 and is unhealthy for long term democratic development. Barylski analyzes ministers of defense Yazov Shaposhnikov Grachev and Rodionov as political actors traces the careers of ambitious political soldiers such as Aleksandr Lebed and Aleksandr Rutskoi and describes the military's growing political alienation from the Yeltsin administration. His final chapters cover the presidential elections the short-lived Yeltsin-Lebed political alliance the tensions associated with Yeltsin's ailments and Yeltsin's efforts to rebuild his personal power political effectiveness.The Soldier in Russian Politics presents political history in an incisive and objective manner. It applauds the progressive officers soldiers and politicians where decisions minimized bloodshed and prevented civil war. But it also warns that civilian and military leaders can make mistakes which cause political institutional failure violence and dictatorship. This book will interest political scientists political sociologists students of Russian and soviet politics and all military historians and professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138516953

The Soldier's Orphan: A Taleby Mrs Costello This is a novel virtually forgotten by modern readers but one that deserves reassessment with this critical edition. Raised by guardians Louisa’s fate is intertwined with the neighbouring Stanley family including the jealous younger daughter Armida – whose husband Lord Belmour openly admires Louisa and which propels the plot forward. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138113138

The Solemn League and Covenant of the Three Kingdoms and the Cromwellian Union 1643-1663 This book provides the first major analysis of the covenanted interest from an integrated three kingdoms perspective. It examines the reaction of the covenanted interest to the actions and policies of the Commonwealth and Protectorate drawing particular attention to links similarities and differences in and between the covenanted interest in all three kingdoms. It also follows the fortunes of the covenanted interest and Presbyterian Church government as it built and changed in response to the Royalists and the Independents during the 1650s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878962

The Solipsism of Modern FictionComedy Tragedy and Heroism In The Solipsism of Modern Fiction Harold Kaplan deals with the problem of action and its adequate motive in the modern novel. In the nineteenth and twentieth centuries modern scientific knowledge abandoned the human-centered view of the universe and thus the fictional modes that had been rooted in religion or myth. The result for fiction was a radical skepticism on the part of the protagonist who now appeared as a reflective self-critical passive figure lacking the dynamism of the epic hero or religious seeker.One response to the scientific worldview was the naturalism of Zola and his followers in which the action of characters is determined by social or biological forces. Kaplan however focuses his study on such novelists as Flaubert Joyce Conrad Faulkner Lawrence and Hemingway who dramatized the isolated individual consciousness in contention with the world and with the ambiguity of their own motivations.The Solipsism of Modern Fiction deals with several related topics that grow from one source the crisis of knowledge in modern intellectual history. The effects of solipsism and of moral passivity the split consciousness that divides action and understanding the perspectives of primitive naturalism and stoic naturalism the variations of the comic mood and the example of tragedy are all themes that are dramatized in Kaplan's readings of Madame Bovary Light in August Ulysses Lord Jim and other exemplary modern novels that associate themselves with the problem of self-criticism knowing and acting. Written by one of the outstanding literary scholars of our time this book will inspire new generations of readers and writers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538702

The Solitary SelfDarwin and the Selfish Gene Renowned philosopher Mary Midgley explores the nature of our moral constitution to challenge the view that reduces human motivation to self-interest. Midgley argues cogently and convincingly that simple one-sided accounts of human motives such as the 'selfish gene' tendency in recent neo-Darwinian thought may be illuminating but are always unrealistic. Such neatness she shows cannot be imposed on human psychology. She returns to Darwin's original writings to show how the reductive individualism which is now presented as Darwinism does not derive from Darwin but from a wider Hobbesian tradition in Enlightenment thinking. She reveals the selfish gene hypothesis as a cultural accretion that is just not seen in nature. Heroic independence is not a realistic aim for Homo sapiens. We are as Darwin saw earthly organisms framed to interact constantly with one another and with the complex ecosystems of which we are a tiny part. For us bonds are not just restraints but also lifelines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138169296

The Solo Video JournalistDoing It All and Doing It Well in TV Multimedia Journalism The Solo Video Journalist now in its second edition offers a comprehensive overview of the solo video reporting process from start to finish. Drawing from years of professional experience in the field the author covers all aspects of multimedia journalism from planning for a segment to dressing appropriately for multiple roles to conducting interviews and editing. The book contains interviews with more than a dozen top storytellers from around the United States and offers practical advice for how to succeed in a growing media field. New to this edition are Career Chronicles – chapters that detail the career paths possible for modern journalists – and a fully updated chapter on the importance of building a digital and social media presence. This book is an excellent resource for students learning skills in broadcast multimedia backpack and television journalism as well as for early-career professionals looking for a back-pocket resource in solo video journalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367436216

The Solution Focused Approach with Children and Young PeopleCurrent Thinking and Practice The Solution Focused Approach with Children and Young People: Current Thinking and Practice brings together leading figures and innovative practitioners from different professions contexts and countries to provide a unique overview of Solution Focused work with children and young people. Presenting a range of applications in individual group and community work it puts the spotlight on diverse fields exploring how the Solution Focused approach can work in real-world contexts. This book showcases a powerful engaging approach which helps children and young people find the resources and strengths to manage difficulties and make the most of their lives. It contains interesting case studies narrative descriptions of original practice programmes of work developed using Solution Focused principles and thought-provoking discussions of key elements of practice. With chapters presenting perspectives from coaching therapy consultancy and education and applications including learning assessments child protection bereavement edge of care and youth offending the book provides an overview of the current state of practice and provides pointers to potential new developments. The Solution Focused Approach with Children and Young People will help both experienced practitioners and those new to the approach to develop and update their knowledge and skills as well as introducing them to creative and cutting-edge tools to inspire fresh ideas and thinking. It will be essential reading for Solution Focused practitioners and students as well as coaches social workers school counsellors and mental health professionals working with children and young people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367187620

The Solution Focused WayIncorporating Solution Focused Therapy Tools and Techniques into Your Everyday Work This is a comprehensive step-by-step guide to incorporating solution focused techniques into everyday practice. Solution focused therapy helps clients to identify how their lives would be without their problems by exploring current client resources and strengths and their hopes for the future. Instead of dissecting the problem it looks at what is different when the problem isn't happening or is less severe. These times are the building blocks of solutions. Solution focused methodology is increasingly used within community mental health teams mental health charities inpatient settings education and business as it is a well-structured and demonstrably effective approach. This book provides: guidance for practitioners to gain the skills they need to move from problem focused work to searching for solutions; a comprehensive step-by-step guide to using solution focused techniques and integrating them into existing practice; a brief review of the evidence base on solution focused therapy; ample exercises to give to clients to help them move away from their problems to finding solutions; and clear instructions on how to adapt these techniques for specific populations such as individuals with substance misuse problems individuals in crisis anger management and working with couples. This is a very clear and practical guide to using solution focused brief therapy in everyday practice and will be invaluable for all practitioners wanting to incorporate these techniques into their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863887536

The Somali WithinLanguage Race and Belonging in ‘Minor’ Italian Literature The recent histories of Italy and Somalia are closely linked. Italy colonized Somalia from the end of the 19th century to 1941 and held the territory by UN mandate from 1950 to 1960. Italy is also among the destination countries of the Somali diaspora which increased in 1991 after civil war. Nonetheless this colonial and postcolonial cultural encounter has often been neglected. Critically evaluating Gilles Deleuze and Félix Guattari’s concept of ‘minor literature’ as well as drawing on postcolonial literary studies The Somali Within analyses the processes of linguistic and cultural translation and self-translation the political engagement with race gender class and religious discrimination and the complex strategies of belonging and unbelonging at work in the literary works in Italian by authors of Somali origins. Brioni proposes that the ‘minor’ Somali Italian connection might offer a major insight into the transnational dimension of contemporary ‘Italian’ literature and ‘Somali’ culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606282

The Somatechnics of Whiteness and RaceColonialism and Mestiza Privilege Investigating the emergence of a specific mestiza/mestizo whiteness that facilitates relations between the Philippines and Western nations this book examines the ways in which the construction of a particular form of Philippine whiteness serves to deploy positions of exclusion privilege and solidarity. Through Filipino Filipino-Australian and Filipino-American experiences the author explores the operation of whiteness showing how a mixed-race identity becomes the means through which racialised privileges authority and power are embodied in the Philippine context and examines the ways in which colonial and imperial technologies of the past frame contemporary practices such as skin-bleaching the use of different languages discourses of bilateral relations secularism development and the movement of Filipino Australian and American bodies between and within nations. Drawing on key ideas expressed in critical race and whiteness studies together with the theoretical concepts of somatechnics biopolitics and governmentality The Somatechnics of Whiteness and Race sheds light on the impact of colonial and imperial histories on contemporary international relations and calls for a 'queering' or resignification of whiteness which acknowledges permutations of whiteness fostered within national boundaries as well as through various nation-state alliances and fractures. As such it will appeal to scholars of cultural studies sociology and politics with interests in whiteness postcolonialism and race. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472453075

The Somatosensory SystemDeciphering the Brain's Own Body Image The somatosensory system is unique in that it conveys information to the central nervous system (CNS) about both external and internal sensory environments. Recent technological and conceptual advances in the field have allowed great strides to be made in the description and understanding of how the CNS manages information about its own image. This knowledge apart from its obvious scientific merit is quickly leading to clinical applications in the realm of neurorehabilitation after the peripheral nerve injury and during recovery from stroke.The Somatosensory System: Deciphering the Brain's Own Body Image presents both new and past research in the understanding of how the brain deals with its own body image. It provides a review of pertinent literature and offers comprehensive descriptions of state-of-the-art technical approaches. The material includes new frameworks for the conceptualization of the system's representations scientific and clinical applications that stem from these approaches based on the new concepts and a discussion of new directions and new tools for the study of the interface of the brain and the body. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396732

The Somerville PapersSelections from the Private and Official Correspondence of Admiral of the Fleet Sir James Somerville GCB GBE DSO Sir James Somerville (1882-1949) was one of the great influences on the 20th-century navy both as a commander of fleets and a pioneer of radio and radar. The Admiral's extensive correspondence diaries and reports are deposited in the Churchill Archives Centre at Cambridge. These edited selections reveal much of the background about major naval operations in the Second World War. The loneliness of high command is clearly revealed in these highly personal documents almost 500 of which are reproduced in the book. In particular they show Somerville's frequent disagreements with Churchill - a feature common to all senior British commanders during the war. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003122951

The Song Index of the Enoch Pratt Free Library The Song Index features over 150 000 citations that lead users to over 2 100 song books spanning more than a century from the 1880s to the 1990s. The songs cited represent a multitude of musical practices cultures and traditions ranging from ehtnic to regional from foreign to American representing every type of song: popular folk children's political comic advertising protest patriotic military and classical as well as hymns spirituals ballads arias choral symphonies and other larger works. This comprehensive volume also includes a bibliography of the books indexed; an index of sources from which the songs originated; and an alphabetical composer index. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315052410

The Song of the Cathar WarsA History of the Albigensian Crusade The Song of the Cathar Wars is the first translation into English of the Old Provençal Canso recounting the events of the years 1204-1218 in Southern France. In an effort to extirpate the Cathar heresy Pope Innocent III launched what is now known as the Albigensian Crusade but it was fiercely resisted by the lords and people of the Languedoc if in the end in vain. This ‘song was written in two parts the first by William of Tudela a supporter of the crusade; the second by an anonymous continuer wholeheartedly in sympathy with the southerners although not with the heretics themselves. It stands as a historical source of great importance not least because it depicts the side that lost. The poem is also a skilful dramatic and often impassioned composition evoking the brilliant world of landed knights and the glories and bloody realities of battle. Janet Shirley is an award-winning translator of works on the French Middle Ages. Other publications by her include the Song of Roland and in this Crusade Texts in Translation series Crusader Syria in the 13th Century and with Peter Edbury Guillaume de Machaut: The Conquest of Alexandria. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138451650

The Songs of Joni MitchellGender Performance and Agency An unorthodox musician from the start singer-songwriter Joni Mitchell's style of composing performing and of playing (and tuning) the guitar is unique. In the framework of sexual difference and the gendered discourses of rock this immediately begs the questions: are Mitchell's songs specifically feminine and if so to what extent and why? Anne Karppinen addresses this question focusing on the kind of music and lyrics Mitchell writes the representation of men and women in her lyrics how her style changes and evolves over time and how cultural context affects her writing. Linked to this are the concepts of subjectivity and authorship: when a singer-songwriter sings a song in the first person about whom are they actually singing? Mitchell offers a fascinating study for the songs she writes and sings are intricately woven from the strands of her own life. Using methods from critical discourse analysis this book examines recorded performances of songs from Mitchell's first nine studio albums and the contemporary reviews of these albums in Anglo-American rock magazines. In one of the only books to discuss Mitchell's recorded performances with a focus that extends beyond the seminal album Blue Karppinen explores the craft of Mitchell's songwriting and her own attitudes towards it as well as the dynamics and politics of rock criticism in the 1960s and 1970s more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367229313

The Sonjo of TanganyikaAn Anthropological Study of an Irrigation-based Society Originally published in 1963 this was the first monograph concerning an African people in which an irrigation-based society was studied in detail and its implications explored. The Sonjo a Bantu-speaking people isolated among cattle pastoralists of what was Northern Tanganyika are remarkable for their complex irrigation system and political organization. The inter-connections between the irrigation system the religious cult of a culture hero and the special features of their social organization are at the core of this analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138589650

The Sonnet First published in 1972 this book examines the sonnet one of the most complex yet accessible of verse forms. It traces its history concentrating primarily on its technical development and fully explains the differences between the Italian and English sonnet. The study looks at several different kinds of sonnet including condensed and expanded sonnets inverted and tailed sonnets and irregularities of metre and rhyme and concludes with a survey of the sonnet sequence. This book will be useful to students of prosody and English poetry as well as those concerned with the practice of verse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138283268

The Sorrows of MattidiaA New Translation and Commentary This volume offers a new translation of the Pseudo-Clementine family narrative here known as The Sorrows of Mattidia. It contains a full introduction which explores the obscured origins of the text the plot and main characters and engages in a comparison of the portrayal of pagan Jewish and Christian women in this text with what we encounter in other literature. It also discusses a general strategy for how historians can utilize fictional narratives like this when examining the lives of women in the ancient world. This translation makes this fascinating source for late antique women available in this form for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138579613

The SOS Guide to Live SoundOptimising Your Band's Live-Performance Audio If you’ve ever handled live sound you know the recipe for creating quality live sound requires many steps. Your list of ingredients shall we say requires an understanding of sound and how it behaves the know-how to effectively use a sound system) and the knowledge to choose and use your gear well. Add a dash of miking ability stir in a pinch of thinking on your feet for when your system starts to hum or the vocals start to feed back and mix. In practice there really is no "recipe" for creating a quality performance. Instead musicians and engineers who effectively use sound systems have a wealth of knowledge that informs their every move before and during a live performance. You can slowly gather that knowledge over years of live performance or you can speed up the process with The SOS Guide to Live Sound. With these pages you get practical advice that will allow you to accomplish your live-sound goals in every performance. Learn how to choose set up and use a live-performance sound system. Get the basics of live-sound mixing save money by treating your gear well with a crash course in maintenance and fix issues as they happen with a section on problem-solving full of real-world situations. You’ll also get information on stage-monitoring both conventional and in-ear along with the fundamentals of radio microphones and wireless mixing solutions. Finally a comprehensive glossary of terminology rounds out this must-have reference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415843034

The Soul the Mind and the Psychoanalyst This book is based on various cases whose common factor is how the psychoanalytic setting is created: the internalization and realization inside the patient`s mind: with the feeling of fixed hours and the transferential relation with the psychoanalyst. Referring to the great masters of psychoanalysis  the author guides us step by step thr Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328856

The Soul Always ThinksVolume 4 C. G. Jung regarded the soul to be a reality in its own right which reflects itself in all manner of images and events. symbols and traditions. In this fourth volume of his Collected English Papers Giegerich recalls the soul to the inwardness of its own home territory by bringing out the thought-character of the self-creating self-unfolding logical life that it is. In addition to clarifying what thought means for psychology and analyzing certain misconceptions surrounding the topic of "soul and thought" a challenging thesis concerning the limitation of an imaginal "anima-only" approach in psychology (given the essential historicity of the soul) is carefully argued while examining at the same time such topics as "the end of meaning and the birth of man " "anima mundi and time" "the metamorphosis of the gods " and the logical steps involved in the transition from childhood to adulthood and from a psychological oneness with nature to modern alienation from nature. The book also discusses the notion of the soul’s logical life and shows in action the psychological procedure of "absolute-negative interiorization" of phenomena into their soul and truth in a number of in-depth examinations of particular phenomena (e.g. Heraclitus’ dictum about the soul’s depth the "leap into the solid stone " the negativity of the "stone which is not a stone"). In thorough-going critical engagements with other authors in the field it demonstrates specific instances where psychology fails to do its job due to faulty presuppositions above all psychology’s failure to face the modern world. It emphasizes the active role of the mind in soul-making as the making of psychic reality. It addresses the questions of the future of psychology and whether progress in psychology is possible. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367485269

The Soul of Narcissism The notion of narcissism introduced by Sigmund Freud has become a victim of its own success. On the one hand with its emphasis on self-love and new forms of well-being it can take the form of a celebration of the self. On the other with its range of negatively associated character traits it has given rise to a burgeoning field of narcissistic pathologies. The Soul of Narcissism argues that both perspectives represent impoverished and superfluous forms of narcissism obscuring the vibrant notion that Freud put in place in order to question the very heart of psychoanalytic practice. This book proceeds by examining Freud’s introduction of narcissism in its historical context as a movement of reflexion on the clinical practice of psychoanalysis putting forward a close reading of Freud’s writings that led up to his seminal paper "On Narcissism: An Introduction". Against the trend of current perceptions it re-establishes narcissism as a methodology of reflexion upon clinical practice and theory whose very motor is the unconscious. In this way narcissism is restored to its fundamental place in psychoanalysis rich with all of the life of the drives. This reinvigorated notion of narcissism will be of interest not just to students and practitioners of psychoanalysis but also to all those who draw upon Freud’s study of narcissism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367132781

The Soul of the Far East First published in 1908 this volume explored Japanese culture and society for British readers in the wake of the Anglo-Japanese treaty of 1902. Japan’s recent victory over the Russian Empire in the Russo-Japanese war in 1904-5 had represented the first victory of an Asian power over its Western counterpart. Japan’s resulting parity is reflected both in the treaty and in the author’s conviction that Britain and Japan though in many ways diametric opposites could inform and enlighten one another. The two powers Lowell argues could work together to the benefit of both peoples. As the 1854 Convention of Kanagawa in which Japan had abandoned isolation remained recent British awareness of Japan and its culture was still in its early stages. Percival Lowell sought to explore and communicate the culture of Britain’s new allies through areas such as its language social structures art and religion along with 32 illustrations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138314160

The 'Soul' of the Primitive The object of this book first published in 1928 is a study of the ways in which those who were once called ‘primitives’ conceive of their own individuality. The author inquires into the notions they possess of their life-principle their soul and their personality often encountering that many peoples only had ‘pre-notions’ of such concepts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138641853

The Soul of Theological AnthropologyA Cartesian Exploration Recent research in the philosophy of religion anthropology and philosophy of mind has prompted the need for a more integrated comprehensive and systematic theology of human nature. This project constructively develops a theological accounting of human persons by drawing from a Cartesian (as a term of art) model of anthropology which is motivated by a long tradition. As was common among patristics medievals and Reformed Scholastics Farris draws from philosophical resources to articulate Christian doctrine as he approaches theological anthropology. Exploring a substance dualism model the author highlights relevant theological texts and passages of Scripture arguing that this model accounts for doctrinal essentials concerning theological anthropology. While Farris is not explicitly interested in thorough critique of materialist ontology he notes some of the significant problems associated with it. Rather the present project is an attempt to revitalize the resources found in Cartesianism by responding to some common worries associated with it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367339999

The Sound Bite SocietyHow Television Helps the Right and Hurts the Left First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178984

The Sound Handbook 'Tim Crook has written an important and much-needed book and its arrival on our shelves has come at a highly appropriate time.' Professor Seán Street Bournemouth University The Sound Handbook maps theoretical and practical connections between the creation and study of sound across the multi-media spectrum of film radio music sound art websites animation and computer games entertainment and stage theatre. Using an interdisciplinary approach Tim Crook explores the technologies philosophies and cultural issues involved in making and experiencing sound investigating soundscape debates and providing both intellectual and creative production information. The book covers the history theory and practice of sound and includes practical production projects and a glossary of key terms. The Sound Handbook is supported by a companion website signposted throughout the book with further practical and theoretical resources dedicated to bridging the creation and study of sound across professional platforms and academic disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415551526

The Sound of a RoomMemory and the Auditory Presence of Place What does a place sound like – and how does the sound of place affect our perceptions experiences and memories? The Sound of a Room takes a poetic and philosophical approach to exploring these questions providing a thoughtful investigation of the sonic aesthetics of our lived environments. Moving through a series of location-based case studies the author uses his own field recordings as the jumping-off point to consider the underlying questions of how sonic environments interact with our ideas of self sense of creativity and memories. Advocating an awareness born of deep listening this book offers practical and poetic insights for researchers practitioners and students of sound. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367463359

The Sound of Liberating TruthBuddhist-Christian Dialogues in Honor of Frederick J. Streng Offers essays and dialogues by well-known Buddhist and Christian scholars on topics that were of primary interest to Frederick J. Streng in whose honour the volume was created. Topics include interreligious dialogue ultimate reality nature and ecology social and political issues of liberation and ultimate transformation or liberation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138982567

The Sound of Shakespeare The 'Sound of Shakespeare' reveals the surprising extent to which Shakespeare's art is informed by the various attitudes beliefs practices and discourses that pertained to sound and hearing in his culture. In this engaging study Wes Folkerth develops listening as a critical practice attending to the ways in which Shakespeare's plays express their author's awareness of early modern associations between sound and particular forms of ethical and aesthetic experience. Through readings of the acoustic representation of deep subjectivity in Richard III of the 'public ear' in Antony and Cleopatra the receptive ear in Coriolanus the grotesque ear in A Midsummer Night's Dream the 'greedy ear' in Othello and the 'willing ear' in Measure for Measure Folkerth demonstrates that by listening to Shakespeare himself listening we derive a fuller understanding of why his works continue to resonate so strongly with is today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315811994

The Sound Production Handbook First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138152625

The Sound State of UzbekistanPopular Music and Politics in the Karimov Era The Sound State of Uzbekistan: Popular Music and Politics in the Karimov Era is a pioneering study of the intersection between popular music and state politics in Central Asia. Based on 20 months of fieldwork and archival research in Tashkent this book explores a remarkable era in Uzbekistan’s politics (2001–2016) when the Uzbek government promoted a rather unlikely candidate to the prominent position of state sound: estrada a genre of popular music and a musical relic of socialism. The political importance it attached to estrada was matched by the establishment of an elaborate bureaucratic apparatus for state oversight. The Sound State of Uzbekistan shows the continuing legacy of Soviet concepts to frame the nexus between music artists and the state and explains the extraordinary potency ascribed to estrada. At the same time it challenges classical readings of transition and also questions common binary models for researching culture in totalitarian or authoritarian states. Proposing to approach lives in music under authoritarianism as a form of normality instead the author promotes a post-Cold War paradigm in music studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138486140

The Sound Studies Reader The Sound Studies Reader blends recent work that self-consciously describes itself as ‘sound studies’ along with earlier and lesser-known scholarship on sound from across the humanities and social sciences. The Sound Studies Reader touches on key themes like noise and silence; architecture acoustics and space; media and reproducibility; listening voices and disability; culture community power and difference; and shifts in the form and meaning of sound across cultures contexts and centuries. Writers reflect on crucial historical moments difficult definitions and competing accounts of the role of sound in culture and everyday life. Across the essays readers will gain a sense of the range and history of key debates and discussions in sound studies. The collection begins with an introduction to welcome novice readers to the field and acquaint them the main issues in sound studies. Individual section introductions give readers further background on the essays and an extensive up to date bibliography for further reading in sound studies make this an original and accessible guide to the field. Contributors: Rick Altman Jacques Attali Roland Barthes Jody Berland Karin Bijsterveld Barry Blesser Georgina Born Michael Bull Adriana Cavarero Michel Chion Kate Crawford Richard Cullen Rath Jacques Derrida Mladen Dolar John Durham Peters Kodwo Eshun Frantz Fanon Lisa Gitelman Gerard Goggin Steve Goodman Stefan Helmreich Michelle Hilmes Charles Hirschkind Shuhei Hosokawa Don Ihde Douglas Kahn Friedrich Kittler Brandon LaBelle James Lastra Richard Leppert Michèle Martin Louise Meintjes Mara Mills John Mowitt R. Murray Schafer Ana María Ochoa Gautier John Picker Benjamin Piekut Trevor Pinch Tara Rodgers Linda-Ruth Salter Jacob Smith Jason Stanyek Jonathan Sterne Emily Thompson Frank Trocco Michael Veal Alexander Weheliye Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415771313

The Sound System Design Primer The Sound System Design Primer is an introduction to the many topics technologies and sub-disciplines that make up contemporary sound systems design. Written in clear conversational language for those who do not have an engineering background or who think more in language than in numbers The Sound System Design Primer provides a solid foundation in this expanding discipline for students early/mid-career system designers creative and content designers seeking a better grasp on the technical side of things and non-sound professionals who want or need to be able to speak intelligently with sound system designers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138716889

The Sounds and Sights of Performance in Early MusicEssays in Honour of Timothy J. McGee The experience of music performance is always far more than the sum of its sounds and evidence for playing and singing techniques is not only inscribed in music notation but can also be found in many other types of primary source materials. This volume of essays presents a cross-section of new research on performance issues in music of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. The subject is approached from a broad perspective drawing on areas such as dance history art history music iconography and performance traditions from beyond Western Europe. In doing so the volume continues some of the many lines of inquiry pursued by its dedicatee Timothy J. McGee over a lifetime of scholarship devoted to practical questions of playing and singing early music. Expanding the bases of inquiry to include various social political historical or aesthetic backgrounds both broadens our knowledge of the issues pertinent to early music performance and informs our understanding of other cultural activities within which music played an important role. The book is divided into two parts: 'Viewing the Evidence' in which visually based information is used to address particular questions of music performance; and 'Reconsidering Contexts' in which diplomatic commercial and cultural connections to specific repertories or compositions are considered in detail. This book will be of value not only to specialists in early music but to all scholars of the Middle Ages and Renaissance whose interests intersect with the visual aural and social aspects of music performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264984

The Sounds of LanguageAn Introduction to Phonetics Phonetics is the scientific study of sounds used in language- how the sounds are produced how they are transferred from the speaker to the hearer and how they are heard and perceived. The Sounds of Language provides an accessible general introduction to phonetics with a special emphasis on English. Focusing on the phonetics of English the first section allows students to get an overall view of the subject. Two standard accents of English are presented- RP (Received Pronunciation) the standard accent of England and GA (General American) the standard accent throughout much of North America. The discussion is arranged so that students can read only the RP or GA portions if desired. Sixteen additional accents of English spoken around the world are also covered to provide students with wider international coverage.The author then moves on to introduce acoustics phonetics in an accessible manner for those without a science background. The last section of the book provides a detailed discussion of all aspects of speech with extensive examples from languages around the world.Containing student-friendly features such as extensive exercises for practising the sounds covered in each chapter; a glossary of technical terms; instructions on how to write phonetic symbols; the latest International Phonetic Alphabet chart and a detailed list of English consonantal variants The Sounds of Language provides an excellent introduction to phonetics to students of linguistics and speech pathology and students of English as a second language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138457775

The Soundscapes of AustraliaMusic Place and Spirituality Australia offers tremendous scope for understanding the relationship between music spirituality and landscape. This major generously-illustrated new volume examines in fifteen chapters some of the ways in which composers and performers have attempted to convey a sense of the Australian landscape through musical means. The book embraces the different approaches of ethnomusicology gender studies musical analysis performance studies and cultural history. Ranging across the country from remote parts of the Northern Territory to the bustling east coast cities from Tasmanian wilderness to tropical Queensland the book includes references to art and literature as well as music. Issues of national identity belonging and aboriginalization are an integral part of the book with indigenous responses to place examined alongside music from the western orchestral chamber and choral repertories. The book provides valuable insight into a wide range of music inspired by Australia from the Yanyuwa people to Jewish communities in Victoria; from Peter Sculthorpe's opera Quiros to the work of European expats living in Australia before the Second World War; from historic Ealing film scores to contemporary sound installations. The work of many significant composers is discussed in detail among them Ross Edwards Barry Conyngham David Lumsdaine Anne Boyd and Fritz Hart. Throughout the book there is a sense of the vibrancy and diversity of the music inspired by the sights and sounds of the Australian landscape. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256064

The Soundtrack AlbumListening to Media The Soundtrack Album: Listening to Media offers the first sustained exploration of the soundtrack album as a distinctive form of media. Soundtrack albums have been part of our media and musical landscape for decades enduring across formats from vinyl and 8-tracks to streaming playlists. This book makes the case that soundtrack albums are more than promotional tools for films television shows or video games— they are complex media texts that reward a detailed analysis. The collection’s contributors explore a diverse range of soundtrack albums from Super Fly to Stranger Things revealing how these albums change our understanding of the music and film industries and the audio-visual relationships that drive them. An excellent resource for students of Music Media Studies and Film/Screen Media courses The Soundtrack Album offers interdisciplinary perspectives and opens new areas for exploration in music and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138325319

The Source of Capital Goods InnovationThe Role of User Firms in Japan and Korea The results of the empirical investigation of Japan and Korea show that the user firms in both countries represented by car makers have involved themselves in the technical and entrepreneurial entry into machine tools along with making active investments. As a consequence they made a considerable contribution to the innovation of machine tools increasing their competitive advantage as well as the competence of their specialized suppliers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315859071

The Sourcebook of Nonverbal MeasuresGoing Beyond Words The Sourcebook of Nonverbal Measures provides a comprehensive discussion of research choices for investigating nonverbal phenomena. The volume presents many of the primary means by which researchers assess nonverbal cues. Editor Valerie Manusov has collected both well-established and new measures used in researching nonverbal behaviors illustrating the broad spectrum of measures appropriate for use in research and providing a critical resource for future studies.With chapters written by the creators of the research measures this volume represents work across disciplines and provides first-hand experience and thoughtful guidance on the use of nonverbal measures. It also offers research strategies researchers can use to answer their research questions; discussions of larger research paradigms into which a measure may be placed; and analysis tools to help researchers think through the research choices available to them.With its thorough and pragmatic approach this Sourcebook will be an invaluable resource for studying nonverbal behavior. Researchers in interpersonal communication psychology personal relationships and related areas will find it to be an essential research tool. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781410611703

The Sources and Development of Social and Community PsychiatryCommunity Mental Health Erich Lindemann and Social Conscience in American Ps These volumes make new contributions to the history of psychiatry and society in three ways: First they propose a theory of values and ideology influencing the evolution of psychiatry and society in recurring cycles and survey the history of psychiatry in recent centuries in light of this theory. Second they review the waxing prominence and waning of Community Mental Health as an example of a segment of this cyclical history of psychiatry. Third  they provide the first biography of Erich Lindemann one of the founders of social and community psychiatry and explore the interaction of the prominent contributor with the historical environment and the influence this has on both. We return to the issue of values and ideologies as influences on psychiatry whether or not it is accepted as professionally proper. This is intended to stimulate self-reflection and the acceptance of the values sources of ideology their effect on professional practice and the effect of values-based ideology on the community in which psychiatry practices. The books will be of interest to psychiatric teachers and practitioners health planners and socially responsible citizens. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367354336

The Sources of Beneventan Chant The area whose capital was the southern Lombard city of Benevento developed a culture identified with the characteristic form of writing known as the Beneventan script which was used throughout the area and was brought to perfection at the abbey of Montecassino in the late eleventh century. This repertory along with other now-vanished or suppressed local varieties of music give a far richer picture of the variety of musical practice in early medieval Europe than was formerly available. Thomas Forrest Kelly has identified and collected the surviving sources of an important repertory of early medieval music; this is the so-called Beneventan Chant used in southern Italy in the early middle ages before the adoption there of the now-universal music known as Gregorian chant. Because it was deliberately suppressed in the course of the eleventh century this music survives mostly in fragments and palimpsests and the fascinating process of restoring the repertory piece by piece is told in the studies in this book. A companion volume to this collection also by Professor Kelly details the practice of Medieval music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138375802

The Sources of Chaucer's Poetics Focusing on four aspects of Chaucer's poetics-use of narrative speech rhetoric and figurative language-this is the first book-length study to identify Chaucer's distinctive poetic strategies by making specific comparisons with known textual sources. The author provides a combination of analysis of both poetic stylistics and sources reading The Legend of Good Women and five of The Canterbury Tales (The Knight's Tale The Man of Law's Tale The Physician's Tale The Monk's Tale and The Manciple's Tale) against their textual sources including Ovid's Metamorphoses and Heroides Boccaccio's Teseida Virgil's Aeneid Le Roman de la Rose and histories by Nicholas Trevet and Guido delle Colonne. Holton provides a picture of Chaucer's habits as a writer showing that he was consistent in asserting his own techniques against the pressure of his sources and in keeping control over words and their meaning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236988

The Sources Of Russian Foreign Policy After The Cold War In this timely and pathbreaking volume scholars in comparative politics and international relations build upon earlier theoretical work on the interaction of domestic and international systems applying it innovatively to the study of post-Soviet Russian policy and conduct. Individual chapters focus on regime type leadership politics interest group politics nationalism as ideology international conflict and threat and international economic opportunities and constraints. The complex interplay between domestic and international factors is highlighted. Exploring both the origins and the outcomes of Russian policy and behavior this book provides a telling measure of the direction and significance of political change since 1991. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295905

The Sources of Shakespeare's Plays First published in 1977. This book ascertains what sources Shakespeare used for the plots of his plays and discusses the use he made of them; and secondly illustrates how his general reading is woven into the texture of his work. Few Elizabethan dramatists took such pains as Shakespeare in the collection of source-material. Frequently the sources were apparently incompatible but Shakespeare's ability to combine a chronicle play one or two prose chronicles two poems and a pastoral romance without any sense of incongruity was masterly. The plays are examined in approximately chronological order and Shakespeare's developing skill becomes evident. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823959

The Souterrains of Southern Pictland The archaeological monuments known as souterrains particularly characteristic of eastern Scotland from Aberdeenshire to Fife have long been a mystery. When this book was originally published in 1963 recent investigation on two of these types of works at Ardestie and Carlungie in Angus had shed more light. This book combines two excavation reports with a re-consideration of the problems that surrounded these ‘earth houses’ and their builders. It presents a summary of all recorded souterrains between the Dee and the Forth offering great insight into these structures and also into the status of this kind of archaeology at this time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138818125

The South African Intelligence ServicesFrom Apartheid to Democracy 1948-2005 This book is the first full history of South African intelligence and provides a detailed examination of the various stages in the evolution of South Africa’s intelligence organizations and structures. Covering the apartheid period of 1948-90 the transition from apartheid to democracy of 1990-94 and the post-apartheid period of new intelligence dispensation from 1994-2005 this book examines not only the apartheid government’s intelligence dispensation and operations but also those of the African National Congress and its partner the South African Communist Party (ANC/SACP) – as well as those of other liberation movements and the ‘independent homelands’ under the apartheid system. Examining the civilian military and police intelligence structures and operations in all periods as well as the extraordinarily complicated apartheid government’s security bureaucracy (or 'securocracy') and its structures and units the book discusses how South Africa’s Cold War ‘position’ influenced its relationships with various other world powers especially where intelligence co-operation came to bear. It outlines South Africa’s regional relationships and concerns – the foremost being its activities in South-West Africa (Namibia) and its relationship with Rhodesia through 1980. Finally it examines the various legislative and other governance bases for the existence and operations of South Africa’s intelligence structures – in all periods – and the influences that such activities as the Rivonia Trial (at one end of the history) or the Truth and Reconciliation Commission (at the other end) had on the evolution of these intelligence questions throughout South Africa’s modern history. This book will be of great interest to all students of South African politics intelligence studies and international politics in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415535243

The South America Handbook First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315063614

The South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC)An emerging collaboration architecture The South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC) is an international organization comprised of the eight countries in South Asia. This work aims examine the institutional structure objectives and effectiveness of the SAARC in its role as South Asia’s leading regional institution. Drawing on original research it offers a fresh and accessible account of SAARC arguing that South Asia forms a unique regional security complex that enables certain forms of regional cooperation and bars cooperation on other issue areas. The text provides a comprehensive introduction to the SAARC describing the historical developments that lead to its formation and examining key issues such as:   The inner workings of Regional Centres and their success in implementing the decisions reached at SAARC summits. How SAARC has sought to address critical new security challenges such as health pandemics terrorism energy security South Asia’s economic cooperation and the South Asia Free Trade Agreement (SAFTA) Challenges that expansion pose to the organization particularly China’s suggestion to expand beyond the traditional borders of South Asia The work aims to evaluate what scope there is for formal institutions like SAARC to provide a permanent regional security architecture within which South Asian countries can effectively address important issues and will be of great interest to all students and scholars of Asian security studies and institutions in general and students and scholars of international relations in South Asia in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415831246

The South Caucasus - Security Energy and Europeanization This book explores developments in the countries of the South Caucasus – Armenia Azerbaijan and Georgia – since the EU included the region in the European Neighbourhood Policy in 2003. It considers issues related to energy ethnic conflict steps towards regional integration and above all security – including the involvement of Russia Iran Turkey and the United States. It assesses the key importance of energy argues that the prospects for regional integration are weak and contends that while the approach of Europe and the United States has been confused and weak not holding out great hope of EU or NATO membership Russia’s interest and involvement in the region is strong and growing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872137

The South China Sea Maritime DisputePolitical Legal and Regional Perspectives The South China Sea is a major strategic waterway for trade and oil shipments to Japan Korea as well as southern China. It has been the focus of a maritime dispute which has continued now for over six decades with competing claims from China Vietnam the Philippines Indonesia and Brunei. Recently China has become more assertive in pressing its claims – harassing Vietnamese fishing vessels and seizing reefs in the Philippine claim zone. China has insisted that it has "indisputable sovereignty" over the area and has threatened to enforce its claim. All of this is unsettling and draws in the United States which is concerned about freedom of navigation in the area. The US has been supporting the Philippines and has been developing security ties with Vietnam as a check upon China. This book examines the conflict potential of the current dispute it discusses how the main claimants and the United States view the issue and assesses the prospects for a resolution of the problem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415787604

The South China SeaFrom a Regional Maritime Dispute to Geo-Strategic Competition This book explores the very latest developments in the South China Sea maritime dispute. It examines the South China Sea as an arena for geostrategic competition between China and the United States and why the dispute is so important for regional and global geopolitics. It outlines the most recent developments in the sea itself and assesses the role of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) and the current views of the contesting claimants. It considers the position of countries from outside the region India as well as Japan; surveys military and naval developments; and examines confidence building preventive diplomacy and dispute resolution measures. The book concludes by highlighting the points of greatest risk and by discussing how the situation is likely to develop going forward. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367279479

The South East from 1000 AD A volume dealing with the regional and local history of South East England this covers the landcape and society of the modern counties of Surrey Kent East and West Sussex and Greater London south of the Thames from late Anglo-Saxon times to the present. The authors have tried to show the diversity that can be found within the region as well as common characteristics which illustrate the local peculiarities of the area. The works in the series offer a synthesis of both historical and archaeological work in local areas. Each region is covered in two linked but independent volumes the first covering the period up to AD 1000 and necessarily relying on archaeological data and the second bringing the story up to modern times. It aims to portray life as it was experienced by the majority of people of South Britain or England as it was to become. The authors look at the major historical events which have an impact on the reagion - wars plagues technological changes and socio-cultural trends amongst them - but they also stress the underlying continuity of rural and urban life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138407961

The South European Right in the 21st CenturyItaly France and Spain Since the European-wide domination of social democratic governments during the mid- to late-1990s Right-wing parties have returned to power in the three largest Mediterranean democracies – Italy France and Spain. This alternation has been symptomatic of growing majoritarianism in Southern Europe a trend which has gone against much of the rest of the continent and of a decline in clientelist effectiveness also traditionally seen as the Southern ‘norm’. This volume assesses the subsequent periods of incumbency of these three governments considering the salient features of each in their reaction to winning government and implementing policy given their divergent historical roots and paths to power. In particular it focuses on the evolving role of perceived extremist elements on the Right and adaptation to a European arena which imposes a level of continuity on incumbents of whatever hue attempts to defend national interests notwithstanding. Lastly it considers the extent to which the swing to the Right has already reached its peak given the evidence of recent national and regional elections in France and Spain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138982604

The South Sea BubbleAn Economic History of its Origins and Consequences. The book is an economic history of the South Sea Bubble. It combines economic theory and quantitative analysis with historical evidence in order to provide a rounded account. It brings together scholarship from a variety of different fields to update the existing historical work on the Bubble. Up until now economic history research has not been integrated into mainstream histories of 1720. Technical work on share prices and ledgers has been inaccessible to a wider audience. As well as providing new evidence against the gambling mania argument the book also interprets the existing economic history scholarship for non-specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415708395

The South Slav ConflictHistory Religion Ethnicity and Nationalism First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138982611

The South West to 1000 AD A unique and detailed history of the south-west of England written in a clear and accessible style. A wondeful resource for any local historian. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138407954

The Southeast Asia Handbook The Regional Handbooks of Economic Development series provides accessible overviews of countries within their larger domestic and international contexts focusing on the relations among regions as they meet the challenges of the twenty first century.The series allows the non-specialist student to explore a wide range of complex factors-social and political as well as economic-that affect the growth of developing regions in Asia Europe and South America. Each Handbook provides an overview chapter discussing the region's economic conditions within an historical and political context as well as 20 or more chapter-length essays written by recognized experts which analyze the key issues affecting a region's economy: its population natural resources foreign trade labor problems and economic inequalities and other vital factors.In addition the volumes offer useful support materials including a series of appendices that include a detailed chronology of events in the region a glossary of terms biographical entries on key personalities an annotated bibliography of further reading and a comprehensive analytical index. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203059241

The Southeast Asian Economic Miracle There is widespread agreement that the world's most successful developing countries in the 1980s were those in Southeast Asia. Following in the footsteps of postwar Japan and more recently Korea the populations of Thailand Malaysia Indonesia Singapore Hong Kong and the Philippines have made enormous strides in income industrial and agricultural production exports education health nutrition consumption and other development indicators. This book brings together political scientists economists officials of Asian governments the United States and representatives of the multilateral banks to analyze and explain Southeast Asia's extraordinary growth.Chapters and contributors to The Southeast Asian Economic Miracle include: "Recent Developments and Future Prospects of Indonesia" by Anwar Nasution; "The Economic Experience and Prospects of Thailand" by Sukhumbhand Paribatra; "The Development of the Former Indochina States" by Frederick Brown; "Trade and Investment in Southeast Asian Development" by Stephen Parker; and "Managing Renewable Resources in Southeast Asia: The Problem of Deforestation" by Gareth Porter.Among the critical questions that the contributors address are: Is the success of the 1980s and early 1990s a permanent part of the world's economic landscape? How will this region react to the growth of China's vast productive capacity and to the faltering of Japan's economy? What will be the effect of U.S. military disengagement caused by domestic budgetary concerns and the end of the cold war? The Southeast Asian Economic Miracle is an important study of the shifting winds of the political economy of growth in our time—the movement away from a command to a free market environment. It will be an essential resource for political scientists Asia area scholars economists and policymakers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351293488

The Southern African EnvironmentProfiles of the SADC Countries The Southern African Environment provides a comprehensive and up-to-date description of the countries of the SADC region Angola Botswana Lesotho Malawi Mozambique Namibia Swaziland Tanzania Zambia and Zimbabwe. The area is one of rapid political economic and social change and each of the 10 country profiles in this book provides full and detailed information on the physical and human geography environmental problems resource base institutional structures for environmental management and the issues associated with institutional change. Each profile was drafted by local environmental experts and is based on extensive fieldwork and research originally commissioned by the Dutch government. The report provides a unique synthesis of this richly-endowed but troubled region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471672

The Southern Bantu LanguagesHandbook of African Languages For the purposes of this volume originally published in 1954 two southern zones of Bantu have been included - south of the Zambesi and east of the Kalahari. The book discusses the phonetic and morphological characteristics of these 2 zones and a classification of the groups clusters and dialects is provided. For comparative purposes detailed information on some striking dialectical forms is given in the appendices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138098145

The Southern Cone ModelThe Political Economy of Regional Capitalist Development in Latin America Developing an original blend of perspectives from the fields of international and comparative political economy this book presents an innovative and in-depth account of the contemporary political economy of the southern cone of Latin America: Argentina Brazil Chile Paraguay and Uruguay.It identifies a new and distinctive model of regional capitalist development emerging in the southern cone and a complex relationship with both the global political economy and the five distinctive national political economies in the region. Ranging across the contours of labour business states and regionalist processes Phillips assesses the significance of the Southern Cone Model for the ways in which we understand contemporary capitalist development at both national and transnational levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415747929

The Southern Flank in Crisis 1973-1976Series III Volume V: Documents on British Policy Overseas A fascinating collection of British foreign policy documents covering reactions in Whitehall to political change and revolution in the Mediterranean basin from 1973 to 1976. This volume contains many previously unpublished documents including Joint Intelligence Committee papers which cast new light on key events such as the international crisis triggered by the coup against Archbishop Makarios in Cyprus Turkey’s military intervention in the island the overthrow of the Caetano regime in Portugal and the death of Franco in Spain. During 1973-76 years generally associated with East/West détente in Europe NATO’s southern flank was plunged into crisis by a revolution in Portugal and a coup d’état in Cyprus. Political turmoil in Portugal Turkey’s military intervention in Cyprus the collapse of the military government in Greece and the threat of a Greco-Turkish War all emphasized the vulnerability of the alliance to regime change in the Mediterranean. The Western allies had also to prepare for the death of two ageing dictators in Spain and Yugoslavia and the possible entry of Communists into government in France and Italy. This volume draws upon the records of the Foreign and Commonwealth Office the Cabinet Office and the Ministry of Defence to document the reactions of Harold Wilson’s Labour government to these developments. This book will be of great interest to all students of contemporary British history international history European history international relations politics and diplomacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761550

The Southern Lunda and Related Peoples (Northern Rhodesia Belgian Congo Angola)West Central Africa Part I Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series published between 1950 and 1977 brings together a wealth of previously un-co-ordinated material on the ethnic groupings and social conditions of African peoples. Concise critical and (for its time) accurate the Ethnographic Survey contains sections as follows: Physical Environment Linguistic Data Demography History & Traditions of Origin Nomenclature Grouping Cultural Features: Religion Witchcraft Birth Initiation Burial Social & Political Organization: Kinship Marriage Inheritance Slavery Land Tenure Warfare & Justice Economy & Trade Domestic Architecture Each of the 50 volumes will be available to buy individually and these are organized into regional sub-groups: East Central Africa North-Eastern Africa Southern Africa West Central Africa Western Africa and Central Africa Belgian Congo. The volumes are supplemented with maps available to view on routledge.com or available as a pdf from the publishers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138235182

The Southern Nilo-HamitesEast Central Africa Part VIII Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series originally published between 1950 and 1977 collected ethnographic information on the peoples of Africa using all available sources: archives memoirs and reports as well as anthropological research which in 1945 had only just begun. Concise critical and (for its time) accurate the Ethnographic Survey contains sections as follows: Physical Environment Linguistic Data Demography History & Traditions of Origin Nomenclature Grouping Cultural Features: Religion Witchcraft Birth Initiation Burial Social & Political Organization: Kinship Marriage Inheritance Slavery Land Tenure Warfare & Justice Economy & Trade Domestic Architecture Each of the 50 volumes will be available to buy individually and these are organized into regional sub-groups: East Central Africa North-Eastern Africa Southern Africa West Central Africa Western Africa and Central Africa Belgian Congo. The volumes are supplemented with maps available to view on routledge.com or available as a pdf from the publishers.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138232198

The Southern Shores of the Mediterranean and its NetworksKnowledge Trade Culture and People The majority of scholarly conceptions of the Mediterranean focus on the sea’s northern shores with its historical epicentres of Spain France or Italy. This book seeks to demonstrate the importance of economic political and cultural networks emanating from the Mediterranean’s lesser-studied southern shores. The various chapters emphasize the activities that made connections between the southern shores sub-Saharan Africa the lands along its northern shores and beyond to the United States. In doing so the book avoids a Eurocentric approach and details the importance of the players and regions of the southern hinterland in the analysis of the Mediterranean space. The cultural aspects of the North African countries be they music literature film commerce or political activism continue to transform the public spheres of the countries along the northern shores of the Mediterranean and beyond to the whole of the European continent. In its focus on the often overlooked North African shore the work is an innovative contribution to the historiography of the Mediterranean region. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of North African Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138099241

The Southern Silk RouteHistorical Links and Contemporary Convergences Southern Silk Route is the historic route which runs from China to Myanmar and ends up in Assam. The route has historical importance as it served as a major artery of ancient trade articles. The Southern Silk Route: Historical Links and Contemporary Convergences attempts to sketch out the historical dimensions of the route and shows the contemporary dynamics both positive and negative. It poses the question how history can extend a lesson in contemporary contexts.The book has two parts- theoretical articles on the route judging from a scholar’s perspective on one hand and explorers’ insight in the practical perspective on the other thus making it really interesting both for the scholar and the lay reader.Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367229078

The Southern SothoSouthern Africa Part II Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series published between 1950 and 1977 brings together a wealth of previously un-co-ordinated material on the ethnic groupings and social conditions of African peoples. Concise critical and (for its time) accurate the Ethnographic Survey contains sections as follows: Physical Environment Linguistic Data Demography History & Traditions of Origin Nomenclature Grouping Cultural Features: Religion Witchcraft Birth Initiation Burial Social & Political Organization: Kinship Marriage Inheritance Slavery Land Tenure Warfare & Justice Economy & Trade Domestic Architecture Each of the 50 volumes will be available to buy individually and these are organized into regional sub-groups: East Central Africa North-Eastern Africa Southern Africa West Central Africa Western Africa and Central Africa Belgian Congo. The volumes are supplemented with maps available to view on routledge.com or available as a pdf from the publishers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138234604

The Southern Sudan in Historical Perspective Robert O. Collins is one of the most prolific authors on Africa the Sudan and the Nile. The Southern Sudan in Historical Perspective based on a series of lectures he gave at Tel Aviv University is a succinct and engaging study of the Southern Sudan from its origins in antiquity the British occupation of the early twentieth century the civil disturbances of 1955 its independence in 1956 to the violence of the late 1960s and early 1970s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538726

The Southern SudanThe Problem of National Integration Published in 1973: This thoroughgoing collection of informed and incisive essay brings together for the first time between the covers of a single volume a very wide spectrum of views on one of the key conflicts in Africa today. The problems underlying the whole situation are discussed from extremely diverse standpoints so that the mass of data is constantly reinterpreted by the several authors casting differing lights upon this complex tragedy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367147983

The Southern SudanThe Problem of National Integration First Published in 1972. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138982659

The Southwest Under StressNational Resource Development Issues in a Regional Setting Southwest Under Stress examines the development-environment conflict in the four contiguous states of Arizona Utah Colorado and New Mexico. It emphasizes three issues with implications that extend far beyond the Southwest: water---its quantity quality and allocation; environment---how and to what extent it should be preserved; and the future of Native American and other poverty-stricken peoples. Energy comes in for special attention because the Southwest is a principal repository of fossil and nuclear fuels. This book serves as a guide for public policy in the region and many of the policy alternatives set out are aimed at state and local governments. Alleviating poverty improving the lot of Native Americans and formulating workable water environmental and natural resources development policies are all of special concern to the region but the federal government has asserted a dominant role in may of these areas. The book discusses ways in which the federal role may change to improve both federal policy itself and cooperation with other levels of government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471979

The Sovereign Sovereignty is among the most important phenomena for making sense of political life. But there are many mistaken assumptions associated with the concept. This book provides a new and somewhat unorthodox interpretation of it from the standpoint of a theory of practice. The Sovereign responds to pressing political issues of our time like immigration and refugees transnationalism and populism the prospects for democracy and the relationship between civil society and the state. The chapters trace the concept of sovereignty from its origins in political theory providing perspective and insights that leave the reader with a phenomenological sketch of the sovereign. Bronner transforms our ideas about political power what it is how it has been used and how it can be used. His new theory of sovereignty concludes with twenty-five provocative theses on the sovereign’s role in modern capitalist society. The Sovereign is a novel and unparalleled overview of a crucial concept by an influential thinker. It is especially and particularly recommended to scholars and student of comparative politics international relations contemporary political theory and the wider general public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367495763

The Sovereignty of Good Iris Murdoch was one of the great philosophers and novelists of the twentieth century and The Sovereignty of Good is her most important and enduring philosophical work. She argues that philosophy has focused mistakenly on what it is right to do rather than good to be and that only by restoring the notion of ‘vision’ to moral thinking can this distortion be corrected. This brilliant work shows why Iris Murdoch remains essential reading: a vivid and uncompromising style a commitment to forceful argument and a courage to go against the grain. With a foreword by Mary Midgley. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415854733

The Soviet Agrarian Deba/h The first decade of Soviet cultural life was marked by a pluralism unmatched in the subsequent history of the USSR. In many fields of art and science Party and non-Party "proletarian" and "bourgeois" intellectuals worked side by side vigorously debating questions of substance and method. In this first major study of a Soviet field of social science in the post-Revolution period Dr. Solomon examines the controversy that divided social scientists studying the economy and society of the Soviet peasant during the 1920s. The intellectual disagreements in post-Revolution Soviet rural studies were exacerbated by social political and professional differences among the contending scholars. The infighting between the groups was bitter. Yet in contrast to recent studies of other Soviet professions in the 1920s the author finds that in rural studies Marxists and non-Marxists had much in common. Her findings suggest that the coexistence of the "old" and the "new" in Soviet rural studies might have lasted for some time had not external political forces intervened in late 1928 acting as a pressure on the field and eventually causing its demise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295912

The Soviet Art Of WarDoctrine Strategy And Tactics No other nation has invested as much intellectual capital in the study of war as has the Soviet Union over the last six decades and the doctrine strategy and tactics that have been developed by Soviet theoreticians are bound to guide any future Soviet military action. The Soviet Art of War makes available to Western readers selections from the most significant and influential Soviet military writings from 1917 to the present. The Scotts have examined thousands of Soviet military publications including the restricted journal of the Soviet General Staff Voyennaya Mysl' to make this book the most comprehensive account of Soviet military theory and practice yet published. The papers they have chosen thoroughly illustrate the development of the basic features of Soviet military art from the days of trench warfare to the era of the nuclear battlefield. These documents demonstrate the emphasis on surprise on deception on mass deep penetration of enemy defenses and on a unified strategy for all services. They also show the forms of military action—destruction and attrition defense and offense maneuver and position-as seen through the eyes of leading Soviet marshals generals and admirals. The usefulness of this material is further enhanced by the Scotts' commentary and their analysis of each group of readings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295936

The Soviet Bloc And The Third WorldThe Political Economy Of East-South Relations This volume deals with the nature of the relationship between the countries of Eastern Europe and the Soviet Union and those of the Third World offering some background to the decline in the Soviet Union's international position both politically and economically. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295943

The Soviet Bloc In The Imf And The Ibrd In this book the author surveys performance of the Soviet Bloc states in the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD) for evidence of unusual levels of assistance using aggregate data obtained from IMF and IBRD sources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295967

The Soviet ColossusHistory and Aftermath The Soviet Colossus revisits the turning points in Russia’s modern history from the fall of the tsarist regime to the establishment of the Bolshevik dictatorship and Stalinist totalitarianism; the reforms and counter-reforms of Khrushchev and Brezhnev to the reform program of Mikhail Gorbachev and the resultant collapse of the Soviet Union; and from the effort to build a democratic and free-market Russia under Boris Yeltsin to the political authoritarianism and the establishment of a state capitalist economy under Vladimir Putin. This eighth edition has been revised and updated to cover the latest developments from the Putin administration. These revisions include added emphasis on the increasing authoritarian nature of Russia’s political system the serious challenges posed by the country’s unsolved economic and social problems and the growing tensions between Russia on the one hand and the United States and the European Union on the other as a result of Moscow’s aggression against Ukraine. Kort combines this updated account with a broad exploration of Russia’s political history examining how the Soviet past has been woven into the fabric of the modern Russian state a state which plays such a major  assertive role in global affairs but which simultaneously remains an allusive secretive entity. With Russia’s increasing influence on the global stage and the controversies that often accompany this The Soviet Colossus is an invaluable resource for students of history politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399216

The Soviet Conduct of Tactical ManeuverSpearhead of the Offensive First Published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315035437

The Soviet Economic SystemA Legal Analysis A comprehensive analysis of the Soviet economy from a legal perspective this book discusses the Soviet theory of legal regulation of economic activity and the formal structure of economic legislation. The authors argue that two contradictory tendencies characterize the Soviet economic regulatory system: reform and retreat from reform. Legal reform efforts usually result from the attempt to increase economic efficiency which typically involves according greater independence to lower-level economic organizations. The danger that political power might be undermined however eventually leads to the reestablishment of the dominance of the central authorities over lower-level decisionmaking. Drs. Ioffe and Maggs also examine the tensions in labor law which must reconcile the needs of the economy for job mobility and high worker morale with administrative ideals of strict discipline and the legal aspects of technology transfer. In addition emphasis is placed on the ways that economic legislation is developed and applied in practice; the authors note in particular the progress that has been made in systemization and codification of economic legislation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295974

The Soviet Economy (Routledge Revivals) The Soviet Economy is a well informed work which seeks to acquaint students with the structure and problems of the economy of the USSR analysing the practical and theoretical problems within the institutional structure of the Soviet system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415684941

The Soviet EconomyContinuity And Change The economic system of the Soviet Union is of vital interest not merely because the USSR is a world superpower but also because the Soviets offer their economic development strategy and system as a model to Third World nations seeking rapid development and social change. This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date picture of the evolution and operation of the Soviet economy its external economic relations and the challenges it faces in the next decade. The selections describe the nature and difficulties of Soviet economic planning and the wide range of legal and illegal unplanned activities in the Soviet economy today. They examine also the involvement of citizens as both producers and consumers. The closing section looks at prospects for the future in the areas of agriculture energy and technological development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367311445

The Soviet Empire ReconsideredEssays In Honor Of Adam B. Ulam The demise of any empire provides an occasion for fresh examination of longaccepted "truths" about its history and its intrinsic nature: What set this particular empire apart from others? Why did it develop in the way that it did? Could events have taken a different path? What legacies has the empire left to its heirs? In this volume eminent scholars reflect on the unique and central features of the Soviet empire during its period of consolidation in Europe and speculate on the long-term effects of its collapse. They reconsider subjects that have absorbed Adam Ulam's attention in his own work—the ideologies of central planning of totalitarianism and state terror at home and of intervention abroad—and explore their impact on the people who lived under Soviet power at its apogee. They also analyze the unraveling of the system on the domestic scene in elite and grassroots politics and in the international arena. Concluding chapters focus on the configuration of new domestic and foreign policies and on prospects for security and cooperation in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367295998

The Soviet Far East Military BuildupNuclear Dilemmas and Asian Security This book first published in 1986 examines the challenges the United States faced in maintaining a strong nuclear deterrence capability in the Far East without giving rise to political tensions among its allies. The Soviet aggression in the region shown in the invasion of Afghanistan and the shooting down of a Korean airliner demonstrated the need for a Western counterbalance but the Asian nations were wary of becoming pawns in a nuclear power play between the superpowers. This book evaluates the meaning of Moscow’s military buildup in the global context; analyses the impact of the buildup from the perspective of China Korea Japan the nations of ASEAN Australia and New Zealand; explores the interaction of the buildup with the unresolved conflict on the Korean peninsula; and assesses the European experience with the Soviet nuclear threat and examines its implications for Asia. It also evaluates the linkages between European and Asian security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367623258

The Soviet High Command: a Military-political History 1918-1941A Military Political History 1918-1941 An objective and documentary history of the earliest origins and formative years of the Workers-Peasants Red Army from the Civil War to the initial disasters of the war with Germany the Great Patriotic War culminating in the "battle for Moscow" in November-December 1941. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203045633

The Soviet High CommandA Militarypolitical History 19181941 This book aims to furnish a history of the origins and development of Soviet military leadership together with a survey of its relations with the Communist Party and the governmental apparatus within the chronological limits of the first attempts to organise the Red Army and a military command. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296001

The Soviet Industrial EnterpriseTheory and Practice This book first published in 1984 is the first systematic attempt in English to produce an analytical as well as a descriptive outline of the operations management and role of the Soviet industrial enterprise. The microeconomics of central planning is a relatively neglected area of analysis with most effort being directed towards the theory of economic incentives. This book fills that gap by presenting an integrated view of the theory of the socialist firm. It concentrates on the day-to-day activities of the Soviet enterprise and uses a wealth of unused Soviet data to project its findings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815373988

The Soviet Invasion of Finland 1939-40 Western accounts of the Soviet-Finnish war have been reliant on Western sources. Using Russian archival and previously classified secondary sources to document the experience of the Red Army in conflict with Finland Carl Van Dyke offers a reassessment of the conflict. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203044384

The Soviet Middle East (Routledge Revivals)A Model for Development? First published in 1967 The Soviet Middle East provides an analysis of the economic and political status of the national republics of Central Asia and Transcaucasia which were at the time of the book’s initial publication a part of the Soviet Union. The authors analyse their economic achievements as well as their rapid progress in health and education comparing their situation with that of their non-Soviet neighbours and indeed with the rest of the USSR. They seek to define the relevance of the Soviet planning system and Soviet ideology to the development of these countries and also to contextualise their study in terms of the problems of other developing countries and the political stability of the Soviet Union as a multi-nation state. Written by two leading authorities on the Soviet Union this reissue will be welcomed by students of Soviet and Middle-Eastern history and by all those interested in the political social and economic development of Communist republics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415528276

The Soviet Military And The Communist Party This book investigates the relationship between the Communist Party and the military establishment in the Soviet Union. It indicates that there are several factors influencing the dynamics of that relationship and thus the respective roles of the protagonists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296018

The Soviet Multinational State The Soviet Union is a multinational state with about half of the country's population being ethnically Russian. The advent of glasnost and moves toward democratization and decentralization has unleashed the expression of national sentiments and interests in the USSR. This collection of Soviet materials surveys the many ramifications of the "nationality question" in the USSR in the 1980s. The topics covered include ideology state organization party recruitment inter-republican economic relations demographic factors education bilingualism cultural institutions religious traditions military service and disputes over republican prerogatives (in the Baltic) and over territory (the case of Nagorno-Karabakh). Each topical section includes a detailed introduction by the editor. This anthology provides coverage of the past decade up to and including the current unrest and the impact of the Gorbachev reforms. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315494456

The Soviet Nationality ReaderThe Disintegration In Context Setting the context for the crisis that has fragmented the former USSR this reader presents key essays by notable Western scholars who have shaped the debates within the field of Soviet nationality studies. Focusing first on the historical development of the Soviet multiethnic state the discussions then turn to specific problem areas including f Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367318994

The Soviet Naval Threat To EuropeMilitary And Political Dimensions Originally published in 1989. Given the events of 1987 and 1988-the death of Admiral Sergei G. Gorshkov who had served as Commander-in-Chief of the Soviet Navy from 1956 to 1985 and was so influencial in the development of the current Soviet Navy the Soviet policy of glasnost' the U .S.-Soviet arms negotiations Secretary Mikhail Gorbachev's visit to Washington President Ronald Reagan's visit to Moscow and the treaty concerning intermediate-range nuclear weapons- a study of the Soviet naval threat to Europe is particularly timely. This study begins by examining Soviet military and naval strategy which provides a view of how the Soviets intend to use their forces. Then the book explore Soviet naval capabilities and operations because a full understanding of Soviet naval power provides an understanding of the isolation that Europeans often feel. In the fourth and fifth sections of the book we examine the threat to northern and southern Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296032

The Soviet NavyStrengths And Liabilities Since Admiral Sergei G. Gorshkov was appointed to the office of commander in chief of the Soviet Navy in 1956 the Soviet Union has made a massive investment in naval construction training and operations. As a result the Soviet Navy has grown from a coastal defense force to one of the world's two strongest navies. This book offers a detailed assessment of every major aspect of the Soviet Navy from fleet structure and training facilities to command and control procedures and warfare and intelligence collection capabilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296049

The Soviet Partisan Movement 1941-1944A Critical Historiographical Analysis Partisans and terrorists have dominated military history during the second half of the 20th century. Leonid Grenkevich offers an account of the shadowy partisan struggle that accompanied the Soviet Union's Great Patriotic War (1941-1945). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203044698

The Soviet Past in the Post-Socialist PresentMethodology and Ethics in Russian Baltic and Central European Oral History and Memory Studies This collection examines practical and ethical issues inherent in the application of oral history and memory studies to research about the Soviet Union and Eastern Europe since the collapse of the Soviet bloc. Case studies highlight the importance of ethical good practice including the reflexive interrogation of the interviewer and researcher and aspects of gender and national identity. Researchers use oral history to analyze present-day recollections of the Soviet past thereby extending our understanding beyond archival records official rhetoric and popular mythology. Oral history explores individual life stories but this has sometimes resulted in rather incomplete incoherent inconsistent or illogical narratives. Oral history therefore presents the researcher with a number of methodological and ethical dilemmas including the interpretation of "silence" in biographical accounts. This collection links the discussion of oral history ethics with that of memory studies. Memories are shaped by factors that may be simultaneously both consecutive and disrupted. In written accounts and responses to interview questions respondents sometimes display nostalgia for the Soviet past or conversely may seek to de-mythologize the realities of Soviet rule. Case studies explore what to do when interview subjects and memoirists consciously sub-consciously or unconsciously "forget" aspects of their own past or themselves seek to take control of the research process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367263836

The Soviet Regional Dilemma Incorporating an oral history approach this history of radio covers the impact of the arrival of television the rise of transistor radios the popularity of rock n' roll FM stereo stations underground radio of the sixties talk radio public radio and how technology will affect its future. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315494531

The Soviet Revolution1917-1938 This history originally published in 1962 by the then lone remaining figure in the leadership of the Russian Social Democratic Party is an important contribution to the understanding of the Soviet October Revolution of 1917. It covers in detail the period from the February revolution of 1917 until the outbreak of the Second World War passing through the phases of the October Revolution the Peace of Brest-Litovsk the Civil War the struggle for the leadership of the party and the triumph of Stalin.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138224759

The Soviet Secondary School Originally published in 1988. The Soviet secondary school is an important topic for comparative educationalists and also for political scientists interested in how the Soviet education system shapes the outlook of Soviet children. This book charts developments in the Soviet secondary school beginning in the prerevolutionary period and coming right up to the present. It shows how the system was radically changed at several different points. The author who emigrated to Israel from the Kharkov district in 1977 has considerable personal experience of the system as school-girl teacher director of studies and headmistress and this experience naturally colours and enriches her analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545021

The Soviet Secret Services This book first published in 1956 analyses the Red Army’s strategic planning for a war involving nuclear weapons – whereby the front line is thinned out to protect it from nuclear attack and replaced by large-scale offensive operations in NATO’s rear. This new warfare technique had been successfully practised in WWII by Soviet partisan and guerrilla forces and this book examines these foundations of Soviet secret services doctrine and the principles by which they would operate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367610838

The Soviet StateThe Domestic Roots Of Soviet Foreign Policy This book examining the influence of international trade considers some of the broader trends in the changing structure of Soviet society before turning to two specific sources of potential internal strain both with implications for foreign policy nationalism and religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296056

The Soviet System In CrisisA Reader Of Western And Soviet Views This reader is intended to fill the urgent need for up-to-date materials on the Gorbachev era and to provide scholars and students with source materials and interpretations not available in standard texts. In addition the book will be regularly revised and updated to take account of rapidly changing events. Alexander Dallin and Gail Lapidus have brought together outstanding Western analyses as well as Soviet documents and commentary dealing with developments in the USSR's politics economy society culture and foreign policy since 1985. The collection covers the full spectrum of views—skeptical and enthusiastic ideological and pragmatic—offered by journalists politicians observers and participants. Introductory and concluding material by the editors provides the essential context to help students understand the myriad opinions put forth on the vast changes in the USSR and where its future may lie. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296063

The Soviet SystemModels of a Political Society Many things make up a modern society: its history culture natural setting wealth classes and peoples. For some the power structure the political system lies at the heart of the social order. Russia has long been a "political society" and its future may also be decided in large part by the power structure. A good way to understand Russia and other modern societies is to examine the ties between the "Soviet system" and the rest of the country's life. George Fischer argues that it is these ties that explain much about the consequences of a communist state.The Soviet System originally published in 1968 presents a provocative challenge to prevailing theories of modernization throughout the world. In this book Fischer takes issue with current assumptions that societies developing an advanced fully modern economy and culture must inevitably adopt Western-type social and political institutions. The author holds that our understanding of contemporary nations is impeded by assessing them in terms of the prevailing American theory of "pluralism." The notion that a "pluralist" division of labor pervades all of modern society is challenged and tested in the context of the former Soviet Union as a modern society.The emergence of the dual executive a leader with a special mixture of political and economic know-how is emphasized as a trend toward a "monist" model of society. Fischer demonstrates how this model in which all power is public and both industry and culture remain part of a non-capitalist non-liberal state structure can prove useful in studying social change today. The result is a book of value to all scholars and students dealing with the social and political systems of both developing and advanced societies—long after the Soviet system of rule dissolved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412842754

The Soviet TransitionFrom Gorbachev to Yeltsin Of course we watched it all on television day by day as the Evil Empire transmuted into the Circus Bear but seeing it and knowing what to think about it are not the same. Scholars from eastern and western Europe and North America help out in 14 papers from an April 1992 conference in Naples. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315037318

The Soviet Union The Soviet Union was one of the most significant historical phenomena of the twentieth century. This volume brings together key articles that analyse its birth in the 1917 revolution the development of Stalin's tyranny and Soviet decline from the 1960s onwards. The collection includes scholarship of the highest quality that illuminates this key episode in the history of both Europe and the wider world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138622845

The Soviet Union - Federation or Empire? The Soviet Union is often characterised as nominally a federation but really an empire liable to break up when individual federal units which were allegedly really subordinate colonial units sought independence. This book questions this interpretation revisiting the theory of federation and discussing actual examples of federations such as the United States arguing that many federal unions including the United States are really centralised polities. It also discusses the nature of empires nations and how they relate to nation states and empires and the right of secession highlighting the importance of the fact that this was written in to the Soviet constitution. It examines the attitude of successive Soviet leaders towards nationalities and the changing attitudes of nationalists towards the Soviet Union. Overall it demonstrates that the Soviet attitude to nationalities and federal units was complicated wrestling in a similar way to many other states with difficult questions of how ethno-cultural justice can best be delivered in a political unit which is bigger than the national state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107205

The Soviet Union 1917-1991 A second edition of this famous survey has been eagerly awaited. When the first edition appeared Brezhnev was still in power Gorbachev did not make it to the index and the USSR was a superpower. Today the Soviet experiment is over and the USSR no longer exists. How? Why? Martin McCauley has reworked and greatly expanded his book to answer these questions and to provide a complete account of the Soviet years. Essential reading to an appreciation of recent history -- and to a better understanding of whatever happens next. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157200

The Soviet Union 1984/85Events Problems Perspectives In 1984 and 1985 the swift succession in the USSR's leadership affected all levels of Soviet society. This eighth volume in a series of biennial reports on the Soviet Union analyzes domestic affairs economics and foreign policy in light of that succession. Power struggles within the highest echelons of the Soviet communist party are examined. Contributors evaluate prospects for the attempted economic modernization in a system that leaves little room for radical reform. Moscow's swings between extremes of self-isolation and readiness to talk raise questions about foreign and security policy during die transitional period. The contributors also identify perspectives priorities and trends for the future of Soviet politics economics and social developments. The Federal Institute for East European and International Studies in Cologne was established in 1961 as an academically autonomous research institution. It operates under the administrative and financial authority of Germany's Federal Ministry of the Interior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367311537

The Soviet Union 19881989Perestroika In Crisis? First published in 1990. This volume of The Soviet Union 1988/89- the tenth in a series appearing since 1973- attempts to describe dramatic developments in domestic policy problems of economic development and efforts to change course in foreign policy and alter the image of the USSR in the international system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296094

The Soviet Union and Arab Nationalism 1917-1966 China’s foreign policy in the Arab world is important because it reflects China’s general foreign policy. In this study first published in 1981 the author draws upon a wealth of previously unpublished and inaccessible material to analyse Chinese attitudes in three cases: the two Arab liberation movements the Palestine Resistance Movement and the Popular Front for the Liberation of the Oman and the established and independent State of Kuwait. Since the Arab liberation movements played a significant political role within their fields of operation it was necessary for China to decide whether these movements did actually fit in with Chinese foreign policy objectives. Dr Behbehani’s analysis of these two case studies provides the basis for a discussion of whether China’s motives in supporting the liberation movements are theoretical or purely practical. China’s support for Kuwait’s political internal continuity is related to the stability of the whole Gulf region. The author analyses Chinese support for Kuwait and the surrounding conservative states on two main bases political and economic in the form of trade. It is through these channels particularly the economic one that China has sought to establish itself in the Gulf and the Arabian peninsula. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138925519

The Soviet Union And Ballistic Missile Defense Originally published in 1987. In the debate over strategic defense the Soviet dimension has not been adequately examined. Dr. Parrott's multifaceted discussion of the Soviet approach to ballistic missile defense (BMD) admirably fills that gap. Based on an analysis of Soviet statements and Soviet weaponry the study surveys Soviet perceptions of the shifting relationship between the superpowers and the effect of BMD on that relationship. The author then traces the evolution of Soviet policies toward ballistic missile defense and the introduction of weapons into space. After exploring the internal budgetary debates that will affect future Soviet decisions on BMD and space systems the book outlines Soviet responses political as well as military to the Strategic Defense Initiative and concludes with recommendations for U.S. policy toward BMD and arms negotiations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296100

The Soviet Union and Communist China 1945-1950: The Arduous Road to the AllianceThe Arduous Road to the Alliance Drawing on a wealth of new sources this work documents the evolving relationship between Moscow and Peking in the twentieth century. Using newly available Russian and Chinese archival documents memoirs written in the 1980s and 1990s and interviews with high-ranking Soviet and Chinese eyewitnesses the book provides the basis for a new interpretation of this relationship and a glimpse of previously unknown events that shaped the Sino-Soviet alliance. An appendix contains translated Chinese and Soviet documents - many of which are being published for the first time. The book focuses mainly on Communist China's relationship with Moscow after the conclusion of the treaty between the Soviet Union and Kuomingtang China in 1945 up until the signing of the treaty between Moscow and the Chinese Communist Party in 1950. It also looks at China's relationship with Moscow from 1920 to 1945 as well as developments from 1950 to the present. The author reevaluates existing sources and literature on the topic and demonstrates that the alliance was reached despite disagreements and distrust on both sides and was not an inevitable conclusion. He also shows that the relationship between the two Communist parties was based on national interest politics and not on similar ideological convictions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698984

The Soviet Union And Iranian AzerbaijanThe Use Of Nationalism For Political Penetration Iranian Azerbaijan--an ideological battle-field between Moscow and Tehran--has been a target for Soviet takeover since the formation of the USSR. The effort gained impetus when the Red Army occupied northern Iran in 1941 bringing with it a special detachment of Soviet Azeri Communist Party activists whose goal was to stimulate a national liberatio Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296124

The Soviet Union and Its Southern NeighboursIran and Afghanistan 1917-1933 Volodarsky (Russian and East European studies Tel Aviv U.) argues that the new Soviet Union continued Imperial Russia's policy of controlling its southern neighbors through promises and threats. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138982703

The Soviet Union and Northern Waters This book first published in 1988 analyses the interests and activities of the Soviet Union in the northern Atlantic. It gives particular attention to the growth in exploration and exploitation of resources and to the problems presented by jurisdictional disputes. The responses of NATO the United States and the Nordic countries to the expanded Soviet military presence are examined in detail. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367560836

The Soviet Union and Revolutionary Iran (RLE Iran D) Relations between the USSR and Iran during the period from the overthrow of the Shah and the establishment of the Islamic Republic up to early 1983 are reviewed in this book. It begins with a brief survey of Russian-Persian relations in earlier years with a focus on the developments that served as a background to the current events. It examines Soviet attitudes and reactions to Iran’s foreign and internal policy and highlights the way in which the Soviets often raise events of which they do not approve in order to draw Iran closer to them. In particular the book discusses the Soviet response to the Iran-Iraq war and the position of the Tudeh Party and the other leftists within Iran. Iran’s policy towards the USSR is treated at length and it is shown that it is suspicious of a tacit USA-USSR agreement over the fate of Iran. Khomeini’s attempts to isolate Iran from both East and West are also reviewed. This book was one of the first to discuss this crucial dimension in Middle East politics and it makes a significant contribution to our understanding of the forces driving the Iranian Revolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203832066

The Soviet Union and Syria This Chatham House Paper examines the nature of Soviet relations with Syria assessing the commitments made and the gains reaped by Moscow and Damascus in the economic military and political spheres. After discussing Soviet interests in the region in general and with regard to Syria in particular the author traces the evolution of the relationship between Moscow and its major Middle Eastern ally since Asad came to power in 1970. While the study argues that huge Soviet military aid has intensified the pro-Soviet alignment of Syrian policy it contends that Asad’s perception of his country’s national interests has also played a large part in shaping the relationship. The author concludes that both sides have gained from what is an interdependent relationship. If Damascus remains almost wholly dependent on Soviet military aid regional constraints give Syria some leverage over Moscow. Without Moscow’s support Syria might perhaps not have played such a leading role in the region; without Damascus the Soviet Union might have found itself on the sidelines of the Arab-Israeli conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138998124

The Soviet Union and the Arabian Peninsula (RLE Iran D) In the first years of the Soviet regime there was little if any Soviet interest in Arabia and the Persian Gulf. Over the last fifty years relations between Russia and this part of the world have become more complex; this book traces their intricate history in a full analysis of Soviet policy towards the Arabian Peninsula. It opens with a review of events from the beginning of the Soviet regime until 1975. The author goes on to consider the period between 1975 and 1978 concentrating especially on Soviet relations with Saudi Arabia Kuwait and South Yemen. The impact of the rise of the Ayatollah Khomeini’s Islamic Republic in 1979 is examined in detail with the emphasis on the situation in Iran Iraq Saudi Arabia and both North and South Yemen. Finally the author examines the effect on Soviet policy of the Iran-Iraq war and the subsequent insecurity in the Gulf region. This study is based on mainly primary sources of Soviet Arab Iranian and Western origins. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203832073

The Soviet Union And The Gulf In The 1980s This study focuses on the impact of Soviet policy toward the Iran-Iraq War in the 1980s discussing Soviet interpretations of the Iranian revolution and evaluations of the potent impact of the fundamentalist revival for Moscow's clients in the region. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296148

The Soviet Union As An Asianpacific PowerImplications Of Gorbachev's 1986 Vladivostok Initiative This volume provides a useful analysis of the domestic dimension of Soviet foreign policy in Asia/Pacific. It considers the implications of Gorbachev's 1986 Vladivostok Initiative on Northeast Asia Southeast Asia South Asia and the South Pacific. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367311612

The Soviet Union In East AsiaThe Predicaments Of Power This book is concerned with the predicaments of Soviet power in east Asia. It attempts to study Soviet policy not through bilateral relations but by analysing key issues in the Soviet perspective. The book also attempts to make sense of Soviet–Korean relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296162

The Soviet Union In The Third World This book examines the crucial role that Soviet policy toward the Third World played in Soviet efforts to influence the development of the international system in competition with the United States. It traces the evolution of Soviet policy toward the Third World. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296179

The Soviet Union In Transition Because of the recent transition in the Soviet Union's leadership scholars worldwide have found it necessary to reevaluate Soviet domestic and foreign policy. In this volume prominent Japanese U.S. and European experts examine changes within the USSR as well as Soviet reactions to changes in the rest of the world. They assess the immediate implications of change for such areas as technology energy policy and economic reform and deliver commentaries on current policy directions and historical backgrounds of Soviet policies. To commemorate its silver jubilee and to add the valuable perspective of Japanese Soviet-studies scholars to Western analyses the Japan Institute of International Affairs held the symposium on which this volume is based. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296186

The Soviet Union under Brezhnev The Soviet Union Under Brezhnev provides an accessible post-Soviet perspective on the history of the USSR from the mid-1960’s to the mid-1980’s. It challenges both the ‘evil empire’ image of the USSR that was widespread in the early 1980’s and the ‘stagnation’ label attached to the period by Soviet reformers under Gorbachev. The book makes use of a range of memoirs interviews archival documents and other sources not available before 1990 to place Brezhnev and his epoch in a broader historical context. The author:     examines high politics foreign policy and policy making    explores broader social cultural and demographic trends    presents a picture of Soviet society in the crucial decades prior to the upheavals and crises of the late 1980’s While stopping well short of a full-scale rehabilitation of Brezhnev Tompson rejects the prevailing image of the Soviet leader as a colourless non-entity drawing attention to Brezhnev’s real political skills as well as his faults and to the systemic roots of many of the problems he faced. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135970

The Soviet Union Under Gorbachev (Routledge Revivals)Prospects for Reform Gorbachev’s accession to General Secretary promised great changes to the Soviet Union and its relationship with the rest of the world. This book first published in 1987 discusses the problems faced by Gorbachev when he entered office and how he planned to tackle them. Gorbachev was a figure of genuine debate in the mid-1980s raising doubts from Western specialists regarding his radicalism and ability to reform the Soviet economic system in particular. Here Dyker and his colleagues assess the changes Gorbachev had already made to consolidate his power base alongside those that he was proposing to make to agriculture industry and foreign relations at the time of publication. The book speculates about how Gorbachev might implement his proposed political and economic reforms what opposition he might encounter and how successful he would be. A fascinating insight into Soviet economic and political policy in the years leading up to the Union’s collapse this work will be of particular importance to students and academics researching the personality of Gorbachev and the political and economic history of the Soviet Union. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415842068

The Soviet UnionEmpire Nation and System First Published in 2017. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351316927

The Soviet View of War Peace and Neutrality This book first published in 1975 analyses the three tools which the Russians used for attaining their political objectives: war peace and neutrality. This study shows how they have evolved a clear-cut view based on Marxism-Leninism of the origins of war the categories of war the ways in which it can be made to serve the Marxist revolutionary interest and the circumstances in which it is profitable to use it. As for peace both Lenin and Khrushchev described it as a ‘temporary unstable armistice between two wars’. In the Leninist view peace is a tool for attaining political objectives just like war while neutrality is essentially ridiculous: ‘he who is not with me is against me’. Nevertheless there are occasions when neutrality is a concept acceptable to the Soviet leaders and this study examines instances of this alongside war and peace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367560270

The Sovieteast European Relationship In The Gorbachev EraThe Prospects For Adaptation This book focuses on the nature of the Soviet-East European relationship in the Gorbachev era and on the prospects for the adaptation of that relationship to changing conditions in today's world examining trends and tendencies in Soviet-East European relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367311650

The Soviets Germany And The New Europe This book assesses the evolution of the Soviet approach toward European security policy since the mid-1980s as seen from the prism of assessments of and policy toward the Federal Republic of Germany examining basic Soviet analyses of West Germany in the period prior to unification. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296209

The Soviet-Syrian Relationship Since 1955A Troubled Alliance For most of the last 35 years Soviet-Syrian friendship has been a key factor in superpower rivalry in the Middle East. In this study Sabrina Ramet examines the motives instruments successes and failures of Soviet and Syrian policies toward each other. The relationship has revolved around a common interest in military and economic cooperation expecially in counterbalancing the US-Israeli alliance. Ramet argues that despite these shared concerns the warmth of relations that existed between the two nations from 1955 to 1958 has never been duplicated. In fact she contends that since Gorbachev came to power the Soviet-Syrian relationship has gradually cooled and speculates on directions the association may take in the future. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429314964

The Sower and the SeedReflections on the Development of Consciousness The Sower and the Seed explores the origins of consciousness from a mytho-psychological angle. The concept of immanence a vast intelligence within the evolutionary process provides the underlying philosophy of the book presented as a creative-destructive spirit that manifests higher orders of complexity (such as life intelligence self-consciousness) and then dissolves them. The book explores the human psyche as immersed in nature and the realm of the Great Mother showing how the themes of fertility and power applicable to all life forms saturate the history of humanity - most evidently in the period stretching from 40 000 years ago up to modern civilizations. The book examines in particular the transition to patriarchal religious consciousness in which a violent separation from the world of nature took place. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782202462

The Space and Place of ModernismThe Little Magazine in New York This book examines reactions to the Russian Revolution by four little magazines of the teens and twenties (The Liberator The Messenger The Little Review and The Dial) in order to analyze some of the ways modernist writers negotiate the competing demands of aesthetics political commitment and race. Re-examining interconnections among such superficially disparate phenomena as the Harlem Renaissance Greenwich Village bohemianism modernism and Leftist politics this book rightly emphasizes the vitality of little magazines and argues for their necessary place in the study of modernism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861038

The Space and Practice of ReadingA Case Study of Reading and Social Class in Singapore Mirroring worldwide debates on social class literacy rates and social change this study explores the intersection between reading and social class in Singapore one of the top scorers on the Programme for International Assessment (PISA) tests and questions the rhetoric of social change that does not take into account local spaces and practices. This comparative study of reading practices in an elite school and a government school in Singapore draws on practice and spatial perspectives to provide critical insight into how taken-for-granted practices and spaces of reading can be in fact unacknowledged spaces of inequity. Acknowledging the role of social class in shaping reading education is a start to reconfiguring current practices and spaces for more effective and equitable reading practices. This book shows how using localized contextualized approaches sensitive to the home school national and global contexts can lead to more targeted policy and practice transformation in the area of reading instruction and intervention. Chapters in the book include: â€¢         Becoming a Reader: Home-School Connections•         Singaporean Boys Constructing Global Literate Selves: School-Nation Connections•         Levelling the Reading Gap: Socio-Spatial Perspectives The book will be relevant to literacy scholars and educators library science researchers and sociologists interested in the intersection of class and literacy practices in the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138365766

The Space BetweenExperience Context and Process in the Therapeutic Relationship The papers in this book focus on many different aspects of the therapeutic relationship including the self of the therapist working cross-culturally and with language difference impasse risk taking the place of research and the influence of theory. Clinical examples illustrate successful as well as less succssful outcomes in therapy and t Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328863

The Space that Separates: A Realist Theory of Art The Space that Separates: A Realist Theory of Art radically challenges our assumptions about what art is what art does who is doing it and why it matters. Rejecting the modernist and market-driven misconception that art is only what artists do Wilson instead presents a realist case for living artfully. Art is defined as the skilled practice of giving shareable form to our experiences of being-in-relation with the real; that is to say the causally generative domain of the world that extends beyond our direct observation comprising relations structures mechanisms possibilities powers processes systems forces values ways of being. In communicating such aesthetic experience we behold life’s betweenness – "the space that separates" so coming to know ourselves as connected. Providing the first dedicated and comprehensive account of art and aesthetics from a critical realist perspective – Aesthetic Critical Realism (ACR) Wilson argues for a profound paradigm shift in how we understand and care for culture in terms of our system(s) of value recognition. Fortunately we have just the right tool to help us achieve this transformation – and it’s called art. Offering novel explanatory accounts of art aesthetic experience value play culture creativity artistic truth and beauty this book will appeal to a wide audience of students and scholars of art aesthetics human development philosophy and critical realism as well as cultural practitioners and policy-makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138912083

The Spacemaker's Guide to Big ChangeDesign and Improvisation in Development Practice This book gives definition to participatory practice as a necessary form of activism in development planning for cities.  It gives guidance on how practice can make space for big and lasting change and for new opportunities to be discovered. It points to ways of building synergy and negotiating our way in the social and political spaces ‘in between’ conventional and often competing ideals – public and private interests top down and bottom up formal and informal the global agendas which outsiders promote and the local needs of insiders for example. It offers guidance on process designed to close gaps and converge worlds which we know have become divisive and discriminatory working from the detail of everyday life in search of beginnings that count building out and making meaningful locally the abstractions of the global causes we champion – poverty alleviation environmental sustainability resilience. Practice – the collective process by which decisions are negotiated plans designed and actions taken in response to needs and aspirations locally and globally – we will see is not just about being practical but more. Its purpose is to give structure to our understanding of the order and disorder in our cities today then to disturb that order when it has become inefficient or inequitable even change it. It is to add moral value to morally questionable planning practice and so build "a social economy for the satisfaction of human need." Practice in these spaces ‘in-between’ redraws the boundaries of expectation of disciplinary work and offers a new high ground of moral purpose from which to be more creative more integrated more relevant more resourceful – more strategic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415838566

The Spaces of the HospitalSpatiality and Urban Change in London 1680-1820 The Spaces of the Hospital examines how hospitals operated as a complex category of social urban and architectural space in London from 1680 to 1820. This period witnessed the transformation of the city into a modern metropolis. The hospital was very much part of this process and its spaces both interior and exterior help us to understand these changes in terms of spatiality and spatial practices. Exploring the hospital through a series of thematic case studies Dana Arnold presents a theoretically refined reading of how these institutions both functioned as internal discrete locations and interacted with the metropolis. Examples range from the grand royal military hospital those concerned with the destitute and the insane and the new cultural phenomenon of the voluntary hospital.   This engaging book makes an important contribution to our understanding of urban space and of London uniquely examining how different theoretical paradigms reveal parallel readings of these remarkable hospital buildings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415325165

The Spaniards in Rome (Routledge Revivals)From Marius to Domitian The Spaniards in Rome: From Marius to Domitian first published in 1990 examines the expansion and revitalisation of the Roman aristocracy in the later Republic and early Empire focusing specifically on the political careers of men from the provinces of the Iberian Peninsula. The indigenous peoples of Spain were renowned in antiquity for the steadfastness of their personal loyalties. Clientela the specifically Roman practice of official patronage was a prize worth striving for by a Roman aristocrat in the Iberian Peninsula and propelled many men of property into the political life of the capitol. Against the general background of an increasingly influential Spanish presence in Rome Professor Weinrib provides an intensive examination of aristocratic retrenchment during the most turbulent decades of the first century BC and the consolidation of the empire. Detailed investigation of sources and elaborate argumentation are combined to illuminate that process with special reference to prominent Spanish personalities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138025394

The Spanish Civil War The Spanish Civil War was one of the bloodiest conflicts of the modern era. This book covers: * its background with the fall of the monarchy and the Second Republic* Franco and Fascism* the conflict itself* the role of foreign powers* the legacy of the war. Including narrative questions and analysis of a wide variety of sources from popular novels and poetry to contemporary political commentaries The Spanish Civil War is a concise introduction to this topic and an essential study aid. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138137868

The Spanish Civil WarA Military History The Spanish Civil War: A Military History takes a new military approach to the conflict that tore Spain apart from 1936 to 1939. In many histories the war has been treated as a primarily political event with the military narrative subsumed into a much broader picture of the Spain of 1936–9 in which the chief themes are revolution and counter-revolution. While remaining conscious of the politics of the struggle this book looks at the war as above all a military event and as one in whose outbreak specifically military issues – particularly the split in the armed forces produced by the long struggle in Morocco (1909–27) – were fundamental. Across nine chapters that consider the war from beginning to endgame Charles J. Esdaile revisits traditional themes from a new perspective deconstructs many epics and puts received ideas to the test as well as introducing readers to foreign-language historiography that has previously been largely inaccessible to an anglophone audience. In taking this new approach The Spanish Civil War: A Military History is essential reading for all students of twentieth-century Spain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138311275

The Spanish Gypsy by George Eliot In 1864 George Eliot began writing her longest poem "The Spanish Gypsy". This project exhausted her and her partner took the manuscript away from her for fear it was making her ill. This work explains what Eliot read to research the poem which parts caused her particular problems and summarises the poem's critical reception. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876159

The Spanish Influenza Pandemic of 1918-1919New Perspectives The Spanish Influenza pandemic of 1918-19 was the worst pandemic of modern times claiming over 30 million lives in less than six months. In the hardest hit societies everything else was put aside in a bid to cope with its ravages. It left millions orphaned and medical science desperate to find its cause. Despite the magnitude of its impact few scholarly attempts have been made to examine this calamity in its many-sided complexity.On a global multidisciplinary scale the book seeks to apply the insights of a wide range of social and medical sciences to an investigation of the pandemic. Topics covered include the historiography of the pandemic its virology the enormous demographic impact the medical and governmental responses it elicited and its long-term effects particularly the recent attempts to identify the precise causative virus from specimens taken from flu victims in 1918 or victims buried in the Arctic permafrost at that time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510790

The Spanish Language Today The Spanish Language Today describes the varied and changing Spanish language at the end of the twentieth century. Suitable for introductory level upward this book examines:* where Spanish is spoken on a global scale* the status of Spanish within the realms of politics education and media* the standardisation of Spanish* specific areas of linguistic variation and change* how other languages and dialects spoken in the same areas affect the Spanish language* whether new technologies are an opportunity or a threat to the Spanish language.The Spanish Language Today contains numerous extracts from contemporary press and literary sources a glossary of technical terms and selected translations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203061206

The Spanish MatchPrince Charles's Journey to Madrid 1623 In the spring of 1623 Charles Prince of Wales the young heir to the English and Scottish thrones donned a false wig and beard and slipped out of England under the assumed name of John Smith in order to journey to Madrid and secure for himself the hand of the King of Spain's daughter. His father James I and VI had been toying with the idea of a Spanish match for his son since as early as 1605 despite the profoundly divisive ramifications such a policy would have in the face of the determined 'Puritan' opposition in parliament committed to combatting the forces of international Catholicism at every opportunity. With the Spanish ambassador the machiavellian Count of Gondomar's encouragement to 'mount' Spain Charles impetuously took matters into his own hands and as the negotiations stalled he departed secretly in the guise of Mr Smith to win with his romantic and foolhardy daring what his father could not achieve through diplomacy. The eventual failure and public humiliation that followed his journey to Madrid has been cited as a major influence on Charles's subsequent development and policies as king. Until now there has been no attempt to systematically explore the failure of the Spanish match from an interdisciplinary perspective including what it reveals about the practice of diplomacy the taste art and dress of the period its literature and the long-term consequences for Anglo-Spanish relations. In this volume leading scholars from a variety of disciplines analyse the reactions and representations of Charles's romantic escapade and offer their insights into the affair. In doing so many traditional assumptions about the trip are overturned. By taking into account the political social religious and international dimensions of the event and examining historical literary and artistic evidence this volume paints a rounded lively and vivid portrait of one of the most remarkable episodes of the Jacobean age. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236971

The Spanish Political SystemFranco's Legacy In few places contends Professor Arango do illusions obscure reality as they do in Spain. The Spaniard as well as the foreigner has believed and sustained the myths; the scholar as well as the poet. For the Spaniard myth became the substitute for action in a world in which Spain was increasingly a nonparticipant. This book analyzes the political system created by Franco. His study continues into the present period of transition between an authoritarian past and a democratic future. The myths put to rest Spain is viewed as a contemporary modernizing nation and is examined as such. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296223

The Spanish Presence in Sixteenth-Century ItalyImages of Iberia The sixteenth century was a critical period both for Spain’s formation and for the imperial dominance of her Crown. Spanish monarchs ruled far and wide spreading agents and culture across Europe and the wider world. Yet in Italy they encountered another culture whose achievements were even prouder and whose aspirations often even grander than their own. Italians the nominally subaltern group did not readily accept Spanish dominance and exercised considerable agency over how imperial Spanish identity developed within their borders. In the end Italians’ views sometimes even shaped how their Spanish colonizers eventually came to see themselves. The essays collected here evaluate the broad range of contexts in which Spaniards were present in early modern Italy. They consider diplomacy sanctity art politics and even popular verse. Each essay excavates how Italians who came into contact with the Spanish crown’s power perceived and interacted with the wider range of identities brought amongst them by its servants and subjects. Together they demonstrate what influenced and what determined Italians’ responses to Spain; they show Spanish Italy in its full transcultural glory and how its inhabitants projected its culture - throughout the sixteenth century and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548152

The Spanish Tragedy (RLE Responding to Fascism) The Spanish Civil War was one of the pivotal events of the 1930’s the moment when fascism and socialism came into open conflict. First published in 1939 The Spanish Tragedy recounts the experiences of Jef Last. Activist poet and novelist Last might have been the archetypal Republican volunteer but his experience left him even more disenchanted than most. Critical of Soviet Communism a court martial loyal to Moscow tried to sentence him to death and he was forced to flee to Scandinavia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853064

The Spanish Welfare State in European Context Following the death of Franco Spain underwent a transition to democracy in the mid-1970s. Although a rapid process of modernization occurred the Spanish welfare state was seen until fairly recently as relatively underdeveloped. However given the progressive Europeanization and expansion of Spanish social policy questions arise as to whether the Spanish welfare system should still be considered as peripheral to West European welfare states. This volume is divided into three sections. The first section deals with broad trends in the evolution of the Spanish welfare state. To begin with the consolidation path of social protection policies is explored. Attention is also paid to the process of Europeanization. Furthermore the analysis explores advances in gender equality policies. In the second section attention is turned to governance issues such as collective bargaining the interplay among levels of government the welfare mix and public support for social policies. The third and final part of the book addresses five main challenges facing the Spanish welfare state in the 21st century namely the need to enhance flexicurity; to achieve a better work-family balance; to coordinate immigration policies with existing social protection; to tackle the persistence of high rates of relative poverty; and to face intense population ageing both in terms of increasing needs for care and the reform of the pension system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268159

The Spanish-American War 1895-1902Conflict in the Caribbean and the Pacific Fought in both Caribbean and Pacific and turning on America's superior naval strength this short but decisive war had momentous consequences internationally. It ended Spain's imperial power and the US emerged for the first time as an active force in world affairs acquiring -- amidst much domestic controversy -- an empire of her own in the Philippines Guam Puerto Rico and Cuba (whose struggle against Spain had sparked the war). Heavy with implications for twentieth-century America the war is explored in its widest context in this engrossing and impressive study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837423

The Spartan W@rker The field of Organizational Psychology and Occupational Stress is complex and multifaceted. Many efforts have been made by several authors to write books that would have assisted employees in becoming more satisfied relaxed and thus happier with their work but such a result seems difficult and complicated to achieve. In The Spartan W@rker the authors approach the research of Organizational Psychology and Occupational Stress from a fresh and different perspective. It compares the modern work environment with the features and way of life of the famous Greek Spartan warriors. Spartan warriors embraced a unique lifestyle which made them become more resilient engaged committed and efficient in their everyday lives both in times of peace and war. The book proposes that in an increasingly demanding work environment such an approach would be very beneficial for workers who want and need to learn how to become more resilient and thus remain unaffected from the daily stresses of modern life. This book dedicates itself to explaining in detail the mechanisms through which occupational stress negatively affects our lives as well as in proposing techniques that will help individuals to enhance their coping skills in dealing with stress. This book will appeal to a broad range of professionals looking to understand and reduce the occurrence of occupational stress with its playful style which is nevertheless grounded in scientific literature and research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138059580

The Spatial the Legal and the Pragmatics of World-MakingNomospheric Investigations Critical legal geography is practised by an increasing number of scholars in various disciplines but it has not had the benefit of an overarching theoretical framework that might overcome its currently rather ad hoc character. The Spatial the Legal and the Pragmatics of World-Making remedies this situation. Presenting a balanced convergence of contemporary socio-legal and critical geographic scholarship David Delaney offers a ground-breaking contribution to the fast growing field of legal geography. Drawing on strands of critical social studies that inform both of these areas this book has three primary components. First it introduces a framework of interpretation and analysis centred on the productive neologisms ‘nomosphere’ and ‘nomoscapes’. Nomosphere refers to the cultural-material environs that are constituted by the reciprocal materialization of ‘the legal’ and the legal signification of the ‘socio-spatial'. Nomoscapes are the spatio-legal expression and the socio-material realization of ideologies values pervasive power orders and social projects. They are extensive ensembles of legal spaces within and through which lives are lived and here these neologisms are related to the more familiar notions of governmentality and performativity. Second these neologisms are explored and applied through a series of illustrations and extensive case studies. Demonstrating their utility for scholars and students in relevant disciplines these ‘empirical’ studies concern: the public and the private; property and land tenure; governance; the domestic and the international; and legal-spatial confinements and containments. Third these studies contribute to an ongoing theorization of the experiential situated pragmatics of ‘world-making'. The role of nomospheric projects and counter-projects techniques and operations is therefore emphasized. Much of what is experientially significant about how the world is as it is and what it’s like to be in the world directly implicates the dynamic interplay of space law meaning and power. The Spatial the Legal and the Pragmatics of World-Making provides the interpretive resources necessary for discerning and understanding the practices and projects involved in this interplay. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9780415697774

The Spatial and Economic Transformation of Mountain RegionsLandscapes as Commodities Mountain regions are subject to a unique set of economic pressures: they act as collective enterprises which have to valorize rare resources such as spectacular landscapes. While primarily rural in nature they often border large cities and the development of industries such as hydroelectric power and the rapid development of tourism can bring about sweeping socio-economic change and vast demographic alterations.The Spatial and Economic Transformation of Mountain Regions describes the socio-economic changes and spatial impacts of the last four decades with the transformation of mountain areas held up as an example. Much of the real-world context draws on the Alps spanning as they do the significant economies of France Italy Germany Switzerland and Austria. Chapters address academic discourse on regional development in these mountain areas and suggest alternative approaches to the liberal-productivist societal model.This book will be essential reading for professionals institutions and NGOs searching for counter-models to the existing marketing approaches for peripheral areas. It will also be of interest to students of regional development economic geography environmental studies and industrial economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662547

The Spatial Dimension of RiskHow Geography Shapes the Emergence of Riskscapes Through its exploration of the spatial dimension of risk this book offers a brand new approach to theorizing risk and significant improvements in how to manage tolerate and take risks. A broad range of risks are examined including natural hazards climate change political violence and state failure. Case studies range from the Congo to Central Asia from tsunami in Japan and civil war affected areas in Sri Lanka to avalanche hazards in Austria. In each of these cases the authors examine the importance and role of space in the causes and differentiation of risk in how we can conceptualize risk from a spatial perspective and in the relevance of space and locality for risk governance. This new approach – endorsed by Ragnar Löfstedt and Ortwin Renn two of the world's leading and most prolific risk analysts – is essential reading for those charged with studying anticipating and managing risks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138900943

The Spatial Organisation of Multinational Corporations (RLE International Business) This book based on extensive original research examines the spatial structure and geographical implications of modern multinational corporations. It looks at the geography of multinational corporations relates this geography to management and decision making structures and discusses how these items are changing. Exploring the themes of centre and periphery in the corporation it surveys the impact of corporate change and restructuring on regional economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751971

The Spatial Organization Of New Land Settlement In Latin America Land settlement in Latin America has become a subject of growing concern as governments renew efforts to develop agrarian potential and to relieve the pressure on overpopulated rural and urban areas. In this book land settlement is viewed as the development of resources both human and natural. The spatial organization of land settlement is examined in light of social and spatial patterns that may complement economic activities lead to viable communities and facilitate the provision of social and cultural amenities. The farm family is seen as the basic socioeconomic unit and the family farmstead as the basic spatial nucleus. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296230

The Spatial TurnInterdisciplinary Perspectives Across the disciplines the study of space has undergone a profound and sustained transformation. Space place mapping and geographical imaginations have become commonplace topics in a variety of analytical fields in part because globalization has accentuated the significance of location. While this transformation has led to a renaissance in human geography it also has manifested itself in the humanities and other social sciences. The purpose of this book is not to announce that space is significant which by now is well known but to explore how space is analyzed by a variety of disciplines to compare and contrast these approaches identify commonalities and explore how and why differences appear. The volume includes works by 13 scholars from a variety of geographical regions and disciplines. The chapters combine up-to-date literature reviews concerning the role of space in each discipline and several offer original empirical analyses. Some chapters are concerned with Geography while others explore the role of space in contemporary Anthropology Sociology Religion Political Science Film and Cultural Studies. The introduction surveys the development of the spatial turn across the fields under consideration. Despite frequent reference to the spatial turn this is the first volume to explicitly address how theory and practice concerning space is used in a variety of fields from diverse conceptual perspectives. This book will appeal to everyone conducting conceptual and theoretical research on space not simply in Geography but in related fields as well. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415762212

The Spatiality of Violence in Post-war Cities The Spatiality of Violence in Post-war Cities analyses violence in post-war cities from different perspectives and in different parts of the world with a shared attention to space and how it affects violent dynamics. The world is urbanising rapidly and cities are increasingly held as the most important arenas for sustainable development. Cities emerging from war are no exception but across the globe many post-war cities are ravaged by residual or renewed violence which threatens progress towards peace and stability. This volume addresses why such violence happens where and how it manifests and how it can be prevented. It includes contributions that are informed by both post-war logics and urban particularities that take intra-city dynamics into account and that adopt a spatial analysis of the city. They focus on cases around the world including Medellín (Colombia) Johannesburg (South Africa) and Mitrovica (Kosovo). The volume makes a threefold contribution to the research agenda on violence in post-war cities. First the contributions nuance our understanding of the causes and forms of the uneven spatial distribution of violence insecurities and trauma within and across post-war cities. Second the collection demonstrates how urban planning and the built environment shape and generate different forms of violence in post-war cities. Third the contributions explore the challenges opportunities and potential unintended consequences of conflict resolution in violent urban settings. Providing novel insights into the causes and dynamics of violence in post-war cities and challenges and opportunities for violence reduction The Spatiality of Violence in Post-war Cities will be of great interest to scholars of peace violence conflict and its resolution urban studies built environment and planning. The chapters were originally published as a special issue of Third World Thematics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367471361

The Spd And The Challenge Of Mass PoliticsThe Dilemma Of The German Volkspartei This book examines the inner dynamics of one of the most significant social democratic parties in Europe and weighs the causes and effects of the policies that have shaped its chequered post-war course. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296254

The Special ConstabularyHistorical Context International Comparisons and Contemporary Themes Special constables are warranted officers retained within British constabularies. Wearing similar uniforms carrying the same personal protective equipment and holding identical powers to enforce the criminal law special constables are to all intents and purposes indistinguishable from their colleagues in the regular police service. However very little is documented about the experiences and motivations of special constables the roles they play in contemporary policing or the impact that they have on the police organisation. This book draws together academics and practitioners to provide a valuable insight into historical international and contemporary themes pertinent to the historical development and contemporary operation of the special constabulary. The book critically considers the origins of the special constabulary and the political social and economic factors which led to its evolution over time. It compares and contrasts the organisation functions and status of the special constabulary with other auxiliary forces notably from the United States. The book also contributes to theoretical understanding of contemporary policing to debates about the roles and operation of the 'mixed economy' of provision and informs policy and practice in the United Kingdom and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367227135

The Special Education HandbookAn A-Z Guide 'What a terrific resource: comprehensive and current this Handbook is a vital acquisition for all involved in special education programs. Dr Farrell writes clearly and with a practical flair ... Highly recommended.' â€“ Michael Arthur-Kelly PhD Associate Professor and Director Special Education Centre University of Newcastle Australia This acclaimed bestselling and comprehensive guide now in a fully updated fourth edition is an essential reference book for anyone involved with special education. All entries have been reviewed to reflect current practice and the book is enriched with extra resources including references to useful Internet sites. Focusing on current educational frameworks in the United Kingdom and the United States of America the author has gathered into one A to Z volume a wide range of information essential to good practice in mainstream and special schools. A thematic index helps the reader plot a course through topics of interest. The broad themes and areas covered are: basic terms ideas and values venues relating to special education and school organisation roles and responsibilities individual differences among learners with disabilities and disorders curriculum and assessment resources and technology pedagogy and classroom organisation therapy and care. Presented in a handy quick reference format The Special Education Handbook also provides a coherent account of the complexities of special education combining a wealth of practical guidance with the latest research findings. This clear and concise Handbook is indispensable for all those involved in special education including teachers teaching assistants parents administrators and others. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203523049

The Special Educational Needs Co-ordinator's HandbookA Guide for Implementing the Code of Practice In September 1994 the Code of Practice on the Identification and Assessment of Special Educational Needs came into force and with it a major increase in the expectations placed on teachers in mainstream schools in particular on the SEN coordinators. This handbook discusses the implications for schools and gives practical guidance on how to implement the code effectively. Throughout the book provides: Further information expanding upon that given in the Code Examples Ideas for dealing with SEN in schools Checklists Proformas for photocopying and direct use in schools The book begins by explaining and expanding on the Code of Practice setting it in the context of recent developments including the Education Reform Act and OFSTED criteria for evaluating policy and provision for children in SEN. It then goes on to provide guidelines for implementing the Code of Practice at each of the five stages which it specifies and discusses issues which are raised by this. Specific chapters cover: Identifying and assessing SEN within the school Liaison with outside specialists Statementing Annual reviews Knowledge needed by classroom teachers of children with SEN Implications and issues at different stages of the education system Parental involvement Future challenges The book will be of particular interest to special needs coordinators but will also be of value to anyone else working with children with SEN including class teachers heads advisers governors educational psychologists and education welfare officers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138418592

The Special Needs Coordinator as Teacher and ManagerA Guide for Practitioners and Trainers This text reflects the shift in the SENCO's role from SEN teacher to manager. Written within the context of the most recent government initiatives it can be used by both special-needs coordinators and by special-educational-needs trainers and advisory staff. In two parts it explores the range of skills required for the role of special needs coordinator and offers information and advice to develop those skills. Practical activities enable the user to monitor and evaluate special-needs provision in their own school and to implement a structured process of change in partnership with all those involved in meeting special educational needs. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138179691

The Special Theory of Relativity In these inspiring lectures David Bohm explores Albert Einstein’s celebrated Theory of Relativity that transformed forever the way we think about time and space. Yet for Bohm the implications of the theory were far more revolutionary both in scope and impact even than this. Stepping back from dense theoretical and scientific detail in this eye-opening work Bohm describes how the notion of relativity strikes at the heart of our very conception of the universe regardless of whether we are physicists or philosophers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138129894

The Special Theory of Relativity bound with Relativity: A Very Elementary Exposition The Special Theory of Relativity: Based on a short course of lectures delivered in the late 1930s this short book presents the theory of Special Relativity by formulating a redefinition of the measurement of length and thus will appeal to students of physics who wish to think through Einstein’s thought without the encumbrance of quasi-scientific concepts and language.   Relativity: A Very Elementary Exposition: This brief lecture delivered in October 1921 and published for the first time in 1925 offers an explanation of Einstein’s theory of Special Relativity for the non-scientist giving a general overview that does justice both to the actual physics involved and the wider implications of this revolutionary discovery of the 20th century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990036

The Specialization of Function: Cognitive and Neural Perspectives on ModularityA Special Issue of Cognitive Neuropsychology Functional specialization is a property of biological systems generally. A unifying theme that cuts across all research areas and techniques in the cognitive and brain sciences is whether there is specialization of function at levels of processing that are ‘abstracted away’ from sensory inputs and motor outputs. The articles collected together within this issue advance our understanding of the roles of modularity and functional specialization in deriving inferences about the structure of the mind from behavior in normal and brain damaged individuals functional neuroimaging computational modeling development and the study of individual differences. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848727588

The Spectacle of Clouds 1439–1650Italian Art and Theatre The studies in which history of art and theatre are considered together are few and none to date investigate the evolution of the representation of clouds from the early Renaissance to the Baroque period. This book reconsiders the origin of Italian Renaissance and Baroque cloud compositions while including the theatrical tradition as one of their most important sources. By examining visual sources such as paintings frescos and stage designs together with letters guild-ledgers descriptions of performances and relevant treatises a new methodology to approach the development of this early modern visuality is offered. The result is an historical reconstruction where multiple factors are seen as facets of a single process which led to the development of Italy’s visual culture. The book also offers new insights into Leonardo da Vinci’s theatrical works Raphael’s Disputa Vasari’s Lives and Pietro da Cortona’s fresco paintings. The Spectacle of Clouds 1439-1650 examines the different ways Heaven has been conceived imagined and represented from the fifteenth to the seventeenth century crossing over into the fields of history religion and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138310353

The Spectacle of CritiqueFrom Philosophy to Cacophony Far from being the preserve of a few elite thinkers critique increasingly dominates public life in modernity leading to a cacophony of accusation and denunciation around all political issues. The technique of unmasking ‘power’ or ‘hegemony’ or ‘ideology’ has now been adopted across the political spectrum where critical discourses are routinely used to suggest that anything and everything is only a ‘construct’ or even a ‘conspiracy’. This book draws on anthropological theory to provide a different perspective on this phenomenon; critique appears as a liminal predicament combining imitative polemical and schismatic urges with a haunting sense of uncertainty. It thereby addresses a central academic concern with a special focus on political critique in the public sphere and within social media. Combining historical interrogations of the roots of critique as well as examining contemporary political discourse in relation to populism as seen in presidential elections historical commemorations and welfare reform The Spectacle of Critique uses anthropology and genealogy to offer a new sociology of critique that problematises critique and diagnoses its crisis cultivating acritical and imaginative ways of thinking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367479046

The Spectacle of Isolation in Horror FilmsDark Parades Go behind the scenes with an insightful look at horror films—and the directors who create them The Spectacle of Isolation in Horror Films: Dark Parades examines the work of several of the genre’s most influential directors and investigates how traditional themes of isolation alienation death and transformation have helped build the foundation of horror cinema. Authors Carl and Diana Royer examine the techniques used by Alfred Hitchcock that place his work squarely in the horror (rather than suspense) genre discuss avant-garde cinema’s contributions to mainstream horror explore films that use the apartment setting as the “cell of horror ” and analyze how angels and aliens function as the supernatural “Other.” A unique resource for film students and film buffs alike the book also examines Sam Raimi’s Evil Dead trilogy and the fusion of science technology and quasi-religious themes in David Cronenberg’s films. Instead of presenting a general overview of the horror genre or an analysis of a specific sub-genre actor or director The Spectacle of Isolation in Horror Films offers an imaginative look at classic and contemporary horror cinema. The book examines Surrealist films such as Un Chien Andalou and Freaks the connections among the concepts of voyeurism paranoia and alienation in films like Rear Window Rosemary’s Baby Blue Velvet and The Blair Witch Project; the use of otherworldly creatures in films such as The Prophecy Dogma and The Day The Earth Stood Still; and the films of directors George Romero John Waters and Darren Aronofsky to name just a few. This unique book also includes an extensive A-to-Z filmography and a bibliography of writings on and about horror cinema from filmmakers film critics and film historians. The Spectacle of Isolation in Horror Films examines: “Body Doubles and Severed Hands”—the common ancestry of avant-garde “art” films and exploitation horror B-movies “And I Brought You Nightmares”—recurring themes of psychological terror in Alfred Hitchcock’s films “Horror Humor Poetry”—Sam Raimi’s transformation of “drive-in” horror cinema “Atheism and 'The Death of Affect'”—David Cronenberg’s obsessions interests and cautionary messages in films ranging from Videodrome to Dead Ringers to eXistenZ and much more!The Spectacle of Isolation in Horror Films: Dark Parades is a unique resource of critical analysis for academics working in film and popular culture film historians and anyone interested in horror cinema. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203050163

The Spectral Tarsier Part of the Primate Field Studies series. The Spectral Tarier shares the results of long-term field study by Sharon L. Gursky with a broad audience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138403734

The Spectre of a Westphalian Europe? This Whitehall Paper contends that Europe is undergoing a balance of power crisis set in motion by three structural developments: US retrenchment in Europe; Germany’s emerging leadership position within the EU; and Russia’s push to recreate a sphere of influence in Eastern Europe. It analyses what these changes mean for Europe’s geopolitics and the role that the UK and France can play in stabilising the regional order. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138589582

The Spectre of PromiscuityGay Male and Bisexual Non-monogamies and Polyamories Wide-ranging research suggests that partners in gay male and bisexual relationships do not necessarily expect monogamy or see it as an important issue. Although the frequency of gay male and bisexual non-monogamous partnerships tends to be widely acknowledged in social science literature these relationships have rarely been explored in more detail. By providing rich empirical data thoughtful analysis and theoretical debate this book makes a significant contribution to the sociological literature on sexual and intimate relationships. More specifically it explores the diversity of gay male and bisexual relationship practices in the context of heteronormative citizenship and intra-social movement conflict and highlights the complexity of power relations that circumscribe queer people's relationships and sexual lives. Written in an accessible and engaging manner The Spectre of Promiscuity provides important insights for further studies on sexual culture discourse citizenship politics and ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262713

The Spectrum Of Child AbuseAssessment Treatment And Prevention First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138451933

The Spectrum of Teaching Styles in Physical Education This is the first in-depth practice-focused book to explain ‘spectrum theory’ and its application in physical education and sports coaching. Spectrum theory identifies 11 distinct teaching styles with decision making as a central characteristic and allows teachers to select age and developmentally appropriate styles across social physical ethical emotional and cognitive channels. The book brings together leading thinkers in spectrum theory to demonstrate how it can be applied to improve teaching and learning in PE and coaching. Drawing on real-world research in schools and universities the book considers the history of spectrum theory and examines its significance across important areas such as physical education teacher education sport pedagogy teacher development models such as Games Sense and Teaching Games for Understanding skill acquisition and student learning and perception. Every chapter highlights the practical implications of research in real-world settings and considers how spectrum theory can enhance learning experiences. This book is invaluable reading for all pre-service and in-service school physical education teachers sports coaches school pedagogical leaders and college lecturers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367357184

The Spenser Encyclopedia 'This masterly work ought to be The Elizabethan Encyclopedia and no less.' - Cahiers ElizabethainsEdmund Spenser remains one of Britain's most famous poets. With nearly 700 entries this Encyclopedia provides a comprehensive one-stop reference tool for:* appreciating Spenser's poetry in the context of his age and our own* understanding the language themes and characters of the poems* easy to find entries arranged by subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755610

The Spinozistic Ethics of Bertrand Russell Bertrand Russell’s professional philosophical reputation rests mainly on his mathematical logic and theory of knowledge. In this study first published in 1985 however Kenneth Blackwell considers Russell’s writings on ethics and metaethics and uncovers the conceptual unity in Russell’s normative ethic. He traces that unity to the influence of Spinoza’s central ethical concept the ‘intellectual love of God’ and then evaluates the ethic which he terms ‘impersonal self-enlargement’. The introduction discusses the metaethical background to Russell’s ethic and the difficulties inherent in Russell’s view that ethical knowledge is not possible. The first section then examines Russell’s writings on Spinoza from 1894 to 1964 dividing them into three periods the second part analyzes Russell’s two interpretations of the main concept traces 'impersonal self-enlargement' in Russell’s own ethical writings and evaluates the ethic in relation to other ethical theories and on its own merits as a ‘way of living’. This book provides a foundation for a positive re-evaluation of Russell’s status in the major philosophical field of ethics and will be welcomed by students of moral philosophy as well as those interested in Bertrand Russell’s works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752718

The Spiral of SilenceNew Perspectives on Communication and Public Opinion Since its original articulation in the early 1970s the 'spiral of silence' theory has become one of the most studied theories of communication and public opinion. It has been tested in varied sociopolitical contexts with different issues and across communication systems around the world. Attracting the interest of scholars from communication political science sociology public opinion and psychology it has become both the subject of tempestuous academic debate as well as a mainstay in courses on communication theory globally. Reflecting substantial new thinking this collection provides a comprehensive examination of the spiral of silence theory offering a synthesis of prior research as well as a solid platform for future study. It addresses various ideological and methodological criticisms of the theory links the theory with allied areas of scholarship and provides analyses of empirical tests. Contributors join together to present a breadth of disciplinary and international perspectives. As a distinctive and innovative examination of this influential theory this volume serves as a key resource for future research and scholarship in communicaiton public opinion and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415509329

The Spiral RoadChange In A Chinese Village Through The Eyes Of A Communist Party Leader The leading Party cadre of Lin Village in Southeast China describes in this book forty years of turbulent events that affected individuals and families in the village: the downfall of the landlords during the Land Reform the rise of poor peasants to political power the political fanaticism of the Great Leap Forward and the Great Proletarian Cultural Revolution and recent efforts to restore rational pragmatic policies in China's countryside.The magnitude of change in Lin Village since 1949 has been considerable. Most villagers have benefited from tangible improvements in agriculture education and medicine and they have developed a sense of political participation and integration into the national political arena. Significantly while these dynamic changes have been taking place the observance of cultural tradition has persisted. Attempts made by the government to change "feudalistic" beliefs and practices have yet to make any lasting impression on village life.More than an account of one village this book documents for readers the cataclysmic changes of China's entire post-liberation era detailing their effects in a personalized style. An American anthropologist of Chinese descent Huang Shu-min employs participant-observation and personal interviews to shape this unique view of rural China today and to delineate some of the misconceptions held by Western academics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296261

The Spirit in Man Art and Literature The Spirit in Man Art and Literature offers unique and penetrating insights into the lives and opinions of some of the most significant players in the cultural life of the twentieth century. Carl Gustav Jung was at the heart of that cultural life pioneering along with Freud a new interpretation of what it meant to be human in the modern age. This volume reveals the full range of Jung's involvement in this process from his famous analysis of 'Psychology and Literature' to his landmark texts on Joyce's Ulysses and Picasso's paintings. Jung writes of Freud from the perspective of one who was "permitted a deep glimpse into the mind of this remarkable man " and through the memories and opinions recorded in The Spirit in Man Art and Literature the reader is offered a similar privilege. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138134584

The Spirit Of American LawAn Anthology Intended for the general public the readings in this collection explore the roots of American law from pre-history to ancient Greece and Rome and the common law of England. America's legal development is traced from the drafting of the Constitution to the Rehnquist Court. Themes along the way include the ?Golden Age? of the early nineteenth century when American law took on its distinctive character the impact of slavery and the Civil War and the struggles of the Progressives to regulate the nation's industrialized economy between the post-Civil War era and the New Deal. A reading on the Nuremberg Trials introduces the theme of international human rights while post-war readings trace the nation's legal confrontations over civil liberties civil rights the rights of women the protection of the environment and legal protections for those accused of crimes. Dramatic highlights include the Sacco-Vanzetti case the internment of Japanese-Americans during the Second World War the trial of the ?Chicago Eight? during the Vietnam War and the Watergate scandal. Leading personalities include Sirs Edward Coke and William Blackstone in England Chief Justices John Marshall and Earl Warren Justices Stephen J. Field Oliver Wendell Holmes Jr. Louis D. Brandeis and Felix Frankfurter and Judge Learned Hand. Readings on the future of American law explore the impact of alternative dispute resolution science and technology globalization and space exploration as well as trends in the legal profession and in legal philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367098452

The Spirit of Augustine's Early TheologyContextualizing Augustine's Pneumatology St Augustine's pneumatology remains one of his most distinctive decisive and ultimately divisive contributions to the story of Christian thought. How did his understanding of the Spirit develop? Why does he identity the Spirit with divine love and cosmic order? And from what personal and literary sources did he receive inspiration? This examination of Augustine's pneumatology - the first book-length study of this important topic available - seeks answers in Augustine's earliest extant writings penned during the years surrounding his famed return to the Catholic Church and the height of his efforts to synthesize Catholic theology and the Platonic philosophy of his day which had postulated a divine 'trinity' of its own. Careful analysis of these initial texts casts fresh light upon Augustine's more mature and well-known theology of the Holy Spirit while also illuminating on-going discussions about his early thought such as the nature and extent of his Platonic sympathies and the possibility that the recent convert remained committed to the divinity of the human soul. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261266

The Spirit of Chinese Philosophy First published in 1947.The Spirit of Chinese Philosophy covers the major philosophers and philosophical movements in China from Confucius to the middle of the twentieth century including: Confucius Mencius Yang Chu and Mo Ti the Dialecticians and Logicians Lao Tzu and Chuang Tzu The Han Scholars The Mystical School The Ch'an Tsung of Buddhism The Neo-Confucianist Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138996410

The Spirit of DesignObjects Environment and Meaning Imaginative design will be a crucial factor in enacting sustainability in people's daily lives. Yet current design practice is trapped in consumerist cycles of innovation and production making it difficult to imagine how we might develop a more meaningful and sustainable rendition of material culture. Through fundamental design research The Spirit of Design challenges a host of common assumptions about sustainability progress growth and globalization. Walker's practice-based explorations of localisation human meaning and functional objects demonstrate the imaginative potential of research-through-design and yield a compelling constructive and essentially hopeful direction for the future - one that radically re-imagines our material culture by meshing mass-production with individuality products with place and utilitarian benefit with environmental responsibility. In so doing the author explores: how understandings of human meaning affect design and how design can better incorporate issues of personal meaning how mass production needs to become integrated with localised production and service provision how short-lived electronic goods can be brought into a more sustainable design paradigm the changing role of the designer in a post-consumerist world taking a design-centred approach a combination of creative propositional design practice reasoned argument and theoretical discussion the book will impel readers to investigate the nature of contemporary material culture and its relationship to both the natural environment and to deeper notions of human meaning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849713641

The Spirit of EnglandSelected Essays of Stephen Medcalf The Spirit of England: Selected Essays of Stephen Medcalf Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603465

The Spirit of JudaismSermons Preached Chiefly at the West London Synagogue Originally published in 1930 this book was intended to be an effective inspiration to faith and duty and emphasizes the importance of Judaism as a living creed. Although inevitably a product of the time in which it was originally published the author’s experience and wisdom from many years of preaching means that book has enduring relevance for many aspects of Jewish life: Family Leadership Anti-Semitism Morality Faith Reason and the Nation of Israel are all topics which are covered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367903749

The Spirit of Language in Civilization First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822716

The Spirit of Man in Art and Literature First published in 1967. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315725291

The Spirit of Medieval English Popular Romance The Middle English popular romances enjoyed a wide appeal in later medieval Britain and even today students of medieval literature will encounter examples of the genre such as Sir Orfeo Sir Tristrem and Sir Launfal. This collection of twelve specially commissioned essays is designed to meet the need for a stimulating guide to the genre. Each essay introduces one popular romance setting it in its literary and historical contexts and develops an original interpretation that reveals the possibilities that popular romances offer for modern literary criticism. A substantial introduction by the editors discusses the production and transmission of popular romances in the Middle Ages and considers the modern reception of popular romance and the interpretative challenges offered by new theoretical approaches. Accessible to advanced students of English this book is also of interest to those working in the field of medieval studies comparative literature and popular culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159044

The Spirit of Oriental Poetry First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865753

The Spirit of Project Management Projects have always been essentially human endeavours. Large modern projects are generally highly complex fraught with technical difficulties and supported by diverse often apparently conflicted stakeholders. The spirituality that originally defined some of the great construction projects of the classical era surely has a role in project management today. The Spirit of Project Management explains the context for spirituality in projects and explores how it can be used to create a larger sense of purpose and achievement; to help encourage an esprit de corps amongst all those involved; to act as a touchstone for ethical and sustainable decision-making. This is a very pragmatic book. The first part includes an explanation and a variety of useful models for understanding the significance and value of spirituality in projects. Judi Neal and Alan Harpham devote the second part of the book to help you integrate these ideas into your day-to-day management of projects. Thus there are chapters on spirituality from the perspective of the individual the project team the project organization and even project management within a sustainable world framework. Read this book use the ideas to help you articulate your projects; engage and sustain your project team and your stakeholders; and frame how you work in terms of your organisation society and the environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409409595

The Spirit of Sanity A rare and unusual consideration of the spiritual dimensions of sanity from a psychoanalytic perspective this transcription of a series of seven lectures delivered at the Tavistock Clinic capture the spontaneity and immediacy of the interplay between one of the world's most eminent psychoanalysts and an audience of his peers. The author of the est Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328870

The Spirit of the Common Law The Spirit of the Common Law is one of Roscoe Pound's most notable works. It contains the brilliant lectures he delivered at Dartmouth College in the summer of 1921. It is a seminal book embodying the spiritual essence of sociological jurisprudence by its leading prophet. This work is both a celebration of the common law and a warning for common law judges and lawyers to return to and embrace the pragmatism and judicial empiricism that define and energize the common law. The two fundamental doctrines of the common law Pound writes are the doctrine of precedents and the doctrine of supremacy of law.In an earlier preface Justice Arthur J. Goldberg writes that The Spirit of the Common Law will always be treasured by judges and lawyers for its philosophy and history but more importantly for Roscoe Pound's optimism and faith in the capacity of law to keep up with the times without sacrificing fundamental values. It is a faith built upon the conviction that the present is not to be divorced from the past but rather that the past and the present are to be built upon to make a better future. Neil Hamilton and Mathias Alfred Jaren provide a biographical introduction to the book. They discuss the various influences upon Pound's scholarly pursuits and they analyze many of his writings that led up to The Spirit of the Common Law. This volume is a necessary addition to the libraries of legal scholars and professionals sociologists and philosophers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538740

The Spirit of the SixtiesThe Making of Postwar Radicalism The Spirit of the Sixties explains how and why the personal became political when Sixties activists confronted the institutions of American postwar culture. The Spirit of the Sixties uses political personalism to explain how and why the personal became political when Sixties activists confronted the institutions of American postwar culture. After establishing its origins in the Catholic Worker movement the Beat generation the civil rights movement and Ban-the-Bomb protests James Farrell demonstrates the impact of personalism on Sixties radicalism. Students antiwar activists and counterculturalists all used personalist perspectives in the "here and now revolution" of the decade. These perspectives also persisted in American politics after the Sixties. Exploring the Sixties not just as history but as current affairs Farrell revisits the perennial questions of human purpose and cultural practice contested in the decade. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315022109

The Spirit of the SoilAgriculture and Environmental Ethics In this second edition of The Spirit of the Soil: Agriculture and Environmental Ethics Paul B. Thompson reviews four worldviews that shape competing visions for agriculture. Productionists have sought increasing yields—to make two seeds grow where only one grew before—while traditional visions of good farming have stressed stewardship. These traditional visions have been challenged by two more worldviews: a call for a total cost accounting for farming and an advocacy for a holistic perspective. Thompson argues that an environmentally defensible systems approach must draw upon all four worldviews recognizing their flaws and synthesizing their strengths in a new vision of sustainable agriculture. This classic 1995 study has been thoroughly revised and significantly expanded in its second edition with up-to-date examples of agriculture’s impact on the environment. These include extensive discussions of new pesticides and the effects of animal agriculture on climate and other areas of the environment. In addition a new final chapter discusses sustainability which has become a dominant idea within environmental studies and agrarian political philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138676633

The Spirit of the UnionPopular Politics in Scotland Pentland's study has 3 aims: to place the uprising in a wider context by exploring the modes of extra-parliamentary politics between 1815 and1820 as well as the situation outside Scotland; (ii) to provide the first full account of the rising itself; and (iii) to examine the legacies of both the politics of 1815-20 and the Radical War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138665064

The Spiritual Expansion of Medieval Latin Christendom: The Asian Missions During the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries religious zeal nourished by the mendicants’ sense of purpose motivated Dominican and Franciscan friars to venture far beyond Europe’s cultural frontiers to spread their Christian faith into the farthest reaches of Asia. Their incredible journeys were reminiscent of heroic missionary ventures in earlier eras and far more exotic than evangelization during the tenth through twelfth centuries when the western church Christianized Eastern Europe and Scandinavia. This new mission effort was stimulated by a variety of factors and facilitated by the establishment of the Mongol Empire and as the fourteenth century dawned missionaries entertained fervent but vain hopes of success within khanates in China Central Asia Persia and Kipchak. The reports these missionaries sent back to Europe have fascinated successive generations of historians who analyzed their travels and struggled to understand their motives and aspirations. The essays selected for this volume drawn from a range of twentieth-century historians and contextualized in the introduction provide a comprehensive overview of missionary efforts in Asia and of the developments in the secular world that both made them possible and encouraged the missionaries’ hopes for success. Three of the studies have been translated from French specially for publication in this volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754659570

The Spiritual Heritage of India This book first published in 1962 is an analysis of the history of the philosophy of a country that has never distinguished philosophy from religion. Indian philosophy is not merely metaphysical speculation but has its foundation in immediate perception. This insistence upon immediate perception rather than abstract reasoning is what distinguishes the Indian philosophy of religion from philosophy as Western nations know it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367144210

The Spiritual Horizon of Psychotherapy This book explores the wise and conscious use of spiritual resources within counselling and psychotherapy. Written by veteran clinicians from different spiritual perspectives and from various therapeutic schools of thought this book provides a broad view of how the spiritual is present within therapeutic practice. The work of counselling and psychotherapy is increasingly seeking to ground its efforts within the richness of spiritual traditions. One of the surprising developments of the contemporary psychotherapeutic scene is a growing reliance on both hard objective sciences - such as for example neurology or Genetics - whilst at the same time engaging very subjective "soft" sciences - such as states of consciousness studies psychology of religion clinical or Pastoral Theology and the over-arching tasks of meaning-making. Written by and for clinicians who are also teachers in the field this collection offers a variety of viewpoints in terms of the diverse spiritual traditions they draw from theoretical sources that guide and inform them or the spiritual applications they bring to their work. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Spirituality in Mental Health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851589

The Spiritual Lives of Bereaved Parents This book describes how parents lose find or relocate spiritual anchors after the death of their child. It describes how ordinary people reconstruct their lives after their foundations have shifted and how they make sense of their world after one of their centers of meaning has been removed. Klass grounds his descriptions of spirituality in his scholarly study of comparative religions and in his two decades studying the lives of bereaved parents. He argues that continuing bonds with their dead children can give parents a new transcendent reality. Deceased children like saints or bodhisattvas can offer a bridge between the profane and sacred worlds support parents as they find meaning in a world made forever poorer and bind together a community adequate to parents' grief. The book reports Klass's clinical practice and his work as advisor to a bereaved parents self-help support group. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315803517

The Spiritual Psyche in PsychotherapyMysticism Intersubjectivity and Psychoanalysis This book examines the interaction of spiritual and psychoanalytic lineages with psychotherapy in everyday practice. Written by a team of seasoned clinicians and illustrated through clinical vignettes chapters explore topics pertaining to the mystical dimensions of psychological and spiritual life and how it may be integrated into clinical practice. Topics discussed include dreams dissociation creativity therapeutic relationship free association transcendence poetry paradox doubleness loss death grief mystery embodiment and soul. The authors clinicians with decades of experience in psychotherapy psychoanalysis and spiritual practice draw from their deep engagement with spirituality and psychoanalysis focusing on a particular theme and its application to clinical work that is supported by the generative conversation among these lineages. At once applied and theoretical this book weaves insights from the heart of Vajrayana Buddhism Zen Buddhism Christianity Catholicism Ecumenicism Integral Spirituality Judaism Kabbalah Non-violence Sufism and Vedanta. They are in conversation with psychoanalytic perspectives including Jungian Post-Jungian Winnicottian Bionian Post-Bionian and Relational. A felt sense of the spiritual psyche in clinical practice emerges from this conversation among spiritual and psychoanalytic lineages beckoning clinicians ever further on the path of spiritually rooted psychodynamic practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367542559

The Spiritual RococoDecor and Divinity from the Salons of Paris to the Missions of Patagonia A groundbreaking approach to Rococo religious décor and spirituality in Europe and South America The Spiritual Rococo addresses three basic conundrums that impede our understanding of eighteenth-century aesthetics and culture. Why did the Rococo ostensibly the least spiritual style in the pre-Modern canon transform into one of the world’s most important modes for adorning sacred spaces? And why is Rococo still treated as a decadent nemesis of the Enlightenment when the two had fundamental characteristics in common? This book seeks to answer these questions by treating Rococo as a global phenomenon for the first time and by exploring its moral and spiritual dimensions through the lens of populist French religious literature of the day-a body of work the author calls the ’Spiritual Rococo’ and which has never been applied directly to the arts. The book traces Rococo’s development from France through Central Europe Portugal Brazil and South America by following a chain of interlocking case studies whether artistic literary or ideological and it also considers the parallel diffusion of the literature of the Spiritual Rococo in these same regions placing particular emphasis on unpublished primary sources such as inventories. One of the ultimate goals of this study is to move beyond the cliché of Rococo’s frivolity and acknowledge its essential modernity. Thoroughly interdisciplinary The Spiritual Rococo not only integrates different art historical fields in novel ways but also interacts with church and social history literary and post-colonial studies and anthropology opening up new horizons in these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138563247

The Spiritual Work of Marriage Learn how to help couples to navigate and resolve the spiritual themes present in marriage Statistically speaking about half of all first marriages fail. The Spiritual Work of Marriage comprehensively discusses an issue that is central to addressing committed relationships and intimacy—the difficult and yet very common spiritual work that exists within marriage. This insightful guide goes deeper into ways to improve marital intimacy by explaining its spiritual dimension and describing a variety of spiritual themes that every couple deals with and must resolve. The book contains practical case study material questions for group discussion and a series of spiritual and theological theories tied to powerful marital dynamics. Author Dr. David Olsen certified pastoral counselor and certified marriage and family therapist explains approaches that every counselor can use when attempting to help couples navigate and work through marital intimacy and spiritual issues. The Spiritual Work of Marriage boldly and sensitively examines the themes of acceptance working through idolatry the longing for redemption from old family issues and the necessity of repentance. Topics discussed in The Spiritual Work of Marriage include: marriage as spiritual crucible acceptance as a key element in spirituality and recovery idolatry as something that clocks acceptance redemption from old wounds repentance as a mental concept the complexity of forgiveness in marriage the possibility of salvation in marriage The Spiritual Work of Marriage is an essential resource for pastoral counselors clergy seminary professors teaching pastoral care and marriage and family therapists interested in spirituality. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203889404

The Spirituality of AnorexiaA Goddess Feminist Thealogy Widely popularized images of unobtainable and damaging feminine ideals can be a cause of profound disjunction between women and their bodies. A consequence of this dissonance is an embodied performance of these ideals with the potential development of disordered eating practices such as anorexia nervosa. This book develops a spirituality of anorexia by suggesting that these eating disorders are physical symptoms of the general repression of feminine nature in our culture. Furthermore it puts forward Goddess feminism as a framework for a healing therapeutic model to address anorexia and more broadly the "slender ideal" touted by society.The book focuses on the female body in contemporary society specifically the development of anorexia nervosa and what this expression communicates about female embodiment. Drawing upon the work of a variety of theorists social commentators liberation theologians and thealogians it discusses the benefits of adopting female-focused myths symbols and rituals drawing upon the work of Marion Woodman and Naomi Goldenberg. Ultimately it theorises a thealogical approach to anorexia aimed at displacing the damaging discourses that undermine women in the twenty-first century.Offering an alternative model of spirituality and embodiment for contemporary women this book will be of keen interest to scholars of theology religious studies gender studies and psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589578

The Spirituality of ComedyComic Heroism in a Tragic World To understand comedy is to understand humanity for the comic sense is central to what it means to be human. Nearly all the major issues with which human beings have exercised themselves are touched upon in some manner by the comic spirit. Yet education in the art of comedy and in comic appreciation is given little attention in most societies. The Spirituality of Comedy explores the wisdom of comedy and the comic answer to tragedy (in both popular and classical senses of the term). Tragedy is seen as a fundamental problem of human existence while comedy is its counterweight and resolution.Conrad Hyers has taken a fresh look at comedy from the standpoint of comparative mythology and religion and thus comedy's spiritual significance. In his unique study of the comic tradition Hyers explains the difficulty in pinning down themes structures plots or characters that are common to all comedy. Instead he argues that there is an essence of comedy in the area of pattern. He draws upon the rich historical ensemble of types of comic figures: the humorist comedian comic hero rogue trickster clown fool underdog and simpleton. He shows how each type incarnates a comic heroism in its own unique manner offering a profound wisdom and philosophy of life.The approach of this book is broadly interdisciplinary with materials and interpretations introduced from the various fields of the humanities social sciences and natural sciences as they illuminate both the tragic and comic sensibilities. The methodological thread that draws this all together is an analysis of the major types of comic figures in terms of the myths and legends associated with them the rituals they produce and enact and the symbolism of the comic figures themselves. Written in a very readable literary style The Spirituality of Comedy will appeal to psychologists social scientists clergy philosophers and students of literature. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315135120

The Spirituality of Community LifeWhen We Come 'Round Right Find out how communities can help people transcend their individual needs to live richer fuller livesThe Spirituality of Community Life is a deeply personal analysis of community life and its importance in helping people develop to their full potential. Dr. Ron McDonald a pastoral counselor examines the dynamics of community life from the perspective of the participant in a variety of settings including the classroom sports teams church groups recreational groups and the workplace. This unique book presents alternatives to a culture that creates competition separation and insecurity focusing instead on communities that encourage civility understanding compromise and altruism. The Spirituality of Community Life analyzes the need for community life and the obstacles to it found in American culture where money and power rule and people conform to stay out of trouble. The book presents insights into the importance and manner of building communities instead of efficient organizations that are fueled by crisis. Topics examined include growth and size as mistaken ideals early Christian community life the “What Would Jesus Do?” phenomenon the spiritual disease caused by fighting enemies the place of art and dance in community life and leadership.The Spirituality of Community Life looks at a variety of communities including: hikers on the Appalachian Trail a college track and country team a seminary course on the Gospel of Mark a church health center a traditional Quaker meeting an open education elementary school a championship basketball team an annual meeting of pastoral counselors and much moreThe Spirituality of Community Life also examines the deeply spiritual nature of community life including insights into early Christian community history and how community life was crucial in the lives of our greatest spiritual leaders. The book is essential for anyone seeking to be the kind of leader who can build and nurture communities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051412

The SponsorNotes on Modern Potentates The television sponsor has become semi-mythical. He is remote and unseen but omnipresent. Dramas football games and press conferences pause for a "word" from him. He "makes possible" concerts and public affairs broadcasts. His "underwriting grants" brings the viewer music festivals and classic films. Interviews with visiting statesmen are interrupted for him to continue "in a moment."Sponsorship is basic to American television. Even noncommercial television looks to it for survival. A vast industry has grown up around the needs and wishes of sponsors. Television's program formulas business practices and ratings have all evolved in ways to satisfy sponsor requirements. Indeed he has become a potentate of our time.The Sponsor is divided into three parts. In "Rise " Barnouw sketches the rise of the sponsor in both radio and television to his present state of eminence. In "Domain " the sponsor's pervasive impact on television programming is examined with an emphasis on network television the primary arena of the industry. And in "Prospect " Barnouw assesses what such dominance has meant for American society mores and institutions--and what it may mean for our future. This is a gripping volume about power how it not only influences programming itself but how it defines for the average person what is good great and desirable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538757

The Spontaneous GestureSelected Letters of D.W. Winnicott This volume consists of the collected letters of D. W. Winnicott a central figure in British psychoanalysis in the generation following Freud. Suspicious of dogma and deeply committed to the value of his own observations he maintained a highly personal therapeutic and theoretical style. His common sense humour warmth and individualism made him Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328887

The Sports Development of Hong Kong and MacauNew Challenges after the Handovers China’s sports history and its contemporary role in the global sporting community have become well-known but the sporting history and development of China’s two Special Administrative Regions â€“ Hong Kong and Macau â€“ have not received the coverage they deserve either in their historical contexts or since the handovers of control to the People's Republic. By drawing on a multi-national group of scholars and practitioners this volume makes a unique contribution to the understanding of sports development in greater China. The essays in this anthology examine the evolution of key sports the hosting of sporting mega-events the nexus of sports and politics identity issues and the role of sporting diplomacy. The chapters provide not only an analysis of colonial legacies but also in-depth accounts of the challenges to and outcomes of sports development in Hong Kong after 1997 and Macau after 1999. The chapters in this book were originally published in various special issues of The International Journal of the History of Sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367518189

The Sports Management Toolkit The Sports Management Toolkit is a practical guide to the most important management tools and techniques available to those working in the sport and leisure industries. Designed to bridge the gap between the classroom and the workplace it includes ten free-standing chapters each of which provides a detailed introduction to best practice in one of the core sports management disciplines. Written in a clear and straightforward style and free of management jargon the book covers all the key functional areas of contemporary sports management including: marketing performance management risk management human resource management project management finance. Each chapter includes a detailed step-by-step description of the key tools and techniques and their application; a ‘real world’ case study to demonstrate the technique in action plus an extensive guide to further resources and a series of self-test questions. The final chapter offers an extended integrated case-study demonstrating how all the key management techniques are combined within the everyday operation of a successful sport or leisure organization. This book is essential reading for all students of sport and leisure management and for all managers looking to improve their professional practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415491594

The Sports PlaybookBuilding Teams that Outperform Year after Year Why do so many sports teams have losing records year after year? Why do others win big but only every 20 or 30 years? And why is it that so few teams enjoy sustained continual success? This book gives the answer. Providing a blueprint or "playbook" for success in sports at every level it lays out a clear step-by-step plan for building a team culture that will lead to winning consistently. With each step the book introduces real-world tools that can be easily implemented by every sports organization and coach to achieve success including team charters individual athlete plans player accountability systems and team communication strategies. It offers expert advice and practical guidance on key areas such as aligning individuals with a clear team plan resolving conflicts proactively and learning from every game and every season to develop a smarter and more consistent culture of success. The Sports Playbook: Building Teams that Outperform Year after Year will help every team fulfil its true potential through leadership focus and performance. It is essential reading for coaches sport management professionals and leaders of every kind of team inside and outside of sports. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138300651

The Sports Writing Handbook Completely revised and updated in a second edition this volume represents the only book ever written that analyzes sports writing and presents it as "exceptional" writing. Other books discuss sports writers as "beat reporters" in one area of journalism whereas this book shows aspiring sports writers a myriad of techniques to make their writing stand out. It takes the reader through the entire process of sports writing: observation interviewing techniques and various structures of articles; types of "leads;" transitions within an article; types of endings; use of statistics; do's and don'ts of sports writing; and many other style and technique points. This text provides over 100 examples of leads drawn from newspapers and magazines throughout the country and also offers up-to-date examples of sports jargon from virtually every major and minor sport played in the U.S. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203812037

The Spread of Political Economy and the Professionalisation of EconomistsEconomic Societies in Europe America and Japan in the Nineteenth Century This book expertly presents the first systematic research and comparative analysis ever attempted on the rise and early developments of the Economic Associations founded in Europe the US and Japan during the nineteenth century. Contributors analyze the activities and debates promoted by these associations evaluating their role in: the dissemination of political economy.  the institutionalisation of economics.  the construction of professional self-consciousness among economists. Individual chapters reconstruct the events that led to the foundation of economic societies in Britain France Italy Belgium Spain Portugal The Netherlands Sweden Germany Japan and the US. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868174

The Spread of Tibetan Buddhism in ChinaCharisma Money Enlightenment Focusing on contemporary Tibetan Buddhist revivals in the Tibetan regions of the Sichuan and Qinghai Provinces in China this book explores the intricate entanglements of the Buddhist revivals with cultural identity state ideology and popular imagination of Tibetan Buddhist spirituality in contemporary China. In turn the author explores the broader socio-cultural implications of such revivals. Based on detailed cross-regional ethnographic work the book demonstrates that the revival of Tibetan Buddhism in contemporary China is intimately bound with both the affirming and negating forces of globalization modernity and politics of religion indigenous identity reclamation and the market economy. The analysis highlights the multidimensionality of Tibetan Buddhism in relation to different religious cultural and political constituencies of China. By recognizing the greater contexts of China’s politics of religion and of the global status of Tibetan Buddhism this book presents an argument that the revival of Tibetan Buddhism is not an isolated event limited merely to Tibetan regions; instead it is a result of the intersection of both local and global transformative changes. The book is a useful contribution to students and scholars of Asian religion and Chinese studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138024892

The Spread the Happiness Approach: Happy Teachers Happy Classrooms Better Education Both practical and inspiring this book is designed to empower educators and school leaders to make clear and simple adjustments to their practice for a lasting impact on the happiness and well- being of staff and children and ultimately on academic standards. It includes practical tips and activities to help teachers generate a lasting atmosphere of positivity and happiness in the classroom plus clear strategies to help leaders to embed the Spread the Happiness approach throughout their school and across the curriculum. This book includes detailed case studies a five-week programme of taster challenges and a section on measuring outcomes and sharing success. The Spread the Happiness approach invites teachers to undertake a 27-day challenge which encourages problem solving and challenges them to make their immediate workplace happier. It identifies the strengths of adults and children and sets realistic goals to achieve as an individual as a team and even as a community. This powerful resource will be of great interest to all teachers and school leaders as well as trainee teachers and students on leadership or early educational courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138323605

The Springboard The Springboard: How Storytelling Ignites Action in Knowledge-Era Organizations is the first book to teach storytelling as a powerful and formal discipline for organizational change and knowledge management. The book explains how organizations can use certain types of stories ("springboard" stories) to communicate new or envisioned strategies structures identities goals and values to employees partners and even customers. Readers will learn techniques by which they can help their organizations become more unified responsive and intelligent. Storytelling is a management technique championed by gurus including Peter Senge Tom Peters and Larry Prusak. Now Stephen Denning an innovator in the new discipline of organizational storytelling teaches how to use stories to address challenges fundamental to success in today's information economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138131620

The Sri Lankan TamilsEthnicity And Identity Within the larger context of bitter ethnic strife in Sri Lanka this timely volume assembles a multidisciplinary group of scholars to explore the central issue of Tamil identity in this South Asian country. Bringing historical sociological political and geographical perspectives to bear on the subject the contributors analyze various aspects of Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296278

The Stability of LaughterThe Problem of Joy in Modernist Literature A "sad and corrupt" age a period of "crisis" and "upheaval"—what T.S. Eliot famously summed up as "the panorama of futility and anarchy which is contemporary history." Modernism has always been characterized by its self-conscious sense of suffering. Why then was it so obsessed with laughter? From Baudelaire Nietzsche Bergson and Freud to Pirandello Beckett Hughes Barnes and Joyce no moment in cultural history has written about laughter this much. James Nikopoulos investigates modernity’s paradoxical relationship with mirth. Why was the gesture we conventionally associate with happiness deemed the only sensible way of responding to a world as Max Weber wrote that had been "disenchanted of its gods?" In answering these questions Nikopoulos also delves into our ongoing relationship with laughter. He looks to contemporary research in emotion and evolutionary theory as well as to the two-thousand-plus-year history of the philosophy of humor in order to propose a novel way of understanding laughter humor and their complicated relationships with modern life. The Stability of Laughter explores how art unsettles the simplifications we revert to in our attempts to make sense of human history and social interaction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663599

The Stability of Slopes THis new edition of this successful book has been thoroughly revised to take account of recent advances in our understanding of slope stability and instability.The book begins with a consideration of slope stability processes including the evolution of natural slopes. Thebehaviour of soil and rocks and the flow of water through them (which is of fundamental importance to their shear strength) are explained in considerable detail. The principles and techniques of stability analysis are covered in two separate chapters. From this basic theory the author develops practical design criteria for new slopes discusses remedial measures for slope stabilization and provides guidance on investigation of landslides. Computer programs to facilitate analysis and design are discussed where appropriate and the book concludes with several carefully selected case histories and design recommendations for man-made slopes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367865122

The Stage Lives of AnimalsZooesis and Performance The Stage Lives of Animals examines what it might mean to make theatre beyond the human. In this stunning collection of essays Una Chaudhuri engages with the alternative modes of thinking feeling and making art offered by animals and animality bringing insights from theatre practice and theory to animal studies as well as exploring what animal studies can bring to the study of theatre and performance. As our planet lives through what scientists call "the sixth extinction " and we become ever more aware of our relationships to other species Chaudhuri takes a highly original look at the "animal imagination" of well-known plays performances and creative projects including works by: Caryl Churchill Rachel Rosenthal Marina Zurkow Edward Albee Tennesee Williams Eugene Ionesco Covering over a decade of explorations a wide range of writers and many urgent topics this volume demonstrates that an interspecies imagination deeply structures modern western drama. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138818477

The Stage Manager's ToolkitTemplates and Communication Techniques to Guide Your Theatre Production from First Meeting to Final Performance The Stage Manager’s Toolkit Third Edition provides a comprehensive account of the role of the stage manager for live theatre with a focus on both written and verbal communication best practices. The book outlines the duties of the stage manager and assistant stage manager throughout a production discussing not only what to do but why. It also identifies communication objectives for each phase of production paperwork to be created and the necessary questions to be answered in order to ensure success. This third edition includes: an updated look at digital stage management tools including script apps cloud storage and social media practices; a new discussion on creating a healthy and safe rehearsal space; updated paperwork examples; new information on Equity practices for the student and early career stage managers. Written for the stage management student and early career stage manager this book is a perfect companion to any university Stage Management course. A companion website hosts customizable paperwork templates instructional video links to additional information teacher tools for each individual chapter and a bonus chapter on teaching stage management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367406370

The Stages of LifePersonalities and Patterns in Human Emotional Development Is personality "in the genes"? Do our infant experiences matter even though we can’t remember them? Why do patterns repeat within the lives of individuals and families? The Stages of Life provides  answers to these and other intriguing questions and  presents a  refreshingly readable introduction to human development from birth to death. The book synthesises those theories and research findings that are most helpful in explaining the paradoxes and complexities of human personality and human problems. The book provides a thought-provoking discussion of several important topics including: how personality evolves in response to both genetic and social influences how individuals differ and what this means for them how some problems tend to develop at particular stages of the life course from early childhood through to midlife and old age. Throughout the book Hugh Crago relates both ‘nature’ and ‘nurture’ to the challenges individuals must face from early childhood through to old age. He draws attention to often-ignored clinical findings about ‘cross generational repetition’ in families and shows how recent developments in epigenetics may supply an explanation for such mysterious phenomena. Written without jargon and full of new and provocative ideas the book will be of great interest to students of counselling and psychotherapy and it is also has much to offer the general reader. With its engaging examples from history literature and the author’s own life readers will find that The Stages of Life illuminates puzzles in their own lives and opens a road to self-acceptance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138923898

The Stakeholder PerspectiveRelationship Management to Increase Value and Success Rates of Projects The Stakeholder Perspective places people at the center of both projects and project management. It gives to the project management community a helpful innovative stakeholder-centered approach to increase projects’ delivered value and success rate. It presents a logical model also called the "Stakeholder Perspective " which acts as the reference point in a structured path to effectiveness. Starting from the analysis of a project’s stakeholders the model integrates both rational and relational innovative approaches. Its continuous focus on stakeholder requirements and expectations helps to set a proper path and to maintain it in order to target success and to achieve goals in a variety of projects with different size and complexity. The book presents a set of innovative and immediately applicable techniques for effective stakeholder identification and classification as well as analysis of stakeholder requirements and expectations key stakeholders management stakeholder network management and more generally stakeholder relationship management. The proposed stakeholder classification model consists of just four communities each one based on the commonality of main interests and behavior. This model features an accurate and stable identification process to increase effective communication and drastic reduce relationship complexity. A systemic approach is proposed to analyze both stakeholder requirements and expectations. The approach aids in detecting otherwise unclear stakeholder requirements and/or hidden stakeholder expectations. An interactive communication model is presented along with its individual and organizational frames of reference. Also presented are relevant cues to maximize effective and purposeful communication with key stakeholders as well as with the stakeholder network. The importance of satisfying not only the project requirements but also the stakeholder expectations is demonstrated to be the critical success factor in all projects. An innovative approach based on the perceived value and key performance indicators shows how to manage different levels of project complexity. The book also defines a complete structured path to relationship effectiveness called "Relationship Management Project " which can be tailored to enhance stakeholder and communication management processes in each one of the project management process groups (i.e. initiating planning executing monitoring and controlling and closing). The book concludes with a look ahead at Project Management X.0 and the stakeholder-centered evolution of both project and portfolio management. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780367184766

The Stakes of Democracy in South-East Asia Will national independence bring to the peoples of South East Asia liberty and democracy? Or will it mean corrupt government factional strife and insolvency? Or will it mean eventual absorption by totalitarian communism? In this book first published in 1950 the author analyses these questions using the case history of Indonesia since 1940 in which he played a leading role to illustrate his points. He gives an outline of the history of South East Asia its domination by the West and its convulsion by war and nationalism. The seven nations of South East Asia – Ceylon Burma Siam Indo-China Malaya Indonesia and the Philippines – have a great deal in common: except for Siam they are all struggling through the formative years of nationhood; except for Ceylon they were all occupied and pillaged by Japan during the War. They are of great value to other nations as a source of raw materials and foodstuffs. Their political and economic structure is of vital importance both to themselves and to us and unless their new nationalism can be strengthened the free world may lose a valuable asset to its economy and an ally against totalitarianism in Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138901599

The Stakes of Diplomacy Walter Lippmann is arguably the most influential journalist in American history. From the time of Woodrow Wilson to the time of Lyndon Johnson what Walter Lippmann said mattered. His word was valued because of his exceptional capacity for analysis and because he had the rare ability to make complex ideas and problems manageable and understandable. Lippmann combined the practical and the theoretical and saw them as inseparable. He savored the life of the mind and relished the arena of politics. He was political philosopher social commentator political advisor and activist-intellectual.As the country grappled with an impressive influx of European ideas and with the threatening press of European problems so did Lippmann. Like President Wilson he came to believe that the condition of the modern world required that America either act or be acted upon. New methods of communication and propaganda meant that ideas contrary to America's would be widely heard. Reformed liberalism and the projection of that liberalism into a troubled world were the best hedge against totalitarian schemes and imperialist aggression. The Stakes of Diplomacy resulted from Lippmann's assignment by Wilson's Secretary of War Baker to a project for studying possible terms of peace and ways to influence the world in a liberal-democratic direction.The Stakes of Diplomacy ends both with admiration for the peaceful nature of democracies and a plea for their further influence in the world and with an understanding that democracy's influence will depend partly upon its physical might and geopolitical collaboration. Lippmann stands as a prominent figure in America's twentieth-century quest for power with honor. He concludes this volume with the warning that there is no safe way and no morally feasible way to turn back from our dangerous mission: "Unless the people who are humane and sympathetic the people who wish to live and let live are masters of the situation the world faces an indefinite vista of conquest and terror." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538764

The StakesUniv Of Md Edition This book presents an intriguing analysis of American stakes in the Middle East and a thoughtful argument for the compassionate and measured use of force. It explains Arab and Muslim attitudes towards the United States and shows why there is much reason for concern. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367311742

The Stalin Era This book provides a wide-ranging history of every aspect of Stalin's dictatorship over the peoples of the Soviet Union. Drawing upon a huge array of primary and secondary sources The Stalin Era is a first-hand account of Stalinist thought policy and and their effects. It places the man and his ideology into context both within pre-Revolutionary Russia Lenin's Soviet Union and post-Stalinist Russia. The Stalin Era examines: * collectivisation* industrialisation* terror* government* the Cult of Stalin* education and Science* family* religion: The Russian Orthodox Church* art and the state. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203134030

The Stalinist Dictatorship From the late 1920s onwards forced collectivisation state-directed industrialisation mass purging and the party's control of culture refashioned Russia and gave birth to a new type of society. The 'second revolution' and its aftermath remodelled the Soviet State and the Bolshevik party restructured all institutions and reconstituted all social relationships. Millions found their lives changed forever. Nothing was untouched and no one was unaffected. Presiding over these momentous changes was Joseph Stalin one of the twentieth century's most disturbing figures. "The Stalinst Dictatorship" looks at the regime from three different perspectives. Section one focuses on interpretations of Stalin's character and attempts to explain the everlasting puzzle of the relationship between events and personality. Section two looks at Stalin's role within the Soviet Union and sees him as only one part (albeit an important one) of a complex culture of politics and administration. The final section examines the ways in which the Soviet people handled socialism and how Stalinism functioned on the ground. The vicissitudes in Stalin's reputation reflect the vicissitudes of the history of the twentieth century itself. Stalin became a symbol of a new system a 'socialist' alternative to the capatilist path. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160224

The Stamp Duty Land Tax Handbook Written from a practical standpoint this new edition of the Stamp Duty Land Tax Handbook details how the updated legislation works in common practice. The book's examples and case studies will be highly useful to surveyors valuers and anyone needs to be kept up to date with the application of tax duty on Land. Unlike most other books in this area the Handbook is based on practical experience of the work of surveyors applying the latest legislation in making valuations. The authors explain the potential pitfalls and use examples of calculations of the amounts on which tax is payable. Complex areas like administration and enforcement are clarified and explained. The Handbook will help surveyors and property professionals provide crucial support to their invididual and corporate clients. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9781138163423

The Stances of e-GovernmentPolicies Processes and Technologies This book focuses on the three inevitable facets of e-government namely policies processes and technologies. The policies discusses the genesis and revitalization of government policies; processes talks about ongoing e-government practices across developing countries; technology reveals the inclusion of novel technologies. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138304901

The Standard Model and Beyond This new edition of The Standard Model and Beyond presents an advanced introduction to the physics and formalism of the standard model and other non-abelian gauge theories. It provides a solid background for understanding supersymmetry string theory extra dimensions dynamical symmetry breaking and cosmology. In addition to updating all of the experimental and phenomenological results from the first edition it contains a new chapter on collider physics; expanded discussions of Higgs neutrino and dark matter physics; and many new problems.The book first reviews calculational techniques in field theory and the status of quantum electrodynamics. It then focuses on global and local symmetries and the construction of non-abelian gauge theories. The structure and tests of quantum chromodynamics collider physics the electroweak interactions and theory and the physics of neutrino mass and mixing are thoroughly explored. The final chapter discusses the motivations for extending the standard model and examines supersymmetry extended gauge groups and grand unification.Thoroughly covering gauge field theories symmetries and topics beyond the standard model this text equips readers with the tools to understand the structure and phenomenological consequences of the standard model to construct extensions and to perform calculations at tree level. It establishes the necessary background for readers to carry out more advanced research in particle physics.Supplementary materials are provided on the author’s website and a solutions manual is available for qualifying instructors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367573447

The Standard of Living and Revolutions in Imperial Russia 1700-1917 This is the first full-scale anthropometric history of Imperial Russia (1700-1917). It mobilizes an immense volume of archival material to chart the growth weight and other anthropometric indicators of the male and female populations in order to chart how the standard of living in Russia changed over slightly more than two centuries. It draws on a wide range of data—statistics on agricultural production taxation prices and wages nutrition and demography—to draw conclusions on the dynamics in the standard of living over this long period of time. The economic social and political interpretation of these findings make it possible to reconsider the prevailing views in the historiography and to offer a new perspective on Imperial Russia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138808423

The Standardized Work Field Guide This field guide can be used directly on the gemba (work area) for implementing and documenting standardized work. It promotes the "future state" of standardized work along with crucial step-by-step techniques and explanations not found in other publications. The authors furnish many real examples of work problems that cause Lean practitioners difficulty with documentation along with accurate solutions to those problems. The many illustrations and graphics focus on practice rather than theory. Readers learn that standardized work is not simply a tool for documentation but a method for reducing variation and providing continuous improvement through kaizen. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498752015

The Stannic Oxide Gas SensorPrinciples and Applications The Stannic Oxide Gas Sensor presents a comprehensive overview of the background science and technology of the subject including practical information on its applications and the electronic circuits with which it is associated. The book explains the chemistry of the device and covers typical methods of fabrication. Sensitivity and selectivity are addressed and the problems of drift with ambient temperature relative humidity and time are fully discussed. The book also presents examples of industrial commercial and domestic applications. It explains the design of appropriate electronic circuits and describes methods for testing and characterizing sensors. Advantages and disadvantages of sensors are assessed as well. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367449513

The Stanza First published in 1978 this work bridges the gap between the study of poetic form which tends to isolate form from meaning and structural poetics which tends to focus on meaning without considering the stanza’s impact. Beginning with an examination of the various definitions of the stanza the book goes on to describe the many forms of the stanza and the different strategies by which poets achieve stanzaic units of meaning. It then evaluates the logical relationships between stanzas and finally assesses their place and function as parts within the poetic whole. This work will be of interest to those studying poetry and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138233164

The Star and Celebrity Confessional In this book the different manifestations meanings and processes of the star and celebrity confessional will be explored.  The confessional is taken to be any moment in which a star celebrity or fan engages in revelatory acts that are considered to be authentic heart-felt and honest. These confessional encounters can take place in an interview through performance and presentation events online and in ‘unscripted’ encounters. A star may break down in tears or reveal a previously unknown truth about their private life. However this authenticity is often found to have been manufactured or is timed to occur against a new release or product launch. Alternatively the desire to confess may be seen to draw attention to the centrality of pseudo forms of emotion in contemporary culture and the obsessional behaviour it produces.  In this book authors consider acts of confession by celebrities such as Tom Cruise Michael Jackson Jade Goody Britney Spears Sarah Jessica Parker Tracey Emin and Russell Crowe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879638

The Star and the WholeGian-Carlo Rota on Mathematics and Phenomenology The Star and the Whole: Gian-Carlo Rota on Mathematics and Phenomenology authored by Fabrizio Palombi is the first book to study Rota’s philosophical reflection. Rota (1932–1999) was a leading figure in contemporary mathematics and an outstanding philosopher inspired by phenomenology who made fundamental contributions to combinatorial analysis and trained several generations of mathematicians in his long career at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) and the Los Alamos National Laboratory. The first chapter of the book reconstructs Rota’s cultural biography and examines his philosophical style his criticisms of analytical philosophy and his reflection on Heidegger’s thought. The second chapter presents a general picture of Rota’s re-elaboration of phenomenology examined in the light of the Husserlian notion of Fundierung. This chapter also illustrates how the star-shape becomes a powerful instrument for understanding the properties of Husserl’s mereology and the critique of objectivism. The third chapter is a theoretical reflection on the nature of mathematical entities and the fourth examines the complex relation of mathematical research with technological applicability and scientific progress. The foreword of the text is written by Robert Sokolowski.   Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781568815831

The Stars Down to Earth The Stars Down to Earth shows us a stunningly prescient Adorno. Haunted by the ugly side of American culture industries he used the different angles provided by each of these three essays to showcase the dangers inherent in modern obsessions with consumption. He engages with some of his most enduring themes in this seminal collection focusing on the irrational in mass culture - from astrology to new age cults from anti-semitism to the power of neo-fascist propaganda. He points out that the modern state and market forces serve the interest of capital in its basic form. Stephan Crook's introduction grounds Adorno's arguments firmly in the present where extreme religious and political organizations are commonplace - so commonplace in fact that often we deem them unworthy of our attention. Half a century ago Theodore Adorno not only recognised the dangers but proclaimed them loudly. We did not listen then. Maybe it is not too late to listen now. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138170179

The Stasi Files UnveiledGuilt and Compliance in a Unified Germany In 1992 the massive files of East Germany's infamous Ministry for State Security the Stasi were made publicly available and thousands of former East Germans began to confront their contents. Finally it was possible for ordinary citizens to ascertain who had worked for the Stasi either on a full-time basis or as an "unofficial employee " the Stasi's term for an informer. The revelations from these documents sparked feuds old and new among a population already struggling through enormous social and political upheaval. Drawing upon the Stasi files and upon interviews with one-time informers this book examines the impact of the Stasi legacy in united Germany.Barbara Miller examines such aspects of the informer's experience as: the recruitment procedure; daily life and work; motivation and justification. She goes on to consider the dealings of politicians and the courts with the Stasi and its employees. Her analysis then turns to the way in which this aspect of recent German history has been remembered and the phenomenal impact of the opening of the files on such perceptions of the past.The Stasi Files Unveiled: Guilt and Compliance in a Unified Germany offers important new perspectives on the nature of individual and collective memory and is a fascinating investigation of modern German society.Barbara Miller graduated from the University of Glasgow in 1991 with a degree in German and psychology. She taught and researched in Germany and Austria before completing her doctoral thesis in Glasgow in 1997. She is now based in Sydney Australia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538771

The StasiMyth and Reality The East German Ministry of State Security popularly known as the Stasi was one of the largest and most intrusive secret police systems in world history. So extensive was the system of surveillance and control that in any given year throughout the 1970s and 1980s about one in fifty of the 13 million East German adults were working for the Stasi either as an officer or as an informer. Drawing on original sources from the Stasi archives and the recollections of contemporary witnesses The Stasi: Myth and Reality reveals the intricacies of the relationship between the Stasi enforcers its agents and its targets/victims and demonstrates how far the Stasi octopus extended its tentacles into people’s lives and all spheres of society. The origins and developments of this vast system of repression are examined as well as the motivation of the informers and the ways in which they penetrated the niches of East German society. The final chapters assess the ministry’s failure to help overcome the GDR’s inherent structural defects and demonstrate how the Stasi’s bureaucratic procedures contributed to the implosion of the Communist system at the end of the 1980’s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142633

The State Bureaucracy And The Cuban SchoolsPower And Participation In the mid-1980s Cuba began a process of ‘rectificacion’—a reform process that has bucked the trends of economic and political liberalization that are reshaping the global order. Sustaining an official commitment to socialism in the face of economic crisis and international pressures Cuba's survival seems puzzling indeed. Sheryl Lutjens uses the C Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296353

The State Class and Developmentalism in South KoreaDevelopment as Fetish This book problematises the statist underpinnings of the concept of the ‘developmental state ’ in terms of both state–society and national–global relations challenging the notion that the state is the agent of national development qua being autonomous from the domestic and global economies. Presenting a thorough and comprehensive critical assessment of the extant approaches and theories of the Korean developmental state in particular this book demonstrates that the existing literature including Marxist critiques only inadequately and partially challenge statism. It examines how statism reinforces and is reinforced by ‘Third World Developmentalism’ the idea that ‘development’ is in itself a positive goal and that a nationally autonomous mode of development should be promoted as a means of empowerment. In opposition this book offers a critique of statism by constructing an alternative theoretical framework extending Marx’s concept of commodity fetishism to state–society and national–global relations. Drawing on a new theoretical framework and significant Korean literature The State Class and Developmentalism in South Korea offers a novel historical interpretation and critique of the developmental state in the Korean context. As such it will be useful to students and scholars of Asian studies Development Studies and International Political Economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367354725

The State Class and the Recession (Routledge Revivals) The contributions to this edited collection first published in 1983 are based on two underlying themes. The first examines the major recession that took hold of the global economy during the 1980s and assesses its effects on key areas of social structure including political and economic democracy and trade union representation. The second theme considers the limitations of state intervention in such changing circumstances with particular reference to the welfare state. This is a comprehensive title which is of great relevance to those with an interest in the current global economic situation and the potential impact of this on the welfare state and class structure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415715614

The State Development and Identity in Multi-Ethnic SocietiesEthnicity Equity and the Nation First published in 2008. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415586917

The State Education and Equity in Post-Apartheid South AfricaThe Impact of State Policies This title was first published in 2002: Has the South African post-apartheid state been able to achieve its stated goals? What has been the relationship between the process of educational reform and the impact on the state of the Constitution and other laws? This seminal book responds to these questions by examining the development and implementation of social policy in South Africa during the first years of democratic government particularly in relation to education. The post-apartheid state was immediately faced with a broad spectrum of political social economic and human rights issues. The research analyzes whether the aims and objectives of the new administration were achieved; no other single collection of research in South Africa collectively explores the issues raised in this endeavour. The book will appeal to a wide range of professionals including researchers academics planners policy makers public servants and postgraduate students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138723641

The State Education and Equity in Post-Apartheid South AfricaThe Impact of State Policies This title was first published in 2002: Has the South African post-apartheid state been able to achieve its stated goals? What has been the relationship between the process of educational reform and the impact on the state of the Constitution and other laws? This seminal book responds to these questions by examining the development and implementation of social policy in South Africa during the first years of democratic government particularly in relation to education. The post-apartheid state was immediately faced with a broad spectrum of political social economic and human rights issues. The research analyzes whether the aims and objectives of the new administration were achieved; no other single collection of research in South Africa collectively explores the issues raised in this endeavour. The book will appeal to a wide range of professionals including researchers academics planners policy makers public servants and postgraduate students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138723603

The State Identity and ViolencePolitical Disintegration in the Post-Cold War World In this book a collection of experts investigate the varied forces - from global systems to local beliefs - that lead to civil violence chaos and perhaps a new political order.The State Identity and Violence explores acts of mass violence occurring within national borders and examines the links such acts have to personal identities and how they challenge the character or very existence of the state. Building upon the anthropological premises of holism and cross-cultural comparison this volume shows how violent challenges to existing states should be conceptualized as layered problems with multiple kinds of causes. It not only goes beyond the "ancient hatreds" explanation but shows the inadequacy of the concept of "ethnic violence" and of theories which treat interests and identities as separate sometimes opposed variables Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874428

The State Industrialization and Class Formations in IndiaA Neo-Marxist Perspective on Colonialism Underdevelopment and Development The purpose of this book first published in 1982 is to probe the nature of the state in India and the role played by it in the evolution of the social economy particularly in the growth of industry. In fact the problematic of the state and its relationship with socio-economic progression or regression is a dialectic process. What this book does is attempt to unravel this dialectic by following the theory and method of Maxism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415315395

The State Removal and Indigenous Peoples in the United States and Mexico 1620-2000 This book investigates the forced migration of the Delawares in the United States and the Yaquis in Mexico focusing primarily on the impact removal from tribal lands had on the (ethnic) identity of these two indigenous societies. It analyzes Native responses to colonial and state policies to determine the practical options that each group had in dealing with the states in which they lived. Haake convincingly argues that both nation-states aimed at the destruction of the Native American societies within their borders. This exemplary comparative transnational study clearly demonstrates that the legacy of these attitudes and policies are readily apparent in both countries today. This book should appeal to a wide variety of academic disciplines in which diversity and minority political representation assume significance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542432

The State the Family and Education (Routledge Revivals) In The State The Family and Education first published in 1980 Miriam David provides an entirely new analysis of the relationship of the State to the family and education. David shows how the State through its educational policies regulates family relationships with and within schools. This book provides a welcome analysis of educational policy from a socialist-feminist perspective re-examining the ways in which women as parents teachers and pupils are involved in the education system. This book will be of interests to students of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138857889

The State and Business in the Major PowersAn Economic History 1815-1939 In the 19th and early 20th centuries the state emerged as a major player in the economies of the Western World. This important new volume provides an economic history for the period 1815-1939 of state/business relations in the major powers: France Germany Japan Russia UK and the USA. The book challenges the traditional story that the scale of state intervention reflected the degree to which each country was ideologically committed to laissez-faire and which also tended to assume that governments were interested in economic growth and raising average living standards. Robert Millward gives a rather different perspective arguing that the scale of state intervention and the differences across countries were motivated more by considerations of external defence and internal unification than by any notions of promoting economic growth or adherence to laissez-faire. This book provides for the first time an integrated economic history of these state /business relations in the major powers in the period 1815-1939 and offers a completely new perspective on the links between tariff policies state enterprise in manufacturing the treatment of the peasantry regulation of railways taxation of the business sector policies on cartels trusts and competition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138904040

The State And Capital In ChileBusiness Elites Technocrats And Market Economics Chile emerged from military rule in the 1990s as a leader of free market economic reform and democratic stability and other countries now look to it for lessons in policy design sequencing and timing. Explanations for economic change in Chile generally focus on strong authoritarianism under General Augusto Pinochet and the insulation of policymakers from the influence of social groups especially business and landowners. In this book Eduardo Silva argues that such a view underplays the role of entrepreneurs and landowners in Chile's neoliberal transformation and hence their potential effect on economic reform elsewhere. He shows how shifting coalitions of businesspeople and landowners with varying power resources influenced policy formulation and affected policy outcomes. He then examines the consequences of coalitional shifts for Chile's transition to democracy arguing that the absence of a multiclass opposition that included captialists facilitated a political transition based on the authoritarian constitution of 1980 and inhibited its alternative. This situation helped to define the current style of consensual politics that with respect to the question of social equity has deepened a neoliberal model of welfare statism rather than advanced a social democratic one. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296292

The State and Economic DevelopmentLessons from the Far East This book explores the role of national governments during the process of industrialisation in East Asia and examines the relationship between the State and business clearing up many Western misconceptions. The similarities and differences which exist between nations in this region and the influence of Japan as a role model are also investigated. Government-industry linkages and an overview of economic rationale also studied in this volume are following the establishment of market orientated economies in many Far Eastern countries. This book brings new insight into the business-politics relationship which gives the reader a complete understanding of the East Asian economic 'miracle'. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203044087

The State and Global ChangeThe Political Economy of Transition in the Middle East and north Africa Economic liberalisation and reform are widely considered as the favourite remedies for the declining economic fortunes of the Middle Eastern and North African states in the past two decades. International economic institutions have been among the main advocates of transition to market-led economies in the region and a force contributing to its realisation. This has placed the state at the centre of the proposed transformations acting both as an instrument of and an obstacle to change. With attempts at liberalisation worldwide spanning over twenty years the time is ripe for a re-evaluation of its premises and outcome. The essays in this volume debate the political economy of transition and reforms in the Middle East and North Africa drawing on interdisciplinary approaches and outlooks involving international regional and national levels of analysis. The three central themes of the book are the rationale and strategies for reform the processes and outcomes and the nature of the state in the changing global setting. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003062400

The State and 'Globalization'Comparative Studies of Labour and Capital in National Economies First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315788838

The State and Governance in IndiaThe Congress Ideal This book presents an innovative investigation of the policies of the Indian Congress during the late colonial period. Departing from the existing historiography of Indian nationalism it analyses the extent to which Congress elites engaged in processes intended to foster nation-building in India. Rejecting the long-standing premise that the Congress primarily sought to generate a national identity the author hypothesizes that Congress elites knowingly grappled with the creation of a national governmentality. He argues that they distanced themselves from lethargic nation-building exercises and instead opted to support more practical and more feasible state-building efforts. Accordingly this book shows that Congress elites constructed the institutions that would enable Indians to govern themselves after India’s liberation from British imperialism. It presents evidence which shows that Congress elites began to perceive themselves and their organization as an emerging post-colonial state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415627566

The State and Higher EducationState & Higher Educ. First Published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315030401

The State and Indigenous Movements Using the comparative historical method this book looks at the experience of indigenous peoples specifically the Native Hawaiians showing how a nation can express culture and citizenship while seeking ways to attain greater sovereignty over territory culture and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542234

The State and Its Enemies in Papua New Guinea A study of nation-building processes in the young state of Papua New Guinea and of opposition to these in one of the country's peripheral provinces Manus. Intense resistance to Lucifer (the state) is offered there by Wind Nation the old Paliau Movement made famous by Mead and Schwartz. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405943

The State and Organised Labour in BotswanaLiberal Democracy in Emergent Capitalism First published in 1997 this volume departs from conventional analyses of Botswana’s political economy and focuses on the second phase of Botswana’s capitalist development from 1966-1990 arguing that even in a formally liberal democratic country the imperatives of economic growth and development in a capitalist context give rise to the state’s close supervision and control of organised labour. Taking inspiration from Marx’s theories of history Monageng Mogalakwe examines the capitalist form of the Botswana state and its relationships with the trade unions labour law industrial relations class struggle and organised labour in a period characterised by direct state intervention in the economy and in industrial relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360754

The State and Religious Violence in IndonesiaMinority Faiths and Vigilantism This book analyses the response of the Indonesian state to violence against Ahmadiyah and Shi’a minority communities by foregrounding the close connections between state officials and vigilante groups which influenced the way the post-Soeharto democratic Indonesian governments addressed the problem of violence against religious minorities. Arguing that the violence stemmed in part from the state officials’ close connection with vigilante groups and a general tendency for the authorities to forge mutual and material interests with such groups the author demonstrates that vigilante groups were able to perpetrate violence against the minority congregations with a significant degree of impunity. While the Indonesian state has become far more democratic accountable and decentralized since 1998 the violence against Ahmadiyah and Shi’a communities shows a state that is still unwilling in assisting or allowing minority groups to practice their religion. The research undertaken for this book draws upon a lengthy period of ethnographic fieldwork in the communities of West Java and East Java. Research material includes in-depth interviews with community and religious leaders state officials and security forces and other prominent politicians. A novel approach to the problem of Islam violence and the state in Indonesia the book will be of interest to researchers studying Southeast Asian Politics Islam and Politics Conflict Resolution State and Violence and Terrorism and Political Violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367248574

The State and Revolution in Iran (RLE Iran D) This book analyses the distant and proximate causes of the 1978 revolution in Iran as well as the dynamics of power which it set in motion. The volume explains the complex and far-reaching processes which produced the revolution beginning in the late nineteenth century. In explaining the more proximate causes of the revolution the book analyses the nature of the old regime and its internal contradictions; the emergence of some fundamental conflicts of interest between the state and the upper class; the economic crisis of 1975-8 which made possible a revolutionary mass immobilisation; and the emergence of a new religious interpretation of political authority and the unusual spread of the ideology of political Islam among a segment of the modern intelligentsia. The volume relates the diverse aspects of class ideology and economic structure in order to provide an understanding of the political processes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203830239

The State and Security in MexicoTransformation and Crisis in Regional Perspective At the turn of the millennium Mexico seemed to have finally found its path to political and economic modernization; a state which had been deeply embedded in society was being pulled out with new political leaders allowing market forces to play a greater role in guiding the nation’s economic development and allowing old patron-client networks to crumble. At the same time many hoped that political and legal reforms would increase the state’s capacity to provide prosperity security and equity for its citizens. In the midst of this historic transformation however Mexico was confronted with an urgent new policy challenge. Internationally recognized experts from the academic and think-tank communities in the United States Mexico and Canada consider the origins of the current crisis in Mexico and the nature and effectiveness of the Calderón government’s response. Simply not another book on North American regional security this volume uses Joel Migdal’s concept of "the state in society" to provide a refreshingly clear and accessible exploration of political change in the developing world.  The engagement with the US and Canada gives the reader a chance to observe the dynamics of persuasion across the developmental divide. Four key questions structure the study: What does the ongoing security crisis in Mexico tell us about the changing role of the state in society there? What does the changing role of the state tell us about the nature (and intractability) of the crisis? How has the transition to democracy affected the links between the state and organized crime in Mexico and the state’s capacity to contain non-state challengers? What kinds of political and legal reforms are called for and what effects can we expect them to have on the extent and intensity of violence in Mexico? No other study comprehensively uncovers new conceptual and theoretical insights in each of these areas whilst offering some practical guidance for policy-makers and publics seeking to understand these urgent and complex challenges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138886605

The State and Social Welfare 1997International Studies on Social Insurance and Retirement Employment Family Policy and Health Care First published in 1998 this volume contains an edited selection of papers presented at the Fifth International Research Seminar on ‘Issues in Social Security’ held on 14-17 June 1997 in Sweden by the Foundation for International Studies on Social Security (FISS) in memory of Brian Abel-Smith. The chapters cover a wide range of subjects related to old age pension reform family policy employment privatization of social security and health care. The authors form a body of well-established researchers and scholars of world-wide reputation as well as younger scientists stemming from various continents and representing a range of relevant disciplines. This volume is the fourth in a series on international studies of issues in social security. The series is initiated by the Foundation for International Studies on Social Security (FISS). One of its aims is to confront different academic approaches with each other and with public policy perspectives. Another is to give analytic reports of cross-nationally different approaches to the design and reform of welfare state programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138363724

The State and TerrorismNational Security and the Mobilization of Power Adopting an innovative approach to the ongoing debate over homeland security and state response to terrorism Joseph Campos investigates the contextualizing of national security discourse and its management of terrorism. New ideas developed in this book reflect ways in which national security is mobilized through specific discourse to manage threats. In addition a review of presidential rhetoric over the last 30 years reveals that national security discourse has maintained an ideological hegemony to determine what constitutes violence and appropriate responses. The volume incorporates historical depth and critical theory in a comparative framework to provide an invaluable insight into how national security is developed and how it works with the concept of terrorism to secure the state. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315552507

The State and the AdvocateCase studies on development policy in Asia This book seeks to demonstrate the role of public policy in support of equitable and inclusive development. The achievement of this overarching goal rests on an assumption that development does not happen by chance or by accident but rather through the deliberate application of analytical tools which public policy is able to provide. Set within an Asian context the book emphasizes the role of public policy in reducing poverty eliminating deprivation promoting equity and ensuring social justice.   The book likewise aims to provide an argument for the developmental role of the state — one which has been the subject of a long-standing debate among development scholars. In addition the book accounts for the role of civil society organizations particularly their involvement in multi-stakeholder participation. Through different case studies this book explains the outcome of public policy decisions as combinations of efforts among government and civil society actors to ensure the creation of the most optimal public good. Finally the book takes a comparative perspective i.e. there are cases that directly or indirectly implicate the regional character of public policies that result in the creation and distribution of regional public goods. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315767383

The State and the AdvocateCase studies on development policy in Asia This book seeks to demonstrate the role of public policy in support of equitable and inclusive development. The achievement of this overarching goal rests on an assumption that development does not happen by chance or by accident but rather through the deliberate application of analytical tools which public policy is able to provide. Set within an Asian context the book emphasizes the role of public policy in reducing poverty eliminating deprivation promoting equity and ensuring social justice. The book likewise aims to provide an argument for the developmental role of the state – one which has been the subject of a long-standing debate among development scholars. In addition the book accounts for the role of civil society organizations particularly their involvement in multi-stakeholder participation. Through different case studies this book explains the outcome of public policy decisions as combinations of efforts among government and civil society actors to ensure the creation of the most optimal public good. Finally the book takes a comparative perspective i.e. there are cases that directly or indirectly implicate the regional character of public policies that result in the creation and distribution of regional public goods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138055490

The State and the Economy Under Capitalism First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780415510981

The State And The Industrialization Crisis In Turkey This book re-evaluates the politics of the maligned industrialization strategy and examines Turkey's attempts to implement it in the 1960s and 1970s. It argues that Import Substituting Industrialization itself is not responsible for the failure of Turkey's industrialization efforts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296308

The State and the Paradox of Customary Law in Africa Customary law and traditional authorities continue to play highly complex and contested roles in contemporary African states. Reversing the common preoccupation with studying the impact of the post/colonial state on customary regimes this volume analyses how the interactions between state and non-state normative orders have shaped the everyday practices of the state. It argues that in their daily work local officials are confronted with a paradox of customary law: operating under politico-legal pluralism and limited state capacity bureaucrats must often paradoxically deal with custom – even though the form and logic of customary rule is not easily compatible and frequently incommensurable with the form and logic of the state – in order to do their work as a state. Given the self-contradictory nature of this endeavour officials end up processing rather than solving this paradox in multiple inconsistent and piecemeal ways. Assembling inventive case studies on state-driven land reforms in South Africa and Tanzania the police in Mozambique witchcraft in southern Sudan constitutional reform in South Sudan Guinea’s long durée of changing state engagements with custom and hybrid political orders in Somaliland this volume offers important insights into the divergent strategies used by African officials in handling this paradox of customary law and somehow getting their work done. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367893545

The State And Underdevelopment In Spanish AmericaThe Political Roots Of Dependency In Peru And Argentina Challenging the dependency theory approach to the origin of underdevelopment in Spanish America this book argues that internal political and economic factors led the nations of the region to become dependent and underdeveloped during the nineteenth century. Dr. Friedman focuses on Peru and Argentina in the aftermath of their wars of independence to show how underdevelopment and dependency resulted from a crisis of the state brought about by the loss of legitimacy of Spanish colonial rule. Class conflicts had been effectively managed by the colonial state; its collapse Dr. Friedman demonstrates created conditions of intense inter- and intra-class conflicts chiefly political in nature which weak post-independence governments found impossible to restrain. Left with little authority legitimacy or control over internal resources the fledging Peruvian and Argentine states turned to external sources for the capabilities with which to begin the process of consolidating their internal power. By the last half of the nineteenth century both Peru and Argentina had chosen a course that led to their integration into the international economy as dependent nations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296315

The State in India after LiberalizationInterdisciplinary Perspectives This book assesses the impact of liberalization on practices of government and relations between state and society. It is clear that liberalization as state policy has complex forms of regulation and deregulation inbuilt and these policies have resulted in dramatic increases in productivity and economic wealth but also generated spectacular new forms of inequality between social groups regions and sectors. Through a detailed examination of the Indian state the contributors - all experts in their respective fields - explore questions such as: Have the new inequalities resulted in greater social unrest and violence? How has the meaning of citizenship changed? What will the long-term effects of regional economic imbalances be on migration employment and social welfare? Will increasing federalism result in new problems? Will smaller governments be more effective in providing basic necessities such as clothing housing food water and sanitation to citizens? What does liberalization mean to Indians in cities and villages in small towns and metropolises in poor middle class or wealthy homes? Are concepts like social capital decentralization private enterprise and grass-roots globalization effective in analyzing the post-liberalization state or are new concepts needed? By focusing on what specifically has changed about the state after liberalization in India this volume will shed light on comparative questions about the process of neoliberal restructuring across the world. As such it will be of interest to scholars of a variety of disciplines including sociology anthropology political science geography international studies public policy environmental studies and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415631754

The State in Relation to Labour W. Stanley Jevons was a central figure linking political economy with social policy and The State in Relation to Labour is the quintessential product of that fusion. Jevons reviews how legislation enacted for the protection of labor re-established the social contract on a new industrial footing. The concept of industrial partnership insured that the state continued to hold a monopoly of power while taking account of rising labor agitation. Jevons' scholarly brilliance is evident in this pathbreaking work on economics and policy construction.The State in Relation to Labour deals with the economic role of government in resolving conflicts between different groups of English citizens. The issue of class is central to the topic and two further points are implicit. The first is the market economy as a product of the institutions which form and operate through it. Jevons argues that markets can be and indeed have been formed to favor one class interest or another. Second he asserts that conventional arguments favor the class interests they serve whether or not they are recognized to doing so.Jevons neither shrinks from candid analysis of English social political and economic history and institutions nor espouses an openly pragmatic approach to the economic role of government. He eschews the erection of class or other ideological sentiment into principles of policy. Implicit in his analysis is an understanding that some law some set of legal rights and limitations is necessary. The issue is not whether government will establish relative rights and responsibilities but what they will be and further when they will be changed.Among the topics discussed are principles of industrial legislation direct interference of the state with labor the Factory Acts and similar legislation directly affecting laborers trade union legislation the law of industrial conspiracy cooperation and industrial partnership and arbitration and conciliation. In a new introduction Warren J. Samuels examines the life and works of William Stanley Jevons. He discusses the various arguments put forth in The State in Relation to Labour and the consequences of Jevons' approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538801

The State in Theory and Practice This timeless classic by Harold J. Laski explains the nature of the modern state by examining its characteristics as revealed by its history. The State in Theory and Practice is a work that grows in significance rather than dwindles over time. This is because as Sidney A. Pearson Jr. points out Laski helped develop and expound the foundational arguments of the political left.After the collapse of the Soviet Union even on the hard left few people thought of Marxism at least in its classical formulation by Laski in the 1930s as a political alternative. Much of the interest in Laski seeks to separate the early Laski of pluralist parliamentary arguments from the later Laski of Marxism. Laski's appeal rests on subtle aspects of his science of politics that require a detailed examination before their full significance can be understood. The state is a work that operates at several layers of assumptions and implications.The significance of Laski starts with the observation that among many intellectuals on the left the political critique of liberal democracy remains as influential after the collapse of the Soviet Union as it was when Laski wrote. The leftist critique of classical liberalism is one of the touchstones of modern political thought and Laski remains part of that tradition. Laski is one of the links between what might be called the "old left" of the pre-World War II era and the "new left" of the 1960's and later. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538795

The State in Western EuropeRetreat or Redefinition? Focusing exclusively on the functional rather than the territorial level this book reveals that the reshaping of the state in western Europe involves different policies across Europe and conflicting tendencies in the impact of the various reform programmes. Whilst the state may be in retreat in some respects its activity may be increasing in others. And nowhere not even in Britain has its key decision-making role been seriously undermined. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315037479

The State of AffairsExplorations in infidelity and Commitment This volume brings together contributions on the study of sexual affairs in committed personal relationships. The editors enlisted colleagues with varied theoretical and methodological perspectives from Britain the United States and other countries. Together their contributions provide a broad cross-national perspective on affairs. Grounded in theoretical discussion the chapters in this book introduce data collected by a broad range of methods including attitude surveys large statistical cohort studies case studies depth interviews and group discussions. A number of contributors locate the theoretical discussion of affairs within the broader contemporary ordering of committed relationships contrasting the liberating and empowering aspects of affairs with the damage they may inflict on society as a whole and on the lives of individuals and families. The themes of passion transgression secrecy lies betrayal and gossip are common to a range of chapters throughout. The volume provides broad literature reviews and theoretical discussions concerning particular aspects of affairs such as communication and jealousy. In addition case studies are used for the more detailed exploration of heterosexual affairs and contemporary developments in gay male and lesbian relationships. The State of Affairs will be of interest to researchers scholars and students in social psychology; communication; sociology; family social and clinical psychology; and for practitioners in couple counseling. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410610652

The State of Asian Communication Research and Directions for the 21st Century The 21st century has been called ‘the Asian Century’ by Eastern and Western academics largely due to the economic and cultural rise of China and India. This volume explores both what this means for communication research and the implications of Asia’s rising global power for communication scholars in Asia and from around the world. Hot topics and emerging trends are explored encapsulating the new opportunities as well as the challenges for Asian communication scholars. Asia represents diverse cultural economic social and political systems that shape different media systems in various countries with fertile contexts for communication research. The scope of the chapters in this book includes mass communications mobile technology intercultural and political communication news and entertainment health communication public relations and comparative analyses of mainstream mass communication theories. The articles in this book were originally published in the Asian Journal of Communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890841

The State of College Access and CompletionImproving College Success for Students from Underrepresented Groups Despite decades of substantial investments by the federal government state governments colleges and universities and private foundations students from low-income families as well as racial and ethnic minority groups continue to have substantially lower levels of postsecondary educational attainment than individuals from other groups. The State of College Access and Completion draws together leading researchers nationwide to summarize the state of college access and success and to provide recommendations for how institutional leaders and policymakers can effectively improve the entire spectrum of college access and completion. Springboarding from a seminar series organized by the Advisory Committee on Student Financial Assistance chapter authors explore what is known and not known from existing research about how to improve student success. This much-needed book calls explicit attention to the state of college access and success not only for traditional college-age students but also for the substantial and growing number of "nontraditional" students. Describing trends in various outcomes along the pathway from college access to completion this volume documents persisting gaps in outcomes based on students’ demographic characteristics and offers recommendations for strategies to raise student attainment. Graduate students scholars and researchers in higher education will find The State of College Access and Completion to be an important and timely resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415660464

The State of CopyrightThe complex relationships of cultural creation in a globalized world This book seeks to make an intervention into the ongoing debate about the scope and intensity of global copyright laws. While mapping out the primary actors in the context of globalization and the modern political economy of information ownership the argument is made that alternatives to further expansion of copyright are necessary. By examining the multiple and competing interests in creating the legal regime of copyright law this books attempts to map the political economy of copyright in the information age critique the concentration of ownership that is intrinsic in the status quo and provide an assessment of the state of the contemporary global copyright landscape and its futures. It draws upon the current narratives of copyright as produced by corporate government and political actors and frames these narratives as language games within a global political project to define how information and culture will be shared and exchanged in the future. The text problematizes the relationship of the state to culture comments on the global flows of culture and critiques the regulatory apparatus that is in place to commodify culture and align it with the contemporary nation-state. In the end the possibility of non-commodified and more open futures are explored.   The State of Copyright will be of particular interest for students and scholars of international political economy law political science anthropology sociology cultural studies library sciences and communication studies. It also will appeal to a growing popular audience that has taken an interest in the issues of copyright. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138359307

The State of Democracy in Central and Eastern EuropeA Comparative Perspective The State of Democracy in Central and Eastern Europe brings together scholars specialising in the study of Central and Eastern Europe and provides a comprehensive analysis of some of the major issues in the democratic make-up of the EU’s new member states. The book covers the main dimensions of the state and contributors discuss questions about the development of democracy in Central and Eastern Europe over the past twenty years. What is the present state of democracy in Central and Eastern Europe more than twenty years since the end of communist regimes? What is the actual functioning of the political institutions of these countries? How is political participation structured and what role do political parties play in these democracies? What guarantees are provided to limit governmental powers and abuse? What is the role of the judicial system and the relationship between justice and politics? How can we evaluate the EU’s influence regarding democratic consolidation? What is the role of the public opinion? This book was originally published as a special issue of Europe-Asia Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138196537

The State of Education Policy Research The State of Education Policy Research is a comprehensive insightful evaluation of the strengths and weaknesses of education policy research in the U.S. today. Editors Susan Fuhrman David Cohen and Fritz Mosher examine key issues facing policymakers and researchers including race education equity teacher quality early education privatization and the politics of education policy. Collectively the chapters present a complex mosaic of education policy research that integrates the views of policy experts from education economics and related disciplines. Important topics discussed in this influential new text include: Politics of education—Covers research on key political groups including teachers’ unions business roundtables parent and/or religious advocates as well as state and federal lawmakers. Race—Discusses race as an issue as well as a non-issue and includes a discussion of the testing gap. State policies— Provides an overview of state policies directed at improving teacher quality and discusses the reality of a teacher shortage. National Trends—Analyzes current trends toward centralization and standardization and the growing influence of federal and state mandates. This book is appropriate for advanced courses in education administration politics and policy. It will also appeal to policy researchers in education economics and political science to policy makers at the federal state and local levels and to the academic libraries serving them. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003064466

The State of European Integration The State of European Integration provides scholars practitioners experts and students with a comprehensive account of the state of the European Union today. With contributions from leading scholars including Richard G. Whitman Meltem Müftüler-Baç Gülnur Aybet Leila Simona Talani and Gareth Dale the book examines the EU in a theoretically informed and empirically grounded manner. Opening with an exploration into the nature of the European Union as an international actor it then assesses the impact of enlargement on institutions policies and identity. The contributors investigate issues related to the degree of convergence and cohesion among members and analyze the economic and monetary state of integration. The volume comes at a timely interval when there is a need to understand the present and future of the European Union. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315552484

The State of FamiliesLaw Policy and the Meanings of Relationships The State of Families: Law Policy and the Meanings of Relationships collects essential readings on the family to examine the multiple forms of contemporary families the many issues facing families the policies that regulate families and how families—and family life—have become politicized. This text explores various dimensions of "the family" and uses a critical approach to understand the historical cultural and political constructions of the family. Each section takes different aspects of the family to highlight the intersection of individual experience structures of inequality—including race class gender sexuality disability and immigration—and state power. Readings both original and reprinted from a wide range of experts in the field show the multiple forms and meanings of family by delving into topics including the traditional ground of motherhood childhood and marriage while also exploring cutting edge research into fatherhood reproduction child-free families and welfare. Taking an interdisciplinary approach to the family The State of Families offers students in the social sciences and professionals working with families new ways to identify how social structure and institutional practice shape individual experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367027766

The State of Germany Atlas The State of Germany Atlas highlights the most significant political social and economic trends in Germany today.Thirty five maps in double page spreads show how Germany is changing the impact of unification and the continuing differences between the east and west. These maps also place Germany in its European context--they show the country in comparison with its European economic partners other European neighbors and leading trading partners such as Japan and the US.This full-color atlas also looks internally charting social and demographic issues including: lifestyles immigration poverty and wealth salaries unemployment social welfare investment elections political parties and social movements. Also inlcludes 35 maps. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138459335

The State of Global EducationLearning with the World and its People A battle is being waged in classrooms and capitals around the world over the goals and objectives of the future of global education. While there is growing research in the area of global education much remains to be uncovered challenged and learned through sound empirical research and conceptual explorations. What type of global citizens will schools promote? What types of policies programs and instructional practices best promote effective global citizenship? Will global education curricula advance an unwavering loyalty to neoliberal ideologies and interests over the strengthening of human rights and the environmental health of our planet? This volume presents a series of research studies and innovative instructional practices centered on advancing global learning opportunities and literacies. The authors in this volume initiate a much needed conversation on ways students in multiple contexts can and should learn with the world and its people. Part I addresses global education in theory with a particular focus on development intercultural competence and global citizenship. Part II addresses educational programs and practices that foster global learning and action to help build a better future for all citizens of our planet – including experiential education university initiatives and conceptual approaches to teaching and learning. This scholarship spans four continents in a multitude of educational contexts – primary secondary and tertiary - each with a focus on a different dimension of the possibilities and pitfalls in teaching about and with the world and its people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138084827

The State of Independence: Key Challenges Facing Private Schools Today Exploring the most significant challenges facing independent schools today this book asks leading figures from education economics politics philosophy and the arts to give their views on how independent schools can adapt to rapidly changing markets which see them scrutinised as never before. Acknowledging the independent sector as a vital and growing part of the global education system this book explores how schools are to respond to financial moral pastoral and academic challenges and so ensure their own survival and the futures of the children they educate. Breaking a complex and varied field down into ten clear areas of analysis essays written by leading education experts tackle the key challenges faced by independent schools around the world. Commentators consider the issues created by the upward trend of educating international students question the extent to which independent schools have echoed societal movements towards greater access diversity and gender fluidity and provide first-hand insight into the experiences of staff pupils and parents involved in the everyday functioning and longer-term development of the independent sector. A health check on this most controversial of sectors this book will enlighten and inform not only those working in independent schools today but anyone interested in education and will make an important contribution to a bigger debate about the place of independent schools at a time of political economic and societal uncertainty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815352419

The State of LabourThe Global Financial Crisis and its Impact This book analyzes the adverse effects of globalization and liberalization — acutely manifest in the increased financialization of capital and the concomitant global financial crisis of 2008–09 — on the labour force especially in the developing countries. Drawing upon case studies from several countries including India Columbia Malawi Brazil and Thailand it highlights the worsening plight of working class as a whole and informal labour in particular. The essays examine issues such as down-sizing lowering of wages insecurity and erosion of labour rights and show how labour is grappling with the situation. The volume critically re-assesses varied aspects of the growing informal sector: its dubious credential as an employment provider during crises; its non-adherence to internationally recognized standards of decent work; the problems and potential of workers' unions; and the need for a regulatory regime. It also discusses changes in the Indian labour market induced by business environment and technology as well as its future dynamics. Presenting a historical review of labour markets the work explores the deregulation wave under the globalization of 1980s and the interactions between existing unstable asset markets and labour markets. The book will prove especially useful to students and scholars in economics labour studies and sociology and those engaged in public policy and governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138660144

The State of Minority Languages Many regional languages across the world are threatened by modernization and urbanization whilst the universal and rapid rise of migration has created new and unprecedented forms of multilingualism. Aspects of education national policies and attitudes towards minority languages are documented. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315078113

The State of Our DisunionThe Obama Years The US Constitution resists centralizing authority by granting equal power to the three branches of government as well as the individual states. The risk inherent in the separation of powers is that the absence of a spirit of compromise can lead to the disintegration of the union. Eugene Good heart argues that the current union is in peril due to an unwillingness to cooperate on the part of contending parties. He explains how and why it has reached this point while identifying common ground between thoughtful liberals and conservatives.Ironically President Barack Obama who from the outset affirmed the spirit of compromise and union has governed in a time marked by apparently irreconcilable conflict between and within parties and the branches of the government. Those on the extremes of the political spectrum view compromise as weakness and a lack of conviction while those in the middle view it as necessary. Good heart argues that principle and compromise are not antagonists. He also describes the media's role in shaping and distorting public perception of political realities.Many themes that preoccupy our politics and will doubtless continue to do so in the future are addressed in this work including gross income inequality governmental regulation of the market the US's role as superpower and the relationship between liberty and equality. This book will be of interest to those concerned about contemporary political life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412857147

The State of PalestineA critical analysis The Palestinian national movement reached a dead end and came close to disintegration at the beginning of the present century. This critical analysis of internal Palestinian politics in the West Bank traces the re-emergence of the Palestinian Authority's established elite in the aftermath of the failed unity government and examines the main security and economic agendas pursued by them during that period. Based on extensive field research interviews and participant observation undertaken across several sites in Nablus and the surrounding area it provides a bottom-up interpretation of the Palestinian Authority's agenda and challenges the popular interpretation that its governance represents the only realistic path to Palestinian independence. As the first major account of the Palestinian Authority's political agenda since the collapse of the unity government this book offers a unique explanation for the failure to bring a Palestinian state into being and challenges assumptions within the existing literature by addressing the apparent incoherence between mainstream debates on Palestine and the reality of conditions there.This book is a key addition to students and scholars interested in Politics Middle-Eastern Studies and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596293

The State of PsychiatryEssays and Addresses To mark his retirement in 1966 from the Professorship of Psychiatry at the University of London and the directorship of the Institute of Psychiatry the Maudsley Hospital Professor Lewis’s students edited and prepared an edition of his collected papers in two volumes. Originally published in 1967 this volume reviews the psychiatric past surveys the transitional stage psychiatry had reached and looks forward to the attainable future. The author pays much attention to disputed areas of psychiatric practice and inquiry how psychiatrists should be chosen and educated what concepts and methods are required for the furtherance of the subject what part should social treatment and psychological treatment play. Today it can be read and enjoyed in its historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415826686

The State of Public AdministrationIssues Challenges and Opportunities The trends and practices of public administration are ever changing and it is essential that they be appraised from time to time. Designed as a capstone survey of the field The State of Public Administration focuses on leading edge issues challenges and opportunities that confront PA study and practice in the 21st Century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698977

The State of Public Bureaucracy The authors explore the many ways that gender and communication intersect and affect each other. Every chapter encourages a consideration of how gender attitudes and practices past and current influence personal notions of what it means not only to be female and male but feminine and masculine. The second edition of this student friendly and accessible text is filled with contemporary examples activities and exercises to help students put theoretical concepts into practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315288536

The State of Rhetoric of Science and TechnologyA Special Issue of Technical Communication Quarterly The ubiquity of the Internet and digital technology has changed the sites of rhetorical discourse and inquiry as well as the methods by which such analyses are performed. This special issue discusses the state of rhetoric of science and technology at the beginning of the twenty-first century. While many books connecting rhetorical theory to the Internet have paved the way for more refined and insightful studies of online communication the articles here serve as a reflective moment an opportunity to consider thoughtful statements from those who have published and been influential in the field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059080

The State of Russia Under the Present Czar First Published in 1967. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138982918

The State of Scholarly PublishingChallenges and Opportunities For decades university presses and other scholarly and professional publishers in the United States played a pivotal role in the transmission of scholarly knowledge. Their books and journals became the "gold standard" in many academic fields for tenure promotion and merit pay. Their basic business model was successful since this diverse collection of presses had a unique value proposition. They dominated the scholarly publishing field with preeminent sales in three major markets or channels of distribution: libraries and institutions; college and graduate school adoptions; and general readers (i.e. sales to general retailers).Yet this insulated world changed abruptly in the late 1990s. What happened? This book contains a superb series of articles originally published in The Journal of Scholarly Publishing by some of the best experts on scholarly communication in the western hemisphere Europe Asia and Africa. These authors analyze in depth the diverse and exciting challenges and opportunities scholars universities and publishers face in what is a period of unusual turbulence in scholarly publishing.The topics given attention include: copyrights the transformation of scholarly publishing from a print format to a digital one open access scholarly publishing in emerging nations problems confronting journals and information on how certain academic disciplines are coping with the transformation of scholarly publishing. This book is a must read for anyone interested in the scholarly publishing industry's past its current focus or future plans and developments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538856

The State of StateInvisible Hands in Politics and Civil Society One of the most astonishing features of social economic and political life is that large-scale patterns structures and behavioral regularities sometimes develop without anyone intentionally planning their occurrence or without anyone deliberately working to bring them about. They evolve as a specific kind of unintended consequence of human action. They are the result of invisible hands. Building on Adam Smith's classic concept of "the invisible hand " this study presents a general approach based on the theory of games and evolutionary theory to explain such large-scale unintended consequences within markets communities and the state.</p> This analysis by Nils Karlson is further used to explain the growth of the modern "welfare" state. It shows how an unconstrained democratic state through two distinct invisible-hand processes the logic of conceit and the logic of opportunism may develop into a "equilibrium" state "The State of State." His work moves classic political economy into the world of political sociology.</p> A normative contractual model is presented and the relative desirability of the state markets and communities is discussed. A major conclusion is that it is a choice between imperfect alternatives involving decisions about more or less rather than absolute judgments of an either/or variety. It is nevertheless suggested that society ought to be radically depoliticized and that constitutional constraints should be introduced in the universe of policy-making. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351320566

The State Of The Alliance 19861987North Atlantic Assembly Reports Originally published in 1987. Leaders of NATO countries are continually faced with the need for highly accurate information on complex issues such as arms control nuclear strategy electronic warfare ABM compliance SDI terrorism economic cooperation East-West relations and diverging public opinion. To provide ongoing analysis of these issues the North Atlantic Assembly conducts extensive research fact-finding missions and interviews with high-level government experts. Committees then analyze the data and meet annually to present the results. The studies in this volume which were presented to the 1986 annual session of NATO legislators focus on the state of the Alliance. This collection provides a comprehensive evaluation of political developments within the Alliance probes fundamental controversies underlying Alliance security and sheds light on the aggregate of concerns surrounding the direction of arms control negotiations and the state of NATO's nuclear strategy. The book includes an appendix containing the policy recommendations that the Assembly has adopted and forwarded to the secretary general of NATO and heads of Alliance governments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296322

The State of the American EmpireHow the USA Shapes the World As the USA's domination of world affairs meets ever-widening international resentment this revealing interrogation of America's global footprint explores the complexities of its impact on the world. Covering a wide range of topics - from Wall Street to the War on Terror - The State of the American Empire traces the USA's attempts to balance national interest and global responsibility. It measures America's true effect on world trade and security locates sites of resistance and levels of antagonism and looking ahead considers the sustainability of its imperial role. With full-colour maps and graphics this is an essential resource for understanding America's power around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471788

The State of the Art in Intrusion Prevention and Detection The State of the Art in Intrusion Prevention and Detection analyzes the latest trends and issues surrounding intrusion detection systems in computer networks especially in communications networks. Its broad scope of coverage includes wired wireless and mobile networks; next-generation converged networks; and intrusion in social networks.Presenting cutting-edge research the book presents novel schemes for intrusion detection and prevention. It discusses tracing back mobile attackers secure routing with intrusion prevention anomaly detection and AI-based techniques. It also includes information on physical intrusion in wired and wireless networks and agent-based intrusion surveillance detection and prevention. The book contains 19 chapters written by experts from 12 different countries that provide a truly global perspective.The text begins by examining traffic analysis and management for intrusion detection systems. It explores honeypots honeynets network traffic analysis and the basics of outlier detection. It talks about different kinds of IDSs for different infrastructures and considers new and emerging technologies such as smart grids cyber physical systems cloud computing and hardware techniques for high performance intrusion detection.The book covers artificial intelligence-related intrusion detection techniques and explores intrusion tackling mechanisms for various wireless systems and networks including wireless sensor networks WiFi and wireless automation systems. Containing some chapters written in a tutorial style this book is an ideal reference for graduate students professionals and researchers working in the field of computer and network security. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138033986

The State of the Art in Small Business and Entrepreneurship Published in 1998. This text is designed as not only a summary of a number of years of reflections by many different researchers but also a guide for future research and for continuing development of a theory of small business and its environment; a theory that will apply to small businesses everywhere and that will help them become what they hope to be in the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138367128

The State of the FieldIdeologies Identities and Initiatives The study of association football has recently emerged as vibrant field of inquiry attracting scholars worldwide from a variety of disciplinary backgrounds. "Soccer As the Beautiful Game: Football’s Artistry Identity and Politics " held at Hofstra University in April 2014 gathered together scholars media management and fans in the largest ever conference dedicated to the game in North America. This collection of essays provides a comprehensive view of the academic perspectives on offer at the conference itself a snapshot of the state of this increasingly rich scholarly terrain. The diversity of approaches range from theory to pedagogy to historical and sociological engagements with the game at all levels from the grassroots to the grand spectacle of the World Cup while the international roster of authors is testimony to the game’s global reach. This collection of essays therefore offers a state of the field for soccer studies and a road map for further exploration. The chapters originally published as a special issue in Soccer & Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892432

The State of the History of EconomicsProceedings of the History of Economics Society This collection explores emerging areas in the history of economics and provides a valuable insight into contemporary research in the field. The papers focus on four areas:* Science and Economics. Authors investigate how science is perceived and how its history is related details early history of probability and examine 'cyberpunk' - a science fiction genre that draws heavily on modern economic ideas* David Ricardo's contribution to international trade theory. Texts by David Ricardo are re-examined to provide a framework for a more consistent and coherent interpretation of Ricardo and to demonstrate how history of economic thought approaches can be applied to the treatment of current theory and policy concerns* The contributions of individual economists including Joseph A. Schumpeter Werner Sombart and John Maynard Keynes and a comparison of Hicks' and Lindahl's views on monetary stability* Economics and events before Adam Smith. An investigation into English policies toward Ireland at the time of Cromwell's occupation is followed by explorations of the ideas of Vincent de Gourney and debates in French economic journals in the period 1750-1770. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880900

The State of the JewsA Critical Appraisal The State of the Jews examines the current predicament of the Jewish people and the land of Israel both of which still stand at the storm center of history because Jews can never take the right to live as a natural right.The volume comprises celebrations and attacks. Edward Alexander celebrates writers like Abba Kovner Cynthia Ozick Ruth Wisse and Hillel Halkin who recognized in the foundation of Israel shortly after the destruction of European Jewry one of the few redeeming events in a century of blood and shame. He attacks Israel's external enemies busy planners of boycotts brazen advocates of politicide professorial apologists for suicide bombing and also its internal enemies. These are "anti-Zionist" Jews devotees of lost causes willfully blind to the fact that Israel's creation was an event of biblical magnitude. Indifference to Jewish survival during World War II was the admitted moral failure of earlier American-Jewish intellectuals but today's "progressives" and "New Diasporists" call indifference virtue and mistake cowardice for courage.Because the new anti-Semitism tightening the noose around Israel's throat emanates mainly from liberals Alexander analyzes both antisemitic and philosemitic strains in three prominent Victorian liberals: Thomas Arnold his son Matthew and John Stuart Mill. The main body of Alexander's book is divided generically into history politics and literature. At a deeper level its chapters are integrated by the book's pervasive concern: the interconnectedness between the state of Israel and the spiritual state of contemporary Jewry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138516977

The State of the Prisons - 200 Years On In 1777 John Howard wrote The State of the Prisons in England and Wales with Preliminary Observations and an Account of Some Foreign Prisons. Two centuries later this extraordinary document commemorates his achievements in campaigning for reform. In the spirit of Howard himself the Howard League for Penal Reform have compiled detailed observations of prisons from Sweden to South Africa and from India to Nicaragua. The result is a valuable resource which includes unique insights into previously undocumented prison regimes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867482

The State of the World Atlas Over 50 full-colour world maps and graphics break down hardcore statistics to provide a compelling analysis of all the political social economic and ecological nightmares that keep us awake at night. • The world's car population has grown five times as fast as the human population over the last 50 years. • Wal-Mart's sales revenue exceeds the GDP of 150 countries. • Climate change may put 2.7 billion at risk of armed conflict. • Germany generates more tourists than anywhere else. • Americans use 160 times more water than people in Rwanda. If you want to get behind the headlines and understand the world - from urbanization to globalization terrorism to tourism military spending to human rights - The State of the World Atlas is unmatched. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471764

The State of the World's Land and Water Resources for Food and AgricultureManaging Systems at Risk The State of the World's Land and Water Resources for Food and Agriculture is FAO's first flagship publication on the global status of land and water resources. It is an 'advocacy' report to be published every three to five years and targeted at senior level decision makers in agriculture as well as in other sectors. SOLAW is aimed at sensitizing its target audience on the status of land resources at global and regional levels and FAO's viewpoint on appropriate recommendations for policy formulation. SOLAW focuses on these key dimensions of analysis: (i) quantity quality of land and water resources (ii) the rate of use and sustainable management of these resources in the context of relevant socio-economic driving factors and concerns including food security and poverty and climate change. This is the first time that a global baseline status report on land and water resources has been made. It is based on several global spatial databases (e.g. land suitability for agriculture land use and management land and water degradation and depletion) for which FAO is the world-recognized data source. Topical and emerging issues on land and water are dealt with in an integrated rather than sectoral manner. The implications of the status and trends are used to advocate remedial interventions which are tailored to major farming systems within different geographic regions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849713276

The State Of The World's ParksAn International Assessment For Resource Management Policy And Research There are currently more than one thousand national parks around the world from Yellowstone in the United States to Darmitor National Park in Yugoslavia. Many of these parks are threatened by poaching development pollution overuse and a host of other problems. The State of the World's Parks is the first systematic international study of the pressures these special places face. The book examines two questions– "what are the threats to national parks worldwide and what can be done about them? The authors borrow from the disciplines of ecology anthropology and sociology as well as from the applied fields of wildlife management park management and environmental science. Their arguments are based on data collected from a survey of 135 parks in more than fifty countries; the voices of park managers conservation officers and game wardens are heard throughout the book. Recommendations some controversial are made for resource management policy and research. The State of the World's Parks is important reading for conservationists park managers policymakers scientists and citizens interested in national parks and their future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367311803

The State of Working America1992-93 Drawing on a variety of data on family incomes taxes wages employment wealth health care and poverty this text provides a portrait of the living standards of Americans in the mid-1990s. It contains up-to-date data from the US Census. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315287935

The State of Working America1994-95 "A comprehensive statistical portrait of the standard of living of working Americans. ... A very interesting and useful book. It presents a wealth of statistical information in a very accessible manner". -- Journal of Economic Issues Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315286532

The State of Working America1996-97 The State of Working America 1996-97 presents a statistical portrait of the standard of living of America's working families based on the most recent data available. By thoroughly analyzing areas such as family income taxes wages jobs wealth and poverty Mishel Bernstein and Schmitt show how the current economy is reflected in the lives of American workers. The new edition will update all statistical data and add a chapter on regional differences. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315293615

The State: Historical and Political Dimensions Drawing on current debates on secessions within the United Kingdom this book analyses the British State today and looks at its place in the future. Featuring original contributions from a variety of disciplines this study tackles the problem of defining and studying the state and looks at the role the nation-state has played as the basic political unit in Europe and throughout the world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203050637

The State–Capital Nexus in the Global CrisisRebound of the Capitalist State In the wake of the outbreak of the global crisis in 2008 many observers expected the state to assume command over a faltering neoliberal finance-led model of capitalism. We now know that this expectation was by and large mistaken. There is indeed an ongoing re-calibration of the state-capital relations but in many instances the state has become more actively and more deeply involved in extending the reach of markets rather than in constraining markets in the interests of an equitable response to the crisis. This volume offers both theoretical perspectives and empirical studies by a selection of leading Critical International Political Economy scholars on the question how and to what extent we are witnessing a return of the state and a transition towards a new phase of global capitalism. The chapters cover a wide array of topics: from the rise of China and other emerging economies of the Global South the role of state-owned enterprises such as Sovereign Wealth Funds and National Oil Companies and global environmental politics to the role of labour in Europe and US grand strategy / foreign policy making in the post-Cold War period. This book was published as a special issue of Globalizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377394

The Statecraft of Consensus Democracies in a Turbulent WorldA Comparative Study of Austria Belgium Luxembourg the Netherlands and Switzerland Drawing on the work of Arend Lijphart this book focuses on consensus democracies. These democracies entail a complex set of democratic institutional and conventional arrangements and can be regarded as a product of path-dependent development towards a national culture of compromise and bargaining. Taking a multi-dimensional and multi-spatial approach this book examines the West central European consensus democracies of Austria Belgium Luxembourg Netherlands and Switzerland over the past 40 years. Magone examines how these democracies have been transformed by Europeanization thrusts and global turbulence yet are able to maintain political stability. It provides historical context including the different phases of transformation: the golden period (1945-1979); disorganised capitalism (1979-1993); and re-equilibration (1993-). It includes chapters on political culture government parliament the rise of populism and political parties subnational government and the political economy and concludes deliberating on the relevance of consensus democracies’ experiences for the future of European and global governance. Based on original research this book will be of strong interest to students and scholars of comparative politics European government West European politics the politics of small states in Europe and those with a particular interest in the politics of Austria Belgium the Netherlands Luxembourg and Switzerland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138361942

The Stated Preference Approach to Environmental Valuation Volumes I II and IIIVolume I: Foundations Initial Development Statistical Appr There is a truly enormous literature on using stated preference information to place a monetary value on environmental amenities. This three volume set provides the key papers for understanding the historical development of contingent valuation its theoretical and statistical foundations and the major controversies. It also contains representative papers covering all of the major application areas in environmental valuation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236940

The State-Democracy NexusConceptual Distinctions Theoretical Perspectives and Comparative Approaches The great dilemma of democracy revolves around the state. Historically the state has played a crucial role as enforcer of liberal democratic constitutions but it has also been used by autocratic rulers to entrench their rule. The state is thus a two-edged sword: It can both be the guarantee of democratic rights and a tool that can be used to suppress such rights. One corollary of this is that the influence of state structures on democratic development depends on who holds government power. But the opposite observation can also be made as governments play an important role in shaping the state apparatus. The state and the regime are thus intertwined. Against this backdrop this book presents a series of attempts – authored by influential experts such as Francis Fukuyama and Gerardo Munck – to disentangle the relationship between the state and political regimes. The contributions differ in terms of their particular theoretical and empirical focus. But they share the assumption that three criteria need to be observed to achieve a better understanding of the state-democracy nexus. First it is valuable to distinguish conceptually between different aspects of the state. Second the potential relationships between democracy and these attributes of state should be carefully theorized. Third the consequent propositions must be interrogated using comparative approaches. This book was originally published as a special issue of Democratization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138502529

The StateIts History and Development Viewed Sociologically The State represents the epitome of Franz Oppenheimer's thinking. It integrates political and historical philosophy on the one hand with economic philosophy on the other. Oppenheimer believed the future progress of nations would be in the direction of liberal socialism. He foresaw a society free from all monopolistic tendencies through unfettered competition.According to Oppenheimer competition is restrained by a powerful class monopoly created not through economic differentiation but through political power. This class monopoly stands between the masses and the land. The laboring class is subject to the will of the upper classes because it does not control the means of production necessary to work in its own interest. Oppenheimer asserts that the right to hold more land than one can properly work through his own efforts and the efforts of his family cannot exist without political control and is the single most important explanation for the formation of monopolies in human society. He proves his theory in an original analysis.Paul Gottfried writes in the new introduction that The State sums up and illustrates Oppenheimer's general theory of the origin development and expected transformation of the state central political institution of the modern world. Much of Oppenheimer's work embodies the same independent spirit reflected in his way of life. The State provides a wealth of information for economists political theorists and sociologists.Franz Oppenheimer was professor of economics and sociology at the University of Frankfurt in Germany until he retired in 1929. In 1933 he was forced to flee the Nazi regime and eventually came to the United States where he died in 1943.Paul Gottfried is professor of political science at Elizabethtown College in Pennsylvania. He is the author of The Search for Historical Meaning; Carl Schmitt: Politics and Theory; Conservative Millenarians: The Romantic Experience in Bavaria; and After Liberalism (forthcoming from Princeton University Press). He is general editor of Religion and Public Life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538788

The Static and Dynamic Continuum Theory of Liquid CrystalsA Mathematical Introduction Given the widespread interest in macroscopic phenomena in liquid crystals stemming from their applications in displays and devices. The need has arisen for a rigorous yet accessible text suitable for graduate students whatever their scientific background. This book satisfies that need.The approach taken in this text is to introduce the basic continuum theory for nematic liquid crystals in equilibria then it proceeds to simple application of this theory- in particular there is a discussion of electrical and magnetic field effects which give rise to Freedericksz transitions which are important in devices. This is followed by an account of dynamic theory and elementary viscometry of nemantics Discussions of backflow and flow-induced instabilities are also included. Smetic theory is also briefly introduced and summarised with some examples of equilibrium solutions as well as those with dynamic effects. A number of mathematical techniques such as Cartesian tensors and some variational calculus are presented in the appendices. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315272580

The Stationary Economy J. E. Meade is among the most distinguished of contemporary economists noted for his contributions to economic theory and policy. This volume presents a series of models of economic systems each built on greatly simplified assumptions about human motives technology and social institutions and undertakes in each case a series of exercises to examine the links of causal relationship in each case.This systematic treatment of the whole field of economic analysis on these lines is a rigorous and elegant non-mathematical statement of the basic principles and problems of contemporary economic theory. The volume is based on models of systems in which there are no capital goods and in which consumer's tastes technical knowledge and the size and composition of the population are static.This sophisticated restatement of the fundamentals of economic theory also deals with the basic methodological problems of economic analysis. Given the complexity of variables inherent in all economic systems how is the economist to proceed in dealing with a particular set of interrelated problems? And further how can the economist be confident that the verdict is more likely to be right than wrong? Meade considers these and other questions in a book important not only to professional economists and their students but also to those more generally interested in economic policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138524712

The Stationary Economy (Routledge Revivals)Principles of Political Economy Volume I First published in 1965 this is a reissue of the first volume in Professor Meade’s highly influential Principles of Political Economy which aimed to provide an overview of economic analysis in light of contemporary developments in the subject. This volume is based on models of economic systems in which conditions are such as to make possible a state of perfect competition in which there are no capital goods in which consumers’ tastes technical knowledge and the size and composition of the goods are static. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415621748

The Statistical Analysis of Multivariate Failure Time DataA Marginal Modeling Approach The Statistical Analysis of Multivariate Failure Time Data: A Marginal Modeling Approach provides an innovative look at methods for the analysis of correlated failure times. The focus is on the use of marginal single and marginal double failure hazard rate estimators for the extraction of regression information. For example in a context of randomized trial or cohort studies the results go beyond that obtained by analyzing each failure time outcome in a univariate fashion. The book is addressed to researchers practitioners and graduate students and can be used as a reference or as a graduate course text. Much of the literature on the analysis of censored correlated failure time data uses frailty or copula models to allow for residual dependencies among failure times given covariates. In contrast this book provides a detailed account of recently developed methods for the simultaneous estimation of marginal single and dual outcome hazard rate regression parameters with emphasis on multiplicative (Cox) models. Illustrations are provided of the utility of these methods using Women’s Health Initiative randomized controlled trial data of menopausal hormones and of a low-fat dietary pattern intervention. As byproducts these methods provide flexible semiparametric estimators of pairwise bivariate survivor functions at specified covariate histories as well as semiparametric estimators of cross ratio and concordance functions given covariates. The presentation also describes how these innovative methods may extend to handle issues of dependent censorship missing and mismeasured covariates and joint modeling of failure times and covariates setting the stage for additional theoretical and applied developments. This book extends and continues the style of the classic Statistical Analysis of Failure Time Data by Kalbfleisch and Prentice.Ross L. Prentice is Professor of Biostatistics at the Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center and University of Washington in Seattle Washington. He is the recipient of COPSS Presidents and Fisher awards the AACR Epidemiology/Prevention and Team Science awards and is a member of the National Academy of Medicine.Shanshan Zhao is a Principal Investigator at the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences in Research Triangle Park North Carolina. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367729554

The Statistical Method in Economics and Political ScienceA Treatise on the Quantitative and Institutional Approach to Social and Industrial Problems Originally published in 1929. This balanced combination of fieldwork statistical measurement and realistic applications shows a synthesis of economics and political science in a conception of an organic relationship between the two sciences that involves functional analysis institutional interpretation and a more workmanlike approach to questions of organization such as division of labour and the control of industry. The treatise applies the test of fact through statistical analysis to economic and political theories for the quantitative and institutional approach in solving social and industrial problems. It constructs a framework of concepts combining both economic and political theory to systematically produce an original statement in general terms of the principles and methods for statistical fieldwork. The separation into Parts allows selective reading for the methods of statistical measurement; the principles and fallacies of applying these measures to economic and political fields; and the resultant construction of a statistical economics and politics. Basic statistical concepts are described for application with each method of statistical measurement illustrated with instances relevant to the economic and political theory discussed and a statistical glossary is included. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815354253

The Status of Everyday Life (Routledge Revivals)A Sociological Excavation of the Prevailing Framework of Perception First published in 1985 this reissue indicates the extent to which our basic perceptual structure is bound to and limited by a particular underlying perceptual patterning. Fiona Mackie reaches deeper even than the Habermasian approach to rationality by tracing an underlying structuring of perception not addressed by psychoanalysis. She moves beyond phenomenology by reactivating what she terms 'memory glows' which encapsulates a primordial mode of experiencing and shows how the form of language and thinking changes to express that reversal which she sees as crucial in our contemporary crisis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415615235

The Status Of Gibraltar Two aphorisms are often stated about Gibraltar: first that it was a possession that "Spain did not value until she had lost it"; and second since the day it became a British possession "Gibraltar has been a thorn in the side of Spain." Except for a few relatively short periods the Gibraltar issue has adversely affected Anglo-Spanish relations during the almost 275 years of British ownership. To date negotiations under the aegis of the United Nations have proven unfruitful. Spain demands that complete sovereignty be returned. Great Britain declines to take any such action without the consent of the inhabitants. Despite a referendum in which the Gibraltarians voted overwhelmingly to retain links with Great Britain the Special Committee of the U.N. General Assembly continues to strongly support the Spanish claim. What effect Spain's entry into NATO will have remains to be seen. This book examines the historical background and present status of the dispute making extensive use of documents not previously analyzed in depth. Dr. Levie describes the events leading up to the Treaty of Utrecht provides a detailed analysis of the treaty itself and traces the origins of its various interpretations. He discusses how the British unintentionally or otherwise have violated its provisions and how the Spanish have attempted to retaliate. The book concludes with a discussion of how the Gibraltar issue has beeen handled in the U.N. to the present day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296360

The Status of the Family in Law and BioethicsThe Genetic Context Where do a doctor's responsibilities lie in communicating diagnostic and predictive genetic information to a patient's family members? On the one hand a patient may wish to retain confidentiality while the relatives seek information; on the other a patient may wish to share the information while the relatives would rather not know. This volume investigates the doctor's professional legal and ethical obligations in the context of these two familial tensions. The examination is conducted within the liberal-communitarian debate whereby the two philosophies hold different perceptions of the individual and the relationship he or she has with others. Within this theoretical framework the book examines the approach taken by English medical law and ethics to the communication of genetic information to family members. Legally the focus is on tort law and the law of confidentiality. Ethically it concentrates on the approach taken by the bioethical literature and more specifically by codes of ethics and professional guidelines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398288

The Status of WomenViolence Identity and Activism This book examines the status of women in different eras and in different areas of society. The contributors draw on their international experience to consider how women are viewed and treated in society today and offer perspectives on why the status of women and girls has not changed in some areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203056

The Steadicam® Operator's Handbook Both informational and inspirational THE STEADICAM® OPERATOR'S HANDBOOK is the number one comprehensive guide to becoming a successful owner and operator of the Steadicam. Packed with interviews and instruction by the world’s premier Steadicam professionals this book will get you up and running with your rig in no time. You will learn a wide range of practices for the Steadicam including the physics and balancing through a series of step-by-step line dances and practice shots to the most personal aspects of filmmaking—how individual operators make creative and practical decisions using this unique camera support system. You will also learn the business side of a Steadicam career from buying your best rig to negotiating deals with producers and unit production managers. Also included are observations and anecdotes—inspirational funny instructive and cautionary—written by a number of other experienced Steadicam operators around the world including the legendary inventor of the Steadicam himself Garrett Brown. THE STEADICAM® OPERATOR'S HANDBOOK is both a master class and a master reference for all camera operators and directors who want to move the camera well. Updated movie examples and ample coverage of new technologies and accessories including Garrett Brown's new invention The Tango® and using a Steadicam for filming 3D Offers a complete course in itself: whether you’re a novice or experienced Steadicam operator you can use this book to build your skill set and move forward in your career Companion website (available here at www.steadicamoperatorhandbook.com) provides exclusive video instruction and interviews from Steadicam pros Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240823805

The Steamboat Phoenix and the Archaeology of Early Steam Navigation in North America The Steamboat Phoenix and the Archaeology of Early Steam Navigation in North America offers an in-depth exploration of the archaeological and cultural aspects of early American steamboat development. It also tells the story of Phoenix the second steamer to operate on Lake Champlain and the world’s earliest archaeologically studied steamboat wreck. In doing so this book provides a unique insight into early perceptions of steam navigation including both the wonder and fear elicited by the comfort and efficiency they promised and the hazards with which they came to be associated. The advent of steam navigation contributed significantly to the economic transformation of early America facilitating trade through the transportation of goods along the country’s lakes rivers and canals. Despite their significant role however few details on the construction and operation of early steamboats have survived in historical documents. This book helps address this gap by examining the archaeological record. Using Phoenix as a case study and comparing it with the archaeological remains of other contemporary steamers this book offers a detailed and extensive insight into the development of early steam propulsion and of steamboat culture in America as well as a look at what life was like on board through the analysis of recovered artifacts and contemporary accounts. With over 90 illustrations including a reconstruction of the steamboat The Steamboat Phoenix and the Archaeology of Early Steam Navigation in North America is ideal for archaeologists and maritime historians but also for those with a general interest in American maritime history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629582474

The STEM Coaching HandbookWorking with Teachers to Improve Instruction Learn how to promote STEM integration in your school district and increase student achievement. In this helpful easy-to-read book author Terry Talley sheds light on the key responsibilities and accountabilities of a successful STEM coach and offers a wealth of practical advice for those new to the position and for those who want to refine their skills. You’ll discover how to… Build positive working relationships with teachers and faculty Organize professional development opportunities such as PLCs and book study groups Develop hands-on instructional strategies based off the needs of your students and the strengths of your staff Promote technological and scientific literacy to prepare students for success in the 21st Century Enhance student engagement using project-based learning and growth-based assessment models Designed to be read either as a step-by-step guide or as a reference The STEM Coaching Handbook is loaded with insights and accounts from experienced STEM educators across the country. No matter your level of expertise these tips will help you make your district’s STEM program more effective for all students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138651036

The Step-by-Step Guide to Sustainability PlanningHow to Create and Implement Sustainability Plans in Any Business or Organization Sustainability is now the greatest business imperative yet how do you actually develop and implement a sustainability plan if you aren‘t an expert? From the authors of the award-winning handbook The Business Guide to Sustainability comes this highly practical guide to designing and implementing a customized sustainability plan in any business organization or government department of any type and scale. This step-by-step guide explains how to create a sustainability plan and sustainability report. Each chapter has two vital sections. The first contains background reading tips and case examples to help you be successful. The second presents a set of methods each with step-by-step instructions and a selection matrix to help choose the best methods. The book also contains sample worksheets and exercise materials that can be copied for organization-wide use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138132351

The Stepfamily PuzzleIntergenerational Influences Do stepfamilies experience greater levels of stressors than first families? Do they also experience more negative manifestations of stress? Find the latest research on these questions and more in this groundbreaking exploration of the complex factors and dynamics that make up stepfamilies. The Stepfamily Puzzle fills a gap in research that has not kept pace with the rapid growth of interest in this subject. It sets some of the pieces of the stepfamily puzzle into an intergenerational framework that includes the roles of grandparents parent-child interactions the struggles to define boundaries and achieve marital intimacy and the underlying effects of financial support on stepfamily well-being. The Stepfamily Puzzle compares the effects of stress in stepfamilies and conditions in other families and reveals that the differences between the two types of families may not be as dramatic as long assumed. It also examines in-depth the emotional and financial stressors that impact stepfamilies and how this stress is exhibited in family relationships. Other groundbreaking research presented in this book includes: the closeness of relationships between children and grandparents in stepfamilies as compared to children and grandparents in first families effects of ongoing attachment to the former spouse on post-divorce relationships stepsibling subsystems a comparison of self-esteem and behavior problems of stepchildren and children in other family structures social support received by children in stepmother stepfather and intact families quality of stepfather-adolescent relationships effect of child support on stepfamily satisfactionTherapists attorneys and those interested in the numerous therapeutic and psychoeducational programs self-help groups and trade literature available on stepfamily relationships will find The Stepfamily Puzzle a valuable introduction to current research in this area. By presenting the complex variables that interact within stepfamilies this book helps professionals understand the dynamics behind stepfamily relationships so they can provide effective support and care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990043

The Sterling-Dollar-Franc Tangle (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1933 the original purpose of this book was to draw attention to the international aspects of monetary policy and to put forward the case for international co-operation in the monetary sphere. Paul Einzig highlights the negative impact that a lack of international spirit in monetary policy can have and promotes an increased understanding amongst nations. He discusses the failure of the Monetary and Economic Conference of June-July 1933 and expresses his belief that the monetary crisis of the time would be solved if not through an agreement then through the inevitable inflationary effect of the increasing economic difficulties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415819350

The Stern GangIdeology Politics and Terror 1940-1949 This study of "The Stern Gang" attempts to demythologize the image of this extremist Zionist underground group. The book analyzes the party's split from the Irgun Zvai Leumi (National Military Organization) and its attempts to synthesize the politics and ideals of the right and left. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138982949

The Stigmatization of Conspiracy Theory since the 1950s"A Plot to Make us Look Foolish" Are conspiracy theories everywhere and is everyone a conspiracy theorist? This ground-breaking study challenges some of the widely shared assessments in the scholarship about a perceived mainstreaming of conspiracy theory. It claims that conspiracy theory underwent a significant shift in status in the mid-20th century and has since then become highly visible as an object of concern in public debates. Providing an in-depth analysis of academic and media discourses Katharina Thalmann is the first scholar to systematically trace the history and process of the delegitimization of conspiracy theory. By reading a wide range of conspiracist accounts about three central events in American history from the 1950s to 1970s – the Great Red Scare the Kennedy assassination and the Watergate scandal – Thalmann shows that a veritable conspiracist subculture emerged in the 1970s as conspiracy theories were pushed out of the legitimate marketplace of ideas and conspiracy theory became a commodity not unlike pornography: alluring in its illegitimacy commonsensical and highly profitable. This will be of interest to scholars and researchers interested in American history culture and subcultures as well of course to those fascinated by conspiracies.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138346819

The Still Small VoicePsychoanalytic Reflections on Guilt and Conscience Whereas Freud himself viewed conscience as one of the functions of the superego in The Still Small Voice: Psychoanalytic Reflections on Guilt and Conscience the author argues that superego and conscience are distinct mental functions and that therefore a fourth mental structure the conscience needs to be added to the psychoanalytic structural theory of the mind. He claims that while both conscience and superego originate in the so-called pre-oedipal phase of infant and child development they are comprised of contrasting and often conflicting identifications. The primary object still most often the mother is inevitably experienced as on the one hand nurturing and soothing and on the other as frustrating and persecuting. Conscience is formed in identification with the nurturer; the superego in identification with the aggressor. There is a principle of reciprocity at work in the human psyche: for love received one seeks to return love; for hate hate (the talion law). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491684

The Stock Exchange The Stock Exchange has been described as the mart of the world; as the nerve-centre of the politics and finances of nations; as the barometer of their prosperity and adversity; and as the bottomless pit of London worse than all the hells. This book first published in 1904 examines the London Stock Exchange in its purest sense as the market for stocks and shares. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138057432

The Stock Exchange and Investment Analysis Originally published in 1973 Stock Exchange and Investment Analysis provides a detailed description of the London Stock Exchange and outlines both the principles and practice of finance investment and investment analysis. Split into four sections the book provides critical analysis of the Stock Exchange and its functions and the securities available to investors. It also addresses the latest developments in the field of investments and provides a detailed discussion on taxation and portfolio analysis. This book will be of interest to academics working in the field of finance and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138554771

The Stockholm School and the Development of Dynamic Method This book first published in 1982 provides a thorough analysis of the Stockholm School’s contribution to the development of dynamic methods. It examines the work of such key figures as Myrdal Lundberg and Lindahl and provides new insights on their work. It discusses the connections between the Stockholm School and Keynesian revolution and shows how the Stockholm School were the precursors of many contemporary ideas. This title will be of interest to students of economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138230224

The Stoics on Determinism and Compatibilism The Stoics on Determinism and Compatibilism is an important book which reconstructs the arguments deployed by the Stoics in favour of the view that everything is necessary and examines the development of the different arguments given by the Stoics that this is compatible with moral responsibility and desert. The book carefully distinguishes two separate theses in Stoic theory that everything that happens and is the case has a cause and that causation is necessitating. The book also provides a new reconstruction of Stoic compatibilism distinguishing four different compatibilist theories. Salles has written a book which is non-technical in it's approach and which assesses the Stoic positions on determinism compatibilism freedom and responsibility in the light of the modern debate on this issue. Covering not just the ancient debates and thinkers such as Epictetus and Chrysippus but also examining the compatibilist views of the major modern theorist Harry Frankfurt finding indications of his main intuitions already present in the Stoic arguments and tackling the positions of Suzanne Bobzien. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278011

The Stone Lion and Other Chinese Detective StoriesWisdom of Lord Bau Presents ten tales featuring Lord Bau a wise judge who was a champion of righteousness and protector of the weak against the powerful. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315490731

The Stonehenge PeopleAn Exploration of Life in Neolithic Britain 4700-2000 BC First published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173057

The Stories of the Ramayana and the Mahabharata First published in 1900 this volume reproduces the key events of the Ramayana and Mahabharata Indian epics. It emerged amongst significant academic interest in Indian culture and literature. Whilst many Indian histories had provided abstracts and full texts of the two epics presented here this book provided reproductions of the main incidents and striking features of these two otherwise imposing lengthy works. The volume deals with each text separately and presents several key excerpts along with a general introduction and introductory remarks for both texts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429452116

The Stories We Tell OurselvesMentalizing Tales of Dating and Marriage The Stories We Tell Ourselves: Mentalizing Tales of Dating and Marriage is about the dynamics of intimate interpersonal relationships (dating and marriage) - how and why human pairings occur what helps them function optimally and how therapists can intervene when they don't. J. Mark Thompson and Richard Tuch employ a multidimensional perspective that provides a variety of "lenses" through which intimate relationships can be viewed. The authors also offer a new model of couples therapy based on the mentalization model of treatment developed by Peter Fonagy and his colleagues. This book is aimed at those interested in the nature of intimate relationships as well as those wishing to expand their clinical skills whether they are conducting one-on-one therapy with individuals struggling to establish and maintain intimate relations or are conducting conjoint treatment with troubled couples who have sought the therapist's assistance. Thompson and Tuch view relationships from a wide array of different perspectives: mentalization attachment theory evolutionary psychology psychoanalysis pattern recognition (neuroscience) and role theory. A mentalization based approach to couples therapy is clearly explained in a "how to" fashion with concrete suggestions about how the therapist goes about clinically intervening given their expanded understanding of the dynamics of intimate relations outlined in the book. The Stories We Tell Ourselves: Mentalizing Tales of Dating and Marriage will appeal to psychoanalysts psychotherapists psychiatrists psychologists clinical social workers marriage therapists and all those interested in both learning more about the dynamics of one-on-one intimate relationships (dating and marriage) from a truly multidimensional perspective and in learning how to conduct mentalization-based couples therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415635608

The Storm and Storybook ManualFor Children Growing Through Parents' Separation This beautifully illustrated and sensitive storybook is designed to be used therapeutically by professionals and caregivers supporting children with a parent who is suffering from depression. With engaging gentle and colourful illustrations that can be used to prompt conversation it tells the story of a girl who is helped to feel less isolated from her parents’ depression. In this bundle it is accompanied by the Storybook Manual a resource that has been designed to support practitioners and caregivers with practical and creative ideas on how to use illustrated storybooks therapeutically with children. Key features include: An inviting and sensitively written fairy tale with a story and illustrations that have been specifically designed to be used with children going through difficult life-events A supporting manual that offers a range of prompts ideas and activities to encourage children’s imagination and creativity develop confidence and emotional literacy as well as deepen engagement and understanding of storybooks. Downloadable worksheets to support the story and explore specific themes further This is an invaluable resource for all professionals looking to use stories and images therapeutically with children with a parent suffering from depression. The resources can also be adapted for wider use with siblings and other family members. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367689360

The StormFor Children Growing Through Parents' Separation This beautifully illustrated and sensitive storybook is designed to be used therapeutically by professionals and caregivers supporting children whose parents are going through a separation. With engaging and colourful illustrations that can be used to prompt conversation it tells the story of a brother and sister who are helped to come to terms with the new changing shape of their family. This book is also available to buy as part of the Therapeutic Fairy Tales pack. Therapeutic Fairy Tales is a series of short modern tales dedicated to exploring challenging situations that might be faced by young children. Each short story is designed to be used by professionals and parents as they use stories therapeutically to support children’s mental and emotional health. Other books in the series include: Storybook Manual: Introduction To Working With Storybooks Therapeutically And Creatively The Night Crossing: A Lullaby For Children On Life’s Last Journey The Island: For Children With A Parent Living With Depression Designed to be used with children aged 7+ each story has an accompanying online resource offering therapeutic prompts and creative exercises to support the practitioner. These can also be adapted for wider use with siblings and other family members. The Storm – part of the Therapeutic Fairy Tales series – is born out of a creative collaboration between Pia Jones and Sarah Pimenta. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367491963

The Story Maker Motivator The Story Maker Motivator is an inspiring resource for educators and anyone else aiming to help secondary school pupils write and think creatively. Based on tried and tested activities and approaches first presented in the authors' award-winning book for primary schools this is a unique collection of classroom materials. "If I was Head of English I would definitely use it. It is packed with ideas there are so many lessons a teacher could get out of it. It is different from anything I have seen." Roger Mason retired Head Teacher of Backwell Secondary School Bristol. Topics covered include narrative planning beginnings cliffhangers suspense hooks endings objects characters feelings settings speech and sound descriptive story elements and thesauruses. Other key features include: - a mixture of photos illustrations and scenarios to inspire creativity; - sample plans to help you devise stimulating lessons; - a CD ROM containing printable versions of activities and lesson plans. Suitable for English teachers student teachers EFL teachers special needs teachers learning support teachers and parents working at home with their children this wide-ranging resource provides a unique approach to broadening writing and thinking skills. You may also be interested in the award-winning book for primary schools by the same author: The Story Maker. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863886683

The Story MakerHelping 4 – 11 Year Olds to Write Creatively The Story Maker is an innovative manual designed to help children aged 4-11 write creatively. Packed with original colour illustrations the book is full of handy tips and guidance that will inspire children of all abilities to write their own stories and broaden their vocabulary. Each chapter focuses on a key element of story writing; for example story types settings characters feelings and time. The chapters contain writer’s tips and easy-to-implement suggestions as well as interactive activities designed to help children practise using new vocabulary. Introductory material on narrative planning explores story development and guides children to shape their own stories Key features include: a simple layout that will appeal to children photocopiable material that can easily be used in class a separate introduction for older children who can work alone an expanded section on narrative planning with new content on character setting plot conflict and resolution now in larger A4 format for ease of photocopying The updated third edition of this inspiring resource can be used by teachers and parents to develop children’s creative writing and help support National Curriculum Literacy objectives in Key Stages 1 and 2. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138480377

The Story of a Clinical Neuropsychologist From a disadvantaged childhood to becoming one of our best-loved clinical neuropsychologists this exceptional book tells the life story of Barbara A. Wilson who has changed the way we think about brain injury rehabilitation. Barbara’s story shows how it is possible to have a fulfilling career alongside a successful family life even when faced with the deepest of personal tragedies; the death of her adult daughter Sarah. Clinical and neuropsychologists will recognise Barbara’s influence on rehabilitation practice and her tireless aim to get what is best for people needing neuropsychological rehabilitation. It will inspire those with brain injury and their families who may struggle to make life meaningful as well as encourage readers to stick to their beliefs and triumph in the face of obstacles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367281175

The Story of a MarriageThe letters of Bronislaw Malinowski and Elsie Masson. Vol I 1916-20 First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878747

The Story of a MarriageThe letters of Bronislaw Malinowski and Elsie Masson. Vol II 1920-35 First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862050

The Story of a MarriageThe letters of Bronislaw Malinowski and Elsie Masson. Vol II 1920-35 Volume II begins with their arrival in England in April 1920 and Malinowski's lectures on Trobriand Economics at the London School of Economics and goes on to detail their lives together and apart until Elsie's death in 1935. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138164758

The Story of an Epoch Making Movement Published in 1926: The author tells the story of the Consumers’ League from the genesis of the idea through the days of its development to its present days of power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367194789

The Story of Analytic PhilosophyPlot and Heroes This unique collection looks at analytic philosophy in its historical context. Prominent philosophers discuss key figures including Russell and Wittgenstein methods and results in analytic philosophy to present its story. This volume assesses the challenge posed by changing cultural and philosophical trends and movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415651981

The Story of Black Military Officers 1861-1948 This book makes a significant contribution to American military history and an important contribution to American social and political history. It provides the complete story of black men and women who served as commissioned officers during 1861–1948 in the United States armed forces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138957367

The Story of GarumFermented Fish Sauce and Salted Fish in the Ancient World The Story of Garum recounts the convoluted journey of that notorious Roman fish sauce known as garum from a smelly Greek fish paste to an expensive luxury at the heart of Roman cuisine and back to obscurity as the Roman empire declines. This book is a unique attempt to meld the very disparate disciplines of ancient history classical literature archaeology zooarchaeology experimental archaeology ethnographic studies and modern sciences to illuminate this little understood commodity. Currently Roman fish sauce has many identities depending on which discipline engages with it in what era and at what level. These identities are often contradictory and confused and as yet no one has attempted a holistic approach where fish sauce has been given centre stage. Roman fish sauce along with oil and wine formed a triad of commodities which dominated Mediterranean trade and while oil and wine can be understood fish sauce was until now a mystery. Students and specialists in the archaeology of ancient Mediterranean trade whether through amphora studies shipwrecks or zooarchaeology will find this invaluable. Scholars of ancient history and classics wishing to understand the nuances of Roman dining literature and the wider food history discipline will also benefit from this volume.      Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138284074

The Story of Industrial EngineeringThe Rise from Shop-Floor Management to Modern Digital Engineering Recipient of the 2020 IISE Institute of Industrial and Systems Engineers Joint Publishers Book-of-the-Year Award  Industrial engineering is the profession dedicated to making collective systems function better with less waste better quality and fewer resources to serve the needs of society more efficiently and more effectively. This book uses a story-telling approach to advocate and elaborate the fundamental principles of industrial engineering in a simple interesting and engaging format. It will stimulate interest in industrial engineering by exploring how the tools and techniques of the discipline can be relevant to a broad spectrum of applications in business industry engineering education government and the military. Features Covers the origin of industrial engineering Discusses the early pioneers and profiles the evolution of the profession Presents offshoot branches of industrial engineering Illustrates specific areas of performance measurement and human factors Links industrial engineering to the emergence of digital engineering Uses the author’s personal experience to illustrate his advocacy and interest in the profession Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138616745

The Story of Meriadoc King of Cambria Published in 1988: The Story of Meriadoc King of Cambria is about a prince of the kingdom of Cambria (pre-Saxon Wales) who after surviving an attempted assassination by his uncle fights as a young Knight in the cause of royal justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367195281

The Story of Modern Preventive Medicine (Routledge Revivals)Being a Continuation of the Evolution of Preventive Medicine First published in 1929 this book is a continuation of Arthur Newsholme’s Evolution of Preventive Medicine published in 1927 which was concerned with the possibilities in progress of prevention of disease up to the middle of the nineteenth century. The current volume focuses on the modern period and looks at the work of Louis Pasteur in particular. It provides a complete overview of the subject of preventive medicine at the time and should be used as the basis for more detailed study. The book will be useful to those in medical circles as well as historians interested in medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138908017

The Story of Nursing in British Mental HospitalsEchoes from the Corridors From their beginnings as the asylum attendants of the 19th century mental health nurses have come a long way. This comprehensive volume is the first book in over twenty years to explore the history of mental health nursing and during this period the landscape has transformed as the large institutions have been replaced by services in the community. McCrae and Nolan examine how the role of mental health nursing has evolved in a social and professional context brought to life by an abundance of anecdotal accounts. Moving from the early nineteenth to the end of the twentieth century the book’s nine chronologically-ordered chapters follow the development from untrained attendants in the pauper lunatic asylums to the professionally-qualified nurses of the twentieth century and finally consider the rundown and closure of the mental hospitals from nurses’ perspectives. Throughout the argument is made that whilst the training organisation and environment of mental health nursing has changed the aim has remained essentially the same: to develop a therapeutic relationship with people in distress. McCrae and Nolan look forward as well as back and highlight significant messages for the future of mental health care. For mental health nursing to be meaningfully directed we must first understand the place from which this field has developed. This scholarly but accessible book is aimed at anyone with an interest in mental health or social history and will also act as a useful resource for policy-makers managers and mental health workers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138556829

The Story of the NightStudies in Shakespeare's Major Tragedies First published in 1961. Critiquing the critics and examining the vocabulary of twentieth century criticism of the Shakespearean tragedies John Holloway's book covers Hamlet Othello Macbeth King Lear Antony and Cleopatra Coriolanus Timon of Athens and the themes of Shakespearean Tragedy and the idea of human sacrifice and the concepts of myth and ritual in literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010338

The Story of the Rockefeller Foundation Since its original publication in 1952 Fosdick's book has been the single most reliable treatment of one of the most important philanthropies in the United States and indeed the world. Fosdick served as president of the foundation for twelve years from 1936 to 1948 when it was the largest grant-making endow-ment in the world. As Steven Wheatley notes in his valuable new introduction in part The Story of the Rockefeller Foundation was intended as an instrument of institutional self-defense. When it was written the foundation community was under mounting political attack from the right and the book was meant to help balance the Scales by cataloging the foundation's good works. As a deliberate self-portrait the book conceals as much as it reveals while in the process it reveals a good deal about the author. Fosdick sees politics like bureaucracy as perhaps an avoidable problem and not an inevitable consequence of foundation activity. He sees foundations as engaging in the application of scientific tech-nical and organizational solutions to public problems through a "venture cap-ital" approach to discovering how to resolve them. Fosdick's "higher ground" approach became established philanthropic practice far beyond the Rockefeller Foundation. Consequently this volume is significant as an institutional history as well as a charter for American foundations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138516984

The Story of the Roman Amphitheatre This thoroughly corrected updated and enlarged edition illuminates the epic story of the birth early development widespread flourishing and slow decline of that most typical Roman monument the amphitheatre. This lucid and accessible work lavishly illustrated with plans and photographs breaks new ground with the incorporation of sociological psychological historical and even ecological material into the study of the amphitheatre. This edition has been thoroughly revised and updated including a new interpretation of the phasing of the Pompeii amphitheatre as well as inclusion of the latest information on the other amphitheatres in this monograph. This volume is a valuable reference work for students and scholars of Roman history and architecture and this new updated edition will bring this topic to a new generation of readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138850705

The Story of the Salem Witch Trials Between June 10 and September 22 1692 nineteen people were hanged for practicing witchcraft in Salem Massachusetts. One person was pressed to death and over 150 others were jailed where still others died. The Story of the Salem Witch Trials is a history of that event. It provides a much needed synthesis of the most recent scholarship on the subject places the trials into the context of the Great European Witch-Hunt and relates the events of 1692 to witch-hunting throughout seventeenth century New England. This complex and difficult subject is covered in a uniquely accessible manner that captures all the drama that surrounded the Salem witch trials. From beginning to end the reader is carried along by the author’s powerful narration and mastery of the subject. While covering the subject in impressive detail Bryan Le Beau maintains a broad perspective on events and wherever possible lets the historical characters speak for themselves. Le Beau highlights the decisions made by individuals responsible for the trials that helped turn what might have been a minor event into a crisis that has held the imagination of students of American history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138402362

The Story Performance Handbook The Story Performance Handbook provides specific detailed information to help adults develop basic skills in reading aloud mediated storytelling and storytelling. Organized sequentially each chapter moves the reader from the easiest (reading aloud picture books) to the most difficult (creating your own stories for telling) storytelling experience cumulatively building story performance skill in selecting preparing and delivering stories and poetry to audiences. This structure allows individuals to begin reading at various points depending on their prior experience with story performance. The text includes several features that make learning to perform stories and poetry easy to understand and manage: * Explicit thorough advice avoids confusion such as how to select prepare and deliver stories and poetry via reading aloud mediated storytelling and storytelling. * The sequential chapter organization progressing from easiest to most difficult and Developmental and Culminating Activities at the end of each skill chapter enable this text to be used either independently or in conjunction with courses or workshops in story performance. * Unique among story performance texts instruction is based not only on the author's own extensive experience but also on empirical research related to teaching adults to tell stories. * Specific information is easily located throughout the text: Processes are presented in bold type numbered sequentially and at the end of specific chapters skill building activities are provided. Figures (which provide additional detailed information) are boxed. Examples of processes are highlighted with background shading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138834279

The Strands of Speech and Language TherapyWeaving Plan for Neurorehabilitation This book is written by a team of speech and language therapists from The Wolfson Neurorehabilitation Centre. It is intended for practitioners working with patients who have acquired communication disorders resulting from brain injury: aphasia cognitive-communication disorder dysarthria apraxia. The authors believe that a therapeutic programme should have it's foundations in the linguistic non-verbal neurological and neurospsychological perspective of the patient's difficulties. The approach the team has developed consists of several different strangs of therapy with each strand representing an element of the rehabilitation process: assessment; goal planning; specific individualised treatment; education; friends and family; and psychosocial adjustment. This book describes these strands illustrates in a user-friendly way how each one relates to therapy and fives some practical ideas of how practitioners might work within them. Each chapter begins with the guiding principles and evidence bases that underlie the rationale for one particular strand of therapy. They then follow examples of practice and case studies of a real-life example of each strand. This book describes a speech and language therapy service that aims to be responsive to patients' needs and develops tailor-made intervention programmes that arer unique to each individual. It includes CD containing assessments and practical tools. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003072461

The Strange Adventures of Andrew Battell of Leigh in Angola and the Adjoining RegionsReprinted from 'Purchas his Pilgrimes' Adventures between 1589 and 1607 edited with notes and a concise history of Kongo and Angola. With part of Anthony Knivet's account of his activities in the same countries from the same source. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1901. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315552477

The Strange Death of Liberal England1910-1914 This book focuses on the chaos that overtook England on the eve of the First World War. Dangerfield weaves together the three wild strands of the Irish Rebellion (the rebellion in Ulster) the Suffragette Movement and the Labour Movement to produce a vital picture of the state of mind and the most pressing social problems in England at the time. The country was preparing even then for its entrance into the twentieth century and total war.Dangerfield argues that between the death of Edward VII and the First World War there was a considerable hiatus in English history. He states that 1910 was a landmark year in English history. In 1910 the English spirit flared up so that by the end of 1913 Liberal England was reduced to ashes. From these ashes a new England emerged in which the true prewar Liberalism was supported by free trade a majority in Parliament the Ten Commandments but the illusion of progress vanished. That extravagant behavior of the postwar decade Dangerfield notes had begun before the war. The war hastened everything - in politics in economics in behavior - but it started nothing.George Dangerfield's wonderfully written 1935 book has been extraordinarily influential. Scarcely any important analyst of modern Britain has failed to cite it and to make use of the understanding Dangerfield provides. This edition is timely since the year 2010 has seen a definitive resurrection of Liberal power. Subsequent to the General Election of July 2010 the government of the United Kingdom has been in the hands of a Conservative/Liberal Democrat coalition. The Deputy Prime Minister is the leader of the Liberal Democratic Party - the direct successor of the old Liberal Party examined by Dangerfield. Five Liberal Democrat members of Parliament were appointed to the Cabinet and there are Liberal Democrat ministers in all governmental departments. After decades of absence from government power Liberalism seems to be back with a vengeance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412842150

The Strange Death of Moral Britain In the last half of the twentieth century a once respectable and religious Britain became a seriously violent and dishonest society one in which person and property were at risk family breakdown was ubiquitous and drug and alcohol abuse was rising. The Strange Death of Moral Britain demonstrates in detail the roots of Britain's decline. It also shows how a society strongly Protestant in both morality and identity became one of the most secular societies in the world.The culture wars about abortion capital punishment and homosexuality which have convulsed the United States have little meaning in Britain where there is neither a moral majority nor any indigenous emphasis on rights. In the period when Britain had a strong national and religious identity defense of this identity led to legal persecution of male homosexuals. As Britain's identity crumbled homosexuality ceased to be an important issue for most people. Similarly all the pressing questions on abortion capital punishment and homosexuality were settled permanently on a purely utilitarian basis in Britain where all sources of moral argument are weak. The ending of the death penalty marked the decline of the influence of the official hierarchies of church and state the Church of England the armed forces and their representative the Conservative Party.The Strange Death of Moral Britain is a study of moral change secularization loss of identity and the growth of deviant behavior in Britain in the twentieth century. Based on detailed scholarship it is tightly argued and clearly written with a minimum of jargon. It will be of interest to scholars in religious studies and British social history and to a general reading public concerned with timely moral controversies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538887

The Strange Death of Soviet CommunismA Postscript The collapse of communism marked the close of an era of world history. What took place in the Soviet Union between 1917 and 1991 in the eyes of its proponents constituted a "great experiment" in the application of new modes of organization to social life the largest such experiment in history. The Strange Death of Soviet Communism which first appeared as a special issue of The National Interest brings together leading scholars of Soviet history who show why the experiment failed and how it has destroyed the laboratory of socialist utopias.Francis Fukuyama considers the role of long-term social and intellectual modernization while Vladimir Kontorovich examines the related factor of economic stagnation. Myron Rush then analyzes the accidental and precedent-breaking accession and leadership of Gorbachev. Charles Fairbanks looks at the more general factors of change and rigidity within communist political culture. Chapters by Peter Reddaway and Stephen Sestanovich conclude this section by assessing respectively the role of internal pressure from Soviet citizens and external pressure from the West. The next chapters deal with why the West was surprised by the communist collapse. This involves a critique of Western Sovietology both for its scholarly failures and its ideological prejudices. Here Peter Rutland and William Odom deal with social science interpretations of the Soviet Union while Robert Conquest and Richard Pipes reflect on historians' readings of Soviet history. Martin Malia then offers a comparative assessment of both. In the third section Irving Kristol and Nathan Glazer discuss communism in relation to the intellectuals in the West.Although the authors are united in their anti-communist stance the volume is diverse in its perspectives and assessments of Soviet communism. Taken together these contributions show that the debate on the legacy of communism and a subsequent rethinking of modern history is just beginnin Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315135236

The Strange M. Proust This book presents a broad range of interpretations pertaining to very diverse aspects of the M. Proust's work stemming from a number of fields of interpretations. It is based on an international symposium convened at Princeton University on 22 and 23 April 2006. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603526

The Stranger This book explores the concept of the stranger as a ‘modern’ social form identifying the differing conceptions of strangerhood presented in the literature since the publication of Georg Simmel’s influential essay ‘The Stranger’ questioning the assumptions around what it means to be regarded as ‘strange’ and identifying the consequences of being labelled a stranger. Organised both chronologically and thematically  the book begins with Simmel’s major essays on the stranger and culminates with an analysis of Zygmunt Bauman’s thought on the subject with each chapter introducing an idea or key theme initially discussed by Simmel before exploring the development of the theme in the work of others including Schütz Derrida and Levinas. The stranger is an enduring concept across many disciplines and is central to contemporary debates about refugees asylum the nature of inclusion and exclusion and the struggle for recognition. As such this book will be of interest to scholars across the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138312203

The Strategic Alliance HandbookA Practitioners Guide to Business-to-Business Collaborations Strategic alliances offer organisations an alternative to organic growth or acquisition when faced with the need to develop the business to a new level innovate in terms of products or services or significantly reduce costs. The Strategic Alliance Handbook is a clear and complete guide to the nuts and bolts of the process behind successful collaborations. The book enables readers to understand the commercial technical strategic cultural and operational logic behind any alliance and to establish an approach that is appropriate for the type of alliance they are seeking and the partner organisation(s) with whom they are working. Whether you are an alliance executive responsible for the systems strategy and performance of your organisation's alliancing programme or an alliance manager needing to ensure the success of a given partnership The Strategic Alliance Handbook is an essential guide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138212763

The Strategic CIOChanging the Dynamics of the Business Enterprise Recognized as One of the Best Business Books for 2014 by CIO Magazine Based on interviews with more than 150 CIOs IT/business executives and academic thought leaders The Strategic CIO: Changing the Dynamics of the Business Enterprise provides insight success stories and a step-by-step methodology to transform your IT organization into a strategic asset that drives customer value increases revenues and enhances shareholder wealth. The book details how strategic CIOs from FedEx Procter & Gamble McKesson and other leading companies transformed their organizations. It illustrates the methods these CIOS used to become strategic partners that collaborate effectively within their organizations to leverage information and technology for a competitive advantage.The text will help you assess the key competencies and skills required by IT personnel to partner with your business teams to create new and enhanced products and services that create customer value increase margin and enhance shareholder wealth.The book includes powerful methodologies time-saving templates proven best practices and helpful assessments. It also details a four-phase methodology along with the associated activities and tools to help your IT organization successfully transform into a strategic IT organization.Gain insight into the four domain competencies and twelve associated skills required to build effective strategic IT organizations. Build your roadmap to success using the transformation methodology described in the text and you will be on your way to making your organization a strategic IT organization. Read Philip Weinzimer’s recent article that appeared on CIO.com. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781466561724

The Strategic Defence InitiativeUS Policy and the Soviet Union Central to US foreign policy the Strategic Defence Initiative (SDI) was launched by Ronald Reagan in 1983. While the Reagan administration failed to deploy the SDI system it featured prominently in the relationship between the US and the Soviet Union. This insightful book examines SDI and the Reagan administration through an evaluation of the role of the SDI in the end of the Cold War. Presenting an extensive range of primary and secondary material together with interviews the book will be welcomed by academics and upper level students interested in politics and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383616

The Strategic DialogueRendering the Diagnostic Interview a Real Therapeutic Intervention The Strategic Dialogue is a fine strategy by which one can achieve maximum results with minimum effort. It was developed through a natural evolutionary process from previous treatments for particular pathologies and composed of therapeutic stratagems and specific sequences of ad hoc maneuvres constructed for different types of problems. This book represents both the starting and finishing line of all of the research clinical practice and managerial consulting performed by the authors over a fifteen year period at the Centro Terapia Strategica of Arezzo (Strategic Therapy Center). This work can be referred to as the finishing line because the Strategic Dialogue an advanced therapeutic method of conducting a therapy session and inducing radical changes rapidly in the patient represents the culmination of all that has been achieved so far in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105921

The Strategic Grant-seekerA Guide To Conceptualizing Fundable Research in the Brain and Behavioral Sciences An understanding of each of the critical components of the funding process is key to meeting the challenges posed by the increasingly intense competition for research funds. This book is a vital tool for those who want to build and maximize their grant support. Although many publications provide valuable information about proposal preparation few cover the full spectrum of issues--from planning through execution--in the funding process. The book leads off with a discussion of the relationship between researchers and the funding environment features of good short- and long-range funding plans characteristics of funding organizations in terms of funding power mission and priorities and the manner in which funding information is disseminated. Succeeding chapters focus on the actual development of the many different types of opportunities--research projects multicomponent research programs career development and training programs and small business innovation research. These chapters emphasize conceptualizing an idea optimizing the researcher-sponsor match and testing the concept for competitiveness. Further chapters deliver strategies for translating research ideas into written proposals preparing administrative sections and communicating with a sponsor. The final chapters are dedicated to the outcomes of the proposal process: reviews rebuttals and resubmissions; and to progress reports and future proposals for maintaining and building on funding. Flowcharts examples and summary tables are used throughout the text to highlight key points. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203726518

The Strategic Implications of China's Energy Needs China is frequently described as a threat to regional and global stability and its rapidly rising demand for imported energy is seens as one cause of this threat. This book shows that domestic politics and foreign policy have both played a part in China's recent major energy policy decisions. However China's increasing involvement in the global energy markets can be seen as an opportunity to enhance cooperation and interdependence rather than as a threat. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138410442

The Strategic Management of Intellectual Capital The fourth in the readers' series Resources for the Knowledge-Based Economy The Strategic Management of Intellectual Capital analyzes the link between the strategic and operational roles of intellectual capital in the organization. The Strategic Management of Intellectual Capital is the perfect resource for the growing number of companies pursuing a strategic approach to managing their intellectual capital and harnessing and leveraging their knowledge experience and expertise more systematically to attain a competitive advantage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148369

The Strategic Manager Strategy is a much-discussed much-misunderstood topic among managers. In this new edition of The Strategic Manager Harry Sminia continues to focus on how strategy works in practice questioning readers’ existing expectations that strategy is a matter of strategic planning in order to help them to move into practicing strategy as an everyday activity. The book is based around six different strategy theories individually presented and supplemented with useful lists of questions that encourage readers to become competent strategic thinkers. Bridging theory and practice a range of real life case studies open a window into the real world of strategic management. Essential reading for postgraduate students and those in executive education this text will also be a useful tool for managers trying to develop a better understanding of this easily confused subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415785877

The Strategic Planning and Deployment Excellence System (SPADES)Ensuring Complete Success from Strategic Plan Development to Deployment The Strategic Planning and Deployment Excellence System (SPADES) provides a path to long-term success in the environment of rapidly changing technology and business systems. It combines the best of Hoshin Kanri Quality Function Deployment (QFD) and other proven management and leadership tools and techniques. This book presents a set of tools and techniques for developing and deploying a long-term plan for achieving sustained success. These concepts ensure graphically tracing the strategic planning process from the foundation of organizational principles to the enterprise vision and to the organization’s long-term goals. The Scientific Method is the foundation upon which the tools and techniques of SPADES are applied. The Scientific Method begins with an observation of a phenomenon which leads to development of a hypothesis to explain the phenomenon. The hypothesis is then tested and based on the analysis of the results then accepted or adjusted as necessary. The testing may then be repeated to verify conclusions. The Deming-Shewhart Cycle of plan-do-check-act (PDCA) is the application of the Scientific Method for control and continual improvement of processes and products. SPADES is the integrated evolution of the PDCA Cycle and QFD to answer the challenges of how to stay competitive year after year in a dynamic environment of rapidly changing customer requirements and technology. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367333010

The Strategic Planning ProcessUnderstanding Strategy in Global Markets Strategic management is a field that has diversity in approach and scope but relative homogeneity in pedagogy. This book a refreshed edition of its successful predecessor brings something different to the field by concisely introducing it with a focus on doing business in the Middle East and North Africa. Supplemented by online case studies and other resources the reader is exposed to a plethora of concepts theories practical implications and experiential exercises in the strategic management process. The updated text explores key regional issues including the "Arab Spring" economic recession corporate social responsibility the role of women in business and the rise of emerging economies. The reader is encouraged to look at the world in light of the challenges many organizations are facing around the globe. Features like "Stop and Think Critically" and "Focus" points throughout each chapter encourage and inspire a thoughtful reading of the text. This is a book designed to aid undergraduate and graduate students as well as managers in both for-profit and non-profit sectors. The authors guides the reader through both new and ongoing issues in the field of strategic management and allow them to foster a greater understanding of this ever-developing field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138802568

The Strategic ProducerOn the Art and Craft of Making Your First Feature Today’s technologies and economic models won’t settle for a conventional approach to filmmaking. The Strategic Producer: On the Art and Craft of Making Your First Feature combines history technology aesthetics data decision-making strategies and time-tested methods into a powerful new approach to producing. An ideal text for aspiring filmmakers The Strategic Producer orients the reader’s mind-set towards self-empowerment by sharing essential and timeless techniques producers need to get the job done while also embracing the constantly evolving production landscape. - Written in clear succinct and non-technical prose. - Includes six sidebar in depth interviews with industry professionals providing additional perspectives. - Clearly presented line drawings help readers quickly understand complex ideas like production timelines story structure and business models. - Includes samples from key documents such as script pages budgets shooting schedules and business plans for potential investors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138123625

The Strategic Project LeaderMastering Service-Based Project Leadership Second Edition As executives build and nurture their organization’s strategic agility in today’s turbulent uncertain business environment the ability to lead strategic change has become more critical than ever. The Strategic Project Leader: Mastering Service-Based Project Leadership Second Edition will help project managers lead with confidence in temporary ambiguous team structures that execute risk-laden work in an increasingly agile project environment.Like the first edition this edition encourages readers to take ownership of their leadership agenda and become disciplined in the processes of building a framework of leadership skills. Readers are introduced to a new role: the service-based project leader. This role serves the entire project organization by creating a meaningful experience for team members customers and critical stakeholders. The book provides practical guidance to help you move from project manager to service-based project leader. Detailing a framework for developing and refining leadership skills it explains how to build a leadership competency pyramid and then execute a self-directed plan for building leadership competencies. The leadership competency pyramid includes an intuitive model that will be helpful to project managers at any level. The book elaborates on the components of each layer of the pyramid and how each layer relates to the others. A chapter is dedicated to each layer of the pyramid with supporting evidence for the necessity of each of these layers as well as practical advice on how to build and practice these component layers. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138374898

The Strategic Project PlannerA Profit-Driven Project Management Process for Planning Projects to Meet Business Goals "Explores how engineering teams can ensure success by using strategic project planning properly. Provides a proven question-and-question format to facilitate completion of all types of projects. Focuses on decision-making resolving major conflicts and finding ways for team members to work together changing the strategic direction of major projects and identifying and managing risks. Presented in a 8 3/8 x 11 spiral-bound workbook." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138423268

The Strategic Stewardship of Cultural ResourcesTo Preserve and Protect Keep your cultural resources safe for generations to come! Culled from papers presented at a Library of Congress symposium in October 2000 The Strategic Stewardship of Cultural Resources: To Preserve and Protect examines the challenges you face in preserving and safeguarding your library's resources. Twenty-two leading library and archival professionals address critical issues on the preservation and security of collections in cultural property institutions including libraries museums and archives. The book explores the connections between physical security and the preservation of our cultural heritage. The Strategic Stewardship of Cultural Resources identifies the risks involved in preserving cultural resources and presents effective strategies for security. The book guides you through the process of evaluating preservation and security programs budgeting costs determining the right amount of facilities security meeting the challenge of preserving digital information and coping with the negative effects of theft and vandalism. The Strategic Stewardship of Cultural Resources focuses on four keys that are central to safeguarding your heritage assets: physical security—protection from theft mutilation damage by water fire etc. with strategies used by the Library of Congress and other major libraries preservation—protection from deterioration through conservation and reformatting using examples from the National Endowment for the Humanities the Library of Congress and other institutions bibliographic control—knowing what your library has inventory control—knowing where your collections are The Strategic Stewardship of Cultural Resources: To Preserve and Protect also examines the FBI's Art Theft Program national and institutional requirements for preservation funding and measuring the effect of environmental elements (temperature humidity etc.) on your collection. The book is an essential resource for library archive and museum directors preservation officers security professionals curators and archivists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203049808

The Strategic Survey 2014The Annual Review of World Affairs The Strategic Survey 2014 is the annual review of world affairs from The International Institute for Strategic Studies (IISS). It argues that changing patterns in international relations make it vital for the world’s businesses to carry out geopolitical due diligence. The resurgence of major-power geopolitics was the striking feature of international affairs in the year to mid-2014. Russia and Europe competed for influence in Ukraine where a revolution in support of closer integration with Europe was followed by Moscow’s annexation of Crimea and a pro-Russian insurgency in eastern regions. Tensions rose between China and Japan as the leaders of both countries stepped up their assertive nationalism. However progress was made in nuclear negotiations between Iran and the world’s major powers. The year’s developments heralded a period of heightened strategic change that would sharpen the challenges facing the United States in maintaining global influence. Strategic Survey 2014: The Annual Review of World Affairs analyses the events and themes of the year region by region. It includes essays on cybersecurity and privacy on assessing drivers of strategic change and on hybrid forms of insecurity in the developing world. The Strategic Geography section includes maps on the humanitarian disaster in Syria France’s role in Africa and the Pacific Alliance trade bloc in Latin America. The book contains a chronology of key events around the world. It is an invaluable tool for interpreting world-wide strategic developments and has since 1966 provided essential analysis of the year’s key events in international relations for government policy makers journalists business leaders and academics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857437447

The Strategic Survey 2015The Annual Review of World Affairs The Strategic Survey annual review of world affairs from the International Institute for Strategic Studies is an invaluable tool for interpreting world-wide strategic developments providing essential analysis of the year’s key international events for government policy makers journalists business leaders and academics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857437782

The Strategic Survey 2016The Annual Review of World Affairs The Strategic Survey is the annual review of world affairs from the International Institute for Strategic Studies.  It is an invaluable tool for interpreting world-wide strategic developments and has since 1966 provided essential analysis of the year’s key events in international relations for government policy makers journalists business leaders and academics.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857438628

The Strategic Survey 2017The Annual Assessment of Geopolitics The Strategic Survey is the annual review of world affairs from the International Institute for Strategic Studies.  It is an invaluable tool for interpreting world-wide strategic developments and has since 1966 provided essential analysis of the year’s key events in international relations for government policy makers journalists business leaders and academics.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857439168

The Strategic Survey 2018The Annual Assessment of Geopolitics The Strategic Survey is the annual review of world affairs from the International Institute for Strategic Studies.  It is an invaluable tool for interpreting world-wide strategic developments and has since 1966 provided essential analysis of the year’s key events in international relations for government policy makers journalists business leaders and academics.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857439571

The Strategic Survey 2019The Annual Assessment of Geopolitics Strategic Survey analyses the events that shaped relations between major powers region by region in the last year and identifies key themes for policymakers and analysts looking ahead to 2020. The 2019 edition features essays on: ·         5G mobile network technology and geopolitics ·         The fate of the New START agreement ·         Afghanistan and regional politics after a US withdrawal ·         The Gulf States’ competition in the Horn of Africa ·         Putin’s Russia: consolidation and manoeuvre ·         Iran after Khamenei ·         Germany 30 years after the fall of the Wall ·         Venezuela’s crisis and the challenge of reconstruction Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367273576

The Strategic Survey 2020 Strategic Survey 2020 The Annual Assessment of Geopolitics The worst pandemic in a century tested governments strained societies and frayedinternational ties during the year to mid-2020. But there was much more to this periodthan COVID-19. Climate change – another severe global challenge – grew more critical. USPresident Donald Trump was impeached the United Kingdom left the European Union andIranian Quds Force commander Qasem Soleimani was killed. Strategic Survey 2020 provides a comprehensive overview of major developments in everyregion of the world and in-depth analysis of key geopolitical and geo-economic issues: War The US–Taliban agreement to end the United States’ longest war; the persistence ofother complex armed con□flicts. Power China’s growing in□fluence especially in Europe and the South Paci□fic; Turkey’s forceprojection in the Middle East and beyond; the EU’s quest for strategic autonomy; thenew geopolitics of the Red Sea; the implications of Ethiopia’s giant dam for relationsbetween Nile states; the increasing use of economic sanctions as a tool of statecraft. Rules The decline of multilateralism; prospects for arms control; key gaps in internationallaw; Central Asia’s connectivity; changes in the status of Jammu and Kashmir; duallegitimacy in Venezuela. Strategic Survey 2020 also assesses a diverse range of political leaders:  Progress of three ambitious reforming presidents: Cyril Ramaphosa of South Africa Volodymyr Zelensky of Ukraine and Andrés Manuel López Obrador of Mexico. Foreign-policy legacies of two veteran leaders: Angela Merkel and Abe Shinzo. Trump’s challenges to both the transatlantic relationship and China. Evolution of and prospects for Vladimir Putin’s presidency. Strategic Survey 2020 is the indispensable guide to the events actors and forces that de□ nedan exceptionally complex year. It highlights the geopolitical issues that will shape theinternational agenda in 2021. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367701185

The Strategic Use of Stories in Organizational Communication and Learning Designed for students and practitioners in the fields of organizational behavior and human resource training and development this groundbreaking book presents a cutting edge approach to improving organizational communication. Drawing on his extensive experience as an organizational development consultant and group process facilitator Terrence Gargiulo shows how the use of storytelling is the key to effective communication and learning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698960

The Strategos Guide to Value Stream and Process Mapping At last this much anticipated book has been published and provides a much needed breath of fresh air. The Strategos Guide to Value Stream and Process Mapping has helpful tips on facilitating group VSM exercises and helps put VSM in the greater Lean context. With photos and examples of related Lean practices the book focuses on implementing VSM not just on drawing diagrams and graphs. This is the most comprehensive and practical book on the subject to date. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363430

The Strategy and Tactics of PricingA Guide to Growing More Profitably The Strategy and Tactics of Pricing explains how to manage markets strategically and how to grow more profitably. Rather than calculating prices to cover costs or achieve sales goals students will learn to make strategic pricing decisions that proactively manage customer perceptions of value motivate purchasing decisions and shift demand curves. This edition features a new discussion on harnessing concepts from behavioral economics as well as a more streamlined "value cascade" structure to the topics. Readers will also benefit from: Major revisions to almost half of the chapters including an expanded discussion of big data analytics and a revised chapter on "Specialized Strategies" which addresses timely technical issues like foreign exchange risks reactions to market slumps and managing transfer prices between independent profit centers. A completely rewritten chapter on "Creating a Strategic Pricing Capability" which shows readers how to implement the principles of value-based strategic pricing successfully in their organizations. In-chapter textboxes updated to provide walk-through examples of current pricing challenges revenue models enabled by an increasingly digital economy and advances in buyer decision-making explained through classic principles that still apply today. Chapter summaries and visual aids which help readers grasp the theoretical frameworks and actionable principles of pricing analysis. This comprehensive managerially-focused text is a must-read for students and professionals with an interest in strategic marketing and pricing. A companion website features PowerPoint slides and an instructor’s manual including exercises mini-cases and examination questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138737501

The Strategy of Desire Ernest Dichter is famous as one of the founding fathers of motivational research. In applying the social sciences to a variety of problems Dichter emphasized new approaches to problem solving advertising politics and selling and issues of social significance such as urban renewal productivity and drug addiction. As an author and corporate adviser he used psychoanalytic theory and depth interviewing to uncover unconsciously held attitudes and beliefs. He goal was to help explain why people act the way they do and how positive behavioral change might be achieved. In The Strategy of Desire Dichter both counters the argument that motivational research amounts to manipulation and shows how the understanding and modification of human behavior is necessary for progress.Dichter's survey and analysis of behavior ranges widely. He examines everyday matters of product choice as well as such broad civic issues as voter participation religious toleration and racial understanding. He shows that in order to achieve socially constructive goals it is necessary to move beyond theological exhortation which takes an unrealistic view of human morality as well as beyond the limits of empirically oriented social science research which only deals in appearances. Dichter sees human action as rooted in irrational and often unconscious motivation which can usually be uncovered if the correct approach is used. In his consumer research he analyzes the nonutilitarian importance of objects in everyday life as well as how products and materials become bound with emotional resonance or acquire different meanings from different contexts or points of view. Dichter shows that success depends on the satisfaction of desires and a movement beyond the ethic of work and saving. Arguing that in an increasingly technological world progress and social harmony are materially based he advocates a morality of the good life in which prosperity and leisure lead to greater human self-assurance in the face of change.First published in 1960 The Strategy of Desire is especially timely in the age of the Internet and ever-increasing effect of sophisticated computer technology on consumer culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538894

The Strategy of EqualityRedistribution and the Social Services Originally published in 1982 The Strategy of Equality examines public expenditure on the social services as a strategy for promoting social equality. Today there is a widespread belief that the strategy has worked and that public spending on the social services primarily benefits those less well off. However there have been few attempts to examine whether this belief is founded in reality. This book attempts to rectify this. Examining four areas of social policy: health care education housing and transport the book looks at the distribution of public expenditure and the ‘outcome’ of that expenditure as well as the implications for various conceptions of equality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138597655

The Strategy of Freedom (Works of Harold J. Laski)An Open Letter to Students especially American In this tract Laski discusses the British case for the of Hitler from the angle of the university student especially from America who had doubts about the complexities of the situation. He illustrates why all parties in Britain felt that future freedom of intelligence depended on victory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138823075

The Strategy of Global Branding and Brand Equity Why does a customer choose one brand over another? What are the factors which would make an individual more inclined to choose your brand? This book offers a way to predict which brand a buyer will purchase. It looks at brand performance within a product category and tests it in different countries with very different cultures. Following the Predictive Brand Choice (PBC) model this book seeks to predict a consumer’s loyalty and choice. Results have shown that PBC can achieve a high level of predictive accuracy in excess of 70% in mature markets. This accuracy holds even in the face of price competition from a less preferred brand. PBC uses a prospective predicting method which does not have to rely on a brand’s past performance or a customer’s purchase history for prediction. Choice data is gathered in the retail setting – at the point of sale. The Strategy of Global Branding and Brand Equity presents survey data and quantitative analyses that prove the method described to be practical useful and implementable for both researchers and practitioners of commercial brand strategies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415749114

The Strategy of the Genes First published in 1957 this essential classic work bridged the gap between analytical and theoretical biology thus setting the insights of the former in a context which more sensitively reflects the ambiguities surrounding many of its core concepts and objectives. Specifically these five essays are concerned with some of the major problems of classical biology: the precise character of biological organisation the processes which generate it and the specifics of evolution. With regard to these issues some thinkers suggest that biological organisms are not merely distinguishable from inanimate ‘things’ in terms of complexity but are in fact radically different qualitatively: they exemplify some constitutive principle which is not elsewhere manifested. It is the desire to bring such ideas into conformity with our understanding of analytical biology which unifies these essays. They explore the contours of a conceptual framework sufficiently wide to embrace all aspects of living systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138998131

The Strategy Playbook for Educational LeadersPrinciples and Processes This how-to resource provides leaders with a concrete framework for a strategic improvement plan helping educators link the "principles" to "processes" of planning. Packed with key takeaways and additional resources this book provides the concrete tools to design a strong strategy for improvement and enables educational leaders to think constructively about why we plan what an effective strategic plan should contain and how to create meaningful dialogue to support plan development implementation and monitoring for continuous improvement. The Strategy Playbook for Educational Leaders provides superintendents central office staff principals and teacher leaders with the opportunity to reframe the process of their strategic planning and breathe new life into the activity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367331702

The Stratified StateRadical Institutionalist Theories of Participation and Duality These essays in the purest tradition of political economy consider three major themes from the multiple relationships between the state and the economy: duality myth and crisis. The state is a complex mix of dualisms: the welfare versus the warfare state; the agency of both social integration and exploitation; and public versus private institutions. The editors aim to distinguish true from false dualisms. Myths in modern society are important as they enables whites to dominate blacks men to dominate women warplanners to dominate peacemakers the rich to dominate the poor. The editors consider the myth that the state and the market are separate the state as a single monolithic structure and that we can all identify and share in a national interest. The crisis of the state is the third major theme. The state is in crisis because we have no fully-developed theory of the state because its welfare and warfare functions are undergoing profound change. The essays are all written from the point of view of radical institutionalism and emphasise the need for increased participation in the policymaking and policy evaluating processes of the state. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315487090

The Streaming Media GuideHow to Successfully Integrate Streaming Media Into Your Communications Strategy Streaming media has irreversibly revolutionised the ways in which media is transmitted and consumed. Most of us engage with streaming media on a daily basis via platforms that deliver our entertainment: Spotify YouTube and Netflix are new brands which many of us engage with daily for our information and entertainment. It has created upheaval in the entire value chain and wiped out industries slow to adapt to it (like the video store rental chain). And it continues to evolve. Streaming media is transforming business communications in myriad ways and it is becoming almost as crucial for project managers and marketers to understand streaming technology as it is for media professionals. The Streaming Media Guide demystifies the technology and features behind a successful streaming media service especially in the context of how it is used by broadcasters and other media organisations. Common terms and systems being used in this space are presented and defined simply and clearly for non-technical readers. Best practice examples from Michael D'Oliveiro's experiences demonstrate how this technology can be successfully implemented. This book equips any media professional with the most basic of traditional media knowledge to enable confident conversations in the typical media organisation they work in. For technology-based graduates or dedicated broadcast professional seeking to refresh their understanding this book provides enough information to form a solid foundation for day-to-day work. Finally for leaders in cross-functional senior management matrices information is provided to enable you to understand and exploit streaming media capabilities as a business. This will be the ultimate reference source guaranteed to be bedside reading for anyone serious about using streaming media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138367517

The StreetA Quintessential Social Public Space Received the Environmental Design Research Association's 2014 Place Book Award Shortlisted for the UDG Francis Tibbalds Book Award 2014 Good cities are places of social encounter. Creating public spaces that encourage social behavior in our cities and neighborhoods is an important goal of city design. How do we make sociable streets? This book shows us how these ordinary public spaces can be planned and designed to become settings that support an array of social behaviors. Through carefully crafted research The Street systematically examines people's actions and perceptions develops a comprehensive typology of social behaviors on the neighborhood commercial street and provides a thorough inquiry into the social dimensions of streets. Vikas Mehta shows that sociability is not a result of the physical environment alone but is achieved by the relationships between the physical environment the land uses their management and the places to which people assign special meanings. Scholars and students of urban design planning architecture geography and sociology will find the book a stimulating resource. The material is also directly applicable to practice and should be widely read by professional urban designers planners architects and others involved in the design planning and implementation of commercial streets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415737296

The Streetwise Subbie Very few books explore the problems which are particular to the relationship between Specialist Contractors and the Main Contractor or Clients with whom they are in contract. Fewer still provide solutions in such a down to earth no-nonsense way as The Streetwise Subbie does. The Streetwise Subbie is a highly regarded practical guide to contractual matters. Its original author Jack Russell was well known for his ‘contractual terrier’ column in Electrical Times. Now Barry Ashmore has updated and revised this work by drawing on his 46 years of construction experience and professional expertise gained at the sharp end resolving disputes and solving contractual problems for Specialist Contractors. Thousands of subbies have already benefited from the insights and the streetwise approach to avoiding or resolving contractual problems and the clarity of thought and advice the book provides. The fourth edition features all the old favourites such as payment delay and disruption extension of time and the all-important checklists and site records. But it has now been brought bang up to date to reflect the importance of the 2011 revisions to the Construction Act and the emergence of adjudication as the pre-eminent means of dispute resolution. It is an easy to read practical and essential guide aimed at Specialist Contractors of all sizes and specialisations be they sole traders company directors or any member of the subbie’s team that has to handle the commercial and contractual aspects of the projects they undertake. It’s the kind of book that you keep handy because it has so many answers that you can refer to it over and over again. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138300163

The Strehlow Archive: Explorations in Old and New Media The Strehlow Archive is one of Australia's most important collections of film sound archival records and museum objects relating to the ceremonial life of Aboriginal people. The aim of this book is to provide a significant study of the relationship of archives to contemporary forms of digital mediation. The volume introduces a specific archive the Strehlow Collection and tracks the ways in which its materials and research dissemination practices are influenced by media forms we now identify with the emergence of digital technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890025

The Stress Less WorkbookSimple Strategies to Relieve Pressure Manage Commitments and Minimize Conflicts You may not be able to change the things that are stressing you out but what if you could respond differently? How would it feel to let go of chronic worry and tension manage your time more effectively be less irritable and exhausted and tackle everyday hassles with confidence? Now you can find out for yourself. Weaving together proven self-help strategies prominent clinician-researcher Dr. Jonathan Abramowitz helps you accomplish more--and stress less. Easy-to-use worksheets forms and numerous examples show you step by step how to create a personalized anti-stress action plan. You'll learn where stress comes from when it can actually be beneficial and how it gets out of control. Dr. Abramowitz provides the guidance specific instructions and encouragement you need to: *Break free of all-or-nothing thinking and other mental traps.*Get more out of each hour in the day.*Resolve conflicts with your partner or kids.*Cope with work problems and financial strains. *Use meditation to attain a sense of well-being.*Set achievable goals for healthy eating and exercise.*Meet your deadlines--without running yourself into the ground.*Reduce stress-related pain and other health concerns. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781609184711

The String Quartet 1750–1797Four Types of Musical Conversation The second half of the eighteenth century witnessed a flourishing of the string quartet often represented as a smooth and logical progression from first violin-dominated homophony to a more equal conversation between the four voices. Yet this progression was neither as smooth nor as linear as previously thought as Mara Parker illustrates in her examination of the string quartet during this period. Looking at a wide variety of string quartets by composers such as Pleyel Distler and Filtz in addition to Haydn and Mozart the book proposes a new way of describing the relationships between the four instruments in different works. Broadly speaking these relationships follow one of four patterns: the 'lecture' the 'polite conversation' the 'debate' and the 'conversation'. In focusing on these musical discourses it becomes apparent that each work is the product of its composer's stylistic choices location intended performers and intended audience. Instead of evolving in a strict and universal sequence the string quartet in the latter half of the eighteenth century was a complex genre with composers mixing and matching musical discourses as circumstances and their own creative impulses required. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138384088

The Stroke Center HandbookOrganizing Care for Better Outcomes Second Edition Since publication of the first edition of this book new treatments have become available in acute intervention for stroke and new evidence has been uncovered regarding prevention and neurorehabilitation. Designed for the entire team at any stroke center including physicians nurses therapists and administrators The Stroke Center Handbook: Organizing Care for Better Outcomes Second Edition delivers a timely update of the latest developments in this critical area. Exploring best practice management protocols the content covers initial presentation rapid response and emergency interventions clinical and administrative procedures and neuro-critical care. Highlights of the second edition include: The significant contribution of telemedicine to stroke treatment Improved organization of EMS systems to route patients directly to stroke centers New devices available for intra-arterial thrombectomy The impact of CT and MR perfusion and angiography on case selection for advanced therapy New pharmaceutical therapies for the prevention of stroke in patients with atrial fibrillation Advances in stroke rehabilitation techniques The authors of the book are pioneers in developing stroke centers and regional networks that have provided diagnosis and treatment to thousands of patients. Their expertise enables practitioners to establish and efficiently manage a facility and to participate more effectively as part of a multidisciplinary care team—providing stroke victims with the best possible outcome. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482214789

The Strong and the Weak in Japanese LiteratureDiscrimination Egalitarianism Nationalism This book uses texts from classical to modern Japanese literature to examine concepts of 'respect for the strong' as a notion of an evolutionary society and 'sympathy for the weak' as a notion of a non-violent and changeless egalitarian society. The term strong refers not just to those with strength and power. It also includes other ideal attributes such as beauty youth and goodness. Similarly the term weak implies not only the weak and infirm but also the disadvantaged the indecent the unsophisticated and those generally shunned by society. The former are associated not only with the power of life competition evolution progress development ability effectiveness efficiency individuality the future hope and romance but also with violence fighting bullying discrimination and sacrifice. The latter in contrast invoke notions of peace egalitarianism anti-discrimination and welfare as well as stagnation retreat retrogression degeneration and the decline of vital powers. By using these two concepts Murakami skillfully weaves a narrative that is part literary criticism part social commentary. As such the book will be of huge interest to not only scholars and students of Japanese literature but also those of Japanese society and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862890

The Strong State and Curriculum ReformAssessing the politics and possibilities of educational change in Asia As Asian education systems increasingly take on a stronger presence on the global educational landscape of special interest is an understanding of the ways in which many of these states direct their schools towards higher achievement. What is missing however are accounts that take seriously the particular construction of the strong developmental state witnessed across many Asian societies and that seek to understand the politics and possibilities of curriculum change vis a vis precisely the dominance of such a state. By engaging in analyses based on some of the best current social and cultural theories and by illuminating the interactions among various state and non-state pedagogic agents the chapters in this volume account for the complex post-colonial historical and cultural consciousnesses that many Asian states and societies experience. At a time when much of the educational politics in Asia remains in a state of transition and as many of these states seek out through the curriculum new forms of social control and novel bases of political legitimacy such a volume offers enduring insights into the real if not also always relative autonomy that schools and communities maintain in countering the hegemonic presence of strong states. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815360896

The Structural Basis of Architecture This is a book that shows how to "see" structures as being integral to architecture. It engages a subject that is both about understanding the mechanical aspects of structure as well as being able to relate this to the space form and conceptual design ideas that are inherent to the art of building. Analyzing the structural principles behind many of the best-known works of architecture from past and present alike this book places the subject within a contemporary context. The subject matter is approached in a qualitative and discursive manner illustrated by many photographs and structural behavior diagrams. Accessible mathematical equations and worked-out examples are also included so as to deepen a fundamental understanding of the topic. This new color edition’s format has been thoroughly revised and its content updated and expanded throughout. It is perfect as either an introductory structures course text or as a designer’s sourcebook for inspiration for here two essential questions are addressed in parallel fashion: “How do structures work?” and “What form do structures take in the context of architecture – and why so?” A rich varied and engaging rationale for structural form in architecture thus emerges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138651999

The Structural Change of Knowledge and the Future of the Social Sciences This book is a compendium of pragmatism in the social sciences. While addressing several distinct spheres it carries a common message: the future of the social sciences depends on a shared understanding of society based on the knowledge of various disciplines and transcending the currently forbidding borders between scientific knowledge and the other forms of knowledge. Looking back at the social science traditions this is nothing new. To ensure a fruitful future for the social sciences a paradigm shift is unavoidable. The consequence of the increase of knowledge in the last two centuries was the specialization of the sciences. The nineteenth century saw the separation of humanities and social sciences; the twentieth century is even characterized by specialization within the disciplines and the occurrence of competing schools of thought. This book tries to overcome the barriers that are built between and within the disciplines and to counteract the unnecessary barriers created by the emergence of "schools of thoughts" that distrust each other and the social sciences as a whole. This book was originally published as a special issue of Innovation: The European Journal of Social Science Research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233921

The Structural Prevention of Mass AtrocitiesUnderstanding Risk and Resilience This book offers a different approach to the structural prevention of mass atrocities. It investigates the conditions that enable vulnerable countries to prevent the perpetration of such violence. Structural prevention is commonly framed as the identifying and ameliorating of the ‘root causes’ of violent conflict a process which typically involves international actors determining what these root causes are and what the best courses of action are to deal with them. This overlooks why mass atrocities do not occur in countries that contain the presence of root causes. In fact very little research has been conducted on what the causes of peace and stability are particularly in relatively countries located in regions marred by civil war and mass atrocities. To better understand how such vulnerable countries prevent the commission of mass atrocities this book proposes an analytical framework which enables not only an understanding of risk which arises from the presence of root causes but also of the factors that build resilience in countries and consequently mitigate and manage such risk. Using this framework three countries – Botswana Zambia and Tanzania are analysed to account for their long term stability despite their location in neighbourhoods characterised by decades of civil war ethnic repression and mass atrocities. This work is a significant contribution to the field of genocide studies and crimes against humanity and will be of interest to students and scholars alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415791106

The Structural Study of Myth and Totemism Designed to provoke controversy the papers in this volume concentrate on two main themes: the study of myth and totemism. Starting with an English translation of La Geste d'Asdiwal which is widely considered to be the most brilliant of all of Lévi-Strauss's shorter expositions of his technique of myth analysis the volume also contains criticism of this essay. The second part of the volume discusses how far Lévi-Strauss's treatment of totemism as a system of category formation can be correlated with the facts that an ethnographer encounters in the field. First published in 1967. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708538

The Structure and Determinants of Wage RelativitiesEvidence from Australia This title was first published in 2001. Drawing on the fields of labour economics and industrial relations this book simultaneously applies human capital theory and institutional analysis to an explanation of occupational and other wage differentials. This outstanding study contains a wealth of reference material on both the economic and normative determinants of wages. Destined to become a landmark study in the area of Australian wage determination the book is an essential text for labour economists industrial relations specialists researchers and policy makers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138706415

The Structure and Dynamics of the Psyche The Structure and Dynamics of the Psyche first appeared in the Collected Works in 1960. In this new edition bibliographical citations and entries have been revised in the light of subsequent publications in the Collected Works and essential corrections have been made. The book traces an important line of development in Jung's thought from 1912 onwards. The earliest of the papers elaborates Freud's concept of sexual libido into that of psychic energy. In those that follow we see how Jung discarding one by one the traditional 'philosophical' hypotheses gradually arrived at a concept which is even more controversial than psychic energy was in its day ^DDL namely psychic reality. The book contains the first mention of the archetype in Jung's writings as well as his later views on its nature. There is also a valuable account of the therapeutic uses of 'active imagination' first described in an essay written in 1916. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315725857

The Structure and Limits of Criminal Law This volume brings together a collection of essays many of them scholarly classics which form part of the debates on three questions central to criminal law theory. The first of these questions is: what conduct should be necessary for criminal liability and what sufficient? The answer to this question has wider implications for the debate about morality enforcement given the concern that the ’harm principle’ may have collapsed under its own weight. Secondly essays address the question of what culpability should be necessary for criminal liability and what sufficient? Here the battles continue over whether the formulation of doctrines - such as the insanity defense criminal negligence strict liability and others - should ignore or minimize the extent of an offender's blameworthiness in the name of effective crime-control. Or are methods of accommodating the tension now in sight? Finally essays consider the question of how criminal law rules should be best organized into a coherent and clarifying doctrinal structure. The structure grown by the common law process competes not only with that of modern comprehensive codifications such as the America Law Institute's Model Penal Code but also with alternative structures imagined but not yet tried. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472422934

The Structure and Measurement of Intelligence What is meant by the term "intelligence" and once de- fined how do we go about achieving a valid measurement of this faculty? This classic textbook originally published in 1979 and now reissued with a new preface by Sybil Eysenck incorporates a broad range of findings and reanalyzes much of the existing literature in this area.In The Structure and Measurement of Intelligence Hans Eysenck draws on methods for determining the effect of genetics and environment on the development of intelligence and examines the validity of the term as defined in relation to internal as well as external criteria. He tests a number of hypotheses on intelligence against empirical research findings and considers various criticisms in detail. The significance of intelligence and its measurement in society are explored in depth. Eysenck greatly expands upon such questions as: Does IQ measure intelligence? How valid is the nature versus nurture argument? and How might socioeconomic status influence one's intelligence?Designed primarily for students and scholars in psychology and education this text will make thought-provoking reading for all concerned with the development and measurement of intelligence in the individual. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538900

The Structure and Reform of Direct Taxation (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1978 The Structure and Reform of Direct Taxation presents the full findings and recommendations of the ‘Meade’ committee set up by The Institute for Fiscal Studies. It represents the most important contemporary examination of the structure of UK taxation and direct taxation systems in general. The results of two years’ intensive research and discussion by this independent committee are presented as a report under the joint authorship of an outstanding team of tax experts. The committee brought together professional practitioners-lawyers accountants and taxation administrators-and academic specialists in fiscal studies and here provides a unique review of direct taxation which is comprehensive singularly original and full of good sense.The book begins with a return to first principles restates the objectives of a good tax system and analyses existing structures. It goes on to examine the feasibility of basic reforms which would allow the system to become more straightforward in operation and which would base taxation on what individuals take out of the economy rather than on what they put into it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415684798

The Structure of Aristotelian Logic Originally published in 1938. This compact treatise is a complete treatment of Aristotle’s logic as containing negative terms. It begins with defining Aristotelian logic as a subject-predicate logic confining itself to the four forms of categorical proposition known as the A E I and O forms. It assigns conventional meanings to these categorical forms such that subalternation holds. It continues to discuss the development of the logic since the time of its founder and address traditional logic as it existed in the twentieth century. The primary consideration of the book is the inclusion of negative terms - obversion contraposition etc. – within traditional logic by addressing three questions of systematization the rules and the interpretation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138942424

The Structure of Biological Membranes Biological membranes provide the fundamental structure of cells and viruses. Because much of what happens in a cell or in a virus occurs on in or across biological membranes the study of membranes has rapidly permeated the fields of biology pharmaceutical chemistry and materials science. The Structure of Biological Membranes Third Edition provides readers with an understanding of membrane structure and function that is rooted in the history of the field and brought to the forefront of current knowledge. The first part of the book focuses on the fundamentals of lipid bilayers and membrane proteins. Three introductory chapters supply those new to the field with the tools and conceptual framework with which to approach the state-of-the-art chapters that follow. The second part of the book presents in-depth analyses of focused subjects within the study of membranes covering topics that include: Phase behavior of lipid bilayers Lipid bilayers as an isolated structure Cholesterol’s role in cell biology Lateral organization of membranes The role of membrane lipids in initial membrane protein folding Membrane protein synthesis and assembly of oligomeric membrane proteins Membrane protein stability with relationships to function and protein turnover Membrane protein function using a transport protein Interactions between membrane proteins and membrane lipids A final chapter pulls together many of the topics examining in detail the complexity inherent in the synthesis and assembly of lipids and proteins in mitochondrial membranes. With contributions from leading researchers this completely revised and updated third edition reflects recent advances in the field of biological membranes. It offers a valuable resource for students as well as structural biologists biophysicists cell biologists biochemists and researchers in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries. What’s New in This Edition: Three accessible chapters introduce students to the field of biological membranes Completely revised and updated chapters present current topics in membrane research   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439809570

The Structure of British Industry `...as an up-to-date and intelligible an account of large areas of British industry as you will find...It will be a valuable handbook for a variety of users: students and teachers(its prijmary audience) businessmen or coivil servants.' British Business Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419087

The Structure of Complex Lie Groups Complex Lie groups have often been used as auxiliaries in the study of real Lie groups in areas such as differential geometry and representation theory. To date however no book has fully explored and developed their structural aspects.The Structure of Complex Lie Groups addresses this need. Self-contained it begins with general concepts introduced via an almost complex structure on a real Lie group. It then moves to the theory of representative functions of Lie groups- used as a primary tool in subsequent chapters-and discusses the extension problem of representations that is essential for studying the structure of complex Lie groups. This is followed by a discourse on complex analytic groups that carry the structure of affine algebraic groups compatible with their analytic group structure. The author then uses the results of his earlier discussions to determine the observability of subgroups of complex Lie groups.The differences between complex algebraic groups and complex Lie groups are sometimes subtle and it can be difficult to know which aspects of algebraic group theory apply and which must be modified. The Structure of Complex Lie Groups helps clarify those distinctions. Clearly written and well organized this unique work presents material not found in other books on Lie groups and serves as an outstanding complement to them. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138454279

The Structure of Conflict A theory that attempts to bring order to the chaotic variety of conflict usually begins by distinguishing types of conflict and formulating general explanatory principles that relate and integrate them. In contrast to traditional methods this book describes and explores the structural aspects of different types of conflicts and discusses the important implications involved for both choosing and achieving methods for resolving conflict. Two important facets of conflict structure are recognized: the individuals involved and the behavioral principles that govern them; and the existence of options and their structural relation. This monograph will be of interest to researchers and practitioners of conflict resolution such as mediators lawyers diplomats counselors and psychologists and students in experimental and social psychology labor relations poilitical science and law. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138990050

The Structure of English Clauses First published in 1980 this book provides a clear and practical introduction to a wide variety of English structures. It concentrates on a large and crucial area of English grammar which covers units of higher rank than words and structures that have verbs rather than nouns as their nuclear elements. Throughout the book David Young focuses on the English language as it is actually spoken. At every point his discussion of syntax is closely integrated with meaning and he pays particular attention to the ways in which speakers of English signal their intensions. The author points out how verbal patterning is meaningful and outlines the criteria used by grammarians to distinguish one structure from another. The result is an analytical framework that can be applied to any real-life text in order to understand its structure. This is a book that will encourage a realistic exploratory and investigative attitude towards the English language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138919167

The Structure of Financial Regulation This book examines the area of financial regulation in the banking sector. Editors Mayes and Wood bring together such acadmics as Charles Goodhart Charles Calomiris and Kern Alexander whose expertise shines through this volume to provide a reference tool for researchers students and bankers themselves which will prove invaluable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138806108

The Structure of Human Abilities First published in 1950 this revised edition of The Structure of Human Abilities was published in 1961 but remained largely unchanged from the original save for an additional supplement on the developments in factorial work on human abilities from 1950-1959. Much research had been carried out during the years leading up to publication in England and America into mental abilities; and modern methods of statistical treatment especially factor analysis had been increasingly used. It was felt that the mass of diverse material was apt to confuse the student of psychology of the time especially as the results of such research were often apparently conflicting. Professor Vernon one of the leading experts in this branch of psychology sifted the material and attempted to provide a consistent picture of our mental structure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415716680

The Structure of Human Personality Originally published in 1953 this third edition was first published in 1970. It was one of the early attempts at bringing together theories of personality organisation and finding empirical evidence to test their hypotheses. This third edition includes additional chapters and updated references to current research of the time. It is a particular feature of this book that a large number of figures are reproduced in the text; this is essentially a consequence of the writer’s belief that diagrammatic representations are better suited to the transmitting and remembering of information than are words or numbers. The first chapter outlines the theories and discusses some of their implications the second and third look at methods of analysis and projective techniques while the rest of the book is devoted to a critical presentation of the evidence arranged according to the technique employed – rating self-rating objective testing constitutional assessment autonomic measurement and so on. Today it can be read and enjoyed in its historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415844437

The Structure of Indian SocietyThen and Now This book explores the structural features of Indian society such as caste tribe sect rural-urban relations sanskritization and untouchability. Based on a wealth of field research as well as archival material the book Interrogates the prevailing thinking in Indian sociology on these structures; Studies Indian society from contemporary as well as historical perspectives; Analyses caste divisions vis-à-vis caste hierarchy; Critically examines the public policies regarding caste-less society reservations for Backward Classes and the caste census. This second edition with four new chapters will be a key text for students and scholars of sociology social anthropology political science modern history development studies and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367193195

The Structure of Indian SocietyThen and Now This book has a collection of ten articles written during 1982–2007 and an exhaustive introduction on the structural features of Indian society that is the enduring social groups institutions and processes such as caste tribe sect rural-urban relations etc. The book views Indian society in contemporary as well as historical perspective based on a wealth of field research as well as archival material. The book focuses on the significance of village studies in transforming the understanding of Indian society and also shows how urban centres have been useful in shaping society. Taking a critical look at the prevailing thinking on various structures and institutions the author uses insights derived from his comprehensive studies of kinship marriage religion and grassroots politics in advancing their studies. He points out the strengths and weaknesses of these structures and institutions and the direction in which they are changing with respect to modern time. As against the overwhelming emphasis on the hierarchical dimension of caste this book focuses on its horizontal dimension that is every caste’s population spread over villages and towns in an area its internal organization and differentiation based on networks of kinship marriage patron-client relationship and role of endogamy versus hypergamy in maintaining its boundaries. The tribes are also seen in the same perspective emphasizing the tribe-caste homology. Finally the book provides information on important issues like policy of reservations the reliability of censuses and surveys of castes and tribes removal of untouchability growth of organized religion and secularization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138664920

The Structure of Investment Arbitration Although a State’s treatment of foreign investors has long been regulated by international law it is only recently that international investment law has emerged as an independent discipline in its own right. In recent decades the practical success of investment arbitration has allowed international investment law to develop both its own cadre of academic and professional specialists and its own legal doctrines. This book analyses the structure of international investment law as it has developed through the practice of investment arbitration in order to see how a variety of international investment law doctrines should be understood and applied. The book demonstrates how a structural analysis can shed light on several major controversies within investment law and also examines what an "investment" actually is. The book offers an original interpretative approach to the resolution of problems in international investment law and so is one of the few books within the field to attempt to give investment law a solid theoretical basis. It also focuses on only a select number of problems rather than attempting to deliver the universal coverage currently popular for investment law books. As a result those issues that are addressed get a detailed discussion rarely available in competing texts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138930063

The Structure of LearningFrom Sign Stimuli To Sign Language Drawing together research and theory in ethology and psychology this book offers a clear and provocative account of the ways in which living organisms learn. Throughout the authors' focus is on the importance of operational definition. In lively prose describing experiments in enough depth to involve readers in the drama of experimental method they recount the history of scientists' attempts to answer basic questions and show how one study builds on another. Although they present the major traditional positions they demand that readers examine actual evidence recognize weaknesses and consider alternatives. This critical process leads to the delineation of a bottom up feed forward model in contrast to the traditional top down feed backward one. Recent research in robotics and fuzzy logic suggests ways in which artificial as well as living systems pursue bottom up feed forward ethological solutions to practical problems. The authors' extended discussion of their exciting work teaching sign language to chimpanzees vividly illustrates the application of the basic principles of learning elucidated in the book. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138002777

The Structure of Long-term MemoryA Connectivity Model of Semantic Processing How is information stored and retrieved from long-term memory? It is argued that any systematic attempt to answer this question should be based on a particular set of specific representational assumptions that have led to the development of a new memory theory -- the connectivity model. One of the crucial predictions of this model is that in sharp contrast to traditional theories the speed of processing information increases as the amount and complexity of integrated knowledge increases. In this volume the predictions of the model are examined by analyzing the results of a variety of different experiments and by studying the outcome of the simulation program CONN1 which illustrates the representation of complex semantic structures. In the final chapter the representational assumptions of the connectivity model are evaluated on the basis of neuroanatomical and physiological evidence -- suggesting that neuroscience provides valuable knowledge which should guide the development of memory theories. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138876385

The Structure of Metaphysics First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822709

The Structure of Modernist Poetry (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1982 this book provides a descriptive and comparative study of some of the fundamental structural aspects of modernist poetic writing in English French and German in the first decades of the twentieth century. The work concerns itself primarily with basic structural elements and techniques and the assumptions that underlie and determine the modernist mode of poetic writing. Particular attention is paid to the theories developed by authors and to the essential ‘principles of construction’ that shape the structure of their poetry. Considering the work of a number of modernist poets Theo Hermans argues that the various widely divergent forms and manifestations of modernistic poetry writing can only be properly understood as part of one general trend. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138794801

The Structure of Multimodal DocumentsAn Empirical Approach This book develops a new framework for describing the structure of multimodal documents: how language image layout and other modes of communication work together to convey meaning. Building on recent research in multimodal analysis functional linguistics and information design the book examines the textual visual and spatial aspects of page-based multimodal documents and employs an analytical model to describe and interpret their structure using the concepts of semiotic modes medium and genre. To demonstrate and test this approach the study performs a systematic longitudinal analysis of a corpus of multimodal documents within a single genre: an extensively annotated corpus of tourist brochures produced between 1967-2008. The book provides multimodal discourse analysts with methodological tools to draw empirically-based conclusions about multimodal documents and will be a valuable resource for researchers planning to develop and study multimodal corpora. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548725

The Structure of Political Competition in Western Europe Is European party politics hovering above society? Why do voters pick one party over others? Is it a question of class? Of religion? Of attitudes about taxes or immigration or global warming? Or is it something else entirely? The Structure of Political Competition in Western Europe takes a detailed look at the ways in which Western Europe’s party systems are anchored in social and ideological structures. The book’s first section focuses on the role of social structures - particularly education class and religion - and analyzes the complex interplay among these factors. The second section addresses the ways that the sociological structures such as class and religion interact with voters’ values. The third section examines the way that these structures and values shape the space of political competition among parties. The conclusion integrates the findings of the empirical articles putting them into broader comparative perspective discussing whether relatively predictable structures have been overwhelmed by media-driven spectacles political personalities and focus on short-term economic performance. This volume will appeal to scholars and graduate students in Europe and those from North America Asia and other regions who study European politics political parties cleavages and political behaviour. This book was published as a special issue of West European Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853071

The Structure of Political Geography This volume seeks to provide a sense of purpose and order to the study of political geography. The editors devise a conceptual structure for the field bringing political geography into line with trends in contemporary geography as a whole and with other social sciences. Not only do the selections contain a wide variety of contributions from other fields but the introductory essays and annotated bibliographies suggest related research. The structure of the book enjoys close parallels in other social sciences.The organization of the book reflects the editors' definitions and structuring of political geography. Part I "Heritage " includes works that have contributed to the theoretical development of the field. Part II "Structure " comprises the concern to which political geographers have devoted most of their past attention. Parts III and IV "Process" and "Behavior " form the subject where much future theoretical and practical effort is needed. Part V "Environment " provides the context in which spatial structure process and behavior occur.The Structure of Political Geography includes selections from sociobiology history international relations political economy political science social psychology and sociology. The classics in the field are an essential inclusion since the book would be incomplete without them. The selections in the volume originally published in 1971 remain useful and pertinent to political geographers of diverse persuasion and to social scientists interested in geographical approaches. The fact that there is a clear focus and conceptual interdependence in political geography is the volume's greatest contribution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412818544

The Structure of Political ThoughtA Study in the History of Political Ideas Originally published in 1963 this classic book is a rethinking of the history of Western political philosophy. Charles N. R. McCoy contrasts classical-medieval principles against the "hypotheses" at the root of modern liberalism and modern conservativism.In Part I "The Classical Christian Tradition from Plato to Aquinas " the author lays the foundation for a philosophical "structure" capable of producing "constitutional liberty." Part II "The Modern Theory of Politics from Machiavelli to Marx " attempts to show beginning with Machiavelli the reversal and destruction of the pre-modern "structure" postulated in Part I.McCoy stresses the great contributions of Aristotle to political thought found in his more familiar Ethics and Politics but also includes key insights drawn from Metaphysics and Physics. These contributions are developed and perfected McCoy argues by Augustine and Aquinas. Two other important features include McCoy's epistemological insights into Plato's work that will be new to many readers and the author's juxtaposition of traditional natural law with "the modernized theory of natural law." The modern account of autonomous natural law in McCoy's view helps explain the totalitarian direction of key aspects of modern political thought. This classic volume on the origins of modern philosophical thought remains a standard in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412864305

The Structure of Psychological Common Sense Psychologic is a formal system and relationship within which psychological processes are defined. The language people ordinarily use to formulate think and talk about psychological phenomena is organized by Jan Smedslund into a set of propositions aimed at identifying the generalities which underlie human behavior. In this way psychologic illuminates the conceptual system of psychology embedded in ordinary language. This book continues Professor Smedslund's search for stable theoretical structures to explain the meanings that are part of all psychological investigation. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138876668

The Structure of Social Theory Drawing on the work of Gadamer the book demonstrates that a sociology which focuses on social relations does not imply a return to idealism nor a retreat into individualism nor a rejection of critique. Rather a hermeneutic sociology which prioritises human social relations is the only coherent paradigm which is available today. The author argues that sociologists studying the dramatic social transformations which are currently occuring should focus on social relations between humans; they should not attempt to understand contemporary changes in terms of structure and agency. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415652063

The Structure of Time Originally published in 1980. What is time? How is its structure determined? The enduring controversy about the nature and structure of time has traditionally been a diametrical argument between those who see time as a container into which events are placed and those for whom time cannot exist without events. This controversy between the absolutist and the relativist theories of time is a central theme of this study. The author's impressive arguments provide grounds for rejecting both these theories firstly by establishing that ‘empty’ time is possible and secondly by showing through a discussion of the structure of time which involves considering whether time might be cyclical branching beginning or non-beginning that the absolutist theory of time is untenable. This book then advances two new theories and succeeds in shifting the traditional debate about time to a consideration of time as a theoretical structure and as a theoretical framework. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138394063

The Struggle for Aboriginal RightsA documentary history The Struggle for Aboriginal Rights is the first book of its kind. Not only does it tell the history of the political struggle for Aboriginal rights in all parts of Australia; it does so almost entirely through a selection of historical documents created by the Aboriginal campaigners themselves many of which have never been published. It presents Aboriginal perspectives of their dispossession and their long and continuing fight to overcome this. In charting the story of Aboriginal political activity from its beginnings on Flinders Island in the 1830s to the fight over native title today this book aims to help Australians better understand both the continuities and the changes in Aboriginal politics over the last 150 years: in the leadership of the Aboriginal political struggle the objectives of these campaigners for rights for Aborigines their aspirations the sources of their programmes for change their methods of protest and the outcomes of their protest. Through the words of Aboriginal activists across 150 years The Struggle for Aboriginal Rights charts the relationship between political involvement and Aboriginal identity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003118213

The Struggle for ChangeThe Story of One School Originally published in 1994. The story of Hansel and Gretel is familiar to many people. Most believe that the witch was wicked. But has this issue ever been seriously challenged? In the Introduction to this book Marvin Wideen describes the day he saw this well-known fairy story being taught and through it draws us along a path of education reform in Lakeview School British Columbia and shows how by this process of reform the school changed from within. He considers the ideology supporting educational change what change means to those who undertake it and how the experience relates to the larger social and political context. The book effectively demonstrates that change will always create anxiety; needs careful and sensitive implementation and occurs in isolation or as a result of activity within a larger context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545496

The Struggle for Citizenship Education in Egypt(Re)Imagining Subjects and Citizens This book offers nuanced analyses of the narratives spaces and forms of citizenship education prior to and during the aftermath of the January 2011 Egyptian Revolution. To explore the dynamics shaping citizenship education during this significant socio-political transition this edited volume brings together established and emerging researchers from multiple disciplines perspectives and geographic locations. By highlighting the impacts of recent transitions on perceptions of citizenship and citizenship education in Egypt this volume demonstrates that the critical developments in Egypt’s schools universities and other non-formal and informal spaces of education have not been isolated from local national and global debates around meanings of citizenship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663568

The Struggle For Community Drawing on a case study of multi-ethnic working-class tenants in Los Angeles this book describes the group's successful fight against displacement. It examines how community leaders establish their hegemony and addresses the roles of class ethnicity and gender in community struggles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296407

The Struggle for Democracy in EducationLessons from Social Realities The Struggle for Democracy in Education extends the insightful arguments Michael W. Apple provided in Can Education Change Society? It provides detailed examinations of both local and system-wide struggles around conflicting versions of democracy. Grounded in a key set of ethical and political responsibilities for those who care deeply about education Apple and his co-authors interrogate conflicting models of democratic education one interested in the common good and the creation of critical citizens the other market-oriented and meant to meet a set of more conservative economic needs. Through a series of powerful international case studies this volume explores the contested terrain combining powerful theory with the "stuff" of schools political and pedagogical actions and the lives of individuals. These detailed examinations provide the reader with a more nuanced understanding of how policy history and varied actors with varied agendas come together and the very real people and systems that are impacted by these conflicts. The Struggle for Democracy in Education asks us to face and understand these myriad forces and actors—both progressive and retrogressive—and to ask what we can do to ensure that the education that is created is worthy of its name. In the process the book gives us real examples of critically democratic education and what we can learn from these struggles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138721159

The Struggle for Democracy in Mainland China Taiwan and Hong KongSharp Power and its Discontents The key question at the heart of this book is to what extent political activists in mainland China Taiwan and Hong Kong have made progress in their quest to liberalise and democratise their respective polities. Taking a long historical perspective the book compares and contrasts the political development trajectory in the three regions from the early 1970s—from the election-driven liberalisation in Taiwan from 1969 the Democracy Wall Movement in mainland China in 1978 and the top-down political reforms of Governor Patten in Hong Kong after 1992—until the present day. More specifically it sets out the different strategies and tactics political activists have taken assesses the lessons activists have learned from both successes and failures and considers how these experiences have informed their struggles for democracy. Importantly the book demonstrates that at the same time throughout the period and earlier the Chinese Communist Party has been making use of "sharp power" —penetrating the political and information environments in Western democracies to manipulate debate and suppress dissenters living both inside and outside China—in order to strengthen its domestic position. The book discusses the nature of this sharp power explores the rise of the security state within mainland China and examines the effectiveness of the approach arguing that in Taiwan and Hong Kong the approach has been counterproductive with civil society campaigns for greater democracy and the flourishing of religion in part stimulated by the Chinese Communist Party's sharp power practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367334901

The Struggle for Free Speech in the United States 1872-1915Edward Bliss Foote Edward Bond Foote and Anti-Comstock Operations Passed in 1873 the Comstock Act banned 'obscene' materials from the mail without defining obscenity leaving it open to interpretation by courts that were hostile to free speech. Literature that reflected changing attitudes toward sexuality religion and social institutions fell victim to the Comstock Act and related state laws. Dr. Edward Bliss Foote became among the earliest individuals convicted under the law after he mailed a brochure on birth-control methods. For the next four decades Foote Sr. and his son Dr. Edward Bond Foote challenged the Comstock Act in Congress legislatures and courts and also offered personal assistance to Comstock defendants. This book chronicles the Footes’ struggle examining not just the efforts of these cruising champions of freedom of expression and women's rights but also the larger issues surrounding free speech and censorship in the Gilded Age of American history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542760

The Struggle for Influence in the Middle EastThe Arab Uprisings and Foreign Assistance This collection of research papers explores the impact of the Arab uprisings on the politics and political economy of foreign aid provision in the MENA region. Contributions focus on the foreign assistance policies and strategies of key donors (United States Europe Gulf countries and Turkey) and on the relationship between donors and recipients of foreign aid in a select set of MENA cases (Tunisia Egypt Palestine and to a lesser extent Morocco). Despite widespread rhetoric among lead donors pledging to support the transformational potential of the Arab uprisings the contributions find a more complex pattern in foreign aid provision since 2011. Among Arab donors who have played a significant role as providers of aid to states most affected by mass protests trends in foreign assistance reflect the competing priorities of donors and their willingness to politicize aid provision in pursuit of their strategic interests. Among Western donors authors find a high degree of continuity. Chapters that focus on Western donors seek to account for continuity on the part of Western governments and the EU at a moment of profound transformational potential. Two factors bureaucratization and securitization capture most of the explanations provided which take into account a variety of local dimensions as well. Contributions also discuss the changing assistance environment namely the globalization of foreign assistance the complex bureaucratic arrangements presiding over the delivery of European and US aid and the role of regional and international non-democracies in the provision of foreign assistance. This book was published as a special issue of Mediterranean Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138305465

The Struggle for Jerusalem's Holy Places The Struggle for Jerusalem’s Holy Places investigates the role of architecture and urban identity in relation to the political economy of the city and its wider state context seen through the lens of the holy places. Reflecting the broad disciplinary backgrounds of the authors this book provides perspectives from architecture urbanism and politics and provides in-depth investigations of historical ethnographic and policy-related case studies. The research is substantiated by fieldwork carried out in Jerusalem over the past ten years as part of the ESRC Large Grants project ‘Conflict in Cities’. By analysing new dynamics of radicalisation through land seizure the politicisation of parklands and tourism the strategic manipulation of archaeological and historical narratives and material culture and through examination of general appropriation of Jerusalem’s varied rituals memories and symbolism for factional uses the book reveals how possibilities of co- existence are seriously threatened in Jerusalem. Shedding new light on the key role played by everyday urban life and its spatial settings for any future political agreements about the city and its religious sites this book is a useful reference work for students and scholars of Middle East Studies Architecture Religion and Urban Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415505369

The Struggle for Labour's SoulUnderstanding Labour's Political Thought Since 1945 The election of the most left-wing Labour Party Leader since 1945 followed by the Party's third consecutive general election defeat and the ongoing cultural divisions around Brexit present an ideal opportunity for a thorough re-evaluation of the state of the Party within its broader ideological and historical context. This second edition of this highly respected book analyses the current developments and places them in their historical setting through a clear three-part framework of Ideological Positions Struggles and Commentaries. Thoroughly updated and featuring contributions by leading academics and politicians it continues to represent one of the most ground-breaking and thorough analyses of Labour's political thought in a generation and will be of key interest to scholars students and observers of British Politics British History Party Politics and the Labour Party. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138047372

The Struggle for MadridThe Central Epic of the Spanish Conflict 1936-1937 The Struggle for Madrid is a study of the battles that were waged between the armies of the Spanish Republic and the armies of General Francisco Franco for the city of Madrid. It was this struggle beginning with the collapse of Republican arms at Toledo in September 1936 and ending with the victory of the Madrid armies at Guadalajara in March 1937 that determined the duration and characteristics of the rest of the conflict. It was the central episode of the Spanish War.Due to international intervention the Spanish struggle lost its purely national character and became at once a civil war of a profoundly Spanish type a war of independence waged by a section of the Spanish people against German Italian and Moroccan armies and a clash of supra national ideologies that aroused the deepest passions of peoples far removed from the immediate Spanish interests at stake.Although the passions aroused by the war distort contemporary accounts of the fighting the totalities of these obstacles present no insurmountable barrier to a preliminary investigation of the Madrid battles. Such a study is best undertaken while many of the principal actors in the Madrid tragedy still live. If truth has been affronted the witnesses may yet speak and from the debate margin of error will be reduced. Robert Colodny's groundbreaking cross of military history and political ambitions helps reduce the gap between fiction and fact. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538948

The Struggle for Modern Tibet: The Autobiography of Tashi TseringThe Autobiography of Tashi Tsering This captivating autobiography by a Tibetan educator and former political prisoner is full of twists and turns. Born in 1929 in a Tibetan village Tsering developed a strong dislike of his country's theocratic ruling elite. As a 13-year-old member of the Dalai Lama's personal dance troupe he was frequently whipped or beaten by teachers for minor infractions. A heterosexual he escaped by becoming a drombo or homosexual passive partner and sex-toy for a well-connected monk. After studying at the University of Washington he returned to Chinese-occupied Tibet in 1964 convinced that Tibet could become a modernized society based on socialist egalitarian principles only through cooperation with the Chinese. Denounced as a 'counterrevolutionary' during Mao's Cultural Revolution he was arrested in 1967 and spent six years in prison or doing forced labor in China. Officially exonerated in 1978 Tsering became a professor of English at Tibet University in Lhasa. He now raises funds to build schools in Tibet's villages emphasizing Tibetan language and culture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698953

The Struggle For Pedagogies First Published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155718

The Struggle for Persia (RLE Iran A) This volume is an account of the journey the author made between Eastern Russia (via Tabriz) to Teheran at the turn of the twentieth century. This is not just a travelogue however but a lament for the loss of British “prestige” and power in the region to Russia. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203833155

The Struggle for Secession 1966-1970A Personal Account of the Nigerian Civil War First published in 1972. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315810362

The Struggle for South Yemen South Yemen was long a key spot in the strategic geography of the West. Before the Second World War it was important for the British as an outpost on the way to India. From the mid-1940s it was a crucial gateway to the oil rich Arabian Peninsular and a vital area in the context of superpower rivalry. This book first published in 1984 traces the development of nationalist sentiment in South Yemen and the emergence of the two main groups in the struggle for independence: the NLF and FLOSY. Analysing both the impact of these groups on Yemeni society and demonstrating how they struggled with each other for supremacy the book provides an perceptive account of how the revolutionary process in an Arab country unfolded. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138653016

The Struggle for the European ConstitutionA Past and Future History The European Union (EU) Constitution was one of the most important developments in the history of the EU aiming to make the EU more transparent relevant and accountable to the citizens of its member states. Current anxieties over the pace and direction of EU integration place this comprehensive study at the forefront of the EU governance debate. O’Neill goes far beyond a simple account of the EU Constitution focussing also on the response to the current crisis of confidence between the Union and its citizens and how those in power have responded to the challenge. Making a substantial contribution to literature on the EU key discussion points include: The political crisis behind the Constitution The power politics at work in the negotiations How the Constitution affects EU policymaking The impact on the citizens of the EU This is essential reading for all those wishing to understand the background to one of the key areas within European Politics. Michael O’Neill is Jean Monnet Professor in EU Politics at Nottingham Trent University. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415665933

The Struggle for the General Teaching Council This book chronicles the history of the struggle to promote a self-governing body for the teaching profession from its early problems at the start of the twentieth century right through to the establishment of the General Teaching Council of England in 2000. It also explores the interest groups and policy makers who impeded its achievement and the attitude of teacher unions and the teachers themselves to the establishment of such a body.The book will be of interest to academics researchers and historians as well as postgraduate students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003060437

The Struggle for the Long-Term in Transnational Science and PoliticsForging the Future This book reconsiders the power of the idea of the future. Bringing together perspectives from cultural history environmental history political history and the history of science it investigates how the future became a specific field of action in liberal democratic state socialist and post-colonial regimes after the Second World War. It highlights the emergence of new forms of predictive scientific expertise in this period and shows how such forms of expertise interacted with political systems of the Cold War world order as the future became the prism for dealing with post-industrialisation technoscientific progress changing social values Cold War tensions and an emerging Third World. A forgotten problem of cultural history the future re-emerges in this volume as a fundamentally contested field in which forms of control and central forms of resistance met as different actors set out to colonise and control and others to liberate. The individual studies of this book show how the West European African Romanian and Czechoslovak "long term" was constructed through forms of expertise computer simulations and models and they reveal how such constructions both opened up new realities but also imposed limits on possible futures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367263829

The Struggle for the Middle EastThe Soviet Union and the Middle East 1958-68 This book first published in 1969 surveys Soviet policies and Middle Eastern responses during the turbulent 1960s. It deals with changing moods of Turkey and Iran the Arab-Israeli conflict in the context of big power rivalry in the Middle East the Russian naval presence in the Mediterranean and the new Soviet interest in Gulf oil. The author also reviews the changing orientations of Middle Eastern communism in the new age of polycentrism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138655423

The Struggle for the Soul of Teacher Education The Struggle for the Soul of Teacher Education is a much-needed exploration of the unprecedented current controversies and debates over teacher education and professionalism. Set within the context of neo-liberal education reforms across the globe the book explores how the current struggles over teaching and teacher education in the US came about as well as reflections on where we should head in the future. Zeichner provides specific examples of work that moves teacher education toward greater congruency between ideals and practices while outlining the basis for a new form of community-based teacher education where universities and other program providers local communities school districts and teacher unions share responsibility for the preparation of teachers. Ultimately Zeichner problematizes an uncritical shift to more practice and clinical experience and discusses the enduring problems of clinical teacher education that need to be addressed for this shift to be educative. Readers are sure to gain insight on transforming teacher education so it more adequately addresses the need to prepare teachers capable of providing a high-quality education with access to a rich and broad curriculum and culturally and community responsive teaching for everyone’s children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138064096

The Struggle for the South Atlantic: The Armada of the Strait 1581-84 The Armada of the Strait under Don Diego Flores de Valdés in 1581–84 came at a crucial juncture in global politics. Philip II of Spain had assumed the crown of Portugal and its overseas empire and Francis Drake’s daring peacetime raids had challenged the dominance of Spain and Portugal in the Americas. The armada was intended to ensure the loyalty of Portuguese Brazil; bolster its defences against hostile native peoples and English and French pirates and interlopers; and fortify and settle the Strait of Magellan to prevent further incursions into the Pacific.Pedro de Rada the official scribe of the armada kept a detailed neutral chronicle of the venture which remained in private hands until 1999 but is now held in the Henry E. Huntington Library in San Marino California. It is published here for the first time. Previous historical assessments of the expedition have largely reflected the writings of Pedro Sarmiento de Gamboa governor-designate for the planned colony at the Strait who blamed all the misfortunes of the enterprise on Diego Flores de Valdés. Rada’s Relación is presented here in conjunction with other documentation and compared with Sarmiento de Gamboa’s accusations. The results will force scholars to revise long-standing conclusions regarding the place of Sarmiento and Flores in Spanish history and the accomplishments of a long-forgotten armada sent into the terrifying waters of the South Atlantic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595616

The Struggle for the WestA Divided and Contested Legacy In recent years debates about the nature and future of the West have been high on the political agenda. Prognoses of the West’s imminent demise have been countered by those arguing for its continued relevance or those arguing that while the West will survive its nature and the balance of power between its constituent units is transforming. This book argues that understanding contemporary developments requires subjecting the very idea of the West to critical scrutiny and in particular asking what kind of concept it actually is. Locating the West as a discursive concept the book argues attempts to save fix or reclaim the meaning of the West are illustrative of political agendas rather than indicative of accurate claims about the essential nature of the West. In contrast the book argues that as a concept the West is impregnated with various discursive legacies the most embedded of which are those of a civilisational modern and political West. However while attempts to define the West’s essence are therefore doomed to fail given the concept’s historical and discursive flexibility such attempts reaffirm the legitimising role which claims to the West continue to perform. Beyond this the book challenges traditional genealogies of the West which overwhelmingly depict the West as an inside-out concept. In contrast the book argues that historically outsiders have played an important role in defining the nature of the West and constituting it as a political subject; processes that remain evident today. This book will particularly interest students of critical security studies critical geopolitics European politics American politics and IR theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851596

The Struggle for Workers' Health To better understand how strong worker protection systems differ from weak ones this volume reports and interprets a study carried out in six nations-Sweden Finland The German Democratic Republic The Federal Republic of Germany The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland and the United States of America. The work involved interviews with reputational leaders of different interest groups as well as observations extensive document study and correspondence with key informants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784757

The Struggle over Democracy in the Middle EastRegional Politics and External Policies Many residents of the Middle East - and more recently Western powers - have placed great hope in democratization in the region. Yet authoritarianism remains the norm and movement towards democracy is both slow and uneven.  The Struggle over Democracy in the Middle East examines democracy and democratization in the light of regional realities rather than the wishful thinking of outsiders. Specialists from the region analyze democratic prospects in the region while accomplished scholars from the United States and the United Kingdom analyze Western policy providing a wide-ranging survey of the efforts of individual countries and the effect of external influences. Addressing themes including sectarianism culture religion security and the promotion of democracy the book examines the experiences of activists political parties religious groups and governments and highlights the difficulties involved in bringing democracy to the Middle East. Providing a multifaceted approach to the issue of democratization this book will be a valuable reference for courses on Middle Eastern politics political science and democracy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203869871

The Struggle Over Gay Lesbian and Bisexual RightsFacing off in Cincinnati In November 1993 voters in Cincinnati Ohio passed Issue 3 an amendment to the City Charter eliminating gay lesbian and bisexual persons' legal protection against discrimination and prohibiting their recognition as a group or class. This Christian right initiative emerged largely in response to the inclusion of "sexual orientation" in the city's newly enacted Human Rights Ordinance just one year earlier. Using qualitative data Kimberly Dugan captures the dynamics and interdependence of the gay lesbian and bisexual movement and the Christian right as they engaged in conflict over Issue 3 by focusing on cultural factors relevant to movement mobilization strategies and success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415652070

The Struggle Over WorkThe 'End of Work' and Employment Alternatives in Post-Industrial Societies The future of work in advanced industrial democracies is the subject of intense debate and public concern. Despite predictions that working hours would fall and leisure time would rise as society progressed the opposite has in fact occurred. This new book contains a twofold investigation into 'the end of work' with theoretical and policy angles contributing to the growing research field on the boundaries of economics and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415652087

The Stuart AgeEngland 1603–1714 The Stuart Age provides an accessible introduction to England's century of civil war and revolution including the causes of the English Civil War; the nature of the English Revolution; the aims and achievements of Oliver Cromwell; the continuation of religious passion in the politics of Restoration England; and the impact of the Glorious Revolution on Britain. The fifth edition has been thoroughly revised and updated by Peter Gaunt to reflect new work and changing trends in research on the Stuart age. It expands on key areas including the early Stuart economic religious and social context; key military events and debates surrounding the English Civil War; colonial expansion foreign policy and overseas wars; and significant developments in Scotland and Ireland. A new opening chapter provides an important overview of current historiographical trends in Stuart history introducing readers to key recent work on the topic. The Stuart Age is a long-standing favourite of lecturers and students of early modern British history and this new edition is essential reading for those studying Stuart Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138944176

The Stuart Secret ArmyThe Hidden History of the English Jacobites This book is unique in bringing together all strands of English Jacobism in an accessible chronological framework highlighting key individuals providing a biographical dictionary of less well known English Jacobites an account of the major primary source material and a gazetteer of places to visit. It will appeal to any member of the general public who is interested in the Stuart cause and the Jacobite rebellions as well as those who would like to know more about 18th century society in the great house and the tavern. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315835662

The Stubborn Structure (Routledge Revivals)Essays on Criticism and Society First published in 1970 this collection is made up of a selection of essays composed between 1962 and 1968 written by distinguished humanist and literary critic Northrop Frye. The book is divided into two parts: one deals largely with the contexts of literary criticism; the other offers more specific studies of literary works in roughly historical sequence. One of the essays is Frye’s own elucidation of the development of his critical premises out of his early concern with the poetry of William Blake. Taken together the essays offer a continuous and coherent argument making a whole that is entirely equal to the sum of its parts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415696401

The Student Assessment HandbookNew Directions in Traditional and Online Assessment A guide to current practice in assessment particularly for those professionals coming to terms with new pressures on their traditional teaching practices. Increased use of IT flexible assessment methods and quality assurance all affect assessment and the need to diversify and adapt traditional assessment practices to suit new modes of learning is clearer than ever.The Student Assessment Handbook looks at the effectiveness of traditional methods in the present day and provides guidelines on how these methods may be developed to suit today's teaching environments. It is a practical resource with case studies reflection boxes and diagnostic tools to help the reader apply the principles to everyday teaching.The book provides advice on a wide range of topics including:* assessing to promote particular kinds of learning outcomes* using meaningful assessment techniques to assess large groups* the implications of flexible learning on timing and pacing of assessment* the pros and cons of online assessment* tackling Web plagiarism and the authentication of student work* mentoring assessment standards* assessing generic skills and quality assurance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147355

The Student CityStrategic Planning for Student Communities in EU Cities Student communities are without doubt a strategic resource for urban development and students are the citizens and the high-skilled working class of tomorrow. They are seen as an 'invisible population' with little say in local policy and decision-making. Co-operation between educational institutions and city planners is often missing and cities tend to neglect the universities' foreign relations. This volume argues that the importance of human capital in the competitiveness of cities demands pro-active integral city policies targeting this community. Bringing together nine case studies of European cities (Rotterdam Utrecht Eindhoven Munich Lyon Lille Venice Birmingham and Helsinki) it puts forward a comprehensive strategic plan of action aiming at the integration of student communities in urban development. The book analyses the essential characteristics of the relationship between students and their host communities as well as the role of higher education institutions and other actors in building the 'student friendly' city. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272491

The Student Experience of Higher Education Originally published in 1984 The Student Experience of Higher Education provides a detailed analysis of the student experience based on first hand discussion and observation. Information taken from interviews with a wide variety of students is used to explore the way in which new overseas and female physics students in particular experience university education and relates to their reactions to the organised learning which the university provides. The study focuses on an understanding of how various aspects of the official perspectives of academic staff contrive to limit the educational development of the undergraduate. This detailed picture of the university world is in contrast to previous methods of research in this area. By showing the benefits to be derived from an analysis of the experiences of students within one small campus based university this book is related to critical American studies previously unparalleled in the British university research tradition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138330351

The Student Guide to the Newborn Infant Physical Examination This concise guide offers a comprehensive step-by-step framework for midwifery students to learn about all aspects of the newborn infant physical examination (NIPE) a screening assessment completed on all babies between 6 and 72 hours of age. The Student Guide to the Newborn Infant Physical Examination encourages the reader to approach the examination in a system-based format with case studies and practice tips to support learning. The book offers: • Evidence-based well-illustrated assessment tools which take into account the national screening committee standards and is written by authors with both academic and clinical experience; • A clear direction on how to perform the NIPE in practice while exploring the wider context of screening in healthcare today; • Coverage of the changing role of the midwife and the importance of understanding the whole context of the mother’s care health promotion and starting the practitioner-parent conversation. The Student Guide to the Newborn Infant Physical Examination is a core text for all pre-registration midwifery students and a useful resource for qualified midwives neonatal nurses and practice nurses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138086395

The Student Practitioner in Early Childhood StudiesAn Essential Guide to Working with Children Now in a fully updated second edition The Student Practitioner in Early Childhood Studies provides accessible support and guidance for early childhood studies students in higher education who may have little if any experience of relating to young children in the early years foundation stage (EYFS) and key stage 1. With useful chapter summaries activities and reflection points to help readers track their academic journey this text draws on the experiences of students on the degree programme for the benefit of students new to practice. This fully updated second edition includes two new chapters on 'The inclusive practitioner' and 'The safeguarding practitioner'. It will: prepare students for the challenges of practice provide a synthesis of academic knowledge and practice skills develop students' critically reflective and creative thinking and understanding of early childhood pedagogy and the needs of young children provide the emerging student practitioner in higher education with knowledge skills understanding and confidence to relate effectively with young children and adults in the early childhood setting. Fully supporting students' practice experience and development of their critical and creative thinking this book helpfully synthesises theory and practice in an applied and evaluative manner. The authors cover a range of themes including critical reflection early childhood pedagogy confidence building communication skills personal and professional development and employability alongside academic writing and research skills. This textbook is essential reading for students on all early childhood studies degree programmes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367369675

The Student Skills: Guide This title was first published in 2001. This guide in its second edition outlines key skills for students with new sections on reflecting on your experience critical analysis learning styles and successful participation in seminars and meetings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138729629

The Student Skills: Guide This title was first published in 2001. This guide in its second edition outlines key skills for students with new sections on reflecting on your experience critical analysis learning styles and successful participation in seminars and meetings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138729636

The Student Struggle FactorRedefining the American Educational System A revolution is occurring among parents who see their children failing because of a broken education system. This book joins the change movement by approaching the topic of education policy from the front lines as a direct advocate for students. The author argues that at federal state and local levels the policy network needs reorganization and she provides concrete recommendations for reforms which can bring about performance improvement at the level of student experience as well as organizationally and politically. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498705677

The Student's Guide to Cognitive Neuroscience Reflecting recent changes in the way cognition and the brain are studied this thoroughly updated fourth edition of this bestselling textbook provides a comprehensive and student-friendly guide to cognitive neuroscience. Jamie Ward provides an easy-to-follow introduction to neural structure and function as well as all the key methods and procedures of cognitive neuroscience with a view to helping students understand how they can be used to shed light on the neural basis of cognition. The book presents a comprehensive overview of the latest theories and findings in all the key topics in cognitive neuroscience including vision hearing attention memory speech and language numeracy executive function social and emotional behavior and developmental neuroscience. Throughout case studies newspaper reports everyday examples and studentfriendly pedagogy are used to help students understand the more challenging ideas that underpin the subject. New to this edition: Increased focus on the impact of genetics on cognition New coverage of the cutting-edge field of connectomics Coverage of the latest research tools including tES and fNIRS and new methodologies such as multi-voxel pattern analysis in fMRI research Additional content is also included on network versus modular approaches brain mechanisms of hand-eye coordination neurobiological models of speech perception and production and recent models of anterior cingulate function. Written in an engaging style by a leading researcher in the field and presented in full color including numerous illustrative materials this book will be invaluable as a core text for undergraduate modules in cognitive neuroscience. It can also be used as a key text on courses in cognition cognitive neuropsychology biopsychology or brain and behavior. Those embarking on research will find it an invaluable starting point and reference. This textbook is supported by an extensive companion website for students and instructors including lectures by leading researchers links to key studies and interviews interactive multiple-choice questions and flashcards of key terms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138490543

The Student's Guide to Passing Exams In a lively style this text shows how anyone can improve their chances of exam success by following a few simple rules. It contains tips for exam preparation and for improving performance in the exam itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419698

The Student's Guide to Preparing Dissertations and Theses When writing a dissertation or thesis it is essential to produce a work that is well-structured and well-presented. Giving clear examples throughout this book offers all the practical advice that students will need when writing a dissertation or thesis. Part 1: Content - from the layout order of contents to the compilation of the bibliography and appendices Part 2: Presentation and Style - the details of how work should be presented and covering aspects such as writing styles page numbers margins and abbreviations. The first edition of this book contributed to improving countless dissertations and this new edition will continue to do the same - using the practical advice and guidance it offers could mean the difference between success and failure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138133792

The Student's Guide to Social Neuroscience Social neuroscience is a rapidly growing field which explains using neural mechanisms our ability to recognize understand and interact with others. Concepts such as trust revenge empathy prejudice and love are now being explored and unravelled by neuroscientists. This engaging and cutting-edge text provides an accessible introduction to the complex methods and concepts of social neuroscience with examples from contemporary research and a blend of different pedagogical features helping students to engage with the material including essay questions summary and key points and further reading suggestions. The second edition of this ground-breaking text has been thoroughly revised and expanded to reflect the growing volume of evidence and theories in the field. Notable additions include a greater emphasis on genetics and hormones and the expansion of topics such as cultural neuroscience emotion regulation biological markers of autism power and status social categorization and new accounts of mirror neuron functioning. The book is supported by a fully updated companion website featuring student resources including lecture recordings multiple choice questions and useful web links as well as PowerPoint slides for lecturers. Richly illustrated in attractive full-color with figures boxes and ‘real-world’ implications of research this text is the ideal introduction to the field for both undergraduate and postgraduate students in fields such as psychology and neuroscience. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138908628

The Student's Guide to Studying Psychology Studying a degree course in psychology even if you’ve taken the subject before university requires a whole range of new skills and knowledge. And the 4th edition of this best-selling guide is an invaluable companion. It can not only help you to get a good final degree but will also support you in making informed choices towards either a career or further study. Updated to include the latest developments in the field the new edition provides practical and helpful guidance on everything a psychology student encounters throughout their degree including: Writing essays and research reports including how to get your referencing right. Guidelines for researching ethically using humans or animals An overview of research methods and statistics including qualitative methods Tips on how to approach and pass your exams Advice on becoming a graduate including preparing your CV and making the most of your degree Featuring advice to help you every step of the way the book also includes a library of weblinks to provide further resources to support your studies. This is an essential book for any psychology student wishing to make the most of their degree course. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848720794

The Student's Guide to Successful Project Teams It is common for undergraduate and graduate students across various disciplines to be placed on teams and assigned group project research reports and presentations which require them to work together. For example a psychology course requires teams to develop conduct analyze and present the result of their experiments a marketing course requires student project teams to prepare marketing plans and present their conclusions and an organizational behavior course forms teams for the purpose of researching the cultures of different organizations and making presentations about their findings. This new guidebook will be a core text on how to help student project teams confront and successfully resolve issues tasks and problems.  Sections include conceptual material stories and illustrations and exercises.  Students and teachers in Organizational Behavior Management Marketing and all psychology disciplines will find this book of interest. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315820873

The Student's Guide to Writing Essays This text is divided into two sections: a core element focusing on basic skills which everyone needs to master in writing essays and a subject-based section which takes the student to a more advanced level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161412

The Studio SOS BookSolutions and Techniques for the Project Recording Studio Professional studio design is a specialized science with more than a touch of "black magic" thrown in. Over the past few years Sound on Sound magazine has made one trip each month to a reader’s studio. These visits have demonstrated that it is fairly simple to make a huge improvement to an untreated project-studio room without spending a fortune. However they’ve also proven that beginners’ attempts at DIY acoustic treatments often cause more problems than they solve. Utilizing knowledge from dozens of visits to readers’ home and project studios the SOS team imparts easy-to-understand organized troubleshooting advice. Learn how to rid yourself of monitoring problems and get an accurate monitoring system how to enhance the sound of your recording space and how to perfect your instrumental and vocal recordings. Decrease the time you spend re-recording and mixing simply by improving your room with advice from the guys who have seen it all when it comes to make-do small studios. Contains: A structured look at the problems that most often plague small studios with individual studio case studies addressing each issue Real solutions that you can both afford and implement; no thousand-dollar investments or idealized studio designs that don’t work with your space! Case studies that look at small studios’ specific problems with additional break-outs tips that address quick fixes to common problems Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415823869

The Study of Anatomy in Britain 1700–1900 Hutton looks at Manchester and Oxford to provide a comparative history of anatomical study. Using the Anatomy Act as a focal point she examines how these two cities dealt with the need for bodies over two centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138664791

The Study of Comparative Government and Politics Originally published in 1957 the first part of the book discusses the general problems of approach classification typology and terminology and examines ancillary fields of study and the methods of teaching comparative government. Part Two is concerned with studies of particular areas democratic control of foreign policy political parties contemporary revolutionary movements parliamentary procedures electoral systems and elections and nationalized industries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203706114

The Study of Economic HistoryCollected Inaugural Lectures 1893-1970 First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759328

The Study of EducationInaugural Lectures : Volume Three : The Changing Scene The inaugural lectures published in this volume reflect the many changes which have taken place in the study of education between the late 1970s and the mid 1980s. Changes in society are reflected in the lectures on special needs education and multicultural education and the contributions of educational administration and comparative educations as a field of study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866447

The Study of European Ethnology in Austria The study of ethnology or ’Volkskunde’ in Austria has had a troubled past. Through most of the 20th century it was under the influence of the so-called Viennese ’Mythological School’ and the controversy between the two opposing branches the ’Ritualist’ and the ’Mythologists' set much of the agenda from the 1920s until long after the World War ended in 1945. The volume examines two Austrian characters Richard Wolfram and Karl Haiding and the impact of their research and sets them in the context of Austrian ethnology before during and after the war years. The book concludes by examining the present day ethnological outlook in the country. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258204

The Study of Groups In attempting to understand the psychological aspects of the developmental process and socialisation the distinct disciplines of sociology and psychology were brought together for the first time. Titles in the Sociology of Behaviour and Psychology set of the International Library of Sociology analyse how behaviour is formed and learned. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862585

The Study of Human DevelopmentThe Future of the Field If you had just one wish for the study of human development what would it be? How would it advance the field? And what would it take for your vision to be realized? This was the charge given to twenty-eight scholars coming from different disciplines and fields and who study different periods of the life course. This book compiles provocative contributions from a wide range of established scholars organized into seven thematic areas: conceptual advances; systems levels and contexts; individual differences; methodological advances; harnessing science for human welfare and social justice; underexplored life course dynamics; and interdisciplinary collaboration and playing well with others. This book was originally published as a special issue of Research in Human Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891640

The Study of Man (Routledge Revivals)The Lindsay Memorial Lectures 1958 Michael Polanyi (1891-1976) was an eminent theorist across the fields of philosophy physical chemistry and economics. Elected to the Royal Society and the American Academy of Arts and Sciences his contributions to research in the social sciences and his theories on positivism and knowledge are of critical academic importance. The three lectures included in this comprehensive volume first published in 1959 argue for Polanyi’s principle of ‘tacit knowing’ as a fundamental component of knowledge. They were intended to accompany Polanyi’s earlier work Personal Knowledge and as a tribute to the philosophical and educational work of Lord A. D. Lindsay. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415705455

The Study of Music Therapy: Current Issues and Concepts This book addresses the issues in music therapy that are central to understanding it in its scholarly dimensions how it is evolving and how it connects to related academic disciplines. It draws on a multi-disciplinary approach to look at the defining issues of music therapy as a scholarly discipline rather than as an area of clinical practice. It is the single best resource for scholars interested in music therapy because it focuses on the areas that tend to be of greatest interest to them such as issues of definition theory and the function of social context but also does not assume detailed prior knowledge of the subject. Some of the topics discussed include defining the nature of music therapy its relation to current and historical uses of music in human well-being and considerations on what makes music therapy work. Contemporary thinking on the role of neurological theory early interaction theory and evolutionary considerations in music therapy theory are also reviewed. Within each of these areas the author presents an overview of the development of thinking discusses contrasting positions and offers a personalized synthesis of the issue. The Study of Music Therapy is the only book in music therapy that gathers all the major issues currently debated in the field providing a critical overview of the predominance of opinions on these issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415626415

The Study of Organizations (RLE: Organizations) In this introduction for undergraduate students the author surveys the development of the study of organizations from an historical point of view. He studies organizations within the framework of the main schools of thought looks into the various levels of analysis involved and considers the influence of the environment on the organization particularly that of technology and of other organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990067

The Study of PoliticsA Collection of Inaugural Lectures This title available in eBook format. Click here for more information.Visit our eBookstore at: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138983342

The Study of Public Management in Europe and the USA Compearative Analysis of National Distinctiveness This book presents an overview of the scientific study of public management gathering together some of the most authoritative experts in this area of study in Europe and the United States writing specifically about their respective countries. These essays seek to present the national distinctiveness of the study of public management in the context of specific state administration. This book goes further than some previous books concerning public management by highlighting the underlying differences between Europe and the United States and amongst European countries in relation to their particular political-administrative circumstances. The aim of this book is to establish a dialogue between Anglo-American and European approaches to public management to encourage readers to see their own national ideas and practises in contrast to others and foster leaning by asking repeatedly ‘compared to what?’ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415512718

The Study of Religion: A Reader This collection illustrates the spectrum of ideas that people throughout history have had when considering how to understand and study religion. The editors present a selection of key writings that reflect a broad range of voices on the nature and practice of the discipline. Religious studies draws on works by anthropologists sociologists philosophers theologians and others which notably impact our understanding of the concept of religion of particular religious ideas and on how religion should be studied. The Study of Religion: A Reader contains both classic and contemporary perspectives including material from non-Western traditions. It provides students of religion with an understanding of how the discipline developed some of the current issues and lines of thought as well as future prospects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415495875

The Study of Society (RLE Social Theory) In this book Dr Heasman begins by stating some central questions and answers concerning sociology and how we are to set about studying society. It goes on to deal with family groupings and social differences; with education and the part it plays in socialization; with the meaning and the importance of social differences; and with the relative importance of work and leisure and the ways in which leisure can be used. It considers the effects of the change in the size of the population in the last hundred years upon social life in Britain examines the problems of social change and looks at order in society and the way it is affected by different forms and aspects of government. The result is a thorough comprehensive but at all times lucid introduction to the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138998148

The Study of SocietyMethods and Problems There is today widespread recognition of the fact that the future of human civilization depends to a high degree upon Man’s capacity to understand the forces and factors which control his own behaviour. Such understanding must be achieved not only as regards individual conduct but equally as regards the mass phenomena resulting from group contacts which are becoming increasingly intimate and influential. Until this present volume nowhere have the three sciences of sociology psychology and social anthropology been properly mobilized to deal with the social problems which yearly grow more pressing. The essays in this book aim to address this. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990074

The Study of TemperamentChanges Continuities and Challenges First Published in 1986. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203781807

The Study of TourismPast Trends and Future Directions Over the last two decades tourism has become firmly established as a recognized field of study and the focus of extensive academic research. There has been continual expansion in the provision of taught programmes at undergraduate and postgraduate level dramatic developments in the tourism literature and a growing community of tourism academics. Despite this explosion in the study of tourism however it is still struggling to achieve wider academic legitimacy it remains to some extent divorced from the industry upon which it is focuses and even within its academic ranks there remains uncertainty over its role and future direction. This volume aims to critically explore this paradoxical situation and to consider the future direction of the study of tourism. It charts the development of tourism as an area of study analyzing approaches taken from an international context; it critiques contemporary epistemologies of tourism framed around the social science vs. management dichotomy and offers alternative approaches to the study of tourism. In doing so it engages directly with a range of important academic debates: what tourism ‘is’ in an academic context the purpose of studying tourism and how it should be studied in the future. This important and stimulating volume will have global appeal to higher level students academics and researchers within tourism and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138081154

The Study of Welfare State Regimes Examines the interaction between labour markets and the welfare state at the institutional level. Topics discussed include the legislative structuring of programmes how the characteristics of programmes have changed over time and the private and public mix of programmes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315490533

The Stuff of DreamsAnxiety Fantasy and Psychoanalysis Many texts about anxiety are based either in the philosophical tradition or within the medical model under the guise of discussions about post-traumatic stress disorder. In the case of fantasy however the usual sources of discussion are in literary and cultural criticism. Bringing the two together offers the scope for a book with an original theme. The balance between clinical ideas philosophical ideas and literary sources is aimed at keeping both potential audiences interested. Clinicians may find the idea of thinking 'dialectically' helpful with their patients. Although this approach is implied in both Freud and Lacan this is the first book to put dialectics 'centre stage' in terms of understanding the patient's discourse. As far as general readers are concerned most texts on fantasy do not 'home in' on the contribution of anxiety to the constantly changing content of fantasy.This book offers a new approach to the problem of anxiety. It suggests that our fantasies (both public and private) offer the key to understanding our anxieties and vice versa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105778

The Stupidity EpidemicWorrying About Students Schools and America’s Future Critics often warn that American schools are failing and that our students are ill-prepared for the challenges the future holds and may even be "the dumbest generation." We can think of these claims as warning about a Stupidity Epidemic. This essay begins by tracing the history of the idea of that American students teachers and schools are somehow getting worse; the record shows that critics have been issuing such warnings for more than 150 years. It then examines four sets of data that speak to whether educational deterioration is taking place. First data on educational attainment show a clear trend: more students are getting more education. Second standardized test scores suggest that American students are performing somewhat better; certainly most test scores do not indicate that students are getting worse. Third measures of popular knowledge also show evidence of improvement. Fourth there is clear evidence that IQ scores have been rising. In other words the best available evidence fails to support claims about a Stupidity Epidemic. The essay then turns to exploring several reasons why belief in educational decline is so common and concludes by suggesting some more useful ways to think about educational problems. The goal of this new unique Series is to offer readable teachable "thinking frames" on today’s social problems and social issues by leading scholars all in short 60 page or shorter formats and available for view on http://routledge.customgateway.com/routledge-social-issues.html For instructors teaching a wide range of courses in the social sciences the Routledge Social Issues Collection now offers the best of both worlds: originally written short texts that provide "overviews" to important social issues as well as teachable excerpts from larger works previously published by Routledge and other presses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173231

The Style and Mythology of Socialism: Socialist Idealism 1871-1914 Arguably no modern ideology has diffused as fast as Socialism. From the mid-nineteenth century to the last quarter of the twentieth socialist ideals played a crucial part not only in the political sphere but also influenced the way people worked and played thought and felt designed and decorated hoped and yearned. By proposing general observations on the relationship between socialism imagination myth and utopia as well as bringing the late nineteenth century socialist culture – a culture imbued with Biblical narratives Christian symbols classic mythology rituals from freemasonry Viking romanticism and utopian speculations – together under the novel term ‘socialist idealism’ The Style and Mythology of Socialism: Socialist Idealism 1871–1914 draws attention to the symbolic artistic and rhetorical ways that socialism originally set the hearts of people on fire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348809

The Style of the State in French Theater 1630–1660Neoclassicism and Government Engaging with recent thinking about performance political theory and canon formation this study addresses the significance of the formal changes in seventeenth-century French theater. Each chapter takes up a particularity of seventeenth-century theatrical style and staging”for example the clearing of violence from the stage”and shows how the conceptualization of these French stylistic shifts appropriates a rich body of Italian political writing on questions of action temporality and law. The theater's appropriation of political concerns and vocabularies the author argues proffers an astute reflection on the practices of government that draws attention to questions obscured in reason of state such as the instrumentalization of women's bodies. In a new reading of tragedies about government the author shows how the canonical figure of Pierre Corneille is formally engaged with the political strategizing he often appears to repudiate and in so doing challenges a literary history that has read neoclassicism largely as a display of pure French style. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138376281

The Stylistic Development of Keats This study first published in 1945 gives a precise description of the unfolding of a great poet’s craftsmanship and suggests alignments of the technical progression with the changes of the mind. Metrical analysis is given in order to throw light on Keats’ general stylistic development using the simplest terminology and in a traditional manner. Earlier English prosodic writings are referred to throughout in order to place the style and development in the context of the period. Arranged chronologically each chapter looks at a particular work or group of works drawing together evidence about Keats’ poetic direction. This classic work from a well-known Keats scholar is an important enlightening contribution within the extensive study of Keats’ poetry and letters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990081

The Stylus Phantasticus and Free Keyboard Music of the North German Baroque The concept of stylus phantasticus (or ’fantastic style’) as it was expressed in free keyboard music of the north German Baroque forms the focus of this book. Exploring both the theoretical background to the style and its application by composers and performers Paul Collins surveys the development of Athanasius Kircher’s original concept and its influence on music theorists such as Brossard Janovka Mattheson and Walther. Turning specifically to fantasist composers of keyboard works the book examines the keyboard toccatas of Merulo Fresobaldi Rossi and Froberger and their influence on north German organists Tunder Weckmann Reincken Buxtehude Bruhns Lubeck Bohm and Leyding. The free keyboard music of this distinguished group highlights the intriguing relationship at this time between composition and performance the concept of fantasy and the understanding of originality and individuality in seventeenth-century culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273191

The Subaltern SpeakCurriculum Power and Educational Struggles The question of whose perspective experience and history is privileged in educational institutions has shaped curriculum debates for decades. In this insightful collection Michael W. Apple and Kristen L. Buras interrogate the notion that some knowledge is worth more than others. The Subaltern Speak combines an analysis of the ways in which various forms of power now operate with a specific focus on spaces in which subaltern groups act to reassert their own perceived identities cultures and histories. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203623428

The Subcultural ImaginationTheory Research and Reflexivity in Contemporary Youth Cultures The Subcultural Imagination discusses young adults in subcultures and examines how sociologists use qualitative research methods to study them. Through the application of the ideas of C. Wright Mills to the development of theory-reflexive ethnography this book analyses the experiences of young people in different subcultural settings as well as reflecting on how young people in subcultures interact in the wider context of society biography and history. From Cuba to London and Bulgaria to Asia this book delves into urban spaces and street corners young people’s parties gigs BDSM fetish clubs school the home and feminist zines to offer a picture of live sociology in practice. In three parts the volume explores: history biography and subculture; practising reflexivity in the field; epistemologies pedagogies and the subcultural subject. The book offers cutting edge theory and rich empirical research on social class gender and ethnicities from both established and new researchers across diverse disciplinary backgrounds. It moves the subcultural debate beyond the impasse of the term’s relevance to one where researchers are fully engaged with the lives of the subcultural subjects. This innovative edited collection will appeal to scholars and students in the areas of sociology youth studies media and cultural studies/communication research methods and ethnography popular music studies criminology politics social and cultural theory and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138484931

The Subculture of ViolenceTowards an Integrated Theory in Criminology Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1967 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315013442

The Subdivision and Site Plan Handbook The Supreme Court decision that property owners may be entitled to compensation for government regulations that deprive them of reasonable use of their property has thrown the land-use field into a state of turmoil. Will municipal land-use ordinances be found excessive? What regulations can be considered a reasonable exercise of police power for public health safety and welfare? Will municipalities be liable for compensation to property owners if development is restricted? How can municipalities and developers plan in the wake of this decision?Ordinance provisions cover components of subdivision regulation: general provisions definitions administration procedure design and improvements off-tract improvements and documents to be submitted. The Subdivision and Site Plan Handbook provides a narrative on the background rationale and intent of each requirement accompanying the model ordinance; gives an overview of the history of subdivision regulation in the United States; traces the evolution of land-use regulation through various stages; and presents the legal context for present-day regulation.The book has been designed for use by government administrators developers planners attorneys and others interested in land-use regulation. The model ordinance represents the most current thinking about land use and site control and responds to questions raised by the Supreme Court decision. David Listokin and Carole Walker's analyses are flexible efficient responsive to local conditions and balance regulatory costs and benefits. This is a definitive and invaluable resource! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412848626

The Subject in QuestionSartre's Critique of Husserl in The Transcendence of the Ego The Subject in Question provides a fascinating insight into a debate between two of the twentieth century's most famous philosophers - Jean-Paul Sartre and Edmund Husserl - over the key notions of conscious experience and the self. Sartre's The Transcendence of the Ego published in 1937 is a major text in the phenomenological tradition and sets the course for much of his later work. The Subject in Question is the first full-length study of this famous work and its influence on twentieth-century philosophy. It also investigates the relationship between Sartre's ideas and the earlier work of Descartes and Kant. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758192

The Subject of AddictionPsychoanalysis and The Administration of Enjoyment Drugs and drug use are an integral part of human culture. Yet we know hardly anything about drugs at least not the kind of knowledge that would help us to understand how drugs affect people and how people beome addicted to drugs. This is most surprising in the light of the vast amount of knowledge accumulated in the sciences. Psychoanalysis might Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328900

The Subject of Consciousness First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871137

The Subject of Human Being The Subject of Human Being presents a sweeping account of the nature of human existence. As a work of philosophical anthropology the analysis ranges from the basic powers emerging from the mind to our extraordinary psychological capacities to the shared sociocultural worlds we inhabit. The book integrates different perspectives on social ontology from a selection of philosophers and theorists whose advances toward understanding the relationship between individuals and society ought to revolutionize social theory as understood and practiced in the social sciences and humanities. Although grounded in critical realist philosophy of Roy Bhaskar and the social theory of Margaret Archer the book also draws from philosophy of mind phenomenology of consciousness psychoanalytic theory virtue ethics and personalism to support and extend its arguments. Four elements of human existence are examined: the nature of consciousness agency subjectivity and the social world. Thus it addresses related issues of power the agent-structure problem the formation of beliefs and desires human universals and human rights. Portraying a unified social theory that is materialist realist dialectical and centered on emergence and offering a comprehensive and progressive theory of human being this book is essential reading for students and scholars of critical realism philosophy and the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584634

The Subject of ProstitutionSex Work Law and Social Theory The Subject of Prostitution offers a distinctive analysis of the links between prostitution and social theory in order to advance a critical analysis of the relationship of law to sex work. Using the lens of social theory to disrupt fixed meanings the book provides an advanced analytical framework through which to understand the complexity and contingencies of sex work in late modernity. The book analyses contemporary citizenship discourse and the law's ability to meet the competing demands of empowerment by sex workers and protection by radical feminists who view prostitution as the epitome of patriarchal sexual and economic relations. Its central focus is the role of law in both structuring and responding to the 'problem of prostitution'. By developing a distinctive constitutive approach to law the author offers a more advanced analytical framework from which to understand how law matters in contemporary debates and also suggests how law could matter in more imaginative justice reforms. This is particularly pertinent in a period of unprecedented legal reform both internationally and nationally as legal norms simultaneously attempt to protect empower and criminalise parties involved in the purchase of sexual services. The Subject of Prostitution aims to overcome the current aporia in these debates and suggest new ways to engage with the subject and law. As such The Subject of Prostitution provides an advanced theoretical resource for policymakers researchers and activists involved in contemporary struggles over the meanings and place of sex work in late modernity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415792271

The Subject of Tragedy (Routledge Revivals)Identity and Difference in Renaissance Drama First published in 1985 The Subject of Tragedy takes the drama of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries as the starting point for an analysis of the differential identities of man and woman. Catherine Belsey charts in a range of fictional and non-fictional texts the production in the Renaissance of a meaning for subjectivity that is identifiably modern. The subject of liberal humanism – self-determining free origin of language choice and action – is highlighted as the product of a specific period in which man was the subject to which woman was related. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138015395

The Subjection of Women The Subjection of Women which Mill wrote in 1861 but did not publish until 1869 is one of the seminal texts of feminism and aroused more antagonism than anything Mill ever wrote. Conservatives predicted it would do to the English family what socialism would do to England's economy. Liberals believed that women would vote conservative. Many prominent Englishwomen such as Charlotte Brontë Elizabeth Barrett Browning Christina Rossetti and George Eliot opposed women's suffrage. Even such advanced thinkers as Sigmund Freud were hostile to the book.In The Subjection of Women Mill argues with lucidity force and more than usual metaphorical eloquence that "the principle which regulates the existing social relations between the two sexes-the legal subordination of one sex to the other-is wrong in itself and now one of the chief hindrances to human improvement; and that it ought to be replaced by a principle of perfect equality..." Mill does battle on two fronts that of intrinsic justice and that of utility. He sees the subjection of women as not only inherently wrong but intertwined with all the evils of existing society. In support of his central principle Mill argues that there is no basis in nature for the inferior status of women. He likens the position of the Victorian wife to that of a domestic slave and discourses on the debasing nature of all master-slave relations. He provides historical evidence of what women are capable of achieving and he speculates upon the benefits that will accrue to society as well as individuals from female emancipation most especially from equality in marriage which Mill describes as the only remaining legal form of slavery.This new critical edition shows that Mill's classic work has lost none of its relevance. The cross-disciplinary approach of the book can be useful in literature history or sociology courses as well as womens studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538986

The Subjectivities and Politics of Occupational RiskMines Farms and Auto Factories The Subjectivities and Politics of Occupational Risk links restructuring in three industries to shifts in risk subjectivities and politics both within workplaces and within the safety management and regulative spheres often leading to conflict and changes in law political discourses and management approaches. The state and corporate governance emphasis on worker participation and worker rights internal responsibility and self-regulative technologies are understood as corporate and state efforts to reconstruct control and responsibility for Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) risks within the context of a globalized neoliberal economy. Part 1 presents a conceptual framework for understanding the subjective bases of worker responses to health and safety hazards using Bourdieu’s concept of habitus and the sociology of risk concepts of trust and uncertainty. Part 2 demonstrates the restructuring arguments using three different industry case studies of multiple mines farms and auto parts plants. The final chapter draws out the implications of the evidence and theory for social change and presents several recommendations for a more worker-centred politics of health and safety. The book will appeal to social scientists interested in health and safety work employment relations and labour law as well as worker advocates and activists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367469955

The Sublime Related to ideas of the great the awe-inspiring and the overpowering the sublime has been debated for centuries amongst writers artists philosophers and theorists and has become a complex yet crucial concept in many disciplines. In this thoroughly updated edition Philip Shaw looks at: Early modern and post-Romantic conceptions of the sublime in two brand new chapters The legacy of the earliest classical theories through those of the long eighteenth century to modernist postmodernist and avant-garde conceptions of the sublime Critical Introductions to major theorists of the sublime such as Longinus Burke Kant Schopenhauer Nietzsche Derrida Lyotard Lacan and Žižek The significance of the concept through a range of literary readings including the Old and New Testaments Homer Milton and writing from the Romantic period to the present day How the concept of the sublime has affected other art forms such as painting and film from abstract expressionism to David Lynch’s neo-noir The influence of the sublime on recent debates in the fields of politics theology and psychoanalysis. Offering historical overviews and explanations this remarkably clear study is essential reading for students of literature critical and cultural theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138859647

The Sublime Terror and Human Difference Christine Battersby is a leading thinker in the field of philosophy gender studies and visual and literary aesthetics. In this important new work she undertakes an exploration of the nature of the sublime one of the most important topics in contemporary debates about modernity politics and art. Through a compelling examination of terror transcendence and the ‘other’ in key European philosophers and writers Battersby articulates a radical ‘female sublime’. A central feature of The Sublime Terror and Human Difference is its engagement with recent debates around ‘9/11’ race and Islam. Battersby shows how since the eighteenth century the pleasures of the sublime have been described in terms of the transcendence of terror. Linked to the ‘feminine’ the sublime was closed off to flesh-and-blood women to ‘Orientals’ and to other supposedly ‘inferior’ human types. Engaging with Kant Burke the German Romantics Nietzsche Derrida Lyotard Irigaray and Arendt as well as with women writers and artists Battersby traces the history of these exclusions while finding resources within the history of western culture for thinking human differences afresh The Sublime Terror and Human Difference is essential reading for students of continental philosophy gender studies aesthetics literary theory visual culture and race and social theory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203945612

The Sublime in Everyday LifePsychoanalytic and Aesthetic Perspectives Notions of the sublime are most often associated with the extraordinary and include the intra-psychic high-cultural and exceptional occurrences of elation and exaltation as part of the experience. Using psychoanalytic and aesthetic theories this book aims to revitalise the sublime by re-evaluating its significance for contemporary life and in a unique and fascinating endeavour opens up a space that explores the sublime in the ordinary everyday and quotidian. Through the exploration of familiar (i.e. love death art and nature) and unfamiliar (pornography education and politics) threads of the sublime experience this book posits the sublime as invoking an ordinary human response which contains minute inter-psychic inclusive and even mass-media cultural elements and carries within it therapeutic and political potential. It explores loving and caring as well as hateful traumatic and destructive encounters with the sublime demonstrating how it can overflow and destabilise our psychological and social symbolic structures and expose their fictional and constructed nature but also shows it as something we can engage with in order to re-create and heal ourselves above and beyond what any 'given' form of reality can offer us. Demonstrating the urgent need to understand the sublime as something that is immanent in our everyday life a source of energy and inspiration that can be invoked to support our mental health and well-being this book will be of great interest to psychoanalysts psychotherapists and art therapists as well as scholars and students of philosophy and popular culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367202972

The Sublime InventionBallooning in Europe 1783–1820 Ballooning like the Enlightenment was a Europe-wide movement and a massive cultural phenomenon. Lynn argues that in order to understand the importance of science during the age of the Enlightenment and Atlantic revolutions it is crucial to explain how and why ballooning entered and stayed in the public consciousness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661219

The Submarine Service 1900–1918 The year 2001 marks the centenary of the Royal Navy's submarine service. In the aftermath of the 2016 celebrations of the Battle of Jutland centenary it is worth considering how the First World War at sea changed. This volume opens with an examination of the background to the Board of Admiralty's decision in 1900 to buy submarines bringing to light documents that go a long way toward dispelling the myth that Britain's pre-1914 naval leaders were opposed to the development of the submarine as a major weapon. Indeed the documents show that senior naval officers and influential civilians in Whitehall believed that the advent of the submarine would revolutionize naval warfare in a way that would bolster the Royal Navy's position as the world's predominant naval power. This edited selection of documents illustrates not only the Admiralty's thinking on the employment of the submarine between 1900 and 1918 it also charts the technical development of British submarines and explains issues such as why the pioneer submariners came to regard themselves as an élite group within the Royal Navy - and were allowed to become the 'silent service'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911423713

The Subsidy ScandalHow Your Government Wastes Your Money to Wreck Your Environment Originally published in 2002 The Subsidy Scandal examines the subsidies spent by governments and the affect this has had on the environment. The book examines industries ranging from agriculture to mining energy to transport and the subsidies spent on these industries by government. The book argues that these industries have had a negative impact on the environment often funded through government subsidies derived from public taxes. The book suggests that these subsidies go to those who least need them – frequently to corporations and special interest groups which recycle some of the funds to support the politicians who keep the subsidies going. Based on research in North America with examples from Europe and elsewhere the book provides an investigative report into to the money assigned to environmental policies to find out where the money goes and what produces it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367416546

The Substance of Faith Allied with ScienceA Catechism for Parents and Teachers Originally published in 1907 this book provides information to parents and teachers wishing to teach their children about Christianity as well as science. Lodge details his fear of mandatory secularism in schools and advises how to instruct children in science without allowing any doubt of Christian doctrine and stresses the importance of reconciliation between religion and science for future generations. This title will be of interest to students of Education and Religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138640269

The Suburb Reader Since the 1920s the United States has seen a dramatic reversal in living patterns with a majority of Americans now residing in suburbs. This mass emigration from cities is one of the most fundamental social and geographical transformations in recent US history. Suburbanization has not only produced a distinct physical environment—it has become a major defining force in the construction of twentieth-century American culture. Employing over 200 primary sources illustrations and critical essays The Suburb Reader documents the rise of North American suburbanization from the 1700s through the present day. Through thematically organized chapters it explores multiple facets of suburbia’s creation and addresses its indelible impact on the shaping of gender and family ideologies politics race relations technology design and public policy. Becky Nicolaides’ and Andrew Wiese’s concise commentaries introduce the selections and contextualize the major themes of each chapter. Distinctive in its integration of multiple perspectives on the evolution of the suburban landscape The Suburb Reader pays particular attention to the long complex experiences of African Americans immigrants and working people in suburbia. Encompassing an impressive breadth of chronology and themes The Suburb Reader is a landmark collection of the best works on the rise of this modern social phenomenon.   New to the edition The second edition incorporates important new research that explores the complex history and cultures of the American suburbs More coverage of transnational cases and the influence of American suburbia internationally More coverage of the post-financial crisis and housing crisis in the U. S. including rising suburban inequality The positive sides of suburban living are further emphasized balancing the critical approaches of the text including "best practices" in policy. Deeper coverage of ethnically diverse suburbs including politics and lifeways in Asian American and Latino suburbs Expanded coverage of recent exclusionary tactics from cultural politics to violence in Ferguson New material on popular culture representations in film television music and children’s literature New coverage of the future of suburbs including further economic political and social transformations and recent initiatives in sustainability and regional equity Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138818583

The Suburban Apartment BoomCase Study of a Land Use Problem With an increase in urban crises arising from a growing population and rising affluence and the inadequacy of conventional theories to predict the future states of the environment Resources for the Future laid out a series of studies on the resource base of the urban environment. Originally published in 1968 this particular study examines the increase of apartment construction in the suburb including the extent of construction and the factors behind construction such as population demographics highway construction and national and local land use policy. Neutze makes comparisons of U.S. metropolitan areas to draw conclusions on new policies which the government should consider in relation to the urban land market. This title will be of interest to students of Environmental Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138955325

The Subversive ImaginationThe Artist Society and Social Responsiblity First Published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140943

The Subversive Poetics of Alfred JarryUbusing Culture in the Almanachs Du Pere Ubu This book examines key characteristics of Alfred Jarry's subversive poetics through an analysis of the Almanachs du Pere Ubu and addresses their role within the European avant-garde. It discusses the Almanacs as literary representatives of Montmartre's humoristic cabaret culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781907747984

The Success of SanctionsLessons Learned from the EU Experience The effectiveness of sanctions cannot purely be measured by the way they change the behaviour of their intended target. The degree to which sanctions constrain a rogue state's behaviour and the signals they send to future targets should also be prime considerations. In this thought provoking book Francesco Giumelli measures the true effectiveness of EU sanctions against a range of states including Belarus Zimbabwe Moldova Uzbekistan the USA and China. He demonstrates that focussing purely on behavioural change is limiting especially when considering the actions and motivations of an international organisation and develops a process to evaluate the direct and indirect impact of EU sanctions. Giumelli demonstrates the many different ways sanctions have been used by the EU to produce positive direct and indirect results and provides a multi-level framework to assess the success of sanctions in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367860462

The Success or Die UltimatumSaving Companies with Blended Long-Term Improvement Formulas Although eliminating waste and reducing variation are essential for successful improvement initiatives few books integrate Lean Six Sigma and cultural issues into a single management and improvement initiative. Filling this void this book details a proven recipe for applying Lean Six Sigma and the Theory of Constraints in a manner that will maximize return on investment cash flow and net profits.The "Success or Die" Ultimatum: Saving Companies with Blended Long-Term Improvement Formulas uses a compelling story format to guide readers through a collection of stories that illustrate best practices for finding and fixing common issues found in today’s organizations. It uses in-depth case studies to illustrate a range of scenarios at a call center pharmaceutical company automotive parts supplier and metals distributor and processor.Readers will learn simple techniques such as face-to-face discussions to gather data as well as more complex diagnostic techniques such as Four-Field Mapping and process mapping. Readers will better understand the complexities in newly formed working relationships as well as how to: Hire and work with consultants Interact with management to get things done Engage workers on the front line Handle those who are actively against improvements Build and sustain a culture of improvement The book covers simple yet effective statistics and explains how Minitab® can be used to simplify and speed up data analysis. In addition it explains one way to use Statistical Process Control (SPC) to anticipate problems from data and what the results mean. The book includes coverage of project planning strategy Lean manufacturing command and control finance PDCA SPC/root cause analysis OEE allocating responsibilities and times to fix Big Picture mapping and four-point planning. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482299038

The Sudan under WingateAdministration in the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan 1899-1916 Published in 1971: The purpose of this book is to describe and to analyse the administrative policies in the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan during the formative years of the Condominium. The period chosen for this purpose corresponds with the governor-generalship of Sir Reginald Wingate whose seventeen years as governor-general so the Sudan had a lasting effect on later development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367148751

The Sudanese Communist PartyIdeology and Party Politics This book serves as a case study of the Sudanese Communist Party and its impact as a grassroots movement that championed the Sudanese people. It accomplishes this by providing a rich narrative that details the SCP's inception main players important milestones and values of the Party. In this narrative the author not only delivers a comprehensive examination of the party components he guides readers through their connections to one another but also associates them and the party to Sudanese society at large. Using original party documents and interviews with leading figures this book is the first time this subject has been detailed so extensively in one publication. It is also the only up-to-date work available on the subject and includes analysis of the most recent party congress and the division of the Sudan and creation of the newly independent Republic of South Sudan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109728

The SudanUnity and Diversity in a Multicultural State Little known in the United States and Western Europe the Sudan is nevertheless a country of major importance in international affairs. This analytic introduction to the modern Sudan first published in 1985 provides a summary of the basic dynamics of the country’s political social cultural and economic life as well as a general framework for interpreting the modern Sudanese experience. The authors present a clear picture of the Sudan as a distinctive entity with an identity all its own revealing however that almost paradoxically one of the most significant aspects of that identity is the place of the Sudan as a special link between different cultural patterns and socio-political styles. The Sudan is both a bridge and a melting pot and this provides the foundation of its unique character. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138212084

The Suez Crisis This introduction to Suez covers the background to the crisis the invasion and its aftermath. The Suez-Crisis provides:* key documents as primary sources incorporated in the text* an extensive range of other source material including images* analysis of the significance of the sources discussed and their usefulness as historical evidence* commentary on the historical context of the crisis* an analysis of the wider implications of the crisis particularly for Britain Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203355688

The Suez-Sinai CrisisA Retrospective and Reappraisal A comprehensive and balanced volume which juxtaposes the views of statesmen with those of military leaders that fought the war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157743

The Suffering StrangerHermeneutics for Everyday Clinical Practice Winner of the 2012 Gradiva Award! Utilizing the hermeneutics of Hans-Georg Gadamer and the ethics of Emmanuel Lévinas The Suffering Stranger invigorates the conversation between psychoanalysis and philosophy demonstrating how each is informed by the other and how both are strengthened in unison. Orange turns her critical (and clinical) eye toward five major psychoanalytic thinkers – Sándor Ferenczi Frieda Fromm-Reichmann D. W. Winnicott Heinz Kohut and Bernard Brandchaft – investigating the hermeneutic approach of each and engaging these innovative thinkers precisely as interpreters as those who have seen the face and heard the voice of the other in an ethical manner. In doing so she provides the practicing clinician with insight into the methodology of interpretation that underpins the day-to-day activity of analysis and broadens the scope of possibility for philosophical extensions of psychoanalytic theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415874045

The Suicidal Adolescent As our knowledge of the change and turmoil of adolescence grows so the number of issues on which psychotherapeutic techniques can shed light increases: this monograph focuses on one of the most urgent. It provides not only practical insights into dealing with suicidal or potentially suicidal adolescents - with an emphasis on prevention of the prob Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328917

The Sultanate of Delhi (1206-1526)Polity Economy Society and Culture This book provides an integrated view of the Delhi Sultanate government from 1206 to 1526. It is divided into two parts. The first part deals with the political events and the dynastic history of the Sultans and the second part with the administration different land issues social life including two major religious movements and other cultural aspects including architecture and sculpture. The growth of the city of Delhi has been shown here perhaps for the first time.Most of the books on Delhi Sultanate mainly narrate the political events. Here other aspects have been included to show the real character of the Sultanate. It may be mentioned that the English officials from the end of the eighteenth Century had termed the medieval period of India as a ‘dark age’ – a statement that has been accepted by several Indian writers. It is to negate this view that an integrated narrative has been provided here.Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367228958

The Suma Oriental of Tomé PiresAn Account of the East from the Red Sea to Japan Follows on with continuous main pagination from Second Series 89. Translated by the editor from the Portuguese MS in the Bibliothèque de la Chambre des Deput Paris. Book VI of the Suma Oriental together with a translation of Rodrigues' 'Book' the entire Portuguese texts and a letter from Pires to King Manuel 1516. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1944. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315085128

The Suma Oriental of Tomé PiresVolume I Containing the translated Books I-V of the Suma Oriental: An Account of the East from the Red Sea to Japan written in Malacca and India in 1512-1515 and The Book of Francisco Rodrigues Rutter of a Voyage in the Red Sea Nautical Rules Almanack and Maps Written and Drawn in the East before 1515. Translated from the Portuguese MS in the Bibliothèque de la Chambre des Deputés Paris. The main pagination of this and the following volume (Second Series 90) is continuous. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1944. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315552439

The Sumerian World The Sumerian World explores the archaeology history and art of southern Mesopotamia and its relationships with its neighbours from c.3 000 - 2 000BC. Including material hitherto unpublished from recent excavations the articles are organised thematically using evidence from archaeology texts and the natural sciences. This broad treatment makes the volume of interest to students looking for comparative data in allied subjects such as ancient literature and early religions. Providing an authoritative comprehensive and up-to-date overview of the Sumerian period written by some of the best-qualified scholars in the field The Sumerian World will satisfy students researchers academics and the knowledgeable layperson wishing to understand the world of southern Mesopotamia in the third millennium. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138238633

The Summer Capitals of Europe 1814-1919 This book is about the European health spas of the nineteenth century: what they were how they operated what life was like there and how their functions evolved to the point where their original medicinal purpose was relegated to a secondary place by the unintended uses of spas as stages of social and political interactions. These popular resorts were nicknamed ‘the summer capitals of Europe’ because of the tendency of nations’ governing classes to gather there. Every summer between 1814 and 1914 (and in a few cases during World War I) continental watering places became a microcosm of cosmopolitan aristocratic Europe incorporating its conventions tastes concerns and interests. As the nineteenth century advanced fashionable watering stations increasingly became associated with social bonding matchmaking pleasure career building conspicuous consumption and diplomatic activity that took place during the high season. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138332010

The Sun Is Rising in Africa and the Middle EastOn the Road to a Solar Energy Future Both Africa and the Middle East are blessed with enormous solar energy resources. Electrification is an urgent need in Africa where many of its 54 countries are among the world’s fastest-growing economies but where half the population still has no access to electricity. Solar energy is seen as the fastest and cheapest path to addressing this need. Oil-rich countries in the Middle East are turning to solar energy to meet the growing domestic demand for electricity freeing up hydrocarbons for export. This book describes the energy transition in Africa and the Middle East from dependence on fossil fuels to increasing reliance on solar energy. The authors were assisted by the contributions of top experts Wolfgang Palz Anil Cabraal and Richenda Van Leeuwen in their efforts to provide a sound basis for understanding where solar energy is heading in these two important global regions. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774895

The SundarbansFolk Deities Monsters and Mortals The book is about the colonization of the Sunderbans that began with the coming of the British. For two centuries land-hungry peasants strove to transform the tidal forest vegetation into an agro- ecosystem dominated by paddy fields and fish culture. The construction of a permanent railroad led to the spreading of the co- operative movement the formation of peasant organizations and finally culminated in open rebellion by the peasants (tebhaga). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138103702

The Sunday Assembly and Theologies of Suffering This book draws on a study of the Sunday Assembly- a "godless congregation"- to reflect on how the Church might better deal with suffering lament and theodicy. Against a backdrop of a shifting attitudes towards religion humans are now better connected than ever before. It is no exaggeration to suggest that we carry the suffering of the world in our pockets. In the midst of these intersecting issues the Sunday Assembly provides insight into how meaning-making in times of trauma and crisis is changing. Drawing on practical theology and using ethnographic tools of investigation this book includes findings from interviews and observation with the Sunday Assembly in London and Edinburgh. It explores the Sunday Assembly’s philosophy of "celebrating life " and what this means in practice. At times this emphasis on celebration can result in situations where suffering is "passed over " or only briefly acknowledged. In response this book considers a similar tendency within white Protestant churches to avoid explicit discussion of difficult issues. This book challenges churches to consider how they might resist the avoidance of suffering through the practice of lament.The insights provided by this book will be of particular interest to scholars of Religious Studies Practical Theology Secularism and Atheism/Non-religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367276997

The Superintendent’s RulebookA Guide to District-Level Leadership A concise and accessible text The Superintendent’s Rulebook explores the human-resource political and leadership dimensions of the superintendency. This important book is designed for new aspiring superintendents and Boards of Education helping readers to apply the many leadership lessons taught in training programs and education leadership courses to their everyday practice. Full of real-world examples takeaway strategies and supplemented with discussion and "inbox" questions this valuable resource encourages reflection while capturing the day-to-day spirit and complexities of district-level leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138294745

The Supernatural After the Neuro-Turn This book takes what is often referred to as the "supernatural" to be normal natural phenomena that are closely linked to the neurobiology of the human species. Reflecting the neurocultural and biocultural perspective the chapters cover phenomena such as out-of-body experiences ghosts and experiences of spirit entities. The contributors consider the "supernatural" as emerging from innate neurobiological structures and functions and reflecting known neurobiological processes that explain their universality and persistence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138314498

The Supernatural in Tudor and Stuart England The Supernatural in Tudor and Stuart England reflects upon the boundaries between the natural and the otherworldly in early modern England as they were understood by the people of the time. The book places supernatural beliefs and events in the context of the English Reformation to show how early modern people reacted to the world of unseen spirits and magical influences. It sets out the conceptual foundations of early modern encounters with the supernatural and shows how occult beliefs penetrated almost every aspect of life. Darren Oldridge considers many of the spiritual forces that pervaded early modern England: an immanent God who sometimes expressed Himself through ‘signs and wonders’ and the various lesser inhabitants of the world of spirits including ghosts goblins demons and angels. He explores human attempts to comprehend harness or accommodate these powers through magic and witchcraft and the role of the supernatural in early modern science. This book presents a concise and accessible up-to-date synthesis of the scholarship of the supernatural in Tudor and Stuart England. It will be essential reading for students of early modern England religion witchcraft and the supernatural. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415747592

The Supply Chain in Manufacturing Distribution and TransportationModeling Optimization and Applications Reporting on cutting-edge research in production distribution and transportation The Supply Chain in Manufacturing Distribution and Transportation: Modeling Optimization and Applications provides the understanding needed to tackle key problems within the supply chain. Viewing the supply chain as an integrated process with regard to tactical and operational planning it details models to help you address the wide range of organizational issues that can adversely affect your supply chain. This compilation of scholarly research work from academia and industry considers high-level production schedules product sourcing network alignment distribution center layouts transportation operations with stochastic demand inventory planning and day-to-day operations planning. The book is divided into three sections: Industrial and Service Applications of the Supply Chain Analytic Probabilistic Models in Supply Chain Problems Optimization Models of Supply Chain Problems Because tactical and operational models rely on quality forecasts of demand the text examines stochastic customer demand coordination of supply chain functions and solution algorithms. It reviews real-world business applications and case studies that illustrate the modeling solutions discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138372696

The Suppressed Madness of Sane MenForty-Four Years of Exploring Psychoanalysis Marion Milner introduces this edited collection of her papers from 1942 to 1977 with a fascinating biographical account of her development in psychoanalysis. The collection includes her classic papers on symbolism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138462069

The Suppression of DissentHow the State and Mass Media Squelch USAmerican Social Movements Despite longstanding traditions of tolerance inclusion and democracy in the United States dissident citizens and social movements have experienced significant and sustained - although often subtle and difficult-to observe - suppression in this country. Using mechanism-based social-movement theory this book explores a wide range of twentieth century episodes of contention involving such groups as mid-century communists the Black Panther Party the American Indian Movement and the modern-day globalization movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415652773

The Supreme Command 1914-1918 (Routledge Revivals)Volume I Lord Hankey (1877-1963) was a British civil servant and the first Cabinet Secretary a top aide to Prime Minister David Lloyd George and the War Cabinet that directed Britain in World War One. Mostly derived from the author’s diaries which began in March 1915 this study describes how Lord Hankey contributed to the development of the British system of Cabinet Government during the war years. First published in 1961 the two-volume collection is a history of the Supreme Command of the War; the conduct of the war the development of the Supreme Command from Balfour to Lloyd George and the emergence of the Cabinet Secretariat from the Secretariat of the War Cabinet. It contains intimate glimpses of the statesmen sailors and soldiers who guided affairs towards 1918. This is a fascinating first-hand examination of the people who influenced the conduct of the war and will be of particular value to students interested in its diplomatic history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138800885

The Supreme Command 1914-1918 (Routledge Revivals)Volume II Lord Hankey (1877-1963) was a British civil servant and the first Cabinet Secretary a top aide to Prime Minister David Lloyd George and the War Cabinet that directed Britain in World War One. Mostly derived from the author’s diaries which began in March 1915 this study describes how Lord Hankey contributed to the development of the British system of Cabinet Government during the war years. First published in 1961 the two-volume collection is a history of the Supreme Command of the War; the conduct of the war the development of the Supreme Command from Balfour to Lloyd George and the emergence of the Cabinet Secretariat from the Secretariat of the War Cabinet. It contains intimate glimpses of the statesmen sailors and soldiers who guided affairs towards 1918. This is a fascinating first-hand examination of the people who influenced the conduct of the war and will be of particular value to students interested in its diplomatic history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138800908

The Supreme Control at the Paris Peace Conference 1919 (Routledge Revivals)A Commentary This book first published in 1963 discusses the events of the Paris Peace Conference- the meeting of Allied victors following the end of World War I to set peace terms. Lord Hankey discusses the political and military terms and issues as well as those of individual countries. This book is ideal for students of modern history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138831346

The Supreme Court and Benign Elite Democracy in Japan The Constitution of Japan has served the country for more than half a century creating and maintaining a stable and functional democratic system. This book innovatively interprets Japanese politics as a ’benign elite democracy’ whilst demonstrating the Supreme Court's vital contribution to the political structure. In The Supreme Court and Benign Elite Democracy in Japan Hiroshi Itoh presents the first empirical study of judicial decision making under Japan's Constitution. He examines the Supreme Court’s records regarding the protection of civil rights and liberties the preservation of the conformity of lower levels of laws and regulations to the Constitution and the maintenance of the Court's relationships to the political branches. The analysis of these three aspects of constitutional litigation reveal how the Supreme Court contributes to the efficacy of constitutional democracy by keeping the system adaptable to the ever-changing environment in and around Japan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602680

The Supreme Court A-Z This comprehensive alphabetical encyclopedia of more than 300 easy-to-read entries is the first resource for anyone who wants reliable information or background material on the significant decisions of the Supreme Court the history of the Court the justices (every justice is profiled) the powers of the Court and how the institution has evolved from its origins to the present. Outstanding Academic Book Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315062365

The Supreme Court in a Separation of Powers SystemThe Nation's Balance Wheel The U.S. Supreme Court is not a unitary actor and it does not function in a vacuum. It is part of an integrated political system in which its decisions and doctrine must be viewed in a broader context. In some areas the Court is the lead policy maker. In other areas the Court fills in the gaps of policy created in the legislative and executive branches. In either instance the Supreme Court’s work is influenced by and in turn influences all three branches of the federal government as well as the interests and opinions of the American people. Pacelle analyzes the Court’s interaction in the separation of powers system detailing its relationship to the presidency Congress the bureaucracy public opinion interest groups and the vast system of lower courts. The niche the Court occupies and the role it plays in American government reflect aspects of both the legal and political models. The Court has legal duties and obligations as well as some freedom to exercise its collective political will. Too often those studying the Court have examined it in isolation but this book urges scholars and students alike to think more broadly and situate the highest court as the "balance wheel" in the American system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415894302

The Supreme Court In and Out of the Stream of HistoryThe Supreme Court in American Society Available as a single volume or part of the 10 volume set Supreme Court in American Society Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315053530

The Supreme Court on Trial Although it was written at a time of national self-criticism The Supreme Court on Trial remains a classic examination of the place of the Supreme Court in the American political system. When originally published the American people were engaged in a severe examination of their basic commitments their way of life and the direction they appeared to be going. The contemporary literature--over the air in newspaper editorials and columns in books and articles--was heavy with protest admonition and exhortation. Although the times are different the issues raised in this volume continue to be important.The American system exalts the American citizen as common man with claims to the dignity of citizens and pleas for securing their civil rights. At the same time citizens are criticized for their cultural provincialism fear of intellectual endeavor and adoption of conformity. Political institutions are not immune from such evaluations. We have created Hoover commissions to study the national administrative system; the Electoral College has been the subject of persistent scrutiny since World War II. There have been demands for reconstitution of our state lawmaking bodies. What links the concerns current at the time of original publication of this volume and concerns today most obviously are deep concern we now display for the character and quality of our public school curriculum and for the administrative structure which maintains and manages our schools. The role of the Supreme Court in these concerns is evident.The purpose of the book is to examine critically the place of the Supreme Court in our political system and to improve the public understanding of what the Supreme Court does how its acts have been received and how its way of influencing public policy is related to other methods of making public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138538993

The Supreme Court’s Role in Mass Incarceration The Supreme Court’s Role in Mass Incarceration illuminates the role of the United States Supreme Court’s criminal procedure revolution as a contributing factor to the rise in U.S. incarceration rates. Noting that the increase in mass incarceration began climbing just after the Warren Court years and continued to climb for the next four decades—despite the substantial decline in the crime rate—the author posits that part of the explanation is the Court’s failure to understand that a trial system with robust rights for defendants is not a strong trial system unless it is also reliable and efficient. There have been many explanations offered for the sudden and steep escalation in the U.S. incarceration rate such as "it was the war on drugs" to "it was our harsh sentencing statutes." Those explanations have been shown to be inadequate. This book contends that we have overlooked a more powerful force in the rise of our incarceration rate—the long line of Supreme Court decisions starting in the Warren Court era that made the criminal justice system so complicated and expensive that it no longer serves to protect defendants. For the vast majority of defendants their constitutional rights are irrelevant as they are forced to accept plea bargains or face the prospect of a comparatively harsh sentence if convicted. The prospect of a trial once an important restraint on prosecutors in charging has disappeared and plea-bargaining rules. This book is essential reading for both graduate and undergraduate students in corrections and criminal justice courses as well as judges attorneys and others working in the criminal justice system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367331399

The Surface EffectThe Screen of Fantasy in Psychoanalysis Even before we think we use fantasy. Is fantasy the ‘mother of all media’? Does fantasy save me from myself? Are there fictions that are real? In The Surface Effect André Nusselder examines the space of fantasy between individual ‘inner life’ and social ‘outer life’. Where we assume that fantasy only operates where we float off in imaginary realms this book shows that we are in it from the beginning.  Based on the work of Jacques Lacan Nusselder elaborates Lacan’s theory showing how the effects of unconscious processes converge in fantasy as our principal medium for self-identity perception remembering and intersubjectivity. The human mind is seen as a composite function of language body and social world and fantasy is the fundamental process to study this effect. The book is divided into three sections: - The Philosophical Context- Lacan’s Theory of Fantasy- Lacan and Philosophy The Surface Effect analyses fantasy as a medium both creative and protective operating between anxiety and excess. It focuses on the role of fantasy in psychoanalysis and follows its path towards reflections on mediation and new media. This book will appeal to psychoanalysts philosophers cognitive scientists and those studying new media film culture and literature. André Nusselder is a Dutch philosopher writer and computer programmer.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415692816

The Surveillance Web The rise of CCTV and surveillance technologies has been one of the key developments in contemporary society but its impact has often been analysed in a fragmented manner. This book addresses this issue by providing a detailed micro-sociological account of the construction of a CCTV network in one English city. It differs from previous studies (which have concentrated on open street CCTV systems) in documenting and analysing the use of visual surveillance systems in a number of different locations and institutional settings including the industrial workplace shopping malls high-rise housing schemes and hospitals. It is concerned not just with abstract categories of 'grand theory' but seeks to explain how people living in contemporary society experience these changes. The Surveillance Web situates the growth of visual surveillance systems in the context of many of the key concerns of theorists of modernity and makes a key contribution to understanding the nature of the relationship between surveillance and society. Its starting point is to view the relationship between surveillance and society as a two way process: the book looks at both the social impact of visual surveillance systems and at how the impact of these technologies is shaped by existing social relations political practice and cultural traditions. provides a richly textured account and analysis of the introduction of visual surveillance technologies (CCTV) in an English cityexplores the impact of the introduction and use of visual surveillance systems in a wide variety of locales and institutional settings both public and privatemakes a key contribution to theoretical debates over the relationship between surveillance systems and society one of the central concerns of theorists of modernity Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9781138998155

The Surveillance-Industrial ComplexA Political Economy of Surveillance Today’s ‘surveillance society’ emerged from a complex of military and corporate priorities that were nourished through the active and ‘cold’ wars that marked the twentieth century. Two massive configurations of power – state and corporate – have become the dominant players. Mass targeted surveillance deep within corporate governmental and social structures is now both normal and legitimate. The Surveillance-Industrial Complex examines the intersections of capital and the neo-liberal state in promoting the emergence and growth of the surveillance society. The chapters in this volume written by internationally-known surveillance scholars from a number of disciplines trace the connections between the massive multinational conglomerates that manufacture distribute and promote technologies of ‘surveillance’ and the institutions of social control and civil society. In three parts this collection investigates:how the surveillance-industrial complex spans international boundaries through the workings of global capital and its interaction with agencies of the statesurveillance as an organizational control process perpetuating the interests and voices of certain actors and weakening or silencing othershow local political economies shape the deployment and distribution of the massive interactions of global capital/military that comprise surveillance systems today.This volume will be useful for students and scholars of sociology management business criminology geography and international studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867188

The Surveyors' Expert Witness Handbook This book is an invaluable guide for those providing expert evidence on valuations of commercial properties – including civil actions rent review arbitrations lands tribunal cases and rating appeals.The object of the book is to provide the commercial property valuer with a detailed introduction to providing expert evidence in a litigation context the rules requirements and the pitfalls for the unwary. Particular trouble has been taken to emphasise the need for quality evidence based on relevant experience which is objective unbiased independent and of sufficient quality to resist challenges before the courts tribunals and arbitrators. This handbook will help the practitioner start off on the right course and provide forewarning of the issues which he or she is likely to face leading to greater professional awareness and to higher standards of valuation expert evidence in all commercial property fields. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9781138154629

The Survival Guide for Business Families First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203949511

The Survival of a CountercultureIdeological Work and Everyday Life among Rural Communards The Survival of a Counterculture is a lively engaging look into the ways communards or people who live in communes maintain modify use and otherwise live with their convictions while they attempt to get through the problems of everyday life. Communal families shape their norms to the circumstances they live with just as on a larger scale nations and major institutions also shape their ideologies to the pressures of circumstance they feel. With a new introduction by the author that brings his work up to date this volume raises important questions regarding sociological theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539013

The Survival of the Self First published in 1998 this volume gives an account of personal identity derived from the Butler-Reid position arguing that from the first person point of view one necessary condition of personal identity is the survival of the Self. Robin Harwood’s claim is that a normal human person is a combination of a Self a mind and a body locating the issue of personal identity as stemming from the nature of persons as compound entities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138365148

The Survival RegimeGlobal War and the Political The Survival Regime explores the concept of survival to describe the effects on politics of the fusion of war and capital in globalization. Survival defines a sort of degree zero governmentality that has resulted from the crumbling of the political and spatial architecture of modernity particularly the state. It does not simply name the new content of all politics or the economic law of the strongest of neoliberalism. Rather it theorizes how systemic violence and permanent instability force political life to struggle for its own existence thus generating a regime based on productive engagement and urgent intervention. Through a critical dialogue with various contemporary thinkers (Galli Hardt and Negri Esposito Agamben Derrida and Schmitt among others) Edgar Illas theorizes survival as a global logic that overcomes the links between life and power explained by the Foucauldian paradigm of biopolitics. He examines parallel notions such as singularity aleatoriness eclecticism and distinction to question previous theorizations of the political based on class struggle inclusion hegemony or recognition of demands. Through the intersection of different lines of inquiry including Marxism war theory biopolitics and deconstruction The Survival Regime contributes to the rethinking of critical theory political theory and cultural studies in globalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367279448

The Sustainability CurriculumThe Challenge for Higher Education The links between education and sustainable development are deepening although subject to much controversy and debate. The success of the sustainability discourse depends both on the pedagogic and research functions of higher education. Similarly for higher education itself to remain relevant and engaged it faces pressure not only to integrate the insights and lessons drawn from the perspective of sustainable development but also to be responsive to scrutiny of its own practices in relation to sustainability. Among professionals in higher education sustainable development has its supporters and detractors. It is embraced by some individuals and departments while being perceived by others as a threat to the coherence of particular disciplines. Although it is not currently an academic discipline in its own right increasing public and professional familiarity with the term and the increasing urgency of global calls for the implementation of sustainable development mean that this is rapidly changing. This volume analyses the impact of the concepts and practices of sustainability and sustainable development on various academic disciplines institutional practices fields of study and methods of enquiry. The contributors drawn from a wide-range of disciplines perspectives educational levels and institutional contexts examine the purpose of the modern university and the nature of sustainable education which includes exploring links to social movements for sustainability projects curriculum change culture and biodiversity values relating to gender equality and global responsibility and case studies on the transformation or otherwise of some specific disciplines. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773287

The Sustainability Grand ChallengeA Wicked Learning Workbook How do universities tackle wicked sustainability challenges faced by society? The Wicked Learning Workbook is a toolkit for setting up and running an interdisciplinary master-level course in the context of real-world problems such as food waste and loss. The book offers a new pedagogical approach that we call 'wicked' because it is unorthodox ambitious and tackles complex problems that won’t go away. The pedagogy is also international at the course level rather than the conventional exchange semester enabling institutions to embed international approaches to their core teaching. The Wicked Learning Workbook speaks directly to academics who are looking for solutions that provide stimuli for research and teaching while giving students an innovative international learning experience. The approach develops student understanding of the UN Sustainable Development Goals as broad-scale societal issues which are difficult if not impossible to ‘solve’. An important outcome of this approach is the laboratory-style classroom that creates opportunities for faculty students and companies to co-create solutions that are immediately implementable. The resulting methodology is based on industry–university collaboration (such as IKEA and Nestlé). The methodology is of interest to corporate leaders pursuing sustainability goals and business transformation. Achieving sustainability requires cross-boundary cross-disciplinary experimental approaches that allow for scalability. Wicked problems can only be tackled with wicked solution approaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367197629

The Sustainability HandbookThe Complete Management Guide to Achieving Social Economic and Environmental Responsibility The Sustainability Handbook covers all the challenges complexities and benefits of sustainability for businesses governments and other organizations. It provides a blueprint for how organizations can reach or exceed economic social and environmental excellence. It offers a host of practical approaches and tools including a model sustainability policy for organizations summaries of sustainability codes and tips on selecting them an extensive collection of metrics and a wealth of supplementary reference material. This is the essential reference for every organization in pursuit of sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990098

The Sustainability Mindset PrinciplesA Guide to Developing a Mindset for a Better World As we increase our awareness of the planetary challenges and how they intersect with the discipline or profession we choose to focus on we have put our attention on the external forces and impacts. What remains untouched however is the set of beliefs values assumptions mental processes and paradigms that we hold and share: our mindset. But how do we change a mindset? This book is the first to introduce the 12 Principles for a Sustainability Mindset presenting educators with a framework that makes it easy to include them into teaching plans and lessons of any discipline. Written in a very clear and practical way the book provides examples checklists tips and tools for professionals and educators. It transforms the development of a much-needed mindset for sustainability into an accessible fun and intuitive task. The book is written with educators from a variety of disciplines in mind including but not limited to management educators coaches and trainers. No other book comes close to providing such a well-organized and solid way of starting to shift our mindsets in the direction of sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367559007

The Sustainability MirageIllusion and Reality in the Coming War on Climate Change �This thoughtful and original study throws important critical light on the dominant orthodoxies about sustainable development and suggests a radically new direction. Foster argues compellingly that present approaches embody floating standards and bad faith trapping societies into inaction. I suspect this is a seminal piece of work.� Professor Robin Grove-White former Chair of Greenpeace UK �We all have a nagging concern that what international corporations and governments term 'sustainable' is not sustainable at all. John Foster�s clear and beautifully written text shows the deep flaws in current approaches and proposes a reassessment of what true sustainability really implies.� Chris Goodall Chair of Dynmark International and author of How to Live a Low-Carbon Life �This comprehensive and yet very readable book will go a long way towards puncturing some of the glib environmentalisms of our moment and perhaps towards helping us imagine deeper and more thoroughgoing alternatives that might actually work!� Bill McKibben author of Deep Economy and The End of Nature 'Brilliantly and ironically written this book shades a bright light on most foggy areas around the concept of sustainability. Those fastidious obscure points do not fit properly in the reassuring technical solutions to Climate Change. Foster puts a name on those shapeless shadows that inevitably induce the sensation of something being wrong.' Italian Insider Sustainable development thinking got environmental issues onto the agenda but it may now be stopping us from taking serious action on climate change and other crucial planetary issues. Sustainable development�s attempted deal between present and future will always collapse under the pressure of �now� because the needs of the present always win out. Inevitably this means movable targets and action that will always fall short of what we need. Ultimately sustainable development is the pursuit of a mirage the politics of never getting there. To escape the illusion we must break through to a new way of understanding sustainability by focusing on the deep needs of the present not slippery obligations to the future. Rising to the carbon challenge now not trying to micro-manage the longer term. Looking to the science for orders of magnitude and direction not a gameplan. Harnessing the short-term dynamics of capitalism to the cause of learning our way forward. This book outlines an alternative to the mainstream and offers the kind of bold new thinking on energy usage governance education and the role of enterprise that we need to win the coming war on climate change. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773300

The Sustainability of Air TransportationA Quantitative Analysis and Assessment This book presents for the first time a comprehensive analysis and assessment of the sustainability of the contemporary civil air transport system examining its three main components: airports air traffic control and airlines. It offers an in-depth examination and quantitative insight into the system's current and prospective structure and operations as well as the related effects and impacts. The sustainability of the air transport system is considered along a global trajectory of growing effects and diminishing and/or stagnating impacts on society and environment under conditions of continuous growth. In doing so the author examines the situations of users of the system (passengers and freight shippers) air transport operators (airports air traffic control and airlines) aerospace manufacturers local and national communities policymakers and the general public. The book possesses the unique and distinctive feature of providing an analysis and assessment of the air transport system's sustainability through elaboration of its technical/technological operational economic social environmental and institutional performances and their causality. It is written for advanced graduate and post-graduate students researchers planners stakeholders and policymakers dealing with the various sustainability issues of the contemporary air transport system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262737

The Sustainability of Higher Education in an Era of Post-Massification This volume examines the sustainability of higher education massification throughout the Asia Pacific region. The massification of higher education has swept across the region over the past three decades in complex and astounding ways in some cases. The book inquires after the many faces that higher education massification is taking in varied country settings and seeks to identify the more important implications that follow. It discusses massification and its sustainability within the region’s complex contexts and addresses the issues of implications challenges and limitations. Paying particular attention to implications on resources employment and social mobility institutional identity programs funding and teacher education the book explores the capacity of countries to stay on the course they have chosen and the implications this may have for the continued identification of resources to do so the choice to focus more particularly and importantly on the considerable range of innovations and variations and the ability to recognize and develop them in meaningful ways. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367272784

The Sustainability TransformationHow to Accelerate Positive Change in Challenging Times The Sustainability Transformation is a must-read for anyone trying to make sense of what is happening to our world â€“ and wanting to change it for the better. Renowned consultant and communicator Alan AtKisson author of the sustainability classic Believing Cassandra cuts through the jargon and illuminates the essentials in this highly readable and motivational work. The Sustainability Transformation covers theory and practice tools and strategies the opportunities and the obstacles illustrated with in-depth case studies and poignant personal anecdotes. AtKisson's aim is to empower the reader and to help grow a global 'army of change agents ' working effectively to overcome the great challenges of our times. At the heart of the book is AtKisson's potent ISIS Method used by business governments and organizations around the world. ISIS - Indicators Systems Innovation Strategy - helps professionals students and amateurs alike to put sustainability to work and accelerate change even when facing difficult circumstances. AtKisson also introduces the reader to many inspiring people unsung heroes whose success stories provide a solid foundation for hope. Previously published in hardcover as The ISIS Agreement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143838

The Sustainable Business WorkbookA Practitioner's Guide to Achieving Long-Term Profitability and Competitiveness Whether you are undertaking the exercises for your own purposes or with the intent of completing a certification course in sustainable development this workbook will be of help. The companion text for this publication is The Sustainable Business: A Practitioner's Guide to Achieving Long-Term Profitability and Competitiveness (2nd edition). Read the companion text thoroughly before beginning this workbook.  Follow a step-by-step approach using the 7-P Roadmap to Sustainability Model and work your way through the seven sections that comprise the companion text (Preparation Processes Preservation People Place Product and Production). This workbook focuses on Waste Elimination. A forthcoming workbook will focus on Resource Extension.  This workbook will increase your knowledge and understanding subject-specific skills and personal and transferable skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781906093846

The Sustainable BusinessA Practitioner's Guide to Achieving Long-Term Profitability and Competitiveness This is the 2nd edition of The Sustainable Business (2010) winner of The President's Award for Excellence in a Published Body of Work at Kozminski University Poland.  Recommended for managers employees teachers and students this readable and informative guide explains the importance of waste minimization as a first step toward sustainability. Within its pages the breadth and depth of long-term profitable business practices are explored with an emphasis on optimizing resources (including labour and markets) and maximizing purchases and investments while eliminating the costs of non-product (waste) unemployment short-term thinking and environmental degradation. As proof of its potency The Sustainable Business has already been disseminated to over 1.3 million people around the world and the first edition is available in four different languages.  The bottom line: if you're looking to gain insight on the future of business this is it! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781906093839

The Sustainable Development Goals and Human RightsA Critical Early Review The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) were adopted in 2015. The SDGs make the central promise to Leave No One Behind and include a dedicated goal to reduce inequalities. Human rights advocates have put great hopes in the SDGs as an instrument for transformative change. But do they bring about the much-needed paradigm shift? Or were the extensive consultations and negotiations much ado about nothing? "Sustainable Development Goals and Human Rights: A Critical Early Review" follows two central lines of inquiry. The chapters examine to what extent do the SDGs live up to the promise to reduce inequalities and provide for monitoring and policies that address the needs of marginalized and invisible populations. They further suggest transparent and binding accountability processes and mechanisms to ensure that the SDGs are more than lofty goals and bring power to their promise. The volume begins with three chapters that focus on different aspects of SDG 10 and the commitment to reduce inequalities. From this cross cutting SDG the following three chapters look at the translation of equality and accountability into specific sectors: health (SDG 3) and labour (SDG 8). The chapters were originally published in a special issue of The International Journal of Human Rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367519797

The Sustainable Development GoalsIndustry Sector Approaches In 2015 the United Nations launched the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) to define and coordinate global priorities and aspirations up to 2030 in response to the economic social and environmental challenges faced by the planet. Many governments across the world signed up to these goals. United Nations Secretary-General Ban Ki-Moon noted at the outset that business would be a vital partner in achieving the SDGs. This easy-to-digest book provides a critical evaluation of how a range of multinational companies from across different commercial sectors are currently addressing the SDGs and the challenges they are facing in contributing to them. The private sector has thus been set the challenge of responding positively in support of the SDGs whilst at the same time acting in the shorter-term interests of its stakeholders. Using a wealth of illustrative materials drawn from company reports and other sources this book looks at the response of 80 companies and organisations from eight different industry sectors. It examines the different approaches taken discusses how far the SDGs are actively supported and reviews how progress is being assessed against related targets and objectives. In addition to an analysis of each industry sector the book provides a summary overview of all industry sectors studied identifying the most and least supported SDGs overall. This book will be of interest to the fast-growing body of academics studying and researching sustainability as well as to industry managers and public-sector operators involved in sustainability management and reporting. It provides detailed commentary and insights and identifies both key themes from the research and critical issues for the successful implementation of the SDGs in the period up to 2030. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367418809

The Sustainable Economics of Elinor OstromCommons contestation and craft Elinor Ostrom’s Nobel Prize-winning work on common pool property rights has implications for some of the most pressing sustainability issues of the twenty-first century — from tackling climate change to maintaining cyberspace. In this book Derek Wall critically examines Ostrom’s work while also exploring the following questions: is it possible to combine insights rooted in methodological individualism with a theory that stresses collectivist solutions? Is Ostrom’s emphasis on largely local solutions to climate change relevant to a crisis propelled by global factors? This volume situates her ideas in terms of the constitutional analysis of her partner Vincent Ostrom and wider institutional economics. It outlines her key concerns including a radical research methodology commitment to indigenous people and the concept of social-ecological systems. Ostrom is recognised for producing a body of work which demonstrates how people can construct rules that allow them to exploit the environment in an ecologically sustainable way without the need for governmental regulation and this book argues that in a world where ecological realities increasingly threaten material prosperity such scholarship provides a way of thinking about how humanity can create truly sustainable development. Given the inter-disciplinary nature of Ostrom’s work this book will be relevant to those working in the areas of environmental economics political economy political science and ecology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415641746

The Sustainable Enterprise FieldbookBuilding New Bridges Second Edition With deep thought and inspiring examples this updated book engages readers by increasing their understanding and awareness of what sustainability means conceptually practically personally and professionally. It provides readers with the tools and techniques to improve the social environmental and economic performance of their organizations in both the short and long term. Since sustainability is not achieved in a siloed environment everyone has a critical role to play on this journey. The Sustainable Enterprise Fieldbook  with full companion materials at https://TheSustainableEnterpriseFieldbook.com  engages today’s managers and leaders of organizations in both the private sector and civil society who are being challenged as never before to find ways to play a proactive role in understanding and addressing the risks and opportunities of sustainability. It teaches them how to apply systems thinking to turn our most intractable problems into exciting business opportunities and offers ground breaking frameworks in new chapters on globalization strategy metrics and sustainability models for collaboration technology and community. That is why this book is structured to be a fieldbook to provide practitioners the Activities Cases and Tools that they can use to help move their enterprise through progressively higher performing stages of sustainability. Readers also have access to the innovative Living Fieldbook an online community forum filled with supporting materials: https://www.thesustainableenterprisefieldbook.com/webinars.html. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783534173

The Sustainable Forestry HandbookA Practical Guide for Tropical Forest Managers on Implementing New Standards The Sustainable Forestry Handbook is widely considered to be the essential aid to understanding and implementing sustainable forest management. Providing a clear and concise guide to the practicalities of implementing international standards for sustainable forest management this fully updated second edition covers new Forest Stewardship Council requirements High Conservation Value Forests clearer requirements on pesticides and developments in policy and forest governance. Aimed at forest managers and employing extensive cross referencing and easy-to-understand illustrations this highly practical handbook explains in clear terms what the standards require forest managers to do and how they might go about implementing them. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773317

The sustainable intensification of smallholder farming systems This volume reviews recent research on effective support to improve smallholder livelihoods. After discussing the economics of smallholder farming Part 1 reviews ways of improving access to resources such as seeds tools and expertise for soil health improvement and integrated pest management (IPM) as well as mechanisation. Part 2 discusses ways of improving support services such as farmer organisations public sector and commercial extension services as well as the use of digital technologies to support particular groups such as female smallholders. Part 4 discusses ways of improving smallholder access to markets including the role of both the private and public sectors. Media > Books > E-books Life Science (Burleigh Dodds) 9781003048053

The Sustainable SelfA Personal Approach to Sustainability Education Achieving a sustainable society is the biggest issue of our time. It is not an issue confined to a particular subject area or to certain jobs. It is a way of thinking and behaving that will need to be embedded in all aspects of all of our lives. The Sustainable Self is the perfect resource for lecturers trainers students and professionals of any discipline who need to teach or learn about sustainability. There is widespread agreement that we need to live more sustainable lives. But when up against entrenched habits and everyday obstacles it can be difficult to turn good intentions into action. This book presents a completecurriculum for effecting a personal transformation towards sustainability showing you how to align your personal and professional actions with your values and beliefs. Full of activities that can be done individually or in groups it is supported by additional resources online including downloadable worksheets and directories of sustainability organisations. Recommended readings at the end of each chapter enable readers to pursue areas of personal or professional interest. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849775212

The Sustainable Tall BuildingA Design Primer The Sustainable Tall Building: A Design Primer is an accessible and highly illustrated guide which primes those involved in the design and research of tall buildings to dramatically improve their performance. Using a mixture of original research and analysis best-practice design thinking and a detailed look at exemplar case studies author Philip Oldfield takes the reader through the architectural ideas engineering strategies and cutting-edge technologies that are available to the tall building design team. The book takes a global perspective examining high-rise design in different climates cultures and contexts. It considers common functions such as high-rise housing and offices to more radical designs such as vertical farming and vertical cemeteries. Innovation is provided by examining not only the environmental performance of tall buildings but also their social sustainability guiding the reader through strategies to create successful communities at height. The book starts by critically appraising the sustainability of tall building architecture past and present before demonstrating innovative ways for future tall buildings to be designed. These include themes such as climatically responsive architecture siting a tall building in the city zero-carbon towers skygardens and community spaces at height sustainable structural systems and novel façades. In doing so the book provides essential reading for architects engineers consultants developers researchers and students engaged with sustainable design and high-rise architecture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138905948

The Sustainable UniversityProgress and prospects The direction of higher education is at a crossroads against a background of mounting sustainability-related issues and uncertainties. This book seeks to inspire positive change in higher education by exploring the rich notion of the sustainable university and illustrating pathways through which its potential can be realised. Based on the experience of leading higher education institutions in the UK the book outlines progress in the realisation of the concept of the ‘sustainable university’ appropriate to the socioeconomic and ecological conditions facing society and graduates. Written by leading exponents of sustainability and sustainability education this book brings together examples insight reflection and strategies from the experience of ten universities widely recognised as leaders in developing sustainability in higher education. The book thus draws on a wealth of experience to provide reflective critical analysis of barriers achievements strategies and potential. It critically reviews the theory and practice involved in developing the sustainable university in a systemic and whole institutional manner including the role of organisational learning.While remaining mindful of the challenges of the current climate The Sustainable University maps out new directions and lines of research as well as offering practical advice for researchers students and professionals in the fields of management leadership organisational change strategy and curriculum development who wish to take this work further. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138801516

The Sustainable Use of Concrete Cement-based concrete has excellent properties as a construction material and the raw materials of cement—rocks and limestone and clay—are bountiful. Yet its production generates high quantities of CO2 making it a potentially unsustainable material. However there are no alternatives to concrete and steel as basic methods for development of socioeconomic infrastructure at this time. Highlighting sustainability issues in the construction industry The Sustainable Use of Concrete presents guidelines on how to move toward sustainable concrete construction. The book begins by clarifying the historic background and meaning of sustainability after which it outlines areas that need to be considered in connection with sustainability in the concrete and construction field. It examines environmental social and cultural and economic aspects then considers an evaluation system of sustainability. The authors include various tools and ISO standards and then explore technologies for sustainability with case studies and examples that promote understanding of current technologies. Although the construction sector in the broadest sense has come to recognize that infrastructure development over the past two centuries has been unsustainable it has been slow to adjust. Comprehensive information and relevant practical guidance are very scarce. This book lays out a roadmap for creating a human-friendly and safe environment with low environmental burden. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075887

The Sutta-NipataA New Translation from the Pali Canon This is one of the oldest collections of Buddhist discourses in the Pali canon; by far one of the most popular as well as the most important. Written in a mixture of prose and verse it presents a code of conduct and provides the basis for a system of moral philosophy. A prime source work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138138964

The Swahili World The Swahili World presents the fascinating story of a major world civilization exploring the archaeology history linguistics and anthropology of the Indian Ocean coast of Africa. It covers a 1 500-year sweep of history from the first settlement of the coast to the complex urban tradition found there today. Swahili towns contain monumental palaces tombs and mosques set among more humble houses; they were home to fishers farmers traders and specialists of many kinds. The towns have been Muslim since perhaps the eighth century CE participating in international networks connecting people around the Indian Ocean rim and beyond. Successive colonial regimes have helped shape modern Swahili society which has incorporated such influences into the region’s long-standing cosmopolitan tradition.This is the first volume to explore the Swahili in chronological perspective. Each chapter offers a unique wealth of detail on an aspect of the region’s past written by the leading scholars on the subject. The result is a book that allows both specialist and non-specialist readers to explore the diversity of the Swahili tradition how Swahili society has changed over time as well as how our understandings of the region have shifted since Swahili studies first began. Scholars of the African continent will find the most nuanced and detailed consideration of Swahili culture language and history ever produced. For readers unfamiliar with the region or the people involved the chapters here provide an ideal introduction to a new and wonderful geography at the interface of Africa and the Indian Ocean world and among a people whose culture remains one of Africa’s most distinctive achievements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660000

The Swahili-Speaking Peoples of Zanzibar and the East African Coast (Arabs Shirazi and Swahili)East Central Africa Part XII Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series published between 1950 and 1977 brings together a wealth of previously un-co-ordinated material on the ethnic groupings and social conditions of African peoples. Concise critical and (for its time) accurate the Ethnographic Survey contains sections as follows: Physical Environment Linguistic Data Demography History & Traditions of Origin Nomenclature Grouping Cultural Features: Religion Witchcraft Birth Initiation Burial Social & Political Organization: Kinship Marriage Inheritance Slavery Land Tenure Warfare & Justice Economy & Trade Domestic Architecture Each of the 50 volumes will be available to buy individually and these are organized into regional sub-groups: East Central Africa North-Eastern Africa Southern Africa West Central Africa Western Africa and Central Africa Belgian Congo. The volumes are supplemented with maps available to view on routledge.com or available as a pdf from the publishers.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138233195

The SwastikaConstructing the Symbol Despite the enormous amount of material on the subject of Nazism there has been no substantial work on its emblem the swastika. This original and controversial contribution examines the role that the swastika played in the construction of the Aryan myth in the nineteenth century and its use in Nazi ideology as a symbol of party nation and race treating it as symbolic phenomenon in a cultural context. By identifying the swastika as a boundary or liminal image Malcolm Quinn allies visual anaysis to issues of material culture and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415756334

The SwaziSouthern Africa Part I Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series published between 1950 and 1977 brings together a wealth of previously un-co-ordinated material on the ethnic groupings and social conditions of African peoples. Concise critical and (for its time) accurate the Ethnographic Survey contains sections as follows: Physical Environment Linguistic Data Demography History & Traditions of Origin Nomenclature Grouping Cultural Features: Religion Witchcraft Birth Initiation Burial Social & Political Organization: Kinship Marriage Inheritance Slavery Land Tenure Warfare & Justice Economy & Trade Domestic Architecture Each of the 50 volumes will be available to buy individually and these are organized into regional sub-groups: East Central Africa North-Eastern Africa Southern Africa West Central Africa Western Africa and Central Africa Belgian Congo. The volumes are supplemented with maps available to view on routledge.com or available as a pdf from the publishers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138234529

The Sweat of Their Brow: A History of Work in Latin AmericaA History of Work in Latin America Throughout Latin America's history the world of work has been linked to race class and gender within the larger framework of changing social political and economic circumstances both in the region and abroad. In this compelling narrative David McCreery situates the work experience in Latin America's broader history. Rather than organizing the coverage by forms of work he proceeds chronologically breaking 500 years of history into five periods: Encounter and Accommodation 1480 -- 1550; The Colonial System 1550 -- 1750; Cities and Towns 1750 -- 1850; Export Economies 1850 -- 1930; Work in Modern Latin America 1930 -- the Present.Within each period McCreery discusses the chief economic political and social characteristics as they relate to work identifying both continuities and discontinuities from each preceding period. Specific topics studied range from the encomienda the enslaving of Indians in Spanish America the introduction of Black African slaves labor in mining agricultural labor urban and domestic labor women and work peasant economies industrial labor to the maquilas and more. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698946

The Swedish Jews and the Holocaust "We will be judged in our own time and in the future by measuring the aid that we inhabitants of a free and fortunate country gave to our brethren in this time of greatest disaster." This declaration made shortly after the pogroms of November 1938 by the Jewish communities in Sweden was truer than anyone could have forecast at the time. Pontus Rudberg focuses on this sensitive issue – Jewish responses to the Nazi persecutions and mass murder of Jews. What actions did Swedish Jews take to aid the Jews in Europe during the years 1933–45 and what determined their policies and actions? Specific attention is given to the aid efforts of the Jewish Community of Stockholm including the range of activities in which the community engaged and the challenges and opportunities presented by official refugee policy in Sweden. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348748

The Swedish Nuclear DilemmaEnergy and the Environment Renowned economist William Nordhaus has developed many innovative approaches for analyzing complex environmental questions. He applies them to the possible phaseout of nuclear power in Sweden in The Swedish Nuclear Dilemma: Energy and the Environment. While making a major contribution to that debate this book has value that extends well beyond the Swedish issue to the careful and well-informed consideration of environmental and energy questions that industrialized nations and developing regions now face. It is essential for anyone interested in nuclear-power issues and climate change. The Swedish parliament has moved closer to eliminating nuclear energy even while repeating commitments to reduce the greenhouse-gas emissions associated with fossil fuels. Nordhaus's Swedish Energy and Environmental Policy (SEEP) model quantifies the economic results of such a path. He analyzes the impact of factors such as deregulation of electricity generation global climate-change policies the decline of Sweden's economic growth and the rethinking of its welfare state. He also sets the stage for more informed analysis of similarly difficult issues where economic and environmental goals clash. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315060699

The Swedish Presence in AfghanistanSecurity and Defence Transformation This book delivers on two analytical levels. First it is a broad study of Sweden as an international actor an actor that at least for a brief period tried to play a different international role than that to which it was accustomed. Second the book problematizes the role of international military missions as drivers for change in the security and defence field. Several perspectives and levels of analysis are covered from the macro level of strategic discourse to the micro level of the experiences of individual commanders. The book focuses upon Sweden and its participation in the international military mission in Afghanistan during 2002-2012 and also contributes to the growing literature evaluating the mission in Afghanistan the security practice which has dominated the security and defence discourse of Western Europe for the last decade. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472474094

The Swedish Takeover CodeAn annotated commentary  The Swedish Takeover Code is the Swedish equivalent of the UK City Code on Takeovers and Mergers. First published in the 1970s it was largely based on the UK City Code which served as its model. Since then Sweden has witnessed a large number of public takeovers many of them with a cross-border element. Historically takeover activity on the Swedish stock market has always been more vibrant than in most European countries and that continues to be the case to this day.Available for the first time in English this book is the leading commentary on the Swedish Takeover Code. Written by members of the Swedish Takeover Panel who have been directly involved in the recent overhauls of the code it is a vital reference for any companies lawyers bankers financial regulators or policy makers participating in mergers and acquisitions involving Swedish stakeholders. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780367875671

The SwimmerAn Integrated Computational Model of A Perceptual-motor System This research monograph describes a large programming project in which an underwater organism capable of perceiving learning deciding and navigating is computationally simulated. The developed computational model serves as a contemporary theory of perceptual-motor performance embodying much of what is known about human vision and some of what is known about other cognitive processes. This artificial intelligence project has substantial contributions to make to the development of autonomous underwater vehicles. It also makes a specific theoretical statement about the organization and nature of organic perceptual motor systems that may be useful to psychologists neuroscientists and theoreticians in a number of other fields. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138990104

The Swiss LabyrinthInstitutions Outcomes and Redesign It can be argued that Switzerland has a peculiar set of political institutions for example decentralized federalism active referendum democracy and La formule magique (grand coalition). This volume focuses upon the political and social outcomes of these institutions in the 1990s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138983441

The Syllables of TimeProust and the History of Reading The Syllables of Time: Proust and the History of Reading Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604431

The Syllabus as CurriculumA Reconceptualist Approach Can the syllabus constitute the curriculum? In this volume Rocha explores curriculum theory through the lens of the syllabus. By critiquing curriculum studies and the entire field of education overrun by the social sciences Rocha provides an integrated vision of philosophy of education and curriculum theory rooted in the humanities. Through an original reconceptualization this text draws from a broad range of sources – ranging from Classical Antiquity to the present – offering a rich context for understanding curriculum as a philosophically salient concept contained within the syllabus. The Syllabus as Curriculum features actual syllabi created and taught by the author in undergraduate and graduate courses at the University of British Columbia Canada. These curated syllabi work as exemplars and media supported by pedagogical commentary and context. Inspired by Augustine’s Confessions each part of the book culminates in a metaphorical "garden " which serves as a meditation on the syllabus in three senses: correspondence essay and outline. An original powerful and corrective contribution to the literature on curriculum studies this work invites teachers and scholars from across the foundations of education especially philosophy of education art education and those invested in curriculum theory to see their contribution in more direct and integral ways. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367136697

The Symbol at Your DoorNumber and Geometry in Religious Architecture of the Greek and Latin Middle Ages Is the display of number and geometry in medieval religious architecture evidence of intended symbolism? This book offers a new perspective in the retrieval of meaning from architecture in the Greek East and the Latin West and challenges the view that geometry was merely an outcome of practical procedures by masons. Instead it attributes intellectual meaning to it as understood by Christian Platonist thought and provides compelling evidence that the symbolism was often intended. In so doing the book serves as a companion volume to The Wise Master Builder by the same author which found the same system implicit in plans of cathedrals and abbeys. The present book explains how the architectural symbolism proposed could have been understood at the time as supported by medieval texts and its context since it is context that can confer specific meaning. The introduction locates the study in its critical context and summarizes Christian Platonism as it determined the meaning of number and geometry. The investigation opens with the recurrent symbolism of the dome and the cube as heaven and earth in the Byzantine world and moves to the duality of the temple and the body in the East and West as reflections of Plato's universal macrocosm and human microcosm. The study then examines each of the figures of Platonic geometry in the architecture of the West against the background of their mathematics and metaphysics before proceeding to their synthesis with the circle as seen in circular and polygonal structures the divisions of circles in Christian art and their display in window tracery culminating in the rose window. In view of the multivalency of the symbolism the investigation establishes systematic occurrences of it which strongly suggest patterns of thought underlying systems of design. The book concludes with a series of test cases which show the after-life of the same symbolism as it overlapped with the Renaissance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236872

The Symbolic and Connectionist ParadigmsClosing the Gap The modern study of cognition finds itself with two widely endorsed but seemingly incongruous theoretical paradigms. The first of these inspired by formal logic and the digital computer sees reasoning in the principled manipulation of structured symbolic representations. The second inspired by the physiology of the brain sees reasoning as the behavior that emerges from the direct interactions found in large networks of simple processing components. Each paradigm has its own accomplishments problems methodology proponents and agenda. This book records the thoughts of researchers -- from both computer science and philosophy -- on resolving the debate between the symbolic and connectionist paradigms. It addresses theoretical and methodological issues throughout but at the same time exhibits the current attempts of practicing cognitive scientists to solve real problems. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315807058

The Symbolic Foundations of Conditioned Behavior The goal of this book is to persuade students of animal learning that cognitive theorizing is essential for an understanding of the phenomena revealed by conditioning experiments. The authors also hope to persuade the cognitive psychology community that conditioning phenomena offer such a strong empirical foundation for a rigorous brand of cognitive psychology that the study of animal learning should reclaim a more central place in the field of psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415654555

The Symbolic JesusHistorical Scholarship Judaism and the Construction of Contemporary Identity It is widely accepted that Jesus was a Jew. However both Christian and New Testament scholarship have a strong anti-Jewish history. 'The Symbolic Jesus' presents the controversies surrounding the Jewishness of Jesus. It examines the insistence among historical Jesus scholars that Jesus was a Jew and the ways this frames the figure of Jesus in ancient Christian literature. The book examines the anti-Jewish legacy of the past and more recent approaches to biblical scholarship. Contemporary identity issues - scholarly political religious and cultural - are shown to lie at the heart of the debate. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315656212

The Symbolic LifeMiscellaneous Writings Originally planned as a brief final volume in the Collected Works The Symbolic Life has become the most ample volume in the edition and one of unusual interest. It contains some 160 items spanning sixty years; they include forewords replies to questionnaires encyclopedia articles occasional addresses and letters on technical subjects.Collection of this material relied on three chief circumstances. After Jung returned from active medical practice he gave more of his time to writing and some sixty papers as well as books were written after 1950. Second recent research has brought to light a number of reviews reports and articles from the early years of Jung's career. Finally Jung's files yielded several finished or virtually finished papers that survived in manuscript. Volume 18 includes three longer works: 'The Tavistock Lectures' (1936); 'Symbols and the Interpretation of Dreams' (1961); and 'The Symbolic Life' the transcript of a seminar given in London in 1939. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315725260

The Symbolic Process And Its Integration In ChildrenA STUDY IN SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875784

The Symbolic Representation of GenderA Discursive Approach What is symbolic representation? Since Hanna Pitkin’s seminal The Concept of Representation the symbolic has been the least studied dimension of political representation. Innovatively adopting a discursive approach this book - the first full-length treatment of symbolic representation - focuses on gender issues to tackle important questions such as: What are women and men symbols of and how is gender constructed in policy discourse? It studies what functions symbolic representation fulfils in the construction of gender what social roles get legitimized in policy discourse and how this affects power constellations ultimately revealing much about the relation between symbolic descriptive and substantive representation. Emanuela Lombardo and Petra Meier draw on theories of symbolic representation and gender as well as rich primary material about political debates on labour and care issues partnership and reproductive rights gender violence and quotas. Using this original data the authors show that reconsidering symbolic representation from a discursive perspective makes explicit issues of (in)equality embedded within particular constructions as well as their consequences for political representation and gender equality. This important exploration raises relevant new questions regarding the representation of gender that form valuable contributions to the fields of political science political theory sociology and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274754

The Symbolic Scenarios of IslamismA Study in Islamic Political Thought The Symbolic Scenarios of Islamism initiates a dialogue between the discourse of three of the most discussed figures in the history of the Sunni Islamic movement—Hasan al-Banna Sayyid Qutb and Osama bin Laden—and contemporary debates across religion and political theory providing a crucial foundation upon which to situate current developments in world politics. Redressing the inefficiency of the terms in which the debate on Islam and Islamism is generally conducted the book examines the role played by tradition modernity and transmodernity as major "symbolic scenarios" of Islamist discourses highlighting the internal complexity and dynamism of Islamism. By uncovering forms of knowledge that have hitherto gone unnoticed or have been marginalised by traditional and dominant approaches to politics accounting for central political ideas in non-Western sources and in the Global South the book provides a unique contribution towards rethinking the nature of citizenship antagonism space and frontiers required today. While offering valuable reading for scholars of Islamic studies religious studies and politics it provides a critical perspective for academics with an interest in discourse theory post-colonial theory political philosophy and comparative political thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138048331

The Symbolism of Medieval ChurchesAn Introduction The Symbolism of Medieval Churches: An Introduction explores the ways in which the medieval church building and key features of it were used as symbols particularly to represent different relationships within the Church and the virtues of the Christian life. This book introduces the reader to the definition form and use of medieval symbols and the significance that they held and still hold for some people exploring the context in which church symbolism developed and examining the major influences that shaped it. Among the topics discussed are allegory typology moral interpretation and anagogy. Further chapters also consider the work of key figures including Hugh and Richard of St Victor and Abbot Suger at St-Denis. Finally the book contrasts the Eastern world with the Western world taking a look at the late Middle Ages and what happened to church symbolism once Aristotle had ousted Plato from the schools. Entering into the medieval mind and placing church symbolism in its context The Symbolism of Medieval Churches will be of great interest to upper-level undergraduates postgraduates and scholars working on Architectural History Medieval Art Church History and Medieval History more widely. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367025236

The Symbolist Roots of Modern Art With the words ’A new manifestation of art was ... expected necessary inevitable ’ Jean Moréas announced the advent of the Symbolist movement in 1886. When Symbolist artists began experimenting in order to invent new visual languages appropriate for representing modern life in all its complexity they set the stage for innovation in twentieth-century art. Rejecting what they perceived as the superficial descriptive quality of Impressionism Naturalism and Realism Symbolist artists delved beneath the surface to express feelings ideas scientific processes and universal truths. By privileging intangible concepts over perceived realities and by asserting their creative autonomy Symbolist artists broke with the past and paved the way for the heterogeneity and penchant for risk-taking that characterizes modern art. The essays collected here which consider artists from France to Russia and Finland to Greece argue persuasively that Symbolist approaches to content form and subject helped to shape twentieth-century Modernism. Well-known figures such as Kandinsky Khnopff Matisse and Munch are considered alongside lesser-known artists such as Fini Gyzis Koen and Vrubel in order to demonstrate that Symbolist art did not constitute an isolated moment of wild experimentation but rather an inspirational point of departure for twentieth-century developments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138307452

The Symmetric Group in Quantum Chemistry This is the first book to provide comprehensive treatment of the use of the symmetric group in quantum chemical structures of atoms molecules and solids. It begins with the conventional Slater determinant approach and proceeds to the basics of the symmetric group and the construction of spin eigenfunctions. The heart of the book is in the chapter dealing with spin-free quantum chemistry showing the great interpretation value of this method. The last three chapters include the unitary group approach the symmetric group approach and the spin-coupled valence bond method. An extensive bibliography concludes the book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898124

The Symmetries of Things Start with a single shape. Repeat it in some way—translation reflection over a line rotation around a point—and you have created symmetry. Symmetry is a fundamental phenomenon in art science and nature that has been captured described and analyzed using mathematical concepts for a long time. Inspired by the geometric intuition of Bill Thurston and empowered by his own analytical skills John Conway with his coauthors has developed a comprehensive mathematical theory of symmetry that allows the description and classification of symmetries in numerous geometric environments. This richly and compellingly illustrated book addresses the phenomenological analytical and mathematical aspects of symmetry on three levels that build on one another and will speak to interested lay people artists working mathematicians and researchers. Media > Books > E-books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780429063060

The Symphony and Symphonic Thinking in Polish Music Since 1956 1956 was a year of transition in Poland and an important year for Polish music. This year saw the beginning of a political thaw â€“ sometimes called the Polish October â€“ in communist Poland. It was also the year of the establishment of the 'Warsaw Autumn' International Festival of Contemporary Music. This was a time of great artistic ferment in Polish music which also deeply influenced symphonic thinking. The year 1956 is thus an appropriate starting point for Beata BolesÅ‚awska’s study of the contemporary Polish symphonic tradition. BolesÅ‚awska investigates the influential Polish avant-garde illuminating the ways in which new musical means and ideas influenced symphonic music and the genre of the symphony in the music of such important composers as Witold LutosÅ‚awski (1913–1994) Henryk MikoÅ‚aj Górecki (1933–2010) and Krzysztof Penderecki (b. 1933). Referring to the main elements of the European tradition as well as examining briefly the symphonic activity in Poland before 1956 the book concentrates on the symphonic writing in the context of avant-garde trends represented by the so-called 'Polish school of composers' as well as on its later redefinitions proposed by Polish composers up to the present day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728410

The Synagogue and the ChurchBEING A CONTRIBUTION TO THE APOLOGETICS OF JUDAISM Published in 1908 this book details the development and establishment of Judaism and Jewish culture in contrast to the spread and presence of the Christian church and community. Focusing on the spiritual importance of Jewish scripture and its prominence in other Abrahamic religions Goodman presents a discussion on spiritual and ethical perspectives in Judaism in comparison to Christianity.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138604964

The Synchronic and Diachronic Phonology of Ejectives This study is the first book-length examination of ejectives and their phonological patterning deepening the empirical understanding of ejectives and contributing to both phonological theory and to typologies of sound change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138996670

The Synchronization of National PoliciesEthnography of the Global Tribe of Moderns The Synchronization of National Policies shows how it is possible that there is remarkable uniformity in the policies that the nation-states adopt although there is no world government. Mainstream research attributes such global governance to the influence of leading countries to functional requirements created by capitalism and technological development or to international organizations. This book argues that to understand how national policies are synchronized we need to realize that the global population forms a single global tribe of moderns divided into some 200 clans called nations.While previous research on the world culture of moderns has focused on the diffusion of ideas this book concentrates on the active role of local actors who introduce global models and domesticate them to nation-states. In national policymaking actors justify new policies by international comparisons by the successes and failures of models adopted in other countries and by building and appealing to the authority of international organizations. Consequently national policies are synchronized with each other. Yet because of the way such domestication of global trends takes place citizens retain and reproduce the understanding that they follow a sovereign national trajectory.This book will be of interest to students and scholars of sociology world culture theory globalization international relations and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867850

The Synoptic Problem and Statistics See How to Use Statistics for New Testament Interpretation The Synoptic Problem and Statistics lays the foundations for a new area of interdisciplinary research that uses statistical techniques to investigate the synoptic problem in New Testament studies which concerns the relationships between the Gospels of Matthew Mark and Luke. There are potential applications of the techniques to study other sets of similar documents. Explore Hidden Markov Models for Textual Data The book provides an introductory account of the synoptic problem and relevant theories literature and research at a level suitable for academic and professional statisticians. For those with no special interest in biblical studies or textual analysis the book presents core statistical material on the use of hidden Markov models to analyze binary time series. Biblical scholars interested in the synoptic problem or in the use of statistical methods for textual analysis can omit the more technical/mathematical aspects of the book. The binary time series data sets and R code used are available on the author’s website. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138374782

The Syntax and Semantics of Wh-Constructions This title first published in 1985 provides a detailed analysis of aspects of the semantics and the syntax of some wh-constructions. The first part of the book deals with the semantics of questions whilst the other part discusses the syntax of que and quoi (what) in questions in French and the syntax of free relatives in French and other languages. This title will be of interest to students of language and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138200968

The Syntax of City SpaceAmerican Urban Grids Many people see American cities as a radical departure in the history of town planning because of their planned nature based on the geometrical division of the land. However other cities of the world also began as planned towns with geometric layouts so American cities are not unique. Why did the regular grid come to so pervasively characterize American urbanism? Are American cities really so different? The Syntax of City Space: American Urban Grids by Mark David Major with Foreword by Ruth Conroy Dalton (co-editor of Take One Building) answers these questions and much more by exploring the urban morphology of American cities. It argues American cities do represent a radical departure in the history of town planning while simultaneously still being subject to the same processes linking the street network and function found in other types of cities around the world. A historical preference for regularity in town planning had a profound influence on American urbanism which endures to this day.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138301573

The Syntax of Coordination Coordination is a syntactic construction which occurs in most languages. In the past it has been a fruitful area of research but also a controversial one. Arguments from coordination have been used in support of transformations and against phrase-structure rules but also in support of phrase-structure rules and against transformations. This Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138698451

The Syntax of Negation and the Licensing of Negative Polarity Items in Hindi This books studies syntax of NPIs and their interaction with sentential negatives in Hindi. It outlines the clause structure of Hindi and locates the syntactic position of sentential negatives as well as constituent negatives within the structure. It is argued that sentential negative in Hindi negation marker heads its own maximal projection NegP which is immediately dominated by TP. In addition to locating the position of negation markers in the clause structure it outlines the distribution of negative polarity items (NPIs) in Hindi and the structural constraints on their licensing by sentential negative. The book argues that an NPI in Hindi is licensed overtly in the course of derivation by a c-commanding negative marker. The bulk of the evidence presented in this book argues against previous theoretical accounts that claim that NPI licensing involves covert syntactic operations such as LF movement or reconstruction. With respect to the classification of NPIs this book also shows the existence of two different types of NPIs in Hindi; namely strong NPIs and weak NPIs. Strong NPIs require a clause mate c-commanding negative licensor whereas weak NPIs are quantifiers and are similar to free choice 'any' in English that are interpreted as NPIs in the presence of a c-commanding negative licensor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138011748

The Syntax of Possession in Japanese First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878327

The Syntax of Specifiers and HeadsCollected Essays of Hilda J. Koopman Specifiers and Heads covers such topics as: * interpretation and distribution of pronouns * ECP effects * specifiers and phrase structure * the role and functioning of head movement * the architecture of grammar Each chapter draws syntactic arguments from phenomena in a broad range of languages and brings these to bear on the structure of syntactic theory and the understanding of crosslinguistic variation. Among the languages studied are the African languages Welsh and Irish Norwegian French English and Dutch. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415652148

The Syntax of the Albanian Verb Complex This work first published in 1985 is an analysis of the syntax of the Albanian verb complex. The term "verb complex" is defined here as the verb stem and its conjugational endings together with the perfect auxiliaries and verb clitics. In a wider sense the verb includes the verb and its central arguments: subject direct object and indirect object. The analysis is presented in a somewhat expanded version of the relational grammar framework of Perlmutter and Postal (1977). It is argued that by assuming the existence of multiple levels in the syntactic structure of a clause it is possible to account for the distribution of active and non-active verb forms over the various constructions of Albanian with a single generalisation. This title will be of interest to students of language and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138207219

The Syntax-Information Structure InterfaceEvidence from Spanish and English First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415537506

The Syriac World This volume surveys the 'Syriac world' the culture that grew up among the Syriac-speaking communities from the second century CE and which continues to exist and flourish today both in its original homeland of Syria and Mesopotamia and in the worldwide diaspora of Syriac-speaking communities. The five sections examine the religion; the material visual and literary cultures; the history and social structures of this diverse community; and Syriac interactions with their neighbours ancient and modern. There are also detailed appendices detailing the patriarchs of the different Syriac denominations and another appendix listing useful online resources for students. The Syriac World offers the first complete survey of Syriac culture and fills a significant gap in modern scholarship. This volume will be an invaluable resource to undergraduate and postgraduate students of Syriac and Middle Eastern culture from antiquity to the modern era. Chapter 26 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://tandfbis.s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781138899018_oachapter26.pdf Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732363

The Syrian ConflictThe Role of Russia Iran and the US in a Global Crisis This book explores the global impact of the Syrian conflict and the roles of Russia Iran and the US in its wake. It looks closely at origins of political turmoil in the Middle East and North Africa (MENA) region by analysing the growing influence of Russia and Iran – militarily economically and diplomatically – juxtaposed against US defense and national interests. The book: challenges the conventional scholarship to show how non-democratic states such as Russia Iran and China exhibit a consistent strategic intent in their foreign-policy-making; underlines the convergence of Syrian foreign policy with Russia’s (the USSR before 1989) and Iran’s regional outlook post-1979; takes stock of the shifts in the US foreign policy in MENA in light of new realities. Drawing on detailed fieldwork and archival material including National Security Archival documents this book is a tour de force in understanding global politics and contemporary history. It will be indispensable to scholars and researchers of politics and international relations political theory foreign policy Middle East studies and peace and conflict studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138349148

The Syrian Involvement In Lebanon Since 1975 This book is a comprehensive examination of the Syrian involvement in the Lebanese crisis. It focuses on the Syrian interests in Lebanon the motivation of the Assad regime for intervening in the Lebanese crisis and the pattern of Syrian actions in Lebanon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367311896

The Syrian UprisingDomestic Origins and Early Trajectory Most observers did not expect the Arab spring to spread to Syria for a number of seemingly good reasons. Yet with amazing rapidity massive and unprecedented anti-regime mobilization took place which put the regime very much on the defensive; what began as the Syrian Uprising in March 2011 has evolved into one of the world’s most damaging and protracted conflicts. Despite over six years having passed since the inception of the Syrian Uprising this phenomenon remains difficult to fully grasp both in terms of underlying forces and long-term implications. This book presents a snapshot of how the Uprising developed in roughly the first two to three years (2011–2013) and addresses key questions regarding the domestic origins of the Uprising and its early trajectory. Firstly what were the causes of the conflict both in terms of structure (contradictions and crisis within the pre-Uprising order) and agency (choices of the actors)? Why did the Uprising not lead to democratization and instead descend into violent civil war with a sectarian dimension? With all 19 chapters addressing an aspect of the Uprising the book focuses on internal dynamics whilst a subsequent volume will look at the international dimension of the Uprising. Taking an innovative and interdisciplinary approach that seeks to capture the full complexity of the phenomenon this book contributes significantly to our understanding of the Syrian conflict and will therefore be a valuable resource for anyone studying Middle Eastern Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138500501

The System Made Me Do itCorruption in Post-communist Societies Strike up a conversation with a citizen from the post-communist region and invariably the talk will turn to the topic of corruption - the misuse of public power for private gain. People are sure that corruption is widespread whether from their own experiences or stories they have heard from others. They feel frustrated that there seems to be nothing they can do about it that they are helpless and that they are being played for fools. And many are cynical: they feel that they too have to play the game because "the system" compels them to do so. But what system exactly? What are the structures and mechanisms of corruption in post-communist societies? "The System Made Me Do It" is the first comprehensive study of the origin nature and consequences of corruption in post-communist societies. While international actors decry corruption as a major impediment to democracy building and economic development the problem is not well understood. This book fills that gap and suggests innovative and practical institutional strategies for containing corruption. It achieves a rare and perfect balance of disciplined analysis practicality and passion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698939

The System of NatureVolume 1 Originally published in 1984. Paul Henri Thiery Baron d'Holbach (1723-1789) was the center of the radical wing of the philosophers. Holbach wrote translated edited and issued a stream of books and pamphlets often under other names that has made him the despair of bibliographers but has connected his name by innuendo gossip and association with most of what was written in defeense of atheistic materialism in late eighteenth-century France. Holbach is best known for The System of Nature (1770) and deservedly since it is a clear exposition of his main ideas. His initial position determines all the rest of his argument: 'There is not there can be nothing out of that Nature which includes all beings.' Conceiving of nature as strictly limited to matter and motion both of which have always existed he flatly denies that there is any such thing as spirit or supernatural. This is the first of three volumes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429282874

The System of NatureVolume 2 Originally published in 1984. Paul Henri Thiery Baron d'Holbach (1723-1789) was the center of the radical wing of the philosophers. Holbach wrote translated edited and issued a stream of books and pamphlets often under other names that has made him the despair of bibliographers but has connected his name by innuendo gossip and association with most of what was written in defeense of atheistic materialism in late eighteenth-century France. Holbach is best known for The System of Nature (1770) and deservedly since it is a clear exposition of his main ideas. His initial position determines all the rest of his argument: 'There is not there can be nothing out of that Nature which includes all beings.' Conceiving of nature as strictly limited to matter and motion both of which have always existed he flatly denies that there is any such thing as spirit or supernatural. This is the second of three volumes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367244996

The System of NatureVolume III Originally published in 1984. Paul Henri Thiery Baron d'Holbach (1723-1789) was the center of the radical wing of the philosophers. Holbach wrote translated edited and issued a stream of books and pamphlets often under other names that has made him the despair of bibliographers but has connected his name by innuendo gossip and association with most of what was written in defeense of atheistic materialism in late eighteenth-century France. Holbach is best known for The System of Nature (1770) and deservedly since it is a clear exposition of his main ideas. His initial position determines all the rest of his argument: 'There is not there can be nothing out of that Nature which includes all beings.' Conceiving of nature as strictly limited to matter and motion both of which have always existed he flatly denies that there is any such thing as spirit or supernatural. This is the third of three volumes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367245047

The System of Protection and Industrial Development in Zimbabwe First published in 1994 this volume’s seeks to evaluate the impact of trade restrictions and other forms of government intervention on the development of manufacturing industries in Zimbabwe in the 1980s. The study focuses on the period after independence in Zimbabwe up to 1989. The emphasis of the study is on (a) the extent and levels of effective protection afforded the industries by the system and (b) the efficiency of all industries created by the system of protection. This research seeks to assess the extent of protection created by managed trade and other forms of government intervention and the resultant efficiency of manufacturing sector industries using single period effective rate of protection (ERP) and domestic resource cost (DRC) estimates. The aim is to show the structure of incentives and efficiency implications of intervention for sample firms and the whole manufacturing sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138365537

The Systematic Mistreatment of Children in the Foster Care SystemThrough the Cracks The Systematic Mistreatment of Children in the Foster Care System tells the stories of 10 children in the foster care system from diverse ethnic and cultural backgrounds and the efforts by advocates to find them permanent places to live appropriate schooling and other essentials they need to survive. The children’s case studies highlight the difficulties in placing and maintaining them in healthy living situations with supportive educational mental health and other services. The book shows how children fall-sometimes over and over again-through the "deep cracks" that exist within and between the various agencies of the multi-agency system of care that was designed to help them. Appropriate placement and services for children in foster care typically requires the coordination and collaboration of several agencies including the juvenile court child protective services (CPS) school districts and departments of mental health (DMH). The Systematic Mistreatment of Children in the Foster Care System shows how these agencies frequently fail to meet their legal obligations to children in the system and what can be done to address these failures-and the outcomes they produce. The Systematic Mistreatment of Children in the Foster Care System includes: an introduction to the child protective services system the general route by which children in the United States are removed from their parents’ custody because or abuse and neglect the major components of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act and the problems in getting foster children’s educational needs met the difficulties in securing stable out-of-home placements strategies for stabilizing home placements problems in funding for out-of-home placements strategies for advocating the removal of children from inadequate out-of-home placements legislation and practices for bringing about needed policy changes and much more Equally valuable as a professional tool and as a classroom resource The Systematic Mistreatment of Children in the Foster Care System includes introductions to specific issues presented in each chapter; case studies that illuminate the issues presented; subsections for each case study chapter entitled "Prevention " "Intervention " "Advocacy Considerations " and "What Had Gone Wrong;" boxed items highlighting practical strategies laws and other relevant information; and a conclusion and summary of each chapter. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315785684

The Systemic Nature of the Economic CrisisThe perspectives of heterodox economics and psychoanalysis The most prominent aspect of the current financial crisis is its systemic character which manifests itself in high levels of inequality rampant unemployment economic and social insecurity and environmental decay. This book explores the potential of a pluralistic and interdisciplinary approach for a deeper understanding of the manifold aspects of the economic crisis. This book examines the potential of a number of contributions from heterodox economics and psychoanalysis in providing a deeper understanding of these problems. The book analyses some of the most debated aspects of the concepts of market democracy and socialism and explores the role of structural ties between economic social and psychological aspects of collective life. It also addresses the main economic aspects of the crisis and pays particular attention to a number of structural imbalances and to the psychological interpretation of these phenomena. By drawing together approaches from heterodox economics and psychoanalysis this book adopts a pluralist and interdisciplinary approach to the study of these phenomena and manages to overcome the fragmentation so often present in social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138220539

The Systems Psychodynamics of OrganizationsIntegrating the Group Relations Approach Psychoanalytic and Open Systems Perspectives This authoritative source book on the learning and creative application of the systems psychodynamic perspective defines the field presenting the key concepts models and social methodologies that derive from it together with their theoretical and conceptual underpinnings in psychoanalysis group relations and open systems theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328924

The Szymanowski Companion The Polish composer Karol Szymanowski is one of the most fascinating musical figures of the early twentieth century. His works included four symphonies two violin concertos the operas Hagith and King Roger the ballet-pantomime Harnasie the oratorio Stabat Mater as well as numerous piano violin vocal and choral compositions. The profile and popularity of Szymanowski's music outside Poland has never been higher and continues to grow. The Szymanowski Companion constitutes the most significant and comprehensive reference source to the composer in English. Edited by two of the leading scholars in the field Paul Cadrin and Stephen Downes the collection consists of over 50 contributions from an international array of contributors including recognized Polish experts. The Companion thus provides a systematic authoritative and up-to-date compilation of information concerning the composer's life thought and works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605360

The Tôkaidô RoadTravelling and Representation in Edo and Meiji Japan The Tôkaidô Road offers a comparative study of the Tôkaidô road's representations during the Edo (1600-1868) and Meiji (1868-1912) eras. Throughout the Edo era the Tôkaidô highway was the most important route of Japan and transportation was confined to foot travel. In 1889 the Tôkaidô Railway was established at first paralleling and eventually almost eliminating the use of the highway. During both periods the Tôkaidô was a popular topic of representation and was depicted in a variety of visual and literary media. After the installation of the railway in the Meiji era the Tôkaidô was presented as a landscape of progress modernity and westernisation. Such representations were fundamental in shaping the Tôkaidô and the realm of travelling in the collective consciousness of the Japanese people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415511148

The Tact of TeachingThe Meaning of Pedagogical Thoughtfulness In The Tact of Teaching bestselling author Max van Manen offers teachers at every stage an original and inspiring interpretation of the notion of pedagogy one that searches for its roots in the experience of in loco parentis. Using dozens of anecdotes and scenes taken directly from life in classrooms including many from the often-neglected domain of high school The Tact of Teaching explicates the meaning of pedagogical moments the conditions of pedagogy the relation between pedagogy and politics the nature of pedagogical experience and the practical forms of pedagogical understanding. The author: -Presents experiential analysis of the relation between pedagogical reflection and action-Explores how pedagogical tact manifests itself what tact accomplishes and how tact does what it does-Speaks of hope and humane practice in an era of schooling often given over to mindless technocracy or fashionable despair Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138463837

The Tactical Guide to Six Sigma Implementation Books in the Quality and Business Excellence series can help readers enhance customer value and satisfaction by integrating the customer’s voice into design manufacturing supply chain and field processes. Although there are many Six Sigma books on the market few clarify the essential aspects of its implementation across various industries. The Tactical Guide to Six Sigma Implementation fills this need.Simplifying a complex subject and removing the intimidation of using statistics the book takes readers through the five phases of the Six Sigma methodology—Define-Measure-Analyze-Improve-Control (DMAIC). In ten clearly written and easy-to-understand chapters readers learn the purpose of each phase and what activities must be performed in each phase.The book illustrates the layout of the interaction of organizational processes—defining product and information flows separately such that each process receives product or information and after completion of the process supplies the output to the next process.The author identifies organizational processes through turtle and SIPOC diagrams defining the process owner inputs and outputs and process customer for each process. He also explains how to determine the measures and goals of the process and how to document the process so that further process improvements can be implemented through management reviews.The text presents a comprehensive process control plan assessment to comply with automotive aerospace and all types of manufacturing and service processes. It details 17 global quality management system processes covering management responsibility resource management product realization policies and management analysis and improvement policies. It also provides comprehensive root cause analysis and problem solving techniques.Numerous figures charts formulae and forms are included throughout the book and all statistics are described to the exact level of understanding required. Books in this series are suitable for use as basic textbooks for Green Belt Black Belt BBA and MBA courses in global quality Lean Six Sigma and business excellence. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498745383

The Tai-Kadai Languages With close to 100 million speakers Tai-Kadai constitutes one of the world's major language families. The Tai-Kadai Languages provides a unique comprehensive single-volume tome covering much needed grammatical descriptions in the area. It presents an important overview of Thai that includes extensive cross-referencing to other sections of the volume and sign-posting to sources in the bibliography. The volume also includes much new material on Lao and other Tai-Kadai languages several of which are described here for the first time. Much-needed and highly useful The Tai-Kadai Languages is a key work for professionals and students in linguistics as well as anthropologists and area studies specialists. ANTHONY V. N. DILLER is Foundation Director of the National Thai Studies Centre at the Australian National University. JEROLD A. EDMONDSON is Professor of Linguistics at the University of Texas Arlington and a member of the Academy of Distinguished Scholars. YONGXIAN LUO is Senior Lecturer in the Asia Institute at the University of Melbourne and a member of the Australian Linguistic Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415688475

The Tainted DesertEnvironmental and Social Ruin in the American West For decades nuclear testing in America's southwest was shrouded in secrecy with images gradually made public of mushroom clouds blooming over the desert. Now another nuclear crisis looms over this region: the storage of tens of thousands of tons of nuclear waste. Tainted Desert maps the nuclear landscapes of the US inter-desert southwest a land sacrificed to the Cold-War arms race and nuclear energy policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315538839

The Taiping Rebellion Written by one of Japan' most popular modern authors this is a lively readable and immensely entertaining fictional portrayal of one of the epochal events of the nineteenth century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698922

The Taiwan Economy In Transition The Taiwan economy has undergone a successful transition in the post-war period-transition from agricultural to industrial from traditional to modem and from backward to advanced economy. This book explores and illuminates broad dimensions of the transition growth of the Taiwan economy for the period 1951-81. It deals in depth with all major aspects: key issues of the early period; labor absorption and income distribution; trade prices and external shocks; technical change; and economic policies. The coverage of these topics is extensive so as to give readers a comprehensive outlook of the development of Taiwan after the Second World War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296445

The Taiwan Issue In Sinoamerican Strategic Relations The first two years of the Reagan administration saw a close correlation between improved unofficial relations between Washington and Taipei and a deterioration of strategic cooperation between Washington and Beijing. These developments led many U.S. officials and scholars to conclude that U.S. security interests may require periodic concessions over Taiwan to ensure China ‘s cooperation in countering the Soviet threat. Rejecting this view Mr. Lasater argues that Washington’s and Beijing’s bilateral relations with Moscow and not the Taiwan issue are the key international determinants of Sino-American strategic cooperation. Examining the parameters of that cooperation and the role of Taiwan in Sino-American relations Mr. Lasater suggests that Beijing is deliberately using U.S. security concerns to seek concessions on Taiwan and other issues. He advises a policy that stands firm in negotiations with the Chinese and that resists the temptation to make politically expedient concessions--a more balanced course of action whereby improved relations with Beijing are sought concurrently with the maintenance of friendly unofficial ties with Taipei. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296452

The Taiwan Issue: Problems and Prospects While global attention has been focused on other regional issues such as China-US tensions and North Korea’s nuclear ambitions little attention has been paid to Taiwan. Yet the so-called Taiwan issue  namely the continued separation of the island from mainland China remains a major regional security challenge that could potentially spark direct conflict involving the USA China and Japan the three largest economies in the world two of which are nuclear powers. Although Taiwan has continued to find opportunities to maintain the current status quo despite a deteriorating geo-strategic environment as a result of the rise of China and the uncertainties of the Trump Administration its room for manoeuvre continues to narrow. This volume examines the challenges and evaluates the prospects for preventing conflict on the Taiwan Strait by focusing on the political conditions that Taiwan faces internally and externally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857439199

The Taiwan Success StoryRapid Growith With Improved Distribution In The Republic Of China 19521979 "Economists and policymakers have long been perplexed over the way rapid growth appears to conflict with the other common goal of developing nations - more equitable income distribution. But economic expansion need not preclude equity as demonstrated by the case of Taiwan which experienced high rates of economic growth between the early 1950s and the late 1970s while simultaneously improving the distribution of income among its people. This book describes how the Republic of China managed this balancing of goals and analyzes the reasons for Taiwan's exceptional performance. The authors illustrate how full utilization of the country's vast human resources through emphasis on labor-intensive production has worked to make Taiwan's products competitive in international markets and to make fiscal redistribution after the fact unnecessary. They also cite Taiwan's early attention to land reform to productivity in agriculture and to the spread of decentralized rural industry as important factors in the country's achievements. They point out that although the specifics may change strategies and policy implications drawn from the Taiwan experience should be applicable in other developing countries." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296469

The Taiwan-china ConnectionDemocracy And Development Across The Taiwan Straits Exploring the transitional role of the state in Taiwan's economic development this book focuses especially on the impact of trade with mainland China. Tse-Kang Leng argues that the basic structure of political forces within Taiwan and its pattern of external economic relations have been transformed in the 1990s with cross-Straits trade playing a Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319007

The Taking of Hong KongCharles and Clara Elliot in China Waters Relations between Britain and China have for over 150 years been inextricably bound up with the taking of Hong Kong Island on 26 January 1841. The man responsible Britain's plenipotentiary Captain Charles Elliot was recalled by his government in disgrace and has been vilified ever since by China. This book describes the taking of Hong Kong from Elliot's point of view for the first time '- through the personal letters of himself and his wife Clara '- and shows a man of intelligence conscience and humanitarian instincts. The book gives new insights into Sino-British relations of the period. Because these are now being re-assessed both historically and for the future revelations about Elliot's role intentions and analysis are significant and could make an important difference to our understanding of the dynamics of these relations. On a different level the book explores how Charles the private man with his wife by his side experienced events rather than how Elliot the public figure reported them to the British government. The work is therefore of great historiographical interest. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315027739

The Tale of Two FishesA Story about Resilient Thinking The Tale of Two Fishes is a therapeutic story about developing resilient thinking. A little girl feeds blue fishes with up-turned mouths and red fishes with down-turned mouths. The more she feeds the red fish the bigger and more angry they become. The girl realises that if she feeds the blue fish and ignores the red the blue fish will thrive. The story teaches children about the importance of balanced thinking and not dwelling too much on negative thoughts. This beautifully illustrated storybook will appeal to all children and can be used by practitioners educators and parents as a tool to discuss the importance of resilient thinking and the control we have over our own thoughts and behaviour. This story can be purchased alongside six other storybooks as part of a set (ISBN: 9781138556478) as well as in a set alongside the guidebook Nurturing Emotional Resilience in Vulnerable Children and Young People and six other storybooks (9781138556454). The guidebook outlines ways to use these beautifully told and visually appealing stories to nurture emotional resilience with children and will be invaluable tools for anyone working to build emotional resilience with children and young people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138308848

The Tales of The Clerk and The Wife of Bath The first feminist edition of these two tales. Wynne-Davies addresses the social and cultural context of the poems' production in a critical commentary to the texts. Also includes a line by line gloss and a historical introduction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138166431

The Talk of the ClinicExplorations in the Analysis of Medical and therapeutic Discourse This collection of original papers by scholars who closely analyze the talk of the clinic features studies that were conceived with the aim of contributing to clinical practitioners' insight about how their talk works. No previous communication text has attempted to take such a practitioner-sensitive posture with its research presentations. Each chapter focuses on one or more performances that clinical practitioners -- in consort with their clients or colleagues -- must achieve with some regularity. These speech acts are consequential for effective practice and sometimes present themselves as problematic. Rather than calling for research to be simplified or reoriented in order for practitioners to understand it these authors interpret state-of-the-art descriptive analysis for its practical import for clinicians. Each contributor delves deeply into clinical practice and its wisdom; therefore each is positioned to identify alternative clinical practices and techniques and to appreciate practitioners' means of performing effectively. When reflective practitioners encounter these new pieces of work productive alterations in how their work is done can be stimulated. By reading this work reflective practitioners will now have new ways of considering their talk and new possibilities for speaking effectively. The volume is uniquely constructed so as to engage in dialogue with these reflective practitioners as they struggle to articulate their work. A practical wisdom-as-research trend has recently emerged in the clinical fields stimulating these practitioners to explore new and more informative ways -- communication and literary theory ethnography and discourse analysis -- to express what they do in clinics and hospitals. With the studies presented in this book the editors build upon this dialectical process between practitioner and researcher thus helping this productive conversation to continue. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203812105

The Talking CureA Descriptive Guide to Psychoanalysis Among the many elementary expositions of psychoanalysis "The Talking Cure" is unique in focusing on the actual analytic experience. Lichtenberg's approach is humanistic demonstrating empathic understanding of the fears and hopes of the person seeking help. He provides a "feel" for what happens during the analytic voyage of self-discovery. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158092

The Talking CureTV Talk Shows and Women The Talking Cure examines four nationally syndicated television talk shows--Donahue The Oprah Winfrey Show Geraldo and Sally Jessy Raphael--which are primarily devoted to feminine culture and issues. Serving as one of the few public forums where working-class women and those with different sexual orientations have a voice these talk shows represent American TV at its most radical. Shattuc examines the tension between talk's feminist politics and the television industry who in their need to appeal to women trades on sensation stereotypes and fears in order to engender product consumption. However this genre is not a one-way form of social interaction. The female audience complies and resists in a complex give-and-take and it is this relationship which The Talking Cure aims to understand and reveal. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315021812

The Tall Buildings Reference Book As the ever-changing skylines of cities all over the world show tall buildings are an increasingly important solution to accommodating growth more sustainably in today’s urban areas. Whether it is residential a workplace or mixed use the tower is both a statement of intent and the defining image for the new global city. The Tall Buildings Reference Book addresses all the issues of building tall from the procurement stage through the design and construction process to new technologies and the building’s contribution to the urban habitat. A case study section highlights the latest the most innovative the greenest and the most inspirational tall buildings being constructed today.   A team of over fifty experts in all aspects of building tall have contributed to the making of the Tall Buildings Reference Book creating an unparalleled source of information and inspiration for architects engineers and developers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415780414

The Tamil Auxiliary Verb System This book introduces the syntactic process of auxiliary formation and applies it to the grammatical analysis of the indicative or non-modal auxiliary verbs of Modern Tamil. Using data from spoken and written registers gathered over several years the book demonstrates for the first time the systematic nature of auxiliary verb phenomena and how they are integrated into the grammar of the language. Including fresh information on new verb constructions verbal categories and tenses this book will be a welcome addition to the current general linguistics literature in particular the study of verbal categories and the morphosyntactic processes that instantiate them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138996731

The Tamil Separatist War in Sri Lanka The complex and long-drawn war between the Sri Lankan government and the Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam (LTTE) ended with the defeat of the Tigers in 2009. This book provides a military history of the conflict in tracing its evolution from a battle between a ragtag guerrilla force and a mainly ceremonial army to one between an organized guerrilla force with semi-conventional capability and a state military apparatus that had morphed into a large and potent force with modern armour aircraft and naval vessels. Using a wide range of sources this book offers an incisive analysis of the progress and conclusion of one of the longest and most destructive wars in modern South Asia. Comprehensive and accessible the volume will be of great interest to scholars and researchers of modern South Asia especially Sri Lanka military history politics defence and strategic studies as well as the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138488731

The Taming of the Shrew (Routledge Revivals)A Comparative Study of Oral and Literary Versions William Shakespeare’s The Taming of the Shrew has succeeded in surviving in contemporary culture and has even managed to penetrate to the most modern media of mass communications. This book first published in 1991 examines some of the different literary and oral versions of The Taming of the Shrew. This book is ideal for students of literature drama and theatre studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138852358

The Taming of the ShrewCritical Essays This volume is a comprehensive collection of critical essays on The Taming of the Shrew and includes extensive discussions of the play's various printed versions and its theatrical productions. Aspinall has included only those essays that offer the most influential and controversial arguments surrounding the play. The issues discussed include gender authority female autonomy and unruliness courtship and marriage language and speech and performance and theatricality. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203055601

The Taming of the TextExplorations in Language Literature and Culture The contributors of this text first published in 1988 provide a dynamic view of the social functioning of texts taking account of linguistic literary and cultural elements. They bring together innovative perspectives on literary analysis and theory on pragmatics and discourse analysis as well as on text linguistics and reception theory. Various text types are examined and the editor introduces each chapter in order to draw them all together to make a fascinating and cohesive whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138683389

The Tangible in MusicThe Tactile Learning of a Musical Instrument In the age of digital music it seems striking that so many of us still want to produce music concretely with our bodies through the movement of our limbs lungs and fingers in contact with those materials and objects which are capable of producing sounds. The huge sales figures of musical instruments in the global market and the amount of time and effort people of all ages invest in mastering the tools of music make it clear that playing musical instruments is an important phenomenon in human life. By combining the findings made in music psychology and performative ethnomusicology Marko Aho shows how playing a musical instrument and the pleasure musicians get from it emerges from an intimate dialogue between the personally felt body and the sounding instrument. An introduction to the general aspects of the tactile resources of musical instruments musical style and the musician is followed by an analysis of the learning process of the regional kantele style of the Perho river valley in Finnish Central Ostrobothnia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138505018

The Tangier Papers of Samuel Pepys In 1683 Samuel Pepys accompanied George Legge Lord Dartmouth to Tangier as his secretary. During the voyage Pepys kept another brief diary and miscellaneous notes which contain valuable information about the navy. He recorded his concerns as well as the views of the sea officers and others with him. Richard Leake master gunner was criticised by Pepys for not being able to hit the side of the target and for not being able to get the charges correct to blow up the forts. He recorded that Captain David Lloyd a sea officer was also a painter with a good reputation. Pepys records his views about the merits of gentleman captains and their behaviour compared to ‘tarpaulin captains’. He also collected in these Papers every story he could about the alleged immorality and corruptness of Arthur Herbert the commander-in-chief of the English Mediterranean fleet in order to discredit him with the king. Herbert had in fact returned to England before Pepys had arrived in Tangier. The source of the stories about Herbert’s behaviour in the Tangier Papers came from old friends of Pepys and Herbert’s enemies and are not to be trusted or accepted as a true account of what Herbert achieved; this can only be traced through Herbert’s own letters and the unpublished admiralty papers in the Public Record Office. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780995468535

The Tangled Complexity of the EU Constitutional ProcessThe Frustrating Knot of Europe Despite the rejection of the EU Constitutional Treaty eventually leading to the adoption of the Lisbon Treaty the debates concerning the European Union’s constitutional framework continue. This book builds on the discourse in European Union constitutionalism in order to offer a novel analysis of the EU’s constitutional developments. Giuseppe Martinico sets out a unique account of EU constitutionalism which argues that the EU legal order is a complex entity which shares some features with natural systems. The book is soundly anchored in the theory and methodology of legal science and based on a deep knowledge of judicial practices. The author contends that Europe is still suffering from the failure of the Constitutional Treaty and is practicing the new institutional equilibrium afforded by the coming into force of the Reform Treaty. The book goes on to explore the methodological implications of such constitutional complexity for the study of EU law. The Tangled Complexity of the EU Constitutional Process will be of particular interest to academics and students in the disciplines of Law International Relations and Political Science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817227

The Tank DebateArmour and the Anglo-American Military Tradition In The Tank Debate John Stone highlights the equivocal position that armour has traditionally occupied in Anglo-American thought and explains why - despite frequent predictions to the contrary - the tank has remained an important instrument of war. This book provides a timely and provocative study of the tank's developmental history against the changing background of Anglo-American military thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138002319

The Tantrum Survival GuideTune In to Your Toddler's Mind (and Your Own) to Calm the Craziness and Make Family Fun Again If you are the parent of a toddler or preschooler chances are you know a thing or two about tantrums. While those epic meltdowns can certainly be part of "normal" toddler behavior they are still maddening stressful and exhausting--for everyone involved. What can you do to keep your cool and help your child calm down? Rebecca Schrag Hershberg child psychologist and mother of two has a unique understanding of both the science behind tantrums and what works in the heat of the moment to nip blowups in the bud. With her customizable plan you'll learn: *Why your toddler's developing brain is hardwired for "big emotions."*What you may be doing (unintentionally) to encourage outbursts.*Ways to use structure and routines to help your child feel secure.*How to reduce tantrums at tough times of day from wake-up to bedtime.*Strategies for managing tantrums under difficult circumstances from travel to moving to divorce.*Ways to deepen your parent–child connection--starting right now. A Greater Good Favorite Parenting Book of 2018 Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462529711

The Tao of Computing Describing both the practical details of interest to students and the high-level concepts and abstractions highlighted by faculty The Tao of Computing Second Edition presents a comprehensive introduction to computers and computer technology. This edition updates its popular predecessor with new research exercises and expanded discussion questions. It uses a question-and-answer format to provide thoughtful answers to the many practical questions that students have about computing. Among the questions answered the book explains: What capabilities computers have in helping people solve problems and what limitations need to be considered Why machines act the way they do What is involved in getting computers to interact with networks The book offers a down-to-earth overview of fundamental computer fluency topics from the basics of how a computer is organized and an overview of operating systems to a description of how the Internet works. The second edition describes new technological advances including social media applications and RSS feeds. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439892510

The Tao of Dialogue Contemporary writers position ‘dialogue’ at the heart of change theory but what do we mean by ‘dialogue’? The Tao of Dialogue explains through story what dialogue means and how to leverage dialogic principles in managing relationships within the workplace. Accessible and innovative The Tao of Dialogue explains the basic principles of dialogue defined as a way of thinking and reflecting together with others through the story of Michael the CEO of a company about to embark on a life-changing journey. In the first half of the book he is introduced to the idea of dialogue by Hannah an internal change practitioner working within the organisation. He is encouraged to engage in dialogue with those he seeks to influence which requires him to examine his mindset and proactively make changes to the ways in which he is communicating with his team and the wider organisation. In the second half of the book Michael is assisted by Mark an external consultant with expertise in dialogic team and organisational development who helps him apply dialogic principles to leading his team. Engaging yet practical each part concludes with a summary of the dialogue that has taken place and how the model can be used in the real world as well as an overview of the journey of the organisation team and individuals. Emerging from dialogue between seven experienced international coaches The Tao of Dialogue will be of interest to coaches in practice and training as well as business leaders HR and L&D professionals and consultants. It explains in simple terms how to transform human relationships both one-to-one and team/group. It will also appeal to academics and students of coaching executive development change management and leadership development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367266141

The Tariff Reform Mirage This book first published in 1913 records the ten years’ history of the Tariff Reform movement. Using the published declarations of both sides of the argument – the Tariff Reformers on one side Free Traders on the other – the author provides the definitive account of Tariff reform up to the crisis of 1913. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138298071

The Tariff Reformers This book first published in 1913 examines in detail the Tariff Reform crisis of January 1913. The sudden abandonment of decades of established policy was one of the most surprising events in British domestic politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138298019

The Tavistock Learning GroupExploration Outside the Traditional Frame In The Tavistock Learning Group: Exploration Outside the Traditional Frame the authors attempt to expand the heuristic theoretical and applied dimensions of Group Relations paradigms by pairing classical Group Relations concepts with typically non-Tavistock psychology paradigms and social sciences concepts. Under the broad domain of psychologically-informed constructs Lacanian psychoanalysis existential philosophy and bioenergetics are applied. Under a somewhat broader range of social science conceptualization the capacity for abstraction is linked with anti-work in groups the large group is re-imagined as an extension of community dynamics and dysfunction and the role of symbol systems symbology and semiotics are examined in relation to sophisticated work groups. Lastly non-Tavistock models of group development and conceptualization are re-interpreted and explained using a group-as-a-whole framework. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204152

The Tavistock Seminars Previously unpublished lectures from the author. The book consists of eight talks Bion gave at the Tavistock Clinic between 1976 and 1979. Topics explored include the importance of observation; dreams; art and psychoanalysis; and the significance of time in psychoanalysis. In addition this volume includes an illuminating interview of Bion by Anthony G. Banet in 1976.'In your practice you will find yourself under pressure. You say whatever you have to say and then there is an entirely new situation. You don't really know what is going on because it is an entirely new situation things will not be the same. It is likely enough that the patient will say "Why don't you say something?" Or if not the patient the relatives - "Why don't you do something?" So you are always under pressure prematurely and precociously to produce your idea. Poor little thing! Pull it up by the roots and have a look at it - it hasn't got a chance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105457

The Tea Ceremony and Women's Empowerment in Modern JapanBodies Re-Presenting the Past The subject of the tea ceremony is well researched both in and outside of Japan but the women who practice it are hardly ever discussed. The Tea Ceremony and Women's Empowerment in Modern Japan rectifies this by discussing the meaning of the Japanese tea ceremony for women practitioners in Japan from World War II to the present day. It examines how lay tea ceremony practitioners have been transforming this cultural activity while being in turn transformed by it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415652186

The Teacher and the WorldA Study of Cosmopolitanism as Education Winner of the 2013 American Educational Studies Association's 2013 Critics Choice Award! Teachers the world over are seeking creative ways to respond to the problems and possibilities generated by globalization. Many of them work with children and youth from increasingly varied backgrounds with diverse needs and capabilities. Others work with homogeneous populations and yet are aware that their students will encounter many cultural changes in their lifetimes. All struggle with the contemporary conditions of teaching: endless top-down measures to manipulate what they do rapid economic turns and inequality in supportive resources that affect their lives and those of their students a torrent of media stimuli that distract educational focus and growth as well as shifts in population. In The Teacher and the World David T. Hansen provides teachers with a way to reconstruct their philosophies of education in light of these conditions. He describes an orientation toward education that can help them to address both the challenges and opportunities thrown their way by a globalized world. Hansen builds his approach around cosmopolitanism an ancient idea with an ever-present and ever-beautiful meaning for educators. The idea pivots around educating for what the author calls reflective openness to new people and new ideas and reflective loyalty toward local values interests and commitments. The book shows how this orientation applies to teachers at all levels of the system from primary through university. Hansen deploys many examples to illustrate how its core value a balance of reflective openness to the new and reflective loyalty to the known can be cultivated while teaching different subjects in different kinds of settings. The author draws widely on the work of educators scholars in the humanities and social sciences novelists artists travellers and others from both the present and past as well as from around the world. These diverse figures illuminate the promise in a cosmopolitan outlook on education in our time. In this pioneering book Hansen has provided teachers heads of school teacher educators researchers and policy-makers a generative way to respond creatively to the pressure and the promise of a globalizing world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415783323

The Teacher Gap Teachers are the most important determinant of the quality of schools. We should be doing everything we can to help them get better. In recent years however a cocktail of box-ticking demands ceaseless curriculum reform disruptive reorganisations and an audit culture that requires teachers to document their every move have left the profession deskilled and demoralised. Instead of rolling out the red carpet for teachers we have been pulling it from under their feet. The result is predictable: there is now a cavernous gap between the quantity and quality of teachers we need and the reality in our schools. In this book Rebecca Allen and Sam Sims draw on the latest research from economics psychology and education to explain where the gap came from and how we can close it again. Including interviews with current and former teachers as well as end-of-chapter practical guidance for schools The Teacher Gap sets out how we can better recruit train and retain the next generation of teachers. At the heart of the book is a simple message: we need to give teachers a career worth having. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138730892

The Teacher's Grammar Book The Teacher's Grammar Book Second Edition introduces the various grammars that inform writing instruction in our schools and examines methods strategies and techniques that constitute best classroom practices for teaching grammar and writing. Designed for students who are preparing to become English or language arts teachers as well as for credentialed teachers who want an easy-to-use guide to questions of methods grammar and teaching this overview of basic English grammar includes the following major topics: a brief history of grammar teaching grammar grammar and writing traditional grammar transformational-generative grammar cognitive grammar dialects black English and Chicano English.New in the reorganized and fully updated Second Edition:*new chapter giving a brief history of grammar and grammar instruction;*new chapter on best practices--strategies and techniques that actually work;*expanded chapter on cognitive grammar--a topic not found in other texts of this nature;*expanded chapter on dialects;*summary and evaluation of the minimalist program (Noam Chomsky's most recent revision of transformational-generative grammar)--a topic unique among texts of this kind; and*reduced discussion of transformational grammar. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142039

The Teacher's Guide to ResearchEngaging with Applying and Conducting Research in the Classroom This accessible guide provides practical support on becoming research engaged and research active within the school and beyond. It explores the meaning of research and clarifies multiple types of research which lead to different views on ‘what works’ all whilst showing how to engage with the latest educational findings and how to conduct classroom-based research as part of career-long professional development. Divided into three parts this book examines the various understandings of being ‘research-engaged’ and covers key issues such as: Finding and interpreting research How to apply and evaluate findings in reliable ways Planning and carrying out a classroom-based project Building a culture of research within a school Establishing local research networks Publishing work Illustrated with inspiring examples of how to these implement ideas in schools The Teachers’ Guide to Research is perfect for practicing schools teachers student teachers and educational leaders who are looking to expand their research knowledge and rekindle their professional curiosity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138336278

The Teacher's Reflective Practice HandbookBecoming an Extended Professional through Capturing Evidence-Informed Practice What do we mean by reflective practice? What does it involve? How can it help you develop as a teacher? The Teacher’s Reflective Practice Handbook is an essential source of advice guidance and ideas for both student and practising teachers. Helping you to translate pedagogical knowledge into practice this Handbook guides you through studying your own teaching for personal development evaluating your lessons through classroom research and enhancing the quality of pupil learning. It offers an innovative framework which serves to prepare you for the challenges and complexities of the classroom environment and supports the continuing improvement of your teaching. Underpinned by key theoretical concepts and contemporary research within the field of education chapters help you to: systematically evaluate your teaching through classroom research procedures question personal theories and beliefs and consider alternative perspectives and possibilities try out new strategies and ideas to maximise the learning potential of all students enhance the quality of and continue to improve your teaching. Including a range of reflective tasks links to online resources exemplification material and further reading to help you develop your own thinking The Teacher’s Reflective Practice Handbook is an accessible guide which supports the facilitation of reflective practice through self and peer assessment problem-based learning and personal development planning. The multi-dimensional framework enables you to build a meaningful personally relevant portfolio of evidence-informed practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415597586

The TeacherTheory and Practice in Teacher Education It is widely agreed that teacher education must consist of two general components. There is a knowledge component which contains specialized subject matter knowledge and a practical component in which intending teachers develop skills and abilities. In this original and compelling work first published in 1989 Pearson attempts to examine the connection between the two. This title will be of interest to students of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138692992

The Teaching and Learning of Social Research MethodsDevelopments in Pedagogical Knowledge The importance of the teaching and learning of social research methods is increasingly recognised by research councils and policy bodies as crucial to the drive to increase capacity amongst the research community. The need for greater scholarly engagement with how research methods are taught and learnt is also driven by the realisation that epistemological and methodological developments have not been accompanied by a pedagogical literature or culture. Training initiatives need this pedagogic input if they are to realise the educational aspirations for methodologically skilled and competent researchers able to apply adapt and reflect on a range of high-level research methods and approaches. The contributors to this collection have fully engaged with this need to develop and share pedagogical knowledge in relation to the teaching of research methods. Together they span qualitative quantitative and mixed methods a range of disciplinary and national contexts and face-to-face and blended teaching and learning. Through detailed examples the collection addresses how best teaching practices develop in response to distinctive challenges that will resonate with readers; in so doing it will inspire and inform their own development. This book was originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of Social Research Methodology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367028923

The Teaching and Study of Islam in Western Universities Public interest in the religion of Islam and in Muslim communities in recent years has generated an impetus for Western Universities to establish an array of Institutes and programs dedicated to the study of Islam. Despite the growth in number of programs dedicated to this study very little attention has been paid to the appropriate shape of such programs and the assumptions that ought to underlie such a study.The Teaching and Study of Islam in Western Universities attempts to address two central questions that arise through the teaching of Islam. Firstly what relation is there between the study of the religion of Islam and the study of those cultures that have been shaped by that religion? Secondly what is the appropriate public role of a scholar of Islam? After extensive discussion of these questions the authors then continue to address the wider issues raised for the academic community having to negotiate between competing cultural and philosophical demands.This edited collection provides new perspectives on the study of Islam in Western Institutions and will be an invaluable resource for students of Education and Religion in particular Islamic Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867744

The Teaching Assistant's Guide to Effective InteractionHow to maximise your practice The Teaching Assistant’s Guide to Effective Interaction is the definitive guide to teaching assistant-pupil interaction and an invaluable professional development tool for classroom support staff and the teachers who work with them. The authors’ research and development work with schools has highlighted the need for specific practical guidance on the role of the teaching assistant. This highly practical and accessible book sets out a role for teaching assistants that focuses on developing pupils’ independence and ownership of learning. Based on a classroom-tested framework and covering the main contexts in which teaching assistants work it includes practical strategies and reflective activities to help you improve the support you provide to pupils in everyday settings. This book will help you to: Improve your interactions with pupils Understand the principles behind effective classroom talk Carefully scaffold pupils’ learning Work effectively in collaboration with teachers Support the Assessment for Learning process Support group work and collaborative tasks Deliver intervention programmes. This book is an essential read for all teaching assistants. It will also be of interest to school leaders SENCos and teachers in both primary and secondary schools who wish to improve their use of teaching assistants and their own interactions with pupils. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138856196

The Teaching Assistant's GuideNew perspectives for changing times This textbook designed to meet the needs of students on the teaching assistant foundation degree provides an accessible overview of the teaching assistant's role incorporating practical tasks that will challenge students to reflect on and improve their day-to-day practice. Set within a wider educational context and full of thoroughly grounded advice throughout this book includes: personal professional development - helping teaching assistants to understand their role and their workplace growth development and learning - introducing the basic theories human development and learning behaviour management - exploring strategies that encourage and support appropriate behaviour today's curriculum and how children learn literacy maths science and technology understanding inclusive education exploring access participation and additional needs for specific groups of young people. With activities task lists discussion points ideas summary points and notes on further reading this textbook will be the essential companion for all foundation degree students as well as a useful handbook for teaching assistants in practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138168329

The Teaching InstinctExplorations Into What Makes Us Human How we select prepare and support teachers has become a surprisingly common topic among journalists politicians and policymakers. Contemporary recommendations on teaching and teachers whatever their intentions fail to assess this deeply human activity from its historical roots. In The Teaching Instinct: Explorations Into What Makes Us Human Kip Téllez invites us to reappraise teaching through a wide lens and argues that our capacity to teach is one part culture two parts genetic. By rescuing the field of instinct psychology from the margins this challenging book explores topics as diverse as teaching in other species teaching across human cultures and the development of teaching in young children finally drawing readers into a discussion about how our teaching instinct influences modern teacher learning selection and preparation. Drawing on disciplines as diverse as comparative biology evolutionary psychology and teacher education policy Téllez warns us that ignoring or contradicting our teaching instinct results in unhappy teachers and dysfunctional school systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138645479

The Teaching LibraryApproaches to Assessing Information Literacy Instruction Get the information needed to advocate for the significance of your library! How do you make the case that your library is a valuable instruction center? The Teaching Library helps librarians assess data on information literacy instruction programs so that they can better support the teaching role of the academic library in campus settings. This practical professional resource features case studies from across the United States and Canada—in both public and private institutions—that offer a variety of evaluation methods. Here are the latest easy-to-adopt ways of measuring your library’s direct contribution to student learning on-campus and off. With a unique multifaceted approach to questions of assessment The Teaching Library is an important resource that not only offers the latest techniques but answers the larger question of how to make use of this data in ways that will best advocate information literacy instruction programs. From creating a multidimensional assessment to turning an initiative into a program to teaching and learning goals and beyond this invaluable text covers many of the core issues those in this rapidly-evolving field must contend with. These contributions reinforce the importance of the learning that takes place in the classroom in the co-curriculum the extra-curriculum and the surrounding community. Some of the key topics covered in The Teaching Library are: assessment practices such as 360° analysis attitudinal outcomes-based and gap-measured integrating the teaching library into core mission vision and values statements presenting the message of a library’s value to internal audiences of colleagues building momentum—and maintaining it tying information literacy assessment to campus-wide assessment activities identifying and reaching end-of-program learning outcomes assessing the impact of the one-shot session on student learning information literacy instruction and the credit-course model promoting instruction among Library and Information Science educators and many more! The essays in The Teaching Library offer viable and practical ways for librarians to demonstrate their direct contribution to student learning in ways consistent with those accepted as valid across the campus. An important resource for academic librarians and Information Science professionals The Teaching Library is also a useful tool for those in the campus community concerned with developing funding and continuing successful library programs—professional staff such as alumni directors; faculty and educators looking to make students more successful; and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761611

The Teaching of Criminal LawThe pedagogical imperatives The Teaching of Criminal Law provides the first considered discussion of the pedagogy that should inform the teaching of criminal law. It originates from a survey of criminal law courses in different parts of the English-speaking world which showed significant similarity across countries and over time. It also showed that many aspects of substantive law are neglected. This prompted the question of whether any real consideration had been given to criminal law course design. This book seeks to provide a critical mass of thought on how to secure an understanding of substantive criminal law by examining the course content that best illustrates the thought process of a criminal lawyer by presenting innovative approaches for securing active learning by students and by demonstrating how criminal law can secure other worthwhile graduate attributes by introducing wider contexts. This edited collection brings together contributions from academic teachers of criminal law from Australia New Zealand the United Kingdom and Ireland who have considered issues of course design and often implemented them. Together they examine several innovative approaches to the teaching of criminal law that have been adopted in a number of law schools around the world both in teaching methodology and substantive content. The authors offer numerous suggestions for the design of a criminal law course that will ensure students gain useful insights into criminal law and its role in society. This book helps fill the gap in research into criminal law pedagogy and demonstrates that there are alternative ways of delivering this core part of the law degree. As such this book will be of key interest to researchers academics and lecturers in the fields of criminal law pedagogy and teaching methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138543171

The Teaching of English in Schools1900-1970 Originally published in 1972. 1900-1970 saw extensive changes in the teaching of English in schools. The volume studies English instruction as it developed at junior and secondary level over this period. Using textbooks method books Board and Ministry Reports and other contemporary opinion the book examines the basic questions arising from this historical survey. Whilst the main emphasis is on changes in actual classroom methods the volume also examines the wider social pressures which have modified the school system in the UK as well as English as a subject in that system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860673

The Teaching of History in Primary SchoolsImplementing the Revised National Curriculum First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420717

The Teaching of Instrumental Music The Teaching of Instrumental Music Fifth Edition introduces music education majors to basic instrumental pedagogy for the instruments and ensembles commonly found in the elementary and secondary curricula. It focuses on the core competencies required for teacher certification in instrumental music with the pervasive philosophy to assist teachers as they develop an instrumental music program based on understanding and respecting all types of music. Parts I and II focus on essential issues for a successful instrumental program presenting first the history and foundations followed by effective strategies in administrative tasks and classroom teaching. Parts III IV and V are devoted to the skills and techniques of woodwind brass and percussion and string instruments. In all The Teaching of Instrumental Music is the complete reference for the beginning instrumental teacher commonly retained in a student’s professional library for its unique and comprehensive coverage. NEW TO THIS EDITION: Revision and updating of curriculum developments such as coordinating State Department of Education student learning objectives with the recent Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA) New discussion of the NAfME National Standards as they relate to the teaching of instrumental music Revamping of rehearsing instrumental ensembles chapters including new or expanded sections on programming choosing quality music and applying successful rehearsal techniques Updates on references plus new discussion questions and websites and internet links A chapter devoted to classroom guitar Updates on the use of technology for teaching and learning music More on healthy performance practice marching band and jazz band Online materials located in the eResources section on the Routledge website. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138667204

The Teaching of Kathakali in AustraliaMirroring the Master This book tells the story of teaching Kathakali a seventeenth century Indian dance-drama to contemporary performers in Australia.   A rigorous analysis and detailed documentation of the teaching of multiple learners in Melbourne both in the group workshop mode and one-on-one combined with the author’s ethnographic research in India leads to a unique insight into what the author argues persuasively is at the heart of the art’s aesthetic- a practical realisation of the theory of rasa as first articulated in the ancient Sanskrit treatise on drama The Natyashastra. The research references the latest discoveries in neuroscience on ‘mirror neurons’ and argues for a reconceptualization of Kathakali’s imitative methodology advancing it from the reductive category of ‘mimicry’ to a more contemporary and complex mirroring which is where its value lies in Australian actor performer training.   The Teaching of Kathakali in Australia will be of great interest to students and scholars of theatre and dance intercultural actor training practice-led research and interdisciplinary studies of neuroscience and performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367539962

The Teaching of Primary SciencePolicy and Practice Originally published in 1983. This book provides the first overview of developments in primary science prior to and following the national survey of primary schools in 1978. Key issues central to contemporary policy and practice are identified set in context and interrelated for teachers students tutors and policymakers. Contributors to the book include most of the leading figures in contemporary primary science at the time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138321953

The Teaching of PsychologyEssays in Honor of Wilbert J. McKeachie and Charles L. Brewer The Teaching of Psychology is centered around the masterful work of two champions of the teaching of psychology Wilbert J. McKeachie and Charles L. Brewer in order to recognize their seminal contributions to the teaching of the discipline. The book's main goal is to provide comprehensive coverage and analysis of the basic philosophies current issues and the basic skills related to effective teaching in psychology. It transcends the typical "nuts and bolts" type books and includes such topics as teaching at small colleges versus a major university teaching and course portfolios the scholarship of teaching what to expect early in a teaching career and lifelong learning.The Teaching of Psychology also features: Biographies of Bill McKeachie and Charles L. Brewer Fourteen chapters written by leading authorities in the teaching of psychology which provide overviews of the latest psychological research and theories in effective college and university teaching. These chapters cover lecturing classroom presence using humor in teaching pedagogy advising teaching critical thinking writing and technology and training graduate students to teach Useful advice to new teachers and seasoned veterans including qualities of master teachers understanding the many facets of working within the academy and teaching with technology Insights into teaching specific courses within the psychology curriculum including the history of psychology biological psychology statistics and research methods learning social psychology personality psychology of women cross-cultural psychology industrial/organizational psychology psychology of religion and environmental psychology A closing section containing Bill McKeachie's and Charles L. Brewer's perspectives into the teaching of psychology and its history highlights and future. This book is intended for academic psychologists who teach and/or train graduate assistants to teach at the college and university level. All royalities from this book will be donated to the Society for the Teaching of Psychology (Division 2 of the American Psychological Association) which each year sponsors many activities across the country to promote the teaching of psychology. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781410603586

The Teaching of Reading in Spanish to the Bilingual Student: La Enseñanza de la Lectura en Español Para El Estudiante Bilingüe This dual-language text provides theory and methodology for teaching reading in Spanish to Spanish/English bilingual or Spanish-dominant students. The goal is to help educators teach these students the skills necessary to become proficient readers and thus successful in the school system. At the very core of the book are the hispano-parlantes--the Spanish-speaking children--who bring to the schools along with their native language and cultures a wealth of resources that must be tapped and to whom all educators have a responsibility to respond. True to the concepts of developing bilingual educators to serve bilingual students the text presents chapters in English and Spanish. Each chapter is written in only one language at the preference of the author. Thus to be successful with this book the reader must be bilingual. Themes emphasized in the text include current reading methodologies the concept of reading as developmental literacy skills reading in the content areas new views of the development of proficiency in the second language issues related to students with special learning needs assessment and the uses of technology in the delivery of instruction. Never losing sight of its goal--to teach reading in Spanish to bilingual or Spanish-dominant students--the book includes a series of focusing questions and follow-up activities; these are not simply translations of existing activities strategies and techniques intended for monolingual English students but specifically designed to be appropriate for Spanish-speaking students. Directed to university preservice and in-service instructors of reading and bilingual education as well as administrators and district- and school-level staff developers who work with Hispanic populations the book is sensitive at all times to nuances of the languages and cultures of the intended audiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138126961

The Teaching of Science in Primary Schools Now in a fully updated seventh edition The Teaching of Science in Primary Schools provides essential information for students trainee and practising teachers about the why what and how of teaching primary science. Paying particular attention to inquiry-based teaching and learning the book recognises the challenges of teaching science and provides suggestions and examples aimed to increase teachers’ confidence and pupils‘ enjoyment of the subject. This new edition explores: Changes in curriculum and assessment requirements in the UK Advances in knowledge of how children learn Expansion in the use of ICT by teachers and children And expands on key aspects of teaching including: The compelling reasons for starting science in the primary school Strategies for helping children to develop understanding skills and enjoyment Attention to school and teacher self-evaluation as a means of improving provision for children’s learning. Giving the latest information about the rationale for and use of inquiry-based constructivist methodology and the use of assessment to help learning the book combines practice and theory explaining and advocating for particular classroom interactions and activities. This book is essential reading for all primary school teachers and those engaged in studying primary education. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138225725

The Teaching of Thinking First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315792538

The Teaching Revolution Originally published in 1967 education had entered a period of fundamental change. The developments described in this book – team-teaching audio-visual aids programmed learning curriculum reform projects and the like – had tended to progress in isolation from each other and only recently had it been realized how much they had in common. Today it can be read and enjoyed in its historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138340510

The Technical Development of Roads in Britain This title was first published in 2003. The history of roads in Great Britain has not been one of steady development but rather one that has waxed and waned in response to social military and economic needs and also as to whether there have been alternative methods of transport available. Paralleling this the technical aspects of road construction - with the one great exception of Roman roads - can be seen as a fitful progression of improvement followed by neglect as the roadmaker has responded albeit tardily on occasion to the needs of the road user. This text describes the technical development of British roads in relation to the needs of the time and thereby touches upon its relation to the history of the country more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138743236

The Technical Director's ToolkitProcess Forms and Philosophies for Successful Technical Direction In the world of theatre the technical director is responsible for overseeing the safe and efficient realization and implementation of scenery for the stage. The Technical Director’s Toolkit is the first book to address every nut and bolt of this multifaceted job. This book guides readers  though the step-by-step processes of technical direction and the responsibilities of the TD in the mounting of a theatrical production. Leadership management relationship building personal responsibility and problem solving are addressed  demonstrating not only how to become a more efficient and effective TD but also how to be a collaborative member of a production team that artists will seek to work with again and again. The book also addresses scene shop design facility repair and maintenance and finishes with a brief overview of other areas of technical theatre that help round out the far reaching skill set of a successful TD. This book is perfect for university courses in Stagecraft and Technical Direction and for the aspiring Technical Director. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415747295

The Technique and Practice of PsychoanalysisA Memorial Volume to Ralph R. Greenson The discovery of several incomplete chapters of Ralph R. GreensonÂ’s long-awaited Volume II of The Technique and Practice of Psychoanalysis form the cornerstone of this memorial to a man considered by many to be the best clinical psychoanalyst of his generation. Using the detailed outlines of the chapters that Greenson had intended to write the editors solicited prominent American psychoanalysts to cover the planned content areas. Such adherence to GreensonÂ’s plan makes this a worthy companion to Volume I. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782205654

The Technique and Practice of PsychoanalysisVolume I This systematic and comprehensive volume written in a lively and clear style is devoted essentially to the fundamentals of psychoanalytic technique: transference and resistance. The author approaches psychoanalytic technique from a classical theoretical framework but he frequently gives an entirely fresh view of traditionally accepted procedures. His most important new contribution consists in the clear distinction between the patient's 'real relationship' to the analyst the 'working alliance' and the transference relationship. His discussion of the contradictory and often conflicting demands which each of these elements makes on the technical skills of the analyst is particularly illuminating. In many fascinating case illustrations he shows how the analyst carries out therapeutic psychoanalysis while respecting the diversity of psychic constellations in different patients and at different points in their analyses. This book can be recommended - without qualification - to the beginning student because of the thorough clarification and documentation of the basic principles of psychoanalytic technique. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204619

The Technique of ControversyPrinciples of Dynamic Logic First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822693

The Technique of Film and Video EditingHistory Theory and Practice This updated sixth edition of The Technique of Film and Video Editing provides a detailed precise look at the artistic and aesthetic principles and practices of editing for both picture and sound. Ken Dancyger puts into context the storytelling choices an editor will have to make against a background of theory history and practice across a range of genres including action comedy drama documentary and experimental forms featuring analysis of dozens of classic and contemporary films. This new sixth edition includes new chapters on the influence of other media on the editing form on the importance of surprise in editing on the contributions of Robert Altman to the art of editing and on the experimental documentary. This edition also includes expanded coverage in technology creative sound point of view and the long take. New case studies explore Whiplash (2014) Room (2015) Lincoln (2012) Tangerine (2015) The Beaches of Agnès (2008) American Sniper (2014) Son of Saul (2015) The Revenant (2015) and many more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138628403

The Technique Of Psycho-Analysis First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882614

The Technique of the Professional Make-Up Artist A classic in its field since its original publication The Technique of the Professional Make-Up Artist is now revised updated and paperback for a new generation of professionals. This encyclopedic resource covers all of the current studio make-up methods and lab techniques with text and art contributions from some of the leading experts in the industry. The author explains clearly and precisely the differing approaches to stage-lit audience-attended television taping; studio-lit no-audience taping; live television with natural outdoor lighting; live stage make-up ; and the innumerable techniques and methods of film make-up. In addition to detailing the basic day-to-day 'paint and powder' procedures that are the bulk of any professional make-up artist's work. He also describes exciting new visual effects that can be achieved using puppetry digital computing and electronic coloration. Included in this paperback edition are: * Revised make-up charts for men and women * New special effects make-up photographs * New information on contact lenses and dental work * Updated information on film types * Revised appendices. Vincent J R Kehoe has been working in the professional make-up field since 1940. He has been in charge of make-up for more than 3000 major television film and stage productions and was head of the make-up departments for CBS-TV in New York and the NBC Hallmark Hall of Fame series. His previous books include Special Make-Up Effects (Focal Press) The Technique of Film and Television Make-Up and Photographic Make-Up for Stills and Movies and he has written several articles on advanced make-up research for the Journal of the Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (SMPTE). As president and director of the Research Council of Make-Up Artists since 1963 Mr Kehoe designed and produced the entire Color Process line of RMCA Professional Products. He lives in Somis CA. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138133167

The Technocratic Challenge to Democracy This book represents the first comprehensive study of how technocracy currently challenges representative democracy and asks how technocratic politics undermines democratic legitimacy. How strong is its challenge to democratic institutions? The book offers a solid theory and conceptualization of technocratic politics and the technocratic challenge is analyzed empirically at all levels of the national and supra-national institutions and actors such as cabinets parties the EU independent bodies central banks and direct democratic campaigns in a comparative and policy perspective. It takes an in-depth analysis addressing elitism meritocracy de-politicization efficiency neutrality reliance on science and distrust toward party politics and ideologies and their impact when pitched against democratic responsiveness accountability citizens' input and pluralist competition. In the current crisis of democracy this book assesses the effects of the technocratic critique against representative institutions which are perceived to be unable to deal with complex and global problems. It analyzes demands for competent and responsible policy making in combination with the simultaneous populist resistance to experts. The book will be of key interest to scholars and students of comparative politics political theory policy analysis multi-level governance as well as practitioners working in bureaucracies media think-tanks and policy making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367358280

The Technological FixHow People Use Technology to Create and Solve Problems The term "technological fix" should mean a fix provided by technology--a solution for all of our problems from medicine and food production to the environment and business. Instead technological fix has come to mean a cheap quick fix using inappropriate technology that usually creates more problems than it solves. This collection sets out the distinction between a technological fix and a true technological solution.<br><br>Bringing together scholars from a variety of disciplines the essays trace the technological fix as it has appeared throughout the twentieth century. Addressing such "fixes" as artificial hearts industrial agriculture and climate engineering these essays examine our need to turn to technology for solutions to all of our problems. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203501351

The Technological State in IndonesiaThe Co-constitution of High Technology and Authoritarian Politics Using a historical sociology approach this book illustrates the formation of the technological state in Indonesia during the New Order period (1966-1998). It explores the nexus between power high technology development and authoritarianism situated in the Southeast Asian context. The book discusses how the New Order regime shifted from the developmental state to the technological state which was characterized by desire for technological supremacy. The process resulted in the establishment of a host of technological institutions and the undertaking of large-scale high-tech programs. Shedding light on the political dimension of socio-technological transformation this book looks at the relationship between authoritarian politics and high technology development and examines how effectively technology serves to sustain legitimacy of an authoritarian power. It explores into multiple features of the Indonesian technological state covering the ideology of development the politics of technocracy the institutional structure and the material and symbolic embodiments of high technology and goes on to discuss the impact of globalization on the technological state. The book is an important contribution to studies on Southeast Asian Politics Development and Science Technology and Society (STS). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138115705

The Technology Strategy And Politics Of Sdi The Strategic Defense Initiative (SDI) to develop a ballistic missile defense (BMD) system has both short-range and long-range risks as well as potential benefits. For the most part however strategic technological and political issues relevant to SDI have been analyzed in isolation from one another. This book provides a more inclusive framework for assessing the possible development and deployment of a BMD system by the United States or the Soviet Union. Contributors discuss the risks for arms race stability probable reactions of the Soviet Union to any U.S. space-based defense system and implications for the stability of extended deterrence commitments to NATO European allies. They also evaluate Soviet research and development programs in missile defense that must be considered in any extrapolation of the requirements for U.S. deterrence in the next several decades. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296476

The Technology of Building Defects The Technology of Building Defects has been developed to provide a unique review of the subject. Defects are considered as part of the whole building rather than in isolation. General educational objectives are set out which offer the reader the opportunity of self-assessment. Each section is generously illustrated with photographs and diagrams forming an accessible self contained review covering the following: objectives; core information; exercises; revision notes; further reading. Taken together these sections build up to offer the reader an understanding of a range of technical topics concerned with building defects. This core text can be used for direct lecture material seminar and tutorial information assignment work and revision notes. It is a convenient one stop resource which dispenses with the need to consult a mass of different information sources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177390

The Technology of Maya CivilizationPolitical Economy Amd Beyond in Lithic Studies The ancient Maya shaped their world with stone tools. Lithic artifacts helped create the cityscape and were central to warfare and hunting craft activities cooking and ritual performance. 'The Technology of Maya Civilization' examines Maya lithic artefacts made of chert obsidian silicified limestone and jade to explore the relationship between ancient civilizations and natural resources. The volume presents case studies of archaeological sites in Guatemala Mexico Belize and Honduras. The analysis draws on innovative anthropological theory to argue that stone artefacts were not merely cultural products but tools that reproduced modified and created the fabric of society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872274

The Technology of Video and Audio Streaming * Learn the end-to-end process starting with capture from a video or audio source through to the consumer's media player* A quick-start quide to streaming media technologies* How to monetize content and protect revenue with digital rights managementFor broadcasters web developers project managers implementing streaming media systems David Austerberry shows how to deploy the technology on your site from video and audio capture through to the consumer's media player. The book first deals with Internet basics and gives a thorough coverage of telecommunications networks and the last mile to the home. Video and audio formats are covered as well as compression standards including Windows Media and MPEG-4. The book then guides you through the streaming process showing in-depth how to encode audio and video. The deployment of media servers live webcasting and how the stream is displayed by the consumer's media player are also covered.A final section on associated technologies illustrates how you can protect your revenue sources with digital rights management looks at content delivery networks and provides examples of successful streaming applications.The supporting website www.davidausterberry.com/streaming.html offers updated links to sources of information manufacturers and suppliers.David Austerberry is co-owner of the new media communications consultancy Informed Sauce. He has worked with streaming media since the late nineties. Before that he has been product manager for a number of broadcast equipment manufacturers and formerly had many years with a leading broadcaster. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138169081

The Tectonics of Structural SystemsAn Architectural Approach The Tectonics of Structural Systems provides an architectural approach to the theory of structural systems. The book combines: structural recommendations to follow during the architectural design of various structural systems and the tectonic treatment of structural recommendations in architecture. Written expressly for students the book makes structures understandable and useful providing: practical and useful knowledge about structures a design based approach to the subject of structures and a bridge in the gap between structures and the theory of design. Good architectural examples for each structural system are given in order to demonstrate that tectonics can be achieved by applying technical knowledge about structures. Over 300 illustrations visually unpack the topics being explained making the book ideal for the visual learner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138855533

The Teddy Bears' Picnic and Other StoriesRole Play in the Early Years Drama Activities for 3-7 year-olds This series responds to the increasing awareness of role play as an exciting and effective approach to enhance children's learning. Each book provides a selection of themed drama activities that develop a range of skills while drawing on children's natural ability to play. Through their imaginative engagement with fictional worlds children acquire new knowledge and understanding. The Teddy Bear's Picnic and Other Stories includes activities on: The Teddy Bears’ Picnic Goldilocks The not-so jolly postman. User-friendly visual and easy to read this series is a must for classroom teachers nursery nurses playgroup leaders and learning support assistants within pre- school and Key Stage 1 settings who are unfamiliar or wary of role play but want to incorporate it into their teaching. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138147164

The Telecom HandbookUnderstanding Telephone Systems and Services Whether you're an IT professional a telecom professional an office administrator or just starting out in the business world this book provides you with an organized easy-to-use introduction to business telecommunications systems and services. It does Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138412453

The Telecommunications Handbook A panel of renowned experts from around the world contributed to this authoritative handbook that covers the essential aspects of this most dynamic field of communications and networking activity. Edited by Dr. Kornel Terplan and Patricia Morreale - well known authorities in telecommunications- this important new handbook provides basic principles and definitions details the tremendous advances in technology outlines implementation techniques and discusses the outstanding issues and key challenges faced by communications and networking specialists.The telecommunications topics addressed include:o Basic principles o Services on broadband networks o Signal processing and coding schemes o Mobile and wireless networks o DSL technologies o Digital video and multimedia o Quality of service o Regulation o Standards o Emerging technologiesExhaustive in scope and packed with diagrams tables and illustrations The Telecommunications Handbook is an indispensable detailed reference for engineers analysts managers and students involved in a wide range of telecommunication and networking activities. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219714

The Telecommunications Illustrated Dictionary From fundamental physics concepts to the World Wide Web the Telecommunications Illustrated Dictionary Second Edition describes protocols computer and telephone devices basic security concepts and Internet-related legislation along with capsule biographies of the pioneering inventors who developed the technologies that changed our world. The new edition offers even more than the acclaimed and bestselling first edition including: • Thousands of new definitions and existing definitions updated and expanded • Expanded coverage from telegraph and radio technologies to modern wireline and mobile telephones optical technologies PDAs and GPS-equipped devices • More than 100 new charts and illustrations • Expanded appendices with categorized RFC listings • Categorized charts of ITU-T Series Recommendations that facilitate online lookups • Hundreds of Web URLs and descriptions for major national and international standards and trade organizations Clear comprehensive and current the Telecommunications Illustrated Dictionary Second Edition is your key to understanding a rapidly evolving field that perhaps more than any other shapes the way we live. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138472402

The Telecommunications RevolutionPast Present and Future Originally published in 1992 this book charts the global restructuring of telecommunications industries away from the monopoly structures of the past towards increased competition deregulation and privatization. The book's authors are international policy-makers and scholars who examine the regulatory environment within a theoretical and historical context. The book looks at the roots of regulatory and legislative changes by discussing individually the countries at the forefront of the revolution: the UK France Germany Japan and the United States. It examines the impact of new technology for consequences of change in trade and government policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815361923

The TelegraphHow Technology Innovation Caused Social Change First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138998162

The Telengits of Southern SiberiaLandscape Religion and Knowledge in Motion In a new and engaging study Halemba explores the religion and world outlook of the Telengits of Altai. The book provides an account of the Altai its peoples clans and political structures focusing particularly on on the Telengits whilst also considering the different elements of religious belief exhibited among these native peoples. Paradoxically as the demand for national recognition grows among such people and with it the need for more formal state structures built around the nation religion too begins to become formalized and loses its natural all-pervasive character. With the Telengits whose natural religion includes elements of Buddhism this takes the form of a debate as to whether the state religion of their polity is to be Buddhism or contrary to the character of shamanism a formal structured fixed shamanism. This is a comprehensive anthropological account of the contemporary religious life of the Telengits holding important implications for wider debates in sociology and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138500174

The Television EntrepreneursSocial Change and Public Understanding of Business With business seemingly everywhere on television from the risks of the retail and restaurant trade to pitching for investment or competing to become the next 'apprentice' The Television Entrepreneurs draws upon popular business-oriented shows such as The Apprentice and Dragons' Den to explore the relationship between television and business. Based on extensive interviews with key industry and business figures and drawing on new empirical research into audience perceptions of business this book examines our changing relationship with entrepreneurship and the role played by television in shaping our understanding of the world of business. The book identifies the key structural shifts in both the television industry and the wider economy that account for these changing representations whilst examining the extent to which television's developing interest in business and entrepreneurial issues is simply a response to wider social and economic change in society. Does a more commercial and competitive television marketplace for instance mean that the medium itself through a particular focus on drama entertainment and performance now plays a key role in re-defining how society frames its engagements with business finance entrepreneurship risk and wealth creation? Mapping the narratives of entrepreneurship constructed by television and analysing the context that produces them The Television Entrepreneurs investigates how the television audience engages with such programmes and the possible impact these may have on public understanding of the nature of business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110717

The TempestCritical Essays The Tempest: Critical Essays traces the history of Shakespeare's controversial late romance from its early reception (and adaptation) in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries to the present. The volume reprints influential criticism and it also offers eight originalessays which study The Tempest from a variety of contemporary perspectives including cultural materialism feminism deconstruction performance theory and postcolonial studies. Unlike recent anthologies about The Tempest which reprint contemporary articles along with a few new essays this volume contains a mixture of old and new materials pertaining to the play's use in the theater and in literary history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415763790

The 'Templar of Tyre'Part III of the 'Deeds of the Cypriots' The so-called 'Templar of Tyre' is the third and longest section of an important 14th-century chronicle known as the Gestes des Chiprois. Written by a Cypriot knight who served the Templar Master William of Beaujeu as an Arabic translator and a member of his immediate retinue the 'Templar of Tyre' provides precious contemporary insights often drawn from the author's personal experience into events beginning in the early 1230s and ending in 1309 in the East and 1314 in the West. Notably it covers the last days of the mainland Crusader states and the fall of Acre in 1291 (providing our only eyewitness chronicle of this disaster) as well as providing information on the period following 1291. The author also reports various events in the West including the wars of the Hohenstaufen in Italy the rise and fall of Simon de Montfort in England the trial and dissolution of the Templars in France and the interminable wars of Genoa and Venice across the Mediterranean. This is the first complete translation of the 'Templar of Tyre' into English. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236865

The Templars the Hospitallers and the CrusadesEssays in Homage to Alan J. Forey This book pays homage to the work of a scholar who has substantially advanced knowledge and understanding of the medieval military-religious orders. Alan J. Forey has published over seventy meticulously researched articles on every aspect of the military-religious orders two books on the Templars in the Corona de Aragón and a wide-ranging survey of the military-religious orders from the twelfth to the early fourteenth centuries. His archival research has been especially significant in opening up the history of the military orders in the Iberian Peninsula. This volume comprises an appreciation of Forey’s work and a range of research that has been inspired by his scholarship or develops themes that run through his work. Articles reflect Forey’s detailed research into and analysis of primary sources as well as his work on the military orders the crusades the eastern Mediterranean and the trial of the Templars. Further papers move beyond the geographical and chronological bounds of Forey’s research while still exploring his themes of the military-religious orders’ relations with the Church and State. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367375775

The Templars and their Sources Even 700 years after the suppression of the Order of the Temple and the execution of the last grandmaster Jacques de Molay there is no shortage of publications on this influential military order. Yet unlike other medieval institutions the Templars are subject to speculative fiction and popular myth which threaten to swamp the fruits of scholarly endeavour. Fortunately recent years have produced a thriving academic scholarship which is challenging these myths. More and more sources are currently being edited particularly those for the trial of the Templars (1307–1312). Others are still awaiting indepth study among them surprisingly the greater part of the charters that cover more than 150 years of the Order’s history.The papers in this volume step into this gap and critically evaluate new directions in Templar studies on the basis of as-yet unedited source material. Open issues and desiderata regarding the sources are discussed and from a range of inspiring results a new status quaestionis is proposed that will not only provide a better understanding of the Order’s archaeological economical religious administrative and military history but also set new points of departure for the editing of charters and administrative documents. The papers here are grouped into six sections focusing on the headquarters of the Order its charters manpower and finance religious life and finally the suppression and the Order’s afterlife. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890193

The Templar's Curse On the 18th March 1314 in Paris Jacques de Molay Grand Master of the Knights Templar and Geoffroi de Charney preceptor of the Knights Templar in Normandy are led to the stake. Before the pyre at their feet is set alight Jacques de Molay speaks to the watching crowd proclaiming a curse on those who had wrongly condemned them. A month later Pope Clement V who had helped to condemn the Knights Templar died. Their chief persecutor Phlip IV of France followed him to the grave a few months later. And famine plague and revolt were to follow. Was the Templar’s curse coming home to roost? The Templar’s Curse shows the Knights Templar under arrest torture and trial followed by penance for life. Chronicling the dissolution of the order after the trial in 1307 this fascinating new book investigates the consequences of the Templar’s persecution and their mysterious legacy. Curses cruelty political intrigue revenge…the true story of the Knights Templar is better than fiction! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138166158

'The Temple of Music' by Robert Fludd Robert Fludd (1574-1637) is well known among historians of science and philosophy for his intriguing work The Metaphysical Physical and Technical History of both Major and Minor Worlds in which music plays an important role in his system of neoplatonic correspondences: the harmony of the universe (macrocosm) as well as the harmony of man (microcosm). 'The Temple of Music' (1617-18) is one section of this work and deals with music theory practice and organology. Many musicologists today have dismissed his musical ideas as conservative and outmoded or mainly based on fantasy; only the chapters on instruments have received some attention. However reading Fludd's work on music theory and practice in the context of his own time and comparing it with other contemporary treatises it is apparent that much of it contains highly original ideas and cannot be considered old fashioned or conservative. It is evident that Fludd's music philosophy influenced and provoked contemporary natural philosophers such as Marin Mersenne and Johannes Kepler. Less well known is the fact that Fludd's music theory reveals aspects of the development of new concepts that appear to reflect contemporary writers on music such as John Coprario and Thomas Campion. Before now 'The Temple of Music' has not been easily accessible or available and the fact that Fludd wrote in Latin has also been prohibitive. This critical edition provides the original Latin an English translation and essential illustrations. The book will therefore be a useful tool for understanding the position of English music theory around 1600. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315552354

The Temple of Venus and Rome and Santa Francesca Romana at the Roman ForumPreservation and Transformation This book examines the influence of architectural design in the conservation of historic buildings by discussing in detail an important building complex in Rome: the Temple of Venus and Rome the monastery of Santa Maria Nova and the church of Santa Francesca Romana. As the most complete site in the Roman Forum that has reached our times with a rich architectural stratification almost intact it is a clear product of continuous preservation and transformation and it has not been studied in its complexity until now. The Temple of Venus and Rome and Santa Francesca Romana at the Roman Forum unravels the original designs and the subsequent interventions including Giacomo Boni’s pioneering conservation of the monastery carried out while excavating the Roman Forum in the early twentieth century. The projects are discussed in context to show their significance and the relationships between architects and patrons. Through its interdisciplinary focus on architectural design conservation archaeology history and construction this study is an ideal example for scholars students and architects of how to carry out research in architectural conservation.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138896178

The Tempo of Modernity The present work is a study in the history of an enduring idea that defines the inner life of the mind and also supplied a substratum for the twentieth-century literary imagination and substance for philosophical thinking producing a unique alliance between philosophy and literature. This special union was forged by a new holistic conception of time which supplemented and even supplanted the conventional sense of chronological time. This temporal turn animated the existential insights of Husserl Heidegger and Bergson but it was grounded in nineteenth-century advances in the biological sciences the hegemony of Hegelianism and even stretched back to Augustine's early meditation on time in Book XI of his Confessions.In linking together a set of thinkers who addressed this form of temporal consciousness Gabriel R. Ricci illuminates a common intellectual preoccupation from the vantage point of a concept. The authors do not together assemble the thought; it is the thought that produced a collective voice. This voice appears in the episodes outlined in each chapter and they are framed by an introduction which explores Joseph Frank's insights into the new spatial forms in literature and an epilogue which resurrects J.W. Dunne's peculiar dream experiments and theory of precognition. Ricci employs Frank's seminal essay to draw comparisons between literature's adaptation of the new time sense and philosophy's expression of the new compatibility between space and time. Dunne's theory serves to demonstrate the continuity between literary form and philosophical speculation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517011

The Temporal Dimension in Counselling and PsychotherapyA Journey in Time The Temporal Dimension in Counselling and Psychotherapy looks at time as an intangible phenomenon that is culturally created historically framed but only individually understood. Examining our relationship to time as well as what it means in terms of our mortality it integrates historical cultural and psychotherapeutic perspectives to shine a light on our experience of time from our current identity to past trauma both in the consulting room and beyond.   Divided into three parts the book explores those time-related issues that emerge in psychotherapy it initially focuses on our existence as individuals in time with chapters discussing how we develop a sense of self as a being-in-time how our relationship to time is coloured by the world we live in today and our attachment relationships and past traumas. In part two the focus narrows to the consulting room itself; the practical aspects of the time-frame and how these can be managed. The third part of the book concerns the impact of trauma and other crises on our existence in time as well as our experience of it.   Exploring time-related issues as people navigate different stages in the life-cycle as well as for people affected by illness trauma and bereavement this insightful and thought-provoking book will provide insights for counsellors and therapists about what time means both to themselves and their clients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367819651

The Temporalities of WasteOut of Sight Out of Time This book investigates the complex and unpredictable temporalities of waste. Reflecting on waste in the context of sustainability materiality social practices subjectivity and environmental challenges the book covers a wide range of settings from the municipal garbage crisis in Beirut to food rescue campaigns in Hong Kong and the toxic by-products of computer chip production in Silicon Valley. Waste is one of the most pressing issues of the day central to environmental challenges and the development of healthier and more sustainable futures. The emergence of the new field of discard studies in addition to expanding research across other disciplines within the social sciences is testament to the centrality of waste as a crucial social material and cultural problem and to the need for multi- and transdisciplinary approaches like those provided in this volume. This edited collection seeks to develop a framework that understands the material properties of different kinds of waste not as fixed stable or singular but asdynamic relational and often invisible. It brings together new and cutting-edge research on the temporalities of waste by a diverse range of international authors. Collectively this research presents a persuasive argument about the need to give more credence to the capacities of waste to provoke us in materially and temporally complex ways especially those substances that complicate our understandings of life as bounded duration. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of the environmental humanities cultural studies anthropology and human geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367321796

The Temporality of Political Obligation The Temporality of Political Obligation offers a critique and reconceptualization of the ways in which our political obligations – what we owe to political authorities and communities and the reasons why we ought to obey their rules – have been traditionally conceptualized justified and contested. Drawing from theories of time and temporality Justin C. Mueller demonstrates some of the unacknowledged assumptions and theoretical blind spots shared among these ostensibly opposed positions and the problems and contradictions that this neglect of time poses. Enriching the literature on the philosophers Henri Bergson and Gilles Deleuze Mueller demonstrates how their theoretical frameworks on time can be used to analyze a political problem that is usually confined to the concerns of normative liberal democratic theory. Politically this book provides readers with the means to better identify and analyze the diverse temporalities they encounter in everyday life and better understand their experiences of them. A welcomed and timely read which will be of interest to scholars involved in recent efforts to engage with the social and political dimensions and consequences of time and temporality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138486454

The Temporary City Most of the professional training thinking and strategies of architects urban designers and planners are strictly three-dimensional. In reality of course the city is four dimensional and one needs to acknowledge the influence of time in planning and design strategies. Similarly there has been relatively little analysis of the importance of interim short-term or ‘meanwhile’ activities in urban areas. In an era of increasing pressure on scarce resources we cannot wait for long-term solutions to vacancy or dereliction. Instead we need to view temporary uses as increasingly legitimate and important in their own right. They can be a powerful tool through which we can drip-feed initiatives for incremental change â€“ as and when we have the resources â€“ while being guided by a loose-fit vision. Peter Bishop and Lesley Williams explore the growing interest among practitioners at the cutting edge of architecture urban design and regeneration in temporary interim ‘pop-up’ or ‘meanwhile’ uses for land and buildings in our urban areas. They explore the origins and the social economic and technological drivers behind this phenomenon and its place within modern planning theory and practice. The Temporary City challenges our preoccupation with long-term strategies and masterplans and questions our ability to achieve these in the face of increasing resource constraints and political and economic uncertainty. The book includes sixty-eight diverse case studies from Europe and North America which illustrate the range of temporary use opportunities and the benefits that these can bring. This is essential reading for all those struggling to address the current problems of urban renewal in an era of great change. It offers a prism through which to view the city as a rich mosaic of time-limited but inspiring urban interventions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415670562

The Ten Most Influential Buildings in HistoryArchitecture’s Archetypes Even the most inventive and revolutionary architects of today owe debts to the past often to the distant past when architecture really was being invented for the first time. Architects depend on their own imaginations for personal insights and originality but their ideas may be stimulated (consciously or subliminally) by particularly powerful buildings from history. The Ten Most Influential Buildings in History: Architecture’s Archetypes identifies ten architectural archetypes that have been sources of inspiration for architects through the centuries. Each archetype is analysed through distinctive examples following the methodology established by the author in his previous books. The variety of 'lines of enquiry’ each archetype has provoked in latter-day architects are then explored by analysing their work to reveal ideas inspired by those earlier buildings. Archetypes have a timeless relevance. In adopting this approach The Ten Most Influential Buildings in History is as pertinent to contemporary practice as it is to understanding buildings from antiquity and offers insights into the bridges of influence that can operate between the two. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138898479

The Tenants' MovementResident involvement community action and the contentious politics of housing The Tenants' Movement is both a history of tenant organization and mobilization and a guide to understanding how the struggles of tenant organizers have come to shape housing policy today. Charting the history of tenant mobilization and the rise of consumer movements in housing it is one of the first cross-cultural historical analyses of tenants’ organizations’ roles in housing policy. The Tenants' Movement shows both the past and future of tenant mobilization. The book’s approach applies social movement theory to housing studies and bridges gaps between research in urban sociology urban studies and the built environment and provides a challenging study of the ability of contemporary social movements community campaigns and urban struggles to shape the debate around public services and engage with the unfinished project of welfare reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415720250

The Tender BudA Physician's Journey Through Breast Cancer The Tender Bud is the moving story of one woman's journey through breast cancer.  The woman in question happens to be a senior psychiatrist of broad learning and deep clinical insight.  Madeleine Meldin weathered the crisis of breast cancer without the support of an immediate family and in the context of ongoing professional burdens.  This book is the journal that she wrote for herself as an aid to coping with the personal upheaval of diagnosis mastectomy and the aftermath of treatment.  It was written while these events unfolded.  With arresting candor Meldin chronicles her emotions at each stage of her odyssey - the recurrent cycles of denial anxiety and despair; the conflicting feelings engendered by her physicians surgeons and the treatment "establishment" in general; her struggle between resignation and emergent hopefulness. Unique to Meldin's account is her ongoing juxtaposition of the different dimensions of "having cancer." Simply and gracefully she chronicles the everyday dimension of cancer with its obligation to proceed maturely and dispassionately with medical and surgical care to meet one's professional responsibilities to maintain the appearances that allow one to carry on with one's life.  Meldin excels at showing how even the most mundane experiences of everyday life - conversations with friends and colleagues the selection of clothes a trip to the hairdresser - became saturated with her illness with her sense of herself as a cancer patient. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872462

The Tenth Muse (Routledge Revivals)Essays in Criticism This book first published in 1957 is a collection of Herbert Read’s essays on various topics. The essays explore many different subjects and themes including art literature religion and philosophy. This title will be of interest to a variety of readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138913981

The Ten-Thousand Year FeverRethinking Human and Wild-Primate Malarias Malaria is one of the oldest recorded diseases in human history and its 10 000-year relationship to primates can teach us why it will be one of the most serious threats to humanity in the 21st century. In this pathbreaking book Loretta Cormier integrates a wide range of data from molecular biology ethnoprimatology epidemiology ecology anthropology and other fields to reveal the intimate relationships between culture and environment that shape the trajectory of a parasite. She argues against the entrenched distinction between human and non-human malarias using ethnoprimatology to develop a new understanding of cross-species exchange. She also shows how current human-environment interactions including deforestation and development create the potential for new forms of malaria to threaten human populations. This book is a model of interdisciplinary integration that will be essential reading in fields from anthropology and biology to public health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781598744835

The Tenuous BalanceConventional Forces In Central Europe The instigation for this book was the author’s doubt that the political and military confrontation in Central Europe would remain stable in a serious crisis. Uncertainty of success may deter Soviet risk-taking forty-nine years out of fifty but not in that fiftieth year if Soviet leaders should face an apparent threat to their continued hegemony in Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296483

The Tenure-Track Process for Chicana and Latina FacultyExperiences of Resisting and Persisting in the Academy This anthology addresses the role of postsecondary institutional structures and policy in shaping the tenure-track process for Chicana and Latina faculty in higher education. Each chapter offers first-person narratives of survival in the academy employing critical theoretical contributions and qualitative empirical research. Major topics included are the importance of early socialization intergenerational mentorship culturally relevant faculty programming and institutional challenges and support structures. The aim of this volume is to highlight practical and policy implications and interventions for scholars academics and institutions to facilitate tenure and promotion for women faculty of color. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670702

The Terminal SelfEveryday Life in Hypermodern Times Living at the dawn of a digital twenty-first century people living in Western societies spend an increasing amount of time interacting with a terminal and interacting with others at the terminal. Because the self emerges out of interaction with others (humans and non-humans) this increasingly pervasive and mandatory interaction with terminals prompts a ‘terminal self’—a nexus of social and psychological orientations that are adjusted to the terminal logic. In order to trace the terminal self’s profile the book examines how five unique ‘default settings’ of the terminal incite particular adjustments in users that transform their perceptions of reality their experiences of self and their relations with others. Combining traditional interactionist theory Goffman’s dramaturgy and the French hypermodern approach using examples from everyday life and popular culture the book examines these adjustments their manifestations consequences and resonance with broader trends of a hypermodern society organized by the ‘digital apparatus.’ Suggesting that these adjustments infantilize users the author proposes strategies to confront three interrelated risks faced by the terminal self and society. These risks pertain to users’ subjectivity and need for recognition to their declining abilities in face-to-face interactions and to their dwindling abilities to retain control over terminal technologies. An accessibly written examination of the transformation of the self in the digital age The Terminal Self will appeal to scholars of sociology social psychology and cultural studies with interests in digital cultures new technologies social interaction and conceptions of identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367369545

The Termination of Criminal Careers Recent years have witnessed an increase in the attention given to the later stages of criminal careers. Research upon this topic has charted the main factors associated with the termination of criminal careers outlined some of the possible reasons behind these relationships and started to develop theoretical explanations for such relationships. Collected together for the first time are some of the most important contributions to this field of research. The collection focuses upon the initial explorations into this topic the most commonly observed findings the cessation of offending by specific offender-types and theoretical matters. An introductory essay by the editor provides a thorough overview of the work in this area and highlights the reasons why the termination of criminal careers will become increasingly important to criminologists and criminal justice policy makers alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315085081

The Terrestrial BiosphereEnvironmental Change Ecosystem Science Attitudes and Values Terrestrial Biosphere tries to pose the questions which underlie the many-sided debate of how to respond to and influence change: How should we view nature? What do we do for the best - how should we act - what are we trying to achieve and what should we be guided by?In doing so the book introduces and attempts to analyse not only scientific aspects of the debate but also cultural attitudes and values: the notions of ecosystem stability are now challenged and it is also clear that ecosystems are renewable but not repeatable. It finds that prescriptive 'solutions' based on current constructs may not be adequate. Feeling that analysis should lead to advocacy the author believes that if we can't improve predictability we have to increase adaptability which means that ecological and social capacity building should be advocated. This is seen in terms of concepts institutions attitudes and values which allow for a plurality of meanings and which can cope with surprise and unforeseen change - and which also facilitates responses to change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138418691

The Terrible CrystalStudies in Kierkegaard and Modern Christianity Consisting of studies in Christian thought in relation to catastrophe this book particularly looks at the ideas of Soren Kierkegaard and Karl Barth. When it was first published in 1940 this important investigation of ‘existential reality’ presented the view that the climate of crisis and catastrophe is also the essential climate of real religion. It addressed questions of the time surrounding war and religion. Calling for a rebirth of religion this personal account tries to understand the thinking of Kierkegaard and similar contemporaries and expose their importance in considering the nature of religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990111

The Terrible SecretSuppression of the Truth About Hitler's "Final Solution" This book seeks to answer three vital questions about the worldwide response to Hitler's "Final Solution": When did information about the genocide first become known to Jews and non-Jews? Through what channels was this information transmitted? What was the reaction of those who received word of the slaughter?Walter Laqueur's quest focuses on the period between June 1941 when Germany invaded the Soviet Union and December 1942 by which time the United Nations had confirmed the news about the mass killings in a common declaration. By the end of 1942 Chelmno Belzec Auschwitz Maidanek Sobibor and Treblinka were fully operational and two and a half million Jews had already been killed.According to Laqueur word started to spread soon after extermination began. But there is no easy straightforward answer to the wider question of why there was a failure to read and correctly interpret the signs in 1941; why so many individuals and governments actually chose to deny the reality of genocide when faced with incontrovertible evidence. A probing and disturbing work The Terrible Secret explores one of the most perplexing aspects of the Holocaust a political and psychological riddle of general significance to the understanding of the history of our times. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412849418

The Territorial Dimension Of PoliticsWithin Among And Across Nations This comparative study examines the dialectical tensions between global and regional interdependence and the fragmentation of humankind into territorial entities. Political authority may remain territory-bound but borders increasingly are penetrated by pollutants individuals noncentral governments in search of foreign trade and investment and transnational corporations as well as the traditional exchanges of trade media and culture. The result of these transborder flows accelerated by new technologies is a new variety of international relations among “perforated sovereignties.†Dr. Duchacek analyzes the territorial organization of political authority in both democratic and authoritarian frameworks as well as in unitary and federal systems. Case studies focus on new forms of transborder interactions between neighboring countries especially in North America and in Western Europe. The book is of major interest to scholars in the fields of political science and political economy. Quotations from a variety of political theorists and practitioners illustrative diagrams and maps make the book suitable for students of comparative politics international relations comparative federalism and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296490

The Territorial Organization of VarietyCooperation and competition in Bordeaux Napa and Chianti Classico The wine industry appears to be an anomaly within the modern global economy. Thousands of small companies provide a vast variety of highly differentiated products and compete successfully with multinational corporations. Using case studies from Bordeaux Napa Valley and Chianti Classico this book argues that rather than being a vestige or a serendipitous phenomenon this variety results from a sophisticated alternative organization of production. Integrating differentiation and branding into Ostrom's common pool resource theory Jerry Patchell shows how winegrowers in a territory can use self-governance to protect and promote their common reputation while enhancing each producer's ability to differentiate their wines and build their own brand. Bordeaux Napa and Chianti Classico share several common challenges but develop a set of strategies and tools appropriate to their markets and regulatory contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277090

The Territories and States of India 2016 This invaluable collection of information provides an in-depth guide to the regional dimension of the politics and economy of this vast and complex country. Incomparable in its coverage which includes a detailed chronology for India as a whole a bibliography contact details for leading officials and an historical account and economic survey for each of the twenty-nine states and seven territories it supplies the reader with a more complete understanding of India as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857438123

The Territories of IdentityArchitecture in the Age of Evolving Globalization The expedited globalised process of exchange and new forms of cultural production have transformed old established notions of identity calling into question their conceptual foundations. This book explores the spatial and representational dimension of this phenomenon by addressing how the reshaping of the key themes of place architecture and memory are altering the nature as well as our understanding of identity. Cutting across boundaries the book drives discussion of identity beyond the well-worn concern for its loss within a globalised context and importantly provides links between identity place memory and representation in architecture. Examining a range of case studies from Australia Germany India Japan Mexico Poland Puerto Rico Turkey and Singapore as well as with contributions cutting across geographical and temporal boundaries this volume addresses such issues as architecture technology place and memory – critical issues in the monitoring and mapping of identity shift within a rapidly globalising context. With contributions from renowned authors in the field including Nicholas Temple Patsy Hely Robert Brown Liane Lefaivre John Hendrix Ana Souto Fiona MacLaren Stephen Walker Nezar AlSayyad Andrzej Piotrowski Catherine Ettinger Luz Marie Rodríguez and Raymond Quek this book presents fresh insights and diverse perspectives on the evolving question of identity and globalisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415622882

The Territories of the Russian Federation 2012 This excellent reference source brings together hard-to-find information on the eighty-three constituent units of the Russian Federation. The introduction examines the Russian Federation as a whole focusing on the evolution of the relationship between the central state and the regions followed by a chronology demographic and economic statistics and a review of the Federal Government. The second section comprises territorial surveys with a chapter on each of Russia’s federal subjects each of which includes a current map. The third section comprises a select bibliography of books. The fourth section features a series of indexes listing the territories alphabetically by Federal Okrug and Economic Area. Users will also find a gazetteer of selected alternative and historic names and a list of the territories abolished created or reconstituted in the post-Soviet period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857436464

The Territories of the Russian Federation 2013 This excellent reference source brings together hard-to-find information on the eighty-three constituent units of the Russian Federation. The introduction examines the Russian Federation as a whole focusing on the evolution of the relationship between the central state and the regions followed by a chronology demographic and economic statistics and a review of the Federal Government. The second section comprises territorial surveys with a chapter on each of Russia’s federal subjects each of which includes a current map. The third section comprises a select bibliography of books. The fourth section features a series of indexes listing the territories alphabetically by Federal Okrug and Economic Area. Users will also find a gazetteer of selected alternative and historic names and a list of the territories abolished created or reconstituted in the post-Soviet period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857436754

The Territories of the Russian Federation 2014 This excellent reference source brings together hard-to-find information on the eighty-three constituent units of the Russian Federation. The introduction examines the Russian Federation as a whole focusing on the evolution of the relationship between the central state and the regions followed by a chronology demographic and economic statistics and a review of the Federal Government. The second section comprises territorial surveys with a chapter on each of Russia’s federal subjects each of which includes a current map. The third section comprises a select bibliography of books. The fourth section features a series of indexes listing the territories alphabetically by Federal Okrug and Economic Area. Users will also find a gazetteer of selected alternative and historic names a list of the territories abolished created or reconstituted in the post-Soviet period and an index of more than 100 principal cities detailing the territory in which each is located. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857437188

The Territories of the Russian Federation 2015 This excellent reference source brings together hard-to-find information on the constituent units of the Russian Federation. The introduction examines the Russian Federation as a whole focusing on Russian federalism and elections followed by a chronology demographic and economic statistics and a review of the Federal Government. The second section comprises territorial surveys each of which includes a current map. This edition includes new surveys covering the recently annexed (and disputed) territories of Crimea and Sevastopol as well as updated surveys of each of the other 83 federal subjects. The third section comprises a select bibliography of books. The fourth section features a series of indexes listing the territories alphabetically by Federal Okrug and Economic Area. Users will also find a gazetteer of selected alternative and historic names a list of the territories abolished created or reconstituted in the post-Soviet period and an index of more than 100 principal cities detailing the territory in which each is located. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857437652

The Territories of the Russian Federation 2016 This excellent reference source brings together hard-to-find information on the constituent units of the Russian Federation. The introduction examines the Russian Federation as a whole  followed by a chronology demographic and economic statistics and a review of the Federal Government. The second section comprises territorial surveys each of which includes a current map. This edition includes surveys covering the annexed (and disputed) territories of Crimea and Sevastopol as well as updated surveys of each of the other 83 federal subjects. The third section comprises a select bibliography of books. The fourth section features a series of indexes listing the territories alphabetically by Federal Okrug and Economic Area. Users will also find a gazetteer of selected alternative and historic names a list of the territories abolished created or reconstituted in the post-Soviet period and an index of more than 100 principal cities detailing the territory in which each is located. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857438369

The Territories of the Russian Federation 2017 This excellent reference source brings together hard-to-find information on the constituent units of the Russian Federation. The introduction examines the Russian Federation as a whole  followed by a chronology demographic and economic statistics and a review of the Federal Government. The second section comprises territorial surveys each of which includes a current map. This edition includes surveys covering the annexed (and disputed) territories of Crimea and Sevastopol as well as updated surveys of each of the other 83 federal subjects. The third section comprises a select bibliography of books. The fourth section features a series of indexes listing the territories alphabetically by Federal Okrug and Economic Area. Users will also find a gazetteer of selected alternative and historic names a list of the territories abolished created or reconstituted in the post-Soviet period and an index of more than 100 principal cities detailing the territory in which each is located. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857439038

The Territories of the Russian Federation 2018 This excellent reference source brings together hard-to-find information on the constituent units of the Russian Federation. The introduction examines the Russian Federation as a whole  followed by a chronology demographic and economic statistics and a review of the Federal Government. The second section comprises territorial surveys each of which includes a current map. This edition includes surveys covering the annexed (and disputed) territories of Crimea and Sevastopol as well as updated surveys of each of the other 83 federal subjects. The third section comprises a select bibliography of books. The fourth section features a series of indexes listing the territories alphabetically by Federal Okrug and Economic Area. Users will also find a gazetteer of selected alternative and historic names a list of the territories abolished created or reconstituted in the post-Soviet period and an index of more than 100 principal cities detailing the territory in which each is located. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857439267

The Territories of the Russian Federation 2019 This excellent reference source brings together hard-to-find information on the constituent units of the Russian Federation. The introduction examines the Russian Federation as a whole  followed by a chronology demographic and economic statistics and a review of the Federal Government. The second section comprises territorial surveys each of which includes a current map. This edition includes surveys covering the annexed (and disputed) territories of Crimea and Sevastopol as well as updated surveys of each of the other 83 federal subjects. The third section comprises a select bibliography of books. The fourth section features a series of indexes listing the territories alphabetically by Federal Okrug and Economic Area. Users will also find a gazetteer of selected alternative and historic names a list of the territories abolished created or reconstituted in the post-Soviet period and an index of more than 100 principal cities detailing the territory in which each is located. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857439731

The Territories of the Russian Federation 2020 This excellent reference source brings together hard-to-find information on the constituent units of the Russian Federation. The introduction examines the Russian Federation as a whole  followed by a chronology demographic and economic statistics and a review of the Federal Government. The second section comprises territorial surveys each of which includes a current map. This edition includes surveys covering the annexed (and disputed) territories of Crimea and Sevastopol as well as updated surveys of each of the other 83 federal subjects. The third section comprises a select bibliography of books. The fourth section features a series of indexes listing the territories alphabetically by Federal Okrug and Economic Area. Users will also find a gazetteer of selected alternative and historic names a list of the territories abolished created or reconstituted in the post-Soviet period and an index of more than 100 principal cities detailing the territory in which each is located. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367440138

The Territories of the Russian Federation 2021 This excellent reference source brings together hard-to-find information on the constituent units of the Russian Federation. The introduction examines the Russian Federation as a whole  followed by a chronology demographic and economic statistics and a review of the Federal Government. The second section comprises territorial surveys each of which includes a current map. This edition includes surveys covering the annexed (and disputed) territories of Crimea and Sevastopol as well as updated surveys of each of the other 83 federal subjects. The third section comprises a select bibliography of books. The fourth section features a series of indexes listing the territories alphabetically by Federal Okrug and Economic Area. Users will also find a gazetteer of selected alternative and historic names a list of the territories abolished created or reconstituted in the post-Soviet period and an index of more than 100 principal cities detailing the territory in which each is located. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367699284

The Terrorism AheadConfronting Transnational Violence in the Twenty-First Century This book examines the evolving threat of terrorism and draws on the latest research to assess future trends. The author assumes that terrorism will remain a potent threat to the international system throughout the twenty-first century primarily because of the convergence of two negative trends: the availability of Chemical Biological Radiological and Nuclear Weapons (CBRN) - also known as Weapons of Mass Destruction - and the proliferation of terrorist organizations seeking to achieve mass casualties. Even without the CBRN element however Smith maintains that terrorism will remain an ongoing threat. The book also explores specific aspects of contemporary terrorism including political social economic religious and ideological factors globalization as a stimulation to contemporary terrorism the role of organized crime in terrorist movements and more. Written with students in college and professional programs in mind the book includes case studies interspersed throughout the chapters that provide clarifying examples. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698915

The Terrorism Reader The Terrorism Reader is an intriguing introduction to a notorious and disturbing international phenomenon. The book draws together material from a variety of experts and clearly explains their opinions on terrorism allowing understanding conjecture and debate. David J. Whittaker explores all aspects of terrorism from its definition psychological and sociological effects legal and ethical issues to counter-terrorism. In a particularly original way the Reader illustrates the growth and variety of terrorism with a series of case studies from four continents including: the Taliban and the al-Qaida terror network and America's war against terrorism ETA and Spain the Revolutionary Armed Forces of Colombia the Liberation Tigers in Sri Lanka the IRA and UFF in Northern Ireland the Shining Path in Peru. This new edition includes fully updated chapters on Palestine and Israel the London 7/7 bombings and a a new chapter on Jihad as well as a focus on issues of contemporary concern such as state terrorism terrorist withdrawal and deradicalisation  and human rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415687324

The Terrorism Spectacle How terrorism is portrayed by the news media and thus perceived by the public is directly linked to government's foreign policy goals. Steven Livingston demonstrates the complex interactions among the press the public and political actors in illuminating a policymaking process that relies on image management as one strategy in achieving policy objectives–not just in combating terrorism but also in handling other foreign policy problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367311964

The Terrorist-Criminal NexusAn Alliance of International Drug Cartels Organized Crime and Terror Groups Postmodern global terrorist groups engage sovereign nations asymmetrically with prolonged sustained campaigns driven by ideology. Increasingly transnational criminal organizations operate with sophistication previously only found in multinational corporations. Unfortunately both of these entities can now effectively hide and morph keeping law enforcement and intelligence agencies in the dark and on the run. Perhaps more disturbing is the fact that al Qaeda Hezbollah FARC drug cartels and increasingly violent gangs—as well as domestic groups such as the Sovereign Citizens—are now joining forces. Despite differing ideologies they are threatening us in new and provocative ways. The Terrorist-Criminal Nexus: An Alliance of International Drug Cartels Organized Crime and Terror Groups frames this complex issue using current research and real-world examples of how these entities are sharing knowledge training tactics and—in increasing frequency—joining forces. Providing policy makers security strategists law enforcement and intelligence agents and students with new evidence of this growing threat this volume: Examines current and future threats from international and domestic criminal and terror groups Identifies specific instances in which these groups are working together or in parallel to achieve their goals Discusses the "lifeblood" of modern organizations—the money trail Describes how nefarious groups leverage both traditional funding methods and e-commerce to raise store move and launder money Explores the social networking phenomenon and reveals how it is the perfect clandestine platform for spying communicating recruiting and spreading propaganda Investigates emergent tactics such as the use of human shields and the targeting of first responders schools hospitals and churches This text reveals the often disregarded misunderstood or downplayed nexus threat to the United States. Proving definitively that such liaisons exist despite differing ideologies the book provides a thought-provoking new look at the complexity and phenomena of the terrorist-criminal nexus. This book was excerpted in the February/March 2013 issue of The Counter Terrorist. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466557611

The Terrorists of IraqInside the Strategy and Tactics of the Iraq Insurgency 2003-2014 Second Edition The Terrorists of Iraq: Inside the Strategy and Tactics of the Iraq Insurgency 2003-2014 Second Edition is a highly detailed and exhaustive history and analysis of terror groups that both formed the Iraq insurgency and led to the rise of the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria (ISIS). It places heavy emphasis on the history organization and personalities of the al-Qaeda in Iraq (now ISIS) the former Baathist regime loyalists and Shiite insurgents. The book also thoroughly analyzes how Iraq became the center of the ISIS strategy to create an Islamic caliphate in the heart of the Middle East. As terrorism activity proliferates and spreads globally this timely second edition provides a solid understanding of how the Iraq insurgency was a born after the U.S.-led invasion which led to the crisis of today. More specifically the book: Illustrates the political combat and religious strategy as well as street-level tactics of the insurgents Reveals what American British and coalition soldiers endured in Iraq on the street every day for eight years and what the Iraqi army and people now endure Demonstrates how the Iraqis employ very specific terrorist acts at particularly auspicious times to meet their strategic political or propaganda goals during a terror campaign Delineates strategies that the enemy saw as critical in forcing U.S. and coalition forces to withdraw and the terrorist strategy that besieges the Shiite government that was left behind Includes three new chapters on the evolution of ISIS from al-Qaeda in Iraq (2011-2014) a revised history of al-Qaeda in Iraq (2005-2011) and updated geopolitical intelligence predictions The Terrorists of Iraq: Inside the Strategy and Tactics of the Iraq Insurgency 2003-2014 Second Edition offers an unbiased examination of the myriad of Iraqi terror groups and the goal of expanding the Islamic State across the Middle East. The book shares knowledge that will hopefully limit the killing machine that is the Iraq insurgency and someday bring about a stable partner in the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498706896

The Test of TerrorismResponding to Political Violence in the Twenty-First Century This book offers a timely and critical reflection on how states have responded to the test of terrorism in the long shadow of 9/11. Terrorism has become the hallmark of international relations in the early twenty-first century. This book provides a policy-focused analysis of how certain states have responded to its test by employing a range of viewpoints that encompass state level responses down to a close interrogation of the nebulous non-state actors who have orchestrated spectacular political violence in contemporary times. It engages with the challenges of terrorism from a variety of perspectives that include philosophical discourses the perils of counterterrorism encapsulated in the death of Jean Charles de Menezes learning in counterinsurgency the effectiveness of counterterrorism spending Al Qaeda’s modus operandi and the threat posed by Boko Haram to Nigeria. This eclectic collection of chapters is an important contribution to the wide-ranging and contested debate about terrorism that has dominated the political discourse in the West since 2001. This book was published as a special issue of Defense and Security Analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138790483

The Tet EffectIntelligence and the Public Perception of War A close examination of the role of intelligence in shaping America’s perception of the Vietnam War looking closely at the intelligence leadership and decision process. In 1967 intelligence was called upon to bolster support for the Vietnam War and allowed America’s leaders to portray a ‘bankrupt’ enemy ready to quit the battlefield. The audacious Tet Offensive of 1968 shattered this image and although it ended with an American military victory it is remembered as the juncture when American support turned against the war. Public opinion on the war was a primary concern for the Johnson Administration and US intelligence played a decisive role in providing an overly optimistic view of the enemy’s demise. As the "bankrupt" enemy attacked with a ferocity and intensity that shocked the American public intelligence had set-up the American public for a fall. How Americans wanted to know could an enemy whose numbers had been so decimated now launch such an all-out offensive? From this examination and an understanding of how the enemy viewed itself the conclusion is made that four severe breaches of intelligence etiquette occurred during the period leading up to Tet. This phenomenon is the ‘Tet effect’ – the loss of credibility when leaders portray a situation based upon intelligence that is shown to be disingenuous. This book will be of great interest to students of the Vietnam war intelligence and strategic studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415652261

The Textile Industry and Exports in Post-Liberalization India This book is a comprehensive examination of the Indian textile industry and the various determinants affecting its export performance trends in labour and capital productivity in the post-liberalization years. Employing 45 million people including skilled and unskilled workers the Indian textile and clothing industry occupies a significant position in the Indian economy in terms of industrial production employment and exports. This work traces the growth and expansion of this industry in the post-reform period and studies its contributions to the economic development of the nation. It discusses global trade agreements India’s share in international exports and its major trading partners across the globe including the USA UK UAE Germany China. It also provides recommendations to Indian policy makers for a possible improvement in the textile exports across the globe. The Textile Industry and Exports in Post-Liberalization India will be of interest to students and researchers of politics and international relations economics development studies labour economics sociology and social policy and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138347243

The Texts of Othello and Shakespearean Revision In a groundbreaking piece of scholarly detective work Professor Honigmann - editor of the forthcoming Arden 3 edition of Othello - uncovers in more detail than any previous study the hidden history of the two early texts of Othello the Quarto and the Folio. He traces the crucial role played by two men in transforming Shakespeare's almost illegible manuscript to print: Thomas Walkley the publisher of the Quarto and Ralph Crane the scribe who prepared the printer's copy for the Folio. Through careful analysis of particular passages Honigmann exposes the extent to which versions of Othello adopted by editors and widely regarded as fundamentally 'Shakespearean' were profoundly influenced by others than Shakespeare himself. Questioning time-honoured editorial procedures the findings of Texts of Othello have implications for many other of the plays of the Shakespeare canon and more widely for questions of authorship and the doctrine of the 'better text'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865463

The Textual Condition of Nineteenth-Century Literature In this important new book Guy and Small develop a new account of literary creativity in the late nineteenth century one that combines concepts generated by text-theorists concerning the embodied nature of textuality with the empirical insights of text-editors and book historians. Through these developments which the authors term the ‘textual turn ’ this study examines the textual condition of nineteenth-century literature. The authors explore works by Dickens Wilde Hardy Yeats Swinburne FitzGerald Pater Arnold Pinero and Shaw connecting questions about what a work textually ‘is’ with questions about why we read it and how we value it. The study asks whether the textual turn places us in a stronger position to analyze the value of a nineteenth-century text—not for readers of the nineteenth century but of the twenty-first. The authors argue that this issue of value is central to their discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415806121

The Textual Genesis of Wittgenstein’s Philosophical Investigations Sixty years after its first edition there is an increasing consensus among scholars that the work posthumously published as Philosophical Investigations represents something that is far from a complete picture of Wittgenstein’s second book project. G.H. von Wright’s seminal research on the Nachlass was an important contribution in this direction showing that the Wittgenstein papers can reveal much more than the source of specific remarks. This book specifically explores Wittgenstein’s Philosophical Investigations from the different angles of its originary conceptions including the mathematical texts shedding new light on fundamental issues in twentieth century and contemporary philosophy. Leading authorities in the field focus on newly published or hitherto unpublished sources for the interpretation of Wittgenstein’s later work and a Wittgenstein typescript translated for the first time into English is included as an appendix. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138209626

The Textual Life of SavantsEthnography Iceland and the Linguistic Turn First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167186

The Texture of TreatmentOn the Matter of Psychoanalytic Technique In simple jargon-free language Herbert Schlesinger sets out to demystify technique to show how it is based on basic principles that are applicable both to psychoanalysis and to the psychotherapies that derive from it.  He has little need for conventional theory;  rather he reframes essential analytic notions - transference resistance interpretation regression empathy - as processes and assigns technique the goal of promoting the patient's activity within the treatment situation.  The aim of the analytic therapist is to restore to the patient active control of his own life. Utilizing basic premises of systems theory Schlesinger approaches personality and neurosis alike as self-stabilizing systems that can be changed only with persistent effort.  Follow-up interpretations that address the patient's responses to previous interpretations are crucial.  Similarly the analyst views the transference as "rules of behavior" the patient has created that limit the freedom of both parties in the treatment.  Interpretation speaks to the patient's inability to make full use of the freedom the analytic situation affords to explore how his mind works.  Viewing neuroses as what the patient does rather than what he has the analyst sees the "resisting" patient not as opposing the treatment but rather doing what the patient feels he must do both to accommodate to the demands of the script of an unconscious fantasy and to provide for his own sense of safety. Beautifully illustrated with clinical vignettes and everyday social experiences The Texture of Treatment is a lucid and engaging presentation of the principles Schlesinger has taught to successive generations of psychiatric residents clinical psychology interns clinical social work students and psychoanalytic candidates.  Taking up elementary matters from an advanced point of view he has produced a contemporary text whose appeal to seasoned clinicians will be no less that its usefulness to beginning therapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009851

The Thanatology Community and the Needs of the Movement Here is an excellent new book packed with state-of-the-art information on thanatology. It presents valuable insights on the history current issues and future directions for the modern death movement. This comprehensive volume is unique in that it offers multiple perspectives on the issues and problems facing the thanatology movement in the United States from well-known experts in a variety of fields including nursing psychology death education medicine ethics and suicide prevention. By crossing disciplinary boundaries these authoritative contributors are able to critically examine the entire thanatological community and provide glimpses of an agenda for the 1990s. The Thanatology Community and the Needs of the Movement provides valuable insights on important issues in the field such as: ethical concerns in thanatology setting standards for the field of thanatology advocacy and empowerment for the dying the bereaved and their caregivers effective approaches to death education for professionals and for the public sector suicide prevention Individual chapters address such pertinent topics as educational needs in thanatology the undervaluation of caregiving policy legislation for issues facing the terminally ill or bereaved and the care of children facing death. This groundbreaking book gives death educators academic nurses clergy divinity school faculty and academic and clinical psychologists the keys to advancing scholarship and practice in the field of thanatology. Its interdisciplinary focus facilitates better cooperation between academics and practitioners to ultimately enhance all services for the dying and bereaved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990128

The ThawReclaiming the Person for Psychiatry Paul Genova's finely crafted essays which proffer a humanistic and humanizing vision of psychiatry in the face of his profession's preoccupation with target symptoms "correct" thinking and medication have won him a wide and appreciative readership in the pages of Psychiatric Times. This expanded edition of The Thaw the first collection of his writings adds seven of Genova's recent pieces along with one older one his elegiac "Is American Psychiatry Terminally Ill?" of 1993 to the original collection. An eloquent defender of psychodynamic psychotherapy in an era of generic "trauma stories " drug-driven treatment and managed care Genova joins deep erudition lightly worn to a pragmatic sensibility that is respectful of the real-world options - behavioral symptomatic interpersonal and otherwise - available to patients from different walks of life. Whether he is reflecting critically on the therapeutic claims of the latest treatment modalities grappling with the meaning of boundary violations paying homage to the transformative potential of suffering or recounting episodes from his own personal and professional odyssey Genova is a luminous guide elegant and down to earth unfailingly thoughtful and thought-provoking to the trials tribulations and healing promise of day-to-day psychotherapeutic work. With vivid immediacy The Thaw celebrates the renascent healing potential of a contemporary person-centered psychiatry that is analytically neuroscientifically and politically informed. All mental health professionals and many interested lay readers will find much here to illumine their daily struggles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138462243

The Theater of Tony Kushner The Theater of Tony Kushner is a comprehensive portrait of the life and work of one of America's most important contemporary playwrights. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203055328

The Theatre and the State in SingaporeOrthodoxy and Resistance This book provides a comprehensive examination of the contemporary English-language theatre field in Singapore. It describes Singapore theatre as a politically dynamic field that is often a site for struggle and resistance against state orthodoxy and how the cultural policies of the ruling People’s Action Party (PAP) have shaped Singapore theatre. The book traces such cultural policies and their impact from the early 1960s and shows how the PAP used theatre – and arts and culture more widely – as a key part of its nation building programme. Terence Chong argues that this diverse theatre community not only comes into regular conflict with the state but often collaborates with it - depending on the rewards at stake not to mention the assortment of intra-communal conflicts as different practitioners and groups vie for the same resources. It goes on to explore how new forms of theatre especially English-language avant garde theatre represented resistance to such government cultural control; how the government often exerts its power ‘behind-the-scenes’ to preserve its moral legitimacy; and conversely how middle class theatre practitioners’ resistance to state power is strongly influenced by class and cultural capital. Based on extensive original research including interviews with theatre directors and other theatre professionals the book provides a wealth of information on theatre in Singapore overall and not just on theatre-state relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415838153

The Theatre Arts Audition Book for Men First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315059969

The Theatre Arts Audition Book for Women First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315059976

The Theatre of EmpireFrontier Performances in America 1750–1860 Focusing on the years between 1750 and 1860 this study follows the creation and perpetuation of an imperial culture from the London metropole to the Great Plains. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661257

The Theatre of Katie Mitchell This first volume in the 4x45 series investigates the work of theatre director Katie Mitchell. Pausing to reconsider a career in progress it engages with some of Mitchell’s most recent work in the UK and Europe across theatre opera and Live Cinema. It also takes a longer view considering the early turns that Mitchell took at the start of her career in the late 1980s. This volume gives full scope to the voice of the practitioner alongside scholarly perspectives in order to understand the work from within. Interviews with Mitchell’s collaborators get inside her process – and inside the thinking of key artists who help craft the distinctive visual aesthetic and technological forms of Mitchell’s productions. Three major concerns criss-cross these contributions: the political implications of aesthetic form; the meaning of Mitchell’s interest in the radical project of early Naturalism; and the influence of Europe on Mitchell’s avant-garde experimentalism which often draws on technology to open up new modes of perception and experience. An accessible and encompassing examination of one of Europe's most celebrated theatrical talents 4x45 | The Theatre of Katie Mitchell is a unique resource for scholars students and practitioners of Theatre Studies Performance and Directing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138600058

The Theatre of Richard Maxwell and the New York City Players The theatre of Richard Maxwell and the New York City Players has received significant international recognition over the past ten years. The company has received three OBIEs for House (1999) Drummer Wanted (2002) and Good Samaritans (2005). Maxwell received a Guggenheim Fellowship in 2010 and has been commissioned by venues in the United States the United Kingdom Germany Austria the Netherlands France Belgium and Ireland. Although his productions generate a plethora of reviews there is a deficit of material providing a critical and sustained engagement with his work. The aim of this book is to provide a critical survey of Maxwell’s work since 1992 including his early participation in Cook County Theater Department. Touching upon the acting production and rehearsal processes of NYC Player’s work and Maxwell's representations of space community race and gender this volume provides scholars with an important overview of a key figure in contemporary drama. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138378087

The Theatre of the BauhausThe Modern and Postmodern Stage of Oskar Schlemmer Focusing on the work of painter choreographer and scenic designer Oskar Schlemmer the "Master Magician" and leader of the Theatre Workshop this book explains this "theatre of high modernism" and its historical role in design and performance studies; further it connects the Bauhaus exploration of space with contemporary stages and contemporary ethics aesthetics and society. The idea of "theatre of space" is used to highlight twentieth-century practitioners who privilege the visual aural and plastic qualities of the stage above character narrative and themes (for example Schlemmer himself Robert Wilson Tadeusz Kantor Robert Lepage Pina Bausch). This impressive volume will be of use to students and academics involved in the areas of twentieth-century performance the history of performance art the history of avant-garde theatre modern German theatre and Weimar-era performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415634175

The Theatre of the Dream The Theatre of the Dream is a profound study of our dream world and its place in everyday life. The author grounds his ideas in Freud and psychoanalysis authors such as Klein Bion Rosenfeld and Matte Blanco but also draws on the approach to dream phenomena in the work of philosophers artists and poets. He argues that dreams are indeed as the ancients held messages. The dream is a theatrical re-recreation of certain unconscious experiences which are both subjective and objective at the same time. It expresses not only desire but a complex working over of a problematic situation that is not quite resolved. In waking the dream is a new elaboration of everyday experience and one which creates the seeds of oracular awareness. Resnik develops his thesis with ample and enlightening examples of dreams and their significance from his own patients. The author's achievement is a new psychoanalytic reading of dreams one which does justice to Freud's momentous discovery but which broadens it and places it within the wider context of subsequent developments in psychoanalysis semiotics and social and cultural anthropology. The book will be of great value to the professional psychotherapist or psychoanalyst as well as to students of literature the arts and linguistics and the wider public interested in the ongoing relationship between dream reality and what is commonly called external reality. As has been remarked each era can be defined on the basis of relations between dream and life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161719

The Theatre of Thomas Ostermeier Thomas Ostermeier is the most internationally recognised German theatre director of the present. With this book he presents his directorial method for the first time. The Theatre of Thomas Ostermeier provides a toolkit for understanding and enacting the strategies of his advanced contemporary approach to staging dramatic texts. In addition the book includes: Ostermeier’s seminal essays lectures and manifestos translated into English for the first time. Over 140 photos from the archive of Arno Declair who has documented Ostermeier’s work at the Schaubühne Berlin for many years and by others. In-depth ‘casebook’ studies of two of his productions: Ibsen’s An Enemy of the People (2012) and Shakespeare’s Richard III (2015) Contributions from Ostermeier’s actors and his closest collaborators to show how his principles are put into practice. An extraordinary richly illustrated insight into Ostermeier’s working methods this volume will be of interest to practitioners and scholars of contemporary European theatre alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138914476

The Theatrical Firearms Handbook The Theatrical Firearms Handbook is the essential guide to navigating the many decisions that are involved in the safe and effective use of firearm props for both the stage and screen. This book establishes baseline safety protocol while empowering performers and designers to tell their story of conflict in a way that makes the most of both established convention and current tools of the trade. Within these pages are practical instruction couched in the language of theatre and film making firearms technology and concepts approachable to dramatic artists without any dumbing-down of the subject material. It contains over 100 illustrations This handbook is equally at home within the worlds of academic training professional performance and independent or community theatre and video productions and is an invaluable resource for fight choreographers props designers backstage crew directors actors stage managers and more at all levels of experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415733984

The Theatrical ProfessoriateContemporary Higher Education and Its Academic Dramas This book argues that today’s professoriate has become increasingly theatrical largely as a result of neoliberal policies in higher education but also in response to an anti-intellectual scrutiny that has become pervasive throughout the Western world. The Theatrical Professoriate: Contemporary Higher Education and Its Academic Dramas examines how the Western professoriate increasingly finds itself enacting command performances that utilize scripting characterization surrogation and spectacle—the hallmarks of theatricality—toward neoliberal ends. Roxworthy explores how the theatrical nature of today’s professoriate and the resultant glut of performances about academia on stage and screen have contributed to a highly ambivalent public fascination with academia. She further documents the "theatrical turn" witnessed in American higher education as academic institutions use performance to intervene in the diversity issues and disciplinary disparities fueled by neoliberalism. By analyzing academic dramas and their audience reception alongside theoretical approaches the author reveals how contemporary academia drives the professoriate to perform in what seem like increasingly artificial ways. Ideal for practitioners and students of education ethnic and science studies The Theatrical Professoriate deftly intervenes in Performance Studies’ still-unsettled debates over the differential impact of live versus mediated performances. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367406790

The Theme of Acquisitiveness in Bentham's Political Thought Because of their scope Bentham’s works deal with many major problems of political theory and practice. Because of the period of time they span they are also a commentary on significant developments in these fields including the American and French Revolutions and developments (in which Bentham played a great part) preceding the Reform Bill of 1832. Most generally this study first published in 1991 examines Bentham’s claim to be the Newton of the moral world and will be of interest to students of history and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138688650

The Theming Of America Second EditionAmerican Dreams Media Fantasies And Themed Environments This book an analysis of American society explores the nature of social change since the 1960s as reflected in the "theming" of America from Graceland to Dollywood from Las Vegas to Disneyworld from the Mall of America to local mall. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296520

The Theming Of AmericaDreams Visions And Commercial Spaces Mark Gottdiener explores the nature of social change as it has developed since the 1960s as reflected in the "theming" of America from Graceland to Dollywood from Las Vegas to Disney World from the Mall of America to your local mall. Nowhere can modern Americans escape the profusion of recognizable symbols and signs attached to virtually every aspect of their culture constantly reminding them that they are on familiar and comforting grounds. "Just come in friend and buy; make yourself at home " these symbols seem to say thus tying media culture and the seduction of consumerism to the production of ingeniously designed symbolic spaces. This is the first book to explore the origins nature and future of themed spaces in our information-overloaded world. Gottdiener begins with a brief historical account of the shifting importance of themes in the construction of built space. He then evaluates the economic basis for the increasing reliance on symbols in the marketing of commercial enterprises and analyzes contemporary trends in themed restaurants malls airports theme parks museums and war memorials. Final chapters are devoted to examining such critical issues as the disappearance of public space the relation between themes and mass media industries and the future of symbolic spaces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296513

The Theological Frontier of Ethics First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871243

The Theological Voice of Wolf Wolfensberger Do people with mental retardation have a special prophetic role?In the field of developmental disabilities Wolf Wolfensberger is famous for his seminal book Normalization. But Wolfensberger is also a theologian and the two strands of his thought are inextricable. The Theological Voice of Wolf Wolfensberger showcases his theories on the spiritual meaning of mental retardation and other disabilities.Up until now Wolfensberger's work has been available only in small hard-to-find publications mostly in the field of human services. Thus his theological perspectives have not yet been heard in many religious circles. The Theological Voice of Wolf Wolfensberger brings together his essays and presentations from the past thirty years giving the reader a unique pathway into his pioneering ideas on the spiritual implications of developmental disabilities. In addition the volume includes critiques of his thought by several noted scholars and practitioners along with Wolfensberger's response to those critiques.The Theological Voice of Wolf Wolfensberger expresses powerful opinions some outrageous all courageous. You will find yourself intently engaged with his provocative theories including: why installing wheelchair access ramps may actually block full participation of the handicapped in the life of the church how the “deathmaking” culture of the modern world prevents Christians from understanding the meaning of suffering why people with mental retardation are the prophets of our times why most Christians ignore the powerful Biblical call to communality which special gifts of grace people with mental retardation may possess how handicapped and societally devalued patients can be protected from the neglect (or worse) of hospital staff The Theological Voice of Wolf Wolfensberger is challenging inspiring and sometimes infuriating. It is bound to stir up controversy among health care professionals disability advocates and anyone concerned with spiritual matters. You may not agree with Wolfensberger as some of the contributors to this volume do not but he will make you think . . . hard. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708323

The Theology and Spirituality of Mary Tudor's Church Few areas of early modern English history have roused such passions and interpretations as the rule of Mary Tudor and her efforts to return the country to Catholicism following the reigns of her father and brother. In this book Dr Wizeman explores Catholic theology and spirituality according to the religious literature printed during the reign of Mary Tudor (1553-1558). As part of the strategy to renew Catholic religion in England after the reformations under Henry VIII and Edward VI Marian theologians authors and editors produced numerous works of catechesis religious polemic devotion and sermons. These writings demonstrate that the Catholicism of Marian England was not a mere insular reaction to the preceding decades of religious change nor a via media polity which eschewed important elements of traditional religion while embracing tenets of the Reformation. Rather the theology and spirituality of Mary Tudor's church as well as many of its strategies for religious renewal was intimately connected to - and in fact anticipated or paralleled - the theology spirituality and strategies for reform embraced by Counter-Reformation Catholicism especially after the promulgation of the decrees of the Council of Trent (1545-1563). After considering the recent historiography of Mary Tudor's reign the book contextualises these writings through a brief history of the Marian church and a discussion of the authors and dedicatees. It then presents an analysis of the Marian writers' and theologians' views on revelation christology soteriology ecclesiology sacramental theology piety and eschatology. Finally the study compares the Catholic belief asserted in these works to that found in texts by English theologians printed before 1553 especially John Fisher and by contemporary theologians in Europe particularly Bartolomé Carranza as well as the Tridentine catechism and the decrees and official texts of the English Reformation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236858

The Theology of Craft and the Craft of WorkFrom Tabernacle to Eucharist An important reconceptualisation is taking place in the way people express creativity work together and engage in labour; particularly suggests Kidwell a surprising resurgence in recent years of manual and craft work. Noting the wide array of outlets that now market hand-made goods and the array of popular books which advocate ‘making’ as a basis for activism or personal improvement this book seeks to understand how the micro-politics of craft work might offer insights for a broader theology of work. Why does it matter that we do work which is meaningful excellent and beautiful? Through a close reading of Christian scripture The Theology of Craft and the Craft of Work examines the theology and ethics of work in light of original biblical exegesis. Kidwell presents a detailed exegetical study of temple construction accounts in the Hebrew bible and the New Testament. Illuminating a theological account of craft and employing the ancient vision of ‘good work’ which is preserved in these biblical texts Kidwell critically interrogates modern forms of industrial manufacture. This includes a variety of contemporary work problems particularly the instrumentalisation and exploitation of the non-human material world and the dehumanisation of workers. Primary themes taken up in the book include agency aesthetics sociality skill and the material culture of work culminating with the conclusion that the church (or ‘new temple’) is both the product and the site of moral work. Arguing that Christian worship provides a moral context for work this book also examines early Christian practices to suggest a theological reconceptualisation of work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815354680

The Theology of John ZizioulasPersonhood and the Church John Zizioulas is widely recognised as the most significant Orthodox theologian of the last half century and acclaimed advocate of ecumenism. From his indepth knowledge of the intellectual resources of the Church Zizioulas has argued that the Church Fathers represent a profound account of freedom and community that represents a radical challenge to modern accounts of the person. Zizioulas uses the work of the Fathers to make an important distinction between the person who is defined by a community and the individual who defines himself in isolation from others and who sees community as a threat to his freedom. Zizioulas argues that God is the origin of freedom and community and that the Christian Church is the place in which the person and freedom come into being. This volume offers a critical appraisal of the theology of John Zizioulas. Leading Anglican Reformed Catholic and Orthodox international scholars including Colin Gunton Nicholas Loudovikos Paul McPartlan Wolfhart Pannenberg and Philip Rosato present essays which analyse Zizioulas' trinitarian doctrine of God and his theological account of the Church as the place in which freedom and communion are actualised. Many include discussions of Zizioulas' Being as Communion as well as other lesser known works now available in Communion and Otherness. Together they represent an unrivalled introduction to the work of this great theologian. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273320

The Theology of Louis-Marie ChauvetOvercoming Onto-Theology with the Sacramental Tradition The Theology of Louis-Marie Chauvet provides a much needed accessible introduction to the philosophical and theological foundations of Chauvet's sacramental theology. Particular attention is given to his appropriation of Heidegger and use of the Social Sciences to elucidate the nature of the symbolic exchange that lies at the heart of the sacramental tradition. This book highlights the prophetic deconstructive and even iconoclastic message for contemporary society and the church implicit in the Eucharistic liturgy. Common conceptions of God's presence and sacrifice are critically analyzed and the connection between sacramental worship and ethics is emphasized. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251601

The Theology of RamanujaRealism and Religion This is the first attempt to understand Ramanuja in the context of his religious and philosophical tradition. It is the only work which establishes his indebtedness to his immediate predecessor Yamuna and which identifies his actual opponents. It is accordingly a contribution to the wider history of classical Indian thought and not just a consideration of a single individual and his tradition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878907

The Theology of Sanctification and Resignation in Charles Wesley's Hymns Sanctification is a central theme in the theology of both John and Charles Wesley. However while John’s theology of sanctification has received much scholarly attention significantly less has been paid to Charles’ views on the subject. This book redresses this imbalance by using Charles’ many poetic texts as a window into his rich theological thought on sanctification particularly uncovering the role of resignation in the development of his views on this key doctrine. In this analysis of Charles’ theology of sanctification the centrality he accorded to resignation is uncovered to show a positive attribute involving acts of intention desire and offering to God. The book begins by putting Charles’ position in the context of contemporary theology and then shows how he differed in attitude from his brother John. It then discusses in depth how his hymns use the concept of resignation both in relation to Jesus Christ and the believer. It concludes this analysis by identifying the ways in which Charles understood the relationship between resignation and sanctification; namely that resignation is a lens through which Charles views holiness. The final chapter considers the implications of these conclusions for a twenty-first century theological and spiritual context and asks whether resignation is still a concept which can be used today.This book breaks new ground in the understanding of Charles Wesley’s personal theology. As such it will be of significant interest to scholars of Methodism and the Wesleys as well as those working in theology spirituality and the history of religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582326

The Theology of Suffering and DeathAn Introduction for Caregivers This book offers a theological foundation for engaging with the realities of suffering and dying. Designed particularly for practical theology students and trainee caregivers it introduces the spiritual and theological issues raised by suffering and dying. The chapters consider: how Christian theology deals with the problem of suffering and how the Bible treats these difficult issues post-biblical interpretations of Jesus’ suffering and the Cross modern instances including ecology poverty discrimination and war comparative religious approaches and the depiction in popular culture. Natalie Weaver relates theology to practical issues of caregiving and provides a ‘toolbox’ for thinking about suffering and death in a creative and supportive way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415781084

The Theoretical and Philosophical Foundations of Criminal Law The last fifty years have seen a notable expansion of philosophical scrutiny of the fundamental concepts and structures of Anglo-American criminal law and this volume offers a selection from journal articles and book chapters of significant and influential work in this field. Taken together these essays illustrate how contemporary philosophical reflection on criminal law has broadened its focus beyond the longstanding and still active debate over the moral legitimacy of punishment. In addition to punishment the subjects also covered in this collection range from excuse and justification defenses and the conundrums of attempt liability to the bases of culpability and criminal responsibility and the appropriate limits of the criminal law. The introduction clarifies the contexts in which these subjects are discussed and the volume includes an extensive bibliography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409460992

The Theoretical Foundations of CriminologyPlace Time and Context To confront the challenges criminologists face today and to satisfactorily critique the theories on which criminology is founded we need to learn from the past. To do this we must give context to both theorist and theory. Written from a critical perspective this book brings criminological theory to life. It presents the core theories of criminology as historical and cultural products and theorists as producers of culture located in particular places writing in specific historical periods and situated in precise intellectual networks and philosophical controversies. This book illustrates that theory does not arise ‘out of the blue’ and highlights the importance of understanding how and why ideas emerge at certain points in time why they gained currency and the influence that they have had. It follows the trajectory of criminology from pre-Enlightenment society through to the present day and the proliferation of criminological thinking. It explores: Setting the Stage for the Emergence of Criminology Classicist Criminology: The Search for Justice Equality and the Rational ‘Man’ The Positivist Revolution Physiognomy Phrenology and the Science of ‘Othering’ Chicago School of Sociology: An Explosion of Ideas Developing a Sociological Criminology: Durkheim Du Bois Merton and Tannenbaum Feminism: Redressing the Gender Imbalance Confronting the Establishment: The Emergence of Critical Criminology From Theoretical Innovations to Political Engagement The Theoretical Foundations of Criminology provides an invaluable contribution to the growing conversation about criminology’s ‘origin story’ and the level that this is grounded in the idiosyncrasies of the North Atlantic world and its historical development. This book will be invaluable reading to students and academics engaged in studies of criminology and criminal justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780131960107

The Theory Practice and Potential of Regional DevelopmentThe Case of Canada Canadian regional development today involves multiple actors operating within nested scales from local to national and even international levels. Recent approaches to making sense of this complexity have drawn on concepts such as multi-level governance relational assets integration innovation and learning regions. These new regionalist concepts have become increasingly global in their formation and application yet there has been little critical analysis of Canadian regional development policies and programs or the theories and concepts upon which many contemporary regional development strategies are implicitly based.This volume offers the results of five years of cutting-edge empirical and theoretical analysis of changes in Canadian regional development and the potential of new approaches for improving the well-being of Canadian communities and regions with an emphasis on rural regions. It situates the Canadian approach within comparative experiences and debates offering the opportunity for broader lessons to be learnt.This book will be of interest to policy-makers and practitioners across Canada and in other jurisdictions where lessons from the Canadian experience may be applicable. At the same time the volume contributes to and updates regional development theories and concepts that are taught in our universities and colleges and upon which future research and analysis will build. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671419

The Theory Principles and Management of TaxationAn introduction There are many practical textbooks explaining how taxation is applied and calculated but few ever deal thoroughly with the theory behind the practice. This book concisely addresses the principles and theories behind taxation in an accessible and internationally relevant way. It encourages readers to think through and develop an understanding of why taxation is imposed the different means by which it is imposed and the nature of the problems inherent in this imposition. It addresses background issues fundamental principles and emerging topics such as: the philosophy and history of taxation; types of taxation; and international issues including double taxation treaties residence and transfer prices. This text is essential reading for students of taxation and provides a valuable introduction for students of business finance and accounting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415432344

The Theory and Applications of Iteration Methods The Theory and Applications of Iteration Methods focuses on an abstract iteration scheme that consists of the recursive application of a point-to-set mapping. Each chapter presents new theoretical results and important applications in engineering dynamic economic systems and input-output systems. At the end of each chapter case studies and numerical examples are presented from different fields of engineering and economics. Following an outline of general iteration schemes the authors extend the discrete time-scale Liapunov theory to time-dependent higher order nonlinear difference equations. The monotone convergence to the solution is examined in and comparison theorems are proven . Results generalize well-known classical theorems such as the contraction mapping principle the lemma of Kantorovich the famous Gronwall lemma and the stability theorem of Uzawa. The book explores conditions for the convergence of special single- and two-step methods such as Newton's method modified Newton's method and Newton-like methods generated by point-to-point mappings in a Banach space setting. Conditions are examined for monotone convergence of Newton's methods and their variants. Students and professionals in engineering the physical sciences mathematics and economics will benefit from the book's detailed examples step-by-step explanations and effective organization. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203719169

The Theory and Experience of Economic DevelopmentEssays in Honour of Sir Arthur Lewis This volume first published in 1982 is a collection of original essays written to honour Professor W. Arthur Lewis 1979 co-winner of the Nobel Prize in economics. The authors an international group of distinguished scholars address a varied set of specific issues reflecting Professor Lewis’ research interests covering topics which include: technological change in agriculture analyses of unemployment and income distribution the role of government policy in the development process the historical record of development and the relationship between developed and developing nations. The book will be of interest to both the academic researcher and practicing professionals in the international organisations and national governments and are particularly appropriate to graduate courses in economic development cost-benefit analysis and economic history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851602

The Theory and Philosophy of OrganizationsCritical Issues and New Perspectives The Theory and Philosophy of Organizations makes a major contribution to the debate on the status of organizational theory as a discipline. The volume is divided into three sections exploring issues under the headings `theory' `anasis' and `philosophy'. In each the limitations of `traditional' or `scientific' organizational paradigms are illuminated and new forms of interpretation offered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155954

The Theory and Practice of Balint Group WorkAnalyzing Professional Relationships Michael Balint’s work grew out of a desire to analyze the doctor-patient relationship and improve diagnosis and treatment and is now known and implemented internationally. In The Theory and Practice of Balint Group Work Heide Otten presents a practical guide to Balint groups and their relevance to clinicians in the modern world of internet diagnoses distant patients and teams of specialists. The book begins with a history of the therapeutic relationship and its influence on the development of Balint’s work. Otten demonstrates how the sessions work and goes on to look at the practical aspects of Balint group work with various professional and student groups with participants of different cultural backgrounds and nationalities and internationally. The requirements for leading a Balint group are then explored and the book concludes with research findings and a look at how the practice can be extended to other professional groups. Case material from the author’s own work is included throughout and suggestions for additional creative elements such as sculpting role play and psychodrama are also featured. The Theory and Practice of Balint Group Work is an essential guide for psychoanalysts psychoanalytic psychotherapists counsellors and medical practitioners and theorists coming to group work for the first time or utilising Balint’s ideas in their day to day practice. It will also appeal to others working in the helping professions seeking to strengthen the therapeutic relationship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138507012

The Theory and Practice of Command and Control in Environmental Policy This title was first published in 2003. Economists have had increasing success in arguing the merits of market-based approaches to environmental problems. By making polluting expensive market-based approaches provide polluters with incentives to clean up rather than mandates to stop polluting. These approaches include pollution taxes transferable emissions permits and subsidies for pollution abatement. The purpose of this volume is to explore the situations where Command and Control (CAC) may not be all bad and in fact might even have some advantages over market-based instruments (MBI). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138715905

The Theory and Practice of Command and Control in Environmental Policy This title was first published in 2003. Economists have had increasing success in arguing the merits of market-based approaches to environmental problems. By making polluting expensive market-based approaches provide polluters with incentives to clean up rather than mandates to stop polluting. These approaches include pollution taxes transferable emissions permits and subsidies for pollution abatement. The purpose of this volume is to explore the situations where Command and Control (CAC) may not be all bad and in fact might even have some advantages over market-based instruments (MBI). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138715882

The Theory and Practice of Development EducationA pedagogy for global social justice Development education is much more than learning about development; it is a pedagogy for the globalised societies of the twenty-first century that incorporates discourses from critical pedagogy and postcolonialism and a mechanism for ensuring that differing perspectives are reflected within education particularly those from developing countries. Learning about development and global issues is now part of the school curriculum in a number of countries and terms such as global citizenship sustainable development and cultural understanding are commonplace in many educational contexts. Development education has been recognised as one of the educational discourses that has influenced the acceptance of these terms for both policy-makers and practitioners. This ground-breaking volume addresses the history theoretical influences practices and impact of development education in Europe North America Australia and Japan. Chapters include how development education evolved the influence of theorists such as Paulo Freire the practices of aid and development agencies and the impact of governments seeking evidence of public understanding of and engagement with development. The Theory and Practice of Development Education provides essential reading for anyone engaged in re-thinking and reflecting upon the educational needs of a globalised society and seeking approaches towards learning that place social justice at the heart of that practice. It will be of particular interest to academics and postgraduate students in the fields of development education international education and globalisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138804777

The Theory and Practice of Education (1934) Originally published in 1934 this book provides the findings of psychologists which have direct bearing on the theory and practice of education and shows the close connection between sound theory and methods of school organization and teaching. This connection is illustrated by constant application of general principles to practice and much help is given towards the solution of the problems of the teacher for example: learning through self-initiated constructive work; class teaching and individual study; training in social ethics; the growth of character; and the place of knowledge and craftsmanship in the curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138300613

The Theory and Practice of Extended Communion Three churches have recently produced liturgies for 'extended communion'. This is the distribution of previously consecrated elements at a public service by lay people or a deacon in the absence of a priest. This development began in the Roman Catholic Church with the Vatican 'Directory on Sunday Worship in the absence of a priest' in 1988. The Methodist Church produced a service of Extended Communion in 1999 and the Church of England authorized 'Public Worship with Communion by Extension' in 2001. In this book Phillip Tovey examines these churches to discover the reasons for the production of these services and their theological rationale. An in-depth examination of case studies draws conclusions highly relevant to the wider church. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246560

The Theory and Practice of Irregular WarfareWarrior-scholarship in counter-insurgency This book offers an analysis of key individuals who have contributed to both the theory and the practice of counterinsurgency (COIN). Insurgencies have become the dominant form of armed conflict around the world today. The perceptible degeneration of the occupations of Iraq and Afghanistan into insurgent quagmires has sparked a renewal of academic and military interest in the theory and practice of counterinsurgency. In light of this this book provides a rigorous analysis of those individuals who have contributed to both the theory and practice of counterinsurgency: ‘warrior-scholars’. These are soldiers who have bridged the academic-military divide by influencing doctrinal and intellectual debates about irregular warfare. Irregular warfare is notoriously difficult for the military and scholarly understanding about this type of warfare is also problematic; especially given the residual anti-intellectualism within Western militaries. Thus The Theory and Practice of Irregular Warfare is dedicated to analysing the best perceivable bridge between these two worlds. The authors explore the theoretical and practical contributions made by a selection of warrior-scholars of different nationalities from periods ranging from the French colonial wars of the mid-twentieth century to the Israeli experiences in the Middle East; from contributions to American counter-insurgency made during the Iraq War to the thinkers who shaped the US war in Vietnam.This book will be of much interest to students of counterinsurgency strategic studies defence studies war studies and security studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601300

The Theory and Practice of LegislationEssays in Legisprudence This work provides a rational framework for legislation. The unifying premise behind the essays is that although legislation and regulation are the result of a political process legislation and regulation can be the object of theoretical study. The volume focuses on problems that are common to most European legal systems and the approach involves applying to legislative problems the tools of legal theory - hence 'legisprudence'. Whereas traditional legal theory deals predominantly with the application of law by the judge legisprudence enlarges the field of study so as to include the creation of law by the legislator. The original essays published in this collection expose and develop a range of new insights into the relationship between legislative problems and legal theory in a way which will engage and interest legal scholars throughout the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264083

The Theory and Practice of Microcredit The remarkable speed at which microcredit has expanded around the world in the last three decades has piqued the curiosity of practitioners and theorists alike. By developing innovative ways of making credit available to the poor the idea of microcredit has challenged many traditional assumptions about both poverty reduction strategies and financial markets. While this has encouraged new theorising about how microcredit works the practice of microcredit has itself evolved often in unpredictable ways outpacing the development of theory.The Theory and Practice of Microcredit aims to remedy this imbalance arguing that a proper understanding of the evolution of practice is essential both for developing theories that are relevant for the real world and for adopting policies that can better realize the full potential of microcredit. By drawing upon their first-hand knowledge of the nature of this evolution in Bangladesh the birthplace of microcredit the authors have pushed the frontiers of current knowledge through a rich blend of theoretical and empirical analysis. The book breaks new grounds on a wide range of topics including: the habit-forming nature of credit repayment; the institutional strength and community-based  role of microfinance institutions; the relationships between microcredit and informal credit markets; the pattern of long-term participation in microcredit programmes and the variety of loan use; the scaling up of microenterprises beyond subsistence; the "missing middle" in the credit market; and the prospects of linking micro-entrepreneurship with economic development.The book will be of interest to researchers development practitioners and university students of Development Economics Rural Development or Rural Finance as well as to public intellectuals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367866587

The Theory and Practice of Motion DesignCritical Perspectives and Professional Practice This collection offers an expansive multiplatform exploration of the rapidly-expanding area of motion design and motion graphics taking into account both theoretical questions and creative professional practice. Spanning interaction design product interfaces kinetic data visualizations typography TV and film title design brand building narrative storytelling history exhibits and environments editors R. Brian Stone and Leah Wahlin offer an interdisciplinary range of academic essays and professional interviews that together form a dialogue between motion design theory and professional practice. Written for both those critically engaged with motion design as well as those working or aspiring to work professionally in the field the book features a range of international contributors and interviews with some of the best-known designers in the field including Kyle Cooper Karin Fong and Daniel Alenquer. The Theory and Practice of Motion Design seeks to illuminate the diverse interdisciplinary field of motion design by offering a structured examination of how motion design has evolved what forces define our current understanding and implementation of motion design and how we can plan for and imagine the future of motion design as it unfolds. An accompanying online resource site www.motionresource.com contains visual representations of the examples described in the text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138490802

The Theory and Practice of Philosophy There is an historical element throughout philosophy. As Edel notes this is always in the context of problems so emphasis will fall on the major objective of reflective analysis of ideas. The major objective of Edel's analysis in The Theory and Practice of Philosophy is the fundamental interrelatedness of problems of method metaphysics and value. Each part is an integral whole complete in itself.That philosophy has this central role in human practice indicates that it should be neither discarded nor deified. This is the explicit premise of the book. Students are likely to be faced increasingly with a demand for clarification on the fundamental issues of life and value. The expectation that philosophy will provide ready-made answers to these kinds of questions is as naive as the demand for any panacea but this task cannot be turned over to any other department of human knowledge or any other branch of social activity.By placing emphasis on the importance of theory in matters of practice the need for clear and systematic understanding of the world and man within it and on the constant role of reflection in the management of human affairs Edel seeks to shed light on the larger questions of philosophy by examining them in a systematic way. The result is a great text and tool for students and teachers that deals directly with the fundamental issues of our civilization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539044

The Theory and Practice of Psychoanalytic TherapyListening for the Subtext The Theory and Practice of Psychoanalytic Therapy: Listening for the Subtext outlines the core concepts that frame the reciprocal encounter between psychoanalytic therapist and patient taking the reader into the psychoanalytic therapy room and giving detailed examples of how the interaction between patient and therapist takes place. The book argues that the therapist must capture both nonverbal affects and unsymbolized experiences proposing a distinction between structuralized and actualized affects and covering key topics such as transference countertransference and enactment. It emphasizes the unconscious meaning in the here-and-now as well as the need for affirmation to support more classical styles of intervention. The book integrates object relational and structural perspectives in a theoretical position called relational oriented character analysis. It argues the patient’s ways-of-being constitute relational strategies carrying implicit messages – a "subtext" – and provides detailed examples of how to capture this underlying dialogue. Packed with detailed clinical examples and displaying a unique interplay between clinical observation and theory this wide-ranging book will appeal to psychotherapists psychoanalysts and clinical psychologists in practice and in training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138364356

The Theory and Practice of Relational CoachingComplexity Paradox and Integration The 'relational turn' is a movement affecting a range of disciplines including neuroscience psychoanalysis psychotherapy organisational consulting and more recently coaching. Its primary focus is on the centrality of human relating in determining how individuals develop make meaning and function individually and collectively. In The Theory and Practice of Relational Coaching: Complexity Paradox and Integration Simon Cavicchia and Maria Gilbert expand existing coaching theory and practice to focus on the implications of the relational turn for how coaches and clients think about the nature of identity the self change learning and individual and organisational development. Drawing on perspectives as varied as relational neuroscience the relational foundations of personality development psychoanalysis psychotherapy shame vulnerability complexity and systems ideas the authors shed light on many of the paradoxes and challenges facing coaches and their clients in today’s fast-paced volatile and uncertain organisational environments. These include holding tensions such as the uniqueness of individual needs with the requirements of organisational contexts managing multiple stakeholder expectations and networks and balancing linear approaches to change with adjusting to emerging and unpredictable events. Given the ever-increasing volatility complexity and uncertainty that coaches and their clients face The Theory and Practice of Relational Coaching guides the reader through a series of illuminating perspectives examples and practical suggestions. These will enable coaches to integrate a more relational orientation in their work and extend their range and that of their clients for responding creatively to the challenges of modern organisational life. The book will appeal to coaches and coaching psychologists in practice and training as well as counsellors and psychotherapists retraining as coaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415643252

The Theory and Practice of Revolt in Medieval England Medieval Englishmen were treacherous rebellious and killed their kings as their French contemporaries repeatedly noted. In the thirteenth through fifteenth centuries ten kings faced serious rebellion in which eight were captured deposed and/or murdered. One other king escaped open revolt but encountered vigorous resistance. In this book Professor Valente argues that the crises of the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries were crucibles for change; and their examination helps us to understand medieval political culture in general and key developments in later medieval England in particular. The Theory and Practice of Revolt takes a comparative look at these crises seeking to understand medieval ideas of proper kingship and government the role of political violence and the changing nature of reform initiatives and the rebellions to which they led. It argues that rebellion was an accepted and to a certain extent legitimate means to restore good kingship throughout the period but that over time it became increasingly divorced from reform aims which were satisfied by other means and transformed by growing lordly dominance arrogance and selfishness. Eventually the tradition of legitimate revolt disappeared to be replaced by both parliament and dynastic civil war. Thus on the one hand development of parliament itself an outgrowth of political crises reduced the need for and legitimacy of crisis reform. On the other hand when crises did arise the idea and practice of the community of the realm so vibrant in the thirteenth century broke down under the pressures of new political and socio-economic realities. By exploring violence and ideas of government over a longer period than is normally the case this work attempts to understand medieval conceptions on their own terms rather than with regard to modern assumptions and to use comparison as a means of explaining events ideas and developments. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236834

The Theory and Practice of Virtue Education The Theory and Practice of Virtue Education offers the reader a comprehensive and authoritative account of both the theoretical and practical complexities of cultivating virtue in education and beyond. The book moves beyond the usual philosophical literature that merely discusses virtue in the abstract and offers scholarly research-informed suggestions for practice.Drawn from a highly successful international conference organised by the Jubilee Centre for Character and Virtues the chapters in this volume offer a unique insight into the varieties of approaches that leading scholars have identified for putting the learning and nurturing of virtues into practice. Featured are chapters from internationally acclaimed scholars primarily in the fields of philosophy psychology and education which are categorised under three headings: philosophical and theoretical foundations for cultivating virtues; developing virtues in practice; and nurturing specific virtues. Beginning with chapters that examine differing theoretical complexities of virtue education the book then moves on to explore different approaches to nurturing virtue in the classroom and beyond. This practical approach is further evidenced in the final section where individual virtues are discussed.The Theory and Practice of Virtue Education highlights the theoretical complexity of putting virtue education into practice and as a result is of real use to researchers academics and postgraduates in the fields of education philosophy psychology sociology and theology. It should also be essential reading for educators in character and virtue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367371418

The Theory And Structures Of International Political Economy The purpose of this book is to examine the feasibility evolution and future of international linkages such as environmental pacts and agreements military alliances the World Health Organization the Strategic Arms Limitation treaties and energy power pools. International interactions involving weather modification outer-space exploitation and the oceans are also investigated. The analyses of the book conceptualize and examine international linkages rather than present a utopian view of world governments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296537

The Theory and Treatment of DepressionTowards a Dynamic Interactionism Model Recent research indicates that depression once believed to be relatively benign is highly recurrent and does not respond well to treatment. The goal of this book is to facilitate the development of more encompassing theories and more effective treatments for this disabling disorder by fostering dialogue and enhancing the integration of work across the boundaries of separate fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149847

The theory of A.r. LuriaFunctions of Spoken Language in the Development of Higher Mental Processes First published in 1986. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203781814

The Theory of Business Enterprise Veblen has been claimed and rejected both by sociologists and economists as being one of theirs. He enriched and attacked both disciplines as he did so many others: philosophy history social psychology politics and linguistics. Because he took all knowledge as necessary and relevant to adequate understanding Veblen was a holistic analyst of the social process.First published in 1904 this classic analysis of the U.S. economy has enduring value today. In it Veblen posited a theory of business fluctuations and economic growth which included chronic depression and inflation. He predicted the socioeconomic changes that would occur as a result: militarism imperialism fascism consumerism and the development of the mass media as well as the corporate bureaucracy. Douglas Dowd's introduction places the volume within the traditions of both macroeconomics and microeconomics tracing Veblen's place among social thinkers and the place of this volume in the body of his work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539051

The Theory of Citrasutras in Indian PaintingA Critical Re-evaluation of their Uses and Interpretations The study of technical treatises in Indian art has increasingly attracted much interest. This work puts forward a critical re-examination of the key Indian concepts of painting described in the Sanskrit treatises called citrasutras. In an in-depth and systematic analysis of the texts on the theory of Indian painting it critically examines the different ways in which the texts have been interpreted and used in the study of Indian painting and suggests a new approach to reading and understanding their concepts. Contrary to previous publications on the subject it is argued that the intended use of such texts as a standard of critique largely failed due to a fundamental misconceptualization of the significance of ‘text’ for Indian painters. Isabella Nardi offers an original approach to research in this field by drawing on the experiences of painters who are considered as a valid source of knowledge for our understanding of the citrasutras and provides a new conceptual framework for understanding the interlinkages between textual sources and the practice of Indian painting. Filling a significant gap in Indian scholarship Nardi's study will appeal to those studying Indian painting and Indian art in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990258

The Theory of CriticismFrom Plato to the Present: A Reader This book is divided into five parts and covers: representation; subjectivity; form structure and system; history and society; morality class and ideology. Each part contains several thematic sections in which extracts from different writers and periods are juxtaposed. The study of literary theory has tended to concentrate on very recent developments. This volume however establishes both a sense of the continuities from Plato to the present day as well as the discontinuities. These are presented through comparisons and contrasts across the entire field of critical history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161405

The Theory of Dynamic Efficiency This book gathers a collection of English language essays by Jesús Huerta de Soto over the past ten years examining the dynamic processes of social cooperation which characterize the market with particular emphasis on the role of both entrepreneurship and institutions. The author’s multidisciplinary approach to the subject is in keeping with a trend in economic thought established by the Austrian school of economics;  a discourse that had witnessed a significant revival over the last thirty years. Areas covered in this book include an introduction to the theory of dynamic efficiency as an alternative to the standard paretian criteria an explanation of the differences between the Austrian and the neoclassical approach to economics a generalized definition of socialism that allows the joint application of the analysis of interventionism a dynamic Austrian approach to the analysis of free market environmentalism nationalism the reform of Social Security and the theory of banking and an evaluation of the role of Spanish Scholastics of the Sixteenth Century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759731

The Theory of Economic Integration (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1962 The Theory of Economic Integration provides an excellent exposition of a complex and far-reaching topic. Professor Balassa has been remarkably successful in covering so much ground with such care and balance in a treatment which is neither in any way abstruse nor unnecessarily technical. His book will interest economists in Europe by reason of its subject and treatment but it is also a valuable and reliable textbook for students tackling integration as part of a course of International Economics and for those studying Public Finance. He distinguishes between the various forms of integration (free trade area customs union common market economics union and total integration). In addition he applies the theoretical principles to current projects such as the European Common Market and Free Trade Area and to Latin American integration projects. In offering this theoretical study the author builds on the conclusions of other writers but goes beyond this in providing a unifying framework for previous contributions and in exploring questions that in the past received little attention – in particular the relationship between economic integration and growth (especially the interrelationship between market size and growth and the implications of various factors for economic growth in an integrated area). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415681247

The Theory of EverythingQuantum and Relativity is everywhere – A Fermat Universe The book unifies quantum theory and the general theory of relativity. As an unsolved problem for about 100 years and influencing so many fields this is probably of some importance to the scientific community. Examples like Higgs field limit to classical Dirac and Klein–Gordon or Schrödinger cases quantized Schwarzschild Kerr Kerr–Newman objects and the photon are considered for illustration. An interesting explanation for the asymmetry of matter and antimatter in the early universe was found while quantizing the Schwarzschild metric.   Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774475

The Theory of Evolution in the Light of Facts Published in 1913: The object of the present work is to throw some light on the theory of Descent. Among many of the students of nature of the present day we perceive that greater and greater contradictions arise between the actual results of their technical work and that which they put forward as ‘postulates’ of the theory of Evolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367150389

The Theory of Evolution in the Light of Facts Originally published in 1913 The Theory of Evolution in the Light of Facts examines the theory of Descent; the book is a time capsule of information providing a record of the explorations into Darwinian theory during the first half of the 20th century. The book examines the contradictions which arose between technical work of the period and the assumptions surrounding the theory of evolution. The book aims to address that which is considered ‘certain’ or ‘probable’ from postulation in order to explain and clearly define the theory of evolution. It does this through hypothesising on the development of animals and plants using the systems of Darwin and Lamarck. This book will be of interest to anthropologists and historians of natural science alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367273316

The Theory of Futures Trading (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1972 this book provides an important critical review on the theory of futures trading. B. A. Goss looks at the work and ideas of Keynes and Hicks on futures and considers how these have also been developed by Kaldor. He discusses the evolution of the concept of hedging in the context of buying forward into the markets and considers theories of market and individual equilibrium. Goss draws on the work of other economists in this field including Stein Telser Peston and L. L. Johnson in order to illustrate the development of theory in futures trading. The book includes fifteen figures that illustrate diagrammatically the concepts involved and the concluding section contains a series of problems for examination by the student. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415835244

The Theory of Gymnastics First published in 1939 this volume translated into English the Danish work ‘Den Specielle Gymnastrikteon’. Its author Professor Lindhard noted the still-young field of theoretical gymnastics in comparison to its physical counterpart with the only prior major work being that of Ling from 1800. Lindhard developed upon that work to revolutionise the 1930s interpretation of Ling’s views. The author of several physiological books Lindhard sought to explain how gymnastics was a means of developing both physical form and moral qualities. He emphasised the importance of guidance towards ethical and aesthetical gymnastics and explored the differences between men women and children with regards to each form of exercise. This was achieved through the classification description and contemplation of exercises such as corrective balance and athletic exercises along with demonstrative illustrations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138606227

The Theory of Interest This book contains a critical analysis of the main theories of interest which have been published since B÷hm-Bawerk. The last part of the book gives an account of the author's own theory.The first part which deals with the history of doctrines discusses the theories of B÷hm-Bawerk Wicksell Akerman and Hayek authors who proceed from the assumption of stationary state.The second group of authors consists of Walras Irving Fisher and F. H. Knight who assume a progressive economy in which net saving and investment occur.The third group of authors are those who stress the monetary factor. The central figure of this part is Keynes; but other authors among them Patinkin are also dealt with. The theories on the term structure of interest rates are discussed in the last part of the history of doctrines. The author's own theory deals with the problem of the interest rate first in terms of partial equilibrium analysis whereby particular attention is paid to the influence of the banking system on the structure of interest rates.In the final chapter the author proceeds to expound the interest theory in the framework of general equilibrium analysis. A mathematical appendix concludes this book.Friedrich A. Lutz (1901-1975) taught economics at Princeton University for fifteen years before becoming Professor of Economics at the University of Zurich. He was also the president of the Mont Pelerin Society from 1964-1967. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539075

The Theory of International RelationsSelected Texts from Gentili to Treitschke The great writings of the past on the subject of international relations add an important dimension to the contemporary study of the field. The Theory of International Relations consists of substantial selections from authors whose ideas should be readily available to all students of international relations. All the passages selected by the editors ask fundamental theoretical questions searching for the essence of interstate relations. This quest for answers carries the reader into investigations of the causes of war the balance of power the relationship between international relations and the political theory of the state and other major issues of this subject.The editors provide an introduction to the work which sets out the principles of selection and their belief in the relevance of political thought to the understanding of international relations. The selections are arranged in chronological sequence from Alberico Gentili writing in 1598 to Heinrich von Treitschke lecturing in Berlin at the end of the nineteenth century. All are concerned with the nature of international politics. Some of these selections are translated here for the first time and others reprinted from translations not easily obtainable. It is significant that Gentz's essay on the balance of power has not appeared in English since 1806 while Rousseau's writings on international politics have never been fully translated at all.There can be little doubt that the great writers of the past are presently neglected by students of international relations. This work covers extensive ground in solving this problem. As the theoretical background of international relations is acquiring an increasingly important place in college courses in this area the need for this book is widely felt. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539082

The Theory of Investment Cycles in a Socialist Economy This title was first published in 1968 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138037670

The Theory of Investment Cycles in a Socialist Economy This title was first published in 1968 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138037656

The Theory of Knowledge (Routledge Revivals)A Contribution to Some Problems of Logic and Metaphysics L. T. Hobhouse (1864-1929) was fundamental to the New Liberal movement of the late nineteenth and early twentieth century. He authored many important works in the fields of philosophy economics and social liberalism. First published in 1896 The Theory of Knowledge considers the content and validity of knowledge and the conditions on which our understanding of knowledge is based. It is a rich and important classic which remains of value to students and academics with an interest in sociology anthropology and the philosophy of logic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415816748

The Theory of Logical TypesMonographs in Modern Logic This reissue first published in 1971 provides a brief historical account of the Theory of Logical Types; and describes the problems that gave rise to it its various different formulations (Simple and Ramified) the difficulties connected with each and the criticisms that have been directed against it. Professor Copi seeks to make the subject accessible to the non-specialist and yet provide a sufficiently rigorous exposition for the serious student to see exactly what the theory is and how it works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415617031

The Theory of Marginal Value The concept of 'marginal value' is critical to the emergence of neo-classical economics. This volume is divided into sections on:Book I: Utility (Disutility of labour Utility and Wants Direct and Indirect Utility Utility Equations Subjective Price)Book II: Value and Market (Objective Price Markets Value)Book III: Relations of Subjective Prices (The Distribution of Income and Prices The Elasticity of Consumption Differential Rent)Book IV: The Normal Market (Constant Decreasing and Increasing Return) Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708699

The Theory of Piezoelectric Shells and Plates This is the first book devoted to a systematic description of the linear theory of piezoelectric shells and plates theory. The book contains two parts. In the first part the theories for electroelastic thin-walled elements of arbitrary form with different directions of preliminary polarization are presented in an easy form for practical use. The approximate methods for integrating the equations of piezoelectric shells and plates are developed and applied for solving some engineering problems. In the second part the theory of piezoelectric shells and plates is substantiated by the asymptotic method. The area of applicability for different kinds of electroelastic shell theories is studied. A new problem concerning the electroelastic phenomena at the edge of a thin-walled element is raised and solved.The Theory of Piezoelectric Shells and Plates will be valuable to researchers working in the field of electroelasticity as well as to electrical and electronic engineers who use thin-walled piezoelements. It is also be helpful for students and post-graduates specializing in mechanics and for scientists concerning asymptotic methods. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003068129

The Theory of Power and Organization (RLE: Organizations) In this book the author develops a theory of power and organization derived from a critical consideration of a literature extending across sociology political science philosophy and organization theory. The book raises and answers some of the issues which are important in the construction of a theoretical apparatus for the analysis of power and at the same time it proposes an alternative concept of organization centred around the themes of power and control. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138998179

The Theory of Quantaloids This book presents a detailed account of the theory of quantaloids a natural generalization of quantales. The basic theory examples and construction are given and particular emphasis is placed on the free quantaloid construction as well as on the perspective provided by enriched categories. Media > Books > E-books Chapman & Hall 9780429157028

The Theory of Reasoned ActionIts application to AIDS-Preventive Behaviour The Theory of reasoned action explores the theory and emphirical reserach in to the factors which influence whether people engage in high-risk practices with specific reference to AIDS education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861823

The Theory of Social Change First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315006444

The Theory of Social Structure The main feature of this book is a discussion of 'role analysis' and its relevance to social structure. Arguing that the role system of a society is the matrix of its social structure the author presents a detailed theoretical analysis of the problems inherent in this approach. Chapters cover: · The problems of role analysis. · Conformity and deviance · The coherence of role systems · Degrees of abstraction · Structure time and reality Originally published in 1957. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866682

The Theory of Stochastic Processes This book should be of interest to undergraduate and postgraduate students of probability theory. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138460348

The Theory of Technological Change and Economic Growth In this wide ranging exposition of the various economic theories of technological change Stanislaw Gomulka relates them to rates of growth experienced by different economies in both the short and the long term. Analysis of countries as diverse as Japan the Soviet Union and the United Kingdom demonstrates that there is an interdependence between technological change and the institutional and cultural characteristics of different countries which can have a profound effect on their rates of growth. All of the major relevant models are discussed including those of Kuznets and Phelps but throughout the emphasis is on the creation of a unified theoretical framework to help explain the impact of technological progress on both a micro and a macro scale. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138418974

The Theory of the Firm and Chinese Enterprise ReformThe Case of China International Trust and Investment Corporation Changes to corporate structure including the role of the corporate headquarters have been key factors in bringing about economic reform in China. In this penetrating and insightful book Xiao questions the conventional theory of the firm arguing that the ultimate goal of the headquarters of modern large corporations is to function as a substitute for the market and introducing a new explanation for the nature of the firm - the 'substitution function model'. He provides an insider's account of the reforms in CITIC and as such this is a rare narrative that should be essential reading for scholars and practitioners who care about the theory and practice of the firm in particular in the context of Chinese enterprise reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415652803

The Theory of the FirmAn overview of the economic mainstream Firms are a ubiquitous feature of the economic landscape with much of the activity undertaken within an economy taking place within their boundaries. Given the size of the contribution made by firms to economic activity employment and growth having a theoretical understanding of the nature and structure of firms is crucial for understanding how an economy functions. The Theory of the Firm firstly offers a brief overview of the past consisting of a concise discussion of the classical view of production followed by an outline of the development of the neoclassical - or ‘textbook’ - approach to firm level production.  Secondly the ‘present’ of the theory of the firm is discussed in three sections. The first section considers the post-1970 theory of the firm literature per se while the second section scrutinises the relationship between the three most prominent of the modern sets of theories: the reference point property rights and transaction cost approaches. The third section looks at the theory of privatisation. The unique aspects of this book includes its discussions of the post-1970 contributions to the theory of the firm; the integration of the theory of the entrepreneur with the theory of the firm; and the theory of privatisation. This volume offers an intuitive introduction to the theories of the firm as well as simple formal models of the most important contributions to the literature. It also outlines the historical evolution of the traditional and modern theories of the firm. This book is of great interest to those who study history of economic thought industrial economics and organizational studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876791

The Theory of the Leisure Class In The Theory of the Leisure Class his first and best-known work Thorstein Veblen challenges some of society's most cherished standards of behavior and with devastating wit and satire exposes the hollowness of many of our canons of taste education dress and culture.Veblen uses the leisure class as his example because it is this class that sets the standards followed by every level of society. The sign of membership in the leisure class is exemption from industrial toil and the mark of success is lavish expenditure "conspicuous consumption" is the famous term he invented to describe somethings that satisfies no real need but is a mark of prestige. The process Veblen describes continues today albeit in a more circuitous form.The Theory of the Leisure Class is part of an ongoing effort to make available the collected works of Veblen to a present-day audience of students and scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539099

The Theory of Transaction in Institutional EconomicsA History Despite abundant literature on transaction costs there is little to no in-depth analysis regarding what the transaction is or how it works. Drawing on both Old and New Institutional Economics and on a variety of interdisciplinary sources this monograph traces the history of the meaning of transaction in institutional economics mapping its topicality and use over time. This manuscript treats the idea of ‘transaction’ as a construct with legal competitive and political dimensions and connects different approaches within institutional economics. The book covers the contributions of key thinkers from different schools including (in alphabetical order) Ronald H. Coase John R. Commons Robert Lee Hale Oliver Hart Mancur Olson Thorstein Veblen and Olver E. Williamson. This book will be of interest to advanced students and researchers of institutional economics  law and economics and economics and the history of economic thought.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367194697

The Theory of Value and Distribution in EconomicsDiscussions between Pierangelo Garegnani and Paul Samuelson This new volume explores two alternative economic theories – the classical theory and the marginalist or neoclassical theory- through a discussion between two eminent economists Pierangelo Garegnani and Paul Samuelson. The key themes of the volume are the difference in approaches to the explanation of the distribution of income and relative prices and therefore different approaches to all other economic problems in particular capital accumulation and economic growth. The book discusses whether there is a ‘classical’ approach to the theory of value and distribution at the core of economic theory that is fundamentally different from the later marginalist or neoclassical theory. In the volume the late Pierangelo Garegnani argues for the validity of Piero Sraffa’s position on this issue whilst the late noble laureate Paul Samuelson vehemently contests it. At a time of economic crisis the future of the discipline is far from certain and so it is extremely important to bring these debates back into the light by reproducing them together for the first time. A comprehensive introduction by Heinz Kurz sets the debate in this context and provides crucial background to the arguments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138243903

The Therapeutic Cloning DebateGlobal Science and Journalism in the Public Sphere Exploring the controversy surrounding therapeutic human cloning this book draws upon data collected from news articles and interviews with journalists to examine the role of mass media in shaping biomedical controversies. With specific reference to the US and the UK as two leading scientific nations grappling with the global issue of therapeutic cloning together with attention to the important role played by nations in Southeast Asia this book sheds light on media representations of scientific developments the unrealistic hype that can surround them the influence of religion and the potentially harmful imposition of journalistic and nationalist values on the scientific field. Empirically grounded and theoretically innovative The Therapeutic Cloning Debate will appeal to social scientists across a range of disciplines with interests in science communication public engagement cultural and media studies science politics science journalism the sociology of expert knowledge and risk. It will also appeal to scientists journalists policymakers and others interested in how news media frame science for the public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600907

The Therapeutic Community MovementCharisma and Routinisation First published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315800325

The Therapeutic Frame in the Clinical ContextIntegrative Perspectives How does the therapeutic frame help therapists in their practice? The Therapeutic Frame in the Clinical Context examines some of the key issues inherent in the intimate and very often intense therapeutic relationship. It addresses and clarifies perspectives on the creation of a therapeutic environment that is conducive to therapy. The book addresses specific aspects of the therapeutic frame. How does a client feel about unexpectedly meeting her psychotherapist's son or daughter? How does a psychotherapist or counsellor practice within a 'frameless' often intrusive environment in acute hospital wards? How does a counsellor manage the frame in the face of a life-threatening illness? Using a wealth of examples from clinical practice The Therapeutic Frame in the Clinical Context examines these issues and more in a range of settings including the NHS private practice and the workplace and provides valuable guidelines from a range of theoretical perspectives including Jungian and psychoanalytic. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203502099

The Therapeutic ImaginationUsing literature to deepen psychodynamic understanding and enhance empathy Use of the imagination is a key aspect of successful psychotherapeutic treatments. Psychotherapy helps clients get in touch with awaken and learn to trust their creative inner life while therapists use their imaginations to mentalise the suffering other and to trace the unconscious stirrings evoked by the intimacy of the consulting room. Working from this premise in The Therapeutic Imagination Jeremy Holmes argues unashamedly that literate therapists make better therapists. Drawing on psychoanalytic and literary traditions both classical and contemporary Part I shows how poetry and novels help foster therapists’ understanding of their own imagination-in-action anatomised into five phases: attachment reverie logos action and reflection. Part II uses the contrast between secure and insecure narrative styles in attachment theory and relates these to literary storytelling and the transformational aspects of therapy. Part III uses literary accounts to illuminate the psychiatric conditions of narcissism anxiety splitting and bereavement. Based on Forster’s motto ‘Only Connect’ Part IV argues with the help of poetic examples that a psychiatry shorn of psychodynamic creativity is impoverished and fails to serve its patients. Clearly and elegantly written and drawing on the author’s deep knowledge of psychoanalysis and attachment theory and a lifetime of clinical experience Holmes convincingly links the literary and psychoanalytic canon. The Therapeutic Imagination is a compelling and insightful work that will strike chords for therapists counsellors psychoanalysts psychiatrists and psychologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138789494

The Therapeutic NightmareThe battle over the world's most controversial sleeping pill How do drugs get to the market? What controls are there and what procedures for monitoring their effects? And how adequate are the regulators in protecting public health when new drugs have serious side effects? The Therapeutic Nightmare tells the story of the sleeping pill Halcion - a story which is far from over. First marketed in the 1970s Halcion has been taken by millions of patients around the world. For many years it has been associated with serious adverse effects such as amnesia hallucinations aggression and in extreme cases homicide. Thirteen years after its first release it was banned by the British government. It remains on sale in the United States and many other countries. This book explains why patients have come to be exposed to Halcion's risks and examines the corporate interests of the manufacturers the professional interests of the scientists and medical researchers and the interests of patients in safe and effective medication. It reveals how these contending forces shape the regulatory decision-making process about drug safety. As the number of new drugs and health products grows a major challenge facing regulators and the medical profession is how to put the interests of public health decisively and consistently above the commercial interests of the drugs industry while becoming more accountable to patient and consumer organizations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315071558

The Therapeutic Play Group Originally published in 1971 this title is a comprehensive and detailed presentation of the principles and practices of an activity-type experimental form of group therapy which had proved successful with emotionally disturbed pre-pubertal children at the time. Mortimer Schiffer describes the clinical procedures and rehabilitative programs that were developed over a period of many years through experience of more than a hundred therapeutic play groups. One play group conducted in a public elementary school in an underprivileged community of a large city is examined from its inception to its termination after more than three years of meetings. Thus the reader is able to study the psycho-dynamics of a group and to appreciate the special meaning of the school environment when it is used as a setting for therapeutic group practice. As the author says "The school is not only advantageously situated with respect to the identification of developmental problems in young children but it also has great potential for carrying out preventive and rehabilitative programs. No other community resource – including the mental health agencies – can match the potential of school-based programs for countering mal-experience in the lives of children." This book will be of interest to psychiatrists social workers and psychologists who work with emotionally disturbed children and also to teachers in special education and to other school personnel involved with children who have adjustment problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138055070

The Therapeutic Process the Self and Female PsychologyCollected Psychoanalytic Papers Helene Deutsch was one of the most famous psychoanalysts to emerge from Freud's immediate circle in Vienna. Best known for her writings on female psychology she was also one of the great teachers of psychoanalysis. As the founding president of the Vienna Psychoanalytic Training Institute she confirmed her stature in the history of psychoanalysis by cultivating a whole younger generation of influential analysts. Deutsch was tolerant and open-minded both as a theoretician and teacher but as Paul Roazen remarks in his introduction independence and an absence of fanaticism can mean a temporary fading out of influence. For the first time Deutsch's major professional contributions are brought together for permanent consideration. This volume documents her enduringly valuable exploration of the complexities of the psychology of women's experience.Deutsch remained essentially faithful to the Freudian canon. Nonetheless and throughout these writings she developed ideas on the subject of femininity that were often at odds with those of her mentor. Her use of Freud's theories aimed to encourage toleration of human diversity and to modify his model of sexuality according to the particular circumstances of women's lives. It was Deutsch who introduced motherhood as a central concern of psychoanalysis by stressing how the psychological dimension of reproduction was different for men and women and how this uniquely feminine capacity had its effects on the entire psychology of women.The same commitment to human diversity informs her much-misunderstood work on the clinical problems of female sexual dysfunction. While accepting the Freudian goal of sexual gratification Deutsch argues that sublimation through work was a key value in its own right This is illustrated in "George Sand: A Woman's Destiny " a brilliant early example of psychobiography. This volume of Deutsch's classic papers several appearing in English for the first time will be of interest to psychologists intellectual historians and women's studies specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517028

The Therapeutic Properties of Medicinal PlantsHealth-Rejuvenating Bioactive Compounds of Native Flora This volume provides informative research on the scientific evidence of the health benefits that can be derived from medicinal plants and how their efficacies can be improved. It is divided into three sections that cover the phytochemistry of medicinal plants disease management with medicinal plants and novel research techniques in medicinal plants. The pharmacological benefits of several specific plants are discussed addressing health issues such as metabolic and mental disorders acute mountain sickness polycystic ovarian syndrome and specific diseases such as Huntington’s. It also looks at the role of antioxidants in disease management. Additionally the book covers recent problems of drug resistance and how medicinal plants can serve as antibiotic anthelmintic and antiparasitic drugs that will be helpful for human and animals. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888035

The Therapeutic Relationship in Analytical PsychologyTheory and Practice In The Therapeutic Relationship in Analytical Psychology: Theory and Practice Claus Braun presents a thorough exploration of the importance of the therapeutic relationship and explains how to encourage and develop it. Drawing on Braun’s decades of clinical experience the book clearly demonstrates the significance of establishing an intensive and living connection between client and analyst. The book examines the crucial steps of the psychotherapeutic process illustrated with a detailed case study that presents the personal development of an analysand through a series of dreams and drawings. Braun connects key concepts in analytical psychology such as complexes symbols archetypes and amplification with conscious and unconscious processes and the development of the therapeutic relationship during the analytic process. The book also examines why C. G. Jung put such a special emphasis on the therapeutic relationship and explores the ethical demands and social responsibilities of the analyst. Comprehensive and insightful it skillfully makes the connection between Jung’s analytical psychology and practical psychotherapeutic work. The Therapeutic Relationship in Analytical Psychology will be an essential text for Jungian analysts and psychotherapists in practice and in training and a key reference for academics and students of analytical psychology psychotherapy and Jungian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367347116

The Therapeutic Relationship in Cognitive-Behavioral TherapyA Clinician's Guide From leading cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) experts this book describes ways to tailor empirically supported relationship factors that can strengthen collaboration empiricism and Socratic dialogue and improve outcomes. In an accessible style it provides practical clinical recommendations accompanied by rich case examples and self-reflection exercises. The book shows how to use a strong case conceptualization to decide when to target relationship issues what specific strategies to use (for example expressing empathy or requesting client feedback) and how to navigate the therapist's own emotional responses in session. Special topics include enhancing the therapeutic relationship with couples families groups and children and adolescents. Reproducible worksheets can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462531288

The Therapeutic Relationship in Psychotherapy PracticeAn Integrative Perspective The Therapeutic Relationship in Psychotherapy Practice: An Integrative Perspective explores the key components of the patient–therapist relationship in psychotherapy as well as how these elements affect the treatment process and outcomes and what therapists may do to enhance the relationship. Dr. Gelso posits a tripartite model in which the therapeutic relationship is seen as being composed of three interlocking elements: a real or personal relationship a working alliance and a transference–countertransference configuration that exist in each and every therapeutic relationship. Focusing on what psychotherapists can do to foster strong and facilitative relationships with their patients the book includes substantial material drawn from clinical practice with an ever-present eye on research findings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138999800

The Therapeutic Relationship in Systemic Therapy Brings the issue of the therapeutic relationship in family systems therapy into focus by examing the relationships between the client family as a system and the use of self in therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328955

The Therapeutic RelationshipInnovative Investigations The therapeutic relationship has been recognized by psychotherapy researchers and clinicians alike as playing a central role in the process and outcome of psychotherapy. This book presents innovative investigations of the therapeutic relationship focusing on various relationship mechanisms as they relate to changing processes and outcomes. A variety of perspectives on the therapeutic relationship are provided through different research methods including quantitative and qualitative methods and divergence in psychotherapy orientations including psychodynamic interpersonal cognitive-behavioural therapy emotion-focused process experiential therapy narrative therapy and attachment-based family therapy. The chapters written by leading psychotherapy researchers present cutting-edge empirical studies that apply innovative methods in order to: study process-outcome links; explore in session processes that address the question of how the therapeutic relationship heals; examine the contributions of clients and therapists to the therapeutic relationship; and suggest practical implications for training therapists in psychotherapy relationships that work. Research on the therapeutic relationship has been identified as a natural arena for bridging the gap between research and clinical practice and will be of particular interest to practicing clinicians. This book was originally published as a special issue of Psychotherapy Research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138060449

The Therapeutic Situation in the 21st Century Extending the themes of Contemporary Psychoanalytic Foundations The Therapeutic Situation in the 21st Century is a systematic reformulation of fundamental psychoanalytic concepts such as transference therapeutic action and the uses of psychotropic drugs in the light of recent developments in postmodernism complexity theory and neuroscience. Leffert offers formulations of areas not previously considered in any depth by psychoanalysts such as power relations in the analytic couple social matrix theory and narrative theory informed by considerations of archaeology genealogy complexity memory and recall. He also considers new areas  such as the role of uncertainty and love in the therapeutic situation. This book is part of an ongoing effort to place psychoanalysis in the current century and looks to outside as well as inside areas of thought to inform how we work and how we think about our work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415883368

The Therapeutic TurnHow psychology altered Western culture In what ways has psychology become more influential in Western society? In this book author Ole Jacob Madsen considers the notion of a ‘Therapeutic Turn’ in Western culture – the tendency for psychology to permeate ever new spheres within society. The Therapeutic Turn evaluates the increasing prevalence of psychology in several areas of Western society: Western consumer culture contemporary Christianity self-help sport and politics. Madsen proposes that there are problematic aspects to this development which are seldom recognised due to a widely held assumption that ‘the more psychology the better for everyone’. A recurring concern with psychological solutions is that they often provide individual solutions to structural problems. As a result psychologists may be inadvertently increasing the burden on the shoulders of the people they are meant to help and at the same time our capacity to understand individual suffering in the light of major historical and political changes in society is becoming increasingly clouded. The Therapeutic Turn presents an accessible and engaging critique of the influence of psychology within Western society. It will appeal to a broad audience of students academics and lay readers interested in this aspect of modernity and contemporary society and it will also be of great interest to practitioners and therapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138018693

The Therapeutic Use of SelfCounselling practice research and supervision The Therapeutic Use of Self has continued since its publication in 1999 to be considered a key text within integrative humanistic and relational approaches for the training and development of therapists in the UK and abroad.   This long-awaited classic edition includes powerful case examples and extensive research findings presenting the counsellor’s evaluation of their own practice as the main vehicle for the development of insight and awareness into individual ‘therapeutic’ characteristics. The book addresses many of the taboos and infrequently discussed aspects of therapy such as:   The value of therapist failure   Breaking the rules of counselling   Working beyond the accepted boundaries of counselling.   The Therapeutic Use of Self will help professionals and trainees acknowledge develop and value their own unique contribution to counselling and psychotherapy. The book remains a ground-breaking examination of the individual therapist’s contribution to process and outcome in counselling and supervision. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415831475

The Therapist as a PersonLife Crises Life Choices Life Experiences and Their Effects on Treatment In this collection of powerfully illuminating and often poignant essays contributors candidly discuss the impact of central life crises and identity concerns on their work as therapists. With chapters focusing on identity concerns associated with the body-self (body size ethnicity sexual orientation and age) urgent life crises and defining life circumstances The Therapist as a Person exemplifies the myriad ways in which the therapist's subjectivity shapes his or her interaction with patients. Included in the collection are life events rarely if ever dealt with in the literature: the death of family members late pregnancy loss divorce the failure of the therapist's own therapy infertility and childlessness the decision to adopt a child and the parenting of a profoundly deaf child. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148307

The Therapist at WorkPersonal Factors Affecting the Analytic Process The majority of the papers grew out of the proceedings of the fourth EFPP Congress of the Adults Section in 2000 and explore the therapist-patient relationship with the emphasis on the influence of the therapist as opposed to that of the patient. Topics discussed in this collection include the impact of the patient on the analyst how the analyst's Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328962

The Therapist WithinApplying Reflective Psychotherapy to Help Alleviate Suffering The Therapist Within introduces an original systematic approach for understanding and treating suffering clients through reflective processes providing readers with the essential tools needed to alleviate their own personal suffering and live a fuller more enjoyable life. Developed from knowledge gleaned from his five decades of clinical work and his own journey with anxiety isolation and despair Dr. Brenner’s novel reflective psychotherapy is influenced by psychoanalytic psychotherapy relational therapy and psychodynamic psychotherapy. Advancing this innovative therapeutic method the book provides a strong framework for guiding clients through the process of reflecting upon and re-encountering their life history consciousness inner and outer worldview intrapersonal dynamics and relationships as well as for applying specific methods of intervention. Rejecting conventional approaches to therapy this book provides therapists with a holistic treatment plan to use with clients and will teach all readers to use self-reflection meditation and journal writing to achieve a greater sense of wellbeing and psychological strength. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367174668

The Therapist's Answer BookSolutions to 101 Tricky Problems in Psychotherapy Therapists inevitably feel more gratified in their work when their cases have better treatment outcomes.  This book is designed to help them achieve that by providing practical solutions to problems that arise in psychotherapy such as: Do depressed people need an antidepressant or psychotherapy alone?  How do you handle people who want to be your “friend ” who touch you who won’t leave your office or who break boundaries?  How do you prevent people from quitting treatment prematurely?  Suppose you don’t like the person who consults you?  What if people you treat with CBT don’t do their homework?  When do you explain defense mechanisms and when do you use supportive approaches?   Award-winning professor Jerome Blackman answers these and many other tricky problems for psychotherapists.  Dr. Blackman punctuates his lively text with tips and snippets of various theories that apply to psychotherapy.  He shares his advice and illustrates his successes and failures in diagnosis treatment and supervision.  He highlights fundamental fascinating and perplexing problems he has encountered over decades of practicing and supervising therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415888929

The Therapist's Notebook Volume 2More Homework Handouts and Activities for Use in Psychotherapy Get the updated classic that provides innovative exercises that promotes change The Therapist’s Notebook Volume 2: More Homework Handouts and Activities for Use in Psychotherapy is the updated classic that provides mental health clinicians with hands-on tools to use in daily practice. This essential resource includes helpful homework assignments reproducible handouts and activities and interventions that can be applied to a wide variety of clients and client problems. Useful case studies illustrate how the activities can be effectively applied. Each expert contributor employs a consistent chapter format making finding the ’right’ activity easy. The Therapist’s Notebook Volume 2: More Homework Handouts and Activities for Use in Psychotherapy includes innovative field-tested activities to assist therapists in a wide range of applications including adults children adolescents and families couples group work trauma/abuse recovery divorce and stepfamily issues and spirituality. Format for each chapter follow by type of contribution (activity handout and/or homework for clients and guidance for clinicians in utilizing the activities or interventions) objectives rationale for use instructions brief vignette suggestions for follow-up and contraindications. Three different reference sections include references professional readings and resources and bibliotherapy sources for the client. Various theoretical perspectives are presented in The Therapist’s Notebook Volume 2: More Homework Handouts and Activities for Use in Psychotherapy including: cognitive behavioral narrative therapy solution focus choice theory and reality therapy REBT strategic family therapy experiential art and play therapies couples approaches including Gottman and Emotionally Focused Therapy medical family therapy Jungian family-of-origin therapy adventure-based therapy The Therapist’s Notebook Volume 2: More Homework Handouts and Activities for Use in Psychotherapy is a horizon-expanding guide for marriage and family therapists psychiatric nurses counselors social workers psychologists pastoral counselors occupational therapists counselor educators school social workers school counselors and students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203836309

The Therapist's Notebook for Children and AdolescentsHomework Handouts and Activities for Use in Psychotherapy In The Therapist's Notebook for Children and Adolescents 2nd ed you'll find the most powerful tools available for aiding children with their feelings incorporating play techniques into therapy encouraging appropriate parental involvement in family sessions and providing group therapy to children. This ready reference is divided into ten thoughtfully planned sections to make it easy to find the right activity handout or intervention for the problem at hand whether you’re looking for creative ideas running a children’s group putting interventions into practice in the classroom or looking for ways to increase parental and familial involvement. Instructions for the activities are clearly explained and highlighted with case examples and many illustrations. Chapters are by leading experts including Eliana Gil Risë VanFleet Liana Lowenstein Howard Rosenthal and Volker Thomas and explore strategies for treating children both individually and in a family context. With more than 60% new material this expanded version delves into the latest research and thinking on family play therapy and addresses many pertinent issues of our time including bullying suicidal ideation ADHD autism adolescents and sex and cultural issues. It’s a must-have arsenal for both novice and experienced professionals in family therapy play therapy psychology psychiatry counseling education nursing and related fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415719582

The Therapist's Notebook for FamiliesSolution-Oriented Exercises for Working With Parents Children and Adolescents The Therapist’s Notebook for Families Second Edition provides 72 solution-oriented activities for an array of challenging problems faced by mental health professionals when working with clients. The Therapist's Notebook offers clear practical easy-to-use exercises to help therapists work effectively and creatively with parents adolescents children and families. Its solution-focused perspective provides a foundation based on collaboration the utilization of client strengths and the creation of possibilities to facilitate present and future change. The book is arranged in five parts with 15 fully revised and 23 brand-new exercises. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415726931

The Therapist's Notebook for Family Health CareHomework Handouts and Activities for Individuals Couples and Families Coping with Illness Effective interventions to help your clients deal with illness disability grief and loss The Therapist‘s Notebook for Family Health Care presents creative interventions for working with individuals couples and families dealing with illness loss and disability. This book offers creative resources like homework handouts and activities and effective field-tested interventions to provide counselors with useful information on specific family dynamics and topics. It equips mental health clinicians with practical therapeutic activities to use in their work with clients struggling with health care or grief issues. The effects of illness disability and loss in everyday life can be profound. Besides the individual repercussions these challenges also affect the lives of the family and social networks of those individuals experiencing them. The Therapist‘s Notebook for Family Health Care brings together the knowledge and experience of over 30 experts in the field for a unique collection that therapists and clients alike will find immediately useful. Situated in four unique subject-specific sections for quick reference this text covers a broad scope of common problems. Also included is a bonus section focusing on thoughtful suggestions for self-care and professional development. Some of the many topics and techniques presented in The Therapist‘s Notebook for Family Health Care include: conducting interviews using the biopsychosocial-spiritual method using the Family System Test (FAST) to explore clients experiences with their healthcare system and providers increasing social support to manage chronic illness coping and adapting to developmental changes challenges and opportunities using a patient education tool in family therapy helping children (and their families) to manage pain through knowledge and diaphragmatic breathing creating a personal ‘superhero for a child Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138451797

The Therapist's Notebook for Integrating Spirituality in Counseling IHomework Handouts and Activities for Use in Psychotherapy Learn to initiate the integration of your clients’ spirituality as an effective practical intervention. A client’s spiritual and religious beliefs can be an effective springboard for productive therapy. How can a therapist sensitively prepare for the task? The Therapist’s Notebook for Integrating Spirituality in Counseling is the first volume of a comprehensive two-volume resource that provides practical interventions from a wide range of backgrounds and theoretical perspectives. This volume helps prepare clinicians to undertake and initiate the integration of spirituality in therapy with clients and provides easy-to-follow examples. The book provides a helpful starting point to address a broad range of topics and problems. The chapters of The Therapist’s Notebook for Integrating Spirituality in Counseling are grouped into five sections: Therapist Preparation and Professional Development; Assessment of Spirituality; Integrating Spirituality in Couples Therapy; Specific Techniques and/or Topics Used in Integrating Spirituality; and Use of Scripture Prayer and Other Spiritual Practices. Designed to be clinician-friendly each chapter also includes sections on resources where counselors can learn more about the topic or technique used in the chapter—as well as suggested books articles chapters videos and Web sites to recommend to clients. Each chapter utilizes similar formatting to remain clear and easy-to-follow that includes objectives rationale for use instructions brief vignette suggestions for follow-up contraindications references professional readings and resources and bibliotherapy sources for the client. The first volume of The Therapist’s Notebook for Integrating Spirituality in Counseling helps set a solid foundation and provides comprehensive instruction on: ethically incorporating spirituality into the therapeutic setting professional disclosure building a spiritual referral source through local clergy assessment of spirituality the spirituality-focused genogram using spirituality in couples therapy helping couples face career transitions dealing with shame addiction recovery the use of scripture and prayer overcoming trauma in Christian clients and much more! The Therapist’s Notebook for Integrating Spirituality in Counseling is a stimulating creative resource appropriate for any clinician or counselor from novices to experienced mental health professionals. This first volume is perfect for pastoral counselors clergy social workers marriage and family therapists counselors psychologists Christian counselors educators who teach professional issues ethics counseling and multicultural issues and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138134416

The Therapist's Notebook for Integrating Spirituality in Counseling IIMore Homework Handouts and Activities for Use in Psychotherapy More activities to tap into the strength of your clients’ spiritual beliefs to achieve therapeutic goals. The Therapist’s Notebook for Integrating Spirituality in Counseling II is the second volume of a comprehensive two-volume resource that provides practical interventions from respected experts from a wide range of backgrounds and theoretical perspectives. This volume includes several practical strategies and techniques to easily incorporate spirituality into psychotherapy. You’ll find in-session activities homework assignments and client and therapist handouts that utilize a variety of therapeutic models and techniques and address a broad range of topics and problems. The chapters of The Therapist’s Notebook for Integrating Spirituality in Counseling II are grouped into four sections: Models of Therapy Used in Integrating Spirituality; Integrating Spirituality with Age-Specific Populations: Children Adolescents and the Elderly; Integrating Spirituality with Specific Multicultural Populations; and Involving Spirituality when Dealing with Illness Loss and Trauma. As in Volume One each clinician-friendly chapter also includes sections on resources where the counselor can learn more about the topic or technique used in the chapter—as well as suggested books articles chapters videos and Web sites to recommend to clients. Every chapter follows the same easy-to-follow format: objectives rationale for use instructions brief vignette suggestions for follow-up contraindications references professional readings and resources and bibliotherapy sources for the client. The Therapist’s Notebook for Integrating Spirituality in Counseling II adds more useful activities and homework counselors can use in their practice such as: using religion or spirituality in solution-oriented brief therapy “Cast of Character” counseling using early memories to explore adolescent and adult spirituality cognitive behavioral treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorder age-specific clients such as children or the elderly multicultural populations and spirituality dealing with illness loss and trauma recovering from fetal loss creative art techniques with caregivers in group counseling and much more! The Therapist’s Notebook for Integrating Spirituality in Counseling II provides even more creative and helpful homework and activities that are perfect for pastoral counselors clergy social workers marriage and family therapists counselors psychologists Christian counselors educators who teach professional issues ethics counseling and multicultural issues and students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315799780

The Therapist's Notebook for Lesbian Gay and Bisexual ClientsHomework Handouts and Activities for Use in Psychotherapy Most therapy is set up in a heterosexist context. Explore the issues facing your gay lesbian and bisexual clients--and how to deal with them!The Therapist's Notebook for Lesbian Gay and Bisexual Clients offers therapists treating lesbian gay and bisexual clients innovative practical interventions plus homework and hands-on activities tailored to these populations. Use the notebook to explore the issues surrounding coming out homophobia in the workplace spirituality identity formation and issues that require a non-heterosexist approach such as domestic violence and relationship concerns. Grounded in current theory each chapter explains the rationale for the activity it proposes includes contraindications and provides a list of helpful resources for therapists and clients.Here are just a few of the issues this extraordinary book explores in its four thoughtfully planned sections:Section I: Homework Handouts and Activities for Coming Out and Managing Homophobia and Heterosexism addresses: conflicts in self-perceptions obstacles to the growth of a healthy GLB identity dealing with the trauma and anxiety that result from discrimination using semi-hypnotic visualization to treat internalized homophobia helping bisexuals decide whether to come out or to “pass” coping with internalized homophobic messages dealing with heterosexism in the workplace or at school Section II: Homework Handouts and Activities for Relationship Issues will help you and your clients understand and work on issues involving: choosing the right partner intimacy and gender roles financial stability assimilation queer pride and everything in between how ethnicity and coupling impact sexual identity negotiating a healthy open relationship sexual concerns sexual dysfunction and pleasuring sexual role values for bisexual and lesbian womenSection III: Homework Handouts and Activities for Gender Ethnic and Sexual Identity Issues addresses “who am I” issues: sexual orientation and gender identity the intersection of sexual and ethnic identity oppression on multiple fronts gender exploration for lesbiansSection IV: Homework Handouts and Activities for Specific Issues tackles concepts including: enhancing resilience through spirituality reconciling with religion spiritual wellness and the spiritual autobiography body image disturbances unwanted sexual behavior creating a safety plan in case of same-sex domestic violence alienation and finding a caring community medication adherence for HIV+ clients the difficulties faced by coupled lesbians with children family care planning addiction and recovery healing from the wounds of homophobia relationships with ex-partners managing workplace stressIf you're new to treating lesbian gay and bisexual clients you’ll find rich material based in current literature to guide your work. If you've already worked extensively with LGBT clients the activities and fresh innovative strategies in The Therapist's Notebook for Lesbian Gay and Bisexual Clients will expand and invigorate your skills. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315799841

The Therapist's Notebook on Positive PsychologyActivities Exercises and Handouts How can psychotherapists apply the wealth of recent research in Positive Psychology to their clinical work to help their clients change in positive directions? Bill O’Hanlon who originated Solution-Oriented Therapy in the early 1980s and Bob Bertolino an experienced clinician build the bridge between positive psychology and psychotherapy in this book that allows readers to focus on the mental behavioral emotional cognitive and spiritual health of their clients. Following the highly readable and user-friendly approach of the Therapist Notebooks this book contains 75 activities exercises and handouts throughout seven chapters that therapists can implement both in sessions and as activities outside the therapeutic milieu. Among the many attractive features included are: exercises that follow a standard format for ease of use and implementation research findings that underscore the importance of focusing on strengths and well-being overviews and suggestions for use that flank each exercise and contextualize them. Readers appreciate the breadth of research and literature covered the interactive exercises that both clients and clinicians can use and devices presented to help translate research into practice such as the P.O.S.I.T.I.V.E. Framework and The Happiness Hypothesis. For mental health practitioners who are interested in building resilience and strength both within their clients and within themselves this book is indispensable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415887502

The Therapist's Notebook on Strengths and Solution-Based TherapiesHomework Handouts and Activities The Therapist's Notebook on Strengths and Solution-Based Therapies offers multiple pathways for those in helping relationships to employ strengths and solution-based (SSB) principles and practices as a vehicle for promoting positive change with individuals couples and families. The 100 exercises in this book are based on a series of core principles that are not only central to solution-based therapies; they have been demonstrated through research as essential to successful outcome. Readers will learn about processes and practices that are supported by research and are collaborative competency-based culturally sensitive client-driven outcome-informed and change-oriented. The text is categorized into seven parts each formatted similarly to ensure easy accessibility. Practitioners will find their therapy enhanced with a greater ability to improve their clients' well-being relationships and social roles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142664

The Therapist's NotebookHomework Handouts and Activities for Use in Psychotherapy When did you last have enough free time to carefully create develop and test a therapeutic concept or teaching method to improve the help you provide to your patients? With The Therapist's Notebook a compilation of original ideas by practicing clinicians you can tap into the knowledge and experience of seasoned professionals to give your clients tangible field-tested assignments that will represent their work and progress in therapy. Appropriate for practicing marriage and family therapists psychologists social workers and other therapists of any professional affiliation who deal with children adolescents adults couples or families this dynamic handbook provides you with handouts and homework activities that are quick and easy and require little effort or experience to use. The Therapist's Notebook is a valuable resource for both experienced and novice clinicians. Established clinicians will know how to fit each chapter to a particular clientele while uninitiated clinicians or trainees will appreciate how the ready-made materials help their clients and spur their own creativity in intervening. You'll find therapeutic work becomes less stressful and more enjoyable as you learn about helping these populations deal with important issues: Adults--goal setting boundary issues life transitions communication problemsolving compulsivity feelings Couples--trust infidelity leisure time communication conflict resolution sexuality enrichment Families--rules/punishment decisionmaking gender roles chores and responsibilities communication Children--self-esteem school problems social skills abuse discipline problems Adolescents--peer pressure school issues communication involvement in therapy behavior Other--resistant clients crisis counseling linking clients with social resourcesThe Therapist's Notebook gives you a tangible useful product you can utilize with clients. The book's compilation of homework handouts and activities that have been successfully applied to client populations is valuable not only for therapists’daily use but also to illustrate creative clinically tested interventions to future counselors therapists social workers teachers school psychologists and special educators. Particularly useful as an ancillary text in university courses in psychotherapy-related fields the book's user-friendly format will enliven practicum courses and ensure heightened student participation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175129

The Therapist's PregnancyIntrusion in the Analytic Space In the first book-length examination of the impact of pregnancy on the therapeutic process Fenster Phillips and Rapoport explore the variety of clinical technical and practical issues that arise out of the therapist's impending motherhood. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176553

The Therapy RelationshipA Special Kind of Friendship This book proposes that the age-old rules and virtues of friendship lie at the heart of all forms of psychotherapy and counselling. It explains the philosophical technical political and ethical aspects of three different approaches to therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782202523

The Thermal Human BodyA Practical Guide to Thermal Imaging This book is a guide for the constantly growing community of the users of medical thermal imaging. It describes where and how an infrared equipment can be used in a strictly standardised way and how one can ultimately comprehensively report the findings. Due to their insight into the complex mechanisms behind the distribution of surface temperature future users of medical thermal imaging should be able to provide careful and cautious interpretations of infrared thermograms thus avoiding the pitfalls of the past. The authors are well-known pioneers of the technique of infrared imaging in medicine who have combined strict standard-based evaluation of medical thermal images with their expertise in clinical medicine and related fields of health management. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814745826

The Thermophysics of Porous Media Models for the mechanical behavior of porous media introduced more than 50 years ago are still relied upon today but more recent work shows that in some cases they may violate the laws of thermodynamics. In The Thermophysics of Porous Media the author shows that physical consistency requires a unique description of dynamic processes that involve porous media and that new dynamic variables-porosity saturation and megascale concentration-naturally enter into the large-scale description of porous media. The new degrees of freedom revealed in this study predict new dynamic processes that are not associated with compressional motions.The book details the construction of a Lorentz invariant thermodynamic lattice gas model and shows how the associated nonrelativistic Galilean invariant model can be used to describe flow in porous media. The author develops the equations of seismic wave propagation in porous media the associated boundary conditions and surface waves. He also constructs the equations for both immiscible and miscible flows in porous media and their related instability problems.The implications of the physical theory presented in this book are significant particularly in applications in geophysics and the petroleum industry. The Thermophysics of Porous Media offers a unique opportunity to examine the dynamic role that porosity plays in porous materials. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367396619

The ThesaurusReview Renaissance and Revision Use this single source to uncover the origin and development of the thesaurus! The Thesaurus: Review Renaissance and Revision examines the historical development of the thesaurus and the standards employed for thesaurus construction. This book provides both the history of thesauri and tutorials on usage to increase your understanding of thesaurus creation use and evaluation. This reference tool offers essential information on thesauri in the digital environment including Web sites databases and software. For 50 years the thesaurus has been a core reference book; The Thesaurus: Review Renaissance and Revision celebrates this history and speculates on the future of vocabulary-switching tools. This book will familiarize you with contemporary and emerging functions of thesauri including international and multilingual developments. The Thesaurus: Review Renaissance and Revision provides information and library professionals—including indexers abstractors subject catalogers classifiers and reference librarians—a historical overview of the thesaurus and its past as well as recent developments. This book also gives patrons readers and researchers more effective techniques in vocabulary management and offers insight on how thesauri are devised and compiled. This book addresses: changing definitions characteristics functions and applications of thesauri the value of standards evaluation use and review of software and role and work of consultants during thesauri construction and maintenance multicultural issues that affect thesauri creation such as mapping and interoperability education and training The Thesaurus: Review Renaissance and Revision also provides you with extensive bibliographies related to issues and problems in thesaurus construction and design such as developing standards in support of electronic thesauri. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203707388

The Thing about MuseumsObjects and Experience Representation and Contestation The Things about Museums constitutes a unique highly diverse collection of essays unprecedented in existing books in either museum and heritage studies or material culture studies. Taking varied perspectives and presenting a range of case studies the chapters all address objects in the context of museums galleries and/or the heritage sector more broadly. Specifically the book deals with how objects are constructed in museums the ways in which visitors may directly experience those objects how objects are utilised within particular representational strategies and forms and the challenges and opportunities presented by using objects to communicate difficult and contested matters. Topics and approaches examined in the book are diverse but include the objectification of natural history specimens and museum registers; materiality immateriality transience and absence; subject/object boundaries; sensory phenomenological perspectives; the museumisation of objects and collections; and the dangers inherent in assuming that objects interpretation and heritage are ‘good’ for us. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815346760

The Thing About WorkShowing Up and Other Important Matters [A Worker's Manual] Why does a CEO who has already made hundreds of millions of dollars continue to work? Why does a rock star who has made a bundle continue to tour? Why do retirees’ miss work as soon as they stop doing it? Why do we all wrestle with our life’s work and talk about it incessantly? The thing about work is that we love it we hate it we need it we miss it we measure ourselves by it we judge others by it—we are addicted to it. Work often defines us and fulfills us. Yet today’s rapidly changing workplace environment is stressful and confusing to deal with. In The Thing About Work Richard A. Moran takes a ground-level perspective on what is happening at work and how to thrive in the new professional world. Through funny prescriptive vignettes and short essays Moran finds the “white space” in the company manual—those issues that you encounter every day at work but which are not covered in employee training. He uses hilarious and true stories from his own life and others’ to answer questions like “Should you take your dog to work?” and “How late is late?” and “What is that foreign object growing in the refrigerator?” This very contemporary view of work will prove invaluable for the modern employee. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629561585

The Things They Say behind Your BackStereotypes and the Myths Behind Them In this groundbreaking book in the dim world of opinion formation Helm­reich opens a closet bursting with skeletons and explores the myths and his­torical roots of stereotypes pertaining to several ethnic groups: Are Jews re­ally smarter? What about rhythmical Blacks hard-drinking Irishmen dumb Poles emotional Hispanics and all those cold artificial WASPs sipping in­evitable dry martinis? He discusses which stereotypes are false which are true how they originated and why some of the most libeled groups pro­mote warped perceptions about themselves.Helmreich has examined over four hundred scientific studies and com­bines hard facts with humor anecdotes and common sense in his courage­ous attempt to understand and explain stereotypes. He contends that we should discuss this topic openly and recognize the tendencies and traits negative and positive -that are rooted in a group's history and culture rather than pretend that there are no differences among the members of multiracial America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539105

The Thinking ChildLaying the foundations of understanding and competence What characteristics do children need to become motivated to learn? How do children’s experiences and relationships affect their cognitive development? How do you provide learning experiences that meet the developmental needs of every child in your care? The Thinking Child thoughtfully discusses the key principles of children’s cognitive and intellectual development alongside descriptions of everyday practice. It clearly explains the cognitive strategies that children use to learn new knowledge the development of cognitive milestones such as symbolism memories and the imagination metacognition and creativity along with research into how the brain processes information. Throughout the book the author considers the key characteristics of effective learning and shows how play is one of the primary mechanisms that children use to access new knowledge and to consolidate their emerging ideas and concepts. These characteristics are then applied to integral aspects of early years practice to show how pracitioners can: motivate children to learn new knowledge about themselves and the world around them; help children to develop their own ideas creatively and use this knowledge as a base to learn new things; reflect on their own teaching methods to encourage children’s engagement motivation and creativity through effective observation and planning; engage with parents and carers to help support children’s learning at home whilst maintaining the values of the family; celebrate the uniqueness of each child and provide learning experiences that are appropriate for individuals with particular learning needs be they physical emotional or cognitive to ensure that every child has an equal opportunity to succeed. Emphasising the importance of understanding the theory that underpins children’s cognitive development this accessible text shows practitioners how they can use this knowledge to provide learning opportunities that nourish children’s thinking and creative skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415521918

The Thinking Girl's Guide to the Right GuyHow Knowing Yourself Can Help You Navigate Dating Hookups and Love Love--like life--is full of choices. But choices can be complicated. Do you want to settle down and get married? Do you want to maintain your independent lifestyle yet still have a partner? Are you looking for a friend with benefits? According to relationship experts Joanne Davila and Kaycee Lashman the key to finding the right guy for you is shifting the focus to you. This empowering guide offers evidence-based strategies and practical tools to help you figure out what you need to be happy and fulfilled--and whether he has what it takes. Vivid realistic stories of women in their 20s illustrate how to approach dating with self-confidence navigate conflict with communication and understanding and recognize the red flags of unhealthy relationships. An exciting caring and respectful partnership is possible--build the skills to make it happen. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462516957

The Thinking HeartThree levels of psychoanalytic therapy with disturbed children How do we talk about feelings to children who are cut off from feeling? How do we raise hope and a sense of safety in despairing and terrified children without offering false hope? How do we reach the unreachable child and interest the hardened child? The Thinking Heart is a natural sequel to Live Company Anne Alvarez' highly influential and now classic book about working with severely disturbed and damaged children. Building on 50 years experience as a child and adolescent psychotherapist Alvarez uses detailed and vivid clinical examples of different interactions between therapist and client and explores the reasons why one type of therapeutic understanding can work rather than another. She also addresses what happens when the therapist gets it wrong. In The Thinking Heart Alvarez identifies three different levels of analytic work and communication: • the explanatory level – the "why - because" • the descriptive level - the "whatness" of what the child feels • the intensified vitalizing level  - gaining access to feeling itself for children with chronic dissociation despairing apathy or 'undrawn' autism. The book offers a structured schema drawing on and updating some of her classic work. It is designed to help the therapist to find the right level of interpretation in work with clients and provides particular help with the unreachable child. It will be of use to Psychotherapists Psychoanalysts Clinical and Educational Psychologists Child Psychiatrists Social Workers Special needs teachers and carers of disturbed children. Anne Alvarez is a Consultant Child and Adolescent Psychotherapist and is retired Co-Chair for The Autism Service at the Tavistock Clinic London. She is currently a visiting teacher and lecturer for the Tavistock Clinic and a Lecturer on the San Francisco Psychoanalytic Society Child Programme.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415554879

The Thinking MindA Festschrift for Ken Manktelow The field of thinking has undergone a revolution in recent years opening itself up to new perspectives and applications. The traditional focus on laboratory-based thinking has transformed as theoretical work is now being applied to new contexts and real-world issues. This volume presents a state-of-the-art survey of human thinking in everyday life based around and in tribute to one of the field’s most eminent figures: Ken Manktelow.   In this collection of cutting-edge research Manktelow’s collaborators and colleagues review a wide range of important and developing areas of inquiry. This book explores modern perspectives on a variety of traditional and contemporary topics including Wason’s reasoning tasks logic meta-reasoning and the effect of environment and context on reasoning.   The Thinking Mind offers a unique combination of breadth depth theoretical exploration and real-world applications making it an indispensable resource for researchers and students of human thinking. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138937871

The Thinking SpaceThe Café as a Cultural Institution in Paris Italy and Vienna The cafe is not only a place to enjoy a cup of coffee it is also a space - distinct from its urban environment - in which to reflect and take part in intellectual debate. Since the eighteenth century in Europe intellectuals and artists have gathered in cafes to exchange ideas inspirations and information that has driven the cultural agenda for Europe and the world. Without the café would there have been a Karl Marx or a Jean-Paul Sartre? The café as an institutional site has been the subject of renewed interest amongst scholars in the past decade and its role in the development of art ideas and culture has been explored in some detail. However few have investigated the ways in which cafés create a cultural and intellectual space which brings together multiple influences and intellectual practices and shapes the urban settings of which they are a part. This volume presents an international group of scholars who consider cafés as sites of intellectual discourse from across Europe during the long modern period. Drawing on literary theory history cultural studies and urban studies the contributors explore the ways in which cafes have functioned and evolved at crucial moments in the histories of important cities and countries - notably Paris Vienna and Italy. Choosing these sites allows readers to understand both the local particularities of each café while also seeing the larger cultural connections between these places. By revealing how the café operated as a unique cultural context within the urban setting this volume demonstrates how space and ideas are connected. As our global society becomes more focused on creativity and mobility the intellectual cafés of past generations can also serve as inspiration for contemporary and future knowledge workers who will expand and develop this tradition of using and thinking in space. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409438793

The Thinking University ExpandedOn Profanation Play and Education The Thinking University Expanded considers how the university can be extended and developed to an institution of play that becomes a gateway to new compositions and enactments of opportunities and happiness for university academics and students alike. A university of and in continuous play can shape the public sphere in ways that reimagine both the epistemological and political and the metaphysical and the ethical. Without abandoning the university’s emphasis on thinking the book examines the prospects of opening the university to ‘a new possible use’. The singular outcomes-based lens of seeing higher education distorts the humane and ethical nuance of what a university can potentially do and aspire towards. For this reason the book intends to find a new use for the idea of a university – one that is responsible and responsive in both its pursuit of the truth and being open to different kinds of truth as made manifest in diverse contexts and life-worlds. This book will be of great interest for academics researchers and postgraduate students in the field of higher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367432089

The Third Chinese Revolutionary Civil War 1945–49An Analysis of Communist Strategy and Leadership This book examines the Third Chinese Revolutionary Civil War of 1945–1949 which resulted in the victory of the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) over Chiang Kaishek and the Guomindang (GMD) and the founding of The People’s Republic of China in 1949. It provides a military and strategic history of how the CCP waged and ultimately won the war the transformation its armed forces and how the Communist leadership interacted with each other. Whereas most explanations of the CCP’s eventual victory focus on the Sino-Japanese War of 1937–45 when the revolution was supposedly won as a result of the communists’ invention of "peasant nationalism" this book shows that the outcome of the revolution was not a foregone conclusion in 1945. It explains how the eventual victory of the communists resulted from important strategic decisions taken on both sides in particular the remarkable transformation of the communist army from an insurgent / guerrilla force into a conventional army. The book also explores how the hierarchy of The People’s Republic of China developed during the war. It shows how Mao’s power was based as much on his military acumen as his political thought above all his role in formulating and implementing a successful military strategy in the war of 1945–49. It also describes how other important figures such as Lin Biao Deng Xiaoping Nie Rongzhen Liu Shaoqi and Chen Yi made their reputations during the conflict; and reveals the inner workings of the first political-military elite of the PRC. Overall this book is an important resource for anyone seeking to understand the origins and early history of The People’s Republic of China the Chinese Communist Party and the People’s Liberation Army. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415673860

The Third City (Routledge Revivals)Philosophy at War with Positivism The Third City first published in 1982 offers an innovative response to the troubled relationship between Western philosophy as it has been conducted since the Renaissance and the everyday lives of the communities in which we live. Bebek contends that the model of philosophical reflection is to be found in Plato’s dialogues which rather than simply describing utopia through a series of abstract ‘concepts’ were instead designed to impel the learner towards a recognition of the true nature of reality – as much a ‘self-recognition’ as an understanding of the world ‘out there’. Thus in order to revive the spirit of true philosophy it is necessary to avoid both the false extremes of idealism and materialism and to allow ethics once more to merge with epistemology. This title presents an exposition of this ethically based philosophy allowing the very human insights of Plato to illumine the diverse problems of today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415749701

The Third DelightInternationalization of Higher Education in China First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990319

The Third Digital DivideA Weberian Approach to Digital Inequalities Drawing on the thought of Max Weber in particular his theory of stratification this book engages with the question of whether the digital divide simply extends traditional forms of inequality or whether it also includes new forms of social exclusion or perhaps manifests counter-trends that alleviate traditional inequalities whilst constituting new modalities of inequality. With attention to the manner in which social stratification in the digital age is reproduced and transformed online the author develops an account of stratification as it exists in the digital sphere advancing the position that just as in the social sphere inequalities in the online world go beyond the economic elements of inequality. As such study of the digital divide should focus not simply on class dynamics or economic matters but cultural aspects - such as status or prestige - and political aspects - such as group affiliations. Demonstrating the enduring relevance of Weber’s distinctions with regard to social inequality The Third Digital Divide: A Weberian approach to rethinking digital inequalities explores the ways in which online activities and digital skills vary according to crucial sociological dimensions explaining these in concrete terms in relation to the dynamics of social class social status and power. As such it will be of interest to social scientists with interests in sociological theory the sociology of science and technology and inequality and the digital divide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138346932

The Third Earl of ShaftesburyA Study in Eighteenth-Century Literary Theory The third Earl of Shaftesbury had generally been known as the forerunner of the Moral Sense school of philosophers in the eighteenth century. Surprisingly little attention had been paid to his importance for literature and yet undoubtedly this had been very great. Originally published in 1951 this study gives an account of Shaftesbury’s aesthetic and literary theory; his discussion of the imagination ridicule the aesthetic judgment and the sublime; and his anticipation of later writers such as Burke Coleridge and Kant. It also considers Shaftesbury’s thought as part of the background of ideas in the Augustan period and his influence in such fields as literature architecture and landscape gardening. In addition the author assesses in more general terms Shaftesbury’s attempt to maintain a Platonic viewpoint that would be more congenial to poetry than Locke’s "new way of ideas". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367820121

The Third Histamine ReceptorSelective Ligands as Potential Therapeutic Agents in CNS Disorders Reveals an Emerging Avenue of Potential Treatments for a Host of Challenging Diseases and DisordersThe H3 receptor is known to play a major role in a range of CNS disorders including those affecting cognitive functions such as ADHD and Alzheimer’s disease as well as sleep disorders obesity epilepsy schizophrenia depression and neurodegeneration. In light of dramatic advances in research at the molecular level supported by impressive clinical studies optimism remains high that an H3 receptor-related drug could hit the market soon. The Third Histamine Receptor: Selective Ligands as Potential Therapeutic Agents in CNS Disorders provides a thorough grounding in advances made over the last two decades. It brings together an elite group of 30 pioneering researchers. In writing about their own work these scientists report on the cutting-edge investigations that are now being conducted across a variety of disciplines. This text is designed to aid researchers and inform those involved in the treatment and clinical aspects of a number of histamine-related diseases.Presents Several Disease-Specific ChaptersCertainly the most comprehensive and cutting-edge volume in the field this text includes material drawn from groundbreaking research techniques and patent literature. Put together with great thought and passion it is written to serve as a primary resource for anyone involved with or interested in the identification and localization of H3 receptors and the ligands being developed as therapeutic agents to treat a wide range of diseases including some that were once considered intractable. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452513

The Third Indochina Conflict The Third Indochina Conflict (1975-) is seen by some as the escalation of a local quarrel between Vietnam and Kampuchea; others attribute it to the attempts of external powers to advance their own interests by encouraging conflict among the various Indochinese states; most agree that it is a logical--but not inevitable--consequence of the First (1946-54) and Second (1959-75) Indochinese conflicts. The contributors to this book analyze the origins and development of the Third Indochinese Conflict and the problems posed by the complex issues involved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296551

The Third JobEmployed Couples' Management of Household Work Contradictions Published in 1998. This text focuses on "three-job" (two paid and one unpaid housework job) families. It investigates the way in which partners experience and handle the contradictions in the daily running of the household - contradictions which result from the conflicting features within and between society and the family. An equal division of household labour remains at the heart of these contradictions as women take on the responsibility of running the family home in addition to paid employment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138367012

The Third LensMulti-ontology Sense-making and Strategic Decision-making Advancing new sense-making tools for organizational strategy this book demonstrates how to deal with asymmetric threats and opportunities. It employs participatory methods and multiple sector strategies to shift strategic thinking into considering disorder complexity and chaos. The contributors examine whether the 'third lens' or ontology of a project (its nature work and strategic landscape) should influence the two other 'lenses' (our epistemological and methodological choices) that create an understanding of the world we live in. The book also considers the importance of time in particular spatio-temporal relations that serve as reflection points for sense-making and strategic decision-making both with respect to the situation in which they take place and as conceptual vehicles for managing multiple times and realities. Written for 21st century strategists this volume will benefit people and organizations who struggle daily with multiple co-existing ontological epistemological and methodological discourses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262614

The Third LieWhy Government Programs Don't Work—and a Blueprint for Change “I am from the government and I am here to help you” is one of the three biggest lies or so the old joke goes. Richard J. Gelles dean of social policy at University of Pennsylvania explains why government programs designed to cure social ills don’t work in sector after sector…and never could work. He demonstrates how each creates its own bureaucracy to monitor participation in the program an entrenched administrative apparatus whose needs supersede those for whom the program was designed. Against this he contrasts universal programs such as the GI Bill Social Security and Medicare the most successful sustained government programs ever established. Gelles’s provocative controversial proposal for a universal entitlement to replace a raft of lumbering social programs should be read by all in social services policy studies and government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611320510

The Third Oil Shock (Routledge Revivals)The Effects of Lower Oil Prices First published in 1983 this book a number of collects the essays about the effects of a sustained period of low oil prices. The opening chapter describes how oil prices have impinged on other elements of the economy and assesses the costs and benefits in the short and long term of low prices. The following three chapters deal with different groups of countries and indicate clearly that for none of them do lower oil prices have unequivocally positive or negative effects — a situation examined in the chapter on the international financial system. The last three chapters analyse the shifts lower prices are likely to produce in relations among the groups closely involved in the oil market. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138669680

The Third Reich The Third Reich is a succinct comprehensive examination of the major debates surrounding this crucial period in modern German history. The character and operation of the Nazi state and of its global consequences have been discussed and disputed since 1933. David G. Williamson’s Seminar Studies text now in its fifth edition provides students with a lucid introduction to the Third Reich and highlights the relevant research scholarship and controversies. The new edition has been expanded to give increased coverage to such topics as: ethnic cleansing in Poland and Russia the role of the Wehrmacht the Holocaust attitudes of ordinary Germans to the Third Reich the German opposition Nazi foreign policy and the German economy. Accompanied by a wide range of primary sources a timeline maps and a glossary The Third Reich remains the best available introduction to this short-lived but enormously impactful period in world history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138243552

The Third Reich and the Arab East This book first published in English in 1966 is a comprehensive guide to and analysis of the Third Reich’s policy towards the Arab world. Based on German archive material the records of the Nuremburg trials published collections of American British French German and Italian documents and on European and Arabian diaries and memoirs it provides an essential reading of the history of the region at a key point in time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138221901

The Third Reich and the Palestine Question In order to ensure its racial ideological and strategic interests the Hitler regime actively supported the status quo in Palestine and the Middle East during the interwar period. This included the perpetuation of British imperial power in Palestine the Jewish National Home (not an independent Jewish state) promised by the Balfour Declaration and the rejection of Arab self-determination and independence.The Third Reich and the Palestine Questionis the first comprehensive study of German Palestine policy during the 1930s. Francis R. Nicosia places that policy within the context of historical German interests and aims in Palestine the Middle East and Europe from the Wilhelminian era through the Weimar period and the Third Reich. He also provides insight into the broader foreign policy aims and calculations of the Nazi regime throughout the Arab Middle East before World War II.In a new introduction Nicosia places his ground-breaking research in its proper historical perspective. He reviews some of the recent literature on the history of Nazi Germany and the Holocaust. He also discusses some of the archival materials that have recently become available in the former German Democratic Republic and Soviet Union. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539112

The Third ReichCharisma and Community The twelve years of the Third Reich casts a dark shadow over history. Fierce debates still rage over many of the hows whys and wherefores of this perplexing period.Leading expert on German history Martin Kitchen provides a concise accessible and provocative account of Nazi Germany.  It takes into account the political social economic and cultural ramifications and sets it within the context of the times while pointing out those areas that still defy our understanding.This lively account addresses major issues such as the reasons for Hitler’s extraordinary popularity his hold over the German people even when all seemed lost the role of ideology the cooption of the elites and the descent into war for race and space culminating in the horrors of the holocaust. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836952

The Third Reign of Louis XIV c.1682-1715 The personal rule of Louis XIV following on from a long period of royal minority and apprenticeship lasted 54 years from 1661 to 1715. But the second half of this personal rule has until recently received significantly less scholarly attention than the 1660s and 1670s. This has obscured some of the very real changes and developments that occurred between the early 1680s and the mid-1690s by which time a new generation of younger royals had come to prominence France was engulfed in international war on a greater scale than ever before and the king was visibly no longer as vigorous or healthy as he had once been. The essays in this volume take a close look at the way a new set of political social cultural and economic dispensations emerged from the mid-1680s to create a different France in the final decades of Louis XIV’s reign even though the basic ideological social and economic underpinnings of the country remained very largely the same. The contributions examine such varied matters as the structure and practices of government naval power the financial operations of the state trade and commerce social pressures overseas expansion religious dissent music literature and the fine arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367264109

The Third Republic in France 1870-1940Conflicts and Continuities An essential introduction to the major political problems debates and conflicts which are central to the history of the Third Republic in France from the Franco-Prussian War of 1870-71 to the fall of France in June 1940.It provides original sources detailed commentary and helpful chronologies and bibliographies on topics including:* the emergence of the regime and the Paris Commune of 1871* Franco-German relations* anti-Semitism and the Dreyfus Affair* the role of women and the importance of the national birth-rate* the character of the French Right and of French fascism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173453

The Third Republic in France 1870-1940Conflicts and Continuities An essential introduction to the major political problems debates and conflicts which are central to the history of the Third Republic in France from the Franco-Prussian War of 1870-71 to the fall of France in June 1940.It provides original sources detailed commentary and helpful chronologies and bibliographies on topics including:* the emergence of the regime and the Paris Commune of 1871* Franco-German relations* anti-Semitism and the Dreyfus Affair* the role of women and the importance of the national birth-rate* the character of the French Right and of French fascism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757225

The Third Sector in EuropeProspects and challenges The role of the Third Sector within European society is an extremely topical subject as both governments and the EU continue to consider the role these organizations can play in providing essential public services. This book presents contemporary research into this emerging area exploring the contribution of this important sector to European society as well as the key challenges that the sector and its components organizations face in making this contribution. This volume brings together for the first time a range of challenging perspectives upon the role and import of the Third Sector for European society from a variety of disciplines – including economics sociology political science management and public policy. Areas covered include the Third Sector civil society and democracy relationships with government its impact on social and public policy the growth of social enterprise and of hybrid organizations as key elements of the sector and the future challenges for the sector in Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415620338

The Third Space and Chinese Language PedagogyNegotiating Intentions and Expectations in Another Culture The Third Space and Chinese Language Pedagogy presents the Third Space as a new frame through which foreign language pedagogy is conceptualized as a pedagogy of negotiating intentions and expectations in another culture. The field of Chinese as a foreign language (CFL) in the past decades has been expanding rapidly at the beginning and intermediate levels yet it is lacking in scholarship on the true advanced level both in theory building and research-supported curriculum and material development. This book argues that it is time for CFL to go beyond merely satisfying the desire of gazing at the other whether it is curiosity about the other or superiority over the other to focusing on learning to work with the other. It reimagines the field as co-constructing a transcultural Third Space where learners are becoming experts in negotiating intentions and expectations in another culture. It presents a range of research-based CFL pedagogical scholarship and practices especially relevant to the advanced level and to the goal of enabling learners to go past fans or critics to become actors/players in the game of cross-lingual and intercultural cooperation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367364281

The Third WayThe Promise of Industrial Democracy In this book first published in 1988 the author shows that the movement for industrial democracy has deep roots in British history and looks at the economic and political potential of industrial democracy as a mechanism to halt 100 years of industrial decline. The author advocates the general adoption of the industrial co-operative form of organisation on two grounds: it provides for authentic industrial democracy and it maximises commitment to industrial regeneration. Lucid and jargon-free The Third Way explores the options for economic and institutional change in a mature industrial economy. This title will be of interest to students of business studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138288386

The Third WittgensteinThe Post-Investigations Works This anthology establishes the existence of a distinct and important post-Investigations Wittgenstein uncovering the overlooked treasures of the final corpus and crystallising key perceptions of what his last thought was achieving. Speaking of a 'third Wittgenstein' this book seeks to correct the traditional bipartite conception of Wittgenstein's thought into his Tractatus and Philosophical Investigations by focusing on his neglected last masterpiece On Certainty and works contemporaneous with it: Remarks on Colour Last Writings in the Philosophy of Psychology and Remarks on the Philosophy of Psychology.  Leading international Wittgenstein scholars reveal why On Certainty should be recognised as one of Wittgenstein's three great works. This sustained examination shows that the third Wittgenstein breaks new ground with insights unprecedented in both his own work and philosophy more broadly giving us keys to the solution and dissolution of problems that have plagued philosophy since Descartes such as philosophical scepticism and the mind-body problem. Wittgenstein's ultimate and revised positions with regard to epistemology foundationalism 'grammar' naturalism the psychology of language and psychological indeterminacy are clearly delineated. This book also provides new and illuminating accounts of difficult concepts such as patterns of life experiencing meaning meaning blindness lying and pretence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257412

The Third World And U.s. Foreign PolicyCooperation And Conflict In The 1980s The quest for a viable policy toward the Third World will be a dominant theme in U.S. foreign policy throughout this decade. But before any judgments can be made about the range of choices for U.S. policymakers it is necessary to understand the pressures that are likely to confront developing nations during the 1980s as well as the efforts of these nations as a group to extract greater resources and attention from the international system. This book considers policy responses that have been and are likely to be implemented by developing nations as they face increasing pressures in the areas of food energy trade and debt – the main areas of interaction within the international system. The author also presents an analysis of how the North-South Dialogue functions and why it has produced so few genuine settlements providing an additional perspective on whether the pressures on the developing countries might be diminished by successful global negotiations. The conclusions reached by examining policy responses and the Dialogue itself provide the basis for a number of specific policy prescriptions. They also help to establish a framework within which U.S. policy initiatives toward the Third World must be formed. The two concluding chapters discuss these policy choices in detail carefully analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of persisting in present policies attempting a genuine global restructuring choosing to concentrate attention on a few "new influentials" in the Third World and trying to construct a new approach out of selected elements of the other policy approaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296575

The Third World in Soviet Military Thought First published in 1982 this study traces the development of Soviet military thinking on the Third World and assesses its importance for the conduct of Soviet foreign policy. Changes in Soviet military thought often reflect changes in Soviet attitudes towards and expectations from involvement in Third World conflicts. This work from Dr. Katz meditates upon the changing role of the USSR in post-war Third World conflicts with particular emphasis upon the Brezhnev era and the way in which US setbacks in the Third World impacted upon Soviet foreign policy and changing attitudes to the Third World. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853088

The Thiri RamaFinding Ramayana in Myanmar The Thiri Rama – or the Great Rama – was written for court performance and is the only known illustrated version of the Ramayana story in Myanmar. Based on palm-leaf manuscripts and scenes carved on over 300 sandstone plaques at a mid-nineteenth-century Buddhist pagoda west of Mandalay in Myanmar this book presents an original translation of the Thiri Rama rendered in prose.The volume also includes essays on the history and tradition of the Ramayana in Myanmar as well as the cultural context in which the play was performed. It contains many helpful resources incorporating a glossary and a list of characters and their corresponding personae in Valmiki’s Ramayana.With over 250 fascinating visuals and core text contributions by distinguished Burmese scholars U Thaw Kaung Tin Maung Kyi and U Aung Thwin this book will greatly interest scholars and researchers of South and Southeast Asian culture literary forms epics art and art history theatre and performance studies religion especially those concerned with Hinduism as well as folklorists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367885656

The Thirty Years War The period 1618-1648 was one of the most complex in European history. Religion interacted with rebellion and dynastic rivalry in a series of conflicts in central Europe known collectively as the Thirty Years War. This book guides the reader through the period by surveying the narrative of events and establishing the essential chronological framework. In addition Stephen Lee looks at such key issues as the motives of the participants their gains and losses as well as at the religious military social and economic aspects of the War. Each section in the book incorporates the most recent research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315002804

The Thorax ---Part BApplied Physiology (In Three Parts) This timely Second Edition of a landmark reference furnishes in-depth examinations of the latest developments in the physiology pathophysiology and clinical relevance of the respiratory muscles and chest wall-reflecting the explosion of information that has occurred since the publication of the previous edition. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448943

The Thought of Bernard StieglerCapitalism Technology and the Politics of Spirit This book provides a comprehensive account of the work of Bernard Stiegler one of the most influential living social and political philosophers of the twenty-first century. Focusing on Stiegler’s thought on hyperindustrial society and the development of technological systems through which the social economic and political life of human beings has been transformed the author examines Stiegler’s claim that the human species is ‘originally technological’ and that to understand the evolution of human society we must first understand the interface between human beings and technology. A study of the reciprocal development of technical instruments and human faculties that offers a chapter-by-chapter account of how this relationship is played out in the digital informatic and biotechnological programmes of hyperindustrial society The Thought of Bernard Stiegler develops Stiegler’s idea of technology as a pharmakon: a network of systems that provoke both existential despair and unprecedented modes of aesthetic literary and philosophical creativity that can potentially revitalize the political culture of human beings. As such it will appeal to social and political theorists and philosophers concerned with our postmodern inheritance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367193027

The Thoughtful Teacher's Guide To Thinking Skills From the vantage of new cognitive theory this book manages to integrate the thinking skill mission across the full range of formal instruction from K through graduate school. It explores and prioritizes thinking skill aims at each instructional level and then details how classroom practice can adjust to achieve those aims. This guide leads to solid ground perspective and technique for the individual teacher at any level who wants to enhance thinking skill development. It will prove indispensable to those planning curriculum with a thinking skill emphasis. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315807973

The Thousand and One Borders of IranTravel and Identity A country marked by controversy Iran’s social cultural and political dynamics are too often reduced to a few misleading clichés. Islamism is widely considered to shape all social relations in Iranian society and while Iranian society is indeed Islamic this term’s multiple meanings in everyday life and practices go far beyond the naïve and monolithic idea we are used to. The Thousand and One Borders of Iran analyses travel as a social practice exploring how diasporas margins and so-called peripheries are central in the construction of a national identity and thus revealing the complexities of Iranian history and society. Written by a leading anthropologist it draws upon fieldwork carried out in Iran and Iranian migrant communities across Dubai Tokyo and Los Angeles from 1998 to 2015. While casting new perspectives on the place of transnational relations in an increasingly globalized world this work also sheds new light on the evolution of Iranian society countering the explanation furnished by nationalist ideology that has been reproduced by the Islamic Republic itself. Its unique approach to the analysis of Iranian society through the theme of travel and borders considers the links and even the quarrels between the centre of Iranian society and the periphery and the foreign elements that have contributed to society’s development. Travel is key to these interactions and following the travels of merchants and workers students or the faithful elected officials and experts or exiles and refugees this book offers an anthropological study of travel that re-thinks Iranian history and national identity. This book would be of interest to students and scholars of Iranian Studies Middle Eastern Studies and Anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869175

The Threat Of TerrorismCombating Political Violence In Europe This book is concerned with terrorism in West European liberal democratic states and with the way in which they react as a group in the European Community to international terrorism. It interprets terrorism as a means of attempting to effect political change by the indiscriminate use of violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296599

The Threatening DesertControlling desertification Lands lost to desert may effectively be lost for ever so desertification is humanity's most obvious despoliation to the planet. It is certainly one of the most serious environmental problems facing the world today. In this book the author describes what is happening and where. Although the problem is greatest in developing countries it is by no means confined to them. Australia Africa the USA and India are all affected. In the 1970s an international Plan of Action was drawn up to bring the phenomenon under control but it was never implemented. Now that the situation is more serious than ever before this book urges new action and describes many of the myriad ways in which it is possible to arrest the progress of desertification. It describes too not just the failures but the considerable successes that have been achieved. Originally published in 1990 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138928862

The Three EstatesA Pleasant Satire in Commendation of Virtue and in Vituperation of Vice This is the first ever English translation of Sir David Lindsay’s masterpiece of 16th-century Scottish political theatre Ane Pleasant Satyre of the Thrie Estaitis in Commendatioun of Vertew and Vituperatioune of Vyce. The work’s importance lies in its status as a well-known piece of national literature and as a historical document of interest to historians of Scottish and European court politics.The verse translation available here is of over 3 000 lines in an edition which combines a historical and critical introduction with the possibilities of modern performance. Besides issues of text and translation the introduction examines the background of Scotland in 1552 the author and his audience the play’s performance history and its position as a Renaissance text. A work on a grand scale with a cast of over 40 the play confronts and resolves the ill-counselled misrule of young King Humanity through the intervention not only of King Correction and of learned contemporaries but also through the fearless condemnations of the Poor Man and the political resolution of John The Common Weal. Its conclusions are humanly centred popularly representative and yet strikingly realistic. They and their manner of expression make an ideal object for the study of a society poised between the pluralism of the Renaissance and the rigour of the Reformation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236803

The Three Levels of Sustainability This book aims to provide the missing link in current debates around sustainability. The role of business governments NGOS and multilateral institutions are widely covered and many books discuss their possible actions strategies and roles. But all of these organizations are made up of individuals. And it is individuals who will need to steer society and organizations toward a more just and equitable world.The book takes a holistic approach to sustainable development. The authors argue that this approach starts and ends with the human being. They believe that the personal dimension of sustainable development has been neglected and that it is clear that sustainable societies cannot be achieved without committed individuals who are convinced of the need to be part of the sustainability project.The authors frame their ideas around the Three Levels of Sustainability (TLS) framework which they argue addresses at least some of the weaknesses inherent in a fragmented approach to sustainability. Their approach encompasses societal organizational and individual levels; and by looking through the lens of how sustainability has evolved provides a roadmap for producing the kind of leaders necessary for sustainable development in all of its dimensions – people planet and profit. The focus on how the individual can contribute to these three dimensions is unique.To arrive at this multi-level and multi-dimensional framework the book introduces and analyzes theories from sustainable development corporate social responsibility and personal leadership and systemically looks for linkages between them that are useful for sustainability.This framework is placed firmly in its historical context. The authors are highly literate about the development and interpretations of sustainability and bring us to their current position via informed discussions on the history of economics business-and-environment social development the corporation and the profit principle CSR and measurement and reporting.The book has been designed as both a text for students as well as those already in management and leadership positions in the private public or non-profit sectors and will also prove invaluable to those wishing to familiarize themselves with sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781906093686

The Three Literary LettersDionysius of Halicarnassus Published in 1987: In this volume the author presents the Three Literary Letters of Dionysius of Halicarnassus. The works of Dionysius are regarded particularly for their value as histories and works of rhetoric. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367194772

The Three MUs Poster The poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. As well we offer a set of poster hangers and rails for each poster. This option allows the trainer / facilitator to display the visual tool without damaging the poster. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363850

The Three RomesMoscow Constantinople and Rome Moscow Constantinople (now Istanbul) and Rome itself are vitally alive in the present and are magnets for tourists. Also going back a long way each lives in history. These cities have their points in common each wanting to rule the world and establish Rome of the Caesars Constantinople of the Emperors and Moscow of the Tsars were also the Rome of St. Peter the Constantinople of the Patriarchs and the Moscow of the Orthodox Metropolitans. These were cities on earth that aspired to heaven kingdoms that succeeded each other as standard-bearers of Christianity from the fourth century on. Indeed the Russian monk declared to the Tsar: "Two Romes have fallen but the third stands and a fourth shall never besh the kingdom of heaven on earth. People recognizing this link them together as the Three Romes. These cities differ though in their understanding of man's nature and business. The Three Romes are three places and also states of mind. Now with a new introduction which describes the contemporary significance to these cities this book will be assessable to the modern reader at all levels.This fascinating book weaves the past and present in a narrative that is sometimes harrowing always vivid and even at times amusing. Russell Fraser shows the reader each city as he himself saw it. He shuttles easily between today and yesterday between today's Central Committee and Ivan the Great between Turkish Istanbul and the golden Constantinople of Justinian between today's Roman politics and the splendid Caesars. Great historical events intellectual concerns and artistic riches define the three Romes. Fraser goes beyond the facades images and myths to lay bare the three great psychologies still vying for the mind of man. The Three Romes is an utterly original book a celebration of the past and an urbane guide to the present. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539129

The Three Voyages of Martin Frobisher in search of a Passage to Cathaia and India by the North-West A.D. 1576-8Reprinted from the First Ed In addition to the main text this also has Edward Sellman's account of the third voyage and a list of artefacts from Frobisher encampments etc found by C. F. Hall and deposited with the Royal Geographical Society. The additional documents relate to numerous aspects of the financing and fitting out of the expedition. According to the British Museum date stamp despite the stated publication date actual publication did not occur until 1869. The supplementary material includes the 1867 annual report. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1867. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315552224

The Three Voyages of Vasco da Gama and his Viceroyalty from the Lendas da India of Gaspar CorreaAccompanied by Original Documents Translated from the Portuguese with Notes and an Introduction. The additional documents mainly letters and reports to the king of Portugal are in Portuguese. The supplementary material consists of the 1869 annual report. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1869. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315552217

The Three Voyages of William Barents to the Arctic Regions 1594 1595 and 1596 by Gerrit de Veer A revised edition of the First Edition Edited by Charles T. Beke Phil.D. F.S.A. (First Series 13 1853) with a new introduction. With a 'Postscript' of five unnumbered pages at the beginning of the text. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1876. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315552200

The Threshold of the Visible World In The Threshold of the Visible World Kaja Silverman advances a revolutionary new political aesthetic exploring the possibilities for looking beyond the restrictive mandates of the self and the normative aspects of the cultural image-repertoire. She provides a detailed account of the social and psychic forces which constrain us to look and identify in normative ways and the violence which that normativity implies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315811581

The Thriller and Northern Ireland since 1969Utterly Resigned Terror For the past 30 years the so-called 'Troubles' thriller has been the dominant fictional mode for representing Northern Ireland leading to the charge that the crudity of this popular genre appropriately reflects the social degradation of the North. Aaron Kelly challenges both these judgments showing that the historical questions raised by setting a thriller in Northern Ireland disrupt the conventions of the crime novel and allow for a new understanding of both the genre and the country. Two essays on crime fiction by Walter Benjamin and Berthold Brecht appear here for the first time in English translation. By demonstrating the relevance of these theorists as well as other key European thinkers such as Antonio Gramsci Louis Althusser and Slavoj Zizek to his interdisciplinary study of Irish culture and the crime novel Kelly refutes the idea that Northern Ireland is a stagnate anomaly that has been bypassed by European history and remained impervious to cultural transformation. On the contrary Kelly's examination of authors such as Jack Higgins Tom Clancy Gerald Seymour Colin Bateman and Eoin McNamee shows that profound historical change and complexity have characterized both Northern Ireland and the thriller form. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383623

The Thriving ArtistSaving and Investing for Performers Artists and the Stage & Film Industries The old cliché about the "starving" artist may have a basis in reality but it isn’t set in stone! The Thriving Artist provides valuable advice for the performing artist whether you’re an actor dancer lighting guru costumer or stagehand on investing saving and building a diversified and stable financial portfolio. Written specifically for artists who have fluctuating uncertain and sometimes limited streams of income this book promotes an understanding of finances and the investment world for the artist by offering clear basic explanations of how finances work and instruction on how to participate in them as an investor. It also provides unique strategies for integrating financial awareness and planning into your life as an artist and how that can help to provide a better sense of financial security. With The Thriving Artist author David Maurice Sharp guides you with unflappable good humor through the tricky financial waters that come with following your passion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138809178

The Thymus in Health and SenescenceVolume 2 Aging and Endocrinology First published in 1989: This text was written to provide a relatively broad comprehensive study of the thymus in health and disease including relationships to the endocrine system immue system and again. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367262891

The Tibetan Independence MovementPolitical Religious and Gandhian Perspectives Tibet has been occupied for over fifty years yet no progress has been made in solving the Tibetan problem. The first serious analysis of the Tibetan independence movement this book is also the first to view the struggle from a comparative perspective making an overt comparison with the Indian independence movement. It rectifies the problem that the Tibetan independence movement is not taken seriously from a political perspective. The book is particularly concerned with the relationship between Buddhism and Tibetan politics and resistance comparing this with the relationship between Hinduism and Gandhian political thought. It also expands on the limited literature concerning violent resistance in Tibet examining guerilla warfare and the hunger strike undertaken by the Tibetan Youth Congress in 1998 rejecting the 'Shangri-la-ist' approach to Tibetan resistance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862647

The Ties of Later Life Helps you recognise the continuity that runs across the generations from grandparents to grandchildren. This work provides a clear perspective on the actual experiences of the lives of our family and friends. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415785365

The Ties That Bind (Routledge Revivals)Law Marriage and the Reproduction of Patriarchal Relations First published in 1984 this book made an important and timely contribution to the development of the idea that the law is a major source of women’s oppression. Based on research of the theory and practice of family law it examines the way in which private law operates to sustain reproduce and reinforce the dependence of women in the most private of spheres namely marriage. The author focuses on the point of break down or divorce where the economic vulnerability of women caused by marriage and the sexual division of labour is most clearly expressed. She points to the way in which the law while mitigating the worst excesses of men’s power over women in marriage has consistently failed to tackle the economic structure of marriage and women’s fundamental material vulnerability inside the family. She confronts various myths on divorce legislation in Britain and discusses alternative feminist proposals for tackling the problems caused by women’s economic dependence in marriage. Although Smart writes in 1984 many of the issues she discusses retain their significance in today’s society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415644853

The Ties that BindEssays in Medieval British History in Honor of Barbara Hanawalt This collection of essays whose title echoes that of her most well-known book celebrates the career of Barbara A. Hanawalt emerita George III Professor of British Studies at The Ohio State University. The volume's contents -- ranging from politics to family histories from intimate portraits to extensive prosopographies -- are authored by both former students and career-long colleagues and friends and reflect the wide range of topics on which Professor Hanawalt has written as well as her varied methodological approaches and disciplinary interests. The essays also mirror the variety of sources Professor Hanawalt has utilized in her work: public documents of the law courts and chancery; private deeds charters and wills; works of both religious and secular literature. The collection not only illustrates and reinforces the influence of Barbara Hanawalt's work on modern-day medieval studies it is also a testament to her inspiring friendship and guidance during a career that has now spanned more than three decades. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315552194

The Ties that DivideHistory Honour and Territory in Sino-Japanese Relations This book explores the historical relationship between China and Japan and how this has exacerbated their dispute over the Senkaku/ Diaoyu Islands in the East China Sea. There are three paradoxes in the bilateral relationship – complex interdependence does not preclude the possibility of open conflict; cool-headed assessments are quickly being overtaken by nationalism and a proclivity for irrational behaviour and lastly both countries have invested so much resources in claiming the islands such that they have neglected the costs of conflict. These paradoxes in turn stem from two fundamental issues – differing interpretations of historical issues and the intractability of China and Japan’s positions on the island dispute. It is argued that a festering dispute over the islands – and even conflict – would undermine security in the Asia Pacific and disrupt trade in the world’s most economically vibrant market. Therefore it behoves China and Japan to work out mutually-acceptable arrangements not necessarily to make things better but at the least to keep relations from getting any worse. It would be proposed for example that Japan accept the objective reality that there is a dispute over the islands. Together with other measures such as a reduction of maritime activities around the islands would build the foundation for a long-term rapprochement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138885653

The Tiger's CaveTranslations of Japanese Zen Texts (Second Zen Reader) The Japanese texts translated here give a fascinating picture of actual Zen life – the life of the traditional temple training with many stories and a number of historical incidents connected with Zen masters. The main text is the important commentary by a contemporary Soto Zen abbot on the Heart Sutra – the shortest and most difficult sutra in Mahayana Buddhism. Then comes a translation of the Yasen Kanna a short autobiographical piece by Hakuin the Japanese Zen teacher monk and poet who revitalized Rinzai Zen in the eighteenth century. The remaining texts show what Zen means in Japan today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138659025

The Time of AnthropologyStudies of Contemporary Chronopolitics The Time of Anthropology provides a series of compelling anthropological case studies that explore the different temporalities at play in the scientific discourses governmental techniques and policy practices through which modern life is shaped. Together they constitute a novel analysis of contemporary chronopolitics. The contributions focus on state power citizenship and ecologies of time to reveal the scalar properties of chronopolitics as it shifts between everyday lived realities and the macro-institutional work of nation states. The collection charts important new directions for chronopolitical thinking in the future of anthropological research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350125827

The Time of CatastropheMultidisciplinary Approaches to the Age of Catastrophe If catastrophes are by definition exceptional events of such magnitude that worlds and lives are dramatically overturned the question of timing would pose a seemingly straightforward if not redundant question. The Time of Catastrophe demonstrates the analytic productiveness of this question arguing that there is much to be gained by interrogating the temporal conceits of conventional understandings of catastrophe and the catastrophic. Bringing together a distinguished interdisciplinary group of scholars the book develops a critical language for examining 'catastrophic time' recognizing the central importance of and offering a set of frameworks for examining the alluring and elusive qualities of catastrophe. Framed around the ideas of Agamben Kant and Benjamin and drawing on philosophy history law political science anthropology and the arts this volume seeks to demonstrate how the question of 'catastrophic time' is in fact a question about something much more than the frequency of disasters in our so-called 'Age of Catastrophe'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138384064

The Time Of The Gypsies Until 1989 it was official Communist policy in eastern Europe to absorb Gypsies into the ?ruling? working class. Since 1989 the Gypsies have become the scapegoat of postcommunism. More Gypsies have had their houses burned and have been killed in racist attacks in the first six postcommunist years than in all the time since World War II. Today the Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319014

The Times of TimeA Perspective on Time in Systemic Therapy and Consultation This is the most comprehensive study of the role of time in psychotherapy. It illustrates how time is experienced in different ways – individual time family time and social time – and how time can act as an invaluable metaphor in shaping clinical practice within a systemic approach  while maintaining connections with other approaches such as psychoanalysis and cognitive therapies. A seminal volume on this topic the book looks at issues such as the duration of therapy; the relevance of past present and future in therapy; and the balance of memory and oblivion. It also includes a discussion of how time is framed in other disciplines including sociology history and psychopathology whilst exploring the concept in practical terms through case vignettes and complete case histories including the transcripts of actual sessions. The reader is thus given a set of guidelines for dealing with time issues in therapy from a systemic perspective. Originally published in 1993 the book has been updated to create a dialogue with contemporary theoretical debates as well as social and technological changes. It will fascinate all psychotherapists particularly those interested in a systemic practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367226497

The Times Will Suit ThemPostmodern conservatism in Australia John Howard said The times will suit me ' and they did. For over a decade John Howard took advantage of international crises and local anxieties to not only stay in government but to radically reshape Australian public life.The Times Will Suit Them digs behind the headlines to explain the success of Howard's radical new conservatism. It shows how the Howard government and its small legion of culture warriors responded to deep changes engendered by two decades of economic reform by importing moral agendas from the US. The result was a brand of deeply postmodern' conservatism which undermined much that traditional conservatives hold dear.From Hansonism to children overboard to the Intervention in the Northern Territory and beyond The Times Will Suit Them offers a fresh and provocative analysis from two Young Turks. It is compelling reading for anyone seeking to understand the drivers in contemporary Australian politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003118220

The Timing of Income Recognition in Tax Law and the Time Value of Money Time itself creates advantages and disadvantages in the field of taxation. The timing of the recognition of income and expenses for tax purposes has two main implications: firstly for the timing of the collection of tax and secondly for the question of quantification i.e. how to ensure that the difference between the timing of the recognition of income or expenses as opposed to the respective dates on which the amounts are actually received or paid does not distort the determination of the amount of chargeable income. The time component is a weapon in the confrontation between the opposing motivations of the taxpayers and the tax authorities. In any given fiscal year taxpayers seek to present a minimal picture of their chargeable income by "deferring" the recognition of income or "advancing" the recognition of expenses. As opposed to this the tax authorities adopt the opposite strategy: maximizing taxable "profit" in any given year. This book critically examines the various approaches that have been adopted in the tax systems in the UK the US and Israel in relation to the timing of income recognition and expenses for tax purposes. It suggests an innovative tax model that identifies the advantages that arise to the taxpayer as a result of the differences between the timing of the recognition of income and expenses and the timing of the receipt of the revenue or the payment of a liability and taxes only that advantage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9780415631631

The Tio Kingdom of The Middle Congo1880-1892 Originally published in 1973 this book reconstructs the political and economic organization and the social life of the Tio kingdom at the end of the 19th century by means of a critical synthesis of documentary and ethnographic data. Based on a detailed study of rich docuemntary sources and fieldwork it analyses the persistent features of Tio social organization and political relations as well as the extensive economic changes associated with the development and later decline of caravan trading at Stanley Pool. It is fully illustrated with maps tables and diagrams. This book shows the importance for both anthropoligical theory and historical interpreation of obtaining comprehensive data on the state of a particular society at a given time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138599154

The Tip of the Tongue State This book brings together the body of empirical findings and theoretical interpretations of the tip of the tongue (TOT) experience – when a well-known or familiar word cannot immediately be recalled. Although research has been published on TOTs for over a century the experience retains its fascination for both cognitive and linguistic researchers. After a review of various research procedures used to study TOTs the book offers a summary of attempts to manipulate this rare cognitive experience through cue and prime procedures. Various aspects of the inaccessible target word are frequently available – such as first letter and syllable number – even in the absence of actual retrieval and the book explores the implications of these bits of target-word information for mechanisms for word storage and retrieval. It also examines: what characteristics of a word make it potentially more vulnerable to a TOT; why words related to the target word (called "interlopers") often come to mind; the recovery process when the momentarily-inaccessible word is recovered shortly after the TOT is first experienced; and efforts to evaluate individual differences in the likelihood to experience TOTs. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781841694443

The Tiv of Central NigeriaWestern Africa Part VIII Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series published between 1950 and 1977 brings together a wealth of previously un-co-ordinated material on the ethnic groupings and social conditions of African peoples. Concise critical and (for its time) accurate the Ethnographic Survey contains sections as follows: Physical Environment Linguistic Data Demography History & Traditions of Origin Nomenclature Grouping Cultural Features: Religion Witchcraft Birth Initiation Burial Social & Political Organization: Kinship Marriage Inheritance Slavery Land Tenure Warfare & Justice Economy & Trade Domestic Architecture Each of the 50 volumes will be available to buy individually and these are organized into regional sub-groups: East Central Africa North-Eastern Africa Southern Africa West Central Africa Western Africa and Central Africa Belgian Congo. The volumes are supplemented with maps available to view on routledge.com or available as a pdf from the publishers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138239500

The Tobacco ChallengeLegal Policy and Consumer Protection Addressing three central questions of legal policy this is an interesting and comprehensive analysis of the need to control and regulate tobacco consumption. The core issues of the book are litigation vs. regulation with a comparative analysis of the US and European approaches; the challenge to regulate tobacco as a lawful product within constitutional limits to promote the reduction of risks to health and the extent to which consumers should be entrusted with information to make their own informed choices. Suggesting dialogue and transparency in policy development this book covers advertising psychology ethics economics and health in addition to the central debate about the litigation and regulation of tobacco and the role of consumer protection law and private law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259218

The Tolerability of RiskA New Framework for Risk Management There is an increasing dissatisfaction about how risk is regulated leading to vivid debates about the use of 'risk assessment' and 'precaution'. As a result academics government officials and industry leaders are calling for new approaches and fresh ideas. This book provides a historical and topical perspective on the alternative concept of 'Tolerability of Risk' and its concrete regulatory applications. In the UK Tolerability of Risk has been developed into a sophisticated framework particularly within the health and safety sectors. It is expected to guide decision-makers when applying their legal obligation of keeping risks as low as practically reasonable. Could Tolerability of Risk become a wider source of inspiration across the full scope of risk analysis and management? Written by leading academics and risk practitioners from industry and government The Tolerability of Risk presents a summary of theoretical perspectives on risk approaches providing a detailed elicitation of the methods and approaches used to build the Tolerability of Risk framework and examining the prospect of universal application of that framework. From nuclear power to environmental pollution climate change and drug testing the Tolerability of Risk framework may offer a workable pragmatic solution for balancing risks against the costs involved in controlling them as well as developing the institutional capacity to make effective decisions in all jurisdictions worldwide. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773324

The Tombs of PompeiiOrganization Space and Society This book offers a comprehensive overview of the tombs of Pompeii and its immediate environs examining the funerary culture of the population delving into the importance of social class and self-representation and developing a broad understanding of Pompeii’s funerary epigraphy and business. The Pompeian corpus of evidence has heretofore been studied in a piecemeal fashion not conducive to assessing trends and practices. Here a holistic approach to the funerary monuments allows for the integration of data from five different necropoleis and analysis of greater accuracy and scope. Author Virginia Campbell demonstrates that the funerary practices of Pompeii are in some ways unique in to the population moving away from the traditional approach to burial based on generalizations and studies of typology. She shows that while some trends in Roman burial culture can be seen as universal each population time and place constructs its own approach to commemoration and display. Including an extensive catalogue of tomb data and images never before assembled or published this collective approach reveals new insights into ancient commemoration. The Tombs of Pompeii is the first English-language book on Pompeian funerary rituals. It’s also the first in any language to provide a complete survey of the tombs of Pompeii and the first to situate Pompeian differences within a wider Roman burial context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871048

The Tombs of the Middle Bronze Age II Period From the ‘500’ Cemetery at Tell Fara (South) Analysis of the finds from an important Middle Bronze Age cemetery in southern Israel excavated in 1928/1929 by Flinders Petrie. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138404625

The Tomcat ChroniclesErotic Adventures of a Gay Liberation Pioneer An uncensored road trip through gay American life in the early sixties!Jack Nichols is now known as a founding father of the gay and lesbian liberation movement editor of GAY (the first gay weekly newspaper) co-founder of the Mattachine Societies of Washington DC and Florida and a warrior who broke ground for gay equality. In his early twenties however he was dedicated to romance ardor and wanderlust-living the life of a gypsy and making love with abandon. "MORE EXCITING THAN THE WILDEST FICTION. . . . Jack takes his reader on the road with him (Jack often hitchhiking in only T-shirt and jeans) where he encounters beds down (and sometimes hustles) dozens of attractive 'numbers' who come his way."- Donn Teal Author of The Gay Militants: 1971 & 1994"This might be called Jack Nichols' version of Kerouac's beat classic On the Road. With a variety of companions and with little money in his pocket in the early 60s he drove hitchhiked rode buses and even walked for a couple of long stretches from Washington DC to New York and then through West Virginia Pennsylvania Ohio Michigan and Illinois. He recalls in considerable detail a variety of individuals with whom he had erotic encounters. The title The Tomcat Chronicles is fully descriptive."- Vern L. Bullough PhD RN Editor of Before Stonewall: Activists for Gay and Lesbian Rights in Historical Context"Jack Nichols the gay liberation pioneer has been a lifelong friend who helped to illuminate my concept of homophobia. Oscar Wilde believed one's life should be a work of art. Jack's life which has always combined courage social awareness and sexual passion is certainly such a work."- George Weinberg PhD Author of Society and the Healthy Homosexual and 13 other books (the psychotherapist credited with coining the term homophobia)"THE VIVID DETAIL AND GRACEFUL PROSE THAT CHARACTERIZE THE WRITING OF JACK NICHOLS open a window into a time long before gay men appeared weekly on tv or before anti-sodomy laws had been banned."- Rodger Streitmatter PhD Author of Unspeakable: The Rise of the Gay and Lesbian Press in America"The Tomcat Chronicles is a gay pioneer's version of City of Night."- James T. Sears PhD Author of Rebels Rubyfruit and Rhinestones: Queering Space in the Stonewall South; Editor of the Journal of Gay & Lesbian Issues in Education (from the Foreword) Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203057292

The Tomlinson Papers Robert Tomlinson was a protégé and loyal supporter of Sir Edward (later Lord) Hawke. He provided the parliamentary opposition with evidence with which to defend Hawke’s reputation as First Lord after he retired in 1771 and to attack Lord Sandwich. The first part of the volume contains a selection from the correspondence and papers of Lt Robert Tomlinson between 1768 and 1796 together with his essays on naval manning and timber preservation. The second part contains selected papers and correspondence of Nicholas Tomlinson from 1783 to 1836. The third son of Robert Tomlinson he entered the Navy in 1772 and pursued a colourful career which nearly came to grief after he commissioned his own privateer. He was removed from the list of post captains in 1798 but his knowledge of the Baltic (he had served in the Russian navy) led to his participation in the attack on Copenhagen in 1801 following which his rank was restored. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780853540144

The Tone From the TopHow Behaviour Trumps Strategy Many companies have been criticised for weak business ethics including in some cases breaking the law. Numerous scandals have rocked industries as diverse as banking insurance oil supermarkets consumer goods pharmaceuticals and the media. But ethical lapses are not confined to business; few sectors of society can claim the moral high ground. This year like every other year new scandals and ethical breaches have hit the news. The Tone from the Top: How Behaviour Trumps Strategy will convince readers that leaders’ behaviour and the signals they send are more important than strategy. In an increasingly transparent world employee engagement is founded on trust - of their boss their department of their whole enterprise. Ian sets the scene via ’something’s not right’ then provides first hand evidence from interviews with the chairmen of a quarter of a trillion pounds of market capitalisation (FTSE200 companies). In offering a model for a much more systematic approach Ian shows that behaviour and signalling have a much greater influence on business performance and ethics than simply communicating a strategy. This book helps readers understand how boards provide ethical leadership; how boards monitor the tone they are setting; and how non-executive directors can check that their company has a good ethical compass. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367738280

The Tone of TeachingThe Language of Pedagogy In the revised and updated second edition of The Tone of Teaching bestselling author Max van Manen defines sound pedagogy as the ability to distinguish effectively between what is appropriate and what is less appropriate in our communications and dealings with children and young people as parents and educators. The author: -Shows how tactful educators develop a caring attentiveness to the unique; to the uniqueness of children and to the uniqueness of their individual lives-Describes how this "tone" of teaching can be sustained by the cultivation of a certain kind of seeing listening and responding to each child in each particular situation-Offers practical insights for both educators and parents Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138463820

The Toolbox Dialogue InitiativeThe Power of Cross-Disciplinary Practice Cross-disciplinary scientific collaboration is emerging as standard operating procedure for many scholarly research enterprises. And yet the skill set needed for effective collaboration is neither taught nor mentored. The goal of the Toolbox Dialogue Initiative is to facilitate cross-disciplinary collaboration. This book inspired by this initiative presents dialogue-based methods designed to increase mutual understanding among collaborators so as to enhance the quality and productivity of cross-disciplinary collaboration. It provides a theoretical context principal activities and evidence for effectiveness that will assist readers in honing their collaborative skills. Key Features Introduces the Toolbox Dialogue method for improving cross-disciplinary collaboration Reviews the theoretical background of cross-disciplinary collaboration and considers the communication and integration challenges associated with such collaboration Presents methods employed in workshop development and implementation Uses various means to examine the effectiveness of team-building exercises Related Titles Fam D. J. Palmer C. Riedy and C. Mitchell. Transdisciplinary Research and Practice for Sustainability Outcomes (ISBN: 978-1-138-62573-0) Holland D. Integrating Knowledge through Interdisciplinary Research: Problems of Theory and Practice (ISBN: 978-1-138-91941-9) Padmanabhan M. Transdisciplinary Research and Sustainability: Collaboration Innovation and Transformation (ISBN: 978-1-138-21640-2) Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138341685

The Top 50 Sustainability Books This unique title draws together in one volume some of the best thinking to date on the pressing social and environmental challenges we face as a society. These are the Top 50 Sustainability Books as voted for by the University of Cambridge Programme for Sustainability Leadership's alumni network of over 3 000 senior leaders from around the world. In addition to profiles of all 50 titles many of the authors share their most recent reflections on the state of the world and the ongoing attempts by business government and civil society to create a more sustainable future.  Many of these authors have become household names in the environmental social and economic justice movements – from Rachel Carson Ralph Nader and E.F. Schumacher to Vandana Shiva Muhammad Yunus and Al Gore. Others such as Aldo Leopold Thomas Berry and Manfred Max-Neef are relatively undiscovered gems whose work should be much more widely known.  By featuring these and other seminal thinkers The Top 50 Sustainability Books distils a remarkable collective intelligence – one that provides devastating evidence of the problems we face as a global society yet also inspiring examples of innovative solutions; it explores our deepest fears and our highest hopes for the future. It is a must-read for anyone who wants to tap into the wisdom of our age. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351279086

The Topic of Cancer This book focuses on our emotional responses to cancer by offering a range of perspectives: psychoanalytic medical spiritual and religious as well as literary. Once suppressed akin to a taboo the topic of cancer is now very much in the public consciousness. The prevalence of the disease and well-publicised medical advances in its treatment demand it. Topic of Cancer begins with Freud's cancer widely known of but rarely understood in its historic and analytic context. Psychotherapeutic reflections are then offered on our understanding of the adult and adolescent with cancer and the challenges of sustaining a thoughtful presence in the face of the trauma experienced when a child is diagnosed with cancer and during treatment. The dilemmas and challenges faced by today's psychotherapist with cancer are explored next and for the first time in cancer literature an account of the emotional demands on nurses involved in sensitive intimate care. With an increasing number of people living longer with cancer “survivorship” and palliative care are the focus of the chapters that follow.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491134

The Topological Transformation of Freud's Theory In this book the author presents his reading of psychoanalysis in the spirit of its founder Sigmund Freud and explores the transformations of Freud's work by his followers. The author notes that some of these followers trimmed it down even to exclude the death drive which was one of Freud's fundamental principles. Freud's theory has also been transformed by Lacan who in the mid-1950s embarked on a lifelong enterprise to recast it in a fruitful debate with the sciences and the humanities. Such a transformation brought by Lacan was (somewhat paradoxically) necessary to show the importance of Freud's findings for the understanding of subjectivity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782202578

The Tory Mind on Education1979-1994 This book discusses conservative education policies since 1979 by referring to beliefs values and attitudes. It relates ideology to policies and provides some background about the years before 1979 – definitions of Conservatism and descriptions of Tory beliefs and traditional Conservative views on education. The second part of the book provides a brief outline of the years between the 1944 Education Act and 1979. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138008519

The Tory WorldDeep History and the Tory Theme in British Foreign Policy 1679-2014 Political decisions are never taken in a vacuum but are shaped both by current events and historical context. In other words long-term developments and patterns in which the accumulated memory of what came earlier can greatly (and sometimes subconsciously) influence subsequent policy choices. Working forward from the later seventeenth century this book explores the ’deep history’ of the changing and competing understandings within the Tory party of the role Britain has aspired to play on a world stage. Conservatism has long been one of the major British political tendencies committed to the defence of established institutions with a strong sense of the ’national interest’ and embracing both ’liberal’ and ’authoritarian’ views of empire. The Tory party has moreover at several times been deeply divided if not convulsed by different perspectives on Britain’s international orientation and different positions on foreign and imperial policy. Underlying Tory beliefs upon which views of Britain’s global role were built were often not stated but assumed. As a result they tend to be obscured from historical view. This book seeks to recover and reconsider those beliefs and to understand how the Tory party has sought to navigate its way through the difficult pathways of foreign and imperial politics and why this determination outlasted Britain’s rapid decolonisation and was apparently remarkably little affected by it. With a supporting cast from Pitt to Disraeli Churchill to Thatcher the book provides a fascinating insight into the influence of history over politics. Moreover it argues that there has been an inherent politicisation of the concept of national interests such that strategic culture and foreign policy cannot be understood other than in terms of a historically distorted political debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138703612

The Total CISSP Exam Prep BookPractice Questions Answers and Test Taking Tips and Techniques Until now those preparing to take the Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) examination were not afforded the luxury of studying a single easy-to-use manual. Written by ten subject matter experts (SMEs) - all CISSPs - this test prep book allows CISSP candidates to test their current knowledge in each of the ten security domains that make up the Common Body of Knowledge (CBK) from which the CISSP examination is based on. The Total CISSP Exam Prep Book: Practice Questions Answers and Test Taking Tips and Techniques provides an outline of the subjects topics and sub-topics contained within each domain in the CBK and with it you can readily identify terms and concepts that you will need to know for the exam.The book starts with a review of each of the ten domains and provides 25 sample questions with answers and references for each. It discusses successful approaches for preparing for the exam based on experiences of those who have recently passed the exam. It then provides a complete 250-question practice exam with answers. Explanations are provided to clarify why the correct answers are correct and why the incorrect answers are incorrect. With a total of 500 sample questions The Total CISSP Exam Prep Book gives you a full flavor of what it will take to pass the exam. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138436909

The Touch Taboo in Psychotherapy and Everyday Life Touch has been a taboo in mainstream Western talking therapies since their inception. This book examines the effects on us of touch and of touch deprivation – what we feel when we are touched what it means to us and the fact that some individuals and cultures are more tactile than others. The author traces the development and perpetuation of the touch taboo puts forward counterarguments to it outlines criteria for the safe and effective use of touch in therapy and suggests ways of dismantling the touch taboo should we wish to do so. Through moving interviews with clients who have experienced life-changing benefits of physical contact at the hands of their therapists the place of touch in therapy practice is re-evaluated and the therapy profession urged to re-examine its attitudes towards this important therapeutic tool.             This book will be essential reading for therapists counsellors social workers educators health professionals and for any general reader interested in the crucial issue of touch in everyday life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367234058

The Touch-StoneOr Historical Critical Political Philosophical and Theological Essays on the Reigning Diversions of the Town... With a P Previoulsy published in 1970. This volume The Touch-Stone contains a selection of essays from author James Ralph on a selection of topics including Of Musick Of Poetry and Of Dancing. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429284878

The Tourism and Leisure IndustryShaping the Future Find out how the ways we live and work are changing the ways in which we play! As populations grow and urbanization increases social class income and ethnicity are influencing where and when people travel. The Tourism and Leisure Industry: Shaping the Future gives you the knowledge and skills you need to keep your business on top of this competitive field. An essential read for all leisure and tourism experts this book analyzes and explains demographics global supply and demand globalization intercultural behavior and mobility to help you forecast future consumer needs. This insightful book also predicts new markets and products to help you tailor your business to the tourism and leisure trends of the next generation. The Tourism and Leisure Industry: Shaping the Future evaluates traditional leisure time activities such as theme parks and sporting events as well as the fastest growing activities such as leisure-based wellness resorts. Find out what the populations of different countries are expecting from their free time in terms of temporal aspects benefits and location. Get up-to-date advice on information technology and see how it will be changing the way you do business. The Tourism and Leisure Industry: Shaping the Future focuses on a variety of factors impacting tourism today including: changes in social values intercultural technology races changed economic market conditions changing lifestyle trends population growth networked economies the growing market for senior travelers The Tourism and Leisure Industry: Shaping the Future is your contemporary guide to the next steps in the evolution of tourism and leisure. Filled with tables and figures to help you organize and understand the information it presents this book is easy to read yet suitable for any expert in the leisure field. With case studies research reports and extensive bibliographies it is a vital resource for destination managers consultants and teachers alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203049853

The Tourism Education Futures InitiativeActivating Change in Tourism Education The world faces many challenges and one of the most important is creating the leaders of tomorrow. The Tourism Education Futures Initiative (TEFI) represents the collective effort of a group of innovative thoughtful and committed scholars and industry leaders seeking to provide vision knowledge and a framework for tourism education programs that promote global citizenship and optimism for a better world. This book consolidates some of the work of the TEFI members as it seeks to be the leading forward-looking network that inspires informs and supports tourism educators and students to passionately and courageously transform the world for the better. It makes the case for why change is needed and how tourism educators can respond to that change with values-based tools and strategies. The book contains papers published in special TEFI issues of Journal of Teaching in Travel & Tourism (JTTT) which explore and question some of the most important theoretical conceptual and practical topics and its interdisciplinary perspectives. The book ends with ways to move forward so that tourism graduates make a real difference in the world and live lives of consequence. Tourism educators worldwide will find that this volume both provides tools to use in their teaching and also make their own critical shifts to prepare our students to be true destination stewards and responsible global citizens. This book is a collection of articles from the Journal of Teaching in Travel and Tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415721967

The Tourists Gaze The Cretans GlanceArchaeology and Tourism on a Greek Island As researchers bring their analytic skills to bear on contemporary archaeological tourism they find that it is as much about the present as the past. Philip Duke’s study of tourists gazing at the remains of Bronze Age Crete highlights this nexus between past and present between exotic and mundane. Using personal diaries ethnographic interviews site guidebooks and tourist brochures Duke helps us understand the impact that archaeological sites museums and the constructed past have on tourists’ view of their own culture how it legitimizes class inequality at home as well as on the island of Crete both Minoan and modern. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315416939

The Tower and the Abyss This book shows the various evolutionary forces which have converged from different directions to effect human disintegration. It discusses the evidences of disintegration in all fields of contemporary experience from social political and economic processes to those in learning art and poetry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539136

The Tower of London in English Renaissance DramaIcon of Opposition The Tower of London in English Renaissance Drama historicizes the Tower of London's evolving meanings in English culture alongside its representations in twenty-four English history plays 1579-c.1634 by William Shakespeare  Christopher Marlowe and others. While Elizabeth I James I and Charles I fashioned the Tower as a showplace of royal authority magnificence and entertainment  many playwrights of the time revealed the Tower's instability as a royal symbol and represented it instead as an emblem of opposition to the crown and as a bodily and spiritual icon of non-royal English identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415762540

The Tower of PisaHistory Construction and Geotechnical Stabilization The Leaning Tower of Pisa is known worldwide for its five-degree lean. The Tower is the Campanile of the Cathedral which together with the Baptistry and Cemetery form a breath-taking collection of monuments which are regarded as supreme examples of early Renaissance Romanesque architecture. In March 1990 the Tower was closed to the public as it was declared unsafe and close to collapse. A Commission was set up by the Italian Government with the task of developing and implementing stabilization measures. This book begins with a brief description of the history of the Tower and its construction. The reader is then introduced to the huge challenges faced by the Commission in designing and implementing appropriate stabilization measures whilst at the same time satisfying the demanding requirements of conserving a world heritage monument. In particular two historical studies are described which proved to be most valuable in arriving at suitable stabilization measures. The first was a deduction of the history of inclination of the tower during and subsequent to construction. The results of this study were used to calibrate a sophisticated numerical model of the tower and the underlying very soft ground which proved vital in evaluating the effectiveness of various stabilization schemes. The second study was of measurements of movement made since 1911. This latter study revealed an unexpected mechanism of foundation movement which proved crucial in developing the temporary and permanent stabilization measures and which resulted in the Tower being re-opened to the public in June 2001. The book will appeal to both professionals and students in the fields of Architecture and Civil Engineering. It will also interest specialised audiences of geotechnical engineers and conservation architects. It may also be of wider interest to anyone planning to visit Pisa or who is intrigued as to what caused the Tower to lean and how it was stabilized. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367469047

The Towns of Roman Britain This book examines and defines the functions of towns in Roman Britain and applies the definition so formed to Romano-British sites. It considers the towns' foundation political status development and decline. The book illustrates where possible both the individual characters and surroundings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138165779

The Toxic ClassroomAnd What Can be Done About It The Toxic Classroom offers a wide-ranging look at education today and explores in detail the pressures children experience as a result of constant change digital technology and political interference. Beginning with what it is like to be a child in the classroom the book goes on to provide a detailed analysis of the curriculum assessment and accountability school structures educating for global citizenship and the plethora of social issues schools are now expected to solve. Written from the perspective of a successful headteacher with over 30 years' teaching experience the book considers what needs to be done to put things right and outlines a more equitable and effective school system. Each chapter outlines the steps schools can implement immediately and the longer-term policy changes that are needed de-toxify the classroom and facilitate a genuine love of learning. Offering a challenging yet compelling argument for putting education back into the hands of teachers this book will be of great interest both to the general reader and to those working within education such as teachers and professionals who wish to improve the ways in which children learn and develop. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367424695

The Toxic Schoolhouse The Toxic Schoolhouse is a collection of articles on chemical hazards endangering students teachers and staff in the education system of the United States and Canada. Some of the articles were originally published in a special issue of New Solutions: A Journal of Occupational and Environmental Policy but all have been updated and several new articles have been added. The book is organized in three sections. The first describes problems ranging from the failures of coordination monitoring and siting of school buildings to the hazards of exposure to toxic substances including lead and PCBs. The second section captures the voices of activists seeking change and describes community and union organizing efforts to improve school conditions. The third section covers policy "solutions." The authors include academics union staff and rank-and-file activists parent organization leaders and public health professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780895038517

The Toxicologist's Pocket Handbook The third edition of the Toxicologist’s Pocket Handbook like the first two editions is a scaled-down version of the best-selling Handbook of Toxicology. It provides the most frequently used toxicology reference information in a convenient pocket-sized book. The format remains the same as the earlier editions to allow basic reference information to be located quickly with the information placed in sections specific to subspecialties of toxicology. A detailed table of contents lists all tables and figures contained in the book by section. This expanded edition contains a number of tables not found in the second edition added to sections on lab animals general toxicology dermal and ocular toxicology genetic toxicology/carcinogenesis neurotoxicology immunotoxicology reproductive/developmental toxicology industrial chemical and pharmaceutical toxicology. New information is presented for additional laboratory animals such as swine and primates infusion recommendations newer methods such as the local lymph node assay and reference safety pharmacology values for standard species. Additional information on typical genetic toxicology and immunotoxicology assays as well as in vitro assays for eye irritation are provided. Some tables from the second edition have been updated to include new information that has arisen since the earlier edition went to press. Information from the second edition such as regulatory requirements that are no longer applicable has been deleted. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138626409

The Toxicology and Biochemistry of Insecticides Despite their potentially adverse effects on nontarget species and the environment insecticides remain a necessity in crop protection as well as in the reduction of insect-borne diseases. The Toxicology and Biochemistry of Insecticides provides essential insecticide knowledge required for the effective management of insect pests. Continuing as the sole book in more than two decades to address this multifaceted field the Second Edition of this highly praised review on insecticide toxicology has been greatly expanded and updated to present the most current information on: Systemic classification of insecticides How insecticides function at the molecular level and newly discovered modes of action Insecticide resistance molecular mechanisms fitness costs reversion and management of resistance Various bioassay methods including the interpretation of probit analysis Molecular mechanisms of insecticide selectivity Major biochemical mechanisms involved in the transformation of insecticides Fate of insecticides in the environment and the sublethal effects of insecticides on wildlife Newly developed insecticides including the addition of more microbial insecticides in keeping with current integrated pest management (IPM) approaches Incorporating extensive reference lists for further reading The Toxicology and Biochemistry of Insecticides Second Edition is an ideal textbook for students of entomology plant medicine insecticide toxicology and related agricultural disciplines. It is also a valuable resource for those involved in insecticide research environmental toxicology and crop protection. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482210606

The Toymaker's workshop and Other TalesRole Play in the Early Years Drama Activities for 3-7 year-olds This series responds to the increasing awareness of role play as an exciting and effective approach to enhance children's learning. Each book provides a selection of themed drama activities that develop a range of skills while drawing on children's natural ability to play. Through their imaginative engagement with fictional worlds children acquire new knowledge and understanding. The Toymaker's Workshop and Other Tales includes activities on: Humpty Dumpty Billy Goats Gruff The Lonely Dragon. User-friendly visual and easy to read this series is a must for classroom teachers nursery nurses playgroup leaders and learning support assistants within pre-school and Key Stage 1 settings who are unfamiliar or wary of role play but want to incorporate it into their teaching. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138148437

The Toyota Kaizen ContinuumA Practical Guide to Implementing Lean Written by a recognized leader in the manufacturing industry with nearly two decades of experience working for Toyota this book supplies a firsthand account of the realities behind implementing the Toyota Production System (TPS). The Toyota Kaizen Continuum: A Practical Guide to Implementing Lean presents authoritative insight on how to use the TPS to drive operational value and improvement across all segments of an organization.Highlighting valuable lessons learned directly from the TPS masters at the Toyota factories in Japan John Stewart provides a time-tested approach for implementing a process of continuous improvement. Delving into his wide-ranging experience—that includes time as a team member on the assembly line and managing the vehicle assembly division for Toyota’s largest European operation in the United Kingdom—he explains how to get the process started how to get senior management excited about the possibilities and details a process for implementing the TPS in your organization. Written by an industry veteran named one of the Top 10 Automotive Executives by Automotive News in 2007 Unveils the methods used within the walls of the world’s premier manufacturing organization Illustrates valuable lessons learned with real-world examples of TPS implementations Describes five simple steps for executing change in any organization The book includes case studies that illustrate real-life successes and failures behind the walls of the world’s largest automobile manufacturing organization. Detailing a five-step process for executing improvement initiatives it supplies you with the tools and understanding of the core principles of the TPS needed to implement and sustain a culture of continuous improvement in your organization. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439846049

The Toyota Mindset The Ten Commandments of Taiichi Ohno From the brilliant mind of a legend in the Lean Manufacturing world comes the reasoning behind the importance of using your intellect challenging your workers and why continuous improvement is not only a helpful tool but a necessity on the shop floor. Mr. Wakamatsu recounts captivating first hand experiences with the man who changed the way the world looks at manufacturing. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781926537115

The Toyota Product Development SystemIntegrating People Process and Technology The ability to bring new and innovative products to market rapidly is the prime critical competence for any successful consumer-driven company. All industries especially automotive are slashing product development lead times in the current hyper-competitive marketplace. This book is the first to thoroughly examine and analyze the truly effective product development methodology that has made Toyota the most forward-thinking company in the automotive industry. Winner of the 2007 Shingo Prize For Excellence In Manufacturing Research! In The Toyota Product Development System: Integrating People Process and Technology James Morgan and Jeffrey Liker compare and contrast the world-class product development process of Toyota with that of a U.S. competitor. They use extensive examples from Toyota and the U.S. competitor to demonstrate value stream mapping as an extraordinarily powerful tool for continuous improvement. Through examples and case studies this book illustrates specific techniques and proven practices for dealing with challenges associated with product development such as synchronizing multiple disciplines multiple function workload leveling compound process variation effective technology integration and knowledge management. Readers of this book can focus on optimizing the entire product development value stream rather than focus on a specific tool or technology for local improvements. Media > Books > E-books Productivity Press 9780367805159

The Toyota TemplateThe Plan for Just-In-Time and Culture Change Beyond Lean Tools Much has been written about Toyota over the last 30 years focusing on both its products (superior vehicles) and its operational excellence based on its Toyota Production System (TPS). The Toyota Template details the critical concepts and methods that Taiichi Ohno implemented in developing the Toyota Production System. This book is different however regarding the parallels it draws between Toyota’s pre-TPS condition and companies today who are attempting to become more efficient and Lean. In view of efficiency excellence culture and general "Leanness " many organizations are in the same position as Toyota prior to implementing what was once called the "Ohno System." The building of TPS with the goal to eliminate waste evolved as problems were encountered and solutions put in place. A wonderful byproduct of these years of work was the growth of a problem-solving culture throughout Toyota that is unique in the business world. Currently the Toyota Production System is well established. Though constantly improving the historical picture is visible. The question many have tried to answer for their own companies is "how can they achieve world class efficiency?" The Toyota Template answers this question. This book: Explains the critically important elements of the Toyota Production System. Analyzes the sequence of implementation as the system developed. Places these elements in a logical order of implementation based on the history and current knowledge. In addition it addresses the effect of each element on the culture. The author was prompted to write this book because of his personal observations of the failure of most attempts to develop Lean systems. What makes Toyota stand out is not any of the individual elements – It is crucially important to have all the elements together as a system. Most attempts have been focused on bits and pieces of the elements or the tools. The Toyota Template is about the relevance of the Toyota Production System to "any type of business" today. It is not an all-inclusive explanation of every aspect of TPS. Rather this book succinctly identifies the key elements places them in a logical sequential order of implementation and explains how each contributed to the formation of the Toyota culture. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138578715

The Toyota Way in Sales and Marketing This book highlights the adaptation of Lean manufacturing principles to a sales organization. It discusses how to use the principles of Lean and Kaizen within the structure and framework of customer service dealer networks sales experience concept and feedback to the manufacturing arm of Toyota. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781926537085

The TPM PlaybookA Step-by-Step Guideline for the Lean Practitioner This book is a guideline for implementation and it is intended for the Lean practitioner looking for a training tool and a guideline that can be used in the work area while improvements are being conducted. It describes how to effectively implement total productive maintenance. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498741668

The Trade Balance in Monetary General Equilibrium This title first published in 1984 is a contribution to applied international trade theory. The author explores the specification and estimation of a multisector general equilibrium model of the open economy. The model is formulated with the aim of assessing empirically the effects of three key policy variables on trade flows domestic prices and the trade balance. The policy variables with which the author is concerned are the rate of growth of the stock of domestic credit commercial policy as represented by tariffs and finally the exchange rate. This title will be of interest to students of economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138633513

The Trade in LunacyA Study of Private Madhouses in England in the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415845809

The Trade Unions and the Labour Party First published in 1987. This book considers the Trade Unions-Labour Party relationship. It traces developments over the 1970s and early 1980s and analyses the debate between those who argue for the Unions to take a more prominent lead within the Party and those who are against this. This title will be of interest to scholars and students of politics and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138325708

The Trade WindsA Study of British Overseas Trade During the French Wars 1793-1815 First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759281

The Trade-Development Nexus in the European UnionDifferentiation coherence and norms This volume offers new perspectives on the evolution of the trade–development nexus in the European Union against dramatic changes in the international context. Without disregarding them it seeks to go beyond the controversial and extensively researched Economic Partnership Agreements (EPAs). In particular it focuses on the reform of the Generalised System of Preferences the negotiation of various Preferential Trade Agreements the application of trade sanctions the allegedly ambitious agendas on decent work Aid for Trade and aid untying and the implications of the changing balance of power in global economic relations. Taking diverse approaches and at times reaching different conclusions contributors directly or indirectly address one or more of the three general themes of the book: differentiation coherence and norms.This book was published as a special issue of Contemporary Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739140

The Tradition of the Actor-author in Italian Theatre This book brings together critical essays on the role of the actor-author spanning the period from the Renaissance to the present. It surveys the works of Dario Fo De Filippo and Bene and casts light on a tradition which continues into Neapolitan and Sicilian theatre today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601898

The Tradition of the Chicago School of Sociology The value of the book lies in its reassessment of the distinctive features of the Chicago School of its contributions in the theoretical and methodological fields and of its influence on the growth of sociology throughout the world and in America in particular. The book pays particularly close attention to the eclectic nature of the research methods used by the Chicago sociologists as they sought to integrate subjective and objective aspects of human life. It demonstrates that this eclecticism formed an integral part of their theories but also emphasises that empirical observation too was important although not as an end in itself. While for example they were working on the concepts of organization marginality and interaction they did not consider these as ends in themselves but as additions to the development of a more general theoretical approach. Often in the past and wrongly Chicago’s theoretical contribution has been restricted to the urban sector. The book clearly and unequivocally reveals how the tendency to see the Chicago School as a 'theoretical' is the result of misinterpretation and of a failure to realize that for the sociologists of the period understanding the social dynamics of the city of Chicago was tantamount to interpreting the central tendencies of modern society itself. The book analyzes how empirical observation was important but not an end in itself. The Chicago School developed a profusion of sociological theories in many areas of inquiry and never opted for any one particular approach. The various essays in the book also make it clear that the School decisively contributed to the development of qualitative and quantitative techniques. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236773

The Traditional Chinese Iron Industry and Its Modern Fate This book explores the economic history of the traditional Chinese iron industry in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries with particular emphasis on the interactions among technological economic and geographic factors. The traditional technology of iron production is described together with the ways in which it changed and developed in response to upheavals wrought by foreign competition war and revolution and by the growth in China of a modern iron industry.Many of the book's findings are counter-intuitive and will provide food for thought in the study of Third World industrial development. The author has written widely on the history of science and technology in China and is currently engaged in writing the volume on ferrous metallurgy for Joseph Needham's Science and Civilisation in China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405745

The Traditional Formal LogicA Short Account for Students Originally published in 1937. A short account of the traditional logic intended to provide the student with the fundamentals necessary for the specialized study. Suitable for working through individualy it will provide sufficient knowledge of the elements of the subject to understand materials on more advanced and specialized topics. This is an interesting historic perspective on this area of philosophy and mathematics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367422622

The Tragedie of MacbethThe Folio of 1623 The Shakespearean Originals Series takes as its point of departure the question: "What is it that we read Shakespeare?" The answer may seem self-evident: we read the words that Shakespeare wrote. But do we? In the case of all the major editions of Shakespeare available in the market the fact of the matter is that many of the words that we read in an edition of say Hamlet never appeared in the text as it was printed during or shortly after Shakespeare's own lifetime. They are the interpetations and interpolations of a series of editors who have been systematically changing Shakespeare's text from the eighteenth century onwards. This volume offers the text of Macbeth as printed in the 1623 First Folio. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179219

The Tragedie of Othello the Moor of Venice The "Shakespearean Originals" series aims to provide readers of modern drama with 16th- and 17th-century playtexts which have been treated as historical documents and are reproduced as closely to their original printed forms as the conditions of modern publication will permit. Each volume in the series comprises a general series introduction an introduction to the play the original text a select bibliography full annotations and some sample facsimile pages from the text itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466968

The Tragedy of AfghanistanThe Social Cultural and Political Impact of the Soviet Invasion The Soviet invasion of Afghanistan in 1979 stunned the world and ushered in a new period of superpower confrontation. Research into Afghan society was severely curtailed and the ability to research the Afghan resistance was non-existent. This book first published in 1988 was the result of a Swedish seminar that focused on the results of the war on the people and culture of Afghanistan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367265502

The Tragedy of CleopatraQueene of Aegypt Published in 1979: No earlier edition of this play offers a satisfactory text because an old-spelling critical edition requires a conflation of the author's autograph manuscript and the first printed edition of 1639. Further this play while illustrating Caroline skepticism concerning the character of a personage long famous in narrative and dramatic literature as well as in history departs from the literary tradition of the preceding three centuries. An account of the reasons for its departure invites consideration of its sources but more important of the beliefs of the dramatist's contemporaries as shown in both life and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367148911

The Tragedy of European CivilizationTowards an Intellectual History of the Twentieth Century The tragedy of European civilization is a protracted historical event spanning the twentieth century and in many ways is ongoing. During this time some of the greatest modern thinkers were active producing works that both reflected what was happening in history and contributed towards shaping it. This work is a critique of their ideas. Harry Redner establishes where and how they went wrong in some cases with apocalyptic consequences for Europe and the world.The great intellectuals of the age at once philosophers sociologists political theorists historians and much else besides include Marx Weber Freud Elias Spengler Wittgenstein Heidegger Arendt Nietzsche and Foucault. All of them had a historical impact even if only in molding academic disciplines and shaping of public opinion as was the case with the philosophers Wittgenstein and Arendt.This book explores the close links between anti-Semitism and cultural pessimism and the relation between psychology and sociology. Other themes range from the history and theory of the state to the misconception of language and power. Suitable for students of sociology philosophy political theory history and cultural studies this brilliant exploration of our civilization and its tragedies will also be of interest to intellectual general readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367737658

The Tragedy of Nazi Germany Originally published in 1969 this book discusses the many factors which atomised German society from 1870 onwards and thus assisted Nazi evil and it shows that Hitler and Nazism were mere phenomena of a mass age. The author wrote with the twin qualifications as historian and survivor of the camps. To have lived through it and then dissect it as a scholar is an astonishing achievement and it is this achievement that this book records. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367247812

The Tragedy of State The domination of the state over the lives of individuals is arguably a problem of the present-day world. In this book first published in 1971 the author finds essentially the same problem in Jacobean tragedy in the shape it assumed during the rise of the first European nation-states. The English dramatists of the early seventeenth century a Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138235526

The Tragedy of the Assyrian Minority in Iraq First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993761

The Tragedy of the Pound (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1932 this book discusses the suspension of the gold standard in Britain and the economic events surrounding September 1931. It argues that despite specific errors made by individuals groups and individual nations the attempts to save the pound had little chance of recovery. Indeed years before its collapse powerful fundamental factors had been eroding its stability. Hence the author does not entirely blame the influence of French policy or Great Britain’s political and economic decline after the war but states that the collapse of sterling was co-ordinated by several factors of importance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415819428

The Tragedy of Vietnam The Tragedy of Vietnam is a brief and accessible text providing a comprehensive overview of the causes and consequences of the Vietnam War. Patrick J. Hearden offers historical background of the conflict and examines its long-term consequences on a regional and global scale. This fifth edition includes expanded discussions of postwar American–Vietnamese relationships and outlines the ways in which the Vietnam War experience has shaped foreign-policy debates in the United States up until the present day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138632653

The Tragedy of Yugoslavia: The Failure of Democratic TransformationThe Failure of Democratic Transformation Once it was hoped that the Yugoslav federation might manage to defy the odds once more this time to become one of the world's few examples of democratic pluralism. Instead we are witnessing another Balkan tragedy. What went wrong? In this volume scholars from Croatia Serbia and Slovenia examine the Janus face of pluralism with case studies of electoral politics in the republics and of what were once the country's institutions of integration - the League of Communists the managerial elite and the army. Among the contributors are Mirjana Kaspovic Tomaz Masmak Vesna Pusic Anton Bebler Ivan Siber Vucina Vasovic and the editors. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315486970

The Tragedye of Solyman and PersedaEdited from the Original Texts with Introduction and Notes Published in 1991 The Tragedye of Solyman and Perseda is a late Elizabethan romantic tragedy by Thomas Kyd author of The Spanish Tragedy. It dramatises the triangular relationship of the Turkish emperor Soliman his captive Perseda and her beloved Erastus against the fictionalised backdrop of the Turkish invasion of Rhodes in the early sixteenth century. This volume contains the original text along with textual and critical notes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429200168

The Tragic Histories of Mary Queen of Scots 1560-1690Rhetoric Passions and Political Literature Author John Staines here argues that sixteenth- and seventeenth-century writers in England Scotland and France wrote tragedies of the Queen of Scots - royal heroine or tyrant martyr or whore - in order to move their audiences towards political action by shaping and directing the passions generated by the spectacle of her fall. In following the retellings of her history from her lifetime through the revolutions and political experiments of the seventeenth century this study identifies two basic literary traditions of her tragedy: one conservative sentimental and royalist the other radical skeptical and republican. Staines provides new readings of Spenser and Milton as well as of early modern dramatists to compile a comprehensive study of the writings about this important historical and literary figure. He charts developments in public rhetoric and political writing from the Elizabethan period through the Restoration using the emotional representations of the life of this tragic woman and queen to explore early modern experiments in addressing and moving a public audience. By exploring the writing and rewriting of the tragic histories of the Queen of Scots this book reveals the importance of literature as a force in the redefinition of British political life between 1560 and 1690. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138376311

The Tragic History of the Sea 1589-1622Narratives of the shipwrecks of the Portuguese East Indiamen São Thomé (1589) Santo Alberto (1593) Edited from the original Portuguese and translated. The narratives by Diogo do Couto João Baptista Lavanha and Francisco Vaz d'Almada translated from the original editions of accounts which were subsequently included in the 'História Trágico-Marítima' edited by Bernardo Gomes de Brito at Lisbon in 1735-6. The introduction and appendices discuss the 'Carreira da Índia'. For a further selection from the same source see Second Series 132. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1959. Owing to technical constraints it has not been possible to reproduce the sketch map of 'Figure 1:The Carreira da India 1589-1622' which faced the first page of the book in the first edition. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315552149

The Tragic Odes of Jerry Garcia and The Grateful DeadMystery Dances in the Magic Theater The Tragic Odes of Jerry Garcia and the Grateful Dead is a multifaceted study of tragedy in the group’s live performances showing how Garcia brought about catharsis through dance by leading songs of grief mortality and ironic fate in a collective theatrical context. This musical literary and historical analysis of thirty-five songs with tragic dimensions performed by Garcia in concert with the Grateful Dead illustrates the syncretic approach and acute editorial ear he applied in adapting songs of Robert Hunter Bob Dylan and folk tradition. Tragically ironic situations in which Garcia found himself when performing these songs are revealed including those related to his opiate addiction and final decline. This book examines Garcia’s musical craftsmanship and the Grateful Dead’s collective art in terms of the mystery-rites of ancient Greece Friedrich Nietzsche’s Dionysus 20th century American music rooted in New Orleans Hermann Hesse’s Magic Theater and the Greek Theatre at Berkeley offering a clear prospect on an often misunderstood phenomenon. Featuring interdisciplinary analysis close attention to musical and poetic strategies and historical and critical contexts this book will be of interest to scholars and researchers of Popular Music Musicology Cultural Studies and American Studies as well as to the Grateful Dead’s avid listeners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367188061

The Training of Noh Actors and The Dove First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870212

The Trainings of the Psychoanalyst If psychoanalysis for Freud was an impossible profession what consequences would this have for psychoanalytic training? And if one's own personal analysis lay at the heart of psychoanalytic training how could what one had learnt from this be transmitted let alone taught?In this groundbreaking book the aurhor explores the many attempts that an Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328986

The Trans Pacific Partnership China and IndiaEconomic and Political Implications The United States and 11 other countries from both sides of the Pacific are currently negotiating the Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP). The agreement is expected to set new benchmark for international trade through its comprehensive coverage of issues and binding regulations. It is expected to eventually mature into a regional trade agreement covering the entire Asia-Pacific. As of now it does not include China and India the two largest emerging markets and regional economies. The TPP has generated controversy for its excessive emphasis on trade issues which have remained unresolved or unaddressed at the WTO due to differences between developed and emerging markets. It has also been criticized for adopting a negotiating style reflecting the US regulatory approach to international trade and also as a geo-political strategy of the US for supporting its strategic rebalancing towards Asia. From both economic and geo-political perspectives the TPP has various significant implications for China and India that are examined in the book. This book sheds light on how China and India's entries in the TPP are mutually beneficial and how both countries can gain from the TPP by gaining preferential access to large markets and using it as an opportunity for introducing more outward-oriented reforms. The book also cautions that US must reconcile to the rebalancing of economic power within the grouping that will occur following the entries of China and India. Otherwise the TPP and China and India might walk divergent paths and trade and regional integration in Asia-Pacific may not ever converge. This book will interest anyone who wishes to learn more about the TPP and its future implications and challenges and China and India's roles in global and regional trade. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138693760

The Transactional Analyst in ActionClinical Seminars This book represents a synthesis of more than thirty years dedicated to the spreading and teaching of transactional analysis and will be useful to students directors and professors of the schools of transactional analysis and also to therapists of other schools providing an up-to-date and complete idea of the current state of the analytic transactional methodology. The handbook describes the epistemological and methodological roots for a well-grounded psychotherapy with transactional analysis (TA): differences among method methodology therapeutic plan and strategy and technique are all illustrated. TA is presented as a phenomenological branch of modern relational psychoanalysis. Transference and counter-transference are reconsidered in a Bernean perspective. The four strategic phases of alliance decontamination deconfusion and relearning are presented together with the well-known techniques of the eight Bernean therapeutic operations two and three-chairs work redecision technique and dream-work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490700

The Transatlantic Allies and the Changing Middle East Since the mid-1990s US and European attitudes strategies and policies towards the Middle East have diverged. In the Middle East peace process Europeans have grown frustrated with the lack of progress and with Washington‘s near-monopoly on diplomatic action and have begun to demand a greater role. On Iraq the US insists on strong military and economic containment of Saddam Hussein while some Europeans have started to press for a more rapid reintegration of Iraq into the international community and are reluctant to use or threaten force. The issue of how to deal with Iran has been most divisive of all with the US and Europe deeply divided over whether they should contain or engage Tehran. Transatlantic tensions over the Middle East are damaging for three main reasons. They reduce the effectiveness of allied policies; undermine NATO‘s cohesion when its future is no longer guaranteed by a common threat; and threaten to spill over into the economic domain. This paper examines the reasons for these potentially damaging differences assesses the prospects for improving transatlantic cooperation in the region and suggests approaches that may help to bring this about. Its main policy conclusions are:On the Arab Israeli conflict as long as the peace process is moving forward or has reasonable prospects of doing so the US is probably right that Europe‘s formal involvement in direct peace talks would not be helpful particularly if such a role aimed to promote policies different from those of the US. If the peace process stalls completely however it will be difficult for Washington to justify opposing a more active European role. On Iraq the US-led policy of containment is correct and economic sanctions should remain in place until Baghdad complies fully with UN Security Council disarmament resolutions. However in exchange for Europe‘s agreement to contribute to Iraq‘s military containment the US like Europe should abide by the letter and spirit Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138452572

The Transatlantic Genealogy of American Anglo-Saxonism This book traces the myth of Anglo-Saxonism as it crosses from Britain to the New World as both a cultural construct and ideological nation-building tool. Through extensive investigations of both early American and English cultural attitudes toward Anglo-Saxonism and similar texts the book advances the claim that the ways in which Anglo-Saxon authors envisioned history as unfolding becomes an important ideological model for later New World conceptions of historical and national identity. From this beginning the book follows the influence of this adopted American Anglo-Saxonism in early American literature and the socio-cultural implications that follow upon this influence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585563

The Transatlantic Gothic Novel and the Law 1790–1860 Tracing the use of legal themes in the gothic novel Bridget M. Marshall shows these devices reflect an outpouring of anxiety about the nature of justice. On both sides of the Atlantic novelists like William Godwin Mary Shelley Charles Brockden Brown and Hannah Crafts question the foundations of the Anglo-American justice system through their portrayals of criminal and judicial procedures and their use of found documents and legal forms as key plot devices. As gothic villains from Walpole's Manfred to Godwin's Tyrrell to Stoker's Dracula manipulate the law and legal system to expand their power readers are confronted with a legal system that is not merely ineffective at stopping villains but actually enables them to inflict ever greater harm on their victims. By invoking actual laws like the Black Act in England or the Fugitive Slave Act in America gothic novels connect the fantastic horrors that constitute their primary appeal with much more shocking examples of terror and injustice. Finally the gothic novel's preoccupation with injustice is just one element of many that connects the genre to slave narratives and to the horrors of American slavery. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250048

The Transatlantic Hispanic BaroqueComplex Identities in the Atlantic World Gathering a group of internationally renowned scholars this volume presents cutting-edge research on the complex processes of identity formation in the transatlantic world of the Hispanic Baroque. Identities in the Hispanic world are deeply intertwined with sociological concepts such as class and estate with geography and religion (i.e. the mixing of Spanish Catholics with converted Jews Muslims Dutch and German Protestants) and with issues related to the ethnic diversity of the world’s first transatlantic empire and its various miscegenations. Contributors to this volume offer the reader diverse vantage points on the challenging problem of how identities in the Hispanic world may be analyzed and interpreted. A number of contributors relate earlier processes and formations to Neo-Baroque and postmodern conceptualisations of identity. Given the strong interest in identity and identity-formation within contemporary cultural studies the book will be of interest to a broad group of readers from the fields of law geography history anthropology and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472427502

The Transatlantic PersuasionLiberal-Democratic Mind in the Age of Gladstone This pioneering work is the basic and largely unmatched study of the single transatlantic community of thought shared by nineteenth century British and Canadian Liberals and American Democrats. The result of more than tens years of comparative research The Transatlantic Persuasion explores the roots of those ideas hat comprise a coherent Liberal-Democratic worldview: ideas about society human relations the economy equality liberty the ethnocultural dimension of life the proper role and nature of government and the world community. In Britain Canada and the United States Liberal-Democrats saw themselves as battlers against social evils caused by corrupt self-seeking aristocracies. This was true whether their power was based on business wealth land or vested religious privilege; and in all three countries they developed practically identical public policy agendas.Widely praised for its graceful narrative style its intriguing political and cultural analysis and its sensitive feeling for the nuances of personality and the human condition The Transatlantic Persuasion finds that cultural forces such as ethnicity religion and style of life have played an astonishingly central role in politics. Kelley sees a similar confrontation within each of the three countries between the core culture including the Establishment and its institutions and the outgroups the culturally socially and often economically peripheral peoples. In Britain for example the Tories (Conservatives) were the aggressively dominant English who look down on such minorities as the Scots and the Irish. These outgroups gathered within Gladstone's Liberal party and from this base fought for equal status and treatment against prejudices. Similar patterns in Canada and the United States led to Kelley to conclude that these cultural facts of life were as important and powerful in public life as those that were purely economic in nature.Greeted with praise on its original publication in the general media as well as in major scholarly journals The Transatlantic Persuasion performs history's highest office: It explains the present by placing it in the deep perspective of time thus demonstrating how the past prefigures and shapes current events. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539143

The Transcendence of the Cave (Routledge Revivals)Sequel to The Discipline of the Cave First published in 1967 The Transcendence of the Cave is the second in a series of Gifford Lectures on philosophical issues and continues the themes of the first series entitled The Discipline of the Cave. In the opening chapters J N Findlay sketches an ontology an axiology and a theology which are ‘phenomenological’ in the sense of Husserl as they attempt to show that a ‘firmament’ of logical and other values emerges out of the contingencies of first order liking and interest. The synthesis of these values in an object having many paradoxical mystical-religious properties is also a necessary outcome of this ‘logic’. In the later chapters the author attempts to construct an orderly picture of other worldly experiences and their objects based solely on the premise that these experiences must be such as to resolve the many philosophical surds that plague us in this life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415685412

The Transcendence of the EgoA Sketch for a Phenomenological Description ‘I should like to show here that the Ego is neither formally or materially in consciousness: it is outside in the world.’ Jean-Paul Sartre The Transcendence of the Ego is one of Jean-Paul Sartre's earliest philosophical publications and essential for understanding the trajectory of his work as a whole. When it first appeared in France in 1937 Sartre was still largely unknown working as a school teacher in a provincial French town. Attacking prevailing philosophical theories head on Sartre offers a brilliant and radical account of the self as a product of consciousness situated in the world. He introduces many of the themes central to his major work Being and Nothingness: the nature of consciousness the problem of self-knowledge other minds and anguish. This translation includes a thorough and illuminating introduction by Sarah Richmond placing Sartre's essay in its philosophical and historical context. Jean-Paul Sartre (1905-1980). The foremost French thinker and writer of the early post-war years. His books which include Being and Nothingness Nausea The Age of Reason and No Exit have exerted enormous influence in philosophy literature politics and drama. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415610179

The Transfer of LearningParticipants' Perspectives of Adult Education and Training The book addresses a crucial issue for all involved in education and training: the transfer of learning to new and different contexts. Educators employers and learners face the problem of ensuring that what is learnt in the classroom is able to be adapted and used in the workplace. It focuses on adult learners in professional and vocational contexts. The authors provide an accessible book on the transfer of learning which draws on multi-disciplinary perspectives from education psychology and management. The Transfer of Learning will be useful both for postgraduate students and for practitioners wanting to deepen their understanding of transfer and for those interested in practical applications. It combines theory and practice from international research and the authors' own case studies of transfer involving learners engaged in professional development and study towards qualifications. Theories of adult learning change and lifelong learning are discussed in relation to the transfer of learning. The purpose of this book is to emphasise to tertiary educators and trainers the importance of transfer and in doing so highlight the participants' voices as central foci in coming to an understanding of the process. By doing this it balances the literature which has to date emphasized transfer from a trainer's and/or organization's perspective. There has been little if any substantive material on tertiary transfer issues and yet demands are increasing for tertiary education providers to be more accountable and more focused on developing students' ability to use their learning in everyday work situations. The book is unique in that it adopts a phenomenological perspective and underscores the significance of the participants' voices in understanding issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138380981

The Transfer of Undertakings in the Public Sector This title was first published in 2000:  This volume discusses the impact of the transfer of undertakings regime upon the public sector particularly focusing on the interaction between the protection of employee rights and the restructuring and modernization of public services. The crux of the book is the interaction of market-led policies in the public sector such as compulsory competitive tendering best value and the PFI with the protection of employee rights on the transfer of imployment. It considers the evolving law on the scope of a relevant transfer under the European Acquired Rights Directive and the TUPE regulations before reviewing the present stte of the law on dismissals variation of terms pensions and employee consultation in transfer-related situations. The book incorporates consideration of the text of the 1998 revision of the Acquired Rights Directive. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138700543

The Transfer of Undertakings in the Public Sector This title was first published in 2000:  This volume discusses the impact of the transfer of undertakings regime upon the public sector particularly focusing on the interaction between the protection of employee rights and the restructuring and modernization of public services. The crux of the book is the interaction of market-led policies in the public sector such as compulsory competitive tendering best value and the PFI with the protection of employee rights on the transfer of imployment. It considers the evolving law on the scope of a relevant transfer under the European Acquired Rights Directive and the TUPE regulations before reviewing the present stte of the law on dismissals variation of terms pensions and employee consultation in transfer-related situations. The book incorporates consideration of the text of the 1998 revision of the Acquired Rights Directive. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138700536

The Transform and Data Compression Handbook Data compression is one of the main contributing factors in the explosive growth in information technology. Without it a number of consumer and commercial products such as DVD videophone digital camera MP3 video-streaming and wireless PCS would have been virtually impossible. Transforming the data to a frequency or other domain enables even more efficient compression. By illustrating this intimate link The Transform and Data Compression Handbook serves as a much-needed handbook for a wide range of researchers and engineers.The authors describe various discrete transforms and their applications in different disciplines. They cover techniques such as adaptive quantization and entropy coding that result in significant reduction in bit rates when applied to the transform coefficients. With clear and concise presentations of the ideas and concepts as well as detailed descriptions of the algorithms the authors provide important insight into the applications and their limitations. Data compression is an essential step towards the efficient storage and transmission of information. The Transform and Data Compression Handbook provides a wealth of information regarding different discrete transforms and demonstrates their power and practicality in data compression. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220529

The Transformation of a Peasant EconomyTownspeople and Villagers in the Lutterworth Area 1500–1700 The market town has been dismissed as an incompletely formed urban community; in fact it was the primary urban unit in pre-industrial England. This study places the market town at the centre of the transformation of early-modern England both catalysing changes in agriculture and experiencing in a distinctive fashion the urbanisation that was to occur a century or more later in the great industrial and commercial centres of Europe. In the two centuries after 1500 the rural economy changed from a pattern of subsistence to 'improved' farming. The first great enclosures took place during this time but the economic base for this revolution was the growth of local trading centred on markets and local communications networks. This redistribution of produce provisions and information was the motor of specialisation and hence modernisation. The strength of this study is in its detailed research into this process in one representative locality and the sensitive extrapolation of local experiences on to the national and European scale. By integrating in one book the themes of rural transformation and early urbanisation this account of one typical midland market town demonstrates the continuing vigour of the discipline of local history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236759

The Transformation of Agri-Food SystemsGlobalization Supply Chains and Smallholder Farmers 'There should be a good market for this book. The topic is very timely and a major theme of the new World Development Report 2008. The editors and contributors are world class.' Derek Byerlee World Bank 'This is a topic of wide interest and high policy importance. The depth of coverage and excellent synthesis should ensure that the book will have a substantial market in high-level undergraduate and graduate courses in agricultural development. It will have a solid readership among development economists and policy makers as well.' Mark Rosegrant International Food Policy Research Institute The driving forces of income growth demographic shifts globalization and technical change have led to a reorganization of food systems from farm to plate. The characteristics of supply chains - particularly the role of supermarkets - linking farmers have changed from consumption and retail to wholesale processing procurement and production. This has had a dramatic effect on smallholder farmers particularly in developing countries. This book presents a comprehensive framework for assessing the impacts of changing agri-food systems on smallholder farmers recognizing the importance of heterogeneity between developing countries as well as within them. The book includes a number of case studies from Asia Africa Latin America and Eastern Europe which are used to illustrate differences in food systems' characteristics and trends. The country case studies explore impacts on the small farm sector across different countries local contexts and farm types. Published with FAO Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773331

The Transformation of Britain1830–1939 First published in 1986 The Transformation of Britain 1830–1939 delves into the significant changes that occurred across the landscape and society of Britain during this prominent age of reform and innovation. The book traces the rapid increase in the pace and scale of change across Britain and explores the key developments that occurred. It examines the changes in population as more people moved towards towns and cities; the growth in industry and trade and the resultant demand for methods of communication and transport; and the technological advancements in all areas of life. It highlights the impact that these changes left on the landscape of Britain such as through the building of roads and railways as well as on Britain’s social structure. It also considers the extent to which this crucial period shaped the successes and problems of modern Britain. The Transformation of Britain 1830–1939 will appeal to those with an interest in the social and industrial history of Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367654368

The Transformation of Children's ServicesExamining and debating the complexities of inter/professional working Can we imagine different ways of working together to secure better outcomes for children and families? What are the complex issues that underlie the apparently simple call for ‘joined-up’ services? Children’s services in many countries around the world are being transformed as part of the call for ‘joined-up working for joined-up solutions’. Social health and educational policy discourses are driven by the idea that ‘effective’ inter/professional interagency collaboration is crucial in determining whether service delivery to children and families will succeed or fail. However the rapid turn from previous inter/professional practices of liaison consultancy cooperation and collaboration to more radical and wholescale service integration and sector transformation has not been accompanied either by a well considered research agenda of hard questions nor close scrutiny of its effects and consequences. The book asks a series of searching and challenging questions: What are the complex issues involved in children’s sector transformation for all those involved – young people practitioners leaders and managers policy makers? How can the ‘silos’ in which professionals have traditionally been prepared for practice be broken down? What are the orthodoxies that surround ‘joined-up’ working and in what ways should they be challenged? Written by authors from across the wide range of professional policy and disciplinary groups involved in this new cross-cutting area of policy and practice this book provides a critical analysis of the complexities of children’s services transformations. The research in this collection addresses the range of discursive policy and organizational developments associated with the transformation of children’s services providing an important and timely analysis of their complexities and is essential reading for all those working in the complex spaces of children’s services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415618496

The Transformation of Citizenship Volume 1Political Economy The Transformation of Citizenship addresses the basic question of how we can make sense of citizenship in the twenty-first century. These volumes make a strong plea for a reorientation of the sociology of citizenship and address serious threats of an ongoing erosion of citizenship rights. Arguing from different scientific perspectives rather than offering new conceptions of citizenship as supposedly more adequate models of rights membership and belonging they deal with both the ways citizenship is transformed and the ways it operates in the face of fundamentally transformed conditions. This volume Political Economy discusses manifold consequences of a decades-long enforcement of neo-liberalism for the rights of citizens. As neo-liberalism not only means a new form of economic system it has to be conceived of as an entirely new form of global regional and national governance that radically transforms economic political and social relations in society. Its consequences for citizenship as a social institution are no less than dramatic. Against the background of both manifest and ideological processes the book looks at if citizenship has lost the basis it has rested upon for decades or if the institution itself is in a process of being fundamentally transformed and restructured thereby changing its meaning and the significance of citizens’ rights. This book will appeal to academics working in the field of political theory political sociology and European studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877613

The Transformation of Citizenship Volume 2Boundaries of Inclusion and Exclusion This volume Boundaries of Inclusion and Exclusion examines the many different and newly emerging ways in which citizenship refers to spatial symbolic and social boundaries. Today in the context of citizenship we face processes of inclusion and exclusion on national and supranational level but no less on the level of groups and individuals. The book addresses these different levels and discusses processes of inclusion and exclusion with regard to spatial social and symbolic boundaries referring to such different problems as political participation migration or identity with regard to religion or the EU. This book will appeal to academics working in the field of political theory political sociology and European studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877668

The Transformation of Citizenship Volume 3Struggle Resistance and Violence This volume Struggle Resistance and Violence examines the fact that all over the world the rights of citizens have come under enormous pressure and addresses the many ways in which people are ‘making claims’ against both autocratic and democratic authority. Without any doubt rule-breaking riots and violent upheavals have become an aspect of political struggles for citizenship. The book takes up a conflict perspective that directs attention to these recent phenomena. It stresses the necessity of a careful analysis of resistance and violence as critical factors for coming to terms with social conflicts for citizenship from Europe to South America as well as the Near East the Far East and the Arab World. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877651

The Transformation of Citizenship3 volume set At the beginning of the twenty-first century the consequences of fundamental global economic political social and cultural transformations that have  been underway for decades challenge modern citizenship. There can be no doubt that modern citizenship can no longer operate as it did in the second half of the twentieth century. Neither the politico-economic foundation nor the idea of political participation nor formerly clear-cut boundaries or the Western idea of peaceful deliberation about citizens’ rights can be taken for granted any longer. All over the world the rights of citizens have come under enormous pressure. This is true in the face of an extreme asymmetry of power between organised economic interests and citizens that try to defend once achieved standards of living; it is also true given new political centres of decision-making that are beyond the control of citizens; it is true for newly emerging boundaries that are mobilised in order to re-define arrangements of inclusion and exclusion; finally it is true for growing resistance among the citizenries and violent upheavals against both autocratic and declining democratic regimes such as France and Great Britain. Against this background The Transformation of Citizenship addresses the basic question of how we can make sense of citizenship in the twenty-first century. These volumes make a strong plea for a reorientation of the sociology of citizenship and address serious threats of an ongoing erosion of citizenship rights. Arguing from different scientific perspectives rather than offering new conceptions of citizenship as supposedly more adequate models of rights membership and belonging they deal with both the ways citizenship is transformed and the ways it operates in the face of fundamentally transformed conditions.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138672871

The Transformation of Commercial Banking in the United States 1956-1991 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993785

The Transformation Of Communist SystemsEconomic Reform Since The 1950s In the confrontation between the two main economic systems that has marked the twentieth century capitalism has been declared the winner–by default– over its adversary socialism. Today establishing a market economy has become the primary goal of the formerly socialist countries. The history of economic reform helps explain this remarkable turning point. Attempts to improve the old centralized system by expanding enterprise autonomy (in Poland the Soviet Union and East Germany) and more radical reforms that limited the role of central planning (in Yugoslavia Czechoslovakia Hungary and China) encountered social and political obstacles or had unexpected and undesired effects. During the 1980s the idea of a socialist market economy which had been seen as a "third way" between capitalism and centralized socialism was abandoned as economists gradually came to support a free market rather than the dogma of planning. Through a comparative and historical analysis of change in socialist and post-socialist systems this timely and original book clarifies the policies and pitfalls in this extraordinary transition. Bernard Chavance provides a succinct introduction and analysis of the politics and economics of Eastern Europe from the creation of the Stalinist system in the Soviet Union through what he argues have been three major waves of reform since the 1950s to the dismantling of most socialist governments in the 1990s. Exploring the link between the one-party regime and the growing rigidity of socialist economic systems the author analyzes the failure of both incremental and radical reforms to adapt to new economic challenges thus leading to the ultimate collapse of communist regimes in Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367312114

The Transformation of Contemporary Health CareThe Market the Laboratory and the Forum The past three decades have seen enormous changes in the organisation of health care. This book explores the role of knowledge production and technology on these transformations focusing on the market (attempts to embed principles of economic rationality and efficient use of resources in the shaping and delivery of health care) the laboratory (science experiments and 'evidence' in the management of research practice and policy) and the forum (the application of deliberative procedures and other forms of public consultation to health care decision making). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415629607

The Transformation of Democracy Combining a thorough introduction to the work of nineteenth and early twentieth-century Italian social theo-rist Vilfredo Pareto with a highly read-able English translation of Pareto's last monograph "Generalizations " origi-nally published in 1920 this work illus-trates precisely how and why demo-cratic forms of government undergo decay and are eventually re-invigo-rated. More than any other social scien-tist of his generation Pareto offers a well-developed articulate and com-pelling theory of change based on a Newtonian vision of science and an en-gineering model of social equilibrium.In his introduction Powers focusses on Pareto's intellectual maturation and on his overall theory of society. Powers describes the various stages of Pareto's development as engineer economist political scientist and finally as sociol-ogist. He explains how Pareto consid-ered himself the Einstein of social sci-ence and how he introduced the con-cept of relativity into the social sci-ences. Even if such self-claims were rarely widely shared the sense of Pareto's originality is doubted by few if any contemporary scholars. This last and in many ways most penetrat-ing of Pareto's briefer works warns of the dangers which can befall demo-cratic order. It is important because as his final attempt to clarify his ideas it places his earlier works in perspective. Pareto generates a comprehensive the-ory of complex social phenomena. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539150

The Transformation of Egypt (RLE Egypt) The assassination of Sadat brings to an end another era in Egyptian history. This book examines the crucial issues in the transformation of Egypt in the period between the death of Nasser and the murder of Sadat. Focusing on the upheavals in the Egyptian political and economic structure over the last twenty years the book explains the change in Egypt's international orientation through a careful examination of domestic factors. The switch from Nasser's state socialist-political economy to Sadat's more laissez-faire approach and the institutional and structural links between the two are analysed as the key to understanding the dynamic developments within Egypt. The book argues that the propagation of a new political economy was the primary basis of Sadat's ability to remain in power while the weaknesses in that economy drove Sadat to seek external solutions and ultimately undermined his domestic support. His conduct of the 1973 war his trip to Jerusalem his enthusiasm for the United States and his whole perception of Middle Eastern affairs must be seen in terms of his domestic policies and internal troubles. First published 1982. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118690

The Transformation of Employment Relations in EuropeInstitutions and Outcomes in the Age of Globalization Since the 1980s the process of European economic integration within a wider context of globalization has accelerated employment change and placed a new premium on ‘flexible’ forms of work organization. The institutions of employment relations specifically those concerning collective bargaining between employers and trade unions have had to adapt accordingly. The Transformation of Employment Relations focuses not just on recent change but charts the strategic choices that have influenced employment relations and examines these key developments in a comparative perspective. A historical and cross-national analysis of the most important and controversial ‘issues’ explores the motivation of the actors the implementation of change and its evolution in a diverse European context. The book highlights the policies and the role played by different institutional and social actors (employers management trade unions professional associations and governments) and assesses the extent to which these policies and roles have had significant effects on outcomes. This comparative analysis of the transformation of work and employment regulation within the context of a quarter-century timeframe has not been undertaken in any other book. But this is no comparative handbook in which changes are largely described on a country-by-country basis but instead The Transformation of Employment Relations is rather focused thematically. As Europe copes with a serious economic crisis understanding of the dynamics of work transformation has never been more important. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138340817

The Transformation of England (Routledge Revivals)Essays in the economic and social history of England in the eighteenth century First published in 1979 The Transformation of England discusses the creation in late eighteenth century England of the industrial system and thereby the present world. Professor Mathias poses questions about the nature of industrialization social change and historical explanation issues that are his principal scholarly concern. This series of essays is divided into two groups. The first group of essays focuses upon general themes such as the 'uniqueness' in Europe of the industrial revolution capital formation taxation the growth of skills science and technical change leisure and wages  and diagnoses of poverty. In the second section Professor Mathias focuses on the social structure in the eighteenth century considering the industrialization of brewing coinage agriculture and the drink industries advances in public health and the armed forces British and American public finance in the War of Independence Dr Johnson and the business world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415504591

The Transformation of EnglandEssays in the Economics and Social History of England in the Eighteenth Century Peter Mathias’s subject is the creation in late eighteenth-century England of the industrial system – and thereby the present world. That unique conjuncture poses the sharpest questions about the nature of industrialization social change and historical explanation issues that are his principal scholarly concern. For many readers these collected studies will be as indispensable as the author’s general introduction The First Industrial Nation whether for the richness of their material or the freedom and subtlety of his analysis. These fascinating essays are divided into two groups: general themes the ‘uniqueness’ in Europe of the industrial revolution capital formation taxation the growth of skills science and technical change leisure and wages diagnoses of poverty; and topics the social structure the industrialization of brewing coinage agriculture and the drink industries advances in public health and the armed forces British and American public finance in the War of Independence Dr Johnson and the business world. This book was first published in 1979. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138865075

The Transformation of Initial Teacher EducationThe Changing Nature of Teacher Training Tracing the development of initial teacher education since the large-scale expansion of the teaching profession after the Second World War to the present day  The Transformation of Initial Teacher Education explores the changing nature of teacher training. Examining the growth of the ‘teaching industry’ this book addresses key issues including: the return to an apprentice model the growing importance of schools in initial teacher training the continuing decline in the role played by higher education an examination of the broader socio-economic context of increased marketisiation a reconsideration of the international political factors driving the reform process; and interviews with prominent individuals who have been involved with the development of policy Considering the ideas and ideals that have permeated teacher education and how these have shaped the experiences of trainees on a variety of programmes across a broader international context this book examines the future of teacher education and the changing nature of teaching providing essential insight for trainee teachers school staff and any academics involved in teacher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415738743

The Transformation Of Israeli SocietyAn Essay In Interpretation This book discusses the development and organization of the major spheres of life of Israeli society. It analyses major aspects and trends of development of Israeli society which have been taking place continuously since its beginning from the early period of Zionist settlement in Eretz Israel. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296667

The Transformation of Italian Armed Forces in Comparative PerspectiveAdapt Improvise Overcome? European armed forces have undergone deep changes in the past two decades. Given the breadth of the debate and the size of transformations that took place it is somewhat surprising that relatively few academic studies have directly dealt with changes in force structure of European militaries and the Italian armed forces in particular. The focus of this book is the organizational dimension of the restructuring of armed forces through 3 different lenses: doctrine and strategic framework budget and resource allocation and force structure and deployment. The key issues addressed relate to how these factors interact in shaping transformation. Of particular interest is the theme of learning which is how armed forces endogenize change in the short and long run. This study provides valuable insights into the extent to which armed forces manage to adapt to the emerging strategic and operational challenges they have to face and to illustrate the weight of institutional legacies resource constraints and inter-organizational learning in shaping transformation. Focusing on the Italian case in comparative perspective and based on a large variety of military operations from airstrikes to peacekeeping and counterinsurgency the book provides an innovative viewpoint on military transformation and significantly contributes to our understanding of contemporary security that is deeply shaped by the lessons learnt in Afghanistan Lebanon Iraq and Libya. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472427519

The Transformation of Italian Communism The end of the cold war and the fall of the Soviet empire have had major consequences for Italian politics. Leonard Weinberg explores some of those consequences focusing on the transformation of the Italian Communist party from a Leninist to a democratic party. He also discusses the relationship between the end of communism and the unfolding of the entire Italian system.The Transformation of Italian Communism has two objectives. First it calls the reader's attention to the role of international developments an important but largely overlooked area involved in the study of European party politics. Traditional texts in this area emphasize domestic factors but Weinberg focuses on the influence of international developments on domestic party politics in Italy. The implications for other nations are transparent.The second objective of this work is to examine how Italy's Communist party the largest such party of its kind in the Western world reacted to the fall of communism in Eastern Europe. Weinberg analyzes the meaning of these events for long-tune party members in Italy'as well as for Italian political and cultural life. The Transformation of Italian Communism offers an original intimate and unique assessment of how the end of the cold war has affected Italian political culture. It will be a valuable addition to those interested in the convulsions taking place in modem Italy as well as to political scientists and theorists of political culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517035

The Transformation of ModernityAspects of the Past Present and Future of an Era This title was first published in 2001: For over 30 years it has been argued that contemporary society is undergoing a fundamental transformation. The portrait of the modern society or modernity offered by philosophers and social scientists from Hobbes to Parsons is no longer understood as a description of the final and highest stage in the social evolution of mankind. Modern society is not the end of history but simply another more or less contingent social and cultural formation on planet earth. This new perspective on modernity and its transformation which has emerged from the modernist-postmodernist debate is the subject matter of this book. It is addressed in a multidisciplinary and international way both theoretically and empirically and is explored not only in general and historical terms but also through specific topics such as sexuality identity democracy globalization knowledge and leadership. Offering an important collaborative contribution to contemporary discourse in sociology social psychology politics and philosophy this book represents a unique effort to come to grips with our obscure and elusive social position at the start of the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138631069

The Transformation of Politicised ReligionFrom Zealots into Leaders Including contributions from leading scholars from Algeria France Germany India and the United States this book traces the rise and turn to moderation of the New Cultural Identitarian Political Movements often labelled in the West as fundamentalists. Arguing that culturally based ideologies are often the instruments rather than the motivating force though which segments of a rising middle strata challenge entrenched elites the expert contributors trace the rise of these movements to changes in their respective countries’ political economy and class structures. This approach explains why as a result of an ongoing contestation and recreation of bourgeois values the more powerful of these movements then tend towards moderation. As Western countries realise the need to engage with the more moderate wings of fundamentalist political groups their rationale and aims become of increasing importance and so academics decision-makers and business people interested in South Asia and the Muslim world will find this an invaluable account. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472448811

The Transformation of Rural Africa Contemporary discussions of Africa’s recent growth have largely interpreted such growth in terms of structural transformation  based mainly on national- and sectoral-level data. However the micro-level processes driving this transformation are still unclear and remain the subject of debate. This collection provides a micro economic foundation for understanding the particular growth processes at work within the region’s rural areas and in so doing provides important insights for policy action. The book provides valuable household- and farm-level evidence about the drivers of rural labour productivity improvements in access to markets investment in food value chains and indeed the role of rural economic growth in Africa’s ongoing rural transformation processes. Some of the features of Africa’s ongoing rural transformation are similar to those of agricultural transformation as experienced in Asia and elsewhere. However other features of Africa’s rural transformation are unique and pose important challenges for development policy and planning. Together the studies compiled in this volume provide an updated evidence-based and policy-relevant understanding of where African countries are in their developmental trajectories and the region’s prospects for achieving inclusive forms of development over the next several decades. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Development Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586133

The Transformation of Rural China During the past quarter century Jonathan Unger has interviewed farmers and rural officials from various parts of China in order to track the extraordinary changes that have swept the countryside from the Maoist era through the Deng era to the present day. A leading specialist on rural China Professor Unger presents a vivid picture of life in rural areas during the Maoist revolution and then after the post-Mao disbandment of the collectives. This is a story of unexpected continuities amidst enormous change. Unger describes how rural administrations retain Mao-era characteristics - despite the major shifts that have occurred in the economic and social hierarchies of villages as collectivization and "class struggle" gave way to the slogan "to get rich is glorious." A chapter explores the private entrepreneurship that has blossomed in the prosperous parts of the countryside. Another focuses on the tensions and exploitation that have arisen as vast numbers of migrant laborers from poor districts have poured into richer ones. Another based on five months of travel by jeep into impoverished villages in the interior describes the dilemmas of under-development still faced by many tens of millions of farmers and the ways in which government policies have inadvertently hurt their livelihoods. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315292052

The Transformation of Russia’s Armed ForcesTwenty Lost Years At no time since the end of the Cold War has interest been higher in Russian security issues and the role played in this by the modernization of Russia’s Armed Forces. The continued transformation of its Armed Forces from Cold War legacy towards a modern combat capable force presents many challenges for the Kremlin. Moscow’s security concerns domestically in the turbulent North Caucasus and internationally linked to the Arab Spring as well as its complex relations with the US and NATO and its role in the aftermath of the Maidan Revolution in Ukraine in 2014 further raises the need to present an informed analytical survey of the country’s military past present and future. This collection addresses precisely the nature of the challenges facing Russian policymakers as they struggle to rebuild combat capable military to protect Russian interests in the twenty-first century.This book was based on a special issue of the Journal of Slavic Military Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739300

The Transformation of Security in the Asia/Pacific Region The security architecture of the Asia/Pacific region is in a profound transformation. Such changes are not without problems which are discussed here. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315036328

The Transformation of SexualityGender and Identity in Contemporary Youth Culture How do contemporary young people construct their sexual identities? Are young people sexually liberated or is human sexuality increasingly controlled and manipulated by commercial forces? Thomas Johansson explores the construction of sexual identities by young people as part of a wider process of identity construction combining the work of key authors such as Elias and Foucault with original and revealing empirical material drawn from an extensive survey of the views of 1300 sixteen to nineteen year olds combined with a number of qualitative in-depth interviews with different sexual subcultures. Topics covered include fidelity and infidelity love homosexuality pornography and beauty ideals. Designed to look beyond media images and popular prejudices the book illustrates how young people of both genders of different nationalities and of different group allegiances view and relate to their own sexuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251779

The Transformation Of SocialismPerestroika And Reform In The Soviet Union And China This book is based on Conference on the Transformation of Socialism in the Soviet Union and China and reveals a second feature of the conference: the candor of the presentations. It discusses the effects of the reforms on political processes and the development of socialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296674

The Transformation of South KoreaReform and Reconstitution in the Sixth Republic Under Roh Tae Woo 1987-1992 South Korea underwent rapid economic development under a semi-military virulently anti-communist government which banned trade unions and kept close checks on the economy. President Roe Tae Woo has however since 1987 introduced electoral and social reforms. Strikes and wage rises have followed leading to a loss of competitive edge and the growth of opposition parties has resulted in political stalemate. Robert E. Bedeski provides a thorough analysis of the institutions of government in South Korea and how they have been transformed by the introduction of political pluralism and of the attempt to liberalize without undermining economic success. He also examines the new political parties and their role within the framework of the South Korean political system as well as their social context. State reforms are compared with developments in Taiwan the Phillipines North Korea China and the former Soviet Union. The major themes of state-building an deconomic development are thoroughly explored. The author also deals with South Korea's international environment and changing foreign policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138416932

The Transformation of Southeast Asia This book provides the basis for a reconceptualization of key features in Southeast Asia's history. Scholars from Europe America and Asia examine evolutionary patterns of Europe's and Japan's Southeast Asian empires from the late nineteenth century through World War II and offer important insights into the specific events of the 1940s 1950s and 1960s. In turn their different perspectives on the political economic and cultural currents of the "post-colonial" era - including Southeast Asia's gradual adjustment to globalizing forces - enhance understanding of the dynamics of the decolonization process. Drawing on new and wide-ranging research in international relations economics anthropology and cultural studies the book looks at the impact of decolonization and the struggle of the new nation-states with issues such as economic development cultural development nation-building ideology race and modernization. The contributors also consider decolonization as a phenomenon within the larger international structure of the Cold War and the post-Cold War eras. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698908

The Transformation of Southeast AsiaInternational Perspectives on Decolonization Providing the basis for a reconceptualization of key features in Southeast Asia's history this book examines evolutionary patterns of Europe's and Japan's Southeast Asian empires from the late 19th century through to the 1960s. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698892

The Transformation of Strategic Affairs This book analyzes the strategic implications of the shift in focus for the US Armed Forces from regular to irregular war. Lawrence Freedman closely examines the difficulty the US Armed Forces face in shifting their focus from preparing for regular wars in which combat is separated from civil society to irregular wars in which combat is integrated with civil society. He argues that the political context of contemporary irregular wars requires that the purpose and practice of western forces be governed by liberal values showing that this is also the case with regular wars to the extent they occur but it is the integration with civil society that makes the application of liberal values so challenging. The Transformation of Strategic Affairs suggests that this challenge becomes easier to meet when military operations are understood to contribute to the development of a compelling narrative about the likely course and consequence of a conflict in which Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138452558

The Transformation of TajikistanThe Sources of Statehood Tajikistan is one of the lesser-known and least-researched former Soviet Central Asian republics. The birth of the new state in 1991 was followed closely by a civil war which killed more than 50 000 people and displaced many tens of thousands more. While a peace agreement was signed in 1997 significant political violence continued until 2001 and intermittent outbreaks still occur today. Many claim it remains a very weak state and perhaps in danger of state failure or a return to civil war. However the revival of Tajikistan should not simply be seen in terms of its post-conflict stabilization. Since its creation as a republic of the Soviet Union in 1920s Tajikistan has been transformed from being a shell for socialist engineering to become a national society under a modern state. Despite a multitude of economic social and political shocks the Republic of Tajikistan endures. This book places the transformation of Tajikistan in its Soviet and Post-Soviet historical settings and local and global contexts. It explores the sources of a state with Soviet roots but which has been radically transformed by independence and its exposure to global politics and economics. The authors address the sources of statehood in history Islam and secularism gender relations the economy international politics and security affairs. This book is a new edition of a special issue of Central Asian Survey ‘Tajikistan: the sources of statehood’ including two additional papers and a revised introduction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138209749

The Transformation of Targeted Killing and International Order This comprehensive volume addresses the important question of whether and how the current transformation of targeted killing is transforming the global international order. The age-old practice of targeted killing has undergone a profound transformation since the turn of the millennium. States resort to it more frequently especially in the context of counter-terrorism operations. The rapid development of surveillance and drone technologies facilitates targeted-killing missions and states are starting to slowly abandon their policies of secrecy and denial with regard to this form of violence. To answer this question the volume introduces a theoretical framework that conceives the maintenance and transformation of international order as a dynamic triangular process between violence discourse and the institutions that make up the international order. It then sheds light on different parts of this triangular process: the reinterpretation of international law to legitimize targeted killing the contestation between state and non-state actors over the development of a new targeted-killing norm the emergence of targeted killing in the context of changes in the broader normative context of international order and the impact of new technologies in particular autonomous weapons systems on the future of targeted-killing practices and international order. This book was originally published as a special issue of Contemporary Security Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661533

The Transformation of the American Democratic Republic In this stimulating volume Stephen M. Krason considers whether the Founding Fathers' vision of the American democratic republic has been transformed and if so in what ways. He looks to the basic principles of the Founding Fathers then discusses the changes that resulted from evolving contemporary expectations about government. Referencing philosophical principles and the work of great Western thinkers Krason then explores a variety of proposals that could forge a foundation for restoration.Acknowledging that any attempt to revive the Founders' views on a democratic republic must start in the public sphere Krason focuses on concerned citizens who are aware of the extent to which our current political structures deviate from the Founders' vision and want to take action. Ultimately a democratic republic can exist be sustained and flourish only when there is a deep commitment to it in the minds and norms of its people.Written by a foremost authority in the field of US Constitutional law this book will appeal to those interested in American history society and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412854986

The Transformation of the GulfPolitics Economics and the Global Order This book examines the political economic and social transformation of the six member-states of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) and the ways in which these states are both shaping and being reshaped by the processes of globalisation. Adopting a multidisciplinary approach the volume combines thematic chapters focusing on issues such as globalisation nationalism and identity political thinking and economic diversification and redistributive policymaking with empirical chapters studying specific aspects of reform and change: the emergence of governing markets the rise of Sovereign Wealth Funds Islamic Finance the relationship between energy and sustainability trends in foreign aid donorship strategic and foreign policy formulation. Contributions from experts in the field provide cutting-edge snapshots of a region in flux and collectively offer a roadmap of its repositioning in the global order examining the interaction between global processes and internal dynamics of change and resistance that inject new dimensions into debates over the loci of local and global transformations and the manner in which each plays off the other. Situating the Gulf States firmly within their global twenty-first century context this book will hold particular appeal to theorists of globalisation as well as to scholars of comparative politics international political economy and area studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415574525

The Transformation of the International Order of AsiaDecolonization the Cold War and the Colombo Plan In Asia the 1950s were dominated by political decolonization and the emergence of the Cold War system and newly independent countries were able to utilize the transformed balance of power for their own economic development through economic and strategic aid programmes. This book examines the interconnections between the transfer of power and state governance in Asia the emergence of the Cold War and the transfer of hegemony from the UK to the US by focusing specifically on the historical roles of international economic aid and the autonomous response from Asian nation states in the immediate post-war context. The Transformation of the International Order of Asia offers closely interwoven perspectives on international economic and political relations from the 1950s to the 1960s with specific focus on the Colombo Plan and related aid policies of the time. It shows how the plan served different purposes: Britain’s aim to reduce India’s wartime sterling balances in London; the quest for India’s economic independence under Jawaharlal Nehru; Japan’s regional economic assertion and its endeavour to improve its international status; Britain’s publicity policy during the reorganization of British aid policies at a time of economic crisis; and more broadly the West’s desire to counter Soviet influence in Asia. In doing so the chapters explore how international economic aid relations became reorganized in relation to the independent development of states in Asia during the period and crucially the role this transformation played in the emergence of a new international order in Asia. Drawing on a wide range of international contemporary and archival source materials this book will be welcomed by students and scholars interested in Asian international and economic history politics and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138089648

The Transformation of the Japanese Economy During the rapid growth period of the Japanese economy from the mid-1950s to the mid-1970s the economic system that became entrenched in Japan -- the so-called Japanese-style capitalism -- was based on the government-business-bureaucracy triad. Although its distinct features survived the subsequent two decades of slow growth there are many indications that the Japanese economy is once again struggling to transform itself. These translations from the Japanese economic literature expertly address this transformation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315285290

The Transformation of the Japanese LeftFrom Old Socialists to New Democrats This book examines the transition within the Japanese party system that has seen the demise of ‘the old socialists’ the Japan Socialist Party and in its place the emergence of the Democratic Party of Japan as the leading opposition party. Sarah Hyde has produced an original book which looks at the intra-left (non-communist) opposition party manoeuvrings during the 1990s through to the new millennium in a highly detailed and focused manner whilst simultaneously looking at the three most significant changes for the left nationally: the change to the electoral system the change to public opinion regarding defense and the Constitution after the First Gulf War and the changes to the Labour Union movement. Ending with a chapter on the incredibly important 2007 Upper House election which brings the development of the opposition full circle this book will be a valuable source for students and scholars of Japanese politics electoral systems and opposition politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415690300

The Transformation of the MediaGlobalisation Morality and Ethics The changing pattern of contemporary media is one of the most striking and important transformations of our age. This major new work seeks to understand the implications of a series of mediated processes in relation to public cultures and modern identities. In The Transformation of the Media the author leads the reader through a number of complex theoretical issues connecting the nature of modern communication to the affects this has on our common moral and ethical lives. Most significantly he argues that a number of perspectives as diverse as Marxism post-modernism liberalism communitarianism and technological determinism can all be found wanting in this regard. The Transformation of the Media attempts to situate the media and more theoretical concerns within a broad sociological framework. The volume adds to our shared understanding of the media's relation to contemporary cultural transformations including globalisation the development of informational capitalism the changing nature of the public sphere and the impact of new social movements. More specifically through a discussion of the 'new media order' and the Rwandan genocide a critical prism is held up to existing debates concerning the globalisation of the media. Key features: an extremely topical and accessible analysis of the media's implications for contemporary cultural transformations combines a theoretical and empirical approach presents complex theoretical ideas in an accessible way This book will be essential reading for students studying globalisation the global media new media technology identity and cultural development in cultural studies media studies and sociology and politics courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138166585

The Transformation of the Social Right to HealthcareEvidence from England and Germany This pathbreaking book investigates welfare state change in the area of health care- a field widely neglected by comparative welfare state research. While some work on health care expenditure exists health care rights have not been systematically studied since social rights have exclusively focused on entitlement to cash benefits. Addressing this research gap Böhm analyses in what way the social right to health care has been modified in the course of general welfare state transformation since the late 1970s. Taking England and Germany as examples she assesses how health care reforms conducted under the conditions of constrained budgets demographic ageing and rapid medical progress have altered access to and generosity of public health care systems over the past 35 years. The book’s findings significantly increase our understanding of social rights and reveals fundamental differences of approach: while Germany provides absolute and enforceable rights to health care for each (entitled) individual English social health care rights are directed towards the population as a whole and contingent upon the availability of resources i.e. they are not absolute and not enforceable. This distinction between individual and collective social rights will be an important contribution to the theory of social rights given its applicability to other types of social rights and its usefulness in tracing changes in social rights over time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348847

The Transformation of the Student CareerUniversity Study in Germany the Netherlands and Sweden This study examines the transformation of the structural characteristics and ideological assumptions of university study in these three countries between the mid-1950s and the early 1990s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986008

The Transformation Of The Supreme Court's AgendaFrom The New Deal To The Reagan Administration When we think of judicial activism–the Court's role in making public policy–we often focus on individuals: the Robert Borks or Thurgood Marshalls of the times. In this book Richard Pacelle explores the institutional judicial activism of the Supreme Court through the dramatic changes in its agenda as it has evolved from 1933 to the present. Once dominated by economic issues the Supreme Court's agenda is now populated largely by cases involving individual rights and liberties. This shift is hardly accidental Pacelle argues and he offers quantitative as well as qualitative assessments of the means and motivations for change. Over 7 500 cases serve as the basis of analysis and the narrative is amplified by informative appendixes: an explanation of the author's case taxonomy a chronology of the Court's chief justices a list of cases cited and a digest of key cases. The systematic framework provided for tracing historical changes in the Supreme Court's agenda is the first of its kind and is sure to be valuable in future analyses and projections of coming change beyond the Rehnquist Court. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367312145

The Transformation of UN Conflict ManagementProducing images of genocide from Rwanda to Darfur and beyond The world has vowed "Never again" in memory of the 800 000 Rwandans and other groups slaughtered by génocidaires. Yet ever since the Holocaust the international community has repeatedly betrayed its pledge most notably in 1994 with regard to the Rwandan Tutsi and again ten years later in Darfur. This book examines how the UN failed to prevent or halt the Rwandan genocide: the most efficient mass killing in history. It offers a new explanation focussing on the structure of the UN and four mechanisms which were pertinent to UN conflict management at that time: early warning; bureaucratic rationalisation; organisational learning; and Western normalisation. The author sees the Rwandan case as a ‘child of its time’ or a focal point in which the dysfunctions of the ailing conflict management mechanisms of the 1990s combined with devastating consequences. The book proceeds to examine the transformation of these mechanisms from Rwanda to Darfur - a development which is regarded as indicative of a wider tendency – or direction – in UN conflict management over the past ten years and in the foreseeable future. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of political science international relations ethnic politics international organizations and conflict studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851619

The Transformation of Urban LiberalismParty Politics and Urban Governance in Late Nineteenth-Century England "The Transformation of Urban Liberalism" re-evaluates the dramatic and turbulent political decade following the 'Third Reform Act' and questions whether the Liberal Party's political heartlands - the urban boroughs - really were in decline. In contrast to some recent studies it does not see electoral reform the Irish Home Rule crisis and the challenge of socialism as representing a fundamental threat to the integrity of the party. Instead this book illustrates using parallel case studies how the party gradually began to transform into a social democratic organisation through a re-evaluation of its role and policy direction. This process was not one directed from the centre - despite the important personalities of Gladstone and Rosebery - but rather one heavily influenced by 'grass roots politics'. Consequently it suggests that late Victorian politics was more democratic and open than sometimes thought with leading urban politicians forced to respond to the demands of party activists. Changes in the structure of urban rule produced new policy outcomes and brought new collectivist forms of New Liberalism onto the political agenda. Thus it is argued that without the political transformations of the decade 1885-1895 the radical liberal governments of the Edwardian era would not have been possible. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398295

The Transformation of Violent Intercommunal Conflict In recent years there has been a remarkable growth of interest in the concept of conflict transformation and the closely related strategy of grass-roots peace building. Yet there exists no general critical analysis of the concept of conflict transformation in the context of violent inter-communal conflict and the different approaches that can be included in response to this category of dispute. This study offers a comprehensive survey and critical overview of this emerging area. Examining the reasons for the growing interest in the concept of conflict transformation in situations of ethnic conflict the book explores the different dimensions of transformation. It draws on examples of strategies from a number of situations of 'ethnic conflict' including Northern Ireland Israel/Palestine Bosnia Kosovo Cyprus Spain Sri Lanka and the former Soviet Union to identify and assess key issues and problems that have emerged and ultimately to propose a stronger emphasis on the promotion of inter-subjective understanding. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315552064

The Transformation of Work in Welfare State OrganizationsNew Public Management and the Institutional Diffusion of Ideas How has New Public Management influenced social policy reform in different developed welfare states? New managerialism is conceptualized as a paradigm which not only shapes the decision-making process in bureaucratic organizations but also affects the practice of individuals (citizens).Public administrations have been expected to transform from traditional bureaucratic organizations into modern managerial service providers by adopting a business model that requires the efficient and effective use of resources. The introduction of managerial practices controlling and accounting systems management by objectives computerization service orientation increased outsourcing competitive structures and decentralized responsibility are typical of efforts to increase efficiency. These developments have been accompanied by the abolition of civil service systems and fewer secure jobs in public administrations.This book provides a sociological understanding of how public administrations deal with this transformation how people’s role as public servants is affected and what kind of strategies emerge either to meet these new organizational requirements or to circumvent them. It shows how hybrid arrangements of public services are created between the public and the private sphere that lead to conflicts of interest between private strategies and public tasks as well as to increasingly homogeneous social welfare provision across Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591342

The Transformation of Yunnan in Ming ChinaFrom the Dali Kingdom to Imperial Province This book examines how the Ming state transformed the multi-ethnic society of Yunnan into a province. Yunnan had remained outside the ambit of central government when ruled by the Dali kingdom 937-1253 and its foundation as a province by the Yuan regime in 1276 did not disrupt Dali kingdom style political social and religious institutions. It was the Ming state in the fourteenth to seventeenth centuries through its institutions for military and civilian control which brought about profound changes and truly transformed local society into a province. In contrast to other studies which have portrayed Yunnan as a non-Han frontier region waiting to be colonised this book by focusing on changes in local society casts off the idea of Yunnan as a border area far from civilisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367353360

The Transformational SelfAttachment and the End of the Adolescent Phase This book is an attempt to add to the theoretical discussion regarding the nature of the intrapsychic and interpersonal transformational changes associated with the transition from adolescence to young adulthood. The author introduces the concept of the 'Transformational Self' a phase-specific dimension of the neural self and demonstrates the enhanced explanatory power that it offers in attempting to examine the sometimes dramatic shifting self-states accompanying the metamorphosis from adolescence into young adulthood. A necessary precondition for the emergence of the Transformational Self is the maturation of the pre-frontal cortex and its enhanced neural connectivity. With this biological achievement executive functioning a strengthened ego/self capacity can arrive at a mature level of external stabilization and internal intrapsychic structuralization. Conceptualized in self-referencing metaphor and expressed and reinforced through long term potentiation (repeated firing patterns of synchronous neural assemblies) the late adolescent reconfigured self-state becomes a true developmental potentiality evidenced by the use of different self (and other) representations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491424

The Transformative Capacity of New TechnologiesA Theory of Sociotechnical Change Scientific concepts on the co-evolution of technology and society as well as recent sociotechnical system approaches focus on the general interrelations between technology socioeconomic structures and institutions. Their aim is to study and explain processes and modes of technological change. Rarely however have answers been put forward on the related question of processes of socioeconomic and institutional change provoked by emerging new technological opportunities and constraints. The Transformative Capacity of New Technologies redresses this imbalance exploring the questions: how and to what extent do socioeconomic structures institutions and actors change under the influence of new technologies? how do they react to technology-induced pressures to change? what patterns do they adopt? The book provides theoretical considerations as well as practical tools for analyzing and classifying exceptional periods of substantial sociotechnical change. It examines the literature on path-dependency and path-creation on organizational and institutional change and on sociotechnical transitions. Case studies on subjects such as the pharmaceutical industry the music industry the energy sector and scientific publishing support the theoretical analysis. The book will be of interest to students and scholars of sociology science and technology studies work and industry studies and management of technology and innovation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138807846

The Transformative ImaginationRethinking Intercultural Theology At the beginning of the twenty-first century there is an increasing tendency to retrenchment within the Christian churches and among other world religions. Religious fundamentalisms are on the increase. In Europe at least there is an accelerated decline in church membership. In theology there is a corresponding move away from addressing basic theological issues in the contemporary world towards increasingly technical interpretation of historical tradition. This book draws on the strengths in classical liberal traditions in theology augmented by other perspectives to present a creative proposal for the future of theology and society. George Newlands explores the nature scope and limits of an intercultural Christian theology setting out a working model for a new open theology which relates theology and culture. Contributing to the cumulative effort to re-imagine faith in the contemporary world a focus on the Christian understanding of God lies at the heart of this book. Exploring the interface between theology and particular cultural activities The Transformative Imagination engages with politics literature philosophy and other humanities and the natural sciences. The relationship between theology and the social and geographical sub-cultures which characterize human life is explored through diverse examples which make connections and initiate dialogue. Connecting Christian theology and human rights religion is seen to link constructively with some of the most intractable problems in contemporary global conflicts of interest. Theology is re-situated as a team player a catalyst to facilitate dialogue in contrast to triumphalist theologies of the past. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236742

The Transformative Potential of Participatory BudgetingCreating an Ideal Democracy In this book George Robert Bateman Jr. presents a philosophical examination of the potential benefits of participatory budgeting (PB) with recommendations of how they might be realized. The work of social philosophers like Thomas Jefferson John Dewey Robert Putnam are studied to better understand the potential benefits and their effect on individuals and communities. Using social provisioning and John Fagg Foster’s theories of instrumental value and institutional adjustment Bateman demonstrates how participatory budgeting in New York City (PBNYC) can realize its full potential and transform individual participants into their better selves and also transform their communities. This transformation can occur when participants are able to make decisions about things that matter in their lives. As more of us become empowered and actively engaged in deliberations concerning local economic/political issues the more we will experience public happiness greater understanding of others greater development of our morality and an increased sense of belonging. The Transformative Potential of Participatory Budgeting will be of great interest to scholars in the fields of normative political theory political philosophy local politics heterodox economics institutional economics political sociology urban sociology and community sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367334031

The Transgender Studies Reader Transgender studies is the latest area of academic inquiry to grow out of the exciting nexus of queer theory feminist studies and the history of sexuality. Because transpeople challenge our most fundamental assumptions about the relationship between bodies desire and identity the field is both fascinating and contentious. The Transgender Studies Reader puts between two covers fifty influential texts with new introductions by the editors that taken together document the evolution of transgender studies in the English-speaking world. By bringing together the voices and experience of transgender individuals doctors psychologists and academically-based theorists this volume will be a foundational text for the transgender community transgender studies and related queer theory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203955055

The Transgender Studies Reader 1&2 BUNDLE Over the past twenty years transgender studies has emerged as a dynamic field of interdisciplinary scholarship. First collected in Routledge's own The Transgender Studies Reader in 2006 the field has moved on rapidly expanding in many directions. The Transgender Studies Reader 2 gathers these disparate strands of scholarship and collects them into a format that makes sense for teaching and research. Complimenting the first volume rather than competing with it the second volume introduces another 50 articles with explanatory head notes for each essay and bibliographic suggestions for further reading. Buy the two volumes together at a discount in this bundle and enjoy both the historic and modern takes on this rapidly growing vibrant field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415636957

The Transgender Studies Reader 2 Over the past twenty years transgender studies has emerged as a vibrant field of interdisciplinary scholarship. In 2006 Routledge’s The Transgender Studies Reader brought together the first definitive collection of the field. Since its publication the field has seen an explosion of new work that has expanded the boundaries of inquiry in many directions. The Transgender Studies Reader 2 gathers these disparate strands of scholarship and collects them into a format that makes sense for teaching and research. Complementing the first volume rather than competing with it The Transgender Studies Reader 2 consists of fifty articles with a general introduction by the editors explanatory head notes for each essay and bibliographical suggestions for further research. Unlike the first volume which was historically based tracing the lineage of the field this volume focuses on recent work and emerging trends. To keep pace with this rapidly changing area the second reader has a companion website with images links to blogs video and other material to help supplement the book. For more information visit the companion website at www.routledge.com/cw/stryker Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415517737

The Transition From Command To Market Economies In Eastcentral EuropeThe Vienna Institute For Comparative Economic Studies Yearbook Iv Now that the euphoria over political change has died down the formerly socialist countries of Eastern and Central Europe are facing an economic crisis. The contributors to this well-established annual publication consider the key factors affecting the economic transition process analyzing possible strategies for successful reform including the use of "shock theory" to accelerate the process. As well as examining various country-specific problems the authors explore the status of the Central European countries seeking integration with the European Economic Community and ask whether all the former socialist countries might do well to adopt some of the economic development strategies used so successfully by the nations of Southeast Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296698

The Transition From Prelinguistic To Linguistic Communication Published in the year 1983 The Transition From Prelinguistic To Linguistic Communication is a valuable contribution to the field of Developmental Psychology. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203781128

The Transition from Welfare to WorkProcesses Challenges and Outcomes How well do you understand the sweeping welfare reforms of the mid-1990s? The Transition from Welfare to Work: Processes Challenges and Outcomes provides a comprehensive examination of the welfare-to-work initiatives that were undertaken just prior to and following the major reform of United States welfare legislation in 1996. It will familiarize you with the intent of those reforms and show you how those interventions have been implemented. It also explores the barriers to employment that must be overcome by welfare-to-work clients and the impact of these changes on clients employers and society. From the editors: “Although the numbers enrolled in welfare programs dropped dramatically in the last few years of the economic expansion of the 1990s until recently we have known very little about the conditions of families affected by welfare-to-work policies. How did welfare-to-work interventions change the lives of participants and their families? What factors helped or hindered the transition to paid work? Are welfare-to-work policies likely to have actually improved the earnings or income of former AFDC recipients? This book studies all these questions.” The Transition from Welfare to Work: Processes Challenges and Outcomes presents qualitative quantitative and econometric analyses as well as panel studies longitudinal and quasi-experimental designs. Beginning with a brief description of the goals and structure of the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996 this book examines all of the phases of the welfare-to-work process. Use it to increase your understanding of: the implementation of interventions designed to place TANF recipients in jobs the factors that impact the readiness of low-income women to enter the job market the outcomes of current and earlier welfare-to-work interventions the steps we need to take to know how these citizens are faring in the welfare-to-work environment and more! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043982

The Transition of Religion to Culture in Law and Public Discourse This book explores the recent trend toward the transformation of religious symbols and practices into culture in Western democracies. Analyses of three legal cases involving religion in the public sphere are used to illuminate this trend: a municipal council chamber; a town hall; and town board meetings. Each case  involves a different national context—Canada France and the United States—and each illustrates something interesting about the shape-shifting nature of religion specifically its flexibility and dexterity in the face of the secular the religious and the plural. Despite the differences in national contexts in each instance religion is transformed into culture or heritage by the courts to justify or excuse its presence and to distance the state from the possibility that it is violating legal norms of distance from religion. The cultural practice or symbol is represented as a shared national value or activity. Transforming the ‘Other’ into ‘Us’ through reconstitution is also possible. Finally anxiety about the ‘Other’ becomes part of the story of rendering religion as culture resulting in the impugning of anyone who dares to question the putative shared culture. The book will be essential reading for students academics and policy-makers working in the areas of sociology of religion religious studies socio-legal studies law and public policy constitutional law religion and politics and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367440534

The Transition Of Youth To Adulthood: A Bridge Too LongA Report To Educators Sociologists Legislators And Youth Policymaking Bodies This book focuses on the creation of new educational environment for youth; youth employment; crime and the juvenile system; health system; trends in health policy in the United states and other western democracies; and new environment for the transition of youth to adulthood. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296704

The Transition TightropeSupporting Students in Transition to Secondary School The transition phase from primary to secondary school is a time of massive personal physical psychological and social change. Not only is it a difficult time for the young adolescent but it is also a challenging time for parents teachers and anyone working with young people experiencing such substantial changes in their lives. In this highly accessible book Angie Wilcock offers clear practical and realistic tips and strategies to support teachers’ and parents’ understanding of this difficult transition stage. If you are concerned that your child or pupil may have difficulty coping with the many changes and challenges associated with this phase this book will give you insight into issues such as: understanding the developing teen and effective ways to handle them keeping up with multiple assignments creating a system of organisation and an effective work space at home maintaining a healthy balance between work play...and sleep developing a positive attitude to school and study setting realistic goals making new friends establishing life skills which are transferable to school. Based on real-life teaching and parenting experience and full of practical helpful case studies this is just the resource you need to help you support and guide your developing teen. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415634373

The Transition to Adulthood and Family RelationsAn Intergenerational Approach This book explores the development of a new path of transition between adolescence and adulthood in recent generations. Whereas traditionally the transition into adulthood was marked by a clear and irreversible change in condition we are now seeing a continuance in the role and influence of the family on the young adult. What consequences does this have for our society? Is the persistence of emotional bonds which previously loosened during adolescence inhibiting young people from developing into full adulthood? The authors present a clear and in-depth analysis of the theoretical framework surrounding the transition into adulthood both from a generational point of view and a relationship-centred perspective. The findings of international research are presented and compared across generations gender and geographical location within Europe. The different research methods of ‘family related research’ and ‘family research’ are also distinguished and analysed. This volume offers an original and multi-faceted review of this topic. The family is considered as an organization and the interdependencies and interconnections between its members the generations and genders investigated. It offers a unique contribution to the current literature and will appeal to an international audience of researchers policy makers and educators both in academic and professional spheres. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877511

The Transition to Democracy in HungaryÁrpád Göncz and the Post-Communist Hungarian Presidency Unlike in other countries of Eastern Europe where the opposition to communism came in the form of single mass movements led by charismatic leaders such as Václav Havel and Lech Wałęsa in Hungary the opposition was very fragmented brought together and made effective only by the authoritative significant but relatively unknown Árpád Göncz who subsequently became Hungary’s first post-communist president. This book charts the political career of Árpád Göncz outlining the outstanding contribution he made to Hungary’s transition to democracy. Drawing on a wide range of sources including archives and interviews with Göncz himself and others it shows how Göncz unlike Havel who was a playwright and whose political role was largely symbolic was a campaigning politician all his life consistently advocating social democratic but not communist values. Imprisoned from 1956 for his participation in the 1956 uprising Göncz was a highly-effective political operator in the transition period around 1989 and as president wielded real power effectively. As politics in Hungary are again marred by deep division and fragmentation Göncz’s success in bringing rival groups together is even more pronounced. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138643352

The Transition to National Armies in the Former Soviet Republics 1988-2005 This book looks at the militaries of the late-Soviet and post-Soviet republics. Beginning with the end of the Soviet era it recognises that the successor states did not spring from nowhere but inherited a legacy that influenced all that followed. The book discusses how politicians control the instruments that are the manifestation of the state’s monopoly on violence and how society views and supports the military. By taking a bottom up empirical approach that examines the personnel leaders organisations and institutions and their outlook and attitudes the book presents a comprehensive picture of the armed forces showing how the armed forces are very significantly shaped by the surrounding political and social environment. The book goes on to examine the armed forces in action and highlights that to truly understand the militaries studies need to go beyond looking at the static structures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108257

The Transition to Socialism in China (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1982. The dramatic changes in policy and theory following the death of Chairman Mao in 1976 and the publication of the most extensive official and unofficial data on the Chinese economy and society twenty years both necessitated and made possible a thorough reconsideration of the full range of issues pertaining to the political and economic trajectory of the People’s Republic in its first three decades. The contributors to this volume initiated a comprehensive effort to address fundamental problems of China’s socialist development and to reassess earlier perspectives and conclusions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138645820

The Transition to SustainabilityThe Politics of Agenda 21 in Europe The Transition to Sustainability 'details how all nations are repositioning their economies their societies and their collective purpose to maintain all life on Earth peacefully healthily equitably and with sufficient wealth to ensure that all are content in their survival.' From the Preface The governments of Europe are committed in principle to the implementation of sustainable development policies. What will this mean in practice? Most importantly how compatible is such implementation with other commitments to economic growth and competitive markets? Can it be achieved and what are the implications for all other policy areas? This book looks at the implications for government business taxation planning measures of change and local communities within the European Union. Country case studies include Germany Norway Greece Portugal and the UK. The Editors conclude by giving an overview of progress so far and offer pointers for the future. Policy makers researchers and students across the range of social sciences will find this a valuable and groundbreaking book. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315071060

The Transitional Approach in Action The chapters in this volume cover a wide range of topics that concentrate around four themes: transitional change in therapeutic communities; in working conferences for professional development or training; in organisation consulting with an emphasis on organisational learning; and in self studies of working systems in action. In all these psychic Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328993

The Transitional Approach to Change Bringing together several different facets of what is termed "the transitional approach" it will be valued by consultants management students practitioners and all those who want to gain a deeper understanding of the processes of organisational change. It will also be a highly welcome addition to the currently available literature that aims to p Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329006

The TransitionEvaluating the Postcommunist Experience This title was first published in 2002. This useful collection brings together scholars from diverse standpoints to examine the transition from Communism a decade after it began. The result is a book that illuminates the changes and particularly the problems that have accompanied attempts to introduce representative democracy and a viable market economy into formerly Communist states. Specialist chapters on the Former Soviet Union Russia Poland Azerbaijan and the former East Germany institutional accounts of postcommunist states and conceptual chapters result in this volume being ideally suited to university courses policy makers and NGOs that have an interest in transition countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138720077

The Translation and Transmission of Concrete Poetry This volume addresses the global reception of "untranslatable" concrete poetry. Featuring contributions from an international group of literary and translation scholars and practitioners working across a variety of languages the book views the development of the international concrete poetry movement through the lens of "transcreation" that is the informed creative response to the translation of playful enigmatic visual texts. Contributions range in subject matter from ancient  Greek and Chinese pattern poems to modernist concrete poems from the Americas Europe and Asia. This challenging body of experimental work offers creative challenges and opportunities to literary translators and unique pleasures to the sympathetic reader. Highlighting the ways in which literary influence is mapped across languages and borders this volume will be of interest to students and scholars of experimental poetry translation studies and comparative literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138503823

The Translation of CultureEssays to E E Evans-Pritchard Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1971 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315013282

The Translation Studies Reader The Translation Studies Reader provides a definitive survey of the most important and influential developments in translation theory and research with an emphasis on twentieth-century developments. With introductory essays prefacing each section the book places a wide range of seminal and innovative readings within their thematic cultural and historical contexts.The third edition of this classic reader has been fully revised and updated and adds a new section: 2000 and beyond which includes five new readings. These new readings bring the Reader up to date with recent developments in the field and include articles on translation and world literature and translation and the internet.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415613484

The Translator's InvisibilityA History of Translation Since publication over twenty years ago The Translator’s Invisibility has provoked debate and controversy within the field of translation and become a classic text. Providing a fascinating account of the history of translation from the seventeenth century to the present day Venuti shows how fluency prevailed over other translation strategies to shape the canon of foreign literatures in English and investigates the cultural consequences of the receptor values which were simultaneously inscribed and masked in foreign texts during this period. Reissued with a new introduction in which the author provides a clear detailed account of key concepts and arguments in order to issue a counterblast against simplistic interpretations The Translator’s Invisibility takes its well-deserved place as part of the Routledge Translation Classics series. This book is essential reading for students of translation studies at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138093164

The Transnational Experiences of Chinese Immigrant Youth in the USEducation and Identity in Globalized Contexts Detailing ethnographic research conducted in U.S. public high schools this text considers how Chinese immigrant youth's educational positionality and identity are shaped by diasporic and transnational migrant experiences. The Transnational Experiences of Chinese Immigrant Youth in the US presents a critical examination of themes relevant to Chinese immigrant education such as academic achievement English language proficiency and cultural and social capital. The intersection between diaspora and education is explored to highlight the existence of multi-layered youth identities which exist beyond and between national boundaries and which embody the concept of global citizenship. Building on this realization chapters consider how institutional structures might be better designed to meet the needs of students who arrive in host countries due to larger global forces. This text will primarily be of interest to doctoral students researchers and scholars with an interest in multicultural education and the sociology of education. Those interested in the Asian diaspora race and ethics and educational research methods more broadly will also benefit from this volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367524524

The Transnational FamilyNew European Frontiers and Global Networks Migrant networks in the form of families associational ties and social organizations stretch across the globe connecting cultures and bridging national boundaries. The effects of this global networking are vast. This book is the first to stand back and explore the impact. Families living outside of their original national boundaries have had and continue to have a profound influence over the flow of people goods money and information. More in-depth perspectives reveal how immigrants face troubling issues of cultural identity economic change political uncertainty and social welfare. From an examination of nineteenth-century transnational families emigrating from Europe to the Ghanaian Pentecostal diaspora in Europe today this book combines broadly based analysis with more unusual case studies to reveal the complexities that immigrants and refugees must contend with in their daily lives. What are the experiences of migrant Turkish women living in Germany? In what ways has religion been hybridized amongst West African Muslim migrants in Paris? What are the gender relations and transnational ties amongst Bosnian refugees? Never has such a topic been more relevant. Problems relating to immigrants' and refugees' situations in their adopted countries continue to grow. This book wide-ranging in its geographical and thematic scope is a highly important and timely addition to debates on transnational families immigrants and refugees. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003087205

The Transnational in English LiteratureShakespeare to the Modern The Transnational in English Literature examines English literary history through its transnational engagements and argues that every period of English Literature can be examined through its global relations. English identity and nationhood is therefore defined through its negotiation with other regions and cultures. The first book to look at the entirety of English literature through a transnational lens Pramod Nayar: Maps the discourses that constitute the global in every age from the Early Modern to the twentieth century Offers readings of representative texts in poetry fiction essay and drama covering a variety of genres such as Early Modern tragedy the adventure novel the narrative poem Gothic and utopian fiction Examines major authors including Shakespeare Defoe Behn Swift Coleridge Wordsworth Austen Mary Shelley the Brontës Doyle Ballantyne Orwell Conrad Kipling Forster Looks at themes such as travel and discovery exoticism mercantilism commodities the civilisational mission and the multiculturalization of England. Useful for students and academics alike this book offers a comprehensive survey of the English canon questioning and analysing the transnational and global engagements of English literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415840026

The Transnational Media CorporationGlobal Messages and Free Market Competition The combination of international privatization trends coupled with advancements in computer and communication technology have transformed the conduct of international business. The result has been a consolidation of players in all aspects of business including banking aviation insurance and mass media. This book discusses one such player -- the Transnational Media Corporation (TNMC). Long remembered as a time of rapid growth and expansion for international business the decades of the '80s and '90s were a period characterized by major mergers and acquisitions. Good examples of this include Time Inc.'s 1989 merger with Warner Communication for $11.2 billion and Walt Disney's 1996 purchase of Cap Cities/ABC for $19.5 billion. According to the late Steven Ross former co-chief executive officer of Time-Warner "In order to succeed in business today you must be in all the major markets of the world." TNMCs have indeed become salient features of today's global economic landscape. This volume asks the most basic of questions: What makes a global corporation global? And to what extent do TNMCs affect the marketplace of ideas? This book then is intended for the business professional or student who is interested in understanding the business and operations of transnational media. Part I examines the regulatory and economic reasons prompting the formation of a TNMC. It seeks to explain why such companies engage in direct foreign investment and further considers how transnational operations affect the development of new media products in terms of cost quality and availability. The TNMC is unique among global corporations given the fact that its primary business is the creation of information and entertainment products. This book also examines the highly complex relationship between TNMCs and the host nations in which they operate. It further considers such specific issues as cultural trespass transborder data flow and the effects of transnational media on the marketplace of ideas. Part II of this volume provides a series of case study analyses of five leading TNMCs including Time-Warner Inc. Sony Inc. Bertelsmann AG the Walt Disney Company and News Corporation Ltd. Specific attention is given to the history business philosophy and economic performance of each of these companies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203810941

The Transnational Middle EastPeople Places Borders The Middle East has been undergoing new crises since the powerful socio-political uprisings known as the Arab Spring took place in several countries in 2011. Some countries are experiencing a long-term collapse of their political and social structures out of internal conflicts and external interventions. The Transnational Middle East posits that in the Middle East the development of regional dynamics of processes and circulations of all kinds can be documented. In this regard the approaches it develops — ‘bottom-up’ regionalisation ‘globalisation from below’ — allow for a better understanding of the ways in which the Middle East is part of global transformations. The book analyses how through their practices Middle East societies elaborate a regional space which is not institutionalised. Based on fieldwork in the Middle East the book provides venues for further theoretical elaboration on globalisation and contemporary societies as well as on processes of regionalisation. It draws on the emergence of genuine regional spaces of culture art economic activity human circulation — which supplement and do not contradict other infra-national national or global social processes. As in other areas of the world these transformations are to a large extent the mode of the Middle East’s insertion into globalisation. In this respect they go against standard narratives of the supposed ‘exceptionalism’ of the region. This book will be a great contribution to comparative politics Middle Eastern studies globalisation and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138361454

The Transnational Political Participation of ImmigrantsA Transatlantic Perspective With the progress in communication and transport technologies it has never been easier for migrants to stay connected with their country of origin. Facing the wide range of activities in which immigrants are involved governments in the country of origin and the country of destination have endeavoured to respond to these activities. Up until now the question of the nature of political engagement across borders that migrants may pursue has yet to be studied in a broad sense. The purpose of this book is to establish to what extent the place in which immigrants settle (namely the region or country) might determine the types of political activity in which they engage. More precisely it ascertains whether and for what reasons different forms of transnational political activity develop in the United States and Europe. Looking at a series of case studies from Europe and the USA  it identifies the full range of political activities and various similarities in the actions undertaken by communities based in the same area. With contributions from international experts this insightful book will be of interest to postgraduates in the field of international politics migration researchers political scientists and policymakers. This book was originally published as a special issue of Ethnic and Racial Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874800

The Transnational Politics of Higher EducationContesting the Global / Transforming the Local This edited volume introduces readers to the relationship between higher education and transnational politics. It shows how higher education is a significant arena for regional and international transformation as well as domestic political struggle replete with unequal power relations.This volume shows: The causes and impacts of recent transformations in higher education within a transnational context;Emerging similarities in objectives institutional set-ups and approaches taking place within higher education institutions across different world regions; The asymmetrical relations between various kinds of institutional commercial and state actors across borders;The extent to which historical and colonial legacies are important in the transformation of higher education;The potential effects these developments have on the current structure of international political order.Drawing on case studies from across the Middle East Asia Africa Latin America and Europe the contributors develop diverse perspectives explaining the impact of transnational politics on higher education—and higher education on transitional politics—across time and locality. This book is among the first multi-disciplinary effort to wrestle with the question of how we can understand the political role of higher education and the political force universities exert in the realm of international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597009

The Transnationalism of American CultureLiterature Film and Music This book studies the transnational nature of American cultural production specifically literature film and music examining how these serve as ways of perceiving the United States and American culture. The volume’s engagement with the reality of transnationalism focuses on material examples that allow for an exploration of concrete manifestations of this phenomenon and trace its development within and outside the United States. Contributors consider the ways in which artifacts or manifestations of American culture have traveled and what has happened to the texts in the process inviting readers to examine the nature of the transnational turn by highlighting the cultural products that represent and produce it. Emphasis on literature film and music allows for nuanced perspectives on the way a global phenomenon is enacted in American texts within the U.S also illustrating the commodification of American culture as these texts travel. The volume therefore serves as a coherent examination of the critical and creative repercussions of transnationalism and by juxtaposing a discussion of creativity with critical paradigms unveils how transnationalism has become one of the constitutive modes of cultural production in the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108455

The Trans-Oceanic Marketing ChannelA New Tool for Understanding Tropical Africa's Export Agriculture If you feel you have a disjointed or unbalanced view of the global system of demand and supply you are probably correct. Most studies leave out a very important part of the system--the marketing channel. That is why Laurens van der Laan developed and wrote this book The Trans-Oceanic Marketing Channel. To help you understand what happens to export crops such as cocoa coffee cotton groundnuts tea and tobacco between their country of origin and consumer markets this book analyzes the roles of different actors in trans-oceanic trade inherent differences between world markets export diversification policies and the commercial and institutional forces at play.The Trans-Oceanic Marketing Channel will give you a strong background in marketing channel concepts and because of its focus on the exporter rather than on the government it will provide you with an excellent model for microanalysis. As you read about the special features of trans-oceanic trade you will also learn about: trade associations and their role in shaping world markets for trans-oceanic crops the uneasy relationship between exporters and shipping companies the selling conduct of agricultural exporters in Africa the tendency of actors in Africa to accelerate the trans-oceanic product flow the effectiveness of export marketing boards as channel leaders private enterprise the chief agent of development the theory of “exporter preference”The Trans-Oceanic Marketing Channel invites policymakers international businessmen professors and students to examine the opportunities problems and policies that confront the various players in trans-oceanic trade especially the exporters. As the book discusses the divergent institutional arrangements in the world markets for agricultural products and their differential effect on African exports you will become keenly aware of how vertical marketing systems differ from conventional marketing channels. No other book brings together the three fundamental sections of export agriculture the country of production the channel through which the products flow and the country of destination to provide you with a complete understanding of trans-oceanic marketing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990142

The Transparent Brain in Couple and Family TherapyMindful Integrations with Neuroscience Bringing together clinical expertise with the latest findings from social affective and cognitive neuroscience this accessible guide outlines how basic concepts of neuroscience and family therapy can be highly relevant to all mental health treatment. This expanded second edition includes content on a range of areas including effects of racism poverty violence and childhood abuse on the brain; substance abuse; and advances in the treatment of depression bipolar disorder and anxiety. Grounded in five key tenets of neuroscience the approaches highlighted in this book focus on the safety of secure bonds for children adolescents couples and families as well as how an understanding of neuroscience can be utilized by professionals during trauma therapy. The stages of brain development provide a map for practitioners that illustrates dozens of practical daily interventions. Chapters discuss neuroscience in light of a range of contemporary dilemmas for client engagement accompanied throughout by fresh case examples worksheets clinical guidelines and step-by-step interventions. Written in a jargon-free style The Transparent Brain in Couple and Family Therapy second edition is an essential resource for mental health professionals using neuroscientific principles to bring relief to clients from diverse backgrounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367281335

The Transparent Brain in Couple and Family TherapyMindful Integrations with Neuroscience Why should family therapists care about brain research? Are there invisible connections between the breakdown of our relationships and the breakdown of our cells? To answer these questions author Suzanne Hanna paints pictures of ancient principles coming together with contemporary research as a context for why basic concepts of neuroscience are relevant to couple and family therapy. She illustrates the reciprocal nature of the body and relationships in a book that simplifies and demystifies brain science for therapists.  Using the latest findings from affective and cognitive neuroscience she highlights 6 brain-friendly family therapy approaches and introduces the concept of biological empathy. This analysis enables practitioners to harness the power of mindfulness toward brain development and interpersonal healing. Client-friendly language allows busy therapists to educate without jargon. Applications of family therapy begin with the self of the therapist and advance through the interpersonal layers of attachment pair-bonding and community. Chapters include topics on:• Whole body awareness• A narrative approach to neuroanatomy and physiology • 5 basic principles of neuroscience• Basics of trauma treatment• Male/female brain differences in couples therapy• The ancient concept of tribe and a community frontal lobeEach chapter summarizes with principles and guidelines for clinicians. Numerous illustrations make the brain transparent while surveys worksheets and tables make therapeutic process transparent. The last chapter illustrates concepts and interventions through a full-length case story and applies addiction treatment as a case study for program development.  The Transparent Brain includes case examples from all walks of life highlighting heroic acts of survival. Clinicians can use 5 basic principles of neuroscience to bring relief more quickly for more people from more diverse backgrounds. It is a revolutionary read and a must-have reference for any mental health professional. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415662260

The TranspersonalSpirituality in Psychotherapy and Counselling In this new edition of The Transpersonal John Rowan takes account of the growing interest in spirituality assessing the many new developments in the field and providing an essential overview of the multitude of guides now available on the subject. By providing a clear and highly readable introduction to the realm of the transpersonal this book eliminates many of the misunderstandings that plague this area. It relates the transpersonal to everyday life as well as to professional concerns and the various schools of therapy. Divided into three parts Being Doing and Knowing it encourages the reader to explore the levels of consciousness the techniques involved in transpersonal work and the underlying theory. The unique relationship between the therapist and client is examined in detail as are the imagined and imaginal world personal mythology and transcultural work. An entirely new section is included on the ways in which the transpersonal therapist can use the concept of subpersonalities. This fully updated and revised version of John Rowan's original pioneering text provides a highly practical guide which will be useful to anyone working with the growing number of people with spiritual concerns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881495

The Transport Revolution 1770-1985 For the new edition of this classic book Professor Bagwell has included an examination of transport developments since 1974 and particularly the radical changes in policy introduced by Thatcher governments since 1979. The inclusion of a large number of maps tables and figures and contemporary illustrations of principal modes of transport enhances the reader's understanding and enjoyment of the text. `The most comprehensive detailed and up-to-date book on the subject.' -TLS `Full of apt and revealing examples which bring alive and make more readily intelligible the fundamental economic arguments.' - Agricultural History Review Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868137

The Transportation Revolution 1815-60 Part of a series of detailed reference manuals on American economic history this volume traces the development and rapid growth of transportation across the USA in the mid-1800s. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698885

The Transvaal RebellionThe First Boer War 1880-1881 This book takes a unique look at the first Boer war by concentrating on the events and battles of the First Boer War. Due attention is also given to the 2nd Boer War - it's origins key players and significance for the future of South Africa. The personal stories of heroism and sacrifice sieges rebellions and battles  make for an enthralling and dramatic tale  - a classic of military history that will find a ready audience amongst military enthusiasts.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154209

The Trap First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315077949

The Trauma Graphic Novel The end of the twentieth century and the turn of the new millennium witnessed an unprecedented flood of traumatic narratives and testimonies of suffering in literature and the arts. Graphic novels free at last from long decades of stern censorship helped explore these topics by developing a new subgenre: the trauma graphic novel. This book seeks to analyze this trend through the consideration of five influential graphic novels in English. Works by Paul Hornschemeier Joe Sacco Art Spiegelman Alan Moore and Dave Gibbons will be considered as illustrative examples of the representation of individual collective and political traumas. This book provides a link between the contemporary criticism of Trauma Studies and the increasingly important world of comic books and graphic novels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367886035

The Trauma Of Birth First Published in 1999. This text outlines developments in psycho-analysis from the consistent application of the method created by Freud and from the dotrine based on the method.  The authors seek to gain a general and wider knowledge of the Unconscious. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875685

The Trauma of Freud Over one hundred years have passed since Sigmund Freud first created psychoanalysis. The new profession flourished within the increasing secularization of Western culture and it is almost impossible to overestimate its influence. Despite its traditional aloofness from ethical questions psychoanalysis attracted an extraordinary degree of sectarian bitterness. Original thinkers were condemned as dissidents and renegades and the merits of individual cases have been frequently mixed up with questions concerning power and ambition as well as the future of the "movement." In The Trauma of Freud Paul Roazen shows how despite this contentiousness Freud's legacy has remained central to human selfawareness.Roazen provides a much-needed sequence and perspective on the memorable issues that have come up in connection with the history of Freud's school. Topics covered include the problem of seduction Jung's Zurich school Ferenczi's Hungarian following and the influence of Melanie Klein and Anna Freud in England. Also highlighted are Lacanianism in France Erik Erikson's ego psychology and Sandor Rado's innovations. In considering these historical cases and related public scandals Roazen continually addresses important general issues concerning ethics and privacy the power of orthodoxy creativity and the historiography of psychoanalysis. Throughout he argues that rival interpretations are a sign of the intellectual maturity and sophistication of the discipline. Vigorous debate is healthy and essential in avoiding ill-considered and dogmatic self-assurance.He observes that potential zealotry lies just below the surface of even the most placid psychoanalytic waters even today. Examining the past so much a part of the job of scholarship may involve challenging those who might have preferred to let sleeping dogs lie. Roazen emphasizes that Freud's approach rested on the Socratic conviction that the unexamined life is not worth living and that this constitutes the spiritual basis of its influence beyond immediate clinical concerns. The Trauma of Freud is a major contribution to the historical literature on psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517042

The Trauma Question In this book Roger Luckhurst both introduces and advances the fields of cultural memory and trauma studies tracing the ways in which ideas of trauma have become a major element in contemporary Western conceptions of the self. The Trauma Question outlines the origins of the concept of trauma across psychiatric legal and cultural-political sources from the 1860s to the coining of Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder in 1980. It further explores the nature and extent of ‘trauma culture’ from 1980 to the present drawing upon a range of cultural practices from literature memoirs and confessional journalism through to photography and film. The study covers a diverse range of cultural works including writers such as Toni Morrison Stephen King and W. G. Sebald artists Tracey Emin Christian Boltanski and Tracey Moffatt and film-makers David Lynch and Atom Egoyan. The Trauma Question offers a significant and fascinating step forward for those seeking a greater understanding of the controversial and ever-expanding field of trauma research.   Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203607305

The Trauma Recovery GroupA Guide for Practitioners Rich with expert practical guidance for therapists this book presents a time-limited group treatment approach for survivors of interpersonal trauma. The Trauma Recovery Group is a Stage 2 approach within Judith Herman's influential stage model of treatment. It is designed for clients who have achieved basic safety and stability in present-day life and who are ready to work on processing and integrating traumatic memories. Vivid case examples and transcripts illustrate the process of screening selecting and orienting group members and helping them craft and work toward individualized goals while optimizing the healing power of group interactions. In a convenient large-size format the book includes reproducible handouts worksheets and flyers. See also Group Trauma Treatment in Early Recovery by Judith Lewis Herman and Diya Kallivayalil which presents a Stage 1 approach that focuses on establishing safety stability and self-care. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781609180577

The Travel Photo EssayDescribing a Journey Through Images Successful travel photographers have to wear more hats than perhaps any other photographic genre. In a single travel photo essay they are at times architectural photographers food photographers music photographers car photographers – the list encompassing every possible type of photography. The Travel Photo Essay teaches the reader the necessary techniques to create cohesive professional travel stories using images that go far beyond "I was here" photographs. From the establishing shots to the equipment list this book discusses the techniques and concepts necessary to create professional looking images in various genres including portrait photography landscape photography wildlife photography food photography documentary photography sports photography and more. Covering issues such as lighting writing workflow and the travel photography market award-winning photographer and writer Mark Edward Harris explains how to marry photos with words telling a cohesive story through a series of photographs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138200210

The Travel Writings of John Moore John Moore was a Scottish physician who travelled extensively and wrote immensely popular accounts of these which brought him international fame. Despite this his travel writings have not been available since 1820. This collection will be the first in almost two centuries to present his Travel Writings to historians and literary scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848930995

The Travel Writings of John Moore Vol 1 John Moore was a Scottish physician who travelled extensively and wrote immensely popular accounts of these which brought him international fame. Despite this his travel writings have not been available since 1820. This collection will be the first in almost two centuries to present his Travel Writings to historians and literary scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763333

The Travel Writings of John Moore Vol 2 John Moore was a Scottish physician who travelled extensively and wrote immensely popular accounts of these which brought him international fame. Despite this his travel writings have not been available since 1820. This collection will be the first in almost two centuries to present his Travel Writings to historians and literary scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763340

The Travel Writings of John Moore Vol 3 John Moore was a Scottish physician who travelled extensively and wrote immensely popular accounts of these which brought him international fame. Despite this his travel writings have not been available since 1820. This collection will be the first in almost two centuries to present his Travel Writings to historians and literary scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763357

The Travel Writings of John Moore Vol 4 John Moore was a Scottish physician who travelled extensively and wrote immensely popular accounts of these which brought him international fame. Despite this his travel writings have not been available since 1820. This collection will be the first in almost two centuries to present his Travel Writings to historians and literary scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763364

The Travels and Controversies of Friar Domingo Navarrete 1616-1686Volume I Friar Domingo Navarrete A Dominican missionary travelled round the world and spent the best part of his life (1658-69) in China where he became a determined opponent of the evangelical methods of the 'Jesuit mandarins'. This edition of his travels is based on all his writings published and manuscript but principally on the sixth book of his Tratados historicos which gives a racy account of his travels and work in Mexico the Philippines Macao China India and Macassar among other places. He had an observant eye an open ear and an every-ready pen together with a happy facility for meeting men of affairs and being at the heart of things. A doughty controversialist and a vivid writer this enthusiastic sinophile has left a record which is not only full of human interest but throws fresh light upon the uneasy meeting of East and West in the 17th century. Much of the material is original and will be new to English readers. Dr Cummins's Introduction fills in the details of Navarrte's life character and various writings. It also describes the missionary movement in China and gives the background to the notorious Chinese Rites controversy which markedly influenced the course of European thought. There is a full bibliography. The main pagination of this and the following volume (Second Series 119) is continuous. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1962. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315552033

The Travels of an AlchemistThe Journey of the Taoist Ch'ang-Ch'un from China to the Hundukush at the Summons of Chingiz Khan First published in 1931. Mainly focussing on cultural and geographical aspects Travels of an Alchemist are unique in their importance as a source for early Mongol history enabling us as they do to fix with certainty the otherwise obscure and much disputed dates of Chingiz Khan's movements during his Western campaign. The author a Taoist doctor left some of the most faithful and vivid pictures ever drawn of nature and society between the Aral and the Yellow Sea. Waley's introduction provides excellent background information with which to place the Travels in their appropriate historical social and religious setting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758901

The Travels of Ibn Battuta A.D. 1325-1354Volume I Ibn Battuta was born in Tangier in 1304. Between 1324 and 1354 he journeyed through North Africa and Asia Minor and as far as China. On a separate voyage he crossed the Sahara to the Muslim lands of West Africa. His journeys are estimated to have covered over 75 000 miles and he is the only medieval traveller known to have visited every Muslim state of the time besides the 'infidel' countries of Istanbul Ceylon and China. This first volume records the earliest journeys through Tunisia Egypt Syria Arabia on pilgrimage to the Holy Places of Islam. Among the detailed descriptions of towns on the road and of their inhabitants he gives a particularly circumstancial account of Medina and Mecca. Sir Hamilton Gibb's edition is in four volumes with introduction and full notes. This first complete and scholarly edition in English has proved essential to orientalists and illuminating to medievalists. The travels are a major source for the political and economic life of large regions of Asia and Africa. The observations of this intelligent representative of Islamic culture on almost all the known inhabited world beyond Europe provide fruitful comparisons with the life and geographical knowledge of the West. Translated with revisions and new annotation from the Arabic text edited by C. Defrémery and B.R. Sanguinetti. Covers travels in North-West Africa Egypt Syria and to Mecca. Continued in Second Series 117 141 and 178 and with the index in 190. The main pagination of all the volumes is continuous. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1958. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315085050

The Travels of Ibn Battuta A.D. 1325-1354Volume II Ibn Battuta was born in Tangier in 1304. Between 1324 and 1354 he journeyed through North Africa and Asia Minor and as far as China. On a separate voyage he crossed the Sahara to the Muslim lands of West Africa. His journeys are estimated to have covered over 75 000 miles and he is the only medieval traveller known to have visited every Muslim state of the time besides the 'infidel' countries of Istanbul Ceylon and China. The first volume recorded Ibn Battuta's earliest journeys through Tunisia Egypt Syria and Arabia. This volume continues with his journeys through Persia Iraq and Arabia Asia Minor and South Russia with detailed descriptions of the towns on the way and the customs of the inhabitants. Sir Hamilton Gibb's edition comprises four volumes with introduction and full notes. This first complete and scholarly edition in English has proved essential to orientalists and illuminating to medievalists. The travels are a major source for the political and economic life of large regions of Asia and Africa. The observations of this intelligent representative of Islamic culture on almost all the known inhabited world beyond Europe provide fruitful comparisons with the life and geographical knowledge of the West. Translated with revisions and new annotation from the Arabic text edited by C. Defr ry and B.R. Sanguinetti. Continued from Second Series 110 with continuous main pagination. Covering southern Persia Iraq southern Arabia East Africa the Persian Gulf Asia Minor and South Russia. Continued in Second Series 141 and 178 with index in 190. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1962. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315085043

The Travels of Ibn Battuta A.D. 1325-1354Volume III Ibn Battuta was born in Tangier in 1304. Between 1324 and 1354 he journeyed through North Africa and Asia Minor and as far as China. On a separate voyage he crossed the Sahara to the Muslim lands of West Africa. His journeys are estimated to have covered over 75 000 miles and he is the only medieval traveller known to have visited every Muslim state of the time besides the 'infidel' countries of Istanbul Ceylon and China. The first two volumes recorded Ibn Battuta's earliest journeys through Tunisia Egypt Syria Arabia Persia Iraq Asia Minor and South Russia. In this volume he visits Uzbekistan Afghanistan Pakistan and India. There are detailed descriptions of the towns on the way and the customs of the inhabitants. Sir Hamilton Gibb's edition comprises four volumes with introduction and full notes. This first complete and scholarly edition in English has proved essential to orientalists and illuminating to medievalists. The travels are a major source for the political and economic life of large regions of Asia and Africa. The observations of this intelligent representative of Islamic culture on almost all the known inhabited world beyond Europe provide fruitful comparisons with the life and geographical knowledge of the West. Translated with revisions and new annotation from the Arabic text edited by C. Defrémery and B.R. Sanguinetti. Continued from Second Series 117 with continuous pagination. The first part is Second Series 110 and the fourth Second Series 178. The index to all four parts is provided in Second Series 190. This volume covers Turkestan Khurasan Sind north-western India and Delhi including an account of the reign of Sultan Muhammad ibn Tughluq. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1971. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315552019

The Travels of Ibn Battuta AD 1325–1354Volumes I - V This volume completes the translation of Ibn Battuta's narrative. Volume III ended with Ibn Battuta's appointment by the Sultan of Delhi to accompany an embassy to China. In Volume IV he describes his journey to the coast where he embarked near Cambay and sailed to Calicut. Here the ships which were to take them to China were wrecked. Ibn Battuta joined the Sultan of Honavar in a temporarily successful attack on Goa and then went to the Maldives which had not long been converted to Islam by another North African. Here he functioned as a judge married into the ruling elite and became involved in a plot to bring the islands under the authority of a bloodthirsty Sultan in south India. On the way to join him Ibn Battuta found himself in Ceylon and took the opportunity to climb Adam's Peak. He abandoned the planned invasion of the Maldives to which he returned briefly and the sailed to Bengal to visit an ascetic in Sylhet. He claims to have visited several countries in south-east Asia including Sumatra and Java and some which cannot be satisfactorily identified and arrived in China. After going to Canton he travelled by a non-existent river to Hang-chou and Beijing. His return to Morocco during which he witnessed the ravages of the Black Death in Syria and Egypt and called at Cagliari in a Catalan ship is described summarily. He made two more journeys the first to part of Spain still under Muslim rule which included Gibraltar Ronda Malaga and Granada and the other across the Sahara to the kingdom of Mali on the upper Niger from which he returned to Fez via Timbuktu Hoggar country and Tuat. Translated with revisions and new annotation from the Arabic text edited by C. Defrémery and B.R. Sanguinetti. Continued from Second Series 141 with continuous pagination. The first two parts are Second Series 110 and 117. The index to all four parts is provided in Second Series 190. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1994. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315552002

The Travels of Ibn BattutaVolume V: Index Almost everything that is known of the life and personality of Ibn Battuta is derived from his own narrative of his travels. So wrote H. A. R. Gibb in his Foreword in 1957 at the start of this Hakluyt Society project. Now over forty years later the completion has been achieved by the publication of the fifth volume being an extensive index compiled by Professor Bivar which covers all four previous volumes. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315552026

The Travels of John Sanderson in the Levant 1584-1602With his Autobiography and Selections from his Correspondence This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1931. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551999

The Travels of Leo of Rozmital through Germany Flanders England France Spain Portugal and Italy 1465-1467 Translated and edited from the German account by Gabriel Tetzel with supplementary passages from the Latin versions (printed in 1577 1843 and 1951) of the lost account in Czech by Václav Sasek both having been Rozmital's companions. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1957. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551982

The travels of Ludovico de Varthema in Egypt Syria Arabia Deserta and Arabia Felix in Persia India and Ethiopia A.D. 1503 to 1508 Translated from the Original Italian Edition of 1510 with a Preface by John Winter Jones Esq. F.S.A. And Edited with Notes and an Introduction by George Percy Badger. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1863. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551975

The Travels of Marco Polo First published in 1931. None of the manuscripts which have come down to us represents the original form of Marco Polo's narrative but it is clear that certain texts are closer to the lost original than others. Entrusted with the task of preparing a new Italian edition of Marco Polo Benedetto discovered many unknown manuscripts. He carefully edited the most famous of the manuscripts (the Geographic text) and collated it with the other best known ones.· An invaluable index has been added to Aldo Ricci's of Benedetto's text which includes all the identifications made in the Geographic text and also later editions by Marsden (1818) Pauthier (1865) and Yule (1871).· The difficulty of following Polo on his many journeys has also been simplified by the process of distinguishing between those places on his main route to China and his return journey by sea to Persia and those places which he visited during his stay in China and those he never visited at all. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415612159

The Travels of Pedro de Cieza de León A.D. 1532-50 contained in the First Part of his Chronicle of PeruVolume I Translated and Edited with Notes and an Introduction from the 1554 Antwerp edition. Continued from another source in First Series 68. The supplementary material includes the 1864 annual report. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1864. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551968

The Travels of Pedro Teixeira; with his 'Kings of Harmuz' and Extracts from his 'Kings of Persia' Translated and Annotated by William F. Sinclair Bombay Civil Service (Retd.) with Further Notes and an Introduction by Donald Ferguson. The main text is a translation of: Relaciones de Pedro Teixeira d'el origen descendencia y svccession de los reyes de Persia y de Harmuz y de vn viage hecho por el mismo avtor dende la India Oriental hasta Italia por tierra. Amberes 1610. Appendices: A A short narrative of the origin of the kingdom of Harmuz and of its kings. B Extracts from the Relation of the kings of Persia. C A short account of the most notable provinces ... of Persia. D Relation of the chronicle of the kings of Ormuz. Includes bibliographical references and index. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1902. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551951

The Travels of Peter Mundy in Europe and Asia 1608-1667Volumes I-V From the Rawlinson MS. A. 315 in the Bodleian Library with facsimile of original t.-p.: Itinerarium mundi that is A memoriall or sundry relations of certain voiages journeies ettc. ... By: Peter Mundy. With an appendix of extracts from the writings of seventeenth-century travellers to the Levant. Continued in Second Series 35 45 46 55 and 78. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1907. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551944

The Travels of Pietro della Valle in IndiaFrom the old English Translation of 1664 by G. Havers. In Two Volumes Volume I Edited with a Life of the Author an Introduction and Notes. Letters 1-3 1623. This and the following volume (First Series 85) have continuous main pagination. The supplementary material consists of the 1891 annual report. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1892. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551937

The Travels of the Abbé Carré in India and the Near East 1672 to 1674Volume I. From France through Syria Iraq and the Persian Gulf to Sura Translated from the manuscript journal of his travels in the India Office by Lady Fawcett and edited by Sir Charles Fawcett with the assistance of Sir Richard Burn. The main pagination of this and the two following volumes (Second Series 96 and 97) is continuous but each has its own Introduction. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1947. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551920

The Travels of the Abbarrn India and the Near East 1672 to 1674Volumes I-III Translated from the manuscript journal of his travels in the India Office by Lady Fawcett and edited by Sir Charles Fawcett with the assistance of Sir Richard Burn. The main pagination of the volumes is continuous but each has its own Introduction. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volumes first published in 1947and 1948. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315085036

The Treadmill of CrimePolitical Economy and Green Criminology Drawing on the work of Allan Schnaiberg this book returns political economy to green criminology and examines how the expansion of capitalism shapes environmental law crime and justice. The book is organized around crimes of ecological withdrawals and ecological additions. The Treadmill of Crime is written by acclaimed experts on the subject of green criminology and examines issues such as the crime in the energy sector as well as the release of toxic waste into the environment and its impact on ecosystems. This book also sets a new research agenda by highlighting problems of ecological disorganization for animal abuse and social disorganization. This book will be of interest to students researchers and academics in the fields of criminology political science environmental sociology and natural resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415657365

The Treason of the Intellectuals Julien Benda's classic study of 1920s Europe resonates today. The "treason of the intellectuals" is a phrase that evokes much but is inherently ambiguous. The book bearing this title is well known but little understood. This edition is introduced by Roger Kimball. From the time of the pre-Socratics intellectuals were a breed apart. They were non-materialistic knowledge-seekers who believed in a universal humanism and represented a cornerstone of civilized society. According to Benda this all began to change in the early twentieth century. In Europe in the 1920s intellectuals began abandoning their attachment to traditional philosophical and scholarly ideals and instead glorified particularisms and moral relativism. The "treason" of which Benda writes is the betrayal by the intellectuals of their unique vocation. He criticizes European intellectuals for allowing political commitment to insinuate itself into their understanding of the intellectual vocation ushering the world into "the age of the intellectual organization of political hatreds." From the savage flowering of ethnic and religious hatreds in the Middle East and throughout Europe today to the mendacious demand for political correctness and multiculturalism on college campuses everywhere in the West the treason of the intellectuals continues to play out its unedifying drama. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539174

The Treasury in Public Policy-Making Analyses the Treasury's role in public policy making and makes an original contribution to knowledge about the current work of the Treasury.The book focuses on three main areas:* the development of the Treasury from earliest times to the present* the current structure and organization of the Treasury following the radical changes which took place in 1995 as a result of the 1994 Fundamental Expenditure Review* the Treasury's role in the financing and responsibility of Next Step Agencies including brief case studies of the Civil Service College the Contributions Agency and the Royal Mint. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986145

The Treatise on the Apostolic Tradition of St Hippolytus of Rome Bishop and Martyr First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159099

The Treatment of Bipolar Disorder in Pastoral CounselingCommunity and Silence Learn how religion can help in treating those suffering from bipolar disorderThe Treatment of Bipolar Disorder in Pastoral Counseling introduces a new treatment model based on Quaker ideas and practices that can be used in conjunction with medical and psychological practice for treating manic-depressive illness. This unique book examines the interplay between religion and psychoanalysis using the latest research on the importance of silence prayer and meditation in psychotherapy the role of community in healing and the problem of God and suffering. The book includes clinical examples from the author’s counseling practice case studies of bipolar clients and an extensive bibliography of materials on this crippling disorder that affects more than two million American adults.With its multidisciplinary approach pastoral counseling may be the most effective psychotherapy for use with medical and pharmacological treatments. Pastoral counselors can gain valuable insights from psychodynamic cognitive-behavioral learning and family systems theories for a more complete understanding of their clients. The Treatment of Bipolar Disorder in Pastoral Counseling examines current understandings of the disorder including the effects advantages and disadvantages of medications genetic factors and the search for a “mood gene ” and looks at current treatment approaches including object relations psychoeducational and narrative psychology. The Treatment of Bipolar Disorder in Pastoral Counseling examines: the writings of Quaker reformers their methods of treatment and the philosophies behind them key theological ideas of Quakerism that are helpful to pastoral counselors the ethical implications of pastoral counseling self-emptying as a way toward health the client’s right to privacy and individuality the nature of suffering the public perception of mental illness theological reflections of mental illness and much moreThe Treatment of Bipolar Disorder in Pastoral Counseling also includes case studies of bipolar clients and an extensive bibliography of books journal articles and Internet resources. This unique book is an invaluable resource for pastoral counselors and psychotherapists in private practice as well as chaplains and parish pastors. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315808444

The Treatment of Eating DisordersA Clinical Handbook Eminently practical and authoritative this comprehensive clinical handbook brings together leading international experts on eating disorders to describe the most effective treatments and how to implement them. Coverage encompasses psychosocial family-based medical and nutritional therapies for anorexia nervosa bulimia nervosa binge-eating disorder and other eating disorders and disturbances. Especially noteworthy are "mini-manuals" that present the nuts and bolts of 11 of the treatment approaches complete with reproducible handouts and forms. The volume also provides an overview of assessment treatment planning and medical management issues. Special topics include psychiatric comorbidities involuntary treatment support for caregivers childhood eating disorders and new directions in treatment research and evaluation. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781609184957

The Treatment of Homosexuals With Mental Health Disorders A major text for clinicians and researchers who have an interest in homosexuality and homosexual patients with mental disorders this book is an up-to-date review as well as a handbook covering the full range of affirmative treatments and therapies for lesbian and gay clients. Expert contributors look at problems caused by stigma and homophobic societal attitudes and discuss methods that can be used to work with gay clients in a positive context. Other issues of particular importance in working with lesbians and gay men are addressed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315804316

The Treatment Of Psychiatric Disorders This is the third edition revised for the DSM-IV of the one volume standard comprehensive text on the treatment of psychiatric disorders - spanning the biological psychological and psychosocial.; Updated and revised this book is the result of several thousand studies clinical reports and reference works. Information is specifically coordinated with the DSM-IV and the authors' discussion reflects what is currently known about standard treatments as well as many of the more esoteric therapies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203777404

The Treatment Of Psychiatric Disorders First published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869080

The Treatment of Shame and Guilt in Alcoholism Counseling This insightful new book sheds light directly on shame and guilt--interactive aspects of the human condition that are deeply involved in the development and treatment of alcoholism and chemical dependency. Contributors to this valuable book discuss the process of healing internalized shame within the chemically dependent client and among the family members. They explore creative techniqes that foster understanding and coping strategies--videotaping and storytelling with clay and stuffed animals. Professionals who are experienced in treating chemically dependent clients and their families explore shame and the healing of shame while examining the culture within which both occur. A major focus is the destructiveness of shame and guilt--shame keeps the family from seeking help erodes self-worth and produces destructive secrets that cannot heal and guilt may circulate freely between alcoholic and family members so that everyone begins to feel responsible for the pain of others. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203727270

The Trend of Economic ThinkingEssays on Political Economists and Economic History This volume presents much newly published work by Hayek on methodology of economics its development as a subject its key thinkers and its important debates. It is published in corrected revised and annotated form with a long introduction. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781138400122

The Treuhandanstalt and Privatisation in the Former East GermanyStakeholder Perspectives This title was first published in 2001. This study explores the operation of the Treuhandanstalt the trust agency responsible for implementing the massive privatization programme launched in the former East Germany in 1990. It evaluates the level of satisfaction that stakeholder groups typically felt with regard to the agency its actions and its achievements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138727557

The Treuhandanstalt and Privatisation in the Former East GermanyStakeholder Perspectives This title was first published in 2001. This study explores the operation of the Treuhandanstalt the trust agency responsible for implementing the massive privatization programme launched in the former East Germany in 1990. It evaluates the level of satisfaction that stakeholder groups typically felt with regard to the agency its actions and its achievements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138727502

The Triads as Business There is no doubt that the triads have become recognized as a sophisticated and international criminal force and following the handover of Hong Kong to China there have been increasing fears that their influence will spread to the West through emigration. This book investigates the reality behind the myth with a study of the Hong Kong triads generally regarded as the headquarters of triad societies throughout the world. Yiu Kong Chu examines their origins their organized extortion from legitimate businesses large and small and their more recent moves into illegal activities such as drug trafficking human smuggling and gambling.Contrary to the popular belief that Hong Kong triads are replacing the Italian Mafia as the most powerful criminal organization in the world this book argues that Hong Kong triads may be declining as other ethnic Chinese crime gangs emerge as powerful crime groups in Western societies.Based on interviews with ex triad members and victims of the triads police from Hong Kong mainland China and Europe as well as documentary evidence The Triads as Business gives a vivid and compelling picture of the triads as part of a wider society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757249

The Trial of Jeanne d'Arc (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1931 this is the first unabridged English translation of the text of the trial of Joan of Arc. The basis of the translation is drawn from an edition of the text published in 1841 by Jules Quicherat but elements are also derived from a number of the manuscripts originally translated into Latin. As notes were taken daily by several scribes the text provides important insight into the trial its chronology and its major players as well as Joan’s character and intellect. With a detailed introduction and beautiful illustrations this is a fascinating reissue that will be of value to students of medieval history particularly with an interest in medieval hagiography heresy during the fourteenth century ecclesiastical law and the practice of Church courts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415734547

The Trial of Pierre LavalDefining Treason Collaboration and Patriotism in World War II France In a stunning work combining historical memory legal ambiguity and profound issues of justice J. Kenneth Brody provides a picture of France in World War II that continues to haunt the present. Architect in 1940 of Marshal Petain's Vichy French regime and its prime minister from April 1942 to August 1944 at war's end Pierre Laval was promptly arrested on charges of treason. This book tells the story of his trial. Did he betray France or did he serve France under terrible circumstances? What was the truth of "collaboration"? This book considers the pretrial proceedings or lack thereof the evidence and the arguments of the prosecution as well as Laval's vigorous defense in the early days of the trial.Because of irregularities in the preliminary proceedings Laval's defense counsel declined from the outset to participate in the trial. For those reasons and because of the prejudicial conduct of the prosecution on the third day of the trial Pierre Laval also declined to participate further. What his defense might have been in a normal pre-trial proceeding and in a fair trial are matters of conjecture. What remains clear is that political trials are a unique form of law and moral judgment.Trials and history share a common goal-the truth. Trial judgment and appeal are intended to produce finality. History on the other hand is never final. After its performance in the trial of Pierre Laval the government of France continued its policy of concealment even though the truth could no longer determine the outcome of the trial. Slowly by persistence courage and loyalty history's claims to truth were established. This book presents the defense that might have been presented and then relates the final judgment its grisly execution only eleven days after the trial opened and its aftermath. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517059

The Trials and Tribulations of Little Red Riding Hood First Published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203700433

The Trials of Evidence-based EducationThe Promises Opportunities and Problems of Trials in Education The Trials of Evidence-based Education explores the promise limitations and achievements of evidence-based policy and practice as the attention of funders moves from a sole focus on attainment outcomes to political concern about character-building and wider educational impacts.  Providing a detailed look at the pros cons and areas for improvement in evidence-based policy and practice this book includes consideration of the following: What is involved in a robust evaluation for education. The issues in conducting trials and how to assess the trustworthiness of research findings. New methods for the design conduct analysis and use of evidence from trials and examining their implications. What policy-makers head teachers and practitioners can learn from the evidence to inform practice. In this well-structured and thoughtful text the results and implications of over 20 studies conducted by the authors are combined with a much larger number of studies from their systematic reviews and the implications are spelled out for the research community policy-makers schools wanting to run their own evaluations and for practitioners using evidence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138209664

The Trials of Frances HowardFact and Fiction at the Court of King James David Lindley re-examines the murder trials of Frances Howard and the historical representations of her as `wife a witch a murderess and a whore' challenging the assumptions that have constructed her as a model of female villainy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203388549

The Triangular ConnectionAmerica Israel and American Jews First published in 1982 The Triangular Connection explores the relationship between two countries the USA and Israel and Jews resident in America. Spanning from British Colonial times until 1949 the year in which Israel was admitted to the United Nations the book traces the interaction between America’s Christians and Jews with Zionism and the modern state of Israel. It also details the reasons for America’s support of Israel in the past as well as debating its continued support in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367519827

The Tribes Of The Marsh Arabs of IraqThe World of Haji Rikkan The Arab tribes of Iraq differ widely in custom but remain in all essentials of thought and conduct a distinctive and unique group. Their land embraces wide deserts fertile fields and boundless swamps; its unique features shape the lives of its people. Taking the figure of Haji Rikkan as a central focus the writer-traveller attempts to create a picture of Arab tribal life as a whole. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203039946

The Trickster and the SystemIdentity and agency in contemporary society For centuries the trickster has been used in various narratives including mythological literary and cinematic to convey the idea of agency rebellion and often turbulent progress. In The Trickster and the System: Identity and Agency in Contemporary Society Helena Bassil-Morozow shows how the trickster can be seen as a metaphor to describe the psycho-anthropological concept of change an impulse that challenges the existing order of things a progressive force that is a-structural and anti-structural in its nature. The book is about being able to see things from an unusual even ‘odd’ perspective which does not coincide with the homogenous normality of the mass or the social system or a political ideology or some other kind of authority.   The Trickster and the System offers an analytical paradigm which can be used to examine relationships between tricksters and systems change and stability in a wide range of social political and cultural contexts. It covers a range of systems describes different types of tricksters and discusses possible conflicts tensions and dialogues between the two opposing sides. One of the central ideas of the book is that social systems use shame as a tool to control and manage all kinds of tricksters – individuality agency creativity spontaneity innovation and initiative to name but a few. The author argues that any society that neglects its tricksters (agents of change) ends up suffering from decay stagnation – or even mass hysterical outbursts.   The Trickster and the System: Identity and Agency in Contemporary Society provides a fresh perspective on the trickster figure in a variety of cultural contexts. It covers a range of psychological cultural social and political phenomena from personal issues to the highest level of society’s functioning: self-esteem and shame lifestyle and relationships creativity and self-expression media advertising economy political ideology and most importantly human identity and authenticity. The book is essential reading for scholars in the areas of psychoanalysis analytical psychology myth cultural and media studies narrative analysis cultural anthropology as well as anyone interested in critical issues in contemporary culture.   Helena Bassil-Morozow is a cultural philosopher film scholar and academic writer whose many publications include Tim Burton: The Monster and the Crowd (Routledge 2010) and The Trickster in Contemporary Film (Routledge 2011). Helena is currently working on another Routledge project Jungian Film Studies: the Essential Guide (co-authored with Luke Hockley). Her principal academic affiliation is the University of Bedfordshire Faculty of Creative Arts Technologies & Science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415507943

The Trickster in Contemporary Film This book discusses the role of the trickster figure in contemporary film against the cultural imperatives and social issues of modernity and postmodernity and argues that cinematic tricksters always reflect psychological economic and social change in society. It covers a range of films from Charlie Chaplin’s classics such as Modern Times (1936) and The Great Dictator (1940) to contemporary comedies and dramas with ‘trickster actors’ such as Jim Carrey Sacha Baron-Cohen Andy Kaufman and Jack Nicholson. The Trickster in Contemporary Film offers a fresh perspective on the trickster figure not only in cinema but in Western culture in general. Alongside original film analyses it touches upon a number of psychosocial issues including sovereignty of the individual tricksterish qualities of the media and human relationships in the mercurial digital age. Further topics of discussion include: common motifs in trickster narratives the trickster and personal relationships gonzo-trickster and the art of comic insurrection. Employing a number of complementary approaches such as Jungian psychology film semiotics narrative structure theories Victor Turner’s concept of liminality and Mikhail Bakhtin’s theory of the carnivalesque this book is essential reading for students and scholars of film as well as anyone with an interest in analytical psychology and wider critical issues in contemporary culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415574662

The Trifurcating MiracleCorporations Workers Bureaucrats and the Erosion of Japan's National Economy First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604769

The Trilateral Commission and Global GovernanceInformal Elite Diplomacy 1972-82 This book provides the first analysis of the Trilateral Commission and its role in global governance and contemporary diplomacy. In 1973 David Rockefeller and Zbigniew Brzezinski founded the Trilateral Commission. Involving highly influential people from business and politics in the US Western Europe and Japan the Commission was soon preceived as constituting an embryonic or even shadow world government. As the first researcher to have accessed the Commission’s archives the author argues that this study demonstrates that global governance and international diplomacy should be considered a product of overlapping elite networks that merge informal and formal spheres across national borders. This work has three immediate aims: to trace the background origins purposes characteristics and modus operandi of the Commission; to investigate the elite aspect of the Commission and how this related to democracy; and to demonstrate how the Commission contributed to diplomatic practices and policy-formulation at national and international levels. The overall purpose of this book is to evaluate the significance of the Trilateral Commission with particular focus on the implications of its activities on the way we understand decision-making processes and diplomacy in modern democratic societies. This book will be of much interest to students of the Cold War US foreign policy diplomacy studies and IR in general Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138388574

The Trillion Dollar Shift Winner of the Gold Axiom Business Book Award 2019 in the Philanthropy / Non Profit / Sustainability category. Over the past 30 years the world has seen great social improvements. Technology has been developing at an enormous pace and is helping to solve our most pressing social and environmental challenges. Yet despite this success our current model of development is still deeply problematic. Natural disasters triggered by climate change have doubled since the 1980s violence and armed conflict now cost more than 13 percent of GDP social inequality and youth unemployment is worsening around the world and climate change threatens the global population with tremendous environmental as well as social problems. Using the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals as a framework this book sets out how business and capital now have a real opportunity to help resolve these problems. With clear and plentiful examples and cases of how businesses are making a difference relevant facts and figures to support the cases and inspiring and instructional information on how businesses can create sustainable value this highly readable book is a must-read for businesses (large and small) that wish to genuinely support the delivery of the SDGs. The Paris Climate Agreement and the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) drive change and offer a narrative and an opportunity to all to speak in one language on sustainability. They provide us with a clear set of targets for 2030. Through following the SDGs opportunities abound for business and capital to unlock markets which offer endless potential for profit while at the same time working towards the Sustainable Development Goals. This book illustrates for business how to make the much-needed Trillion Dollar Shift. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815364313

The Trinitarian Theology of Jonathan EdwardsText Context and Application While Jonathan Edwards scholars have increasingly recognized the central role that the Trinity played in his thought no work brings together Edwards' central texts on the Trinity and interprets and applies them to contemporary theological issues. This book reveals how the doctrine of the Trinity transformed Edwards' ministry and how the Trinity can inform current evangelical thought life and ministry. Key primary texts interpretation and application of Edwards' trinitarian theology are all presented here. Part one features Edwards' chief trinitarian writings and provides an in-depth analysis on his doctrine. Part two sets Edwards' trinitarianism in historical context. Part three demonstrates how Edwards employed the Trinity in his sermons in spiritual formation and in other areas of doctrine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268227

The Trinity and Ecumenical Church ThoughtThe Church-Event Some hundred years from inception the ecumenical movement is stagnating. William C. Ingle-Gillis argues that the problem lies in modern ecumenism’s treatment of denominational Churches as provisional entities requiring reunion to be more fully Christ’s Body. In a work unique both to ecumenical studies and to trinitarian theology the author redefines ecclesial life from the premise that God’s essence is personhood-in-communion and that the ultimate calling of human persons is to share as fully in the divine life as Christ himself. Concluding that the Churches are by the Spirit’s action a tangible dynamic event wherein God makes visible his on-going reconciliation of the world to himself Ingle-Gillis argues that the Churches’ true life lies in coming-together rather than being-together. This conclusion places ecumenism at the heart of Church life and witness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259522

The Trinity and TheodicyThe Trinitarian Theology of von Balthasar and the Problem of Evil Why does God permit the great suffering and evil that we see in our world? This basic question of human existence receives a fresh answer in this book as the mystery of evil is explored in the context of the mystery of the Trinity. God's permission of evil and the way in which suffering can lead human persons into the life of the Trinity are discussed in dialogue with the great Swiss theologian Hans Urs von Balthasar. In the light of Balthasar's model of the Trinity as divine self-giving love we gain a profound grasp of the nature of suffering in human life by placing our suffering in the context of the divine life of the Triune God. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268326

The Triple Asian Olympics - Asia RisingThe Pursuit of National Identity International Recognition and Global Esteem Realpolitik as a component of the Olympic Games held in East Asia has been largely ignored by historians. However sport was an integral part of cultural diplomacy and the expression of national prowess for the three Games held in East Asia: 1964 Tokyo 1988 Seoul and 2008 Beijing. It is time this was recorded. The Olympic Games had transformational political economic and cultural effects for the host cities and countries. This also is a neglected topic. The Triple Asian Olympics: Asia Rising explores the realities of global transformation regional ascendancy and metaphorical modernity of the East Asian Olympics and by extension East Asia. As the axis of global geo-political and economic power shifts to the East analyzing the significance of the Olympic Games in East Asia becomes significant to an understanding the shifting nature of the nations of East Asia. The Triple Asian Games are harbingers of dramatic geopolitical change. This is the first study to record confront and examine this contemporary phenomenon. For this reason this unique collection promises to attract a wide readership. This book was originally published as a special issue of The International Journal of the History of Sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108912

The Triple Bottom LineDoes It All Add Up The concept of the 'triple bottom line' (TBL) - the idea that business activity can simultaneously deliver financial social and environmental benefits - was introduced in the early 1990s. A decade on The Triple Bottom Line: Does it All Add Up? brings together the world's leading experts on corporate responsibility to assess the implications benefits and limitations of the TBL. This collection provides a review of what has already been achieved in stimulating change in corporate culture and bringing businesses to an appreciation of the importance and benefits of corporate social responsibility (CSR) and good environmental performance. It further explores the conceptual and practical limits of the metaphor of the TBL and sets out what can be achieved through regulation and legislation presenting detailed professional procedures for environmental accounting and management and social auditing. The contributors' wealth of experience and insight provides a vivid picture of how much attention is now being focused by businesses on delivering more than just financial targets and they clearly outline the necessary steps for successfully continuing along this trajectory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773348

The Triple HelixUniversity–Industry–Government Innovation and Entrepreneurship The triple helix of university–industry–government interactions is a universal model for the development of the knowledge-based society through innovation and entrepreneurship. It draws from the innovative practice of Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) with industry and government in inventing a regional renewal strategy in early 20th-century New England. Parallel experiences were identified in “Silicon Valley ” where Stanford University works together with industry and government. Triple helix is identified as the secret of such innovative regions. It may also be found in statist or laissez-faire societies globally. The triple helix focuses on “innovation in innovation” and the dynamic to foster an innovation ecosystem through various hybrid organizations such as technology transfer offices venture capital firms incubators accelerators and science parks. This second edition develops the practical and policy implications of the triple helix model with case studies exemplifying the meta-theory including: • how to make an innovative region through the triple helix approach; • balancing development and sustainability by “triple helix twins"; • triple helix matrix to analyze regional innovation globally; and • case studies on the Stanford's StartX accelerator; the Ashland Oregon Theater Arts Clusters; and Linyi regional innovation in China. The Triple Helix as a universal innovation model can assist students researchers managers entrepreneurs and policymakers to understand the roles of university industry and government in forming and developing “an innovative region ” which has self-renewal and sustainable innovative capacity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138659490

The Triumph and Tragedy of the IntellectualsEvil Enlightenment and Death This fourth instalment of Harry Redner's tetralogy on the history of civilization argues that intellectuals have a brilliant past a dubious present and possibly no future. He contends that the philosophers of the seventeenth century laid the ground for the intellectuals of the eighteenth century the Age of Enlightenment. They in turn promoted a fundamental transformation of human consciousness: they literally intellectualized the world. The outcome was the disenchantment of the world in all its cultural dimensions: in art religion ethics politics and philosophy.In this fascinating study Redner demonstrates how secularization took the sting out of both the dread and promise of an afterlife and intellectuals learned to die without the hope of immortality popularized by philosophy and religion. Ultimately they produced the ideologies that generated the totalitarian regimes of the twentieth century which subsequently exterminated these intellectuals through mass murder on a scale never before experienced. The book traces the sources of this fatal entanglement and goes on to examine the contemporary condition of intellectuals in America and the world.Wherein lies the future of the intellectuals? Redner suggest that in the present state of globalization dominated by technocrats experts and professionals their fate remains uncertain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412864107

The Triumph of an Accursed LineageKingship in Castile from Alfonso X to Alfonso XI (1252-1350) The Triumph of an Accursed Lineage analyses kingship in Castile between 1252 and 1350 with a particular focus on the pivotal reign of Alfonso XI (r. 1312–1350). This century witnessed significant changes in the ways in which the Castilian monarchy constructed and represented its power in this period. The ideas and motifs used to extoll royal authority the territorial conceptualisation of the kingdom the role queens and the royal family played and the interpersonal relationship between the kings and the nobility were all integral to this process. Ultimately this book addresses how Alfonso XI a member of an accursed lineage who rose to the throne when he was an infant was able to end the internal turmoil which plagued Castile since the 1270s and become a paradigm of successful kingship. This book will appeal to scholars and students of medieval Spain as well as those interested in the history of kingship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367512279

The Triumph of Capitalism Today there is widespread recognition that capitalism is the socioeconomic system of choice. This volume perhaps the best single-volume assessment of this economic model and how it emerged contributes to the understanding of the historic role of capitalism. After reviewing the gestation of the system it explains the emergence of full-blown capitalism in the eighteenth century taking it into the nineteenth and its link to the industrial revolution. The primary focus however is on the twentieth century in which capitalism faced and met challenges due to world wars and depression with the aid of interventionist policies notably Keynesian economics and the welfare state. But the failure of the postwar policy consensus to cope with the twin problems of inflation and slow economic growth led to a resurgence of greater reliance on unalloyed capitalism.Capitalist values so permeate modern culture in America that to question them seems like heresy. In 1989 the economist Robert L. Heilbroner who had been a perceptive student of capitalism and socialism for decades proclaimed "The Triumph of Capitalism " arguing that the contest of economic systems was over and the victory of capitalism was unambiguous. Fifteen years later C. Fred Bergsten Director of the Institute for International Economics reinforced this view: "The U.S. model of capitalism and globalization dominates thinking around the world." Writer Russell Baker dismayed by perceived degrading effects of market-obsessed management on journalism observed that "belief in the virtue of maximized profits has acquired something like sanctity in American life."An appreciation of economic and social history and the accompanying clash of ideas is helpful in providing a context in which ongoing challenges may be evaluated. It is important to know that what is understood to be capitalism has changed significantly over time. The purpose of this book is to provide such context. Written by an economist but accessible to a general public this book is a wide-ranging assessment of today's dominant economic system and its historical development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351298483

The Triumph of Democracy in Spain The Triumph of Democracy in Spain tells a gripping story of the tortuous creation of Spain's constitutional monarchy. The book provides an authoritative account of the tribulations of the forces of progress beginning in 1969 with the disintegration of Franco's dictatorship and ending with the remarkable Socialist election victory in 1982. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138152991

The Triumph of the Sun in 2000–2020How Solar Energy Conquered the World Dramatic forest fires in California flooding in Mozambique unusual heat waves in Europe hurricanes of strength never seen before—the world’s climate is getting out of control. The list of human casualties and damage in billions of euros and dollars is getting longer day by day. Weather experts and climatologists make it clear that global carbon dioxide emissions are accelerating and as a consequence the world’s climate is becoming unpredictable. This book an updated edition of The Triumph of the Sun: The Energy of the New Century is not another disaster report. It brings good news. It presents the details of a solar revolution that started with the dawn of the new century. The new solar energy conquered the markets and sidelined the conventional sources. Supplemented with the latest facts and figures the book features new and updated sections on topics such as climate change greenhouse gas emissions carbon allowances and CO2 taxes auto-consumption and renewable energy for heat and transport. Energy being at the heart of economic development and everybody’s well-being the new dominance of the renewables which are the key to combating global change revolutionized our society as a whole for the better. The author of the book witnessed the progress of this solar revolution and was one of the pioneers in the development of modern solar technologies. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800846

The Triumph of the SunThe Energy of the New Century As the new century came the world began to turn its back on the reckless developments of the past that resulted in global pollution and the deep misery it entails a climate getting out of kilter the threat of a nuclear war and all perils brought about by the unchecked use of fossil and atomic resources. We have now resolutely begun to move to a life that believes in harmony with nature with the Sun. Not only the climate but everyone is a winner going with the Sun the celestial body that distinguishes itself with its constancy and bounties. Thanks to innovation and mass production the power derived from the Sun now beats the conventional energy sector with its own strength: socio-economy. Solar energy has become cheaper than the energy harvested from conventional resources. The result is a booming economy that is not just sustainable but is also capable of producing millions of new jobs. In this book Wolfgang Palz an independent expert on energy matters and the economy presents his views on a solar revolution to which he made significant contributions. It is not a compendium of ecological dreams and wishful thinking for a better world but a thorough report buttressed with facts and figures on what happened. Beginning with fundamentals the book discusses the key role of the Sun in nature and life. It details what happened when the search for a cleaner world began and elaborates the efforts of the people who brought about the change. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800068

The Triumphant VictimA Psychoanalytical Perspective on Sadomasochism and Perverse Thinking This book examines the unrecognised prevalence of sadomasochism and perverse thinking in personal relationships as well as the public domain and discusses the way it contributes to the culture of the victim.The first part traces the origins of perverse pathology and how it operates in obstructing emotional development and producing dysfunctional relationships. This is put in the context of hysteria exhibitionism voyeurism and projective identification and is illustrated with clinical material drawn from the author's thirty years of psychoanalytical practice as well as experiences of couple- and family-therapy and educational consultations. The second half of the book examines current modes of thinking and belief systems with particular emphasis on tribal basic-assumption mentality. The author examines the legacy of Cartesian dualism and the Enlightenment in contributing to the marginalization of feminine values in favour of negative masculine control. Fundamentalist belief the 'New Atheism' and feminism are subjected to particular scrutiny for evidence of perverse thinking leading to internal contradictions and the manifestation of these in the consulting room is illustrated with clinical material. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490571

The Trouble with Higher EducationA Critical Examination of our Universities The Trouble with Higher Education is a powerful and topical critique of the Higher Education system in the UK with relevance to countries with similar systems.  Based on the authors’ experiences that span over 30+ years of fieldwork the issues discussed focus on the problems facing the principle responsibilities of universities: teaching learning and research. The first half of the book identifies a number of problems that have followed the growth of mass education.  It examines their causes and explains their damaging effects.  The second half of the book offers a broad vision and makes a number of practical suggestions for ameliorating the problems and improving higher education.  Supported by research the suggestions include: ways of managing universities; proper inspection; better ways of organising students’ learning; improving teaching and learning; better approaches to assessment and the proper use of ideas such as learning outcomes. Topics discussed include: Chronic under-funding the replacement of student grants with loans and the introduction of tuition fees. The growth of managerialism. The emphasis on accountability and decline of trust. The growth of a competitive market ethos. Modular degrees knowledge treated as a commodity and students seen as customers. The drift towards a two-tiered system with teaching colleges and research universities. Casualisation of the academic profession. The Trouble with Higher Education is aimed primarily at a professional audience of academics educationalists managers administrators and policy makers but would interest anyone concerned about higher education.  It is suited to professional development courses and Master’s and doctoral level studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203866344

The Trouble with Human NatureHealth Conflict and Difference in Biocultural Perspective The Trouble with Human Nature brings together biological and cross-cultural evidence to critically examine common preconceptions and challenge popular assumptions about human nature. It sets out to counter genetic and evolutionary myths about human variation and behavior drawing on both biological and cultural anthropology as well as from other disciplines including psychology economics and sociology. The chapters address the interrelated topics of health and disease gender and other differences and violence and conflict. The analysis calls into question the presumed natural foundation for social inequalities and sheds light on both the constraints and possibilities inherent in the human condition. This book provides students of human diversity and evolution with an excellent resource to better approach questions relating to human nature. It will also be of interest to those taking courses in social  cultural and biological anthropology as well as public health  medical anthropology sociology gender studies psychology and kinship studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138211940

The Trouble with MathsA Practical Guide to Helping Learners with Numeracy Difficulties Now in its fourth edition with updates to reflect developments in our understanding of learning difficulties in maths this award-winning text provides vital pragmatic insights into the often-confusing world of numeracy. By looking at learning difficulties in maths and dyscalculia from several perspectives for example the vocabulary and language of maths cognitive style and the demands of individual procedures this book provides a complete overview of the most frequently occurring problems associated with maths teaching and learning. Drawing on tried-and-tested methods based on research and Steve Chinn’s decades of classroom experience it provides an authoritative yet accessible one-stop classroom resource. Combining advice guidance and practical activities this user-friendly guide will help you to: develop flexible cognitive styles use alternative strategies to replace an over-reliance on rote-learning for pupils trying to access basic facts understand the implications of underlying skills such as working memory on learning implement effective pre-emptive measures before demotivation sets in recognise the manifestations of maths anxiety and tackle affective domain problems find approaches to solve word problems select appropriate materials and visual images to enhance understanding. With useful features such as checklists for the evaluation of books and an overview of resources this book will equip you with essential skills to help you tackle your pupils’ maths difficulties and improve standards for all learners. This book will be useful for all teachers classroom assistants learning support assistants and parents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367862145

The Trouble With PassionPolitical Theory Beyond the Reign of Reason Political theorists have long argued that passion has no place in the political realm where reason reigns supreme. But is this dichotomy between reason and passion sustainable? Does it underestimate the indispensable role of passion in a fully democratic society? Drawing upon Plato Rousseau and contemporary feminist theorists Cheryl Hall argues that passion is an essential component of a just political community and that the need to educate passion together with reason is paramount. Trouble with Passion provides a compelling defense of the crucial place of passion in politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203952368

The Trouble with TheoryThe educational costs of postmodernism Postmodern theory has engaged the hearts and heads of the brightest students because of its apparent political and social radicalism. Despite this Professor Gavin Kitching claims that 'At the heart of postmodernism is very poor deeply confused and misbegotten philosophy. As a result even the very best students who fall under its sway produce radically incoherent ideas about language meaning truth and reality.'This is not another conservative attack on postmodernism. Rather it is a carefully considered analysis from a dedicated university teacher who is convinced that we have gone terribly astray. He shows that postmodern theory is at best irrelevant to and at worst undermining of persuasive political arguments and reveals the basic philosophical confusion at its heart which makes this so. Essential reading for any student writing a thesis in the humanities and the social sciences and for their teachers.'It is the strongest and best attack on the ravages of routine post-modernism that I have ever read. I applaud the way he lists the good causes that students warmly espouse and then suggests a simpler way to support them without the self-destructive it's all just language that is implicit in their work.' - Professor Sir Bernard Crick Emeritus Professor of Politics Birkbeck College University of London'Gavin Kitching rattles the cages. Will the inmates hear this? They should if only for the reason that there is virtue in learning to argue against yourself. This is a serious book.' - Professor Peter Beilharz Sociology La Trobe University'Required reading for anyone who wants to understand how and why postmodernism has had such disastrous pedagogical consequences.' - Professor David G. Stern Philosophy University of Iowa Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003118237

The Trouble with Twin StudiesA Reassessment of Twin Research in the Social and Behavioral Sciences The Trouble with Twin Studies questions popular genetic explanations of human behavioral differences based upon the existing body of twin research. Psychologist Jay Joseph outlines the fallacies of twin studies in the context of the ongoing decades-long failure to discover genes for human behavioral differences including IQ personality and the major psychiatric disorders. This volume critically examines twin research with a special emphasis on reared-apart twin studies and incorporates new and updated perspectives analyses arguments and evidence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138698925

The Troubled AdolescentChallenges and Resilience within Family and Multicultural Contexts The "Troubled" Adolescent: Challenges and Resilience within Family and Multicultural Contexts is written for students and clinicians who want to learn about adolescent behavioral health and psychosocial development. It focuses on the experiences of culturally diverse adolescents and families including but not limited to diversity based on race ethnicity gender identity sexual orientation spirituality ability/disability status age nationality language and socioeconomic status. Written from a bioecological and strength-based perspective it views adolescents as having the power to initiate growth and recover from setbacks. The book is clinically focused and intended to build readers’ multicultural competence when working with youth and families. Six chapters focus on challenges and treatment for specific concerns such as trauma- and stressor-related disorders depression and anxiety suicidal and nonsuicidal self-injury eating disturbances substance use disorders and disruptive behaviors. The book balances theory and application and provides information about screening diagnosis (based on the DSM-V) prevention and treatment. Chapters contain case vignettes self-reflective questions discussion questions suggestions for working with adolescents and key terms. Special attention is given to family and cultural expressions and explanations for disorders. Interactive learning opportunities are included as QR codes to meet diverse learning needs and to help readers apply information. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138913806

The Troubled Conscience and the Insane Mind Originally published in 1928 in the Psyche Miniatures Medical Series this title was an attempt to bring to the attention of British psychologists and psychiatrists some aspects of the work and thought of French psychologist Charles Blondel. Well known abroad but little known in England at the time he was professor of Psychology at the University of Strasbourg and founder of a school of ‘morbid psychology’. This book contains two papers the first concerning the theory of the disordered mind and the second deals with the relation between disordered thought and speech. Today it can be read and enjoyed in its historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415742665

The Troubled Mind of Northern IrelandAn Analysis of the Emotional Effects of the Troubles The "Troubles" in Northern Ireland have endured for so long that eventually the abnormal has become normal. This volume examines the processes by which society has become gradually dehumanised and how the inhuman conditions under which people have been forced to live so long have come about. The authors seek to understand this situation and buil Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329013

The Troubled Rhetoric and Communication of Climate ChangeThe argumentative situation Despite an overwhelming scientific consensus climate change remains one of the most controversial issues of our time. Focusing on the rhetoric that surrounds the issue of climate change this groundbreaking book analyses why the debate continues to rage and examines how we should argue when winning the argument really matters. Going beyond routine condemnations of the wildest statements made by religious fundamentalists or spokespeople for fossil fuel interests the book explains the mutually exacerbating problems that permit many of us greet catastrophic predictions with an equivocal shrug. It argues that the argumentative situation around climate change makes a certain kind of skepticism – "fair-minded skepticism" – not only possible but likely. The book also strikes a hopeful note reminding us that people do change their minds in response to effective argumentation that appeals to deeply shared values. Offering new insight into an ongoing academic discussion about the nature of argument and how it can be undertaken more effectively and ethically as well as a new perspective on the rhetoric of science and technology this book will be a valuable resource to students and scholars of climate change environmental humanities rhetoric environmental communication sociology and science and technology studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138064331

The Troubles With Postmodernism In this original and eye-opening study Stefan Morawski sheds light on the often confused debate about postmodernism postmodernity and human values. Drawing upon a wide range of evidence from the experience of everyday life in the sciences religion visual arts literature film television and contemporary music The Troubles with Postmodernism is an indispensable guide to our understanding and evaluation of contemporary literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862264

The Troublesome Raigne of John King of England Published in 1979: This is a play based on the reign of King John with notes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367149024

The Troublesome Voyage of Captain Edward Fenton 1582-1583 Transcripts of certain surviving records of the voyage for Cathay sponsored by the Privy Council and intended to establish the first English trading base in the Far East. Includes Fenton's own sea journal and extracts from the official narrative of Richard Madox for which see also Second Series 147. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1959. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551890

The True DreamIndictment of the Shiite clerics of Isfahan an English translation with facing Persian text The True Dream is a Persian satirical drama set in Isfahan in the lead up to Iran’s Constitutional Revolution of 1905-11. Although its three authors hail from the clerical class they criticize the arrogance corruption and secularity of the Iranian ruling dynasty and clergy taking Isfahan as their example. The work blends fact and fiction by summoning the prominent men of the city to account for themselves on the Day of Judgement. God speaks offstage delivering withering judgements of their behaviour. The dream of the authors is a vision of an Iran governed by law where justice prevails and the clergy are honestly religious.This book has the Persian and English translation on facing pages. The introduction presents brief biographies of the authors – who wrote anonymously but were all executed. One of the authors was the father of Mohammad-Ali Jamâlzâdeh a pioneer of modern Persian fiction and The True Dream was one of the first dramas in European style to be written in Persian. The book shows that today’s struggle for a modern society began more than a century ago and then and now pivots on the role of the Islamic clerics (the ulama).Using colloquial language this first English translation of a significant and humorous Persian satirical drama will prove an accessible and valuable resource for students of Persian. By marking a significant point in the influence of Western political philosophy and Western drama on the Persian intellectual classes this book will also appeal to students and scholars of Middle Eastern History and Political Science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885229

The True History of his Captivity 1557Hans Staden 'The Broadway Travellers contains few more exciting stories than that of Staden.' Sunday Times'The present translation of his adventures among the Brazilian cannibals with which the gruesome original woodcuts are included now make Staden's story available to a larger public...'New StatesmanThe first part of the book is a straightforward account of the author's personal experiences. The second part is a detailed treatise on the customs of the Tupinambá their polity trade religion manufactures and warlike undertakings and of the flora and fauna of the country. In-depth information is given on rites and ceremonies (those on cannibalism are not for the faint-hearted reader) government and laws and religious observances. Facsimiles of woodcuts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867680

The True History of the Conquest of New Spain. By Bernal Diaz del Castillo One of its ConquerorsFrom the Exact Copy made of the Original Ma Books I-IV (1517-19) translated into English and edited with introduction and notes by Alfred Percival Maudslay M.A. Hon. Professor of Archaeology National Museum Mexico concerning the discovery of Mexico and the expeditions of Francisco Hernández de Cordova and Hernan Cortés the march inland and the war in Tlaxcala. The edition includes a bibliography of Mexico pp. 311-68. Continued in Second Series 24 25 30 and 40. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1908. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551883

The Truman Years 1945-1953 The Truman Years is a concise yet thorough examination of the critical postwar years in the United States. Byrnes argues that the major trends and themes of the American history have their origins during the presidency of Harry S. Truman. He synthesizes the recent Truman literature and explains the links between domestic U.S. political and social trends and cold war foreign policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161733

The Trump Presidency Journalism and Democracy This book examines the disruptive nature of Trump news – both the news his administration makes and the coverage of it – related to dominant paradigms and ideologies of U.S. journalism. By relying on conceptualizations of media memory and "othering" through news coverage that enhances socio-conservative positions on issues such as immigration the book positions this moment in a time of contestation. Contributors ranging from scholars professionals and media critics operate in unison to analyze today’s interconnected challenges to traditional practices within media spheres posed by Trump news. The outcomes should resonate with citizens who rely on journalism for civic engagement and who are active in social change Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891527

The Trust FactorStrategies for School Leaders This hands-on guide is a valuable resource for both current and aspiring school leaders. Written in short easy-to-read chapters The Trust Factor 2nd Edition presents real-world examples and relevant research to help you develop the essential skills you need for building trust with staff teachers students and parents. The Trust Factor provides updated versions of over 50 practical strategies that will help you learn to: Recognize and avoid behaviors that damage trust Repair trust when it has been broken Navigate challenging situations such as teacher evaluations student discipline parent complaints or scarce resources Establish and sustain trust with faculty staff students and community Approach social media in a way that builds trust with the community. The guidance in this book is explained with simple easy-to-implement steps you can apply immediately to your own practice and are accompanied by reflection questions and self-assessment tools to help practicing or aspiring educational leaders succeed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138048423

The Trust Revolution in SchoolsHow to Create a High Performance and Collaborative Culture Teachers are some of the kindest most altruistic and smartest people on the planet yet despite the best of intentions fearful atmospheres can arise organically within schools leaving people feeling disempowered anxious isolated and frustrated. Why is this? What are the impacts? And crucially how do we resolve it? Ofsted accountability funding workload and societal difficulties have led to a response in many schools that is fear based generating staff cultures that affect teacher wellbeing and are leading to large numbers leaving the profession. This impacts not only staff morale and wellbeing but also has a highly detrimental effect on teacher performance and the outcomes for pupils and students. This book examines what underpins these patterns and sets out a practical model for embedding a trust-based culture in all schools. Drawing together four key psychological concepts the book explores what a trust-based culture looks like and the conditions that are needed for this to develop. It looks at the paradoxes that lie in how staff create harmonious and collaborative cultures and the practical steps that are needed to create a culture where staff that crave and give open robust feedback are pro-active learn from failure and have the ability to thrive through challenging questions. Providing a comprehensive blueprint for schools to follow this is essential reading for school leaders and thinkers who want to create a rich healthy environment where collaboration creativity and excellence in teaching and learning can flourish. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367362676

The Truth about China and Japan (Routledge Revivals) This title first published in 1921 aimed to present for the reader a glance into what the position was in Eastern Asia at the beginning of the twentieth century. This book will be of interest to student of history politics and Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138912502

The Truth About Inflation Inflation is a simple topic in that the basic concepts are something that everyone can understand. However inflation is not a simplistic topic. The composition of inflation and what the different inflation measures try to represent cannot be summarised with a single line on a chart or a casual reference to a solitary data point. Investors very often fail to understand the detail behind inflation and end up making bad investment decisions as a result. The Truth About Inflation does not set out to forecast inflation but to help improve its understanding so that investors can make better decisions to achieve the real returns that they need. Starting with a summary of long history of inflation the drivers of price change are considered. Many of the "urban myths" that have built up about inflation are shown to be a consequence of irrational judgement or political scaremongering. Some behaviour like the unhealthy veneration of gold as a means of inflation protection is shown to be the result of historical accident. In the modern era of lower nominal investment returns inflation inequality (whereby some groups experience persistently higher inflation than others) is a very important consideration. This book sets out the realities of price changes in the modern investing environment without using economic equations or jargon. It gives investors the framework they need to think about inflation and how to protect themselves against it whether the aggregate inflation of the future rises or falls from current levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138023611

The Truth About Our SchoolsExposing the myths exploring the evidence "A superb crucial blistering expose of all the myths about our education system that are all too often used to attack it. Melissa Benn again proves why she is one of country's most formidable education campaigners - and why the powerful should fear her. Owen Jones Guardian columnist and best-selling author Never has it been more urgent to publicise the truth about what works and doesn't work in our education system.   Debunking the ideology of marketisation and exposing the half-truths that pass for objective reporting Benn and Downs meticulously lay out the evidence: that a national system of comprehensive schools delivers the best outcomes. This hugely important book should be required reading for each new Education Secretary. Caroline Lucas MP Opinions about comprehensive education are often made into easy-to-swallow sound-bites by media and politicians alike and whilst the benefits of a genuinely comprehensive education for all pupils are obvious untruths have unwittingly evolved into hard facts. Based on Melissa Benn and Janet Downs’ work as part of the pioneering Local Schools Network The Truth About Our Schools calls for us to urgently and articulately challenge unquestioned myths about state education. Benn and Downs have meticulously built an argument for its still enormously vital role and rigorously challenge assumptions that: Comprehensive education has failed Local authorities control and hold back schools Choice competition and markets are the route to educational success Choice will improve education in England: the free school model. Academies raise standards Teachers don’t need qualifications Private schools have the magic DNA Progressive education lowers standards Anyone who thinks that comprehensive education cannot deliver that local authorities are the chief block to improving our school system that competition and markets are the route to educational success and that private schools hold the magic DNA that can simply be transferred to other state schools will have their beliefs shaken by this blisteringly incisive book. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138937178

The Truth of RealismA Reassessment of the German Novel 1830-1900 This book is about the power of narrative realism as a critique of the ideology of inwardness in the German-speaking world. It answers the question: What kind of truth about reality does German literary realism enable us to see and what kind of transformation does that vision require and effect? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603533

The Truth Value Algebra of Type-2 Fuzzy SetsOrder Convolutions of Functions on the Unit Interval Type-2 fuzzy sets extend both ordinary and interval-valued fuzzy sets to allow distributions rather than single values as degrees of membership. Computations with these truth values are governed by the truth value algebra of type-2 fuzzy sets. The Truth Value Algebra of Type-2 Fuzzy Sets: Order Convolutions of Functions on the Unit Interval explores the fundamental properties of this algebra and the role of these properties in applications. Accessible to anyone with a standard undergraduate mathematics background this self-contained book offers several options for a one- or two-semester course. It covers topics increasingly used in fuzzy set theory such as lattice theory analysis category theory and universal algebra. The book discusses the basics of the type-2 truth value algebra its subalgebra of convex normal functions and their applications. It also examines the truth value algebra from a more algebraic and axiomatic view. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498735278

The Truth Will OutUnmasking the Real Shakespeare The question of who wrote Shakespeare’s plays has been the subject of furious debate among scholars for over 150 years. Everything known about the facts of William Shakespeare’s life seems incompatible with the extraordinary genius of his writing. How could a man who left school at the age of 13 and apparently never travelled abroad have authored the incomparable Sonnets or so intricately described Renaissance Venice? Shakespeare ‘candidates’ abound among them Sir Francis Bacon The Earl of Oxford even Queen Elizabeth I herself but none have stood up to serious scrutiny. Until now…. This remarkable intriguing and provocative book offers a completely plausible new candidate; Sir Henry Neville. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138164697

The Tsunami of 2004 in Sri LankaImpacts and Policy in the Shadow of Civil War This book is based on empirical research in Sri Lanka conducted after the catastrophic tsunami which hit the country in December 2004. The aims of the research have been to develop new knowledge on post-crisis reconstruction and recovery work on how to bridge the knowledge gap between researchers and practitioners as well as trying to use past research experiences from Sri Lanka to learn about the present day situation. The chapters use a common analytical frame related to the ‘policy narratives’ of post-tsunami recovery in the shadow of war and deal with housing reconstruction livelihoods internally displaced humanitarian interventions and protracted conflicts. The authors represent various social scientific fields and they have experience from different geographical areas of Sri Lanka. This book was published as a special issue of Norsk Geografisk Tidsskrift. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863705

The Tswana First published in 1953 and this edition in 1991 this book was created in association with the International African Institute. Since its first publication anthropology and African Studies have changed a great deal but the bedrock of both remains unchanged: solid sensitive ethnographic and historical accounts of the peoples and cultures of the continent. Part One is by Isaac Schapera whose documentation of life and times in the Bechuanaland Protectorate stands as a starkly detailed chronical of an African population in a rapidly changing world. Schapera was one of the few anthropologists who spoke frankly of the rural predicament of rural Africans under colonialism. Far from describing the Tswana as a closed or timeless ‘society’ he locates the people in their political and economic context and in so doing has left behind an extraordinary record. This edition of The Tswana consists of the original text to which has been added a second part by John L. Comaroff which covers the transformation of Tswana life in Botswana and South Africa 1953-85 plus a much enlarged bibliography. Together the parts of the book make a valuable summary of an exceedingly rich and ethnographic and historical record that will continue to serve as an indispensable tool in research and teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138924925

The TUC and Education Reform 1926-1970 This book covers a crucial period for the development of state education in Britain; the advent of the comprehensive debate before and during the Second World War; the War years themselves and the 1944 Education Act; the post-War Labour Government; and Churchill's last government in a time of education expansion. From the 1960s the focus shifted to questions of social deprivation and educational opportunities secondary school selection the debate on standards Robbins and higher education and the continuing theme of the dominance of public schools.The book is divided into four sections which are then divided into chapters. Each chapter takes as its main reference point a key issue within the chronological framework of the book e.g. resistance to secondary education for all politics and textbooks multilateral and technical schools pressure groups and the 1944 Education Act Churchill and the Conservatives. Much new light is thrown on the topics by the author's use of new material and he has made a valuable contribution to the politics of education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203770566

The Tudor and Stuart Town 1530 - 1688A Reader in English Urban History The Tudor and Stuart Town brings together many of the most important articles in the field of urban history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138407992

The Tudor Law of Treason (Routledge Revivals)An Introduction This title first published in 1979 was ground-breaking in its exploration of the understudied area of the Tudor law of treason. Bellamy first examines the scope of that law noting the inheritance from the Middle Ages the effectiveness of the new statutes and interpretation of the law by the judiciary. Mining the archives for official legal and literary accounts the following parts consider how the government came to hear of traitors the use of evidence and witnesses in trials and finally the fate of the traitor at the gallows and beyond. This is a full useful and interesting title which will be of great value to students researching Tudor and late medieval statute law the Tudor concept of treason and the mores of Tudor society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415712842

The Tudor NavyAn Administrative Political and Military History The Tudor Navy is a subject which is very unevenly known. The last significant general histories were written at the end of the last century. Since then much detailed research has been undertaken particularly on the Armada the end of Henry VIII's reign and the early Elizabethan period. As a result it has been generally thought that the navy went through a series of booms and slumps during the sixteenth century. Further research on the intervening periods now presents a much more even picture of development although the pace of advance was uneven. At the same time naval history has tended to be seen in isolation presented by special naval experts. It is better understood as a part of the general administrative political and above all financial history of the period. This book is designed to present a whole story set in its proper contemporary context. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236728

The Tumultuous Politics of ScaleUnsettled States Migrants Movements in Flux Contemporary politics this book contends depend upon the turbulent struggles and strategies around scale. Confl icts over scale can be seen as opaque class struggles. Political projects whether from the ground up or representing corporate or state interests continually contest the scale at which authority is vested. This volume looks at the way global corporations redefi ne the scale of power and how working- class and other movements build alliances and cross scales to develop political blocs. What injustices are perpetrated or more hopefully redressed in this process? The book consisting of contributions from anthropologists geographers and cultural studies scholars explores theoretical issues around contested temporal and spatial scales and around variations in scale from the body to the global. Part I focuses on bodies in motion entangled in battles over new boundaries and political coalitions and the ways in which migrants and refugees are disrupted by intersecting time scales. Part II on the nation- state addresses the shifting responsibilities assigned by law at diff erent historical moments and the impact of global energy trade on national austerity policies. Part III on rescaling sovereignty discusses the misleading media discourse on “Brexit” and reconstructs the class bases of the move to the Right in Eastern Europe that threaten the EU. Part IV on the histories of changing scales of movements revisits historical debates on uneven and combined development and sets out the transnational labor movements of the eighteenthand nineteenth- century Atlantic which prefi gure contemporary struggles of labor in a world which is still one of uneven and combined capitalist development. Finally Part V considers ways in which some social movements are constrained by scale while others reshape parties and traverse nations in their eff orts to build class alliances and political blocs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367186241

The Tunisian Women�s Rights MovementFrom Nascent Activism to Influential Power-broking Tunisian women have received significant attention for their active participation in preserving and extending women’s rights since 2011. However their activism and latest achievements should be considered not a recent phenomenon but rather part and parcel of a distinctive local history that has included women as agents of change. This book examines Tunisian women’s lived experiences as individuals and as a group within a sociohistorical framework that uncovers the enduring feminine footprint over centuries and eventually underpins and defines their most recent fight for gender equality in postrevolutionary Tunisia. The historic and current presentation of Tunisian women’s public and civic engagement distinguishes between different types of women’s objectives in order to examine women’s activism holistically as it evolved in the local context. The Tunisian Women’s Rights Movement will be of interest to students and scholars of Tunisia North African and Middle East Studies and gender in the Arab world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887230

The Turk and Islam in the Western Eye 1450–1750Visual Imagery before Orientalism Unprecedented in its range - extending from Venice to the New World and from the Holy Roman Empire to the Ottoman Empire - this collection probes the place that the Ottoman Turks occupied in the Western imaginaire and the ways in which this occupation expressed itself in the visual arts. Individual essays in this volume examine specific images or groups of images problematizing the 'truths' they present and analyzing the contexts that shape the presentation of Ottoman or Islamic subject matter in European art. The contributors trace the transmission of early modern images and representations across national boundaries and across centuries to show how through processes of translation that often involved multiple stages the figure of the Turk (and by extension that of the Muslim) underwent a multiplicity of interpretations that reflect and reveal Western needs anxieties and agendas. The essays reveal how anachronisms and inaccuracies mingled with careful detail to produce a "Turk " a figure which became a presence to reckon with in painting sculpture tapestry and printmaking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248311

The Turkic Languages The Turkic Languages examines the modern languages within this wide-ranging language family and gives an historical overview of their development.The first part covers generalities providing an introduction to the grammatical traditions subgrouping and writing systems of this language family.The latter part of the book focuses on descriptions of the individual languages themselves. Each language description gives an overview of the language followed by detail on phonology morphology syntax lexis and dialects. The language chapters are similarly structured to enable the reader to access and compare information easily.Each chapter represents a self-contained article written by a recognised expert in the field. Suggestions are made for the most useful sources of further reading and the work is comprehensively indexed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203066102

The Turkic Peoples in Medieval Arabic Writings Translating a collection of the most important descriptions of the Turks found in medieval Arabic texts into English this book aims at delineating the coming of the Turkic people in the eleventh century their military successes in Iran and Iraq and the emergence of the sultanate. The book introduces the reader to the history of the Islamic Caliphate and the Turkic people. This introduction is followed by annotated translated sources which illuminate; the view of the Eurasian steppes in Muslim-Arabic geographical writing from the pre-Saljūq period the self-image and ideology of the victorious Saljūqs and their fundamental claim to legitimacy and the conventional narrative of the coming of the Saljūqs in later Arabic historiography. Illustrating the variety of sources available on the history of Turkic tribes in the Eurasian steppes and in central Islamic lands ranging from geographical writing to chronicles to mythological legends this book will be an essential resource for students and scholars with an interest in Turks and image History and Middle East Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138614727

The Turkish AK Party and its LeaderCriticism opposition and dissent After landslide electoral victories two referenda and a presidential election thirteen years of AK Party rule have shattered many myths regarding Turkey’s politics and the nature of the party itself. This book argues that the last thirteen years are best understood via the AK party’s interaction with the social-political realm. It focuses on criticism dissent and opposition from prominent organized groups in Turkish society which themselves represent significantly different traditions ideologies and interests. Bringing together specialists from across the field its chapters explore key societal actors to reveal the dynamics behind the last decade of AK Party rule. Overall the book throws light on the extent to which the government’s characters trajectories policies and leadership style have been interactively shaped by opposition and dissent. Exploring the historically unprecedented and politically controversial rule of the AK Party as well as the relationship between modern societal groups and a government driven by a conservative Islamic tradition this book is a valuable resource for students and scholars of Turkish studies as well as politics more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877347

The Turkish Deep StateState Consolidation Civil-Military Relations and Democracy The deep state ranks among the most critical issues in Turkish politics. This book traces its origins and offers an explanation of the emergence and trajectory of the deep state; the meaning and function of informal and authoritarian institutions in the formal security sector of a democratic regime; the involvement of the state in organized crime; armed conflict; corruption; and massive human rights violations. This book applies an innovative methodological approach to concept formation and offers a mid-range theory of deep state that sheds light on the reciprocal relationship between the state and political regimes and elaborates on the conditions for the consolidation of democracy. It traces the path-dependent emergence and trajectory of the deep state from the Ottoman Empire to the current Turkish Republic and its impact on state-society relations. It reads state formation consolidation and breakdown from the perspective of this most resilient phenomenon of Turkish politics. The analysis also situates recent developments regarding AKP governments including the EU accession process civil-military relations coup trials the Kurdish question and the Gülen Movement in their context within the deep state. Moreover this case-study offers an analytical framework for cross-regional comparative analysis of the deep states. Addressing the lacuna in academic scholarship on the deep state phenomenon in Turkey this book is essential reading for students and scholars with an interest in democratization politics and Middle East Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815348894

The Turks and Islam in Reformation Germany Although their role is often neglected in standard historical narratives of the Reformation the Ottoman Turks were an important concern of many leading thinkers in early modern Germany including Martin Luther. In the minds of many the Turks formed a fearsome crescent-shaped horizon that threatened to break through and overwhelm. Based on an analysis of more than 300 pamphlets and other publications across all genres and including both popular and scholarly writings this book is the most extensive treatment in English on views of the Turks and Islam in German-speaking lands during this period. In addition to providing a summary of what was believed about Islam and the Turks in early modern Germany this book argues that new factors including increased contact with the Ottomans as well as the specific theological ideas developed during the Protestant Reformation destabilized traditional paradigms without completely displacing inherited medieval understandings. This book makes important contributions to understanding the role of the Turks in the confessional conflicts of the Reformation and to the broader history of Western views of Islam. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138300231

The Turks in the Early Islamic World This volume brings together a set of key articles along with a new introduction to contextualize them on the role of Turkish peoples in the Western Asiatic world up to the 11th century. Such topics as the geographical and environmental original milieux of these peoples in the forest zone and steppelands of Inner Asia the formation and breakup of tribal confederations within the steppes and the evolution of tribal structures are examined as the background for the appearance of Turks within the Islamic caliphate from the 9th century onwards. These came first as military slaves then as movements of peoples such as the tribal migrations of the Oghuz leading to the establishment of the Seljuq sultanate whilst from within Islamic society individual Turkish commanders were able at the same time to build up their own military empires such as that of the Ghaznavids. In this way was put in place a Turkish dominance of the northern tier of the Middle East with attendant changes in demography and land utilisation which was to last for centuries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236711

The Turn Around Religion in AmericaLiterature Culture and the Work of Sacvan Bercovitch Playing on the frequently used metaphors of the 'turn toward' or 'turn back' in scholarship on religion The Turn Around Religion in America offers a model of religion that moves in a reciprocal relationship between these two poles. In particular this volume dedicates itself to a reading of religion and of religious meaning that cannot be reduced to history or ideology on the one hand or to truth or spirit on the other but is rather the product of the constant play between the historical particulars that manifest beliefs and the beliefs that take shape through them. Taking as their point of departure the foundational scholarship of Sacvan Bercovitch the contributors locate the universal in the ongoing and particularized attempts of American authors from the seventeenth century forward to get it - whatever that 'it' might be - right. Examining authors as diverse as Pietro di Donato Herman Melville Miguel Algarin Edward Taylor Mark Twain Robert Keayne Nathaniel Hawthorne Paule Marshall Stephen Crane Ralph Waldo Emerson and Joseph B. Soloveitchik among many others-and a host of genres from novels and poetry to sermons philosophy history journalism photography theater and cinema-the essays call for a discussion of religion's powers that does not seek to explain them as much as put them into conversation with each other. Central to this project is Bercovitch's emphasis on the rhetoric ritual typology and symbology of religion and his recognition that with each aesthetic enactment of religion's power we learn something new. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268777

The Turn to Ethics What kind of turn is the turn to ethics? A Right turn? A Left turn? A wrong turn? A U-turn? Ethics is back in literary studies philosophy and political theory. The philosophers political theorists literary critics and physician whose essays are collected here bring the particularities of their disciplines and training to a vital complex of questions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203700440

The Turning Point for the Teaching ProfessionGrowing Expertise and Evaluative Thinking A revolution is happening in education with leaders and teachers now asked to focus on learning to develop collaborative teams to impact on students to use and raise professional standards and to identify and esteem expertise in our profession. With new demands relating to technological advances changing demographics internationalism and the inclusion of ‘twenty-first-century skills ’ there is pressure on schools to deliver greater and deeper success with more students. The Turning Point aims to present the factors needed to affect real change for school systems in classrooms and in the teaching profession by: Arguing for the establishment of teaching as a true 'profession' alongside areas such as medicine or law. Identifying the expertise fundamental to the meeting demands of schools. Elaborating on evaluative thinking and clinical practice as the basis of this new profession. Outlining core levers of change to show how teachers can have profound impacts on educational medical and social dimensions of students. This book is essential reading for teachers school leaders education policymakers teacher candidates and teacher educators. Those working in affiliated professions such as adolescent psychologists and health workers will also find aspects of the book relevant to their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367531867

The Turning Point in AfricaBritish Colonial Policy 1938-48 This is a study of British colonial policy towards tropical Africa during a critical decade from the complacent trusteeship of the inter-wqr eyars to the strategy of decolonization inaugurated after World War II. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986251

The Tutu Archaeological Village SiteA Multi-disciplinary Case Study in Human Adaptation Excavations at the Tutu site represent a dramatic chapter in the annals of Caribbean archaeological excavation. The site was discovered in 1990 during the initial site clearing for a shopping mall in St. Thomas U.S. Virgin Islands. The site was excavated with the assistance of a team of professional archaeologists and volunteers. Utilizing resources and funds donated by the local scientific communities the project employed a multidisciplinary sampling strategy designed to recover material for analysis by experts in fields such as anthropology archaeology palaeobotany zooarchaeology bioarchaeology palaeopathology and photo imaging. This volume reports the results of these various applied analytical techniques laying a solid foundation for future comparative studies of prehistoric Caribbean human populations and cultures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986282

The TV Presenter's Career HandbookHow to Market Yourself in TV Presenting You can present to camera speak to time read autocue conduct an interview write and memorise scripts; you have a showreel headshots and a CV—but what next? How do you decide which genre to go for market yourself and establish your career? The TV Presenter’s Career Handbook is full of information and advice on how to capitalise on your presenter training and contains up-to-date lists of resources to help you seek work market yourself effectively and increase your employability. Contents include raising your profile what kinds of companies to aim for and how to contact them what to do with your programme idea video and radio skills creating your own TV channel tips from agents specialist genres such as News Sports Technology Children’s and Shopping channels breaking into the US and more! Features interviews and case studies with over 80 experts so you can learn from those who have been there first including: Maxine Mawhinney and Julian Worricker BBC News anchors Jon Bentley and Jason Bradbury presenters The Gadget Show Melvin Odoom KISS FM Gemma Hunt presenter Swashbuckle Matt Lorenzo presenter Premier League Tony Tobin chef/presenter Ready Steady Cook and Saturday Kitchen Alison Keenan and Marie-Francoise Wolff presenters QVC Maggie Philbin and Jem Stansfield presenters Bang Goes the Theory Kate Russell presenter BBC Click Sarah Jane Cass Senior Talent Agent Somethin’ Else Talent Emma Barnett award-winning radio presenter David McClelland Technology presenter Rip Off Britain Louise Houghton and Tina Edwards presenters London Live Fran Scott presenter Absolute Genius with Dick and Dom and Claire Richmond founder findatvexpert.com Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415856980

The TV Showrunner's Roadmap21 Navigational Tips for Screenwriters to Create and Sustain a Hit TV Series If you’ve ever dreamed of being in charge of your own network cable or web series then this is the book for you. The TV Showrunner’s Roadmap provides you with the tools for creating writing and managing your own hit show. Combining his 20+ years as a working screenwriter and UCLA professor Neil Landau expertly guides you through 21 essential insights to the creation of a successful show and takes you behind the scenes with exclusive and enlightening interviews with showrunners from some of TV’s most lauded series including: Breaking Bad Homeland Scandal Modern Family The Walking Dead Once Upon a Time Lost House M.D. Friday Night Lights The Good Wife From conception to final rewrite The TV Showrunner’s Roadmap is an invaluable resource for anyone seeking to create a series that won’t run out of steam after the first few episodes. This groundbreaking guide features a companion website with additional interviews and bonus materials. www.focalpress.com/cw/landau So grab your laptop dig out that stalled spec script and buckle up. Welcome to the fast lane. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415831673

The TVA Regional Planning and Development ProgramThe Transformation of an Institution and Its Mission The Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA) is a world-renowned model for regional planning and development. Based along the Tennessee River and its series of hydro-electric power stations dams and reservoirs the TVA development program envisioned a broad regional planning program. The program focused on development opportunities and problems around the array of TVA dams and their reservoirs. It also created new 'model' towns and pioneered land-use planning bringing together federal state and local agencies farmers foresters and industrial firms to further the economic social and physical conditions of what had been one of the most seriously lagging regions of the U.S. This book is based on the memoirs and experiences of Aelred J. Gray former planner with the TVA who saw the 'big picture' and introduced much of the pioneering work of the agency. Gray worked as a staff planner at the TVA for nearly 40 years including a decade as its chief planner overseeing numerous changes and developments to the Authority's program. As well as building up the regional industrial development and the foundation of state parks he also had a strong interest in the region's cities. In the 1950s he introduced TVA's landmark Flood Prevention Program which became a national model. His review of how this innovative and influential regional development agency functioned and changed through the decades will be of value to all those interested in planning practice planning history and regional politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258808

The Twelfth Hour of Capitalism First published in 1932. In this book a well-known German authority on economics analyzes the present world situation and points the way out. His contention is that reparations are not in themselves enough to account for the crisis which is rather due to the burden of interest that is being paid one way and another on the money sunk unproductively in the World War. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429283154

The Twelfth Off-Campus Library Services Conference Proceedings An essential tool for digital services for every campus libraryThe Twelfth Off-Campus Library Services Proceedings is a selection of superb presentations from the twelfth annual conference on library services held in Savannah Georgia in April 2006. Respected experts tackle the latest issues in library services distance learning and administration focusing on theory best practices and practical digital applications using the most current research available at the time of the conference. Case studies provide a clear view of the challenges present in various types of campus libraries and practical strategies are offered to more fully utilize electronic resources in the future. This comprehensive collection provides valuable advice on copyright issues evaluating library services Web sites best practices for distance learning instruction Weblogs in instruction collaborative efforts and many other of the latest issues. Practical ideas consider budget and knowledge constraints emphasizing strategies using the latest digital software. The future of electronic services in campus libraries is considered in detail. The book also contains workshop and poster abstracts including full papers when provided by the author. The Twelfth Off-Campus Library Services Proceedings contains several helpful tables and appendixes to clearly illustrate surveys and data results. Each chapter is carefully referenced.Topics in The Twelfth Off-Campus Library Services Proceedings include: providing education on the key differences between copyright and plagiarism results of a survey from users to determine usefulness of content and services offered in an electronic environment findings of a survey on the form and function models within regional campus librarians comparison between (ARL/ACRL) SPEC Kit data and a selection of current library literature survey results on the professional development needs of distance librarians the use of blogs as a supplement to face-to-face instruction and as outreach the role of e-mail reference in electronic services virtual (real-time chat) reference collaborations recommendations for modifications to the process of adapting and testing an analytic rubric used with graduate literature reviews case study in statewide cooperation in the delivery of library services much much more! The Twelfth Off-Campus Library Services Proceedings is an invaluable resource that explores present and future digital library services challenges for campus librarians of all types everywhere. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051894

The Twelver Shi'a as a Muslim Minority in IndiaPulpit of Tears One of the most important current debates within and about Islam concerns its relation with power. Can Muslims be fundamentally content without power or as a minority? This book considers the voice of an important Muslim minority through its sermons. Indian Shi'i Muslims are a minority within a minority constituting about ten to fifteen percent of the population as a whole but comprising of about fifteen million people. Ten sermons are presented entirely and many more are quoted in order to analyze the preaching tradition in full. This book is the first survey to present the Indian mourning gathering and explain the history of this extraordinary phenomenon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415664097

The Twentieth Century 1890-1945 Originally published in 1978 this study presents a detailed analysis of the major literary movements in Austria and Germany from the end of the nineteenth century to the collapse of the Third Reich. It examines the plethora of literary genres which marked the transition from the nineteenth to the twentieth century: the short-lived Naturalist movement rapidly giving way to various forms of symbolism and neo-romanticism. The situation in Vienna is studied in detail; the concept of modernism vis-à-vis expressionism with special regard to Rilke and Kafka. The literature of the Weimar period is also analysed with emphasis on the symphonic novels of the time and the anti-illusionist devices of Brecht. It also draws a comparison between the literary situation in Nazi Germany and the literature of exile and the positions of Thomas and Heinrich Mann Brecht and Gottfried Benn are examined. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367436537

The Twentieth Century German Art ExhibitionAnswering Degenerate Art in 1930s London This book represents the first study dedicated to Twentieth Century German Art the 1938 London exhibition that was the largest international response to the cultural policies of National Socialist Germany and the infamous Munich exhibition Degenerate Art. Provenance research into the catalogued exhibits has enabled a full reconstruction of the show for the first time: its contents and form its contributors and their motivations and its impact both in Britain and internationally. Presenting the research via six case-study exhibits the book sheds new light on the exhibition and reveals it as one of the largest émigré projects of the period which drew contributions from scores of German émigré collectors dealers art critics and from the ‘degenerate’ artists themselves. The book explores the show’s potency as an anti-Nazi statement which prompted a direct reaction from Hitler himself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138544369

The Twentieth Century Performance Reader The Twentieth-Century Performance Reader has been the key introductory text to all types of performance for over fifteen years. Extracts from over fifty practitioners critics and theorists from the fields of dance drama music theatre and live art form an essential sourcebook for students researchers and practitioners. This carefully revised third edition offers focus on contributions from the world of music and also privileges the voices of practitioners themselves ahead of more theoretical writing. A bestseller since its original publication in 1996 this new edition has been expanded to include contributions from: Bobby Baker; Joseph Beuys; Rustom Bharucha; Anne Teresa de Keersmaeker; Hanns Eisler; Karen Finley; Philip Glass; Guillermo Gómez-Peña; Matthew Goulish; Martha Graham; Wassily Kandinsky; Jacques Lecoq; Hans-Thies Lehmann; George Maciunas; Ariane Mnouchkine; Meredith Monk; Lloyd Newson; Carolee Schneemann; Gertrude Stein; Bill Viola. Each extract is fully supplemented by a contextual summary a biography of the writer and suggestions for further reading. The volume’s alphabetical structure invites the reader to compare and cross-reference major writings on all types of performance outside of the constraints and simplifications of genre encouraging cross-disciplinary understandings. All who engage with live innovative performance and the interplay of radical ideas will find this collection invaluable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415696654

The Twentieth Century Russia Reader The twentieth century was for Russia one of the most challenging in its history. the country experienced war revolution and systemic collapse all of which brought serious challenges especially in international affairs. Only by examining the whole century can Modern Russia be properly understood and key questions as to the impact of war revolution collapse the Cold War ad Russia's post-Soviet development be addressed. The Twentieth Century Russia Reader is thus a key resource for students of Russian history across this turbulent period. It contains key articles on history and politics from across the period; from the last Tsar the Russian Revolution the Soviet Union and World War Two right up to the post-Soviet period. The Reader covers a huge subject in an accessible and clear manner. Alistair Kocho-Williams includes a comprehensive introduction explaining trends in the historiography and giving rationale for the inclusion of material as well as prefaces to each section and article with an explanation of the debates and how material relates to them. It is essential reading for all students of Russian history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415583091

The Twenty-First Century Art Librarian Meet the challenge of operating a successful art library! The Twenty-First Century Art Librarian examines the unique challenges and vital administrative issues that are at the forefront of current art librarianship. Librarians working in a variety of settings (art academics architecture visual resources and museums) address professional change and technological challenges including inadequate staffing and the need to wear multiple “hats” to cope with day-to-day responsibilities. The book focuses on common practices in the field as well as the individuals who work in art libraries and the collections they maintain. Instead of the standard primer on art librarianship this book is an insightful look at how art librarians are unique in terms of the clientele they serve their subject knowledge and the variety of environments in which they work. The Twenty-First Century Art Librarian examines pressing everyday issues including operational management staff recruitment and training managing collections public service and patrons and developing a “personal care plan.” The Twenty-First Century Art Librarian also addresses setting-specific topics such as: developing staffing standards at all levels working solo in small art museum libraries integrating digitization into visual resource libraries handling special collections in architecture libraries how culture and mission distinguish academic art libraries from their museum counterparts and much more! The Twenty-First Century Art Librarian provides library professionals and academics with a unique look at current trends in art architecture and visual resources librarianship. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864792

The Twenty-First Century Performance Reader The Twenty-First Century Performance Reader combines extracts from over 70 international practitioners companies collectives and makers from the fields of Dance Theatre Music Live and Performance Art and Activism to form an essential sourcebook for students researchers and practitioners. This is the follow-on text from The Twentieth-Century Performance Reader which has been the key introductory text to all kinds of performance for over 20 years since it was first published in 1996. Contributions from new and emerging practitioners are placed alongside those of long-established individual artists and companies representing the work of this century’s leading practitioners through the voices of over 140 individuals. The contributors in this volume reflect the diverse and eclectic culture of practices that now make up the expanded field of performance and their stories reflections and working processes collectively offer a snapshot of contemporary artistic concerns. Many of the pieces have been specially commissioned for this edition and comprise a range of written forms – scholarly academic creative interviews diary entries autobiographical polemical and visual. Ideal for university students and instructors this volume’s structure and global span invites readers to compare and cross-reference significant approaches outside of the constraints and simplifications of genre encouraging cross-disciplinary understandings. For those who engage with new live and innovative approaches to performance and the interplay of radical ideas The Twenty-First Century Performance Reader is invaluable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138785342

The Twenty-First-Century Legacy of the BeatlesLiverpool and Popular Music Heritage Tourism It has taken Liverpool almost half a century to come to terms with the musical cultural and now economic legacy of the Beatles and popular music. At times the group was negatively associated with sex and drugs images surrounding rock music: deemed unacceptable by the city fathers and unworthy of their support. Liverpudlian musicians believe that the musical legacy of the Beatles can be a burden especially when the British music industry continues to brand the latest (white) male group to emerge from Liverpool as ’the next Beatles’. Furthermore Liverpudlians of perhaps differing ethnicities find images of ’four white boys with guitars and drums’ not only problematic in a ’musical roots’ sense but for them culturally devoid of meaning and musically generic. The musical and cultural legacy of the Beatles remains complex. In a post-industrial setting in which both popular and traditional heritage tourism have emerged as providers of regular employment on Merseyside major players in what might be described as a Beatles music tourism industry have constructed new interpretations of the past and placed these in such an order as to re-confirm re-create and re-work the city as a symbolic place that both authentically and contextually represents the Beatles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879556

The TWI Facilitator's GuideHow to Use the TWI Programs Successfully There are many books available covering the Training Within Industry (TWI) programs but few include any unique material on adaptation or modification – This dearth of new has caused practitioners to alter the programs without understanding the underlying principles. These changes have made the programs less effective. One must however maintain the principles used in the programs when changing the delivery of the programs to suit the culture. The purpose of The TWI Facilitator's Guide: How to Use the TWI Programs Successfully is to prevent the TWI programs from falling into misuse and disuse. This book will explain the main principles of the TWI programs and what they can accomplish but it will also stress what they are not. This book reviews what the programs are and then explains how to use them. It tells why we do certain aspects of each program. When we know why we do something we won’t stop doing it for the wrong reason. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498754842

The TWI WorkbookEssential Skills for Supervisors Second Edition Since the publication of its Shingo Prize-winning predecessor TWI programs have seen steady growth in usage. As a true understanding of Standard Work has developed the need for the TWI skills as fundamental tools to achieve Lean objectives has been solidified.The TWI Workbook: Essential Skills for Supervisors Second Edition has been completely updated to the latest terminology and practice. This edition includes revised forms and tools as well as new examples that illustrate current day TWI practice. Emphasizing the importance of accident and injury prevention this edition includes an entirely new section on Job Safety a fourth TWI module that was developed in Japan using the identical TWI methodology of the original three programs introduced in the original work. This updated edition includes new chapters on: Four Steps of Job Safety: Preventing Accidents before They Happen Two Key Aspects to Safety: Things and People Practicing the JS Method TWI’s Problem Solving Training In addition to a new chapter on the TWI problem-solving methodology this edition contains a new introduction with a more complete description of how TWI was reintroduced into American industry including detailed information on the contribution TWI made at Toyota that was not available when the original book was published.Focusing on how the TWI skills create and support standardized work as the foundation for Lean and continuous improvement the book includes detailed explanations on how to determine important steps and find key points that lead the way to standardized work. A new section on making a balanced breakdown has also been added with new examples of Job Instruction breakdowns. The book also features a new conclusion that compares the historical role of TWI with what companies today are experiencing using the TWI methodology. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498703963

The Twilight Language First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405899

The Twilight Of A Military TraditionItalian Aristocrats And European Conflicts 1560-1800 First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158276

The Twilight of BritainCultural Nationalism Multi-Culturalism and the Politics of Toleration "Betts is to be commended on his careful and insightful elucidation of the complex and novel sets of dilemnas now facing the British people at a time of superficial calm masking serious divisions."--AlbionThe erosion of British sovereignty national identity and culture the subversion of its history and traditions and the demoralization of its institutions and public services are a source of increasing unease to many. The process began Betts argues with the end of the colonial empires. Since the beginning of the last decade concern about the consequences has been heightened by global instability. The demise of the Communist empire the rise of national independence movements and the eruption of long standing and bitter ethno-national conflicts have resulted in a mass migration of economic refugees and asylum seekers to Britain and other Western nations. In Britain public attitudes are ambivalent. In part this is a consequence of the promotion of the myth of the multiracial Commonwealth the regional devolution of the United Kingdom and the transition from a European Economic Union into a politically federalized European super-state. Britain's national interests have become secondary to those of the United Nations and an inchoate and unwilling international community. Influenced by an outmoded UN Convention on Refugees and the lack of a consistent immigration policy and failure of those immigration controls that do exist gradual but major political social and cultural shifts have occurred without the express consent of the majority of the British electorate. Virtually all public debate by the government and by politicians on these issues has been taboo effectively silenced by fear of being accused of xenophobia discrimination and racism. The result is cynicism and disenchantment with the political process as a whole. Betts's objective is to promote responsible and informed discussion of these issues. In the absence of this he warns we risk the twilight of a harmonious British society diminished pride in British institutions and national identity and competing and conflicting separatist ethnic racial and cultural claims. Twilight of Britain will be of interest to general readers those interested in modern Britain and Europe as well as sociologists political scientists and philosophers. G. Gordon Betts was educated in the Universities of Cambridge Birmingham Greenwich and Kent at Canterbury. He is a chartered chemical engineer having spent his professional career with a major British oil company in the petrochemical industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517066

The Twin Earth ChroniclesTwenty Years of Reflection on Hilary Putnam's the "Meaning of Meaning" In 1975 Putnam published a paper called The Meaning of 'Meaning' which challenged the orthodox view in the philosophies of language and mind. The article's Twin Earth conclusions about meaning thought and knowledge were shocking. This work contains writings on the subject of Twin Earth. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315284811

The Twin EnigmaAn Exploration of Our Enduring Fascination with Twins The book offers a unique in-depth understanding of the twin relationship and the way in which twin development is affected by our attitudes to twins and our enduring fascination with them. It explores our historical fascination with this subject and the origins of this excitement how our perceptions of twins reflect our own longing for a perfect soul-mate and the effect this personal projection has on the development in twins. It is a book written with the general reader in mind rather than "experts". Twins share a deep psychic bond that forms the core of their twinship but they are never identical. Many factors will affect their development including the early mutual resonances and sensate experiences between them and parental and societal attitudes in raising them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204770

The Twin in the Transference The universal phantasy of having a twin originates in our earliest relational experiences. This book is about twins and twinning processes. The existence of an actual twin alive or dead may be experienced as an embodiment of the phantasy of having a twin with developmental consequences. Twinning processes in twins lead to the creation of an internal twin relationship that is enduring. The twin relationship may be at the narcissistic end of the spectrum leading to an enmeshed twinship or it may be a more mature object relationship. All twin relationships will be manifest in the transference relationship with the analyst. The twin transference has been largely neglected in the psychoanalytic literature to the detriment of our understanding of dynamic processes in twin patients. In this book case material is used to explore the nature of the twin transference relationship and the necessity of analysing the twin transference as well as maternal and paternal transference relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201434

The Twitter PresidencyDonald J. Trump and the Politics of White Rage The Twitter Presidency explores the rhetorical style of President Donald J. Trump attending to both his general manner of speaking as well as to his preferred modality. Trump’s manner the authors argue reflects an aesthetics of white rage and it is rooted in authoritarianism narcissism and demagoguery. His preferred modality of speaking namely through Twitter effectively channels and transmits the affective dimensions of white rage by taking advantage of the platform’s defining characteristics which include simplicity impulsivity and incivility. There is then a structural homology between Trump’s general communication practices and the specific platform (Twitter) he uses to communicate with his base. This commonality between communication practices and communication platform (manner and modality) struck a powerful emotive chord with his followers who feel aggrieved at the decentering of white masculinity. In addition to charting the defining characteristics of Trump’s discourse The Twitter Presidency exposes how Trump’s rhetorical style threatens democratic norms principles and institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670283

The Two Degrees Dangerous Limit for Climate ChangePublic Understanding and Decision Making This book is about the history present and future of one the most important policy ideas of the modern era – that there is a single global dangerous amount of climate change. That dangerous amount of climate change is imagined as two degrees centigrade of global warming above the pre-industrial average. Though the two degree idea is based on the value system of elite policy actors it is been constructed in public discourses as scientific fact. This false representation of the concept undermines opportunities for positive public engagement with the climate policy debate yet it is strong public engagement which is a recurring aspiration of climate policy discourses and is considered essential if climate mitigation strategies are to work. Alongside a critical analysis of how the idea of a single dangerous limit has shaped our understanding of what sort of problem climate change is the book explains how the public have been kept out of that decision making process the implications of this marginalisation for climate policy and why the dangerous limit idea is undermining our ability to mitigate climate change. The book concludes by exploring possibilities for a deliberation about the future of the two degree limit which allows for public participation in the decision making process. This book illustrates why at this critical juncture in the climate policy debate the two degree limit idea has failed to achieve any of the policy goals intended. This is the first book dedicated to questioning the issue of the two degree limit within a social science framework and should be of interest to students and scholars of environmental policy and politics climate change communication and science technology and society studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138069107

The Two Fundamental Problems of the Theory of Knowledge In a letter of 1932 Karl Popper described Die beiden Grundprobleme der Erkenntnistheorie – The Two Fundamental Problems of the Theory of Knowledge – as ‘…a child of crises above all of …the crisis of physics.’ Finally available in English it is a major contribution to the philosophy of science epistemology and twentieth century philosophy generally.The two fundamental problems of knowledge that lie at the centre of the book are the problem of induction that although we are able to observe only a limited number of particular events science nevertheless advances unrestricted universal statements; and the problem of demarcation which asks for a separating line between empirical science and non-science. Popper seeks to solve these two basic problems with his celebrated theory of falsifiability arguing that the inferences made in science are not inductive but deductive; science does not start with observations and proceed to generalise them but with problems which it attacks with bold conjectures. The Two Fundamental Problems of the Theory of Knowledge is essential reading for anyone interested in Karl Popper in the history and philosophy of science and in the methods and theories of science itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415610223

The Two Koreas and the United StatesIssues of Peace Security and Economic Cooperation As Korea enters a hopeful new chapter in its history this timely book with contributions by distinguished experts in the field addresses the fragility of the political economic and military balance within the two Koreas and in Northeast Asia. It provides in-depth analysis of the principal factors that gave rise to the persisting Cold War on the Korean peninsula and successfully unravels many aspects of the complicated domestic and economic dynamics of the two Koreas the patterns of relationship between the two rival states as well as their changing relationships with the United States and other major powers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315500690

The Two NationsA Financial Study of English History This book was first published in 1935. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138865372

The Two of MeThe Rational Outer Me and the Emotional Inner Me How much of what we do is directed by conscious deliberate decisions and how much originates in unconscious automatic directives? This is the question explored in The Two of Me via an engaging combination of phenomenological subjective investigation and objective considerations of mental processes and specific structures. John Birtchnell puts forward the thesis that many more of our actions than we might imagine are determined unconsciously. Not only are unnoticed automatic actions motivated unconsciously but also seemingly conscious or 'thought out' behaviours are actually determined and reinforced by unconscious exigencies. Even where we produce a reasoned discourse taking responsibility for why we hold certain thoughts there is always the possibility that these explanations serve and follow from an unconscious driving force. The conscious mind seems to act as spokesperson for both itself and the unconscious mind. Investigating this dual aspect of the person the book addresses the issue across a range of mental processes including memory language problem-solving dreams delusions hallucinations and more complex constructs such as the arts humour and religion. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877474

The Two Sides of Korean Administrative CultureCompetitiveness or Collectivism? This book explores two contradictory aspects of the Korean culture: competitiveness and collectivism. These two major concepts describe the dynamics of Korean public organizations which explain the Hangang River Economic Miracle and political democratization. However not many studies have focused on how competition within the central government that is competition among different agencies has led to an overall competitive government. This book attempts to do so and explains how competition contributed to the rapid economic growth of Korea. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367150136

The Two SovereignsSocial Contradictions of European Modernity This book is invariably stimulating containing many interesting and provocative ideas on issues central both to social theory and to making sense of the world(s) in which we live. It develops a series of original images or metaphors - gardens v. allotments double strangers and so on - as aids to understanding social processes. Lively bold and assured it will interest students of social theory political science and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879935

The Two VietnamsA Political And Military Analysis This book is devoted to a comparison of the governmental and economic institutions of north and south zones of Viet-Nam; that each zone has its own set of economic and political troubles and that both sides are engaged in military efforts which may well overwhelm them in the end. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296728

The Two Worlds of Nineteenth Century International RelationsThe Bifurcated Century This edited volume presents a new grand and global narrative for international relations (IR) history in the pivotal nineteenth century. Typically considered by IR scholars to be a long century of relative peace after 1815 the contributors offer a reconceptualization of IR in this century arguing that it is temporally bifurcated with very different patterns of behavior in the first and second halves. A mid-century discontinuity – a "pivot period" – marks the transition phase in Europe and globally when in the space of a few years a shift occurred from a comparatively calm politically disconnected world under loose British free trade hegemony to one of scrambles for territory and keen interest in imperial possessions and conquest. All the book’s chapters deal with characterizing patterns of relations in the first half of the century or the second with two addressing the discontinuity in the middle. In the first half aspects of regional orders are described (in Latin America East Asia and Europe) alongside crucial developmental processes (missionaries and colonial expansion the agency of regionally localized actors of leading elites). In the second half there is again discussion of regional developments (East Asia Europe) but now under the onslaught and pressures of the latter half of the century and spotlighting industrialization’s impact and the role of status competition and international law. In presenting this new narrative for the nineteenth century it becomes clear that an era long considered uninteresting on Eurocentric grounds is in fact crucial and pivotal in global terms. This work will be of particular interest to students and scholars of the history of international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138737204

The Two W's of JournalismThe Why and What of Public Affairs Reporting In this timely volume the authors explore public affairs journalism a practice that lies at the core of the journalism profession. They go beyond the journalistic instruction for reporting and presenting news to reflect on why journalism works the way it does. Asking current and future journalists the critical questions "Why do we do it?" and "What are the ways of fulfilling the goals of journalism?" their discussion stimulates the examination of contemporary practice probing the foundations of public affairs journalism. With its detailed examination of factors influencing current journalistic practice The Two W's of Journalism complements and expands on the skills and techniques presented in reporting editing and news writing textbooks. The perspectives presented here facilitate understanding of the larger role journalism has in society. As such the volume is an excellent supplemental text for reporting and writing courses and for introductory courses on journalism. It will also offer valuable insights to practicing journalists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410609298

The Two Yemens This book tells the story of the Yemeni people treating them as a single people. It shows that all over South West Arabia a unique civilisation arose in antiquity and many of its manifestations so conformed to the Yemeni temperament that they have lingered until the present day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367312190

The Typographic Imaginary in Early Modern English Literature The typographic imaginary is an aesthetic linking authors from William Caxton to Alexander Pope this study centrally contends. Early modern English literature engages imaginatively with printing and this book both characterizes that engagement and proposes the typographic imaginary as a framework for its analysis. Certain texts Rachel Stenner states describe the people places concerns and processes of printing in ways that over time generate their own figurative authority. The typographic imaginary is posited as a literary phenomenon shared by different writers a wider cultural understanding of printing and a critical concept for unpicking the particular imaginative otherness that printing introduced to literature. Authors use the typographic imaginary to interrogate their place in an evolving media environment to assess the value of the printed text and to analyse the roles of other text-producing agents. This book treats a broad array of authors and forms: printers’ manuals; William Caxton’s paratexts; the pamphlet dialogues of Robert Copland and Ned Ward; poetic miscellanies; the prose fictions of William Baldwin George Gascoigne and Thomas Nashe; the poetry and prose of Edmund Spenser; writings by John Taylor and Alexander Pope. At its broadest this study contributes to an understanding of how technology changes cultures. Located at the crossroads between literary material and book historical research the particular intervention that this work makes is threefold. In describing the typographic imaginary it proposes a new framework for analysis of print culture. It aims to focus critical engagement on symbolic representations of material forms. Finally it describes a lineage of late medieval and early modern authors stretching from the mid-fifteenth to the mid-eighteenth centuries that are linked by their engagement of a particular aesthetic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472480422

The Typology of Parts of Speech SystemsThe Markedness of Adjectives First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864992

The Tyranny of RelativismCulture and Politics in Contemporary English Society The Tyranny of Relativism is an impassioned attempt by one of England's most distinguished critics to capture the feel of British culture at the end of the twentieth century: its moods attitudes and institutions. Richard Hoggart presents a double argument suggesting first that cultural dilemmas stem from a long slide towards moral relativism as consumerism rather than authority increasingly determines the texture of life; and secondly that despite its claims to the contrary British Conservative governments have exploited these changes to their own ends.Blunt and forthright humorous and humane Hoggart supports his themes by analyzing particular forms of change in education at all levels in the arts mass and popular entertainment in broadcasting in the use of language and in the uncertain base of "cultural studies" themselves. But he also shows how some social forces have worked against this monumental process: old-style checks and balances the resistance of class sentiments the uneasy sense of lost values. But in this series of cultural struggles the intellectuals are noteworthy by their absence.The great merit of The Tyranny of Relativism is its resistance to platitudes and its fearless probing of thorny questions that go to the heart of Western cultural traditions for a new age. When Hoggart concludes by asking "where do we go now" no one should expect complacency. In The Tyranny of Relativism Hoggart makes the reader appreciate the silent complicity of the intellectual class for the cultural rot of relativism characteristic of western culture today. The book is must reading for those engaged in cultural studies European politics literary criticism and the sociology of knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539181

The Tyranny of the MajorityHistory Concepts and Challenges Tamás Nyirkos provides a timely and essential reassessment of the concept of the "tyranny of the majority" for the study of democracy today. The analysis is divided into three parts: the first discusses the "prehistory" of majority tyranny; the second reviews the elements of the "standard theory" in the modern era; while the third deals with the current "postmodern" challenges to the prevailing order of liberal democracy.Combining different elements of theories dating from the Middle Ages to the present Nyirkos theorizes that while the term "the tyranny of the majority" may be misleading the threat that tyrannical governments justify themselves by reference to the majority will remain with us for the foreseeable future. He shows how some of the greatest political philosophers of the past – democrats and antidemocrats alike – shared the same fears about the majoritarian principle. The Tyranny of the Majority will offer all those who read it a better understanding of what is meant not only by this term but also by related terms like democratic despotism populism or illiberal democracy. It will be of interest to scholars of politics and international relations political philosophy political theology and intellectual history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592998

The U.n. Decade For WomenDocuments And Dialogue The documents adopted by the United Nations World Conference on Women during the Decade for Women (1975-1985) set forth a policy agenda for national and local governments international institutions and women's groups worldwide. The dialogue among women at the nongovernmental forums held in tandem with these conferences served to identify refine and reassess the issues addressed in the official documents. In this volume Dr. Fraser has condensed the four major documents of the Decade retaining much of the original language and describes the context in which agendas for policies programs and research were developed. The opening chapters offer a historical perspective on the establishment of International Women's Year the Decade for Women and the U.N. Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination Against Women. Throughout the book the author analyzes the influence of Third World women on the formulation of the agenda and discusses the interaction between the official and NGO conferences. She concludes by assessing the results in policy and programmatic terms and by exploring their implications for the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296742

The U.S. Accounting Profession in the 1890s and Early 1900s This book first published in 1988 analyses the early development of the US public accounting profession. It gathers in one place writings – contemporary accounts recollections and historical studies – that portray the early decades of the profession. It is a key book for students of the early development of the US accounting profession. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367506933

The U.s. And MexicoBorderland Development And The National Economies Addressing the economic aspects of ties between the United States and Mexico this book looks at the structural characteristics of the border region and the flow of goods services capital and people between the two countries. The contributors describe the cultural economic and demographic dimensions of the borderlands and focus on specific issues critical to the region among them environmental pollution migration territorial issues and the implications of borderzone industrial growth. Finally the authors consider how these issues affect the national economies and relations between the two countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296759

The U.s. And The World EconomyPolicy Alternatives For New Realities The structure of the world economy has changed dramatically in recent years reflecting a redefinition of U.S. interests in light of increasing foreign penetration in U.S. markets global pressures for protectionist policies the emergence of the newly industrializing countries and the vulnerabilities of the international financial system. This collection of essays addresses these and other developments facing policymakers in business government and labor. The authors discuss policy challenges in international trade technological competition exchange-rate disequilibrium Third World debt and the role of the private sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296766

The U.s. Congress And The German BundestagComparisons Of Democratic Processes This book examines the lawmaking bodies of the United states and the Germany and their constitutional duties and limitations. It is a first ever joint US-German parliamentary study that compares and contrasts two of the democratic West's most powerful legislatures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296773

The U.S. Domestic Intelligence EnterpriseHistory Development and Operations Much has been written about U.S. intelligence operations. However intelligence as it is conducted in the U.S. domestic environment has usually been treated in a fractured and sensationalistic manner. This book dispassionately assesses the U.S. domestically oriented intelligence enterprise by first examining its individual components and then showing how those components both federal and non-federal work in conjunction to form an often unacknowledged structure that is more than the sum of its parts. The U.S. Domestic Intelligence Enterprise: History Development and Operations takes a unique in-depth approach that assesses not only the current state of affairs but also the evolution of the domestic intelligence enterprise. To accomplish this it examines the origins and progress of the major agencies to show why they operate in the way that they do. By providing this perspective the book promotes an understanding of the factors to consider when developing effective intelligence policy. The book is divided into several thematic sections: The evolution of the domestically oriented intelligence enterprise The collection capabilities of the enterprise The role that domestically-developed intelligence has in the analytical process which informs decision making The use of intelligence to implement decisions via disruption of threat actors The U.S. Domestic Intelligence Enterprise intends to prompt a rethinking of intelligence within the domestic environment. It takes into account the political realities the organizational cultures and the evolving missions that have shaped those agencies responsible for positive and negative intelligence and disruption of threats on American soil. This will hopefully provide a counterweight to future knee-jerk reactions and instead inspire a thoughtful approach to the advancement of U.S. strategic interests while protecting the rights of Americans. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482247732

The U.s. Exportimport BankPolicy Dilemmas And Choices This book assesses the politics and programs of the U.S. Export-Import Bank and their relevance to U.S. trade policy. Focusing on the direct loan program for large credits with maturities of more than five years the authors evaluate the broad criteria employed by the Bank in its decision-making process and the resulting allocation of Bank resources. They also examine the distribution of Bank loans and subsidies across industries and relate this to key industry characteristics such as comparative advantage and export dependence. The problems faced by the Eximbank in recent years—high borrowing costs intensified export credit competition limited resources increased risks conflicting mandates to be competitive yet self-sustaining -—have given tremendous importance to the careful articulation of policy and administration of programs. The authors find Bank policies to be broadly supportive of the U.S. trade policy goals but also identify several areas of inconsistency and lack of definition and offer alternative means of specifying criteria to overcome these problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296780

The U.s. Fish And Wildlife Service This book provides in-depth coverage of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service the federal agency that manages the national wildlife refuge system protects endangered species and conducts fish and wildlife research. In addition to detailing the history and organization of the service the authors take a hard look at its current—and often controversi Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367312251

The U.S. Freedom of Information Act at 50 The federal Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) which recently turned 50 has been hailed as the primary means by which US citizens can know about how their governors operate in a democratic republic. Recently however it has been criticized as ineffective because it is cumbersome and full of loopholes. This book examines the role and effectiveness of the FOIA comparing the FOIA world with the pre-FOIA world rating its effectiveness compared to other access laws internationally examining ways in which it can be improved and questioning whether it should be dismantled and replaced. This book was originally published as a special issue of Communication Law and Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367530044

The U.S. Government and Renewable EnergyA Winding Road This is a book on how the U.S. and other governments have changed their thinking about energy issues over the past four decades a change triggered by increasing concern about the role of fossil fuels in global warming and climate change greater awareness of the risks of nuclear power and the emergence of viable renewable energy sources. It will help understanding of how this change came about in the United States from the unique perspective of a well-placed participant and observer. It will enhance understanding of the global energy transition that is finally getting underway in the second decade of the 21st century at an accelerating even dizzying pace. The book’s main purpose is to illustrate how the U.S. government moved along its winding path to where it is today in getting ready for a renewable energy future. Target audiences are the young people who will inherit the transition and shape its future those in government who currently shape our public policies and those colleagues friends and family members who lived through many of the times and events discussed in the book. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814745840

The U.s. Government Response To TerrorismIn Search Of An Effective Strategy This book examines the organizational problems faced by the U.S. government in developing an effective strategy to counter terrorism and presents a detailed history of U.S. counter-terrorist policy since 1972. Dr. Farrell offers a working definition of terrorism reviews its international transnational nonterritorial and domestic forms then focuses on the activities of those U.S. government agencies directly concerned with the prevention or neutralization of terrorism Critical of existing programs and of the fact that counter-terrorist activities seem to have a low priority among the duties of the relevant agencies' key executives he concludes that the development of a clear reasonable and effective strategy against terrorism has been unnecessarily delayed. He is doubtful whether even now a satisfactory arrangement has been achieved. Beyond looking strictly at governmental agency responses to terrorism Dr. Farrell considers the sociological legal and operational factors that would be brought into play should military forces be employed to quell a terrorist attack and also addresses the nature and extent of the terrorist threat to U.S. businesses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296803

The U.S. Intelligence Community The role of intelligence in US government operations has changed dramatically and is now more critical than ever to domestic security and foreign policy. This authoritative and highly researched book written by Jeffrey T. Richelson provides a detailed overview of America's vast intelligence empire from its organizations and operations to its management structure. Drawing from a multitude of sources including hundreds of official documents The US Intelligence Community allows students to understand the full scope of intelligence organizations and activities and gives valuable support to policymakers and military operations. The seventh edition has been fully revised to include a new chapter on the major issues confronting the intelligence community including secrecy and leaks domestic spying and congressional oversight as well as revamped chapters on signals intelligence and cyber collection geospatial intelligence and open sources. The inclusion of more maps tables and photos as well as electronic briefing books on the book's Web site makes The US Intelligence Community an even more valuable and engaging resource for students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813349183

The U.S. Intelligence CommunityAn Annotated Bibliography First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880290

The U.s. NavyThe View From The Mid1980s The 1980s have ushered in a new era for the U.S. Navy. Despite projections that the number of ships it had at the start of the decade would decline the total is increasing and the Navy is predicting that it will reach its long-sought goal of a 600-ship Navy by 1990. The numbers have risen but debate over the type of ships that should be constructed has not been resolved. Meanwhile recent developments in Soviet shipbuilding have raised for the first time concerns about the possibility that the U.S. qualitative lead in naval technology may finally be slipping. At the same time the international geostrategic situation and especially permanent U.S. deployments in the Indian Ocean and in the Caribbean have led to increasing naval commitments. These international developments have broad implications for the Navy and the contributors to this volume provide a thorough reassessment at the midpoint of the decade. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296810

The U.S. Savings ChallengePolicy Options For Productivity And Growth Concern about the low U.S. saving rate and its negative impact on capital formation and economic growth prompted the American Council for Capital Formation (ACCF) Center for Policy Research to launch a multifaceted three-year project to explore this issue in 1988. This volume is one element of that project. This book contains slightly updated versions of the papers presented at a two-and-one-half-day conference entitled Saving: The Challenge for the U.S. Economy held in Washington D.C. in October 1989. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296827

The U.S. Supreme Court and Contemporary Constitutional LawThe Obama Era and Its Legacy This book analyzes developments in the jurisprudence of the US Supreme Court in the Obama era. It follows three main threads. First it seeks to describe and characterize the Supreme Court’s jurisprudence in this period. Second it assesses factors influencing developments in the jurisprudence. Finally it draws broader lessons on how constitutional change works. As the oldest surviving written constitution among Western democracies and despite having high hurdles for textual changes the US Constitution has proved to be remarkably flexible. The main reason for this flexibility is the interpretation by the US Supreme Court. This book teases out the mechanism of how the Court manages to maintain this flexibility. Bringing together legal scholars from the United States and Europe who focus on different aspects of the Court’s jurisprudence the work consists of five parts. Part I analyzes the relationship of the Supreme Court with the democratic process. Part II deals with the jurisprudence on fundamental rights. Part III looks at constitutional aspects of international relations. Part IV offers comparative perspectives with Germany. The book provides a valuable reference for academics and researchers in constitutional law and legal history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367182311

The U.s.canada Security RelationshipThe Politics Strategy And Technology Of Defense This book focuses on the critical issues shaping the bilateral defense relationship of the U.S. and Canada including the future of ballistic missile defense the increased deployment of air- and sea-launched cruise missiles and the growing debate within Canada over security relations with the US. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296841

The U.S.-Japan Economic Relationship In East And Southeast AsiaA Policy Framework For Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation The result of a two-year study sponsored by CSIS and the Asia Pacific Association of Japan this report offers an appraisal of ways to strengthen and stabilize the economic relationship between the United States and Japan at all levels - multilateral bilateral and regional. A binational working group co-chaired by former Under-Secretary of State William D. Rogers and former Ambassador to the United States from Japan Yoshio Okawara presents policy recommendations. Included are supporting papers on trade patterns foreign direct investment and economic relations with China Vietnam Cambodia and Laos. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429315602

The U.S.-Japan Science and Technology Agreement: A Drama in Five ActsA Drama in Five Acts This title was first published in 2000. An account of the 1988 US-Japan Science and Technology Agreement (88STA). The research methodology of the study is based on interviews and analysis of the relevant documents and articles augmented by an analysis of selected studies on US-Japan and science and technology relations. The author hopes to: increase the reader's understanding of the bureaucratic process and negotiations within the US and Japanese government in drafting an agreement and the interaction of the negotiators in the outcome; increase our knowledge about how the US-Japanese relationship in science and technology in the public sector is managed; throw some light on how domestic factors impact on preparing for a negotiating a new agreement between the US and Japan on science and technology; develop insights into the negotiating styles of each country; assess its role as a model agreement for negotiating similar agreements with other countries; learn some lessons for future negotiations with Japan in the science and technology area and with other countries if this Agreement is to be used as a model. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138732490

The U.S.-Japan Science and Technology Agreement: A Drama in Five ActsA Drama in Five Acts This title was first published in 2000. An account of the 1988 US-Japan Science and Technology Agreement (88STA). The research methodology of the study is based on interviews and analysis of the relevant documents and articles augmented by an analysis of selected studies on US-Japan and science and technology relations. The author hopes to: increase the reader's understanding of the bureaucratic process and negotiations within the US and Japanese government in drafting an agreement and the interaction of the negotiators in the outcome; increase our knowledge about how the US-Japanese relationship in science and technology in the public sector is managed; throw some light on how domestic factors impact on preparing for a negotiating a new agreement between the US and Japan on science and technology; develop insights into the negotiating styles of each country; assess its role as a model agreement for negotiating similar agreements with other countries; learn some lessons for future negotiations with Japan in the science and technology area and with other countries if this Agreement is to be used as a model. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138732308

The UAE and Foreign PolicyForeign Aid Identities and Interests This book offers a concise and detailed analysis of the United Arab Emirates (UAE) foreign aid as a main instrument in its foreign policy. Exploring the cultural factors that have impacted on the foreign policy behaviour of the UAE and its foreign aid the author argues that Arabism and Islamic traditions have shaped the country’s foreign policy in general and foreign aid in particular. Examining in depth the motives and purposes of this large aid program through the lens of International Relations theories (mainly Constructivism and Rationalism) the book details the UAE’s foreign policy and aid program since its inception. Drawing on a comprehensive analysis of two major recipients of aid from the UAE – Palestine and Pakistan – the focus moves beyond the UAE to show how cultural factors have impacted on the behaviour of the authorities across the wider Arab Middle East. This critical assessment and analysis of the UAE’s foreign policy will be of particular interest to students researchers and academics interested in Middle East studies the Gulf States Middle East politics and foreign aid and foreign policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138789098

The Ubiquitous InternetUser and Industry Perspectives This book presents state of the art theoretical and empirical research on the ubiquitous internet: its everyday users and its economic stakeholders. The book offers a 360-degree media analysis of the contemporary terrain of the internet by examining both user and industry perspectives and their relation to one another. Contributors consider user practices in terms of internet at your fingertips—the abundance free flow and interconnectivity of data. They then consider industry’s use of user data and standards in commodification and value-creation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548534

The Ugliness of Moses MendelssohnAesthetics Religion & Morality in the Eighteenth Century The Ugliness of Moses Mendelssohn examines the idea of ugliness through four angles: philosophical aesthetics early anthropology physiognomy and portraiture in the eighteenth-century. Highlighting a theory that describes the benefit of encountering ugly objects in art and nature eighteenth-century German Jewish philosopher Moses Mendelssohn recasts ugliness as a positive force for moral education and social progress. According to his theory ugly objects cause us to think more and thus exercise—and expand—our mental abilities. Known as ugly himself he was nevertheless portrayed in portraits and in physiognomy as an image of wisdom gentility and tolerance. That seeming contradiction—an ugly object (Mendelssohn) made beautiful—illustrates his theory’s possibility: ugliness itself is a positive even redeeming characteristic of great opportunity. Presenting a novel approach to eighteenth century aesthetics this book will be of interest to students and scholars in the fields of Jewish Studies Philosophy and History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379282

The UK Equity GapThe Failure of Government Policy Since 1945 First published in 1997 this volume investigates the important economic issue of small business finance. The inability of small firms to acquire equity finance is believed to be an important factor in the UK’s continued relative economic decline. Throughout the post-war period both Labour and Conservative Governments have recognised this and devised micro-economic policies to address the issue. In this book the author assesses the effectiveness of these policies particularly focusing upon the past 20 years when policy has been accompanied by the development of the UK venture capital industry. The author concludes that government policy has been largely unsuccessful in bridging the equity gap but that the problem could be addressed effectively if only lessons were learned from the past. This book provides those lessons and is particularly timely given that the new Labour Government is currently reviewing policy in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360723

The UK General Election of 2010Explaining the Outcome The 2010 general election was the most eagerly awaited contest in Britain since 1997. With opinion polls showing a closing gap between the parties the result was uncertain right up to polling day. In the end the election was particularly noteworthy for three reasons. First of all there were televised debates between leaders of the three largest parties. This idea has long been called for but for a variety of reasons they had not occurred in Britain until 2010. Now they are here they are almost certainly here to stay. Secondly the election led to the end of thirteen years of Labour rule. Just as the 1964 and the 1997 elections had delivered the final blows to long-standing one party government so 2010 did the same. What made 2010 particularly significant however was that unlike 1964 or 1997 no single party assumed the reins of power. Thirdly although the Conservatives ended up as the largest party by some margin they were still some twenty seats short of a majority of just one. Not since the election of February 1974 had the result failed to produce a majority government in the Commons and before that we would have to go back to 1929 to find a similar outcome. This book features high quality and data-rich examinations of the election. It is intended for audiences who want to go beyond a simple description of the election towards an enhanced understanding of why the election turned out the way it did. This book was published as a special edition of Journal of Elections Public Opinion & Parties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415583015

The UK Media Law Pocketbook As media law becomes more complicated and some of the leading textbooks thicker and larger this concise guide provides core information without patronizing those with existing knowledge or bamboozling those with little expertise. Suitable for journalists media workers and anyone in the cultural or publishing industries the book engages and addresses the Internet and blogging social networking instant messaging digital multi-media publication and consumption as well as traditional print and broadcast. Each chapter covers substantive 'black letter law' and regulation/ethics and kept in mind throughout will be the difference in duties and obligations between words and pictures print and broadcasting. The focus is on the law relating to England & Wales but with references to key differences to bear in mind in Scotland and Northern Ireland. Chapters start with bullet points then flesh out the details and summarize pitfalls to avoid. Readers are left in no doubt about liabilities and potential penalties. Anticipating a dynamically changing arena the text is also backed up by downloadable sound podcasts videocasts Internet source links throughout the book text and a companion website so that any significant updates are immediately accessible direct from the ebook. Visit: https://ukmedialawpocketbook.wordpress.com/ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415645249

The UK Regional–National Economic ProblemGeography globalisation and governance In recent years the United Kingdom has become a more and more divided society with inequality between the regions as marked as it has ever been. In a landmark analysis of the current state of Britain’s regional development Philip McCann utilises current statistics examines historical trends and makes pertinent international comparisons to assess the state of the nation. The UK Regional–National Economic Problem brings attention to the highly centralised top down governance structure that the UK deploys and demonstrates that it is less than ideally placed to rectify these inequalities. The ‘North-South’ divide in the UK has never been greater and the rising inequalities are evident in almost all aspects of the economy including productivity incomes employment status and wealth. Whilst the traditional economic dominance of London and its hinterland has continued along with relative resilience in the South West of England and Scotland in contrast the Midlands the North of England Northern Ireland and Wales lag behind by most measures of prosperity. This inequality is greatly limiting national economic performance and the fact that Britain has a below average standard of living by European and OECD terms has been ignored. The UK’s economic and governance inequality is unlikely to be fundamentally rebalanced by the current governance and connectivity trends although this definitive study suggests that some areas of improvement are possible if they are well implemented. This pivotal analysis is essential reading for postgraduate students in economics and urban studies as well as researchers and policy makers in local and central government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138895089

The UK’s Journeys into and out of the EUDestinations Unknown This Routledge Focus aims to investigate and analyse the United Kingdom’s relationship with the European Communities (EC) and the European Union (EU). Since joining the EC in 1973 the UK has had a fraught relationship with the organization declining closer economic union in the eurozone and often arguing against closer political union. While some 67% of the UK’s voters opted to remain in the EC in a referendum held in 1975 by June 2016 a narrow majority favoured leaving the EU. This volume evaluates the UK’s journey into the Union and examines how the country’s voters came to decide on Brexit and where the UK’s departure from the EU may lead it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857439724

The Ukraine ConflictSecurity Identity and Politics in the Wider Europe It is not hyperbole to suggest that the foundations of post-cold war security in Europe have been badly damaged by the conflict in Ukraine since 2014. Russia’s annexation of Crimea and intervention in eastern Ukraine appear to have created a ‘simmering’ conflict which may take years to resolve and have profound consequences for the European security environment. This volume explores the various political economic and social aspects of these profound changes and their wider significance for Europe bringing together contributions by scholars from across the continent and in various disciplinary fields to offer an authoritative in-depth examination of the complex causes of the Ukraine crisis and the consequences for Ukrainian statehood Ukraine’s relations with Russia Russia’s own domestic governance and Russia’s relations with Europe. This book was originally published as a special issue of Europe-Asia Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367234959

The Ukrainian CrisisThe Role of and Implications for Sub-State and Non-State Actors The conflict in eastern Ukraine continues with little sign of a negotiated resolution. Crimea has been absorbed into the Russian Federation and celebrates the third anniversary of its ‘integration’ in March 2017. The ongoing nature of the conflict contrasts with a lack of academic exploration of the issues surrounding it. To date most analyses have focused on the geopolitical implications of the Ukrainian crisis such as the impact on NATO-Russia relations and foreign policy responses to the crisis from a variety of state and supranational actors including the EU and Russia. The role of sub-state and non-state actors and implications for them has been largely overlooked. This volume seeks to rectify this by examining a wide array of non-state and sub-state actors that have both played a role in the conflict in Ukraine and been indirectly impacted by it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367142735

The Ukrainian Diaspora In this fascinating book Vic Satzewich traces one hundred and twenty-five years of Ukranian migration from the economic migration at the end of the nineteenth century to the political migration during the inter-war period and throughout the 1960s and 1980s resulting from the troubled relationship between Russia and the Ukraine. The author looks at the ways the Ukranian Diaspora has retained its identity at the different factions within it and its response to the war crimes trials of the 1980s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880030

The Ultimate Guide to Implementing Wellbeing Programmes for School This is an essential guide for all teaching professionals to help them make an informed decision about what wellbeing programmes and initiatives they should select in their schools and why. It provides teachers and school leaders with all necessary knowledge to help identify what they should be looking for in wellbeing programmes how they should be evaluating its effectiveness and who should be delivering it for them. It presents a suite of components and evidence-based interventions that teachers can pick-and-choose for their school community. For the first time practitioners are not being sold a specific programme but instead presented with what is known about wellbeing in order to empower them to make their own decisions that best suit their community. It goes behind the scenes and reveals the secrets used by researchers and experts including practical advice recommendations and the author's own ground-breaking research study involving 3 000 students. Its unique pick-and-mix process demystifies programme creation simplifies it and makes its building blocks available to the masses. This accessible evidence-based guide suggests a whole-school approach with specific interventions that can be used to successfully improve the wellbeing of teachers and students making it an invaluable resource and must-read for all teaching professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367902278

The Ultimate Guide to Passing Clinical Medicine Finals A well prepared student takes the initiative to create learning opportunities and propel themselves towards qualification; we find that the better prepared you are the luckier you become. From the Preface The key to passing clinical finals is not a secret; adequate preparation and the ability to think logically and speak clearly are all hallmarks of a successful candidate. This unique guide gives final year students the knowledge and confidence required to pass their examinations with insiders' tips on particular information and skills required to be a top candidate. It is ideal as both a revision aid in the weeks leading up to the examination and as an aide-memoire the night before. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846195242

The Ultimate Route to MarketHow Technology Professionals Can Work Successfully with Global Systems Integrators Outsourcers and Consulting Firms Global systems integrators outsourcers and consulting firms are responsible for directly leveraging or influencing most IT investment in large corporations. Original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) software companies and other technology providers aspire to create mutually successful partnerships with the large influencers due to their ‘business case’ driven approach their early stage engagement in the sales cycle their C-Suite relationships with large multi-national enterprises and the often-giant scale of the typical technology spend that their projects and engagements drive. The projects that these companies deliver are specialist and complex meaning that companies who aspire to work successfully in the sector require skill knowledge and a sophisticated alliance approach to gain credibility and maintain long term sustainable relationships.  The Ultimate Route to Market provides an insight into the practices construct and culture of global consulting firms systems integrators and outsourcers and provides a suggested framework for a successful alliance with them. Here Ian Shanahan provides organisations with an overview of the global systems integrator outsourcer and consulting firm sectors provides insight into their culture and expertly explains alliance best practice methodology. This is a must read for anyone that aspires to understand the market how it works and how they become desirable to the large IT services companies so that they can execute alliance engagements to the sector in a measured methodical and low risk way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472483072

The Ultimate SacrificeMartyrdom Sovereignty and Secularization in the West This book presents an interpretive macro-historical and sociological account of martyrdom. Moving away from the notion of martyrdom as an object of individual behavior and seeing it instead as a significant cultural work performed by communities in the wake of a violent death it provides a novel interpretation of Western political and religious history. In addition to thus redressing the disproportionate attention given to the concept’s relationship to Islam the author offers a new perspective on two defining historical processes: secularization and the rise of modern sovereignty in the form of the nation-state. An innovative analysis of the role of sacrifice in contemporary culture which constitutes a timely critique of long-dominant theories of disenchantment and the privatization of religion The Ultimate Sacrifice will appeal to sociologists and social theorists with interests in religion politics and the connection between the two. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367424329

The Ultimate SpectacleA Visual History of the Crimean War Chloroform telegraphy steamships and rifles were distinctly modern features of the Crimean War. Covered by a large corps of reporters illustrators and cameramen it also became the first media war in history. For the benefit of the ubiquitous artists and correspondents both the domestic events were carefully staged giving the Crimean War an aesthetically alluring even spectacular character.With their exclusive focus on written sources historians have consistently overlooked this visual dimension of the Crimean War. Photo-historian Ulrich Keller challenges the traditional literary bias by drawing on a wealth of pictorial materials from scientific diagrams to photographs press illustration and academic painting. The result is a new and different historical account which emphasizes the careful aesthetic scripting of the war for popular mass consumption at home. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315078564

The UltrasA Global Football Fan Phenomenon Over the last 50 years the ultras have become the most widespread outspoken and spectacular form of football fandom across the globe. Whilst the ultras phenomenon began in Italy then spread across Southern Europe into Northern Europe it is now the dominant style of fandom in North Africa South East Asia and East Asia and is spreading into North America and Australia. This spectacular style of fandom has been spread through global media social media and increased travel where fans can view engage and interact with a range of fans from across the globe and bring various local dimensions to their fandom. This volume brings together a range of articles about the ultras' style of football fandom. It is designed to be an introduction: a first account of ultras for the uninitiated. What follows are analyses and accounts of ultras in Italy France Germany Poland Turkey Israel North America Australia Indonesia and Croatia. Not only does this volume demonstrate the prevalence of the ultras' style of fandom across the globe it shows how football becomes an important cultural arena to see the intersections of globalization and localism. This book was originally published as a special issue of Sport in Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367616007

The Umayyad World The Umayyad World encompasses the archaeology history art and architecture of the Umayyad era (644–750 CE). This era was formative both for world history and for the history of Islam. Subjects covered in detail in this collection include regions conquered in Umayyad times ethnic and religious identity among the conquerors political thought and culture administration and the law art and architecture the history of religion pilgrimage and the Qur’an and violence and rebellion. Close attention is paid to new methods of analysis and interpretation including source critical studies of the historiography and inter-disciplinary approaches combining literary sources and material evidence. Scholars of Islamic history archaeologists and researchers interested in the Umayyad Caliphate its context and infl uence on the wider world will find much to enjoy in this volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138913509

The Umbilical Cord Blood Controversies in Medical Law Since the therapeutic value of umbilical cord blood (UCB) stem cells was first recognised in the late 1980s there has been a proliferation of both public and private UCB banks worldwide. However the ability to utilise such a potentially valuable resource has provoked a number of controversies. In a distinctly accessible style this book unpacks the socio-legal implications of the UCB collection process and constructs a detailed analysis of the law and ethics that surrounds UCB banking in the UK including ownership of the cells. Its enquiry is located within the theoretical framework of altruism versus self-interest and explores the notions of risk and choice associated with this distinctive blend of public/private healthcare provision. The book evaluates the impact of the Human Tissue Act 2004 and the European Union Tissues and Cells Directive (2004/23/EC) on the UCB industry and provides a unique insight into the effect that the law may have on the NHS whose maternity staff and premises are used to collect UCB. This book would be of interest primarily to a UK readership in addition to expectant families health professionals students academics practitioners and the UCB industry elsewhere in the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595470

The UN Peace and Force Restoring and maintaining peace within war-torn societies is a relatively new task for the United Nations. This book examines the options for the UN in the use of force to secure peace and the extent to which peacekeeping can be effectively extended to coerce warring factions. A combination of internationally distinguished academics and new scholars at the forefront of research are represented making an important contribution to the debate about the role of international military operations in the maintenance of international peace and security. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315037813

The UN and Counter-TerrorismGlobal Hegemonies Power and Identities This book traces the evolution of the UN Security Council’s actions against counter-terrorism and extremism. The work examines the progression of the UN Security Council’s fight against international terrorism and its development of practices to prevent radicalisation and extremism. It also looks at the consequences of these processes and how they have deeply moulded global counter-terrorism. The book looks at the discursive construction of a global threat and tracks how this construction evolved in relation to the Council’s establishment of legal practices and bodies and by its Members’ discourses. It argues that the very specific definition the Council provided on international terrorism in the 2000s is profoundly shaped by global hegemonies relations of power shaping the international community and its own identity. To demonstrate this it offers a long genealogical perspective of the structure of the UN since the 1930s and then focuses specifically on the developments taking place in the 2000s. The book thus looks at the Security Council’s fight against international terrorism as a global globalised and globalising enterprise. This book will be of much interest to students of critical terrorism studies security studies global governance and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367564216

The UN and the Arab-Israeli ConflictAmerican Hegemony and UN Intervention since 1947 This book provides a comprehensive empirical analysis of the United Nations intervention in the Arab-Israeli conflict since 1947. In his structured and exhaustive analysis the author presents a long term perspective on the UN intervention in the conflict and explains its evolution during the last sixty years. He draws on a wealth of quantitative data to provide a complete picture of resolutions addressed to the Arab-Israeli conflict by the General Assembly and the Security Council the mediation activity and the UN peace missions in the area. Through his analysis Di Mauro addresses such questions as: Why did the United Nations have different involvement and efforts of interventions in the conflict? How did the role of the UN change during the dispute and why did it change? Is there still a role for the UN in the Palestinian-Israeli peace process? Offering a contribution to both to the studies of UN intervention in conflict resolution and more broadly to the UN role in the international system The UN and the Arab-Israeli Conflict will be of great interest to International Relation scholars and students but also appreciable by historians political scientists methodologists and all the social scientists interested in the Palestine question and the United Nations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138117334

The UN and the Global South 1945 and 2015 There is a woeful neglect of the current United Nations in the academic and policy literatures and so it is unsurprising that an examination of that multilateral structure before 1945 shows an even more egregious absence of analytical attention. Such ignorance conveniently ignores the forgotten genius of 1942–1945 namely in the wide substantive and geographic relevance of multilateralism during the World War II and in the foundations for the contemporary world order. The wartime and immediate post-war United Nations was not simply dictated by the US State Department Whitehall and the foreign ministries of the West—even a generation before decolonisation had proceeded apace and two-thirds of UN member states moved into the limelight as erstwhile colonies. These essays interrogate the extent to which anti-colonialists and other nationalists resisting imperial rule embraced the promise of a rule-based world order as a normatively and operationally valuable projection in 1945. They critically review the worlds of 1945 and 2015 of then and now to determine the role of continuity and change of the continuing bases for compromise and for the clashes between the Global South and North. This book was previously published as a special issue of Third World Quarterly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367109318

The Un Commission On Human Rights In 1946 the United Nations Commission on Human Rights became the first international body empowered to promote global human rights. During its first twenty years the Commission established most of the contemporary standards of human rights. Increased social awareness in the 1960s enabled the Commission to respond to specific complaints from individuals and nongovernmental organizations and to pressure offending governments by using various measures that ranged from exhortation and mediation to sanctions designed to isolate violators. These enforcement activities have increased the Commission's visibility and have dramatically transformed its operation. Dr. Tolley's thematic history of the Commission offers important insights into states' political conduct in international human rights organizations the evolving legal and institutional means of preventing human rights violations and the difficulties encountered when an intergovernmental body is pressed to provide impartial protection to citizens against abuse by their own government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296865

The UN Committee on Economic Social and Cultural RightsThe Law Process and Practice The book concerns the study and analysis of the UN Committee on Economic Social and Cultural Rights from an international legal perspective taking into consideration the adoption of the 2008 Optional Protocol to the International Covenant on Economic Social and Cultural Rights (ICESCR).The volume provides a detailed account of the structure and functioning of the Committee on Economic Social and Cultural Rights in the light of its jurisprudence through a study of the Committee’s procedures and practices (periodic reports and general comments) including taking into account the Optional Protocol for individual complaint procedure. The book considers the possible implications of the work of this Committee on other UN Committees such as the Human Rights Committee and the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child as well as considering the repercussions of its work on the international protection of fundamental rights such as the right to education to health and adequate food.The UN Committee on Economic Social and Cultural Rights will be of particular interest to academics and students of International and Human Rights law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138809703

The UN Human Rights Council The UN Human Rights Council provides a detailed insight into this important organization. The UN was founded in the hope that lasting peace would be built on the foundations of human rights and economic and social progress. In 2006 the Commission on Human Rights was replaced by the Human Rights Council as the principal UN body concerned with human rights. It is even possible that the council might eventually become a principal organ of the world organization. The Human Rights Council is already the subject of major public interest and controversy. The Council has been criticized for having dropped some of the protection strategies of the former commission and this book aims to present a balanced view of the council outlining its current role acknowledging where it has made positive contributions highlighting the deficiencies and identifying options for improving the body’s future work. This book is destined to become the leading text on the Human Rights Council and will be essential reading for all those concerned with the future of international relations international organizations and human rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415583992

The Un Inspections In IraqLessons For Onsite Verification This book describes the problems encountered by UN inspection teams assigned to find and destroy Iraq’s nuclear chemical biological and missile capabilities following Desert Storm. Kathleen C. Bailey focuses on the initial inspections—the period in which Iraq was struggling to camouflage and conceal its weapons and production equipment as inspectors were trying to define their role in the process. Working from interviews with these initial inspectors Bailey extracts important lessons for future verification efforts. On-site arms control inspectors in Iraq found information to be carefully controlled by the government. Pertinent documentation was destroyed only selected people were allowed to interact with inspectors and officials refused to make full complete declarations. Buildings were tom down equipment was moved and un-exploded ordnance was placed in the way. These and other techniques helped Iraq to hide its past activities and to preserve some of its weapons capabilities. In the future arms control inspectors will need to develop strategies for dealing more effectively with recalcitrant inspectees and for creating the best possible procedures and processes. Bailey concludes with concrete suggestions for overcoming some of these obstacles with more effective inspection practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296872

The UN International Criminal TribunalsTransition without Justice? Both the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia (ICTY) and the International Criminal Tribunal for Rwanda (ICTR) are now about to close. Bachmann and Fatic look back at the achievements and shortcomings of both tribunals from an interdisciplinary perspective informed by sociology political science history and philosophy of law and based upon on two key notions: the concepts of legitimacy and efficiency. The first asks to what extent the input (creation) of the ICTY and the ICTR can be regarded as legitimate in light of the legal and public debate in the early 1990s. The second confronts the output (the procedures and decisions) of the ICTY and the ICTR with the tasks both tribunals were assigned by the UN Security Council the General Assembly and by key organs (the president and the chief prosecutors). The authors investigate to what extent the ICTY and the ICTR have delivered the expected results whether they have been able to contribute to 'the maintenance of peace' 'stabilization' of the conflict regions or even managed to provide 'reconciliation' to Rwanda. Furthermore the book is concerned with how many criminals over whom the ICTY and the ICTR wield jurisdiction have actually been prosecuted and at what cost. Offering the first balanced and in depth analysis of the International Criminal Tribunals the volume provides an important insight into what lessons have been learned and how a deeper understanding of the successes and failures can benefit the international legal community in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815377801

The UN Military Staff CommitteeRecreating a Missing Capacity The UN Military Staff Committee is a misunderstood organ and never really worked as it was initially envisaged. This book charts its historic development as a means to explain the continuous debate about the reactivation of the Military Staff Committee and more generally the unsatisfied need for the Security Council to have a military advisory body so that it does not only depend on the Secretariat to make its decisions on military and security affairs. The author takes a clear stand for the establishment of a military committee with real weight in the decision-making process of the Security Council related to peace operations. The Security Council remains the only international body making decisions in peace and security authorizing military deployment without advice from a collective body of military experts and advisers. Recreating such a body is the missing part of all UN reform structures undertaken in past years. As the number of UN troops deployed increases this book will be an important read for all students and scholars of international organisations security studies and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138042209

The UN Secretary-General and Secretariat The new edition of this accessible introduction to the important role of the United Nations Secretary-General continues to offer a keen insight into the United Nations – the Secretariat and its head the Secretary-General summing up the history structure strengths and weaknesses and continuing operations of an ever-present global institution. Behind the public face of the Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon and his predecessors an active corps of officials and advisers face ceaseless pressures and challenges. This clear and concise introduction examines both the solid and substantive work of the UN’s permanent staff and the role of the Secretary-General in policy development. The 2nd edition has been thoroughly revised and updated to reflect: the retirement of Kofi Annan and the appointment of Ban Ki-moon as the new UN Secretary General the withdrawal of John Bolton as permanent representative of the United States and the consequent softening of the approach of his government to the UN developments in the global economy and international security dilemmas the change of administration in the United States. Written by a recognized authority on the subject this book continues to be the ideal interpretative introduction for students of the UN international organizations and global governance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203857489

The UN Security Council and Domestic ActorsDistance in international law This book analyses the exercise of authority by the UN Security Council and its subsidiary organs over individuals. The UN Security Council was created in 1945 as an outcome of World War II under the predominant assumption that it exercises its authority against states. Under this assumption the UN Security Council and those individuals were ‘distanced’ by the presence of member states that intermediate between the Security Council’s international commands and those individuals that are subject to member states’ domestic law. However in practice the UN Security Council’s exercise of authority has incrementally removed the presence of state intermediaries and reduced the Security Council’s distance to individuals.This book demonstrates that this phenomenon has increased the relevance of domestic law in developing the international normative frameworks governing the UN Security Council and its subsidiary organs in safeguarding the rights obligations and interests of those affected individuals. This book presents how the UN Security Council’s exercise of authority has been received at the domestic level and what would be the international implications of the Security Council’s extensive encounter with the actors who primarily reside in a domestic legal order. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872465

The UN Watercourses Convention in ForceStrengthening International Law for Transboundary Water Management At the UN General Assembly in 1997 an overwhelming majority of States voted for the adoption of the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Non-Navigational Uses of International Watercourses – a global overarching framework governing the rights and duties of States sharing freshwater systems.  Globally there are 263 internationally shared watersheds which drain the territories of 145 countries and represent more than forty percent of the Earth's land surface. Hence inter-State cooperation towards the sustainable management of transboundary water supplies in accordance with applicable international legal instruments is a topic of crucial importance especially in the context of the current global water crisis.  This volume provides an assessment of the role and relevance of the UN Watercourses Convention and describes and evaluates its entry into force as a key component of transboundary water governance. To date the Convention still requires further contracting States before it can enter into force. The authors describe the drafting and negotiation of the Convention and its relationship to other multilateral environmental agreements. A series of case studies assess the role of the Convention at various levels: regional (European Union East Africa West Africa Central Asia Central America and South America) river basin (e.g. the Mekong and Congo) and national (e.g. Ethiopia and Mexico).  The book concludes by proposing how future implementation might further strengthen international cooperation in the management of water resources to promote biodiversity conservation as well as sustainable and equitable use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573925

The Unaccountable & Ungovernable CorporationCompanies' use-by-dates close in The Corporation is a major vehicle of business activity worldwide. It incurs social costs and generates benefits that continually change - hence whether it still provides a net benefit to society is contestable. Evidence-based observations of the last decade of corporate sagas and the role of accounting and auditing suggests a serious rethink is needed about how commerce is pursued and in particular whether the current corporate form has passed its use-by-date. The authors of this new book - including internationally renowned accounting scholars - argue that the two major governance tools of accounting and auditing require major makeovers. Beginning by analyzing the global sweep of deregulation that corporations experienced since 2000 the authors go on to discuss the various scandals and crises that characterized the subsequent period culminating in yet more calls for further deregulation. Having thoroughly assessed the status quo  they provide a series of urgent recommendations for reforms designed to bring the corporation back to the real world and restore its purpose. This book will be of great interest to students and academics across accounting business law and finance especially more advanced students at undergraduate and postgraduate level.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415719148

The Unappeasable ShadowShelley's Influence on Yeats Yeats and his shadow are one of the most closely scrutinised pairs in contemporary literary history. The meaning and significance Yeats gave to the entity by which he was constantly pursued and with which he held frequent colloquy have been held under the critical microscope and the shadow has emerged alternately as the course of human history the poet’s alter-ego his inner self the natural man or as anything that Yeats wanted but believed himself not to be. This title first published in 1988 examines the influence that Shelley had on Yeats and this ‘shadow’. The study concentrates primarily on the complex influence of Shelley’s Alastor on Yeats tracing the problems it suggests and the questions it raises from Yeats’s early highly imitative poems through the austere unromantic middle poems to the late poems where Yeats sees himself as the "last of the romantics". This title will be of interest to students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138212961

The Unavoidable HierarchyWho's who in your organization and why The Unavoidable Hierarchy provides an analysis of why in virtually every organization members advance or decline in standing for reasons that have little or nothing to do with their merit. Michael Hatfield explains how this dynamic can be observed and analyzed and insights gleaned from the analysis. With organizations struggling to meet the aspirations of their employees; ill-equipped or patently inappropriate individuals failing in executive posts and need for businesses to be at the top of their game The Unavoidable Hierarchy is a timely and important book for all managers particularly those concerned with the human dynamics of the business. Michael Hatfield draws on advancements in Game Theory Network Theory Organizational Behavior and Performance Management concepts to capture and evaluate the (previously unarticulated) influencing factors behind the game of corporate snakes and ladders. The resulting analysis will help you identify how these factors manifest as strategies and tactics within the organization meaning that effective countermeasures can be derived from such an analysis. Whilst these factors are likely to remain ubiquitous the author’s focus includes ideas and strategies for mitigating their impact and making changes at the level of both the individual and the organization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472462558

The Unborn ChildBeginning a Whole Life and Overcoming Problems of Early Origin The Unborn Child is essential reading for parents potential parents and grandparents as well as professionals with responsibility for children and bringing babies into the world. This book describes prenatal and perinatal development considering the legacy of health from both parents and grandparents. It explores the effects of the mother's mental and physical state during pregnancy on the physiology and psychology of her expected child. The earlier in a child's development beginning paradoxically before conception that the wisdom of experience and science is applied the greater the chances of a child's mental and physical health for life. Understanding these issues offers a way of healing early problems that contribute to such disorders as depression or compulsive behaviour. Here are invaluable guidelines towards generating children with their full genetic potential for basic health and emotional stability. This fascinating book is rooted in the experience of both authors complete with authoritative case studies and scientific references. It has been extensively updated and restructured by the author who has added entirely new material on nutrition from before conception. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105648

The Unbound GodSlavery and the Formation of Early Christian Thought This volume examines the prevalence function and socio-political effects of slavery discourse in the major theological formulations of the late third to early fifth centuries AD arguably the most formative period of early Christian doctrine. The question the book poses is this: in what way did the Christian theologians of the third fourth and early fifth centuries appropriate the discourse of slavery in their theological formulations and what could the effect of this appropriation have been for actual physical slaves? This fascinating study is crucial reading for anyone with an interest in early Christianity or Late Antiquity and slavery more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138201163

The Uncanny Valley in Games and Animation Advances in technology have enabled animators and video game designers to design increasingly realistic human-like characters in animation and games. Although it was intended that this increased realism would allow viewers to appreciate the emotional state of characters research has shown that audiences often have a negative reaction as the human likeness of a character increases. This phenomenon known as the Uncanny Valley has become a benchmark for measuring if a character is believably realistic and authentically human like. This book is an essential guide on how to overcome the Uncanny Valley phenomenon when designing human-like characters in digital applications. In this book the author provides a synopsis of literature about the Uncanny Valley phenomenon and explains how it was introduced into contemporary thought. She then presents her theories on its possible psychological causes based on a series of empirical studies. The book focuses on how aspects of facial expression and speech can be manipulated to overcome the Uncanny Valley in character design. The Uncanny Valley in Games and Animation presents a novel theory that goes beyond previous research in that the cause of the Uncanny Valley is based on a perceived lack of empathy in a character. This book makes an original scholarly contribution to our current understanding of the Uncanny Valley phenomenon and fills a gap in the literature by assessing the biological and social roots of the Uncanny Valley and its implications for computer-graphics animation. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781466586949

The Uncertain Future of the Urban Core Originally published in 1988. Inner city problems in advanced countries are being exacerbated by the decentralisation of economic activities and higher income groups. Only offices and tourism offer some prospects of growth but these vary in their potential from one city to another. This book assesses changes in the structure of urban areas concentrating on the process of decentralisation and the consequences for the inner city and city centre. It examines and evaluates policies and makes suggestions for the future management of the city. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138051041

The Uncertain Image Citizens of networked societies are almost incessantly accompanied by ecologies of images. These ecologies of still and moving images present a paradox of uncertainties emerging along with certainties. Images appear more certain as the technical capacities that render them visible increase. At the same time images are touched by more uncertainty as their numbers manipulabilities and contingencies multiply. With the emergence of big data the image is becoming a dominant vehicle for the construction and presentation of the truth of data. Images present themselves as so many promises of the certainty predictability and intelligibility offered by data. The focus of this book is twofold. It analyses the kinds of images appearing today showing how they are marked by a return to modern photographic emphases on high resolution clarity and realistic representation. Secondly it discusses the ways in which the uncertainty of images is increasingly underscored within such reiterated emphases on allegedly certain visual truths. This often involves renewed encounters with noise grain glitch blur vagueness and indistinctness. This book provides the reader with an intriguing transdisciplinary investigation of the uncertainly certain relation between the cultural imagination and the techno-aesthetic regime of big data and ubiquitous computing.This book was originally published as a special issue of Digital Creativity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586010

The Uncertain MindIndividual Differences in Facing the Unknown This book discusses individual differences in how people react to uncertainty. The authors show that while some people are relatively comfortable dealing with uncertainty and strive to resolve it (uncertainty-oriented) others are more likely to avoid uncertainty preferring the familiar or the known (certainty-oriented). They go on to examine the implications of an uncertainty orientation for understanding processes of self-knowledge social cognition and attitude change achievement motivation and performance interpersonal and group processes and issues relating to physical and psychological health concerns. Research is discussed which links this uncertainty orientation to each of these issues raising important practical and theoretical questions for each. The book also considers possible implications for people of both orientations of living in times that may be characterized as being uncertain. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138462762

The Uncertain Science (Routledge Revivals)Criticism of Sociological Formalism First published in 1992 this clear and assured book reveals the blind alleys of sociological theory and research. The authors present a bold and persuassive case for abandoning the quest for foundationalism in the social science. Well informed and cogently argued this will be of particular intrest to students of Sociology and Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415611701

The Uncertain Sciences This sweeping inquiry into the present condition of the human sciences addresses the central questions: What sort of knowledge do the human sciences claim to be offering? To what extent can that knowledge be called scientific? and What do we mean by "scientific" in such a context?In this wide-ranging book one of the most esteemed cultural historians of our time turns his attention to major questions about human experience and various attempts to understand it "scientifically." Mazlish considers the achievements failings and possibilities of the human sciences--a domain that he broadly defines to include the social sciences literature psychology and hermeneutic studies.In a rich and original synthesis built upon the work of earlier philosophers and historians Mazlish constructs a new view of the nature and meaning of the human sciences. Starting with the remote human past and moving through the Age of Discovery to the present day Mazlish discusses the sort of knowledge the human sciences claim to offer. He looks closely at the positivistic aspirations of the human sciences which are modeled after the natural sciences and at their interpretive tendencies. In an analysis of scientific method and scientific community he explores the roles they can or should assume in the human sciences. His approach is genuinely interdisciplinary drawing upon an array of topics from civil society to globalization to the interactions of humans and machines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539198

The Uncertainty BusinessRisks and Opportunities in Weather and Climate Originally published in 1986 this book discusses the value of weather and climate information in government and business decision-making. It issues a strong manifesto for the development of new areas of research requiring the skills of weather scientists geographers economists planners and political scientists. It offers a coherent and non-technical presentation of this climatology supported with practical guidance on assessing the impacts of weather and climate on human affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367362690

'The Unconquered Land' and Other Old Testament EssaysSelected Studies by Rudolf Smend This final book published in the Ashgate SOTS monograph series collects together for the first time in English translation a selection of important essays on central themes and texts in Old Testament criticism and exegesis by Rudolf Smend one of the world's most eminent senior scholars in the field. The essays focus on key topics such as Moses covenant history Old Testament theology the state Elijah Amos and major movements in the history of the discipline over the past three centuries. All are marked by penetrating exegetical and critical insight as well as by an unrivalled knowledge of the history of Old Testament scholarship and many of them have already made highly-respected and influential contributions. Their publication will serve to make the range and vitality of Smend's work more widely known to English-speaking readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409429456

The Unconscious as Infinite SetsAn Essay in Bi-logic A systematic effort to rethink Freud's theory of the unconscious aiming to separate out the different forms of unconsciousness. The logico-mathematical treatment of the subject is made easy because every concept used is simple and simply explained from first principles. Each renewed explanation of the facts brings the emergence of new knowledge from old material of truly great importance to the clinician and the theorist alike. A highly original book that ought to be read by everyone interested in psychiatry or in Freudian psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105013

The Unconscious at WorkA Tavistock Approach to Making Sense of Organizational Life Why do our organizations so often seem to be less than the sum of their parts? What undermines effectiveness and morale and gets in the way of achieving what we set out to do? The Unconscious at Work Second Edition draws on a body of thinking and practice which has developed over the past 70 years often referred to as 'the Tavistock approach' or 'systems-psychodynamics'. All the contributors are practising consultants who draw on this framework bringing it alive and making it useful to any reader – manager leader or consultant regardless of whether they have any prior familiarity with the underlying concepts – who is curious about what might be driving the puzzling or stressful situations they find in their workplace. The First Edition was addressed to people working in 'the human services': health social care and education. Since it was published in 1994 there has been growing interest in the business world and in understanding more about the 'irrational' side of organizational life. Therefore this Second Edition includes an entirely new section where the key ideas are revisited and illustrated with case studies from a wide range of business organizations from large corporations to start-ups and family businesses. The aim however remains the same: to enlarge readers' existing sense-making 'tool-kits' so that they can look at themselves and their organizations with fresh eyes deepening the emotional intelligence they bring to bear on the challenges they face and providing new possibilities for action. The Unconscious at Work Second Edition is for managers leaders consultants and anyone working in organizations who has been puzzled disturbed or challenged by their experiences at work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815361350

The Unconscious in Shakespeare's Plays Just as concerts emerge from the interaction of many instruments so our understanding of Shakespeare is enriched by different approaches to him. Psychoanalysis assumes that creative writers have the need to both reveal and conceal their own inner conflicts in their works. They leave residues in their works that if we pay attention can become building blocks that reveal aspects of the unconscious. Readers may find that the questions raised add to the pleasure of reading Shakespeare and that they deepens their understanding of his plays. Topics covered include the pivotal position of Hamlet the poet and his calling the Oedipus complex intrapsychic conflict the battle against paranoia and the homosexual compromise. By using psychoanalytic techniques in analyzing his plays and characters  the author reveals more about Shakespeare's hidden motivations and mental health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491561

The UnconsciousA bridge between psychoanalysis and cognitive neuroscience The Unconscious explores the critical interdisciplinary dialogue between psychoanalysis and contemporary cognitive neuroscience. Characterised by Freud as ‘the science of the unconscious mind’ psychoanalysis has traditionally been viewed as a solely psychological discipline. However recent developments in neuroscience such as the use of neuroimaging techniques to investigate the working brain have stimulated and intensified the dialogue between psychoanalysis and these related mental sciences. This book explores the relevance of these discussions for our understanding of unconscious mental processes. Chapters present clinical case studies of unconscious dynamics alongside theoretical and scientific papers in key areas of current debate and development. These include discussions of the differences between conceptualisations of ‘the unconscious’ in psychoanalysis and cognitive science whether the core concepts of psychoanalysis are still plausible in light of recent findings and how such understandings of the unconscious are still relevant to treating patients in psychotherapy today. These questions are explored by leading interdisciplinary researchers as well as practising psychoanalysts and psychotherapists. This book aims to bridge the gap between psychoanalysis and cognitive neuroscience to enable a better understanding of researchers’ and clinicians’ engagements with the key topic of the unconscious. It will be of key interest to researchers academics and postgraduate students in the fields of psychoanalysis cognitive science neuroscience and traumatology. It will also appeal to practising psychoanalysts psychotherapists and clinicians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138579651

The UnconsciousContemporary Refractions In Psychoanalysis This book explores the unconscious in psychoanalysisusing cross-disciplinary input from the cultural social and linguistic perspectives. This book is the first contemporary collection applying the various perspectives from within the psychoanalytic discipline. It covers the unconscious from three main perspectives: the metaphysical including links with quantum mechanics and Jung's thought; the socio-relational drawing on ideas from politics inter-generational trauma and the interpersonal; and the linguistic drawing on notions of the social construct of language and hermeneutics. Throughout the history of psychoanalysis theorists have wrestled with the ubiquitousness and diverse nature of the unconscious. This collection is an account of the contemporary psychoanalytic struggle to understand and work with this quintessential defining and foundational object of psychoanalysis. This book is primarily of interest to practicing clinicians and trainees. It is also of significant interest to any academic professionals and students who adapt psychoanalytic thought in their studies in the humanities including literature philosophy and the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367498399

The UnconsciousFurther Reflections This book provides contemporary perspectives concerning Freud's fundamental assumptions on the unconscious. It presents some of the original theoretical developments and the cogitations on the unconscious from various world regions and different thought orientations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329020

The UnconsciousTheory Research and Clinical Implications Weaving together state-of-the-art research theory and clinical insights this book provides a new understanding of the unconscious and its centrality in human functioning. The authors review heuristics implicit memory implicit learning attribution theory implicit motivation automaticity affective versus cognitive salience embodied cognition and clinical theories of unconscious functioning. They integrate this work with cognitive neuroscience views of the mind to create an empirically supported model of the unconscious. Arguing that widely used psychotherapies--including both psychodynamic and cognitive approaches--have not kept pace with current science the book identifies promising directions for clinical practice.   Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462541058

The Unctad Liner CodeUnited States Maritime Policy At The Crossroads The UNCTAD Liner Code: United States Maritime Policy at the Crossroads Lawrence Juda World shipping—vital to international trade—is now going through a period of radical change. The UNCTAD Code of Conduct for Liner Conferences is an important manifestation of that change reflecting the pressures exerted by developing countries for a New International Economic Order and for modifications in the system of international trade. The code best known for its provisions on liner cargo allocations includes a number of other very significant stipulations important for U.S. policy. For several years the United States has opposed the convention and acted on the assumption that the EEC countries Japan and other developed states would not ratify it. Now that ratification appears imminent the United States may find itself isolated and exposed to a number of problems whose impacts may be felt not only in maritime affairs but also in trade diplomacy and security. This study examines the nature provisions and possible effects of the UNCTAD Liner Code. Dr. Juda evaluates how the regime of the code compares with the present U.S. framework for liner regulations and promotion then outlines and assesses the major policy options available to the United States given the positions taken by the developing states and the EEC. The book is based on interviews with key officials and on U.N. and U.S. government documents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296889

The Undead Mother 'A state of mourning is something that the late Twentieth Century has been uniquely unable to achieve. A culture based on the interchangeability of products and people and a throw-away culture is not conducive to mourning...Inanimate objects have replaced human ideals. A culture of 'virtual reality' which finds it difficult to distinguish between Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329037

The Underbelly of the Indian Boom As India emerges as a major economic power producing dollar billionaires rising at the rate of 17 per year more than 800 million Indians eke out a living on less than two dollars a day. This book takes the reader to the underbelly of the Indian boom an India that is not shining but is struggling to survive. From the Indo-Soviet Bhilai Steel Plant in Chhattisgarh where an aristocracy of labour is increasingly being replaced by a more vulnerable contract labour force we move to the banks of the Hoogly River. Here Norwegian shipping companies exploit a precarious labour force that is as vulnerable to the vagaries of global finance and its crisis as the elderly especially women and wage-workers who live in the slums of Chennai. Also in Tamil Nadu but this time in Tiruppur we find that the garment and textile industries boom has nurtured new regimes of debt bondage among industrial workers. Though public concern about the vulnerability in which poor people find themselves has resulted in new nation-wide schemes framed in the language of rights we find in Bihar and Madhya Pradesh that the practical workings of these schemes are dependent on the regional political systems in which they are enmeshed. We end in the belly of the Maoist-inspired Naxalite insurgency denounced by the Indian government as the country’s greatest security challenge where the poor are being mobilised to rise against the injustices of the Indian state.This book was originally published as a special issue of Economy and Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739867

The Undergraduate CurriculumA Guide To Innovation And Reform Recent pressures on undergraduate education have led to major—but often untutored—attempts to revitalize curricula. This comprehensive handbook is designed to aid faculty administrators and students engaged in curriculum reform at the undergraduate level. The emphasis throughout is on planning. Professor Conrad proposes a systems model for curriculum planning and examines four major areas: general and liberal education area concentration experiential learning and calendar and degree programs. In each of these areas he identifies key issues discusses the strengths and weaknesses of different approaches provides a historical context outlines major trends and describes a variety of innovations that institutions might adopt. The result is a practical usable book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296896

The Underground RailroadAn Encyclopedia of People Places and Operations The culmination of years of research in dozens of archives and libraries this fascinating encyclopedia provides an unprecedented look at the network known as the Underground Railroad - that mysterious "system" of individuals and organizations that helped slaves escape the American South to freedom during the years before the Civil War. In operation as early as the 1500s and reaching its peak with the abolitionist movement of the antebellum period the Underground Railroad saved countless lives and helped alter the course of American history. This is the most complete reference on the Underground Railroad ever published. It includes full coverage of the Railroad in both the United States and Canada which was the ultimate destination of many of the escaping slaves. "The Underground Railroad: An Encyclopedia of People Places and Operations" explores the people places writings laws and organizations that made this network possible. More than 1 500 entries detail the families and personalities involved in the operation and sidebars extract primary source materials for longer entries. This encyclopedia features extensive supporting materials including maps with actual Underground Railroad escape routes photos a chronology genealogies of those involved in the operation a listing of Underground Railroad operatives by state or Canadian province a "passenger" list of escaping slaves and primary and secondary source bibliographies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698878

The Undermining of American DemocracyHow Campaign Contributions Corrupt our System and Harm Us All The public believes that politicians in the US favor special interests over their constituents and that our political institutions have become corrupt—and they are right. A growing body of evidence shows that special interests have disproportionate sway over policy via campaign contributions and lobbying. In this book the author presents this evidence in a logical understandable way; he then illustrates how campaign contributions harm our economy exacerbate inequality and undermine our democracy. One of the most startling findings of the book is that campaign contributions led to the Financial Crisis and Great Recession. The author concludes that campaign contributions have effectively created an oligarchy in the US and thus reform is needed to save our democracy. The final chapter of the book suggests a number of different reforms that could be pursued—and highlights some ways in which these reforms can be achieved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367342777

The Undermining of Beliefs in the Autonomy and Rationality of Consumers This book examines modern consumption focusing on concepts of autonomy and rationality. In recent years conventional ideas of 'free will' have come under attack in the context of consumer choice and similarly postmodernists have sabotaged the very notion of consumer rationality. O’Shaughnessy and O'Shaughnessy adopt a moderating perspective reviewing and critiquing these attacks in order to work towards a more nuanced view of the consumer: neither entirely autonomous nor perfectly rational. While the first part of this book concentrates on assailing critiques of 'free-will' the second part takes issue with the postmodernist emphasis on the non-rational. The authors situate these critiques in the context of key academic debate examining the logic and empirical bases for their claims thus leading to a deeper understanding of 'bounded' rationality and the potential of the adaptive unconscious to affect consumer choice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986411

The Under-Representation of Black and Minority Ethnic Educators in EducationChance Coincidence or Design? The Under-Representation of Black and Minority Ethnic Educators in Education evidences that discrimination at an individual institutional and structural level is still experienced in the leadership of children’s learning. The analysis evaluates the extent to which under-representation is a result of chance coincidence or design. Based on original research using a mixed-methods approach and drawing on Critical Race Theory this book examines the under-representation of Black and minority ethnic (BAME) educators in education. It identifies over 40 separate codes emerging from interviews with BAME leaders in children’s learning. These codes include surveillance isolation awareness of their position the need to be better professional development the complexity of racism and the difficulties of talking about racism. The book contributes to educational leadership in questioning the extent to which equitable outcomes can be delivered when the education service is itself a site and source of inequality and discrimination. It brings to front the suppressed narratives of under-representation of people of colour and offers insights based on comprehensive data collection. This book will be of great interest for academics researchers and post-graduate students in the fields of education management and leadership Critical Race Theory and the Sociology of Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367508203

The Understanding of Causation and the Production of ActionFrom Infancy to Adulthood This text is an attempt to trace out a line of development in the understanding of how things happen from origins in infancy to mature forms in adulthood. There are two distinct but related ways in which people understand things as happening denoted by the terms "causation" and "action". This book is concerned with both.; The central claim and organizing principle of the book is that by the end of the second year of life children have differentiated two core theories of how things happen. These theories deal with causation and action. The two theories have a common point of origin in the infant's experience of producing actions but thereafter diverge both in content and in realm of application. Once established the core theories of causation and action never change but form a permanent metaphysical underpinning on which subsequent developments in the understanding of how things happen are erected. The story of development is therefore largely the story of how further concepts become attached to integrated with the core theories. Although the developmental and adult literatures on causal understanding appear at first glance to have little in common in fact this appearance is illusory and the idea of two theories helps to bring the two literatures in contact with each other.; The book begins with a survey of the main philosophical ideas about causation and action. Following this the possible origins of understanding in infancy are reviewed and separate chapters then deal with the development of understanding of action and causation through childhood. This is then linked to the adult understanding of action and causation and the literature on adult causal attribution and causal judgement is reviewed from this perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877047

The Underwater Photographer In this long-awaited fifth edition of the best-selling book Martin Edge continues to provide the definitive guide to underwater photography. The book covers everything from the basic principles the equipment and approaches to composition and lighting through to creating an individual style. The book features over 400 updated colour images - taken on numerous dives around the world - with an accompanying narrative that provides detailed information on how the shots were taken their strengths and weaknesses and how to fix mistakes. Practical examples take you step-by-step through the basic techniques: photographing shipwrecks divers marine life macro images and taking photographs at night. New chapters cover the latest equipment processes and techniques including SLR Cameras water contact lenses mirrorless interchangeable lens cameras micro four third systems super macro techniques motion blur LED lighting and more. Packed with inspiring examples from global diving destinations and speciality chapters written by professionals in the field this book is an indispensable masterclass for both the novice and seasoned underwater photographer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138123588

The Undiscovered Self Written three years before his death The Undiscovered Self combines acuity with concision in masterly fashion and is Jung at his very best. Offering clear and crisp insights into some of his major theories such as the duality of human nature the unconscious human instinct and spirituality Jung warns against the threats of totalitarianism and political and social propaganda to the free-thinking individual. As timely now as when it was first written Jung's vision is a salutary reminder of why we should not become passive members of the herd. With a new foreword by Sonu Shamdasani. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415854740

The Undiscovered SelfAnswers to Questions Raised by the Present World Crisis In The Undiscovered Self Jung explains the essence of his teaching for a readership unfamiliar with his ideas. He highlights the importance of individual responsibility and freedom in the context of today's mass society and argues that individuals must organize themselves as effectively as the organized mass if they are to resist joining it. To help them achieve this he sets out his influential programme for achieving self-understanding and self-realization. The Undiscovered Self is a book that will awaken many individuals to the new life of the self that Jung visualized. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203994276

The Uneasy Relationships Between Parliamentary Members and Leaders The bases of uneasy member-leadership relations their manifestation and sometimes resolution and the consequences of member-leadership tension to effective parliamentary performace and policy-making are considered in studies ranging from Germany to the US and New Zealand and globally. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038452

The Unemployed This classic study of the effect of unemployment and of the ways of relieving it upon actual typical families of the 1930s and 1940s is a vivid startling picture of the demoralizing influence and consequences of America's relief policies during the Depression years. The study comprises an incisive interpretation of the problem and a series of absorbing human interest stories of representative families on relief cases selected from experiences of relief including the records of families from various religious groups in an exhaustive study conducted in New York City.Most research on unemployment of the 1930s conspicuously lacks studies of the unemployed themselves. Yet this is the crux of the matter necessary to truly understand the cbnsequences of unemployment then and now so as to deal with it intelligently and efficiently. This book deals with what employment does to people. It answers important questions about the unemployed that are rarely asked. Who are they? Did they fail to earn a living even in prosperous times? What precipitated their unemployment? Do they prefer relief to work? Did unemployment bring about changes in how they think and feel? This is a volume of continuing relevance and will be of interest to legislators economists social scientists social workers and psychologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539204

The Unemployment ServicesA Report Prepared for the Fabian Society Originally published in 1940 The Unemployment Services provides a thorough examination of the system of unemployment relief. The book looks at fundamental proposals for the extension of necessary provisions for improving the conditions of the unemployed and their dependents. The book provides a detailed knowledge of regulations and scales and uses an unorthodox dissection of the principles embodied in this code of laws which plays so large a part in the lives of industrial workers and their dependents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138601468

The Unequal CityUrban Resurgence Displacement and the Making of Inequality in Global Cities Cities around the world have seen: an increase in population and capital investments in land and building; a shift in central city populations as the poor are forced out; and a radical restructuring of urban space. The Unequal City tells the story of urban change and acts as a comprehensive guide to the Urban Now. A number of trends are examined including: the role of liquid capital; the resurgence of population; the construction of megaprojects and hosting of global megaevents; the role of the new rich; and the emergence of a new middle class. This book explores the reasons behind the displacement of the poor to the suburbs and beyond. Drawing upon case studies from around the world readers are exposed to an examination of the urban projects that involve the reuse of older industrial spaces the greening of the cities and the securitization of the public spaces. This book draws on political economy cultural and political analysis and urban geography approaches in order to consider the multifaceted nature of the process and its global unfolding. It will be essential reading to those interested in urban studies economic geography urban economics urban sociology urban planning and globalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138280373

The Unequal HomelessMen on the Streets Women in their Place The Unequal Homeless explores the persistence as opposed to the occurrence of homelessness. With this focus which is absent in most of the contemporary homelessness literature the author shows how cultural expressions of beliefs about gender difference help to perpetuate the homelessness of particular groups of people in New York City. The people who are persistently homeless in New York are overwhelmingly black men. The reason Passaro contends is that homelessness is not simply an economic predicament but a cultural and moral location as well. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315021690

The Unequal UnemployedDiscrimination Unemployment and State Policy in Northern Ireland First published in 1999 this volume is about unemployment and discrimination with a focus on Northern Ireland and its debate over patterns of inequality between unemployed Catholics and Protestants. The Unequal Unemployed uses the important and revealing context of Northern Ireland to review the international debate on discrimination and the role of unemployment within it. This intellectual and political debate active throughout the past decade represents a conflict between: a) The traditional view that unequal unemployment is evidence of labour market discrimination against minorities and other distinct social groupings. b) Recent models which explain unemployment either in terms of individual responsibility or innate inferiority and attack the 'equal opportunities industry for its attempts at social engineering. Maura Sheehan and Mike Tomlinson approach these theories using unique survey evidence gathered through a comprehensive evaluation of anti-discrimination policy. They contradict the view that differences in unemployment between Catholics and Protestants in Northern Ireland are the result of personal attitudes and 'religious culture'. The book demonstrates that unequal unemployment arises from various discriminatory structures and practices - all of which are amenable to policy intervention. However while more radical measures may achieve change these must be developed within a policy framework which stimulates labour demand and economic development. Such a framework is constrained by the continuing political conflict within Northern Ireland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138364400

The Unexplained IntellectComplexity Time and the Metaphysics of Embodied Thought The relationship between intelligent systems and their environment is at the forefront of research in cognitive science. The Unexplained Intellect: Complexity Time and the Metaphysics of Embodied Thought shows how computational complexity theory and analytic metaphysics can together illuminate long-standing questions about the importance of that relationship. It argues that the most basic facts about a mind cannot just be facts about mental states but must include facts about the dynamic interactive mental occurrences that take place when a creature encounters its environment. In a discussion that is organised into four clear parts Christopher Mole begins by examining the mathematics of computational complexity arguing that the results from complexity theory create a puzzle about how human intelligence could possibly be explained. Mole then uses the tools of analytic metaphysics to draw a distinction between mental states and dynamic mental entities and shows that in order to answer the complexity-theoretic puzzle dynamic entities must be understood to be among the most basic of mental phenomena. The picture of the mind that emerges has important implications for our understanding of intelligence of action and of the mind’s relationship to the passage of time. The Unexplained Intellect is the first book to bring insights from the mathematics of computational complexity to bear in an enquiry into the metaphysics of the mind. It will be essential reading for scholars and researchers in the philosophy of mind and psychology for cognitive scientists and for those interested in the philosophical importance of complexity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367210670

The Unfamiliar Shelley Stimulated by new editions of Shelley's writings and the evidence of notebooks the editors have assembled an outstanding group of international Shelley scholars to work through the implications of recent advances in scholarship. With particular attention to texts that have been neglected or underestimated the contributors consider many important aspects of Shelley's prolific and remarkably diverse output including the verse letter plays prose essays satire pamphlets political verse romance prefaces translations from the Greek prose style artistic representations fragments and early writings. Revaluations of Shelley's youthful works often criticized for their over-exuberance pay dividends as they reveal Shelley's early maturation as a writer and also shed light on his later achievement. Taken as a whole the collection makes evident that Shelley's reputation has been based largely on surprisingly imperfect and incomplete edited publications driven by Victorian taste and culture. A writer very different from the one we thought we knew emerges from these essays which are sure to inspire more reappraisals of Shelley's work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888022

The Unfinished ExhibitionVisualizing Myth Memory and the Shadow of the Civil War in Centennial America The Centennial decade was an era of ambivalence the United States still unresolved about the incomprehensible damage it had wrought over four years of Civil War and why. Philadelphia’s 1876 Centennial Exhibition -- a spectacular international event celebrating one hundred years of American strength unity and freedom -- took place in the immediate wake of this trauma of war and the failures of Reconstruction as a means to restore power and patriotism in the nation’s struggle to rebuild itself. The Unfinished Exhibition the first comprehensive examination of American art at the Centennial explains the critical role of visual culture in negotiating memories of the nation’s past that conflicted with the optimism that Exhibition officials promoted. Supporting novel iconographical interpretations with myriad primary source material author Susanna W. Gold demonstrates how the art galleries and the audiences who visited them addressed the lingering traumas of battle the uneasy re-unification of North and South and the persisting racial tensions in the post-Emancipation era. This careful consideration of the visual record exposes the complexities of the war’s impact on Americans and clarifies how the Centennial art exhibition affected a nation still finding its direction at a critical moment in its history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472480668

The Unfinished ProjectToward a Postmetaphysical Humanism As humanity becomes increasingly interconnected through globalization the question of whether community is possible within culturally diverse societies has returned as a principal concern for contemporary thought. Lorenzo Simpson charges that the current discussion is stuck at an impasse-between postmodernism's fragmented notions of cultural difference and humanism's homogeneous versions of community. Simpson proposes an alternative-one that bridges cultural differences without erasing them. He argues that we must establish common aesthetic and ethical standards incorporating sensitivity to difference if we are to achieve cross-cultural understanding. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203948798

The Unfinished Queer Agenda After Marriage Equality While legal recognition of marriage has met the needs of a segment of the LGBTQ population many still face daily struggles with issues around housing education healthcare policing and incarceration and immigration. These are issues that were largely eclipsed in national arenas by the fight for marriage equality. In reaction to this The Unfinished Queer Agenda After Marriage Equality examines the institutional failings and overlapping systems of injustice that continue to dehumanize queer and trans people and deprive them of basic human rights. Building on a major conference held in 2016 entitled "After Marriage: The Future of LGBTQ Politics and Scholarship" the editors have collected academic papers edited transcripts of selected conference sessions and interviews with activists. Drawing from this source material the book argues that any queer agenda should be informed by an understanding that the issues facing queer and trans people come from the combined influence of neo-liberal capitalism global white supremacy and heterosexism. The authors argue that these modes of oppression continue to be especially damaging for poor people undocumented people people of color non-binary trans and queer people. By taking an in-depth look at the myriad social issues that continue to affect LGBTQ communities and by exposing systemic prejudices and inequality as the root cause this title is an important intervention for students and researchers engaged with queer and trans activism beyond the fight for marriage equality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138557536

The Unfinished Revolution in Nigeria’s Niger DeltaProspects for Environmental Justice and Peace The 1990s heralded waves of spectacular forms of local resistance and globalized protest against oil exploitation and environmental pollution in oil-producing regions of the developing world. One of the most spectacular local uprisings against global oil multinationals was led by the Ogoni people who were protesting against the exploitation and marginalization of oil-producing ethnic minority communities in the Niger Delta region of Nigeria. However the hanging on November 10 1995 of nine Ogoni ethnic minority and environmental justice activists including Ken Saro-Wiwa only served to exacerbate protests in later years. Within a decade dozens of locally rooted insurgent groups emerged in the Niger Delta and construed themselves as part of the social movement for ethnic minority rights and environmental justice which dates back to colonial times. However the trajectory of the revolutionary momentum has changed over time reflecting a mix of progressive opportunistic and retrogressive trends. This book provides a critical study of the trajectory of struggles in the Niger Delta since 1995 paying attention to continuities and changes including recent developments linked to the shift from local resistance to the rupturing of the Presidential Amnesty peace deal (largely to the Movement for the Emancipation of the Niger Delta) and the resurgence low-intensity sporadic armed militancy—led by the Niger Delta Avengers militia among others. The contributors critically interrogate the nature of the region’s political economy socio-economic trends and trajectories over the past two decades. This collection also accentuates the lessons learnt prospects for self-determination socio-economic and environmental justice and peace in the aftermath of the hanging. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590161

The Unfinished RevolutionMarxism And Communism In The Modern World revised Edition Marxism has been the most pervasive and widespread ideological phenomenon of our times but seldom if ever has it been found in its form. Whenever the Marxist ideology has been historically significant it has been so as a beneficiary and associate of another set of political beliefs and passions. As a contender for power it seeks to express the dreams and yearnings of societies caught in the painful process of modernization and industrialization. In power it tends to pay lip service to its lofty goals but associates them with old-fashioned nationalism. Practice does not reflect theory. Ruling elites and parties surpass traditional capitalism in their dedication to political centralization and industrialism at all costs. This revised edition of Adam Ulam's standard work retains the author's summary and critique of Marx's historical economic and political arguments. Ulam then examines the relationship of Marxism to other schools of contemporary socialism and to other radical and revolutionary theories. He traces the development of Marxian thought explains why it has been the potent force in certain societies–while in other societies its influence has been insignificant–and analyzes how Marxism and Leninism have affected the shaping of Russian Communism. Finally Ulam looks at Marxism in the future: the role it will play in the development of the Soviet Union and how it will affect the contemporary crisis of liberal institutions in the West. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296919

The Unfinished Transition to Democracy in Latin America This book examines the political evolution of the judiciary – a usually overlooked political actor – and its capacity to contribute to the process of democratic consolidation in Latin America during the 1990s. Calleros analyzes twelve countries in order to assess the independence impartiality political strength and efficiency of the judicial branch. The picture that emerges – with the one exception of Costa Rica – is the persistence of weak judicial systems unable in practice to check other branches of government including the executive and the military while not quite effective in fully protecting human rights or in implementing due process of law guarantees. Aggravating issues such as corruption heavy case backlogs overcrowding of prisons circumvention of laws and personal vulnerability of judges make the judiciary the least evolved of the three branches of government in the Latin American transitions to democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415540742

The Unfought War of 1962An Appraisal China’s territorial disputes with India have been a matter of debate since 1950s. While China has amicably resolved boundary disputes with twelve out of its fourteen neighbouring countries it is yet to resolve its boundary disputes with India and Bhutan as also its maritime disputes in the South China Sea and East China Sea. This volume looks at the complex dynamics of India–China boundary disputes which remains unresolved. It is still the biggest challenge to the relations between the two countries. From the Indian perspective securing Arunachal and the Indus Watershed is highly important. From the Chinese point of view Karakoram and Xinjiang–Tibet road must be respected. Secondary issues have always occupied a central and pivotal focus in the relations between India and China. This work also shows how British efforts to secure a defined and natural boundary began immediately after the creation of Jammu and Kashmir in 1846 after Amritsar treaty. In the eastern sector such an effort began only in the first decade of twentieth century. Relevant documents have been presented which examines the role of bureaucrats diplomats generals and surveyors. It examines the treaties conventions correspondence as well as internal debates between changing British officials and their conflicting British policies. Nehru refused Chou En Lai in 1960 which in turn led to the unilateralism in Chinese attitude after 1962. The volume breaks new ground by evaluating the differing policies and explains how a secured boundary can ultimately be agreed upon. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138482463

The Unification of German Education Originally published in 1995. This study of the integration of East and West German education following the collapse of the German Democratic Republic in 1989 focuses on policy formation and implementation during this period of great social and political turbulence. It is the result of a research project undertaken shortly after the unification. The authors lived in East Germany for a full year looking carefully at individual schools vocational training centers teacher colleges and universities. The book considers questions of how education policy is successfully formulated conditions in which that policy is implemented and the consequences of the implemented educational reform. The first chapters present the context and history of German education and the later chapters discuss the unification and the formation of the new school laws and the successes and failures. The authors' research shows that even before the unification East Germans had already opted for a system consistent with West German education law. However the West Germans disregarded these changes and imposed their own version of reform on East Germany. The German situation at this time is of great interest to all educators particularly students of educational policy making as well as researchers in political science economics and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138544949

The Unification of Italy John Gooch's book is a concise introduction to the unification of the Italian states and the legacy of this union. Starting in 1815 at the end of the Napoleonic Wars the book goes on to explain how despite the causes of disunity these Italian states shared racial linguistic and cultural factors which led to their eventual political unity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151635

The Unified Process Construction PhaseBest Practices in Implementing the UP Is the Unified Process the be all and end all standard for developing object-oriented component-based software? This book is the second in a four volume series that presents a critical review of the Unified Process. The authors present a survey of the alt Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138412248

The Unified Process Elaboration PhaseBest Practices in Implementing the UP Is the Unified Process the be all and end all standard for developing object-oriented component-based software? Scott Ambler doesn't think so. This book is one in a four-volume series that presents a critical review of the Unified Process -- designed to p Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138412255

The Unified Process Inception PhaseBest Practices in Implementing the UP Is the Unified Process the be all and end all standard for developing object-oriented component-based software? This book is the third in a four volume series that presents a critical review of the Unified Process. The authors present a survey of the alte Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138412262

The Unified Process Transition and Production PhasesBest Practices in Implementing the UP Is the Unified Process the be all and end all standard for developing object-oriented component-based software? This book is the final in a four volume series that presents a critical review of the Unified Process. The authors present a survey of the alte Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138436367

The Unilateralist Temptation in American Foreign Policy The pattern of multilateral engagement and unilateral retrenchment in American foreign policy from the Cold War through the Clinton Bush and Obama years presents a puzzle. What accounts for the unilateralist turn? Is it a passing aberration attributable to the neoconservative ideology of the Bush administration? What then of the disengagement evident earlier during Clinton’s presidency or its continuation under Obama? Was the U.S. investment in multilateral institutions following World War II an anomaly? Or is the more recent retreat from international institutions the irregularity? Skidmore traces U.S. unilateralism to the structural effects of the end of the Cold War both domestically and abroad to argue that the United States was more hegemonic than multilateralist—a rule-maker not a rule-taker. An "institutional bargain" existed under the Cold War threat from the Soviets but absent those imperatives the United States has been less willing to provide collective goods through strong international institutions and other states are less willing to defer to U.S. exemptions. On the home front the post-Cold War political environment has made it more difficult for presidents to resist the appeals of powerful interests who are threatened by multilateral commitments. This book demonstrates that American unilateralism has deeper roots and more resilience than many expect. The unilateral temptation can only be overcome through new political bargains domestically and internationally that permit multilateral engagement even the absence of great power rivalry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203839720

The Unintended Consequences of InterregionalismEffects on Regional Actors Societies and Structures This edited book brings a new analytical angle to the study of comparative regionalism by focussing on the unintended consequences of interregional relations. The book satisfies the need to go beyond the consideration of the success or failure of international policies. It sheds light on complex interactions involving multiple actors individual and institutional driven by various representations interests and strategies and which often result in unintended consequences that powerfully affect the socio-political context in which they unfold. By providing a new conceptual framework to understand how interregionalism brings about social change the book examines the effects on the individual and institutional actors of interregional relations and the effects on the social structures that constitute interregionalism. It also examines interregionalism’s transformational character for structures of regional and international governance as well as societies. This book will be of key interest to scholars and students in the fields of comparative regionalism interregionalism EU studies international and regional organisations global governance and more broadly to international relations international politics and (comparative) area studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367554842

The Uninvited Guest from the Unremembered PastAn Exploration of the Unconscious Transmission of Trauma Across the Generations This book describes different instances of trauma that may have occurred several generations ago. It explores the work of several psychoanalysts who have written on the negative effect that unknown or unremembered grandparents can have upon the life of their grandchildren. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855757004

The Uninvited GuestEmerging from Narcissism towards Marriage This book brings together a deep thoughtfulness about the insights of psychoanalysis and its application to work with troubled couples with an original and closely argued reading of some classic plays about marriage. It will be of use to readers interested in psychoanalysis and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329044

The Union for the Mediterranean This is the first comprehensive analysis of the Union for the Mediterranean (UfM) launched in 2008 amid great controversy within the European Union. Affected from the start by negative fallout from the failure of Middle East peace initiatives its inadequacies have been underlined by the popular movement for regime change in the Arab world. Leading experts provide here the first integrated analysis of the significance and shortcomings of the UfM. Beginning with critical questioning of the motives and institutional logics informing this venture the collection proceeds to analyse its key actors as well as major policy dossiers such as energy and development. The book explains how and why an initiative aiming to depoliticize Euro-Mediterranean relations in fact proved wide open to political discord bringing huge disruption to UfM activity. While some aspects are found to have merit the volume is critical of the way in which EU Mediterranean policy became driven by a narrow range of national interests lost sight of the political objectives of the preceding Barcelona Process and became overwhelmingly bilateral in approach at the expense of more ambitious region-building efforts. It concludes by highlighting the need to reform the EU Mediterranean policy framework in the light of the Arab uprisings of 2011. This book was published as a special issue of Mediterranean Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377240

The Uniqueness of the Individual Originally published in 1957 The Uniqueness of the Individual is a collection of 9 essays published from the ten years preceding publication. The essays deal with some of the central problems of biology. These are among the questions put and answered from the standpoint of modern experimental biology. What is ageing and how is it measured? What theories have been held to account for it and with what success? Did ageing evolve and if so how? Is Lamarckism and adequate explanation of evolutionary process? Does evolution sometimes go wrong? Do human beings evolve in a way peculiar to themselves? Other essays touch upon the problems of scientific method and of growth and transformation. This book will be of interest to natural historians evolutionists and anthropologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367281229

The Unitarian Controversy 1819-1823Volume One Originally published in 1987. The dispute between Leonard Woods an American theologian and well known Calvinist and Henry Ware a preacher and theologian influential in the formation of Unitarianism went on for four years and is reprinted here in its entirety. Although the combatants were concerned over whether God’s nature was one or three other issues were more important for them and these issues are discussed at length in their correspondence. This title will be of interest to students of history and religious studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138103450

The Unitarian Controversy 1819-1823Volume Two Originally published in 1987. The dispute between Leonard Woods an American theologian and well known Calvinist and Henry Ware a preacher and theologian influential in the formation of Unitarianism went on for four years and is reprinted here in its entirety. Although the combatants were concerned over whether God’s nature was one or three other issues were more important for them and these issues are discussed at length in their correspondence. This title will be of interest to students of history and religious studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138103481

The Unitary Presidency The theory of the unitary executive is one of the most controversial and significant constitutional doctrines of the past several decades. It holds that the U.S. president alone embodies all executive power and therefore has unlimited ability to direct the many people and institutions within the federal government’s vast executive branch. It thus justifies the president’s prerogative to organize the executive branch and to direct its activities to tell executive personnel what to do and to fire them if desired to control the flow of information and to issue signing statements that make judgments about constitutionality and determine the extent to which laws will be implemented. In some versions it also endorses implied or inherent powers and permits the president to completely control foreign policy and military action. Proponents say this conception of the presidential office is faithful to the Constitution facilitates the sort of energetic executive that Alexander Hamilton argued for and enhances administrative efficacy and political accountability for governance. Critics say this arrangement is constitutionally inaccurate is belied by historical practice and legal precedents and is dangerously close to the monarchical power that provoked the American Revolution – and can be especially threatening in the era of Donald Trump. This book examines how controversies about unitary executive power have played out from the founding era to the present day with a focus on recent presidents it explores arguments both for and against the unitary executive theory and it looks ahead to future implications for American politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138484184

The United Arab EmiratesA Modern History The British withdrawal from the Gulf in 1971 brought to an end the British Imperial era in the history of the Trucial States and marked the birth of the United Arab Emirates. This book first published in 1978 establishes the political social economic and cultural heritage of the UAE and explains the formative issues in the development of the new state. From 1892 to 1971 the history of the Gulf was determined by the British presence. Initially the region was regarded by the British as no more than a part of the strategic defence of India but by 1945 oil and international air communication had given the region a new strategic importance. This volume examines both the early India Office policy of non-interference in the internal affairs of the region and the circumstances after 1947 which prompted the Foreign Office to interfere in certain internal issues. The second half of the book seeks to explain the development of Arab nationalism the growth of Iranian activities and the relations of the Trucial States with their Western neighbours Saudi Arabia and Qatar. The last chapter provides an historical explanation for the present interstate boundaries and political geography of the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138184268

The United Arab EmiratesPower Politics and Policy-Making Led by Dubai and Abu Dhabi the UAE has become deeply embedded in the contemporary system of international power politics and policy-making. Only an independent state since 1971 the seven emirates that constitute the UAE represent not only the most successful Arab federal experiment but also the most durable. However the 2008 financial crisis and its aftermath underscored the continuing imbalance between Abu Dhabi and Dubai and the five northern emirates. Meanwhile the post-2011 security crackdown revealed the acute sensitivity of officials in Abu Dhabi to social inequalities and economic disparities across the federation. The United Arab Emirates: Power Politics and Policymaking charts the various processes of state formation and political and economic development that have enabled the UAE to emerge as a significant regional power and major player in the post Arab Spring reordering of Middle East and North African Politics as well as the closest partner of the US in military and security affairs in the region. It also explores the seamier underside of that growth in terms of the condition of migrant workers recent interventions in Libya and Yemen and latterly one of the highest rates of political prisoners per capita in the world. The book concludes with a discussion of the likely policy challenges that the UAE will face in coming years especially as it moves towards its fiftieth anniversary in 2021. Providing a comprehensive and accessible assessment of the UAE this book will be a vital resource for students and scholars of International Relations and Middle East Studies as well as non-specialists with an interest in the United Arab Emirates and its global position. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138813656

The United Kingdom and Nuclear Deterrence In December 2003 the British government announced that within a few years it would need to take decisions about the future of Britain's strategic nuclear deterrent. Exactly three years later its plans were revealed in a White Paper. The existing Trident system is to be given a life-extension which includes building new submarines to carry the missiles costing £15–20 billion. Britain has a substantial nuclear legacy having owned nuclear weapons for over half a century.  The strategic context for the deterrent has changed completely with the end of the Cold War but nuclear weapons retain much of their salience. This Adelphi Paper argues that it makes sense to remain a nuclear power in an uncertain and nuclear-armed world. Given that deterrence needs are now less acute but more complex than in the past the paper asserts that deterrence also needs to be aligned with non-proliferation policies which seek to reduce the scale of threats that need to be deterred. Somewhat overlooked in current policy are appropriate measures of defence which can raise the nuclear threshold and if required mitigate the effects of deterrence failure. It concludes that the government's decisions about the future form of the deterrent are very sensible but cautions that they still need to be integrated into a broader policy that embraces diplomacy deterrence and defence to counter the risks posed by nuclear proliferation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203759271

The United Nations Peace Operations and the Cold War This is the first introduction to the United Nation's activities during the Cold War period. It combines a history of the UN with a broader account of east-west diplomacy during the Cold War and after. Norrie MacQueen begins by looking at the formation structure and functions of the UN. Then within a chronological framework he assesses its contribution to international security from the emergence of the UN's peacekeeping role in 1945-56 right through to UN operations in the 1990s in Angola Somalia and Bosnia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781408237663

The United Nations and Changing World PoliticsRevised and Updated with a New Introduction The revised and updated Introduction to this classic text situates the UN in substantially changing world politics including: The election of the ninth Secretary-General António Guterres; The burgeoning of “new nationalisms” worldwide including most importantly in the Trump administration’s Washington DC and Brexit; The continuing proliferation of such non-state actors as ISIS and those in the “third UN ” including developmental and humanitarian NGOs. Essential to all classes on the UN International Organizations and Global Studies this interim edition of The United Nations and Changing World Politics is refreshed for students and scholars alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367353919

The United Nations and Collective Security The role of the United Nations in collective security has been evolving since its inception in 1945. This book explores collective security as practiced within the legal framework provided by the United Nations Charter with a particular focus upon activity undertaken under the auspices of the UN Security Council the body conferred by the Charter with the primary responsibility for the maintenance of international peace and security. Although the book is primarily grounded in international law where appropriate it also draws upon relevant political insights in order to present a clear picture of the UN collective security system in operation and the factors which impact upon the way in which it functions. Offering a comprehensive analysis it considers the full range of measures which can be utilised by the UN in the performance of its collective security remit including military enforcement action peacekeeping non-military sanctions and diplomacy. The book considers each of these measures in detail assessing the legal framework applicable to the form of action the main legal controversies which arise in respect of their appropriate utilisation and the UN’s use of this collective security ‘tool’ in practice. The book draws conclusions about the main strengths and shortcomings of the various means through which the UN can attempt to prevent minimise or end conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138665521

The United Nations and Decolonization Differing interpretations of the history of the United Nations on the one hand conceive of it as an instrument to promote colonial interests while on the other emphasize its influence in facilitating self-determination for dependent territories. The authors in this book explore this dynamic in order to expand our understanding of both the achievements and the limits of international support for the independence of colonized peoples. This book will prove foundational for scholars and students of modern history international history and postcolonial history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138487024

The United Nations and EducationMultilateralism Development and Globalisation The UN is often questioned about its ongoing relevance and overall effectiveness in the 21st century particularly in its involvement with educational policy and co-operation around the globe. This ground-breaking book examines the four key agencies within the UN system that share the vital role of addressing educational futures: UNESCO the World Bank UNICEF and UNDP. As the core of educational multilateralism these agencies powerfully reflect the UN's historic grounding in peace human rights and economic development. The history of each agency's commitment to education is explored with critical detachment with particular attention paid to the post-Cold War period during which each agency has needed to re-think the impact of globalisation on both its modes of operation as well as the content of its education policies. Just as education policy itself has been subject to the impact of globalisation so to has each agency had to adapt at a time when not only education but also their own mandates have been thrown open to question. This timely book will be essential reading for all those working with and for UN agencies foreign aid workers and the development co-operation industry. At a time when education policies budgets and strategies appear wide open to profound changes this book will provide a much-needed roadmap to the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653015

The United Nations and Peace EnforcementWars Terrorism and Democracy This title was first published in 2002.This original text studies the UN system for the maintenance of international peace and security in the face of threats to the peace breaches of the peace and acts of aggression. It assesses the Security Council attempts to employ enforcement measures under Chapter VII of the UN Charter in response to inter-state and intra-state conflicts paying attention to the effect of the Council's increasing involvement in internal situations both on the development of the system and on the outcome of conflicts. Filling a notable lacuna in contemporary literature Mohamed Osman studies peace enforcement on its own and within an independent theoretical and empirical framework. The book will appeal both to students of the UN and humanitarian intervention but also to international lawyers and political philosophers concerned with questions of intervention and sovereignty. In addition its detailed case studies make the volume an excellent reference tool. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138734579

The United Nations and the Principles of International LawEssays in Memory of Michael Akehurst With the fall of communism and the appearance of a new world order it is hoped that the United Nations will become the principle organisation for the regulation of relations between states as well as for the settlement of conflict. The recent crises over Iraq and the continued bloodshed in the former Yugoslavia have ensured a higher profile for the United Nations but have at the same time placed great pressure on that organisation to resolve conflict and organise relations between states in a manner that is acceptable to the international community.The essays collected in this volume are published in conjunction with the International Law Group. Providing valuable statements of the fundamentals of international law from leading authorities they re-examine the Declaration of Principles of International Law Governing Friendly Relations Between States. The Declaration is the nearest thing that states have to an international constitution and embodies the fundamental values of the international legal system. The great changes in the international system since 1989 hold out the prospect of the reinvigoration of the Charter perhaps for a new system of international legal relations and make the reconsideration of the Declaration particularly timely. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874312

The United Nations and Transnational Organized Crime Transnational organized crime poses a serious threat to the international community. This volume the product of a UN conference discusses the dangers of transnational organized crime and identifies forms of regional national and international co-operation for its prevention and control including intelligence networks preventive strategies extradition treaties criminalizing participation in criminal organizations and the elaboration of an international convention. The reduction and subsequent containment of transnational organized crime require governments not only to recognize the seriousness of the challenge but also to allocate resources commensurate with this challenge. The authors warn that should the international community fail to do this the prospects for democratic government and the rule of law will be gloomy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203044315

The United Nations as a Knowledge System This book seeks to explore how the UN has generated warehoused disseminated structured packaged expanded transferred and leveraged its vast resources of accumulated information and experience throughout the decades and particularly since the start of the 21st century with the introduction of more connective information and communications technology. It examines the overarching objectives that have guided such activity and divides UN knowledge management into three distinct but often overlapping and intertwining categories: knowledge for social and organizational learning; knowledge for norm setting; and knowledge for creation of products and services. Svenson brings together these multiple aspects of UN knowledge management to present a holistic view of how the organization utilizes its global intelligence to educate advocate and serve member countries’ development. Instead of looking at the UN as an international bureaucracy or as a peacekeeping policymaking humanitarian or development entity this work studies the UN as a generator and purveyor of information learning and experience in all of these areas. This book will be key reading for all students and scholars of international organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815377825

The United Nations at the Crossroads of Reform This study presents a case for the reform of the United Nations and discusses possible measures for enforcing peace worldwide. There are separate chapters on such topics as the General Assembly Security Council the Secretary-General and the Secretariat and the International Court of Justice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315483412

The United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous PeoplesA Contemporary Evaluation The development and adoption of the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples (UNDRIP) was a huge success for the global indigenous movement. This book offers an insightful and nuanced contemporary evaluation of the progress and challenges that indigenous peoples have faced in securing the implementation of this new instrument as well as its normative impact at both the national and international levels. The chapters in this collection offer a multi-disciplinary analysis of the UNDRIP as it enters the second decade since its adoption by the UN General Assembly in 2007. Following centuries of resistance by Indigenous peoples to state and state sponsored dispossession violence cultural appropriation murder neglect and derision the UNDRIP is an achievement with deep implications in international law policy and politics. In many ways it also represents just the beginning – the opening of new ways forward that include advocacy activism and the careful and hard-fought crafting of new relationships between Indigenous peoples and states and their dominant populations and interests. This book was originally published as a special issue of The International Journal of Human Rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367476700

The United Nations Global Compact and the Encyclical Laudato SiA special theme issue of The Journal of Corporate Citizenship (Issue 64) In April 2016 the Center for Ethics and Religious Values in Business of the Mendoza College of Business at the University of Notre Dame with the United Nations Global Compact (UNGC) Office convened a group of scholars and business leaders to discuss the Encyclical Laudato Si (LS) and the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). The articles in this special issue are from that conference; the hope is that they will provoke your thinking and lead to new action to make the world a better place.How is it that the secular United Nations and the religious Vatican have a common vision for business? At root this common vision for business flows from a common vision for society as a whole.For business flowing from this common vision is a common understanding of the purpose of business. Catholic social thought has always taught that the single-minded focus on making money in business can never be acceptable. The purpose of business is to create sustainable value for stakeholders and that value is not exclusively monetary value.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783533091

The United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR)The Politics and Practice of Refugee Protection This revised and expanded second edition of The United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) continues to offer a concise and comprehensive introduction to both the world of refugees and the organizations that protect and assist them. This updated edition also includes: up to date coverage of the UNHCR’s most recent history and policy developments evaluation of new thinking on issues such as working in UN integrated operations and within the UN peacebuilding commission assessment of the UNHCR’s record of working for IDP’s (internally displaced persons) discussion of the politics of protection and its implications for the work of the UNHCR outline of the new challenges for the agency including environmental refugees victims of natural disasters and survival migrants. Written by experts in the field this is one of the very few books to trace the relationship between state interests global politics and the work of the UNHCR. This book will appeal to students scholars practitioners and readers with an interest in international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415782838

The United Nations Human Rights CouncilA Critique and Early Assessment The United Nations Human Rights Council was created in 2006 to replace the UN Commission on Human Rights. The Council’s mandate and founding principles demonstrate that one of the main aims at its creation was for the Council to overcome the Commission’s flaws. Despite the need to avoid repeating its predecessor's failings the Council’s form nature and many of its roles and functions are strikingly similar to those of the Commission. This book examines the creation and formative years of the United Nations Human Rights Council and assesses the extent to which the Council has fulfilled its mandate. International law and theories of international relations are used to examine the Council and its functions. Council sessions procedures and mechanisms are analysed in-depth with particular consideration given to whether the Council has become politicised to the same extent as the Commission. Whilst remaining aware of the key differences in their functions Rosa Freedman compares the work of the Council to that of treaty-based human rights bodies. The author draws on observations from her attendance at Council proceedings in order to offer a unique account of how the body works in practice. The United Nations Human Rights Council will be of great interest to students and scholars of human rights law and international relations as well as lawyers NGOs and relevant government agencies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138828896

The United Nations in Latin AmericaAiding Development The United Nations has increased its worldwide efforts to promote sustainable development. In this book noted scholar Francis Adams examines the United Nations' actions in Latin America particularly in light of meeting basic human needs promoting gender equity and preserving natural environments. While previous books have focused on a single UN agency this book is the first to analyze the development work of various UN institutions and agencies that sponsor economic and social programs in the developing world as well as the UN's various funding initiatives global conferences and institutional goals. This book will be a necessary addition for students and scholars of Latin American politics and Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874763

The United Nations in the 21st Century The United Nations in the 21st Century provides a comprehensive yet accessible introduction to the United Nations exploring the historical institutional and theoretical foundations of the UN. This popular text for courses on international organizations and international relations also discusses the political complexities facing the organization today. Thoroughly revised throughout the fifth edition focuses on major trends since 2012 including changing power dynamics increasing threats to peace and security and the growing challenges of climate change and sustainability. It examines the proliferating public-private partnerships involving the UN and the debates over reforming the Security Council and the Secretary-General selection process. This edition also includes new case studies on peacekeeping and the use of force in the Democratic Republic of Congo and Mali transnational terrorism and the emergence of ISIS the Security Council's failure to act in Syria the Syrian and global refugee/migrant crisis and the conclusion of the Millennium Development Goals and framing of the Sustainable Development Goals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813349640

The United Nations In The Postcold War Era Second Edition The United Nations faced unprecedented opportunities and heightened expectations when the Cold War ended in 1990. By the time of the UN's fiftieth anniversary in 1995 the mood had shifted. Peacekeepers were bogged down in Bosnia and Somalia. Iraq continued to test the UN's resolve to enforce arms control inspections. In much of the world the gap between haves and have-nots was increasing. Everyone agreed that UN reform was needed yet the political will to effect change was absent. With unmet challenges throughout the world the limits to UN power and effectiveness were being realized. From regional conflicts to areas of environmental degradation and human rights abuses the UN's success depends more than ever on the way in which three dilemmas are resolved–the tensions between sovereignty and the reality of its erosion between demands for global governance and the weakness of UN institutions (as well as the reluctance of states to commit) and between the need for leadership and the diffusion of power. In this second edition the authors have undertaken major revisions along with thorough updating. They explore the three dilemmas in the context of the UN's evolving role in world politics including its experience in maintaining peace and promoting development environmental sustainability and human rights–the focus of an entirely new chapter. They also consider the role of various actors in the UN system from major powers (especially the United States) small and middle powers coalitions and nongovernmental organizations to the secretaries-general. The need for institutional reforms and specific proposals for reform are examined. Because multilateral diplomacy is now the norm rather than the exception in world politics the UN's effectiveness has been challenged by the new demands of the post–Cold War era. This completely revised and updated text places the UN at the center of a set of core dilemmas in world politics and provides a series of case studies that probe the politics and processes of UN action. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367312398

The United Nations System for Protecting Human RightsVolume IV The United Nations has been at the forefront of developing the international law of human rights for nearly seven decades. This volume brings together the leading research articles on the development of human rights law by the United Nations and also includes essays on issues relating to standard-setting institutional evolution and the creation of monitoring procedures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409443032

The United Nations World Water Development Report 3Water in a Changing World (Two Vols.) The United Nations World Water Development Report published every three years is a comprehensive review providing an authoritative picture of the state of the world's freshwater resources. It offers best practices as well as in-depth theoretical analyses to help stimulate ideas and actions for better stewardship in the water sector. It is the only report of its kind resulting from the collaboration and contributions of the 26 UN agencies commissions program funds secretariats and conventions that have a significant role in addressing global water concerns. The news media are full of talk of crises - in climate change energy and food and troubled financial markets. These crises are linked to each other and to water resources management. Unresolved they may lead to increasing political insecurity and conflict. Water is required to meet our fundamental needs and rising living standards and to sustain our planet‘s fragile ecosystems. Pressures on the resource come from a growing and mobile population social and cultural change economic development and technological change. Adding complexity and risk is climate change with impacts on the resource as well as on the sources of pressure on water. The challenges though substantial are not insurmountable. The Report shows how some countries have responded. Progress in providing drinking water is heartening with the Millennium Development Goal target on track in most regions. But other areas remain unaddressed and after decades of inaction the problems in water systems are enormous and will worsen if left unattended. Leaders in the water sector can inform decisions outside their domain and manage water resources to achieve agreed socioeconomic objectives and environmental integrity. Leaders in government the private sector and civil society determine these objectives and allocate human and financial resources to meet them. Recognizing this responsibility they must act now! Two volume set: 336 Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773355

The United States 1865-1920Reuniting a Nation The United States 1865–1920: Reuniting a Nation explores how the U.S. attempted to heal Civil War-era divisions as well as maintain and strengthen its unity as new rifts developed in the conflict’s aftermath. Taking a broadly thematic approach to the period Adam Burns examines the development of the United States from political social and foreign relations perspectives. Concise and accessible the volume uses a variety of primary source documents to help stimulate discussion and encourage the use of historical evidence as support for different interpretations of the era. By exploring controversies over issues such as citizenship ethnicity regionalism and economic disparity all of which resonate strongly in the nation’s political discourse today the book will be an important staple for undergraduate students of American History and the period that followed the Civil War as well as general enthusiasts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138482425

The United States Honduras And The Crisis In Central America Prior to the 1980s Honduras was an obscure backwater of little public or policy concern in the United States. With the advent of the Reagan administration however Honduras became a launching pad for the administration's contra was against the Sandinista government in Nicaragua and for counterinsurgency operations in El Salvador. Placing events i Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319045

The United States India and the Global Nuclear OrderNarrative Identity and Representation In the Post-Cold War era US nuclear foreign policies towards India witnessed a major turnaround as a demand for ‘cap reduce eliminate’ under the Clinton administration was replaced by the implementation of the historic ‘civil nuclear deal’ in 2008 by Bush a policy which continued under Obama’s administration. This book addresses the change in US nuclear foreign policy by focusing on three core categories of identity inequality and great power narratives. Building upon the theoretical paradigm of critical constructivism the concept of the ‘state’ is problematised by focusing on identity-related questions arguing that the ‘state’ becomes a constructed entity standing as valid only within relations of identity and difference. Focusing on postcolonial principles Pate argues that imperialism as an organising principle of identity/difference enables us to understand how difference was maintained in unequal terms through US nuclear foreign policy. This manifested in five great power narratives constructed around peace and justice; India-Pakistan deterrence; democracy; economic progress; and scientific development. Identities of ‘race’ ‘political economy’ and ‘gender’ in terms of ‘radical otherness’ and ‘otherness’ were recurrently utilised through these narratives to maintain a difference enabling the respective administrations to maintain ‘US’ identity as a progressive and developed western nation intrinsically justifying the US role as an arbiter of the global nuclear order. A useful work for scholars researching identity construction and US foreign and security policies US-India bilateral nuclear relations South Asian nuclear politics critical security and postcolonial studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367524579

The United States International Law and the Struggle against Terrorism This book discusses the critical legal issues raised by the US responses to the terrorist threat analyzing the actions taken by the Bush administration during the so-called "war on terrorism" and their compliance with international law. Thomas McDonnell highlights specific topics of legal interest including torture extra-judicial detentions and the invasions of Afghanistan and Iraq and examines them against the backdrop of terrorist movements which have plagued Britain and Russia. The book extrapolates from the actions of the USA going on to look at the difficulties all modern democracies face in trying to combat international terrorism. This book demonstrates why current counter-terrorism practices and policies should be rejected and new policies adopted that are compatible with international law. Written for students of law academics and policy-makers the volume demonstrates the dangers that breaking international law carries in the "war on terrorism". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415782425

The United States Iraq and the KurdsShock Awe and Aftermath This book provides a descriptive and analytical narrative of the evolution of US foreign policy towards Iraq at the supra-national (global) national (Arab Iraq) and sub-national (Iraqi Kurdistan) levels. The book is unique in that it presents a sophisticated insight into the two major components of US Iraq policy. To achieve this it addresses US foreign policy towards both Arab Iraq and an entirely original analysis on US policy towards the Iraqi Kurds as components of a larger US Iraq policy dictated by the supreme US Grand Strategy. The book also examines whether US foreign policy towards Iraq has been one of continuity or change – a dimension that has not been illustrated in any other publication. The book deals intelligently and at great length with the events surrounding US Iraq policy in three distinct phases going back to 1979 with regard to Arab Iraq and 1961 in respect to the Kurdish liberation movement covering all subsequent US administrations including the Obama presidency. It provides a thorough examination of US interests in Iraq and reasons for the 2003 invasion and its aftermath. It also engages with the intellectual roots of US foreign policy presenting an intricate reaction of views objectives and agendas. This work will be of interest to students and scholars of Middle East studies US Foreign Policy and Security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138359321

The United States Israel and the Search for International OrderSocializing States How do emerging states become full functioning members of the international system? In this book Cameron G. Thies argues that new and emerging states are subject to socialization efforts by current member states which guide them in locating their position in the international system. Thies develops a theoretical approach to understanding how states socialize each other into and out of different roles in the international system such as regional power ally and peacekeeper. The concept of state socialization is developed using role theory a middle-range theory developed in the interdisciplinary field of social psychology. This middle-range theory helps to flesh out the theoretical mechanisms often missing in grand theories like neorealism and constructivism. The result is a structural theory of international politics that also allows for the explanation of actual foreign policy behavior by states. The foreign policy histories of the U.S. and Israel are analyzed using this theoretical approach to show how international social pressure has affected the kinds of roles they have adopted throughout their histories as well as the kinds of roles that they have not been allowed to adopt. By considering the effects of international socialization attempts on their foreign policy behavior Thies shows the well-known cases of the U.S. and Israel in a new light. The United States Israel and the Search for International Order argues that the process by which states learn their appropriate roles and behaviors in the international social order is crucial to understanding international conflict and cooperation which will be significant for those studying both theory and method in international relations foreign policy and diplomatic history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415832939

The United States South Africa and AfricaOf Grand Foreign Policy Aims and Modest Means This title was first published in 2001. "Grand aims" refers to the overarching tenets and doctrines that prevailed in US and South African foreign policies towards Africa. This study argues that when modest means were imposed upon American and South African foreign policy-makers they were often forced to devise new grand aims. Few in-depth resources exist with regard to United States and/or South African foreign policies towards Africa. Those that do are overwhelmingly pre- or early-1990s in focus. This analysis encompasses the years 1990 to mid-1998 and is intended to be relevant to a broad readership including academics students Africanists historians political scientists regional specialists and policy-makers in the public and private sectors on both sides of the Atlantic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138723917

The United States and ArgentinaChanging Relations in a Changing World First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315023502

The United States and Cambodia 1969-2000A Troubled Relationship Beginning with the restoration of diplomatic relations between the US and Cambodia in 1969 this book is the first to systematically explore the controversial issues and events surrounding the relationship between the two countries in the latter half of the 20th century. It traces how the secret bombing of Cambodia the coup which overthrew Prince Sihanouk and the American invasion of Cambodia in 1970 led to a brutal civil war. Based on extensive archival research in the United States Australia and Cambodia this is the most comprehensive account of the United States' troubled relationship with Cambodia. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203358481

The United States and Central AmericaGeopolitical Realities and Regional Fragility This book is a concise overview of the recent history of U.S.-Central American relations. Part of the Contemporary Inter-American Relations series edited by Jorge Dominguez and Rafael Fernandez de Castro  it focuses on the relations between the U.S. and this region since the end of the Cold War. The volume considers economic relations between the two regions presenting pertinent information on the Central American Free Trade Agreement (CAFTA). It also looks at political issues such as military cooperation security issues the drug trade and organized crime democracy in the region and migration. Finally it concludes with an assessment of the direction US-Central American relations are taking at present moving beyond the black-and-white challenges of Soviet domination in the region to address post-9/11 security concerns. The United States and Central America will be of interest to students and scholars of foreign policy Latin American politics and politics and international relations in general. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203941591

The United States and China Since World War II: A Brief HistoryA Brief History This book surveys the complicated history of U.S.-Chinese relations. After two brief chapters providing historical context the focus shifts to the mid-twentieth century the wartime alliance the war's bitter aftermath and the decades since World War II including the path from normalisation to China's hosting of the 2008 Summer Olympics. The author traces the ways in which the two countries have managed the blend of common and competitive interests in their economic and strategic relationships; the shifting political base for Sino-American relations within each country; the emergence and dissolution of rival political coalitions supporting and opposing the relationship; the evolution of each society's perceptions of the other; and ongoing differences regarding controversial topics like Taiwan and human rights. The author's early years in China American education and career as a China expert and an advisor on U.S.-China relations and cultural affairs for over fifty years have afforded him unique opportunities to observe and participate in the development of this important relationship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765629890

The United States and Europe in the Twentieth Century The relationship between the US and Europe in the 20th century is one of the key considerations in any understanding of international relations/international history during this period. David Ryan first sets the context by looking at the trends and traditions of America’s foreign relations in the 19th century and then considers the changing nature of America's vision of Europe from 1900 to the present.   The book examines America’s response to and involvement in the two World Wars including the structure of international power after the First World War and American reaction to the rise of Nazi Germany. American/European relations during the Cold War (1945-1970) are discussed and Ryan considers the contentious debate that America was trying to establish an empire by invitation. Finally the book looks at the ever-increasing unification of Europe and how this has affected America's role and influence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153820

The United States and Europe: Policy Imperatives in a Globalizing World This title was first published in 2002. This provocative volume explores key aspects of the contemporary relationship between the United States and the European powers as they attempt to address common issues as the international community enters a new millennium. Representing diverse perspectives opinions analyses and recommendations regarding the regional and global problems and opportunities confronted by both the United States and the Europeans the book is particularly suitable for scholars and policy makers alike who contribute to ongoing discussions concerning this critical relationship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138720664

The United States and European Reconstruction 1945-1960 First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315063096

The United States and Genocide(Re)Defining the Relationship There exists a dominant narrative that essentially defines the US’ relationship with genocide through what the US has failed to do to stop or prevent genocide rather than through how its actions have contributed to the commission of genocide. This narrative acts to conceal the true nature of the US’ relationship with many of the governments that have committed genocide since the Holocaust as well as the US’ own actions. In response this book challenges the dominant narrative through a comprehensive analysis of the US’ relationship with genocide. The analysis is situated within the broader genocide studies literature while emphasizing the role of state responsibility for the commission of genocide and the crime’s ancillary acts. The book addresses how a culture of impunity contributes to the resiliency of the dominant narrative in the face of considerable evidence that challenges it. Bachman’s narrative presents a far darker relationship between the US and genocide one that has developed from the start of the Genocide Convention’s negotiations and has extended all the way to present day as can be seen in the relationships the US maintains with potentially genocidal regimes from Saudi Arabia to Myanmar. This book will be of interest to scholars postgraduates and students of genocide studies US foreign policy and human rights. A secondary readership may be found in those who study international law and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367194963

The United States and Great Power Responsibility in International SocietyDrones Rendition and Invasion This book evaluates American foreign policy actions from the perspective of great power responsibility with three case studies: Operation Iraqi Freedom American drone strikes in Pakistan and the post- 9/11 practice of extraordinary rendition. This book argues that the US invasion of Iraq in 2003 American drone attacks in Pakistan and the practice of extraordinary rendition are the examples of irresponsible actions undertaken by the U.S. acting as a great power in international society. Focusing on a major theoretical approach of International Relations the English School this book considers the responsibilities of great powers in international society. It points to three obligations of great powers: to act according to the norm of legality to act according to the norm of legitimacy and to adhere to the principles of prudence. The author applies the criteria of legality legitimacy and prudence to analyse the three foreign policy endeavours of the U.S. and developing a normative framework clarifies the implications for future U.S. foreign policy. This book will be of strong interest to students and scholars of international relations international relations theory American politics foreign policy studies international law South Asian studies and Middle Eastern studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138896604

The United States And Japan In The Western PacificMicronesia And Papua New Guinea The interrelationships of the United States and Japan with Micronesia a U.S. dependency and Papua New Guinea a newly independent nation are the focus of this study. The authors demonstrate that dependence does not by any means automatically terminate by virtue of a legal change in political status. To a surprising extent Micronesia (the last UN trusteeship) and independent Papua New Guinea depend for their very survival on the United States and Japan. The authors point out that the interests of the United States and Japan in this region too often–and unnecessarily–operate in isolation from one another and in direct conflict. Cooperative U.S.-Japanese efforts are vital in this area; whatever plans are made for the region they must be island-specific culturally congruent politically sensitive and economically viable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296964

The United States and Latin AmericaA History with Documents The United States and Latin America presents a complex and dynamic view ofthe relationship between the United States and Latin America. Through acombination of targeted thematic chapters and a range of freshly-translateddocuments Jeffrey F. Taffet and Dustin Walcher illuminate the historicalcontinuities and conflicts that have defined the vital relationship. Givingequal weight to Latin American and United States voices this text providesan essential collection of primary sources for students and scholars and isan indispensable touchstone for anyone interested in the histories of theUnited States and Latin America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138824287

The United States and Multilateral InstitutionsPatterns of Changing Instrumentality and Influence World politics in the post-Cold War world has become increasingly institutionalized. However the role of international organizations has been overlooked in much of the literature on international regimes. Now in paperback The United States and Multilateral Institutions examines United States policy in areas ranging from international trade to human rights and in institutions such as the International Monetary Fund (IMF) GATT and the World Health Organization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179813

The United States and NATO since 9/11The Transatlantic Alliance Renewed The US decision not to work through NATO after 9/11 left many European members of the alliance feeling deflated. This decision reflected not only the unilateralism of the Bush Administration but also the belief that US operational freedom and flexibility had been hampered during NATO’s two Balkans interventions. This book examines US attitudes to and perspectives on the transatlantic alliance with a particular focus on US-NATO relations since 9/11. It demonstrates that following the decision to bypass NATO after 9/11 the Bush Administration’s perceptions of the alliance shifted due to a belated recognition that NATO did indeed have much to offer the US. Hallams explores NATO’s contributions to post-combat reconstruction and stabilisation operations in Afghanistan and Iraq and argues that the events of 9/11 galvanised NATO into undertaking an accelerated program of transformation that has done much to reinvigorate the alliance. This book offers an optimistic assessment of the transatlantic alliance counter-balanced by realistic reflections on the problems it faces. Drawing on interviews with US and NATO officials it argues that NATO is far from irrelevant and that prospects for the alliance remain fundamentally positive; it will be of interest to students and scholars of US Foreign Policy American politics international relations security studies and transatlantic studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853095

The United States and PeruCooperation -- At A Cost The early 1990s marked a critical turning point in the relationship between the United States and Peru. Prior to the election of Albert Fujimori in 1990 the relationship between governments had been contentious. Fujimori however sought to work together with the United States regarding issues such as security threats free-market reform and narcotics control. Yet even with this new spirit of cooperation the two governments still clashed over international standards of democracy and human rights at a time when most Latin American countries were much more democratic. This work traces the relationship between the two countries from 1990-2000 examining political and military issues including drug trafficking guerrillas human rights violations and the US role in the 1995 war between Peru and Ecuador. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822082

The United States And Saudi ArabiaAmbivalent Allies U.S.-Saudi relations have been marked by ambivalence since their inception over 50 years ago. The Arab-Israeli conflict the division between buyer and seller of oil the superpower-small state dichotomy and the divergence of cultures traditions and perceptions have all contributed to the anomalies that have marked the relationship between the two countries although mutual interest has over time outweighed mutual antagonism. Dr. Long examines the major factors affecting their association—economic commercial military and political as well as oil-related factors—and develops the thesis that each has evolved a unique internal dynamic and an existence independent of the others. It is primarily in times of crisis that the factors have overlapped in the minds of decision makers Saudi and American alike. The author argues that a knowledge of the development of each individual element is crucial for understanding the intricacies of current U.S.-Saudi relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367296971

The United States and Southeast Asian RegionalismCollective Security and Economic Development 1945–75 The Nixon or Guam Doctrine of 1969 stressed the importance of progress towards regional cooperation and Asian collective security indicating that Asian countries themselves should take the initiative in creating programs in which the United States could participate. This book analyses the development of United States regional cooperation policy on Southeast Asia and its importance to long-term planning for the region that had been the general aim of successive American post-war administrations. The author demonstrates the link between economic regional cooperation and collective security in Southeast Asia placing regionalism in an international context by examining the influence United States policy and various important events had on the development of Southeast Asian regionalism. Through the analysis of primary material including previously classified material in the United States the United Kingdom and Australia and engagement with historiography of war and peace in Southeast Asia the book puts forward the argument that Southeast Asian regional cooperation was influenced by both American and Asian policy and its development reflected the economic and political transformation of the post-war Southeast Asian landscape. It also examines the developments in British and Australian policy and how developments in Southeast Asia influenced and in turn were affected by the policies of the Western powers.Adding to the current discourse concerning the origins of Southeast Asian regionalism this book will be of interest to academics in the field of Southeast Asian studies United States political history international relations and regionalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582715

The United States and the Arab SpringThreats and Opportunities in a Revolutionary Era In this Westview Press Spotlight Mark L. Haas explores the major political consequences of the Arab Spring protests in North Africa and the Middle East as well as how and why US leaders responded to these developments. A detailed examination of the threats and opportunities to US interests created by the uprisings are prominent in the analysis of the events. Students will learn about the individual protests and aftermath of the Arab Spring as well as the various policies the United States might adopt to best advance US security in the new international environment. The United States and the Arab Spring is an extracted chapter from the 2013 Updated Edition of The Middle East and the United States Fifth Edition edited by regional experts David W. Lesch and Mark L. Haas. In the full-length edition of the text scholars and diplomats from the Middle East Europe and North America provide an objective cross-cultural assessment of U.S. policy toward the Middle East and Middle Eastern political history from the First World War through the present. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813349428

The United States And The CaribbeanChallenges Of An Asymmetrical Relationship This book explores the complex interdependence between the small Caribbean states and the United States and looks at their changing relationships throughout history. The main difficulty for the small state is to discern where and when synergies may be found in its relations with more powerful states?in this case the United States. The need for coo Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319021

The United States and the Control of World Oil This volume originally published in 1983 analyses the extent to which American dominance in world affairs is based on the control of oil resources and the changes which will inevitably take place with the end of the oil era. The author concludes that the USA will be forced to take part in a struggle to control both the new sources of energy and the new technology which must be developed to make use of them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138643956

The United States and the Developing Countries First Published in 1977. Part of The Atlantic Council Policy Series. It is customary for policy papers produced by the Atlantic Council Working Groups to direct attention primarily to issues that confront the countries of Western Europe North America Japan Australia and New Zealand. This policy paper has a somewhat different emphasis dealing primarily with the issues of development policy facing the United States. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429268328

The United States and the European UnionThe Political Economy of A Relationship First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315063584

The United States and the First World War  The First World War was a pivotal event in world history but Americans often overlook the importance of their participation in the war. The United States and the First World War provides a concise comprehensive and engaging evaluation of the war's significance in American history by examining the causes of the war mobilization on the homefront key social reforms enacted during the war military strategy the experiences of soldiers the Versailles Peace Treaty and the lessons Americans drew in the postwar years from their wartime experiences. Was the First World War a just war for the United States? This lively and interesting guide full of maps and key primary source documents gives students the resources they need to grapple with this important question and also to analyze how the war changed millions of American lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142305

The United States And The Horn Of AfricaAn Analytical Study Of Pattern And Process The recent collapse of the bipolar world order has been accompanied by momentous changes dynamically setting the international system in motion toward an uncertain future. Such a profound transformation of the international system mandates an evaluation of American foreign policy and the role of the United States in this radically changed world order. In this insightful new book Okbazghi Yohannes examines the role of U.S. foreign policy with regard to the four countries that make up the Horn of Africa: Eritrea Sudan Somalia and Ethiopia. The book begins by analyzing the historical patterns and processes of American policy in relation to the African Horn during and after the Cold War offering a comprehensive description of the fundamental policy choices of the United States and the means chosen to achieve American objectives in the region. Finally Yohannes considers the extent to which the American role in the African Horn aided or impeded the emergence of political democracy and the promotion of economic development within the region. By juxtaposing this new method of examination with traditional approaches the book reveals a greater coherence in the structural relationship between U.S. policy and the politics of the African Horn. Skillfully incorporating informative background material regarding the history politics and diplomacy of the countries covered by the study Yohannes addresses the interests of both the specialist and the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367312442

The United States and the Korean Peninsula in the 21st Century In the post-Cold War era US relations with the two Korean states - the Republic of Korea (ROK) and the Democratic People's Republic of Korea (DPRK) - have been undergoing profound changes with critical and immediate repercussions for peace and security in the Korean Peninsula and Northeast Asia. This volume examines the key political security and economic aspects of US-ROK and US-DPRK relations focusing on the current status salient issues and future prospects. Drs Kwak and Joo are distinguished professionals in the field and their volume constitutes a very interesting addition to the available literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398318

The United States and the Malaysian Economy This book explores the relationship between the United States and the Malaysian economy concentrating on the period 1870 to 1957 with particular focus on trade flows and foreign direct investment. This is the first book to examine in depth US economic involvement in colonial Malaya. Exploring the relationship between the United States and the Malayan/Malaysian economy the book concentrates on the period 1870 to 1957 with particular focus on trade flows and foreign direct investment. It surveys the reasons behind the levels of US trade and investment and considers the impact of the presence of both British governments and businesses on the US-Malayan relationship. The book goes on to examine the impact of US trade and investment on Malaya with detailed analysis of the cases of three important US inward investors: Yukon Gold Company United States Rubber Company and Ford Motor Company. The author argues that the British colonial presence provided an infrastructure that facilitated US trade and FDI flows with Malaya although on occasion restrictive policies followed by the colonial government diverted US FDI flows elsewhere. However US FDI and trade remained constrained by Malaya’s status as a low income developing country with little potential for market-oriented manufacturing investment. Nonetheless it demonstrates that US trade and FDI had a positive impact on the Malayan economy through flows of organisational and technological capabilities. An epilogue brings the story up to date for contemporary US-Malaysian economic relations. Overall this book is an insightful and highly original account of the part played by US trade and investment in Malaya’s economic development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542456

The United States and the Republic of ChinaDemocratic Friends Strategic Allies and Economic Partners In the interest of mutual security the United States and the Republic of China have continued to cooperate closely. Both countries have kept Taiwan's military defenses strong and ensured stability in the entire region. This volume considers the international status of the Republic of China and its economic and strategic partnership with the United States. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351316521

The United States And The Ussr In A Changing WorldSoviet And American Perspectives As the Cold War draws to a close new issues inevitably have begun to surface in U.S.-Soviet relations. This reader brings together Soviet and U.S. perspectives on the broad range of challenges that both nations now face. Within the context of a "debate" format that presents parallel U.S. and Soviet views these timely readings illustrate areas of cooperation and conflict and weigh policy similarities and differences. Topics covered include Soviet-U.S. relations after the Cold War military and national security debates and the changing international economic environment. The selections also consider the impact that the evolving Soviet-U.S. interaction is having on the "new" Europe and the developing world. The volume concludes by considering the direction the superpower relationship may take in the future. Students of Soviet and U.S. foreign policy will find this text invaluable in unraveling the complexities of U.S.-Soviet relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297008

The United States and Turkey's Path to EuropeHands across the Table Turkey’s relations with the European Union is one of the most enigmatic topics in the European Studies literature. This country kept at bay by Europeans for centuries once came unexpectedly close to full-membership. The progress Turkey recorded in its European quest is difficult to account for with either Turkey’s performance or the positive attitude of the Europeans towards Turkey. In this book Armağan Emre Çakır chronicles over six decades of US involvement in EU-Turkey relations. Shedding new light on the reasons characteristics transformation and relative importance of the US influence on Turkey-EU relations he argues that Turkey’s quest for EU membership would not have advanced this far without the support from the United States. Çakır’s hypotheses and findings are grounded in original research that among other things includes interviews conducted on both sides of the Atlantic with key players archival material and newspaper articles. The valuable insights presented in this book make for a much needed alternative history of this volatile relationship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815370604

The United States And World War II Robert Maddox's one-volume history of the causes conduct and consequences of World War II goes beyond traditional military and diplomatic accounts to present the era in its broader context. Special emphasis is devoted to the United States and the impact of the war on American society. The role of women and blacks in the labor force and armed serv Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319038

The United States in the First World WarAn Encyclopedia First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315053318

The United States Newspaper ProgramCataloging Aspects Originally published in 1986. Here is a valuable and engaging overview of the cataloging aspects of the United States Newspaper Program the most extensive and comprehensive original cataloging enterprise undertaken in America. The importance of newspapers for purposes of historical research is obvious. The USNP was a cooperative national effort among the states and the federal government to locate catalog and preserve on microfilm newspapers published in the United States from the eighteenth century to the present. Running until 2007 the USNP was an essential program of preserving journalism history as well as records of historical events. This book talks through the cataloging process in Pennsylvania as an example. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138928428

The United States Supreme Court's Assault on the Constitution Democracy and the Rule of Law This book argues that the judiciary particularly the Supreme Court should embrace an interpretive framework that promotes equal participation in the democratic process fosters accountability and facilitates robust public discourse among citizens of all backgrounds. The authors propose a solution that strives to restore integrity to the Court’s decision-making process by eschewing ideology and a focus on the utility of outcomes in favor of an intellectually honest jurisprudence that gives all citizens a meaningful voice in governance. The work is divided into seven parts. Parts I–V identify the worst decisions in the Court history and the common themes that helped produce them. The chapters within each part are dedicated to a single Supreme Court decision in which the authors analyze the Court’s reasoning and explain why it undermined federalism separation of powers and democratic governance. Additionally the authors explain why these decisions compromised the relationship between the Court and coordinate branches the federal government and the states and citizens and their elected representatives. Part VI identifies several of the best Supreme Court decisions and explains why they provide a principled framework that can be applied in other cases and result in a pro-democracy jurisprudence. Finally in Part VII the authors propose a comprehensive solution that should inform the Justices’ judicial philosophies regardless of ideology and strive to promote an equal and participatory democracy. The final chapter offers concluding thoughts and argues that a healthy democracy is the foundation upon which equality rests and that a collective view of rights is the path by which to restore liberty for all citizens. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138222441

The United StatesAn Experiment in Democracy According to Carl Becker "if the framers of the Constitution could come back to earth and see what the federal government is doing to-day they would all agree that this monstrous thing was no child of theirs; for to-day the federal government exercises as a matter of course powers which they never dreamed of." This prescient statement rings as true today as it did when Becker wrote An Experiment in Democracy nearly eighty years ago. This American classic is an engaging gracefully rendered piece of historical literature as well as a non-ideological meditation on the "meaning of America."Carl Becker's ruminations are invariably provocative notably wise and remarkably enduring. He clearly believed in what has been called a "living Constitution " one that must be adapted to changing circumstances and imperatives in America life and his faith in democracy seems to have strengthened as the decades progressed.In his new introduction Michael Kammen places this American classic in historical perspective. Kammen sees Becker as more than an archival historian but rather as a master of the "creative synthesis" looking at familiar sources in fresh ways and developing new points of view that were frequently revisionist and on occasion radically arresting. Much has changed between 1920 and the present; but Carl Becker's sagacity persists just as his expository prose will continue to please a new generation of historians and students of American social history. Carl Becker was the author of "Kansas"; The Declaration of Independence: A Study in the History of Political Ideas; Modern History: The Rise of a Democratic Scientific and Industrial Civilization; "Benjamin Franklin"; "Everyman His Own Historian"; The Heavenly City of the Eighteenth-Century Philosophers; How New Will the Better World Be?; and Freedom and Responsibility in the American Way of Life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539228

The Uniting of EuropeFrom Consolidation to Enlargement The Uniting of Europe provides an accessible introduction to the history of European integration and places European unification within a wider political and economic context The book shows how institutional developments have been conditioned by wider international considerations. The Uniting of Europe considers:* the impact of the Cold War and the superpowers on Europe* Britain's decision to join the Community* the consequences of German reunification* the problem of nationalism in Eastern Europe* key personalities parties regimes and political systems.This Second edition brings the history of the European Union up to date to include the Amsterdam and Nice treaties as well as other contemporary issues such as the impact of events in Yugoslavia the changing relationship with the US and British membership of the single currency. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315014920

The Unity of Science (Routledge Revivals) As a leading member of the Vienna Circle Rudolph Carnap's aim was to bring about a "unified science" by applying a method of logical analysis to the empirical data of all the sciences. This work first published in English in 1934  endeavors to work out a way in which the observation statements required for verification are not private to the observer. The work shows the strong influence of Wittgenstein Russell and Frege. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415679701

The Universal Access Handbook In recent years the field of Universal Access has made significant progress in consolidating theoretical approaches scientific methods and technologies as well as in exploring new application domains. Increasingly professionals in this rapidly maturing area require a comprehensive and multidisciplinary resource that addresses current principles methods and tools. Written by leading international authorities from academic research and industrial organizations and nonmarket institutions The Universal Access Handbook covers the unfolding scientific methodological technological and policy issues involved in the process of achieving universal access in the information society. In a collection of 61 chapters the book discusses how to systematically apply universal design principles to information technologies. It explains the various dimensions of diversity in the technological platforms and contexts of use including trends in mobile interaction and ambient intelligence environments. The implications of Universal Access on the development life cycle of interactive applications and services are unfolded addressing user interface architectures and related components. Novel interaction methods and techniques for Universal Access are analyzed and a variety of applications in diverse domains are discussed. The book reflects recent developments consolidates present knowledge and points towards new perspectives for the future. A quick glance through the contents demonstrates not only the breadth and depth of coverage but also the caliber of the contributions. An indispensible source of information for interdisciplinary and cross-thematic study the book provides a baseline for further in-depth studies as well as an important educational tool in an increasingly globalized research and development environment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138111899

The Universal AdversarySecurity Capital and 'The Enemies of All Mankind' The history of bourgeois modernity is a history of the Enemy. This book is a radical exploration of an Enemy that has recently emerged from within security documents released by the US security state: the Universal Adversary. The Universal Adversary is now central to emergency planning in general and more specifically to security preparations for future attacks. But an attack from who or what? This book – the first to appear on the topic – shows how the concept of the Universal Adversary draws on several key figures in the history of ideas said to pose a threat to state power and capital accumulation. Within the Universal Adversary there lies the problem not just of the ‘terrorist’ but more generally of the ‘subversive’ and what the emergency planning documents refer to as the ‘disgruntled worker’. This reference reveals the conjoined power of the contemporary mobilisation of security and the defence of capital. But it also reveals much more. Taking the figure of the disgruntled worker as its starting point  the book introduces some of this worker’s close cousins – figures often regarded not simply as a threat to security and capital but as nothing less than the Enemy of all Mankind: the Zombie the Devil and the Pirate. In situating these figures of enmity within debates about security and capital the book engages an extraordinary variety of issues that now comprise a contemporary politics of security. From crowd control to contagion from the witch-hunt to the apocalypse from pigs to intellectual property this book provides a compelling analysis of the ways in which security and capital are organized against nothing less than the ‘Enemies of all Mankind’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138955165

The Universal ComputerThe Road from Leibniz to Turing Third Edition The breathtakingly rapid pace of change in computing makes it easy to overlook the pioneers who began it all. The Universal Computer: The Road from Leibniz to Turing explores the fascinating lives ideas and discoveries of seven remarkable mathematicians. It tells the stories of the unsung heroes of the computer age – the logicians.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138502086

The Universal Declaration of Human RightsFifty Years and Beyond Containing contributions by specialists from the intergovernmental and non-governmental worlds and voices of victim/survivors the book critically reviews the international and regional human rights systems established over the past 50 years in terms of their effectiveness for the victims of human rights violations and provides future directions for the promotion and protection of human rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784764

The Universal RefusalA Psychoanalytic Exploration of the Feminine Sphere and its Repudiation Freud spoke of the “repudiation of femininity” as being an “underlying bedrock” part of the “enigma” of sexuality. The enigma is not so much the refusal of the feminine dimension as such; it has more to do with rejecting its erotic and genital aspects as well as its creation through sexual ecstatic pleasure. Equality between the sexes is a legitimate demand in the political social and economic spheres but forming a masculine–feminine relationship as a couple is a creation of the mind exalting the acknowledgement of the otherness which is part of the difference between the sexes. There is a conflict in woman – and the feminine dimension itself is rooted in it – between a sexuality that demands “defeat” and an ego that abhors this. It is the man’s masculine dimension – the antagonist of the phallic one – which creates the feminine dimension in women by tearing away their defences and generating sexual ecstasy. The quality of the sexual emotional and social relationship that is set up between a man and a woman bears witness to the “work of civilization” (Kulturarbeit). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855758438

The Universal Social Safety-Net and the Attack on World PovertyPressing Need Manageable Cost Practical Possibilities Favourable Spillovers The book is concerned with strategy and tactics for directing that small slice of world income into filling the gap. This must be done country by country on the initiative of each country’s government: with the maximum involvement of its own civil society and with the rich world also making a contribution. To add momentum the international community needs to adopt targets far more specific than the fifty percent extreme ‘poverty reduction’ of the first Millennium Development Goal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138243996

The Universe of ExperienceA Worldview Beyond Science and Religion Modern experience forces philosophy and social thought to confront the basic problems of value. Is this life worth caring about? How can we find a way between the deceit of fanatical belief and despair? In the view of Lancelot Law Whyte the essential challenge to mankind today is an underlying nihilism promoting violence and frustrating sane policies on major social issues. Avoiding the seductive trap of utopianism Whyte approaches this challenge by defining the terms of a potentially worldwide consensus of heart mind and will.In this volume Whyte addresses the problems of despair and fanatical religious or political reactions that arise from despair. He begins with the basic problem of nihilism or the tendency toward pessimism and self/other destruction that faces us at this point in human development. Rejecting all forms of religious sectarianism as separating God from the individual and people from each other he discerns as well a fundamental disunity and incompleteness among the sciences that render them incapable of supplying a guide to social order. Whyte sees the universe as an arena of conflict between tendencies toward order and disorder with the former dominating and containing the latter. In place of science and traditional religion Whyte draws upon what he sees as the unconscious tradition a genius of the community shared in degrees by all its members that points mankind toward a better way of living.Whyte does not posit a state of perfection nor does he suggest the end of human suffering. Instead he suggests that an integrated state of being freed from the old mind-body dualism will be a new starting point in human evolution. Accessibly written and firmly rooted in science philosophy and history The Universe of Experience will be of interest to sociologists psychologists and philosophers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539259

The Universities and British Industry1850-1970 Originally published in 1972 The University and British Industry examines the lively and controversial relationship between British industry and the university. The book looks at the impact of industry on the development of British universities from the 1850s to the 1970s and with contribution from the universities to industry through scientific research and the supply of graduate skills. The book argues that the close involvement of the universities and industry has been one of the chief beneficial forces shaping the British universities movement in the last hundred years. It gives an account of the changes which took place within the universities to make them more suitable for industries purposes describing for example the early rise of the English civic universities strongly financed by and closely supporting industry. The book also considers how during the two world wars industry became highly reliant on the universities for the war technology and how despite the depression between the wars university research and graduate employment embraced the widening opportunities of the new industries. The book also discusses the expansion of the university in the sixties and points out that industrial motives have merged with those of social justice posing dilemmas for present and future relations between universities and industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138323568

The Universities in the Nineteenth Century This title first published in 1975 analyses the ways in which developments in Victorian universities have shaped both the structure and the assumptions of British higher education in the twentieth century. No period of British higher education has been more full of change nor so rooted in fundamental debate than the second half of the nineteenth century. Its lasting impact makes it crucial for an understanding both of this period of Victorian social history and of the contemporary system of higher education in Britain. This title will be of interest to students of history and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138215504

The Universities We NeedHigher Education After Dearing This work challenges some of the assumptions behind recent thinking on lifelong learning and discusses the idea of the learning society through a reappraisal of the relationship between the university and the community. It reconsiders the demand for efficiency effectiveness and accountability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180017

The Universities We NeedTheological Perspectives Increasing numbers of young adults go to university. This book explores contemporary understandings of what universities are for what impact they might be having on their students and what visions of life and society are driving them. It criticises a narrow view of higher education which focuses on serving the economy. It argues that for the sake of the common and individual good universities need to be about forming citizens and societies as well as being an economic resource. It does so in the light of theological perspectives mainly from the Christian but also from the Muslim faith and has a global as well as a British perspective. It brings together key thinkers in theology and higher education policy - including Rowan Williams David Ford Mike Higton and Peter Scott - to present a unique perspective on institutions which help shape the lives of millions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881801

The University and its BoundariesThriving or Surviving in the 21st Century Grounded in key sociological theory on the concepts of boundaries power and control this text addresses the question of whether the university is thriving or merely surviving. Using a sociological lens to consider how institutions must engage in boundary transactions in order to maintain their unique position and identity this book explores how these transactions also have the potential to undermine academic boundaries. Including a detailed analysis of the activities organisation and outputs of academic research in the context of science technology engineering mathematics and medicine (STEMM) departments of UK universities the arguments presented have implications for universities and their stakeholders not only in the United Kingdom but wherever universities face challenges of purpose and identity particularly where these are shaped by neoliberal modes of governance and management. Insights into how universities must balance the ideas of themselves as teaching institutions research institutions and their broader societal importance and impact make this important reading for higher education scholars and postgraduate students sociological theorists and all those interested in the future of the university. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367562984

The University and Public EducationThe Contribution of Oxford This book examines an important aspect of the relationship between higher education and the public - especially secondary - system of schooling in Britain. Higher education has influenced secondary schools in a number of ways and not least in the development of school examinations. The contributors to this book – each of them experts in their fields analyse the contributions made by some university luminaries most of them still household names. These personalities have contributed in a variety of ways such as: becoming Ministers of Education contributing powerfully to successive reform movements using their status as members of that mysterious class called 'the great and the good' to mould public policy and to chair prestigious commissions choosing to centre their own research and scholarship on matters related to schooling. Using Oxford University as its chosen case study this book places these studies in the wider context of the role of Oxford in public and political life and in an international context. It examines critically the overall contribution of one university to the formulation of national policies questions the extent to which that contribution has been unique and beneficent and offers explanations of the contemporary decline in that influence. This book was previously published as a special issue of the Oxford Review of Education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315878638

The University and the City Universities are being seen as key urban institutions by researchers and policy makers around the world. They are global players with significant local direct and indirect impacts – on employment the built environment business innovation and the wider society. The University and the City explores these impacts and in the process seeks to expose the extent to which universities are just in the city or part of the city and actively contributing to its development. The precise expression of the emerging relationship between universities and cities is highly contingent on national and local circumstances. The book is therefore grounded in original research into the experience of the UK and selected English provincial cities with a focus on the role of universities in addressing the challenges of environmental sustainability health and cultural development. These case studies are set in the context of reviews of the international evidence on the links between universities and the urban economy their role in ‘place making’ and in the local community. The book reveals the need to build a stronger bridge between policy and practice in the fields of urban development and higher education underpinned by sound theory if the full potential of universities as urban institutions is to be realised. Those working in the field of development therefore need to acquire a better understanding of universities and those in higher education of urban development. The insights from both sides contained in The University and the City provide a platform on which to build well founded university and city partnerships across the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138798533

The University as a Settlement PrincipleTerritorialising Knowledge in Late 1960s Italy The 1960s and the 1970s marked a generational shift in architectural discourse at a time when the revolts inside universities condemned the academic institution as a major force behind the perpetuation of a controlling society. Focusing on the crisis and reform of higher education in Italy  The University as a Settlement Principle investigates how university design became a lens for architects to interpret a complex historical moment that was marked by the construction of an unprecedented number of new campuses worldwide. Implicitly drawing parallels with the contemporary condition of the university under a regime of knowledge commodification it reviews the vision proposed by architects such as Vittorio Gregotti Giuseppe Samonà Archizoom Giancarlo De Carlo and Guido Canella among others to challenge the university as a bureaucratic and self-contained entity and defend instead the role of higher education as an agent for restructuring vast territories. Through their projects the book discusses a most fertile and heroic moment of Italian architectural discourse and argues for a reconsideration of architecture’s obligation to question the status quo. This work will be of interest to postgraduate researchers and academics in architectural theory and history campus design planning theory and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138054615

The University as Urban DeveloperCase Studies and Analysis Integrating topics in urban development real estate higher education administration urban design and campus landscape architecture this is the first book to explore the role of the university as developer. Accessible and clearly written and including contributions from authorities in a wide range of related areas it offers a rich array of case studies and analyses that clarify the important roles that universities play in the growth and development of cities. The cases describe a host of university practices community responses and policy initiatives surrounding university real estate development. Through a careful blending of academic analysis and practical hands-on administrative and political information the book charts new ground in the study of the university and the city. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698854

The University Challenge (2004)Higher Education Markets and Social Stratification Published in 2004 this book discusses whether the rhetoric of the market in higher education is matched by the realities of choice. In the first comprehensive study of higher education markets and sixth form choice Lesley Pugsley argues that the annual burst of media-fuelled panic about university entrance leads to a misinformed rhetoric about the purpose and value of higher education. This is a benchmark study based on the 1997 cohort of students who were last to enter higher education under the ‘Robbins 1963’ banner of free education. Tracking a group of students throughout their sixth form careers Pugsley provides a balanced account of the tensions experiences by the students their parents and their teachers in an increasingly market-orientated higher education society. This book was originally published as part of the Cardiff Papers in Qualitative Research series edited by Paul Atkinson Sara Delamont and Amanda Coffey. The series publishes original sociological research that reflects the tradition of qualitative and ethnographic inquiry developed at Cardiff. The series includes monographs reporting on empirical research edited collections focussing on particular themes and texts discussing methodological developments and issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138481466

The University ChallengeHigher Education Markets and Social Stratification Is the rhetoric of a 'free' market in higher education matched by the reality of choice? In her bench mark study of higher education markets and pupil choice Lesley Pugsley demonstrates how policy initiatives to restructure higher education in the United Kingdom have been shaped by consumer ideologies and market principles. Based on qualitative data generated from some of the last cohort of students who entered higher education under the Robbins banner of 'free' education Pugsley tracks groups of students from different schools as they engage in the process of selecting universities .This provides a vivid account of the ways in which students their families and their schools engage with the choice process. It illustrates the significance and the impact of social class within a highly differentiated and increasingly market-orientated higher education sector and argues that for many young people the lack of class based competencies remain the real university challenge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398332

The University in DissentScholarship in the corporate university The rise of corporatism in the North American University was charted by Bill Readings in the mid nineteen-nineties in his book The University in Ruins. The intervening years have seen the corporate university grow and extend to the point where its evolution into a large business corporation is seemingly complete. Rolfe’s book examines the factors contributing to the transformation of the university from a site of culture and knowledge to what might be termed an ‘information factory’ and explores strategies for how in Readings’ words members of the academic community might continue to ‘dwell in the ruins of the university’ in a productive and authentic way. Drawing on the work of critics and philosophers such as Barthes Derrida Lyotard and Deleuze The University in Dissent suggests that this can only be achieved subversively through the development of a ‘community of philosophers’ who are prepared to challenge critique and subvert the mission statement of the ‘university of excellence’ from within focusing on how scholarly and academic thought and writing might develop in this new post-Enlightenment era. Summarising contextualising and extending previous understandings of the rise of corporatism and the subsequent demise of the traditional aims and values of the university Rolfe assesses the situation in contemporary UK and international settings. He recognises that changes to the traditional idea of the university are inevitable and explores some of the challenges and consequences of this shift in the academic world suggesting how academics can work with change whilst at the same time seeking to undermine its worst excesses. This timely and thought provoking book is a must-read for all academics at University level as well as education policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415681155

The University of GoogleEducation in the (Post) Information Age Looking at schools and universities it is difficult to pinpoint when education teaching and learning started to haemorrhage purpose aspiration and function. Libraries and librarians have been starved of funding. Teachers cram their curriculum with 'skill development' and 'generic competencies' because knowledge creativity and originality are too expensive to provide to unmotivated students and parents obsessed with league tables not learning. Meanwhile the internet offers a glut of information on everything-under-the-sun a mere mouse-click away. Bored surfers fill their cursors and minds with irrelevancies. We lose the capacity to sift discard and judge. Information is no longer for social good but for sale. Tara Brabazon argues that this information fetish has been profoundly damaging to our learning institutions and to the ambitions of our students and educators. In The University of Google she projects a defiant and passionate vision of education as a pathway to renewal where research is based on searching and students are on a journey through knowledge rather than consumers in the shopping centre of cheap ideas. Angry humorous and practical in equal measure The University of Google is based on real teaching experience and on years of engaged and sometimes exasperated reflection on it. It is far from a luddite critique of the information age. Tara Brabazon celebrates the possibilities of digital platforms in education but deplores the consequences of placing funding on technology and not teachers. In doing so she opens a new debate on how to make our educational system both productive and provocative in the (post-) information age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270688

The University UnthoughtNotes for a Future Why is it important to have a revolutionary critical pedagogy? What are the new inter/disciplinary engagements possible within the university? What will it be like to live and learn in this university of the future? Drawing on these essential questions this volume explores the political future(s) of the university. It does not take a simplistic recourse to the tenets of liberal democracy but seeks a more engaged positioning of the university space within everyday practices of the social. It cross-examines the history of this ‘ideal’ university’s relationship with the banal everyday the ‘apolitical’ outside and what exceeds intellectual reason to finally question if such historicizing of the university is necessary at all.Along with its companion The Idea of the University: Histories and Contexts this brave new intervention makes a compelling foray into the political future(s) of the university. It will be of interest to academics educators and students of the social sciences and humanities especially education. It will also be of use to policy-makers and education analysts and be central to the concerns of any citizen. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367733490

The University Wits: 6-Volume Set These volumes demonstrate the importance of the small group of university-educated Renaissance writers commonly known as the 'University Wits': John Lyly Thomas Lodge George Peele Robert Greene Christopher Marlowe and Thomas Nashe. Each of these Wits is the subject of a dedicated volume of perceptive and wide-ranging critical essays which bring together the most important scholarly work to date on the group and illuminate the distinctive characteristics of each Wit. In addition the introduction to each volume offers fresh perspectives on the biography and literary output of each Wit. This set of six volumes highlights the role of the Wits as not only responsible for major improvements in the course of English drama but also for providing Shakespeare with a context of theatrical possibilities that helped spur him to success. It is an invaluable and authoritative resource for students teachers and scholars in the fields of early modern literature Shakespeare studies and theatre studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754628804

The Unknown Cultural RevolutionEducational Reforms and Their Impact on China's Rural Development 1966-1976 First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993969

The Unknown Max Weber Paul Honigsheim is unique. One of the select few who regularly participated in the Weber-Kreis in Heidelberg during the 1910s Honigsheim's special place within Weber's world adds a degree of credibility to his writings matched by few others. In the late 1940s Honigsheim published four essays from what might be called Weber's "lost decade " the period during which Weber established his reputation in Germany as the most versatile and brilliant of the younger social scientists. Together in one volume for the first time these essays reveal portions of Weber's work previously unavailable in English.In the opening essay "Max Weber as Rural Sociologist " Honigsheim treats Weber's essays on Russia Poland and other works in economic history. He offers a point of departure for those wishing to probe Weber's celebrated and misconstrued distaste for traditional Slavic social structure. In "Max Weber as Applied Anthropologist " Honigsheim examines Weber's commitment to the study of race ethnicity and nationalism as mediated by ethnic attachments social policy formation handicraft economies and what he calls "Ethno-Politics." "Max Weber as Historian of Agriculture and Rural Life" is a masterpiece of exegesis and comparative inquiry. The final essay "Max Weber: His Religious and Ethical Background and Development " acts as a minor corrective and addendum to Marianne Weber's biography. The book concludes with Honigsheim's reminiscences of the Weber circle.Interest in the work and person of Max Weber grows with each year. From his writings the reader may glean the finer shades and contours of thoughts that arise from private exchanges between Honigsheim and Max Weber. This volume will interest a broad spectrum of social scientists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539266

The Unknown RelativesThe Catholic as the Other in the Victorian Novel The Unknown Relatives analyses a large body of Victorian literary texts dealing with the topic of Catholicism and Catholics written from the non-Catholic perspective. The readings of these texts are inspired by psychoanalytic criticism primarily by the work of Freud and Kristeva. Kristeva’s work on abjection the paradoxical repulsion mixed with attraction provides the framework for the first part of the book which argues that Victorian depictions of Catholicism exhibit the same mixture of fascination and attraction. The second part of the book is constructed largely around Freud’s idea of the uncanny showing how Catholicism was cast in the role of the archaic religion profoundly strange and yet at the same time somehow familiar. The book includes the readings of a number of Victorian authors both canonical (Charlotte Brontë William Thackeray Charles Dickens) and lesser-known ones (George Borrow John Shorthouse Mrs Humphry Ward). The book will be of interest to scholars of cultural literary and religious studies as well as to readers interested in the matters of religion in literature and religious prejudice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887001

The Unknown Schubert Franz Schubert (1797-1828) is now rightly recognized as one of the greatest and most original composers of the nineteenth century. His keen understanding of poetry and his uncanny ability to translate his profound understanding of human nature into remarkably balanced compositions marks him out from other contemporaries in the field of song. Schubert was one of the first major composers to devote so much time to song and his awareness that this genre was not rated highly in the musical hierarchy did not deter him throughout a short but resolute and hard-working career from producing songs that invariably arrest attention and frequently strike a deeply poetic note. Schubert did not emerge as a composer until after his death but during his short lifetime his genius flowered prolifically and diversely. His reputation was first established among the aristocracy who took the art music of Vienna into their homes which became places of refuge from the musical mediocrity of popular performance. More than any other composer Schubert steadily graced Viennese musical life with his songs piano music and chamber compositions. Throughout his career he experimented constantly with technique and in his final years began experiments with form. The resultant fascinating works were never performed in his lifetime and only in recent years have the nature of his experiments found scholarly favor. In The Unknown Schubert contributors explore Schubert's radical modernity from a number of perspectives by examining both popular and neglected works. Chapters by renowned scholars describe the historical context of his work its relation to the dominant artistic discourses of the early nineteenth century and Schubert's role in the paradigmatic shift to a new perception of song. This valuable book seeks to bring Franz Schubert to life exploring his early years as a composer of opera his later years of ill-health when he composed in the shadow of death and his efforts to reflect in his music his own profound inner experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138382688

The Unmaking of the Medieval Christian Cosmos 1500–1760From Solid Heavens to Boundless Æther From the early Christian era and throughout the Middle Ages theologians exerted considerable effort to achieve a synthesis bringing together Greek cosmology and the Creation story in Genesis. In the construction of the medieval Empyrean the dwelling place of the Blessed Aristotle’s philosophy proved of critical importance. From the Renaissance on largely in revolt against Aristotle humanist Bible critics Protestant reformers and astronomers set themselves to challenge the medieval synthesis. Especially effective in the ensuing dismantlement from the 16th to 18th centuries was the pagan concept of an infinite universe resuscitated from Antiquity by the Italian philosophers Bruno and Patrizi. Indirectly inspired by the latter the doctrines of the French pre-Enlightenment thinkers Descartes and Gassendi spread throughout Latin Catholic Europe in spite of considerable resistance. By the middle of the 18th century the Roman ecclesiastical authorities were brought to acknowledge an end to the medieval cosmos allowing Catholics to teach the theory of heliocentrism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236667

The Unmasking Style in Social Theory This book examines the nature of unmasking in social theory in revolutionary movements and in popular culture. Unmasking is not the same as scientific refutation or principled disagreement. When people unmask they claim to rip off a disguise revealing the true beneath the feigned. The author distinguishes two basic types of unmasking. The first aimed at persons or groups exposes hypocrisy and enmity and is a staple of revolutionary movements. The second aimed at ideas exposes illusions and ideologies and is characteristic of radical social theory since the eighteenth-century Enlightenment. The Unmasking Style in Social Theory charts the intellectual origins of unmasking its shifting priorities and its specific techniques in social theory. It also explores sociology’s relationship to the concept of unmasking through an analysis of writers who embrace adapt or reshape its meaning. Such sociologists include Vilfredo Pareto Karl Mannheim Raymond Aron Peter Berger Pierre Bourdieu Luc Boltanski and Christian Smith. Finally taking conspiracy theories accusations of social phobia and new concepts such as micro-aggression as examples of unmasking techniques the author shows how unmasking contributes to the polarization and bitterness of much public discussion. Demonstrating how unmasking is baked into modern culture yet arguing that alternatives to it are still possible this book is in sum a compelling study of unmasking and its impact upon modern political life and social theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138091764

The Unnameable Monster in Literature and Film This book visits the 'Thing' in its various manifestations as an unnameable monster in literature and film reinforcing the idea that the very essence of the monster is its excess and its indeterminacy. Tied primarily to the artistic modes of the gothic science fiction and horror the unnameable monster retains a persistent presence in literary forms as a reminder of the sublime object that exceeds our worst fears. Beville examines various representations of this elusive monster and argues that we must looks at the monster rather than through it at ourselves. As such this book responds to the obsessive manner in which the monsters of literature and culture are ‘managed’ in processes of classification and in claims that they serve a social function by embodying all that is horrible in the human imagination. The book primarily considers literature from the Romantic period to the present and film that leans toward postmodernism. Incorporating disciplines such as cultural theory film theory literary criticism and continental philosophy it focuses on that most difficult but interesting quality of the monster its unnameability in order to transform and accelerate current readings of not only the monsters of literature and film but also those that are the focus of contemporary theoretical discussion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867980

The Unobtrusive Relational AnalystExplorations in Psychoanalytic Companioning Psychoanalysts increasingly find themselves working with patients and states that are not amenable to verbal and dialogic engagement. Such patients are challenging for a psychoanalytic approach that assumes that the patient relates in the verbal realm and is capable of reflective function. Both the classical stance of neutrality and abstinence and a contemporary relational approach that works with mutuality and intersubjectivity can often ask too much of patients. The Unobtrusive Relational Analyst introduces a new psychoanalytic register for working with such patients and states involving a present and engaged analyst who is unobtrusive to the unfolding of the patient’s inner world and the flow of mutual enactments. For the unobtrusive relational analyst the world and idiom of the patient becomes the defining signature of the clinical interaction and process. Rather than seeking to bring patients into greater dialogic relatedness the analyst companions the patient in the flow of enactive engagement and into the damaged and constrained landscapes of their inner worlds. Being known and companioned in these areas of deep pain shame and fragmentation is the foundation on which psychoanalytic transformation and healing rests. In a series of illuminating chapters that include vivid examples drawn from his work with individuals and with groups Robert Grossmark illustrates the work of the unobtrusive relational analyst. He reconfigures the role of action and enactment in psychoanalysis and group-analysis and expands the understanding of the analyst’s subjectivity to embrace receptivity surrender and companioning. Offering fresh concepts regarding therapeutic action and psychoanalytic engagement The Unobtrusive Relational Analyst will be of great interest to all psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138899063

The Unobtrusive ResearcherA guide to methods What does graffiti reveal about social behaviour?Where can you find out about Australian social values without doing your own survey?There is more to social research than surveys and in-depth interviews. The Unobtrusive Researcher looks beyond the limited accounts people provide of themselves to examine society at a deeper level.Written in a clear easy to read style The Unobtrusive Researcher is a practical guide to a range of methods that can supplement and at times even replace conventional social research. It is essential reading for new and experienced researchers in the Social Sciences Education Communication Studies and Cultural Studies.Methods discussed include:library and archival workaudiovisual sourcesobservation techniquesmaterial culturethe use of cameras and computers'Witty clear and concise.a remarkable overview of the field.' - Professor Bryan Turner Deakin University'One of the few guides to research methods which takes on board the implications of poststructuralist theory for research The Unobtrusive Researcher will be useful both for practising researchers wanting to broaden and update their approaches and those at the very beginning of learning how to do research.' - Professor Ann Curthoys University of Technology Sydney Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003137344

The Unpublished Letters of Henry St John First Viscount Bolingbroke Henry St John First Viscount Bolingbroke (1678-1751) enjoyed varied political and literary careers. This five-volume edition draws together his letters. It includes a general introduction headnotes biographical index and a consolidated index. It is suitable for historians and literary scholars working in the eighteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781851969579

The Unpublished Letters of Henry St John First Viscount Bolingbroke Vol 1 Henry St John First Viscount Bolingbroke (1678-1751) enjoyed varied political and literary careers. This five-volume edition draws together his letters. It includes a general introduction headnotes biographical index and a consolidated index. It is suitable for historians and literary scholars working in the eighteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763449

The Unpublished Letters of Henry St John First Viscount Bolingbroke Vol 2 Henry St John First Viscount Bolingbroke (1678-1751) enjoyed varied political and literary careers. This five-volume edition draws together his letters. It includes a general introduction headnotes biographical index and a consolidated index. It is suitable for historians and literary scholars working in the eighteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763456

The Unpublished Letters of Henry St John First Viscount Bolingbroke Vol 3 Henry St John First Viscount Bolingbroke (1678-1751) enjoyed varied political and literary careers. This five-volume edition draws together his letters. It includes a general introduction headnotes biographical index and a consolidated index. It is suitable for historians and literary scholars working in the eighteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763463

The Unpublished Letters of Henry St John First Viscount Bolingbroke Vol 4 Henry St John First Viscount Bolingbroke (1678-1751) enjoyed varied political and literary careers. This five-volume edition draws together his letters. It includes a general introduction headnotes biographical index and a consolidated index. It is suitable for historians and literary scholars working in the eighteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763470

The Unpublished Letters of Henry St John First Viscount Bolingbroke Vol 5 Henry St John First Viscount Bolingbroke (1678-1751) enjoyed varied political and literary careers. This five-volume edition draws together his letters. It includes a general introduction headnotes biographical index and a consolidated index. It is suitable for historians and literary scholars working in the eighteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763487

The Unpublished Letters of Thomas Moore Thomas Moore was one of the most prominent authors of the early 19th century. This collection presents over 600 previously unpublished letters from numerous libraries archives and other sources worldwide. Vail's extensively-annotated edition will make available a treasure trove of material which will prove invaluable to any Romantic scholar. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848930742

The Unpublished Letters of Thomas Moore Vol 1 Thomas Moore was one of the most prominent authors of the early 19th century. This collection presents over 600 previously unpublished letters from numerous libraries archives and other sources worldwide. Vail's extensively-annotated edition will make available a treasure trove of material which will prove invaluable to any Romantic scholar. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763494

The Unpublished Letters of Thomas Moore Vol 2 Thomas Moore was one of the most prominent authors of the early 19th century. This collection presents over 600 previously unpublished letters from numerous libraries archives and other sources worldwide. Vail's extensively-annotated edition will make available a treasure trove of material which will prove invaluable to any Romantic scholar. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763500

The Unreasonable Silence of the WorldUniversal Reason and the Wreck of the Enlightenment Project Published in 1997. This book develops a postmodernist critique of philosophy - although not the postmodernism of literary philosophers such as Derrida. This postmodernism is one of ecological limitationism coupled with a practical common sense ’realism’. The authors affirm the reality of life-world and the primacy of practice against materialists physicalists and reductionists. They attempt to show that orthodox Anglo-American analytic philosophy is not merely incapable of completing its own quest to supply a regionally justified system of reality but more importantly it fails as well to meet the challenges of the age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138367067

The Unresolvable PlotReading Contemporary Fiction Originally published in 1988 the last few decades had seen the appearance of some brilliant and complex new kinds of fiction. The ambitious experiments of writers such as Greene Garcia Márquez Borges Nabakov Calvino Beckett Eco Spark Hoban Murdoch Bellow Ozick and Lessing among others had all proved the vitality of contemporary fiction in discovering exciting new forms and styles. Yet because of the difficulty of many of the texts contemporary fiction as a genre had acquired an undeservedly unpopular reputation among students and other readers. In a very real way the reader had become nervous rather than confident in the face of a literature that in fact is more aware of and generous to that reader than earlier and more apparently accessible literature ever managed to be. And the new fiction’s seeming remoteness from the reader is exaggerated in a sense by the critical academic response at the time which tended to obscure the texts themselves behind the many aesthetic and cultural theories which had sprung up in the study of fictionalizing or narrativity in general. Elizabeth Dipple is anxious to dispel readers’ fears about these texts. She has chosen an international list of major writers of the time and presents a detailed discussion of each. Beginning each chapter with a brief explanation of the context in which each fictionist is to be examined she then concentrates on an analysis of key texts aiming always to look beyond jargon and theory back to the sources themselves. Professor Dipple’s purpose was to convey to the reader some of her own admiration and enthusiasm for contemporary fiction and to persuade him or her to take a fresh look at a group of writers who were producing what she felt would surely be seen by future generations as among the most sophisticated and accomplished fiction of our time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367339753

The Unseen PowerPublic Relations: A History Based largely on primary sources this book presents the first detailed history of public relations from 1900 through the 1960s. The author utilized the personal papers of John Price Jones Ivy L. Lee Harry Bruno William Baldwin III John W. Hill Earl Newsom as well as extensive interviews -- conducted by the author himself -- with Pendleton Dudley T.J. Ross Edward L. Bernays Harry Bruno William Baldwin and more. Consequently the book provides practitioners scholars and students with a realistic inside view of the way public relations has developed and been practiced in the United States since its beginnings in mid-1900. For example the book tells how: * President Roosevelt's reforms of the Square Deal brought the first publicity agencies to the nation's capital. * Edward L. Bernays Ivy Lee and Albert Lasker made it socially acceptable for women to smoke in the 1920s. * William Baldwin III saved the now traditional Macy's Thanksgiving Day parade in its infancy. * Ben Sonnenberg took Pepperidge Farm bread from a small town Connecticut bakery to the nation's supermarket shelves -- and made millions doing it. * Two Atlanta publicists Edward Clark and Bessie Tyler took a defunct Atlanta bottle club the Ku Klux Klan in 1920 and boomed it into a hate organization of three million members in three years and made themselves rich in the process. * Earl Newsom failed to turn mighty General Motors around when it was besieged by Ralph Nader and Congressional advocates of auto safety. This book documents the tremendous role public relations practitioners play in our nation's economic social and political affairs -- a role that goes generally unseen and unobserved by the average citizen whose life is affected in so many ways by the some 150 000 public relations practitioners. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203812051

The Unseen VoiceA Cultural Study of Early Australian Radio Images of the golden age of wireless and family life before the age of television have widespread currency. Their dominance raises fundamental questions about the extent to which people’s memories of early radio and everyday pre-war life are shaped and mediated by these public histories. For geographical reasons radio has played an unusually important part in twentieth-century Australian life and culture. Australian radio must therefore stand as a major example in the study of the medium. This book first published in 1988 examines the early history of Australian radio looking at the beginnings of radio itself and at the ways in which cultural tasks were determined for it. This is a detailed analysis of radio discourse and the construction of audiences drawing on a range of theoretical material to examine questions about the production and dynamics of popular culture the relationship between politics and everyday life and the changes brought about in women’s lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138209398

The Unservile StateEssays in Liberty and Welfare Originally published in 1957 The Unservile State looks at the theme of liberty in the Welfare State. Has it survived Welfare – is it even better for it? What of Parliament and our civil liberties? Does the present state of property distribution of industry agriculture and our social services satisfy the Liberal mind? And what would a liberal policy for foreign and Commonwealth affairs be like? These are some of the questions which this book sets out to answer. It is the first full scale study of the attitudes and policies of contemporary British Liberalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138610460

The Unsheltered WomanWomen and Housing Defining the "unsheltered woman" and her needs is a complicated task. Regardless of the roots of the condition a significant number of women are not being housed as well as they could be. Women are not the only victims of an inadequately met housing demand; their families suffer as well. This volume provides sources of information for understanding which women are ill-housed and why their shelter is substandard.Birch reviews basic demographic issues and trends in household formation using census information to reveal which groups in the country and in New York City have housing problems. The essays then turn to the needs of special groups of women: elderly women working-class women and professional women - married and single. Later essays investigate locational and design issues related to women's concerns: a model case study in Denver; high-rise housing in New York City; neighborhood housing for the elderly in Manhattan.The author has gathered together more than twenty of the top professionals in the field including Susan Cotts Watkins Evelyn S. Mann May Engler Roberta R. Spohn Olivia Schieffelin Nordberg Barbara Behrens Gers Susan Saegert Elizabeth Mackintosh Gwendolyn Wright Dolores Hayden Jacqueline Leavitt Ronnie Feit Jan Peterson Michael Mostoller Clara Fox Celine G. Marcus Jane Margolies Lynda Simmons Judith Edelman Rebecca A. Lee and Michael A. Stegman. The Unsheltered Woman is significant not only for women but also for housing policy in America. Until now very little research has focused on gender policy issues as such it should be read by all urban planners policy makers and housing authorities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412847803

The Unsung Artistry of George OrwellThe Novels from Burmese Days to Nineteen Eighty-Four In a timely and radically new reappraisal of George Orwell's fiction Loraine Saunders reads Orwell's novels as tales of successful emancipation rather than as chronicles of failure. Contending that Orwell's novels have been undervalued as works of art she offers extensive textual analysis to reveal an author who is in far more control of his prose than has been appreciated. Persuasively demonstrating that Orwell's novels of the 1930s such as A Clergyman's Daughter and Keep the Aspidistra Flying are no less important as literature than Animal Farm and Nineteen Eighty-Four Saunders argues they have been victims of a critical tradition whose practitioners have misunderstood Orwell's narrative style failed to appreciate Orwell's political stance and were predisposed to find little merit in Orwell's novels. Saunders devotes significant attention to George Gissing's influence on Orwell particularly with regard to his representations of women. She also examines Orwell's socialism in the context of the political climate of the 1930s finding that Orwell in his successful negotiation of the fine balance between art and propaganda had much more in common with Charlie Chaplin than with writers like Stephen Spender or W. H. Auden. As a result of Saunders's detailed and accessible analysis which illuminates how Orwell harmonized allegory with documentary polyphonic voice with monophonic and elegy with comedy Orwell's contributions to the genre of political fiction are finally recognized. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315551821

The Untold Story of Everything DigitalBright Boys Revisited The Untold Story of Everything Digital: Bright Boys Revisited celebrates the 70th anniversary (1949-2019) of the world "going digital" for the very first time—real-time digital computing’s genesis story. That genesis story is taken from the 2010 edition of Bright Boys: The Making of Information Technology 1938-1958 and substantially expanded upon for this special anniversary edition. Please join us for the incredible adventure that is The Untold Story of Everything Digital when a band of misfit engineers led by MIT's Jay Forrester and Bob Everett birthed the digital revolution. The bright boys were the first to imagine an electronic landscape of computing machines and digital networks and the first to blaze its high-tech trails. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367220075

The Unvanquished Originally published in 1942 The Unvanquished is the story of the Continental Army and George Washington in the desperate early months when the American Revolution faced defeat and disintegration. The book begins with the retreat across Manhattan's East River that saved the Continental Army after the Battle of Long Island. It ends with Washington's recrossing of the Delaware in the daring 1776 Christmas Eve raid on the Hessian camp at Trenton. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698847

The Unwanted Gift of GriefA Ministry Approach Learn how to embrace the painful gift of grief and use it for transformation and healing as you journey through the wilderness to a promised lifeThe Unwanted Gift of Grief is a passionate practical guide through the grieving process for those who have suffered loss—and those who suffer with them. Rather than talking people out of their grief and pain as a way to make them feel better this unique book invites them into the grief and pain as a way to healing transformation and hope. Using real and in-depth ministry and counseling conversations it identifies the journey through the wilderness of grief. This powerful book is equally valuable as a gift from a minister to a grieving person as a professional guide for ministers and counselors and as a training tool for lay ministers and congregation members. Built on the ministry concept of “sojourning ” The Unwanted Gift of Grief offers guidelines to be used in helping people in their journey through the adjustment period that follows a loss a time that may include the darkness of disbelief frustration anger sadness depression and healing light as they make their way through the wilderness of grief. Topics examined in The Unwanted Gift of Grief include: grief as gratitude and gift how family and culture can affect grieving different pathways through grief everyone grieves differently sudden loss slow losing rejection and suicide identifying the agony and characteristics of depression grief factors that affect marriage and sexuality saying “Yes” to death factors of faith science and miracles the labor and contractions of dying and death the hope for healing and cure how to help: the Sojourner’s Process Guide the Grief Date: A Guide for Couples fifty ways to make it through the wilderness and much moreThe Unwanted Gift of Grief is an essential resource for anyone lost in the wilderness of loss and grief and for professionals lay ministers family and friends who care for them. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315808468

The Unwinding of Apartheid: UK-South African Relations 1986-1990Documents on British Policy Overseas Series III Volume XI This volume examines diplomatic relations between the United Kingdom and South Africa from 1986 to 1990 when deadlock gave way to the first stages in the unwinding of apartheid. By the middle of 1986 the South African Government had succeeded in containing the township revolt but its hesitant moves towards reform had brought the end of apartheid no closer. The intransigent figure of President P.W. Botha ensured a continuing stalemate until his reluctant departure from office in August 1989. The subsequent election of F.W. de Klerk marked the beginning of irrevocable change symbolised by the release of Nelson Mandela from prison in February 1990. This volume documents the role of the United Kingdom in keeping pressure on the South African Government building contacts with the African National Congress (ANC) and giving decisive encouragement to President de Klerk’s reform initiatives. It reveals recurrent differences of approach between the Foreign and Commonwealth Office and Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher. However it also shows that despite her frequent confrontations with the international community in general and the Commonwealth in particular Mrs Thatcher repeatedly brought pressure to President Botha and strongly supported President de Klerk during his first crucial months in office. Her part in bringing about change in South Africa was fully appreciated by Nelson Mandela whose first meeting with Mrs Thatcher concludes the volume. This book will be of much interest to students of British politics African studies foreign policy and International Relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138587793

The Unwritten GrotowskiTheory and Practice of the Encounter This book gives a new view on the legacy of Jerzy Grotowski (1933-1999) one of the central and yet misunderstood figures who shaped 20th-century theatre focusing on his least known last phase of work on ancient songs and the craft of the performer. Salata posits Grotowski’s work as philosophical practice and more particularly as practical research in the phenomenology of being arguing that Grotowski’s departure from theatrical productions (and thus critical consideration) resulted from his uncompromising pursuit of one central problem "What does it mean to reveal oneself?" — the very question that drove his stage directing work. The book demonstrates that the answer led him through the path of gradually stripping the theatrical phenomenon down to its most elemental aspect which shows itself through the craft of the performer as a non-representational event. This particular quality released at the heights of the art of the performer is referred to as aliveness or true liveness in this study in order to shift scholarly focus onto something that has always fascinated great theatre practitioners including Stanislavski and Grotowski and of which academic scholarship has limited grasp. Salata’s theoretical analysis of aliveness reaches out to phenomenology and a broad range of post-structural philosophy and critical theory through which Grotowski’s project is portrayed as philosophical practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108608

The Upanisads This is a subset of the Sacred Books of the East Series which includes translations of all the most important works of the seven non-Christian religions which have exercised a profound influence on the civilizations of the continent of Asia. The works have been translated by leading authorities in their field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315029238

The UpanisadsA Complete Guide The Upaniá¹£ads are among the most sacred foundational scriptures in the Hindu religion. Composed from 800 BCE onwards and making up part of the larger Vedic corpus they offer the reader "knowledge lessons" on life death and immortality. While they are essential to understanding Hinduism and Asian religions more generally their complexities make them almost impenetrable to anyone but serious scholars of Sanskrit and ancient Indian culture. This book is divided into five parts: Composition authorship and transmission of the Upaniá¹£ads; The historical cultural and religious background of the Upaniá¹£ads; Religion and philosophy in the Upaniá¹£ads; The classical Upaniá¹£ads; The later Upaniá¹£ads. The chapters cover critical issues such as the origins of the Upaniá¹£ads authorship and redaction as well as exploring the broad religious and philosophical themes within the texts. The guide analyzes each of the Upaniá¹£ads separately unpacking their contextual relevance and explaining difficult terms and concepts. The Upaniá¹£ads: A Complete Guide is a unique and valuable reference source for undergraduate religious studies history and philosophy students and researchers who want to learn more about these foundational sacred texts and the religious lessons in the Hindu tradition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367261993

The Ups and Downs of Child LanguageExperimental Studies on Children's Knowledge of Entailment Relationships and Polarity Phenomena First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415512947

The Uralic Languages This book provides a unique up-to-date survey of individual Uralic languages and sub-groupings from Finnish to Selkup.Spoken by more than 25 million native speakers the Uralic languages have important cultural and social significance in Northern and Eastern Europe as well as in immigrant communitites throughout Europe and North America. The introductory chapter gives an overview of the Uralic language family and is followed by 18 chapter-length descriptions of each language or sub-grouping giving an analysis of their history and development as well as focusing on their linguistic structures.Written by internationally recognised experts and based on the most recent scholarship available the volume covers major languages - including the official national languages of Estonia Finland and Hungary - and rarely-covered languages such as Mordva Nganasan and Khanty. The 18 language chapters are similarly-structured designed for comparative study and cover phonology morphology syntax and lexicon. Those on individual languages also have sample text where available. Each chapter includes numerous tables to support and illustrate the text and bibliographies of the major references for each language to aid further study. The volume is comprehensively indexed.This book will be invaluable to language students experts requiring concise but thorough information on related languages and anyone working in historical typological and comparative linguistics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315003283

The Urban and Regional Transformation of Britain Originally published in 1983 The Urban and Regional Transformation of Britain analyses economic and social changes recorded across the cities and regions of Britain since the Barlow Report. The collection analyses the whole country at a more detailed scale than the ten Standard Regions for which most official statistics are produced. Although there are important differences between the major regions of Britain many of the recent processes of change appear to have operated at a local level within rather than between regions. The essays in this volume bring together change at the regional and local labour market scales and provides a comprehensive statement of urban and regional change seeking to highlight the new spatial priorities of the 1980s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138480490

The Urban BlockA Guide for Urban Designers Architects and Town Planners The block is no more than the land and building area defined by streets. It is the nature of the interface between the two which has a critical impact on the quality of the spaces between those buildings. The importance of the block to city life is well rehearsed and in any case we seldom find ourselves in the business of making cities from scratch. But we are in the business of making new houses neighbourhoods and new local centres and we need lots of them: 250 000 a year to be imprecise. Against the background of a burgeoning housing shortage in the UK there are varied issues to be reconciled. The Urban Block charts the fall and rise of the perimeter block as the staple of urban form and structure from ancient times. It takes you through the process of understanding defining structuring and designing the block. Carefully selected urban and suburban case examples explain “do's and don'ts” of good block layout and will help you to produce better masterplans while staying in touch with commercial realities. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859468746

The Urban Caribbean in an Era of Global Change Based on the author’s first hand field research this book addresses the twin processes of urbanization and globalization as they affect the contemporary Caribbean region. One of the key aims of the book is to focus attention on the fact that contrary to popular perceptions the Caribbean is highly urbanized. Indeed statistics show that the region is more highly urbanized than the world taken as a whole. In addition the fact that the Caribbean region has always been affected by processes of globalization in respect of its economy polity and society is central to the text. The chapters cover pressing topics such as urban change and the evolution of mini-metropolitan regions the importance of the mercantile and plantopolis frameworks tourism post modernity and the urban nexus economic change and the dual processes of global convergence and divergence and the nature of the relationships existing between the state the informal sector housing and environmental conditions. In reality it is shown that the development of tourism and enclave manufacturing is leading to new forms of urban concentration and not spatial dispersal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273047

The Urban Climate ChallengeRethinking the Role of Cities in the Global Climate Regime Drawing upon a variety of empirical and theoretical perspectives The Urban Climate Challenge provides a hands-on perspective about the political and technical challenges now facing cities and transnational urban networks in the global climate regime. Bringing together experts working in the fields of global environmental governance urban sustainability and climate change this volume explores the ways in which cities transnational urban networks and global policy institutions are repositioning themselves in relation to this changing global policy environment. Focusing on both Northern and Southern experience across the globe three questions that have strong bearing on the ways in which we understand and assess the changing relationship between cities and global climate system are examined. How are cities repositioning themselves in relation to the global climate regime? How are cities being repositioned – conceptually and epistemologically? What are the prospects for crafting policies that can reduce the urban carbon footprint while at the same time building resilience to future climate change? The Urban Climate Challenge will be of interest to scholars of urban climate policy global environmental governance and climate change. It will be of interest to readers more generally interested in the ways in which cities are now addressing the inter-related challenges of sustainable urban growth and global climate change. Chapter 9 and Chapter 11 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF at www.tandfebooks.com/openaccess. It has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138066571

The Urban Climatic MapA Methodology for Sustainable Urban Planning Rapid urbanization higher density and more compact cities have brought about a new science of urban climatology. An understanding of the mapping of this phenomenon is crucial for urban planners. The book brings together experts in the field of Urban Climatic Mapping to provide the state of the art understanding on how urban climatic knowledge can be made available and utilized by urban planners. The book contains the technology methodology and various focuses and approaches of urban climatic map making. It illustrates this understanding with examples and case studies from around the world and it explains how urban climatic information can be analysed interpreted and applied in urban planning. The book attempts to bridge the gap between the science of urban climatology and the practice of urban planning. It provides a useful one-stop reference for postgraduates academics and urban climatologists wishing to better understand the needs for urban climatic knowledge in city planning; and urban planners and policy makers interested in applying the knowledge to design future sustainable cities and quality urban spaces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670016

The Urban CommunityA World Perspective First Published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860529

The Urban Condition This book will speak to the new human epoch the Urban Age. A majority of humanity now lives for the first time in cities. The city the highest invention of the modern age is now the human heartland. And yet the same process that brought us the city and its wonders modernisation has also thrown up challenges and threats especially climate change resource depletion social division and economic insecurity. This book considers how these threats are encountered and countered in the urban age focusing on the issue of human knowledge and self-awareness just as Hannah Arendt’s influential The Human Condition did half a century ago. The Human Condition is now The Urban Condition. And it is this condition that will define human prospects in an age of default and risk. Gleeson expertly explores the concept through three main themes. The first is an exploration of what defines the current human condition especially the expanding cities that are at the heart of an over-consumptive world economic order. The second exposes and reviews the reawakening of forms of knowledge (‘naturalism’) that are likely to worsen not improve our comprehension of the crisis. The new ‘science of urbanism’ in popular new literature exemplifies this dangerous trend. The third and last part of the book considers prospects for a new urban and therefore human dispensation ‘The Good City’. We must first journey in our urban vessels through troubled times. But can we now start to plot the way to new shores to a safer more resilient city that provides for human flourishing? The Urban Condition attempts this ideal conceiving a new urbanism based on the old idea of self-limitation. The Urban Condition is an original timely book that reconsiders and redeploys Arendt’s famous notion of The Human Condition in an age of cities and risk. It brings together several important strands of human consideration urbanisation climate threat resource depletion economic default and critical knowledge and weaves them into a new analysis of the times. It also looks to a future that is nearly with us—of changed climate resource scarcity and economic stress. The book journeys into these troubled times proposing the idea of Lifeboat Cities as a way of thinking about the human journey to come Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138905078

The Urban ContextEthnicity Social Networks and Situational Analysis Addresses issues of current social and theoretical concern such as urban ethnic conflict multiculturalism and immigration.How do people make sense of their lives amid the social and cultural diversity of cities? The essays in this volume argue that a powerful and related set of methodologies - including comparative research the ethnography of situations such as dances and parades and social network analysis - can further our understanding of the intertwined processes of ethnicity and community class and gender. Written by leading researchers from a number of disciplines these essays demonstrate a sensitivity to places and contexts ranging from Los Angeles to Queensland. Students of anthropology geography and urban studies will find this book an invaluable guide to the intricacies of urban social life in the late 20th century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003134930

The Urban ContractCommunity Governance and Capitalism Today the increasing mobility of capital people and information has changed the space relations of urban societies. Contractual relations have increased in every field of social life: in the economic field but also in the political and in creative and scientific areas. Contracts are not only legal frameworks or economic aggregates of individuals but socially embedded forms. The concept of urban contract proposed in this book combines the theoretical body of economic-juridical literature on the contract with that of historical-anthropological and socio-spatial literature on the city. Through a diverse range of ten city case studies The Urban Contract compares European North-American and Asian Urban Contracts. It concludes with a theoretical proposal for understanding the deep dialectical nature of Contract Cities: their reciprocity and competition their dual trend towards growth and decay their cyclical nature as agents of change and disruption of the social forms of urbanity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138368613

The Urban Department Store in America 1850–1930 In the late nineteenth century the urban department store arose as a built artifact and as a social institution in the United States. While the physical building type is the foundation of this comprehensive architectural study Louisa Iarocci reaches beyond the analysis of the bricks and mortar to reconsider how the ’spaces of selling’ were culturally-produced spaces as well as the product of interrelated economic social technological and aesthetic forces. The agenda of the book is three-fold; to address the lack of a comprehensive architectural study of the nineteenth century department store in the United States; to expand the analysis of the commercial city as a built and represented entity; and to continue recent scholarly efforts that seek to understand commercial space as a historically specific and a conceptually perceived construct. The Urban Department Store in America 1850-1930 acts as a corrective to a current imbalance in the historiography of this retailing institution that tends to privilege its role as an autonomous ’modern’ building type. Instead Iarocci documents the development of the department store as an urban institution that grew out of the built space of the city and the lived spaces of its occupants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548282

The Urban Design Reader The second edition of The Urban Design Reader draws together the very best of classic and contemporary writings to illuminate and expand the theory and practice of urban design. Nearly 50 generous selections include seminal contributions from Howard Le Corbusier Lynch and Jacobs to more recent writings by Waldheim Koolhaas and Sorkin. Following the widespread success of the first edition of The Urban Design Reader this updated edition continues to provide the most important historical material of the urban design field but also introduces new topics and selections that address the myriad challenges facing designers today. The six part structure of the second edition guides the reader through the history theory and practice of urban design. The reader is initially introduced to those classic writings that provide the historical precedents for city-making into the twentieth century. Part Two introduces the voices and ideas that were instrumental in establishing the foundations of the urban design field from the late 1950s up to the mid-1990s. These authors present a critical reading of the design professions and offer an alternative urban design agenda focused on vital and lively places. The authors in Part Three provide a range of urban design rationales and strategies for reinforcing local physical identity and the creation of memorable places. These selections are largely describing the outcomes of mid-century urban design and voicing concerns over the placeless quality of contemporary urbanism. The fourth part of the Reader explores key issues in urban design and development. Ideas about sprawl density community health public space and everyday life are the primary focus here. Several new selections in this part of the book also highlight important international development trends in the Middle East and China. Part Five presents environmental challenges faced by the built environment professions today including recent material on landscape urbanism sustainability and urban resiliency. The final part examines professional practice and current debates in the field: where urban designers work what they do their roles their fields of knowledge and their educational development. The section concludes with several position pieces and debates on the future of urban design practice. This book provides an essential resource for students and practitioners of urban design drawing together important but widely dispersed writings. Part and section introductions are provided to assist readers in understanding the context of the material summary messages impacts of the writing and how they fit into the larger picture of the urban design field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415668088

The Urban ExperienceA People-Environment Perspective This book provides a representative selection of the highest quality papers submitted to the IAPS 13 conference held in Manchester in 1994. The papers are concerned with current research on the experience of living in cities and are drawn from developed developing and under-developed countries in all parts of the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415514378

The Urban FixResilient Cities in the War Against Climate Change Heat Islands and Overpopulation Cities are one of the most significant contributors to global climate change. The rapid speed at which urban centers use large amounts of resources adds to the global crisis and can lead to extreme local heat. The Urban Fix addresses how urban design planning and policies can counter the threats of climate change urban heat islands and overpopulation helping cities take full advantage of their inherent advantages and new technologies to catalyze social cultural and physical solutions to combat the epic unprecedented challenges humanity faces. The book fills a conspicuous void in the international dialogue on climate change and heat islands by examining both the environmental benefits in developed countries and the population benefit in developing countries. Urban heat islands can be addressed in incremental manageable steps such as planting trees and painting roofs white which provide a more concrete and proactive sense of progress for policymakers and practitioners. This book is invaluable to anyone searching for a better understanding of the impact of resilient cities in the monumental and urgent fight against climate change and provides the tools to do so. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367175702

The Urban FutureA Choice Between Alternatives Urbanization everywhere is of pressing concern to society. It is now appreciated that politicies for urban growth cannot be confined to the cities themselves but mus extend outwards to include both the city and its surrounding areas. Britain with the help of North American experience has since 1965 pioneered new approacheds to the city in its regional dimension. These contributions are examined in this book. Its essential merit is that it shows how planners think and describes assumptions and the nature of arguments used when determining the form and characteristics of future urban environment in England. This book was first published in 1972.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874015

The Urban Geography of BoxingRace Class and Gender in the Ring This book is an interdisciplinary cultural examination of twenty-first century boxing as a professional sport a bodily labor a lucrative business a popular entertainment and an instrument of ideology. Based on ethnographic fieldwork and interviews conducted with Latino boxers women boxers and boxing insiders in Texas it discusses boxing from the vantage point of the sundry players who are involved with it: the labor force promoters handlers ringside officials medical professionals media and the audiences. The various parties have multiple stakes in the sport. For some boxing is about physical empowerment; others are in it for the money; some deploy it for ideological purposes; yet others use it to claim their 15-minutes of fame and frequently the various interests overlap. In this book Benita Heiskanen makes a broader connection between boxing and the spatial organization of racialized class-based and gendered bodies within particular urban geographies. Journeying actual sites where the sport is organized such as the barrio boxing gym and competition venues she maps the ways in which boxing insiders negotiate a variety of conflicting agendas at local regional and national scales. Beyond the United States the worker-athletes conduct their labor within global socioeconomic conditions business networks and legal principles. Through this sporting context Heiskanen’s discussion discloses some complex socio-historical cultural and political power relations between urban margins and centers with ramifications far beyond boxing. This book will be of interest to readers in Sport Studies Cultural Studies Cultural Geography Gender Studies Critical Race Theory Labor Studies and American Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138008878

The Urban Geography Reader Drawing on a rich diversity of theoretical approaches and analytical strategies urban geographers have been at the forefront of understanding the global and local processes shaping cities and of making sense of the urban experiences of a wide variety of social groups. Through their links with those working in the fields of urban policy design urban geographers have also played an important role in the analysis of the economic and social problems confronting cities. Capturing the diversity of scholarship in the field of urban geography this reader presents a stimulating selection of articles and excerpts by leading figures. Organized around seven themes it addresses the changing economic social cultural and technological conditions of contemporary urbanization and the range of personal and public responses. It reflects the academic importance of urban geography in terms of both its theoretical and empirical analysis as well as its applied policy relevance and features extensive editorial input in the form of general section and individual extract introductions. Bringing together in one volume 'classic' and contemporary pieces of urban geography studies undertaken in the developed and developing worlds and examples of theoretical and applied research it provides in a convenient student-friendly format an unparalleled resource for those studying the complex geographies of urban areas. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203543047

The Urban Housing ManualMaking Regulatory Frameworks Work for the Poor Red tape is a significant stumbling block to the provision of affordable shelter to the urban poor and indeed slums are largely the result of inappropriate regulatory frameworks. This practice-oriented manual tackles the issue of regulatory frameworks for urban upgrading and new housing development and how they impact on access to adequate affordable shelter and other key livelihood assets in particular for the urban poor. It illustrates two methods for reviewing regulatory frameworks and expounds guiding principles for effecting change informed by action research. The accompanying CD-Rom contains case studies methods exercises and tools references and website links and a video on reviewing regulatory frameworks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150744

The Urban Land Nexus and the State This book was first published in 1980. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853248

The Urban Political Economy and Ecology of AutomobilityDriving Cities Driving Inequality Driving Politics Just how resilient are our urban societies to social energy environmental and/or financial shocks and how does this vary among cities and nations? Can our cities be made more sustainable and can environmental economic and social collapse be staved off through changes in urban form and travel behaviour?  How might rising indebtedness and the recent series of financial crises be related to automobile dependence and patterns of urban automobile use? To what extent does the system and economy of automobility factor in the production of urban socio-spatial inequalities and how might these inequalities in mobility be understood and measured? What can we learn from the politics of mobility and social movements within cities? What is the role of automobility and auto-dependence in differentiating groups both within cities and rural areas and among transnational migrants moving across international borders? These are just some of the questions this book addresses.This volume provides a holistic and reflexive account of the role played by automobility in producing reproducing and differentiating social economic and political life in the contemporary city as well as the role played by the city in producing and reproducing auto-mobile inequalities. The first section titled Driving Vulnerability deals with issues of global importance related to economic social financial and environmental sustainability and resilience and socialization. The second section Driving Inequality is concerned with understanding the role played by automobility in producing urban socio-spatial inequalities including those rooted in accessibility to work migration status and ethnic concentration and new measures of mobility-based inequality derived from the concept of effective speed. The third section titled Driving Politics explores the politics of mobility in particular places with an eye to demonstrating both the relevance of the politics of mobility for influencing and reinforcing actually existing neoliberalisms and the kinds of politics that might allow for reform or restructuring of the auto-mobile city into one that is more socially politically and environmentally just. In the conclusion to the book Walks draws on the findings of the other chapters to comment on the relationship between automobility neoliberalism and citizenship and to lay out strategies for dealing with the urban car system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669515

The Urban SchoolA Factory for Failure Americans worry continually about their schools with frequent discussions of the "crisis" in American education of the "failures" of the public school systems and of the inability of schools to meet the current challenges of contemporary life. Such concerns date back at least to the nineteenth century. A thread that weaves its way through the critiques of American elementary and secondary schools is that the educational system is not serving its children well that more should be done to enhance achievement and higher performance. These critiques first began when the United States was industrializing and were later amplified when the Soviets and Japan were thought to be grinding down the competitive position of America. At the start of the twenty-first century as we discuss globalization and maintaining our leadership position in the world economy they are being heard again.The Urban School: A Factory for Failure challenges these assumptions about American education. Indeed a basic premise of the book is that the American school system is working quite well-doing exactly what is expected of it. To wit that the schools in the United States affirm reflect and reinforce the social inequalities that exist in the social structures of the society. Stated differently the schools are not great engines for equalizing the existing social inequalities. Rather they work to reinforce the social class differences that we have had in the past and continue to have in more pronounced ways at present.Rist uses both sociological and anthropological methods to examine life in one segregated African-American school in the mid-western United States. A classroom of some thirty children were followed from their first day of kindergarten through the second grade. Detailed accounts of the day-by-day process of sorting stratifying and separating the children by social class backgrounds demonstrates the means of ensuring that both the poor and middle-class students soon learned their appropriate place in the social hierarchy of the school. Instructional time discipline and teacher attention all varied by social class of the students with those at the bottom of the ladder consistently receiving few positive rewards and many negative sanctions.When The Urban School was first published in 1973 the National School Boards Association called it one of the ten most influential books on American education for the year. It remains essential reading for educators sociologists and economists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539303

The Urban SectionAn analytical tool for cities and streets The design of streets and the connections between streets of different character is the most important task for architects and urbanists working in an urban context. Considered at two distinct spatial scales – that of the individual street – the Street Section – and the complex of city streets – the City Transect – Urban Section identifies a range of generic street types and their success or otherwise in responding to climatic cultural traditional morphological social and economic well being. Using comparative studies a profile of best practice in street and city design is identified  showing methodologies in both the analysis of and design for successful streets and public places – place-making. In uniquely dealing with both the historic and contemporary description and analysis of urban ‘streets’ around the world the work is of both academic and professional interest to architects urban planners and designers highway engineers landscape and urban design advisers in both the public and private sectors; students amenity and civic societies city authorities and government agencies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415642590

The Urban Sociology Reader The urban world is an exciting terrain for investigating the central institutions structures and problems of the social world and how they have transformed through the last 200 years. This Reader comprises sections on urban social theory racial and social difference in the city culture in everyday life culture and the urban economy globalization and transnational social relations and the regulation of urban space. Drawing together seminal selections covering the nineteenth to the twenty-first centuries this Reader includes forty-three significant writings from eminent names such as Simmel Wirth Park Burgess DuBois Zukin Sassen and Harvey. The 2nd edition illuminates more recent urban issues such as sprawl sustainability immigration and urban protest. Selections are predominantly sociological but some readings cross disciplinary boundaries. Providing an essential resource for students of urban studies this book brings together important but till now widely dispersed writings. Editorial commentaries precede each entry; introducing the text demonstrating its significance and outlining the issues surrounding its topic whilst the associated bibliography enables deeper investigations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415665315

The Urban Struggle for Economic Environmental and Social JusticeDeepening their roots This book discusses the current demographic shifts of blacks Latinos and other people of colour out of certain strong-market cities and the growing fear of displacement among low-income urban residents. It documents these populations’ efforts to remain in their communities and highlights how this leads to community organizing around economic environmental and social justice. The book shows how residents of once-neglected urban communities are standing up to city economic development agencies influential real estate developers universities and others to remain in their neighbourhoods protect their interests and transform their communities into sustainable healthy communities. These communities are deploying new strategies that build off of past struggles over urban renewal. Based on seven years of research this book draws on a wealth of material to conduct a case study analysis of eight low-income/mixed-income communities in Boston New York San Francisco and Washington DC. This timely book is aimed at researchers and postgraduate students interested in urban policy and politics community development urban studies environmental justice urban public health sociology community-based research methods and urban planning theory and practice. It will also be of interest to policy makers community activists and the private sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415785440

The Urban TransformationHealth Shelter and Climate Change For the first time in history half of the world's population lives in urban areas and it is expected that by 2050 that figure will rise to above two-thirds. A large proportion of this urban growth will be taking place in the cities of the developing world where the provision of adequate health shelter water and sanitation and climate change adaptation efforts for rapidly-growing urban populations will be an urgent priority. This transition to an urban world could be a negative transformation; but if well-planned it could also offer an unprecedented opportunity to improve the lives of some of the world's poorest people. This volume brings together some of the world's foremost experts in urban development with the aim of approaching these issues as an opportunity for real positive change. The chapters focus on three strategically critical aspects of this transformation: public health shelter water and sanitation climate change adaptation. These are considered using an integrated approach that takes account of the many different sectors and stakeholders involved and always in terms of the solutions rather than the problems. The book offers a blueprint for action in these sectors and will be of great interest to academics and policymakers in all aspects of urban development and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849712163

The Urban Tree There is a growing evidence base that documents the social environmental and economic benefits that urban trees can deliver. Trees are however under threat today as never before due to competition for space imposed by development other hard infrastructures increased pressure on the availability of financial provision from local authorities and a highly cautious approach to risk management in a modern litigious society. It is therefore incumbent upon all of us in construction and urban design disciplines to pursue a set of goals that not only preserve existing trees where we can but also ensure that new plantings are appropriately specified and detailed to enable their successful establishment and growth to productive maturity. Aimed at developers urban planners urban designers landscape architects and arboriculturists this book takes a candid look at the benefits that trees provide alongside the threats that are eliminating them from our towns and cities. It takes a simple applied approach that explores a combination of science and practical experience to help ensure a pragmatic and reasoned approach to decision-making in terms of tree selection specification placement and establishment. In this way trees can successfully be incorporated within our urban landscapes so that we can continue to reap the benefits they provide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415702461

The Urban UncannyA collection of interdisciplinary studies The Urban Uncanny explores through ten engaging essays the slippage or mismatch between our expectations of the city—as the organised and familiar environments in which citizens live work and go about their lives—and the often surprising and unsettling experiences it evokes. The city is uncanny when it reveals itself in new and unexpected light; when its streets buildings and people suddenly appear strange out of place and not quite right. Bringing together a variety of approaches including psychoanalysis historical and contemporary case study of cities urban geography film and literary critique the essays explore some of the unsettling mismatches between city and citizen in order to make sense of each and to gauge the wellbeing of city life more generally. Essays examine a number of cities including Edmonton London Paris Oxford Las Vegas Berlin and New York and address a range of issues including those of memory death anxiety alienation and identity. Delving into the complex repercussions of contemporary mass urban development The Urban Uncanny opens up the pathological side of cities both real and imaginary. This interdisciplinary collection provides unparalleled insights into the urban uncanny that will be of interest to academics and students of urban studies urban geography psychoanalysis cultural studies social studies and film studies and to anyone interested in the darker side of city life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138929517

The Urban Wisdom of Jane Jacobs Here for the first time is a thoroughly interdisciplinary and international examination of Jane Jacobs’s legacy. Divided into four parts: I. Jacobs Urban Philosopher; II. Jacobs Urban Economist; II. Jacobs Urban Sociologist; and IV. Jacobs Urban Designer the book evaluates the impact of Jacobs’s writings and activism on the city the professions dedicated to city-building and more generally on human thought. Together the editors and contributors highlight the notion that Jacobs’s influence goes beyond planning to philosophy economics sociology and design. They set out to answer such questions as: What explains Jacobs’s lasting appeal and is it justified? Where was she right and where was she wrong? What were the most important themes she addressed? And although Jacobs was best known for her work on cities is it correct to say that she was a much broader thinker a philosopher and that the key to her lasting legacy is precisely her exceptional breadth of thought? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138828889

The Urban Working Class in Britain 1830–1914 This four volume primary resource collection is the most comprehensive of its kind and includes a multitude of sources that allows the user to chart the squalor the noise the conflict the aspiration and the diversity of the working-class experience up to the outbreak of the First World War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848932036

The Urban Working Class in Britain 1830–1914 Vol 1 This four volume primary resource collection is the most comprehensive of its kind and includes a multitude of sources that allows the user to chart the squalor the noise the conflict the aspiration and the diversity of the working-class experience up to the outbreak of the First World War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763531

The Urban Working Class in Britain 1830–1914 Vol 2 This four volume primary resource collection is the most comprehensive of its kind and includes a multitude of sources that allows the user to chart the squalor the noise the conflict the aspiration and the diversity of the working-class experience up to the outbreak of the First World War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763548

The Urban Working Class in Britain 1830–1914 Vol 3 This four volume primary resource collection is the most comprehensive of its kind and includes a multitude of sources that allows the user to chart the squalor the noise the conflict the aspiration and the diversity of the working-class experience up to the outbreak of the First World War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763555

The Urban Working Class in Britain 1830–1914 Vol 4 This four volume primary resource collection is the most comprehensive of its kind and includes a multitude of sources that allows the user to chart the squalor the noise the conflict the aspiration and the diversity of the working-class experience up to the outbreak of the First World War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763562

The Urinary Sphincter This up-to-the-minute reference provides comprehensive coverage of the male and female sphincteric mechanisms and their connection to the pelvic floor as well as upper and lower urinary tract function-emphasizing modern approaches to the epidemiology diagnosis and treatment of abnormalities including incontinence hypertonicity retention dyssynergia and the overactive sphincter. Highlights state-of-the-art clinical urodynamic electrophysiological and imaging techniques such as ultrasonographic explorations of the female urethra! Detailing lifestyle interventions physiotherapy disposable devices and pharmacological therapeutics The Urinary Sphincter covers observations in embryology and infancy that contribute to pathological phenomena in adults genital prolapse in females recent developments in the engineering and the mechanisms of action of artificial sphincters stents and slings as well as surgery injectible techniques and various sling procedures neuromodulation and neurostimulation of urethrovesical function contemporary surgical approaches for coordinated bladder function reports from the International Continence Society on the methodology standardization of terminology and complications related to urethrovesical function and dysfunction and more! Furnishing practical algorithms and nearly 3000 useful references tables equations photographs and drawings The Urinary Sphincter is an invaluable and authoritative source for urologists gynecologists neurologists physiatrists physiologists pharmacologists physiotherapists and medical students in these disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397005

The US Israel and EgyptDiplomacy in the Shadow of Attrition 1969-70 This book deals with the diplomatic triangle of Israel the United States and Egypt during the War of Attrition along the Suez Canal in 1969–1970. Considering the Egyptian president’s political positions and outlooks on the Arab-Israeli conflict and the pan-Arab sphere relations with the United States the study reviews the internal disagreements between the State Department and Henry Kissinger the national security adviser in the White House. The study demonstrates that the United States and Egypt worked together to thaw their relations after the severance of ties in June 1967 motivated by a desire to protect and advance their interests in the Middle East. The book is based chiefly on textual analysis of political and historical events in the domain of international relations but with the same attention to internal policy as well. In addition the research draws chiefly on primary sources that have only recently been released to the general public and that have not yet been the subject of serious analysis. The lion’s share of the work is based on qualitative content analysis of documents from the National Archives in Washington and especially of the US State Department. Providing a reading that is new comprehensive and complete both with regard to the scope of the sources as well as the analysis of developments in the relations between Egypt and the United States this book is a key resource for students and scholars interested in the Arab-Israeli conflict political science and diplomacy Israeli studies and the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138319974

The US NATO and Military Burden-Sharing This study establishes that the political economic and military-technological changes that transform the international system also alter the way in which a state views its and others' responsibilities and burdens for responding to international crises. It assesses the distribution of the costs of raising and supporting arms of service the risks of deploying them overseas and using them in combat or peace operations and the extent to which members have a responsibility for maintaining international order in the context of three instances of multinational military intervention: the Multinational Force deployment in Lebanon in 1982-83; the first Persian Gulf War in 1990-91; and the UN and NATO intervention in Bosnia-Herzegovina. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653077

The US Economy and NeoliberalismAlternative Strategies and Policies In recent times policy makers scientists academics and commentators have become increasingly nervous about the US economic downturn. Discussions have centred around the range and magnitude of the country’s socio-economic problems its vexing production decline and its unsatisfactory macroeconomic performance which give rise to the following questions: what are the sources of this recent downfall? And can this situation be reversed by pursuing the same orthodox and neoliberal policies? This new edited volume from a top international set of contributors seeks to answer these questions and to offer alternative realistic and feasible strategies and policy recommendations towards reversing this situation. In particular the volume seeks to challenge US neoliberalism on theoretical and political grounds and to offer alternative strategies and policies towards addressing the country’s recent challenges and multi-dimensional problems. The volume is structured around three main themes: The return of government: Philosophical issues and ethics Economic policies for sustainable growth and prosperity Financial fragility and alternative monetary policy proposals This unique and highly topical multidisciplinary volume will be of great interest to students and researchers in the areas of economics political economy and contemporary US politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138904910

The US Government Citizen Groups and the Cold WarThe State-Private Network This new book examines the construction activities and impact of the network of US state and private groups in the Cold War. By moving beyond state-dominated ‘top-down’ interpretations of international relations and exploring instead the engagement and mobilization of whole societies and cultures it presents a radical new approach to the study of propaganda and American foreign policy and redefines the relationship between the state and private groups in the pursuit and projection of American foreign relations. In a series of valuable case studies examining relationships between the state and women’s groups religious bodies labour internationalist groups intellectuals media and students this volume explores the construction of a state-private network not only as a practical method of communication and dissemination of information or propaganda but also as an ideological construction drawing upon specifically American ideologies of freedom and voluntarism. The case studies also analyze the power-relationship between the state and private groups assessing the extent to which the state was in control of the relationship and the extent to which private organizations exerted their independence. This book will be of great interest to students of Intelligence Studies Cold War History and IR/security studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653053

The US MilitaryA Basic Introduction This book provides a basic guide to the US military and will raise questions for further discussion by students and other curious readers. The US Military provides an accessible starting-point for those with a limited knowledge of this institution. Covering a wide range of subject matter and ending with an extensive list of suggested resources to aid individual study and research the text is divided into the following chapters: The A B Cs Strategy and Doctrine The Military in Action Weapons and Capabilities The Budget This book will be of great interest to students of the US military US politics defense studies and war and conflict studies and will also be of relevance to journalists NGO staff and diplomats. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415782159

The US Nursing Home Industry An in-depth analysis of the nursing home industry in America -- its past present and future. It focuses on the business aspects of the industry and provides a detailed examination of the main issues concerning all nursing homes -- trends in health care expenditures; the legislative history of the industry; growing demand for care and how to measure it; the present structure of the industry; funding and financing concerns; government regulation; inter-industry competition and opportunities for growth; global comparisons; and public policy considerations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698830

The US Public and American Foreign Policy Though often overlooked public opinion has always played a significant role in the development and promotion of US foreign policy and this work seeks to comprehensively assess the impact and nature of that opinion through a collection of historical and contemporary essays. The volume evaluates the role of organizations and movements that look to represent public opinion and assesses the nature of their relationship with the government. The contributors utilize a number of different approaches to examine this impact including polling data assessments of the role of the media and the wider consideration of ideas and ideology moving on to examine the specific role played by the public in the policy making and policy promotion process. Engaging with new questions as well as approaching old questions from a new angle the work argues that whilst the roles change and the extent of influence varies the power of the public to both initiate and constrain foreign policy clearly exists and should not be underestimated. This work will be of great interest to all those with an interest in American foreign policy American politics and American history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415522809

The US Secretaries of State and Transatlantic Relations Transatlantic relations have been among the most crucially important areas for US foreign policy since 1945. For reasons of self-interest and with regard to common transatlantic values and political economic and security interests every American Secretary of State to date has dedicated a considerable period of time to America’s relations with Europe. This book assesses the transatlantic policy which America’s most important post-Second World War Secretaries of State pursued. Brief profiles of each Secretary’s political philosophy and his/her policy towards Europe provide insights into the continuities and changes US foreign policy towards Europe has displayed from 1945 to the present. The book provides a synopsis of America’s relations with Europe during the last six decades. It establishes an overview of the crucial problems in American-European relations and indeed in America’s global role. Each chapter embeds an assessment of the respective Secretaries of State within a general survey of American foreign policy during both the Cold War and the post-Cold War world. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Transatlantic Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138998186

The US Versus the North Korean Nuclear ThreatMitigating the Nuclear Security Dilemma Although the current world order is still dominated by the US there is increasing international concern over the possibility of regional security dilemmas arising from smaller powers’ attempts to develop Weapons of Mass Destruction. A study of US-North Korean interaction using the security dilemma as a conceptual frame of analysis is thus not only hugely topical but also particularly relevant for the 21st century on theoretical as well as empirical grounds. Is there the prospect of a security dilemma contagion if North Korea acquire nuclear weapons capability leading to an Asia Pacific wide nuclear arms race?  This book examines this contentious issue in-depth and explores the difficult choices policymakers face as a result of the uncertainty in international politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815375456

The USA and Canada 2012 This renowned reference title provides comprehensive statistical and directory information alongside up-to-date commentary on political and economic developments in these vast North American nations. Combining impartial analsis with reliable facts and figures this fully revised and updated fourteenth edition serves as an extensive library of information on these nations and their constituent states provinces and territories. In the new edition of The USA and Canada: relevant essays reflect key developments of the past year including: dramatic political shifts following the November 2010 US mid-term elections and the 2011 Canadian general election; the changing priorities of US foreign policy including the security transition in Afghanistan; the emergence of a new framework for US-Canadian integration; and the ongoing effects of the global financial crisis a brand new essay examines the role of the Media in North America all statistical and directory sections have been fully updated by Europa's dedicated research team Key Features: comprehensive historical political and economic information contributions from acknowledged regional experts leading experts analyze topics of importance to the region as a whole including: US-Canadian integration climate change immigration the media the North American energy market and North American responses to the rise of the BRICs. comprehensive statistical and directory sections covering Public Affairs The Economy and Society Country Surveys Each country is dealt with in greater detail within its own section. The country chapters include: a chronology of political events  essays covering key socio-political and economic themes including: Recent Political Developments; Foreign Affairs; Constitution; Energy Policy; Economic Overview; Agriculture; Manufacturing and Construction; Service Industries; Trade; Health and Social Policy additional essay topics including: US Defence Policy; the Role of Religion in US Politics; the USA and the Global Financial Crisis; Diversity and Equality in the USA; Aboriginal Peoples in Canada historical political and economic overviews of each of the US states and Canadian provinces and territories statistical surveys including the latest available figures on area and population health and welfare agriculture forestry fishing mining industry finance trade transport tourism communications and media and education a comprehensive directory section providing essential contact names addresses and e-mail and internet details in key areas such as government political organizations diplomatic representation the judiciary religion the media finance trade and industry (including major companies) transport tourism defence and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857436297

The USA and Canada 2013 Combining impartial analysis with reliable facts and figures this fully revised and updated 15th edition provides up-to-date commentary on these vast North American nations. New for 2013: new essays examining US-Canadian integration the USA vs China in the global economy and US defence policy analysis of the major political and economic developments in the region over the past year General Survey Essays by leading experts analyze topics of regional importance including: climate change immigration the media and the North American energy market. Country Surveys Each country is dealt with in greater detail within its own section. Country chapters include: a chronology of political events essays covering key socio-political and economic themes including: Recent Political Developments; Foreign Affairs; Constitution; Energy Policy; Economic Overview; Agriculture; Trade; Health and Social Policy additional essay topics including: US Defence Policy; the Role of Religion in US Politics; the USA and the Global Financial Crisis; Aboriginal Peoples in Canada historical political and economic surveys of the US states and Canadian provinces and territories statistical surveys of economic and demographic indicators detailed information on selected organizations prominent figures and research institutes active in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857436662

The USA and Canada 2014 Combining impartial analysis with reliable facts and figures this fully revised and updated 16th edition provides up-to-date commentary on these vast North American nations. New for 2014: five new essays covering the politics of climate change in North America the US federal deficit and national debt recent political developments in Canada manufacturing in the USA and US foreign trade. General Survey Essays by leading experts analyse topics of regional importance including: US-Canadian economic integration immigration and the North American media. Country Surveys Each country is dealt with in greater detail within its own section. Country chapters include: a chronology of political events essays covering key socio-political and economic themes including: recent political developments; foreign affairs; constitution; energy policy; economic overview; agriculture; trade; health and social policy additional essays examining timely subjects such as US-Chinese economic competition religion in US politics and aboriginal peoples in Canada historical political and economic surveys of the US states and Canadian provinces and territories statistical surveys of economic and demographic indicators detailed information on selected organizations prominent figures and research institutes active in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857437027

The USA and Canada 2015 Combining impartial analysis with reliable facts and figures this fully revised and updated 17th edition provides up-to-date commentary on these vast North American nations. New for 2015: - new essays covering US foreign policy Canadian foreign policy the Canadian services sector and new material examining the challenges confronting indigenous peoples in the USA. General Survey Essays by leading experts analyse topics of regional importance including: - US-Canadian economic integration immigration and the media in North American. Country Surveys Each country is dealt with in greater detail within its own section. Country chapters include: - a chronology of political events - essays covering key socio-political and economic themes including: recent political developments; foreign policy; constitution; the economy; energy policy; agriculture; trade; health and social policy - additional essays examining timely subjects such as US-Chinese economic competition religion in US politics and the US Judicial system - historical political and economic surveys of each of the US states and Canadian provinces and territories - statistical surveys of economic and demographic indicators - comprehensive directory sections covering public affairs the economy and society which provide contact details and other useful information for the most significant institutions in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857437416

The USA and Canada 2016 Combining impartial analysis with reliable facts and figures this fully revised and updated 18th edition provides up-to-date commentary on these vast North American nations. General Survey Essays by leading experts analyse topics of regional importance including: - US-Canadian economic integration immigration and the media in North American. Country Surveys Each country is dealt with in greater detail within its own section. Country chapters include: - a chronology of political events - essays covering key socio-political and economic themes including: recent political developments; foreign policy; constitution; the economy; energy policy; agriculture; trade; health and social policy - additional essays examining timely subjects such as US-Chinese economic competition religion in US politics and the US Judicial system - historical political and economic surveys of each of the US states and Canadian provinces and territories - statistical surveys of economic and demographic indicators - comprehensive directory sections covering public affairs the economy and society which provide contact details and other useful information for the most significant institutions in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857437928

The USA and Canada 2017 Combining impartial analysis with reliable facts and figures this fully revised and updated 19th edition provides up-to-date commentary on these vast North American nations. General Survey Essays by leading experts analyse topics of regional importance including: - US-Canadian integration  immigration and the treatment of Indigenous peoples in North America. Country Surveys Each country is dealt with in greater detail within its own section. Country chapters include: - a chronology of political events - essays covering key socio-political and economic themes including: recent political developments; foreign policy; constitution; the economy; energy policy; agriculture; trade; health and social policy - additional essays examining timely subjects such as US-Chinese economic competition religion in US politics and the US Judicial system - historical political and economic surveys of each of the US states and Canadian provinces and territories - statistical surveys of economic and demographic indicators - comprehensive directory sections covering public affairs the economy and society which provide contact details and other useful information for the most significant institutions in the region. Detailed results of the presidential congressional and gubernatorial elections held in the USA in November 2016 are also included. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857438529

The USA and Canada 2018   Combining impartial analysis with reliable facts and figures this fully revised and updated 20th edition provides up-to-date commentary on these vast North American nations. General Survey Essays by leading experts analyse topics of regional importance including: - US-Canadian integration  immigration and the treatment of Indigenous peoples in North America. Country Surveys Each country is dealt with in greater detail within its own section. Country chapters include: - a chronology of political events - essays covering key socio-political and economic themes including: recent political developments; foreign policy; constitution; the economy; energy policy; agriculture; trade; health and social policy - additional essays examining timely subjects such as US-Chinese economic competition religion in US politics and the US Judicial system - historical political and economic surveys of each of the US states and Canadian provinces and territories - statistical surveys of economic and demographic indicators - comprehensive directory sections covering public affairs the economy and society which provide contact details and other useful information for the most significant institutions in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857438833

The USA and Canada 2019   Combining impartial analysis with reliable facts and figures this fully revised and updated 21st edition provides up-to-date commentary on these vast North American nations. General Survey Essays by leading experts analyse topics of regional importance including: - US-Canadian integration  immigration and the treatment of Indigenous peoples in North America. Country Surveys Each country is dealt with in greater detail within its own section. Country chapters include: - a chronology of political events - essays covering key socio-political and economic themes including: recent political developments; foreign policy; constitution; the economy; energy policy; agriculture; trade; health and social policy - additional essays examining timely subjects such as US-Chinese economic competition religion in US politics and the US Judicial system - historical political and economic surveys of each of the US states and Canadian provinces and territories - statistical surveys of economic and demographic indicators - comprehensive directory sections covering public affairs the economy and society which provide contact details and other useful information for the most significant institutions in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857439465

The USA and Canada 2020 Combining impartial analysis with reliable facts and figures this fully revised and updated 21st edition provides up-to-date commentary on these vast North American nations. General Survey Essays by leading experts analyse topics of regional importance including: - US-Canadian integration  immigration and the treatment of Indigenous peoples in North America. Country Surveys Each country is dealt with in greater detail within its own section. Country chapters include: - a chronology of political events - essays covering key socio-political and economic themes including: recent political developments; foreign policy; constitution; the economy; energy policy; agriculture; trade; health and social policy - additional essays examining timely subjects such as US-Chinese economic competition religion in US politics and the US Judicial system - historical political and economic surveys of each of the US states and Canadian provinces and territories - statistical surveys of economic and demographic indicators - comprehensive directory sections covering public affairs the economy and society which provide contact details and other useful information for the most significant institutions in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367174866

The USA and Canada 2021 Combining impartial analysis with reliable facts and figures this fully revised and updated 23rd edition provides up-to-date commentary on these vast North American nations. General Survey Essays by leading experts analyse topics of regional importance including: - US-Canadian integration  immigration and the treatment of Indigenous peoples in North America. Country Surveys Each country is dealt with in greater detail within its own section. Country chapters include: - a chronology of political events - essays covering key socio-political and economic themes including: recent political developments; foreign policy; constitution; the economy; energy policy; agriculture; trade; health and social policy - additional essays examining timely subjects such as US-Chinese economic competition religion in US politics and the US Judicial system - historical political and economic surveys of each of the US states and Canadian provinces and territories - statistical surveys of economic and demographic indicators - comprehensive directory sections covering public affairs the economy and society which provide contact details and other useful information for the most significant institutions in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367440589

The USA in the Making of the USSRThe Washington Conference 1921-22 and 'Uninvited Russia' The USA's contribution to the making of the USSR was accidental. In the belief that the Russian Socialist Federative Soviet Republic could not survive American statesmen strove to keep the former Tsarist empire intact for a non-communist successor regime in the face of attempts by other powers to carve out spheres of influence in both European and Asiatic Russia. In this manner they unwittingly facilitated the formation of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics.This book shows the importance of the 'Russian question' at the Washington Conference and throws light on the emergence of the 'Versailles-Washington' system of international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653091

The Use and Abuse of HistoryOr How the Past is Taught to Children Use and Abuse of History has become a key text of current historiography; this is a book that poses fundamental and disturbing questions about the use and abuse of history. Engaging and challenging this book confronts the reader with the many 'histories' that exist and have existed around the world from the Zulu kingdoms to Communist China. This title has now been extensively revised by Marc Ferro a well respected historian and presents the different narratives that constitute the histories of countries as diverse as India Iran Trinidad and the United States makes for fascinating reading in their own right. What makes this book so valuable though is what these narratives tell us about the societies which create them – how much is history distorted in order to condition the minds of those who are taught it? Use and Abuse of History appeals to anyone with a general interested in history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138132849

The Use and Abuse of MemoryInterpreting World War II in Contemporary European Politics Decades after the previously unimaginable horrors of the Nazi extermination camps and the dropping of nuclear bombs on Hiroshima and Nagasaki their memories remain part of our lives. In academic and human terms preserving awareness of this past is an ethical imperative. This volume concerns narratives about and allusions to World War II across contemporary Europe and explains why contemporary Europeans continue to be drawn to it as a template of comparison interpretation even prediction.This volume adds a distinctly interdisciplinary approach to the trajectories of recent academic inquiries. Historians sociologists anthropologists linguists political scientists and area study specialists contribute wide-ranging theoretical paradigms disciplinary frameworks and methodological approaches.The volume focuses on how where and to what effect World War II has been remembered. The editors discuss how World War II in particular continues to be a point of reference across the political spectrum and not only in Europe. It will be of interest for those interested in popular culture World War II history and national identity studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517080

The Use and Abuse of Power A compilation of works from prominent researchers promoting both a panoramic and multilevel understanding of this complex construct with focus on power as a cause of social ills and remedies to prevent corruption and abuse. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315783055

The Use and Abuse of Sovietology "This is a work by a fighter a thinker and an idealist. Leo Labedz is a fighter who minces no words in his contempt for the apologists of totalitarianism. He never rests in his efforts to enlarge the scope of human freedom and many have felt the sharp edge of his political scalpel. He is a thinker with a penetrating mind and en­cyclopedic knowledge. He is an idealist who believes in sacrificing for the just cause to which he has dedicated his life." With these words of extraordinary praise Zbigniew Brzezinski opens this volume of critical and polemical essays by Leopold Labedz. His knowledge of Soviet affairs as seen through the eyes of the crusaders and critics of the Modern Russian State is peerless. Chapters which include major studies of Alexandr Solzhenitsyn George Orwell Noam Chomsky George Kennan and Leszek Kolakowski among others es­tablish Labedz as among the most incisive analysts of Soviet affairs as well as those who presume special expertise in this ar­cane field.Labedz's impassioned writing covers not only Sovietologists but also the major fault lines with which totalitarian systems have been uniquely identified. His writings on the Holocaust student revolt European unity and the meaning of detente help provide a perspective with which to assess present moods and policies within the still ever-present Soviet bloc. The anthology was prepared and edited by Melvin J. Lasky the editor of Encounter in which many of these materials initially appeared. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517097

The Use and Abuse of TelevisionA Social Psychological Analysis of the Changing Screen A critical review of the harms and benefits of television that also examines systems for maximizing television's benefits. The author breaks away from the conventional jargon of audience measurement and other traditional research methods proposing instead new and alternative European and Australian methods of evaluating programming. Typical characterizations of the television screen – broadly defined to include television home video movies games programs and computers – as either the root of all social ills or the potential savior of society are reexamined. Wober's ultimately optimistic viewpoint seeks to trigger change in the way we think about and assess television and in turn ensure that screens will serve rather than take advantage of their users. Originally published in 1988 this thinking-piece concerns timeless issues still of import. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990159

The Use and Abuse of the Spirit in PentecostalismA South African Perspective This book is a pneumatological reflection on the use and abuse of the Spirit in light of the abuse of religion within South African Pentecostalism. Both emerging and well-established scholars of South African Pentecostalism are brought together to reflect on pneumatology from various approaches which includes among others: historical biblical migration commercialisation of religion discernment of spirits and human flourishing. From a broader understanding of the function of the Holy Spirit in different streams of Pentecostalism the argument is that this function has changed with the emergence of the new Prophetic churches in South Africa. This is a fascinating insight into one of the major emerging worldwide religious movements. As such it will be of great interest to academics in Pentecostal Studies Christian Studies Theology and Religious Studies as well as African Studies and the Sociology of Religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367482428

The Use and Fate of Pesticides in Vegetable-Based Agro-Ecosystems in Ghana The Use and Fate of Pesticides in Vegetable-based Agro-ecosystems in Ghana reviews current knowledge on pesticides use in vegetable farming in Ghana and establishes the fate of pesticides in situ in tropical vegetable-based agro-ecosystems as well as their environmental and public health impacts on selected population groups. A field survey showed that vegetable farmers often spray pesticides on prophylactic basis due to lack of information. Although some farmers may be aware of pesticide hazards adequate protection is hardly taken to minimize risks. About 70% of exposed farmers had a reduction of 30% or more in whole blood acetylcholinesterase activity. About 95% of the farmers interviewed reported symptoms attributable to pesticide exposure. Water waterbed sediment and vegetable crops were checked for residues of the pesticides monitored on the farmers fields. Residues detected in water and waterbed sediment indicated that these have come from runoff from vegetable fields and that the measured levels were transient. Pesticide residue levels detected in five vegetable crop types (tomato cabbage pepper onion and eggplants) were correlated to the minimal risk levels (MRLs) set by the United States Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR). Mean intakes of residues by 22- to 75-year old adult farmers were found to be low and did not seem to be associated with health risk. Data on persistent pesticide residues in farmers breast milk and blood serum indicated the presence of DDTs dieldrin HCB and HCHs. When daily intakes of DDTs and HCHs to infants through breastfeeding were estimated some farmers accumulated these compounds in breast milk above the threshold for adverse effects which raise concerns on children health. Evidence was found for persistence of isomers of endosulfan and its sulfate metabolite in tomato cropped soil and plant tissues. However the residue concentration in tomato fruits decreased to a level below the Codex MRL g Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138401587

The Use and Misuse of the Experimental Method in Social PsychologyA Critical Examination of Classical Research This book critically examines the work of a number of pioneers of social psychology including legendary figures such as Kurt Lewin Leon Festinger Muzafer Sherif Solomon Asch Stanley Milgram and Philip Zimbardo. Augustine Brannigan argues that the reliance of these psychologists on experimentation has led to questions around validity and replication of their studies. The author explores new research and archival work relating to these studies and outlines a new approach to experimentation that repudiates the use of deception in human experiments and provides clues to how social psychology can re-articulate its premises and future lines of research. Based on the author’s 2004 work The Rise and Fall of Social Psychology in which he critiques the experimental methods used the book advocates for a return to qualitative methods to redeem the essential social dimensions of social psychology. Covering famous studies such as the Stanford Prison Experiment Milgram’s studies of obedience Sherif's Robbers Cave and Rosenhan's exposé of psychiatric institutions this is essential and fascinating reading for students of social psychology and the social sciences. It’s also of interest to academics and researchers interested in engaging with a critical approach to classical social psychology with a view to changing the future of this important discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367458164

The Use of Abuse In this book which closely examines the techniques used by the polemists of the Dreyfus Affair much is learned not only about the Mair itself but also about the polemic of the age in which it was situated and the interaction between writers and their public. The discourse within which people's thoughts were imprisoned is seen not merely to have reflected events but to have created them in an increasingly vicious circle whereby the language of popular abuse incorporated into the written polemic of the Press produced simple but distorted ideas which in turn were fed back into the people. The age's complete lack of concern for the libel laws led to particularly vivid examples of the art. We are shown how authors' shifts in vocabulary and in stylistic techniques unconsciously signal to us fundamental changes in their aims; and how in the give-and-take of battle words and concepts subtly changed their meaning with certain abstract notions such as Truth and Justice becoming completely devalued. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135012

The Use of Children's Literature in TeachingA study of politics and professionalism within teacher education The Use of Children's Literature in Teaching reveals the impact of politics professional guidelines and restrictive measurements of literacy on the emerging identities of young teachers. It places renewed emphasis on the importance of creative teaching with children’s literature for the empowerment of teacher agency to enhance the learning of their students. Framing the debate alongside the issue of teacher autonomy Simpson describes results from a two-year study which brings together information from interviews surveys document analysis and digital stories from Australia Canada the UK and the US to assess the role of children’s literature in pre-service teacher education. Through cross-cultural comparison this research captures the different levels of connection between politics education systems higher education and pre-service teachers. It exposes how politics narrow views of professionalism and program structures in teacher education may adversely affect the development of pre-service teachers. This book presents a strong case that reading and responding critically to literary texts leads to better educational outcomes than basic decoding and low-level comprehension training. As such this book will be of great interest to researchers and scholars working in the areas of teacher education and literacy and primary education. It should also be essential reading for teacher educators and policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815360537

The Use of Delft3D to Simulate the Deposition of Cohesive and Non-Cohesive Sediments in Irrigation Systems Sediment deposition threatens the performance of many irrigation systems. Because of the high impact on irrigation performance and crop production many studies have been done on how to deal with sediment deposition. In this research the Delft3D model originally developed for hydro-morphologic modeling of rivers and estuaries was adapted for the use in irrigation systems simulations and applied to different case studies. This research addresses two shortcomings of previous studies of sediments in irrigation systems. Firstly while previous studies primarily used 1D models this research uses a 2D/3D model. The use of 2D/3D models in irrigation systems is significant because the non-uniform flow around structures such as offtakes weirs and gates leads to asymmetric sedimentation patterns that are missed by 1D simulations. Secondly whereas previous studies mostly considered non-cohesive sediments this research simulates cohesive non-cohesive and a mix of both sediment types. This is important for irrigation systems that draw water from natural rivers that carry a mix of cohesive and non-cohesive sediments. The findings of this research are important for irrigation system maintenance and gate operation. It is also essential for the development of canal operating plans that meet crop water requirements and at the same time minimizes sediment deposition by alternating gates. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367496913

The Use of Economic Statistics Originally published in 1960 and 1966. This is an elementary introduction to the sources of economic statistics and their uses in answering economic questions. No mathematical knowledge is assumed and no mathematical symbols are used.  The book shows - by asking and answering a number of typical questions of applied economics - what the most useful statistics are where they are found and how they are to be interpreted and presented. The reader is introduced to the major British European and American official sources to the social accounts to index numbers and averaging and to elementary aids to inspection such as moving averages and scatter diagrams. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815351009

The Use of Economic Valuation in Environmental PolicyProviding Research Support for the Implementation of EU Water Policy Under Aquastress This book aims to show that economics in general and non-market valuation methods in particular together with participatory and engineering tools can facilitate the design and implementation of the different European policies in relation to mitigation of water stress. The results presented in this book derive from AquaStress an EU funded integrated project delivering interdisciplinary methodologies to help mitigate water stress problems. The project draws on both academic and practitioner skills to generate knowledge in technological operational management policy socio-economic and environmental domains. The book is divided in three parts and as the AquaStress project is case study driven. Part I begins with a review of the up-to-date use of non-market valuation economic methods in the design and implementation of EU water policies. Part II of the book proceeds to discuss and analyze participatory and engineering tools that can facilitate the determination of efficient water resources policies and the consequent implementation of the EU WFD using case studies of test sites from Bulgaria Italy Morocco and Poland. Part III of the book brings us back to the use of economic tools and focuses on policy appraisal through social cost-benefit analyses and the choice/estimation of the socially efficient discount rate to be used in such analyses. The book concludes with specific policy recommendations for all case-studies considered in previous chapters. This work would be of most interest to water resources managers and policy makers as well as consultants working on the implementation of the WFD. It would also be helpful to students and scholars of water resource management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415516914

The Use of Force in Criminal Justice The Use of Force in Criminal Justice addresses the how why and when of utilizing force against citizens in a democracy. This is the first true textbook on this topic offering students and instructors a balanced research-based approach to understanding the use of force in law enforcement as well as in corrections and juvenile justice. Hough includes features to reinforce key concepts including "What-Why " "Try This " "Going Global " and "Research Results" boxes. The Use of Force in Criminal Justice combines academic and practitioner perspectives making the book well-suited for undergraduate and graduate courses in criminal justice as well as professional training and executive education. The text is accompanied by online resources such as  PowerPoints lesson notes and a test bank. The Use of Force in Criminal Justice is an invaluable aid for force trainers risk managers and attorneys who must understand the research on force and force issues rather than the rhetoric of individual anecdotes and personal system-of-force concepts. ​ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138221451

The Use of Force in Humanitarian InterventionMorality and Practicalities Humanitarian intervention is a many layered and complex concept. While moral society has an obligation to stop deliberate and persistent serious human rights abuse the direct use of force remains a contentious option alongside other strategies employed by the international community. This study analyzes the various ethical positions particularly consequentialism welfare-utilitarianism and just war theory to unravel this intricate topic. Uniquely the book goes beyond previous philosophical or ethical treatments of the subject to provide a more rounded and practical reflection on the lessons learned from the revival of humanitarian intervention as a tool of conflict resolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398349

The Use of Force in International Law This volume of essays examines the development of political and legal thinking regarding the use of force in international relations. It provides an analysis of the rules on the use of force in the political normative and factual contexts within which they apply and assesses their content and relevance in the light of new challenges such as terrorism weapons of mass destruction and cyber-attacks. The volume begins with an overview of the ancient and medieval concepts of war and the use of force and then concentrates on the contemporary legal framework regulating the use of force as moulded by the United Nations Charter and state practice. In this regard it discusses specific issues such as the use of force by way of self-defence armed reprisals forcible reactions to terrorism the use of force in the cyberspace humanitarian intervention and the responsibility to protect. This collection of previously published classic research articles is of interest to scholars and students of international law and international relations as well as practitioners in international law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754629481

The Use of Force in UN Peacekeeping This edited volume provides a detailed and nuanced analysis of UN peacekeeping and the use of force to inform a better understanding of the complex and interconnected issues at stake for the UN community. Peacekeeping is traditionally viewed as a largely passive military activity governed by the principles of impartiality consent and the minimum use of force. Today most large UN Peacekeeping Operations are only authorized to use force in defence of their mandates and to protect civilians under imminent threat of physical violence. Recently with the deployment of the Force Intervention Brigade in the DRC the UN has gone beyond peacekeeping and into the realm of peace-enforcement. These developments have brought to the fore questions regarding the use of force in the context of peacekeeping. The key questions addressed in this book examine not only the utility of force but also the dilemmas and constraints inherent to the purposive use of force at a strategic operational and tactical level. Should UN peacekeepers exercise military initiative?Is UN peacekeeping capable of undertaking offensive military operations?If so then under what circumstances should peacekeepers use force?How should force be wielded? And against whom? With chapters written by experts in the field this comprehensive volume will be of great use and interest to postgraduate students academics and experts in international security the UN peacekeeping and diplomacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592738

The Use of Force under International LawLawyerized States in a Legalized World The international system is becoming increasingly legalized with legal arguments and legal advisors playing an increasingly important part in the state policymaking process. Presenting a practice-oriented theory of compliance with international law this book shows how international law affects the behavior of increasingly lawyerized states in an ever more legalized world. By highlighting the legalization of international legitimation and the lawyerization of policymaking as the new engines of compliance the book’s analytical framework rethinks the relationship between state behavior and international law and provides an empirical focus on security through the study of NATO’s military intervention in Yugoslavia in 1999 and the changes in the US detention and interrogation programs in the "War on Terror." Relying on primary sources the author demonstrates the effect of lawyerized decision making on international law compliance reconstructing the strategies of (de-)legitimation used to show that international law is the hegemonic frame of reference in interstate debates. This book will be of interest to scholars of international relations government studies foreign service studies and lawyers employed in government work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585440

The Use of HerefordThe Sources of a Medieval English Diocesan Rite The Use of Hereford a local variation of the Roman rite was one of the diocesan liturgies of medieval England before their abolition and replacement by the Book of Common Prayer in 1549. Unlike the widespread Use of Sarum the Use of Hereford was confined principally to its diocese which helped to maintain its individuality until the Reformation. This study seeks to catalogue and evaluate all the known surviving sources of the Use of Hereford with particular reference to the missals and gradual which so far have received little attention. In addition to these a variety of other material has been examined including a number of little-known or unknown important fragments of early Hereford service-books dismembered at the Reformation and now hidden away as binding or other scrap in libraries and record offices. This is the fullest examination of Hereford liturgical sources ever undertaken and may stimulate similar and much-needed studies of other diocesan uses in particular Sarum and York. As well as describing in detail the various manuscript sources the rare single edition printed Hereford texts the missals and breviaries are also discussed. Unlike books of the Sarum and York rites these ’one-offs’ were never revised and reissued. In addition to the examination of these sources William Smith discusses the possible origins of the rite and provides an analysis of the Hereford liturgical calendar of the festa including those of the cathedral’s patron St Ethelbert and the no less famous St Thomas Cantilupe that helped to make Hereford use so distinctive. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472412775

The Use of High-Purity Oxygen in the Activated SludgeVolume 1 First published in 1978: The purpose of this two-volume series is to present a consolidated and comprehensive reference on oxygen-activated sludge technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367259518

The Use of History This book originally published in 1963 discusses the place of history in education and general culture methods of teaching and how to tackle reading. It deals with problems that are among the most pressing intellectual issues of the twentieth century as well as being a practical handbook on how to read history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138640047

The Use of L1 Cognitive Resources in L2 Reading by Chinese EFL Learners This book focuses on the effects of L1 cognitive resources on L2 reading e.g. the effects of L1 reading ability the ability in L1 mental-structure building L1 cognitive use in L2 reading and other related cognitive mechanisms and capacities of EFL learners in China. It integrated test-based and product-oriented as well as VPA-based (verbal protocol analysis) and process-oriented experiments to address the problems of reading in a second language. This book provides several theoretical methodological and pedagogical insights including the multidimensional nature of L2 reading and Vygotskyan sociocultural theory as a suitable L2 reading framework combined approaches on L2 studies and the rewarding active use of L1 cognitive resources in L2 learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367516505

The Use of Models in the Social Sciences Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1976 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866033

The Use of Nutrients in Crop Plants Put Theory into Practice Scarcity of natural resources higher costs higher demand and concerns about environmental pollution — under these circumstances improving food supply worldwide with adequate quantity and quality is fundamental. Based on the author’s more than forty years of experience The Use of Nutrients in Crop Plants builds a bridge between theoretical aspects of mineral nutrition and practical applicability of basic principles of fertilization and use efficiency of essential plant nutrients. Provides Authoritative and Practical Information The book explores how to maximize essential nutrients uptake and use efficiency by food crops and how to improve productivity without degrading the environment. It covers nutrients and their cycle in soil-plant systems functions and deficiency symptoms. The author includes management strategies that can lead to a reduction in the cost of crop production and environmental degradation. He emphasizes field conditions crop production and soil chemistry. Comprehensive coverage of essential nutrients and experimental results are accompanied by tables and figures of updated experimental data that make practical information easily accessible. A Valuable Tool for Improving Crop Yield Agricultural science is very dynamic in nature and fertilizer practices change with time due to the release of new cultivars and changing production practices in sustainable crop production systems. The Use of Nutrients in Crop Plants provides in-depth scientific information that is applicable through many methods of crop production. It is a valuable tool for improving crop yields at lower cost and less stress on the environment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367386887

The Use of Personal Narratives in the Helping ProfessionsA Teaching Casebook Use these fascinating first-person accounts to bring real-world problems into the classroom!The Use of Personal Narratives in the Helping Professions: A Teaching Casebook is a collection of personal narratives short stories and poetry about mental illness and other life-affecting problems mostly in the context of family life. Each selection is accompanied by questions for discussion; selected reading lists are provided with each chapter. Beginning with problems related to childhood the stories range through adolescence adulthood and old age. This unique book provides students and educators in psychology social work and counseling with an in-depth understanding of various mental illnesses and psychosocial problems through the life cycle. Its stories and narratives give students the unique opportunity to experience “from the inside” what it is like to live with an eating disorder or struggle with a compulsion phobia. The Use of Personal Narratives in the Helping Professions is more than a teaching tool. These stories are more than thought provoking more than simply insightful. They are truly fascinating--each a candid no-holds-barred glimpse into the personal reality of its narrator--and will inspire the kind of discussions that the best courses and instructors are remembered for. Your students will most likely have finished the book before the class has finished discussing the first chapter! With The Use of Personal Narratives in the Helping Professions your students will explore: family relationships under various types of stress how families cope with physical illness what happens to the family when a loved one struggles with mental illness the impact of racial issues the effects of sexual abuse and domestic violence the process of healing from childhood trauma . . . and much more!The Use of Personal Narratives in the Helping Professions provides first-hand knowledge of what the loss of a parent to death mental illness or alcoholism feels like to the child; of how ”coming out” as a lesbian affects one's life; of the love and frustration of having a mentally handicapped sibling; of what it's like to lose one's memory in old age. No academic description can convey the feelings meaning and effects on the individual or family of mental illness or other psychosocial stressors. Only narratives and stories based on direct experience--exactly what you'll find in The Use of Personal Narratives in the Helping Professions--can offer this perspective. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809359

The Use of Philosophy (Routledge Revivals)Californian Addresses First published in 1928 this book reproduces the lectures and addresses that John Henry Muirhead gave on various occasions during the two and a half years he spent as Lecturer of Philosophy on the Mills Foundation at the University of California USA. The different chapters look at the meaning and general place of Philosophy as a subject of study and the application of its leading conceptions to different areas of modern life including science and politics. The final chapters however present two short talks of a different nature which were addressed to Scottish countrymen gathered on distant shores. In this book Muirhead makes a summary of his life’s philosophical thoughts and conclusions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415631792

The Use of Psychoanalytic Concepts in Therapy with FamiliesFor all Professionals Working with Families This book begins with a readable practitioner's guide to psychoanalytic theory and concepts. It moves on to give a number of detailed practice-based examples of the application of this theoretical model in the therapy room with the families of children seeking help with a variety of difficulties. The ideas are presented as an enhancement and no Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326050

The Use of Psychological Testing for Treatment Planning and Outcomes AssessmentVolume 2: Instruments for Children and Adolescents Test-based psychological assessment has been significantly affected by the health care revolution in the United States during the past two decades. Despite new limitations on psychological services across the board and psychological testing in particular it continues to offer a rapid and efficient method of identifying problems planning and monitoring a course of treatment and assessing the outcomes of interventions.This thoroughly revised and greatly expanded third edition of a classic reference now three volumes constitutes an invaluable resource for practitioners who in a managed care era need to focus their testing not on the general goals of personality assessment symptom identification and diagnosis so often presented to them as students and trainees but on specific questions: What course of treatment should this person receive? How is it going? Was it effective? New chapters describe new tests and models and new concerns such as ethical aspects of outcomes assessment. Volume I reviews general issues and recommendations concerning the use of psychological testing for screening for psychological disturbances planning and monitoring appropriate interventions and the assessing outcomes and offers specific guidelines for selecting instruments. It also considers more specific issues such as the analysis of group and individual patient data the selection and implementation of outcomes instrumentation and the ethics of gathering and using outcomes data. Volume II discusses psychological measures developed for use with younger children and adolescents that can be used for the purposes outlined in Volume I; Volume III those developed for use with adults.Drawing on the knowledge and experience of a diverse group of leading experts--test developers researchers clinicians and others the third edition of The Use of Psychological Testing for Treatment Planning and Outcomes Assessment provides vital assistance to all clinicians and to their trainees and graduate students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410610621

The Use of Punishment In recent decades there has been a vast increase in the use of imprisonment and penal supervision and to many this development appears to be qualitatively as well as quantitatively different. The causes of this development its consequences and future course form the main point of departure for the contributors to this volume who consider the changes that have contributed to these apparently fundamental shifts in the use of punishment. In this major new book contributors from a range of disciplines provide an integrated approach to a range of questions surrounding the use of punishment: In what ways have broader social institutions and processes contributed to penal expansion? This book is the principal outcome of the Guggenheim Punishment Project which aimed for a truly interdisciplinary account of thinking about punishment and an outcome which was general and reflective rather than specific and policy oriented and accessible to the generalist as well as those with a specialist interest in the field. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843924906

The Use of Self in Therapy One of the most powerful factors in therapy is that it involves the intensive relationship between two (or more) human beings. The issues of transparency and self-disclosure therefore become important concerns for therapists; how can they use themselves effectively in their work without transgressing on professional regulations? These issues and concerns are addressed in this new edition of The Use of Self in Therapy by experienced therapists who share their own wisdom research and experiences in valuable ways. Disregarding methodology or approach the authors demonstrate how to train and develop the self and person of the therapist as a powerful adjunct to successful therapy. They enable practitioners to become more effective in helping their clients to realize and regain their own powers of healing and healthy recovery. This 3rd edition also examines the impact of increasing professional regulation as well as the impact of the internet and social media on the conduct of therapy. Also new to this edition are discussions of how therapists can use themselves in cultures that are less individually-oriented. This book is a valuable addition to any therapist’s library and therapy supervisor’s teaching arsenal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415896030

The Use of Small Groups in Training This book describes the experiences of the Family Discussion Bureau in setting up short residential training courses for social case workers. It discusses that a psychiatrist can use small group methods as a vehicle for making institutional personnel from the penal system receptive to new ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329051

The Use of the Object in PsychoanalysisAn Object Relations Perspective on the Other Using Winnicott’s classic paper as its starting point this fascinating collection explores a range of clinical and theoretical psychoanalytic perspectives around relating to "the object." Each author approaches the topic from a different angle switching among the patient’s use of others in their internal and external lives their use of their therapist and the therapist’s own use of their patients. The use of objects is susceptible to wide interpretation and elaboration; it is both a normal phenomenon and a marker for certain personal difficulties or even psychopathologies seen in clinical practice. While it is normal for people to relate to others through the lens of their internal objects in ways that give added meaning to aspects of their lives it becomes problematic when people live as if devoid of a self and instead live almost exclusively through the others who form their internal worlds often leading them to feel that they cannot be happy until and unless others change. Assessing the significance of objects among adult and child patients groups and the group-as-object and exploring Freud’s own use of objects The Use of the Object in Psychoanalysis will be of significant interest both to experienced psychoanalysts and psychotherapists and to trainees exploring important theoretical questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189167

The Use of Video Technologies in Refereeing Football and Other Sports For a long time various different lobbying sectors have claimed that the use of video technology is an effective aid in decision-making. Now the IFAB has taken a historic step in the approval of experiments on the use of video to provide support to football refereeing. The Use of Video Technologies in Refereeing Football and Other Sports analyses the capacity of audio-visual technology from different perspectives to help understand the best implementation of the Video Assistant Referee (VAR) system in football and more generally in other sports. This book addresses in-depth interdisciplinary viewpoints on the need and the opportunity of the implementation procedures regarding how to use it considering that it could lead to very important changes. The book goes on to examine various approaches to the most interesting topics for players amateurs coaches referees and referees coaches. Offering viewpoints from both academics and professionals this new volume addresses the VAR issue in a multidisciplinary way analysing the implications of video replay application in football from the perspective of players coaches television professionals referees amateurs sports lawyers media and educators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138312043

The User Perspective on Twenty-First-Century Art Museums The User Perspective on Twenty-First Century Art Museums explains contemporary museums from the whole gamut of user experiences whether users are preserving art creating an exhibit visiting or part of institutions that use the architecture for branding. Fourteen museums from the United States Europe China and Australia represent new construction repurposed buildings and additions offering examples for most museum design situations. Each is examined using interviews with key stakeholders photographs and analyses of press coverage to identify lessons from the main user groups. User groups vary from project to project depending on conditions and context so each of the four parts of the book features a summary of the users and issues in that section for quick reference. The book concludes with a practical straightforward lessons-learned summary and a critical assessment of twenty-first-century museum architecture programming and expectations to help you embark on a new building design. Architects architecture students museum professionals and aficionados of museum design will all find helpful insights in these lessons and critiques. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138807907

The Uses and Abuses of EconomicsContentious Essays on History and Method Terence Hutchison has made a unique contribution to debates in the history of economic thought and in economic methodology. The material collected here - much of which is appearing for the first time - includes some of the most significant and provocative parts of this contribution. Working from the principle that an idea that offends no one is not worth entertaining the essays selected here offer a major reinterpretation of what has been called `the Smithian Revolution' and especially of Ricardo plus a re-assessment of subjectivism and the methodology of the Austrian school. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138006690

The Uses and Abuses of Humour in Social Work In recent years social work academics and practitioners have highlighted the need to "re-claim" methodologies which unpack creativity and resourcefulness. In the bleakest of times many turn to humour to survive. Making a unique contribution to social work thought this is the first book to focus exclusively on humour use in relation to social work. Over eight chapters Jordan covers a range of examples of social work humour using examples from practice fiction and research. He concludes that social work has a complex relationship with humour and that humour has an important role in social work as it enables social workers to hold contradictory views. It also allows society to manage its ambivalent and contradictory view of social work.Aimed at academics students and social work professionals this book explores social work’s sometimes uneasy relationship with humour. It will be of interest to anyone with an academic interest in humour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582388

The Uses and Limits of Intelligence This is a major survey and assessment of U.S. intelligence activities over the last forty-five years. It offers a systematic and authoritative evaluation of American intelligence-gathering machinery: how it has been used misused and on occasion ignored. The book has been hailed as "a splendid work reflective and penetrating" by James R. Schlesinger; while Zbigniew Brzezinski describes Laqueur as "a man who understands the relationships between history and the world of secret services." Henry S. Rowen noted that Laqueur "brings a rare degree of analytical power to this important subject." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539327

The Uses of Art in Public Space This book links two fields of interest which are too seldom considered together: the production and critique of art in public space and social behaviour in the public realm. Whilst most writing about public art has focused on the aesthetic cultural and political intentions and processes that shape its production this edited collection examines a variety of public artworks from the perspective of their actual everyday use. Contributors are interested in the rich diversity of peoples’ engagements with public artworks across various spatial and temporal scales encounters which do not limit themselves to the representational aspects of the art and which are not necessarily as the artist curator or sponsor intended. Case studies consider a broad range of public art including commissioned and unofficial artworks memorials street art street furniture performance art sound art and media installations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548664

The Uses Of Autobiography First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781315041230

The Uses of CultureEducation and the Limits of Ethnic Affiliation First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203948224

The Uses of Digital Literacy At the heart of this book lies a reappraisal of humanities research and its use in understanding the conditions of a consumer-led society. This is an open investigative critical scientific task as well as an opportunity to engage with creative enterprise and culture. Now that every user is a publisher consumption needs to be rethought as action not behavior and media consumption as a mode of literacy.Online social networks and participatory media are often still ignored by professionals denounced in the press and banned in schools. But the potential of digital literacy should not be underestimated. Fifty years after Richard Hoggart's pioneering The Uses of Literacy reshaped the educational response to popular culture John Hartley extends Hoggart's argument into digital media. Media evolution has made possible the realism of the modern age journalism the novel and science not to mention mass entertainment on a global scale.Hartley reassesses the historical and global context commercial and cultural dynamics and the potential of popular productivity through analysis of the use of digital media in various domains including creative industries digital storytelling YouTube journalism and mediated fashion. Encouraging mass participation in the evolutionary growth of knowledge The Uses of Digital Literacy shows how today's teenage fad may become tomorrow's scientific method. Hartley claims the time has come for education to catch up with entertainment and for the professionals to learn from popular culture. This book will stimulate the imagination and stir further research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539334

The Uses of Excess in Visual and Material Culture 1600–2010 Directing unprecedented attention to how the idea of ’excess’ has been used by both producers and consumers of visual and material culture this collection examines the discursive construction of excess in relation to art material goods and people in various global contexts. The contributors illuminate how excess has been perceived quantified and constructed revealing in the process how beliefs about excess have changed over time and how they have remained consistent. The collection as a whole underscores the fact that the concept of excess must always be considered critically whether in scholarship or in lived experience. Although the idea of excess has often been used to shame and degrade many of the essays in this collection demonstrate how it has also been used as a strategy for self-fashioning transgression and empowerment particularly by women and queer subjects. This volume examines a range of material including diamonds ceramics paintings dollhouses caricatures interior design and theatrical performances. Each case study sheds new light on how excess was used in a specific cultural context including canonical sites of study such as the Netherlands in the eighteenth century Victorian Britain and Paris in the 1920s and under-studied contexts such as Canada and Sweden. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548077

The Uses of Greek Mythology In an innovative sequence of topics Ken Dowden explores the uses Greeks made of myth and the uses to which we can put myth in recovering the richness of their culture. Most aspects of Greek life and history - including war religion and sexuality - which are discernable through myth as well as most modern approaches are given a context in a book which is designed to be useful accessible and stimulating. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138133266

The Uses of Justice in Global Perspective 1600–1900 The Uses of Justice in Global Perspective 1600–1900 presents a new perspective on the uses of justice between 1600 and 1900 and confronts prevailing Eurocentric historiography in its examination of how people of this period made use of the law. Between 1600 and 1900 the towns in Western Europe the Kingdoms in Eastern Europe the Empires in Asia and the Colonial States in Asia and the Americas were all characterised by a plurality of legal orders resulting from interactions and negotiations between states institutions and people with different backgrounds. Through exploring how justice is used within these different areas of the world this book offers a broad global perspective but it also adopts a fresh approach through shifting attention away from states and onto how ordinary people lived with and made use of this ‘legal pluralism’. Containing a wealth of extensively contextualised case studies and contributing to debates on socio-legal history processes of state formation from below access to justice and legal pluralism The Uses of Justice in Global Perspective 1600–1900 questions to what degree top-down imposed formal institutions were used and how and to what degree bottom-up crafted legal systems were crucial in allowing transactions to happen. It is ideal for students and scholars of early modern justice crime and legal history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138476790

The Uses of Literacy This pioneering work examines changes in the life and values of the English working class in response to mass media. First published in 1957 it mapped out a new methodology in cultural studies based around interdisciplinarity and a concern with how texts-in this case mass publications-are stitched into the patterns of lived experience. Mixing personal memoir with social history and cultural critique The Uses of Literacy anticipates recent interest in modes of cultural analysis that refuse to hide the author behind the mask of objective social scientific technique. In its method and in its rich accumulation of the detail of working-class life this volume remains useful and absorbing.Hoggart's analysis achieves much of its power through a careful delineation of the complexities of working-class attitudes and its sensitivity to the physical and environmental facts of working-class life. The people he portrays are neither the sentimentalized victims of a culture of deference nor neo-fascist hooligans. Hoggart sees beyond habits to what habits stand for and sees through statements to what the statements really mean. He thus detects the differing pressures of emotion behind idiomatic phrases and ritualistic observances.Through close observation and an emotional empathy deriving in part from his own working-class background Hoggart defines a fairly homogeneous and representative group of working-class people. Against this background may be seen how the various appeals of mass publications and other artifacts of popular culture connect with traditional and commonly accepted attitudes how they are altering those attitudes and how they are meeting resistance. Hoggart argues that the appeals made by mass publicists-more insistent effective and pervasive than in the past-are moving toward the creation of an undifferentiated mass culture and that the remnants of an authentic urban culture are being destroyed.In his introduction to this new edition Andrew Goodwin professor of broadcast communications arts at San Francisco State University defines Hoggart's place among contending schools of English cultural criticism and points out the prescience of his analysis for developments in England over the past thirty years. He notes as well the fruitful links to be made between Hoggart's method and findings and aspects of popular culture in the United States. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539341

The Uses of Media Literacy Revisiting Richard Hoggart’s classic work The Uses of Literacy (1957) this book applies Hoggart’s framework to media literacy today examining media literacy’s various uses the tensions between them and what this means for people communities and the contemporary configurations of social class. In The Uses of Literacy (1957) Richard Hoggart wrote about how his working class community in the North of England were at once using the new ‘mass literacy’ for self-improvement education social mobility and civic engagement and at the same time the powerful were seizing the opportunity also to use this expansion in literacy through the new popular culture for commercial and political ends. Working in the intersection between education cultural studies and literacies the authors write about media literacy as a contested under-theorised field through Hoggart’s ‘line of sight’ to provide a perspective on media literacy and working class culture today. This reimagining of a classic work piercingly relevant to studies of class in Britain in 2019 will be of key interest to scholars in Media Studies as well as interested readers in Communication Studies Literacy Studies Cultural Studies Politics and Sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367190736

The Uses of NarrativeExplorations in Sociology Psychology and Cultural Studies Social scientists increasingly invoke "narrative" in their theory and research. This book explores the wide range of work in sociology psychology and cultural studies in which narrative approaches have been used to study meaning subjectivity politics and power in concrete contexts.The Uses of Narrative presents a range of case studies including: Princess Diana's Panorama interview media coverage of the 1992 Los Angeles riots memoirs of the wives of scientists who made the first atomic bomb popular images of gay marriage and the effect of the "Velvet Revolution" on writing autobiography.The book brings together contributions from European Australian and North American researchers indicating the diversity and potential of narrative approaches. The editors adopt a distinctive and unique psychosocial approach to narrative and set the individual chapters in the context of three broad themes: culture life histories and discourse. The Uses of Narrative complicates challenges and stimulates--it will be of vital interest to sociologists psychologists social theorists students of cultural studies and others who are interested in the relationships between meaning self and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539358

The Uses of ReminiscenceNew Ways of Working With Older Adults The meaning and value of reminiscence in the lives of elders is beautifully explored. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315820835

The Uses of Schooling The Uses of Schooling first published in 1988 proposes a radically different approach to the evaluation of education. Professor Broudy shows that the common criteria of school effectiveness – that is the ability to replicate the end-of-course performance on examinations or to apply such results – clearly demonstrates the ‘uselessness’ of much of the investment made in schooling. This is so because unless constantly reinforced by repetition the ability to replace test performance is rapidly diminished after formal school ends. This study will be of interest to students of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138692381

The Uses of Social Research (Routledge Revivals)Social Investigation in Public Policy-Making The growth and health of the social sciences owe a good deal to the generally held belief that they are socially useful but is this really so? Do they deliver the goods they promise? In The Uses of Social Research first published in 1982 Martin Bulmer answers these and other questions concerning the uses of empirical social science in the policy-making process and provides an extended analysis of the main issues. This title provides a valuable introduction to the patterns of influence exercised by the social sciences on government. It shows how the results of social research feed into the political system and what models of the relationship between research and policy are most convincing. This book will be of interest to students of the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138902381

The Uses of the Future in Early Modern Europe Is modernity synonymous with progress? Did the Renaissance really break with the cyclical agrarian time of the Middle Ages inaugurating a new concept of irreversible time in a secular culture defined by development? How does methodology affect scholarly responses to the idea of the future in the past? This collection of interdisciplinary essays from the fields of literary criticism cultural studies politics and intellectual history offers new answers to these commonplace questions. They explore elite and popular culture women and men’s experiences and the encounter between East and West providing a comparative view on the range of personal political and social practices with which early modern people planned for imagined manipulated or even rejected the future. Examining poetry architecture colonial exploration technology drama satire wills childbirth and deathbed rituals humanism religious radicalism and republicanism this collection provides new readings of canonical early modern texts and insights into popular culture. With a foreword by Peter Burke. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878433

The US-Japan AllianceBalancing Soft and Hard Power in East Asia Japan's use of Soft power in its international politics is as yet understudied. Soft power presents as many challenges as promises. This book explores the way Japan uses soft power in its relationship with the US its Asian neighbours and Europe and aims to contribute to a deeper understanding of the role of soft power in international relations. Hard power on the other hand is more tangible and has received far greater scholarly scrutiny than soft power. However as this collection makes clear hard power has its limitations and counterproductive consequences as an instrument of policy. This book makes it clear that hard power alone will not provide Japan with the peace and security it desires. A smart balancing or mixture of hard and soft power is required. Is Japan up to this challenge? While this book cannot give a definitive answer to this question the excellent line-up of contributors present their best analyses of the effectiveness of Japan's current attempt at balancing the two components of national power in meeting its bilateral and multilateral security challenges. The US-Japan Alliance is suitable for upper undergraduates postgraduates and academics in International Politics Political Science Security studies and Japanese studies.Winner of The Masayoshi Ohira Memorial Special Prize 2011. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415679732

The US-Japan Security CommunityTheoretical Understanding of Transpacific Relationships Drawing on the work of Karl W. Deutsch this book argues that the United States and Japan have formed their own security community based on a sense of “collective identity.” In so doing it provides a new theoretical outlook on co- operation between the United States and Japan offering a fresh understanding of their bilateral relationship as one that goes beyond a mere military alliance or free trade partnership. Taking an empirical approach Sakai analyzes three key case studies: the Persian Gulf War of 1990–1 the terrorist attacks of September 11 2001 and the Tohoku Earthquake and Tsunami of 2011. He examines how the United States and Japan interacted with one another in their discourses and behaviors in these three instances and thus demonstrates the existence of a collective identity between the two nations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367484392

The USMARC Format for Holdings and LocationsDevelopment Implementation and Use This book first published in 1988 is a guide to understand and implement the USMARC Format for Holdings and Locations with the goal of making resource sharing of serials easier. Innovative librarians on the cutting edge of technical services and automation offer information on the development of the format the significant impact it has already had on libraries as well as discussions about how difficult issues of interpretation have been handled. The contributors to this invaluable volume draw upon their first hand experience with the use of the format the NISO standards and the SISAC code to provide other professionals with an introduction to the format and information on how other institutions approached the application of the format to their particular situations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367360405

The USSR and the Muslim WorldIssues in Domestic and Foreign Policy The large and rapidly increasing Muslim population of the USSR put an immense strain on the Soviet political system dominated as it is by Russians. The problems were not confined to internal tensions between ethnic groups but extend also to relations with neighbouring Muslim states as the invasion of Afghanistan graphically illustrated. This volume first published in 1984 addresses this field of unique importance. Topics covered encompass the living standards of the Soviet Muslim population the religious revival relations with the Arab world the Soviet experience of guerrilla warfare in Afghanistan and many more. In short it provides coverage of the sociological political cultural economic ideological and international dimensions of Soviet-Muslim relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138923416

The USSR and the Western Alliance This book first published in 1990 examines the relationship between the Soviet Union and the Western Alliance at a time of great changes. Experts on a range of topics analyse the relationship from both the Soviet perspective (the impact of Gorbachev and the role of Eastern Europe) and from the standpoint of the nations of the West including France Great Britain and West Germany). Also included is a discussion of the role of the northern flank in Soviet nuclear-free proposals. The book concludes with an assessment of the challenges posed by the changing Soviet perspective and the opportunities that these present for the Western Alliance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367568313

The Ussr In 1990A Record Of Events A unique day-by-day chronology of important events and trends related to the USSR this reference annual draws from a wide variety of sources including Soviet and international media reports. The volume’s comprehensive indexes to persons and places provide easy access to specific information being sought. Entries are brief but substantial providing the context necessary in order to understand current developments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297039

The Ussr In 1991A Record Of Events This last volume in the annual series chronicles the developments that led up to the abortive August coup the disintegration of the Soviet Union and the establishment of the Commonwealth of Independent States. The book is arranged as a day-by-day chronology with boldface headlines identifying individual topics. Among the highlights are analyses of the crackdown in the Baltic republics the miners' strikes and the ongoing ethnic warfare in the Transcaucasus; the referendum on the future of the USSR and the prolonged negotiations between the center and the republics over the Union treaty; the emergence of Russia as an alternative center of power; and the banning of the Soviet Communist Party. The volume also documents in depth the failed coup and the political realignment that followed the disastrous state of the economy and the discussion of potential future cooperation among the newly independent republics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297046

The UssrThe Politics Of Oligarchy Second Edition Fully Revised And Updated In this text Dr. Hammer presents an analytical model of the Soviet political system and its process of political decisionmaking based on the theory of "bureaucratic pluralism." He interprets the Soviet regime as a product of three different influences: the Tsarist tradition of nondemocratic rule the revolutionary movement that overthrew Tsarism and the Stalinism of 1924-1953. Since the death of Stalin the Soviet regime has slowly evolved from a personal dictatorship into an oligarchical system. According to the author this transformation has permitted the great Soviet bureaucracies such as the military high command and the economic managers to increase their power and influence over policymaking and to pursue their own interests in addition to those of the regime. From this perspective the role of party leaders in the Politburo appears to be that of political brokers among conflicting interests allocating resources among the various bureaucracies. This second edition has been completely revised and updated to reflect the realities of the Soviet system through the 27th Party Congress which met in February 1986. Dr. Hammer applies the model of bureaucratic pluralism in the areas of public policy and economic planning illustrating the theme that the evolution of a powerful bureaucratic organization has prevented the achievement of the original Leninist vision. He discusses specific features of the Soviet society that deviate from original principles (often based on dissident sources from within the USSR) and examines the role of party leaders in this ideological transition. Finally he analyzes the rise of Gorbachev to power and the first steps taken under his leadership such as the anti-alcohol campaign and efforts at economic reform. Because Dr. Hammer's analysis is particularly valuable for understanding the Gorbachev regime and the future of the Soviet system this text is essential reading for all students of Soviet politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297015

The Utility of International Economic Sanctions The debate over the imposition of sanctions against South Africa indicated that economic sanctions had become a controversial feature of the international political scene. This book first published in 1987 is an authoritative review of the problem of economic sanctions. Each chapter looks at a particular international economic sanction in detail; and all address a common set of comparative questions dealing with the goals which can (and cannot) be achieved by the application of sanctions the intended and unintended consequences and the factors which contribute to success or failure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138297807

The Utopian Human Right to Science and CultureToward the Philosophy of Excendence in the Postmodern Society This book explores the question of whether the ideal right to science and culture exists. It proposes that the human right to science and culture is of a utopian character and argues for the necessity of the existence of such a right by developing a philosophical project situated in postmodernity based on the assumption of ’thinking in terms of excendence’. The book brings a novel and critical approach to human rights in general and to the human right to science and culture in particular. It offers a new way of thinking about access to knowledge in the postanalogue postmodern society. Inspired by twentieth-century critical theorists such as Levinas Gadamer Bauman and Habermas the book begins by using excendence as a way of thinking about the individual speech and text. It considers paradigms arising from postanalogue society revealing the neglected normative content of the human right to science and culture and proposes a morality dignity and solidarity situated in a postmodern context. Finally the book concludes by responding to questions on happiness dignity and that which is social. Including an Annex which presents the author’s private project related to thinking in the context of the journey from ’myth to reason’ this book is of interest to researchers in the fields of philosophy and the theory of law human rights intellectual property and social theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600815

The Uttal Tetralogy of Cognitive Neuroscience These four volumes originally published between 1973 and 1988 were intended to provide a broad survey of cognitive neuroscience a field known variously as physiological psychology or psychobiology in the 1970s and 1980s when the books were written. The general goal was to summarize what was known about the relation between brain and mind at that time  with an emphasis on sensory and perceptual topics. Out of print for many years the Tetralogy is now available again  as a set for the first time (which is as the author envisaged it) or as individual volumes. William R. Uttal was Professor Emeritus of Psychology at the University of Michigan and Professor Emeritus of Engineering at the Arizona State University. Uttal was a prolific author whose output included 30 books and 140 scientific articles. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848724280

The UX Careers Handbook The UX Careers Handbook offers an insider’s look at how to be a successful User Experience (UX) professional from comprehensive career pathways to learning personal branding networking skills building of resumes and portfolios and actually landing a UX job. This book goes in-depth to explain what it takes to get into and succeed in a UX career be it as a designer information architect strategist user researcher or in a variety of other UX career specialities. It presents a wealth of resources designed to help readers develop and take control of their UX career success including perspectives and advice from experts in the field. Features insights and personal stories from a range of industry-leading UX professionals to show readers how they broke into the industry and evolved their own careers over time. Accompanied by a companion website that provides readers with featured articles and updated resources covering new and changing information to help them stay on top of this fast-paced industry. Provides worksheets and activities to help readers make decisions for their careers and build their own careers. Not only for job seekers! The UX Careers Handbook is also a must-have resource for: Employers and recruiters who want to better understand how to hire and retain UX staff. Undergraduate and graduate students who are thinking about their future careers Those in other related (or even unrelated) professions who are thinking of starting to do UX work   Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138901063

The Uyghur LobbyGlobal Networks Coalitions and Strategies of the World Uyghur Congress An upsurge in violence between Uyghur and Han in China’s far western region of Xinjiang has gained increased media and academic attention in recent years as was evidenced in the July 2009 riots. Numbering over eight million the Uyghur are China’s fifth-largest minority nationality and their mounting aspiration for obtaining more autonomy has contributed to the recent ethnic conflicts in the region. This book looks at those who are seeking to preserve the Uyghur identity and support the secession of Xinjiang from China in order to create their own independent state by exploring the global operations and sister groups of the Uyghur diaspora umbrella organization the World Uyghur Congress (WUC). It examines the networks of the WUC the coalitions it has formed the strategies the organization pursues to raise public awareness about Uyghur issues around the globe and looks at the actors that have emerged as key players in the contemporary WUC network. Further this book shows that the Uyghur lobby is not a unified movement but that the local groups that it consists of are highly constrained by the broader domestic politics of their host countries a fact which has a significant impact on the lobby’s ability to realize its strategic and political ambitions. In turn Yu-Wen Chen gauges the impact of the WUC on public opinion and policymakers in the world’s democracies and shows how since Uyghur organizations have been given legitimacy by liberal democracies and international governmental organizations they can no longer be considered merely splintered members of a far-flung diaspora locked in a one-sided struggle with Beijing. Indeed Uyghur activists can and do use their hard-won legitimacy as legal migrants and asylum seekers to influence politics in their host countries. This unique and timely study reveals how an issue concerning a Chinese minority has been catapulted onto the wider global political stage and as such it will be of great interest to students and scholars working on Chinese politics the Uyghur issue and minority and ethnic politics social movements human rights and international politics more broadly.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815375593

The Uzawa-Lucas Endogenous Growth Model Using state of the art mathematical techniques this book provides a complete characterization of the Uzawa-Lucas growth model. In his path-breaking contribution on the 'Mechanics of Economic Growth' Lucas suggested that human capital is the key variable through which technical change is most likely to occur and (by taking some initial intuitions of Uzawa a step further) proposed a two-sector capital accumulation growth model where human capital is allowed to enter a neo-classical-style production structure in multiplicative terms. In this book Paolo Mattana fully explores the dynamic possibilities of the model from both the market and the centralized perspective. A critical evaluation of the inefficiency in the market economy is also provided. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398356

The Vacuum InterrupterTheory Design and Application Title: The Vacuum Interrupter: Theory Design and ApplicationShelving guide: Electrical Engineering Dr. Paul Slade draws from his nearly six decades of active experience to develop this second edition of The Vacuum Interrupter: Theory Design and Application. This book begins by discussing the design requirements for high voltage vacuum interrupters and then the contact requirements to interrupt the vacuum arc. It then continues by describing the various applications in which the vacuum interrupter is generally utilized. Part 1 of this book begins with a detailed review of the vacuum breakdown process. It continues by covering the steps necessary for the design and the manufacture of a successful vacuum interrupter. The vacuum arc is then discussed including how it is affected as a function of current. An overview of the development and use of practical contact materials along with their advantages and disadvantages follows. Contact designs that are introduced to control the high current vacuum arc are also analyzed. Part 2 on application begins with a discussion of the arc interruption process for low current and high current vacuum arcs. It examines the voltage escalation phenomenon that can occur when interrupting inductive circuits. The occurrence of contact welding for closed contacts subjected to the passage of high currents and for contacts when closing on high currents is explored. The general requirements for the successful manufacture and testing of vacuum circuit breakers is then presented. The general application of vacuum interrupters to switch load currents especially when applied to capacitor circuits is also given. The interruption of high short circuit currents is presented along with the expected performance of the two major contact designs. Owing to the ever-increasing need for environmentally friendly circuit protection devices the development and application of the vacuum interrupter will only increase in the future. At present the vacuum circuit breaker is the technology of choice for distribution circuits (5kV to 40.5kV). It is increasingly being applied to transmission circuits (72.5kV to 242kV). In the future its application for protecting high voltage DC networks is assured. Audience This is a practical source book for engineers and scientists interested in studying the development and application of the vacuum interrupter Research scientists in industry and universities Graduate students beginning their study of vacuum interrupter phenomena Design engineers applying vacuum interrupters in vacuum switches vacuum contactors vacuum circuit breakers and vacuum contactors It provides a unique and comprehensive review of all aspects of vacuum interrupter technology for those new to the subject and for those who wish to obtain a deeper understanding of its science and application Scientists and engineers who are beginning their research into vacuum breakdown and aspects of the vacuum arc will find the extensive bibliography and phenomenological descriptions to be a useful introduction Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367275051

The Vakhtangov Sourcebook ‘Scrupulously compiled and skillfully translated by Andrei Malaev-Babel  The Vakhtangov Sourcebook ... provides the most comprehensive addition to English readers’ knowledge of the philosophy pedagogy and legacy of Vakhtangov.’ – Modern Language Review 'An exceptionally valuable book that promises to be the definitive reference for Vakhtangov's work for years to come.' – Theatre Topics Yevgeny Vakhtangov was the creator of Fantastic Realism credited with reconciling Meyerhold’s bold experiments with Stanislavski’s naturalist technique. The Vakhtangov Sourcebook compiles new translations of his key writings on the art of theatre making it the primary source of first hand material on this master of theatre in the English speaking world. Vakhtangov’s essays and articles are accompanied by: Diary and Notebook excerpts His lectures to the Vakhtangov Studio In-depth accounts of Vakhtangov methods in rehearsal Production photographs and sketches Extensive bibliographies Director’s notes on key performances An extensive introductory overview from editor Andrei Malaev-Babel explains Vakhtangov‘s creative life his groundbreaking theatrical concepts and influential directorial works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415482578

The Vale of SoulmakingThe Post-Kleinian Model of the Mind The post-Kleinian model of the mind as developed by W. R. Bion and Donald Meltzer is essentially an aesthetic one. It is founded on Melanie Klein's discovery of the "internal object" with its combined masculine and feminine qualities and ambiguous awe-inspiring nature. Turbulent emotional experiences are repeatedly transformed through symbol-formation on the basis of the internal relationship between the infant self and its object; and the aesthetic containment provided by this "counter-transference dream" (as Meltzer put it) enables the mind to digest its conflicts and develop.This search for a pattern that can make "contrary" emotions thinkable is modelled by all art forms and accounts for their universal significance. It is a process that can be observed particularly clearly in literature in the form of the romance between the poet and his Muse (the traditional formulation of the psycho-analytic internal object). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105358

The Valuation of Property Investments The credit crunch has highlighted the fact that fully understanding property appraisal and valuation is more critical than ever. With a long and reliable history this new seventh edition covers all the major aspects of valuing various types of investment property. Fully updated and revised this edition tackles the problems of inflation and growth the equated rent principle and the special problems of short leaseholds reversionary investments and taxation implications. Separate sections are devoted to investment appraisal risk investment strategy and computer and statistical aids. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9781138171589

The Valuation of Social Cost (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1978 The Valuation of Social Cost is concerned both with the idea and with the practical problems of placing monetary values on ‘intangible’ non-marketed goods such as pollution noise nuisance personal injury or the loss of home neighbours or recreational benefit. A diverse range of contributors critically assess both the theoretical issues and the practical attempts made by economists and others to ‘monetise’ items which cannot be bought or sold. Each section contains a comprehensive literature review and a detailed critical appraisal. Despite being written in the late 70s this book discusses issues which retain significant importance today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415842105

The Value and Limits of Academic SpeechPhilosophical Political and Legal Perspectives Free speech has been a historically volatile issue in higher education. In recent years however there has been a surge of progressive censorship on campus. This wave of censorship has been characterized by the explosive growth of such policies as "trigger warnings" for course materials; "safe spaces" where students are protected from speech they consider harmful or distressing; "micro-aggression" policies that often strongly discourage the use of words that might offend sensitive individuals; new "bias-reporting" programs that consist of different degrees of campus surveillance; the "dis-invitation" of a growing list of speakers including many in the mainstream of American politics and values; and the prominent "shouting down" or disruption of speakers deemed inconsistent with progressive ideology. Not to be outdone external forces on the right are now engaging in social media bullying of speakers and teachers whose views upset them. The essays in this collection written by prominent philosophers political scientists sociologists and legal scholars examine the issues at the forefront of the crisis of free speech in higher education. The contributors address the broader historical cultural legal and normative contexts of the current crisis and take care to analyze the role of "due process" in protecting academic freedom and individuals accused of misconduct. Additionally the volume is unique in that it advances practical remedies to campus censorship as the editors and many of the contributors have participated in movements to remedy limitations on free speech and open inquiry. The Value and Limits of Academic Speech will educate academic professionals and informed citizens about the phenomenon of progressive censorship and its implications for higher education and the republic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591021

The Value and Limits of RightsEssays in Honour of Peter Jones Rights are part of our everyday moral and political vocabulary. Yet while few would deny that rights are important there is a great deal of disagreement about just how valuable rights are and what their proper limits ought to be. For example some scholars and practitioners maintain that human rights are valuable because they lay down a framework of protection while at the same time leaving people ample room to lead their lives as they see fit. They are not just another way of life but instead set the boundaries to what government can or cannot do. Others however hold that while important rights are not neutral between different ways of life and hence cannot tell us what to do when different ways of life conflict. This collection breaks new ground by tackling such questions head on. The issues it covers are some of the most vital that we face today. Their relevance to contemporary social and political debates cannot be overstated. The collection should appeal to political philosophers lawyers human rights activists and advanced undergraduate and graduate students in the arts humanities and social sciences. This book was published as a special issue of Critical Review of International Social and Political Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377882

The Value and Meaning of Life In this book Christopher Belshaw draws on earlier work concerning death identity animals immortality and extinction and builds a large-scale argument dealing with questions of both value and meaning. Rejecting suggestions that life is sacred or intrinsically valuable he argues instead that its value varies and varies considerably both within and between different kinds of things. So in some cases we might have reason to improve or save a life while in others that reason will be lacking. What about starting lives? The book’s central section takes this as its focus and asks whether we ever have reason to start lives just for the sake of the one whose life it is. Not only is it denied that there is any such reason but some sympathy is afforded to the anti-natalist contention that there is always reason against. The final chapters deal with meaning. There is support here for the sober and familiar view that meaning derives from an enthusiasm for and some success with the pursuit of worthwhile projects. Now suppose we are immortal. Or suppose in contrast that we face imminent extinction. Would either of these threaten meaning? The claim is made that the force of such threats is often exaggerated. The Value and Meaning of Life is essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy ethics and religion and will be of interest to all those concerned with how to live and how to think about the lives of others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138908789

The Value Dimension (Routledge Revivals)Marx versus Ricardo and Sraffa The essays in this edited collection first published in 1986 focus on important debates surrounding the central Marxian problem of the transformation of values into prices. The collection brings together major contributions on the value theory debate from the decade prior to the book’s publication and assesses the debate’s significance for wider issues. Value theory emerges as much more than a technical relation between labour time and prices and the structure of the capitalist economy is scrutinised. This is a relevant and comprehensive work valuable to students academics and professionals with an interest in political and Marxist economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415838535

The Value of Arts and Culture for Regional DevelopmentA Scandinavian Perspective In this new volume 28 Scandinavian researchers and others who are active in arts and culture seek to answer the questions: What has been the effect of regional and local investment in arts and culture? And what positive and negative experiences have there been? This book describes and analyzes the extent to which cultural investments at local and regional levels have stimulated development and led to essential processes of change for the community in general. Of special interest is how different places manage to "turn the tide". What do their development processes involve? Which ways and means do they use to go forward in order to change their paths and start anew? These are just a few of the important questions addressed in this book. One of the most important findings is that while you can never transfer the successful renewal of one place to another like a blueprint certain common patterns in the cultural processes are discernible. The contributors to this book show the breadth of theoretical tools that can be used to increase awareness of the significance of culture for regional development. Throughout the book readers will find a multitude of theoretical concepts from entrepreneurship theory organizational institutionalism and cultural economy to cultural planning and art management. This book will appeal to scholars and practitioners of urban and regional studies and cultural and creative economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138842656

The Value of Comparative FederalismThe Legacy of Ronald L. Watts This book explores new avenues of international research in comparative federal studies. It re-examines the conceptual tools and methodologies for understanding federal systems and the role of comparative federalism in the dissemination and implementation of federal concepts. It highlights the influence of comparative federalism on constitution-making as well as constitutional reforms. The volume provides innovative and pragmatic perspectives from both the Global North and the Global South with case studies drawn from established federations such as India Canada Australia and Austria and emerging federal systems such as Italy and South Africa. Advocating a combined approach that integrates modern and traditional theoretical routes with practical insights and contemporary analyses it discusses the issues of multilevel elections and federal governance; coalition governments and multiparty democracy in parliamentary federal systems such as India; minority empowerment; gender budgeting; self-governance; multinational federalism; unitary states; the nation-state; and degenerating federalism. It also breaks new ground by looking at federalism from a gender perspective and deals with tools for measuring fiscal responsibility and a social and cultural index. A tribute to the intellectual legacy of Ronald L. Watts this volume will be useful to scholars and researchers of political science federalism comparative federal studies political studies comparative politics governance public administration and law development studies South Asian studies and Global South and North studies as well policymakers international government bodies research institutes development experts and other organisations working in the area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138361485

The Value of CreativityThe Origins and Emergence of a Modern Belief In the middle of the 19th century a new value began to appear in Western Europe - the belief that (in the words of Matthew Arnold) 'the exercise of a creative activity is the true function of man'. This book gives an account of the stages by which and the reasons why this development occurred at that time. In so doing it reveals a historical puzzle for the main factors which can be seen to have given rise to the new value - mainly scientific technological economic and political - were not reflected in the value itself for that was applied almost exclusively to artistic and cultural activity. John Hope Mason sets out to explain this puzzle by showing how throughout European history there have been two radically different views of the creative attribute. An early example of one view was the character of Prometheus in Greek mythology; influential examples of the second were the figures of God the Creator in Judaeo-Christian theology and the neo-Platonic One in Hellenistic philosophy. The book shows how the contrast represented by those figures informed discussions of genius in the 18th century and indicates why the notion of creativity which came to prevail then assimilated it with purely aesthetic and moral concerns. Combining a broad perspective with a close analysis of key figures - from Adam Smith Rousseau and Kant to Arnold Marx and Nietzsche - this book casts a new light on a central value of the modern world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236643

The Value of Empathy The Value of Empathy explores various approaches to understanding empathy and investigates its moral and practical role. The central role of empathy in understanding others and the need for it in our social and inter-personal encounters is widely acknowledged by philosophers social scientists and psychologists alike. Discussions of empathy abound not only in more specialised academic publications but also in traditional and social media. Yet neither a clear understanding nor a uniform definition of this relatively new term is available. Indeed one difficulty in discussing empathy in philosophy and beyond is the profusion of definitions; the difficulty is compounded by a lack of clarity in the distinction between empathy and cognate concepts such as sympathy and compassion. This book has two aims: Chapters 1–5 seek to address the dual concerns of the lack of clarity and profusion of interpretations by suggesting new ways of approaching the topic. The second aim of the book is to connect the more abstract discussions of empathy with its normative functions. Chapters 6–8 engage with the theoretical concerns relevant to the ethics of empathy and raise interesting points about its significance in ethical thought and action. The final four chapters focus on the practical normative significance of empathy by examining the connections between empathy vulnerability and care in circumstances of ill health. The chapters in this book were originally published in the International Journal of Philosophical Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367478186

The Value of Events The Value of Events fills an important niche in the literature on events being the first book to comprehensively deal with the subject of value creation and measurement as opposed to impact assessment and programme evaluation.  Value creation and measurement is often done routinely from specific perspectives such as tourism event management corporate marketing or customer satisfaction. However there exist a number of discourses on value and evaluation that have not yet received adequate attention including the justification of governmental intervention and the costs and benefits of hosting major events. This edited book written by an international group of academics with expertise in the relevant fields of events tourism sport and culture offers new insight into events and their relationship to sustainability social responsibility cultural and social value. Fostering debate in the context of conceptual thinking philosophising multiple stakeholder perspectives and interdisciplinary approaches it challenges the events industry students policy-makers and strategists with new perspectives on value with implications for impact forecasting and assessment. This is a book for all students pursuing degrees in fields where planned events are important topics while being of great interest to researchers policy-makers evaluators and organisers/managers of planned events. Within a subject in need of further attention The Value of Events offers the most comprehensive overview of event value to date. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667832

The Value of Executive Coaching The explosive growth of coaching over the past decade has been accompanied by comparable growth in coach training as well as in membership of professional bodies representing the industry. Yet philosophical and intellectual debates over executive coaching and its measurable value and outcomes appear limited in much of the existing literature. Many practitioners appear uncomfortable with the hard measurement of real return on investment preferring softer more qualitative approaches to evaluation. To challenge the self-perpetuating myth of value which has grown up around executive coaching The Value of Executive Coaching critically explores the discourses surrounding this aspect of leadership development and considers different ways of thinking about its growth development and application outside its established functionalist perspective. Using case study evidence this exciting new text enhances our understanding of how and why the value proposition of executive coaching is perceived and perpetuated and provides readers with the opportunity to explore some of the issues which influence perceptions of value. This book will be valuable reading for practising coaches and students on postgraduate coaching courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138016491

The Value of Human Life in Soviet Warfare This is a key question for all Western military strategists. If the Soviets are indeed willing to tolerate high human sacrifice in warfare this obviously puts them at a military advantage. The perceived wisdom hitherto is that the Soviets are indeed willing to tolerate high casualties in battle - this initial view is reinforced by myths about Stalin clearing minefields by marching penal battalions across them. Professor Sella however comes to a different conclusion. He surveys Soviet attitudes to the military-medical service; to its own prisoners of war; and to the ethos of fighting to the death considering how attitudes have changed from Czarist times to the present. He concludes that the Soviets are less ready to tolerate massive sacrifices than has been supposed; but that this position stems as much from utilitarian-military logic as from compassion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874305

The Value of LifeAn Introduction to Medical Ethics First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138129740

The Value of PsychotherapyThe Talking Cure in an Age of Clinical Science From a seasoned scholar clinician and teacher this lively highly readable text probes where the field of psychotherapy is now and where it may be headed in the future. Robert L. Woolfolk explores commonalities and differences among major therapeutic approaches as well as their philosophical underpinnings. He critiques the growing medicalization of mental health care--in particular the attempt to fit psychotherapy to the templates of evidence-based medicine. Students gain an appreciation of the enduring value of "the talking cure" for addressing perennial questions: “Who am I?” “What can I become?” “What kind of life is worth having and how can I achieve it?” The book makes a strong case for the benefits of psychotherapy not only as a method for treating disorders but also as a practice that can promote practical wisdom and human flourishing. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462524594

The Value of ResilienceSecuring life in the twenty-first century The Value of Resilience represents one of the first systematic studies of resilience in the field of security studies. At the turn of the twenty-first century resilience has become a ‘buzz-word’ within fields as diverse as network engineering ecosystems management child psychology and military training programmes. Resilience has emerged as a solution to the common problematic of radical contingency experienced across these fields. At its most general level resilience is understood as the capacity to absorb withstand and ‘bounce-back’ quickly and efficiently from a perturbation. It is considered to be both a natural property and a quality which can be improved within a broad array of complex systems. Rather than treating resilience as either a unified concept or technique of governance this book analyses resilience as an emergent security value. Utilizing a biopolitical analytic it demonstrates that the value of resilience has appreciated alongside transformations in the order of power/knowledge enacted by political economies of security. Zebrowski argues that resilience was not lying in wait for the march of science to provide the conditions for its recognition. Nor was it concealed by the distortions of ideology which lifted with the culmination of the Cold War. There is nothing natural about resilience. By drawing attention to the complex historical processes and significant governmental efforts required to make resilience possible this book aims to open up a space through which the value of resilience may be more critically interrogated. It will be of interest to students and scholars of international relations security studies and conflict resolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138896758

The Value of the Weather Originally published in 1970 this book brings together the most significant and pertinent associations between man’s economic and social activities and the variations in the atmospheric environment. Particular emphasis is placed on economic activities and the weather economic analysis of weather and the benefits and costs of weather knowledge. In addition some of the sociological physiological political planning and legal aspects of atmospheric resources are discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367362553

The Value of Time in Early Modern English Literature The stigma of haste pervaded early modern English culture more so than the so-called stigma of print. The period’s writers were perpetually short on time but what does it mean for authors to present themselves as hasty or slow or to characterize others similarly? This book argues that such classifications were a way to define literary value. To be hasty was in a sense to be irresponsible but in another sense it signaled a necessary practicality. Expressions of haste revealed a deep conflict between the ideal of slow writing in classical and humanist rhetoric and the sometimes grim reality of fast printing. Indeed the history of print is a history of haste which carries with it a particular set of modern anxieties that are difficult to understand in the absence of an interdisciplinary approach. Many previous studies have concentrated on the period’s competing definitions of time and on the obsession with how to use time well. Other studies have considered time as a notable literary theme. This book is the first to connect ideas of time to writerly haste in a richly interdisciplinary manner drawing upon rhetorical theory book history poetics religious studies and early modern moral philosophy which only when taken together provide a genuinely deep understanding of why the stigma of haste so preoccupied the early modern mind. The Value of Time in Early Modern English Literature surveys the period from ca 1580 to ca 1730 with special emphasis on the seventeenth century. The material discussed is found in emblem books devotional literature philosophical works and collections of poetry drama and romance. Among classical sources Horace and Quintilian are especially important. The main authors considered are: Robert Parsons; Edmund Bunny; King James 1; Henry Peacham; Thomas Nash; Robert Greene; Ben Jonson; Margaret Cavendish; John Dryden; Richard Baxter; Jonathan Swift; Alexander Pope. By studying these writers’ expressions of time Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891336

The Value of Transnational Medical ResearchLabour Participation and Care What is the value of medical research? With contributions from anthropologists sociologists and activists this approach brings into focus the forms of value – social epistemic and economic – that are involved in medical research practices and how these values intersect with everyday living. Though their work covers wide empirical ground –from HIV trials in Kenya and drug donation programs in Tanzania to industry-academic collaborations in the British National Health Service – the authors share a commitment to understanding the practices of medical research as embedded in both local social worlds and global markets. Their collective concern is to rethink the conventional ethical demarcations betwweenpaid and unpaid research services in light of the social and material organisation of medical research practices. . Rather than warn against economic incursions into medical knowledge and health practice or alternatively the reduction of local experience to the standards of bioethics we hope to illuminate the array of practices knowledges and techniques through which the value of medical research is brought into being. This book was originally published as a special issue of Journal of Cultural Economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110939

The Value of Using Hydrological Datasets for Water Allocation Decisions: Earth Observations Hydrological Models and Seasonal Forecasts An increasing number of hydrological datasets from earth observations hydrological models and seasonal forecasts have become available for water managers consultants and the general public. These datasets are state-of-the-art products which are usually accessible online and may contribute to develop hydrological studies and support water resources management. However the added value of these datasets has not been completely explored in decision-making processes. Research studies have assessed how well data can help in predicting climate but there is a lack of knowledge on how well data can help in water allocation decisions. This work provides numerical tools methods and results to evaluate the value of using hydrological datasets to support water allocation decisions at river basin and irrigation district scale. An integrated approach is used to predict climate improve decisions and reduce negative impacts. Results show that investing in hydrological data with finer spatial and temporal resolution and longer periods of record improves water allocation decisions and reduces agricultural production loss in large irrigation schemes. Using river discharge data from hydrological models and global precipitation enhances irrigation area planning when little in-situ data is available. Moreover using seasonal streamflow forecasts improves available water estimates resulting in better water allocation decisions. The framework was tested in Costa Rica Colombia and Australia but can be applied in any case study around the world. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367429553

The Value TrailHow to Effectively Understand Deploy and Monitor Successful Business Models The Value Trail offers a comprehensive approach to competitive analysis and strategy considering value as a central theme and from a customer based perspective. It fully develops a disruptive new model of strategic analysis (namely the Three Dimensions of Value model) that approaches the drivers of success within a business from a value-based perspective: how value is understood by the customer (Appreciation of Value) and how it is boosted (Concentration of Value) or subtracted (Predation of Value) by different business agents. From this business-level perspective the book progressively moves down to a company level to allow the reader to understand how companies can set corporate goals and leverage internal resources to deliver successful value propositions. To close the circle special attention is paid to the definition of an integrated monitoring system based on both market (outside-in perspective) and company (inside-out perspective) metrics. On top of that the book also identifies in line with this new theory the most relevant existing competitive models together with a comprehensive analysis of their strategic approach and success drivers. If you are an entrepreneur looking for a solid and understandable guide to fully cover all company stages a manager seeking to improve the implementation of operational and strategic processes or a practitioner in search of a disruptive approach to competitive analysis this is the book you’ve been waiting for. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606138

The Value-Added Employee A handy guide offering a practical plan for targeting skills any employee wants to develop and employers most desire. It's hard to tell if today's competitive job market is more unsettling for employees seeking job security or companies trying to retain loyal workers. The Value-Added Employee provides fresh insights on what makes employees valuable to the organization and how companies can keep productive employees on the job. Employees will understand how to increase their personal marketability by developing specific skills knowledge and attitudes. Managers and coaches will find the tools and resources to make employees more valuable to the organization. Even policymakers and human resource professionals can drive change and business improvement through the application of competency modeling processes.The Value-Added Employee is a step-by-step plan for targeting the competencies an employee wants to develop and employers most desire. It discusses 31 core competencies including interpersonal competencies business competencies and self-management competencies. Designed as a handbook The Value-Added Employee is a toolkit of ideas and a workbook to be written in and referred to on a regular basis. Through its use employees and their companies will discover a firm foundation for meeting future goals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138139398

The Values DebateA Voice from the Pupils Presents findings from a survey conducted among 30 000 13-15 year olds throughout England and Wales giving particular attention to social personal and moral issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865577

The Values Education Resource FileA Practical Kit for Exploring the things that Matter Start exploring today! The Values Education Resource File is a highly practical kit developed with schools for schools to provide you with a straightforward way of thinking about the things that matter to you and your young people. It includes everything you need to help children and young adults understand and articulate the values that matter to them - to enable personal change better conflict management and prepare them for the future. It provides guidance on how values can be introduced across the curriculum on working meaningfully with parents and other external stake holders and ideas for staff induction professional development and organisational change initiatives. Your practical kit includes: Ten step-by-step Values Education workshops with extension activities 45 values cards for you to use in sessions A detailed stimulating value biography for every value Photocopiable activity sheets to support sessions Developed by an experienced teacher and expert trainer who facilitates values education workshops in education settings The Values Education Resource File is a tried-and-tested resource suitable for a wide range of education professionals. Teachers youth workers extended services co-ordinators transition managers career guidance professionals those working in pupil referral units pastoral teams and those delivering behaviour management programmes will find this kit offers sensible thought-provoking and highly usable guidance and ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415584210

The Values of Change in Social Work First published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425002

The Values of EconomicsAn Aristotelian Perspective In his Ethics Aristotle argued that human beings try to further a variety of values by balancing them stating that people try to find a middle road between excess and deficiency. The author develops and applies this idea to the values of economics arguing that in the economy; freedom justice and care are also balanced to further ends with scarce means. Freedom is furthered through market exchange justice through a redistributive role of the state and care through mutual gifts of labour and sharing of resources in the economy.The book argues that economics is and has always been about human values which guide enable constrain and change economic behaviour. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203122396

The Values of Psychotherapy This first-class book provides an unrivalled basis for further discussion on to how to make psychotherapy more effective both ethically and professionally. Above all psychotherapy is a moral practice. However scientific its research or however much scientific research is demanded of it psychotherapy remains a practice born of moral dilemmas of how we live together each with the other...Above all the book is a plea to accept psychotherapy as a profession. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367104917

The Values-Driven OrganizationCultural Health and Employee Well-Being as a Pathway to Sustainable Performance Values-driven organizations are the most successful organizations on the planet. This book explains that understanding employees’ needs—what people value—is the key to creating a high performing organization. When you support employees in satisfying their needs they respond with high levels of engagement and willingly commit their energies to the organization bringing passion and creativity to their work. This new edition of The Values-Driven Organization provides an updated set of tools to assess corporate culture new case studies on cultural transformation and additional materials on sustainability measuring cultural health at work and the specific needs of the millennial generation. The Values-Driven Organization is essential reading for students researchers and practitioners of organizational change leadership HRM and business ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138679160

The Vampire in Contemporary Popular Literature Prominent examples from contemporary vampire literature expose a desire to re-evaluate and re-work the long-standing folkloristic interpretation of the vampire as the immortal undead. This book explores the "new vampire" as a literary trope offering a comprehensive critical analysis of vampires in contemporary popular literature and demonstrating how they engage with essential cultural preoccupations anxieties and desires. Drawing from cultural materialism anthropology psychoanalysis literary criticism gender studies and postmodern thought Piatti-Farnell re-frames the concept of the vampire in relation to a distinctly twenty-first century brand of Gothic imagination highlighting important aesthetic conceptual and cultural changes that have affected the literary genre in the post-2000 era. She places the contemporary literary vampire within the wider popular culture scope also building critical connections with issues of fandom and readership. In reworking the formulaic elements of the vampiric tradition — and experimenting with genre-bending techniques — this book shows how authors such as J.R. Ward Stephanie Meyers Charlaine Harris and Anne Rice have allowed vampires to be moulded into enigmatic figures who sustain a vivid conceptual debt to contemporary consumer and popular culture. This book highlights the changes — conceptual political and aesthetic — that vampires have undergone in the past decade simultaneously addressing how these changes in "vampire identity" impact on the definition of the Gothic as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547483

The Vanishing American DreamImmigration Population Debt Scarcity The United States has gone off track allowing domestic and foreign aid policies to be co-opted by a government—abetted by mass media—that serves special interests rather than the greater national good. Americans' tendencies to trust play fair and help have been abused and require replacement by a realistic outlook.The Vanishing American Dream posits solutions to get America back on the right track. Abernethy sees population growth driven by mass immigration as a major cause of economic and cultural changes that have been detrimental to most Americans. The environment has been degraded by over-crowding and increasing demands on natural resources. Work is cheapened by explosive growth in the labour force creating a buyer's market. One salary or wage no longer supports a family and educates children. Women working outside the home is a necessity not a choice for most American families. Furthermore feminism aimed originally at balanced gender roles has been turned viciously against males of all ages and ultimately against females through degrading their traditional and valuable contributions.Abernethy proposes that Americans need time to regroup untroubled by a continuing influx of foreign peoples. The family small business and responsive local government are centres around which a solvent and confident citizenry can prosper again. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412863377

The Vanishing Countryman First published in 1989 The Vanishing Countryman investigates how farmers farm workers and other country crafts- and tradespeople have fared in response to significant changes across the British countryside in the past one hundred years. The book explores the move towards large-scale and capital-intensive farming and the conflict between increased production and damage to the environment. It looks at the decline in the number of farm workers crafts- and tradespeople. It also considers the changes in social composition across country villages and the impact that this has had on living standards housing and transport. The Vanishing Countryman will appeal to those with an interest in rural and social history and in the history of the British countryside specifically. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367654221

The Vantage of LawIts Role in Thinking about Law Judging and Bills of Rights The premise of this book is that a shift of vantage will help elucidate various important issues of law related to judging to bills of rights and to more abstract questions of legal philosophy. The work begins by focussing on the jurisprudential issue of whether it is desirable to keep separate the demands of law and of morality and uses the device of changing vantages to elucidate the many issues that fall under that aegis. This is followed by a consideration of how judges ought to do their job when interpreting and whether the rule of law ideal differs from rule by judges. The last part of the book focuses explicitly on bills of rights. Building on the earlier parts the author uses his device of shifting vantages to provide insights into how these instruments affect democratic decision-making and from which perspectives they will look attractive and unattractive. Written in a clear accessible and engaging style the book demonstrates that vantage point is a key criterion affecting how one understands and evaluates firstly some of the theoretical debates in jurisprudence and then secondly what judges are doing and whether a bill of rights is desirable or not. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261488

The Varieties of Economic RationalityFrom Adam Smith to Contemporary Behavioural and Evolutionary Economics The concept of economic rationality is important for the historical evolution of Economics as a scientific discipline. The common idea about this concept -even between economists- is that it has a unique meaning which is universally accepted. This new volume argues that "economic rationality" is not not a universal concept with one single meaning and that it in fact has different if not conflicting interpretations in the evolution of discourse on economics. In order to achieve this the book traces the historical evolution of the concept of economic rationality from Adam Smith to the present taking in thinkers from Mill to Friedman and encompassing approaches from neoclassical to behavioural economics. The book charts this history in order to reveal important instances of conceptual transformation of the meaning of economic rationality. In doing so it presents a uniquely detailed study of the historical change of the many faces of the homo oeconomicus . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415530842

The Varieties of Historical Experience This book considers how history is not just objectively lived but subjectively experienced by people in the process of orienting their present toward the past. It analyses affectivity in historical experience examines the digital mediation of history and assesses the current politics of competing historical genres. The contributors explore the diverse ways in which the past may be activated and felt in the here and now juxtaposing the practices of professional historiography with popular modes of engaging the past from reenactments filmmaking/viewing and historical fiction to museum collections and visits to historical sites. By examining the divergent forms of historical experience that flourish in the shadow of historicism in the West this volume demonstrates how and how widely (socially) the understanding of the past exceeds the expectations and frameworks of professional historicism. It makes the case that historians and the discipline of History could benefit from an ethnographic approach in order to assess the social reception of their practice now and into a near future increasingly conditioned by digital media and demands for experiential immediacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367731229

The Varieties of Religious ExperienceA Study In Human Nature 'Is life worth living? Yes a thousand times yes when the world still holds such spirits as Professor James.' - Gertrude Stein A classic of American thought William James’ The Varieties of Religious Experience is an extraordinary study of human spirituality in all its forms and one of the most profound works of Psychology ever written. When the book was published in 1902 the study of the human mind was a thrillingly new field of scientific enquiry: James was one of the first to seriously examine the psychology of religious faith and where he led both Jung and Freud would follow. Yet for all its historical significance this is a book full of humanity wit and some deeply personal stories of revelation religious devotion and mystical experience. The Routledge Classics edition of The Varieties of Religious Experience makes available in paperback for the first time the Centenary Edition published by Routledge in 2002 with new introductions on the historical and contemporary significance of James’ work and a foreword by the author’s grandson Micky James. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138137066

The V-chip DebateContent Filtering From Television To the Internet The V-chip is a highly significant part of the discussion about whether television (or broadcasting in general) deserves some special attention in terms of its accessibility to children its particular power to affect conduct and its invasiveness. But as this notion of filtering and labeling has caught the imagination of the regulator the legislator and all those who wish to consider new ways to alter bargaining over imagery in society the very idea of the V-chip or its equivalent is moving across other technologies including the Internet. The V-chip issue has also fueled the ongoing debate about violence and sexual practices in society and how representations on television relate to those practices. Although the initial concept of the V-chip is simple its flow into the public realm raises so many extraordinary questions that the introduction and production of the chip virtually serves as a case study in problems of law and public policy. The very conceptualization of speech in society is being affected by this issue. Accordingly the place of the V-chip in this debate is increasingly important; indeed it may be argued that the V-chip's contribution to legal argumentation may be greater than its ultimate contribution to the relationship between children and imagery. Among the questions the contributors address are: *What research basis is necessary to require a framework for labeling and rating? *What relationship between government and the image-producing industries can be characterized--for constitutional and other reasons--as voluntary as opposed to coercive? *Who should evaluate these images? *To what extent should the evaluation process be centralized and/or distributed? *What assessment is appropriate to evaluate whether the experiment is "successful?" In addition to the V-chip's origin's in Canada and its further evolution in the United States this book discusses the development of the V-chip and television rating systems in Europe Australia and throughout the world. It also includes essays which contrast the very different approaches in Canada and the United States in terms of the role of regulatory agency industry and government. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203810774

The Vegetable PathosystemEcology Disease Mechanism and Management Variability in vegetable pathogens is a critical issue particularly in changing environments as it presents challenges to accurate diagnoses and proper management. This book focuses on the diverse ecology of phytopathogens covering the varying disease categories (acute chronic and emerging) the mechanisms involved in disease development pathogen variability and disease management. The book also discusses the preharvest and postharvest challenges that arise due to these phytopathogens.Key Features:• Provides an overview of phytopathogens that affect vegetables in various environmental conditions• Discusses how to manage vegetables affected by specific pathogens• Offers eco-friendly approaches to prevent postharvest diseases• Presents a comprehensive guide to identifying and addressing numerous diseases for individuals in the fields of horticulture Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887762

The Veiling Issue Official Secularism and Popular Islam in Modern Turkey In the Turkish elections of December 1995 the Islamic Welfare Party became the biggest Party in parliament and for the first time in history an Islamic party had come to power by means of free elections.The rise to power of the Turkish Islamists is a result of several decades of revivalism. In this process the veil has been a prominent symbol of the new religious puritanism causing resentment among those who regard the bare-headed woman as the symbol of progress and emancipation. In the light of a century-long conflict between secularism and popular Islam the present study describes the conflict over the veil as it became a burning issue in the decade following the military intervention of 1980 and remains to this day a matter of controversy.While focusing on the issue of veiling the author also considers the wider picture of tension between official secularism and popular Islam in present-day Turkey. Although  this tension is not discounted the author argues that the fact that the Islamic movement is on the rise does not mean that it threatens the very foundations of modern Turkish society. Whereas the controversies of the nineteenth century could be described as a 'clash of civilizations' (between Islam and the West) those of today have shrunk into conflicts over certain cultural symbols that are part of the same globally-expanding technological civilization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138883857

The Velvet Revolution at WorkThe Rise of Employee Engagement the Fall of Command and Control What drives or delivers engaged people? Employers need to focus on creating the right conditions. Employers can't impose engagement: people need to choose to engage themselves. In The Velvet Revolution at Work the follow-up to his best-selling The CEO: Chief Engagement Officer John Smythe explains that the essential ingredient of the right conditions is a culture of distributed leadership which enables people at work to liberate their creativity to deliver surprisingly good results for their institution and themselves. Using models examples and anecdotes from his client research he goes on to demonstrate exactly how to design an engagement process; one that is integrated with your business strategy and that is sustainable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409443247

The Velvet RevolutionCzechoslovakia 1988-1991 The vivid portratal of the "Velvet Revolution" describes the dramatic social and political changes that heralded the downfall of the Communist leadership in Czechoslavakia. Bernard Wheaton one of the few Western observers in the country during the nonviolent change of government in November 1989 and Zdenek Kavan himself a Czech interweave first Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319052

The Venetian Origins of the Commedia dell'Arte The Venetian Origins of the Commedia dell'Arte is a striking new enquiry into the late-Renaissance stirrings of professional secular comedy in Venice and their connection to the development of what came to be known as the Commedia dell’Arte. The book contends that through a symbiotic collaboration between patrician amateurs and plebeian professionals innovative forms of comedy developed in the Venice region fusing ‘high’ and ‘low’ culture in a provocative mix that had a truly mass appeal. Rich with anecdotes diary entries and literary – often ribald – comic passages Peter Jordan's central argument has important implications for the study of Venetian art popular theatre and European cultural history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415698764

The VenezuelaGuyana Border DisputeBritain's Colonial Legacy In Latin America The expiration in 1982 of the Protocol of Port-of-Spain reheated a border dispute between Venezuela and Guyana that had been frozen since 1970 Almost at once Venezuelan ultranationalists asserted the need to recover by force the Essequibo region of Guyana--two-thirds of that country--which Venezuela had long claimed. While rejecting force as a solution the Venezuelan government has indicated that the Protocol will not be renewed thus pushing the economically and politically vulnerable Guyana toward new and uncertain negotiations. This book describes the actors and their stake in the conflict the capacity of each to develop the disputed region and the implications of the Venezuelan claim for both sides. Incorporating a critical examination of the conflict's historical-legal background Dr. Braveboy-Wagner chronicles the progress of the dispute through its various stages and describes the attempts of both sides to elicit outside support especially from other Third World nations. Finally she assesses the possibilities for a solution by force and by compromise and considers the potential for U.S. involvement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297077

The Venice Biennale and the Asia-Pacific in the Global Art World This monograph uses the national pavilions of the Venice Biennale as a vehicle to examine the development of international contemporary art trends within the Asia-Pacific region including Australia Japan and Korea and 16 additional national entities who have had less continuous participation in this global art event. Analysing both the spatial and visual representation of contemporary art presented at the Venice Biennale and incorporating the politics behind national selections this monograph provides insights into a range of important elements of the global art industry. Areas analysed include national cultural trends and strategies the inversion of the peripheral to the centre stage of the Biennale geopolitics in gaining exhibition space at the Venice Biennale curatorial practices for contemporary art presentation and artistic trends that seek to deal with major economic cultural religious and environmental issues emerging from non-European art centres. This monograph will be of interest to scholars in art history museum studies and Asia-Pacific cultural history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138480780

The Venice MythCulture Literature Politics 1800 to the Present Venice holds a unique place in literary and cultural history. Barnes looks at the themes of war occupation resistance and fascism to see how the political background has affected the literary works that have come out of this great city. He focuses on key British and American writers including Byron Ruskin Pound and Eliot. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848935105

The Vernacularisation of DemocracyPolitics Caste and Religion in India The book is an ethnographic exploration of how ‘democracy’ takes social and cultural roots in India and in the process shapes the nature of popular politics. It centres on a historically marginalised caste who in recent years has become one of the most assertive and politically powerful communities in North India: the Yadavs. The Vernacularisation of Democracy is a vivid account of how Indian popular democracy works on the ground. Challenging conventional theories of democratisation the book shows how the political upsurge of 'the lower orders' is situated within a wider process of the vernacularisation of democratic politics referring to the ways in which values and practices of democracy become embedded in particular cultural and social practices and in the process become entrenched in the consciousness of ordinary people. During the 1990s Indian democracy witnessed an upsurge in the political participation of lower castes/communities and the emergence of political leaders from humble social backgrounds who present themselves as promoters of social justice for underprivileged communities. Drawing on a large body of archival and ethnographic material the author shows how the analysis of local idioms of caste kinship kingship popular religion ‘the past’ and politics (‘the vernacular’) inform popular perceptions of the political world and of how the democratic process shapes in turn ‘the vernacular’. This line of enquiry provides a novel framework to understand the unique experience of Indian democracy as well as democratic politics and its meaning in other contemporary post-colonial states. Using as a case study the political ethnography of a powerful northern Indian caste (the Yadavs) and combining ethnographic material with colonial and post-colonial history the book examines the unique experience of Indian popular democracy and provides a framework to analyse popular politics in other parts of the world. The book fills existing gaps in scholarly analysis of political processes by contributing to the understanding of how democracy has been internalised in the popular consciousness of different societies through various abstract principles of political representation especially by exploring ‘democracy’ in areas which are not thought of as political per se (for example family kinship kingship popular religion and local ideas of personhood). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138376809

The Vernaculars of CommunismLanguage Ideology and Power in the Soviet Union and Eastern Europe The political revolutions which established state socialism in the Soviet Union and Eastern Europe were accompanied by revolutions in the word as the communist project implied not only remaking the world but also renaming it. As new institutions social roles rituals and behaviours emerged so did language practices that designated articulated and performed these phenomena. This book examines the use of communist language in the Stalinist and post-Stalinist periods. It goes beyond characterising this linguistic variety as crude "newspeak" showing how official language was much more complex – the medium through which important political-ideological messages were elaborated transmitted and also contested revealing contradictions discursive cleavages and performative variations. The book examines the subject comparatively across a range of East European countries besides the Soviet Union and draws on perspectives from a range of scholarly disciplines – sociolinguistics anthropology literary and cultural studies historiography and translation studies. Petre Petrov is an Assistant Professor in the Department of Slavic Languages and Literatures at the University of Texas at Austin. Lara Ryazanova-Clarke is Head of Russian and Academic Director of the Princess Dashkova Russia Centre in the School of Literatures Languages and Cultures at the University of Edinburgh. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815367369

The Vernon Papers The papers relating to Admiral Edward Vernon are intended to give an estimate of his contribution to naval strategy and tactics. They are divided between his command in the West Indies from 1739 and 1742 and command in the English Channel in 1745. Preparation for war with Spain was made in June 1739 and Vernon was appointed admiral in July with orders for the West Indies. The government Opposition favoured not just protection of trade but also the capture of Cuba. Vernon had plans for this course of action but on arrival found the timing was wrong and subsequently this was beyond the army’s ability. Dissatisfaction with the inadequacy of land forces command is clearly shown in the documents. He arrived at Port Royal in October and was off Porto Bello in November ready with clear and precise orders issued to his captains. Preparation training and signals additional to the Fighting Instructions marked him as an effective administrator as also did the strengthening of Port Royal as a naval base. His success at Porto Bello showed him to be effective in action as well as good commander of men and resources. In 1742 the threat of invasion from France in support of the Jacobites was again a time of need and Vernon was appointed admiral in command of a Channel squadron. He did not refrain from criticising the inadequate and inappropriate forces at his disposal. The Admiralty eventually took up his proposed strategy yet the picture of a disgruntled man is clear. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911423256

The Versatile Clarinet First Published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986701

The Vertical ManA Study in Primitive Indian Sculpture Originally published in 1947 The Vertical Man explores a form of Indian sculpture largely ignored in other studies with a focus on two kinds of sculpture from the province of Bihar. The book provides detailed analysis of the formal characteristics of the sculpture and the influences of the myth ritual and context in which they were commissioned and made. It explains why the sculpture is regional and "why the styles are what they are". It is an original study which throws light on important subjects such as the relations of art and religion and of art and economics. The Vertical Man will appeal to those with an interest in art specifically sculpture and the art of the Indian countryside. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367611279

The Very Late GoetheSelf-Consciousness and the Art of Ageing This book examines self-consciousness and very-lateness those two intimately related phenomena tracing the theme in Goethe's last major poems and autobiographical writings before turning to the two 'giants' 'Wilhelm Meisters Wanderjahre' and 'Faust II'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601911

The VES Handbook of Visual EffectsIndustry Standard VFX Practices and Procedures The award-winning VES Handbook of Visual Effects remains the most complete guide to visual effects techniques and best practices available today. This new edition has been updated to include the latest industry-standard techniques technologies and workflows for the ever-evolving fast paced world of visual effects. The Visual Effects Society (VES) tasked the original authors to update their areas of expertise such as AR/VR Moviemaking Color Management Cameras VFX Editorial Stereoscopic and the Digital Intermediate as well as provide detailed chapters on interactive games and full animation. Additionally 56 contributors share their best methods tips tricks and shortcuts developed through decades of trial and error and real-world hands-on experience. This third edition has been expanded to feature lessons on 2.5D/3D Compositing; 3D Scanning; Digital Cinematography; Editorial Workflow in Animated and Visual Effects Features; Gaming updates; General Geometry Instancing; Lens Mapping for VFX; Native Stereo; Real-Time VFX and Camera Tracking; Shot/Element Pulls and Delivery to VFX; Techvis; VFX Elements and Stereo; Virtual Production; and VR/AR (Virtual Reality / Augmented Reality). A must-have for anyone working in or aspiring to work in visual effects The VES Handbook of Visual Effects Third Edition covers essential techniques and solutions for all VFX artists producers and supervisors from pre-production to digital character creation compositing of both live-action and CG elements photorealistic techniques and much more. With subjects and techniques clearly and definitively presented in beautiful four-color this handbook is a vital resource for any serious VFX artist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138542204

The Vested Interests Veblen's classic position on social status is intertwined with his interest in economic class and the political prospects of that class. The Vested Interests is squarely in that tradition. It aims to show how and why a discrepancy has arisen between the accepted principles of law and custom that underlie the business enterprise and the efficient management of industry. He also speculates on the civil and political difficulties inspired by this discrepancy between business civilization and the social order.Many of the essays in this collection originally appeared in Dial from October 1918 to January 1919. The Vested Interests includes: "The Instability of Knowledge and Belief " "The Stability of Law and Custom " "The State of the Industrial Arts " "Free Income " "The Vested Interests " "The Divine Rights of Nations " "Live and Let Live " and "The Vested Interests and the Common Man."In his new introduction Irving Louis Horowitz discusses Veblen as an economist turned sociologist. He explores the dichotomies in Veblen's approach describing it as radical in input and conservative in outcome. Veblen was analytical in design but ideological in rhetoric. He was materialist in his economic analysis but idealistic in his emphasis on law and custom as regulatory mechanisms of the management of society. Horowitz also describes the difficulties Veblen experienced in placing his steadfastly nineteenth century ideals in the context of 1920s America. This is the final volume in Transaction's series of the essential works of Thorstein Veblen. It will be of central interest to sociologists as well as economists particularly those interested in the history of ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539365

The Veterans Treatment Court MovementStriving to Serve Those Who Served The Veterans Treatment Court Movement provides a comprehensive empirical analysis of the burgeoning veteran’s court movement from genesis through to operation and concluding with comments on its societal relevance. Beginning with the unlikely convergence of therapeutic jurisprudence with the oft-misunderstood warrior ethos that undergirds the entire movement the text examines every component of veterans courts weighing the cultural legal and practical strengths and limitations of these programs. Each chapter assesses key components of the court including the participants law enforcement judges prosecution defense counsel court administration data management the Veterans Justice Outreach Officer (VJO) probation mentors and the community. The book concludes with recommendations on how these courts can further integrate with communities maximize efficiency and improve.The book shows how veterans courts seek to serve veterans’ legal social and psychological needs and how they serve more than just offending veterans by allowing law-abiding veterans many of whom suffered greatly when they transitioned out of military service to exorcize their own demons and integrate their experiences into a socially recognized system of care. Incorporating program evaluation with sociological considerations this monograph offers a comprehensive considered examination of how – and why – these courts operate and provides a foundation for future development. The volume provides essential background for scholars studying law and the criminal courts as well as policymakers judges academics students and practitioners concerned with effective jurisprudence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367529987

The Veterinary ICU Book This book is dedicated to the fundamental clinical signs of astute observation careful differential diagnosis and analytical therapeutic decision-making in emergency veterinary settings. It clearly defines the physiological and clinical principles  fundamental to the management of the critically ill small animal patient. With clear guidelines for organizing an emergency/critical care unit the book also discusses ethical and legal concerns. The 80 expert authors have created a clinically specific resource for the specialist residents in training veterinary practitioners technicians and students.Published by Teton New Media in the USA and distributed by CRC Press outside of North America. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780138719128

The Vibrant FamilyA Handbook for Parents and Professionals The Vibrant Family offers completely new and surprising approaches to parenthood. This book is not about child rearing setting limits or a specific way of communicating with children. It is about the ways in which well-being in our relationship is crucial to a good family life with confident and balanced children. The clear message of the book is that it is not the children who should change in order to get the family to function it is the parents. The book also offers practical and concrete tools to help you understand how you and your partner can learn to communicate and act in an accepting and close way creating a climate in the family that encourages joy and growth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855758186

The Vibrant RelationshipA Handbook for Couples and Therapists The book is divided into easy to grasp sections of theory and practical exercises. In the first part of the book two of Denmark's most experienced practitioners in couples' therapy psychologist Kirsten Seidenfaden and psychiatrist Piet Drailby explain why we tend to get confused about love. In the exercise section of the book they provide some simple yet very efficient tools to help us find out where we lost our way and how we can remain in a loving vibrant relationship for the rest of our lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855758131

The Vicissitudes of TotemismOne Hundred Years After Totem and Taboo After being the subject of many studies up until 1914 totemism seemed to disappear from the literature. The publication of Freud’s work Totem and Taboo was initially greeted with silence and subsequently with critical and hostile reactions. C. Lévi-Strauss was one of the few to devote a book to totemism but considered it as an illusion although a number of prominent members of the English school of Social Anthropology contested this view describing the direction adumbrated by Freud’s enquiry as “highly pertinent”. Totemism appears in Freud’s work as a way of dealing with one of the canonical forms of human destructiveness namely parricide. Why did eminent men find it impossible to utilise Freud’s book and those studies that followed it in the interwar period? The mass murders in Nazi Germany and Stalinist Russia however different they may have been both generated a profound sense of horror that made their consequences largely unrepresentable for Europeans for more than thirty years. Did this delay and the attitudes of the following generations towards authority result from an unconscious logic of “resistance” aimed at re-establishing refusals that did not take place at the time? The Western world seems to have forgotten the strength of the mixed family ties of tribes casts and religions that are in fact at work in the psychic life of a great number of men and women in the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782202622

The Victim of Fancyby Elizabeth Sophia Tomlins The Victim of Fancy was first published in December 1787 and despite favourable reviews has not been published since. Cook's new scholarly edition of this forgotten novel will be of paramount importance in allowing new insights into the form of the sentimental novel as it actually existed in the 1780s and not as it is often perceived. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138235588

The Victim of Rape This unprecedented in-depth account of how our major institutions respond to the crime of rape is the first empirical study of rape victims in the United States as they come into contact with those who staff our police stations hospitals and courthouses. As this engrossing study makes clear rape does not end with the assailant's departure; the profound suffering of the victim can be diminished or heightened by the response of these institutions.The authors provide direct on-the-scene reports of how rape victims confront and endure the often devastating effects of institutional processing. Their work is based on first-hand observations personal interviews and case histories that document the rape victim's plight and includes tables that present all research findings in easy-to-grasp numerical terms. The authors note changes now taking place and argue that further institutional changes must be made to delegitimize rape in our society.The new introductory essay locates The Victim of Rape within the context of four lines of research: studies looking at the criminal justice system processing of such cases the connection of rape to everyday life social-structural and ideological support for rape and strategies for prevention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539372

The Victimization of ChildrenEmerging Issues Explore current social developments issues and controversies concerning young victims! The Victimization of Children: Emerging Issues keeps students and practitioners working with young victims on the cutting edge of the latest research developments regarding crimes against children. Leading experts from the legal medical and sociological communities explore some of the most urgent issues involving child victims. Researchers and practitioners in victim services social work mental health public health and criminal justice will all benefit from this useful resource. While numerous books have been written on the topic of child abuse and neglect few delve into the more contemporary issues and problems. The Victimization of Children fills a large void in the literature by offering advanced discussions of today’s most relevant topics making this book an in-depth supplement to generic textbooks. Forward-thinking and thought-provoking this timely resource provides sound research to expand your knowledge base. This book provides insights into such contemporary issues as: the victimization of youths on the Internet children as victims of war and terrorism spatial patterns of child maltreatment—the concentration of child maltreatment within certain geographical areas religion-related child abuse the role of health care professionals in response to child victimization children with disabilities—abuse neglect and the child welfare system fetal homicide—emerging statutory and judicial regulation of third-party assaults legal and social issues surrounding closed-circuit television testimony of child victims and witnesses juvenile courts and their role in addressing family violence The Victimization of Children provides tables figures and the latest statistics of various aspects of child victimization to complement the experts’ contributions. This book offers new and different responses and interventions to meet the increasingly diverse contexts and situations within which child maltreatment occurs. Emerging trends are explored within this book from a cross-section of disciplines including law sociology criminal justice psychology and health services. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203050439

The Victoran Army and the Staff College 1854-1914 A pioneering work in British military history originally published in 1972 this book is both scholarly and entertaining. Although the book concentrates on a single institution it illuminates a much wider area of social and intellectual change. For the Army the importance of the change was enormous: in 1854 there was neither a Staff College nor a General Staff and professional education and training were largely despised by the officers: by 1914 the College could justly be described as ‘a school of thought’ while the officers it had trained were coming to dominate the highest posts in Commands and on the General Staff. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138922662

The Victoria and Albert MuseumA Bibliography and Exhibition Chronology 1852-1996 First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315074245

The Victorian Art SchoolArchitecture History Environment The Victorian Art School documents the history of the art school in the nineteenth century from its origins in South Kensington to its proliferation through the major industrial centres of Britain. Charles Rennie Mackintosh’s Glasgow School of Art together with earlier examples in Manchester and Birmingham demonstrate an unprecedented concern for the provision of plentiful light and air amidst the pollution of the Victorian city. As theories of design education and local governance converged they also reveal the struggle of the provincial city for cultural independence from the capital. Examining innovations in the use of new technologies and approaches in the design of these buildings The Victorian Art School offers a unique and explicitly environmental reading of the Victorian city. It examines how art schools complemented civic ‘Improvement’ programmes their contribution to the evolution of art pedagogy the tensions that arose between the provincial schools and the capital and the role they would play in reimagining the relationship between art and public life in a rapidly transforming society. The architects of these buildings synthesised the potential of art with the perfection of the internal environment indelibly shaping the future cultural life of Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367896430

The Victorian Church in DeclineArchbishop Tait and the Church of England 1868-1882 First published in 1969 this book studies the years of decline in the Victorian Church between 1868 and 1882. It centres on the Archbishop Tait who was paradoxically the most powerful Archbishop of Canterbury since the seventeenth century and follows the policies he pursued the high church opposition it provoked and the involvement of Parliament. This book will be of interest to students of history and religion of the Victorian era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138655928

The Victorian Clergy First published in 1984. The Victorian clergy occupied a uniquely prominent position in English society. Their church generated continual and often rancorous debate and they played an important part in the local provision of education welfare and justice. Politically also they were never negligible. But while in 1830 the clergy still constituted England’s largest and wealthiest professional body by 1914 their position was increasingly marginal. This title examines these changes and the issues in which the clergy was facing during this transition. The Victorian Clergy will be of particular interest to students of history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138638785

The Victorian Comic SpiritNew Perspectives This title was first published in 2000:  "Comedy" and "humour" are not words most associate with the Victorian period yet their culture was rife with laughter and irony. The 12 essays in this volume reanimate this "comic spirit" by exploring the humour in its social context. While previous studies of humour in the period focus on the age's own ongoing interest in the old distinction in comic theory between wit and humour this volume aims to show how inadequate this distinction is in accounting for the many types of Victorian comic representation. The essays turn from linguistic or psychological analyses of humour towards the social production of humour and the cultural dynamics which underlie it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138701083

The Victorian DiaryAuthorship and Emotional Labour In her examination of neglected diaristic texts Anne-Marie Millim expands the field of Victorian diary criticism by complicating the conventional notion of diaries as mainly private sources of biographical information. She argues that for Elizabeth Rigby Eastlake Henry Crabb Robinson George Eliot George Gissing John Ruskin Edith Simcox and Gerard Manley Hopkins the exposure or publication of their diaries was a real possibility that they either coveted or feared. Millim locates the diary at the intersection of the public and private spheres to show that well-known writers and public figures of both sexes exploited the diary's self-reflexive diurnal structure in order to enhance their creativity and establish themselves as authors. Their object was to manage rather than to indulge or repress their emotions for the purposes of perfecting their observational and critical skills. Reading these diaries as literary works in their own right Millim analyses their crucial role in the construction of authorship. By relating these Victorian writers' diaries to their publications and to contemporary works of cultural criticism Millim shows the multifarious ways in which diaristic practices emotional management and professional output corresponded to experiences of the literary marketplace and to nineteenth-century codes of propriety. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879020

The Victorian Economy Britain’s role in the mid-nineteenth century as the world’s greatest economic power was an extraordinary phenomenon foreshadowed in the Industrial Revolution of the century before and originating from a unique combination of global and indigenous factors. In this study François Crouzet analyses the growth and – in late Victorian Britain – decline of the nation’s economy drawing on an immense amount of quantitative data to examine and explain its development. The book begins with a macroeconomic survey of the period reviewing broad fluctuations in economic growth and the question of the ‘mid-Victorian boom’ structural changes in the balance of the economy demographic movements capital formation and the influence of Free Trade. Professor Crouzet then goes on to look in detail at the different sectors of the economy assessing the effects of the relative decline of agriculture against industry the growth of the tertiary sector the rise of new industries such as armaments and the transport revolution. His final chapter analyses the reality of and reasons for Britain’s subsequent decline as a world economic superpower. This study first published in 1982 draws together a wide range of material and provides an invaluable framework for the understanding of a complex and richly-documented period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851954

The Victorian Era in Twenty-First Century Children’s and Adolescent Literature and Culture Victorian literature for audiences of all ages provides a broad foundation upon which to explore complex and evolving ideas about young people. In turn this collection argues contemporary works for young people that draw on Victorian literature and culture ultimately reflect our own disruptions and upheavals particularly as they relate to child and adolescent readers and our experiences of them. The essays herein suggest that we struggle now as the Victorians did then to assert a cohesive understanding of young readers and that this lack of cohesion is a result of or a parallel to the disruptions taking place on a larger (even global) scale. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593186

The Victorian FamilyStructures and Stresses First published in 1978 this multi-disciplinary study embraces a wide selection of topics ranging from family intimacy and authoritarianism to the family as a unit for launching social reforms. Subjects treated in the nine essays include the Victorian attitude to childbirth the role of the nanny the power of the upper-class paterfamilias the pattern of family work and fertility and incest among the Victorian working classes. The book is introduced by a critical survey of the state of family history and the need for new studies. From the essays the Victorian family emerges as both a refuge from society and a springboard into it and as an important unit for the study of the repression and exploitation of women and children in Victorian society. This book will be of interest to those studying Victorian history and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138665583

The Victorian Girl and the Feminine Ideal In Victorian England the perception of girlhood arose not in isolation but as one manifestation of the prevailing conception of femininity. Examining the assumptions that underlay the education and upbringing of middle-class girls this book is also a study of the learning of gender roles in theory and reality. It was originally published in 1982. The first two sections examine the image of women in the Victorian family and the advice offered in printed sources on the rearing of daughters during the Victorian period. To illustrate the effect and evolution of feminine ideals over the Victorian period the book’s final section presents the actual experiences of several middle-class Victorian women who represent three generations and range socioeconomically from lower-middle class through upper-middle class. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138008069

The Victorian NovelistSocial Problems and Change First published in 1987. Many Victorian novels that considered social problems made extensive use of contemporary source material for their descriptions. This book aims to provide a greater acquaintance with this non-literary material — illustrating and exemplifying issues that the authors treated imaginatively. The material is divided into parts dealing with: the industrial north of England London and the agricultural poor. Extracts from writings that bear directly on the fiction of writers like Dickens and Gaskell are featured as are Government Blue Books and newspaper reports and articles. This volume also contains articles by Dickens and others from his magazine Household Words. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138648579

The Victorian PeriodThe Intellectual and Cultural Context of English Literature 1830 - 1890 This is a thought-provoking synthesis of the Victorian period focusing on the themes of science religion politics and art. It examines the developments which radically changed the intellectual climate and illustrates how their manifestations permeated Victorian literature.The author begins by establishing the social and institutional framework in which intellectual and cultural life developed. Special attention is paid to the reform agenda of new groups which challenged traditional society and this perspective informs Gilmour's discussion throughout the book. He assesses Victorian religion science and politics in their own terms and in relation to the larger cultural politics of the middle-class challenge to traditionalism. Familiar topics such as the Oxford Movement and Darwinism are seen afresh and those once neglected areas which are now increasingly important to modern scholars are brought into clear focus such as Victorian agnosticism the politics of gender 'Englishness' and photography. The most innovative feature of this compelling study is the prominence given to the contemporary preoccupation with time. The Victorians' time-hauntedness emerges as the defining feature of their civilisation - the remote time of geology and evolution the public time of history the private time of autobiography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140752

The Victorian Poet (Routledge Revivals)Poetics and Persona The practice of poetry in the Victorian period was characterised by an extreme diversity of styles preoccupations and subject-matter. This anthology attempts to draw out some of the main focuses of interest in the Victorian poet. No Victorian poet produced an overall theory of poetry yet all accepted it as a natural vehicle of expression and for some subjects in particular sexuality the only literary mode. Indeed the sexual question was made even more acute by the sudden phenomenon of the ‘poetess’ and the relation of poetry to gender raised interesting new critical questions. At the same time the cultural role of the poet came under increasing debate: Victorian poetry was the first contemporary poetry to be studied. This selection of central texts illustrates these pressures on the Victorian practice of poetry and the introductory remarks suggest ways in which theory can be related to the understanding key poems themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415740906

The Victorian Reinvention of RaceNew Racisms and the Problem of Grouping in the Human Sciences In mid-Victorian England there were new racial categories based upon skin colour. The 'races' familiar to those in the modern west were invented and elaborated after the decline of faith in Biblical monogenesis in the early nineteenth century and before the maturity of modern genetics in the middle of the twentieth. Not until the early nineteenth century would polygenetic and racialist theories win many adherents. But by the middle of the nineteenth century in England racial categories were imposed upon humanity. How the idea of 'race' gained popularity in England at that time is the central focus of The Victorian Reinvention of Race: New Racisms and the Problem of Grouping in the Human Sciences. Scholars have linked this new racism to some very dodgy thinkers. The Victorian Reinvention of Race examines a more influential set of the era's writers and colonial officials some French but most of them British. Attempting to do serious social analysis these men oversimplified humanity into biologically-heritable mentally and morally unequal colour-based 'races'. Thinkers giving in to this racist temptation included Alexis de Tocqueville when he was writing on Algeria; Arthur de Gobineau (who influenced the Nazis); Walter Bagehot of The Economist; and Charles Darwin (whose Descent of Man was influenced by Bagehot). Victorians on Race also examines officials and thinkers (such as Tocqueville in Democracy in America the Duke of Argyll and Governor Gordon of Fiji) who exercised methodological care doing the hard work of testing their categories against the evidence. They analyzed human groups without slipping into racial categorization. Author Edward Beasley examines the extent to which the Gobineau-Bagehot-Darwin way of thinking about race penetrated the minds of certain key colonial governors. He further explores the hardening of the rhetoric of race-prejudice in some quarters in England in the nineteenth century – the processes by which racism was first formed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415652780

The Victorian Romantics 1850-70The Early Work of Dante Gabriel Rossetti William Morris Burne-Jones Swinburne Simeon Solomon and their Associates First published in 1929. This title explores the early work of five Victorian Romantics; Dante Gabriel Rossetti William Morris Edward Burne Jones Algernon Charles Swinburne and Simeon Solomon and exhibits them at or soon after the moment of entry into the movement. This title will be of interest to students of literature and art history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138195394

The Victorian TemperA Study in Literary Culture First Published in 1966. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138965157

The Victorian Working ClassSelections from Letters to the Morning Chronicle In 1849 the Morning Chronicle a leading Victorian newspaper embarked on a social investigation of working class life in England and Wales. Set in the immediate context of concern over Chartism and the cholera epidemic its intention was to provide a full and detailed description of the moral intellectual material and physical condition of the industrial poor. First published in 1973 this book reflects through the survey the highly complex nature of nineteenth-century social structure throughout England and South Wales covering descriptions of contrasting political orientations work and leisure patterns sex and family education and religion. In doing so it provides a classic introduction to the social structures of the working class during the nineteenth century. This book will be of interest to those studying Victorian history and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138657557

The Victorian World With an interdisciplinary approach that encompasses political history the history of ideas cultural history and art history The Victorian World offers a sweeping survey of the world in the nineteenth century. This volume offers a fresh evaluation of Britain and its global presence in the years from the 1830s to the 1900s. It brings together scholars from history literary studies art history historical geography historical sociology criminology economics and the history of law to explore more than 40 themes central to an understanding of the nature of Victorian society and culture both in Britain and in the rest of the world. Organised around six core themes – the world order economy and society politics knowledge and belief and culture – The Victorian World offers thematic essays that consider the interplay of domestic and global dynamics in the formation of Victorian orthodoxies. A further section on ‘Varieties of Victorianism’ offers considerations of the production and reproduction of external versions of Victorian culture in India Africa the United States the settler colonies and Latin America. These thematic essays are supplemented by a substantial introductory essay which offers a challenging alternative to traditional interpretations of the chronology and periodisation of the Victorian years. Lavishly illustrated vivid and accessible this volume is invaluable reading for all students and scholars of the nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415712989

The Victorians and the Eighteenth CenturyReassessing the Tradition Disrupting the common assumption that the Victorians regarded their eighteenth-century predecessors with little interest or with disdain the essays in The Victorians and the Eighteenth Century propose a re-examination of these relationships. Together they expose some of the significant and complex ways in which key aspects and texts of the eighteenth century were situated read and transacted within the post-Romantic nineteenth century. Individual essays examine the influence of the work of Pope and the eighteenth-century novelists such as Johnson Chatterton and Rousseau on a range of Victorian writers and cultural productions including Dickens Eliot Oliphant Ruskin historical fiction late Victorian art criticism The English Men of Letters series and the Oxford English Dictionary. The contributors challenge long-held views about Victorian uses of the past and offer new insights into how the literature and culture of the eighteenth century helped shape the culture and identity of the nineteenth. This collection of essays by an impressive array of scholars with a Preface by David Fairer represents a unique approach to this area of literary history and offers new perspectives on the nature and methodology of 'periodization'. While it is obviously of great interest to students of eighteenth-century and Victorian literature it will also appeal to readers more broadly concerned with questions of literary influence periodization and historiography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263611

The Vidas of The Troubadours Published in 1984: These texts which have been little studied for their literary qualities represent a vital link between the didactic tradition of the Middle Ages and the fictional short stories of the Renaissance such as the thirteenth-century collection of tales known as the Novellino and later Boccaccio's Decameron. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189440

The Video Editor's Guide to Soundtrack ProWorkflows Tools and Techniques This book tells you how why and when you should perform certain audio postproduction tasks within Soundtrack Pro while editing your video in the Final Cut Studio suite. Intertwining video editing workflows with audio editing workflows for video editors using Final Cut Studio it also describes in-depth the audio postproduction process as well as the specific tools used for editing and mixing audio within Soundtrack Pro. The final section is designed as an audio postproduction "cook-book" describing typical audio post scenarios with detailed workflows for dealing with them.The book provides real-world workflows and step-by-step instruction on the basics of audio editing in STP implementing sound effects spectral tools and much more. Also included is a DVD containing both video and audio files demonstrating surround sound mixing procedures and other audio editing processes. Included as well are project files with which you can refine techniques learned in the book. The DVD is not included with the E-book. Please contact the publisher for access to the DVD content by emailing dennis.mcgonagle@tayorandfrancis.com Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419421

The Video Game Debate 2Revisiting the Physical Social and Psychological Effects of Video Games This student-friendly book provides an accessible overview of the primary debates about the effects of video games. It expands on the original The Video Game Debate to address the new technologies that have emerged within the field of game studies over the last few years. Debates about the negative effects of video game play have been evident since their introduction in the 1970s but the advent of online and mobile gaming has revived these concerns reinvigorating old debates and generating brand new ones. The Video Game Debate 2 draws from the latest research findings from the top scholars of digital games research to address these concerns. The book explores key developments such as virtual and augmented reality the use of micro-transactions the integration of loot boxes and the growth of mobile gaming and games for change (serious games). Furthermore several new chapters explore contemporary debates around e-sports gamification sex and gender discrimination in games and the use of games in therapy. This book offers students and scholars of games studies and digital media as well as policymakers the essential information they need to participate in the debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367366940

The Video Game DebateUnravelling the Physical Social and Psychological Effects of Video Games Do video games cause violent aggressive behavior? Can online games help us learn? When it comes to video games these are often the types of questions raised by popular media policy makers scholars and the general public. In this collection international experts review the latest research findings in the field of digital game studies and weigh in on the actual physical social and psychological effects of video games. Taking a broad view of the industry from the moral panic of its early days up to recent controversies surrounding games like Grand Theft Auto contributors explore the effects of games through a range of topics including health hazards/benefits education violence and aggression addiction cognitive performance and gaming communities. Interdisciplinary and accessibly written The Video Game Debate reveals that the arguments surrounding the game industry are far from black and white and opens the door to richer conversation and debate amongst students policy makers and scholars alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138831636

The Video Game IndustryFormation Present State and Future The Video Game Industry provides a platform for the research on the video game industry to draw a coherent and informative picture of this industry. Previously this has been done sparsely through conference papers research articles and popular science books. Although the study of this industry is still stigmatized as frivolous and ‘only’ game oriented those who grew up with video games are changing things especially research agendas the acceptance of studies and their interpretation. This book describes and defines video games as their own special medium. They are not pinball from which they grew nor movies which they sometimes resemble. They are a unique form of entertainment based on meaningful interactions between individuals and machine across a growing sector of the population. The Video Game Industry provides a reference foundation for individuals seriously interested in the industry at the academic level. As a result this book will serve as a reference in curricula associated with video game development for years to come. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138803831

The Video Game Theory Reader In the early days of Pong and Pac Man video games appeared to be little more than an idle pastime. Today video games make up a multi-billion dollar industry that rivals television and film. The Video Game Theory Reader brings together exciting new work on the many ways video games are reshaping the face of entertainment and our relationship with technology. Drawing upon examples from widely popular games ranging from Space Invaders to Final Fantasy IX and Combat Flight Simulator 2 the contributors discuss the relationship between video games and other media; the shift from third- to first-person games; gamers and the gaming community; and the important sociological cultural industrial and economic issues that surround gaming. The Video Game Theory Reader is the essential introduction to a fascinating and rapidly expanding new field of media studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203700457

The Video Games TextbookHistory • Business • Technology The Video Games Textbook takes the history of video games to another level with visually-stimulating comprehensive and chronological chapters that are relevant and easy to read for a variety of students. Every chapter is a journey into a different era or area of gaming where readers emerge with a strong sense of how video games evolved why they succeeded or failed and the impact they had on the industry and human culture. Written to capture the attention and interest of both domestic and international college students each chapter contains a list of objectives and key terms illustrative timelines arcade summaries images and technical specifications of all major consoles.   Key Features Explores the history of video games including the social political and economic motivations Facilitates learning of material with illustrative timelines arcade summaries and images Highlights the technical specifications of all major consoles Illustrates the breakthroughs and trends of the gaming market Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780815390893

The Video Studio The recent demise of the independent television companies and the expansion of satellite and cable networks has led to an explosion in small independent production facilities. In parallel with this development has been a steady increase in media training and a major expansion in corporate video facilities. The Video Studio is written for everyone contemplating setting-up a professional installation whether studio or location based. The Video Studio shows how to estimate the scale of investment required and depending on the nature and frequency of use of the facility the layout of technical areas and the function of the main items of equipment is described in easy to understand language. In short this is a nuts and bolts approach to planning and operating a studio of 150 square metres or less. Completely updated to take account of all the recent technological advances which have taken place the book now covers: DAT timecode digital compression non-linear editing and all current digital video formats. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149533

The Videomaker Guide to Video Production From the editors of Videomaker Magazine comes this new edition that you have been waiting for. The Videomaker Guide Digital Video fifth edition provides information on all of the latest cutting edge tools and techniques necessary to help you shoot and edit video like the pro's. Learn about equipment lighting editing audio high definition and all aspects of video from the leading experts on videography! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240824345

The Vienna Meeting Of The Conference On Security And Cooperation In Europe 19861989A Turning Point In Eastwest Relations This volume focuses on the third Conference on Security and Cooperation in Europe (CSCE) Follow-Up Meeting which took place in Vienna from November 1986 to January 1989 against the background of dynamic developments in Eastern Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297084

The Vietnam Reader First Published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138163478

The Vietnam War The Vietnam War examines this conflict from its origins up until North Vietnam’s victory in 1975. Historian Mitchell K. Hall’s lucid account is an ideal introduction to the key debates surrounding a war that remains controversial and disputed in American scholarship and collective memory.  The new edition has been fully updated and expanded to include additional material on the preceding French Indochina War the American antiwar movement North Vietnamese perspectives and motivations and the postwar scholarly debate. The text is supported by a documents section and a wide range of study tools including a timeline of events glossaries of key figures and terms and a rich "further reading" section accompanied by a new bibliographical essay. Concise yet comprehensive The Vietnam War remains the most accessible and stimulating introduction to this crucial 20th-century conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138686007

The Vietnam War The Vietnam War remains one of the most contentious events in American history. This book is a collection of essays that seeks to examine the current state of scholarship on the war and its aftermath. It is divided into five sections which address American presidents and the war the conduct of the war in the field the impact of the Tet Offensive the meaning of the war and its lasting legacies. The purpose of the collection is to present the most recent contributions to the continuing academic and scholarly dialogue about one of the most momentous historical events of the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398370

The Vietnam War from the Other Side Existing studies of the Vietnam War have been written mostly from an American perspective using western sources and viewing the conflict through western eyes. This book based on extensive original research including Vietnamese Chinese and former Soviet sources presents a history of the war from the perspective of the Vietnamese communists. It charts relations with Moscow and Beijing showing how the involvement of the two major communist powers changed over time and how the Vietnamese despite their huge dependence on the Chinese and the Soviets were most definitely in charge of their own decision making. Overall it provides an important corrective to the many one-sided studies of the war and presents a very interesting new perspective. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315029429

The Vietnam WarVietnamese and American Perspectives This volume derives from an unprecedented seminar held at Columbia University's School of International and Public Affairs in November 1990. At the seminar leading Western diplomatic and military historians and Vietnam scholars met with prominent Vietnamese Communists to reflect on the Vietnam War. The book contains four parts: The Vietnamese Revolution and Political/Military strategy; the war from the American side; the war in the South and Cambodia; and retrospective and postwar issues. In addition to Jane Werner and Luu Doan Huynh the contributors are Mark Bradley William Duiker David Elliott Christine White George Vickers James Harrison George Herring Ronald Spector Paul Joseph Jeffrey Clarke Ngo Vinh Long Benedict Kiernan Marilyn Young Keith Taylor and Tran Van Tra. General Tra was Commander of the People's Liberation Armed Forces of South Vietnam from 1963 to 1975. His eye-opening analysis of the Tet Offensive has never before been available in English. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698823

The Vietnamese Economy and Its Transformation to an Open Market System These previously unpublished papers by leading American and Vietnamese economists analyze the dramatic transformation of Vietnam's economy during the 1990s and its prospects for the future. The three main sections of the book discuss Vietnam's turbulent history recent economic reforms and the country's emerging role in the world economy and geopolitics. The contributors examine a myriad of issues including specific reforms in agriculture banking and tax policy as well as the attempts to create a business-oriented legal infrastructure the development of foreign trade and a viable balance of payments and U.S. policy reactions to Vietnam's rapid development in the last decade. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698816

The Vietnamese EconomyAwakening the Dormant Dragon This book written by economists of Vietnamese origin is an extremely comprehensive collection on economic issues facing Vietnam. The spectrum of topics covered includes macroeconomics microeconomics international trade agriculture education communication institutional reforms income distribution and poverty measurement.Themes include:* the success of Vietnam's Doi-Moi in the early 1990's * the slowdown of economic growth in recent years * the rapidly changing external environment due to globalization * the growing environmental degradation and income inequality Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138375987

The Vietnamese Family in ChangeThe Case of the Red River Delta Like most societies Vietnam has seen marked changes in family structures and dynamics this century. For Vietnam however these changes have been especially radical. After decades of French acculturation the 1940s brought sweeping economic changes and a move away from collectivism. Perhaps because of Vietnam’s long isolation from the late 1970s into the early 1990s very little has been written on the Vietnamese family. This text provides an examination of the Vietnamese family focusing on two fundamental relationships – husband-wife and parent-children – within their wider social and historical context. The author explores how and why marital partners are chosen; individual’s domains within the family; reproduction and birth control; son preference; ancestor worship; and the role of the state. As such the study will be of interest not just to sociologists but also to those scholars looking to understand the current social transformation of Vietnam. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994058

The Vietnamese WarRevolution and Social Change in the Mekong Delta 1930-1975 A monumental work of research and analysis this is a history of the Vietnam War in a single province of the Mekong Delta over the period 1930-1975. More precisely it is a study of the Vietnamese dimension of the "Vietnam War " focusing on the revolutionary movement that became popularly known as the "Viet Cong." There are several distinctive features to this study: (1) it provides an explanation for the paradox of why the revolutionary movement was so successful during the war but unable to meet the challenges of postwar developments; (2) it challenges the dominant theme of contemporary political analysis which assumes that people are "rational" actors responding to events with careful calculations of self-interest; (3) it closely examines province-level documentation that casts light on a number of important historical controversies about the war. No other history of the Vietnam War has drawn on such a depth of documentation especially firsthand accounts that allow the Vietnamese participants to spea directly to us. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698809

The View from the BorderWhy Catholics Leave the Church and Why They Stay In this unique psychological study John Kotre provides some startling answers to the questions Catholics are now asking about those who abandon the church those who remain in it and those who attempt to create a new church within the church. A detailed examination of the borderline between membership and ex-membership in the Catholic Church as perceived by young adults reared within the Catholic educational system the book provides an impressive substantive contribution to understanding not only of the modern church but of organizational change in general.Kotre himself a product of the Catholic educational system positions himself amid the tension and ambiguity between those who consider themselves "in" and those who consider themselves "out" of the Catholic Church. He designed a systematic questionnaire covering four hundred variables about each subject's beliefs values perceptions of parents and reasons for being an insider or an outsider. Using this questionnaire he individually interviewed one hundred graduates of Catholic colleges. The surprising results of this important research show that in spite of sixteen years of formal Catholic education the attitudes of both the "ins" and the "outs" are not influenced by their Catholic upbringing so much as by their primary group relationships.Recent research has shown that adult Americans are leaving their childhood faiths at ever increasing rates and that the Catholic Church is suffering the greatest losses. Kotre's book offers an insightful psychological perspective on this dramatic movement. It is a must-read for professional psychologists and sociologists theologians and people interested in the psychology and sociology of religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539396

The Viewer and the Printed Image in Late Medieval Europe Structured around in-depth and interconnected case studies and driven by a methodology of material contextual and iconographic analysis this book argues that early European single-sheet prints in both the north and south are best understood as highly accessible objects shaped and framed by individual viewers. Author David Areford offers a synthetic historical narrative of early prints that stresses their unusual material nature as well as their accessibility to a variety of viewers both lay and monastic. This volume represents a shift in the study of the early printed image one that mirrors the widespread movement in art history away from issues of production style and the artist toward issues of reception function and the viewer. Areford's approach is intensely grounded in the object especially the unacknowledged material complexity of the print as a portable malleable and accessible image that depended on a response that was not only visual but often physical emotional and psychological. Recognizing that early prints were not primarily designed for aesthetic appreciation the author analyzes how their meanings stemmed from specific functions involving private devotion protection indulgences the cult of saints pilgrimage exorcism the art of memory and anti-Semitic propaganda. Although the medium's first century was clearly transitional and experimental Areford explores how its potential to impact viewers in new ways”both positive and negative”was quickly realized. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252332

The Viking Diaspora The Viking Diaspora presents the early medieval migrations of people language and culture from mainland Scandinavia to new homes in the British Isles the North Atlantic the Baltic and the East as a form of ‘diaspora’. It discusses the ways in which migrants from Russia in the east to Greenland in the west were conscious of being connected not only to the people and traditions of their homelands but also to other migrants of Scandinavian origin in many other locations. Rather than the movements of armies this book concentrates on the movements of people and the shared heritage and culture that connected them. This on-going contact throughout half a millennium can be traced in the laws literatures material culture and even environment of the various regions of the Viking diaspora. Judith Jesch considers all of these connections and highlights in detail significant forms of cultural contact including gender beliefs and identities. Beginning with an overview of Vikings and the Viking Age the nature of the evidence available and a full exploration of the concept of ‘diaspora’ the book then provides a detailed demonstration of the appropriateness of the term to the world peopled by Scandinavians. This book is the first to explain Scandinavian expansion using this model and presents the Viking Age in a new and exciting way for students of Vikings and medieval history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138020795

The Viking World Filling a gap in the literature for an academically oriented volume on the Viking period this unique book is a one-stop authoritative introduction to all the latest research in the field. Bringing together today’s leading scholars both established seniors and younger cutting-edge academics Stefan Brink and Neil Price have constructed the first single work to gather innovative research from a spectrum of disciplines (including archaeology history philology comparative religion numismatics and cultural geography) to create the most comprehensive Viking Age book of its kind ever attempted. Consisting of longer articles providing overviews of important themes supported by shorter papers focusing on material of particular interest this comprehensive volume covers such wide-ranging topics as social institutions spatial issues the Viking Age economy warfare beliefs language voyages and links with medieval and Christian Europe. This original work specifically oriented towards a university audience and the educated public will have a self-evident place as an undergraduate course book and will be a standard work of reference for all those in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415692625

The Vikings in History Completely updated to include important primary research archaeological findings and debates from the last decade this third edition of F. Donald Logan's successful book examines the Vikings and their critical role in history. The author uses archaeological literary and historical evidence to analyze the Vikings' overseas expeditions and their transformation from raiders to settlers. Focusing on the period from 800–1050 it studies the Vikings across the world from Denmark and Sweden right across to the British Isles the North Atlantic and the New World. This edition includes: a new epilogue explaining the aims of the book updated further reading sections maps and photographs. By taking this new archaeological and primary research into account the author provides a vital text for history students and researchers of this fascinating people. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315017174

The Viola da Gamba The viola da gamba was a central instrument in European music from the late 15th century well into the late 18th. In this comprehensive study Bettina Hoffmann offers both an introduction to the instrument -- its construction technique and history -- for the non-specialist interweaving this information with a wealth of original archival scholarship that experts will relish. The book begins with a description of the instrument and here Hoffmann grapples with the complexity of various names applied to this and related instruments. Following two chapters on the instrument's construction and ancestry the core of the book is given to a historical and geographical survey of the instrument from its origins into the classical period. The book closes with a look at the revival of interest in the 19th and 20th centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367443757

The Viola da Gamba Society Index of Manuscripts Containing Consort MusicVolume II Volume II of The Viola da Gamba Society Index of Manuscripts Containing Consort Music includes manuscripts associated with John Browne (Clerk of the Parliaments) Philip Falle (prebendary at Durham) Sir Gabriel Roberts John St Barbe of Broadlands the Withy family of Worcester and Oxford and an anonymous late-seventeenth century scribe. As well as a detailed inventory of every manuscript (with anonymous works identified where possible) the descriptions include information on date size binding paper rastra watermarks collations scripts inscriptions and provenance together with bibliographical references. Brief notes on the owners and copyists are provided. Of particular importance is the inclusion of facsimiles of all hands. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367893057

The Viola d’AmoreIts History and Development This book provides the first scholarly history of the viola d’amore a popular bowed string instrument of the Baroque era with a unique tone produced by a set of metal sympathetic strings. Composers like Bach made use of the viola d’amore for its particular sound but the instrument subsequently fell out of fashion amid orchestral standardisation only to see a revival as interest in early music and historical performance grew. Drawing on literary accounts iconography and surviving instruments this study examines the origins and development of this eye-catching string instrument in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. It explores the rich variation of designs displayed in extant viola d’amore specimens both as originally constructed and as a result of conversion and repair. The viola d’amore is then set into the wider context of Elizabethan England’s development of instruments with wire strings and its legacy in the form of the baryton which emerged in the early seventeenth century followed by a look at the viola d’amore’s own nomenclatorial and organological influence. The book closes with a discussion of the viola d’amore’s revival and its use and manufacture today.  Offering insights for organological research and historical performance practice this study enhances our knowledge of both the viola d’amore and its wider family of instruments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138358966

The Violence of EmotionsBion and Post-Bionian Psychoanalysis In The Violence of Emotions the author marries an ability to introduce the reader to the intimate climate of an analytic session with a passionate rereading of Bion. To emphasize both the empirical nature of psychoanalysis and its extraordinary capacity to engender illuminating hypotheses concerning the functioning of the mind clinical examples alternate with theoretical argument. The psychoanalytic model espoused by Giuseppe Civitarese in his approach to both is analytic field theory. Developed by various authors including Ferro commencing with Bion and continued with contributions from the Barangers Grotstein and Ogden the theory of the analytic field reveals the social nature of subjectivity and in clinical work the intersubjective and dreamlike climate in which a psychoanalytic session unfolds. This leads to a new way of interpreting the facts of analysis. As such topics of discussion include: transcending the caesura as Bion’s theoretical method hypochondria as de-subjectivation and narrative genre in analysis the aesthetic conflict and alfa function Bion’s search for ambiguity the casting of characters in the analytic dialogue metaphor of text and translation in Freud and Bion. Yet the book has an even more specific objective focusing attention as it does on the central importance of emotions in mental life and of aesthetic experience as the model of what truly happens in analysis. This is an aspect which the author rediscovers and explores in the thought of Bion and his successors and which he regards as a way of investigating the deepest and most primitive levels of mental life. This book will be of great interest to psychiatrists psychoanalysts and psychotherapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415692137

The Violence of NeoliberalismCrime Harm and Inequality This book examines the impact of neoliberalism on society bringing to the forefront a discussion of violence and harm the inherent inequalities of neoliberalism and the ways in which our everyday lives in the Global North reproduce and facilitate this violence and harm.Drawing on a range of contemporary topics such as state violence the carceral state patriarchy toxic masculinity death sports and entertainment this book unmasks the banal forms of violence and harm that are a routine part of life that usurp commodify and consume to reify the existing status quo of harm and inequality. It aims to defamiliarize routine forms of violence and inequality thereby highlighting our own participation in its perpetuation though consumerism and the consumption of neoliberal dogma.  It is essential reading for students across criminology sociology and political philosophy particularly those engaged with crimes of the powerful state crime and social harm. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138584778

The Violence of Representation (Routledge Revivals)Literature and the History of Violence First published in 1989 this collection of essays brings into focus the history of a specific form of violence – that of representation. The contributors identify representations of self and other that empower a particular class gender nation or race constructing a history of the west as the history of changing modes of subjugation. The essays bring together a wide range of literary and historical work to show how writing became an increasingly important mode of domination during the modern period as ruling ideas became a form of violence in their own right. This reissue will be of particular value to literature students with an interest in the concept of violence and the boundaries and capacity of discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138015425

The Violence of the ImagePhotography and International Conflict Photography has visualized international relations and conflicts from the midnineteenth century onwards and continues to be an important medium in framing the worlds of distant suffering others. Although photojournalism has been challenged in recent decades claims that it is dead are premature. The Violence of the Image examines the roles of image producers and the functions of photographic imagery in the documentation of wars violent conflicts and human rights issues; tackling controversial ideas such as 'witnessing' the making of appeals based on displays of human suffering and the much-cited concept of 'compassion fatigue'. In the twenty-first century the advent of digital photography camera phones and socialmedia platforms has altered the relationship between photographers the medium and the audience- as well as contributing to an ongoing blurring of the boundaries between news and entertainment and professional and amateur journalism. The Violence of the Image explores how new vernacular and artistic modes of photographic production articulate international friction.This innovative timely book makes a major contribution to discussions about the power of the image in conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780767895

The Violence WithinCultural And Political Opposition In Divided Nations The Violence Within explores a range of contemporary conflicts in which culture has become an explicit issue: ethnic nationalism religious fundamentalism the militarization of civilian life opposition movements in authoritarian states political resistance to redistributive agrarian reforms and racism in racial democracies. The case studies for Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319069

The Violence-Free WorkplaceA Blueprint for Utilizing Professional Security Officers to Prevent and Respond to Workplace Violence Organizations are ethically morally and legally required to maintain safe workplaces that protects employees visitors and anyone who frequents their establishments. But why do organizations that employee uniformed security personnel as part of their overall workplace violence prevention program still struggle to create and maintain the safest possible workplaces? To meet these obligations organizations often employ uniformed security officers to deter observe and report criminal behavior and in some contexts they physically interact with dangerous individuals to protect employees consumers and visitors from violent behaviors. Unfortunately many organizations don’t utilize their security personnel to their fullest potential and organizational and community members continue to be victims of workplace violence. This book identifies the flawed principles policies and personnel decisions that organizations use and it provides practical solutions to address them. The book covers two major themes: the misapplication of law enforcement community safety principles to private free-market businesses and the use of risk aversive philosophies to their security officer’s activities. This book covers the principles policies and personnel necessary for maximizing the effectiveness of uniformed security personnel to successfully mitigate potential workplace violence and create and maintain safe organizations. There is a strong need for this book since workplace violence prevention has taken on a new focus due to increases in workplace violence incidents and new laws requiring organizations to take a more serious approach to workplace violence prevention. The healthcare and campus markets are most affected by these laws and are under public scrutiny because of their vulnerable populations. These two markets combined employ the most non-contract propriety private security personnel in the country. Both markets rely on uniform security officers to create and maintain safe communities and play an important role in their respective workplace violence prevention plans. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367559458

The Violent Society From the Foreward: Each chapter of this work is in truth a separate essay or article in which an author distinguished in his field treats a different aspect or manifestation of violence in human society. I doubt whether so complete a treatise in so short a compass has been previously attempted.  The reader will be left in no doubt when he reflects on what he has read that violence is and always has been a feature or a threat in human society- and will remain so. The reason why this must be so is made plain in the early chapters. Violent behaviour is a display of man's aggressive instinct: without that instinct which he (and she) shares with the rest of the animal kingdom the human species would not survive.  First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821979

The Violent Workplace The threat of violence concerns most people most profoundly. It has long been a topic of intensive academic practical and political debate. In recent years the workplace has emerged as a recognized site of violence threat and menace and this book will make a significant contribution to the growing literature on workplace violence. Using innovative research methods  this book uniquely examines four of the most violence-prone occupations: the police; Accident and Emergency staff; social workers; mental health professionals. The Violent Workplace identifies similarities and differences between these occupations that are far from intuitive. It examines the diversity of experiences that shelter under the concept of 'violence and threats'; promotes the importance of the 'moral dimension' in experiences of violence; analyzes the impact of appearance and reputation in creating fear; discusses the importance of context in creating a sense of menace; and concludes by considering the practical implications of this research for handling violence and managing those who have suffered it. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9781138861480

The ViolinA Research and Information Guide First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990166

The Virgilian TraditionBook History and the History of Reading in Early Modern Europe The essays in this collection approach the reception of the Roman poet Virgil in early modern Europe from the perspective of two areas at the center of current scholarly work in the humanities: book history and the history of reading. The first group of essays uses Virgil's place in post-classical culture to raise questions of broad scholarly interest: How exactly does modern reception theory challenge traditional notions of literary practice and value? How do the marginal comments of early readers provide insight into their character and mind? How does rhetoric help shape literary criticism? The second group of essays begins from the premise that the material form in which early modern readers encountered this most important of Latin poets played a key role in how they understood what they read. Thus title pages and illustrations help shape interpretation with the results of that interpretation in turn becoming the comments that early modern readers regularly entered into the margins of their books. The volume concludes with four more specialized studies that show how these larger issues play out in specific neo-Latin works of the early modern period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138375147

The Virgin Mary across CulturesDevotion among Costa Rican Catholic and Finnish Orthodox Women This book examines women’s relationship to the Virgin Mary in two different cultural and religious contexts and compares how these relationships have been analyzed and explained on a theological and a sociological level. The figure of the Virgin Mary is a divisive one in our modern culture. To some she appears to be a symbol of religious oppression while to others she is a constant comfort and even an inspiration towards empowerment. Drawing on the author’s own ethnographic research among Catholic Costa Rican women and Orthodox Finnish women this study relates their experiences with Mary to the folklore and popular religion materials present in each culture. The book combines not only different social and religious frameworks but also takes a critical look at ways in which feminists have (mis)interpreted the meaning of Mary for women. It therefore combines theological and ethnographic methods in order to create a feminist Marian theology that is particularly attentive to women’s lived religious practices and theological thinking. This study provides a unique ethnographically informed insight into women’s religious interactions with Mary. As such it will be of great interest to those researching in religious studies and theology gender studies Latin American studies anthropology of religion and folklore studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138092334

The Virgin SuicidesReverie Sorrow and Young Love Based on the best-selling novel by Jeffrey Eugenides The Virgin Suicides is director Sofia Coppola’s evocative debut feature of young love sex loss and family pressures in mid-1970s America. Acclaimed by both critics and audiences on release the film is now viewed as a remarkable and bold feature by a significant female director addressing many issues related to youth female sexuality and family.This book helps readers understand the film’s significance and the stylistic and storytelling choices made by director Coppola. The analysis of the film occurs around three interlocking arguments: the unusual structuring absence in the film the intricate manner through which music is used in the drama communication and character creation and the film’s careful and specific referencing of advertising in the 1970s (the decade of the film’s narrative). The film’s enigmatic structure and unique storytelling devices and their relationship to female adolescence sexuality and ideology are also considered in depth. Without solving the mysteries of the film the book is designed to uncover the reasons why the film continues to fascinate viewers so many years after its release. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606923

The Virtual American EmpireOn War Faith and Power This is Edward Luttwak's third and arguably fi nest collection of essays. In a challenge to the intellectual backbone of those who write about peace as something one wishes into existence through mediation and good will Luttwak's view of warfare is bracing: "An unpleasant truth often overlooked is that although war is a great evil it does have a great virtue: it can resolve political confl icts and lead to peace."Luttwak articulates positions shared by military fi gures and political heroes who have their feet on the ground rather than in the sand. He shares his thoughts in essays covering America at war and the new Bolshevism in Russia ranging in place from the Middle East to Latin America and stops along the way to Byzantium. Luttwak examines military reform great powers grown small and drugs crime and corruption as part of the common culture of the West. Th ough his message is sometimes delivered in a light tone he is never foolish and never trivial.Luttwak develops the bracing thesis that cease fi res and armistices in states of war while sometimes inconclusive are lesser evils than prospects for a nuclear meltdown. Even in arenas of geopolitical antagonism neither Americans nor Russians have been inclined to intervene competitively in wars of lesser powers. As a consequence intermittent war persists; and greater dangers to the world are averted. It is no exaggeration to compare Luttwak to Clausewitz in the nineteenth century and Herman Kahn in the twentieth century. Th is volume deserves to be read and digested by all who would understand contemporary geopolitics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351298001

The Virtual and the Real in Planning and Urban DesignPerspectives Practices and Applications The Virtual and the Real in Planning and Urban Design: Perspectives Practices and Applications explores the merging relationship between physical and virtual spaces in planning and urban design. Technological advances such as smart sensors interactive screens locative media and evolving computation software have impacted the ways in which people experience explore interact with and create these complex spaces. This book draws together a broad range of interdisciplinary researchers in areas such as architecture urban design spatial planning geoinformation science computer science and psychology to introduce the theories models opportunities and uncertainties involved in the interplay between virtual and physical spaces. Using a wide range of international contributors from the UK USA Germany France Switzerland Netherlands and Japan it provides a framework for assessing how new technology alters our perception of physical space. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367208509

The Virtual MindDesigning the Logic to Approximate Human Thinking The Virtual Mind: Designing the Logic to Approximate Human Thinking through an in-depth and multidisciplinary review outlines and defines the underpinnings for modelling human thinking through approximating the mind. Whilst there are plenty of efforts underway trying to mimic the brain its complexities have so far proven insurmountable. But replicating the abstract notion of the mind provides a viable and quicker route. Broadly the mind consists of a conscious and an unconscious part with separate logic schemes and these absorbs reality in diverging chunks with the former truncated through narratives and norms and the latter able to amass broader perceptions of reality. These are held together and controlled through a governing mechanism. With the replication and establishment of the mind’s mechanistic rules and dynamic constants tested through a big data approach from public media it allows for standardization and machine generated human thinking a Virtual Mind.A virtual mind is able to cover a wide array of applications in particular forecasting of human behavior and decision-making. In essence the whole socioeconomic spectra can be captured including politics financial markets and consumer patterns. Another area of potential application would be to augment various game software and of course it would be applicable for the man-machine connect.The book guides the reader on how to develop and produce a machine generated virtual mind in a step-by-step manner. It is a must for anyone with an interest in artificial intelligence the design and construction of the next generation of computer logic and it provides an enhanced understanding of mankind’s greatest mystery the workings of the mind.   Niklas Hageback has extensive experience of risk modelling and financial analytics working at tier-one financial institutions and consulting firms such as Deutsche Bank KPMG and Goldman Sachs where he held regional executive risk management and oversight roles in both Europe and Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138054028

The Virtual Representation of the Past This unique book critically evaluates the virtual representation of the past through digital media. A distinguished team of leading experts in the field approach digital research in history and archaeology from contrasting viewpoints including philosophical methodological and technical. They illustrate the challenges involved in representing the past digitally by focusing on specific cases of a particular historical period place or technical problem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259959

The Virtual Transformation of the Public SphereKnowledge Politics Identity This book explores how new media technologies such as e-mails online forums blogs and social networking sites have helped shape new forms of public spheres. Offering new readings of Jürgen Habermas’s notion of the public sphere scholars from diverse disciplines interrogate the power and possibilities of new media in creating and disseminating public information; changing human communication at the interpersonal institutional and societal levels; and affecting our self-fashioning as private and public individuals. Beginning with philosophical approaches to the subject the book goes on to explore the innovative deployment of new media in areas as diverse as politics social activism piracy sexuality ethnic identity and education. The book will immensely interest those in media culture and gender studies philosophy political science sociology and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138660243

The Virtual UniversityThe Internet and Resource-based Learning A discussion of the increased accessibility to the Internet and how this has lead to a variety of resources being used for learning. Case studies and examples show the benefits of using the Internet as part of resource-based learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161672

The Virtues of Aristotle Originally published in 1986. Both moral philosophers and philosophical psychologists need to answer the question ‘what is a virtue?’ and the best answer so far give is that of Aristotle. This book is a rigorous exposition of that answer. The elements of Aristotle’s doctrine of virtue are scattered throughout his writings; this book reconstructs his complex and comprehensive doctrine in one place. It also covers Aristotle’s views about choice character emotions and the role of pleasure and pain in virtue. The celebrated function (ergon) is considered carefully as well as the doctrine of virtue being related to Aristotle’s metaphysics and categories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138942431

The Virtuous SpiralA Guide to Sustainability for NGOs in International Development 'The Virtuous Spiral is without doubt a most welcome addition to the body of knowledge that will continue to be highly valued in the NGO sector.' Ezra Limiri Mbogori Director Mwelekeo wa NGO (MWENGO) Harare 'Fowler demonstrates how development NGOs can engage in a virtuous spiral of performance-based learning that regenerates public trust. This is a timely book dealing squarely with the confidence crisis faced by many NGOs in the South and North.' Louk De La Rive Box Director European Centre for Development Policy Management Maastricht Sustainability is crucial for all institutions involved in international development. This work offers practical guidance on how to achieve it. There are three main kinds of sustainability and a section of the book is devoted to each: making the impact of the organization's work sustainable ensuring continuity of funding and making the organization itself sustainable to remain viable. Achieving all three creates a virtuous spiral. The book takes an organizational rather than a technical or impact-based approach to sustainability. It is based on extensive international research and offers many practical examples of sustainability and the difficult trade-offs involved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177406

The Visible and Invisible Group Understanding the psychodynamics of groups has derived from the two separate strands of theory and practice resulting in two separate disciplines: group psychotherapy and group dynamics. Present-day group psychotherapy derives mainly from psychoanalytic theory and Bion's early experiences with wartime groups and has been developed from the work o Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329099

The Vision of a Real Free Market SocietyRe-Imagining American Freedom Free market capitalism has created a divided American society. Conservative economic and social policy thinking drove the Right’s Project from 1980 to its collapse in 2008 leaving the world in ruins and fascism on the march. The Vision of a Real Free Market Society challenges the Left to create new forms of the market economy that promote efficiency and equality while permanently thwarting concentrated power. Many recent commentators have offered policy recommendations based on existing economic institutions. By contrast this book calls for root-and-branch changes to the inherent structure of American capitalism. The Vision of a Real Free Market Society: Re-Imagining American Freedom presents a Left-egalitarian case for limited government that overcomes the failures of conservatism while rescuing economic justice from the weaknesses of tax and transfer liberalism. The book explains why the system fails so many Americans in so many different ways and outlines how we can build a better economy that simultaneously promotes freedom and social justice while crippling the powers of America’s oligarchs. Exploring the idea of a left-wing case for strong but small government the book makes the case for fundamental reforms that will lead to a truly free and fair society. This provocative book will be of great relevance to anyone with an interest in politics philosophy or economics and will challenge readers to rethink their assumptions concerning the prospects for combining justice with fairness in the modern world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138228979

The Vision of Richard Weaver Richard M. Weaver was one of the founders of modern conservatism. He is an enduring intellectual figure of twentieth-century America. Weaver was dedicated to examining the dual nature of human beings and the quest for civilized communities in a corrupted age that believed in the religion of science and in the "natural goodness" of man. The Vision of Richard Weaver is the first collection of essays about this seminal thinker.Thirty years after his untimely death Richard Weaver remains a heroic figure to many conservatives and traditionalists concerned about the state of American culture. Now a new generation of readers can understand the importance of this pioneer of thought. The Vision of Richard Weaver will be of significant value to political theorists philosophers and students of American civilization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517103

The Vision ThingMyth Politics and Psyche in the World Contemporary politics goes on at a mythic level. This is the provocative argument put forward in this unique book which results from the collaboration of practising politicians organisational and political consultants scholars of mythology and culture and Jungian analysts from several countries.The first part of the book focuses on leadership and vision and features a reflection on myth and leadership by former U.S. Senator Bill Bradley. The second part deals with the way the theme of 'the one and the many' works itself out in politics today. From the perspective of 'the many' there are chapters on factionalism ethnic strife genocide and multiculturalism. From the perspective of 'the one' there are chapters on the economic myth and gender politics showing how these bring coherence to today's confused political scene culminating in the suggestion that the modern political psyche is itself in the midst of a rite of passage.The relevance of the book to the practice and study of politics mainstream and marginal cannot be overemphasised and the book will provide stimulating reading for practitioners and students in these areas as well as for those engaged in psychological work such as therapy counselling or analysis. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787862

The Vistas of American Military History 1800-1898 A team of leading American military historians here investigate the factors that shaped the United States Army in the nineteenth century. Throwing new light on its history this deeply researched book explores a mulitplicity of themes. These include the social structure command system and relationship with civil power which are all important in assessing its efficiency and behaviour in war; and the way the army is depicted in military literature and cinema which affects its social portrait. Deliberately exploring neglected themes this key work includes discussion on: * the roles of the many volunteer colonels in the Mexican War 1846-48* Robert Wettemann and the alleged 'isolation' of the US Army in the nineteenth century* John Ford's famous 'cavalry trilogy' of motion pictures. Containing so much food for thought for students of US history and military history this is an entertaining as well as instructional book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881990

The Visual Culture of Baptism in the Middle AgesEssays on Medieval Fonts Settings and Beliefs Under the guidance of the leading experts on baptismal fonts and the co-directors of the Baptisteria Sacra Index the world’s only iconographical inventory of baptismal fonts a research project at the University of Toronto this collection of essays by a group of European and North American scholars extends the traditional boundaries associated with the study of baptismal fonts. The ’visual’ is privileged whether it is in the metaphysical literary or empirical realms of scholarship offering a rich understanding of the powerful role of baptism played in medieval and renaissance society. In the quest for a holistic understanding of the vessels the settings and contexts the rituals and the spiritual significance of the font itself the contributors have turned to a range of sources folkloric tales baptismal records liturgical sermons civic records literary accounts hagiographies and historical documents about local families communities and ecclesiastical developments. Previous scholarship about baptismal fonts has often focused on the purely stylistic iconographical and liturgical perspectives using primarily ecclesiastical and liturgical documentation. This collection of essays shows the wealth of new information that baptismal fonts can offer when scholars adopt interdisciplinary approaches and engage in readings that question traditional assumptions inherited in scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256002

The Visual Culture of Violence After the French Revolution The Visual Culture of Violence after the French Revolution traces four sites of spectatorship that exemplified the visual culture of violence in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries offering a new account of the significance of violent spectacle to the birth of modernity. Considerations of the execution scaffold salon painting print culture and the fait divers and waxworks displays establish the centrality of spectatorial violence to experiences of selfhood in the wake of the French Revolution. Shedding critical light on previously neglected aspects of art and visual culture of the post-Revolutionary period The Visual Culture of Violence after the French Revolution demonstrates how violent spectacle at this moment was profoundly shaped by shifting social attitudes contemporary political practices and rapidly accelerated technological developments. By attending to the formal and historical specificity of violent spectacle after the Revolution Graybill affirms the historical contingency through which the visual culture of violence in the modern era has emerged. The Visual Culture of Violence after the French Revolution will be broadly relevant to scholars of art media and visual studies and particularly to historians of the French Revolution and eighteenth- and early nineteenth-century Europe. The book's concern with the representation of violence makes it of interest to scholars working in a variety of fields beyond its historical period especially in art literature history media and culture studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472450197

The Visual Culture Reader Ten years after the last edition this thoroughly revised and updated third edition of The Visual Culture Reader highlights the transformed and expanded nature of globalized visual cultures. It assembles key new writings visual essays and specially commissioned articles emphasizing the intersections of the Web 2.0 digital cultures globalization visual arts and media and the visualizations of war. The volume attests to the maturity and exciting development of this cutting-edge field. Fully illustrated throughout The Reader features an introductory section tracing the development of what editor Nicholas Mirzoeff calls "critical visuality studies." It develops into thematic sections each prefaced by an introduction by the editor with an emphasis on global coverage. Each thematic section includes suggestions for further reading. Thematic sections include: Expansions War and Violence Attention and Visualizing Economy Bodies and Minds Histories and Memories (Post/De/Neo)Colonial Visualities Media and Mediations Taken as a whole these 47 essays provide a vital introduction to the diversity of contemporary visual culture studies and a key resource for research and teaching in the field. Contributors: Ackbar Abbas Morana Alac Malek Alloula Ariella Azoulay Zainab Bahrani Jonathan L. Beller Suzanne Preston Blier Lisa Cartwright Dipesh Chakrabarty Wendy Hui Kyong Chun Beth Coleman Teddy Cruz René Descartes Faisal Devji Henry Drewal Okwui Enwezor Frantz Fanon Allen Feldman Mark Fisher Finbarr Barry Flood Anne Friedberg Alex Galloway Faye Ginsburg Derek Gregory J. Jack Halberstam Donna Haraway Brian Holmes Amelia Jones Georgina Kleege Sarat Maharaj Brian Massumi Carol Mavor Tara McPherson Nicholas Mirzoeff Timothy Mitchell W. J. T. Mitchell Naeem Mohaiemen Fred Moten Lisa Nakamura Trevor Paglen Lisa Parks Sumathi Ramaswamy Jacques Rancière Andrew Ross Terence E. Smith Marita Sturken Paolo Virno Eyal Weizman Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415782623

The Visual Dictionary of Photography The Visual Dictionary of Photography provides clear definitions of key terms and concepts backed up by hundreds of illustrative examples. Covering practical terms it deals with the terminology of both digital and traditional photography. David Präkel has produced an invaluable resource for anyone interested in photography lens-based media and related visual arts. This book serves not only to explain terms and words but also acts as a source of inspiration encouraging exploration through understanding.Over 250 terms are explained and contextualised with concise definitions accompanied by illustrations and examples taken from historical and contemporary photography.The dictionary covers analogue terms still in current usage as well as modern digital terminology such as Raw format and High dynamic range. It also defines a wide variety of practical terms including ISO speed Backlighting and Noise as well as conceptual terms and photographic styles ranging from Photojournalism to Distortion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003104018

The Visual DimensionAspects Of Jewish Art This book looks at art historical explorations matters of archival legitimacy the survival of fakes and forgeries and many other aspects of Jewish art. It commemorates the life and work of Isaiah Shachar through the medium of papers given at the first international conference on Jewish art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297091

The Visual Effects ArsenalVFX Solutions for the Independent Filmmaker Master what it takes to make your rotoscoping and digital painting blend seamlessly into each shot. Through illustrious four color presentation the book features step-by-step instruction on the artistic techniques of rotoscoping and digital painting with lessons on: Articulate mattes Digital paint in moving footage Motion tracking Advanced rotoscoping and digital paint techniques and much moreIt also features practical insight on the subject and industry delving into: The history and evolution of rotoscoping and the role of the rotoscoperA typical day in the life of a rotoscoperHow to get a job as a rotoscoper. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138474260

The Visual Effects ProducerUnderstanding the Art and Business of VFX Go behind the scene of the behind the scenes to learn how the business of producing the dazzling visual effects we see in movies and on TV works. With decades of combined VFX production and supervisory experience in Hollywood the authors share their experience with you illuminating standard industry practices and tips on: * preproduction planning * scheduling * budgeting * evaluating vendors and the bidding process * effective data management * working on-set off-set or overseas* dealing with changes in post-production* legal issues (contracts insurance business ethics) and more Also included are interviews with established successful Hollywood VFX Producers about their career paths and how they got to where they are now.From pre-production to final delivery this is your complete guide to visual effects production providing insight on VFX budgeting and scheduling (with actual forms for your own use) and common production techniques such as motion control miniatures and pre-visualization. Also included is a companion website (www.focalpress.com/cw/finance-9780240812632) with forms and documents for you to incorporate into your own VFX production workflows. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138133273

The Visual FactoryBuilding Participation Through Shared Information If you're aware of the tremendous improvements achieved in productivity and quality as a result of employee involvement then you'll appreciate the great value of creating a visual factory. This book explains why conventional work areas where fragmented information flows from ""top to bottom "" must be replaced by the ""visual workplace "" where information flows in every direction. It details how visual management can make the factory a place where workers and supervisors freely communicate so that every employee can take improvement action.The author's year-long worldwide research resulted in an abundance of practical recommendations. The communication techniques he suggests will:Foster cohesion within groups of employees.Turn fault-based into fact based communication.Overcome such problems as absenteeism and high defect rates.Stimulate an unending flow of suggestions from employees.A valuable resource for plant operations and human relations managers this text discusses how successful companies develop meeting and communication areas communicate work standard production controls such as kanban and make goals and progress visible. Over 200 diagrams and photos illustrate the numerous visual techniques discussed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203719114

The Visual in Sport This comprehensive novel and exciting interdisciplinary collection brings together leading international authorities from the history of sport social history art history film history design history cultural studies and related fields to explore the ways in which visual culture has shaped and continues to impact upon our understanding of sport as an integral element within popular culture. Visual representations of sport have previously been little examined and under-exploited by historians with little focused and rigorous scrutiny of these vital historical documents. This study seeks to redress this balance by engaging with a wide variety of cultural products ranging from sports stadia and monuments in the public arena to paintings prints photographs posters stamps design artefacts films and political cartoons. By examining the contexts of both the production and reception of this historical evidence and highlighting the multiple meanings and social significance of this body of work the collection provides original powerful and stimulating insights into the ways in which visual material assists our knowledge and understanding of sport. This collection will facilitate researchers publishers and others with an interest in sport to move beyond traditional text-based scholarship and appreciate the powerful imagery of sport in new ways. This book was previously published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138798335

The Visual StoryCreating the Visual Structure of Film TV and Digital Media This updated edition of a best-selling classic shows you how to structure your visuals as carefully as a writer structures a story or composers structure their music. The Visual Story teaches you how to design and control the structure of your production using the basic visual components of space line shape tone color movement and rhythm. You can use these components to effectively convey moods and emotions create a visual style and utilize the important relationship between the visual and the story structures. Using over 700 color illustrations author Bruce Block explains how understanding the connection between story and visual structures will guide you in the selection of camera angles lenses actor staging composition set design and locations lighting storyboard planning camera coverage and editing. The Visual Story is an ideal blend of theory and practice. The concepts and examples in this new edition will benefit students learning cinematic production as well as professional writers directors cinematographers art directors animators game designers and anyone working in visual media who wants a better understanding of visual structure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138014152

The Visual Turn and the Transformation of the Textbook Is the emerging digital multimedia culture of today transforming the textbook or forever displacing it? As new media of transmission enter the classroom the traditional textbook is now caught up in a dialogue reshaping the textual boundaries of the book and with it the traditional modes of cognition and learning which are bound more to language than to visual form. Most of the important work in the past two decades in the field of curriculum has focused on the culture of the textbook. A rich literature has evolved around textbooks as the traditional object of instructional activity. This volume is an important contribution to this literature which focuses on the actual making of a textbook. This design process serves as a metaphor that suggests new paradigms of learning and instruction in which text content is but one component in a multidimensional information space.The Visual Turn is an exploration along the border of this new learning space transforming the traditional center of instruction in the classroom. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410602633

The Visual TurnSouth Asia Across the Disciplines The Visual Turn: South Asia Across the Disciplines explores new perspectives made possible by the evidence drawn from visual culture. This evidence is utilized by historians literary analysts anthropologists and in a new way art historians. Focusing on built environments within their urban contexts; the interactions of buildings roads and bodies; the meaning-making achieved through consumption of images (on their own or in concert with literary texts) all contribute to a much broader and deeper understanding of change in South Asia. Juxtaposed these case studies not only approach their topics in a multi-disciplinary manner but also make clear just what scholars from various disciplines can learn from each other to add nuance and depth to their own analyses. In the process the authors demonstrate how the application of different methods and theorizing when coupled with a fascinating range of types of evidence contribute to a significant broadening of our abilities to interpret the past and the present. In particular these essays bring new ways of thinking about cities as well as the multiple ways that visual culture contributes to individual and collective forms of identity-narratives that are negotiated at key moments of change in South Asia. Readers will see their own materials and historicized contexts with new eyes. This book was published as a special issue of South Asia: Journal of South Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138060487

The Visual World in Memory The book examines how well we remember what we see. Research in human memory for visual material varies tremendously across the time scales stimuli and scenarios of interest. Because of these distinct pursuits research in the field of 'visual memory' is in practice rather compartmentalized and as such is disseminated across a range of literatures. The Visual World in Memory pulls together this disparate field with a series of chapters each written by a leading expert that concisely present the state-of-the-science in all the areas of research. The result is a single source of information that bridges the divides that separate the field as a whole. Each chapter reviews and analyzes current theories and controversies regarding such issues as visual and spatial working memory memory for visual features conjunctions objects and locations memory for faces memory for real-world scenes memory for visual events the role of visual memory in motor planning and action the relationship between visual memory reference frames and navigation and visual imagery. The rigorous discussion and analysis included in each chapter will appeal to established researchers and vision scientists whilst the breadth of the book will make it an ideal companion for students learning about memory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654760

The Visual World of the Child ‘How do children see the world?’ is a question of immense importance which fascinates not only psychologists but also parents and all those concerned with education. In this English translation first published in 1976 the author who was Professor of Psychology at the René Descartes University in Paris provided the most comprehensive review at the time of the development of visual perception in children a field to which she herself had made a substantial contribution. Her book which gave the first comprehensive study of the relationship between cognitive development and perceptual activities in small children explores how they interpret visual information and gradually build up a picture of the world. The author had devoted fifteen years to research on the visual world of the child and possessed an exhaustive knowledge of the experimental literature on the subject in English French Russian and other languages. She saw perception as a form of knowledge which the child exploits and adapts in a variety of ways at different stages of development. This is brilliantly demonstrated in her own research on the strategies children use in judging things as ‘different’ or ‘the same’ and the way these relate to the structure of their perceptual organisation. This book is essential reading for anyone with a serious interest in developmental and cognitive psychology; it also provides an object lesson in the application of experimental methods. In addition the organisation of the material made it a valuable textbook for advanced undergraduate and post-graduate teaching and will still be of interest in its historical context today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138210844

The Visualised FoetusA Cultural and Political Analysis of Ultrasound Imagery The latest three- and four dimensional images produced by modern ultrasound technology offer strikingly realistic representations of the foetus - representations that have further transformed experiences of pregnancy the public understanding of foetal existence and the rhetoric of the abortion debate. Presenting a timely feminist engagement with this new technology The Visualised Foetus explores the widespread familiarity with and popularity of this new technology within the context of a longer history of foetal visualisations. The book offers an array of case studies that examine the diffusion of 3/4D ultrasound images beyond the clinic and the implications of this new technology for biopolitics in the European and American context. With attention to the non-diagnostic and commercial use of 3/4D images the impact of 3/4D ultrasound within the abortion debate and new claims that ultrasound aids maternal-foetal bonding The Visualised Foetus demonstrates the tension between the social and medical significances of foetal ultrasound the pleasures and dangers of foetal imagery for women the contested status of ultrasonography as 'scientific' imagery and struggles over the authority to define and interpret ultrasound imagery. As such it will appeal to scholars of the sociology of medicine and the body social theory and gender and cultural studies as well as those with interest in science and technology studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108011

The Visually ImpairedCurricular Access and Entitlement in Further Education First published in 1994. The chapters that make up this book are not primarily about disability or visual impairment. What they do address is the right of all people to have further education and training made available in ways that meet their needs regardless of gender race age and ability. This book examines their entitlement to this education and some of the ways in which it can be made accessible. The issues raised are relevant to all people entering further education and training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138597662

The Vital CenturyEngland's Economy 1714-1815 Long neglected the Eighteenth Century is now the focus for much of the most exciting work in history today. This new research has so altered and expanded our understanding of the Georgian economy that some historians now question the very idea of an `Industrial Revolution'. John Rule uses the latest scholarship for a comprehensive and magisterial review -- of population output agriculture manufacture labour communications towns finance and domestic and overseas markets -- through which he reassesses the `vital century' in which the contours of the modern economy first emerge to view.An analytical survey which offers the first comprehensive economic history of the C.18th. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138165298

The Vital LandscapeNature and the Built Environment in Nineteenth-Century Britain The Vital Landscape explores the arrival of the biological sciences - most notably the sciences oflife entailed in studies of botany and zoology ecology and evolutionary science physiology and psychology - in the nineteenth century and their impact on architecture and landscape architecture in Great Britain. Specifically the book explores the idea of the contrived or artificial environment as an object of both scientific speculation and aesthetic reflection. Unlike specialist histories of biological science or environmental thought this book is unique in locating one source for present-day concerns for the environment and human well-being in debates over proper housing and the growing popularity of domestic and public gardens in the nineteenth century. The book skilfully interweaves architecture and garden history the history and philosophy of science plant and animal physiology and human psychology works of literature popular science and domestic economy in a story that opens new opportunities for the study of architecture and gardens. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398394

The Vital Science (Routledge Revivals)Biology and the Literary Imagination 1860-1900 In this title first published in 1984 Peter Morton argues that in late Victorian Britain a group of novelists and essayists quite consciously sought and found ideas in post-Darwinian biology that were susceptible to imaginative transformation. The period between 1860 and 1900 was a time of great confusion in biology; the natural selection hypothesis was in retreat before its acute critics and no extension of evolutionary theory to human affairs was too bizarre to attract its quota of enthusiasts. Writers capitalised on this prevailing uncertainty and used it to their own artistic or polemic ends. A fascinating and interdisciplinary title this reissue will interest students of late Victorian literature as well as historians of biological theory between The Origin of Species and Mendel. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138799271

The Vitality of Karamojong ReligionDying Tradition or Living Faith? How long can a traditional religion survive the impact of world religions state hegemony and globalization? The ’Karamoja problem’ is one that has perplexed colonial and independent governments alike. Now Karamojong notoriety for armed cattle raiding has attracted the attention of the UN and USAID since the proliferation of small arms in the pastoralist belt across Africa from Sudan to stateless Somalia is deemed a threat to world security. The consequences are ethnocidal but what makes African peoples stand out against state and global governance? The traditional African religion of the Karamojong despite the multiple external influences of the twentieth century and earlier has remained at the heart of their culture as it has changed through time. Drawing on oral accounts and the language itself as well as his extensive experience of living and working in the region Knighton avoids Western perspectivism to highlight the successful reassertion of African beliefs and values over repeated attempts by interventionists to replace or subvert them. Knighton argues that the religious aspect of Karamojong culture with its persistent faith dimension is one of the key factors that have enabled them to maintain their amazing degree of religious political and military autonomy in the postmodern world. Using historical and anthropological approaches the real continuities within the culture and the reasons for mysterious vitality of Karamojong religion are explored. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246249

The Vivekacudamani of Sankaracarya BhagavatpadaAn Introduction and Translation Advaita Vedanta is one of the most important and widely studied schools of thought in Hindu religion and the Vivekacudamani is one of the most important texts in the Advaita tradition and the most popular philosophical work ascribed to the great Indian philosopher Sankara. Sankara (c.650-700) is considered to be a giant among giants and probably the most venerated philosopher in India's long history. The Vivekacudamani is in the form of a dialogue between a preceptor (guru) and a pupil (sisya) expounding the quintessence of Advaita in which the pupil humbly approaches the preceptor and having served the teacher selflessly implores to be rescued from worldly existence (samsara). The guru promises to teach the way to liberation (moksa) which culminates in the ecstatic experience of one's own Self. This book presents an accessible translation of the entire text and also includes Upanisadic cross-referencing to most of its 580 verses extensive notes a lengthy Introduction list of variant readings an extensive bibliography and an index to the verses. All those interested in Indian religion and philosophy Hindu studies or Sanskrit will find this readable English translation of an Indian philosophical classic invaluable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277953

The VLSI Handbook For the new millenium Wai-Kai Chen introduced a monumental reference for the design analysis and prediction of VLSI circuits: The VLSI Handbook. Still a valuable tool for dealing with the most dynamic field in engineering this second edition includes 13 sections comprising nearly 100 chapters focused on the key concepts models and equations.Written by a stellar international panel of expert contributors this handbook is a reliable comprehensive resource for real answers to practical problems. It emphasizes fundamental theory underlying professional applications and also reflects key areas of industrial and research focus.WHAT'S IN THE SECOND EDITION? Sections on… Low-power electronics and design VLSI signal processing Chapters on… CMOS fabrication Content-addressable memory Compound semiconductor RF circuits High-speed circuit design principles SiGe HBT technology Bipolar junction transistor amplifiers Performance modeling and analysis using SystemC Design languages expanded from two chapters to twelve Testing of digital systems Structured for convenient navigation and loaded with practical solutions The VLSI Handbook Second Edition remains the first choice for answers to the problems and challenges faced daily in engineering practice. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315222004

The Vocation of Evelyn WaughFaith and Art in the Post-War Fiction Arguing against the critical commonplace that Evelyn Waugh’s post-war fiction represents a decline in his powers as a writer D. Marcel DeCoste offers detailed analyses of Waugh's major works from Brideshead Revisited to Unconditional Surrender. Rather than representing an ill-advised departure from his true calling as an iconoclastic satirist DeCoste suggests these novels form a cohesive artful whole precisely as they explore the extent to which the writer’s and the Catholic’s vocations can coincide. For all their generic and stylistic diversity these novels pursue a new sustained exploration of Waugh’s art and faith both. As DeCoste shows Waugh offers in his later works an under-remarked meditation on the dangers of a too-avid devotion to art in the context of modern secularism forging in the second half of his career a literary achievement that both narrates and enacts a contrary and Catholic literary vocation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879891

The Voegelinian RevolutionA Biographical Introduction Over the past half-century Eric Voegelin has produced a demanding body of writing on the philosophy of history and the history of political theory since antiquity. This is the first full-scale treatment of his inquiry into the reality of man's political existence. It includes close readings of the texts with Voegelin's own comments on them interspersed offering a thorough explication of the philosopher's quest.Incorporating an "Autobiographical Memoir" prepared in collaboration with Voegelin especially for the volume Ellis Sandoz interweaves the events of this great thinker's life with the philosophical inquiry to which that life has been devoted. Among the uniquely engaging biographical subjects covered are Voegelin's reminiscences of his involvement with such seminal minds as Max Weber and with Karl Kraus Hans Kelsen and other lights of Vienna's intellectual community of the 1920s and 1930s; a full discussion of his early responses to national socialism and his escape from the Anschluss in 1938; and a summary of his early years in America with particular attention to the years at Louisiana State University with Cleanth Brooks Robert Penn Warren and Robert Heilman.Carefully analyzing Voegelin's contribution to our understanding of ourselves Sandoz convincingly argues that Voegelin's achievement is revolutionary. He emphasizes the common sense running through Voegelin's thought and reveals how Voegelin reached a new analysis of reality and provides us with a new science of human affairs. Sandoz does not reveal the "truth to end the quest for truth " but shows how such "stop history" answers are defective. Exploring the meaning of that "first truth" as it has been intellectually and spiritually unraveled by one of our century's leading thinkers Voegelinian Revolution shows anyone interested in politics and human affairs how to follow Voegelin's path. This book will be of interest to historians political theorists students of philosophy and religion and educated readers concerned about the plight of American/Western civilization and looking for a new view on our current "crisis." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539419

The Voice BookRevised Edition First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138137646

The Voice of MusicConversations with Composers of Our Time This title was first published in 2000. Extensive and generously illustrated interviews have been a feature of the lively Danish music periodical "Dansk Musik Tidsskrift" (Danish Music Review) since the 1960s. Now a long-standing tradition these "conversations" with influential composers from all over the world are prepared by professional musicians and experienced writers on music. This volume is a collection of interviews selected from issues published since 1990 by Anders Beyer the journal's editor-in-chief. The book gives an up-to-date picture of the North European musical perspectives through interviews with composers from each of the Nordic countries. These are further complemented by interviews with trend-setting composers from the rest of Europe and America. The interviews have been edited and translated into English to make them accessible to a wider audience. The volume features interviews with composers including Erik Bergman Tikhon Chrennikov Edison Denisov Hans Gerfors Philip Glass Sofia Gubaidulina and Pelle Gudmundsen-Holmgreen. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138731158

The Voice of Nature in Ted Hughes’s Writing for ChildrenCorrecting Culture's Error Despite the fame Ted Hughes’s poetry has achieved there has been surprisingly little critical writing on his children’s literature. This book identifies the importance of Hughes’s children’s writing from an ecocritical perspective and argues that the healing function that Hughes ascribes to nature in his children’s literature is closely linked to the development of his own sense of environmental responsibility. This book will be the first sustained examination of Hughes’s greening in relation to his writing for children providing a detailed reading of Hughes’s children’s literature through his poetry prose and drama as well as his critical essays and letters. In addition it also explores how Hughes’s children’s writing is a window to the poet’s own emotional struggles as well as his environmental consciousness and concern to reconnect a society that has become alienated from nature. This book will be of great interest to not only those studying Ted Hughes but also students and scholars of environment and literature ecocriticism children’s literature and twentieth-century literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367856007

The Voice of ShameSilence and Connection in Psychotherapy Shame and shame reactions are two of the most delicate and difficult issues of psychotherapy and are among the most likely to defy our usual dynamic systemic and behavioral theories. In this groundbreaking new collection The Voice of Shame thirteen distinguished authors show how use of the Gestalt model of self and relationship can clarify the dynamics of shame and lead us to fresh approaches and methods in this challenging terrain. This model shows how shame issues become pivotal in therapeutic and other relationships and how healing shame is the key to transformational change. The contributors show how new perspectives on shame gained in no particular area transfer and generalize to other areas and settings. In so doing they transform our fundamental understanding of psychotherapy itself. Grounded in the most recent research on the dynamics and experience of shame this book is a practical guide for all psychotherapists psychologists clinicians and others interested in self psychotherapy and relationship. This book contains powerful new insights for the therapist on a full-range of topics from intimacy in couples to fathering to politics to child development to gender issues to negative therapeutic reactions. Filled with anecdotes and case examples as well as practical strategies The Voice of Shame will transform your ideas about the role of shame in relationships - and about the potential of the Gestalt model to clarify and contextualize other approaches. Media > Books > Print Books Gestalt Press 9781138133556

The Voice of the AnalystNarratives on Developing a Psychoanalytic Identity The Voice of the Analyst contains personal narratives by twelve psychoanalysts each taking the reader through his or her unique path toward developing a voice and identity as an analyst. All come from different backgrounds theoretical orientations and stages of their careers. The narratives are courageous and uncommonly revealing in a profession that demands so much reserve and anonymity from its practitioners. This book demonstrates that the analyst’s work is a product of their characters as well as training and theory.  The narrative form in this book offers a refreshing and necessary companion to the theoretical and clinical writing that dominates the field. The editors show the importance of developing a unique voice and identity if one is to function well as an analyst. This endeavor cannot be accomplished solely through technical training especially with the isolation that characterizes clinical practice. There are pressures that analysts experience alone in their practice from patients and themselves as well as other professionals forces that render technical training and theory alone inadequate in facilitating the development of one’s analytic voice and identity. Enter the form of the personal narrative presented in this book.  This fascinating compilation of narratives shows how the contributors bear striking similarities and differences to one another. Despite their different backgrounds they display commonality in their sensitivity towards mental and emotional states and their wish to heal suffering. However they also exemplify wide differences in motivations interests and what makes them tick as psychoanalysts. The Voice of the Analyst will be a great companion book for established psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists and those in training as well as mental health professionals keen to understand what it takes to become a psychoanalyst and to enhance their personal and professional development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138929142

The Voice of the BluesClassic Interviews from Living Blues Magazine The Voice of the Blues brings together interviews with many pioneering blues men including Muddy Waters Howlin' Wolf Little Walter Jimmy Reed B.B. King and many others. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315023625

The Voice of the ChildHow to Listen Effectively to Young Children If we want children to be successful confident independent learners we need to relearn the skill of truly listening. The Voice of the Child builds on a number of theories which recognise the importance of interacting with and listening to the children in our care and demonstrates how these can be put into practice - listening communicating and hearing the voice of the child effectively. The book addresses each phase of a child’s development from birth through to five years and explains how communication skills can be used to support individual children’s specific needs. Chapters offer practical tips and strategies to help early years practitioners to listen and communicate in such a way as to encourage and enhance the development of a child’s speech and language skills. With case studies and reflective questions included throughout the book highlights the importance of listening to children in order to keep them safe ensure they feel included in their community and to promote their confidence and self-esteem. The Voice of the Child is essential reading for early years practitioners and students including those on Childhood Studies courses who want to gain a clear understanding of how their own communication skills can impact on the child. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138636170

The Voices and Rooms of European Bioethics This book reflects on the many contributions made in and to European bioethics to date in various locations and from various disciplinary perspectives. In so doing the book advances understanding of the academic and social status of European bioethics as it is being supported and practiced by various disciplines such as philosophy law medicine and the social sciences applied to a wide range of areas. The European focus offers a valuable counter-balance to an often prominent US understanding of bioethics. The volume is split into four parts. The first contains reflection on bioethics in the past present and future and also considers how comparison between countries and disciplines can enrich bioethical discourse. The second looks at bioethics in particular locations and contexts including: policy boardrooms and courtrooms; studios and virtual rooms; and society while the third part explores the translation of theories and concepts of bioethics into the clinical setting. The fourth and final section focuses on academic expressions of bioethics as it is theorised in various disciplines and also as it is taught whether in classrooms or at the patient’s bedside. The book features unique contributions from a range of experts including: Alastair V Campbell; Ruth Chadwick; Angus Dawson; Raymond G. De Vries; Suzanne Ost; Renzo Pegoraro; Rouven Porz; Paul Schotsmans; Jochen Vollmann; Guy Widdershoven and Hub Zwart. Chapter 10 of this book ''You Don't Need Proof When You've Got Instinct!': Gut Feelings and Some Limits to Parental Authority' by Giles Birchley is available under an open access CC BY NC ND license and can be viewed at: http://www.tandfebooks.com/userimages/ContentEditor/1438250845242/9780415737197_chapter10.pdf .   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138701984

The Voices of WittgensteinThe Vienna Circle First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865357

The Volksbuhne MovementA History This publication is the first comprehensive account in English of the history of the Freie Volksb^D"hne founded in Berlin in 1890 through the interaction of Social Democracy and Theatrical Naturalism. Cecil Davies details the nationwide growth of the Volksb^D"hne Movement during the 1920s through the 1990s - including Germany's stormy history up to World War I the problems associated with building the Volksbühne's own theatre and the reunification of Germany. Weight is given to the contributions of major figures in the movement such as Bruno Wille Siegfried Nestriepke and Erwin Piscator. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315079820

The Volta River BasinWater for Food Economic Growth and Environment The Volta River Basin (VRB) is an important transboundary basin in West Africa that covers approximately 410 000 square kilometres across six countries: Benin Burkina Faso Côte d’Ivoire Ghana Mali and Togo. Its natural resources sustain the livelihoods of its population and contribute to economic development. This book provides a comprehensive interdisciplinary review and assessment of the issues and challenges faced. The authors provide a science-based assessment of current and future scenarios of water availability the demands of key sectors including agriculture and hydropower and the environment under changing demographic economic social and climatic conditions. They also identify solutions and strategies that will allow available water resources to be sustainably used to improve agricultural productivity food security and economic growth in the VRB. Overall the work examines from a multidisciplinary and multi-stakeholder perspective the solutions and strategies to improve the use of water and other natural resources in the VRB to achieve enhanced food security livelihoods and economic growth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367736910

The Volunteer ForceA Social and Political History 1859-1908 Originally published in 1975 The Volunteer Force is a study of the part-time military force which came into being to meet the mid-nineteenth century fear of French invasion. It survived and grew for fifty years until in 1908 it was renamed and remodelled as the Territorial Force. Composed initially of middle-class and often middle-aged gentlemen who elected their own officers and paid for their own equipment the Volunteer Force soon became youthful and working-class with appointed middle-class officers a Government subsidy and a minor military role as an adjunct to the Regular Army. This book examines the origins of the Force the transformation in its social composition the difficulties in finding officers who were ‘gentlemen’ the ambiguous status of the Force both in the local community and in the Regular Army and the political influence which the Force exerted in the early twentieth century. Above all it is concerned with the reasons for and the implications of enrolment; publicists argued that the Force was the embodiment of patriotism and an indication of working-class loyalty to established institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233273

The Von Hassell DiariesThe Story Of The Forces Against Hitler Inside Germany 19381944 In this secret diary Ulrich von Hassell gives us a vivid contemporary account of the various plots against Hitler's wartime Reich in Germany from 1938–1944. It is a first complete edition of his wartime memoir with new material from his grandson Agostino von Hassell. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297107

The Voting Rights Act of 1965Race Voting and Redistricting First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315054940

The Voyage of Captain Bellingshausen to the Antarctic Seas 1819-1821Translated from the Russian Volume I Various translators especially Edward Bullough and N. Volkov. The pagination of this and the following volume (Second Series 92) is continuous. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1945. Owing to technical constraints it has not been possible to reproduce the map which was included in a pocket at the end of the first edition of the work. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551722

The Voyage of Captain Bellingshausen to the Antarctic Seas 1819-1821Translated from the Russian Volume II Follows on with continuous main pagination from Second Series 91. An additional section entitled 'Short notes on the colonies of New South Wales' is included. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1945. Owing to technical constraints it has not been possible to reproduce the map which was included in a pocket at the end of the first edition of the work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315084930

The Voyage of Captain Don Felipe Gonzalez in the Ship of the Line San Lorenzo with the Frigate Santa Rosalia in Company to Easter Island i Journals instructions minutes and despatches transcribed translated and edited with an extract from the 1825 journal of Lieut. George Peard of H.M.S. Blossom. Preface by Cyprian Bridge. Includes a bibliography of 'Easter Island and the Pacific Ocean' pp. 147-58. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1908. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551715

The Voyage of Captain John Narbrough to the Strait of Magellan and the South Sea in his Majesty's Ship Sweepstakes 1669-1671 In 2009 after a public appeal the British Library purchased a manuscript ‘Booke’ which Captain Narbrough bought in 1666 and into which he subsequently entered his journals of his voyages and correspondence relating to them. The ‘Booke’ contains his own fair copy of the journal of his voyage through the Strait of Magellan and north to Valdivia in the Sweepstakes 1669-1671. This is published here for the first time together with an incomplete and somewhat different copy of the journal held in the Bodleian Library which was made for him by a clerk after he returned to England and which was partially published in 1694. Both versions of the journal together with previously unpublished records made by members of his company as well as reproductions of the charts which Narbrough relied on and those he produced are printed here. Narbrough's mission was to carry out a passenger who referred to himself as Don Carlos Enriques and who claimed to have expert knowledge of Peru and Chile and contacts with disaffected colonists and indigenous peoples. Don Carlos's written proposals to King Charles II and his ministers only recently discovered are here translated from Spanish and give a clear sense of the character if not the real identity of an adventurer who gave the authorities in England Chile and Peru totally different and changing stories about his status and the purpose of the voyage. Narbrough's conduct of the voyage has been criticized by later authors who have focussed on his inability recover four of his ship’s company from detention in Valdivia and the lack of tangible results in the form of trade or contacts with indigenous groups. The more complete story provided here shows that Narbrough carried out his ambiguous orders to the letter. His chart of the Strait of Magellan remained the principal chart of the area for the next century. King Charles II and James Duke of York both recognized his abilities. He was rapidly re-employed in naval service subsequently knighted and rose to become a Commissioner of the Navy and Commander in Chief in the Mediterranean. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781908145208

The Voyage of Captain John Saris to Japan 1613 Saris's journal with two of his reports to the East India Company a letter and extracts from Purchas. Contents: Introduction.-The journal from Bantam to Japan and back to England.-App. A: Two letters written by Saris on his return. I. From the Cape June 1 1614. II. From Plymouth October 17 1614.-App. B: Observations of Saris on the Eastern trade compiled during his residence at Bantam as factor. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1900. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551708

The Voyage of François Leguat of Bresse to Rodriguez Mauritius Java and the Cape of Good HopeVolume I Transcribed from the First English Edition of 1708 and edited and annotated. This volume covers the years 1689-1693. Continued in First Series 83. The supplementary material includes the 1890 annual report. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1889. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551692

The Voyage of François Pyrard of Laval to the East Indies the Maldives the Moluccas and BrazilVolume I The text is translated into English from the Third French edition of 1619 and edited with notes. This volume covers from 1601 to Pyrard's arrival at Goa in 1608 and is continued in First Series 77 and 80. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1887. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551685

The Voyage of George Vancouver 1791 - 1795Volume 2 Four of the greatest maritime exploring expeditions were crammed into two decades late in the 18th century - Cook's third voyage the French expedition commanded by La Pérouse the Malaspina expedition sent out by Spain and George Vancouver's Voyage of Discovery. All four visited the northwest coast of North America but weather and circumstances prevented Cook from making more than what Beaglehole calls ' a magnificent an epoch-making reconnaissance'; La Pérouse only touched the coast in a significant way at Yakutat Bay and Lituya Bay and Malasina's memorable visits were to Yakutat Bay and Nootka Sound. Vancouver by contrast surveyed the enormous extent of coast from Lower California to Cook Inlet and his meticulous survey literally set out on the map of the world the intricacies of Puget Sound and the western coast of mainland Canada. It was an achievement that places him with his mentor Cook in the first rank of marine surveyors. As a midshipman Vancouver had been with Cook when he discovered the Sandwich (Hawaiian) Islands in 1778. They attracted his interest and the attention he devoted to the islands their inhabitants and their political future when he twice later wintered there will surprise many. This is the first annotated edition of Vancouver's journal as he revised it for publication in 1798. The original manuscript has disappeared but fortunately no fewer than 25 partial or complete logs or journals by other members of the expedition have survived. These supplement Vancouver's narrative at many points. It has been possible to identify virtually all the host of islands channels and inlets that Vancouver encountered and the provenance of most of the approximately 400 place names he bestowed nine out of ten of which are still in use is indicated. Book 2 and part of Book 3 of a new and annotated edition of A Voyage of Discovery ... (London 1798). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315084923

The Voyage of George Vancouver 1791 - 1795Volume 3 Four of the greatest maritime exploring expeditions were crammed into two decades late in the 18th century - Cook's third voyage the French expedition commanded by La P use the Malaspina expedition sent out by Spain and George Vancouver's Voyage of Discovery. All four visited the northwest coast of North America but weather and circumstances prevented Cook from making more than what Beaglehole calls ' a magnificent an epoch-making reconnaissance'; La P use only touched the coast in a significant way at Yakutat Bay and Lituya Bay and Malasina's memorable visits were to Yakutat Bay and Nootka Sound. Vancouver by contrast surveyed the enormous extent of coast from Lower California to Cook Inlet and his meticulous survey literally set out on the map of the world the intricacies of Puget Sound and the western coast of mainland Canada. It was an achievement that places him with his mentor Cook in the first rank of marine surveyors. As a midshipman Vancouver had been with Cook when he discovered the Sandwich (Hawaiian) Islands in 1778. They attracted his interest and the attention he devoted to the islands their inhabitants and their political future when he twice later wintered there will surprise many. This is the first annotated edition of Vancouver's journal as he revised it for publication in 1798. The original manuscript has disappeared but fortunately no fewer than 25 partial or complete logs or journals by other members of the expedition have survived. These supplement Vancouver's narrative at many points. It has been possible to identify virtually all the host of islands channels and inlets that Vancouver encountered and the provenance of most of the approximately 400 place names he bestowed nine out of ten of which are still in use is indicated. This volume in the set includes the remainder of Book 3 all Book 4 part of Book 5 of a new and annotated edition of A Voyage of Discovery ... (London 1798). The main pagination of this the Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315084916

The Voyage of George Vancouver 17911795Volume 4 Four of the greatest maritime exploring expeditions were crammed into two decades late in the 18th century - Cook's third voyage the French expedition commanded by La P use the Malaspina expedition sent out by Spain and George Vancouver's Voyage of Discovery. All four visited the northwest coast of North America but weather and circumstances prevented Cook from making more than what Beaglehole calls ' a magnificent an epoch-making reconnaissance'; La P use only touched the coast in a significant way at Yakutat Bay and Lituya Bay and Malasina's memorable visits were to Yakutat Bay and Nootka Sound. Vancouver by contrast surveyed the enormous extent of coast from Lower California to Cook Inlet and his meticulous survey literally set out on the map of the world the intricacies of Puget Sound and the western coast of mainland Canada. It was an achievement that places him with his mentor Cook in the first rank of marine surveyors. As a midshipman Vancouver had been with Cook when he discovered the Sandwich (Hawaiian) Islands in 1778. They attracted his interest and the attention he devoted to the islands their inhabitants and their political future when he twice later wintered there will surprise many. This is the first annotated edition of Vancouver's journal as he revised it for publication in 1798. The original manuscript has disappeared but fortunately no fewer than 25 partial or complete logs or journals by other members of the expedition have survived. These supplement Vancouver's narrative at many points. It has been possible to identify virtually all the host of islands channels and inlets that Vancouver encountered and the provenance of most of the approximately 400 place names he bestowed nine out of ten of which are still in use is indicated. Remainder of Book 5 of a new and annotated edition of A Voyage of Discovery ... (London 1798). The main pagination of this and the preceding three volumes is continuous. On the coast of North Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315084909

The Voyage of John Huyghen van Linschoten to the East IndiesFrom the Old English Translation of 1598. The First Book containing his Descrip The English translation is that of William Phillip. For the second volume see First Series 71. The supplementary material consists of the 1884 annual report. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1885. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551661

The Voyage of Nicholas Downton to the East Indies 1614-15As Recorded in Contemporary Narratives and Letters This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1939. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551654

The Voyage of Pedro Álvares Cabral to Brazil and IndiaFrom Contemporary Documents and Narratives Letters narratives and extracts from diaries etc. of 1500-01 chiefly of Portuguese and Venetian origin translated with introduction and notes. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1938. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315551647

The Voyage of Sir Henry Middleton to Bantam and the Maluco islandsBeing the Second Voyage set forth by the Governor and Company of Merchants The 1606 title-page begins: The last East-Indian voyage. The appendix includes commissions letters of James I addressed to foreign rulers and other documents. For a second edition see Second Series 88. The supplementary material includes the 1856 annual report. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1855. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315551623

The Voyage of Sir Henry Middleton to the Moluccas 1604-1606 A new and enlarged edition with an Introduction and Notes. For the previous edition see First Series 19 (1854). The additional material includes an account by Edmund Scott of events at Bantam 1603-05 and his description of Java. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1943. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551616

The Voyage of Sir Robert Dudley afterwards styled Earl of Warwick and Leicester and Duke of Northumberland to the West Indies 1594-1595Na This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1899. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551609

The Voyage of Thomas Best to the East Indies 1612-14 Journals extracts from journals and narratives written on board the Dragon and Hosiander by Best and various other persons including Ralph Standish and Ralph Croft with Best's correspondence and extracts from the Court minutes of the East India Company. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1934. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551593

The Voyage to IllyriaA New Study of Shakespeare First published in 1937. This study argues that the plays of Shakespeare must be studied by comparison with each other and not as separate entities; that they must be related to one another to the poems and to the Sonnets; that each individual play acquires a deeper significance from its setting in the corpus. Muir and O'Loughlin's critical analysis takes place against the personality of Shakespeare asserting that that despite all their diversities a single mind and a single hand dominate them and that they are the outcome of one man's critical and emotional reactions to life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010314

The Voyages and Colonising Enterprises of Sir Humphrey GilbertVolume I A collection of documents chiefly from English sources including a few relating to Ireland edited with introduction and notes. The main pagination of this and the following volume (Second Series 84) is continuous. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1940. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551586

The Voyages and Colonising Enterprises of Sir Humphrey GilbertVolumes I-II Volume I: A collection of documents chiefly from English sources including a few relating to Ireland edited with introduction and notes. First published: 1940. Volume II: Includes documents relating to the Munster plantation scheme 1569 and the Knollys piracy 1579. The main pagination is continuous. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volumes first published in 1940. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315084893

The Voyages and Manifesto of William Fergusson A Surgeon of the East India Company 1731–1739 This volume brings to publication for the first time the manuscript of William Fergusson a Scottish shipʼs surgeon who sailed for the East India Company in the 1730s. Written in 1767 while in retirement Fergussonʼs diaries are the memories of his youth spent travelling the world during his apprenticeship. They detail the four voyages he took the first a passage from Scotland to England with a lading in Ireland and three others to the East calling at ports in the Atlantic southern Africa Arabia India and Southeast Asia before reaching as far as China. Almost nothing is known of Fergusson and none of his other writings are known to survive. Remaining evidence suggests that he was an average man of his class who travelled the well-plied trade routes of European merchant capitalism. While many logbooks of these voyages survive comparatively few accounts were written by the men who sailed them. Fewer still ever come to light. Fergussonʼs manuscript offers a rare new source on what were by then the relatively routine voyages of the East India Companyʼs early trading network providing a treasure trove of comments on the politics economics societies and religious beliefs and practices he witnessed along the way. Originally titled ʻJournals of my Voyages & Manifestoʼ the name suggests Fergussonʼs manuscript offers far more than the insights usually contained in contemporary travelogues. In his manifesto readers will discover Fergussonʼs impassioned polemics on natural religion devotional ʻenthusiasmʼ just governance all while he implores the principles of rationality and reason. It is truly a manifesto of Enlightenment thought. As such it also provides a unique example of how those who sailed for the East India Company during the early modern era participated in a global intellectual exchange of ideas. Fergusson wrote his private memories in twenty-two small bound booklets all of which have been transcribed and annotated to guide the reader. These are presented here along with a critical introduction that contextualises the complex eighteenth-century world into which Fergusson voyaged including elements of his role as a shipʼs surgeon the Indian Ocean trading and political environment and the ideas of the Enlightenment he so passionately expressed. Researchers interested in the histories of ideas medicine early-modern colonialism maritime merchant empires as well as historians of Africa and Asia will find much new information to explore within the pages of this volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367713911

The Voyages and Works of John Davis the Navigator This edition with introduction and notes includes: The worldes hydrographical Discription (1595) The seamans secrets (1607) a list of works on navigation available before and during the reign of Elizabeth and her latters patent to Adrian Gilbert and others for the exploration of a North-West Passage. Owing to technical constraints this edition does not include the 16-page appendix of the original publication 'The Map of the World A.D. 1600 called by Shakspere 'the new map with the augmentation of the Indies'. To illustrate the Voyages of John Davis' with notes by C. H. Coote. Originally published separately as Volume 59(b) in the series. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1880. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315551579

The Voyages of Cadamosto and Other Documents on Western Africa in the Second Half of the Fifteenth Century Translation and edition. The additional documents in translation comprise a letter by Antoine Malfante 1447 an account of the voyages of Diogo Gomes c. 1456 and extracts from João de Barros Decadas de Asia. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1937. Owing to technical constraints it has not been possible to reproduce the map of "North-western Africa in the fifteenth century" which appeared in the first edition of the work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315551562

The Voyages of Captain Luke Foxe of Hull and Captain Thomas James of Bristol in Search of a North-West Passage in 1631-32With Narratives Containing part of the text of North-west Fox London 1635. This and the following volume (First series 89) have continuous main pagination. The supplementary material consists of the 1893 annual report. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1894. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551555

The Voyages of Pedro Fernandez de Quiros 1595 to 1606Volumes I-II Three narratives of voyages to the Pacific translated and edited. The main pagination of this and the following volume (Second Series 15) is continuous. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1904. Owing to technical constraints it has not been possible to reproduce the three maps original included in a pocket at the back of the first edition of the work. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551548

The Voyages of Sir James Lancaster Kt. to the East IndiesWith Abstracts of Journals of Voyages to the East Indies during the Seventeenth The abstracts relate to the voyages of Keeling and Hawkins Sharpie Sir Henry Middleton Thomas Love Nicholas Downton and Ralph Cross. With a calendar of ships' journals of the seventeenth century and a list of ships employed by the East India Company in the same period. For a revised edition of the Lancaster voyages see Second Series 85. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1877. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551524

The Voyages of Sir James Lancaster to Brazil and the East Indies 1591-1603 New edition with introduction and notes; for the previous edition by Sir Clements Markham see First Series 56 (1877). Contains three additional narratives and other documents and omits certain supplementary matter. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1940. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551531

The Voyages of the Venetian Brothers Nicolò and Antonio Zeno to the Northern Seas in the XIVth CenturyComprising the latest known Accounts The Italian text of the Zenos' narrative (compiled from the letters of Nicolò Zeno by Nicolò Zeno the Younger) and the Danish and Latin texts of Ivar Bardsen's description of Greenland in the fourteenth century with English translation. Translated and Edited with Notes and an Introduction. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1873. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551517

The Voyages of William Baffin 1612-1622 Edited with notes and an introduction from narratives and journals by John Gatonbe Robert Fotherby and others with Baffin's letters journals and other observations and various treatises on the probability of a North-West Passage. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1881. Owing to technical constraints it has not been possible to reproduce 'The Map of Coast of Arabia and entrance to the Pendant Gulf' which appeared on p.xliii of the first edition of this volume. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551500

The Vranitzky Era in Austria Franz Vranitzky the banker turned politician was chancellor during the ten years (1986-96) when the world dramatically changed in the aftermath of the cold war. Among postwar chancellors only Bruno Kreisky held office longer. The Austrian Social Democratic Party has been in power since 1970. Such longevity is unique in postwar European politics. The dominance of Social Democracy in particular is noteworthy when compared to the general decline of traditional leftist politics in Europe. The chapters in this volume try to assess Vranitzky's central role in recent Austrian and European history.Richard Luther presents the general European political context in which Vranitzky operated. Eva Nowotny Vranitzky's former principal foreign policy adviser and Austria's current ambassador to the United Kingdom analyzes his struggle over joining the European Union as well as Austria's security dilemmas following the cold war. Fritz Plasser looks at the changing electoral behavior of Austrians and the ascendancy of new parties. Irene Etzerdorfer concentrates on the long hegemony of Austrian Social Democratic leadership by comparing Vranitzky's and Kreisky's leadership styles. Other contributors include Sonja Puntscher-Riekmann Brigitte Unger Peter Rosner Alexander van der Bellen and George Winkler.A forum on postwar Austrian memory of World War II from a comparative perspective which continues the theme of previous volumes in this series is also included. Jonathan Petropoulos demonstrates how Swiss middlemen were in the center of dealing with stolen Nazi art during and after the war while Olive Rathkolb describes the shameful legacy of the Austrian government's procrastination in resolving the issue of Jewish "heirless art." Peter Utgaard shows how in Austria's postwar high school textbooks the American bombing of Hiroshima often figured more prominently than the Holocaust. Review essays and book reviews complete the volume. The Vranitzky Era in Austria is a compelling work for political scientists historians and Austria studies scholars.Gnter Bischof is associate director of Center Austria and associate professor of history at the University of New Orleans and former visiting professor at the University of Salzburg. Anton Pelinka is director of the Austrian Institute of Conflict Research in Vienna professor of political science at the University of Innsbruck and former visiting professor at Stanford University. Ferdinand Karlhofer is associate professor of political science at the University of Innsbruck and former visiting professor at the University of New Orleans. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539426

The Vulnerability of CitiesNatural Disasters and Social Resilience When disaster strikes in cities the effects can be catastrophic compared to other environments. But what factors actually determine the vulnerability or resilience of cities? The Vulnerability of Cities fills a vital gap in disaster studies by examining the too-often overlooked impact of disasters on cities the conditions leading to high losses from urban disasters and why some households and communities withstand disaster more effectively than others. Mark Pelling takes a fresh look at the literature on disasters and urbanization in light of recent catastrophes. He presents three detailed studies of cities in the global South drawn from countries with contrasting political and developmental contexts: Bridgetown Barbados - a liberal democracy; Georgetown Guyana - a post socialist-state; and Santo Domingo Dominican Republic - an authoritarian state in democratic transition. This book demonstrates that strengthening local capacity - through appropriate housing disaster-preparedness infrastructure and livelihoods - is crucial to improving civic resilience to disasters. Equally important are strong partnerships between local community-based organizations external non-governmental and governmental organizations public and private sectors and between city and national government. The author highlights and discusses these best practices for handling urban disasters. With rapid urbanization across the globe this book is a must-read for professionals policy-makers students and researchers in disaster management urban development and planning transport planning architecture social studies and earth sciences. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773379

The Vulnerable Andaman and Nicobar IslandsA Study of Disasters and Response This first full-length book addresses disasters in the context of vulnerability of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands that comprise 572 islands in the Bay of Bengal. It looks at the disasters that the islands have experienced in the last 200 years and analyzes major disasters since colonization by the British. Raising some critical questions this book attempts to understand the overall profile of disasters – the facts causes damage response and recovery – in the Andaman and Nicobar Islands. It discusses earthquakes cyclones tsunami and epidemics as well as impacts of World War II the penal colony and the post-Independence resettlement on the tribal population. The work will serve as a rich resource with its detailed tables figures maps and diagrams; appendices; and database ranging from travelogues Census of India reports and fieldwork to Right to Information (RTI) petitions that collect hitherto unknown facts. The book will be useful to students of geography disasters and disasters management climate and environmental studies history sociology island and ocean studies and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367735074

The Vulnerable TherapistPracticing Psychotherapy in an Age of Anxiety A passionate proactive stance on the present state of psychotherapy The Vulnerable Therapist: Practicing Psychotherapy in an Age of Anxiety picks the brains of contemporary mental health professionals and finds a common symptom--fear. You’ll see why litigation market forces and ethical confusion have raised a dark umbrella of angst over psychotherapy practices and discover what therapists can do to restore the profession to its former good self.The Vulnerable Therapist will capture your interest with its broad systemic approach contextual analysis fascinating case studies and anecdotal material. You’ll see the need for improvement at the institutional and individual levels of the psychotherapy professions. Specifically you’ll read about: social cultural and contextual aspects of the crisis of meaning in psychotherapy professional responses to the crisis of meaning which create ethical dilemmas for individual practitioners the power of language to construct and control mental health beliefs psychotherapy’s core constructs and ethical “buzzwords” psychological and legal risks in practicing psychotherapy today specific problems with licensing boards and other complaint channels problems with rule-based ethics alternative models for creating ethical therapist-client relationships Today more and more excessive litigation and market-driven forces are imposing standard ethics decisions on psychotherapists forcing them to see their clients through the clouded lenses of risk management and liability instead of through the lens of therapeutic need. Much like the symptomatic children whose dysfunctional family stops blaming them and starts shouldering part of the “problem ” distraught therapists need the psychotherapy profession to address its own psychopathology at the institutional level. The Vulnerable Therapist shows how you can contribute to a total revamping of the mental health professions in a way that facilitates rather than impedes ethical functioning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809922

The Vulva and Vaginal Manual This is a new book on the integrated management of vulvovaginal disease. The authors come from a variety of backgrounds - gynaecology dermatology pathology and psychology - and describe a multidisciplinary approach to these conditions. The book has the most complete classification of vulvovaginal disease published based on the etiology of 275 conditions; coverage includes benign malignant and functional (including psychosexual) diseases. Each disease has a descriptive summary pathological features and treatment guidelines. The book is illustrated in full color throughout. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391980

The VulvaPhysiology and Clinical Management Second Edition A unique compilation of expertise on anatomy physiology clinical issues and current research this textbook analyzes the range of presentation with age ethnicity symptoms disorders diagnoses and toxicity. The second edition of this essential resource for anyone taking care of female patients has been doubled in scope to include additional chapters. All physicians whether dermatologists or gynaecologists as well as those researching the scientific evidence and symptoms will benefit from the experience of the expert contributors and editors gathered here. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498752435

The W.R. Bion Tradition This book provides a clear comprehensive and sequential account of Bion's thinking his life experience and technical innovations saturated with quotes from his diaries and theoretical papers. It offers clinical vignettes to illuminate salient aspects of the therapeutic encounter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200369

The Wages of SlaveryFrom Chattel Slavery to Wage Labour in Africa the Caribbean and England The transition from chattel slavery to forced labour in Africa and the Caribbean during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries has commanded increasing attention from scholars in recent years. The Wages of Slavery tackles this subject from a protoproletarian perspective studies new labour regimes in Africa and the Caribbean and discusses work practices before and after emancipation the nature of the working week subsistence and surplus for slaves and free person and labour negotiations and confrontations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866065

The Wahhabi Movement in India Founded by Sayyid Ahmad (1786-1831) of Rae Bareli the Wahhabi Movement in India was a vigorous movement for socio-religious reforms in Indo-Islamic society in the nineteenth century with strong political undercurrents. It stood for a strong affirmation of Tauhid (unity of God) the efficacy of ijtihad (the right of further interpretation of the Quran and the Sunnah or of forming a new opinion by applying analogy) and the rejection of bid'at (innovation). It remained active for half a century.Sayyid Ahmad's writings show an awareness of the increasing British presence in the country and he regarded British India as a daru'l harb (abode of war). In 1826 he migrated and established an operational base in the independent tribal belt of the North Western Frontier area. After his death in the battle of Balakote the Movement slackened for some time but his adherents particularly Wilayet Ali and Enayat Ali of Patna revived the work and broad-based its activities.The climax of the Movement was reached in the Ambeyla War (1863) during which the English army suffered serious losses at the hands of the Wahhabis. This led the Government to take stern measures to suppress the Movement. Investigations were launched the leaders were arrested and sentenced to long-term imprisonments and their properties confiscated. That broke the back of the Movement but it continued to be a potential source of trouble to the government.The Movement does not fit in neatly in any one of the groups and categories into which the history of the early resistance to British rule has been divided by some of the writers on the subject. It cut across some of them time-wise and theme-wise. The existing studies on the subject do not offer a comprehensive profile of the Movement and fail to analyse its nature and the reasons for its failure politically.This well researched study drawing on a vast array of contemporary records many of them for the first time seeks to fill this gap and presents an integrated account of the rise and growth of the Movement its operation over the entire area and period of its existence its impact and reasons for its failure. Please note: This title is co-published with Manohar Publishers New Delhi. Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367514839

The Wake of Imagination With his remarkable range of vision the author takes us on a voyage of discovery that leads from Eden to Fellini from paradise to parody - plotting the various models of the imagination as: Hebraic Greek medieval Romantic existential and post-modern. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135376

The Wald ReportThe Decline Of Israeli National Security Since 1967 It took only fifteen years for an army once known for its agility and operational brilliance to turn into a clumsy bureaucratic labyrinth according to Colonel Emanuel Wald's report to Israeli Chief of Staff Moshe Levi. Not surprisingly Wald's conclusions greatly embarrassed Israeli political and military leaders as news of the report circulated t Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297114

The Walker Expedition to Quebec1711 The episode that is the subject of this volume occurred during the War of the Spanish Succession. At the time that Marlborough had completed his successful campaign in Europe the Secretary of State for War Henry St John had for some time been under pressure to help the colonial forces in northern America and the trade on that coast. Port Royal (renamed Annapolis Royal) in Nova Scotia had already been easily taken in 1710 and it was decided to send an expedition to capture Quebec and drive the French out of Canada. Several factors combined to doom the project from the start; political considerations obtruded including the choice not an obvious one of Admiral Sir Hovenden Walker to command it. Strenuous attempts were made unsuccessfully to keep it a great secret which considerably hampered the administrative preparations. There were no reliable charts of the St Lawrence River nor were reliable pilots easily obtainable as there had been very little traffic with Quebec by sea. Lastly numerous delays meant that the final preparations were rushed to avoid being caught upriver in the severe Canadian winter. The upshot was that the expedition was an abject failure with seven transports and a storeship being driven ashore and lost in a gale. The volume is based on Walker’s contemporary journal published in 1720 which is quite detailed and makes no attempt to show events in a favourable light to himself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911423188

The Walking LarderPatterns of Domestication Pastoralism and Predation This book is one of a series of more than 20 volumes resulting from the World Archaeological Congress September 1986 attempting to bring together not only archaeologists and anthropologists from many parts of the world as well as academics from contingent disciplines but also non-academics from a wide range of cultural backgrounds. This text looks at human-animal interactions especially some of the less well known aspects of the field. A number of studies in the book document some of the vast changes humankind has wrought upon the natural environment through the movement of various species of animals around the world. These chapters provide contributions to the understanding of contemporary ecological problems especially the deforestation taking place to provide grazing for live-stock. The 31 contributions offer a shop-window of approaches primarily from a biological perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817333

The Walled Arab City in Literature Architecture and HistoryThe Living Medina in the Maghrib This book offers a multidisciplinary approach to the medina the traditional walled Arab city of North Africa. The medina becomes a concrete case study for comparative explorations of general questions about the social use of urban space by opening up fields of research at the intersection of history comparative cultural studies architecture and anthropology. Essays by American European and North African scholars demonstrate a variety of sources and theoretical approaches now being used in writing historical narratives framed within the city space. They shed light on recent studies by anthropologists regarding social praxis within the urban context and analyze the urban experience of the medina and the casbah as they are represented in visual and material culture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038919

The Wandering Astronomer Drawing on his vast knowledge and direct experience of most of the key events in astronomy and space exploration during this century Patrick Moore takes a sideways look at the historical reports and contemporary thought behind a wide range of astronomical topics. The Wandering Astronomer presents his personal accounts of the towering characters of 20th-century astronomy intriguing facts about puzzling astronomical phenomena and amusing stories about the quirkier side of astronomy and space exploration. This collection of essays covers everything from the case of vanishing planets to UFOs over Selsey. Entertaining and informative it will be enjoyable reading for both seasoned and amateur astronomers as well as general science readers.About the Author Author and broadcaster Patrick Moore is a lunar specialist who makes observations from his home in Selsey on most clear nights. He has written more than 100 books and for the past 43 years he has presented BBC TV's Sky at Night program without missing a single episode. Moore served in the RAF during WWII and has been involved in astronomy since he was a boy. In 1967 he was awarded the OBE for his services to astronomy and in 1988 he received the CBE. He also recently received a knighthood in the New Years Honours list. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399030

The Waning of Major WarTheories and Debates This book is a systematic effort by leading international scholars to map the trends in major-power warfare and explore whether it is waxing or waning. The main point of departure is that major-power war as a historical institution is in decline. This does not mean though that wars between states are in general disappearing. While there is some convergence in the conclusions by individual authors they are by no means unanimous about the trend. The articles explore different causes and correlates of the declining trend in major-power warfare including the impact of the international structure nuclear weapons international law multilateral institutions sovereignty and value changes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315040301

The Waning of the Welfare State The welfare state in postwar Western Europe has been extended and intensified in a spectacular manner. Today "welfare" represents a complex mix of services covering health education welfare the arts leisure and social security. Anton C. Zijderveld is of the opinion that Europe's vast comprehensive welfare state is becoming leaner and meaner heading down a more sober path toward decentralization and deregulation which only but not merely secures order for its citizens and shields society's vulnerable. As the millennium approaches Zijderveld believes Europe is experiencing a cultural renaissance and a socioeconomic and political reformation in which the market will flourish and civil society will prosper.The Waning of the Welfare State focuses on the transformation of the welfare state in Europe over a four-decade period. Zijderveld employs the democratic triangle theoretical model in which democracy is viewed as a system in which state market and civil society are held in precious balance. If one component supersedes the other two democracy is endangered. In its 1960s and 1970s heyday the state took center stage at the expense of the market and civil society; social democracy was the prevailing ideology. In the 1980s the market triumphed often at the expense of both the state and civil society; this was the decade of liberalism. Today civil society prevails albeit at risk of being injurious to state and market. Ideologically this is the decade of conservatism.Zijderveld sees a future "Americanization" of European social policy producing a fortuitously balanced coalition of social democracy liberalism and conservatism; a place where safety and order prosperity and economic participation and social participation and meaningful interactions flourish equally. This transformation carries many risks. But it will in the end strengthen Europe's political economic and sociocultural stamina. If it also draws the Atlantic partners closer together as Zijderveld believes it does the chances of another European communist libertarian or fascist Gtterdommerung will remain remote. Zijderveld presents useful concepts in a highly organized fashion. He has produced a very important book for American readers who will hopefully discover beyond the often vast differences some basic similarities of structures and developments within the European welfare state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517110

The War Against Japan 1941-1945 (RLE World War II in Asia)An Annotated Bibliography With over 5 200 entries this volume remains one of the most extensive annotated bibliographies on the USA’s fight against Japan in the Second World War. Including books articles and de-classified documents up to the end of 1987 the book is organized into six categories: Part 1 presents reference works including encyclopedias pictorial accounts military histories East Asian histories hisotoriographies. Part 2: Diplomatic-political aspects of the war against Japan Part 3 contains sources on the economic and legal aspects of the war against Japan. Part 4 presents sources on the military apsects of the war – embracing land air and sea forces. Religious aspects of the war are covered in Part 5 and Part 6 deals with the social and cultural aspects including substantial sections on the treatment of Japanese minorities in the USA Hawaii Canada and Peru. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138912359

The War Between Mentalism and BehaviorismOn the Accessibility of Mental Processes This book considers one of the most fundamental but only infrequently considered issues in psychology--Are mental processes accessible by means of verbal reports and/or experimental assays? It is argues that this is the main characteristic distinguishing between behaviorism and mentalistic cognitivism. The answer posed by the author is that with few exceptions and for the most fundamental reasons mental processes are not accessible and that any psychology such as contemporary cognitivism based on a putative analysis of mind into its mental components must be fallacious. Classic and modern arguments against both mentalism and behaviorism are reviewed. In general it is concluded that most antibehaviorist arguments are based on second order humanistic considerations rather than those underlying the usual scientific standards. Behaviorism represents the best that can be done in a situation of fundamental immeasurability and uncertainty. A modern version is offered in the final chapter of this book. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138003361

The War Between the State and the FamilyHow Government Divides and Impoverishes Patricia Morgan's core assumption is that the family is an extremely effective vehicle for raising the welfare of its members. If this is correct it is quite possible that the state can best support the family by doing very little--by not taxing the family heavily and by minimizing the subsidization of those who choose alternatives to financially self-sustaining family life.At one level Morgan argues the family can be seen as a unit within which there occurs enormous transfer of economic resources between husband and wife parents and children and on a wider scale within extended families. The family is the most important vehicle of welfare and the welfare vehicle of first resort. Within the family many services are provided by family members to each other rarely for direct personal benefit. Basic economic analysis Morgan asserts suggests that the family could be seriously undermined if the state provided significant support for dependents who are not brought up within self-sustaining family units and if it also provided services such as childcare that are generally provided within families. This work shows that this is precisely what has happened in the last twenty-five years.The driving force of significantly reduced family formation is not economic but social. Perhaps social changes have led to a desire by individuals to bring up children in family circumstances different from those of a generation or two ago but evidence does not support this hypothesis. Rather tax and benefit systems seem to be important determinants of family structure worldwide. Patricia Morgan does not simply analyze the problem she also suggests policy solutions. The author argues that divorce laws should be reformed to ensure that those who make commitments are held financially responsible. The author's argument is compelling because it is backed up with strong evidence and is argued from an unemotional economic perspective--individuals within families are rational agents who respond to incentives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539433

The War for a NationThe American Civil War The War for a Nation provides a brief introduction to the American Civil War from the perspective of military personnel and civilians who participated in the conflict. Susan-Mary Grant brings the war its many battles and those who fought them – male and female black and white – to the center of a riveting narrative that is accessible to general readers and students of American history. The War for a Nation explains in a clear narrative structure the war's origins its battles the expansion of the Union the struggle for emancipation and the following saga of Reconstruction. By drawing its examples from primary source documents first-hand accounts and scholarly research The War for a Nation introduces readers to the human-interest aspects as well as the historiographical debates surrounding what was the most destructive war ever fought on American soil. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203944271

The War for Independence and the Transformation of American SocietyWar and Society in the United States 1775-83 The War fo Independence had a substantial impact on the lives of all Americans establishing a nation and confirming American identity. The War for Independence and the Transformation of American Society focuses on a conflict which was both civil war and revolution and assesses how Americans met the challenges of adapting to the ideals of Independence and Republicanism. The war effected political reconstruction and brought economic self sufficiency and expansion but it also brought oppression of dissenting and ethnic minorities broadened the divide between the affluent and the poor and strengthened the institution of slavery. Focusing on the climate of war itself and its effects on the lives of those who lived through it this book includes discussion of: *Recruitment and Society *The Home Front *Constraints on Liberty *Women and family during the war years *African Americans and Native Americans The War for Independence is a fascinating account of the wider dimension to the meaning of the American Revolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203501535

The War for SyriaRegional and International Dimensions of the Syrian Uprising Examining the international dimensions of the Syrian conflict this book studies external factors relating to the Uprising. It explores the involvement of outside powers and the events’ impact both on regional and international level. Syria was widely perceived to be essential to the regional power balance hence it was a valued prize to be fought over. The book examines the impact of global and regional powers in propelling the conflict in Syria; looks at the motives and strategies of the key regional and international actors (Hizbollah Palestinians Iran Qatar Saudi Arabia US Russia EU); and analyses the impact of the Syrian conflict on key relations between regional states (Turkey-Syria Turkey-Iran Iraq-Syria). Finally several chapters treat the impact on Syria of international sanctions and the "Responsibility to Protect" doctrine. This book follows on to The Syrian Uprising: Domestic Origins and Early Trajectory edited by Raymond Hinnebusch and Omar Imady (2018). Subsequent volumes will examine the later evolution of the conflict. Taking an innovative and interdisciplinary approach that seeks to capture the full complexity of the phenomenon this book contributes significantly to our understanding of the Syrian conflict and will therefore be a valuable resource for anyone studying Middle Eastern Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367193706

The War GameStudies of the New Civilian Militarists War gaming has become a characteristic feature of modern life. From amateur clubs to professional academicians playing the war game in the company of military circles we have come up against the phenomenon of the "robotization" of human life. Irving Louis Horowitz argues that those who protest the idea that war is a game do so on moral grounds that leave unanswered tough questions: What is the alternative to playing the game? What will become of us if we allow the opponent to become the better "player" in an all-or-nothing game of extinction?Horowitz provides answers in a logical manner while focusing on facts and ethical alternatives to risky ethics. The work is divided into three sections: The New Civilian Militarists Thermonuclear Peace and Its Political Equivalents and General Theory of Conflict and Conflict Resolution. Included are such topics as arms policies and games; morals missiles and militarism; and conflict consensus and cooperation.Horowitz concludes that it is time to register the fact that the basic option to destructive uses of science is not traditional morality but better science—a science of survival. With a new introduction by Howard Schneiderman along with a major essay and other materials not included in the original edition this classic work is a worthy contribution to intellectual debate in the twenty-first century and a must read for military strategists sociologists and historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412851817

The War in Croatia and Bosnia-Herzegovina 1991-1995 This work provides an understanding of the wars in Croatia and Bosnia-Herzegovina. These two interdependent wars were the greatest armed conflicts in Europe in the second half of the 20th century. This work provides an analysis of their successes and failures. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203045695

The War in DarfurReclaiming Sudanese History No other crisis in Africa has received as much attention in the West during the past 10 years as the war in Darfur yet the underlying complexities of the war and the background to the crisis remains poorly understood by scholars activists and aid workers. This anthropological study of the war in Darfur explores the personal experience of war from the perspective of those refugees who have fled from it and puts forward potential solutions to the conflict. Drawing on ethnographic research carried out in the refugee camps of neighbouring eastern Chad The War in Darfur: Reclaiming Sudanese History gives a voice to people who to date have had little opportunity to articulate their experiences. Through facilitating the telling of the refugees’ tale examining what happened and how this book will be an interesting contribution to the areas of refugee studies anthropology and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138922549

The War of American Independence1775-1783 Wars rarely turn out as expected. This book shows how Britain entered a conflict that it believed could not be lost. The American Patriots were similarly optimistic about their martial prospects. Although they eventually secured independence it was only with the assistance of France and indirectly Spain who diverted British resources from the conflict in America allowing France eventually to deliver a knockout blow at Yorktown. This extensive yet accessible exploration into the War of American Independence provides aclear analysis of why this complex conflict occurred and why it ended as it did revealing the fragile nature of the American Patriot cause. An essential guide for any history student including those specializing in war/peace studies and the study of international relations as well the general reader with an interest in the study of war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780582229426

The War of Austrian Succession 1740-1748 Set in motion by the disputed succession of Maria Theresa and her husband to the lands and dignities of Emperor Charles VI this series of major conflicts (1740-48) involved far more than just the fate of the Habsurgs: soon Austria Prussia France Britain Spain Bavaria Saxony and the Netherlands were embroiled in their different but interlocking power struggles with profound long-term significance for Europe and beyond. The war marks the rise of Prussia to great-power status and the opening of the struggle between France and Britain for maritime supremacy and colonial empire in North America the Caribbean and India. This book examines the war and its consequences in their widest context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138152823

The War of Quito by Pedro de Cieza de León and Inca Documents Book III (1543-44) of Cieza's 'Civil Wars of Peru' translated and edited. The additional documents continue the narrative to c. 1568. For other sections of the same source in volumes variously titled see Second Series 42 and 54. Contents: Contents: Introductory note.-The war of Quito / Pedro de Cieza de Leon (LIII chapters) with notes.-Letter from the Bishop of Cuzco to the King.-Indictment of the judges against the Viceroy. Sequel [by the editor]-Letter from Carbajal to Gonzalo Pizarro.-Gasca's voyage.-Murder of the Inca Manco narrated by his son.-Mission of Figueroa to the Inca.-Note on Molina.-Index This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1913. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315551494

The War of the Gods PbdirectThe Social Code in Indo-European Mythology This volume focuses on social and political problems of Indo-European mythology. It explains how the ancient Indo-European gods competed for supreme power and the exclusive possession of the sacred potion of wisdom and immortality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138843325

The War of the Jesus and Darwin FishesReligion and Science in the Postmodern World This volume's title stems from an observable and seemingly amusing phenomenon--the placement of fish symbols on the rear of automobiles. There are two kinds: one a fish outline with a cross exhibited by Christians; the other a fish outline filled with the word "evolution " with little legs attached underneath. These symbols manifest the cultural war between religion and science a clash that draws from nineteenth-century conflicts over evolution roots in the Enlightenment.Today's cultural environment is a result of the internationalization of communication labor money and commerce. This global culture emphasizes tolerance and acceptance of all peoples and traditions but it also demands a moral and intellectual relativism that rejects "master narratives " including religious tradition as well as scientific theory. In some respects the postmodern environment is caused by science itself by the development of postmodern science its nineteenth-century adversarial stance toward religion now somewhat softened. Among new developments are the historical understanding of science renewed appreciation of the troubled careers of scientists and "God" talk among physicists and psychologists. Both science and religion are being overwhelmed by new levels of technology which is becoming the premier element of contemporary culture.The conflict between science and religion is being resolved in the form of a dynamic. Religion and science are both ways of giving moral and intellectual order to the universe enabling mankind to cope with a chaotic universe and live well. Both religious critics and scientific researchers have attacked and analyzed pornography which has become a prominent characteristic of our culture. Both share contemporary sensitivity to individual opinions and protection of the individual from social control. Both science and religion share a sense that postmodern culture lacks structure. Caiazza shows how renewed attention to religious and scientific insights can resolve longstanding conflicts providing postmodern society with a vision of tolerable order. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517127

The War on Drugs in SportMoral Panics and Organizational Legitimacy This book is an innovative and compelling work that develops a modified moral panic model illustrated by the drugs in sport debate. Drawing on Max Weber’s work on moral authority and legitimacy McDermott argues that doping scandals create a crisis of legitimacy for sport governing bodies and other elite groups. This crisis leads to a moral panic where the issue at stake for elite groups is perceptions of their organizational legitimacy. The book highlights the role of the media as a site where claims to legitimacy are made and contested contributing to the social construction of a moral panic. The book explores the way regulatory responses in this case anti-doping policies in sport reflect the interests of elite groups and the impact of those responses on individuals or "folk devils." The War on Drugs in Sport makes a key contribution to moral panic theory by adapting Goode and Ben-Yehuda’s moral panic model to capture the diversity of interests and complex relationships between elite groups. The difference between this book and others in the field is its application of a new theoretical perspective supported by well-researched empirical evidence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597719

The War on Drugs in the Americas The War on Drugs in the Americas brings together the history of the War on Drugs in the US and Latin America to reveal how since 1914 when the US first criminalized the non-medical use of narcotics the trade and violence associated with drugs has developed throughout the hemisphere. This concise and accessible book provides an overview of the geographic historical economic and social dimensions of the War on Drugs throughout the past century. Notable figures popular drugs competing theories and significant historical events take center stage as the story moves between macro analysis and micro details. Aside from infamous cartel leaders like Colombia’s Pablo Escobar and Mexico’s El Chapo Guzman the reader learns about equally important but lesser-known Latin American and US traffickers. In addition to counter-narcotics giants readers learn about Law Enforcement Against Prohibition (LEAP) DEA agents working to fight pharmaceutical companies and distributors cutting-edge researchers and politicians that have pushed for and against the war. The War on Drugs in the Americas is essential reading for students studying Latin American History International Studies and Politics through its clear and objective narrative of the origins impact and debates behind the War on Drugs in the US and Latin America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138952096

The War on ErrorIsrael Islam and the Middle East In 'The War on Error' historian and political analyst Martin Kramer presents a series of case studies some based on pathfinding research and others on provocative analysis that correct misinformation clouding the public's understanding of the Middle East. He also offers a forensic exploration of how misinformation arises and becomes "fact." The book is divided into five themes: Orientalism and Middle Eastern studies a prime casualty of the culture wars; Islamism massively misrepresented by apologists; Arab politics a generator of disappointing surprises; Israeli history manipulated by reckless revisionists; and American Jews and Israel the subject of irrational fantasies. Kramer shows how error permeates the debate over each of these themes creating distorted images that cause policy failures. Kramer approaches questions in the spirit of a relentless fact-checker. Did Israeli troops massacre Palestinian Arabs in Lydda in July 1948? Was the bestseller 'Exodus' hatched by an advertising executive? Did Martin Luther King Jr. describe anti-Zionism as antisemitism? Did a major post-9/11 documentary film deliberately distort the history of Islam? Did Israel push the United States into the Iraq War? Kramer also questions paradigms—the "Arab Spring " the map of the Middle East and linkage. Along the way he amasses new evidence exposes carelessness and provides definitive answers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412864992

The War On Labor And The LeftUnderstanding America's Unique Conservatism In all countries labor has ?war stories? to tell but none are so violent as those of American labor. Since the 1870s at least 700 workers have been killed and thousands seriously injured in labor disputes. Nowhere but in this country have employers so actively fought back against strikes through the use of ?scabs ? surveillance and mercenary arm Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367320393

The War on People who Use DrugsThe Harms of Sweden's Aim for a Drug-Free Society This book explores the outcomes of Sweden’s aim to create a ‘drug-free society’ on the lived realities health and welfare of people who use drugs and on the dynamics of Swedish drug use. Drawing on a wealth of empirical data including extensive interview testimony and participant observation from years of fieldwork conducted in Sweden the book debunks the widely-believed myth that Sweden is a progressive liberal inclusive state. In contrast to its  liberal reputation Sweden has criminalised the use of drugs and allows for compulsory treatment for those with drug dependencies. The work  argues that Swedish law and policy cannot be demonstrated to have decreased drug use as intended with the law used instead as a means with which to displace people who use drugs from public spaces in Sweden’s cities. And where the law has failed in its ambition to decrease drug use Swedish law and policy have increased and exacerbated the problems dangers and harms that can be associated with it. People who use drugs in Sweden experience considerable and endemic difficulties with health violence abuse and social exclusion stigma and discrimination as a result of Sweden’s drug laws policies and discourses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594855

The War on Terror and the Growth of Executive Power?A Comparative Analysis The 9/11 attacks on New York and Washington prompted a "global war on terror" that led to a significant shift in the balance of executive-legislative power in the United States towards the executive at the expense of the Congress. In this volume seasoned scholars examine the extent to which terrorist threats and counter-terrorism policies led uniformly to the growth of executive or Government power at the expense of legislatures and parliaments in other political systems including those of Australia Britain Canada Indonesia Israel Italy and Russia. The contributors question whether the "crises" created by 9/11 and subsequent attacks led inexorably to executive strengthening at the expense of legislatures and parliaments. The research reported finds that democratic forces served to mitigate changes to the balance of legislative and executive power to varying degrees in different political systems. This book will be of interest to students and researchers of Comparative Government Politics and International Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415504058

The War on Terrorism21st-century Perspectives On September 11 2001 a small number of desperate men hoping to earn paradise attacked New York and Washington D.C. Their spectacular acts of destruction concluded America's nearly decade-long vacation from insecurity known as the "post-Cold War era." As eras go this one was short and it certainly ended with a bang not a whimper. The United States still sole superpower was now challenged by a bleak new world. Americans do not care for the bleak and do not tolerate it for long. Predictably national shock soon became righteous anger coupled to international campaigns against groups and states held responsible for the scourge of terrorism. These were short-term measures that hurt our enemies but did not "fix" the problem.Not long after these events the Foreign Policy Research Institute organized a new Center on Terrorism Counterterrorism and Homeland Security. Its purpose was to take a longer term view of the terrorism problem and what might be done about it--not only academic research but also policy suggestions. This book contains a broad selection of the Center's output including essays on American strategy homeland security knowing the enemy and the military dimension. A notable feature is the discussion of the educational issue: what and how to teach our children about terrorism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539457

The War Plans of the Great Powers (RLE The First World War)1880-1914 The origins of the First World War remain one of the greatest twentieth century historical controversies. In this debate the role of military planning in particular and of militarism in general are a key focus of attention. Did the military wrest control from the civilians? Were the leaders of Europe eager for a conflict? What military commitments were made between the various alliance blocks? These questions are examined in detail here in eleven essays by distinguished historians and the editor’s introduction provides a focus and draws out the comparative approach to the history of military policies and war plans of the great powers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138812772

The War SystemAn Interdisciplinary Approach This anthology discusses the war system and provides a rigorous social science approach that is sensitive to values. It premises the etiology of war on a complex reality that builds understanding by investigating all major structural and behavioral variables of the human situation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367312589

The Warrior Military Ethics and Contemporary WarfareAchilles Goes Asymmetrical When it comes to thinking about war and warriors first there was Achilles and then the rest followed. The choice of the term warrior is an important one for this discussion. While there has been extensive discussion on what counts as military professionalism that is what makes a soldier sailor or other military personnel a professional the warrior archetype (varied for the various roles and service branches) still holds sway in the military self-conception rooted as it is in the more existential notions of war honor and meaning. In this volume Kaurin uses Achilles as a touch stone for discussing the warrior military ethics and the aspects of contemporary warfare that go by the name of 'asymmetrical war.' The title of the book cuts two ways-Achilles as a warrior archetype to help us think through the moral implications and challenges posed by asymmetrical warfare but also as an archetype of our adversaries to help us think about asymmetric opponents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409465362

The Warrior and the PacifistCompeting Motifs in Buddhism Judaism Christianity and Islam This book looks at two contradictory ethical motifs—the warrior and the pacifist—across four major faith traditions—Buddhism Judaism Christianity and Islam—and their role in shaping our understanding of violence and the morality of its use. The Warrior and the Pacifist explores how these faith traditions which now mutually inhabit our life spaces bring with them across the millennia the moral teachings that have traveled from prehistoric humanity embedded in the beliefs rituals and institutions socially constructed by humans to deal with ultimate concerns core aspects of daily personal and social life and life transitions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138585447

The Warrior Saints in Byzantine Art and Tradition Christopher Walter's study of the cult and iconography of Byzantine warrior saints - George Demetrius the two Theodores and dozens more - is at once encyclopaedic and interpretative and the first comprehensive study of the subject. The author delineates their origins and development as a distinctive category of saint showing that in its definitive form this coincides with the apogee of the Byzantine empire in the 10th-11th centuries. He establishes a repertory particularly of their commemorations in synaxaries and their representations in art and describes their iconographical types and the functions ascribed to them once enrolled in the celestial army: support for the terrestrial army in its offensive campaigns and a new protective role when the Byzantine Empire passed to the defensive. The survey highlights the lack of historicity among the Byzantines in their approach to the lives of these saints and their terrestrial careers. An epilogue briefly treats the analogous traditions in the cultures of neighbouring peoples. Walter draws attention to the development of an echelon of military saints notably in church decoration which provides the surest basis for defining their specificity; also to the way in which they were depicted generally young handsome and robust and frequently 'twinned' in pairs so calling attention to the importance of camaraderie among soldiers. At the same time this work opens a new perspective on the military history of the Byzantine Empire. Its ideology of war consistently followed that of the Israelites; protected and favoured by divine intervention there was no occasion to discuss the morality of a 'just war'. Consequently when considering Byzantine methods of warfare due attention should be given to the important role which they attributed to celestial help in their military campaigns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253858

The Warriors Of IslamIran's Revolutionary Guard This book shows that the revolutionary guard has resisted professionalization on the key aspect of war decision making. It explains how the Guard was able to resist ideological dilution despite its need to adopt a rationalized and complex organizational structure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367297138

The Wars of French Decolonization This ambitious survey draws together the two major wars of decolonization fought by France in Indochina and Algeria (as well as the lesser but far from insignificant military operations in Madagascar Tunisia and Morocco) into a single integrated account. It examines traditional French attitudes to empire and how these changed under the pressure of events; the military operations themselves; the collapse of the Fourth Republic and the return of de Gaulle; and the final drama of French withdrawal from Algeria and the 'ethnic cleansing' of its European settler population. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153394

The Wars of Louis XIV 1667-1714 Warfare dominated the long reign of the `Sun-king' Louis XIV. For forty years from 1672 France was continuously at war and had one of the largest armies seen in the West since the fall of imperial Rome. The campaigns secured little territory but almost bankrupted the country and the consequences for the French monarchy were dramatic - contributing to its eventual downfall. John Lynn examines the wars for evidence of a coherent strategic policy; he explores the operational logistics of the campaigns; and considers their significance for France's diplomatic political mililtary administrative and institutional This is the first modern comprehensive study in any language and offers a vivid insight into 17th and 18th century statesmanship and warfare - reaching a climax with the defeat of France by Marlborough at Blenheim. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836556

'The Wars of Louis XVI 1667-1714' 'The Rise of the Great Powers 1648-1815' and 'The Great Powers and the European States System 1814-1914' - PACK NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138830837

The Wars of Napoleon First published in 1995 to great critical acclaim The Wars of Napoleon provides students with a comprehensive survey of the Napoleonic Wars around the central theme of the scale of French military power and its impact on other European states from Portugal to Russia and from Scandinavia to Sicily. The book introduces the reader to the rise of Napoleon and the wider diplomatic and political context before analysing such subjects as how France came to dominate Europe; the impact of French conquest and the spread of French ideas; the response of European powers; the experience of the conflicts of 1799–1815 on such areas of the world as the West Indies India and South America; the reasons why Napoleon’s triumph proved ephemeral; and the long-term impact of the period. This second edition has been revised throughout to include a completely re-written section on collaboration and resistance a new chapter on the impact of the Napoleonic Wars in the wider world and material on the various ways in which women became involved in or were affected by the conflict. Thoroughly updated and offering students a view of the subject that challenges many preconceived ideas The Wars of Napoleon remains an essential resource for all students of the French Revolutionary Wars as well as students of European and military history during this period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138324145

The Wars of the French Revolution and Napoleon 1792-1815 Written by an experienced author and expert in the field Wars of the French Revolution and Napoleon 1792-1815 provides a thorough re-examination of the crucial period in the history of France for students of history and military studies. Based on extensive research and including twenty detailed maps this study is unique in its focus on the wars of both the French Revolution and Napoleon. Owen Connelly expertly analyzes them both to provide a broader context for warfare. Examining the causes of the wars and how the practices of warfare during this period were to influence mode of combat throughout the nineteenth and twentieth centuries Connelly also establishes trends discernable in the First and Second World Wars and examines key issues including: * the impact of the population explosion on armies and war* the legacy of the ancient regime impact on revolutionary armies* the impact of the Revolution on leadership strategy organization and weaponry* Was Napoleon’s leadership style unique or could another have played his role?* contributions from the governments of the early Revolution the Terror the Directory and the Napoleonic regime* What did twenty-three successive years of war accomplish?* Was this era a turning point in the history of warfare? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203965948

The Wars of the French Revolution1792–1801 The Wars of the French Revolution 1792–1801 offers a comprehensive and jargon-free coverage of this turbulent period and unites political social military and international history in one volume. Carefully designed for undergraduate students through twelve chapters this book offers an introduction to the origins and international context of the French Revolution as well as an in-depth examination of the reasons why war began. Aspects unpicked within the book include how France acquired a de facto empire stretching from Holland to Naples; the impact of French conquest on the areas concerned; the spread of French ideas beyond the frontiers of the French imperium; the response of the powers of Europe to the sudden expansion in French military power; the experience of the conflicts unleashed by the French Revolution in such areas as the West Indies Egypt and India; and the impact of war on the Revolution itself. Offering extensive geographical coverage and challenging many preconceived ideas The Wars of the French Revolution 1792–1801 is the perfect resource for students of the French Revolution and international military history more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815386889

The Wars Of The Roses First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158412

The Wars of the Roses First published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148512

The Warsaw Pact ReconsideredInternational Relations in Eastern Europe 1955-1969 The Warsaw Pact is generally regarded as a mere instrument of Soviet power. In the 1960s the alliance nevertheless evolved into a multilateral alliance in which the non-Soviet Warsaw Pact members gained considerable scope for manoeuvre. This book examines to what extent the Warsaw Pact inadvertently provided its members with an opportunity to assert their own interests emancipate themselves from the Soviet grip and influence Soviet bloc policy. Laurien Crump traces this development through six thematic case studies which deal with such well known events as the building of the Berlin Wall the Sino-Soviet Split the Vietnam War the nuclear question and the Prague Spring. By interpreting hitherto neglected archival evidence from archives in Berlin Bucharest and Rome and approaching the Soviet alliance from a radically novel perspective the book offers unexpected insights into international relations in Eastern Europe while shedding new light on a pivotal period in the Cold War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138102132

The Washington Conference 1921-22Naval Rivalry East Asian Stability and the Road to Pearl Harbor The Washington Conference regulated the inter-war naval race between the world powers. In the era when it was still believed that battleships were the epitome of naval power and a sign of a country's strength this conference led to limitations on the building of such weapons by the naval powers of Britain the USA and Japan. This collection of essays deals with many aspects of the conference; the factors that caused it the interests of the participating nations both present and future and the results. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203043875

The Washington Quarterly 33/1 First published in 2011. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415579377

The Waste FixSeizures of the Sacred from Upton Sinclair to the Sopranos First published in 2002. This book explores the philosophical social and aesthetic implications of twentieth-century America's obsession with eliminating waste. Through interdisciplinary engagement with fiction and popular culture William Little traces the way this obsession finds expression in powerful social forces (e.g. the drive to consume conspicuously; the Progressive-era campaign to manage scientifically; the current demand to "reduce reuse recycle") and shows how such forces are governed by an idealism that links proper treatment of waste with the promise of salvation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203819951

The Waste Land In this study first published in 1983 Professor Smith makes the argument that although The Waste Land is analogous in form to a musical composition that it is actually made of its literary echoes. He calls these a ‘music of allusions’ and shows the resemblance of this music in its evocativeness to the technique of Mallarmé and the French symbolists. Smith also comments extensively on Eliot’s critical theories as they bear on The Waste Land and traces the development of Eliot’s allusive and transformational poetic form from its genesis in early work. This title will be of interest to students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138121782

The Wasted GenerationMemoirs Of The Romanian Journey From Capitalism To Socialism And Back In this vivid memoir Silviu Brucan traces half a century of East European history bringing to life the drama of a generation caught between the 1944 communist revolution and the 1989 anti-communist revolution. Brucan himself was at the heart of political power from World War II through the formation of a new government after the overthrow of Nicolae Ceaußescu. After participating in the antifascist underground movement in World War II he became acting editor of Romania's leading communist daily. He served as Romania's ambassador to the United States and then as its ambassador to the United Nations. He later grew disenchanted with the Ceaußescu regime becoming a prime mobilizer of popular support for reform and subsequently one of the leaders of the National Salvation Front. Brucan's insider position gave him a unique perspective on the inner workings of the Gheorghiu-Dej and Ceaußescu regimes as well as of the political machinations of Soviet and other East European leaders. He reveals for the first time the details–available nowhere else–of secret meetings between communist leaders: the 1944 conspiracy with King Michael against the German occupation; the extraordinary 1945 meeting between Gheorghe Gheorghiu-Dej and Joseph Stalin when the Soviet dictator decided that Gheorghiu-Dej and not Ana Pauker should lead the Romanian Communist Party; the secret mission assigned to Gheorghiu-Dej by Nikita Khrushchev during the 1956 revolution to install János Kádár as leader of the communist party; the 1958 Khrushchev-Gheorghiu-Dej meeting after a bear hunt in the Carpathians which appeared to be a chat between two canny old peasants but concluded with Khrushchev's decision to withdraw Soviet troops from Romania; and Ceaußescu's astute maneuver to seize power while Gheorghiu-Dej was on his deathbed. Brucan then recounts the real story behind the 1989 revolution which was rooted in earlier plots to overthrow Ceaußescu. He traces his own memorable transformation from staunch communist to outspoken critic of the regime weaving his own story within the larger framework of his country's transformation and hopes for the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367312619

The Wasting of the British Economy (Routledge Revivials) Originally published in 1982. This book examines the problem and looks at the causes of the repeated crises which the country has undergone since the war. The basic cause is stated to be the failure to invest in the modernisation of the British capital equipment and the consequent loss of competitive power; and this failure in turn is seen to be the result of Government policies which for the sake of a variety of short-term aims sacrificed the future by deliberately inhibiting investment.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415609166

The Water Energy and Food Security NexusLessons from India for Development It is becoming increasingly recognized that for the optimal sustainable development and use of natural resources an integrated approach to water management agriculture food security and energy is required. This "nexus" is now the focus of major attention by researchers policy-makers and practitioners.  In this book the authors show how these issues are being addressed in India as part of its economic development and how these can provide lessons for other developing nations. They address the conflicting claims of water resources for irrigation and hydropower where both are scarce at the national level for fostering water and energy security. They also consider the relationship between water for irrigated agriculture and household use and its impact on rural poverty. They identify weaknesses in the current hydropower development programme in India that are preventing it from being an ecologically sustainable socially just and economically viable solution to meeting growing energy demand.  The empirical analyses presented show the enormous scope for co-management of water energy agricultural growth and food security through appropriate technological interventions and market instruments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138574762

The Water Food Energy and Climate NexusChallenges and an agenda for action Global trends of population growth rising living standards and the rapidly increasing urbanized world are increasing the demand on water food and energy. Added to this is the growing threat of climate change which will have huge impacts on water and food availability. It is increasingly clear that there is no place in an interlinked world for isolated solutions aimed at just one sector. In recent years the "nexus" has emerged as a powerful concept to capture these inter-linkages of resources and is now a key feature of policy-making.  This book is one of the first to provide a broad overview of both the science behind the nexus and the implications for policies and sustainable development. It brings together contributions by leading intergovernmental and governmental officials industry scientists and other stakeholder thinkers who are working to develop the approaches to the Nexus of water-food-energy and climate. It represents a major synthesis and state-of-the-art assessment of the Nexus by major players in light of the adoption by the United Nations of the new Sustainable Development Goals and Targets in 2015. With a foreword by HRH the Prince of Wales Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138190955

The Water CrisisConstructing solutions to freshwater pollution Modern society too often views water as a convenient vehicle for disposing of waste � and the results are becoming increasingly apparent. Analysis of freshwater supplies frequently reveals disturbing levels of pollution including human waste heavy metals and synthetic chemicals to the detriment of our health and the health of entire ecosystems. The Water Crisis examines the roots of freshwater pollution � urbanization industrialization and intensive farming � supported by case studies from the Rhine and the Great Lakes. It explores the impact of major pollutants and discusses methods of prevention. The final section provides a detailed overview of possible solutions including soil-based treatment systems and constructed wetlands. A separate chapter is devoted to the important issue of groundwater pollution. Practical concise and accessible this is ideal for students in environmental studies and environmental science biology and geography and general readers. Originally published in 1998 Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870151

The Water Footprint Assessment ManualSetting the Global Standard People use lots of water for drinking cooking and washing but significantly more for producing things such as food paper and cotton clothes. The water footprint is an indicator of water use that looks at both direct and indirect water use of a consumer or producer. Indirect use refers to the 'virtual water' embedded in tradable goods and commodities such as cereals sugar or cotton. The water footprint of an individual community or business is defined as the total volume of freshwater that is used to produce the goods and services consumed by the individual or community or produced by the business. This book offers a complete and up-to-date overview of the global standard on water footprint assessment as developed by the Water Footprint Network. More specifically it: o Provides a comprehensive set of methods for water footprint assessment o Shows how water footprints can be calculated for individual processes and products as well as for consumers nations and businesses o Contains detailed worked examples of how to calculate green blue and grey water footprints o Describes how to assess the sustainability of the aggregated water footprint within a river basin or the water footprint of a specific product o Includes an extensive library of possible measures that can contribute to water footprint reduction Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849775526

The Water Footprint of Modern Consumer Society Using the water footprint concept this impactful book aids our understanding of how we can reduce water consumption and pollution to sustainable levels. Since the publication of the first edition the question of how to reduce our water footprint has become even more urgent. Freshwater scarcity is increasingly perceived as a global systemic risk and overconsumption of water is widespread. The water footprint a concept founded by the author is an indicator of direct and indirect freshwater use by a consumer or producer that can be used to analyze water usage along supply chains and assess the sustainability efficiency and fairness of our water use. This new edition is fully revised and updated to reflect continued developments in this rapidly growing field of knowledge. New chapters are added covering the history of the water footprint concept; the environmental footprint of the human species versus planetary boundaries; and the human right to water as a foundation to equitable sharing. All other chapters are fully revised with new findings applications and references including major new research on energy vegetarian diets and intelligent water allocation over competing demands. The Water Footprint of Modern Consumer Society is a key textbook for students of interdisciplinary water studies and those taking other related courses within the environmental sciences. It will also be of interest to those working in the governmental sector environmental and consumer organizations the business sector and UN institutions where there is growing interest in the water footprint concept. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138354784

The Water Legacies of Conventional Mining The impact of mining is too big to ignore in a world of oversubscribed water. This is true of conventional mining as much as – or even more than – hydraulic fracturing (fracking). The legacy issues of such mining on water have not been fully appreciated especially the irretrievable effects mining has had on communities and ecosystems around the world through its impact on water. Yet this is not an ‘us-or-them’ problem: the wealth influence and technical knowledge of mining interests can and must be part of the solution. All of the contributions to this volume either consider the deficiencies of existing governance structures and the need for better ones or explore the use of new techniques to identify and evaluate social and environmental impacts. The chapters in this book were originally published in the journal Water International. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367220464

The Water Supply System of Siena ItalyThe Medieval Roots of the Modern Networked City The book reviews scholarly literature and archival sources including maps and diagrams to better situate Siena's achievement in urban history and broadens our understanding of medieval technology and urban life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986961

The Water–Food–Energy NexusPower Politics and Justice The world of development thinkers and practitioners is abuzz with a new lexicon: the idea of "the nexus" between water food and energy which is intuitively compelling. It promises better integration of multiple sectoral elements a better transition to greener economies and sustainable development. However there appears to be little agreement on its precise meaning whether it only complements existing environmental governance approaches or how it can be enhanced in national contexts. One current approach to the nexus treats it as a risk and security matter while another treats it within economic rationality addressing externalities across sector. A third perspective acknowledges it as a fundamentally political process requiring negotiation amongst different actors with distinct perceptions interests and practices. This perspective highlights the fact that technical solutions for improving coherence within the nexus may have unintended and negative impacts in other policy areas such as poverty alleviation and education.   The Water–Food–Energy Nexus: Power Politics and Justice lays out the managerial-technical definitions of the nexus and challenges these conceptions by bringing to the forefront the politics of the nexus around two key dimensions – a dynamic understanding of water–food–energy systems and a normative positioning around nexus debates in particular around social justice. The authors argue that a shift in nexus governance is required towards approaches where limits to control are acknowledged and more reflexive/plural strategies adopted. This book will be of interest to academic researchers policy makers and practitioners in the fields of international development studies environmental politics and science and technology studies as well as international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415332835

The Water-Energy-Food Nexus in the Middle East and North Africa This book discusses key issues concerning water energy and food in the Middle East and North Africa (MENA) region. It provides an interdisciplinary account of current developments in the most water-scarce and conflict-torn region in the world. Key analysts on MENA water agriculture and energy affairs have been drawn together to compile one of the first edited volumes dedicated to the crucial role of water energy and food security in the 21st century MENA region. It will be of interest to decision-makers analysts and students of the future of the Middle East from a broad range of disciplines including the physical and social sciences. This book was previously published as a special issue of the International Journal of Water Resources Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367028442

The Water-Food-Energy NexusProcesses Technologies and Challenges Exponential growth of the worldwide population requires increasing amounts of water food and energy. However as the quantity of available fresh water and energy sources directly affecting cost of food production and transportation diminishes technological solutions are necessary to secure sustainable supplies. In direct response to this reality this book focuses on the water-energy-food nexus and describes in depth the challenges and processes involved in efficient water and energy production and management wastewater treatment and impact upon food and essential commodities. The book is organized into 4 sections on water food energy and the future of sustainability highlighting the interplay among these topics. The first section emphasizes water desalination water management and wastewater treatment. The second section discusses cereal processing sustainable food security bioenergy in food production water and energy consumption in food processing and mathematical modeling for food undergoing phase changes. The third section discusses fossil fuels biofuels synthetic fuels renewable energy and carbon capture. Finally the book concludes with a discussion of the future of sustainability including coverage of the role of molecular thermodynamics in developing processes and products green engineering in process systems petrochemical water splitting petrochemical approaches to solar hydrogen generation design and operation strategy of energy-efficient processes and the sustainability of process supply chain and enterprise. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138746077

The Waterside ApeAn Alternative Account of Human Evolution Why are humans so fond of water? Why is our skin colour so variable? Why aren’t we hairy like our close ape relatives? A savannah scenario of human evolution has been widely accepted primarily due to fossil evidence; and fossils do not offer insight into these questions. Other alternative evolutionary scenarios might but these models have been rejected. This book explores a controversial idea – that human evolution was intimately associated with watery habitats as much or more than typical savannahs. Written from a medical point of view the author presents evidence supporting a credible alternative explanation for how humans diverged from our primate ancestors. Anatomical and physiological evidence offer insight into hairlessness different coloured skin subcutaneous fat large brains a marine-type kidney a unique heat regulation system and speech. This evidence suggests that humans may well have evolved not just as savannah mammals as is generally believed but with more affinity for aquatic habitats – rivers streams lakes and coasts. Key Features: Presents the evidence for a close association between riparian habitats and the origin of humans Reviews the "savannah ape" hypothesis for human origins Describes various anatomical adaptations that are associated with hypotheses of human evolution Explores characteristics from the head and neck such as skull and sinus structures the larynx and ear structures and functions Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367145484

The Wave Theory of Difference and Similarity Two experimental procedures prompted the empirical development of psychophysical models: those that measure response frequency often referred to as response probability; and those that measure response time sometimes referred to as reaction time. The history of psychophysics is filled with theories that predict one or the other of these two responses. Yet the persistent reappearance of empirical relationships between these two measures of performance makes clear the need for a theory that both predicts and relates these two measures. Most likely both response measures are the result of a single process that generates empirical laws relating response time and response probability. It is this process — its theory description and application — that is the topic of The Wave Theory of Difference and Similarity. Originally published in 1992 the author of this book has set out to provide a theoretical foundation for formulating new theories that systematize earlier results and to stimulate new concepts and introduce new tools for exploring mental phenomena and improving mental measurement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367150464

The Way and Its PowerA Study of the Tao Tê Ching and Its Place in Chinese Thought First published in 1934.Unlike previous translations this translation of Lao Tzu's Tao Tê Ching is based not on the medieval commentaries but on a close study of the whole of early Chinese literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415612838

The Way ForwardBeyond Agenda 21 First published in 1997. 1997 marked the fifth anniversary of the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development - the celebrated ‘Earth Summit’ in Rio de Janeiro which represented the high-water mark of intergovernmental action for sustainable development. Whilst some were tempted to dismiss the Conference as a gesture of concern by the participating governments the list of resolutions which arose from the Summit is formidable and the key text to emerge from the conference process Agenda 21 had proven to be crucial to efforts to disseminate and implement the principles of globally sustainable development. The Way Forward outlines the successes and failures of those first five years. Calling on a list of eminent experts it provides an unparalleled analysis of the agreements that were reached and the stakeholders who were charged with implementing them. It reviews the progress that was made at the intergovernmental national and grassroots levels and offers a cogent summary of the major issues that needed to be addressed for the future. Lucid compact and authoritative this is the essential guide to ‘Rio plus five’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367186449

The Way It Turned Out This memoir is the account of the life of the author’s spanning seven decades lived on three continents: The Middle East Europe and the United States. What sets this memoir apart from so many others is the breadth of its cultural dimensions and the depth of its psychological insights. Many memoirs are written by celebrities or those by pervasive traumas in their lives have a voyeuristic quality. However there is very little in these lives with which people can identify. The author’s memoir is highly distinctive but the issues he focuses on have many features that are common with other people’s lives such as the role of chance and the reconstruction of past events in the light of the present. These issues are presented in a way that readers can learn and benefit from it. This book is the account of a fascinating life that is not only interesting to read but instructive by placing the various stages and facets of life in their historical and cultural contexts such as the history and culture of the Middle East which are important but not well known. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800181

The Way It Turned OutA Memoir This memoir is the account of the life of Herant Katchadourian spanning seven decades lived on three continents: The Middle East Europe and the United States. Katchadourian’s memoir is highly distinctive but the issues he focuses on have many features that are common with other people’s lives such as the role of chance and the reconstruction of past events in the light of the present. These issues are presented in a way that readers can learn and benefit from it. This book is the account of a fascinating life that is not only interesting to read but instructive by placing the various stages and facets of life in their historical and cultural contexts such as the history and culture of the Middle East which are important but not well known. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814364751

The Way of ManAccording to the Teachings of Hasidism Martin Buber was one of the most significant religious thinkers of the twentieth century. In this short and remarkable book he presents the essential teachings of Hasidism the mystical Jewish movement which swept through Eastern Europe in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Told through stories of imagination and spirit together with Buber's own unique insights The Way of Man offers us a way of understanding ourselves and our place in a spiritual world. 'There is something' he suggests 'that can only be found in one place. It is a great treasure which may be called the fulfilment of existence. The place where this treasure can be found is the place on which one stands.' Challenging us to recognize our own potential and to reach our true goal The Way of Man is a life-enhancing book. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203380635

The Way of PowerA Practical Guide to the Tantric Mysticism of Tibet First published in 1970 The Way of Power is an exploration of the school of Mahayana Buddhism prevalent in Tibet and Mongolia known as the Vajrayana. Divided into two parts the book provides an introduction to the background and theory behind the Vajrayana before progressing to a study of Vajrayana in practice. In doing so it provides an overview of the history development and contemporary status of the Vajrayana and takes a look at the different schools and sects. The book’s primary focus is the use of Tantric mystical techniques. The Way of Power will appeal to those with an interest in Buddhism religious psychology and religious history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367650810

The Way of the Woman Writer The Way of the Woman Writer Second Edition continues the work of the inspirational original offering guidance to women who wish to document their lives in writing. More a template than a how-to manual this insightful book addresses the concerns needs and issues of women writers (both aspiring and experienced) concentrating on the internal process of putting thought to paper including new chapters on the creative process and the ethics and integrity of writing. The author Dr. Janet Lynn Roseman offers writing exercises in women's autobiography that draw on the significant rhythms of a woman's life utilizing visualization and meditation techniques to amplify the inner writing voice. From the author: "What strikes me in re-examining the text of this book is just how timeless the subject of chronicling women's lives is. When we pass down our stories and share them with family and friends we provide future generations with the opportunity to not only understand the lives of each woman but we are able to gain insight into their unique experiences." The Way of the Woman Writer Second Edition includes new writing samples and new chapters on: “The Creative Spirit ” which presents a seven-step guide to the creative process-ritual surrender silence waiting trust recognition and distance “The Ethics and Integrity of Writing ” which addresses the discipline and courage a writer needs when dealing with the effects of her autobiographical “truths” on others The Way of the Woman Writer Second Edition is an essential resource for creative writing courses oral history courses writer's workshops and women's studies programs and an invaluable guide for any woman who wishes to tell her story. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315785936

The Way to a Great CountryA Macroscopic View on Chinese Population in the 21st Century Population is the most influential factor in social development and economic growth especially in China. In this book author Tian Xueyuan provides macro illustrations of the main issues confronting China’s population and development in the 21st century and advises on facing population development challenges to sustainable future development. This book explores issues such as the relation between the change of population and consumption how the age of the working population affects economic structure and transition when above or below the Lewis turning point the impact of population aging on growth speed and the pension system how to remove the urban– rural dual structure how to reform exam- oriented education and how to balance relations between population resource environment and sustainable growth. The discussions on population– consumption relations labor– economy relations urbanization and rural– urban relations and beyond provide insightful judgment on and prospects for China’s future development. This book is helpful for international audiences to better understand China’s population and development challenges and strategies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138330603

The Way We Build NowForm Scale and Technique This book examines the structural and construction design of buildings. The first part presents an overview of materials and structural forms taking the point of view of the designer architect and engineer. The second part is an extensive examination of over 70 case studies. They have been carefully selected and tightly structured to present a summary of established modern methods of building construction. It contains copious ready-reference charts of design information numerous photographs and meticulous axonometric drawings. The book is international in scope. Dual units are used throughout (SI and Imperial) and nearly half the case studies are taken from the USA. Cases are also drawn from Canada Europe Africa Malaysia Hong Kong as well as 25 from the UK. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138175228

The Way We Lived Then This title was first published in 2000:  The Way We Lived Then is a detailed study of a nineteenth-century community. It is based on the life histories of all the inhabitants of the parish of Colyton in Devon covering the period from 1851 to 1891. The book gives a brief history of Colyton which was mentioned in the Domesday book and which suffered raids by soldiers house searches looting and even executions during the Civil War and the Monmouth rebellion events which strengthened the townspeople's leaning towards Protestantism. The central section of the book is concerned with the lifestyle of the whole population from childhood to old age. Working childhoods educational provision pre-marital pregnancies shifting populations and the care of the elderly are some of the issues dealt with. Finally the book covers community issues such as the relief of poverty health care provision for the poor and law and order. General readers will delight in an account of the whole community of a market town. Jean Robin's research and insight combine into a narrative which is authoritative yet accessible replacing Victorian stereotypes with human beings connecting real people and local events with each other and with the changing world outside. Jacket Copy: Historians will value this detailed study of a nineteenth-century community for its integration of many sources and techniques. It is based on the life histories of all the inhabitants of Colyton in Devon covering the period from 1851 to the end of the century. Its depth and complexity are unique - multi-record linkage reconstitutes family histories; archival research illuminates civil administration welfare and education; electoral and land registers are used to reveal social structure; and newspaper and other minor sources complete a unique portrait of a world we had thought had been lost to experience. Jean Robin’s research and insight combine into a narrative which is authoritative yet accessible replacing Victorian stereotypes with human beings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138702844

The Ways of Desire First Published in 2017. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351316163

The Ways of ReasonA Critical Study of the Ideas of Emile Meyerson First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870772

The Ways OutUtopian Communal Groups in an Age of Babylon A comparative analysis of both secular and religious communal groups in contemporary America this study originally published in 1978 shows that contemporary communalists stand in relation to collectivism much the same as early Protestants stood in relation to individualism – as the self-proclaimed pioneers of the new age. There is great diversity among communal groups a diversity which is found to stem from alternative orientations towards time and alternative assumptions about the cognitive status of the social world. The author has made use of a phenomenologically derived typological framework to organize the data he has obtained through living in and visiting a number of communal groups. Within this framework Alfred Schutz’s ‘mundane’ phenomenology and Max Weber’s interpretive sociology are employed as ways of approaching the situated sociology of knowledge in various communal groups. Six ideal types of communal groups are described: the commune the intentional association the community the warring sect the other-worldly sect and the ecstatic association. Two of these types – the intentional association and the community – are identified as participants’ efforts to demonstrate ‘worldly utopian’ models for the reconstruction of society at large. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367362034

The Weak Interaction in Nuclear Particle and Astrophysics This book provides insight into concept of the weak interaction and its integration into the conceptual structure of elementary particle physics. It exhibits the important role of the weak interaction in nuclear particle and astrophysics together with the close connection between these areas. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450731

The Weak Interaction in Nuclear Particle and Astrophysics The Weak Interaction in Nuclear Particle and Astrophysics presents concepts of the weak interaction and its integration into modern gauge theories of particle physics such as grand unification and supersymmetry. The book explores the close connections between micro (nuclear and particle) physics and macro physics (astrophysics and cosmology) induced by the weak interaction. Special attention is given to neutrinos which have a key role in the understanding of elementary particle theories. In addition to the theoretical aspects the book covers the important research topics of solar and galactic neutrinos and double beta decay. Assuming knowledge of elementary electrodynamics and quantum mechanics this resource provides an insight into the diversity of the problem areas associated with the weak interaction and will encourage intensive study of particular themes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898148

The Weakness of the Will First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009158

The Wealth of CommunitiesWar Resources and Cooperation in Renaissance Lombardy The early decades of the sixteenth century were a turbulent time for the Italian peninsula as competing centres of power struggled for political control. Nowhere was this more true than the area contested by Milan and Venice that was constantly crossed and occupied by rival armies. Investigating the impact of successive crises upon the inhabitants of the Po Valley this book challenges many fundamental assumptions about the relationship between war and economic development and draws conclusion that have implications for early modern Europe as a whole. In traditional historiography periods of war and general crisis have often been regarded as promoting a shift in resources from the communal towards a small number of individuals. However through a close micro-study of a single region this book offers a different perspective. Rather than promoting an aggressive individualism it is argued that in times of general crisis social networks aimed to reproduce themselves and the original status quo by developing creative solutions and institutions favouring co-operation. Furthermore the elites could not always exploit ’local’ wealth because of the need to protect their position of leadership within the community which required the preservation of that very community. This thesis not only challenges the received wisdom but also fuels a new debate about the ways in which economic growth occurred in Early Modern Italy and Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472442468

The Wealth of Nations and Regions There is an increasing interest in inclusive wealth and inclusive wealth can be a solution to the problematic narrowness of the traditional national accounting sys-tem which has been recognized for a long time. This book offers a comprehensive guide on this subject of inclusive wealth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367350338

The Wealth of Poor Nations Initially published in 1984 this book considers the contemporary condition of the Third World economy investigating the structural factors and historical forces mostly operating in the capitalist world which underlie the experience of the Third World in the post-war era. The book provides a powerful critique of many of the development strategies which have been employed during this period and suggests that the misconceptions inherent within them have done much to damage North-South relations in recent years particularly the failure to relate analytically the so-called social factors to economic growth and productivity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851626

The Wealth WeaponFour Arguments About Multinationals When President Carter responded to the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan by slapping an embargo on U.S. grain shipments to the U.S.S.R. he used ""the wealth weapon"" to defend American strategic interests and human rights as authors Ben J. Wattenberg and Richard J. Whalen pro­pose in this book that breaks new ground in analyzing U.S. foreign pol­icy.Writing from their different per­sonal perspectives (as a liberal Demo­crat and a moderate Republican re­spectively) this pair of partisan ac­tivists offer a lively balanced set of arguments pro and con for an activist U.S. foreign policy. They and a cast of invented characters representing op­posing viewpoints debate whether U.S. foreign trade and investments and American multinational corporations should be used to pursue national goals and objectives especially in dealing with the communist nations.The authors argue that the post-Vietnam reduction of U.S. political influence and military strength over­seas gives future presidents little choice but to use the largely exploited economic strength and wealth-creat­ing ability of America to protect vital interests abroad - just as President Carter felt compelled to do on an ad hoc basis after the Soviets took over Afghanistan. They call for a consis­tent long-term use of ""the wealth weapon"" in close coordination with U.S. allies and trading partners.As veteran political analysts and so­cial critics the authors take a fresh provocative and informative look at a phenomenon too often left to dry-as-dust economists: the role in the world of giant global corporations whose re­sources often dwarf those of nation-states. As they declare the authors set out to write the first truly readable (and even enjoyable) book about multina­tional corporations - and they have succeeded amid a world crisis when their timely message anticipates to­morrow's headlines. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315135434

The Weapons Legacy of the Cold WarProblems and Opportunities First published in 1997 this volume builds its discussion on a technological base along with policy implications and constitutes a review of the current situation in international security created by the Cold War and how the end of the Cold War is likely to change the situation. As the close of the Cold War created a multitude of changes in international security resulting in a broad range of topics tackled in this collection. It features specialists in military technology physics political science public and international affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366121

The Web in Higher EducationAssessing the Impact and Fulfilling the Potential A contemporary look at the merger of technology and education!This timely collection of analytical essays provides provocative discourse on the role technology will play in education in the 21st century. In this book an esteemed panel of educators information specialists program designers and researchers discusses issues trends and problems in online technology and its potential to re-energize the educational system. The Web?s promise to provide unique opportunities for improved instruction is a given; how that promise can be fulfilled is the debate that fuels The Web in Higher Education.The Web in Higher Education offers detailed proposals for: designing Web-based programs designing online courses implementing Web-based course-management systems developing a community prototype for educators using the Web to enhance televised educationA thoughtful look at the role of online technology in education this insightful book is essential for educators and administrators. The Web in Higher Education serves as a reference point for the merger of teaching and technology that will likely define the educational process in the 21st century. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003063803

The Web of Images: Vernacular Preaching from Its Origins to Saint Bernardino of SienaVernacular Preaching from Its Origins to Saint Bernardi This title was first published in 2003. Through her investigation of the mnemonic role of images in vernacular preaching and in mystical texts the author moves beyond the traditional art-historical approach to late Mediaeval and Renaissance art which tends to concentrate on style and iconography. She shows how these images were viewed at the time of their creation and offers new ways of reconstructing their meaning. By bringing her knowledge of rhetoric and the art of memory to bear on the visual arts she opens up new perspectives for the study of religious art and literature of the Renaissance and shows how these images actually functioned within the everyday context of the liturgy and of the life of the common people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138709645

The Web of Kinship Among the TallensiThe Second Part of an Analysis of the Social Structure of a Trans-Volta Tribe Originally published in 1949 this book takes the analysis of Tale social structure further. It shows how the patriarchal principle regulates domestic life and thus moulds individual development among the Tallensi. The analysis of the inter-connexion of Legal econoic and personal relationships sheds new light on the general problems of social organization in patriarchal societies both in Africa and elsewhere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138592032

The Web of PovertyPsychosocial Perspectives The most interdisciplinary integrated text on poverty The Web of Poverty: Psychosocial Perspectives gives you a full understanding of poverty and its consequences equipping you to affect social change. This unique book examines the social and personal causes of poverty focusing on the consequences of poverty at the neighborhood and school levels and on families children and youth. Ethnic and racial minorities are considered throughout the text and a chapter is devoted to the interface of poverty segregation and discrimination. The Web of Poverty helps you clearly see the effects of poverty by considering the cultural and social contexts of victims’lives. In doing so it fills a gap in the literature caused by books that overlook personal issues and data related to individual experiences. Chapters address contentious and sensitive issues within a critical psychosocial perspective that informs concepts such as the subculture of poverty social pathologies and the “overclass.” Many of the topics and perspectives you'll explore in its pages are rarely considered together in one volume. Specifically you'll read about: the plight of impoverished mothers and their children a comparison of the poverty of disadvantaged African Americans and poor white Americans health disadvantages of the poor the effects of poverty on school systems and the quality of education students receive the factors of age race and ethnicity that can lead to poverty a refutation of the notion of genetic inferiority of the poorPoverty is often the cause of other social ills such as delinquency which can destroy the social fabric of neighborhoods and limit opportunities to escape impoverished situations. The Web of Poverty will help you accurately see poverty as part of this “big picture.” It contains material from the fields of sociology developmental psychology family studies economics delinquency ethnic studies health and behavior genetics. This amalgamation gives you a thorough psychosocial perspective. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043449

The Webbs Fabianism and FeminismFabianism and the Political Economy of Everyday Life This book seeks to explore the understanding of Fabianism of both the Webbs and the Fabian Women’s Group and how this understanding shaped their views regarding such gender-centred issues as the family wage; protective labour law; and women’s place in the welfare state the home and the labour market. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272071

The Wechsler Memory ScaleA Guide for Clinicians and Researchers The Wechsler Memory Scale (WMS) is one of the most popular memory scales in the United States and much of the English-speaking world. This is the first book to systematically trace the evolution of the instrument in terms of its content and structure whilst providing a guide to clinical interpretation and discussing its many research uses. The Wechsler Memory Scale: A Guide for Clinicians and Researchers provides a comprehensive review and synthesis of the literature on all the major editions and revisions of the WMS including the Wechsler Memory Scale-I Wechsler Memory Scale-Revised Wechsler Memory Scale-III and the Wechsler Memory Scale-IV. It discusses major factor analytic studies of each version of the test clinical interpretation of each version including studies on malingering uses of each version with special populations and makes suggestions for the next revision (i.e the WMS-V). This book is designed to be a go-to source for all graduate students clinicians and researchers who use the Wechsler Memory Scale as well as to institutions offering formal training in adult clinical and neuropsychological assessment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367461652

The Wedding PresentDomestic Life Beyond Consumption In this fascinating work Louise Purbrick offers an alternative analysis of contemporary domestic consumption. She investigates the ritualized presentation of objects upon marriage and their subsequent cycles of exchange within the domestic sphere. Focusing on gift-giving in Britain from 1945 to the present comparative context is provided by material from North America and Europe. Presenting new material on the enactment of exchange relationships within everyday domesticity the book makes significant historical theoretical and methodological contributions to the analysis of contemporary consumption. It also re-evaluates consumption theory as well as examining the methodology of recent studies in consumption and domesticity pressing for a more rigorous approach to the use of case studies. By considering how the specific contexts in which consumption occurs such as married domesticity can limit possible versions of selfhood The Wedding Present tests the assumption that consuming creates individual identities. Thus the book argues consumption cannot be isolated as an explanation of individual or social formation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276574

The Wedding Spectacle Across Contemporary Media and CultureSomething Old Something New This book interrogates the hyper-visibility and stubborn endurance of the wedding spectacle across media and culture in the current climate. The wide-ranging chapters consider why the symbolic power of weddings is intensifying at a time when marriage as an institution appears to be in decline – and they offer new insights into the shifting and complex gender politics of contemporary culture. The collection is a feminist project but does not straight-forwardly renounce the wedding spectacle. Rather the diverse contributions offer close analyses of the myriad forms and practices of the wedding spectacle from reality television and cinematic film to wedding videography and bridal boutiques. Drawing on feminist and queer theory the chapters illuminate the paradoxes contradictions disappointments cruelties and pleasures that are intimately bound up with the wedding spectacle. Written by leading and emerging feminist scholars the chapters range across different national and cultural contexts to explore how the gender politics of weddings are changing and adapting to a new cultural and social landscape. This in-depth analysis of the wedding spectacle will appeal to academics and researchers in the fields of gender and mass media cultural studies feminist studies and intercultural communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138586239

The Wedding Video HandbookHow to Succeed in the Wedding Video Business For readers who want to become part of the thriving wedding video industry Wedding Video Handbook explains everything a wedding videographer needs to know. Each chapter explores a different part of either the business or the production ends and covers topics including secrets for getting clients selecting the proper equipment and tips on capturing special wedding moments despite difficult filming conditions. The book includes handy primers on marketing and advertising handling phone calls and appointments pre-production preparations what to shoot on the wedding day interacting with other vendors editing and packaging the DVD or video and generating referrals. Fully up-to-date with information on the newest tools and equipment used in this rapidly-evolving market as well as the cutting-edge trends in wedding video products Wedding Video Handbook is packed with practical advice from a pro who has spent years in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138460539

The WehrmachtThe German Army in World War II 1939-1945 To see the foreword the introduction a generous selection of sample pages and more visit the website The Wehrmacht website.In this unique volume expert Tim Ripley introduces the reader to the world of the German army covering in detail concepts such as mobile defense and the formidable Blitzkrieg and explains why the Wehrmacht was able to fight so long with such fearsome effectiveness. Also includes 180 color and black and white maps and illustrations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315063515

The Weibull DistributionA Handbook The Most Comprehensive Book on the SubjectChronicles the Development of the Weibull Distribution in Statistical Theory and Applied StatisticsExploring one of the most important distributions in statistics The Weibull Distribution: A Handbook focuses on its origin statistical properties and related distributions. The book also presents various approaches to estimate the parameters of the Weibull distribution under all possible situations of sampling data as well as approaches to parameter and goodness-of-fit testing.Describes the Statistical Methods Concepts Theories and Applications of This DistributionCompiling findings from dozens of scientific journals and hundreds of research papers the author first gives a careful and thorough mathematical description of the Weibull distribution and all of its features. He then deals with Weibull analysis using classical and Bayesian approaches along with graphical and linear maximum likelihood techniques to estimate the three Weibull parameters. The author also explores the inference of Weibull processes Weibull parameter testing and different types of goodness-of-fit tests and methods.Successfully Apply the Weibull ModelBy using inferential procedures for estimating testing forecasting and simulating data this self-contained detailed handbook shows how to solve statistical life science and engineering problems. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367577469

The Weight of ImagesAffect Body Image and Fat in the Media The Weight of Images explores the ways in which media images can train their viewers’ bodies. Proposing a shift away from an understanding of spectatorship as being constituted by acts of the mind this book favours a theorization of relations between bodies and images as visceral affective engagements that shape our body image - with close attention to one particularly charged bodily characteristic in contemporary western culture: fat. The first mapping of the ways in which fat gendered bodies are represented across a variety of media forms and genres from reality television to Hollywood movies from TV sitcoms to documentaries from print magazine and news media to online pornography The Weight of Images contends that media images of fat bodies are never only about fat; rather they are about our relation to corporeal vulnerability overall. A ground-breaking volume engaging with a rich variety of media and cultural texts whilst examining the possibilities of critical auto-ethnography to unravel how body images take shape affectively between bodies and images this book will appeal to scholars and students of sociology media cultural and gender studies with interests in embodiment and affect. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249226

The Weimar Republic It is often assumed that the Weimar Republic was bound to fail due to the harsh terms of the Versailles Settlement. Professor Hiden dispels this simplistic view and shows that it was a complex set of factors which finally brought Hitler to power. This clear and balanced study is now fully revised - for the first time since its publication in 1974 - to take account of the latest research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147607

The Weimar Republic The Weimar Republic provides a comprehensive introduction to Germany in the aftermath of the First World War. Exploring themes including the formation of the Republic the impact of the Treaty of Versailles and the Republic’s problems and achievements it is an invaluable study guide. This second edition includes two new chapters: the first looks at the Chancellors and Presidents of the Republic the second assesses the career of Gustav Stresemann. It also contains a timeline and updated analysis to enhance readers’ understanding of events and controversies. Integrating historical interpretation exam-style questions and evaluation of sources this book provides students with a clear understanding and a foundation for examination success. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315881317

The Weimar Republic 1919-1933 This book represents a much-needed reappraisal of Germany between the wars examining the political social and economic aims of the new republic their failure and how they led to Nazism and eventually the Second World War. The author includes:* an examination of the legacy of the First World War and the Treaty of Versailles* discussion of the early years of crisis culminating in the Ruhr Invasion and the Dawes Settlement* assessment of the leadership of Stresemann and Bruning* exploration of the circumstances leading to the rise of Hitler* an outline of the historiography of the Weimar Republic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138132382

The Weirdness of BeingHeidegger's Unheard Answer to the Seinsfrage The ongoing publication of Heidegger's complete works has called into question the interpretive and translative practices that have historicized Heidegger's thinking through the adaptation of categories and mind-sets inherited from metaphysics. Ivo De Gennaro argues that the posthumous treatises in particular - many of which have yet to be translated into English - show that the "other onset of thinking" that Being and Time inaugurated and which those historicizing accounts have interpreted and translated away has already taken place. This book on the other hand speaks solely from that other onset that of being itself. While arguing the "one-pointedness" of Heidegger's entire path of thinking De Gennaro draws mainly on the posthumous treatises to offer both a provisional exploration of and an introduction to a thinking whose sense and implications have barely begun to emerge. This challenging and original interpretation marks an important contribution to Heidegger scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844655595

The Welfare Economics of Alternative Renewable Resource StrategiesForested Wetlands and Agricultural Production This study originally published in 1990 seeks to address several important policy questions associated with the ongoing depletion of forested wetlands. First in the context of Environmental Impact Statements should the estimated areas of impact of Federal flood-control and drainage projects on wetlands be limited to (minimal) construction impacts or should they include impacts which occur when such projects cause private landowners to drain and clear their wetland holdings? A second crucial question is whether wetland depletion and conversion to agricultural cropland has been excessive. This title will be of interest to students of Environmental Economics and Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138083677

The Welfare Economics of International Trade This book provides a careful account of the leading propositions about the welfare gains associated with international trade and investment under differing institutional arrangements and policy choices. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781315014616

The Welfare of Cattle Contains a selection of White Papers commissioned to better inform the exploration of cattle welfare. These are prepared by notable experts in their field to help provide factual context around selected topics that impact cattle welfare and production systems. Covers all aspects of cattle use in an accessible style  making this a must have volume for anyone interested in cattle welfare or cattle medicine. Provides an in-depth picture of the distinctive beef and dairy cattle welfare practices and issues covering topics such as behavior breeding and genetic manipulation nutrition and feeding housing and management health and disease and transport and slaughter. Written by acknowledged leaders in animal science veterinary science philosophy and animal welfare  presenting a truly multidisciplinary perspective on cattle welfare. Includes a section on understanding and managing animal welfare in both beef and dairy cattle discussing how cattle perceive the world  animal handling and pain mitigation and how to assure that the cows have a reasonably good life. The Welfare of Cattle offers an accurate detailed account of the ethical and welfare concerns related to the human use of cattle. There is currently no significant book dealing with the welfare of cows animals often seen as archetypal paradigms of 'farm animals'. Covering both beef and dairy cattle the expert authors provide in-depth information on the husbandry roots of traditional agriculture  the replacement of this system of stewardship by an industrial model and the resulting welfare challenges associated with industrial agriculture: feedlots highly industrialized dairies and slaughterhouses killing huge numbers of animals who have been transported great distances. This important book explores in detail the ways in which people who are providing care for cattle can take their first step or their next step toward enhancing the welfare of these animals. An extra chapter (online only) is available in the 'Downloads' tab on the left: Dairy Nutrition by Michael Gamroth Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367893491

The Welfare of the ChildThe Principle and the Law First published in 1999 this book responds to the meaning given to the welfare principle attracts a great deal of controversy and explores the reasons for the controversy and examines the growing legal significance attached to the principle. In an illuminating and accessible manner this informative volume: provides a record of the milestones which have shaped the principles development by tracing its evolution over the centuries discloses the essence of what has been termed 'the golden thread running through the common law' provides a measure of the impact of the principle on the coherence of modern family law by assessing the significance of its present operational role and functions. The welfare principle began as a common law principle forged in medieval England yet it has informed the law relating to children in some of the most developed western societies. It is now being refracted through international legislative and judicial developments to challenge the future shape of family law in the UK. By considering the ways in which the legal system has shaped and been shaped by the principle this invaluable book leads its readers to an appreciation of the content and structural influence of the welfare principle. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360808

The Welfare State as Employer An analysis of the Scandinavian model of the welfare state based on a research program initiated by the Nordic Council in 1985. From an examination of the specific configurations of labor markets and welfare in Scandinavia it concludes that the welfare state has become the main vehicle of industri Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315490571

The Welfare State Crisis and the Transformation of Social Service Work This book has emerged in response to social service workers' vivid descriptions of changes in the practice of their craft during the past 15 years and to the scanty literature that addressed their concerns. Few works have attempted to explore the interplay between the recent broader changes affecting the welfare state (fiscal crisis cost containment privatization etc) and the restructuring of social service work. Yet it is clear that the fiscal decisions of the 1980s profoundly affected both the context and content of social service practice. "The Welfare State Crisis and the Transformation of Social Service Work" explores how these larger forces have created significant changes for the line practitioner. The greater push for caseload volume in the face of resource scarcity is redefining service encounters in ways that are more likely to meet the fiscal needs of the agency rather than the service needs of clients and the professional concerns of the worker. In short the fiscal crisis of the past two decades has placed the enterprise of social services at risk. After empirically documenting the seriousness of the risk "The Welfare State Crisis and the Transformation of Social Service Work" concludes with an exploration of new social service practice strategies that have the potential to integrate the individual organization communal and social changes necessary for effective service interventions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315289175

The Welfare StateIts Aims Benefits and Costs Originally published in 1973 The Welfare State traces the historical roots of the Welfare State and considers the problems to which it gives rise especially in the allocation of resources. It focuses on the economic issue of meeting needs with scarce resources and compares the British experience with that of other countries. It sets out the pattern of the social services since Beveridge and summarises the criticisms levelled at them. It considers the economic issues involved and provides a straightforward presentation of the available policy choices the discussion poses a direct comparison with other countries. The book offers an overall conspectus of current policy issues against the historical background from which they arise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138615816

The Wellbeing of Children under Three The most rapid and significant phase of development occurs in the first three years of a child’s life. The Supporting Children from Birth to Three series focuses on the care and support of the youngest children. Each book takes a key aspect of working with this age group and gives clear and detailed explanations of relevant theories together with practical examples to show how such theories translate into good working practice. Children’s personal social and emotional wellbeing has a huge impact on their overall development. Drawing on recent research this book looks at what wellbeing means for the under threes in the light of key aspects of UK and international social policy and practically demonstrates how practitioners can support children in this area. Focusing on the home-setting partnership with parents work attitudes adult and child interaction and quality learning environment the book explores the holistic role that adults play in supporting children’s individual personal social and emotional needs. Features include: clear explanation of relevant theories case studies and examples of good practice focus points for readers questions for reflective practice Providing a wealth of practical ideas and activities this handy text encourages explores all aspects of babies and toddlers’ wellbeing to help practitioners ensure effective outcomes for the youngest children in their care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415612722

The Wellbeing of Women in EntrepreneurshipA Global Perspective Women accomplish nearly two-thirds of total work around the world (including household duties) comprise one-third of the formal labor force but women receive one-tenth of the world's income and own only one-hundredth of the world’s property. Entrepreneurship is a vehicle for advancing the lives of women around the world. This book brings together 49 distinguished entrepreneurship scholars to provide a unique global vision of the wellbeing of women entrepreneurs necessary for fostering sustainable development and inclusive societies. Although gender inequality is an important issue solutions leading to gender parity are far from reaching ideal levels in the formal workplace and globally. Meanwhile the number of women involved in entrepreneurship is growing exponentially because there are more opportunities for women to own a business and be their own boss. This offers women the most desirable and flexible working conditions that better align with women’s lifestyles and multiple family responsibilities. However entrepreneurial activities are demanding and complex; compared to men  women face special challenges that deserve close attention. This book presents research and programs to effectively support women entrepreneurs in reaching levels of wellbeing required to ensure business sustainability and personal prosperity. Offering a diversity perspectives from around the globe The Wellbeing of Women in Entrepreneurship is of great interest to academics and practitioners working in teaching and research in disciplines including business management entrepreneurship oganizational change human centered management human resources  sustainable development and women’s studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367234386

The Wellbeing PurposeHow Companies Can Make Life Better In a turbulent world of geopolitical change declining trust in institutions and increasing scrutiny of companies the big question facing leaders is: what difference does business make? Lots of companies talk about social impact but few have defined what it really means. This book sets out a more human form of capitalism with people at its heart. The Wellbeing Purpose is the first book that explains how companies can make life better across their value chains from sourcing raw materials to innovating marketing and selling products and services. This book is a blueprint for raising life satisfaction for all those touched by a business – suppliers employees communities and consumers. It sets out the steps for any organization to create profits (wealth creation) whilst simultaneously making life better (wellbeing enhancement). Drawing on his experience as a political adviser and business consultant Hardyment takes us on a journey across the global footprint of business. There are some startling findings along the way. Case studies from pioneering firms and the latest scientific research are used to explain how any organization can source make and market products that create wealth and wellbeing. This is a manifesto for business to profit through helping more people to realize the good life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138549302

The Well-Dressed PuppetA Guide to Creating Puppet Costumes Costumes are an integral part of any performance adding believability conveying setting or establishing the tone a fact that is no less true when your performer is a puppet! The only book of its kind The Well-Dressed Puppet will show you how to create costumes and accessories tailored specifically for your puppet that will enhance any performance. Gone are the days of ill-fitting store-bought clothing that restrict the movement and use of your puppet. Author Cheralyn Lambeth walks you through every step of the costume-making process with detailed lists of the necessary materials equipment and patterns required to create a costume from scratch. She also shares multiple tips and information on how to modify off-the-rack clothing to fit any puppet. Suitable for both beginners and more advanced costumers The Well-Dressed Puppet demonstrates basic sewing and construction techniques while still providing advanced projects for customers who have already mastered those skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138025332

The Wellesley Index to Victorian Periodicals 1824-1900 `Simply a great work of reference. Future scholars will wonder how anybody managed without the Wellesley Index. It will quietly change the whole nature of Victorian studies.' Christopher Ricks New Statesman`It is now impossible to think of Victorian literary and historical studies without the benefit of it ... this is a very remarkable achievement indeed ... the complete set will be a monument to the Houghtons foresight pertinacity and skill.' TLS Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203991374

The Welsh PrincesThe Native Rulers of Wales 1063-1283 The Welsh princes were one of the most important ruling elites in medieval western Europe. This volume examines their behaviour influence and power in a period when the Welsh were struggling to maintain their independence and identity in the face of Anglo-Norman settlement. From the mid-eleventh century to the end of the thirteenth Wales was profoundly transformed by conquest and foreign 'colonial' settlement. Massive changes took place in the political economic social and religious spheres and Welsh culture was significantly affected. Roger Turvey looks at this transformation its impact on the Welsh princes and the part they themselves played in it.  Turvey's survey of the various aspects of princely life power and influence draws out the human qualities of these flesh and blood characters and is written very much with the general reader in mind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178960

The Wendish Crusade 1147The Development of Crusading Ideology in the Twelfth Century The Wendish Crusade of 1147 one of the Northern Crusades and a part of the Second Crusade took place at a critical phase in the evolution of crusading rhetoric. The initiators and apologists of the campaign employed rhetorical devices to justify the occupation of a region and conversion of a population under the auspices of a crusade. A detailed examination of the primary sources shows that the justification of a crusade against apostates was not only a German endeavour or the pope’s will but a political reality of the twelfth century. Therefore the attitude of the papacy is shown to be reactive rather than proactive. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367366964

The West Bank Data Base 1987 ReportDemographic Economic Legal Social And Political Developments In The West Bank This report is the survey compiled by the West Bank Data Base Project during its five years of operation from 1982 to 1987. It draws heavily upon the retrieval system of the West Bank Data Base Project located in Jerusalem which is in the public domain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367273729

The West Bank HandbookA Political Lexicon This book discusses social institutional legal cultural and political topics relating to the West Bank to demystify the treatment of the highly contentious subject. It is based on the author's experience of what people want to know when they approach the West Bank Data Project for information. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367273736

The West BankHistory Politics Society And Economy First published in 1986. This study of the West Bank was originally undertaken for the Middle East Institute in Washington D.C. under the terms of its contract with the U.S. Defense Intelligence Agency. The study was compiled from a series of draft working papers. Covering The Late Ottoman period to 1967 and the second part looks at the West Bank under Israeli Occupation after 1967. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367274092

The West German ModelPerspectives on a Stable State First Published in 1981. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315034942

The West German Social Democrats 1969-1982Profile Of A Party In Power The fall of the West German government in 1982 ended the 13-year rule of the Social Democratic Party (SPD) as the senior coalition partner under Chancellors Willy Brandt and Helmut Schmidt. In perpetual opposition from 1949 to 1966 the Social Democrats finally entered the government as the junior coalition party in 1966; three years later they assumed primary responsibility for guiding the nation. The central theme of this detailed examination of the SPD during its years of governance is that social and economic forces in the nation had a major effect often unsettling on the party at a time when it had achieved the pinnacle of political power. Significant changes in the party's organization membership leadership factionalism ideology and voter support limited its role within the political system (in the executive and legislative branches) and its influence on domestic and foreign policies. Yet its ability to remain in power for a comparatively long period attests to its strength and respectability among the voting public. Dr. Gerard Braunthal draws on a wealth of documentation some unpublished located primarily in German archives and libraries. In addition he interviewed more than 120 persons ranging from the top SPD leaders to staff officials members and other specialists to gain a greater understanding of a party that is one of the most powerful in Western Europe and in the social democratic world and whose organization has been a model of the twentieth-century mass party. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367274122

The West Indian Language Issue in British Schools (1979)Challenges and Responses First published in 1979. The performance of West Indian children in British schools has been the subject of enquiries by both a parliamentary select committee and the Department of Education. It is widely believed that an important factor in the relative failure of West Indian children is the language they use West Indian Creole and while teachers and others who work with them are aware that their language is often very different from British English they seldom understand the nature of the differences or their implications. The aim of this book is to provide the non-specialist with an account of the language of West Indian children and to examine how linguistic ‘interference’ can affect their level of reading writing and understanding even when they have been born in Britain. It also considers the worrying possibility that negative attitudes towards them and their language may have an adverse effect on their motivation to learn standard English. Viv Edwards places great stress on the fact that although Creole is different from British English it is in no way deficient as a language. She emphasizes the importance of familiarity with the structure of Creole since it is only in this way that the teachers can discriminate between real mistakes and Creole ‘interference’. Attention is drawn to the relationship between language attitudes and social stereotypes and the danger that these might be translated into reality. Different strategies available to the teacher are examined drawing on American experience in this field and various initiatives taken by British teachers are described thus making the study a work of practical value to teachers and others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138303201

The West Indies Before and Since Slave EmancipationComprising the Windward and Leeward Islands' Military Command..... John Davy (1790-1868) was an English doctor and brother of the chemist Sir Humphrey Davy. After graduating from Edinburgh University in 1814 Davy became Inspector General of Army Hospitals and he was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society in 1834. In his capacity as Inspector General he spent 1845-1848 living in Barbados and visiting other Caribbean Islands. This volume first published in 1854 describes the society and culture of Barbados and other islands including Trinidad Tobago and St Lucia. Based on Davy's notes and observations made while stationed on the island the book describes in vivid detail the disparities in education quality of life and behaviour between the freed slaves indentured servants and plantation owners of Barbados and other islands. Davy's sympathetic account provides valuable first-hand descriptions of the social conditions and tensions which existed after the Emancipation Act of 1834. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653206

The Western The Western introduces the novice to the pleasures and the meanings of the Western film shares the excitement of the genre with the fan addresses the suspicions of the cynic and develops the knowledge of the student. The Western is about the changing times of the Western and about how it has been understood in film criticism. Until the 1980s more Westerns were made than any other type of film. For fifty of those years the genre was central to Hollywood's popularity and profitability. The Western explores the reasons for its success and its latter-day decline among film-makers and audiences alike. Part I charts the history of the Western film and its role in film studies. Part II traces the origins of the Western in nineteenth-century America and in its literary theatrical and visual imagining. This sets the scene to explore the many evolving forms in successive chapters on early silent Westerns the series Western the epic the romance the dystopian the elegiac and finally the revisionist Western. The Western concludes with an extensive bibliography filmography and select further reading. Over 200 Westerns are discussed among them close accounts of classics such as Duel in the Sun The Wild Bunch and Unforgiven formative titles like John Ford's epic The Iron Horse and early cowboy star William S. Hart's The Silent One together with less familiar titles that deserve wider recognition including Comanche Station Pursued and Ulzana's Raid. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138171701

The Western Allies and Soviet Potential in World War IIEconomy Society and Military Power World War II was the largest and most devastating war in modern history with far-reaching consequences. The single most important campaign was the Soviet–German war which consumed the lion share of Germany’s military resources. In contrast to the tone in German and Anglo-American precampaign assessments the USSR ws able to repulse the invasion after huge losses and turn the table on Germany and her minor Axis allies.This book examines how the two most important Western Allies in World War II the United States and the United Kingdom assessed the economic and military potential of the Soviet Union in 1939–1945. Since the USSR was the single most important military contributor to the Allied victory in Europe and the main target of Germany’s military strength these assessments are of paramount importance in order to understand how the Anglo-Americans perceived the overall war situation and adjusted their own war effort in accordance with it. Utilising a wide range of documents produced by the Anglo-Americans during and shortly before World War II this book explores why Soviet strength was underestimated and how the Soviet economic system Soviet society and military capabilities were viewed by Western Government observers.The Western Allies and Soviet Potential in World War II is a fascinating read for those in academia studying economic history international economics and security studies especially areas on military and strategic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873738

The Western Balkans in the WorldLinkages and Relations with Non-Western Countries This book provides a detailed understanding of how different types of engagements impact upon the reform and EU integration of the Western Balkan region. It examines the influence of Russia China Turkey and the UAE in the region and analyses the range of existing links. Contributors offer an academic and multifaceted perspective of the role of external and non-Western actors in the region that goes beyond on the one hand the tendency of some Western decision makers to perceive all engagement by third powers as a sinister threat and on the other the view of regional governments of all external involvement as a boon coming at a time of Western neglect and reduced foreign investments. By looking at the importance of Russia Turkey China and the UAE in the Western Balkans the book sheds light on one key arena of global competition offers new insights on the strengths and weaknesses of Euro–Atlantic integration and advances our knowledge of foreign policy and its economic social and security dimensions for small and medium-sized countries. It will be of interest to academics postgraduate and research students and think-tankers with research interest in IR and Southeast European Studies. European decision makers will also gain an insight into the extent of non-Western influence in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367197995

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War IIAn Annotated Bibliography of English-Language Sources The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II is a concise comprehensive guide for students teachers and history buffs of the Second World War. With an emphasis on the American forces in these theaters each entry is accompanied by a brief annotation that will allow researchers to navigate through the vast amount of literature on the campaigns fought in these regions with ease. Focusing on all aspects surrounding the U.S. involvement in the Western European and Mediterranean theaters including politics religion biography strategy intelligence and operations this bibliography will be a welcome addition to the collection of any academic or research library. Routledge Research Guides to American Military Studies provide concise annotated bibliographies to the major areas and events in American military history. With the inclusion of brief critical annotations after each entry the student and researcher can easily assess the utility of each bibliographic source and evaluate the abundance of resources available with ease and efficiency. Comprehensive concise and current—Routledge Research Guides to American Military Studies are an essential research tool for any historian. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203892688

The Western European Union At The CrossroadsBetween Trans-atlantic Solidarity And European Integration This book investigates the institutional and operational development of the Western European Union (WEU) and its proposed enlargement. It assesses the motivations of its leading members and the progress made toward enhancing the WEU's role in the 1996-97 Intergovernmental Conference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367274139

The Western European UnionInternational Politics Between Alliance and Integration This full-term study of the Western European Union (WEU) brings to life the history of Europe’s search for a co-operative security and defence order from its post World War II origins to the present day. Establishing the WEU as a support organization designed to promote the two security "ideas" of collective defence and integration through the primary organizations of Alliance and Community this book offers a window onto the challenges faced in the development and management of NATO and the evolving EC/EU over time. As the WEU’s historical journey unfolds the frequently competing visions of the future organization of the European security space are exposed in the fluctuating nature of its own functional evolution and devolution. A hybrid organization driven by its dual support role the constructively ambiguous and conveniently autonomous WEU was to provide a mechanism through which divergent interests could converge and inherent tensions be relieved preventing NATO and EC/EU stagnation. This book offers fresh insight into the means by which the gradual transformation of the institutional framework of European security was enabled and stakes the WEU’s claim as a fundamental and life-long contributor to the stability of the European security system.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669416

The Western in the Global South The Western in the Global South investigates the Western film genre's impact migrations and reconfigurations in the Global South. Contributors explore how cosmopolitan directors have engaged with appropriated and subverted the tropes and conventions of Hollywood and Italian Westerns and how Global South Westerns and Post-Westerns in particular address the inequities brought about by postcolonial patriarchy globalization and neoliberalism. The book offers a wide range of historical engagements with the genre from African Caribbean South and Southeast Asian Central and South American and transnational directors. The contributors employ interdisciplinary cultural studies approaches to cinema integrating aesthetic considerations with historical political and gender studies readings of the international appropriations and U.S. re-appropriations of the Western genre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548688

The Western Lacustrine Bantu (Nyoro Toro Nyankore Kiga Haya and Zinza with Sections on the Amba and Konjo)East Central Africa Part XIII Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series published between 1950 and 1977 brings together a wealth of previously un-co-ordinated material on the ethnic groupings and social conditions of African peoples. Concise critical and (for its time) accurate the Ethnographic Survey contains sections as follows: Physical Environment Linguistic Data Demography History & Traditions of Origin Nomenclature Grouping Cultural Features: Religion Witchcraft Birth Initiation Burial Social & Political Organization: Kinship Marriage Inheritance Slavery Land Tenure Warfare & Justice Economy & Trade Domestic Architecture Each of the 50 volumes will be available to buy individually and these are organized into regional sub-groups: East Central Africa North-Eastern Africa Southern Africa West Central Africa Western Africa and Central Africa Belgian Congo. The volumes are supplemented with maps available to view on routledge.com or available as a pdf from the publishers.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138233300

The Western Landscape in Cormac McCarthy and Wallace StegnerMyths of the Frontier The western American landscape has always had great significance in American thinking requiring an unlikely union between frontier mythology and the reality of a fragile western environment. Additionally it has borne the burden of being a gendered space seen by some as the traditional "virgin land" of the explorers and pioneers subject to masculine desires and by others as a masculine space in which the feminine is neither desired nor appreciated. Both Wallace Stegner and Cormac McCarthy focus on this landscape and environment; its spiritual narrative symbolic imaginative and ideological force is central to their work. In this study McGilchrist shows how their various treatments of these issues relate to the social climates (pre- and post-Vietnam era) in which they were written and how despite historical discontinuities both Stegner and McCarthy reveal a similar unease about the effects of the myth of the frontier on American thought and life. The gendering of the landscape is revealed as indicative of the attempts to deny the failure of the myth and to force the often numinous western landscape into parameters which will never contain it. Stegner's pre-Vietnam sensibility allows the natural world to emerge tentatively triumphant from the ruins of frontier mythology whereas McCarthy's conclusions suggest a darker future for the West in particular and America in general. However McGilchrist suggests that the conclusion of McCarthy's Border Trilogy upon which her arguments regarding McCarthy are largely based offers a gleam of hope in its final conclusion of acceptance of the feminine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415808040

The Western Mediterranean KingdomsThe Struggle for Dominion 1200-1500 A pioneering account of the dynastic struggle between the kings of Aragon and the Angevin kings of Naples which shaped the commercial as well as the political map of the Mediterranean and had a profound effect on the futures of Spain France Italy and Sicily. David Abulafia does it full justice reclaiming from undeserved neglect one of the formative themes in the history of the Middle Ages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145948

The WestFrom the advent of Christendom to the eve of Reformation This volume tells the story of European architecture in the ‘middle ages’ – from the destruction by northern barbarians of Rome and the urban society it had fostered to the rediscovery of Classical values and the rebirth of humanism in 15th-century Italy. This period saw the evolution of feudalism with its patterns of dependency and obligation the establishment of monasticism in its varied forms and the rise of the Holy Roman Empire. The art and architecture that emerged alongside this profound social reordering is known as Romanesque. Based on the legacy of ancient Rome it included elements from Carolingian Ottonian Byzantine and northern European traditions. This synthesis produced some of its most powerful monuments in the glorious abbey churches that a period of prosperity and political stability fostered in unprecedented numbers. Romanesque architecture was succeeded by the Gothic a movement that originated at the abbey of S. Denis in France in the 12th century. Structurally daring it heralded a new architecture of light most enduringly expressed in great cathedrals subsequently in the growing sophistication of houses and civic architecture as feudal magnates increasingly ceded power to the central authority. The book ends with the Italian rediscovery of Classical ideas and ideals and the emergence of the great Renaissance theorists and architects including Brunelleschi Alberti and Bramante. As well as the palazzos villas and churches of Renaissance Italy this period saw the building of great châteaux in France palaces in Germany and the golden-domed cathedrals of Russia. With more than two thousand images including many plans The West is an unprecedented single-volume survey of the period covering the whole of Europe from Ireland to Russia and placing architectural developments within their political technological artistic and intellectual contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138038929

The Whaling Issue In U.s.-japan Relations This book explores the history of the whaling controversy in U.S.-Japan relations whaling as a resource the status of whaling in international law and the policy alternatives confronting Japan the U.S. and relevant international organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367274146

The Whats of a Scientific Life This book completes a scientific life trilogy of books following on from the Hows (i.e. skills) and the Whys is now the Whats of a scientific life. Starting with just what is science then on to what is physics what is chemistry and what is biology the book discusses career situations in terms of types of obstacles faced. There follow examples of what science has achieved as well as plans and opportunities. The contexts for science are dependencies of science on mathematics how science cuts across disciplines and the importance of engineering and computer software. What science is as a process is that it is distinctly successful in avoiding or dealing with failures. Most recently a radical change in what is science is the merger of the International Council of Scientific Unions and the International Social Sciences Council. Key Features: Dissects what is science and its contexts Provides wide ranging case studies of science and discovery based directly on the author’s many decades in science The author has outstanding experience in mentoring and career development and also in outreach activities for the public and students of all ages The world of science today involves a merger of ‘the sciences’ and the ‘social sciences’ Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367233020

The Wheel of DeathWritings from Zen Buddhist and Other Sources Originally published in 1972 this anthology examines death through the eyes of great Buddhist Taoist Hindu and Western masters. Instructions and specific rites are set forth to enable people to guide the mind of the dying through death and the Intermediate stage which follows. The sections of Rebirth and Karma deal succinctly with these complex and often mis-understood doctrines.       Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862722

The Wheel of Fire Originally published in 1930 this classic of modern Shakespeare criticism proves both enlightening and innovative. Standing head and shoulders above all other Shakespearean interpretations this is the masterwork of the brilliant English scholar G. Wilson Knight. Founding a new and influential school of Shakespearean criticism Wheel of Fire was Knight's first venture in the field - his writing sparkles with insight and wit and his analyses are key to contemporary understandings of Shakespeare. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167827

The Whens and Wheres of a Scientific Life Big questions and issues arise about the role of the scientific life in our society and in our world. These have to do with trusting science at all or with the wider roles of the scientist. The Whens and Wheres of a Scientific Life serves as an epilogue to author John R. Helliwell’s scientific life trilogy of books on the Hows (i.e. skills) the Whys and the Whats of a scientific life. When and where questions play a big role in major science facility decisions. When and where also play a big role in controlling a pandemic like the coronavirus COVID-19. The consequences of such work and the role science plays in society are discussed in this book. Key Features: Discusses when and where we can make new and better things happen and make new discoveries. Explains whens and wheres as examples in basic science and explaining these to the public User friendly and concise this text provides a wide range of examples of science and discovery The author has diverse experience in career development teaching and research The importance of open data to the reproducibility of science are described Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367489717

The Whig Party 1807 - 1812 Published in 1965: This book is about the  Period in which the Whig Party was in power between 1807 - 1812. It talks about Economics Parliamentary reforms and wars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367149116

The White GeneralsAn Account of the White Movement and the Russian Civil War This account of the Russian Civil War originally published in 1971 combines a vivid narrative of the military events with a biographical discussion of the White Generals figures of the former Imperial Russian Army offices who led the separate campaigns against the Red Soviets - men such as Kornilov Alekseev Kolchak Denikin Wrangel Yudenich and the Finnish Yudeniol Marshal Mannerheim. Despite their shared designation the White Generals had no common programme. Their tragedy was that Lenin's dogmatism intransigence and ruthlessness all essential qualities in a country which had never known anything other than autocracy were alien to their characters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138631274

The White House and White AfricaPresidential Policy Toward Rhodesia During the UDI Era 1965-1979 This book offers an insightful analysis of presidential policy towards Rhodesia during the UDI era of 1965-1979. Michel provides an informative account of the stance adopted by the differing presidential administrations towards Salisbury and highlights the shifting alignment of the global and domestic dynamics that shaped decision-making. The book also explores the complex relationship between pragmatism and morality in formulating policy and Michel considers intriguing questions over the competing visions within Washington of what constituted pragmatism or morality during the era of decolonization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588526

The White Racial FrameCenturies of Racial Framing and Counter-Framing In this book Joe Feagin extends the systemic racism framework in previous Routledge books by developing an innovative concept the white racial frame. Now four centuries-old this white racial frame encompasses not only the stereotyping bigotry and racist ideology emphasized in other theories of "race " but also the visual images array of emotions sounds of accented language interlinking interpretations and narratives and inclinations to discriminate that are still central to the frame’s everyday operations. Deeply imbedded in American minds and institutions this white racial frame has for centuries functioned as a broad worldview one essential to the routine legitimation scripting and maintenance of systemic racism in the United States. Here Feagin examines how and why this white racial frame emerged in North America how and why it has evolved socially over time which racial groups are framed within it how it has operated in the past and in the present for both white Americans and Americans of color and how the latter have long responded with strategies of resistance that include enduring counter-frames. In this new edition Feagin has included much new interview material and other data from recent research studies on framing issues related to white black Latino and Asian Americans and on society generally. The book also includes a new discussion of the impact of the white frame on popular culture including on movies video games and television programs as well as a discussion of the white racial frame’s significant impacts on public policymaking immigration the environment health care and crime and imprisonment issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415635226

The White Racial FrameCenturies of Racial Framing and Counter-Framing In this book sociologist Joe Feagin extends the systemic racism framework in previous Routledge books by developing an innovative concept the white racial frame. Now more than four centuries old this white racial frame encompasses not only the stereotyping bigotry and racist ideology emphasized in other theories of “race ” but also the visual images array of emotions sounds of accented language interlinking interpretations and narratives and inclinations to discriminate that are central to the frame’s everyday operations. Deeply imbedded in American minds and institutions this white racial frame has for centuries functioned as a broad worldview one essential to the routine legitimation scripting and maintenance of systemic racism in the United States. Here Feagin examines how and why this white racial frame emerged in North America how and why it has evolved socially over time which racial groups are framed within it how it has operated in the past and present for both white Americans and Americans of color and how the latter have long responded with strategies of resistance that include enduring counter-frames. In this third edition Feagin has included much new data from many recent research studies on framing issues related to white black Native Latino/a and Asian Americans and on society generally. The book also includes a more extensive discussion of the impact of the white frame on popular culture including on video games movies and television programs as well as a discussion of the white racial frame’s significant impacts on public policymaking on immigration the environment health care and crime and imprisonment issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367373481

The White TerrorAntisemitic and Political Violence in Hungary 1919-1921 The White Terror was a movement of right-wing militias that for two years actively tracked down tortured and murdered members of the Jewish community as well as former supporters of the short-lived Council Republic in the years following World War I. It can be argued that this example of a programme of virulent antisemitism laid the foundations for Hungarian participation in the Holocaust. Given the rightward shift of Hungarian politics today this book has a particular resonance in re-examining the social and historical context of the White Terror. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138579521

The White Woman's Other BurdenWestern Women and South Asia During British Rule In The White Woman's Other Burden Kumari Jayawardena re-evaluates the Western women who lived and worked in South Asia during the period of British rule. She tells the stories of many well-known women including Katherine Mayo Helena Blavatsky Annie Besant Madeleine Slade and Mirra Richard and highlights the stories of dozens of women whose names have been forgotten today. In the course of this telling Jayawardena raises the issues of race class and gender which are part of current debates among feminists throughout the world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315021829

The Who You Dream YourselfPlaying and Interpretation in Psychotherapy and Theatre The motif of time and space runs as a continual thread through this book which examines the relationship between psychotherapy and the theatre as underpinned by Winnicott's writings. The author supplements her theories with Jung's ideas on self the writings of Lacan and the prose drama and poetry of Yeats - an unusual blend between diverse and often opposing schools of thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105372

The Whole-School AuditDevelopment Planning for Primary and Special Schools First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420397

The Whys of a Scientific Life The first in the Focus Series on Global Science Education The Whys of a Scientific Life examines why scientists do what they do. Working from a diverse background in scientific research including academic departments of physics and chemistry as well as the scientific civil service the author describes the choices scientists make. Fundamentally a scientist asks questions based on curiosity. In addition the environment is very important. By influencing their elected governments society itself shapes the scientific research that is undertaken by scientists. This book follows on naturally from the author’s last book Skills for a Scientific Life which is a how-to guide for scientists and those that aspire to engage in science as a career. Key Features: User friendly and concise this text dissects the whys of science and discovery The author has outstanding experience in mentoring science students and staff and also in outreach activities for the public and students of all ages including schools The final chapter emphasises the joys of the scientist in research Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138389793

The Widening Circle of GenocideGenocide - A Critical Bibliographic Review The Widening Circle of Genocide the third volume of an award-winning series combines an encyclopedic summary of knowledge of the subject with annotated citations of literature in each field of study. It includes contributions by R.J. Rummel Leonard Glick Vahakn Dadrian Rosanne Klass Martin Van Bruinessen James Dunn Gabrielle Tyrnauer Robert Krell George Kent Samuel Totten and a foreword by Irving Louis Horowitz.This volume presents scholarship on a variety of topics including: Germany's records of the Armenian genocide; little-known cases of contemporary genocide in Afghanistan East Timor and of the Kurds; a provocative new interpretation of the psychic scarring of Holocaust survivors; and nongovernmental organizations that have undertaken the beginnings of scholarship on the worldwide problems of genocide. The Widening Circle of Genocide embodies reverence for human life; its goal is the search for new means to prevent genocide.This work is distinguished by its excellence originality and depth of its scholarship. The first volume was selected by the American Library Association for its list of "Outstanding Academic Books of 1988-89." It is both compelling reading and an invaluable tool for scholars and students who wish to pursue specific fields of study of genocide. It will also be of interest to political scientists historians psychologists and religion scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517141

The Widening Scope of Shame The Widening Scope of Shame is the first collection of papers on shame to appear in a decade and contains contributions from most of the major authors currently writing on this topic. It is not a sourcebook but a comprehensive introduction to clinical and theoretical perspectives on shame that is intended to be read cover to cover. The panoramic scope of this multidisciplinary volume is evidenced by a variety of clinically and developmentally grounded chapters; by chapters explicating the theories of Silvan Tomkins and Helen Block Lewis; and by chapters examining shame from the viewpoints of philosophy social theory and the study of family systems. A final section of brief chapters illuminates shame in relation to specific clinical problems and experiential contexts including envy attention deficit disorder infertility masochism the medical setting and religious experience. This collection will be of special interest to psychoanalytically oriented readers. It begins with a chapter charting the evolution of Freud's thinking on shame followed by chapters providing contemporary perspectives on the role of shame in development and the status of shame within the theory of narcissism. Of further psychoanalytic interest are two reprinted classics by Sidney Levin on shame and marital dysfunction. In both depth of clinical coverage and breadth of perspectives The Widening Scope of Shame is unique in the shame literature. Readable well organized and completely up to date it becomes essential reading for all students of this intriguing and unsettling emotion and of human development more generally. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315803388

The Widow and Wedlock Novels of Frances Trollope The writings of Frances Trollope have been subject to increasing academic interest in recent years and are now widely studied. This four-volume set includes scholarly editions of her four novels in which her comical yet subversive treatment of Victorian marriage is an interesting contrast to some of the more earnest but conventional fiction of the time. At the time of their reception all four novels were considered to be the most hilarious and beloved of Trollope’s works. In their satire of Victorian marriage they challenged and complicated the normative practices of getting married being married and getting married again. Trollope’s creation of strong independent older women is an antidote to other Victorian novelists’ portrayal of widows and spinsters and her novels challenge our understanding of the characteristics of the novels of the 1830s and 1840s especially in their depiction of Victorian gender dynamics as well as their influence on succeeding novels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848930797

The Widow and Wedlock Novels of Frances Trollope Vol 1 The writings of Frances Trollope have been subject to increasing academic interest in recent years and are now widely studied. In this four-volume set her comical yet subversive treatment of Victorian marriage provides an interesting contrast to some of the more earnest but conventional fiction of the time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763616

The Widow and Wedlock Novels of Frances Trollope Vol 2 The writings of Frances Trollope have been subject to increasing academic interest in recent years and are now widely studied. In this four-volume set her comical yet subversive treatment of Victorian marriage provides an interesting contrast to some of the more earnest but conventional fiction of the time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763623

The Widow and Wedlock Novels of Frances Trollope Vol 3 The writings of Frances Trollope have been subject to increasing academic interest in recent years and are now widely studied. In this four-volume set her comical yet subversive treatment of Victorian marriage provides an interesting contrast to some of the more earnest but conventional fiction of the time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763630

The Widow and Wedlock Novels of Frances Trollope Vol 4 The writings of Frances Trollope have been subject to increasing academic interest in recent years and are now widely studied. In this four-volume set her comical yet subversive treatment of Victorian marriage provides an interesting contrast to some of the more earnest but conventional fiction of the time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763647

The Wild White GooseThe Diary of a Female Zen Priest This book first published as two volumes in 1977 and 1978 was published purely for the purpose of showing how Buddhist training was done by the Reverend Jiyu-Kennett in the Far East. The material for the book was taken from diaries covering eight years spent by the author in Far Eastern temples and describe her religious training and her growth of a Zen priest into a teacher running her own temple. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138666238

The Wild Irish Girl This novel intervenes in many of the literary and philosophical debates of the late eighteenth century and early nineteenth century forging a connection between the eighteenth-century discourse of sentiment and the emergent nineteenth-century concept of the nation. Lady Morgan's Introductory Letters are included. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111370

The Wildness Pleases (Routledge Revivals)The Origins of Romanticism First published in 1983. This book charts the growth of Romanticism from the initial reactions to the authoritarian classicism of Louis XIV through the ‘codification’ of the Sublime by Burke in the 1750s to the fascination with mystery fear and violence which dominated the writing of the late eighteenth century. The origins of the movement are found in the writings of Rousseau and admiration for the ‘noble savage’ the development of the landscape garden discoveries in the South Seas new approaches to ‘primitive’ poetry and enthusiasm for gothic art and literature. These attitudes are contrasted with the more classical views of writers like Samuel Johnson. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138647992

The William Makepeace Thackeray Library First published in 1996 The William Makepeace Thackeray Library is a collection of texts written by and about the novelist which provide an insight into his life and works beyond his major novels such as Vanity Fair. It begins with some of Thackeray’s lesser-known journalistic work and travel writings and moves on to key works written about the author in the second half of the 19th century and at the turn of the 20th century. Each volume begins with an informative introduction by Richard Pearson providing a brief analysis of each text and presenting the context in which it was written. This set will be of keen interest to those studying William Thackeray and nineteenth-century literature more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138203464

The William Makepeace Thackeray LibraryVolume I - Early Fiction and Journalism First published in 1996 The William Makepeace Thackeray Library is a collection of works written by and about the novelist. This first volume contains extracts of William Makepeace Thackeray’s early fiction and journalism in the 1830s and 1840s. In his early career Thackeray worked as an editor sub-editor writer reviewer foreign journalist illustrator versifier and hack reporter and by 1847 had managed to maintain an unbroken and multi-faceted literary output through magazines journals and newspapers for fourteen years. With an introduction by Richard Pearson this book reveals some of Thackeray’s early and lesser-known work. This book will be of interest to those studying Thackeray and nineteenth-century literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138201897

The William Makepeace Thackeray LibraryVolume II - Early Travel Writings First published in 1996 The William Makepeace Thackeray Library is a collection of works written by and about the novelist. William Makepeace Thackeray spent part of virtually every year of his writing life in Paris and he wrote continually on France and French culture. This volume contains a selection of Thackeray’s travel writing the majority of which centres around his time spent in France with the addition of some writing on his travels to Germany and America. With an explanatory introduction by Richard Pearson this book reveals some of Thackeray’s lesser-known work which would later inform his novels. This book will be of interest to those studying Thackeray and nineteenth-century travel writing and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138201958

The William Makepeace Thackeray LibraryVolume III - Thackeray by Anthony Trollope First published in 1996 The William Makepeace Thackeray Library is a collection of works written by and about the novelist. This third volume contains Anthony Trollope’s volume on Thackeray from John Morley’s series entitled The English Men of Letters. The work signifies Thackeray’s move to perceived respectability placing him as part of the literary establishment alongside writers such as Spenser Johnson Milton Chaucer Pope and Wordsworth. The introduction by Richard Pearson outlines the context in which the volume was written and received including Trollope and Thackeray’s relationship and the book’s critical reception. This book will be of interest to those studying Thackeray and nineteenth-century literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138202641

The William Makepeace Thackeray LibraryVolume IV - The Early Writings of William Makepeace Thackeray by Charles Plumptre Johnson & Thackeray First published in 1996 The William Makepeace Thackeray Library is a collection of works written by and about the novelist. This fourth volume contains Charles Plumptre Johnson’s The Early Writings of William Makepeace Thackeray and Adolphus Alfred Jack’s Thackeray: A Study. While Johnson’s work signifies a landmark in Thackeray scholarship recognizing his lesser-known work for magazines and newspapers A. A. Jack’s text marks a major reassessment of Thackeray’s work in light of the debate on the moral intentionality of fiction. Richard Pearson’s introduction guides the reader through the context of each publication providing a helpful explanation of how and why these works were written. This book will be of interest to those studying Thackeray and nineteenth-century literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138202740

The William Makepeace Thackeray LibraryVolume VI - The Life of William Makepeace Thackeray by Lewis Melville First published in 1996 The William Makepeace Thackeray Library is a collection of works written by and about the novelist. This sixth volume contains the work of Lewis Melville one of the most productive biographers and critics of Thackeray at the turn of the 20th century. Richard Pearson’s helpful introduction not only provides additional information on the biographer himself but also analyses the text and tracks its development over time. This book will be of interest to those studying Thackeray and nineteenth-century literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138203457

The William O. Douglas Inquiry Into The State Of Individual Freedom This book includes papers focusing on Justice William O. Douglas inquiry into fundamental freedoms freedom and law enforcement freedom and governmental expenditures to advance the common good and freedom and duty of government to control private power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367274153

The Willowbrook WarsBringing the Mentally Disabled into the Community The Willowbrook Wars is a dramatic and illuminating account of the effort to close down a scandal-ridden institution and return its 5 400 handicapped residents to communities in New York. The wars began in 1972 with Geraldo Rivera's televised raid on the Willowbrook State School. They continued for three years in a federal courtroom with civil libertarian lawyers persuading a conservative and conscience-stricken judge to expand the rights of the disabled and they culminated in a 1975 consent decree with the state of New York pledging to accomplish the unprecedented assignment in six years.From 1975 to 1982 David and Sheila Rothman observed this remarkable chapter in American reform of mental disabilities care. Would the state live up to its agreement without "dumping" residents into other nightmarish institutions? Would the lawyers prove as interested in meeting client needs as in securing client rights? Could a tradition-bound bureaucracy create a new network of community services? And finally would a governor and a legislature tolerate such outside intervention and if so for how long? In answering these questions The Willowbrook Wars takes us behind the scenes to clarify the role of the judiciary the fate of the underprivileged and the potential for social justice. In their new afterword the authors bring the story up to date describing the results of the closing of the institution in 1987 from the experiences of integrating the former residents into communities to the legal battles between the state of New York and advocates for the mentally handicapped. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539495

The Wilson Governments 1964-1970 Reconsidered This book provides a fascinating re-assessment of our view of the Wilson governments of 1964-1970. This new text draws on newly available sources across the range of British government and for the first time looks at the whole range of political and state activity. This critical appraisal provides a fascinating case study of British government in action in this key period of British History.This book was previously published as a special issue of the leading journal Contemporary British History. It is an excellent resource for students of governance foreign policy economics and social policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759052

The Wilson–Johnson Correspondence 1964–69 Less than a year after the assassination of President Kennedy brought Lyndon B. Johnson to the White House Harold Wilson became British Prime Minister. Over the next four years the two men governed their countries through unprecedented crises both domestic and international. To provide a better understanding of the transatlantic relationship this volume provides for the first time all the correspondence between Wilson and Johnson from the time Wilson became Prime Minister in October 1964 until Johnson stepped down as President in January 1969. This period witnessed Britain’s accelerated ’retreat from Empire’ and the United States’ correspondingly active role in confronting communist influence across the globe. The letters between Wilson and Johnson reveal the difficulties they faced during this period of transition. In particular the issue of the Vietnam War looms large as Wilson’s refusal to commit British forces and his sponsorship of peace initiatives served to place severe strain on relations between the two men. Other significant topics which re-occur in the correspondence include American attempts to stiffen Britain’s resolve to preserve the value of the pound the almost continual British defence reviews the future of the British Army on the Rhine the French withdrawal from NATO the 1967 Arab-Israeli War East-West relations Britain’s relations with the EEC the Prague Spring and the devaluation of sterling. Drawing on material from the Johnson Presidential Library Wilson’s private papers at the Bodleian Library and the National Archives of both the United States and the United Kingdom this collection provides a direct insight into Anglo-American relations at a pivotal moment. For whilst the United States was undoubtedly a superpower on the rise and Britain a declining influence on the world stage the letters reveal that Johnson was eager for international allies to demonstrate to the American people that the US did not stan Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599225

The Wiltshire Woollen Industry in the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries First published in 1965. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203041642

The Wind Band Music of Henry Cowell The Wind Band Music of Henry Cowell studies the compositions for wind band by twentieth-century composer Henry Cowell a significant and prolific figure in American fine art music from 1914-1965. The composer is noteworthy and controversial because of his radical early works his interest in non-Western musics and his retrogressive mature style—along with notoriety for his imprisonment in San Quentin on a morals charge. Eleven chapters are organized both topically and chronologically. An introduction conclusion series of eight appendices bibliography and discography complete this comprehensive study along with an audio playlist of representative works hosted on the CMS website. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592189

The Winding PassageSociological Essays and Journeys This collection brings together Daniel Bell's best work in essay form. It deals with a variety of topics: technology and culture religion and personal identity intellectuals and their societies and the uses and abuses of doctrines of social class. The Winding Passage demonstrates the author's continuing concern with the salient issues of our times while its inspiration draws upon an older humanistic sociological tradition.In a central essay on intellectuals Bell examines the term new class and calls it a muddle. Though the idea of class has been relevant to Western industrial society for the past two hundred years the concept is less useful for examining Communist states the Third World and even the emerging postindustrial sectors of the West. Bell seeks to establish the idea of situs the competitive conflict of functional groups for shares in the state budgetary process.A more personal note is struck in the final section of the book. In reflecting on the nature of intellectual life the special role of the Jewish intellectual and the tension between the claims of the parochial and the universal Bell uses as a general framework antinomianism the claims of individual conscience against authority law and established institutions. And in a final statement "The Return of the Sacred " Bell explores the enlightenment belief in the dissolution of religion and attempts to show why it was wrong. This is a must book for those concerned with the sociology of knowledge intellectual history and social stratification.Speaking of The Winding Passage Seymour Martin Lipset called the book "sociological analysis at its best" Irving Howe noted that "Bell is always worth listening to. He is a true intellectual." And Irving Louis Horowitz in his review of the book calls it "the sifted excellence of a civilized and urbane intellectual. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539501

The Windows Serial Port Programming Handbook The popularity of serial communications demands that additional serial port interfaces be developed to meet the expanding requirements of users. The Windows Serial Port Programming Handbook illustrates the principles and methods of developing various serial port interfaces using multiple languages. This comprehensive hands-on and practical guide to serial interface programming enables you to develop sophisticated interfaces and apply them in real-world applications.Each chapter addresses a language and how it can be applied in the development of serial port interfaces. The seven languages discussed are:ANSI CVisual C++Visual BasicLabVIEWMATLABSmalltalkJavaStep by step and line by line the Handbook clearly explains the interfacing techniques used for each different language in the serial port communication. Examples from actual systems have been compiled and debugged with detailed source code for each included on an accompanying CD-ROM. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367393588

The Winnicott TraditionLines of Development-Evolution of Theory and Practice over the Decades This book includes articles that describe how Winnicott's thinking facilitates the building of bridges between the internal and external realities and outside the boundaries of psychoanalysis as well as within it between different schools of thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200079

The Winning of the Sudan First published in 1934 The Winning of the Sudan details the British conquest of the country following the fall of Khartoum and the death of General Gordon. The campaign culminated in the Battle of Omdurman and the Anglo-Egyptian domination of Sudan that lasted until 1956. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138216068

The Winning Trainer This book has more ideas on how to add involvement in learning than any one trainer could ever use. Your students and workshop participants will increase their understanding and retention when you design training activities using 'The Winning Trainer'. This updated and expanded edition is richer than ever before. It provides: * more than 100 ready-made handouts learning instruments and worksheets... all you do is photocopy * numerous examples model dialogues and sample answers * hundreds of exercises games puzzles role plays icebreakers and other group-in-action techniques * samples of each technique and ways to effectively use them * advice on subjects such as unwilling participants use of the outdoors breaks program endings and storytellingSignificant new additions to the book include materials on the following topics:* new easier to accomplish approaches to evaluation - ROE (Return on Expectations) and Customer Satisfaction as a business indicator* a methodology to secure group feedback at the end of the program concerning the trainer/facilitator's role and participation in the course* an instrument for the early screening of likely obstacles when transferring training* added techniques to ensure that training transfers to the job* a demonstration of how to conduct a quick assessment of needs when under pressure to do so* keys to successful training in other cultures* several new instruments including how to assess one's prowess as a facilitator how to assess trust in a team and how to measure one's CQ (creativity quotient)Two new chapters have been added to treat new material on intelligence and learning principles of adult learning and distance learning. In addition numerous new group-in-action techniques and conceptual materials have been added to the existing chapters.This is the one-stop source book every trainer needs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138138490

The Winter KingFrederick V of the Palatinate and the Coming of the Thirty Years' War Elector Palatinate Frederick V - the Winter King - would be an insignificant figure in the history of Europe were it not for the tremendous conflagration that he helped to ignite. Frederick’s conflict with Holy Roman Emperor Ferdinand II over the throne of Bohemia plunged Europe into thirty years of savage violence fiery devastation and terrible privation during the first half of the seventeenth century. More than simply a biographical study of Frederick The Winter King provides a fresh and compelling study into the causes of the Thirty Years’ War. Examining the early stages of the war through the locus of Frederick it reconciles the forces of confession conscience and constitutionalism that affected Frederick’s decision making at critical junctures throughout the crisis. By placing constitutionalism rather than religion at the centre of events it offers a subtle yet convincing new account of the conflict. Drawing on political and personal correspondence backed up with a wealth of archival and secondary sources Dr Pursell presents Frederick’s choices and alternatives and interprets his words and responses to them. Considering the war from Frederick’s perspective he argues convincingly that the war is best understood not simply as a struggle between Protestant and Catholic powers but rather as an extended constitutional conflict entwining religious and political factors fought within the Holy Roman Empire. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236568

The Winter WarThe Russo-finnish Conflict 1939-1940 This book on Finland's stand against the Soviet Union during the Winter War remain the most stirring in history. It is of use to the general readers who are interested in the history of Finnish affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367274160

The Winter's TaleA Commentary on the Structure First published in 1969. Critics have in the past described The Winter's Tale as a work of "haphazard structure". More recent criticism has defended the structure of the play and this work shows that the evidence points to the fact that Shakespeare took infinite pains with the choice and disposition of the materials of The Winter's Tale. The scene-by-scene commentary considers The Winter's Tale in isolation but prologue epilogue and appendix place it in the context of related plays and discuss among others the problem of genre as it affects the play. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758987

The Winter's TaleCritical Essays A collection that includes a lengthy introduction describing historical trends in critical interpretations and theatrical performances of Shakespeare's play; 20 essays on the play including two written especially for this volume (by Maurice Hunt and David Bergeron). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864221

The Wisdom of Buddhism A balanced selection from Buddhist writings including scriptures used by the Zen School with chapters on the Buddha Tibetan Buddhism Concentration and Meditation the Buddhist Order and Nirvana. With sources glossary and index. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148833

The Wisdom of EgyptChanging Visions Through the Ages The Wisdom of Egypt examines the sources of evidence about Ancient Egypt available to scholars and the changing visions of Egypt and of Egypt's role in human history that they produced. Its scope extends from the Classical world through Europe and the Arabic worlds in the Middle Ages to writers of the Renaissance to the work of scholars and scientists of Early Modern Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405141

The Wisdom of John Paul IIThe Pope on Life's Most Vital Questions A must for every Catholic bookshelf this fresh and inspiring book distils the essential thoughts of Pope John Paul II on matters of belief and conscience into one volume. Throughout his more than two decades as the leader of the world's Catholics John Paul II has spoken both officially and informally on all aspects of life in the modern world. Whether defining the Church's teachings or passionately espousing the basic human rights of all people he has always eloquently and clearly stated his hopes for the Church and the world.Collected from his encyclicals speeches homilies and statements to fellow bishops this book includes the pontiff's thoughts at the beginning of the third millennium of Christianity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862067

The Wisdom of Lived ExperienceViews from Psychoanalysis Neuroscience Philosophy and Metaphysics This book is an exploration of contemporary understanding from philosophy neuroscience psychoanalysis and metaphysical studies which seem to verify the value of the Epicurean sentiments in terms of the wisdom of lived experience. It portrays the authoritarian culture of the Rome. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782202127

The Wisdom of Strategic LearningThe Self Managed Learning Solution The Wisdom of Strategic Learning has enabled many organizations to develop a strategic approach to learning and development. Its premise that learning must be integrated with the strategic direction of the organization has been validated by numerous successful businesses which have implemented its tried and tested approaches. This second edition of Ian Cunningham's book updates and expands material on the importance of the self managed learning approach to create focused active and committed employees. A new chapter on the role and development of staff in SML programmes has been added along with new appendices for example on selling the approach. With new case material including the use of online groups on the Internet this practical thought-provoking book shows how the ideas behind the learning organization can be applied for strategic advantage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245853

The Wisdom of the SpiritGospel Church and Culture In this groundbreaking book exploring Christianity and contemporary culture internationally-renowned scholars (including David Martin Alister McGrath Billy Abraham Billy Kay and Pete Ward) interface with the legacy of Andrew Walker’s work and look forward in their own predictions of trends. Following Walker’s special interests in house churches charismatic renewal culture and faith this book picks up on these themes and also looks more broadly at topics such as Pentecostalism Alpha and post-Evangelicalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885274

The Wise Master BuilderPlatonic Geometry in Plans of Medieval Abbeys and Cathederals This title was first published in 2000:  Did the plan of medieval churches have any underlying symbolic meaning? This work re-opens the debate about the importance of geometry and symbolism in medieval architectural design and argues the case for attributing an intellectual meaning to the planning of abbeys and cathedrals. In challenging prevailing claims for the use of arithmetical rations in architectural design notably those based on the square root of two Dr Hiscock advances a perspective consisting of proportions derived from the figures of Platonic geometry - the square the equilateral triangle and the pentagon - and provides evidence for the symbolic interpretation of these figures. The investigation further reveals whole series of geometric relationships between some of England's most celebrated Norman cathedrals such as Norwich or Durham together with a wide sample from the Continent from Old St Peter's in Rome to Chartres Cathedral and sets out a comprehensive design method in each case. Hiscock first demonstrates the proposition that the ideas of Christian Platonism including number and geometry remained current and were employed in the thought of the early Middle Ages. In particular he argues that they can be associated with the leading persons in the 10th-century revival of monasticism and that they found expression in the "white mantle of churches" that spread across Western Europe at the end of the first millennium AD. The book then provides a detailed analysis of the geometric proportions of church plans between the 9th and 12th centuries in Germany France and in England. This research seeks to demonstrate that a coherent sequence of geometric forms can be seen in thse plans forms which correspond to the key figures of Platonic geometry as understood in the context of Christian Platonist thought. In conclusion the author shows how the system of design proposed could be set out on site using the known working methods of medieval masons. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138715820

The Witch FigureFolklore essays by a group of scholars in England honouring the 75th birthday of Katharine M. Briggs Katharine Briggs enjoys an unchallenged reputation in the world of folklore studies. The theme of this volume the witch figure as a malevolent intermediary in folk belief was chosen to reflect that aspect of Briggs's scholarship exemplified in her study of witchcraft Pale Hecate's Team. The contributors draw on the disciplines of archaeology comparative religion sociology and literature and include: Carmen Blacker H.R. Ellis Davidson Margaret Dean-Smith L.V. Grinsell Christina Hole Venetia Newall Geoffrey Parrinder Anne Ross Jacqueline Simpson Beatrice White John Widdowson. Originally published in 1973. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869331

The Witch HuntsA History of the Witch Persecutions in Europe and North America Tens of thousands of people were persecuted and put to death as witches between 1400 and 1700 – the great age of witch hunts. Why did the witch hunts arise flourish and decline during this period? What purpose did the persecutions serve? Who was accused and what was the role of magic in the hunts? This important reassessment of witch panics and persecutions in Europeand colonial America both challenges and enhances existing interpretations of the phenomenon. Locating its origins 400 years earlier in the growing perception of threats to Western Christendom Robert Thurston outlines the development of a ‘persecuting society’ in which campaigns against scapegoats such as heretics Jews lepers and homosexuals set the scene for the later witch hunts. He examines the creation of the witch stereotype and looks at how the early trials and hunts evolved with the shift from accusatory to inquisitorial court procedures and reliance upon confessions leading to the increasing use of torture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167933

The Witchcraft Reader The Witchcraft Reader offers a wide range of historical perspectives on the subject of witchcraft in a single accessible volume exploring the enduring hold that it has on human imagination. The witch trials of the late Middle Ages and the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries have inspired a huge and expanding scholarly literature as well as an outpouring of popular representations. This fully revised and enlarged third edition brings together many of the best and most important works in the field. It explores the origins of witchcraft prosecutions in learned and popular culture fears of an imaginary witch cult the role of religious division and ideas about the Devil the gendering of suspects the making of confessions and the decline of witch beliefs. An expanded final section explores the various "revivals" and images of witchcraft that continue to flourish in contemporary Western culture. Equipped with an extensive introduction that foregrounds significant debates and themes in the study of witchcraft providing the extracts with a critical context The Witchcraft Reader is essential reading for anyone with an interest in this fascinating subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138565425

The Witchcraft SourcebookSecond Edition The Witchcraft Sourcebook now in its second edition is a fascinating collection of documents that illustrates the development of ideas about witchcraft from ancient times to the eighteenth century. Many of the sources come from the period between 1400 and 1750 when more than 100 000 people - most of them women - were prosecuted for witchcraft in Europe and colonial America. During these years the prominent stereotype of the witch as an evil magician and servant of Satan emerged. Catholics and Protestants alike feared that the Devil and his human confederates were destroying Christian society. Including trial records demonological treatises and sermons literary texts narratives of demonic possession and artistic depiction of witches the documents reveal how contemporaries from various periods have perceived alleged witches and their activities. Brian P. Levack shows how notions of witchcraft have changed over time and considers the connection between gender and witchcraft and the nature of the witch's perceived power. This second edition includes an extended section on the witch trials in England Scotland and New England fully revised and updated introductions to the sources to include the latest scholarship and a short bibliography at the end of each introduction to guide students in their further reading. The Sourcebook provides students of the history of witchcraft with a broad range of sources many of which have been translated into English for the first time with commentary and background by one of the leading scholars in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138774971

The Witch-Hunt in Early Modern Europe The Witch-Hunt in Early Modern Europe now in its fourth edition is the perfect resource for both students and scholars of the witch-hunts written by one of the leading names in the field. For those starting out in their studies of witch-beliefs and witchcraft trials Brian Levack provides a concise survey of this complex and fascinating topic while for more seasoned scholars the scholarship is brought right up to date. This new edition includes the most recent research on children gender male witches and demonic possession as well as broadening the exploration of the geographical distribution of witch prosecutions to include recent work on regions cities and kingdoms enabling students to identify comparisons between countries. Now fully integrated with Brian Levack’s The Witchcraft Sourcebook there are links to the sourcebook throughout the text pointing students towards key primary sources to aid them in their studies. The two books are drawn together on a new companion website with supplementary materials for those wishing to advance their studies including an extensive guide to further reading a chronology of the history of witchcraft and an interactive map to show the geographical spread of witch-hunts and witch trials across Europe and North America. A long-standing favourite with students and lecturers alike this new edition of The Witch-Hunt in Early Modern Europe will be essential reading for those embarking on or looking to advance their studies of the history of witchcraft Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138808102

The Witch-Hunt in Early Modern Europe 4ed and The Witchcraft Sourcebook 2ed - BUNDLE The fourth edition of The Witch-Hunt in Early Modern Europe written by one of the leading names in the field is the ideal resource for both students and scholars of the witch-hunts.For those starting out in their studies of witch-beliefs and witchcraft trials Brian Levack provides a concise survey of this complex and fascinating topic while for more seasoned scholars the scholarship is brought right up to date. The Witchcraft Sourcebook now in its second edition is a fascinating collection of documents illustrating the development of ideas about witchcraft from ancient times to the eighteenth century along with commentary and background by Brian Levack. Including trial records demonological treatises and sermons literary texts narratives of demonic possession and artistic depiction of witches the documents show how notions of witchcraft have changed over time and consider the connection between gender and witchcraft and the nature of the witch’s perceived power. Available to purchase as a bundle together these two books make the perfect collection for students and lecturers of witchcraft and witch-hunts in the early modern period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138926561

The Witlings and the Woman Hater This edition contains two of Frances Burney's comedies: "The Witlings" (1778-80) which satirizes the bluestockings; and "The Woman Hater" (1800-02) which explores social pretension and gender conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875886

The Witness of the BrothersA History of the Bruderhof This extraordinary history of the Bruderhof shows how its commitment to religion family and community has enabled it to maintain its way of life since its inception over ninety years ago. Although Yaacov Oved identifies social tensions in the movement he still considers it to be a shining example of communal stability.After the horrors of World War I German adolescents sought new directions in the form of youth movements. Young people from bourgeois families rejected materialism celebrated nature and longed for a simpler life. Eberhard and Emmy Arnold a couple from an affluent background who identified fully with radical pacifist youth circles fused the German Christian socialist youth into a new movement. They settled a commune in Sannerz known as "The First Bruderhof " whose members shaped their lives according to their faith.The Bruderhof supported itself by publishing printing and providing reliable child care services. In 1937 responding to Nazi harassment and to escape conscription they fled to Liechtenstein and England where they provided shelter for many Jewish refugees. World War II forced them to emigrate further afield. They went to Paraguay and eventually to the United States. Sociologists theologians anthropologists and psychologists alike will find The Witness of the Brothers to be a valuable resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412849517

The Witness StandA Guide for Clinical Social Workers in the Courtroom Learn reliable techniques to prepare and present effective testimony!“Soon after leaving graduate school I was thrown to the courtroom wolves with no preparation. No social worker should have to go through that ” says Janet Vogelsang author of The Witness Stand. Few colleges of social work prepare their students for the inevitable involvement with the courts entailed by their profession. This timely book provides you with a blueprint for presenting yourself as a competent and credible professional in court cases. This indispensable guide tells exactly what happens in court how to counter common strategies for discrediting your profession and what to do when your client's attorney is obnoxious. The Witness Stand emphasizes the biopsychosocial assessment as the essential tool for a social worker called on to testify in court. Its helpful features include sample forms and affidavits and actual court testimony. The end-of-chapter summaries can be used for rapid review and as a ”to do” checklist for preparing a court case.The Witness Stand offers practical detailed advice on such matters as: how the legal system works how to handle contacts with attorneys and investigators what to do with documents and files how to prepare your testimony how to handle direct testimony and cross-examination how to define your social work expertise on the stand what to wear when you go to courtThe Witness Stand can help you deal with the anxiety-provoking complexities of the legal system. Instead of being confused or intimidated by legal arcana you will be well-prepared well-organized and ready to present yourself as the confident reliable professional you are. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203862735

The Wives of Western PhilosophyGender Politics in Intellectual Labor The Wives of Western Philosophy examines the lives and experiences of the wives and women associated with nine distinct political thinkers—from Socrates to Marx—in order to explore the gendered patterns of intellectual labor that permeate the foundations of Western political thought. Organized chronologically and representative of three eras in the history of political thought (Ancient Early Modern and Modern) nine critical biographical chapters explore the everyday acts of intellectual labor and partnership involving these "wives of the canon." Taking seriously their narratives as intimate partners reveals that wives have labored in remarkable ways throughout the history of political thought. In some cases their labors mark the conceptual boundaries of political life; in others they serve as uncredited resources for the production of political ideas. In all instances however these wives and intimates are pushed to the margins of the history of political thought. The Wives of Western Philosophy brings these women to the center of scholarly interest. In so doing it provides new insights into the intellectual biographies of some of the most famed men in political theory while also raising important questions about the gendered politics of intellectual labor which shape our receptions of canonical texts and thinkers and which sustain the academy even today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367897895

The Wolf-Man and Sigmund Freud It is a well known that the Wolf-Man was the subject of what James Strachey described as 'the most elaborate and no doubt the most important of all Freud's case histories'. It is less well known that he was still living in Vienna more than half a century since his analysis with Freud. In this remarkable biographical account the Wolf-Man comes alive not only through Freud's case history which is reprinted in full and Ruth Mack Brunswick's account of the follow-up analysis which she conducted but also through his own autobiographical memoirs covering his childhood in Russia his recollections of Freud his marriage and the circumstances of his life in Vienna after the First World War. The story of the Wolf-Man's later years is told by the editor of this volume the author who kept in close touch with him following the shattering suicide of his wife in 1938. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367099695

The Wollstonecraftian Mind There has been a rising interest in the study of Mary Wollstonecraft (1759-1797) in philosophy political theory literary studies and the history of political thought in recent decades. The Wollstonecraftian Mind seeks to provide a comprehensive survey of her work not only placing it in its historical context but also exploring its contemporary significance. Comprising 38 chapters by a team of international contributors this handbook covers: the background to Wollstonecraft’s work Wollstonecraft’s major works the relationship between Wollstonecraft and other major philosophers Wollstonecraftian philosophy Wollstonecraft’s legacy Essential reading for students and researchers in philosophy Wollstonecraft’s work is central to the study of political philosophy literature French studies political thought and feminism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138709973

The Wolof of SenegambiaWestern Africa Part XIV Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series published between 1950 and 1977 brings together a wealth of previously un-co-ordinated material on the ethnic groupings and social conditions of African peoples. Concise critical and (for its time) accurate the Ethnographic Survey contains sections as follows: Physical Environment Linguistic Data Demography History & Traditions of Origin Nomenclature Grouping Cultural Features: Religion Witchcraft Birth Initiation Burial Social & Political Organization: Kinship Marriage Inheritance Slavery Land Tenure Warfare & Justice Economy & Trade Domestic Architecture Each of the 50 volumes will be available to buy individually and these are organized into regional sub-groups: East Central Africa North-Eastern Africa Southern Africa West Central Africa Western Africa and Central Africa Belgian Congo. The volumes are supplemented with maps available to view on routledge.com or available as a pdf from the publishers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138240810

The Woman and the DynamoIsabel Paterson and the Idea of America Novelist columnist cultural critic political theorist-- Isabel Paterson was one of the most extraordinary personalities of the 1930s renowned for her incisive wit and her unique interpretation of the American experience. The Woman and the Dynamo is the first biography of a woman who has long been a source of rumor and legend. From interviews private papers and her millions of published words Stephen Cox weaves a narrative that brings Paterson vividly to life.A radical individualist in both theory and practice Paterson spent her early life on the Western frontier "lavished" two years on formal education set a record for high-altitude flight became a journalist by "accident " and made herself a fearless chronicler and conscience of New York literary life. At the same time she made a permanent contribution to American political thought.Paterson identified the fundamental issues at stake in the crises of the twentieth century and responded with an original theory of history and political economy. In her view the individual mind is the dynamo of history working through the "long circuit" of institutions that maintain and enhance individual liberty; and America is the place where the advanced forms of those institutions were invented and are currently undergoing their severest trial. While other intellectuals derided the American ideal of progress and called for the restraint or abolition of the capitalist system Paterson demanded a scrupulous application of the "engineering principles" on which American civilization had been built.The Woman and the Dynamo provides one of the few broad and detailed accounts of the origins of the American political Right emphasizing the special role that women and imaginative writers played in its creation and posing new questions about what it means to be "left" or "right " "liberal" or "conservative" in America. This will be compelling reading for those interested in twentieth century intellectual history literature and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517165

The Woman ComposerCreativity and the Gendered Politics of Musical Composition Unlike previous anthologizing examinations of women and musical composition this book concentrates on the reasons why there have been and continue to be so few women composers. Jill Halstead focuses on the experiences of nine composers born in the twentieth century (Avril Coleridge Taylor Grace Williams Elizabeth Maconchy Minna Keal Ruth Gipps Antoinette Kirkwood Enid Luff Judith Bailey and Bryony Jagger) to explore the physiological social and political factors that have inhibited women from pursuing careers as composers. Is there a biological argument for inferior female creativity? Do social structures such as marriage serve to restrict potential women composers? Is the gender of a composer reflected in the music they write? If so how would this manifest itself? The conclusions that are reached are as complex and challenging as the questions that are raised. This powerful and provocative book aims to open up debate on these issues which have all too often be avoided by critics and musicologists whose writings have perpetuated arguments that denigrate women's ability to compose. By confronting these arguments this study will hopefully begin a reassessment of attitudes towards women and music so that women composers are less of a rarity by the end of the next century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269026

The Woman MovementFeminism in the United States and England This unusual book traces the development of the feminist movement in America and to a lesser extent in England. The comparison between the movements is enlightening. Professor O’Neill starts with Mary Wollstonecraft and traces the development of the attack on Victorian institutions right up to the 1920s and on to the 'permissive' society in which we live. But the story covers all facets of the movement: the struggle for enfranchisement for property rights and education for working women in industry for temperance and social reform. These remarkable women leaders live in these pages but even more in the Documents which form the second part of the book. Here their own voices come to us across the years with a sincerity which gives life to the language of a past age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752619

The Woman of the Eighteenth CenturyHer Life from Birth to Death Her Love and Her Philosophy in the Worlds of Salon Shop and Street This translation of the French Femme au dix-huitiéme siécle from 1862 first published in English in 1928 traces the life of the Eighteenth Century woman in an historical account. Through discussion of evidence from paintings and memoirs the book draws an intimate lifelike account of what lay behind these images for women in France of this time. The Goncourt brothers wrote several social histories but were also art critics and novelists. Here they offer portraits of upper middle and working class women in France. This is one of the earliest accounts of life for women in this period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752534

The Woman Who Lost Her Skin(And Other Dermatological Tales) Can you Imagine this?Do you remember the last time if you ever had a minor burn you watched as a small part of your skin peeled off? Picture what it would be like if your whole skin peeled off. How would you feel about yourself?Stories about the skin are fascinating and compelling. The skin is the largest organ in the body and is vital for life support but how much do we know about it and what can happen to it?This book is an inspirational collection of tales from Dr Robert Norman's 18 Years as a dermatologist in Tampa Florida. Based on real-life experience Dr Norman explains ailments of the skin including melanoma warts albinism and toxic epidermal necrolsis exploring the condition's history and etiology and talks us through diagnosis with his patient stories. He also discusses topical issues in dermatology such as the importance of cancer prevention and the 'mad science' of cosmetic surgery.The Women Who Lost Her Skin is invaluable reading for practicing and aspiring dermatologists and practitioners in primary care. It is also a jolly good read for anyone who has ever wondered about the mysterious stretchy covering of our bodies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138416734

The Woman with the Artistic BrushLife History of Yoruba Batik Nike Olaniyi Davies Nike Davies is one of the few African women known internationally in contemporary art circles. The Woman with the Artistic Brush traces her life history and illustrates the strategies developed by women to mitigate male rule. Presenting a critique of the woman's place in contemporary Yoruba society from the perspective of a woman who lived it this book covers Nike's life from the time of her mother's death when Nike was six to the culmination of her dream in the creation against severe societal odds of a center for arts and culture that has over 120 members. Along the way The Woman with the Artistic Brush details how Nike ran away from home and joined a traveling theater group after her father tried to arrange her marriage subsequently married and joined in the polygynous household of a noted artist from the popular Osogbo school and finally broke clear of that situation after suffering sixteen years of domestic violence. The Woman with the Artistic Brush is another superb contribution to the Foremother Legacies series. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698793

The Woman with the Flying Head and Other Stories This is an English-language anthology dedicated to the short stories of Kurahashi Yumiko (1935-) a Japanese novelist of profound intellectual powers. The eleven stories included in this volume suggest the breadth of the author's literary production ranging from parodies of classical Japanese literature to cosmopolitan avant-garde works from quasi-autobiography to science fiction. Her subversive fiction defies established definitions of "literature" "Japan" "modernity" and "femininity" and represents an important intellectual aspect of modern Japanese women's literature. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315706924

The Woman WithinA Psychoanalytic Essay on Femininity Although it is quite possible that many will consider this book irreverent or disrespectful of ideas or institutions  the author is certain that they will also perceive it as a defender of women and their unquestionable transcendence throughout history. The main ideas the author now shares publicly are ones the author has considered for many years: the classification of the 'Eves' the masochistic character of women the concept of giraffe women etc.. Other ideas appeared afterwards some at the last moment as the author enjoyed the company of friends who frequently and generously lend their time to discuss with me their own opinions... the author believes that there is a universal feminine principle just as there is a masculine one the difference remains in the fact that from the very beginning of creation everything about man has already been said and nothing continues to be undisclosed whereas woman is an untold story yet to be discovered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106348

The Womanist Idea Following on the heels of The Womanist Reader The Womanist Idea offers a comprehensive systematic analysis of womanism including a detailed discussion of the womanist worldview (cosmology ontology epistemology logic axiology and methodology) and its implications for activism. From a womanist perspective social and ecological change is necessarily undergirded by spirituality – as distinct from religion per se – which invokes a metaphysically informed approach to activism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415886833

The Woman's Film of the 1940sGender Narrative and History This book explores the relationship among gender desire and narrative in 1940s woman’s films which negotiate the terrain between public history and private experience. The woman’s film and other form of cinematic melodrama have often been understood as positioning themselves outside history and this book challenges and modifies that understanding contextualizing the films it considers against the backdrop of World War II. In addition in paying tribute to and departing from earlier feminist formulations about gendered spectatorship in cinema McKee argues that such models emphasized a masculine-centered gaze at the inadvertent expense of understanding other possible modes of identification and gender expression in classical narrative cinema. She proposes ways of understanding gender and narrative based in part on literary narrative theory and ultimately works toward a notion of an androgynous spectatorship and mode of interpretation in the 1940s woman’s film. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548541

The Woman's ViewAn Anthology of Prose Passages about Women from the Eighteenth Century to the Present Day What is it like being a woman – in society in the home and as a person in one’s own right? Originally published in 1967 here is a collection of passages all linked by their theme that of being a woman. They are taken from novels essays letters and diaries written by or about women concerning their psychology and position in society from the later eighteenth century onwards. In these days of emancipation and assumed equality (in some countries at any rate) it is as well to remember the very recent past and to look forward to the future for all girls will have certain problems to face just because they are girls. It is best to be prepared. The anthology was chosen and organised for girls who were taking English either for General Studies or in preparation for University. The extracts cover a wide range of styles and periods and were selected both as representative of their time and as good examples of prose. Love sex marriage motherhood and the wider role of women in society are among the topics covered and there is an ample list of suggestions for further readings biographical notes on the writers and suggested questions for discussions or essay-writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367860325

The Women Aesthetes vol 1British Writers 1870–1900 The aesthetic movement dominated the closing decades of the nineteenth century. It was significant for the role women played in it at a time when there were growing opportunities for them both artistically and professionally. The material in this collection provides a representative selection of essays fiction poetry and drama by female authors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763654

The Women Aesthetes vol 2British Writers 1870–1900 The aesthetic movement dominated the closing decades of the nineteenth century. It was significant for the role women played in it at a time when there were growing opportunities for them both artistically and professionally. The material in this collection provides a representative selection of essays fiction poetry and drama by female authors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763661

The Women Aesthetes vol 3British Writers 1870–1900 The aesthetic movement dominated the closing decades of the nineteenth century. It was significant for the role women played in it at a time when there were growing opportunities for them both artistically and professionally. The material in this collection provides a representative selection of essays fiction poetry and drama by female authors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138763678

The Women AesthetesBritish Writers 1870–1900 The aesthetic movement dominated the closing decades of the nineteenth century. It was significant for the role women played in it at a time when there were growing opportunities for them both artistically and professionally. The material in this collection provides a representative selection of essays fiction poetry and drama by female authors including Violet Fane Agnes Garrett and Rhoda Broughton. The collection provides a useful resource for students of nineteenth century art literature gender studies and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848932272

The Women And International Development Annual Volume 1 This annual series published in cooperation with the Women and International Development Program at Michigan State University uses a multi-disciplinary approach to explore women's experiences across a wide range of geographical areas economic sectors and social institutions. The articles presented in each volume synthesize a growing body of literature on key issues suggest priorities for research and propose changes in development policy and programming. Each volume is divided into three major sections. In the first contributors distill and interpret research in review articles; in the second–a trend report–they provide original analyses of existing data sets; and in the final section they analyze a specific research concern from varying perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367274177

The Women And International Development Annual Volume 2 This annual series published in co-operation with the Women in International Development Program at Michigan State University uses a multidisciplinary approach to explore women's experiences across a wide range of geographical areas economic sectors and societal institutions. The articles presented in each volume synthesize a growing body of literature on key issues suggest priorities for research and propose changes in development policy and programming. Each volume is divided into three major sections. In the first contributors distill and interpret research in review articles; in the second - a trend report - they provide original analysis of existing data sets; and in the final section they analyze a specific research concern from varying perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367273804

The Women And International Development Annual Volume 4 This annual series published in co-operation with the Women in International Development Program at Michigan State University uses a multidisciplinary approach to explore women's experiences across a wide range of geographical areas economic sectors and societal institutions. The articles presented in each volume synthesize a growing body of literature on key issues suggest priorities for research and propose changes in development policy and programming. Each volume is divided into three major sections. In the first contributors distill and interpret research in review articles; in the second - a trend report - they provide original analysis of existing data sets; and in the final section they analyze a specific research concern from varying perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367273811

The Women of Ben Jonson's PoetryFemale Representations in the Non-Dramatic Verse Ben Jonson (1572-1637) is recognised as one of the major poets and dramatists of his time. It is surprising therefore that this should be the first study to look specifically at the role of women in his poetry. Barbara Smith challenges previously held conceptions of Jonson as a misogynist upholding the patronage system that allowed him to work. Through detailed examination of his poetic structures the influence of Juvenal Martial and Horace and Jonson's attitudes to his own female patrons the Countess of Bedford and Lady Mary Wroth The Women of Ben Jonson's Poetry demonstrates how seventeenth century cultural values and ideas of gender are both supported and subverted in the poems. ’If we "survey Jonson in his works and know him there" we will find the independence of spirit and originality that made him a rarity in his time and ours.' Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236551

The Women of Cairo: Volume I (Routledge Revivals)Scenes of Life in the Orient The Women of Cairo: Scenes of Life in the Orient first published in 1926 describes the trip to Egypt and other locations in the Ottoman Empire taken by French Romanticist Gerard de Nerval. The book focuses on both reinforcing and dispelling the old ways in which people saw the Orient as well as examining their old and new customs. This book is perfect for those studying history and travel. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138826793

The Women of Cairo: Volume II (Routledge Revivals)Scenes of Life in the Orient The Women of Cairo: Scenes of Life in the Orient first published in 1929 describes the trip to Egypt and other locations in the Ottoman Empire taken by French Romanticist Gerard de Nerval. The book focuses on both reinforcing and dispelling the old ways in which people saw the Orient as well as examining their old and new customs. This book is perfect for those studying history and travel. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138827189

The Women of Pliny's Letters Pliny's letters offer a significant source of information about the lives of Roman women (predominantly though not exclusively upper-class women) during the late first and early second centuries CE. In the 368 letters included in his ten published books of epistles Pliny mentions over 30 women by name addresses letters to seven and refers to well over 40 anonymous women. Many of the references are brief comments in letters whose topics are the activities of Pliny's male acquaintances. Nonetheless his letters inform us about the roles of women in Roman families marriages and households and also record the involvement of women in such matters as court cases property ownership religious orders social networks and political activities.   This book has two aims. The first is to bring these women to the foreground to explore their kinships relationships and activities and to illuminate their lives by viewing them in the social cultural and political environments of the period in which they lived. This book utilizes historical literary legal and epigraphical sources to examine the events circumstances and attitudes that were the contexts for the lives of these women. The first aim then is to gain insight into the reality of their lives. The second aim of this book is to investigate how Pliny defines the ideal behavior for women. In his accounts of the actions of both women and men Pliny frequently shapes his narratives to promote moral lessons. In several of his letters about women he elevates his subject to the status of a role model. The second aim of this book is to use the descriptions provided by Pliny to acquire a better understanding of what behavior was admired in Roman women of this period and to consider how the concept of the model Roman woman is constructed in Pliny. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085787

The Women of QuyiLiminal Voices and Androgynous Bodies Why has the female voice—as the resonant incarnation of the female body—inspired both fascination and ambivalence? Why were women restricted from performing on the Chinese public stage? How have female roles and voices been appropriated by men throughout much of the history of Chinese theatre? Why were the women of quyi—a community of Chinese female singers in Republican Tianjin—able to become successful respected artists when other female singers and actors in competing performance traditions struggled for acceptance? Drawing substantially on original ethnographic fieldwork conducted in the 1980s and 1990s Francesca R. Sborgi Lawson offers answers to these questions and demonstrates how the women of quyi successfully negotiated their sexuality and vocality in performance. Owing to their role as third-person narrators the women of quyi bridged the gender gap creating an androgynous persona that de-emphasized their feminine appearance and at the same time allowed them to showcase their female voices on public stages—places that had been previously unwelcoming to female artists. This is a story about female storytellers who sang their way to respectability and social change in the early decades of the twentieth century by minimizing their bodies in order to allow their voices to be heard. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367231361

The Women Of Rural Asia This study looks at the social and economic status family and workforce roles and quality of life of women in the rural sectors of monsoonal and equatorial Asia from Pakistan to Japan where life often is characterized by unemployment underemployment and poverty. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780367274580

The Women of Shakespeare Frank Harris argues that the way women are presented in Shakespeare’s plays and sonnets are a reflection of the real-life women in his life namely his wife mother mistress and daughter. Originally published in 1911 The Women of Shakespeare also analyses the traditional criticism of the time and places his own views in this context. This title will be of interest to students of English Literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138195356

The Women of the Medici When this book was first published in 1927 there was a dearth of material written in English about the leading women of Florence at the time of the Renaissance. This volume based primarily on their own letters filled that gap. As well as discussing the characters and domestic life of these influential women the book includes many of their most significant letters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367272487

The Women of the United Arab Emirates First published in 1980 this book looks at the factors which influenced the position held by women in the United Arab Emirates in the second half of the 20th century. It argues that Islamic Law has granted women rights and privileges in the spheres of family life marriage education and economic pursuits which aim at improving their status in society. However due to the interpretations of various religious scholars influenced by local traditions and social trends women have often not been given these rights particularly in family life and marriage. In contrast the book also explores how the wealth brought about by the discovery of oil has served to further strengthen the position of UAE women principally in the fields of education social affairs and economic activity. This book will be of interest to those studying women in Islamic society and modernisation in the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138696181

The Women Who Knew Too MuchHitchcock and Feminist Theory Originally published in 1988 The Women Who Knew Too Much remains a classic work in film theory and feminist criticism. The book consists of a theoretical introduction and analyses of seven important films by Alfred Hitchcock each of which provides a basis for an analysis of the female spectator as well as of the male spectator. Modleski considers the emotional and psychic investments of men and women in female characters whose stories often undermine the mastery of the cinematic "master of suspense." The third edition features an interview with the author by David Greven in which he and Modleski reflect on how feminist and queer approaches to Hitchcock studies may be brought into dialogue. A teaching guide and discussion questions by Ned Schantz help instructors and students to delve into this seminal work of feminist film theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138920330

The Women’s International Democratic Federation the Global South and the Cold WarDefending the Rights of Women of the ‘Whole World’? This book examines the role of the Women's International Defense Federation (WIDF) in transnational women’s activism in the context of the Cold War and in connection to the rights of women from Asia Africa and Latin America. Combining a global history and postcolonial theory approach this monograph shines light on an underrepresented organisation and its important role in the Cold War Twentieth Century women's rights and Soviet history. Questioning whether the organization acted for women’s causes or whether it was merely a Cold War political instrument the book analyzes and problematizes the place that the WIDF had in the politics of the Soviet Union examining the ideology and politics of the WIDF and state socialist propaganda regarding women's equality and rights. Using Soviet archival documents of the organizations the book offers a new perspective on the complexities of the development of global women’s rights movement divided by the Cold War confrontations. This is an important study suitable for students and researchers in Women's and Gender History Eastern European History and Gender Studies.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367504762

The Women’s Movement in Protest Institutions and the InternetAustralia in transnational perspective The death of feminism is regularly proclaimed in the West. Yet at the same time feminism has never had such an extensive presence whether in international norms and institutions or online in blogs and social networking campaigns. This book argues that the women’s movement is not over; but rather social movement theory has led us to look in the wrong places. This book offers both methodological and theoretical innovations in the study of social movements and analyses how the trajectories of protest activity and institution-building fit together. The rich empirical study together with focused research on discursive activism blogging popular culture and advocacy networks provides an extraordinary resource showing how the women’s movements can survive the highs and lows and adapt in unexpected ways. Expert contributors explore the ways in which the movement is continuing to work its way through institutions and persists within submerged networks cultural production and in everyday living sustaining itself in non-receptive political environments and maintaining a discursive feminist space for generations to come. Set in a transnational perspective this book trace the legacies of the Australian women’s movement to the present day in protest non-government organisations government organisations popular culture the Internet and the Slut Walk. The Women’s Movement in Protest Institutions and the Internet will be of interest to international students and scholars of gender politics gender studies social movement studies and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138186248

The Women's Movement and the Politics of Change at a Women's CollegeJill Ker Conway at Smith 1975-1985 This study analyzes how Jill Ker Conway first woman president of Smith College implemented programmatic initiatives and changes to Smith's institutional culture that fit with her vision for higher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987296

The Women's Movement and Women's Employment in Nineteenth Century Britain In the first half of the nineteenth century the main employments open to young women in Britain were in teaching dressmaking textile manufacture and domestic service. After 1850 however young women began to enter previously all-male areas like medicine pharmacy librarianship the civil service clerical work and hairdressing or areas previously restricted to older women like nursing retail work and primary school teaching. This book examines the reasons for this change. The author argues that the way femininity was defined in the first half of the century blinded employers in the new industries to the suitability of young female labour. This definition of femininity was however contested by certain women who argued that it not only denied women the full use of their talents but placed many of them in situations of economic insecurity. This was a particular concern of the Womens Movement in its early decades and their first response was a redefinition of feminity and the promotion of academic education for girls. The author demonstrates that as a result of these efforts employers in the areas targeted began to see the advantages of employing young women and young women were persuaded that working outside the home would not endanger their femininity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510509

The Women's Movement In Latin AmericaParticipation And Democracy For those interested in democratic transition and consolidation social movements and gender politics this volume is the most comprehensive up-to-date and probing analysis available of how women's groups are helping to reshape Latin America. The contributors document and assess the remarkable wave of women's political participation in Latin Ame Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319588

The Women's Movements in the United States and Britain from the 1790s to the 1920s This concise and accessible book explores the history of gender in England between 1500 and 1700. Amidst the political and religious disruptions of the Reformation and the Civil War sexual difference and gender were matters of public debate and private contention. Laura Gowing provides unique insight into gender relations in a time of flux through sources ranging from the women who tried to vote in Ipswich in 1640 to the dreams of Archbishop Laud and a grandmother describing the first time her grandson wore breeches. Examining gender relations in the contexts of the body the house the neighbourhood and the political world this comprehensive study analyses the tides of change and the power of custom in a pre-modern world. This book offers: Previously unpublished documents by women and men from all levels of society ranging from private letters to court cases A critical examination of a new field reflecting original research and the most recent scholarship In-depth analysis of historical evidence allowing the reader to reconstruct the hidden histories of women Also including a chronology who‘s who of key figures guide to further reading and a full-colour plate section Gender Relations in Early Modern England is ideal for students and interested readers at all levels providing a diverse range of primary sources and the tools to unlock them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138475519

The Women's Suffrage Movement in Britain and IrelandA Regional Survey In this comprehensive study Elizabeth Crawford provides the first survey of women’s suffrage campaigns across the British Isles and Ireland focusing on local campaigns and activists. Divided into thirteen sections covering the regions of England Wales Scotland and Ireland this book gives a unique geographical dimension to debates on the suffrage campaign of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries Through a study of the grass-roots activists involved in the movement Crawford provides a counter to studies that have focused on the politics and personalities that dominated at a national level and reveals that far from providing merely passive backing to the cause women in the regions were engaged in the movement as active participants Including a thorough inventory of archival sources and extensive bibliographical and biographical references for each region including the addresses of campaigners this guide is essential for researchers scholars local historians and students alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203390184

The Wonder and the Mystery10 Years of Reflections from the Annals of Family Medicine This book is a unique collection of personal reflections and ideas from the Annals of Family Medicine a primary care research journal. Each article has some connection to primary care but as a compilation it covers a wide range of topics from the deeply personal to professional and policy issues. Written by clinicians researchers and patients the articles speak with a remarkable honesty providing inspirational insights into health care and humanity. They shed light on the value of primary care not only as an approach to health care but also the unique and important role it plays in people's lives. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846199820

The Wonderful CenturyThe Age of New Ideas in Science and Invention First published in 1925. This study examines the advances in engineering and science in the nineteenth century. The author examines topics on locomotion and sea travel photography chemistry electricity amongst many other industrial and scientific developments. This title will be of interest to historians as well as scientists and engineers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138392991

The Woodwinds: Perform Understand Teach The Woodwinds: Perform Understand Teach provides comprehensive coverage about the woodwind family of musical instruments for prospective instrumental music teachers. What sets this book apart is its focus on how to teach the instruments. Preparing students in the how of teaching is the ultimate goal of the woodwind class and the ultimate goal of this book which organizes information by its use in teaching beginning instrumentalists. In developing performance and understanding pre-service teachers are positioned to learn to teach through performance—contrasted with an "old-school" belief that one must first spend much time tediously trying to understand how things work before playing the instruments. The book is organized in three parts: Preliminaries Teaching the Instruments and Foundations. Chapters in Teaching the Instruments are organized by instrument (flute clarinet saxophone oboe bassoon) and within each instrument according to how an effective teacher might organize experiences for novice learners. Basic embouchure and air stream are covered first followed by instrument assembly then hands and holding. Embouchure coverage returns in greater depth then articulation and finally "the mechanism " which includes sections on the instruments of the family transposition range special fingerings tuning and intonation and reeds. In Foundations topics are situated in big picture contexts calling attention to the broad applicability of information across instruments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138123014

The Work and Family HandbookMulti-Disciplinary Perspectives and Approaches The Work and Family Handbook is a comprehensive edited volume which reviews a wide range of disciplinary perspectives across the social sciences on the study of work-family relationships theory and methods. The changing demographics of the labor force has resulted in an expanded awareness and understanding of the intricate relations between work and family dimensions in people's lives. For the first time the efforts of scholars working in multiple disciplines are organized together to provide a comprehensive overview of the perspectives and methods that have been applied to the study of work and family. In this book the leading work-family scholars in the fields of social work psychology sociology organizational behavior human resource management business and other disciplines provide chapters that are both accessible and compelling. This book demonstrates how cross-disciplinary comparisons of perspective and method reveal new insights on the needs of working families the challenges faced by those who study them and how to formulate policy on their behalf. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203885383

The Work and Lives of Teachers in China By bringing together a distinguished group of scholars who have deep extensive and complementary knowledge and expertise of the Chinese education system The Work and Lives of Teachers in China engages in detailed discussions on contemporary issues about teachers and teaching in China. It locates teachers’ work and lives in a critical analysis of the political socio-cultural ideological and educational reform contexts and through this demonstrates how teachers in different professional life phases and in different schools are able to retain their vocational strength and commitment for learning and development. Using rich illustrations from real teachers in real primary and secondary schools this book represents a collection of scholarly writings which build research and practice informed new knowledge about the nature of teachers’ work and lives in China. Through these comprehensive case studies the book illustrates to policy makers head teachers and training and development organisations the importance of sustaining teachers’ commitment and wellbeing in their efforts to improve quality and standards in today’s Chinese schools. The Work and Lives of Teachers in China provides valuable insight for policy makers educators researchers teachers and students in education and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138580190

The Work of CommunicationRelational Perspectives on Working and Organizing in Contemporary Capitalism The Work of Communication: Relational Perspectives on Working and Organizing in Contemporary Capitalism revolves around a two-part question: "What have work and organization become under contemporary capitalism—and how should organization studies approach them?" Changes in the texture of capitalism heralded by social and organizational theorists alike increasingly focus attention on communication as both vital to the conduct of work and as imperative to organizational performance. Yet most accounts of communication in organization studies fail to understand an alternate sense of the "work of communication" in the constitution of organizations work practices and economies. This book responds to that lack by portraying communicative practices—as opposed to individuals interests technologies structures organizations or institutions—as the focal units of analysis in studies of the social and organizational problems occasioned by contemporary capitalism. Rather than suggesting that there exists a canonically "correct" route communicative analyses must follow The Work of Communication: Relational Perspectives on Working and Organizing in Contemporary Capitalism explores the value of transcending longstanding divides between symbolic and material factors in studies of working and organizing. The recognition of dramatic shifts in technological economic and political forces along with deep interconnections among the myriad of factors shaping working and organizing sows doubts about whether organization studies is up to the vital task of addressing the social problems capitalism now creates. Kuhn Ashcraft and Cooren argue that novel insights into those social problems are possible if we tell different stories about working and organizing. To aid authors of those stories they develop a set of conceptual resources that they capture under the mantle of communicative relationality. These resources allow analysts to profit from burgeoning interest in notions such as sociomateriality posthumanism performativity and affect. It goes on to illustrate the benefits that investigations of work and organization can realize from communicative relationality by presenting case studies that analyze (a) the becoming of an idea from its inception to solidification (b) the emergence of what is taken to be the "the product" in high-tech startup entrepreneurship and (c) the branding of work (in this case academic writing and commercial aviation) through affective economies. Taken together the book portrays "the work of communication" as simultaneously about how work in the "new economy" revolves around communicative practice and about how communication serves as a mode of explanation with the potential to cultivate novel stories about working and organizing. Aimed at academics researchers and policy makers this book’s goal is to make tangible the contributions of communication for thinking about contemporary social and organizational problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367243067

The Work of ConfluenceListening and Interpreting in the Psychoanalytic Field This book expands  the authors' oeuvre to the English language and consequently to a broader spectrum of readers. These contributions represent a pioneering work of great interest to the field of psychoanalysis. Their proposals concerning the concept of psychoanalytic field "basic unconscious fantasy" bastion and insight address the whole question of the analytic situation and anticipate current debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106690

The Work of Daniel LagacheSelected Papers 1938-1964 In 1947  the author founded the Library of Psychoanalysis and Clinical Psychology at Presses Universitaires de France and forty-two volumes have appeared by French and foreign authors nine of them works or reprints of articles by Freud. It was here that he produced his precise and important The Language of Psychoanalysis (1968) which has been translated into many languages. The Works of Daniel Lagache English edition in one volume is a selection of those texts that are most representative of the psychoanalytic thinking of the author. It is a thinking that is rich in epistemology ensuring that psychoanalysis is set in relationship to behaviorism and clarifies its status as an "exact science". It deserves to provoke a lively response from the English speaking public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367099718

The Work of Enchantment The Work of Enchantment suggests that it is a lack of "enchantment" in rich developed countries that causes soul-starved Westerners to experience mental (and sometimes physical) illness. Del Nevo argues that this "enchantment" is most often experienced in childhood but can also be found in adulthood particularly through art. However adults must cultivate within themselves the ability to appreciate art by reading listening and gazing activities often misconceived in advanced industrial societies.Del Nevo describes the framework of enchantment and its philosophical and historical roots. He then concentrates on the work of enchantment within literature considering what enchantment might entail taking the works of Proust Rilke and Goethe as examples. Del Nevo shows how a sense of enchantment forms within and between art works using his literary examples as well as between the work and the audience. The reader will learn along the way that enchantment may be found in the power of words as an expression of the desire of the soul a compliment of melancholy and in art that points to something beyond itself.Enchantment may be found in many places ranging from philosophy religion and psychology to sociology and culture but here Del Nevo focuses on literature. His audience is people who are searching for something beyond money or glamour perhaps the meaning of art and culture. His focus on literary masterpieces such as the Duino Elegies Remembrance of Things Past Wilhelm Meister's Journeyman Years and others will make it of interest to those in cultural studies. Well written and engaging and accessible to non-specialist readers this unusual work in philosophy and aesthetics is free of jargon and complicated verbiage. Inspiring and enlivening it is in the author's words "a stirring call to idleness." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517172

The Work of FictionCognition Culture and Complexity The essays gathered here demonstrate and justify the excitement and promise of cognitive historicism providing a lively introduction to this new and quickly growing area of literary studies. Written by eight leading critics whose work has done much to establish the new field they display the significant results of a largely unprecedented combination of cultural and cognitive analysis. The authors explore both narrative and dramatic genres uncovering the tensions among presumably universal cognitive processes and the local contexts within which complex literary texts are produced. Alan Richardson's opening essay evaluates current approaches to the study of literature and cognition locating them on the map of recent literary studies indicating their most compelling developments to date and suggesting the most promising future directions. The seven essays that follow provide innovative readings of topics ranging from Shakespeare (Othello Macbeth Cymbeline The Rape of Lucrece) through Samuel Richardson's Clarissa to contemporary authors Ian McEwan and Gilbert Sorrentino. They underscore some of the limitations of new historicist and post-structuralist approaches to literary cultural studies while affirming the value of supplementing rather than supplanting them with insights and methods drawn from cognitive and evolutionary theory. Together they demonstrate the analytical power of considering these texts in the context of recent studies of cultural universals 'theory of mind ' cognitive categorization and genre and neural-materialist theories of language and consciousness. This groundbreaking collection holds appeal for a broad audience including students and teachers of literary theory literary history cultural studies and literature and science studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236544

The Work of HistoryConstructivism and a Politics of the Past Since the appearance of Hayden White’s seminal work Metahistory in 1973 constructivist thought has been a key force within theory of history and has at times even provided inspiration for historians more generally. Despite the radical theoretical shift marked by constructivism and elaborated in detail by its proponents confusion regarding many of its practical and ethical consequences persists however and its position on truth and meaning is routinely misconstrued. To remedy this situation The Work of History seeks to mediate between constructivist theory and history practitioners’ intuitions about the nature of their work especially as these relate to the so-called fact–fiction debate and to the literary challenges involved in the production of historical accounts. In doing so the book also offers much-needed insight into debates about our experiential relations with the past the political use of history and the role of facts in the contestation of power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367264086

The Work of Music TheorySelected Essays This collection brings together an anthology of articles by Thomas Christensen one of the leading historians of music theory active today. Published over the span of the past 25 years the selected articles provide a historical conspectus about a range of vital topics in the history of music theory focusing in particular upon writings from the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Christensen examines a variety of theorists and their arguments within the intellectual and musical contexts of their time in the process highlighting the diverse and idiosyncratic nature of the discipline of music theory itself. In the first section of the book Christensen offers general reflections on the meaning and interpretation of historical music theories with especial attention paid to their value for music theorists today. The second section of the book contains a number of articles that consider the catalytic role of the thorough bass in the development of harmonic theory during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. In the final two sections of the anthology focus turns to the writings of several individual music theorists including Marin Mersenne Seth Calvisius Johann Mattheson Johann Nicolaus Bach Denis Diderot and Johann Nichelmann. The volume includes essays from hard-to-find publications as well as newly-translated material and the articles are prefaced by a new wide-ranging autobiographical essay by the author that offers a broad re-assessment of his historical project. This book is essential reading for music theorists and seventeenth- and eighteenth-century musicologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472430557

The Work Of Pierre BourdieuRecognizing Society This book seeks to offer a chronological account of the development of Pierre Bourdieu's thinking. It is intended to guide readers towards and through the original texts and attempts to represent the French meaning of Bourdieu hence the concentration on the French chronology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367273835

The Work of PsychoanalysisSexuality Time and the Psychoanalytic Mind Psychoanalysts working in clinical situations are constantly confronted with the struggle between conservative forces and those which enable something new to develop. Continuity and change stasis and transformation are the major themes discussed in The Work of Psychoanalysis and address the fundamental question: How does and how can change take place? The Work of Psychoanalysis explores the underlying coherence of the complex linked issues of theory and practice. Drawing on clinical cases from her own experience in the consulting room Dana Birksted-Breen focuses on what takes place between patient and analyst giving a picture of the interlocking and overlapping vertices that make up the work needed in psychoanalysis. Some of the key topics covered include: sexuality; aspects of female identity; eating disorders; time; dreams; disturbances in modalities of thought; and terminating psychoanalysis. This book draws different traditions into a coherent theoretical position with consequences for the mode of working analytically. The Work of Psychoanalysis will appeal to psychoanalysts and academics in psychoanalysis psychotherapists as well as postgraduate students studying courses in these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138963405

The Work of Psychoanalysts in the Public Health Sector This book provides a comprehensive insight into the ways in which psychoanalysts think and work. Mary Brownescombe Heller and Sheena Pollet bring together internationally known contributors trained at the Institute of Psychoanalysis to explore the broad range of clinical work thinking and teaching undertaken with children families adults and staff by psychoanalysts in the UK public health sector. Divided into four sections The Work of Psychoanalysts in the Public Health Sector covers: clinical work with parents and young children clinical work with adults and their families analytic thinking in health service practice analytic support for health service staff. Experienced psychoanalysts discuss work with various client groups including parents with babies children adolescents who self harm and adults with serious mental health conditions and psychosis. The book also explores how psychoanalytically-informed work can be used alongside other treatment methods and how health service staff can best be trained and supported. The Work of Psychoanalysts in the Public Health Sector offers the reader a broad perspective and a clear understanding of the various analytical concepts used in clinical practice. It will be invaluable reading for anyone interested in or already using psychoanalytic ideas and techniques in the health sector as well as students in training. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787381

The Work of T. B. Barratt This title first published in 1985 contains two of Thomas Ball Barratt’s influential works; In the Days of the Latter Rain and When the Fire Fell and an Outline of My Life. T. B. Barratt was a British-born Norwegian pastor and one of the founding figures of the Pentecostal movement in Europe. He attracted international attention after he held revival meetings in Oslo from 1907 and influenced other European leaders of the Pentecostal movement of the divine origin of the movement. This title will be of interest to students of nineteenth-century religious and social history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138505216

The Work of Teachers in AmericaA Social History Through Stories This volume presents a complex portrait of the American teacher through a fascinating range of "story" narratives including fictional short stories poetry diaries letters ethnographies and autobiographies. Through these stories the volume traces the evolution of the teacher and the profession over the course of two centuries -- from the late 1700s to the late 1900s. In depicting the profession over time the authors include stories by and about both male and female teachers as well as teachers from a wide range of cultural and ethnic backgrounds including white black Hispanic Asian-American immigrant and native-born and gay and straight. This book offers accessible comprehensive introductions to both the central ideas associated with each period and to the representative individual stories that are included within it. The volume editors connect each of the parts to earlier and later ones by tracing evolving themes of feminization teacher activism conceptions of curriculum and discipline and issues of multiculturalism. Questions suggested readings and activities are offered at the end of each section. Photographs and drawings -- retrieved from state historical archives -- provide telling images of the teacher in each of the four periods. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315045276

The Work of the Gods in TikopiaSecond Edition First published in 1939 and long out of print this book remains unique as the only full and detailed account by a social anthropologist of a complete pagan Polynesian ritual cycle. This new single-volume edition omits some of the Tikopia vernacular texts but includes a new theoretical introduction; postscripts have also been supplied to some of the chapters comparing the performances of 1928-9 with those witnessed by Professor Firth on his second visit to Tikopia in 1952. There is a specially written Epilogue on the final eclipse of the traditional ritual based on a third visit by the author during the summer of 1966. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003136156

The Workers' State Meets the MarketLabour in China's Transition Among the most dramatic changes to affect China in the 1990s is the upsurge in labour mobility and the emergence of a market-driven system of labour allocation changes which profoundly affect the working environment and livelihoods of the Chinese people. Papers in this collection draw on a wide variety of data sources to analyse key elements of this transformation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039459

The Work-Family Interface in Global Context Based on a sweeping ten country study The Work-Family Interface in Global Context comprises the most comprehensive and rigorous cross-cultural study of the work-family interface to date. Just as work-family conflict is associated with negative consequences for workers organizations and societies so too can the work and family domains interact positively to enhance or enrich one another. Drawing on qualitative quantitative and policy-based data chapters in this collection explore the influence of culture on the work-family interface in order to help researchers and managers understand the applicability of work-family models in a variety of contexts and further conceptualize work-family interactions through the development of a more universal knowledge. Members of the Project 3535 Team: Karen Korabik University of Guelph Canada.Zeynep Aycan Koç University Turkey.Roya Ayman Illinois Institute of Technology USA.Artiawati University of Surabaya Indonesia.Anne Bardoel Monash University Australia.Anat Drach-Zahavy University of Haifa Israel.Leslie B. Hammer Portland State University USA.Ting-Pang Huang Soochow University Taiwan.Donna S. Lero University of Guelph Canada.Tripti Pande-Desai New Delhi Institute of Management India.Steven Poelmans EADA Business School Spain.Ujvala Rajadhyaksha Governors State University USA.Anit Somech University of Haifa Israel.Li Zhang Harbin Institute of Technology China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138841581

The Workforce Engagement EquationA Practitioner’s Guide to Creating and Sustaining High Performance The Workforce Engagement Equation is for the hands-on leaders engaged in the frontline of affecting change—those who bear the scars of past failed initiatives yet continue to persevere. Describing the science behind the "Art of Managing" process improvement it will help you bridge the gap between strategy and tactics and allow you to take concrete action to control ongoing operations sustainably. This step-by-step guide lays out the principles tools and techniques that have proven effective in leading and managing the "people side" of process improvement. The book demystifies the complexity of organizational change with easy-to-understand explanations intuitive graphics and real-world examples. Filled with helpful practical knowledge such as the Seven Cardinal Sins of Change Leadership it will help you assess exactly where your organization is along the change continuum and what actions will help propel your organization to higher levels of organizational effectiveness. Presents methods that can be applied in any organization and situation Supplies guidance on how to build systems and implement performance metrics Offers solutions to real-world problems Integrates powerful concepts from multiple disciplines Aiding your ability to select and apply effective management and leadership techniques that will work best in your situation The Workforce Engagement Equation provides you with the tools to make a difference in the performance of your organization and the engagement of your workforce. To help you construct your own organizational vessel and navigate the murky waters of organizational change the text includes a CD with each assessment form template and example project plan contained in the book. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439868096

The Workhouse System 1834-1929The History of an English Social Institution First published in 1981. Professor Crowther traces the history of the workhouse system from the Poor Law Amendment Act of 1834 to the Local Government Act of 1929. At their outset the large residential institutions were seen by the Poor Law Commissioners as a cure for nearly all social ills. In fact these formidable impersonal prison-like buildings – housing all paupers under one roof – became institutionalised: places where routine came to be an end in itself. In the early twentieth century some of the workhouses became hospitals or homes for the old or handicapped but many continued to form a residual service for those who needed long-term care. Crowther pays attention not only to the administrators but also to the inmates and their daily life. She illustrates that the workhouse system was not simply a nineteenth-century phenomenon but a forerunner of many of today’s social institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138647466

The Working Class and Its Culture Volume 5 "THE WORKING CLASS AND ITS CULTURE’ of the American Cities; series. This collection brings together more than 200 scholarly articles pertaining to the history and development of urban life in the United States during the past two centuries. Volume 5 contains articles that are closely related but which concentrate specifically on the changing nature of work in American cities during the past two centuries. While they obviously concern the development of the industrial and post-industrial economies they also recognize that economic transformations are intimately related to cultural change and that economic and cultural change are inseparable and must be considered together. At the same time taken as a group the articles reveal differences in experience between black and white Americans men and women and native and foreign-born Americans necessitating that each of these groups be considered separately. The selections also investigate and illuminate questions about the relationships among these different groups and the kinds of actions they have taken to achieve their goals—political protests boycotts strikes and so on. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315050430

The Working Class and Politics in Europe and America 1929-1945 This volume contains a series of essays which examines various regimes and working classes of such countries as Italy France Poland the USA the Soviet Union and Great Britain in the early 20th century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425224

The Working Class and Twenty-First-Century British FictionDeindustrialisation Demonisation Resistance The Working Class and Twenty-First-Century British Fiction looks at how the twenty-first-century British novel has explored contemporary working-class life. Studying the works of David Peace Gordon Burn Anthony Cartwright Ross Raisin Jenni Fagan and Sunjeev Sahota the book shows how they have mapped the shift from deindustrialisation through to stigmatization of individuals and communities who have experienced profound levels of destabilization and unemployment. O'Brien argues that these novels offer ways of understanding fundamental aspects of contemporary capitalism for the working class in modern Britain including class struggle inequality trauma social abjection racism and stigmatization exclusively looking at British working-class literature of the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367441487

The Working Class in England 1875-1914 First published in 1985. Too often aspects of working-class life have been treated as distinct and separate. The contributors to this volume are aware of the dangers of such atomisation and have attempted to bring together a collection of studies which add to our knowledge of life in that time. The examinations of family health work leisure and criminal trends form the basis of this work and suggest that the everyday lives and values of the working-class were even more varied creative and complex than is generally believed. This title will be of interest to students of history.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138638594

The Working Classes and Higher EducationInequality of Access Opportunity and Outcome Within the broader context of the global knowledge economy wherein the "college-for-all" discourse grows more and more pervasive and systems of higher education become increasingly stratified by social class important and timely questions emerge regarding the future social location and mobility of the working classes. Though the working classes look very different from the working classes of previous generations the weight of a universal working-class identity/background amounts to much of the same economic vulnerability and negative cultural stereotypes all of which continue to present obstacles for new generations of working-class youth many of whom pursue higher education as a necessity rather than a "choice." Using a sociological lens contributors examine the complicated relationship between the working classes and higher education through students’ distinct experiences challenges and triumphs during three moments on a transitional continuum: the transition from secondary to higher education; experiences within higher education; and the transition from higher education to the workforce. In doing so this volume challenges the popular notion of higher education as a means to equality of opportunity and social mobility for working-class students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085992

The Working Garde Manger A creative artist essential to country clubs resort hotels convention centers and cruise ships the Garde Manger (GM) is responsible for presenting sumptuous dishes to guests who expect tasty foods displayed in a visually appealing manner. In addition to artistic and culinary ability the GM must be a well-organized professional a departmental leader and an inspirational trainer of kitchen staff. The job requires the ability to multitask and respond quickly to emergencies. The Working Garde Manger is designed to help students in culinary arts programs cultivate techniques learned in the GM course enabling them to continue refining their skills as they progress through their careers. Filled with classroom-tested instructions and recipes this volume walks students through the rigors of preparing all types of dishes within the GM bailiwick. After an introduction to each item clear concise recipes follow. Among the food items covered the book presents focused chapters on hors d’oeuvres soups salsas salads charcuterie pâté mousse and seasonings. It instructs students on all forms of food preparation including poaching sautéing grilling baking braising and roasting. Chef’s Notes are sprinkled throughout the text offering additional tips from the author’s lengthy experience in the restaurant industry. The rewarding career of Garde Manger is challenging and it takes years to master the abilities necessary to acquire expertise. This volume will not only help students refine their skills in class but will also follow them to the kitchen as a professional reference. More information is available on the author's website at http://chefalmeyer.com/. Visit YouTube to see Chef Meyer's techniques and recipes: Turkey Breast Butchery Turkey Breast Truss with Brine Mirepoix Bay Leaf Herb & Lemon Turkey Bone & Tendon Removal with Sautéed Shallots Garlic Tarragon & Seasoning Butternut Squash with Dates Charred Ginger & Rosemary Pig Butchery Pig Butchery Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439866306

The Working Life of Women in the Seventeenth Century Working life of Women in the Seventeenth Century originally published in 1919 was the first comprehensive analysis of the daily lives of ordinary women in early modern England. It remains the most wide ranging introduction to the subject. Clark uses a variety of documentary sources to illuminate the experience of women in the past. Gentlewomen left memoirs letters and household accounts detailing administration of their family estates; craftsmen's wives and widows figure in the apprenticeship and licensing records of guilds and towns; the wives of yeomen husbandmen and labourers are glimpsed in court evidence petitions and the registers of parish poor relief. Alice Clark's evidence dates from the later sixteenth to the early eighteenth century and her analysis addresses a broad transition from a medieval subsistence economy to the industrial capitalism of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Clark's conclusions about the effects of industrial capitalism on women's working conditions and contribution to the economy were controversial in her own time and remain so today. Her vivid portrayal of the everyday lives of working women - and all women who worked - in seventeenth-century England remains unsurpassed. This book was first published in 1919. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315020433

The Working Life of Women in the Seventeenth Century First published in 1968. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865272

The Working-Class Intellectual in Eighteenth- and Nineteenth-Century Britain In Britain the period that stretches from the middle of the eighteenth century to the mid-nineteenth century marks the emergence of the working classes alongside and in response to the development of the middle-class public sphere. This collection contributes to that scholarship by exploring the figure of the "working-class intellectual " who both assimilates the anti-authoritarian lexicon of the middle classes to create a new political and cultural identity and revolutionizes it with the subversive energy of class hostility. Through considering a broad range of writings across key moments of working-class self-expression the essays reevaluate a host of familiar writers such as Robert Burns John Thelwall Charles Dickens Charles Kingsley Ann Yearsley and even Shakespeare in terms of their role within a working-class constituency. The collection also breaks fresh ground in eighteenth- and nineteenth-century scholarship by shedding light on a number of unfamiliar and underrepresented figures such as Alexander Somerville Michael Faraday and the singer Ned Corvan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261938

The Working-Classes in Victorian Fiction First published in 1971. The book examines the presentation of the urban and industrial working classes in Victorian fiction. It considers the different types of working men and women who appear in fiction the environments they are shown to inhabit and the use of phonetics to indicate the sound of working class voices. Evidence is drawn from a wide range of major and minor fiction and new light is cast on Dickens Mrs Gaskell Charles Kingsley George Gissing Rudyard Kipling and Arthur Morrison. This book would be of interest to students of literature sociology and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138650084

The Workplace of the FutureThe Fourth Industrial Revolution the Precariat and the Death of Hierarchies The Fourth Industrial Revolution is a global development that shows no signs of slowing down. In his book The Workplace of the Future: The Fourth Industrial Revolution the Precariat and the Death of Hierarchies Jon-Arild Johannessen sets a chilling vision of how robots and artificial intelligence will completely disrupt and transform working life. The author contests that once the dust has settled from the Fourth Industrial Revolution workplaces and professions will be unrecognizable and we will see the rise of a new social class: the precariat. We will live side by side with the 'working poor' – people who have several jobs but still can’t make ends meet. There will be a small salaried elite consisting of innovation and knowledge workers. Slightly further into the future there will be a major transformation in professional environments. Johannessen also presents a typology for the precariat the uncertain work that is created and develops a framework for the working poor as well as for future innovation and knowledge workers and sets out a new structure for the social hierarchy.A fascinating and thought-provoking insight into the impact of the Fourth Industrial Revolution The Workplace of the Future will be of interest to professionals and academics alike. The book is particularly suited to academic courses in management economy political science and social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584849

The Workplace Walk-Through The Workplace Walk-Through is the first volume in a series dedicated to providing physicians with more advanced tools for performing not only the routine tasks involved in occupational medicine but also the most unusual and challenging assignments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450359

The Works of Aphra Behn: v. 1: Poetry Aphra Behn (1640-1689) was one of the most successful dramatists of the Restoration theatre and a popular poet. This is the first volume in a set of seven which comprises a complete edition of all her works. This volume is a collection of her poetry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351259484

The Works of Aphra Behn: v. 2: Love Letters Aphra Behn (1640-1689) was one of the most successful dramatists of the Restoration theatre and a popular poet. This is the second volume in a set of seven which comprises a complete edition of all her works. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351259323

The Works of Aphra Behn: v. 3: Fair Jill and Other Stories Aphra Behn (1640-1689) was one of the most successful dramatists of the Restoration theatre and a popular poet. This is the third volume in a set of seven which comprises a complete edition of all her works. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351259286

The Works of Aphra Behn: v. 4: Seneca Unmask'd and Other Prose Translated Aphra Behn (1640-1689) was one of the most successful dramatists of the Restoration theatre and a popular poet. This is the fourth volume in a set of seven which comprises a complete edition of all her works. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351259200

The Works of Aphra Behn: v. 5: Complete Plays Aphra Behn (1640-1689) was one of the most successful dramatists of the Restoration theatre and a popular poet. This is the fifth volume in a set of seven which comprises a complete edition of all her works. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351259163

The Works of Aphra Behn: v. 6: Complete Plays Aphra Behn (1640-1689) was one of the most successful dramatists of the Restoration theatre and a popular poet. This is the sixth volume in a set of seven which comprises a complete edition of all her works. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351259125

The Works of Aphra Behn: v. 7: Complete Plays Aphra Behn (1640-1689) was one of the most successful dramatists of the Restoration theatre and a popular poet. This is the final volume in a set of seven which comprises a complete edition of all her works. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351259088

The Works of Charles Darwin: v. 1: Introduction; Diary of the Voyage of HMS Beagle The first volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315477657

The Works of Charles Darwin: v. 2: Journal of Researches into the Geology and Natural History of the Various Countries Visited by HMS Beagle (1839) The second volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315477619

The Works of Charles Darwin: v. 21: Descent of Man and Selection in Relation to Sex ( with an Essay by T.H. Huxley) The 21st volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315476650

The Works of Charles Darwin: v. 22: Descent of Man and Selection in Relation to Sex ( with an Essay by T.H. Huxley) The 22nd volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315476612

The Works of Charles Darwin: v. 28: Formation of Vegetable Mould Through the Action of Worms with Observations on Their Habits (1881) The 28th volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315476377

The Works of Charles Darwin: v. 3: Journal of Researches into the Geology and Natural History of the Various Countries Visited by HMS Beagle (1839) The third volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315477572

The Works of Charles Darwin: v. 4: Zoology of the Voyage of HMS Beagle Under the Command of Captain Fitzroy During the Years 1832-1836 (1838-1843) The fourth volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315477534

The Works of Charles Darwin: v. 5: Zoology of the Voyage of HMS Beagle Under the Command of Captain Fitzroy During the Years 1832-1836 The fifth volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315477497

The Works of Charles Darwin: v. 6: Zoology of the Voyage of HMS Beagle Under the Command of Captain Fitzroy During the Years 1832-1836 The sixth volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315477459

The Works of Charles Darwin: v. 9: Geological Observations on South America (1846) (with the Critical Introduction by J.W. Judd 1890) The ninth volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315477336

The Works of Charles Darwin: Vol 10: The Foundations of the Origin of Species: Two Essays Written in 1842 and 1844 (Edited 1909) The tenth volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315477299

The Works of Charles Darwin: Vol 11: A Volume of the Sub-Class Cirripedia (1851) Vol I The eleventh in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315477213

The Works of Charles Darwin: Vol 12: A Monograph on the Sub-Class Cirripedia (1854) Vol II Part 1 The twelfth volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315477176

The Works of Charles Darwin: Vol 13: A Monograph on the Sub-Class Cirripedia (1854) Vol II Part 2 The thirteenth volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315477138

The Works of Charles Darwin: Vol 14: A Monograph on the Fossil Lepadidae (1851) The fourteenth volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315477091

The Works of Charles Darwin: Vol 15: On the Origin of Species The fifteenth volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315477053

The Works of Charles Darwin: Vol 16: On the Origin of Species The sixteenth volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315477015

The Works of Charles Darwin: Vol 17: The Various Contrivances by Which Orchids are Fertilised by Insects The seventeenth volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315476971

The Works of Charles Darwin: Vol 18: The Movements and Habits of Climbing Plants The eighteenth volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315476933

The Works of Charles Darwin: Vol 19: The Variation of Animals and Plants under Domestication ( 1875 Vol I) The nineteenth volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315476896

The Works of Charles Darwin: Vol 20: The Variation of Animals and Plants under Domestication ( 1875 Vol II) The twentieth volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315476858

The Works of Charles Darwin: Vol 23: The Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals The 23rd volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315476575

The Works of Charles Darwin: Vol 24: Insectivorous Plants The 24th volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315476537

The Works of Charles Darwin: Vol 25: The Effects of Cross and Self Fertilisation in the Vegetable Kingdom (1878) The 25th volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315476490

The Works of Charles Darwin: Vol 26: The Different Forms of Flowers on Plants of the Same Species The 26th volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315476452

The Works of Charles Darwin: Vol 27: The Power of Movement in Plants (1880) The 27th volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315476414

The Works of Charles Darwin: Vol 29: Erasmus Darwin (1879) / the Autobiography of Charles Darwin (1958) The 29th volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. This volume concludes with a text on Erasmus Darwin grandfather of Charles Darwin and the autobiography of Charles Darwin. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315476339

The Works of Charles Darwin: Vol 7: The Structure and Distribution of Coral Reefs The seventh volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315477411

The Works of Charles Darwin: Vol 8: Geological Observations on the Volcanic Islands Visited during the Voyage of HMS Beagle (1844) [with the The eighth volume in a 29-volume set which contain all Charles Darwin's published works. Darwin was one of the most influential figures of the 19th century. His work remains a central subject of study in the history of ideas the history of science zoology botany geology and evolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315477374

The Works of Charlotte Smith Part I Reveals the extent to which Charlotte Turner Smith's work constitutes as significant an achievement as her poetry representing the turbulent decade of the 1790s on its social and political as well as literary planes with an unparalleled richness of detail and an unblinkered vision. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429353840

The Works of Charlotte Smith Part I Vol 1 Reveals the extent to which Charlotte Turner Smith's work constitutes as significant an achievement as her poetry representing the turbulent decade of the 1790s on its social and political as well as literary planes with an unparalleled richness of detail and an unblinkered vision. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348778

The Works of Charlotte Smith Part I Vol 2 Reveals the extent to which Charlotte Turner Smith's work constitutes as significant an achievement as her poetry representing the turbulent decade of the 1790s on its social and political as well as literary planes with an unparalleled richness of detail and an unblinkered vision. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348785

The Works of Charlotte Smith Part I Vol 3 Reveals the extent to which Charlotte Turner Smith's work constitutes as significant an achievement as her poetry representing the turbulent decade of the 1790s on its social and political as well as literary planes with an unparalleled richness of detail and an unblinkered vision. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348792

The Works of Charlotte Smith Part I Vol 4 Reveals the extent to which Charlotte Turner Smith's work constitutes as significant an achievement as her poetry representing the turbulent decade of the 1790s on its social and political as well as literary planes with an unparalleled richness of detail and an unblinkered vision. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348808

The Works of Charlotte Smith Part I Vol 5 Reveals the extent to which Charlotte Turner Smith's work constitutes as significant an achievement as her poetry representing the turbulent decade of the 1790s on its social and political as well as literary planes with an unparalleled richness of detail and an unblinkered vision. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348815

The Works of Charlotte Smith Part II Charlotte Turner Smith held a central position during the formative years of the British Romantic period. Smith's work includes eleven novels and two fictional adaptations from the French. This edition reveals the extent to which Smith's work in this form constitutes as significant an achievement as her poetry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429353857

The Works of Charlotte Smith Part II vol 10 Charlotte Turner Smith held a central position during the formative years of the British Romantic period. Smith's work includes eleven novels and two fictional adaptations from the French. This edition reveals the extent to which Smith's work in this form constitutes as significant an achievement as her poetry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348860

The Works of Charlotte Smith Part II vol 6 Charlotte Turner Smith held a central position during the formative years of the British Romantic period. Smith's work includes eleven novels and two fictional adaptations from the French. This edition reveals the extent to which Smith's work in this form constitutes as significant an achievement as her poetry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348822

The Works of Charlotte Smith Part II vol 7 Charlotte Turner Smith held a central position during the formative years of the British Romantic period. Smith's work includes eleven novels and two fictional adaptations from the French. This edition reveals the extent to which Smith's work in this form constitutes as significant an achievement as her poetry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348839

The Works of Charlotte Smith Part II vol 8 Charlotte Turner Smith held a central position during the formative years of the British Romantic period. Smith's work includes eleven novels and two fictional adaptations from the French. This edition reveals the extent to which Smith's work in this form constitutes as significant an achievement as her poetry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348846

The Works of Charlotte Smith Part II vol 9 Charlotte Turner Smith held a central position during the formative years of the British Romantic period. Smith's work includes eleven novels and two fictional adaptations from the French. This edition reveals the extent to which Smith's work in this form constitutes as significant an achievement as her poetry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348853

The Works of Charlotte Smith Part III Includes the works of Charlotte Smith revealing a writer who wrote well in many genres and in whatever form she undertook was innovative with the forms she inherited and strongly influential on those who followed her. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429353864

The Works of Charlotte Smith Part III vol 11 Includes the works of Charlotte Smith revealing a writer who wrote well in many genres and in whatever form she undertook was innovative with the forms she inherited and strongly influential on those who followed her. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348877

The Works of Charlotte Smith Part III vol 12 Includes the works of Charlotte Smith revealing a writer who wrote well in many genres and in whatever form she undertook was innovative with the forms she inherited and strongly influential on those who followed her. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348884

The Works of Charlotte Smith Part III vol 13 Includes the works of Charlotte Smith revealing a writer who wrote well in many genres and in whatever form she undertook was innovative with the forms she inherited and strongly influential on those who followed her. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348891

The Works of Charlotte Smith Part III vol 14 Includes the works of Charlotte Smith revealing a writer who wrote well in many genres and in whatever form she undertook was innovative with the forms she inherited and strongly influential on those who followed her. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348907

The Works of Elizabeth Gaskell Features Elizabeth Gaskell's work. This work brings together her journalism her shorter fiction which was published in various collections during her lifetime her early personal writing including a diary written between 1835 and 1838 when she was a young mother her five full-length novels and "The Life of Charlotte Bronte". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138117563

The Works of Elizabeth Gaskell Part I Vol 1 A selection of texts by Elizabeth Gaskell accompanied by annotations. It brings together Gaskell academics to provide readers with scholarship on her work and seeks to bring the crusading spirit and genius of the writer into the 21st century to take her place as a major Victorian writer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138117549

The Works of Elizabeth Gaskell Part I Vol 2 A selection of texts by Elizabeth Gaskell accompanied by annotations. It brings together Gaskell academics to provide readers with scholarship on her work and seeks to bring the crusading spirit and genius of the writer into the 21st century to take her place as a major Victorian writer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111516

The Works of Elizabeth Gaskell Part I Vol 3 A selection of texts by Elizabeth Gaskell accompanied by annotations. It brings together Gaskell academics to provide readers with scholarship on her work and seeks to bring the crusading spirit and genius of the writer into the 21st century to take her place as a major Victorian writer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138117556

The Works of Elizabeth Gaskell Part I Vol 5 A selection of texts by Elizabeth Gaskell accompanied by annotations. It brings together Gaskell academics to provide readers with scholarship on her work and seeks to bring the crusading spirit and genius of the writer into the 21st century to take her place as a major Victorian writer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111523

The Works of Elizabeth Gaskell Part I vol 7 Features Elizabeth Gaskell's work. This work brings together her journalism her shorter fiction which was published in various collections during her lifetime her early personal writing including a diary written between 1835 and 1838 when she was a young mother her five full-length novels and "The Life of Charlotte Bronte". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111547

The Works of Elizabeth Gaskell Part II vol 10 Features Elizabeth Gaskell's work. This work brings together her journalism her shorter fiction which was published in various collections during her lifetime her early personal writing including a diary written between 1835 and 1838 when she was a young mother her five full-length novels and "The Life of Charlotte Bronte". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111554

The Works of Elizabeth Gaskell Part II vol 4 A selection of texts by Elizabeth Gaskell accompanied by annotations. It brings together Gaskell academics to provide readers with scholarship on her work and seeks to bring the crusading spirit and genius of the writer into the 21st century to take her place as a major Victorian writer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111530

The Works of Elizabeth Gaskell Part II vol 6 Features Elizabeth Gaskell's work. This work brings together her journalism her shorter fiction which was published in various collections during her lifetime her early personal writing including a diary written between 1835 and 1838 when she was a young mother her five full-length novels and "The Life of Charlotte Bronte". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138117570

The Works of Elizabeth Gaskell Part II vol 9 Features Elizabeth Gaskell's work. This work brings together her journalism her shorter fiction which was published in various collections during her lifetime her early personal writing including a diary written between 1835 and 1838 when she was a young mother her five full-length novels and "The Life of Charlotte Bronte". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111561

The Works of Harold J. Laski This set comprises works spanning Laski's career as a political thinker and the volumes re-issued here examine the questions of how government might be made more open and accountable and how the broad-based properity necessary to democracy might be assured. These remain central questions for both established and emerging democracies. Studies in the Problem of Sovereignty (1917) Authority in the Modern State (1919) and The Foundations of Sovereignty (1921) are all works which expand Laski's pluralist doctrine of the State; a theory then applied in modified form in A Grammar of Politics (1925). Communism (1927) argues against the concept of a Western Communist revolution. Democracy in Crisis (1933) and the more optimistic Reflections on the Constitution (1951) result from the defeat of Labour in 1931 and the onset of the Slump at which point Laski rejected pluralism in favour of Marxist theory. Reflections on the Revolution of Our Time (1949) predicts a "revolution by consent" arising from the common war-effort. Also included are An Introduction to Politics (1931) The Rise of European Liberalism (1936) Parliamentary Government in England (1938) The Danger of Being a Gentleman (1939) Programme for Victory (1941) The Strategy of Freedom (1942) and The Dilemma of Our Times (1952). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138819122

The Works of Lady Caroline Lamb Offers the works of Lady Caroline Lamb (1785-1828) the late Romantic-era novelist most famous for her affair with Lord Byron. Presenting Lamb's works in a scholarly format this book situates her literary achievements within the context of her Whig allegiances her sense of noblesse oblige and her promotion of aristocratic reform. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429353871

The Works of Lady Caroline Lamb Vol 1 Offers the works of Lady Caroline Lamb (1785-1828) the late Romantic-era novelist most famous for her affair with Lord Byron. Presenting Lamb's works in a scholarly format this book situates her literary achievements within the context of her Whig allegiances her sense of noblesse oblige and her promotion of aristocratic reform. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348914

The Works of Lady Caroline Lamb Vol 2 Offers the works of Lady Caroline Lamb (1785-1828) the late Romantic-era novelist most famous for her affair with Lord Byron. Presenting Lamb's works in a scholarly format this book situates her literary achievements within the context of her Whig allegiances her sense of noblesse oblige and her promotion of aristocratic reform. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348921

The Works of Lady Caroline Lamb Vol 3 Offers the works of Lady Caroline Lamb (1785-1828) the late Romantic-era novelist most famous for her affair with Lord Byron. Presenting Lamb's works in a scholarly format this book situates her literary achievements within the context of her Whig allegiances her sense of noblesse oblige and her promotion of aristocratic reform. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348938

The Works of Lord BolingbrokeVolume 1 Published in 1967: Accuracy and impartiality have been studied in the following Biography more than elegance and that labored eulogy which so often defeats its purpose. The quick genius and diversified attainments of the author and the statesman have not been allowed to cast a glare over the vices of the man and the specious hollowness of the pretended philosopher. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367149635

The Works of Maria Edgeworth This collected edition makes available all of Maria Edgeworth's major fiction for adults much of her juvenile fiction and also a selection of her educational and occasional writings. A dual pagination system indicates original page numbers for scholars. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003076612

The Works of Maria Edgeworth Part I Vol 1 This book is a collection of novels Castle Rackrent Irish Bulls and Ennui by Maria Edgeworth that will be of much use to scholars students and general readers interested in family fiction. Maria Edgeworth (1 January 1768 – 22 May 1849) was a prolific Anglo-Irish writer of adults' and children's literature. She was one of the first realist writers in children's literature and was a significant figure in the evolution of the novel in Europe.[2] She held advanced views for a woman of her time on estate management politics and education and corresponded with some of the leading literary and economic writers including Sir Walter Scott and David Ricardo. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349188

The Works of Maria Edgeworth Part I Vol 2 This volume contains Edgeworth's best courtship novel belinda which replaces mercenary fortune-hunting with a deeper quest for marital compatibility valorising irrationality and love over reason and duty. MARIA EDGEWORTH was born in 1768. Her first novel Castle Rackrent (1800) was also her first Irish tale. The next such tale was Ennui (1809) after which came The Absentee which began life as an unstaged play and was then published (in prose) in Tales of Fashionable Life (1812) as were several of her other stories. They were followed in 1817 by the last of her Irish tales Ormond. Maria Edgeworth died in 1849. Edited with an introduction and notes by Marilyn Butler. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349195

The Works of Maria Edgeworth Part I Vol 3 This book is a collection of novels Leonora and Harrington by Maria Edgeworth that address issues of nationalism in an Anglo-Irish context and that will be of much use to scholars students and general readers interested in fictional works. MARIA EDGEWORTH was born in 1768. Her first novel Castle Rackrent (1800) was also her first Irish tale. The next such tale was Ennui (1809) after which came The Absentee which began life as an unstaged play and was then published (in prose) in Tales of Fashionable Life (1812) as were several of her other stories. They were followed in 1817 by the last of her Irish tales Ormond. Maria Edgeworth died in 1849. Edited with an introduction and notes by Marilyn Butler. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349201

The Works of Maria Edgeworth Part I Vol 4 This book presents a selection of the educational and occasional writings of Maria Edgeworth. It shows how Maria Edgeworth familiarised herself with the remarkably acute closely-observed treatises and essays of the true Renaissance man Francis Bacon. MARIA EDGEWORTH was born in 1768. Her first novel Castle Rackrent (1800) was also her first Irish tale. The next such tale was Ennui (1809) after which came The Absentee which began life as an unstaged play and was then published (in prose) in Tales of Fashionable Life (1812) as were several of her other stories. They were followed in 1817 by the last of her Irish tales Ormond. Maria Edgeworth died in 1849. Edited with an introduction and notes by Marilyn Butler. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349218

The Works of Maria Edgeworth Part I Vol 5 This book is a collection of novels The Absentee Madame de Fleury and Emilie de Coulanges by Maria Edgeworth that address issues of nationalism in an Anglo-Irish context and that will be of much use to scholars students and general readers interested in fictional works. MARIA EDGEWORTH was born in 1768. Her first novel Castle Rackrent (1800) was also her first Irish tale. The next such tale was Ennui (1809) after which came The Absentee which began life as an unstaged play and was then published (in prose) in Tales of Fashionable Life (1812) as were several of her other stories. They were followed in 1817 by the last of her Irish tales Ormond. Maria Edgeworth died in 1849. Edited with an introduction and notes by Marilyn Butler. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349225

The Works of Maria Edgeworth Part I Vol 6 This book explores British society and discriminates between its people and their lifestyles investigates English politics and addresses the objections of the medical and legal professions. MARIA EDGEWORTH was born in 1768. Her first novel Castle Rackrent (1800) was also her first Irish tale. The next such tale was Ennui (1809) after which came The Absentee which began life as an unstaged play and was then published (in prose) in Tales of Fashionable Life (1812) as were several of her other stories. They were followed in 1817 by the last of her Irish tales Ormond. Maria Edgeworth died in 1849. Edited with an introduction and notes by Marilyn Butler. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349232

The Works of Maria Edgeworth Part I Vol 7 This book explores British society and discriminates between its people and their lifestyles investigates English politics and addresses the objections of the medical and legal professions. MARIA EDGEWORTH was born in 1768. Her first novel Castle Rackrent (1800) was also her first Irish tale. The next such tale was Ennui (1809) after which came The Absentee which began life as an unstaged play and was then published (in prose) in Tales of Fashionable Life (1812) as were several of her other stories. They were followed in 1817 by the last of her Irish tales Ormond. Maria Edgeworth died in 1849. Edited with an introduction and notes by Marilyn Butl Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349249

The Works of Maria Edgeworth Part I Vol 8 This book shows how Maria Edgewoth drew on her knowledge of the life of writings of James Harrington in composing that tale. It serves to draw in a more local reference: Florence Court Demesne in County Fermanagh was built around 1750 and originally named for Florence Wrey wife of Sir John Cole. MARIA EDGEWORTH was born in 1768. Her first novel Castle Rackrent (1800) was also her first Irish tale. The next such tale was Ennui (1809) after which came The Absentee which began life as an unstaged play and was then published (in prose) in Tales of Fashionable Life (1812) as were several of her other stories. They were followed in 1817 by the last of her Irish tales Ormond. Maria Edgeworth died in 1849. Edited with an introduction and notes by Marilyn Butler. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349256

The Works of Maria Edgeworth Part II Presents scholars students and general readers with the major fiction for adults much of the best of juvenile fiction and a selection of the educational and occasional writings of Maria Edgeworth. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429353949

The Works of Maria Edgeworth Part II Vol 10 Presents scholars students and general readers with the major fiction for adults much of the best of juvenile fiction and a selection of the educational and occasional writings of Maria Edgeworth. MARIA EDGEWORTH was born in 1768. Her first novel Castle Rackrent (1800) was also her first Irish tale. The next such tale was Ennui (1809) after which came The Absentee which began life as an unstaged play and was then published (in prose) in Tales of Fashionable Life (1812) as were several of her other stories. They were followed in 1817 by the last of her Irish tales Ormond. Maria Edgeworth died in 1849. Edited with an introduction and notes by Marilyn Butler. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349270

The Works of Maria Edgeworth Part II Vol 11 Presents scholars students and general readers with the major fiction for adults much of the best of juvenile fiction and a selection of the educational and occasional writings of Maria Edgeworth. MARIA EDGEWORTH was born in 1768. Her first novel Castle Rackrent (1800) was also her first Irish tale. The next such tale was Ennui (1809) after which came The Absentee which began life as an unstaged play and was then published (in prose) in Tales of Fashionable Life (1812) as were several of her other stories. They were followed in 1817 by the last of her Irish tales Ormond. Maria Edgeworth died in 1849. Edited with an introduction and notes by Marilyn Butler. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349287

The Works of Maria Edgeworth Part II Vol 12 Presents scholars students and general readers with the major fiction for adults much of the best of juvenile fiction and a selection of the educational and occasional writings of Maria Edgeworth. MARIA EDGEWORTH was born in 1768. Her first novel Castle Rackrent (1800) was also her first Irish tale. The next such tale was Ennui (1809) after which came The Absentee which began life as an unstaged play and was then published (in prose) in Tales of Fashionable Life (1812) as were several of her other stories. They were followed in 1817 by the last of her Irish tales Ormond. Maria Edgeworth died in 1849. Edited with an introduction and notes by Marilyn Butler. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349294

The Works of Maria Edgeworth Part II Vol 9 Presents scholars students and general readers with the major fiction for adults much of the best of juvenile fiction and a selection of the educational and occasional writings of Maria Edgeworth. MARIA EDGEWORTH was born in 1768. Her first novel Castle Rackrent (1800) was also her first Irish tale. The next such tale was Ennui (1809) after which came The Absentee which began life as an unstaged play and was then published (in prose) in Tales of Fashionable Life (1812) as were several of her other stories. They were followed in 1817 by the last of her Irish tales Ormond. Maria Edgeworth died in 1849. Edited with an introduction and notes by Marilyn Butler. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349263

The Works of Mary Robinson Part I Regularly the subject of cartoonists and satirical novelists Mary Robinson achieved public notoriety as the mistress of the young Prince of Wales (George IV). Her association with figures such as William Godwin and Mary Wollstonecraft and comparisons with Charlotte Smith make her a serious figure for scholarly research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429353888

The Works of Mary Robinson Part I Vol 1 Regularly the subject of cartoonists and satirical novelists Mary Robinson achieved public notoriety as the mistress of the young Prince of Wales (George IV). Her association with figures such as William Godwin and Mary Wollstonecraft and comparisons with Charlotte Smith make her a serious figure for scholarly research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348945

The Works of Mary Robinson Part I Vol 2 Regularly the subject of cartoonists and satirical novelists Mary Robinson achieved public notoriety as the mistress of the young Prince of Wales (George IV). Her association with figures such as William Godwin and Mary Wollstonecraft and comparisons with Charlotte Smith make her a serious figure for scholarly research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348952

The Works of Mary Robinson Part I Vol 3 Regularly the subject of cartoonists and satirical novelists Mary Robinson achieved public notoriety as the mistress of the young Prince of Wales (George IV). Her association with figures such as William Godwin and Mary Wollstonecraft and comparisons with Charlotte Smith make her a serious figure for scholarly research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348969

The Works of Mary Robinson Part I Vol 4 Regularly the subject of cartoonists and satirical novelists Mary Robinson achieved public notoriety as the mistress of the young Prince of Wales (George IV). Her association with figures such as William Godwin and Mary Wollstonecraft and comparisons with Charlotte Smith make her a serious figure for scholarly research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348976

The Works of Mary Robinson Part II Regularly the subject of cartoonists and satirical novelists Mary Robinson achieved public notoriety as the mistress of the young Prince of Wales (George IV). Her association with figures such as William Godwin and Mary Wollstonecraft and comparisons with Charlotte Smith make her a serious figure for scholarly research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429353895

The Works of Mary Robinson Part II vol 5 Regularly the subject of cartoonists and satirical novelists Mary Robinson achieved public notoriety as the mistress of the young Prince of Wales (George IV). Her association with figures such as William Godwin and Mary Wollstonecraft and comparisons with Charlotte Smith make her a serious figure for scholarly research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348983

The Works of Mary Robinson Part II vol 6 Regularly the subject of cartoonists and satirical novelists Mary Robinson achieved public notoriety as the mistress of the young Prince of Wales (George IV). Her association with figures such as William Godwin and Mary Wollstonecraft and comparisons with Charlotte Smith make her a serious figure for scholarly research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348990

The Works of Mary Robinson Part II vol 7 Regularly the subject of cartoonists and satirical novelists Mary Robinson achieved public notoriety as the mistress of the young Prince of Wales (George IV). Her association with figures such as William Godwin and Mary Wollstonecraft and comparisons with Charlotte Smith make her a serious figure for scholarly research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349003

The Works of Mary Robinson Part II vol 8 Regularly the subject of cartoonists and satirical novelists Mary Robinson achieved public notoriety as the mistress of the young Prince of Wales (George IV). Her association with figures such as William Godwin and Mary Wollstonecraft and comparisons with Charlotte Smith make her a serious figure for scholarly research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349010

The Works of Mary Wollstonecraft This seven-volume collection brings together the known works of Mary Wollstonecraft the eighteenth-century philosopher writer and women’s rights advocate. Condemned by her contemporaries for her unconventional lifestyle Wollstonecraft was later recognised as a founding figure of the feminist movement. She was also an acute observer of the political upheavals of the French revolution and advocated educational reform. Wollstonecraft’s writings which include A Vindication of the Rights of Woman and Thoughts on the Education of Daughters are recognised as cornerstone texts in the development of feminist thought. This book is therefore a vital reference to the student of feminist history and will also be of value to any reader interested in the origins of feminism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429353956

The Works of Mary Wollstonecraft Vol 1 A seven volume set of books containing all the known published writings and translations of Mary Wollstonecraft who is generally recognised as the mother of the feminist movement. She was also an acute observer of the political upheavals of the French revolution and advocated educational reform. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349300

The Works of Mary Wollstonecraft Vol 2 A seven volume set of books containing all the known published writings and translations of Mary Wollstonecraft who is generally recognised as the mother of the feminist movement. She was also an acute observer of the political upheavals of the French revolution and advocated educational reform. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349317

The Works of Mary Wollstonecraft Vol 3 A seven volume set of books containing all the known published writings and translations of Mary Wollstonecraft who is generally recognised as the mother of the feminist movement. She was also an acute observer of the political upheavals of the French revolution and advocated educational reform. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349324

The Works of Mary Wollstonecraft Vol 4 A seven volume set of books containing all the known published writings and translations of Mary Wollstonecraft who is generally recognised as the mother of the feminist movement. She was also an acute observer of the political upheavals of the French revolution and advocated educational reform. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349331

The Works of Mary Wollstonecraft Vol 5 A seven volume set of books containing all the known published writings and translations of Mary Wollstonecraft who is generally recognised as the mother of the feminist movement. She was also an acute observer of the political upheavals of the French revolution and advocated educational reform. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349348

The Works of Mary Wollstonecraft Vol 6 A seven volume set of books containing all the known published writings and translations of Mary Wollstonecraft who is generally recognised as the mother of the feminist movement. She was also an acute observer of the political upheavals of the French revolution and advocated educational reform. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349355

The Works of Mary Wollstonecraft Vol 7 A seven volume set of books containing all the known published writings and translations of Mary Wollstonecraft who is generally recognised as the mother of the feminist movement. She was also an acute observer of the political upheavals of the French revolution and advocated educational reform. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349362

The Works of Nicholas Tarling on Southeast Asia The collection’s editor writes: Southeast Asian history and historiography would be greatly handicapped if the writings of Nicholas Tarling were removed from the increasingly expanding literature. The reading list has increased several folds since the early 1950s when Southeast Asian history was beginning to emerge as a serious area of scholarly research and writing. Nonetheless the works of the pioneering batch of scholars have remained relevant more than half a century since their publications. These books and articles have attained ‘classic’ status never failing to be listed in students’ ‘required reading lists’. Peter Nicholas Tarling (b. 1931) currently emeritus professor at the University of Auckland New Zealand figured among those whose works possessed a long shelflife. By mid-2009 the indefatigable Tarling had authored or edited close to forty books and more than ninety scholarly journal articles. By critically scrutinizing and analysing British imperial designs on the region Tarling has contributed significantly to the historiography of Southeast Asia as Great Britain was a major player if not the dalang (puppeteer) of events and developments on the geopolitical stage. Tarling’s corpus of works specifically his papers published in scholarly journals is an essential guide to all those seeking to understand the politics and history of Southeast Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415670753

The Works of Patrick Branwell BrontëVolume 1 1827-1833 This volume first published in 1997 contains all of Patrick Branwell Brontë’s known writings excluding his letters from 1827 to 1833. This title primarily focuses on the creation of the Glass Town Confederacy and on the emergence of Rouge/Alexander Percy/Ellrington as Branwell’s chief character. All of the texts in this edition are based on Neufeldt’s own transcriptions of the manuscripts or where the manuscript is unavailable on the most reliable accessible text. This edition serves as a record for the growth and development of Branwell’s writing and it is hoped that it will help to dispel some of the myths and misconceptions that have become associated with Branwell’s name. This book will be of interest to students of English Literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138929111

The Works of Patrick Branwell BrontëVolume 2 1834-1836 This volume first published in 1999 contains all of Patrick Branwell Brontë’s known writings excluding his letters from 1834 to 1836. This title primarily focuses on the creation of Angria and on the growing conflict between Alexander Percy Earl of Northangerland and Arthur Wellesly Duke of Zamorna and King Adrian of Angria. All of the texts in this edition are based on Neufeldt’s own transcriptions of the manuscripts or where the manuscript is unavailable on the most reliable accessible text. This edition serves as a record for the growth and development of Branwell’s writing and it is hoped that it will help to dispel some of the myths and misconceptions that have become associated with Branwell’s name. This book will be of interest to students of English Literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138929180

The Works of Patrick Branwell BrontëVolume 3 1837-1848 This volume first published in 1999 contains all of Patrick Branwell Brontë’s known writings excluding his letters from 1837 to 1848. This title primarily covers and depicts the end of the Angrian conflict Branwell’s abandonment of the Angrian saga and his attempts to establish himself as a published poet and a man of letters. All of the texts in this edition are based on Neufeldt’s own transcriptions of the manuscripts or where the manuscript is unavailable on the most reliable accessible text. This edition serves as a record for the growth and development of Branwell’s writing and it is hoped that it will help to dispel some of the myths and misconceptions that have become associated with Branwell’s name. This book will be of interest to students of English Literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138929272

The Works of Thomas De Quincey Part I Thomas De Quincey (1785-1859) is considered one of the most important English prose writers of the early-19th century. This is the first part of a 21-volume set presenting De Quincey's work also including previously unpublished material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429353901

The Works of Thomas De Quincey Part I Vol 1 Thomas De Quincey (1785-1859) is considered one of the most important English prose writers of the early-19th century. This is the first part of a 21-volume set presenting De Quincey's work also including previously unpublished material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349027

The Works of Thomas De Quincey Part I Vol 2 Thomas De Quincey (1785-1859) is considered one of the most important English prose writers of the early-19th century. This is the first part of a 21-volume set presenting De Quincey's work also including previously unpublished material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349034

The Works of Thomas De Quincey Part I Vol 3 Thomas De Quincey (1785-1859) is considered one of the most important English prose writers of the early-19th century. This is the first part of a 21-volume set presenting De Quincey's work also including previously unpublished material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349041

The Works of Thomas De Quincey Part I Vol 5 Thomas De Quincey (1785-1859) is considered one of the most important English prose writers of the early-19th century. This is the first part of a 21-volume set presenting De Quincey's work also including previously unpublished material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349058

The Works of Thomas De Quincey Part I Vol 6 Thomas De Quincey (1785-1859) is considered one of the most important English prose writers of the early-19th century. This is the first part of a 21-volume set presenting De Quincey's work also including previously unpublished material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349065

The Works of Thomas De Quincey Part I Vol 7 Thomas De Quincey (1785-1859) is considered one of the most important English prose writers of the early-19th century. This is the first part of a 21-volume set presenting De Quincey's work also including previously unpublished material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349072

The Works of Thomas De Quincey Part II Thomas De Quincey (1785-1859) is considered one of the most important English prose writers of the early-19th century. This is the second part of a 21-volume set presenting De Quincey's work also including previously unpublished material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429353918

The Works of Thomas De Quincey Part II vol 10 Thomas De Quincey (1785-1859) is considered one of the most important English prose writers of the early-19th century. This is the second part of a 21-volume set presenting De Quincey's work also including previously unpublished material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349089

The Works of Thomas De Quincey Part II vol 11 Thomas De Quincey (1785-1859) is considered one of the most important English prose writers of the early-19th century. This is the second part of a 21-volume set presenting De Quincey's work also including previously unpublished material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349096

The Works of Thomas De Quincey Part II vol 12 Thomas De Quincey (1785-1859) is considered one of the most important English prose writers of the early-19th century. This is the second part of a 21-volume set presenting De Quincey's work also including previously unpublished material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349102

The Works of Thomas De Quincey Part II vol 13 Thomas De Quincey (1785-1859) is considered one of the most important English prose writers of the early-19th century. This is the second part of a 21-volume set presenting De Quincey's work also including previously unpublished material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349119

The Works of Thomas De Quincey Part III Thomas De Quincey (1785-1859) is considered one of the most important English prose writers of the early-19th century. This is the final part of a 21-volume set presenting De Quincey's work also including previously unpublished material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429353925

The Works of Thomas De Quincey Part III vol 15 Thomas De Quincey (1785-1859) is considered one of the most important English prose writers of the early-19th century. This is the final part of a 21-volume set presenting De Quincey's work also including previously unpublished material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349126

The Works of Thomas De Quincey Part III vol 16 Thomas De Quincey (1785-1859) is considered one of the most important English prose writers of the early-19th century. This is the final part of a 21-volume set presenting De Quincey's work also including previously unpublished material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349133

The Works of Thomas De Quincey Part III vol 17 Thomas De Quincey (1785-1859) is considered one of the most important English prose writers of the early-19th century. This is the final part of a 21-volume set presenting De Quincey's work also including previously unpublished material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349140

The Works of Thomas De Quincey Part III vol 19 Thomas De Quincey (1785-1859) is considered one of the most important English prose writers of the early-19th century. This is the final part of a 21-volume set presenting De Quincey's work also including previously unpublished material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349157

The Works of Thomas De Quincey Part III vol 20 Thomas De Quincey (1785-1859) is considered one of the most important English prose writers of the early-19th century. This is the final part of a 21-volume set presenting De Quincey's work also including previously unpublished material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349164

The Works of Thomas De Quincey Part III vol 21 Thomas De Quincey (1785-1859) is considered one of the most important English prose writers of the early-19th century. This is the final part of a 21-volume set presenting De Quincey's work also including previously unpublished material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349171

The Works of William H. Beveridge William Beveridge (1879-1963) was a key figure in the modernization of British economic and social policy who published widely on unemployment and social security. Among his most notable works and reprinted in this set are Full Employment in a Free Society (1944) and Pillars of Security (1943). Beveridge’s Report on social insurance was published in 1942. It proposed that all people of working age should pay a weekly national insurance contribution. In return benefits would be paid to people who were sick unemployed retired or widowed. Beveridge included as one of three fundamental assumptions the fact that there would be a National Health Service of some sort. Beveridge's arguments were widely accepted. He argued that welfare institutions would increase the competitiveness of British industry in the post-war period not only by shifting labour costs like healthcare and pensions onto the public account but also by producing healthier wealthier and more productive workers. Beveridge saw full employment as the pivot of the social welfare programme he expressed in the 1942 report. As well as making available some of Beveridge’s key and in some case lesser known works this set includes as its final volume an indispensable overview of Beveridge and his prolific work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138826434

The Work-Smart Academic PlannerWrite It Down Get It Done From executive skills experts Peg Dawson and Richard Guare the large-format academic planner that has helped thousands of students in grades 6–12 is now revised and updated. It provides an all-in-one resource for keeping track of assignments and due dates while developing the crucial executive skills needed to succeed in school and beyond. Students are given the tools to get organized manage their time learn study strategies create daily/weekly study plans and stay on track. They are also guided to evaluate their own executive skills in order to target their weaknesses and capitalize on strengths. In addition to simplified planner pages the revised edition has an improved Studying for Tests form.   User-friendly features: *Convenient spiral binding. *Three-hole punched to fit in a binder (with a new slimmer profile). *Reproducible planning forms; purchasers can download and print extra copies. *Undated daily and monthly calendars for one academic year. *Reference calendar through July 2021. *Online-only User's Guide for school psychologists educators coaches and parents (www.guilford.com/work-smart-guide).   See also the authors' Coaching Students with Executive Skills Deficits which provides additional resources and guidance for professionals working with this population plus the authoritative Executive Skills in Children and Adolescents Second Edition. Also from Dawson and Guare: Smart but Scattered parenting guides and a self-help guide for adults. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462530205

The World According to Autism Spectrum Disorder A new multifunctional flexible and comprehensive resource which aims to map out what a diagnosis of an Autistic Spectrum Disorder looks like for the individual concerned their family and / or carers. The resource facilitates conversations and promotes understanding of the key features of an Autistic Spectrum Disorder. The resource provides a person centred view of the individual that highlights their positive attributes to help promote self- esteem and encourage family and / or carers to see the individual rather than the diagnosis. All this is delivered in a structured and visually supported way which is consistent with the preferred learning style of individuals with autism. Features of the pack include: 2 sets of colour coded cue cards which target the audience with which the resource is being used (e.g. the individual family or professionals); and worksheets to use with the cue cards ("Like Me "Not Like Me" and "Special Things About Me") which can be printed when completed. Copies of these worksheets can be shared with family and friends to increase understanding. The resource is designed for use with individuals of all ages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889301

The World After Cheap Oil Substantial evidence suggests that we are currently living at the peak of oil production with few prospects for cheap oil ever returning. Yet the media politicians and regular people have hardly started to talk about what this means. Oil literally runs our societies from transportation to food production to economic activity. Without oil everything stops. There are powerful arguments that if we fail to increase oil production we will also fail to grow our economy as a whole. For oil importing western nations the news is bleak; higher oil prices seem to put a glass ceiling on their economic growth making current debt problems worse no matter what monetary and economic policies we might choose. The World After Cheap Oil offers a thorough package of information about oil; its uses and its role in our society’s important sectors. It presents the most prominent substitutes and alternatives and their limits and promises. It also delves deep into the many risks problems and mechanisms that can make the world after cheap oil a much more unstable place for nations and humanity as a whole. The book also explains why there has been so little public debate on the subject and what the future might look like after oil production starts its final terminal decline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138806375

The World Aircraft Industry Aircraft building is a major industry for many developed countries. This book first published in 1986 provides a comprehensive survey of the state of the world aircraft industry. It looks at how the industry developed and at its problems. It examines the role of governments showing how this differs from country to country. It concludes by assessing the prospects for the future shape of the industry particularly as newly industrialised countries become more involved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138632776

The World Aluminum Industry in a Changing Energy Era As a heavy user of electricity the primary aluminium smelting industry is a leading example of the effects of variations in energy costs. This title tells the story that with the rise in energy costs three regions—Japan the United States and Western Europe –have become high-cost locations for primary aluminium production relative to three other regions—Australia Brazil and Canada. First published in 1988 this volume presents an analysis of the public policy choices regarding the aluminium industry and electric power in both low-cost power countries and high-cost power countries. The World Aluminium Industry in a Changing Energy World is ideal for policy makers and students interested in environmental studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138948068

The World and a Very Small Place in AfricaA History of Globalization in Niumi the Gambia The World and a Very Small Place in Africa is a fascinating look at how contacts with the wider world have affected how people have lived in Niumi a small and little-known region at the mouth of West Africa’s Gambia River for over a thousand years. Drawing on archives oral traditions and published works Donald R. Wright connects world history with real people on a local level through an exploration of how global events have affected life in Niumi. Thoroughly revised and updated throughout this new edition rests on recent thinking in globalization theory reflects the latest historiography and has been extended to the present day through discussion of the final years of Gambian President Yahya Jammeh’s regime the role of global forces in the events of the 2016 presidential elections and the changes that resulted from these elections. The book is supported throughout by photographs maps and Perspectives boxes that present detailed information on such topics as Alex Haley’s Roots (part set in Niumi) why Gambians take the risky "back way" to reach Europe or "Wiri-Wiri " the Senegalese soap that has Gambians’ attention. Written in a clear and personal style and taking a critical yet sensitive approach it remains an essential resource for students and scholars of African history particularly those interested in the impact of globalization on the lives of real people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138649439

The World and China 1922-1972 This book first published in 1974 was the only one to treat China’s foreign policy in its entirety both as the subject of historically documented narrative (before and since the Liberation of 1949) and as the product of ideas themselves requiring analysis. It is also unique in approaching these ideas by the route they took into the Chinese consciousness: for Mao the young Chinese republic was a ‘semi-colony’ over which the imperialists were falling out. His revolution would float like a boat on top of their ‘contradictions’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138614659

The World and the CloisterSister Teresa Eletta of Florence First published in 1930: This book represents the life of Sister Teresa Eletta of Florence from her beginning Holy Orders serving God as a Missionary to her death. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367151263

The World Anti-Doping CodeFit for Purpose? Following the recent doping scandals that have brought the highest echelons of international sport into disrepute this book examines the elitism at the core of the World Anti-Doping Agency and considers how the current World Anti-Doping Code might be restructured.Analyzing the correlation between the commodification of sports and doping and the role WADA plays in this context it takes into consideration the perspectives of non-elite athletes as well as athletes from developing countries which have previously been excluded from the anti-doping discourse. It offers recommendations for improving the coordination and implementation of the World Anti-Doping Code and argues for the creation of a more inclusive anti-doping regime.This is an important resource for students of sports law sports management and sports ethics as well as vital reading for sports administrators sports sociologists sports policy makers sports lawyers and arbitrators as well as athletes themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729561

The World Apple Market Growers packers processors and distributors of apples who wish to survive into the twenty-first century need to understand that they are now operating in an interconnected world market. The World Apple Market explains in lay terms the economics of the changes taking place in each phase of the apple business and assists firms in weighing decisions on organization adoption of new technology distribution systems and other crucial areas allowing them to adjust operations and refocus their activities for the future.Readers will find the best available data on current industry operations and practices in this book which is helpful to both established firms and new operators in reviewing their practices. Author A. Desmond O?Rourke describes evolving world apple supply and demand changing distribution systems and governmental and other societal pressure to which the industry must respond. Throughout the book focuses on the economic forces which affect firm and industry profitability and even more specifically it focuses on how to maintain cost efficiency while maintaining the quality of a perishable product.The World Apple Market explains the economics of practical decisionmaking at every level of the apple industry. This is crucial information for managers of operations that grow pack process and market apples. As changes in market demand distribution systems and government regulation continue to alter the environment for decisionmaking this book assists all involved in the apple market from researchers and extension agents to industry associations suppliers and apple promoters to government planners students planning to enter the apple industry and investors weighing the feasibility of participating in the industry at any level. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203719091

The World Ayahuasca DiasporaReinventions and Controversies Ayahuasca is a psychoactive substance that has long been associated with indigenous Amazonian shamanic practices. The recent rise of the drink’s visibility in the media and popular culture and its rapidly advancing inroads into international awareness mean that the field of ayahuasca is quickly expanding. This expansion brings with it legal problems economic inequalities new forms of ritual and belief cultural misunderstandings and other controversies and reinventions. In The World Ayahuasca Diaspora leading scholars including established academics and new voices in anthropology religious studies and law fuse case-study ethnographies with evaluations of relevant legal and anthropological knowledge. They explore how the substance has impacted indigenous communities new urban religiosities ritual healing international drug policy religious persecution and recreational drug milieus. This unique book presents classic and contemporary issues in social science and the humanities providing rich material on the bourgeoning expansion of ayahuasca use around the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138385696

The World Bank and Global Managerialism In recent years a great deal of scholarly and popular ink has been spilled on the subject of globalization. Relatively few scholars have addressed the political sociology of globalization and specifically the emergence of global class formations and a nascent global governance framework. This book is a contribution towards redressing this imbalance. The book traces the emergence of the World Bank as a key driver of globalization and as a central source of an evolving form of elite-driven transnational governance which the author describes as ‘global managerialism’. The book argues that the Bank has expanded its sphere of activity far beyond provision of low-cost capital for development projects and plays a central role in pursuing global economic and social policy homogenization.  The World Bank and Global Managerialism features a new theoretical approach to globalization developed through an analytical exposition of the key stages in the institution’s growth since its creation at the Bretton Woods conference of 1944.  The author details the contemporary Bank’s central policy framework which includes the intertwining of public and private initiatives and the extension of global governance into ever-wider policy and geographic spheres.  He also argues that contemporary globalization marks the emergence of a transnational elite straddling the corporate government and civil society sectors.  The book provides two detailed case studies that demonstrate the practical analytical utility of the theory of global managerialism. The theoretical approach provides a robust but flexible framework for understanding contemporary global development.  It is essential reading for courses in areas such as International Organizations Global Political Economy and Globalization and its Discontents and is also relevant to students of development policy and international economic architecture among others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759557

The World Bank and HIV/AIDSSetting a Global Agenda The governance of the HIV/AIDS pandemic has come to represent a multi-faceted and complex operation in which the World Bank has set and sustained the global agenda for by the World Bank. The governance of HIV/ AIDS. Through economic incentive they have restructured the is a political foundations of countries in sub-Saharan Africa and the pursuit of change in state project that seeks to embed liberal practice through individual state and societalcommunity behaviour. At the heart of this practice is the drive to impose blueprint neoliberal market-based solutions on a personal-global issue. This book unravels how the Bank’s good governance agenda and commitment to participation ownership and transparency manifests itself in practice through the Multi-Country AIDS Program (MAP) and crucially how it is pushing an agenda whichthat sees a shift in both global health interventions and state configuration in sub-Saharan Africa. The book considers the mechanisms used by the Bank – and the problems therein – to engage the state civil society and the individual in responding to the HIV/AIDS crisis and how these mechanisms have been exported to other global projects such as the Global Fund and UNAIDS. Harman argues in conclusion that not only has the Bank set the global agenda for HIV/AIDS but underpinning this is a wider commitment to liberal governance reform through neoliberal incentive. Making an important contribution to our understanding of global governance and international politics this book will be of interest to students and scholars of politics international political economy international relations development studies and civil society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415504041

The World Bank and Social Transformation in International PoliticsLiberalism Governance and Sovereignty In the 1990s the World Bank changed its policy to take the position that the problems of poverty and governance are inextricably linked and improving the governance of its borrower countries became increasingly accepted as a legitimate and important part of the World Bank’s development activities. This book examines why the World Bank came to see good governance as important and evaluate what the World Bank is doing to improve the governance of its borrower countries. David Williams examines changing World Bank policy since the late 1970s to show how a concern with good governance grew out of the problems the World Bank was experiencing with structural adjustment lending particularly in Sub-Saharan Africa. The book provides an account of the early years of the World Bank and traces the increasing acceptance of the idea of good governance within the Bank through the 1990s while systematically relating the policies of good governance to liberalism. The author provides a detailed case study of World Bank lending to Ghana to demonstrate what the attempt to improve ‘governance’ looks like in practice. Williams assesses whether the World Bank has been successful in its attempts to improve governance and draws out some of the implications of the argument for how we should think about sovereignty for how we should understand the connections between liberalism and international politics. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of international relations politics economics development and African studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203928790

The World Bank and the post-Washington Consensus in Vietnam and IndonesiaInheritance of Loss This book explores the history structure and current operations of the World Bank which despite being the largest development organisation and the largest development research body in the world with tremendous direct and indirect influence on developing economies has rarely received the critical attention its importance merits. The book’s unique contribution is twofold: it provides an original analysis of the interaction between economic theory political practice and the Bank’s development praxis as well as two detailed grounded studies of the Bank’s lending practices. The book starts with a detailed examination of the development theory and practice of the World Bank from its Keynesian origins to the current shift through the Washington Consensus to the so-called post-Washington Consensus. The second part is a detailed analysis of the Bank’s lending practices in two countries Vietnam and Indonesia. The case studies extensively utilise World Bank sources —analysing the Project Appraisal Documents for some 113 loans. They also draw on the secondary literature and on interviews with World Bank staff government officials academics and NGOs in both countries. The case studies enable the development of empirically-based conclusions regarding the impact of Bank policies on the economic and social development of two important Southeast Asian nations making possible an assessment of the extent to which the rhetoric of the post-Washington Consensus has been incorporated into the Bank’s lending practices. This book will be of interest to both advanced undergraduate and graduate students as well as specialist audiences in the fields of international political economy development international organizations and Southeast Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415836890

The World Copper IndustryStructure and Economic Analysis First Published in 2011. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books RFF Press 9781315064437

The World Economy As globalization continues apace lines of communications are shortening and the boundaries between nations are becoming increasingly blurred. A global perspective is adopted on an increasing range of issues and this is particularly true of economics - no single nation can truly exist in isolation. The second edition of Horst Siebert's The World Economy treats the world as a single entity considering issues of a global economy rather than approaching international economics from the viewpoint of any one country. The key issues that have a affected the world trade system since the turn of the millennium are very much to the fore. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203815359

The World Economy in Transition (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1984 Michael Beenstock develops in The World Economy in Transition an original stimulating and accessible analysis of the world economy in its many aspects and this second edition includes a chapter on the International Banking Crisis in line with the author’s Transition Theory. The book embraces numerous strands of economic debate as the author provides a powerful and original thesis which focuses on the changing economic relationship between developed and developing nations as well as between manufacturing and primary producing sectors. The analysis also extends to international trade commodity markets international finance energy and economic history. The book discusses in addition to Transition Theory other global approaches to the subject including technology diffusion long waves commodity price effects and the oil price hikes and the insights of Transition Theory are also applied to the historical experience of the British economy concluding with an evaluation of policy implications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415685290

The World Encompassed by Sir Francis DrakeBeing his next voyage to that to Nombre de Dios. Collated with an unpublished manuscript of Franci The work is edited with 'Appendices illustrative of the Same Voyage' and introduction from the 1628 edition 'collected out of the notes of Master Francis Fletcher' collated with British Library Sloane MS 61. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1854. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315551418

The World EncompassedThe First European Maritime Empires c.800-1650 In this authoritative study first published in 1981 Geoffrey Scammell traces the course of European expansion between around 800 and 1650 during which time the world known to western Europeans was enlarged in a way unparalleled before or since. The book takes a broad historical perspective linking the classic age of European expansion to its medieval antecedents. The Norse reached North America in the tenth century Italian missionaries and traders were established in China in the high Middle Ages and during the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries in some of the greatest voyages ever made under sail Iberian explorers crossed the Atlantic and Pacific oceans and established footholds in the Americas Africa and Asia. This is a stimulating and perceptive study based on wide-ranging research which makes an invaluable contribution to our understanding of the influence of empire on both colonial and metropolitan societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138499430

The World Food SituationResource and Environmental Issues in the Developing Countries and The United States At the beginning of the 1970’s global grain reserves were level and food prices were low however as the decade progressed crop production plummeted leading to a food crisis. Originally published in the aftermath in 1977 Crosson and Frederick set out to explore the ability of agricultural output to meet the global food demands of future generations. This study analyses how resources and environmental factors would affect food production in developing countries and the United States until the end of the 21st Century. The environmental impacts of land levels fertiliser and pesticide use are explored in relation to the challenges of meeting food demands. This title will be of interest to students of environmental studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138944626

The World Gas TradeA Resource For The Future The proximity of vast reserves of natural gas to the great energy-consuming markets of the world the relative environmental harmlessness of gas and its competitive price make the use of gas increasingly attractive to an energy-hungry world. Within the next two decades we will see the use of gas and gas-related technologies expand in industrialized nations as well as among developing countries. An international group of authorities on the political economy of natural gas analyzes the key factors influencing present gas supplies and uses and looks to the future when new logistic systems and technological advances will affect both producers and consumers. The basic political economic and security considerations of energy will undergo a concomitant change in response to the increased availability and affordability of gas. In most markets government monopolies direct the gas trade; in North America there will be a renewed role for private enterprise. Japan may also find its position greatly altered; although there are at present no pipeline connections to suppliers and Japan is currently dependent on far-away sources of liquified natural gas the contributors predict that future gas links to East Asia are highly likely. The World Gas Trade explores the growing gas trade anticipating that within the next several decades the foundation will have been laid for gas-fueled economies to displace oil-based economies in the world system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367274221

The World Guide to CSRA Country-by-Country Analysis of Corporate Sustainability and Responsibility The World Guide to CSR is the first book to provide comparable national profiles that describe the evolution and practice of Corporate Sustainability and Responsibility (CSR) for 58 countries and 5 global regions. Each regional and national profile includes key information about the relevant CSR history country-specific issues trends research and leading organizations.  The purpose of the book is to give CSR professionals (including managers consultants academics and NGOs focusing on the social environmental and ethical responsibilities of business) a quick reference guide to CSR in different regional and national contexts. The need for the book is premised on the fact that CSR professionals and researchers more often than not have a multinational remit and are required to benchmark performance internationally but find that country-specific CSR information is ad hoc limited or non-existent. Even where national CSR research exists it is often hidden in academic journals that practitioners cannot access or do not have the time or inclination to read.  The book is an edited volume with expert contributors from around the world all of whom have been screened and selected on the basis of their qualifications and experience in CSR. Each regional/country profile includes the following subsections:CSR in context Priority issues Trends Legislation and codes Organizations Case studies Educational institutions References  This unique resource will be an essential acquisition for all organisations who need to benchmark their CSR strategies throughout different regions and cultures and want the best possible intelligence on the key issues and concerns relating to corporate social responsibility in all of the markets in which they operate. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351278928

The World Guide to Sustainable Enterprise - Four Volume Set The World Guide to Sustainable Enterprise is the first comprehensive global compendium that clearly describes the national approaches to sustainable enterprise. Through a systematic review of each country this quick-to-access reference Guide showcases the similarities and differences in each region. Each profile includes key information about the relevant history country-specific issues trends research best practice case studies and the leading organisations operating in the field. The Guide comprises of four volumes each dedicated to a specific region of the world.This complete set of all four volumes of The World Guide to Sustainable Enterprise is available at a 25% discount on the price of all four books.The set comprises: Volume 1 Africa and the Middle East; Volume 2 Asia Pacific; Volume 3 Europe; and Volume 4 The Americas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783535644

The World Guide to Sustainable Enterprise - Volume 3: Europe The World Guide to Sustainable Enterprise is the first comprehensive global compendium that clearly describes the national approaches to sustainable enterprise. Through a systematic review of each country this quick-to-access reference guide showcases the similarities and differences in each region. Every country profile includes key information about the relevant history country-specific issues trends research and the leading organizations operating in the field as well as best-practice case studies. The guide comprises four volumes each dedicated to a specific region of the world.   In a world where organizations are working increasingly across national and regional boundaries and research takes a joined-up and international approach this book is an essential guide for practitioners and researchers in the disciplines of business sustainability social enterprise and corporate responsibility. The first of its kind this reference book provides the reader with a unique insight into what is the current state-of-play in each country.  Each edited volume provides expert contributions from around the world; the contributors have been selected on the basis of their knowledge of the country and their clear experience in sustainable enterprise. Each regional/country profile includes the following subsections: Sustainable Enterprise in context; Priority issues; Trends; Government policies; Case studies; Further resources; and References.  This unique resource will be an essential acquisition for all organizations who need to benchmark their sustainable enterprise strategies throughout different regions and cultures and want the best possible intelligence on the key issues and concerns relating to sustainable business and social responsibility in all of the markets in which they operate. It provides a useful companion reference collection to the World Guide to CSR also edited by Wayne Visser. The full Four Volume Set of The World Guide to Sustainable Enterprise is available for purchase as a single item at a 25% discounted rate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783535149

The World Guide to Sustainable EnterpriseVolume 1: Africa and Middle East The World Guide to Sustainable Enterprise is the first comprehensive global compendium that clearly describes the national approaches to sustainable enterprise. Through a systematic review of each country this quick-to-access reference guide showcases the similarities and differences in each region. Every country profile includes key information about the relevant history country-specific issues trends research and the leading organizations operating in the field as well as best-practice case studies. The guide comprises four volumes each dedicated to a specific region of the world.   In a world where organizations are working increasingly across national and regional boundaries and research takes a joined-up and international approach this book is an essential guide for practitioners and researchers in the disciplines of business sustainability social enterprise and corporate responsibility. The first of its kind this reference book provides the reader with a unique insight into what is the current state-of-play in each country.  Each edited volume provides expert contributions from around the world; the contributors have been selected on the basis of their knowledge of the country and their clear experience in sustainable enterprise. Each regional/country profile includes the following subsections: Sustainable Enterprise in context; Priority issues; Trends; Government policies; Case studies; Further resources; and References.  This unique resource will be an essential acquisition for all organizations who need to benchmark their sustainable enterprise strategies throughout different regions and cultures and want the best possible intelligence on the key issues and concerns relating to sustainable business and social responsibility in all of the markets in which they operate. It provides a useful companion reference collection to The World Guide to CSR also edited by Wayne Visser. The full Four Volume Set of The World Guide to Sustainable Enterprise is available for purchase as a single item at a 25% discounted rate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783534678

The World Guide to Sustainable EnterpriseVolume 2: Asia Pacific The World Guide to Sustainable Enterprise is the first comprehensive global compendium that clearly describes the national approaches to sustainable enterprise. Through a systematic review of each country this quick-to-access reference guide showcases the similarities and differences in each region. Every country profile includes key information about the relevant history country-specific issues trends research and the leading organizations operating in the field as well as best-practice case studies. The guide comprises four volumes each dedicated to a specific region of the world.   In a world where organizations are working increasingly across national and regional boundaries and research takes a joined-up and international approach this book is an essential guide for practitioners and researchers in the disciplines of business sustainability social enterprise and corporate responsibility. The first of its kind this reference book provides the reader with a unique insight into what is the current state-of-play in each country.  Each edited volume provides expert contributions from around the world; the contributors have been selected on the basis of their knowledge of the country and their clear experience in sustainable enterprise. Each regional/country profile includes the following subsections: Sustainable Enterprise in context; Priority issues; Trends; Government policies; Case studies; Further resources; and References.  This unique resource will be an essential acquisition for all organizations who need to benchmark their sustainable enterprise strategies throughout different regions and cultures and want the best possible intelligence on the key issues and concerns relating to sustainable business and social responsibility in all of the markets in which they operate. It provides a useful companion reference collection to the World Guide to CSR also edited by Wayne Visser. The full Four Volume Set of The World Guide to Sustainable Enterprise is available for purchase as a single item at a 25% discounted rate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783534647

The World Guide to Sustainable EnterpriseVolume 4: the Americas The World Guide to Sustainable Enterprise is the first comprehensive global compendium that clearly describes the national approaches to sustainable enterprise. Through a systematic review of each country this quick-to-access reference guide showcases the similarities and differences in each region. Every country profile includes key information about the relevant history country-specific issues trends research and the leading organizations operating in the field as well as best-practice case studies. The guide comprises four volumes each dedicated to a specific region of the world.   In a world where organizations are working increasingly across national and regional boundaries and research takes a joined-up and international approach this book is an essential guide for practitioners and researchers in the disciplines of business sustainability social enterprise and corporate responsibility. The first of its kind this reference book provides the reader with a unique insight into what is the current state-of-play in each country.  Each edited volume provides expert contributions from around the world; the contributors have been selected on the basis of their knowledge of the country and their clear experience in sustainable enterprise. Each regional/country profile includes the following subsections: Sustainable Enterprise in context; Priority issues; Trends; Government policies; Case studies; Further resources; and References.  This unique resource will be an essential acquisition for all organizations who need to benchmark their sustainable enterprise strategies throughout different regions and cultures and want the best possible intelligence on the key issues and concerns relating to sustainable business and social responsibility in all of the markets in which they operate. It provides a useful companion reference collection to the World Guide to CSR also edited by Wayne Visser. The full Four Volume Set of The World Guide to Sustainable Enterprise is available for purchase as a single item at a 25% discounted rate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783534616

The World Health OrganizationAchievements and Failures The World Health Organization (WHO) is undergoing a crisis of credibility and challenge. Having been subjected to a severe financial crisis and criticisms of its management of pandemics such as the H1N1 flu case and the outbreak of Ebola with a new Director-General at its helm it is an ideal time to review the WHO’s past and current achievements including on-going operations and reported failures. Whilst time is given to recurrent attacks on WHO performance it is balanced by also highlighting the WHO’s leadership its member states and its influence on other actors NGOs and business. As such this study reviews the WHO’s actions in the most visible programmes such as SARS H1N1 Ebola and also smallpox malaria onchocerciasis polio and AIDS. The author also discusses the desirable balance between operational and normative functions and proposals for reform of the Organization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667498

The World in Conflict 1914-1945 First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315063010

The World in Miniature (7-vol. ES set) ‘The World in Miniature’ was a popular series of illustrated pocket-sized books. The series was originally produced by Rudolph Ackermann a renowned London bookseller and publisher in the early nineteenth century. The series continued for several years from its launch in 1821 and was completed in 43 volumes. The series introduced a Western readership to the manners character customs fashion history religion etc. of peoples from distant lands. This collection includes a facsimile reprint of seven volumes covering Asiatic and Pacific countries: Japan China the Philippines Indonesia Hawaii the Micronesian/Polynesian islands and New Zealand. Frederic Shoberl the editor and author of the original series compiled his volumes by collecting information from the latest contemporary travel writing. He intended to provide objective views of and facts on the cultures of the countries covered by the series. However the (mis)representations in each book often reflected exotic Western dreams of ‘the East’. Indeed the distorted images of ‘undeveloped’ societies in some of the colour plates are a rich source of visual information for those studying the history of Orientalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9784861661853

The World in the Twentieth Century  From this major author comes a totally unique history of the twentieth century. Eschewing the traditional model for histories of this kind – blow-by-blow political narratives typically overloaded with detail - Jeremy Black offers us instead a brilliant thematic account of the last 100 years with the environment and the continuing strength of religious belief at its centre.   Looking back to the 1910s and 1920s Black begins with "the greatest issue of all" – the natural environment and its destruction and moves to show how our world been transformed by urbanisation and development. Amazing developments took place across the century: men walked on the moon the internet revolutionised communications; advances in health and medicine; developments in manufacturing and technology; economic globalization – all have changed the way different parts of the world related to each other.  How have these revolutionary changes impacted on religion and politics? In the final sections of the book Black looks at the persistence and growing extremism in religious belief how change creates instability and wars and how power blocs emerged and collapsed in response to all these developments.  This is twentieth century world history on a truly global scale. The Twentieth Century World forces us to rethink the way we view the past and offers us a new way to understand the present. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158160

The World in Your HeadA Gestalt View of the Mechanism of Conscious Experience The World In Your Head: A Gestalt View of the Mechanism of Conscious Experience represents a bold assault on one of the greatest unsolved mysteries in science: the nature of consciousness and the human mind. Rather than examining the brain and nervous system to see what they tell us about the mind this book begins with an examination of conscious experience to see what it can tell us about the brain. Through this analysis the first and most obvious observation is that consciousness appears as a volumetric spatial void containing colored objects and surfaces. This reveals that the representation in the brain takes the form of an explicit volumetric spatial model of external reality. Therefore the world we see around us is not the real world itself but merely a miniature virtual-reality replica of that world in an internal representation. In fact the phenomena of dreams and hallucinations clearly demonstrate the capacity of the brain to construct complete virtual worlds even in the absence of sensory input. Perception is somewhat like a guided hallucination based on sensory stimulation. This insight allows us to examine the world of visual experience not as scientists exploring the external world but as perceptual scientists examining a rich and complex internal representation. This unique approach to investigating mental function has implications in a wide variety of related fields including the nature of language and abstract thought and motor control and behavior. It also has implications to the world of music art and dance showing how the patterns of regularity and periodicity in space and time--apparent in those aesthetic domains--reflect the periodic basis set of the underlying harmonic resonance representation in the brain. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415652797

The World is My HomeA Hamid Dabashi Reader As recent events indicate Iranian Middle Eastern and Islamic politics more broadly have been deeply influential in world affairs. Hamid Dabashi has been a highly visible and prominent commentator on these affairs explaining interpreting and providing a critical perspective. This volume gathers together his most influential and insightful writings.As one of the foremost contemporary public intellectuals and scholars of our time Dabashi's interests and writings span subjects ranging from Islamic philosophy and political ideology to Iranian art and Persian literature from Sufism and Orientalism to Iranian and world cinema and contemporary Arab and Muslim visual arts; and from postcolonial theory and globalization to imperialism and public affairs. There is a direct connection between his theoretical innovations and the angle of his public interventions on the urgent global issues of the day. This book brings together some of his most important writings especially those that offer new ways of understanding Islam Iran Islamist ideology global art and the condition of global modernity. The book shows the underlying conceptual themes that unify Dabashi's wide-ranging and brilliantly insightful corpus.Dabashi combines deep knowledge of the subject matter about which he writes and highly refined sociological hermeneutical and cultural interpretive skills moving far beyond the limiting distorted and intellectually stifling character of reigning absolutist conventions. He places existing authoritative frameworks under close scrutiny in order to produce novel and penetrating insights. These essays reflect historical and geographical worlds that are best viewed when Hamid Dabashi's work is read as a whole which this one- volume work makes possible for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517196

The World is Out of JointWorld-Historical Interpretations of Continuing Polarizations The dominant view in social science has been that the modern world shows a pattern of linear development in which all positive social trends rise (albeit at an uncertain speed) toward a relatively homogenized world. In the post-1945 period some analysts contested this linear model arguing that the modern world was rather one of escalating polarization. Their view was strengthened by the separate emergence within the natural sciences of complexity studies which suggested that natural systems inevitably moved away from equilibrium and at a certain point bifurcated radically.This book based on a truly collaborative international research project evaluates the empirical evidence in this debate in order to (1) give an adequate portrayal of the historical realities of the world-system (2) draw a nuanced assessment about this debate and (3) provide the basis on which we can not only envisage probable future trends but also draw conclusions about the policy and/or political implications of past and future research.The work of ten research clusters based on crucial topics of overlapping nodes of social activity provides a vantage-point with which to assess the basic issue; a clear picture emerges of "world-historical interpretations of continuing polarizations." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612057187

The World Language Teacher's Guide to Active LearningStrategies and Activities for Increasing Student Engagement Enhance your students’ success and improve the likelihood of retention with the easy-to-implement activities and strategies in this book! Bestselling author Deborah Blaz shows how to create a classroom in which students can actively experience experiment with and discover a world language. The new edition features updated strategies based on brain-based research and new ideas for using technology and personalized learning. In addition the book has been reorganized to help you easily find and pull activities you want to use in your classroom the very next day. You’ll learn how to… mix up your repertoire of activities games and exercises to keep students engaged; introduce students to the culture of the language you teach by hosting parties and celebrations; overcome some of the biggest obstacles in the path to fluency including verb conjugation using object pronouns and the subjunctive mood; customize your teaching strategies to accommodate a broader range of talents skills and intelligences; implement new assessment strategies to improve verbal skills and reading comprehension; and more! Bonus: Downloadable versions of some of the resources in this book are available on the Routledge website at www.routledge.com/9781138049574 so you can print and distribute them for immediate classroom use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138049574

The World Mining IndustryInvestment Strategy and Public Policy Originally published in 1987. A powerful combination of the authors’ research and practical experience underpin this book’s treatment of management and financial strategy in the world mining industry. In contrast with highly theoretical economic treatises on the extractive industries this account deals with the practical realities of the economic technical and business structure of the industry the managerial and investment strategies and the principle public policy issues. This book will interest all students and researchers in resource economics and it will be useful to officials of mining companies government agencies and financing agencies. Economic geologists and environmentalists should also find it relevant to their interests. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138551312

The World MultipleThe Quotidian Politics of Knowing and Generating Entangled Worlds The World Multiple as a collection is an ambitious ethnographic experiment in understanding how the world is experienced and generated in multiple ways through people’s everyday practices. Against the dominant assumption that the world is a single universal reality that can only be known by modern expert science this book argues that worlds are worlded—they are socially and materially crafted in multiple forms in everyday practices involving humans landscapes animals plants fungi rocks and other beings. These practices do not converge to a singular knowledge of the world but generate a world multiple—a world that is more than one integrated whole yet less than many fragmented parts. The book brings together authors from Europe Japan and North America in conversation with ethnographic material from Africa the Americas and Asia in order to explore the possibilities of the world multiple to reveal new ways to intervene in the legacies of colonialism imperialism and capitalism that inflict damage on humans and nonhumans. The contributors show how the world is formed through interactions among techno-scientific vernacular local and indigenous practices and examine the new forms of politics that emerge out of them. Engaged with recent anthropological discussions of ontologies the Anthropocene and multi-species ethnography the book addresses the multidimensional realities of people’s lives and the quotidian politics they entail. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138314825

The World Muslim PopulationSpatial and Temporal Analyses The birth of Islam over fourteen centuries ago was a monumental event in human history with an everlasting effect on humanity. For centuries researchers have contemplated the growth and distribution of Muslims throughout the world. This book presents a reliable estimate of the world Muslim population since the inception of Islam at the start of the seventh century to the end of the twenty-first century. In this book the world is divided into five continents each of which is further divided into non-overlapping regions and these in turn are divided into current countries. A centennial data estimate for each region and current country from 600 AD to 2100 AD (approximately 1 H to 1500 H) of the total population and the corresponding Muslim population and its percentage are provided. Furthermore the same data in decennial order from 1790 to 2100 (or 1210 H to 1520 H) are provided for each region and country. These data are summarized to be an accurate reference for other studies and discussions related to the Muslim population. Written for demographers researchers historians as well as general readers this book is an essential reference to all aspects of the world Muslim population. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800310

The World of Agricultural EconomicsAn Introduction This textbook takes a truly international approach towards agricultural economics uniting many different perspectives on the subject and providing insight into agriculture in general and into how practical farming works in particular. The book is laced throughout with real world examples and other pedagogical features. Topics covered are wide-ranging and include: world food production and population the food chain and food safety non-foods derived from farming land and soil issues arable and animal production and management at farm level. The World of Agricultural Economics: an introduction is primarily an introductory textbook for students in agricultural economics agronomy and adjacent fields. However its accessible approach means that it is also suitable for readers without any previous knowledge in the field who are seeking an introduction to agriculture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415593601

The World of AnimalsAn Anthology of Lore Legend and Literature Human beings share the earth with many other living creatures and have dealt with them in many different ways. Animals have furnished humans with food done their work aroused their curiosity provided them with "sport " stimulated their sense of beauty and provoked their wonder. They have also shared affection when both the human and animal have decided to give it. No less varied or avoidable are the attitudes humans have developed toward these creatures.This collection of writings selected from a vast literature about animals is also about the people who have been inspired to write on that subject. Sometimes consciously and sometimes unconsciously the writer implies an answer to one or more of the questions that any concern with an animal must raise such as: What is an animal's place in nature? Are they here primarily to serve as a food source? Do they possess inherent rights and privileges? How are they alike or different from humans? The answers to these questions are as varied as the authors. Each narrative description or exposition contributes something to an over-all picture of human beings' relations with and attitudes toward the animal kingdom.It is a remarkable conclusion illustrated by Krutch's chronological arrangement within categories that almost every major attitude and activity that has ever existed concerning animals still exists today even though there has been a drift in certain directions. Although the editor fairly represents the opposing view his sympathies lie with those for whom the animal world embodies something to be loved and learned from rather than merely to be studied or exploited. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539525

The World of Carolus ClusiusNatural History in the Making 1550-1610 Egmond's study investigates horticultural techniques fashions in the collection of rare plants botanical experimentation and methods of scientific evaluation as well as tracking the exchange of knowledge. Central to this activity is the figure of Carolus Clusius (1526-1609) the first truly scientific botanist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661196

The World of Child LaborAn Historical and Regional Survey "The World of Child Labor" details both the current and historical state of child labor in each region of the world focusing on its causes consequences and cures. Child labor remains a problem of immense social and economic proportions throughout the developing world and there is a global movement underway to do away with it. Volume editor Hugh D. Hindman has assembled an international team of leading child labor scholars researchers policy-makers and activists to provide a comprehensive reference with over 220 essays. This volume first provides a current global snapshot with overview essays on the dimensions of the problem and those institutions and organizations combating child labor. Thereafter the organization of the work is regional covering developed developing and less developed regions of the world.The reference goes around the globe to document the contemporary and historical state of child labor within each major region (Africa Latin and South America North America Europe Middle East Asia and Oceania) including country-level accounts for nearly half of the world's nations. Country-level essays for more developed nations include historical material in addition to current issues in child labor. All country-level essays address specific facets of child labor problems such as industries and occupations in which children commonly work the national child welfare policy occupational safety regulations educational system and laws and often highlight significant initiatives against child labor.Current statistical data accompany most country-level essays that include ratifications to UN and ILO conventions the Human Development Index human capital indicators economic indicators and national child labor surveys conducted by the Statistical Information and Monitoring Program on Child Labor. "The World of Child Labor" is designed to be a self-contained comprehensive reference for high school college and professional researchers. Maps photos figures tables references and index are included. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698779

The World of Colonial AmericaAn Atlantic Handbook The World of Colonial America: An Atlantic Handbook offers a comprehensive and in-depth survey of cutting-edge research into the communities cultures and colonies that comprised colonial America with a focus on the processes through which communities were created destroyed and recreated that were at the heart of the Atlantic experience. With contributions written by leading scholars from a variety of viewpoints the book explores key topics such as-- The Spanish French and Dutch Atlantic empires -- The role of the indigenous people as imperial allies trade partners and opponents of expansion-- Puritanism Protestantism Catholicism and the role of religion in colonization -- The importance of slavery in the development of the colonial economies-- The evolution of core areas and their relationship to frontier zones-- The emergence of the English imperial state as a hegemonic world power after 1688-- Regional developments in colonial North America.Bringing together leading scholars in the field to explain the latest research on Colonial America and its place in the Atlantic World this is an important reference for all advanced students researchers and professionals working in the field of early American history or the age of empires. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367736248

The World Of Colour First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007390

The World of ConsumptionThe Material and Cultural Revisited Consumption has become one of the leading topics across the social sciences and vocational disciplines such as marketing and business studies. In this comprehensively updated and revised new edition traditional approaches as well as the most recent literature are fully addressed and incorporated with wide reference to theoretical and empirical work. Fine's refreshing and authoritative text includes a critical examination of such themes as:* economics imperialism and globalization* the world of commodities* systems of provision and culture* the consumer society* public consumption.This book presents an updated analysis of the cluttered landscape of studies of consumption that will make it required reading for students from a wide range of backgrounds including political economy history and social science courses generally. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203095553

The World of DC Comics The first sustained study of the DC Comics Multiverse this book explores its history meanings and lasting influence. The multiverse is a unique exercise in world-building: a series of parallel and interactive worlds with a cohesive cosmology developed by various creators over more than 50 years. In examining DC's unique worlds and characters the book illustrates the expansive potential of a multiverse full of characters histories geographies religions ethnographies and more and allowing for expressions of legacy multiplicity and play that have defined much of DC Comics' output. It shows how a multiverse can be a vital energizing part of any imaginary world and argues that students and creators of such worlds would do well to explore the implications and complexities of this world-building technique. Andrew J. Friedenthal has crafted a groundbreaking engaging and thoughtful examination of the multiverse of interest to scholars and enthusiasts of not just comics studies but also the fields of media studies and imaginary world studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815370574

The World of Indigenous North America The World of Indigenous North America is a comprehensive look at issues that concern indigenous people in North America. Though no single volume can cover every tribe and every issue around this fertile area of inquiry this book takes on the fields of law archaeology literature socio-linguistics geography sciences and gender studies among others in order to make sense of the Indigenous experience. Covering both Canada's First Nations and the Native American tribes of the United States and alluding to the work being done in indigenous studies through the rest of the world the volume reflects the critical mass of scholarship that has developed in Indigenous Studies over the past decade and highlights the best new work that is emerging in the field. The World of Indigenous North America is a book for every scholar in the field to own and refer to often. Contributors: Chris Andersen Joanne Barker Duane Champagne Matt Cohen Charlotte Cote Maria Cotera Vincente M. Diaz Elena Maria Garcia Hanay Geiogamah Carole Goldberg Brendan Hokowhitu Sharon Holland LeAnne Howe Shari Huhndorf Jennie Joe Ted Jojola Daniel Justice K. Tsianina Lomawaima Jose Antonio Lucero Tiya Miles Felipe Molina Victor Montejo Aileen Moreton-Robinson Val Napoleon Melissa Nelson Jean M. O'Brien Amy E. Den Ouden Gus Palmer Michelle Raheja David Shorter Noenoe K. Silva Shannon Speed Christopher B. Teuton Sean Teuton Joe Watkins James Wilson Brian Wright-McLeod Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138042902

The World Of Israel WeissbremBetween The Times And ""the Lottery And The Inheritance"" Translation is an art as taxing as any of the fine arts practiced by humankind. The translator is caught between the need to render the original in a readable and polished version of the target language and the obligation not to depart too far from the original which might have fine nuances not easily transferred from one language to another. The problem is so well known that generations of students have given their years to studying languages so as not to lose those drops of the original distillation that are inevitably spilled in the process of transfer. The translator cannot retreat from the confrontation and must do the best he can. In translating Israel W eissbrem's work one is faced with a complicating factor: The author was writing in a language that was in the process of revivification after a long era during which it had been able to cope with the demands made upon its resources. The literary demands up until then were largely of the philosophical and theological order with which the extant lexicographical inventory could cope. Then in the nineteenth century belles lettres poetry the novel and the essay made demands that necessitated updating the Hebrew language into a vernacular that could muster an inventory of phrases for every life setting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367273859

The World of Juba II and Kleopatra SeleneRoyal Scholarship on Rome's African Frontier First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754064

The World of Labour Cole saw the trade unions as being critical to progress but to realise their role they needed to change and the issue of trade union structure therefore became fundamental. He considered in this volume that trade union structure was a central problem of the labour movement – he described British trade unionism as a movement bereft of ideas and policy. He discusses the evolution in the trade unions to cover not only wages and working conditions but the organisation and control of industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138561915

The World of MapsMap Reading and Interpretation for the 21st Century Maps have power--they can instruct make life easier mislead or even lie. This engaging text provides the tools to read analyze and use any kind of map and assess its strengths and weaknesses. Requiring no advanced math skills the book presents basic concepts of symbolization scale coordinate systems and projections. It gives students a deeper understanding of the types of maps they encounter every day from turn-by-turn driving directions to the TV weather report. Readers also learn how to use multiple maps and imagery to analyze an area or region. 168 figures include 22 in color. Appendices contain a glossary recommended resources a table of commonly used projections and more. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462516483

The World of Mister Rogers’ Neighborhood Unlike many children’s television shows Mister Rogers’ Neighborhood did more than simply entertain or occupy children’s attention. The show educated them in the affective domain encouraging such things as appreciation for difference collaboration self-expression and self-worth. It also introduced them to the areas of culture art and music through guests trips art objects and processes and demonstrations making it accessible and meaningful in a way that a child could understand. While the educational content of children’s television programming has improved greatly since the late 1960s no other children’s program has ever attempted such a mix of high art low art folk art industrial production learning in the affective and social domains and more all with a whimsical sense of humor insight and a level of interconnected detail unmatched by any other children’s television program. This book illuminates and examines the world of Mister Rogers' Neighborhood through world design narrative genre form content authorship reception and more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888596

The World of Organic AgricultureStatistics and Emerging Trends 2008 The new edition of this annual publication (previously published solely by IFOAM and FiBL) documents recent developments in global organic agriculture. It includes contributions from representatives of the organic sector from throughout the world and provides comprehensive organic farming statistics that cover surface area under organic management numbers of farms and specific information about commodities and land use in organic systems. The book also contains information on the global market of the burgeoning organic sector the latest developments in organic certification standards and regulations and insights into current status and emerging trends for organic agriculture by continent from the worlds foremost experts. For this edition all statistical data and regional review chapters have been thoroughly updated. Completely new chapters on organic agriculture in the Pacific on the International Task Force on Harmonization and Equivalence in Organic Agriculture and on organic aquaculture have been added. Published with IFOAM and FiBL Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138012226

The World of ParmenidesEssays on the Presocratic Enlightenment With a new foreword by Scott Austin 'I hope that these essays may illustrate the thesis that all history is or should be the history of problem situations and that in following this principle we may further our understanding of the Presocratics and other thinkers of the past. The essays also try to show the greatness of the early Greek philosophers who gave Europe its philosophy its science and its humanism.' - Karl Popper from the preface The World of Parmenides is a brilliant exploration of the complexity of ancient Greek thought and science by one of the twentieth century’s leading philosophers. It reveals the great importance of Presocratic philosophy to Popper’s thought as a whole and shows the profound enlightenment he experienced reading not only Parmenides but the wider world of Greek science and philosophy including Xenophanes and Heraclitus. Edited by Arne F. Petersen Associate Professor in the Faculty of Humanities University of Copenhagen. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415518796

The World of ParmenidesEssays on the Presocratic Enlightenment This unique collection of essays published together for the first time not only elucidates the complexity of ancient Greek thought but also reveals Karl Popper's engagement with Presocratic philosophy and the enlightenment he experienced in his reading of Parmenides. As Karl Popper himself states himself in his introduction he was inspired to write about Presocratic philosophy for two reasons - firstly to illustrate the thesis that all history is the history of problem situations and secondly to show the greatness of the early Greek philosophers who gave Europe its philosophy its science and its humanism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315824482

The World of Perception 'In simple prose Merleau-Ponty touches on his principle themes. He speaks about the body and the world the coexistence of space and things the unfortunate optimism of science – and also the insidious stickiness of honey and the mystery of anger.' - James ElkinsMaurice Merleau-Ponty was one of the most important thinkers of the post-war era. Central to his thought was the idea that human understanding comes from our bodily experience of the world that we perceive: a deceptively simple argument perhaps but one that he felt had to be made in the wake of attacks from contemporary science and the philosophy of Descartes on the reliability of human perception.From this starting point Merleau-Ponty presented these seven lectures on The World of Perception to French radio listeners in 1948. Available in a paperback English translation for the first time in the Routledge Classics series to mark the centenary of Merleau-Ponty’s birth this is a dazzling and accessible guide to a whole universe of experience from the pursuit of scientific knowledge through the psychic life of animals to the glories of the art of Paul Cézanne. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003061427

The World of Physical Culture in Sport and ExerciseVisual Methods for Qualitative Research Within qualitative research in the social sciences the last decade has witnessed a growing interest in the use of visual methods. Visual Methods in Physical Culture is the first book in the field of sport and exercise sciences dedicated to harnessing the potential of using visual methods within qualitative research. Theoretically insightful and methodologically innovative this book represents a landmark addition to the field of studies in sport exercise the body and qualitative methods. It covers a wide range of empirical work theories and visual image-based research including photography drawing and video. In so doing the book deepens our understanding of physical culture. It also responds to key questions such as what are visual methods why might they be used and how might they be applied in the field of sport and exercise sciences. This volume combines clarity of expression with careful scholarship and originality making it especially appealing to students and scholars within a variety of fields including sport sociology sport and exercise psychology sociology of the body physical education gender studies gerontology and qualitative inquiry. This book was published as a special issue in Qualitative Research in Sport and Exercise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415661201

The World of Plants in Renaissance TuscanyMedicine and Botany In the sixteenth century medicinal plants which until then had been the monopoly of apothecaries became a major topic of investigation in the medical faculties of Italian universities where they were observed transplanted and grown by learned physicians both in the wild and in the newly founded botanical gardens. Tuscany was one of the main European centres in this new field of inquiry thanks largely to the Medici Grand Dukes who patronised and sustained research and teaching whilst also taking a significant personal interest in plants and medicine. This is the first major reconstruction of this new world of plants in sixteenth-century Tuscany. Focusing primarily on the medical use of plants this book also shows how plants while maintaining their importance in therapy began to be considered and studied for themselves and how this new understanding prepared the groundwork for the science of botany. More broadly this study explores how the New World's flora impacted on existing botanical knowledge and how this led to the first attempts at taxonomy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472466228

The World of Private Banking This is a full and authoritative account of the history of private banking beginning with its development in conjunction with the world markets served by and centred on a few European cities notably Amsterdam and London. These banks were usually partnerships a form of organization which persisted as the role of private banking changed in response to the political and economic transformations of the late 18th and early 19th centuries. It was in this period and the succeeding Golden Age of private banking from 1815 to the 1870s that many of the great names this book treats rose to fame: Baring Rothschild Mallet and Hottinger became synonymous with wealth and economic power as German French and the remarkably long-lasting Geneva banks flourished and expanded. The last parts of this study detail the way in which private banking adapted to the age of the corporate economy from the 1870s to the 1930s the decline during and after the Great Depression and the post-war renaissance. It concludes with an appraisal of the causes and consequences of the modern expansion of private banking: no longer the exclusive preserve of partnerships the management of investment portfolios of wealthy individuals and institutions is now a major concern of international joint-stock banks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267527

The World of Shipping Published in 1997 this volume is a collection of seminal articles on a theme of central importance in the study of transport history selected from the leading journal in the field. containing articles selected by a distinguished scholar as well as an authoritative new introduction by the volume editor. The book will form an essential foundation to the study of the history of shipping. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138367845

The World of the Banaras WeaverA Culture in Crisis This book is a fascinating investigation into how communalism plays out in everyday India. Using the metaphor of tana-bana – the warp and the weft of the Banarasi sari – the author reproduces the interwoven life of Hindu-Muslim relations in the Banarasi sari industry. As the city of Banaras in Uttar Pradesh takes the centre stage as the site of this ethnographic study the author documents the dissonance in representations of Banaras as a sacred Hindu city and its essential plural character. The volume• examines in-depth the lives of Banaras Muslims in the social and economic matrix of the sari industry;• highlights how women negotiate between home family and their place in the artisanal industry; and• sheds light on their fast-changing world of the Banaras weavers and their responses to it. With a new introduction and fresh data the second edition looks at the subsequent developments in the weaving industry over the last decade. This volume will be of immense interest to scholars and researchers of social anthropology gender studies development studies sociology and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138362390

The World of the French Revolution This book examines the European world before 1789 recounts the history of the revolution in France itself and then explores its monumental impact on European society. The book focusses on the causes of this impact and discusses the levels of thinking communication social political and economic conditions in France at the time which combined to make the revolution possible and which were similar to those developments elsewhere in Europe.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138681125

The World of the Italian Renaissance Originally published in 1982 this book tackles the underlying problem of what is meant by ‘the Renaissance’ and outlines those social economic and topographical factors which triggered it off. It covers a number of subjects the family war trade religion and art but recognizing that the Renaissance was essentially an urban growth it focusses on 7 great Italian cities: Florence Rome Venice Milan Urbino Mantua and Ferrara. It also includes studies of some extraordinary Renaissance individuals: Federigo Montefeltro Isabella d’Este Machiavelli Baldasssare Castiglione and the Medici clan among others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367261900

The World of the Oxus Civilization This collection of essays presents a synthesis of current research on the Oxus Civilization which rose and developed at the turn of the 3rd to 2nd millennia BC in Central Asia. First discovered in the 1970s the Oxus Civilization or the Bactria–Margiana Archaeological Complex (BMAC) has engendered many different interpretations which are explored in this volume by an international group of archaeologists and researchers. Contributors cover all aspects of this fascinating Bronze Age culture: architecture; material culture; grave goods; religion; migrations; and trade and interactions with neighboring civilizations from Mesopotamia to the Indus and the Gulf to the northern steppes. Chapters also examine the Oxus Civilization’s roots in previous local cultures explore its environmental and chronological context or the possibly coveted metal sources and look into the reasons for its decline. The World of the Oxus Civilization offers a broad and fascinating examination of this society and provides an invaluable updated resource for anyone working on the culture history and archaeology of this region and on the multiple interactions at work at that time in the ancient Near East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138722873

The World of the Revolutionary American RepublicLand Labor and the Conflict for a Continent In its early years the American Republic was far from stable. Conflict and violence including major land wars were defining features of the period from the Revolution to the outbreak of the Civil War as struggles over who would control land and labor were waged across the North American continent. The World of the Revolutionary American Republic brings together original essays from an array of scholars to illuminate the issues that made this era so contested. Drawing on the latest research the essays examine the conflicts that occurred both within the Republic and between the different peoples inhabiting the continent. Covering issues including slavery westward expansion the impact of Revolutionary ideals and the economy this collection provides a diverse range of insights into the turbulent era in which the United States emerged as a nation. With contributions from leading scholars in the field both American and international The World of the Revolutionary American Republic is an important resource for any scholar of early America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138042872

The World of the TavernPublic Houses in Early Modern Europe The subject of drink received a great deal of attention from early modern Europeans. Preachers physicians authorities artists and travellers all addressed it from a range of different perspectives. At the same time inns taverns and alehouses served as multifunctional centres in towns and villages throughout Europe. This combination resulted in a wealth of sources both institutional and cultural which are only now beginning to be explored. This anthology features new research on public houses in England Russia and the German lands. In a series of general thematic and regional studies contributors engage with broader debates in early modern history shedding light on such key issues as consumption travel and communication state building confessional identity fiscal practice gender and household relations and the use of public spaces. The result is a volume that should appeal to anybody with an interest in early modern cultural history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236513

The World of the Theory of ConstraintsA Review of the International Literature The Theory of Constraints (TOC) - as developed by Dr. Eliyahu Goldratt - has seen a rapid expansion since the publication of his book The Goal. As with most fast growing areas you can quickly feel out of touch with new developments. The World of the Theory of Constraints provides a summary of recently published research on TOC. The authors explored databases and sought out papers and books drawing on as wide a range as possible. Aside from the works by Dr. Goldratt himself the authors focus on items published since 1990 highlighting the most recent developments in TOC. The scope of the material covers works containing specific reference to TOC including Synchronous Manufacturing and Constraint Management.The book is organized into three sections. The first section contains an analysis and interpretation of the results of the search. The second provides abstracts on all the material. The third supplies author keyword and subject indexes along with a list of books journals websites and publishers. Extensively researched and referenced The World of the Theory of Constraints furnishes comprehensive material on TOC. The multi-search approach has made this arguably the most exhaustive bibliography on this subject available. If you are researching TOC this is the best place to start. If you use or teach TOC you will want this resource.Features Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429273056

The World of The Walking Dead An accessible introduction to the world of The Walking Dead this book looks across platforms and analytical frameworks to characterize the fictional world of The Walking Dead and how its audiences make use of it. From comics and television to social media apps and mobile games utilizing concepts derived from literary studies media studies history anthropology and religious studies Matthew Freeman examines the functions and affordances of new digital platforms. In doing so he establishes a new transdisciplinary framework for analyzing imaginary worlds across multiple media platforms bolstering the critical arena of world-building studies by providing a greater array of vocabulary concepts and approaches. The World of The Walking Dead is an engaging exploration of stories their platforms and their reception ideal for students and scholars of world-building film and TV studies new media and everything in-between. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138303379

The World of TheatreEdition 2000 The World of Theatre is an on-the-spot account of current theatre activity across six continents. The year 2000 edition covers the three seasons from 1996-97 to 1998-99 in over sixty countries - more than ever before. The content of the book is as varied as the theatre scene it describes from magisterial round-ups by leading critics in Europe (Peter Hepple of The Stage) and North America (Jim O'Quinn of American Theatre) to what are sometimes literally war-torn countries such as Iran or Sierra Leone. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315011431

The World of Touch For the first time David Katz's classic monograph The World of Touch has been translated into English. Regarded as one of the premiere experimental psychologists Katz vigorously opposed the atomism and "tachistoscopic" mentality typical of the sensory psychology of his day. In The World of Touch Katz sought to dispel the invidious distinction between the supposedly higher (e.g. vision audition) and lower (e.g. touch) senses. To help touch regain its original prominence in the field Katz demonstrated through very simple yet creative experiments how fascinating the abilities of touch are and how valuable the tactual stimulus can be in specifying objects surfaces substances and events. In addition Katz emphasized the importance of higher-order invariants in the perception of objects and the holistic quality of perception in time as well as space. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138998193

The World of Waiters Originally published in 1984 The World of Waiters provides a close look at the area of everyday working life focusing on the profession of waiters. The book addresses the complex world of waiters look at the insecurities hierarchies and ‘the politics of serving’ that come into play in the everyday working life of a waiter. The book addresses the issues facing waiters in everyday life including the placing and spacing of customers the process of ordering and tipping and customer complaints – all of these are looked at through the lens of the rules adhered to by waiters. The book is created from data compiled by the from 5 English hotels at varying grades. This book provides an interesting case study of the restaurant industry and will be of interest to any academics working in the field of sociology in particular the field of the sociology of work and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367028367

The World of Wal-MartDiscounting the American Dream This book demonstrates the usefulness of anthropological concepts by taking a critical look at Wal-Mart and the American Dream. Rather than singling Wal-Mart out for criticism the authors treat it as a product of a socio-political order that it also helps to shape. The book attributes Wal-Mart’s success to the failure of American (and global) society to make the Dream available to everyone. It shows how decades of neoliberal economic policies have exposed contradictions at the heart of the Dream creating an opening for Wal-Mart. The company’s success has generated a host of negative externalities however fueling popular ambivalence and organized opposition. The book also describes the strategies that Wal-Mart uses to maintain legitimacy fend off unions enter new markets and cultivate an aura of benevolence and ordinariness despite these externalities. It focuses on Wal-Mart’s efforts to forge symbolic and affective inclusion and their self-promotion as a free market solution to social problems of poverty inequality and environmental destruction. Finally the book contrasts the conceptions of freedom and human rights that underlie Wal-Mart’s business model to the alternative visions of freedom forwarded by their critics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415894883

The World of William ByrdMusicians Merchants and Magnates In The World of William Byrd John Harley builds on his previous work William Byrd: Gentleman of the Chapel Royal (Ashgate 1997) in order to place the composer more clearly in his social context. He provides new information about Byrd's youthful musical training and reveals how in his adult life his music emerged from a series of overlapping family business and social networks. These networks and Byrd's navigation within and between them are examined as are the lives of a number of the individuals comprising them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268104

The World of Words (Routledge Revivals)An Introduction to Language in General and to English and American in Particular First published in 1939 this book provides a brief but comprehensive view of language in general and of English and American language in particular. It is suitable for beginners and those who wish to learn about the basics of linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138904446

The World of WorkIndustrial Society and Human Relations This book first published in 1958 concerns American industry and commerce and is devoted to what people do while they are working and reasons for their behaviour. This volume should prove valuable as an attempt to make systematic sense out of work in our industrial world. The balance of fact and theory is useful to those interested in understanding this complex world of working behaviour and will be of interest to students of human resource management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138708174

The World Rubber Industry (Routledge Revivals) Depsite the fact that Rubber is one of the world's major commodities surprispingly little has been written about hte the subject. First published in 1994 The World Rubber Industry seeks to redress this deficiency. It presents information in a clear and accessible manner with numerous tables and illustrations and an extensive glossary. This is a comprehensive and definitive analysis of one of the world's major and most essential commodities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415616744

The World Shipbuilding Industry This book first published in 1985 presents a comprehensive overview of the world shipbuilding industry. It contrasts the conditions which foster its development in newly-industrialised countries such as Japan South Korea and Brazil with the problems leading to its decline in Western Europe and North America. The book discusses the supply and demand factors peculiar to shipbuilding and notes the inherent instability of the industry due to the conditions placed upon it by the economic environment. Reactions to this instability are examined from the point of view of both shipbuilding enterprises and governments. The book concludes by assessing current trends and discussing likely future developments. It is shown that much will depend on shipping costs industrial organisation and the level of state support. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138632714

The World Shipping Industry (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1987 this book surveys the state of the world shipping industry worldwide and the problems confronting it. It reviews the expanding role of developing countries in shipping and evaluates the contribution of shipping to development. The changes in the institutional and evironmental framework of shipping are discussed and the social impacts are assessed. Finally the challenges opportunities and problems of the shipping industry are appraised and future developments are postulated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415613392

The World System and the Earth SystemGlobal Socioenvironmental Change and Sustainability Since the Neolithic In this benchmark volume top scholars come together to present state-of-the-art research and pursue a more rigorous framework for understanding and studying the linkages between social and ecological systems. Contributors from a wide spectrum of disciplines including archaeology anthropology geography ecology palaeo-science geology sociology and history present and assess both the evolution of our thinking and current state-of-the-art theory and research. Covering ancient through modern periods they discuss the complex ways in which human culture economy and demographics interact with ecology and climate change. The World System and the Earth System is critical reading for all scholars and students working at the interface of nature and society.Contributors: Thomas Abel Björn Berglund Chris Chase-Dunn Alfred Crosby Carole L. Crumley John Dearing Bert de Vries Nina Eisenmenger Andre Gunder Frank Jonathan Friedman Stefan Giljum Thomas Hall Karin Holmgren Alf Hornborg Kristian Kristiansen Thomas Malm Daniel Mandell Betty Meggers George Modelski Emilio Moran Helena Öberg Frank Oldfield Susan Stonich William Thompson Peter Turchin. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315416854

The World SystemFive Hundred Years or Five Thousand? The historic long term economic interconnections of the world are now universally accepted. The idea of the economic 'world system' advanced by Immanuel Wallerstein has set the period of linkage in the early modern period but Andre Gunder Frank and Barry K. Gills think that this date is much too late. They argue an interconnection going back as much as 5000 years. In The World System leading academics examine this issue in a debate contributed to by William H. McNeill and Immanuel Wallerstein among others. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315005072

The World Television Industry (Routledge Revivals)An Economic Analysis First published in 1990 The World Television Industry uses economic analysis to examine recent changes in the television industry. It uses the theory of public good and a model of industrial organization to identify the major forces determining the nature of the television product in the late twentieth century. The forces of supply and demand for an unusual product - often requiring a 'double' sale to a consumer and to an advertiser - are examined as are alternative methods of financing. The all-pervading role of government is discussed at length. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415615204

The World That Trade CreatedSociety Culture and the World Economy 1400 to the Present The World That Trade Created brings to life the history of trade and its actors. In a series of brief highly readable vignettes filled with insights and amazing facts about things we tend to take for granted the authors uncover the deep historical roots of economic globalization. Covering over seven hundred years of history this book now in its fourth edition takes the reader around the world from the history of the opium trade to pirates to the building of corporations and migration to the New World. The chapters are grouped thematically each featuring an introductory essay designed to synthesize and elaborate on key themes both familiar and unfamiliar. It includes ten new essays on topics ranging from the early modern ivory and slave trades across the Indian Ocean to the ways in which the availability of new consumer goods helped change work habits in both Europe and East Asia and from the history of chewing gum to that of rare earth metals. The introductory essays for each chapter the overall introduction and epilogue and several of the essays have also been revised and updated. The World That Trade Created continues to be a key resource for anyone teaching world history world civilization and the history of international trade. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138680746

The World Trade Organization With a membership of 160 countries the World Trade Organization (WTO) is the international organization with responsibility for the global rules of trade between nations. Its stated principal function is to ensure that trade flows as smoothly predictably and freely as possible. Established almost twenty years ago the agreements negotiated under its auspices and indeed its very existence have been the source of tremendous controversy and debate. Edited by a leading scholar in the field and former Director of the Appellate Body Secretariat of the WTO this new Routledge collection brings together in five volumes the very best scholarship on the WTO from economists academics lawyers and other thinkers to examine its history (including its origins in the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade). The set also makes available cutting-edge research about the fundamental principles on which the organization is based and explores the implications of the WTO’s policy and practice for domestic regulation and the sovereignty of individual states. The final two volumes examine the role of the WTO in dispute settlement and discuss the challenges for the future including relating to the role of developing countries preferential trade agreements as well as the legitimacy and governance of the organization. With an introduction newly written by the editor providing her own unique perspective World Trade Organization is an essential collection destined to be valued by scholars students government officials and practitioners as a vital research resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415364225

The World We Have LostFurther Explored The World We Have Lost is a seminal work in the study of family and class kinship and community in England after the Middle Ages and before the changes brought about by the Industrial Revolution. The book explores the size and structure of families in pre-industrial England the number and position of servants the elite minority of gentry rates of migration the ability to read and write the size and constituency of villages cities and classes conditions of work and social mobility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142213

The World We'll Leave BehindGrasping the Sustainability Challenge It is now clear that human activity has influenced how the biosphere supports life on Earth and given rise to a set of connected environmental and social problems. In response to the challenge that these problems present a series of international conferences and summits led to discussions of sustainable development and the core dilemma of our time: How can we all live well now and in the future without compromising the ability of the planet to enable us all to live well? This book identifies the main issues and challenges we now face; it explains the ideas that underpin them and their interconnection and discusses a range of strategies through which they might be addressed and possibly resolved. These cover things that governments might do what businesses and large organisations can contribute and the scope for individuals families and communities to get involved. This book is for everyone who cares about such challenges and wants to know more about them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783537730

The World Wide Web and Contemporary Cultural TheoryMagic Metaphor Power Engaging the thematic issues of the Web as a space where magic metaphor and power converge the chapters cover such subjects as The Web and Corporate Media Systems Conspiracy Theories and the Web; The Economy of Cyberpromotion The Bias of the Web The Web and Issues of Gender and so on. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203700488

The World Wide WebBeneath the Surf Originally published in 1995. The WWW a global information system which revolutionized the world of information search and browsing via the Internet was a new phenomenon in the 1990s. This book acted as an authoritative introduction to the concepts and design. It includes a brief history of the origin of the www and information on running pages in HTML as well as specific case studies in projects from academic and commercial projects. A fascinating insight into the early days of widespread internet use this look at a new communication mechanism showcases the discussions underway at the time about the uses and future of the www. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138959491

The World within the GroupDeveloping Theory for Group Analysis The World within the Group is an original and ambitious endeavour to connect group analysis to philosophy history and modern social theory. The book argues that group analysis needs theoretical renewal to remain relevant and that philosophy is a valuable resource for such thinking. In particular the work of three philosophers is examined: Nietzsche Dewey and Gadamer each being associated with "pragmatic-perspective" inquiry. The author demonstrates that group analysis is compatible with such inquiry and that we understand and intervene from within the horizon of specific traditions of training and theory. Group analysis typifies an unremitting relational stance valuing openness of dialogue and moving in and out of the perspectival worlds of the participants. The book also offers a re-formulation of the concept of social unconscious seen as a discursive world of production and articulation. Drawing on contemporary social theories it chimes with the spirit of Elias's historical approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491981

The World Yearbook of Education 1996The Evaluation of Higher Education Systems This annual summary of educational policies and practices worldwide includes discussion of multi-skills and flexibility school-work links qualifications and education for skills versus education for status. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501385

The World-Literary System and the Atlantic The World-Literary System and the Atlantic grapples with key questions about how American studies and the Atlantic region in general engages with new considerations of literary comparativism international literary space and the world-literary system. The edited collection furthers these discussions by placing them into a relationship with the theory of combined and uneven development – a theory that has a long pedigree in Marxist sociology and political economy and that continues to stimulate debate across the social sciences but whose implications for culture have received less attention. Drawing on the comparative modes concepts and methods being developed in the "new" world-literary studies the essays cover a diverse range of topics such as the periodization of world literature racism and the world-system singular modernity critical "irrealism " commodity frontiers semi-peripherality and world-ecology. The chapters in this book were originally published in the journal Atlantic Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367643492

The World-Making Power of New MediaMere Connection? In this new work Axford seeks to contribute to the development of global theory particularly where it engages with the contested idea of globality; a concept which musters as consciousness condition framework even system. By examining emergent globalities through the lens of world-making communicative practices and forms the author demonstrates their transformative social power and underlines the cultural dynamics of globalization. Taking a critical view of much of the current scholarship on emergent globalities Axford steps outside the rationalist-territorialist conceptions of association and order and takes issue with those who advise there is a widespread 'myth' of media globalization. The book examines global communicative connectivity using digital or "new" media – especially the Internet - as the prime exemplar of global process. As well as the academic importance of such themes for theory-building the strategic "real-world" impacts of communicative connectivity are palpable. Thus the welter of debate around the influence of the Internet on democracy democratization revolt and collective action generally have real purchase when discussed in relation to the events of the uprisings in MENA anti-capitalist protests in London and New York and the tribulations of the EU in recent months/years. Using such exemplars the book assesses claims for the existence and robustness of global society the significance of cosmopolitan communication and the extent of global consciousness. This work will be of interest to students and scholars of globalization international relations and media and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367425562

The World's CitiesContrasting Regional National and Global Perspectives The World’s Cities offers instructors and students in higher education an accessible introduction to the three major perspectives influencing city-regions worldwide: City-Regions in a World System; Nested City-Regions; and The City-Region as the Engine of Economic Activity/Growth. The book provides students with helpful essays on each perspective case studies to illustrate each major viewpoint and discussion questions following each reading. The World’s Cities concludes with an original essay by the editor that helps students understand how an analysis incorporating a combination of theoretical perspectives and factors can provide a richer appreciation of the world’s city dynamics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415894869

The World's Greenest BuildingsPromise Versus Performance in Sustainable Design The World’s Greenest Buildings tackles an audacious task. Among the thousands of green buildings out there which are the best and how do we know? Authors Jerry Yudelson and Ulf Meyer examined hundreds of the highest-rated large green buildings from around the world and asked their owners to supply one simple thing: actual performance data to demonstrate their claims to sustainable operations. This pivotal book presents: an overview of the rating systems and shows "best in class" building performance in North America Europe the Middle East India China Australia and the Asia-Pacific region practical examples of best practices for greening both new and existing buildings a practical reference for how green buildings actually perform at the highest level one that takes you step-by-step through many different design solutions a wealth of exemplary case studies of successful green building projects using actual performance data from which to learn interviews with architects engineers building owners and developers and industry experts to provide added insight into the greening process This guide uncovers some of the pitfalls that lie ahead for sustainable design and points the way toward much faster progress in the decade ahead. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415606295

The World's Major Languages The World's Major Languages features over 50 of the world's languages and language families. This revised edition includes updated bibliographies for each chapter and up-to-date census figures. The featured languages have been chosen based on the number of speakers their role as official languages and their cultural and historical importance. Each language is looked at in depth and the chapters provide information on both grammatical features and on salient features of the language's history and cultural role.The World’s Major Languages is an accessible and essential reference work for linguists.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580711

The World's Money (RLE: Banking & Finance) This volume is an extremely readable guide to the world of international finance by two former City Editors of The Times. It is designed for people who want to understand something of the world’s financial affairs and learn how to follow jargon on the City pages of newspapers or money programmes on radio and television. Starting with the basic facts the authors gently guide you through the world’s money maze – so that by the time you have reached the last chapter you should be able to understand the newspaper extracts printed at the end of the book. The World’s Money aims to answer some of the many questions of the times in which it was published: Why had there been so many monetary crises? How were they caused? What is the role of gold in international finance? How do exchange rates the IMF the World Bank the eurodollar market work? What is the new World Money? How was the pound devalued? Can 1929 recur? The material is equally suitable for students sixth-formers economists and the armchair reader. Contemporary events are used as examples and illustrations the history and the future of money discussed so that the book is at once topical for its times and of lasting value. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751902

The World's Religions * Gives an account of the history the theological basis the practice and the current state of the study of religion and religions throughout the world* Combines a clear and non-technical style of presentation with a structure and range of contributions which reflect the richness and complexity of religion itself of the religions of the world and the study of religions* Comprehensive index bibliographies and suggestions for further reading`Intriguing philosophical questions are raised about the nature of religion and the qualities needed for studying it.' - Times Higher Education Supplement`Excellent book ... remarkably successful impressive as much for the sheer scale of the undertaking as for its consistent standard of analysis. It is a fine achievement which will serve both as a very suitable textbook for students and a reliable guide to the state of scholarship in the History and Study of Religions.' - Heythrop Journal Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415513128

The World's Religions: Islam The theological and philosophical bases of the beliefs are clearly presented with their history development expression and everyday practice. It is written by international specialists in a scholarly but non-technical style. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138436770

The World's Religions: The Religions of Asia First published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138465282

The World's Religions: The Study of Religion Traditional and New Religion Examines the `primitive' (traditional) non -mainstream religion and also 20th century sects such as the Moonies and Scientology. Looks at the `nature' of religion - the general philosophical issues. Written by international specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138139053

The World-System as Unit of AnalysisPast Contributions and Future Advances World-system analyses have recast the study of between- and within-nation country inequality as constituent aspects of a single field of inquiry: the study of inequality and social stratification as processes that always have been global in their very essence. World-system analyses maintain that global social stratification pivots around institutional arrangements that render distributional outcomes as simultaneously “national ” “gendered ” “racialized ” and “global” processes. This book takes stock of some of the enduring theoretical and empirical contributions of a world-system perspective and identifies promising directions for future inquiry and discussion. Some chapters reassess the scope and methodologies of world-system analysis around several key problems (e.g. the spatial and temporal boundaries of global commodity chains the construction and challenge of various dimensions of social inequality systemic and antisystemic social movements). Others take stock of areas in which world-systems are promoting methodological innovation and/or generating useful global data and identify questions that demand additional methodological and empirical attention for future research. In different ways this book help us to critically reconsider some of the enduring legacies within a world-system perspective (such as Karl Polanyi’s concept of the “double movement ” or the distinction drawn by Giovanni Arrighi or Immanuel Wallerstein between systemic and antisystemic movements). As argued by many of the authors in this book a world-historical approach calls for greater sensitivity to the manifold ways in which conceptual boundaries change over time and space. Taking seriously the issue of unit of analysis this book explores critically productive ways for better understanding global patterns of continuity and change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138106697

The Worst of CrimesHomosexuality and the Law in Eighteenth-Century London First published in 1998 this volume discusses the anomalies inconsistencies and miscarriages of justice that arose as our ancestors decided what to do with defendants accused of the so-called ‘worst of crimes’. It reveals the ambivalence of eighteenth-century society about homosexuality against a background of official condemnation. Homosexuality became a significant social land legal issue in the eighteenth century especially in London with its fast-growing population. No one dared to say publicly that it should be tolerated yet the reactions of men and women to the homosexuals in their midst were varied and complex. Moving from the Old Bailey to the court of King’s Bench this volume studies original trial documents and other manuscript sources. The author provides a clear and detailed account of the legal procedures involved when a man was accused of a homosexual offence from the time of his arrest to his conviction or acquittal. The book goes on to examine the range of motives for bringing such prosecutions as well as the factors that influenced judicial verdicts the penalties that conviction incurred and the effect that such allegations had on an individual’s reputation and social status. It also discusses the attempts to produce legislation to deal effectively with blackmail and the difficulty of successfully bringing a prosecution against extortioners. The author shows how a reactivated sodomy law put all eighteenth-century male heterosexuals in fear and suggests that it led to a distorted concept of masculinity the impact of which was felt by subsequent generations. This book will appeal to students of legal and social history as well as to general readers interested in eighteenth-century attitudes to homosexuality and their legacy for both the homosexual and heterosexual communities of the next two centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366251

The Worst of TimesAn Oral History of the Great Depression First Published in 2017. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236506

The Wounded HealerCountertransference from a Jungian Perspective In the years since the publication of The Wounded Healer countertransference has become a central consideration in the analytic process. David Sedgwick’s work was ground-breaking in tackling this difficult topic from a Jungian perspective and demonstrating how countertransference can be used in positive ways. Sedgwick’s extended study of the process candidly presents the analyst’s struggles and shows how the analyst is as Jung said "as much in the analysis as the patient." The book extends Jung’s prescient work on countertransference to create a dynamic view of the analyst-patient interaction stressing the importance of the analyst’s own woundedness and how this may be used in conjunction with the patient’s own. Sedgwick begins with a discussion of the need and justification for a Jungian approach to countertransference then reviews Jungian theories and presents detailed illustrations of cases showing the complexity of transference-countertransference processes in both the patient and the analyst and concludes with a model of countertransference processing. This Classic Edition also includes a new introduction by the author. It will be an important work for Jungian analysts psychotherapists and other clinicians and students interested in the struggles of the therapeutic process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138933088

The Wounded Hero in Contemporary FictionA Paradoxical Quest The Wounded Hero in Contemporary Fiction tracks the emergence of a new type of physically and/or spiritually wounded hero(ine) in contemporary fiction. Editors Susana Onega and Jean-Michel Ganteu bring together some of the top minds in the field to explore the paradoxical lives of these heroes that have embraced rather than overcome their suffering alienation and marginalisation as a form of self-definition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666859

The Wounded ResearcherResearch with Soul in Mind The Wounded Researcher addresses the crises of epistemological violence when we fail to consider that a researcher is addressed by and drawn into a work through his or her complexes. Using a Jungian-Archetypal perspective this book argues that the bodies of knowledge we create degenerate into ideologies which are the death of critical thinking if the complexity of the research process is ignored. Writing with soul in mind invites us to consider how we might write down the soul in writing up our research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367468422

The Wounds of ExclusionPoverty Women’s Health and Social Justice This participant observer study chronicles the stories of a group of poor Canadian women their experience with exclusion by health and social service providers and their involvement in a feminist action research project. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138403550

The WPACreating Jobs and Hope in the Great Depression Established in 1935 in the midst of the Great Depression the Works Progress Administration (WPA) was one of the most ambitious federal jobs programs ever created in the U.S. At its peak the program provided work for almost 3.5 million Americans employing more than 8 million people across its eight-year history in projects ranging from constructing public buildings and roads to collecting oral histories and painting murals. The story of the WPA provides a perfect entry point into the history of the Great Depression the New Deal and the early years of World War II while its example remains relevant today as the debate over government's role in the economy continues. In this concise narrative supplemented by primary documents and an engaging companion website Sandra Opdycke explains the national crisis from which the WPA emerged traces the program's history and explores what it tells us about American society in the 1930s and 1940s. Covering central themes including the politics race class gender and the coming of World War II The WPA: Creating Jobs During the Great Depression introduces readers to a key period of crisis and change in U.S. history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138820920

The Writer as LiarNarrative Technique in the Decameron Originally published in 1975 The Writer as Liar examines the literary game of falsehood as it is portrayed in the Decameron. The book examines how Boccaccio’s collection of tales has a ‘frame’ story its own built-in key to the art of story-telling its internal logic of truth and falsehood as well as its moments of self-parody pure narrative intrigue and sophisticated sexual symbolism. The book formulates the argument that Boccaccio’s story telling is seen as an artfully malicious operation depending for its success not on some abstract concept of narrative originality or the accurate depiction of human psychology but on the combinative assemblage of narrative blocks which are manipulated by a craftsman who must lie and cheat with raw material in order to produce a living work – therefore depicting the artist as a liar. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367207380

The Writer’s Handbook for Sociology The Writer’s Handbook for Sociology gives students the tools that they need to develop evidence-based writing skills and format academic papers in American Psychological Association (APA) and American Sociological Association (ASA) style. This book helps learners develop a reader-friendly writing style incorporating active voice parallel structure and conciseness. In addition grammar and mechanics are presented in a systematic way to facilitate learning helping students fill learning gaps. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138571273

The Writer's Book of MemoryAn Interdisciplinary Study for Writing Teachers Memory has long been ignored by rhetoricians because the written word has made memorization virtually obsolete. Recently however as part of a revival of interest in classical rhetoric scholars have begun to realize that memory offers vast possibilities for today's writers. Synthesizing research from rhetoric psychology philosophy and literary and composition studies this volume brings together many historical and contemporary theories of memory. Yet its focus is clear: memory is a generator of knowledge and a creative force which deserves attention at the beginning of and throughout the writing process. This volume emphasizes the importance of recognizing memory's powers in an age in which mass media influence us all and electronic communication changes the way we think and write. It also addresses the importance of the individual memory and voice in an age which promotes conformity. Written in a strong lively personal manner the book covers a great deal of scholarly material. It is never overbearing and the extensive bibliography offers rich vistas for further study. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203811245

The Writing Center Director's Resource Book The Writing Center Director's Resource Book has been developed to serve as a guide to writing center professionals in carrying out their various roles duties and responsibilities. It is a resource for those whose jobs not only encompass a wide range of tasks but also require a broad knowledge of multiple issues.The volume provides information on the most significant areas of writing center work that writing center professionals--both new and seasoned--are likely to encounter. It is structured for use in diverse institutional settings providing both current knowledge as well as case studies of specific settings that represent the types of challenges and possible outcomes writing center professionals may experience. This blend of theory with actual practice provides a multi-dimensional view of writing center work.In the end this book serves not only as a resource but also as a guide to future directions for the writing center which will continue to evolve in response to a myriad of new challenges that will lie ahead. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203933114

The Writing ClassroomAspects of Writing and the Primary Child 3-11 This book brings together a collection of essays on the teaching of writing. It is a companion to Prue Goodwin’s The Literate Classroom and The Articulate Classroom and aims to: augment our existing knowledge about the teaching and learning of writing stimulate thought and provoke discussion about writing offer a blend of theory and practice give ‘food for thought’ and ideas for teaching writing to primary age children. The topic of writing is one which is under the spotlight with increasing regularity as politicians and policy makers move on from reading as an ‘issue’. This has already happened in England where the National Literacy Strategy is urging more emphasis on the teaching of writing to remedy weaknesses in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162051

The Writing ExperimentStrategies for innovative creative writing 'A systematic and engaging approach to creative writing' - Carla Harryman Wayne State University By suggesting that students who are not born poets can yet learn to become good ones Smith performs a very important service.' - Professor Susan M. Schultz University of Hawaii This is an impressive book because it covers areas of creative writing practice and theory that have not been covered in published form It links radical practice with radical (but better-known) theory and will appeal to anyone looking for a different approach ' - Robert Sheppard Edge Hill College of Higher Education UKThe Writing Experiment demystifies the process of creative writing showing that successful work does not arise from talent or inspiration alone. Hazel Smith breaks down writing into incremental stages revealing processes that are often unconscious or unacknowledged and shows how they can become part of a systematic writing strategy.The book encourages writers to take an explorative and experimental approach to their work. It relates practical strategies for writing to major twentieth century literary and cultural movements including postmodernism.Suitable for both beginners and experienced writers The Writing Experiment covers many genres including fiction poetry writing for performance and new media. Each chapter is illustrated with extensive examples of both student work and published writing and challenging exercises offer writers at all levels opportunities to develop their skills. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003118244

The Writing of John Bunyan First published in 1997 this volume is an attempt to prise open the name of John Bunyan. It aims to examine the operations of that name to explore the discursive techniques which produced the figure of this author both in the seventeenth century and later and to identify the different meanings which have been ascribed to it in the history of its production. It may be read as a ‘Dear John’ letter to the author or as an exercise in cultural materialism which examines the production and reproduction of a particular figure of authority the author within specific cultural formations at different historical moments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138365322

The Writings of Henry Barrow 1587-1590 Henry Barrow and John Greenwood are the fathers of Elizabethan Separatism. Unlike Robert Browne they refused to compromise their beliefs or conform to Anglicanism and as a consequence they died in 1593 - as martyrs for their steadfast adherence to the principles of English Congregationalism. Volumes three and four include c. 40 items derived from manuscripts surreptitiously printed books and very rare pamphlets and documents which allow evaluation of the teachings of the Separatists in relation to the activities of the Elizabethan hierarchy to the Puritans to the Pilgrims in the Netherlands and the New World and to the Independents and Congregationalists. (16 of the pieces are by Barrow 6 by Greenwood and 5 by both men in addition to 13 related Barrowist items in the Appendix). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860062

The Writings of Henry Barrow 1590-91 This volume contains the great Separatist's solus writings from 1590-1591. It includes texts taken from manuscript sources and rare tracts that have been reprinted here for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864527

The Writings of Hesba StrettonReclaiming the Outcast Highly respected as a writer by critics and commentators Hesba Stretton (1832-1911) was a vigorous campaigner for the rights of oppressed minorities and a founding member of the London Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children. Though she is known today primarily as a writer of evangelical fiction for young people including Jessica's First Prayer this characterization fails to acknowledge the extensive range of her writings and social activism. Elaine Lomax re-examines Stretton's writing for children and adults situating her body of work within the broad social and cultural context of its production to expose the depth and complexity of Stretton's engagement with contemporary ideas debates and discourses. Mining nineteenth-century periodicals archival materials and the minutes of the Religious Tract Society as well as Stretton's own revealing log books Lomax demonstrates Stretton's preoccupation with those at the bottom or on the margins of society. At the same time she advances our understanding of the intersection of cultural and literary representations of the child and childhood with wider images of the colonized or excluded and our knowledge of the history and development of juvenile literature and women's writing. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236490

The Writings of James Barry and the Genre of History Painting 1775–1809 Examining the literary career of the eighteenth-century Irish painter James Barry 1741-1806 through an interdisciplinary methodology The Writings of James Barry and the Genre of History Painting 1775-1809 is the first full-length study of the artist’s writings. Liam Lenihan critically assesses the artist’s own aesthetic philosophy about painting and printmaking and reveals the extent to which Barry wrestles with the significant stylistic transformations of the pre-eminent artistic genre of his age: history painting. Lenihan’s book delves into the connections between Barry’s writings and art and the cultural and political issues that dominated the public sphere in London during the American and French Revolutions. Barry’s writings are read within the context of the political and aesthetic thought of his distinguished friends and contemporaries such as Edmund Burke his first patron; Joshua Reynolds his sometime friend and rival; Mary Wollstonecraft and William Godwin with whom he was later friends; and his students and adversaries William Blake and Henry Fuseli. Ultimately Lenihan’s interdisciplinary reading shows the extent to which Barry’s faith in the classical tradition in general and the genre of history painting in particular is permeated by the hermeneutics of suspicion. This study explores and contextualizes Barry’s attempt to rethink and remake the preeminent art form of his era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547612

The Writings of John Greenwood 1587-1590 together with the joint writings of Henry Barrow and John Greenwood 1587-1590 Henry Barrow and John Greenwood are the fathers of Elizabethan Separatism. Unlike Robert Browne they refused to compromise their beliefs or conform to Anglicanism and as a consequence they died in 1593 - as martyrs for their steadfast adherence to the principles of English Congregationalism. Volumes three and four include c. 40 items derived from manuscripts surreptitiously printed books and very rare pamphlets and documents which allow evaluation of the teachings of the Separatists in relation to the activities of the Elizabethan hierarchy to the Puritans to the Pilgrims in the Netherlands and the New World and to the Independents and Congregationalists. (16 of the pieces are by Barrow 6 by Greenwood and 5 by both men in addition to 13 related Barrowist items in the Appendix). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987371

The Writings of John Greenwood and Henry Barrow 1591-1593 Volumes five and six contain c. 25 pieces of manuscript material or rare tracts many of which have been available for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860079

The Writings of Medieval WomenAn Anthology "Royal and saintly women are well-represented here with the welcome addition of women from the Mediterranean arc...Garland has done a solid job of presenting this book." -- Arthuriana"The Anthology gives a fine sense of the great range of women's writing in the Middle Ages." -- Medium Aevum Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315047003

The Writings of Medieval WomenAn Anthology Published in 1994: The period surveyed in this anthology extends from the eve of Christianity's triumph in the third century to the new age of expansion in the fifteenth century an age marked by the advent of printing pressed the European discovery of the Caribbean islands which Columbus called the Indies the relentless stripping of medieval altars by Church reformists and perhaps a diminution of female autonomy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367152239

The Writings of Robert Harrison and Robert Browne Robert Harrison and Robert Browne were the initiators of the principles of English Separatism and Congregationalism. Unlike the Presbytero-Puritans these nonconformists sought to establish local churches that were independent of the state. Although they encountered fierce opposition from the clergy state officials and Anglican bishops they persisted in their practices. As a result the ideas of these two men profoundly influenced the Puritan movement both of England and America. In this volume scarce and little known works as well as new material derived from manuscripts and tracts are collected into one volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864510

The Writings: v. 2: January 1956-December 1957 This collection of the correspondence of Mao Zedong during the period 1956 to 1957 explores the question of legitimatizing the leadership of the CCP the pace of the socialist transformation of China's economy and the issue of the divergence of ideological opinion over the strategy of revolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698755

The Written Language Bias in LinguisticsIts Nature Origins and Transformations Linguists routinely emphasise the primacy of speech over writing. Yet most linguists have analysed spoken language as well as language in general applying theories and methods that are best suited for written language. Accordingly there is an extensive 'written language bias' in traditional and present day linguistics and other language sciences. In this book this point is argued with rich and convincing evidence from virtually all fields of linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415511445

The WTO Agriculture and Sustainable Development Despite the Doha declaration of November 2001 the failure to start a new round of global trade negotiations at Seattle in December 1999 and the hostility of protesters to the trade liberalization process and growing global economic and social disparities was a wake-up call for the World Trade Organisation (WTO). The ambitious goal of this ground-breaking book is to identify the strengths and weaknesses of liberalized world trade in particular in the agricultural sector and to investigate to what extent the current WTO agreements provide the necessary fail-safe devices to react to trade-related negative impacts on sustainability environmental protection and food security. The background and interrelationship between the WTO the tenets of sustainable development and the unique features of the agriculture and forestry sectors are explored and conclusions regarding the deficits of the world trade system and its conflicts with basic societal goals – such as sustainability – are drawn.  Agriculture and forestry have a particular affinity with what the authors call "strong sustainability" and are to be among the major agenda items in forthcoming WTO negotiations. The book proposes that sustainable agricultural production techniques such as integrated and organic farming provide a series of related services to community and environment which could be severely prejudiced by wholesale trade liberalization and the imposition of the large-scale production methods of the mega-trade giants of the USA and Europe.  And yet the concept of sustainability is referred to only tangentially in the existing WTO agenda. The WTO Agriculture and Sustainable Development argues that without a formal recognition of this failing the premise that free trade is inherently advantageous for all countries is a falsehood. Further unfettered liberalization is unsustainable and a social and environmental multilateral framework must be agreed to reinterpret or adapt a host of WTO regulations that are at odds with sustainable development. The core problem is that under the current system import duties can only be differentiated by direct goods and services and not by their means of production – sustainable or otherwise. Therefore a range of environmental policy measures in the agricultural sector such as the consideration of product life-cycles the internalization of external costs and a coupling of trade liberalization with ecological obligations are proposed by the authors. In addition they argue that unsustainable economic short-termism must be curbed and the use of the stick of trade sanctions and the carrot of financial benefits for good environmental performance be permitted to promote sustainable agricultural practices.  This book will contribute greatly in addressing the lack of basic theoretical arguments at the intersection between trade and sustainable development – a failing that has already been bemoaned by trade policy-makers. It is highly recommended reading for all those involved or interested in the WTO negotiations whether from multilateral organizations governments industry or civil society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351282123

The WTO and Infant Industry Promotion in Developing CountriesPerspectives on the Chinese Large Civil Aircraft The charter of the World Trade Organization (WTO) sets the tone that sustainable trade and economic development dominates multilateral trade negotiation and specific working agreements. This book examines the novel challenge for developing countries to upgrade and optimize their industrial structure and trade composition by stimulating genuinely innovative and competitive industrial strength. The book specifically explores the issue of infant industry promotion under the legal framework of the WTO treaties and case law. Taking the regulatory measures and incentives China has used to build up a large civil aircraft supplier the book evaluates the key trade agreements relevant to infant industry promotional policies and practices such as product regulations and standards under the 'Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade' and export promotion policies under the 'Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures'. Juan He argues that the regulatory room prescribed by the multilateral trade rules of the WTO does not allow adequate space for developing countries to encourage new and technologically advanced areas of production and trade. The author concludes by suggesting ways in which WTO rules could be modified to help enable developing countries’ industrialization. In doing so the book highlights a need to investigate how localized and international policy trends can be reconciled and enhanced towards the common goal of development. The book will be of great interest to scholars and students of international trade law Chinese studies international political economy and of great use to government agencies responsible for internal trade and industrial policy decisions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138212381

The WTO and the EnvironmentDevelopment of competence beyond trade This book is a review of the development of the WTO dispute resolution procedure and the power and influence it has gained over the practises of the member countries as well as in other international treaties. The book addresses the development of environmental competency in the WTO and examines the arguments of those who oppose WTO rule making with impacts on the environment. The WTO’s interactions with multilateral environmental agreements are considered and recent WTO cases including the 2011 US/Mexico tuna dispute and the US sea turtles decision are analysed in detail. In examining how an international organisation which was established with a specific purpose in mind has come to interact in fields beyond its original remit James Watson demonstrates how the dispute resolution system at the WTO has come to work in a judicialised manner operating with an informal system of precedent. This has led to the contracting parties placing more reliance on the decisions of the dispute panels and appeal body when considering policy options with WTO rulings increasingly influencing the behaviour of national legislatures in regard to the environment. The book goes on to make concrete recommendations based on existing practise in the WTO dispute resolution procedure which could enhance decision making in environmental cases heard by the WTO. The book argues that this could be achieved with straightforward amendments to the WTO based on existing practices endorsed under the WTO for other policy considerations. The WTO and the Environment will be of particular interest to academics and students of International and Environmental law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138789951

The WTOCrisis and the Governance of Global Trade Rorden Wilkinson explores the factors behind the collapse of World Trade Organisation (WTO) ministerials – as in Seattle in 1999 and Cancun in 2003 – and asks why such events have not significantly disrupted the development of the multilateral trading system.  He argues that the political conflicts played out during such meetings their occasional collapse and the reasons why such events have so far not proven detrimental to the development of the multilateral trading system can be explained by examining the way in which the institution was created and has developed through time. In addition this new text: explores the development of the multilateral trading system from the creation of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) in 1947 to the WTO’s Hong Kong ministerial in December 2005 examines the way in which the interaction of member states has been structured by the institution’s development assesses the impact of institutional practices and procedures on the heightening of political tensions and explains why WTO ministerials exhibit a propensity to collapse but why the breakdown of a meeting has so far not prevented the institution from moving forward This book will be of interest to scholars and students of international politics economics and law Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203607725

The Year Book Of World Affairs 1978 This annual survey is devoted to the attitudes of participating States in Europe towards the objective of promoting detente bringing together references to World affairs examined in the past which have particular relevance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367273873

The Year Book Of World Affairs 1979 This book under the auspices of the London Institute of World Affairs aims to provide an independent international forum for the constructive criticism of and research into world affairs 1979. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367273880

The Year Book Of World Affairs 1980 This year book presents an annual survey to bring together references to themes examined in the past which have particular current relevance. It provides information on international affairs having a stereotyped and repetitive character for anticipating a "new" happening or "modern" development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780367274658

The Year Book Of World Affairs 1981 First published in 1981. The Council of the London Institute of World Affairs has carefully reconsidered the lessons to be drawn from the Institute's record in its first half-century and reshaped its plans of activities for the 1980s. As in an earlier "cold peace" era the Council is united in its resolve not to be taken by surprise by any of the contingencies that on a darkening world scene must be anticipated in medium-range planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367273903

The Year Book Of World Affairs 1984 First published in 1984. The final volume. The Council of the London Institute of World Affairs has carefully reconsidered the lessons to be drawn from the Institute's record in its first half-century and reshaped its plans of activities for the 1980s. As in an earlier "cold peace" era the Council is united in its resolve not to be taken by surprise by any of the contingencies that on a darkening world scene must be anticipated in medium-range planning. It is thus only in keeping with comparable action taken in earlier phases of the Institute's existence that the Council has decided to suspend the publication of the Year Book after this Volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367273866

The Year Names of China and Japan Japan adopted the practice of using year names of "Nengoh" during 645 A D (the first year of Taikwa). Since then the accession of a new emperor with the exception of a few has been marked with a new year title exactly as has been the custom in China. During the reign of some of the emperors as many as six new titles have been adopted. Ambiguities have often occurred in computation of time due to frequent changes of year titles. Changes may take place at any time of the year and from the time of the change on till the end of that year no matter how short it is called the first year under the new title. Thus that same calendar year has two different titles. This volume provides a comparison of historical dates of two Oriental nations but is also of use to specialists in Oriental arts and scholars of ancient documents scripts pictures and prints.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852197

The Year of BloodEssays on the Revolt of 1857 Rudrangshu Mukherjee places the ‘soldier-peasant’ at the forefront of the Revolt. Violence has rarely been described with so much realism and subtlety. The imaginative use of primary source materials adds clarity to accounts such as the massacre in Satichaura Ghat  and the trial of Mangal Pandey. The layers of complexity that defined the relationship between the rulers and the subjugated are also exposed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138300491

The Year Of The WomanMyths And Realities The 1992 American election saw more women running for office at both local and national level than ever before. The number of women elected increased by 50% in the House of Representatives and by a staggering 300% in the Senate. This book describes these key races revealing the underlying tales of voter and institutional reactions to the women candidates and highlights the unprecedented levels of support garnered on their behalf. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367273910

The Year That Defined American Journalism1897 and the Clash of Paradigms The Year that Defined American Journalism explores the succession of remarkable and decisive moments in American journalism during 1897 – a year of significant transition that helped redefine the profession and shape its modern contours. This defining year featured a momentous clash of paradigms pitting the activism of William Randolph Hearst's participatory 'journalism of action' against the detached fact-based antithesis of activist journalism as represented by Adolph Ochs of the New York Times and an eccentric experiment in literary journalism pursued by Lincoln Steffens at the New York Commercial-Advertiser. Resolution of the three-sided clash of paradigms would take years and result ultimately in the ascendancy of the Times' counter-activist model which remains the defining standard for mainstream American journalism. The Year That Defined American Journalism introduces the year-study methodology to mass communications research and enriches our understanding of a pivotal moment in media history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203700495

The Yearbook of Consumer Law 2007 First published in 2007 The Yearbook of Consumer Law provides a valuable guide to developments in the consumer law field with a domestic regional and international dimension. The volume presents a range of peer-reviewed scholarly articles analytical in approach and focusing on specific areas of consumer law such as sales credit and safety as well as more general issues such as consumer law theory. The book also includes a section dedicated to significant developments during the period covered such as key legislative developments or important court decisions. The book provides an essential resource for all those academic and practitioner working in the areas of consumer law and policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138365230

The Yearbook of Consumer Law 2009 The Yearbook of Consumer Law provides a valuable outlet for high quality scholarly work which tracks developments in the consumer law field with a domestic regional and international dimension. The 2009 volume presents a range of peer-reviewed scholarly articles analytical in approach and focusing on specific areas of consumer law such as credit consumer redress and the impact of the European Union on consumer law. The book also includes a section dedicated to significant developments during the period covered such as key legislative developments and important court decisions. It is an essential resource for all academics and practitioners working in the areas of consumer law and policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315551371

The Years of AngerThe Life of Randall Swingler Randall Swingler (1909–67) was arguably the most significant and the best-known radical English poet of his generation. A widely published poet playwright novelist editor and critic his work was set to music by almost all the major British composers of his time. This new biography draws on extensive sources including the security services files to present the most detailed account yet of this influential poet lyricist and activist. A literary entrepreneur Swingler was founder of radical paperback publishing company Fore Publications editor of Left Review and Our Time and literary editor of the Daily Worker; later becoming a staff reporter until the paper was banned in 1941. In the 1930s he contributed several plays for Unity Theatre including the Mass Declamation Spain the Munich play Crisis and the revues Sandbag Follies and Get Cracking. In 1936 MI5 opened a 20-year-long file on him prompted by a song he co-wrote with Alan Bush for a concert organised to mark the arrival of the 1934 Hunger March into London. During the Second World War Swingler served in North Africa and Italy and was awarded the Military Medal for his part in the battle of Lake Comacchio. His collections The Years of Anger (1946) and The God in the Cave (1950) contain arguably some of the greatest poems of the Italian campaign. After the war Swingler was blacklisted by the BBC. Orwell attacked him in Polemic and included him in the list of names he offered the security services in 1949. Stephen Spender vilified him in The God That Failed. The book will challenge the Cold War assumptions that have excluded Swingler’s life and work from standard histories of the period and should be of great interest to activists scholars and those with an interest in the history of the literary and radical left. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367344764

The Years of High EconometricsA Short History of the Generation that Reinvented Economics A fascinating and comprehensive history this book explores the most important transformation in twentieth century economics: the creation of econometrics. Containing fresh archival material that has not been published before and taking Ragnar Frisch as the narrator Francisco Louca discusses both the keys events - the establishment of the Econometric Society the Cowles Commission and the journal Econometrica – and the major players - economists like Wesley Mitchell mathematicians like John von Neumann and statisticians like Karl Pearson - in history that shaped the development of econometrics. He discusses the evolution of their thought detailing the debates the quarrels and the interrogations that crystallized their work and even offers a conclusion of sorts suggesting that some of the more influential thinkers abandoned econometrics or became critical of its development. International in scope and appeal The Years of High Econometrics is an excellent accompaniment for students taking courses on probability econometric methods and the history of economic thought.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415514576

The Yeats Circle Verbal and Visual Relations in Ireland 1880–1939 Focusing on W.B. Yeats's ideal of mutual support between the arts Karen Brown sheds new light on how collaborations and differences between members of the Yeats family circle contributed to the metamorphosis of the Irish Cultural Revival into Irish Modernism. Making use of primary materials and fresh archival evidence Brown delves into a variety of media including embroidery print illustration theatre costume design poetry and painting. Tracing the artistic relationships and outcome of W.B. Yeats's vision through five case studies Brown explores the poet's early engagement with artistic tradition contributions to the Dun Emer and Cuala Industries collaboration between W.B. Yeats and Norah McGuinness analysis of Thomas MacGreevy's pictorial poetry and a study of literary influence and debt between Jack Yeats and Samuel Beckett. Having undertaken extensive archival research relating to word and image studies Brown considers her findings in historical context with particular emphasis on questions of art and gender and art and national identity. Interdisciplinary this volume is one of the first full-length studies of the fraternité des arts surrounding W.B. Yeats. It represents an important contribution to word and image studies and to debates surrounding Irish Cultural Revival and the formation of Irish Modernism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279124

The Yemen Arab RepublicThe Politics of Development 1962-1986 Examining political and socioeconomic change in the Yemen Arab Republic (YAR) this book first published in 1987 focuses primarily on the quarter century following the overthrow of the imamate in 1962. The problems and politics of the period’s republican leaders and their regimes are analysed against the backdrop of Yemen’s traditional Islamic theocracy the Zaydi imamate which ruled for over a millennium. A country very similar to Afghanistan in its mountainous terrain tribal social organization and traditional Islamic culture the YAR was almost completely isolated and insulated from the modern world and modern politics until the ousting of the imamate. This book explores in detail the processes of change the political leaders involved and the impact of domestic and external forces. Dr Burrowes draws on his extensive conversations with YAR leaders to provide a unique view of a country trying to cope with change and modernization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138184336

The YemenA Secret Journey When this book was first published in 1958 Arabia was even then one of the least known corners of the globe. The foreigner was strictly forbidden from entering except those with the Imam’s personal consent and then under close supervision. Foreigners were only allowed as far as the capital and what lay beyond was practically unexplored. To Hans Helfritz the only hope of seeing the forbidden area was to make a secret journey approaching it in disguise by the back door. He decided to reach the borders of the Yemen by a wide detour through the interior crossing a desert previously considered impassable and still recorded on the maps as a blank. Beginning on the coast at the eastern extremity of the Gulf of Aden he made his way through the Hadhramaut the Rub’ al Khali and the Yemen to the Red Sea the first crossing ever of the south-western part of the peninsula. From this journey he brought back a fascinating record of adventure and exploration together with many wonderful pictures of cities never before photographed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138184350

The Yezidi Oral Tradition in Iraqi Kurdistan The Yezidis are a Kurdish-speaking religious minority neither Muslim Christian nor Jewish. Their ethnicity has been disputed but most now claim Kurdish identity. Their heartland including their holiest shrine is in the Badinan province of Northern Iraq and it is the communities in this area which are the main focus of this book. Their highly eclectic religion appears to contain many elements of 'the religions of the book' especially Sufism upon a foundation of ancient Iranian belief and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138883871

The Yiddish Presence in European LiteratureInspiration and Interaction: Selected Papers Arising from the Fourth and Fifth International Mend "Early in the twentieth century Yiddish previously stigmatized as a corrupt jargon came to be recognized as a language in its own right and one moreover that was already the vehicle for a rich literature. Many writers in other European languages steadily became aware of the status and richness of the Yiddish language sometimes by encountering Yiddish-speaking communities in Eastern Europe and they responded to Yiddish language and culture in their own works while Yiddish writers adopted and sometimes anticipated modern trends in other European literatures known to them. The collection of papers in this volume examines some of these fruitful interactions between Yiddish and the European literary tradition ranging from the early nineteenth century to the present from France to Lithuania and from classic modernist writers such as Kafka to Imre Kertesz (Nobel Prize for Literature 2002). With the contributions: Gilles Rozier- 'When Purim-shpiler meets Columbine': Characters of Commedia dell'arte and Purimshpil in the Works of Moyshe Broderzon David Bellos- In the Worst Possible Taste: Romain Gary's Dance of Genghis Cohn Florian Krobb- 'Muthwillige Faschingstracht': The Presence of Yiddish in Nineteenth-Century German Literature Ritchie Robertson- Kafka's Encounter with the Yiddish Theatre David Groiser- Translating Yiddish: Martin Buber and David Pinski Mikhail Krutikov- Yiddish Author as Cultural Mediator: Meir Wiener's Unpublished Novel David Midgley- The Romance of the East: Encounters of German-Jewish Writers with Yiddish-Speaking Communities 1916-27 PolO Dochartaigh - Intimacy and Alienation: Yiddish in the Works of Jurek Becker Peter Sherwood- 'Living through Something': Notes on the Work of Imre Kertesz Joseph Sherman- Bergelson and Chekhov: Convergences and Departures Gennady Estraikh- Shmuel Gordon: A Yiddish Writer in 'the Ocean of Russian Literature'" Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351197311

The Yishuv In The Shadow Of The HolocaustZionist Politics And Rescue Aliya 1933-1939 For the Jewish world and the Yishuv in particular the 1930s was a time of escalating crises?the rise of the Nazis and their antisemitic policies the declining fortunes of Eastern European Jewry increasing Arab enmity and the hardening of British Mandatory policies in Palestine. Reexamining some of the most controversial episodes in modern Jewis Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319076

The YogasÅ«tra of PatañjaliA New Introduction to the Buddhist Roots of the Yoga System This book offers a systematic and radical introduction to the Buddhist roots of Pātañjala-yoga or the Yoga system of Patañjali. By examining each of 195 aphorisms (sÅ«tras) of the YogasÅ«tra and discussing the Yogabhāṣya it shows that traditional and popular views on Pātañjala-yoga obscure its true nature. The book argues that Patañjali’s Yoga contains elements rooted in both orthodox and heterodox philosophical traditions including Sāṅkhya Jaina and Buddhist thought.   With a fresh translation and a detailed commentary on the YogasÅ«tra the author unearths how several of the terms concepts and doctrines in Patañjali’s Yoga can be traced to Buddhism particularly the Abhidharma Buddhism of Vasubandhu and the early Yogācāra of Asaá¹…ga. The work presents the YogasÅ«tra of Patañjali as a synthesis of two perspectives: the metaphysical perspective of Sāṅkhya and the empirical–psychological perspective of Buddhism. Based on a holistic understanding of Yoga the study explores key themes of the text such as meditative absorption means  supernormal powers isolation  Buddhist conceptions of meditation and the interplay between Sāṅkhya and Buddhist approaches to suffering and emancipation. It further highlights several new findings and clarifications on textual interpretation and discrepancies.  An important intervention in Indian and Buddhist philosophy this book opens up a new way of looking at the Yoga of Patañjali in the light of Buddhism beyond standard approaches and will greatly interest scholars and researchers of Buddhist studies Yoga studies Indian philosophy philosophy in general literature religion and comparative studies Indian and South Asian Studies and the history of ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367456702

The Yogi and the Devotee (Routledge Revivals)The Interplay Between the Upanishads and Catholic Theology First published in 1968 Ninian Smart’s The Yogi and the Devotee: The Interplay Between the Upanishads and Catholic Theology is based on lectures given in Delhi and explores in a novel way the relation between Hinduism and Christianity. The author puts forward a general theory of the relationship between religious experience and doctrines a theory he had developed in earlier works. He argues that a new form of ‘natural theology’ should be presented which would show the relevance of religious experience and ritual to what is given in revelation. Smart believes this could be the key to a new understanding between Christianity and Indian religions and also examines what Christians can learn from other faiths. During a career as a Professor of Religious Studies and Philosophy Ninian Smart was hugely influential in the way Religious Studies was taught not only in Britain but around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415684996

The York-Antwerp Rules: The Principles and Practice of General Average Adjustment Written from the perspective of the Average Adjuster and updated to include a detailed analysis of the new rules adopted in 2016 this book is an essential read for practitioners in maritime law and marine insurance.The book contains: historical references regarding the establishment of General Average from Roman Law onwards;details of the establishment of International rules to achieve uniformity in the adjustment of General Average and their development:the Glasgow Resolutions of 1860; the York rules of 1864; andthe York-Antwerp Rules 1877 1890 1924 1950 1974 1994 2004 and 2016;a detailed analysis of the York-Antwerp Rules 2016; CMI Guidelines relating to General Average;general average security;general average absorption clauses; and new to this edition: insurance of average disbursements. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780367735821

The Yoruba Traditional Healers of Nigeria This work examines the counseling approaches and techniques used by Yoruba traditional healers of Nigeria. It also describes the functions performed by Yoruba traditional healers when they work within the Yoruba cultural milieu. The information elicited from Yoruba traditional healers through videotape and interviews was analyzed by a Nigerian woman from the Yoruba ethnic group. The results of the volume support the premise that culture plays a significant role in the kind of healing methods and counseling techniques used by professionals and traditional healers as well as in the type of professionals chosen by clients for consultation concerning their problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654814

The Yoruba-Speaking Peoples of South-Western NigeriaWestern Africa Part IV Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series published between 1950 and 1977 brings together a wealth of previously un-co-ordinated material on the ethnic groupings and social conditions of African peoples. Concise critical and (for its time) accurate the Ethnographic Survey contains sections as follows: Physical Environment Linguistic Data Demography History & Traditions of Origin Nomenclature Grouping Cultural Features: Religion Witchcraft Birth Initiation Burial Social & Political Organization: Kinship Marriage Inheritance Slavery Land Tenure Warfare & Justice Economy & Trade Domestic Architecture Each of the 50 volumes will be available to buy individually and these are organized into regional sub-groups: East Central Africa North-Eastern Africa Southern Africa West Central Africa Western Africa and Central Africa Belgian Congo. The volumes are supplemented with maps available to view on routledge.com or available as a pdf from the publishers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138238411

The Young Carnap's Unknown MasterHusserl’s Influence on Der Raum and Der logische Aufbau der Welt Examining the scholarly interest of the last two decades in the origins of logical empiricism and especially the roots of Rudolf Carnap’s Der logische Aufbau der Welt (The Logical Structure of the World) Rosado Haddock challenges the received view according to which that book should be inserted in the empiricist tradition. In The Young Carnap's Unknown Master Rosado Haddock builds on the interpretations of Aufbau propounded by Verena Mayer and of Carnap's earlier thesis Der Raum propounded by Sahotra Sarkar and offers instead the most detailed and complete argument on behalf of an Husserlian interpretation of both of these early works of Carnap as well as offering a refutation of the rival Machian Kantian Neo-Kantian and other more eclectic interpretations of the influences on the work of the young Carnap. The book concludes with an assessment of Quine's critique of Carnap's 'analytic-synthetic' distinction and a criticism of the direction that analytic philosophy has taken in following in the footsteps of Quine's views. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315551364

The Young Person's Guide to the InternetThe Essential Website Reference Book for Young People Parents and Teachers "In this easy-to-use reference over 1600 websites have been carefully researched and selected with educational and recreational needs in mind. Sorted into thirty categories including all National Curriculum subjects the book provides brief descriptions of each website and the resources you can expect to find there. Some of the wide-ranging categories include art attractions careers and students environment film TV and radio reference and revision. The format is unique and simple making this a perfect resource for young people parents and teachers and an excellent support tool for schools and libraries." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472181

The Younger Pitt This text examines the rise to power of William Pitt the Younger (1759-1806) Britain's youngest head of government and explores how he achieved this. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138407985

The Youngest CitizensChildren's Rights in Latin America The Youngest Citizens traces the historical evolution of children’s rights in Latin America before turning its focus to the dramatic shift in discourse and policy experienced by the continent in the last 20 years. This book explores the new global regime on childhood child advocates’ sustained efforts to influence domestic policy the ongoing challenges they face and the implications for democracy and citizenship in Latin America. Risley addresses the disconnect between rights granted and the realities that young people face through in-depth case studies of child advocacy and legislation to prove that rights in theory do not suffice; the status of children must be improved in practice. Key issues are discussed such as child labor in Bolivia and Brazil child soldiers in Colombia child sexual exploitation in Costa Rica and Mexico and unaccompanied child migrants detained at the United States’ southern border. The Youngest Citizens takes the cautiously optimistic view that children themselves are increasingly being recognized as rights-bearing subjects and included in the decisions affecting them. This book is an essential text for both undergraduate and graduate students interested in Latin American studies with a focus on themes surrounding childhood and the family human rights and migration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138745438

The Youth Olympic Games The first summer Youth Olympic Games (YOG) were held in Singapore in 2010 and the first winter Youth Olympic Games in Innsbruck in 2012. The IOC hopes that the YOG will encourage young people to be more active and that they will bring the Olympic movement closer to its original founding values. This is the first book to be published on the Youth Olympic Games. It critically examines the origins of the Games and the motives of the Games organisers as well as the organisation and management of the Games and their wider impact and significance. The first part of the book discusses the relationship between the YOG and the ideology of Olympism in the context of broader developments in youth sport competitions. The second part investigates a wide range of managerial aspects including the bidding process finance the prominent role of young people on the organising committees and as volunteers the role of media and sponsors and the distinctive competition structure. The final part of the book assesses the current and likely future impact of the YOG on the host cities and countries the IOC and on national youth sport policies. The Youth Olympic Games is essential reading for any researcher advanced student or policy maker with an interest in Olympic Studies sports development sport policy youth sport or event management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138788558

The Yugoslav Economic System (Routledge Revivals)The First Labor-Managed Economy in the Making First published in 1976 this book traces the development of the Yugoslav economy from the end of the Second World War to the beginning of 1975 which the author argues was a highly productive era of social innovation. Drawing on personal experience of the Revolution the Partisan Liberation War and his time as a member of the Federal Planning Board as well as a comprehensive array of written sources the author attempts to understand the development process compare policy proclamations with achieved results study the theories and ideas that led a to certain policy distinguish the economic and political ingredients in decision making and analyses the causes of success and failure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138669949

The Zambezi River BasinWater and sustainable development The Zambezi river is the fourth longest in Africa crossing or bordering Zambia Angola Namibia Botswana Zimbabwe and Mozambique. The river basin is widely recognised as one of the most important basins in southern Africa and is the focus of contested development including water for hydropower and for agriculture and the environment. This book provides a thorough review of water and sustainable development in the Zambezi  in order to identify critical issues and propose constructive ways forward.The book first reviews the availability and use of water resources in the basin outlines the basin’s economic potential and highlights key concerns related to climate vulnerability and risk. Focus is then devoted to hydropower and the water-energy-food (WEF) nexus sustainable agricultural water management and threats and opportunities related to provision of ecosystem services. The impact of urbanisation and water quality is also examined as well as ways to enhance transboundary water cooperation. Last the book assesses the level of water security in the basin and provides suggestions for achieving Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) 6. Throughout emphasis is placed on entry points for basin-level management to foster improved paths forward. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367736040

The ZEDbookSolutions for a Shrinking World Though few now doubt the severity of the environmental problems faced by humanity there is still resistance from businesses developers architects planners and government when it comes to making the step changes necessary to make our lifestyles sustainable. Based on the experience gained from their involvement in the pioneering Beddington Zero Emission Development (or BedZED) in London and subsequent innovative schemes The ZEDbook authors present a bold coherent and refreshing vision of a low carbon future. In three comprehensive sections The ZEDbook leads the reader from basic ZEDliving principles through building physics and architectural design details to a carefully selected array of informative case studies. The ZEDbook is a must-have purchase for anyone wanting to make communities and the built environment more sustainable. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138471481

The Zen ArtsAn Anthropological Study of the Culture of Aesthetic Form in Japan The tea ceremony and the martial arts are intimately linked in the popular and historical imagination with Zen Buddhism and Japanese culture. They are commonly interpreted as religio-aesthetic pursuits which express core spiritual values through bodily gesture and the creation of highly valued objects. Ideally the experience of practising the Zen arts culminates in enlightenment.This book challenges that long-held view and proposes that the Zen arts should be understood as part of a literary and visual history of representing Japanese culture through the arts. Cox argues that these texts and images emerged fully as systems for representing the arts during the modern period produced within Japan as a form of cultural nationalism and outside Japan as part of an orientalist discourse.Practitioners' experiences are in fact rarely referred to in terms of Zen or art but instead are spatially and socially grounded. Combining anthropological description with historical criticism Cox shows that the Zen arts are best understood in terms of a dynamic relationship between an aesthetic discourse on art and culture and the social and embodied experiences of those who participate in them. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315028910

The Zen Impulse and the Psychoanalytic Encounter Although psychoanalysis and Zen Buddhism derive from theoretical and philosophical assumptions worlds apart both experientially-based traditions share at their heart a desire for the understanding development and growth of the human experience. Paul Cooper utilizes detailed clinical vignettes to contextualize the implications of Zen Buddhism in the therapeutic setting to demonstrate how its practices and beliefs inform relate to and enhance transformative psychoanalytic practice. The basic concepts of Zen such as the identity of the relative and the absolute and the foundational principles of emptiness and dependent-arising are given special attention as they relate to the psychoanalytic concepts of the unconscious and its processes transference and countertransference formulations of self and more. In addition through an analysis of apophasis a unique style of discourse that serves as a basic structure for mystical languages he provides insight into the structure of the seemingly irrational Zen koan in order to demonstrate its function as a pedagogical and psychological tool. Though mindful of their differences Cooper’s intent throughout is to illustrate how the practices of both Zen and psychoanalysis become internalized by the individual who engages in them and can in turn inform one another in mutually beneficial ways in an effort to comprehend the ramifications of an individual or collective expanding vision. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203883464

The Zend Avesta This is a subset of the Sacred Books of the East Series which includes translations of all the most important works of the seven non-Christian religions which have exercised a profound influence on the civilizations of the continent of Asia. The works have been translated by leading authorities in their field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315029245

The ZeronautsBreaking the Sustainability Barrier A world of 9 billion people by mid-century will demand fundamental changes in our mindsets behaviors cultures and overarching paradigm. Just as our species broke the Sound Barrier during the 1940s and 1950s a new breed of innovator entrepreneur and investor is lining up to break the Sustainability Barrier. In this book John Elkington introduces the Zeronauts – a new breed of innovator determined to drive problems such as carbon waste toxics and poverty to zero – as well as creating the first Zeronaut Roll of Honor spotlighting 50 pioneers in the field of zero. Zeronauts are innovating in an astonishing range of areas tackling hugely diverse economic social environmental and governance challenges. To give a sense of progress to date we zero in on five key challenges (the 5Ps): population growth pandemics poverty pollution and proliferation.  The power of zero has been trumpeted notably in relation to zero defects. This book spotlights key lessons learned in the field of total quality management – and introduces a five-stage "Pathways to Zero" model running through from the Eureka! discovery moment to the point where a new way of doing things becomes endemic in the economy. In order to move from incremental to transformative change we must embrace wider framings deeper insights higher targets and longer time scales. This book investigates some ways in which leading Zeronauts are pushing change in relevant directions with cases drawn from a spectrum of human activity – from water profligacy to human genital mutilation. If we learn from these pioneers the twenty-first century could be our best yet. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138380202

The Zimmern ChronicleNobility Memory and Self-Representation in Sixteenth-Century Germany The Zimmern Chronicle: Nobility Memory and Self-Representation in Sixteenth-Century Germany brings the history of the Zimmern family to English readers for the first time. In it the author not only offers a new solution to the problem of the text's authorship but examines the chronicle in the context of broader current debates including the problem of the relationship of the early modern German nobility to the state; memory studies; and self-representation. The Zimmern Chronicle is arguably the most famous noble family chronicle to come out of sixteenth-century Germany. Unlike other noble chronicles that appeared at the same time this work is distinctive in that it represents the collective memory of the Southwest German nobility. Not content to give voice only to their own ancestry-and by extension their own existence-the Zimmern authors included the voices of their noble contemporaries. By memorializing relationships within their community they drew attention to the increasingly important issue of how their lineages had been historically constituted. Bastress-Dukehart first relates the history of the chronicle and introduces the long-standing mystery surrounding the text's authorship. She then draws attention to the importance of inheritance and the obligation for ancestral memorialization that property devolution demands. Put simply inherited land and ancestral memory together manifested the nobility's social image and demonstrated its political power. She then sets the stage for the history the chronicle tells recounting a feud between the Zimmern family and the more powerful Werdenberg family and examining how in general feuds helped to shape the German nobility's political relationships and personal values. Thus Bastress-Dukehart portrays the Zimmern Chronicle as far more than just a family history. She argues that because the Zimmern authors filled their work with legends sexual tales and farcical stories of daily life in Southwest Germany they proved themselves adept at offering their readers puzzles to solve of sparking imagination and stimulating curiosity. In short they developed a number of memory devices intended to make certain that their audience once engaged would read their work to its conclusion. Who after all would not want a glimpse into the minds habits and bedrooms of the pre-modern nobility? By adopting these devices the Zimmern authors have proven the sanctity of the obligation to memorialize ancestral achievements: their chronicle has endured-the memory of the family continues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236483

The Zionist BibleBiblical Precedent Colonialism and the Erasure of Memory Throughout the history of European imperialism the grand narratives of the Bible have been used to justify settler-colonialism. "The Zionist Bible" explores the ways in which modern political Zionism and Israeli militarism have used the Bible - notably the Book of Joshua and its description of the entry of the Israelites into the Promised Land - as an agent of oppression and to support settler-colonialism in Palestine. The rise of messianic Zionism in the late 1960s saw the beginnings of a Jewish theology of zealotocracy based on the militant land traditions of the Bible and justifying the destruction of the previous inhabitants. "The Zionist Bible" examines how the birth and growth of the State of Israel has been shaped by this Zionist reading of the Bible how it has refashioned Israeli-Jewish collective memory erased and renamed Palestinian topography and how critical responses to this reading have challenged both Jewish and Palestinian nationalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844656578

The Zofingia LecturesSupplementary Volume A The Zofingia Club was a discussion group to which C.G. Jung belonged as a medical student: in 1897 he became Chairman and gave five lectures. These have survived and are published here in a supplementary volume to the Collected Works. The lectures are of great interest to anyone concerned with Jung's early ideas as a young medical student from a strongly Swiss Protestant background. The Lectures are: The Border Zones of Exact Science (November 1896); Some Thoughts on Psychology (May 1897); An Inaugural Address on Becoming Chairman of the Zofingia Club; Thoughts on the Nature and Value of Speculative Inquiry (Summer 1898); and Thoughts on the Interpretation of Christianity with Reference to the Theory of Albrecht Ritschl (January 1899). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315724249

The Zohar in Moslem and Christian Spain ‘The Zohar’ was compiled and composed in Spain in the thirteenth century and exerted a powerful influence on Jewish life in medieval ghettoes. In this book first published in 1932 Dr Bension was the first scholar to deal with the influence on Jewish mysticism of certain characteristics which underlie so much of the literature produced in Spain both by Christians and Muslims. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138689688

The Zollverein Published in 1959: This book is the only detailed study of the origin of the German customs union and its history up to the establishment of the united Reich in 1871. It is based on the author's researches in the Public Record Office and in the archives as Berlin and Vienna and takes full account of the numerous monographs by German Scholars on various aspects of Zollverein history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367150303

The ZollvereinThe Zollverein First published in 1968 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760416

Theater and Cultural Politics for a New WorldAn Anthology Theater and Cultural Politics for a New World presents a radical re-examination of the ways in which demographic shifts will impact theater and performance culture in the twenty-first century. Editor Chinua Thelwell brings together the revealing insights of artists scholars and organizers to produce a unique intersectional conversation about the transformative potential of theater. Opening with a case study of the New WORLD Theater and moving on to a fascinating range of essays the book looks at five main themes: Changing demographics Future aesthetics Making institutional space Critical multiculturalism Polyculturalism Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138929777

Theater and Nation in Eighteenth-Century Germany In 1767 more than a century before Germany was incorporated as a modern nation-state the city of Hamburg chartered the first Deutsches Nationaltheater. What can it have meant for a German playhouse to have been a national theater and what did that imply about the way these theaters operated? Michael Sosulski contends that the idea of German nationhood not only existed prior to the Napoleonic Wars but was decisive in shaping cultural production in the last third of the eighteenth century operating not on the level of popular consciousness but instead within representational practices and institutions. Grounding his study in a Foucauldian understanding of emergent technologies of the self Sosulski connects the increasing performance of body discipline by professional actors soldiers and schoolchildren to the growing interest in German national identity. The idea of a German cultural nation gradually emerged as a conceptual force through the work of an influential series of literary intellectuals and advocates of a national theater including G. E. Lessing and Friedrich Schiller. Sosulski combines fresh readings of canonical and lesser-known dramas with analysis of eighteenth-century theories of nationhood and evolving acting theories to show that the very lack of a strong national consciousness in the late eighteenth century actually spurred the emergence of the German Nationaltheater which were conceived in the spirit of the Enlightenment as educational institutions. Since for Germans nationality was a performed identity theater emerged as an ideal space in which to imagine that nation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236476

Theater of Games This book explores how the principles of art directing devised in theater film and TV can better inform game design. It compares how a game is built a film is constructed a play is produced and a TV show gets shot and examines the ways game design can learn from other fields. The authors cover scriptwriting set design costume design and lighting design. They also offer specific guidelines for designing successful games and include interviews with experts from games TV film and theater. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781568817729

Theater PlanningFacilities for Performing Arts and Live Entertainment This book introduces the concepts of theater planning and provides a detailed guide to the process and the technical requirements particular to theater buildings. Part I is a guide to the concepts and practices of architecture and construction as applied to performing arts buildings. Part II is a guide to the design of performing arts buildings with detailed descriptions of the unique requirements of these buildings. Each concept is illustrated with line drawings and examples from the author’s extensive professional practice. This book is written for students in Theatre Planning courses along with working practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138888982

Theaters Of The MindIllusion And Truth On The Psychoanalytic Stage First published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138146679

Theatre Body and Pleasure Breaking new ground in the study of performance theory this maverick and powerful project from renowned Renaissance scholar and queer theorist Simon Shepherd presents a unique take on theory and the physical reality of theatre. Examining a range of material Theatre Body Pleasure addresses a significant gap in the literary and drama studies arenas and explores the interplay of bodily value the art of bodies and the physical responses to that art. It explains first how the body makes meaning and carries value. Then it describes the relationships between time and space and body. The book’s features include: * large historical range from medieval to postmodern * case studies offering close readings of written texts * examples of how to ‘read for the body’ exploring written text as a ‘discipline’ of the body * breadth of cultural reference from stage plays through to dance culture * a range of theoretical approaches including dance analysis and phenomenology  Writing in accessible prose Shepherd introduces new ways of analyzing dramatic text and has produced a book which is part theatre history part dramatic criticism and part theatrical tour de force. Students of drama theatre and performance studies and cultural studies will find this an absolute must read. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315012841

Theatre Drama and Audience in Goethe's Germany First published in 1950. This present work examines the political economic and social condition of Germany on literature particular drama in the late eighteenth- and early nineteenth-centuries. The author explores drama both in its passive and active relations with the life of the time and with the theatre the medium without the aid of which the possibilities of the drama as an art form remain only half realised. This title will be of interest to students of literature drama and theatre studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138364837

Theatre Exhibition and CurationDisplayed & Performed Examining the artistic intellectual and social life of performance this book interrogates Theatre and Performance Studies through the lens of display and modern visual art. Moving beyond the exhibition of immaterial art and its documents as well as re-enactment in gallery contexts Guy's book articulates an emerging field of arts practice distinct from but related to increasing curatorial provision for â€˜live’ performance. Drawing on a recent proliferation of object-centric events of display that interconnect with theatre the book approaches artworks in terms of their curation together and re-theorizes the exhibition as a dynamic context in which established traditions of display and performance interact. By examining the current traffic of ideas and aesthetics moving between theatricality and curatorial practice the study reveals how the reception of a specific form is often mediated via the ontological expectations of another. It asks how contemporary visual arts and exhibition practices display performance and what it means to generalize the ‘theatrical’ as the optic or directive of a curatorial concept. Proposing a symbiotic relation between theatricality and display Guy presents cases from international arts institutions which are both displayed and performed including Tate Modern and the Guggenheim and assesses their significance to the enduring relation between theatre and the visual arts. The book progresses from the conventional alignment of theatricality and ephemerality within performance research and teases out a new temporality for performance with which contemporary exhibitions implicitly experiment thereby identifying supplementary modes of performance which other discourses exclude. This important study joins the fields of Theatre and Performance Studies with exciting new directions in curation aesthetics sociology of the arts visual arts the creative industries the digital humanities cultural heritage and reception and audience theories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367188771

Theatre Magic and PhilosophyWilliam Shakespeare John Dee and the Italian Legacy Analyzing Shakespeare's views on theatre and magic and John Dee's concerns with philosophy and magic in the light of the Italian version of philosophia perennis (mainly Marsilio Ficino Pico della Mirandola and Giordano Bruno) this book offers a new perspective on the Italian-English cultural dialogue at the Renaissance and its contribution to intellectual history. In an interdisciplinary and intercultural approach it investigates the structural commonalities of theatre and magic as contiguous to the foundational concepts of perennial philosophy and explores the idea that the Italian thinkers informed not only natural philosophy and experimentation in England but also Shakespeare's theatre. The first full length project to consider Shakespeare and John Dee in juxtaposition this study brings textual and contextual evidence that Gonzalo an honest old Counsellor in The Tempest is a plausible theatrical representation of John Dee. At the same time it places John Dee in the tradition of the philosophia perennis-accounting for what appears to the modern scholar the conflicting nature of his faith and his scientific mind his powerful fantasy and his need for order and rigor-and clarifies Edward Kelly's role and creative participation in the scrying sessions regarding him as co-author of the dramatic episodes reported in Dee's spiritual diaries. Finally it connects the Enochian/Angelic language to the myth of the Adamic language at the core of Italian philosophy and brings evidence that the Enochian is an artificial language originated by applying creatively the analytical instruments of text hermeneutics used in the Cabala. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367191146

Theatre Ritual and TransformationThe Senoi Temiars Sue Jennings and her three children spent two years on a fieldwork expedition to the Senoi Temiar people of Malaysia: Theatre Ritual and Transformation is a fascinating account of that experience. She describes how the Temiar regularly perform seances which are enacted through dreams dance music and drama and explains that they see the seance as playing a valuable preventative role in people's lives as well as being a medium of healing and cure. Her account brings together the insights of drama therapy and theatre with those of social anthropology to provide an invaluable theoretical framework for understanding theatre and ritual and their links with healing. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315788098

Theatre & Change in South Africa First Published in 1997. Can South African theatre continue to maintain its autonomy and exercise its critical role? Can one rethink form and find new content? Can a concept of post-protest theatre be developed? How might theatre contribute to post-apartheid soceity?  These are just of the questions addressed in this book. The real and present difficulties South Africian theatre is facing as well as possible future orientations are clearly shown at one of the most complex moments of political transition in the history of the South African society.  The authors include contributions from playwrights actors visual artists poets directors administrators critics and theatre academics. Their comments and thoughts portray the active process of reflection and reappraisal redefining their artistic and political aims searching for new and vital theatrical forms. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315077529

Theatre & Stage PhotographyA Guide to Capturing Images of Theatre Dance Opera and Other Performance Events Documenting theatrical and stage events under the often dramatic lighting designed for the production provides a number of specific photographic challenges and is unlike most every other branch of photography. Theatre & Stage Photography provides an overview of basic photography as it applies to "available-light" situations and will move both basic and experienced photographers through the process of accurately capturing both the production process and the resultant performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138236288

Theatre and BoxingThe Actor who Flies Theatre and Boxing focuses on a problem which is of paramount importance for any theatre practitioner and researcher: the actor’s believable body. This problem has been taken up by Stanislavski Meyerhold Artaud Brecht Decroux Copeau Grotowski and many others. It is an essential hurdle for all who practice the theatrical craft or want to study it theoretically. This hurdle can be considered one of the foundations of theatre science and of the relationship between technique politics and ethics.   This book tells the story of a revolution in the work of the actor in the early- and mid-20th century a period in which the focus of theatrical interest shifted from the emotions to the body. The actor’s body became a tool for purveying a dynamic set of actions which often transformed the very actor himself. This new centrality of the body also drew attention to those places in which the body is central: the gym the boxing ring and the circus with its trapezes and tightropes became together with the stage laboratories for the theatre. Thus in addition to the reformers of the theatre the pages of this book are filled with boxers acrobats gymnasts and wrestlers pursuers of an utopia: the "actor who flies". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415719278

Theatre and Culture in Early Modern England 1650-1737From Leviathan to Licensing Act Framed by the publication of Leviathan and the 1713 Licensing Act this collection provides analysis of both canonical and non-canonical texts within the scope of an eighty-year period of theatre history allowing for definition and assessment that uncouples Restoration drama from eighteenth-century drama. Individual essays demonstrate the significant contrasts between the theatre of different decades and the context of performance paying special attention to the literary innovation and socio-political changes that contributed to the evolution of drama. Exploring the developments in both tragedy and comedy and in literary production specific topics include the playwright's relationship to the monarch women writers' connection to the audience the changing market for plays and the rise of the bourgeoisie. This collection also examines aspects of gender and class through the exploration of women's impact on performance and production masculinity and libertinism master/servant relationships and dramatic representations of the coffee house. Accompanied by a list of Spanish-English plays and a chronology of monarch's reigns and significant changes in theatre history From Leviathan to Licensing Act is a valuable tool for scholars of Restoration and eighteenth-century performance providing groundwork for future research and investigation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236469

Theatre and Dictatorship in the Luso-Hispanic World Theatre and Dictatorship in the Luso-Hispanic World explores the discourses that have linked theatrical performance and prevailing dictatorial regimes across Spain Portugal and their former colonies. These are divided into three different approaches to theatre itself - as cultural practice as performance and as textual artifact - addressing topics including obedience resistance authoritarian policies theatre business exile violence memory trauma nationalism and postcolonialism. This book draws together a diverse range of methodological approaches to foreground the effects and constraints of dictatorship on theatrical expression and how theatre responds to these impositions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735579

Theatre and Everyday LifeAn Ethics of Performance Alan Read asserts that there is no split between the practice and theory of theatre but a divide between the written and the unwritten. In this revealing book he sets out to retrieve the theatre of spontaneity and tactics which grows out of the experience of everyday life. It is a theatre which defines itself in terms of people and places rather than the idealised empty space of avant garde performance. Read examines the relationship between an ethics of performance a politics of place and a poetics of the urban environment. His book is a persuasive demand for a critical theory of theatre which is as mentally supple as theatre is physically versatile. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147089

Theatre and InternationalizationPerspectives from Australia Germany and Beyond Theatre and Internationalization examines how internationalization affects the processes and aesthetics of theatre and how this art form responds dramatically and thematically to internationalization beyond the stage. With central examples drawn from Australia and Germany from the 1930s to the present day the book considers theatre and internationalization through a range of theoretical lenses and methodological practices including archival research aviation history theatre historiography arts policy organizational theory language analysis academic-practitioner insights and literary-textual studies. While drawing attention to the ways in which theatre and internationalization might be contributing productively to each other and to the communities in which they operate it also acknowledges the limits and problematic aspects of internationalization. Taking an unusually wide approach to theatre the book includes chapters by specialists in popular commercial theatre disability theatre Indigenous performance theatre by and for refugees and other migrants young people as performers opera and operetta and spoken art theatre. An excellent resource for academics and students of theatre and performance studies especially in the fields of spoken theatre opera and operetta studies and migrant theatre Theatre and Internationalization explores how theatre shapes and is shaped by international flows of people funds practices and works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367463540

Theatre and National IdentityRe-Imagining Conceptions of Nation This book explores the ways that pre-existing ‘national’ works or ‘national theatre’ sites can offer a rich source of material for speaking to the contemporary moment because of the resonances or associations they offer of a different time place politics or culture. Featuring a broad international scope  it offers a series of thought-provoking essays that explore how playwrights directors theatre-makers and performance artists have re-staged or re-worked a classic national play performance theatrical form or theatre space in order to engage with conceptions of and questions around the nation nationalism and national identity in the contemporary moment opening up new ways of thinking about or problematizing questions around the nation and national identity. Chapters ask how productions engage with a particular moment in the national psyche in the context of internationalism and globalization for example as well as how productions explore the interconnectivity of nations intercultural agendas or cosmopolitanism. They also explore questions relating to the presence of migrants exiles or refugees and the legacy of colonial histories and post-colonial subjectivities. The volume highlights how theatre and performance has the ability to contest and unsettle ideas of the nation and national identity through the use of various sites stagings and performance strategies and how contemporary theatres have portrayed national agendas and characters at a time of intense cultural flux and repositioning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415822992

Theatre and Performance DesignA Reader in Scenography Theatre and Performance Design: A Reader in Scenography is an essential resource for those interested in the visual composition of performance and related scenographic practices. Theatre and performance studies cultural theory fine art philosophy and the social sciences are brought together in one volume to examine the principle forces that inform understanding of theatre and performance design. The volume is organised thematically in five sections: looking the experience of seeing space and place the designer: the scenographic bodies in space making meaning This major collection of key writings provides a much needed critical and contextual framework for the analysis of theatre and performance design. By locating this study within the broader field of scenography – the term increasingly used to describe a more integrated reading of performance – this unique anthology recognises the role played by all the elements of production in the creation of meaning. Contributors include Josef Svoboda Richard Foreman Roland Barthes Oscar Schlemmer Maurice Merleau-Ponty Richard Schechner Jonathan Crary Elizabeth Wilson Henri Lefebvre Adolph Appia and Herbert Blau. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203124291

Theatre and Performance in the Neoliberal UniversityResponses to an Academy in Crisis Exploring how educators and institutions might embrace the STEAM turn to ensure that theatre and performance can be instrumental to the neoliberal university without being instrumentalized by it this volume showcases alternative models for teaching and learning in theatre and performance in a neoliberal age. Originally a special issue of Research in Drama Education this volume foregrounds the above ideas in six principal articles and provides a range of potential models for change in twelve case study discussions. Detailing a variety of ‘best practices’ in theatre and performance education contributors demonstrate how postsecondary educators around the world have recentred drama and performance by collaborating with STEM-side faculty using theatre principles to frame and support interdisciplinary learning and working toward important applications beyond the classroom. Arguing that the neoliberal university needs theatre and performance more than ever this valuable collection emphasizes the critical contribution which these subjects continue to make to the development of students staff and institutions. This book will be of particular interest to students researchers and librarians in the fields of Theatre Studies Performance Studies Applied Theatre Drama in Education and Holistic Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367440480

Theatre and Performing Arts Collections Here is an exciting book that provides detailed descriptions of dozens of the most important and unique collections of “theatricana” in the United States and Canada. In Theatre and Performing Arts Collections distinguished theatre specialists librarians and curators describe the unique possessions of the best and largest collections in theatre and performing arts. Each chapter provides detailed descriptions of the collections as well as important notes about their history--information that is not available in any other source! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203056974

Theatre and SocietyAnthology of Contemporary Chinese Drama Exploring one of the most dynamic and contested regions of the world this series includes works on political economic cultural and social changes in modern and contemporary Asia and the Pacific. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698748

Theatre Artisans and Their CraftThe Allied Arts Fields Theatre Artisans and Their Craft: The Allied Arts Fields profiles fourteen remarkable artists and technicians who elevate theatre production to new dimensions explore new materials and technologies and introduce new safety standards and solutions. Readers will learn how the featured artists delved into entrepreneurial ventures and created their own work for themselves; researching studying and experimenting seeking answers when none were available. The book explores how to make an impact in the entertainment industry from behind the scenes and how students can model themselves after these successful professionals to jump-start their career in theatre production. Aimed at theatre and film practitioners in the allied arts fields Theatre Artisans and Their Craft offers a collection of success stories that are both inspiring and informative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815352228

Theatre Arts on Acting During its fifty year run Theatre Arts Magazine was a bustling forum for the foremost names in the performing arts including Stanislavski Laurence Olivier  Lee Strasberg  John Gielgud and Shelley Winters. Renowned theatre historian Laurence Senelick has plundered its stunning archives to assemble a stellar collection of articles on every aspect of acting and theatrical life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315881188

Theatre as Sign SystemA Semiotics of Text and Performance This invaluable student handbook is the first detailed guide to explain in detail the relationship between the drama text and the theory and practice of drama in performance. Beginning at the beginning with accessible explanations of the meanings and methods of semiotics Theatre as Sign System addresses key drama texts and offers new and detailed information about the theories of performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138128712

Theatre at the Crossroads of Culture Western culture has a long and fraught history of cultural appropriation a history that has particular resonance within performance practice. Patrice Pavis asks what is at stake politically and aesthetically when cultures meet at the crossroads of theatre.? A series of major recent productions are analysed including Peter Brook's Mahabharata Cixous/Mnouchkine's Indiande and Barba's Faust. These focus discussions on translation appropriation adaptation cultural misunderstanding and theatrical exploration. Never losing sight of the theatrical experience Pavis confronts problems of colonialism anthropology and ethnography. This signals a radical movement away from the director and the word towards the complex relationship between performance performer and spectator. Despite the problematic politics of cultural exchange in the theatre interculturalism is not a one-sided process. Using the metaphor of the hourglass to discuss the transfer between source and target culture Pavis asks what happens when the hourglass is turned upside down when the `foreign' culture speaks for itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153639

Theatre Audiences Susan Bennett's highly successful Theatre Audiences is a unique full-length study of the audience as cultural phenomenon which looks at both theories of spectatorship and the practice of different theatres and their audiences. Published here in a brand new updated edition Theatre Audiences now includes: • a new preface by the author • a stunning extra chapter on intercultural theatre • a revised up-to-date bibliography. Theatre Audiences is a must-buy for teachers and students interested in spectatorship and theatre audiences and will be valuable reading for practitioners and others involved in the theatre. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315005751

Theatre for Women’s Participation in Sustainable Development Though development researchers have proven that the participation of women is necessary for effective sustainable development development practitioners still largely lack culturally appropriate gender-sensitive tools for including women especially women living in poverty.  Current tools used in the development approach often favour the skill set of the development practitioner and are a mismatch with the traditional gendered knowledge and skills many women who are living in poverty do have.  This study explores three case studies from India Ethiopia and the Guatemala that have successfully used applied theatre for women’s participation in sustainable development. This interdisciplinary book has the opportunity to be the first to bring together the theory scholarship and practice of theatre for women’s participation in sustainable development in an international context. This work will be of great interest to scholars and practitioners in a wide variety of fields who are looking for creative solutions for utilizing the contributions of women for solving our global goals to live in a sustainable way on this one planet in a just and equitable manner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138189669

Theatre HistoriesAn Introduction This thoroughly revised and updated third edition of the innovative and widely acclaimed Theatre Histories: An Introduction offers a critical overview of global theatre and drama spanning a broad wealth of world cultures and periods. Bringing together a group of scholars from a diverse range of backgrounds to add fresh perspectives on the history of global theatre the book illustrates historiographical theories with case studies demonstrating various methods and interpretive approaches. Subtly restructured sections place the chapters within new thematic contexts to offer a clear overview of each period while a revised chapter structure offers accessibility for students and instructors. Further new features and key updates to this third edition include: A dedicated chapter on historiography New up to date case studies Enhanced and reworked historical cultural and political timelines helping students to place each chapter within the historical context of the section Pronunciation guidance both in the text and as an online audio guide to aid the reader in accessing and internalizing unfamiliar terminology A new and updated companion website with further insights activities and resources to enable students to further their knowledge and understanding of the theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415837965

Theatre in Ancient Greek Society In Theatre in Ancient Greek Society the author examines the social setting and function of ancient Greek theatre through the thousand years of its performance history. Instead of using written sources which were intended only for a small educated section of the population he draws most of his evidence from a wide range of archaeological material - from cheap mass-produced vases and figurines to elegant silverware produced for the dining tables of the wealthy. This is the first study examining the function and impact of the theatre in ancient Greek society by employing an archaeological approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173323

Theatre in Europe Under German Occupation The Second World War went beyond previous military conflicts. It was not only about specific geographical gains or economic goals but also about the brutal and lasting reshaping of Europe as a whole. Theatre in Europe Under German Occupation explores the part that theatre played in the Nazi war effort. Using a case-study approach it illustrates the crucial and heavily subsidised role of theatre as a cultural extension of the military machine key to Nazi Germany’s total war doctrine. Covering theatres in Oslo Riga Lille Lodz Krakau Warsaw Prague The Hague and Kiev Anselm Heinrich looks at the history and context of their operation; the wider political cultural and propagandistic implications in view of their function in wartime; and their legacies. Theatre in Europe Under German Occupation focuses for the first time on Nazi Germany’s attempts to control and shape the cultural sector in occupied territories shedding new light on the importance of theatre for the regime’s military and political goals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138799530

Theatre in PracticeA Student's Handbook Theatre in Practice is an accessible and wide-ranging exploration of the central practices and key practitioners covered on the various syllabi at A level IB BTEC and beyond. Exploring Stanislavski Brecht Artaud Lecoq Berkoff and Craig as well as work from innovative theatre companies such as Complicite Gecko and The Paper Birds it combines an informal unpretentious tone with a wealth of practical exercises. Revised and updated to meet the most recent post-16 and A level drama requirements and to include some of the latest practices in theatre this new edition offers a step-by-step approach to developing key skills such as devising improvising rehearsing mono/duologues and directing plays. Written by specialists with extensive experience leading workshops for the post-16 age-group Theatre in Practice is a thorough and imaginative resource that speaks directly to students.   New for this edition: A new chapter exploring Artaud and how to use Artaud with text and when devising. A new chapter exploring the progression of practice from Lecoq to Complicite. A series of step-by-step exercises exploring the Gecko devising process. An exploration of the work of The Paper Birds and E G Craig when devising. New exercises on how to devise using Stanislavski and Brecht. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138289062

Theatre in the Solovki Prison Camp First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315077215

Theatre Institutions in CrisisEuropean Perspectives Theatre Institutions in Crisis examines how theatre in Europe is beset by a crisis on an institutional level and the pressing need for robust research into the complex configuration of factors at work that are leading to significant shifts in the way theatre is understood organised delivered and received. Balme and Fisher bring together scholars from different disciplines and countries across Europe to examine what factors can be said to be most common to the institutional crisis of European theatre today. The methods employed are drawn from systems theory social-scientific approaches economics and statistics theatre and performance and other interpretative approaches (hermeneutics) and labour studies. This book will be of great interest to researchers students and practitioners working in the fields of performance and theatre studies. It will be particularly relevant to researchers with a particular interest in European theatre and its networks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367266103

Theatre of Animation Published in 1999 'Theatre of Animation' is a valuable addition to the field of performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159471

Theatre of Conscience 1939-53A Study of Four Touring British Community Theatres Theatres of Conscience offers an invaluable and essential insight into four touring British theatre companies whose work and contributions to post-war British theatre have largely gone unnoticed. Combining a rigorous scholarly evaluation of their work and their broadly ideological and ethical contribution to wider post-war developments in British theatre. Peter Billingham offers the reader a unique insight into four companies which motivated by enthusiasm principles and creative innovation sought to take the theatre of conscience to theatre-less communities in wartime Britain and during the following decade. Contemporaries of - amongst others - Joan Littlewood's Theatre Workshop the Pilgrim Players the Adelphi Players the Compass Players and the Century Theatre represent a significant but rather overlooked phase in the development of twentieth-century British theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866170

Theatre of Exile How might the organic link between theatre-making and political action be revitalised? And how might a spontaneous vision of a theatre of and for ordinary people be reignited? Since his political exile from Argentina in 1977 theatre director and producer Horacio Czertok has devoted his life to re-imagining the art of the theatre taking it out of its comfort zone into places of social conflict such as deprived suburban areas prisons and mental hospitals as well as open public spaces engaging directly with audiences in a spirit of abiding carnivalesque and deeply political theatrical experimentation. Adapting a rigorous Stanislavskian theatrical training to the exigencies of raw immediate encounters with audiences in marginal and open spaces Czertok’s theatre-making is unique not only in the kinds of capacities and skills it allows actors to develop but also in the way it renders the question of political efficacy immanent to the very process of making theatre. Providing Czertok’s own highly personal account of his trajectory in the global scene of theatre-making over the past half-century this is a book about the theatre of exile – a theatre of streets prisons hospitals open to direct and unexpected encounters with audiences and their life-experiences. Photos by Luca Gavagna Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138887091

Theatre of the Oppressed in ActionsAn Audio-Visual Introduction to Boal’s Forum Theatre This exciting collection of archival film footage—some of it never before shared publicly—will be useful for Theatre of the Oppressed students practitioners and scholars of any level of familiarity or experience. Resources include:  detailed footage of Augusto Boal and Julian Boal facilitating workshops at the International Pedagogy and Theatre of the Oppressed (PTO) Conference a film of Augusto Boal's final trip to the PTO Conference footage excerpts of a variety of artists from around the world using Forum Theatre in their own local urgent struggles  a companion booklet of short essays and interviews that contextualize the dynamic activist projects featured on the DVD. Combining professionally-filmed video with amateur footage this project aims to capture Theatre of the Oppressed as a system of techniques defined simultaneously by political continuity and practical flexibility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415606189

Theatre Sound Theatre Sound includes a brief history of the use of sound in the theatre discussions of musicals sound effects and the recording studio and even an introduction to the physics and math of sound design. A bibliography and online reference section make this the new essential work for students of theatre and practicing sound designers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135390

Theatre Studies: The Basics Now in a second edition Theatre Studies: The Basics is a fully updated guide to the wonderful world of theatre. The practical and theoretical dimensions of theatre – from acting to audience – are woven together throughout to provide an integrated introduction to the study of drama theatre and performance. Topics covered include: dramatic genres from tragedy to political documentary theories of performance the history of the theatre in the West acting directing and scenography With a glossary chapter summaries and suggestions for further reading throughout Theatre Studies: the Basics remains the ideal starting point for anyone new to the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415811682

Theatre StudiosA Political History of Ensemble Theatre-Making Theatre Studios explores the history of the studio model in England first established by Konstantin Stanislavsky Jacques Copeau and others in the early twentieth century and later developed in the UK primarily by Michel Saint-Denis George Devine Michael Chekhov and Joan Littlewood whose studios are the focus of this study. Cornford offers in-depth accounts of the radical collective work of these leading theatre companies of the mid-twentieth century considering the models of ensemble theatre-making that they developed and their remnants in the newly publicly-funded UK theatre establishment of the 1960s. In the process this book develops an approach to understanding the politics of artistic practices rooted in the work of John Dewey Antonio Gramsci and the standpoint feminists. It concludes by considering the legacy of the studio movement for twenty-first-century theatre partly by tracking its echoes in the work of Secret Theatre at the Lyric Hammersmith (2013–2015). Students and makers of theatre alike will find in this book a provocative and illuminating analysis of the politics of performance-making and a history of the theatre as a site for developing counterhegemonic radically democratic anti-individualist forms of cultural production. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138185647

Theatre Translation in Performance This volume focuses on the highly debated topic of theatrical translation one brought on by a renewed interest in the idea of performance and translation as a cooperative effort on the part of the translator the director and the actors. Exploring the role and function of the translator as co-subject of the performance it addresses current issues concerning the role of the translator for the stage as opposed to the one for the editorial market within a multifarious cultural context. The current debate has shown a growing tendency to downplay and challenge the notion of translational accuracy in favor of a recreational and post-dramatic attitude underlying the role of the director and playwright instead. This book discusses the delicate balance between translating and directing from an intercultural semiotic aesthetic and interlingual perspective taking a critical stance on approaches that belittle translation for the theatre or equate it to an editorial practice focused on literality. Chapters emphasize the idea of dramatic translation as a particular and extremely challenging type of performance while consistently exploring its various textual intertextual intertranslational contextual cultural and intercultural facets. The notion of performance is applied to textual interpretation as performance interlingual versus intersemiotic performance and (inter)cultural performance in the adaptation of translated texts for the stage providing a wide-ranging discussion from an international group of contributors directors and translators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415661416

Theatre Translation Theory and Performance in Contemporary JapanNative Voices Foreign Bodies What motivates a Japanese translator and theatre company to translate and perform a play about racial discrimination in the American South? What happens to a 'gay' play when it is staged in a country where the performance of gender is a theatrical tradition? What are the politics of First Nations or Aboriginal theatre in Japanese translation and 'colour blind' casting? Is a Canadian nô drama that tells a story of the Japanese diaspora a performance in cultural appropriation or dramatic innovation? In looking for answers to these questions Theatre Translation Theory and Performance in Contemporary Japan extends discussions of theatre translation through a selective investigation of six Western plays translated and staged in Japan since the 1960s with marginalized tongues and bodies at their core. The study begins with an examination of James Baldwin's Blues for Mister Charlie followed by explorations of Michel Marc Bouchard's Les feluettes ou La repetition d'un drame romantique Tomson Highway's The Rez Sisters and Dry Lips Oughta Move to Kapuskasing Roger Bennett's Up the Ladder and Daphne Marlatt's The Gull: The Steveston t Noh Project. Native Voices Foreign Bodies locates theatre translation theory and practice in Japan in the post-war Showa and Heisei eras and provokes reconsideration of Western notions about the complex interaction of tongues and bodies in translation and theatre when they travel and are reconstituted under different cultural conditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781905763115

Theatre-Fiction in Britain from Henry James to Doris LessingWriting in the Wings This volume posits and explores an intermedial genre called theatre-fiction understood in its broadest sense as referring to novels and stories that engage in concrete and sustained ways with theatre. Though theatre has made star appearances in dozens of literary fictions including many by modern history’s most influential authors no full-length study has dedicated itself specifically to theatre-fiction—in fact there has not even been a recognized name for the phenomenon. Focusing on Britain where most of the world’s theatre-novels have been produced and commencing in the late-nineteenth century when theatre increasingly took on major roles in novels Theatre-Fiction in Britain argues for the benefits of considering these works in relation to each other to a history of development and to the theatre of their time. New modes of intermedial analysis are modelled through close studies of Henry James Somerset Maugham Virginia Woolf J. B. Priestley Ngaio Marsh Angela Carter and Doris Lessing all of whom were deeply involved in the theatre-world as playwrights directors reviewers and theorists. Drawing as much on theatre scholarship as on literary theory Theatre-Fiction in Britain presents theatre-fiction as one of the past century’s most vital means of exploring reconsidering and bringing forth theatre’s potentials. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367332167

Theatres of AccumulationStudies in Asian and Latin American Urbanization In the great cities of Latin America and Asia international business and local firms meet and in particular influence teh development strategies of Third World countries. The authors of Theatres of Accumulation argue that these cities play a crucial role in the process of capital accumulation and of unequal exchange and dependency. They examine the twin patterns of convergence and divergence in lifestyles and economic activities and show how the flow of capital through the urban system beings net losses to the rural regions and further exacerbates income inequalities between regions and classes. Theatres of accumulation provides an overview of urbanization in the Third World as well as specific case studies. It deals with theoretical issues and projects the likely developments in urbanization in the future. Armstrong and McGee's work is essential reading for social science and planning professionals and students in the developed world and the Third World who are concerned with urban processes. This book was first published in 1985. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860321

Theatrical Costume Masks Make-Up and WigsA Bibliography and Iconography This is the first bibliography in its field based on first-hand collations of the actual articles. International in scope it includes publications found in public theatre libraries and archives of Barcelona Berlin Brussels Budapest Florence London Milan New York and Paris amongst others.Over 3500 detailed entries on separately published sources such as books sales and exhibition catalogues and pamphlets provide an indispensible guide for theatre students practitioners and historians. Indices cover designers productions actors and performers. The iconography provides an indexed record of over 6000 printed plates of performers in role illustrating performance costume from the 18th to 20th century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884045

Theatrical DesignAn Introduction Theatrical Design: An Introduction is a guide for designers creatives and artists to create a design idea for a project and then audio/visually interpret and communicate that idea. Emphasizing story analysis creation and interpretation specifically for designers and artists the narrative describes a method to release meaning and design inspiration from story. After interpretation the artistic elements and principles of design - the skills necessary to create the design - are laid out in clear terms. Concepts are illustrated with examples from theatre film art architecture and fashion that explore professional and historic use of conceptualization and metaphor. Theatrical Design: An Introduction imparts the tools all designers in all pursuits need to innovate off the page. A textbook suitable for Art Architecture Exhibitions Interior Spaces Culinary Presentation Design Film and Theatre university courses general readers and hobbyists will also find the methodology can be applied to any creative pursuits. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138838826

Theatrical MakeupBasic Application Techniques Theatrical Makeup clearly and concisely explains the basics of theatrical makeup techniques to allow stage actors to put their best face forward! Readers will gain understanding of the physiology of the human face and using cream based makeup as well as commercial cosmetics learn how to contour it to suit the character with the use of highlight and shadow. Hundreds of full color images and step-by-step instructions illustrate how to visually manipulate bone structure and apparent age apply simple facial hair and wounds and create glamorous and natural stage makeup. Also covered are the tools readers will need to apply their own makeup along with critical health and hygiene tips. This book is suitable for beginner Theatrical Makeup courses and for stage actors of all levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138798762

Theatrical Performance and the Forensic Turn Contemporary theatre like so much of contemporary life is obsessed with the ways in which information is detected packaged and circulated. Running through forms as diverse as neo-naturalistic playwriting intimately immersive theatre verbatim drama intermedial performance and musical theatre a common thread can be observed: theatre-makers have moved away from assertions of what is true and focussed on questions about how truth is framed. Commentators in various disciplines including education fine art journalism medicine cultural studies and law have identified a ‘forensic turn’ in culture. The crucial role played by theatrical and performative techniques in fuelling this forensic turn has frequently been mentioned but never examined in detail. Political and poetic Theatrical Performance and the Forensic Turn is the first account of the relationship between theatrical and forensic aesthetics.Exploring a rich variety of works that interrogate and resist the forensic turn this is a must-read not only for scholars of theatre and performance but also of culture across the arts sciences and social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730635

Theatrical Speech Acts: Performing LanguagePolitics Translations Embodiments Theatrical Speech Acts: Performing Language explores the significance and impact of words in performance probing how language functions in theatrical scenarios what it can achieve under particular conditions and what kinds of problems may arise as a result. Presenting case studies from around the globe—spanning Argentina Egypt Germany India Indonesia Korea Kenya Nigeria Rwanda Thailand the UK and the US—the authors explore key issues related to theatrical speech acts such as (post)colonial language politics; histories practices and theories of translation for/in performance; as well as practices and processes of embodiment. With scholars from different cultural and disciplinary backgrounds examining theatrical speech acts—their preconditions their cultural and bodily dimensions as well as their manifold political effects—the book introduces readers to a crucial linguistic dimension of historical and contemporary processes of interweaving performance cultures. Ideal for drama theater performance and translation scholars worldwide Theatrical Speech Acts opens up a unique perspective on the transformative power of language in performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367819736

Theatrical UnrestTen Riots in the History of the Stage 1601-2004 Shortlisted for the 2017 Theatre Book Prize What is it about theatre compared to other kinds of cultural representation which provokes such a powerful reaction? Theatrical Unrest tells the compelling tales of ten riots whose cause lies on stage. It looks at the intensity and evanescence of the live event and asks whether theatre shares its unrepeatable quality with history. Tracing episodes of unrest in theatrical history from an Elizabethan uprising over Shakespeare's Richard II to Sikhs in revolt at Gurpreet Kaur Bhatti's Behzti Sean McEvoy chronicles a selection of extreme public responses to this inflammatory art form. Each chapter provides a useful overview of the structure and documentation of one particular event juxtaposing eyewitness accounts with newspaper reports and other contemporary narratives. Theatrical Unrest is an absorbing account of the explosive impact of performance and an essential read for anyone interested in theatre’s often violent history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138914315

TheatrocracyGreek Drama Cognition and the Imperative for Theatre Theatrocracy is a book about the power of the theatre how it can affect the people who experience it and the societies within which it is embedded. It takes as its model the earliest theatrical form we possess complete plays from the classical Greek theatre of the fifth century BCE and offers a new approach to understanding how ancient drama operated in performance and became such an influential social cultural and political force inspiring and being influenced by revolutionary developments in political engagement and citizen discourse. Key performative elements of Greek theatre are analyzed from the perspective of the cognitive sciences as embodied live enacted events with new approaches to narrative space masks movement music words emotions and empathy. This groundbreaking study combines research from the fields of the affective sciences – the study of human emotions â€“ including cognitive theory neuroscience psychology artificial intelligence psychiatry and cognitive archaeology with classical theatre and performance studies. This book revisits what Plato found so unsettling about drama – its ability to produce a theatrocracy a "government" of spectators – and argues that this was not a negative but an essential element of Athenian theatre. It shows that Athenian drama provided a place of alterity where audiences were exposed to different viewpoints and radical perspectives. This perspective was and is vital in a freethinking democratic society where people are expected to vote on matters of state. In order to achieve this goal  the theatre offered a dissociative and absorbing experience that enhanced emotionality deepened understanding and promoted empathy. There was and still is an urgent imperative for theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594930

Thebes in the Fifth Century (Routledge Revivals)Heracles Resurgent In the fifth century BC Thebes faced with the challenges presented by defeat and disgrace in the Persian Wars – it had sided with the invaders – succeeded not only in regaining its former prominence but also in laying the groundwork for its hegemony of Greece in the early part of the fourth century. In Thebes in the Fifth Century first published in 1982 Nancy Demand examines the political and military history of this renowned city as well as a number of other aspects of Theban culture and society: its physical layout religious cults poetry and music arts crafts and philosophy. Other topics of special interest include a chapter on Pythagoreanism in Thebes an appendix on the evidence for the participation of women in Pythagoreanism and an investigation extending throughout the book of the role of women in Theban society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138021051

ThebesA History Thebes offers a scholarly survey of the history and archaeology of the city from 1600 BCE – 476 CE. Discussions of major developments in politics war society and culture form the basis of a chronological examination of one of Greece’s most powerful and dynamic cities. By taking a broad view the book’s account speaks to larger trends in the ancient Mediterranean world while also demonstrating how Thebes was unique in its ancient context. It provides an up-to-date examination of all available information: topographic demographic numismatic epigraphic archaeological and textual discussions provide the most complete current picture of ancient Thebes and illustrate the value of an interdisciplinary approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878047

Theft of the NationThe Structure and Operations of Organized Crime in America Organized crime in America today is not the tough hoodlums familiar to moviegoers and TV watchers. It is more sophisticated with many college graduates gifted with organizational genius all belonging to twenty-four tightly knit "families " who have corrupted legitimate business and infiltrated some of the highest levels of local state and federal government. Their power reaches into Congress into the executive and judicial branches police agencies and labor unions and into such business enterprises as real estate retail stores restaurants hotels linen-supply houses and garbage-collection routes.How does organized crime operate? How dangerous is it? What are the implications for American society? How may we cope with it? In answering these questions Cressey asserts that because organized crime provides illicit goods and services demanded by legitimate society it has become part of legitimate society. This fascinating account reveals the parallels: the growth of specialization "big-business practices" (pooling of capital and reinvestment of profits; fringe benefits like bail money) and government practices (negotiated settlements and peace treaties defined territories fair-trade agreements).For too long we have as a society concerned ourselves only with superficial questions about organized crime. Theft of the Nation focuses on to a more profound and searching level. Of course organized crime exists. Cressey not only establishes this fact but proceeds to explore it rigorously and with penetration. One need not agree with everything Cressey writes to conclude that no one after the publication of Theft of the Nation can be knowledgeable about organized crime without having read this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539532

Their Fair ShareWomen Power and Criticism in the Athenaeum from Millicent Garrett Fawcett to Katherine Mansfield 1870�1920 Their Fair Share identifies and contextualises many previously unknown critical writings by a selection of well-known turn-of-the-century women. It reveals the networks behind an influential journal like the Athenaeum and presents a more shaded assessment of its position in the field of cultural production in the period 1870-1920. The Athenaeum (1828-1921) has often been presented as a monolithic institution offering its readers a fairly conservative male oriented appreciation of a wide variety of contemporary publications. On the basis of archival and biographical material this book presents an entirely new analysis of the reviewing policy of this weekly from 1870 when it came into the hands of the politician Sir Charles Wentworth Dilke up to and including 1919-1920 when John Middleton Murry became its editor. Dilke and his editor Norman MacColl are here revealed to have been committed feminists who enlisted some of the most influential women of their time as critics for their journal. The book looks more specifically at the contributions by a.o. Millicent Garrett Fawcett Emilia Dilke Jane Harrison and Augusta Webster. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367882587

Their Hands Before Our Eyes: A Closer Look at ScribesThe Lyell Lectures Delivered in the University of Oxford 1999 This new book by Malcolm Parkes makes a fundamental contribution to the history of handwriting. Handwriting is a versatile medium that has always allowed individual scribes the opportunity for self-expression despite the limitations of the pen and the finite number of possible movements.The purpose of this study is to focus on the writing of scribes from late antiquity to the beginning of the sixteenth century and to identify those features which are a scribe's personal contribution to the techniques and art of handwriting. The book opens with three chapters surveying the various environments in which scribes worked in the medieval West. The following five based on the author's Lyell Lectures at the University of Oxford then examine different aspects of the subject starting with the basic processes of handwriting and copying. Next come discussions of developments in rapid handwriting with its consequent influence on new alphabets; on more formal 'set hands'; and on the adaptation of movements of the pen to produce elements of style corresponding to changes in the prevailing sense of decorum. The final chapter looks at the significance of some customized images produced by handwriting on the page. The text is illustrated with 69 plates and accompanied by a glossary of the technical terms applied to handwriting which in itself makes a significant contribution to the subject. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236445

Their Second RepublicIslamism in the Sudan from Disintegration to Oblivion Building on his successful book The First Islamist Republic Abdullahi A. Gallab’s Their Second Republic: Islamism in the Sudan from Disintegration to Oblivion deals with Islamism its representations history and transformations in the region. Continuing the study of Islamism in power the book affirms the continuous disintegration of the Islamist movement in the Sudan taking a critical look at its institutions and their ideological and rhetorical stances. The book provides an entry point into Hasan al-Turabi’s Islamism its local regimes and their disintegration. The book addresses the profound transformations that stem from the anachronistic qualities of political Islam as it deploys violence to maintain power. Gallab describes this as savage separation of religion and state. The main focus of the book is to provide a socio-historical analysis of developments and transformations of historic forms of Islamism and its runaway world as well as situating it in its local and global contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271579

Theism and CosmologyBeing the First Series of a Course of Gifford Lectures on the General Subject of Metaphysics and Theism given in the Uni Theism is one of the major types of metaphysics and cosmology is the general theory of the whole wide world. Must the world have an over-worldly source or any source? Would "space" crumble unless God perpetually sustained it by his brooding omnipresence? Is all power properly understood divine power? These large questions never out of date are examined by Professor Laird in the light of contemporary philosophy. This seminal work originally published in 1940 is a lucid and profound discussion in theological philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990173

Theism and Explanation In this timely study Dawes defends the methodological naturalism of the sciences. Though religions offer what appear to be explanations of various facts about the world the scientist as scientist will not take such proposed explanations seriously. Even if no natural explanation were available she will assume that one exists. Is this merely a sign of atheistic prejudice as some critics suggest? Or are there good reasons to exclude from science explanations that invoke a supernatural agent? On the one hand Dawes concedes the bare possibility that talk of divine action could constitute a potential explanation of some state of affairs while noting that the conditions under which this would be true are unlikely ever to be fulfilled. On the other hand he argues that a proposed explanation of this kind would rate poorly when measured against our usual standards of explanatory virtue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884335

Theism or AtheismThe Eternal Debate From the time of the thinkers of ancient Greece the question of what can be said about the existence and nature of God has been debated by many philosophers and theologians. In Theism and Atheism: The Eternal Debate F.F. Centore presents a broad analysis of the major positions that address the question and the thinkers who have contributed to the debate. This is an admirably lucid and thorough examination of the history of natural theology. Covering the material in a thematic rather than in a strictly chronological way Centore draws out the key positions on topics such as the relationship of science and religion the problem of evil Naturalistic and Supernaturalistic theism and the dispute between essence and existence. The proponents of the various positions are considered alongside their most explicit critics. Important thinkers dealt with in this work include Plato Aristotle Aquinas Descartes Pascal Kant Hume Hegel Nietzsche Freud and Darwin. The diversity of exploration also goes beyond the Judeo-Christian tradition to look at Hinduism Buddhism Stoicism Zoroastrianism Confucianism and Classical Paganism. This work however is much more than a survey of the major historical arguments and rebuttals concerning God's existence and nature. Overall it is a work by a well-established Catholic philosopher who concludes that God's existence and nature are indeed compatible with modern science human freedom and the existence of evil in the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398417

Thematic Structure and Para-Syntax: Arabic as a Case Study Thematic Structure and Para-Syntax: Arabic as a Case Study presents a structural analysis of Arabic providing an alternative to the traditional notions of theme and rheme. Taking Arabic as a case study this book claims that approaches to thematic structure propounded in universalist linguistic theories of which Hallidayan systemic functional linguistics is taken as an illustrative example are profoundly wrong. It argues that in order to produce an analysis of thematic structure and similar phenomena which is not undermined by its own theoretical presuppositions it is necessary to remove such notions from the domain of linguistic and semiotic theory. The book initially focuses on Sudanese Arabic because this allows for a beautifully clear exposition of general principles before applying these principles to Modern Standard Arabic and some other Arabic varieties. This book will be of interest to scholars in Arabic linguistics linguistic theory and information structure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367367503

Thematic Test Analysis First published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873018

Thematic Theory in Syntax and Interpretation In recent years lexical argument structure in the guise of thematic roles has come to play an increasingly important part in syntactic theory. The first part of this book first published in 1990 explores the interplay between thematic role assignment and movement processes with particular reference to the explanatory problem of nominalisation. The second part explores the relationship between thematic roles and control. Particularly close attention is paid to implicit arguments arbitrary control and adverbs of quantification. A theory of control is presented which unifies obligatory and non-obligatory control. The theory of control furthermore generalises to account for the binding gaps in purposive clauses tough movement constructions infinitival clauses and other constructions which have typically been analysed as involving long-distance dependencies. This title will be of interest to students of linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138698109

Themes and Flux in British PoliticsEvolution Change and Turbulence Themes and Flux in British Politics provides readers with an engaging and informative overview of the development change and turbulence in British politics today. It explores the extent to which the ‘old approaches’ to politics and policy are becoming less relevant in the contemporary and emerging UK environment and makes sense of the most significant aspects of the moment: political and electoral alignment referenda Brexit and the EU relationship between UK and devolved governments and key impact-related developments internationally. As such it is an essential read for students and observers of British political life who need pointed expert coverage to help make sense of these exceptional political times. With a tripartite structure the book first examines trends in political representation with changes in political engagement party loyalties and electoral alignment then places this within the turbulence and changing landscape of the policy/political environment and finally contextualises the developments in British politics vis-à-vis international resonances and parallels. Case studies of the Scottish independence referendum referendum to remain in or leave the EU and the EU withdrawal process are used to illustrate the key concepts and arguments advanced and to provide a sense of the current dynamic of British politics. Themes and Flux in British Politics represents a timely response to contemporary debates about the major shifts (perhaps crises) of political parties and representation and the turbulent landscape of public policy and will be essential reading for British politics and government Brexit public policy and EU politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138298378

Themes and Images in the Medieval English Religious Lyric Originally published in 1972 Themes and Images in the Medieval English Religious Lyric discusses themes and images in religious lyric poetry in Medieval English poetry. The book looks at the affect that tradition and convention had on the religious poetry of the medieval period. It examines the background of the lyrics including the Latin tradition which was inherited by medieval vernacular and shows how religious lyric poetry presents through a rich variety of images the significant incidents in the scheme of Christ’s redemption such as the Annunciation the Nativity the Passion and the Resurrection. It also considers the lyrics which were designed to assist humanity in the task of living in a Christian life as well as those which prepared them for death. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367186777

Themes and Stories in Youthwork Practice Learn to follow the rhythms of building a relationship with youth at riskThemes and Stories in Youth Work Practice takes a refreshing look at the creative possibilities of working with youth in a variety of group care and developmental settings. Author Mark Krueger presents an innovative approach to developing relationships through shared experiences that plays out like modern dance choreographed according to individual needs and strengths but always open to improvisations that follow the rhythms of life. The book also promotes a framework of understanding youth work through personal stories constructed alone and together by youth and youth workers.Themes and Stories in Youth Work Practice offers a unique perspective on theory and practice as it examines human interaction as an interpersonal inter-subjective and contextual process. The book recounts a day in the life of a youth worker examines qualitative inquiries conducted by youth workers recalls personal stories and addresses the ways youth workers' experiences influence their interactions with youth. Counselors working in community centers group homes treatment centers and community and group care programs will discover how to use the interactive dance between workers and youth at risk to create human compositions advancing the story and getting a feel of where they are in moments of connection discovery and empowerment.From the author:“Youth work is like a modern dance. We bring ourselves to the moment and try to interact in synch with youths' rhythms for trusting and growing. As we interact we are in a sense in—and passing through—youth. The challenge is to know ourselves so that we can know each other and this comes about in part through a constant exploration of our stories. It also comes about when we are in youth work with youth learning how to dance.”Geared toward experienced youth workers but equally relevant for students and anyone new to the field Themes and Stories in Youth Work Practice is an enlightening read for anyone working in or for residential treatment centers group homes shelters foster care juvenile justice programs community-based youth serving organizations after school programs recreation programs camps churches and neighborhood centers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203050903

Themes and Variations in Shakespeare's Sonnets First published in 1961. This study analyses Shakespeare's treatment of the universal themes of Beauty Love and Time. He compares Shakespeare with other great poets and sonnet writers - Pindar Horace and Ovid with Petrarch Tasso and Ronsart with Shakespeare's own English predecessors and contemporaries notably Spenser Daniel and Drayton and with John Donne. By discussing their resemblances and differences a not altogether orthodox picture of Shakespeare's attitude to life is presented which suggests that he was not as phlegmatic and equable a person as critics have often supposed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708460

Themes in Biogeography Originally published in 1984 Themes in Biogeography presents a broad examination of biogeographical themes extending across the field of plant and animal ecology and geography. The book provides a detailed and unique investigation into life and its environment and delves into not just geography and ecology but provides an interdisciplinary look at these areas across both biological and environmental sciences. The book examines biogeographical themes applying them to areas of research in soils and climate change as well as in depth studies of plant communities and their animal associates. The book also discusses plants and animals through their taxonomic distribution and deals with factors of plant geography using both global and regional examples. This book will be of interest to biologists ecologists and geographers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367351076

Themes in Economic AnalysisTheory policy and measurement This book covers diverse themes including institutions and efficiency choice and values law and economics development and policy and social and economic measurement. Written in honour of the distinguished economist Satish K. Jain this compilation of essays should appeal not only to students and researchers of economic theory but also to those interested in the design and evaluation of institutions and policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815375944

Themes in Economic Anthropology The main focus of the volume - the processes of choice and decision-making in different economic systems - offers exceptional scope for the convergence of economic and anthropological perspectives. It concentrates on transactions that both express and influence social relationships and values. Covering a wide geographic area there are specific studies on societies in Equatorial Africa Colombia South India and the Balkans. First published in 1967. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869249

Themes in Geographic Thought (Routledge Revivals) Themes in Geographic Thought first published in 1981 explores in breadth and depth the interrelationships among the history of Geography geographic thought and methodology specifically focusing on the interactions between geographical research and various contemporary philosophical schools: positivism pragmatism functionalism phenomenology existentialism idealism realism and Marxism. An attempt is made to synthesise Geography’s historically rich tradition with the current diversity in approaches to the discipline based on the belief that ‘geographic thought’ at any point in time is a manifestation of the mutual influence between the prevailing philosophical viewpoints and the major methodological approaches in vogue. Each chapter presents an overview of the concrete ideas of a particular school of philosophy and stresses its relevance and impact on various aspects of Geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415747509

Themes in Geomorphology This book first published in 1985 conveys the flavours of geomorphology and the bases of its ideas. It portrays the positive features of pluralism in geomorphology and focuses on processes operative and their associated landforms; the distinctive geological settings of karst volcanicity and tectonic activity; and technological advances. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367224233

Themes in International Economics First published in 1998 this collection of essays deals with four different areas of international economics: the theory of international trade trade and development protectionism and factor movements (notably migration and foreign aid). These themes explore the determinants of trade patterns the relation between these patterns and those of underdevelopment and development the failure of protectionism to increase welfare and finally the impact of emigration on the source country and that of foreign aid on the recipient country. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138365056

Themes in Modern European History 1780-1830 Themes in Modern European History 1780-1830 is an authoritative and lively exploration of a period dominated by events which have shaped modern Europe. In a series of articles six leading academics present some controversial conclusions: the east/west contrast in Europe today has more to do with responses to the French Revolution of 1789 than the Russian Revolution of 1917 the conservative Europe of 1814 was the product of the Romantic imagnation not a `Restoration' of the old regimeSpanning political social economic and demographic facets of revolutions this is an indispensable textbook for all students of the nineteenth century and for all those interested in understanding the nature of Europe today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138432246

Themes in Modern European History 1830-1890 Providing a series of lively essays which reflect the skills that historians have to master when challenged by problems of evidence interpretation and presentation this important new text covers the topics of France Germany Italy Austria and Russia as well as analyzing the themes of political thought cultural trends the economy and warfare international relations and imperialism. Six distinguished scholars all of whom are regularly involved in student teaching provide an authoritative student guide to the main contours of nineteenth-century European history when the continent's standing was at its highest and its influence spanned the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138137011

Themes in Neoplatonic and Aristotelian LogicOrder Negation and Abstraction Were the most serious philosophers of the millennium 200 A.D. to 1200 A.D. just confused mystics? This book shows otherwise. John Martin rehabilitates Neoplatonism founded by Plotinus and brought into Christianity by St. Augustine. The Neoplatonists devise ranking predicates like good excellent perfect to divide the Chain of Being and use the predicate intensifier hyper so that it becomes a valid logical argument to reason from God is not (merely) good to God is hyper-good. In this way the relational facts underlying reality find expression in Aristotle's subject-predicate statements and the Platonic tradition proves able to subsume Aristotle's logic while at the same time rejecting his metaphysics. In the Middle Ages when Aristotle's larger philosophy was recovered and joined again to the Neoplatonic tradition which was never lost Neoplatonic logic lived along side Aristotle's metaphysics in a sometime confusing and unsettled way. Showing Neoplatonism to be significantly richer in its logical and philosophical ideas than it is usually given credit for this book will be of interest not just to historians of logic but to philosophers logicians linguists and theologians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251021

Themes in Religion and Human Security in Africa This book reflects on major themes present at the interface between religion and human security in Africa. It probes the extent to which religion is both a threat to and a resource for human security in Africa by examining specific issues occurring across the continent. A team of contributors from across Africa provide valuable reflections on the conceptualisation and applicability of the concept of human security in the context of religion in Africa. Chapters highlight how themes such as knowledge systems youth education race development sacred texts the media sexual diversity health and others have implications for individual and group security. In order to bring these themes into perspective chapters in the first section reflect on the conceptual historical and contextual factors at play. The chapters that follow demonstrate the theories put forward by means of case studies from countries such as Zimbabwe Kenya Botswana and Ghana that look at African religion Islam and Christianity. This is a detailed and informative volume that provides new insights into the discourse on religion and human security. As such it will be of significant use to any scholar of Religion and Violence Religion in Africa and Religious Studies as well as African and Security Studies more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367861339

Themes in Speculative Psychology Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1968 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882683

Themes in Value and DistributionClassical Theory Reappraised The essays in this volume first published in 1989 seek to re-examine an important area of economic theory: value and distribution. In a sustained and analytical critique two principle methodological approaches are compared and distinguished: the Classical or ‘surplus-based’ theories and the demand-and-supply-based equilibrium (DSE) theories. Although the essays are primarily concerned with value and distribution the critique necessarily extends to the theory of output and employment and in general to the theory of trade and accumulation. The book will be an invaluable reader for students of economic thought capital theory and Marxian political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138230453

Theming AsiaCulture Nature and Heritage in a Transforming Environment Theming Asia: Culture Nature and Heritage in a Transforming Environment presents a theoretical thematic and empirical examination of theming theme parks and themed spaces in contemporary Asia. Drawing on cases from China Hong Kong Japan Kazakhstan Malaysia and Singapore it details how the proliferation of theming in places of consumption education entertainment and everyday life has shaped the social and spatial terrains of modern-day Asia. This is done largely through the radical transformation of ideas of culture nature and heritage – a theoretical and empirical area that warrants urgent and dedicated scholarly inquiry. Providing an innovative study of theme parks and themed spaces in contemporary Asia this publication highlights the critical role of theming in the making ordering branding as well as contestation of cultural natural and heritage places. The intersections of these processes are foregrounded within the context of Disneyization the experience economy imagineered spaces and debates over authenticity and superficiality. A diverse range of case studies as well as a general theoretical introduction give much room for revisiting and reimagining issues of culture and nature in a transforming Asia. This book was originally published as a special issue of Tourism Geographies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891350

Theodicy and Justice in Modern Islamic ThoughtThe Case of Said Nursi This book explores the theology and philosophy of the distinguished modern Muslim scholar and theologian Bediuzzaman Said Nursi [d.1960]. Nursi wrote in both Ottoman Turkish and Arabic and his life and thought reflected the transition of modern Turkey from an empire to a secular republic. The contributors to this volume shed new light on two major dimensions of Nursi's thought: theodicy and justice. Classical Muslim theologians debated these two important issues; however we must consider the modern debate of these issues in the context of the radical political and social transformations of modern Turkey. Nursi explored these matters as they related to the development of state and society and the crisis of Islam in the modern secular nation-state. Nursi is the founder of a 'faith movement' in contemporary Turkey with millions of followers worldwide. In this book distinguished scholars in Islamic Middle Eastern and Turkish Studies explore Nursi's thought on theodicy and justice in comparison with a number of western philosophers theologians and men of letters such as Dante Merton Kant and Moltman. This book presents an invaluable resource for studies in comparative religion philosophy and Islamic and Middle Eastern Studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236421

Theodicy Beyond the Death of 'God'The Persisting Problem of Evil True theodicy is partly a theoretical corrective to evangelistic impatience: discounting the distortions arising from over-eager salesmanship. And partly it is a work of poetic intensification dedicated to faith’s necessary struggle against resentment.This book contains a systematic survey of the classic theoretical-corrective theodicy tradition initiated in the early Seventeenth Century by Jakob Böhme. Two centuries later Böhme’s lyrical thought is translated into rigorous philosophical terms by Schelling; and is then further set in context by Hegel’s doctrine of providence at work in world history. The old ‘God’ of mere evangelistic impatience is as Hegel sees things ‘dead’. And so theodicy is liberated to play its proper role: illustrated here with particular reference to the book of Job the post-Holocaust poetry of Nelly Sachs and the thought of Simone Weil.A boldly polemical study this book is a bid to re-ignite debate on the whole topic of theodicy. As such it will be of great interest to scholars in religious studies theology and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890421

Theodor AdornoKey Concepts Adorno continues to have an impact on disciplines as diverse as philosophy sociology psychology cultural studies musicology and literary theory. An uncompromising critic even as Adorno contests many of the premises of the philosophical tradition he also reinvigorates that tradition in his concerted attempt to stem or to reverse potentially catastrophic tendencies in the West. This book serves as a guide through the intricate labyrinth of Adorno's work. Expert contributors make Adorno accessible to a new generation of readers without simplifying his thought. They provide readers with the key concepts needed to decipher Adorno's often daunting books and essays. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711782

Theodor W Adorno II A new title in Routledge’s Critical Assessments of Leading Philosophers series this is a two-volume collection of the very best recent scholarship on Theodor W. Adorno (1903–69). It is an essential successor to an earlier four-volume collection Theodor Adorno (Critical Evaluations in Cultural Theory) (978-0-415-30464-1) edited by Simon Jarvis and published by Routledge in 2006. Recent decades have seen a remarkable growth of scholarly studies devoted to Theodor W. Adorno’s philosophy and social theory. Every year conferences and publications all over the world testify to a lively interest. Indeed since his death in 1969 Adorno has been read and discussed not only by philosophers but by researchers in all areas of the theoretical humanities and his impact has been considerable both inside and outside the academy. This new Routledge collection brings together the very best of recent research on Adorno. The editor has particularly focused on works that take account of contemporary developments in philosophy and social theory demonstrating how Adorno’s view may engage with contemporary theoretical concerns. With a full index together with a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context Theodor W. Adorno II is an indispensable work of reference. It is destined to be valued by scholars students and researchers as a vital research resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138886698

Theodore De BanvilleConstructing Poetic Value in Nineteenth-century France This book explores how Theodore de Banville's remarkably coherent body of verse theory and practice shaped debates about poetic value and how to identify it during a period of aesthetic uncertainty caused by diverse social economic political and artistic factors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601928

Theodore Gericault Painting Black BodiesConfrontations and Contradictions This book examines Théodore Géricault’s images of black men women and children who suffered slavery’s trans-Atlantic passage in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries including his 1819 painting The Raft of the Medusa. The book focuses on Géricault’s depiction of black people his approach towards slavery and the voices that advanced or denigrated them. By turning to documents essays and critiques both before and after Waterloo (1815) and most importantly Géricault’s own oeuvre this study explores the fetters of slavery that Gericault challenged—alongside a growing number of abolitionists—overtly or covertly. This book will be of interest to scholars in art history race and ethnic studies and students of modernism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313333

Theodore RooseveltA Manly President’s Gendered Personal and Political Transformations Theodore Roosevelt explores the personal and political life of the 26th President of the United States. It considers among other things his "manliness " a gendered framework of traits for the Gilded Age and Progressive Period guiding him and other men in business politics and war and shows how the development of these traits transformed Roosevelt’s personal and political decisions. The work covers a storied personal life and emphasizes mental and physical challenges from depression asthma partial blindness and attempted assassination. Cogan addresses the political transformation from traditional to "Square Deal" Republican to "Bull Moose" Progressive. The text also reviews initiatives dismissing corrupt officials closing saloons and arresting pimps; busting monopolies and bettering workplaces and consumer products; and conserving wildlife and natural resources. Contrary to popular conception Roosevelt’s manliness was not macho masculinity. Rather it was an evolving framework of traits including courage service and Christian morality. Supported by a series of intriguing primary source documents this book is essential reading for understanding Roosevelt his era and his manliness. It is an accessible tool for students studying and instructors teaching courses on the Gilded Age and Progressive Period in American history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415842839

Theodosius and the Limits of Empire The emperor Theodosius I (AD 379–395) was one of the most remarkable figures of the late antique period. In the face of religious schism political turmoil and barbarian threats he managed to maintain imperial power and forge a political dynasty that would dominate both east and west for over half a century. This study the first English language biography in over twenty years traces his rise to power and tumultuous reign and examines his indelible impact on a rapidly changing empire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138102989

Theological Aesthetics after von Balthasar This collection of essays by distinguished authors explores the present-day field of theological aesthetics: from von Balthasar’s contribution and parallel developments to correctives and alternatives to his approach. A tribute to von Balthasar’s own project expands into a dialogue with ancient and medieval traditions in search of revelatory aesthetics. The contributors outline challenges to his approach (including Protestant perspectives) and introduce new ways of viewing the field of theological aesthetics which ultimately opens up to the idea of concrete cultural contexts and practical human needs determining the use of the arts and aesthetic sensibilities in theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259584

Theological Approaches to Qur'anic ExegesisA Practical Comparative-Contrastive Analysis This book provides a comprehensive and systematic analysis of the various schools of Qur'anic exegesis from the earliest periods through to the present day. Employing a comparative-contrastive methodology the author examines traditional and rational schools of thought – such as the Mu’tazili Shi’i Ibadi Sufi metaphysical modern and scientific approaches to the interpretation of the Qur’an – to give a detailed analysis of the similarities and differences in their theological views. The study spans a broad period covering exegetical techniques adopted in Qur’anic exegesis from its infancy during the 1st/7th century up to the beginning of the 15th/21st century. Furnished with copious micro- and macro-level examples which explicate the Qur’anic notions and the points of view relevant to each school and exegetical approach the book provides a rounded empirical study of Islamic thought. This thorough and holistic historical investigation is an important contribution to the study of Qur’anic exegesis and Islamic theology and as such will be of enormous interest to scholars of religion philosophy and Islamic studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110472

Theological Context for Pastoral CaregivingWord in Deed In Theological Context for Pastoral Caregiving Howard W. Stone helps his fellow pastors and worship leaders provide effective and faithful pastoral care and counseling through the study of the correlation between pastoral care and theology. You will learn that in order for pastoral care to be effective it must have a theological base to shape the caregiving experience. At the same time theology must be informed by the needs and experiences of the people being served and by the ministry of pastoral care. By relating these two issues you gain a unique viewpoint not offered by books with simply a psychological focus.The author draws from his day-to-day clinical practice of pastoral care and counseling to show how pastoral care and theology can be brought together. Through Howard Stone’s work the reader learns of: an overview of pastoral care and counseling today how to provide a pastoral assessment of the persons served the author’s theological understanding of the ministry of pastoral care and counseling methods for correlating theology and pastoral care how spiritual direction as a discipline can help pastoral care and counseling ministry regain a solid theological base theological themes that might be more explicitly and intentionally related to pastoral careTheological Context for Pastoral Caregiving provides useful information for parish pastors people in training to be parish pastors and specialists in the field of pastoral care counseling. As one of the easiest-to-read books on this subject it can also be used as a text for graduate-level classes in courses such as Theology and Pastoral Care Pastoral Theology and Practical Theology. With this book seminary students will finally be able to relate the practical things learned in pastoral counseling classes with what is learned in theology classes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203046982

Theological Ethics and Moral Value PhenomenaThe Experience of Values The experience of moral values is often side-lined in discussions about moral reasoning and yet our values define a large part of our moral motives standards and expectations. Theological Ethics and Moral Value Phenomena explores whether the experience of a meeting point of the immanent and the transcendent i.e. the moral self and God can be the source of our values. The book starts by arguing for a greater theological engagement with value ethics personalism and the phenomenological method by drawing on thinkers such as Max Scheler and William James. It then provides an understanding of the social and religious dimension of the valuing person demonstrating the importance of the emotional as well as the cognitive dimension of value experience. Finally this value perspective is utilised to engage with current moral issues such as professional ethics environmental ethics economical ethics and family ethics.Integrating the concepts of religious experience moral motivation and subjective and objective value within a broad framework of Christian theology and philosophy this is vital reading for any scholar of Theology and Philosophy with an interest in ethics and moral reasoning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888497

Theological Interpretation of Culture in Post-Communist ContextCentral and East European Search for Roots Twenty years after the fall of Communism in Central and East Europe is an ocassion to reevaluate the cultural and theological contribution from that region to the secularization - post-secularization debate. Czech theologian Ivana Noble develops a Trinitarian theology through a close dialogue with literature music and film which formed not only alternatives to totalitarian ideologies but also followed the loss and reappeareance of belief in God. Noble explains that by listening to the artists the churches and theologians can deal with questions about the nature of the world memory and ultimate fulfilment in a more nuanced way. Then as partakers in the search undertaken by their secular and post-secular contemporaries theologians can penetrate a new depth of meaning sending out shoots from the stump of Christian symbolism. Drawing on the rich cultures of Central and East Europe and both Western and Eastern theological traditions this book presents a theological reading of contemporary culture which is important not just for post-Communist countries but for all who are engaged in the debate on the boundaries between theology politics and arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409400073

Theological Perspectives on a Surveillance SocietyWatching and Being Watched This book looks at contemporary surveillance practices and ideologies from a Christian theological perspective. Surveillance studies is an emerging inter-disciplinary field that brings together scholars from sociology criminology political studies computing and information studies cultural studies and other disciplines. Although surveillance has been a feature of all societies since humans first co-operated to watch over one another whilst hunting and gathering it is the convergence of information technologies within both commerce and the state that has ushered in a 'surveillance society'. There has been little if any theological consideration of this important dimension of social organisation; this book fills the gap and offers a contribution to surveillance studies from a theological perspective broadening the horizon against which surveillance might be interpreted and evaluated. This book is also an exercise in consciousness-raising with respect to the Christian community in order that they may critically engage with a surveillance society by drawing on biblical and theological resources. Being the first major theological treatment in the field it sets the agenda for more detailed considerations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253025

Theological PhilosophyRethinking the Rationality of Christian Faith For much of the modern period theologians and philosophers of religion have struggled with the problem of proving that it is rational to believe in God. Drawing on the thought of Thomas Aquinas Theological Philosophy seeks to overturn the longstanding problem of proving faith's rationality and to establish instead that rationality requires to be explained by appeals to faith. Building on a constructive argument developed in a companion book Rationality as Virtue Lydia Schumacher advances the conclusion that belief in the God of Christian faith provides an exceptionally robust rationale for rationality and is as such intrinsically rational. At the same time Schumacher overcomes a common tendency to separate spiritual from ordinary life and construes the latter as the locus of proof for the rationality of Christian faith. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138549142

Theological Radicalism and TraditionThe Limits of Radicalism' with Appendices ‘The limits of radicalism are those which end not in chaos but in the breaking of fresh ground.’Howard E. RootPreviously unpublished––and only recently rediscovered by Dr Christopher R. Brewer in an uncatalogued box in the archives of Lambeth Palace Library––Canon Howard E. Root’s 1972 Bampton Lectures ‘The Limits of Radicalism’ have to do with nothing less than ‘what theology is’ a topic no less relevant today than it was in 1972. Against the radical reductionism of his time Root defended the integrity of theology and ‘theological truth’. Advocating a ‘backward-looking’ radicalism he thought that tradition should display ‘recognisable continuity’ and yet at the same time––against reductionistic tendencies––that it might be enriched and enlarged via a wide variety of ‘additive imagery’ including though not limited to poetry and pop art music and even television. We must ‘begin where we are’ said Root for we cannot in the manner of Leonard Hodgson ‘think ourselves into the minds and feelings of men 2000 years ago.’ In this volume which begins with a substantial mostly biographical introduction Dr Brewer argues that Root––a backward-looking radical who defended metaphysics and natural theology and insisted that theologians look to the arts as theological resources––anticipates the work of David Brown and others concerned with tradition and imagination relevance and truth. A fascinating glimpse into the recent history of British Christianity Root’s lectures as well as the related appendices are essential reading for theologians interested in the dynamics of a developing tradition and the theme of openness as well as those with a particular interest in 1960s Cambridge radicalism and the British reception of the Second Vatican Council. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890612

Theological Reflection and Education for MinistryThe Search for Integration in Theology A major and continuing problem for theological education and the practice of Christian ministry is how to best achieve a genuine integration between theory and practice theology and experience. The key claim of this book is that theological reflection beginning with experience is a method of integration and that pastoral supervision is a vehicle for theological reflection. In establishing this claim John Paver demonstrates that the model and method have potential to be a catalyst for reform within theological colleges and seminaries. Three different theological reflection models are developed and critiqued in this book and their capacity to be developed in particular contexts is explored. This book does not stop at ministry cultural and personal integration but is bold enough to make recommendations for structural integration within the theological institution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315551302

Theological Reflection and the Pursuit of IdealsTheology Human Flourishing and Freedom Contemporary thought is marked by heated debates about the character purpose and form of religious thinking and its relation to a range of ideals: spiritual moral aesthetic political and ecological to name the obvious. This book addresses the interrelation between theological thinking and the complex and diverse realms of human ideals. What are the ideals appropriate to our moment in human history and how do these ideals derive from or relate to theological reflection in our time? In Theological Reflection and the Pursuit of Ideals internationally renowned scholars from a range of disciplines (physics art literary studies ethics comparative religion history of ideas and theology) engage with these crucial questions with the intention of articulating a new and historically appropriate vision of theological reflection and the pursuit of ideals for our global times. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409452393

Theologies and Moral Concern This is the twenty-ninth volume in This World a series on religion and public affairs. It focuses on theological and moral questions of deep significance for our time. The lines of division separating secular and religious outlooks modernity and postmodernism and romantic and classical styles of thought are some of the topics treated in this volume. Additional features are an exchange of opinions and a position paper intended to generate further discussion. This ongoing series of volumes seeks to provide a wide-ranging forum for differing views on religious and ethical considerations.Theologies and Moral Concern include the following major contributions: "Distinctions of Power: How Church and State Divide America" by Brian Mitchell; "Beyond the Impasses: Making Moral Sense of Abortion" by Anthony Matteo; "Are Religions Ever Traditional" by Jacob Neusner; "Philosophical Issues in Darwinian Theory" by Kenneth T. Gallagher; "Monotheism and Skepticism" by Aryeh Botwinick; "Defining Romantic Theology" by Gerhard Spiegler; and "The YMCA and Suburban America" by Clifford Putney. In addition the volume features a dialogue between Michael A. Weinstein and Paul Gottfried on what constitutes the proper role for liberal arts education in contemporary American society as well as a position paper titled "The Pitfalls of Political Correctness" by Lawrence Nannery.Theologies and Moral Concern is part of an annual survey of religion and public life which aims to provide relevant information and ideas about significant issues of the day. It is directly pertinent to understanding the connection between religion and the state. This particular volume coming at a time of intense public scrutiny of fundamentalism evangelicism and new religious movements generally should have special appeal for political scientists American studies specialists sociologists and those involved in the creation of public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539549

Theologies of CreationCreatio Ex Nihilo and Its New Rivals Humans have long wondered about the origin of the universe. And such questions are especially alive today as physicists offer metaphysical theories to account for the emergence of creation. Theists have attributed the universe’s origin to divine activity and many have said God created something from absolute nothingness. The venerable doctrine of creatio ex nihilo especially emphasizes God’s initial creating activity. Some contributors to this book explore new reasons creatio ex nihilo should continue to be embraced today. But other contributors question the viability of creation from nothing and offer alternative initial creation options in its place. These new alternatives explore a variety of options in light of recent scientific work new biblical scholarship and both new and old theological traditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415712156

Theologising BrexitA Liberationist and Postcolonial Critique This book offers a comprehensive analysis of the theological challenge presented by the new post-Brexit epoch. The referendum vote for Britain to leave the European Union has led to a seismic shift in the ways in which parts of the British population view and judge their compatriots. The subsequent rise in the reported number of racially motivated incidents and the climate of vilification and negativity directed at anyone not viewed as ‘authentically’ British should be a matter of concern for all people. The book is comprised of a series of essays that address varying aspects of what it means to be British and the ways in which churches in Britain and the Christian faith could and should respond to a rising tide of White English nationalism. It is a provocative challenge to the all too often tolerated xenophobia as well as the paucity of response from many church leaders in the UK. This critique is offered via the means of a prophetic postcolonial model of Black theology that challenges the incipient sense of White entitlement and parochial ‘nativism’ that pervaded much of the referendum debate. The essays in this book challenge the church and wider society to ensure justice and equity for all not just a privileged sense of entitlement for some. It will be of keen interest to any scholar of Black political and liberation theology as well as those involved in cultural studies from a postcolonial perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367028886

Theology Creation and Environmental EthicsFrom Creatio Ex Nihilo to Terra Nullius Winner of the John Templeton Award for Theological Promise 2009 This book argues that the Christian doctrine of creatio ex nihilo (creation out of nothing) sets up a support system for a "logic of domination" toward human and earth others. Conceptually inspired by the work of theologian Catherine Keller and feminist philosopher of the environment Val Plumwood it follows a genealogical method in examining how the concept of creation out of nothing materializes in the world throughout different periods in the history of the Christian West. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138804975

Theology Disability and SportSocial Justice Perspectives This ground-breaking book provides fascinating insights into the fast-emerging body of research that explores the relationship between sport theology and disability within a social justice framework. In the shadow of two major sport-faith events that fore-fronted the theology of disability sport the Vatican’s international conference—Sport at the Service of Humanity and the Inaugural Global Congress on Sports and Christianity York St John University UK at which Dr Brian Brock led a thematic strand on the topic—this book provides a foundation for further research and practice. This text is a timely and important synthesis of ideas that have emerged in two previously distinct areas of research: (i) ‘disability sport’ and (ii) the ‘theology of disability’. Examples of subjects addressed in this text include: elite physical disability sport—Paralympics; intellectual disability sport—Special Olympics; equestrian sport; church sport and disability and; theologies of embodiment competition and mercy. This book written by leaders in their respective fields begins a critical conversation on these topics and many others for both researchers and practitioners. The chapters originally published in the Journal of Disability and Religion and Quest. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589097

Theology Ethics and MetaphysicsRoyal Asiatic Society Classics of Islam This collection of classic works originally published under the auspices of the Royal Asiatic Society includes an introduction by Professor Edmund Bosworth and a preface by Professor Anthony Stockwell. Primary texts include works by F. Rosen W.F. Thompson C.E. Sachau R.A. Nicholson W.H.T. Gairdner W.M. Miller and J. Robson spanning over 100 years of oriental scholarship. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315029504

Theology Ethics and Transcendence in Sports This book provides an inter-disciplinary examination of the relationship between sport spirituality and religion. It covers a wide-range of topics such as prayer and sport religious and spiritual perspectives on athletic identity and ‘flow’ in sport theological analysis of genetic performance enhancement technologies sectarianism in Scottish football a spiritual understanding of sport psychology consultancy in English premiership soccer and how Zen may be useful in sports performance and participation. As modern sport is often intertwined with commercial and political agendas this book also provides an important corrective to the “win at all costs” culture of modern sport which cannot always be fully understood through secular ethical inquiry. This is a unique and important addition to the current literature for a wide-range of fields including theology and religious studies psychology health studies ethics and sports studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415833202

Theology Psychology and the Plural Self Is the human self singular and unified or essentially plural? This book explores the seemingly disparate ways that Christian theology and the secular human sciences have approached this complex question. The latter have largely embraced the idea of the plural self as an inescapable even adaptive feature of psychological life. Contemporary Christian theology by contrast has largely neglected recent psychological accounts of the naturalness of self-plurality and has sought to reaffirm the self's unity in opposition to those postmodern theorists who would dismantle it. Through an original analysis of recent theological and secular accounts of self and personhood this book examines the extent of the intertheoretical disparity and its broader implications for theology's dialogue with the human sciences in general and psychology in particular. It explains why theologians ought to take questions about the plurality of self very seriously and how they overlap with many of the central concerns of contemporary theological anthropology including the notions of relationality particularity and human sinfulness. Introducing a novel psychological framework to distinguish various understandings of self-disunity the author argues that contemporary theology's blanket condemnation of self-multiplicity is misconceived and identifies a possible means of reconciling theological and human scientific accounts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315551241

Theology & Intelligibility Vol First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823485

Theology and CaliforniaTheological Refractions on California’s Culture Exploring California as a theological place this book renders critical engagement with significant Californian religious and theological phenomena and the inherent theological impulses within major Californian cultural icons. Harnessing conceptual tools inherent to theology through theological reflection assessment and critique the chapters in this volume begin to ascertain the significance of various empirical data and that no other qualitative methodological Californian study has done. Many universities are picking up on California literature as a theme that highlights a place of hope wonder and cultural innovation but have neglected the significance of theological instincts flowing through the Californian dynamic. Californians Fred Sanders and Jason Sexton assemble leading voices and specialists both from within and without California for engagement with California’s influential culture: including leading theologians and cultural critics such as Richard J. Mouw Paul Louis Metzger and Fred Sanders alongside leading specialists in Film studies and cultural critique theological anthropology missiology sociology and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472409478

Theology and Civil Society From food banks to migrant welcome committees and community organisers to internet based campaigners civil society is central to the North Atlantic social landscape. Theology and Civil Society advances our understanding of what civil society is and offers a theologically informed re-imagining of our shared social life.Prefaced by a foreword by the Rev. Dr Rowan Williams this book explores contemporary manifestations of the kind of collective action observed in civil society since the 1800s. It then examines civil society as the sum of modern associations which mediate our relationships to the market and the state but which cannot be identified fully with either the market or the state. Finally three different perspectives on civil society are presented using insights from theologians such as John Milbank and Georg Hegel. This is a pertinent topic for contemporary society and it is explored expertly here by an international panel of contributors. As such it is an important volume for any scholar of Theology and Religious Studies and their interactions with Sociology and Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367886998

Theology and Evolutionary AnthropologyDialogues in Wisdom Humility and Grace This book sets out some of the latest scientific findings around the evolutionary development of religion and faith and then explores their theological implications. This unique combination of perspectives raises fascinating questions about the characteristics that are considered integral for a flourishing social and religious life and allows us to start to ask where in the evolutionary record they first show up in a distinctly human manner.  The book builds a case for connecting theology and evolutionary anthropology using both historical and contemporary sources of knowledge to try and understand the origins of wisdom humility and grace in ‘deep time’. In the section on wisdom the book examines the origins of complex decision-making in humans through the archaeological record recent discoveries in evolutionary anthropology and the philosophical richness of semiotics. The book then moves to an exploration of the origin of characteristics integral to the social life of small-scale communities which then points in an indirect way to the disposition of humility. Finally it investigates the theological dimensions of grace and considers how artefacts left behind in the material record by our human ancestors and the perspective they reflect might inform contemporary concepts of grace.  This is a cutting-edge volume that refuses to commit the errors of either too easy a synthesis or too facile a separation between science and religion. As such it will be of interest to scholars of religious studies and theology – especially those who interact with scientific fields – as well as academics working in anthropology of religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367221805

Theology and Existentialism in AeschylusWritten in the Cosmos Theology and Existentialism in Aeschylus revivifies the complex question of fate and freedom in the tragedies of the famous Greek playwright. Starting with Sartre’s insights about radical existential freedom this book shows that Aeschylus is concerned with the ethical ramifications of surrendering our lives to fatalism (gods curses inherited guilt) and thoroughly interrogates the plays for their complex insights into theology and human motivation. But can we reconcile the radical freedom of existentialism and the seemingly fatal world of tragedy where gods and curses and necessities wreak havoc on individual autonomy? If forces beyond our control or comprehension are influencing our lives what happens to choice? How are we to conceive of ethics in a world studiously indifferent to our choices?In this book author Ric Rader demonstrates that few understood the importance of these questions better than the tragedians whose literature dealt with a central theological concern: What is a god? And how does god affect impinge upon or even enable human freedom? Perhaps more importantly: If god is dead is everything possible or nothing? Tragedy holds the preeminent position with regard to these questions and Aeschylus our earliest surviving tragedian is the best witness to these complex theological issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870683

Theology and MeaningA Critique of Metatheological Scepticism What sense if any does it make to speak of God? This question of such vital importance to religious commitment occupies an important place in discussion among Anglo-American philosophers of religion whose orientation is logical analysis. ‘Metatheological scepticism’ is the view that denies the intelligibility of religious discourse derived from a theory of meaning which holds that a sentence has cognitive significance only if it makes a statement that is conclusively verifiable on empirical grounds. Dr Heimbeck’s argument for the cognitive nature of religious discourse is twofold. First he shows that such discourse can qualify as cognitively significant without having to satisfy the verification requirement. Secondly he shows that it does in fact satisfy such a requirement because it is firmly rooted in the empirical realm. Originally published in 1969 this book for teachers and students of philosophy of religion is both easily comprehensible and highly readable although the discussion of philosophical and theological points is conducted at an advanced level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138998209

Theology and Modern Physics The new discoveries in physics during the twentieth century have stimulated intense debate about their relevance to age-old theological questions. Views range from those holding that modern physics provides a surer road to God than traditional religions to those who say that physics and theology are incommensurable and so do not relate. At the very least physics has stimulated renewed theological discussions. In this critical introduction to the science-theology debate Peter E. Hodgson draws on his experience as a physicist to present the results of modern physics and the theological implications. Written for those with little or no scientific background Hodgson describes connections between physics philosophy and theology and then explains Newtonian physics and Victorian physics the theories of relativity astronomy and quantum mechanics and distinguishes the actual results of modern physics from speculations. The connections with theology are explored throughout. The concluding section draws discussions together and makes an important new contribution to the debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138465145

Theology and Psychology This title was first published in 2002: Many people are now interested in the relationship between religion and science but links between Christian belief and psychology have been relatively neglected. This book opens up the dialogue between Christian theology and modern scientific psychology approaching the dialogue in both directions. Current scientific topics like consciousness and artificial intelligence are examined from a religious perspective. Christian themes such as God's purposes and activity in the world are then examined in the light of psychology. This accessible study on psychology and Christian belief offers students and general readers alike important insights into new areas of the "science and religion" debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138743151

Theology and Psychology Many people are now interested in the relationship between religion and science but links between Christian belief and psychology have been relatively neglected. This book opens up the dialogue between Christian theology and modern scientific psychology approaching the dialogue in both directions. Current scientific topics like consciousness and artificial intelligence are examined from a religious perspective. Christian themes such as God's purposes and activity in the world are then examined in the light of psychology. This accessible study on psychology and Christian belief offers students and general readers alike important insights into new areas of the 'science and religion' debate. Fraser Watts is Starbridge Lecturer in Theology and Natural Science at the University of Cambridge UK and author of many books including Christians and Bioethics (SPCK); Science Meets Faith (SPCK) Psychology for Christian Ministry (Routledge) and The Psychology of Religious Knowing (CUP). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258150

Theology and Science in the Thought of Francis Bacon This study re-evaluates the religious beliefs of Francis Bacon and the role which his theology played in the development of his program for the reform of learning and the natural sciences the Great Instauration. Bacon's Instauration writings are saturated with theological statements and Biblical references which inform and explain his program yet this aspect of his writings has received little attention. Previous considerations of Bacon's religion have been drawn from a fairly short list of his published writings. Consequently Bacon has been portrayed as everything from an atheist to a Puritan; scholarly consensus is lacking. This book argues that by considering the historical context of Bacon's society and his conversion from Puritanism to anti-Calvinism as a young man his own theology can be brought into clearer focus and his philosophy more properly understood. After leaving his mother's household Bacon underwent a transformation of belief which led him away from his mother's Calvinism and toward the writings of the ancient Church Fathers particularly Irenaeus of Lyon. Bacon's theology increasingly came to reflect the theological interests of his friend and editor Lancelot Andrewes. The patristic turn of Bacon's belief in the last two decades of the reign of Elizabeth significantly affected the development of his philosophical program which was produced in the first two decades of the Stuart era. This study then examines the theology present in the Instauration writings themselves and concludes with a consideration of the effect which Bacon's theology had on the subsequent direction of empirical science and natural theology in the English context. In so doing it not only offers a new perspective on Bacon but will serve as a contribution toward a better understanding of the religious context of and motivations behind empirical science in early modern England. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398424

Theology and the ArtsEngaging Faith This book brings the emerging fields of practical theology and theology of the arts into a dialogue beyond the bias of modern systematic and constructive theology. The authors draw upon postmodern post-secular feminist liberation and dialogical/dialectical philosophy and theology and their critiques of the narrow modern emphases on reason and the scientific method as the model for all knowledge. Such a practical theology of the arts focuses the work of theology on the actual practices that engage the arts in their various forms as the means of interpreting and understanding the nature of the communities and their members as well as the mechanisms through which these communities engage in transformative work to make persons and neighborhoods whole. This book presents its theological claims through the careful analysis of several stories of communities around the world that have engaged in transformational practices through a specific art form investigating communities from Europe the Middle East South America and the U.S. The case studies explored include Jewish Christian Muslim Druze indigenous and sometimes agnostic subjects involved in visual art music dance theatre documentary film and literature. Theology and the Arts demonstrates that the challenges of a postmodern and post-secular context require a fundamental rethinking of theology that focuses on discrete practices of faithful communities rather than one-dimensional theories about religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138647770

Theology and the Experience of DisabilityInterdisciplinary Perspectives from Voices Down Under The Christian gospel compels humanity to embrace deeper ways of being human together that will overcome false divisions and exclusions in search of flourishing and graced communities. Presenting both short narratives emerging out of theological reflection on experience and analytical essays arising from engagement in scholarly conversations Theology and the Experience of Disability is a conscious attempt to develop theology by and with people with disabilities instead of theology about people with disabilities.A mixture of academic professional practical and/or lived experience is brought to the topic in search of constructive multi-disciplinary proposals for church and society. The result is an interdisciplinary engagement with the constructive possibilities that emerge from a distinctly Christian understanding of disability as lived experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880736

Theology and the Films of Terrence Malick Terrence Malick is one of the most important and controversial filmmakers of the last few decades. Yet his renown does not stem from box office receipts but rather from his inimitable cinematic vision that mixes luminous shots of nature dreamlike voiceovers and plots centered on enduring existential questions. Although scholars have thoroughly examined Malick’s background in philosophy they have been slower to respond to his theological concerns. This volume is the first to focus on the ways in which Malick integrates theological inquiries and motifs into his films. The book begins with an exploration of Malick’s career as a filmmaker and shows how his Heideggerian interests relate to theology. Further essays from established and up-and-coming scholars analyze seven of Malick’s most prominent films – Badlands (1973) Days of Heaven (1978) The Thin Red Line (1998) The New World (2005) The Tree of Life (2011) To the Wonder (2012) and Knight of Cups (2015) â€“ to show how his cinematic techniques point toward and overlap with principles of Christian theology. A thorough study of an iconic filmmaker this book is an essential resource for students and scholars in the emerging field of religion and film. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138385825

Theology and the Science of Moral ActionVirtue Ethics Exemplarity and Cognitive Neuroscience The past decade has witnessed a renaissance in scientific approaches to the study of morality. Once understood to be the domain of moral psychology the newer approach to morality is largely interdisciplinary driven in no small part by developments in behavioural economics and evolutionary biology as well as advances in neuroscientific imaging capabilities among other fields. To date scientists studying moral cognition and behaviour have paid little attention to virtue theory while virtue theorists have yet to acknowledge the new research results emerging from the new science of morality. Theology and the Science of Moral Action explores a new approach to ethical thinking that promotes dialogue and integration between recent research in the scientific study of moral cognition and behaviour—including neuroscience moral psychology and behavioural economics—and virtue theoretic approaches to ethics in both philosophy and theology. More particularly the book evaluates the concept of moral exemplarity and its significance in philosophical and theological ethics as well as for ongoing research programs in the cognitive sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108783

Theology as an Empirical Science Investigating the question ‘can theology description of the divine reality be made truly scientific?’ this book addresses logic and human knowledge alongside experimental religion. An important philosophic work by a prolific theologian also known for his later court case regarding conscientious objection this book describes how it is possible to relate theological theory with religious experience of the divine the way that the sciences relate to human acquaintance with things and people in social experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990180

Theology at War and PeaceEnglish theology and Germany in the First World War This book is the first detailed discussion of the impact of the First World War on English theology. Assessing the close relationships between English and German theologians before the First World War Chapman then explores developments throughout the war. A series of case studies make use of a large amount of unpublished material showing how some theologians sought to maintain relationships with their German colleagues while others especially from a more Anglo-Catholic perspective used the war as an opportunity to distance themselves from the liberal theology which was beginning to dominate the universities before the war. The increasing animosity between Britain and Germany meant that relations were never healed. English theology became increasingly insular dividing between a more home-grown variety of liberalism and an ascendant Anglo-Catholicism. Consequently this book offers useful insights into the development of theology in the twentieth century and will be of keen interest to scholars and students of the history of theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138385894

Theology in a Social ContextSociological Theology Volume 1 Over the last 30 years a number of theologians have been using aspects of sociology alongside the more traditional resources of philosophy. In turn sociologists with an interest in theology have also contributed to an interaction between theology and sociology. The time is right to revisit the dialogue between theologians and sociologists. In his new trilogy on Sociological Theology Robin Gill makes a renewed contribution to the mapping of three abiding ways of relating theology and sociology with the three volumes covering: Theology in a Social Context; Theology Shaped by Society; Society Shaped by Theology. Theology in a Social Context argues that a sociological perspective properly understood can make an important contribution to theology. Part I looks carefully at various objections raised by both theologians and sociologists maintaining instead that a proper understanding of social context is a prerequisite for effective theology. Part II suggests that a sociological perspective offers crucial insights into resurgent forms of fundamentalism. Part III offers a fresh account of social context in the modern world once thought by sociologists and theologians alike to consist simply of increasing secularization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409425946

Theology in Built EnvironmentsExploring Religion Architecture and Design Built space is both a physical entity as well as a socially and historically constructed place. It constantly interacts with human beings affecting their behavior thinking and feeling. Doing religious work in a particular environment implies acknowledging the surroundings to be integral to theology itself. The contributors to this volume view buildings scriptures conversations prayers preaching artifacts music and drama and built and natural surroundings as contributors to a contextual theology.The view of the environment in which religion is practiced as integrated with theology represents not just a new theme but also a necessity if one is to understand religion's own depth. Reflections about space and place and how they reflect and affect religious experience provide a challenge and an urgent necessity for theology. This is particularly important if religious practitioners are to become aware of how theology is given expression in the existential spatiality of life. Can space set theology free? This is a challenging question one that the editor hopes can be answered at least in part in this volume.The diversity of theoretical concepts in aesthetics cultural theory and architecture are not regarded as a problem to be solved by constructing one overarching dominant theory. Instead this diversity is viewed in terms of its positive potential to inspire discourse about theology and aesthetics. In this discourse theology does not need to become fully dependent on one or another theory but should always clearly present its criteria for choosing this or that theoretical framework. This volume shows clearly how different modes of design in sacred spaces capture a sense of the religious. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412845809

Theology of DiscontentThe Ideological Foundation of the Islamic Revolution in Iran Scores of books and articles have been published addressing one or another aspect of the Islamic Revolution in Iran. Missing from this body of scholarship however has been a comprehensive analysis of the intellectual and ideological cornerstones of one of the most dramatic revolutions in our time. In this remarkable volume Hamid Dabashi brings together in a sustained and engagingly written narrative the leading revolutionaries who have shaped the ideological disposition of this cataclysmic event. Dabashi has spent over ten years studying the writings in their original Persian and Arabic of the most influential Iranian clerics and thinkers.Examining the revolutionary sentiments and ideas of such figures as Jalal Al-e Ahmad Ali Sharicati Morteza Motahhari Sayyad Abolhasan Bani-Sadr and finally the Ayatollah Khomeini the work also analyzes the larger historical and theoretical implications of any construction of "the Islamic Ideology." Carefully located in the social and intellectual context of the four decades preceding the 1979 revolution Theology of Discontent is the definitive treatment of the ideological foundations of the Islamic Revolution with particular attention to the larger more enduring ramifications of this revolution for radical Islamic revivalism in the entire Muslim world.This volume will be of interest to Islamicists Middle East historians and specialists as well as scholars and students of "liberation theologies " comparative religious revolutions and mass collective behavior. Bruce Lawrence of Duke University calls this volume "a superb and unprecedented study.... In brilliant figural strokes he arrays EuroAmerican sociological theory as the crucial backdrop of a deeper understanding of contemporary Iranian history." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539556

Theology on TrialKierkegaard and Tillich on the Status of Theology Soren Kierkegaard sought to clarify what it means to be a Christian. He concluded that a one-on-one relationship with God is required to encounter the "Absolute Paradox " defined as an immutable being entering into and transforming human history. Kierkegaard's dim view of a systematic Christian theology includes a preoccupation with theological exposition that distracts from the essential task of achieving a personal relationship with Jesus Christ.Alternatively Paul Tillich's theology is based on a triadic relationship of being nonbeing and Being-Itself (God) a doctrine of symbols and a reinterpretation of the Incarnation. It correlates a culture's questions and concerns with the Christian message to certain criteria of acceptability that to Tillich must satisfy the "Protestant Principle " stipulating that a theological system both restates the present-time Christian message and acknowledges that this restatement cannot be the definitive ultimate expression of that message.Theology on Trial presents and assesses whether and to what degree Tillich's theology satisfies his own criteria of acceptability. An acceptable theology must be logically consistent and free of equivocation. The concluding section of the book examines the views of each author from the standpoint of the other. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412854894

Theology Shaped by SocietySociological Theology Volume 2 Theology Shaped by Society argues that the sociology of knowledge can make an important contribution to theology. Part I argues that theology can be seen as a 'socially constructed reality' that is sometimes dangerously related to power but at other times that is a positively engaged discipline taking the risk of being shaped by particular societies and cultures. From this second perspective theology is seen properly as a thoroughly relational discipline as itself a social system. Part II examines mission shaped by society and maps this in practical terms by examining recent and surprising religious trends in York. Part III shows how music can imaginatively shape theology and reveal unexpected resonances. Over the last 30 years a number of theologians have been using aspects of sociology alongside the more traditional resources of philosophy. In turn sociologists with an interest in theology have also contributed to an interaction between theology and sociology. The time is right to revisit the dialogue between theologians and sociologists. In his new trilogy on Sociological Theology Robin Gill makes a renewed contribution to the mapping of three abiding ways of relating theology and sociology with the three volumes covering: Theology in a Social Context; Theology Shaped by Society; and Society Shaped by Theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409425977

Theology Without WallsThe Transreligious Imperative Thinking about ultimate reality is becoming increasingly transreligious. This transreligious turn follows inevitably from the discovery of divine truths in multiple traditions. Global communications bring the full range of religious ideas and practices to anyone with access to the internet. Moreover the growth of the "nones" and those who describe themselves as "spiritual but not religious" creates a pressing need for theological thinking not bound by prescribed doctrines and fixed rituals. This book responds to this vital need. The chapters in this volume each examine the claim that if the aim of theology is to know and articulate all we can about the divine reality and if revelations enlightenments and insights into that reality are not limited to a single tradition then what is called for is a theology without confessional restrictions. In other words a Theology Without Walls. To ground the project in examples the volume provides emerging models of transreligious inquiry. It also includes sympathetic critics who raise valid concerns that such a theology must face. This is a book that will be of urgent interest to theologians religious studies scholars and philosophers of religion. It will be especially suitable for those interested in comparative theology inter-religious and interfaith understanding new trends in constructive theology normative religious studies and global philosophy of religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367028718

Theology without WordsTheology in the Deaf Community This book is a study of a Christian theology without words focussing on theology in the Deaf Community. Deaf people's first and preferred method of communication is not English or any other spoken language but British Sign Language - a language that cannot be written down. Deaf people of faith attend church on a regular basis profess faith in God and have developed unique approaches to doing theology. While most Western theology is word-centred and is either expressed through or dependent on written texts theology in the Deaf Community is largely non-written. This book presents and examines some of that theology from the Deaf Community and argues that written texts are not necessary for creative theological debate a deep spirituality or for ideas about God to develop. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315551258

Theophile Gautier Orator to the ArtistsArt Journalism of the Second Republic This book presents a study of Theophile Gautier's art journalism written during the Second Republic and provides a reassessment of Gautier's importance in French nineteenth-century visual culture. It charts his response to the major art events and debates on Salons. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604592

Theophrastus' CharactersA New Introduction This book presents an introduction to the Characters a collection of thirty amusing descriptions of character types who lived in Athens in the fourth century BCE. The author of the work Theophrastus was Aristotle's colleague his immediate successor and head of his philosophical school for thirty-five years. Pertsinidis' lively original and scholarly monograph introduces Theophrastus as a Greek philosopher. It also outlines the remarkable influence of the Characters as a literary work and provides a detailed discussion of the work's purpose and its connection with comedy ethics and rhetoric. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367607050

TheophrastusHis Psychological Doxographical and Scientific Writings Theophrastus of Eresus was Aristotle's pupil and successor as head of the Peripatetic School. He is best known as the author of the amusing Characters and two ground-breaking works in botany but his writings extend over the entire range of Hellenistic philosophic studies. Volume 5 of Rutgers University Studies in Classical Humanities focuses on his scientific work. The volume contains new editions of two brief scientific essays-On Fish and Afeteoro/o^y-accompanied by translations and commentary.Among the contributions are: "Peripatetic Dialectic in the De sensibus " Han Baltussen; "Empedocles" Theory of Vision and Theophrastus' De sensibus " David N. Sedley; "Theophrastus on the Intellect " Daniel Devereux; "Theophrastus and Aristotle on Animal Intelligence " Eve Browning Cole; "Physikai doxai and Problemata physika from Aristotle to Agtius (and Beyond) " Jap Mansfield; "Xenophanes or Theophrastus? An Aetian Doxographicum on the Sun " David Runia; "Place1 in Context: On Theophrastus Fr. 21 and 22 Wimmer " Keimpe Algra; "The Meteorology of Theophrastus in Syriac and Arabic Translation " Hans Daiber; "Theophrastus' Meteorology Aristotle and Posidonius " Ian G. Kidd; "The Authorship and Sources of the Peri Semeion Ascribed to Theophrastus " Patrick Cronin; "Theophrastus On Fish" Robert W. Sharpies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517226

TheophrastusReappraising the Sources Theophrastus was Aristotle's pupil and second head of the Peripatetic School. Apart from two botanical works a collection of character sketches and several scientific opuscula his works survive only through quotations and reports in secondary sources. Recently these quotations and reports have been collected and published thereby making the thought of Theophrastus accessible to a wide audience. The present volume contains seventeen responses to this material.There are chapters dealing with Theophrastus' views on logic physics biology ethics politics rhetoric and music as well as the life of Theophrastus. Together these writings throw considerable light on fundamental questions concerning the development and importance of the Peripatos in the early Hellenistic period. The authors consider whether Theophrastus was a systematic thinker who imposed coherence and consistency on a growing body of knowledge or a problem-oriented thinker who foreshadowed the dissolution of Peripatetic thought into various loosely connected disciplines. Of special interest are those essays which deal with Theophrastus' intellectual position in relation to the lively philosophic scene occupied by such contemporaries as Zeno the founder of the Stoa and Epicurus the founder of the Garden as well as Xenocrates and Polemon hi the Academy and Theophrastus' fellow Peripatetics Eudemus and Strato.The contributors to the volume are Suzanne Amigues Antonio Battegazzore Tiziano Dorandi Woldemar Gorier John Glucker Hans Gottschalk Frans de Haas Andre Laks Anthony Long Jorgen Mejer Mario Mignucci Trevor Saunders Dirk Schenkeveld David Sedley Robert Sharpies C. M. J. Sicking and Richard Sorabji. The Rutgers University Studies in Classical Humanities series is a forum for seminal thinking in the field of philosophy and this volume is no exception. Theophrastus is a landmark achievement in intellectual thought. Philosophers historians and classicists will all find this work to be enlightening. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517233

Theophylact of OchridReading the Letters of a Byzantine Archbishop Few works exist on Byzantine literature as literature and still fewer studies of individual texts. This reading of the letter-collection (c.1090-c.1110) of Theophylact of Ochrid employs a variety of approaches to characterise a work which is both a literary artefact in a long Greek tradition and the only trace of a complex network of friends colleagues patrons and clients within Byzantine Bulgaria and also within the empire as a whole. These letters are of great importance from the point of view of local economic or ecclesiastical history relations with the Slavs the arrival of the First Crusade but have not hitherto been studied as an example of Byzantine letter writing. This was a genre taken seriously by Byzantines offering us unique insight into the mentality of the Byzantine elite but also into what the Byzantines regarded as literature. This book is important as an attempt to raise the status of the study of Byzantine literature and of letters within that literature. It is a first attempt to place an epistolary text in a succession of literary and historical contexts; its aim too is to probe the reliability of any rhetorical text for straightforward biography especially at the time of the revival fiction in Byzantium. At the heart of the book is an analysis of the personal network of Theophylact as presented in the collection with further methodological discussion of network analysis in medieval texts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260528

Theorems of Leray-Schauder Type And Applications This volume presents a systematic and unified treatment of Leray-Schauder continuation theorems in nonlinear analysis. In particular fixed point theory is established for many classes of maps such as contractive non-expansive accretive and compact maps to name but a few. This book also presents coincidence and multiplicity results. Many applications of current interest in the theory of nonlinear differential equations are presented to complement the theory. The text is essentially self-contained so it may also be used as an introduction to topological methods in nonlinear analysis. This volume will appeal to graduate students and researchers in mathematical analysis and its applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454722

Theoretical and Clinical Perspectives on Narrative in PsychoanalysisThe Creation of Intimate Fictions This book is of and about psychoanalytic stories. It describes the personal theoretical and cultural stories that patients and analysts bring create and modify in analytic work. It shows how the joint creation of new life narratives over time results in transformed senses of self and relationship. Flowing from the tradition of narrative theory these stories seek to recast the creation of analytic narratives in social contexts and contemporary relational theories. They depict ongoing therapeutic process and heightened interactive events and moments that together expand personal scope and change life directions for both partners in the analytic dyad. Its stories illuminate sometimes difficult and arcane analytic theory bringing the meanings and utility of theory into living action. They also show how familiar emotions such as love hate envy and loneliness and active human values such as empathy generosity and good faith function in psychoanalytic interaction. In short these analytic stories are useful teaching tools. The narrative tales in this book address a wide range of history and emotions in both patients and analyst. The patients fictionalized characters from a lifetime of analytic practice are protagonists with backgrounds of trauma loss relational and geographical dislocation but also successful adaptations and struggle toward self-development. Some of their stories describe intense short-term work and others long-term analytic relationships. The subjective experience and responses of the analyst are also central parts of the analytic fictions. The book will be invaluable to readers curious about psychoanalysis for therapists and especially for teachers of therapeutic issues and process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367542511

Theoretical and Computational Research in the 21st Century This book focuses mainly on the recent developments of all types of theoretical mathematical and computational conceptions as well as modelling and simulation of specific research themes covering all scientific and technical disciplines from chemistry physics and engineering to biology and medicine. The book contains timely reviews and research covering fundamental and applied research aspects in all disciplines of natural sciences including their historical representations and philosophical perspectives. The book discusses the fact that the largest and smallest values of the fukui function and local softness do not necessarily correspond to the softness and hardness regions of the molecules such as porphyrins. The authors have adopted two popular calculation procedures for this venture. One is the very old Hückel molecular orbital calculation and the other is one of best semi-empirical AM-1 procedures for such systems. Our finding is that neither the fukui functions nor the local softnesses can predict the preferred donor sites of porphyrins toward metal ions. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880336

Theoretical and Empirical Foundations of Critical Global Citizenship Education In the first volume in the Critical Global Citizenship Education series Torres combines theoretical and empirical research to present an original perspective on global citizenship education as a vitally important way of learning in a globalized world. In examining the requirements for effective global citizenship education and education reform he investigates pathways to citizenship-building at the local national and global levels and urges development of teaching methods teacher education and curriculum within a social justice education framework. Taking into account post-colonial perspectives political realities at play and practical implications Torres provides a succinct but comprehensive understanding of how global citizenship education can expand the concept of civic education in a global society and interrupt inequality. This volume considers the ways that global citizenship education has been incorporated and is used by international institutions governments and the academy and provides a clear framework for anyone struggling to make sense of the tensions and complexities of global citizenship education today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367194345

Theoretical and Empirical Studies of Rights This important volume examines rights from an inter-disciplinary law and society perspective beginning with the premise that the most basic functions of rights requires the empirical study of rights consciousness and claiming behavior. As such the volume includes articles and essays by political scientists historians lawyers and sociologists which place the study of ordinary citizens' understandings of rights and what actions they take based on that knowledge at the forefront of an empirical research agenda. This has important implications for law's capacity to achieve social change and can lead to better understanding of how rights can and should operate in a social and legal system. The volume is organized around the social movements and political processes which give rise to rights the processes by which people come to understand they enjoy a right the decision to invoke the right either formally or informally and the organizational and institutional constraints and opportunities for exercising rights. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236353

Theoretical and Quantum Chemistry at the Dawn of the 21st Century This volume edited by a well-known specialist in the field of theoretical chemistry gathers together a selection of papers on theoretical chemistry within the themes of mathematical computational and quantum chemistry. The authors present a rich assembly of some of the most important current research in the field of quantum chemistry in modern times. In Quantum Chemistry at the Dawn of the 21st Century the editors aim to replicate the tradition of the fruitful Girona Workshops and Seminars held at the University of Girona Italy annually for many years which offered important scientific gatherings focusing on quantum chemistry. This volume like the workshops showcases a large variety of quantum chemical contributions from different points of view from some of the leading scientists in the field today. This unique volume does not pretend to provide a complete overview of quantum chemistry but it does provide a broad set of contributions by some of the leading scientists on the field under the expert editorship of two leaders in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886826

Theoretical Approaches in Bioarchaeology Theoretical Approaches in Bioarchaeology emphasizes how several different theoretical perspectives can be used to reconstruct the biocultural experiences of humans in the past. Over the past few decades bioarchaeology has been transformed through methodological revisions technological advances and the inclusion of external theoretical frameworks from the social and natural sciences. These interdisciplinary perspectives became the backbone of bioarchaeology and strengthened the discipline’s ability to address questions about past biological and social dynamics. Consequently how why and when to apply external theory to studies of past populations are central and timely questions tied to future developments of the discipline. This book facilitates ongoing dialogues about theoretical applications within the field and interdisciplinary connections between bioarchaeology biological anthropology and other disciplines. Each chapter highlights how a theoretical framework originating from a social or natural science connects to past and future bioarchaeological research. For scholars and archaeologists interested in the theoretical applications of bioarchaeology this book will be an excellent resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367205737

Theoretical Bases of Indo-European Linguistics This book presents for the first time in English a complete critical survey of the theory and methodology of Indo-European linguistics from its origins two centuries ago to the present day. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203437643

Theoretical Comparative SyntaxStudies in Macroparameters Collected for the first time in a single volume these essays and articles by Naoki Fukui form an outline of some of the most significant and formative contributions to syntactic theory. Focusing particularly on the typological differences between English/type language and Japanese/type languages Fukui examines the abstract parameters that both link and divide them. Linguistic universals are considered in the light of cross-linguistic variation and typological (parametric) differences are investigated from the viewpoint of universal principles. The book's main focus is the nature and structure of invariant principles and parameters (variables) and how they interact to give principled accounts to a variety of seemingly unrelated differences between English and Japanese. The contrasts between these two types of language is an ideal testing ground since the languages are superficially different in virtually every aspect of their linguistic structures from word order and wh-movement to grammatical agreement and case-marking systems among many others. These articles constitute a considerable contribution to the development of the principles-and-parameters model in its exploration and refinement of theoretical concepts and fundamental principles of linguistic theory leading to some of the basic insights that lie behind the minimalist program. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860123

Theoretical Computational Dynamics This book gives an introduction to the theoretical and computational fluid dynamics of a compressible fluid. It focuses on the basic assumptions and the formulation of the theory of compressible flow as well as on the methods of solving problems. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367448318

Theoretical Criminology (4-vol. set) Described by the learned editor of this new Routledge collection as ‘both a subfield and a fundamental approach to criminological inquiry’ theoretical criminology is concerned with debates about foundational analytical concepts: what is crime? What is punishment? It also seeks to explain outcomes: what causes crime? What is the effect of punishment? What makes a criminal? As theoretical criminology continues rapidly to develop this new four-volume ‘mini library’ meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the major works that have contributed to its growth. The gathered pieces—assembled by a distinguished scholar from the University of Oxford’s Centre for Criminology—explore the nature of ‘theory’ and ‘explanation’ within criminology and the sometimes fraught relationship between the two. Moreover the collection maps the chronological development of criminology theory to provide a clear sense of its evolution as well as to enable users to understand and explore the links between criminological analysis and general social political and cultural theory. The fully indexed collection is also supplemented by the editor’s new introduction which provides a critical overview and analysis and places the collected materials in their historical and intellectual context. Indeed for researchers and students Theoretical Criminology is an essential one-stop research and pedagogic resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138827943

Theoretical Criminology from Modernity to Post-Modernism This book incorporates many of the exciting debates in the social sciences and philosophy of knowledge concerning the issues of modernity and post-modernism. It sets out a new project for criminology a criminology of modernity and offers a sustained critique of theorizing without a concern for social totalities. This book is designed to place criminological theory at the cutting edge of contemporary debates. Wayne Morrison reviews the history and present state of criminology and identifies a range of social problems and large scale social processes which must be addressed if the subject is to attain intellectual commitment. This book marks a new development in criminological texts and will serve a valuable function not only for students and academics but for all those interested in the project of understanding crime in contemporary conditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138144620

Theoretical Exploratns In Africa First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203037751

Theoretical Foundations of Criminal Trial Procedure The nineteen articles and essays reproduced in this volume explore the theoretical foundations of criminal trial procedure. Key concepts and their theoretical and practical significance are elucidated in a substantial new introduction setting out the methodological building blocks of criminal procedure scholarship. Central to this enterprise is an effort to rethink traditional common law conceptions of the Law of Evidence. The volume is divided into four parts addressing disciplinary parameters normative underpinnings legal epistemology and institutional jurisprudence to create an innovative intellectual framework for theorising criminal trial procedure. It showcases classic writings on criminal procedure law and adjudication alongside the best of recent theoretically-informed procedural scholarship thereby placing the criminal trial in its broader political social and institutional contexts. This collection both encapsulates and develops a jurisprudence of criminal trial procedure conceived as applied political morality with robust epistemological foundations and attuned to the contemporary challenges of cosmopolitan law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409466055

Theoretical Foundations of Digital Imaging Using MATLAB� With the ubiquitous use of digital imaging a new profession has emerged: imaging engineering. Designed for newcomers to imaging science and engineering Theoretical Foundations of Digital Imaging Using MATLAB® treats the theory of digital imaging as a specific branch of science. It covers the subject in its entirety from image formation to image perfecting. Based on the author’s 50 years of working and teaching in the field the text first addresses the problem of converting images into digital signals that can be stored transmitted and processed on digital computers. It then explains how to adequately represent image transformations on computers. After presenting several examples of computational imaging including numerical reconstruction of holograms and virtual image formation through computer-generated display holograms the author introduces methods for image perfect resampling and building continuous image models. He also examines the fundamental problem of the optimal estimation of image parameters such as how to localize targets in images. The book concludes with a comprehensive discussion of linear and nonlinear filtering methods for image perfecting and enhancement.Helping you master digital imaging this book presents a unified theoretical basis for understanding and designing methods of imaging and image processing. To facilitate a deeper understanding of the major results it offers a number of exercises supported by MATLAB programs with the code available at www.crcpress.com. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367866266

Theoretical Foundations of Homeland SecurityStrategies Operations and Structures This new textbook outlines the main theories and concepts from a variety of disciplines that support homeland security operations structures and strategies. Following the terrorist attacks of September 11th "homeland security" (HLS) grew in importance within the U.S. government (and around the world) and matured from a concept discussed among a relatively small cadre of policymakers and strategic thinkers to a broadly discussed issue in Congress and society with a growing academic presence. Yet the ability to discern a theory of homeland security that would support overall security strategy has been more elusive to both scholars and policymakers. This textbook aims to elucidate a grand theory of homeland security by leveraging the theoretical underpinnings of the disciplines that comprise the strategies operations and structures of the HLS enterprise. In this way each chapter contributes to a grand theory of homeland security as it explores a different discipline that influences or supports a domain of the homeland security enterprise. These chapters cover intelligence systems terrorism origins and ideologies emergency management environmental and human security cybersecurity policy crime and security global governance risk management public health law and policy technology interagency collaboration and the sociology of security. This book will be essential reading for students of Homeland Security and Emergency Response and recommended reading for students of terrorism intelligence cybersecurity risk management and national security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367201708

Theoretical Foundations of Learning Environments Theoretical Foundations of Learning Environments provides students faculty and instructional designers with a clear concise introduction to the major pedagogical and psychological theories and their implications for the design of new learning environments for schools universities or corporations. Leading experts describe the most important contemporary theories that form the foundation of the conception and design of student-centered learning environments and new applications of educational technologies. This book is well suited as a textbook for courses in instructional design educational psychology learning theory curriculum theory and design and related areas. The rise of constructivism and its associated theories represented a paradigm shift for educators and instructional designers to a view of learning as necessarily more social conversational and constructive than traditional transmissive views of learning. This bestselling book was the first to provide a manageable overview of the altered field and the second edition has been fully updated to include expert introductions to Metacognition Argumentation and other key contemporary theories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415894227

Theoretical Foundations of Macroeconomic PolicyGrowth productivity and public finance The recent economic events driven by the great financial crisis of 2007-08 has challenged some "dogma" highlighting various limits and drawbacks of current paradigms. The crisis showed the limitations of monetary policy and led to a revaluation of what levels of public debt can be considered safe. This volume aims to refresh the debate on some important long-run macroeconomic issues from new and fresh perspectives. Theoretical Foundations of Macroeconomic Policy raises a number of questions relating to the challenges faced by macroeconomic theory and policies. The common line is the long run and policy perspective. The first part of the book is devoted to the theory of growth and productivity. The second part concentrates on long-run effects of fiscal and monetary policy. Specifically topics investigated by the international range of authors are the theory of optimal growth the productivity policies and production function estimations demand- vs. supply- driven growth optimal debt default and the incompleteness of financial markets the long-run optimal inflation target and its relationship with public finance the long term effects of government budget constraints on growth and effect on optimal policies in non-market clearing environment. The book will be of interest to postgraduates researchers and academics studying macroeconomics and fiscal policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138599314

Theoretical Frameworks for Personal Relationships The past two decades have seen a tremendous increase in research and scholarship devoted to personal relationships. From rather scattered beginnings a recognizable and recognized field has emerged whose strength and health is reflected in a wide array of indicators. The editors contend that while the vigor of the field is often shown in the diversity and innovation of its research it is in the theoretical domain that they find evidence of a real coming of age. This volume provides grounds for arguing that the diversity of theorizing is particularly healthy at this point. The reader will notice that there is some diversity in terms of how much theory and research is contained in each chapter -- some are purely theoretical; others are complemented by original pieces of empirical research. The editors and contributors are from different countries -- another way in which the diversity of this book manifests itself. The variety of the frameworks presented are seen as a strength as building on established strengths elsewhere to feed into relationship research and enhance its vitality. Each chapter makes its own contribution to thinking and research about personal relationships. As a group they add to an exciting collection that not only reflects a richness of conceptual backing but also a wide range of usable theoretical structures. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138990197

Theoretical Immunology Part One Assuming that the complex phenomena underlying the operation of the immune system may be better understood through the collaborative efforts of theorists and experimentalists viewing the same phenomena in different ways the Sante Fe Institute and the Theoretical Division of Los Alamos National Laboratory cosponsored a workshop entitled "Theoretical Immunology". The workshop focused on themes spanning the field of immunology with emphasis on areas where the theorists have made the most progress. This book covers the discussions a that workshop on the topics of immune surveillance mathematical models of HIV infection complexities of antigen-antibody systems immune suppression and tolerance and idiotypie networks. In each of these areas there is reason to believe that advances can be made either through interactions among experimentalists and theorists or through the critical look experimentalists and theorists will bring to bear upon one another's work. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367091118

Theoretical Immunology Part Two Assuming that the complex phenomena underlying the operation of the immune system may be better understood through the collaborative efforts of theorists and experimentalists viewing the same phenomena in different ways the Sante Fe Institute and the Theoretical Division of Los Alamos National Laboratory cosponsored a workshop entitled "Theoretical Immunology." The workshop focused on themes spanning the field of immunology with emphasis on areas where the theorists have made the most progress. This book covers the discussions a that workshop on the topics of immune surveillance mathematical models of HIV infection complexities of antigen-antibody systems immune suppression and tolerance and idiotypie networks. In each of these areas there is reason to believe that advances can be made either through interactions among experimentalists and theorists or through the critical look experimentalists and theorists will bring to bear upon one another's work. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367091132

Theoretical Implications of Some Global Phenomena in Syntax This title first published in 1979 centres on control and binding in networks of anaphora. A wide variety of phenomena which are superficially global rather than local processes are examined and the study deals directly with aspects of natural logic and finds its empirical motivation in concrete grammatical phenomena thereby accounting for similarities and differences between natural languages and artificial formal logics. This title will be of interest to students of language and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138699939

Theoretical Issues in Dakota Phonology and Morphology First published in 1980. This study has two basic goals. The first is to provide an explicit and coherent analysis of a variety of phonological and morphological processes within the grammars of a number of different dialects of Dakota. The second is to investigate the relevance of certain aspects of the proposed analysis to particular tenets of the general theory of transformational generative phonology and of recent proposals regarding the role of morphology within a generative framework. This title will be of great interest to students of linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138608498

Theoretical Issues in Language AcquisitionContinuity and Change in Development In recent linguistic theory there has been an explosion of detailed studies of language variation. This volume applies such recent analyses to the study of child language developing new approaches to change and variation in child grammars and revealing both early knowledge in several areas of grammar and a period of extended development in others. Topics dealt with include question formation "subjectless" sentences object gaps rules for missing subject interpretation passive sentences rules for pronoun interpretation and argument structure. Leading developmental linguists and psycholinguists show how linguistic theory can help define and inform a theory of the dynamics of language development and its biological basis meeting the growing need for such studies in programs in linguistics psychology and cognitive science. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203762875

Theoretical Issues in Natural Language Processing Accompanying continued industrial production and sales of artificial intelligence and expert systems is the risk that difficult and resistant theoretical problems and issues will be ignored. The participants at the Third Tinlap Workshop whose contributions are contained in Theoretical Issues in Natural Language Processing remove that risk. They discuss and promote theoretical research on natural language processing examinations of solutions to current problems development of new theories and representations of published literature on the subject. Discussions among these theoreticians in artificial intelligence logic psychology philosophy and linguistics draw a comprehensive up-to-date picture of the natural language processing field. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315785455

Theoretical Issues in Reading ComprehensionPerspectives from Cognitive Psychology Linguistics Artificial Intelligence and Education Research in cognitive psychology linguistics and artificial intelligence – the three disciplines that have the most direct application to an understanding of the mental processes in reading – is presented in this multilevel work originally published in 1980 that attempts to provide a systematic and scientific basis for understanding and building a comprehensive theory of reading comprehension. The major focus is on understanding the processes involved in the comprehension of written text. Underlying most of the contributions is the assumption that skilled reading comprehension requires a coordination of text with context in a way that goes far beyond simply chaining together the meanings of a string of decoded words. The topics discussed are divided into five general areas: Global Issues; Text Structure; Language Knowledge of the World and Inference; Effects of Prior Language Experience; and Comprehension Strategies and Facilitators and represent a broad base of methodology and data that should be of interest not only to those concerned with the reading process but also to basic science researchers in psychology linguistics artificial intelligence and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138092426

Theoretical Issues in Stuttering Despite decades of research into the nature and treatment of stuttering the causes and underlying mechanisms of it are still not well understood. In this unique and comprehensive overview of the numerous theories and models which seek to understand and explain stuttering the authors of Theoretical Issues in Stuttering provide an invaluable account. Covering an impressive range of topics including past and current theories of stuttering this edition provides the reader with an updated evaluation of the literature on the subject of stuttering alongside exploring the evolution of new theories. Placing each within the relevant historical context the authors explore the contribution of theory to both understanding and managing stuttering. Theoretical Issues in Stuttering is a critical account of the models and theories which surround the subject of stuttering aiming to act as a key resource for students of speech-language pathology as well as lecturers clinicians and researchers within the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138640535

Theoretical Linguistics and Disordered Language (RLE Linguistics B: Grammar) The rapid increase of interest in disordered speech and language among linguists over the past decade or so has resulted in many books of practical help to speech pathologists in terms of assessment and remediation. Little however has appeared to examine the theoretical implications of the interaction between these two fields. This book aims to fill this gap by showing how speech pathology can inform linguistic theory and vice versa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138998216

Theoretical Logic in Sociology This four volume work originally published in the 1980s and out of print for some years represents a major attempt to redirect the course of contemporary sociological thought. Jeffrey Alexander analyses the most general and fundamental elements of sociological thinking about action and order and their ramifications for empirical study. He insists that sociological thought need not choose between voluntary action and social constraint. The four volumes can be read independently of one another as each presents a distinctive theoretical argument in its own right. The first volume is directed at contemporary problems and controversies not only in ‘theory’ but in the philosophy and sociology of science. The last three volumes make interpretations confronting the individual theorists and the secondary literature on their own terms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415723770

Theoretical Modeling of Organohalide Perovskites for Photovoltaic Applications Perovskites are a class of recently discovered crystals with a multitude of innovative applications. In particular a lead role is played by organic-inorganic halide perovskites (OIHPs) in solar devices. In 2013 Science and Nature selected perovskite solar cells as one of the biggest scientific breakthroughs of that year. This book provides the first comprehensive account of theoretical aspects of perovskite solar cells starting at an introductory level but covering the latest cutting-edge research.Theoretical Modeling of Organohalide Perovskites for Photovoltaic Applications aims to provide a theoretical standpoint on OIHPs and on their photovoltaic applications with particular focus on the issues that are still limiting their usage in solar cells. This book explores the role that organic cations and defects play in the material properties of OIHPs and their effects on the final device in addition to discussing the electric properties of OIHPs; the environmentally friendly alternatives to the use of lead in their structural and electronic properties; theoretical screening for OIHP-related material for solar-to-energy conversion; and the nature and the behavior of quasiparticles in OIHPs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367875749

Theoretical Models and Experimental Approaches in Physical ChemistryResearch Methodology and Practical Methods This new volume presents an up-to-date review of modern materials and physical chemistry concepts issues and recent advances in the field. It presents a modern theoretical and experimental approach in applied physical chemistry. The volume discusses the developments of advanced chemical products and respective tools to characterize and predict the chemical material properties and behavior. With chapters from distinguished scientists and engineers from key institutions worldwide the volume provides understanding through numerous examples and practical applications drawn from research and development chemistry. It emphasizes the intersection of chemistry math physics and the resulting applications across many disciplines of science and explores applied physical chemistry principles in specific areas. At the same time each topic is framed within the context of a broader more interdisciplinary approach demonstrating its relationship and interconnectedness to other areas. This new book fills a gap within modeling texts focusing on applications across a broad range of disciplines and presents information on many important problems in physical chemistry. These investigations are accompanied by real-life applications in practice. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886321

Theoretical Models and Processes of Literacy The Seventh Edition of this foundational text represents the most comprehensive source available for connecting multiple and diverse theories to literacy research broadly defined and features both cutting-edge and classic contributions from top scholars. Two decades into the 21st century the Seventh Edition finds itself at a crossroads and differs from its predecessors in three major ways: the more encompassing term literacy replaces reading in the title to reflect sweeping changes in how readers and writers communicate in a digital era; the focus is on conceptual essays rather than a mix of essays and research reports in earlier volumes; and most notably contemporary literacy models and processes enhance and extend earlier theories of reading and writing. Providing a tapestry of models and theories that have informed literacy research and instruction over the years this volume’s strong historical grounding serves as a springboard from which new perspectives are presented. The chapters in this volume have been selected to inspire the interrogation of literacy theory and to foster its further evolution. This edition is a landmark volume in which dynamic dialogic and generative relations of power speak directly to the present generation of literacy theorists and researchers without losing the historical contexts that preceded them. Some additional archival essays from previous editions are available on the book’s eResource. New to the Seventh Edition: Features chapters on emerging and contemporary theories that connect directly to issues of power and contrasts new models against more established counterparts. New chapters reflect sweeping changes in how readers and writers communicate in a digital era. Slimmer volume is complemented by some chapters from previous editions available online. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138087279

Theoretical Models of Counseling and Psychotherapy The third edition of Theoretical Models of Counseling and Psychotherapy provides a comprehensive overview of a variety of major counseling theories and focuses on the integration of different theoretical models. With new information on multiculturalism diversity and cutting-edge theories such as psychosynthesis the book offers a detailed description of the philosophical basis for each theory as well as historical context and biographical information on each theory’s founder. Chapters include new case excerpts and clinical examples and each chapter follows a consistent structure in its exploration of each theory’s features including its approach to and ideas on personality development human nature the role of environment the change process in therapy and contributions and limitations to the mental health field. Theory-specific information on diagnosis psychopharmacology spirituality and gender issues is also discussed and the book is accompanied by a companion website where professors and students will find exercises and course material that will further deepen their understanding of counseling theory and allow them to easily bridge classroom study to future practice. Available for free download for each chapter: PowerPoint slides and a testbank of 21 multiple-choice questions Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138839281

Theoretical Perspectives of Strategic Followership The concept of followership like leadership is not new to the extent that it has been around since the beginning of creation. It is so pervasive in human interactions that attempts to study it are often met with ridicule. In the organization literature followership a complementary role to leadership was often ignored until recently when scholars observed that followers have as much a role to play in the leader-follower relationship. Theoretical Perspectives of Strategic Followership focuses on one type of followership – strategic – which is an emergent phenomenon. Similar to leadership followership has been defined as a role process and capacity. Indeed others consider it as socially constructed. In addition to the definitions the relatively sparse literature has identified antecedents outcomes and moderators of followership. The book combines both the macro (strategic management) and micro (psychological) foundations of strategic followership to encourage research not only among strategic management scholars but also those in the micro fields of organizational behaviour human resources management and industrial psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732813

Theoretical Perspectives on Cognitive Aging The phenomenon of age-related cognitive decline has long been controversial both in terms of mere existence and with respect to how it is explained. Some researchers have dismissed it as an artifact of declining health or lower levels of education and others have attributed it to general changes occurring in the external environment. Still other interpretations have been based on the "use it or lose it" principle -- known as the Disuse Hypothesis -- or on the idea that there are qualitative differences in either the structure or the process of cognition across the adult years. Perhaps the most popular approach at present relies on the information-processing perspective and attempts to identify the critical processing component most responsible for age-related differences in cognition. The primary purposes of this book are first to review the evidence of age-related differences in cognitive functioning and then to evaluate the major explanations proposed to account for the negative relations between age and cognition that have been established. Included is a discussion of theoretical dimensions and levels of scientific theorizing assumed to be helpful in understanding and evaluating alternative perspectives on cognitive aging. The various perspectives are then covered in detail and analyzed. The text concludes with observations about the progress that has been made in explaining cognitive aging phenomena plus recommendations for research practices that might contribute to greater progress in the future. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315785363

Theoretical Perspectives on Historians' AutobiographiesFrom Documentation to Intervention E. H. Carr wrote "study the historian before you begin to study the facts." This book approaches the life work ideas debates and the context of key 20th- and 21st-century historians through an analysis of their life writing projects viewed as historiographical sources. Merging literary studies on autobiography with theories of history it provides a systematic and detailed analysis of the autobiographies of the most outstanding historians from the classic texts by Giambattista Vico Edward Gibbon and Henry Adams to the Annales historians such as Fernand Braudel Philippe Ariès and Georges Duby to Marxist historians such as Eric Hobsbawm and Annie Kriegel to postmodern historians such as Carolyn Steedman Robert A. Rosenstone Carlos Eire Luisa Passerini Elisabeth Roudinesco Gerda Lerner and Sheila Fitzpatrick and to "interventional" historians such as Geoff Eley Jill Ker Conway Natalie Davis and Gabrielle Spiegel. Using a comparative approach to these texts this book identifies six historical-autobiographical styles: humanistic biographic ego-historical monographic postmodern and interventional. By privileging historians' autobiographies this book proposes a renewed history of historiography one that engages the theoretical evolution of the discipline the way history has been interpreted by historians and the currents of thought and ideologies that have dominated and influenced its writing in the 20th and 21st centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872892

Theoretical Perspectives on Human Rights and Literature What can literary theory reveal about discourses and practices of human rights and how can human rights frameworks help to make sense of literature? How have human rights concerns shaped the literary marketplace and how can literature impact human rights concerns? Essays in this volume theorize how both literature and reading literarily can shape understanding of human rights in productive ways. Contributors to Theoretical Perspectives on Human Rights and Literature provide a shared history of modern literature and rights; theorize how trauma ethics subjectivity and witnessing shape representations of human rights violations and claims in literary texts across a range of genres (including poetry the novel graphic narrative short story testimonial and religious fables); and consider a range of civil political social economic and cultural rights and their representations. The authors reflect on the imperial and colonial histories of human rights as well as the cynical mobilization of human rights discourses in the name of war violence and repression; at the same time they take seriously Gayatri Spivak’s exhortation that human rights is something that we "cannot not want " exploring the central function of storytelling at the heart of all human rights claims discourses and policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415704045

Theoretical PerspectivesInterdisciplinary Perspectives on the New Immigration First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604806

Theoretical Physics for Biological Systems Quantum physics provides the concepts and their mathematical formalization that lend themselves to describe important properties of biological networks topology such as vulnerability to external stress and their dynamic response to changing physiological conditions. A theory of networks enhanced with mathematical concepts and tools of quantum physics opens a new area of biological physics the one of systems biological physics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138552418

Theoretical Principles of Distance Education According to UNESCO statistics 10 million of the world's 600 million students study at a distance. Theoretical Principles of Distance Education seeks to lay solid foundations for the education of these students and for the structures within which they study. As a more industrialised form of education provision distance education is well adapted to the use of new communication technologies and brings to education many of the strengths and dangers of post-industrialism. The central focus of the study of distance education is the placing of the student at home or at work and the justification of the abandonment in this form of education of interpersonal face-to-face communication previously considered to be a cultural imperative for education in both east and west. This book explores the problems that distance education poses to the theorist bringing together an international team of distance educators to address these issues for the first time in a systematic way. The team comprises theoreticians administrators experts in educational technology and adult education experts in learning from video machines from computers and other forms of technology. Contributions from Italy and Scandinavia contrast with viewpoints provided by scholars from the US Canada Australia and the UK. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990203

Theoretical Schools and Circles in the Twentieth-Century HumanitiesLiterary Theory History Philosophy Schools and circles have been a major force in twentieth-century intellectual movements. They fostered circulation of ideas within and between disciplines thus altering the shape of intellectual inquiry. This volume offers a new perspective on theoretical schools in the humanities both as generators of conceptual knowledge and as cultural phenomena. The structuralist semiotic phenomenological and hermeneutical schools and circles have had a deep impact on various disciplines ranging from literary studies to philosophy historiography and sociology. The volume focuses on a set of loosely interrelated groups with a strong literary linguistic and semiotic component but extends to the fields of philosophy and history—the interdisciplinary conjunctions arising from a sense of conceptual kinship. It includes chapters on unstudied or less studied groups such as Tel Aviv School of poetics and semiotics or the research group Poetics and Hermeneutics. The volume presents a significant supplement to the standard historical accounts of literary critical and related theory in the twentieth century. It enhances and complicates our understanding of the twentieth-century intellectual and academic history by showing schools and circles in the state of germination dialogue controversy or decline in their respective historical and institutional settings while reaching simultaneously beyond those dense settings to the new cultural and ideological situations of the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547780

Theoretical Spectroscopy of Transition Metal and Rare Earth IonsFrom Free State to Crystal Field This book describes in detail the main concepts of theoretical spectroscopy of transition metal and rare-earth ions. It shows how the energy levels of different electron configurations are formed and calculated for the ions in a free state and in crystals how group theory can help in solving main spectroscopic problems and how the modern DFT-based methods of calculations of electronic structure can be combined with the semi-empirical crystal field models. The style of presentation makes the book helpful for a wide audience ranging from graduate students to experienced researchers. Performance of optical materials crucially depends on the impurity ions intentionally introduced into the crystalline host materials. The color of these materials their emission and absorption spectra can be understood by analyzing the relations between the electronic properties of impurity ions and host crystal structure which constitutes the main content of this book. It describes in detail the main concepts of theoretical spectroscopy of transition metal and rare earth ions. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800563

Theoretical Statistics A text that stresses the general concepts of the theory of statistics Theoretical Statistics provides a systematic statement of the theory of statistics emphasizing general concepts rather than mathematical rigor. Chapters 1 through 3 provide an overview of statistics and discuss some of the basic philosophical ideas and problems behind statistical procedures. Chapters 4 and 5 cover hypothesis testing with simple and null hypotheses respectively. Subsequent chapters discuss non-parametrics interval estimation point estimation asymptotics Bayesian procedure and deviation theory. Student familiarity with standard statistical techniques is assumed. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138469600

Theories Models And Simulations In International RelationsEssays And Research In Honor Of Harold Guetzkow Born in 1915 Harold Guetzkow might have been a child of the "Roaring Twenties." But in fact Professor Guetzkow is much more a "child of the depression" (to use his own term). A complication of essays by scholars who took time and energy to pen their work in honor of Professor Harold Guetzkow. A representation and contribution to the study of international relations and document the influence of Harold Guetzkow in catalyzing that study over the last thirty years.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367273934

Theories Policy and Practice of Lifelong Learning in East Asia As the centre of the world economy is moving to Asia lifelong learning in Asia is attracting a great deal of attention in the educational field worldwide. Asia not only provides the largest education market but also plays an increasingly important role in educational globalization. However until now only very limited literature has been available in English. This book addresses that gap and introduces global readers to the latest developments of theories policies and practical issues concerning lifelong learning in East Asia. Case studies on lifelong learning in East Asia - including mainland China Japan Korea Hong Kong Taiwan and Macau - are provided in this book. Lifelong learning in East Asia has been strongly influenced by Confucian culture as well as Western capitalism. This book analyses Confucian culture and the negotiation of Chinese and Western learning cultures in lifelong learning. This book will enable educators to understand the recent developments in lifelong learning in selected Confucian-heritage countries and regions and promote effective international collaboration in lifelong learning worldwide. This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of Lifelong Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851657

Theories and Methodologies in Postgraduate Feminist ResearchResearching Differently This volume centers on theories and methodologies for postgraduate feminist researchers engaged in interdisciplinary research. In the context of globalization this book gives special attention to cutting-edge approaches at the borders between humanities and social sciences and specific discipline-transgressing fields such as feminist technoscience studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851633

Theories and Methods of Writing Center StudiesA Practical Guide This collection helps students and researchers understand the foundations of writing center studies in order to make sound decisions about the types of methods and theoretical lenses that will help them formulate and answer their research questions. In the collection accomplished writing center researchers discuss the theories and methods that have enabled their work providing readers with a useful and accessible guide to developing research projects that interest them and make a positive contribution. It introduces an array of theories including genre theory second-language acquisition theory transfer theory and disability theory and guides novice and experienced researchers through the finer points of methods such as ethnography corpus analysis and mixed-methods research. Ideal for courses on writing center studies and pedagogy it is essential reading for researchers and administrators in writing centers and writing across the curriculum or writing in the disciplines programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367188498

Theories and Origins of the Modern Police This volume is the first of four that will provide some of the most significant English-language articles on the historical development of the police institution. The articles included in this volume are broadly of two kinds. The first introduce some of the theoretical outlines that have been suggested for the origins and development of modern police institutions across Europe. The second explore the systems of enforcement and the criticisms of them that had emerged on the eve of the revolutionary upheavals which convulsed Europe and inflicted a terminal blow to the ancien rome at the close of the eighteenth century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315084824

Theories and Practice in Interaction Design Ad hoc and interdisciplinary the field of interaction design claims no unified theory. Yet guidelines are needed. In essays by 26 major thinkers and designers this book presents the rich mosaic of ideas which nourish the lively art of interaction design. The editors introduction is a critical survey of interaction design with a debt and contribution to neighboring disciplines notably cognitive psychology computer science discourse analysis economics engineering linguistics philosophy psychology semiotics and sociology. The following essays by experts in these disciplines and in interaction design explore activity emotion situatedness community and more. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390693

Theories and Practices of Architectural Representation Theories and Practices of Architectural Representation focuses on the study of architectural knowledge approached through the lens of representation: the making of things-about-buildings. Architectural knowledge systems continue to shift away from traditional means such as books and photographs into modes dominated by digital technologies. This shift parallels earlier ones developed by craftspeople into the knowledge of painters and writers or shifts from manually produced knowledge into the mode of photography and film. These historical shifts caused profound disruptions to established patterns and in general the shift currently underway is no different. This book considers essential questions including: How does architecture become known? How is knowledge about architecture produced structured disseminated and consumed? How in particular do historical patterns of knowledge production persist within contemporary culture and society? How are these patterns affected by changes in technology and how does technology create new opportunities? These questions are examined through five chapters dealing with exemplary buildings and representational methods selected from worldwide locations including the United States Japan and Italy. Theories and Practices of Architectural Representation proposes that historical theories and practices of architectural representation remain distinct robust and uniquely viable within the context of rapidly changing technologies. It is an essential read for students of architectural theory of representation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138055889

Theories and Practices of Development The newly updated third edition provides a clear and user-friendly introduction to the complex debates around how development has been understood and achieved. It has been fully updated and expanded to reflect global political and economic shifts as well as new approaches to development. The book deals with the evolution of development ideas and policies focusing on economic political social environmental and spatial dimensions. It highlights how development cannot be considered as a neutral concept but is entwined with inequalities in power at local as well as national and global scales. A new chapter on politics and development presents debates around development and democracy civil society organizations and human rights. Sections on diversity and development have been expanded and the book considers the future of development in the era of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). The use of boxed examples tables and illustrations helps students understand complex theoretical ideas and also demonstrates how development theories are put into practice in the real world. Each chapter ends with a summary section discussion topics suggestions for further reading and website resources. This key text provides a clear and thorough explanation of key development theories and practices. The third edition will remain an invaluable resource for undergraduate students in geography politics and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138677548

Theories and Practices of Information Literacy This book explores the landscape of information literacy (IL) theory and practice providing an up-to-date guidebook for anyone wishing to develop their knowledge understanding and delivery of IL in all aspects of lifelong learning. From politicians and policy makers through funders and education providers to cultural heritage organizations employers community groups and social activists there is a growing awareness of the impact of digitization on engagement with information.  Beginning with a recent history of IL to give context Theory and Practice of Information Literacy then provides a detailed review of theoretical models and practical approaches using real life examples from the wide information landscape. It will examine key issues around information literacy from an academic and professional perspective and will: provide a detailed understanding of the theory and practice of information literacy and associated areas identify and discuss the challenges presented by the lifelong learning nature of IL in a digital world enable the development of appropriate skillsets of library and information professionals as central players in the delivery of IL in education workplace and society. This book will be a core textbook for library and information studies students and useful reading for library and information professionals; other professional services (including cultural heritage careers e-learning teaching and learning adult education providers ICT); and wider stakeholders (policy makers funders) seeking to engage with the debates around information literacy. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783301362

Theories and Practices of Scientific Socialism In the four volumes of The Development Trajectory of Eastern Society and the Theories and Practices of Socialism the author re-examines Marx and Engel’s theories on the development trajectory of the Eastern societies by integrating theoretical analysis of Marxist theories and a historical investigation of socialist revolution and construction around the world. This volume discusses the victories and failures of the 100-year trajectory of socialism. Since the Russian Revolution of October 1917 socialism has been practiced for nearly a hundred years in countries at various stages of development. The author provides a proper synthesis of the lessons derived from socialism’s first hundred years as well as China's reforms and interaction with the world. In addition he analyzes Marx and Engels' socialist theories and their significance for contemporary social development in Eastern societies. Readers who study Marxism Marxist philosophy philosophical history and the history of philosophy will find this volume of immense interest. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367478483

Theories in Digital Composite Photographs12 Artists and Their Work Theories in Digital Composite Photographs: 12 Artists and Their Work presents a theoretical investigation of digital composite photographs through philosophical exploration of artists’ concepts of reality. With an international cohort of contemporary digital composite artists this book presents twelve cases studies on artists’ motivation production process and the relation of their worldview to theoretical interpretation. Author Yihui Huang situates each artists’ work in the context of photographic theory and western aesthetics including realism expressionism formalism and postmodernism. As creation of digital composites grows in popularity and influence this is the first to integrate a philosophical and theoretical understanding of this unique art form. Featuring a wide range of international artists this volume is both insightful and inspirational for student and seasoned professional alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138719187

Theories in Second Language AcquisitionAn Introduction This third edition of the best-selling Theories in Second Language Acquisition surveys the major theories currently used in second language acquisition (SLA) research serving as an ideal introductory text for undergraduate and graduate students in SLA and language teaching. Designed to provide a consistent and coherent presentation for those seeking a basic understanding of the theories that underlie contemporary SLA research each chapter focuses on a single theory. Chapters are written by leading scholars in the field and incorporate a basic foundational description of the theory relevant data or research models used with this theory common misunderstandings and a sample study from the field to show the theory in practice. New to this edition is a chapter addressing the relationship between theories and L2 teaching as well as refreshed coverage of all theories throughout the book. A key work in the study of second language acquisition this volume will be useful to students of linguistics language and language teaching and to researchers as a guide to theoretical work outside their respective domains. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138587380

Theories in Second Language AcquisitionAn Introduction The second edition of Theories in Second Language Acquisition seeks to build on the strengths of the first edition by surveying the major theories currently used in second language acquisition research. This volume is an ideal introductory text for undergraduate and graduate students in SLA and language teaching. Each chapter focuses on a single theory written by a leading scholar in the field in an easy-to-follow style – a basic foundational description of the theory relevant data or research models used with this theory common misunderstandings and a sample study from the field to show the theory in practice. This text is designed to provide a consistent and coherent presentation for those new to the field who seek basic understanding of theories that underlie contemporary SLA research. Researchers will also find the book useful as a "quick guide" to theoretical work outside their respective domains. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415824217

Theories of Animal Memory First published in 1986. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802176

Theories of Art1. From Plato to Winckelmann First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138139091

Theories of Art2. From Winckelmann to Baudelaire First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144354

Theories of Art3. From Impressionism to Kandinsky First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157606

Theories of Authorship The film director or `auteur' has been central in film theory and criticism over the past thirty years. Theories of Authorship documents the major stages in the debate about film authorship and introduces recent writing on film to suggest important ways in which the debate might be reconsidered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837119

Theories of CausalityFrom Antiquity to the Present What types of entities qualify as "causes" and "effects"? What is the relationship between cause and effect? How are causal claims to be assessed? The first question deals with the structure of the world; the second is about theories that interpret the relationship of causes to effects; while the third has to do with proper procedure in science and everyday life. This volume is a wide-ranging history of answers that have been given to these three questions and their relationship to scientific understanding.Losee presents a number of theories of causality within a historical survey that emphasizes the interrelationship between these theories and developments in science. His analysis displays the strengths and weaknesses of these theories so as to contribute to our present understanding of causal relatedness.Among the positions discussed are those of Aristotle Hume Kant Mill Salmon Lewis and Woodward. Losee's analysis displays the strengths and weaknesses of theories that identify causal relatedness with regularity of sequence probability increase energy transfer exchange of a conserved quantity counterfactual dependence and inferability.These theories are judged in part by their ability to resolvedifficulties posed by instances of overdetermination causation by omission preventive causation and causation by disconnection. Since applications of the theories to these instances disagree a strategy of employing multiple concepts of causation is examined.Theories of Causality also describes the particular difficulties for causal analysis posed by quantum mechanics. One such difficulty is the prohibition against combining a causal analysis of a quantum process with a spatio-temporal description of that process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517257

Theories of Coalition Formation First published in 1984. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802657

Theories Of Comparative Political Economy Theories of Comparative Political Economy builds on the proposition that the study of politics and economics has evolved into political economy in a number of significant ways and that the new issues and ideas that became prominent in the 1980s and 1990s will carry on into the new millennium. The book is organized around six chapters. In the first Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319083

Theories Of Comparative PoliticsThe Search For A Paradigm Reconsidered Second Edition Extensively revised and updated this classic text revisits the central problem of searching for mainstream and alternative paradigms to guide us in comparative political inquiry. Building upon the first edition's comprehensive and systematic overview of frameworks ideologies and theories the second edition highlights new directions and developm Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367320409

Theories of ConceptsA History of the Major Philosophical Traditions First published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871373

Theories of ConsciousnessAn Introduction and Assessment Despite recent strides in neuroscience and psychology that have deepened understanding of the brain consciousness remains one of the greatest philosophical and scientific puzzles. The second edition of Theories of Consciousness: An Introduction and Assessment provides a fresh and up-to-date introduction to a variety of approaches to consciousness and contributes to the current lively debate about the nature of consciousness and whether a scientific understanding of it is possible. After an initial overview of the status and prospects of physicalism in the face of the problem of consciousness William Seager explores key themes from Descartes - the founder of the modern problem of consciousness. He then turns to the most important theories of consciousness: identity theories and the generation problem higher-order thought theories of consciousness self-representational theories of consciousness Daniel Dennett’s theory of consciousness attention-based theories of consciousness representational theories of consciousness conscious intentionality panpsychism neutral monism. Thoroughly revised and expanded throughout this second edition includes new chapters on animal consciousness reflexive consciousness combinatorial forms of panpsychism and neutral monism as well as a significant new chapter on physicalism emergence and consciousness. The book’s broad scope depth of coverage and focus on key philosophical positions and arguments make it an indispensable text for those teaching or studying philosophy of mind and psychology. It is also an excellent resource for those working in related fields such as cognitive science and the neuroscience of consciousness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415834094

Theories of Consumption Theories of Consumption explores the concept of consumption from the post-disciplinary perspective of cultural studies. John Storey brings together work that up until now has been located in distinct disciplinary spaces including work on reception theory in literary studies and philosophy; work on consumer culture in sociology anthropology and history; and work on media audiences (both ethnographic and theoretical) in media studies and sociology. Moving beyond the usual analysis of consumer culture Storey presents a critical assessment of a range of theoretical approaches to the study of consumption. In doing so he provides an authoritative overview of a significant selection of research and analysis that has explored consumption as an object of study. This book provides an ideal introduction to consumption for students of media and cultural studies and will also be useful for students within a number of other disciplines such as sociology history anthropology cultural geography and both literary and visual studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138678002

Theories of Culture This authoritative but concise guide describes the most significant cultural theories from the 19th to the 21st century and their originators as well as the links between them and their mutual influences. This guide explores ideas around what culture is when and why cultures change over time and whether there are any rules or principles behind culture-related phenomena and processes. For those seeking to answer questions on culture familiarity with these topics is essential. From refugee movements caused by wars to the ongoing demographical changes in regions of the world like sub-Saharan Africa or the Indian subcontinent understanding the underlying mechanisms of culture-related processes has become an immediate and essential task. Covering everything from the processes of cultural change to counterculture and destabilisation the book explains different ideas in a clear and objective fashion and includes approaches that have been unduly neglected but which have high explanatory value regarding culture and its phenomena. Providing readers with an up-to-date idea of what culture is and how our understanding of it has been established over the past century this text is the perfect companion for advanced undergraduates postgraduates and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138668669

Theories of Development Dr Preston’s book first published in 1982 presents a critical history of development studies since the Second World War linking the recent neo-Marxist debate with the whole tradition in the field going back to the work of economists like Arthur Lewis. He identifies a series of ‘schools’ and evaluates their contribution supplying in each case a careful analysis informed by the sociology of knowledge of the work of its leading theorists. His final assessment draws on the critical theory of Habermas arguing that social theorising is essentially practical; a matter of the construction criticism and comparative ranking of ideologies and that theorists should therefore consider what it makes sense for them to do or say given their circumstances and the problems they address. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853101

Theories of Development: Concepts and Applications The result of extensive scholarship and consultation with leading scholars this text introduces students to twenty-four theorists and compares and contrasts their theories on how we develop as individuals. Emphasizing the theories that build upon the developmental tradition established by Rousseau this text also covers theories in the environmental/learning tradition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138406766

Theories of DevelopmentContentions Arguments Alternatives This widely adopted text starts with the fundamentals--what is economic growth what is development and what is the relationship between these two concepts? The authors examine orthodox theories of growth grounded in different schools of economics (classical neoclassical Keynesian neoliberal) before considering critical alternatives (Marxist socialist poststructuralist and feminist). The book elucidates the basic ideas that underpin contemporary controversies and debates surrounding economic growth environmental crisis and global inequality. It highlights points of contention among the various theories and links them to historical and current world events. New to This Edition *Reflects the latest data and global development trends such as the effects on economies of extreme weather events and climate change. *New discussions throughout the chapters including the work of Thomas Piketty Richard Florida William Easterly Niall Ferguson and Arturo Escobar. *Responds to current crises including the global financial meltdown and its consequences and the rise of finance capitalism. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462519576

Theories of Distributive JusticeWho Gets What and Why How should we design our economic systems? Should we tax the rich at a higher rate than the poor? Should we have a minimum wage? Should the state provide healthcare for all? These and many related questions are the subject of distributive justice and different theories of distributive justice provide different ways to think about and answer such questions.  This book provides a thorough introduction to the main theories of distributive justice and reveals the underlying sources of our disagreements about economic policy. It argues that the universe of theories of distributive justice is surprisingly simple yet complicated. It is simple in that the main theories of distributive justice are just four in number and in that these theories each offer a distinct well-defined theoretical approach to distributive justice; yet it is complicated in that the main theories disagree at several distinct fundamental levels and in that it is possible to spin innumerable new theories from the elements of the four main theories. Key Features: Covers the four major theories of distributive justice and their leading philosophers elucidating the attractions and drawbacks of each: Friedrich A. von Hayek and right-liberalism; John Rawls and left-liberalism; Robert Nozick and libertarianism; Gerald A. Cohen and socialism. Explains why these four theories have come to dominate most philosophical discussions on distributive justice highlighting the essential answer provided in each that is lacking in other theories. Written for any reader interested in the topic with an annotated reading list at the end of each chapter and helpful glossary at the back of the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367332358

Theories of Early Childhood EducationDevelopmental Behaviorist and Critical Theories of Early Childhood Education provides a comprehensive introduction to the various theoretical perspectives influential in early childhood education from developmental psychology to critical studies Piaget to Freire. Expert chapter authors examine assumptions underpinning the use of theory in the early years and concisely explore the implications of these questions for policy and practice. Every chapter includes applications to practice that will assist students and professionals in seeing the relevance of the theoretical perspective for their teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138189485

Theories of Economic Development and Growth First published in 1966 this work summarises the theories of economic growth both ancient and modern and presents them in a form particularly suitable for university students both in the developing world and elsewhere. The objective is to enable students to assess the major factors making for economic development and to encourage them to think about ways of applying their knowledge to the particular problems of their own countries. In addition there is a special survey of growth and of limiting factors in the economies of underdeveloped countries with an important analysis of the economic results of planning in the USSR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851640

Theories of Empire 1450–1800 Theories of Empire 1450-1800 draws upon published and unpublished work by leading scholars in the history of European expansion and the history of political thought. It covers the whole span of imperial theories from ancient Rome to the American founding and includes a series of essays which address the theoretical underpinnings of the Spanish Portuguese French British and Dutch empires in both the Americas and in Asia. The volume is unprecedented in its attention to the wider intellectual contexts within which those empires were situated - particularly the discourses of universal monarchy millenarianism mercantalism and federalism - and in its mapping of the shift from Roman conceptions of imperium to the modern idea of imperialism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236346

Theories of Geographic ConceptsOntological Approaches to Semantic Integration Most widely available approaches to semantic integration provide ad-hoc non-systematic subjective manual mappings that lead to procrustean amalgamations to fit the target standard an outcome that pleases no one. Written by experts in the field Theories of Geographic Concepts: Ontological Approaches to Semantic Integration emphasizes the real issues involved in integrating existing geo-ontologies. The book addresses theoretical formal and pragmatic issues of geographic knowledge representation and integration based on an ontological approach. The authors highlight the importance of philosophical cognitive and formal theories in preserving the semantics of geographic concepts during ontology development and integration. They elucidate major theoretical issues then introduce a number of formal tools. The book delineates a general framework with the necessary processes and guidelines to ontology integration and applies it to a selection of ontology integration cases. It concludes with a retrospection of key issues and identifies open research questions. Copiously illustrated the book contains more than 80 illustrations and several examples to various approaches that provide a better understanding of the complexity of ontology integration tasks. The authors provide guidance on selecting the most appropriate approach and details on its application to indicative integration problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387914

Theories of Human Development Key human development theories that continue to guide research and practice are examined in this engaging text. Ten key theories are grouped into three families - those that emphasize biological systems environmental factors and those that reflect an interaction between the two. This organization enhances students’ ability to evaluate compare and contrast theories both within and across families. Each family is introduced with an overview of their unique perspectives and the rationale for grouping them together. Discussion of each theory includes the cultural/historical context during the theory’s development its key concepts and ideas extensions of the theory in contemporary work an example showing a modification of the theory an application of how the theory is used to inform practice and an analysis of how the theory answers 6 basic questions that a human development theory should address. Each chapter includes an overview of the strengths and weaknesses of the theories to facilitate comparisons.  Theories that have a clear lifespan focus along with cases and examples that address issues across the lifespan are included The second edition features: -A new chapter on bioecological theory that highlights the increased use of this theory in the development of family school and community intervention programs. -A new epilogue that examines the same case via each of the ten theories illustrating their similarities and differences and how these ideas cast a unique light on a common situation. -New opening cases that bring theory to life along with narrative that links the case to the chapter’s concepts guiding questions that help students compare theoretical perspectives critical thinking questions that focus on using the theory to interpret the case and personal life experiences and recommended resources that extend students’ understanding. -More examples from various disciplines that address topics students are likely to encounter as professionals.  -A new glossary that defines the boldfaced key terms. -Enhanced website at www.psypress.com/9781848726673 that provides instructors with a test bank Power points discussion questions and activities additional cases with questions teaching notes for using the book with various types of majors and a conversion guide outlining changes to the new edition and students with key terms with hot links to their definitions chapter summaries and outlines and additional resources for further study. -Updated research and applications highlight the latest scientific developments. Ideal for advanced undergraduate or beginning graduate courses in theories of development lifespan or child development taught in psychology human development family studies education and social work. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848726673

Theories of Human Development Intended for courses on theories of human development this new text presents nine theories grouped into three major families - those that emphasize biological systems; those that emphasize environmental factors; and those that emphasize a dynamic interaction between biological and environmental forces. The nine theories selected have a long and productive history in human development and continue to evolve as a result of new insights. The inclusion of social role theory and life course theory expand the book's relevance to the study of adulthood and aging. Grouping the theories by families enhances students' ability to think critically about theoretical ideas assess the strengths and weaknesses of each theory and gain a deeper understanding of how each theory guides research and application. The three families are introduced with a brief overview of the unique perspectives of each theory and the rationale for grouping these theories together. Discussion of each theory includes: the historical and cultural context in which the theory was developed; an overview of key concepts and important ideas; new directions in contemporary scientific work; a research example illustrating how the theory has been tested and modified; an application showing how the theory has guided the design of an intervention or program; an analysis of how the theory answers basic questions about human development; and a critique highlighting the theories' strengths and weaknesses. Theories of Human Development serves as a text in advanced undergraduate and/or beginning graduate courses in theories of human development. Its clear organization and engaging writing style make it accessible to students with a minimal background in human development. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138127609

Theories of Human DevelopmentA Comparative Approach The authors have grouped the theories into three classical "families" which differ in their views relative to the prime motives underlying human nature. They show how theories are specific examples of more general points of view called paradigms. The theories chosen to represent the three paradigms (the Endogenous Paradigm Exogenous Paradigm and the Constructivist Paradigm) were selected because they met four criteria: importance as judged by academic and research psychologists fertility as judged by the amount of research the theory has generated scope as judged by the variety of phenomena the various theories explain family resemblance as judged by how well each theory represents its paradigm The authors present the "paradigm case" in the lead chapter for each paradigm.  This paradigm case is the "best example" for the paradigm. The authors explain why paradigm cases are important and give them more detailed treatment than other theories in the same paradigm. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315662466

Theories of Imperialism (Routledge Revivals)War Conquest and Capital @text: First published in 1984 this study examines closely the shifting attitudes towards and theories concerning imperialism from the colonial wars of the late nineteenth century to America’s involvement in Vietnam. This lucid investigation encompa Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138796089

Theories of Industrial Society (RLE Social Theory) The concept of industrial society plays a dominant role in the social sciences. The ‘Great Divide’ between pre-industrial and industrial societies is commonly assumed to be the main bridge separating modern societies from the past and distinguishing ‘developed’ from ‘undeveloped’ states in the present era. In history economics politics and sociology the concept of industrial society underlies a wide variety of discussions particularly those relating to economic development and social progress. Outside academic writing too the concept exerts a great deal of influence. In the developing world there is a widespread concern to ‘industrialise’ whilst in the developed world there is growing uneasiness as to whether ‘industrialisation’ is beneficial or not but still the concept is central. This book examines critically the concept of industrial society its pervasiveness and influence. It reviews all the major theories of industrial society and the research into the changing character of post-industrial societies. It argues that the decision to use the concept severely restricts the social imagination and that the concept becomes increasingly less useful as criticism of the equating of industrialisation with social progress grows. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990210

Theories of International Economics International economic theories emerged within particular social economic and political frameworks and were developed as solutions to the problems of contemporary economics. In order to understand the increasingly complex and interdependent state of today’s international economy we need to realise the importance of those theories that came before. However many international economics textbooks do not place the theories they discuss within this historical context. Theories of International Economics aims to redress the balance by taking a pluralistic approach presenting with authority both orthodox and heterodox international economic theories. Each chapter shows the necessarily interdependent nature of schools of international economic theories by including an historical component that shows how each school of thought developed why it developed and what it has to say about the contemporary world. This text examines a wide range of theories with an emphasis on the benefits of a pluralistic approach addressing schools of thought including Classical Neoclassical Keynesian Post Keynesian Marxian Austrian Institutional and Feminist Economics Mercantilism and Neo-Mercantilism alongside – and in relation to – each other. This approach allows the scholarly value of each approach to be understood and appreciated and in doing so enables a greater understanding of the world economy. This book is suitable for use as either a core or supplementary text on international economics and international political economy courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138911550

Theories of International Relations This book is a comprehensive guide to theories of International Relations (IR). Given the limitations of a paradigm-based approach it sheds light on eighteen theories and new theoretical perspectives in IR by examining the work of key reference theorists. The chapters are all written to a common template. The introductory section provides readers with a basic understanding of the theory’s genesis by locating it within an intellectual tradition paying particular attention to the historical and political context. The second section elaborates on the theory as formulated by the selected reference theorist. After this account of the theory’s core elements the third section turns to theoretical variations examining conceptual subdivisions and overlaps further developments and internal critique. The fourth section scrutinizes the main criticisms emanating from other theoretical perspectives and highlights points of contact with recent research in IR. The fifth and final section consists of a bibliography carefully compiled to aid students’ further learning. Encompassing a broad range of mainstream traditional theories as well as emerging and critical perspectives this is an original and ground-breaking textbook for students of International Relations. The German edition of the book won the "Geisteswissenschaften International" Prize collectively awarded by the Fritz Thyssen Foundation the German Federal Foreign Office and the German Publishers & Booksellers Association. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415741149

Theories of International Relations International relations theory is a diverse and constantly evolving area of scholarly research reflecting the fluctuations in world politics. This volume brings together a number of the most important research papers published on this subject during the last sixty years. Divided into five thematic sections this work provides the reader with a comprehensive overview of developments and debates in this area of study. Topics covered include the history and development of alternative approaches to international relations theory; the importance of domestic politics in shaping a state's foreign policy; the absence of a global 'government' and the meaning and implications of this 'state of international anarchy'; power and its role as a variable in international relations theory and the challenges of state security war and peace. The introduction anchors the collection putting the articles within the context of the evolution of this field to date. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236339

Theories of Journalism in a Digital Age Given the interdisciplinary nature of digital journalism studies and the increasingly blurred boundaries of journalism there is a need within the field of journalism studies to widen the scope of theoretical perspectives and approaches. Theories of Journalism in a Digital Age discusses new avenues in theorising journalism and reassesses established theories. Contributors to this volume describe fresh concepts such as de-differentiation circulation news networks and spatiality to explain journalism in a digital age and provide concepts which further theorise technology as a fundamental part of journalism such as actants and materiality. Several chapters discuss the latitude of user positions in the digitalised domain of journalism exploring maximal–minimal participation routines–interpretation–agency and mobility–cross-mediality–participation. Finally the book provides theoretical tools with which to understand in different social and cultural contexts the evolving practices of journalism including innovation dispersed gatekeeping and mediatized interdependency. The chapters in this book were originally published in special issues of Digital Journalism and Journalism Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367029456

Theories of Justice Forty years ago in his landmark work A Theory of Justice the American philosopher John Rawls depicted a just society as a fair system of cooperation between citizens regarded as free and equal persons. Justice Rawls famously claimed is 'the first virtue of social institutions'. Ever since then moral and political philosophers have expanded expounded and criticized Rawls's main tenets from perspectives as diverse as egalitarianism left and right libertarianism and the ethics of care. This volume of essays provides a general overview of the main strands in contemporary justice theorising and features the most important and influential theories of justice from the 'post Rawlsian' era. These theories range from how to build a theory of justice and how to delineate its proper scope to the relationship between justice and equality justice and liberty and justice and desert. Also included is the critique of the Rawlsian paradigm especially from feminist perspectives and from the growing strand of 'non-ideal' theory as well as consideration of more recent developments and methodological issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107496

Theories of Learning for the WorkplaceBuilding blocks for training and professional development programs Workplace and professional learning lifelong learning adult learning learning in different contexts have become of more and more interest and now dominate all aspects of 21st century life. Learning is no longer about ‘storing and recall’ but ‘development and flow’. Theories of Learning in the Workplace offers fascinating overviews into some of the most important theories of learning and how they are practically applied to organisational or workplace learning. With each chapter co-authored by an academic researcher and an expert in business or industry this unique book provides practical case studies combined with thorough analysis of theories and models of learning. Key figures in education psychology and cognitive science present a comprehensive range of conceptual perspectives on learning theory offering a wealth of new insights to support innovative research directions. Containing overviews of theories from Schön Argyris Senge Engeström Billet Ericsson Kolb Boud and Mezirow this book discusses: adult learning; workplace learning; informal learning; reflective practice; experiential learning; deliberate practice; organisational and inter-organisational expansive learning. Combining theory and practice this book will be essential reading for all trainee and practicing educational psychologists organisational psychologists researchers and students in the field of lifelong learning educational policy makers students researchers and teachers in vocational and higher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415618946

Theories of Local Economic DevelopmentLinking Theory to Practice In economic development theory and practice exist as two seemingly separate realities. Academics strive to develop or refine theory by drawing on abstract concepts about the way people behave and institutions work while practitioners draw from a stock of experiences. By bringing together leading theorists and practitioners such as Blakely Blair McCann Luger Gunder Stough and Stimson this book provides the first comprehensive overview of local economic development theories for over fifteen years. It explores the theory behind the key concepts that every economic practitioner must understand and in doing so ties together the various theories from across the disciplines to practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270039

Theories of Macro-Organizational Behavior: A Handbook of Ideas and ExplanationsA Handbook of Ideas and Explanations This book provides a comprehensive summary of the major theories meant to explain the way business and other organizations work why they look and act as they do and what makes some succeed and others fail. Among the many different approaches to the subject no one school of thought accurately reflects current thinking on these issues. The author presents a much-needed overview of thirty of the major theories that underpin Organization Theory and Economic Organization. Each theory is summarized in a stand-alone fashion allowing each chapter to be used either in complement or as a separate perspective. Integration of the various topics and perspectives is accomplished within section introductions and in the overall introduction and conclusion to the text. The goal of this book is to inform students of the main issues confronting organizations the main theoretical ideas within the different paradigms why it is important to theorize about organizations how these theories are constructed and how learning is improved by scanning multiple perspectives. It can be used as a stand-alone uourse text or supplementary text for advanced undergraduate or graduate courses in Organization Theory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315290096

Theories of Mathematical Learning Chemists working with only mortars and pestles could not get very far unless they had mathematical models to explain what was happening "inside" of their elements of experience -- an example of what could be termed mathematical learning. This volume contains the proceedings of Work Group 4: Theories of Mathematics a subgroup of the Seventh International Congress on Mathematical Education held at Université Laval in Québec. Bringing together multiple perspectives on mathematical thinking this volume presents elaborations on principles reflecting the progress made in the field over the past 20 years and represents starting points for understanding mathematical learning today. This volume will be of importance to educational researchers math educators graduate students of mathematical learning and anyone interested in the enterprise of improving mathematical learning worldwide. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203053126

Theories of Meaningfulness Written by one of the masters of the foundation of measurement Louis Narens' new book thoroughly examines the basis for the measurement-theoretic concept of meaningfulness and presents a new theory about the role of numbers and invariance in science. The book associates with each portion of mathematical science a subject matter that the portion of science is intended to investigate or describe. It considers those quantitative or empirical assertions and relationships that belong to the subject matter to be meaningful (for that portion of science) and those that do not belong to be meaningless. The first two chapters of the Theories of Meaningfulness introduce meaningfulness concepts their place in the history of science and some of their traditional applications. The idea that meaningfulness will have different but interrelated uses is then introduced. To provide formal descriptions of these the author employs a powerful framework that incorporates pure mathematics provides for qualitative objects and relations and addresses the relationships between qualitative objects and pure mathematics. The framework is then applied to produce axiomatic theories of meaningfulness including generalizations and a new foundation for the famous Erlanger Program of mathematics. The meaningfulness concept is further specialized with the introduction of intrinsicness which deals with meaningful concepts and relations that are lawful and qualitativeness which is concerned with qualitative concepts. The concept of empiricalness is then introduced to distinguish it from meaningfulness and qualitativeness. The failure to distinguish empiricalness from meaningfulness and qualitativeness has produced much confusion in the foundations of science literature and has generated many pseudo-controversies. This book suggests that many of these disappear when empiricalness is intersected with the other concepts to produce "meaningful and empirical relations " "empirical laws " and "qualitative and empirical concepts." A primary goal of this book is to show that the new theories of meaningfulness and intrinsicness developed in this book are not only descriptive but are also potent. Asserting that they do more than codify already existing concepts the book: *works out logical relationships between meaningfulness concepts that were previously unrecognized; *clarifies certain well-known and important debates by providing rich languages with new concepts and technical results (theorems) that yield insights into the debated issues and positions taken on them; and *provides new techniques and results in substantive scientific areas of inquiry. This book is about the role of mathematics in science. It will be useful to those concerned with the foundations of science in their respective fields. Various substantive examples from the behavioral sciences are presented. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415654562

Theories Of Memory This is a collection of chapters by some of the most influential memory researchers. Chapters focus on a wide range of key areas of research. The main emphasis throughout the book is on theoretical issues and how they relate to existing empirical work. The contributions reveal that memory continues to be an important research area and they provide a state-of- the-art perspective on this central aspect of cognitive psychology. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315782119

Theories Of Memory II This work is a collection of theoretical statements from a broad range of memory researchers. Each chapter was derived from a presentation given at the 2nd International Conference on Memory held at Abano Termi Italy 15th to 19th July 1996. The contributions cover imagery implicit and explicit memory encoding and retrieval processes neuroimaging age- related changes in memory development of conceptual knowledge spatial memory the ecological approach to memory processes mediating false memories and cognitive models of memory. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877276

Theories of Mood and CognitionA User's Guidebook Approaching the topic from a social psychological viewpoint this book provides a forum for some currently active theorists to provide concise descriptions of their models in a way that addresses four of the most central issues in the field: How does affect influence memory judgment information processing and creativity? Each presentation includes a concise description of the theory's underlying assumptions an application of these assumptions to the four central issues and some answers to questions posed by the other theorists. Thus in one volume the reader is presented with a single authoritative source for current theories of affect and information processing and is given a chance to "listen in" on a conversation among the theorists in the form of questions and answers related to each theory. Students and researchers alike will benefit from the clarity and brevity of this volume. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781410605733

Theories of PersonalityA Systems Approach Designed as a text for both graduate and undergraduate students this book originally published in 1995 presents an intrapsychic explanation of human behaviour – concepts based on psychological processes and ‘structures’ within the mind. In this context a unique treatment of personality theory is introduced. It focuses on Freud Kelly and Angyal: Freud’s psychoanalytic theory of personality based on desires Kelly’s personal construct theory for thinking and Angyal’s holistic concepts of personality. Each theory is given a detailed analysis in separate chapters. Freud’s psychoanalytic theory is cast as a theory of motivation Kelly’s personal construct theory as a theory of cognition and then it is noted that there is no comprehensive theory of personality based on emotion. Although Angyal’s holistic theory is rarely described in modern textbooks Lester includes this because none of the other holistic theorists rival Angyal in their range of hypothetical constructs or descriptive terms. Then in sections dealing with alternative viewpoints the author shows how other personality theorists actually endorse and expand upon the ideas expressed by the aforementioned three albeit with different terminology. Recognizing the diversity of holistic views in theories of personality several counterpoint chapters are devoted to the holistic ideas. Lester separates these into three major areas: theorists who have focused on the split in the mind between the real and ideal self; recent theorists who explore the possibility that the mind is a ‘multiplicity of selves’; and theorists who though not having their viewpoints sufficiently articulated in the literature are still well established in the history of psychology. Other features include a presentation of the material in modern viewpoints instead of the precise and perhaps outdated style as written by the individual theorists and boxed highlights in each section providing students with practical capsule information for easy reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367133344

Theories of Play and Postmodern Fiction First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864375

Theories of Population from Raleigh to Arthur Young First Published in 1966. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138998223

Theories of Practice in Tourism Tourism research that is inspired by theories of practice is currently gaining in prominence. This book provides a much-needed introduction to the potential applications of theories of practice in tourism studies. It brings together a variety of approaches exploring how theories of practice bridge themes and fields which are usually addressed separately within tourism research: consumption and production; travel and the everyday; governance and policy; technology and the social. The book critically engages with practices as a fruitful approach to tourism research as well as how the particularities of tourism might inform our understanding of practice theories. This book contributes to conceptual and methodological debates providing insights from authors who have engaged with practice theory as an entry point to researching tourism. It offers a solid starting point for researchers and students alike who wish to learn about and try this approach as well as explore its possibilities and limitations in the field of tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589776

Theories of Race and RacismA Reader Theories of Race and Racism: A Reader is an important and innovative collection that brings together extracts from the work of scholars both established and up and coming who have helped to shape the study of race and racism as an historical and contemporary phenomenon. This second edition incorporates new contributions and editorial material and allows readers to explore the changing terms of debates about the nature of race and racism in contemporary societies. All six parts are organized around the contributions made by theorists whose work has been influential in shaping theoretical debates. The various contributions have been chosen to reflect different theoretical perspectives and to help readers gain a feel for the changing terms of theoretical debate over time. As well as covering the main concerns of past and recent theoretical debates it provides a glimpse of relatively new areas of interest that are likely to attract more attention in years to come. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003060802

Theories of Rights To those who invoke them rights are powerful instruments for settling arguments in favour of the right-holders. But the nature provenance and justification of rights are uncertain and disputed and there are doubts about whether rights should play a distinctive and fundamental role in moral and political discourse. More recent disgreements have centred on group rights and on whether rights have a universal application across different cultures and moral traditions. These and other related issues are explored in depth by the essays in this volume which are mostly drawn from a wide range of journals in philosophy politics and law. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236308

Theories of School PsychologyCritical Perspectives Theories of School Psychology: Critical Perspectives describes the theories frameworks and conceptual models that underlie the science and practice of school psychology. Chapters provide an orientation to theories frameworks and conceptual models that address core school psychology domains along with application to common student school and system issues prevalent in the field. Promoting a deeper study of the fundamental processes and approaches in school psychology this book advances the embedding of theories frameworks and models into the design and delivery of educational and psychological services for children youth families and schools. Case vignettes empirical evidence and a broad emphasis on prevention and implementation science provide students and trainers with important information for problem-solving in research and in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138479739

Theories of Scientific Methodan Introduction What is it to be scientific? Is there such a thing as scientific method? And if so how might such methods be justified? Robert Nola and Howard Sankey seek to provide answers to these fundamental questions in their exploration of the major recent theories of scientific method. Although for many scientists their understanding of method is something they just pick up in the course of being trained Nola and Sankey argue that it is possible to be explicit about what this tacit understanding of method is rather than leave it as some unfathomable mystery. They robustly defend the idea that there is such a thing as scientific method and show how this might be legitimated. This book begins with the question of what methodology might mean and explores the notions of values rules and principles before investigating how methodologists have sought to show that our scientific methods are rational. Part 2 of this book sets out some principles of inductive method and examines its alternatives including abduction IBE and hypothetico-deductivism. Part 3 introduces probabilistic modes of reasoning particularly Bayesianism in its various guises and shows how it is able to give an account of many of the values and rules of method. Part 4 considers the ideas of philosophers who have proposed distinctive theories of method such as Popper Lakatos Kuhn and Feyerabend and Part 5 continues this theme by considering philosophers who have proposed naturalised theories of method such as Quine Laudan and Rescher. This book offers readers a comprehensive introduction to the idea of scientific method and a wide-ranging discussion of how historians of science philosophers of science and scientists have grappled with the question over the last fifty years. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711959

Theories of Secession Theories of Secession presents a systematic analysis of the recent rise of secessionist movements in global politics. Bringing together some of the most respected scholars in their field this study locates the right to secede in the context of contemporary political theory. The chapters deal with problems of nationalism and federalism special rights to secede conditions of ethnic and cultural pluralism and asks if constitutions should include a right to secede. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990227

Theories of Surplus and Transfer (Routledge Revivals)Parasites and Producers in Economic Thought First published in 1990 this is an analysis of the history of western economics from Petty to Supply-Side through the prism of the controversies over productive labour and its product. It treats the early economists’ "productive-unproductive" dichotomies as shorthands for many other sets of distinctions relevant for boundaries value and welfare. Central to the debates is the question of whether the economy is said to generate a ‘surplus’. Economists and politicians with views on these matters include the Physiocrats Smith and Ricardo Marx and his Soviet and western admirers the marginalists Keynes Polanyi Becker and Reagan. The book maps the shifting emphases that economists and social thinkers have placed on markets and ‘mode’ of production generally. This reissue will be useful to students of economic thought welfare theory and policy growth economics and economic systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138804050

Theories of Sustainable Development While sustainability has become a buzzword in discussions about the environment and development work on theories of sustainable development has received much less attention. However theory is vital as understanding the origins and development of the concept is the key to achieving successful implementation of sustainability. This book offers an interdisciplinary collection of research articles on the theories of sustainable development drawing on a wide range of subjects including history politics governance complex systems economics and philosophy. It advocates viewing sustainable development not only as the establishment of a permanent globally practicable and future-capable mode of life and economics but as a complex array of problems involving a wide range of social-scientific and humanistic disciplines. This innovative approach means that the book is oriented toward current problems not toward the established academic boundaries and it draws out lessons that are relevant for those studying and working in sustainability across the world. This book will be of great interest to researchers and students of sustainable development and environmental politics as well as practitioners working with sustainable development in politics business administration and civil society organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415390255

Theories of Team CognitionCross-Disciplinary Perspectives Cognitive processes in teams have been a valuable arena for team researchers to explore. Team cognition research advances and informs a variety of disciplines including cognitive and social sciences engineering military science organizational science human factors medicine and communications. There has been a great deal of progress in the team cognition literature yet the field is still in its early stages of maturity. There is much more to be gained from the field’s insights and there is a need to unite the diverse array of scholarly ideas that permeate the field. This movement will serve to organize the research and ideas that have surfaced in the field thereby making them more accessible to different disciplines while at the same time motivating continued progress in the field. This book aims to be a step in this direction and acts as a forum for leading scholars to share their ideas theories models and conceptions about what matters and where more attention is needed in the field of team cognition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138381162

Theories of TerrorismAn Introduction This new textbook provides students with a multidisciplinary theoretical and methodological introduction to terrorism studies. The book identifies the main theories proposed in the field of terrorism studies as they relate to several issues: why and how individuals and organizations get involved in terrorism; the definition and concept of terrorism; state terrorism; leaving terrorism behind; counter-terrorism; manifestations of terrorism in time and space. Terrorism studies is a highly heterogeneous field with a broad range of theories and disciplines marked by ample debates. Beyond individual contributions and unique perspectives however it is difficult for students and interested readers to have a broader and structured grasp of the theoretical landscape within and behind the study of terrorism. This textbook offers a valuable new teaching tool which aims to provide students with the conceptual theoretical and methodological toolbox necessary to understand and research terrorism. This book will be essential reading for students of terrorism studies political violence and counter-terrorism and is highly recommended for students of security studies criminology politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415826082

Theories of the Bargaining Process A tour de force of theoretical reasoning this book presents the most advanced analytical model of the bargaining process so far conceived. Focused essentially on the dynamics of the bargaining process Coddington's model employs elements of several conceptual constructs--individual decision-making theories of expectations and their adjustment and environment concepts--to explain the nature of consistency in a bargainer's system of expectations and intentions.The book begins with a description of the bargaining process in an economic context and establishes an analytical framework. There follows a critical survey of bargaining theory in which the author selects those concepts which he finds most valid and most applicable to his decision-making/expectation/adjustment model. The internal consistency of a wide class of bargaining models is then examined in a chapter on the relationship between decision-making and expectations. Since the theory of games has been used as a basis for bargaining process theory the author devotes a chapter to an examination of the game-theoretic approach and an assessment of its value relative to his own approach.The author concludes with a study of the specific capabilities of his own analytical model with discussion of the possible combinations of assumptions with which the investigator may work. Although stemming from a problem in economic theory and of immediate intent to economists the book's contribution to the general theory of conflict process and interdependent decision-making make it an important study for students of politics and international affairs as well as management and labor relations specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539570

Theories of the Bargaining Process The rise of game theory has made bargaining one of the core issues in economic theory. Written at a theoretical and conceptual level the book develops a framework for the analysis of bargaining processes. The framework focuses on the dynamic of the bargaining process which is in contrast to much previous theoretical work on the subject and most notably to the approaches stemming from game theory.Chapters include:* Decision-Making and Expectations in Theories of Bargaining* Decision-Making and Expectations in a Game Theory Model* Limitations of the Environment Concept* Game Theory as a Basis for a Theory of Bargaining* The Decision/Expectation/adjustment Approach* The Adjustment Process* Direct Interdependence and the Consistency of Decisions Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708675

Theories of the Digital in Architecture In the form of a critical anthology this book interlaces an ensemble of seminal articles by leading figures in the theory and practice of digital design with a series of original theoretical texts. It develops a meta-theory of the emerging interactions of media technologies and design in architecture. This theory is promoted as a foundation of transformations in design methods as well as a basis for the evolution of new forms of design thinking. The development of an explication of emerging concepts in the form of a new taxonomy is an important contribution in any form of discourse analysis. Theories of the Digital in Architecture attempts to develop such a conceptual orientation for the growing impact of the integration of digital media technologies in design. It locates these conceptual structures within a historical perspective that identifies the coming into being of a new epistemology of the digital in architecture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415469241

theories of the Evolution of Knowingthe T.c. Schneirla Conferences Series Volume 4 This volume presents current thought and criticism on evolutionary epistemology -- the evolution of knowledge and knowing. As the theme of the fourth T.C. Schneirla Conference held at Wichita State University evolutionary epistemology was examined from several diverse areas of study including comparative developmental physiological and cultural psychology as well as philosophy. Theories of the Evolution of Knowing addresses alternatives to the genetic determinism inherent in Donald Campbell's concept of genetic epistemology. The concept of integrative levels is shown to offer a parsimonious non- reductionist approach to the development of "knowing" as a human capacity. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138876149

Theories of the Gift in South AsiaHindu Buddhist and Jain Reflections on Dana This book explores the ethical and social implications of unilateral gifts of esteem offering a perceptive guide to the uniquely South Asian contributors to theoretical work on the gift. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862715

Theories of the Information Society Information is regarded as a distinguishing feature of our world. Where once economies were built on industry and conquest we are now part of a global information economy. Pervasive media expanding information occupations and the development of the internet convince many that living in an Information Society is the destiny of us all. Coping in an era of information flows of virtual relationships and breakneck change poses challenges to one and all. In Theories of the Information Society Frank Webster sets out to make sense of the information explosion taking a sceptical look at what thinkers mean when they refer to the Information Society and critically examining the major post-war approaches to informational development. The fourth edition of this classic study brings it up to date with new research and with social and technological changes – from the ‘Twitter Revolutions’ of North Africa to financial crises that introduced the worst recession in a life time to the emergence of social media and blogging – and reassesses the work of key theorists in the light of these changes. More outspoken than in previous editions Webster urges abandonment of Information Society scenarios preferring analysis of the informatization of long-established relationships. This interdisciplinary book is essential reading for those trying to make sense of social and technological change in the post-war era. It addresses issues of central concern to students of sociology politics geography communications information science cultural studies computing and librarianship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415718790

Theories of the Mobile InternetMaterialities and Imaginaries This volume proposes the mobile Internet is best understood as a socio-technical "assemblage" of objects practices symbolic representations experiences and affects. Authors from a variety of disciplines discuss practices mediated through mobile communication including current phone and tablet devices. The converging concepts of Materialities (ranging from the political economy of communication to physical devices) and Imaginaries (including cultural values desires and perceptions) are touchstones for each of the chapters in the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548961

Theories of the Policy Process Theories of the Policy Process provides a forum for the experts in the most established and widely used theoretical frameworks in policy process research to present the basic propositions empirical evidence latest updates and the promising future research opportunities of each framework. This well-regarded volume covers such enduring classics as Multiple Streams (Zahariadis et al.) Punctuated Equilibrium (Jones et al.) Advocacy Coalition Framework (Jenkins-Smith et al.) Institutional Analysis and Development Framework (Schlager and Cox) and Policy Diffusion (Berry and Berry) as well as two newer theories—Policy Feedback (Mettler and SoRelle) and Narrative Policy Framework (McBeth et al.). The fourth edition now includes a discussion of global and comparative perspectives in each theoretical chapter and a brand-new chapter that explores how these theories have been adapted for and employed in non-American and non-Western contexts. An expanded introduction and revised conclusion fully examines and contextualizes the history trajectories and functions of public policy research. Since its first publication in 1999 Theories of the Policy Process has been and remains the quintessential gateway to the field of policy process research for students scholars and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813350523

Theories of the StrangerDebates on Cosmopolitanism Identity and Cross-Cultural Encounters In our global multicultural world how we understand and relate to those who are different from us has become central to the politics of immigration in western societies. Who we are and how we perceive ourselves is closely associated with those who are different and strange. This book explores the pivotal role played by ‘the stranger’ in social theory examining the different conceptualisations of the stranger found in the social sciences and shedding light on the ways in which these discourses can contribute to an analysis of cross-cultural interaction and cultural hybridity. Engaging with the work of Simmel Park and Bauman and arguing for the need for greater theoretical clarity Theories of the Stranger connects conceptual questions with debates surrounding identity politics multiculturalism online ethnicities and cross-cultural dialogue. As such this rigorous conceptual re-examination of the stranger will appeal to scholars across the social sciences with interests in social theory and the theoretical foundations of discourses relating to migration cosmopolitanism globalisation and multiculturalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596071

Theories of Trade UnionismA Sociology of Industrial Relations First published in 1981 Theories of Trade Unionism traces the development of trade union theory from its nineteenth-century foundations to the more advanced conceptual models present at the time of original publication. The book surveys the main tributaries of modern approaches – the moral and ethical the revolutionary the defensive or conservative and the economic and political – and analyses the work of contemporary industrial relations scholars. This includes the main types and varieties of systems theory the disparate pluralist approaches and the ‘radical school’. The book identifies links between the differing premises of the various schools of thought and combines the main perspectives in a higher analytical and conceptual unity. It concludes with a discussion of a number of avenues for theoretical and conceptual progress. Theories of Trade Unionism is ideal for those with an interest in the history of trade union theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367679156

Theories of Uncertainty and Risk across Different Modernities Setting out to challenge various common assumptions in risk research this collection explores how uncertainty is handled in a range of social contexts across the globe. Social science research often emphasises the salience of risk and uncertainty for grasping the dynamics of late-modern societies with theoretical frameworks tending to associate the emergence of risk with particular fairly homogenous European or ‘North-Western’ paths of modernisation. These theoretical narratives can be seen as shaping various assumptions regarding ‘risk cultures’ not least associations with post-traditional largely secular and liberal characteristics. Risk is therefore analysed in terms of modern active ‘rational’ citizens meanwhile faith hope or magic are implicitly relegated to the past the oriental the passive and/or the irrational. Central to the book is the consideration of risk across a range of different modernities. While the precise meaning and organisational processes of risk vary we see the common combining of risk faith magic and hope as people go forward amid uncertain circumstances. Whether seeking health amid illness survival amid flooding or safety amid migration we explore the pertinence of risk around the globe. We also stress the ubiquity of faith and the magical in various modern settings. This book was originally published as a special issue of Health Risk & Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367264727

Theories of Value from Adam Smith to Piero Sraffa This book presents a comprehensive account of more than 200 years of controversy on the classical theories of value and distribution. The author focuses on four perhaps most critical classics viz. Adam Smith’s Wealth of Nations David Ricardo’s Principles of Political Economy Karl Marx’s Capital and Piero Sraffa’s Production of Commodities by Means of Commodities. The book highlights several significant differences in the theories of the four authors as it searches for the ‘classical standpoint’ that separates them from the ‘moderns’. It throws fresh light on some old questions while introducing new controversial interpretations in the literature surrounding it. It is unique in its organisation as it first presents the author’s close reading of the theories of value and distribution in the four classics and then critically engages with the major alternative interpretations and criticisms of the theories discussed therein. Bringing original insights on theoretical positions the book challenges canonical interpretations so as to discuss and analyse the flaws and weaknesses in addition to the already obvious strengths of widely celebrated theories. The theories discussed here emerge from questions like: what role does demand or human psychology play in the determination of value in classical theory? Do classical economists determine the distribution of income within the context of a theory of prices and resource allocation? What role does the notion of ‘equilibrium’ play in classical theory and the theory of Sraffa? It will appeal to academics and students of economic theory and philosophy as well as to the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780415860802

Theories of Value from Adam Smith to Piero Sraffa This book presents a comprehensive account of more than 200 years of controversy on the classical theories of value and distribution. The author focuses on four perhaps most critical classics — Adam Smith’s Wealth of Nations David Ricardo’s Principles of Political Economy Karl Marx’s Capital and Piero Sraffa’s Production of Commodities by Means of Commodities. The book highlights several significant differences in the widely celebrated theories of the four authors as it searches for the ‘classical standpoint’ that separates them from the ‘moderns’. It also challenges canonical interpretations to analyse their flaws and weaknesses in addition to the already obvious strengths and critically engages with the major alternative interpretations and criticisms of the theories. With a new Afterword that follows up on the debates and developments since the first edition this book will appeal to scholars and academics of economic theory and philosophy as well as to the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138338012

Theories of Violent ConflictAn Introduction This revised and updated second edition introduces students of violent conflict to a variety of prominent theoretical approaches and examines the ontological stances and epistemological traditions underlying these approaches. Theories of Violent Conflict takes the centrality of the ‘group’ as an actor in contemporary conflict as a point of departure leaving us with three main questions: • What makes a group? • Why and how does a group resort to violence? • Why and how do or don’t they stop? The book examines and compares the ways by which these questions are addressed from a number of perspectives: primordialism/constructivism social identity theory critical political economy human needs theory relative deprivation theory collective action theory and rational choice theory. The final chapter aims to synthesize structure and agency-based theories by proposing a critical discourse analysis of violent conflict.    With new material on violence religion extremism and military urbanism this book will be essential reading for students of war and conflict studies peace studies conflict analysis and conflict resolution and ethnic conflict as well as security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138856400

Theories of Welfare Originally published in 1984 Theories of Welfare looks at theories of social administration developed in different social science disciplines. The book ranges widely and gives concise coverage to the historical and intellectual background in which the theory emerged the implicit or explicit value assumptions and account of the most important theoretical concepts and the major criticisms of them an indication of the relevance to social administration and a guide to further reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138607897

Theorising Cultures of Equality This book sets out a theoretical framework for thinking about equality as a cultural artefact and process drawing on work from the GRACE (Gender and Cultures of Equality in Europe) project. In revisiting and reframing conventional questions about in/equality it considers the processes through which in/equalities have come to be regarded as issues of public concern the various ways that equalities have been historically defined and how those ideas and imaginings of equalities are produced embodied objectified recognized and contested in and through a variety of cultural practices and sites. Bringing together an international and interdisciplinary group of contributors the book will be of interest to scholars from across the humanities and social sciences including anthropology sociology and women’s and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138571242

Theorising Identity and Subjectivity in Educational Leadership Research Theorising Identity and Subjectivity in Educational Leadership Research brings together a range of international scholars to examine identity and subjectivities in educational leadership in new and original ways. The chapters draw on a variety of approaches in theory and method to demonstrate the important new developments in understanding identity and subjectivity beyond the traditional ways of understanding and thinking about identity in the field of educational leadership. The book highlights empirical theoretical and conceptual research that offers new ways of thinking about the work of educational leaders. The authors take critical approaches to exploring the influences of gender race sexuality class power and discourse on the identity and subjectivity formation of educational leaders. It provides global perspectives on educational leadership research and researchers and offer exciting new approaches to theorising and researching these issues. This book will appeal to researchers students and professionals working in the fields of educational leadership and sociology and the chapters within offer readers new perspectives in understanding educational leaders their work and their identities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367145293

Theorising Integration and Assimilation Theorising Integration and Assimilation discusses the current theories of integration and assimilation particularly those focused on the native-born children of immigrants the second generation. Using empirical research to challenge many of the dominant perspectives on the assimilation of immigrants and their children in the western world in political and media discourse the book covers a wide range of topics including: transatlantic perspectives and a focus on the lessons to be mutually learnt from American and European approaches to integration and assimilation rich empirical data on the assimilation/integration of second generations in various contexts a new theoretical approach to integration processes in urban settings on both sides of the Atlantic This volume brings together leading scholars in Migration and Integration Studies to provide a summary of the central theories in this area. It will be an important introduction for scholars researchers and students of Migration Integration and Ethnic Studies. This book was originally published as a special issue of Ethnic and Racial Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138676572

Theorising Learning to Teach in Higher Education Theorising Learning to Teach in Higher Education provides both lecturers embarking on a career in higher education and established members of staff with the capacity to improve their teaching. The process of learning to teach and the associated field of professional academic development for teaching is absolutely central to higher education. Offering innovative alternatives to some of the dominant work on teaching theory this volume explores three significant approaches in detail: critical and social realist social practice and sociomaterial approaches which are divided into four sections: Sociomaterialism Practice theories Critical and social realism Crossover perspectives. Readers will benefit from discussions on the role and place of theory in the process of learning to teach whilst international case studies demonstrate the kinds of insights and recommendations that could emanate from the three approaches examined drawing together contributions from Europe Africa and Australasia. Both challenging and enlightening this book argues the need for theory in order to advance scholarship in the field and achieve goals related to social justice in higher education systems across the world. It draws attention to newly emerging theoretical perspectives and relatively underused perspectives to demonstrate the need for theory in relation to learning to teach. This book will appeal to academics interested in how they come to learn to teach to administrators and academic developers responsible for professional development strategies at universities and masters and PhD level students researching professional development in higher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138677272

Theorising ModernityReflexivity Environment & Identity in Giddens' Social Theory What is modernity? Do we all experience modernity in the same way? How should we understand contemporary social change? This volume explores questions of modernity through critical engagements with the work of Anthony Giddens focusing in particular on the relationships between his social theory and political sociology. Three substantive areas - reflexivity environment and identity - are examined theoretically through the relationships between reflexivity and rationality life politics and institutional power and universalism and 'difference'.As well as specifically addressing Giddens' reconstruction of sociology the contributors also explore a wide variety of critical issues currently occupying centre stage in social theory. These include questions about the character of contemporary societies the periodisation of social change the processes of change by which societies are constantly made and remade by people the relationships between the 'social' and the 'natural' the formation and maintenance of identities and matters of epistemology and methodology in social science.Theorising Modernity will be of interest to undergraduate and postgraduate students of sociology modern political thought social geography and social policy and to social scientists trying to make sense of the modernity debate.Martin O'Brien is Research at the University of Derby. Sue Penna is a Lecturer in Applied Social Science at Lancaster University. Colin Hay is a Lecturer in the Department of Political Science and International Studies at the University of Birmingham (UK) a Visiting Fellow of the Department of Political Science at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (US) and Research Affiliate of the Centre for European Studies at Harvard University (US). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138465138

Theorising NATONew perspectives on the Atlantic alliance Scholarship on NATO is often preoccupied with key episodes in the development of the organisation and so for the most part has remained inattentive to theory. This book addresses that gap in the literature. It provides a comprehensive analysis of NATO through a range of theoretical perspectives that includes realism liberalism and constructivism and lesser-known approaches centred on learning public goods securitisation and risk. Focusing on NATO’s post-Cold War development it considers the conceptualisation purpose and future of the Alliance. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of international organisation international relations security and European Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371090

Theorising NoncitizenshipConcepts Debates and Challenges ‘Noncitizenship’ if it is considered at all is generally seen only as the negation or deprivation of citizenship. It is rarely examined in its own right whether in relation to States to noncitizens or citizens. This means that it is difficult to examine successfully the status of noncitizens obligations towards them and the nature of their role in political systems. As a result not only are there theoretical black holes but also the real world difficulties created as a result of noncitizenship are not currently successfully addressed. In response Theorising Noncitizenship seeks to define the theoretical challenge that noncitizenship presents and to consider why it should be seen as a foundational concept in social science. The contributions from leading scholars in the field and across disciplinary backgrounds capture a diversity of perspectives on the meaning position and lived experience of noncitizenship. They demonstrate that we need to look beyond citizenship in order to take noncitizenship seriously and to capture fully the lived realities of the contemporary State system. This book was previously published as a special issue of Citizenship Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367030087

Theorising Noumenal PowerRainer Forst and his Critics Theorising Noumenal Power is a critical engagement with Rainer Forst’s theory of what he calls "noumenal power." Forst is the most significant younger generation critical theorist of the Frankfurt School and his critics include several of the most influential contemporary political power theorists. The concept of noumenal power locates the sources of social and political power in the space of reasons or justifications – using a normatively neutral account of "justification." To exercise power on that account means to be able to determine use close or open up the space of justifications for others. Going back to Kant the social subject is theorized as a reasoning being who confers legitimacy upon political structures based upon the cognitive faculty of justification. As argued by Max Weber authority is the foundation of political institutions and authority presupposes a belief in legitimacy. On the one hand such beliefs can be distorted as in ideology or they can be based upon a process of reasoned justification relative to normatively desirable principles. Critiquing the former while building upon the latter serves as the foundation for theorising just democratic politic institutions. For Forst’s critics a key theme is how to differentiate ideological (bad) justification typically based upon emotion from normatively right democratic reasoning. Other important themes are the analysis of structural domination or the use of threats or other means of exercising power. The debate in this volume constitutes an exciting new way of re-thinking the foundations of ideology political power democracy and justice. Providing a state-of-the-art discussion concerning the relationship between political power and justification Theorising Noumenal Power is essential for students and scholars interested in the theoretical foundations of political power democracy and justice. The chapters were originally published in the Journal of Political Power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367863128

Theorising ReligionClassical and Contemporary Debates Religion is controversial and challenging. Whilst religious forces are powerful in numerous societies they have little or no significance for wide swaths of public or private life in other places. The task of theoretical work in the sociology of religion is therefore to make sense of this apparently paradoxical situation in which religion is simultaneously significant and insignificant. The chapters of Part One consider the classical roots of ideas about religion that dominated sociological ways of thinking about it for most of the twentieth century. Each chapter offers sound reasons for continuing to find theoretical inspiration and challenge in the sociological classics whilst also seeking ways of enhancing and extending their relevance to religion today. Part Two contains chapters that open up fresh perspectives on aspects of modern post-modern and ultra-modern religion without necessarily ignoring the classical legacy. The chapters of Part Three chart new directions for the sociological analysis of religion by fundamentally re-thinking its theoretical basis by extending its disciplinary boundaries and by examining previously overlooked topics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236292

Theorising Teaching in Secondary ClassroomsUnderstanding our practice from a sociocultural perspective Theorising Teaching in Secondary Classrooms is for all teachers who wish to fully understand and improve upon their own practice. It encourages you to reflect on and conceptualise your teaching and helps you understand how your practice is connected to the social cultural political and institutional contexts in which you teach. Considering the latest international research literature and extensively illustrated with quotes from real beginning and experiences secondary school teachers talking about their teaching it explores nine fundamental aspects of teaching that make up the sociocultural ‘jigsaw’. Key issues considered include: the relationship between teacher and student classroom management teaching and communication for learning formative assessment teaching in diverse classrooms ethics in the school. Theorising Teaching in Secondary Classrooms both challenges and supports you as you explore and endeavour to makes sense of the many facets of professional practice. It is highly valuable reading for all those engaged in initial teacher education professional development and Masters degrees . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415584180

Theorising the Crises of the European Union This book examines the relevance of integration theories for studying and analsing the crisis situations faced by the EU since 2009. Ten years on from the start of the ‘age of crisis’ it critically analyses the impact of the multiple crises’ context on the EU polity and questions the utility of integration theories for grasping the peculiarities of the particular crisis under study. Bringing together prominent scholars in EU studies the volume constitutes an essential reference book on integration theories. Its contribution is twofold. First it provides a comparative overview of classical integration theories for studying and analysing current crisis situations the EU faces. Second the book connects theories to current debates through an in-depth discussion of recent crises that hit European integration since 2009 with a particular focus on the financial crisis Brexit refugee crisis illiberal tendencies in some member states and the Coronavirus pandemic. This book will be of key interest to scholars and students of European integration European Union politics political theory and more broadly to European studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367431402

Theorising the European Union as an International Security Provider The European Union has increasingly taken on a role as international security provider that extends beyond the geographical scope of its membership. This is clear from the wide range of military and civilian crisis management missions that the Union has undertaken but also identifiable through its other policies such as the European Neighbourhood Policy and development assistance which have also to some extent become security focused. Yet the role of the EU as an international security provider remains under-theorized and weakly understood. The proposed book analyses the Union’s role as an international security provider in a comprehensive way developing theoretical as well as empirical grounding for the understanding of the making and implementation of EU security policy. The contributions in this book cover actors involved in the policy making process the dynamics of this process itself its outcomes (strategies and policies) and their impact on the ground. They examine the relevance of and apply existing theories of international relations international security and foreign policy analysis to the specific case of the EU investigate empirically how particular policies are formulated and implemented and study the impact and effectiveness of the Union as an international security provider in a variety of cases compared. This book was previously published as a special issue of Global Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367025298

Theorising the Practice of Community DevelopmentA South African Perspective Based on 25 years of community development practice six of which have been lived in South Africa Peter Westoby’s ground-breaking monograph moves away from dominant normative accounts of community development to provide an appreciative and critical analysis of concrete examples of community development theory and practice. By examining community development stories as experienced on the ground Westoby is able to show how the poor are organising themselves using various forms of community development as well as demonstrating how the state and non-state actors are attempting to organise engage or accompany the poor through community development. The book also breaks new ground in theorising the practice of community development drawing inductively from the stories analysed. The diversity of South African contexts and the proliferation of different kinds of community practice make this a hugely difficult task. Despite this Westoby argues it is one worth undertaking given the seriousness of the challenges facing the poor and progressive social change agents within South Africa. In this undertaking Westoby draws upon a unique analytical framework to help illuminate current community development policy and programme challenges along with practice dilemmas and wisdom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272736

Theorising Transnational MigrationThe Status Paradox of Migration Societal transformations have recently stimulated political debates and policies on the integration of migrants and minorities in most Western European countries. While transnational migration studies have documented migrants’ cross-border activities there have been few empirically grounded efforts to theorise these developments in the framework of integration and status theory. Based on a case study of Ghanaian migrants this book seeks to understand integration processes and develops a theorem of the status paradox of migration which explores the interaction between migrants’ integration into the receiving country and the maintained inclusion into the sending society. It describes a characteristic problem for a large class of labour migrants from the global south who gain status in the sending countries by simultaneously losing it in the receiving countries of migration. This transnational dynamic of status attainment which goes along with specifically national forms of status inconsistency is what is called the status paradox of migration. By bringing together two modes of national status incorporation within one framework the status paradox provides an innovative perspective on migration processes and demonstrates the usefulness of a transnationalist integration theory. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of migration transnationalism politics sociology and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853118

Theorist of Maritime StrategySir Julian Corbett and his Contribution to Military and Naval Thought Since its publication in 1911 Sir Julian's Corbett's Some Principles of Maritime Strategy has remained a key document within naval strategic thinking. Yet despite his undoubted influence Corbett's theories have not been subjected to scientific review and systematic comparison with other naval thinkers. In this assessment Dr Widen has provided a fresh interpretation of Corbett's legacy and his continued relevance as a classic theorist of naval war. Divided into three parts the book begins with a brief biographical overview of Corbett's life highlighting in particular his bibliographic history and the influences on his thinking. The latter two sections then describe and assess Corbett's views on military and naval theory respectively. Together these two parts represent his overall theory of maritime strategy including his conception of limited war his intellectual debt to Clausewitz command of the sea his critic of decisive battle as well as the different methods of naval operations. By means of a thorough assessment of Corbett's theory of maritime strategy Dr Widén highlights the continued relevance of his theories. Both the strengths and shortcomings of Corbett's thinking are discussed and reflections offered on their intellectual practical and doctrinal value. In so doing Dr Widen has written a book that deserves to be read by anyone with an interest in the past present or future of maritime strategy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248045

Theorists of the Modernist NovelJames Joyce Dorothy Richardson and Virginia Woolf Tracing the developing modernist aesthetic in the thought and writings of James Joyce Dorothy Richardson and Virginia Woolf Deborah Parsons considers the cultural social and personal influences upon the three writers. Exploring the connections between their theories Parsons pays particular attention to their work on: forms of realism characters and consciousness gender and the novel time and history. An understanding of these three thinkers is fundamental to a grasp on modernism making this an indispensable guide for students of modernist thought. It is also essential reading for those who wish to understand debates about the genre of the novel or the nature of literary expression which were given a new impetus by the pioneering figures of Joyce Richardson and Woolf. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203965894

Theorizing a Colonial Caribbean-Atlantic ImaginarySugar and Obeah This book develops a theory of a Caribbean-Atlantic imaginary by exploring the ways two colonial texts represent the consciousnesses of Amerindians Africans and Europeans at two crucial points marking respectively the origins and demise of slavocratic systems in the West Indies. Focusing on Richard Ligon’s History of Barbados (1657) and Matthew ‘Monk’ Lewis’ Journal of a West India Proprietor (1834) the study identifies specific myths and belief systems surrounding sugar and obeah as each of these came to stand for concepts of order and counterorder and to figure the material and symbolic power of masters and slaves respectively. Rooting the imaginary in indigenous Caribbean myths the study adopts the pre-Columbian origins of the imaginary ascribed by Wilson Harris to a cross cultural bridge or arc and derives the mythic origins for the centrality of sugar in the imaginary’s constitution from Kamau Brathwaite. The book’s central organizing principle is an oppositional one grounded on the order/counterorder binary model of the imaginary formulated by the philosopher-social theorist Cornelius Castoriadis. The study breaks new ground by reading Ligon’s History and Lewis’ Journal through the lens of the slaves’ imaginaries of hidden knowledge. By redefining Lewis’ subjectivity through his poem’s most potent counterordering symbol the demon-king this book advances recent scholarly interest in Jamaica’s legendary Three Fingered Jack. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868861

Theorizing Cohesive DevelopmentAn Alternative Paradigm This volume proposes an alternative development paradigm to the existing capitalist extant one and studies how it is distinctly different from the older system. Rooted in the principles of solidarity between humans as well as between humans and nature this alternative paradigm replaces the methodological individualism of capitalism by ‘reciprocal altruism’ a new logic of capital to give pace and direction to the development process. The essays in this volume highlight instances of various forms of solidarity that have emerged in the contemporary world—such as resistance movements of informal workers the formation of an autonomous cooperative of self-employed waste pickers in India called SWaCH and Brazil and Cuba’s experiments with Social and Solidarity Economy (SSE)—to achieve long sustaining cohesive development. They also provide recommendations as to how the State can mold its development process to the benefit of marginalized communities especially in India and Bangladesh. Featuring insights from leading experts in the field Theorizing Cohesive Development will be an indispensable read for students and researchers of development studies economics political economy political science and sociology minority studies and Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138580633

Theorizing Cultural WorkLabour Continuity and Change in the Cultural and Creative Industries In recent years cultural work has engaged the interest of scholars from a broad range of social science and humanities disciplines. The debate in this ‘turn to cultural work’ has largely been based around evaluating its advantages and disadvantages: its freedoms and its constraints its informal but precarious nature the inequalities within its global workforce and the blurring of work–life boundaries leading to ‘self-exploitation’. While academic critics have persuasively challenged more optimistic accounts of ‘converged’ worlds of creative production the critical debate on cultural work has itself leant heavily towards suggesting a profoundly new confluence of forces and effects. Theorizing Cultural Work instead views cultural work through a specifically historicized and temporal lens to ask: what novelty can we actually attach to current conditions and precisely what relation does cultural work have to social precedent? The contributors to this volume also explore current transformations and future(s) of work within the cultural and creative industries as they move into an uncertain future. This book challenges more affirmative and proselytising industry and academic perspectives and the pervasive cult of novelty that surrounds them to locate cultural work as an historically and geographically situated process. It will be of interest to students and scholars of sociology cultural studies human geography urban studies and industrial relations as well as management and business studies cultural and economic policy and development government and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138087088

Theorizing Cultures of Political Violence in Times of AusterityStudying Social Movements in Comparative Perspective After the multidimensional financial crisis of 2008 the member states of the Eurozone imposed a set of economic policies to save their economies. Socially unpopular cuts contributed to the occurrence of violent movements that both opposed austerity policies and created animosity towards the politicians who implemented them. Combining qualitative and quantitative comparative analyses from anti-austerity movements in 14 Eurozone states from 2007 to 2015 Joanna Rak develops an original typology of patterns of a culture of political violence to explain why some anti-austerity movements turned to violence and others did not despite having shared goals and political values. She uncovers the very nature of the differences and similarities between cultures of political violence identifies their sources and determines their differing results. Simultaneously she opens a discussion on the exploratory and explanatory utility of the category of a culture of political violence in the Social Sciences.Theorizing Cultures of Political Violence in Times of Austerity casts new light on the scholarly debate on cultures of political violence and anti-austerity violent behavior making it a compelling read for scholars of political sociology political behavior comparative politics European politics and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666422

Theorizing Digital Divides Although discussion of the digital divide is a relatively new phenomenon social inequality is a deeply entrenched part of our current social world and is now reproduced in the digital sphere. Such inequalities have been described in multiple traditions of social thought and theoretical approaches. To move forward to a greater understanding of the nuanced dynamics of digital inequality we need the theoretical lenses to interpret the meaning of what has been observed as digital inequality.This volume examines and explains the phenomenon of digital divides and digital inequalities from a theoretical perspective. Indeed with there being a limited amount of theoretical research on the digital divide so far Theorizing Digital Divides seeks to collect and analyse different perspectives and theoretical approaches in analysing digital inequalities and thus propose a nuanced approach to study the digital divide.Exploring theories from diverse perspectives within the social sciences whilst presenting clear examples of how each theory is applied in digital divide research this book will appeal to scholars and undergraduate and postgraduate students interested in sociology of inequality digital culture Internet studies mass communication social theory sociology and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890254

Theorizing Digital Rhetoric Theorizing Digital Rhetoric takes up the intersection of rhetorical theory and digital technology to explore the ways in which rhetoric is challenged by new technologies and how rhetorical theory can illuminate discursive expression in digital contexts. The volume combines complex rhetorical theory with personal anecdotes about the use of technologies to create a larger philosophical and rhetorical account of how theorists approach the examinations of new and future digital technologies. This collection of essays emphasizes the ways that digital technology intrudes upon rhetorical theory and how readers can be everyday rhetorical critics within an era of ever-increasing use of digital technology. Each chapter effectively blends theorizing between rhetoric and digital technology informing readers of the potentiality between the two ideas. The theoretical perspectives informed by digital media studies rhetorical theory and personal/professional use provide a robust accounting of digital rhetoric that is timely personable and useful. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138702394

Theorizing Documentary A key collection of essays that looks at the specific issues related to the documentary form. Questions addressed include `What is documentary?' and `How fictional is nonfiction?' Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138131644

Theorizing Ethnicity and Nationality in the Chick Lit Genre Scholars and readers alike need little help identifying the infamous Bridget Jones or Carrie Bradshaw. While it is no stretch to say that these fictional characters are the most recognizable within the chic lit genre there are certainly many others that have helped define this body of work. While previous research has focused primarily on white American chick lit Theorizing Ethnicity and Nationality in the Chick Lit Genre takes a wider look at the genre by exploring chick lit novels featuring protagonists from a variety of ethnic backgrounds set both within and outside of the US. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664756

Theorizing FeminismParallel Trends In The Humanities And Social Sciences Second Edition In the past three decades feminist scholars have produced an extraordinary rich body of theoretical writing in humanities and social science disciplines. This revised and updated second edition of Theorizing Feminism: Parallel Trends in the Humanities and Social Sciences is a genuinely interdisciplinary anthology of significant contributions to feminist theory.This timely reader is creatively edited and contains insightful introductory material. It illuminates the historical development of feminist theory as well as the current state of the field. Emphasizing common themes and interests in the humanities and social sciences the editors have chosen topics that remain relevant to current debates reflect the interests of a diverse community of thinkers and have been central to feminist theory in many disciplines.The contributors include leading figures from the fields of psychology literary criticism sociology philosophy anthropology art history law and economics. This is the ideal text for any advanced course on interdisciplinary feminist theory one that fills a long-standing gap in feminist pedagogy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367098469

Theorizing Film Acting This comprehensive collection provides theoretical accounts of the grounds and phenomenon of film acting. The volume features entries by some of the most prominent scholars on film acting who collectively represent the various theoretical traditions that constitute the discipline of film studies. Each section proposes novel ways of considering the recurring motifs in academic enquiries into film acting including: (1) the mutually contingent problematic of description and interpretation (2) the intricacies of bodily dynamics and their reception by audiences (3) the significance of star performance and (4) the impact of evolving technologies and film styles on acting traditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138922150

Theorizing Indian Foreign Policy Examined from a non-Western lens the standard International Relations (IR) and Foreign Policy Analysis (FPA) approaches are ill-adapted because of some Eurocentric and conceptual biases. These biases partly stem from: first the dearth of analyses focusing on non-Western cases; second the primacy of Western-born concepts and method in the two disciplines. That is what this book seeks to redress. Theorizing Indian Foreign Policy draws together the study of contemporary Indian foreign policy and the methods and theories used by FPA and IR while simultaneously contributing to a growing reflection on how to theorise a non-Western case. Its chapters offer a refreshing perspective by combining different sets of theories empirical analyses historical perspectives and insights from area studies. Empirically chapters deal with different issues as well as varied bilateral relations and institutional settings. Conceptually however they ask similar questions about what is unique about Indian foreign policy and how to study it. The chapters also compel us to reconsider the meaning and boundary conditions of concepts (e.g. coalition government strategic culture and sovereignty) in a non-Western context. This book will appeal to both specialists and students of Indian foreign policy and International Relations Theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367264819

Theorizing IslamDisciplinary Deconstruction and Reconstruction The scholarly study of Islam has become ever more insular and apologetic. Academic Islamic Studies has tried to maintain a focus on truth authenticity experience and meaning and has effectively avoided discussion of larger social cultural and ideological issues. Many scholars of Islam have presented themselves to their colleagues the media and the public as the interpreters of Islam and have done so with an interpretation which tends almost universally to the liberal and egalitarian. The ignorance and hostility which the Islamic faith has faced since 9/11 has partly necessitated the taking of such a position. But as 'Theorizing Islam' argues the issue remains that only one interpretation of Islam is generally being presented and as with any interpretation this has its own assumptions. The aim of 'Theorizing Islam' is to explore the potential for a fuller more honest and more sophisticated approach to both theory and methodology in the academic study of Islam. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844657902

Theorizing Medieval GeopoliticsWar and World Order in the Age of the Crusades Over the past two decades or so medieval geopolitics have come to occupy an increasingly prominent place in the collective imagination—and writings—of International Relations scholars. Although these accounts differ significantly in terms of their respective analytical assumptions theoretical concerns and scholarly contributions they share at least one common – arguably defining – element: a belief that a careful study of medieval geopolitics can help resolve a number of important debates surrounding the nature and dynamics of "international" relations. There are however three generic weaknesses characterizing the extant literature: a general failure to examine the existing historiography of medieval geopolitics an inadequate account of the material and ideational forces that create patterns of violent conflict in medieval Latin Christendom and a failure to take seriously the role of "religion" in the geopolitical relations of medieval Latin Christendom. This book seeks to address these shortcomings by providing a theoretically guided and historically sensitive account of the geopolitical relations of medieval Latin Christendom. It does this by developing a theoretically informed picture of medieval geopolitics theorizing the medieval-to-modern transition in a new and fruitful way and suggesting ways in which a systematic analysis of medieval geopolitical relations can actually help to illuminate a range of contemporary geopolitical phenomena. Finally it develops an historically sensitive conceptual framework for understanding geopolitical conflict and war more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138213012

Theorizing ModernismsEssays in Critical Theory At a time when postmodernism seems to have achieved a dominant position in cultural and critical theory the contributors to this volume present a much needed corrective to the misleading images of modernism which have dominated recent debate. Theorizing Modernisms includes an account of European modernism and analysis of the work of Apollinaire and Aberti Wyndham Lewis and Mike Johnson and Kert Schwitters. Steve Giles provides a much needed overview of the relationship between modernism and the avant-garde postmodernism and modernity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138006652

Theorizing Pedagogical InteractionInsights from Conversation Analysis Pedagogical interaction can be observed through many different landscapes such as the graduate seminar the writing skills center the after-school literacy program adult ESL classrooms and post-observation conferences. By viewing these settings through the lens of conversation analysis this volume lays the groundwork for three principles of pedagogical interaction: competence complexity and contingency. The author explores these principles and how they inform what makes a good teacher how people learn and why certain pedagogical encounters are more enlightening than others. Drawn from the author’s original research in various pedagogical settings this volume collects empirical insights from conversation analysis and contributes to theory building. Theorizing Pedagogical Interaction will appeal to students and scholars in applied linguistics educational linguistics and communication studies who are interested in the discourse of teaching and learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138086104

Theorizing Post-Conflict ReconciliationAgonism Restitution & Repair The founding of truth commissions legal tribunals and public confessionals in places like South Africa Australia Yugoslavia and Chile have attempted to heal wounds and bring about reconciliation in societies divided by a history of violence and conflict. This volume asks how many of the popular conclusions reached by transitional justice studies fall short or worse unwittingly perpetuate the very injustices they aim to suture. Though often well intentioned these approaches generally resolve in an injunction to "move on " as it were; to leave the painful past behind in the name of a conciliatory future. Through collective acts of apology and forgiveness so the argument goes reparation and restoration are imparted and the writhing conflict of the past is substituted for by the overlapping consensus of community. And yet all too often the authors of this study maintain the work done in assuaging past discord serves to further debase and politically neutralize especially the victims of abuse in need of reconciliation and repair in the first place. Drawing on a wide range of case studies from South Africa to Northern Ireland Bosnia Rwanda and Australia the authors argue for an alternative approach to post-conflict thought. In so doing they find inspiration in the vision of politics rendered by new pluralist new realist and especially agonistic political theory. Featuring contributions from both up and coming and well-established scholars this work is essential reading for all those with an interest in restorative justice conflict resolution and peace studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415713658

Theorizing Sexual Violence Taking sexual violence in the form of rape and hetero-psychological/physical abuse trafficking and harassment as a point of departure the authors of this volume explore questions about the relationship between sex sexuality and violence in order to better understand the terms on which women's sexual suffering is perpetuated thereby undermining their capacity for personhood and autonomy. This volume perceives that while sexual violence as a phenomenon is heavily researched it remains under-theorized. With anti-essentialist views of gender identity of subjectivity and agency and of rationality and consent  the essays study both the dynamics and consequences of sexual violence. The contributing authors blend the insights of postmodern critique with the common goal of theorizing and acting effectively against the material and psychic suffering perpetuated by the rigid rituals of gendered and sexed life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415898539

Theorizing Social Class and Education Theorizing Social Class and Education presents a selection of writing on class analysis within sociology of education as it has evolved over the last decade both in the UK and internationally. Moving from a narrow focus on class position and categorisation to a much broader view on behaviours attitudes identities and practices the contributors explore and theorize the ways in which particular individuals develop their perspectives and understandings of the social world and the role education plays in shaping these. This book was originally published as a special issue of the British Journal of Sociology of Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415842297

Theorizing Social MemoriesConcepts and Contexts Public debates over the last two decades about social memories about how as societies we remember make sense of and even imagine and invent our collective pasts suggest that grand narratives have been abandoned for numerous little stories that contest the unified visions of the past. But while focusing on the diversity of social remembering these fragmentary accounts have also revealed the fault-lines within the theoretical terrain of memory studies. This critical anthology seeks to bridge these rifts and breaks within the contemporary theoretical landscape by addressing the pressing issues of social differentiation and forgetting as also the relatively unexplored futuristic aspect of social memories. Arranged in four thematic sections which focus on the concepts temporalities functions and contexts of social memories this book includes essays that range across disciplines and present a variety of theoretical approaches from phenomenological sociology and systems theory to biography research and post-colonialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867706

Theorizing Southeast Asian RelationsEmerging Debates The recent proliferation of theories of international relations has transformed analyses of Southeast Asia’s international affairs. A new generation of scholars has promoted a lively and illuminating debate which has seen the traditional realist/ neorealist approach which continues to hold centre stage challenged by constructivist analyses. In turn constructivists have found themselves under fire from an array of competing approaches. This collection engages this emerging debate. It underscores the point that Southeast Asia is now an important site for applying new theories of international relations. It also demonstrates that theoretical frameworks originally developed in North America and Europe have to be adapted to the specific circumstances found in places like Southeast Asia and that this process can enrich theory building. The chapters in this book focus on the realist/neorealist constructivist English School and critical approaches. The resulting debate helps to shed light on ways of analysing Southeast Asian relations as well as on the evolution of these key theoretical frameworks. This book was published as a special issue of The Pacific Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990234

Theorizing Teaching and Learning in Asia and EuropeA Conversation between Chinese Curriculum and European Didactics There has been much debate in recent times between the Anglo American tradition of curriculum studies and the Continental and North European tradition of didactics (Didaktik). As important as such debate has been this book seeks to add new voices to the debate representing ideas and traditions from a different part of the world. The focus is on Chinese curriculum thinking that has passed through a number of stages and currently represents a blend of some aspects of the American tradition and Chinese cultural traditions. How does Chinese thinking about curriculum teaching and learning resonate with European didactic traditions and what are the implications for theorizing an expanded field of curriculum studies? This book deliberately transcends borders and cultures to explore new territory to provide a platform for open dialogue and to open up new areas of investigation Chapters include Curriculum Reform and Research in China: A Social-Historical Perspective What Mathematics Did Teachers Learn? Comparison of the School and the Pre-Service Teacher Mathematics Curricula in Germany and Taiwan Living in Parallel Worlds: A Transatlantic Dialogue between General Didactics and Instructional Design Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367141752

Theorizing the European Neighbourhood Policy Despite growing scholarly interest in the EU’s flagship policy towards its Eastern and Southern neighbours serious attempts at theory-building on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) have been largely absent from the academic debate. This book aims at contributing to fill this research gap in a three-fold manner: first and foremost it aims at theorizing the ENP as such explaining the origins development and effectiveness of this policy. Building on this effort it also pursues the broader objective of addressing certain shortcomings in EU external relations theory and even beyond in International Relations theory. Finally it aspires to provide new insights for European policy-makers. It is one of the first volumes to provide different theoretical perspectives on the ENP by revisiting and building bridges between mainstream and critical theories stimulating academic and policy debates and thus setting a novel less EU-centric research agenda. This text will be of key interest to scholars students and practitioners in EU external relations EU foreign policy the European Neighbourhood Policy and more broadly in European Union Politics and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138361966

Theorizing the Resilience of American Higher EducationHow Colleges and Universities Adapt to Changing Social and Economic Conditions This book proposes a new theory of change in American higher education that explains the resilience of colleges and universities and demonstrates how they adapt to new social and economic conditions. It argues that the demands for new educational missions new sources of capital to finance innovation and new organizational and governance models lead to the creation of institutional diversity. Using the theory of “accretive change” to predict future changes this volume asserts that the rise of artificial intelligence and new investment models within the field of social entrepreneurship will shape the next wave of universities and educational institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671778

Theorizing TourismAnalyzing Iconic Destinations A useful introduction to the critical study of tourism this brief text applies semiotics and cultural theory to deal with some of our most iconic global destinations. It offers accessible analyses of 18 famous tourist locations from the Taj Mahal to Red Square and from the Eiffel Tower to Antarctica. Written in Berger’s friendly style it allows students to critically examine the political cultural and economic significance these locales and understand their importance to tourism. Study questions add more pedagogical value to the highly readable text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611322354

Theorizing Transitional Justice This book addresses the theoretical underpinnings of the field of transitional justice something that has hitherto been lacking both in study and practice. With the common goal of clarifying some of the theoretical profiles of transitional justice strategies the study is organized along crucial intersections evaluating aspects connected to the genealogy the nature the scope and the most appropriate methodology for the study of transitional justice. The chapters also take up normative and political considerations pertaining to specific transitional instruments such as war crime tribunals truth commissions administrative purges reparations and historical commissions. Bringing together some of the most original writings from established experts as well as from promising young scholars in the field the collection will be an essential resource for researchers academics and policy-makers in Law Philosophy Politics and Sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138637610

Theorizing Visual StudiesWriting Through the Discipline This forward-thinking collection brings together over sixty essays that invoke images to summon interpret and argue with visual studies and its neighboring fields such as art history media studies visual anthropology critical theory cultural studies and aesthetics. The product of a multi-year collaboration between graduate students from around the world spearheaded by James Elkins this one-of-a-kind anthology is a truly international interdisciplinary point of entry into cutting-edge visual studies research. The book is fluid in relation to disciplines; it is frequently inventive in relation to guiding theories; it is unpredictable in its allegiance and interest in the past of the discipline—reflecting the ongoing growth of visual studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415877947

Theory Design and Applications of Unmanned Aerial Vehicles This book provides a complete overview of the theory design and applications of unmanned aerial vehicles. It covers the basics including definitions attributes manned vs. unmanned design considerations life cycle costs architecture components air vehicle payload communications data link and ground control stations. Chapters cover types and civilian roles sensors and characteristics alternative power communications and data links conceptual design human machine interface sense and avoid systems civil airspace issues and integration efforts navigation autonomous control swarming and future capabilities. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574239

Theory Development and Strategy in Transmedia Storytelling This book explores transmedia dynamics in various facets of fiction and nonfiction transmedia studies. Moving beyond the presentation/definition of transmediality as a field of study the authors examine novel advancements in the theory methodological development and strategic planning of transmedia storytelling. Drawing upon a theoretical foundation grounded in Peircean semiotics and reflected in the methodological approaches to fiction and nonfiction transmedia projects the chapters delve into diverse case studies such as The Handmaid’s Tale and mega sporting events like the Olympics and FIFA World Cup that illustrate the applications of our own methods and the implications of the logic behind transmedia dynamics. Expanding upon their own scholarship the authors tackle the relevant topic of transmedia journalism and present new approaches to transmedia strategic planning around educational initiatives in developing countries. The book is an important reference for scholars and students of media studies education journalism and transmedia and those interested in comprehending theory methodological development and strategic planning of transmediality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367343040

Theory Practice and Community Development For many scholars the study of community and community development is at a crossroads.  Previously dynamic theories appear not to have kept pace with the major social changes of our day. Given our constantly shifting social reality we need new ideas and research that pushes the boundaries of our extant community theories. Theory Practice and Community Development stretches the traditional boundaries and applications of well-established community development theory and establishes new theoretical approaches rooted in new disciplines and new perspectives on community development. Expanded from a special issue of the journal Community Development Theory Practice and Community Development collects previously published and widely cited essays as well as new theoretical and empirical research in community development. Compiled by the editors of Community Development the essays feature topics as varied as placemaking democratic theory and rural organizing. Theory Practice and Community Development is vital for scholars and practitioners coming to grips with the rapidly changing definition of community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415694148

Theory & Practice in Education (RLE Edu K) The main concern of the volume is the relation of theory to practice in education but the book also reviews the state of educational theory and its relation to politics. Beginning with a group of papers on specific areas of the relation between theory and practice the book goes on to discuss aspects of the curriculum such as curricular principles in recent official reports the newly emerging theme of general abilities and controversial material in the curriculum. The theme of the third group of articles is personal autonomy one of the very few generally supported educational aims of recent years and a final group presents a retrospective view of the Plowden Report. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007529

Theory after DerridaEssays in Critical Praxis A critical anthology that re-examines Jacques Derrida’s thought by way of theory and praxis this volume reflects on his striking legacy and the future of theory. Among contemporary thinkers Derrida challenges not only our ways of thinking but also hitherto methods of inquiry. This book captures how Derrida renovates and re-energises philosophy by questioning the fundamental assumptions of Western philosophical thought. By doing so he exposes the intricate lie behind binaries such as speech/writing nature/culture male/female black/white literature/criticism etc. which have continued to shape our worldview where a hegemonic centre is always already in place dominating or marginalising the ‘other’. A significant contribution to literary theory this book explores not only the status of Derrida’s contribution as a critical thinker but also the status of critical theory as such in the contemporary milieu. The central question that it asks is whether we should dismiss Derrida as a thinker who espoused an extreme form of relativism bordering on nihilism or has he something fundamental to contribute to the future of theory. Could it be that deconstruction is not destruction but a possibility that casts doubts on whether the present can have faith in future? This second edition includes a new Postscript and addresses some important concerns of our times such as religious practice art and aesthetics translation sociology of philosophy and democracy. Scholars and researchers of English literature philosophy sociology and cultural studies will find this work particularly interesting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367734886

Theory After 'Theory' This volume argues that theory far from being dead has undergone major shifts in order to come to terms with the most urgent cultural and political questions of today. Offering an overview of theory’s new directions this groundbreaking collection includes essays on affect biopolitics biophilosophy the aesthetic and neoliberalism as well as examinations of established areas such as subaltern studies the postcolonial and ethics. Influential figures such as Agamben Badiou Arendt Deleuze Derrida and Meillassoux are examined in a range of contexts. Gathering together some of the top thinkers in the field this volume not only speculates on the fate of theory but shows its current diversity encouraging conversation between divergent strands. Each section places the essays in their contexts and stages a comparison between different but ultimately related ways in which key thinkers are moving beyond poststructuralism. Contributors: Amanda Anderson Ray Brassier Adriana Cavarero Eva Cherniavsky Rey Chow Claire Colebrook Laurent Dubreuil Roberto Esposito Simon Gikandi Martin Hagglünd Peter Hallward Brian Massumi Peter Osborne Elizabeth Povinelli William Rasch Henry Staten Bernard Stiegler Eugene Thacker Cary Wolfe Linda Zerilli. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415484190

Theory and Applications of Higher-Dimensional Hadamard Matrices Second Edition Drawing on the authors’ use of the Hadamard-related theory in several successful engineering projects Theory and Applications of Higher-Dimensional Hadamard Matrices Second Edition explores the applications and dimensions of Hadamard matrices. This edition contains a new section on the applications of higher-dimensional Hadamard matrices to the areas of telecommunications and information security.The first part of the book presents fast algorithms updated constructions existence results and generalized forms for Walsh and Hadamard matrices. The second section smoothly transitions from two-dimensional cases to three- four- and six-dimensional Walsh and Hadamard matrices and transforms. In the third part the authors discuss how the n-dimensional Hadamard matrices of order 2 are applied to feed-forward networking stream ciphers bent functions and error correcting codes. They also cover the Boolean approach of Hadamard matrices. The final part provides examples of applications of Hadamard-related ideas to the design and analysis of one-dimensional sequences and two-dimensional arrays.The theory and ideas of Hadamard matrices can be used in many areas of communications and information security. Through the research problems found in this book readers can further explore the fascinating issues and applications of the theory of higher-dimensional Hadamard matrices. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367384401

Theory and Approaches of Unascertained Group Decision-Making Tackling the question of how to effectively aggregate uncertain preference information in multiple structures given by decision-making groups Theory and Approaches of Unascertained Group Decision-Making focuses on group aggregation methods based on uncertainty preference information. It expresses the complexity existing in each group decision-making process by employing complex networks and studying various methods of aggregating preference information from various unascertained time-series based decision-making groups' structures. Written by Jianjun Zhu director of the Chinese Society for Optimization Overall Planning and Economic Mathematics the book starts by examining case studies of group decision making. It discusses consistency measuring and ranking methods of interval number reciprocal judgment matrix and interval number complementary judgment matrix. Next it presents an unascertained number preference and a three-point interval number preference. Investigating linguistic preferences the text provides two consistencies definitions. It considers the aggregating methods of several uncertain preferences as well as the multistage aggregating model of uncertain preference. The final chapter proposes an aggregating model of multistage linguistic information based on TOPSIS. The research in this book is supported by a number of scientific foundations from the People’s Republic of China including the National Natural Science Foundation of China; the Social Science Foundation of China Jiangsu Province; and the Soft Science Foundation of China. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138198982

Theory and Best Practices in Science Communication Training This edited volume reports on the growing body of research in science communication training and identifies best practices for communication training programs around the world. Theory and Best Practices in Science Communication Training provides a critical overview of the emerging field of by analyzing the role of communication training in supporting scientists’ communication and engagement goals including scientists’ motivations to engage in training the design of training programs methods for evaluation and frameworks to support the role of communication training in helping scientists reach their communication and engagement goals. This volume reflects the growth of the field and provides direction for developing future researcher-practitioner collaborations.    With contributions from researchers and practitioners from around the world this book will be of great interest to students scholars and professionals within this emerging field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138478152

Theory and Cases in School-Based ConsultationA Resource for School Psychologists School Counselors Special Educators and Other Mental Hea This timely second edition provides an applied perspective regarding school-based consultation including an overview of mental health and behavioral instructional social cognitive Adlerian solution-focused and organizational/systems consultation. With updated empirical evidence showcasing the effectiveness of consultation this book delivers clear procedures for establishing a consultative relationship and includes case examples of problems and critical thinking questions to facilitate discussion among students and educators regarding school-based consultation. Issues of multicultural issues responsiveness as well as ethical and legal considerations are raised to broaden the scope of consultation stages and processes. To assist instructors in using this text PowerPoint lectures and an instructor’s test bank are available as eResources to accompany each chapter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367140632

Theory and Design of Seismic Resistant Steel Frames A state-of-the-art summary of recent developments in the behaviour analysis and design of seismic resistant steel frames. Much more than a simple background volume it gives the most recent results which can be used in the near future to improve the codified recommendations for steel structures in seismic zones. It contains new material which cannot be found in any standard reference book on seismic engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367866082

Theory and Explanation in Social Psychology This volume provides the first authoritative explication of metatheoretical principles in the construction and evaluation of social-psychological theories. Leading international authorities review the conceptual foundations of the field’s most influential approaches scrutinizing the range and limits of theories in various areas of inquiry. The chapters describe basic principles of logical inference illustrate common fallacies in theoretical interpretations of empirical findings and outline the unique contributions of different levels of analysis. An in-depth look at the philosophical foundations of theorizing in social psychology the book will be of interest to any scholar or student interested in scientific explanations of social behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462518487

Theory and History in International Relations Theory and History in International Relations is an eloquent plea to scholars of global politics to turn away from the "manufacture" of data and return to a systematic study of history as a basic for theory. While the modest use of empiricism will always be important Puchala rejects the logical positivism of the so-called "scientific revolution" in the field in favor of a more complex even intuitive vision of global politics. He addresses the potential uses of history in studying some of the major debates of our time-the Cold War as a struggle between empires the collision of civilizations cultural encounters and colonies in the ancient world and liberal approaches to the understanding of history and ethical contributions to the dialogue over theory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203620250

Theory and HistoryThe Political Thought of E.P. Thompson First published in 1997 the aim of this book is to look at the historical materialism of E.P. Thompson while introducing him as a political thinker of distinction. The study examines many aspects of Thompson’s life and work to give a comprehensive statement on his theory of historical change. It surveys the intellectual background from which he emerged; the core values of socialist humanism as understood by his generation of the Left; his contribution to history from below; his critique of structuralist Marxism; and his practical input to political dissent. The scope of this study covers fifty years of socialist polemics and offers an insight into the battles which were fought out between the old and new Left until the collapse of command-economy communism in 1989. Throughout the work of Thompson is presented as a testimony to a lineage of social thinkers as well as to the ideal of the common weal much cherished by radical practitioners of the past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138369474

Theory and Method of Evolutionary Political EconomyA Cyprus Symposium The world is in turmoil the dynamics of political economy seem to have entered a phase where a ‘return to normal’ cannot be expected. Since the financial crisis conventional economic theory has proven itself to be rather helpless and political decision makers have become suspicious about this type of economic consultancy. This book offers a different approach. It promises to describe political and economic dynamics as interwoven as they are in real life and it adds to that an evolutionary perspective. The latter allows for a long-run view which makes it possible to discuss the emergence and exit of social institutions.The essays in this volume explore the theoretical and methodological aspects of evolutionary political economy. In part one the authors consider the foundational contributions of some of the great economists of the past while the second part demonstrates the benefits of adopting the methods of computer simulation and agent-based modelling. Together the contributions to this volume demonstrate the richness diversity and great explanatory potential of evolutionary political economy.This volume is extremely useful for social scientists in the fields of economics politics and sociology who are interested to learn what evolutionary political economy is how it proceeds and what it can provide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595449

Theory and Methods for Public Pedagogy Research Theory and Methods for Public Pedagogy Research introduces promising new methods of public pedagogy research centered around transforming rather than explaining knowledge. The new methods are premised on a new theorisation of public pedagogy which recognises the educative agent. The agency of the public to speak to be heard to know is manifest as the educative agent speaks their knowledge and the researcher must be attentive to that speaking. This work extends the well-established intellectual projects in the field to introduce four new methods for public pedagogy research: organisation performance curation and researcher. A key focus of this work is attending to how the circulation of knowledge in non-formal settings can be recognised. It examines the under-published area of pedagogy and research in public spaces and engages post-qualitative approaches to inquiry to open up the field. Moreover it explores the possibility of performances art exhibitions and museums as public spaces of knowledge generation and pedagogy. It also shows how research can be applied in practice in public pedagogy to discover best practices for working in these spaces. Finally it confronts and critiques the dilemmas of public pedagogy research and the limits of research methods which have previously been deployed in this field. This book will be of interest to researchers and students in the field of public education and teaching in a variety of social science and arts disciplines and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367820237

Theory and Methods for Sociocultural Research in Science and Engineering Education Introducing original methods for integrating sociocultural and discourse studies into science and engineering education this book provides a much-needed framework for how to conduct qualitative research in this field. The three dimensions of learning identified in the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS) create a need for research methods that examine the sociocultural components of science education. With cutting-edge studies and examples consistent with the NGSS this book offers comprehensive research methods for integrating discourse and sociocultural practices in science and engineering education and provides key tools for applying this framework for students pre-service teachers scholars and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815351924

Theory and Methods in Comparative Policy Analysis StudiesVolume One Volume One of the Classics of Comparative Policy Analysis "Theory and Methods in Comparative Policy Analysis Studies" includes chapters that apply or further theory and methodology in the comparative study of public policy in general and policy analysis in particular. Throughout the volume the chapters engage in theory building by assessing the relevance of theoretical approaches drawn from the social sciences as well as some which are distinctive to policy analysis. Other chapters focus on various comparative approaches based on developments and challenges in the methodology of policy analysis. Together this collection provides a comprehensive scholastic foundation to comparative policy analysis and comparative policy studies. "Theory and Methods in Comparative Policy Analysis Studies" will be of great interest to scholars and learners of public policy and social sciences as well as to practitioners considering what can be learned or facilitated through methodologically and theoretically sound approaches. The chapters were originally published as articles in the Journal of Comparative Policy Analysis which in the last two decades has pioneered the development of comparative public policy. The volume is part of a four-volume series the Classics of Comparative Policy Analysis including Theories and Methods Institutions and Governance Regional Comparisons and Policy Sectors. Each volume showcases a different new chapter comparing domains of study interrelated with comparative public policy: political science public administration governance and policy design authored by the JCPA co-editors Giliberto Capano Iris Geva-May Michael Howlett Leslie A. Pal and B. Guy Peters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138332737

Theory and MethodsCritical Essays in Human Geography This volume tackles the complex terrain of theory and methods seeking to exemplify the major philosophical social-theoretic and methodological developments - some with clear political and ethical implications - that have traversed human geography since the era of the 1960s when spatial science came to the fore. Coverage includes Marxist and humanistic geographies and their many variations over the years as well as ongoing debates about agency-structure and the concepts of time space place and scale. Feminist and other 'positioned' geographies alongside poststructuralist and posthumanist geographies are all evidenced as well as writings that push against the very 'limits' of what human geography has embraced over these fifty plus years. The volume combines readings that are well-known and widely accepted as 'classic' with readings that while less familiar are valuable in how they illustrate different possibilities for theory and method within the discipline. The volume also includes a substantial introduction by the editor contextualising the readings and in the process providing a new interpretation of the last half-century of change within the thoughts and practices of human geography. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236285

Theory and Phenomena of Metamaterials Theory and Phenomena of Metamaterials offers an in-depth look at the theoretical background and basic properties of electromagnetic artificial materials often called metamaterials. A volume in the Metamaterials Handbook this book provides a comprehensive guide to working with metamaterials using topics presented in a concise review format along with numerous references. With contributions from leading researchers this text covers all areas where artificial materials have been developed. Each chapter in the text features a concluding summary as well as various cross references to address a wide range of disciplines in a single volume. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219370

Theory and Philosophy in Education ResearchMethodological Dialogues The issue of methodology is a fundamental concern for all who engage in educational research. Presenting a series of methodological dialogues between eminent education researchers including Michael Apple Gert Biesta Penny Enslin John Hattie Nel Noddings Michael Peters Richard Pring and Paul Smeyers this book explores the ways in which they have chosen and developed research methods to style their investigations and frame their arguments. These dialogues address the specialized and technical aspects of conducting educational research conceptualize the relationship between methodology and theory and provide in-depth discussion of concerns including falsifiability openness interpretation and researcher judgement. Foregrounding the researchers’ first-hand experience and knowledge this book will provide future and current researchers with a deeper comprehension of the place of theory in education research. An illuminating resource for undergraduate and postgraduate researchers alike Theory and Philosophy in Education Research confronts the intricate complexities of conducting education research in a highly engaging and accessible way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815386025

Theory and Practice in Archaeology In this latest collection of his articles of which seven are written especially for this volume Ian Hodder captures and continues the lively controversy of the 1980s over symbolic and structural approaches to archaeology. The book acts as an overview of the developments in the discipline over the last decade; yet Hodder's brief is far wider. His aim is to break down the division between the intellectual and the "dirt" archaeologist to demonstrate that in this discipline more than any other theory must be related to practice to save effectively our rapidly diminishing heritage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155794

Theory and Practice in Child PsychoanalysisAn Introduction to the Work of Francoise Dolto During her lifetime Francoise Dolto revolutionized the psychoanalytic understanding of childhood. As an early pioneer she emphasized that the child is to be recognized from birth as a person. As a gifted and innovative clinician Dolto developed her ideas about the unconscious image of the body. An image that is unique to each individual and linke Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329136

Theory and Practice in Heritage and SustainabilityBetween past and future This book explores cultural sustainability and its relationships to heritage from a wide interdisciplinary perspective. By examining the interactions between people and communities in the places where they live it exemplifies the diverse ways in which a people-centred heritage builds identities and supports individual and collective memories. It encourages a view of heritage as a process that contributes through cultural sustainability to human well-being and socially- and culturally-sensitive policy.With theoretically-informed case studies from leading researchers the book addresses both concepts and practice in a range of places and contexts including landscape townscape museums industrial sites every day heritage ‘ordinary’ places and the local scene and even UNESCO-designated sites. The contributors most of whom like the editors were members of the COST Action ‘Investigating Cultural Sustainability’ demonstrate in a cohesive way how the cultural values that people attach to place are enmeshed with issues of memory identity and aspiration and how they therefore stand at the centre of sustainability discourse and practice. The cases are drawn from many parts of Europe but notably from the Baltic and central and south-eastern Europe regions with distinctive recent histories and cultural approaches and heritage discourses that offer less well-known but transferable insights. They all illustrate the contribution that dealing with the inheritance of the past can make to a full cultural engagement with sustainable development. The book provides an introductory framework to guide readers and a concluding section that draws on the case studies to emphasise their transferability and specificity and to outline the potential contribution of the examples to future research practice and policy in cultural sustainability. This is a unique offering for postgraduate students researchers and professionals interested in heritage management governance and community participation and cultural sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668860

Theory and Practice in Hospitality and Tourism Research Theory and Practice in Hospitality and Tourism Research includes 111 contributions from the 2nd International Hospitality and Tourism Conference 2014 (Penang Malaysia 2-4 September 2014) and covers a comprehensive range of topics including: - Hospitality management - Hospitality & tourism marketing - Tourism management - Technology & innovation in hospitality & tourism - Foodservice & food safety - Gastronomy The book will be of interest to postgraduate students academics and professionals involved in the fields of hospitality and tourism. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138027060

Theory and Practice in Social Group WorkCreative Connections Here is an important look at creative ways to successfully blend theoretical knowledge with skillful intervention in social group work. Theory and Practice in Social Group Work represents leading works in conceptual development that creatively connect practice with theory and also reflect the current diversity of interventions in group work practice. The book calls for more carefully articulated connections between knowledge and action and maps a strategy for strengthening social work curriculum and expanding group work practice. Some of the areas discussed include group work in medical and health settings group work with people undergoing life cycle transitions and group work interventions with vulnerable populations. A wide range of possibilities for applying theories in group work situations are presented in this thought-provoking volume. Some specific examples discussed include group work interventions with persons affected by the AIDS crisis and persons at high risk of contracting HIV a group model for the management of chronic pain group intervention services for the homeless mentally ill delivered through a mobile outreach team a bingo group in an SRO hotel group work with adults molested as children and a model of practice for work with minority populations and communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138998230

Theory and Practice in Sociology Theory and Practise in Sociology provide's students with a comprehensive clear and accessible introduction to the main methods of research and the main theoretical approaches in sociology and help's them examine the relationship between methods and theory.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836082

Theory and Practice in the Eighteenth CenturyWriting Between Philosophy and Literature Brings together scholars who use literary interpretation and discourse analysis to read 18th-century British philosophy in its historical context. This work analyses how the philosophers of the Enlightenment viewed their writing; and how their institutional positions as teachers and writers influenced their understanding of human consciousness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663626

Theory and Practice in the History of European Expansion OverseasEssays in Honour of Ronald Robinson First Published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867994

Theory and Practice in the Music of the Islamic WorldEssays in Honour of Owen Wright This volume of original essays is dedicated to Owen Wright in recognition of his formative contribution to the study of music in the Islamic Middle East. Wright’s work which comprises at the time of writing six field-defining volumes and countless articles has reconfigured the relationship between historical musicology and ethnomusicology. No account of the transformation of these fields in recent years can afford to ignore his work. Ranging across the Middle East Central Asia and North India this volume brings together historical philological and ethnographic approaches. The contributors focus on collections of musical notation and song texts on commercial and ethnographic recordings on travellers’ reports and descriptions of instruments on musical institutions and other spaces of musical performance. An introduction provides an overview and critical discussion of Wright’s major publications. The central chapters cover the geographical regions and historical periods addressed in Wright’s publications with particular emphasis on Ottoman and Timurid legacies. Others discuss music in Greece Iraq and Iran. Each explores historical continuities and discontinuities and the constantly changing relationships between music theory and practice. An edited interview with Owen Wright concludes the book and provides a personal assessment of his scholarship and his approach to the history of the music of the Islamic Middle East. Extending the implications of Wright’s own work this volume argues for an ethnomusicology of the Islamic Middle East in which past and present text and performance are systematically in dialogue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890308

Theory and Practice in the Study of Adult EducationThe Epistemological Debate Originally published in 1989 this book presents a variety of perspectives on the definition of knowledge and of adult education by leading authors and practitioners in the study of adult education in the UK and USA. This collection of different and often contradictory views makes a detailed analysis of the epistemology and practice of adult education. Three major views are reflected within the book all of which focus upon the role of the conventional disciplines as a 'theoretical' basis for adult education curricula and professional practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138348318

Theory and Practice of ArchaeologyA Workbook For courses in Introduction to Archaeology Theory and Methods.Intended for the Introductory Archaeology course with the goal of teaching students how to think like archaeologists this workbook includes activities that challenge students to interpret and explain field findings and help them to see the link between theory and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138373976

Theory and Practice of Central Banking First Published in 1965. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990241

Theory and Practice of ComputationProceedings of the Workshop on Computation: Theory and Practice (WCTP 2018) September 17-18 2018 Manila This volume contains the papers presented at the 8th Workshop on Computing: Theory and Practice WCTP 2018 and is devoted to theoretical and practical approaches to computation. The conference was organized by four top universities in Japan and the Philippines: the Tokyo Institute of Technology Osaka University the University of the Philippines Diliman and De La Salle University. The proceedings provide a broad view of the recent developments in computer science research in Asia with an emphasis on Japan and the Philippines. The papers focus on both theoretical and practical aspects of computations such as programming language theory modeling of software systems empathic computing and various applications of information technology. The book will be of interest to academic and industrial researchers interested in recent developments in computer science research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367204174

Theory and Practice of ComputationProceedings of the Workshop on Computation: Theory and Practice (WCTP 2019) September 26-27 2019 Manila This book provides a collection of papers from the Ninth Workshop on Computing: Theory and Practice WCTP 2019 devoted to theoretical and practical approaches to computation which was organized by four top universities in Japan and the Philippines: Tokyo Institute of Technology Osaka University the University of the Philippines Diliman and De La Salle University. The proceedings provide a broad overview of recent research trends in computer science research in Asia particularly in these two countries. The papers included in the proceedings focus on both theoretical and practical aspects of computations such as programming language theory modeling of software systems applications of machine learning empathic computing and various applications of information technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367414733

Theory and Practice of Contemporary Pharmaceutics With a shift toward problem-based learning and critical thinking in many health science fields professional pharmacy training faces a shift in focus as well. Although the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) has recently suggested guidelines for problem solving to be better integrated into pharmacy curriculum pharmacy books currently available either address this material inadequately or lack it completely. Theory and Practice of Contemporary Pharmaceutics addresses this problem by challenging pharmacy students to think critically in preparation for situations that arise in clinical practice.This book offers a wealth of up-to-date information organized in a logical sequence corresponding to the art and science required for formulators in industry and dispensing pharmacists in the community. It breaks down the subject to its simplest form and includes numerous examples case studies and problems. In addition to presenting basic scientific principles each chapter includes a self-evaluation tutorial designed to help you evaluate your understanding of the subject matter numerical problems that provide practice in finding mathematical solutions and case studies that measure your overall grasp of the subject matter by challenging you to craft a plausible solution to a real-life scenario using the concepts presented in that chapter.Written by authors selected from academia industry and regulatory agencies the book presents an objective and balanced view of pharmaceutical science and its application. The authors' insights are extremely helpful to pharmacy students as well as practicing pharmacists involved in the development and/or dispensation of existing and new generation biotechnology-based drug products. This simplified and user-friendly book will present pharmaceutics in a way that it has never been presented before and will help prepare students and pharmacists for the competitive and challenging nature of the professional market. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203644478

Theory and Practice of Curriculum Studies This book deals with curriculum issues and problems and one of its aims is to help practising teachers to clarify their own theory and practice in relation to the curriculum. The contributors look at three popular theories or sets of assumptions held by teachers: the child-centred view of education; the subject-centred or knowledge-centred view; and the society-centred view. Each of these views is incomplete on its own but each has something to contribute in planning a curriculum as a whole and the authors emphasize that a comprehensive theory of curriculum planning would take into account the individual nature of the pupil and also recognize the social value of education. This kind of comprehensive curriculum planning has been described as the situation-centred curriculum based on the idea that schools should be concerned with preparing the young for the world as it will be when they leave school. One of the purposes of education is to develop a child’s autonomy; he or she must learn to cope with the variety of situations which will face him or her in society. Thus many different approaches must be employed in establishing a basis for the complex task of curriculum planning. The book draws on the disciplines of philosophy psychology history and sociology to suggest new approaches to curriculum objectives and evaluation. It considers the theoretical bases of curriculum models practical issues of planning evaluation and pedagogy and discusses some urgent contemporary questions about the politics and control of the curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753357

Theory and Practice of Dialogical Community DevelopmentInternational Perspectives This book proposes that community development has been increasingly influenced and co-opted by a modernist soulless rational philosophy - reducing it to a shallow technique for ‘solving community problems’. In contrast this dialogical approach re-maps the ground of community development practice within a frame of ideas such as dialogue hospitality and depth. For the first time community development practitioners are provided  with an accessible understanding of dialogue and its relevance to their practice exploring the contributions of internationally significant thinkers such as  P. Freire M. Buber D. Bohm and H.G Gadamer J. Derrida G. Esteva and R. Sennett. What makes the book distinctive is that: first it identifies a dialogical tradition of community development and considers how such a tradition shapes practice within contemporary contexts and concerns – economic social political cultural and ecological. Second the book contrasts such an approach with technical and instrumental approaches to development that fail to take complex systems seriously. Third the approach links theory to practice through a combination of storytelling and theory-reflection – ensuring that readers are drawn into a practice-theory that they feel increasingly confident has been 'tried and tested' in the world over the past 25 years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138838215

Theory and Practice of Early ReadingVolume 1 First Published in 1979. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176638

Theory and Practice of Experiential Dynamic Psychotherapy This book provides an introduction to and history of the experiential dynamic therapies (EDT) including the ground-breaking Intensive Short-Term Dynamic Psychotherapy (ISTDP) of Habib Davanloo and its subsequent development. It also describes the essential ingredients of EDT. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490632

Theory And Practice Of HIV CounsellingA Systemic Approach First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157040

Theory and Practice of International MediationSelected Essays This volume brings together some of the most significant papers on international conflict mediation by Professor Jacob Bercovitch one of the leading scholars in the field. It has become common practice to note that mediation has been and remains one of the most important structures of dealing with and resolving social conflicts. Irrespective of the level of political or social organization of their location in time and space and of the political sophistication of a society mediation has always been there to help deal with conflicts. As a method of conflict management the practice of settling disputes through intermediaries has had a rich history in all cultures both Western and non-Western. In some non-Western countries (especially in the Middle East and China) mediation has been the most important and enduring structure of conflict resolution. Jacob Bercovitch has been at the forefront of developments in international conflict mediation for more than 25 years and is generally recognized as one of the most important scholars in the field. His theoretical and empirical analyses have come to define the parameters in the study of mediation. This volume will help scholars and practitioners trace the history of the field its position today and its future and will be of much interest to all students of mediation negotiation conflict management international security and international relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138809093

Theory and Practice of Online TherapyInternet-delivered Interventions for Individuals Groups Families and Organizations This innovative new resource outlines the process of conducting individual family and group therapy online with the use of video conferencing tools and explores the unique concerns associated with this increasingly popular and convenient approach to treatment. Offering mental health practitioners a definitive presentation on how to use online tools to facilitate psychological intervention the book will also enable readers to learn about the processes of virtual individual couple family and group therapy specific concerns related to online group dynamics as well as the responsibilities of the therapist and group leader in online sessions. This is the perfect companion for counselors of all backgrounds and disciplines who are interested in offering or improving their approach to virtual services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138681866

Theory and Practice of ParadiplomacySubnational Governments in International Affairs This book examines and systematises the theoretical dimensions of paradiplomacy - the role of subnational governments in international relations. Throughout the world subnational governments play an active role in international relations by participating in international trade cultural missions and diplomatic relations with foreign powers. These governments including states in the USA and landers in Germany can sometimes even challenge the official foreign policy of their national government. These activities which are regularly promoting the subnational government’s interests have been labelled as ‘paradiplomacy’. Through a systematisation of the different approaches in understanding constituent diplomacy the author constructs an integrative theoretical explanatory framework to guide research on regional governments’ involvement in international affairs. The framework is based on a multiple-response questionnaire technique (MRQ) which provides the matrix of possible answers on a set of key questions for paradiplomacy scholarship. This comprehensive analysis of the phenomenon of paradiplomacy sheds light on the development of federalism and multi-level governance in a new global environment and contributes to the debates on the issue of 'actorness' in contemporary international affairs. This book will be of much interest to students of diplomacy federalism governance foreign policy and IR as well as practitioners of diplomacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600402

Theory and Practice of Pile Foundations Pile Foundations are an essential basis for many structures. It is vital that they be designed with the utmost reliability because the cost of failure is potentially huge. Covering a whole range of design issues relating to pile design this book presents economical and efficient design solutions and demonstrates them using real world examples. Coverage includes nonlinear response of single piles to vertical or torsional loading and to cyclic lateral loading as well as prediction of nonlinear response of lateral pile groups vertically loaded pile groups and the design of slope stabilising piles. Most solutions are provided as closed-form expressions. Theory and Practice of Pile Foundations is:illustrated with case studiesaccompanied by practical applications in Excel and MathCadthe first book to incorporate nonlinear interaction into pile design.A valuable resource for students of geotechnical engineering taking courses in foundations and a vital tool for engineers designing pile foundations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367866778

Theory and Practice of Public Sector Reform Theory and Practice of Public Sector Reform offers readers differing theoretical perspectives to help examine the process of public sector reform combined with an overview of major trends in the core areas of the functioning of the public sector. The book consists of three parts the first addresses a number of conceptual and theoretical perspectives on public sector reform. It shows how different ways of looking at reform reveal very different things. The second part addresses major changes in specific areas of public sectors – 'objects of reform.’ Part three focuses on the study of public sector reform. Aimed at academics researchers and advanced students; this edited collection brings together many of the most eminent academics in the area of Public Policy and Management seeking to link to theory in part one and insights into specific thematic areas in part two offering readers a display of theoretical perspectives to look at public sector reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138340824

Theory and Practice of WritingAn Applied Linguistic Perspective This book undertakes a general framework within which to consider the complex nature of the writing task in English both as a first and as a second language. The volume explores varieties of writing different purposes for learning to write extended text and cross-cultural variation among second-language writers.The volume overviews textlinguistic research explores process approaches to writing discusses writing for professional purposes and contrastive rhetoric. It proposes a model for text construction as well as a framework for a more general theory of writing. Later chapters organised around seventy-five themes for writing instruction are devoted to the teaching of writing at the beginning intermediate and advanced levels. Writing assessment and other means for responding to writing are also discussed.William Grabe and Robert Kaplan summarise various theoretical strands that have been recently explored by applied linguists and other writing researchers and draw these strands together into a coherent overview of the nature of written text. Finally they suggest methods for the teaching of writing consistent with the nature processes and social context of writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138152496

Theory and PraxisReflections on the Colonization of Knowledge This book proposes a New Enlightenment – a new way of looking at the non-Western world. Breaking new ground the essays chart a course beyond Eurocentric discourses (which completely ignore the contributions of Asia Africa and Latin-America) and forms of nativism (which are usually ethnocentric discourses). The volume: Focuses on the historical aspects of knowledge-production and its colonization; Examines the genre of multilinear histories that displaces hegemonic Eurocentric discourses; Enlarges the scope of multilinear historicism whereby Asia Europe Africa and the Americas are drawn in a new humanistic knowledge system; Studies how colonization is resisted in both the non-Western and Western world. Lucid and engaging this book will be of great interest to scholars and researchers of social theory education politics and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367408039

Theory and Reality of International Politics First published in 1998 this volume deals with the explanation of international politics and foreign policy. Levels of explanation and their interrelationships offer the book’s structure. Based on critiques of major IR approaches a ‘bottom-up’ instead of a systemic ‘top-down’ perspective (Waltz) is advocated but without falling prey to reductionism explaining international politics from domestic factors. Explanation of state behaviour should primarily stress states’ salient environment but occasionally also their historical lessons from previous experience with this environment. International organizations or other non-state actors may be allowed an influence of their own in certain areas but the state remains in ultimate control. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138391185

Theory and Technology of Sheet RollingNumerical Analysis and Applications Despite significant advances in technology and equipment for rolled steel the computerization of production processes and the steady increase in production of sheet steel recent scientific and technological achievements have not been compiled in the special literature and revealed to a wide range of specialists. This book details new approaches computational techniques and reliable calculation methods of leaf-rolling modes forecasting and optimization of the technologies increasing productivity of the mill and a radical improvement in the quality of steel products. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367570811

Theory and the Disappearing FutureOn de Man On Benjamin Paul de Man is often associated with an era of ‘high theory’ an era it is argued may now be coming to a close. This book written by three leading contemporary scholars includes both a transcript and facsimile print of a previously unpublished text by de Man of his handwritten notes for a lecture on Walter Benjamin. Challenging and relevant this volume presents de Man’s work as a critical resource for dealing with the most important questions of the twenty-first century and argues for the place of theory within it. The humanities are flooded with crises of globalism capitalism and terrorism contemporary narratives of financial collapse viral annihilation species extinction environmental disaster and terrorist destruction. Cohen Colebrook and Miller draw out the implications of these crises and their narratives and reflecting on this work by de Man explore the limits of political thinking of historical retrieval and the ethics of archives and cultural memory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415604536

Theory and Treatment of Anorexia Nervosa and BulimiaBiomedical Sociocultural & Psychological Perspectives This impressive book presents contributions from leading researchers and practitioners in the field of eating disorders and offers a remarkably comprehensive study of the theory and treatment of both anorexia nervosa and bulimia from biomedical sociocultural and psychological perspectives. Theory and Treatment of Anorexia Nervosa and Bulimia is testimony to the multidetermined nature of the current epidemic of food-related disorders; as such it emphasizes the pressing need for professionals to collaborate on research and treatment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138004436

Theory as Ideology in International RelationsThe Politics of Knowledge Are theoretical tools nothing but political weapons? How can the two be distinguished from each other? What is the ideological role of theories like liberalism neoliberalism or democratic theory? And how can we study the theories of actors from outside the academic world? This book examines these and related questions at the nexus of theory and ideology in International Relations. The current crisis of politics made it abundantly clear that theory is not merely an impartial and neutral academic tool but instead is implicated in political struggles. However it is also clear that it is insufficient to view theory merely as a political weapon. This book brings together contributions from a number of different scholarly perspectives to engage with these problems. The contributors drawn from various fields of International Relations and Political Science cast new light on the ever-problematic relationship between theory and ideology. They analyse the ideological underpinnings of existing academic theories and examine the theories of non-academic actors such as staff members of international organisations Ecovillagers and liberal politicians. This edited volume is a must-read for all those interested in the contemporary political crisis and its relation to theories of International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367074944

Theory as Method in ResearchOn Bourdieu social theory and education While education researchers have drawn on the work of a wide diversity of theorists over the years much contemporary theory building in these areas has revolved around the work of Pierre Bourdieu. Theory as Method in Research develops the capacity of students researchers and teachers to successfully put Bourdieu’s ideas to work in their own research and prepare them effectively for conducting Masters and Doctoral scholarships. Structured around four core themes this book provides a range of research case studies exploring educational identities educational inequalities school leadership and management and research in teacher education. Issues as diverse as Chinese language learning and identity school leadership in Australia and the school experience of Afro-Trinidadian boys are covered intertwined with a set of innovative approaches to theory application in education research. This collection brings together in one comprehensive volume a set of education researchers who place Pierre Bourdieu’s key concepts such as habitus capital and field at the centre of their research methodologies. Full of insight and innovation the book is an essential read for practitioners student teachers researchers and academics who want to harness the potential of Bourdieu’s core concepts in their own work thereby helping to bridge the gap between theory and method in education research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138900349

Theory Collectve Behav Ils 258 First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315008264

Theory Construction and Model-Building SkillsA Practical Guide for Social Scientists This accessible hands-on text has now been revised and updated with expanded coverage of topics including how theory may emerge from exploratory data analysis. The book prepares graduate students new researchers and even seasoned investigators to develop their own theories and build on existing ones. Concrete strategies are provided to help readers generate ideas define constructs and think through relationships and processes that link constructs. Compelling examples from multiple disciplines illustrate the use of quantitative qualitative and mixed methods orientations to theory construction. The text also offers practical advice for writing effectively about theories in papers and grant applications. Readers learn by doing via application and concept exercises demonstration boxes and practical guidelines. The extensive companion website (www.theory-construction.com) includes PowerPoint slides of all of the book’s figures primers on advanced topics video demonstrations supplemental exercises and other resources.   New to This Edition *Emergent theory is now covered in mixed methods as well as qualitative approaches plus in a new chapter on exploratory quantitative methods that can help generate new theory through data mining. *Chapter on whether and how to revise a theory when faced with disconfirmatory data. *Two chapters on the theoretical underpinnings of measurement practices. *New or expanded discussions of what constitutes a theoretical contribution conceptual logic models thought experiments and more.   Pedagogical Features *Application and concept exercises in every chapter. *Lists of key terms and engaging topical boxes. *Annotated suggestions for further reading. *New companion website with rich resources for students and instructors. *Chapters stand on their own and can be used in any order.   Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462542437

Theory Construction in Social Personality PsychologyPersonal Experiences and Lessons Learned: A Special Issue of personality and Social Psyc This special issue features papers that offer deeply felt valuable perspectives on diverse aspects of theory construction in social-personality psychology. The goal is to furnish a basis for starting a discussion about the considerable challenges of theorizing the ways of meeting those challenges and the great rewards that successful theorizing offers to the discipline as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138159525

Theory Essentials for Today's Musician (Textbook and Workbook Package) Theory Essentials for Today’s Musician offers a review of music theory that speaks directly and engagingly to modern students. Rooted in the tested pedagogy of Theory for Today’s Musician the authors have distilled and reorganized the concepts from the thirty-three chapters of their original textbook into twenty-one succinct modular chapters that move from the core elements of harmony to further topics in form and 20th-century music. A broad coverage of topics and musicals styles—including examples drawn from popular music—is organized into four key parts: Basic Tools Chromatic Harmony Form and Analysis The 20th Century and Beyond Theory Essentials features clear and jargon-free (yet rigorous) explanations appropriate for students at all levels ensuring comprehension of concepts that are often confusing or obscure. An accompanying workbook provides corresponding exercises while a companion website presents streaming audio examples. This concise and reorganized all-in-one package—which can be covered in a single semester for a graduate review or serve as the backbone for a briefer undergraduate survey—provides a comprehensive flexible foundation in the vital concepts needed to analyze music. PURCHASING OPTIONS Textbook and Workbook Package (Paperback): 9781138098756 Textbook Only (Hardback): 9781138708815 Textbook Only (Paperback): 9781138708822 Textbook Only (eBook): 9781315201122 Workbook Only (Paperback): 9781138098749 Workbook Only (eBook): 9781315103839  Companion website coming soon! Until then please visit the website for Theory for Today's Musician Second Edition: http://www.routledgetextbooks.com/textbooks/9780415663335 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138098756

Theory Essentials for Today's Musician (Textbook) Theory Essentials for Today’s Musician offers a review of music theory that speaks directly and engagingly to modern students. Rooted in the tested pedagogy of Theory for Today’s Musician the authors have distilled and reorganized the concepts from the thirty-three chapters of their original textbook into twenty-one succinct modular chapters that move from the core elements of harmony to further topics in form and 20th-century music. A broad coverage of topics and musicals styles—including examples drawn from popular music—is organized into four key parts: Basic Tools Chromatic Harmony Form and Analysis The 20th Century and Beyond Theory Essentials features clear and jargon-free (yet rigorous) explanations appropriate for students at all levels ensuring comprehension of concepts that are often confusing or obscure. An accompanying workbook provides corresponding exercises while a companion website presents streaming audio examples. This concise and reorganized all-in-one package—which can be covered in a single semester for a graduate review or serve as the backbone for a briefer undergraduate survey—provides a comprehensive flexible foundation in the vital concepts needed to analyze music. PURCHASING OPTIONS Textbook and Workbook Package (Paperback): 9781138098756 Textbook Only (Hardback): 9781138708815 Textbook Only (Paperback): 9781138708822 Textbook Only (eBook): 9781315201122 Workbook Only (Paperback): 9781138098749 Workbook Only (eBook): 9781315103839  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138708822

Theory Essentials for Today's Musician (Workbook) Theory Essentials for Today’s Musician offers a review of music theory that speaks directly and engagingly to modern students. Rooted in the tested pedagogy of Theory for Today’s Musician the authors have distilled and reorganized the concepts from the thirty-three chapters of their original textbook into twenty-one succinct modular chapters that move from the core elements of harmony to further topics in form and 20th-century music. A broad coverage of topics and musicals styles—including examples drawn from popular music—is organized into four key parts: Basic Tools Chromatic Harmony Form and Analysis The 20th Century and Beyond Theory Essentials features clear and jargon-free (yet rigorous) explanations appropriate for students at all levels ensuring comprehension of concepts that are often confusing or obscure. An accompanying workbook provides corresponding exercises while a companion website presents streaming audio examples. This concise and reorganized all-in-one package—which can be covered in a single semester for a graduate review or serve as the backbone for a briefer undergraduate survey—provides a comprehensive flexible foundation in the vital concepts needed to analyze music. PURCHASING OPTIONS Textbook and Workbook Package (Paperback): 9781138098756 Textbook Only (Hardback): 9781138708815 Textbook Only (Paperback): 9781138708822 Textbook Only (eBook): 9781315201122 Workbook Only (Paperback): 9781138098749 Workbook Only (eBook): 9781315103839  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138098749

Theory for Art HistoryAdapted from Theory for Religious Studies by William E. Deal and Timothy K. Beal Theory for Art History provides a concise and clear introduction to key contemporary theorists including their lives major works and transformative ideas.   Written to reveal the vital connections between art history aesthetics and contemporary philosophy this expanded second edition presents new ways for rethinking the methodologies and theories of art and art history. The book comprises a complete revision of each theorist; updated and trustworthy bibliographies on each; an informative introduction about the reception of critical theory within art history; and a beautifully written original essay on the state of art history and theory that serves as an afterword.   From Marx to Deleuze from Arendt to Rancière Theory for Art History is designed for use by undergraduate students in courses on the theory and methodology of art history graduate students seeking an introduction to critical theory that will prepare them to engage the primary sources and advanced scholars in art history and visual culture studies who are themselves interested in how these perspectives inflect art historical practice.     Adapted from Theory for Religious Studies by William E. Deal and Timothy K. Beal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415533904

Theory for EthnomusicologyHistories Conversations Insights Theory for Ethnomusicology: Histories Conversations Insights Second Edition is a foundational work for courses in ethnomusicological theory. The book examines key intellectual movements and topic areas in social and cultural theory and explores the way they have been taken up in ethnomusicological research. New co-author Harris M. Berger and Ruth M. Stone investigate the discipline’s past present and future reflecting on contemporary concerns while cataloging significant developments since the publication of the first edition in 2008. A dozen contributors approach a broad range of theoretical topics alive in ethnomusicology. Each chapter examines ethnographic and historical works from within ethnomusicology showcasing the unique contributions scholars in the field have made to wider transdisciplinary dialogs while illuminating the field’s relevance and pointing the way toward new horizons of research. New to this edition: Every chapter in the book is completely new with richer and more comprehensive discussions. New chapters have been added on gender and sexuality sound and voice studies performance and critical improvisation studies and theories of participation. New text boxes and notes make connections among the chapters emphasizing points of contact and conflict among intellectual movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138222144

Theory for Today's Musician (Textbook and Workbook Package) Theory for Today’s Musician Third Edition recasts the scope of the traditional music theory course to meet the demands of the professional music world in a style that speaks directly and engagingly to today’s music student. It uses classical folk popular and jazz repertoires with clear explanations that link music theory to musical applications. The authors help prepare students by not only exploring how music theory works in art music but how it functions within modern music and why this knowledge will help them become better composers music teachers performers and recording engineers. This broadly comprehensive text merges traditional topics such as part-writing and harmony (diatonic chromatic neo-tonal and atonal) with less traditional topics such as counterpoint and musical process and includes the non-traditional topics of popular music songwriting jazz harmony and the blues. The accompanying companion website provides an interactive Theory Trainer tutorial that allows students to practice foundational theory skills. Written by experienced authors both active classroom teachers for many years Theory for Today’s Musician is the complete and ideal theory text to enable today’s student to accomplish their musical goals tomorrow. Updated and corrected throughout the Third Edition includes: Expanded coverage of atonality and serialism now separated into two chapters Broadened treatment of cadences including examples from popular music Substantially rewritten chapter on songwriting Interactive features of the text simplified to two types "Concept Checks" and "Review and Reinforcement " for greater ease of use New and updated musical examples added throughout Charts illustrations and musical examples revised for increased clarity Audio of musical examples now provided through the companion website The accompanying Workbook offers exercises and assignments to accompany each chapter in the book. A companion website houses online tutorials with drills of basic concepts as well as audio. This discounted textbook and workbook PACKAGE (978-0-815-37173-1) contains both the textbook and the workbook: Theory for Today's Musician Third Edition TEXTBOOK (HB: 978-0-815-37171-7) Theory for Today's Musician  Third Edition WORKBOOK (PB: 978-0-815-37172-4) Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371731

Theory for Today's Musician Textbook Theory for Today’s Musician Third Edition recasts the scope of the traditional music theory course to meet the demands of the professional music world in a style that speaks directly and engagingly to today’s music student. It uses classical folk popular and jazz repertoires with clear explanations that link music theory to musical applications. The authors help prepare students by not only exploring how music theory works in art music but how it functions within modern music and why this knowledge will help them become better composers music teachers performers and recording engineers. This broadly comprehensive text merges traditional topics such as part writing and harmony (diatonic chromatic neo-tonal and atonal) with less traditional topics such as counterpoint and musical process and includes the non-traditional topics of popular music songwriting jazz harmony and the blues. The accompanying companion website provides interactive exercises that allow students to practice foundational theory skills. Written by experienced authors both active classroom teachers for many years Theory for Today’s Musician is the complete and ideal theory text to enable today’s student to accomplish their musical goals tomorrow. Updated and corrected throughout the Third Edition includes: Expanded coverage of atonality and serialism now separated into two chapters. Broadened treatment of cadences including examples from popular music. Substantially rewritten chapter on songwriting. Interactive features of the text simplified to two types "Concept Checks" and "Review and Reinforcement " for greater ease of use. New and updated musical examples added throughout. Charts illustrations and musical examples revised for increased clarity. Audio of musical examples now provided through the companion website. The accompanying Workbook offers exercises and assignments to accompany each chapter in the book. A companion website houses online tutorials with drills of basic concepts as well as audio. The hardback TEXTBOOK is also paired with the corresponding paperback WORKBOOK in a discounted PACKAGE (9780815371731). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371717

Theory for Today's Musician Workbook Theory for Today’s Musician Third Edition recasts the scope of the traditional music theory course to meet the demands of the professional music world in a style that speaks directly and engagingly to today’s music student. It uses classical folk popular and jazz repertoires with clear explanations that link music theory to musical applications. The authors help prepare students by not only exploring how music theory works in art music but how it functions within modern music and why this knowledge will help them become better composers music teachers performers and recording engineers. This broadly comprehensive text merges traditional topics such as part writing and harmony (diatonic chromatic neo-tonal and atonal) with less traditional topics such as counterpoint and musical process and includes the non-traditional topics of popular music songwriting jazz harmony and the blues. The accompanying companion website provides interactive exercises that allow students to practice foundational theory skills. Written by experienced authors both active classroom teachers for many years Theory for Today’s Musician is the complete and ideal theory text to enable today’s student to accomplish their musical goals tomorrow. Updated and corrected throughout the Third Edition includes: Expanded coverage of atonality and serialism now separated into two chapters. Broadened treatment of cadences including examples from popular music. Substantially rewritten chapter on songwriting. Interactive features of the text simplified to two types "Concept Checks" and "Review and Reinforcement " for greater ease of use. New and updated musical examples added throughout. Charts illustrations and musical examples revised for increased clarity. Audio of musical examples now provided through the companion website. The accompanying Workbook offers exercises and assignments to accompany each chapter in the book. A companion website houses online tutorials with drills of basic concepts as well as audio. The paperback WORKBOOK is also paired with the corresponding hardback TEXTBOOK in a discounted PACKAGE (9780815371731). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371724

Theory from the SouthOr How Euro-America is Evolving Toward Africa As nation-states in the Northern Hemisphere experience economic crisis political corruption and racial tension it seems as though they might be 'evolving' into the kind of societies normally associated with the 'Global South'. Anthropologists Jean and John Comaroff draw on their long experience of living in Africa to address a range of familiar themes - democracy national borders labour and capital and multiculturalism. They consider how we might understand these issues by using theory developed in the Global South. Challenging our ideas about 'developed' and 'developing' nations Theory from the South provides new insights into key problems of our time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594517655

Theory in Africa Africa in TheoryLocating Meaning in Archaeology Theory in Africa Africa in Theory explores the place of Africa in archaeological theory and the place of theory in African archaeology. The centrality of Africa to global archaeological thinking is highlighted with a particular focus on materiality and agency in contemporary interpretation. As a means to explore the nature of theory itself the volume also addresses differences between how African models are used in western theoretical discourse and the use of that theory within Africa.  Providing a key contribution to theoretical discourse through a focus on the context of theory-building this volume explores how African modes of thought have shaped our approaches to a meaningful past outside of Africa. A timely intervention into archaeological thought Theory in Africa Africa in Theory deconstructs the conventional ways we approach the past positioning the continent within a global theoretical discourse and blending Western and African scholarship. This volume will be a valuable resource for those interested in the archaeology of Africa as well as providing fresh perspectives to those interested in archaeological theory more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138860612

Theory In Anthropol Liban V86 First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866675

Theory in ArchaeologyA World Perspective Theory in Archaeology tackles important questions about the diversity in archaeological theory and practice which face the discipline in the 1990s. What is the relationship between theory and practice? How does `World' archaeological theory differ from `European'? Can one be a good practitioner without theory? This unique book brings together contributors from many different countries and continents to provide the first truly global perspective on archaeological theory. They examine the nature of material culture studies and look at problems of ethnicity regionalism and nationality. They consider too another fundamental of archaeological inquiry: can our research be objective or must `the past' always be a relativistic construction? Theory in Archaeology is an important book whose authors bring together very different perceptions of the past. Its wide scope and interest will attract an international readership among students and academics alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415514934

Theory in the Pacific the Pacific in TheoryArchaeological Perspectives Theory in the Pacific the Pacific in Theory explores the role of theory in Pacific archaeology and its interplay with archaeological theory worldwide. The contributors assess how the practice of archaeology in Pacific contexts has led to particular types of theoretical enquiry and interest and more broadly how the Pacific is conceptualised in the archaeological imagination. Long seen as a laboratory environment for the testing and refinement of social theory the Pacific islands occupy a central place in global theoretical discourse. This volume highlights this role through an exploration of how Pacific models and exemplars have shaped and continue to shape approaches to the archaeological past. The authors evaluate key theoretical perspectives and explore current and future directions in Pacific archaeology. In doing so attention is paid to the influence of Pacific people and environments in motivating and shaping theory-building. Theory in the Pacific the Pacific in Theory makes a significant contribution to our understanding of how theory develops attuned to the affordances and needs of specific contexts and how those contexts promote reformulation and development of theory elsewhere. It will be fascinating to scholars and archaeologists interested in the Pacific region as well as students of wider archaeological theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138303553

Theory Matters First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203700556

Theory of Action (Routledge Revivals)Towards a New Synthesis Going Beyond Parsons Modern sociology owes its existence and the progress it has made to the integration of differing kinds of orientations. In this work first published 1987 Professor Richard Münch sets out to reformulate the theory of action a notion central to sociology and one to which all schools of thought within sociology have contributed. He gives an exposition of the voluntaristic theory of action as found in Talcott Parson's work reconstructing and extending Parson's theory from the perspective of the present-day level of development. In this way he both integrates opposing orientations to action theory and presents the voluntaristic theory of action in a readable and teachable from. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415615617

Theory of Adaptive StructuresIncorporating Intelligence into Engineered Products Theory of Adaptive Structures provides the basic theory for controlling adaptive structures in static and dynamic environments. It synthesizes well-established theories on modern control as well as statics and dynamics of deformable bodies. Discussions concentrate on the discrete parameter adaptive structures dealing with actuator placement actuator selection and actuation computation problems - keeping these structures at close proximity of any chosen nominal state with the least energy consumption. An introduction to the distributed parameter adaptive structures is also provided.The book follows that modern trend in research and industry striving to incorporate intelligence into engineered products through microprocessors that are becoming smaller faster and cheaper at astounding rates. Not using them in engineered products may become an enormous liability.Resulting from the advances in materials technology on sensors and actuator technologies as well as the availability of very powerful and reliable microprocessors there is an ever-increasing interest in actively controlling the behavior of engineering systems. Engineers and engineering scientists must revive and broaden their activities to maximize applications for predicting and controlling the behavior of deformable bodies. Topics include:An introduction to adaptive structuresIncremental excitation-response relations in static and dynamic casesActive control of response in static caseStatically determinate adaptive structuresStatically indeterminate adaptive structuresActive vibration control for autonomous and non-autonomous casesActive control against windActive control against seismic loadsDistributed parameter adaptive structuresThe technology of adaptive structures has created an environment where the analysis not the computation of structural response - du Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203719015

Theory of Atomic Nuclei Quasi-particle and Phonons Unique in scope and treatment Theory of Atomic Nuclei Quasi-particle and Phonons gives a microscopic description of the structure of complex nuclei at low and intermediate excitation energies in terms of quasi-particle and phonon operators. A substantial quantity of modern experimental data is collected together and incorporated into the book to complement the theoretical treatment. This source book is an extremely useful research reference of the results of experimental work in the area. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402679

Theory of Complementation in English Syntax The subject of this study first published in 1979 is the role of the complementizer in English syntax and its implications for syntactic theory. It is argued that the familiar transformational treatment of complementizers is inadequate and that they must be specified in deep structure by means of a Phrase Structure rule. This title will be of interest to students of language and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138208636

Theory of Constraints Lean and Six Sigma Improvement MethodologyMaking the Case for Integration Many leaders and managers have led improvement initiatives in a variety of different industry sectors. Most believe that when they begin these efforts they already have the tools they need in their improvement "backpack." Using these tools they make substantial improvements to processes in a wide array of industry segments. As time passes however most realize that there is a missing link in their arsenal of tools for improvement. The author of this book faced this same predicament and he discovered what the missing link was in his improvement tool kit: Theory of Constraints (TOC). Once he learned the details of TOC his ability to make major improvements jettisoned upward to levels he had not seen before. TOC is the common denominator in all the case studies presented in this book.  This book opens with a chapter on what Theory of Constraints is and why it works so well in improvement efforts. The second and third chapters cover the important points related to Lean Manufacturing and Six Sigma as well as key points related to variability. Chapter 4 demonstrates how to effectively combine these three components to achieve maximum improvement and the corresponding enhancement to your company’s profitability. The remainder of this book is composed of true case studies from different industry segments using this integrated improvement methodology.  Essentially this book lays the foundation for what most practitioners are just beginning to understand—this integrated improvement methodology is superior to the three components used in isolation from each other. This book presents a step-by-step method of how to combine the Theory of Constraints Lean and Six Sigma and then demonstrates its effectiveness in a very diverse array of industries. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367247096

Theory of ConstraintsCreative Problem Solving This book was written to assist professionals and students to become proactive in their own education improve thinking resolve personal and interpersonal conflicts improve pedagogy manage departmental affairs and guide administrative decisions. The text captures the practical experience of the authors with and formal training in TOC to address many of the issues facing today’s education stakeholders. The text is designed to teach methods for 1) "win-win" conflict resolution 2) decision-making 3) problem solving and 4) analysis of systems using TOC’s powerful logic-based graphical Thinking Process tools. A creative thinker can identify plan and achieve his or her goals just knowing the Thinking Process Tools. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138056053

Theory of Coping SystemsChange in Supportive Health Organizations This book deals with specific issues of the characteristics of various chronic pediatric diseases that cause stress for these families in their coping processes. It emphasises on the changes in the coping system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517264

Theory of Differential Equations in Engineering and Mechanics This gives comprehensive coverage of the essential differential equations students they are likely to encounter in solving engineering and mechanics problems across the field -- alongside a more advance volume on applications. This first volume covers a very broad range of theories related to solving differential equations mathematical preliminaries ODE (n-th order and system of 1st order ODE in matrix form) PDE (1st order 2nd and higher order including wave diffusion potential biharmonic equations and more). Plus more advanced topics such as Green’s function method integral and integro-differential equations asymptotic expansion and perturbation calculus of variations variational and related methods finite difference and numerical methods. All readers who are concerned with and interested in engineering mechanics problems climate change and nanotechnology will find topics covered in these books providing valuable information and mathematics background for their multi-disciplinary research and education. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138748132

Theory of Distributions A textbook for a graduate course in the theory of distributions and related topics for students of applied mathematics or theoretical physics. Introduces the theory explicates mathematical structures and the Hilbert-space aspects and presents applications to typical boundary problems. Annotation Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579968

Theory of Drug Development Theory of Drug Development presents a formal quantitative framework for understanding drug development that goes beyond simply describing the properties of the statistics in individual studies. It examines the drug development process from the perspectives of drug companies and regulatory agencies. By quantifying various ideas underlying drug development the book shows how to systematically address problems such as: Sizing a phase 2 trial and choosing the range of p-values that will trigger a follow-up phase 3 trial Deciding whether a drug should receive marketing approval based on its phase 2/3 development program and recent experience with other drugs in the same clinical area Determining the impact of adaptive designs on the quality of drugs that receive marketing approval Designing a phase 3 pivotal study that permits the data-driven adjustment of the treatment effect estimate Knowing when enough information has been gathered to show that a drug improves the survival time for the whole patient population Drawing on his extensive work as a statistician in the pharmaceutical industry the author focuses on the efficient development of drugs and the quantification of evidence in drug development. He provides a rationale for underpowered phase 2 trials based on the notion of efficiency which leads to the identification of an admissible family of phase 2 designs. He also develops a framework for evaluating the strength of evidence generated by clinical trials. This approach is based on the ratio of power to type 1 error and transcends typical Bayesian and frequentist statistical analyses. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138374683

Theory of Economic Development Schumpeter proclaims in this classical analysis of capitalist society first published in 1911 that economics is a natural self-regulating mechanism when undisturbed by "social and other meddlers." In his preface he argues that despite weaknesses theories are based on logic and provide structure for understanding fact. Of those who argue against him Schumpeter asks a fundamental question: "Is it really artificial to keep separate the phenomena incidental to running a firm and the phenomena incidental to creating a new one?" In his answers Schumpeter offers guidance to Third World politicians no less than First World businesspeople. In his substantial new introduction John E. Elliott discusses the salient ideas of The Theory of Economic Development against the historical background of three great periods of economic thought in the last two decades. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539068

Theory of Economic Dynamics Kalecki is widely regarded as one of the leading theorists in the Post-Keynesian tradition and Theory of Economic Dynamics is one of his most influential works. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708668

Theory of Economic Growth a landmark in the contemporary approach to economics"The Observer "it is as good a book as its most obvious predecessors in the genre: Smith's Wealth of Nations and Marshall's Industry and the Trade"Times Educational Supplement Setting out the problems to be solved if mankind is to be freed from poverty Theory of Economic Growth embraces the disciplines of economics history sociology politics and anthropology in its coverage. Focussing on output and growth (rather than distribution and consumption) the book discusses economic institutions knowledge capital population resources and government and their role in the growth of output per head of population. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203709665

Theory of Factorial DesignSingle- and Multi-Stratum Experiments Bringing together both new and old results Theory of Factorial Design: Single- and Multi-Stratum Experiments provides a rigorous systematic and up-to-date treatment of the theoretical aspects of factorial design. To prepare readers for a general theory the author first presents a unified treatment of several simple designs including completely randomized designs block designs and row-column designs. As such the book is accessible to readers with minimal exposure to experimental design. With exercises and numerous examples it is suitable as a reference for researchers and as a textbook for advanced graduate students. In addition to traditional topics and a thorough discussion of the popular minimum aberration criterion the book covers many topics and new results not found in existing books. These include results on the structures of two-level resolution IV designs methods for constructing such designs beyond the familiar foldover method the extension of minimum aberration to nonregular designs the equivalence of generalized minimum aberration and minimum moment aberration a Bayesian approach and some results on nonregular designs. The book also presents a theory that provides a unifying framework for the design and analysis of factorial experiments with multiple strata (error terms) arising from complicated structures of the experimental units. This theory can be systematically applied to various structures of experimental units instead of treating each on a case-by-case basis. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367378981

Theory of Fundamental Processes This book considers the basic ideas of quantum mechanics treating the concept of amplitude and discusses relativity and the idea of anti-particles and explains quantum electrodynamics. It provides experienced researchers with an invaluable introduction to fundamental processes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367320522

Theory of Fuzzy Differential Equations and Inclusions Fuzzy differential functions are applicable to real-world problems in engineering computer science and social science. That relevance makes for rapid development of new ideas and theories. This volume is a timely introduction to the subject that describes the current state of the theory of fuzzy differential equations and inclusions and provides a systematic account of recent developments. The chapters are presented in a clear and logical way and include the preliminary material for fuzzy set theory; a description of calculus for fuzzy functions an investigation of the basic theory of fuzzy differential equations and an introduction to fuzzy differential inclusions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395322

Theory of GearingKinematics Geometry and Synthesis Second Edition Written by a leading expert Theory of Gearing: Kinematics Geometry and Synthesis Second Edition is intended for engineers and researchers in the field of gear design gear production gear inspection and application of gears. It focuses on the scientific theory of gearing in all its aspects and its application to new gear types and designs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138585553

Theory Of Interacting Fermi Systems This book provides a detailed exposition of field theoretical methods as applied to zero temperature Fermi liquids. It is a product of a course taught in 1959–1960 at the University of Paris in the "Troisieme Cycle" of Theoretical and Solid-State Physics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367091170

Theory of Interplanetary Flights This monograph contains an overview of classical dynamics providing a solid basis on which to build an understanding of the theory of interplanetary flights. The treatment of the topic is based on both historical and topical perspectives. The theoretical development is illustrated with a number of practical examples bringing to bear the author's experience gained from working on the Soviet space programme. Many examples are taken from current space missions - new data is included on the Shoemaker-Levy 9 comet the flight of ULYSSES over the Solar poles and the Voyager's tour of the solar system. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138401327

Theory Of Japan Flower Arrange First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138998247

Theory of Knowledge In this important new text Keith Lehrer introduces students to the major traditional and contemporary accounts of knowing. Beginning with the accepted definition of knowledge as justified true belief Lehrer explores the truth belief and justification conditions on the way to a thorough examination of foundation theories of knowledge externalism and naturalized epistemologies internalism and modern coherence theories as well as recent reliabilist and causal theories. Lehrer gives all views careful examination and concludes that external factors must be matched by appropriate internal ones to yield knowledge. Readers of Professor Lehrer's earlier book Knowledge will want to know that this text adopts the framework of that classic text. But Theory of Knowledge is a completely rewritten and updated version of that book that has been simplified throughout for student use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138139176

Theory of KnowledgeAn Introduction Originally published in 1949. Understanding the questions is the major problem when beginning philosophy. This book does not attempt to provide the answers but defines the questions and shows by example how they should be tackled. Subjects treated include the nature of the objects of thought and judgment; truth and error in belief; perception and knowledge of the material world; the status and function of memory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138908956

Theory Of KnowledgeSecond Edition In this impressive second edition of Theory of Knowledge Keith Lehrer introduces students to the major traditional and contemporary accounts of knowing. Beginning with the traditional definition of knowledge as justified true belief Lehrer explores the truth belief and justification conditions on the way to a thorough examination of foundation Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319595

Theory of KnowledgeThe 1913 Manuscript Theory of Knowledge gives us a picture of one of the great minds of the twentieth century at work. It is possible to see the unsolved problems left without disguise or evasion. Historically it is invaluable to our understanding of both Russell's own thought and his relationship with Wittgenstein. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138136175

Theory of Lattice-Ordered Groups Provides a thorough discussion of the orderability of a group. The book details the major developments in the theory of lattice-ordered groups delineating standard approaches to structural and permutation representations. A radically new presentation of the theory of varieties of lattice-ordered groups is offered.;This work is intended for pure and applied mathematicians and algebraists interested in topics such as group order number and lattice theory universal algebra and representation theory; and upper-level undergraduate and graduate students in these disciplines.;College or university bookstores may order five or more copies at a special student price which is available from Marcel Dekker Inc upon request. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003067337

Theory of Liberty Legitimacy and Power The stature of Max Weber (1864-1920) as an interdisciplinary historical-comparative social scientist has grown steadily. But in view of Professor Murvar his work has been misinterpreted with remarkable frequency. The aim of this book is to put right certain misconceptions and misinterpretations of Max Weber's intellectual and scientific legacy. This book challenges assumptions about various aspects of Weber's work; the issues of modernization evolutionary theories world systems growth of liberty typologies of power structures and legitimacies among others. As well as presenting precise criticism and appreciation of the way Weber's work has been handled by his successors this book also details the specific advancement he himself made within the theory of liberty legitimacy and power. There is special emphasis on how much Weber's work in these core areas has survived the test of time. This book was first published in 1985. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708569

Theory of Linear Models Providing a self-contained exposition of the theory of linear models this treatise strikes a compromise between theory and practice providing a sound theoretical basis while putting the theory to work in important cases. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203718971

Theory of Mental Tests This classic volume outlines for both students and professionals the mathematical theories and equations that are necessary for evaluating a test and for quantifying its characteristics. The author utilizes formulas that evaluate both the reliability and the validity of tests. He also provides the means for evaluating the reliability and validity of total test scores and individual item analysis. The work remains one of the only books on classical test theory to discuss applications "true score" theory the effect of test length on reliability and validity and the effects of univariate and multivariate selection on validity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990265

Theory of Mind Development in Context Theory of Mind Development in Context is the first book of its kind to explore how children’s environments shape their theory of mind and in turn their ability to interact effectively with others. Based on world-leading research and inspired by the ground-breaking work of Candida Peterson the original collected chapters demonstrate that children’s understanding of other people is shaped by their everyday environment. Specifically the chapters illustrate how theory of mind development varies with broad cultural context socioeconomic status institutional versus home rearing family size parental communication style and aspects of schooling. The volume also features research showing that by virtue of their condition children who are deaf or who have an autism spectrum disorder function in environments that differ from those of typical children and this in turn influences their theory of mind. Although much important research has emphasized the role of nature in theory of mind development this book highlights that children’s understanding of other people is nurtured through their everyday experiences and interactions.  This perspective is essential for students researchers and practitioners to gain a complete understanding of how this fundamental skill develops in humans. The book is invaluable for academic researchers and advanced students in developmental psychology education social psychology cognitive psychology and the social sciences as well as practicing psychologists counselors and psychiatrists particularly those who deal with disorders involving social and/or communicative deficits. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138811591

Theory of Mind: Specialized Capacity or Emergent Property? Perspectives from Non-human and Human DevelopmentA Special Issue of the European Theory of Mind the cognitive capacity to attribute emotions intentions and knowledge to oneself and others has been claimed a hallmark of human cognition. Nonetheless Theory of Mind is considered limited in young children and people with autism. Moreover its presence in animals is much investigated and hotly debated. Essential for cross-disciplinary discussions and real insight in this unique capacity is knowing what constitutes Theory of Mind. We aim to tackle this by combining insights from three different scientific fields that study Theory of Mind: animal behaviour typical child development and developmental disorders such as autism and AD/HD. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138372399

Theory of MindA Special Issue of Social Neuroscience Investigations of the neural basis of theory of mind - the ability to think about other people's thoughts - only recently became feasible; now the number of such investigations and the sophistication of the results are accelerating dramatically. The articles in this special issue use a wide range of techniques (including fMRI EEG TMS and psychophisiology) and subject populations (including children twins and patients with developmental or acquired neural damage) to address fundamental questions about the cognitive and neural structure of theory of mind. Topics include: (1) the relationship between theory of mind and other perhaps "precursor" social cognitive processes such as empathy and the perception of biological motion; (2) the relationship between theory of mind and domain-general cognitive functions such as executive function and language; and (3) how theory of mind is deployed in real social contexts such as social exchange. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877689

Theory of MindBeyond the Preschool Years This is the first book to provide a comprehensive review of the burgeoning literature on theory of mind (TOM) after the preschool years and the first to integrate this literature with other approaches to the study of social understanding.  By highlighting the relationship between early and later developments the book provides readers with a greater understanding of what we know and what we still need to know about higher-order TOM. Although the focus is on development in typical populations development in individuals with autism and in older adults is also explored to give readers a deeper understanding of possible problems in development. Examining the later developments of TOM gives readers a greater understanding of: Developments that occur after the age of 5. Individual differences in rate of development and atypical development and the effects of those differences. The differences in rate of mastery which become more marked and therefore more informative with increased age. What it means to have a “good theory of mind.” The differences between first- and second- order theory of mind development in preschoolers older children adolescents and adults. The range of beliefs available to children at various ages providing a fuller picture of what is meant by “understanding of belief.” After the introduction the literature on first-order developments during the preschool period is summarized to serve as a backdrop for understanding more advanced developments. Chapter 3 is devoted to the second-order false belief task. Chapters 4 and 5 introduce a variety of other measures for understanding higher-level forms of TOM thereby providing readers with greater insight into other cognitive and social developmental outcomes. Chapter 6 discusses the relation between children’s TOM abilities and other aspects of their development. Chapters 7 and 8 place the work in a historical context. First the research on the development of social and mental worlds that predated the emergence of TOM is examined. Chapter 8 then provides a comparative treatment of the two literatures and how they complement one another. Ideal as a supplement in graduate or advanced undergraduate courses in theory of mind cognitive development or social development taught in psychology and education. Veteran researchers will also appreciate this book‘s unique synthesis of this critical research. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848729285

Theory of Money This title first published in 1965 provides an analysis of the forces and mechanisms governing the formation of the overall level of money prices. Even though this problem has a long history and in spite of its obvious practical importance it remains one of the most poorly understood questions in economic theory. This title will be of interest to students of monetary economics and the history of economic thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138634718

Theory of Nonclassical States of Light The term 'nonclassical states' refers to the quantum states that cannot be produced in the usual sources of light such as lasers or lamps rather than those requiring more sophisticated apparatus for their production. Theory of Non-classical States of Light describes the current status of the theory of nonclassical states of light including many new and important results as well as introductory material and the history of the subject. The authors concentrate on the most important types of nonclassical states namely squeezed even/odd ('Schrodinger cat') and binomial states including their generalizations. However a review of other types of nonclassical is also given in the introduction and methods for generating nonclassical states on various processes of light-matter interaction their phase-space description and the time evolution of nonclassical states in these processes is presented in separate chapters. This contributed volume contains all of the necessary formulae and references required to gain a good understanding of the principles and current status of the field. It will provide a valuable information resource for advanced students and researchers in quantum physics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395353

Theory of Photon Acceleration Photo acceleration has dominated the theoretical plasma physics area in recent years and has found application in all subjects where waves in continuous media are studied - plasma physics astrophysics and optics. This theory will provide a modern understanding of photon interaction with matter helping to develop novel accelerators based on laser-plasma interactions new radiation sources and even new models for astrophysical objects. Written by a major player in the field this book describes the general theory of photo acceleration which allows fluid kinetic quantum and classical electrodynamical approaches to be formulated. It includes examples from plasma physics cosmology fiber optics mathematical physics particle accelerator physics and radiation physics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397845

Theory of Probability This book is the sixth edition of a classic text that was first published in 1950 in the former Soviet Union. The clear presentation of the subject and extensive applications supported with real data helped establish the book as a standard for the field. To date it has been published into more that ten languages and has gone through five editions. The sixth edition is a major revision over the fifth. It contains new material and results on the Local Limit Theorem the Integral Law of Large Numbers and Characteristic Functions. The new edition retains the feature of developing the subject from intuitive concepts and demonstrating techniques and theory through large numbers of examples. The author has for the first time included a brief history of probability and its development. Exercise problems and examples have been revised and new ones added. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579319

Theory of Psychoanalytical PracticeA Relational Process Approach This book makes an original contribution to the study of the psychoanalytic process from a relational point of view and at the same time serves as a textbook on the theory of technique. It provides a general exposition of the theory of psychoanalytic practice from a process perspective that emphasizes the analytic relationship the dyadic nature of the psychoanalytic situation and the impact of unconscious interaction between its two parties and also includes the authors personal point of view and contributions on the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200567

Theory Of Quantum Liquids This volume is devoted to the theory of superfluid quantum liquids describing the Landau theory of a neutral Fermi liquid in order to illustrate in comparatively elementary fashion the way both quantum statistics and particle interaction determine system behavior. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367319090

Theory Of Quantum LiquidsNormal Fermi Liquids This book is concerned with a single group of quantum liquids normal Fermi liqztids discussing the nature of elementary excitations the central concept of response functions. It is intended as a text for a graduate course in quantum statistical mechanics or low temperature theory. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367320423

Theory Of Quantum LiquidsSuperfluid Bose Liquids This book provides a unified account of the theory of quantum liquid and discusses the mathematical theory of linear response and correlations. It is helpful for experimental physicists working in the fields of low-temperature or solid-state physics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367320416

Theory of Sampling and Sampling Practice Third Edition A step-by-step guide for anyone challenged by the many subtleties of sampling particulate materials. The only comprehensive document merging the famous works of P. Gy I. Visman and C.O. Ingamells into a single theory in a logical way - the most advanced book on sampling that can be used by all sampling practitioners around the world.   Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138476486

Theory of Science and Technology Transfer and Applications Constructive Suggestions for Efficiently Implementing Technology Transfer Theory of Science and Technology Transfer and Applications presents the mechanisms features effects and modes of technology transfer. It addresses the measurement cost benefit optimal allocation and game theory of technology transfer along with the dynamics of the technical diffusion field.The book explores the concept of technology transfer and its mechanism as the main theme. It measures the cost and benefit of technology transfer analyzes technology transfer based on technical diffusion field theory and presents case studies to illustrate the use of a linear programming model and government investment and planning model. The authors also offer strategic analyses that utilize game models and discuss the impact of technology transfer on economic growth.Accompanied by economic globalization globalization in technology enables the rational allocation and flow of the elements of technology without restrictions which in turn allows the sharing of technological activities and the space flow of technology more frequently. This book focuses on the creation and development of advanced productivities. Through many real-world examples it shows how to implement technology transfer in society leading technology to become socially and economically valued. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367385064

Theory of Social Enterprise and PluralismSocial Movements Solidarity Economy and Global South In the past decades social enterprise has been an emerging field of research. Its main frameworks have been provided by Occidental approaches. Mainly based on an organizational vision they give little or no room to questions such as gender race colonialism class power relations and intertwined forms of inequality. However a wide range of worldwide hidden popular initiatives can be considered as another form of social enterprises based on solidarity re-embedding the economy as well as broadening the political scope. This has been shown in a previous book: Civil Society the Third Sector and Social Enterprise: Governance and Democracy. Thus to be more than a fashion or a fictitious panacea the concept of social enterprise needs to be debated. Southern realities cannot be only understood through imported categories and outside modeled guidelines. This book engages a multicontinental and pluridisciplinary discussion in order to provide a pluralist theory of social enterprise. The book will be of interest to researchers academics and students in the fields of social entrepreneurship social innovation development studies management studies and social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367260408

Theory of Spatial StatisticsA Concise Introduction Theory of Spatial Statistics: A Concise Introduction presents the most  important models used in spatial statistics including random fields and point processes from a rigorous mathematical point of view and shows how to carry out statistical inference. It contains full proofs real-life examples and theoretical exercises. Solutions to the latter are available  in an appendix.Assuming maturity in probability and statistics these concise lecture notes are self-contained and cover enough material for a semester course.  They may also serve as a reference book for researchers.Features* Presents the mathematical foundations of spatial statistics.* Contains worked examples from mining disease mapping forestry soil and environmental science and criminology.* Gives pointers to the literature to facilitate further study.* Provides example code in R to encourage the student to experiment.* Offers exercises and their solutions to test and deepen understanding.The book is suitable for postgraduate and advanced undergraduate students in mathematics and statistics. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367146399

Theory of Stabilization for Linear Boundary Control Systems This book presents a unified algebraic approach to stabilization problems of linear boundary control systems with no assumption on finite-dimensional approximations to the original systems such as the existence of the associated Riesz basis. A new proof of the stabilization result for linear systems of finite dimension is also presented leading to an explicit design of the feedback scheme. The problem of output stabilization is discussed and some interesting results are developed when the observability or the controllability conditions are not satisfied. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498758475

Theory of Stochastic ObjectsProbability Stochastic Processes and Inference This book defines and investigates the concept of a random object. To accomplish this task in a natural way it brings together three major areas; statistical inference measure-theoretic probability theory and stochastic processes. This point of view has not been explored by existing textbooks; one would need material on real analysis measure and probability theory as well as stochastic processes - in addition to at least one text on statistics- to capture the detail and depth of material that has gone into this volume. Presents and illustrates ‘random objects’ in different contexts under a unified framework starting with rudimentary results on random variables and random sequences all the way up to stochastic partial differential equations. Reviews rudimentary probability and introduces statistical inference from basic to advanced thus making the transition from basic statistical modeling and estimation to advanced topics more natural and concrete. Compact and comprehensive presentation of the material that will be useful to a reader from the mathematics and statistical sciences at any stage of their career either as a graduate student an instructor or an academician conducting research and requiring quick references and examples to classic topics. Includes 378 exercises with the solutions manual available on the book's website. 121 illustrative examples of the concepts presented in the text (many including multiple items in a single example).   The book is targeted towards students at the master’s and Ph.D. levels as well as academicians in the mathematics statistics and related disciplines. Basic knowledge of calculus and matrix algebra is required. Prior knowledge of probability or measure theory is welcomed but not necessary. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781466515208

Theory Of Superconductivity Theory of Superconductivity is primarily intended to serve as a background for reading the literature in which detailed applications of the microscopic theory of superconductivity are made to specific problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367319106

Theory of SuperconductivityFrom Weak to Strong Coupling Theory of Superconductivity: From Weak to Strong Coupling leads the reader from basic principles through detailed derivations and a description of the many interesting phenomena in conventional and high-temperature superconductors. The book describes physical properties of novel superconductors in particular the normal state superconducting critical temperatures and critical fields isotope effects normal and superconducting gaps tunneling angle-resolved photoemission stripes and symmetries.The book divides naturally into two parts. Part I introduces the phenomenology of superconductivity the microscopic BCS theory and its extension to the intermediate coupling regime. The first three chapters of this part cover generally accepted themes in the conventional theory of superconductivity and serve as a good introduction to the subject. Chapter 4 describes what happens to the conventional theory when the coupling between electrons becomes strong. Part II describes key physical properties of high-temperature superconductors and their theoretical interpretation. Alternative viewpoints are discussed but the emphasis is placed on the bipolaron theory. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454456

Theory of Teaching ThinkingInternational Perspectives Across the world education for 'thinking’ is seen as the key to thriving in an increasingly complex globalised technological world. The OECD suggests that teaching thinking is key to growing a more successful economy; others claim it is needed for increased democratic engagement and well-being. Theory of Teaching Thinking discusses what is meant by ‘thinking’ in the context of teaching and takes a global perspective incorporating contributions from neurocognitive technological Confucian philosophical and dialogical viewpoints. Questions explored throughout this edited volume include: what is thinking? how can thinking be taught? what does ‘better thinking’ mean and how can we know it if we see it? what is the impact on wider society when thinking is taught in the classroom? Extensively researched and at the cutting edge of this field this book provides the context for teaching thinking that researchers teachers and policy-makers need. As the first book in a brand new series Research on Teaching Thinking and Creativity it is a much-needed introduction and guide to this critical subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138297906

Theory of Technology The history of technology is often troubled by good ideas that do not for one reason or another take off right away--sometimes for millennia. Sometimes technology comes to a standstill and sometimes it even reverses itself. Thus unlike science which seems to proceed at a reasonable and calm rate the progress of technology is difficult to theorize about. While in science many developments are predictable to a certain extent and this predictability may at times direct or stymie science's progress--as with stem-cell research and cloning--technological advances such as the Internet are often sudden and unpredictable and therefore frightening.In Theory of Technology David Clarke brings together nine authors who try to understand technology from a variety of viewpoints. Rias van Wyk in "Technology " parses the concept into many angles including its anatomy taxonomy and evolution. Karol Pelc in "Knowledge Mapping " discusses tracking the evolution of the emerging discipline of technology management. Jon Beard in "Management of Technology " pursues a similar mapping endeavor but looks to the patterns of the literature of technology management. Thomas Clarke in "Unique Features of an R&D Work Environment and Research Scientists and Engineers " takes the reader on a tour of how people of technology present unique challenges to not just management but whole organizations.Richard Howey in "Understanding Software Technology " places enterprise software into a meaningful pattern of technology management. Fred Foldvary and Daniel Klein in "The Half-Life of Policy Rationales " discuss how new technology affects old policy issues. John Cogan in "Some Philosophical Thoughts on the Nature of Technology " maintains that our Aristotelian search for the essence of technology is doomed. And Peter Bond in "The Biology of Technology " establishes a basis for the development of a socio-biological approach to understanding the phenomena of technological society and technical change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539587

Theory of the Art Object Meaning in the visual arts centers on how the physical work makes its content or presence visible. The art object is fundamental. Indeed the different object forms of each visual medium allows our experience of space-time and our relations to other people to be aesthetically embodied in unique ways. Through these embodiments visual art compensates for what is otherwise existentially lost and becomes part of what makes life worth living. The present book shows this by discussing a range of visual art forms namely pictorial representation abstraction sculpture and assemblage works land art architecture photography and varieties of digital art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367209476

Theory of the Political SubjectVoid Universalism II Together these two companion volumes develop an innovative theory of world politics grounded in the reinterpretation of the concepts of ‘world’ and ‘politics’ from an ontological perspective. Theory of the Political Subject continues the project of reconstruction of political universalism begun in Ontology of World Politics. Having redefined world politics in terms of the affirmation of the universal ontological axioms of freedom equality and community in an infinite multiplicity of particular situations or ‘worlds’ in this book Prozorov focuses on the way this affirmation is actually practiced analysing the conditions for the emergence within a world of the subject of its radical transformation. Drawing on the contemporary reassessment of the notion of the subject in continental political thought particularly the work of Alain Badiou Prozorov defines the political subject in terms of one’s subtraction from the positive order of one’s world the weakening of one’s particular identity that makes possible one’s participation in the affirmation of the universal. The book proceeds with outlining the path of the political subject within its world from the point of its inception to its confrontation with ethical epistemic and other limits to its activity. This account of the subjective aspect of world politics also offers new and stimulating perspectives on such key issues of political theory as the relation of politics to human nature the role of violence in politics and the conditioning of politics by philosophical or scientific knowledge. Systematic and accessible these works will be key reading for all students and scholars of political science and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415842457

Theory of Unemployment First Published in 1968. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990272

Theory of User Engineering This book outlines the new concept of user engineering and covers the diversity of users along with the business process that includes the design and the user’s experience processes. Although the concept of user experience (UX) has become popular the definition and the methodology are still ambiguous. User engineering is similar to the user-centered design but differs in that its scope is not limited to the design process but concerns the whole manufacturing process and the whole usage process i.e. the whole lifecycle of an artifact. User’s perspective is strongly emphasized in this book hence its stance is far from that of the marketing approach that usually fails to notice the life and experiences of users after the purchase of an artifact as consumers. Theory of User Engineering differentiates between the quality in design and the quality in use and the objective quality characteristics and the subjective quality characteristics. In addition to the user research using ethnographic methods the author introduces a new approach based on the artifact evolution theory that can be adopted in the planning stage. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482239027

Theory of ValueIndian Philosophy First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315053998

Theory of Vibration with Applications This edition features a new chapter on computational methods that presents the basic principles on which most modern computer programs are developed. It introduces an example on rotor balancing and expands on the section on shock spectrum and isolation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138474208

Theory of Waveguides and Transmission Lines This book covers the principles of operation of electromagnetic waveguides and transmission lines. The approach is divided between mathematical descriptions of basic behaviors and treatment of specific types of waveguide structures. Classical (distributed-network) transmission lines their basic properties their connection to lumped-element networks and the distortion of pulses are discussed followed by a full field analysis of waveguide modes. Modes of specific kinds of waveguides - traditional hollow metallic waveguides dielectric (including optical) waveguides etc. are discussed. Problems of excitation and scattering of waveguide modes are addressed followed by discussion of real systems and performance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498730877

Theory/TheatreAn Introduction Theory/Theatre is a unique and highly engaging introduction to literary theory as it relates to theatre and performance. It is a brilliantly clear and readable examination of current theoretical approaches from semiotics and poststructuralism through cultural materialism postcolonial studies and feminist theory. In this the third and fully revised edition of this now classic text Mark Fortier particularly expands and updates the sections on: queer theory postmarxist theory technology and virtuality post-colonialism and race Also including completely new writing on cognitive science fast becoming a cornerstone of theatre and performance theory this revised edition is an indispensable addition to every theatre student’s collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138902046

Theosis in the Theology of Thomas Torrance Torrance's vision of Theosis (deification/divinisation) is explored through his doctrine of creation and anthropology his characterisation of the incarnation his accounts of reconciliation and union with Christ and his theology of church and sacraments. Myk Habets' study distinguishes Torrance's Reformed vision of theosis from other possible accounts of salvation as divinisation as they are found for instance within patristic thought and Eastern Orthodoxy. This book presents the first critique of the theology of T.F.Torrance to focus on theosis and examines a model of theosis within the realm of reformed theology built upon Western theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265998

Therapeutic ActionAn Earnest Plea for Irony This book discusses how to write about the process of psychic change without betraying either love or science. It investigates the concepts of subjectivity and objectivity that are appropriate for psychoanalysts the concepts of internalization and of transference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329167

Therapeutic Activities With the Impaired Elderly This highly practical volume presents valuable insights for all professionals who provide activities for the impaired elderly. It will serve as a helpful resource for both those who work directly with the aged in institutional settings as well for those who train activities counselors.Therapeutic Activities With the Impaired Elderly addresses a number of pertinent issues and provides useful information on designing and implementing recreation and socialization programs memory improvement classes sign language activities and leisure education and counseling. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315826196

Therapeutic and Legal Issues for Therapists Who Have Survived a Client SuicideBreaking the Silence The death of a patient is every therapist’s worst nightmare. Even more frightening is the debilitating silence that surrounds a therapist after the death of a client. What do you do? How do you proceed with your personal and professional life? Until now advice on surviving a patient’s suicide has been scarce. This book examines this much-overlooked topic to help you continue to live and practice confidently. The authors of this courageous book mix first-person narratives with professional strategies to help therapists deal with the emotional and legal consequences that follow the loss of a client. Therapeutic and Legal Issues for Therapists Who Have Survived a Client Suicide provides you with: models of coping strategies for clinicians after a client completes a suicide an examination of factors that compound the trauma for the therapist survivor examples for dealing with a client’s family suggestions for developing curricula for training institutions recommendations for supervisory guidelines explanations of—and means of mitigating—legal liability This practical book describes various ways of dealing with clinician and supervisory responsibilities after a client’s self-inflicted death. It will show you how to minimize the legal risks of working with suicidal clients and help you regain your sense of professional competence if a suicide occurs. New methods of screening and treatment assistance are offered. With about 30 000 suicides occuring the the United States annually and many of those people in treatment at or near the time they commit suicide thousands of clinicians face this trauma yearly. The clear specific therapeutic and legal guidelines you’ll find in the book as well as the philosophical discussions make it a vital read for therapists counselors social workers nurses supervisors and educators in mental health training institutions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821221

Therapeutic and Nutritional Uses of Algae Algae have been used since ancient times as food fodder fertilizer and as source of medicine. Nowadays seaweeds represent an unlimited source of the raw materials used in pharmaceutical food industries medicine and cosmetics. They are nutritionally valuable as fresh or dried vegetables or as ingredients in a wide variety of prepared foods. In particular seaweeds contain significant quantities of protein lipids minerals and vitamins. There is limited information about the role of algae and algal metabolites in medicine. Only a few taxa have been studied for their use in medicine. Many traditional cultures report curative powers from selected alga in particular tropical and subtropical marine forms. This is especially true in the maritime areas of Asia where the sea plays a significant role in daily activities. Nonetheless at present only a few genera and species of algae are involved in aspects of medicine and therapy. Beneficial uses of algae or algal products include those that may mimic specific manifestations of human diseases production of antibiotic compounds or improvement of human nutrition in obstetrics dental research thallassotherapy and forensic medicine. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498755382

Therapeutic Applications of Adenoviruses Adenoviruses are double stranded DNA viruses that have been used to study the process of DNA replication. Studies of the mode of action of adenovirally produced tumors in rodents led to the discovery of tumour supressor genes. The adenoviral vector is now the most used vector in clinical gene therapy especially for some kinds of cancers. The chapters in this book focus on the most up-to-date developments in the therapeutic applications of adenoviruses. The intended audience is individuals in the Life Sciences interested in therapeutic applications of adenoviruses. This book reviews the life history and immune responses to adenoviruses and summarizes various therapies implemented with the use of adenoviruses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498745482

Therapeutic Approaches with Babies and Young Children in CareObservation and Attention Therapeutic Approaches for Babies and Young Children in Care: Observation and Attention is about the value of observation and close attention for babies and young children who may be vulnerable to psychological and attachment difficulties. Case studies explore the potential for observation-based therapeutic approaches to support caregivers social workers and professional networks. A third theme in the book is the roots of observation-based approaches in psychoanalytic infant observation and the contribution of these ways of working to professional training and continuing development. Using case examples Jenifer Wakelyn illustrates observational ways of working that can be practised by professionals and family members to help children express themselves and feel understood. The interventions focus on the early stages of life in care and on the "golden thread" of relationships with caregivers. The book explores contemporary neuroscience and child development research alongside psychoanalytic theory to explore the role of attention in helping children to develop the internal continuity that sustains the personality and protects against the fragmenting impact of trauma.  Therapeutic Approaches for Babies and Young Children in Care is written for social workers teachers medical staff and other professionals whose work brings them in contact with the youngest children in care; it will also be relevant for commissioners managers and trainers as well as mental health clinicians who are starting to work with children in care. It will provide a valuable insight into the lives of infants and young children in the care system and the applications of psychoanalytic infant observation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204381

Therapeutic Arts in Pregnancy Birth and New Parenthood Therapeutic Arts in Pregnancy Birth and New Parenthood explores the use of arts in relation to infertility pregnancy childbirth and new parenthood. It is the first book to bring all these subjects together into one accessible volume with an international perspective. The book looks at the role of the arts in health with respect to the pregnancy journey from conception to new parenthood. It introduces readers to the ways in which art is being used with women who are experiencing different stages of childbearing – who may be unable to conceive and are struggling with infertility treatment or who experience miscarriage and loss a traumatic birth or grief over the loss of a baby. It also elucidates how art-making offers a means for women to express and understand their changed sense of self-identity and sexuality as a result of pregnancy and motherhood. The book has an international compass and is essential reading for arts therapy trainees and arts in health courses and will also be of interest to other health professionals and artists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367462239

Therapeutic Assessment and Intervention in Childcare Legal ProceedingsEngaging families in successful rehabilitation This book draws upon the author’s first-hand clinical experience as an Expert Witness in child and family legal proceedings to explore the success of psychotherapy assessments and interventions. Focusing on families who are seeking to be re-united after the removal of their children into foster care Mike Davies discusses critical aspects of therapy which can help to identify and engage those who will benefit from additional support. Chapters combine heuristic case studies and narrative research methodologies considering parents’ stories self-identity issues and assessment criteria to uncover an emerging framework that illuminates an innovative therapeutic approach. Divided into three parts the book develops a comprehensive overview of and thorough investigation into therapeutic assessment during childcare legal proceedings including explorations into crucial issues such as how and why some families are granted therapeutic intervention as well as the level of understanding and expertise that professionals and local services can provide in these contexts.Therapeutic Assessment and Intervention in Childcare Legal Proceedings will be of key reading for researchers academics and postgraduate students in the fields of child and adolescent mental health law social work and psychotherapy. The book will also be of interest to social workers expert psychologists psychotherapists family therapists psychiatrists and those specialising in public law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815358466

Therapeutic Care for RefugeesNo Place Like Home This volume addresses the complexities involved in attending to the mental health of refugees. It covers theory and research as well as clinical and field applications emphasising the psychotherapeutic perspective. It explores the delicate balance between accepting the resilience of refugees whilst not neglecting their psychological needs within a framework that avoids pathologising their condition. Moreover it deals with the difficulties in delineating the various relevant intersecting perspectives to the refugee reality e.g. psychological socio-political legal organisational and ethical. The book introduces important considerations about the actual psychotherapy with refugees (in individual family and group settings) but in addition it encourages the introduction of therapeutic elements to all types of work with refugees. Thus it argues for the necessity of approaching every facet of the refugee experience from a therapeutic perspective; this is why the title refers to therapeutic care rather than to psychotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105266

Therapeutic Communication in Mental Health NursingAesthetic and Metaphoric Processes in the Engagement with Challenging Patients Awarded first place in the 2017 AJN Book of the Year Awards in Psychiatric and Mental Health Nursing. This book introduces an innovative technique for therapeutic communication in mental health nursing expanding the toolkit for nurses seeking to engage challenging patients who have not responded to more conventional therapeutic methods. Linking nursing communication to current research on metaphor and figuration it is illustrated with accessible clinical examples. Metaphor is a key component of talk-based psychotherapies. But many of the patients whom nurses encounter in the inpatient setting are not good candidates for talk-based approaches at least initially because they are violent withdrawn highly regressed or otherwise lacking a vocabulary to convey thoughts and feelings. This book offers specific clinical examples of an approach called the "gestural bridge." This is a method for structuring games and physical activities which connect metaphorically to a patient’s personal themes activating narrative and observational agency and enabling an exchange of meaning to begin at a time when conventional language is not available. Rooted in what nursing theorists have called the "embodied" or "aesthetic" way of knowing this approach is both specific and easily grasped. Drawing from contemporary work in literary theory semiotics metaphor theory cognitive science philosophy linguistics psychoanalysis and the arts Therapeutic Communication in Mental Health Nursing is important reading for advanced-level practitioners students and researchers interested in communication and relationship-building in nursing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138244290

Therapeutic CommunicationKnowing What to Say When A uniquely practical guide and widely adopted text this book shows precisely what therapists can say at key moments to enhance the process of healing and change. Paul Wachtel explains why some communications in therapy are particularly effective while others that address essentially the same content may actually be countertherapeutic. He offers clear and specific guidelines for how to ask questions and make comments in ways that facilitate collaborative exploration and promote change. Illustrated with vivid case examples the book is grounded in an integrative theory that draws from features of psychodynamic cognitive-behavioral systemic and experiential approaches. New to This Edition * Reflects nearly 20 years of advances in the field and refinements of the author's approach. *Broader audience: in addition to psychodynamic therapists cognitive-behavioral therapists and others will find specific user-friendly recommendations. *Chapter on key developments and convergences across different psychotherapeutic approaches. *Chapter on the therapeutic implications of attachment theory and research. See also Wachtel's Relational Theory and the Practice of Psychotherapy which explores a new direction in psychoanalytic thought that can expand and deepen clinical practice. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462513376

Therapeutic Communities for PsychosisPhilosophy History and Clinical Practice Therapeutic Communities for Psychosis offers a uniquely global insight into the renewed interest in the use of therapeutic communities for the treatment of psychosis as complementary to pharmacological treatment. Within this edited volume contributors from around the world look at the range of treatment programmes on offer in therapeutic communities for those suffering from psychosis. Divided into three parts the book covers: the historical and philosophical background of therapeutic communities and the treatment of psychosis in this context treatment settings and clinical models alternative therapies and extended applications. This book will be essential reading for all mental health professionals targeting readers from a number of disciplines including psychiatry psychology social work psychotherapy and group analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415440530

Therapeutic Consultations in Child Psychiatry Over a period of several decades the author evolved a personal way of relating to and communicating with children offering them a live professional setting in which to discover themselves. He believed that in the right case a full and free use of the first interview can yield rich rewards and he claimed that the right cases for this are common. He hoped that by presenting these case studies he would introduce the reader to the exciting potential of his approach which depends as much on selection (of therapist) as on training. Here is his presentation - seventeen case histories whose significance for child psychiatry is in the tradition of Freud's case histories of the treatment of adult neurotics. Therapeutic Consultations in Child Psychiatry provides a fruitful feedback to psychoanalysis itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367104894

Therapeutic Correctional RelationshipsTheory research and practice The relationship between offender and criminal justice practitioner has shifted throughout rehabilitative history whether situated within psychological interventions prison or probation. This relationship has evolved and adapted over time but interpersonal processes remain central to offender work. However little work has critically focused upon the challenging task of developing and sustaining positive relationships with offenders. This book addresses this gap providing an in-depth exploration of the processes which underpin correctional relationships within probation. Through an innovative methodology it examines how practitioners can enhance their practice by understanding how relationships form deepen and end effectively. For the first time it draws on the experiences of offenders and practitioners to uncover the darker side to relationships identifying how they can rupture and break down. From this exploration it presents alternative ways in which relationships can be repaired and safeguarded within correctional practice. In essence this book assists practitioners in becoming successful supporters of change. In an increasingly competitive and politicised climate this book outlines how political and organisational tensions can impact upon the flow of relationships across the criminal justice system. Uniquely this book examines how these tensions can be overcome to produce transformative changes. Lewis suggests that therapeutic correctional relationships can thrive within a number of correctional settings and presents the core principles of relational practice and dynamic model of therapeutic correctional relationships to assist in achieving quality and sustainable practice. This book will appeal to criminological and psychological scholars as well as students studying probation and prison practice offender rehabilitation and desistance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138344853

Therapeutic CultureTriumph and Defeat For nearly half a century social scientists have made claims that there is a "therapeutic ethos" with extensive influence upon numerous aspects of American society. In Therapeutic Culture twelve authors address the implications of this ethos and its effects on a wide range of social institutions extending from the family to schools and operating in religious behavior and within the legal system. Has there been as the sociological theorist Philip Rieff argued in 1966 a "triumph of the therapeutic?" If so in what kinds of institutions has it been most pervasive? At the same time what aspects of modern culture has it replaced or defeated? Therapeutic Culture addresses these questions and raises others. Part 1 of this volume examines the emergence of the idea of "authenticity" as it defines the manipulation of emotions and behavior both in the United States and Great Britain. Contributors include Elisabeth Lasch-Quinn Frank Furedi Jonathan B. Imber and Alan Woolfolk. Part 2 illustrates specific cases of the effects of therapeutic culture within institutions including courts schools religious communities and the "virtual community" of the Internet. Contributors include James L. Nolan Jr. John Steadman Rice Felicia Wu Song and James Tucker. Part 3 extends the analyses of specific social institutions to the broader consequences that have resulted as a therapeutic ethos has taken root in contemporary life. Contributors include Digby Anderson Ellen Herman and James Davison Hunter. Part 4 is devoted to a previously unpublished essay by Philip Rieff whose significant influence can be seen in many of the contributions. Rieff revisits the highly controversial confirmation hearings of Supreme Court Associate Justice Clarence Thomas in 1991 and offers ample evidence of the therapeutic uses of politics as well as the political manipulations available within a therapeutic culture to provide a fitting conclusion. This volume establishes a benchmark for further theoretical reflection and empirical research on the nature of therapeutic culture. It will be of interest to sociologists psychologists political scientists and cultural studies specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539594

Therapeutic Drug Monitoring and Toxicology by Liquid Chromatography First Published in 2017. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203735886

Therapeutic Ethics in Context and in Dialogue The standard view of psychotherapy as a treatment for mental disorders can obscure how therapy functions as a social practice that promotes conceptions of human well-being. Building on the philosophy of Charles Taylor Smith examines the link between therapy and ethics and the roots of therapeutic aims in modern Western ideas about living well. This volume builds on a complementary volume (The Ethical Visions of Psychotherapy) to explore therapeutic conceptions of human flourishing. Smith illustrates how therapeutic aims implicitly promote ideas about a good life even though therapists rarely tell their patients how they should live. Taylor’s history of the modern identity provides a framework to examine the historical and cultural origins of therapeutic ethics. Utilizing Taylor’s work on practical reasoning and ethical debate Smith considers the prospects for dialogue between the divergent ethical visions promoted by different psychotherapies. A key text for upper-level undergraduates postgraduate students and professionals in the fields of psychotherapy psychoanalysis theoretical psychology and philosophy of mind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367480332

Therapeutic Fairy TalesFor Children and Families Going Through Troubling Times Therapeutic Fairy Tales are a series of short modern tales dedicated to supporting young children through challenging situations of life and loss covering diverse themes such as family breakdown untreatable illness and parental depression. Each short story is brought to life by engaging gentle and colourful illustrations and can be used by professionals and caregivers to support children’s mental and emotional health. This set also includes the Storybook Manual which offers practical and creative ideas on how to use illustrated storybooks therapeutically. Exercises have been designed to encourage children’s imagination and creativity develop confidence and emotional literacy as well as deepen engagement and understanding of storybooks. Books in the series include: Storybook Manual: An introduction to working with storybooks therapeutically and creatively The Storm: For children growing through parent’s separation The Island: For children with a parent living with depression The Night Crossing: A lullaby for children on life’s last journey Designed to be used with children aged six and above each story has an accompanying online resource offering therapeutic prompts and creative exercises to support the practitioner. These resources can also be adapted for wider use with siblings and other family members. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367689377

Therapeutic Feedback with the MMPI-2A Positive Psychology Approach Therapeutic Feedback with the MMPI-2 provides the clinician with empirically-based practical information about how to convey the abundance of information in the MMPI-2 profile in a way that is collaborative empathic hopeful and facilitates a therapeutic alliance. Readers will find this book to be as useful and applicable as the MMPI-2 itself which is used in psychiatric hospitals; correctional settings; in evaluations for job selection general medicine forensic and child custody cases; and even in screenings for television game and reality shows. The authors expand upon this already robust test by demonstrating how therapeutic assessment and feedback can be improved upon by considering three contributions from positive psychology: that behavior can be viewed as potentially adaptive; traditional pathological and maladaptive behaviors can be reframed as understandable responses to stressors that therapeutic feedback is empathic nonjudgmental and mostly jargon free; humans respond to overwhelming stress in understandable ways that the therapist can give coherence and meaning to lastly that therapeutic feedback stresses self-esteem and resilience building through self-awareness as a goal. Discussion centers around ten scales and 27 common code types. Each section addresses the complaints thoughts emotions traits and behaviors associated with the profile; therapists’ notes; lifestyle and family background; modifying scales; therapy and therapeutic pitfalls; feedback statements; and treatment and self-help suggestions. The larger page size reflects the size of the MMPI-2 interpretive reports and makes it easy for clinicians to copy pages of the book to share with their clients. Therapeutic Feedback with the MMPI-2 is the most detailed volume available on MMPI-2 feedback and is a valuable addition to the bookshelf of any clinician who uses this test. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138128675

Therapeutic Gastrointestinal Endoscopy From screening and diagnosis to prevention and treatment every aspect of gastrointestinal endoscopy as a therapeutic measure is addressed in this volume. The authors are recognized authorities in this field and in Therapeutic Gastrointestinal Endoscopy they present a problem-oriented evidence-based textbook. In each chapter it cites the key medical literature that can be studied for further reference. The book uses dozens of figures photographs and illustrations to address the key issues of assessment diagnosis and options for treatment. The authors present cohesive arguments for the preferred chosen management regime. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455088

Therapeutic Group Analysis This book is based on twenty-five years of intensive study of patients in psychotherapeutic groups. The attitude is psychoanalytic but the method and technique are new. The background of consideration is the mental matrix of the group as a whole inside which all intrapsychic processes interact. This has a profound significance for psychoanalytical Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329174

Therapeutic Groupwork with Children This hands-on workbook is an invaluable resource for all professionals who work with young children both in clinics and schools including teachers activity leaders and therapists. It provides an overview of the book's basis in humanistic philosophy a discussion of the role of group leaders and how to start and run a group. It contains 40 varied group activities some original and some more well known each with clear guidelines photocopiable worksheets and anecdotal evaluations. Guidance is given on how to use the activities in a pick-and-mix approach with a gradual build up from simple listening and turn-taking exercises to empathy problem-solving and dealing with emotions. Divided into activities for infants and juniors they are designed to use different strengths within the children including verbal non-verbal trust imagination and physical. Using these activities in a group setting will create an environment where children feel listened to accepted and valued and in which they can grow emotionally. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315148809

Therapeutic HemapheresisVolume 1 First published in 1985: This volume describes the various procedures in Hemapheresis. This a medical technology in which the blood of a person is passed through an apparatus that separates out one particular constituent and returns the remainder to the circulation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367236656

Therapeutic Intervention with Poor Unorganized FamiliesFrom Distress to Hope Therapeutic Intervention with Poor Unorganized Families: From Distress to Hope offers you integrated theories practice and research to provide you with the tools to be more effective when dealing with families in crisis. Therapeutic Intervention with Poor Unorganized Families explores the decline of families into extreme distress and helps you to determine the best intervention for that particular family as no one single method can be prescribed for all families. Therapists as well as clients favor the joint-goal intervention you will discover through this book which is carried out mostly in the family home where the therapist can delegate authority as a means of strengthening and preserving the family. Through Therapeutic Intervention with Poor Unorganized Families you will receive a plethora of ideas which consist of multiple intervention techniques and alternatives for intervention including:learning to organize institutions in the community to participate in getting families in extreme distress out of their long and perpetual predicament teaching you how cooperation between various government organizations public and private can be solicited for the welfare of these families offering you an anthro-psycho-social model of intervention that you will find effective in your own practice examining case studies so you can see how the new model works in real-life settingsTherapeutic Intervention with Poor Unorganized Families is unique because not only does it offer you help with supervision and training aspects but because it also ends with a qualitative and quantitative research evaluation of this new model. Comprehensive and thorough this book deals with the difficulties that may arise to interfere with the effectiveness of the intervention so you can learn from it and prevent further crisis. Therapeutic Intervention with Poor Unorganized Families is a must for anyone working with families in crisis. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043463

Therapeutic Interventions for the Person With Dementia This pioneering volume taps the resources and skills of top rehabilitation professionals and applies them to the person with Alzheimer’s disease and other related dementias. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315826219

Therapeutic Interventions in Three SentencesReshaping Ericksonian Hypnotherapy by Talking to the Brain and Body Following tenets set out by Milton Erickson Therapeutic Interventions in Three Sentences: Reshaping Ericksonian Hypnotherapy by Talking to the Brain and Body presents an array of short effective commands which have been developed for use in connection with a wide range of mental and psychosomatic disorders. Examining in detail the basic building blocks which must be in place in order for someone to send an effective command to his or her sub-conscious mind the book presents an elegant way of using informal variations of Ericksonian hypnotherapy in awake states and transferring these principles to a variety of therapeutic settings. The methods described follow specific rules derived from hypnotherapy but can be integrated into any other form of counselling or therapy and can be used in short sessions in telephone consultations and with patients in critical states as well as conversations of a therapeutic nature by non-therapeutic professionals. The book explains why and how these interventions work their general structure and how they can be used to tackle specific needs such as trauma depression and anxiety disorders. The book will be of great interest to counsellors doctors and therapists of different orientations who are looking for therapeutic methods that can be used in short sessions or with patients in critical states as well as non-therapeutic professionals who engage in conversations of a therapeutic nature such as social workers pastors nurses carers and teachers (including SEN teachers). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367342029

Therapeutic Interventions with Ethnic EldersHealth and Social Issues Provide effective services to ethnic elders with culturally competent training!Therapeutic Interventions with Ethnic Elders: Health and Social Issues provides culture-specific information to health and social work professionals. You will explore distinctive qualities that are found in ten different ethnic groups to help you better serve these populations. The historical events that have shaped these elders’often-adverse reactions to mainstream providers are also included. Ideas on how to effectively approach these situations are included to improve your skills with a diverse population of clients. The information in Therapeutic Interventions with Ethnic Elders is invaluable to health care administrators who plan services and hire personnel to work with various ethnic groups. The book also functions as a training tool to increase the awareness of staff members who currently work with ethnically diverse populations. You will learn to recognize culturally driven behaviors in ethnic elders and how to make appropriate interventions. Some of the general and culture-specific issues that Therapeutic Interventions with Ethnic Elders addresses are: helping ethnic elders to feel comfortable utilizing your services appropriately modifying therapy to meet the individual's cultural background reinforcing a new sense of independence for these elders by helping them understand available services understanding cultural inhibitions in Japan that hide deny or ignore mental illness realizing that traditional Euro-American psychotherapy techniques cannot be readily transplanted and applied to all other cultures addressing depression anxiety increased illness intergenerational conflict and even marital conflict combined with the stress of assimilation and acculturation among Russian emigrants understanding folk beliefs and the importance of the role of the church for many elder African-Americans Therapeutic Interventions with Ethnic Elders addresses the need for practitioners agencies and institutions to understand and respect the different characteristics of each elderly minority population. You will examine the unique historical contexts of Vietnamese Japanese Chinese African Russian Navajo Yaqui Mexican Cuban and Puerto Rican elders and explore the stress factors that come with immigrating such as finding a peaceful place to live and being confronted by age discrimination and racism. This important book explains cultural behaviors to provide you with effective suggestions for providing optimum care to the ethnic elders in your life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821757

Therapeutic Landscapes The therapeutic landscape concept first introduced early in the 1990s has been widely employed in health/medical geography and gaining momentum in various health-related disciplines. This is the first book published in several years and provides an introduction to the concept and its applications. Written by health/medical geographers and anthropologists it addresses contemporary applications in the natural and built environments; for special populations such as substance abusers; and in health care sites a new and evolving area - and provides an array of critiques or contestations of the concept and its various applications. The conclusion of the work provides a critical evaluation of the development and progress of the concept to date signposting the likely avenues for future investigation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315551166

Therapeutic Medicinal PlantsFrom Lab to the Market Medicinal plants have been used in the prevention diagnosis and elimination of diseases based on the practical experience of thousands of years. There is a pressing need to initiate and transform laboratory research into fruitful formulations leading to the development of newer products for the cure of diseases such as AIDS cancer and hepatitis as well as coping with multi-drug resistance problems. This book presents recent developments in the research on medicinal plants for different diseases formulation of products and market strategy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367737610

Therapeutic Metaphors for Children and the Child Within Winner of the 1988 Clark Vincent Award for an "outstanding contribution to the profession through a literary work" and translated into four languages the original edition of Therapeutic Metaphors for Children and the Child Within was considered a groundbreaking addition to the field of child and adolescent psychotherapy. The 1986 edition was the first—and to this day the only—book that solely intertwines the extraordinary foundational teachings and philosophies of Milton H. Erickson and creative healing approaches for children and adolescents. With resiliency at its core this revision now brings forward important topics related to neurobiology and cultural value of metaphor and play along with fresh case examples and creative activities to a new generation of mental health education and coaching professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415708104

Therapeutic Peptides and ProteinsFormulation Processing and Delivery Systems Third Edition There are more than 500 biopharmaceuticals on the market including more than 200 therapeutic proteins making biologics the fastest growing sector in the biopharmaceutical market. These products include more than 40 monoclonal antibodies for indications ranging from treatment or mitigation of various types of cancer to rheumatoid arthritis. The clinical application of these therapeutic peptides and proteins is limited by several problems such as lack of physical and chemical stability or the lack of desirable attributes for adequate absorption or distribution. Thus as these therapeutic peptides and proteins are made available it will be essential to formulate these drugs into safe stable and efficacious delivery systems. The pharmaceutical scientist involved in this effort needs to call upon the knowledge of several disciplines such as pharmaceutics medicinal chemistry biochemistry microbiology and chemical engineering and needs to keep abreast with the latest research in the published literature. Therapeutic Peptides and Proteins: Formulation Processing and Delivery Systems Third Edition provides a comprehensive overview of the field for scientists in industry and academia and for students while also providing practical information on the challenges facing the formulation and delivery aspects of these unique macromolecules. In particular the book: Explains how recombinant DNA techniques now allow us to produce therapeutic proteins in a commercially viable form Discusses the physical and chemical pathways of peptide and protein degradation Includes a detailed discussion of protein formulation and lyophilization Overviews the pharmacokinetic aspects of therapeutic peptides and proteins and discusses controlled delivery systems for parenteral administration including microsphere formulations Discusses research progress on oral transdermal mucosal and topical delivery systems discusses transdermal and topical delivery Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466566064

Therapeutic Practice in Schools Volume TwoThe contemporary adolescent: A clinical workbook for counsellors psychotherapists and arts therapists In common with Therapeutic Practice in Schools: Working with the Child Within (Routledge 2012) this second volume serves as a practical handbook for school-based counsellors psychotherapists arts therapists and play therapists working with young people. Written in accessible language it is eminently applicable to the practice of both qualified and trainee therapists. Therapeutic Practice in Schools: The Contemporary Adolescent begins with an overview of key psychoanalytic ideas informing our understanding of adolescence before moving on to focus on life circumstances and issues which commonly bring young people to the therapist’s consulting room in the school. Dedicated chapters on key themes including identity relationships sex and sexuality anger issues self-harm bereavement and bullying aim to deepen our understanding of the adolescent experience while also providing the therapist with invaluable insights into what one might say in the ‘here and now’ of the session. Chapter authors all with considerable experience in the field discuss approaches to sustaining the therapeutic relationship in the face of ambivalence or defiant resistance as well as thinking about the impact of social media on all aspects of adolescent development. The advantages and limitations of working with adolescents in the educational setting where school staff will have their own reasons for referring students for therapy while the young people themselves might come with a very different agenda are also covered. It is widely acknowledged that engaging troubled or troublesome adolescents in therapy can make an enormous difference to their lives. This book ensures that both trainee and qualified therapists are supported in the often daunting yet ever stimulating and enlivening task of working with young people in the school setting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415858212

Therapeutic Practice in SchoolsWorking with the Child Within: A Clinical Workbook for Counsellors Psychotherapists and Arts Therapists This book is an indispensable guide to providing therapy services for children and adolescents in primary and secondary school settings. The contributors have extensive experience in the field and carefully examine every aspect of the work ranging from developing an understanding of the school context in all its complexity through to what to say and do in challenging therapy sessions and in meetings with school staff or parents and carers. Therapeutic Practice in Schools opens with an overview of key psychoanalytic concepts informing therapy practice. This is followed by a detailed exploration of the hopes and anxieties raised by providing therapy in schools the factors that either enable or impede the therapist's work and how to manage expectations as well as measure outcomes. The practical aspects of delivering therapy sessions are also covered from the initial assessment phase through recognising and working with anxieties defences transference and counter-transference to working with endings. An awareness of the impact of social identity gender race and culture on both the therapist and client is woven into the book and is also discussed in depth in a dedicated chapter. The manual offers a comprehensive yet highly readable guide to the complex world of school-based therapy. It provides practical examples of how therapists translate theory into everyday language that can be understood by their young clients ensuring that trainees starting a placement in schools as well as therapists beginning work in the educational setting for the first time are able to take up their role with confidence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415597913

Therapeutic Processes for Communication DisordersA Guide for Clinicians and Students Why do many people with disorders of communication experience a sense of demoralization? Do these subjective experiences have any bearing on how such problems should be treated? How can professionals dealing with speech language hearing and other communication disorders analyse and respond to the subjective and relational needs of clients with such problems? In this book authors in the fields of communication disorders analyse the psychological social and linguistic processes and interactions that underpin clinical practice from both client and clinician perspectives. The chapters demonstrate how it is possible to analyze and understand client-clinician discourse using qualitative research and describe various challenges to establishing relationships such as cultural gender and age differences. The authors go on to describe self-care processes the therapeutic use of the self and various psychological factors that could be important for developing therapeutic relationships. Also covered are the rarely considered topics of spirituality and transpersonal issues which may at times be relevant to clinicians working with clients who have debilitating degenerative and terminal illnesses associated with certain communication disorders. While this book is geared toward the needs of practicing and training speech language and hearing clinicians other professional such as teachers of the deaf psychotherapists nurses and occupational therapists will find the ideas relevant interesting and easily translatable for use in their own clinical practice. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138998254

Therapeutic Stances: The Art Of Using And Losing ControlAdjusting The Therapeutic Stance First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869516

Therapeutic Stories for Foster Adoptive and Kinship FamiliesAddressing the Domino Effect of Issues Facing 10–14-Year-Olds This accessible resource contains therapeutic stories and guidance for adults who are supporting young people aged 10–14 in foster adoptive or kinship families. With a solution-focused approach the stories are designed to address a range of social and emotional problems covering topics such as bullying eating disorders trauma parents’ health homophobia and racism. Each story is accompanied by relevant context and theory discussion points and creative activities that will stimulate the young person’s problem-solving skills and imagination empowering them to explore solutions to situations in their own lives. Key features include: 35 therapeutic stories created to help young people make sense of their experiences illustrating empathetic responses and solutions to social and emotional difficulties. Discussion points and related activities based on the author’s extensive practical experience and knowledge. Practice guidelines and case studies to illustrate how the story-making approach can be used by therapists adoptive parents social workers and teachers. Photocopiable and downloadable resources. This book will enable foster adoptive and kinship parents social workers therapists teachers and other professionals to support the young people with whom they are working to resolve their dilemmas and enhance their self-esteem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367524371

Therapeutic Story StartUpsStories Scenes and Characters to Help Children Explore Their Feelings Therapeutic Story StartUps is a creative resource that can be used by therapists and other professionals working with children aged 4-12 years. These resources are designed to support children to understand explore and express their feelings through story imagination and play. Six beautifully illustrated storybooks address the themes of: Loss Anger Self-Esteem Bullying Worries and Family Break-Up. Additionally there are characters props and scenes to invite the child to act out their own story asking the question "What happens next?..."   The full pack includes: Six illustrated storybooks each prompting the child to create their own ending. 30 colourful free-standing characters six background scenes and a number of additional props. Six mood-cards designed to support story-making. Therapeutic Story-Souvenirs to remind the child of the story they have created. Online guidelines for therapists provide prompts for using the stories and suggestions on how to use the resources. Separate guidelines for non-therapists are also provided. Additional copies of characters and souvenir cards can be downloaded and printed to personalise the work for individual children and make it a continually renewable resource. For all instructions relating to this product as well as for access to the additional online resources please visit www.routledge.com/cw/speechmark Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367257712

Therapeutic StorywritingA Practical Guide to Developing Emotional Literacy in Primary Schools Literacy work can provide a therapeutic context in which to support children with emotional and behavioural difficulties in mainstream schools. This text provides a clear theoretical rationale for therapeutic storywriting. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138132641

Therapeutic Trampolining for Children and Young People with Special Educational NeedsA Practical Guide to Supporting Emotional and Physical Wellbeing This practical resource explores the benefits of therapeutic trampolining on children and young people with special educational needs. It supports practitioners as they introduce the trampoline into their own therapeutic settings. Trampolining is known to improve balance co-ordination and motor skills; it can improve bone density and benefit the lymphatic and cardiovascular systems. It has even shown to encourage communication in children with autism and PMLD. This book draws on the author’s extensive experience of delivering both the British Gymnastics Trampoline Proficiency Award scheme as well as the Rebound Therapy trampolining programme. The book also explores the practical side on how to set up and deliver trampolining as a therapy in schools clubs or in the home. Photocopiable material includes: Lesson equipment such as schemes of work lesson plans adapted for varying needs and a trampoline rules poster. Tools for offering therapeutic trampolining sessions such as sequencing cards communication cards Risk Assessment an individual education plan and a communication placemat. All the necessary forms to ensure a safe trampolining environment for all participants including screening forms referral and assessment forms and relevant policies. A business plan for after school provision advertising leaflet and service level agreement. This is an invaluable resource for anybody looking to explore therapeutic trampolining as a way of enhancing the physical and emotional wellbeing of children and young people with special educational needs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367819286

Therapeutic TrancesThe Cooperation Principle in Ericksonian Hypnotherapy Therapeutic Trances is a manifesto of the fundamental principles and techniques of Ericksonian hypnotherapy. This innovative volume lays out the principles and practice of developing relationships with patients and creating a hypnotic environment in which true healing can take place. The book offers therapists specific questions to ask and practical ideas to pursue thereby illustrating how therapists may cooperate with clients to translate problems into solutions. Stephen Gilligan synthesizes the approaches of Erickson Bandler & Grinder and Bateson to bring a new perspective to the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138584358

Therapeutic Uses of Cannabis At the last Annual Representative Meeting of the British Medical Association a motion was passed that `certain additional cannabinoids should be legalized for wider medicinal use.'' This report supports this landmark statement by reviewing the scientific evidence for the therapeutic use of cannabinoids and sets the agenda for change. It will be welcomed by those who believe that cannabinoids can be used in medical treatment. The report discusses in a clear and readable form the use and adverse effects of the drug for nausea multiple sclerosis pain epilepsy glaucoma and asthma. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400774

Therapeutic Uses of Rap and Hip-Hop In perceiving all rap and hip-hop music as violent misogynistic and sexually charged are we denying the way in which it is attentive to the lived experiences both positive and negative of many therapy clients? This question is explored in great depth in this anthology the first to examine the use of this musical genre in the therapeutic context. The contributors are all experienced therapists who examine the multiple ways that rap and hip-hop can be used in therapy by listening and discussing performing creating or improvising.The text is divided into three sections that explore the historical and theoretical perspectives of rap and hip-hop in therapy describe the first-hand experiences of using the music with at-risk youth and discuss the ways in which contributors have used rap and hip-hop with clients with specific diagnoses respectively.Within these sections the contributors provide rationale for the use of rap and hip-hop in therapy and encourage therapists to validate the experiences for those for whom rap music is a significant mode of expression. Editors Susan Hadley and George Yancy go beyond promoting culturally competent therapy to creating a paradigm shift in the field one that speaks to the problematic ways in which rap and hip-hop have been dismissed as expressive of meaningless violence and of little social value. More than providing tools to incorporate rap into therapy this text enhances the therapist's cultural and professional repertoire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415884747

Therapeutic WorldsPopular Psychology and the Sociocultural Organisation of Intimate Life This book builds a fresh perspective on therapeutic narratives of intimate life. Focusing on the question of how popular psychology organises everyday experiences of intimacy its argument is grounded in qualitative research in Trinidad in the Anglophone Caribbean. Against the backdrop of Trinidad’s colonial and postcolonial history the authors map the development of therapeutic institutions and popular therapeutic practices and explore how transnationally mobile commercial forms of popular psychology mostly originating in the Global North have taken root in Trinidadian society through online social networks self-help books and other media. In this sense the book adds to social research on the transnational spread of a digital attention economy and its participation in the proliferation of popular psychological discourse. Drawing on in-depth interviews with self-help readers the book considers how popular psychology organises their everyday experiences of intimate life. It argues that the proliferation of self-help media contributes to the psychologisation of intimate relationships and obscures the social dimensions of intimacy in terms of gender race ethnicity and other social structures and inequalities. At the same time the book draws on anthropological arguments about the colonisation of consciousness in the Global South to interpret the insertion of transnationally mobile popular psychology into Trinidadian society. An innovative contribution to scholarship on therapeutic cultures which explores the widely under-researched dissemination of popular psychology in the Global South the book adds to a sociological understanding of the ways in which therapeutic narratives of self and intimate relationships come to be incorporated into everyday experience. As such it will appeal to scholars of cultural studies anthropology and the sociology of gender sexuality families and personal life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581909

Therapeutics Evidence and Decision-Making This book is intended to help decision-makers use assess and appraise the evidence that underpins decisions about the use of therapeutic interventions. It will inform decision-makers about the nature of evidence the strengths and weaknesses of the available approaches and how these can be most effectively distilled for the purpose of reaching reliable conclusions. It aims to encourage decision-makers to base their judgements about the use of therapeutic interventions on an informed appraisal of the totality of the evidence base. Is it reliable? Is it generalisable beyond the context of the environment in which the primary research has been conducted? Do the intervention's benefits outweigh its harms? Is it cost effective as well as clinically effective? Is it indeed fit-for-purpose? Ultimately good judgement is at the heart of decision-making in therapeutics.An invaluable text for all physicians pharmacists nurses health commissioners and purchasers and indeed anyone having to make decisions concerning evidence-based therapeutics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781853159473

Therapeutics in Pregnancy and Lactation This book will assist doctors pharmacists midwives and other health professionals in dealing with the issue of medicine use in pregnant and breastfeeding women. It gives practical guidance on the principles of safe and effective prescribing summarises the known effects of widely used drugs and provides up-to-date information in one accessible source. With an impressive list of contributors Therapeutics in Pregnancy and Lactation offers clear guidelines and comprehensive advice on a diverse range of topics from drug abuse to hypertension and epilepsy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315384801

Therapies for Nail DisordersA Quick Guide to Best Practice This concise text presents the essential points of diagnosis and a quick guide to what are currently the best evidence-based practices in treatment methods. In addition to material on the diseases themselves there are useful appendices on how to carry out ancillary procedures. Contents: Acute paronychia * Bowen disease * Brittle nails * Chronic paronychia * Eczema * Erythronychia * Glomus tumor * Hematomas * Herpes simplex * Ingrowing nail * Lichen planus * Melanoma * Melanonychias * Myxoid cysts * Onycholysis * Onychomatricoma * Onychomycosis * Onychotillomania * Psoriasis * Retronychia * Squamous cell carcinoma * Subungual exostosis * Trachyonychia * Transverse overcurvature * Warts * Yellow nail syndrome * Practical procedures * Preparing a biopsy specimen Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138370364

Therapist Guide To The MMPI And MMPI-2 First published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990289

Therapist Self-DisclosureAn Evidence-Based Guide for Practitioners Therapist Self-Disclosure gives clinicians professional and practical guidance on how and when to self-disclose in therapy. Chapters weave together theory research case studies and applications to examine types of self-disclosure timing factors and dynamics of the therapeutic relationship ethics in practice and cultural demographic and vulnerability factors. Chapter authors then examine self-disclosure with specific client populations including clients who are LGBTQ Christian multicultural suffering from eating disorders or trauma in forensic settings at risk for suicide with an intellectual disability or are in recovery for substance abuse.This book will very helpful to graduate students early career practitioners and more seasoned professionals who have wrestled with decisions about whether to self-disclose under various clinical circumstances. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138302242

Therapist Stories of Inspiration Passion and RenewalWhat's Love Got To Do With It? Why do you practice psychotherapy? In this exciting volume some of the field’s leading therapists tell true stories which evoke the pleasures joys and satisfactions that inspire passion for therapeutic work. Rather than focusing on the stresses and strains of being a clinician these dramatic poignant wise sometimes humorous and always soulful stories will help you gain (or regain) hope and excitement and ultimately inspire a recommitment to a profession that at its heart and soul is about helping people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415500845

Therapists Lawyers and Divorcing Spouses Experts explore the need for cooperation between the law and helping professions in order to lessen the trauma of the divorce process. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203727133

Therapists' Dilemmas This book attempts to re-create a kind of informal atmosphere where therapists would feel relaxed enough to discuss their dilemmas in public and presents them in an interview format. It is designed for those who are prepared to be personally confronted by the issues raised in the interviews. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781003070337

Therapist's Guide to Self-Care Psychotherapy is an increasingly stressful profession. Yet therapists spend most of their time helping clients deal with their stress not caring for their own. This book is designed as a tool for the experienced counselor junior therapist and graduate student as the issues confronted and discussed herein are relevant to anyone in the field regardless of experience or expertise. Dr. Weiss has written a book in an easy conversational tone filled with concrete examples and blending research findings clinical experience and theoretical approaches into practical suggestions and sound advice. The book is divided into three parts discussing therapist concerns and questions that are continually raised and providing practical tools based on clinical experience and research findings. It will be useful to all mental health professionals who have felt the strain of their practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990296

Therapists Who Have Sex With Their PatientsTreatment And Recovery First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180178

Therapy Stand-Up and the Gesture of WritingTowards Creative-Relational Inquiry Therapy Stand-Up and the Gesture of Writing is a sharp lively exploration of the connections between therapy stand-up comedy and writing as a method of inquiry; and of how these connections can be theorized through the author’s new concept: creative-relational inquiry. Engaging often poignant stories combine with rich scholarship to offer the reader provocative original insights. Wyatt writes about his work as a therapist with his client Karl as they meet and talk together. He tells stories of his experiences attending comedy shows in Edinburgh and of his own occasional performances. He brings alive the everyday profound through vignettes and poems of work travel visiting his mother mourning his late father and more. The book’s drive however is in bringing together therapy stand-up and writing as a method of inquiry to mobilise theory drawing in particular from Deleuze and Guattari the new materialisms and affect theory. Through this diffractive work the text formulates and develops creative-relational inquiry. With its combination of fluent story-telling and smart theoretical propositions Therapy Stand-up and the Gesture of Writing offers compelling possibilities both for qualitative scholars who have an interest in narrative performative and embodied scholarship and those who desire to bring current complex theories to bear upon their research practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138897700

Therapy and the Counter-traditionThe Edge of Philosophy Therapy & the Counter-tradition: The Edge of Philosophy brings together leading exponents of contemporary psychotherapy philosophers and writers to explore how philosophical ideas may inform therapy work. Each author discusses a particular philosopher who has influenced their life and therapeutic practice while questioning how counselling and psychotherapy can address human ‘wholeness’ despite the ascendancy of rationality regulation and diagnosis. It also seeks to acknowledge the distinct lack of philosophical input and education in counselling and psychotherapy training. The chapters are rooted in the Counter-Tradition whose diverse manifestations include humanism skepticism fideism as well as the opening of philosophy and psychology to poetry and the arts. This collection of thought-provoking essays will help open the discussion within the psychological therapies by providing therapists with critical philosophical references which will help broaden their knowledge and the scope of their practice. Therapy & the Counter-tradition: The Edge of Philosophy will be of interest to mental health professionals practitioners counselling and psychotherapy trainees and trainers and academics tutoring or studying psychology. It will also appeal to those interested in psychology meditation personal development and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138905887

Therapy and the Postpartum WomanNotes on Healing Postpartum Depression for Clinicians and the Women Who Seek their Help This book provides a comprehensive look at effective therapy for postpartum depression. Using a blend of professional objectivity evidence-based research  and personal straight-forward suggestions gathered from years of experience this book brings the reader into the private world of therapy with the postpartum woman. Based on Psychodynamic and Cognitive-Behavioral theories  and on D.W. Winnicott's "good-enough mother" and the "holding environment" in particular the book is written by a therapist who has specialized in the treatment of postpartum depression for over 20 years. Therapy and the Postpartum Woman will serve as a companion tool for clinicians and the women they treat. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872936

Therapy Beyond ModernityDeconstructing and Transcending Profession-Centred Therapy This book draws together radical critiques of therapy and shows how therapists have become too willing administrators of the mind and how they then delight in the bureaucratic management of therapeutic practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329181

Therapy Culture:Cultivating Vu First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203098684

Therapy in the Age of NeuroscienceA Guide for Counsellors and Therapists Therapy in the Age of Neuroscience: A Guide for Counsellors and Therapists is an essential guide to key areas of neuroscience that inform the theory underlying psychotherapy and how they can be applied to practice. Laying out the science clearly and accessibly it outlines what therapists need to know about the human nervous system in order to be able to engage with the subject.  Chapters cover the neuroscience underlying key aspects of therapy such as relationships emotion anxiety trauma and dissociation the mind-body connection and the processes which enable therapists to engage deeper aspects of mind and psyche. This book responds to the need for counsellors and therapists to have an accessible and comprehensive guide to how contemporary neuroscience views mind and body. Therapy in the Age of Neuroscience will appeal to psychotherapists counsellors and other mental health professionals who wish to learn more about how to integrate neuroscience into their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138679351

Therapy in the Real WorldEffective Treatments for Challenging Problems Helping beginning and experienced therapists cope with the myriad challenges of working in agencies clinics hospitals and private practice this book distills the leading theories and best practices in the field. The authors provide a clear approach to engaging diverse clients and building rapport; interweaving evidence-based techniques to meet therapeutic goals; and intervening effectively with individuals families groups and larger systems. Practitioners will find tools for addressing the needs of their clients while caring for themselves and avoiding burnout; students will find a clear-headed framework for making use of the variety of approaches available in mental health practice. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462526055

Therapy or CoercionDoes Psychoanalysis Differ from Brainwashing? This book focuses on the professional ethics of medicine and psychiatry to know whether psychoanalysis differs from brainwashing. It addresses a divergence—a choice between repression and splitting and examines how the findings concerning a divided mind relate to philosophical issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329198

Therapy Services: Organistion First published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138418202

Therapy with ChildrenAn Existential Perspective This book explores the existential themes and challenges present in all therapeutic relationships when working with children. Existential ideas and concepts are a rapidly growing influence on the practice of psychotherapy and yet their application to work with children remains largely unexplored. This book begins to redress this imbalance in a practical and engaging way by presenting an existential perspective on some key themes in practicing psychotherapy with children including: play anxiety guilt choice family relationships language and process. Each chapter is punctuated with engaging vignettes of case material blending theoretical insight with the realities of practice. Through these narratives readers are challenged to question their own assumptions and beliefs whether they are new to existential psychotherapy or already immersed in its rich philosophical traditions. Children are born into the world without choice and are drawn towards making connections with others developing self-awareness and personal identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106485

Therapy with Cultured Cells In this book the author describes the discoveries in his laboratory that led to therapy with cultured cells. The first cultured cell type used for therapy was the keratinocyte of the epidermis for the treatment of burns. Subsequent developments led to the use of cultured cells for the treatment of diseases of the eye of the joints and of other diseases. Cultured cells for therapy are now being prepared by industries in the US Japan and Korea and are used in the aforesaid countries as well as in France Sweden and Greece for the treatment of disease. Media > Books > E-books Pan Stanford Publishing 9780429066566

Therapy with Harming Fathers Victimized Children and their Mothers after Parental Child Sexual AssaultForging Enduring Safety 'This book explores with refreshing clarity the complexities and challenges of working with child sexual abuse in the family environment. Describing a victim-centred family approach based on clear ethical principles and with reference to their own practice experiences Tolliday Spangaro and Laing offer a resource which will be of huge practical use for any professional working to address child sexual abuse.' - Simon Hackett Professor of Child Abuse and Neglect Durham University. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138286467

Therapy with InfantsTreating a Traumatised Child When a child without a fully developed language experiences physical and psychological stress that exceeds the child's capacity to cope the experience can leave lasting marks unless the child receives treatment.Infant therapy is a method inspired by the work of the French pediatrician and psychoanalyst Francoise Dolto and her student Caroline Eliacheff. The method can be applied both with infants and with older children. The most important messages are "Never allow the child's pain to be forgotten " and "Everything that is left unsaid ties up energy." In therapy the therapist puts the child's stressful experiences into words. The infant's story is told the words bring order to the child's chaos and the trauma becomes an identified part of his or her life.Infant therapy is primarily a therapeutic intervention aimed at traumatised infants but the method can also be applied in daily educational practices by preschool teachers nurses teachers day care providers and parents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203094

Therapy with Men after SixtyA Challenging Life Phase Therapy with Men after Sixty is a breakthrough book for professionals that helps them open their clients’ minds to new ways of thinking behaving and feeling about the aging process. The authors adopt a realistic but optimistic tone as they carefully examine the psychological relational and sexual aspects of life after 60 while also dispelling common myths. Topics addressed include how to build and maintain Psychological Well Being have quality relationships build self-esteem and deal with crisis and loss. Practical topics such as financial issues living situations and relationships with adult children and grandchildren are addressed through guidelines skill exercises and case studies. Each chapter helps mental health professionals to account for individual couple cultural and value differences making this an unparalleled resource for helping men successfully meet the challenges of aging. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415740982

Therapy with Single ParentsA Social Constructionist Approach Provide effective counseling to members of single-parent familiesWith more than half of all first marriages ending in divorce it’s time to re-think the notion that “divorce” means “failure.” Therapy with Single Parents focuses on the strengths of the single-parent family rather than its weaknesses stressing the need to look at the socially constructed norms values and definitions associated with marriage and family in order to provide effective counseling. This unique book examines experiences that are common to single parents and presents interventive strategies for treating single-parent family issues drawing on clinical case studies to provide technical knowledge in everyday language.Current research shows that single parents account for 27 percent of family households that include children under 18 and that the number of single mothers in the United States more than tripled between 1970 and 2000. Therapy with Single Parents challenges outdated notions that the single-parent family is somehow deficient and associated with adjustment problems in children. It doesn’t ignore the anger pain sadness and guilt experienced by many members of single parent families but offers therapeutic considerations from a more balanced approach. The book examines the social psychological and sexual experiences of newly single parents and addresses the ups and downs they’ll face in dealing with schools the workplace and social services. Therapy with Single Parents examines: social and psychological differences between divorce and widowhood cognitive-behavioral principles of single-parent families what children can learn from divorce dealing with the ghosts of past relationships relationship rules dealing with adult children and extended families the effect of change in divorcing families the feminization of poverty the therapeutic value of social networksTherapy with Single Parents is an invaluable resource for psychologists professional counselors social workers and marriage and family therapists. The book presents a thorough in-depth examination of the single-parent family system as a viable healthy family form. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786599

Therapy with Stepfamilies First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167278

Therapy's BestPractical Advice and Gems of Wisdom from Twenty Accomplished Counselors and Therapists Insightful interviews with a Who’s Who of the world’s foremost therapistsTherapy’s Best is a lively and entertaining collection of one-on-one interviews with some of the top therapists and counselors in the world. Educator and psychotherapist Dr. Howard G. Rosenthal talks with twenty of therapy’s legends including Albert Ellis arguably the greatest clinical psychologist and therapist of our time; assertiveness training pioneer Robert Alberti; experiential psychotherapist Al Mahrer; and William Glasser the father of reality therapy and choice theory. Each interview reveals insights into the therapists’ personal lives their observations on counseling and the helping profession in general and their thoughts on what really works when dealing with clients in need. The interviews found in Therapy’s Best uncover treatment strategies that are often missing from traditional textbooks journal articles courses and seminars related to assertiveness training Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy (REBT) marriage and family counseling transactional analysis psychoanalysis suicide prevention voice therapy experiential psychotherapy and Emotion Focused Therapy (EFT). Conversations with the “best and brightest” (including two recipients of the American Psychological Association’s Division of Psychotherapy’s “Living Legends” award) reveal why these therapists are such effective helpers what makes their theories so popular and most important what makes them tick. This unique book lets you “rub elbows” with these consummate professionals and learn more about their theories ideas and experiences. Therapy’s Best includes interviews with: Dr. Albert Ellis—creator of Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy (REBT) and APA Division of Psychotherapy “Living Legend” Dr. Edwin Schneidman—the foremost expert on suicide prevention suicidology and thanatology Richard Nelson Bolles—author of What Color Is Your Parachute? Dr. Dorothy and Dr. Ray Bevcar—husband and wife therapists who write textbooks on marriage counseling Dr. Al Mahrer—father of experiential psychotherapy and APA Division of Psychotherapy “Living Legend” Les Greenberg—father of Emotion-Focused Therapy (EFT) Muriel James—co-author of Born to Win and many more!Therapy’s Best is a must read for professionals who practice counseling and psychotherapy students preparing to do likewise and anyone else with an interest in therapy—and the people with provide it. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315808598

Theravada Buddhism in Colonial Contexts Over the course of the nineteenth century most of the Theravada world of Southeast Asia came under the colonial domination of European powers. While this has long been seen as a central event in the development of modern forms of Theravada Buddhism most discussions have focused on specific Buddhist communities or nations and particularly their resistance to colonialism. The chapters in this book examine the many different colonial contexts and regimes that Theravada Buddhists experienced not just those of European powers such as the British French but also the internal colonialism of China and Thailand. They show that while many Buddhists resisted colonialism other Buddhists shared agendas with colonial powers such as for the reform of the monastic community. They also show that in some places such as Singapore and Malaysia colonialism enabled the creation of Theravada Buddhist communities. The book demonstrates the importance of thinking about colonialism both locally and regionally.Providing a new understanding of the breadth of experiences of Theravada and colonialism across Asia. this book will be of interest to scholars in the field of Buddhist Studies Asian History Comparative World History Southeast Asian Studies and Religious Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591755

Theravada Buddhist Encounters with Modernity Although recent scholarship has shown that the term ‘Theravāda’ in the familiar modern sense is a nineteenth- and twentieth-century construct it is now used to refer to the more than 150 million people around the world who practice that form of Buddhism. Buddhist practices such as meditation amulets and merit making rituals have always been inseparable from the social formations that give rise to them their authorizing discourses and the hegemonic relations they create.This book is composed of chapters written by established scholars in Buddhist studies who represent diverse disciplinary approaches from art history religious studies history and ethnography. It explores the historical forces both external to and within the tradition of Theravāda Buddhism and discusses how modern forms of Buddhist practice have emerged in South and Southeast Asia in case studies from Nepal to Sri Lanka Burma Cambodia and Southwest China. Specific studies contextualize general trends and draw on practices institutions and communities that have been identified with this civilizational tradition throughout its extensive history and across a highly diverse cultural geography. This book foreground diverse responses among Theravādins to the encroaching challenges of modern life ways communications and political organizations and will be of interest to scholars of Asian Religion Buddhism and South and Southeast Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875510

There Ain't No Black in the Union Jack This classic book is a powerful indictment of contemporary attitudes to race. By accusing British intellectuals and politicians on both sides of the political divide of refusing to take race seriously Paul Gilroy caused immediate uproar when this book was first published in 1987. A brilliant and explosive exploration of racial discourses There Ain’t No Black in the Union Jack provided a powerful new direction for race relations in Britain. Still dynamite today and as relevant as ever this Routledge Classics edition includes a new introduction by the author. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203995075

There is No Such Thing as a Natural DisasterRace Class and Hurricane Katrina There is No Such Thing as a Natural Disaster is the first comprehensive critical book on the catastrophic impact of Hurricane Katrina on New Orleans. The disaster will go down on record as one of the worst in American history not least because of the government’s inept and cavalier response. But it is also a huge story for other reasons; the impact of the hurricane was uneven and race and class were deeply implicated in the unevenness. Hartman and. Squires assemble two dozen critical scholars and activists who present a multifaceted portrait of the social implications of the disaster. The book covers the response to the disaster and the roles that race and class played its impact on housing and redevelopment the historical context of urban disasters in America and the future of economic development in the region. It offers strategic guidance for key actors - government agencies financial institutions neighbourhood organizations - in efforts to rebuild shattered communities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203625460

There is No Such Thing as a Social ScienceIn Defence of Peter Winch The death of Peter Winch in 1997 sparked a revived interest in his work with this book arguing his work suffered misrepresentation in both recent literature and in contemporary critiques of his writing. Debates in philosophy and sociology about foundational questions of social ontology and methodology often claim to have adequately incorporated and moved beyond Winch's concerns. Re-establishing a Winchian voice the authors examine how such contentions involve a failure to understand central themes in Winch's writings and that the issues which occupied him in his Idea of a Social Science and its Relation to Philosophy and later papers remain central to social studies. The volume offers a careful reading of the text in alliance with Wittgensteinian insights and alongside a focus on the nature and results of social thought and inquiry. It draws parallels with other movements in the social studies notably ethnomethodology to demonstrate how Winch's central claim is both more significant and more difficult to transcend than sociologists and philosophers have hitherto imagined. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256033

There Is No Such Thing As A TherapistAn Introduction to the Therapeutic Process This book deals with the link between the purpose of therapy and the boundaries of the therapeutic situation which - the author argues - derive from the omnipresence of the anxiety surrounding separations and death. The theoretical framework of this book is part of a developmental line from Freud Klein and Winnicott to Langs via Sartre and Buber Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329211

There's a Lot of it Aboutv. 2 Private Life This book contains forewords by Chris Del Mar and James Hutchinson respectively - Dean Faculty of Health Sciences and Medicine Bond University Australia; Chief of Infectious Diseases Control Memorial University of Newfoundland Canada. Acute respiratory infections make up a quarter of all primary care consultations. This book is the ideal quick reference and teaching aid. In presenting best evidence on the epidemiology causes and management of the most common acute respiratory infections this book gathers together a wealth of previously scattered original research and information and offers solutions for practical application. It is concise clear and easy to use. Primary care professionals including doctors nurses and health visitors will find it invaluable as will general practitioners in training. 'There is much more to these diseases than most of us realise. It will not take you long to find fascinating and useful material here. It makes for a very interesting read. The evidence about management as well as diagnosis is very important. Acute respiratory infection is one of the famously important areas in which mistaken beliefs by not only our patients but also us doctors of the benefits of antibiotics makes to the contribution of bacterial resistance. Graham Worrall has highlighted new forms of treatment we often forget when we reach for the pad to write another 'safety' prescription for antibiotic. There is a wealth of information here.' - Chris Del Mar in his Foreword. 'An objective thoughtful treatment of a subject that accounts for a large part of a primary care physician's working life but inexplicably little of his or her training. Thorough evaluation of the literature often exposing huge gaps in the study of these extremely common conditions will serve as an impetus for study and a guide to rational decision-making. The straightforward approach with excellent practical distillations of the evidence and resulting recommendations is perfect for the busy physician or busy student. As someone who teaches medical students about infections I have longed for a concise resource to support my efforts at encouraging prudent antibiotic prescription for respiratory tract infections. I long no more.' - James Hutchinson in his Foreword. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315383347

There's a Place For Us: The Musical Theatre Works of Leonard Bernstein Leonard Bernstein was the quintessential American musician. Through his careers as conductor pianist teacher and television personality he became known across the US and the world his flamboyance and theatricality making him a favourite with audiences if not with critics. However he is perhaps best remembered as a composer particularly of the musical West Side Story and for songs such as 'America' 'Tonight' and 'Somewhere'. Dr Helen Smith takes an in-depth look at all eight of Bernstein's musical theatre works from the early On the Town written by the 26-year-old composer at the start of his career to his second and last opera A Quiet Place in 1983; in between these two pieces he composed music for Trouble in Tahiti Wonderful Town Candide West Side Story Mass and 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue. These works are analysed and considered against a background of musical and social context as well as looking at Bernstein's other orchestral choral and chamber works. One important aspect examined is Bernstein's use of motifs in his theatre compositions which takes them out of the realms of Broadway and into the sphere of symphonic writing. Smith provides an indispensable overview of the musical theatre works of an eclectic composer and shows what it is that constitutes the Bernstein 'sound'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274563

There's No Place Like Home: Place and Care in an Ageing Society Against a background of debate around global ageing and what this means in terms of the future care need of older people this book addresses key concerns about the nature and site of care and care-giving. Following a critical review of research into who cares where and how it uses geographical perspectives to present a comprehensive analysis of how the intersection of informal care-giving within domestic community and residential care homes can create complex landscapes and organizational spatialities of care. Drawing on contemporary case studies largely but not exclusively from the UK the book reviews and develops a theoretical basis for a geographical analysis of the issue of care. By relating these theoretical concepts to empirical data and case studies it illustrates how formal and informal care-giver responses to the changing landscape of care can act to facilitate or constrain the development of inclusionary models of care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260061

'There's such Divinity doth Hedge a King'Selected Essays of Nicolas Wyatt on Royal Ideology in Ugaritic and Old Testament Literature The ideology of power is as much a part of modern life as in the ancient world in which it has its long-lasting roots. Communities have always provided a supernatural sanction for the maintenance of power by the few often dressing it up in elaborate mythic fictions rich iconography and complex rituals. This volume presents Nicolas Wyatt's discussions of royal ideology its mythic and ritual expressions and various literary treatments in ancient Israel viewed from a comparative perspective. Exploring the possibility that in many of the manifestations of Israelite kingship we can detect the influence of broader cultural patterns notably as found in Egyptian and West Semitic contexts he considers the main early cultural influences on Israel and emphasizes the mythic dimension in which the 'divinity' of the king is a real factor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383760

Theresa May The Hostile Environment and Public Pedagogies of Hate and ThreatThe Case for a Future Without Borders Theresa May The Hostile Environment and Public Pedagogies of Hate and Threat analyses Theresa May’s involvement in the creation and promotion of public pedagogies of hate and threat around the issue of immigration which are used to instil fear stress and anxiety among large sections of the population. This book uses public pedagogy as a theoretical lens and examines the economic and political backdrop to the hostile environment before moving on to a consideration of its creation and consolidation by Theresa May as Home Secretary and later as Prime Minister. The effects of the hostile environment on health and education are addressed as well as its specific impacts on asylum seekers and women. The book also interrogates the Windrush scandal and divided families as well as the author and his family's personal experiences of the hostile environment. It concludes by considering the escalation of racism in general the crisis in neoliberalism and the case for a socialist future without borders. This topical book will appeal to doctoral postgraduate and advanced undergraduate students in the fields of education studies pedagogy and sociology as well as those interested in UK politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367220532

Thermal Analysis and Design of Passive Solar Buildings Passive solar design techniques are becoming increasingly important in building design. This design reference book takes the building engineer or physicist step-by-step through the thermal analysis and design of passive solar buildings. In particular it emphasises two important topics: the maximum utilization of available solar energy and thermal storage and the sizing of an appropriate auxiliary heating/cooling system in conjunction with good thermal control.Thermal Analysis and Design of Passive Solar Buildings is an important contribution towards the optimization of buildings as systems that act as natural filters between the indoor and outdoor environments while maximizing the utilization of solar energy. As such it will be an essential source of information to engineers architects HVAC engineers and building physicists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367578916

Thermal Analysis of Pharmaceuticals As a result of the Process Analytical Technologies (PAT) initiative launched by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) analytical development is receiving more attention within the pharmaceutical industry. Illustrating the importance of analytical methodologies Thermal Analysis of Pharmaceuticals presents reliable and versatile characterization tools for the successful development of pharmaceutical products. It draws attention to the most widely applicable methods and demonstrates how to interpret the associated data. The book opens with the first three chapters devoted to differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) the most commonly used thermal method. These chapters cover the principles optimal use and pharmaceutical applications of the method. Subsequent chapters explore modulated temperature DSC thermogravimetric analysis thermal microscopy microcalorimetry high sensitivity DSC dynamic mechanical analysis and thermally stimulated current all of which have attracted great interest within the pharmaceutical field. The chapters include theoretical background measurement optimization and pharmaceutical applications of each technique. Exploring important techniques for characterizing the physical structure and properties of pharmaceutical materials Thermal Analysis of Pharmaceuticals achieves an ideal balance in the depth relevance and accessibility of topics presented. The book provides an excellent overview of this key area in pharmaceutical development. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367577742

Thermal Analysis with SolidWorks Simulation 2014 Thermal Analysis with SolidWorks Simulation 2014 goes beyond the standard software manual. It concurrently introduces the reader to thermal analysis and its implementation in SolidWorks Simulation using hands-on exercises. A number of projects are presented to illustrate thermal analysis and related topics. Each chapter is designed to build on the skills and understanding gained from previous exercises. Thermal Analysis with SolidWorks Simulation 2014 is designed for users who are already familiar with the basics of Finite Element Analysis (FEA) using SolidWorks Simulation or who have completed the book 'Engineering Analysis with SolidWorks Simulation 2014'. Thermal Analysis with SolidWorks Simulation 2014 builds on these topics in the area of thermal analysis. Some understanding of FEA and SolidWorks Simulation is assumed. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781585038626

Thermal Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2015 and Flow Simulation 2015 Thermal Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2015 goes beyond the standard software manual. It concurrently introduces the reader to thermal analysis and its implementation in SOLIDWORKS Simulation using hands-on exercises. A number of projects are presented to illustrate thermal analysis and related topics. Each chapter is designed to build on the skills and understanding gained from previous exercises. Thermal Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2015 is designed for users who are already familiar with the basics of Finite Element Analysis (FEA) using SOLIDWORKS Simulation or who have completed the book Engineering Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2015. Thermal Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2015 builds on these topics in the area of thermal analysis. Some understanding of FEA and SOLIDWORKS Simulation is assumed. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781585039395

Thermal Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2016 and Flow Simulation 2016 Thermal Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2016 goes beyond the standard software manual. It concurrently introduces the reader to thermal analysis and its implementation in SOLIDWORKS Simulation using hands-on exercises. A number of projects are presented to illustrate thermal analysis and related topics. Each chapter is designed to build on the skills and understanding gained from previous exercises. Thermal Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2016 is designed for users who are already familiar with the basics of Finite Element Analysis (FEA) using SOLIDWORKS Simulation or who have completed the book Engineering Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2016. Thermal Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2016 builds on these topics in the area of thermal analysis. Some understanding of FEA and SOLIDWORKS Simulation is assumed. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630570118

Thermal Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2017 and Flow Simulation 2017 Thermal Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2017 and Flow Simulation 2017 is designed for users who are familiar with the basics of Finite Element Analysis (FEA) using SOLIDWORKS Simulation or who have completed the book Engineering Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2017. This text builds on these topics in thermal analysis using hands-on exercises and projects presented to illustrate thermal analysis and related topics. Each chapter is designed to build on the skills and understanding gained from previous exercises. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630570798

Thermal Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2019 Thermal Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2019 goes beyond the standard software manual. It concurrently introduces the reader to thermal analysis and its implementation in SOLIDWORKS Simulation using hands-on exercises. A number of projects are presented to illustrate thermal analysis and related topics. Each chapter is designed to build on the skills and understanding gained from previous exercises. Thermal Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2019 is designed for users who are already familiar with the basics of Finite Element Analysis (FEA) using SOLIDWORKS Simulation or who have completed the book Engineering Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2019. Thermal Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2019 builds on these topics in the area of thermal analysis. Some understanding of FEA and SOLIDWORKS Simulation is assumed. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630572426

Thermal and Catalytic Processes in Petroleum Refining This text examines the thermal and catalytic processes involved in the refining of petroleum including visbreaking coking pyrolysis catalytic cracking oligomerization alkylation hydrofining hydroisomerization hydrocracking and catalytic reforming. It analyzes the thermodynamics reaction mechanisms and kinetics of each process as well as the effects of operating conditions and reactor design on process performance and product quality. This is a valuable resource for chemists who wish to improve their knowledge of some of the real world issues that must be addressed in hydrocarbon conversion. Topics include processes on metallic catalysts processes using bifunctional catalysts and catalytic reforming. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395445

Thermal and Nonthermal Encapsulation Methods Encapsulation is a topic of interest across a wide range of scientific and industrial areas from pharmaceutics to food and agriculture for the protection and controlled release of various substances during transportation storage and consumption. Since encapsulated materials can be protected from external conditions encapsulation enhances their stability and maintains their viability. This book offers a comprehensive review of conventional and modern methods for encapsulation. It covers various thermal and nonthermal encapsulation methods applied across a number of industries including freeze drying spray drying spray chilling and spray cooling electrospinning/electrospraying osmotic dehydration extrusion air-suspension coating pan coating and vacuum drying. The book presents basic fundamentals principles and applications of each method enabling the reader to gain extended knowledge. The choice of the most suitable encapsulation technique is based on the raw materials the required size and the desirable characteristics of the final products. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367886790

Thermal and Time Stability of Amorphous Alloys This reference is dedicated to the problem of time-temperature stability of amorphous (non-crystalline) metal alloys with strongly nonequilibrium structure and unique physical and mechanical properties that are obtained by quenching from the melt at a rate that exceeds one millions of degrees c.o.s. second. As a stability test the behavior of the plasticity of amorphous alloys is studied. The book examines the fundamental characteristics of amorphous alloys the basic laws of structural relaxation generalized information about the phenomenon of the ductile-brittle transition (temper embrittlement) the development of physically justified methods of predicting the stability of the properties and provides information about the attempts of controlling the structure for the purpose of suppressing or deceleration of the ductile-brittle transition and as a consequence increasing the temperature and temporal stability of the amorphous state. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367573164

Thermal Comfort in Hot Dry ClimatesTraditional Dwellings in Iran With increases in global temperatures the risk of overheating is expected to rise around the world. This results in a much higher dependency upon energy-intensive cooling systems and air-conditioners to provide thermal comfort but how sustainable is this in a world where problems with the production of electricity are predicted? Vernacular houses in hot and dry central Iran have been adapted to the climate through passive cooling techniques and this book provides a valuable assessment of the thermal performance of such housing. Shedding new light on the ability of traditional housing forms to provide thermal comfort Thermal Comfort in Hot Dry Climates identifies the main cooling systems and methods in traditional houses in central Iran and examines how architectural elements such as central courtyards distinct seasonal rooms loggias basements and wind-catchers can contribute to the provision of thermal comfort in vernacular houses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367208486

Thermal Computations for ElectronicsConductive Radiative and Convective Air Cooling The first edition of Thermal Computations for Electronics: Conductive Radiative and Convective Air Cooling was based on the author's lecture notes that he developed over the course of nearly 40 years of thermal design and analysis activity the last 15 years of which included teaching a university course at the senior undergraduate and graduate levels. The subject material was developed from publications of respected researchers and includes topics and methods original to this author. Numerous students have contributed to both the first and second editions the latter corrected sections rewritten (e.g. radiation spatial effects Green's function properties for thermal spreading 1-D FEA theory and application) and some new material added. The flavor and organization of the first edition have been retained whereby the reader is guided through the analysis process for systems and then components. Important new material has been added regarding altitude effects on forced and buoyancy driven airflow and heat transfer. The first 20% of the book is devoted to the prediction of airflow and well-mixed air temperatures in systems circuit board channels and heat sinks followed by convective (PCB-mounted components included) radiative and conductive heat transfer and the resultant temperatures in electronic equipment. Detailed application examples illustrate a variety of problems. Downloads (from the CRC website) include: MathcadTM text examples exercise solutions (adopting professors only) plus PDF lecture aids (professors only) and a tutorial (Chapter 14) using free FEA software to solve a thermal spreading problem. This book is a valuable professional resource for self-study and is ideal for use in a course on electronics cooling. It is well-suited for a first course in heat transfer where applications are as important as theory. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367465315

Thermal Cracking in Concrete at Early AgesProceedings of the International RILEM Symposium Restraint and intrinsic stresses in concrete at early ages are vitally important for concrete structures which must remain free of water-permeable cracks such as water-retaining structures tunnel linings locks and dams. The development of hydration heat stiffness and strength also the degree of restraint and especially for high-strength concrete non-thermal effects are decisive for sensitivity to cracking. Determining thses stresses in the laboratory and in construction components has led to a clearer understanding of how they develop and how to optimize mix design temperature and curing conditions. New testing equipment has enabled the effects of all the important parameters to be qualified and more reliable models for predictiong restraint stresses to be developed. Thermal Cracking in Conrete at Early Ages contains 56 contributions by leading international specialists presented at the RILEM Symposium held in October 1994 at the Technical University of Munich. It will be valuable for construction and site engineers concrete technologists and scientists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367449308

Thermal Data for Natural and Synthetic Fuels "Presents 100 samples of organic substances characterized under identical conditions by thermogravimetry (TG) and differential thermal analysis (DTA) in addition to proximate analysis-providing accurate information essential in research and engineering applications related to fuel preparation. Discusses nonisothermal kinetic techniques mathematical models and other parameter estimation procedures that facilitate the extrapolation of results obtained under various conditions-including the Gaur and Reed method an important advance in understanding the kinetics of thermal data!" Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003064633

Thermal Design of Electronic Equipment In a field where change and growth is inevitable new electronic packaging problems continually arise. Smaller more powerful devices are prone to overheating causing intermittent system failures corrupted signals lower MTBF and outright system failure. Since convection cooling is the heat transfer path most engineers take to deal with thermal problems it is appropriate to gain as much understanding about the underlying mechanisms of fluid motion as possible. Thermal Design of Electronic Equipment is the only book that specifically targets the formulas used by electronic packaging and thermal engineers. It presents heat transfer equations dealing with polyalphaolephin (PAO) silicone oils perfluorocarbons and silicate ester-based liquids. Instead of relying on theoretical expressions and text explanations the author presents empirical formulas and practical techniques that allow you to quickly solve nearly any thermal engineering problem in electronic packaging. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220024

Thermal Energy SystemsDesign and Analysis Second Edition Thermal Energy Systems: Design and Analysis Second Edition presents basic concepts for simulation and optimization and introduces simulation and optimization techniques for system modeling. This text addresses engineering economy optimization hydraulic systems energy systems and system simulation. Computer modeling is presented and a companion website provides specific coverage of EES and Excel in thermal-fluid design. Assuming prior coursework in basic thermodynamics and fluid mechanics this fully updated and improved text will guide students in Mechanical and Chemical Engineering as they apply their knowledge to systems analysis and design and to capstone design project work. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138735897

Thermal EnergySources Recovery and Applications The book details sources of thermal energy methods of capture and applications. It describes the basics of thermal energy including measuring thermal energy laws of thermodynamics that govern its use and transformation modes of thermal energy conventional processes devices and materials and the methods by which it is transferred. It covers 8 sources of thermal energy: combustion fusion (solar) fission (nuclear) geothermal microwave plasma waste heat and thermal energy storage. In each case the methods of production and capture and its uses are described in detail. It also discusses novel processes and devices used to improve transfer and transformation processes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138033535

Thermal Engineering of Nuclear Power StationsBalance-of-Plant Systems Thermal Engineering of Nuclear Power Stations: Balance-of-Plant Systems serves as a ready reference to better analyze common engineering challenges in the areas of turbine cycle analysis thermodynamics and heat transfer. The scope of the book is broad and comprehensive encompassing the mechanical aspects of the entire nuclear station balance of plant from the source of the motive steam to the discharge and/or utilization of waste heat and beyond. Written for engineers in the fields of nuclear plant and thermal engineering the book examines the daily practical problems encountered by mechanical design system and maintenance engineers. It provides clear examples and solutions drawn from numerous case studies in actual operating nuclear stations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367820398

Thermal Fatigue of Metals Using a mold for centrifugal casting as an example discusses the types of apparatus and tools that are commonly affected by thermal fatigue during industrial processes and examines the various factors that lead to such failure. Focuses on the performance of particular industrial components under d Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402952

Thermal Food ProcessingNew Technologies and Quality Issues Second Edition Thermal processing remains one of the most important processes in the food industry. Now in its second edition Thermal Food Processing: New Technologies and Quality Issues continues to explore the latest developments in the field. Assembling the work of a worldwide panel of experts this volume highlights topics vital to the food industry today and pinpoints the trends in future research and development. Topics discussed include: Thermal properties of foods including heat capacity conductivity diffusivity and density Heat and mass transfer and related engineering principles mechanisms and models The development and application of deterministic heat transfer models for predicting internal product temperatures Modeling thermal processing using artificial neural networks (ANN) and computational fluid dynamics (CFD) Thermal processing of meat poultry fish and dairy products; canned foods; ready meals; and vegetables The effect of ultrahigh temperature (UHT) treatment processing on milk including the impact on nutrient composition safety and organoleptic aspects Ohmic radio frequency (RF) dialectric infrared and pressure-assisted heating pH-assisted thermal processing In addition to updating all content this second edition includes five new chapters: Thermal Effects in Food Microbiology Modeling Thermal Microbial Inactivation Kinetics Thermal Processing of Food and Fruit Juices Aseptic Processing and Packaging and Microwave Heating. The final chapter of the book examines systems used in the evaluation of thermal processes and the development of time temperature integrators (TTIs) to ensure the safety of thermally processed food. An up-to-date survey of essential techniques and the science behind them this volume is a critical reference for food industry professionals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199637

Thermal Hydraulic Design of Components for Steam Generation Plants This book presents discussions regarding the design of the main components for steam generation plants such as evaporators steam generators for fossil-fuelled and nuclear power plants waste heat boilers for chemical and related field plants and auxiliary components in steam cycle plants. Information regarding the manufacturing and operational phases of the plants as well as quality control procedures and environmental requirements is included. The book features the most advanced technology in addition to special skills and tricks based on the field experience of some of the leading scientific and technical people in the field. Plant manufacturing and operation engineers engineering companies and instructors teaching advanced courses in mechanical and chemical engineering will find this text essential reading. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898155

Thermal HydraulicsVolume I This text including the description of the most relevant phenomenologies and of some advanced techniques in heat transfer with fluids is mainly aimed at engineers using design or computer analysis programs and codes in order to achieve a deeper understanding of the phenomenologies and of the applied analysis methods. This text will be helpful to people engaged in developing original computer programs or design methods because they may find in it basic information on the computer program-oriented solutions of the conservation equations and of the various flow and heat transfer mechanisms. The selection of up-to-date correlations in various heat and mass transfer branches represents for the designers using traditional techniques a helpful instrument to integrate the basic handbooks.The trial of representing phenomenologies and problems through elementary concepts makes this text useful to students at the graduate level involved in the study of fluid flow and heat transfer. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898162

Thermal HydraulicsVolume II This text including the description of the most relevant phenomenologies and of some advanced techniques in heat transfer with fluids is mainly aimed at engineers using design or computer analysis programs and codes in order to achieve a deeper understanding of the phenomenologies and of the applied analysis methods. This text will be helpful to people engaged in developing original computer programs or design methods because they may find in it basic information on the computer program-oriented solutions of the conservation equations and of the various flow and heat transfer mechanisms. The selection of up-to-date correlations in various heat and mass transfer branches represents for the designers using traditional techniques a helpful instrument to integrate the basic handbooks.The trial of representing phenomenologies and problems through elementary concepts makes this text useful to students at the graduate level involved in the study of fluid flow and heat transfer. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898179

Thermal Measurements and Inverse Techniques With its uncommon presentation of instructional material regarding mathematical modeling measurements and solution of inverse problems Thermal Measurements and Inverse Techniques is a one-stop reference for those dealing with various aspects of heat transfer. Progress in mathematical modeling of complex industrial and environmental systems has enabled numerical simulations of most physical phenomena. In addition recent advances in thermal instrumentation and heat transfer modeling have improved experimental procedures and indirect measurements for heat transfer research of both natural phenomena and manmade applications. These new resources and methods help theoretical computational and experimental researchers synergistically interact to better understand the physical phenomena being studied. This book explores how inverse analysis can be used to increase understanding of interactions between technological systems and nature by bridging the gap between data derived from measurements and information from theoretical predictions. Assembled in three parts—Modeling and Measurements in Heat Transfer Inverse Heat Transfer Problems and Applications—this self-contained resource: Explores theoretical background and examples Outlines practical applications including sample test cases Presents inverse techniques to estimate spatially and time-varying functions (such as heat sources fluxes and thermophysical properties) as well as constant parameters in heat transfer problems Written by international experts this book assumes basic heat transfer knowledge presenting a balanced approach suitable for advanced undergraduates and graduate students as well as practicing engineers and academic and industrial researchers. With coverage of modeling at the micro- and nanoscales this book covers classic and novel approaches to help readers understand and solve heat transfer problems of all kinds. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138113862

Thermal Measurements in Electronics Cooling Filled with careful explanations step-by-step instructions and useful examples this handbook focuses on real-world considerations and applications of thermal measurement methods in electronics cooling. Fifteen experts in thermal engineering combine their expertise to create a complete guide to this complex topic.This practical reference covers all aspects of thermal characterization in electronics cooling and thermal management. The first part of the book introduces the concept of electronics cooling and its associated thermal phenomenon and explains why experimental investigation is required. Subsequent chapters explain methods of measuring different parameters and introduce relevant examples. Sources for locating needed equipment tables checklists and to-do lists are included. Sample calculations and methodologies for error analysis ensure that you can put this valuable information to use in your work. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003067948

Thermal Physics Concise yet thorough accessible authoritative and affordable. These are the hallmarks of books in the remarkable Physics and its Applications series. Thermodynamics is an essential part of any physical sciences education but it is so full of pitfalls and subtleties that many students fail to appreciate its elegance and power. In Thermal Physics the author emphasizes understanding the basic ideas and shows how the important thermodynamics results can be simply obtained from the fundamental relations without getting lost in a maze of partial differentials. In this second edition  the author  incorporated new sections on scales of temperature availability the degradation of energy and lattice defects. The text contains ample illustrations and examples of applications of thermodynamics in physics engineering and chemistry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367865252

Thermal Power PlantsModeling Control and Efficiency Improvement Thermal Power Plants: Modeling Control and Efficiency Improvement explains how to solve highly complex industry problems regarding identification control and optimization through integrating conventional technologies such as modern control technology computational intelligence-based multiobjective identification and optimization distributed computing and cloud computing with computational fluid dynamics (CFD) technology. Introducing innovative methods utilized in industrial applications explored in scientific research and taught at leading academic universities this book:Discusses thermal power plant processes and process modeling energy conservation performance audits efficiency improvement modeling and efficiency optimization supported by high-performance computing integrated with cloud computingShows how to simulate fossil fuel power plant real-time processes including boiler turbine and generator systemsProvides downloadable source codes for use in CORBA C++ MATLAB® Simulink® VisSim Comsol ANSYS and ANSYS Fluent modeling softwareAlthough the projects in the text focus on industry automation in electrical power engineering the methods can be applied in other industries such as concrete and steel production for real-time process identification control and optimization. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574703

Thermal Properties of Food and Agricultural Materials This book discusses the methods for determination of data on thermal conductivity thermal diffusivity unit surface conductance or the heat transfer coefficient of foods and agricultural materials. It includes the applications of thermal properties in relation to cooling and thermal expansion. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003062332

Thermal Radiation Heat Transfer The seventh edition of this classic text outlines the fundamental physical principles of thermal radiation as well as analytical and numerical techniques for quantifying radiative transfer between surfaces and within participating media. The textbook includes newly expanded sections on surface properties electromagnetic theory scattering and absorption of particles and near-field radiative transfer and emphasizes the broader connections to thermodynamic principles. Sections on inverse analysis and Monte Carlo methods have been enhanced and updated to reflect current research developments along with new material on manufacturing renewable energy climate change building energy efficiency and biomedical applications. Features: Offers full treatment of radiative transfer and radiation exchange in enclosures. Covers properties of surfaces and gaseous media and radiative transfer equation development and solutions. Includes expanded coverage of inverse methods electromagnetic theory Monte Carlo methods and scattering and absorption by particles. Features expanded coverage of near-field radiative transfer theory and applications. Discusses electromagnetic wave theory and how it is applied to thermal radiation transfer. This textbook is ideal for Professors and students involved in first-year or advanced graduate courses/modules in Radiative Heat Transfer in engineering programs. In addition professional engineers scientists and researchers working in heat transfer energy engineering aerospace and nuclear technology will find this an invaluable professional resource. Over 350 surface configuration factors are available online many with online calculation capability. Online appendices provide information on related areas such as combustion radiation in porous media numerical methods and biographies of important figures in the history of the field. A Solutions Manual is available for instructors adopting the text. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367347079

Thermal Stresses Thermal Stresses 2nd Edition is the first book comprehensive volume on thermal stresses. It provides a sound grounding in the fundamental theory of thermal stresses as well as includes a multitude of applications. Many solved examples are included in the text with numerous problems at the end of each chapter.The book starts with an introduction to the elementary theory at the undergraduate level and then progresses with the exposition of more advanced methods. The authors introduce the topics in a clear fashion easy to grasp by students engineers and scientists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203735831

Thermal Use of Shallow Groundwater The thermal use of the shallow subsurface is increasingly being promoted and implemented as one of many promising measures for saving energy. A series of questions arises concerning the design and management of underground and groundwater heat extraction systems such as the sharing of the thermal resource and the assessment of its long-term potential. For the proper design of thermal systems it is necessary to assess their impact on underground and groundwater temperatures. Thermal Use of Shallow Groundwater introduces the theoretical fundamentals of heat transport in groundwater systems and discusses the essential thermal properties. It presents a complete overview of analytical and numerical subsurface heat transport modeling providing a series of mathematical tools and simulation models based on analytical and numerical solutions of the heat transport equation. It is illustrated with case studies from Austria Germany and Switzerland of urban thermal energy use and heat storage and cooling. This book gives a complete set of analytical solutions together with MATLAB® computer codes ready for immediate application or design. It offers a comprehensive overview of the state of the art of analytical and numerical subsurface heat transport modeling for students in civil or environmental engineering engineering geology and hydrogeology and also serves as a reference for industry professionals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077850

Thermal-Aware Testing of Digital VLSI Circuits and Systems This book aims to highlight the research activities in the domain of thermal-aware testing. Thermal-aware testing can be employed both at circuit level and at system levelDescribes range of algorithms for addressing thermal-aware test issue presents comparison of temperature reduction with power-aware techniques and include results on benchmark circuits and systems for different techniquesThis book will be suitable for researchers working on power- and thermal-aware design and the testing of digital VLSI chips Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367607098

Thermitic ThermodynamicsA Computational Survey and Comprehensive Interpretation of Over 800 Combinations of Metals Metalloids and Oxides Thermites which are generally considered to be reactive mixtures of powdered metals and metal oxides are an important subset of energetic materials. The underlying thermodynamic properties of a given mixture dictate whether it may undergo a self-sustaining reaction liberating heat in the process. Thermodynamic information in the existing scientific literature regarding thermitic combinations is scattered and incomplete. Currently a comprehensive overview of this nature would be of great use to those working in the areas of pyrotechnics pyrometallurgy high-temperature chemistry and materials science. Thermitic Thermodynamics solves this problem by describing the results of calculations on over 800 combinations of metal metalloid and metal oxide reactants. Other features include: A first-of-its-kind adiabatic survey of binary thermitic reactions Provides an overview of key trends in exothermic metal-metal oxide reactivity Describes the role of non-oxide product formation in thermitic systems Explains how to interpret the results of thermochemical calculations effectively An invaluable resource this book provides an accessible introduction for students and is also an enduring guide for professionals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138482821

Thermochemical Waste TreatmentCombustion Gasification and Other Methodologies This title includes a number of Open Access chapters. Increasing attention is being paid to the valorization of solid wastes—converting them into energy or other useful products. This book describes recent research into methodologies and technologies for managing various forms of solid waste while at the same time generating energy and revenue with less impact on the environment. Topics include combustion gasification pyrolysis and hydrothermal carbonization. The transition from a fossil fuel-based economy to a more sustainable economy will require a solid foundation of ongoing scientific research. The editor of this compendium a well-respected researcher in the field has selected studies that help to build that foundation. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771883085

Thermochromic and Thermotropic Materials Chromogenic materials change their optical properties in response to an external stimulus. Due to their potential applications as light valve (e.g. in sun protecting glazing) or as temperature sensor thermotropic and thermochromic materials have come more and more into the focus of research and development. Commercialization of such high-tech products has already started and certainly many others will enter the market in near future. This book is the first to give an overview of the scientific and applicative aspects of the entire class of thermochromic and thermotropic materials. It discusses the origin of the thermo-optical effects at the molecular level and presents the macroscopic optical and material properties of chromogenic materials as well as their present and potential future application. With a view to particular potential applications the book outlines the specific development strategies of these materials. The book addresses scientific and application-oriented researchers as well as students in the fields of smart adaptive polymers and sun-protecting materials. By providing the fundamental knowledge and outlining the future trends of thermochromism this book familiarizes the readers with the entire field of the phenomenon. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814411028

ThermocouplesTheory and Properties Thermocouples: Theory and Properties provides the basis for the examination and explanation of thermoelectric phenomena and their correlations with other physical properties. These results are applied and account for the properties and deviations of commercial materials in the temperature ranges of most common industrial usage.This book is written expressly for non-scientists and is an effective tool for the busy technician or engineer working with thermoelectric thermometry in metallurgical chemical petroleum pharmaceutical and food processing areas. It is also beneficial for use in quality control and research and development applications. The book provides more than the usual superficial presentations of thermoelectric properties; it explains the ""why"" as well as the ""how"" and ""what"" of thermoelectric behaviors. These answers are important because only a suitable combination of theory and practice can lead to the understanding required for optimum thermometric applications under the multitude of applications encountered in industry and science. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203735824

Thermodynamic and Kinetic Aspects of the Vitreous State This is the first book to logically present the major problems of the vitreous state within the framework of irreversible thermodynamics. Filled with elementary explanations for difficult problems this easily understood text/reference treats in detail the criteria of glass transition the peculiarities of relaxing structural parameters and the Prigogine-Defay ratio. Based on the author's rigorous generalization of the Second Law for non-equilibrium the book systematizes all known thermodynamic data for glasses and melts. The thermodynamic essence of structural relaxation and memory effects are considered. The viscous flow theories are treated as a constituent of the kinetic description. All theoretical questions are illustrated by comparison of calculations with the experiments for glasses of inorganic and organic nature with special attention to structural classification. An informative review of modern structural investigations is included. The bibliography follows the history of the main problems from the nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898186

Thermodynamic CyclesComputer-Aided Design and Optimization This reference illustrates the efficacy of CyclePad software for enhanced simulation of thermodynamic devices and cycles. It improves thermodynamic studies by reducing calculation time ensuring design accuracy and allowing for case-specific analyses. Offering a wide-range of pedagogical aids chapter summaries review problems and worked examples this reference offers a user-friendly and effective approach to thermodynamic processes and computer-based experimentation and design. Thermodynamic Cycles allows students to change any parameter and understand its effect on device performance run experiments and investigate results and run valuable sensitivity and cost-benefit analyses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394912

Thermodynamic Properties Of Isomerization Reactions This handbook presents the thermodynamic functions obtained primarily from the results of equilibrium studies of isomerization reactions and by measurements of the heats of combustion of isomer groups by the calorimetric method. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003075370

Thermodynamics This book provides an accessible yet thorough introduction to thermodynamics crafted and class-tested over many years of teaching. Suitable for advanced undergraduate and graduate students this book delivers clear descriptions of how to think about the mathematics and physics involved. The content has been carefully developed in consultation with a large number of instructors teaching courses worldwide to ensure wide applicability to modules on thermodynamics. Modern applications of thermodynamics (in physics and related areas) are included throughout—something not offered to the same degree by existing texts in the field.Features:A sophisticated approach to the subject that is suitable for advanced undergraduate students and aboveModern applications of thermodynamics included throughoutTo be followed by volumes on statistical mechanics which can be used in conjunction with this book on courses which cover both thermodynamics and statistical mechanics Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367571993

Thermodynamics and Ecological Modelling Thermodynamics is used increasingly in ecology to understand the system properties of ecosystems because it is a basic science that describes energy transformation from a holistic view. In the last decade many contributions to ecosystem theory based on thermodynamics have been published therefore an important step toward integrating these theories and encouraging a more wide spread use of them is to present them in one volume.An ecosystem consists of interdependent living organisms that are also interdependent with their environment all of which are involved in a constant transfer of energy and mass within a general state of equilibrium or dis-equilibrium. Thermodynamics can quantify exactly how "organized" or "disorganized" a system is - an extremely useful to know when trying to understand how a dynamic ecosystem is behaving.A part of the Environmental and Ecological (Math) Modeling series Thermodynamics and Ecology is a book-length study - the first of its kind - of the current thinking on how an ecosystem can be explained and predicted in terms of its thermodynamical behavior. After the introductory chapters on the fundamentals of thermodynamics the book explains how thermodynamic theory can be specifically applied to the "measurement" of an ecosystem including the assessment of its state of entropy and enthalpy. Additionally it will show economists how to put these theories to use when trying to quantify the movement of goods and services through another type of complex living system - a human society. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398071

Thermodynamics and Energy Systems AnalysisVolume 2 Solved Problems and Exercises This book illustrates the basic concepts of phenomenological thermodynamics and how to move from theory to practice by considering problems in the fields of thermodynamics and energy-systems analysis. Many subjects are handled from an energetics or exergetics angle: calorimeters evaporators condensers flow meters sub or supersonic nozzles ejec Media > Books > E-books EFPL Press 9780429184635

Thermodynamics and Heat Power Building on the last edition (dedicated to exploring alternatives to coal- and oil-based energy conversion methods and published more than ten years ago) Thermodynamics and Heat Power Eighth Edition updates the status of existing direct energy conversion methods as described in the previous work. Offering a systems approach to the analysis of energy conversion methods this text focuses on the fundamentals involved in thermodynamics and further explores concepts in the areas of ideal gas flow engine analysis air conditioning and heat transfer. It examines energy heat and work in relation to thermodynamics and also explores the properties of temperature and pressures. The book emphasizes practical mechanical systems and incorporates problems at the end of the chapters to advance the application of the material. What’s New in the Eighth Edition: An emphasis on a systems approach to problems More discussion of the types of heat and of entropy Added explanations for understanding pound mass and the mole Analysis of steady flow gas processes replacing the compressible flow section The concept of paddle work to illustrate how frictional effects can be analyzed A clearer discussion of the psychrometric chart and its usage in analyzing air conditioning systems Updates of the status of direct energy conversion systems A description of how the cooling tower is utilized in high-rise buildings Practical automotive engine analysis Expanded Brayton cycle analysis including intercooling reheat and regeneration and their effect on gas turbine efficiency A description of fins and how they improve heat transfer rates Added illustrative problems and new homework problems Availability of a publisher’s website for fluid properties and other reference materials Properties of the latest in commercial refrigerants This text presents an understanding of basic concepts on the subject of thermodynamics and is a definitive resource for undergraduate students in engineering programs most specifically students studying engineering technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482238556

Thermodynamics and Heat Power Ninth Edition The ninth edition of Thermodynamics and Heat Power contains a revised sequence of thermodynamics concepts including physical properties processes and energy systems to enable the attainment of learning outcomes by Engineering and Engineering Technology students taking an introductory course in thermodynamics. Built around an easily understandable approach this updated text focuses on thermodynamics fundamentals and explores renewable energy generation IC engines power plants HVAC and applied heat transfer. Energy heat and work are examined in relation to thermodynamics cycles and the effects of fluid properties on system performance are explained. Numerous step-by-step examples and problems make this text ideal for undergraduate students. This new edition: Introduces physics-based mathematical formulations and examples in a way that enables problem-solving. Contains extensive learning features within each chapter and basic computational exercises for in-class and laboratory activities. Includes a straightforward review of applicable calculus concepts. Uses everyday examples to foster a better understanding of thermal science and engineering concepts. This book is suitable for undergraduate students in engineering and engineering technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367280918

Thermodynamics for Engineers Aspiring engineers need a text that prepares them to use thermodynamics in professional practice. Thermodynamics instructors need a concise textbook written for a one-semester undergraduate course—a text that foregoes clutter and unnecessary details but furnishes the essential facts and methods.Thermodynamics for Engineers Second Edition continues to fill both those needs. Paying special attention to the learning process the author has developed a unique practical guide to classical thermodynamics. His approach is remarkably cohesive. For example he develops the same example through his presentation of the first law and both forms of the second law—entropy and exergy. He also unifies his treatments of the conservation of energy the creation of entropy and the destruction of availability by using a balance equation for each thus emphasizing the commonality between the laws and allowing easier comprehension and use. This Second Edition includes a new chapter on thermodynamic property relations and gives updated expanded problem sets in every chapter. Accessible practical and cohesive the text builds a solid foundation for advanced engineering studies and practice. It exposes students to the "big picture" of thermodynamics and its streamlined presentation allows glimpses into important concepts and methods rarely offered by texts at this level. What’s New in This Edition: Updated and expanded problem sets New chapter on thermodynamic property relations Updated chapter on heat transfer Electronic figures available upon qualifying course adoption End-of-chapter poems to summarize engineering principles Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439845592

Thermodynamics in Bioenergetics Thermodynamics in Bioenergetics aims to supply students with the knowledge and understanding of the critical concepts and theories that are needed in the biochemistry and bioenergetics fields. Biochemical reactions highlighting thermodynamics chemical kinetics and enzymes are addressed in the text. Author Jean-Louis Burgot guides the reader through the starting points strategy description and theory results to facilitate their comprehension of the theories and examples being discussed in the book. Also discussed in the text are the notions of Gibbs energy entropy and exergonic and endergonic reactions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138490925

Thermodynamics Kept Simple - A Molecular ApproachWhat is the Driving Force in the World of Molecules? Thermodynamics Kept Simple – A Molecular Approach: What is the Driving Force in the World of Molecules? offers a truly unique way of teaching and thinking about basic thermodynamics that helps students overcome common conceptual problems. For example the book explains the concept of entropy from the perspective of probabilities of various molecular processes. Temperature is then addressed and related to probabilities for heat transfer between different systems. This approach gives the second law of thermodynamics a natural and intuitive background. The book delivers a concise and brilliantly conceived introduction to thermodynamics by focusing at the molecular level in a manner that is easy to follow and illustrated by engaging concrete examples. By providing a guided tour of the world of molecules the book gives insights into essential principles of thermodynamics with minimal use of mathematics. It takes as a unifying theme an application of simple but appropriate reasoning that leads to the correct mathematical relationships. Many well-chosen examples are employed to clearly illustrate the core laws and to supply valuable insight into the molecular events underlying the thermodynamic macroscopic description such as how spreading of energy and spreading of particles can sometimes oppose each other and at other times work together. Thereby insight into the world experienced in everyday life also is gained. The book covers key concepts such as entropy energy transfer heat exchange work enthalpy free energy irreversible and reversible processes chemical equilibrium and phase transitions. It provides an intuitive understanding of the distinction between microscopic and macroscopic states and shows how statistics play out in the molecular world. Based on the author’s popular classroom-proven Swedish textbook this book presents the fundamentals of thermodynamics in a straightforward manner accessible to students at the first-year university level and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482244106

Thermodynamics Made Simple for Energy Engineers This text provides an overview of important theory principles and concepts in the field of thermodynamics making this abstract and complex subject easy to comprehend while building practical skills in the process. It enhances understanding of heat transfer steam tables energy concepts power generation psychrometry refrigeration cycles and more. Practical easily accessible case studies illustrate various thermodynamics principles. Each chapter concludes with a list of questions or problems with answers at the back of the book. Media > Books > Print Books Fairmont Press 9781439852019

Thermodynamics of Magnetizing Materials and Superconductors This book will help readers understand thermodynamic properties caused by magnetic fields. Providing a concise review of time independent magnetic fields it goes on to discuss the thermodynamic properties of magnetizing materials of different shapes and finally the equilibrium properties of superconductors of different shapes and also of different sizes. Chapters are accompanied by problems illustrating the applications of the principles to optimize and enhance understanding. This book will be of interest to advanced undergraduates graduate students and researchers specializing in thermodynamics solid state physics magnetism and superconductivity. Features: The first book to provide comprehensive coverage of thermodynamics in magnetic fields only previously available in part  in journal articles Chapters include problems and worked solutions demonstrating real questions in contemporary superconductivity such as properties of vortex matter Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138499935

Thermodynamics of Polymer Blends Volume I Thermodynamics is an indispensable tool for developing a large and growing fraction of new polymers and polymer blends. These two volumes show the researcher how thermodynamics can be used to rank polymer pairs in order of immiscibility including the search for suitable chemical structure of compatibilizers. Because of the great current commercial interest in this most dynamic sector of the polymer industry there is high interest in studying their physical and mechanical properties their structures and the processes of their formation and manufacture. These Books are dedicated to Analysis of the Thermodynamics of Polymer Blends. Thermodynamic behavior of blends determines the compatibility of the components their morphological features rheological behavior and microphase structures. As a result the most important physical and mechanical characteristics of blends can be identified. The information in these two volumes will be useful to all those involved in polymer research development analysis and advanced process engineering. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367812072

Thermodynamics of the Glassy State In the past thirty years the area of spin glasses has experienced rapid growth including the development of solvable models for glassy systems. Yet these developments have only been recorded in the original research papers rather than in a single source. Thermodynamics of the Glassy State presents a comprehensive account of the modern theory of glasses starting from basic principles (thermodynamics) to the experimental analysis of one of the most important consequences of thermodynamics-Maxwell relations.After a brief introduction to general theoretical concepts and historical developments the book thoroughly describes glassy phenomenology and the established theory. The core of the book surveys the crucial technique of two-temperature thermodynamics explains the success of this method in resolving previously paradoxical problems in glasses and presents exactly solvable models a physically realistic approach to dynamics with advantages over more established mean field methods. The authors also tackle the potential energy landscape approach and discuss more detailed theories of glassy states including mode coupling avoided critical point replica and random first order transition theories.This reference lucidly explores recent theoretical advances in the thermodynamics of slowing-aging (glassy) systems. It details the general properties of glassy states while also demonstrating how these properties are present in specific models enabling readers to thoroughly understand this fundamental yet challenging area of study. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367388416

Thermodynamics Problem Solving in Physical ChemistryStudy Guide and Map Thermodynamics Problem Solving in Physical Chemistry: Study Guide and Map is an innovative and unique workbook that guides physical chemistry students through the decision-making process to assess a problem situation create appropriate solutions and gain confidence through practice solving physical chemistry problems. The workbook includes six major sections with 20 - 30 solved problems in each section that span from easy single objective questions to difficult multistep analysis problems. Each section of the workbook contains key points that highlight major features of the topic to remind students of what they need to apply to solve problems in the topic area.  Key Features:  Provides instructor access to a visual map depicting how all equations used in thermodynamics are connected and how they are derived from the three major energy laws. Acts as a guide in deriving the correct solution to a problem.  Illustrates the questions students should ask themselves about the critical features of the concepts to solve problems in physical chemistry  Can be used as a stand-alone product for review of Thermodynamics questions for major tests. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367231163

ThermodynamicsProcesses and Applications Provides a solid grounding in the basic principles of the science of thermodynamics proceeding to practical hands-on applications in large-scale industrial settings. Presents myriad applications for power plants refrigeration and air conditioning systems and turbomachinery. Features hundreds of helpful example problems and analytical exercises. Solutions manual is available to instructors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447571

Thermoelectric MaterialsAdvances and Applications Environmental and economic concerns have significantly spurred the search for novel high-performance thermoelectric materials for energy conversion in small-scale power generation and refrigeration devices. This quest has been mainly fueled by the introduction of new designs and the synthesis of new materials. In fact good thermoelectric materials must simultaneously exhibit extreme properties: they must have very low thermal conductivity values and both electrical conductivity and Seebeck coefficient high values as well. Since these transport coefficients are interrelated the required task of optimization is a formidable one. Thus thermoelectric materials provide a full-fledged example of interdisciplinary research connecting fields such as solid-state physics materials science engineering and structural chemistry and raise the need of gaining proper knowledge of the role played by the electronic structure in the thermal and electrical transport properties of solid matter. This book presents a detailed updated introduction to the field of thermoelectric materials in a tutorial way focusing on both basic notions and fundamental questions and illustrating the abstract concepts with suitable application examples. It discusses thermoelectric effects the transport coefficients and their mutual relations the efficiency of thermoelectric devices and some notions on the characterization and related industry standards. It also reviews the two basic strategies for optimizing the thermoelectric performance of materials: the control of thermal conductivity and the power factor enhancement. It discusses structural complexity approach focusing on complex enough lattice structures with heavy atoms in the unit-cell or nanostructured systems characterized by low-dimensional effects and introducing different kinds of bulk materials of growing chemical and structural complexity. It also discusses the electronic structure engineering approach that focuses on obtaining a guiding principle in terms of an electronic band structure tailoring process and describes the role played by the electronic structure in the thermoelectric performance of different materials. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814463522

Thermoelectrics and its Energy Harvesting 2-Volume Set Comprising two volumes Thermoelectrics and Its Energy Harvesting reviews the vast improvements in technology and application of thermoelectric energy with a specific intention to reduce and reuse waste heat and improve novel techniques for the efficient acquisition and use of energy. Materials Preparation and Characterization in Thermoelectrics investigates the upsurge in activity in all aspects of thermoelectrics and the rapid advances in nanotechnology fueling the development of nano-architectured materials with substantially improved thermoelectric performance. Modules Systems and Applications in Thermoelectrics discusses the practical novel and truly groundbreaking applications of thermoelectrics in a range of markets. It details the U.S. interest in alternative energy and energy harvesting the strong interest in Japan Korea and Europe to incorporate thermoelectric generators in cars to reduce fuel consumption and meet EU carbon dioxide emission targets; and the European plans to build an isotopic powered thermoelectric generator. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439840412

Thermoelectrics HandbookMacro to Nano Ten years ago D.M. Rowe introduced the bestselling CRC Handbook of Thermoelectrics to wide acclaim. Since then increasing environmental concerns desire for long-life electrical power sources and continued progress in miniaturization of electronics has led to a substantial increase in research activity involving thermoelectrics. Reflecting the latest trends and developments the Thermoelectrics Handbook: Macro to Nano is an extension of the earlier work and covers the entire range of thermoelectrics disciplines.Serving as a convenient reference as well as a thorough introduction to thermoelectrics this book includes contributions from 99 leading authorities from around the world. Its coverage spans from general principles and theoretical concepts to material preparation and measurements; thermoelectric materials; thermoelements modules and devices; and thermoelectric systems and applications. Reflecting the enormous impact of nanotechnology on the field-as the thermoelectric properties of nanostructured materials far surpass the performance of conventional materials-each section progresses systematically from macro-scale to micro/nano-scale topics. In addition the book contains an appendix listing major manufacturers and suppliers of thermoelectric modules.There is no longer any need to spend hours plodding through the journal literature for information. The Thermoelectrics Handbook: Macro to Nano offers a timely comprehensive treatment of all areas of thermoelectrics in a single unified reference. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220390

ThermoformingA Plastics Processing Guide Second Edition FROM THE FOREWORDDr. Gruenwald has indicated the desirable properties of polymerics for differing applications; thus his text is especially useful for polymer chemists who must ""tailor"" plastic materials for specific groups of applications. Engineers in extruding and calendering film and sheet will benefit from the intimate relationships elucidated between processing parameters imposed upon stocks employed in thermoforming and the products thereof. Mold designers are provided with a complete guide that will enable them to avoid the less obvious pitfalls and wasted effort so often experienced in the evolution of molds for (especially) complex parts.. Quite likely Dr. Gruenwald's suggestions willl lead to considerable benefits to those who read and practice by this remarkable exposition of thermoforming technology. Robert K. Jordan Director-Metalliding Institute Director-Engineering Research Institute Scientist in Residence Gannon University Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203735770

Thermo-Hydro-Mechanical Wood Processing Describing the history and state-of-the-art of the thermo-hydrous manipulation of wood this book provides either a desk reference or a field manual of wood science. It examines the polymeric components of wood and its multilevel hierarchical structure that confer its unique general-purpose character and faculty for transformation. Exceeding all ot Media > Books > E-books EFPL Press 9780429105692

Thermoluminescence & Thermoluminescent Dosimetry First Published in 1984 this set offers a comprehensive insight into thermolumiscence. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for radiobiologists and physicists and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367262570

Thermoluminescence and Thermoluminescent Dosimetry First Published in 1984 this set offers a comprehensive insight into thermolumiscence. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for radiobiologists and physicists and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367262662

Thermophilic Bacteria Thermophilic Bacteria is a comprehensive volume that describes all major bacterial groups that can grow above 60-65°C (excluding the Archaea). Over 60 different species of aerobic and anaerobic thermophilic bacteria are covered. Isolation growth methods characterization and identification ecology metabolism and enzymology of thermophilic bacteria are examined in detail and an extensive compilation of recent biotechnological applications and the properties of many thermostable enzymes are also included.Major topics discussed in the book include a general review on thermophilic bacteria and archaea; heterotropic bacilli; the genus Thermus; new and rare genera of aerobic heterophophs such as Saccharococcus Rhodothermus and Scotohermus; aerobic chemolithoautotrophic thermophilic bacteria; obligately anaerobic thermophilic bacteria; and hyperthermophilic Thermotogales and thermophilic phototrophs. Extensive bibliographies are also provided for each chapter. The vast amount of information packed into this one volume makes it essential for all microbiologists biochemists molecular biologists and students interested in the expanding field of thermophilicity. Biotechnologists will find the book useful as a source of information on thermophiles or thermostable enzymes of possible industrial use. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003068334

Thermophilic FungiBasic Concepts and Biotechnological Applications This book aims to fill the gap by documenting thermophilic fungi discovered over the past five decades. The chapters spans from covering basic aspects taxonomy and classification including molecular phyologeny and biotechnological applications of thermophilic fungi. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367571894

Thermoplastic Foam ProcessingPrinciples and Development As researchers seek replacements for banned ozone-depleting foaming agents the authors of Thermoplastic Foam Processing: Principles and Development strive to develop a better understanding of foaming processes and find solutions for day-to-day practice. This book presents the latest research in foam extrusion and physical foaming agents with a strong focus on the interaction of material components in the foaming process. As part of the Polymeric Foams series and a companion to the volume Foam Extrusion: Principles and Practice (2000) the book includes new topics such as polymer blends and mechanical properties and further develops several vital topics appearing in Foam Extrusion such as extensional rheology and solubility/diffusivity. The text also addresses factors that affect the critical interaction between polymer and gas in the foaming process such as polymer plasticization gas dissolution phase separation foaming and stabilization. Written by experts the book provides clear information on the mechanisms and the practical conditions experienced during nucleation and cell growth.In the midst of new research for alternative environmentally friendly foaming agents Thermoplastic Foam Processing: Principles and Development gives the reader a clear understanding of the current trends in R & D and an up-to-date review of the state of the art in thermoplastic foam processing. This book provides useful tools for the development and validation of innovative physical foaming agent and polymer combinations for current and future research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393700

Thermoplastic MaterialsProperties Manufacturing Methods and Applications Practical and affordable thermoplastics account for more than 90 percent of all plastic materials manufactured. That so many varieties are now available speaks to the idea that while there is no one perfect material it is possible to find a material that fits for every application. However selecting that right material is no small challenge. Answering the needs of manufacturers and product developers Thermoplastic Materials: Properties Manufacturing Methods and Applications provides all the information required to confidently select the right thermoplastic for any application. Based on a course taught to engineering students the book starts with an overview of the plastics industry looking at the major companies involved and how their products influence society. It then discusses various topics essential to the understanding and manufacturing of thermoplastics before getting to the core of the book more than 400 pages of consistently formatted entries organized according to 19 thermoplastics families and groupings. Each chapter covers raw materials manufacturing methods properties costs and applications. Among many topics related to thermoplastic resins this seminal work: Provides micro and quasi-macro perspectives on their behavior Evaluates major manufacturing methods Discusses crystallinity and permeability Elaborates on the properties that make them useful barrier and packaging materials Written by Christopher Ibeh professor of plastics engineering technology and director of the Center for Nanocomposites and Multifunctional Materials at Pittsburg State University this book goes beyond current practices to look at emerging materials including nanocomposites and discusses sustainability as it relates to plastics. It also includes a chapter on functionalized thermoplastics written by Andrey Beyle. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781420093834

Thermostable ProteinsStructural Stability and Design Thermostable Proteins: Structural Stability and Design provides a comprehensive updated account of the physical basis of enhanced stability of thermophilic proteins and the design of tailor-made thermostable proteins paving the way for their possible industrial applications. This book is devoted to understanding the survival mechanisms of "thermophilic life forms" at the molecular level with an emphasis on design strategies. The review chapters presented in Thermostable Proteins span a wide range of protein thermostability research. Basic structural thermodynamic and kinetic principles are explained and molecular strategies for the adaptation to high temperatures are delineated. In addition this book covers: Computing and simulation methods in current and future thermostability research especially in nonempirical situations How rigidity theory is used to improve the thermal adaptation of mesophiles Subtilisin-like serine proteases and their significant engineering applications The state of knowledge concerning structure–function relations and the origins of their structural stability Computational and experimental approaches for the design of proteins with increased thermal stability based on sequences or three-dimensional structures Understanding the molecular basis of how thermostable and hyperthermostable proteins gain and maintain their stability and biological function at high temperatures remains an important scientific challenge. A more detailed knowledge of protein stability not only deepens our understanding of protein structure but also helps in obtaining insights into processes that drive protein activities—folding unfolding and misfolding—essential to biological function. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138114821

Thesaurus of Traditional English Metaphors This fascinating collection of traditional metaphors and figures of speech groups expressions according to theme. The second edition includes over 1 500 new entries more information on first known usages a new introduction and two expanded indexes. It will appeal to those interested in cultural history and the English language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863018

Thesis and Dissertation Writing in a Second LanguageA Handbook for Students and their Supervisors Fully updated and packed with new material the second edition of Thesis and Dissertation Writing in a Second Language is the ideal guide for non-native speaker students and their supervisors working on writing a thesis or dissertation in English. Considering the purposes of thesis and dissertation of writing alongside writer/reader relationships this book uses accessible language and practical examples to discuss issues that are crucial to successful thesis and dissertation writing. This edition offers: Insights into the experience of being a doctoral writer issues of writer identity and writing with authority Typical language and discourse features of theses and dissertations Advice on the structure and organisation of key sections Suggestions for online resources which support writing Extracts from completed theses and dissertations Guidance on understanding examiner expectations Advice on publishing from a PhD Suitable for students from all disciplines Thesis and Dissertation Writing in a Second Language is essential reading for non-native speaker students looking to complete a thesis or dissertation in English. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138048706

ThessalonikiA City in Transition 1912–2012 This book shares the conclusions of a remarkable conference marking the centennial of Thessaloniki’s incorporation into the Greek state in 1912. Like its Roman and Byzantine predecessors Ottoman Salonica was the metropolis of a huge multi-ethnic Balkan hinterland a center of modernization/westernization and the de facto capital of Sephardic Judaism. The powerful attraction it exerted on competing local nationalisms including the Young Turks gave it a paradigmatic role in the transition from imperial to national rule in southeastern Europe. Twenty-three articles cover the multicultural physiognomy of a ‘Levantine’ city. They describe the mechanisms for cultivating national consciousness (including education journalism the arts archaeology and urban planning) the relationship between national identity religious identity and an evolving socialist labor movement anti-Semitism and the practical issues of governing and assimilating diverse non-Greek populations after Greece’s military victory in 1912. Analysis of this transformation extends chronologically through the arrival of Greek refugees from Turkey and the Black Sea in 1923 the Holocaust the Greek civil war and the new waves of migration after 1990. These processes are analyzed on multiple levels including civil administration land use planning and the treatment of Thessaloniki’s historic monuments. This work underscores the importance of cities and their local histories in shaping the key national narratives that drove development in southeastern Europe. Those lessons are highly relevant today as Europe reacts to renewed migratory pressures and the rise of new nationalist movements and draws lessons valid or otherwise from the nation-building experiments of the previous century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367192822

They and WeRacial and Ethnic Relations in the United States Since its release shortly after the famous March on Washington in 1963 They and We has been a leading text in the field of racial and ethnic relations in the United States. The tradition continues. They and We 6th edition presented in the form of twelve linked essays plus an epilogue offers a jargon-free introduction to the critical study of America's people their origins and encounters. In addition to a four chapter section devoted to the social history of our diverse population the author examines the roots of prejudice patterns of discrimination the meaning of "minority status " and the issues of power politics and pluralism. Particular attention is paid to continuing struggles for group rights among those most beleaguered reactions to the dramatic increases in immigration from Asia and Latin America and the resurgence of nativism among those who once again feel threatened by "alien" forces recent political crises such as occurred in the aftermath of the attack on the World Trade Towers and the Pentagon on September 11 2001 and the war and occupation in Iraq and continuing debates over multiculturalism. Every chapter has been updated and where appropriate changed or added to in light of new challenges and new perspectives. Those familiar with this sociological classic will be pleased to note that Peter Rose's approach to this subject continues to be grounded in his sensitive and engaging approach to the consideration and assessment of troubling issues. Others will come to appreciate this orientation. And all will benefit from the explication of key concepts the clarity of exposition and the comprehensiveness of coverage - from the observations of the French visitor Alexis de Tocqueville to contemporary Critical Race Theorists -- in what is still a rather small book. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003076179

They and WeRacial and Ethnic Relations in the United States-And Beyond The first edition of They and We appeared shortly after the March on Washington where Martin Luther King Jr. gave his memorable "I Have a Dream" speech. It was published just before the Voting Rights Act of 1965 was passed by Congress. The book read by tens of thousands has been updated and expanded five times each edition maintaining the original intention of the author to provide grounding in the sociological study of inter-group relations: examining prejudice discrimination minority status and other core concepts in straightforward jargon-free prose as well as tracking social economic political and legal developments. The new 7th (50th anniversary) edition of They and We continues the tradition depicting recent demographic changes and persisting patterns (such as the 'leapfrog' phenomenon where as in the past many African-Americans are left behind as newer groups move in up and over). It also covers new developments including the rise of Islamophobia in the wake of 9/11. An entirely new chapter compares perspectives in the United States with situations overseas particularly with regard to nativist and nationalist movements and the rise of xenophobia in this society and in many others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612056609

They Are Not MachinesKorean Women Workers and their Fight for Democratic Trade Unionism in the 1970s The multi-faceted tensions created in developing countries between a burgeoning popular desire for democracy and the harsh imperatives of modernisation and industrialisation are nowhere more evident than in the so-called 'Asian tiger' nations. Of all those nascent economies South Korea in the 1960s and 1970s stands pre-eminent for the magnitude and speed of its development and the extraordinarily oppressive and inhumane conditions that its labour force mainly women and young girls were compelled to endure. The author of this book was one of those young girls who suffered in the warren of sweat-shop garment factories in the slums of central Seoul. With little or no support from male co-workers and despite their political naivety and the traditionally subordinate status of Korean females the women textile and garment workers confronted the ruling authority at all levels. The author's mother was one of their leaders and her eldest brother sacrificed his life for their cause. Despite appalling state-directed violence betrayal by erstwhile colleagues the chicanery and mendacity of employers' cooperatives and countless other setbacks these uneducated and overworked women finally succeeded in forming the first fully democratic trade union in the history of Korea. Based on compelling personal accounts this is the first published account of the women's struggle and it throws much light on the process of modernisation and industrialisation in Korea and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138378780

They Create WorldsThe Story of the People and Companies That Shaped the Video Game Industry Vol. I: 1971-1982 They Create Worlds: The Story of the People and Companies That Shaped the Video Game Industry Vol. 1 is the first in a three-volume set that provides an in-depth analysis of the creation and evolution of the video game industry. Beginning with the advent of computers in the mid-20th century Alexander Smith’s text comprehensively highlights and examines individuals companies and market forces that have shaped the development of the video game industry around the world. Volume one places an emphasis on the emerging ideas concepts and games developed from the commencement of the budding video game art form in the 1950s and 1960s through the first commercial activity in the 1970s and early 1980s. They Create Worlds aims to build a new foundation upon which future scholars and the video game industry itself can chart new paths. Key Features: The most in-depth examination of the video game industry ever written They Create Worlds charts the technological breakthroughs design decisions and market forces in the United States Europe and East Asia that birthed a $100 billion industry. The books derive their information from rare primary sources such as little-studied trade publications personal papers collections and oral history interviews with designers and executives many of whom have never told their stories before. Spread over three volumes They Create Worlds focuses on the creative designers shrewd marketers and innovative companies that have shaped video games from their earliest days as a novelty attraction to their current status as the most important entertainment medium of the 21st Century. The books examine the formation of the video game industry in a clear narrative style that will make them useful as teaching aids in classes on the history of game design and economics but they are not being written specifically as instructional books and can be enjoyed by anyone with a passion for video game history. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138389908

They RuleThe 1% vs. Democracy They Rule reflects on key political questions raised by the Occupy movement showing how similar questions have been raised by previous generations of radical activists: who really owns and rules the US? Does it matter that the nation is divided by stark class disparities and a concentration of wealth in the hands of a few? Along the way this book sharpens readers' sense of who the US oligarchy are including how their fortunes have changed over the course of US history how they live and think and how to detect and de-cloak them. They Rule is a masterful historical and political analysis revealing what lies beneath the surface of US society and what ordinary people can do to bring about social change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612053271

Thickening FatFat Bodies Intersectionality and Social Justice Thickening Fat: Fat Bodies Intersectionality and Social Justice seeks to explore the multiple variable and embodied experiences of fat oppression and fat activisms. Moving beyond an analysis of fat oppression as singular this book will aim to unpack the volatility of fat—the mutability of fat embodiments as they correlate with other embodied subjectivities and the threshold where fat begins to be reviled celebrated or amended. In addition Thickening Fat explores the full range of intersectional and liminal analyses that push beyond the simple addition of two or more subjectivities looking instead at the complex alchemy of layered and unstable markers of difference and privilege. Cognizant that the concept of intersectionality has been filled out in a plurality of ways Thickening Fat poses critical questions around how to render analysis of fatness intersectional and to thicken up intersectionality where intersectionality is attenuated to the shifting and composite and material dimensions to identity rather than reduced to an “add difference and stir” approach. The chapters in this collection ask what happens when we operationalize intersectionality in fat scholarship and politics and we position difference at the centre and start of inquiry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138580039

Thicker Than WaterThe Origins of Blood as Symbol and Ritual Blood is more than a fluid solution of cells platelets and plasma. It is a symbol for the most basic of human concerns--life death and family find expression in rituals surrounding everything from menstruation to human sacrifice. Comprehensive in its scope and provocative in its argument this book examines beliefs and rituals concerning blood in a range of regional and religious contexts throughout human history. Meyer reveals the origins of a wide range of blood rituals from the earliest surviving human symbolism of fertility and the hunt to the Jewish bris and the clitoridectomies given to young girls in parts of Africa. The book also explores how cultural practices influence gene selection and makes a connection with the natural sciences by exploring how color perception influences the human proclivity to create blood symbols and rituals. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203952603

Thin Films and CoatingsToughening and Toughness Characterization Thin Films and Coatings: Toughening and Toughness Characterization captures the latest developments in the toughening of hard coatings and in the measurement of the toughness of thin films and coatings. Featuring chapters contributed by experts from Australia China Czech Republic Poland Singapore Spain and the United Kingdom this book: Presents the current status of hard-yet-tough ceramic coatings Reviews various toughness evaluation methods for films and hard coatings Explores the toughness and toughening mechanisms of porous thin films and laser-treated surfaces Examines adhesions of the film/substrate interface and the characterization of coating adhesion strength Discusses nanoindentation determination of fracture toughness resistance to cracking and sliding contact fracture phenomena Toughening and toughness measurement (of films and coatings) are two related yet separate fields of great importance in today’s nanotechnology world. Thin Films and Coatings: Toughening and Toughness Characterization is a timely reference written in such a way that novices will find it a stepping stone to the field and veterans will find it a rich source of information for their research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482222906

Thin Layer Chromatography in Chiral Separations and Analysis Thin layer chromatography (TLC) is well suited for performing enantioseparations for research as well as larger-scale applications. A fast inexpensive and versatile separation technique there are many practical considerations that contribute to its effectiveness. Thin Layer Chromatography in Chiral Separations and Analysis is the first book to focus solely on the theory capabilities and applications of TLC for direct and indirect enantioseparations. The first part of the book examines the fundamental principles of chirality and TLC. It describes the necessary materials laboratory equipment procedures and strategies for the separation quantification isolation and analysis of chiral compounds. The second part evaluates the real-world enantioseparations and densitometric analyses. Emphasizing pharmaceutical applications the book discusses chiral separation mechanisms and methods for analyzing the chiral purity of diastereoisomers amino acids beta-blockers and NSAIDS. Topics also include commercial stationary phases and chiral modifiers of mobile phases. Thin Layer Chromatography in Chiral Separations and Analysis presents a unified perspective of theory and experimental details underlying the collective developments in the field. The book offers scientists in a variety of disciplines and levels of expertise a complete guide to understanding the current and potential applications of chiral TLC.  Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453015

Thin Layer Chromatography in Drug Analysis Used routinely in drug control laboratories forensic laboratories and as a research tool thin layer chromatography (TLC) plays an important role in pharmaceutical drug analyses. It requires less complicated or expensive equipment than other techniques and has the ability to be performed under field conditions. Filling the need for an up-to-date complete reference Thin Layer Chromatography in Drug Analysis covers the most important methods in pharmaceutical applications of TLC namely analysis of bulk drug material and pharmaceutical formulations degradation studies analysis of biological samples optimization of the separation of drug classes and lipophilicity estimation.The book is divided into two parts. Part I is devoted to general topics related to TLC in the context of drug analysis including the chemical basis of TLC sample pleparation the optimization of layers and mobile phases detection and quantification analysis of ionic compounds and separation and analysis of chiral substances. The text addresses the newest advances in TLC instrumentation two-dimensional TLC quantification by slit scanning densitometry and image analysis statistical processing of data and various detection and identification methods. It also describes the use of TLC for solving a key issue in the drug market—the presence of substandard and counterfeit pharmaceutical products.Part II provides an in-depth overview of a wide range of TLC applications for separation and analysis of particular drug groups. Each chapter contains an introduction about the structures and medicinal actions of the described substances and a literature review of their TLC analysis. A useful resource for chromatographers pharmacists analytical chemists students and R&D clinical and forensic laboratories this book can be utilized as a manual reference and teaching source. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576226

Thin Layer Chromatography in Phytochemistry Thin layer chromatography (TLC) is increasingly used in the fields of plant chemistry biochemistry and molecular biology. Advantages such as speed versatility and low cost make it one of the leading techniques used for locating and analyzing bioactive components in plants. Thin Layer Chromatography in Phytochemistry is the first source devoted to supplying state-of-the-art information on TLC as it applies to the separation identification quantification and isolation of medicinal plant components. Renowned scientists working with laboratories around the world demonstrate the applicability of TLC to a remarkable diversity of fields including plant genetics drug discovery nutraceuticals and toxicology. Elucidates the role of plant materials in the pharmaceutical industry... Part I provides a practical review of techniques relevant materials and the particular demands for using TLC in phytochemical applications. The text explains how to determine the biological activity of metabolites and assess the effectiveness of herbal medicines and nutritional supplements. Part II concentrates on TLC methods used to analyze specific plant-based metabolite classes such as carbohydrates proteins alkaloids flavonoids terpenes etc. Organized by compound type each chapter discusses key topics such as sample preparation plate development zone detection densitometry and biodetection. Demonstrates practical methods that can be applied to a wide range of disciplines... From identification to commercial scale production and quality control Thin Layer Chromatography in Phytochemistry is an essential bench-top companion and reference on using TLC for the study of plant-based bioactive compounds. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367577544

Thin-Film Optical Filters Praise for prior editions "an excellent treatise of thin film coatings explaining how to produce all sorts of different filters selected according to the function they are required to play… an indispensable text for every filter manufacturer and user and an excellent guide for students." ―Contemporary Physics "essential reading for all those involved in the design manufacture and application of optical coatings" ―Materials World "a must-have addition to the library of any optical thin-film theorist or practitioner" ―SVC News This book is quite simply the Bible for the field of optical thin films. It gives the most complete introduction to thin film optical coatings addressed to manufacturers and users alike. This fifth edition offers a complete update on current design manufacture performance and applications. New topics include absorbers and coherent perfect absorbers photonic crystals and metamaterials for optical coating. The author has also made substantial additions on scattering composite materials wire grid polarizers laser damage and applications. H. Angus Macleod is President of Thin Film Center Inc. in Tucson Arizona and Professor Emeritus of Optical Sciences Center at the University of Arizona. His professional honors include a Gold Medal from SPIE the Esther Hoffman Beller Medal from the Optical Society of America and the Nathaniel H. Sugerman Memorial Award from the Society of Vacuum Coaters. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138198241

Thin-Film Organic PhotonicsMolecular Layer Deposition and Applications Among the many atomic/molecular assembling techniques used to develop artificial materials molecular layer deposition (MLD) continues to receive special attention as the next-generation growth technique for organic thin-film materials used in photonics and electronics. Thin-Film Organic Photonics: Molecular Layer Deposition and Applications describes how photonic/electronic properties of thin films can be improved through MLD which enables precise control of atomic and molecular arrangements to construct a wire network that achieves "three-dimensional growth". MLD facilitates dot-by-dot—or molecule-by-molecule—growth of polymer and molecular wires and that enhanced level of control creates numerous application possibilities. Explores the wide range of MLD applications in solar energy and optics as well as proposed uses in biomedical photonics This book addresses the prospects for artificial materials with atomic/molecular-level tailored structures especially those featuring MLD and conjugated polymers with multiple quantum dots (MQDs) or polymer MQDs. In particular the author focuses on the application of artificial organic thin films to: Photonics/electronics particularly in optical interconnects used in computersOptical switching and solar energy conversion systems Bio/ medical photonics such as photodynamic therapy Organic photonic materials devices and integration processes With its clear and concise presentation this book demonstrates exactly how MLD enables electron wavefunction control thereby improving material performance and generating new photonic/electronic phenomena. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075900

Think About It!Thinking Skills Activities for Years 3 and 4 Engage pupils' interest and imagination with these thirty-six stand-alone lesson plans. These thought-provoking activities are suitable for pupils of all abilities and will also help improve their literacy skills. Includes: differentiation and extension activities time-saving photocopiable resources easy-to-use flexible lesson plans. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203064177

Think Like a UX ResearcherHow to Observe Users Influence Design and Shape Business Strategy Think Like a UX Researcher will challenge your preconceptions about user experience (UX) research and encourage you to think beyond the obvious. You’ll discover how to plan and conduct UX research analyze data persuade teams to take action on the results and build a career in UX. The book will help you take a more strategic view of product design so you can focus on optimizing the user’s experience. UX Researchers Designers Project Managers Scrum Masters Business Analysts and Marketing Managers will find tools inspiration and ideas to rejuvenate their thinking inspire their team and improve their craft.   Key Features A dive-in-anywhere book that offers practical advice and topical examples. 
 Thought triggers exercises and scenarios to test your knowledge of UX research.   
 Workshop ideas to build a development team’s UX maturity. 
 War stories from seasoned researchers to show you how UX research methods can be tailored to your own organization. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138365292

Think Like An ArchitectHow to develop critical creative and collaborative problem-solving skills Do you know how to think like an architect? Do you know why you should? How do you make sure that you have the critical thinking tools necessary to prosper in your academic and professional career? This book gives you the answers.  Architects have a valuable and critical set of multiple thinking types that they develop throughout the design process. In this book Randy Deutsch shows readers how to access those thinking types and use them outside pure design thinking – showing how they can both solve problems but also identify the problems that need solving. To think the way the best architects do.  With a clear driving narrative peppered with anecdote stories and real-life scenarios this book will future-proof the architectural student. Change is coming in the architecture profession and this is a much-needed exploration of the critical thinking skills that architects have in abundance but that are not taught well enough within architecture schools. These skills are crucial in being able to respond agilely to a future that nobody is quite sure of. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859469316

Think of a Number How many colors are needed to color a map? Must hailstones numbers always fall to the ground? Can statistics prove anything? What is a perfect square and who has found the ultimate one? How do numbers affect national security? What kinds of problems confront the traveling salesman? Does anyone know how best to pack balls together? What is life like in 4 (or 3 1/2) dimensions? How does a clock count and why should we care? What number secrets do sunflowers and pine cones conceal? What is a monster doing in mathematics? These and many other fascinating questions about familiar numbers like 1 2 and 3 are explored in Malcolm Line's second adventure into the world of numbers. Written in a lively and readable style Think of a Number relates the story of some of the most famous problems that have confronted the world's experts over the centuries from the earliest interests of the ancient Greeks to the very cutting-edge of modern research involving today's most powerful computers. The book explores the relationship between numbers and nature in its broadest sense and discovers the beauty of fractals and chaos. Requiring little or no prior knowledge of mathematics this resource will be fascinating reading for anyone with an interest in numbers and their role in the natural world. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003072362

Think Tanks Foreign Policy and Geo-PoliticsPathways to Influence Questions about the role and influence of think tanks in matters of foreign policy and geopolitics are both timely and important. The reconfiguration of global power explosion of social media shifts away from traditional print and oral-based ways of imparting knowledge and the dramatic increase in the volume of information and ideas clamoring for the attention of policy-makers are changing the landscape of foreign policy-making and the pathways through which influence is achieved. This book explains the impact of think tanks on the framing of domestic and international conversations on matters of foreign policy and geopolitics. An international group of prominent experts examine these issues in specific countries and also across national and regional borders to better understand how governments and actors in civil society are influenced by the activities of think tanks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138361270

Think Tanks and Civil SocietiesCatalysts for Ideas and Action Government and individual policymakers throughout the developed and developing world face the common problem of bringing expert knowledge to bear in government decision making. Policymakers need understandable reliable accessible and useful information about the societies they govern. They also need to know how current policies are working as well as possible alternatives and their likely costs and consequences. This expanding need has fostered the growth of independent public policy research organizations commonly known as think tanks. Think Tanks and Civil Societies analyzes their growth scope and constraints while providing institutional profiles of such organizations in every region of the world.Beginning with North America contributors analyze think tank development past and future consider their relationship to the general political culture and provide detailed looks at such examples as the Heritage Foundation and the Institute for Research on Public Policy. A historical and subregional overview of think tanks throughout Europe notes the emphasis on European Union issues and points to a dramatic rise in the number and influence of free market institutes across the continent. Think tanks in Germany Spain and France are profiled with respect to national politics and cultures. Advanced industrial nations of northern Asia are compared and contrasted revealing a greater need for independent policy voices. Moving to countries undergoing economic transition contributors deal with challenges posed in Russia and the former Soviet bloc and their think tanks' search for influence independence and sustainability. Other chapters deal with the developing countries of Africa Asia the Middle East and Latin America finding that the number quality and independence of think tanks is largely determined by the degree of democracy in individual nations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539600

Think Tanks in the US and EUThe Role of Policy Institutes in Washington and Brussels Why do US and EU think tanks diverge in their roles priorities and main constituencies? Providing the first substantive analytical comparison of think tanks in Washington and Brussels this book explores the differences that exist and why they developed. Two principal variables are identified â€“ institutional credibility and political culture – as a measure of comparison between the two think tank models. Supranational think tanks have an inherent credibility with the institutions of the EU which allows them to direct their resources and efforts to activities and outputs where they hold a comparative advantage. US think tanks lack such institutional recognition and so need to prove their credibility to their main constituencies. The result is that an adversarial and individualistic political culture has informed the norms and activities of Washington think tanks while the consensus-driven and collectivist political culture of Europe has influenced supranational think tanks. Think tanks are far from newcomers to the public policy scene but our broader understanding of their role structure and how they assess their own achievements is not yet fully developed. By providing a framework within which to analyse this this book will be of interest to academics students and policy experts working within public policy comparative politics and political science more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367506070

Think You're Crazy? Think AgainA Resource Book for Cognitive Therapy for Psychosis Are you troubled by hearing voices or seeing visions that others do not? Do you believe that other people are trying to harm you or control you? Do you feel that something odd is going on that you can’t explain or that things are happening around you with a special meaning? Do you worry that other people can read your mind or that thoughts are being put in your head? Think You’re Crazy? Think Again provides an effective step-by-step aid to understanding your problems making positive changes and promoting recovery. Written by experts in the field this book will help you to: understand how your problems developed and what keeps them going use questionnaires and monitoring sheets to identify and track changes in the links between your experiences how you make sense of these and how you feel and behave learn how to change thoughts feelings and behaviour for the better practice skills between sessions using worksheets Based on clinically proven techniques and filled with examples of how cognitive therapy can help people with distressing psychotic experiences Think You’re Crazy? Think Again will be a valuable resource for people with psychosis. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315820200

Think/Point/ShootMedia Ethics Technology and Global Change Think/Point/Shoot gives students a thorough overview of the role of ethics in modern media creation. Case studies emphasize the critical issues in global media ethics today in all stages of media creation from preproduction research and development to production and post production. This volume features practicing filmmakers journalists and media creators who provide insight into dealing with real-world ethical dilemmas. For this era digital imagery sounds and web communication have opened doors to sharing thoughts and ideas instantaneously to potentially vast audiences. This presents exciting opportunities but also serious ethical legal and social challenges. The cases and exercises found in this book are applicable to the current media field while still remaining grounded in strong ethical theory. Think/Point/Shoot explains the challenge of communicating a story to a worldwide audience while maintaining ethical standards.  A companion website provides additional resources for students and instructors: media ethics game chapter summaries and case studies important forms Instructors will also find: classroom exercises PowerPoints video from the "Global Media Ethics" Conference from March 2013 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138847965

ThinkbackA User's Guide to Minding the Mind The fundamental premise of Thinkback--based on overwhelming scientific evidence--is that intelligence is not fixed at birth and that with consistent effort we can dramatically improve our capacities. It counters the claims of some psychologists that it is impossible to increase intelligence because that ability is determined at birth. Thinkback builds on the Think Aloud strategies in Arthur Whimbey and Jack Lochhead's popular and widely used volume Problem Solving & Comprehension now in its sixth edition. Since its publication thousands of students have used these techniques for improving thinking and analytic reasoning to increase test scores win National Merit Scholarships and gain admission to top-ranked professional schools. Now Thinkback shows how these powerful strategies can be applied to a range of important academic areas including mathematics language arts social studies and science. Thinkback is a tool for student empowerment--a strategy they can use to improve both their ability to think and their ability to learn. The Thinkback classroom on the other hand is a design for teacher liberation--enabling them to see learning more clearly than they ever could before. This is the only book currently available that contains detailed models of metacognitive dialogues in the classroom. These dialogues enable teachers and teacher educators to observe thinking processes that have previously been invisible and undetectable. Based on over 20 years of careful cognitive research the dialogues provide teachers with important insights into the nature of thinking and problem solving. Thinkback is a picture window on the working mind. This book: Describes the Thinkback strategy for making thinking strategies explicit easy to teach and easy to learn. Includes numerous detailed examples that demonstrate the Thinkback technique. Six quite different learning strategies--deri Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138433564

Thinking Feeling and Being Ignacio Matte-Blanco has made one of the most original contributions to psychoanalysis since Freud. In this book which includes an introductory chapter to his work by Eric Rayner and David Tuckett he develops his conceptualization of the Freudian unconscious in terms of logic and mathematics giving many clinical examples. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143227

Thinking Reasoning and Decision Making in Autism Thinking Reasoning and Decision Making in Autism provides fresh insights into the cognitive processes that underlie some of the typical characteristics of autism. Autism has long been considered an enigma and no single theory so far has been able to explain or even fully describe the key characteristics of the autistic mind. From the interdisciplinary perspective of new research in cognitive psychology linguistics philosophy and neuroscience this book explores thinking reasoning and decision making in autism. The new cognitive approaches challenge some of the existing assumptions of the nature of thought in autism including presumed areas of impairments. Instead this book focuses on the nuanced array of cognitive signatures that characterize the autistic mind and in many cases it reveals the possibility of intact performance alongside instances of remarkably enhanced thinking. The book considers the implications of these characteristics providing in-depth analyses of specific areas of cognitive functioning and their everyday manifestations. Featuring contributions from world-leading researchers from the fields of cognitive science and autism research this volume will be essential reading for advanced students and researchers as well as those working with individuals with autism spectrum disorders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138481176

Thinking About Biology This book discusses the emergence of life the development of the individual and the study of the interaction between individuals and species. It gives the student of theoretical biology some idea of the flavor of current research in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367320430

Thinking About Children Thinking About Children collects thirty-one papers of which twenty-eight have never previously been published. As might be expected they range widely in tone and content from concise clinical observations to more general meditations including the landmark paper "Towards an objective study of human nature". Of particular interest are sect Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329228

Thinking About CongressEssays on Congressional Change Observing the polarized debilitating politics of today’s Congress one wonders whether change is possible on Capitol Hill. In Thinking about Congress Lawrence Dodd reminds us that Congress seemed equally intransigent at times the past yet change and rejuvenation came. Reading his classic essays one sees Congress move from Committee Government in mid-twentieth century to Liberal Democratic reforms in the 1970s to the 1994 Republican Revolution to Party Government today. Simultaneously one proceeds with Dodd to an ever-deeper understanding of the dynamic character of Congress.  Across forty years of watching paralysis give way to change Dodd crafts a theory of congressional cycles – essay by essay – that explains why Congress evolves. However permanent periods of intransigency appear the theory argues they can and do give way to growing concern by legislators and parties for the collective public-interest; to citizen demand for change generated by social crises; and to innovative ideas about politics and policy. With these developments come policy breakthrough institutional renewal and enormous social progress.   A rare book Thinking about Congress holds out hope for the future while illuminating both the process and object of inquiry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415991568

Thinking about Global GovernanceWhy People and Ideas Matter One of the more prolific and influential analysts of multilateral approaches to global problem-solving over the last three decades is Thomas G. Weiss. Thinking about Global Governance Why People and Ideas Matter assembles key scholarly and policy writing. This collection organizes his most recent work addressing the core issues of the United Nations global governance and humanitarian action. The essays are placed in historical and intellectual context in a substantial new introduction which contains a healthy dose of the idealism and ethical orientation that invariably characterize his best work. This volume gives the reader a comprehensive understanding of these key topics for a globalizing world and is an invaluable resource for students and scholars alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415781930

Thinking About International EthicsMoral Theory And Cases From American Foreign Policy Although the initial optimism surrounding the so-called New World Order has faded the importance of moral and ethical values continues to affect political debate throughout the world. In this book Frances Harbour demonstrates through case studies how people of different moral perspectives can approach the problem of international ethics.She intro Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319113

Thinking about Landscape ArchitecturePrinciples of a Design Profession for the 21st Century What is landscape architecture? Is it gardening or science or art? In this book Bruce Sharky provides a complete overview of the discipline to provide those that are new to the subject with the foundations for future study and practice. The many varieties of landscape practice are discussed with an emphasis on the significant contributions that landscape architects have made across the world in daily practice.  Written by a leading scholar and practitioner this book outlines the subject and explores how from a basis in garden design it 'leapt over the garden wall' to encapsulate areas such as urban and park design community and regional planning habitat restoration green infrastructure and sustainable design and site engineering and implementation. Coverage includes: The effects that natural and human factors have upon design and how the discipline is uniquely placed to address these challenges  Examples of contemporary landscape architecture work - from storm water management and walkable cities to well-known projects like the New York High Line and the London Olympic Park  Exploration of how art and design science horticulture and construction come together in one subject  Thinking about Landscape Architecture is perfect for those wanting to better understand this fascinating subject and those starting out as landscape architecture students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138847187

Thinking About LawPerspectives on the history philosophy and sociology of law There is more to law than rules robes and precedents. Rather law is an integral part of social practices and policies as diverse and complex as society itself.Thinking About Law offers a comprehensive introduction to the ways in which law has been presented and represented. It explores historical sociological economic and philosophical perspectives on the major legal and political debates in Australia today.The contributors examine the position of Aborigines in the Australian legal system and the impact of the Mabo case; divisions of power in Australian society and law; the question of objectivity in law; the relationship between legislation and social change; judicial decision-making and other issues.Accessibly written Thinking About Law is essential reading for students and anyone interested in understanding our legal system. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003118251

Thinking About LiteracyYoung Children and Their Language Thinking About Literacy discusses the literacy of children in the infant years. The author takes the view that the child is an active learner when he/she arrives in school and that it is the school's job to build on what the child already knows. The book addresses issues such as spelling writing and children talking and writing about moral matters. It has an optimistic view of the potential of children to surprise us with their language and emphasises that literacy is for life not just for an hour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138418639

Thinking about LogicClassic Essays Thinking about Logic is an accessible and thought-provoking collection of classic articles in the philosophy of logic. An ideal companion to any formal logic course or textbook this volume illuminates how logic relates to perennial philosophical issues about knowledge meaning rationality and reality. The editors have selected each essay for its brevity clarity and impact and have included insightful introductions and discussion questions. The puzzles raised will help readers acquire a more thorough understanding of fundamental logic concepts and a firmer command of the connections between formal logic and other areas of philosophical study: epistemology philosophy of language philosophy of science and metaphysics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367097318

Thinking About ManagementA Reflective Practice Approach This book invites the reader to explore the more puzzling aspects of those processes called 'management'. It provides a focused collection of readings to support and encourage wider consideration of alternative ways of thinking about management and its effectiveness in contemporary organisations. Key features of this text include: * a selection of contributions which derive from historically grounded and politically aware considerations examining alternative approaches and drawing on a wider source of perspectives than those currently dominating management literature* an exploration of the uncertainties and apparent contradictions encountered in management action grounded in the reflective practices of the contributors employing examples and experiences from a wide range of organizations* ideas fundamental to understanding the complexities of management which will extend students' own ways of thinking* an informed contextual approach to the study of management grouping together themes and ideas which shed light upon the contested arenas of management action.By placing emphasis on the development of improved critical abilities in management practice this book will be an invaluable text for all management studies and MBA students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203020135

Thinking About National SecurityStrategy Policy and Issues A Choice Outstanding Academic Title for 2016 Perhaps the most basic national security question that U.S. leaders and the body politic continuously face is where and under what circumstances to consider and in some cases resort to the use of armed force to ensure the country’s safety and well-being. The question is perpetual—but the answer is not. This insightful text helps students make sense of the ever-changing environment and factors that influence disagreement over national security risks and policy in the United States. The book takes shape through a focus on three considerations: strategy policy and issues. Snow explains the range of plans of action that are possible and resources available for achieving national security goals as well as the courses of action for achieving those goals in the context of a broad range of security problems that must be dealt with. However there is little agreement among policymakers on exactly what is the nature of the threats that the country faces. Snow helps readers frame the debate by suggesting some of the prior influences on risk-assessment some of the current influences on national security debates and suggestions for how future strategy and policy may be shaped. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138902923

Thinking about Nature (Routledge Revivals)An Investigation of Nature Value and Ecology Ecology – unlike astronomy physics or chemistry – is a science with an associated political and ethical movement: the Green Movement. As a result the ecological position is often accompanied by appeals to holism and by a mystical quasi-religious conception of the ecosystem. In this title first published in 1988 Andrew Brennan argues that we can reduce much of the mysticism surrounding ecological discussions by placing them within a larger context and illustrating that our individual interests are bound with larger community interests. Using an interdisciplinary approach which bridges the gap between the sciences philosophy and ethics this is an accessible title which will be of particular value to students with an interest in the philosophy of environmental science and ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138792968

Thinking About Nuclear WeaponsAnalyses and Prescriptions `It is really encouraging to see that such a book has been published ... No one can deny that Open University students - and all other interested parties - are given both sides of case.' - Tribune Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138474321

Thinking About Political Corruption Peter deLeon argues that while it is often individuals who actually engage in political corruption it is the US political system that condones or encourages such actions. Once this perspective is recognised one can begin to understand ways in which the costs of corruption might be alleviated. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698731

Thinking about SchoolsA Foundations of Education Reader This book considers how American public education came to be the way it is today. It helps students to have a better sense of how the past informs the present and how questions regarding who is served best by the schools tell us about the goals and aspirations of present-day schools in America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319120

Thinking About SchoolsNew Theories and Innovative Practice As its title implies this book has a deceptively simple mission: to prepare would-be school leaders to draw upon a variety of theoretical perspectives when thinking about schools and schooling. It shows how theories can function as cognitive tools to be mastered carefully stored in one's intellectual toolbox and used to interpret and resolve real world problems. Beneath this goal lies the belief that the most effective leaders are those who are able to construct their own well-grounded interpretations of events and their own responses to those events. Key features of this exciting new text include the following. Focus on Alternative Theories - The functionalist theoretical views that have dominated administrator preparation programs for the last half-century are reviewed early in the book and are shown to be inadequate to the task of understanding and coping with the complex realities of modern day schooling. The remainder of the book presents alternative views of schooling that taken together can be thought of as a theoretical repertoire from which to construct interpretations and solutions to everyday real-world problems. Focus on Diversity - Diversity is examined from a variety of viewpoints. Chapter 6 looks at the cultural bases of leadership Chapter 7 at comparative and international contexts and Chapter 8 at gender and sexual orientation. Illustrative Cases - Each chapter contains a case with an embedded dilemma similar to those that real-world administrators confront. While illustrating the particular theoretical view presented in the chapter these cases are sufficiently complex that they lend themselves to interpretation by any of the other theories considered in the book. This book is appropriate for graduate-level courses with titles such as Organizational Theory Theory of School Leadership or Introduction to Educational Administration. It might also be use Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466135

Thinking about Science Reflecting on ArtBringing Aesthetics and Philosophy of Science Together Thinking about Science Reflecting on Art: Bringing Aesthetics and Philosophy of Science Together is the first book to systematically examine the relationship between the philosophy of science and aesthetics. With contributions from leading figures from both fields this edited collection engages with such questions as: Does representation function in the same way in science and in art? What important characteristics do scientific models share with literary fictions? What is the difference between interpretation in the sciences and in the arts? Can there be a science of aesthetics? In what ways can aesthetics and philosophy of science be integrated? Aiming to develop the interconnections between the philosophy of science and the philosophy of art more broadly and more deeply than ever before this volume not only explores scientific representation by comparison with fiction but extends the scope of interaction to include metaphysical and other questions around methodology in mainstream philosophy of science including the aims of science the characterisation of scientific understanding and the nature of observation as well as drawing detailed comparisons between specific examples in both art and the sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138687325

Thinking About Social ProblemsAn Introduction to Constructionist Perspectives The new second edition of this distinctive and widely adopted textbook brings into the classroom an overview of how images of social problems can shape not only public policy and social services but also the ways in which we make sense of ourselves and others. It introduces two primary changes. First some attention is devoted to the "new social movements" that emphasize social change through identity transformation rather than through structural change. Second the text now also looks more closely at the importance of emotions in constructing public consciousness of social problems.When the first edition was published Teaching Sociology noted "Loseke does a superb job explaining the relationship between sociology and social problems in a text that is very well research and engaging yet with tremendous attention to detail and accuracy... [W]ould provide a solid base for any social problems class." Contemporary Sociology wrote that the book is "engagingly well written in a personal unpretentious style and well informed by the author's knowledge of the professional literature." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539617

Thinking About The Curriculum (Routledge Revivals)The nature and treatment of curriculum problems First published in 1978 this book looks at the ‘curriculum crisis’ of the 1970s examining the effect it has had for Curriculum Studies and curriculum policy making. It focuses on a time when long-established structures and procedures were challenged and schools were accused of having lost touch with the wants and needs of communities. The author argues that the curriculum should become part of community interest and be led by this rather than by professionals and initiates. Indeed he feels that the curriculum must have an identity which avoids alliances with technocrats bureaucrats or ideologues but yet has a positive philosophy and a commitment to good values. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415833493

Thinking about the EnlightenmentModernity and its Ramifications Thinking about the Enlightenment looks beyond the current parameters of studying the Enlightenment to the issues that can be understood by reflecting on the period in a broader context. Each of the thirteen original chapters by an international and interdisciplinary team of contributors illustrates the problematic legacy of the Enlightenment and the continued ramifications of its thinking since the eighteenth century. Together they consider whether modernity can see its roots in the intellectual revolution of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. The collection is divided into six sections preceded by a comprehensive introduction to the field and the most recent scholarship on the period. Across the sections the contributors consider modern day encounters with Enlightenment thinking including Kant’s moral philosophy the conflict between reason and faith the significance of the Enlightenment of law and the gender inequality that persisted throughout the eighteenth century. By examining specific encounters with the problematic results of Enlightenment concerns the contributors are able to illuminate and offer new perspectives on topics such as human nature race politics gender and rationality. Drawing from history philosophy literature and anthropology this book enables students and academics alike to take a fresh look at the Enlightenment and its legacy in the modern world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138801820

Thinking About the EnvironmentReadings on Politics Property and the Physical World Underlying current controversies about environmental regulation are shared concerns divided interests and different ways of thinking about the earth and our proper relationship to it. This book brings together writings on nature and environment that illuminate thought and action in this realm. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698724

Thinking About the FamilyViews of Parents and Children First published in 1986. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802091

Thinking about the Teaching of ThinkingThe Feuerstein Approach Thinking about the Teaching of Thinking provides an accessible and comprehensive introduction to Feuerstein’s theory of Mediated Learning Experience and its related tools and programmes. It details up-to-date international and New Zealand research on the Feuerstein approach which reflects the current issues in the teaching of thinking. The book begins by defining what is meant by the teaching of thinking and provides an easy to understand explanation of the Feuerstein method and its value for children with learning challenges. It champions a ‘whole school’ approach to the teaching of thinking and details the practical tools and programmes developed by Feuerstein – such as Instrumental Enrichment and the Learning Propensity Assessment Device – to aid in its implementation. It also recognises the key importance of cultural factors in the teaching of thinking bringing together the author’s considerable research experience using the Feuerstein method in the multicultural New Zealand context with her extensive knowledge of international Feuerstein research. This book provides a user-friendly and unique coverage of the Feuerstein method for researchers and postgraduate students researching and working in educational psychology. It will also be of great value for teachers and parents looking to understand and decide on implementation of the Feuerstein approach in their schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367312879

Thinking about ThinkingCognition Science and Psychotherapy This book examines cognition with a broad and comprehensive approach. Drawing upon the work of many researchers McDowell applies current scientific thinking to enhance the understanding of psychotherapy and other contemporary topics including economics and healthcare. Through the use of practical examples his analysis is accessible to a wide range of readers. In particular clinicians physicians and mental health professionals will learn more about the thought processes through which they and their patients assess information. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138823976

Thinking About ThinkingStudies in the Background of some Psychological Approaches Originally published in 1965 this title is a series of exploratory essays on approaches to thinking. The central topic is the relation of processes of an associative kind (sometimes irrational in so far as they are not enmeshed with a world of shared experience) to those involving some degree of reference to a common world and hence forming the basis of constructive critical and logical thought. This theme ran through a good deal of psychological controversy at the time. It is a very old theme that had been dealt with many times and in many ways in the course of its history. One might have chosen to discuss approaches to it other than those considered in the present volume. These however were selected for their bearing on one another and because they formed an interesting part of the background to contemporary psychological theory of the time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138926608

Thinking About VictimizationContext and Consequences Bringing together cutting-edge theory and research that bridges academic disciplines from criminology and criminal justice to developmental psychology sociology and political science Thinking About Victimization offers an authoritative comprehensive and refreshingly accessible overview of scholarship on the nature sources and consequences of victimization. Written in a lively style with sharp storytelling and an appreciation of international research on victimization this book is rooted in a healthy respect for criminological history and the foundational works in victimization studies. It provides a detailed account of how different data sources can influence our understanding of victimization; of how the sources of victimization—individual situational and contextual—are complicated and varied; and of how the consequences of victimization—personal legal and political—are just as complex. This book also engages with contemporary issues such as cybervictimization intimate partner violence and sexual victimization prison violence and victimization and terrorism and state-sponsored violence. Thinking About Victimization is essential reading for advanced courses in victimization offered in criminology criminal justice sociology social work and public policy departments. With its unapologetic reliance on theory and research combined with its easy readability undergraduate and graduate students alike will find much to learn in these pages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138697232

Thinking Across CulturesThe Third International Conference on Thinking This volume compares and contrasts contemporary theories of cognition modes of perception and learning from cross-cultural perspectives. The participants were asked to consider and assess the question of whether people from different cultures think differently. Moreover they were asked to consider whether the same approaches to teaching and development of thinking will work in all cultures as well as they do in Western literate societies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203056844

Thinking and Language Originally published in 1875 this book discusses thinking and language and traces the development of different pscyological approaches assessing their theoretical significance and the experimental evidence behind them. It ends by drawing together the various lines of argument to arrive at some general conclusions about language and thought since it clearly emerges that the two are inextricably linked. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138696501

Thinking and Learning SkillsVolume 1: Relating Instruction To Research First Published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315060149

Thinking and Learning SkillsVolume 2: Research and Open Questions "First Published in 1985 Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203056646

Thinking and LiteracyThe Mind at Work This volume explores higher level critical and creative thinking as well as reflective decision making and problem solving -- what teachers should emphasize when teaching literacy across the curriculum. Focusing on how to encourage learners to become independent thinking learning and communicating participants in home school and community environments this book is concerned with integrated learning in a curriculum of inclusion. It emphasizes how to provide a curriculum for students where they are socially interactive personally reflective and academically informed. Contributors are authorities on such topics as cognition and learning classroom climates knowledge bases of the curriculum the use of technology strategic reading and learning imagery and analogy as a source of creative thinking the nature of motivation the affective domain in learning cognitive apprenticeships conceptual development across the disciplines thinking through the use of literature the impact of the media on thinking the nature of the new classroom developing the ability to read words the bilingual multicultural learner crosscultural literacy and reaching the special learner. The applications of higher level thought to classroom contexts and materials are provided so that experienced teacher educators and psychologists are able to implement some of the abstractions that are frequently dealt with in texts on cognition. Theoretical constructs are grounded in educational experience giving the volume a practical dimension. Finally appropriate concerns regarding the new media hypertext bilingualism and multiculturalism as they reflect variation in cognitive experience within the contexts of learning are presented. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315044835

Thinking and ReasoningAn Introduction to the Psychology of Reason Judgment and Decision Making The area of psychological research reviewed in this book is one that is not only increasing in popularity in college curricula but is also making an ever larger impact on the world outside the classroom. Drawing upon research originally cited in Ken Manktelow’s highly successful publication Reasoning and Thinking this completely rewritten textbook reflects on the revolutionary changes that have occurred in the field in recent years stemming from the huge expansion in research output as well as new methods and explanations and the appearance of numerous books on the subject aimed at the popular market. The main areas covered are probability judgment deductive and inductive reasoning decision making hypothetical thinking and rationality. In each case the material is almost entirely new with topics such as the new paradigm in reasoning research causal reasoning and counterfactual thinking appearing for the first time. The book also presents an extended treatment of decision making research and contains a chapter on individual and cultural influences on thinking. Thinking and Reasoning provides a detailed integrated and approachable treatment of this area of cognitive psychology and is ideal reading for intermediate and advanced undergraduate students; indeed for anyone interested in how we draw conclusions and make choices. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781841697413

Thinking and ReasoningPsychological Approaches The subject of thinking is the oldest in the whole science of psychology going back to well before the separation of the disciplines of philosophy and psychology. Originally published in 1983 this collection of up-to-date critical essays about thinking – with particular emphasis on reasoning – is written from the perspective of psychologists who are themselves actively engaged in research into the nature of human thought. The editor’s introduction identifies the major issues which have traditionally concerned students of human thought and provides an historical background. It describes how at first the subject was studied by introspection and how this method fell into disrepute at the end of last century. A satisfactory alternative has not yet emerged although much recent work is based on the information-processing model which sees the brain as a sophisticated computer. Consequently the papers presented in this volume deal with a wide range of issues and a number of different experimental tasks and paradigms. They cover most current approaches to the theory and methodology of cognitive psychology including problem solving the relationship between language and thought and reasoning. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848723184

Thinking and Rethinking the UniversityThe selected works of Ronald Barnett In the World Library of Educationalists series international scholars compile career-long selections of what they judge to be among their finest pieces so the world has access to them in a single manageable volume. Readers are able to follow the themes and strands and see how their work contributes to the development of the field. Over more than three decades Professor Ronald Barnett has acquired a distinctive position as a leading philosopher of the university and higher education and this volume brings together 15 of his key writings particularly papers from leading journals. This volume also includes as his introductory chapter an intellectual autobiography in which Professor Barnett recounts the history of his scholarship and writing traces its development across five stages and identifies the themes and sources of inspiration that lie within his corpus of work. Ronald Barnett has described his corpus of work as a social philosophy of the university that is at once conceptual critical practical and imaginative. His concepts of criticality critical interdisciplinarity supercomplexity and the ecological university have been taken up in the literature across the world. Through telling examples and with an incisive clarity of writing Ronald Barnett’s scholarship has helped to illuminate in fresh ways and reorient practices in the university and in higher education. The chapters in this volume reveal all of these qualities so making this volume a compelling overview of a passionate and yet constructive critic of the university. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138785083

Thinking Arabic Translation: Tutor's HandbookA Course in Translation Method: Arabic to English Thinking Arabic Translation is a comprehensive and practical 24-week course in translation method. Clear explanations discussion examples and exercises enable students to acquire the skills necessary for tackling a broad range of translation problems. Examples are drawn from a variety of sources including journalism and politics legal and technical texts and literary and consumer-orientated texts. This Tutor's Handbook complements the Thinking Arabic Translation Coursebook for students. It provides invaluable guidance on using the course and includes specimen answers and photocopiable class handouts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172906

Thinking Arabic TranslationA Course in Translation Method: Arabic to English Thinking Arabic Translation is an indispensable book for linguists who want to develop their Arabic-to-English translation skills. Clear explanations discussions examples and exercises enable students to acquire the skills necessary for tackling a broad range of translation problems. The book has a practical orientation addressing key issues for translators such as cultural differences genre and revision and editing. It is a book on translation method drawing on a range of notions from linguistics and translation theory to encourage thoughtful consideration of possible solutions to practical problems. This new edition includes: • new material in almost all chapters • a new chapter on parallelism • two new chapters on technical translation: botanical and Islamic finance texts • new and up-to-date examples from all types of translation covering broad issues that have emerged in the Arab world in recent years • texts drawn from a wide variety of writing types including newspapers prose fiction poetry tourist material scientific texts financial texts recipes academic writing constitutions and political speeches • at least three full-length practical translation exercises in each chapter to complement the discussions and consolidate learning. In addition to the updated Tutor’s Handbook a Supplement containing textual material and practical exercises aimed at further developing the translation issues discussed in the main text and a Tutor’s Handbook to the Supplement are available at www.routledgetextbooks.com/textbooks/_author/thinkingtranslation/. Thinking Arabic Translation is key reading for advanced students wishing to perfect their language skills or considering a career in translation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415705639

Thinking CollaborativelyLearning in a Community of Inquiry Thinking Collaboratively is a theoretical and practical guide to thinking and learning in deep and meaningful ways within purposeful communities of inquiry. Critical thinking has long been recognized as an important educational goal but until now has largely been conceived and operationalized as an individual attitude and ability. Increasingly however a more relevant and complete cognitive construct has been emerging: thinking collaboratively. Thinking collaboratively is the means to inquire test and apply new understandings and to make sense of the information that bombards us continuously. In short thinking collaboratively is required to flourish in our highly connected world and in this book based on more than a decade of research Garrison provides an essential introduction to this vital concept. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138824324

Thinking Comprehensively About EducationSpaces of Educative Possibility and their Implications for Public Policy While much is known about the critical importance of educative experiences outside of school little is known about the social systems community programs and everyday practices that can facilitate learning outside of the classroom. Thinking Comprehensively About Education sheds much-needed light on those systems programs and practices; conceptualizing education more broadly through a nuanced exploration of: the various spaces where education occurs; the non-dominant practices and possibilities of those spaces; the possibilities of enabling social systems institutions and programs of comprehensive education. This original edited collection identifies and describes the resources that enable optimal human learning and development and offers a public policy framework that can enable a truly comprehensive educational system. Thinking Comprehensively About Education is a must-read for faculty students policy analysts and policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415894920

Thinking Creative WritingCritique from the international New Writing journal Thinking Creative Writing explores the many ways in which creative writing can be critically considered and understood as well as the teaching and learning of creative writing. Featuring thematic ideas and practice-orientated thoughts such as those related to the value of distraction when undertaking creative work the book also presents contemporary work in the field of what is termed ‘Creative Writing Studies’ and offers an analysis of doctoral research on Creative Writing. Additionally the book includes reports on cultural and heritage studies of creative writing as a practice  in relation to the literature it brings about and the audiences it engages. Thinking Creative Writing presents a snapshot of contemporary work in and around departments of creative writing in our universities and colleges. It will be of interest to those researching in the field as well as those with a broader interest in writing creatively. The chapters in this book were originally published as articles in the New Writing journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730543

Thinking Critically About Critical ThinkingA Workbook to Accompany Halpern's Thought & Knowledge A workbook for Thought & Knowledge Fourth Edition by Diane F Halpern  Thinking Critically About Critical Thinking Fourth Edition is filled with new exercises to reinforce learning and practice newly acquired skills. This workbook can be purchased in a student package with Thought & Knowledge or as a separate item. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135444

Thinking Critically About LawA Student's Guide So you’ve arrived at university you’ve read the course handbook and you’re ready to learn the law. But is knowing the law enough to get you the very best marks? And what do your lecturers mean when they say you need to develop critical and analytical skills? When is it right to put your own views forward? What are examiners looking for when they give feedback to say that your work is too descriptive? This book explores what it means to think critically and offers practical tips and advice for students to develop the process skill and ability of thinking critically while studying law. The book investigates the big questions such as: What is law? and What is ‘thinking critically’? How can I use critical thinking to get better grades in assessments? What is the role of critical thinking in the work place? These questions and more are explored in Thinking Critically About Law. Whether you have limited prior experience of critical thinking or are looking to improve your performance in assessments this book is the ideal tool to help you enhance your capacity to question challenge reflect and problematize what you learn about the law throughout your studies and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138125377

Thinking Critically about Media and Politics This book offers a critical introduction to the media as well as a “self defense” against the “spin” of politicians advertising and assorted propagandists. Its interdisciplinary application of principles of critical thinking and argumentative rhetoric can be incorporated into a diverse range of college courses including communication journalism rhetoric and media criticism. <br><br>Lazere offers a basic guide to and critique of the semantic complexities of terms such as <i>liberal conservative left</i> and <i>right</i> as well as related words like <i>democracy freedom capitalism</i> and <i>socialism</i>. He provides student guides for understanding opposing viewpoints between conservative and liberal polemicists on controversial issues in current politics and media such as the nation’s wealth gap including the rhetoric of economic arguments and the use and interpretation of statistics. His book offers insights into understanding the positions behind many other well-publicized debates in American society—from women’s rights to racial attitudes to the role of government. Lazere provides students with tools for understanding and argumentation showing how to recognize logical fallacies verbal slanting and emotional appeal through connotative language—and how to discern intentions behind political and other advertisements.<br><br>In contrast to most textbooks’ approach to logical fallacies that assumes they result only from unintentional lapses in reasoning this book confronts the hard truth that real-life arguments frequently are tainted by deliberate deception. Chapter 3 surveys various influences on political bias in the media while Chapter 4 examines special pleading conflicts of interest invective smearing and hype—as propagated by sources like lobbies public relations agencies think tanks advocacy and political advertising.<br><br><b>Key features of the text:</b> Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612052748

Thinking Critically about Research on Sex and Gender The authors first demonstrate that most of the claims about sex and gender are not well supported by research and then provide readers with constructive critical tools they can apply to this wealth of research to come to realistic constructive conclusions. All of this is provided in a concise inexpensive volume by a best-selling trade author and instructor team. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138428768

Thinking Critically about ResearchA Step by Step Approach We live in an age of unprecedented access to information. The last decade has seen an exponential growth in data and material available often at the touch of a button. However this has also made it harder to discern between fact and fiction. What is real and what is fake? What should we believe and what should we reject? In an environment of information overload a distrust of experts the circulation of misinformation and false facts and public debates based upon poor evidence Thinking Critically About Research comes at a vital juncture. The book is designed to help readers develop a critical understanding of evidence and the ways in which evidence is presented and to challenge the information they receive in both academic and non-academic sources. The author presents a step-by-step approach with a focus on knowing methods culminating in a bespoke ‘critical tool kit’ which offers a practical checklist designed to be used when carrying out research. Also containing learning features including tasks and worked examples drawing on real research studies this is an essential resource for students and researchers and those putting research into practice who want to have better critical thinking skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367000202

Thinking Design Through Literature This book deploys literature to explore the social lives of objects and places. The first book of its kind it embraces things as diverse as escalators coins skyscrapers pottery radios and robots and encompasses places as various as home country cities streets and parks. Here fiction poetry and literary non-fiction are mined for stories of design which are paired with images of contemporary architecture and design. Through the work of authors such as César Aires Nicholson Baker Lydia Davis Orhan Pamuk and Virginia Woolf this book shows the enormous influence that places and things exert in the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138712560

Thinking Developmentally from Constructivism to NeuroconstructivismSelected Works of Annette Karmiloff-Smith In the World Library of Psychologists series international experts present career-long collections of what they judge to be their finest pieces - extracts from books key articles salient research findings and their major practical theoretical contributions. This influential volume of papers chosen by Professor Annette Karmiloff-Smith before she passed away recognises her major contribution to the field of developmental psychology. Published over a 40-year period the papers included here address the major themes that permeate through Annette’s work: from typical to atypical development genetics and computation modelling approaches and neuroimaging of the developing brain. A newly written introduction by Michael S. C. Thomas and Mark H. Johnson gives an overview of her research journey and contextualises her selection of papers in relation to changes in the field over time. Thinking Developmentally from Constructivism to Neuroconstructivism: Selected Works of Annette Karmiloff-Smith is of great interest to researchers and postgraduates in child development specialising in atypical development developmental disorders and developmental neuroscience. It also has appeal to clinical neuropsychologists and rehabilitation professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138699472

Thinking Differently About CosmopolitanismTheory Eccentricity and the Globalized World Cosmopolitanism and relevant notions are widely discussed in philosophy of education and educational studies more generally. There is a vast literature on the topic that often invites conceptual discussion and requires some work in the direction of crucial clarifications. Thinking Differently About Cosmopolitanism argues that a new conception of cosmopolitanism is needed and addresses this need by formulating a conception of cosmopolitanism as an "eccentric" ethico-political ideal. Such cosmopolitanism is eccentric in the sense that it decenters the self it cultivates centrifugal virtues and it questions the concern for the globally enriched self. In this book Papastephanou lays the foundation for a more refined conception of the topic and provides a fruitful interdisciplinary discussion of its relation to globalization Eurocentricism developmentalism and modernity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612050805

Thinking Ecologically About the Global Political Economy This book advances an ecologically grounded approach to International Political Economy (IPE). Katz-Rosene and Paterson address a lacuna in the literature by exploring the question of how thinking ecologically transforms our understanding of what IPE is and should be.The volume shows the ways in which socio-ecological processes are integral to the themes treated by students and scholars of IPE – trade finance production interstate competition globalisation inequalities and the governance of all these notably – and further that taking the ecological dimensions of these processes seriously transforms our understanding of them. Global capitalism has always been premised on the extraction transformation and movement of what have become known as ‘natural resources’. The authors provide a synthesis of ecological arguments regarding IPE and weave them into an overall approach to be usable by others in the field. This synthesis draws on basic ecological political ideas such as limits to growth and environmental justice ideas in ecological economics practices of ecological movements in the global economy as well as key ideas from other political economic traditions relevant for developing an ecological approach.Providing a broad and critical introduction to international political economy from a distinctly ecological perspective this work will be a valuable resource for students and scholars alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873875

Thinking English TranslationAnalysing and Translating English Source Texts Thinking English Translation is a practical guide to analysing and translating English source texts. Section I focuses on pre-translation analysis where students are guided to consider the features of a variety of English texts and the various implications for translation into other languages. Section II examines language variety in English in more detail and provides strategies for dealing with translation challenges in a wide range of text types. Thinking English Translation gives students a framework for a better understanding of how to approach source texts in order to tackle translation assignments whether in class or in the workplace with confidence. Stella Cragie a Qualified Member of the Institute of Translation and Interpreting and former Principal Lecturer in Translation at the University of Westminster is now a freelance translator. Ann Pattison is a former Senior Lecturer in Translation at the University of Westminster and now works as a freelance translator editor and writer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138714038

Thinking French Translation The new edition of this popular course in translation from French into English offers a challenging practical approach to the acquisition of translation skills with clear explanations of the theoretical issues involved. A variety of translation issues are considered including:*cultural differences*register and dialect*genre*revision and editing.The course now covers texts from a wide range of sources including:*journalism and literature*commercial legal and technical texts*songs and recorded interviews.This is essential reading for advanced undergraduates and postgraduate students of French on translation courses. The book will also appeal to wide range of language students and tutors. A tutors' handbook offering invaluable guidance on how to use the text is available for free download at http://www.routledge.com/cw/thinkingtranslation/ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138127395

Thinking from A to Z What ishumpty-dumptying ? Doarguments from analogy ever stand up? How do I know when someone is usingweasel words ? What‘s the difference between ared herring and a ‘straw man ? This superb book now in its third edition will help anyone who wants to argue well and think critically. Using witty and topical examples this fully-updated edition includes many new entries and updates the whole text. New entries include: Principle of Charity Lawyer‘s Answer Least Worst Option Poisoning the Well Sentimentality Sunk Cost Fallacy Weasel Words You would say that wouldn‘t you. Thinking from A to Z may not help you win every argument but it will definitely give you the power to tell a good one from a bad one. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138436688

Thinking German TranslationA Course in Translation Method: German to English Thinking German Translation is a comprehensive practical course in translation for advanced undergraduate students of German and postgraduate students embarking on Master’s translation programmes. Now in its third edition this course focuses on translation as a decision-making process covering all stages of the translation process from research to the ‘rewriting’ of the source text in the language of translation to the final revision process. This third edition brings the course up to date referencing relevant research sources in Translation Studies and technological developments as appropriate and balancing the coverage of subject matter with examples and varied exercises in a wide range of genres from both literary and specialised material. All chapters from the second edition have been extensively revised and in many cases restructured; new chapters have been added—literary translation; research and resources—as well as suggestions for further reading. Offering around 50 practical exercises the course features material from a wide range of sources including: business economics and politics advertising marketing and consumer texts tourism science and engineering modern literary texts and popular song the literary canon including poetry A variety of translation issues are addressed among them cultural differences genre conventions the difficult concept of equivalence as well as some of the key differences between English and German linguistic and textual features. Thinking German Translation is essential reading for all students seriously interested in improving their translation skills. It is also an excellent foundation for those considering a career in translation. A Tutor’s Handbook offers comments and notes on the exercises for each chapter including not only translations but also a range of other tasks as well as some specimen answers. It is available to download from www.routledge.com/9781138920989. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138920989

Thinking History 4-14Teaching Learning Curricula and Communities In this book the author looks at the past present and the future of history teaching in primary schools in an attempt to provide a practical framework for teachers. Section one reviews relevant literature with an aim to clarify the dilemmas and advance present thinking and practice in history teaching in primary schools. Section two offers case studies curriculum materials and designs teaching ideas and methods teacher-development and curriculum development materials at the same time as tying it in to the existing knowledge-base. Section three considers the 'perennial dilemmas' for school history in the 21st century including: how can history survive in an increasingly over-crowded and competitive school curriculum? How can history be harnessed to improvements in literacy and numeracy? What should the primary history curriculum contain? How can IT secure easier access to historical information and evidence? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821832

Thinking HomeInterdisciplinary Dialogues Thinking Home challenges and extends the existing scholarship on the subject of ‘home’ in a period which has seen unprecedented levels of movement cross the globe. Sanja Bahun and Bojana Petric have collated essays that revisit existing ideas to introduce new ways of thinking on home from the individual and local through communal to the international levels. While home informs our feelings of belonging and displacement and our activities such as migration housing and language learning Bahun Petric and contributors look to specific under-studied areas and encompass them within a major framework that allows for assessment through multiple disciplinary and expressive lenses. Thinking Home examines examples such as temporary homes homes on the road new and emergent modes of home-making and minority groups in home and housing debates. Fresh timely and topical Thinking Home is rooted in activism and policy-making in the sector of 'home'; the essays both challenge and extend the existing scholarship on this subject. This collection combines perspectives of aesthetics anthropology cultural and literary studies law linguistics philosophy sociology psychoanalysis political science and activist responses in one whole. It will be essential reading for students of anthropology literary studies cultural studies and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350150874

Thinking in PlaceArt Action and Cultural Production Carol Becker preeminent arts educator and contributor to leading art magazines offers a beautifully poignant meditation on the role of place in artistic creativity. She focuses on place as a historical physical entity and a conceptual site where ideas come into meaning. The book explores places from the coal-mining towns of western Pennsylvania to the Birla House where Gandhi was shot to the sinking city of Venice. A cross between theory memoir and history her writing creates the experiential effect of being in specific places as well as imagining the evolution of ideas as they are manifested in museums and often become agents for social change. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631592

Thinking in Psychological ScienceIdeas and Their Makers This book explores the development of ideas in psychology's past. It is the initial volume in a series intended to shape such ideas into a valuable resource for the discipline's future. Scientists in general are known to ignore their own history considering it to be a graveyard of failures. In Thinking in Psychological Science selected ideas of key figures in the cognitive comparative and developmental sides of psychology Karl Duncker Karl Biihler Tamara Dembo Zing-Young Kuo C. Lloyd Morgan Alexander Chamberlain and Arnold Gesell are traced and the social contexts of their ideas are given a collective analysis focusing on the potential of these ideas for the present state of psychology.Representing the scientist as "hero" has become a necessary component when applying for research monies from governmentally controlled funding agencies. Yet the reality is just the opposite: Science is not just the product of "heroes"; it is the product of many individuals who often search for solutions to basic problems throughout their lifetimes while only a few arrive at breakthroughs. Still familiarity with the flow of thought in the efforts to solve the basic problems of humankind is necessary for any understanding of creativity. This book analyzes the processes involved in the search for solutions to major theoretical problems of development (Kuo Gesell) action and cognition (Biihler Bunker Dembo) and methodology (Morgan). Ultimately this is an exciting volume that reveals real science in the making.Thinking in Psychological Science will be of interest to students of the social sciences and intellectual history. It is ideal for graduate and upper-level undergraduate courses in psychology the sociology of science and cognitive science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517288

Thinking in School and Society In this book first published in 1988 the author integrates relevant ideas from philosophy psychology sociology economics and political science to provide a comprehensive analysis of the problem of education for thinking. Professor Schrag takes account of the classroom as well as the larger society and includes practical recommendations for creating new settings designed to enhance students’ thoughtfulness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138693074

Thinking International Relations Differently A host of voices has risen to challenge Western core dominance of the field of International Relations (IR) and yet intellectual production about world politics continues to be highly skewed. This book is the second volume in a trilogy of titles that tries to put the "international" back into IR by showing how knowledge is actually produced around the world. The book examines how concepts that are central to the analysis of international relations are conceived in diverse parts of the world both within the disciplinary boundaries of IR and beyond them. Adopting a thematic structure scholars from around the world issues that include security the state authority and sovereignty globalization secularism and religion and the "international" - an idea that is central to discourses about world politics but which in given geocultural locations does not necessarily look the same. By mapping global variation in the concepts used by scholars to think about international relations the work brings to light important differences in non-Western approaches and the potential implications of such differences for the IR discipline and the study of world politics in general. This is essential reading for anyone who is concerned about the history development and future of International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415781312

Thinking it ThroughDeveloping Thinking and Language Skills Through Drama Activities Teaching should be exciting and creative but an overcrowded curriculum can make this hard for teachers to achieve. Help is at hand with these literacy and numeracy lesson plans that also cover language development thinking skills and drama. Thinking it Through allows teachers to customize lesson plans to meet their own needs using the book's accompanying CD as well as assess pupils language abilty with handy photocopiable assessment worksheets. The book will help each child reach their full potential regardless of ability using ideas for differentiation and extension and structure lessons according to national curriculum objectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419827

Thinking Italian TranslationA course in translation method: Italian to English Thinking Italian Translation is an indispensable course for students who want to develop their Italian to English translation skills. This new edition includes: up-to-date examples and new source texts from a variety of genres from journalistic to technical. a brand new section on professionalism and the translation market The course is practical addressing key issues for translators such as cultural differences genre and revision and editing. At the same time it clearly defines translation theories. Thinking Italian Translation is key reading for advanced students wishing to perfect their language skills or considering a career in translation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138799783

Thinking Like a LawyerAn Introduction to Legal Reasoning Law students law professors and lawyers frequently refer to the process of "thinking like a lawyer " but attempts to analyze in any systematic way what is meant by that phrase are rare. In his classic book Kenneth J. Vandevelde defines this elusive phrase and identifies the techniques involved in thinking like a lawyer. Unlike most legal writings which are plagued by difficult virtually incomprehensible language this book is accessible and clearly written and will help students professionals and general readers gain important insight into this well-developed and valuable way of thinking.Updated for a new generation of lawyers the second edition features a new chapter on contemporary perspectives on legal reasoning. A useful new appendix serves as a survival guide for current and prospective law students and describes how to apply the techniques in the book to excel in law school. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367097295

Thinking Media and BeyondPerspectives from German Media Theory Media – old or new in the cloud or underground – constitutes the very condition in which our world takes shape. Media is reshaped continuously marked for both the profound effects it produces and the acceleration it exhibits. It is the site in which we signal some of the most pressing issues we face in our ever-widening technologized world. Written by authors working at the forefront of media theory today this book charts an original and compelling path across various media forms bringing to light the wonderful yet persistently unsettling role that media plays and will continue to play in the making of our future. It not only establishes media as a serious and interdisciplinary concept but also demonstrates how this concept can be developed beyond the current limited form and content dichotomy. This book was originally published as a special issue of Cultural Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891862

Thinking MenMasculinity and its Self-Representation in the Classical Tradition Thinking Men explores artistic and intellectual expression in the classical world as the self representation of man. It starts from the premise that the history of classical antiquity as the ancients tell it is a history of men. However the focus of this volume is the creation re-creation and iteration of that male self as presented in language poetry drama philosophical and scientific thought and art: man constructing himself as subject in classical antiquity and beyond. This beautifully illustrated volume which contains a preface by Nathalie Kampen provides a thought-provoking and stimulating insight into the representations of men in Classical culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415513562

Thinking of Becoming a Counsellor? If you are thinking of becoming a counsellor you may be wondering if you could put to good use your own life experience by offering support and understanding to those trying to cope with difficulties that you may have encountered and worked through yourself. The ancient Greek aphorism "know thyself" is immensely important in this regard. For unless counsellors are in harmony with themselves they cannot truly relate to the needs of those they seek to help. It is not enough for the counsellor to play the role of the therapist. He or she has to be the therapist - a very different concept. This book explores the journeys of self-discovery that prompted the pioneering practitioners to direct their skills in particular ways and the influence exerted by their backgrounds ambitions and personal histories. The overall objective is to help intending therapists to arrive at an understanding of the inner resources they will need to embark on a counselling career and to help them determine which approach might best accord with their temperament and lifetime's experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490168

Thinking on Earthquakes in Early Modern EuropeFirm Beliefs on Shaky Ground This book is the first extensive study of ideas on earthquakes before the Lisbon earthquake in 1755. The earthquake had a deep impact on European culture and the reactions to it stood in a long tradition that before this study had yet to be explored in detail. Thinking on Earthquakes investigates both scholarly theories and views that were propagated among the early modern European population. Through a chronological approach Vermij reveals that in contrast to the Ancient and medieval philosophers who suggested rational explanations for earthquakes supernatural ideas made a powerful comeback in the sixteenth century. By analysing a variety of sources such as pamphlets sermons and treatises this study shows how changes in the ideas on earthquakes were a result of social and political demands as well as from improvements in the means of communication rather than from scientific methods. Thus Vermij presents an illuminating case for the production of knowledge in early modern Europe. A range of events are explored including the Ferrara earthquake in 1570 and the Vienna earthquake in 1590 making this study an invaluable source for students and scholars of the history of science and the history of ideas in early modern Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367492182

Thinking on HousingWords Memories Use If we do stop to think on housing what do we see? What is housing and what does it do? These seem deceptively simple questions but they are often left unanswered. The reason for this is that a lot of discourse on housing is really a concern for policy-making and the critical evaluation of existing policies. Discourse is not properly speaking on housing at all. It is concerned with provision distribution and access but this thinking on housing stops at the front door. It is only concerned with what is actually external to housing. But for most people housing already exists and they have access to it. Housing is not then about policy but about how we can use what is a complex object in a manner that allows us to live well. Housing for most of us is about what we do when the front door is firmly shut and we are free from the external world. These essays explore this idea of housing as an object that exists for use. Housing is pictured as an object that contains activity. These pieces look at what we do with housing once we have it and so provides a necessary underpinning for any understanding of why housing is important. A further purpose of these pieces is to present different ways of thinking and writing on housing. It is an attempt to show that housing is a suitable topic for philosophical discourse. It is suggested that we can and should seek to establish a philosophy of housing rather than just relying on the traditional social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138293847

Thinking Organization Drawing on both analytical and continental traditions this thought-provoking book takes a balanced look at the contributions philosophy can make to improving our understanding of what it means to organize. The essays consider three areas: representing organization knowing organization and the becoming of organization. With originality and flair the contributors make a powerful case for the need for a new philosophy of management and organization. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203414002

Thinking Past a ProblemEssays on the History of Ideas Professor King's concept of the philosophy of history leads him to offer this demonstration of the incoherence even absurdity of the notion that the past can have nothing to teach us - whether posed by those who argue that history is "unique" or that it is merely "contextual". Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039541

Thinking Philosophically about EducationThe Selected Works of Richard Pring In the World Library of Educationalists series international experts themselves compile career-long collections of what they judge to be their finest pieces – extracts from books key articles salient research findings major theoretical and practical contributions – so the world can read them in a single manageable volume. Readers will be able to follow the themes and strands and see how their work contributes to the development of the field. Thinking Philosophically about Education highlights several key writings from Richard Pring’s international career in education providing a historical perspective in relation to current debates about philosophy of education in the UK and internationally drawing attention to issues of current concern. The text explores key themes such as critical realism teachers as researchers and a way forward for policy through carefully selected examples from Richard Pring’s writings. A short introduction is provided for each chapter to help readers to understand the significance of what is presented and how this relates to other chapters in the book. Comprehensible and articulate this selection displays the knowledge and rigor that has made Richard Pring one of the world’s most respected and eminent scholars of the field of philosophy and education. Comprising Richard Pring’s personal selection of what he considers to be his influential writing from book chapters and journal articles throughout his career it will be of interest to all followers of his work and any reader interested in the development of philosophy and education in the UK and internationally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138325739

Thinking Poetry This collection brings together some of the most prominent critics of contemporary poetry and some of the most significant poets working in the English language today to offer a critical assessment of the nature and function of poetic thought. Working at once with questions of form literary theory and philosophy this volume gives an extraordinarily diverse original and mobile account of the kind of ‘thinking’ that poetry can do. The conviction that moves through the collection as a whole is that poetry is not an addition to thought nor a vehicle to express a given idea nor an ornamental language in which thinking might find itself couched. Rather all the essays suggest that poetry itself thinks in ways that other forms of expression cannot thus making new intellectual political and cultural formulations possible. This book was originally published as a special issue of Textual Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415824644

Thinking Politically about HIV AIDS has a unique political history. As fears grew of a global pandemic on the scale of AIDS in sub-Saharan Africa AIDS was briefly treated as an issue of high politics in the international arena and generated significant resources for country programmes. That initial commitment is now declining and if AIDS is to maintain its visibility and contribution to global solidarity human rights and dignity its politics will have to evolve to reflect the profound geo-political economic and social transformations underway today. This volume brings together leading scholars from a variety of disciplines who work at the intersection of politics and HIV. They reflect on the lessons learned from the past thirty years of the politics of AIDS and how political science writ large can further contribute to the understanding and practice of political mobilization around AIDS. Through case studies and analysis new insights into identity politics and social movements in countries as diverse as Brazil Switzerland Vietnam and Zambia are offered alongside new approaches to understanding the determinants and incentives which generate political will and commitment. This book was published as a special issue of Contemporary Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383265

Thinking Politically/h This book gives some insight into the profession of political science and about 'thinking politically'. It shows how thinking politically contributes in a significant fashion to answering those questions that from curiosity or necessity mankind has incessantly raised and wished to solve. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367273941

Thinking PoliticallyLiberalism in the Age of Ideology Thinking Politically brings together a series of remarkable interviews with Raymond Aron that form a political history of our time. Ranging over an entire lifetime from his youthful experience with the rise of Nazi totalitarianism in Berlin to the denouement of the cold war Aron meditates on the threats to liberty and reason in the bloody twentieth century. Originally published as The Commuted Observer this volume provides one of the fullest accounts available of the dramatic events of the "short century " which began with the pistol shot in Sarajevo in 1914 and ended with the collapse of the Ideological monsters whose deadly nature Aron had ruthlessly exposed for a half-century.In addition to the interviews published in the original edition. Thinking Politically incorporates three interviews never before published in book form. This supplemental material clarifies Aron's role as a voice of prudential reason in an unreasonable age and allows unparalleled access to the principal influences on Aron's thought. The volume concludes with "Democratic States and Totalitarian States " an address by Aron to the French Philosophical Society as well as the accompanying debate with Jacques Maritaln Victor Basch and other intellectuals. Thinking Politically serves as an ideal gateway into Aron's reflections and offers a superb single-volume introduction to the major events and conflicts of the twentieth century. It will be a welcome addition to the libraries of political theorists historians sociologists philosophers and citizens wishing to understand the political and intellectual currents of the age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539624

Thinking Popular CultureWar Terrorism and Writing This book is about war and popular culture and war in popular culture. Tara Brabazon summons probes questions and reclaims popular culture challenging the assumptions of war whiteness Christianity modernity and progress that have dominated our lives since September 11.  Addressing modes of thinking design music and visual media Thinking Popular Culture offers a journey through courageous interventionist and thoughtful ideas performers and cultures. It welcomes those who ask difficult questions of those in power.  Addressing the lack of imagination and dissent that characterizes this new century it is essential reading for any scholar of cultural studies and popular culture media and journalism creative writing and terrorism studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260177

Thinking Practices in Mathematics and Science Learning The term used in the title of this volume--thinking practices--evokes questions that the authors of the chapters within it begin to answer: What are thinking practices? What would schools and other learning settings look like if they were organized for the learning of thinking practices? Are thinking practices general or do they differ by disciplines? If there are differences what implications do those differences have for how we organize teaching and learning? How do perspectives on learning cognition and culture affect the kinds of learning experiences children and adults have? This volume describes advances that have been made toward answering these questions. These advances involve several agendas including increasing interdisciplinary communication and collaboration; reconciling research on cognition with research on teaching learning and school culture; and strengthening the connections between research and school practice. The term thinking practices is symbolic of a combination of theoretical perspectives that have contributed to the volume editors' understanding of how people learn how they organize their thinking inside and across disciplines and how school learning might be better organized. By touring through some of the perspectives on thinking and learning that have evolved into school learning designs Greeno and Goldman begin to establish a frame for what they are calling thinking practices. This volume is a significant contribution to a topic that they believe will continue to emerge as a coherent body of scientific and educational research and practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203053119

Thinking QueerlyRace Sex Gender and the Ethics of Identity Queer theory and the gay rights movement historically have been in tension with the former critiquing precisely the identity politics on which the latter relies. Yet neither queer theory in its predominately poststructuralist form nor the gay rights movement with its conservative "inclusionary" aspirations has adequately addressed questions of identity or the political struggles against normativity that mark the lives of so many queer people. Taking on issues of race sex gender and what he calls "the ethics of identity " Fryer offers a new take on queer theory-one rooted in phenomenology rather than poststructuralism-that seeks to put postnormative thinking at its center. This provocative book gives us a glimpse of what "thinking queer" can look like in our "posthumanist age." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594513602

Thinking Sex with the Great WhoreDeviant Sexualities and Empire in the Book of Revelation Many scholars in Biblical and Revelation studies have written at length about the imperial and patriarchal implications of the figure of the Whore of Babylon. However much of the focus has been on the links to the Roman Empire and ancient attitudes towards gender. This book adds another layer to the conversation around this evocative figure by pursuing an ideological critique of the Great Whore that takes into account contemporary understandings of sexuality and in so doing advances a de-moralization of apparent sexual deviancy both in the present and in the past.Offering an emancipatory reading of Revelation 17-18 using Foucauldian postcolonial and queer historiographies this study sets out alternative paths for identity construction in Biblical texts. By using these alternative critical lenses the author argues that the common neglect of the ethical and political impact of Biblical texts in the present can be overcome. This in turn allows for fresh reflection on the study of the Bible and its implications for progressive politics. Situated at the intersection of Revelation Studies Biblical Studies and Hermeneutics as well as Contextual/Liberationist Theologies and Queer and Postcolonial Criticism this is a cutting edge study that will be of keen interest to scholars of Theology and Religious Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591526

Thinking Skills and Creativity in Second Language EducationCase Studies from International Perspectives Across the world education is being restructured to include greater focus on developing critical and creative skills. In second language education research suggests that cognition and language development are closely related. Yet despite increasing interest in the teaching of thinking skills critical thinking has not been widely intergrated into language teaching. Thinking Skills and Creativity in Second Language Education presents a range of investigations exploring the relationship between thinking skills and creativity and second language education. Focusing on cognitive affective social and emotional perspectives this book highlights current research and raises questions that will set the direction for future research. Its aims are as follows: Provide an in-depth understanding of the link between second language development and thinking skills. Consider approaches to developing thinking skills in second language instruction. Examine practices in implementing thinking skills in second language learning. Offer an updated list of sources of information on thinking skills in second language education. A new addition to the Research on Teaching Thinking and Creativity series this book is relevant to researchers in the field of educational psychology  to Masters degree and PhD students in this field and to anyone interested in developing thinking skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138297944

Thinking Skills and Early Childhood Education First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420380

Thinking Skills and Problem-Solving - An Inclusive ApproachA Practical Guide for Teachers in Primary Schools Discover and develop your pupils' strengths across the multiple intelligences by improving their problem solving skills. This book will: tell teachers all they need to know about multiple intelligences and problem solving provide a bank of problems that can be integrated into any lesson plan help teachers to identify gifted and able pupils guide schools on how to organize their curriculum using example curriculum plans. For teachers working across the Foundation Stage Key Stages One and Two Headteachers and those working at management level. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138155275

Thinking SpacePromoting Thinking About Race Culture and Diversity in Psychotherapy and Beyond This book promotes curiosity exploration and learning about difference by paying as much attention as to how we learn (process) as to what we learn (content). It shares the thinking experience and learning of staff at the Tavistock Clinic the premier psychotherapy training institution in the NHS. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200598

Thinking Spanish TranslationA Course in Translation Method: Spanish to English  The new edition of this comprehensive course in Spanish-English translation offers advanced students of Spanish a challenging yet practical approach to the acquisition of translation skills with clear explanations of the theoretical issues involved. A variety of translation issues are addressed including: cultural differences register and dialect grammatical differences genre. With a sharper focus clearer definitions and an increased emphasis on up-to-date ‘real world’ translation tasks this second edition features a wealth of relevant illustrative material taken from a wide range of sources both Latin American and Spanish including: technical scientific and legal texts journalistic and informative texts literary and dramatic texts. Each chapter includes suggestions for classroom discussion and a set of practical exercises designed to explore issues and consolidate skills. Model translations notes and suggestions for teaching and assessment are provided in a Teachers’ Handbook; this is available for free download at http://www.routledge.com/cw/thinkingtranslation/ Thinking Spanish Translation is essential reading for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students of Spanish and translation studies. The book will also appeal to a wide range of language students and tutors through the general discussion of the principles and purposes of translation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203886014

Thinking StraightThe Power Promise and Paradox of Heterosexuality This collection of original essays will unravel the current heterosexual scene in two parts: one on rights and privileges the other on popular culture. Topics covered include weddings proms citizenship marriage penalties cartoons mermaids and myth. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203006368

Thinking Strategically in Turbulent Times: An Inside View of Strategy MakingAn Inside View of Strategy Making An emergent approach to organizational strategy making assumptions that few organizations actually realize the goal of deliberative top-down strategic planning and that effective strategy making occurs on a continual basis and is a shared activity of the entire organization. This innovative book provides the first in-depth look at how real organizations are formulating and implementing strategic change under this new paradigm. The authors have dug deep into three large and varied organizations (Hewlett-Packard the California State University system and the County of Los Angeles) and identified each one's efforts to develop a new strategic planning process better-suited to match the current pace of change and environmental unpredictability. The book is filled with vignettes quotes and real-world examples that illustrate the trend toward faster more adaptive strategic planning processes. It is relevant for a wide range of business governmental and non-profit settings and should be required reading in any course on strategic planning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698717

Thinking the GreeksA Volume in Honor of James M. Redfield This volume from an international and interdisciplinary cohort of scholars offers independent-minded essays about central Greek texts and about the relation of social theory and comparative method to the study of archaic and classical Greek literature. It is in honour of James M. Redfield whose innovative and theoretically-informed work has been a touchstone for the contributors; it includes an Introduction that discusses Redfield’s work as well as a complete Bibliography of Redfield’s scholarship. The volume is divided into three parts: on Homer; Plato in conversation with epic tragedy and comedy; and finally reception and transmission. An exploration of the dialectical relationship between literary genre and social form animates many of the essays. Drawing on work in anthropology linguistics sociology art history and philosophy this volume offers ground-breaking perspectives on the study of Greek literature. It will be an invaluable resource to students and researchers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733902

Thinking the Sculpture GardenArt Plant Landscape This innovative book poses two deceptively simple questions: what is a sculpture garden and what happens when you give equal weight to the main elements of landscape planting and artwork? Its wide-ranging frame of reference including the USA Europe and Japan is brought into focus through Tremenheere Sculpture Garden Cornwall with which the book begins and ends. Effectively less than 15 years old and largely the work of one man Tremenheere affords an opportunity to examine as work-in-progress the creation of a new kind of sculpture garden. Including a historical overview the book traverses multiple ways of seeing and experiencing sculpture gardens culminating in an exploration of their relevance as 'cultural ecology' in the context of globalisation urbanisation and climate change. The thinking here is non-dualist and broadly aligned with New Materialisms and Material Feminisms to explore our place as humans in the non-human world on which we depend. Eminent contributors including John Dixon Hunt George Descombes Bernard Lassus and David Leatherbarrow approach these issues through practices and theories of landscape architecture; garden and art making; history and writing; and philosophy. Richly illustrated with over 100 images including a colour plate section the book will primarily appeal to those engaged in professional or academic research along with sculpture garden visitors who will find new and surprising ways of experiencing plants and art in natural and urban settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367190248

Thinking the Twenty­‐First CenturyIdeas for the New Political Economy In a sophisticated and far-reaching blend of theory and reflection Thinking the Twenty-First Century takes a provocative look at the changes required to build a new global political economy. McIntosh charts five system changes essential to this transition: globality and Earth awareness; the rebalancing of science and awe; peacefulness and the feminization of decision-making; the re-organization of our institutions; and evolution adaptation and learning. That they are all connected should be obvious but that they are written about together is less common.McIntosh argues that these five changes are already under way and need to be accelerated. Combining science philosophy politics and economics Thinking the Twenty-First Century questions our current model of capitalism and calls for a much-needed new order. This forceful call to action advocates a balanced political economy with trandisciplinarity connectivity accountability and transparency at its centre as an alternative to a world built on the failing system of neoliberal economics.From one of the pioneers of the global corporate sustainability and social responsibility movement this unique book combines analysis diary and reflection to present a radical way forward for the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783531738

Thinking the UnthinkableThe Riddles of Classical Social Theories In the eloquent style for which he has become famous Charles Lemert writes of social theory as no one else. Thinking the Unthinkable is offered as text for instruction yet it defies the prevailing assumption that social theory is a method for clarifying the facts of social life. Lemert shows how social theory began late in the 19th century as a struggle to come to terms with the failure of modern reason to solve the social problems created by the capitalist world-system. Since then social theory has developed through twists and turns to think and rethink this Unthinkable. Hence the surprising innovations of recent years-postmodern queer postcolonial third-wave feminist risk theories among others arising in the wake of globalization. Once again Lemert has made the difficult clear in a book that students and other readers will treasure and keep. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631578

Thinking Theory ThoroughlyCoherent Approaches To An Incoherent World Think theory is thoroughly removed from explaining international crises such as Bosnia Rwanda and Korea? Think again! James Rosenau and Mary Durfee have teamed up to show how the same events take on different coloration depending on the theory used to explain them. In order to better understand world politics the authors maintain theory does make a difference.Thinking Theory Thoroughly is a primer for all kinds of readers who want to begin theorizing about international relations (IR). In this second edition realism (the dominant theoretical perspective in IR) postinternationalism (Rosenau's famed turbulence paradigm) and liberalism are treated together in a chapter that compares them along various analytic dimensions which makes the book even more useful.In this new edition the order and content of case chapters have been changed to better reflect the ways theory can be used to organize empirical material. The chapter on crises which is now at the beginning shows how systemic theories might cope with problems and evidence of a more local and temporally constrained nature. A chapter on the U.N. illustrates how systemic theories can cope with institutions and the last chapter on Antarctica delineates how systemic theories can be used to generate hypotheses that then demand different kinds of evidence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367098377

Thinking Through ArtReflections on Art as Research Focusing on a unique arena Thinking Through Art takes an innovative look at artists’ experiences of undertaking doctorates and asks: If the making of art is not simply the formulation of an object but is also the formation of complex ideas then what effect does academic enquiry have on art practice? Using twenty-eight pictures never before seen outside the artists’ universities Thinking Through Art focuses on art produced in higher educational environments and considers how the material product comes about through a process of conceiving and giving form to abstract thought. It further examines how this form which is research art sits uneasily within academic circles and yet is uniquely situated outside the gallery system. The journal articles from eminent scholars artists philosophers art historians and cultural theorists demonstrate the complexity of interpreting art as research and provide students and scholars with an invaluable resource for their art and cultural studies courses.   Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203819869

Thinking Through CommunicationAn Introduction to the Study of Human Communication The ninth edition of this textbook for hybrid introductory communication courses provides a balanced introduction to the fundamental theories and principles of communication. The book explores communication in a variety of contexts—including interpersonal group organizational and mass media—and provides students the theoretical knowledge and the research and critical thinking skills they’ll need to succeed in advanced communication courses and professions. The first section explores the history of communication study and explains basic perspectives used by scholars in the field. The second looks at how communicators decode and encode messages while the third examines channels and contexts from interpersonal to mass media. This edition devotes attention to how new technologies are changing the ways we think about communication with revised and updated examples and gives special attention to relevant critical theory. Two appendices give users the flexibility to tailor their courses to the interests and needs of their students offering guidelines for preparing and presenting public presentations and giving examples of major research methods. Thinking Through Communication is an ideal textbook for Introduction to Communication courses that aim to provide a comprehensive overview of the field. A companion website for instructors containing PowerPoint slides test questions and an instructor’s manual is available at https://routledgetextbooks.com/textbooks/9780367857011. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367857011

Thinking Through CommunicationPearson New International Edition Praised for its teachability Thinking Through Communication provides an excellent balanced introduction to basic theories and principles of communication making sense of a complex field through a variety of approaches. In an organized and coherent manner Thinking Through Communication covers a full range of topics- from the history of communication study to the methods used by current communication scholars to understand human interaction. The text explores communication in a variety of traditional contexts: interpersonal group organizational public intercultural computer-mediated communication and the mass media. This edition also offers new insights into public speaking and listening. This text can be used successfully in both theory- and skills-based courses. Written in a clear lively style Trenholm's overall approach-including her use of examples and interesting illustrations-helps both majors and non-majors alike develop a better understanding of communication as a field of study and an appreciation for ways in which communication impacts their daily lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781292027166

Thinking Through Creativity and CultureToward an Integrated Model Creativity and culture are inherently linked. Society and culture are part and parcel of creativity's process outcome and subjective experience. Equally creativity does not reside in the individual independent of culture and society.Vlad Petre Glveanu's basic framework includes creators and community from which new artifacts emerge and existing artifacts are developed. He points to a relationship between self and other new and old specific for every creative act. Using this multifaceted system requires that researchers employ ecological research in order to capture the heterogeneity and social dimensions of creativity.Glveanu uses an approach based on cultural psychology to present creativity in lay terms and within everyday settings. He concludes with a unitary cultural framework of creativity interrelating actors audiences actions artifacts and affordances. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517295

Thinking Through DilemmasSchemas Frames and Difficult Decisions Departing from the sociological dual process model that divides thoughts into automatic and unconscious or deliberate and conscious occurrences this book draws on empirical cases to demonstrate the existence of “automatic deliberation.” Through research into the ways in which people address difficult subjects such as death and dying pedophilia and career decision-making the author sheds light on a mode of thinking which is both habitual and effortful displaying a combination of habituated understandings and conscious deliberation. Advancing a blended view of cognition by which individuals draw on schemas and frames to think through complex topics this volume will appeal to sociologists and psychologists with interests in cognition and the ways in which we make decisions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367511630

Thinking Through FairbairnExploring the Object Relations Model of Mind Thinking through Fairbairn offers parallel perspectives on Fairbairn's work. It explores an extended interpretation of his 'psychology of dynamic structure' and applies that model to a number of different areas. Fairbairn's Scottish origins are explored through his relationship with the work of Ian Suttie and Edward Glover. A new extended object relations model of phantasy and inner reality that reflects Fairbairn's approach as represented by his contribution to the Controversial Discussions is also developed. In cooperation with Paul Finnegan this version of Fairbairn's model is applied to an understanding of multiple personality disorder or dissociative identity disorder. This model is combined with Fairbairn's theory of art to provide an understanding of some 'puzzle' films based in trauma and dissociation. Fairbairn's theory is presented here as a synthesis of classical and relational approaches and his appropriation by relational theorists as a precursor to exclusively relational approaches challenged. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782205708

Thinking through Landscape Our attitude to nature has changed over time. This book explores the historical literary and philosophical origins of the changes in our attitude to nature that allowed environmental catastrophes to happen.The book presents a philosophical reflection on human societies’ attitude to the environment informed by the history of the concept of landscape and the role played by the concept of nature in the human imagination. It features a wealth of examples from around the world to help understand the contemporary environmental crisis in the context of both the built and natural environment. Berque locates the start of this change in human labour and urban elites being cut off from nature. Nature became an imaginary construct masking our real interaction with the natural world. He argues that this gave rise to a theoretical and literary appreciation of landscape at the expense of an effective practical engagement with nature. This mindset is a general feature of the world's civilizations manifested in similar ways in different cultures across Europe China North Africa and Australia. Yet this approach did not have disastrous consequences until the advent of western industrialization.As a phenomenological hermeneutics of human societies’ environmental relation to nature the book draws on Heideggerian ontology and Veblen’s sociology. It provides a powerful distinction between two attitudes to landscape: the tacit knowledge of earlier peoples engaged in creating the landscape through their work - “landscaping thought”- and the explicit theoretical and aesthetic attitudes of modern city dwellers who love nature while belonging to a civilization that destroys the landscape - “landscape thinking”. This book gives a critical survey of landscape thought and theory for students researchers and anyone interested in human societies’ relation to nature in the fields of landscape studies environmental philosophy cultural geography and environmental history.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415821162

Thinking through Landscape Our attitude to nature has changed over time. This book explores the historical literary and philosophical origins of the changes in our attitude to nature that allowed environmental catastrophes to happen. It presents a philosophical reflection on human societies’ attitude to the environment informed by the history of the concept of landscape and the role played by the concept of nature in the human imagination and features a wealth of examples from around the world to help understand the contemporary environmental crisis in the context of both the built and natural environment. Thinking Through Landscape locates the start of this change in human labour and urban elites being cut off from nature. Nature became an imaginary construct masking our real interaction with the natural world. The book argues that this gave rise to a theoretical and literary appreciation of landscape at the expense of an effective practical engagement with nature. It draws on Heideggerian ontology and Veblen’s sociology providing a powerful distinction between two attitudes to landscape: the tacit knowledge of earlier peoples engaged in creating the landscape through their work - "landscaping thought"- and the explicit theoretical and aesthetic attitudes of modern city dwellers who love nature while belonging to a civilization that destroys the landscape - "landscape thinking". This book gives a critical survey of landscape thought and theory for students researchers and anyone interested in human societies’ relation to nature in the fields of landscape studies environmental philosophy cultural geography and environmental history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415821155

Thinking Through Math Word ProblemsStrategies for Intermediate Elementary School Students This innovative text teaches elementary school students the techniques of critical thinking and problem solving and applies those methods to mathematical word problems. It supplements traditional fourth fifth and sixth grade textbooks and increases students' thinking and problem solving abilities. Students are taught the fundamentals of these processes by applying them both to simple and multi-step problems which are provided. These problems -- many written by elementary school pupils --gradually increase in difficulty making learning both fun and stimulating. Special attention is given to typical errors and sources of conceptual difficulty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420205

Thinking through Primary Practice Offers a range of research into how primary classrooms actually work looking at the development of specific curriculum areas and how they can be taught and assessed across the ability range. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138460287

Thinking Through ResistanceA study of public oppositions to contemporary global health practice Acts of public defiance towards biomedical public health policies have occurred throughout modern history from resistance to early smallpox vaccines in 19th-century Britain and America to more recent intransigence to efforts to contain the Ebola outbreak in Central and West Africa. Thinking through Resistance examines a diverse range of case studies of opposition to biomedical public health policies – from resistance to HPV vaccinations in Texas to disputes over HIV prevention research in Malawi – to assess the root causes of opposition. It is argued that far from being based on ignorance resistance instead serves as a form of advocacy calling for improvements in basic health-care delivery alongside expanded access to infrastructure and basic social services. Building on this argument the authors set out an alternative to the current technocratic approach to global public health extending beyond greater distribution of medical technologies to build on the perspectives of a political economy of health. With contributions from medical anthropologists sociologists and public health experts Thinking through Resistance makes important reading for researchers students and practitioners in the fields of public health medical anthropology and public policy.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629583358

Thinking Through Systems Thinking Systemicity is receiving wider attention thanks to its evident paradox. On the one hand it occurs as a problem with complex symptoms. On the other it is sought after as an approach for dealing with the non-linear reality of the world. At once problem and prize systemicity continues to confound. This book details the mechanics of this paradox as they arise from human epistemological engagement with the world. Guided by an original analysis of the fundamental idea of emergent property Thinking Through Systems Thinking uncovers the distinct significance but also incompleteness of the systems approach as a theory of human epistemological engagement. The incompleteness is treated through a non-eclectic interdisciplinary investigation which meets ten distinctly developed criteria required of any potential interdisciplinary partner to systems thinking. There results a theory of knowledge – an epistemology - which is systemic in both senses of the term: it belongs to the general systems movement and it is systemically structured. The systems movement is thus offered a distinct epistemological voice which can compete on equal ground with other philosophical/epistemological positions. In true systemic fashion this theory of knowledge also offers methodological ethical and existential implications. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203607718

Thinking Through TeachingA Framework for Enhancing Participation and Learning This work offers a challenging approach to enhancing children's learning through a process of reflective analysis called "innovative thinking". Using practical examples drawn from a variety of learning contexts the author: provides a framework for reviewing and reflecting on classroom experience focusing particularly on those aspects of teaching and learning that are surprising puzzling or worrying; outlines a series of steps that should help teachers generate new ideas and practical strategies to guide the development of their work; offers an approach which emphasizes strategies that can be incorporated into teachers' work with the whole class and to the potential benefit of all children; and illustrates how "innovative thinking" can assist teachers in enhancing the learning and inclusion of individual children whose classroom responses give cause for concern. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203065051

Thinking Through the Arts Thinking Through the Arts draws together a number of different approaches to teaching young children that combine the experience of thinking with the act of expression through art. Developed as an inclusive broad-ranging and user-friendly text Thinking Through the Arts presents the unique insight of teachers as researchers and counters the view that art is emotionally-based and therefore irrelevant to thinking and learning. The areas covered include drama dance music arts environments technologies museums and galleries literacy cognition international influences curriculum development research and practice. Early childhood and primary teachers and students alike will find this book is an invaluable source of new insights for their own teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138137103

Thinking Through Tourism The study of tourism has made key contributions to the study of anthropology. This volume defines the current state of the anthropology of tourism examining political economic ideological and symbolic themes. An extraordinarily rich collection of case studies illustrate topics as diverse as hospitality sex and tourism enchantment colonial and neo-colonial consumption and the relation between tourism and gender and ethnic boundaries as well as questions of global economic and cultural systems modernism and nationalism. The book also covers practical and policy issues relating to urban rural and coastal planning and development. Thinking through Tourism assesses the enormous potential contribution that analysis of tourism can offer to mainstream anthropological thinking. The volume opens up new avenues for enquiry and is an essential resource for students and scholars of anthropology geography tourism sociology and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781847885302

Thinking Through Translation with Metaphors Thinking through Translation with Metaphors explores a wide range of metaphorical figures used to describe the translation process from Aristotle to the present. Most practitioners and theorists of translation are familiar with a number of metaphors for translation such as the metaphor of the bridge following in another's footsteps performing a musical score changing clothes or painting a portrait; yet relatively little attention has been paid to what these metaphorical models reveal about how we conceptualize translation. Drawing on insights from recent developments in metaphor theory contributors to this volume reveal how central metaphorical language has been to translation studies at all periods of time and in various cultures. Metaphors have played a key role in shaping the way in which we understand translation determining what facets of the translation process are deemed to be important and therefore merit study and aiding in the training of successive generations of translators and theorists. While some of the papers focus mainly on past metaphorical representations others discuss recent shifts in both metaphor and translation theory while others still propose innovative metaphors in a bid to transform translation studies. The volume also includes an annotated bibliography of works centrally concerned with metaphors of translation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172098

Thinking Time GeographyConcepts Methods and Applications Time-geography is a mode of thinking that helps in the understanding of change in society the wider context and ecological consequences of human actions. This book presents its assumptions concepts and methods and example  applications. The intellectual path of the Swedish geographer Torsten Hägerstrand is a key foundation for this book. His research contributions are shown in the context of the urbanization of Sweden involvement in the emerging planning sector and empirical studies on Swedish emigration. Migration and innovation diffusion studies paved the way for prioritizing time and space dimensions and recognizing time and space as unity. From these insights time-geography grew. This book includes the ontological grounds and concepts as well as the specific notation system of time-geography â€“ a visual language for interdisciplinary research and communication. Applications are divided into themes: urban and regional planning; transportation and communication; organization of production and work; everyday life wellbeing and household division of labor; and ecological sustainability – time-geographic studies on resource use. This book looks at the outlook for this developing branch of research and the future application of time-geography to societal and academic contexts. Its interdisciplinary nature will be appealing to postgraduates and researchers who are interested in human geography urban and regional planning and sociology.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585860

Thinking Visually Language is a marvelous tool for communication but it is greatly overrated as a tool for thought. This volume documents the many ways pictures visual images and spatial metaphors influence our thinking. It discusses both classic and recent research that support the view that visual thinking occurs not only where we expect to find it but also where we do not. Much of comprehending language for instance depends on visual simulations of words or on spatial metaphors that provide a foundation for conceptual understanding. Thinking Visually supports comprehension by reducing jargon and by providing many illustrations educational applications and problems for readers to solve. It provides a broad overview of topics that range from the visual images formed by babies to acting classes designed for the elderly from visual diagrams created by children to visual diagrams created by psychologists from producing and manipulating images to viewing animations. The final chapters discuss examples of instructional software and argue that the lack of such software in classrooms undermines the opportunity to develop visual thinking. The book includes the Animation Tutorâ„¢ DVD to illustrate the application of research on visual thinking to improve mathematical reasoning. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138990302

Thinking with FeelingFostering productive thought in the classroom Are emotions good or bad for thinking and learning? Have you ever wondered why a good lesson of one year falls flat in another? Why do students behave the way they do? Teachers are expected to foster productive thought yet the neglect of emotion in the classroom in favour of intellect means teaching and learning is often not as effective as it might be.  Thinking with Feeling explores what we mean by productive thought its interrelationship with mood and emotions how teachers can manage that interaction to improve teaching and learning and what teacher trainers could do about it. Synthesising the most important international research in the field it offers a framework for productive purposeful thought - deduction understanding creative thinking wise thinking and critical thinking - and explains how mood and emotion can support and also impede learning.  It considers the effect of the interplay of emotion and intellect on classroom behaviour on students’ public performance and performance in tests and how emotional labour can affect the teacher.  Illustrated with examples from practice this challenging thoughtful study offers education professionals a basis for understanding the interaction of emotions and cognition and making it a successful partnership in order to improve teaching and learning.       Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415819831

Thinking with ImagesAn Enactivist Aesthetics This book advances an enactivist theory of aesthetics through the study of inscrutable artworks that challenge us to think because we do not know what to think about them. John M. Carvalho presents detailed analyses a four artworks that share this unique characteristic: Francis Bacon’s Study After Velázquez’s Portrait of Pope Innocent X (1953) the photographs of Duane Michals based on a retrospective of his work Storyteller at the Carnegie Museum of Art (2014) Étant donnés (1968) by Marcel Duchamp and Jean-Luc Godard’s 1963 film Le Mépris (released in the United States as Contempt). Carvalho argues against the application of theory to derive appreciation or meaning from these artistic works. Rather each study enacts an embodied cognitive engagement with the specific artworks intended to demonstrate the value of thinking about artworks that might be extended to our engagement with the world in general. This thinking happens as these studies show when we trust our embodied skills and their guide to what artworks and the world around us afford for the activation and refinement of those skills. Thinking with Images will be of interest to scholars working in the philosophy of art and philosophical aesthetics as well as art historians concerned with the meaning and value of contemporary art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665838

Thinking with Metaphors in MedicineThe State of the Art While medical language is soaked in metaphor and thinking with metaphor is central to diagnostic work medicine – that is medical culture clinical practice and medical education – outwardly rejects metaphor for objective literal scientific language. This thought-provoking book argues that this is a misstep and critically considers what embracing the use of metaphors and similes might mean for shaping medical culture and especially the doctor–patient relationship in a healthy way.   Thinking With Metaphors in Medicine explores: how metaphors inhabit medicine – sometimes for the better and sometimes for the worse – and how these metaphors can be revealed appreciated and understood; how diagnostic work utilizes thinking with metaphors; how patient–doctor communication can be better understood and enhanced as a metaphorical exchange; how the landscape of medicine is historically shaped by leading or didactic metaphors such as ‘the body as machine’ and ‘medicine as war’ which may conflict with other values or perspectives on healthcare for instance person-centred care.   Outlining the kinds of metaphors and resemblances that inhabit medicine and how they shape practices and identities of doctors colleagues and patients this book demonstrates how the landscape of medicine may be reshaped through metaphor shift. It is an important work for all those interested in the use of language and rhetoric in medicine whether hailing from a humanities social science or healthcare background. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367224394

Thinking with ShakespeareComparative and Interdisciplinary Essays This book presents comparative and interdisciplinary essays that demonstrate the value of thinking with Shakespeare either as embodied in Shakespeare's own creative programme or in our use of philosophical paradigms as an approach to his works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604608

Thinking with Theory in Qualitative ResearchViewing Data Across Multiple Perspectives Winner of the 2013 American Educational Studies Association's Critics Choice Award! Thinking With Theory In Qualitative Research shows how to use various philosophical concepts in practices of inquiry; effectively opening up the process of data analysis in qualitative research. It uses a common data set and utilizes various theoretical perspectives through which to view the data. It challenges qualitative researchers to use theory to accomplish a rigorous analytic reading of qualitative data. "Plugging in" the theory and the data produces a variety of readings applying various theorists and their concepts including: Derrida - Deconstruction Spivak – Postcolonial Marginality Foucault - Power/Knowledge Butler - Performativity Deleuze – Desire Barad – Material Intra-activity Thinking With Theory In Qualitative Research pushes against traditional qualitative data analysis such as mechanistic coding reducing data to themes and writing up transparent narratives. These do little to critique the complexities of social life; such simplistic approaches preclude dense and multi-layered treatment of data. It shows that "thinking with theory" pushes research and data and theory to its exhaustion in order to produce knowledge differently. By refusing a closed system for fixed meaning a new analytic is engaged to keep meaning on the move. The result is an extension of thought beyond an easy sense.   Special features of the book include schematic cues to help guide the reader through what might be new theoretical terrain interludes that explain the possibilities of thinking with a particular concept and theorist and detailed chapters that plug the same data set into a specific concept. This vital tool will help researchers understand and fully utilize their powers of data analysis and will prove invaluable to both students and experienced researchers across all of the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415781008

ThinkingA Guide to Systems Engineering Problem-Solving Thinking: A Guide to Systems Engineering Problem-Solving focuses upon articulating ways of thinking in today’s world of systems and systems engineering. It also explores how the old masters made the advances they made hundreds of years ago. Taken together these considerations represent new ways of problem solving and new pathways to answers for modern times. Special areas of interest include types of intelligence attributes of superior thinkers systems architecting corporate standouts barriers to thinking and innovative companies and universities. This book provides an overview of more than a dozen ways of thinking to include: Inductive Thinking Deductive Thinking Reductionist Thinking Out-of-the-Box Thinking Systems Thinking Design Thinking Disruptive Thinking Lateral Thinking Critical Thinking Fast and Slow Thinking and Breakthrough Thinking. With these thinking skills the reader is better able to tackle and solve new and varied types of problems. Features Proposes new approaches to problem solving for the systems engineer Compares as well as contrasts various types of Systems Thinking Articulates thinking attributes of the great masters as well as selected modern systems engineers Offers chapter by chapter thinking exercises for consideration and testing Suggests a "top dozen" for today’s systems engineers Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367112196

ThinkingThe Second International Conference First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315802015

Thin-Walled StructuresAdvances in Research Design and Manufacturing Technology This volume contains the papers presented at the Fourth International Conference of Thin-Walled Structures (ICTWS4) and contains 110 papers which collectively provide a comprehensive state-of-the-art review of the progress made in research development and manufacture in recent years in thin-walled structures.The presentations at the conference had representation form 35 different countries and their topical areas of interest included aeroelastic response structural-acoustic coupling aerospace structures analysis design manufacture cold-formed structures cyclic loading dynamic loading crushing energy absorption fatigue fracture damage tolerance plates stiffened panels plated structures polymer matrix composite members sandwich structures shell structures thin-walled beams columns and vibrational response. The range of applications of thin-walled structures has become increasingly diverse with a considerable deployment of thin-walled structural elements and systems being found in a wide range of areas within Aeronautical Automotive Civil Mechanical Chemical and Offshore Engineering fields. This volume is an extremely useful reference volume for researchers and designers working within a wide range of engineering disciplines towards the design development and manufacture of efficient thin-walled structural systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898209

Third Generation Leadership and the Locus of ControlKnowledge Change and Neuroscience There have been two critical leadership approaches. First Generation Leadership (command and control) was the dominant model until the 1940s. Second Generation Leadership (compliance coupled with rewards and punishments) is still dominant today. This approach is being rejected by 'Generation Y ' threatening the longevity of traditional organisations. In Third Generation Leadership and the Locus of Control Douglas Long acknowledges the need for a leadership approach that elicits engagement commitment and enhanced personal group and organisational accountability. This is Third Generation Leadership. At its core lies the issue of where we centre our brain's locus of control and how this impacts on our understanding of and approach to leadership. With examples from everyday situations underpinned by research this book is about understanding and applying aspects of neuroscience critical for tomorrow's world. It provides a framework for addressing problems through insights into how the way we use our brains affects values worldviews and behaviours. The author introduces the concept of 'red zone - blue zone' to explain the differences between a brain controlled by its stem-limbic areas (red zone) and the limbic-cortical cortex areas (blue zone). This becomes a short hand for describing and applying knowledge from neuroscience to encourage practitioners in leadership and management roles to achieve desired outcomes through becoming acquainted with different areas of their brain. Anyone grappling with what is required to deal with Generation Y people in a networked and mobile age will welcome this introduction to the world of third generation leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138115798

Third International Symposium On Preharvest Sprouting In Cereals Pre-harvest sprouting of cereals results in large economic losses each year for producers around the world. This volume an outgrowth of the 1982 symposium held in Winnipeg Canada presents scientific research conducted internationally since 1978 and geared toward solving the problem of pre-harvest sprouting. Its multidisciplinary approach incorporates the perspectives of plant breeders physiologists and biochemists to provide a rounded discussion of the possible alternatives. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367274337

Third Party BluesThe Truth and Consequences of Two-Party Dominance More than many areas of American politics research studies of minor party competition and success are often overly driven by normative concerns that do not hold up to empirical scrutiny. This concise book presents a concerted effort to analyze the barriers in election law such as ballot access restrictions and single member districts with a plurality rule that prevent third parties from gaining a durable hold in American politics. Rather than trudge through yet another history of third parties in America or polemical arguments for minor party inclusion Schraufnagel provides empirical grounding for the claims of third party backers. This thoughtful analysis demonstrates that the inclusion of third parties improves electoral participation rates and that third party involvement in the legislative process is linked to landmark legislative productivity. In the end the work provides thoughtful suggestions on the types of reforms that would lead to greater third party success in American elections. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415881593

Third Party Protection in Shipping This book examines third party protection in shipping. Today shipping is not just a part of the supply chain; it is indistinguishable from it. Once at the periphery third party protection is now a central element of carriage. This matter is addressed by means of analysis of the current legal framework in relation to third parties and an evaluation of how within this framework the law applicable to a third party may be uncovered. Third party protection is analysed under the following: the Hague/Hague-Visby Rules; the Hamburg Rules; the Rotterdam Rules; English law and United States law; and civil law. With its breadth of coverage and high-quality analysis this book is vital reading for both professional and academic readers with an interest in shipping and international trade. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9781138326828

Third Reich in the Unconscious The Third Reich in the Unconscious: Transgenerational Transmission and Its Consequences examines the effects of the Holocaust on second-generation survivors and specifically describes how historical images and trauma are transferred. The authors reveal the many ways in which the psychological legacy of the Nazi regime manifests itself in subsequent generations and how psychopathology if present can assume a number of different forms. Among the detailed case histories and treatment considerations the text provides insight for developing strategies that will tame and eventually prevent transgenerational transmission. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415763509

Third Sector PerformanceManagement and Finance in Not-for-profit and Social Enterprises Global financial crisis and colossal sovereign debt has resulted in the need for radical cuts in public expenditure in many countries. Against this background the contributions in Third Sector Performance acknowledge that as a result more imaginative ways of delivering public services are being sought. In countries like the UK the new concept of The Big Society envisages third sector or not-for-profit or charitable organizations and social enterprises stepping in to mitigate the loss of vital public services. This development also gives rise to the likelihood that third sector financial institutions such as credit unions and a possible 'Big Society Bank' will grow in importance. The performance of all these enterprises looks set to become a much more critical issue than it has been in the past. The editors have gathered in this volume chapters reflecting the fact that third sector organizations are not the same as conventional businesses and are also subtly different from the public sector. There is currently a dearth of knowledge and a lack of research into issues around performance in the Third Sector or Civil Society. This book begins to fill a void in the knowledge base. The internationally sourced contributions represent a balanced offering of academic research findings and practitioner accounts from the Third Sector together with a section devoted specifically to third sector finance institutions. This book will appeal internationally to policy makers within the third sector or involved in the management of n-f-p and voluntary organisations as well as to those with responsibility for wider public policy scholars teaching or researching in this area and students of business and management preparing for roles in social enterprises. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251199

Third Sector Policy at the CrossroadsAn International Non-profit Analysis The nonprofit sector occupies an ever more central role in economic and social policies from the redesign of welfare system in the U.S. or UK to fostering democracy in Central and Eastern Europe. At the same time non-profit organizations face increased public scrutiny and calls for more 'efficiency' and greater 'accountability'. Against this background this revealing book explore keys policy issues such as: * Is the nonprofit sector in crisis? * What are the common themes and patterns in current policy debates concerning the future of the nonprofit sector?* What policy models are being discussed and what are their implications?* How can nonprofit organiztions negotiate a course between commercialization and tighter government regulation? As this sector is confronted with often conflicting demands of new public management tight budgeting and greater competition it arrives at a crucial crossroad in its development.  Through the detailed investigations presented in this key book postgraduate students of business and politics can fully explore this significant sector and analyze it's position in today's society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203995563

Third SectorThe contribution of non-profit and cooperative enterprise in Australia 'Not for profit' enterprises provide services enjoyed or depended upon by many Australians. But the charities sports clubs churches community organisations welfare groups associations unions and foundations that draw on our support - and comprise the third sector - also make a significant contribution to our society. They promote social change and defend traditional values; they express our capacity to work together without being ordered by government or lured by profit. Third Sector provides the first overview of Australia's non-profit enterprises. It describes how this vital part of our economy developed and how it operates today including interaction with the government and business sectors. As well as documenting the third sector's contributions it warns of the threats it faces from massive economic technological and demographic changes. Third sector organisations must now adapt to new circumstances and prove worthy of continuing support.For community leaders this book is essential reading. For politicians public servants and anyone else who interacts with the third sector it will be an invaluable resource. As the most comprehensive reference available Third Sector will be useful to students and teachers of politics public policy and welfare studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003118268

Third Text21.1 Third Text is an international scholarly journal dedicated to providing critical perspectives on art and visual culture. Third Text addresses the complex cultural realities that emerge when different worldviews meet and the challenge this poses to Eurocentrism and ethnocentric aesthetic criteria. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003060987

Third Wave CBT Integration for Individuals and TeamsComprehend Cope and Connect Third Wave CBT Integration for Individuals and Teams: Comprehend Cope and Connect introduces a therapy that starts from the perspective of the immediate experience of the individual. Developed by the authors this new transdiagnostic approach to mental health difficulties brings together the impact of past trauma and adversity on present coping (comprehend) and utilizes the latest in mindfulness and compassion-focused approaches to manage change (cope and connect).Already adopted in a variety of settings the book demonstrates the approach’s practicality and adaptability of the therapy. The text explores the cognitive science-based theory behind the approach and its place within the range of ‘third wave’. It also includes a full manual of the linked individual and group therapy approach piloted in primary care IAPT including case examples. The application of the approach to psychosis its adoption in a variety of settings and the evidence base to date are also discussed. Third Wave CBT Integration for Individuals and Teams will be warmly welcomed by IAPT practicitioners looking to adopt a new third wave CBT approach as well as other CBT practitioners and clinical psychologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138226906

Third Wave Feminism and TransgenderStrength through Diversity Feminism and transgender as social factions or collective subjectivities have historically evaded vilified or negated each other’s philosophy and subjectivities. In particular separatist feminist theorists have portrayed the two ‘sides’ as consisting of mutually incompatible aims and subjectivities. These portrayals have worked to the detriment of both feminism and transgender. Third Wave Feminism and Transgender considers what positive outcomes on society in general and the law as it pertains to gender in particular may emerge from the identification of and cooperation between third wave feminism and transgender. Challenging the ‘internecine exclusion’ between and within each faction Davies shows that queer-inspired philosophical third wave feminism promises to be an inclusive social discourse providing a substantial challenge to mutual exclusion. Indeed this book explores the span of maternal relations including womanism ethics of care and semiotic language and subsequently reveals how gender variant people can highlight the gendered operation of conventional ethics. With a focus on Carol Gilligan and Julia Kristeva as key instigators of a philosophical third wave of feminism this enlightening monograph will appeal to students and postdoctoral researchers interested in fields such as women’s studies transgender studies and gender law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367355098

Third World Approaches to International LawOn Praxis and the Intellectual This book addresses the themes of praxis and the role of international lawyers as intellectuals and political actors engaging with questions of justice for Third World peoples. The book brings together 12 contributions from a total of 15 scholars working in the TWAIL (Third World Approaches to International Law) network or tradition. It includes chapters from some of the pioneering Third World jurists who have led this field since the time of decolonization as well as prominent emerging scholars in the field. Broadly the TWAIL orientation understands praxis as the relationship between what we say as scholars and what we do – as the inextricability of theory from lived experience. Understood in this way praxis is central to TWAIL as TWAIL scholars strive to reconcile international law’s promise of justice with the proliferation of injustice in the world it purports to govern. Reconciliation occurs in the realm of praxis and TWAIL scholars engage in a variety of struggles including those for greater self-awareness disciplinary upheaval and institutional resistance and transformation. The rich diversity of contributions in the book engage these themes and questions through the various prisms of international institutional engagement world trade and investment law critical comparative law Palestine solidarity and decolonization judicial education revolutionary struggle against imperial sovereignty Muslim Marxism Third World intellectual traditions Global South constitutionalism and migration. This book was originally published as a special issue of Third World Quarterly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889234

Third World Atlas This book focuses on some of the Third World's common experiences such as its historical linkages with the West the challenge to provide basic needs and the effects of competition in the global economy. It will be useful in bringing a spatial and statistical dimension to the study of development. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781003075394

Third World Cities In Global PerspectiveThe Political Economy Of Uneven Urbanization In this innovative book David Smith ultimately links what happens on the ground in the neighborhoods where people live to the larger political and economic forces at work putting these connections in a historical framework and using a case study approach.The societies of the world's underdeveloped countries are now undergoing an urban revolution Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319137

Third World HealthHostage to First World Wealth Great and increasing inequities exist between the peoples of the Third World and those of the First. As well we find ourselves threatened by imminent environmental catastrophes largely as a result of trying to maintain such inequities. This clear and straightforward text explains the complex origins of such bodies as the International Monetary Fund the World Bank and others and demonstrates the extent to which they exacerbate the problem. The situation is now so grave that we can no longer afford the luxury of leaving it to the professionals. We are all involved. We find ourselves hearing daily news reports of wars starvation the HIV/AIDS pandemic and natural disasters rendered worse by inadequate international responses. The United Nations once seen as an effective arbiter and mediator in such matters now finds itself unable to exercise authority adequately. Third World Health: hostage to First World Wealth adopts a positive approach and puts forward various ways in which people at all levels can become more involved. It addresses the pivotal issue of health in the Third World and argues that it is very much hostage to the globalization of trade by and for the benefit of First World agencies. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315377216

Third World in the FirstDevelopment and Indigenous Peoples European colonisation has marginalised the `first peoples' in industrialised countries such as Australia and Canada. In remote regions still the homes of large Aboriginal Indian and Inuit populations this legacy remains strong.Modernisation - the `boom and bust' model of state and private development - and the partial and biased assistance provided by the state have eroded many communities through their disregard for socio-economic structures and the beliefs which underpin them.Third World in the First explores the past present and future of these peoples their treatment by the `West' and the alternative strategies of development which might be available to them. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203081259

Third World Industrialization in the 1980sOpen Economies in a Closing World First published in 1984 this work explores the issues surrounding the industrialisation of the Third World at the beginning of the 1980s. The expectation that Newly Industrialising Countries would facilitate industrial growth via an outward-orientated strategy had begun to be the combination of growing recession growing protectionism and the diffusion of radical microelectronics-related technical change. In addition the high indebtedness of developing countries made them increasingly dependent on assistance from the IMF and IBRD whose policies increased the tendency towards de-industrialisation. The papers in this volume explore all of these issues and their implication for LDC industrial strategy in the 1980s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851664

Third World PoliticsAn Introduction An example introductory textbook on the politics of Third World Countries this book draws on examples from Latin America Africa and Asia to analyse their role in the global political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175921

Third World Urbanization  This book was first published in 1977. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860512

Third WorldPremises of U.S.Policy First Published in 2017. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351316125

Thirteen Ways of Looking at a ManPsychoanalysis and Masculinity Images and ideas associated with masculinity are forever in flux. In this book Donald Moss addresses the never-ending effort of men—regardless of sexual orientation—to shape themselves in relation to the unstable notion of masculinity. Part 1 looks at the lifelong labor faced by boys and men of assessing themselves in relation to an always shifting always receding ideal of "masculinity." In Part 2 Moss considers a series of nested issues regarding homosexuality homophobia and psychoanalysis. Part 3 focuses on the interface between the body experienced as a private entity and the body experienced as a public entity—the body experienced as one’s own and the body subject to the judgments regulations and punishments of the external world. The final part looks at men and violence. Men must contend with the entwined problems of regulating aggression and figuring out its proper level aiming to avoid both excess and insufficiency. This section focuses on excessive aggression and its damaging consequences both to its object and to its subjects. Thirteen Ways Of Looking At A Man will be of great interest not only to psychoanalysts and psychotherapists but also to a much wider audience of readers interested in gender studies queer studies and masculinity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415604925

Thirteenth Labor This book is emerged from an insightful essay by the American Nobel chemist Dudley Herschbach speculating about how the mythological Hercules might have tackled a hypothetical monumental task or "thirteenth labor " such as weighing the Earth's atmosphere. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078357

Thirty Years of China's Reform China Development Research Foundation is one of the leading economic think tanks in China where many of the details of China’s economic reform have been formulated. Its work and publications therefore provide great insights into what the Chinese themselves think about economic reform and how it should develop.  This book presents a comprehensive survey of China’s reforms of the last thirty years. Its coverage includes macroeconomic policy; banking finance capital markets and tax; trade; labour markets; price reform; social security; and much else. Overall it provides an invaluable assessment of the reforms from the perspective of experts within China including an appraisal of how extensive the reforms have been what consequences have turned out and how far the reforms have been successful. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138595910

Thirty Years with StataA Retrospective This volume is a sometimes serious and sometimes whimsical retrospective of Stata its development and its use over the last 30 years. The view from the inside opens with an essay by Bill Gould  Stata's president and cofounder that discusses the challenges and concepts that guided the design and implementation of Stata. This is followed by an interview of Bill by Joe Newton that discusses Bill's early interest in computing his early work on a program for matching prom dates in the days when you had to purchase time on computers and further exploration of the guiding principles behind Stata. Finally Sean Becketti Stata's first employee delves into the not-to-be-missed culture of Stata in its infancy. The view from the outside comprises 14 essays by prominent researchers and members of the Stata community. Most discuss Stata's use and evolution in disciplines such as behavioral sciences business economics epidemiology time series  political science public health public policy veterinary epidemiology and statistics. Some take a sweeping overview. Others are more intimate personal recollections. Mostly we simply wanted to celebrate the relationship between Stata users and Stata software. We hope that this volume holds something interesting for everyone. Media > Books > Print Books Stata Press 9781597181723

Thirty-Five Oriental Philosophers These are questions to which oriental thinkers have given a wide range of philosophical answers that are intellectually and imaginatively stimulating. Thirty-Five Oriental Philosophers is a succinctly informative introduction to the thought of thirty-five important figures in the Chinese Indian Arab Japanese and Tibetan philosophical traditions. Thinkers covered include founders such as Zoroaster Confucius Buddha and Muhammed as well as influential modern figures such as Gandhi Mao Tse-Tung Suzuki and Nishida. The book is divided into sections in which an introduction to the tradition it covers precedes the essays on its individual philosophers. Notes further reading lists and cross-references provide the student with a clear route to further study. There is a glossary of key terms at the end of the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415513180

This AbilityAn International Legal Analysis of Disability Discrimination This Ability is Cotter's third book in a series dealing with discrimination law. Having looked at the theme of 'gender discrimination' in Gender Injustice and 'race discrimination' in Race Matters this further installment takes a similar approach and structure to illustrate comparisons and contradictions in discrimination law. Disability Law is an increasingly important area in combating disability discrimination. This Ability provides readers with a better understanding of the issue of inequality and aims to increase the likelihood of achieving equality at both the national and international levels for those with disabilities while at the same time educating those without disabilities. The work examines the primary role of legislation and its impact on the court process. It also discusses the two most important trade agreements of our day - namely the North American Free Trade Agreement and the European Union Treaty - in a historical and compelling analysis of discrimination. By providing a detailed examination of the relationship between disability issues and the law this book will be an important read for those concerned with equality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138622968

this bridge we call homeradical visions for transformation More than twenty years after the ground-breaking anthology This Bridge Called My Back called upon feminists to envision new forms of communities and practices Gloria E. Anzaldúa and AnaLouise Keating have painstakingly assembled a new collection of over eighty original writings that offers a bold new vision of women-of-color consciousness for the twenty-first century. Written by women and men--both "of color" and "white"--this bridge we call home will challenge readers to rethink existing categories and invent new individual and collective identities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203952962

This Business of LivingDiaries 1935-1950 On June 23rd 1950 Pavese Italy's greatest modern writer received the coveted Strega Award for his novel Among Women Only. On August 26th in a small hotel in his home town of Turin he took his own life. Shortly before his death he methodically destroyed all his private papers. His diary is all that remains and for this the contemporary reader can be grateful.Contemporary speculation attributed this tragedy to either an unhappy love aff air with the American film star Constance Dawling or his growing disillusionment with the Italian Communist Party. His Diaries however reveal a man whose art was his only means of repressing the specter of suicide which had haunted him since childhood: an obsession that finally overwhelmed him.As John Taylor notes he possessed something much more precious than a political theory: a natural sensitivity to the plight and dignity of common people be they bums priests grape-pickers gas station attendants office workers or anonymous girls picked up on the street (though to women the author could--as he admitted--be as misogynous as he was affectionate). Bitter and incisive This Business of Living is both moving and painful to read and stands with James Joyce's Letters and Andre Gide's Journals as one of the great literary testaments of the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539631

This Composite VoiceThe Role of W.B. Yeats in James Merrill's Poetry First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138998278

This England That ShakespeareNew Angles on Englishness and the Bard Is Shakespeare English British neither or both? Addressing from various angles the relation of the figure of the national poet/dramatist to constructions of England and Englishness this collection of essays probes the complex issues raised by this question first through explorations of his plays principally though not exclusively the histories (Part One) then through discussion of a range of subsequent appropriations and reorientations of Shakespeare and 'his' England (Part Two). If Shakespeare has been taken to stand for Britain as well as England as if the two were interchangeable this double identity has come under increasing strain with the break-up - or shake-up - of Britain through devolution and the end of Empire. Essays in Part One examine how the fissure between English and British identities is probed in Shakespeare's own work which straddles a vital juncture when an England newly independent from Rome was negotiating its place as part of an emerging British state and empire. Essays in Part Two then explore the vexed relations of 'Shakespeare' to constructions of authorial identity as well as national class gender and ethnic identities. At this crucial historical moment between the restless interrogations of the tercentenary celebrations of the Union of Scotland and England in 2007 and the quatercentenary celebrations of the death of the bard in 2016 amid an increasing clamour for a separate English parliament when the end of Britain is being foretold and when flags and feelings are running high this collection has a topicality that makes it of interest not only to students and scholars of Shakespeare studies and Renaissance literature but to readers inside and outside the academy interested in the drama of national identities in a time of transition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138376304

This Far By FaithReadings in African-American Women's Religious Biography This Far By Faith brings together a collection of essays on the religious identities and experiences of African-American women. Spanning from the period of slavery to the present the essays profile American figures such as Sojourner Truth Harriet Tubman and Willie Mae Ford Smith exploring the role that religious institutions and impulses played in their lives. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315022055

This Great BeastProgress and the Modern State First published in 1997 this volume follows Catley and Cristaudo as they defend Western Civilization against all comers: against the rest of the world especially the Third World and against its own internal irritants: ‘the scribblings of the intelligentsia’ by idealist philosophers feminists greens post-moderns multiculturalists Orientalists anti-nationalists socialists and Keynesians most of them tenured academics in the arts and social sciences. As academic political scientists themselves they have done time in a number of the ideological prisons they attack and they write about those states of mind with experienced cynicism ... As in Paradise Lost the devil gets all the best tunes. The identification of civilization’s enemies is wildly sometimes hilariously politically incorrect. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138365162

This Great SymbolPierre de Coubertin and the Origins of the Modern Olympic Games This Great Symbol is the definitive study of the origins of the modern Olympic Games and of their founder Pierre de Coubertin whose ideological stamp the Olympics still bear. Behind this fascinating blend of biography and history lies an impressive framework of cultural social and psychological theories skilfully employed to interpret the creation and symbolism of the modern Olympic Games. Hailed as both a classic in sport history and as a paradigmatic study in the anthropology of the past This Great Symbol helped launch the new collaboration between historians and cultural anthropologists that continues to mark the human sciences worldwide. For this 25th anniversary edition Professor MacAloon adds a new preface evaluating subsequent scholarship on Coubertin and the Olympic origins and a highly personal afterword describing the impact of This Great Symbol on his own subsequent career as an Olympic anthropologist and cultural performance theory. This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203819852

This is Our HouseHouse Music Cultural Spaces and Technologies Originally published in 1998. House music has had a considerable influence in shaping the sound of pop music from the late 1980s onwards. From underground dance events to the pop charts traces of this aesthetic can be found in many guises. This book traces a genealogy of house and maps some of the power structures that are at play in its production and consumptoin. Places like Chicago New York London Manchester Amsterdam and Rotterdam have been visited providing the material to discuss such subjects as contemporary dance culture DJs and the roles of musical technologies. The author Hillegonda Rietveld was already steeped in dance club culture before she decided to write this loving piece of academic prose about house. Taking critical culture studies as its aesthetic fuel she ram-raids boundaries of academic disciplines fusing ideas like a meticulous DJing curator. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367134143

This is TemporaryHow transient projects are redefining architecture Temporary architecture is flourishing in our urban public spaces. Branded ‘pop-ups’ and follies to provide a moment of light entertainment they are in fact borne of a long history of more holistic architecture that is subtly suggesting how we could live work and play more harmoniously together. Featuring revealing interviews with 13 young emerging and socially-minded practices from New York and Santiago to London Berlin and Zurich it also analyses this phenomenon in critical essays by well-respected practitioners and thinkers. Providing a highly personal insight into the architects’ experience the design process the challenges they encountered and how it affected their practice it sheds light on the growth of multidisciplinary collectives community engagement and more participatory ways of designing making and building. Including highly illustrated and imaginative projects ranging from a floating cinema and tiny travelling theatre through ad-hoc structures made of found objects and discarded materials and blow-up plastic bubbles to a community lido and market restaurant this will open your eyes as to what is possible in architecture.   Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859466063

This is the Sound of Irony: Music Politics and Popular Culture The use of irony in music is just beginning to be defined and critiqued although it has been used implied and decried by composers performers listeners and critics for centuries. Irony in popular music is especially worthy of study because it is pervasive even fundamental to the music the business of making music and the politics of messaging. Contributors to this collection address a variety of musical ironies found in the ’notes themselves ’ in the text or subtext and through performance reception and criticism. The chapters explore the linkages between irony and the comic the tragic the remembered the forgotten the co-opted and the resistant. From the nineteenth to twenty-first centuries through America Europe and Asia this provocative range of ironies course through issues of race religion class the political left and right country punk hip hop folk rock easy listening opera and the technologies that make possible our pop music experience. This interdisciplinary volume creates new methodologies and applies existing theories of irony to musical works that have made a cultural or political impact through the use of this most multifaceted of devices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599287

This Modern Romance: The Artistry Technique and Business of Engagement Photography Love is less confined than ever as is our desire to capture it. Engagement photography has become an essential and valuable component of wedding photography for both your clients and your photography business. Successfully booking romantic portrait sessions and providing your couples with creative playful and beautiful images can mean a lasting –and lucrative- relationship. Award winning photographer Stephanie Williams shares her approach to engagement photography including her thoughts on the psychology of shooting and directing couples current industry trends and the use of blogs and social media. Discover photography tips on romantic styling workflow and branding that will help get your engagement sessions recognized by prospective clients and industry publications. Whether you are an aspiring photographer or established professional this book is sure to inform and inspire your next photo shoot. Read tips and testimonials from prominent wedding professionals bloggers editors and stylists as well as Stephanie’s actual clients. Learn how to build your brand and get your work published. Improve or refresh your technical skill through practical lighting equipment and technique guidance. Diversify the way you interact with clients and style your shoots. Be inspired through gorgeous photographs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415828260

This Thing Called LiteratureReading Thinking Writing What is this thing called literature? Why should we study it? And how? Relating literature to topics such as dreams politics life death the ordinary and the uncanny this beautifully written book establishes a sense of why and how literature is an exciting and rewarding subject to study. Bennett and Royle delicately weave an essential love of literature into an account of what literary texts do how they work and what sort of questions and ideas they provoke. The book’s three parts reflect the fundamental components of studying literature: reading thinking and writing. The authors use helpful familiar examples throughout offering rich reflections on the question ‘What is literature?’ and on what they term ‘creative reading’. Bennett and Royle’s lucid and friendly style encourages a deep engagement with literary texts. This book is not only an essential guide to the study of literature but an eloquent defence of the discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781408254011

This Thing Called Theory In the age of post-digital architecture and digital materiality This Thing Called Theory explores current practices of architectural theory their critical and productive role. The book is organized in sections which explore theory as an open issue in architecture as it relates to and borrows from other disciplines thus opening up architecture itself and showing how architecture is inextricably connected to other social and theoretical practices. The sections move gradually from the specifics of architectural thought – its history theory and criticism – and their ongoing relation with philosophy to the critical positions formulated through architecture’s specific forms of expression and onto more recent forms of architecture’s engagement and self-definition. The book’s thematic sessions are concluded by and interspersed with a series of shorter critical position texts which together propose a new vision of the contemporary role of theory in architecture. What emerges overall is a critical and productive role for theory in architecture today: theory as a proposition theory as task and as a ‘risk’ of architecture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138223004

Thiselton on HermeneuticsThe Collected Works and New Essays of Anthony Thiselton Hermeneutics is an interdisciplinary study of how we interpret texts especially biblical texts in the light of theories of understanding in philosophy meaning in literary theory and of theology. This volume brings together the seminal thought of a leading contemporary pioneer in this field. Thiselton's The Two Horizons was a classic on how horizons of biblical texts engage creatively with the horizons of the modern world. The author's later New Horizons in Hermeneutics explored still more deeply the transforming capacities of biblical texts while his massive commentary on 1 Corinthians interpreted an epistle. This volume collects many of Anthony Thiselton's more notable writings from some seven books and 70 articles to which he adds his own re-appraisals of earlier work. It uniquely expounds the thought of a major contemporary British theologian through his own words and includes his own critical assessments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383647

Thisness PresentismAn Essay on Time Truth and Ontology Thisness Presentism outlines and defends a novel version of presentism the view that only present entities exist and what is present really changes a view of time that captures a real and objective difference between what is past present and future and which offers a model of reality that is dynamic and mutable rather than static and immutable. The book advances a new defence of presentism by developing a novel ontology of thisness combining insights about the nature of essence the metaphysics of propositions and the relationship between true propositions and the elements of reality that make them true alongside insights about time itself. It shows how by accepting an ontology of thisness presentists can respond to a number of pressing challenges to presentism including claims that presentism cannot account for true propositions about the past and that it is inconsistent with the reality of temporal passage and the openness of the future. This is one of the only book-length defences of presentism. It will be of interest to students and scholars working on the debate about presentism in the philosophy of time as well as those interested in the metaphysics of propositions and truth-making more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665265

Thomas Adès: Asyla Thomas Adès (b. 1971) is an established international figure both as composer and performer with popular and critical acclaim and admiration from around the world. Edward Venn examines in depth one of Adès’s most significant works so far his orchestral Asyla (1997). Its blend of virtuosic orchestral writing allusions to various idioms including rave music and a musical rhetoric encompassing both high modernism and lush romanticism is always compelling and utterly representative of Adès’s distinctive compositional voice. The reception of Asyla since its premiere in 1997 by Sir Simon Rattle and the City of Birmingham Symphony Orchestra (CBSO) has been staggering. Instantly hailed as a classic Asyla won the 1997 Royal Philharmonic Society Award for Large-Scale Composition. An internationally acclaimed recording made of the work was nominated for the 1999 Mercury Music Prize and in 2000 Adès became the youngest composer (and only the third British composer) to win the Grawemeyer prize for Asyla. Asyla is fast becoming a repertory item rapidly gaining over one hundred performances: a rare distinction for a contemporary work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367229948

Thomas Aquinas This volume contains the seminal articles that define the influence of Aquinas within legal philosophical thought. A comprehensive reference for those new to the field it covers such topics as the relation of virtue to law the common good natural law natural rights and property rights; together with social and political issues like abortion feminism homosexuality environment civil disobedience and just war. Attention is devoted to the new natural law theory and its limitations as well as the place of historical context in the recovery of social thought. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315264790

Thomas Aquinas: The Basics Thomas Aquinas: The Basics is an engaging introduction to the theology of arguably the greatest theologian and philosopher of the Middle Ages. The sophistication and complexity of his thought can be daunting for those approaching his work for the first time. Through this lively and accessible book Harkins provides an entry point to understanding Aquinas’s mature theological thought. As well as giving an overview of Aquinas’s life and written works this book examines Aquinas’s understanding of: • the nature and purpose of theology; • God’s nature existence and operations; • the Trinity; • creation; • evil; • the human person human happiness and the virtues; • Christ and salvation; and • the sacraments. Including a useful glossary of key terms this text is ideal for students and interested non-specialists seeking an understanding of the theology of Aquinas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367349868

Thomas Burke's Dark ChinoiserieLimehouse Nights and the Queer Spell of Chinatown Focusing on Thomas Burke's bestselling collection of short stories Limehouse Nights (1916) this book contextualises the burgeoning cult of Chinatown in turn-of-the-century London. London's 'Chinese Quarter' owed its notoriety to the Yellow Perilism that circulated in Britain at the fin-de-siècle a demonology of race and vice masked by outward concerns about degenerative metropolitan blight and imperial decline. Anne Witchard's interdisciplinary approach enables her to displace the boundaries that have marked Chinese studies literary studies critiques of Orientalism and empire gender studies and diasporic research as she reassesses this critical moment in London's history. In doing so she brings attention to Burke's hold on popular and critical audiences on both sides of the Atlantic. A much-admired and successful author in his time Burke in his Chinatown stories destabilizes social orthodoxies in highly complex and contradictory ways. For example his writing was formative in establishing the 'queer spell' that the very mention of Limehouse would exert on the public imagination and circulating libraries responded to Burke's portrayal of a hybrid East End where young Cockney girls eat Chow Mein with chopsticks in the local cafés and blithely gamble their housekeeping money at Fan Tan by banning Limehouse Nights. Witchard's book forces us to rethink Burke's influence and shows that China and chinoiserie served as mirrors that reveal the cultural disquietudes of western art and culture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236230

Thomas CarlyleThe Critical Heritage First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862400

Thomas Cranmer Thomas Cranmer’s place in English history is firmly established yet the complexities of his character have remained obscure and he continues to be one of the most problematic figures of the Tudor period. Susan Wabuda’s biography sheds fresh light not only on the private Cranmer but also on the qualities that enabled him to master a shifting political landscape and to build a new English Church. Athletic by nature Cranmer enjoyed hunting and he was a keen collector of books. He was blessed with several lifelong friendships and twice risked his career by marrying the women he loved. A skilled debater and a deft politician Cranmer sought to balance his long-term plans for the Church against the immediate demands of survival at court. Obedient at all times yet never entirely trustworthy he had to reconcile the will of his God with the will of the monarch he served. For too long Cranmer’s legacy has overshadowed the life of the man himself but this new biography enriches and extends our understanding of both. Accessible and informative it will be essential reading for students and scholars of the English Reformation and the Tudor age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415500784

Thomas Cranmer and the English Reformation 1489-1556 Published in 1965: It has been maintained by an eminent scholar recently dead that the chief content of modern history is the emancipation of conscience from the control of authority. From that point of view the student of Tudor times will not be exclusive in his choice of heroes. He will find room in his calendar of saints for More as well as for Cranmer. Both had grave imperfections and both took their share in enforcing the claims of authority over those of conscience. Nor perhaps is it true to say that they died in order that we might be free; but they died for conscience' sake and unless they and others had died conscience would still be in chains. That was Cranmer's service in the cause of humanity his Church owes him no less for in the Book of Common Prayer he gave it the most effective of all its possessions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367150211

Thomas De QuinceyNew Theoretical and Critical Directions The ongoing critical fascination with Thomas De Quincey and the burgeoning recognition of the centrality of his writings to the Romantic age and beyond necessitates a critical examination of De Quincey. In this spirit  ten of the top De Quincey scholars in the world have come together in this volume to engage directly with the immense amount of new information to be published on De Quincey in the past two decades. The book features wide-ranging and incisive assessments of De Quincey as essayist addict economist subversive biographer autobiographer aesthete innovator hedonist and much else. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203933749

Thomas Dekker and the Culture of Pamphleteering in Early Modern London Thomas Dekker (c.1572-1632) was a prolific playwright and pamphleteer chiefly remembered for his vivid and witty portrayals of everyday London life. This book uses Dekker’s prose pamphlets (published between 1613 and 1628) as a way in to a crucial and relatively neglected period of the history of pamphleteering. Under James I after the aggressive Elizabethan exploitation of the new media pamphleteers carved out a discursive space in which claims about truth and authority could be deconstructed. Avoiding the dangerous polemic employed by the Marprelate pamphleteers they utilised playful deliberately ambiguous language that drew readers’ attention to their own literary devices and games. Dekker shows pamphlets to be unstable and roguish and the nakedly commercial imperatives of the book trade to be central to the world of Jacobean cheap print as he introduces us to a world in which overlapping and competing discourses jostled for position in London’s streets markets and pulpits. Contributing to the history of print and to the history of Jacobean London this book also provides an appraisal of the often misunderstood prose works of an author who deserves more attention especially from historians than he has so far received. Critics are slowly becoming aware that Dekker was not the straightforward simple hack writer of so many accounts; his works are complex and richly reward study in their own right as well as in the context of his more famous predecessors and contemporaries. As such this book will further contribute to a post-revisionist historiography of political consciousness and print cultures under the early Stuarts as well as illuminate the career of a neglected writer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754661733

Thomas Durfey and Restoration DramaThe Work of a Forgotten Writer Though once a favourite of no fewer than four English monarchs Restoration playwright Thomas Durfey has long been neglected by scholars. In his own day he had a lowly reputation in the world of polite letters - before his death his plays had more or less ceased to be produced; his 'serious' poems had died long before that and even his songs were soon thought of as common property or 'folk' songs. In this new study author John McVeagh re-examines Durfey's literary output finding merit and interest where it has long been presumed that none existed and restoring Durfey to his proper place in late 17th- and early 18th-century literature. Durfey's creative lifetime spanned the entire Restoration period and continued into and beyond the reign of Queen Anne. McVeagh's book studies his continuing ability to adapt to shifts in taste fashion and personnel in the world of the theatre. It examines in detail his numerous experiments in new kinds of dramatic writing both responding to and influencing the conditions of theatrical and artistic production. Among the topics covered are Durfey's attempts to feminize Restoration comedy his political satires in drama in the late Stuart years his anticipations of sentimental comedy his search for a new language for lower class tragedy and his musical-dramatic experimentations in the 1680s and 1690s focusing particularly on his collaborative work with Matthew Locke Samuel Ackroyde John Eccles Daniel and Henry Purcell and other composers. In addition the author discusses Durfey's numerous satiric narrative and other poems and relates his writings to their social political and cultural contexts. The book includes a performance record listing the plays by performance date. The record includes such information if known as: where it was performed; by what company; cast list; to whom it was dedicated; a brief description of the prologue and epilogue; when it was published; what music it contained; and details of any revivals. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236223

Thomas F. TorranceTheologian of the Trinity This book provides an important study of the theology of Thomas F. Torrance who is generally considered to have been one of the most significant theologians writing in English during the twentieth century with a view toward showing how his theological method and all his major doctrinal views were shaped by his understanding of the doctrine of the Trinity. Torrance pursued a theology that was realist because he attempted to think in accordance with the unique nature of the object that is known. In holding to such a methodology he drew an analogy between theology and natural science. This book demonstrates how for Torrance God relates with humanity within time and space so that creation finds its meaning in relation to God and not in itself; this enabled him to avoid many theological pitfalls such as agnosticism subjectivism and dualism while explaining the positive implications of various Christian doctrines in a penetrating and compelling manner. This book offers an important resource for students of theology and for scholars who are interested in seeing how serious dogmatic theology shapes and should shape our understanding of the Christian life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315551050

Thomas Hardy (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1977 this concise and insightful study of the life and works of Thomas Hardy provides a thorough examination of Hardy's literary output. Alongside a brief biography of Hardy's life Professor Page's study also spotlights his major and minor novels his short stories his non-fiction prose and his verse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415678261

Thomas Hardy and EmpireThe Representation of Imperial Themes in the Work of Thomas Hardy Unlike many of his contemporaries Thomas Hardy is not generally recognized as an imperial writer even though he wrote during a period of major expansion of the British Empire and in spite of the many allusions to the Roman Empire and Napoleonic Wars in his writing. Jane L. Bownas examines the context of these references proposing that Hardy was a writer who not only posed a challenge to the whole of established society but one whose writings bring into question the very notion of empire. Bownas argues that Hardy takes up ideas of the primitive and civilized that were central to Western thought in the nineteenth century contesting this opposition and highlighting the effect outsiders have on so-called 'primitive' communities. In her discussion of the oppressions of imperialism she analyzes the debate surrounding the use of gender as an articulated category together with race and class and shows how in exposing the power structures operating within Britain Hardy produces a critique of all forms of ideological oppression. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108509

Thomas Hardy and the Survivals of Time A systematic exploration of Thomas Hardy's imaginative assimilation of particular Victorian sciences this study draws on and swells the widening current of scholarly attention now being paid to the cultural meanings compacted and released by the nascent 'sciences of man' in the nineteenth century. Andrew Radford here situates Hardy's fiction and poetry in a context of the new sciences of humankind that evolved during the Victorian age to accommodate an immense range of literal and figurative 'excavations' then taking place. Combining literary close readings with broad historical analyses he explores Hardy's artistic response to geological archaeological and anthropological findings. In particular he analyzes Hardy's lifelong fascination with the doctrine of 'survivals ' a term coined by E.B. Tylor in Primitive Culture (1871) to denote customs beliefs and practices persisting in isolation from their original cultural context. Radford reveals how Hardy's subtle reworking of Tylor's doctrine offers a valuable insight into the inter-penetration of science and literature during this period. An important aspect of Radford's research focuses on lesser known periodical literature that grew out of a British amateur antiquarian tradition of the nineteenth century. His readings of Hardy's literary notebooks disclose the degree to which Hardy's own considerable scientific knowledge was shaped by the middlebrow periodical press. Thus Thomas Hardy and the Survivals of Time raises questions not only about the reception of scientific ideas but also the creation of nonspecialist forms of scientific discourse. This book represents a genuinely new perspective for Hardy studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887742

Thomas Hardy Remembered Thomas Hardy Remembered assembles some 150 annotated interviews and recollections of Hardy most of which are being reprinted for the first time. They range from close personal reflections by old friends such as Sir George Douglas J.M. Barrie and Edmund Gosse to fleeting glimpses by strangers who saw Hardy at a London party or at his club. Martin Ray has selected items having the greatest literary or biographical significance and annotated them with meticulous accuracy and a keen eye for the telling detail. As a result the volume will be an invaluable resource to scholars who are interested not only in what concerned Hardy personally and professionally but also in how he was perceived by others. Having these items collected in one volume reveals Hardy's contemporaneous opinions about his own writings and also makes it possible to trace the marked recurrence over time of certain preoccupations: ancient families Hardy's hostility to reviewers architecture Roman relics Wessex folklore and dialect animal welfare Napoleon and hangings. With regard to his literary career a portrait emerges of Hardy as the scrupulous professional properly aware of his commercial rights while at the same time appearing to some who met him unconscious of his own genius. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887834

Thomas HardyA Textual Study of the Short Stories This is the definitive textual analysis of all of Hardy's collected short stories tracing the development of each from manuscript through newspaper serial versions galley proofs and revises to collected editions in volume form. It is no surprise to discover that Hardy's capacity for inveterate revision is manifested in his tales as it was in his novels. Even those stories for which he professed little regard were meticulously and continuously revised in some cases more than thirty years after their first publication. The alterations extend to the most minute details of plot landscape characterisation and style as well as the restoration of bowdlerised passages which had been demanded by serial magazines. This study will play a major role in elevating the importance of this genre in Hardy's prolific output and will illuminate his textual practices - an area of considerable and growing interest to a large number of scholars and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888145

Thomas Hardy’s ‘Facts’ NotebookA Critical Edition Within weeks of Thomas Hardy’s return to his native Dorchester in June 1883 he began to compile his ’Facts’ notebook which he kept up throughout the years when he was writing some of his major work - The Mayor of Casterbridge The Woodlanders Tess of the d’Urbervilles and Jude the Obscure. From his intensive study of the Dorset County Chronicle for 1826-1830 he noted and summarised into 'Facts' (with the help of his first wife Emma) hundreds of reports many of them suggestive 'satires of circumstance' for possible use in his fiction and poems. Along with extensive reading in memoirs and local histories this immersion in the files of the old newspaper involved him in a wider experience - the recovery and recognition of the unstable culture of the local past in the post-Napoleonic war years before his birth in 1840 and before the impact of the modernising of the Victorian era. 'Facts' is thus a unique document amongst Hardy's private writings and is here for the first time edited the text transcribed in 'typographical facsimile' form together with substantial annotation of the entries and critical and textual introductions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138384071

Thomas Hardy's Novel UniverseAstronomy Cosmology and Gender in the Post-Darwinian World In this the first book-length study of astronomy in Hardy's writing historian of science and literary scholar Pamela Gossin brings the analytical tools of both disciplines to bear as she offers unexpected and sophisticated readings of seven novels that enrich Darwinian and feminist perspectives on his work extend formalist evaluations of his achievement as a writer and provide fresh interpretations of enigmatic passages and scenes. In an elegantly crafted introduction Gossin draws together the shared critical values and methods of literary studies and the history of science to articulate a hybrid model of scholarly interpretation and analysis that promotes cross-disciplinary compassion and understanding within the current contention of the science/culture wars. She then situates Hardy's own deeply interdisciplinary knowledge of astronomy and cosmology within both literary and scientific traditions from the ancient world through the Victorian era. Gossin offers insightful new assessments of A Pair of Blue Eyes Far from the Madding Crowd The Return of the Native Two on a Tower The Woodlanders Tess of the D'Urbervilles and Jude the Obscure arguing that Hardy's personal synthesis of ancient and modern astronomy with mythopoetic and scientific cosmologies enabled him to write as a literary cosmologist for the post-Darwinian world. The profound new myths that comprise Hardy's novel universe can be read as a sustained set of literary thought-experiments by which he critiques the possibilities limitations and dangers of living out the storylines that such imaginative cosmologies project for his time - and ours. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888299

Thomas Hardy's Short StoriesNew Perspectives Thomas Hardy penned nearly fifty short stories but in spite of this impressive number his contributions to the genre have been relatively understudied. Bringing together an international group of scholars this is the first edited collection devoted solely to Hardy's works of short fiction. The contributors take up topics related to their publication in periodicals gender and community relationships and narrative techniques. Taken together the essays show that Hardy's short stories are important not only for what they tell us about Hardy as a writer who straddles the divide between the traditionalist and the modernist but also for how they reflect and inform the period in which he wrote. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881931

Thomas HardySelected Poems In Thomas Hardy: Selected Poems Tim Armstrong brings together over 180 poems in the first comprehensively annotated selection of Hardy’s poetry. Unlike most previous selections this edition preserves the shape of the poet’s career by presenting the poems in the order in which they appeared in the Collected Poems of 1930 rather than re-ordering them thematically. Head notes to each poem give the reader information about its composition publication sources and metrical scheme; on-the-page notes list significant variants in Hardy’s manuscripts point out literary and other allusions and give explanatory glosses. An appendix contains a selection of relevant passages from Hardy’s notebooks letters and autobiography; and a bibliography suggests further reading.Tim Armstrong’s critical Introduction discusses Hardy’s career his poetics his use of memory and allusion and examines his position in the context of Victorian debates on aesthetics and belief. The generous selection of poems includes many lesser-known poems as well as those which have received most critical commentary and the important elegiac sequence ‘Poems of 1912-13’ is included in its entirety.   Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315833880

Thomas HardyThe Critical Heritage First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862394

Thomas Harriot and His WorldMathematics Exploration and Natural Philosophy in Early Modern England This second volume of papers on Thomas Harriot edited by Professor Robert Fox is based on the annual Harriot lectures delivered at Oriel College Oxford between 2000 and 2009. It complements the previous volume published as Thomas Harriot: An Elizabethan Man of Science in 2000. The focus in several of the papers is on Harriot's outstanding achievements as a mathematician; others consider why he has never received the recognition accorded to his great contemporary Galileo; others again examine his association with his entrepreneurial patron Walter Ralegh and his contributions to the intensely practical world of exploration and seamanship as exemplified in his voyage to the coast of present-day North Carolina in 1585. The volume adds significantly to our understanding of a true Renaissance man who wrote accomplished Latin earned the respect of Europe's leading mathematicians and astronomers and moved easily in circles close to the English court and whose 'Brief and true report of the new found land of Virginia' (1588) was the first detailed description of America to be published in the English language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110144

Thomas HarriotAn Elizabethan Man of Science This volume assembles ten studies of the life and work of Thomas Harriot (1560-1621). These are based on lectures that have been given annually at Oriel College Oxford since 1990 by such authorities as Hugh Trevor Roper David Quinn and John D. North. An astronomer and mathematician whose activities embraced not only science but also philosophical debate and an engagement in the early exploration of America Harriot occupied a prominent place in intellectual and public life. He was well read in the contemporary literature of science and his writings on algebra his correspondence and his early observations with the telescope undertaken at the same time as Galileo’s brought him to the attention of leading men of science both in Britain and abroad. Recent scholarship has enhanced historians’ appreciation of Harriot’s achievements and of the scientific context and social milieu in which he worked a milieu distinguished by his friendship with Walter Ralegh and the Ninth Earl of Northumberland (the ’Wizard Earl’ whose association with the Gunpowder Plot led to many years of imprisonment in the Tower). The contributions to Thomas Harriot. An Elizabethan man of science shed new light on all the main aspects of Harriot’s life and stand as an important contribution to the re-evaluation of one of the most gifted and intriguing figures in early modern British science. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236162

Thomas Heywood's Pageants Published in 1986: This book is about the shows which were put on during the inauguration of new Mayors of London. Such pageants were processions through the city of London with tableaux vivants; some of the shows also included dramatic entertainment on the Thames. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367191597

Thomas Heywood's Theatre 1599–1639Locations Translations and Conflict In this major reassessment of his subject Richard Rowland restores Thomas Heywood-playwright miscellanist and translator-to his rightful place in early modern theatre history. Rowland contextualizes and historicizes this important contemporary of Shakespeare locating him on the geographic and cultural map of London through the business Heywood conducts in his writing. Arguing that Heywood's theatrical output deserves the same attention and study that has been directed towards Shakespeare Jonson and more recently Middleton this book looks at three periods of Heywood's creativity: the end of the Elizabethan era and the beginning of the Jacobean the mid 1620s and the mid to late 1630s. By locating the works of those years precisely in the political and cultural conflicts to which they respond Rowland initiates a major reassessment of the remarkable achievements of this playwright. Rowland also pays attention to Heywood in performance seeing this writer as a jobbing playwright working in an industry that depended on making writing work. Finally the author explores how Heywood participated in the civic life of London in his writings beyond the playhouse. Here Rowland examines pamphlets translations and the sequence of lord mayor's pageants that Heywood produced as the political crisis deepened. Offering close readings of Heywood that establish the range quality and theatrical significance of the writing Thomas Heywood's Theatre 1599-1639 fits a fascinating piece into the emerging picture of the 'complete' early modern English theatre. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236148

Thomas Hobbes The aim of this collection is twofold: on the one hand it brings together the most significant and influential articles on Hobbes that have been published in the twentieth century; on the other hand it aims at capturing the trend of fragmentation of Hobbes studies offering a taste of early epic interpretations that engaged with the whole of Hobbes’s theory and a taste of later works interested in capturing more limited narratives and at recounting parallel stories that seem to be running through Hobbes’s works. The introduction offers a compass to orient the reader’s journey through the collection. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236131

Thomas Hobbes and Carl SchmittThe Politics of Order and Myth Thomas Hobbes the English 17th century philosopher and Carl Schmitt Hitler’s ‘crown jurist’ a political thinker and author of an enigmatic book on Hobbes are increasingly relevant today for two reasons. First they address the problem of political order so important when we witness failed states the privatisation of war and the rise of political violence that does not derive from the state. Secondly they are both crucial sources for the use of mythology in politics; moreover they address the key issue of our time namely the relation between politics and religion. This collection of important new essays addresses Hobbes and Schmitt as political thinkers their importance for present-day politics and society their conceptions of myth and politics and Schmitt’s use of Hobbes in (and some say against) the Third Reich. When myth violence and revelation re-emerge as political forces it is important to understand Hobbes’s and Schmitt’s answers to the problems of their time – and to those of ours. This book was based on a special issue of the Critical Review of International Social and Political Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415661218

Thomas Hobbes and the Debate over Natural Law and Religion The argument laid out in this book discusses and interprets the work of Hobbes in relation to religion. It compares a traditional interpretation of Hobbes where Hobbes’ use of conventional terminology when talking about natural law is seen as ironic or merely convenient despite an atheist viewpoint with the view that Hobbes’ morality is truly traditional and Christian. The book considers other thinkers of the age in tandem with Hobbes and discusses in detail his theology inspired by corporeal mechanics. The position is that there are significant senses in which Hobbes can be said to be a traditional natural law theorist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990326

Thomas Hobbes: Leviathan (Longman Library of Primary Sources in Philosophy) Part of theLongman Library of Primary Sources in Philosophy this edition of Hobbes's Leviathan is framed by a pedagogical structure designed to make this important work of philosophy more accessible and meaningful for undergraduates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138457416

Thomas JeffersonAmerica's Philosopher-King Over the course of more than six decades as an author journalist and professor Max Lerner studied and assessed many presidents yet Thomas Jefferson received his most sustained attention. To Lerner Jefferson came closest in the American context to Plato's "philosopher-king " the ideal thinker and leader. Because of his keen sense of Jefferson's virtues and his unique place in United States history Lerner began work on a book about Jefferson in 1957 rewriting it several times throughout his life always with the intention of introducing general readers to "a thinker and public figure of enduring pertinence."In this volume Lerner uses the facts of Jefferson's life and work as the springboard to insightful analysis and informed assessment. In considering Jefferson Lerner combines biographical information historical background and analytical commentary. The result is a biographical-interpretive volume a primer about Jefferson that not only describes his accomplishments but discusses his problems and failures.As political figures have declined in esteem in recent decades the media has probed deeper into previously private lives. Historians biographers and others have revealed personal details about deceased prominent figures. Two centuries after he helped create America Jefferson remains a figure of enduring fascination within academic circles and beyond. Max Lerner helps explain and clarify not only this unending fascination but the timeless relevance of the nation's devoutly democratic yet singularly authentic "philosopher-king." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412852760

Thomas Jefferson's Philosophy of EducationA utopian dream Thomas Jefferson had a profoundly advanced educational vision that went hand in hand with his political philosophy - each of which served the goal of human flourishing. His republicanism marked a break with the conservatism of traditional non-representative governments characterized by birth and wealth and in neglect of the wants and needs of the people. Instead Jefferson proposed social reforms which would allow people to express themselves freely dictate their own course in life and oversee their elected representatives. His educational vision aimed to instantiate a progressive social climate only dreamed of by utopists such as Thomas More James Harrington and Louis-Sébastian Mercier. This book offers a critical articulation of the philosophy behind Jefferson’s thoughts on education. Divided into three parts chapters include an analysis of his views on elementary and higher education an investigation of education for both the moral-sense and rational faculty and an examination of education as lifelong learning. Jefferson’s educational rationale was economic political and philosophical and his systemic approach to education conveys a systemic economic approach to living with strong affinities to Stoicism. Thomas Jefferson’s Philosophy of Education will be key reading for philosophers historians and postgraduate students of education the history of education and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138702257

Thomas Killigrew and the Seventeenth-Century English StageNew Perspectives Despite his significant influence as a courtier diplomat playwright and theatre manager Thomas Killigrew (1612-1683) remains a comparatively elusive and neglected figure. The original essays in this interdisciplinary volume shine new light on a singular contradictory Englishman 400 years after his birth. They increase our knowledge and deepen our understanding not only of Killigrew himself but of seventeenth-century dramaturgy and its complex relationship to court culture and to evolving aesthetic tastes. The first book on Killigrew since 1930 this study re-examines the significant phases of his life and career: the little-known playwriting years of the 1630s; his long exile during the 1640s and 1650s and its personal political and literary repercussions; and the period following the Restoration when with Sir William Davenant he enjoyed a monopoly of the London stage. These fresh accounts of Killigrew build on the recent resurgence of interest in royalists and the royalist exile and underscore literary scholars' continued fascination with the Restoration stage. In the process they question dominant assumptions about neatly demarcated seventeenth-century chronological geographic and cultural boundaries. What emerges is a figure who confounds as often as he justifies traditional labels of dilettante cavalier wit and swindler. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409466680

Thomas Kuhn Thomas Kuhn (1922-96) transformed the philosophy of science. His seminal 1962 work "The Structure of Scientific Revolutions" introduced the term 'paradigm shift' into the vernacular and remains a fundamental text in the study of the history and philosophy of science. This introduction to Kuhn's ideas covers the breadth of his philosophical work situating "The Structure of Scientific Revolutions" within Kuhn's wider thought and drawing attention to the development of his ideas over time. Kuhn's work is assessed within the context of other philosophies of science notably logical empiricism and recent developments in naturalized epistemology. The author argues that Kuhn's thinking betrays a residual commitment to many theses characteristic of the empiricists he set out to challenge. Kuhn's influence on the history and philosophy of science is assessed and where the field may be heading in the wake of Kuhn's ideas is explored. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315710839

Thomas Kuhn's 'Linguistic Turn' and the Legacy of Logical EmpiricismIncommensurability Rationality and the Search for Truth Presenting a critical history of the philosophy of science in the twentieth century focusing on the transition from logical positivism in its first half to the "new philosophy of science" in its second Stefano Gattei examines the influence of several key figures but the main focus of the book are Thomas Kuhn and Karl Popper. Kuhn as the central figure of the new philosophy of science and Popper as a key philosopher of the time who stands outside both traditions. Gattei makes two important claims about the development of the philosophy of science in the twentieth century; that Kuhn is much closer to positivism than many have supposed failing to solve the crisis of neopostivism and that Popper in responding to the deeper crisis of foundationalism that spans the whole of the Western philosophical tradition ultimately shows what is untenable in Kuhn's view. Gattei has written a very detailed and fine grained yet accessible discussion making exceptionally interesting use of archive materials. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236124

Thomas Lodge Thomas Lodge was the most versatile of the pioneering professional writers of the English Renaissance experimenting in an astonishing variety of forms. His long eventful and well-documented life makes him one of the most individualized figures of his age and yet also one of the most representative. This is the first-ever collection of Lodge scholarship. It comprises a selection of the best and most important biographical and critical work ranging from 1932 to 2008 and including first-time English translations. Charles Whitney's discerning introduction discusses each article or book chapter in the context of Lodge scholarship and beyond and is supplemented by a bibliography of additional material. This unique collection offers a distinctive vantage on both Lodge and many current topics in Renaissance and early modern studies such as humanism republicanism romance intertextuality plagiarism gender colonization Shakespearean sources the histories of print and of reading authorship and English Catholicism and religious conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754628750

Thomas Moore and Romantic InspirationPoetry Music and Politics Written by internationally established scholars of Thomas Moore’s music poetry and prose writing Thomas Moore and Romantic Inspiration is a collection of twelve essays and a timely response to significant new biographical historiographical and editorial work on Moore. This collection reflects the rich variety of cutting-edge work being done on this significant and prolific figure. Sarah McCleave and Brian Caraher have contributed an introduction that positions Moore in his own time (1800-1850) addresses subsequent neglect in the twentieth century and contextualises the contemporary re-evaluation of Thomas Moore as a figure of considerable interdisciplinary artistic and cultural significance. The contributions to this collection establish Moore’s importance in the fields of Neoclassical and Romantic lyricism musical performance song-writing postcolonial criticism Orientalism and biographical writing— as well as defining the significance of his voice as an engaged social and political commentator of a strongly cosmopolitan and pluralistic inclination. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667610

Thomas More's UtopiaArguing for Social Justice The 500th anniversary of the first publication of Thomas More’s Utopia invites a reappraisal of its significance not just as an ironic and playful fiction but as a serious contribution to social and political thought. More delivers a searing critique of the injustices of his time and imagines a radical alternative based on common ownership and representative government. In this new interpretation Wilde surveys the context from which Utopia emerged and analyses its key themes – politics economics social relations crime and punishment war and religion. Although the society of the Utopians is created as a remedy to the ailments of the old world there are restrictions on individual freedom which reflect More’s suspicion of human nature’s innate fragility. Wilde argues that this should not detract from the power of the book in challenging the root causes of inequality and oppression. The true legacy of Utopia lies in its plea for social justice in the face of a world driven by greed and the lust for power. A compelling case is made for the continued relevance of this masterpiece a legacy that should not be diminished by attempts to discredit More’s character which are dealt with here in the epilogue. Offering a new perspective on this important historical text this book is essential reading for students and scholars working in radical politics the history of social thought and literature as well as anyone interested in learning more about this fascinating work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138187535

Thomas Nagel In the first systematic study of the philosophy of Thomas Nagel Alan Thomas discusses Nagel's contrast between the "subjective" and the "objective" points of view throughout the various areas of his wide ranging philosophy. Nagel's original and distinctive contrast between the subjective view and our aspiration to a "view from nowhere" within metaphysics structures the chapters of the book. A "new Humean" in epistemology Nagel takes philosophical scepticism to be both irrefutable and yet to indicate a profound truth about our capacity for self-transcendence. The contrast between subjective and objective views is then considered in the case of the mind where consciousness proves to be the central aspect of mind that contemporary theorising fails to acknowledge adequately. The second half of the book analyses Nagel's work on moral and political philosophy where he has been most deeply influential. Topics covered include the contrast between agent-relative and agent-neutral reasons and values Nagel's distinctive version of a hybrid ethical theory his discussion of life's meaningfulness and finally his sceptical arguments about whether a liberal society can reconcile the conflicting moral demands of self and other. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315712185

Thomas Nashe The current surge of interest in the Elizabethan poet dramatist prose-writer and critic Thomas Nashe follows years of neglect or undisguised hostility. Yet as early allusions testify Nashe was a name which imposed itself on contemporary culture. Nashe annoyed and even disturbed his contemporaries but they certainly paid attention to him because he pioneered new approaches to writing and indeed to living and because he was an astute critic. The essays in this volume have been chosen for the skill with which they present diverse approaches to key issues in Nashe. All Nashe's texts are covered as are his relationships with contemporaries like Shakespeare. The introduction analyses different approaches locating them in the history of Nashe criticism and suggests areas for future research. It argues that Nashe's importance to Renaissance studies lies in his anomalousness as he forces us to rethink the Renaissance. He makes the Renaissance unfamiliar again and pushes criticism out of its comfort zone. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754628538

Thomas Nashe (Routledge Revivals)Selected Works This book first published in 1964 is devoted to Thomas Nashe. Shakespeare’s plays have many apparent echoes of his matter and style; he was one of the most adventurous and successful of those who tried to explore the possibilities of the language and to embellish it was an eloquence both learned and popular. Moreover he is a conscientious and delighted portrayer of the London of his time; he combines the interests of a Mayhew with the exuberance of a Dylan Thomas. This book will be of interest to students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138887602

Thomas Paine Thomas Paine is a unique political thinker who has continued to attract scholarly and popular attention from the time he wrote about both the American and French Revolutions at the end of the eighteenth century. This collection brings together the most recent essays debating the meaning and relevance of Paine's works. It includes an historiographical survey of scholarship about Paine and articles by the leading authorities in the field. The essays survey his life analyze his ideas place them in their social and intellectual context and appraise their significance today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398455

Thomas Paine and America 1776-1809 From his migration to America in 1774 to his death in New York City in 1809 Thomas Paine's ideology was at the centre of American political and social debate. This six-volume facsimile edition brings together rare texts from books periodicals and newspaper contributions to unearth the contemporary American response to Thomas Paine. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429354168

Thomas Paine and America 1776-1809 Vol 1 From his migration to America in 1774 to his death in New York City in 1809 Thomas Paine's ideology was at the centre of American political and social debate. This six-volume facsimile edition brings together rare texts from books periodicals and newspaper contributions to unearth the contemporary American response to Thomas Paine. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429350382

Thomas Paine and America 1776-1809 Vol 2 From his migration to America in 1774 to his death in New York City in 1809 Thomas Paine's ideology was at the centre of American political and social debate. This six-volume facsimile edition brings together rare texts from books periodicals and newspaper contributions to unearth the contemporary American response to Thomas Paine. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429350399

Thomas Paine and America 1776-1809 Vol 3 From his migration to America in 1774 to his death in New York City in 1809 Thomas Paine's ideology was at the centre of American political and social debate. This six-volume facsimile edition brings together rare texts from books periodicals and newspaper contributions to unearth the contemporary American response to Thomas Paine. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429350405

Thomas Paine and America 1776-1809 Vol 4 From his migration to America in 1774 to his death in New York City in 1809 Thomas Paine's ideology was at the centre of American political and social debate. This six-volume facsimile edition brings together rare texts from books periodicals and newspaper contributions to unearth the contemporary American response to Thomas Paine. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429350412

Thomas Paine and America 1776-1809 Vol 5 From his migration to America in 1774 to his death in New York City in 1809 Thomas Paine's ideology was at the centre of American political and social debate. This six-volume facsimile edition brings together rare texts from books periodicals and newspaper contributions to unearth the contemporary American response to Thomas Paine. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429350429

Thomas Paine and America 1776-1809 Vol 6 From his migration to America in 1774 to his death in New York City in 1809 Thomas Paine's ideology was at the centre of American political and social debate. This six-volume facsimile edition brings together rare texts from books periodicals and newspaper contributions to unearth the contemporary American response to Thomas Paine. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429350436

Thomas Paine: Life and Works Thomas Paine was a hugely influential revolutionary pamphleteer whose writings were instrumental in bringing about some of the greatest political changes the world has seen. Paine's enduring importance lies not so much in the depth of his political philosophy as in his great abilities as a communicator of political ideas. Conway's Writings was the first complete critical collection of Paine's works and his Life was the first account to show Paine in a positive light. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429350290

Thomas Paine: Life and Works Thomas Paine was a hugely influential revolutionary pamphleteer whose writings were instrumental in bringing about some of the greatest political changes the world has seen. Paine's enduring importance lies not so much in the depth of his political philosophy as in his great abilities as a communicator of political ideas. Conway's Writings was the first complete critical collection of Paine's works and his Life was the first account to show Paine in a positive light. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429350337

Thomas Paine: Life and Works Thomas Paine was a hugely influential revolutionary pamphleteer whose writings were instrumental in bringing about some of the greatest political changes the world has seen. Paine's enduring importance lies not so much in the depth of his political philosophy as in his great abilities as a communicator of political ideas. Conway's Writings was the first complete critical collection of Paine's works and his Life was the first account to show Paine in a positive light. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429354144

Thomas PaineProphet and Martyr of Democracy First published in 1927. This study explores Thomas Paine an English-born American philosopher activist political theorist and revolutionary. The author examines Paine’s important aspects of Paine’s life including his migration to the British Colonies his participation in the American Revolution and his imprisonment in Paris. This title will be of great interest to historians and those studying philosophy and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367219710

Thomas PaineSocial and Political Thought This book investigates Thomas Paine's social and political thought in both its British and American moments. It examines the ways in which Paine's ideas were understood. The book restores him to the position his contemporaries accorded him that of an important writer on politics and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161368

Thomas Pynchon Thomas Pynchon is now recognized as a major contemporary novelist and perhaps the most important American writer since Melville. His work is both richly imaginative and amazingly erudite and can be compared in its complexity linguistic playfulness and experimentation and wealth of allusion to the work of James Joyce. Aspects of history psychology technology and science cultural and political movements problems of identity and society and the status and function of fiction and narrative in the modern world are all dramatized with extraordinary wit and power. Tony Tanner provides a brief comprehensive introduction to his work. Against the background of Pynchon the man this book originally published in 1982 examines in detail his early short stories (some of which are not easily accessible) and offers a guide to the reading of his novels V. The Crying of Lot 49 and Gravity’s Rainbow. Many of Pynchon’s recurrent themes from entropy and information theory to his interest in the operations and divisions of power in the world since the Second World War are considered. Finally Tony Tanner places Pynchon and his work in a broader cultural and literary context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367347949

Thomas S. SzaszThe Man and His Ideas As it entered the 1960s American institutional psychiatry was thriving with a high percentage of medical students choosing the field. But after Thomas S. Szasz published his masterwork in 1961 The Myth of Mental Illness the psychiatric world was thrown into chaos. Szasz enlightened the world about what he called the “myth of mental illness.” His point was not that no one is mentally ill or that people labeled as mentally ill do not exist. Instead he believed that diagnosing people as mentally ill was inconsistent with the rules governing pathology and the classification of disease. He asserted that the diagnosis of mental illness is a type of social control not medical science. The editors were uniquely close to Szasz and here they gather for the first time a group of their peers—experts on psychiatry psychology rhetoric and semiotics—to elucidate Szasz’s body of work. Thomas S. Szasz: The Man and His Ideas examines his work and legacy including new material on the man himself and the seeds he planted. They discuss Szasz’s impact on their thinking about the distinction between physical and mental illness addiction the insanity plea schizophrenia and implications for individual freedom and responsibility. This important volume offers insight into and understanding of a man whose ideas were far beyond his time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412865142

Thomas Salmon: Writings on MusicVolume I: An Essay to the Advancement of Musick and the Ensuing Controversy 1672-3 Thomas Salmon (1647-1706) is remembered today for the fury with which Matthew Locke greeted his first foray into musical writing the Essay to the Advancement of Musick (1672) and the near-farcical level to which the subsequent pamphlet dispute quickly descended. Salmon proposed a radical reform of musical notation involving a new set of clefs which he claimed and Locke denied would make learning and performing music much easier. The incident has tended to be passed over rather briefly in the scholarly literature but beneath the unedifying invective employed by Salmon Locke and their supporters serious and novel statements were being made about what constituted musical knowledge and what was the proper way to acquire it. This volume is the first published scholarly edition of Salmon's writings on notation previously available only in microfilm and online facsimiles. A second volume to follow will present Salmon's writings on pitch - previously only available mostly in manuscript. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754668442

Thomas Salmon: Writings on MusicVolume II: A Proposal to Perform Musick and Related Writings 1685-1706 This is the second volume in a two-part set on the writings of Thomas Salmon. Salmon (1647-1706) is remembered today for the fury with which Matthew Locke greeted his first foray into musical writing the Essay to the Advancement of Musick (1672) and the near-farcical level to which the subsequent pamphlet dispute quickly descended. Salmon proposed a radical reform of musical notation involving a new set of clefs which he claimed and Locke denied would make learning and performing music much easier (these writings are the subject of Volume I). Later in his life Salmon devoted his attention to an exploration of the possible reform of musical pitch. He made or renewed contact with instrument-makers and performers in London with the mathematician John Wallis with Isaac Newton and with the Royal Society of London through its Secretary Hans Sloane. A series of manuscript treatises and a published Proposal to Perform Musick in Perfect and Mathematical Proportions (1688) paved the way for an appearance by Salmon at the Royal Society in 1705 when he provided a demonstration performance by professional musicians using instruments specially modified to his designs. This created an explicit overlap between the spaces of musical performance and of experimental performance as well as raising questions about the meaning and the source of musical knowledge similar to those raised in his work on notation. Benjamin Wardhaugh presents the first published scholarly edition of Salmon's writings on pitch previously only available mostly in manuscript. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754668459

Thomas Schelling and the Nuclear AgeStrategy as Social Science An illuminating insight into the work of Thomas Schelling one of the most influential strategic thinkers of the nuclear age. By the time of the Cuban Missile Crisis and the United States' early forays into Vietnam he had become one of the most distinctive voices in Western strategy. This book shows how Schelling's thinking is much more than a reaction to the tensions of the Cold War. In a demonstration that ideas can be just as significant as superpower politics Robert Ayson traces the way this Harvard University professor built a unique intellectual framework using a mix of social-scientific reasoning from economics to social theory and psychology. As such this volume offers a rare glimpse into the intellectual history which underpins classical thinking on nuclear strategy and arms control - thinking which still has an enormous influence in the early twenty-first century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003071167

Thomas Shadwell's Bury-FairA Critical Edition First published in 1995 Ross provides a critical edition of Thomas Shadwell’s Bury Fair. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367191986

Thomas Tallis John Harley’s Thomas Tallis is the first full-length book to deal comprehensively with the composer’s life and works. Tallis entered the Chapel Royal in the middle of a long life and remained there for over 40 years. During a colourful period of English history he famously served King Henry VIII and the three of Henry’s children who followed him to the throne. His importance for English music during the second half of the sixteenth century is equalled only by that of his pupil colleague and friend William Byrd. In a series of chronological chapters Harley describes Tallis’s career before and after he entered the Chapel. The fully considered biography is placed in the context of larger political and cultural changes of the period. Each monarch’s reign is treated with an examination of the ways in which Tallis met its particular musical needs. Consideration is given to all of Tallis’s surviving compositions including those probably intended for patrons and amateurs beyond the court and attention is paid to the context within which they were written. Tallis emerges as a composer whose music displays his special ability in setting words and creating ingenious musical patterns. A table places most of Tallis’s compositions in a broad chronological order. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597559

Thomas Tomkins: The Last Elizabethan Thomas Tomkins (1572-1656) a major figure of the Golden Age of British music was arguably the greatest of all Welsh-born composers. Living through one of the most revolutionary periods in British history his professional life was spent in the service of the Crown and the Church at both the Chapel Royal and Worcester Cathedral. Surviving the Civil War the suppression of the music of the English Church the closure of the Chapel Royal the destruction of his organ at Worcester and the devastation of the city Tomkins was able to find the strength and inspiration to continue composing secular music of fine quality. Much of Tomkins's output has survived including his collection of music for the Anglican rite Musica Deo Sacra published posthumously in 1668. His work embraced both sacred and secular vocal music pieces for keyboard and for viol consort thereby proving him to be one of the most versatile figures of English Renaissance music. The first part of the book provides an absorbing biography of Tomkins setting his life into fascinating historical context. The second and third parts include major essays on Tomkins by Denis Stevens Bernard Rose Peter James and David Evans all authorities on the music of the period with each providing perceptive insights into Tomkins's music. The result is a successful piece of collective work that properly places Tomkins and his achievements in his time and enables readers to reassess him properly in relation to his elders and contemporaries. Tomkins has still not reached the 'household name' status of his great teacher William Byrd or of his close friend and colleague Orlando Gibbons but he is undoubtedly worthy of much greater recognition. The book complements the increasing number of live performances and recordings of Tomkins's music both sacred and secular and such a comprehensive account of the man and his work should appeal to early music scholars performers and music lovers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248595

Thomas Tooke and the Monetary Thought of Classical Economics This study provides a comprehensive account and reconsideration of the contribution to political economy of Thomas Tooke (1774-1858). It clarifies Tooke’s monetary thought and its legacy to modern economics. The study shows Tooke possessed a rich and extensive political economy covering many aspects of economic activity relevant to key policy issues. Tooke’s political economy is shown to be a unified and coherent body of intellectual thought in the classical tradition which like most of his nineteenth-century contemporaries was much influenced by Adam Smith’s economics. More particularly Tooke’s monetary thought especially his novel banking school theory is shown to be theoretically coherent from the standpoint of nineteenth-century classical economics. It is also shown that besides contributing toward a better understanding of the behaviour of monetary systems in general key elements of Tooke’s banking school theory make an important contribution to explaining distribution growth and price inflation in modern economics.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138807624

Thomas Torrance's Mediations and Revelation Could a work of revelation be justified as a viable theological project today especially in light of some modern sceptics questioning its validity as a doctrinal discipline? Engaging with the work of theologians such as Karl Barth Paul Tillich and Colin Gunton Chung explores and justifies revelation and mediation in the theology of T.F.Torrance and argues that Torrance’s distinctiveness is able to contribute significantly to current debate and bring a fresh perspective to the theological landscape. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260771

Thomas White and the BlackloistsBetween Politics and Theology during the English Civil War This is the first book-length study of the political and theological views of Thomas White (alias Blacklo) and his followers the Blackloists. It both complements and opens up new lines of inquiry in the context of the current scholarship in two main areas. On the one hand historians of early modern England are paying a tremendous amount of attention to the English Catholic Church stressing the importance of the Catholic perspective in order to get a more accurate picture of England's religious and political history. This study responds to these suggestions by analyzing a group of English Catholics greatly influential in a complex period of the history of England. On the other hand and more generally the volume explores the question of the intersection between politics and religion during the 1640s and 1650s in a historiographical context in which the manifold and complex link between the language of natural law and the language of theology in the history of English Republicanism is currently being taken into a greater account by a number of scholars. In this context White's political theory can be used as an extremely interesting case-study to show how natural law bridged the complexity of the relationship between theological and secular arguments put forward in the debate around issues such as the nature and limit of government and the relationship between subjects and governors. As well as providing a detailed study of White and his views this book also provides a modern edition of the full text of his most important political treatise The Grounds of Obedience and Government a distinctly Catholic version of contractualism that appeared to offer succour to a militantly Protestant republican regime. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236087

Thomas Wride and Wesley’s Methodist Connexion This book highlights the life and writings of an itinerant preacher in John Wesley’s Methodist Connexion Thomas Wride (1733-1807). Detailed studies of such rank and file preachers are rare as Methodist history has largely been written by and about its leadership. However Wride’s ministry shows us that the development of this worldwide movement was more complicated and uncertain than many accounts suggest. Wride’s attitude was distinctive. He was no respecter of persons freely criticising almost everyone he came across and in doing so exposing debates and tensions within both Methodism and wider society. However being so combative also led him into conflict with the very movement he sought to promote. Wride is an authentic self-educated and non-élite voice that illuminates important features of Eighteenth-Century life well beyond his religious activities. He sheds light on his contemporaries’ attitudes to issues such as the role of women attitudes towards and the practice of medicine and the experience and interpretation of dreams and supernatural occurrences. This is a detailed insight into the everyday reality of being an Eighteenth-Century Methodist minister. As such this text will be of interest to academics working in Methodist Studies and Religious History as well as Eighteenth-Century History more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367404727

Thomas WyattThe Critical Heritage First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867825

Thomism in John Owen Examining the influence of Thomas Aquinas and his followers upon the seventeenth century Puritan theologian John Owen this book breaks new ground in exploring the impact of medieval thought upon Reformed scholasticism. Cleveland argues that Owen uses Thomistic ideas in two ways: first in an Augustinian fashion arguing against Pelagian and semi-Pelagian ideas of human independency; second in a Trinitarian fashion with Thomistic ideas affecting the understanding of each person of the Trinity. The resulting theological formulation is strongly Western and Orthodox and provides a helpful model for theological formulation seeking to build upon a Western Christian foundation. The works of the Reformed theologian John Owen have long been admired for their depth and theological sophistication. In this book Cleveland fills a significant gap in Owen studies by pursuing a deeper understanding of the role that Thomas Aquinas and the school of thought known as Thomism played in Owen's theology from his works on providence and salvation by the Holy Spirit to his Christological work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252196

Thomistic Principles and Bioethics Alongside a revival of interest in Thomism in philosophy scholars have realised its relevance when addressing certain contemporary issues in bioethics. This book offers a rigorous interpretation of Aquinas's metaphysics and ethical thought and highlights its significance to questions in bioethics. Jason T. Eberl applies Aquinas’s views on the seminal topics of human nature and morality to key questions in bioethics at the margins of human life – questions which are currently contested in the academia politics and the media such as: When does a human person’s life begin? How should we define and clinically determine a person’s death? Is abortion ever morally permissible? How should we resolve the conflict between the potential benefits of embryonic stem cell research and the lives of human embryos? Does cloning involve a misuse of human ingenuity and technology? What forms of treatment are appropriate for irreversibly comatose patients? How should we care for patients who experience unbearable suffering as they approach the end of life? Thomistic Principles and Bioethics presents a significant philosophical viewpoint which will motivate further dialogue amongst religious and secular arenas of inquiry concerning such complex issues of both individual and public concern. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654579

Thoracic ImagingIllustrated Clinical Cases Second Edition The chest radiograph is a ubiquitous first-line investigation and accurate interpretation is often difficult. Radiographic findings may lead to the use of more sophisticated imaging techniques such as multidetector computed tomography (MDCT) and positive emission tomography. Containing 100 challenging clinical cases and illustrated with superb high quality images Thoracic Imaging Second Edition explores a wide range of lung conditions. Coverage ranges from basic radiographic cases such as tuberculosis pulmonary and mediastinal masses to the more challenging diseases including cystic fibrosis asbestosis sarcoidosis and interstitial lung disease. It remains an invaluable text for radiologists and imaging professionals in practice and in training from hospital-based doctors preparing for higher examinations to established physicians in their continuing professional development. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482231151

Thoracic Surgery: 50 Challenging cases In Thoracic Surgery: 50 Challenging Cases editor Wickii T. Vigneswaran has selected 50 challenging cases presented by leading thoracic surgeons. Each case highlights a unique situation from which other surgeons can learn. The selection of Cases includes patients with diagnostic challenges unconventional and innovative solutions unexpected findings and new techniques to treat old problems. The discussions after each case provide a useful starting point for further inquiry. Amply illustrated this book reflects the wisdom and experience of world leaders in thoracic surgery and teaches junior surgeons how to approach the key thoracic surgical procedures and how to manage in unexpected and difficult situations. This is a Masterclass in thoracic surgery. Editor Bio Wickii T. Vigneswaran is the Professor and Chief of Thoracic Surgery for the Department of Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery at Loyola University Health System. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138035652

Thornton and Tully's Scientific Books Libraries and CollectorsA Study of Bibliography and the Book Trade in Relation to the History of Science In the 25 years since the last edition of Thornton and Tully’s Scientific Books Libraries and Collectors was published scientific publishing has mushroomed developed new forms and the academic discipline and popular appreciation of the history of science have grown apace. This fourth edition discusses these changes and ponders the implications of developments in publishing at the end of the twentieth century while concentrating its gaze upon the dissemination of scientific ideas and knowledge from Antiquity to the industrial age. In this shift of focus it departs from previous editions and for the first time a chapter on Islamic science is included. Recurrent themes in several of the ten essays in the present volume are the definition of ’science’ itself and its transmutation by publishing media and the social context. Two essays on the collecting of scientific books provide a counterpoint and the book is grounded on a rigorous chapter on bibliographies. The timely publication of Scientific Books Libraries and Collectors comes at the coincidence of the advent of electronic publishing and the millennium a dramatic moment at which to take stock. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236070

Thornton Wilder's The Skin of our Teeth "Ladies and gentlemen I’m not going to play this particular scene tonight." - Sabina Thornton Wilder’s The Skin of Our Teeth (1942) telescopes an audacious stretch of western history and mythology into a family drama showing how the course of human events operates like theatre itself: constantly mutable vanishing and beginning again. Kyle Gillette explores Wilder’s extraordinary play in three parts. Part I unpacks the play’s singular yet deeply interconnected place in theatre history comparing its metatheatrics to those of Stein Pirandello and Brecht and finding its anticipation of American fantasias in the works of Vogel and Kushner. Part II turns to the play’s many historic and mythic sources and examines its concentration of western progress and power into the model of a white American upper-middle-class nuclear family. Part III takes a longer view tangling with the play’s philosophical stakes. Gillette magnifies the play’s ideas and connections teasing out historical theoretical and philosophical questions on behalf of readers scholars and audience members alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138185623

Thorstein Veblen This is a brilliant and unconventional study of one of the most challenging figures in modern social and economic thought. David Riesman has chosen a deliberately personal method of exposition and evaluation and he is by no means a disciple. He says of Veblen: 'I find him more often interesting than attractive more often pungent than wise.' By approaching Veblen subjectively and in a critical spirit Riesman has arrived at an estimate of the man that is objective and balanced.Veblen's ideas and attitudes are carefully examined with particular attention to his conviction that 'the instinct of workmanship' was the constructive element in life and to his fundamental principle of 'idle curiosity.' Veblen is seen as a man with a passionate moral sense whose method was irony coupled with research. Riesman makes the interesting point that the author of The Theory of the Leisure Class was episodically a passionate even revolutionary reformer in contrast to a career primarily as an intellectual skeptic.Riesman looks behind the ideas searching for their origins in Veblen's life with the result that one finishes the book with a genuine sense of the strange man who is its subject. Riesman concludes that Thorstein Veblen is important not so much for his specific contribution to economic thought as for his stance toward the economy and his fellow economists. For us today Riesman adds Veblen's great value inheres in his way of seeing. The new introduction by Mestrovic provides an appreciation of Riesman no less than Veblen.David Riesman is the Henry Ford II Professor Emeritus of Social Sciences at Harvard University. He has also taught at the University of Chicago and Johns Hopkins University. Among his most important books are The Lonely Crowd; Faces in the Crowd; Individualism Reconsidered; and Constraint and Variety in American Education. His collection Abundance for What? confirms his place as the foremost sociologist of education in the modern era.Stjepan G. Mestrovic is a senior social theorist in his own right. He is currently located at Texas A&M University where he is a professor of sociology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351289122

Thorstein VeblenEconomist and Social Theorist In his latest book scholar-historian Murray G. Murphey exhaustively explores the life and theory of Thorstein Veblen (1857–1929) whom many scholars agree remains one of the leading social theorists of all time if not also one of the more confounding. Murphey’s account begins with a brief economic history of nineteenth-century America wherein he examines the conditions that formed Veblen’s ideology. With that understanding the author studies Veblen’s personal history and brings to the fore his foundational ideas on human psychology race his theory of knowledge and his analysis of social evolution. In the book’s later chapters Murphey considers Veblen’s writing through the scope of his major volumes – The Theory of the Leisure Class The Theory of Business Enterprise and Imperial Germany and the Industrial Revolution among others. Spanning the latter stages of the nineteenth century into the first several decades of the twentieth century Murphey traces Veblen’s radical economics and thinking within the broader context of America’s economic theory. In so doing he upholds Veblen’s influence on the canons of economics and social science and importantly he attempts to resolve the lingering mystery behind one of America’s more puzzling and influential theorists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371854

Thorstein VeblenVictorian Firebrand A definitive biography of the man who coined the expression "conspicuous consumption". Based on newly released archival sources this book sets the facts straight on more than 60 years of myths and misinformation concerning the highly regarded economist and sociologist. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315084787

Those Who Play With FireGender Fertility and Transformation in East and Southern Africa Whether initiating girls or healing cattle bringing rain or protesting taxation many in Africa share a vision of a world where the cultural symbolic and cosmic categories of 'male' and 'female' serve through ritual to both reimagine and transform the world. Those Who Play With Fire introduces recent gender theory to the analysis of African ethnography exploring the ways in which ideational gender categories permeate African systems of thought and ritual practices. Thus the book provides a powerful framework with which to evaluate previous ethnographic material on Africa. In addition Those Who Play With Fire presents a broad range of new case studies - of hunter-gatherers agriculturalists and pastoralists - revealing the varied and complex ways in which African ideas and ideals of what it means to be 'male' and 'female' broadly inform and give meaning to a wide range of transformative rituals. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135555

Thou Shalt Not Kill Unless Otherwise InstructedPoems and Stories More than any other contemporary collection this startling work demands a visceral reaction to the agony and horror of the war in Iraq and war in general. The immediacy of Thou Shalt Not Kill Unless Otherwise Instructed calls to mind Wilfred Owen's words "Above all I am not concerned with Poetry. My subject is war." The main theme of war contrasts with a variety of unconventional observations on the concerns and vicissitudes of everyday life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698694

Thought and EmotionDevelopmental Perspectives First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802374

Thought and FeelingCognitive Alteration of Feeling States Recently there has been growing awareness and acceptance of the proposition that people do not exist in a world of physically defined forces and events but in a world defined by their own perceptions cognitions conclusions and imaginations. We respond and react not to some objectively defined set of stimuli but to our own apperceptions of stimuli that we define subjectively. The original essays in this volume center on one aspect of this process of attribution: The extent to which the perception of events and causes results in the determination modification or alteration of emotions feelings and affective states.This book is divided into five sections each of which elucidates and extends these theoretical conceptions. Part 1 provides a historical background and analytical framework for the rest of the book. Part 2 presents chapters dealing with the sorts of internal cues which may give rise to a feeling state. Part 3 presents a chapter discussing the evaluative needs aroused by the internal cues. Part 4 is concerned with the process of explanation triggered by the evaluative needs. Part 5 deals with various external cues and how they are used to label the internal feeling state. There is a concluding discussion of the cognitive alteration of feeling states.The authors deal with aggression boredom obesity the control of pain and delusional systems. This volume is of continuing importance to clinical and experimental psychologists as well as social psychologists. Each of the authors takes the theoretical concept of cognition and relates it to research in biofeedback physiology social psychology altered states of consciousness etc. Thus the book bridges the gap between cognitive theory and the use of that theory in applied research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539648

Thought and KnowledgeAn Introduction to Critical Thinking This best-selling textbook written by award-winning educator and past president of the American Psychological Association Diane F. Halpern applies theory and research from the learning sciences to teach students the thinking skills they need to succeed in today's world. This new edition retains features from earlier editions that have helped its readers become better thinkers. A rigorous academic grounding based in cognitive psychology is presented in a clear writing style with a humorous tone and supported by numerous practical examples and anecdotes. Thought and Knowledge Fifth Edition has been revised to help students meet the challenges of a global neighborhood and make meaningful conclusions from the overwhelming quantity of information now available at the click of a mouse. The skills learned with this text will help students learn more efficiently research more productively and present logical informed arguments. Thought and Knowledge Fifth Edition is appropriate for use as a textbook in critical thinking courses offered in departments of psychology philosophy English humanities or as a supplement in any course where critical thinking is emphasized. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848726291

Thought and Language Originally published in 1990 this book centres on a certain way of surveying a variety of theories of language and on outlining a new proposal of meaning within the framework set by the survey. One of the key features of both survey and proposal is the insistence on the need to locate theories of language within a large framework that includes questions about the nature of thought and about general ontological questions as well. The book deals in an interconnected way with both very general and specific issues. At one end of this spectrum there are discussions of the contrast between realist and nominalist ontologies while at the other are analyses of specific lexical items of English. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138696570

Thought and Reality - Hegelianism and Advaita This work is a contribution to certain aspects of idealistic philosophy.  It is a comparative study yet it is not a comparison for the sake of comparison. This book examines the supra-rational Absolutism of the West developed under the Hegelian influence and in the light of the criticisms shows the peculiar character of the Advaita Vedanta of Sankara. It is therefore not a mere exposition but a criticism and construction.  The discussions are not cosmological but epistemological and metaphysical approached from the side of logic. The work may also be viewed as a reorientation of Sankara's system. It places Sankara’s philosophy in line with the idealistic philosophies of the West so that we can understand the peculiarities of the former in terms of the latter. It thus discovers or brings into clearer light the guiding principle of Sankara’s thought. It brings out the full significance of the principles of non-contradiction applied by Sankara as a test of truth and reality and shows its difference from the same principle as understood by Hegel and the Hegelians.  The aim of this work is to attempt at laying the metaphysical foundation of the logic of supra-rational Absolutism the interpretation of Advaita is based mostly on polemical works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815374084

Thought and the Brain First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875517

Thought as a SystemSecond edition First Published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138168107

Thought ExperimentOn the Powers and Limits of Imaginary Cases This book offers a novel analysis of the widely-used but ill-understood technique of thought experiment. The author argues that the powers and limits of this methodology can be traced to the fact that when the contemplation of an imaginary scenario brings us to new knowledge it does so by forcing us to make sense of exceptional cases. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990333

Thought Experiments in Science Philosophy and the Arts From Lucretius throwing a spear beyond the boundary of the universe to Einstein racing against a beam of light thought experiments stand as a fascinating challenge to the necessity of data in the empirical sciences. Are these experiments conducted uniquely in our imagination simply rhetorical devices or communication tools or are they an essential part of scientific practice? This volume surveys the current state of the debate and explores new avenues of research into the epistemology of thought experiments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138921832

Thought on Religion (Routledge Revivals) This book first published in 1926 is a collection of the original thoughts of Samuel George Shattock on religious matters. Shattock was Professor of Morbid Anatomy in the University of London and passed away in 1924. This book will be of interest to students of religion and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138912984

Thought ParalysisThe Virtues of Discrimination Given the enormous struggles efforts and money expended on the equalities enterprise why has more progress not been made? And further why have things actually become worse in some circumstances? It is argued this has occurred because:- The values of Equality have been bureaucratized allowing the liberal principle of "live and let live" to be perverted and put in the service of fear and control.- The Diversity discourse has been hijacked by the libertarians and put in the service of increasing profit under the guise of liberty and inclusivity.- The equality movements have become apolitical sidetracked into the project of the indiscriminate celebration and preservation of cultures in lieu of challenging the status quo within cultures as much as between them.- The versions of psychology and sociology that the equality movements have drawn on are over simple Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490526

Thoughts on Economic Development in China This book is about mutual influences of thinking about economic development in China and in the West from the 18th century until the present. Its chapters are contributed by development economists and historians of thought from China and other parts of the world. The book describes important stages in the evolution cross-fertilization and contextual modification of ideas about economic order development and institutional change. It illustrates how Western concepts and theories have been adopted and adapted to Chinese conditions in different waves of modernization from the late 19th century until the present and that this was and is no one-way traffic. The book examines to what extent pre-classical thinking in the West in particular French Physiocracy in mid-18th century was influenced by China as an ideal and a source of ideas at a time when China was the largest and most advanced economy in the world. It discusses to what extent different approaches of modern Western-style economics in particular in the fields of development economics and institutional economics can be used to understand the rapid transitions and developments of the Chinese economy in recent decades and to what extent they need to be modified in the light of new experiences and insights. Against this background several contributions to the volume provide assessments of the current state of economic science and teaching in China in particular with regard to Chinese views on Western economics. The book should be of interest to those who are interested in the economic history of China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138908505

Thoughts on Indian Discontents (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1929 this title presents some reflections from one of the leading cultural commenters of his day Edwyn Bevan on the notoriously controversial subject of burgeoning Indian Nationalism during the twilight of the British Empire. Bevan’s analysis of the peculiarities tensions and divisive issues of the Indian situation as it existed at the end of the 1920s is of particular relevance today as historians attempt to develop a nuanced and as far as possible objective account of the differing mentalities that proved so volatile. The argument proceeds with reference to a range of seemingly disparate topics: the difference between forward- and backward-looking nationalism the physical well-being of the average Indian and religious ethos to name only three. This fascinating reissue will prove valuable to students of Indian and colonial history British foreign policy and the politics of nationalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138775725

Thoughts Painfully IntenseHawthorne and the Invalid Author First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866835

Threat Assessment and Management StrategiesIdentifying the Howlers and Hunters Second Edition The field of threat assessment and the research surrounding it have exploded since the first edition of Threat Assessment and Management Strategies: Identifying the Howlers and Hunters. To reflect those changes this second edition contains more than 100 new pages of material including several new chapters charts and illustrations as well as updated cases. The book has been reorganized into two parts. The first part offers the authors’ current thinking on how to conduct practical and effective threat management processes. The second provides an in-depth analysis of how howlers and hunters behave and how understanding those behaviors can be used to manage each type of problem individual. This new edition draws on the latest research as well as ideas and concepts from the authors’ previous books. It integrates the sum of their careers in threat management—both their individual experiences managing problem situations and their research and writing on the topic—into a single volume. As in each of their previous books it focuses on operationally effective and practical methods for managing problem situations. This book also covers special issues in threat management exploring the relationship between the law and the intimacy effect as well as different ways to identify assess and manage howlers and hunters. Each chapter concludes with a real-life situation analysis relevant to the subject under focus. Drawing upon the latest research and on the previous work of its authors Threat Assessment and Management Strategies Second Edition provides a complete guide to setting up successful threat management processes. It approaches the presented strategies as guidelines rather than prescriptions emphasizing that threat managers must use their intelligence and originality to modify strategies as necessary to suit each situation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498721844

Threat AssessmentA Risk Management Approach Detailed “how to's” of threat assessment—from the initial contact to the sharing of results! Risk management can be an organizational nightmare but it is an essential part of your operations. Recent events have shown us that organizations need to know how to respond swiftly and effectively in emergencies and that companies need to protect their employees from internal and external threats. This book provides you with the tools you need to protect both your employees and yourself from a variety of threats. Threat Assessment: A Risk Management Approach examines the factors that human resource security legal and behavioral professionals need to understand in work violence and threat situations that disrupt the working environment revealing the best ways to reduce risk and manage emergencies. It includes case studies and hypothetical examples that show recommended practices in action and provides detailed interviewing methods that can increase the efficiency of current strategies. Helpful appendices provide sample forms for identification cards stay-away letters workplace behavior improvement plans for problem employees questions for health care providers and announcements for employees regarding security changes. An extensive bibliography points the way to other useful material on this subject. Threat Assessment: A Risk Management Approach explores: the role of the multidisciplinary threat management team corporate liaisons with law enforcement agencies cyberthreats and stalking insider threats category classification of offending behaviors Risk management is a constantly evolving field and Threat Assessment provides you with access to the latest updates. Staying up-to-date on risk management innovations will help you increase corporate sensitivity to possible threats and provide the safest possible working environment to your employees. The authors of Threat Assessment are seasoned professionals with extensive experience in risk management. You can learn from their expertise and adapt it to your situation improving workplace safety and contributing to security in your own community. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203725375

Threat Communication and the US Order after 9/11Medial Reflections This volume investigates the perception of threat with particular regard to the roles functions and agencies of various types of media. With a focus on the profound impact of the terrorist attacks on September 11 2001 on the US-American political social and cultural order the chapters reach from the early days after the attacks up to the 2016 election of Donald J. Trump. An international team of contributors analyze how the perceived threats and their subsequent representations changed during this period and what part different forms of media - media institutions media technologies and media formats - played within these transformations. Media theoretical perspectives are thus combined with historical approaches to examine the "re-ordering" of the nation the state and society proposed in an increasingly converging multimodal and networked media environment. This book’s focus on the interrelation between Media Studies Cultural Studies and American Studies makes it an indispensable landmark for fields such as Historical Research Media Theory Narratology and Popular Culture Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367246556

Threat FinanceDisconnecting the Lifeline of Organised Crime and Terrorism Criminal and terrorist organisations are increasingly turning to white collar crime such as fraud e-crime bribery data and identity theft in addition to more violent activities involving kidnap and ransom narcotics and arms trafficking to fund their activities and in some cases pursue their cause. The choice of victims is global and indiscriminate. The modus operandi is continually mutating and increasing in sophistication; taking advantage of weaknesses in the system whether they be technological legal or political. Countering these sources of threat finance is a shared challenge for governments the military NGOs financial institutions and other businesses that may be targeted. Shima Keene’s Threat Finance offers new thinking to equip any organisation regardless of sector and geographical location with the knowledge and tools to deploy effective counter measures to tackle the threat. To that end she brings together a wide variety of perspectives - cultural legal economic and technological - to explain the sources mechanisms and key intervention methodologies. The current environment continues to favour the criminal and the terrorist. Threat Finance is an essential read for fraud and security practitioners financial regulators policy-makers intelligence officials judges and barristers law enforcement officers and researchers in this field. Dr Keene offers an antidote to the lack of good applied research; shortcomings in in-house financial and forensic expertise; misdirected financial compliance schemes; legal and judicial idiosyncrasies; unhelpful organisation structures and poor communication. She argues convincingly for a coherent aggressive informed and cross-disciplinary approach to an ever changing and rapidly growing threat. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409453093

Threat Level RedCybersecurity Research Programs of the U.S. Government There is extensive government research on cyber security science technology and applications. Much of this research will be transferred to the private sector to aid in product development and the improvement of protective measures against cyber warfare attacks. This research is not widely publicized. There are initiatives to coordinate these research efforts but there has never been a published comprehensive analysis of the content and direction of the numerous research programs. This book provides private sector developers investors and security planners with insight into the direction of the U.S. Government research efforts on cybersecurity. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367657840

Threat PoliticsNew Perspectives on Security Risk and Crisis Management This title was first published in 2001. Aiming to open up a new perspective on the study of threats and risks this text combines insights from the thematically linked but academically disassociated fields of security studies risk studies and crisis management studies. It provides case studies of key agents arenas and issues involved in the politics of threats. In addition to the traditional unit of analysis - national governments - this book takes into account non-governmental agents including public opinion the media and business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138736498

Threat TalkThe Comparative Politics of Internet Addiction 'Threat Talk' exposes how US and Chinese scientists and policy-makers have understood and responded to the problem of internet addiction in their societies. Is the internet good or bad for society? American analysts like Lessig and Zittrain suggest that the internet is inherently liberating and positive for society while Morozov and Sageman warn that the internet poses risks to citizens and societies. Using a comparative framework to illustrate how the two states differ in their assessments of the risks to citizens posed by the introduction of new technology Mary Manjikian compellingly argues that both 'risk' and 'disease' are ideas which are understood differently at different historic periods and in different cultures. Her culturalist approach claims that the internet is neither inherently helpful nor inherently threatening. Rather its role and the dangers it poses may be understood differently by different societies. Is the internet good or bad for society? The answer it appears is 'it depends'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268838

Threat To DevelopmentPitfalls Of The Nieo Far from transferring resources from the rich to the poor as intended the New International Economic Order (NIEO)—if fully implemented—is more likely to transfer them from the poor to the rich. Thus assert the authors who present their analysis of trade and investment data in support of their conclusions. The NIEO a program adopted by the United Nations proposes increased prices of primary products tariff preferences for exports of less developed countries to the industrial world a code of conduct for multinational corporations international monetary reform debt forgiveness or rescheduling for the third world plus a number of other provisions designed to help third world countries. But the authors contend all these provisions will further enrich the already rich within the third world while adding to the poverty of the already poor. Higher prices for primary products would benefit the rich producers at the expense of the poor who buy them. Debt rescheduling would help only those rich enough to incur debt in the first place; because aid is available in finite quantities this help might be at the expense of the poor. Likewise trade preferences would also help the rich who are the major exporters. The NIEO has been widely acclaimed in industrialized as well as in third world countries; this book demonstrates how the effects of the NIEO could well be the opposite from what is widely believed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367273965

Threatened LandscapesConserving Cultural Environments Few if any environments are free of human intervention. Often this generates ecosystems which are rich in biodiversity historical interest recreational opportunity and scenic beauty just as worthy of conservation as the more natural ecosystems on which protection programmes have been almost exclusively focussed.These 'cultural landscapes' ranging from the farm and forest lands of Europe and Eastern North America through to the pasture lands and savannas of the Middle East and Africa to the paddylands of the Pacific Rim are usually the product of relatively low-level sustainable exploitation of the environment over long periods of time. Many have survived for centuries if not millennia but now urban expansion depopulation of rural areas and most damagingly the intensification of agricultural and sylvicultural practices are everywhere leading to a loss of their cherished biodiversity and amenity. Whilst past changes have mostly added to the valued characteristics of these landscapes modern farming and forestry are creating sterile monocultures on the better land whilst marginal lands are being abandoned.This book documents these changes illustrates them through detailed case studies of a representative selection of threatened landscapes analyses their underlying causes and explores ways by which they can continue to be maintained or new landscapes created which maintain their desired characteristics. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138437425

Threatened Masculinity from British Fiction to Cold War German Cinema The impact of the Cold War on German male identities can be seen in the nation’s cinematic search for a masculine paradigm that rejected the fate-centered value system of its National- Socialist past while also recognizing that German males once again had become victims of fate and fatalism but now within the value system of the Soviet and American hegemonies that determined the fate of Cold War Germany and Central Europe. This monograph is the first to demonstrate that this Cold War cinematic search sought out a meaningful masculine paradigm through film adaptations of late-Victorian and Edwardian male writers who likewise sought a means of self-determination within a hegemonic structure that often left few opportunities for personal agency.     In contrast to the scholarly practice of exploring categories of modern masculinity such as Victorian imperialist manliness or German Cold-War male identity as distinct from each other this monograph offers an important comparative corrective that brings forward an extremely influential century-long trajectory of threatened masculinity. For German Cold-War masculinity lessons were to be learned from history—namely from late-Victorian and Edwardian models of manliness.  Cold War Germans like the Victorians before them had to confront the unknowns of a new world without fear or hesitation.  In a Cold-War mentality where nuclear technology and geographic distance had trumped face-to-face confrontation between East and West Cold-War German masculinity sought alternatives to the insanity of mutual nuclear destruction by choosing not just to confront threats but to resolve threats directly through personal agency and self-determination. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367210915

Threats in SchoolsA Practical Guide for Managing Violence Manage potentially violent situations in your school with these expert techniques!In the wake of several highly publicized school shootings the problem of school violence has increasingly become a focus of concern for the general public as well as teachers school officials and students. Drawing on case studies from publicized violent incidents as well as from Dr. McCann's private practice Threats in Schools: A Practical Guide for Managing Violence provides techniques for identifying conceptualizing assessing and managing threatening behavior by students in school settings. Offering specific case management strategies for a variety of situations this indispensable volume provides guidance on formulating questions to ask and suggestions for developing strategies for managing potentially violent situations.Integrating threat assessment and risk management models this approach will help you target potential threats to property other students teachers and school staff. The interdisciplinary approach recognizes that violent behavior is dependent on the characteristics of the perpetrator victim and setting and that the relationship between threats and violence is not always clear. Threats in Schools offers well-grounded research detailed case studies and theoretical approaches to help you deal with the tough issues including: zero-tolerance policies and their more effective alternatives why profiling techniques to identify violence-prone students are of limited use interventions to defuse potentially violent situations critical incident stress managementFive appendixes offer forms and checklists to help you plan and evaluate including: threat assessment and management planning checklist of characteristics of perpetrators of school violence questions for evaluating general risk of violence fire-setting and bombing risk assessment sex offense risk assessmentLucidly written and illustrated with helpful tables and figures Threats in Schools offers school officials mental health professionals community leaders and the media the information they need to understand what sparks school violence and which approaches reduce the risk of it. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786216

Threats of ForceInternational Law and Strategy Despite recent attempts by scholars to examine the absolute prohibition of threats of force under Article 2(4) of the UN Charter threats remain a largely un-chartered area in international law when compared with actual uses of force. Adopting an interdisciplinary approach and utilising strategic literature and international relations theory this book examines the theoretical nature behind a threat of force which helps to inform and explain why and how the normative structure operates in the way that it does. In addition to considering the normative rules regarding threats of force this book focuses heavily on understanding the theory of threats of force or "threat theory". Drawing on strategic studies for an insight into practical workings of international law the heart of the book examines whether international law or indeed the international community should distinguish between a threat of force which is little more than mere "sabre rattling" and one that is serious enough to send a state to DEFCON 1. Finally the book considers the point at which a state pursuing nuclear capabilities may breach Article 2(4) with particular reference to both North Korean and Iranian efforts to pursue nuclear technology. This topical book will be of great interest not only to scholars and postgraduates in international law but also to academics and students in the fields of political science international relations and strategic studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138843394

Threats To Optimal DevelopmentIntegrating Biological Psychological and Social Risk Factors: the Minnesota Symposia on Child Psychology Volume 27 Psychology's recent immersion in risk research has introduced a new variant in which the focus is not solely on disease but also on the effects and consequences produced by the multiple aspects of risk on individual adaptation. Variations in such patterns of adaptation signal the entrance of protective factors as an added element to the clinical and research focus in the prediction of positive versus negative outcomes under the duress of stressful experiences. Given psychology's investment in the entire range of human adaptation--embracing severe disorder at one extreme and strong positive adaptations at the other--it is not surprising to find this new element of compensatory protective factors as a reshaping factor in the field of risk research. It is one that recognizes and studies the relevance of risk influences on disorder but also focuses on recovery from disorder or the absence of disorder despite the presence of risk. This latter element implicates the notion of "resilience." It is this opening of the field of risk research that seems to bear the heavy and welcome imprint of psychology. Fundamental to the study of protective factors in development however is a broad knowledge base focused on risk factors that often contain the healthy development of infants and children. This volume reflects a continuation of the concerns of the Institute of Child Development with the nature and content of development in multiple contexts. It comes at a most welcome point since the Institute--in collaboration with the University of Minnesota's Department of Psychology--now participates in a jointly shared graduate training program in clinical psychology which stimulates and supports the growth of a newly emergent developmental psychopathology. For this field to advance will require a broad perspective and acceptance of the significance of the diversity of risk factors that extends throughout the life span and results in developmental trajectories that implicate various biological psychological and sociocultural risk elements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138876453

Threats Without EnemiesFacing environmental insecurity The world is moving into a new era which will be dominated by a new range of threats and a new range of priorities. Already headlines tell of storms and droughts mass emigrations the danger of old Soviet nuclear reactors and the thinning ozone layer and with the menaces of global warming deforestation pollution and loss of biodiversity the picture is likely to get bleaker. Unlike traditional threats these are not made deliberately and standard military responses are usually inappropriate They are threats without enemies and they present quite new and fundamental challenges to the international community which has to find new methods and institutions as well as the resolve to tackle them. In this book eminent experts describe the new threats and the scale of the dangers which they present and set out the political military and institutional changes needed. Gwyn Prins is Director of the Global Security Programme at the University of Cambridge. He is author of Top guns and Toxic Whales also published by Earthscan. Progress For A Small Planet Three topics dominate discussions of the global environment: pollution; the consequences of the affluent running ever faster through finite resources; and the growing tensions between rich and poor as a third of humanity continues to live and die in desperate poverty. In this exceptional book Barbara Ward (co-author with Rene Dubos of the bestselling Only One Earth) refused to see these processes as inevitable. It describes new technologies for recycling waste for energy for 'getting more for less' linking them to ordinary people's working lives. It also suggests a strategy for meeting the basic needs of the disadvantaged and shows how the vast inequalities between countries can be reduced. This perceptive survey of policies outlines a planetary bargain between the world's nations that would guarantee individual freedom from poverty and keep our shared biosphere in good working order. Originally published in 1993 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853125

Three Against the Third RepublicSorel Barres and Maurras The Third Republic of France was characterized by weak and short-term governments. This book is a study of three writers Georges Sorel Maurice Barres and Charles Maurras their writings in the years between 1885 and 1914 and their reactions to the deficiencies they saw in the Third Republic and in the system of French democracy. The study begins in 1885 with the appearance of certain new political factors. It ends in 1914 because the three writers had by this time completed their original contributions to the thought of the country even if not their total impact on France.A relative position of each of these figures in the French political spectrum is deduced from a combination of attitudes toward a number of issues. These include the extent of economic and social reform centralization of the power of the state the nature of the parliamentary system the desirability of political parties the relation of Church and State the responsibility of authority the use of force or coercion and national power versus international collaboration. Their views span the political spectrum.Sorel Barres and Maurras are important not only because they provided the chief ideological weapons for the attack on the regime but also in a wider context because they contribute significantly to understanding of a later period of European political history. In their contemporary significance all three illustrated the various attitudes of the conservative the .reactionary and the moralist. The names and parties may have changed but the same ideas continue to impact French politics and western ideology today. This is a key book for an epoch whose importance lingers in current discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539662

Three American RadicalsJohn Swinton Charles P. Steinmetz And William Dean Howells Sender Garlin is a veteran journalist and pamphleteer who has interviewed such figures as Theodore Dreiser Clarence Darrow and Emma Goldman and was present at all the Moscow purge trials of the 1930s. Here he writes on three Americans involved in forging a new political force before and just after the turn of the century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367273972

Three Centuries of Northern Population Censuses Over the last few decades researchers in fields such as history the social sciences and medicine have had improved access to census materials in northern Europe making an update on these infrastructures both possible and topical. This book’s presentation of European census history and infrastructure is not strictly limited to northern Europe although most of the Mosaic materials originated north of the forty-fifth parallel. The template for modern census-taking was created by Adolphe Quetelet in Belgium in the 1830s and his census standards were spread almost globally by the international statistical conferences. This book explores Icelandic residence patterns amongst the elderly; Siberian polygamy as indicated in the Polar Census; men’s living arrangements in Northern Norway; Sweden’s pioneering register-based census in 1930; unique source materials on the Soviet family; and data on Ukrainian and Russian population groups in the most recent Ukrainian censuses. All of these contributions stress the book’s focus on Northern European census data. This book was originally published as a special issue of The History of the Family. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233952

Three Cities of YiddishSt Petersburg Warsaw and Moscow This volume borrows its title from the first international Yiddish bestseller Sholem Asch's epic trilogy Three Cities. Whereas Asch portrayed Jewish life in St Petersburg Warsaw and Moscow at the crucial historical moment of the collapse of the Russian Empire this volume examines the variety of Yiddish publishing educational literary academic and theatrical activities in the former imperial metropolises from the late nineteenth through to the late twentieth century and explores the representations of those cities in Yiddish literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781910887073

Three Connecticut ComposersOliver Brownson Alexander Gillet and Solomon Chandler: The Collected Works First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138990357

Three Cultural Ecologies Three Cultural Ecologies reverses common conceptions of modern architecture. It reveals how selected works of two modern architects Le Corbusier and Frank Lloyd Wright embraced environmental and cultural conditions as reciprocal and complementary. A basic premise of this book’s arguments is that cultural patterns cannot be adequately conceptualized in the terms that typically define ecology today. Instead studies based on the natural sciences must be complemented by descriptions and interpretations of historical narratives cultural norms and individual expressions. Previously unpublished images and new interpretations will allow readers to rediscover works they thought they knew; Villa Savoye Taliesin La Tourette and Ocatilla; as well as projects that are less well known: by Wright the House on the Mesa and the City Residential Plan and by Le Corbusier the Immeuble-villas and Ilôt Insalubre projects. More broadly this study of cultural ecology at three scales – domestic monastic and urban â€“ reconsiders the history of modern architecture. The conditions brought about by societal and technological modernization and confronted by modern architecture have not disappeared in our time but have intensified making the task of imagining how some measure of equilibrium between culture and ecology might be achieved even more pressing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367207267

Three Daughters Three JourneysQuest for Cancer Cure Cancer threatens the lives of people around the world. Women in particular are at risk of certain cancers with a genetic cause. Certain mutations in the BRCA1 and BRCA2 genes put mothers and daughters at risk of breast and ovarian cancers. Unlike many cancers that most commonly occur after age 60 these inheritable cancers threaten women’s lives health and fertility even when they are young before most would even begin to go for annual mammogram screenings to check for breast cancer. Three Daughters Three Journeys takes on the biggest health issue of our time from a global perspective with three heroines fighting for their lives against cancer. Marzena a Polish oncology nurse has spent her life treating child patients with cancer. Then she confronts it in her own family and her own body. Kamola a rural Indian girl knows she has symptoms of the same disease that took her mother but feels afraid to discuss it with her father and brothers knowing her family cannot afford medical treatment. Kamola confides in Dr Rini Mishra a doctor testing a new treatment called Neelazin using a bacterial anticancer protein in food to destroy cancer cells. Selena a wealthy woman of color in Chicago finds out about her genetic risks of breast and ovarian cancer. She has a choice of preventative surgery that will save her life but remove any chance of having children. As she meets women who struggle to afford cancer treatment Selena dedicates her life to providing affordable homes and counseling to families affected by the disease. Although the drug Neelazin is fictional the possibility of new cancer treatments using bacterial anticancer proteins is being researched now. A problem with the current chemotherapy for cancer treatment is the high toxicity of most of these drugs as these drugs can enter both normal and cancer cells though preferably cancer cells causing the death of normal cells as well that are important in maintaining health. Another problem is that current chemotherapeutic drugs mostly target a single or few key steps that are important for cancer growth and proliferation and inhibit the growth of cancer cells. The cancer cells respond by quickly changing these single targets thereby becoming resistant to the drugs as is reflected in stage IV cancer patients. An alternative to chemotherapy would be to exploit the bacterial evolutionary wisdom and use certain proteins that can have preferential entry to cancer cells in order to minimize normal cell toxicity and multiple targets in cancer cells through protein–protein complex formation thus reducing resistance development in cancer cells. An interesting advantage of protein drugs is to express them as part of food and some recent research seems to suggest that oral consumption of such foods may allow the therapeutic protein to reach the blood stream to target the cancer. Women with the genetic risk factors could soon have the choice of taking a pill or such anticancer protein-expressing food to treat or prevent cancer rather than removing the healthy tissue of the breasts and ovaries. Hopefully they would not have to choose between fertility and survival as is the implied message in this book fictional as it is at this time. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814745901

Three Decades of Peace Education around the WorldAn Anthology First Published in 1996. The current world order poses new challenges to the theory and practice of peace education. Drawing on data gathered from around the world Burns and Aspeslagh focus on how peace is presented in formal and informal educational settings and what effects ideologies have in shaping that presentation. The book views peace education in the context of education about other major social and political issues and in a variety of geopolitical settings exploring factors that affect the generation selection organization transmission and evaluation of knowledge for peace.Following a review of major approaches to policy and praxis in peace education the editors draw on original research to offer interpretations based on pragmatic normative and conceptual approaches to the individual the state and the role of political literacy. The use of a comparative educational framework that goes beyond curriculum studies and descriptive case studies presents a perspective that is innovative and timely. The volume includes both bibliography and index. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985674

Three Dimensional Applications In GIS Provides a survey of the approaches used and the problems encountered in the model of real geophysical data. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003069454

Three Dimensional EthicsImplementing Workplace Values Ethics is not just about morality; it is a complex dimension of personal and corporate life that can lead to higher performance by both business and society. Customers employees and business partners seek predictable corporate behaviour that is aligned with stated personal workplace and democratic values. Ethics training can help to achieve this. This business ethics primer is a valuable tool for raising ethical awareness in your organisation. Reflecting on employees' personal values and world views it then examines their impact on the development and application of your organisation's mission vision and values and finally your organisation's impact on the societies and environment in which it operates. Three Dimensional Ethics: Implementing Workplace Values concludes with a unique chapter on ethics and doing business in China illuminating roles in corporate stakeholder responsibility that align with principles in the Confucian Analects. Lagan and Moran provide a practical perspective on business ethics training that is lively relevant and useful with insights into managing corporate values such as: Ethical frameworks Ladder of escalation options Ethical dilemmas Ethical decision making models Ethics audits Codes of ethics and Codes of conduct Vision and values models Stakeholder commitment steps Governance checklists Addressing values gaps Knowing your values The four virtues Stages of moral development Reflection and action Training tools include Australian and global case studies definitions tips snapshots of ethical approaches models quotes checklists discussion panels workshops scenarios and exercises. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315656427

Three Dimensional QSARApplications in Pharmacology and Toxicology As a result of new statistical and mathematical approaches improved visualization tools and recognition by international regulatory groups quantitative structure-activity relationships (QSARs) now play important roles in pharmacology for the design of new drugs as well as in toxicology and ecotoxicology for hazard identification and risk assessment. Providing up-to-date coverage of the field Three Dimensional QSAR: Applications in Pharmacology and Toxicology presents the most recent QSAR methods and illustrates their scope advantages and limitations. Part I The first part of the book addresses CoMFA and related methods such as CoMSIA FLUFF SOMFA. It also describes shape- surface- and volume-based approaches including MSA excluded volume LIV HASL receptor surface model COMPASS and CoMSA.Part II Focusing on methods that use 3D information the second part covers autocorrelation methods such as GRIND; similarity-based methods including similarity matrices and quantum similarity indices; and quantitative spectroscopic data–activity relationships. Some applications in data mining are also explored.Part III The third part deals with post-3D models. The authors discuss the adaptation of the receptor and simultaneous presence of several conformers or solvation mechanisms.Part IV The final part presents receptor-related approaches as well as docking and free energy calculations which are treated at various levels. This part concerns the extensive sampling of phase space and approximate methods such as linear interaction energy Poisson–Boltzmann and generalized Born models. A case study covering several parallel approaches is also developed.An appendix offers the basic principles of modeling and statistical tools routinely required in QSAR methodologies includi Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367383169

Three Essays on Productivity (RLE: Business Cycles)The Impacts of Profitability Business Cycles and the Capital Stock on Productivity The behaviour of US productivity since this book was originally publishedin 1994 has added new relevance to the relationship between profits and productivity. In the long run productivity growth determines the economic standard of living. This book is divided into three parts: the basis of the first is the empirical finding that controlling for normal business cycle effects productivity grows faster when profits have been low than otherwise. The second part discusses how to measure marginal cost using time series data and the third tests a basic assumption that productivity growth is exogenous to labour and capital. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138886285

Three Essays on the Painting of our Time Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1961 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866019

Three Hundred & Sixty Six Menus First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985681

Three Medieval Greek Romances Published in 1995: These three 14th century medieval Greek romances which are presented here for the first time in English translation form part of a curious and previously neglected corner of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367149956

Three Middle-English Versions of the Rule of St. BenetTwo Contemporary Rituals for the Ordination of Nuns First published in 1902 this volume contains an extensive technical scholarly introduction followed by three Middle-English versions of the Rule of St. Benet along with the Northern Lansdowne Ritual on the reception of novices and the Vespasian Ritual of making a nun. As St Benet is the Medieval English version of St. Benedict the original version of this text dates back to the 6th century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138310698

Three Mile IslandThe Meltdown Crisis and Nuclear Power in American Popular Culture Three Mile Island explains the far-reaching consequences of the partial meltdown of Pennsylvania’s Three Mile Island power plant on March 28 1979. Though the disaster was ultimately contained the fears it triggered had an immediate and lasting impact on public attitudes towards nuclear energy in the United States. In this volume Grace Halden contextualizes the events at Three Mile Island and the ensuing media coverage offering a gripping portrait of a nation coming to terms with technological advances that inspired both awe and terror. Including a selection of key primary documents this book offers a fascinating resource for students of the history of science technology the environment and Cold War culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138917644

Three Nations One Place An intensive exploration of the changes experienced by the Comanches and Caddoans during Spain's occupation of the Southern Plains (1689-1921) McCollough focuses on the relationship between political and economic conditions and patterns of settlement production and social reproduction. Challenging historical views that structure a dichotomy of the colonizers and the colonized this study examines global regional and local populations as it details the points of interface between Euro-American markets Native American commodities and indigenous social groups in this early colonial period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415762397

Three New York ComposersThe Collected Works of Lewis Edson Lewis Edson Jr and Nathaniel Billings Part of the Music of the NEW AMERICAN NATION Sacred Music From 1780 To 1820 series. The collected works of Lewis Edson (1748-1820) Lewis Edson Jr. (1771-1845) and Nathaniel Billings (fl. 1794-1795 Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315050355

Three Papers of W.R. Bion Three Papers of W.R. Bion features two previously unpublished papers and one which has only previously appeared in The Complete Works of W. R. Bion (2014). Characterised by Bion’s directness clarity and intensity together they illustrate important aspects of his later thinking. They also show Bion using his key ideas in fresh contexts which will allow readers already familiar with his theoretical and clinical concepts to appreciate them from a new angle. The first paper Memory and Desire clarifies one of Bion’s most important and clinically-relevant ideas: the value of suspending elements of our memory and desire in the service of allowing openness to psychoanalytic intuition. The second Negative Capability was reformulated to become the final chapter of his 1970 Attention and Interpretation. The publication here of the original paper allows an interesting and rewarding three-way comparison to be made with the 1970 chapter and Memory and Desire. The third paper Break Up Break Down Break Through was presented without notes in 1976 in Los Angeles and the transcript from the recorded talk is published here for the first time. It displays the complex interweaving of the personal and the theoretical and offers a fascinating contribution to the study of what Bion called "the turbulence that obeys no man-made ‘laws of nature’". Wilfred R. Bion’s writing continues to be read and re-read by an increasing and widening readership; the three papers presented here possess contemporary clinical relevance and each have a bearing on the underlying philosophical basis of psychoanalytical work and thinking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138615052

Three Plays by Mae WestSex The Drag and Pleasure Man Mae West wise-cracking vaudeville performer was one of the most controversial figures of her era. Rarely however do people think of Mae West as a writer. In Three Plays By Mae West Lillian Schlissel brings this underexplored part of West's career to the fore by offering for the first time in book form three of the plays West wrote in the 1920s--Sex (1926) The Drag (1927) and Pleasure Man (1928). With an insightful introduction by Schlissel this book offers a unique look into to the life and early career of this legendary stage and screen actress. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203610183

Three Radical Women WritersClass and Gender in Meridel Le Sueur Tillie Olsen and Josephine Herbst First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868939

Three Styles in the Study of Kinship The study of kinship is a fundamental part of the study and the practice of social anthropology. This volume examines the work of three distinguished anthropologists that bear on kinship and determines what theoretical models are implicit in their writings and assesses to what extent their claims have been validated. The anthropologists studied are from France the UK and USA: Claude Levi-Strauss Meyer Fortes and G.P. Murdock. First published in 1971. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866514

Three Traveling Women WritersCross-Cultural Perspectives of Brazil Patagonia and the U.S from the Nineteenth Century This book presents an alternative framework for reading nineteenth century women’s travel narratives by challenging the traditional paradigms which often limit women’s space in print culture. For the first time through a comparative lens a Latin American woman’s travel narrative is analyzed concomitantly with the narratives of a North American and a European writer. Contrary to the common assumption that Latin American women were powerless victims of imperialism elite women had access to the predominant philosophies of their time traveled around the globe and wrote about their experiences. This book examines how an Argentinian writer together with an English and an American writer manipulate their bourgeois identity to inhabit the male dominated sphere of print culture. By travelling and publishing travel narratives the three traveling women writers search for empowerment to establish their authority as writers and shapers of knowledge in literature. Utilizing several concepts and criticisms including Aristotle’s rhetoric Foucault’s theories travel writing criticism postcolonial discourse and feminist literary criticism; this volume attempts to challenge old-fashioned architypes and confinements of gender for traveling women writers in the nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890520

Three Versions of Judas Judas Iscariot known for his betrayal of Jesus is a key figure in the Gospel narratives. As an insider become outsider Judas demarcates Christian boundaries of good and evil. 'Three Versions of Judas' examines the role of Judas in Christian myth-making. The book draws on Jorge Luis Borges' "Three Versions of Judas" to present three Judases in the Gospels: a Judas necessary to the divine plan; a Judas who is a determined outsider denying himself for God's glory; and a Judas who is demonic. Exploring the findings of biblical criticism and artistic responses to Judas 'Three Versions of Judas' offers an analysis of the evil necessarily inherent in Christian narratives about Judas. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315539485

Three Victorian TravellersBurton Blunt Doughty First published in 1964. This book is concerned with impressions of Arabic culture on the British before the First World War. More particularly it is concerned with three Victorian travellers all of whom knew Arabic culture first hand through their travels in the Middle and Near East and especially in Arabia Arabic North Africa and the seaboard of the eastern Mediterranean. This title will be of interest to students of history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138638440

Three Visions Of Chinese Socialism For many years most scholarly and journalistic intepretation of Chinese politics has followed the practice of the media in the People's Republic analyzing conflict among the leadership in terms of a dichotomy between two lines R or the two-line struggle. The adherents of· this model refer to the two lines as -ideologues'" or -radicals· on the one hand versus pragmatists- or moderates on the other. In this book the authors propose that Chinese politics can more fruitfully be. assessed in light of a clash among three rather than two competing ·visions.- Policy conflicts they conclude occur because of disagreements over the relative priorities to set among three competing va1ues--productivity mass participation and mobilization and order. Each author analyzes debates over market mobilization and bureaucratic approaches in a particular policy sector demonstrating how differing visions have influenced policy formation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367273989

Three Voices of Art TherapyImage Client Therapist The image the client and the therapist are three essential aspects of the art therapy relationship; each has a separate ‘voice’. In this book originally published in 1993  the three voices come alive as the client Kim and the therapist Gabrielle tell the story of his path from suicidal despair to health and creativity through a series of extraordinary images. The images chosen to represent the stages of Kim’s therapeutic experience speak for themselves and convey their importance as a powerful catalyst for change. An outer voice that of Tessa Dalley provides a theoretical commentary on the process as it occurs adding to the understanding of what is happening in the therapeutic encounter. This fully rounded account of clinical practice in art therapy offers a rare insight into common issues and dilemmas which will make the book of interest to both professional and non-professional readers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415839686

Three Ways of Thought in Ancient China First published in 1939. This book consists chiefly of extracts from Chuang Tzu Mencius and Han Fei Tzu. Chuang Tzu's appeal is to the imagination; the appeal of mencius is to the moral feelings; realism as expounded by Han Fei Tzu finds a close parallel in modern Totalitarianism and as a result these extracts from a book of the third century B.C. nonetheless have a very contemporary connection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415612807

Three Worlds of Labour Economics First Published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315493459

Three-dimensional Kinematics of the Eye Head and Limb Movements The 19th-century pioneers of motor physiology — Helmholtz Hering Fick and others — used the mathematics of motion known as kinematics to describe the laws of human movement and to deduce the neural control principles underlying these laws. After long neglect — partly due to limitations in stimulation and recording techniques — the kinematic approach is now resurging fortified with modern computers and electrophysiology. New developments in recording techniques as well as an improved understanding of the complex control properties of three-dimensional movements have led to a flood of new research in this area. The classical laws of Donders and Listing have been confirmed and generalized and computer simulations of the neural control of three-dimensional movement have been developed and tested. In this book some of the world's leading scientists of motor control discuss how the brain represents and transforms the kinematic variables of movement. Background chapters explain the basic concepts — non-commutativity redundancy and the classical laws — and their application to normal function and motor disorders and shorter articles describe current research. The contributions are based on presentations at a symposium held in Tubingen in August 1995. The wide scope of the book should enable researchers to gain an overview of current research but should also help newcomers to the field to get a good understanding of the questions and problems involved in three-dimensional movement control. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203735701

Three-Dimensional MagnonicsLayered Micro- and Nanostructures Magnonics a research field that uses spin waves collective excitations of ordered magnetic materials or magnons (their quanta) as a tool for signal processing communication and computation has rapidly grown during the past decade because of the low-energy consumption and potential compatibility with next-generation circuits beyond CMOS electronics. The interest in 3D magnonic nanostructures follows the latest trend in conventional electronics based on expansion from 2D planar to 3D vertically integrated structures. To remain on the same technological level a similar expansion should be realized in magnonics. Following this trend this book provides an overview of recent developments in the exploitation of the third dimension in magnonics with special focus on the propagation of spin waves in layered magnonic crystals spin textures curved surfaces 3D nano-objects and cavity magnonics. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800730

Three-Phase Electrical Power Three-Phase Electrical Power addresses all aspects of three-phase power circuits. The book treats the transmission of electrical power from the common sources where it is generated to locations where it is consumed. At typical facilities where electrical power is used the book covers the important topics of grounding currents power demand metering circuit protection motors motor protection power factor correction tariffs electrical drawings and relays. Included in the text are the necessary methods of computing currents and power in all possible types of circuit applications as those that are balanced unbalanced leading lagging three-wire and four-wire.Focusing on electrical gear programs and issues related to the generation and use of three-phase electrical power this contemporary educational guide:Uses simple straightforward language to explain key concepts and their underlying theoryIntroduces numerous examples illustrations and photographs to aid in comprehensionEmploys phasor concepts throughout the text to aid in the analysis of three-phase circuitsEncourages applied learning by supplying practical problems at the end of each chapterProvides extensive references and a glossary of symbols acronyms and equationsThree-Phase Electrical Power delivers a much-needed modern-day treatment of three-phase electrical power for electrical engineering students and practitioners alike. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367655969

Threescore and MoreApplying the Assets of Maturity Wisdom and Experience for Personal and Professional Success Ageism is too often an accepted form of bias even though the facts support the value of aging. Airline pilots forced to retire at the arbitrary age of 65 are usually at the top of their game. Forced retirement in most organizations remove highly skilled performers as well as role models and trainers for newer generations. Instead of revelling in who we are we begin to try to look younger as soon as possible with 16-year-old women receiving nose and breast surgery as birthday presents. People have become inured to "losing" abilities as they age instead of appreciating new abilities that only age can bestow. Everyone extols the need for gender equality lest we lose the talents of half of our population. Yet people over 65 are currently 15 percent of the US population (46.2 million) and is projected to rise to 34 percent. Due to the IRA legislation of the Reagan era — and the lack of need to purchase homes college educations cars or health care—the discretionary assets are also substantial. It's time these people took control of their lives and influence on everything from business to politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138558168

Threshold Concepts in Physical EducationA Design Thinking Approach This innovative and user-friendly book uses a design thinking approach to examine transformative learning and liminality in physical education.  Covering theory and practice it introduces the important idea of ‘threshold concepts’ for physical education helping physical educators to introduce those concepts into curriculum pedagogy and assessment.    The book invites us to reflect on what is learned in through and about physical education - to identify its core threshold concepts. Once identified the book explains how the learning of threshold concepts can be planned using principles of pedagogical translation for all four learning domains (cognitive psychomotor affective and social).  The book is arranged into three key sections which walk the reader through the underpinning concepts use movement case studies to explore and generate threshold concepts in physical education using design thinking approach and finally provide a guiding Praxis Matrix for PE Threshold Concepts that can be used for physical educators across a range of school and physical activity learning contexts.   Outlining fundamental theory and useful practical teaching and coaching advice this book is invaluable reading for all PE teacher educators coach educators and any advanced student coach or teacher looking to enrich their knowledge and professional practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367358457

Threshold Concepts in Women’s and Gender StudiesWays of Seeing Thinking and Knowing Threshold Concepts in Women’s and Gender Studies: Ways of Seeing Thinking and Knowing is a textbook designed primarily for introduction to Women’s and Gender Studies courses with the intent of providing both skills- and concept-based foundation in the field. The text is driven by a single key question: "What are the ways of thinking seeing and knowing that characterize Women’s and Gender Studies and are valued by its practitioners?" Rather than taking a topical approach Threshold Concepts develops the key concepts and ways of thinking that students need in order to develop a deep understanding and to approach material like feminist scholars do across disciplines. This book illustrates four of the most critical concepts in Women’s and Gender Studies—the social construction of gender privilege and oppression intersectionality and feminist praxis—and grounds these concepts in multiple illustrations. The second edition includes a significant number of updates revisions and expansions: the case studies in all five chapters have been revised and expanded as have the end of chapter elements statistics have been updated and numerous references to significant news stories and cultural developments of the past three years have been added. Finally many more "callbacks" to previous chapters have been incorporated throughout the textbook in order to remind students to carry forward and build upon what they have learned about each threshold concept even as they move on to a new one. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138304352

Thresholds and BoundariesLiminality in Netherlandish Art (1385-1530) Although liminality has been studied by scholars of medieval and seventeenth-century art the role of the threshold motif in Netherlandish art of the late fourteenth fifteenth and early sixteenth centuries -- this late medieval/early ‘early modern’ period -- has been much less fully investigated.  Thresholds and Boundaries: Liminality in Netherlandish Art (1385-1550) addresses this issue through a focus on key case studies (Sluter's portal of the Chartreuse de Champmol and the calendar pages of the Limbourg Brothers' Très Riches Heures)  and on important formats (altarpieces and illuminated manuscripts).  Lynn F. Jacobs examines how the visual thresholds established within Netherlandish paintings sculptures and manuscript illuminations become sites where artists could address relations between life and death aristocrat and peasant holy and profane and man and God—and where artists could exploit the "betwixt and between" nature of the threshold to communicate paradoxically both connections and divisions between these different states and different worlds. Building on literary and anthropological interpretations of liminality this book demonstrates how the exploration of boundaries in Netherlandish art infused the works with greater meaning.  The book's probing of the -- often ignored --meanings of the threshold motif casts new light on key works of Netherlandish art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367432805

Thresholds and Pathways Between Jung and LacanOn the Blazing Sublime This groundbreaking book was seeded by the first-ever joint Jung–Lacan conference on the notion of the sublime held at Cambridge England against the backdrop of the 100th anniversary of the outbreak of the Great War. It provides a fascinating range of in-depth psychological perspectives on aspects of creativity and destruction inherent in the monstrous awe-inspiring sublime. The chapters include some of the outcrop of academic and clinical papers given at this conference with the addition of new contributions that explore similarities and differences between Jungian and Lacanian thinking on key topics such as language and linguistics literature religion self and subject science mathematics and philosophy. The overall objective of this vitalizing volume is the development and dissemination of new ideas that will be of interest to practising psychoanalysts psychotherapists and academics in the field as well as to all those who are captivated by the still-revolutionary thinking of Jung and Lacan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367545437

Thresholds in GeomorphologyBinghamton Geomorphology Symposium 9 This book first published in 1980 is a timely and comprehensive appraisal of thresholds in geomorphology. The papers arising from the 9th Binghamton Geomorphology Symposium form the cornerstone of a subject that is increasingly important in geomorphology. This book analyses the historical background to thresholds and geomorphology as well as fluvial landforms hydrogeologic regimes and other processes and the impact of man. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367464271

Thresholds: Rethinking Spirituality Through Music In Thresholds Marcel Cobussen rethinks the relationship between music and spirituality. The point of departure is the current movement within contemporary classical music known as New Spiritual Music with as its main representatives Arvo P John Tavener and Giya Kancheli. In almost all respects the musical principles of the new spiritual music seem to be diametrically opposed to those of modernism: repetition and rest versus development and progress tradition and familiarity versus innovation and experiment communication versus individualism and conceptualism tonality versus atonality and so on. As such this movement is often considered as part of the much larger complex called postmodernism. Joining in with ideas on spirituality as presented by Michel de Certeau and Mark C. Taylor Cobussen deconstructs the classification of the 'spiritual dimensions' of music as described above. Thresholds presents an idea of spirituality in and through music that counters strategies of exclusion and mastering of alterity and connects it to wandering erring and roving. Using the philosophy of Martin Heidegger Georges Bataille Jean-Fran‘s Lyotard Jacques Derrida and others and analysing the music of John Coltrane the mythical Sirens Arvo P and The Eagles (to mention a few) Cobussen regards spirituality as a (non)concept that escapes categorization classification and linguistic descriptions. Spirituality is a-topological non-discursive and a manifestation of 'otherness'. And it is precisely music (or better: listening to music) that induces these thoughts: by carefully encountering analysing and evaluating certain examples from classical jazz pop and world music it is possible to detach spirituality from concepts of otherworldliness and transcendentalism. Thresholds opens a space in which spirituality can be connected to music that is not commonly considered in this light thereby enriching the ways of approaching and discussing music. In orde Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315084770

Thrills and Regressions This research has been chiefly concerned with what are called primitive 'object relationships'; only in this phrase 'object' does not refer to objects in the everyday sense but to people and in the same way object relationship means relationship with people not with objects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329242

Thriving as a Professional TeacherHow to be a Principled Professional Thriving as a Professional Teacher explores the tensions and balance between developing the classroom you know will be best for the children you teach and facing external pressures such as Ofsted performance management Teacher Standards and the need to prepare children for SATs and other tests. The book locates the professional in the political context before outlining the key challenges faced and experienced and laying the foundations necessary for the professional to thrive. An expert team of contributors analyses the differences between professionalism and 'professionalisation' and emphasises the importance of promoting a collaborative sharing culture to give you the knowledge needed to challenge and contest competing agendas. Topics covered include: understanding the impact of policy upon teachers and the teaching profession; developing a professional identity as a teacher; building resilience and a sense of wellbeing as a teacher; building and sustaining creativity in the curriculum; safeguarding young people; examining the impact of globalisation on educational practices. With case studies opportunities for reflection and clear chapter summaries woven throughout Thriving as a Professional Teacher will help you to form a sustainable identity and to create a teaching and learning environment in which both teachers and students can thrive. It is an essential read for both trainee and practising teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138636095

Thriving as an Online K-12 EducatorEssential Practices from the Field Thriving as an Online K-12 Educator is the perfect all-in-one guide to taking your K-12 class online. We know now more than ever that teachers have not been equally or systematically trained and resourced to make a sudden transition to online or blended instruction. This concise accessible book collects time-tested strategies and fresh perspectives from experienced educators to help you smooth out even the most abrupt shift to technology-enhanced teaching and learning. With these insights into institutional supports effective digital tools equitable practice social-emotional considerations and beyond you will be better prepared than ever to help your students thrive in online and blended learning environments.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367640941

Thriving at the Edge of ChaosManaging Projects as Complex Adaptive Systems For many organizations the way in which projects are managed is a fundamental factor in how well they can prosper in today’s marketplace. Unfortunately the current solutions available to companies for managing projects are proving to be increasingly ineffective in a complex world that is becoming more and more dynamic and unpredictable. Organization’s pay for this complexity in delayed time-to-market slow response to customer needs and decreased productivity. While tweaking the current project management paradigm may provide some minimal gains to have a real impact requires a fundamental change in mindset. New business models like Uber and AirBnB show us that the most efficient operations in today’s business environment behave like complex adaptive systems (CAS) where self-managing participants following a set of simple rules organize themselves to solve incredibly complex problems. Instead of trying to function like a "well-oiled machine" where things "work like clockwork" companies like Uber function more like an organism that is alive and constantly changing. They fully embrace the characteristics of a CAS. Viewing an organization as a complex adaptive system drives a radically new philosophy of project management that is much better suited to the needs of the 21st-century organization and can provide the quantum leap improvement in project production that we are looking for. This book exposes the assumptions underlying the accepted paradigm of project management describes the common practices that are based on those assumptions analyzes why these practices are unhelpful and even harmful and proposes an alternative sometimes seemingly counter intuitive approach to project management based on CAS thinking. By the end of the book the reader will have a completely new perspective on the way projects can be managed in their organization and how they can quickly start reaping the benefits provided by a CAS-driven management methodology and supporting toolset that is more in tune with today’s business demands - and that turns complexity into a competitive advantage. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367404642

Thriving in the Face of Childhood Adversity This book explores the life experiences of children who are born with a variety of medical or physical disorders. It provides an integration of scientific and personal perspectives on such conditions. In accounting for both outcomes it suggests how the social responses of others (family friends and professionals) may foster resilience as well as risk. It also describes the results of an intervention that facilitates the more positive experiences of such children early in life. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415652827

Thriving in the Healthcare MarketStrategies from an Industry-Insider for Selling Your Product   Interesting engaging and informative with good examples. As Chief Medical Officer of a biotech startup that has to sell into the C-suite I will be buying copies for our entire sales team. Bob Lubitz MD MPH FACHE MACP Chief Medical Officer 3Oe Scientific Inc.   At 18% of GDP healthcare represents a hugely attractive market for suppliers and vendors. Any sector this enormous requires support from dozens of entities: legal services organizations design and construction companies pharmaceutical suppliers utilities companies information technology vendors food services suppliers consulting firms medical equipment manufacturers and many others. Although many of the standard business dynamics apply to healthcare numerous quirks make this field unlike any other. Every company offering products to hospitals physicians or any other healthcare organization will greatly benefit from understanding the industry’s "psychological climate."   Just having a great product or service does not guarantee market success. The seller must know how to position its products and demonstrate genuine value. Industry outsiders selling to healthcare often get sidelined if they don’t know the sector’s unique communication protocols clinical requirements financial dynamics and operating procedures. Even seasoned veterans sometimes stumble over an unexpected speedbump.   This book identifies 84 pitfalls vendors often encounter and provides nearly 200 specific immediate and actionable recommendations for minimizing them or even avoiding them altogether. Although this advice will help anyone selling to healthcare organizations it is especially relevant for companies introducing emerging disruptive and transformational technologies. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367183295

Thriving on the Front LinesA Guide to Strengths-Based Youth Care Work  Youth and Family Services (YFS) are part of residential and group homes schools social service organizations hospitals and family court systems. YFS include prevention education positive youth development foster care child welfare and treatment. As YFS has evolved advances in research have brought forth a host of promising new ideas that both complement and expand on the original underpinnings of strengths-based practice. Thriving on the Front Lines represents an articulation of these advancements. Thriving on the Front Lines explores the use of strengths-based practices with those who are "in the trenches " Youth Care Worker (YCWs). Commonly referred to as resident counselors youth counselors psychiatric technicians (psych techs) caseworkers case managers and house parents or managers YCWs are on the "front lines " often providing services 24 hours a day. Thriving on the Front Lines is an up-to-date treatise on the pivotal role of YCWs and those who work day in and day out with youth to improve their well-being relationships and overall quality of life. Unique aspects of the strengths-based framework provided in Thriving on the Front Lines include: Strengths-based principles informed by five decades of research; Discussion of the importance of using real-time feedback to improve service outcomes and "how to" implement an outcome-orientation; Exploration of Positive Youth Development; Two chapters devoted entirely to strengths-based interventions; An in-depth discussion of how to improve effectiveness through deliberate practice; and How to develop a strengths-based organizational climate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415895217

Thrombosis and Thromboembolism Written and edited by world-renowned leaders in the field!Presents new directions for the prevention and treatment of arterial and venous cardiovascular thrombotic and thromboembolic diseases.Updates contemporary thinking regarding low-molecular-weight-heparins (LMWH) platelet receptor antagonists and direct thrombin inhibitors to manage acute coronary syndromes. Evaluates contemporary strategies for anticoagulation and antiplatelet therapy to improve early clinical outcomes following percutaneous coronary intervention.Offering diagnostic and management strategies to reduce morbidity and mortality from acute coronary syndromes and acute pulmonary embolism Thrombosis and Thromboembolism is a superb reference for cardiologists internists primary care physicians vascular medicine specialists vascular surgeons hematologists pulmonologists and critical care physicians cardiovascular surgeons cardiac care nurses and upper-level undergraduate graduate and medical school students in these disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396527

Through a Trauma LensTransforming Health and Behavioral Health Systems Through a Trauma Lens aims to understand and highlight successful examples of health mental health substance abuse treatment and other service delivery systems that have implemented an integrated trauma-informed service model. This innovative volume draws on the author’s first-hand experience working alongside a number of local and state organizations as well as a nationwide survey of notable trauma-informed models. Structured around illustrative case studies chapters that correspond to stage of adoption and strategies for cultivating staff support this valuable new resource include examples and strategies to be applied in any treatment or service setting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138648951

Through Many Windows This book first published in 1926 is the candid record of a woman’s experiences in the business world at the turn of the twentieth century. Finishing her career as an advertising executive – one of the first women to succeed in that industry – The author had experienced a fascinating life as a stenographer and a clerk being hired and fired and enduring the tedium of office life. Written with zest shot through with shrewd and dispassionate comment on business life and practices and filled with fascinating detail and anecdote this autobiography is a remarkable record of an early business woman’s life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138280687

Through Other EyesEssays In Understanding ""Conscious Models"" It was on the basis of her ethnography of the boat-people in Hong Kong that Barbara Ward developed her interpretations of 'conscious models' in the Chinese context. The boat-people are the indigenes of the region around the present city of Canton and were the original inhabitants of the area now called Hong Kong. This book is a collection of papers collected together here were all written at different dates. They fall fairly naturally into four groups. A group of essays on the boat-people of Hong Kong and South China a second group on different socio-economic topics and third two somewhat tentative papers on socialization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367273996

Through Paediatrics to PsychoanalysisCollected Papers The value of Winnicott's work has become more and more widely recognized not only among psycho-analysts but also psychologists educators social workers and men and women in every branch of medicine; indeed all whose work or practice involves the care of children in health or sickness.An important part of the value of these writings lies in t Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329259

Through Pediatrics to Psycho-analysisCollected Papers First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138169401

Through Silicon ViasMaterials Models Design and Performance Recent advances in semiconductor technology offer vertical interconnect access (via) that extend through silicon popularly known as through silicon via (TSV). This book provides a comprehensive review of the theory behind TSVs while covering most recent advancements in materials models and designs. Furthermore depending on the geometry and physical configurations different electrical equivalent models for Cu carbon nanotube (CNT) and graphene nanoribbon (GNR) based TSVs are presented. Based on the electrical equivalent models the performance comparison among the Cu CNT and GNR based TSVs are also discussed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574543

Through the BodyA Practical Guide to Physical Theatre In Through the Body Dymphna Callery introduces the reader to the principles behind the work of key practitioners of 20th-century theater including Artaud Grotowski Brook and Lecoq. She offers exercises that turn their theories into practice and explore their principles in action. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315059785

Through the Daemon's GateKepler's Somnium Medieval Dream Narratives and the Polysemy of Allegorical Motifs This book tells the story of the early modern astronomer Johannes Kepler’s Somnium which has been regarded by science historians and literary critics alike as the first true example of science fiction. Kepler began writing his complex and heavily-footnoted tale of a fictional Icelandic astronomer as an undergraduate and added to it throughout his life. The Somnium fuses supernatural and scientific models of the cosmos through a satirical defense of Copernicanism that features witches lunar inhabitants and a daemon who speaks in the empirical language of modern science. Swinford’s looks at the ways that Kepler’s Somnium is influenced by the cosmic dream a literary genre that enjoyed considerable popularity among medieval authors including Geoffrey Chaucer Dante John of Salisbury Macrobius and Alan of Lille. He examines the generic conventions of the cosmic dream also studying the poetic and theological sensibilities underlying the categories of dreams formulated by Macrobius and Artemidorus that were widely used to interpret specific symbols in dreams and to assess their overall reliability. Swinford develops a key claim about the form of the Somnium as it relates to early science: Kepler relies on a genre that is closely connected to a Ptolemaic or earth-centered model of the cosmos as a way of explaining and justifying a model of the cosmos that does not posit the same connections between the individual and the divine that are so important for the Ptolemaic model. In effect Kepler uses the cosmic dream to describe a universe that cannot lay claim to the same correspondences between an individual’s dream and the order of the cosmos understood within the rules of the genre itself. To that end Kepler’s Somnium is the first example of science fiction but the last example of Neoplatonic allegory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203960189

Through the Global LensAn Introduction to Social Sciences Through the Global Lens uses a global perspective to analyze human affairs. This text looks at each of the six social sciences (sociology anthropology political science economics psychology and geography) and uses case studies feature film analyses maps and photos to highlight important historical events and concepts throughout. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467941

Through the Healing GlassShaping the Modern Body through Glass Architecture 1925-35 In the mid-1920s a physiologist a glass chemist and a zoo embarked on a project which promised to turn buildings into medical instruments. The advanced chemistry of "Vita" Glass mobilised theories of light and medicine health practices and glassmaking technology to compress an entire epoch’s hopes for a healthy life into a glass sheet – yet it did so invisibly. To communicate its advantage Pilkington Bros. spared no expense as they launched the most costly and sophisticated marketing campaign in their history. Engineering need for "Vita" Glass employed leading-edge market research evocative photography and vanguard techniques of advertising psychology accompanied by the claim: "Let in the Health Rays of Daylight Permanently through "Vita" Glass Windows." This is the story of how despite the best efforts of two glass companies the leading marketing firm of the day and the opinions of leading medical minds "Vita" Glass failed. However it epitomised an age of lightness and airiness sleeping porches flat roofs and ribbon windows. Moreover through its remarkable print advertising it strove to shape the ideal relationship between our buildings and our bodies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573437

Through the InterfaceA Human Activity Approach To User Interface Design In providing a theoretical framework for understanding human- computer interaction as well as design of user interfaces this book combines elements of anthropology psychology cognitive science software engineering and computer science. The framework examines the everyday work practices of users when analyzing and designing computer applications. The text advocates the unique theory that computer application design is fundamentally a collective activity in which the various practices of the participants meet in a process of mutual learning. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003063971

Through the Looking Glass: Byzantium through British EyesPapers from the Twenty-Ninth Spring Symposium of Byzantine Studies King’s College The papers in this volume derive from the 29th Spring Symposium of Byzantine Studies. This was held for the Society for the Promotion of Byzantine Studies in the University of London in March 1995 in order to complement the British Museum exhibition 'Byzantium. Treasures of Byzantine Art and Culture'. The objective of the symposium was to explore the ways in which British scholars travellers novelists architects churchmen and critics came into contact with Byzantium and how they perceived what they saw. The present volume sets out some of the results of this enquiry. Byzantium is treated both as a source of influence on British culture as well as an 'idea' which British culture constructed in different ways in different periods of history. To give some comparative context attention is also paid to attitudes towards Byzantium in continental Europe. Papers deal amongst other topics with the collecting of objects representative of Byzantine culture and with the changing appreciation of Byzantine manuscripts. They also include a series of case studies of individual historians and Byzantinists and two deal in particular with Ruskin who emerges as a perceptive 19th-century critic of Byzantine culture. Through the Looking Glass is volume 7 in the series published by Ashgate/Variorum on behalf of the Society for the Promotion of Byzantine Studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236063

Through The Looking GlassWomen And Borderline Personality Disorder To what extent is borderline personality disorder (BPD) a truly ?female? affliction given how women are socialized? This and other questions are addressed within the context of the historical relationship between women and madness as well as women's often-strained relationship with the psychiatric profession.In a refreshing look at the facts behin Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319144

Through the Moral MazeSearching for Absolute Values in a Pluralistic World "On the ... issue of our pluralistic age -- whether we can continue to believe in absolute value -- Robert Kane has written the most helpful discussion I know. It is clear cogent and above all convincing". -- Huston Smith author of The World's Religions Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315480053

Through the NegativeThe Photographic Image and the Written Word in Nineteenth-Century American Literature The Civil War was the first 'image war' as photographs of the battlefields became the dominant means for capturing an epochal historical moment. At the same time writers used the Civil War to present both their notions of nation and their ideas about the new intersections between photography and literary form. Through The Negative offers an account of the collisions between print and visual culture in the work of Hawthorne Melville Twain and Crane as they responded to and incorporated the work of such photographers as George Barnard Alexander Gardner and Jacob Riis. Through the Negative examines how key nineteenth-century American writers attempted to combat understand and incorporate the advent of photography in their fiction. In so doing Megan Williams demonstrates how analyzing the impact of photography on the diverse narrative histories of the nineteenth century yields fresh insights about contemporary art and writing as the photographic image continues to shape national consciousness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415762618

Through the Pillars of HeraklesGreco-Roman Exploration of the Atlantic In this first study of the Greek and Roman exploration for over half a century Duane W. Roller presents an important examination of the impact of the Greeks and Romans on the world through the Pillars of Herakles and beyond the Mediterranean Roller chronicles a detailed account of the series of explorers who were to discover the entire Atlantic coast; north to Iceland Scandinavia and the Baltic and south into the Africa tropics. His account examines these early pioneers and their discoveries and contributes a brand new chapter to the history of exploration. Based not only on the literary evidence but also personal knowledge of the areas from the Arctic to west Africa the book looks at the people from the earliest Greeks through the Carthaginians to the Romans and examines their exploration of this vast and largely unfamiliar territory. Discussing for the first time the relevance of Iceland and the Arctic to Greco-Roman culture this groundbreaking work is an enthralling and informative read that will be an invaluable study resource for Greek and Roman history courses Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203962473

Through Time and the CityNotes on Rome Through Time and the City: Notes on Rome offers a new approach to exploring cities. Using Rome as a guide the book follows familiar sites geographies and characters in search of their role within a larger narrative that includes the environmental processes required to generate enough space and material for the city the emergent ecologies to which its buildings play host and the social patterns its various structures help to organize. Through Time and the City argues that Rome is made and unmade by an endlessly evolving chorus that has for better or worse gained geological legitimacy; that the city absorbs and emits countless artifacts in its search for collective identity; that the city is a platform for the constant staging of negotiations between agents (humans buildings plants animals pathogens goods waste water) that drive and are driven by the entanglements of climate and culture. This book provides textual and visual frameworks for identifying the material traces emergent patterns or speculated futures that expose a city as inseparable from its capacity to change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138957558

Through Windows of OpportunityA Neuroaffective Approach to Child Psychotherapy Research has shown that nonspecific factors such as relationship and personality have a stronger correlation to outcome than method. The basic argument of Through Windows of Opportunity is that skilled psychotherapists do similar things while describing them differently and that psychological healing is created in the context of relationship. This book presents the work of four therapists: Peter Levine from the USA (working with with Somatic Experiencing on trauma states); Jukka Makela from Finland (with Theraplay working with disorganized attachment); Haldor Ovreeide from Norway (with a therapeutic conversation in a disrupted son-mother dyad); and Eia Asen from the London Marlborough Clinic (with systemic and mentalization-based family therapy working on a dependent attachment pattern). The closing chapters of the book summarize the high points of the discussions among the four therapists about nonspecific but shared aspects of their interventions moderated by the authors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201588

Throughput EconomicsMaking Good Management Decisions "Schragenheim Camp and Surace three leaders of TOC community are tackling one of value destroyers of corporations—the misuse and abuse of traditional cost accounting. This book develops a practical methodology for better decision making by looking at the impact of certain types of decisions on a company’s bottom line. This well-defined methodology allows mid-managers higher level managers and financial staff to create real value by concentrating on what truly matters."Boaz Ronen Professor Emeritus Coller School of Management Tel Aviv University Tel Aviv Israel "Throughput Economics is a must read for entrepreneurs and managers who want to make their organizations more and more antifragile."Andrea Zattoni CEO of Antifragility Italy "Management accounting is a dry topic. Throughput Economics is not—managers can learn a lot they can apply to their company from it."Rudolf Burkhart Business Development Director Vistem Gmbh Germany Throughput Economics challenges the current thinking of how to evaluate cost risks and rewards of any deal or any other new market opportunity being considered especially the practice of calculating cost-per-unit. Instead this book offers a process that directly answers the critical question: If we accept the proposed decision will the performance of the organization improve? The process involves the intuition of the key people in the organization together with the relevant data to come up with the best available information from which to form a reasonable range of net profit when the considered decision is added on top of all the other activities undertaken by the organization. The process is explained and demonstrated using a variety of cases where the organization faces a new non-trivial idea along with a detailed explanation of how it should work including software support that provides very quick response to many what-if suggestions. This book offers a new and well-defined process applicable to every organization that considers both financial impacts and capacity limitations and also includes the impact of uncertainty by providing the range of reasonable results rather than one number which is always proven wrong in the end. Overall the book provides a holistic method for simplified decision making in seemingly complex or shifting environments using a constraints mindset to facilitate companies’ realization for the first time their true potential. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367030612

Through-the-Wall Radar Imaging Through-the-wall radar imaging (TWRI) allows police fire and rescue personnel first responders and defense forces to detect identify classify and track the whereabouts of humans and moving objects. Electromagnetic waves are considered the most effective at achieving this objective yet advances in this multi-faceted and multi-disciplinary technology require taking phenomenological issues into consideration and must be based on a solid understanding of the intricacies of EM wave interactions with interior and exterior objects and structures. Providing a broad overview of the myriad factors involved namely size weight mobility acquisition time aperture distribution power bandwidth standoff distance and most importantly reliable performance and delivery of accurate information Through-the-Wall Radar Imaging examines this technology from the algorithmic modeling experimentation and system design perspectives. It begins with coverage of the electromagnetic properties of walls and building materials and discusses techniques in the design of antenna elements and array configurations beamforming concepts and issues and the use of antenna array with collocated and distributed apertures. Detailed chapters discuss several suitable waveforms inverse scattering approaches and revolve around the relevance of physical-based model approaches in TWRI along with theoretical and experimental research in 3D building tomography using microwave remote sensing high-frequency asymptotic modeling methods synthetic aperture radar (SAR) techniques impulse radars airborne radar imaging of multi-floor buildings strategies for target detection and detection of concealed targets. The book concludes with a discussion of how the Doppler principle can be used to measure motion at a very fine level of detail. The book provides a deep understanding of the challenges of TWRI stressing its multidisciplinary and phenomenological nature. The breadth and depth of topics covered presents a highly detailed treatment of this potentially life-saving technology. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315218144

Throwing The Emperor From His HorsePortrait Of A Village Leader In China 1923-1995 This engaging book sketches an intimate portrait of the life of Wang Fucheng an illiterate peasant who served for thirty years as Communist party secretary of an impoverished village on the north China plain. Based on conversations over a seven-year period (1987?1994) between Wang Fucheng and Peter Seybolt the book unfolds as a continuous first-p Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319151

Thrusters and SleepersA Study of Attitudes in Industrial Management First published in 1965. This book is of compelling interest to all concerned with the good management of industry. This report examines the attitudes of managers towards the problems that confront them. The attitude of managers can be divided in to two broad categories described in the report as 'thrusting' and 'sleeping'. The research conducted in this report shows that the managements of 'thrusting' firms are characterized first by a determination to expand secondly by a precise knowledge of the environment in which they operate and thirdly by the systematic use of techniques which enable them to make rational decisions. In order to find possible ways in which more firms might achieve a similar 'self-awareness' PEP staff had discussions with nearly 100 businessmen senior civil servants scientists and educationalists. As a result of these investigations PEP has formulated some suggestions as to how the gap between thrusters and sleepers might be narrowed to the benefit of the whole economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138480292

Thucydides Mythistoricus (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1907 and reissued in 1965 this is a fascinating study of Thucydides’s History. Thucydides set out to write a truthful account of the Pelopennesian war but his work reflects his Athenian fourth-century B.C. context which was of a particular interest to Cornford. In this fascinating title Cornford analyses the causes of the war as shown by Thucydides and other sources and then goes on to comment on the History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138024861

Thucydides On War And National Character Thucydides History of the Peloponnesian War is one of the classics of ancient military writing and one of the first true historical narratives of any kind. In Thucydides on War and National Character Robert Luginbill explores Thucydides seminal writings on national character and its relation to humankinds tendency towards war. He investigates Thucydides theories on personal and national behavior in times of stress with an eye for the lessons to be learned in modern times. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367274009

ThucydidesA Study in Historical Reality First published in 1925 this thoughtful volume constitutes an excellent English introduction to one of the great ancient historians. Originating from its author’s re-reading of Thucydides during World War I it sought to place Thucydides not as the production of a remote world but instead of one instilled with present life and reality. Dealing especially well with Thucydides’ method as a historian this volume focuses less on military aspects and more on Thucydides’ approach to foreign policy democracy imperialism and the struggle for power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138615151

Thunder and HerdsRock Art of the High Plains This volume is the first summary and synthesis of the rock art of the American High Plains from Archaic times to the historic period. Even more it presents an engaging combination of Plains archaeology rock art sites and holistic archaeological research. This refreshing approach to rock art studies reminds us that archaeologists glean information from the whole site and everything that may have occurred there rather than simply focusing on the images on stone. Clues to understanding rock art can be found in other images in associated artifacts and in ethnographic analogy. Archaeologists are shown how rock art integrates with other materials available for study. With each page the reader will be engaged in a compelling and comprehensive story that focuses equally on the art and the archaeology of the prehistoric plains. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315416731

Thurgood MarshallRace Rights and the Struggle for a More Perfect Union Thurgood Marshall was an Associate Justice of the US Supreme Court from 1967 to 1991. He was the first African American to hold that position and was one of the most influential legal actors of his time. Before being appointed to the Supreme Court by President Lyndon Johnson Marshall was a lawyer for the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP) Federal Judge (1961-1965) and Solicitor General of the United States (1965-1966). Marshall won twenty-nine of thirty-two cases before the Supreme Court – most notably the landmark case of Brown v. Board of Education which held segregated public schools unconstitutional. Marshall spent his career fighting racial segregation and legal inequality and his time on the court establishing a record for supporting the "voiceless American." He left a legacy of change that still affects American society today. Through this concise biography accompanied by primary sources that present Marshall in his own words students will learn what Marshall did (and did not do) during his life why those actions were important and what effects his efforts had on the larger course of American history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415506434

ThymeThe Genus Thymus The genus Thymus consists of about 350 species of perennial aromatic herbs and subshrubs native to Europe and North Africa. Various types of thyme are used all over the globe as condiments ornamentals and sources of essential oil. Thyme oil (distilled from its leaves) is among the world's top ten essential oils displaying antibacterial antimycotic antioxidative food preservative and mammalian age-delaying properties. Because of the wide variety of its applications the demand for thyme oil is growing; hence thyme commands an important place in an expanding world market. Commercial supply of thyme originates mainly from European countries but recently this increased demand has lead to new winter-hardy high yield cultivars being developed for commercial cultivation in Canada and North America.This comprehensive volume covers all aspects of the biology cultivation pharmacology chemistry and industrial processing of the genus Thymus. It is the most up to date overview of current knowledge in thyme use and will be an invaluable reference source to those interested in medicinal plants natural products pharmacy pharmacognosy and agronomy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395841

Thyroid and Parathyroid Disorders in ChildrenA Practical Handbook Thyroid and Parathyroid Disorders in Children: A Practical Handbook offers a focused and practical approach to diagnostic and therapeutic (both medical and surgical) interventions in management of thyroid and parathyroid diseases in children. It is divided into two sections: thyroid and parathyroid with each section discussing the use of the laboratory testing and radiographic modalities in the study of these glands. This guides the reader to know the utility and limitations of the findings when approaching a child with these conditions. Written by international experts in the fields of pediatric endocrinology and endocrine surgery it is ideal for trainees practicing physicians and professionals who care for children with endocrine conditions. Key Features Discusses differences in recognition and management of thyroid and parathyroid disorders in children compared with adults with both common and rare disorders described along with their medical and surgical treatment techniques. Aids the practicing physicians endocrinologists trainees and fellows in understanding the complex concepts in a practical way. Fills the gap in the market for a much-needed book concentrated on endocrine neck diseases of childhood. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367419868

Thyroid CancerFrom Emergent Biotechnologies to Clinical Practice Guidelines The current age of clinical medicine is witnessing biotechnological innovation at an unprecedented pace. As a result the recently popularized clinical practice guidelines (CPG) as a tool to assist clinical decision-making have been struggling to keep up. Thyroid Cancer: From Emergent Biotechnology to Clinical Practice Guidelines rides the wave of medical innovation analyzing current and future CPG and providing an up-to-date and comprehensive treatise on thyroid cancer its diagnosis and treatment.A synthesis of ideas by prominent world experts in the field of thyroid cancer research and clinical practice Thyroid Cancer covers:Technologically-advanced diagnostic procedures and therapeutic interventions Diagnostic techniques employed in the detection and follow-up of thyroid cancer including ultrasound needle aspiration techniques CT PET PET-CT and MRIBasic principles of systems biology molecular and translational medicine CPG development and risk stratification for thyroid cancerHow CPG contain knowledge gaps and produce uncertaintyAdvances in the field including new surgical techniques molecular targeted therapies external beam radiation therapy and chemotherapyA comprehensive scientific description of current and future diagnostic and therapeutic modalities for the management of thyroid cancer this treatise is an indispensible reference for both the specialist and referring physician. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367382711

Thyroid Diseases In recent years the clinical evolution of thyroid diseases has been studied exhaustively as new discoveries have been made about thyroid malfunction and the effective management of patients. Thyroid Diseases presents a comprehensive exposition of a range of disorders caused by thyroid dysfunction. With contributions by well-known experts in the field the book is the first compendium in several decades to assemble a vast amount of data and research into one volume.Following a methodological format each chapter explores a different malady or condition. After defining the dysfunction or disease the text presents the epidemiology etiopathogenesis clinical features first and second level tests for diagnosis first and second line therapies prognosis and recommendations for follow-up.Highlighted topics include:Transient forms of hyper- and hypothyroidismSubclinical hyper- and hypothyroidismThyroid dysfunction during gestation and postpartumThe influence of iodine on the thyroid during pregnancyThe importance of drugs that modify thyroid functionThyroid disrupters that affect thyroid homeostasisThe bimodal and/or transient development of some thyroid diseasesThe evolution of diagnosis priorities of therapies and lifelong monitoring of patientsAll of the contributors to this text pursued long periods of training in elite research laboratories. They are active investigators and well known in the international arena. The information presented in this volume is invaluable for practicing clinicians and those training in internal medicine endocrinology surgery and other areas of medicine. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381301

Thyroid SurgeryPrinciples and Practice Thyroid Surgery: Principles and Practice will bridge a gap between the huge platform of literature available about thyroid surgery and the practical working reality. The pearls in techniques and surgical procedures are exhaustively detailed with authors' individual experience enriched with quality photographs. This book covers management of large/massive multinodular goiters which are the hallmark of Indian thyroids. However the emphasis will be more on applying this knowledge to a given patient and would largely revolve around this theme. It aims to provide a take-home message in controversial areas and is a ready reference to all interested in learning the science and craftsmanship of thyroid surgery. Key Features: Covers all topics comprehensively with a practical approach Inclusion of guidelines adds value to the content Discusses all investigatory modalities Consists of useful surgical tips with exhaustive surgical photography Features large anatomical illustrations with cadaveric dissections Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138483781

Tiberius the Politician Tiberius has always been one of the most enigmatic of the Roman emperors. At the same time his career is uniquely important for the understanding of the Empire's development on the foundations laid by Augustus.Barbara Levick offers a comprehensive and engaging portrait of the life and times of Tiberius including an exploration of his ancestry and his education an analysis of his provincial and foreign policy and an examination of his debauched final years and his posthumous reputation.This new edition of Tiberius the Politician contains a new preface and a revised bibliography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138134737

Tibet Through Dissident Chinese EyesEssays on Self-determination Although there have been numerous publications that argue the merit of Chinese rule over Tibet and many more that argue for Tibetan self-determination the world has not heard many Chinese voices supporting the latter view. This book exposed the reader to just that perspective from no less famous writers and activists than Wei Jingsheng Yan Jiaqi Shen Tong Wang Rouwang and others. Though theirs is the view of a small minority of Chinese history may still record the publication of these essays as a milestone in the history of this issue. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315284651

Tibetan and Zen Buddhism in BritainTransplantation Development and Adaptation This book analyses the transplantation development and adaptation of the two largest Tibetan and Zen Buddhist organizations currently active on the British religious landscape: the New Kadampa Tradition (NKT) and the Order of Buddhist Contemplatives (OBC). The key contributions of recent scholarship are evaluated and organised thematically to provide a framework for analysis and the history and current landscape of contemporary Tibetan and Zen Buddhist practice in Britain are also mapped out. A number of patterns and processes identified elsewhere are exemplified although certain assumptions made about the nature of 'British Buddhism' are subjected to critical scrutiny and challenged. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753975

Tibetan Border Worlds First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985698

Tibetan Buddhism in DiasporaCultural re-signification in practice and institutions The imperialist ambitions of China – which invaded Tibet in the late 1940s – have sparked the spectacular spread of Tibetan Buddhism worldwide and especially in western countries. This work is a study on the malleability of a particular Buddhist tradition; on its adaptability in new contexts. The book analyses the nature of the Tibetan Buddhism in the Diaspora. It examines how the re-signification of Tibetan Buddhist practices and organizational structures in the present refers back to the dismantlement of the Tibetan state headed by the Dalai Lama and the fragmentation of Tibetan Buddhist religious organizations in general. It includes extensive multi-sited fieldwork conducted in the United States Brazil Europe and Asia and a detailed analysis of contemporary documents relating to the global spread of Tibetan Buddhism. The author demonstrates that there is a "de-institutionalized" and "de-territorialized" project of political power and religious organization which among several other consequences engenders the gradual "autonomization" of lamas and lineages inside the religious field of Tibetan Buddhism. Thus a spectre of these previous institutions continues to exist outside their original contexts and they are continually activated in ever-new settings. Using a combination of two different academic traditions – namely the Brazilian anthropological tradition and the American Buddhist studies tradition – it investigates the "process of cultural re-signification" of Tibetan Buddhism in the context of its Diaspora. Thus it will be a valuable resource to students and scholars of Asian Religion Asian Studies and Buddhism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138492219

Tibetan Historical Literature First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862272

Tibetan LivesThree Himalayan Autobiographies In the early years of the 20th century control over Tibet was contested by three major empires: those of China Russia and Britain. The imperial powers and those who came in their wake - missionaries scholars traders and soldiers - employed local staff to assist in their dealings with the Tibetans and these employees were in the vanguard of Tibet's encounter with the outside world. Yet they have been largely forgotten by history and most of the knowledge and understandings that they gained have been lost.It was left to a Dutchman Johan van Manen and hence an outside observer of the British imperial system to preserve the impressions of three who served on the periphery of the imperial system. The three autobiographies that make up this book crowded with ethnographical sociological and historico-religious data offer a unique insight into the world of the intermediary class. In addition to being interesting and entertaining they are an important contribution to our understanding of the history of Tibet and its opening up to cultures beyond its own. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759922

Tibetan Medicine in the Contemporary WorldGlobal Politics of Medical Knowledge and Practice The popularity of Tibetan medicine plays a central role in the international market for alternative medicine and has been increasing and extending far beyond its original cultural area becoming a global phenomenon. This book analyses Tibetan medicine in the 21st century by considering the contemporary reasons that have led to its diversity and by bringing out the common orientations of this medical system. Using case studies that examine of the social political and identity dynamics of Tibetan medicine in Nepal India the PRC Mongolia the UK and the US the contributors to this book answer the following three fundamental questions: What are the modalities and issues involved in the social and therapeutic transformations of Tibetan medicine? How are national policies and health reforms connected to the processes of contemporary redefinition of this medicine? How does Tibetan medicine fit into the present globalized context of the medical world? Written by experts in the field from the US France Canada China and the UK this book will be invaluable to students and scholars interested in contemporary medicine Tibetan studies health studies and the anthropology of Asia. 'Winner of the ICAS Colleagues Choice Award 2009" Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415666701

Tibetan NationA History Of Tibetan Nationalism And Sino-tibetan Relations This book offers the most comprehensive account available of Tibetan nationalism Sino-Tibetan relations and the issue of Tibetan self-determination. It explores Tibet's ethnic origins the birth of the Tibetan state Tibet's quest for independence and the Chinese takeover of Tibet after 1950. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367274399

Tibetan Rituals of DeathBuddhist Funerary Practices This book describes and analyses the structure and performance of Tibetan Buddhist death rituals and situates that performance within the wider context of Buddhist death practices generally. Drawing on a detailed and systematic comparative survey of existing records of Tibetan funerary practices including historical travel accounts anthropological and ethnographic literature Tibetan texts and academic studies it demonstrates that there is no standard form of funeral in Tibetan Buddhism although certain elements are common. The structure of the book follows the twin trajectories of benefiting the deceased and protecting survivors; in the process it reveals a rich and complex panoply of activities some handled by religious professionals and others by lay persons. This information is examined to identify similarities and differences in practices and the degree to which Tibetan Buddhist funeral practices are consistent with the mortuary rituals of other forms of Buddhism. A number of elements in these death rites which at first appear to be unique to Tibetan Buddhism may only be ‘Tibetan’ in their surface characteristics while having roots in practices which pre-date the transmission of Buddhism to Tibet. Filling a gap in the existing literature on Tibetan Buddhism this book poses research challenges that will engage future scholars in the field of Buddhism Tibetan Buddhism and Anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415626194

Tibetan Studies in Comparative Perspective Politics history and religion have long lent Tibet a glamorous air particularly in the West. But Tibet can be understood in an astonishingly wide variety of other ways including linguistic ecological environmental and climatological geographical geological economic biologic sociologic medicinal. Tibetan Studies in Comparative Perspective touches on all the elements of the Tibet issue offering invaluable insight to a wide variety of readers from specialists to those with a general interest in the topic. By putting readers into the shoes of all the stakeholders from the Dalai Lama in his home in exile and the various Tibetan exile communities to decision makers in Beijing New Delhi Washington and London the issues at stake come into bold relief. Furthermore the book examines the potential opportunities that lay ahead documents where and how Tibetans have been dispersed and offers a glimpse into the social and political undercurrents sending shudders through this exiled nation. With the chasm between exiles and indigenous Tibetans growing ever-larger what challenges do Tibetans confront just to remain Tibetan? And how will this shape the future of their political movement? The book provides a timely re-examination of the contemporary predicament of Tibetans both in and out of Tibet. This book was published as two special issues of Asian Ethnicity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138946071

Tibetan Tales Derived from Indian Sources First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865647

Tibetan Yoga and its Secret Doctrines First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985704

Tidal Hydraulic Engineering The text on tidal hydraulic engineering includes discussion of: basic characterstics of tides and tidal propagation; hydrographic surveys in tidal rivers; and design considerations for tidal sluice gates for drainage and fish farms in aquaculture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203735688

TidesA Primer for Deck Officers and Officer of the Watch Exams Tides: A Primer for Deck Officers and Officer of the Watch Exams prepares the reader for the Officer of the Watch and Master/Mate certificates required by all officers on commercial seagoing vessels. From the formation of tides and tidal stream data right through to practice questions with answers and even mock exam papers this book will provide you with all the reference material you need in order to pass your exams. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138674752

Tidy TimGet to Know Me: OCD The ‘Get to Know Me’ series is aimed at children with additional needs and those who support them in the classroom. Developed by child psychologist Dr Louise Lightfoot and illustrated by Catherine Hicks the resources in this series include activities specific to anxiety depression and Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD). This book Tidy Tim has been designed to support the individual child but also to be used in whole class teaching to encourage an empathetic and inclusive environment. In this book we meet Tidy Tim an octopus with many arms but not many friends. His swirly whirly feelings make him spend all day cleaning and tidying his house instead of going out and making friends. But one day Tidy Tim gets himself into a terrible tangle and realises he needs the help of Jenni the Jellyfish who helps him untangle his arms and his feelings. This book was written with children with OCD in mind providing an opportunity to relate to Tim’s thoughts feelings behaviours and experiences. However children with a range of needs may benefit from the story. The book is written in a narrative style so it does not use diagnostic labels and is not intended for this purpose. Instead the focus is on creating a common language which children can understand and use to make sense of how they are feeling. A practitioner guidebook (ISBN 978-0-8153-4948-8) and draw along version (ISBN 978-0-8153-4951-8) are also available. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815349501

Tie a Knot and Hang onProviding Mental Health Care in a Turbulent Environment Tie a Knot and Hang On is an analysis of mental health care work that crosses the borders of diverse sociological traditions. The work seeks to understand the theoretical and empirical linkages between environmental pressures and activities and how these intersect with organizations and individuals. The work draws upon a research tradition that sees the issue of mental health care in terms of institutional pressures and normative values. The author provides a description and a sociological analysis of mental health care work emphasizing the interaction of professionally generated norms that guide the "emotional labor" of mental health care workers and the organizational contexts within which mental health care is provided. She concludes with a discussion of emerging institutional forces that will shape the mental health care system in the future. These forces are having greater impact than ever before as managed care comes to have a huge fiscal as well as institutional impact on the work of mental health professionals. Scheid's book is a brilliant nuanced effort to explain the institutional demands for efficiency and cost containment with the professional ethics that emphasize quality care for the individual. The book is essential reading for those interested in mental health care organizations and the providers responding to these seemingly larger abstract demands. The work offers a rich mixture not just of the problems faced by mental health care personnel but the equilibrium currently in place u an equilibrium that shapes the theory of the field no less than the activities of its practitioners. Teresa L. Scheid is associate professor of sociology at the University of North Carolina at Charlotte. She has published widely in the area including major essays in Sociology of Health and Illness Sociological Quarterly Perspectives on Social Problems and The Journal of Applied Behavioral Science. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351327961

Ties That Blind in Canadian/american RelationsThe Politics of News Discourse This volume explores the political impact of journalistic discourse on international -- and especially Canadian/American -- relations. In so doing it provides a comparative analysis of American and international press accounts of selected Canadian/American issues such as free trade cruise missile testing and acid rain. The intention of the book is to enhance understanding of the political significance of journalists' interpretations of Canadian/American affairs although the communication perspective and method of news analysis of the book are appropriate for the study of the United States' news-mediated relations with other countries. This study also examines the way people negotiate news-mediated political discourse and how that communication process can influence international affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415516259

Tiger GirlsWomen and Enterprise in the People's Republic of China The existing scholarship on women in China suggests that gender inequality still exists against the background of the country’s reform and opening in recent years. However the situation of women in enterprise ownership and leadership seems to indicate that despite such notions of disadvantage amongst women some of them are playing a more active and significant role in China’s economic development. Based on a series of interviews with female enterprise owners wives of enterprise owners and women managers conducted in diverse locations in three difference provinces of China Tiger Girls examines the deeper realities of women entrepreneurs in China and by extension the role of leading women in the workforce. By analyzing information on these women’s personal experiences careers and families this book investigates their status at work and at home as well as their connections with local politics. The research results suggest that although traces of gender inequality can still be found in these women’s lives they appear to be actively engaged in the business establishment and operation and gradually casting off the leash of domestic responsibilities. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of Chinese Studies Chinese Business Chinese Economics and Asian Studies. Minglu Chen is ARC Postdoctoral Fellow in the Department of Government and International Relations at Sydney University Australia.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415855556

Tigers' RoarAsia's Recovery and Its Impact Despite Asia's protracted economic troubles the region is poised to recover and perhaps become stronger than ever. This timely work identifies the major challenges facing Asia's Four Tigers (Singapore Taiwan South Korea and Hong Kong) Japan China and their Southeast Asian neighbors (Thailand Indonesia Malaysia and the Philippines) as the region increases it role and stature on the world stage. Highly regarded Asia policy makers and opinion shapers consider such key questions as: What is the appropriate response to China's ascent? Are there prospects for U.S.-Asian partnerships (in such areas as the environment)? Is economic cooperation between both sides of the Pacific realistic? How can Americans gain from Asia's attempts to rebuild her institutions? And will East Asia and the United States adjust to a multi-polar security and economic milieu? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315291413

Tikopia Ritual and Belief (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1967 this book gives some of the fruits of the author's study of Tikopia ways of thought as the result of three field expeditions. Most Polynesians became Christians more than a century ago but Tikopia had a substantial pagan population until quite recent years. This book of essays describes rites and beliefs of a people who still maintained their traditional institutions remote from civilization. Studies of totemism of magic and of beliefs in the fate of the soul in the afterworld  not only throw new light on Polynesian attitudes but also contribute some novel ideas to the interpretation of standard theoretical problems in social anthropology. Studies of rumour suicide and a new essay on spirit mediumship also provide links between social anthropology and psychology. A general review based on the author's visit in 1966 describes the modern position after the adoption of Christianity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415694698

TiltTeaching Individuals To Live Together An alternative to existing bipolar choices this book looks at individuals and their distances from the self (individuation-deindividuation) and from others (attachment-detachment). Simultaneously theoretical empirical and applied this book can be reasonably applied to all types of individuals involved in interpersonal situations regardless of culture age gender or sexual orientations. Broken into four parts In the first part Definitions and Measurements the author includes an introduction to the Individuation-Attachment Questionnaire.Implications of TILT for Individuals is the basis for part two and includes a view of TILT across the life span. The next section extends the analysis to TILT for Couples and Families. The clinician counselors and individuals attempting to help himself/herself are addressed in the final part: TILT for the Clinician and includes application of TILT to everyday life.The text brings to life through extensive description the questions and situations consistently raised in couples therapy: space-too much or not enough. TILT: Teaching Individuals To Live Together presents a unique model of individuation and attachment and was developed to facilitate the understanding of the complex relationship between these two developmental processes across the life span. The model shows how we gradually develop our boundaries and hence reduce the need for defensive interpersonal walls. The TILT Model has applications in the fields of therapy education and organizational development. Thus it will be of interest to mental health professionals including psychotherapists psychologists counselors social workers and marriage and family therapists. Practitioners of transactional analysis will find this book of supreme interest and usefulness. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315784519

Tim Burton: The Monster and the CrowdA Post-Jungian Perspective Tim Burton’s films are well known for being complex and emotionally powerful. In this book Helena Bassil-Morozow employs Jungian and post-Jungian concepts of unconscious mental processes along with film semiotics analysis of narrative devices and cinematic history to explore the reworking of myth and fairytale in Burton’s gothic fantasy world. The book explores the idea that Burton’s lonely rebellious ‘monstrous’ protagonists roam the earth because they are unable to fit into the normalising tendencies of society and become part of ‘the crowd’. Divided into six chapters the book considers the concept of the archetype in various settings focusing on: the child the monster the superhero the genius the maniac the monstrous society. Tim Burton: The Monster and the Crowd offers an entirely fresh perspective on Tim Burton’s works. The book is essential reading for students and scholars of film or Jungian psychology as well as anyone interested in critical issues in contemporary culture. It will also be of great help to those fans of Tim Burton who have been searching for a profound academic analysis of his works. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787367

Tim Crouch's An Oak Tree ‘You will see no false nothing false tonight’ – the Hypnotist Tim Crouch’s second play collapses a tale of loss and grief into an exploration of theatrical representation in a piece of theatre that is at once formally innovative and profoundly moving. Written for two actors An Oak Tree depicts the fraught meeting of a grieving father and the stage hypnotist who was behind the wheel of the car that killed his daughter with the father played by a different actor at each performance walking on stage with no prior knowledge of the play. Catherine Love explores An Oak Tree's connections with conceptual art the unique process of its creation its interrogation of stage representation its relationship with audiences and its place as part of Crouch’s ongoing body of work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138682825

Tim O'BrienThe Things He Carries and the Stories He Tells This collection of seven essays like the carefully linked collection of vignettes within Tim O’Brien’s most popular book The Things They Carried contains multiple critical and biographical angles with recurring threads of life events themes characters creative techniques and references to all of O’Brien’s books. Grounded in through research Herzog’s work illustrates how O’Brien merges his life experiences with his creative production; he rarely misses an opportunity to introduce these critical life events into his writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367276041

Timba: The Sound of the Cuban Crisis Cuban music is recognized unanimously as a major historical force behind Latin American popular music and as an important player in the development of US popular music and jazz. However the music produced on the island after the Revolution in 1959 has been largely overlooked and overshadowed by the Buena Vista Social Club phenomenon. The Revolution created the conditions for the birth of a type of highly sophisticated popular music which has grown relatively free from market pressures. These conditions premised the new importance attained by Afro-Cuban dance music during the 1990s when the island entered a period of deep economic and social crisis that has shaken Revolutionary institutions from their foundations. Vincenzo Perna investigates the role of black popular music in post-Revolutionary Cuba and in the 1990s in particular. The emergence of timba is analysed as a distinctively new style of Afro-Cuban dance music. The controversial role of Afro-Cuban working class culture is highlighted showing how this has resisted co-optation into a unified pacified vision of national culture and built musical bridges with the transnational black diaspora. Musically timba represents an innovative fusion of previous popular and folkloric Afro-Cuban styles with elements of hip-hop and other African-American styles like jazz funk and salsa. Timba articulates a black urban youth subculture with distinctive visual and choreographic codes. With its abrasive commentaries on issues such as race consumer culture tourism prostitution and its connections to the underworld timba demonstrates at the 'street level' many of the contradictions of contemporary Cuban society. After repeatedly colliding with official discourses timba has eventually met with institutional repression. This book will appeal not only to ethnomusicologists and those working on popular music studies but also to those working in the areas of cultural and Black studies anthropology Latin American studies Cuban studies and Caribbean studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257184

Timber Bridges Bridges built in timber are enjoying a significant revival both for pedestrian and light traffic and increasingly for heavier loadings and longer spans. Timber's high strength-to-weight ratio combined with the ease and speed of construction inherent in the off-site prefabrication methods used make a timber bridge a suitable option in many different scenarios.This handbook gives technical guidance on forms materials structural design and construction techniques suitable for both small and large timber bridges. Eurocode 5 Part Two (BS EN 1995-2) for the first time provides an international standard for the construction of timber bridges removing a potential obstacle for engineers where timber construction for bridges has not – in recent centuries at least â€“ been usual.Clearly illustrated throughout this guide explains how to make use of this oldest construction material in a modern context to create sustainable aesthetically pleasing practical and durable bridges. Worldwide examples include Tourand Creek Bridge Canada; Toijala Finland; Punt la Resgia Switzerland; Pont de Crest France; Almorere Pylon Bridge the Netherlands. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367382742

Timber Decay in BuildingsThe Conservation Approach to Treatment This is the first book to tackle all the issues relating to timber decay. It presents the facts and explores timber decay problems through case studies. These are illustrated with clear self-explanatory photographs for the reader to use as a diagnostic aid. Section 1 discusses timber as a living material Section 2 deals with decay organisms and their habitat requirements. Section 3 moves on to the building as an environment for timber and discusses the ways in which wood responds to moisture change. Section 4 ends with an approach to timber decay which integrates knowledge on the decay organism its requirements and natural predators with appropriate and targeted chemical treatments. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781315024783

Timber Design Timber Design covers timber fundamentals for students and professional architects and engineers such as tension elements flexural elements shear and torsion compression elements connections and lateral design. As part of the Architect’s Guidebooks to Structures series it provides a comprehensive overview using both imperial and metric units of measurement. Timber Design begins with an intriguing case study and uses a range of examples and visual aids including more than 200 figures to illustrate key concepts. As a compact summary of fundamental ideas it is ideal for anyone needing a quick guide to timber design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138838710

Timber GridshellsArchitecture Structure and Craft Throughout history people have constructed simple timber lattice shelters such as the tepee or yurt covered with animal skins leaves grasses and woven fabrics. Over the last fifty years more sophisticated ‘webs of wood’ have emerged with timber gridshells in particular becoming a structurally expressive form of architecture. Recent developments in digital design 3-D modelling software timber fabrication technologies as well as trends towards low-carbon construction have further reinforced architects’ interest in the use of lightweight timber grids and lattice structures. This timely book charts the origin and evolution of the timber gridshell and its relation to timber lattice architecture. Drawing on a range of international case studies the authors trace the effect advances in technology have had on design and construction in this field providing a clear understanding of the structure morphology design process and construction technology and examining both the application and constraints of timber gridshells in architectural design. Timber Gridshells is a highly illustrated up-to-date resource which provides detailed answers and inspires new ideas. As such it is essential reading for students of architecture as well as professional architects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138775305

Timber Supply Land Allocation and Economic Efficiency First Published in 2011. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books RFF Press 9781315064291

TimberIts Nature and Behaviour Timber: Its Nature and Behaviour adopts a materials science approach to timber and comprehensively examines the relationship between the performance of timber and its structure. This book explains a wide range of timbers physical and mechanical behaviour (including processing) in terms of its basic structure and its complex interaction with moisture. The performance of timber and panel products is also related to the levels set in new European specifications and with the associated methods of testing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138470316

Timbre Composition in Electroacoustic Music First Published in 1994. The contributions to this collection have been selected to define a range of interests from the technical aesthetic cognitive and compositional spheres. The book addresses the continuing need for musicologists psychologists composers and listeners to enter into a creative dialogue with designers and builders who are usually programmers in the contemporary world. The collection as a whole will help to demonstrate the great potential for exchange between the multidisciplinary approaches to music. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315077376

Time Consumption and Everyday LifePractice Materiality and Culture Has material civilization spun out of control becoming too fast for our own well-being and that of the planet? This book confronts these anxieties and examines the changing rhythms and temporal organization of everyday life. How do people handle hurriedness burn-out and stress? Are slower forms of consumption viable? This volume brings together international experts from geography sociology history anthropology and philosophy. In case studies covering the United States Asia and Europe contributors follow routines and rhythms their emotional and political dynamics and show how they are anchored in material culture and everyday practice. Running themes of the book are questions of coordination and disruption; cycles and seasons; and the interplay between power and freedom and between material and natural forces. The result is a volume that brings studies of practice temporality and material culture together to open up a new intellectual agenda. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003087236

Time Embodiment and the Self This title was first published in 2000:  Beginning with a sustained argument against the new tenseless theory of time and against McTaggart's A series/B series distinction the author of this essay goes on to provide a non-paradoxical tensed phenomenologically-based account of the 'going on' or 'taking place' of events in time that escapes the paradoxes endemic to 'passage' as understood via the A series/B series distinction. The author then turns his attention to the other main aim of the essay which is to seek an understanding of time adequate to those more 'embodied' conceptions of the self that place character and with it the 'constitutive attachments' or 'ground projects' of individual life circumstance at the centre of the self. This involves a 'redrawing' of the self informed by a wider conception of the will than the one we have inherited via Descartes and Kant by an account of ground projects and by the theory of the tripartite psyche in Plato's Republic. It also involves extending the account of time developed in the second chapter in a way that draws on the notion of 'ecstatic temporality' that originates with Heidegger. The essay will be of use to philosophers and advanced students interested in the nature of the self time temporality and phenomenology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138712935

Time Globalization and Human ExperienceInterdisciplinary Explorations This edited volume focuses on the intersection of time and globalization as manifested across a variety of economic political cultural and environmental contexts. Since David Harvey’s influential characterization of globalization as "time-space compression" ample research has looked at the spatial aspect of the phenomenon yet few have focused on globalization’s temporal aspects. Meanwhile other publications have analysed problems of speed acceleration and the commodification of time but while it often serves as the implicit or explicit backdrop for these studies of time globalization is not investigated as a problem or a question in its own right. In response this volume develops these conversations to consider how time shapes globalization and how globalization affects our experience of time.The interplay between varying aspects of the human experiences of time and globalization requires the type of interdisciplinary approach that this volume takes. The contributors advance an understanding of global time(s) as an arena of contestation with social political ecological and cultural implications for human and other lives. In considering the diverse valences of time and globalization they illuminate problems as well as possibilities. Topics covered include emerging infectious diseases temporal sovereignty worker exploitation and resistance chronobiology energy politics activism and hope and literary and cinematic representations of counter-temporalities offering a rich and varied account of global times. This volume will be of great interest to students and researchers from a range of disciplines including anthropology cultural studies globalization international relations literary studies political science social theory and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889524

Time History and ArchitectureEssays on Critical Historiography Time History and Architecture presents a series of essays on critical historiography each addressing a different topic to elucidate the importance of two influential figures Walter Benjamin and Gottfried Semper for architectural history. In a work exploring themes such as time autonomy and periodization author Gevork Hartoonian unpacks the formation of architectural history; the problem of autonomy in criticism and the historiographic narrative. Considering the scope of criticism informing the contemporaneity of architecture the book explores the concept of nonsimultaneity and introduces retrospective criticism the agent of critical historiography. An engaging thematic dialogue for academics and upper-level graduate students interested in architectural history and theory this book aims to deconstruct the certainties of historicism and to raise new questions and interpretations from established critical canons. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367501945

Time History and the Religious Imaginary in South Asia Religious imaginary is a way of conceiving and structuring the world within the conceptual and imaginative traditions of the religious. Using religious imaginary as a reference this book analyses temporal ideologies and expressions of historicity in South Asia in the early modern pre-colonial and early colonial period. Chapters explore the multiple understandings of time and the past that informed the historical imagination in various kinds of literary representations including historiographical and literary texts hagiography and religious canonical literature. The book addresses the contributing forces and comparative implications of the formation of religious and communitarian sensibilities as expressed through the imagination of the past and suggests how these relate to each other within and across traditions in South Asia. By bringing diverse materials together this book presents new commonalities and distinctions that inform a larger understanding of how religion and other cultural formations impinge on the concept of temporality and the representation of it as history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138119260

Time Leisure and Well-Being The significance of work and leisure as elements of our social fabric have puzzled philosophers and social scientists for generations. This ambitious new study considers historical views of work and leisure alongside contemporary survey evidence about time-use and well-being. Combining sophisticated theoretical analysis with empirical research the book presents a contrarian argument that defines leisure as a serious and stimulating challenge rather than an unqualified benefit or good. This is vital reading for anyone with an interest in the concept of time in the social sciences work-life balance organisational studies or the history philosophy or sociology of work and leisure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138666900

Time Memory and the Politics of Contingency In recent years there has been an increased attention to temporality in political theory and such attention is sorely needed. For too long political theory with the exception of occasional phenomenological forays has remained grounded in a particular experience of time as linear and sequential. This book aims to unsettle the dominant framework by putting time itself and the experience of time in everyday life at the center of its critical analysis. Smita Rahman focuses on the experience of time as one where past present and future intermingle with each other and refuse to adhere to a sequential structure. Rather than trying to tame the flux of time this book places this "out of joint" experience of time at the center of its analysis of global politics. Rahman takes the highly abstract concept of time and decenters it to speak to a wide range of political issues across disciplines. She does so by exposing the cultural construction of the foundational concept of time in political theory and attending closely to the challenges of cultural incommensurability that it encounters in a globalized world of difference. Specifically the book looks at interrogation practices in Afghanistan the challenges of coping with the burdens of collective memory in Algeria South Africa and Rwanda the difficulty of uncritically applying such a framework to the Muslim world through the language of secularism and finally at the beginnings of democratic emergence in Bangladesh to explore a politics of contingency. By focusing on issues of contemporary global politics through the lens of political theory this book draws on literature across disciplines and explores the complex image of time by engaging the work of thinkers for whom time and memory have emerged as a critical issue of analysis and unpacking the politics of contingency that emerge from such a reading. The book’s new insights on political temporality will interest scholars of contemporary political theory comparative political theory critical theory human rights conflict studies and religion and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138687011

Time Narrative and Emotion in Early Modern England Exploiting a link between early modern concepts of the medical and the literary David Houston Wood suggests that the recent critical attention to the gendered classed and raced elements of the embodied early modern subject has been hampered by its failure to acknowledge the role time and temporality play within the scope of these admittedly crucial concerns. Wood examines the ways that depictions of time expressed in early modern medical texts reveal themselves in contemporary literary works demonstrating that the early modern recognition of the self as a palpably volatile entity viewed within the tenets of contemporary medical treatises facilitated the realistic portrayal of literary characters and served as a structuring principle for narrative experimentation. The study centers on four canonical early modern texts notorious among scholars for their structural- that is narrative or temporal- difficulties. Wood displays the cogency of such analysis by working across a range of generic boundaries: from the prose romance of Philip Sidney's Arcadia to the staged plays of William Shakespeare's Othello and The Winter's Tale to John Milton's stubborn reliance upon humoral theory in shaping his brief epic (or closet drama) Samson Agonistes. As well as adding a new dimension to the study of authors and texts that remain central to early modern English literary culture the author proposes a new method for analyzing the conjunction of character emotion and narrative structure that will serve as a model for future scholarship in the areas of historicist formalist and critical temporal studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246171

Time Process and Structured Transformation in Archaeology In a discipline which essentially studies how modern man came to be it is remarkable that there are hardly any conceptual tools to describe change. This is due to the history of the western intellectual and scientific tradition which for a long time favoured mechanics over dynamics and the study of stability over that of change. Change was primarily deemed due to external events (in archaeology mainly climatic or 'environmental'). Revolutionary innovations in the natural and life sciences often (erroneously) referred to as 'chaos theory' suggest that there are ways to overcome this problem. A wide range of processes can be described in terms of dynamic systems and modern computing methods enable us to investigate many of their properties. This volume presents a cogent argument for the use of such approaches and a discussion of a number of its aspects by a range of scientists from the humanities social and natural sciences and archaeology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315887708

Time Religion and History What is time? How does our sense of time lead us to approach the world? How did the peoples of the past view time? This book answers these questions through an investigation of the cultures of time in Christianity Islam Buddhism Judaism and the Australian Dreamtime. It argues that our contemporary world is blind as to the significance and complexity of time preferring to believe that time is ‘natural’ and unchanging. This is of critical importance to historians since the base matter of their study is time yet there is almost no theoretical literature on time in history.This book offers the first detailed historiographical study of the centrality of time to human cultures. It sets out the complex ways in which ideas of time developed in the major world religions and the manner in which such conceptions led people both to live in ways very different to our contemporary world and to make very different kinds of ‘histories’. It goes on to argue that modern scientific descriptions of time such as Einstein’s Theory of Relativity lie much closer to the complex understandings of time in religions such as Christianity than they do to our ‘common-sense’ notions of time which are centred on progress through a past present and future.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180550

Time Space and Ethics in the Thought of Martin Heidegger Watsuji Tetsuro and Kuki Shuzo In this book Graham Mayeda demonstrates how Watsuji Tetsuro and Kuki Shuzo two twentieth-century Japanese philosophers criticize and interpret Heideggerian philosophy articulating traditional Japanese ethics in a modern idiom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871298

Time Space and Number in Physics and Psychology The crux of the debate between proponents of behavioral psychology and cognitive psychology focuses on the issue of accessibility. Cognitivists believe that mental mechanisms and processes are accessible and that their inner workings can be inferred from experimental observations of behavior. Behaviorists on the contrary believe that mental processes and mechanisms are inaccessible and that nothing important about them can be inferred from even the most cleverly designed empirical studies. One argument that is repeatedly raised by cognitivists is that even though mental processes are not directly accessible this should not be a barrier to unravelling the nature of the inner mental processes and mechanisms. Inference works for other sciences such as physics so why not psychology? If physics can work so successfully with their kind of inaccessibility to make enormous theoretical progress then why not psychology? As with most previous psychological debates there is no "killer argument" that can provide an unambiguous resolution. In its absence author William Uttal explores the differing properties of physical and psychological time space and mathematics before coming to the conclusion that there are major discrepancies between the properties of the respective subject matters that make the analogy of comparable inaccessibilities a false one. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138839724

Time Space and Place in Charlotte Bronte Organized thematically around the themes of time space and place this collection examines Charlotte Brontë in relationship to her own historical context and to her later critical reception takes up the literal and metaphorical spaces of her literary output and sheds light on place as both a psychic and geographical phenomenon in her novels and their adaptations. Foregrounding both a historical and a broad cultural approach the contributors also follow the evolution of Brontë's literary reputation in essays that place her work in conversation with authors such as Samuel Richardson Walter Scott and George Sand and offer insights into the cultural and critical contexts that influenced her status as a canonical writer. Taken together the essays in this volume reflect the resurgence of popular and scholarly interest in Charlotte Brontë and the robust expansion of Brontë studies that is currently under way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880927

Time Space and the MarketRetroscapes Rising A study of retroscapes commercial environments that evoke past times and places a ubiquitous manifestation of modern marketing. It covers an array of retailing milieux in a number of different countries at a variety of spatial scales and from various evaluative perspectives both pro and con. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698687

Time Space and Capital in IndiaLonging and Belonging in an Urban-Industrial Hinterland At this western corner of the confluence of the Bay of Bengal and the busy river Hooghly West Bengal in eastern India lies a geography that has hosted many outsiders – traders merchants colonial masters missionaries and wanderers. This book is fundamentally concerned with the relations among the theoretical categories of time space and capital in India and shows registers of temporality and spatiality generated by historical phases of interaction with industrial capital. Based on extensive ethnographic fieldwork in Howrah the author examines the form of urbanism that is not linked to the city-form of spatial organization a "hinterland urbanism". The book brings out the theoretical implications by showing the relations among time space and capital. Through a series of encounters and interceptions with a number of voices arising the book sheds light on the issue and identifies the state of an ethnographer who is ensconced in the field – in wonder conceit and sometimes physical discomfort. This book is thus an exploration of such historical layering of space by forces of time and speed afforded by the logics of capital through limited acts of witnessing of production and access of historical sensation.An invitation to scholars and students of cultural anthropology to consider the question of scale in the making of ethical political and aesthetic selves this book is an intervention in political anthropology that connects aesthetics desire and emotion to political imagination and action. The book makes a significant contribution in anthropology of space urban anthropology and anthropology of capital as well as urban studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584016

Time Space and Entrepreneurship Identifying opportunities is essential to successful entrepreneurial activity; but good opportunities may be missed if entrepreneurs fail to understand when and where to search for them or appreciate the significance of timing and place in their search.  This book identifies and addresses three problems which face aspiring entrepreneurs. The first is finding a promising idea to exploit; the second is to know when to stop searching or pursue a more promising search; and the third is to understand how the entrepreneur can locate him or herself in time and space to most economically locate a discovery. As well as developing original theories to solve these problems this book offers practical solutions which aspiring entrepreneurs can learn and implement through theory-based activities giving them an opportunity to practice while gaining an understanding of both why and how these approaches work. Showing how timing becomes more salient than time and place more important than space this book combines theoretical and practical guidance which will be of great interest to entrepreneurship researchers educators students and aspiring entrepreneurs.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367139681

Time Space and Phantasy Time Space and Phantasy examines the connections between time space phantasy and sexuality in clinical practice. It explores the subtleties of the encounter between patient and analyst addressing how aspects of the patient’s unconscious past are actualised in the present producing new meanings that can be re-translated to the past. Perelberg’s analysis of Freud’s Multi-dimensional model of temporality suggests that he always viewed the constitution of the individual as non-linear. In Freud’s formulations the individual is decentred and ruled by different temporalities most of which escape their consciousness. Perelberg identifies the similarities between this and Einstein’s theory of relativity which states that rather than being absolute time depends on the relative position and speed of the observing individual suggesting that rather than being a reality time is an abstraction connecting objects and events. Throughout this text Perelberg draws together connections between time mental space and phantasy showing how time is constantly reshaped in the light of new events and experiences. This book will be of interest to psychoanalysts psychotherapists psychologists and social workers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787466

Time Space and Philosophy This book provides a comprehensive up-to-date and accessible introduction to the philosophy of space and time. Ray considers in detail the central questions of space and time which arizse from the ideas of Zeno Newton Mach Leibniz and Einstein. Time Space and Philosophy extends the debate in many areas:absolute simultaneity is examined as well as black holes the big bang and even time travel. Time Space and Philosophy will be invaluable to the student of philosophy and science and will be of considerable interest to mathematics students. The clear non-technical approach should also make it suitable to for the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755207

Time Temporality and Legal Judgment This book challenges the correspondence theory of judicial fact construction – that legal rules resemble and subsume facts ‘out there’ – and instead provides an account of judicial fact construction through legally produced times- or adjudicative temporalities- that structure legal subject and event formation in legal judgement.Drawing on Bergsonian and Gadamerian theories of time this book details how certain adjudicative temporalities can produce fully willed and autonomous subjects through ‘time framed’ legal events – in effect the paradigmatic liberal legal subject – or how alternative adjudicative temporalities may structure legal subjects that are situated and constituted by social structures. The consequences of this novel account of legal judgement are fourfold. The first is that judicial fact construction is not exclusively determined by the legal rule (s) but by adjudication’s production of temporalities. The second is that the selection between different adjudicative temporalities is generally indeterminate though influenced by wider social structures. As will be argued social structures framed as a particular type of past produced by certain adjudicative temporalities may either be incorporated in the rendering of the legal event or elided. The third is that with the book’s focus on criminal law different deployments of adjudicative temporalities effect responsibility ascription. Finally it is argued that the demystification of time as that which structures event and subject formation reveals another way in which to uncover the politics of legal judgement and the potential for its transformative potential through either its inclusion or its elision of social structures in adjudication’s determination of facts.This book will be of interest to students and scholars in the field of legal judgement legal theory and jurisprudence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138324503

Time Temporality and Violence in International Relations(De)fatalizing the Present Forging Radical Alternatives Time transforms the way we see world politics and insinuates itself into the ways we act. In this groundbreaking volume Agathangelou and Killian bring together scholars from a range of disciplines to tackle time and temporality in international relations. The authors – critical theorists artists and poets – theorize and speak from the vantage point of the anticolonial postcolonial and decolonial event. They investigate an array of experiences and structures of violence – oppression neocolonization slavery war poverty and exploitation – focusing on the tensions produced by histories of slavery and colonization and disrupting dominant modes of how we understand present times. This edited volume takes IR in a new direction defatalizing the ways in which we think about dominant narratives of violence ‘peace’ and ‘liberation’ and renewing what it means to decolonize today’s world. It challenges us to confront violence and suffering and articulates another way to think the world arguing for an understanding of the ‘present’ as a vulnerable space through which radically different temporal experiences appear. And it calls for a disruption of the "everyday politics of expediency" in the guise of neoliberalism and security. This volume reorients the ethical and political assumptions that affectively imaginatively and practically captivate us simultaneously unsettling the familiar but dubious promises of a modernity that decimates political life. Re-animating an international political the authors evoke people’s struggles and movements that are neither about redemption nor erasure but a suspension of time for radical new beginnings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138091832

Time Tradition and Society in Greek ArchaeologyBridging the 'Great Divide' Time Tradition and Society in Greek Archaeology is an innovative volume which examines the relevance of archaeological theory to classical archaeology. It offers a wideranging overview of classical archaeology from the Bronze Age to the Classical period and from mainland Greece to Cyprus. Within this framework Spencer examines many of the issues which have become important in the study of archaeology in recent years - time the `past' gender ideology social structure and group identity. The papers in this collection cover such diverse topics as the rural landscape classical art and scientific methodologies. Over the last century the study of classical archaeology has been orthodox and static. The essays in this collection examine it in the light of current theoretical archaeology and anthropology making it more relevant and valuable to the study of archaeology in the 1990s. This is a diverse and topical collection of great value to classicists ancient historians anthropologists and everyone interested in new approaches to archaeology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415513463

Time Work and Organization In this book first published in 1989 the authors have sought to highlight some of the major themes in the study of time and work within separate but related fields of study. A number of common starting points and issues are examined alongside the various conclusions which different researchers have drawn together. Working together the four authors have enriched their individual understanding of worktime through exposure to approaches taken by others working within different discipline boundaries. This title will be of interest to students of business studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138289246

Time & LogicA Computational Approach Originally published in 1995 Time and Logic examines understanding and application of temporal logic presented in computational terms. The emphasis in the book is on presenting a broad range of approaches to computational applications. The techniques used will also be applicable in many cases to formalisms beyond temporal logic alone and it is hoped that adaptation to many different logics of program will be facilitated. Throughout the authors have kept implementation-orientated solutions in mind. The book begins with an introduction to the basic ideas of temporal logic. Successive chapters examine particular aspects of the temporal theoretical computing domain relating their applications to familiar areas of research such as stochastic process theory automata theory established proof systems model checking relational logic and classical predicate logic. This is an essential addition to the library of all theoretical computer scientists. It is an authoritative work which will meet the needs both of those familiar with the field and newcomers to it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367336530

Time and Archaeology The concept of time is salient to all human affairs and can be understood in a variety of different ways. This pioneering collection is the first comprehensive survey of time and archaeology. It includes chapters from a broad international range of contributors which combine theoretical and empirical material. They illustrate and explore the diversity of archaeological approaches to time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415756457

Time and Change in Teams This special issue focuses on temporal dynamics in teams. Drawing on the distinction between differential and temporal (or variable vs. process) research recent theories and research practices in the field of team research are discussed to better understand the gap between research objectives and methods in team research. The diverse conceptual methodological and empirical articles that make up the special issue illustrate ways of narrowing this gap and thus provide some future directions for the study of time and change in teams. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848727755

Time and Consistent RelativityPhysical and Mathematical Fundamentals Time and Consistent Relativity: Physical and Mathematical Fundamentals establishes a new and original theory of time relativity which is fully consistent. It explains why Einstein’s theory of time relativity is physically meaningless and mathematically based on tacit inacceptable assumptions and why it represents the singular case from the mathematical point of view. The consistent relativity theory established in the book represents an exit from the situation created by Einstein’s theory of time relativity. This original book presents novel results on time and its relativity that constitute the consistent relativity theory. The results are free of mistakes inconsistencies and paradoxes of Einstein’s time relativity theory. The author’s original discoveries and results constitute the new physical and mathematical fundamentals on time and its relativity. The book presentation is concise clear and self-contained. It covers the phenomenon of time and its properties and results in a definition and characterization of time. It enables the great variety of new mathematical results presented in the form of theorems and their corollaries and specifies the necessary and sufficient conditions for the corresponding statements to hold. The proofs are rigorous. This book: Explains the physical nature of time Presents the definition and characterization of time Explains the physical sense of time relativity Rejects Einstein’s time relativity theory as the general one Proves that Einstein’s time relativity theory represents a singular case valid under tacit physically meaningless and mathematically inacceptable assumptions Generalizes and extends the Galilean-Newtonian meaning of time and its relativity Introduces various new classes of mathematical transformations related to temporal spatial and velocity coordinates and proves the necessary and sufficient conditions for their validity Discovers a great specter of new results on the time uniqueness relativity and temporal speed Discovers and proves a great specter of new results on the velocity and its transformations Discovers and proves a great specter of new results on the light speed and its invariance and non-invariance Discovers and proves the relationship of the light speed and the upper limiting speed Opens new directions for further research in physics and mathematical physics Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771881111

Time and DeathHeidegger's Analysis of Finitude In Time and Death Carol White articulates a vision of Martin Heidegger's work which grows out of a new understanding of what he was trying to address in his discussion of death. Acknowledging that the discussion of this issue in Heidegger's major work Being and Time is often far from clear White presents a new interpretation of Heidegger which short-circuits many of the traditional criticisms. White claims that we are all in a better position to understand Heidegger's insights after fifty years because they have now become a part of the conventional wisdom of common opinion. His view shows up in accounts of knowledge in the physical sciences in the assumptions of the social sciences in art and film even in popular culture in general but does so in ways ignorant of their origins. Now that these insights have filtered down into the culture at large we can make Heidegger intelligible in a way that perhaps he himself could not. White presents the best possible case for Heidegger making him more intelligible to those people with a long acquaintance with his work those with a long aversion to it and in particular to those just starting to pursue an interest in it. White places the problems with which Heidegger is dealing in the context of issues in contemporary Anglo-American philosophy in order to better locate him for the more mainstream audience. The language and approach of the book is able to accommodate the novice but also offers much food for thought for the Heidegger scholar. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277694

Time and Free WillAn Essay on the Immediate Data of Consciousness First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870994

Time and GlobalizationAn interdisciplinary dialogue Both academic and popular representations of globalization critical or celebratory have tended to conceptualize it primarily in spatial terms rather than simultaneously temporal ones. However time in both its ideational and material dimensions has played an important role in mediating and shaping the directions courses and outcomes of globalization. Focusing on the intersection of time and globalization this book aims to create an interdisciplinary dialogue between the (largely separated) respective literatures on each of these themes. This dialogue will be of both theoretical and empirical significance since many urgent issues of contemporary human affairs—from large epochal problems such as climate change to everyday struggles with the dynamics of social acceleration—involve a complex interplay between temporality and globalization. A critical understanding of the relationship between time and globalization will not only facilitate innovative thinking about globalization; it will also foster our imagination of alternatives that may lead to more socially just and sustainable futures. This innovative collection illustrates the theoretical benefits of bridging time with globalization and also exemplifies the methodological strengths of engaging in cutting-edge interdisciplinary scholarship to better understand the changing economic social political cultural and ecological dynamics in this globalizing world. This book was originally published as a special issue of the journal Globalizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367143039

Time and History in Prehistory Time and History in Prehistory explores the many processes through which time and history are conceptualized and constructed challenging the perception of prehistoric societies as ahistorical. Drawing equally on contemporary theory and illustrative case studies and firmly rooted in material evidence this book rearticulates concepts of time and history questions the kind of narratives to be written about the past and underlines the fundamentally historical nature of prehistory. From a range of multi-disciplinary perspectives the authors of this volume address the scales at which archaeological evidence and narrative are interwoven from a single day to deep history and from a solitary pot to a complete city. In doing so they argue the need for a multi-scalar approach to prehistoric data that allows for the interplay between short and long term and for analytical units that encourage us to move continuously between scales. The growing interest in time and history in archaeology and across a wide range of disciplines concerned with human action and the human past highlights that these are exceptionally active fields. By juxtaposing varied viewpoints this volume bridges gaps in narrative finds a place for inclusive histories and makes clear the benefit of integrative and interdisciplinary approaches including different disciplines and types of data. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138692701

Time and IdeaThe Theory of History in Giambattista Vico Long a shadowy figure in the history of philosophy it was only in the twentieth century that Giambattista Vico (1668-1744) achieved renown as a major and original thinker. There has been a steadily widening interest in this figure who had he been known in his own day might have altered the course of European thought. Much has been written in an attempt to clarify his historical stature but in Time and Idea A. Robert Caponigri approaches Vico's thought in terms of its relevance to problems of modern philosophy. Viewing the essential problem of twentieth-century philosophy as the elimination of human subjectivity from nature Caponigri shows how Vico offers us a principle for the vindication of our own spirituality through history.In Caponigri's reading Vico establishes an absolute dichotomy between nature and history. The latter is seen as the sum of the active fully realized human spirit and thus the context for the true understanding of human nature. Although Vico's major work The New Science incorporates vast amounts of concrete historical research and contruction Caponigri's focus is on Vico's theoretical apparatus. Following an introductory biographical chapter the author turns to Vico's theory of history emphasizing its importance as a genuine philosophical undertaking rather than mere methodology. Caponigri shows how the speculative problem of history first presented itself to Vico in matters of jurisprudence and natural law from which he derived the concepts of time and idea as the terms in which the historical process of culture becomes comprehensible. He then introduces the human subject as the principle of the synthesis of time and idea and discusses the Vichian concept of the "modification of the human mind " and his idea of "providence" as the rectifying principle of human history.First published in 1953 Time and Idea remains an essential contribution to the ongoing dialog on Vico's work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539686

Time and its Importance in Modern Thought Originally published in 1937.  This book is a classic work on the philosophy of time looking at the pshychology physics and logic of time before investigating the views of Kant Bergson Alexander McTaggart and Dunne. The second half of the book contains more indepth consideration of prediction the concepts of past and future  and reality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138394032

Time and Media Markets This edited collection examines time and its relationship to and impact upon media industries studying how the media industry views time and makes business and economic decisions based on considerations of time. Contributions from an international set of authors analyze time constraints and competition between different media; the quantity and quality of time spent in media consumption audience and readership time valuation/costing/pricing; and the emergence of new media businesses around individual time management. Specific topics examined in the volume include: * a philosophical look at the concept of time and its application to media markets; * temporal aspects of media distribution for the media industries and how time affects their activities; * the impact of increasing media industry consolidation and convergence on managerial effectiveness; * approaches to time by CNN and its various cache of news channels in a managerial context; * the application of niche theory as a framework to examine competition between the Internet and television; * Internet access in the United Kingdom and Europe examining the cost of time for online access; * the exchange of time and money in the television market for advertising; and * a summary of research and an agenda for future research on the topic of time's role in the media industry and markets. With its origins in the third World Media Economics conference held in 2000 Time and Media Markets is a distinctive and important collection appropriate for scholars and advanced students in media management and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138861299

Time and Memory The concern with time permeates Freud's work from Studies on Hysteria to Analysis Terminable and Interminable which point out to a network of concepts that indicate Freud's complex theories on temporality. Indeed no other psychoanalytic thinker has put forward such revolutionary vision on the dimensions of time in human existence. This volume bri Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329266

Time and Performer Training Time and Performer Training addresses the importance and centrality of time and temporality to the practices processes and conceptual thinking of performer training. Notions of time are embedded in almost every aspect of performer training and so contributors to this book look at: age/aging and children in the training context how training impacts over a lifetime the duration of training and the impact of training regimes over time concepts of timing and the ‘right’ time how time is viewed from a range of international training perspectives collectives ensembles and fashions in training their decay or endurance. Through focusing on time and the temporal in performer training this book offers innovative ways of integrating research into studio practices. It also steps out beyond the more traditional places of training to open up time in relation to contested training practices that take place online in festival spaces and in folk or amateur practices. Ideal for both instructors and students each section of this well-illustrated book follows a thematic structure and includes full-length chapters alongside shorter provocations. Featuring contributions from an international range of authors who draw on their backgrounds as artists scholars and teachers Time and Performer Training is a major step in our understanding of how time affects the preparation for performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815396284

Time and PhilosophyA History of Continental Thought "Time and Philosophy" presents a detailed survey of continental thought through an historical account of its key texts. The common theme taken up in each text is how philosophical thought should respond to time. Looking at the development of continental philosophy in both Europe and America the philosophers discussed range from Hegel Marx Kierkegaard Nietzsche Husserl Heidegger Arendt Adorno and Horkheimer Sartre de Beauvoir Foucault Derrida to the most influential thinkers of today Agamben Badiou Butler and Ranciere. Throughout the concern is to elucidate the primary texts for readers coming to them for the first time. But beyond this "Time and Philosophy" aims to reveal the philosophical rigour which underpins and connects the history of continental thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844652761

Time and School Learning (1984)Theory Research and Practice This book was first published in 1984. The role of time in school learning has long been a topic of interest to educationalists. So much so that in the United States Carnegie Units (purely time based entities) are used to certify high school graduates and credit hours are the basic unit of college certification. In this book contributors explore the role of time in school learning. In particular American research has demonstrated that learning is a function of two time variables; the time actually spent learning and the time needed to learn. The book presents an integrated synthesis of the developments in the understanding of time in school learning and shows how this can have a dramatic impact on the process of schooling. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573727

Time and Social Structure and Other Essays The papers reprinted in this volume have been selected with two considerations in mind: they record ethnographical observations from my field work among the Tallensi and in Ashanti that are not easily accessible elsewhere but continue to be useful for comparative studies and as background to current research in Ghana; and they represent applications of methods of analysis and schemes of interpretation that were emerging in British structural anthropology at the time of their publication. The Monographs on Social Anthropology were established in 1940 and aim to publish results of modem anthropological research of primary interest to specialists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135562

Time and Space The first edition (2001) of this title quickly established itself on courses on the philosophy of time and space. This fully revised and expanded new edition sees the addition of chapters on Zeno's paradoxes speculative contemporary developments in physics and dynamic time making the second edition once again unrivalled in its breadth of coverage. Surveying both historical debates and the ideas of modern physics Barry Dainton evaluates the central arguments in a clear and unintimidating way and is careful to keep the conceptual issues throughout comprehensible to students with little scientific or mathematical training. The book makes the philosophy of space and time accessible for anyone trying to come to grips with the complexities of this challenging subject. With over 100 original line illustrations and a full glossary of terms the book has the requirements of students firmly in sight and will continue to serve as an essential textbook for philosophy of time and space courses. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315539324

Time and Space in Literacy Research Literacy researchers interested in how specific sites of learning situate students and the ways they make sense of their worlds are asking new questions and thinking in new ways about how time and space operate as contextual dimensions in the learning lives of students teachers and families. These investigations inform questions related to history identity methodology in-school and out-of school spaces and local/global literacies. An engaging blend of methodological theoretical and empirical work featuring well-known researchers on the topic this book provides a conceptual framework for extending existing conceptions of context and provides unique and ground-breaking examples of empirical research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415749886

Time and Temporalities in European Travel Writing This book is a collective effort to investigate and problematise notions of time and temporality in European travel writing from the late medieval period up to the late nineteenth century. It brings together nine researchers in European travel writing and covers a wide range of areas travel genres and languages coherently integrated around the central theme of time and temporalities. Taken together the contributions consider how temporal aspects evolve and change in regard to spatial historical and literary contexts. In a chapter-by-chapter account this volume thus offers various case studies that address the issue of temporality by showing for example how time is inscribed in landscape how travellers’ encounters with other temporalities informed other disciplines; it interrogates the idea of "cultural temporalities" in regard to a tension between past and future passivity and progression; and focuses on how time is entangled in identity construction proper to travelogues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367653903

Time and Temporality in Transitional and Post-Conflict Societies Implicit conceptions of time associated with progress and linearity have influenced scholars and practitioners in the fields of transitional justice and peacebuilding but time and temporality have rarely been systematically considered. Time and Temporality in Transitional and Post-Conflict Societies examines how time is experienced constructed and used in transitional and post-conflict societies. This collection critically questions linear transitional justice time and highlights the different temporalities that exist at local and institutional levels through original empirical research. Presenting empirical and often ethnographic research from Argentina Brazil Colombia Cambodia Mozambique Palestine/Israel Rwanda and South Africa contributors use a temporal lens to investigate key issues including: transitional justice institutions peace processes victimhood perpetrators accountability reparations forgiveness reconciliation and memoralisation. This timely monograph will appeal to undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as postdoctoral researchers interested in fields such as political science international relations anthropology transitional justice and conflict resolution. It will also be relevant to conflict resolution and peacebuilding practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367431815

Time and the Literary Time and the literary: the immediacy of information technology has supposedly annihilated both. Email cell phones satellite broadcasting seem to have ended the long-standing tradition of encoding our experience of time through writing. Paul de Man's seminal essay "Literary History and Literary Modernity" and newly commissioned essays on everything from the human genome to grammatical tenses argue however that the literary constantly reconstructs our understanding of time. From eleventh-century France or a science-fiction future Time and the Literary shows how these two concepts have been and will continue to influence each other. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315023915

Time and the Philosophy of Action Although scholarship in philosophy of action has grown in recent years there has been little work explicitly dealing with the role of time in agency a role with great significance for the study of action. As the articles in this collection demonstrate virtually every fundamental issue in the philosophy of action involves considerations of time. The four sections of this volume address the metaphysics of action diachronic practical rationality the relation between deliberation and action and the phenomenology of agency providing an overview of the central developments in each area with an emphasis on the role of temporality. Including contributions by established rising and new voices in the field  Time and the Philosophy of Action brings analytic work in philosophy of action together with contributions from continental philosophy and cognitive science to elaborate the central thesis that agency not only develops in time but is shaped by it at every level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367144142

Time and the PsycheJungian Perspectives In Time and the Psyche a diverse selection of contributors explores the multi-layered aspects of time through the lens of analytical psychology. The book aims to bridge the gap between theory and practice emphasising time's fundamental role in the workings and expressions of the psyche and additionally exploring cultural and clinical dimensions. The contributors deal with temporality in our inner world and its manifestations as expressed by products of our psyche covering topics including disturbances of temporality within the psychoanalytic session the acausal connecting principle of synchronicity time as expressed in film objects literature and culture and temporality as understood in various types of dreams and imaginary practices. The book also explores the time-bound world time versus timelessness the realm of the eternal human versus cosmic time Chronos versus Kairos and other temporality-related dimensions and their relationship to our psyche and our experience in the world. With contributors from backgrounds in clinical work the arts literature and philosophy this collection is unique in its scope. Time and the Psyche is a thought-provoking reading for academics and students of Jungian and post-Jungian studies analytical psychologists and Jungian analysts in practice and in training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138120723

Time and the Rhythms of Emancipatory EducationRethinking the temporal complexity of self and society Time and the Rhythms of Emancipatory Education argues that by rethinking the way we relate to time we can fundamentally rethink the way we conceive education. Beyond the contemporary rhetoric of acceleration speed urgency or slowness this book provides an epistemological historical and theoretical framework that will serve as a comprehensive resource for critical reflection on the relationship between the experience of time and emancipatory education. Drawing upon time and rhythm studies complexity theories and educational research Alhadeff-Jones reflects upon the temporal and rhythmic dimensions of education in order to (re)theorize and address current societal and educational challenges. The book is divided into three parts. The first begins by discussing the specificities inherent to the study of time in educational sciences. The second contextualizes the evolution of temporal constraints that determine the ways education is institutionalized organized and experienced. The third and final part questions the meanings of emancipatory education in a context of temporal alienation. This is the first book to provide a broad overview of European and North-American theories that inform both the ideas of time and rhythm in educational sciences from school instruction curriculum design and arts education to vocational training lifelong learning and educational policies. It will be of key interest to academics researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of philosophy of education sociology of education history of education psychology curriculum and learning theory and adult education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138602199

Time and the Work of AnthropologyCritical Essays 1971-1981 The development of the dialogical approach the autobiographical perspective and the central role of text-interpretation are all seen as characteristics of post-modern ethnography arising from the daily chores of field research. The breakthrough into time and history away from the timeless theorizing of structuralism and functionalism is seen as inevitable when anthropology is forced to think about its own epistemology. Another current concern is taken up with reflections on the politics of representing the other. In the later essays he opposes post-modern fashions and re-asserts the need to continue with a truly critical agenda. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157231

Time and TimelessnessTemporality in the theory of Carl Jung Time and Timelessness examines the development of Jung's understanding of time throughout his opus and the ways in which this concept has affected key elements of his work. In this book Yiassemides suggests that temporality plays an important role in many of Jung's central ideas and is closely interlinked with his overall approach to the psyche and the cosmos at large. Jung proposed a profound truth: that time is relative at large. To appreciate the whole of our experience we must reach beyond causality and temporal linearity to develop an approach that allows for multidimensional and synchronistic experiences. Jung’s understanding surpassed Freud's dichotomous approach which restricted timelessness to the unconscious; his time theory allows us to reach beyond the everyday time-bound world into a greater realm rich with meaning and connection. Included in the book: -Jung’s time theory -the death of time -time and spatial metaphors -the role of time in precognition telepathy and synchronicity -Unus mundus and time -a comparison of Freud’s and Jung’s time theories: temporal directionality dimensionality and the role of timelessness. This book is the first to explore time and timelessness in a systematic manner from a Jungian perspective and the first to investigate how the concept of time affected the overall development of Jung's theory. It will be key reading for psychoanalytic scholars and clinicians as well as those working in the field of phenomenological philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138667402

Time and Work Volume 1How time impacts individuals The concept of time is a crucial filter through which we understand any events or phenomena; nothing exists outside of time. It conditions not only the question of ‘when’ but also influences the ‘what how and why’ of our ideas about management. And yet management scholars have rarely considered this ‘temporal lens’ in understanding how time affects employees at work or the organizations for which they work. This 2-volume set provides a fresh temporal perspective on some of the most important and thriving areas in management research today. Volume 1 considers how time impacts the individual and includes chapters on identity emotion motivation stress and creativity. Volume 2 considers time in context with the organization exploring a temporal understanding of leadership HRM entrepreneurship teams and cross-cultural issues. There is an overall concern with the practical implications of understanding individuals and organizations within the most relevant timeframes while the two volumes provide an actionable research agenda for the future. This is a highly significant contribution to management theory and research and will be important reading for all students and researchers of Organizational Behavior Organizational Psychology Occupational Psychology Business and Management and HRM. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138684645

Time and Work Volume 2How time impacts groups organizations and methodological choices The concept of time is a crucial filter through which we understand any events or phenomena; nothing exists outside of time. It conditions not only the question of ‘when’ but also influences the ‘what how and why’of our ideas about management. And yet management scholars have rarely considered this ‘temporal lens’ in understanding how time affects employees at work or the organizations for which they work. This 2-volume set provides a fresh temporal perspective on some of the most important and thriving areas in management research today. Volume 1 considers how time impacts the individual and includes chapters on identity emotion motivation stress and creativity. Volume 2 considers time in context with the organization exploring a temporal understanding of leadership HRM entrepreneurship teams and cross-cultural issues. There is an overall concern with the practical implications of understanding individuals and organizations within the most relevant timeframes while the two volumes provide an actionable research agenda for the future. This is a highly significant contribution to management theory and research and will be important reading for all students and researchers of Organizational Behavior Organizational Psychology Occupational Psychology Business and Management and HRM. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138684690

Time Bar Graph Much like the Distance and Task Chart this form allows participants to track work times to create detailed time graphs for any specific product and process. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138078741

Time Charters Acclaimed as the standard reference work on the law relating to time charters this new edition provides a comprehensive treatment of the subject accessible and useful both to shipping lawyers and to shipowners charterers P&I Clubs and other insurers. It provides full coverage of both English and U.S. law now updated with all the important decisions since the previous edition. The English decisions covered in the new edition include: The Kos (the Supreme Court on the effect of withdrawing a ship with cargo on board); The Athena (nature of off-hire; meaning of 'loss of time’/'time thereby lost'); The Kyla (damage to ship and frustration); The Silver Constellation The Savina Caylyn and The Rowan (oil company approval of chartered ships); The Captain Stefanos The Saldanha The Triton Lark and The Paiwan Wisdom (effects of piracy); The Kildare and The Wren (damages for early termination); The T S Singapore (off-hire where ship going 'towards but not to' the port ordered) and The Lehmann Timber The Bulk Chile and The Western Moscow (owners' liens) The new edition also features many significant new U.S. decisions including: Stolt-Nielsen v. Animal Feeds Intl. (Supreme Court rules class-action arbitration not permitted unless parties agree in arbitration agreement); ATHOS I (Circuit Court finds that safe berth provision in charterparty is a warranty and not merely a due diligence obligation); The M/V SAMHO DREAM (arbitrators direct petitioner to post $14.2M security on respondent’s counterclaim) and Maroc Fruit Board v. M/V VINSON (CP arbitration clause incorporated in bill of lading not "signed" or "contained in an exchange of letters or telegrams" under NY Convention). Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780415833660

Time ConsciousnessThe Philosophical Uses of History Traditional metaphysics is hostile to the world of the senses. From Plato to Kant philosophers have demanded that the sensuous and corporeal aspects of existence be circumscribed by rational conditions and properties. Without these the sensuous is unintelligible. This elevation of the ability to reason as quintessentially human has obscured efforts to acknowledge the pivotal role the historical imagination has in grounding experience. In The Philosophical Uses of History Gabriel Ricci explores the opposite tendency from Vico to Heidegger to emphasize temporal and historical foundations of human consciousness.Ricci's goal is to demonstrate the reciprocity of history and philosophy. He challenges the epistemological construction of the subject-object relationship and the facile dualism originating from Descartes. Arguing that consciousness must be defined in time and space he shows how Vico's philosophy of humanity with its historical epistemology resurrects the practical implications of ancient philosophy's demand that knowledge and truth derive from a productive process. Ricci analyzes Heidegger's philosophy as the modern embodiment of the temporality of consciousness and he demonstrates the origins of his particular interpretation of human existence in Rickert's and Windelband's delineation of the historical and natural sciences.Ricci links their influence to Heidegger's dissent over Ranke's objectivist methodology which ended with Heiddegger's emphasis of the historical character of human existence. Finally the author argues for the compatibility of Heidegger's early existential analytic and his later investigation of poetry and his critique of the technological idiom which had colonized philosophy. In doing so Ricci highlights the metaphoric and figurative predisposition of mind as synthetic functions of historical consciousness.In offering a thoroughly temporal interpretation of mind Ricci illuminates the relationship between philosophy and history poetry the cognitive sciences and the natural sciences. This work will be of interest to philosophers literary scholars and cultural historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517318

Time Delay ODE/PDE ModelsApplications in Biomedical Science and Engineering Time delayed (lagged) variables are an inherent feature of biological/physiological systems.  For example infection from a disease may at first be asymptomatic and only after a delay is the infection apparent so that treatment can begin.Thus to adequately describe physiological systems time delays are frequently required and must be included in the equations of mathematical models. The intent of this book is to present a methodology for the formulation and computer implementation of mathematical models based on time delay ordinary differential equations (DODEs) and partial differential equations (DPDEs).  The DODE/DPDE methodology is presented through a series of example applications particularly in biomedical science and engineering (BMSE). The computer-based implementation of the example models is explained with routines coded (programmed) in R a quality open-source scientific computing system that is readily available from the Internet.  Formal mathematics isminimized e.g. no theorems and proofs. Rather the presentation is through detailed examples that the reader/researcher/analyst can execute on modest computers. The DPDE analysis is based on the method of lines (MOL) an established general algorithm for PDEs implemented with finite differences.  The example applications can first be executed to confirm the reported solutions then extended by variation of the parameters and the equation terms and even the forumulation and use of alternative DODE/DPDE models. • Introduces time delay ordinary and partial differential equations (DODE/DPDEs) and their numerical computer-based integration (solution) • Illustrates the computer implementation of DODE/DPDE models with coding (programming) in R a quality open-source scientific programming system readily available from the Internet • Applies DODE/DPDE models to biological/physiological systems through a series of examples • Provides the R routines for all of the illustrative applications through a download link • Facilitates the use of the models with reasonable time and effort on modest computers Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367427979

Time DevouredA Materialistic Discussion of Duration Originally published in 1964. This lively challenging book written with enthusiasm conviction and clarity sets out to elucidate the shadowy concept of Time. This involves central philosophical issues which are vigorously discussed. Also relativity theory in a clear-cut exposition is made intelligible in a new light. All who are interested in science and its philosophical implications will find this book highly controversial but certainly readable.The author believes philosophy to be important not only for its professionals but for everyman. He believes that the fact that this is no longer realised shows that something is wrong with professional philosophy; he also indicates what this is. The book ends surprisingly but pertinently with a bold plunge into the questions of telepathy precognition and psychical research generally. Whilst the phenomena are reasonably admitted trenchant criticism of their significance confronts parapsychologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138394070

Time for ChangeTracking Transformations in Psychoanalysis - The Three-Level Model This book presents a research work on transformations in psychoanalysis and clinical observation of changes in psychoanalysis. It compares based on the "three-level model" the different points of view of psychoanalysts from all over the world and from different psychoanalytical cultures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201816

Time for Dying This book has been written for those who must work with and give care to the dying. Our discussion is not simple narrative or description; it is a "rendition of reality " informed by a rather densely woven and fairly abstract theoretical scheme. This scheme evolved gradually during the course of our research. The second audience for this volume is social scientists who are less interested in dying than they are in useful substantive theory. Our central concern is with the temporal aspects of work. The theory presented here may be useful to social scientists interested in areas far removed from health medicine or hospitals. The training of physicians and nurses equips them for the technical aspects of dealing with illness.Medical students learn not to kill patients through error and to save lives through diagnosis and treatment. But their teachers put little or no emphasis on how to talk with dying patients; how-or whether-to disclose an impending death; or even how to approach the subject with the wives husbands children and parents of the dying. Students of nursing are taught how to give nursing care to terminal patients as well as how to give "post-mortem care." But the psychological aspects of dealing with the dying and their families are virtually absent from training. Although physicians and nurses are highly skilled at handling the bodies of terminal patients their behavior to them otherwise is actually outside the province of professional standards. Much if not most nontechnical conduct toward and in the presence of dying patients and their families is profoundly influenced by "common sense" assumptions essentially untouched by professional or even rational considerations or by current advancement in social-psychological knowledge. The process of dying in hospitals is much affected by professional training and codes and by the particular conditions of work generated by hospitals as places of work. A third important consideration in interpreting dying as a temporal process is that dying is a social as well as a biological and psychological process. The term "social" underlines that the dying person is not simply leaving life. Unless he dies without kin or friends and in such a way that his death is completely undiscovered his death is recorded. His dying is inextricably bound up with the life of society however insignificant his particular life may have been or how small the impact his death makes upon its future course. This aspect of dying is treated in relationship to what the authors call "status passage."Time for Dying is an illumination of the temporal features of dying in hospitalsuas related both to the work of hospital personnel and to dying itself as a social process. Barney G. Glaser is the founder of the Grounded Theory Institute in Mill Valley California and has also been a research sociologist at the University of California Medical Center San Francisco. He is the author or coauthor of several books including The Grounded Theory Perspective II and Experts versus Laymen: A Study of the Patsy and the Subcontractor published by Aldine Transaction. Anselm L. Strauss (1916-1996) was emeritus professor of sociology at the University of California San Francisco. He was the author of numerous books including Professions Work and Careers Mirrors and Masks: The Search for Identity and Creating Sociological Awareness: Collective Images and Symbolic Representations all published in new editions by Transaction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539693

Time for Solutions!Overcoming Gender-related Career Barriers Time for Solutions! Overcoming Gender-related Career Barriers shares the who what and how to reduce gender inequalities in the workplace. Clearly the time is now since inequities are hampering the economy and simply wrong. Who needs to change? And how? These can be more difficult questions to answer. This book identifies a wide range of issues that need attention and provides direction pertaining to who needs to do what. Gender diversity studies have concentrated on the plight of women which unfortunately still needs consideration. We go beyond the problems of women to see what some in the LGBTQ community are facing and what needs to happen to reduce their barriers. Interestingly there are a few universal solutions that are not complicated to implement. All it takes is paying attention to individual needs and implementing sociological solutions that create long-term inclusion. Of course the devil is in the details. Authors of this book provide those details. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783537242

Time FramesConservation Policies for Twentieth-Century Architectural Heritage Time Frames provides a reconnaissance on the conservation rules and current protection policies of more than 100 countries with particular attention to the emerging nations and twentieth-century architecture. The contributions illustrate the critical issues related to architectural listings with a brief history of national approaches a linkography and a short bibliography. The book also provides a short critical lexicography with 12 papers written by scholars and experts including topics on identities heritages conservation memories and the economy. By examining the methods used to designate building as heritage sites across the continents this book provides a comprehensive overview of current protection policies of twentieth-century architecture as well as the role of architectural history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138392779

Time Geography in the Global ContextAn Anthology Time-geography is a mode of thinking that helps us understand change processes in society the wider context and the ecological consequences of human actions. This book brings together international time-geographic research from a range of disciplines.  Swedish geographer Torsten Hägerstrand is a key foundation for this book and an introductory biography charts the influences that led to the formation of his theories. A central theme across time-geography research is recognizing time and space as unity. Contributions from the Netherlands the USA Japan China Norway and Sweden showcase the diverse palette of time-geography research. Chapters study societies adjusting to rapid urbanization or investigate the need for structural changes in childcare organization. The book also delves into green transportation and the interplay between humans and nature in landscape transformation. Applicational chapters look at ICT effects on young people’s daily life and methods for engaging clients in treatment practice.This book situates the outlook for this developing branch of research and the application of time-geography to societal and academic contexts. Its interdisciplinary nature will appeal to postgraduates and researchers who are interested in human geography urban and regional planning and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665524

Time in Contemporary Musical Thought First Published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138152960

Time In Geographic Information Systems A study into the consideration of the temporal dimension of computerized spatial data handling using GIS. The book describes the use of historical and time-variable data as explicit components of the modelling process. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003062592

Time in Language This book looks at the various ways in which time is reflected in natural language. All natural languages have developed a rich repetoire of devices to express time but linguists have tended to concentrate on tense and aspect rather than discourse principles. Klein considers the four main ways in which language expresses time - the verbal categories of tense and aspect; inherent lexical features of the verb; and various types of temporal adverbs. Klein looks at the interaction of these four devices and suggests new or partly new treatments of these devices to express temporality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869560

Time in Organizational Research Today there is widespread awareness of the fact that time has been under-investigated in organizational studies. This book addresses the need to bridge the gap between the predominantly "timeless" theories and models that scholars have produced and the daily experiences of employees and managers in which time is salient and extremely important. These chapters offer a broad range of concepts models and methods that are tailored to this purpose.  The first part of the book is devoted to the way in which people in organizations manage time summarizing research findings presenting novel ideas on a broad range of issues and examining issues such as whether time can be managed how people are affected by deadlines and how do strategic changes in organizations affect individuals’ careers and sense of identity. The second part is about time as embedded in collective behaviours and experiences and in temporal regimes linked to organizational structures.  It discusses ways to study such collective patterns and their relationships to management practices and addresses topics such as sensemaking of dynamic events rhythmic patterns and their impact on organizational effectiveness time in industrial relations and power and temporal hegemony.  A third part with a single concluding chapter looks at possibilities for integrating the various approaches and provides suggestions for future research. This book adopts a pluralistic approach arguing against timeless conceptions in organizational theory and behaviour and instead emphasising the importance of temporal analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415540759

Time in PracticeAnalytical Perspectives on the Times of Our Lives This book is an original exploration of the importance in the analytical relationship of an attentiveness to lived conscious and unconscious experiences of time in its three dimensions. It critically discusses the diverse concepts of time implied in different writings in the psychoanalytic tradition namely those of Freud Jung Klein Lacan and Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329280

Time in Roman ReligionOne Thousand Years of Religious History Religion is a major subfield of ancient history and classical studies and Roman religion in particular is usually studied today by experts in two rather distinct halves: the religion of the Roman Republic covering the fifth through first centuries B.C.; and the religious diversity of the Roman Empire spanning the first four centuries of our era. In Time in Roman Religion author Gary Forsythe examines both the religious history of the Republic and the religious history of the Empire. These six studies are unified by the important role played by various concepts of time in Roman religious thought and practice. Previous modern studies of early Roman religion in Republican times have discussed how the placement of religious ceremonies in the calendar was determined by their relevance to agricultural or military patterns of early Roman life but modern scholars have failed to recognize that many aspects of Roman religious thought and behavior in later times were also preconditioned or even substantially influenced by concepts of time basic to earlier Roman religious history. This book is not a comprehensive survey of all major aspects of Roman religious history spanning one thousand years. Rather it is a collection of six studies that are bound together by a single analytical theme: namely time. Yet in the process of delving into these six different topics the study surveys a large portion of Roman religious history in a representative fashion from earliest times to the end of the ancient world and the triumph of Christianity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138802322

Time in the History of ArtTemporality Chronology and Anachrony Addressed to students of the image—both art historians and students of visual studies—this book investigates the history and nature of time in a variety of different environments and media as well as the temporal potential of objects. Essays will analyze such topics as the disparities of power that privilege certain forms of temporality above others the nature of temporal duration in different cultures the time of materials the creation of pictorial narrative and the recognition of anachrony as a form of historical interpretation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367516178

Time in World History In this book Peter Stearns presents the fascinating concept of time through a global historical lens. Covering both calendrical time and clock time the volume shows how significant changes in conceptions of time are in world history as they translate many key historical developments from religion to industrialization into daily experience. The book explores why and how early societies became interested in measuring time as well as explaining the causes and ongoing consequences of the modern sense of time. The author compares different societies and cultures in their attitudes and approaches to time and describes the role of globalization in its development. The volume offers many examples and illustrations to aid readers in their understanding of the advantages and disadvantages of various constructions of time both in the past and among different groups of people today. Time in World History will be of interest to students of world history and sociology introducing readers to historical forces that continue to shape their lives quite directly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367433215

Time It WasAmerican Stories from the Sixties What was it like to live through the Sixties? The writers of these 27 memoirs offer the essence of life and youth in the period. In first-person narratives that range from poignant reminiscences to dramatic adventures the writers convey what it felt like to land a helicopter in the middle of a firefight in Vietnam to be beaten and jailed for trying to integrate restaurants in the American South to run for cover when soldiers opened fire on a campus peace rally in Ohio. Other stories describe the writers' experiences organizing farm workers with Cesar Chavez campaigning to elect Barry Goldwater striking for Free Speech at Berkeley living in a commune joining the women's liberation movement becoming caught up in a religious cult or camping in the rain at Woodstock. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138414495

Time Limited Therapy in Primary CareA Person-Centred Dialogue "Many counsellors who work in primary care find it difficult to explain to colleagues in the primary care team what they actually do with clients behind the closed door of their room. In this book the author brings to life in a gripping way what really does go on when a counsellor sees a patient in the primary healthcare setting. It’s good to read for once a book that describes so realistically and movingly the minute-by-minute account of what actually happens not a book describing clever therapists getting it right all the time. The book should be required reading for newly appointed non-clinical managers of counselling services and for primary healthcare staff about to start working with a counsellor as a member of their team."— Graham Curtis Jenkins in his Foreword Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315377117

Time Management for Academic ImpactControlling Teaching Treadmills and Tornadoes Academic staff are appointed to teach research consult manage and learn new technology amidst increasing pressure and dissatisfaction with workloads. They must learn new techniques to engage students who study across different modes often juggling life and work. This book aims to blend good teaching practice with good time management skills to help academics feel more productive confident and in control of their ‘teaching side’. Time Management for Academic Impact explores the relationship between academic workload models identity and worldview with our approach to teaching (and research). Using the analogy of life on a treadmill in the midst of tornadoes it identifies effective simple research-informed strategies that will reduce time spent on activities that have low minimal or individual impact. Outlining the unique nature of academic work this book invites the reader to reflect on their own contractual model and helps them to identify ‘time thieves’ to implement strategies to address these and to create ‘time boundaries’ â€“ reclaiming control of their own time. This approach will result in more satisfied students increased research output and more time for academics to do the work they want to do. This book will be of great use to university academics and faculty staff balancing research and teaching loads. It will also help vocational and community college educators and professionals working in part time casual or contract academic roles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367403775

Time Management for Teachers Increased administrative duties the National Curriculum new tests and extra marking mean that teachers are under more pressure than ever. This book provides practical ideas for successful time management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421622

Time Matter(s): Invention and Re-Imagination in Built ConservationThe Unfinished Drawing and Building of St. Peter's the Vatican Even though the idea of altering an existing building is presently a well established practice within the context of adaptive reuse when the building in question is a 'mnemonic building' of recognized heritage value alterations are viewed with suspicion even when change is a recognized necessity. This book fills in a blind spot in current architectural theory and practice looking into a notion of conservation as a form of invention and imagination offering the reader a counter-viewpoint to a predominant western understanding that preservation should be a 'still shot' from the past. Through a micro-historical study of a Renaissance concept of restoration a theoretical framework to question the issue of conservation as a creative endeavor arises. It focuses on Tiberio Alfarano's 1571 ichnography of St. Peter's Basilica in the Vatican into which a complex body of religious political architectural and cultural elements is woven. By merging past and present temple's plans he created a track-drawing questioning the design pursued after Michelangelo’s death (1564) opening the gaze towards other possible future imaginings. This book uncovers how the drawing was acted on by Carlo Maderno (1556-1629) who literally used it as physical substratum to for new design proposals completing the renewal of the temple in 1626. Proposing a hybrid architectural-conservation approach this study shows how these two practices can be merged in contemporary renovation. By creating hybrid drawings the retrospective and prospective gaze of built conservation forms a continuous and contiguous reality where a pre-existent condition engages with future design rejoining multiple temporalities within continuity of identity. This study might provide a paradigmatic and timely model to retune contemporary architectural sensibility when dealing with the dilemma between design and preservation when transforming a building of recognized significance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279667

Time MattersA Practical Resource to Develop Time Concepts and Self-Organisation Skills in Older Children and Young People Time Matters is a practical resource to help children and young people learn about time. Time is usually taught through the Primary school years teachers working in Secondary schools have been very surprised to discover these gaps in students understanding of calendar time having assumed that these skills have been acquired at an earlier age. This practical resource: helps to teach the essential skills needed to carry out a range of time-related concepts e.g. telling the time on a clock can be used by older children young people and adults who have learned some of the key concepts but need more in-depth knowledge further practice or opportunities to practise skills in a functional way includes case studies and the rationale for working on different aspects of time teaching worksheets and also practical strategies and activities to develop life skills which affect us all e.g. making and keeping appointments travelling using calendars and diaries etc. can be used in a range of settings including: Education Health and Social Care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301320

Time Observation Form This form is used to document and track observations during the analysis of a specific task. The form has four observation columns and a separate column to average those observations. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138078789

Time of Death Decomposition and IdentificationAn Atlas A postmortem X-ray of a male homicide victim reveals a bullet lodged next to his spine. That he was shot is clear. How recently? is what death investigators must determine. The answer: the absence of scar tissue surrounding the bullet proves the victim had been recently shot.And while the average person may find tattoos to be creative and aesthetic to the trained death investigator they can actually be the key to aiding in the eventual identification of a body.They say the dead can't speak. But in the fascinating field of forensic pathology the deceased can tell an elaborate story especially when death investigators know what clues to look for.The first volume in the new Forensic Pathology Atlases: Causes of Death Series this book takes an in-depth look at the determination of the time of death postmortem changes and identification. In TIME OF DEATH DECOMPOSITION AND IDENTIFICATION you'll learn through the extensive use of photographs and discussion how estimating the time of death can rarely be accomplished with scientific accuracy. You'll learn about the numerous changes the body undergoes after death and how positive and probable identifications are made.For death investigators law enforcement officers attorneys and anyone else involved in forensic death cases TIME OF DEATH DECOMPOSITION AND IDENTIFICATION is a "must have" resource. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138427013

Time Out for Positive Reinforcement for Children with ADHD In this workshop Dr. Fabiano discusses the history and evidence-base for time out from positive reinforcement. First Dr. Fabiano describes attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder and the reasons why time-out may be effective to manage some of the behaviors associated with this disorder. Next he describes the overarching principles of time-out and how time-out can sometimes be considered controversial. Lastly he discusses various considerations for establishing a time-out procedure and how to trouble-shoot the procedure. Videos and case-examples are presented throughout the workshop. Runtime: 150 minutes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415841627

Time Present and Time PastSelected Papers of Pearl King This remarkable collection of papers is divided into three sections: clinical issues; psychoanalysis and the life cycle; and underlying theories of practice. The papers span the years 1951 to 2004 recording five decades of British psychoanalysis through various angles. The papers in the clinical part include a unique lengthy case study of the Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329297

Time Present and Time PastThe Art of John Everett Millais John Everett Millais (1829-1896) is undoubtedly among the most important of Victorian artists. In his day and our own he remains also the most controversial. While during his lifetime controversy centred around his early Pre-Raphaelite paintings in particular Christ in the house of his Parents (1850) during the twentieth century the most intense criticism has been directed towards Millais's later works such as Bubbles (1886) which has been widely condemned as sentimental 'kitsch'. These later paintings have been held up as the epitome of the degradation of art against which avant-garde and Modernist pioneers struggled. None of the existing literature on Millais addresses the fundamental problem that this double-identity reveals. While there is extensive material on the Pre-Raphaelite movement in general Millais's own work after the 1850s is rarely discussed in detail despite the fact that he lived and worked for another 30 years after his abandonment of the Pre-Raphaelite style. Time Present and Time Past: The Art of John Everett Millais presents the first comprehensive account of Millais's artistic career from beginning to end. The book considers the question of 'high' and 'low' cultural status in debates during Millais's own day and in subsequent critical thinking situating Millais's art as a whole within this cultural framework. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258518

Time Resources Society and EcologyOn the Capacity for Human Interaction in Space and Time Originally published in 1982 Time Resources Society and Ecology examines and seeks to examine the time dimension in terms of the ecology technology social organization and spatial structure of the human habitat. Approaches to time resources – sociological time-budget studies anthropological activity analysis and economic analysis of money allocation – have been limited by their sectoral scope or their failure to relate effectively to the processes of social interaction technological change and environmental structure. In this book the book’s articulation of time resources is developed in a general theoretical framework of action and interaction in time and space. The book examines constraints and possibilities facing preindustrial societies and throws light on the impact of technology on modern societies. Basic models of time allocation are presented and finally a cross-cultural comparison is made of the mobilization of time resources in preindustrial societies. Geographers social anthropologists and human ecologists should find this work directly relevant to their interest in understanding the interactions between man and environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367349677

Time Sequencing: Colorcards This beautiful set of cards carefully depicts the passing of time to aid an understanding of order and direction. They can be used in many environments and the accompanying booklet includes ideas and activities for using the cards. The cards are varied in content - for example: Times of the day - Morning Afternoon Evening Night; Seasons - Spring Summer Autumn Winter; Ageing - Baby Child Teenager Adult Senior Citizen; Moon Phases - New Moon Half Moon Full Moon; Plant Life-cycle - Seed Seedling Flower Seed head; and Frog lifecycle - Frogspawn Tadpole Froglet Adult. The cards vary in complexity and encourage comprehension attention and observation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889448

Time Series Analysis and AdjustmentMeasuring Modelling and Forecasting for Business and Economics In Time Series Analysis and Adjustment the authors explain how the last four decades have brought dramatic changes in the way researchers analyze economic and financial data on behalf of economic and financial institutions and provide statistics to whomsoever requires them. Such analysis has long involved what is known as econometrics but time series analysis is a different approach driven more by data than economic theory and focused on modelling. An understanding of time series and the application and understanding of related time series adjustment procedures is essential in areas such as risk management business cycle analysis and forecasting. Dealing with economic data involves grappling with things like varying numbers of working and trading days in different months and movable national holidays. Special attention has to be given to such things. However the main problem in time series analysis is randomness. In real-life data patterns are usually unclear and the challenge is to uncover hidden patterns in the data and then to generate accurate forecasts. The case studies in this book demonstrate that time series adjustment methods can be efficaciously applied and utilized for both analysis and forecasting but they must be used in the context of reasoned statistical and economic judgment. The authors believe this is the first published study to really deal with this issue of context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669485

Time Series Analysis of DiscourseMethod and Case Studies This volume serves as a comprehensive introduction to Time Series Analysis (TSA) used commonly in financial and engineering sciences to demonstrate its potential to complement qualitative approaches in discourse analysis research. The book begins by discussing how time has previously been conceptualized in the literature drawing on studies from variationist sociolinguistics corpus linguistics and Critical Discourse Analysis. The volume then segues into a discussion of how TSA is applied in other contexts in which observed values are expected to be dependent on earlier values such as stock markets and sales figures and introduces a range of discourse-specific contexts to show how the technique might be extended to analyze trends or shed further light on relevant themes in discourse over time. Each successive chapter features a different discourse context as a case study from psychotherapy sessions university lectures and news articles and looks at how studying different variables over time in each context – metaphors involvement markers and keywords respectively – can contribute to a greater understanding of both present and future discourse activity in these settings. Taken together this book highlights the value of TSA as a complementary approach to meaning-based analysis in discourse making this ideal reading for graduate students and scholars in discourse analysis looking to employ quantitative methods in their research practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732677

Time Series Clustering and Classification The beginning of the age of artificial intelligence and machine learning has created new challenges and opportunities for data analysts statisticians mathematicians econometricians computer scientists and many others. At the root of these techniques are algorithms and methods for clustering and classifying different types of large datasets including time series data. Time Series Clustering and Classification includes relevant developments on observation-based feature-based and model-based traditional and fuzzy clustering methods feature-based and model-based classification methods and machine learning methods. It presents a broad and self-contained overview of techniques for both researchers and students. Features Provides an overview of the methods and applications of pattern recognition of time series Covers a wide range of techniques including unsupervised and supervised approaches Includes a range of real examples from medicine finance environmental science and more R and MATLAB code and relevant data sets are available on a supplementary website Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498773218

Time Series Econometrics In the memorable words of Ragnar Frisch econometrics is ‘a unification of the theoretical–quantitative and the empirical–quantitative approach to economic problems’. Beginning to take shape in the 1930s and 1940s econometrics is now recognized as a vital subdiscipline supported by a vast—and still rapidly growing—body of literature. Following the positive reception of The Rise of Econometrics (2013) (978-0-415-61678-2) Routledge now announces a new collection from its Critical Concepts in Economics series. With a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor which places the assembled materials in their historical and intellectual context Time Series Econometrics is an essential work of reference. This fully indexed collection will be particularly useful as an essential database allowing scattered and often fugitive material to be easily located. It will also be welcomed as a crucial tool permitting rapid access to less familiar—and sometimes overlooked—texts. For researchers and students as well as economic policy-makers it is a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415718271

Time Series in Psychology First published in 1983. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802701

Time Series Modeling of Neuroscience Data Recent advances in brain science measurement technology have given researchers access to very large-scale time series data such as EEG/MEG data (20 to 100 dimensional) and fMRI (140 000 dimensional) data. To analyze such massive data efficient computational and statistical methods are required. Time Series Modeling of Neuroscience Data shows how to efficiently analyze neuroscience data by the Wiener-Kalman-Akaike approach in which dynamic models of all kinds such as linear/nonlinear differential equation models and time series models are used for whitening the temporally dependent time series in the framework of linear/nonlinear state space models. Using as little mathematics as possible this book explores some of its basic concepts and their derivatives as useful tools for time series analysis. Unique features include: A statistical identification method of highly nonlinear dynamical systems such as the Hodgkin-Huxley model Lorenz chaos model Zetterberg Model and more Methods and applications for Dynamic Causality Analysis developed by Wiener Granger and Akaike A state space modeling method for dynamicization of solutions for the Inverse Problems A heteroscedastic state space modeling method for dynamic non-stationary signal decomposition for applications to signal detection problems in EEG data analysis An innovation-based method for the characterization of nonlinear and/or non-Gaussian time series An innovation-based method for spatial time series modeling for fMRI data analysis The main point of interest in this book is to show that the same data can be treated using both a dynamical system and time series approach so that the neural and physiological information can be extracted more efficiently. Of course time series modeling is valid not only in neuroscience data analysis but also in many other sciences and engineering fields where the statistical inference from the observed time series data plays an important role. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781420094602

Time Series Modelling with Unobserved Components Despite the unobserved components model (UCM) having many advantages over more popular forecasting techniques based on regression analysis exponential smoothing and ARIMA the UCM is not well known among practitioners outside the academic community. Time Series Modelling with Unobserved Components rectifies this deficiency by giving a practical overview of the UCM approach covering some theoretical details several applications and the software for implementing UCMs. The book’s first part discusses introductory time series and prediction theory. Unlike most other books on time series this text includes a chapter on prediction at the beginning because the problem of predicting is not limited to the field of time series analysis. The second part introduces the UCM the state space form and related algorithms. It also provides practical modeling strategies to build and select the UCM that best fits the needs of time series analysts. The third part presents real-world applications with a chapter focusing on business cycle analysis and the construction of band-pass filters using UCMs. The book also reviews software packages that offer ready-to-use procedures for UCMs as well as systems popular among statisticians and econometricians that allow general estimation of models in state space form. This book demonstrates the numerous benefits of using UCMs to model time series data. UCMs are simple to specify their results are easy to visualize and communicate to non-specialists and their forecasting performance is competitive. Moreover various types of outliers can easily be identified missing values are effortlessly managed and working contemporaneously with time series observed at different frequencies poses no problem. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482225006

Time Series ModelsIn econometrics finance and other fields The analysis prediction and interpolation of economic and other time series has a long history and many applications. Major new developments are taking place driven partly by the need to analyze financial data. The five papers in this book describe those new developments from various viewpoints and are intended to be an introduction accessible to readers from a range of backgrounds.The book arises out of the second Seminaire European de Statistique (SEMSTAT) held in Oxford in December 1994. This brought together young statisticians from across Europe and a series of introductory lectures were given on topics at the forefront of current research activity. The lectures form the basis for the five papers contained in the book.The papers by Shephard and Johansen deal respectively with time series models for volatility i.e. variance heterogeneity and with cointegration. Clements and Hendry analyze the nature of prediction errors. A complementary review paper by Laird gives a biometrical view of the analysis of short time series. Finally Astrup and Nielsen give a mathematical introduction to the study of option pricing. Whilst the book draws its primary motivation from financial series and from multivariate econometric modelling the applications are potentially much broader. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367401320

Time Series PredictionForecasting The Future And Understanding The Past The book is a summary of a time series forecasting competition that was held a number of years ago. It aims to provide a snapshot of the range of new techniques that are used to study time series both as a reference for experts and as a guide for novices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367095055

Time Series with Mixed Spectra Time series with mixed spectra are characterized by hidden periodic components buried in random noise. Despite strong interest in the statistical and signal processing communities no book offers a comprehensive and up-to-date treatment of the subject. Filling this void Time Series with Mixed Spectra focuses on the methods and theory for the statistical analysis of time series with mixed spectra. It presents detailed theoretical and empirical analyses of important methods and algorithms. Using both simulated and real-world data to illustrate the analyses the book discusses periodogram analysis autoregression maximum likelihood and covariance analysis. It considers real- and complex-valued time series with and without the Gaussian assumption. The author also includes the most recent results on the Laplace and quantile periodograms as extensions of the traditional periodogram. Complete in breadth and depth this book explains how to perform the spectral analysis of time series data to detect and estimate the hidden periodicities represented by the sinusoidal functions. The book not only extends results from the existing literature but also contains original material including the asymptotic theory for closely spaced frequencies and the proof of asymptotic normality of the nonlinear least-absolute-deviations frequency estimator. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138374959

Time SeriesA Data Analysis Approach Using R The goals of this text are to develop the skills and an appreciation for the richness and versatility of modern time series analysis as a tool for analyzing dependent data. A useful feature of the presentation is the inclusion of nontrivial data sets illustrating the richness of potential applications to problems in the biological physical and social sciences as well as medicine. The text presents a balanced and comprehensive treatment of both time and frequency domain methods with an emphasis on data analysis. Numerous examples using data illustrate solutions to problems such as discovering natural and anthropogenic climate change evaluating pain perception experiments using functional magnetic resonance imaging and the analysis of economic and financial problems. The text can be used for a one semester/quarter introductory time series course where the prerequisites are an understanding of linear regression basic calculus-based probability skills and math skills at the high school level. All of the numerical examples use the R statistical package without assuming that the reader has previously used the software. Robert H. Shumway is Professor Emeritus of Statistics University of California Davis. He is a Fellow of the American Statistical Association and has won the American Statistical Association Award for Outstanding Statistical Application. He is the author of numerous texts and served on editorial boards such as the Journal of Forecasting and the Journal of the American Statistical Association. David S. Stoffer is Professor of Statistics University of Pittsburgh. He is a Fellow of the American Statistical Association and has won the American Statistical Association Award for Outstanding Statistical Application. He is currently on the editorial boards of the Journal of Forecasting the Annals of Statistical Mathematics and the Journal of Time Series Analysis. He served as a Program Director in the Division of Mathematical Sciences at the National Science Foundation and as an Associate Editor for the Journal of the American Statistical Association and the Journal of Business & Economic Statistics. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367221096

Time SeriesA First Course with Bootstrap Starter Time Series: A First Course with Bootstrap Starter provides an introductory course on time series analysis that satisfies the triptych of (i) mathematical completeness (ii) computational illustration and implementation and (iii) conciseness and accessibility to upper-level undergraduate and M.S. students. Basic theoretical results are presented in a mathematically convincing way and the methods of data analysis are developed through examples and exercises parsed in R. A student with a basic course in mathematical statistics will learn both how to analyze time series and how to interpret the results. The book provides the foundation of time series methods including linear filters and a geometric approach to prediction. The important paradigm of ARMA models is studied in-depth as well as frequency domain methods. Entropy and other information theoretic notions are introduced with applications to time series modeling. The second half of the book focuses on statistical inference the fitting of time series models as well as computational facets of forecasting. Many time series of interest are nonlinear in which case classical inference methods can fail but bootstrap methods may come to the rescue. Distinctive features of the book are the emphasis on geometric notions and the frequency domain the discussion of entropy maximization and a thorough treatment of recent computer-intensive methods for time series such as subsampling and the bootstrap. There are more than 600 exercises half of which involve R coding and/or data analysis. Supplements include a website with 12 key data sets and all R code for the book's examples as well as the solutions to exercises. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439876510

Time To Know ThemA Longitudinal Study of Writing and Learning at the College Level In a time of declining resources in institutions of higher education we grapple with how priorities are to be set for the limited resources available. Most vulnerable are those students labeled underprepared by colleges and universities. Should we argue that the limited resources available ought to be used to support these students through their undergraduate years? And if we decide that we want to do that what evidence of their potential for success can we provide that will justify the use of these resources? Through longitudinal research that follows students who have been so labeled over all their college years we can begin to find answers to these questions. Time to Know Them is the first book that follows the experiences of a group of students over their entire academic experience. No previous studies have brought together the factors incorporated in this study: *examining writing and learning on a true longitudinal basis; *studying a multicultural urban population; *investigating the relationship between writing and learning by examining papers written over time for regularly assigned academic courses across a range of disciplines; and *taking into consideration non-academic factors that influence academic performance such as race gender socio-economic status and ideological orientation. Through interviews twice a semester over six years the collection of papers written for all courses observations of instructional settings and analysis of required institutional tests of writing the author has been able to pull together a more complete picture of writing and intellectual development over the college years than has previously been available in any study. Students are seen to acquire the ability to handle more complex reasoning tasks as they find themselves in more challenging intellectual settings and where risk-taking and exploration of new ideas are valued. The integration of students' previous life experiences into their academic studies allows them to analyze critique modify and apply their previously held world views to their new learning. These changes are seen to occur over time with instructional settings and support providing key roles in writing development. Personal factors in students' lives present difficulties that require persistence and dedication to overcome. Never before have the complexities of real individual lives as they affect academic performance been so clearly presented. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203810835

Time to TalkImplementing Outstanding Practice in Speech Language and Communication Time to Talk provides a powerful and accessible resource for practitioners working to improve children’s language and communication skills. Showcasing effective approaches in schools and settings across the country from the early years through primary and secondary education it summarises research on what helps children and young people develop good communication skills and highlights the importance of key factors: a place to talk a reason to talk and support for talk. This timely second edition has been fully updated to reflect Pupil Premium curriculum assessment and special needs reforms and can be used by individual practitioners as well as supporting a whole-school or setting approach to spoken language. It includes: whole-class approaches to developing all children and young people’s speaking and listening skills; ‘catch-up’ strategies for those with limited language; ways of differentiating the curriculum for those with difficulties; ways in which settings and schools can develop an effective partnership with specialists to help children with more severe needs; models schools can use to commission their own speech and language therapy services; examples of good practice in supporting parents/carers to develop their children’s language skills; and answers to practitioners’ most frequently asked questions about speech and language. Now in full-colour this practical and engaging book is for all who are concerned about how to help children and young people with limited language and communication skills â€“ school leaders teachers early-years practitioners and the speech and language therapists they work with. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138280540

Time Use Studies and Unpaid Care Work Across the world unpaid care work - unpaid housework care of persons and "volunteer" work - is done predominantly by women. This book presents and compares unpaid care work patterns in seven different countries. It analyzes data drawn from large-scale time use surveys carried out under the auspices of the United Nations Research Institute for Social Development (UNRISD). With its in-depth concentration on time use patterns in developing nations this book will offer many new insights for scholars of gender and care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415811026

Time UseExpanding Explanation in the Social Sciences Many researchers have studied people's everyday use of time. National and international agencies increasingly collect and analyze time-use data. Yet this perspective and its techniques remain a black box to most social science researchers and applied practitioners and the potential of time-use data to expand explanation in the social sciences is not fully recognized by even most time-use researchers. Sociologist William Michelson's unique book places the study of time-use data in perspective demystifies its collection and analytic options and carefully examines the potential of time-use analysis for a wide range of benefits to the social sciences. These include the sampling of otherwise socially "hidden" groups bridging the gap between qualitative and quantitative phenomena gender studies family dynamics multitasking social networks built environments and risk exposure. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631561

Time Zones Communications Networks and International Trade Advances in digital technology have driven large decreases in the costs of data transfer and telecommunications. There is a consequent increase in many kinds of international trade. One of the fastest-growing parts of this industry is "remote maintenance" whereby Indian companies debug software for companies in other parts of the world often taking advantage of time zone differences to offer overnight service. In the existing literature on trade theory however relatively few attempts have been made to address the theme of communications networks and the role of time zones. The main purpose of this book is to illustrate with simple models of international trade how the introduction of communications networks and the utilization of time zone differences can affect both the structure of international trade and world welfare. Other technological aspects of recent international trade (e.g. competition between international standards the impact of switching costs on imported products’ introduction) are also examined. Although a focus on theoretical trade models the book will appeal to scholars policy makers and business units who wish to learn from the recent changes in communications networks and its impact on the global economy. It provides information and suggestions for better policy formulation in the fast-changing world economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415702935

Time: A Bibliographic Guide Originally published in 1991. A multidisciplinary guide in the form of a bibliography of selected time-related books and articles divided into 25 existing academic disciplines and about 100 subdisciplines which have a wide application to time studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138394056

Time-barred Actions A book which sets out the latest national law relating to time bars on the most common maritime claims in over 30 countries. It includes new jurisdictions and additional information. It provides the answers to such questions as what is the time-bar period for a particular type of claim when does a time-bar period for a claim begin how can the time-bar period be interrupted extended or ended and what are the consequences of the time-bar period running out? Media > Books > E-books Informa Law from Routledge 9781003122937

Time-Constrained EvaluationA Practical Approach for LEAs and Schools Evaluation whether in schools and colleges LEAs or TECs is now universally recognised as an essential part of any effective educational and training system. There are however two major problems in its implementation: lack of time and a perceived lack among middle and senior managers of the special skills necessary for an evaluation to have external validity. This book provides a solution to both problems. It offers evaluation processes which accept time limitations and work within them an it strips away the mystique of evaluation to describe methods and procedures which will enable educational and training staff at all levels to organise and carry out useful evaluations. Administrators teachers and trainers as well as the staff of local and national inspectorates will welcome its cogent and realistic guidance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466197

Time-constrained MemoryA Reader-based Approach To Text Comprehension This book tries to answer the question posed by Minsky at the beginning of The Society of Mind: "to explain the mind we have to show how minds are built from mindless stuff from parts that are much smaller and simpler than anything we'd considered smart." The author believes that cognition should not be rooted in innate rules and primitives but rather grounded in human memory. More specifically he suggests viewing linguistic comprehension as a time-constrained process -- a race for building an interpretation in short term memory. After reviewing existing psychological and computational approaches to text understanding and concluding that they generally rely on self-validating primitives the author abandons this objectivist and normative approach to meaning and develops a set of requirements for a grounded cognitive architecture. He then goes on to explain how this architecture must avoid all epistemological commitments be tractable both with respect to space and time and most importantly account for the diachronic and non-deterministic nature of comprehension. In other words a text may or may not lead to an interpretation for a specific reader and may be associated with several interpretations over time by one reader. Throughout the remainder of the book the author demonstrates that rules for all major facets of comprehension -- syntax reference resolution quantification lexical and structural disambiguation inference and subject matter -- can be expressed in terms of the simple mechanistic computing elements of a massively parallel network modeling memory. These elements called knowledge units work in a limited amount of time and have the ability not only to recognize but also to build the structures that make up an interpretation. Designed as a main text for graduate courses this volume is essential to the fields of cognitive science artificial intelligence memory modeling text understanding computational linguistics and natural language understanding. Other areas of application are schema-matching hermeneutics local connectionism and text linguistics. With its extensive bibliography the book is also valuable as supplemental reading for introductory undergraduate courses in cognitive science and computational linguistics. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315806297

Time-Dependency in Rock Mechanics and Rock Engineering This book is concerned with time-dependency in rock mechanics and rock engineering whose spectrum is very wide. While the term “time-dependency” involves time-dependent behavior/rate-dependent behavior of rocks in a conventional sense this books attempts to cover the spectrum as much as possible including coupled processes of thermal hydrological and diffusions in rocks. It presents theoretical formulations experiments numerical formulation and examples of applications. Of paramount concern is the long-term response and stability of rock engineering structures including for instance man-made and natural slopes and underground facilities such as tunnels and powerhouses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138028630

Time-Dependent Behaviour of Concrete Structures Serviceability failures of concrete structures involving excessive cracking or deflection are relatively common even in structures that comply with code requirements. This is often as a result of a failure to adequately account for the time-dependent deformations of concrete in the design of the structure. The serviceability provisions embodied in codes of practice are relatively crude and in some situations unreliable and do not adequately model the in-service behaviour of structures. In particular they fail to adequately account for the effects of creep and shrinkage of the concrete. Design for serviceability is complicated by the non-linear and inelastic behaviour of concrete at service loads. Providing detailed information this book helps engineers to rationally predict the time-varying deformation of concrete structures under typical in-service conditions. It gives analytical methods to help anticipate time-dependent cracking the gradual change in tension stiffening with time creep induced deformations and the load independent strains caused by shrinkage and temperature changes. The calculation procedures are illustrated with many worked examples.A vital guide for practising engineers and advanced students of structural engineering on the design of concrete structures for serviceability and provides a penetrating insight into the time-dependent behaviour of reinforced and prestressed concrete structures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367865344

Time-Domain Computer Analysis of Nonlinear Hybrid Systems The analysis of nonlinear hybrid electromagnetic systems poses significant challenges that essentially demand reliable numerical methods. In recent years research has shown that finite-difference time-domain (FDTD) cosimulation techniques hold great potential for future designs and analyses of electrical systems.Time-Domain Computer Analysis of Nonlinear Hybrid Systems summarizes and reviews more than 10 years of research in FDTD cosimulation. It first provides a basic overview of the electromagnetic theory the link between field theory and circuit theory transmission line theory finite-difference approximation and analog circuit simulation. The author then extends the basic theory of FDTD cosimulation to focus on techniques for time-domain field solving analog circuit analysis and integration of other lumped systems such as n-port nonlinear circuits into the field-solving scheme.The numerical cosimulation methods described in this book and proven in various applications can effectively simulate hybrid circuits that other techniques cannot. By incorporating recent new and previously unpublished results this book effectively represents the state of the art in FDTD techniques. More detailed studies are needed before the methods described are fully developed but the discussions in this book build a good foundation for their future perfection. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220284

Timeless Leadership TruthsThe Origins and Applications of Business Strategy The origins of business strategy are found in military applications. Generals throughout history faced formidable challenges as they crafted plans to outmaneuver competing forces acquire territory and gain power. Similarly business leaders also look to outmaneuver their rivals as they enter new markets against entrenched competitors secure a strong market position and expand their companies’ influence. Although the destructive aspects of war are not present in business there is a reasonable parallel such as the bankruptcies of once-mighty companies which resulted in layoffs of thousands of employees and the closings of numerous plants. Then there was the devastating economic impact and societal disruption that created demoralizing misery among large groups of individuals in once-flourishing areas worldwide. The intent of the book is to improve managers’ ability to think strategically. The further aim is to blend the timeless lessons of military strategy into business plans with impact in grassroots engagement with customers as well as the inevitable clashes with competitors. In addition readers can access a body of knowledge that has endured in written form and practiced by successful leaders for centuries. As such managers will hold a competitive edge in an evolving digital-age marketplace. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367321550

Time-Limited Intermittent Therapy With Children And Families This book describes an approach to short-term therapy with children and families that has been developed at a health maintenance organization the Harvard Community Health Plan (HCHP). First published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869073

Time-Limited Adolescent Psychodynamic PsychotherapyA Developmentally Focussed Psychotherapy for Young People Time-Limited Adolescent Psychodynamic Psychotherapy: A Developmentally Focussed Psychotherapy for Young People will be an indispensable clinician’s guide to the practice of Time-Limited Adolescent Psychodynamic Psychotherapy (TAPP) providing comprehensive instruction on the theory and delivery of this distinctive model of psychotherapy. TAPP is a manualised brief psychodynamic psychotherapy of 20 sessions for young people between approximately 14 and 25 years combining psychodynamic psychotherapy with psychosocial understanding of adolescent difficulties. It places emphasis on the therapeutic engagement of young people and works with a developmental focus to effect change and growth. Divided into two parts "Conceptual Framework" and "Practice" this book combines digestible scholarly analysis with case studies to effect a one-stop practitioner’s guide to TAPP. Time-Limited Adolescent Psychodynamic Psychotherapy: A Developmentally Focussed Psychotherapy for Young People will be of immense value to clinicians working with young people researchers engaging with evaluating TAPP and students of psychotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366664

Time-Limited Art PsychotherapyDevelopments in Theory and Practice Time-limited Art Psychotherapy: Developments in Theory and Practice comes at a watershed in the provision of art psychotherapy in public services. The increase in 'payment by results' clinical throughput and evidence-based practice as well as the changing NHS context means there is an increasing need to provide effective therapeutic treatments within brief time limits where appropriate. The book brings together the developments in theory and practice in time-limited working strategies emerging in the field. The contributors all practising therapists examine the practice of time-limited art therapy with different clients in a range of settings with a variety of approaches showing how they react and adapt to the changing face of mental health services. Time-limited Art Psychotherapy will be essential reading to trainers and trainees in art psychotherapy and other schools of psychotherapy who integrate creative approaches within their practice. It will also form a useful contribution to the continuing professional development for a range of psychological therapists and practitioners of integrated psychotherapies such as CAT and mentalisation based therapies amongst others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415834773

Time-limited Psychodynamic Psychotherapy with Children and AdolescentsAn interactive approach At a time when there is increasing concern about the escalation of child and adolescent mental health problems Time-limited Psychodynamic Psychotherapy with Children and Adolescents provides an innovative contextual model that engages the child or young person and their parents. The core of the model is the recognition of the dynamic capacity for growth in the child and how this in itself creates opportunities for effective treatment over a relatively short period of time. Based on evidence that the most enduring therapeutic outcomes involve a shift in the parents’ relational understanding of themselves as well as a change in the child the book uses case examples to show how this model can be applied in everyday therapeutic practice. Time-limited Psychodynamic Psychotherapy with Children and Adolescents is aimed at practitioners in the field of child adolescent parent and family psychotherapy. It will interest psychologists child psychotherapists doctors psychiatrists social workers and mental health workers.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138960947

Time-Limited Psychotherapy in Practice Therapists and counsellors are under increasing pressure to provide effective treatment in a time-limited demonstrably effective form. Time-Limited Psychotherapy (TLP) has developed in response and is designed to give clients an intense form of therapy over 12 sessions. This title: * Uses vivid clinical descriptions of treatments and up-to-date research findings * Describes what the treatments entail * Discusses their outcome * Deals with teaching and learning of TLP regarding the changing conditions in public needs and in public services. Time-Limited Psychotherapy in Practice will appeal to psychotherapists counsellors researchers and academics in the mental health field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315800622

TimelinesA Political History of the Modern World War and revolution economic crises and political conflict are the very stuff of modern history. This guide to the last 100 years of great power conflict social rebellion strikes and protests gives us the essential history of the world in which we live. Based on the Timeline TV series this is a rapid and accessible guide for those who want to know how power is exercised by who and for what purposes in the modern world. From the rise and fall of great empires in two world wars the Cold War and the ‘war on terror’ through to the rise of China Timelines describes the shifts in the imperial structure of the world. And it looks at the impact of those changes in the conflict zones of the 21st century including Afghanistan Iraq and Iran. Finally Timelines looks at moments of popular resistance from the Russian and Spanish revolutions to the fall of Apartheid in the 1990s and the ongoing socialist experiment that is Hugo Chavez’s Venezuela. We live in turbulent times. These essays show us how we got here and outline the forces that are going to shape the history of the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415691031

Time-MarchingA Step-by-step Guide to a Flow Solver First published in 1997 this volume recognises that there are at present few if any books on existing CFD codes that are accessible to the academic world in general. And yet such works are of extreme importance if one is to bridge the gap between a CFD course for postgraduate students and the frontiers of current research. This book is especially intended for students commencing research in CFD – taking them step-by-step through the mathematical development of a flow solver. The only pre-requisite to an understanding of this work is a sound knowledge of engineering mathematics. Starting from the governing equations the author explains the theory behind the time-marching approach and proceeds step-by-step to a complete computer program for the Euler solver in two dimensions. The present work is restricted to two dimensions because in the first instance ideas can be assimilated much more easily in the context of two dimensions. The book is written for research students and users of CFD. The material may be of interest even to those not directly involved with time-marching solvers and the presentation is simple enough to be followed by course students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138364547

Time-Resolved SpectroscopyAn Experimental Perspective This concise and carefully developed text offers a reader friendly guide to the basics of time-resolved spectroscopy with an emphasis on experimental implementation. The authors carefully explain and relate for the reader how measurements are connected to the core physical principles. They use the time-dependent wave packet as a building block for understanding quantum dynamics progressively advancing to more complex topics. The topics are discussed in paired sections one discussing the theory and the next presenting the related experimental methods. A wide range of readers including students and newcomers to the field will gain a clear and practical understanding of how to measure aspects of molecular dynamics such as wave packet motion intramolecular vibrational relaxation and electron-electron coupling and how to describe such measurements mathematically. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498716734

TIME'S NOW for Women Healthcare LeadersA Guide for the Journey TIME’S NOW for Women Healthcare Leaders: A Guide for the Journey Women comprise over 80 percent of healthcare frontline employees but they often hit the proverbial glass ceiling. Only 30 percent of healthcare C-suite Executives and less than 15% of CEOs are women. Moreover while 51 percent of medical students are women only 16 percent of the Department Chairs and Deans are women. Clearly women are facing barriers to achieving their potential limiting their ability to add their unique talents and skills to the tables of leadership. The author provides extensive detail on these barriers and approaches to their solutions. This is a practical "how-to" book that will help women in healthcare envision their ability to contribute and inspire them to lead. The author sees this as not only helping women but also facilitating solving healthcare’s myriad problems improving health and benefitting society. *** This book is a must-read primer for women seeking leadership. It is practical thought provoking and carefully researched addressing why women’s leadership is important and how women can be better leaders. Gabow’s approach capitalizes on interviews with strong women leaders. She uses the notions she learned from the interviews coupled with research from the literature to create an easy-to-read motivating and challenging book for women and men! Nancy AgeePresident and CEO Carilion ClinicPast Chair American Hospital Association TIME’S NOW for Women Healthcare Leaders is filled with powerful examples of how women have overcome multiple obstacles and prevailed on their leadership journeys. It is a MUST read for women and men about the obstacles to be overcome potholes to avoid and the shout outs to be given to women who every minute every hour every day are committed to human caring. It has captured the heart and spirits of women from diverse backgrounds who have and continue to demonstrate their commitment to making society a better place for all! Linda Burnes Bolton DrPH RN FAAN Senior Vice President and System Chief Equity Officer Cedars Sinai Health System This highly engaging book addresses the relative dearth of women leaders in healthcare through thoughtful assessment of how leaders’ values and actions can improve healthcare within healthcare organizations and systems. Dr. Gabow an exceptional leader whose relentless passion for excellence for patients served by Denver Health earned her national renown combines insightful observations from her own path with current statistics about women in medicine experiences of other successful women leaders and mentoring skills to offer wise counsel to all current and future leaders. The thoughtful distillation of practical wisdom offered here make this book a unique contribution and highly relevant to healthcare in America today. Carolyn Clancy M.D. Past Director Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality This insightful book is full of personal stories honest reflections and data-driven guidance from and about women leaders. It serves as a wonderful resource for those motivated to advance diverse and inclusive organizations. Karen DeSalvo M.D. MPHChief Health Officer Google HealthPast Acting Assistant Secretary for Health US HHSNational Coordinator for Health Information Technology US HHS Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138365582

Times of Creative DestructionShaping Buildings and Cities in the late C20th Times of Creative Destruction is about the years that followed the end of WWII one of the most seminal and dramatic epochs in human history during which extraordinary star-buildings were born cities exploded and an unprecedented world of a ‘Third Ecology’ emerged. Never before was there such a flurry of daring mega-constructions such daring spatial acrobatics ‘star’ buildings by star architects attained by star developers mega-constructions technological feats and flourishing spatial acrobatics. But for all its exhilarating creativity this was also an era of unanticipated intractable irreversible destruction reducing the uniqueness and diversity of cultural social and ecological peaks and valleys of our world to a ‘desert flatland’ environmental inequality and unhappiness. This book critically discusses and revaluates these contradictory events bringing together and commenting on a selection of shorter key texts by Tzonis and Lefaivre the product of a rare research and writing partnership. The texts published between the early 1960s and the present are significant as documents that inform about the period. They are also important and timely because of their critical and influential role in the debates of this era both creative and destructive. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138616646

Times of SecurityEthnographies of Fear Protest and the Future In the current world disorder security is on everyone’s lips. But what is security from a cross-cultural perspective? How is it imagined and experienced by people on the ground? Crucially what visions of the future are at stake in people’s potentially divergent concerns with security: what and when is the time of security? Exploring diverse notions and experiences of time involved in security practices across the globe this volume brings together a selection of international scholars who conduct ethnographic research in a broad ambit of securitized contexts – from the experience of Palestinian detainees in Israel or forms of popular violence in Bolivia to efforts to normalize social relations in post-conflict Yugoslavia and ways of imagining threat in left-radical protest movements in Northern Europe. Interrogating recent debates about the role of "securitization" in contemporary politics the book paves the way for novel forms of security analysis at the crossroads between anthropology and political science focusing on the comparative study of the temporalities of securitization in a multi-polar world. Offering a pioneering synthesis the book will be of interest not only to anthropologists but also to students and scholars in political science and the growing field of Security Studies in International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138952782

Times Past in KoreaAn Illustrated Collection of Encounters Customs and Daily Life Recorded by Foreign Visitors In earlier times for the Chinese Korea was 'the country of courteous people from the east' and for westerners 'the land of the morning calm' or 'hermit kingdom'. In this fascinating collection of writings on times past in Korea the author helps to lift the veil on this once closed country providing the reader with a wide selection of first-hand accounts by travellers who 'discovered' Korea - some as snapshots by those passing through others more detailed evaluations of Korean culture and everyday life by those who spent time there. The collection covers a period of over 400 years - from Hendrik Hamel's journal of the 1600s to early 20th century records such as Roy C. Andrew's 1918 published account of his expedition entitled Exploring Unknown Corners of the 'Hermit Kingdom'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415548809

Timeshare Management Vacation ownership is becoming a mainstream travel product. Continued growth based on number of units sold and an increasing number of international brands has placed this segment in a very strong position. As the market continues to grow there is an increasing demand for clear and engaging sources of information on the key issues and components of vacation ownership from both hospitality management students and the public. This book updates hospitality students in this vacation sector provides the key background information explanation of the growth the components to vacation ownership management and an overview of opportunities in vacation ownership management. Timeshare Management provides the understanding of the financing marketing sales management and human resource issues surrounding the subject � vital to any hospitality and tourism student. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138416888

TimeshiftOn Video Culture Focusing on the aesthetics of video Timeshift tests current semiotic postmodernist and psychoanalytic approaches in the laboratory of real-life video viewing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176911

Time-Space CompressionHistorical Geographies If geography is the study of how human beings are stretched over the earth’s surface a vital part of that process is how we know and feel about space and time. Although space and time appear as "natural" and outside of society they are in fact social constructions; every society develops different ways of measuring organizing and perceiving them. Given steady increases in the volume and velocity of social transactions over space time and space have steadily "shrunk" via the process of time-space compression. By changing the time-space prisms of daily life – how people use their times and spaces the opportunities and constraints they face the meanings they attach to them – time-space compression is simultaneously cultural social political and psychological in nature. This book explores how various social institutions and technologies historically generated enormous improvements in transportation and communications that produced transformative reductions in the time and cost of interactions among places creating ever-changing geographies of centrality and peripherality. Warf invokes a global perspective on early modern late modern and postmodern capitalism. He makes use of data concerning travel times at various historical junctures maps of distances between places at different historical moments anecdotal analyses based on published accounts of people’s sense of place examinations of cultural forms that represented space (e.g. paintings) and quotes about the culture of speed. Warf shows how time-space compression varies under different historical and geographical conditions indicating that it is not one single homogenous process but a complex contingent and contested one. This book will be useful book for those studying and researching Geography History Sociology and Political Science as well as Anthropology and Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010574

Time-Triggered Communication Time-Triggered Communication helps readers build an understanding of the conceptual foundation operation and application of time-triggered communication which is widely used for embedded systems in a diverse range of industries. This book assembles contributions from experts that examine the differences and commonalities of the most significant protocols including: TTP FlexRay TTEthernet SAFEbus TTCAN and LIN. Covering the spectrum from low-cost time-triggered fieldbus networks to ultra-reliable time-triggered networks used for safety-critical applications the authors illustrate the inherent benefits of time-triggered communication in terms of predictability complexity management fault-tolerance and analytical dependability modeling which are key aspects of safety-critical systems. Examples covered include FlexRay in cars TTP in railway and avionic systems and TTEthernet in aerospace applications. Illustrating key concepts based on real-world industrial applications this book: Details the underlying concepts and principles of time-triggered communication Explores the properties of a time-triggered communication system contrasting its strengths and weaknesses Focuses on the core algorithms applied in many systems including those used for clock synchronization startup membership and fault isolation Describes the protocols that incorporate presented algorithms Covers tooling requirements and solutions for system integration including scheduling The information in this book is extremely useful to industry leaders who design and manufacture products with distributed embedded systems based on time-triggered communication. It also benefits suppliers of embedded components or development tools used in this area. As an educational tool this material can be used to teach students and working professionals in areas including embedded systems computer networks system architectures dependability real-time systems and automotive avionics and industrial control systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439846612

Timing for Animation The classic work on animation principles now fully updated for the digital age. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080951720

Timing for Animation 40th Anniversary Edition <TX1>Timing for Animation has been one of the pillars of animation since it was first published in 1981. Now this 40th anniversary edition captures the focus of the original and enhances this new edition with fresh images techniques and advice from world-renowned animators. Not only does the text explore timing in traditional animation but also timing in digital works. Vibrant illustrations and clear directions line the pages to help depict the various methods and procedures to bring your animation to life. Examples include timing for digital production digital storyboarding in 2D digital storyboarding in 3D and the use of After Effects as well as interactive games television animals and more. Learn how animated scenes should be arranged in relation to each other how much space should be used and how long each drawing should be shown for maximum dramatic effect. All you need to breathe life into your animation is at your fingertips with Timing for Animation. Key Features: <listpara> Fully revised and updated with modern examples and techniques Explores the fundamentals of timing physics and animation Perfect for the animation novice and the expert   <TX2>Get straight to the good stuff with simple no-nonsense instruction on the key techniques like stretch and squash animated cycles overlapping and anticipation. <TX2>Trying to time weight mood and power can make or break an animation—get it right the first time with these tried and tested techniques. <H1>Authors <TX1>Harold Whitaker was a BAFTA-nominated professional animator and educator for 40 years; many of his students number among today’s most outstanding animation artists. <TX2>John Halas known as "The father of British animation" and formerly of Halas & Batchelor Animation Studio produced more than 2 000 animation films including the legendary Animal Farm (1954) and the award-winning Dilemma (1981). He was also the founder and president of the International Animated Film Association (ASIFA) and former Chairman of the British Federation of Film Societies.  <TX2>Tom Sito is Professor of Animation at the University of Southern California and has written numerous books and articles on animation. Tom’s screen credits include Shrek (2001) and the Disney classics Who Framed Roger Rabbit (1988) The Little Mermaid (1989) Beauty and the Beast (1991) Aladdin (1992) and The Lion King (1994). In 1998 Tom was named by Animation Magazine as one of the 100 Most Important People in Animation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367527754

Timor LestePolitics History and Culture This book provides a comprehensive country overview of Southeast Asia’s newest nation Timor Leste (East Timor). This book focuses on its cultural and ethno-linguistic diversity and its political history from the pre-Portuguese period up to 2009. The book pays particular attention to the historical roots of the current challenges to nation-building by reviewing the Indonesian occupation; guerrilla warfare by the Timorese against the occupiers; the politics leading up to the United Nations’ popular consultation and the vote for independence in 2002.  Explaining the structure of the government and its parliamentary system this book highlights the problems and historical and cultural underpinnings of the challenges Timor Leste faces in building a stable viable nation. The author presents a synopsis of selected issues including: language truth and reconciliation the Catholic Church’s political activism internal security problems the ‘politics of oil’ and the fact that violent conflicts from 2005 to date have made it necessary for the United Nation’s peacekeeping forces to return. Thus far the book argues Timor Leste’s nation-building efforts have been hampered by the dynamic interaction of number of national and international factors.  The first comprehensive political and cultural history of East Timor to date this book fills a gap and will be an important single reference resource for students and researchers in the field of Southeast Asian Studies Anthropology and Political Science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415809986

Timothy Asch and Ethnographic Film Timothy Asch (1932-1994) was probably the greatest ethnographic filmmaker of the latter twentieth century and one of the best-known anthropologists of his generation. He worked with Margaret Mead John Marshall and Napoleon Chagnon lived and filmed on every continent except Antarctica and won numerous international prizes. His work which includes 'The Ax Fight' and more than 50 other films of the Yanomamö Indians of Venezuela comprises the most widely used resource in the teaching of anthropology today. Timothy Asch and Ethnographic Film combines a biographical overview of Asch's life with theoretical and critical perspectives giving a definitive guide to his background aims and ideas methodology and major projects. Beautifully illustrated with 60 photos and featuring articles from many of Asch's friends colleagues and collaborators as well as an important interview with Asch himself it is an ideal introduction to his work and to a range of key issues in ethnographic film. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010208

Tin and Global Capitalism 1850-2000A History of "the Devil's Metal" For most of the twentieth century tin was fundamental for both warfare and welfare. The importance of tin is most powerfully represented by the tin can - an invention which created a revolution in food preservation and helped feed both the armies of the great powers and the masses of the new urban society. The trouble with tin was that economically viable deposits of the metal could only be found in a few regions of the world predominantly in the southern hemisphere while the main centers of consumption were in the industrialized north. The tin trade was therefore a highly politically charged economy in which states and private enterprise competed and cooperated to assert control over deposits smelters and markets. Tin provides a particularly telling illustration of how the interactions of business and governments shape the evolution of the global economic trade; the tin industry has experienced extensive state intervention during times of war encompasses intense competition and cartelization and has seen industry centers both thrive and fail in the wake of decolonization. The history of the international tin industry reveals the complex interactions and interdependencies between local actors and international networks decolonization and globalization as well as government foreign policies and entrepreneurial tactics. By highlighting the global struggles for control and the constantly shifting economic geographical and political constellations within one specific industry this collection of essays brings the state back into business history and the firm into the history of international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138340848

Tin as a Vital NutrientImplications in Cancer Prophylaxis and other Physiological Processes First published in 1986. Taken from the Tin and Cell Malignancy Symposium this volume will help others to appreciate the interdisciplinary nature of this field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367235734

Tin Pan Alley In Tin Pan Alley we see the beginnings of the pop world as we now know it: commercial constantly capturing exploiting or even occasionally creating a public mood. The Alleymen were workers as much as artists. This book first published in 1982 explores how the change occurred the ways in which songwriters organised themselves to get greater control over their products the social circumstances that influenced their choice of subject-matter the new forms such as the integrated musical developed for maximum appeal the vast publicity structure built to market the merchandise and of course the many stars who came to fame by taking a walk down the Alley. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138652897

Tin Pan AlleyAn Encyclopedia of the Golden Age of American Song For nearly a century New York's famous "Tin Pan Alley" was the center of popular music publishing in this country--it was where songwriting became a profession and where songs were made-to-order for the biggest stars. Covering the full history of Tin Pan Alley from its humble beginnings in the 1860s to its demise following World War II this is the first resource tool to identify its major publishers composers lyricists singers dances and bands. Entries are arranged alphabetically and include names birth & death dates brief biographies and bibliographical listings. This will be an eminently useful reference work for libraries catering to music teachers students professors musicians writers and fans of popular song. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870215

Tip-of-the-tongue StatesPhenomenology Mechanism and Lexical Retrieval Tip-of-the-Tongue experiences are one of those illusive oddities of human cognition. Like slips of the tongue déjà vu and visual illusions TOTs dazzle us with their subjective strength yet at the same time puzzle us with our frustrating inability to retrieve the desired word. This book discusses what little is known about TOTs and speculates about much of the rest of the riddle. Cognitive psychologists know a lot about processes but generally avoid issues of conscious experience and phenomenology. Because the larger goal of this book is to relate the TOT experience to the study of human phenomenology it goes beyond the conventional cognitive psychology question "What causes tip-of-the-tongue experiences?" to ask "Why do we experience TOTs at all?" Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415652834

Tips and Tricks for Web Site Managers There are many challenges to Web site management: collecting and collating information developing a design style managing updates and ensuring a consistently interesting topical and informative site are just some of them. Whether working as a team or individually Web site managers must frequently develop skills solutions and services in relative isolation. This book acts as an invisible support team with acknowledged experts sharing their experiences in specific areas of site development. As well as the expert contributions this book includes a wealth of advice from the information community with timely tips submitted by Web and information professionals.Contents: Introduction; Content gathering; Design and style; Structure and navigation; Accessibility and interoperability; Databases and directories; Intranet; Security; Team management; Managing copyright; Maintenance and updating; Promotion and marketing; Appendix; Index. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138439283

Tire EngineeringAn Introduction The modern tire is the most complex composite product in mass production. Yet given its complexity and required performance there is little information in the public domain regarding its development. This book provides an introduction to tire design construction and manufacturing in the context of materials technologies used today along with future trends and disrupting technologies. Focuses on design and construction Discusses the relationship between materials and performance Reviews tire uniformity as a key differentiator among manufacturers Evaluates design and construction features versus performance Written for engineers in the polymer industrial chemical mechanical and automotive industries this book offers a comprehensive view of tire design including materials selection construction manufacturing quality control and future trends. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367442286

'Tis Pity She's A WhoreJohn Ford The last decade has seen a revival of interest in John Ford and especially 'Tis Pity She's a Whore his tragedy of religious scepticism incestuous love and revenge. This text in particular has provided a focus for scholarship as well as being the subject of a number of major theatrical productions. Simon Barker guides the reader through the full range of previous interpretations of the play; moving from an overview of traditional readings he goes on to enlarge upon new questions that have arisen as a consequence of critical and cultural theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138418219

Tissue and Organ RegenerationAdvances in Micro- and Nanotechnology Tissue engineering aims to develop biological substitutes that restore maintain or improve damaged tissue and organ functionality. To date numerous stem cells and biomaterials have been explored for a variety of tissue and organ regeneration. The challenge for existing stem cell–based techniques is that current therapies lack controlled environments that are crucial for regulating stem cell engraftment and differentiation in vivo because stem cells are rather sensitive to even minute changes in their environment. Micro- and nanotechnology hold great potential to fabricate biomimetic spatiotemporally controlled scaffolds as well as control stem cell behavior and fate by micro- and nanoscale cues. This book presents the latest micro- and nanotechnologies used to manipulate stem cell behaviors which is a critical area for regenerative medicine. Moreover it covers and details cutting-edge research in nano- and microfabrication techniques and biomaterials for the regeneration of various tissues and organs such as bone cartilage craniofacial osteochondral muscle bladder cardiac and vascular tissues. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814411677

Tissue Engineering Increasingly viewed as the future of medicine the field of tissue engineering is still in its infancy. As evidenced in both the scientific and popular press there exists considerable excitement surrounding the strategy of regenerative medicine. To achieve its highest potential a series of technological advances must be made. Putting the numerous breakthroughs made in this field into a broad context Tissue Engineering disseminates current thinking on the development of engineered tissues. Divided into three sections the book covers the fundamentals of tissue engineering enabling technologies and tissue engineering applications. It examines the properties of stem cells primary cells growth factors and extracellular matrix as well as their impact on the development of tissue engineered devices. Contributions focus on those strategies typically incorporated into tissue engineered devices or utilized in their development including scaffolds nanocomposites bioreactors drug delivery systems and gene therapy techniques. Finally the book presents synthetic tissues and organs that are currently under development for regenerative medicine applications. The ability to engineer biocompatible tissue is the hallmark of modern biomedical engineering integrating all aspects of every sub-discipline in the field. Featuring chapters drawn from the third edition of the best-selling Handbook of Biomedical Engineering as well as new contributions not found in the handbook Tissue Engineering surveys the latest advances in this relatively young area. The contributing authors are a diverse group with backgrounds in academia clinical medicine and industry. Furthermore the text includes contributions from Europe Asia and North America helping to broaden the views on the development and application of tissue engineered devices. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389055

Tissue Engineering A volume in the new Principles and Applications in Engineering series Tissue Engineering provides an overview of the major physiologic systems of current interest to biomedical engineers: cardiovascular endocrine nervous visual auditory gastrointestinal and respiratory. It contains useful definitions tables of basic physiologic data and an introduction to the literature. Then the book reviews the status of tissue engineering of specific organs including bone marrow skeletal muscle and cartilage. Readers will acquire a good understanding of the engineering and cell biological fundamentals of tissue engineering and will develop ideas for further development of this emerging and important field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446758

Tissue Engineering and Regenerative MedicineA Nano Approach Through the integration of strategies from life science engineering and clinical medicine tissue engineering and regenerative medicine hold the promise of new solutions to current health challenges. This rapidly developing field requires continual updates to the state-of-the-art knowledge in all of the aforementioned sciences. Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicine: A Nano Approach provides a compilation of the important aspects of tissue engineering and regenerative medicine including dentistry from fundamental principles to current advances and future trends.Written by internationally renowned scientists engineers and clinicians the chapters cover the following areas: Nanobiomaterials and scaffolds—including nanocomposites and electrospun nanofibers Tissue mechanics Stem cells and nanobiomaterials Oral and cranial implants and regeneration of bone Cartilage tissue engineering Controlled release—DNA RNA and protein delivery Animal science and clinical medicine The editors designed this textbook with a distinctive theme focusing on the utilization of nanotechnology biomaterials science in tissue engineering and regenerative medicine with the inclusion of important clinical aspects. In addition to injured veterans and other individuals increased life expectancy in the industrialized world is creating a growing population that will require regenerative medicine producing greater pressure to develop procedures and treatments to improve quality of life. This book bridges the gap between nanotechnology and tissue engineering and regenerative medicine facilitating the merger of these two fields and the important transition from laboratory discoveries to clinical applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439881859

Tissue Engineering Strategies for Organ Regeneration Tissue Engineering Strategies for Organ Regeneration addresses the existing and future trends of tissue engineering approaches for organ/tissue regeneration or repair. This book provides a comprehensive summary of the recent improvement of biomaterials used in scaffold-based tissue engineering and the tools and different protocols needed to design tissues and organs. The chapters in this book provide the in-depth principles for many of the supporting and enabling technologies including the applications of BioMEMS devices in tissue engineering and the combination of organoid formation and three dimensional (3D) bioprinting. The book also highlights the advances and strategies for regeneration of three-dimensional microtissues in microcapsules tissue reconstruction techniques and injectable composite scaffolds for bone tissue repair and augmentation. Key Features: Addresses the current obstacles to tissue engineering applications Provides the latest improvements in the field of integrated biomaterials and fabrication techniques for scaffold-based tissue engineering Shows the influence of microenvironment towards cell-biomaterials interactions Highlights significant and recent improvements of tissue engineering applications for the artificial organ and tissue generation Describes the applications of microelectronic devices in tissue engineering Describes different current bioprinting technologies Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138391543

Tissue EngineeringPrinciples and Practices Tissue engineering research continues to captivate the interest of researchers and the general public alike. Popular media outlets like The New York Times Time and Wired continue to engage a wide audience and foster excitement for the field as regenerative medicine inches toward becoming a clinical reality. Putting the numerous advances in the field into a broad context Tissue Engineering: Principles and Practices explores current thoughts on the development of engineered tissues. With contributions from experts and pioneers this book begins with coverage of the fundamentals details the supporting technology and then elucidates their applications in tissue engineering. It explores strategic directions nanobiomaterials biomimetics gene therapy cell engineering and more. The chapters then explore the applications of these technologies in areas such as bone engineering cartilage tissue dental tissue vascular engineering and neural engineering. A comprehensive overview of major research topics in tissue engineering the book: Examines the properties of stem cells primary cells growth factors and extracellular matrix as well as their impact on the development of tissue-engineered devices Focuses upon those strategies typically incorporated into tissue-engineered devices or utilized in their development including scaffolds nanocomposites bioreactors drug delivery systems and gene therapy techniques Presents synthetic tissues and organs that are currently under development for regenerative medicine applications The contributing authors are a diverse group with backgrounds in academia clinical medicine and industry. Furthermore this book includes contributions from Europe Asia and North America helping to broaden the views on the development and application of tissue-engineered devices. The book provides a useful reference for courses devoted to tissue engineering fundamentals and those laboratories developing tissue-engineered devices for regenerative medicine therapy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077867

Tissue Phenomics: Profiling Cancer Patients for Treatment Decisions In the age of digitization our society is transformed into a new state. In particular machine intelligence dramatically elevates our capability to create and digest information. Naturally healthcare is also impacted by this trend and will even be more transformed into a informatic driven discipline in the future. In the most important area of histo-pathology the interpretation of tissue slices from cancer patients informatics will have an early and huge impact on treatment decisions and probably will act as the leading discipline for this transformation in medicine. Tissue Phenomics provides a comprehensive methodology aiming at the discovery of the most accurate tissue-based decision support algorithm by close integration of assay development image analysis and bioinformatics and optimization feedback loops. In this book the methodology of Tissue Phenomics and its benefits and wealth’s are described. The different components of Tissue Phenomics are explained in the different chapters. In the chapters 2 to 4 of this book different authors describe various approaches on how to convert the wealth of tissue slide pixel data into mineable information using knowledge-based and data-driven image analysis methods. Subsequently the datafication of images and the bioinformatics part plays a crucial role in generating prognostic and predictive models for disease progression. The integration of other data sources such as genomics radiomics and patient related information is also important and is described as well. As discussed in chapters 5 and 6 these models may classify patients in distinct groups such as those responding to a given therapy. Since Tissue Phenomics provides a huge set of potentially prognostic features (phenes) one focus of both chapters is robust feature selection methods by advanced Monte-Carlo cross validation algorithms. In chapter 7 we discuss multiple application examples of Tissue Phenomics in academic and commercial settings and its tremendous impact to advances in biomedical sciences. Building on the successes in research chapters 8 and 9 discuss applications in clinical environments and provide a flavor to the future envision in chapter 10 where tissue datafication and subsequent patient profiling is part of every routine examination with the goal to best match patients with the most successful therapy as predicted by tissue phenes. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774888

Tissue Stem Cells Tissue stem cells and their medical applications have become a major focus of research over the past decade. With 16 full-color illustrations this reference provides a thorough and up-to-date overview of the current and emerging technologies for stem cell research and transplantation. Divided into three sections covering general issues adult stem cells within specific tissues and clinical applications this source studies advances in bone marrow transplantation cancer development modeling tumor analysis and gene therapy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390921

Tissue Type Plasminogen ActivityVolume I This book is made possible by the enthusiastic contributions of the authors of the chapters. They have been invited from young and active scientists in the field of t-PA research. I am grateful for their contribution and for the fact that all accepted the specifications of their chapter in order to obtain a structured book. Inevitably some overlap does exist; on the one hand to enable controversial or unsettled areas to be discussed by the different experts with a different approach and background.It is a particular pleasure and honor that Dr. T. Astrup as an eye-witness and essential contributor to the history of t-PA discovery and research gives a unique account of the history of t-PA research in the first chapter of the book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898216

Tissue Type Plasminogen ActivityVolume II This book is made possible by the enthusiastic contributions of the authors of the chapters. They have been invited from young and active scientists in the field of t-PA research. I am grateful for their contribution and for the fact that all accepted the specifications of their chapter in order to obtain a structured book. Inevitably some overlap does exist; on the one hand to enable controversial or unsettled areas to be discussed by the different experts with a different approach and background.It is a particular pleasure and honor that Dr. T. Astrup as an eye-witness and essential contributor to the history of t-PA discovery and research gives a unique account of the history of t-PA research in the first chapter of the book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898223

Titanic Corrosion The word “titanic” reminds one of the majestic ship Titanic and James Cameron’s epic romance movie Titanic—in many cases the film first and the ship next. The Titanic was the world’s largest passenger ship when it entered service measuring 269 m (882 feet) in length and the largest man-made moving object on earth. The colossal ship and the epic movie inspired the authors Susai Rajendran (professor of chemistry) and Gurmeet Singh (a renowned academic administrator and an internationally reputed expert in the field of corrosion science and smart materials) to study why the Titanic collapsed. The main reason seems to be bimetallic corrosion also known as galvanic corrosion. This book discusses various aspects of galvanic corrosion namely causes consequences methods of control and case studies. It also reports research on the causes of corrosion of the sunken ship including microbiologically influenced corrosion (MIC) and metallurgical failure. The book is a great reference for research scholars in the field of corrosion graduate- and postgraduate-level students the general public and marine engineers. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800952

Titanium Matrix CompositesMechanical Behavior A review and summary of advancements related to mechanical behavior and related mechanics issues of titanium matrix composites (TMCs) a class of high-temperature materials useful in the propulsion and airframe components in advanced aerospace systems. After an introduction to TMCs different authors review and summarise the advancements related to mechanical behavior and related mechanics issues of TMCs. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367813000

Titian Colonna and the Renaissance Science of ProcreationEquicola's Seasons of Desire Titian Colonna and the Renaissance Science of Procreation demonstrates that two major monuments of Italian Renaissance culture - Bellini's and Titian's famous series of mytho-poetical paintings for the camerino of Duke Alfonso d'Este of Ferrara and Francesco Colonna's Hypnerotomachia Poliphili - were conceived as mnemonic or pedagogical devices aimed at educating the reader/beholder in the medical science of reproductive physiology and the maintenance of sexual health. It is further argued that the learned courtier Mario Equicola who conceived the pictorial program of Duke Alfonso's camerino had read Colonna's text and was extensively inspired by its prior literary argument. The study is organized in two parts intimately interrelated. The first part is a study of Alfonso d'Este's camerino with a general introduction individual chapters on each of Bellini's and Titian's four pictorial "bacchanals " and a conclusion proposing a new and more accurate reconstruction of the layout of the room also including a completely new way of interpreting the ensemble. The second part of the study concerns Colonna's Hypnerotomachia Poliphili again beginning with its own introductory essay and advancing a completely new interpretation of the text. The brief conclusion brings the insights of the two sections together clarifying the historical relationship between the pictorial and literary works and explaining their larger cultural significance. Emphasizing Equicola's use of the Hypnerotomachia as a model for pictorial invention the author reveals how Titian's remarkably sensuous paintings and Colonna's erotically-charged romance are related by their common reference to the neo-Aristotelian medical theory of the "libidinal seasons " and by corollary themes of marriage and sexual consummation. This peculiar intersection of cultural themes came to prominence in the context of a courtly world in which medical science was increasingly brought to bear on the problem of dynastic continuity. While the book thus makes a major contribution to historical and art-historical inquiry into Renaissance notions of sexuality it also relates this theme to the question of masculine identity and fatherhood the histories of sexuality and marriage and the interpretation of courtly art and literature as instruments of political or dynastic ideology. In addition by grafting together the methods of advanced iconographic philology with those of comparative literature the author provides a new methodological model that could be applied to other cultural monuments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274709

Titian And Venetian Painting 1450-1590 This up-to-date well-illustrated and thoughtful introduction to the life and works of one of the giants of Western Painting also surveys the golden age of Venetian Painting from Giovanni Bellini to Veronese and its place in the history of Western art. Bruce Cole Distinguished Professor of Fine Arts at Indiana University and author of numerous bo Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319168

Title IV-E Child Welfare EducationImpact on Workers Case Outcomes and Social Work Curriculum Development BSW/MSW education funded by Title IV-E of Social Security Act ("Title IV-E Child Welfare Education") is an important incentive to encourage social workers to stay in the child protection field. It aims to demonstrate the training partnership between universities and public child welfare agencies. This book contains essential research results with a focus on the impact of Title IV-E Child Welfare Education to improve worker capacities and case outcomes as well as on the process and results of social work education in promoting public child welfare work. There are nine chapters written by renowned researchers in public child welfare who applied rigorous quantitative and/or qualitative methodologies to clearly describe measures used data sources outcome variables and implications for education practice policy and research. These evidence-based articles address the following child welfare topics: training partnerships and worker outcomes effective pedagogy and online education workplace climate and retention factors and other topics connecting BSW/MSW education to public child welfare practice. Future child welfare education will need to further expand child welfare knowledge and skills strengthen worker competencies with a strong commitment to social work values and ethical practice principles and develop a cohesive supervisory network to build a workforce with positive attitude toward child protection programs. This collection will inform child welfare educators administrators and legislators regarding the impact of Title IV-E Child Welfare Education on the development of public child welfare and make recommendations to improve the child welfare curriculum in social work education. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Public Child Welfare. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367438135

Title IXThe Transformation of Sex Discrimination in Education This book examines the history and evolution of Title IX a landmark 1972 law prohibiting sex discrimination at educational institutions receiving federal funding. Elizabeth Kaufer Busch and William Thro illuminate the ways in which the interpretation and implementation of Title IX have been transformed over time to extend far beyond the law's relatively narrow statutory text. The analysis considers the impact of Title IX on athletics sexual harassment sexual assault and for a time  transgender discrimination. Combining legal and cultural perspectives and supported by primary documents Title IX: The Transformation of Sex Discrimination in Education offers a balanced and insightful narrative of interest to anyone studying the history of sex discrimination educational policy and the law in the contemporary United States. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138916258

Title Sequences as ParatextsNarrative Anticipation and Recapitulation In his third book on the semiotics of title sequences Title Sequences as Paratexts theorist Michael Betancourt offers an analysis of the relationship between the title sequence and its primary text—the narrative whose production the titles credit. Using a wealth of examples drawn from across film history—ranging from White Zombie (1931) Citizen Kane (1940) and Bullitt (1968) to Prince of Darkness (1987) Mission: Impossible (1996) Sucker Punch (2011) and Guardians of the Galaxy Vol. 2 (2017)—Betancourt develops an understanding of how the audience interprets title sequences as instances of paranarrative simultaneously engaging them as both narrative exposition and as credits for the production. This theory of cinematic paratexts while focused on the title sequence has application to trailers commercials and other media as well. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892371

Tito's Flawed LegacyYugoslavia And The West Since 1939 This book is written in the belief that the time has come to reassess Titoism: from its Western-sponsored seizure of power and its Western-assisted development since 1939 to its present and resented dependence on Westerners who call themselves the "Friends of Yugoslavia". Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780367274788

Titus AndronicusCritical Essays Originally published in 1995. In three parts – introduction criticism and reviews – this volume examines the goriest of Shakespeare’s works. The editor’s exhaustive introduction runs through the pattern of changing scholarship and commentary introducing the key interests in the play from its authorship to its language rhetoric and performance. Early commentaries focused on arguing about whether the play was truly Shakespeare’s. A selection of the most important of these are included here followed by later investigations looking at myriad topics and characters – revenge violence race Aaron women tragedy and Tamora. The large section of reviews of stage performances arranged chronologically ranges from 1857 to 1990. Two final pieces interestingly survey stage history of Titus in Japan and in Germany. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138892354

To Advance KnowledgeThe Growth of American Research Universities 1900-1940 American research universities are part of the foundation for the supremacy of American science. Although they emerged as universities in the late nineteenth century the incorporation of research as a distinct part of their mission largely occurred after 1900. To Advance Knowledge relates how these institutions by 1940 advanced from provincial outposts in the world of knowledge to leaders in critical areas of science. This study is the first to systematically examine the preconditions for the development of a university research role. These include the formation of academic disciplines--communities that sponsored associations and journals which defined and advanced fields of knowledge. Only a few universities were able to engage in these activities. Indeed universities before World War I struggled to find the means to support their own research through endowments research funds and faculty time. To Advance Knowledge shows how these institutions developed the size and wealth to harbor a learned faculty. The book illustrates how arrangements for research changed markedly in the 1920s when the great foundations established from the Rockefeller and Carnegie fortunes embraced the advancement of knowledge as a goal. Universities emerged in this decade as the best-suited vessels to carry this mission. Foundation resources made possible the development of an American social science. In the natural sciences this patronage allowed the United States to gain parity with Europe on scientific frontiers of which the most important was undoubtedly nuclear physics. The research role of universities cannot be isolated from the institutions themselves. To Advance Knowledge focuses on sixteen universities that were significantly engaged with research during this era. It analyzes all facets of these institutions--collegiate life sources of funding treatment of faculty--since all were relevant to shaping the research role. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539709

To Balance or Not to BalanceAlignment Theory and the Commonwealth of Independent States With the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1991 fifteen newly independent states emerged from the imperial wreckage some more ready than others to grasp their new found independence. This book tackles the seminal question related to these broader developments: why did some states choose to align with Russia despite Moscow's overwhelming power advantage and recurrent neo-imperial ambitions? Eric A. Miller develops and tests a theoretical framework that extends traditional realist alignment theories to include domestic level political and economic variables critical to the study of the Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS). Specifically Miller argues that internal political threats to CIS leaders and the extent of a country's economic dependence on Russia were the most influential factors in determining alignments. The volume is designed to meet the need for a thorough theoretical and scholarly assessment of the international and domestic politics of CIS countries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236049

To Be A Playwright Originally published in 2005 To Be A Playwright is an insightful and detailed guide to the craft of playwriting. Part memoir and part how-to guide this useful book outlines the tools and techniques necessary to the aspiring playwright. Comprised of a collection of memoirs and lectures which blend seamlessly to deliver a practical hands-on guide to playwriting this book illuminates the elusive challenges confronting creators of dynamic expression and offers a roadmap to craft of playwrighting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367183264

To Be Met as a Person at WorkThe Effect of Early Attachment Experiences on Work Relationships This book provides an account of how the "Theory of Attachment-Based Exploratory Interest Sharing" (TABEIS) and the practise of Goal Corrected Empathic Attunement (GCEA) was used in a university setting to support staff. It works in three ways; firstly it raises attachment theory one of the pillars of self-understanding into a central place in terms of reflecting on and learning from the dynamics of business and organisations. Neath explores how well this attachment theory sits with other theories of self and relationships such as transactional analysis and the person-centred approach.Secondly it is an account of how Neath took an application of McCluskey's theory "The McCluskey Model for Exploring the Dynamics of Attachment in Adult Life" to the University of Leeds with learning points made along the way exploring the practise of a therapeutic-style of group facilitation and reflection on good practice for professional adult learning and teaching techniques. Thirdly it acts as a handbook for anyone wishing to replicate Neath's work and includes feedback from participants both during and after the training process. It will appeal to those new to training counselling organisational developers and those wishing to enjoy and see the potential of the work of McCluskey. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782205524

To Be Met as a PersonThe Dynamics of Attachment in Professional Encounters This book presents a theory of interaction in adult life when the dynamics of careseeking and caregiving are elicited. It sets out a framework for thinking about the way adults interact with one another particularly when they are anxious under stress or frightened. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329303

To Be Two First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315084732

To Chester and Beyond: Meaning Text and Context in Early English DramaShifting Paradigms in Early English Drama Studies This volume brings together a selection of the major articles of David Mills (1938-2013) which along with similar volumes by Alexandra F. Johnston Peter Meredith and Meg Twycross makes up a set of "Shifting Paradigms in Early English Drama Studies". Mills was one of these four key scholars whose work has changed what is known about English medieval drama and theatre. He made major contributions to understanding English medieval theatre in the widest sense but more specifically to the nature and development of medieval plays and their performance at Chester. The scope of his work from manuscript to performance has created new knowledge and insights brought about by his remarkable technical skill as an editor and researcher. His texts of the Chester Cycle of Mystery Plays have become the standard works. In the light of this outstanding research the volume is comprised of four sections: 1. Editors and Editing; 2. Cultural Contexts; 3. Staging and Performance; 4. Criticism and Evaluation. An editorial introduction opens the work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879389

To Dance the DanceA Symbolic Interactional Exploration of Premarital Sexuality This pioneering monograph integrates the major research findings of the past four decades and offers a new model for the study of human sexuality. The author examines the empirical literature on sexuality for the developmental stages of childhood adolescence and young adulthood and for experiences of sexual aggression. He then uses symbolic interactionism to develop a theoretical model which integrates the research across the developmental periods and for instances of sexual aggression providing one of the most comprehensive views of sexuality development that has yet been offered. The work investigates the role of family peers romantic partners and personality in the development of sexual expression and offers a unique vision of how symbolic interactionism can inform one's understanding of sexual beliefs and behaviors through the developmental stages. By acknowledging developmental differences and changes in individuals and their interpersonal relationship context a more integrated understanding emerges of how sexuality develops. This volume is intended for students and scholars interested in the influences on the development of sexual expression of youth and young adults. It will be of great interest to readers in psychology family studies communication sociology adolescent studies and specialized areas of sexuality research. It is appropriate for undergraduate seminars and graduate-level courses on human sexuality close relationships family theory sociology communication social psychology developmental psychology and related areas. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138003576

To Design LandscapeArt Nature & Utility To Design Landscape sets out a distinctively practical philosophy of design in accessible format. Based on the notion that landscape design is a form-based craft addressing environmental processes and utility Dee establishes a framework for approaching such craft with modesty and ingenuity using the concept of "aesthetics of thrift".Employing numerous case studies-as diverse as Hellerup Rose Garden in Denmark; Bloedel Reserve Bainbridge Island USA; Rousham Gardens Oxfordshire UK and Tofuku-ji in Kyoto Japan - to illustrate her ideas the book is a beautiful portfolio of Dee's drawings which are both evocative and to the point.The book begins with a 'Foundations' section which sets out the basis of the approach.  'Principles' chapters then elaborate eleven significant considerations applicable to any design project regardless of context and scale. Following on 'Strategies' chapters reinforce the principles and suggest further ways of designing adaptable to different conditions.  Dee ends with a focus on 'Elements' case studies and verb lists providing sources for the designer to consider how the components - vegetation water terrain structures soils weather and the sky -  might be engaged mediated and joined.Catherine Dee’s book is for all those who would craft landscape from the gardener to the professional landscape architect to the student of design Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415585057

To Die GallantlyThe Battle Of The Atlantic German U-boats known as "iron coffins" terrorized Allied ships during World War II and were responsible for thousands of deaths. This volume published to commemorate the 50th anniversary of the Battle of the Atlantic brings together historians from both sides of the ocean to discuss this important campaign. As well as offering new insights into both familiar and more neglected aspects the book reflects the human dimension of the conflict paying tribute to the whole spectrum of personnel involved - planners and strategists spies and code-breakers naval officers and crews merchant sailors and civilians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367274030

'To fill forbear or adorne'The Organ Accompaniment of Restoration Sacred Music This is the first study to provide a systematic and thorough investigation of continuo realization styles appropriate to Restoration sacred music an area of performance practice that has never previously been properly assessed. Rebecca Herissone undertakes detailed analysis of a group of organ books closely associated with the major Restoration composers Purcell Blow and Humfrey and the London institutions where they spent their professional lives. By investigating the relationship between the organ books' two-stave arrangements and full scores of the same pieces Herissone demonstrates that the books are subtle sources of information to the accompanist not just short or skeleton scores. Using this evidence she formulates a model for continuo realization of this repertory based on the doubling of vocal parts an approach that differs significantly from that adopted by most modern editors and which throws into question much of the accepted continuo practice in modern performance of this repertory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315084725

To Heal HumankindThe Right to Health in History The "human right to healthcare" has had a remarkable rise. It is found in numerous international treaties and national constitutions it is litigated in courtrooms across the globe it is increasingly the subject of study by scholars across a range of disciplines and—perhaps most importantly—it serves as an inspiring rallying cry for health justice activists throughout the world. However though increasingly accepted as a principle the historical roots of this right remain largely unexplored. To Heal Humankind: The Right to Health in History fills that gap combining a sweeping historical scope and interdisciplinary synthesis. Beginning with the Age of Antiquity and extending to the Age of Trump it analyzes how healthcare has been conceived and provided as both a right and a commodity over time and space examining the key historical and political junctures when the right to healthcare was widened or diminished in nations around the globe. To Heal Humankind will prove indispensable for all those interested in human rights the history of public health and the future of healthcare. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138067226

To Hold and Be HeldThe Therapeutic School as a Holding Environment Drawing on the teachings of D.W. Winnicott and John Bowlby who helped revolutionize thinking about relational psychology To Hold and Be Held integrates the concepts of the ‘holding environment’ and attachment theory and describes how they are applied in a clinical setting. It also uses metaphor to both derive meaning from the language of the therapeutic process and to apply that meaning within a systems framework to effect significant therapeutic change. As the number of children with complex problems increases and the facilities to treat and manage them decrease schools are left with few resources to cope. Professionals such as teachers psychologists social workers and counselors need a new framework in which to think about and advocate for services for these children. To Hold and Be Held describes the creation of a system of working that not only holds the child and his family but also holds the larger system as well – a system in which therapeutic services are integrated at all levels and implemented in public schools in a way that supports all those involved. This is not only a unique and successful way of working with children and their families but a timely one as well. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861281

To Kill AnotherHomicide and Natural Law Basing his argument on natural law Graham J. McAleer asserts that only public authority has the right to intentionally kill. He draws upon the work of Thomas Aquinas and Francisco de Vitoria defending the claim that these natural law theorists have developed the best available theory of homicide. To have rule of law in any meaningful sense the author argues there must be protections for the guilty and prohibition against killing innocents.Western theories of law have drifted steadily towards the privatization of homicide despite the fact that it runs counter to rule of law. Public acts of homicide like capital punishment are now viewed by many as barbaric while a private act of homicide like the starvation of comatose patients is viewed by many as a caring gesture both to patient and family. This subversion of the rule of law is prompted by humanitarian ethics.McAleer argues that humanitarianism is a false friend to those committed to the rule of law. The problem of human vulnerability makes political theology an inescapable consideration for law. Readers will find much to reflect upon in this book. McAleer's argument can be read as a cultural chapter in the history of moral ideas but also as a close and timely reading of a grim subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412849609

To Kill the KingPost-Traditional Governance and Bureaucracy To Kill the King sketches post-traditional consciousness in terms of three rejuvenating concepts - thinking as play justice as seeking and practice as art. In a series of critical essays on each of these concepts the book describes a post-traditional consciousness of governance that can yield enormous improvement in the quality of life for each individual. To Kill the King will appeal to any professor (whether in the post-modern camp or not) who wants to expose students to fresh challenges and insights. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698670

To Lhasa In Disguise First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985711

To Live and Die in the WestThe American Indian Wars First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315063782

To Look Like AmericaDismantling Barriers For Women And Minorities In Government To Look Like America is designed to contribute a unique perspective to those interested in the challenges presented to public sector organizations -- particularly in the federal sector -- by an increasingly diverse workforce. Current projections are that the American workforce will become more and more diverse over the next decade forcing employers to respond to real or perceived barriers to the participation and advancement of women and minorities in their organizations. This book provides a means for identifying and taking steps to dismantle such barriers. It shows how empirical measures can identify the extent to which such barriers exist. The measures are applied to a broad cross-section of the federal civil service through the use of employment focus group and interview data as well as responses to surveys administered to representative samples of federal employees. The analysis examines the consequences that result when barriers are left unaddressed and concludes with an assessment of interventions that can be effective in dismantling barriers and promoting true participation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367098421

To Make Another WorldStudies in Protest and Collective Action This book is a significant contribution to the expanding study of social movements. The essays consider some of the manifold ways in which people join together in popular movements to pursue visions of a different and more just society. They examine the impact of such movements both on ordinary citizens swept along by demands for change and on conventional institutions caught in the crossfire between radical protest and the pursuit of more mundane goals. They cast a new light on seemingly familiar themes: participation as a learning experience the critical ingenuity of leadership but also its failures of judgment and internal divisions and the ever-changing nature of protest in the face of relentless social change. Above all these essays succeed in capturing the essential vitality and creativity of ideas and language expressed by citizens as they struggle to reinvent their lives and times. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236032

To Protect and DefendUS Homeland Security Policy In response to the terrorist attacks of 11 September 2001 the United States embarked on a dramatic and sustained effort to reform and revitalize its homeland security policies and structures. This book offers an examination of the evolution of policy and the concurrent restructuring of existing agencies as well as the creation of new bodies designed to counter the threat of transnational terrorism. Detailing the historical roots of US homeland security policy and its evolution in the aftermath of the 9/11 attacks this book provides a unique overview of the emerging and existing agencies and bureaux at the national state and local levels which are tasked with homeland security. Furthermore by integrating the existing paradigms of contemporary security policy with the changing nature of threat and response it provides an invaluable overview of existing and likely future security threats to the US homeland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278165

To See But Not To See: A Case Study Of Visual Agnosia First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138411555

To See OurselvesComparing Traditional Chinese And American Values This study compares the ever-changing cultural values of contemporary China and the contemporary United States. Surveying 2000-Shanghi area residents and villagers as well as 2500 US citizens the authors examine to what extent there has been a loss of "traditional" values in the United States. The book looks at value systems in both cultures associated with family relationships kinship ties male-female relationships and general interpersonal relationships - the fundamental social relationships comprising the social fabric of a society. The authors conclude that although both societies have experienced changes in this century they have followed quite different paths. In exploring the extent to which this process has differed the authors address the following questions: what traditional Confucian values persist in China after 40 years of communist indoctrination and the recent "invasion" of Western culture? How are fundamental human relationships viewed in the United States? How do these two societies differ today both in adherence to traditional values and in the dynamics of value change? These and many more issues are explored. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367274047

To Serve God And MammonChurch-state Relations In The United States This book provides fresh perspective on the origins and persistence of church 8211; state conflict in American political culture exploring the inherent tension between the Establishment and Free Exercise clauses of the First Amendment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367274436

To Serve God in Holy FreedomThe Brief Rebellion of the Nuns of the Royal Convent of Santa Mónica Goa India 1731–1734 This book presents one of the first accounts of Christianity in colonial India by a nun. Set in Goa in the early eighteenth century this translation of Soror Magdalena’s account from Portuguese brings to life a watershed moment in the politics of Christian faith in early colonial India. The volume recounts the nuns’ rebellion against the then Archbishop of Goa Dom Frei Ignaçio de Santa Teresa. In their account they accused him of mistreating the nuns and implored the Superior General and the King of Portugal to replace him. It sketches the intricate relationships between the nuns themselves  the clerical and secular authorities the fidalgos and the lower classes Hindus and Catholics and nuns and priests. It goes on to discuss the convent’s finances and the controversies surrounding them the politics of the Church as well as contemporary preoccupations with miracles and demons. Expertly annotated and introduced by Daniel Michon and David Addison Smith this book is key to understanding Portuguese colonial rule in India. It will be of great interest to scholars and researchers of South Asian studies Portuguese studies religion especially Christianity and colonialism.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367433482

To Speak as a JudgeDifference Voice and Power First published in 1999 this volume explores the nature of adjudication in the common law tradition from a feminist postmodernist perspective. The author accepts and celebrates the ‘choices’ open to the judge and argues that without choice judgment cannot be properly judicial. The first full length feminist exploration of the role of the judge and the nature of law and legality To Speak as a Judge is grounded in the process of adjudication and its rhetorical nature. It draws upon significant contemporary cases to explore the narrativity of law and the ways in which rhetoric and judicial understandings of the nature of law determine narrative style. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138393516

To Speak for the PeoplePublic Opinion and the Problem of Legitimacy in the French Revolution First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203951279

To Speak is Never Neutral Feminist philosopher linguist and psychoanalyst Luce Irigaray is renowned for her analyses of language studies that can be precise and poetic at the same time. In this volume of her work on language linguistics and psychoanalysis she is concerned with developing a model that can reveal those unconscious or pre-conscious structures that determine speech. A key element of her method is the comparison of spoken and written language through which she teases out the sexual and social configurations of speech. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315084718

To the ActorOn the Technique of Acting Michael Chekhov's classic work To the Actor has been revised and expanded by Mala Powers to explain clearly and concisely the essential techniques for every actor from developing a character to strengthen awareness. Chekhov's simple and practical method â€“ successfully used by professional actors all over the world â€“ trains the actor's imagination and body to fulfill its potential. To the Actor includes a previously unpublished chapter on 'Psychological Gesture' translated into English by the celebrated director Andrei Malaev - Babel; a new biographical overview by Mala Powers; and a foreword by Simon Callow. This book is a vital text for actors and directors including acting and theatre history students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203378724

To The Central African Lakes and BackThe Narrative of The Royal Geographical Society's East Central Expedition 1878-80 Volume 1 First published in 1968: This the record of the author's first journey into the interior of Africa established his credentials as an explorer of the first rank. Although he made no startling discoveries and his experiences lack the dramatic impact of those retailed in Through Masai Land his more widely known and subsequent narrative To The Central African Lakes added measurably to Europe's knowledge of a part of eastern Africa which hitherto had only been understood in imperfect outline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367150617

To the CloudBig Data in a Turbulent World Cloud computing and big data are arguably the most significant forces in information technology today. In the wake of revelations about National Security Agency (NSA) activities many of which occur "in the cloud" this book offers both enlightenment and a critical view. Vincent Mosco explores where the cloud originated what it means and how important it is for business government and citizens. He describes the intense competition among cloud companies like Amazon and Google the spread of the cloud to government agencies like the controversial NSA and the astounding growth of entire cloud cities in China. Is the cloud the long-promised information utility that will solve many of the world's economic and social problems? Or is it just marketing hype? To the Cloud provides the first thorough analysis of the potential and the problems of a technology that may very well disrupt the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612056166

To the Euphrates and BeyondArchaeological Studies in Honour of Maurits N van Loon This book contains papers that reflect the wide-ranging interests of the Dutch archaeologist Maurits van Loon—prehistory art history and ancient history. It is a mine of useful information and synthesis for archaeologists working in the region of northern Syria. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003079439

To the Pacific and Arctic with BeecheyThe Journal of Lieutenant George Peard of HMS Blossom 1825–1828 The importance of the Northwest Passage in the history of European and especially British expansion is well known. In the 40-year interlude of peace between Waterloo and the Crimean War Britain could direct with ease a small portion of her fleet to polar discovery and by doing so keep her Russian rival at bay provide some employment and training for her officers and contribute to the ends of science. Peard's journal of the voyage of Captain William Beechey RN and HMS Blossom to the Pacific and Arctic in 1825-8 is a lucid account of one of the most comprehensive British naval voyages to the Pacific since the days of Cook Vancouver and Broughton. The Blossom made her way via Cape Horn to the Pacific called at various places within the Pacific rim and searched in vain for the expeditions of Captain William Edward Parry and John Franklin expected at the Bering Strait. George Peard the first lieutenant of the Blossom gives detailed descriptions of the places visited and the inhabitants among them Pitcairn Island and the Gambier Tahitian and Hawaiian groups. No less valuable are his accounts of Kamchatka California the Northwestern extremity of North America and various parts of South America. Peard had an inquisitive scientific mind and he wrote a clear discursive narrative which shows that British exploration in the early Pax Britannica bore many fruits - scientific commercial and strategic. It also showed that the Northwest passage had again eluded the British in spite of the careful planning of the Admiralty the Colonial office and the Hudson's Bay Company and the painstaking execution of orders by such naval officers as Parry Franklin Beechey and Peard himself Two of the plates are now printed at the end of the book. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315550909

To ThinkIn Language Learning and Education First Published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138423435

To What Ends and By What MeansThe Social Justice Implications of Contemporary School Finance Theory and Policy This unique collection examines the social justice implications of contemporary economic finance and budgeting policies affecting the K-12 education system in the United States. The authors included in this volume provide critiques and explorations of several established theories and policy approaches that undergird contemporary thinking in the field of school finance. These explorations offer themselves as foundations for building new frameworks to understand how school finance policies might better support broader changes needed to improve the educational conditions faced by those individuals and groups traditionally underrepresented in economic political and social policy arenas. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203941218

Tobacco Pipes and Race in Colonial VirginiaLittle Tubes of Mighty Power Tobacco Pipes and Race in Colonial Virginia investigates the economic and social power that surrounded the production and use of tobacco pipes in colonial Virginia and the difficulty of correlating objects with cultural identities. A common artifact in colonial period sites previous publications on this subject have focused on the decorations on the pipes or which ethnic group produced and used the pipes “European ” “African ” or “Indian.” This book weaves together new interpretations analytical techniques classification schemes historical background and archaeological methods and theory. Special attention is paid to the subfield of African diaspora research to display the complexities of understanding this class of material culture. This fascinating study is accessible to the undergraduate reader as well as to graduate students and scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611323962

Tobacco CessationA Practice Manual for Primary Care Physicians Cessation of tobacco use is the need of the hour given that it is the single largest cause of disease and premature death in the world. This book covers epidemiology and risks user classification nicotine replacement therapy pharmacological aids behavioral modification and patient counseling techniques along with personalized action plan development. Key Features Covers all aspect of tobacco cessation. Provides guidance on differential diagnosis and includes useful decision-making flowcharts. Provides step-by-step guidance to counsel tobacco users in routine clinical practice. Discusses the process of setting up a cessation centre. Facilitates in-depth understanding of the subject through case studies at the end of each chapter Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367133245

Tobacco in HistoryThe Cultures of Dependence Jordan Goodman explores the historical transformation of tobacco from Amerindian shamanism to global capitalism from the food of the spirits to the fatal epidemic from the rough pipe and cigar to the modern-day cigarette. This scholarly and comprehensive survey combines up-to-date published work with primary research to provide a systematic way of understanding current debates from a historical perspective. Goodman draws on a wide range of disciplines to present a history that explores larger themes such as colonialism consumerism medical discourse and multinational enterprise. The book reveals the complex web of dependence and relationships surrounding this controversial commodity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138171947

Tobacco in Russian History and CultureThe Seventeenth Century to the Present According to the World Health Organization approximately seventy percent of men and thirty percent of women in Russia smoke and the WHO estimated that at the close of the twentieth century 280 000 Russians died every year from smoking-related illnesses – a rate over three times higher than the global average. The demographic crisis in current Russia has occasioned interest by President Putin in health care efforts and by historians in the source of these problems. Tobacco in Russian History and Culture explores tobacco’s role in Russian culture through a multidisciplinary approach starting with the growth of tobacco consumption from its first introduction in the seventeenth century until its pandemic status in the current post-Soviet health crisis. The essays as a group emphasize the ways in which from earliest contact tobacco’s status as a "foreign" commodity forced Russians to confront their national political and economic interests in its acceptance or rejection and find there markers of gender class or political identity. International contributors from the fields of history literature sociology and economics fully present the dramatic impact of the weed called the "blossom from the womb of the daughter of Jezebel". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415895972

Tobacco Smoke Exposure Biomarkers Written by experts in the analytical chemistry of tobacco smoke Tobacco Smoke Exposure Biomarkers summarizes the toxicology metabolic pathway and biomarkers of nicotine TSNAs PAHs VOCs AAs Catechol and Hydroquinone HCN CO and NOx and heavy metals and the use of this biomarker in exposure assessment and/or cigarette smoke exposure environmental epidemiology. A convenient one-stop guide the book brings together information on some exposure biomarkers and nicotine addiction in humans with regulatory implications and strategies. The authors also include discussions of how smoke exposure biomarkers may be used to shape regulation and health policy. Ethics guidelines details of method development and the validated relative bioanalytical method provided in the appendixes rounds out the coverage. The book gives you tools to further research biomarkers for tobacco carcinogens and to face emerging health challenges such as delivery of nicotine via electronic cigarettes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377762

Tobacco Use and Ethnicity Learn how ethnic factors affect tobacco use The addiction to smoking is remarkably resistant to intervention bringing with it a multitude of health issues among users that can at times co-occur with psychiatric disorders. Ethnicity is increasingly recognized as often playing an important role in the prevalence of tobacco use. Tobacco Use and Ethnicity explores the various factors that impact tobacco use among ethnic groups and provides practical culturally competent approaches to treatment. Chapters consider multiple variables that lead to use among certain groups such as Asian American and Pacific Island youth American Indian and Alaskan Native youth and low-income African Americans. Tobacco Use and Ethnicity is a unique source that comprehensively reveals the intersection between nicotine and culture constructing culturally informed and culturally competent approaches to tobacco prevention and cessation treatment. This volume is based on first-hand participant observation and addresses risk and protective factors in a wide variety of populations served by public health workers and educators. The book is extensively referenced and includes figures and tables to clearly present research. Topics discussed in Tobacco Use and Ethnicity include: target marketing of a tobacco product to African-American youth how ethnicity and youth culture impact potential smokers the role of parental relationships the impact of peer and parental smoking status employment gender and income in British Columbia the risk factor of acculturative stress on Asian American and Pacific Island youth protective factors of American Indian and Alaskan Native youth common factors associated between poverty and African American tobacco use and more! Tobacco Use and Ethnicity is an invaluable resource for public health professionals addictions counselors public health educators and students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877327

Tobacco-Specific N-Nitrosamines Recent Advances This remarkable book provides updates on various aspects of tobacco - its chemical and biological nature and its physiological effects. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448578

Tobias SmollettThe Critical Heritage The Critical Heritage gathers together a large body of critical sources on major figures in literature. Each volume presents contemporary responses to a writer's work enabling student and researcher to read the work themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415756655

TocotrienolsVitamin E Beyond Tocopherols Second Edition The first 90 years of vitamin E research has produced prolific and notable discoveries but until the last few decades attention has been given mostly to the biological activities and underlying mechanisms of alpha-tocopherol which we now know is one of more than eight vitamin E isomers. Currently the non-tocopherol vitamin E molecule tocotrienol has reached a new measure of research height: more than one-third of all vitamin E tocotrienol research of the last 30 years has been published since 2009. The thriving field of tocotrienol research gives ground for publication of Tocotrienols: Vitamin E Beyond Tocopherols Second Edition a compilation of the latest tocotrienol research in all new chapters. Highlights Established research including prevention and treatment of cardiovascular disease metabolic syndrome and cancer Emergent research including angiogenesis bioavailability bone health gastric injury inflammation life extension and skin health Tocopherol interference with tocotrienol functions All new chapters and many new contributors Recognized as potent antioxidants tocotrienols play a role in cholesterol reduction tumor suppression reversal of arteriosclerosis and protection of the heart against oxidative stress. Compiling contributions from leading researchers this book overviews tocotrienols and examines their sources chemistry and mechanisms of action. Contributors discuss the role of tocotrienols in the treatment and prevention of cancer and in cardiovascular health diabetes and other hormone regulation by tocotrienols. In addition the book addresses animal and in vitro as well as mechanistic and pre-clinical studies.Dr. Tan discusses the benefits of tocotrienol in a YouTube video. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199729

Tocqueville and American Civilization Not long after Max Lerner completed his comprehensive and influential study America as a Civilization. he began work on a sustained analysis and assessment of Alexis de Tocqueville's Democracy in America. The result Tocqueville and American Civilization. ls a primer of Tocqueville's central concepts as well as a detailed discussion of their meaning in the twentieth century. Originally published 1n 1966 Lerner's study ls a sweeping introduction to both Tocqueville's life and thought. Lerner devotes most of his attention to an exposition of the text. A meditative reading of Tocqueville's landmark work its strengths and weaknesses. He ls especially adept at explaining Tocqueville's treatment of what he refers to as "master ideas." They include "the idea of democracy " "the idea of revolution." "the idea of a social style and character " and "the idea of history and God and man interacting with each other within the 'fatal circle' of necessity and freedom." Another important issue Lerner discusses ls the fragility of freedom a concern he shared with Tocqueville. The new introduction by Robert Schmuhl traces the influence of Tocqueville on Lerner showing how Democracy in America became an abiding point of reference in Lerner's thinking about the United States and the world at large. It was Tocqueville who drew Lerner's attention to the fusion of custom law and innovation that has become the hallmark of the American character. As a result Tocqueville and American Civilization continues to be important for social and political theorists historians and scholars of American studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539723

Tocqueville's Political and Moral ThoughtNew Liberalism First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758864

Tocqueville's VirusUtopia and Dystopia in Western Social and Political Thought In the 1850s the social and political theorist Alexis de Tocqueville spoke of ‘a virus of a new and unknown kind’ to explain the inexplicable failure of the French Revolution. This book uses Tocqueville’s idea of the virus to explore the fatal relationship between the concepts of utopia and dystopia in western social and political thought. It traces this relationship from Ancient Greece to post-modern America and attempts to untangle their apparently fatal connection through a new virology that might promote a less paranoid future for our global society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542470

Today and TomorrowCommemorative Edition of Ford's 1926 Classic Winner of the 2003 Shingo Prize! Henry Ford is the man who doubled wages cut the price of a car in half and produced over 2 million units a year. Time has not diminished the progressiveness of his business philosophy or his profound influence on worldwide industry. The modern printing of Today and Tomorrow features an introduction by James J. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203735633

Today's Students Tomorrow's DoctorsBk.2 Further Detection and Management of Physical Disease This work includes forewords by Sir Kenneth Calman Lynn Calman and Rita Charon. Respectively Vice-Chancellor and Warden University of Durham and former Chief Medical Officer for England; Research Associate School of Nursing Midwifery and Social Work University of Manchester; Professor of Clinical Medicine College of Physicians and Surgeons University of Columbia New York USA. "Today's Students Tomorrow's Doctors" offers actual accounts of life as a trainee junior doctor in the health service today. It is an intriguing read which includes student contributions that are witty humorous poignant and sometimes harrowing. With a strong focus on the personal powerful and emotional experiences of trainee and junior doctors this unique book challenges medical educators to understand the demands placed on graduates and will stimulate change and curriculum development. The book is also a great reference for medical students - preparing them for the realities of ward life. It aids in developing an understanding of the skills and experience required to survive and thrive in the healthcare environment. This is an invaluable resource for medical educators in both work-based and university roles. It will also be of great interest to healthcare managers and curriculum developers and shapers. 'A joy to read full of hope. We were delighted surprised and at times concerned. Delighted because of the issues raised and the sophisticated ways in which students responded to the challenges; surprised at the range of issues raised and the obvious importance of relationships in the clinical setting; finally concerned at some of the attitudes which were commented on especially of senior staff and on the adequacy of preparation for house officer posts. This book is inspirational and should be read by all who have any part to play in the education of doctors.' - Sir Kenneth Calman and Lynne Calman in their Foreword. 'Extraordinary. This is autobiographical insight at its most powerful for it leads to transformative growth and true learning. I am first of all impressed with the emotional valence of these writings. They reflect the students' interior states of sadness empathy and awe as they bear witness to patients' suffering. The essays reflect a fresh calculus of sickness and duty [and] give me great and glad hope that our doctors of the future will be efficient with the forms of medicine as well as courageous in braving their contact with the ill with the dying with the humans who confront them evermore seeking care seeking comfort seeking their full capacity to heal.' - Rita Charon in her Foreword. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315379951

Today's Transgender YouthHealth Well-being and Opportunities for Resilience This book focuses on resiliency among gender expansive young people in different cultures exploring how they engage with and leverage school media and religious contexts. The contributions in this volume advance the scholarship regarding the health and well-being of gender expansive young people at a time where a plethora of recent legislation has limited and removed sundry rights of transgender individuals. While previous scholarship identified disparities among transgender youth this book approaches resiliency from multiple lenses – from school-based clubs as tools for engagement in advocacy to proactivity and self-care as strategies to mitigate struggles. These empirical chapters focus on diverse contexts across different countries including Canada the USA and Australia. The book also includes important commentaries from leading scholars in the field debating the controversial issue of transgender youth "desisting" (to no longer be transgender).This book will be of interest to those studying recent legislation on transgender rights as well as to those with a broader interest in studying gender in different contexts. This book was originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of Transgenderism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367731038

Today's White Collar CrimeLegal Investigative and Theoretical Perspectives Written as a text for undergraduate courses this book appeals to instructors interested in teaching the field of white-collar crime both from a matter-of-fact investigative perspective as well as a decidedly academic endeavor. Accordingly it goes beyond discussing the basic theories and typologies of commonly-encountered offenses such as fraud forgery embezzlement and currency counterfeiting to include the legalistic aspects of white-collar crime. It also explores the investigative tools and analytical techniques needed if students wish to pursue careers in this field. Because of the inextricable links between abuse-of-trust crimes such as misuse of government office nepotism and bribery and the realm of corporate corruption these issues are also included. The text also maintains a connection between white-collar crime and acts of international terrorism; as well as the more controversial aspects of possible abuses of power within the public arena posed by the USA Patriot Act of 2001 and the asset forfeiture process. Adapted readings at the end of each chapter provide readable cases of white collar crime in action to illustrate the principles / theories presented. Activities Exercises and Photographs are also included in each of the 10 chapters and a Companion Web Site provides additional test items and other instructor support material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203881774

Toddlers Parents and CultureFindings from the Joint Effort Toddler Temperament Consortium One doesn’t have to travel extensively to realize that there are intriguing differences in the ways in which people from different cultures tend to behave. Gartstein and Putnam explore whether these differences are shaped during the early years of life at the moment when children are just beginning to understand how when and why they should express some emotions and not others. Based on the findings of the Joint Effort Toddler Temperament Consortium (JETTC) which asked parents from 14 different countries multiple questions regarding their main goals and techniques for raising children to be successful in their culture Gartstein and Putnam analyze how children’s characteristics (both normative and problematic) are shaped by different cultural environments. Drawing from insights in anthropology sociology and developmental psychology the book explores the full spectrum of human experience from broad sets of values and concerns that differentiate populations down to the intimate details of parent-child relationships. The results reveal a complex web of interrelations among societal ideals parental attempts to fulfill them and the ways their children manifest these efforts. In doing so they provide a revealing look at how families raise their young children around the world. Toddlers Parents and Culture will be of great interest to students and scholars in temperament cross-cultural psychology parenting and socioemotional development in early childhood as well as professionals in early education child mental health and behavioral pediatrics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138388130

Together with TechnologyWriting Review Enculturation and Technological Mediation This book examines the complex roles that texts serve as parts of an organizational cognitive infrastructure. Texts make knowledge and experience tangible and durable. They help shape interactions between people. As professions have become more writing-centered in recent decades many organizations have instituted writing review practices to help newcomers produce better writing and thus become more effective organizational citizens.Dr. Swarts examines those writing review practices and questions whether available supportive technologies adequately prepare professional writers and professionals who write to appreciate the complex functions their texts serve. He reports on a study of the impact of two technologies (paper text and textual replay) on writing review. Unlike paper which presents texts in a static form textual replay presents texts as the products of writing practices. Textual replay records onscreen writing activity and creates a video that writers and reviewers use to supplement their discussion of revisions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415783736

Tokens of AffectionReclaiming Your Marriage After Postpartum Depression Postpartum depression is hard on a marriage. In their private practices authors Karen Kleiman and Amy Wenzel often find themselves face-to-face with marriages that are suffocating as if the depression has sucked the life out of a relationship that was only prepared for the anticipated joy of pending childbirth. What happens to marriage? Why do couples become angry isolated and disconnected? Tokens of Affection looks closely at marriages that have withstood the passing storm of depression and are now seeking or in need of direction back to their previous levels of functioning and connectedness. The reader is introduced to a model of collaboration that refers to 8 specific features which guide postpartum couples back from depression. These features framed as “Tokens ” are based on marital therapy literature and serve as a reminder that these are not just communication skill-building techniques; they are gift-giving gestures on behalf of their relationship. A reparative resource Tokens of Affection helps couples find renewed harmony a solid relational ground and reconnection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415810456

Tokyo RojiThe Diversity and Versatility of Alleys in a City in Transition The Japanese urban alleyway which was once part of people’s personal spatial sphere and everyday life has been transformed by diverse and competing interests. Marginalised through the emergence of new forms of housing and public spaces re-appropriated by different fields and re-invented by the contemporary urban design discourse the social meaning attached to the roji is being re-interpreted by individuals subcultures and new social movements. The book will introduce and discuss examples of urban practices which take place within the dynamic urban landscape of contemporary Tokyo to portray the life cycle of an urban form being rediscovered commodified and lost as physical space. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367140991

Tolerance Analysis of Electronic Circuits Using MATHCAD Written for the practicing electronics professional Tolerance Analysis of Electronic Circuits Using MATHCAD offers a comprehensive step-by-step treatment of methods used to perform analyses essential to the design process of circuit cards and systems of cards including:worst-case analysis limits for production testing component stress analysis determining if a design meets specification limits andmanufacturing yield analysis Using a practical approach that allows engineers and technicians to put the techniques directly into practice the author presents the mathematical procedures used to determine performance limits. The topics and techniques discussed include extreme value and root-sum-square analysis using symmetric and asymmetric tolerance Monte Carlo analysis using normal and uniform distributions sensitivity formulas tolerance analyses of opamp offsets and anomalies of high-Q ac circuits. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138422469

Tolerance Analysis of Electronic Circuits Using MATLAB Written for the practicing electronics professional Tolerance Analysis of Electronic Circuits Using MATLAB offers a comprehensive step-by-step treatment of methods used to perform analyses essential to the design process of circuit cards and systems of cards including:worst-case analysis limits for production testing component stress analysis determining if a design meets specification limits andmanufacturing yield analysis Using a practical approach that allows engineers and technicians to put the techniques directly into practice the author presents the mathematical procedures used to determine performance limits. The topics and techniques discussed include extreme value and root-sum-square analysis using symmetric and asymmetric tolerance Monte Carlo analysis using normal and uniform distributions sensitivity formulas tolerance analyses of opamp offsets and anomalies of high-Q ac circuits. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138422476

Tolerance Discourse and Young Adult Holocaust LiteratureEngaging Difference and Identity What exactly does one mean when idealizing tolerance as a solution to cultural conflict? This book examines a wide range of young adult texts both fiction and memoir representing the experiences of young adults during WWII and the Holocaust. Author Rachel Dean-Ruzicka argues for a progressive reading of this literature. Tolerance Discourse and Young Adult Holocaust Literature contests the modern discourse of tolerance encouraging educators and readers to more deeply engage with difference and identity when studying Holocaust texts. Young adult Holocaust literature is an important nexus for examining issues of identity and difference because it directly confronts systems of power privilege and personhood. The text delves into the wealth of material available and examines over forty books written for young readers on the Holocaust and in the last chapter neo-Nazism. The book also looks at representations of non-Jewish victims such as the Romani the disabled and homosexuals. In addition to critical analysis of the texts each chapter reads the discourses of tolerance and cosmopolitanism against present-day cultural contexts: ongoing debates regarding multicultural education gay and lesbian rights and neo-Nazi activities. The book addresses essential questions of tolerance and toleration that have not been otherwise considered in Holocaust studies or cultural studies of children’s literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346249

Tolerance in World History This volume draws together the many discrete studies of tolerance to create a global and comprehensive synthesis. In a concise text author Peter Stearns makes connections across time periods and key regions to help clarify the record and the relationship between current tolerance patterns and those of the past. The work is timely in light of the obvious tensions around tolerance in the world today – within the West and without. A historical backdrop helps to clarify the contours of these tensions and to promote greater understanding of the advantages and challenges of a tolerant approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415789301

Tolerance Re-Shaped in the Early-Modern Mediterranean BorderlandsTravellers Missionaries and Proto-Journalists (1683-1724) This book explores perceptions of toleration and self-identity through an analysis of otherness’ real experience of Italian travellers Catholic missionaries and Maltese proto-journalists within Mediterranean border-spaces. Employing a multidisciplinary approach which integrates the analysis of original and unpublished archival documentation with early modern European travel literature the book shows how fluid subjects and border groups adapted to new environments often generating information that made the Ottomans and their system of values real and dignified to an Italian audience. The interdisciplinary combining of historical methodology with the tools of comparative literature anthropology and folklore studies provides a fresh perspective on concepts of tolerance as experienced in the early modern Mediterranean. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472479976

Tolerance to Environmental Contaminants Tolerance the ability of populations to cope with the chemical stress resulting from toxic contaminants has been described in many organisms from bacteria to fungi from phytoplankton to terrestrial flowering plants and from invertebrates such as worms to vertebrates like fish and amphibians. The building of tolerance be it by physiological acclimation or genetic adaptation can have great consequences for the local biodiversity and hence the ecology and ecosystem functioning of many of the world’s habitats. Understanding the frequency of the occurrence of tolerance has tremendous implications for the sustainability of biodiversity and ecosystem functioning.Tolerance to Environmental Contaminants takes a multidisciplinary approach across contaminant types habitats organisms biological levels of organization and scientific disciplines. The book examines the general principles governing the acquisition and biological consequences of tolerance genetically or physiologically based at different levels of biological organization taxonomically from bacteria and archaea to flowering plants and vertebrates and within organisms from molecular biology and biochemistry through physiology to whole organism community and ecosystem levels of organization. Presenting a state-of-the-art synthesis of the many aspects of the phenomenon of tolerance to environmental contaminants this volume covers mechanisms of defense involved in the acquisition of tolerance different classes of environmental contaminants positive and negative ecological consequences of tolerance and the impact of tolerance in bacteria plants and insects on society. The reviews presented in this book supply the tools for carrying out more informed and therefore more reliable risk-benefit analyses when assessing the ecotoxicological risks to life in any of the contaminated habitats that now surround us in our industrialized society. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367383114

Tolerating Strangers in Intolerant TimesPsychoanalytic Political and Philosophical Perspectives In this interdisciplinary and wide-ranging study Roger Kennedy looks at the roots of tolerance and intolerance as well as the role of the stranger and strangeness in provoking basic fears about our identity. He argues that a fear of a loss of attachment to one’s home might account for many prejudiced and intolerant attitudes to refugees and migrants; that basic fears about being displaced by so-called ‘strangers’ from our precious and precarious sense of a psychic home can tear communities apart as well as lead to discrimination against those who appear to be different. Present day intolerance includes fears about the ‘hordes’ of immigrants confused with realistic fears about terrorist attacks populist fears about loss of cultural integrity and with it a sense of powerlessness and fearful debates about such basics as truth including the so-called ‘post truth’ issue. Such fears as explored in the book mirror old arguments going back centuries to the early enlightenment thinkers and even before when the parameters of discussion about tolerance were mainly around religious tolerance. There is urgency about addressing these kinds of issue once more at a time when the ‘ground rules’ of what makes for a civilized society seem to be under threat. Kennedy argues that society needs a ‘tolerance process’ in which critical thinking and respectful judgment can take place in an atmosphere of debate and reasonably open communication when issues around what can and cannot be tolerated about different beliefs practices and attitudes in people in our own and other cultures are examined and debated. Tolerating Strangers in Intolerant Times with the help of psychoanalytic literary social and political thinking looks at what such a tolerance process could look like in a world increasingly prone to intolerance and prejudice. It will appeal to psychoanalysts as well as scholars of politics and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360259

Tolerating Terrorism in the WestAn International Study Has terrorism lost the power to shock and appal? Have liberal democracies learned to tolerate terrorism? Using case studies of governments’ and societies’ responses to terrorism this book first published in 1991 shows how attitudes towards terrorism have developed. Five western countries with differing political structures and histories are studied: Belgium the Federal Republic of Germany Israel Italy and Spain. The analysis investigates the roles of social political legal professional and religious institutions and movements in formulating the approved attitude towards terrorism that governs political bodies as well as society at large. This book will be of interest to students of politics and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138933491

Tolerating Terrorism in the WestAn International Survey This insightful text examines the widely varying attitudes to terrorist attack in Western government and society. The focal point of the book is the ideological gap between the moral reaction to terrorism and the military and political response that follows. Rather than there being a predictable response a spectrum of possible outcomes emerges. Using this variety of reactions from support for terrorist aims through to outright condemnation a middle ground may be established between individual rights and security for the many. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985728

Toleration Why should we be tolerant? What does it mean to ‘live and let live’? What ought to be tolerated and what not? Up-and-coming author Catriona McKinnon presents a comprehensive yet accessible introduction to toleration in her new book. Divided into two parts the first clearly introduces and assesses the major theoretical accounts of toleration examining it in light of challenges from scepticism value pluralism and reasonableness. The second part applies the theories of toleration to contemporary debates such as female circumcision French Headscarves artistic freedom pornography and censorship and holocaust denial. Drawing on the work of philosophers such as Locke Mill and Rawls whose theories are central to toleration the book provides a solid theoretical base to those who value toleration whilst considering the challenges toleration faces in practice. It is the ideal starting point for those coming to the topic for the first time as well as anyone interested in the challenges facing toleration today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315037004

Toleration and Freedom from HarmLiberalism Reconceived Toleration matters to us all. It contributes both to individuals leading good lives and to societies that are simultaneously efficient and just. There are personal and social matters that would be improved by taking toleration to be a fundamental value. This book develops and defends a full account of toleration—what it is why and when it matters and how it should be manifested in a just society. Cohen defends a normative principle of toleration grounded in a new conception of freedom as freedom from harm. He goes on to argue that the moral limits of toleration have been reached only when freedom from harm is impinged. These arguments provide support for extensive toleration of a wide range of individual familial religious cultural and market activities. Toleration and Freedom from Harm will be of interest to political philosophers and theorists legal scholars and those interested in matters of social justice.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593421

Toleration and IdentityFoundations in Early Modern Thought Recently there has been a notable rise in interest in the idea of "toleration" a rise that Ingrid Creppell argues comes more from distressing political developments than positive ones and almost all of them are related to issues of identity: rampant genocide in the 20th Century the resurgence of religious fundamentalism around the world; and ethnic-religious wars in Eastern Europe and the Middle East. In Toleration and Identity Creppell argues that a contemporary ethic of toleration must include recognition of identity issues and that the traditional liberal ideal of toleration is not sufficiently understood if we define it strictly as one of individual rights and freedom beliefs. Moving back and forth between contemporary debates and the foundational writings of Bodin Montaigne Lock and Defoe Toleration and Identity provides a fresh perspective on two key ideas deeply connected to current philosophical debates and political issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203616451

Toleration and the Challenges to Liberalism This book explores the relationship between different versions of liberalism and toleration by focusing on their shared theoretical and political challenges. Toleration is among the most pivotal and the most contested liberal values and virtues. Debates about the conceptual scope justification and political role of toleration are closely aligned with historical and contemporary philosophical controversies on the foundations of liberalism. The essays in this volume focus on the specific connection between toleration and liberalism. The essays in Part I reconstruct some of the major historical controversies surrounding toleration and liberalism. Part II centers on general conceptual and justificatory questions concerning toleration as a central category for the definition of liberal political theory. Part III is devoted to the theoretical analysis of applied issues and cases of conflicts of toleration in liberal states and societies. Toleration and the Challenges to Liberalism will be of interest to researchers and advanced students in social and political philosophy ethics and political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367857462

Toleration and Tolerance in Medieval European Literature Toleration and Tolerance in Medieval European Literature aims to examine and unearth the critical investigations of toleration and tolerance presented in literary texts of the Middle Ages. In contrast to previous approaches this volume identifies new methods of interpreting conventional classifications of toleration and tolerance through the emergence of multi-level voices in literary religious and philosophical discourses of authorities in medieval literature. Accordingly this volume identifies two separate definitions of toleration and tolerance the former as a representative of a majority group accepts a member of the minority group but still holds firmly to the believe that s/he is right and the other entirely wrong and tolerance meaning that all faiths convictions and ideologies are treated equally and the majority speaker is ready to accept that potentially his/her position is wrong. Applying these distinct differences in the critical investigation of interaction and representation in context this book offers new insight into the tolerant attitudes portrayed in medieval literature of which regularly appealed influenced and shaped popular opinions of the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545717

Toleration Re-Examined The problem of how we are to live together in morally and culturally diverse democratic societies is central to modern life. Over the last thirty years an extensive philosophical literature has developed around the idea of toleration as a way of engaging with that problem. However recent years have witnessed a growing backlash against the idea of toleration which is often considered too ‘thin’ or too unambitious an aspiration for liberal democracy. This timely collection of essays from an international field of experts in the history and philosophy of toleration takes stock of this debate and offers a distinctive reassessment of the place of toleration in contemporary political life. Against the general climate of scepticism the message that emerges from these essays is that toleration remains an extremely powerful idea and one that must remain central to the political enterprise of forging social unity amid diversity in the twenty-first century. This book was originally published as a special issue of Critical Review of Social and Political Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109926

Tolley's Basic Science and Practice of Gas Service This is the first of three essential reference volumes for those concerned with theinstallation and servicing of domestic and industrial gas equipment. This volumeexplains the basic principles underlying the practical and theoretical aspects ofinstalling and servicing gas appliances and associated equipment from the basics ofcombustion to burners pressure and flow transfer of heat controls as well asmaterials and processes electrical aspects and metering and measuring devices.The revised fifth edition is brought fully up to date with current Standards andlegislation to reflect recent developments in industry in line with requirements of theACS Certificates of Competence and NVQs. Covering both natural gas andliquefied petroleum gas the many illustrations and worked examples includedthroughout the text will help the reader to understand the principles under discussion.Volume 1 of the Gas Service Technology Series will enable the reader to put intopractice the safe installation and servicing procedures described in the companionvolumes: Domestic Gas Installation Practice (Volume 2) and Industrial andCommercial Gas Installation Practice (Volume 3). Combining a comprehensivereference with practical application in real-world engineering contexts Volume 1provides an essential handbook for all aspects of fundamental gas servicingtechnology ideal for both students new to the field as well as professionals and noneoperational professionals (e.g. specifiers managers supervisors) as an ongoing source of reference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367659349

Tolley's Domestic Gas Installation Practice This is the second of three essential reference volumes for those concerned with the installation and servicing of domestic and industrial equipment. This handy volume explains the basic principles underlying the practical and theoretical aspects of installing and servicing gas appliances and associated equipment. Covering both Natural Gas and Liquefied Petroleum Gas the many illustrations and worked examples included throughout the text will help the reader to understand the principles under discussion. Volume 2 of the Gas Service Technology Series will enable the reader to put into practice the safe installation and servicing procedures described in the companion volumes: Basic Science and Practice of Gas Service (Volume 1) and Industrial and Commercial Gas Installation Practice (Volume 3). Combining a comprehensive reference with practical application in real-world engineering contexts Volume 2 provides an essential handbook for all aspects of fundamental gas servicing technology ideal for both students new to the field as well as professionals and non-operational professionals (e.g. specifiers managers supervisors) as an ongoing source of reference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367659332

Tolley's Guide to Managing Employee Health Work-related illness and injury is costing organisations in the UK up to 18 billion per year. As employers have statutory duties under both the Health and Safety at Work etc. Act 1974 and the Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations 1999 with regard to occupational health it is essential that they are aware of their duties and the legal requirements.Tolley‘s Guide to Managing Employee Health is designed for all those responsible for managing the health of employees and gives comprehensive guidance on how to set up and manage an employee health strategy. It clarifies the duties outlined by law so the employer can feel confident they are complying with the latest legislation.It includes comprehensive guidance on how to manage the risk to employee health in your organization and more specifically how to conduct risk assessments.Also covered are topical issues such as: Sick Building Syndrome Alcohol and Drugs Asbestos Stress Violence in the Workplace RSI (Repetitive Strain Injury) LegionellosisGuidance on sensitive issues such as long-term sickness and unauthorized workplace absence are also addressed enabling the manager to act with confidence.Each chapter includes a full discussion on the subject matter in hand complete with relevant checklists so you can ensure that your own employee health strategy is being monitored and managed in the most effective way whilst always complying with the law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138431027

Tolley's Industrial and Commercial Gas Installation Practice This is the third of three essential reference volumes for those concerned with the installation and servicing of domestic and industrial gas equipment. This volume explains the basic principles underlying the practical and theoretical aspects of installing and servicing gas appliances and associated equipment from the basics of combustion to burners pressure and flow transfer of heat controls as well as materials and processes electrical aspects and metering and measuring devices. Covering both Natural Gas and Liquefied Petroleum Gas the many illustrations and worked examples included throughout the text will help the reader to understand the principles under discussion. Volume 3 of the Gas Service Technology Series will enable the reader to put into practice the safe installation and servicing procedures described in the companion volumes: Basic Science and Practice of Gas Service (Volume 1) and Domestic Gas Installation Practice (Volume 2). Combining a comprehensive reference with practical application in real-world engineering contexts Volume 3 provides an essential handbook for all aspects of fundamental gas servicing technology ideal for both students new to the field as well as professionals and non-operational professionals (e.g. specifiers managers supervisors) as an ongoing source of reference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367659325

Tolley's Managing a Diverse Workforce Legislation governing employee welfare is becoming increasingly strict and nowhere is this more prevalent than in dealing with a diverse workplace. Every organisation contains employees who can be considered diverse. Diverse employee can include pregnant women people with illnesses young and old workers and those with disabilities. In today‘s society where more people with disability and illness are entering the workplace it is essential for both the organisation and the employee that managers are able to deal effectively with a diverse workplace.Tolley‘s Managing a Diverse Workplace provides unrivalled guidance on complying with the legislation and regulations specific to the management of diverse employees. Aimed at both HR and health and safety managers this unique handbook comprehensively covers the key legislation that affects this important area. Other important features include: Legislation regulation and the employer Legislation regulation and health & safety Managing the employment aspects of diverse employees Managing the health & safety of diverse employees Management systems / tools Managing changing relationships The future of diverse employeesWith corporate social responsibility being such a hot topic the effective management of diverse employees is high on most companies agendas. This one-stop reference guide will ensure that organisations are sufficiently equipped to identify those workers considered to be at risk and manage these risks to their mutual benefit. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138433830

Tolley's Managing Email & Internet Use Email and Internet use is increasingly topical as employers and employees test the boundaries of acceptable use of new communications technology in the workplace. The potential legal liabilities make this a crucial decision-making area for all involved in human resources management.Tolley‘s Managing Email and Internet Use will provide you with the essential legal guidance and practical advice to establish implement and enforce a policy for internet and Email use in your workplace. Tolley‘s Managing Email and Internet Use analyses and interprets (in plain language) the law on monitoring employees Email and internet activity the use of confidentiality notices privacy harassment and Email interception by employers. It also provides information on the key regulations and guidelines which affect Email and internet policy including the Human Rights Act 1998 Data Protection Act 1998 and the Regulation of Investigatory Powers Act 2000.Tolley‘s Managing Email and Internet Use is the only practical guide to offer you:- strategic guidance on implementing policing and maintaining an effective Email and internet policy- Current thinking on managing Email and internet use- Sample policies disclaimers rules and procedures to assist in establishing your own guidelines- A practical approach featuring questions and answers checklists and case studies - An accessible read regardless of previous legal experience- Latest case law from recent cases involving Email and internet policyTolley‘s Managing Email and Internet Use is a complete reference source for Email and internet policy in the workplace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138433847

Tolley's Managing Fixed-Term & Part-Time Workers Tolley�s Managing Fixed-Term and Part-Time Workers is an essential tool for HR directors and managers and their advisers.This timely handbook contains comprehensive coverage of the legal and practical implications of the new Fixed-Term Employees (Prevention of Less Favourable Treatment) Regulations 2002 and the EC Directive on Fixed-Term Work. With almost a quarter of the total UK working population engaged on part-time contracts there has never been a greater need for employers to understand the latest rights and duties owed to those who work on a part-time intermittent or job-share basis.This invaluable resource will show you how to deal fairly with agency temps contractors freelancers casual workers seasonal workers students working during vacations part-time employees and temporary workers engaged to cover short-term absence. Combining coverage of the legal background with practical advice on how to ensure your policies and procedures comply with the law this handbook will enable you to:- understand the laws that impact upon successive fixed-term contracts- treat part-time staff fairly and avoid claims of unlawful discrimination from women who form the majority of the UK�s part-time workforce- draft your own documents using key sample documents � letters of employment contract clauses and employment policies- save time by giving you access to comprehensive legal and tactical information in one unique handbook featuring questions and answers checklists and case studies for ease of use- ensure you are complying with the laws governing equality of treatment for fixed-term and part-time workersThis accessible guide explains the latest legislation and case law and offers an array of practical tips and tools to help ensure fairness of treatment for fixed-term and part-time employees. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138433496

Tolley's Managing Stress in the Workplace With one in five workers reported as having felt under extreme pressure at work stress Is overtaking the common cold as the biggest cause of absence from work.Cases such as Walker v Northumberland County Council [1995] have put stress firmly on the workplace agenda. The HSE has established stress in the workplace as a health and safety issue that needs to be recognised and managed through the use of risk assessment. Management in all organisations is now under pressure to put preventative measures in placed and to establish effective management techniques in order to tackle work-related stress.Tolley�s Managing Stress in the Workplace is a practical handbook that guides the manager through their responsibilities in this difficult area. It provides clear guidelines on stress management and prevention techniques and contains useful checklists best practice recommendations and case studies throughout as well as HSE guidance.Tolley�s Managing Stress in the Workplace addresses the key issues that organisations face today including: The nature of stress and its relationship to pressure The legal and cost implications on the organisation Identifying the current causes and effects Bullying and violence at work Post-traumatic stress after a critical incident Stress and personal health issues Individual stress management strategies Developing and maintaining a robust organisationBeing better able to effectively handle work-related stress makes for a healthier workforce lower absenteeism increased performance and lower staff turnover � all of which means that having the right systems in place could save your organisation substantial costs.Tolley�s Managing Stress in the Workplace is a reference manual for managers health and safety personnel and occupational health advisors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138431010

Tolley's Practical Risk Assessment Handbook Risk assessment has become the backbone of health and safety management in the UK and elsewhere. Employers have a legal duty to prove that risk assessments have been carried out and to ensure that appropriate precautions have been implemented.Mike Bateman demystifies the risk assessment process and how it relates to UK legislation. He covers both the general techniques and the assessment of specific risks such as hazardous substances (COSHH) noise manual handling Display Screen Equipment (DSE) workstations Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) fire asbestos and work at height. The book is practical in its approach to risk assessment rather than being overly legalistic or academic and tells the reader how to go about risk assessment not just what the legislation requires. It contains numerous checklists forms and worked examples for a variety of hazards and industries.This edition has been fully updated to take into account the impact of the following requirements on risk assessments:Work at Height Regulations 2005 – full new chapterControl of Noise at Work Regulations 2005Regulatory Reform (Fire Safety) Order (RRFSO) 2006 Mike Bateman runs his own health and safety consultancy and specialises in risk assessments. He is a corporate member of IOSH and a registered health and safety practitioner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174405

Tolley's Risk Assessment Workbook Series: Utilities Risk assessment is the key to successful management of health and safety at work. Risk assessments are carried out in order to quantify and evaluate the significance of workplace hazards so that appropriate control measures can be put in place.Usually a written record of the assessment is required detailing the following information:* The hazards – and how much risk is associated.* The risk – with appropriate control measures.* Deadlines – to follow-up the risk assessment to ensure the risk is managed.Failure to carry out risk assessments – punishable by law – is often due to lack of a suitable risk assessment system. Tolley’s Risk Assessment Workbook – Utilities provides that system both in the form of key background information on how to carry out a risk assessment – understanding relevant legislation and regulations – but most importantly by providing:* Checklists – highlighting key industry-specific hazards and control measures.* Questionnaires – highlighting key questions the risk assessor should ask when analysing the risk posed by the hazard.* Action Plans – to ensure the risk assessment is followed up and completed.The Workbook offers a practical risk assessment system: it shows you how to comply with the law and gives you the foundations of a logical procedure that can be understood easily put into placed quickly where necessary and adapted to your organisation’s needs.Tolley’s Risk Assessment Workbooks is a series of practical Workbooks providing you with all the information you need to conduct risk assessments in industry-specific areas including: Manufacturing Retail Leisure Education Offices and Construction. A special Risk Assessment Workbook on Stress has also been developed in order to facilitate management of this issue which is of key concern to all organisations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043333

Tolley's Workplace Accident Handbook Occupational safety and health management theory is now rightly focused on pro-activity risk assessment and management. But it remains important that organizations know what they need to do when accidents happen both to comply with legislation and to extract all the information from the incident to improve their health and safety management.Tolley�s Workplace Accident Handbook presents in a single volume what needs to be done when an accident occurs � from emergency procedures and legal reporting requirements through to formal investigations and possible legal proceedings. In this new edition chapters on first aid and accident investigation reports have been added and the rehabilitation chapter has been updated to cover the latest insurance industry initiatives. The Handbook also shows how to learn from the accident data gathered and how to implement recommendations into a company's health and safety management system. The text is supported by checklists case studies and ready-to-use forms and templates.Health and Safety practitioners in all industries will find this Handbook is packed full of practical and legal advice. It will also be of use to lawyers dealing with accident claims insurance risk managers emergency planning first aid and enforcement officers as well as to students on health and safety and specialist accident investigation courses.Mark Tyler is a Chartered Safety and Health Practitioner and a leading Solicitor in the area of health and safety law who has worked on numerous high profile cases such as rail crashes and legionnaires disease. His expertise is supplemented with the practical knowledge of other experts in their individual subject areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138431003

Tolstoi: The Teacher The author states here that Tolstoy was a great educator and his views on education were ingenious and profound. Despite being a great artist Tolstoy also had pedagogic method and drew abundantly on the stores of science. The book looks at articles which Tolstoy wrote on education and childhood comparing him frequently to Rousseau and also outlines the influences of his travels which informed his knowledge of contemporary schooling. The conclusion considers the development of Tolstoy’s thought on teaching alongside the state of education at the time the book was first published in 1923. This will be of interest for the educational historian as well as those interested in Tolstoy himself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138803336

Tolstoy Tolstoy’s fame as one of the world’s greatest novelists has never been in doubt but the importance of his views on the social moral and religious issues of his time is not so widely recognised. This study first published in 1973 presents an introduction to the historical and cultural background of Tolstoy’s lifetime then going on to consider the major events of his developing personality as a writer and reformer. As well as considering the famous novels and literary criticism Simmons treats his educational theories and practice famine relief work spiritual crises and religious social and moral beliefs as reflected in controversial writings such as What I Believe What Then Must We Do? and The Kingdom of God Is Within You. He also investigates Tolstoy’s involvement in government war and revolution and the relevance of his reformist views in the contemporary world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138803459

Tolstoy (Routledge Revivals)His Life and Work This book first published in 1944 provides a comprehensive overview of the work and life of the writer and philosopher Lev Nikolayevich Tolstoy. Widely considered one of the greatest novelists of all time this title examines some of Tolstoy’s most seminal works including War and Peace and Anna Karenina. This book will be of interest to students of literature and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138911659

Tolstoy on AestheticsWhat is Art? This title was first published in 2001: Tolstoy's view of art is discussed in most courses in aesthetics particularly his main text What is Art? He believed that the importance of art lies not in its purely aesthetic qualities but in its connection with life and that art becomes decadent where this connection is lost. This view has often been misconceived and its strength overlooked. This book presents a clear exposition of Tolstoy's What is Art? highlighting the value and importance of Tolstoy's views in relation to aesthetics. Mounce considers the problems which exercised Tolstoy and explains their fundamental importance in contemporary disputes. Having viewed these problems of aesthetics as they arise in a classic work Howard Mounce affords readers fresh insights not simply into the problems of aesthetics themselves but also into their contemporary treatment. Students and interested readers of aesthetics and philosophy as well as those exploring the works of Tolstoy in literature will find this book of particular interest and will discover that reading What is Art? with attention affords something of the excitement found in removing the grime from an oil painting - gradually from underneath there appears an authentic masterpiece. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138703292

Tolstoy: An Approach bound with Dostoevsky: A Study This volume contains two concise works by the innovative twentieth-century literary critic Janko Lavrin offering accessible and thoughtful introductions to the two greatest Russian novelists. It provides a perfect point of access into the often bewildering world of Russian literature and the troubled geniuses which created it. Tolstoy: An Approach first published in 1944 is an attempt to interpret Tolstoy as an artist and thinker in light of the twentieth-century experience: specifically it seeks to discern the relationship between Tolstoy the novelist and Tolstoy the religious pseudo-prophet thereby articulating the contours of his most essential ethical and psychological insights. In Dostoevsky: A Study published first in 1943 Lavrin suggests a wide range of valuable observations and intriguing possibilities exploring the enigmatic and perennially fascinating Dostoevsky in terms of the inter-connections between his life his thought his relationships his writing and the socio-cultural circumstances in which he found himself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138803428

Tolstoy: The Comprehensive Vision Tolstoy was as much a philosopher as a novelist. From the entries in his early diaries through to the great novels he was constantly searching for a comprehensive vision equal to ‘the confusion of life’. It was in his personal diaries that Tolstoy first attempted a ‘literary psychology’ to reveal those thoughts and feelings we conceal from ourselves then inventing the interior monologue to expose the psychology of his characters. Emphasising the importance of these early characteristics for Tolstoy’s development as a writer this volume published first in 1975 assesses Tolstoy’s character-portraits in the light of his engagement with the question of the nature of happiness and the problem of historical truth in fiction. Greenwood also considers Tolstoy’s views on society and education his understanding of the psychology of war and in the later chapters critically examines his answers to the religious questions that increasingly preoccupied him as he matured. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138803466

Tolstoy's Political ThoughtChristian Anarcho-Pacifist Iconoclasm Then and Now Leo Tolstoy (1828–1910) besides writing famous novels such as War and Peace also wrote on political issues especially later in his life putting forward a political philosophy which might be termed 'Christian anarchism'. This book provides a comprehensive overview of Tolstoy’s political thought. It outlines in a systematic way Tolstoy’s thought which was originally articulated unsystematically in diverse often informal writing such as pamphlets letters and speeches as well as books and in his novels where Tolstoy’s thinking is put forward implicitly through the novels’ characters. The book sets out the basic themes of Tolstoy’s political thought: his acceptance of the teachings of Jesus his criticism of the way in which Jesus’ teachings have been relayed by the church through traditional creeds and dogma his passionate rejection of political violence by both the state and those working for reform his plea for a nonviolent response to violence and injustice and his call for society to forego its institutional shackles and enact a community of peace love and justice. The book also includes background information on the Russia of Tolstoy’s time including the religious context and a discussion of how Tolstoy’s political thought has been received by his admirers who included Gandhi and his critics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415604024

Tolstoy's Quest for God The religious dimension of Tolstoy's life is usually associated with his later years following his renunciation of art. In this volume Daniel Rancour-Laferriere demonstrates instead that Tolstoy was preoccupied with a quest for God throughout all of his adult life. Although renowned as the author of War and Peace Anna Karenina The Death of Ivan Ilych and other literary works and for his activism on behalf of the poor and the downtrodden of Russia Tolstoy himself was concerned primarily with achieving personal union with God.Tolstoy suffered from periodic bouts of depression which brought his creative life to a standstill and which intensified his need to find comfort in the embrace of a personal God. At times he was in such psychic pain he wanted to die. Yet Tolstoy felt that he deserved to suffer and he learned to welcome suffering in masochistic fashion. Rancour-Laferriere locates the psychological underpinnings of Tolstoy's suffering in a bipolar illness that led him actively to seek suffering and self-humiliation in the Russian tradition of "holy foolishness." With voluntary suffering and Jesus Christ as his model Tolstoy advocated "nonresistance to evil " and in his daily life he strove never to return evil actions or words with physical or verbal resistance. On the other hand being bipolar Tolstoy in some situations would drift in a manic direction indulging in delusions of grandeur. Indeed the aging Tolstoy occasionally went so far as to equate himself with God as can be seen from his diaries and personal correspondence.The pantheistic world view which Tolstoy achieved at the end of his life meant that God was within himself and within all people and all things in the entire universe. By this time Tolstoy was also utilizing images of a mother to represent his God. With this essentially maternal God so conveniently available there was nowhere Tolstoy could be without Her. For in the end Tolstoy's quest for God was a compensatory search for the mother who died when he was barely two years old. Tolstoy's Quest for God is an original and penetrating contribution to the study of one of the world's supreme writers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517349

Tolstoy's 'What is Art?' With its demand that works of art be judged according to the their morally didactic content Tolstoy’s reviled aesthetics has seemed to exclude from the canon far too many works widely accepted as masterpieces including Shakespeare and Beethoven. This book first published in 1985 argues that these are not mere oversights on the part of Tolstoy: he knew full well the consequences of his line of reasoning. The author contends that even if we disagree with and eventually reject much of what Tolstoy concludes his account of the nature and purpose of art is nevertheless worth consideration. Diffey’s argument by no means accepts all of ‘What is Art?’ but by suggesting that the work is best interpreted as a counterpoint to the amoral aestheticism prevalent in Russia at the time he does much to restore it to a status deserving attention particularly in today’s climate of extreme relativism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138803411

Tom PaineThe Greatest Exile First published in 1985. In the late autumn of 1774 at the age of 37 Tom Paine arrived in Philadelphia. Eighteen months later he had established himself as a seminal figure in the Independence movement. It was the start of a career in which he became the first US Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs; was outlawed from England by Pitt for the publication of the second part of the Rights of Man; delivered a final plea for the life of Louis XVI in the National Convention of 1794; was imprisoned in the Luxembourg and sentenced to death by Robespierre. After a sad and lonely death in New Rochelle Cobbett brought back his bones to England: ‘to light a taper for liberty.’ Yet Paine remains a man without a past; a man who seemingly burst on the world scene as a full-blown radical at 37 years of age. No one had attempted to explore and interpret the critical shaping influences of his early and middle life. Yet such background is crucial to explaining all the rest. Without a clear understanding of his Quaker inheritance; of his childhood years in Thetford; of his early philosophical and political apprenticeship in London; and of the six formative years he spent at Lewes the later man and his radicalism are totally incomprehensible. Thus the author’s objective is to place Paine in his times; to interpret the evolution of his political social and theological ideas. Paine is little more than a cardboard cut-out moving through history in the majority of biographies that have already been published. This book sees the world through Paine’s own eyes and provides a human interpretation not only of ‘the Age of Revolution’ but also of ‘the maker of revolutions’ himself. To Napoleon Paine was the man to whom: ‘a statue in gold should be erected in every town’; to Theodore Roosevelt he was ‘that filthy little atheist’; to Michael Foot: ‘the greatest exile that has ever left England’s shores.’ To understand the thinking of a man who can provoke such reactions it is necessary to understand both the man and the times through which he lived. This title will be of great interest to students of history politics and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367271336

Tom Peters Hailed as the ‘über guru’ by The Economist¸ Tom Peters (b. 1942) is one of the most influential business thinkers of our age. He is the subject of this new collection from Routledge’s acclaimed Critical Evaluations in Business and Management series. It brings together the best critical assessments of his work. The collection is supplemented with the editors’ expert introduction which places the gathered materials in their historical and intellectual context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415325813

Tomando el Té con Winnicott En una obra de originalidad sorprendente el profesor Brett Kahr ha resucitado a Donald Winnicott de entre los muertos y le ha invitado a una memorable taza de té en el 87 Chester Square - su antigua residencia en Londres - donde los dos hombres discuten la vida y el trabajo de Winnicott en detalles convincentes. Con dibujos originales de Alison Bechdel autora e ilustradora de Fun Home y ¿Eres Mi Madre? esta “entrevista póstuma” será la guía perfecta para los estudiantes y el regalo ideal para los colegas. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429203619

Tomas Gutierrez AleaThe Dialectics of a Filmmaker First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985735

Tomato DiseasesIdentification Biology and Control: A Colour Handbook Second Edition Following the successful first edition this revised and greatly expanded edition Tomato Diseases: Identification Biology and Control is the definitive work on the diseases and disorders of the tomato. The tomato is the world’s most widely produced vegetable. The number of diseases affecting the tomato is enormous: hundreds of bio-aggressors more than 50 non-parasitic diseases plus new and alarmingly frequent emerging diseases. Despite considerable progress to curb these diseases they remain a constant threat to crops often causing considerable damage. In such a context the identification detection knowledge and control of these diseases—symptoms often can be very similar—are challenges that this book will help overcome. Containing more than 900 color photos the book consists of two main parts. The first is designed as a diagnostic tool allowing the reader to alternate between the observation of the diseased plant environmental questions and the prioritization of differential diagnoses. The second part comprises numerous information sheets detailing the characteristics of most tomato pathogens geographic distribution impact on production types of symptoms and life history of the plant. This section also describes the range of plant protection and disease resistance measures currently available. This unique volume is a comprehensive overview of the latest scientific knowledge on parasitic and non-parasitic tomato diseases worldwide. It will address the needs of tomato producers and keen gardeners as well as those of researchers teachers and their students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138034259

Tomatoes and Tomato ProductsNutritional Medicinal and Therapeutic Properties The contributors to this book are authors of international and national standing leaders in the field and trendsetters. The book covers emerging fields of science and important discoveries relating to tomatoes and related products. This represents a one-stop shopping of material related to tomatoes. This book will be essential reading for plant scientists nutritionists dieticians pharmacologists health care professionals and research scientists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452759

Tomatoes In The Tropics This book based on travel notes of the author and conversations and correspondence with tomato scientists attempts to put together in a single volume useful information about tomatoes in the tropics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367274443

Tomographic Methods in Nuclear MedicinePhysical Principles Instruments and Clinical Applications This publication is a compendium of physical principles system descriptions instrument quality assurance and clinical applications of extant tomographic methods in nuclear medicine. Written by an expert in this pertinent field each chapter deals with the topics in a comprehensive fashion to provide a ready reference of all the work done on the subject and an estimate of the future utilization. Descriptions of methods available to nuclear medicine for tomographic viewing include positron emission single photon emission and planar tomography. This is an excellent resource volume of general applicability for nuclear medicine physicians nuclear medicine scientists and researchers in organ imaging and processing techniques. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003068488

Tomorrow Belongs to UsThe British Far Right since 1967 This book traces the varied development of the far right in Britain from the formation of the National Front in 1967 to the present day. Experts draw on a range of disciplinary and methodological perspectives to provide a rich and detailed account of the evolution of the various strands of the contemporary far right over the course of the last fifty years. The book examines a broad range of subjects including Holocaust denial neo-Nazi groupuscularity transnational activities ideology cultural engagement homosexuality gender and activist mobilisation. It also includes a detailed literature review. This book is essential reading for students of fascism racism and contemporary British cultural and political history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138675179

Tomorrow I'll Be SlimThe Psychology of Dieting Why do so many people try dieting only to fail? What distinguishes those who succeed from those who do not? Are fat people really any different from thin people? What makes us eat and how do we stop eating? And how can dieting trigger problems with eating normally? Originally published in 1989 Sara Gilbert discusses these questions in Tomorrow I’ll Be Slim and draws on what is known about the psychology of eating overeating and weight control to dispel a number of popular myths about dieting. She shows how unsuccessful dieting can lead to new problems with eating and weight control. She points out that long-term success in slimming has more to do with individual factors such as a dieter’s expectations self-confidence or social and family circumstances than with ‘will-power’; and as much to do with how a diet is managed as with the content of a diet sheet. She suggests ways in which people who want to be slimmer can make a realistic assessment of their need to diet. She explains how individuals who seriously need to lose weight or change the way they eat might draw up effective strategies for themselves and prepare for the inevitable difficulties we all face whenever we try to change old habits. Finally she addresses the problems of taking the emphasis off dieting and examining our attitudes to a slim figure as the key to happiness itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415712590

Tomorrow Poster The poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138071025

Tomorrow’s HistorySelected Writings of Simon Zadek 1993-2003 The last ten years have seen an extraordinary transformation in how business has to account for itself. Today the air is thick with the buzz of corporate responsibility (CR) leaders innovators and practitioners. Conferences and publications on the topic are in abundance: the tip of an iceberg that has become a fast-growth industry. Many of those companies and service providers most vocal in distancing themselves from early experimentation have proved the strongest advocates of sustainability reporting often winning applause and coveted awards in the process. Even companies from controversial sectors such as alcohol cigarettes and gambling have joined the party – running up bills of tens of millions of dollars in demonstrating their new-found faith for CR.  It has not always been like this. As one of the architects of the burgeoning CR movement Simon Zadek has always been a prolific writer and contributor of ideas. The evolution of his thoughts on new economics corporate accountability stakeholder dialogue social and ethical auditing and reporting have attracted consistent attention – never more than today. In this unique anthology Zadek crystallises his key work from the last decade into a coherent and fascinating whole which read together provide a context lens and early history lesson on how CR has become one of the defining business issues of the 21st century.  The writings reflect Zadek's involvement with organisations such as the New Economics Foundation a pioneer in the development of social auditing sustainability indicators community finance and much more. They illustrate his contribution in setting up the Ethical Trading Initiative and AccountAbility (where he is presently the CEO) in working with companies such as The Body Shop and Ben & Jerry's through to Nike BT and many other civil-society organisations.  The book contains 33 pieces which are split into six sections: "The Economics of Utopia"; "Civil Society Power and Accountability"; "Accounting for Change"; "The Civil Corporation"; "Partnership Alchemy"; and "Responsible Competitiveness". It will be an invaluable resource for anyone wishing develop an understanding of why corporate responsibility is where it is today and where it might end up tomorrow. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351280846

Tomorrow's AgricultureIncentives Institutions Infrastructure and Innovations - Proceedings of the Twenty-fouth International Conference of This title was first published in 2002: This volume represents some of the proceedings of the 24th conference of the International Association of Agricultural Economists (IAAE) held in Berlin Germany in August 2000. The papers in this volume include the president's address the Elmhirst Lecture and a selection of 20 contributed papers. It also includes panel discussion reports reports on the discussion groups and mini-symposia poster paper abstracts and the synoptic view presented at the close of the conference by the new president of the IAAE Joachin von Braun. The theme of the 24th conference was "Tomorrow's Agriculture: Incentives Institutions Infrastructure and Innovations" reflecting the rapid advances being made in the application of biotechnology in both the developed and developing worlds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138735637

Tomorrow's Cities Tomorrow's Suburbs Cities ruled the first half of the 20th century; the second half belonged to the suburbs. Will cities become dominant again? Can the recent decline of many suburbs be slowed? This book  predicts a surprising outcome in the decades-long tug-of-war between urban hubs and suburban outposts. The authors document signs of resurgence in cities and i Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367330248

Tomorrow's CriminalsThe Development of Child Delinquency and Effective Interventions It has been acknowledged for some years that the early onset of delinquency can predict a long and serious criminal career. Most resources are targeted at the teenage years but this book argues convincingly that more research and interventions should be aimed at child delinquents aged 12 and under. Tomorrow's Criminals addresses key problems in criminological research and makes studies from the Netherlands more accessible to a wider audience. It provides information and analyses on risk factors and reviews screening tools and risk-focused prevention methods. The contributions increase visibility and accessibility of European policy and practice in the explanation and prevention of child delinquency. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274518

Tomorrow's Healthcare by Nano-sized ApproachesA Bold Future for Medicine Nanomedicine a scientific branch of nanotechnology that operates on the same scale as biology offers the possibility of influencing the healing process from inside of the body by manipulating the matter at cellular or molecular levels. Throughout this book current healing approaches based on this revolutionary new technology are summarized from a scientific assessment. The aim of the authors is to give through select examples a deep insight to nanotechnology status and the great progress that its rigorous application will bring to human health. The authors' commitment is to broaden the vision of health professionals who will eventually be the future users of this knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367023010

Tomorrow's Tourist By 2030 China will be the world’s largest tourism destination holidays in Outer Space will be the ultimate luxury experience extreme Swedish ironing will be an Olympic Sport embedded technologies will be the norm in future tourists and skiing in the Alps will be no more. These are some of the changes that will occur between now and 2030 that will change world tourism. Tomorrows Tourist: Scenarios & Trends enables readers to imagine what a future tourist might be where they will go and what they will do. This is the most comprehensive analysis of how world tourism is changing and what it means for destinations. Each chapter consists of a scenario about a future tourist which is then is backed up with evidence and trends plus a number of assumptions about the future.The book is accompanied by its own website at http://www.tomorrowstourist.com which is owned and regularly updated by the author. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138141155

Tomorrow's UniversitiesA Worldwide Look At Educational Change In this book the authors present a unique synthesis of materials that evolved from the World Conference on Innovative Higher Education which brought together the heads of universities from over thirty countries along with other prominent men and women concerned with higher education to share information on education innovation and change. Much more than simply a conference report the book addresses the fundamental issues of change in higher education and how change works and where it is leading and looks at the ways in which innovations meet changing needs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367274450

Tomosynthesis Imaging An innovative three-dimensional x-ray imaging technique that enhances projection radiography by adding depth resolution Tomosynthesis Imaging explores tomosynthesis an emerging limited-angle tomographic imaging technology that is being considered for use in a range of clinical applications and is currently being used for breast cancer screening and diagnosis. While conventional mammography has been very successful in reducing breast cancer mortality it is not perfect. A major limitation of mammography is that the recorded image represents the superposition of complex three-dimensional structures in the breast onto a two-dimensional plane making detection and diagnosis of breast cancer challenging. Tomosynthesis produces quasi-three-dimensional images that can significantly enhance the visualization of important diagnostic features. This book highlights the flexibility of tomosynthesis systems for new clinical applications and provides a detailed discussion of the tomosynthesis acquisition process and the impact of physical factors. It explores such topics as acquisition parameters system components modeling image reconstruction algorithms and system evaluation. Provides in-depth coverage of system design considerations as well as image reconstruction strategies Describes the current state of clinical applications of tomosynthesis including imaging of the breast and chest as well as its use in radiotherapy Illustrates the merits of tomosynthesis imaging and its potential clinical applications in imaging of the breast and chest as well as for radiation therapy Divided into five sections this text delves into the history and development of tomosynthesis. It introduces tomosynthesis imaging discusses imaging system design considerations and reviews image reconstruction algorithms that have been developed for tomosynthesis. It also describes system evaluation methodologies emphasizes current clinical applications and examines the future direction for tomosynthesis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199651

Toms Luis de VictoriaA Guide to Research First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203054673

Ton de Leeuw First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315077604

Tonal Structures in Early Music First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315054032

Tone Clock In addition The Tone Clock contains a broad selection of Peter Schat's polemical writings embracing historical political aesthetic and environmental perspectives. His book is not just of interest to composers but it also provides a valuable insight for anyone interested in the development of twentieth-century music.Peter Schat a former pupil of Pierre Boulez exposes more than a new theory of music in The Tone Clock. Although he is a long-experienced serialist composer in devising and using his tone clock system he has reached the clarity and simplicity which comprise two of his major compositional aims. His book profusely illustrated with clearly analysed musical examples will enable other composers to achieve similar aims in their own way while remaining faithful to their own musical personalities.A former pupil of Pierre Boulez Peter Schat is a well-known Dutch contemporary serialist composer. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203059418

Tone Psychology: Volume IThe Sensation of Successive Single Tones Carl Stumpf (1848-1936) was a German philosopher and psychologist and a visionary and important academic. During his lifetime he ranked among the most prominent scientists of his time. Stumpf's intention as evident in his book Tone Psychology was to investigate the phenomenon of tone sensation in order to understand the general psychic functions and processes underlying the perception of sound and music. It could be argued that modern music psychology has lost or perhaps ignored the epistemological basis that Carl Stumpf developed in his Tone Psychology. To gain a confident psychological basis the relevance of Stumpf's deliberations on music psychology cannot be overestimated. Analyses of the essence of tones complex tones and sounds are fundamental topics for general psychology and epistemology. By the end of this two-volume work Stumpf had established an epistemology of hearing. The subject of Volume I is the sensation of successive single tones. Stumpf demonstrates that analysis leads to the realisation of a plurality (is there only one tone or are there several tones?) which is then followed by a comparison: an increase may be observed (one tone is higher than the other) or a similarity may be realised (both tones have the same pitch or the same loudness). With almost mathematical stringency Stumpf developed a topology of tones. Volume II deals with the sensation of two simultaneous tones (musical intervals). The books are stimulating rewarding and provocative and will appeal to music psychologists music theorists general psychologists philosophers epistemologists and neuroscientists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472435231

Tongued with FireGroups in Experience A volume of collected papers by one of the most prominent thinkers on psychoanalytic processes in organisations. The papers in this collection span two-and-a-half decades and address some of the most difficult complex and paradoxical aspects of the human condition. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429484070

TongzhiPolitics of Same-Sex Eroticism in Chinese Societies Tongzhi: Politics of Same-Sex Eroticism in Chinese Societies examines Chinese societies where the family-kinship system rather than sexuality is taken as the basis of an individual's identity. With Tongzhi you will come to understand the variations of same-sex erotica in different Chinese societies. Examining past and present treatment of the subject including instances of discrimination against homosexuals Tongzhi explores same-sex eroticism in China Hong Kong and Taiwan and explains the variations of categories and experiences of tongzhi in these countries. Just what is Tongzhi?Tongzhi is the most popular contemporary Chinese word for lesbians bisexuals and gay people. The word which has very positive historical references was a Chinese translation from the Soviet communist term comrade. It was appropriated by a Hong Kong gay activist in 1989 for the first Lesbian and Gay Film Festival in Hong Kong by its organizers who wanted to employ an indigenous representation of same-sex eroticism. The term 'homosexual’was inappropriate because of its use as a medical term denoting sickness and pathology. Within a few years tongzhi became a widely used term in Hong Kong and Taiwan and is often used interchangeably with the English term gay. But terms such as gay lesbian and queer are Anglo-Saxon in origin with specific histories that cannot capture the indigenous features of Chinese same-sex relationships. Tongzhi implies and includes much more. S/Mers transvestites and other fetishists who are members of the Chinese sexual counterculture who may be quite heterosexual are also tongzhi. And the term has meaning beyond the sexual: it embodies a strong sentiment for integrating the sexual (legitimizing same-sex love) the political (sharing the goals of fighting heterosexism) and the cultural (reappropriating their Chinese identity). Tongzhi brings you fascinating insight into: the history of same-sex eroticism in China coming out in Chinese society how colonialism has affected sexual nonconformists in this region racial and sexual dynamics in Colonial Hong Kong the cultural politics of being a tomboy/girl in modern Hong Kong “queering the mainstream” with tongzhi identity politics sexual/cultural diversities and differences among contemporary Chinese societies . . . and much more!Tongzhi shows how culture influences identity and demonstrates how you can develop relevant strategies for successful activist movements. Discussing political movements for gay/lesbian/bisexual rights and the societal implications of same-sex eroticism this intelligent book provides you with a clear understanding of the attitudes toward and meanings of being tongzhi today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203057056

Toni Morrison Toni Morrison's visionary explorations of freedom and identity self and community against the backdrop of African American history have established her as one of the foremost novelists of her time; an artist whose seriousness of purpose and imaginative power have earned her both widespread critical acclaim and great popular success. This guide to Morrison’s work offers: an accessible introduction to Morrison’s life and historical contexts a guide to her key works and the themes and concerns that run through them  an overview of critical texts and perspectives on each of Morrison’s works  cross-references between sections of the guide in order to suggest links between texts contexts and criticism  a chronology of Morrison’s life and works. Part of the Routledge Guides to Literature series this volume is essential reading for all those beginning detailed study of Toni Morrison and seeking a guide to her work and a way into the wealth of contextual and critical material that surrounds it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415420747

Toni Morrison and the New BlackReading God Help the Child Toni Morrison and the New Black examines how Morrison explores the concept of the new black in the context of post-soul post-black and post-racial discourses. Morrison evolves the new black as symbolic of unprecedented black success in all walks of life from politics to the media business and beyond. Jaleel Akhtar's work shows how the new black reaffirms the possibility of upward mobility and success and stands as testimony to the American Dream that anyone can achieve material success provided they work hard enough for it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138591387

Toni Morrison's FictionContemporary Criticism First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864303

Tonic to the Nation: Making English Music in the Festival of Britain Long remembered chiefly for its modernist exhibitions on the South Bank in London the 1951 Festival of Britain also showcased British artistic creativity in all its forms. In Tonic to the Nation Nathaniel G. Lew tells the story of the English classical music and opera composed and revived for the Festival and explores how these long-overlooked components of the Festival helped define English music in the post-war period. Drawing on a wealth of archival material Lew looks closely at the work of the newly chartered Arts Council of Great Britain for whom the Festival of Britain provided the first chance to assert its authority over British culture. The Arts Council devised many musical programs for the Festival including commissions of new concert works a vast London Season of almost 200 concerts highlighting seven centuries of English musical creativity and several schemes to commission and perform new operas. These projects were not merely directed at bringing audiences to hear new and old national music but to share broader goals of framing the national repertory negotiating between the conflicting demands of conservative and progressive tastes and using music to forge new national definitions in a changed post-war world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367229429

Tonus Peregrinus: The History of a Psalm-tone and its use in Polyphonic Music Mattias Lundberg investigates the historical role of a deviant psalm-tone the tonus peregrinus focusing on its applications in polyphonic music within all major branches of Western liturgy. Throughout the remarkably persistent tradition of applying this melody to polyphony from the ninth century right up to the twenty-first coeval music theory is able to shed light on the problems it has posed to modal and tonal practice at various historical stages. The musical settings studied hold up a mirror to the general development of psalmody concerning practices of organum diverse regional forms of fauxbourdon cantus firmus composition free imitation parody fugue quodlibet monody and many other compositional techniques where the unique features of the psalm-tone have necessitated modification of existing practices. The conclusions drawn reveal a musico-liturgical tradition that was not in real danger of extinction until the general decline of Western liturgy that followed in the eighteenth century at which point the historiography of the tonus peregrinus became a factor stimulating scholarly and musical interest in its alleged pre-Christian origins. Lundberg demonstrates that the succession of works based on the tonus peregrinus often preserved a distinctly conservative musical and theological conception even during periods of drastic liturgical reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409407867

Tony Hunt's Second Sketchbook Tony Hunt's Sketchbook illustrates the connection between brain and hand in conceiving structural concepts and details as possible solutions to structures in architecture. This new edition features 100 previously unpublished sketches. These sketches illustrate alternative structural concepts ideas and details developed by Tony Hunt for over one hundred projects throughout his professional life. They relate directly to projects built and unbuilt in the field of structural engineering and were either produced at the time of relevant design meetings or as a response to a problem posed by an architect and are therefore a record of ideas proposed at the particular time. They are a source of design inspiration and an insight into the work of this well respected engineer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177802

Tony Hunt's Structures Notebook The purpose of the Structures Notebook is to explain in the simplest possible terms about the structure of 'things' and to demonstrate the fact that everything you see and touch live in and use living and man-made has a structure which is acted upon by natural forces and reacts to these forces according to its form and material.The Structures Notebook was originally written by Tony Hunt as a brief teaching aid for students at the Royal College of Art who had very little if any knowledge of physics or structural behaviour. It has now been expanded and with this second edition updated into a more comprehensive book while retaining a simple visual and non-mathematical approach to structures.The book is divided into seven main sections in a logical sequence and is written in simple language. Each section related to its text has a comprehensive set of hand-drawn sketches which show as simply as possible what the text is about. The book is almost totally non-mathematical since the author believes very strongly that structural behaviour can be understood best by diagrams and simple descriptions and that mathematics for the majority of people interested in design is a barrier. The design of structures is a combination of art and science and to achieve the best solution concept should always come before calculation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138138094

Tony White's Animator's NotebookPersonal Observations on the Principles of Movement Apprentice yourself to a master of classical animation techniques with this beautiful handbook of insider tips and techniques. Apply age-old techniques to create flawless animations whether you're working with pencil and animation paper or a 3D application. Author Tony White starts with the basics and expands his discussion to more advanced topics like how to animate quadrupeds working with fluidity and flexibility and dialogue. White brings years of production experience and even more time as an instructor to the book ensuring that The Animator's Notebook will serve well as your mentor in a book. The art from the book comes to life in the clips available on the book's web site. You'll get: Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240813073

Too Ill to Talk?User Involvement in Palliative Care User involvement has become an important part of health policy initiatives during the last decade but how realistic is the concept and do all users want to be involved? This book brings the voices of people with serious illness and those caring for them into debate about how far health and social care services can reflect the views of users.Providing an overview of the literature on user involvement the book looks at the policy and professional context within which user involvement is undertaken in particular user involvement in pallative care. The authors discuss two key concepts - palliative care and empowerment - and analyse the role of self-help groups and new information and communication technologies in this context. The book focuses on the detailed narratives of people coping with three life-threatening illnesses - cystic fibrosis multiple sclerosis and motor neurone disease - and in this way the views and experiences of the 'user' are brought into play to critique current policy and practice.Addressing a current health services issue in a refreshingly critical manner the text challenges the assumption that user involvement is either easy to achieve or that it is necessarily welcomed by all parties. It will be valuable reading for students on health studies courses health professionals and policy makers in health and social care. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315011318

Too Many Lawyers?The future of the legal profession The topic of "too many lawyers" is both timely and timeless. The future make up and performance of the legal profession is in contest challenged by new entrants technology and the demand for transparency; at the same time lawyers long have participated in contests over professional boundaries. In this book we take up several fundamental questions about the question of whether there are "too many lawyers". What do we mean by "too many"? Is there a surplus of lawyers? What sort of lawyers are and will be needed? How best can we discern this? These questions and more are addressed here in scholarly articles presented at the Onati International Institute for the Sociology of Law (Spain) by some of the best researchers in the field. The collection witha chapter by Prof. Richard L. Abel addresses methodological normative and policy questions regarding the number of lawyers in particular countries and worldwide while connecting this phenomenon to political social economic historical cultural and comparative contexts. This book was previously published as a special issue of the International Journal of the Legal Profession. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367030148

Too Much Too YoungPopular Music Age and Gender Too Much Too Young investigates how age and gender have shaped the careers and images of pop music stars examining the role of youth and youthfulness in pop music through a series of themed case studies. Whiteley begins by investigating the exploitation of child stars such as Brenda Lee and Michael Jackson offering a psychoanalytic reading of the relationship between child star and oppressive manager and looks at the current glut of boy- and girl- bands and stars in the mold of Britney Spears to examine the continuing fatal attraction of stardom for adolescents. Whiteley then considers the star images of female singer-songwriters Kate Bush Tori Amos and Bjork whose 'little girl' voices and characterization by the media suggests a girlish feminitity which is often at odds with the intentions of their musical output. She then moves on to explore the rock/pop divide as it affects the image of male performers considering why male stars usually fall into the category of 'wild boys' such as Kurt Cobain or Jim Morrison or 'nice boys' like Cliff Richard The Monkees and Wham! Whiteley ends by asking what happens to stars who set so much store by manipulations of youthfulness when they begin to age and points to stars like Robbie Williams Kylie Minogue and Cher to demonstrate that it is possible to achieve iconic pop status even without dying young. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315016283

Too Scared To LearnWomen Violence and Education Too Scared to Learn explores the impact of women's experiences of violence on their learning and proposes radical changes to educational programs through connecting therapeutic and educational discourses. Little attention has previously been paid to the impact of violence on learning. A large percentage of women who come to adult literacy programs have experienced or are currently experiencing violence in their lives. This experience of violence negatively affects their ability to improve their literacy skills. Literacy programs and other educational programs have not integrated this reality into their work. This book builds on extensive research that revealed the wide range of impacts violence has on adult literacy learning. Interviews with counselors and therapists literacy learners and educators working in different situations and a wide range of theoretical and experiential literature form the basis of the analysis. Educators are offered information to support reconceptualizing programs and practices and making concrete changes that will enable women to learn more effectively. The book makes clear that without an acknowledgment of the impact of violence on learning women rather than getting a chance to succeed and improve their literacy skills get only a chance to fail confirming to themselves that they really cannot learn. Essential reading for literacy and adult education practitioners teachers of English as a second language and education theorists Too Scared to Learn explores the intersection among trauma psychological theory and pedagogy. The book is filled with a wealth of practical ideas possibilities and thoughts about what practitioners might do differently in classrooms and educational institutions if we begin to think differently about violence. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410604965

Tool Kit Foam: Red/Black Tool kit foam is perfect for the visual management of tools and small items around the work area. Create your own tool management system using these foam sheets. This shadow board foam is fully customizable to the items at your work station and can fit easily in a drawer tool box or on the wall. It makes keeping track of tools and keeping them in their proper spots effortless. Simply trace and cut the shapes of the tools on the top piece of foam and use a heat gun to adhere it to the bottom piece. Use this kaizen foam or lean foam anywhere you need organization and management of items. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138503410

Tool Kit Foam: Red/Blue Tool kit foam is perfect for the visual management of tools and small items around the work area. Create your own tool management system using these foam sheets. This shadow board foam is fully customizable to the items at your work station and can fit easily in a drawer tool box or on the wall. It makes keeping track of tools and keeping them in their proper spots effortless. Simply trace and cut the shapes of the tools on the top piece of foam and use a heat gun to adhere it to the bottom piece. Use this kaizen foam or lean foam anywhere you need organization and management of items. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138503441

Tool Kit Foam: Yellow/Black Tool kit foam is perfect for the visual management of tools and small items around the work area. Create your own tool management system using these foam sheets. This shadow board foam is fully customizable to the items at your work station and can fit easily in a drawer tool box or on the wall. It makes keeping track of tools and keeping them in their proper spots effortless. Simply trace and cut the shapes of the tools on the top piece of foam and use a heat gun to adhere it to the bottom piece. Use this kaizen foam or lean foam anywhere you need organization and management of items. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138503427

Tool Kit Foam: Yellow/Blue Tool kit foam is perfect for the visual management of tools and small items around the work area. Create your own tool management system using these foam sheets. This shadow board foam is fully customizable to the items at your work station and can fit easily in a drawer tool box or on the wall. It makes keeping track of tools and keeping them in their proper spots effortless. Simply trace and cut the shapes of the tools on the top piece of foam and use a heat gun to adhere it to the bottom piece. Use this kaizen foam or lean foam anywhere you need organization and management of items. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079755

Tool SteelsProperties and Performance This handy book provides a single up-to-date source of information for increasing the life of tool steels through optimized design and manufacturing. Supplying a solid understanding of the metallurgy involved the text explains how material compositions manufacturing processes heat treatments surface hardening techniques and coatings affect tool steel properties grades and performance. It also explores real-life case studies and failure analyses offering examples of die-life parameters and hints for modifying tool steels and heat treatments during cutting or forming processes. While the book offers deep coverage of properties microstructure and manufacturing its focus is on describing the performance of each application of this special class of ferrous materials. Provides a single up-to-date source of information for increasing the life of tool steels through optimized design and manufacturing. Explains how material compositions manufacturing processes heat treatments surface hardening techniques and coatings affect tool steel properties grades and performance. Supplies a solid understanding of the metallurgy involved in tool steel manufacturing machining hot and cold working and molding. Offers examples of die-life parameters and hints for modifying tool steels and heat treatments during cutting or forming processes. Includes real-life case studies and failure analyses from the Villares Metals plant in Brazil. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439881712

Tools and Techniques of Leadership and ManagementMeeting the Challenge of Complexity Many of today’s books on the tools and techniques of leadership and management provide descriptions of long lists for use in decision-making leading coaching and project management. This book takes a completely different approach. It contests the claims that the tools and techniques are based on evidence and explains why human activities of leading and managing are simply not amenable to scientific proof and consequently why long-term futures of organizations are unpredictable. The book undertakes a critical exploration of just what these tools and techniques are about; showing that while they may lead to competent performance they cannot go further to expert performance because expertise involves going beyond rules and procedures. Ralph Stacey investigates the many questions that are thrown up as a result of this new approach. Questions such as: How do we apply this new way of thinking? What are the practical tools and techniques it gives us? What is the role of leaders in an unpredictable world? How does complexity affect the way organizations are structured and function? This book will be relevant to students on courses and modules that deal with leadership decision-making and organizational development and behaviour as well as professional leaders and managers who want to develop their own understanding and techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415531184

Tools for Complex Projects Traditional project management approaches assume that project contexts are unchanging and key factors though complicated are reducible to unambiguous elements for management and control. Whilst this assumption has simplified the task for writers and educators it is increasingly being recognised that these techniques do not work in projects which may be described as complex (due to their size technical difficulties conflicting environmental and political constraints or poorly understood or shared goals). Tools for Complex Projects draws on research in the areas of project management complexity theory and systems thinking to provide a ready reference for understanding and managing the increasing complexity of projects and programmes. The main part of the book provides a series of fourteen project tools. Some of these tools may be used at the level of the whole project life-cycle. Others may be applied ad hoc at any time. In each case the authors provide: detailed guidelines for using the tool information on its purpose and the types of complexity for which it is most appropriate the theoretical background to the tool a practical example of its use and any necessary words of caution. This is an example of advanced project management at work; sophisticated tools that require a level of project and management expertise and offer rigorous and highly practical methods for understanding structuring and managing the most complex of projects. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315550831

Tools for Design Using AutoCAD 2017 and Autodesk Inventor 2017 Tools for Design is intended to provide the user with an overview of computer aided design using two popular CAD software packages from Autodesk: AutoCAD and Autodesk Inventor. This book explores the strengths of each package and shows how they can be used in design both separately and in combination with each other. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630570422

Tools for Design Using AutoCAD 2018 and Autodesk Inventor 2018 Tools for Design is intended to provide the user with an overview of computer aided design using two popular CAD software packages from Autodesk: AutoCAD and Autodesk Inventor. This book explores the strengths of each package and shows how they can be used in design both separately and in combination with each other. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630571276

Tools for Design Using AutoCAD 2020 and Autodesk Inventor 2020 Tools for Design is intended to provide the user with an overview of computer aided design using two popular CAD software packages from Autodesk: AutoCAD and Autodesk Inventor. This book explores the strengths of each package and shows how they can be used in design both separately and in combination with each other. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630572655

Tools for Design Using AutoCAD 2021 and Autodesk Inventor 2021 Tools for Design is intended to provide you with an overview of computer aided design using two popular CAD software packages from Autodesk: AutoCAD and Autodesk Inventor. This book explores the strengths of each package and shows how they can be used in design both separately and in combination with each other. What you'll learn: • How to create and dimension 2D multiview drawings using AutoCAD • How to freehand sketch using axonometric oblique and perspective projection techniques • How to create 3D parametric models and 2D multiview drawings using Autodesk Inventor • How to reuse design information between AutoCAD and Autodesk Inventor • How to combine parts into assemblies including assembly modeling with a LEGO® MINDSTORMS® Education Base Set with a TETRIX® kit and a VEX Robot Kit • How to perform basic finite element stress analysis using Inventor Stress Analysis Module. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630573539

Tools for Effective Therapy with Children and FamiliesA Solution-Focused Approach Tools for Effective Therapy with Children and Families provides mental health professionals with step-by-step tools and strategies for effective therapeutic outcomes with children and their families. An integration of solution-focused brief therapy and play therapy this groundbreaking book is uniquely suited to clinicians working with school-aged children and their parents. Tools for Effective Therapy with Children and Families uses clearly articulated and creative play activities to elicit conversations about solutions successes and collaborative goals with clients. Session transcripts and technique illustrations throughout the chapters allow clinicians to see the solution-focused approach in action. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138126176

Tools for Infinite Dimensional Analysis Over the past six decades several extremely important fields in mathematics have been developed. Among these are Itô calculus Gaussian measures on Banach spaces Malliavan calculus and white noise distribution theory. These subjects have many applications ranging from finance and economics to physics and biology. Unfortunately the background information required to conduct research in these subjects presents a tremendous roadblock. The background material primarily stems from an abstract subject known as infinite dimensional topological vector spaces. While this information forms the backdrop for these subjects the books and papers written about topological vector spaces were never truly written for researchers studying infinite dimensional analysis. Thus the literature for topological vector spaces is dense and difficult to digest much of it being written prior to the 1960s. Tools for Infinite Dimensional Analysis aims to address these problems by providing an introduction to the background material for infinite dimensional analysis that is friendly in style and accessible to graduate students and researchers studying the above-mentioned subjects. It will save current and future researchers countless hours and promote research in these areas by removing an obstacle in the path to beginning study in areas of infinite dimensional analysis. Features Focused approach to the subject matter Suitable for graduate students as well as researchers Detailed proofs of primary results Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367543662

Tools for Teaching in an Educationally Mobile World Tools for Teaching in an Educationally Mobile World examines the challenges that undergraduate and postgraduate teachers often encounter when working with students from different national and cultural backgrounds. It focuses on the consequences for interactive teaching and for course design in a world where students ideas and courses are mobile using examples and experiences from a wide range of disciplines and national contexts. It not only considers Anglophone countries including the USA Canada the UK Australia and New Zealand but also the use of English as a language of instruction in countries where neither teachers nor students are native English speakers. This book offers ideas for adjusting and adapting teaching approaches for culturally and linguistically diverse student groups. Students may cross national boundaries to seek accreditation or the courses may be ‘transnational’ being designed in one country and delivered in another using local as well as ‘fly-in’ faculty. It draws upon growing good practice recommendations using tried and tested methods alongside the extensive and varied experience of the author. The book is structured around a selection of the most common issues and statements of belief held by educators with key topics including:  the impact of educational mobility on teaching and learning; teachers as mediators between academic cultural differences; learning and teaching in English; inclusive teaching and learning; encouraging student participation; assessing diverse students. With a wealth of practical tips and tools that help deal with these issues this book will be of value to any educator working with students from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds. It will also interest those involved in the design of curriculum and pedagogy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415728010

Tools for Transforming Trauma Tools for Transforming Trauma provides clinicians with an integrative framework that covers a wide range of therapeutic modalities and a "black bag" full of therapeutic tools for healing trauma patients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138451773

Tools of JusticeNon-discrimination and the Indian Constitution In the years since independence the Indian subcontinent has witnessed an alarming rise in violence against marginalized communities with an increasing number of groups pushed to the margins of the democratic order. Against this background of violence injustice and the abuse of rights this book explores the critical ‘insurgent’ possibilities of constitutionalism as a means of revitalising the concepts of non-discrimination and liberty and of reimagining democratic citizenship. The book argues that the breaking down of discrimination in constitutional interpretation and the narrowing of the field of liberty in law deepen discriminatory ideologies and practices. Instead it offers an intersectional approach to jurisprudence as a means of enabling the law to address the problem of discrimination along multiple intersecting axes. The argument is developed in the context of the various grounds of discrimination mentioned in the constitution — caste tribe religious minorities women sexual minorities and disability. The study draws on a rich body of materials including official reports case law and historical records and uses insights from social theory anthropology literary and historical studies and constitutional jurisprudence to offer a new reading of non-discrimination. This book will be useful to those interested in law sociology gender studies politics constitutionalism disability studies human rights social exclusion etc. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138857087

Tooth Enamel MicrostructureProceedings of the enamel microstructure workshop University of Bonn Andernach Rhine 24-28 July 1994 Enamel the shiny material covering the teeth of vertebrates is the hardest tissue the vertebrate body can produce and one of the most impressive products of biomineralization. This hard tissue is closely related to feeding the first part in the energy intake process so basic to vertebrate life. Enamel has a complex internal microstructure full of phylogenetic and biomechanic information. Topics covered: Ontogeny; Crystallite level; Prism level; Enamel type level; Schmelzmuster level; Dentition level; Evolution; Biomechanical level; Glossary. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003077930

Tooth Whitening Techniques The field of tooth whitening has continued to develop as more and more dental practitioners have turned to cosmetic dentistry and associated aesthetic facial procedures. This new edition of an acclaimed text covers recent technical innovations but also looks at the latest innovations in practice to treat the single tooth or lesions and white spots. The editor is extremely well placed to give expert advice on how to incorporate whitening into a full aesthetic facial practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781842145302

Top 100 Exotic Food Plants Many edible plants considered exotic in the Western world are actually quite mainstream in other cultures. While some of these plants are only encountered in ethnic food markets or during travels to foreign lands many are now finding their way onto supermarket shelves. Top 100 Exotic Food Plants provides comprehensive coverage of tropical and semitropical food plants reviewing scientific and technological information as well as their culinary uses. Wide-ranging in scope this volume’s coverage includes plants that produce fruits vegetables spices culinary herbs nuts and extracts. A user-friendly format enables readers to easily locate information on botanical and agricultural aspects economic and social importance food uses storage preparation and potential toxicity. The book also contains an introductory chapter that reviews important historical economic geopolitical health environmental and ethical considerations associated with exotic food plants. Thoroughly referenced with more than 2000 literature citations this book is enhanced by more than 200 drawings many chosen from historical art of extraordinary quality. This timely volume also highlights previously obscure edible plants that have recently become prominent as a result of sensationalistic media reports stemming from their inherently entertaining or socially controversial natures. Some of these plants include the acai berry kava hemp and opium poppy. A scholarly yet accessible presentation the book is filled with numerous memorable fascinating and humorous facts making it an entertaining and stimulating read that will appeal to a broad audience. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138116665

Top Pay and Performance Top Pay is an extremely topical and contentious area and compensation and benefits is a well-defined area of interest in HR. This book investigates how the field of top pay developed? Why is there so much interest in top pay? Why governments take such an interest? Separation of ownership from control. The issues of Institutional shareholding globalisation comparisons between countries equity theory and government policy are all addressed Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175938

Top Technologies Every Librarian Needs to KnowA LITA guide In this much needed book Kenneth J Varnum and his hand-picked team of contributors look ahead over the most important technologies likely to impact library services over the next five years. Their ideas will stimulate strategic thinking and help library staff make informed decisions about meeting user expectations and delivering services. Highly informative for any library the diverse chapters include: Impetus to innovate: convergence and library trends Hands-free augmented reality: impacting the library future Libraries and archives augmenting the world The future of cloud-based library systems Library discovery Web services as the new websites for many libraries Text mining Bigger better together: building the digital library of the future Open hardware in libraries. Readership: This leading-edge collection offers an expert-level view of library technology that's just around the corner and is essential reading for systems librarians students and all librarians who are looking to the technology future. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783300334

Top Tips for GPsA Beginner's Guide to General Practice For GPs and practice managers the challenge of the NHS reforms is to understand the business context in which general practice operates. Of the many skills learned from commerce and industry needed for the development of an effective strategy business planning has been demonstrated to bring important benefits to the practice. However for many the concept is necessary but unfamiliar. This book sets out to demystify the subject explains the benefits and by way of numerous examples shows how they can be applied to the single-handed GP and group practices whether or not they are fundholders. It suggests that good clinical care is not possible without the necessary planning and management skills to run a business. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315385396

Topic Work in the Early YearsOrganising the Curriculum for Four to Eight Year Olds First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138411319

Topic Work In The Primary Scho First Published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421066

Topical Antimicrobial Testing and Evaluation Providing industry and academia with the ways of getting products approved by the FDA and the means of servicing expanding markets this work presents and reviews techniques for testing antibacterial compounds. It discusses and illustrates the most effective methods for testing efficacy and safety of preinjection and preoperative washes healthcare and food service workers' handwashes and surgical scrubs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399795

Topical Antimicrobials Testing and Evaluation A range of factors must be considered when developing a topical antimicrobial for use in a healthcare personnel handwash surgical scrub or preoperative skin preparation. Antimicrobial effectiveness low skin irritation ease of use and pleasing aesthetics are all essential if the product is to succeed. In addition all facets of the product must comply with stringent regulatory requirements. With updated protocols and research Topical Antimicrobials Testing and Evaluation Second Edition comprehensively presents and reviews the latest techniques for testing antimicrobial compounds for effectiveness and regulatory compliance.Topics include:The anatomical structure of the skin and skin microbiology relevant to product testingUse of antimicrobial products against specific microorganisms such as Staphylococcus and Streptococcus speciesMeasurement of antimicrobial action of topical antimicrobials from experimental design microbiological biostatistical and marketplace perspectivesVarious aspects of the topical antimicrobial products currently in common use in medical food service and consumer marketsStatistical analysis and specific statistical designs for clinical trialsEpistemological requirements in evaluating the effects of specific treatmentsEvaluation strategies and sample working protocols for hand and body soaps food-handler antimicrobial products and medical/healthcare industry antimicrobial productsThe book is designed to inform industry and academia on the requirements to get products approved by the FDA and to market while also providing critical insight on ways to best service expanding markets. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377878

Topical Issues of Rational Use of Natural Resources Volume 2 Topical Issues of Rational Use of Natural Resources 2019 Vol. 2 contains the contributions presented at the XV International Forum-Contest of Students and Young Researchers under the auspices of UNESCO (St. Petersburg Mining University Russia 13-17 May 2019). The Forum-Contest is a great opportunity for young researchers to present their work to the academics involved or interested the area of extraction and processing of natural resources. The topics of the book include: • Geotechnologies of resource extraction: current challenges and prospects • Cutting edge technologies of geological mapping search and prospecting of mineral deposits • Digital and energy saving technologies in mineral resource complex • Breakthrough technologies of integrated processing of mineral hydrocarbon and technogenic raw materials with further production of new generation materials • The latest management and financing solutions for the development of mineral resources sector • Environment protection and sustainable nature management • New approaches to resolving hydrocarbon sector-specific issues Topical Issues of Rational Use of Natural Resources 2019 Vol. 2 collects the best reports presented at the Forum-Contest and is of interest to academics and professionals involved in the extraction and processing of natural resources. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367857202

Topical Issues of Rational Use of Natural Resources 2019 Volume 1Proceedings of the XV International Forum-Contest of Students and Young Re Topical Issues of Rational Use of Natural Resources 2019 Vol. 1 contains the contributions in presented at the XV International Forum-Contest of Students and Young Researchers under the auspices of UNESCO (St. Petersburg Mining University Russia 13-17 May 2019). The Forum-Contest is a great opportunity for young researchers to present their work to the academics involved or interested the area of extraction and processing of natural resources. The topics of the book include: • Geotechnologies of resource extraction: current challenges and prospects • Cutting edge technologies of geological mapping search and prospecting of mineral deposits • Digital and energy saving technologies in mineral resource complex • Breakthrough technologies of integrated processing of mineral hydrocarbon and technogenic raw materials with further production of new generation materials • The latest management and financing solutions for the development of mineral resources sector • Environment protection and sustainable nature management • New approaches to resolving hydrocarbon sector-specific issues Topical Issues of Rational Use of Natural Resources 2019 Vol. 1 collects the best reports presented at the Forum-Contest and is of interest to academics and professionals involved in the extraction and processing of natural resources. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367857196

Topical Issues of Rational use of Natural Resources 2019Proceedings of the XV International Forum-Contest of Students and Young Researchers Topical Issues of Rational Use of Natural Resources 2019 contains the contributions presented at the XV International Forum-Contest of Students and Young Researchers under the auspices of UNESCO (St. Petersburg Mining University Russia 13-17 May 2019). The Forum-Contest is a great opportunity for young researchers to present their work to the academics involved or interested the area of extraction and processing of natural resources. The topics of the book include: Volume 1 • Geotechnologies of resource extraction: current challenges and prospects • Solid minerals mining technologies. Industrial and labour safety • Underground space development technologies. Rock mechanics and control of rock conditions • Cutting edge technologies of geological mapping search and prospecting of mineral deposits • Digital and energy saving technologies in mineral resource complex Volume 2 • Breakthrough technologies of integrated processing of mineral hydrocarbon and technogenic raw materials with further production of new generation materials • The latest management and financing solutions for the development of mineral resources sector • Environment protection and sustainable nature management • New approaches to resolving hydrocarbon sector-specific issues Topical Issues of Rational Use of Natural Resources 2019 collects the best reports presented at the Forum-Contest and is of interest to academics and professionals involved in the extraction and processing of natural resources.           Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367857134

Topical Issues of Rational Use of Natural ResourcesProceedings of the International Forum-Contest of Young Researchers April 18-20 2018 S Topical Issues of Rational Use of Natural Resources contains the contributions presented at International Forum-Contest of Young Researchers 2018 (St. Petersburg Mining University Russia 18-20 April 2018). The Forum-Contest is an excellent opportunity for young researchers to present their work to the scientific community involved in the extraction and processing of natural resources.The topics of the book include: • Prospecting and exploration of mineral deposits• Development of solid minerals deposits and safety of mining operations• Development of oil and gas fields and transportation of crude hydrocarbons• Modern technologies of construction work applied in the mineral complex• Metallurgy. Physical and chemical technologies of hydrocarbons treatment• Equipment transport service and energy efficiency of mining enterprises• Economic tools of innovative development• Environmental protection• Geo information systems and nanotechnologies Topical Issues of Rational Use of Natural Resources collects the best reports presented at the Forum-Contest and will be of interest to academics and professionals involved in the extraction and processing of natural resources. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367027438

Topical Nail Products and Ungual Drug Delivery Discussing existing techniques ongoing research new approaches and basic concepts in the treatment of nail diseases Topical Nail Products and Ungual Drug Delivery summarizes the current knowledge and represents a jumping-off point for creating novel techniques of drug delivery across the nail.A growing area of pharmaceutical research the search for efficient delivery techniques that can cross the nail barrier has yielded several effective strategies brought together in this book.Topics IncludeNail anatomy physiology diseases and treatmentPermeability of the nail plateTopical nail formulationsApproaches to enhance ungual and trans-ungual drug deliveryIn vitro and in vivo models to evaluate topical nail formulationsNail sampling techniquesBioengineering of the nailTrans-ungual iontophoresisPharmacokinetics of drugs in the nail apparatusOnychopharmacokinetics: proposed model insightPhotodynamic therapy of nail diseasesThe nail as a surrogate for investigating drug use Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367380823

Topicalization in Asian EnglishesForms Functions and Frequencies of a Fronting Construction Shortlisted for the 2020 ESSE Book Award in English Language and LinguisticsThis monograph is the first comprehensive study of topicalization in Asian second-language varieties of English and provides an in-depth analysis of the forms functions and frequencies of topicalization in four Asian Englishes. Topicalization that is the sentence-initial placement of constituents other than the subject has been found to occur frequently in the English spoken by many Asians but so far the possible reasons for this have never been scrutinized. This book closes this research gap by taking into account the structures of the major contact languages the roles of second-language acquisition and politeness as well as other factors in order to explain why topicalization is highly frequent in some varieties such as Indian English and much less frequent in other varieties such as Hong Kong English. In addition to exploring major and minor forces involved in explaining the frequency of topicalization the forms and functions of the feature are assessed. Central questions addressed in this regard are the following: Which syntactic constituents tend to be topicalized the most and the least frequently? Which discourse effects does topicalization achieve? How can we approach topicalization methodologically? And lastly which influence do language processing and production have on topicalization? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662332

Topic-Driven Environmental Rhetoric Common topics and commonplaces help develop arguments and shape understanding. When used in argumentation they may help interested parties more effectively communicate valuable information. The purpose of this edited collection on topics of environmental rhetoric is to fill gaps in scholarship related to specific targeted topical communication tactics. The chapters in this collection address four overarching areas of common topics in technical communication and environmental rhetoric: framing place risk and uncertainty and sustainability. In addressing these issues this collection offers insights for students and scholars of rhetoric as well as for environmental communication practitioners looking for a more nuanced understanding of how topic-driven rhetoric shapes attitudes beliefs and decision-making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884703

Topics and Concepts in Literary Translation This book explores literary translation in a variety of contexts. The chapters showcase the research into literary translation in North America Europe and Asia. Written by a group of experienced researchers and young academics the contributors study a variety of languages (including English Spanish Italian Chinese French Japanese Dutch German and Swedish) use a wide range of approaches (including quantitative review of literary translations; transfictional approaches to translation; and a review of concepts such as paratexts intralingual translation intertextuality and retranslation) and aim to expand on existing debates on translation and translation studies as a discipline. The chapters aim to provide a panorama of the variety of topics and interests of contemporary translation studies as well as problematize some of the concepts and approaches that seem to have become the only accepted/acceptable model in some academic quarters. This book was originally published as a special issue of Perspectives Studies in Translation Theory and Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367353414

Topics in Contemporary Mathematical Analysis and Applications Topics in Contemporary Mathematical Analysis and Applications encompasses several contemporary topics in the field of mathematical analysis their applications and relevancies in other areas of research and study. The readers will find developments concerning the topics presented to a reasonable extent with various new problems for further study. Each chapter carefully presents the related problems and issues methods of solutions and their possible applications or relevancies in other scientific areas. Aims at enriching the understanding of methods problems and applications Offers an understanding of research problems by presenting the necessary developments in reasonable details Discusses applications and uses of operator theory fixed-point theory inequalities bi-univalent functions functional equations and scalar-objective programming and presents various associated problems and ways to solve such problems This book is written for individual researchers educators students and department libraries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367532666

Topics in French Syntax The main goal of this study first published in 1994 is to present a substantial part of the grammar of French. This goal is achieved by bringing together two aspects of syntactic investigation. First the study focuses on a vast range of French clausal phenomena including Object Raising constructions Causative constructions of various types Impersonal constructions amongst many others. Second the investigation is conducted within the framework of Relational Grammar. This title will be of interest to students of language and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138206830

Topics in Galois Theory This book is based on a course given by the author at Harvard University in the fall semester of 1988. The course focused on the inverse problem of Galois Theory: the construction of field extensions having a given finite group as Galois group. In the first part of the book classical methods and results such as the Scholz and Reichardt constructi Media > Books > E-books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780429064401

Topics in Graph TheoryGraphs and Their Cartesian Product From specialists in the field you will learn about interesting connections and recent developments in the field of graph theory by looking in particular at Cartesian products-arguably the most important of the four standard graph products. Many new results in this area appear for the first time in print in this book. Written in an accessible way this book can be used for personal study in advanced applications of graph theory or for an advanced graph theory course. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367446109

Topics in Latin Philosophy from the 12th–14th centuriesCollected Essays of Sten Ebbesen Volume 2 Sten Ebbesen has contributed many works in the field of ancient and medieval philosophy over decades of dedicated research. His crisp and lucid style and his philosophical penetration of often difficult concepts and issues is both clear and intellectually impressive. Ashgate is proud to present this thematically arranged three volume set of his collected essays each thoroughly revised and updated. Volume Two: Topics in Latin Philosophy from the 12th -14th Centuries explores issues in medieval philosophy from the time nominalists and other schools competed in twelfth-century Paris to the mature scholasticism of Boethius of Dacia Radulphus Brito and other 'modist' thinkers of the late thirteenth century and finally the new nominalism of John Buridan in the fourteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265332

Topics in Modelling of Clustered Data Many methods for analyzing clustered data exist all with advantages and limitations in particular applications. Compiled from the contributions of leading specialists in the field Topics in Modelling of Clustered Data describes the tools and techniques for modelling the clustered data often encountered in medical biological environmental and social science studies. It focuses on providing a comprehensive treatment of marginal conditional and random effects models using among others likelihood pseudo-likelihood and generalized estimating equations methods. The authors motivate and illustrate all aspects of these models in a variety of real applications. They discuss several variations and extensions including individual-level covariates and combined continuous and discrete outcomes. Flexible modelling with fractional and local polynomials omnibus lack-of-fit tests robustification against misspecification exact and bootstrap inferential procedures all receive extensive treatment. The applications discussed center primarily but not exclusively on developmental toxicity which leads naturally to discussion of other methodologies including risk assessment and dose-response modelling.Clearly written Topics in Modelling of Clustered Data offers a practical easily accessible survey of important modelling issues. Overview models give structure to a multitude of approaches figures help readers visualize model characteristics and a generous use of examples illustrates all aspects of the modelling process. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367396107

Topics in Modern Logic Originally published in 1973. This book is directed to the student of philosophy whose background in mathematics is very limited. The author strikes a balance between material of a philosophical and a formal kind and does this in a way that will bring out the intricate connections between the two. On the formal side he gives particular care to provide the basic tools from set theory and arithmetic that are needed to study systems of logic setting out completeness results for two three and four valued logic explaining concepts such as freedom and bondage in quantificational logic describing the intuitionistic conception of the logical operators and setting out Zermelo's axiom system for set theory. On the philosophical side he gives particular attention to such topics as the problem of entailment the import of the Löwenheim-Skolem theorem the expressive powers of quantificational logic the ideas underlying intuitionistic logic the nature of set theory and the relationship between logic and set theory.  There are exercises within the text set out alongside the theoretical ideas that they involve. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367420512

Topics in the History of PsychologyVolume I First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802640

Topics in the History of PsychologyVolume II First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802633

Topics in the Philosophy of Possible Worlds This book discusses a range of important issues in current philosophical work on the nature of possible worlds. Areas investigated include the theories of the nature of possible worlds general questions about metaphysical analysis and questions about the direction of dependence between what is necessary or possible and what could be. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415516303

Topics in the Syntax and Semantics of Infinitives and Gerunds This title first published in 1988 is an inquiry into the nature of predication in natural language. The study is based on the hypothesis that infinitives and gerunds are not clausal or propositional constructions and attempts to provide support for such a hypothesis whilst also drawing from analysis of various anaphoric phenomena. This title will be of interest to students of language and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138208506

Topics in the Theory of Solid Materials Topics in the Theory of Solid Materials provides a clear and rigorous introduction to a wide selection of topics in solid materials overlapping traditional courses in both condensed matter physics and materials science and engineering. It introduces both the continuum properties of matter traditionally the realm of materials science courses and the quantum mechanical properties that are usually more emphasized in solid state physics courses and integrates them in a manner that will be of use to students of either subject. The book spans a range of basic and more advanced topics including stress and strain wave propagation thermal properties surface waves polarons phonons point defects magnetism and charge density waves. Topics in the Theory of Solid Materials is eminently suitable for graduates and final-year undergraduates in physics materials science and engineering as well as more advanced researchers in academia and industry studying solid materials. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315274614

Topics on Continua Specialized as it might be continuum theory is one of the most intriguing areas in mathematics. However despite being popular journal fare few books have thoroughly explored this interesting aspect of topology. In Topics on Continua Sergio Macías one of the field’s leading scholars presents four of his favorite continuum topics: inverse limits Jones’s set function T homogenous continua and n-fold hyperspaces and in doing so presents the most complete set of theorems and proofs ever contained in a single topology volume. Many of the results presented have previously appeared only in research papers and some appear here for the first time. After building the requisite background and exploring the inverse limits of continua the discussions focus on Professor Jones's set function T and continua for which T is continuous. An introduction to topological groups and group actions lead to a proof of Effros's Theorem followed by a presentation of two decomposition theorems. The author then offers an in-depth study of n-fold hyperspaces. This includes their general properties conditions that allow points of n-fold symmetric products to be arcwise accessible from their complement points that arcwise disconnect the n-fold hyperspaces the n-fold hyperspaces of graphs and theorems relating n-fold hyperspaces and cones. The concluding chapter presents a series of open questions on each topic discussed in the book. With more than a decade of teaching experience Macías is able to put forth exceptionally cogent discussions that not only give beginning mathematicians a strong grounding in continuum theory but also form an authoritative single-source guide through some of topology's most captivating facets. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367454128

Topographic Laser Ranging and ScanningPrinciples and Processing Second Edition Topographic Laser Ranging and Scanning Second Edition provides a comprehensive discussion of topographic LiDAR principles systems data acquisition and data processing techniques. This edition presents an introduction and summary of various LiDAR systems and their principles and addresses the operational principles of the different components and ranging methods of LiDAR systems. It discusses the subsequent geometric processing of LiDAR data with particular attention to quality accuracy and meeting standards and addresses the theories and practices of information extraction from LiDAR data including terrain surface generation forest inventory orthoimage generation building reconstruction and road extraction. Written by leaders in the field this comprehensive compilation is a must-have reference book for senior undergraduate and graduate students majoring or working in diverse disciplines such as geomatics geodesy natural resources urban planning computer vision and computer graphics. It is also vital resource for researchers who are interested in developing new methods and need in-depth knowledge of laser scanning and data processing and other professionals may gain the same from the broad topics addressed in this book. New in the Second Edition: A comprehensive array of new laser ranging and scanning technologies. Developments in LiDAR data format and processing techniques. Regrouping of surface modeling representations and reconstruction. Enhanced discussions on the principles and fundamentals beyond small-footprint pulsed laser systems and new application examples. Many new examples and illustrations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498772273

Topographies of Gender in Middle High German Arthurian Romance This book explores the metaphor of topography as a mechanism for the inscription of gender roles in Arthurian romance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985742

Topological Degree Theory and Applications Since the 1960s many researchers have extended topological degree theory to various non-compact type nonlinear mappings and it has become a valuable tool in nonlinear analysis. Presenting a survey of advances made in generalizations of degree theory during the past decade this book focuses on topological degree theory in normed spaces and its applications. The authors begin by introducing the Brouwer degree theory in Rn then consider the Leray-Schauder degree for compact mappings in normed spaces. Next they explore the degree theory for condensing mappings including applications to ODEs in Banach spaces. This is followed by a study of degree theory for A-proper mappings and its applications to semilinear operator equations with Fredholm mappings and periodic boundary value problems. The focus then turns to construction of Mawhin's coincidence degree for L-compact mappings followed by a presentation of a degree theory for mappings of class (S+) and its perturbations with other monotone-type mappings. The final chapter studies the fixed point index theory in a cone of a Banach space and presents a notable new fixed point index for countably condensing maps.Examples and exercises complement each chapter. With its blend of old and new techniques Topological Degree Theory and Applications forms an outstanding text for self-study or special topics courses and a valuable reference for anyone working in differential equations analysis or topology. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367390983

Topological Groups Offering the insights of L.S. Pontryagin one of the foremost thinkers in modern mathematics the second volume in this four-volume set examines the nature and processes that make up topological groups. Already hailed as the leading work in this subject for its abundance of examples and its thorough explanations the text is arranged so that readers can follow the material either sequentially or schematically. Stand-alone chapters cover such topics as topological division rings linear representations of compact topological groups and the concept of a lie group. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203735558

Topological InsulatorsThe Physics of Spin Helicity in Quantum Transport This book is the result of dynamic developments that have occurred in condensed matter physics after the recent discovery of a new class of electronic materials: topological insulators. A topological insulator is a material that behaves as a band insulator in its interior while acting as a metallic conductor at its surface. The surface current carriers in these systems have Dirac-like nature and are protected by an intrinsic topological order which is of great interest for both fundamental research and emerging technologies especially in the fields of electronics spintronics and quantum information. The realization of the application potential of topological insulators requires a comprehensive and deep understanding of transport processes in these novel materials. This book explores the origin of the protected Dirac-like states in topological insulators and gives an insight into some of their representative transport properties. These include the quantum spin–Hall effect nonlocal edge transport backscattering of helical edge and surface states weak antilocalization unconventional triplet p-wave superconductivity topological bound states and emergent Majorana fermions in Josephson junctions as well as superconducting Klein tunneling. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814613255

Topological Methods for Differential Equations and Inclusions Topological Methods for Differential Equations and Inclusions covers the important topics involving topological methods in the theory of systems of differential equations. The equivalence between a control system and the corresponding differential inclusion is the central idea used to prove existence theorems in optimal control theory. Since the dynamics of economic social and biological systems are multi-valued differential inclusions serve as natural models in macro systems with hysteresis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138332294

Topological Quantum Field Theories from Subfactors Pure mathematicians have only recently begun a rigorous study of topological quantum field theories (TQFTs). Ocneanu in particular showed that subfactors yield TQFTs that complement the Turaev-Viro construction. Until now however it has been difficult to find an account of this work that is both detailed and accessible.Topological Quantum Field Theories from Subfactors provides a self-contained explicit description of Ocneanu's construction It introduces and discusses its various ingredients with the distinct advantage of employing only genuine triangulations. The authors begin with axioms for a TQFT go through the Turaev-Viro prescription for constructing such a TQFT and finally work through Ocneanu's method of starting with a finite depth hyperfinite subfactor" and obtaining the data needed to invoke the Turaev-Viro machine.The authors provide a very concise treatment of finite factors of type and their bimodules and include details and calculations for all constructions. They also present perhaps for the first time in book form notions such as quantization functors and fusion algebras. Accessible to graduate students and others just beginning to explore this intriguing topic Topological Quantum Field Theories from Subfactors will also be of interest to researchers in both mathematics and theoretical physics. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138442108

Topologies of PowerBeyond territory and networks Topologies of Power amounts to a radical departure in the way that power and space have been understood. It calls into question the very idea that power is simply extended across a given territory or network and argues that power today has a new found ‘reach’. Topological shifts have subtly altered the reach of power enabling governments corporations and NGOs alike to register their presence through quieter less brash forms of power than domination or overt control. In a world in which proximity and distance increasingly play across one another topology offers an insight into how power remains continuous under transformation: the same but different in its ability to shape peoples’ lives. Drawing upon a range of political economic and cultural illustrations the book sets out a clear and accessible account of the topological workings of power in the contemporary moment. It will be invaluable for both students and academics in human geography politics sociology and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415521345

Topology of 2x2 Games Game theory has implications for all the social sciences and beyond. It now provides the theoretical basis for almost all teaching in economics and 2x2 games provide the very basis of game theory. Here Goforth and Robinson here have delivered a well-written and knowledgeable 'periodic table' of the most common games including: * the prisoner's dilemma* coordination games* chicken* the battle of the sexes. This book will provide a valuable reference for students of microeconomics and business mathematics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654586

Topophilia and TopophobiaReflections on Twentieth-Century Human Habitat This book is about the love and hate relations that humans establish with their habitat which have been coined by discerning modern thinkers as topophilia and topophobia. Whilst such affiliations with the topos our manmade as well as natural habitat have been traced back to antiquity a wide range of twentieth-century cases are studied here and reflected upon by dwelling on this framework. The book provides a timely reminder that the qualitative aspects of the topos sensual as well as intellectual should not be disregarded in the face of rapid technological development and the mass of building that has occurred since the turn of the millennium.Topophilia and Topophobia offers speculative and historical reflections on the human habitat of the century that has just passed authored by some of the world’s leading scholars and architects including Joseph Rykwert Yi-Fu Tuan Vittorio Gregotti and Jean-Louis Cohen. Human habitats ranging broadly from the cities of the twentieth century highbrow modern architecture both in Western countries and in Asia to non-architect/planner designed vernacular settlements and landscapes are reviewed under the themes of topophilia and topophobia across the disciplines of architecture landscape studies philosophy human geography and urban planning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003060758

Torkildsen's Sport and Leisure Management For nearly thirty years George Torkildsen’s classic textbook has been the most comprehensive and engaging introduction to sport and leisure management available to students at all levels. Now in a fully revised sixth edition it is still the only textbook that covers all the key topics taught within contemporary sport and leisure management courses. This new edition includes expanded coverage of the practical managerial skills that students must develop if aiming for a career in the sport and leisure industry from planning and managing people to marketing and entrepreneurship. It includes five completely new chapters on leisure in the home financial management quality management and law and enterprise  reflecting important developments in contemporary sport and leisure. This edition retains the hallmark strengths of previous editions including in-depth discussion of the social and cultural context of sport and leisure full analysis of the public private and voluntary sectors and a review of key products and services including sport tourism the arts play and leisure in the natural environment. Richly illustrated throughout with up-to-date evidence data case-studies and international examples each chapter also contains a range of useful pedagogical features such as discussion questions practical tasks and structured guides to further reading and resources. For the first time a dedicated companion website offers additional teaching and learning resources for students and lecturers. Visit the companion website at www.routledge.com/textbooks/taylor Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203877517

Torments of the SoulPsychoanalytic transformations in dreaming and narration In Torments of the Soul Antonino Ferro revisits and expands on a theme that has long been at the heart of his work: the study of dreams during sleep and in the waking state and the psychoanalytic narrative. Following Bion he focuses on the importance of what he sees as the task of contemporary psychoanalysis for generating containing and transforming previously unmanageable emotions with a clinical psychoanalytic context. Antonino Ferro explores the concepts of 'transformations in dreaming' the session as a dream individuals transformed into characters the interpretation of these characters and readings of them as the functioning of a single mind or as an analytic field created by the meeting of two minds: the client's and the analyst's. Here a new identity the analytic field is formed from the reverie of both participants which makes it possible to work on complex nonlinear phenomena in a radical way creating a 'royal road' to the unconscious communication of the patient. Torments of the Soul contains a plethora of clinical vignettes from the author's extensive psychoanalytic work with adults and children to illustrate the substantial theoretical progression he advocates here. Offering significant and important new interpretations of theories and ways of working with patients this book will be essential reading for psychoanalysts psychotherapists psychologists students of these fields and those interested in the human sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415813440

Torn between East and WestEurope's border states This book is a very timely account of the legal economic and political consequences for border states caught in the current tug-of-war between the West and Russia.The Ukraine crisis of 2014 focused policy-makers’ attention on a geographical area full of dangers that had gone relatively unnoticed since the breakup of the Soviet Union namely the security dynamics of the border states of Eastern Europe and the Black Sea. Twenty-five years after the collapse of the Soviet Union a strong Russia returns alternatively threatening and cajoling but at risk itself of suffering economic injury from western reprisals over its nostalgia for the map drawn at Yalta. That conflict which hotted up over the Ukraine was soon being played out over - and in the air space over - Syria and Turkey while the border states themselves are likely to be drawn into the European refugee crisis and have the potential after the 2015 Paris atrocities to be breeding grounds for international terrorists. This groundbreaking book contains prescient warnings that must be heeded by leaders and diplomats on both sides of the East-West divide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367281601

Tort Law What happens if a driver carelessly crashes into another car? Or a newspaper publishes a story which makes derogatory comments about someone? Or if a resident plays loud music every night so that their neighbour cannot get any sleep? Tort law is a collection of such misbehaviours or misadventures where the law deems it appropriate to intervene with civil remedies. This new textbook addresses a range of the most prominent torts. The law is explained with clear writing and an accessible approach relating the subject to everyday examples. There are key learning points to help anchor the reader’s basic understanding and sections of analysis to guide the reader to a more advanced critical engagement. Above all tort law is interesting for it covers so much of our daily lives and is a constant source of evolving litigation. The Routledge Spotlights series brings a modern contemporary approach to the core curriculum for the LLB and GDL which will help students: move beyond an understanding of the law; refine and develop the key skills of problem-solving evaluation and critical reasoning; discover sources and suggestions for taking your study further. By focusing on recent case law and real-world examples Routledge Spotlights will help you shed light on the law understand how it operates in practice and gain a unique appreciation of the contemporary context of the subject. This book is supported by a range of online resources developed to aid your learning keep you up to date and help you prepare for assessments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138554597

Tort Law This title was first published in 2002. The first series of The International Library of Essays in Law and Legal Theory has established itself as a major research resource. The rapid growth of theoretically interesting scholarly work in law has increased a demand for a Second Series which includes significant recent work and also gives an opportunity to include additional areas of law. The new series follows the successful pattern established in the first of reproducing entire essays with the original page numbers as an aid to comprehensive research and accurate referencing. Volume editors have selected not only the most influential essays but those which they consider will be of greatest continuing importance. Each volume has an introduction which explains the context and the significance of the essays chosen. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138721593

Tort Law This textbook covers the Tort Law option of the A-level law syllabus and provides at the same time an ideal introduction for anybody coming to the subject for the first time. The book covers all A-level syllabuses/specification requirements and is written by the examiner in Tort Law for one of the major examination boards. It contains extensive case illustration and a range of examination related questions and activities. There is a special focus on key skills and on the new synoptic assessment syllabus requirements. This fully updated third edition builds upon the success of the first two editions containing a new section on human rights and new case information such as Z v UK Rees Walters Fairchild Tomlinson Marcic Transco National Blood Mothercare Douglas v Hello Campbell v MGN. fully updated third edition coverage of OCR and AQA specifications endorsed by OCR for use with Tort Law option includes new OCR synoptic assessment source materials (for use in examinations in June 2005) with additional guidance author is a Principal Examiner for one of the major examination boards new cases include Z v UK Rees Walters Fairchild Tomlinson Marcic Transco National Blood Mothercare Douglas v Hello Campbell v MGN with expanded discussion of human rights and new health and safety regulations Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9781138151796

Tort Law Key Facts Key Cases: Tort Law will ensure you grasp the main concepts of your Tort Law module with ease. This book explains the facts and associated case law for: The torts of negligence occupiers’ liability and nuisance Strict liability torts The torts of trespass to land and trespass to the person Torts involving goods Torts affecting reputation Employment related torts Available remedies Key Facts Key Cases is the essential series for anyone studying law at LLB postgraduate and conversion courses. The series provides the simplest and most effective way to absorb and retain all of the material essential for passing your exams. Each chapter includes: diagrams at the start of chapters to summarise key points structured headings and numbered points to allow for clear recall of the essential points charts and tables to break down more complex information Chapters are also supported by a Key Cases section which provides the simplest and most effective way to absorb and memorise essential cases needed for exam success. Essential and leading cases are explained The style layout and explanations are user friendly  Cases are broken down into key components by use of a clear system of symbols for quick and easy visual recognition   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415833349

Tort Lawcards 2012-2013 Routledge Lawcards are your complete pocket-sized guides to key examinable areas of the undergraduate law curriculum and the CPE/GDL. Their concise text user-friendly layout and compact format make them an ideal revision aid. Helping you to identify understand and commit to memory the salient points of each area of the law shouldn’t you make Routledge Lawcards your essential revision companions? Fully updated and revised with all the most important recent legal developments Routledge Lawcards are packed with features: Revision checklists help you to consolidate the key issues within each topic Colour coded highlighting really makes cases and legislation stand out Full tables of cases and legislation make for easy reference Boxed case notes pick out the cases that are most likely to come up in exams Diagrams and flowcharts clarify and condense complex and important topics '...an excellent starting point for any enthusiastic reviser. The books are concise and get right down to the nitty-gritty of each topic.' - Lex Magazine Routledge Lawcards are supported by a Companion Website offering: Flashcard glossaries allowing you to test your understanding of key terms and definitions Multiple Choice Questions to test and consolidate your revision of each chapter Advice and tips to help you better plan your revision and prepare for your exams Titles in the Series: Commercial Law; Company Law; Constitutional Law; Contract Law; Criminal Law; Employment Law; English Legal System; European Union Law; Evidence; Equity and Trusts; Family Law; Human Rights; Intellectual Property Law; Jurisprudence; Land Law; Tort Law Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415683449

TorticollisDifferential Diagnosis Assessment and Treatment Surgical Management and Bracing Torticollis: Differential Diagnosis Assessment and Treatment Surgical Management and Bracing fulfills a need long overdue. To provide pediatric physicians orthopedists surgeons physical therapists occupational therapists and family physicians with a systematic approach to the assessment and treatment of congenital muscular torticollis this important guidebook gives you vital information on torticollis and its impact on the growth and development of children. Underscoring the importance of early intervention Torticollis covers the differential diagnosis of this disorder its conservative management the advantages of a team approach to management the selection of appropriate treatment techniques and pathways and the relationship between torticollis posture and development of postural control and balance.From pages packed with useful information and amply illustrated you will learn about the various causes of torticollis the guidelines for assessment and timing of treatment the main goals of treatment intervention and when surgery is necessary. Torticollis discusses the fabrication and use of custom-made neck collars to help resolve lateral head tilt and postoperative splinting. Through the book’s well-organized and clear discussions you will also learn about: conservative management outcome surgical intervention plagiocephaly hemihypoplasia ocular torticollis evaluation guidelines motor skill development postural control and balance development assessing neck range-of-motion and strength manual therapy intervention strengthening exercises in play therapeutic handling and positioning treatment pathways exercises for posture education and midline control home intervention exercisesTorticollis teaches you how to detect torticollis early and differentiate nonmuscular torticollis etiology. You will also learn how to evaluate the entire musculoskeletal system how to assess motor development postural control and balance and how to develop an exercise treatment plan. Nowhere else will you find such a comprehensive overview of this disorder the challenges it presents the progress that has been made the interventions that work and the research that needs to be done! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203047279

Torts Egalitarianism and Distributive Justice This book argues from a normative perspective for the incorporation of an egalitarian sensitivity into tort law and more generally into private law. It shows how an egalitarian sensitivity can reformulate tort doctrine with an emphasis on the tort of negligence. Rather than a comprehensive descriptive account of existing tort law this book pro-actively searches for new approaches and conceptual tools to meet the challenges faced by egalitarians. The understanding of tort law offered in this book will bring about better practical results in specific cases. It supports the progressive troops in the ongoing philosophical and social battles that take place in the field of tort law and also adds another voice - rich nuanced and sensitive - to the chorus that is tort theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138622999

Torture Intelligence and Sousveillance in the War on TerrorAgenda-Building Struggles Torture Intelligence and Sousveillance in the War on Terror examines the communication battles of the Bush and Blair political administrations (and those of their successors in America and Britain) over their use of torture first-hand or second-hand to gain intelligence for the War on Terror. Exploring key agenda-building drivers that exposed the torture-intelligence nexus and presenting detailed case studies of key media events from the UK and USA this insightful volume exposes dominant political discourses on the torture-for-intelligence policy. Whether in the form of unauthorized leaks official investigations investigative journalism real-time reporting or Non-Governmental Organisation activity this timely study evaluates various modes of resistance to governments’ attempts at strategic political communication with particular attention to ’sousveillance’: community-based recording from first-person perspectives. A rigorous exposition of the power-knowledge relationships constituting the torture-intelligence nexus which re-evaluates agenda-building models in the digital age and assesses the strength of the public sphere across the Third Fourth and Fifth Estates Torture Intelligence and Sousveillance in the War on Terror will appeal to scholars across the social sciences with interests in media and communication sociology and social theory politics and political communication international relations and journalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252998

Torture Psychoanalysis and Human Rights Torture Psychoanalysis and Human Rights contributes to the development of that field of study called ‘psycho-social’ that is presently more and more committed to providing understanding of social phenomena making use of the explicative perspective of psychoanalysis. The book seeks to develop a concise and integrated framework of understanding of torture as a socio-political phenomenon based on psychoanalytic thinking through which different dimensions of the subject of study become more comprehensible. Monica Luci argues that torture performs a covert emotional function in society. In order to identify what this function might be a profile of ‘torturous societies’ and the main psychological dynamics of social actors involved – torturers victims and bystanders â€“ are drawn from literature. Accordingly a wide-ranging description of the phenomenology of torture is provided detecting an inclusive and recurring pattern of key elements. Relying on psychoanalytic concepts derived from different theoretical traditions including British object relations theories American relational psychoanalysis and analytical psychology the study provides an advanced line of conceptual research shaping a model whose aim is tograsp the deep meaning of key intrapsychic interpersonal and group dynamics involved in torture. Once a sufficiently coherent understanding has been reached Luci proposes using it as a groundwork tool in the human rights field to re-think the best strategies of prevention and recovery from post-torture psychological and social suffering. The book initiates a dialogue between psychoanalysis and human rights showing that the proposed psychoanalytic understanding is a viable conceptualisation for expanding thinking of crucial issues regarding torture which might be relevant to human rights and legal doctrine such as the responsibility of perpetrators the reparation of victims and the question of ‘truth’. Torture Psychoanalysis and Human Rights is the first book to build a psychoanalytic theory of torture from which psychological social and legal reflections as well as practical aspects of treatment can be mutually derived and understood. It will appeal to psychoanalysts psychoanalytic psychotherapists and Jungians as well as scholars of politics social work and justice and human rights and postgraduate students studying across these fields.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138908604

Torture Truth and JusticeThe Case of Timor-Leste This book highlights how and why torture is such a compelling tool for states and other powerful actors. While torture has a short-term use value for perpetrators it also creates a devastating legacy for victims their families and communities. In exposing such repercussions this book addresses the questions ‘What might torture victims need to move forward from their violation?’ and ‘How can official responses provide truth or justice for torture victims?’ Building on observations documentary analysis and over seventy interviews with both torture victims and transitional justice workers this book explores how torture was used suffered and resisted in Timor-Leste. The author investigates the extent to which transitional justice institutions have provided justice for torture victims; illustrating how truth commissions and international courts operate together and reflecting on their successes and weaknesses with reference to wider social political and economic conditions. Stanley also details victims’ experiences of torture and highlights how they experience life in the newly built state of Timor-Leste Tracking the past present and future of human rights truth and justice for victims in Timor-Leste Torture Truth and Justice will be of interest to students professionals and scholars of Asian studies International Studies Human Rights and Social Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415666732

Torture and Human Rights in Northern IrelandInterrogation in Depth This book presents a compelling and highly sophisticated politico-legal history of a particular security operation that resulted in one of the most high-profile torture cases in the world. It reveals the extent to which the Ireland v. United Kingdom judgment misrepresents the interrogation system that was developed and utilised in Northern Ireland. Finally the truth about the operation is presented in a comprehensive narrative sometimes corroborating secondary literature already in the public domain but at other times significantly debunking aphorisms or indeed lies that circulated about interrogation in depth. The book sets out the theoretical reference paradigm with respect to the culture and practice of state denial often associated with torture and uses this model to excavate the buried aspects of this most famous of torture cases. Through the lens of a single operation conducted twice it presents a fascinating exposé of the complicated structures of state-sponsored denial designed to hide the truth about the long-term effects of these techniques and the way in which they were authorised. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730703

Torture and Peacebuilding in IndonesiaThe Case of Papua State-sponsored torture and peacebuilding encapsulate the essence of many of the current conflicts in Indonesia. Papua in particular provides a thought-provoking example of the intricacy and complexity of building peace amidst enduring conflict and violence. This book examines the complex power relations that have constructed the gruesome picture of the fifty-year practice of torture in Papua as well as the ongoing Papuan peacebuilding movements that resist the domineering power of the Indonesian state over Papuans. Conceptualising ‘theatres of torture and peace’ the book argues that torture in Papua is performed in public by the Indonesian state in order to communicate its policy of terror towards Papuans - it is not meant for extracting information gaining confessions or exacting punishment. A Torture Dataset is provided codifying evidence from a broad range of cases collected through sensitive interviews. In examining the data the author crafts a new more holistic framework for analyzing cases of torture and employs an interdisciplinary approach integrating three different theories: Foucault’s theory of governmentality and sovereignty Kristeva’s theory of abjection and Metz’s theory of memoria passionis (the memory of suffering). The book successfully establishes a new understanding of torture as ‘public theatre’ and offers a new perspective of strengthening the existing Papuan peacebuilding framework of Papua Land of Peace. It will be of interest to academics working on Southeast Asian Studies Peace and Conflict Studies Transitional Justice Peacebuilding Human Rights and Anthropology of Violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594145

Torture and Truth (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1991 this book — through the examination of ancient Greek literary philosophical and legal texts — analyses how the Athenian torture of slaves emerged from and reinforced the concept of truth as something hidden in the human body. It discusses the tradition of understanding truth as something that is generally concealed and the ideas of ‘secret space’ in both the female body and the Greek temple. This philosophy and practice is related to Greek views of the ‘Other’ (women and outsiders) and considers the role of torture in distinguishing slave and free in ancient Athens. A wide range of perspectives — from Plato to Sartre — are employed to examine the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138203648

Torture As Public PolicyRestoring U.S. Credibility on the World Stage After September 11 2001 the Bush Administration decided that the most important intelligence about terrorism would come from the interrogation of captives suspected of terrorism. As a result many detainees were subject to harsh interrogation techniques that at times amounted to torture. Here James P. Pfiffner authoritatively examines the policy directives operational decisions and leadership actions of the Bush Administration that reversed centuries of US policy on the treatment of enemy prisoners. He shows how the serious reservations of career military lawyers about these policies were overcome by the political appointees of the Bush Administration. Pfiffner then analyses the philosophical and legal underpinnings of the policies and practices that have led to the denunciation of the United States' policies by its allies and adversaries throughout the world. Looking ahead Pfiffner anticipates Obama administration policy changes to restore U.S. credibility and accountability. In all Torture as Public Policy is a model of detailed policy analysis that demonstrates how greatly public policy matters beyond the back corridors of bureaucracy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631547

Torture as State CrimeA Criminological Analysis of the Transnational Institutional Torturer Can we understand torture by focusing on the torture chamber or even on the states in which it is practiced or do we have to consider the wider political context in which it is embedded? This is the central question of this book which explores concepts of state crime for understanding and responding to the indirect use of torture by external nation states. Drawing on the cooperation between France and Argentina in Argentina's Dirty War this book explores the utility of the concept of state crime for understanding and responding to the indirect use of torture by external nation states with a detailed examination of the exportation of torture techniques and training expertise as complicity in torture. Discussing the institutionalisation of torture in its international structural context this book focuses on examining three alleged manifestations of the torturer: direct perpetrator institutional perpetrator and transnational institutional perpetrator. Important reading for those in the fields of criminology sociology international relations and human rights law this book will also be of key interest to scholars and students in the areas of state crime human rights and imperialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138210059

TortureA Sociology of Violence and Human Rights Torture is indisputably abhorrent.  Why you might ask would you even want to think or read about torture? That is a very good question and one this book addresses in a compelling and enlightening way. Torture is a very important issue not least because millions of people around the world have been subjected to this odious practice—and many are enduring torture right now as you read these words. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415518062

Tortured ScienceHealth Studies Ethics and Nuclear Weapons in the United States The U.S.A. s nuclear weapons program has exposed workers and the public to health hazards since World War II. In the 1980s and 1990s federal health agencies responded to new revelations about these hazards by pouring millions of dollars into research on the health impacts of radiation. In Tortured Science: Health Studies Ethics and Nuclear Weapons in the United States community health activists and researchers reflect on the research program for addressing the health effects of nuclear weapons production at Hanford WA Rocky Flats CO Livermore Labs CA and Fernald OH. The authors describe conflicts of interest data suppression technical inadequacies and other examples of how researchers failed in their social responsibility to the affected human populations. The research program s health studies did not lead to any meaningful follow-up on the major health concerns of community members nor have they helped communities seek reparations for high radiation exposures that may have contributed to thyroid bone lung and other diseases. In Tortured Science several ethicists review these health research problems. Research ethics as a discipline seeks to protect individuals and groups obtain approval from affected communities mitigate potential research harms and guard against vigilance scientific contrivance denial and suppression of findings. Such protections were not adequately provided in the research program on the health effects of nuclear weapons production as critiqued in the ethical reviews. This book compels us to develop a new ethical framework for scientific research on military-industrial and other sources of contamination. Intended Audience: Public health professionals; graduates/undergraduates in public health community health environmental studies epidemiology medical anthropology public sociology ethics/religious studies and science policy; government health researchers at federal health agencies centres for ethics and bioethics (private/academic) and community health organisations; community-based researchers and environmental organisations; nuclear weapons and peace organisations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780895037770

Torturing TerroristsExploring the limits of law human rights and academic freedom This book considers the theoretical policy and empirical arguments relevant to the debate concerning the legalisation of interrogational torture. Torturing Terrorists examines as part of a consequentialist analysis the nature and impact of torture and the implications of its legal regulation on individuals institutions and wider society. In making an argument against the use of torture the book engages in a wide ranging interdisciplinary analysis of the arguments and claims that are put forward by the proponents and opponents of legalised torture. This book examines the ticking bomb hypothetical and explains how the component parts of the hypothetical are expansively interpreted in theory and practice. It also considers the effectiveness of torture in producing ‘ticking bomb’ and ‘infrastructure’ intelligence and examines the use of interrogational torture and coercion by state officials in Northern Ireland Algeria Israel and as part of the CIA’s ‘High Value Detainee’ interrogation programme. As part of an empirical slippery slope argument this book examines the difficulties in drafting the text of a torture statute; the difficulties of controlling the use of interrogational torture and problems such a law could create for state officials and wider society. Finally it critically evaluates suggestions that debating the legalisation of torture is dangerous and should be avoided. The book will be of interest to students and academics of criminology law sociology and philosophy as well as the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415671637

Total Capacity ManagementOptimizing at the Operational Tactical and Strategic Levels Ten years in discussion and development Total Capacity Management provides the most complete overview of the history and techniques of capacity cost management-a timely yet timeless issue applicable to both capital-intensive and labor-intensive organizations.Through explanations of various capacity cost management models executives and managers can create the most appropriate model for their organization's distinct needs. Total Capacity Management shows the way for companies and managers to gain and maintain an exceptional competitive edge. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003076049

Total Construction ManagementLean Quality in Construction Project Delivery A convergence of lean management and quality management thinking has taken place in organizations across many industries including construction. Practices in procurement design management and construction management are all evolving constantly and understanding these changes and how to react is essential to successful management. This book provides valuable insights for owners designers and constructors in the construction sector. Starting by introducing the language of total quality lean and operational excellence this book takes the reader right up to the latest industry practice in this sector and demonstrates the best way to manage change. Written by two of the world's leading experts Total Construction Management: Lean quality in construction project delivery offers a clearly structured introduction to the most important management concepts and practices used in the global construction industry today. This authoritative book covers issues such as procurement BIM all forms of waste construction safety and design and construction management all explained with international case studies. It is a perfect guide for managers in all parts of the industry and ideal for those preparing to enter the industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138908543

Total EducationA Plea for Synthesis First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864077

Total E-mail Marketing E-mail is a powerful marketing communications tool which excels at developing relationships with existing customers and acquiring new customers. This second edition builds on the author’s successful formula describing a practical approach to e-mail marketing for all marketers looking to exploit its potential or take their e-mail to the next level. Total e-Mail Marketing 2e draws on expertise and latest examples from leading European practitioners to detail practical tips to improve campaign results. Packed with brand new case studies and checklists to get you started or improve on past campaigns the book covers all aspects of e-mail marketing including: * Planning effective integrated e-mail campaigns and e-newsletters * How to rapidly build a quality house list and select the best tools to manage it * Ethical and legal constraints in a fast-moving sector * Design and write HTML and text format e-mails for maximum response * Getting through the SPAM filters to maximize deliverability * Targeting personalizing measuring and improving e-mail campaigns * Integrating emerging technologies like blogs RSS and mobile messaging * Practical dos and don’ts A vital supplement to the author’s book e-Marketing eXcellence also in its 2nd editon and co-written with PR Smith this text is relevant to all marketers – specializing in e-marketing or not – as it offers an integrated campaign perspective and shows how to maximize integrated e-marketing results. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151628

Total Engineering Quality Management This manual discusses how the Total Quality Management (TQM) of the production and manufacturing environment can be modified implemented and measured within the engineering project environment. It aims to integrate predominant quality philosophy with organization research. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003066965

Total Environmental ComplianceA Practical Guide for Environmental Professionals Total Environmental Compliance: A Practical Guide for Environmental Professionals gives you the background and skills you need to ensure total environmental compliance in your organization. Instead of dryly describing theoretical management systems or reciting regulatory provisions the author delves into the challenging issues of why organizations disregard this important issue and explains how to promote compliance-oriented attitudes throughout the entire organization.The Guide focuses on critical elements such as communication skills hiring and retaining qualified employees managing environmental information and maintaining high standards of professionalism. Other topics covered include: how to understand environmental requirements why organizations violate environmental laws and the aspects of permitting designing and monitoring that must be considered to achieve and sustain compliance. Case studies illustrate actual instances of individuals and organizations who ran afoul of environmental laws because they disregarded the basic principles of environmental compliance. Total Environmental Compliance: A Practical Guide for Environmental Professionals explores how noncompliance occurs and how to avoid it using techniques that address legal requirements. It shows you how to protect your organization from the expensive and time consuming litigation that occurs when environmental laws are ignored or interpreted incorrectly. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579029

Total Exposure HealthAn Introduction This book provides a comprehensive overview of the concept of "Total Exposure Health" and presents details on subject areas which make up the framework. It provides in-depth coverage of the science and technology supporting exposure and risk assessment. This includes advances in toxicology and the "-omics" as well as new techniques for exposure assessment. The book concludes with a discussion on bioethics implications including ethical considerations related to genetic testing. ​ Discusses advances in exposure monitoring Presents a systems biology approach to human exposures Examines how overall well-being translates to worker productivity Considers the link between work-related risk factors and health conditions Covers the study of genomics in precision medicine and exposure science Explores bioethics in genomic studies Aimed at the exposure professionals (industrial hygienists toxicologists public health environmental engineers) geneticists molecular biologists engineers and managers in the health and safety industry as well as professionals in the public administration field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367201395

Total Innovative Management Excellence (TIME)The Future of Innovation Dr. H. James Harrington and Frank Voehl have gathered together the thoughts and ideas of more than 20 of the most creative innovation thought leaders from business professional practice and academia in this compelling book. The thought leaders look at innovation from almost every angle – their statements offer an unparalleled view of innovation and provide a depth of insight that is extraordinary. Harrington and Voehl’s reflection on each chapter and on the sections within the book provides useful links between themes and reinforces the relationships between many of the ideas. Anyone interested in innovation (practitioner or researcher) will benefit from this global thought collection. The contributors' multiple perspectives models practical examples and stories provide a sense of innovation that no single writer could ever capture. A company’s future growth will only come through successful innovation. This book is organized around Dr. Harrington's innovation pyramid which consists of the 16 building blocks required to bring about significant improvements in an organization’s ability to deliver creative products. It highlights the principles and recommendations in ISO's new innovation standard 56002 and provides many new concepts that are not included in the standard. It includes a free powerful and valuable online customized innovation maturity analysis. Following three unassailable facts will strike you as soon as you read this book: 1. Innovation is the new mantra; whether you're involved in a not-for-profit for-profit service sector or governmental organization. 2. Understanding that innovation and creative activities penetrate into every part of an organization requiring multiple perspectives that drive a new way of thinking and working that impacts the organization's culture social operations and commercial context that impacts the total organization and not just new products or services. 3. Innovation is an exciting adventure. Total Innovative Management Excellence (TIME): The Future of Innovation (978-0-367-43242-3 340635) draws on insights from around the globe in order to be competitive in fast-moving technologies. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367432423

Total Institutions Total institutions are defined in this reader not as a separate class of social establishments that exercise complete or nearly complete control over their population but rather as specific institutions which exhibit to an intense degree certain characteristics found in all institutions. The issue therefore is not which institutions are total and which are not but rather how much totality does each of our institutions display? Representing an important new approach to problems of social control this book concentrates on dynamics-how institutions change in the extent or nature of their totality over time and how they display totality in different ways-rather than the mere enumeration of common traits. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315135724

Total Landscape Theme Parks Public Space Placing theme parks from the United States Europe and Asia in a comparative multidisciplinary framework this fascinating book argues that these fantasy environments are an extreme example of the totalization of public space. By illuminating the relationship between theme parks and public space this book offers critical insights into the ethos of total landscape. Illuminating the relationship between theme parks and public space the book offers an insight into the ethos design and expectations of public space in the twenty-first century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315236001

Total Operations Solutions Total Operations Solutions builds on concepts that were introduced in "Total Manufacturing Solutions" Basu and Wright (1997). It demonstrates how this holistic approach of operational excellence driven by a self-assessment methodology can be applied equally to manufacturing service or public sectors.The text covers an implementation programme to demonstrate how to put the methodology into practice. a differentiating feature ofthe approach will be a critical uopdate impact analysis and comparison with new developments such as e-Business outsourcing Six Sigma EFQM and ISO 9000:2000. It is a step-by-step guide for the application of the appropriate tools to the improvement process.Total Operations Solutions could be used as an essential handbook for all employees in a Six Sigma programme and provide a better understanding of basic tools and techniques to help them to support a quality improvement initiative and sustain a srong competitive position. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138455597

Total Organizational Excellence Total Organizational Excellence: Achieving world-class performance sets down an implementation framework to guide managers on how to improve business performance in all types of organization. Drawing on extensive research and case study work conducted within Oakland Consulting and its Research Division the European Centre for Business Excellence it shows how to set clear direction and fulfil desired goals through key business and people development processes and regular performance measurement. These are the secrets of successful strategy deployment and change management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149397

Total Parenteral Nutrition in the Hospital and at Home It is therefore obvious that good patient management necessitates the use of an alternative route of nutritional support in patients unable to eat or absorb an oral diet. This alternative is parenteral nutrition which is the subject of this book. While there are many texts on the subject of parenteral nutrition very few if any are directed to the practical details of organizing the delivery of parenteral nutrition from a multidisciplinary point of view. In this publication we present the practice of parenteral nutrition as viewed by a team of a physician nurse and pharmacist. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898230

Total Productive MaintenanceStrategies and Implementation Guide A systematic approach to improving production and quality systems total productive maintenance (TPM) involves all employees through a moderate investment in maintenance. Therefore a successful TPM implementation requires support of all employees from C-level on down. Total Productive Maintenance: Strategies and Implementation Guide highlights the importance of effective communication on all levels to successful TPM implementation. It also discusses the role of the right set of tools from the right perspective—and demonstrates how to obtain a healthy balance of both. Authors Tina Agustiady and Elizabeth Cudney recognized a need for better understanding of how to apply and integrate the TPM philosophy and its associated tools and techniques. In this book they build a framework of problem-solving methods and tools from the TPM toolkit that help you understand the problems develop process improvements and develop a plan to implement change. They also provide an overview and introduction to the TPM methodology detailed information on TPM implementation and in-depth case studies. A major highlight of the book is the inclusion of case studies and applications of TPM that have shown significant improvement in meeting customer requirements and reducing downtime of processes. These in-depth descriptions demonstrate how to successfully apply TPM based on real-world projects from a wide variety of processes. They provide hands-on experience—an invaluable resource when instructing the use of methods and tools in training or in a classroom. And these case studies give you detailed step-by-step approaches to TPM integration with clear direction from project infancy to completion. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482255386

Total Project ControlA Practitioner's Guide to Managing Projects as Investments Second Edition There is often a deep disconnect between the project team’s goals and those of the organization. Senior management wants "profitable" projects but is only able to quantify its wishes in terms of the traditional project management elements: schedule and cost. To operate smoothly the entire organization must be driven by the single goal of project profitability. Total Project Control presents valuable enhancements to the traditional project management approach introducing new metrics and techniques for assessing the performance and profitability of projects. Demonstrating how to maximize the business value of a project this book discusses new profitability-based data metrics such as expected monetary value (EMV) expected project profit (EPP) Devaux's Index of Project Performance (DIPP) critical path drag drag cost and the cost of leveling with unresolved bottlenecks (CLUB). The impact of implementing these metrics can be far reaching. Not only will good management decisions at both the project and executive levels be supported by quantitative data but bad decisions will become harder to justify. This book shows how to compute and use the new metrics to rightsize staffing levels for projects programs and organizations. It also explains what every project manager needs to know about earned value tracking: its uses abuses value distortions and potential fixes. The book then extends these metrics into techniques for indexing tracking progressing and improving the business value of projects. See What’s New in the Second Edition: Includes new diagrams and new ways of computing critical path drag in complex networks Introduces DIPP Performance Index tracking Offers new exercises in how to compute critical path drag and drag cost and use them to maximize project value Focuses on topics senior management needs to be assured the project team is using to maximize project profitability Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498706773

Total PropagandaFrom Mass Culture To Popular Culture BLURB FOR TOTAL PROP MAILER................ Total Propaganda moves the study of propaganda out of the exclusive realm of world politics into the more inclusive study of popular culture media and politics. All the participatory functioning elements of the society are aspects of membership in the popular culture. Thus the values of popular music media politics debates over social issues and even international trade become everyday propaganda to which everyone may relate. To emphasize the necessity for new thinking about propaganda Edelstein creates the concepts of the new propaganda and the old and he devises a language of "uninyms" to convey their meanings more quickly. "Oldprop" is characteristic of mass cultures and utilizes totalitarian methods of conflict hegemony minimization demonization and exclusiveness to achieve its goals. By contrast "newprop" is created by members of the popular culture to allow them to engage in accomodation enhance the individual and promote inclusiveness. Shifts in the old and the new propaganda are tracked across social issues such as race religion sexuality gender gun control and the environment as well as in fashion politics advertising sports media and politics. Central to the concept of total propaganda is that it is not simply additive; it is the product of new energies that are produced by the fusing of propaganda in such related forums as music art advertising sports and politics. It is these synergies and their production of new energies that make total propaganda greater than the sum of its parts. Edelstein concludes that the most important distinction that should be drawn between mass culture and popular culture is its text; i.e. its propaganda. In a popular culture everyone creates and consumes propaganda; in a mass culture almost everyone consumes it but only a few create it. This formulation offers new ways to discuss power and ideology in media texts. As an example where once the least informed and the least educated were the most subject to propaganda now the most informed and most educated often are the first to create propaganda and the first to consume it. FORMER BLURB COPY.......It is widely recognized that the mass media provide us with ample information which we use to construct some sense of the world around us. It is not as widely recognized that consumers of media messages are active in this constructive process making meanings that are sensible to them in particular life circumstances. The media target a younger more media savvy generation who are more likely to be participants in the messages than members of any previous generation. This participatory aspect of new media is central to what the author defines as the new propaganda. Although critical and cultural theories are often prohibitive for undergraduate students the author's formulation offers an accessible way to discuss power and ideology in media texts. Without using the critical discourse he provides compelling arguments that power and ideology are created and maintained through the active participation of audience members. The conceptualization of the old and new propagandas helps move the study of propaganda out of the realm of world politics into the study of popular culture. The author views all of the participatory functioning of the society as aspects of membership in a more embracing popular culture. This point of view recognizes that the mass media are extremely important forces in the consumer's construction of reality and that they are no longer exclusive channels for disseminating the messages of the powerful elites. Instead the media -- particularly the new media -- are accessible to and used frequently by less powerful members of society -- children ethnic minorities and marginal members of society -- to create realities that more satisfactorily fulfill their needs. NEW BLURB COPY FOR GENERAL CATALOGS... Total Propaganda is a fresh answer to the question of the inclusiveness of the popular culture. It demonstrates how the values of popular music media politics debates over social issues and international trade have become everyday propaganda to which everyone relates in some way. Edelstein demonstrates that the most important distinction that can be drawn between mass culture and popular culture is its text Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203812228

Total PurchasingA Model for Locality Commissioning This text is based on the practical experience of pilot schemes which have identified a variety of opportunities and innovative ideas which others can adopt and develop. This book is a reference for principals and managers of fundholding practices those thinking about becoming fundholders and for the managers of provider units seeking to expand their services including the commissioning authorities. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315381060

Total Quality in Managing Human Resources Human resource management is a particularly challenging role both domestically and globally. This challenge can be viewed either as an opportunity or as a threat. As an opportunity the principles and practices of total quality presented in this book can help human resource professionals or anyone who manages people transform institutionalized mediocrity into organizational excellence.The focus of this book is on managing the difference TQ makes in human resources. Whereas the traditional nature and scope of responsibility for most human resource professionals has been that of staff support geared to administrative compliance the total quality approach offered here reveals the keys to developing and sustaining commitment to world-class performance. These keys include strategic input and continual improvement of the human resource system to enhance internal and external customer satisfaction both now and in the future. The full meaning of these new TQ role demands is explored in light of the driving forces reshaping the HR environment into the 21st Century.In addition this book offers practitioner assessment instruments practical TQ tools and specific implementation steps to take in order to make the TQ difference in managing human resources domestically and globally. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203735534

Total Quality in Marketing Total Quality in Marketing integrates the two areas of marketing and quality management and demonstrates how they are mutually compatible and complementary. Its primary focus is to assist managers in applying total quality principles to the overall marketing management process-preparing for a more highly competitive marketplace. Practical guidelines and processes are offered on how quality initiatives impact planning organization implementation and quality control. This unique and valuable book presents a systems approach to quality-how to operationalize in the context of both the management and marketing cycles. It demonstrates how to establish effective team-based practices as well as describes the pitfalls of quality programs that are introduced as stand-alone programs without any linkage to overall strategy. This useful new book serves as a teaching tool and comprehensive reference source for integrating total quality. Case studies exercises and chapter profiles also provide excellent support materials. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203735510

Total Quality in RadiologyA Guide to Implementation Total Quality is a practical proven approach to management that is successfully being applied throughout American industry-and more recently in health care organizations. Total Quality in Radiology: A Guide to Implementation is designed to be used by the neophyte or experienced quality improvement practitioner. Written by two authors with extensive experience in departmental leadership problem solving and improvement programs this new book provides the reader with a step-by-step practical approach for implementing total quality in a radiology department.The book covers all the principles of total quality and provides the basic tools necessary to begin and implement a detailed QI program.For the administrator there are examples of actual radiology improvement projects that have been implemented in U.S. hospitals-including successes and setbacks. Lessons learned and pitfalls are openly discussed.For the radiologist there is a fresh new look at quality from the "customer's" perspective-the patient and referring physician. Examples of programs "in operation" are provided as well as suggestions for other areas where radiology-initiated quality programs may have a positive impact on patient outcome.This book has something for those who want relief from crisis management and wish to maintain an abiding commitment to an improved health care workplace. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203735480

Total Quality in the Construction Supply ChainSafety Leadership Total Quality Lean and BIM Organizations in the construction industry struggle with three key issues: quality management or better meeting customer expectations supply chain management or more effectively working with suppliers to provide a seamless service to customers and knowledge management the challenge of learning between collaborating organisations and between people working on similar projects around the world. Excellence in these key aspects of business is the hallmark of great companies.This book tackles each of these themes demonstrating their significance as strategic concepts for the construction sector and illustrating how development goals in each of the areas can be met. To be successful Total Quality has to impact on the organisation’s Performance which should be measured on a “balanced scorecard” including the results from the customer. This can be achieved through good Planning and improvements in Processes through involvement of the People. These 4Ps combine with the 4Cs – Customer Culture Communication and Commitment to provide a model for implementing total quality into construction.The book brings together within this consistent theoretical framework international case studies from all areas of the construction industry. These include examples as diverse as quarrying construction design real estate land development and regulatory agencies drawn from the UK USA Hong Kong Singapore Australia and Japan. Through these the authors demonstrate how a total quality or business excellence strategy can be applied in all activities in the construction supply chain to achieve world-class performance.Written by two of the world's leading experts in a logical and very practical style Total Quality in the Construction Supply Chain offers students and others new to the subject a clearly structured introduction to the concept of quality in the industry while offering help and guidance to the most experienced professionals. The book should also appeal to people from all areas of the building and construction sector in any country. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172562

Total Quality Management (TQM)Principles Methods and Applications Organisations are now focused on total customer satisfaction. However there is a lack of understanding the requirements and the customer needs. Total Quality Management (TQM) integrates all phases and ensures a defect free quality product. This textbook provides the understanding of all aspects of TQM and the implementation. This textbook covers all aspects of TQM discusses quality systems in detail highlights the importance of the needs of the customer and presents the concept of Total Productive Maintenance (TPM). Written as a textbook for students of engineering and management but also explains all quality systems which will be helpful to all organisations in choosing the correct quality system and helpful to managers in decision making while analyzing any process. A solutions manual and power point presentations slides are available for qualified adoptions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367512835

Total Quality Management and Just-in-Time PurchasingTheir Effects on Performance of Firms Operating in the U.S. This study investigates the relation of total quality management (TQM) and just-in-time purchasing (JITP) with respect to firms' performance based on theories from operations management organization theory strategic management and marketing. U.S. companies have implemented TQM and JITP techniques to improve their global competitive position. The lack of empirical research on how these techniques effect firms performance makes it necessary to explain their strategic values as management innovations. In this study a cross-sectional mail survey was used with the target population of firms in the continental United States that have implemented either technique or both. The results indicate that the extent of TQM and JITP implementation positively correlates with a firm's performance. Furthermore the relation between JITP and financial and market performance is more significant in those industries that face high as opposed to low foreign competition. In this study the validity of findings was assessed in four parts: statistical conclusion internal construct and external validity. Each validity type is defined and its threats are discussed. Based on the findings a revised research model is offered. The author also notes likely avenues of future research for theorists and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985759

Total Quality Management and Operational ExcellenceText with Cases The notion of 'Quality' in business performance has exploded since the publication of the first edition of this classic text in 1989. Today there is a plethora of performance improvement frameworks including lean–Six Sigma and the latest version of ISO 9001 offering an often confusing variety of ways to achieve business excellence. Quality guru John Oakland’s famous TQM model in many ways a precursor to these frameworks has evolved to become the ultimate holistic overview of performance improvement strategy. Incorporating the frameworks that succeeded it the revised model redefines Quality by: Accelerating change Reducing cost Protecting reputation The popular practical jargon-free writing style along with ten supporting case studies effortlessly ties the model to its real-life applications making it easy to understand how to apply what you’ve learned to your practices and achieve sustainable competitive advantage. Guiding readers through the language of TQM and OpEx and all their recent developments including data analytics this book sets out a clear way to manage change. This exciting update of a classic is all the busy student or professional will need to begin understanding how to manage Quality and achieve Operational Excellence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138673410

Total Quality Management for Project Management Finding ways to improve margins can be the difference between organizations that thrive and those that simply survive during times of economic uncertainty. Describing why cost reductions can be just as powerful as increases in revenue Total Quality Management for Project Management explains how to integrate time-tested project management tools with the power of Total Quality Management (TQM) to achieve significant cost reductions. Detailing the ins and outs of applying project management methods to TQM activities the book provides the understanding you’ll need to enhance the effectiveness of your TQM work. To clear up any confusion about what a true quality improvement is it includes sections that cover the fundamentals of total quality management and defines the terms used throughout the text. The book examines profitability as it relates to product cost—including the initial work determining investment paybacks. It compares TQM/PM versus Six Sigma and illustrates the use of scrum in the context of TQM for improving quality initiatives. Complete with real-world success stories that facilitate comprehension it illustrates methods that can help to minimize distractions and keep your team focused. The authors consider the full range of quality improvement tools as applied within the framework of project management. For the section of the book on the application of TQM to scrum they demonstrate how these analytical methods can be used on the data produced within a scrum project and made into actionable information. Filled with innovative methods for improving costs the text arms you with the tools to determine the approaches best suited to your corporate culture and capabilities. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781439885055

Total Quality Management in Education This text has been written for managers in higher education as well as for headteachers and deputy heads in the school sector.;"Total quality management" (TQM) is a philosophy and a methodology that is widely used in business and increasingly in education to manage change or other processes. With the pressure for change and quality in education never more acute this book provides an opportunity for readers in education to acquaint themselves with TQM.;Revised and updated this edition introduces the key concepts of TQM in the education context. It discusses organizational leadership and teamwork issues and the tools and techniques of TQM. This text should help educators develop a framework for quality management in their school college department or university. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138132016

Total Quality Management in Higher EducationStudy of Engineering Institutions This book offers a conceptual theoretical and empirical overview of the role of total quality management (TQM) in Indian higher education from the perspectives of the engineering faculty students and alumni. It identifies the critical dimensions to measure the performance of TQM. This volume conceptualizes the service quality of higher education especially in engineering education through empirical assessment of the services being provided to major stakeholders like the faculty the students and the alumni. It highlights the significance of TQM in creating success stories while discussing the importance of improved productivity and quality in higher education with respect to the quality of engineering educational institutions. Further the book provides a complete framework for the implementation of TQM in engineering educational institutions. This book will be of interest to students teachers and researchers of education and management studies. It will also be useful for educationalists education administrators education policymakers and bureaucrats management professionals business leaders and the governing bodies of higher education institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367641672

Total Quality Management: A pictorial guide for managers Another new book in the popular and original series of pictorial guides - John Oakland cuts through the complex concepts and confusing jargon associated with implementing Total Quality and Peter Morris presents the information in his inimitable pictorial style. This book will show students and managers what they need to understand about TQM in the simplest clearest and most memorable form. Professor John Oakland is undoubtedly the British guru of quality management. Following a successful industrial career in research and production management he has developed a pragmatic approach to introducing TQM which he and his colleagues have used successfully in literally thousands of organizations. He is founder and Executive Chairman of OAKLAND Consulting Plc. and Head of the European Centre for TQM at the University of Bradford Management Centre. Also published by Butterworth-Heinemann are John Oakland's bestselling Total Quality Management (now in its second edition) and Cases in Total Quality Management. Peter Morris is the creative force behind the illustrations in all Butterworth-Heinemann's pictorial guides. Originally trained as an art teacher he spent several years as an industrial designer in Canada before returning to England to design educational and training materials for the University of Sussex. His experience working on industrial contracts convinced him quite rightly that cartoons are frequently the best way to illustrate the abstractions of business life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140356

Total Quality ManagementText Cases and Readings Third Edition Acclaimed and used in over 200 colleges and universities around the country Total Quality Management: Text Cases and Readings has been completely revised and expanded to meet the growing demands and awareness for quality products and services in the competing domestic and global marketplaces. Since the publication of the first and second editions of this book interest in and acceptance of TQM has continued to accelerate around the world. This edition has been thoroughly revised updated and expanded. Some of the changes are:A new chapter on the emerging Theory of ConstraintsExpanded treatment of Process ManagementEleven new readingsTen new casesChapter examples of TQM at 12 Baldrige winning organizationsEnd of chapter recommendations for further readingRevised and updated textual materialThe Varifilm case is retained as a comprehensive study that illustrates good and not so good practices. Each chapter contains an exercise which provides the reader with an opportunity to apply TQM principles to the practices illustrated in each case.Based on sound principles this practical book is an excellent text for organizational development programs aimed at practitioners responsible for developing and implementing TQM programs in their own service or manufacturing organizations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203735466

Total Quality Safety Management and Auditing Total Quality Management (TQM) is a business philosophy that yields customer satisfaction and continuous process improvement. This new reference and workbook embraces the TQM revolution and explains to readers how TQM principles are applied to safety and health programs. The text also focuses on the ISO-9000 Quality Program Voluntary Protection Program and Process Safety Management. For each of these topics the key principles are identified and described and the quality principles are adapted to safety. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203735442

Total Quality ServicePrinciples Practices and Implementation Total Quality Service rises to the business challenge of the 90s. It explains in the most concise terms possible the principles of TQS. The research stands-most unhappy customers do not complain. Instead they never again buy from businesses that just once left them unsatisfied. What then is TQS? In the simplest terms it is the true commitment to operationalizing the concept of customer focus establishing service performance standards measuring performance against benchmarks recognizing and rewarding exemplary behavior and maintaining enthusiasm for the customer at all times. Companies that do not provide quality service not only won't compete-they won't exist. Let Total Quality Service put you and your employees on the cutting edge of customer satisfaction. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203735435

Total Relationship Marketing This third edition of Total Relationship Marketing confirms it as a classic text on the subject of relationship marketing and CRM areas which have become accepted – and debated – parts of marketing but are currently undergoing dramatic change. A major contribution to marketing thought internationally this seminal title presents a powerful in-depth analysis of relational approaches to marketing where the three words relationships networks and interaction are king. The book effects a dramatic shift in the fundamentals of marketing thought with the author’s refined model of thirty relationships the 30Rs presenting a sophisticated and cogent challenge to the traditional 4Ps schema. Previous editions were widely praised as breakthrough texts in the field combining incisive and searching analysis with an accessible and pragmatic approach to putting the theory to work. This third edition is the first book on relationship marketing and CRM to integrate the ongoing evolution in marketing through the service-dominant logic lean consumption and the customer’s value chain the augmented role of the customer in value creation the increasing importance of customer-to-customer (C2C) interaction network-based many-to-many marketing and marketing accountability and metrics. It addresses both the high tech information technology aspects of marketing and the high touch human aspects. Further customer-centricity is suggested to be broadened to balanced centricity a trade-off between the needs of all stakeholders of a network of relationships. Examples cases concepts and references have been updated. Highly informative practical in style and packed with illustrations from real companies Total Relationship Marketing is an essential resource for all serious marketing practitioners as well as undergraduate and postgraduate students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138168930

Total Responsibility ManagementThe Manual Almost every manager today knows that satisfying customers by meeting their quality demands is a critical component of business success. Quality management is a given in modern companies – a competitive imperative. Yet it was not always so. Back when the quality movement was getting started few managers really understood either the importance of quality to customers or how to manage for quality. Much the same could be said today about managing responsibility. Why and how should responsibility be managed? What is responsibility management? Total Responsibility Management answers these questions while at the same time providing a systemic framework for managing a company's responsibilities to stakeholders and the natural environment that can be applied in a wide range of contexts.  This framework uses managerial familiarity with quality management to illustrate the drivers for responsibility management. Companies know that product or service quality affects their customer relationships and the trust customers have in the company's products and services. So too a company's management of its responsibilities to other constituencies affects its relationships with those other stakeholders and the natural environment. But why bother? The answer is quite simple. Never has it been easier for employees reporters activists investors community members the media and other critical observers to find fault with companies and their subsidiaries. A problem identified even in a remote region or within a remote supplier can instantaneously be transmitted around the world at the click of a mouse. Ask footwear toy clothing and other highly visible branded companies what their recent experience with corporate critics has been and they will tell you about the need to manage their stakeholder responsibilities (human rights labour relations environmental integrity-related) or face significant consequences in the limelight of public opinion.  Managers will discover that whether they do it consciously or not they are already managing responsibility just as companies were already managing quality when the quality movement hit. This manual makes the process of managing responsibilities to and relationships with stakeholders and nature explicit. Making the process explicit is important because too few of today's decisions-makers yet understand how they are managing stakeholder responsibilities as well as they understand how to manage quality.  Managing responsibilities goes well beyond traditional 'do good' or discretionary activities associated with philanthropy and volunteerism which are frequently termed 'corporate social responsibility'. In its broadest sense responsibility management means taking corporate citizenship seriously as a core part of the way the company develops and implements its business model. The specifics of responsibility management are unique to each company its industry its products and its stakeholders yet as this manual illustrates a general approach to managing responsibility is feasible – indeed is increasingly necessary.  Based on work undertaken by Boston College and the International Labour Office Total Responsibility Management is the first CSR manual. Its original case studies add value to a range of tools and exercises that will make it required reading for all managers in need of a practical guide to managing responsibility and to students and researchers looking for an overarching framework to contextualise the changing responsibilities of global business. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351280402

Total Safety and the Productivity Challenge Adopting a strategic approach to risk management can maximize competitiveness and profitability. Total Safety and Productivity approaches offer managers a set of methods and tools to apply a Total Safety Management (TSM) philosophy to achieve this. The capability to anticipate assess and plan for risks associated with future operations is a critical success factor for enterprises of all types and sizes. The ability to risk assess actual operations with an easy to apply resilient methodology can offer significant benefits in terms of the capacity to improve safety and performance.This book describes approaches that can be used alone or jointly to improve safety management in any organization. The methods are based on academic best practice and have been developed by leading experts but are presented here in a practical way for application in industry by non-experts. The book outlines a professional approach to risk and safety management which requires goal setting planning and the measurement of performance and encourages a safety management system that is woven holistically into the fabric of an organization so that it becomes part of the culture the way people do their jobs and helps ensure that issues are correctly prioritized and managed as they emerge. This book is essential reading for professionals at both expert and non-expert level who are interested in applying the TSM philosophy within their organization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671754

Total SportscastingPerformance Production and Career Development Whether you want to be in front of the camera on the microphone  or behind the scenes Total Sportscasting gives you the skills you’ll need to become successful in this dynamic industry. This book covers everything from performance and production techniques to all aspects of sportscasting good broadcast writing techniques and how best to forge lasting relationships with team personnel. It also delves into the unique issues facing women sportscasters. And when it comes to breaking into the business Total Sportscasting devotes entire chapters to career development and demo reel production. For important perspective we’ve also included chapters on the history of sportscasting and attempts to glimpse into its future. Total Sportscasting is packed with a variety of features for both learning and instructing: Complete coverage of every aspect of the sportscast helping you prepare for any platform—TV radio and the web Interviews with successful sports journalists producers and directors who give you an inside look into the real-world practices of the industry A companion website which provides additional resources for both instructors and students including video and audio examples and links to additional resources: www.totalsportscasting.com Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415813921

Totalitarian Capitalism and Beyond Anchored in contemporary debates on capitalism and political economy this study reconsiders the major trends which are currently shaping a new stage of capitalism. With chapters examining globalization the role of technology and environmental degradation George Liodakis constructs a politico-economic approach on contemporary capitalism from within a classical Marxist framework of political economy. The volume provides a fitting balance between theory and empirical evidence and significantly enriches the existing scholarship on contemporary capitalism and the potential for social change. This is an important contribution to those interested in international political economy in particular with developing a new political strategy for going beyond capitalism: a 'reinvention' of a communist perspective. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315550817

Totalitarian Democracy and After This volume first published in 1984 contains the principal papers from a distinguished colloquium held in 1982. Its avowed purpose is to investigate further the notion of "totalitarian democracy" and to look at its repercussions in the contemporary world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315040219

Totalitarian DictatorshipNew Histories This book locates totalitarianism in the vastly complex web of fragmented pasts diverse presents and differently envisaged futures to enhance understanding of the fraught era in European history. It explores empirical ways to the resurgence of the concept of totalitarian dictatorship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138957404

Totalitarianism Globalization ColonialismThe Destruction of Civilization Since 1914 The century that began in 1914 with the outbreak of the First World War was catastrophic. Over the course of that one-hundred-year span civilizations were destroyed in the Old World the New World and the Third World the latter represented by China India and Islam.In Europe the main agent of destruction was totalitarianism; in America it was globalization ushered in by modernity; and in the non-Western world it was colonialism followed later by totalitarianism and globalization. Harry Redner examines each of these processes providing theoretical and historical accounts of their emergence. He considers the effects of Nazism and Bolshevism on the morale and morals of Europe; studies the effects on the United States of the nation's emergence as a major world power; and describes the impact of modernization on China India and Islam as they underwent Europeanization Sovietization and Americanization.Redner confronts us with a paradox: in the midst of unprecedented material affluence and organizational efficiency one that uses advanced technologies and cutting-edge scientific knowledge we are also sinking into an unprecedented cultural moral intellectual and spiritual decline. He locates the origins of this condition in the violently contradictory processes of the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412863018

Totalitarianism and Philosophy When Mussolini Hitler and Stalin first came to power in the 1930s their regimes were considered by many to represent a new and perplexing phenomenon. They were labelled ‘totalitarian’. But is ‘totalitarianism’ genuinely new or is the word just another name for something old and familiar namely tyranny? This is the first question to be addressed by Alan Haworth in this book which explores the relevance of philosophy to the understanding of totalitarianism. In the course of the discussion definitions are tested. Is it coherent to think of totalitarianism as the imposition of a ‘total state’ or of ‘total control’? Could it even be that the idea of totalitarianism is a ‘non-concept’? Examining the work of the totalitarian philosophers Giovanni Gentile and Carl Schmitt the idea of ‘totalitarianism by other means’ as represented in dystopian fiction and the philosophy of Hannah Arendt Totalitarianism and Philosophy is essential reading for all students and scholars of political philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367438258

Totalitarianism and Political Religions Volume IIConcepts for the Comparison Of Dictatorships Available for the first time in English language translation this is the long-awaited second volume of the three part set on Totalitarianism and Political Religions edited by the eminent Professor Hans Maier. This represents a major study with contributions from leading scholars of political extremism sociology and modern history the book shows how new models for understanding political history arose from the experience of modern despotic regimes. We are used to distinguishing the despotic regimes of the twentieth century - Communism Fascism National Socialism Maoism - very precisely according to place and time origins and influences. But what should we call that which they have in common? On this question there has been and still is a passionate debate. Indeed the question seemed for a long time not even to be admissible. Clearly this state of affairs is unsatisfactory. The debate has been renewed in the past few years. After the collapse of the communist systems in Central East and Southern Europe a (scarcely surveyable) mass of archival material has become available. Following the lead of Fascism and National Socialism communist and socialist regimes throughout the world now belong to the historical past as well. This leads to the resumption of old questions: what place do modern despotisms assume in the history of the twentieth century? What is their relation to one another? Should they be captured using traditional concepts – autocracy tyranny despotism dictatorship – or are new concepts required? Here the most important concepts - totalitarianism and political religions - are discussed and tested in terms of their usefulness. This set of volumes is as topical and relevant to current world events in the twenty first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415540766

Totalitarianism and Political Religions Volume IIIConcepts for the Comparison Of Dictatorships - Theory & History of Interpretations Available for the first time in English language translation the third volume of Totalitarianism and Political Religions completes the set. It provides a comprehensive overview of key theories and theorists of totalitarianism and of political religions from Hannah Arendt and Raymond Aron to Leo Strauss and Simone Weill. Edited by the eminent Professor Hans Maier it represents a major study examining how new models for understanding political history arose from the experience of modern despotic regimes. Where volumes one and two were concerned with questioning the common elements between twentieth century despotic regimes - Communism Fascism National Socialism Maoism – this volume draws a general balance. It brings together the findings of research undertaken during the decade 1992-2002 with the cooperation of leading philosophers historians and social scientists for the Institute of Philosophy at the University of Munich. Following the demise of Italian Fascism (1943-45) German National Socialism (1945) and Soviet Communism (1989-91) a comparative approach to the three regimes is possible. A broad field of interpretation of the entire phenomenon of totalitarian and political religions opens up. This comprehensive study examines a vast topic which affects the political and historical landscape over the whole of the last century. Moreover dictatorships and their motivations are still present in current affairs today in the twenty-first century. The three volumes of Totalitarianism and Political Religions are a vital resource for scholars of fascism Nazism communism totalitarianism comparative politics and political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542487

Totem and Taboo Widely acknowledged to be one of Freud's greatest cultural works when Totem and Taboo was first published in 1913 it caused outrage. Thorough and thought-provoking Totem and Taboo remains the fullest exploration of Freud's most famous themes. Family society religion - they're all put on the couch here. Whatever your feelings about psychoanalysis Freud's theories have influenced every facet of modern life from film and literature to medicine and art. If you don't know your incest taboo from your Oedipal complex and you want to understand more about the culture we're living in then Totem and Taboo is the book to read. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138834606

Totem And TabooSome Points of Agreement between the Mental Lives of Savages and First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875579

Tottel's Songes and Sonettes in Context Though printer Richard Tottel’s Songes and Sonettes (1557) remains the most influential poetic collection printed in the sixteenth century the compiliation has long been ignored or misundertood by scholars of early modern English culture. Embracing a broad range of critical and historical perspectives the eight essays within this volume offer the first sustained analysis of the many ways that consumers read and understood Songes and Sonettes as an anthology over the course of the early modern period. Copied by a monarch set to music sung carried overseas studied appropriated rejected edited by consumers transferred to manuscript and gifted by Shakespeare this muti-author verse anthology of 280 poems transformed sixteenth-century English language and culture. With at least eleven printings before the end of Elizabeth I’s reign Tottel’s ground-breaking text greatly influenced the poetic publications that followed including individual and multi-author miscellanies. Contributors to this essay collection explore how in addition to offering a radically new kind of English verse ’Tottel’s Miscellany’ engaged politics friendship religion sexuality gender morality and commerce in complex-and at times contradictory-ways. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367882273

Touch and the Ancient Senses Unlike the other senses touch ranges beyond a single sense organ encompassing not only the skin but also the interior of the body. It mediates almost every aspect of interpersonal relations in antiquity from the everyday to the erotic just as it also provides a primary point of contact between the individual and the outside world. The essays in this volume explore the ways in which touch plays a defining role in science art philosophy and medicine and shapes our understanding of topics ranging from aesthetics and poetics to various religious and ritual practices. Whether we locate the sense of touch on the surface of the skin within the body or – less tangibly still – within the emotions the sensory impact of touching raises a broad range of interpretive and phenomenological questions.  This is the first volume of its kind to explore the sense of touch in antiquity bringing a variety of disciplinary approaches to bear on the sense that is usually disregarded as the most base and obvious of the five. In these pages by contrast we find in touch a complex and fascinating indicator of the body’s relation to object environment and self. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844658725

Touch in Child Counseling and Play TherapyAn Ethical and Clinical Guide Touch in Child Counseling and Play Therapy explores the professional and legal boundaries around physical contact in therapy and offers best-practice guidelines from a variety of perspectives. Chapters address issues around appropriate and sensitive therapist-initiated touch therapeutic approaches that use touch as an intervention in child treatment and both positive and challenging forms of touch that are initiated by children. In these pages professionals and students alike will find valuable information on ways to address potential ethical dilemmas including defining boundaries working with parents and guardians documentation consent forms cultural considerations countertransference and much more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138638532

Touch in Early Development A symposium titled "Touch in Infancy" was held to celebrate the opening of the first Touch Research Institute in the world. Although touch is the largest sense organ in the body it is the one that had been the most neglected and the only one to just recently have a research institute. Designed to conduct basic research on touch and on the skin the institute will work with wellness programs such as massage therapy and other kinds of touch therapies to facilitate better health and to treat various diseases. The institute's opening symposium featured presentations from several of the world's leading experts in infant development. Published in this volume their work addresses the relevance of touch to the neonate's well-being. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138985766

Touch in MuseumsPolicy and Practice in Object Handling The value of touch and object handling in museums is little understood despite the overwhelming weight of anecdotal evidence which confirms the benefits of physical interaction with objects. Touch in Museums presents a ground-breaking overview of object handling from both historical and scientific perspectives. The book aims to establish a framework for understanding the role of object handling for learning enjoyment and health. The broad range of essays included explores the many different contexts for object handling not only within the museum but extending beyond it to hospitals schools and the wider community. The combination of theoretical analysis policy assessment and detailed case material make Touch in Museums invaluable reading for students and professionals of museology or cultural heritage. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135616

Touch in Social InteractionTouch Language and Body Rooted in multimodal conversation analysis and based on video recordings of naturally occurring social interactions this book presents a novel analytical perspective for the study of touch. The authors focus on how different forms of touch are interactionally organized in everyday institutional and professional practices showing how touch is multimodally achieved in social interaction how it acquires its significance how it is embedded in the current activity and in its social context and how it is systematically intertwined with talk facial expressions and body posture. Including work by a wide range of renowned researchers this volume provides rich visual illustrations of situations featuring touch as a social and intersubjective practice. The studies make a compelling contribution to the field by clearly examining and demonstrating the social meaning of touch for the participants in social interaction in a broad range of contexts. Presenting a new methodology for the study of touch this is key reading for all researchers and scholars working in conversation analysis multimodality and related areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138541986

Touch in Sports Coaching and Physical EducationFear Risk and Moral Panic In our increasingly risk-averse society touch and touching behaviours between professionals and children have become a fraught issue. In sports coaching and physical education touching young sports performers and participants has in some contexts come to be redefined as dubious and dangerous. Coaches find themselves operating in a framework of regulations and guidelines that create anxiety for them and others and for many volunteer (and sometimes professional) coaches this fearful context has led them to question the risks and benefits of their continuing involvement in sport. Touch in Sports Coaching and Physical Education is the first book to explore this difficult topic in detail. Drawing on a series of international studies from the US UK Australia Canada Sweden and elsewhere it presents important new research evidence and examines theories of risk and moral panic that frame the discussion. By challenging prevailing orthodoxies the book makes a significant contribution to critical discussion around practice pedagogy politics and policy in sport and physical education and also informs current debates around the nature and quality of all in loco parentis relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138695412

Touch PapersDialogues on Touch in the Psychoanalytic Space For the first time the controversial issue of physical contact in the consulting room is explored by distinguished psychoanalysts and psychotherapists representing a diverse range of psychoanalytic viewpoints. The contributors focus on the unconscious meanings of touch or absence of touch or unwelcome touch or accidental touch in the psychoa Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329327

TouchAttachment and the Body This book compiles the papers presented at John Bowlby Memorial Conference 2003 exploring the complex and interwoven themes of touch attachment and the body and their emergence in clinical work. It offers a new theory of the body and of the role of the body in psychoanalytical practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329310

Touched by Thunder Touched by Thunder is an extraordinary journey of remembering that deeply explores Indigenous experience through autobiography story song poetry and art. An honored artist and scholar White Deer weaves an multilayered world of childhood and family tribal communities Indian boarding schools celebrities and presidents tribal elders and priests robbers and rioters Irish and Muslim immigrants and even the prophet Bubba. The swirling text is illuminated with 16 of his original paintings printed in full color as well as black and white sketches. White Deer’s ingenious and visionary book traverses the fields of history Indigenous and First Nations studies memoir and the arts and is an engrossing read for a broad audience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611323498

Touching Space Placing Touch Given that touch and touching is so central to everyday embodied existence why has it been largely ignored by social scientists for so long? What is the place of touch in our mixed spaces of sociality work domesticity recreation creativity or care? What conceptual resources and academic languages can we reach towards when approaching tactile activities and somatic experiences through the body? How is this tactile landscape gendered? How is touch becoming revisited and revalidated in late capitalism through animal encounters tourism massage beauty treatments professional medicine everyday spiritualities or the aseptic touch-free spaces of automated toilets? How is touch placed and valued within scholarly fieldwork and research itself integral as it is to the production of embodied epistemologies? How is touch involved in such aesthetic experiences as shaping objects in sand or encountering fleshly bodies within a painting? The goal of this edited collection Touching Space Placing Touch is twofold: 1. To further advance theoretical and empirical understanding of touch in social science scholarship by focussing on the differential social and cultural meanings of touching and the places of touch.2. To develop a multi-faceted and interdisciplinary explanations of touch in terms of individual and social life personal experiences and tasks and their related cultural contexts. The twelve essays in this volume provide a rich combination of theoretical resources methodological approaches and empirical investigation. Each chapter takes a distinct aspect of touch within a particular spatial context exploring this through a mixture of sustained empirical work critical theories of embodiment philosophical and psychoanalytic approaches to gendered touch and touching or the relationship between visual and non-visual culture to articulate something of the variety and variability of touching experiences. The contributors are a mixture of established and emerging researchers within a growing interdisciplinary field of scholarship yet the volume has a strong thematic identity and therefore represents the formative collection concerning the multiple senses of touch within social science scholarship at this time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253490

Touching the Relational EdgeBody Psychotherapy This book introduces body psychotherapy to psychologists psychotherapists and interested others through an attachment based object relations and primarily psychoanalytic and relational framework. It approaches body psychotherapy through historical theoretical and clinical perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200949

Touchless Fingerprint Biometrics Offering the first comprehensive analysis of touchless fingerprint-recognition technologies Touchless Fingerprint Biometrics gives an overview of the state of the art and describes relevant industrial applications. It also presents new techniques to efficiently and effectively implement advanced solutions based on touchless fingerprinting. The most accurate current biometric technologies in touch-based fingerprint-recognition systems require a relatively high level of user cooperation to acquire samples of the concerned biometric trait. With the potential for reduced constraints reduced hardware costs quicker acquisition time wider usability and increased user acceptability this book argues for the potential superiority of touchless biometrics over touch-based methods. The book considers current problems in developing high-accuracy touchless recognition technology. It discusses factors such as shadows reflections complex backgrounds distortions due to perspective effects uncontrolled finger placement inconstant resolution of the ridge pattern and reconstruction and processing of three-dimensional models. The last section suggests what future work can be done to increase accuracy in touchless systems such as intensive studies on extraction and matching methods and three-dimensional analytical capabilities within systems. In a world where usability and mobility have increasing relevance Touchless Fingerprint Biometrics demonstrates that touchless technologies are also part of the future. A presentation of the state of the art it introduces you to the field and its immediate future directions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498707619

Tough FrontsThe Impact of Street Culture on Schooling Tough Fronts takes the difficult issues in urban education head on by putting street-savvy students at the forefront of the discussion on how to best make successful changes for inner city schools. Individual chapters discuss scholarly depictions of black America the social complexity of the teacher-student relationship individual success stories of 'at-risk' programs popular images of urban students and implications for education policy. With close attention to the voices of individual students this engaging book gives vitality and legitimacy to arguments for school changes that have been lacking in previous discussions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203819838

Tough Guys and True BelieversManaging Authoritarian Men in the Psychotherapy Room Some men are especially difficult to manage in the psychotherapy room. They are controlling exploitive rigid aggressive and prejudiced. In a word they are Authoritarian. This book is a guide for therapists and counselors who work with these men offering an understanding of their psychological development and providing empirically supported recommendations to work with them effectively. In the first part Robertson describes several versions of authoritarian men. Some are Tough Guys (workplace bullies abusive partners sexual harassers) and others are True Believers (men who use religion to justify their authoritarian behavior). Robertson draws from a diverse literature in psychology sociology men’s studies and neurobiology to describe the developmental histories and personalities of these men. Part two offers practical and specific strategies to assess and treat these wounded men—developing a masculine friendly alliance respecting their personal and religious beliefs and teaching them self-awareness and self-regulation skills. Throughout Robertson emphasizes a reality that many therapists doubt: Some authoritarian men want to change their behavior and are capable of doing so. This book presents an empathic and respectful view of a group of men too often written off as unmanageable and unchangeable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415890434

Touraj Kiaras and Persian Classical Music: An Analytical Perspective In this book Owen Wright analyses a single recording of classical Persian music made by Touraj Kiaras a distinguished singer accompanied by four noted instrumentalists. The format of the recording is typical of a public concert performance and thus includes instrumental compositions as well as a central exploration of vocal repertoire and technique. The analysis identifies salient structural features whether of the individual components or of the whole in a way accessible to the western reader but it also takes account of the analytical metalanguage used in Persian scholarship and includes consideration of the relationship between music and poetry. It is important to note that it is also guided by the perceptions of the performer whose input and responses to questions have significantly influenced the enterprise. To avoid the dryly impersonal the analysis is also framed by an introduction which combines a biographical sketch of Touraj Kiaras with a survey of the twentieth-century evolution of Persian classical music and of the position of the vocal repertoire within it and by an epilogue which examines further the ideological basis of prevalent attitudes to music and seeks to explore the validity of the analytical enterprise within this context. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315084701

Tourette SyndromeA Practical Guide for Teachers Parents and Carers This handbook provides the knowledge and information required to equip teachers and learning support assistants with the understanding and skills needed when working with pupils with Tourette syndrome. Clinical descriptions and medical treatments are discussed and advice on diagnosis identification and assessment in the classroom is given. Responding to the learning emotional and behavioural difficulties pupils may experience the authors provide multi-disciplinary strategies for application within a school. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203065136

Touring Beyond the Nation: A Transnational Approach to European Tourism History When tourists travel they often seek the exotic. The farther they venture the more unique the cultures they gaze upon the greater the prestige accrued; cross-cultural contact is commonplace. Yet despite the obviously transnational character of the tourist experience national borders define existing studies of tourism. Spanish French or German tourism is treated almost in isolation and there are only hints of a larger transnational impetus behind the creation of national tourism products. This volume tells a different story. Although modern tourism first evolved in Europe changes were never confined to national borders. The Grand Tour the birthplace of modern tourism was consummately transnational in both its execution and its influence. Although seaside resorts originated in Britain the aesthetic and scientific ideas that made beaches desirable emerged through conversation among Dutch painters English travellers and both British and Continental scientists and philosophers. When travel was finally available to the masses Irish tourism advocates looked to England Continental Europe and America for ideas. The Nazi leisure organization Strength through Joy (KdF) was based on an earlier Italian model the Dopolavoro. World's Fair promoters raided previous fairs in other countries for ideas. European-wide demand and taste helped shape nudist practice in France and beyond. At every turn practices and products developed because tourism lent itself to trans-national discourse. The contributors examine a wide range of topics that together make a powerful argument for the adoption of a new transnational model for understanding modern tourism. An essential addition to the library of academics studying the history of tourism popular culture and leisure in Europe the book will also provide interest to scholars of transnational topics including Europeanization and globalization. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315235998

Touring Poverty Touring Poverty addresses a highly controversial practice: the transformation of impoverished neighbourhoods into valued attractions for international tourists. In the megacities of the Global South selected and idealized aspects of poverty are being turned into a tourist commodity for consumption. The book takes the reader on a journey through Rocinha a neighbourhood in Rio de Janeiro which is advertised as "the largest favela in Latin America". Bianca Freire-Medeiros presents interviews with tour operators guides tourists and dwellers to explore the vital questions raised by this kind of tourism. How and why do diverse social actors and institutions orchestrate perform and consume touristic poverty? In the context of globalization and neoliberalism what are the politics of selling and buying the social experience of cities cultures and peoples? With a full and sensitive exploration of the ethical debates surrounding the ‘sale of emotions’ elicited by the first-hand contemplation of poverty Touring Poverty is an innovative book that provokes the reader to think about the role played by tourism – and our role as tourists – within a context of growing poverty. It will be of interest to students of sociology anthropology ethnography and methodology urban studies tourism studies mobility studies development studies politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138822689

Tourism Climate Change and Sustainability This book addresses many of the key themes that are seen as challenges to achieve sustainability and to mitigate climate change impacts in the near future in the tourism sector. In particular it focuses on the economic drivers for growth in tourism as they relate to sustainable development low-carbon travel and climate change impacts. A major feature is the integration of climate change and sustainability challenges rather than treating them separately or with sustainability as an add-on.  The first group of chapters addresses conceptual issues concerning the relationships between sustainability climate change and tourism. The second section considers regional national and international responses and initiatives including those of agencies such as UNESCO World Network of Biosphere Reserves and the UK’s South West Tourism. The third part provides a range of investigative research including topics such as air travel and coral reef tourism and case studies from locations such as southern Africa Scandinavia and the Pacific islands. Other research dimensions discussed in the book are drawn from Brazil Hawaii England Australia and New Zealand. Overall the book focuses on some of the most crucial challenges facing tourism in developed and developing countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109117

Tourism Conflict and Contested Heritage in Former Yugoslavia Described as ‘cultural crossroads’ or ‘mosaic’ ‘powder keg’ ‘border’ ‘bridge’ or Europe’s ‘Other’ the region comprising former Yugoslavia has over time conjured up ambiguous imaginaries associated with political unrest national contest and ethnic divide. Since the disintegration of Yugoslavia and the succeeding Yugoslav Wars of the 1990s both the geography and historiography of the region have been thoroughly reconfigured which has impacted the ways in which heritage is interpreted and used at local regional and national levels. In this ongoing process of heritage (re)interpretation tourism is more than just a ‘dark’ spectacle. While it can be seen as a catalyst through which to filter or normalise dissonant memories it can also be utilised as a powerful ideological tool which enables the narrative reinvention of contested traditions and divisive myths. Drawing on case studies from Bosnia-Herzegovina Croatia and Kosovo this volume generates new and fascinating insights into the contested terrain of heritage tourism in former Yugoslavia. It explores the manifold ways in which tourism stakeholders engage with capitalise on and make sense of sites and events marked by conflict and trauma. Unlike many previous studies this book features contributions by emerging early-career scholars emanating from within the region and working across disciplines such as anthropology art history geography and political studies. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Tourism and Cultural Change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233976

Tourism Cosmopolitanism and Global Citizenship Certain types of tourism such as volunteer tourism and student travel have long been associated with global citizenship. To travel and to experience other societies and other cultures is linked with a cosmopolitan outlook and also with the capacity to empathise and act ethically in relation to people in distant countries. In turn global citizenship – being a ‘citizen of the world’ - has become increasingly important both as a moral and political identity. Encouraged by employers validated by universities travel has become a marker of moral and intent for altruistic and ambitious youth with a mind to travel and the bank balance to facilitate it. The chapters in this volume explore the relationship between tourism global citizenship and cosmopolitanism. The chapters were originally published in a special issue of Tourism Recreation Research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589967

Tourism Creativity and Development Destinations across the world are beginning to replace or supplement culture-led development strategies with creative development. This book critically analyzes the impact and effectiveness of creative strategies in tourism development and charts the emergence of 'creative tourism'.  Why has ‘creativity’ become such an important aspect of development strategies and of tourism development in particular? Why is this happening now apparently simultaneously in so many destinations across the globe? What is the difference between cultural tourism and creative tourism? These are among the important questions this book answers. It critically examines the developing relationship between tourism and creativity the articulation of the ‘creative turn’ in tourism and the impact this has on theoretical perspectives and practical approaches to tourism development. A wide range of examples from Europe North America Asia Australia and Africa explore the interface between tourism and creativity including: creative spaces and places such as cultural and creative clusters and ethnic precincts; the role of the creative industries and entrepreneurs in the creation of experiences; creativity and rural areas; the 'creative class' and tourism; lifestyle creativity and tourism and marketing creative tourism destinations. The relationship between individual and collective forms of creativity and the widely differing forms of modern tourism are also discussed. In the concluding section of the book the contribution of creativity to tourism and to development strategies in general is assessed and areas for future research are outlined.The diverse multidisciplinary contributions link theory and practice and demonstrate the strengths and weaknesses of creativity as a tourism development strategy and marketing tool. It is the first exploration of the relationship between tourism and creativity and its consequences for tourism development in different parts of the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010628

Tourism Development and Terrorism in Bali This book investigates tourism as a form of globalization within the context of the island of Bali which has been voted the world's top island destination for the third time running by American travellers. The volume covers the onset of the Asian Crisis the largest stock-market crash since the Great Depression. The authors chart the turbulence that has afflicted the island at a time of market uncertainty and global political strife and analyze the responses of Bali's business and community leaders to the crises that have buffeted the island since the fall of Suharto. In particular the book analyzes crisis management with regard to the Bali Bombings the impact of the bombings on the tourism development cycle and investigates the motives of the bombers. The authors argue that the actions of the bombers can best be understood with regard to the rise of political Islam as a global issue and the book breaks new ground with an analysis of the bombers' global experiences. The book also examines home-grown resistance to certain aspects of globalization notably the attempt to turn Besakih the island's mother temple into a World Heritage Site and top tourist destination. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398509

Tourism Diasporas and Space Diasporas result from the scattering of populations and cultures across geographical space and time. Transnational in nature and unbounded by space they cut across the static territorial boundaries more usually deployed to govern tourism. In a vibrant inter-disciplinary collection of essays from leading scholars in the field this book introduces the main features and constructs of diasporas and explores their implications for the consumption production and practices of tourism. Three sets of mutually reinforcing relationships are explored: experiences of diaspora tourists the settings and spaces of diaspora tourism the production of diaspora tourism. Addressing the relationship between diasporic groups and tourism from both a consumer and producer perspective examples are drawn from a wide spectrum of diasporic groups including the Chinese Jewish Southeast Asian Croatian Dutch and Welsh. Until now there has been no systematic and detailed treatment of the relationships between diasporas their consumptions and the tourist experience. However here Coles and Timothy provide a unique navigation of the nature of these inter-connections which is ideal for students of tourism sociology cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754125

Tourism Ethnic Diversity and the City Tourism Ethnic Diversity and the City fills a gap in existing research in terms of how immigration relates to urban tourism and investigates the new theoretical insights and challenges for empirical research using informative case studies drawn from several advanced economies in Europe North America and Australia. This enlightening book clearly explores the frontiers of knowledge on the interrelationship between tourism migration ethnic diversity and place. Exploring further the manifestations of ethnic diversity that have been commodified by immigrants in gateway cities questioning how these expressions of culture can be transformed into vehicles for further developing the urban tourism economy. Tourism Ethnic Diversity and the City presents a multidisciplinary approach drawing on key names from the field of geography sociology planning and political science and will appeal to those with an interest in any of these areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415514019

Tourism Heritage and National Culture in JavaDilemmas of a Local Community Based on anthropological fieldwork in the 1990s this book provides an ethnographic perspective in its examination of the politics and policies of cultural tourism as they were played out under the Indonesian New Order regime. The successful New Order tourism policy ensured that tourism development both contributed to and benefited from increasing economic prosperity and a long stretch of political stability. However that success has come at a price; the policy to encourage mainly 'high-quality' tourism revolved around carefully constructed and controlled tourist experiences that have led to local inequalities. The failure of this policy is analysed in a detailed case study of the city of Yogyakarta. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863408

Tourism Hospitality and Digital TransformationStrategic Management Aspects Innovation and technological advancements can be disruptive forces especially for conventional business in the hospitality and tourism industries. This book is timely with its critical examination of such forces and how the two industries should strategize and respond to changes effectively. It examines a wide scope of topics from environmental scanning formulation implementation and evaluation to the way managers make strategy choices for better organizational performance. The book illustrates how companies can re-orient their strategies and appraise the effectiveness of the business; its key competitors; and how they should set business goals through various cases i.e. different types of hospitality and tourism business from traditional hotels to Airbnb and endeavors to provide strategic conceptual theories with real world application through such case studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367150006

Tourism Land and Landscape in IrelandThe Commodification of Culture This study exploring a broad range of evocative Irish travel writing from 1850 to 1914 much of it highly entertaining and heavily laced with irony and humour draws out interplays between tourism travel literature and commodifications of culture. It focuses on the importance of informal tourist economies illicit dimensions of tourism national landscapes ‘legend’ and invented tradition in modern tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367868765

Tourism Mobilities and Development in Sparsely Populated Areas Tourism ‘mobilities’ are not restricted to the movement of tourists between places of origin and destinations. Particularly in more peripheral remote or sparsely populated destinations workers and residents are also likely to be frequently moving between locations. Such destinations attract seasonal or temporary residents sometimes with only loose ties to the tourism industry. These flows of mobile populations are accompanied by flows of other resources – money knowledge ideas and innovations – which can be used to help the economic and social development of the destination. This book examines key aspects of the human mobilities associated with tourism in sparsely populated areas and investigates how new mobility patterns inspired by technological economic political and social change provide both opportunities and risks for those areas. Examples are drawn from the northern peripheries of Europe and the north of Australia and the book provides a framework for continuing research into the role that tourism and ‘new mobilities’ can play in regional development in these locations. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Scandinavian Journal of Hospitality and Tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138300132

Tourism Performance and PlaceA Geographic Perspective Drawing upon theories of landscape and performance this work weaves together existing tourism literature with new scholarship to forge a geographically informed theory of tourism. Such a theory integrates the ways in which places are co-produced circulated interpreted experienced and performed for and by tourists tourism boards and even as everyday spaces. Bringing together theories of ritual Peircean semiotics ideology and performance the authors blend the often separate literatures of tourism sites and touristic practices. Whereas most tourism texts focus on a part of the 'tourism equation'-the tourism site or the tourist experience-a geographic theory of tourism brings these constituent parts together in thinking about notions of place. Place processes are central to geography as well as tourism studies because tourism facilitates encounters with distinct locations. As this book argues considering tourism as performative draws disparate areas of tourism theory together to better understand the ways tourism happens in and across places. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138083158

Tourism Performance and the EverydayConsuming the Orient Tourism has become increasingly ‘exotic’ a process made possible by low-cost charter tourism and cheaper air tickets. Faraway and evermore ‘exotic’ holidays are becoming widespread and within reach as destinations make their entry into the mass tourism market. Strolls through the bazaars of Istanbul and cruises on the Nile are packaged into the sea sand and sun culture of traditional forms of organized mass tourism. At the same time new technologies weave the fabric of tourism and everyday life even closer circulating images information and objects between them. Taking off from this observation Tourism Performance and the Everyday invites readers to follow the flow’s of tourist desires objects meanings photographs fears dreams and memories weaving together the spaces of and between Western Europe Turkey and Egypt. Tourism Performance and the Everyday carefully analyzes the cultural and social impacts of mass-tourist experiences of ‘exotic’ places on the wider aspects of everyday life. It treats mass-tourism as a cultural phenomenon that feeds into the practices and networks of peoples’ everyday lives rather than as an isolated trivial or ‘exotic’ event. It traces how these impacts are mediated by various mobilities between home and away through innovate mobile and ethnographic research methods at tourist destinations and the home of tourists. The book contains analysis of diaries photographs blogs and photo web sharing sites participant observation of performing tourists and ‘home ethnographies’ of the afterlife tourist photographs souvenirs and memories. In doing this the book traces out the multiple interconnections and mobilities between everyday spaces and leisure spaces as well as the multiple ways in which the Orient is consumed on holiday and at home. The book appeals to a wide audience among students researchers and educators within the social and cultural sciences studying researching and teaching theories and methods of tourism Orientalism and cultural encounters as well as broader issues of leisure consumption and everyday life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867185

Tourism Planning and Community Development The intersection of community development tourism and planning is a fascinating one. Tourism has long been used as a development strategy in both developed and developing countries from the national to local levels. These approaches have typically focused on economic dimensions with decisions about tourism investments policies and venues driven by these economic considerations. More recently the conversation has shifted to include other aspects – social and environmental – to better reflect sustainable development concepts. Perhaps most importantly is the richer focus on the inclusion of stakeholders. An inclusionary participatory approach is an essential ingredient of community development and this brings both fields even closer together. It reflects an approach aimed at building on strengths in communities and fostering social capacity and capital. In this book the dimensions of the role tourism plays in community development are explored. A panoply of perspectives are presented tackling such questions as can tourism heal? How can tourism development serve as a catalyst to overcome social injustices and cultural divides? This book was originally published as a special issue of Community Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754903

Tourism Poverty and Development Poverty alleviation is high on the global policy agenda its importance being emphasised by its place as the first of the United Nation’s Millennium Development Goals. As a potentially significant source of economic growth in developing countries tourism may also play a major role in poverty reduction and alleviation under the right circumstances. The incorporation of tourism into development policy and Poverty Reduction Strategies has special poignancy for those Least Developed Countries where natural resources exist to support a tourism industry and there are limited development alternatives. This book offers a holistic explicit and detailed introduction to the relationship of poverty and tourism within the context of developing countries. The book is divided into distinct sections progressing from an evaluation of the key concepts of poverty tourism and development; to the causal factors of poverty; to the mechanisms of how tourism is being implemented in policy and practice to reduce poverty and finally to an analysis of the relationship between tourism to poverty alleviation in the future. The adopted analytical approach of the key themes is multi-disciplinary incorporating tourism studies human geography political economy economics development and environmental studies. It integrates examples and original case studies from varying geographical developing regions including Africa South Asian and East Asia and the Pacific to lend practical insights into tourism’s role in poverty alleviation. The text will be of particular interest to higher education students from tourism studies geography political economy environmental and development studies and sociology backgrounds. It will also be of relevance to government and policy makers alongside those who have a more general interest in poverty alleviation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415566278

Tourism Power and Space This is the first volume to explicitly consider how leisure and tourism acts as a major focus by which power may be understood in a geographical context. Key thinking and major approaches to unravelling the complexities of power are outlined in this collection and their relevance to current and future tourism studies is discussed. Tourism Power and Space blends theoretical perspectives from leading power theorists such as: Parsons Foucault and Clegg. Exploring the intricacies of the relationships between power tourism and leisure this stimulating volume combines theoretical and empirical writings to illustrate the extent to which power in its various forms and guises and at various scales of operation impacts on the unfolding structures practices and organization of tourism and leisure on both the demand and supply sides. Divided into three sections: Power Performance And Practice Power Property And Resources and Power Governance And Empowerment; this text will be a useful resource for students and academics alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415513968

Tourism Recreation and Regional DevelopmentPerspectives from France and Abroad What factors contribute to tourism and recreation development? How can we characterise stakeholder rationales and organisation modes to enhance tourism resources and foster tourism and recreation services? To what extent do tourism and recreation contribute to regional development? What changes are taking place in terms of new destinations stakeholders policy objectives? Bringing together scholars from the fields of planning economics sociology management studies and geography this book examines cross-cutting issues in tourism and recreation with the aim of developing an extended view of leisure time. Focusing mainly on France with comparison to the experience of Northern and Southern European countries and North America it combines a diverse range of case studies to address issues such as contrasting rural dynamics changing public policies sustainable development imperatives evolving user behaviour and increasingly diverse recreation activities and stakeholder organisation. Specific topics are highlighted such as the role of social capital or culture as factors of recreation development; resort organisation from international and experience-based perspectives; and the usefulness of the capability approach to evaluate tourism impacts on local development. Emphasising policy recommendations to help public or collective action on the issues and presenting emerging trends in the field this book should be of interest to students scholars and stakeholders in tourism/recreation planning and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138083844

Tourism Regional Development and Public Policy The tourism industry as one of the main drivers of creative economy gains more importance in growth policies both at national and regional levels. However traditional tourism destinations now face a more competitive environment for an increased number of possible destinations have emerged. This environment is further deepened by an increase in the number of products and services available to the preferences of visitors. Therefore new tourism policies unlike traditional strategies should aim to increase the competitiveness of the local through supporting increased quality of experience and promoting innovation in tourism services. Based on the workshop organized by Regional Studies Association Research Network on "Tourism Regional Development and Public Policy" in Izmir Turkey this book introduces motivates and examines diversities in the tourism industry from a regional development perspective. The papers in this book cover various case studies from different country experiences. The views expressed in these articles promise to improve our understanding of tourism in a new aspect that goes beyond the mass tourism mentality. This book was originally published as a special issue of European Planning Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138798304

Tourism Religion and Pilgrimage in Jerusalem Jerusalem is a city with a singular nature. Home to three religions it contains spiritual meaning for people the world over; it is at once a tourist destination and a location with a complex political reality. Tourism therefore is an integral part of Jerusalem’s development and its political conflicts. The book traces tourism and pilgrimage to Jerusalem from the late Ottoman era through the British Mandate during the period of the divided city and to the reunification of the city under Israeli rule. Throughout the city’s evolution is shown to be intertwined with its tourist industry as tourist sites accommodations infrastructure and services transform the city’s structures and open spaces. At the same time tourism is wielded by various parties in an effort to gain political recognition to bolster territorial control or to garner support. The city’s future and the role tourism can play in it are examined. While the construction of a “security fence” will have many implications on Jerusalem’s tourist industry steps are proposed to minimize the effects of the security fence and optimize tourism. Written by leading academics this title will be valuable reading for students academics and researchers in the fields of tourism religious studies geography history cultural studies and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138082496

Tourism Religion and Spiritual Journeys Religion and spirituality are still among the most common motivations for travel - many major tourism destinations have developed largely as a result of their connections to sacred people places and events. Providing a comprehensive assessment of the primary issues and concepts related to this intersection of tourism and religion this revealing book gives a balanced discussion of both the theoretical and applied subjects that destination planners religious organizations scholars and tourism service providers must deal with on a daily basis. Bringing together a distinguished list of contributors this volume takes a global approach and incorporates substantial empirical cases from Hinduism Islam Judaism Roman Catholicism Mormonism New Ageism Sikhism Buddhism and the spiritual philosophies of East Asia. On a conceptual level it considers amongst other topics: contested heritage the pilgrim-tourist dichotomy secularization of pilgrimage experiences religious humanism educational aspects of religious tourism commodification of religious icons and services. A vibrant collection of essays this outstanding book discusses many important practices paradigms and problems that are currently being examined and debated. It raises an array of significant and interesting questions and as such is a valuable resource for students scholars and researchers of tourism religion and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415514095

Tourism Resilience and SustainabilityAdapting to Social Political and Economic Change In a world increasingly faced with and divided by regional and global crises resilience has emerged as a key concept with significant relevance for tourism. A paradigmatic shift is taking place in the long-term planning of tourism development in which the prevailing focus on sustainability is being enhanced with the practical application of resilience planning. This book provides a critical appraisal of sustainability and resilience and the relationship between the two. Contributions highlight the complexity of addressing social change with resilience planning in a range of tourism contexts from islands to mountains from urban to remote environments and in a range of international settings. Case studies articulate how tourism is both an agent of social change and a victim of larger change processes and provide important lessons on how to deal with increasingly unstable economic social and environmental systems. This is the first book to specifically examine social change and sustainability in tourism through a resilience lens. This much-needed contribution to the literature will be a key resource for those working in tourism studies tourism planning and management social geography and development studies among others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138206786

Tourism Sanctions and Boycotts This is the first book to provide a comprehensive account of sanctions and boycotts in tourism and the economic and ethical complexities that policy makers tourists tourism destinations and businesses face. Sanctions and boycotts are an important feature of the global tourism system and the emerging ethics of tourism. Sanctions and embargoes are increasingly used as coercive instruments of diplomacy and foreign policy by the United Nations supranational organizations the US and other nations to change the actions and behaviors of countries organizations businesses and individuals. At the same time boycotts and buycotts are a growing feature of political consumerism and interest group activism. Tourism and hospitality destinations attractions and businesses can be profoundly affected by this with the legacy of a negative image lasting for decades. International travel to some destinations may be severely restricted financial investment and supply chains disrupted and in the most comprehensive sanctions and boycotts substantial economic and personal hardship may be experienced. This book is of interest not only to policy makers destination management and marketing organizations and students of crisis and politics in tourism and hospitality but also those who seek to address the interrelationships between sanctions tourism destinations and attractions and the tourists who boycott them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367232825

Tourism Tourists and Society Tourism Tourists and Society provides a broad introduction to the inter-relationship between tourism and society making complex sociological concepts and themes accessible to readers from a non-sociological academic background. It provides a thorough exploration of how society influences or shapes the behaviours motivations attitudes and consumption of tourists as well as the tourism impacts on destination societies. The fifth edition has been fully revised and updated to reflect recent data concepts and academic debates: • New content on: mobilities paradigm and the emotional dimension of tourist experiences. • New chapter: Tourism and the Digital Revolution looking at the ways in which the Internet and mobile technology transform both tourist behaviour and the tourist experience. • New end-of-chapter further reading and discussion topics. Accessible yet critical in style this book offers students an invaluable introduction to tourism tourists and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138629493

Tourism Transport and Travel Management The terms travel and tourism are often used interchangeably in tourism literature. This comprehensive textbook provides students with essential knowledge of the intricate relationship existing between travel transport and tourism. The book analyses the structure functions activities strategies and practices of each of the sectors in the travel industry such as airlines airports tour operators travel agencies and cruises. It is structured into six parts covering all modes of transport (air land and water) travel intermediation the tour operation business and impacts and prospects for the future. International case studies are integrated throughout to showcase practical realities and challenges in the travel industry and to aid students’ learning and understanding. Written in an accessible and engaging style this is an invaluable resource for students of tourism hospitality transport and travel management courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138557444

Tourism Travel and BloggingA discursive analysis of online travel narratives Travel often inspires the creation of narratives about journeys and destinations more so with the increasing availability of online platforms applications for smartphones and tablets and various other social media technologies. This book examines travel blogs and their associated social media as a form of self-presentation that negotiates the tensions between discourses of travel and tourism. As such it addresses how contemporary travellers use online platforms to communicate their experiences of journeys and destinations and how the traveller/tourist dichotomy finds expression in these narratives. Addressing the need for more in-depth analysis through a study of blogs this exploration of networked narratives of an individual’s travel experience considers personal motivations self-promotion and self-presentation as key factors in the creation of both personal and commercial travel blogs. As this text applies concepts such as self-presentation and heteroglossia it will be of interest to both students and scholars of tourism new media sociology cultural studies and discourse studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668037

Tourism AnalysisA Handbook Provides practical advice on the use of quantitative techniques used in tourism. Thoroughly revised and updated the new edition includes new guidelines for domestic and international statistics produced by the World Tourism Organization. The book provides practical tools for both market planning as well as for product assessment especially regional and environmental planning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315843117

Tourism and African DevelopmentChange and Challenge of Tourism in Kenya First published in 1999 this book is a contribution to the debate on tourism and Third World development. The general goal of the study is to assess whether tourism is a viable development strategy for Africa using the example of Kenya. More specifically the book assesses the contribution of tourism in development; documents the development of tourism in Kenya; examines the outcomes of international tourism on the environment and society in Kenya; examines the response of Kenyan communities to international tourism; and makes recommendations for alternative tourism strategies with applicability to other African countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138365278

Tourism and AgricultureNew Geographies of Consumption Production and Rural Restructuring Shifting global consumption patterns tastes and attitudes towards food leisure travel and place have opened new opportunities for rural producers in the form of agritourism ecotourism wine food and rural tourism and specialized niche market agricultural production for tourism. Agriculture is one of the oldest and most basic parts of the global economy while tourism is one of the newest and most rapidly spreading. In the face of current problems of climate change rising food prices poverty and a global financial crisis linkages between agriculture and tourism may provide the basis for new solutions in many countries. A number of challenges nevertheless confront the realization of synergies between tourism and agriculture. Tourism and Agriculture examines regional specific cases at the interface between tourism and agriculture looking at the impacts of rural restructuring and new geographies of consumption and production. To meet the need for a more comprehensive appreciation of the relationships and interactions between the tourism and agricultural economic sectors this book consider the factors that influence the nature of these relationships; and explore avenues for facilitating synergistic relationships between tourism and agriculture. These relationships are examined in thirteen chapters through case studies from eastern and western Europe Japan and the United States and from the developing countries of the Pacific the Caribbean and Ghana and Mexico. Themes of diversification economic development and emerging new forms of production and consumption are integrated throughout the entire book. This essential volume built on original research generates new insights into the relationships between tourism and agriculture and future economic rural development. Edited by leading researchers and academics in the field this book will be of value to students researchers and academics interested in tourism agriculture and rural development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138081215

Tourism and Animal Ethics There is a long history of the involvement of animals for tourism purposes in circuses zoos fairs ecotourism and wildlife tourism using animals as the prime focus of their experience. The wave of responsibility and sustainability that currently permeates the tourism field is catalyzing deeper moral questions about equity equality rights justice and values in regards to what constitutes acceptable tourism practice. Tourism and Animal Ethics represents a required extension of the sustainability imperative and environmental theory by providing a critical account of the role that animals play in tourism. This book explores the rich history of animal ethics research that lies outside the field of tourism for the purpose of providing greater theoretical empirical and conceptual guidance inside the field. It examines historical and current practices of the use of animals in the tourism industry from both in situ to ex situ consumption and production perspectives identifying a range of ethical issues associated with such use. This detailed examination of current animal ethics theories will be instrumental in determining the rightness or wrongness of these practices and hence allow tourism practitioners and theorists to think about these issues and practices in a different light minimizing the impact that the industry has on animals. This text provides an interdisciplinary overview of the moral issues related to the use of animals in tourism and contains cutting edge research and boxed international case studies throughout. It will appeal to students academics and researchers interested in Tourism Ethics Sustainable Tourism and Wildlife Tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138081345

Tourism and ArchaeologySustainable Meeting Grounds The global popularity and lucrative potential of tourism has made sustainability a major concern for archaeologists site managers politicians local communities tourism officials and other stakeholders. This book establishes new interdisciplinary ground for tourism and archaeology that will foster a new generation of sustainable thinking and practice. First three teams of co-authors from both disciplines tackle key conceptual dilemmas: exploration vs. exploitation education vs. entertainment and cultural sensitivity vs. embeddedness. Then international case studies examine site development marketing community relations and other on-the-ground examples of heritage work. The volume launches an important new era of collaboration in this growing field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611329896

Tourism and BordersContemporary Issues Policies and International Research Although globalization has led to increased cross-border traffic there has been little examination of how crossing political boundaries affects tourism and vice versa. Bringing together case studies from Europe the USA and Southern Africa this volume discusses current issues and policies destination management and communication and planning in cross-border areas. Topics studied include borders as tourist attractions and destinations in their own right as barriers to travel and the growth of tourism boundaries as links of transit and the growth of supranationalism. The book concludes that the role of borders has changed dramatically in recent years. Many more borders that have traditionally hosted large-scale tourism are becoming more difficult to cross primarily because of safety and immigration concerns. On the other hand places that were once forbidden to foreigners are now opening up and new destinations are becoming more commonplace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273924

Tourism and Change in Polar RegionsClimate Environments and Experiences The world’s polar regions are attracting more interest than ever before. Once regarded as barren inhospitable places where only explorers go the north and south polar regions have been transformed into high profile tourism destinations increasingly visited by cruise ships as well as becoming accessible with direct flights. Tourism is seen as one of the few economic opportunities in these regions but at the same time the polar regions are being opened up to tourism development they are being affected by a number of new factors that are interconnected to travel and tourism. Climate change landscape and species loss increasing interest in energy resources and minerals social changes in indigenous societies and a new polar geopolitics all bring into question the sustainability of polar regions and the place of tourism within them. This timely volume provides a contemporary account of tourism and its impacts in polar regions. It explores the development and prospects of polar tourism as well as tourism’s impacts and associated change at high latitudes from environmental economic social and political perspectives. It draws on cutting edge research from both the Arctic and Antarctic to provide a comparative review and illustrate the real life issues arising from tourism’s role in these regions. Integrating theory and practice the book fully evaluates varying perspectives on polar tourism and proposes actions that could be taken by local and global management to achieve a sustainable future for polar regions and development of tourism. This complete and current account of polar tourism issues is written by an international team of leading researchers in this area and will have global appeal to higher level students researchers academics in Tourism Environmental Studies Arctic/Polar Studies and conservation enthusiasts alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880665

Tourism and CitizenshipRights Freedoms and Responsibilities in the Global Order More than sixty years since the 1948 Universal Declaration of Human Rights first enshrined the right to freedom of movement in an international charter of human rights the issue of mobility and the right to tourism itself have become increasingly significant areas of scholarly interest and political debate. However despite the fact that cross-border travel implies certain citizenship rights as well as the material capacity to travel the manifold intersections between tourism and citizenship have not received the attention they deserve in the literature.This book endeavours to fill this gap by being the first to fully examine the role of tourism in wider society through a critically-informed sociological reflection on the unfolding relationships between international tourism and distinct renderings of citizenship with particular emphasis on the ideological and political alignments between the freedom of movement and the right to travel. The text weaves its analysis of citizenship and travel in the context of addressing large-scale societal transformations engendered by globalization neoliberalism and the geopolitical realignments between states as well as comprehending the internal reconfiguring of the relationship between citizens and states themselves. By doing so it focuses on key themes including: tourism and social citizenship rights; race culture and minority rights; states markets and the freedom of movement; tourism peace and geo-politics; consumerism and class; and ethical tourism global citizenship and cosmopolitanism. The book concludes that the advancement of genuinely democratic and just forms of tourism must be commensurate with demands for distributive justice and a democratic politics of mobility encompassing all of humanity.This timely and significant contribution to the sociology and politics of international tourism through the lens of citizenship is a must read for students and scholars in both in the fields of tourism and social science.The royalties received from this book will be donated to the International Porter Protection Group. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415707381

Tourism and Climate ChangeImpacts Adaptation and Mitigation Climate change is the single most important global environmental and development issue facing the world today and has emerged as a major topic in tourism studies. Climate change is already affecting the tourism industry and is anticipated to have profound implications for tourism in the twenty-first century including consumer holiday choices the geographic patterns of tourism demand the competitiveness and sustainability of destinations and the contribution of tourism to international development. Tourism and Climate Change: Impacts Adaptation and Mitigation is the first book to provide a comprehensive overview of the theory and practice of climate change and tourism at the tourist enterprise destination and global scales. Major themes include the implications of climate change and climate policy for tourism sectors and destinations around the world tourist perceptions of climate change impacts tourism’s global contribution to climate change adaptation and mitigation responses by all major tourism stakeholders and the integral links between climate change and sustainable tourism. It combines a thorough scientific assessment of the climate-tourism interrelationships with discussion of emerging mitigation and adaptation practice showcasing international examples throughout the tourism sector as well as actions by other sectors that will have important implications for tourism. Written by three leading academics in this field this critical contribution highlights the challenges of climate change within the tourism community and provides a foundation for decision making for both reducing the risks and taking advantage of the opportunities associated with climate change. This comprehensive discussion of the complexities of climate change and tourism is essential reading for students academics business leaders and government policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415668866

Tourism and Crisis The new millennium has been characterised by several crises ranging from dramatic acts of terror to natural disasters as well as the most significant economic recession since the late 1920s. However despite such challenges the global tourism system has in the main retained its past vitality although in some cases in a different form. The book investigates different kinds of "crisis" and unpacks understandings of crisis in relation to various components in the contemporary tourism system. The aim of this book therefore is to critically analyse the relationship between tourism and crises. The volume focuses on the roles and potential of tourism for development and relations between tourism environment and broad global process of change at different levels of analysis highlighting different types of "crisis". In particular it questions the general conviction that tourism-led development is a sustainable and necessarily solid platform from which to develop local national and regional economies from a range of perspectives. Written by leading academics in the field this book offers valuable insight into tourism’s relationship with socio – cultural environment economic and political crisis as well as the challenges facing future tourism development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138081826

Tourism and CubaComplexities of Tourism Planning and Development Cuba has experienced many social economic and political changes since Raul Castro retained presidency of the island nation in 2008. This comprehensive volume examines how Cuba has restructured some of its core economic policies in order to tackle stagnation; these include allowing for more legalized private enterprises reducing the number of State-employed workers and fostering additional outside investments. The authors explore the surge of entrepreneurial activity in tourism among Cuban residents due to these reforms whether that be offering new tourism products or expanding traditional ones. Though the current diplomatic climate suggests continued uncertainty the ripple effect of a potentially thawing relationship between Cuba and the USA resulted in an unexpected surge of international tourists wishing to experience Cuba before it opened to the American travel market. This book highlights the factors that are influencing and in some cases complicating tourism planning and development in Cuba. The authors explore a wide range of topics including tourism and land-use policy competitiveness responsible practices gender and ethical advertising the role of tour guides emergence of casa particulares experiential learning and solidarity and authenticity through local art.This book will interest students researchers politicians and investors with a focus on Cuba. It was originally published as a special issue of the journal Tourism Planning & Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582586

Tourism and DegrowthTowards a Truly Sustainable Tourism Tourism and Degrowth develops a conceptual framework and research agenda for exploring the relationship between tourism and degrowth. Rapid and uneven expansion of tourism as a response to the 2008 economic crisis has proceeded in parallel with the rise of social discontent concerning so-called "overtourism." Meanwhile despite decades of concerted global effort to achieve sustainable development  socioecological conflicts and inequality have rarely reversed but in fact increased in many places. Degrowth understood as both social theory and social movement has emerged within the context of this global crisis. However thus far the vibrant degrowth discussion has yet to engage systematically with the tourism industry in particular while by the same token tourism research has largely neglected explicit discussion of degrowth. This volume brings the two discussions together to interrogate their complementarity. Identifying a growth imperative in the basic structure of the capitalist economy the contributors contend that mounting critique of overtourism can be understood as a structural response to the ravages of capitalist development more broadly. Debate concerning overtourism thus offers a valuable opportunity to re-politicise discussion of tourism development generally. Exploring of the potential for degrowth to facilitate a truly sustainable tourism Tourism and Degrowth will be of great interest to scholars of tourism environmental sustainability and development. The chapters were originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Sustainable Tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367861520

Tourism and Development in Southeast Asia This book analyses the role tourism plays for sustainable development in Southeast Asia. It seeks to assesses tourism’s impact on residents and localities across the region by critically debating and offering new understandings of its dynamics on the global and local levels. Offering a myriad of case studies from a range of different countries in the region this book is interdisciplinary in nature thereby presenting a comprehensive overview of tourism’s current and future role in development. Divided into four parts it discusses the nexus of tourism and development at both the regional and national levels with a focus on theoretical and methodological foundations protected areas local communities and broader issues of governance. Contributors from within and outside of Southeast Asia raise awareness of the local challenges including issues of ownership or unequal power relations and celebrate best-practice examples where tourism can be regarded as making a positive difference to residents’ life. The first edited volume to examine comprehensive analysis of tourism in Southeast Asia as both an economic and social phenomenon through the lens of development this book will be useful to students and scholars of tourism development Southeast Asian culture and society and Asian Studies more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367209254

Tourism and Development in Sub-Saharan AfricaCurrent issues and local realities Over the past 20 years the perception of tourism as an effective contributor to socio-economic development in the developing world has propagated with many viewing tourism as a provider for poverty alleviation and towards other UN Millennium Development Goals. Over the same period readers have become familiar with the paradoxes complexities and inequalities of tourism in relation to development wealth creation growth redistribution governance and ‘hosts-guests’ relationships. This volume further extends this critical debate with a much-needed cohesive publication on Sub-Sahara Africa (SSA). In an era of fluctuating tourist arrivals at global level the growth of tourism in SSA requires deeper consideration in terms of its inconsistent and questionable implications at local level. Taking as a central theme the debate on whether tourism should be used in development efforts this book examines the way in which tourism has controversially become the way forward to development in several SSA locations and assesses bottlenecks to sustainable development as well as dilemmas and challenges faced by those SSA destinations seeking to achieve development through tourism. It offers an explicit set of chapters adopting a multi-disciplinary approach drawing upon tourism studies human geography sociology anthropology political economy development and environmental studies and integrates case studies authored by local African practitioners and academics to produce a book that gave voice to local experts on local realities.Combining an overview of key theories concepts contemporary issues and debates as well as practical insights from a wide range of regions in SSA this book will be a valuable resource for those investigating the role of tourism in development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138559103

Tourism and Development in the Developing World Tourism is widely considered to be an important factor in socio-economic development particularly in less developed countries. However despite almost universal recognition of tourism’s development potential the extent to which economic and social progress is linked to the growth of a country’s tourism sector remains the subject of intense debate. Tourism and Development in the Developing World offers a thorough overview of the tourism-development relationship. Focusing specifically on the less developed world and drawing on contemporary case studies this updated second edition questions widely-held assumptions on the role of tourism in development and seeks to highlight the challenges faced by destinations seeking to achieve development through tourism. The introductory chapter establishes the foundation for the book exploring the meaning and objectives of development reviewing theoretical perspectives on the developmental process and assessing the reasons why less developed countries are attracted to tourism as a development option. The concept of sustainable development as the most widely adopted contemporary model of development is then introduced and its links with tourism critically assessed. Subsequent chapters explore the key issues associated with tourism and development including the rise of globalization; the tourism planning and development process; the relationship between tourism and communities within which it is developed; the management implications of trends in the demand for and uptake of tourism; and an analysis of the consequences of tourism development for destination environments economies and societies. A new chapter considers the challenges of climate change sustainability of resource supply (oil water and food) global economic instability political instability and changing demographics. Finally the issues raised throughout the book are drawn together in a concluding chapter that assesses the tourism and development ‘dilemma’. Combining an overview of essential concepts theories and knowledge with an analysis of contemporary issues and debates in tourism and development this new edition will be an invaluable resource for those investigating tourism issues in developing countries. The book will be of interest to students of tourism development geography and area studies international relations and politics and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138921740

Tourism and Development in the Third World What is the thruth behind the paradise beaches in travel brocures? What can a developing country do when one exotic holiday seems much like another when political instability or environmental disaster can deter tourist for years when the tourism industry slips into foreign control?Tourism and Development in the Third World assess the diverse social economic and environmental factors which impact on the Third World. Illustrating the analysis with cases which range across tourism in game parks sex tours and the after-efects of political turmoil the book explores ways of managing tourism as a resource and evaluates its long-term contribution towards national development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172920

Tourism and Economic DevelopmentCase Studies from the Indian Ocean Region Tourism has increasingly become a vital element in the economic development of the Indian Ocean region. This volume brings together leading tourism and economics experts from the region to discuss the wide range of problems and issues raised by the increasing significance of tourism such as: tourism and development; dimensions of and assault on rural and urban poverty; empowerment of women; women’s property rights; access of the rural poor to services and resources; political and economic impediments to human resources development; management of energy and environmental resources; and electronic commerce and development. These issues and proposed policies are examined theoretically in the first section of this book with comparative empirical case studies from Australia Papua New Guinea Botswana Hong Kong Singapore India the Maldives Mauritius the Seychelles China and South Africa illustrating these arguments in the second section. A conclusion sums up the problems found in current policy and practice and puts forward innovative proposals and prospects for tourism and development in the region. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315235981

Tourism and Embodiment The role of the body and the concept of embodiment have largely been neglected in anthropological studies of tourism. This book explores the notion of the tourist body and develops understanding of how touristic practice is embodied practice not only for tourists but also for those who work in tourism. This book provides a more holistic understanding of the role of the body in making and re-making self and world by engaging with tourism. This collection brings together scholars whose work intersects with the anthropology of tourism who each draw upon ethnographically informed research based on international case studies that include India Turkey Australia and Tasmania Denmark the United States Nepal France Italy South Africa and Spain. The case studies focus on a variety of themes including human and nonhuman ‘bodies’. The range of case studies gives the book an international appeal that makes it valuable to academic researchers and students in the disciplines of social anthropology cultural geography sociology philosophy and the field of tourism studies itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573550

Tourism and Entrepreneurship Tourism and Entrepreneurship: International Perspectives provides an innovative interdisciplinary approach. This book takes as its central theme the role of entrepreneurship in the context of regional local and national tourism development. By engaging with top academics in both tourism and entrepreneurship this book delivers a cohesive interdisciplinary examination of the most recent developments in both tourism and entrepreneurship. Several key themes are explored and articulated through the following concepts and issues: tourism innovation and entrepreneurship; the role and nature of individual and collective entrepreneurship in different contexts; the role of tourism in responding to development opportunities created by global forces and finally issues associated with tourism strategies and policies. Divided into four parts the book reflects on the most relevant areas of tourism entrepreneurship: understanding the conceptual basis of tourism entrepreneurship creative use of entrepreneurship and processes of social innovation tourism entrepreneurship mediating the global-local divide sectoral strategies and policy issues of tourism entrepreneurship. Tourism and Entrepreneurship: International Perspectives also: explains the impact of tourism entrepreneurship on places and overall regional and destination development examines the role of the public sector in facilitating the need for sustainable tourism development examines the effects and implications of funding schemes and support programmes takes the owner manager and entrepreneur as the starting point of analysis to explore specific issues allows practitioners and policy-makers to explore practical applications and best practice of theory through a diverse range of international case studies contributed to by an international team of leading scholars in tourism and entrepreneurship This book is a unique combination of theory case studies and discussion highlighting the importance of entrepreneurial tourism activity for economic success. It is essential reading for students and researchers in both tourism and entrepreneurship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138130869

Tourism and EthnodevelopmentInclusion Empowerment and Self-determination Ethnodevelopment is a well-established concept in the field of development studies. Despite its relevance to tourism initiatives and processes in the Global South it continues to be an underutilised concept in the field. This book bridges this gap presenting an original conceptual framework to study the relationship between tourism and ethnodevelopment. It focuses on the processes of inclusion empowerment self-expression and self-determination to explore the effects of tourism initiatives on the identities cultural resilience livelihoods and economic opportunities of ethnic minority communities. Chapters explore a range of concepts and issues such as gender authenticity indigenous knowledge tradition the commodification of culture community-based tourism local entrepreneurship cultural heritage   and tourism and the environment. Drawing on rich primary research conducted across South East Asia and South and Central America the book offers detailed evaluations of the successes and failures of various tourism policies and practices. This book makes a valuable contribution for students scholars practitioners and policy-makers alike interested in tourism development studies geography and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367362294

Tourism and Everyday Life in the Contemporary City This book explores the phenomena of the urban everyday and new urban tourism. It provides a systematic framework and draws on a mix of theoretical and empirical work to look at the increasing intermingling of ‘tourists’ and ‘residents’.Tourism and urban everyday life are deeply connected in a mutually constitutive way. Tourism has become a key momentum of urban development and affects cities beyond its economic dimension. Urban everyday life itself can turn into a matter of tourist interest for people searching for experiences off the beaten track. Even living in a city as a resident involves moments activities and practices which could be labelled as ‘touristic’. These observations demonstrate some of the various layers in which urban tourism and everyday city life are intertwined. This book gathers multiple interdisciplinary approaches a diversity of topics and methodological variety to examine this complex relationship. It presents a systematic framework for the dynamic research field of new urban tourism along three dimensions: the extraordinary mundane encounters and contact zones and urban co-production.This book will be of interest to students and researchers across fields such as Tourism and Mobility Studies Urban Studies Leisure Studies Tourism Geography and Tourism Sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660802

Tourism and Gastronomy In recent years a growing emphasis has been placed on tourism experiences and attractions related to food. In many cases eating out while on holiday includes the 'consumption' of a local heritage comparable to what is experienced when visiting historical sites and museums.Despite this increasing attention however systematic research on the subject has been nearly absent. Tourism and Gastronomy addresses this by drawing together a group of international experts in order to develop a better understanding of the role development and future of gastronomy and culinary heritage in tourism.Students and researchers in the areas of tourism heritage hospitality hotel management and catering will find this book an extremely valuable source of information. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510998

Tourism and Gentrification in Contemporary MetropolisesInternational Perspectives Tourism gentrification is a critical shaping force of socio-economic and contemporary urban landscapes. This book aims to be the first substantive text on this subject explaining the multiple and complex relationships between tourism and gentrification and their outcomes and manifestations in contemporary metropolises. This is achieved by drawing on in-depth case analyses addressing the different issues at stake. Part I deals with the manifestations of tourism gentrification and the ways it affects urban landscapes through heritagization and urban regeneration strategies. Part II looks at the correlations between tourism gentrification and culture. Finally the last two parts aim to identify and examine forms and expressions of tourism gentrification distinguishing among the actors beneficiaries and victims of the phenomenon while looking at its implications for intra-metropolitan territories and metropolitan governance. The book approaches these issues in an innovative way by looking at a variety of metropolises in a diverse range of countries and by dealing with the different relations and management issues generated by gentrification in relation to tourism. Through interdisciplinary approaches this groundbreaking text sheds light on the role tourism plays in contemporary metropolises furthering knowledge of urban tourism. For these reasons it will be of particular interest to scholars and students of tourism urban studies geography anthropology and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367368982

Tourism and Geographies of InequalityThe New Global Slumming Phenomenon Slum tourism is a controversial pastime rising in popularity on a global scale. Known as ‘slumming’ it has been practised since Victorian times. In recent years slum tourism occurs in more and more cities of the Global South. Township tourism across South Africa favela tourism in Rio de Janeiro and slum tourism in Mumbai have grown to mass tourism dimensions. This volume provides a collection of studies that shed light on the geographies of inequality in slum tourism from historical sociological political and anthropological perspectives. By connecting slum tourism to debates over the ethics and aesthetics of travel volunteering second homes and cross border mobility the chapters provide ample ground for an understanding of slum tourism as transversal terrain in which questions of global equity come to the fore. Based on unique and in depth research from across the globe the collection forms an indispensable resource for scholars and students of tourism and the geographies of inequality as well as those interested in questions of representation and tourist experience. This book was published as a special issue of Tourism Geographies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739683

Tourism and Hospitality in Conflict-Ridden Destinations Tourism and Hospitality in Conf lict-Ridden Destinations provides insight into the various types of current and post-conf lict destinations worldwide and the steps that might be taken to transform them into future tourist destinations. Through both a conceptual and demonstrative approach this book examines the steps destination management organizations as well as destination marketers need to take in order to improve their image in the eye of potential tourists. It also questions the extent to which tourism can alter the image of a destination and the possible destination marketing strategies that can be undertaken. Analysis of a wide selection of international case studies in countries ranging from Palestine to Myanmar to Northern Ireland provides a thorough and far-reaching academic study. Written by an international and multidisciplinary team of leading academics this book will be of great interest to students researchers and academics in the tourism as well as development studies disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138615212

Tourism and Hospitality in the 21st Century 'Tourism and Hospitality in the 21st Century' is a collection of essays which consider the future of tourism and hospitality. The international team of contributors represent a wide range of interests involved in tourism and hospitality. Divided into three parts this book analyses: · Global dimensions patterns and trends -demographic social economic and technical· Regional development of such areas as Africa Asia Europe and America among others · The future of various sectors within the industries - such as transport tourist attractions coastal resorts and timesharing.'Tourism and Hospitality in the 21st Century' is suitable for: senior personnel in private and public sector tourism and hospitality operations; international and national official tourism bodies and other organizations; universities and other higher education institutions; universitties and other higher education institutions; consultancy; finance construction and supply industries; and as a reference point for students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143791

Tourism and HospitalityIssues and Developments This title includes a number of Open Access chapters.Tourism has become a key global economic activity as expectations with regard to our use of leisure time have evolved attributing greater meaning to our free time. Tourism is one of the world s largest industries and in many regions it is the single largest source of investment and employment. This new book provides a look at many important issues in the field of tourism and hospitality including understanding tourist preference satisfaction and motivation; tourism and hospitality education; rural tourism and its impact on local residents; the increasing popularity of cultural and heritage tourism; strategies for sustainable tourism; and more. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926692913

Tourism and Hotel Development in ChinaFrom Political to Economic Success Examine the reasons for the rapid growth of China’s tourism industryTourism and Hotel Development in China: From Political to Economic Success is a comprehensive guide to the development of the tourism industry in Mainland China following the end of the Cultural Revolution. Conceived as a textbook but equally valuable as a professional resource for consultants researchers and tourist organizations this insightful book tracks the unique circumstances that sparked the growth of China’s tourism and hotel industry from a political diplomatic activity to a burgeoning economic industry. The book includes background information on geography culture history politics and economics and examines the evolution of tourism policies inbound vs. outbound travel hotel operations and trends and the Chinese government’s role in developing tourism.China may be a latecomer to international tourism development but visitors have made it one of the world’s top 10 travel destinations every year since 1994. Since historic policy shifts in 1978 opened China’s doors to the outside world inbound tourism has played a significant role in building a national economy. And the increase in disposable income among China’s citizens has helped create a sizable market for domestic and outbound tourism as well. Tourism and Hotel Development in China looks at the major factors and characteristics of each type of tourism international hotel development trends and their influence on China’s hotel industry related human resources issues travel services the development of hotel chains in China compensation and incentive management and the future of China’s tourism and hotel industry.Topics examined in Tourism and Hotel Development in China include: travel and tourism pre-and post-1949 the Asia market the intercontinental market international tourism in different regions of China popular urban tourist destinations in China approved outbound destinations outbound travel to Hong Kong challenges facing travel services local protectionism travel agencies hotel franchising foreign vs. local hotel chains outsourcing and much more!Tourism and Hotel Development in China: From Political to Economic Success follows the journey of China’s tourism industry from a public relations vehicle restricted by the economy and controlled by the government to an important source of commerce for a country whose national economy was nearly on the verge of collapse. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203048320

Tourism and Identity in Scotland 1770–1914Creating Caledonia In the late eighteenth and nineteenth centuries legions of English citizens headed north. Why and how did Scotland once avoided by travelers become a popular site for English tourists? In Tourism and Identity in Scotland 1770-1914 Katherine Haldane Grenier uses published and unpublished travel accounts guidebooks and the popular press to examine the evolution of the idea of Scotland. Though her primary subject is the cultural significance of Scotland for English tourists in demonstrating how this region came to occupy a central role in the Victorian imagination Grenier also sheds light on middle-class popular culture including anxieties over industrialization urbanization and political change; attitudes towards nature; nostalgia for the past; and racial and gender constructions of the "other." Late eighteenth-century visitors to Scotland may have lauded the momentum of modernization in Scotland but as the pace of economic social and political transformations intensified in England during the nineteenth century English tourists came to imagine their northern neighbor as a place immune to change. Grenier analyzes the rhetoric of tourism that allowed visitors to adopt a false view of Scotland as untouched by the several transformations of the nineteenth century making journeys there antidotes to the uneasiness of modern life. While this view was pervasive in Victorian society and culture and deeply marked the modern Scottish national identity Grenier demonstrates that it was not hegemonic. Rather the variety of ways that Scotland and the Scots spoke for themselves often challenged tourists' expectations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266377

Tourism and IndiaA Critical Introduction Tourism to and within India has undergone some important changes in recent years seen by the rising numbers of international tourists and increase in domestic tourism. This has led to the redevelopment and rebranding of many of its destinations as the Indian government has begun to recognise the potential importance of tourism to the Indian economy and has begun to invest in tourism infrastructure. It is also recognised that as its economy continues to grow at a rapid rate India will also become one of the most important countries in terms of future outbound tourism. Tourism and India is the first book to specifically focus on and fully analyze the issues facing contemporary India both as a destination and a potential source of tourists. The book analyses previous research and applies critical theory to key aspects of tourism in this region and supports this with a wide range of examples to illustrate the key conceptual points. As such the book examines aspects of tourism in India including tourism governance cultural tourism heritage tourism nature-based tourism from the supply side and international tourism domestic tourism outbound tourism and the Indian Diaspora from the demand side. This timely book includes original research to offer insights into India’s future development in terms of tourism. It will be of interest to students researchers and academics in the areas of Tourism Geography and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138883550

Tourism and Indigenous Heritage in Latin AmericaAs Observed through Mexico's Magical Village Cuetzalan Following the surge of regional multiculturalism and indigenous political mobilization how are indigenous Latin Americans governed today? Addressing the Mexican flagship tourist initiative of ‘Magical Villages ’ this book shows how government tourism programs do more than craft appealing tourist experiences from ideas of indigeneity tradition and heritage. Rather heritage-centered tourism and multiculturalism are fusing into a strategy of government set to tame and steer indigenous spaces of negotiation by offering alternative multicultural national self-images which trigger new modes of national belonging and participation without challenging structural political and social asymmetries.By examining contemporary Mexican tourism policies and multiculturalist ideals through policy analysis and ethnographic research in a mestizo municipalcapital in a majority indigenous Nahua municipality this book shows how mestizo nationalism is regenerated in tourism as part of a neoliberal governmentality framework. The book demonstrates how tourism initiatives that center on indigenous cultural heritage and recognition do not self-evidently empower indigenous citizens and may pave the way for extracting indigenous heritage as a national resource to the benefit of local elites and tourist visitors.This work is of key interest to researchers advanced students and critically engaged practitioners in the fields of Latin American studies indigenous studies social anthropology critical heritage studies and tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587352

Tourism and Indigenous Peoples Tourism and Indigenous Peoples is a unique text examining the role of indigenous societies in tourism and how they interact within the tourism nexus. Unlike other publications this text focuses on the active role that indigenous peoples take in the industry and uses international case studies and experiences to provide a global context to illustrate best practice and aid comparison. First published over ten years ago the editors Butler and Hinch have thoroughly revised and updated the text to bring together a new collection of contributions and case studies from recognised international authors and those with first hand experiences in this area. Divided into five main sections the text looks at this topic under the following headings: * Involvement: Uses case studies to discuss and compare such as ‘campfire’ programmes in east Africa and the employment of indigenous peoples as guides amongst other cases * Turbulence: Host guest relationships conflicts on communities and contrasting strategies and results of tourism in indigenous villages in South Africa* Issues: Discusses issues such as authenticity religious beliefs and managing indigenous tourism in a fragile environment* Progress: Looks at tourism education tourism and cultural survival and examples of the policy and practice of indigenous tourism.* Conclusions: Five contributions from indigenous people on North America Australasia and Europe to discuss implications and experiences.Each section uses international case studies from for example Australia New Zealand Nepal Namibia Thailand Saudi Arabia and South America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138134027

Tourism and Innovation This ground-breaking volume on the relationships between tourism and innovation provides an overview of relevant innovation theories and related literatures on entrepreneurship productivity regional development and competitiveness and their significance to contemporary tourism practices. Innovation is a key concept in business and entrepreneurial studies and the broader social sciences. Yet despite its policy and academic importance historically little attention has been given to the role of innovation in tourism and the corresponding contribution of tourism-related human mobility to regional firm and product innovation. This book emphasises that innovation in tourism is much more than a series of technological innovations as important as they are and instead needs to be understood in an economic social and political context with particular stress being placed on the extent to which innovations are shaped by the framework of governance and regulation as well as by institutional factors and activities of individual actors and entrepreneurs. It is structured so as to introduce the reader to the overall significance of innovation at various levels and the role that innovation plays in firm and place competition. Supported with case studies throughout this book is essential reading for all tourism students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138060821

Tourism and Leisure MobilitiesPolitics work and play This book reframes tourism as well as leisure within mobilities studies to challenge the limitations that dichotomous understandings of home/away work/leisure and host/guest bring. A mobilities approach to tourism and leisure encourages us to think beyond the mobilities of tourists to ways in which tourism and leisure experiences bring other mobilities into sync or disorder and as a result re-conceptualizes social theory. The proposed anthology stretches across academic disciplines and fields of study to illustrate the advantages of multi-disciplinary conversation and in so doing it challenges how we approach studies of movement-based phenomena and the concept of scale. Part One examines the ways in which mobility informs and is informed by leisure from everyday practices to leisure-inspired mobile lifestyles. Part Two investigates individuals and communities that become entrepreneurial in the face of changing tourism contexts and reflects on the performance of work through multiple mobilities. Part Three turns to issues of development with attention to the cultural politics that frame development encounters in the context of tourism. The varied ways that people move into and out of development projects is mediated by geopolitical discourses hat can both challenge and perpetuate geographic imaginations of tourism destinations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668211

Tourism and Local Development in ChinaCase Studies of Guilin Suzhou and Beidaihe The boom in tourism to and within China is quite a recent phenomenon. China is now among the leading international tourist destinations and demand for domestic tourism is rapidly increasing. This study examines the role of tourism in the local economic development in different areas of China and identifies the decisive factors in determining the success or failure of tourism-oriented development strategy at the local level. The author juxtaposes case studies of Guilin a domestic and international tourist destination in a less developed local area Suzhou also both a domestic and international destination but in a more mature local economy and lastly Beidaihe a mainly domestic tourist destination. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985773

Tourism and Modernity in China This book explores how the experience of modernization is revealed in China's newly constructed tourist landscapes. It argues that in China's burgeoning ethnic tourist villages and theme parks can be seen all the contradictions debasement and liberating potentials of Chinese modernity. Tim Oakes uses the province of Guizhou to examine the Chinese tourist industry as an example of the state's modernization policies and how local people have engaged with these changes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863057

Tourism and National IdentitiesAn international perspective By understanding tourist destinations through the lens of national identity the tourist may develop a deeper appreciation of the destination. Further tourism marketers and planners may be better equipped to promote and manage the destination particularly with regard to expectations of the potential visitor. Tourism and National Identities is the first volume to fully explore the relationship between tourism and national identities and the multiple ways in which cultural tourism events and celebrations contribute to national identity. It examines core topics critical to understanding this relationship including: tourism branding stereotyping and national identity; tourism-related representation and experience of national identity; tourism visitation/site/event management and the relationship to cultural tourism. The book looks at a range of international tourist sites and events combines multidisciplinary perspectives and international cases to provide a thorough academic analysis. The interconnecting area of cultural tourism and national identity has been largely overlooked in the academic literature to date. This book gives considerable analysis to the complex relationship between the two domains and indeed the multifaceted strategies used to define that relationship. Written by an international team of leading academics Tourism and National Identities will be of interest to students researchers and academics in tourism and related disciplines such as events cultural studies and geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138651210

Tourism and National ParksInternational Perspectives on Development Histories and Change In 1872 Yellowstone was established as a National Park. The name caught the public’s imagination and by the close of the century other National Parks had been declared not only in the USA but also in Australia Canada and New Zealand. Yet as it has spread the concept has evolved and diversified. In the absence of any international controlling body individual countries have been free to adapt the concept for their own physical social and economic environments. Some have established national parks to protect scenery others to protect ecosystems or wildlife. Tourism has also been a fundamental component of the national parks concept from the beginning and predates ecological justifications for national park establishment though it has been closely related to landscape conservation rationales at the outset. Approaches to tourism and visitor management have varied. Some have stripped their parks of signs of human settlement while increasingly others are blending natural and cultural heritage and reflecting national identities. This edited volume explores in detail the origins and multiple meanings of National Parks and their relationship to tourism in a variety of national contexts. It consists of a series of introductory overview chapters followed by case study chapters from around the world including insights from the US Canada Australia UK Spain France Sweden Indonesia China and Southern Africa. Taking a global comparative approach this book examines how and why national parks have spread and evolved how they have been fashioned and used and the integral role of tourism within national parks. The volume’s focus on the long standing connection between tourism and national parks; and the changing concept of national parks over time and space give the book a distinct niche in the national parks and tourism literature. The volume is expected to contribute not only to tourism and national park studies at the upper level undergraduate and graduate levels but also to courses in international and comparative environmental history conservation studies and outdoor recreation management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867192

Tourism and Nationalism in NepalA Developing Country Perspective This book explores the role of tourism in the expression of nationalism in Nepal. It investigates assemblage of images emblems and symbols of Nepali nationhood in various touristic representations and narratives from Nepali travellers and diasporic visitors to showcase how they express nationhood and stimulate a strong sentiment of national feeling and belonging. The book suggests that touristic settings in Nepal provide a venue for articulation of nation first through internal ascription that is the construction of identity by citizens with the nation; and second through the promotion of distinctive touristic identity through the assertion of national uniqueness and distinguishing the nation within the larger international community.Given the recent great political changes post-conflict nation rebuilding and development Nepal offers a fascinating case study on the role of tourism and nationalism. This book will be of great interest to students scholars and professionals working in tourism and heritage studies sociology anthropology geography political science and area studies as well as those interested in the study of developing societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606589

Tourism and Political Boundaries The importance of political boundaries in the development function and flow of tourism cannot be overemphasized. In light of today's political transformations and processes of globalization this book provides a systematic examination of the relationships between boundaries and tourism and offers a basis upon which tourism can be better managed and researched in a geo-political context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510561

Tourism and PostcolonialismContested Discourses Identities and Representations Due to its centrality to the processes of transnational mobilities migration and globalization tourism studies has the potential to make a significant contribution to understanding the postcolonial experience. Drawing together theoretical and applied research this fascinating book illuminates the links between tourism colonialism and postcolonialism. Significantly it creates a space for the voices of authors from postcolonial countries. Chapters are integrated and examined through concepts taken from the wider postcolonial literature which identify tourism not only as an international industry but also as a postcolonial cultural form which by its very nature is based on past and present day colonial structural relationships. The first book to explicitly explore the contribution tourism can make to the postcolonial experience this book is an essential read for students of tourism cultural studies and geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758826

Tourism and Poverty Tourism and Poverty addresses a critical question facing many academics governments aid agencies tourism organizations and conservation bodies around the world: can tourism work as a tool to overcome poverty? This book is the first to present a focused description and critique of the issues surrounding poverty and tourism. Relying on a wealth of primary data on tourism Regina Scheyvens supports her findings with novel case studies such as innovative partnerships between resorts and fledgling indigenous businesses in Fiji Oxfam’s work to connect the agriculture and tourism sectors in the Caribbean and difficulties in alleviating poverty in the Maldives despite the growth of luxury tourism. This book will challenge the way academics and tourism professionals understand the current and potential role of tourism in alleviating poverty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851671

Tourism and Poverty ReductionPrinciples and impacts in developing countries Over the past decade there have been an increasing number of publications that have analysed and critiqued the potential of tourism to be a mechanism for poverty reduction in less economically developed countries (LEDCs). This book showcases work by established and emerging researchers that provides new thinking and tests previously made assumptions providing an essential guide for students practitioners and academics. This book advances our understanding of the changes and ways forward in the field of sustainable tourism development. Five main themes are illustrated throughout the book: (1) measuring impacts of tourism on poverty; (2) the need to evaluate whether interventions that aim to reduce poverty are effective; (3) how unbalanced power relations and weak governance can undermine efforts; (4) the importance of the private sector’s use of pro-poor business practices; and (5) the value of using multidisciplinary and multi-method research approaches. Furthermore the book shows that academic research findings can be used practically in destinations and how practitioners can benefit from sharing their experiences with academic scholars. This book was based on a special issue and various articles from the Journal of Sustainable Tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138294806

Tourism and Regional DevelopmentNew Pathways Tourist visits used to be a less common activity in the past. However more people than ever now make leisure trips making this an era of mass tourism. This drastic change in spatial behaviour is not only caused by economic prosperity but the scale of this phenomenon means that it is able to generate economic growth making tourism a key factor in regional development policy. One of the main challenges of current regional policy is to market the attractiveness of an area thereby increasing tourist visits and subsequent revenue. In particular regions are attempting this through the use of Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) which offer information on interesting places and efficient methods for organizing and booking trips. This book examines the interconnections between tourism ICT and regional development. Bringing together a range of European case studies illustrating various ICT and policy innovations it not only critiques current activity by regions in terms of tourism development but also considers how this sector is likely to continue to grow. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272507

Tourism and RetailThe Psychogeography of Liminal Consumption Tourists are drawn to explore new environments and peoples. What better way to interact with a locality than to seek out and roam its marketplaces? The nature of tourist shopping activity thus goes beyond mere functional purchasing into multi-sensory explorations of place and space. Awareness of the shifting nature of these attractions is crucial to retailers and place marketers in this age of the internet in order that the physical space of the market is also social and cultural space. This book offers new perspectives on the intersection between tourism and retail research that is liminal to both fields yet central to the tourist experience standing as an important and illuminating realm of consumer behaviour. It features a selection of multidisciplinary researchers' perspectives on tourist retail format and formation attractiveness for consumers from the economist to the fashion retailer. By reviewing selected developments in space place and behaviours within leisure entertainment and recreational shopping encompassing travel points retail centres sensory/festival marketplaces leisure/cityscapes department stores and fashion the book offers thought-provoking insights into the past present and future of tourist retail across a variety of global locations. Given the emphasis upon consumer experience in place and space study and the apparent importance of retail activities within the tourism sphere this book will be valuable reading for all those interested in retail tourism and wider socio-cultural leisure environments and behaviours. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138081406

Tourism and Social Marketing Social Marketing is the utilisation of marketing principles and methods to encourage individual and organisational behaviour change for the public good. Traditionally the domain of government it is increasingly also utilised by non-government and non-profit organisations and other institutions of civil society as a non-regulatory means to achieve policy and public good goals. At a time when concerns over tourism's contribution to undesirable environmental economic and social change is greater than ever social marketing strategies are important for encouraging more appropriate and desirable behaviours by tourists and the tourism industry.Tourism and Social Marketing is the first book to comprehensively detail the relevance of social marketing principles and practice to tourism destination management and marketing. By considering this relationship and application of social marketing approaches to key issues facing contemporary tourism development such as the environment this book provides significant insights into how the behaviours of visitors and businesses may be changed so as to develop more sustainable forms of tourism and improve the quality of life of destination communities. It further provides a powerful impetus to the development of tourism related forms of sustainable consumption and the promotion of ethical tourism and marketing. This innovative book is comprehensive in scope by considering a variety of relevant fields relevant to tourism and social marketing practice including health non - profit organisations governance the politics of marketing and consumption consumer advocacy and environmental and sustainable marketing. It integrates selected international cases studies to help tourism students engage with the broader debates in social marketing governance and the politics of behaviour change and shows the relationship of theory to practice.Written by a leading authority in the field topical and integrative this book will be valuable reading for students scholars and researchers in tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415576666

Tourism and SustainabilityDevelopment globalisation and new tourism in the Third World By January 2015 the world’s richest 80 people had as much wealth as the poorest 50 per cent of the world’s population. It is a global unevenness through which the barriers to in-migration of Third World migrants to wealthy First World nations go ever higher while the barriers to travel in the reverse direction are all but extinct. So how exactly does tourism contribute to narrowing this glaring inequality between the rich and poor? Are ever-expanding tourism markets a smoke-free socioculturally sensitive form of human industrialisation? Is alternative tourism really a credible lever for reducing global inequality and eliminating poverty? Tourism and Sustainability critically explores the most significant universal geopolitical norms of the last half century – development globalisation and sustainability – and through the lens of new forms of tourism demonstrates how we can better get to grips with the rapidly changing new global order. The fourth edition has been extensively revised and updated and benefits from the addition of new material on climate change and tourism. Drawing on a range of examples from across the Third World Mowforth and Munt expertly illustrate the social economic and environmental conditions that continue to affect the tourism industry. With the first edition hailed by Geoffrey Wall as ‘one of the most significant books produced on tourism [since the turn of the millennium]’ Tourism and Sustainability remains the essential resource for students of human geography environmental sciences and studies politics development studies anthropology and business studies as well as tourism itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138013261

Tourism and Sustainable Development GoalsResearch on Sustainable Tourism Geographies This comprehensive volume comprises some of the best scholarship on sustainable tourism in recent years demonstrating the rich body of past research that provides a fertile and critical ground for studies on the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) by tourism geographers and other social scientists in the future. Since the turn of the 1990s many international development and policy-making organisations have perceived the tourism industry with its local and regional connections as a high-potential tool for putting sustainable development into practice. The capacity of tourism to work for sustainable development was highlighted in relation to the United Nations’ SDGs which were adopted in 2015. The SDGs define the agenda for global development to 2030 by addressing pertinent challenges such as poverty inequality climate change environmental degradation and peace and justice. Tourism geographers and allied disciplines have held strong and long-term interest in sustainability issues and their chapters in this collection contribute significantly to this emerging and highly policy-relevant research field. This book was originally published as an online special issue of the journal Tourism Geographies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367341664

Tourism and the Anthropocene This book brings the field of tourism into dialogue with what is captured under the varied notions of the Anthropocene. It explores issues and challenges which the Anthropocene may pose for tourism and it offers significant insights into how it might reframe conceptual and empirical undertakings in tourism research. Furthermore through the lens of the Anthropocene this book also spurs thinking of the role of tourism in relation to sustainable development planetary boundaries ethics (and what is framed as geo-ethics) and refocused tourism theory to make sense of tourism’s earthly entanglements and thinking tourism beyond Nature-Society. The multidisciplinary nature of the material will appeal to a broad academic audience such as those working in tourism geography anthropology and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138592261

Tourism and the Branded CityFilm and Identity on the Pacific Rim Comparing the major Pacific Rim cities of Sydney Hong Kong and Shanghai this book examines world city branding. Whilst all three cities compete on the world's stage for events tourists and investment they are also at the centre of distinct film traditions and their identities are thus strongly connected with a cinematic impression. Using an interdisciplinary approach this book not only analyses the city branding of these cities from the more widely researched perspectives of tourism marketing and regional development but also draws in cultural studies and psychology approaches which offer fresh and useful insights to place branding and marketing in general. The authors compare and contrast qualitative and quantitative original data as well as critically analyzing current texts and debates on city branding. In conclusion they argue that city branding should contribute not only to regional development and identity but also to sustainable economic well-being and public happiness. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315550770

Tourism and the Consumption of WildlifeHunting Shooting and Sport Fishing Consumptive forms of wildlife tourism (hunting shooting and fishing) have become a topic of interest – both to the tourism industry in terms of destinations seeking to establish or grow this sector and to other stakeholders such as environmental organisations animal-rights groups and the general public. Hunting tourism in particular has come under fire with accusations that it is contributing to the demise of some species. Practices such as "canned hunting" (within fenced safari parks) or the use of hounds are described as unethical and fishing tourism too has attracted recent negative publicity as it is said to be cruel. At the same time however many peripheral and indigenous communities around the world are strategising how to capitalise on consumptive forms of wildlife tourism. This book addresses a range of contentious issues facing the consumptive wildlife tourism sector across a number of destinations in Europe North America Africa India Arabia and Oceania. Practices such as baited bear hunting trophy hunting of threatened species and hunting for conservation are debated along with the impact of this type of tourism on indigenous communities and on wider societies. Research on all aspects of "consumptive wildlife tourism" is included which for the purposes of the book is defined to include all tourism that involves the intended killing of wildlife for sport purposes and may include the harvest of wildlife products. This includes among others recreational hunting big-game hunting and safari operations traditional/indigenous hunting game-bird shooting hunting with hounds freshwater angling and saltwater game fishing etc. This is the first book to specifically address tourist aspects of consumption of wildlife. It will appeal to tourism and recreation academics and students tourism industry operators community tourism planners and wildlife managers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759519

Tourism and the Creative IndustriesTheories policies and practice This book focuses on the theoretical policy and practice linkages and disjunctures between tourism and the creative industries. There are clear and strong intersections between the sectors for example in the development and application of new and emerging media in tourism; festivals and cultural events showcasing the creative identity of place; tours and place identities associated with film TV music and arts tourism; as well as particular destinations being promoted on the basis of their ‘creative’ endowments such as theatre breaks art exhibitions and fashion shows. Tourism and the Creative Industries explores a variety of relationships in one volume and offers innovative and critical insights into how creative industries and tourism together contribute to place identity tourist experience destination marketing and management.  The book is aligned with the sectors that have been demarcated by the UK Government Department of Culture Media and Sport as comprising the creative industries:  advertising and marketing; architecture;  design and designer fashion; film TV video radio and photography; IT software and computer services; publishing and music; performing and visual arts. The title of this volume demonstrates how the exclusion of tourism from the creative industries is arguably perverse given that much of the work by destination managers and of private sector tourism is characterised by creativity and innovation. Interdisciplinary research and international context bring a broader perspective on how the creative industries operate in varying cultural and policy contexts in relation to tourism. This book brings together the parallel and disparate inter-disciplinary fields of tourism and the creative industries and will be of interest to students academics and researchers interested in tourism creative industries marketing and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138592438

Tourism and the Globalization of EmotionsThe Intimate Economy of Tango Today an increasing number of people from all over the world travel to Buenos Aires to dance tango. To accommodate these intimate voyagers tourist agencies offer travel packages including classes in tango instruction dance shoe shopping and special city maps pointing out the tango clubs in town. Some of these agencies even provide “taxi dancers” — mainly Argentine men who make a living by selling themselves as dance escorts to foreign women on a short term stay. Based on a cheek-to-cheek ethnography of intimate life in the tango clubs of Buenos Aires this book provides a passionate exploration of tango — its sentiments and symbolic orders — as well as a critical investigation of the effects of globalization on intimate economies. Throughout the chapters the author assesses how in an explosive economic and political context people’s emotional lives intermingle with a tourism industry that has formed at the intersection of close embrace dances and dollars. Bringing economies of intimacy centre stage the book describes how a global condition is lived bodily emotionally and politically and offers a rich provocative contribution to theorizing today’s global flows of people money and fragile dreams. As the narrative charts a course across a sea of intense immediate emotional sensations taken-for-granted ideas about sex romance and power twist and turn like the steps of the tango. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138952423

Tourism and the Lodging Sector Tourism and the Lodging Sector is a pioneering book and is the first text of its kind to examine the lodging sector from a tourism perspective. The book highlights the importance of the lodging sector in tourism as a major income generator and essential part of the travel experience. The book offers an international perspective on topics such as sustainability security economic development technology and globalization. The issues concepts and management concerns facing this industry are examined highlighting important topics such as: the place of accommodations in tourism and vice versa the social ecological and economic implications of lodging development management and restructuring issues in a globalizing industry sustainable tourism and the accommodation sector cross-sectoral linkages between lodging food services gaming conferences and other intermediaries the interaction between supply and demand safety and security in tourism and lodging. Tourism and the Lodging Sector critically examines a wide range of lodging establishments from an industry and social science perspective drawing parallels and distinctions between the various types of accommodation from campgrounds for the cost-conscious or adventurous outdoor traveler to luxury five-star resorts and more innovative accommodation such as tree-house hotels and ecolodges. This is essential reading for students of tourism this book is an indispensable guide unprecedented in the field of tourism management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173958

Tourism and the Millennium Development GoalsTourism Local Communities and Development In 2000 United Nations adopted the Millennium Development Goals (UN MDGs) committing the member nations to a new global partnership to reduce extreme poverty and setting out a series of specific targets with a deadline of 2015. Related to the UN MDGs tourism is increasingly seen as a promising tool for poverty reduction ensuring environmental sustainability and developing a global partnership for development for example. Thus the industry has become an important policy tool for community and regional development in many developing countries and the expectations for tourism and its social and economic outcomes have evolved to a high level. However there are still many challenges to overcome in the relationship between tourism industry development and poverty reduction. This book aims to discuss the promises challenges and outcomes of tourism in development with a specific aim of drawing together research related to tourism and UN MDGs. The papers discuss what lessons can be learnt and conclusions drawn from the utilisation of tourism for development and poverty reduction. What emerges from this collection is a set of interesting results and notions which both support and challenge the connections between tourism and development and the new role of tourism in global development. This book is an extended version of a special issue published in Current Issues in Tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138798410

Tourism and Tibetan Culture in TransitionA Place called Shangrila This book explores the relationship between tourism culture and ethnic identity in Tibet in focusing in particular on Shangrila a Tibetan region in Southwest China to show how local ‘Tibetan culture’ is reconstructed as a marketable commodity for tourists. It analyses the socio-economic effects of Shangrila tourism in Tibet investigating who benefits economically whilest also considering its political implications and the ways in which tourism might be linked to the negotiation and reassertion of ethnic identity. It goes on to examine the spatial re-imagining provoked by the development of tourism and asks whether a tourist destination inevitably becomes a ‘pseudo-community’ for the visited. Can a fictitious name invented for the sake of tourists still provide the ‘natives’ of a place with a sense of identity? This book argues that conceptions of place are closely linked to notions of social identity and in the case of Shangrila particularly to ethnic identity. Viewing the spatial as socially constructed and place-making as vital to social organisation this is a study of how place is constructed and contested. It describes how local villagers and monastic elites have negotiated the area’s religious geography how agents of the Communist state have redefined it as a minority area and how tourism developers are now marketing the region as Shangrila for tourist consumption. It outlines the different ‘place-making’ strategies utilised by the various social actors including local villagers to create the communities in which they live monastic elites to invent a Buddhist Tibetan realm of ‘religious geography’ agents of the People’s Republic of China to define the area as part of the communist state and tourism developers to market the region as ‘Shangrila’ for tourist consumption. Overall this book is an insightful account of the complex links between tourism culture and Tibetanethnic identity in Tibet and will be of interest to a wide range of disciplines including social anthropology sociology human geography tourism and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415674904

Tourism and Travel during the Cold WarNegotiating Tourist Experiences across the Iron Curtain The Iron Curtain was not an impenetrable divide and contacts between East and West took place regularly and on various levels throughout the Cold War. This book explores how the European tourist industry transcended the ideological fault lines and the communist states attracted an ever-increasing number of Western tourists. Based on extensive original research it examines the ramifications of tourism from sun-and-sea package tours to human rights travels in key Eastern European locations including East Berlin the Soviet Union Yugoslavia and Albania. The book’s analysis of the politics culture and history of tourism to the East offers important new perspectives on European tourism in the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367192129

Tourism and Urban Planning in European Cities Ambitious projects to modernize European capital cities emerged in the second half of the nineteenth century. The need for urban planning and urban expansion in European cities resulted from industrialization modernization and economic development that created huge waves of immigration from rural areas into cities. These social and economic changes also laid the infrastructure for the mass tourism that would follow later. This comprehensive collection investigates the interrelationship between urban planning and tourism consumption in European cities and its evolvement and transition over time. The authors focus on different cases of urban planning and tourism consumption in a range of European cities – Berlin Paris Vienna Barcelona Lisbon Prague Budapest and Skopje. In addition to being political and cultural capitals these cities are also places where ordinary people live and work. This book addresses questions and concerns regarding the social and economic carrying capacity of these capital cities due to the growing intensity and volume of tourism.This book will be of interest to students researchers and professionals in the fields of urban planning and tourism geography. It was originally published as a special issue of the journal Tourism Geographies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582401

Tourism and Urban RegenerationProcesses Compressed in Time and Space Tourism and Urban Regeneration: Processes Compressed in Time and Space presents the global phenomenon of tourism and urban regeneration through the contemporary frames of spatial planning theory metagovernance resilience and disaster capitalism. Drawing upon cases from several cities around the globe the book advances the field with the inclusion of examples from post-disaster rebuilding and recovery. The book is rooted in a theoretical framework that considers time space and tourism as core facets for the analysis. By doing so it provides readers with an understanding of different yet similar processes of urban development and identifies the principles for tourism and urban regeneration to effectively contribute to socio-economic growth urban change and long-term sustainability. The theory is illustrated through insightful case studies covering a range of urban tourism destinations including Dubai Newcastle Christchurch Pittsburgh Detroit and Taipei. This work will be of great interest to upper-level students and researchers in Tourism as well as those in the fields of Geography Urban Planning and Policy and Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138625136

Tourism and Violence Exploring the connection between tourism and violence this book draws on a range of disciplinary approaches including social anthropology cultural geography sociology and tourism studies. Ideas and concepts of violence have long been explored in the social sciences literature but in relation to tourism studies specifically the concept has rarely been problematised. Drawing on a range of case studies this book demonstrates the relationship between tourism and violence both in its overt physical form and in the social structures and symbolic landscapes that underpin touristic activity. Tourism and Violence offers a timely intervention in this field by bringing together for the first time work by scholars who in their different ways are engaging with the concept of violence within touristic settings and practices. This unique book paves the way for future research that will probe further the intersections between violence and tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815378037

Tourism and War This is the first volume to fully explore the complex relationship between war and tourism by considering its full range of dynamics; including political psychological economic and ideological factors at different levels in different political and geographical locations. Issues of peace and tourism are dealt with insofar as they pertain to the effects of war on tourism that emerge after the cessation of hostilities. The book therefore reveals how not only location but also political strategies accidents of history transportation linkages and economic expediency all have played their role in the development and continuation of tourism before during and after wartime. It further show how the effects of war are seldom if ever simply a negation or reversal of the effects of peace on tourism. The volume draws on a range of examples from medieval times to the present to reveal the multi-faceted development of tourism amidst and because of conflict in a wide variety of locations including the Pacific Europe the Middle East North America Africa and South East Asia showing the diverse ways in which tourism and war interacts. In doing so it explores how some locations have been developed as tourist attractions primarily because of war and conflict e.g. as resting and training places for troops and others flourished because of the threat of danger from conflicts to more traditional tourist locations. This thought provoking volume contributes to the understanding of the interrelationships between war peace and tourism in many different parts of the world at different scales. It will be valuable reading for all those interested in this topic as well as dark tourism battlefield tourism and heritage tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138081673

Tourism Art and SouvenirsThe Material Culture of Tourism This book examines the relationship between art and tourism through the study of the material culture of tourism: tourist art and souvenirs. It thoroughly examines how to categorise the material culture of tourism within the discourses of contemporary art and cultural anthropology and demonstrates that tourist art is a unique expression of place and genuine artistic style. The first investigation to consider the activity of souvenirs from both indigenous and settler tourist sites it brings a unique addition to the existing dated research in the area.Working initially from Graburn’s definition of tourist art as the art of one culture made specifically for the consumption of another Tourism Art and Souvenirs sheds light on important aspects of the souvenir that have not been widely discussed. The most recent research is used to consider how the souvenir is designed and consumed consumer expectations and influence on the character of the souvenir how the souvenir maker is consumed by the tradition of heritage and how products become successful as souvenirs. The title also investigates the language involved in the representation of place and the recording of experience through the souvenir developing a method that expresses the descriptive data of individual souvenir artefacts graphically so the patterns of language may be analysed.Enhancing the understanding of material culture in tourism and therefore adding to future tourism development this volume will be of interest to upper level students researchers and academics in tourism culture heritage and sustainability.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138081963

Tourism at the GrassrootsVillagers and Visitors in the Asia-Pacific In two regions where tourism is of considerable economic importance eastern Asia and the Pacific  there have been remarkably few studies of the impacts of tourism in rural areas. Moreover the shift towards ecotourism touted as a more environmentally benign form of tourism has extended the reach of tourism into more remote and fragile environments. This shift has drawn more local people in rural and remote areas into a partly tourism economy involving them as participants in the tourist industry. Yet little is known about who have been the beneficiaries of these developments. This new collection focuses on both the interactions between tourists and villagers and the impacts of tourism at the local level considering economic social cultural and environmental changes. It traces changes in structures of vulnerability as tourism becomes more prominent the role of tourism in community development (or localized tension) and examines issues of governance the role of tour operators as intermediaries cultural change and other local impacts. In short it examines the changing role of tourism in local development (or its absence). It includes case studies drawn from a broad geographical area across eastern Asia and the island Pacific. This book will be useful to those researching and studying tourism geography and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010512

Tourism at the Olympic GamesVisiting the World Going far beyond being just a mega sport event the Olympic Games are and have been in the past important settings for tourism and cultural change. Hosting the Olympic Games presents a unique opportunity for countries to promote regenerate and develop cities and regions and to firmly locate them within an increasingly competitive global tourism marketplace. From Athens to Rio de Janeiro Olympic landmark buildings ‘districts’ and ‘parks’ have permanently transformed cities and regions and gained tremendous material and symbolic value as tourist attractions. On another level the Olympic Games produce a kaleidoscopic range of intangible and quasi-religious engagements with place and spectacle. They have a tremendous impact on the image of the host country while invoking collective memories and touching on emotions such as suspense compassion togetherness and pride. Tourism has also become a major watchword in ongoing debates on the ‘legacy’ of the Olympic Games and it deeply penetrates discourses on social justice and cultural change on a local national and global scale. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Tourism and Cultural Change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138294813

Tourism CrisesManagement Responses and Theoretical Insight Don’t wait until it’s too late to learn how to manage a crisis situationThe impact of crises on tourism has increased in the last ten years in response to terrorism war health emergencies and natural disasters. Tourism Crises presents the latest research on crisis management with in-depth analysis of tourism flows and the economic well-being of communities at the regional national and international levels. This timely book examines a range of conceptual issues including crisis communication and the safety of employees of the industry and features case studies of responses to the World Trade Center terrorist attacks SARS the 1999 Austrian avalanche disaster and the epidemic of foot-and-mouth disease in the United Kingdom. As new crises emerge it’s essential that the tourism industry be prepared to minimize the impact on both hosts and guests. Tourism Crises identifies key issues that need to be addressed in dealing with future incidents examining specific cases of management success—and failure—with suggestions for improved responses. Academics practitioners and professionals discuss effective methods of maintaining yield during crisis situations offering analysis reflection and new management strategies.Topics addressed in Tourism Crises include: the significance of communication in crisis situations keeping the media informed attracting business after the crisis has passed how alpine areas can respond to the dangers of avalanches the effect of the SARS epidemic on Hong Kong Singapore and Japan a typology of tourism crisis terms employee work stress in crisis situations quantifying the effects of tourism crises how tourism managers have re-tooled their promotional campaigns after 9/11 and much moreTourism Crises is a must-have for tourism professionals practitioners and academics as they develop new agendas for dealing with future crisis situations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154872

Tourism Demand Modelling and Forecasting The phenomenal growth of both the world-wide tourism industry and academic interest in tourism over the last thirty years has generated great interest in tourism demand modelling and forecasting from both sectors. However the tendency for researchers and practitioners engaged in quantitative causal tourism modelling and forecasting to run many regression equations and try to choose the 'best' model based on various parametric and non-parametric criteria has been widely criticised as failing to provide credible results. The aim of this book is to present the recent advances in econometric modelling methodology within the context of tourism demand analysis at a level that is accessible to non-specialists and to illustrate these new developments with actual tourism applications. The book begins with an introduction to the fundamentals of tourism demand analysis before addressing the problems of traditional tourism demand modelling and forecasting i.e. data mining and spurious regression due to common trends in the time series. Three chapters explore the general-to-specific approach to tourism demand modelling and forecasting including the use of autoregressive distributed lag processes cointegration analysis and error correction models. The time varying parameter model together with the use of the Kalman filter as an estimation method is a useful tool for examining the effects of regime shifts on tourism demand elasticities: this is explored next. The panel data approach is introduced as a way of overcoming the problem of estimation and forecasting biases caused by insufficient time series data. The book concludes by evaluating the empirical forecasting performance of the various models and putting forward some general conclusions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080519418

Tourism Destination DevelopmentTurns and Tactics Although blurred and heavily contested the concept of ’tourist destination’ still deserves careful attention. Despite its unstable characteristics ’destination’ is a central and meaningful term in play among all parties in the field of tourism including tourists tourism operators and politicians as well as students and tourism scholars. This anthology draws on different approaches and discourses of tourism destination development while focusing on how they are shaped and reshaped and how they should be read and rehearsed. The book reveals dominant as well as alternative approaches to the field. The authors demonstrate how tourism destinations are commercial but socially embedded; how they are both material and territorial but at the same time socially constructed; how production of touristic brands and images are vital but contested. Such tensions are unfolded through paradigmatic discussions and a series of case studies from the northern hemisphere. The chapters in the book investigate how destination development is catalysed through theming how changing environments lead to reorientations and how destinations are political. Altogether the book provides experts and students with an up-to-date theoretical and empirical insight into tourist destinations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247468

Tourism Destination Evolution Outlining the need for fresh perspectives on change in tourism this book offers a theoretical overview and empirical examples of the potential synergies of applying evolutionary economic geography (EEG) concepts in tourism research. EEG has proven to be a powerful explanatory paradigm in other sectors and tourism studies has a track record of embracing adapting and enhancing frameworks from cognate fields. EEG approaches to tourism studies complement and further develop studies of established themes such as path dependence and the Tourism Area Life Cycle. The individual chapters draw from a broad geographical framework and address distinct conceptual elements of EEG using a diverse set of tourism case studies from Europe North America and Australia. Developing the theoretical cohesion of tourism and EEG this volume also gives non-specialist tourism scholars a window into the possibilities of using these concepts in their own research. Given the timing of this publication it has great potential value to the wider tourism community in advancing theory and leading to more effective empirical research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668259

Tourism Development Governance and Sustainability in The Bahamas This book focuses on the complex issues of tourism development governance and sustainability in the long-standing popular island destination The Bahamas where tourism remains one of the primary fiscal industries. The book achieves this by looking at the impacts of mass tourism development from social economic and environmental perspectives; panarchy and resilience; assessing sustainability; moving towards a blue economy; impacts of climate change and innovative alternative tourism offerings to ensure sustainable tourism – a welcomed but challenging essential contemporary focus of the tourism industry. It further looks at how development governance and sustainability come together in the aftermath of a recent natural disaster hurricane Dorian which proved to be a strong catalyst for action innovation and change in The Bahamas. Given the complexity of these key concepts and The Bahamas as an established popular tourism destination archipelago which relies so heavily on the industry this book offers significant insight for other tourism regions and will therefore be essential reading for upper-level students and academics in the field of Tourism research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367469672

Tourism Development in JapanThemes Issues and Challenges This significant and timely volume focuses on the unique trajectory of tourism development in Japan which has been characterized by an historical emphasis on promoting both domestic and international tourism to Japanese tourists followed by the more recent policy of competing aggressively in the international incoming tourist market. Initial chapters present an overview of past and present tourism including policy and research perspectives. Thematic perspectives on tourism and specific contexts and places in which tourism occurs are then examined. Strains of Japanese tourism such as sport surf forest mountain urban tea pilgrimage and even whaling heritage tourism are among those analyzed. The book also explores tourism’s role in confronting difficult pasts and presents and the challenges facing the development of tourism in contemporary Japan. A short postscript outlines some of the challenges and possible future directions tourism in Japan may take in light of the COVID-19 crisis. Written by a team of well-known editors and contributors including academics from Japan this volume will be of great interest to upper-students and researchers and academics in development studies cultural studies geography and tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367221478

Tourism Encounters and ControversiesOntological Politics of Tourism Development The multiplicity of tourism encounters provide some of the best available occasions to observe the social world and its making(s). Focusing on ontological politics of tourism development this book examines how different versions of tourism are enacted how encounters between different versions of tourism orderings may result in controversies but also on how these enactments and encounters are entangled in multiple ways to broader areas of development conservation policy and destination management. Throughout the book encounters and controversies are investigated from a poststructuralist and relational approach as complex and emerging seeing the roles and characteristics of related actors as co-constituted. Inspired by post-actor-network theory and related research the studies include the social as well as the material but also multiplicity and ontological politics when examining controversial matters or events. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815378044

Tourism Enterprises and Sustainable DevelopmentInternational Perspectives on Responses to the Sustainability Agenda The tourism industry has increasingly recognized and responded to growing environmental concerns. In recent years there has been an emergence of a variety of categories of tourism considered more environmentally friendly: green eco-tourism and sustainable tourism. Much of the literature that has addressed these developments has been orientated to the destination locale or specific to a development. These texts have not sought to investigate and examine the response of government/national tourist organizations to the international sustainability agenda and the responses/actions of tourism enterprises to this "greening" agenda. This text aims to address this remarkable gap. This indispensable contribution to the field provides a comprehensive state of the art perspective on progress towards the objectives of sustainable development within the tourism sector across the globe by focusing on the environmental performance and adoption of environmental management systems by tourism enterprises. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851688

Tourism Enterprises and the Sustainability Agenda across Europe With the emphasis on small enterprises this book provides a comprehensive analysis of what is happening across Europe in terms of sustainable development objectives and sustainability in the context of tourism supply. Each contribution in this edited collection addresses specific aspects of tourism enterprise activity within the overall context of policy and practice aimed at improving environmental performance. A series of broader issues are examined such as EU environmental policy and initiatives as they relate to tourism social issues such as equity and employment and transport followed by detailed examples of specific case studies. Well-informed and based on current research this book is informative and invaluable to any one studying tourism and hospitality today particularly those involved directly or indirectly in the fields of policy planning and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257771

Tourism Ethics The promulgation of the Global Code of Ethics for Tourism by the General Assembly of the World Tourism Organization in 1999 underscored the growing importance of tourism ethics as a significant domain of research and study. Following the lead of other applied fields—like environmental ethics business ethics and medical ethics—scholars working in tourism ethics provide theoretical guidance to any number of pressing real-world problems and issues. As work in tourism ethics continues to flourish this new title from Routledge meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a vast and dispersed body of literature. Edited by David A. Fennell Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of Ecotourism Tourism Ethics is a four-volume collection of classic and contemporary contributions. It brings together material drawn from a plethora of journals as well as excerpts from key books and difficult-to-find sources. The first volume of the set covers the main theories of ethics and collects materials that explore why ethics is so important to tourism. Volume II emphasizes the applied nature of ethics in tourism. Codes of ethics corporate social responsibility and environmental ethics are examples of this applied work. The third volume meanwhile is devoted to how ethics have been used in specific types of tourism. Ecotourism is well represented here as well as notions of ‘responsible tourism’ ‘fair trade’ and the troubling relationship between poverty and tourism. Volume IV of the collection accentuates the value of building ethics into the structure of educational programmes. The major works gathered here include those that examine the relationship between the academy and the practice of tourism. With a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected materials in their historical and intellectual context Tourism Ethics is an essential work of reference and is sure to be welcomed by scholars students and practitioners as a vital one-stop resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415721356

Tourism EthnographiesEthics Methods Application and Reflexivity How is ethnography practiced in the context of tourism? As a multi- and interdisciplinary area of academic enquiry the use of ethnography to study tourism is found in an increasingly diverse number of settings.  This book is a collection of essays that discuss the practice of ethnography in tourism settings. Scholars from different countries share their work. Reflecting on their experiences each author presents an individual insight into the complexities of ethnographic practice in destinations from around the globe including Amsterdam Angola Bali Greece India Namibia Portugal Spain and the UK. The book explores a range of themes including obtaining institutional ethical approval; the ethics of fieldwork in-situ; the use of oral histories; the role of memory; and empowerment and disempowerment in field relations. It looks at gender issues in negotiating entrance to the field the use of collaborative fieldwork in teaching team ethnographies and reflections on writing up.This is the first book to bring together several tourism scholars using ethnography as their research method. It gives insight into the experience of this unique technique and will be a useful guide for those new to the field as well as the more seasoned ethnographer who may recognise similar experiences to their own. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582081

Tourism Events in AsiaMarketing and Development The roles and impacts of planned events within tourism are of increasing importance for destination competitiveness. Tourism Events in Asia is a unique contribution to the understanding of the impacts of events in the development planning promotion and marketing of destinations in the rapidly growing tourism market of Asia. Balancing theory and practical examples the book analyses the tools and techniques of branding marketing and media involvement as well as visitor motivations for successful tourism events in Asia. It reviews a range of different event types from dark tourism festivals film tourism festivals cultural heritage tourism festivals food tourism festivals business events sports events; and meeting incentives conferences and exhibitions (MICE) and much more. Written by an international team of authors this book is essential reading for anyone interested in the Asian tourism events market and will be a valuable resource for students and researchers of events tourism marketing and branding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138476912

Tourism Experiences and Animal ConsumptionContested Values Morality and Ethics This book provides an interdisciplinary discussion of animals as a source of food within the context of tourism. It focuses on a range of ethical issues associated with the production and consumption of animal foods highlighting the different ways in which animals are valued and utilised within different cultural and economic contexts. This book brings together food studies of animals with tourism and ethics forming an important contribution to the wider conversation of human-animal studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367886110

Tourism Fictions Simulacra and Virtualities Tourism Fictions Simulacra and Virtualities offers a new understanding of tourism’s interaction with space questioning the ways in which fictions simulacra and virtualities express tourism in the built environment and vice versa. Since its beginnings tourism has inspired themed built environments that have a constitutive and sometimes problematic relationship with the “real” world and its architectural references. This volume questions and rethinks the different environments constructed or adapted both for and by tourism exploring the relationship between the “real” and the “unreal” within the tourist bubble and the ways in which the real world inspires simulacra for tourism use. Adopting an interdisciplinary approach this book touches on a wide range of geographical areas eras and subjects such as post-socialist tourism in Poland the Hawaiian imaginary in Las Vegas Rio de Janeiro’s Little Africa as well as multiple instances of virtual reality in tourism. This timely and innovative volume will be of great interest to upper level students researchers and academics in tourism architecture cultural studies geography and heritage studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367232481

Tourism Forecasting and Marketing Stay up to date with the most effective practices in tourism demand forecasting! Tourism Forecasting and Marketing presents vital up-to-date research on the latest practice and applications of tourism demand modeling and forecasting. The book addresses both econometric and time series approaches to forecasting focusing on the concepts model specification data analysis and methodologies used in day-to-day tourism planning. An international panel of practitioners and academics call on a diverse range of empirical research findings to discuss commonly used theoretical frameworks for forecasting and future directions tourism demand is likely to take. Tourism Forecasting and Marketing presents research findings from the United States the United Kingdom Asia and Australia that are invaluable for guiding government and private sector tourism investment and development decisions. The book addresses traditional versus modern forecasting techniques; evaluations of current and past forecasting methods; modeling and forecasting destination choice; and the impact of forecasting and marketing on tourism demand. Topics include: using time series models to forecast inbound tourism demand for China and Greece determining the economic factors that influence tourism demand in Hong Kong Indonesia and Malaysia examining domestic travel expenditures in South Korea developing a model to forecast ski tourism using the Palmore cohort analysis for tourism forecasting and much more! Tourism Forecasting and Marketing is an important textbook for educators and students working in tourism policy planning and management and tourism marketing. The book is equally effective as a reference for travel and tourism researchers and for professionals dealing with tourism demand analysis and forecasting. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203049761

Tourism GeographyCritical Understandings of Place Space and Experience Tourism Geography develops a critical understanding of how different geographies of tourism are created and maintained. Drawing on both historical and contemporary perspectives the discussion connects tourism to key geographical concepts relating to globalization mobility new geographies of production and consumption and post-industrial change. The new edition has been fully updated to have an international focus with global case studies and broader based content. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415854443

Tourism GovernanceCritical Perspectives on Governance and Sustainability The role of governance has only recently begun to be researched and discussed in order to better understand tourism policy making and planning and tourism development. Governance encompasses the many ways in which societies and industries are governed given permission or assistance or steered by government and numerous other actors including the private sector NGOs and communities. This book explains and evaluates critical perspectives on the governance of tourism examining these in the context of tourism and sustainable development. Governance processes fundamentally affect whether – and how – progress is made toward securing the economic socio-cultural and environmental goals of sustainable development. The critical perspectives on tourism governance examined here challenge and re-conceptualise established ideas in tourism policy and planning as well as engage with theoretical frameworks from other social science fields. The contributors assess theoretical frameworks that help explain the governance of tourism and sustainability. They also explore tourism governance at national regional and local scales and the relations between them. They assess issues of power and politics in policy making and planning and they consider changing governance relationships over time and the associated potential for social learning. The collection brings insights from leading researchers and examines important new theoretical frameworks for tourism research. This book was originally published as a special issue of Journal of Sustainable Tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138790124

Tourism Imaginaries at the Disciplinary CrossroadsPlace Practice Media Providing a unique analysis of current multidisciplinary research on the complex relationships between tourism and the imaginaries of tourist destinations this book traces the links between tourism imaginaries and their religious (heaven) and political (utopia) antecedents. The substantive chapters are organised into three main thematic sections the first explores the touristic production and consumption of place imaginaries the second analyses the way places are practiced through imaginaries and the role imaginaries play in the tourist experience and the final section explores the way images and the media participate in the creation of tourism imaginaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472422118

Tourism Impacts Planning and Management Tourism Impacts Planning and Management is a unique text which links these three crucial areas of tourism - impacts planning and management. Tourism impacts are multi-faceted and therefore are difficult to plan for and manage. This title looks at all the key players involved - be they tourists host communities or industry members - and considers a number of approaches and techniques for managing tourism impacts successfully. Now in a third edition this bestselling text has been fully revised to include: New material on: terrorism sustainability climate change sex tourism heritage tourism theories of tourism planning and GIS. New chapter on Destination Planning and Management Updated tourism data and statistics Case studies on urban tourism pro-poor tourism cruise ship tourism coral reef tourism historic monuments eco-labels codes of conduct and sustainable tourism from both developed and developing regions including Australia Iceland Spain the UK Namibia the Arctic and Antarctica. A companion website including PPTs video and web links. The text is written in an accessible style and includes a plethora of features that engage and aid understanding. This accessible yet academically rigorous introduction to tourism impacts planning and management is essential reading for all tourism students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138016293

Tourism Impacts Planning and Management Tourism Impacts Planning and Management is a unique text which links the three crucial areas of tourism: impacts planning and management. Tourism impacts are multifaceted and are therefore difficult to plan for and manage. This title looks at all the key players involved â€“ be they tourists host communities or industry members â€“ and considers a number of approaches and techniques for managing tourism impacts successfully. Now in its Fourth Edition this bestselling text has been fully revised to include: new material on overtourism dark tourism child sex tourism in South East Asia festival tourism regional development and Artificial Intelligence updated tourism data and statistics new case studies on the economic impacts of tourism in France the 20 places most reliant on tourism in 2018 Fáilte Ireland’s survey of good environmental practice in the industry  corporate social responsibility as well as the above topical issues in tourism an updated Companion Website that includes PowerPoints video and web links and a case study archive. The text is written in an accessible style and includes a plethora of features that engage and aid understanding. This accessible yet academically rigorous introduction to tourism impacts planning and management is essential reading for all tourism students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367221621

Tourism in Asian Cities This timely and significant book explores the characteristics and complexities of Asian urban tourism considering the extent to which Western paradigms can be transferred to Asian settings and the striking contrasts that exist within the region. In an era of unprecedented urban expansion in Asian cities this book comes at a time of great urgency illuminating the possible problems and opportunities that arise when a destination emerges as a tourism hotspot. Split into three parts; introducing Asian urban tourism and urbanization the management and marketing of Asian cities and emerging trends and issues associated with Asian urban tourism the book offers a range of varying and vibrant perspectives from international and interdisciplinary experts in the field. Chapters include studies on a wide range of destinations such as Hong Kong Macau Cambodia Phuket Kolkata Busan Delhi and Sri Lanka among many others and explore crucial contemporary themes such as overtourism urbanization and administrative challenges world heritage smart cities and the use of technologies such as VR in urban tourism experience creation. It will be a vital resource for upper-level students researchers and academics in tourism city tourism Asian studies development studies cultural studies and sustainability as well as professionals in the field of tourism management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367210021

Tourism in BrazilEnvironment Management and Segments Since the 1990s tourism has become a major driver of economic activity and community development in Brazil. New policies and approaches growing expertise and investment in tourism have brought significant transformation in tourism products destination development and community involvement. In addition Brazil will be hosting two major sport events in the years ahead i.e. the Soccer World Cup in 2014 and the Olympic Games in Rio de Janeiro in 2016. Brazil offers many cultural and natural attractions but similar to many other developing countries it still struggles with issues such as infrastructure accessibility product development service quality market access and workforce training. This book provides an in-depth examination of tourism in Brazil critically reviewing its development and management. The social economic political and environmental contexts of this emerging global power provide an intriguing backdrop. The book considers important development issues such as the changing policy context community benefit tourism and indigenous tourism. It explores the impacts of tourism on the environment changing community attitudes towards tourism transport infrastructure and sustainability issues in events. Particular segments are explored including backpacker tourism sensual tourism adventure tourism and ecotourism and the implications for tourism research and education are examined. The book draws from theoretical foundations and practical insights and gives voice to Brazilian researchers who are actively engaged in researching tourism. Drawing from cutting edge cross-cultural research this original and timely book will be of interest to students researchers and academics in the areas of Tourism Geography and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138081499

Tourism in Central AsiaCultural Potential and Challenges This book will be a major resource for all academic researchers and practitioners interested in issues dealing with the development of tourism its potential and challenges and policy and regulatory issues in the Central Asian countries of Kazakhstan Uzbekistan Turkmenistan Kyrgyzstan and Tajikistan. These countries are gaining more attention as emerging destinations. There is limited research that focuses on these countries with respect to their potential and characteristics as tourism destinations. This book aims to be an invaluable source for both practitioners and academicians who are in international marketing and tourism. The central Asia region (also termed the Silk Road region) as an emerging destination is ripe for future tourism development. The region is rich with historical cultural and natural beauty that could provide significant utility to many potential visitors. This book brings together key writings on this topic in a single resource. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880558

Tourism in Changing Natural Environments Natural environments and the human interactions that occur within are continuously changing and evolving. This comprehensive volume explores how the impacts of climate change natural and man-made disasters economic instability and other macro-environmental factors can have profound implications for local and global economies fragile ecosystems and human cultures and livelihoods. The authors examine the numerous ways in which changes in the natural environment impact tourism and how the tourism industry is responding and adapting to such changes in both developed and developing regions. Through the various case studies that examine human interaction within what are often fragile ecosystems this book makes it clear that while adaptation can be passive in nature it can and should be much more proactive with individuals and organizations seeking improved knowledge and learning. Such actions will contribute to greater resilience within the tourism industry whether in response to climate change and its subsequent impacts or an increasing scarcity of the natural resources upon which tourism relies.This book was originally published as a special issue of the journal Tourism Geographies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671280

Tourism in China Examine China's impact on the world tourism market!Tourism in China is a comprehensive study of tourism and the travel industry in China--past present and future. Since joining many of its Asia-Pacific neighbors in identifying tourism as a vehicle for socioeconomic growth and poverty alleviation China has become the leader in the Asian travel industry surpassing all forecasts with high and constant growth in international and domestic tourism activity. In fact the World Trade Organization predicts that by 2020 China will become the world's leading tourism destination receiving 145 million visitors. This timely book examines the diverse opportunities and challenges the country's tourism industry faces in meeting those projections.A unique interdisciplinary guide that appeals to practitioners and academics Tourism in China has been called “probably the most in-depth analysis of China's tourism industry” by the World Trade Organization's Dr. Harsh Varma. The book presents a collection of articles--scholarly in nature comprehensive in scope--that serves as a significant (and much-needed) reference on Chinese tourism though not including minority or border tourism or the Hong Kong or Taiwan markets. The industry's historical development its impact on the Chinese economy and ecology and its current and future markets are examined extensively.Tourism in China also examines: the impressions of Western travelers in China during the 19th century the tourism boom and its development since 1978 the development of ecotourism in China's nature reserves the effect of the tourism boom on the hotel industry the development of theme parks in China.With two-thirds of China's provincial governments committed to making tourism one of their pillar industries it is essential that tourism professionals academics and students around the world have a thorough understanding of this leader in current and future world travel. Tourism in China provides a detailed look at how the country’s tourism industry was built and how it will continue to expand. Helpful tables and figures as well as a glossary of relevant terms make the information easy to access and understand. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203048436

Tourism in ChinaDestination Cultures and Communities China is forecast to be the primary tourist destination and tourist-generating country by 2020. However much of the writing on tourism in China has come from people within the English academic world who are not involved in the issues related to Chinese tourism development. This book provides a voice to Chinese mainland academic researchers and examines the nature of tourism research and tourism development in China. Contributors many of whom are based in China and are immersed in the daily issues of teaching researching and planning tourism development within China discuss issues related to resource use destination image and community participation with case studies that combine conceptual frameworks and practical issues. This authoritative text on tourism in China will be of interest to scholars and students of tourism throughout the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853132

Tourism in ChinaPolicy and Development Since 1949 Tourism in China has grown rapidly since the country started implementing its open-door policy in 1978. Tourism development is now an essential agenda item for the Chinese government's plan for economic & social growth. Policy and policy-making for tourism therefore provides the essential background to understand tourism development in China. This is the first book to set the development of tourism in China since 1949 in its policy context. Underpinned by a strong conceptual framework this systematic study of China contributes to an in-depth understanding of how public policy-making for tourism works and how it affects the development of tourism in the real world. The text explores tourism policy during three distinct leadership periods since creation of the People’s Republic of China in 1949: Mao Zedong (1949-1978); Deng Xiaoping (1978-1997) and the Collective Leadership Era (1997-the present). The attitudes and values of leaders and central government agencies towards tourism are considered as well as the interactions of ideological orthodoxies socio-economic conditions and institutions in their influence on national policy-making and tourism development. A separate chapter is devoted to policy-making in China’s two Special Administrative Regions Hong Kong and Macau as well as Taiwan due to its political separation from the Mainland and Tibet given its distinctive characteristics. Drawing on China’s experience over sixty years the book concludes with both theoretical and practical implications for tourism policy-making. This timely volume offers important insights into China’s Tourism as well as contributing to a wider pattern of debates about the respective roles of government policy and the market in the past and future. The material draws on exclusive in-depth interviews with key informants in China and on government documents and official sources not generally available in the international literature. This will be of interest to higher level students academics & researchers within Tourism Policy studies Politics Geography and China Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138081239

Tourism in East and Southeast Asia This new 4 volume collection brings together publications from journals and book chapters that the editors consider to be the key contributions in the scholarly literature on tourism in East and South-east Asia. The volumes will cover the historical development of tourism and the economic political social cultural and environmental issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815360414

Tourism in East and Southeast Asia This new 4 volume collection brings together publications from journals and book chapters that the editors consider to be the key contributions in the scholarly literature on tourism in East and South-east Asia. The volumes will cover the historical development of tourism and the economic political social cultural and environmental issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815360407

Tourism in East and Southeast Asia This new 4 volume collection brings together publications from journals and book chapters that the editors consider to be the key contributions in the scholarly literature on tourism in East and South-east Asia. The volumes will cover the historical development of tourism and the economic political social cultural and environmental issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815360391

Tourism in East and Southeast Asia This new 4 volume collection brings together publications from journals and book chapters that the editors consider to be the key contributions in the scholarly literature on tourism in East and South-east Asia. The volumes will cover the historical development of tourism and the economic political social cultural and environmental issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815360377

Tourism in East and Southeast Asia CC 4V This new 4 volume collection brings together publications from journals and book chapters that the editors consider to be the key contributions in the scholarly literature on tourism in East and South-east Asia. The volumes will cover the historical development of tourism and the economic political social cultural and environmental issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415706049

Tourism in IranChallenges Development and Issues Iran has long been regarded as an international pariah state in some parts of the international community. However its negative image in many countries disguises its history of tourism and rich cultural and natural heritage. Following the July 2015 nuclear deal and the reduction in sanctions Iran is focusing on international tourism as a means to generate economic growth in addition to its substantial domestic tourism market. Given the significance of tourism in the Middle East and in international politics as well as restrictions on international mobility this volume brings together the first contemporary collection of research on tourism in Iran. Written by experts based both within and outside of Iran the chapters engage with a number of crucial issues including the importance of religion the role of women in society sustaining Iran’s cultural heritage Iran’s image and the resistive economy to provide a benchmark assessment of tourism and its potential future in a troubled political environment. The book will undoubtedly be of interest not only to those readers who focus specifically on Iran but also those who seek a wider understanding of Iran’s role in the region and how tourism is utilised as part of national and regional economic development policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138505124

Tourism in National Capitals and Global Change At a time of increasing city competition national capitals are at the forefront of efforts to gain competitive advantage for themselves and their nation to project a distinctive and positive image and to score well in global city league tables. They are frequently their country’s main tourist gateway and their success in attracting visitors is inextricably linked with that of the nation. They attract not just leisure visitors; they are especially important in other growing tourism markets for example as centres of power they feature strongly in business tourism as academic centres they are important for educational tourism and they frequently host global events such as the Olympic Games. And there are more of them: first the number of capitals has grown as the number of nation-states has increased and secondly  pressures for devolution mean more cities are seeking national capital status even when they are not at the head of independent states. We need to understand tourism in capitals better – but there has been little research in the past. This book develops new insights as it explores the phenomenon of capital city tourism and uses recent research to examine the appeal of ‘capitalness’ to tourists and explore developments in capitals across the world. This book was published as a special issue of Current Issues in Tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138850750

Tourism in Pacific IslandsCurrent Issues and Future Challenges Pacific Island Countries have been shown to be especially vulnerable to such external influences as natural disasters political unrest and downturns in the global economy and their tourism industries have been notably affected. In particular they typically have a narrow resource base and a fragile and often vulnerable natural environment. While there is some research on islands and small states there is a dearth of information on the South Pacific and very little research is being undertaken in the region compared to other geographical regions in the world. This volume brings together current work in Pacific Island tourism. In this collection three main themes arise: Images of the South Pacific; Socio-economic Impacts of Tourism; and Pacific Island Countries and the Outside World. The first focus is on the question of image namely stereotypes of a destination held by tourists and potential tourists the extent to which residents for their part really welcome visitors and the role tourism might play in changing pre-established images. The second theme is tourism's impacts notably the economic and socio-cultural effects of international tourism's intrusion in the region which though often hotly debated have attracted relatively little empirical research. The third focus is on the challenges of how PICs articulate with their external geo-political and physical environment. These involve existing relations with formal colonial centres geographical isolation the need for greater air access to the outside world and for more tourists and the continuing threat to several PICs of global warming which increased air travel will inevitably exacerbate.  This text will be of interest to tourism students researchers and academics in the fields of tourism development studies and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138083837

Tourism in South America Develop the untapped possibilities of this potential tourist El Dorado!Given its size location cultural attractions and natural beauty South America gets far less of the international tourist dollar than it deserves. This valuable book identifies and explores the major issues that influence and shape tourism in South America. Tourism in South America includes original empirical research into the image people have of this varied continent the factors that draw people to visit South America and the fears lack of knowledge and negative images that can keep tourists away.Tourism in South America examines current practices and suggests alternative models of development. Its informative discussions range from cultural tourism to sustainable tourism to developing human resources. The original empirical research in this volume offers unique insights and reference notes are included.The reader will encounter varied points of view in Tourism in South America. You can expect to: view Australian travel industry perspectives on Latin American tourism explore the impact of tourism on the Argentina's Patagonian Coast examine the environmental tactics that Mexican and Jamaican hotel companies employ survey the recreation preferences of hikers in a Colombian National Park ponder the implications of performing traditional dances for modern tourists in the AmazonTour operators hotel managers local tourism boards and others seeking the attention of tourists will profit from the new strategies and original research presented in Tourism in South America. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203048450

Tourism in South and Southeast Asia 'Tourism in South and South East Asia' is a comprehensive and solid introduction to tourism in South and South East Asia with a specific appeal both to institutions in the region and other institutions who wish to expose students to one of the most dynamic tourism regions in the world. Despite downturns in outbound tourism (due to the current economic crisis) inbound tourism from outside the region has continued to increase with governments placing more emphasis on the economic significance of tourism than ever. 'Tourism in South and South East Asia' is the first tourism book to deal comprehensively with the implications of the Asian economic crisis for tourism.With South and South East Asia set to be the fastest growing area of tourism activity in the world well into the next century 'Tourism in South and South East Asia' is an essential text for students both within and outside of this region.Dealing with concepts themes and issues which are pertinent to tourism development planning marketing and management; these two internationally known authors have produced an authoritative text that covers all aspects of this topic through the use of illustrative and relevant case studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151581

Tourism in South-East Asia South-East Asia has developed rapidly as a tourist destination but what are the effects of this growth upon the peoples of the region? How far is it possible to control the impact of tourism whilst also supporting the industry's role in the region's development? This book first published in 1993 attempts to answer these questions by providing a critical analysis of the nature of tourism as it has developed in the area. It questions commonly held assumptions about tourism both from a western perspective and from the point of view of policy makers in the region. It explores central issues such as the impact of tourism on the environment culture and the economy placing it within an historical and political context in order to assess the implications of current developments. The contributors use case studies from a variety of countries on such aspects as the sex industry dream holidays and rural handicrafts assessing tourist perceptions both domestic and international and policy decisions. By taking a long-term perspective it should provoke thought on the ways to develop sustainable tourism for the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138364424

Tourism in Southeast AsiaA New Direction Make the most of the potential for tourism and hospitality in Southeast Asia!Tourism is known as the world's fastest growing industry but until now there has been precious little published on the industry as it relates to Southeast Asia and Indo-China. Tourism in Southeast Asia: A New Direction focuses on the remarkable growth in international tourism seen in that region in recent years. Some of the topics explored in Tourism in Southeast Asia: A New Direction are: cross-border cooperation ecotourism opportunities for local communities existing tourism organizations the vulnerability of current tourism policies and suggestions for change the impacts of tourism on local communities the flow of tourism between Australia and Southeast Asia collaborative tourism marketing the growth and development of the cruise line industry in Southeast AsiaWhile the state of the industry's growth and development varies greatly from one country in the region to another all face the challenge of fostering financially and environmentally sustainable tourism. This volume sheds light on the confusing issues of tourism development marketing and management in Southeast Asia and Indo-China.Here is the essential guide to the exploding tourism and hospitality industries in Southeast Asia and Indo-China. You will discover unique cultural aspects of various countries in the region and the impact they can have on tourism and hospitality as well as industry overviews and current and anticipated trends. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203047989

Tourism in the Age of Globalisation The revolutionary progress achieved in information and communication technology is gradually transforming the world into a global village. This volume edited by an eminent board of international specialists evaluates the nature and resilience of the emerging global economy and its implications for tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758185

Tourism in the AntarcticOpportunities Constraints and Future Prospects Ecotourism and adventure tours offer unique tourism opportunities in the Antarctic! Are you prepared to make the most of them?Tourism in the Antarctic analyzes tourism activities in the most remote tourist destination in the world! It establishes visitor profiles; discusses the impacts of tourism on the region; and explores barriers opportunities and future directions in Antarctic tourism. The emergence of ecotourism has turned Antarctica into an increasingly popular tourist destination for intrepid travelers. During the 1999/2000 season approximately 15 000 passengers visited Antarctica by ship. Tourism in the Antarctic discusses the new and exciting opportunities for tourism business operators in the region as well as the ramifications of increased numbers of visitors to this unique environment.In these pages you will find discussions of issues related to Antarctic tourism including: regulation of the tourism industry under the Antarctic Treaty System and self-regulation provided by business operators trends and predictions for numbers of visitors to the region tourist attractions that are natural man-made spiritual or scientific in nature wildlife of Antarctica: seals and whales flying sea birds penguins etc. international law as it relates to the region ship-based tourism opportunities from yachts and small expedition-type vessels to very large cruise ships and icebreakers air- and land-based tourism opportunities in the region from private expeditions to overflights an overview of current tourism operations in other remote areas: the Arctic region the Galapagos Islands Alaska New Zealand's Sub-Antarctic Islands and moreThe author's observations and experiences during cruises to the Antarctic Peninsula the sub-Antarctic islands and the Ross Sea as well as during overflights of Antarctica are the basis of this unique volume. Generously embellished with charts and tables that make it easy to track activities opinions trends and environmental statistics this book is an essential reference for anyone teaching studying or planning to operate a tourism business in this part of the world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203048214

Tourism in the Green Economy The concept of the green economy has now entered mainstream policy debates and been endorsed by a range of United Nations and other organizations. The Rio+20 UN conference specifically drew attention to the green economy approach in the context of sustainable development to move away from business-as-usual practices act to end poverty address environmental destruction and build a bridge to the sustainable future. It is increasingly recognized that the tourism sector can make a major contribution to the green economy through more sustainable practices climate change mitigation and ecotourism. The role of tourism sector will continue to be crucial in the post-2015 sustainable development agenda too. However there are ambiguities about how tourism and allied industries can maximize their contribution to human well-being and ensure environmentally sustainability embracing issues of political economy geography and business ethics.  In this context this book provides consensus about what the green economy entails what role tourism can play in a green economy early responses from many countries on-going and emerging research initiatives that will enable tourism’s transition to a green economy. The chapters address three key themes: understanding the Green Economy concept and the role of tourism; responses and initiatives in greening tourism; and emerging techniques and research implications. A wide range of case studies from around the world and in different contexts is included to demonstrate the extent of the challenge and range of opportunities for the tourism industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138095632

Tourism InnovationTechnology Sustainability and Creativity Tourism can take many different forms and types but increasingly it is viewed as one of the most innovative industries. This book showcases the innovations in tourism through a creativity sustainability and technology perspective. Tourism Innovation: Technology Sustainability and Creativity addresses the growing use and importance of tourism innovation in society. Readers of this book will gain a global perspective on how the tourism industry is changing and taking advantage of emerging technologies which will help them to foresee potential changes in the industry and plan for the future. Tourism innovation is defi ned as innovating in a cost-effi cient manner by taking into account the available resources. Most of the focus on tourism innovation has been on developing countries but it is also used by companies in other locations. This book explores the way in which tourism innovation differs from other types of innovation and offers a creative solution to issues about sustainability and the circular economy. In this vein it includes chapters addressing issues related to the following but not limited subjects: co-creation in innovation social issues in innovation leadership and innovation forms of innovation government innovation and innovation research. This book is suitable for tourism industry professionals researchers and policy experts who are interested in how innovation is embedded in the tourism industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367077891

Tourism Management <div>One of the leading texts in the field <b>Tourism Management</b> is the ideal introduction to the fundamentals of tourism as you study for a degree diploma or single module in the subject. It is written in an engaging style that assumes no prior knowledge of tourism and builds up your understanding as you progress through this wide ranging global review of the principles of managing tourism. It traces the evolution and future development of tourism and the challenges facing tourism managers in this fast growing sector of the world economy. This book is highly illustrated with diagrams and colour images and contains short case studies of contemporary themes of interest as well as new data and statistics.</p> Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080519449

Tourism Management One of the leading texts in the field Tourism Management is the ideal introduction to the fundamentals of tourism as you study for a degree diploma or single module in the subject with a global focus. This 6th edition has been revised and updated to include: new content on: sports festivals and event tourism including the impact of the Olympic Games social media impacts on tourism and the growth of medical tourism contemporary issues affecting businesses such as disruptive technology the rise of Airbnb the impact of terrorism on destination instability and safety and the potential effect of BREXIT updated case studies on BRIC markets and an enhanced focus on Asia as well as emerging markets such as the Middle East and South America enhanced sustainable development coverage highlighting the challenge of climate change and future tourism growth including new debates such as Last Chance Tourism and overtourism a transport section with more international perspectives from China and South America and globalised transport operators and a case study on using taxation to limit air travel behavior an updated companion website with: additional case studies quizzes PPTs further reading web reading and video links. It is written in an engaging style that assumes no prior knowledge of tourism and builds up your understanding as you progress through this wide ranging global review of the principles of managing tourism. It traces the evolution and future development of tourism and the challenges facing tourism managers in this fast growing sector of the world economy. This book is highly illustrated with diagrams and colour images and contains short case studies of contemporary themes of interest as well as new data statistics weblinks to key reports and industry studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138391161

Tourism Marketing and Management in the Caribbean (RLE Marketing) The Caribbean now has one of the largest regional tourism industries in the world amongst developing countries. When originally published this volume was the first to provide a comprehensive discussion of tourism in this part of the world. It begins with an overview of the industry and then examines aspect of tourism marketing and management on a region-by-region basis covering the Bahamas Jamaica Barbados St Lucia Trinidad and Tobago Guyana and Cuba. Detailed analysis follows of sectors within the industry such as heritage and health care with central issues such as the intense competition between the cruise ship and hotel industries being highlighted. Discussion of the impact of US and EU policies on Caribbean tourism provides an important international perspective. Throughout the focus is on the contribution of the regional tourism industry to Caribbean economic growth and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985780

Tourism Marketing for Cities and TownsUsing Social Media and Branding to Attract Tourists Understanding how places particularly cities and towns are marketed to and consumed by tourists is vital to anyone working in the tourism industry. By creating and promoting a unique branded destination the successful marketer can attract new visitors to their city or tourism attraction. With the rise of social media there is even more scope to explore how tourism marketers can use their own and other social media sites to communicate with today’s tech connected traveler. In a new updated volume  Tourism Marketing for Cities and Towns provides thorough and succinct coverage of place marketing theory specific to the tourism industry. It focuses on clearly explaining how to develop the branded destination with special emphasis on product analysis promoting authenticity and new to this edition the use of social media to create the personalized experiences desired by visitors. In addition it contains a wide range of international examples and perspectives from a large variety of different stakeholders alongside discussion questions and strategic planning worksheets. This book provides both practical advice with real-world application and a theoretical background to the field as a whole. Written in an engaging style this book will be valuable reading for upper level students and business practitioners of Tourism Marketing Urban Studies Business Management and Leisure Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138685192

Tourism Marketing in BangladeshAn Introduction Tourism is often a key driver of economic growth in many countries. The recent upward trends of tourism and hospitality education in higher academic institutions in Bangladesh suggests a growing tourism sector. Very little has been written on Bangladesh’s tourism industry. This is the first edited volume published from an international publisher which looks at this industry and how it has developed and flourished. The book begins by looking at tourism policy planning and provides a comprehensive overview of topics from tourism products and services in Bangladesh to how they are being marketed. It also discusses how private and public tourism institutions can address future long term trends. This book will appeal to those interested to learn more about developing tourism industry in emerging economies and may provide invaluable lessons from Bangladesh’s experience and success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367440428

Tourism MarketingA Strategic Approach Tourism Marketing: A Strategic Approach presents a variety of practical application tools skills practices models approaches and strategies that are proving themselves effective in tourism marketing. The volume considers overall infrastructure socioeconomic conditions and modern tourism business infrastructure in discussing the efficiency of good strategies and practices and their impact on business and economic growth. Tourism is one of the fastest growing industries and in the next few decades it will play a role in many fields such human resources national economic growth and more. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771884709

Tourism Planning It has long been recognized that tourism unhindered and unrestricted can have extremely negative social cultural environmental and economic consequences. As a result new approaches to tourism development have emerged in recent decades to mitigate the worst of these effects. Tourism planning based on sound principles of sustainable development has the potential to improve the outcomes of tourism by empowering destination residents preserving the cultural and ecological integrity of destinations and engaging indigenous knowledge. As work in tourism planning continues to flourish this new title from Routledge’s Critical Concepts in Tourism series meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a vast and dispersed body of literature. Edited by Dallen J. Timothy Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of Heritage Tourism Tourism Planning is a four-volume collection of classic and contemporary contributions. It brings together material drawn from a plethora of journals as well as pieces from key books and difficult-to-find sources. With a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected materials in their historical and intellectual context Tourism Planning is an essential work of reference and is sure to be welcomed by scholars students and practitioners as a vital one-stop resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415729475

Tourism Planning and DevelopmentContemporary Cases and Emerging Issues Academically complex and challenging to apply development and planning are increasingly relevant to the growing tourism industry. This collection contains critical studies on tourism development and planning and calls for proactive holistic and responsible thinking. It addresses conceptual and contemporary issues in development and planning research including political trust innovation networks sustainability moral encounters enclavisation and evolutionary economics. It argues that recognition of the contextual and historical dimensions around tourism development and planning is essential to help both researchers and practitioners better understand destination and place-based decision-making. In addition it will lead to improvements in stakeholder relations and explains how tourism best works with localities and localities with tourism. This book was originally published as a special issue of Tourism Geographies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891367

Tourism PlanningBasics Concepts Cases As one of the fastest growing sectors of the economy since the 1950s tourism has proved to be a complicated phenomenon unlike any other economic producer. Over the last few decades tourism has exerted increasing pressure on the land and negative social environmental and economic impacts have surfaced as major issues. Positive guidelines for better planning are in demand by developers and designers who need new understandings of the breadth of tourism's complexity for their own success. Long considered the seminal work on tourism development Tourism Planning provides a comprehensive integrated overview of all aspects of tourism and the planning functions that accompany it emphasizing concepts and principles for better planning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003061656

Tourism Policy and Planning ImplementationIssues and Challenges Policy and planning are particularly important in tourism due to their multi-faceted nature and the complexity of inter-organisational relations and collaboration. This book sheds light onto these interrelations through the critical review of tourism planning policies and their measurable outcomes. Looking at a range of policies in a variety of countries at both micro and macro levels it considers both the failures and successes of implementing tourism policies and planning initiatives. Policies discussed throughout include: cross-border tourism planning in post-conflict destinations and sustainable tourism development.This multidisciplinary volume furthers knowledge of the impacts of planning and policy implementation on tourism development both present and future. Written by an international team of highly esteemed academics from some of the world’s leading institutions this will be a valuable resource for students and researchers in tourism sociology geography development studies politics economics and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665340

Tourism Policy and PlanningYesterday Today and Tomorrow The wellspring to the future global growth in tourism is a commitment toward good policy and strategic planning. Tourism Policy and Planning: Yesterday Today and Tomorrow offers an introduction to the tourism policy process and how policies link to the strategic tourism planning function as well as influence planning at the local national and international level. This third edition has been fully revised and updated to reflect the many important developments in the travel and tourism industry and subsequent new policies and present planning process issues. The third edition features: A new chapter on policies regarding terrorism and its impact on tourism. New and updated content on managing sustainable tourism obstacles and barriers to international travel and strategic tourism planning. New case studies based on established and emerging markets throughout to illustrate real-life applications of planning and policy at the international regional national and local level. New end of chapter summary and review questions to consolidate student learning. Accessible and up to date Tourism Policy and Planning is essential reading for all tourism students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138491236

Tourism Resilience and Adaptation to Environmental ChangeDefinitions and Frameworks In recent years resilience theory has come to occupy the core of our understanding and management of the adaptive capacity of people and places in complex social and environmental systems. Despite this tourism scholars have been slow to adopt resilience concepts at a time when the emergence of new frameworks and applications is pressing.Drawing on original empirical and theoretical insights in resilience thinking this book explores how tourism communities and economies respond to environmental changes both fast (natural hazard disasters) and slow (incremental shifts). It explores how tourism places adapt change and sometimes transform (or not) in relation to their environmental context with an awareness of intersection with societal dynamics and links to political economic and social drivers of change. Contributions draw on empirical research conducted in a range of international settings including indigenous communities to explore the complexity and gradations of environmental change encounters and resilience planning responses in a range of tourism contexts. As the first book to specifically focus on environmental change from a resilience perspective this timely and original work makes a critical contribution to tourism studies tourism management and environmental geography as well as environmental sciences and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667665

Tourism Supply Chain Management Fierce global competition in the tourism industry is now focused on integral parts of supply chains rather than on individual firms. The highly competitive environment has forced tourism firms to look for ways to enhance their competitive advantage. Tourism products are often viewed by consumers as a value-added chain of different service components and identifying ways to effectively manage the interrelated tourism business operations will enable tourism firms to better meet customer needs and accomplish business goals thus maintaining competitive advantage over their equally efficient rivals. This significant and timely volume is the first to apply supply chain management theories and practices in the context of tourism. By doing so the book offers insight into the relationships between tourism enterprises how coordination across organizations can be effectively achieved and how business performance can be improved.  It provides comprehensive and systematic coverage of modern supply chain management concepts and methodologies applied to the tourism and hospitality industries.  The text covers key issues and principles including: marketing and product development demand forecasting supplier selection and management distribution channels capacity management customer relationship management tourism supply chain competition and coordination and e-tourism. The book combines essential theory and comparative international examples based on primary research to show challenges and opportunities of effective tourism supply chain management. This text is essential for final year undergraduate and postgraduate students studying Tourism Management Tourism Planning and Tourism Economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415581561

Tourism: A Community Approach (RLE Tourism) Written in 1989 when the modern tourist industry had reached a crucial stage in its development when increased mobility and affluence had led to more extensive and extravagant travel and competition within the industry had intensified this book is comprehensive examination of tourism development. The author provides a new perspective for its evaluation and a suggested strategy for its continued development and evolution. He examines tourism from the viewpoint of destination areas and their aspirations and recommends an ecological community approach to developing and planning – one which encourages local initiative local benefits and a tourism product in harmony with the local environment and its people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751490

Tourism: How Effective Management Makes the Difference Tourism: How effective management makes the difference builds tourism's components and impacts into a total framework showing how it should be made subject to an overall planning and management process. This is an essential guide which also explains effective management in relation to current trends in tourism. It incorporates extensive coverage of the characteristics of tourism making it ideally suited for those studying tourism travel and business studies. Individual managers and policy decision makers will also find that this book addresses vital management issues and provides practical help. It covers both public and private sectors and shows how they can be brought together as a cohesive whole. It examines the functions of management from planning to the monitoring of performance and results. Coverage of the crucial aspects of tourism management also includes economics politics and government action the environment cultural influences marketing physical planning human resources development and public awareness.Roger Doswell formerly a lecturer and Kobler research fellow of University of Surrey is a leading expert on tourism and has written or co-written ten books on the subject. During a long career he has travelled the world for many international organisations as a tourism development consultant. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161054

Tourism: The Key Concepts Tourism: The Key Concepts offers a comprehensive collection of the most frequently used and studied concepts in the subject of tourism. Within the text key terms concepts typologies and frameworks are examined in the context of the broader social sciences blending together theory and practice to explore the scope of the subject. Terms covered include: Ethical Tourism LGBT Tourism Hospitality Mobility Authenticity Quality Management Destination Management Geographies of Tourism Planning Sociology in Tourism Society and Culture Tourism Strategy Each entry contextualises defines and debates the concept discussed providing an excellent starting point for those studying tourism for the first time and a quick reference for those who are more experienced. With case studies examples and further reading throughout this text will be invaluable for all undergraduate and postgraduate tourism students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415677936

TourismA Modern Synthesis Tourism can be a challenging subject for students because it is both dynamic and susceptible to economic turbulence and shifts in trends. Tourism: A Modern Synthesis is an essential textbook for tourism students seeking a clear and comprehensive introduction to their studies that addresses these challenges. The authors apply a business approach to the subject reflecting developments in the teaching and content of university courses and the text covers both key principles and contemporary themes and issues at a global scale. Among the new features and topics included in this fifth edition are: New and fully updated case studies to reflect current trends and emerging markets including Africa and Asia. Up-to-date content on disruptive technologies such as Airbnb low-cost airlines the e-travel revolution and future developments. Current debates in sustainable tourism including the anti-tourism movement plastic use and the Sustainable Development Goals. New content on evolving topics such as future employment human resource management in tourism and generational marketing. Fully updated statistics and data. A brand-new Companion Website including an instructor’s manual supplementary case studies weblinks  multiple choice questions and PowerPoint slides. This is the ideal guide to tourism for students across all levels serving as a point of reference throughout a programme of study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367437367

TourismPolitics and Public Sector Management Tourism looks set to replace oil as the most important global industry. James Elliot explores the ways in which governments of both developed and developing countries manage this increasingly diverse and volatile industry providing a historic and economic overview as well as the reasons why and how governments are involved in tourism management.Using case studies from the UK Australia and the Third World this wide ranging book covers: policy-making and planning; local governments; airlines and airports; and environmental control and sustainable development. Detailed information boxes and excerpts of official documents illustrate government management of the tourism system and provide critieria for evaluation Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150737

Tourist Clusters Destinations and CompetitivenessTheoretical issues and empirical evidences Tourism has become one of the largest and fastest growing sectors in the world economy. Increasingly research on tourism destinations has been at the centre of debates concerning destination competitiveness governance policies and destination management and marketing.This book investigates tourist destinations from two different perspectives. First it approaches destinations using the concept of tourist clusters and investigates their role in competitiveness and firm performances. The second perspective studies the development of models of competitiveness and governance. It also develops an international benchmarking system of 15-EU countries with an additional focus on Italy UK and United States. The book will appeal to academics scholars and practitioners in tourism studies management urban and regional studies and economic geography etc. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872885

Tourist Customer Service SatisfactionAn Encounter Approach Customer satisfaction and loyalty in the tourism sector is highly dependent upon the behaviours of front-line service providers. Service is about people how they relate to one another fulfill each other’s needs and ultimately care for each other. Yet surprisingly there are few or any books which focus on the detailed specifics of the social exchange and interaction between the service provider and customer. Tourist Customer Service Satisfaction fully explores this relationship by defining the specific kind of verbal and non-verbal messages needed for successful exchanges outlining how the service provider ought to behave & cope in a situation as well as detailing positive approaches that enhance a service provider’s role performance. The book uses encounter theory to examine the customer – provider relationship as well as drawing on current research and theories from hospitality tourism management psychology bodies of literature. In doing so the book offers important insight into how employee – centric competitive advantage in this sector can be achieved in various markets. This book is unique in its approach by focusing on the specifics of the social exchange and interaction between the service provider and customer. It therefore offers a novel synthesis of knowledge on service satisfaction in the tourism sector which will serve as valuable pedagogical and research reference for students and academics interested in hospitality and tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880719

Tourist Experience There is a long history of research into why and how individuals participate in and experience tourism exploring the demand and motivation for tourism and the roles that tourists adopt—that is how people perform tourism. At the same time questions surrounding the significance and meaning of tourism as a contemporary social institution have long attracted academic scrutiny. However as the form and character of the tourist experience has continued to evolve reflecting both developments in the supply of tourism and cultural transformations in the world in which it occurs and as new disciplinary perspectives on the subject have been adopted the research has become ever more extensive and eclectic. Now Tourist Experience a new collection of major works from Routledge meets a growing need for a comprehensive reference work that embraces both established themes and issues with emergent debates and research. The gathered materials have been carefully selected from a broad range of academic journals edited collections and other sources and are organized around three broad themes: the significance/meaning of tourism in contemporary society; tourist motivation and demand; and tourist roles. With a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context Tourist Experience is an essential reference work and vital research resource for scholars researchers and students in tourism and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138931978

Tourist Experience and FulfilmentInsights from Positive Psychology What makes life worth living? Many people would argue that it is fulfilling experiences. These experiences are characterised by feelings of joy and pleasure positive relationships and a sense of engagement meaning and achievement. Tourism is arguably one of the largest self-initiated commercial interventions to promote well being and happiness on the global scale but yet there is absence in the literature on the topic of fulfilling tourist experiences from psychological perspectives.Drawing on insights and theories from the research field of positive psychology (the study of well being) this is the first edited book to evaluate tourist experiences from positive psychology perspectives. The volume  addresses the important topic of fulfilment through the lens of the world’s largest social global phenomenon tourism. In doing so the book refreshes and challenges some aspects of tourist behaviour research. The chapters are grouped under three broad sections which reflect a range of positive psychological outcomes that personal holiday experiences can produce namely; happiness and humour; meaning and self-actualisation and health and restoration. The book critically explores these fulfilling experiences from interdisciplinary perspectives and includes research studies from wide range of geographical regions. By analysing the contemporary fulfilling tourist experiences the book will provide further understanding of tourist behaviour and experience.Written by leading academics this significant volume will appeal to those interested in Tourism and Positive Psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138081925

Tourist ExperienceContemporary Perspectives To consume tourism is to consume experiences. An understanding of the ways in which tourists experience the places and people they visit is therefore fundamental to the study of the consumption of tourism. Consequently it is not surprising that attention has long been paid in the tourism literature to particular perspectives on the tourist experience including demand factors tourist motivation typologies of tourists and issues related to authenticity commodification image and perception. However as tourism has continued to expand in both scale and scope and as tourists’ needs and expectations have become more diverse and complex in response to transformations in the dynamic socio-cultural world of tourism so too have tourist experiences. Tourist Experience provides a focused analysis into tourist experiences that reflect their ever-increasing diversity and complexity and their significance and meaning to tourists themselves. Written by leading international scholars it offers new insights into emergent behaviours motivations and sought meanings on the part of tourists based on five contemporary themes determined by current research activity in tourism experience: dark tourism experiences experiencing poor places sport tourism experiences writing the tourist experience and researching tourist experiences: methodological approaches. The book critically explores these experiences from multidisciplinary perspectives and includes case studies from a wide range of geographical regions. By analyzing these contemporary tourist experiences the book will provide further understanding of the consumption of tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880702

Tourist Mobility and Advanced Tracking Technologies The remarkable developments in tracking technologies over the past decade have opened up a wealth of possibilities in terms of research into tourist spatial behaviour. To date most research in the field has been based on data derived from less objective â€“ hence methodologically problematic â€“ sources. This book examines the various technologies available to track pedestrians and motorized vehicles as well as the moral ethical and legal issues arising from the utilization of data thus obtained. The methodologies outlined in the book could prove revolutionary in terms of tourism research management and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851695

Tourist Shopping VillagesForms and Functions Shopping is perhaps the most universal of tourist activities. Tourists form a separate retailing segment from the general population and place importance on different products and product attributes contributing billions of dollars each year for both the private and public sector by which retail areas townscapes and streetscapes can be revitalised. This volume â€“ based on a two year research program from a team of authors â€“ examines the forms and functions of approximately fifty tourist shopping villages in Australia New Zealand the United Kingdom Ireland Canada and the United States. It will interest scholars of Tourism Geography Business and Economics as well as government officials civic leaders and individual entrepreneurs and retailers seeking to maximize their returns and local community residents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415811514

Tourists Signs and the CityThe Semiotics of Culture in an Urban Landscape Drawing upon the literature of landscape geography tourism studies cultural studies visual studies and philosophy this book offers a multi-disciplinary approach to understanding the interaction between urban environments and tourists. This is a necessary prerequisite for cities as they make themselves into enticing destinations and compete for tourists' attention. It argues that tourists make sense of and draw meaningful conclusions about the places in which they tour based upon the interpretation of the signs or elements encountered within the built environment elements such as graffiti and lamp posts. The writings of the American pragmatist Charles S. Peirce on interpretation provide the theoretical model for explaining the way in which mind and world or thoughts and objects result in tourists interacting with place. This theoretical framework elucidates three applied studies undertaken with foreign visitors to the Hungarian capital of Budapest. Based upon extensive ethnographic field work these studies focus on tourists' interpretation of the urban landscape with particular attention paid to the encounters with national culture the role of architecture and the importance of the prosaic in urban tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250369

Tourists Tourism and the Good Life Tourism is arguably one of the largest self-initiated commercial interventions to create well-being and happiness on the entire planet. Yet there is a lack of specific attention to the ways in which we can better understand and evaluate the relationship between well-being and travel. The recent surge of scholarly work in positive psychology concerned with human well-being and flourishing represents a contemporary force with the potential to embellish and augment much current tourism study. This book maps out the field and then draws links between tourists tourism and positive psychology. It discusses topics such as the issue of excess materialism and its fragile relationship with well-being the value of positive psychology to lifestyle businesses and the insights of the research field to spa and wellness tourism. This volume will interest those who study and practise tourism as well as scholars and graduate students in a range of disciplines such as psychology sociology business and leisure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415811071

Tourists and TourismIdentifying with People and Places The fact that tourism is a major global industry forecast to continue its dramatic growth well into the twenty-first century is often cited as a rationale for its analysis. However while the connection between individual locations and the world's global markets is an obvious product of tourism the heart of the tourist experience is the construction of identity: the relation of the traveller to resident populations; the participants' views of themselves and others; tourists' search for authenticity and their testing of boundaries.This book significantly furthers current debates on tourism by asking important and vexing questions about the nature of the tourist experience: 'folk museums' that forget many of the 'folk' who live in the areas represented; the environments and events that are shaped to meet the 'imagined dreams' of tourist spectators; the categorization of visitors and returnees who take up residence and participate in the construction of 'local' identities; the evolving meanings associated with indigenous culture tradition heritage representation reality and authenticity. In renegotiating the definitions of tourism for the new millennium this book represents a major contribution to an emerging and highly topical area of study. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003136002

Tourist's Experience of Place This title was first published in 2002: This volume follows on from the tradition of humanistic geography to examine tourism from an experiential perspective - examining the experience of the tourists themsleves. By analyzing theories on tourism from anthropology psychology and culural tourism it aims to further the geographical debates on interactions which occur in tourism. The text offers a geographical approach which examines how the resulting experience of tourism can reveal something of our relationship with places in general and also about ourselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138738331

Tourist's Experience of Place This title was first published in 2002: This volume follows on from the tradition of humanistic geography to examine tourism from an experiential perspective - examining the experience of the tourists themsleves. By analyzing theories on tourism from anthropology psychology and culural tourism it aims to further the geographical debates on interactions which occur in tourism. The text offers a geographical approach which examines how the resulting experience of tourism can reveal something of our relationship with places in general and also about ourselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138738379

Tourists in Historic TownsUrban Conservation and Heritage Management Tourists in Historic Towns examines the relationship of culture heritage conservation and tourism development in historic towns and urban centres debating the impacts of tourism on historic towns and the role tourism plays in conservation and urban continuity. The main focus of the book is medium sized historic towns and historic quarters which are attractive to the tourist market but historic quarters in large cities and smaller rural settlements are not excluded. Alongside over a hundred examples of historic towns five historic towns are discussed as case studies: Granada Spain; York England; Mdina Malta; Antalya Turkey and Quedlingburg Germany. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138174641

Tournaments of PowerHonor and Revenge in the Contemporary World Thirty years ago modernization theory contended that notions of honor would become obsolete in modern democracies. Being an archaic remnant of our pre-modern past honor would be substituted by dignity under modern conditions. When honor does emerge as a valid social theme in modern society as it sometimes does during court hearings in gang fights and in violent reactions to insult it is often ascribed to immigration from pre-modern cultures where honor still matters in social life. Thus honor becomes part of the cultural baggage that is transfered to the host country through migration. However the fact that highly modern social formations like MC gangs are also obsessed with honor seriously questions the validity of classical modernization theories. It seems that honor is not just a pre-modern weed in a modern garden of dignity but an integral part of modernity. Since honor emerges under pre-modern as well as under modern conditions it is relevant to ask under which circumstances it becomes a theme in interaction. Blurring the distinction between the modern and the pre-modern in this manner allows us to ask what honor is really all about. Containing a wealth of international contributions from Scandinavia USA Mexico Kurdistan Indonesia Pakistan Sri Lanka and Japan Tournaments of Power provides first-hand ethnographic accounts and important answers to these vital questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258464

Toward a Binding Climate Change Adaptation RegimeA Proposed Framework The impact of climate change is global both in its cause and its effect. Thus there is a global responsibility for international cooperation to tackle the causes through mitigation strategies such as those agreed at the Durban Platform of December 2011. This climate regime aims to define responsibilities mechanisms funding and compliance in order to achieve a clear objective regarding the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions. Although tackling the causes of climate change through mitigation is necessary it is also essential to examine the effect of climate change and what international cooperation can take place to ensure global adaptation measures. This pioneering book deals exclusively with the politics of why adaptation as a global responsibility continues to be ignored. Scientific consensus is that the impacts of climate change are increasing as evident from the greater frequency intensity and magnitude of climate disasters in recent years. This book asks why anticipatory and planned measures for reducing vulnerability to the impacts of climate change should not be regarded as a global responsibility in the same way as mitigation. This discrimination is likely to continue unless the framing and legal basis of adaptation can be strengthened. It is with this aim in place that Professor Khan utilises his experience in academia and as a negotiator to analyse the politics surrounding this important issue. In this book the author sets out a framework for establishing a legally-binding adaptation regime under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change with the view to reducing the gap between the strategic focus on mitigation and adaptation. This is invaluable research for students researching climate change from a variety of disciplinary perspectives including the politics law and economics of the issue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138941588

Toward a Century of PeaceA Dialogue on the Role of Civil Society in Peacebuilding Peace studies pioneer Kevin Clements and Buddhist peacebuilder Daisaku Ikeda engage in dialogue on topics such as conflict resolution the refugee problem nuclear disarmament building a culture of peace and human rights and the path to recovery and reconstruction following natural disasters. While articulating their personal religious beliefs their unique perspectives underlying their actions for peace and their problem-solving methodologies they present a message based on unlimited trust in the transformative power for change residing within each individual. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138585768

Toward a Chican@ Hip Hop Anti-colonialism Toward a Chican@ Hip Hop Anti-Colonialism makes visible the anti-colonial alterNative politics in hip hop texts created by Chican@s and Xican@s (indigenous-identified people of Mexican descent in the United States). McFarland builds on indigenous knowledge anarchism and transnational feminism to identify the emancipating power of Chican@ and Xican@ hip hop including how women and non-gender conforming (two-spirit) MCs open up inclusive alterNative spaces that challenge colonialism and capitalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891398

Toward A Competitive Telecommunication IndustrySelected Papers From the 1994 Telecommunications Policy Research Conference Providing an authoritative perspective on the best current research regarding telecommunication policy this book is based on the 22nd Annual Telecommunications Policy Research Conference. The papers focus on the critical policy issues created by increasing competition in the industry. The book contains a careful analysis of local competition and interconnection international competition universal service issues the Internet and emerging new methods of communication and the first amendment problems created by changing telecommunication technology. It brings together -- in a convenient form -- a wide range of important scholarship on telecommunication policy that otherwise would require extensive research into a variety of journals government filings and unpublished papers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203811191

Toward a European Nation?Political Trends in Europe - East and West Center and Periphery This text presents the work of scholars from all over Europe who examine processes of integration and disintegration at the level of nation states federations regions and Europe overall. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315483573

Toward a Feminist Developmental Psychology First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315811345

Toward a General Theory of ActionTheoretical Foundations for the Social Sciences This new edition introduces the social science audiences of a new century to one of the classic highlights of the mid-twentieth century. This is the most general statement of the general theory of action as it was developed by its principle exponent Talcott Parsons and his close collaborators who formed the core of the fabled department of social relations at Harvard University. Toward a General Theory of Action is an extremely ambitious formulation of the ingredients dimensions and ranges that determine human behavior.Parsons and Shils enunciate principles that are at the core of contemporary social science preoccupations-including the precarious balance between social integration and conflict. The volume is at once universal in intent and highly personal an expression of Parsons' thought one of the most notable sociological theorists of the century. Finally the book symbolizes the interdisciplinary impulse that typified a widespread belief in the unity of the sciences. This edition includes the collaborative group's introductory statement Richard Sheldon's essay on the theoretical and philosophical status of the general theory of action and "Values Motives and Systems of Action" by Parsons and Shils.Guy Swanson writing in the The American Sociological Review noted that "Parsons and Shils have performed a major service in clearing away many old controversies in showing the reasonableness of a behavioral foundation for general theory in social science as a whole and in sociology in particular in clarifying the interrelations among many concepts and in the insightful interpretation of particular pieces of data." It is testimony to this book's continuing significance that it continues to generate new lines of research and writings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539754

Toward A Genetics of Language The past decade has brought important new advances in the fields of genetics behavioral genetics linguistics language acquisition studies of language impairment and brain imaging. Although these advances are each highly relevant to the determination of what a child is innately prepared to bring to language acquisition the contributing fields of endeavor have traditionally been relatively self-contained with little cross communication. This volume was developed with the belief that there is considerable value to be gained in the creation of a shared platform for a dialogue across the disciplines.Leading experts in genetics linguistics language acquisition language impairment and brain imaging are brought together for the purpose of exploring the current evidence theoretical issues and research challenges in a way that bridges disciplinary boundaries and points toward future developments in the search for the genetic and environmental bases of language acquisition and impairments. This collection provides discussions and summaries of: *breakthrough findings of the genetic underpinnings of dyslexia; *theoretical and empirical developments in the specification of a phenotype of language acquisition and impairment; *evidence of familiarity and twin concordances of specific language impairment; and*new evidence from brain imaging.It concludes with a critical response from an advocate of rational empiricism. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203763476

Toward a Global Thin CommunityNietzsche Foucault and the Cosmopolitan Commitment "Toward a Global 'Thin' Community re-examines aspects of the liberal-communitarian debate. While critical of both traditions this book argues that a coherent form of communitarianism is the only plausible option for citizens today. Using the theories of Friedrich Nietzsche and Michel Foucault Olssen shows how we can overcome traditional problems with communitarianism by using an ethic of survival that he identifies in the writings of Nietzsche and others to provide a normative framework for twenty-first century politics at both national and global levels. "Thin" communitarianism seeks to surmount traditional objections associated with Hegel and Marx and to safeguard liberty and difference by applying a robust idea of democracy." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631530

Toward a Hermeneutic Theory of Social PracticesBetween Existential Analytic and Social Theory Recent methodological debates have shown that practice theory can either be developed by combining and slightly extending established theoretical concepts of inter-subjectivity social normativity collective behavior interaction between agents and environment habits learning collective intentionality and human agency; or by following a strategy that promotes the quest for completely autonomous concepts. In the latter case one defends a thesis of irreducibility.Toward a Hermeneutic Theory of Social Practices advocates this thesis by approaching the interrelational dynamic of social practices in terms of existential analytic. Indeed this insightful volume outlines a methodology of the double hermeneutics that allows the study of the entanglement of agential plans beliefs and intentions with configured practices; while also demonstrating how interrelated social practices with which agency is entangled articulate cultural forms of life.Suggesting a framework for studying the cultural forms of life within the scope of practice theory this book will appeal to postgraduate students and postdoctoral researchers interested in fields such as Social Theory Philosophy of Social Science and Research Methods for Social and Behavioral Sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889210

Toward a History of American Linguistics Beginning with the anthropological linguistic tradition associated primarily with the names of Franz Boas Edward Sapir and their students and concluding with the work of Noam Chomsky and William Labov at the end of the century. This book offers a comprehensive account of essential periods and areas of research in the history of American Linguistics and also addresses contemporary debates and issues within linguistics.Topics covered include: * The sources of the 'Sapir-Whorf Hypothesis' * Leonard Bloomfield and the Cours de linguistique générale * The 'Chomskyan Revolution' and its Historiography * The Origins of Morphophonemics in American Linguistics *William Labov and the Origins of Sociolinguistics in America.Toward a History of American Linguistics will be invaluable reading for academics and advanced students within the fields of linguistics and the history of linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415511094

Toward A Just World Order This text is designed to provide students with a solid theoretical and methodological base for understanding how the present international system works how that system is likely to evolve given current world trends and what realistically can be done to alleviate the most serious global problems. Part 1 develops a world order perspective by examin Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367214722

Toward a Literacy of PromiseJoining the African American Struggle "[This book] gives us strategies for bringing life back to school; it allows us to think creatively about connecting instruction to the lives of children who have not been well-served; it helps us learn to value the gifts with words our children of color bring; and it gives us hope for educating a generation that can change the status quo that will build the America we have yet to see...the one that made that as-yet-unfulfilled promise of ‘liberty and justice for all.’"Lisa Delpit From the Foreword Toward a Literacy of Promise examines popular assumptions about literacy and challenges readers to question how it has been used historically both to empower and to oppress. The authors offer an alternative view of literacy – a "literacy of promise" – that charts an emancipatory agenda for literacy instructional practices in schools. Weaving together critical perspectives on pedagogy language literature and popular texts each chapter provides an in-depth discussion that illuminates how a literacy of promise can be realized in school and classrooms. Although the major focus is on African American middle and secondary students as a population that has experienced the consequences of inequality the chapters demonstrate general and specific applications to other populations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203890950

Toward A Literate WorldTelevision in Literacy Education: Lessons from the Arab Region This book documents the creation and evaluation of the Al Manaahil television series which set out to teach Arabic language and reading skills to Arab children of elementary-school age. It also discusses the economics of television in education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367214777

Toward A Logic of Meanings This book the last one written by Piaget presents a new line of empirical studies based on a revised formulation of his theory of the development of logical reasoning. The amended theory overcomes many problems and criticisms of his earlier formulations by providing a fresh explanation for the origin of mental operations and mental organization based on the concept of meaning. It also offers a more elegant vision of the continuity in mental development from birth to adulthood. As the final revision of Piaget's theory -- and one that opens up new areas of inquiry -- this book calls for a reinterpretation of his earlier work -- a task which will occupy scholars for decades to come. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138985797

Toward a Metaphysics of Culture Toward a Metaphysics of Culture provides an initial minimal and original analysis of the concept of uniquely enlanguaged cultures of the human world and of the distinctive metaphysical features of whatever belongs to the things of that world: preeminently persons language actions artworks products history practices institutions and norms. Emphasis is placed on the artifactual and hybrid nature of persons naturalistic and post-Darwinian evolutionary considerations and the bearing of the account on a range of disputed inquiries largely centered on the relationship between physical nature and human culture and between the natural and human sciences. The schema offered lays a foundation for a closer analysis of the human mind cognition interpretation nomologicality normativity intentionality realism and related matters. The central thesis advances the heterodox notion congruent with post-Darwinian studies in paleoanthropology that the human person is a natural artifact a functional transform of the primate members of Homo sapiens by way of a complexly intertwined biological and encultured evolution primarily dependent on the invention transmission and mastery of true language and the novel hybrid abilities that that makes possible. The emergence of persons is taken to be the obverse side of the mastery of language itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367361525

Toward A New BehaviorismThe Case Against Perceptual Reductionism This volume examines the scientific basis of reductionist approaches to understanding visual perception. The author makes the provocative argument that contemporary neuroscience and cognitive science have gone off on a wild-goose chase in the search for reductionist explanations of perceptual phenomena. This book considers some specific and general examples of this misdirection and suggests an alternative future course for science. It reviews the successes and failures of the sciences' efforts to explain perceptual and other mental functions in the terms of either internal cognitive mechanisms formal models or the neural structures from which the brain--the organ of the mind--is constructed. Although this is an iconoclastic and minority view the book shows how many contemporary perceptual scientists have qualified their thinking with regard to what their data and theories mean even while generally accepting the empirical findings. It is without question an attempted refutation of some of the primary assumptions of contemporary theory. Summing up the author's convictions concerning some of the most important questions of human nature this book is a statement of a point of view that has provided a framework for his personal answers to some of these important questions of human history. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138882881

Toward a New Climate AgreementConflict Resolution and Governance Climate change is one of the most pressing problems facing the global community. Although most states agree that climate change is occurring and is at least partly the result of humans’ reliance on fossil fuels managing a changing global climate is a formidable challenge. Underlying this challenge is the fact that states are sovereign governed by their own laws and regulations. Sovereignty requires that states address global problems such as climate change on a voluntary basis by negotiating international agreements. Despite a consensus on the need for global action many questions remain concerning how a meaningful international climate agreement can be realized. This book brings together leading experts to speak to such questions and to offer promising ideas for the path toward a new climate agreement. Organized in three main parts it examines the potential for meaningful climate cooperation. Part 1 explores sources of conflict that lead to barriers to an effective climate agreement. Part 2 investigates how different processes influence states’ prospects of resolving their differences and of reaching a climate agreement that is more effective than the current Kyoto Protocol. Finally part 3 focuses on governance issues including lessons learned from existing institutional structures. The book is unique in that it brings together the voices of experts from many disciplines such as economics political science international law and natural science. The authors are academics practitioners consultants and advisors. Contributions draw on a variety of methods and include both theoretical and empirical studies. The book should be of interest to scholars and graduate students in the fields of economics political science environmental law natural resources earth sciences sustainability and many others. It is directly relevant for policy makers stakeholders and climate change negotiators offering insights into the role of uncertainty fairness policy linkage burden sharing and alternative institutional designs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138656567

Toward a New Common School Movement Toward a New Common School Movement is a bold and urgent call to action.The authors argue that corporate school reform in the United States represents a failed project subverted by profiteering corruption and educational inequalities.Toward a New Common School Movement suggests that educational privatization and austerity are not simply bad policies but represent a broader redistribution of control over social life-that is the enclosure of the global commons. This condition requires far more than a liberal defense of public schooling. It requires recovering elements of the radical progressive educational tradition while generating a new language of the common suitable to the unique challenges of the global era. Toward a New Common School Movement traces the history of struggles over public schooling in the United States and provides a set of ethical principles for enacting the commons in educational policy finance labor curriculum and pedagogy. Ultimately it argues for global educational struggles in common for a just and sustainable future beyond the crises of neoliberalism and predatory capitalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612054414

Toward a New EnlightenmentPhilosophy of Paul Kurtz Paul Kurtz has been the dominant voice of secular humanism over the past thirty years. This compilation of his work reveals the scope of his thinking on the basic topics of our time and his many and varied contributions to the cause of free thought. It focuses on the central issues that have concerned Kurtz throughout his career: ethics politics education religion science and pseudoscience.The chapters are linked by a common theme: the need for a new enlightenment one committed to the use of rationality and skepticism but also devoted to realizing the highest values of humanist culture. Many writings included here were first published in magazines and journals long unavailable. Some of the essays have never before been published. They now appear as a coherent whole for the first time. Also included is an extensive bibliography of Kurtz's writings. Toward a New Enlightenment is essential for those who know and admire Paul Kurtz's work. It will also be an important resource for students of philosophy political science ethics and religion.Among the chapters are: "Humanist Ethics: Eating the Forbidden Fruit"; "Relevance of Science to Ethics"; "Democracy without Theology"; "Misuses of Civil Disobedience"; "The Limits of Tolerance"; "Skepticism about the Paranormal: Legitimate and Illegitimate"; "Militant Atheism vs. Freedom of Conscience"; "Promethean Love: Unbound"; "The Case for Euthanasia"; and "The New Inquisition in the Schools." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517370

Toward a New Psychology of GenderA Reader Drawn from a brilliant array of voices primarily from psychology but also from other social sciences and humanities this unique reader of creative and intellectually provocative essays investigates the social construction of gender. For the past several decades those involved with the study of the psychology of women and gender have been struggling for recognition within the framework of psychology. This volume brings together the writings from psychology philosophy psychoanalysis history women's studies education and sociology that critique mainstream thinking and exemplify new ways of creating inquiry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315811505

Toward A North American Common MarketProblems And Prospects For A New Economic Community  This is an examination of both the advantages and the problems posed by the notion of a North American economic union. Scholars and government representatives from the United States Canada and Mexico exchange views and explore not just the economic implications but also the likely social and political consequences of economic integration. A varie Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367214753

Toward A North American Community?Canada The United States And Mexico The North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) is a milestone in the affairs of the continent and in international trade. The first formal arrangement of any kind between Canada the United States and Mexico it is also the first trade pact including countries of such disproportionate power and levels of development. For Canada and Mexico the agr Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367214647

Toward a Pragmatist Metaethics In our current social landscape moral questions—about economic disparity disadvantaging biases and scarcity—are rightly receiving attention with a sense of urgency. This book argues that classical pragmatism offers a compelling and useful account of our engagement with moral life. The key arguments are first that a broader reading of the pragmatist tradition than is usually attempted within the context of ethical theory is necessary; and second that this broad reading offers resources that enable us to move forward in contemporary debates about truth and principles in moral life. The first argument is made by demonstrating that there is an arc of theoretical unity that stretches from two key founders of pragmatism—Charles Sanders Peirce and William James—through the work of John Dewey and Clarence Irving Lewis. The second argument is made by engaging with contemporary debates concerning the truth-status of the judgments and assertions made in ordinary moral discourse as well as the role and nature of moral principles. Toward a Pragmatist Metaethics will be of interest to scholars of American philosophy American intellectual history and moral and political theorists as well as anyone interested in the contours and demands of shared moral discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876708

Toward A Psychology of Persons This closely integrated collection of essays constitutes a wide-ranging and comprehensive attempt to understand persons within psychology--a long-lost enterprise. The volume was inspired by the observation that contemporary psychology has become increasingly depersonalized in its conceptions and its methodology and has thereby lost touch with its traditional subject matter of human individuality and the nature of persons. This development now threatens the integrity of psychology as a discipline. Using both a critical and constructive approach the various contributors share two common objectives: *to explore the roots of depersonalization in modern psychology through systematic criticism of contemporary functionalist and neo-functionalist approaches; *to articulate some alternative holistic-interpretive and historical approaches to the psychology of persons. Despite these common objectives the chapters reflect a wide variety of theoretical perspectives and approaches including cognitive science and neuroscience discursive psychology hermeneutics social constructionism semiotics rhetorical analysis and psychological aesthetics. These essays do not converge on a unified psychology of persons but they do serve to reopen a form of discourse that has long been absent from mainstream psychology. This volume emerged from the deliberations of the Western Canadian Theoretical Psychologists (WCTP)--a group of scholars primarily from Western Canadian universities with shared interests in the history and theory of psychology. From its founding in 1989 to the present the WCTP has been actively engaged in promoting and contributing to the development of theoretical psychology. Over the past half dozen years scholars have greatly benefitted from the close collaboration and collegial support that participation in the WCTP makes possible. The annual meetings provide an opportunity for them to catch up on each other's work and also to pool their expertise to work on topics of shared interest. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138002890

Toward A Psychology of SituationsAn Interactional Perspective Published in the year 1981 Toward a Psychology of Situations is a valuable contribution to the field of Social Psychology. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203780886

Toward a Psychology of UncertaintyTrauma-Centered Psychoanalysis Since trauma is a thoroughly relational phenomenon it is highly unpredictable and cannot be made to fit within the scientific framework Freud so admired. In Toward a Psychology of Uncertainty: Trauma-Centered Psychoanalysis Doris Brothers urges a return to a trauma-centered psychoanalysis. Making use of relational systems theory she shows that experiences of uncertainty are continually transformed by the regulatory processes of everyday life such as feeling knowing forming categories making decisions using language creating narratives sensing time remembering forgetting and fantasizing. Insofar as trauma destroys the certainties that organize psychological life it plunges our relational systems into chaos and sets the stage for the emergence of rigid life-constricting relational patterns. These trauma-generated patterns which often involve denial of sameness and difference the creation of complexity-reducing dualities and the transformation of certainty into certitude figure prominently in virtually all of the complaints for which patients seek analytic treatment. Analysts she claims are no more strangers to trauma than are their patients. Using in-depth clinical illustrations Dr. Brothers demonstrates how a mutual desire to heal and to be healed from trauma draws patients and analysts into their analytic relationships. She recommends the reconceptualization of what has heretofore been considered transference and countertransference in terms of the transformation of experienced uncertainty. In her view the increased ability of both analytic partners to live with uncertainty is the mark of a successful treatment. Dr. Brothers’ perspective sheds fresh light on a variety of topics of great general interest to analysts as well as many of their patients such as gender the acceptance of death faith cult-like training programs and burnout. Her discussions of these topics are enlivened by references to contemporary cinema and theatre. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203927779

Toward a Radical TherapyAlternate Services for Personal and Social Change In September 1969 Ted Clark Dennis Jaffe and Yvonne Durchfort (now Yvonne Jaffe) started "Number Nine" a crisis telephone line. Initially this was an attempt to discover from young people themselves exactly what the needs of young people were in order that a program relevant to those needs might be developed. The crisis line program in itself proved useful and meaningful to young people as they began calling in increasing numbers. Since many community agencies – through their insistence that young people cooperate with a value system that does not engender trust – alienated themselves from these young people it became increasingly imperative that the crisis line expand its resources to include counseling a crash pad a residential program and a drop-in center. As an alternative to those agencies who insist on viewing drug use as a problem per se and who do not focus their attentions on family school and personal relationships in general "Number Nine" offered realistic and reachable solutions. Originally published in 1973 Toward a Radical Therapy is a collection of essays concerning numerous issues which the authors encountered during the development of an alternative service – an organization which reflects the values and experiences of young people (the counter-culture) rather than the values of the established social order as a necessary step toward helping people cope with their problems. The ideas expounded in these working papers are the outcome of experiences and experiments in attempting to effect personal and organizational changes basic to creating an alternative culture. Concurrent with the writing of this book the authors discovered numerous conflicts occurring at all levels of program and institutional development as well as within themselves. Personal changes become necessarily interrelated with social change and organizational structuring. Counseling had to be redefined as existing theories and methodologies were limited in their ability to comprehend the constant changes that youth were undergoing at the time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138624771

Toward a Scientific Practice of Science Education This volume supports the belief that a revised and advanced science education can emerge from the convergence and synthesis of several current scientific and technological activities including examples of research from cognitive science social science and other discipline-based educational studies. The anticipated result: the formation of science education as an integrated discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420090

Toward a Social PsychoanalysisCulture Character and Normative Unconscious Processes Frantz Fanon Erich Fromm Pierre Bourdieu and Marie Langer are among those activists clinicians and academics who have called for a social psychoanalysis. For over thirty years Lynne Layton has heeded this call and produced a body of work that examines unconscious process as it operates both in the social world and in the clinic. In this volume of Layton’s most important papers she expands on earlier theorists’ ideas of social character by exploring how dominant ideologies and culturally mandated hierarchical identity prescriptions are lived in individual and relational conflict. Through clinical and cultural examples Layton describes how enactments of what she calls ‘normative unconscious processes’ reinforce cultural inequalities of race sex gender and class both inside and outside the clinic and at individual interpersonal and institutional levels. Clinicians academics and activists alike will find here a deeper understanding of the power of unconscious process and are called on to envision and enact a progressive future in which vulnerability and interdependency are honored and systemic inequalities dismantled. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367902049

Toward A Sociological Theory of Information In 1952 at Princeton University Harold Garfinkel developed a sociological theory of information. Other prominent theories then being worked out at Princeton including game theory neglected the social elements of "information " modeling a rational individual whose success depends on completeness of both reason and information. In real life these conditions are not possible and these approaches therefore have always had limited and problematic practical application. Garfinkel's sociological theory treats information as a thoroughly organized social phenomenon in a way that addresses these shortcomings comprehensively. Although famous as a sociologist of everyday life Garfinkel focuses in this new book-never before published-on the concerns of large-scale organization and decisionmaking. In the fifty years since Garfinkel wrote this treatise there has been no systematic treatment of the problems and issues he raises. Nor has anyone proposed a theory of information like the one he proposed. Many of the same problems that troubled theorists of information and predictable order in 1952 are still problematic today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631516

Toward a Sociology of Education By including material from literary philosophical and anthropological sources and by selecting readings which consider educational practice both within and beyond formal educational contexts this book broadens the character of sociological inquiry in education. The editors bring together material they have found valuable when working with students of education and^sociology at all levels. Many of these articles and extracts are either inaccessible or have not been reprinted. The collection should stimulate inquiry about the assumptions underlying current debates on curriculum streaming school organization methods of teaching and preconceived notions of ability.Toward a Sociology of Education develops an alternative theoretical approach to and engages in critical dialogue with mainstream sociology and also points to other theoretical and practical probabilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539778

Toward a Sustainable Wine IndustryGreen Enology Research This title includes a number of Open Access chapters. Toward a Sustainable Wine Industry: Green Enology in Practice takes a broad look at the emerging trend of using sustainable wine production methods and business practices. It covers a multitude of aspects of the sustainable wine industry including production methods recycling efforts customer behavior sustainable business practices and more. The wine sector which plays a big role in the agricultural industry around the world has been facing increasing pressure to fulfill legal environmental requirements while maintaining a competitive position in a global market. Concern for the environment and rising costs have led to an increased interest in sustainable wine production practices. This valuable compendium addresses this trend and looks at different sectors within the wine industry. In all the book provides a multi-faceted examination of the important aspects of the increasingly necessary and growing sustainable movement. The book aims to shed valuable light on how to build an integrated sustainable business and development system in the wine industry. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771881258

Toward a Theology of Scientific EndeavourThe Descent of Science Foundations of science are specific conditions of the cosmos of human intelligence of cultural beliefs and of technological structures that make the pursuit of modern science possible. Each of the four foundations of scientific endeavour can be studied as a topic on its own. The concurrent study of all four together reveals several tensions and interconnections among them that point the way to a greater unification of faith and science. This book explores four foundations of scientific endeavour and investigates some of the paradoxes each of them raises. Kaiser shows that the resolution of these paradoxes inevitably leads us into theological discourse and raises new challenges for theological endeavour. In order to address these challenges Kaiser draws on the wider resources of the Judeo-Christian tradition and argues for a refocusing of contemporary theology from the perspective of natural science. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315235943

Toward a Theory of Child-Centered Psychodynamic Family TreatmentThe Anna Ornstein Reader Toward a Theory of Child-Centered Psychodynamic Family Treatment: The Anna Ornstein Reader offers a clear introduction to Anna Ornstein’s ground-breaking work on psychoanalytic child orientated family therapy. Drawing on her writing from across her long career and including new material the book sets out her important theoretical work on the mind self development and parental influences and the therapeutic consequences of these concepts. Anna Ornstein’s self-psychological work is unique and outstanding. First published in 1974 a time when attachment and affect regulation theory had just started Ornstein’s work has developed far-reaching ideas therapeutic concepts and practicable approaches for psychodynamic children and adolescence therapy based on the concept of analytic self-psychology which has anticipated very early results of later affect regulation and attachment research. This kind of treatment considers parental work not as only accompanying but as central representing the core of the treatment process. The parental maturation process is directly described which should enable the parents to accompany their child empathically and therefore attachment-security enhancing. This treatment concept integrates the later findings of neurobiologically-based attachment and affect regulation theory which emphasizes that intrapsychic and interpersonal experience are in a continuous and everlasting exchange. In this book Eva Rass offers a better understanding of Ornstein’s approach an insight into her life and work and an introduction into the concept of analytic self psychology followed by a selection of Ornstein’s significant publications in which the central concern is clearly elaborated to give the reader a thorough introduction and understanding of her work. This book will be of great value and interest to professionals working with children and families in psychoanalytic settings and to students training in child psychoanalysis psychotherapy and family therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367439385

Toward a Theory of Neuroplasticity This book provides a broad survey of many of the major areas in neuroplasticity research by leading investigators in the field. The topics considered range across all levels of nervous system organization from the molecular to behavioral levels for species ranging from C. elegans to humans. In addition the effects of development and neuropathological events are discussed. A final summary chapter synthesizes the data gathered in this volume in order to provide the basis for a general theory of neuroplasticity. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415652841

Toward a Theory of True Crime NarrativesA Textual Analysis Toward a Theory of True Crime Narratives vivifies how nonfiction murder stories are told what role they play in society and in the form of true crime why they remain enduringly popular internationally on every platform. This book establishes for the first time the actual line—or dotted line—between mainstream journalism and the multimedia phenomena of true crime. Presenting a stable definition of what is—and what is not—true crime will either challenge or justify Truman Capote’s claims regarding the creation of a "new journalism" with In Cold Blood and accordingly expose the reluctance of the promoters of NPR’s Serial HBO’s The Jinx and Netflix’s Making a Murderer to refer to their products as such. This research codifies true crime texts of various types on multiple platforms—radio television print digital and film—to reveal the defining characteristics of the genre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892784

Toward a Unified Theory of Problem SolvingViews From the Content Domains One of the most active fields of educational research in recent years has been the investigation of problem-solving performance. Two opposing views of current research -- one suggesting that there are more differences than similarities within different domains and the other stating that there is great similarity -- lead to a variety of questions: * Is problem solving a single construct? * Are there aspects of problem-solving performance that are similar across a variety of content domains? * What problem-solving skills learned within one context can be expected to transfer to other domains? The purpose of this book is to serve as the basis for the productive exchange of information that will help to answer these questions -- by drawing together preliminary theoretical understandings sparking debate and disagreement raising new questions and directions and perhaps developing new world views. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203052334

Toward an Animist Reading of Postcolonial Trauma Literature This book uses the conceptual framework of animism the belief in the spiritual qualities of nonhuman matter to analyze representations of trauma in postcolonial fiction from Nigeria and India. Toward an Animist Reading of Postcolonial Trauma Literature initiates a conversation between contemporary trauma literatures of Nigeria and India on animism. As postcolonial nations move farther away from the event of decolonization in real time the experience of trauma take place within and is generated by an increasingly precarious environment of resource scarcity over-accelerated industrialization and ecological crisis. These factors combine to create mixed environments marked by constantly changing interactions between human and nonhuman matter. Examining novels by authors such as Chinua Achebe Jhumpa Lahiri Nnedi Okorafor and Arundhati Roy the book considers how animist beliefs shape the aesthetic representation of trauma in postcolonial literature paying special attention to complex metaphor and narrative structure. These literary texts challenge the conventional wisdom that working through trauma involves achieving physical and psychic integrity in a stable environment. Instead a type of provisional but substantive healing emerges in an animist relationship between human trauma victims and nonhuman matter. In this context animism becomes a pivotal way to reframe the process of working through trauma. Offering a rich framework for analyzing trauma in postcolonial literature this book will be of interest to scholars of postcolonial literature Nigerian literature and South Asian literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367086275

Toward an Anthropology of Ambient Sound This volume approaches the issue of ambient sound through the ethnographic exploration of different cultural contexts including Italy India Egypt France Ethiopia Scotland Spain Portugal and Japan. It examines social religious and aesthetic conceptions of sound environments what types of action or agency are attributed to them and what bodies of knowledge exist concerning them. Contributors shed new light on these sensory environments by focusing not only on their form and internal dynamics but also on their wider social and cultural environment. The multimedia documents of this volume may be consulted at the address: milson.fr/routledge_media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869052

Toward an Imperfect EducationFacing Humanity Rethinking Cosmopolitanism The theory of cosmopolitanism is built on a paradoxical commitment to a universal idea of humanity and to a respect for human pluralism. Toward an Imperfect Education critiques the assumed "goodness" of humans that underwrites the idea of humanity and explores how antagonistic human interactions such as conflict violence and suffering are a fundamental aspect of life in a pluralistic world. This book proposes that the inescapable difference between humans compels our ethical and political observations in education. Todd persuasively argues that facing humanity in all its complexity and imperfection ought to be a central element of the cosmopolitan project to create a more just and humane education. Informed primarily by poststructural philosophy and feminist theory she focuses on how sexual cultural and religious difference intersect with universal claims made in the name of humanity. Individual chapters develop a novel framework for dealing with antagonism in relation to human rights democracy citizenship and cross-cultural understanding. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631509

Toward Culturally Sustaining TeachingEarly Childhood Educators Honor Children with Practices for Equity and Change Demonstrating equitable practices and strategies that move toward culturally sustaining teaching such as translanguaging explorations of children’s literature alternative modes of literacy assessment photography and arts integration student-driven poetry units and more this book shares the stories of four teacher–teacher dyads who worked together across university–school contexts to study generate and evaluate culturally relevant and sustaining literacy practices in early childhood classrooms across the country. Highlighting the voices and roles of children families community members and teachers of Color this book suggests new ways for all teachers to build and sustain relationships that are relevant and work toward being sustaining; and anticipates and offers solutions for challenges that arise in these contexts. Insightful and instructive the narratives in this collection model how to create positive and mutually beneficial dynamics among teachers children and their families and communities. This book offers a timely resource for pre-service teachers teachers scholars faculty and graduate students in language and literacy education early childhood education and culturally relevant responsive and sustaining teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815363774

Toward Defining and Improving Quality in Adult Basic EducationIssues and Challenges This volume revisits problematizes and expands the meaning of quality in the context of adult basic education. Covering a wide range of relevant topics it includes contributors from the realms of both policy and practice and encompasses both the major instructional areas – reading writing and mathematics – as well as larger issues of literacy learning and adulthood. Each chapter focuses on what improving quality in the field might look like through the particular lens of the author’s work. As a whole the broad scope of topics and ideas addressed will raise the level of discussion knowledge and practice regarding quality in adult basic education. In this book the term adult basic education refers to the broad range of services for adults who wish to improve their literacy and language skills including beginning and intermediate writing writing and numeracy preGED GED/Adult Secondary Education and ESL instruction that takes place in a range of contexts including schools community-based programs and workplace development programs. The volume is organized around three themes: Accountability Standards and the Use of Documentation and Research Program Structures and Instruction Rethinking Our Assumptions and Concepts Coming at a time of increasing pressure to standardize to be accountable and to improve outcomes and when calls for evidence-based practice are fueling stakeholders’ interest in the relationship between research and practice at all levels of the system Toward Defining and Improving Quality in Adult Basic Education is particularly timely for scholars graduate students and professionals in the field of adult basic education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415878067

Toward Effective Counseling and PsychotherapyTraining and Practice The field of counseling and psychotherapy has for years presented the puzzling spectacle of unabating enthusiasm for forms of treatment whose effectiveness cannot be objectively demonstrated. With few exceptions statistical studies have consistently failed to show that any form of psychotherapy is followed by significantly more improvement than would be caused by the mere passage of an equivalent period of time. Despite this practitioners of various psychotherapeutic schools have remained firmly convinced that their methods are effective. Many recipients of these forms of treatment also believe that they are being helped.The series of investigations reported in this impressive book resolve this paradoxical state of affairs. The investigators have overcome two major obstacles to progress in the past--lack of agreement on measures of improvement and difficulty of measuring active ingredients of the psychotherapy relationship. The inability of therapists of different theoretical persuasions to agree on criteria of improvement has made comparison of the results of different forms of treatment nearly impossible. The authors have solved this intractable problem by using a wide range of improvement measures and showing that regardless of measures used in different studies a significantly higher proportion of results favor their hypothesis than disregard it.Overall this book represented a major advance at the time of its original publication and is of continuing importance. The research findings resolve some of the most stubborn research problems in psychotherapy and the training program based on them points the way toward overcoming the shortage of psychotherapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539785

Toward Effective Strategic AnalysisNew Applications Of Information Technology Exploring the future of strategic analysis this book identifies problems at the heart of the historical U.S. failure to perform effective strategic analysis then explains and dramatizes how new applications of information technology can make significant progress possible. Certain specific limitations of human memory says the author are major ca Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367214654

Toward EmpowermentWomen And Movement Politics In India Analyzing Indian women's groups as one sector of a complex of new grass-roots non-party political movements Dr. Caiman considers why and how a women's movement evolved in India when it did. She describes the nature origins and meanings of the movement for Indian women and discusses the movement's significance for Indian politics in general as w Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367214838

Toward Entrepreneurial Community DevelopmentLeaping Cultural and Leadership Boundaries Toward Entrepreneurial Community Development is about developing entrepreneurial communities and goes beyond theories of the firm to demonstrate how local and regional society contributes in important ways to the vitality of entrepreneurs. The literature is rich with insights about leadership and culture within SMEs and the behaviours and attitudes of their founders founding teams and managers. Since most of the attention in the entrepreneurship literature is focused on firms we wish to explore everyone else: The social environment surrounding the entrepreneur and how leadership and culture outside the firm can have pervasive effects on the business. This book reaches across disciplinary boundaries integrating and advancing knowledge on entrepreneurial community development. The book identifies actionable leadership strategies that can be used by literally anyone to help make a community or region a more culturally-supportive interactive home for entrepreneurial minds. We draw from original research to compare high and low entrepreneurship communities and present an emergent picture of how community-level actors can (or fail to) work together to support entrepreneurship in places that are culturally distant from the Silicon Valley (i.e. most places). Toward Entrepreneurial Community Development then offers techniques for entrepreneurial community leadership including how to build lasting alliances create an image and harness the local culture for entrepreneurial advantage. The result is a book that provides the reader with the latest advancements and techniques in entrepreneurship development in a straight-forward readable format. No matter the reader Toward Entrepreneurial Community Development demonstrates how anyone in any position can lead a local entrepreneurship movement starting anywhere anytime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367242923

Toward Greater Logic and Utility in AccountingThe Collected Writings of Philip W. Bell First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985803

Toward International Tele-Education In the spring of 1983 concerned representatives from the communication technology education and government sectors gathered at a conference to explore possibilities for tele-education. This book presents their views and provides a wealth of information bearing on past present and future tele-education efforts. The authors in Part 1 describe gl Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367214739

Toward JusticeBroadening the Study of Criminal Justice Designed as a text for Criminal Justice and Criminology capstone courses Toward Justice encourages students to engage critically with conceptions of justice that go beyond the criminal justice system in order to cultivate a more thorough understanding of the system as it operates on the ground in an imperfect world—where people aren’t always rational actors where individual cases are linked to larger social problems and where justice can sometimes slip through the cracks. Through a combined focus on content and professional development Toward Justice helps students translate what they have learned in the classroom into active strategies for justice in their professional lives—preparing them for careers that will not simply maintain the status quo and stability that exists within our justice system but rather challenge the system to achieve justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138184749

Toward Logical FormAn Exploration of the Role of Syntax in Semantics First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315051611

Toward Mexico's DemocratizationParties Campaigns Elections and Public Opinion First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203949689

Toward ModernityEuropean Jewish Model The contributors to this volume throw light on one of the central problems of modern Jewish historiography: How has Jewry and Judaism survived the crisis of the breakup of Jewish traditional society the transition from the dosed ghetto existence into a more or less open environment? The process of development starting in eighteenth-century Germany gradually encompassed the entire world of European Jewish experience.Toward Modernity compares modernization in Germany with its counterparts in other countries to see if the German-Jewish development had any influence on what transpired elsewhere. The authors explore the history of Jewish modernization in Russia Galicia Vienna Prague Hungary Holland France England Italy and the United States. Topics covered include: the political and social authority of Jewish community institutions; external impediments and internal inhibitions for Jews to be absorbed by the dominant culture; the relationship of the state to the Jewish community; educational and religious reform; the influence of the rational scientific worldview; and the possibility of inclusion in the emerging middle classes.Contents: Jacob Katz "Introduction"; Emanuel Etkes "Immanent Factors and External Influences in the Development of the Haskala Movement in Russia"; Israel Bartal '"The Heavenly City of Germany' and Absolutism a la Mode D'Autriche: The Rise of the Haskala in Galicia"; Robert S. Wistrich "The Modernization of Viennese Jewry: The Impact of German Culture in a Multiethnic State"; Hillel J. Kieval "Caution's Progress: The Modernization of Jewish Life in Prague 1780-1830"; Michael Silber "The German Jewish Experience and Its Impact on Hungarian Jewry 1780-1870"; Michael Graetz "The History of an Estrangement between Two Jewish Communities: German and French Jewry during the Nineteenth Century"; Joseph Michman "The Impact of German-Jewish Modernization on Dutch Jewry"; Lois C. Dubin "Trieste and Berlin: The Italian Role in the Cultural Politics of the Haskalah"; Todd M. Endelman "The Englishness of Jewish Modernity in England"; Michael A. Meyer "German Jewish Identity in Nineteenth Century America." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517387

Toward New Horizons for Women in Distance EducationInternational Perspectives Originally published in 1988. This book provides an overview of women’s experience access and needs in distance education. It includes contributions on distance learning programmes in Holland Canada the South Pacific West Germany Australia New Zealand Israel Kenta Great Britain India Papua New Guinea Sweden and Turkey. Within this diversity are common international themes on the nature of the educational process for women in distance learning whether the subject is building construction or art teaching. The incorporation of a historical perspective and an evaluation of the prospects for the future contextualises the descriptions of the ways in which women are currently re-defining themselves through distance education around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138040762

Toward Nuclear Disarmament And Global SecurityA Search For Alternatives This text is designed to provide students and others with a theoretical and factual base for understanding the complex questions posed by continued reliance on nuclear weapons to protect geopolitical interests. In Part One the authors examine the destructiveness and cost of modern nuclear arsenals and offer both normative and systemic explanations Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367214661

Toward Political UnionPlanning A Common Foreign And Security Policy In The European Community  The contributors representing major European Community institutions and member states offer their assessments of the political and institutional issues influencing the formation of a common foreign and security policy for the 12 member states. Representatives of non-EC countries (particularly the United States the Soviet Union and Japan) provi Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367211868

Toward Resilient CommunitiesExamining the Impacts of Local Governments in Disasters In June 2011 the city of Minot North Dakota sustained the greatest flood in its history. Rather than buckling under the immense weight of the flood on a personal and community level government civic groups and citizens began to immediately assess and address the event’s impacts. Why did the disaster in Minot lead to government and community resilience whereas during Hurricane Katrina the non-resilience of the government and community of New Orleans resulted in widespread devastation? This book seeks to answer that question by examining how local government institutions affect pre- and post-disaster community and business resilience. Utilizing both survey methods and interviews Atkinson analyzes the disasters that occurred in New Orleans Louisiana Palm Beach County Florida and Minot North Dakota. He argues that institutional culture within local government impacts not only the immediate outcomes experienced during response but the long-term prognosis of recovery for a community outside the walls of city hall. Understanding tendencies within a community that lead to increased vulnerability of both individuals and businesses can lead to shifts in governmental/community priorities and potentially to improved resilience in the face of hazard events. Relevant to scholars of public administration disaster researchers and government officials this book contributes to a growing literature on community and business resilience. It explores not just the devastation of natural disasters but profiles governmental impacts that led to responsive and able processes in the face of disaster. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138194045

Toward Responsibility in the New World DisorderChallenges and Lessons of Peace Operations This volume commends itself to the reader to provoke thought about what governments and international organizations ought to do when faced with the responsibilities of a given peace operation. Equally important it suggests what we as citizens in the world community ought to demand of our governments and that community in the current world disorder. The intent is to help decision-makers policy makers opinion-makers and students understand the nature of the problem that is likely to provide the greatest challenge to international security management into the next century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038087

Toward Solving Complex Human ProblemsTechniques for Increasing Our Understanding of What Matters in Doing So This book serves three basic purposes: (1) a tutorial-type reference for complex systems engineering (CSE) concepts and associated terminology (2) a recommendation of a proposed methodology showing how the evolving practice of CSE can lead to a more unified theory and (3) a complex systems (CSs) initiative for organizations to invest some of their resources toward helping to make the world a better place. A wide variety of technical practitioners—e.g. developers of new or improved systems (particularly systems engineers) program and project managers associated staff/workers funders and overseers government executives military officers systems acquisition personnel contract specialists owners of large and small businesses professional society members and CS researchers—may be interested in further exploring these topics. Readers will learn more about CS characteristics and behaviors and CSE principles and will therefore be able to focus on techniques that will better serve them in their everyday work environments in dealing with complexity. The fundamental observation is that many systems inherently involve a deeper complexity because stakeholders are engaged in the enterprise. This means that such CSs are more difficult to invent create or improve upon because no one can be in total control since people cannot be completely controlled. Therefore one needs to concentrate on trying to influence progress then wait a suitable amount of time to see what happens iterating as necessary. With just three chapters in this book it seems to make sense to provide a tutorial introduction that readers can peruse only as necessary considering their background and understanding then a chapter laying out the suggested artifacts and methodology followed by a chapter emphasizing worthwhile areas of application. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367638481

Toward Sustainable Development?Struggling Over India's Narmada River An interdisciplinary case study of a project to dam the Narmada River in central and western India so that it can be used productively. Diverse opinions of proponents and opponents are expressed as are studies on human rights of disadvantaged groups displaced by the work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315482378

Toward Sustainable DevelopmentAn Ecological Economics Approach By now most people in the ecological and environmental fields have heard of sustainable development but how many know how we go about getting there and if we are achieving it? By synthesizing the many disparate elements of the field of Ecological Economics Toward Sustainable Development: An Ecological Economics Approach combines analysis theory and empiricism to answer the whats whys and hows of moving towards sustainable development.Since the ecological economics approach to sustainable development is still a relatively new paradigm its long-term success rests heavily on the formalized establishment of the most basic and fundamental principles. This volume discusses the formation of these principles and their implementation in the real world. Lawn establishes the ground-rules by showing that development need not be achieved at the expense of ecological sustainability. He presents the tools guidelines and conceptual framework necessary to move toward sustainable development. Filled with figures tables and illustrations Toward Sustainable Development: An Ecological Economics Approach systematically develops a conceptual framework from which to design workable policies. The author shows that development and ecological sustainability don't have to be trade-offs but can be complimentary and outlines a range of economic and non-economic indicators to measure performance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367578954

Toward Sustainable Transitions in Healthcare Systems Health systems have long been considered key determinants of well-being within modern societies a valuable resource which have faced a series of reform initiatives throughout the past decades. These reforms have been used to manage the cost of development measure the tenability of health systems in globalizing economies and promote the increasing importance of health problems related to lifestyle and living conditions yet they have failed to provide a true resolution to the persistent economical and logistical problems facing modern-day health systems. This rich interdisciplinary work explores the hypothesis that many of these problems cannot be adequately addressed without structural changes to our health systems and examines the embedded features of our health systems that underlie contemporary challenges as well as how and under what conditions our health systems can be made more sustainable. Combining and building upon theoretical approaches from transition and innovation studies for analysing health system deficits Toward Sustainable Transitions in Healthcare Systems raises fundamental questions about how new research new needs and exogenous trends are transforming current health innovation systems. Providing an original and substantial analysis of the complex structural features of the health innovation system this book will be of interest to students and practitioners of the politics of health social epidemiology medical sociology and those with an interest in transition theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367026998

Toward the Practice of theory-based InstructionCurrent Cognitive theories and their Educational Promise This unique contribution to the field of education offers a comparative look at the application of cognitive theory to instruction. Six leading researchers representing the three theoretical positions which guide the study of cognition -- socio- cultural information processing and neo-Piagetian approaches -- discuss their theories and present empirical evidence in support of cognitively-based instructional practice. An introductory chapter describes the basic tenets of each tradition and its general educational posture and a concluding chapter compares the contributors' views and draws implications for key educational issues. These open-ended discussions of the contrasts and overlaps in the various positions should stimulate readers to formulate personal opinions on cognitively-based instruction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985810

Toward the Rule of Law in RussiaPolitical and Legal Reform in the Transition Period The contributors to this volume - all specialists on Soviet law and politics - offer a comprehensive examination of the effort to create a "law-based" state in the Gorbachev-era U.S.S.R. thus effecting a fundamental change in the relationship between the state and private groups and individuals. Gianmaria Ajani Donald Barry Harold Berman Frances Foster-Simons George Ginsburgs John Hazard Kathryn Hendley Eugene Huskey Dietrich Loeber Peter Maggs Hiroshi Oda Nicolai Petro Robert Sharlet Louise Shelley Will Simons and Peter Solomon with commentary by Soviet scholars discuss conceptual historical social cultural and institutional aspects of Soviet legal development and supply detailed analysis of recent developments in the areas of civil criminal and labour law and the rights of individuals economic organizations and political and social groups. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315486451

Toward The Understanding And Prevention Of GenocideProceedings Of The International Conference On The Holocaust And Genocide This book brings together transcripts of the round table discussions from the historic International Conference on the Holocaust and Genocide and emphasizes proposals for the prevention of future acts of genocide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216986

Toward Understanding Climate ChangeThe J. O. Fletcher Lectures On Problems And Prospects Of Climate Analysis And Forecasting This book illustrates the intricacies and interdependencies of our climate system the sea ice of the polar regions and the chaotic weather systems of middle latitudes. It discusses the objective evaluation of climate forecasts and the problems of modeling the climate and its changes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367214616

Toward What Justice?Describing Diverse Dreams of Justice in Education Toward What Justice? brings together compelling ideas from a wide range of intellectual traditions in education to discuss corresponding and sometimes competing definitions of justice. Leading scholars articulate new ideas and challenge entrenched views of what justice means when considered from the perspectives of diverse communities. Their chapters written boldly and pressing directly into the difficult and even strained questions of justice reflect on the contingencies and incongruences at work when considering what justice wants and requires. At its heart Toward What Justice? is a book about justice projects and the incommensurable investments that social justice projects can make. It is a must-have volume for scholars and students working at the intersection of education and Indigenous studies critical disability studies climate change research queer studies and more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138205710

Towards 2000The Future of Childhood Literacy and Schooling Originally published in 1995. This book reviews the current situation concerning the teaching of 'English' in schools examining particularly the notion of 'literacy'. The authors offer practical suggestions to primary and secondary teachers proposing ways in which the teaching of children's literature (and that of adolescence and youth) may be addressed across Key Stages and at A-level. They relate theory to practise and offer a critique of government proposals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815373865

Towards a Better Port IndustryPort Development Management and Policy Towards a Better Port Industry provides professionals in freight transport and maritime logistics and specifically the port industry as well as students in these fields with a better conceptual understanding of the port industry. It includes key insights and best practices for port management and development and an overview of new trends and developments relevant for developing winning strategies. After an introduction Chapter 2 offers a new perspective on port governance in which public interests corporatization state-ownership and shareholder policies take a central role. Chapter 3 explains how new trends and developments affect port development and argues that assuming ‘business as usual’ often leads to major port development mistakes. Chapter 4 deals with port development and discusses all major port development challenges including granting concessions developing a port vision crafting stakeholder support choosing port performance indicators and creating a port innovation system. The final chapter deals with port development strategies and includes themes such as strategies of port development companies pricing and business development. This book will broaden professionals’ conceptual understanding of the ports industry and provide insights on the latest developments in this area. For students this book provides an industry-focused and non-technical ‘essential reading’ for gaining a deep understanding of the ports industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415870030

Towards a Brave New Arms Industry? In the post-Cold War era most countries have been forced to radically reduce their arms industries and abandoned self-sufficiency in favour of a subordinate role in an increasingly globalized worldwide defence industry. This has significant implications for the future of armaments production for proliferation and for arms control. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138452534

Towards a Ceasefire in KashmirBritish Official Reports from South Asia 18 September – 31 December 1948 The central theme of this volume is deteriorating India-Pakistan relations. It opens in the aftermath of the Indian takeover of Hyderabad. This had been accomplished so rapidly that there was a widespread feeling in Pakistan that their country would be next to attract the attention of the Indian Army. Matters were worsened by the exodus of more than a million disaffected Hindus from East Pakistan to India. Belligerent speeches were made by both sides and Nehru told the British High Commissioner Archibald Nye on 20 November 1948 that ‘the situation in East Bengal was causing him far more anxiety than that in Kashmir’. However it was Kashmir which remained the major cause of tension. After a period of relative stalemate there was movement from mid-November and a real possibility of the extension of the fighting into West Punjab. Fortunately wiser counsels were to prevail and the volume gives clues as to why a cease fire was agreed extremely rapidly at the end of December. This took effect at midnight on 1 January 1949. There were now grounds for hope that relations between the two Dominions would greatly improve although Nye felt that because of likely problems with a plebiscite ‘in many respects our Kashmir troubles were only about to start’. But he trusted that these would not be accompanied by bloodshed.The volume contains 376 documents (with Appendices) and includes extracts from the monthly appreciations on the general situation which both High Commissioners sent to London. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138589438

Towards a Chinese Conception of Social SupportStudy of the Social Support Networks of Chinese Working Mothers in Beijing First published in 1997 this volume is an attempt to study the patterns of social support among Chinese working mothers in a Beijing neighbourhood with the aim of developing a beginning understanding of the Chinese conception of social support. The data indicates great variations in the support relationships experienced by the 27 Chinese working mothers interviewed on their social support and support relationships. Angelina W.K. Yuen-Tsang aims to understand the existing patterns of social support to develop an initial understanding of the Chinese conception of social support through the grounded theory method and to explore the implications of the Chinese conception of social support on social work practice and social work intervention in the PRC. She argues that the introduction of formal social work interventions to supplement the informal networks is therefore envisaged to be a necessary and inevitable trend of development in the People’s Republic of China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138365100

Towards a Climate-Neutral EuropeCurbing the Trend This book explains the EU’s climate policies in an accessible way to demonstrate the step-by-step approach that has been used to develop these policies and the ways in which they have been tested and further improved in the light of experience. The latest changes to the legislation are fully explained throughout. The chapters throughout this volume show that no single policy instrument can bring down greenhouse gas emissions. The challenge facing the EU as for many countries that have made pledges under the Paris Agreement is to put together a toolbox of policy instruments that is coherent delivers emissions reductions and is cost-effective. The book stands out by the fact it covers the EU’s emissions trading system the energy sector and other economic sectors including their development in the context of international climate policy. This accessible book will be of great relevance to students scholars and policy makers alike. The Open Access version of this book available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/e/9789276082569 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9789276082613

Towards a Comparative History of Coalfield Societies Few areas of labour history have received as much attention as the coal industry with miners often finding themselves at the centre of studies on working-class political and industrial history. Yet whilst much has been written about the struggles of miners and their unions in particular countries their national confrontations and political organization much less work has been done on the regional communities and how they related both to the national and international picture. The central theme of this volume is to transcend such over-arching national models and to focus instead on local coal mining societies which can then be compared and contrasted to similar communities elsewhere. In so doing the book is able to tackle a number of familiar labour history themes in a more nuanced way exploring issues of political activism and class relationships from the perspectives of gender ethnicity race and specific localized cultural traditions. As the chapters in this volume illustrate such an approach can offer rich and often surprising conclusions in many cases challenging the accepted notion of miners as the vanguard of militant working-class political activism. Adopting a regional approach that compares coalfield communities from five continents this volume reflects coalfield experiences on a truly global scale. By looking at what made communities unique as well as what they shared in common a much fuller understanding of the workplace neighbourhood family identity and political organization is possible. Underlining the strong connections between politics community and identity this work emphasizes the challenges and opportunities available to labour historians pushing forward the boundaries of the discipline in new and exciting ways. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266414

Towards a Comparative Political Economy of Unfree LabourCase Studies and Debates Many works about agragarian change in the Third World assumes that unfree relations are to be eliminated in the course of capitalist development. This text argues that the incidence of bonded labour is greater than supposed and that in certain situations rural employers prefer an unfree workforce. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821931

Towards a Competence Theory of the Firm This book explores a new theory of the firm produced through an exchange between management theory and economics. In the process economics is seen to provide a foundational element for strategy research whilst developing a more realistic theory of the firm with a greater emphasis on its internal features. The success of competence theories of the firm also reflects their ability to explain significant trends in the business world notably the declining importance of conglomerates and critical features in the success of Asian and Japanese business. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315812519

Towards a Comprehensive Theory of Human Learning As interest grows in theories of lifelong learning not only across society but also as an area of serious academic study the need has arisen for a thorough and critical study of the phenomenon. This distillation of the work of renowned writer Peter Jarvis addresses this need looking at the processes involved in human learning from birth to old age and moving the field on from previous unsystematic and mainly psychological studies. Instead Jarvis argues that learning is existential and so its study must be complex and interdisciplinary. The result is a giant step towards building a complete and integrated theory of how humans learn taking account of existing theories to see if they can be reconciled with a more complex model. Applying his expert analytical approach to this wide-ranging topic Jarvis looks in detail at: learning in the social context the transformation of experience the outcomes of learning learning and action cognitive theories emotions and learning experiential learning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203001677

Towards A Compulsory Curriculum Written prior to the introduction of the national curriculum this volume argued for precisely that: a broad framework of a compulsory education at national level for all schools. The author considers the question of the content of his proposed compulsory curriculum in terms of principles derived from a fundamental ethical position and from an analysis of kinds of human activity that seeks to establish important educational priorities. The discussion covers arguments concerning intrinsically worthwhile activities the need for a practical component of the curriculum and the priority that humanistic studies should have. It puts forward a case for a new concept of voluntary education partly on the model of the Pioneer organizations of Eastern Europe to supplement the compulsory curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753364

Towards a Contextual Grammar of EnglishThe Clause and its Place in the Definition of Sentence This study first published in 1982 attempts to show that the foundations of a contextual grammar of English must be firmly based on an adequate definition of the sentence. This book will be of interest to students of language and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138918566

Towards a Contextual Psychology of Disablism In recent years disability studies has been driven by a model of disability which focuses on the social and economic oppression of disabled people. Although an important counterbalance to a pathologising medical model the social model risks presenting an impoverished and disembodied view of disability one that ignores the psychological nature of oppression and its effects. This innovative work argues that a psychological framework of disability is an essential part of developing a more cohesive disability movement. Brian Watermeyer introduces a new integrative approach using psychoanalysis to tackle the problem of conceptualising psychological aspects of life with disablism. Psychoanalytic ideas are applied to social responses to impairment making sense of discrimination in its many forms as well as problems in disability politics and research. The perspective explores individual psychological experience whilst retaining a rigorous critique of social forces of oppression. The argument shows how it is possible to theorise the psychological processes and impressions of discriminatory society without pathologising disadvantaged individuals. Drawing on sociology social anthropology psychology and psychoanalysis - as well as clinical material - Towards a Contextual Psychology of Disablism shapes a view of disabled subjectivity which is embodied internal and political. Presenting a range of conceptual ideas which describe psychological dynamics and predicaments confronting disabled people in an exclusionary and prejudiced world this volume is an important new contribution to the literature. It will interest students and researchers of disability studies including those working within psychology education health and social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138781214

Towards a Convergence Between Science and Environmental EducationThe selected works of Justin Dillon In the World Library of Educationalists international scholars themselves compile career-long collections of what they judge to be their finest pieces—extracts from books key articles salient research findings major theoretical and/practical contributions—so the world can read them in a single manageable volume. Readers thus are able to follow the themes and strands of their work and see their contribution to the development of a field as well as the development of the field itself. Internationally recognized for his research on environmental education science engagement learning outside the classroom and teacher identity and development in this volume Justin Dillon brings together a thoughtfully crafted selection of his writing representing key aspects of his life and work leading to his current thinking on the need for a convergence of science and environmental education. The chapters are organized around 7 themes: On Habitus; On methodological issues; Developing theories of learning identity and culture; Challenges and opportunities—science the environment and the outdoors; Classroom issues—the emergence of Science|Environment|Health; Science engagement and communication; Science environment and sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138345324

Towards a Critical Sociology (Routledge Revivals)An Essay on Commonsense and Imagination For the better part of its history sociology shared with commonsense its assumption of the ‘nature-like’ character of society – and consequently developed as the science of unfreedom. In this powerful and engaging work first published in 1976 Professor Bauman outlines the historical roots of such a science and describes how the new trends in sociology emerging from phenomenology and existentialism do not challenge this preoccupation. Rather he claims they deepen and extend it by stressing the key role of commonsense particularly the ways in which it is sustained and embedded in the routines and assumptions of everyday life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415573108

Towards a Critical Theory of SocietyCollected Papers of Herbert Marcuse Volume 2 This second volume of Marcuse's collected papers includes unpublished manuscripts from the late 1960s and early 1970s such as Beyond One-Dimensional Man Cultural Revolution and The Historical Fate of Bourgeois Democracy as well as a rich collection of letters. It shows Marcuse at his most radical focusing on his critical theory of contemporary society his analyses of technology capitalism the fate of the individual and prospects for social change in contemporary society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371663

Towards a critique of FoucaultFoucault Lacan and the question of ethics. The work of Michel Foucault one of the most influential of modern French social theorists and philosophers has had a dramatic and far-reaching effect on many disciplines. The essays in this reissued collection originally published in 1986 present Foucault's work as an important contribution to the theoretical analysis of history language and power. They also represent a critical response to this contribution encouraging readers not only to read Foucault for themselves but to think about some new problems in a new way.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860789

Towards a Cultural Philology"Phedre" and the Construction of 'Racine' "Amy Wygant reads Racine's ""Phedre"" (1677) through an analysis of its 17th-century cultural contexts and a consideration of its subsequent reception history. She explores the construction of Racinian language as ""musical"" the poetics of the Racinian gaze and Racine's labyrinthine eros of memory and forgetting. Reference is made to Lully's operas the battle between the advocates of colour and the champions of drawing in the Royal Academy of Painting and Sculpture and Le Notre's centreless garden labyrinth at Versailles. These close textual and contextual studies relate the detail of the tragedy to the conceptual sweep of 17th-century absolutism. Wygant's interdisciplinary study draws on the music history as well as on emblematics the history of the formal garden and the arts of memory. Racine's great threnody the ""recit de Theramene"" is shown as representative of expressions of loss which lie at the root of early modern literature." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351198950

Towards a Curriculum for AllA Practical Guide for Developing an Inclusive Curriculum for Pupils Attaining Significantly Below Age-Related Expectations Designing an inclusive curriculum for all pupils is not easy. The practicing teachers who have written this book offer clearly laid out ideas and objectives for learning that goes beyond the National Curriculum. It incorporates a holistic approach to the development of a relevant curriculum for pupils and students who experience profound and multiple learning difficulties (PMLD). Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138156661

Towards a Deeper Understanding of ConsciousnessSelected works of Max Velmans In the World Library of Psychologists series international experts themselves present career-long collections of what they judge to be their finest pieces - extracts from books key articles salient research findings and their major practical theoretical contributions. In this volume Max Velmans reflects on his long-spanning and varied career considers the highs and lows in a brand new introduction and offers reactions to those who have responded to his published work over the years. This book offers a unique and compelling collection of the best publications in consciousness studies from one of the few psychologists to treat the topic systematically and seriously. Velmans’ approach is multi-faceted and represents a convergence of numerous fields of study – culminating in fascinating insights that are of interest to philosopher psychologist and neuroscientist alike. With continuing contemporary relevance and significant historical impact this collection of works is an essential resource for all those engaged or interested in the field of consciousness studies and the philosophy of the mind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138699441

Towards a Dynamic African EconomySelected Speeches and Lectures 1975-1986 First Published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315035345

Towards a European Society?Boundaries borders barriers In the aftermath of the Maastricht Treaty Europe saw tremendous integration but the last few years have seen a new power game between federalist and confederalist actors. Although the Lisbon Treaty increased the power of the federalist-inclined European Parliament the politics of the European Council are marked by a confederalist approach that re-affirms the power of the individual member states. As the European Council gains in strength it supports the idea that EU policies should act as a means to protect individual national interests rather than as a positive-sum game to the benefit of all member states. This ‘national egoism’ as a political strategy is paralleled by the rise of nationalism in many member states as a result of which we are faced with an increase in social inequality due to unequal social rights and social exclusion of minorities an increase of social control disguised as security policy nostalgic cultural policies that emphasize the national cultural heritage and migration control that threatens the Schengen Agreement. These developments pose a challenge for European social science scholars both theoretically and based on practical experience from their research activities. International cooperation has improved theoretical and methodological knowledge in a major way and academic exchange and migration have led to innovation in science and research. Since academic communities support further internationalization and Europeanization and are opposed to all types of barriers between the nation states there is a need to theoretically conceptually and empirically research the idea of a ‘European society’. This book was originally published as a special issue of Innovation: The European Journal of Social Science Research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367075743

Towards A Fair Global Labour MarketThe Role of International Labour This book answers the question of how to maintain effective labour regulation as the market for labour moves towards globalization. This issue is addressed from legal economic social and cultural perspectives. The authors consider the effects of free trade and investment with and without labour standards on employment competitiveness wages and working conditions in the global economy. Deriving and analysing policy options they seek ways in which principles of labour regulation can operate at an international level. The work concludes with a call for a rule-based global trading system in which core labour standards play a significant part. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203068373

Towards a Federal Europe An excellent new analysis of federalism and the EU that investigates their mutual impact. It shows how scholars of comparative politics increasingly include the EU among their cases when investigating the impact of federalism on key issues such as policy making. The last decade saw a new wave of scholarly publications hit the shores as research on federalism and on the EU came together. These emerging strands of research genuinely enrich our understanding of the EU and its politics. Despite this recent wave the topic of federalism and the EU is still extremely fruitful. This volume contributes to the continuing debate at a moment in time when the EU is undergoing profound changes. It is structured around four interrelated dimensions: the constitutional/theoretical dimension the institutional vision the party/citizens dimension  the policy dimension. This structure allows the reader to consecutively "funnel down" from the more theoretical and abstract levels to the more concrete policy oriented level. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315878935

Towards a General Theory of BoredomA Case Study of Anglo and Russian Society Through comparative historical research this book offers a novel theory explaining the emergence of boredom in modernity. Presenting a Durkheimian topology of cross-cultural boredom it grounds the sociological cause of boredom in anomie and the perception of time compares its development through case studies in Anglo and Russian society and explains its minimal presence outside of the West. By way of illustrative examples it includes archetypes of boredom in literature art film and music with a focus on the death of traditional art and boredom in politics including strategies enacted by Queer intellectuals. The author argues that boredom often results from the absence of a strong commitment to engaging with society and extends Durkheim’s theory of suicide to boredom in order to consider whether an imbalance between social regulation and integration results in boredom. The first book to scientifically explain the historical emergence and epidemic of boredom while engaging with cutting edge political debates Towards a General Theory of Boredom will appeal to scholars across the social sciences with interests in social theory social psychology and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367484552

Towards a General Theory of Translational ActionSkopos Theory Explained This is the first English translation of the seminal book by Katharina Reiß and Hans Vermeer Grundlegung einer allgemeinen Translationstheorie first published in 1984. The first part of the book was written by Vermeer and explains the theoretical foundations and basic principles of skopos theory as a general theory of translation and interpreting or ‘translational action’ whereas the second part penned by Katharina Reiß seeks to integrate her text-typological approach first presented in 1971 as a ‘specific theory’ that focuses on those cases in which the skopos requires equivalence of functions between the source and target texts. Almost 30 years after it first appeared this key publication is now finally accessible to the next generations of translation scholars. In her translation Christiane Nord attempts to put skopos theory and her own concept of ‘function plus loyalty’ to the test by producing a comprehensible acceptable text for a rather heterogeneous audience of English-speaking students and scholars all over the world at the same time as acting as a loyal intermediary for the authors to whom she feels deeply indebted as a former student and colleague. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781905763955

Towards a Global Consensus Against CorruptionInternational Agreements as Products of Diffusion and Signals of Commitment Corruption has long been identified as a governance challenge yet it took states until the 1990s to adopt binding agreements combating it. While the rapid spread of anti-corruption treaties appears to mark a global consensus a closer look reveals that not all regional and international organizations move on similar trajectories. This book seeks to explain similarities and differences between international anti-corruption agreements. In this volume Lohaus develops a comprehensive analytical framework to compare international agreements in the areas of prevention criminalization jurisdiction domestic enforcement and international cooperation. Outcomes range from narrow enforcement cooperation to broad commitments that often lack follow-up mechanisms. Lohaus argues that agreements vary because they are designed to signal anti-corruption commitment to different audiences. To demonstrate such different approaches to anti-corruption he draws on two starkly different cases the Organization of American States and the African Union. Contributing to debates on decision-making in international organizations this work showcases how global governance is shaped by processes of diffusion that involve state and non-state actors. The book highlights challenges as well as chances linked to the patchwork of international rules. It will be of great interest to students and scholars of IR theory global governance international organizations and regionalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138588509

Towards a Global Femicide IndexCounting the Costs Increasingly there is global attention on the prevalence of women’s deaths resulting from intimate partner violence. Campaigns such as ‘Counting Dead Women’ in Australia the ‘Femicide Census’ in England the Canadian Femicide Observatory and the emergence of family violence death review teams globally build on the work of agencies such as the United Nations and the World Health Organisation highlighting the fatal consequences of intimate partner violence for women around the world. This book considers the need for and the steps to be taken towards creating a meaningful framework for a global index of women’s deaths from intimate partner violence. While there are global indices for deaths that relate to public violence such as terrorism there is to date no systematic global count of killings of women by their intimate partners. It considers the possibilities and challenges that arise in counting intimate femicide. It argues that such an exercise needs to avoid narrow empiricism and instead be part of a broader feminist political project aimed at ending violence against women. This work will be of great interest to students and scholars of criminology sociology law policing and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138389083

Towards a Global Music HistoryIntercultural Convergence Fusion and Transformation in the Human Musical Story How do we explain the globalized musical world in which we find ourselves in the early 21st century and how did we arrive here? This extraordinary book outlines an understanding of the human musical story as an intercultural—and ultimately a transcultural—one with travel and trade as the primary conditions and catalysts for the ongoing development of musical styles.Starting with the cultural and civilizational precedents that gave rise to the first global trading and travel network in both directions across the Afro-Eurasian Old World Web in the form of the Silk Road the book proceeds to the rise of al-Andalus and its influence on Europe through the Iberian peninsula before considering the fusion of European African and indigenous musics that emerged in the Americas between c1500-1920 as part of Atlantic culture and the New World Web as well as the concurrent acceleration of globalism in music through European empires and exoticism. The book concludes by examining the musical implications of our current Age of Instantaneous Exchange that technology permits and by revisiting the question of interculturality and transculurality in music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663360

Towards a Global Music TheoryPractical Concepts and Methods for the Analysis of Music Across Human Cultures Since the beginning of the twentieth century the cross-pollenization of world musical materials and practices has accelerated precipitously due in large part to advances in higher-speed communications and travel. We live now in a world of global musical practice that will only continue to blossom and develop through the twenty-first century and beyond. Yet music theory as an academic discipline is only just beginning to respond to such a milieu. Conferences workshops and curricula are for the first time beginning to develop around the theme of 'world music theory' as students teachers and researchers recognize the need for analytical concepts and methods applicable to a wider range of human musics not least the hybrid musics that influence (and increasingly define) more and more of the world's musical practices. Towards a Global Music Theory proposes a number of such concepts and methods stemming from durational and acoustic relationships between 'twos' and 'threes' as manifested in various interrelated aspects of music including rhythm melody harmony process texture timbre and tuning and offers suggestions for how such concepts and methods might be applied effectively to the understanding of music in a variety of contexts. While some of the bases for this foray into possible methods for a twenty-first century music theory lie along well established acoustical and psycho-acoustical lines Dr Mark Hijleh presents a broad attempt to apply them conceptually and comprehensively to a variety of musics in a relevant way that can be readily apprehended and applied by students scholars and teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252172

Towards a Harmonic Grammar of Grieg's Late Piano MusicNature and Nationalism The music of Edvard Grieg is justly celebrated for its harmonic richness a feature especially apparent in the piano works written in the last decades of his life. Grieg was enchanted by what he styled the ’dreamworld’ of harmony a magical realm whose principles the composer felt remained a mystery even to himself and he was not alone in that the complex nature of late-Romantic harmony around 1900 has proved a keen source of debate up to the present day. Grieg’s music forms a particularly profitable repertoire for focusing current debates about the nature of tonality and tonal harmony. Departing from earlier approaches this study is not simply an inventory of Griegian harmonic traits but seeks rather to ascertain the deeper principles at work governing their meaningful conjunction how elements of Grieg’s harmonic grammar are utilised in creating an extended tonal syntax. Building both on historical theories and more recent developments Benedict Taylor develops new models for understanding the complexity of late-Romantic tonal practice as epitomised in Grieg’s music. Such an investigation casts further valuable light on the twin issues of nature and nationalism long connected with the composer: the question of tonality as something natural or culturally constructed and larger historiographical claims concerning Grieg’s apparent position on the periphery of the Austro-German tradition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880651

Towards a History of Adult Education in AmericaThe Search for a Unifying Principle Originally published in 1988 this book examines the work of the first generation adult education theorists and the traditions that their work helped establish. They debated the issues aims and content of adult education programmes and began to explore the often difficult relationship between social expectations and the potential of education. As well as providing an authoritative history during a period of rapid social change in America the book confirms that many of the preoccupations of the early thinkers have continued relevance today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360150

Towards a Jungian Theory of the Ego Despite their prevalence and weight in many of his collected works and letters Jung did not articulate a general theory of the ego and consciousness. Towards a Jungian Theory of the Ego examines the development of Jung’s concept of the ego as he expanded and revised this concept from his earliest formulations about consciousness while a student to his mature thoughts at the end of his life. Drawing on Ego Psychology as a theoretical framework Evers-Fahey proposes that Jung uses the concept of ego in four distinct ways and that he developed and used his ego concept based on two discrete paradigms. These distinctions explain the confusion and ambiguity found when examining the development of Jung’s analytical psychology over his lifetime. This book provides an examination of ego development and ego defenses based on a unique Jungian standpoint as well as discussion of the relationship between the ego and the Self and the ego and ‘the individuum’. Furthermore the inclusion of a historical framework helps to place the development of these concepts in context. This book proposes a theory of ego psychology based on Jungian theory rather than traditional psychoanalytic theory thereby filling a gap in the knowledge of Jungian theory. The book will be essential reading for academics and postgraduate students engaged in the study of Jungian psychology and psychoanalytic theory and will also be valued by those interested in Jung and ego psychology more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138478022

Towards A Jurisprudence of State CommunismLaw and the Failure of Revolution More than twenty-five years after the collapse of the Socialist bloc the nature of the regimes in Eastern Europe between 1945 and 1989 continues to evade the attempts of political theorists and scholars of post-communism to define and classify them. Drawing on philosophical inquiry jurisprudential analysis and intellectual history this book traces the impact of communist ideology and practice on legal thought: from its critical roots in the midst of the nineteenth century to its reactionary stand in the later years of the twentieth. Exploring how the communist experience – both in its revolutionary and authoritarian guises – has been articulated within the legal theoretical field the book addresses two central theoretical lacunae fostered by the historiography of authoritarianism in Central and Eastern Europe: the status of law and its relationship to the broader ideological framework legitimising authoritarian regimes. Moving beyond the limits of the contemporary discourse on communism – particularly as it is channelled through transitional justice and memory studies – Cosmin Cercel develops a theoretical framework that is able to uncover law’s complicity with the extreme ideologies that dominated Central and Eastern Europe. For it is he argues in its recourse to legal concepts that the communist experience raises important jurisprudential questions for our contemporary understanding of law the limits of state sovereignty and law’s relationship to historical violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367232528

Towards a Just Curriculum TheoryThe Epistemicide Towards a Just Curriculum Theory: The Epistemicide responds to a need for ‘alternative ways of thinking about alternatively’ about education and curriculum. It challenges the functionalism of both dominant and specific counter-dominant education and curriculum perspectives and in so doing suggests an Itinerant Curriculum Theory (ICT) as a new path for the field. The volume brings challenges critical educators to decolonize and to deterritorialize providing scholars and educators a more nuanced analysis. By offering strategies to achieve a just curriculum theory and by positioning curriculum theory to establish social and cognitive justice this book aims to educate a more just and democratic society. With contributions from leading scholars across the field education this volume argues that to deny the existence of any epistemological form beyond the Western mode can be a form of social fascism which leads to an uncritical reading of history. Together the essays offer and encourage a more deliberative democratic engagement that seeks to contextualize and bring to life diverse epistemologies value-sets disciplines theories concepts and experiences in education and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876814

Towards a Measure of ManThe Frontiers of Normal Adjustment First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315008271

Towards a Mental Health System that WorksA professional guide to getting psychological help Research has established that there are efficacious psychological therapies for most common mental disorders. In Towards a Mental Health System That Works psychologist Michael J Scott details the reforms necessary to ensure that consumers of services receive an evidence-based treatment. This book examines: the social significance of interventions that target mental-wellbeing and psychological disorder why treatments are ‘lost in translation’ from research to routine practice steps that can be taken towards a translation that better recognises the complexity of research and ensures fidelity to an evidence-based treatment protocol the deleterious effects of current provision on clients and therapists. Towards a Mental Health System that Works is a valuable resource for therapists mental health practitioners Clinical Commissioning Groups and politicians enabling them to critically evaluate service provision distil what constitutes cost-effective evidence-based mental health practice across the whole spectrum of disorders and client populations and chart a new direction. It also serves as a guide to consumers of mental health services as well as their friends and family allowing them to understand what they are likely to experience and what they can demand.    Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138932968

Towards a Modern IranStudies in Thought Politics and Society First Published in 1980. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985827

Towards a New Architect After three years of education architecture students have to start out on their first year of practical training as the initial step in a career in the professional world – all too often without enough clear advice to make sure that their first step is in the right direction.Towards a New Architect helps you to make the right moves. It explores how to research the opportunities available prepare your CV make sure that it gets you noticed for the right reasons and deliver a successful interview as part of a clear plan for building your career as an architect. For many architecture students the ultimate goal in their career is to set up in practice for themselves. This book sets out the steps to get there successfully and to make the process enjoyable and fulfilling. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157972

Towards a New Development Paradigm in Twenty-First Century ChinaEconomy Society and Politics This book argues that the current state of China requires an important paradigm shift in the way the party-state manages the country’s development and goes on to assess the fitness of the party-state for implementing such a paradigm shift and the likelihood of the party-state bringing this about. It brings together an examination of the very latest situation in a range of key areas where current developments have the potential to undermine substantially the status quo areas such as the recent economic crisis and the resulting economic slowdown increasing labour unrest mounting calls for social justice worsening urban-rural disparity the urgent need to implement social welfare programmes the rise of civil society and the impact of new media. Overall the book provides a thorough appraisal of the difficulties which China currently faces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138205802

Towards A New Education SystemThe Victory Of The New Right? First published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315084688

Towards A New Executive Order In Europe? The executive branch of government in Europe is being gradually transformed in several significant respects. First executive power has been continuously strengthened at the EU level in the form of the European Commission EU-level agencies and diplomatic and military staff in the Union Council secretariat. Second EU executive bodies relate directly to (regulatory) authorities at the national level in charge of applying (and partly preparing) EU laws and programmes partly circumventing ministerial departments. Thus parts of national administrations become parts of an integrated and multi-level Union administration as well as parts of national executives. Such a system with multiple political masters raises delicate questions about political steering and accountability. This book focuses on this fascinating development both from a political science and a legal perspective encompassing the consolidation of the supranational executive as well as its relationships with its ‘partners’ at the national level. This book was published as a special issue of West European Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851701

Towards a New Industrial DemocracyWorkers' Participation in Industry This title originally published in 1986 explores the political and economic conditions of the 1980s and reflects the world-wide interest in industrial democracy. Each chapter analyses the main adaptations in policy theory and experimentation that have occurred in industrial democracy in the 1980s. In particular the role of managers is examined in depth and detail since these personnel have been responsible for a number of recent initiatives. The themes covered are vital for all those seeking new directions in the reform of modern industrial relations in the late 1980s and into the 1990s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138307841

Towards a New Map of Africa 'The big era-defining questions and at last the subtle tenable answers teased out without clich or compromise. A vital volume at a critical moment.' Dr Augustus Casely-Hayford Director Africa '05 'This book dispels the myth of a uniformly hopeless hungry continent. It shows just how extraordinarily diverse Africa is and how much it has changed in the last 20 years.Full of fresh thinking on problems that face Africa and new African approaches to development.' Richard Dowden Director Royal African Society This ground-breaking book with a foreword by former President of Ireland (199-997) and UN Human Rights Commissioner (1997 2002) Mary Robinson uniquely distils the complex issues surrounding Africa at the beginning of the 21st century. African and Western scholars provide a fascinating 'map' for the reader to navigate between issues such as urban and rural livelihoods the potential of fresh water fishing health the HIV/AIDS crisis conflict and efforts at peacemaking. Also included are critical assessments of Africa's role in the global economy the growth of regional economic cooperation within Africa the influence of ethnicity on the continent's politics the evolution of its political institutions and the impact of Africa's legal systems on its development. A substantial introductory essay by the editors measures the distance Africa has travelled and the lessons it has learned since Africa in Crisis the classic Earthscan book was published in 1985. Ben Wisner is visiting research fellow at DESTIN London School of Economics and at Benfield Hazard Research Centre University College London and visiting professor of environmental studies Oberlin College USA. Camilla Toulmin is Director of the International Institute for Environment and Development. Rutendo Chitiga is a freelance writer and editor and has a postgraduate degree in environment and development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773393

Towards a New Material AestheticsBakhtin Genre and the Fates of Literary Theory "Set in the context of the various materialist approaches to literary aesthetics that emerged in the twentieth century Renfrew's study presents a new synthesis of the work of Mikhail Bakhtin (1895-1975) and his circle Russian Formalism and elements of the 'official' ideology of the early Soviet period. The book's central aim in offering such a synthesis is to negotiate the poles of postmodernist subjectivism and 'traditional' materialism around which much current literary and critical theory has stagnated and as the title suggests to point the way towards a newly conceived material basis for textual and literary analysis." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351197113

Towards a New Paradigm for English Language TeachingEnglish for Specific Purposes in Asia and Beyond This book proposes a new paradigm for English language teaching based on concepts from English for Specific Purposes (ESP) research and applications as well as from growing evidence relating pattern recognition to language learning ability. The contributors to the volume argue that learners should not try to become proficient all-around users of ‘idealistic native-like’ English but instead should be realistic about what they need to acquire and how to go about achieving their specific goals. The book discusses the present situation by describing the status quo of English language education in Japan taking into consideration recent trends of CLIL (content and language integrated learning) EMI (English medium instruction) and TBLT (task-based language teaching) as well as the work done on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). It introduces new movements in ESP in Japan and in other Asian regions covering topics ranging from genre analysis to corpus linguistics and presents application examples of ESP practice in a range of educational situations in Japan from the graduate school level to elementary and middle school contexts. It also offers readers application examples of ESP practice in a range of business settings and expands the discussion to the global sphere where EAP and ESP are gaining importance as the number of ELF (English as a Lingua Franca) speakers continue to increase. The book will be of great interest to academics researchers and post-graduate students working in the fields of EFL and ESL. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138389342

Towards a Philosophical Anthropology of CultureNaturalism Relativism and Skepticism This book explores the question of what it means to be a human being through sustained and original analyses of three important philosophical topics: relativism skepticism and naturalism in the social sciences. Kevin M. Cahill’s approach involves an original employment of historical and ethnographic material that is both conceptual and empirical in order to address relevant philosophical issues. Specifically while Cahill avoids interpretative debates he develops an approach to philosophical critique based on Cora Diamond’s and James Conant’s work on the early Wittgenstein. This makes possible the use of a concept of culture that avoids the dogmatism that not only typifies traditional metaphysics but also frequently mars arguments from ordinary language or phenomenology. This is especially crucial for the third part of the book which involves a cultural-historical critique of the ontology of the self in Stanley Cavell’s work on skepticism. In pursuing this strategy the book also mounts a novel and timely defense of the interpretivist tradition in the philosophy of the social sciences. Towards a Philosophical Anthropology of Culture will be of interest to researchers working on the philosophy of the social sciences Wittgenstein and philosophical anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367637156

Towards a Political Economy of Resource-dependent Regions This book advances our understanding of resource-dependent regions in developed economies in the 21st Century. It explores how rural and small town places are working to find success in a new economy marked by demographic economic social cultural political and environmental change. How are we to understand the changes and transformations working through communities and economies? Where are the trajectories of change leading these resource-dependent places and regions? Drawing upon examples from Canada USA UK Australia New Zealand and the Nordic countries these and other questions are explored and addressed by constructing a critical political economy framework of resource hinterland transition. Towards a Political Economy of Resource Dependent Regions is a key resource for students and researchers in geography rural and industrial sociology economics environmental studies political science regional studies and planning as well as policy-makers those in industry and the private sector and local and regional development practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367245290

Towards a Political Theory of the UniversityPublic reason democracy and higher education Towards a Political Theory of the University argues that state and market forces threaten to diminish the legitimacy authority and fundamental purposes of higher education systems. The political role of higher education has been insufficiently addressed by academics in recent decades. By applying Habermas’ theory of communicative action this book seeks to reconnect educational and political theory and provide an analysis of the university which complements the recent focus on the intersections between political philosophy and legal theory. In this book White argues that there is considerable overlap between crises in democracy and in universities. Yet while crises in democracy are often attributed to the inability of political institutions to adapt to the pace of social and cultural change this diagnosis wilfully ignores the effects of privatisation on public institutions. Under present political conditions the university is regarded in instrumental and economic terms which not only diminishes its functions of developing and sustaining culture but also removes its democratic capabilities. This book explores these issues in depth and presents some of the practical problems associated with turning an independent higher education system into a state-dominated and then subsequently marketised system. This book bridges political and educational theory in an original and comprehensive way and makes an important contribution to the debate over the role of the university in a democracy. As such it will appeal to researchers academics and postgraduate students in the fields of the philosophy of education higher education and political and educational theory. With its implications for policy and practice it will also be of interest to policy makers.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138610262

Towards a Politics of the RainbowSelf-Organization in the Trade Union Movement This title was first published in 2002: The trade union movement in twentieth-century Britain has been a cornerstone for society’s marginalized members - women disabled people lesbians and gay men and people from black and ethnic minority communities. As these groups of workers self-organized to reform their unions they built a bridge between the old social movement based around class position and labour identity and the new social movements based around civil rights and status stratifications. This book presents a detailed look at self-organization within public sector unions through the emergence of four self-organized groups within NALGO and later UNISON. Drawing upon unique insider knowledge of the alliances and antipathies between the self-organized groups and the host union the book also provides fascinating revelations of the tensions between self-organized groups themselves. This study will be essential reading for students of political sociology and industrial relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138731974

Towards a Poor Theatre Originally published in 1968 Jerzy Grotowski's groundbreaking book is available once again. As a record of Grotowski's theatrical experiments this book is an invaluable resource to students and theater practioners alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203819814

Towards a Post-Fordist Welfare State? Business Welsh is a reference volume for native speakers and second language learners who wish to use Welsh in a business or professional environment. This book comprises a wide range of sample situations in English and Welsh which can be adapted to meet the specific requirements of the user. Business Welsh is: fully bilingual covers 45 business situations comprises letters faxes adverts and other essential business documents From letters of complaint to job applications Business Welsh is the essential handbook for using Welsh in a professional environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138475465

Towards a Posthuman Theory of Educational Relationality Towards a Posthuman Theory of Educational Relationality critically reads the intersubjective theories on educational relations and uses a posthuman approach to ascribe agency relationally to humans and nonhumans alike. The book introduces the concept of ‘educational relationality’ and contains examples of nonhuman elements of technology and animals putting educational relationality and other concepts into context as part of the philosophical investigation. Drawing on educational and posthuman theorists it answers questions raised in ongoing debates regarding the roles of students and teachers in education such as the foundations of educational relations and how these can be challenged. The book explores educational relations within the field of philosophy of education. After critically examining intersubjective approaches to theories of educational relations anthropocentrism and subject-centrism are localized as two problematic aspects. Post-anthropocentrism and intra-relationality are proposed as a theoretical framework before the book introduces and develops a posthuman theory of educational relations. The analysis is executed through a diffractive reading of intersubjective theories resulting in five co-concepts: impermanence uniqueness-as-relationality proximity edu-activity and intelligibility. The analysis provided through educational examples demonstrates the potential of using the proposed theory in everyday practices. Towards a Posthuman Theory of Educational Relationality will be of great interest to researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of philosophy of education early childhood education research methodology and curriculum studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367489151

Towards a Public Law of Tort Presenting a new approach to the problem of public authority liability this volume provides a theoretical foundation in the form of principles of administrative liability that are both normatively sound and consonant with other recognized legal principles. These principles are used as criteria by which to judge the current law and as a guide to reform. Such reform could be brought about by judicial development of the law and this volume explains how. It considers both the procedural and the substantive divides between public and private law and explains the proposed solution's relation to the forms of public authority liability already present under European Community law and the Human Rights Act. Focusing in particular on UK law the book is also relevant to other Commonwealth countries and will be of interest to scholars and practitioners of both tort and public law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262461

Towards a Public SpaceLe Corbusier and the Greco-Latin Tradition in the Modern City Le Corbusier is well-known for his architectural accomplishments which have been extensively discussed in literature. Towards a Public Space instead offers a unique analysis of Le Corbusier’s contributions to urban planning. The public spaces in Le Corbusier’s plans are usually considered to break with the past and to have nothing whatsoever in common with the public spaces created before modernism. This view is fostered by both the innovative character of his proposals and by the proliferation in his manifestos of watchwords that mask any evocation of the past like l’esprit nouveau ("new spirit") and l’architecture de demain ("architecture of tomorrow"). However if we manage to rid ourselves of certain preconceived ideas which underpin a somewhat less-than-objective idea of modernity we find that Le Corbusier's public spaces not only didn't break with the historical past in any abrupt way but actually testified to the continuity of human creation over time.  Aimed at academics and students in architecture architectural history and urban planning this book fills a gap in the systematic analysis of Le Corbusier’s city scale plans and specifically Corbusian public spaces following the Second World War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367208530

Towards a Radical Democracy (Routledge Revivals)The Political Economy of the Budapest School Originally published in 1988 this is the first systematic account of the writings of Hungarian dissidents and former students of George Lukacs collectively known as the 'Budapest School'. Dr. Brown demonstrates the importance of their work in contributing to a logically consistent yet realistic theory of socialist mixed economies and genuine radical democracies. The Budapest Schoool's model of radical democracy represents a critique of both industrial capitalism and existing socialist systems with immediate political as well as philosophical importance. Dr. Brown is particularly concerned to draw out its significance for the practical realities of political economy and the logical implications for desirable reform of Western mixed economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415608800

Towards a Radical Redefinition of PsychologyThe selected works of Miller Mair The World Library of Mental Health celebrates the important contributions to mental health made by leading experts in their individual fields. Each author has compiled a career-long collection of what they consider to be their finest pieces: extracts from books journals articles major theoretical and practical contributions and salient research findings. Miller Mair clinical psychologist and psychotherapist devoted his life to developing a psychology that provided a radical alternative to the behavioural and latterly cognitive-behavioural approaches that have dominated the field. He presented this work in a wide range of publications and conference papers and prior to his untimely death in 2011 he had selected a number of these for a volume of his collected works. This book is based upon Miller’s selection and includes several previously unpublished papers as well as others that are now out of print. Miller was considerably influenced by George Kelly’s personal construct psychology as is apparent in most of his writings. However his papers on psychology and psychotherapy also draw upon an extraordinarily wide range of other fields of knowledge including imagery; metaphor; storytelling and narrative; rhetoric; discourse and conversation; poetry; and spirituality. These concerns are reflected in the contributions selected for this volume which also demonstrate the variation in his style of writing from the more conventionally academic to the personal and poetic as he developed a ‘poetics of experience’ and a stance of ‘conversational inquiry’. Miller’s final publication was entitled ‘Enchanting psychology’ and it is hoped that this volume will provide an antidote to the disenchantment that many readers may feel with mechanistic and reductionist approaches in psychology and its clinical applications and more generally in health service rhetoric and policies. As these writings vividly demonstrate a clinical psychologist and psychotherapist can and should also be a poet artist and storyteller. The volume will be of value to readers previously unfamiliar with Miller’s ideas but also to those who know his work who will find here the first published selection of his papers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415712552

Towards a Refugee Oriented Right of Asylum This volume explores the factors that give rise to the number of people seeking asylum and examines the barriers they currently and will continue to face. Divided into three parts the authors first explore the causality that generates displacement examining climate change illegal conflicts and the deprivation of natural resources. They argue that all of these problems either originate from human agency directly or are strongly influenced by human activities particularly those of wealthy countries in the North West. The study goes on to discuss how migrants are received and the problems they face on arrival and concludes with confronting the fate and the status of asylum seekers after arrival and the walls both virtual and material that they encounter. The authors propose ways of approaching the situation beyond the present language and the limited interpretations of the Convention on the Status of Refugees. Written by leading experts in environmental ethics asylum law and international law the book will be essential reading for those working in these and related areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138732117

Towards a Rhetoric of Medical Law Challenging the dominant account of medical law as normatively and conceptually subordinate to medical or bioethics this book provides an innovative account of medical law as a rhetorical practice. The aspiration to provide a firm grounding for medical law in ethical principle has not yet been realized. Rather legal doctrine is marked if anything by increasingly evident contradiction and indeterminacy that are symptomatic of the inherently contingent nature of legal argumentation. Against the idea of a timeless placeless ethics as the master discipline for medical law this book demonstrates how judicial and academic reasoning seek to manage this contingency through the deployment of rhetorical strategies persuasive to concrete audiences within specific historical cultural and political contexts. Informed by social and legal theory cultural history and literary criticism John Harrington’s careful reading of key judicial decisions legislative proposals and academic interventions offers an original and significant understanding of medical law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138481930

Towards a Russia of the Regions Russia's state system has changed significantly since 1991 but the question of how the country should be governed has not been answered. Russia's constitutional framework is weak and inherently flawed and the balance of political and economic power between the centre and the regions is ill-defined. In the absence of a firm constitutional settlement regional elites have consolidated power restricting the growth of local democracy and frustrating attempts at graass-roots economic reform. This book argues that establishing an effective and regulated relationship between the centre and the regions requires greater decentralisation but devolution need not threaten Russia's integrity if it is transparent and based on a greater respect for the rule of law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138465930

Towards A Schmittian Theory of Regionalism within International Law and RelationsTesting Grossraum Analysis with Two Case Studies of Regiona This book develops a critical analysis of how the USA has deployed various imperialistic devices within international law in order to expand its zone of influence on a global scale. The work then sets out a suggested theoretical framework highlighting an alternative regionalist model of international law and relations founded on Carl Schmitt’s controversial Grossraum theory". The authors use the comparatively new regional structure of the SCO as an extended case study and reference point for testing the credibility and limits of the theory. The authors address the question of the future potential and prospects for a suitably revised Grossraum approach to the study of international law and relations that has had to be substantially modified to better accommodate the realities of how the SCO is currently evolving and is structured. This text sets out for the first time in an English language work a comprehensive account of Schmittian Grossraum theory based on a wide range of published sources in both English and German. The analysis breaks new ground in that no other work has attempted this critical task within the field of international law and relations. This interdisciplinary book is aimed at students and academic researchers of regional studies international law and relations jurisprudence international politics political theorists and policy think tank bodies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472462749

Towards a Segmented European Political OrderThe European Union's Post-crises Conundrum This book makes a distinctive contribution to the crucial debate on the European Union (EU)’s present and future development. It systematically examines how the range of crises and challenges over the last decade have transformed the EU and relates those findings to the discussion of an increasingly differentiated EU. It argues that the post-crises EU shows clear signs of becoming a segmented political order with in-built biases and constraints. The book spells out the key features of such an order in ideational and structural terms and shows how it more concretely manifests itself in the EU’s institutional and constitutional make-up and in how member states constrain and condition EU action. Different states impose different types of constraints as is underlined through paying explicit attention to the Visegrád countries. This book will be of key interest to scholars and students of EU politics/studies European integration and politics East European politics and foreign policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138495333

Towards a Social Science of Drugs in Sport The debate around the role of drugs in sport is vibrant. There is a wealth of evidence from the hard end of science telling us how drugs work how drug testing works and how many athletes have fallen foul of the system. The evidence from social science is still building momentum. For example what makes an athlete use a performance enhancing substance? "To win" simply fails to explain the drug use behaviour we see among athletes. This book provides a foundation for anyone trying to understand the drugs in sport problem beyond the hard science by looking at the "people factor" from different perspectives. After building a case for the social science of drugs in sport it is examined from the ethical sociological economic legal and psychological points of view. The book concludes with a definitive statement about what researchers policy makers sports administrators athletes and fans can do to achieve a social science of drugs in sport that puts people firmly in the centre of the debate. This volume was published as a special issue of Sport in Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853149

Towards a Society of Degrowth This book explores the concept of degrowth beginning from a basic assumption not of resource depletion as is common in most literature in the field but rather from a state of abundance arguing that there is a vast amount of energy on the planet waiting to be utilized by all its inhabitants. Adopting a sociological approach Onofrio Romano argues that the growth momentum is not simply a broadly shared “value ” but the physiological outcome of a specific institutional frame. The problem is that in its mainstream formulation the degrowth alternative shares with the growth-led regime some basic anthropological political and institutional pillars. In order to build a real alternative Romano suggests reviewing degrowth in the light of the dépense notion by Georges Bataille. According to Bataille our societies have no problem with acknowledging scarcity but with dealing with the surplus energy that calls us to act for a qualified life. So in order to erase the growth obsession we have to ward off the “servile” dimension i.e. the utilitarian activities needed for the mere reproduction of life to regain sovereignty as reflected in the de-thinking subject. Innovative and provocative Towards a Society of Degrowth will be of great interest to students and scholars of degrowth sociology social anthropology political ecology and ecological economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138543409

Towards a Socioanalysis of Money Finance and CapitalismBeneath the Surface of the Financial Industry The current global financial crisis has raised awareness of the impact the world of finance has on the economy and the future of democracy. Following the crisis this book aims at a deep understanding of the human psycho-social dynamics beneath the surface of the financial industry its markets and institutions. It seeks to understand why the seemingly rational world of economic behavior with its calculated models and predictions at times goes horribly wrong. This book uses the discipline of socio-analysis to explore the meaning of money markets and the broad financial world that so strongly affects our daily lives. Socio-analysis contributes to an awareness and understanding of underlying unconscious desires fantasies and illusions that bring about the irrational inflation of faith and trust in the world of money finance and capital(ism). The insight that the financial crisis ‘was essentially psychological in origin’ (Robert Shiller) and that the world of finance is broadly shaped if not determined by irrational often unconscious factors is not yet broadly shared. This book appears to be one of the first if not the first contribution that explicitly focuses on what is beneath the surface of money finance and capital. It invites the reader to explore the financial world in depth. The aim of this book is to provide businesses organizational consultants students researchers and interested persons more broadly with a detailed exploration of the psycho-social dynamics of the financial industry as it exists currently within the capitalist system. The contributors to this book come from Australia Denmark France Germany Hungary Sweden The Netherlands UK and USA. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415710602

Towards a Sociology of ArtisansContinuities and Discontinuities in Comparative Perspective This title was first published in 2001. A comparative sociological examination of artisans exploring historical examples and theoretical references to the stratum. The book also investigates empirical case studies and analyzes the variegated careers of contemporary artisans. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138727151

Towards a Sociology of Cancer CaregivingTime to Feel Once a synonym for death cancer is now a prognosis of multiple probabilities and produces a world of uncertainty for carers. Drawing on rich in-depth interview data and employing interactionist theories Towards a Sociology of Cancer Caregiving explores carers' lived experiences paying close attention to the ways in which spouse carers manage the ambiguity that pervades their orientations to the future their responsibilities and their emotions. A detailed exploration of the temporal and emotional journeys of spouse carers of cancer patients this volume raises and responds to new questions about how to conceptualise informal caregiving offering a fresh theorisation of the uncertainty that now characterises cancer. As such it will appeal to scholars of the sociologies of emotion time and identity and all those interested in the question of how to support informal carers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598907

Towards a Sociology of the Cinema (ILS 92) First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315830865

Towards a Southern Approach to Sex WorkLived Experience and Resilience in a Bangladeshi Brothel This book delves into this almost unchartered territory documenting the lived experiences of sex workers in Bangladesh considering the complex realities of their day-to-day lives and the ways they negotiate their working conditions and relationships. Despite being the most common form of female deviance and criminality globally we know very little about sex work in Asia and the global south. Drawing on feminist frameworks it shows that the experiences of sex workers vary widely depending on the ways they enter the sex trade their modes of operation and relationships with significant others. Towards a Southern Approach to Sex Work contributes to feminist scholarship on sex work by offering a much needed southern perspective drawing on culturally specific data. It argues that the lived experience of sex workers comprises both victimhood and agency deception and resilience and that it is the management of these relationships that enable sex works to avoid social marginalization and alienation. An accessible and compelling read this will appeal to students and scholars of criminology sociology gender studies south Asian studies cultural studies social theory and policy makers. In addition it will engage all those interested in learning more about how the sex trade operates in Bangladesh. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367359355

Towards a System of European Criminal JusticeThe Problem of Admissibility of Evidence With the developing landscape of a European criminal justice sphere comes an increasing imperative for scholars and practitioners to gain some insight into the diversity that exists in the criminal justice systems of European Union Member States. This book explores the mutual admissibility of evidence; a facet of EU criminal justice that is proving difficult to realise. While the Lisbon Treaty places the issue of mutual admissibility of evidence squarely on the agenda the EU instruments to date have not succeeded in achieving this goal. Andrea Ryan argues that part of the reason for this failure is that while the mutual recognition instruments have focussed on the issue of gathering evidence and safeguarding suspects’ rights they have not addressed how evidence is to be presented and contested at trial. Drawing upon case studies from Ireland France and Italy and adopting a legal cultural perspective and enriched by the author’s observations of criminal trials the book presents a detailed analysis of the developments to date in EU criminal justice and evidence law. By examining evidence practices the book asks whether the inquisitorial and accusatorial traditions within the EU systems are too irreconcilable to achieve a system of mutual admissibility of evidence. The book will be of great interest and use to academics and practitioners with an interest in European and comparative criminal justice criminal procedure human rights and socio-legal studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138686465

Towards a Theatrical Jurisprudence This book brings the insights of theatre theory to law legal interpretation and the jurisprudential to reshape law as a practice of response and responsibility. Confronting a Baconian antitheatrical legality embedded in its jurisprudences and interpretative practices Marett Leiboff turns to theatre theory and practice to ground a theatrical jurisprudence taking its cues from Han-Thies Lehmann’s conception of the post-dramatic theatre and the early work of theatre visionary Jerzy Grotowski. She asks law to move beyond an imagined ideal grounded in Aristotelian drama and tragedy and turns to the formation of the legal interpreter ・ lawyer judge jurisprudent ・ as fundamental to understanding what’s “noticed” or not noticed in law. We “notice” most easily through that which is written into the body of the legal interpreter in a way that can’t be replicated through law’s standard practices of thinking and reasoning. Without more thinking and reasoning are the epitome of antitheatricality legality; a set of theatrical antonyms including transgression and instinct offer instead a set of possibilities through which to reconceive assumptions and foundational concepts etched into the legal imaginary. And by turning to critical dramaturgy the book reveals that the liveliness that sits behind theatrical jurisprudence isn’t a new concept in law at all but has a long pedigree and lineage that had been lost and hidden. Theatrical jurisprudence which demands an awareness of self and beyond self grounds a responsiveness that can’t be found within doctrine principle or the technocratic but also challenges us to notice what it is we think we know as well as what we know of lives in law that aren’t our own. The book will be of interest to scholars and students in the field of jurisprudence legal theory theatre and performance studies cultural studies and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138672789

Towards a Theology of Church Growth Concern about church growth and decline is widespread and contentious yet theological reflection on church growth is scarce. Reflecting on the Bible dogmatic theology and church history this book situates the numerical growth of the church within wider Christian theology. Leading international scholars including Alister McGrath Benedicta Ward and C. Kavin Rowe contribute a spectrum of voices from evangelical charismatic liberal and anglo-catholic perspectives. All contributors unite around the importance of seeking church growth provided this is situated within a nuanced theological framework. This book offers a critique of ’decline theology’ which has been influential amongst theologians and churches and which assumes church growth is impossible and/or unnecessary. The contributors provide rich resources from scripture doctrine and tradition to underpin action to promote church growth and to stimulate further theological reflection on the subject. The Archbishop of Canterbury provides the Foreword. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472414007

Towards a Theory and Practice of Cash Flow Accounting (RLE Accounting) This book concerns developments in the history of one accounting idea. It discusses cash flow accounting and as such relates what can only be described as a ‘recycled’ accounting problem. Cash flow accounting is the oldest form of monetary accounting preceding the now conventional accrual and allocation-based accounting. Largely ignored in accounting literature since the early 1950s this collection concentrates on Lee’s work and provides the reader not only with a relevant selection of his writings on the subject since 1971 but also with a structured collection that explains the way in his thinking has developed on the subject and focuses on relevant influences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985834

Towards a Theory of Mime Towards a Theory of Mime is a genuinely unique book about non-verbal communication and performance. Combining a broad global history of the evolution of human communication with an introduction to the general practice of mime Alexander Iliev traces a lineage from Marceau and Barrault to his own distinguished practice as performer and teacher. The book moves from a fascinating description of the first principles of gestural language to a stunning sequence of specific exercises in practical training.Written in a sometimes poetic always accessible and often humorous style Towards a Theory of Mime conveys complex ideas in a strikingly accessible way.Alexander Iliev has over forty years experience practising and teaching both theatre and anthropology around the world. He is currently Associate Professor at the National Academy in Sofia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415725927

Towards a Theory of Planned Economy This title was first published in 1964: The purpose of the present study is to examine the issues involved in designing an efficient economic system in given historical circumstances. The author draws heavily on the experiences provided by the failures and successes of the postwar Yugoslav economy. The book is one of the first major studies in English of the theory of an economy of the Yugoslav type. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138037380

Towards a Theory of Schooling (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1989 Towards a Theory of Schooling explores and debates the relationship between school and society. It examines the form and function of one of humankind’s most important social institutions following the cutting edge of pedagogic innovation from mainland Europe through the British Isles to the USA. In the process the book throws important light upon the origins and evolution of the school based notions of class curriculum classroom recitation and class teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415857086

Towards a Third TheatreEugenio Barba and the Odin Teatret Eugenio Barba is one of Europe's leading theatre directors at the forefront of experimental and group theatre for more than twenty years. Ian Watson provides the most comprehensive and systematic study of Barba's work including his training methods dramaturgy productions and theories as well as his work at the International School of Theatre Anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145412

Towards a Transparent Labour Market for Educational Decisions First published in 1998 this collection of essays strongly advocates for increased flexibility in the Dutch labour market and questions current assumptions on the connections between education choices and ultimate employment outcomes. The volume responds to the glaring contradiction between the current mass unemployment in all European nations both in urban and rural areas affecting people of different levels of education (though primarily those of low-skills levels or ethnic backgrounds) and the idea that labour is the most important source of wealth. Its objective is to develop insights ideas and experiences concerning the possibilities for increasing the transparency of the labour market. The contributors recognise that the quality of labour has rapidly become the key factor in economic and social development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138364967

Towards a Twenty-First-Century Feminist Politics of Music Towards a Twenty-First-Century Feminist Politics of Music opens up a new way of thinking about the absence of women's music. It does not aim to find 'a solution' in a liberal feminist sense but to discover new potentialities new possibilities for thought and action. Sally Macarthur encourages us with the assistance of Deleuze and feminist-Deleuzian work to begin the important work of imagining what else might be possible not in order to provide answers but to open up the as yet unknown. The power of thought - or what Deleuze calls the 'virtual' - opens up new possibilities. Macarthur suggests that the future for women's 'new' music is not tied to the predictable and known but to futures beyond the already-known. Previous research concludes that women's music is virtually absent from the concert hall and yet fails to find a way of changing this situation. Macarthur finds that the flaw in the recommendations flowing from past research is that it envisages the future from the standpoint of the present and it relies on a set of pre-determined goals. It thus replicates the present reality so reinforcing rather than changing the status quo. Macarthur challenges this thinking and argues that this repetitive way of thinking is stuck in the present unable to move forward. Macarthur situates her argument in the context of current dominant neoliberal thought and practice. She argues that women have generally not thrived in the neoliberal model of the composer which envisages the composer as an individual autonomous creator and entrepreneur. Successful female composers must work with this dominant modernist aesthetic and exploit the image of the neo-romantic entrepreneurial creator. This book sets out in contrast to develop a new conception of subjectivity that sows the seeds of a twenty-first-century feminist politics of music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274723

Towards a Victimology of State Crime Millions of people have been victimized by the actions and omissions of states and governments. This collection provides expert analyses of such victimizations across the world from Europe the United States and Africa to New Zealand and South America. Leading scholars in the area of state crime describe the nature extent and distribution of state crime victimization as well as theoretical and practical paths for understanding explaining and aiding victims of massive harms by governments. Cases of state crime and state victimization are presented on Brazilian Native American and New Zealand children Somalian Pirates Columbian South African and Bosnian civilians United States immigrants and war crime victimization in World War II. Other chapters delve into formal and informal ways to address victimization through the European Court of Human Rights the International Criminal Court and provide analyses of justice processes around the world. This anthology bridges the latest thinking theory and research in the fields of state crime and victimology and provides a general resource concerning basic issues related to victimization - particularly victims of state crime. As such it fills a major gap in the literature by providing the first text and scholarly book focused solely on a victimology of state crime. This book is essential reading for undergraduates postgraduates socio-legal jurists and academics with an interest in state crime and victimology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415639002

Towards a Victimology of State Crime State crime victimization often leaves a legacy of unrecognized victims that are ignored forgotten or negated the right to be labeled as such. Victims are often glossed over as the focus is on a state’s actions or inactions rather than the subsequent victimization and victims. Towards a Victimology of State Crime serves to highlight the forgotten victims processes and cases of revictimization within a sociological criminological framework. Contributors include expert scholars of state crime and victimology from North America Europe Africa and Latin America to provide a well-rounded focus that can address and penetrate the issues of victims of state crime. This includes a diverse number of case study examples of victims of state crime and the systems of control that facilitate or impede addressing the needs of victims. Additionally with the inclusion of a section on controls this volume taps into an area that is often overlooked: the international level of social control in relation to a victimology of state criminality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160606

Towards Africa's Renewal Africa still finds itself in the clutches of poverty and underdevelopment. The expected benefits from economic restructuring have not been realized and the debt burden continues to weigh heavily on African economies constraining the possibilities of growth. Problems that have existed since the 1960s remain and links with the global economy continue to increase but fall short of requirements. Against this background it is not surprising that the vast majority of African states will not meet the Millennium Development Goals. The search for political systems that can deliver development have been categorized by cynics as old wine in old bottles with new stickers. As the dividends from globalization elude Africa in the 21st century it becomes clear that it is a series of failed states rogue states and even stateless states. This volume brings together leading researchers and analysts to examine issues and identify policy options which can lead to renewal in Africa. It provides an opportunity to reflect and offers a critical multidisciplinary appraisal of the future challenges facing Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398516

Towards an African Peace and Security RegimeContinental Embeddedness Transnational Linkages Strategic Relevance Towards an African Peace and Security Regime: Continental embeddedness transnational linkages strategic relevance provides an informed and critical reflection on the adequacy of the emerging African Peace and Security Architecture (APSA) to the medium- and long-term challenges and opportunities of conflict prevention management and resolution in Africa. Complementary to the editors’ Africa’s New Peace and Security Architecture: Implementing norms institutionalising solutions (Ashgate 2010) this volume revolves around three main areas of focus: the continental ’embeddedness’ of norms values and processes required for the gradual coming into shape of the African peace and security regime; its transnational linkages as well as the wider collective security environment; and the empirical analysis of the connections between the continental level and the regional economic communities with case-studies on ECOWAS SADC and COMESA. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754676041

Towards an Anthropology of WealthImagination Substance Value Aiming to redefine the concept of wealth which has too often been reduced to merely ‘accumulated assets’ this book views wealth primarily as a question of reproduction relational flows and life vitality. The authors therefore outline wealth as a triangular phenomenon between capital the commons and power.Viewing wealth as firstly a product of relational capacities the book explores the processes wherein it is constantly being pulled at from forces that demand appropriation be that finance community or state. The chapters tackle perceptions (and practices) of wealth in the commons in mythical narrative immaterial substance aristocratic orders antimafia money real and imagined and conspiracy theory with contributions from Melanesia Italy Greece India and Mongolia. The comparative perspective lies at the heart of the book bringing together instances of commonwealth and the commons as well as hierarchical relational and substantial understandings of wealth. As the first collection in recent decades to address the anthropology of wealth openly in a comparative perspective this book will spark discussions of the concept in anthropology not least at the back of a renewed debate over it due to Piketty’s legacy. This book was originally published as a special issue of History & Anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661557

Towards an Articulated Phenomenological Interpretation of ArchitecturePhenomenal Phenomenology This book sheds light on the contemporary status of phenomenological discourse in architecture and investigates its current scholastic as well as practical position. Starting with a concise introduction to the philosophical grounds of phenomenology from the points of view of Husserl Merleau-Ponty and Heidegger it presents a critical reading of the works of some leading figures of architectural phenomenology in both theory and practice such as Christian Norberg-Schultz Kenneth Frampton Juhani Pallasmaa and Steven Holl. Highlighting the main challenges of the current phenomenological discourse in architecture this book formulates a more articulated method of 'phenomenological interpretation' – dubbed 'phenomenal phenomenology' − as a new and innovative method of interpreting the built environment. Finally using Tadao Ando's Langen Foundation Museum as a case study it investigates the architect's contribution to phenomenological discourse interprets and analyzes the Museum building using the new heuristic method and thus provides a clear example of its applicability. By introducing a clear articulated and practical method of interpretation this book is of interest to academics and students analyzing and studying architecture and the built environment at various scales. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138229259

Towards an Ecological Intellectual PropertyReconfiguring Relationships Between People and Plants in Ecuador This book focuses on analysing how legal systems set the terms for interactions between human beings and plants. The story that the book recounts is one of experimental lawmaking in Ecuador a country where over the past decade governmental officials and civil society advocates have attempted to reconfigure how human individuals and institutions relate to nature by following an "eco-centric" approach to lawmaking. In doing so Ecuadorian legislators administrators and judges have taken seriously the ontologies of non-human entities including plants through a process that has required the continuous navigation of tensions with certain "logics" that pervade conventional legal regimes. The book endeavours to disrupt these conventional assumptions and approaches to lawmaking by taking seriously alternative strategies to reconstitute interactions between people and plants. In doing so the book argues in favour of an "ecological turn" in laws that govern vegetal life. The analysis is based on a close examination of the experiences that lawmakers in Ecuador have had when experimenting with innovative approaches to re-form relationships between human and non-human beings. Concretely these experiments have yielded constitutional legislative and regulatory changes that inform the inquiry of how intellectual property and plant genetic resources laws – both in Ecuador and worldwide – could become more "ecological" in nature. The argument that the book develops is based on extensive ethnographic fieldwork and empirical research in Ecuador complemented by archival and doctrinal legal analysis. The contents of the book will be of interest to an academic audience of legal scholars and postgraduate students in law in addition to scholars and students in the fields of anthropology sociology socio-legal studies and science and technology studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367429799

Towards an Elegant Syntax This collection of essays written between 1980 and 2001 places the search for theoretical elegance at centre stage. The author shows that although the conceptual difference between 'elegance' and the minimalist search for 'perfection' may appear to be subtle its consequences are in fact wide ranging and radical. These considerations lead to a markedly different and novel theory of syntax where most of the major features of minimalism such as derivation economy merge move phrases and projection are not just reanalysed or shifted to other components but in a majority of cases are dispensed with completely or reduced to much simpler notions.Towards an Elegant Syntax makes available important and some less easily accessible publications with new introductory material. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654593

Towards An Unknown MarxA Commentary on the Manuscripts of 1861-63 This book is the first complete commentary on Marx's manuscripts of 1861-63 works that guide our understanding of fundamental concepts such as 'surplus-value' and 'production price'. The recent publication of Marx's writings in their entirety has been a seminal event in Marxian scholarship. The hitherto unknown second draft of Volume 1 and first draft of Volume 3 of Capital both published in the Manuscripts of 1861-63 now provide an important intermediate link between the Grundrisse and the final published editions of Capital. In this book Enrique Dussel one of the most original Marxist philosophers in the world today provides an authoritative and detailed commentary on the manuscripts of 1861-63. The main points which Dussel emphasises in this path-breaking work are: The fundamental category in Marx's theory is 'living labour' which exists outside of capital and which capital must subsume in order to produce surplus-value Theories of Surplus Value is not a historical survey of previous theories but rather a 'critical confrontation' through which Marx developed new categories for his own theory The most important new categories developed in this manuscript are related to the 'forms of appearance' of surplus value. The final part of the book discusses the relevance of the Manuscripts of 1861-63 to contemporary global capitalism especially to the continuing underdevelopment and extreme poverty of Latin America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007444

Towards an Urban Renaissance The Urban Task Force headed by Lord Rogers one of the UK's leading architects was established by the Department of Environment Transport and Regions (DETR) to stimulate debate about our urban environment and to identify ways of creating urban areas in direct response to people's needs and aspirations. Their findings conclusions and recommendations were presented in a final report to Government Ministers in Summer 1999 and form the basis of this important new illustrated book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138136908

Towards BelongingNegotiating New Relationships for Adopted Children and Those in Care This book explores what a sense of belonging—its components and state—means for the adopted children and those in care. It contributes to reader's understanding of these children's emotional well-being mental health and potential for success in life through education and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203247

Towards better Performing Transport Networks The performance of current transport systems is inadequate when viewed in terms of economic efficiency sustainability and safety. Drawing together key an impressive list of contributors from the vast field of transportation economics including Kenneth Button David Banister and Juan Carlos Martín this book investigates transport systems and covers a wide range of topics such as: airline markets congestion charging speed control. This informative book ideal for undergraduate and postgraduate students of economics business and industrial studies examines the tools that are necessary to effectively measure transport systems and those that are required to improve them. Utilizing advanced tools of network analysis the contributors challenge various pieces of conventional wisdom in particular the view that intermodal transport is more environmentally benign than road transport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415652858

Towards Coastal Resilience and Sustainability Coastal zones represent a frontline in the battle for sustainability as coastal communities face unprecedented economic challenges. Coastal ecosystems are subject to overuse loss of resilience and increased vulnerability. This book aims to interrogate the multi- scalar complexities in creating a more sustainable coastal zone. Sustainability transitions are geographical processes which happen in situated particular places. However much contemporary discussion of transition is either aspatial or based on implicit assumptions about spatial homogeneity. This book addresses these limitations through an examination of socio- technological transitions with an explicitly spatial focus in the context of the coastal zone.The book begins by focusing on theoretical understandings of transition processes specific to the coastal zone and includes detailed empirical case studies. The second half of the book appraises governance initiatives in coastal zones and their efficacy. The authors conclude with an implicit theme of social and environmental justice in coastal sustainability transitions.Research will be of interest to practitioners academics and decision- makers active in the sphere of coastal sustainability. The multi- disciplinary nature encourages accessibility for individuals working in the fields of Economic Geography Regional Development Public Policy and Planning Environmental Studies Social Geography and Sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587611

Towards Cohesion Policy 4.0Structural Transformation and Inclusive Growth In the context of the debate on the future of Europe this book makes the case for a new approach to structural transformation growth and cohesion in the EU. It explores both the opportunities and challenges from globalisation and technological change the widening differences in productivity between leading and lagging regions and the need for a new policy framework capable of delivering inclusive growth.   The Regional Studies Association’s Policy Impact Books form a series of punchy policy facing books addressing issues of contemporary concern. There is a consistent focus on the impact of policy research both in terms of its reach to policy academic and practitioner communities and also in its significance to show how evidence can inform policy change within regional and urban studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367243678

Towards Community Mental Health Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1971 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867437

Towards Democracy Edward Carpenter’s Towards Democracy is well-known as a starting point of his later work. Originally written in 1881 whilst taking a break from lecturing in Universities across the UK this four-volume poem dwells mainly on themes of freedom and equality; values that Carpenter wrote upon many times in his career. Originally published in 1883 this version in 1917 this title will be of interest to students of Sociology and English Literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138184121

Towards Disaster Risk ReductionA Policy-Focused Approach to Natural Hazards and Disasters This book constitutes a landmark attempt to address comprehensively and in-depth a policy-focused approach to the many timely and important issues associated with building a culture of disaster prevention and disaster risk reduction. This book not only provides key insights into the field of natural hazard and disaster studies but also assesses the causes perspectives and consequences of natural disasters as well as providing a global survey of post-recovery policies. The contributions found herein discuss disaster risk reduction strategies and policies for managing the unexpected and cascading impacts of natural disasters. A particular focus is placed on transboundary catastrophes that cross policy domains geographic political and sectoral boundaries. Since the disaster management and natural resources policy research field draws on a diverse range of paradigms and influences the book includes case histories empirical studies conceptual-theoretical investigations policy perspectives institutional analysis and risk analyses. The role of human culture disaster psychology and environmental monitoring are examined in depth. Deficiencies and inequalities in local national and global disaster response are also discussed. Original strategies for reducing disaster risk are put forward and the prospects for a major change in the direction of global policy on disasters. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Natural Resources Policy Research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377776

Towards Ecological TaxationThe Efficacy of Emissions-Related Motor Taxation Governments around the world are struggling to meet their commitments to achieve targets relating to reductions in greenhouse gases. Many writers advocating ways to achieve these targets offer radical but often impractical approaches that do not offer a way forward within the existing economic model. In contrast Towards Ecological Taxation is a pragmatic consideration of realistic possibilities by an author from the world of accounting. Based on his research into the implications of changes in the UK motor taxation regime for company cars David Russell considers the broader efficacy of taxation policy as a mechanism for reducing demand for fossil fuels and encouraging a shift towards carbon-neutral energy production. He incorporates the findings of a number of studies into his analysis along with a wider consideration of tax regimes. Dr Russell suggests a way forward that will attract the interest of researchers policy makers and decision makers wanting a better understanding of how taxation could be used innovatively but within the existing economic status quo to deliver specific and measurable reductions in CO2. Such a distinctive approach makes this book a valuable addition to the literature on environmental issues and the always thought provoking titles in the Corporate Social Responsibility Series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780566089794

Towards Economic Recovery in Sub-Saharan AfricaEssays in Honour of Robert Gardiner First published in 1990 this volume considers the question: is there any hope for economic recovery in Africa? Written by a team of leading development economists the book takes a close look at the economic decline of Sub-Saharan Africa and provides a set of guidelines for promoting economic recovery. Stressing the need for greater co-operation between African states the contributors outline the economic and social policies required to put this crisis-torn region back on the road to sustained development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851718

Towards Efficient Regulation of Air Pollution from Coal-Fired Power Plants Originally published in 1979 this book discusses the model developed to deal with air pollution from coal fired power plants but it broadly also illustrates how available scientific information can be organized to improve our understanding of pollution control. This information enables economists to discuss the relevant consequences of specific air pollution abatement strategies. In order to demonstrate the usefulness of a computer based environmental model the model is applied to a specific case study. The object of the case study is the control of air pollution from a coal-fired electrical generating station in New Haven USA. The research contained in this volume advances applied risk analysis by combining the insights of economics and environmental sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367367763

Towards Enabling Geographies‘Disabled’ Bodies and Minds in Society and Space Over the past 15 years geography has made many significant contributions to our understanding of disabled people's identities lives and place in society and space. 'Towards Enabling Geographies' brings together leading scholars to showcase the 'second wave' of geographical studies concerned with disability and embodied differences. This area has broadened and challenged conventional boundaries of 'disability' expanding the kinds of embodied differences considered while continuing to grapple with important challenges such as policy relevance and the use of more inclusionary research approaches. This book demonstrates the value of a spatial conceptualization of disability and disablement to a broader social science audience whilst examining how this conceptualization can be further developed and refined. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248670

Towards Environmental Sustainability?A Comparative Study of Danish Dutch and Swedish Transport Policies in a European Context First published in 1999 this study consists of an empirical analysis of current Danish Dutch and Swedish national transport policies along with some policy options for the near future intended to reduce the present unsustainable character of the national transport systems. The study deals only with passenger transport primarily on land rather than freight transport. There exists a distinct focus on environmental sustainability along with the role of the automobile in transport systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138365452

Towards Financial Independence in a Developing EconomyAn Analysis of the Monetary Experience of the Federation of Rhodesia and Nyasaland 1952-1963 First published in 1967 this is a unique study of the establishment of the Bank of Rhodesia and Nyasland – a central bank and London-type money market in a financially externally dependent economy. The book deals with the adaptation and initiation of financial institutions in a developing country previously completely dependent on external financial centres and externally controlled financial institutions. Dr Sowelem’s authoritative and detailed study provides valuable information on the inter-related questions of central bank control and the development of specialist money markets in developing countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853156

Towards Financial Self-relianceA Handbook of Approaches to Resource Mobilization for Citizens' Organizations Provides an excellent conceptual framework for the various approaches to resource mobilization.'Paiboon Wattanasiritham Director General Chief Executive Officer Government Savings Bank ThailandA clear and practical guide aimed at the managers of civil society organizations including non-governmental organizations citizens' movements co-operatives trade unions and other grass-roots organizations primarily in developing countries on how to mobilize funds and other resources and in doing so become financially self-reliant. The author examines numerous and varied options covering earned income local foundations governmental sources foreign agencies the corporate sector microcredit the internet and social investments setting these within a strategic overview of planning and management effectiveness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471535

Towards Full Employment (Routledge Revivals)A Policy Appraisal At the time in which this book was first published in 1987 mass unemployment had emerged as the dominant most visible problem of the West European economies. In this challenging discussion of ways to overcome unemployment Ciaran Driver stresses the importance of managed restructuring. This book is ideal for students of business and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138850095

Towards Global Localization This book is a study of changes taking place in two advanced technology industries: computing and communications in Britain and France. It examines whether a good explanation can be provided for the spatial shifts in both global and local industries with the aid of the regulationist perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138857841

Towards Glocal Social Work in the Era of Compressed Modernity This book addresses the change of social work in the frame of modernisation. Through Mary Richmond’s classical idea of social work the book seeks to set current societal trends affecting social work into the context of a long historical line opening spaces for the new debates within the social work discipline as well as proposing and taking some new directions in the current era of compressed modernity. From the viewpoint of social work there still is an individual in a situation however the situation has profoundly changed during the past hundred years.Divided into seven chapters topics covered include firstly the rethinking of Richmond’s original idea revisiting the modernisation theories and social transformations as well as discussion on the social work theories and mandates according to the chosen classics. Secondly the book continues with sketching the pillars of compressed modernity and rethinking the global and local relations. During the era of glocalisation polycentrism digitalisation and hybridisation the previous conceptualisations of social theory have to be reconsidered. Finally a proposal for glocal social work vision is represented by setting questions which should be taken under scrutinity.Academics researchers practising social workers and students of social work as well as of social policy administration social law and other social sciences will find this book to be an essential text for understanding the current societal changes trends and tendencies. The book provides a lot of information for policymakers and citizens interested in the background knowledge for the contemporary societal situation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587604

Towards Green Marine Technology and Transport Towards Green Marine Technology and Transport covers recent developments in marine technology and transport. The book brings together a selection of papers reflecting fundamental areas of recent research and development in the fields of ship hydrodynamics marine structures ship design shipyard technology ship machinery maritime transportation and safety and reliability. Issues such as the environment renewable energy wave and wind modeling coastal engineering fisheries and legal maritime aspects are also addressed. Towards Green Marine Technology and Transport is intended for academics and professionals involved in the development of marine technology and transport. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138028876

Towards Healthy CitiesComparing Conditions for Change This book explores the conditions needed to make public and private investments in healthy cities most effective. The authors argue that three conditions are essential for such investments: citizen empowerment corporate responsibility and a coordinated improvement of urban health conditions. Using an integrated approach to health in line with the Healthy Cities philosophy of the World Health Organization case studies in Helsinki Liverpool London Udine and Vancouver are not only used to demonstrate the relevance of these conditions but also to show how actors in these cities are trying to meet these conditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255388

Towards Human Rights in Residential Care for Older PersonsInternational Perspectives People are leading significantly longer lives than previous generations did and the proportion of older people in the population is growing. Residential care for older people will become increasingly necessary as our society ages and we will require more of it. At this moment in time the rights of older people receive attention at international and regional levels with the United Nations the Organization of American States and the African Union exploring the possibility of establishing new conventions for the rights of older persons. This book explores the rights of older people and their quality of care once they are living in a care home and considers how we can commence the journey towards a human rights framework to ensure decent and dignified care for older people. The book takes a comparative approach to present and future challenges facing the care home sector for older people in Africa (Kenya) the Arab world (Egypt)  Australia China England Israel  Japan and the USA. An international panel of experts have contributed chapters identifying how their particular society cares for its older and oldest people the extent to which demographic and economic change has placed their system under pressure and the role that residential elder care homes play in their culture. The book also explores the extent to which constitutional or other rights form a foundation to the regulatory and legislative structures to residential elder care and it examines the important concept of dignity.   As a multi-regional study of the care of older person from a human rights perspective this book will be of excellent use and interest in particular to students and researchers of family and welfare law long-term care social policy  social work  human rights and elder law.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815355373

Towards Inclusive OrganizationsDeterminants of successful diversity management at work Diversity arising from the mixing of peoples from different cultural backgrounds has long been an issue in nations such as the United States and Australia and in recent decades European nations have reached unprecedented levels of cultural diversity due to increased migration. This phenomenon of increasing cultural diversity at the national level sets the context for current social science research on the consequences of diversity for social integration institutional functioning and interpersonal relationships. This book reviews theory and research in social and organizational psychology on the management of diversity in work organizations. The book shows how diversity management takes place across multiple levels: at a national level at an organizational level between work groups and teams in interpersonal relations and at the level of individual experiences. Each chapter summarizes relevant empirical research and considers how the dynamics of workgroup relations are likely to be affected by cultural differences among group members. The contributors also describe the variables which organizational leadership should be sensitive to in designing and implementing policies and practices for inclusive organizations. Towards Inclusive Organizations will be essential reading for researchers and advanced students in social and organizational psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848721906

Towards Inclusive Schools? First published in 1995. Notions of ‘inclusive schools’ and ‘schooling for diversity’ are rapidly gaining currency across the developed world as alternatives to traditional approaches to special needs education. This book explores the advances in our understanding of how schools can change and develop in order to include a wider range of students. By bringing together some of the foremost international writers and researchers in the field it makes available to policy makers practitioners and researchers the experiences from Australia Europe New Zealand the UK and the USA. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138603202

Towards Industrial DemocracyEurope Japan and the United States This study first published in 1979 analysed the international trend towards "industrial democracy" in the industrial relations practices in Europe Japan and the United States. The development of industrial democracy was occurring through the establishment of employee and union participation on boards of directors and at the shop floor level in the extension of the role and power of works councils. In other countries the main development was through collective bargaining methods on labor-management relations and management decision-making. The authors examine various countries and explore any highlights lessons and ideas that might be transferable from one political and social context to another. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138560659

Towards Industrial Freedom Originally published in 1917 in the midst of World War I Carpenter argues that industry in pre-war Britain was simply exploitation of labour for private gain and attempts to look toward a future with more socialist values. The papers in this study explore the negative aspects of industrial life and suggest a new outlook with which the United Kingdom can move forward in industry. This title will be of interest to students of sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138183940

Towards International Government (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1915 Towards International Government considers the consequences of war for global diplomacy and the alliance system. Hobson argues that to reduce armaments and the possibility of another world war an organisational structure of international government must be put into place. An extension of the League of Nations Hobson proposes that this council would need to hold legislative powers enabling it to impose economic sanctions and if necessary the ability to deploy an international force. This is a fascinating and exceptionally forward-thinking work of great importance to economic and political historians of the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415823234

Towards Korean ReconciliationSocio-Cultural Exchanges and Cooperation Despite historic summits and spectacular acts of reconciliation between the rival neighbours promises of improved cross-border relations between North and South Korea have been slow to materialize. In this insightful book Gabriel Jonsson examines the impact that increased levels of socio-cultural contact has had on inter-Korean relations the concrete results that have been achieved and how such contact has contributed to closer relations and offers the prospect of reconciliation. With reference to lessons from the German and Yemeni unification the book examines the development of inter-Korean relations and presents a fascinating view of South Korean perceptions of their neighbours. The book also details the wider political sphere of influence with an analysis of the positions of the United States Japan China and Russia on Korean unity. Based primarily on Korean language sources this volume provides completely unique perspectives on Korean unity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398523

Towards Liturgies that ReconcileRace and Ritual among African-American and European-American Protestants Towards Liturgies that Reconcile reflects upon Christian worship as it is shaped and mis-shaped by human prejudice specifically by racism. African Americans and European Americans have lived together for 400 years on the continent of North America but they have done so as slave and master outsider and insider oppressed and oppressor. Scott Haldeman traces the development of Protestant worship among whites and blacks showing that the following exist in tension: African American and European American Protestant liturgical traditions are both interdependent and distinct; and that multicultural communities must both understand and celebrate the uniqueness of various member groups while also accepting the risk and possibility of praying themselves into an integrated body one new culture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315235929

Towards Low Carbon Cities in ChinaUrban Form and Greenhouse Gas Emissions This book explores the relationship between urban form and greenhouse gas emissions in China providing new insights for policy urban planning and management. Drawing on the results of a four-year multidisciplinary research project the book examines how factors such as urban households’ access to services and jobs land use mixes and provision of public transport impact on greenhouse gas emissions. The authors analyse data from a wide range of sources including 4677 sample households from four major Chinese cities – Beijing Shanghai Wuhan and Xi’an – with diverse locations urban spatial structures and population sizes. The book explores residents’ attitudes to reducing GHG emissions and advances knowledge relating to three environmental scales – cross-metropolitan intra-city and neighbourhood level. It also contributes to debates on low carbon policy by revealing the relevance of urban planning parameters at both the macro and micro levels. The book will be of interest to scholars in the areas of urban planning urban management environmental sustainability and resource utilisation as well as urban policy makers and planners who are working toward developing low carbon sustainable cities of the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138687141

Towards Managed Primary CareThe Role and Experience of Primary Care Organizations The last decade has witnessed a transformation in the organization and management of primary care. In Towards Managed Primary Care the authors examine the background and development of Primary Care Groups and Primary Care Trusts (PCG/Ts) in the English NHS. The book focuses on the practical experience of developing and managing PCG/Ts and on the lessons that can be drawn from this for future policy relating to the management and evaluation of such organizations in the UK and elsewhere. The work: ¢ Provides an overview of the background to the development of PCG/Ts in England set within the context of international developments of similar primary care organizations; ¢ Examines the organization and management of PCG/Ts; ¢ Analyses the impact of PCG/Ts on the provision of health services and on the wider health system; ¢ Explores the challenges inherent in carrying out research into primary care organizations; ¢ Focuses on the future development and evaluation of primary care organizations. With chapter conclusions setting out evidence-based lessons for developing and researching primary care organizations this book will be an invaluable guide for all those interested or involved in health policy health services research and primary care organization and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266636

Towards Methodologically Inclusive Research SynthesesExpanding possibilities Primary research in education and social sciences is marked by a diversity of methods and perspectives. How can we accommodate and reflect such diversity at the level of synthesizing research? What are the critical methodological decisions in the process of a research synthesis and how do these decisions open up certain possibilities while closing down others? This book draws upon methodologically diverse literature on research synthesis methods and primary research methods to develop a framework for synthesizing research. It presents a Methodologically Inclusive Research Synthesis framework to facilitate critical and informed decision-making among the producers and users of research synthesis. Three guiding principles for a quality research synthesis are proposed: informed subjectivity and reflexivity purposefully informed selective inclusivity and audience-appropriate transparency. The book then provides a thorough discussion of how these principles might be enacted in the following six phases: -identifying an appropriate epistemological orientation-identifying an appropriate purpose-searching for relevant literature-evaluating interpreting and distilling evidence from selected studies-constructing connected understandings-communicating with an audience. A wide range of techniques and perspectives from postpositivist interpretive participatory critical and postmodern traditions are considered in the book and Suri opens up new areas of debate by exploring numerous aspects of research syntheses from a methodologically inclusive perspective. The book will be valuable reading for researchers and postgraduates in education and social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138635753

Towards Modern Public FinanceThe American War with Mexico 1846-1848 Addresses the financing of the American-Mexican War of 1846-48. This study argues that the successful financing of the American-Mexican War had a long-term beneficial effect on American financial institutions and markets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663787

Towards More Effective Open and Distance Learning Teaching This title examines the implications of personal practical theories of distance learning for both distance learners and those who prepare distance learning materials. Case studies are used to reinforce and illustrate the arguments. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203045985

Towards Nationhood in West AfricaThoughts of Young Africa Addressed to Young Britain This volume is based on a series of lectures Dr. Johnson addressed to the 'youth of Britain'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760775

Towards New DevelopmentalismMarket as Means rather than Master The global financial and economic crisis starting in 2007 has provoked the exploration of alternatives to neo-liberalism. Although neo-liberalism has been critiqued from various perspectives these critiques have not coalesced into a concrete alternative in development economics literature. The main objective of this book is to name and formulate this alternative identify what is new about this viewpoint and project it on to the academic landscape. This book includes contributions from many prominent development economists who are unified by a form of "developmental pragmatism". Their concern is with the problems of development that preoccupied the pioneers of economic development in the mid-twentieth century known as the developmentalists. Like the developmentalists the contributors to Towards New Developmentalism are policy-oriented and supportive of institutional development and engagement with economic globalization. This collection has an over-arching concern with promoting social justice and holds the general view of the market as the means to affecting an alternative program of development rather than as a master whose dictates are to be obeyed without question.   This important collection sets the agenda for new developmentalism drawing on issues such as industrial policy technology competition growth and poverty. In broad terms the economic development debate is cast in terms of whether the market is the master an ideological neo-liberal perspective or the means to affect change as suggested by the pragmatic perspective that is being termed neo-developmentalism. This book will be valuable reading to postgraduates and researchers specialising in the area of development studies including within economics international relations political science and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415746779

Towards Nuclear Zero Rarely in the atomic age have hopes been raised as high as they are now for genuine progress toward disarmament. The new receptivity reflected in the policy declarations of many governments was sparked by a wave of private initiatives led by former senior policy leaders in many countries. This book examines practical steps for achieving progress toward disarmament realistically assessing both challenges and opportunities associated with achieving a world without nuclear weapons. The book places the current debate over nuclear abolition in the context of urgent non-proliferation priorities and the need to prevent nuclear weapons from falling into the hands of extremist regimes and terrorists. It examines the reasons why more than two dozen states have given up nuclear programs over the years and distils lessons from the end of the cold war to offer policy recommendations for moving toward lessened global reliance on nuclear weapons. Also included are in-depth analyses of proliferation challenges and disarmament opportunities in North Korea and Iran. The book concludes with a detailed roadmap for moving progressively toward global nuclear zero. It proposes a new international security regime based on shared missile defences nonweaponized deterrence and greater efforts to enhance transnational cooperation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405615

Towards Organizational FitnessA Guide to Diagnosis and Treatment Work organizations can lose their fitness and become sick just as people can. Just like people they may become both physically and behaviourally sick; physically sick when plant and equipment breaks down or the money runs out; behaviourally sick when the resources are badly managed or the staff become alienated. Gerry Randell and John Toplis' Towards Organizational Fitness addresses two main issues: firstly how to investigate and manage problems involving people at work - a task analogous to that of a medical doctor working with a sick patient; secondly how to assess and develop the capability and fitness of an organization - like a medical doctor who wishes to improve a patient's health. The message of this book is clear that organizations should not proceed to change any of their policies procedures processes or practices until a systematic thorough diagnosis of the root cause underpinning the need to change has taken place. The process of diagnosis that leads to a technically sound administratively convenient politically defensible and socially acceptable decision to change an organization in some way is fraught with difficulty. Towards Organizational Fitness provides managers with a conceptual and practical path through this complex and difficult arena. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249172

Towards Principled Oceans GovernanceAustralian and Canadian Approaches and Challenges Australia and Canada have been at the forefront of efforts to operationalize integrated oceans and coastal management. Throughout the 1990s both countries devoted considerable effort to developing strategies to give effect to international ocean management obligations. This key book focuses on principles of marine environmental conservation and management maritime regulation and enforcement and regional maritime planning and implementation. With contributions from respected scholars this informative book collectively assesses the obligations compliance implementation and trends in international ocean law particularly in giving effect to an Oceans Policy regional maritime planning international oceans governance and maritime security.  This book will be of interest to all academics involved with maritime studies and international law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415512398

Towards Professional WisdomPractical Deliberation in the People Professions People professions - such as social work teaching nursing ministry and counselling - are at heart ethical or moral enterprises. Much recent theorizing has been concerned to show that effective professional deliberation and judgement cannot be reduced either to technical rationality or to simple obedience to general occupational procedures or prescriptions. Professional judgement would seem to require the development of a distinctive mode of practical (ethical) reflection or 'wisdom' - perhaps along the lines of Aristotle's 'phronesis' or practical wisdom. Reflection is required to address such key professional concerns as: What is the impact of official prescription and regulation on professional judgement? How should conflicts of professional judgement and public/political accountability be resolved? How might one reconcile tensions between universal justice and equality and particular client need? What is the role of emotion and/or affect in 'people professional' practice? This ground-breaking work addresses in a thoroughly multidisciplinary way the central question of the nature of professional judgement and deliberation that has recently come to the fore in the academic literature of profession and professionalism. It proposes a marked shift - in theory practice and policy-making - away from technical-rational approaches to professional decision-making in favour of reflection and deliberation informed by responsible moral judgement. This reflects a significant progressive trend in this literature by taking practical wisdom rather than technical rationality to lie at the heart of professional judgement. It is unique in bringing together key authors from different professional fields to address the issue of professional wisdom in a cross-professional and multidisciplinary way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409407430

Towards Quality CareOutcomes for Older People in Care Homes This unique evaluation of the outcomes of residential and nursing home care for older people identifies the factors determining the quality of life of older people who have moved into care homes. It examines the relationship between older people's psychological well-being and the kinds of care received in residential homes. The volume draws on a study of UK care homes interviewing new entrants soon after admission and then on two further occasions to ascertain their experience of care and their quality of life. Interviews were also undertaken with care staff and their managers and the care environment of each home was assessed. The authors provide valuable evidence of the factors which can influence older people's well-being on entering a care home and how they adjust either positively or not to their new surroundings. The volume offers clear pointers towards ways to improve quality of residential and nursing home care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398530

Towards Rational EducationA Social Framework of Moral Values and Practices Towards Rational Education explores how education can become rational by serving character building rational thinking and the common good. It uses evidence-based psychology philosophy sociology and political science to support transforming education and provides a brand-new framework for effective universal education. This book endorses Rational-Emotive Behavior Theory (REBT) and rational education philosophy theories as main vehicles paving a viable set of rational education values and practices. Collective wisdom rational living freedom mental health altruism solidarity equality and fraternity are seen as the foundational values for shaping already existing schools of the world become more rational and in establishing Rational Education Communities (REC) and Rational Schools (RS). Calling for a philosophical and socio-political shift in education values and practices the book cites principles tools and practices that rational educators philosophers psychologists other related scientists-practitioners and people have offered us as a legacy for building a more rational and positive education for all people universally without sacrificing cultural sensitivity and expressivity. This book will be of great interest for the general audience and a special interest for academics researchers and post-graduate students in the fields of the philosophy of education positive psychology educational psychology and educational policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367135836

Towards Recognition of Minority GroupsLegal and Communication Strategies This volume analyses current debates concerning problems in the nature justification and legal protection of human rights for minorities with reference to the issues surrounding social milieu as a source of any legitimized law which is in itself in need of legal recognition as well as being an object of legal protection. With contributions from a global network of scientists across several continents the work examines the debate dedicated to the understanding of the normative framework expressed in terms of human rights that guarantee autonomous action in public and private for minority groups as well as individuals. The chapters go on to study the particular claims that need to be audible and visible for others in the public sphere with reference to the legal protection of human rights. The work concludes with the completion of an interpretative circle debating the issues of legal consensus and legal identity with respect to the specificity of the patterns and modes guiding human interactions. Going beyond the legal analysis to discuss communication strategies in human rights this collection will be of great interest to those studying the philosophy and theory of law practical philosophy in general political sciences and theory of democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472444905

Towards Relational Sociology Towards Relational Sociology argues that social worlds comprise networks of interaction and relations. Crossley asserts that relations are lived trajectories of iterated interaction built up through a history of interaction but also entailing anticipation of future interaction. In addition he demonstrates how networks comprise multiple dyadic relations which are mutually transformed through their combination. On this conceptual basis he builds a relational foundation for sociology. Over the course of the book three central sociological dichotomies are addressed - individualism/holism structure/agency and micro/macro – and utilised as a foil against which to construct the case for relational sociology. Through this Crossley is able to argue that neither individuals nor ‘wholes’ - in the traditional sociological sense - should take precedence in sociology. Rather sociologists should focus upon evolving and dynamic networks of interaction and relations. The book covers many of the key concepts and concerns of contemporary sociology including identity power exchange and meaning. As such it is an invaluable reference tool for postgraduate students and researchers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415534277

Towards Responsible Government in East AsiaTrajectories Intentions and Meanings This book explores the idea of responsible government in East Asia arguing that many recent governance crises have resulted from responsibility failures on a huge scale.  It distinguishes between accountability which it argues has been overemphasised recently and responsibility which it argues goes beyond accountability true responsible government involving the actor in feeling liable for and taking responsibility for his or her actions.  It shows how historically the concept of responsibility is more embedded in political discussions in Asia whereas the concepts of democracy and accountability are more embedded in the intellectual traditions of Europe but that the challenges of revolution and post-revolution decolonization and post-colonization and neo-liberal globalization have complicated matters.  Drawing on a wide range of case studies from East Asia and relating the concepts discussed to political theory ethics and social psychology the book shows how actors in government and society interact to deliberate produce or distract from the practice and perception of “responsible government” and suggests how the concept of “responsible government” better defined might be encouraged to produce better governance.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985841

Towards Safe City Centres?Remaking the Spaces of an Old-Industrial City Examining the rising interest in quality-of-life offences anti-social behaviour and incivilities in urban public spaces this study explores the rising importance of policing crime control and community safety policies in the context of the ongoing urban restructuring in old-industrial cities. This is achieved through an extensive exploration into the making and remaking of urban spaces in the city of Glasgow. In so doing this book puts forward a strong and innovative theoretical argument. Framed in a critical Marxist perspective that draws on debates within German-speaking critical theory and Marxism this study argues for the centrality of human social praxis in our understanding of contemporary cities. It engages with questions over the production of social space a (fragmented) social totality and human agency which so far have only received limited attention in Anglo-American debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255272

Towards Self-improving School SystemsLessons from a city challenge This important new book draws lessons from a large-scale initiative to bring about the improvement of an urban education system. Written from an insider perspective by an internationally recognized researcher it presents a new way of thinking about system change. This builds on the idea that there are untapped resources within schools and the communities they serve that can be mobilized in order to transform schools from places that do well for some children so that they can do well for many more. Towards Self-improving School Systems presents a strategic framework that can help to foster new more fruitful working relationships: between national and local government; within and between schools; and between schools and their local communities. What is distinctive in the approach is that this is mainly led from within schools with senior staff having a central role as system leaders. The book will be relevant to a wide range of readers throughout the world who are concerned with the strengthening of their national educational systems including teachers school leaders policy makers and researchers. The argument it presents is particularly important for the growing number of countries where increased emphasis on school autonomy competition and choice is leading to fragmentation within education provision. Foreword by Andy Hargreaves Thomas More Brennan Chair in Education Boston College USA Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415736602

Towards Smart WorldHomes to Cities Using Internet of Things Towards Smart World: Homes to Cities Using Internet of Things provides an overview of basic concepts from the rising of machines and communication to IoT for making cities smart real-time applications domains related technologies and their possible solutions for handling relevant challenges. This book highlights the utilization of IoT for making cities smart and its underlying technologies in real-time application areas such as emergency departments intelligent traffic systems indoor and outdoor securities automotive industries environmental monitoring business entrepreneurship facial recognition and motion-based object detection. Features The book covers the challenging issues related to sensors detection and tracking of moving objects and solutions to handle relevant challenges. It contains the most recent research analysis in the domain of communications signal processing and computing sciences for facilitating smart homes buildings environmental conditions and cities. It presents the readers with practical approaches and future direction for using IoT in smart cities and discusses how it deals with human dynamics the ecosystem and social objects and their relation. It describes the latest technological advances in IoT and visual surveillance with their implementations. This book is an ideal resource for IT professionals researchers undergraduate or postgraduate students practitioners and technology developers who are interested in gaining deeper knowledge and implementing IoT for smart cities real-time applications areas and technologies and a possible set of solutions to handle relevant challenges. Dr. Lavanya Sharma is an Assistant Professor in the Amity Institute of Information Technology at Amity University UP Noida India. She has been a recipient of several prestigious awards during her academic career. She is an active nationally recognized researcher who has published numerous papers in her field. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367521608

Towards Socialism or Capitalsim? (Routledge Revivals) First Published in 1926 Towards Socialism or Capitalism? considers how the socialised economy of Soviet Russia isolated in a capitalist world after Lenin’s death faced acute dangers. Trotsky and the Left Opposition alone fought the Stalinist degeneration of the state and party apparatus which threatened to open the door to capitalist restoration. The three articles in this book written between 1925 and 1932 discuss the fundamental problems of the Soviet economy from the New Economic Policy to forced collectivization. Published here in one volume they are indispensable steps in the development of Trotsky’s analysis of the Soviet Union laid down in 1936 in ‘The Revolution Betrayed’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415625784

Towards Successful Schooling (RLE Edu L Sociology of Education) The editors have compiled this critical and comparative study of changes which took place in the New Zealand education system in the second half of the twentieth century. For other Western societies who have felt the impact of New Right policies the New Zealand case is interesting because it provides some indication of how policies of decentralization in education might be used to develop egalitarian and democratic educational policies. In recent years there have been major changes to educational systems in the Western world. Often these changes have been justified by reference to successful educational practices in other countries. However it is not always possible simply to abstract educational practices from one context and apply them in another successfully. Moreover claims that policies in one country are more successful than those in another have to be treated cautiously: there are always problems in making valid comparisons between the educational performances of different countries. It is important therefore that critical and comparative studies are made of educational systems which take full account of the contexts in which they are embedded. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138008229

Towards Sustainable Aviation Aviation is integral to the global economy but it is also one of the main obstacles to environmentally sustainable development. It is one of the world's fastest growing - and most polluting - industries. What can be done to retain the economic and other benefits it brings without the associated pollution noise congestion and loss of countryside? In this volume industry policy and research experts examine how to address the problems and what it would take to achieve genuinely sustainable aviation - looking at technological policy and demand-management options. Without far-reaching changes the problems caused by aviation can only multiply and worsen. This work seeks to take an important step in diagnosing the problems and in pointing towards their solutions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773409

Towards Sustainable CitiesEast Asian North American and European Perspectives on Managing Urban Regions While there has been much recent research into achieving sustainability in urban areas most of this is specific to a particular region. This volume broadens these discussions by extending the analysis from North American and European cities to include East Asian cities. Many cities in Asia have deep historical roots have sustained dense populations through time and have grown prosperous in recent decades. They also face significant environmental degradation and other planning challenges. In bringing together and comparing strategies and experiences from three distinct global regions this book offers unique insights and new perspectives on the challenges of moving towards greater urban sustainability. While questioning which strategies can promote sustainable cities in a global context the book also illustrates that while formulae generated out of American and European experience cannot be universally applied some of the analytical approaches and experience of the other developed countries can offer insights for those working in different contexts. It argues that managing urban change for greater urban sustainability in diverse regions requires detailed understanding of local issues and regional strategies as well as strong support from local communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272385

Towards Sustainable DevelopmentEssays on System Analysis of National Policy First published in 1998 this second edition includes the 10 published essays and 3 working papers collected in the first edition as well as additional writings on sustainable development penned by Saeed and his students over the subsequent six years. Two of the original working papers were revised and published between editions and their published versions now appear. Lastly the conclusion has been reformulated and the introduction contains insights from extended research. Part I comprises the first 7 chapters and deals with modelling generic issues concerning sustainable development. Part II comprises chapters 8 to 10 and extends the concepts from part I to the controversies on poverty and hunger technological development and entrepreneurship. Part III relates six case studies covering a variety of local issues in selected developing countries including agricultural development policy in Pakistan the impact of the rural credit system on Thailand’s agricultural economy the problem of food self-sufficiency in Vietnam and water resources management in Saudi Arabia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138369412

Towards Sustainable Rural Regions in EuropeExploring Inter-Relationships Between Rural Policies Farming Environment Demographics Regiona This book presents the methodology and results of a three-year eleven-country science-to-policy research project – Toward a Policy Model of Multifunctional Agriculture and Rural Development – undertaken between 2005 and 2008 and financed under the European Union's Sixth Framework program.  It deals with an important contemporary policy issue: how best to ensure that an agriculturally-based policy can contribute to the development of rural regions. It tackles this problem in a number of different but complementary ways primarily by the development of a unique and innovative dynamic systems model POMMARD (a Policy Model of Multifunctional Agriculture and Rural Development). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851725

Towards Tate ModernPublic Policy Private Vision Towards Tate Modern provides a new interdisciplinary account of Tate’s shifting position as a national arts institution. The book examines how earlier government directives impacted on Tate which saw the organisation refocusing its aims and resulted in it pioneering new models for working across the public and private sectors. The decade prior to the opening of Tate Modern witnessed a changing political economic cultural and social landscape. As London was rebuilding its own vision Tate re-configured its role as a public museum and gallery by engaging with the market. Tate re-imagined what a public museum and gallery can do what it can look like and where it can be and in doing so responded to a new kind of audience with a larger appetite than before. Re-cast as a cultural and social forum Tate Modern turned itself into a popular public event. This research considers how Tate Modern generated a set of new debates and what this might mean for the future role of the public museum and gallery.Towards Tate Modern will be of particular interest to academics and students art practitioners and policy makers working in the fields of museum studies policy studies cultural studies urban studies and political and economic history as well as those involved in archival research. It will also engage those wishing to widen their understanding of how an institution such as Tate Modern was created. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881870

Towards the Compassionate UniversityFrom Golden Thread to Global Impact This book makes a significant contribution to the need for compassion in the 21st-century neoliberal university. Compassion is a process that involves (i) noticing that suffering is present in an organization; (ii) making meaning of suffering in a way that contributes to a desire to alleviate it; (iii) feeling empathic concern; and (iv) taking action. There is increasing recognition of the crucial role of compassion as a core concern in education health and social care and globally to ensure the future sustainability of humankind and the planet. Drawing upon a wide range of interdisciplinary theoretical and professional perspectives—including social sciences modern Darwinism intersectionality higher education policy and organization studies—the book addresses the key challenges facing 21st-century universities. For example intersectionality and higher education staff and student health and well-being and responding to global challenges such as the coronavirus pandemic. The book is relevant to university leaders policy makers educators researchers university staff and students aspiring to develop their own understanding of the role of compassion in professional life. It is an important marker of the compassion turn in higher education and what this means for contemporary academic leadership followership and pedagogical practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429324338

Towards the Creative Teaching of English Originally published in 1980. This book is a collection of language learning activities in the area of drama mime roleplay problem solving group work music and song – all classroom tested and ready for use in teaching English no matter the level. The exercises are designed to promote and stimulate real language communication and to involve teachers and students on a personal level. The authors taught on training courses for ELT teachers and developed these excellent techniques and ideas for educators looking for whole-person learning ways of teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815373896

Towards the Dignity of Difference?Neither 'End of History' nor 'Clash of Civilizations' The rise of popular social movements throughout the Middle East North Africa Europe and North America in 2011 challenged two hegemonic discourses of the post-Cold War era: Francis Fukuyama's 'The End of History' and Samuel Huntington's 'The Clash of Civilizations.' The quest for genuine democracy and social justice and the backlash against the neoliberal order is a common theme in the global mass protests in the West and the East. This is no less than a discursive paradigm shift a new beginning to the history a move towards new alternatives to the status quo. This book is about difference and dialogue; it embraces The Dignity of Difference and promotes dialogue. However it also demonstrates the limits of dialogue as a useful and universal approach for resolving conflicts particularly in cases involving asymmetric and unequal power relations. The distinguished group of authors suggests in this volume that there is a 'third way' of addressing global tensions - one that rejects the extremes of both universalism and particularism. This third way is a radical call for an epistemic shift in our understanding of 'us-other' and 'good-evil' a radical approach toward accommodating difference as well as embracing the plural concept of 'the good'. The authors strengthen their alternative approach with a practical policy guide by challenging existing policies that either exclude or assimilate other cultures that wage the constructed 'global war on terror ' and that impose a western neo-liberal discourse on non-western societies. This important book will be essential reading for all those studying civilizations globalization foreign policy peace and security studies multiculturalism and ethnicity regionalism global governance and international political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261709

Towards the Ethics of a Green FutureThe Theory and Practice of Human Rights for Future People What are our obligations towards future generations who stand to be harmed by the impact of today’s environmental crises? This book explores ecological sustainability as a human rights issue and examines what our long-term responsibilities might be. This interdisciplinary collection of chapters provides a basis for understanding the debates on the provision of sustainability for future generations from a diverse set of theoretical standpoints. Covering a broad range of perspectives such as risk and uncertainty legal implementation representation motivation and economics Towards the Ethics of a Green Future sets out the key questions involved in this complex ethical issue. The contributors bring theoretical discussions to life through the use of case studies and real-world examples. The book also includes clear and tangible recommendations for policymakers on how to put the suggestions proposed within the book into practice. This book will be of great interest to all researchers and students concerned with issues of sustainability and human rights as well as scholars of environmental politics law and ethics more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138069329

Towards the Managed EconomyKeynes the Treasury and the fiscal policy debate of the 1930s This is a major study of economic policy making in Britain between the wars. It provided the first full-length analysis of the early development of fiscal policy as a tool of modern economic management. The central question addressed is how Keynesian fiscal policies came to be adopted by the British government with particular attention paid to the role of the Treasury and to that of Keynes himself. Drawing extensively on unpublished documents hitherto untapped by economists or historians Roger Middleton challenges the widely held view of official economic thinking as an ill-informed group of people holding ‘the Treasury view’ in opposition to Keynes’s prescriptions for deficient demand and mass unemployment. Instead he argues that acceptance of Keynesian economics during the Second World War resulted from political and administrative factors as much as a conversion to Keynesian theory. He investigates the form and impact of fiscal policy during the 1930s and through a constant employment budget analysis shows convincingly that at times of rising unemployment governments ignore at their peril the effects of automatic stabilizers upon budgetary stability. Historians and economists welcomed this fresh perspective on a debate of historical as well as contemporary importance. Towards the Managed Economy is essential reading for all those interested in the rise and fall of Keynesian demand management. This classic text was first published in 1985. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864993

Towards the Museum of the FutureNew European Perspectives Towards the Museum of the Future explores through a series of authoritative essays some of the major developments in European museums as they struggle to adapt in a rapidly changing world. It embraces a wide range of European countries all types of museums and exhibitions and the needs of different museum audiences and discusses the museum as communicator and educator in the context of current cultural concerns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415513418

Towards the Peace of NationsA Study in International Politics Hugh Dalton was a British Labour Party economist and politician who served as Chancellor of the Exchequer from 1945 to 1947 under Clement Atlee. After surviving the First World War he was drawn in to active politics with the belief that rightly handled it could put an end to war. This title originally published in 1928 is based on his journeys of political observation in Europe where he examined the new conditions created by the war and subsequent events. He outlines some central problems and some provisional solutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367232597

Towards the Private Funding of Higher EducationIdeological and Political Struggles An almost universal driving force for contemporary change in universities is the shifting view of higher education as more of a private than a public good. Towards the Private Funding of Higher Education presents a contemporary global picture of this move towards the privatisation of higher education and examines how these shifts in ideology and funding priorities have significant policy implications. The resulting developments such as the imposition and escalation of student tuition fees and the emergence of online providers of higher education emerge out of a combination of economic political and ideological pressures further enhanced by technological changes. By using multiple international and regional examples to analyse the various pressures for privatisation this book examines the different forms privatisation has taken whilst offering an analytical interpretation of why the privatisation drive emerged why it has been resisted in some instances and what forms it is likely to assume in the future. Towards the Private Funding of Higher Education illustrates and challenges the emergence of a new relationship between the university government and society. It is an essential read for higher education professors university managers and higher education policy makers across the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367350062

Towards the Sociology of Knowledge (RLE Social Theory)Origin and Development of a Sociological Thought Style The sociology of knowledge is an area of social scientific investigation with major emphasis on the relations between social life and intellectual activity. It is now an area central to most graduate and undergraduate courses in sociology. The present collection of readings explains the origins systematic development present state and possible future direction of the discipline. The major statements in the field were developed early in the twentieth century by Durkheim Scheler and Mannheim but the sociology of knowledge continues to engage the theoretical and empirical interests of contemporary sociologists who desire to penetrate the surface level of social existence. This book with its carefully selected contributions and an introduction which relates the selections to the developmental pattern of the discipline provides guidance and insight for the reader concerned with the topical issues raised by sociologists of knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985858

Towards ToleranceExploring Changes and Explaining Differences in Attitudes Towards Homosexuality Across Europe This report describes trends and differences in attitudes to homosexuality in Europe. Which are the countries where acceptance is increasing--or declining? Which countries can currently be described as tolerant and in which countries are there clear limits to that tolerance? And which factors underlie these differences? SCP answers these questions by drawing on large European datasets.</p> Media > Books > Print Books Netherlands Institute for Social Research 9789037706505

Towards Tragedy/Reclaiming HopeLiterature Theology and Sociology in Conversation The 'death of tragedy' in the modern era has been proposed and debated in recent years largely in terms of literature and western culture in general. Today any catastrophe or misadventure is likely to be labeled a 'tragedy' without any inference of a larger transcendent horizon or providential design that the word once conveyed. This book offers new perspectives on the idea of the 'death of tragedy' taking England and the Religious Society of Friends (Quakers) in particular as a case study. Chapters focus on the origins of tragedy in ancient Greece gospel and tragedy the beginnings of the Quaker movement in seventeenth-century England apocalyptic versus secularized experiences of time Edwardian Quaker triumphalism the search for English identity in postcolonial Britain liberal Quakerism at the end of the twentieth century and the promise and dilemma of postmodernity. The different disciplinary perspectives of the contributing authors bring literature history theology and sociology into a creative and revealing conversation. A Foreword by Richard Fenn introduces the book with an original and provocative meditation on tragedy and time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383418

Towards UniversalityLe Corbusier Mies and De Stijl There is no shortage of books about Le Corbusier or Mies van der Rohe or De Stijl. However this book considers them in relation to each other observing how a study of one can illuminate the works of the others. Going beyond a superficial look at the end-products of these architects this book examines the philosophical foundations of their work taking as its central theme the aim of universality as opposed to the individual and the particular. Each of these three aimed at universality but for each this concept took on a different form. The universality of De Stijl and artists like Van Doesburg and Mondrian resembled that of the universe itself: it was boundless going beyond the limits of the canvas and seeking to abolish the wall as the boundary between interior and exterior space. In contrast each of Le Corbusier’s creations was a self-contained universe within a clear frame while Mies fluctuated between these two perspectives. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315013077

Towards World HeritageInternational Origins of the Preservation Movement 1870-1930 Historic preservation whether of landscapes or buildings was an important development of the nineteenth century in many countries. There is however surprisingly little understanding about how it took place and research into it is narrowly focused. For example generally landscape preservation from this time is examined separately from buildings; preservation is seen in terms of national narratives or considered within the contexts of area studies and it is usually seen from a specific disciplinary perspective. All of these later categorizations did not apply at the time and consequently a very partial view is achieved. In order to begin unlocking a very complex phenomenon that has helped to define our own age this dynamic collection of essays brings together an international and transdisciplinary line-up of academics and practitioners to reconsider preservation's origins in the second half of the nineteenth and early part of the twentieth century. With a focus on Britain and the British Empire and including case studies from the United States Canada Sweden France Germany Sri Lanka 'The Holy Land' and Turkey this book places preservation in imperial international and national contexts demonstrating that there was far more interaction between different countries in this arena than may be supposed and revealing remarkable but hitherto hidden overlaps and intersections. It examines three main themes: the influence of religion; the political and sub-diplomatic aspects of preservation; and the professionalization of preservation practice. Internationalizing trends already existed through the churches the universities and the diplomatic services as well as familial ties that had an important impact on preservation's epistemic communities and its targets. Other internationalizing factors include an interest in national histories and the histories of architecture and art particularly when known through illustration; a growing interest in biography especially of 'founding fathers' or famous literary figures; and tourism. Although the focus is on architectural preservation this book demonstrates that in this formative period the preservation of buildings and landscapes needs to be considered together - as it often was at the time - and in context. The conclusion reached is that the preservation movement has to be understood in imperial and international contexts rather than in simply national or regional ones. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274990

Towel Wrap Techniques for Handling Cats with Skill and Ease Are you still routinely scruffing cats stretching them out for jugular venipuncture and using leather gloves for the ones hissing at the back of the cage? In this instructional DVD Dr. Yin leads you through seven toweling techniques that will help keep potentially difficult cats calm and relaxed rather than eliciting anxiety and aggression. Each wrap is broken down step-by-step allowing you to practice along first using stuffed animals and then using cats. By the end of this DVD you’ll have the confidence you need to handle difficult cats in a caring efficient and safe manner. Media > Books > Print Books CattleDog Publishing 9780983789260

Tower and SlabHistories of Global Mass Housing Tower and Slab looks at the contradictory history of the modernist mass housing block - home to millions of city dwellers around the world. Few urban forms have roused as much controversy. While in the United States decades-long criticism caused the demolition of most mass housing projects for the poor in the booming metropolises of Shanghai and Mumbai remarkably similar developments are being built for the wealthy middle class. While on the surface the modernist apartment block appears universal  it is in fact diverse in its significance and connotations as its many different cultural contexts.  Florian Urban studies the history of mass housing in seven narratives: Chicago Paris Berlin Brasilia Mumbai Moscow and Shanghai. Investigating the complex interactions between city planning and social history Tower and Slab shows how the modernist vision to house the masses in serial blocks succeeded in certain contexts and failed in others. Success and failure in this respect refers not only to the original goals – to solve the housing crisis and provide modern standards for the entire society – but equally to changing significance of the housing blocks within the respective societies and their perception by architects politicians and inhabitants. These differences show that design is not to blame for mass housing’s mixed record of success. The comparison of the apparently similar projects suggests that triumph or disaster does not depend on a single variable but rather on a complex formula that includes not only form but also social composition location within the city effective maintenance and a variety of cultural social and political factors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415676298

Town and Country in Central and Eastern AfricaStudies Presented and Discussed at the Twelfth International African Seminar Lusaka September 1972 Originally published in 1975 the studies in this volume examine the range of factors which mediate the development of social processes in both town and country: as well as migration there is the ebb and flow of beliefs ideologies and educational and occupational opportunities. It considers the fundamental economic and political bases of migrations in the form of colonialism or multi-national controls of various kinds international commodity markets of supply and demand and the distinct development policies adopted by independent governments. The editor’s introduction discusses old and new models of migration; the origins of rural inequalities in development; the degree of continuity of language and belief systems between town and country and the persistence of rural links in urban settlements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138591417

Town and Country Planning in the UK Town and country planning has never been more important to the UK nor more prominent in national debate. Planning generates great controversy: whether it’s spending £80m and four years’ inquiry into Heathrow’s Terminal 5 or the 200 proposed wind turbines in the Shetland Isles. On a smaller scale telecoms masts take-aways house extensions and even fences are often the cause of local conflict. Town and Country Planning in the UK has been extensively revised by a new author group. This 15th Edition incorporates the major changes to planning introduced by the coalition government elected in 2010 particularly through the National Planning Policy Framework and associated practice guidance and the Localism Act. It provides a critical discussion of the systems of planning the procedures for managing development and land use change and the mechanisms for implementing policy and proposals. It reviews current policy for sustainable development and the associated economic social and environmental themes relevant to planning in both urban and rural contexts. Contemporary arrangements are explained with reference to their historical development the influence of the European Union the roles of central and local government and developing social and economic demands for land use change. Detailed consideration is given to • the nature of planning and its historical evolution • the role of the EU central regional and local government • mechanisms for developing policy and managing these changes • policies for guiding and delivering housing and economic development • sustainable development principles for planning including pollution control • the importance of design in planning • conserving the heritage • community engagement in planning The many recent changes to the system are explained in detail – the new national planning policy framework; the impact of the loss of the regional tier in planning and of the insertion of neighbourhood level planning; the transition from development control to development management; the continued and growing importance of environmental matters in planning; community engagement; partnership working; changes to planning gain and the introduction of the Community Infrastructure Levy; and new initiatives across a number of other themes. Notes on further reading are provided and at the end of the book there is an extensive bibliography maintaining its reputation as the ‘bible’ of British planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415492287

Town and Infrastructure Planning for Safety and Urban QualityProceedings of the XXIII International Conference on Living and Walking in Citi Today citizens advocate greater environmental sustainability better services and the improvement of urban quality by promoting safer mobility especially for the most vulnerable road users. Addressing these issues Town and Infrastructure Planning for Safety and Urban Quality contains papers presented at the XXIII International Conference “Living and Walking in Cities” (Brescia Italy 15-16 June 2017). The contributions discuss town planning issues look at best practices and research findings across the broad spectrum of urban and transport planning with particular attention to the safety of pedestrians in the city. The main topics of the book are: - Urban regeneration. A focus on walkability (vulnerable road users; boosting and planning soft mobility)- Road safety and urban planning - vulnerable road users: planning for safety (integrated land use and transport planning; methodological approaches and case studies; integrated tools for town and transport planning; shaping public spaces and walkability; transport solutions for tourism)- Innovative and traditional solutions for Italian cities- Extra-European approaches to town and infrastructure planning- Different perspectives in road safety: prevention infrastructure sharing- Advances in road safety  Town and Infrastructure Planning for Safety and Urban Quality is a powerful plea for a multi-disciplinary and comprehensive approach to urban mobility and planning and will be of interest to academics consultants and practitioners interested in these areas. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815387312

Town and Terraced HousingFor Affordability and Sustainability Recent societal changes have brought about renewed interest from architects town planners housing officials and the public in terraces and townhouses.  The small footprint that this style of house occupies allows a sustainable high density approach to habitation slowing sprawl and creating energy-efficient affordable living. Townhouses have been used for hundreds of years and their evolution is covered from their inception right up to the present day.  With the changing demographics of buyers in mind Avi Friedman details how the design of these houses can be adapted to keep-up with contemporary needs. Friedman uses a systematic approach to cover the many facets of townhouses from interior design and construction methods to urban planning issues like adjusting to the site’s natural conditions street configurations and open spaces.  This approach creates a book which will be a valuable resource for those involved in the planning design and creation of terraced and town houses. Over 150 detailed diagrams and plans and eighty photos illustrate the essential elements of this style of housing. In the final chapter lessons learnt throughout the book are draw together in ten broad ranging case study projects showing how the various aspects can be put into practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415779128

Town Planning into the 21st Century Provides a series of insights into the planning process introduces the key issues currently facing planning and offers prescriptions for the changes required as we move into the next millenium. Leading experts outline the changing context for land use and environmental policy in Britain and explain why the existing processes and profession of town planning are likely to be unable to provide satisfactory policy responses in the future. Key themes debated include: * widening the remit of traditional town planning * giving land and buildings a community value * acting for people rather than simply for the market * promoting an equalization of environmental conditions and discouragement of motorization * the need to anticipate long term global trends at the local and national level. Contributors: Andrew Blowers Bob Colenutt Richard Cowell Bob Evans Cliff Hague Peter Hall Susan Owens Eric Reade Yvonne Rydin. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203426104

Town PlanningRIBA Plan of Work 2013 Guide The RIBA Plan of Work 2013 Guide: Design Management is part of a brand new series providing must-read practical guidance to running efficient and successful projects using the new RIBA Plan of Work 2013. Each guide takes a core project task – in this case those associated with planning - and explains the essential activities and considerations required at each stage of the new Plan of Work. Easy to use and navigate and in a small and handy format these guides will provide the ultimate quick reference support at your desk or on site. The author provides concise and pragmatic advice rooted in real world experience – a ‘how to’ that will resonate with practitioners. In-text features such as ‘hints and tips’ ‘checklists’ ‘forms and templates’ and ‘signposts’ to trusted resources will provide user-friendly support. Boxed examples will highlight best practice and illuminate common problems and solutions borne of hard won experience.   Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859465530

Town PlanningThe Basics The planning of urban and rural areas requires thinking about where people will live work play study shop and how they will get about the place and to devise strategies for long time periods. Town Planning: The Basics provides a general introduction to the components of urban areas including housing transportation and infrastructure and health and environment showing how appropriate policies can be developed. Explaining planning activity at different scales of operation this book distinguishes between the "big stuff" the grand strategy for providing homes jobs and infrastructure; the "medium stuff" the design and location of development; and the "small stuff" affecting mainly small sites and individual households. Planning as an activity is part of a complex web stretching way beyond the planning office and this book provides an overview of the many components needed to create a successful town. It is invaluable to anyone with an interest in planning from students learning about the subject for the first time to graduates thinking about embarking on a career in planning to local councillors on planning committees and community boards. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367257484

Towns and Cities of Medieval IndiaA Brief Survey This much anticipated volume looks at the historical evolution of towns and cities in medieval India from the early thirteenth to the late eighteenth century. The selection is based on the availability of documents. These include the narratives of European travellers in English French Italian Dutch and German with the exception of Ibn Battuta in mid-fourteenth century and also Middle Bengali literature in case of towns in Bengal. While the coastal towns and cities have been looked at the interior ones are also described on the basis of the writings of later historians and archaeologists. Care has been taken to explain the rise growth and the decline of some towns and cities in which the changing courses of rivers had played a crucial role. Attempts have been made to search other factors responsible for such eventualities. The delineation of physical features within the city has been given due emphasis including the different quarters of the city and the manners and customs of the local population with reference to craft production and commercial links. The morphological differences between the cities of eastern and those of the western or northern India have also been described. This is clear from the observations of port towns described here. All these would show that India was one of the most urbanized area in the medieval period before advent of the British. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138234888

Towns and Cities: Function in FormUrban Structures Economics and Society Challenging existing assumptions about how our towns and cities are structured and formed Julian Hart provides an engaging and thought-provoking alternative theory of urban design. This is not urban design in the sense of the practice of design; rather it is a theory of the form of the town at all scales - why towns and cities happen to be structured the way they are as a result of the social political legal and (especially) economic forces that create them. The shape of the city at every scale from the internal configuration of dwellings all the way up to the superstructure of the whole city can be seen to arise from the interplay between three antagonistic socio-economic tensions. In going about our daily business and in championing particular political objectives we collectively fashion our cities in terms of their structure and form. This leads to various new ways of understanding how and why our cities so happen to be configured the way they are. The book makes a step change from any other comparable studies by understanding our towns and cities in terms of function in form. This helps us to appreciate why every town is a recognisable town wherever it is. Different urban environments in different parts of the world past and present can come to be seen according to their similarities instead of their differences. Furthermore by appreciating how the economic influences of everyday life structure our towns and cities we can in turn begin to understand better how the shape of towns and cities affects the quality of life of inhabitants and the cohesiveness of communities. In covering all scales from inside the home to macrostructure of the city the book encapsulates urban design through to town planning and does not seek to distinguish between the various design disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472458551

Towns and CitiesCompeting for survival The last fifty years have seen dramatic changes in towns and cities. People have moved out of central urban areas retailing has moved out of towns and jobs have also declined in city centres particularly with the growth of business and science parks. With the continuing decline of the manufacturing sector and the re-shaping of employment in the service sector a new force will increasingly dominate urban development the meritocratic elite. The meritocratic elite are those able to develop and use information technology to generate productivity and wealth. Where they wish to live will increasingly influence future urban development.Towns and Cities - Competing for survival suggests that as public and private corporations continue to downsize outsource and re-engineer themselves an increasing amount of expenditure and employment growth will lie with the leisure sector. Herein lies one of the solutions to the decline of towns and cities.Town planners and economists have continually displayed a lack of understanding of these developments and have not anticipated the forces which cause urban change. As the global econonmy combined with changes in transport and information technology increasingly dominates our lives local and national governments need a new agenda for the 21st century. If they fail to rise to this challenge many of our town and city centres will continue to decline and may not survive. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138410893

Towns in a Rural World Focusing on the strategic position of towns in rural development this book explores how they act as hotspots for knowledge creation diffusion for vital business life and innovation and social networks and community bonds. By doing so towns - even the smallest - can cope with processes of socio-economic decline and promote a geographically balanced income distribution and sustainable production structure. The contributors to this volume examine how to take advantage of the great potential offered by urban areas in the rural world to favour competitiveness and encourage economic activity. Taking a European perspective the authors identify the main socio-economic advantages generated by urbanized population settlements that small and medium-sized rural towns can provide. Although much attention is currently focused on the efficient use of scarce natural resources and land they argue that towns have an increasingly important economic and social role to play in rural areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246034

Towns in Decline AD100–1600 Many European towns have experienced loss of population degradation of physical structure and profound economic change at least once since the height of the Roman Empire. This volume is an examination of the various causes of these changes the results which flowed from them and the reasons why some urban centres survived revived and eventually flourished again while others failed and died. The contributors bring to bear the techniques of history and archaeology the perspectives of economics agronomy medicine architecture and planning geography and law to the study. The result is a synthesis which connects the Decline of the Roman Empire to the effects of the Black Death and the economic transformation of Renaissance Florence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272859

TOWNS OF ROMAN BRITAIN This book aims to examine and define the functions of towns in Roman Britain and to apply the definition so formed to Romano-British sites; to consider the towns' foundation political status development and decline; and to illustrate the town's individual characters and their surroundings. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003062462

Townshend-Smith on Discrimination LawText Cases and Materials Discrimination law is rapidly expanding and of growing importance. At present the law covers gender race and disability discrimination sexual orientation and age. This new edition covers all of these areas. It also contains separate chapters on the social political and philosophical aspects for those who require a fuller understanding of the background and theoretical basis of discrimination law. In addition the book contains a section on procedural matters. It takes account of the numerous legislative developments which have taken place since the last edition. The text has also taken account of the many new cases since 1998 which include: Pearce v Governing Body of Mayfield Secondary School (2003); Nagarajan v LRT (1999); Chief Constable of West Yorkshire v Khan (2001); R v Secretary of State for Employment exp Seymour-Smith (1999 and 2000); Harvest Town Circle Ltd v Rutherford (2001); South Ayrshire Council v Morton (2002); Lawrence and Others v Regent Office Care (2002); Re Badeck (2000); Grutter v Bollinger (2003); Goodwin v UK (2002); Mendoza v Ghaidan (2002); A and Others v Secretary of State for the Home Department (2002) and A v Chief Constable of West Yorkshire (2002). This work explains and examines in-depth every possible aspect of discrimination law. It is set out in such a way that makes it accessible to readers of all levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138151543

Townsite Settlement and Dispossession in the Cherokee Nation 1866-1907 In response to the influx of white settlement after the Civil War the Cherokee nation devised a regional development plan which allowed whites to establish farms and build towns while reinforcing Cherokee tribal sovereignty over the territory. The presence of sizeable towns and numerous villages presented a legal conundrum for Congress when it legislated away Cherokee sovereignty at the turn of the century. By 1898 tens of thousands of whites owned residential and commercial properties worth millions of dollars in Cherokee Nation towns but every lot was owned by the Cherokee people. The federal government created a program to transfer legal ownership of town lots to white occupants but poor implementation of the program allowed individuals to subvert the law for their own gain. The author explores the subject using primary documentation of such diverse sources as traveler's reports land records tribal and federal correspondence and accounts of Cherokee and white settlers. Descriptive statistics and analytical mapping of historical data provide additional facets to the analysis. Also inlcludes 50 maps.(Ph.D. dissertation University of Nebraska-Lincoln 1996; revised with new preface introduction afterword) Index. Bibliography. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315790312

Toxic Air PollutionA Comprehensive Study Non-Criteria Air Pollutants The difficulties with addressing toxic air pollutants are the cheer number of compounds present in the atmosphere and their sources. The purpose of this book is to develop an approach to understanding toxic air pollutants through synthesis of the scientific results obtained in the Airbourne Toxic Element and Organic Substance (ATEOS) project. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898247

Toxic CapitalismCorporate Crime and the Chemical Industry Originally published in 1998. While there is a growing academic literature on corporate crime much of this focuses upon variants of economic or financial crimes; there is a relative absence of studies of safety health and/or environmental crimes. This is curious given that recent years have witnessed a resurgence in popular academic and indeed state attention to questions related to environmental degradation and human safety. Certainly in the latter context there is some recognition that environmental degradation must be understood partly in terms of environmental crimes by corporations. Moreover recent experience in both the US and the UK attests to the fact that there is no ineluctable trend towards safer and healthier workplaces as deregulatory movements have resulted in increased risks for most workers and this text argues an increased opportunity for and incidence of safety crimes. At the centre of environmental safety and health isses lie the chemicals industries. These industries are of strategic importance to national economies while also having almost unique hazard and risk potential and it is for these reasons that these are the focus of this text. Any understanding of the nature of these types of corporate crimes and thus any recognition of the potential for their more effective regulation requires an analysis that is grounded in more general sociological concerns and in political economy. For this reason this text emphasises the need for understandings of the nature of contemporary and emergent forms of corporate organisation of their place in contemporary economies and of the relationships between these forms and state formations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367134259

Toxic ChemicalsRisk Prevention Through Use Reduction Catastrophic events such as the Bhopal India tragedy and rising incidences of cancer in areas neighboring industrial facilities have heightened concern over the use of toxic chemicals in manufacturing and industry particularly with respect to long-term exposure. While legislation and publicity have reduced the use of some chemicals risks remain that continue to threaten the health of individuals worldwide. Based on the authors’ research conducted through their development of a program in Sao Paulo Brazil Toxic Chemicals: Risk Prevention Through Use Reduction examines various toxicity factors and proposes a plan to reduce the toxic impact of these hazardous substances. Explores all factors that contribute to toxicity The book begins by exploring the history of toxic chemical release reporting programs a trend growing out of the Bhopal tragedy. It surveys their impact both in the United States through the Toxics Release Inventory (TRI) program and in the 29 other countries that maintain similar programs. Then with the goal of developing a rational method of prioritizing toxic chemicals for reduction the authors discuss mobility persistence and bioconcentration adjustment factors and present a method for integrating all of these factors to estimate the relative impact of chemical release. Compares alternate emphases in existing programs The book describes programs that concentrate on reducing the release of chemicals with the greatest adverse toxic impact and those that require companies to prepare pollution prevention plans and set goals for reducing use or release. It also examines technical assistance programs that help companies search for alternative chemicals to use or process changes that eliminate the use of toxic chemicals. In addition it explores alternative market-based approaches for achieving environmental protection. Presents a workable plan for the future In the final chapters the authors lay out their proposed program for reducing the use of toxic chemicals. This plan builds on the existing TRI program and uses lessons learned from this and other programs. The combined research assembled by the authors and their multifaceted approach to the issue of chemical toxicity enables companies and policy makers to move to the next level of toxic chemical use reduction resulting in a safer environment for future generations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138116191

Toxic Couples: The Psychology of Domestic Violence Domestic violence is a major public health concern affecting millions worldwide. It is underreported often devastating and sometimes ends in murder. In Toxic Couples: The Psychology of Domestic Violence Anna Motz integrates psychological and criminological data with clinical illustrations and discussion of current high-profile cases. She examines the complex manifestations and multiple causes of intimate partner violence. Motz disentangles the roles played by those involved and examines the addictive nature of these damaging partnerships. The book describes various forms of abuse including physical sexual and emotional and analyses how intimate partner violence can escalate to murder. She explores important factors including: the role of addiction; homelessness and vulnerability; the intergenerational transmission of abuse; sadomasochistic relationships; honour-based violence. The book emphasizes the significance of female- as well as male-perpetrated violence and outlines the powerful impact on the children of abusive parents extending the clinical awareness of professionals working with those affected. Toxic Couples: The Psychology of Domestic Violence is ideal for clinicians working with the victims and perpetrators of intimate partner violence for students of psychology gender studies and social care courses and for anyone interested in the psychological forces behind violence in relationships.] Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415588898

Toxic Cyanobacteria in WaterA Guide to Their Public Health Consequences Monitoring and Management Cyanobacterial toxins are among the hazardous substances most widely found in water. They occur naturally but concentrations hazardous to human health are usually due to human activity. Therefore to protect human health managing lakes reservoirs and rivers to prevent cyanobacterial blooms is critical. This second edition of Toxic Cyanobacteria in Water presents the current state of knowledge on the occurrence of cyanobacteria and cyanotoxins as well as their impacts on health through water-related exposure pathways chiefly drinking-water and recreational activity. It provides scientific and technical background information to support hazard identification assessment and prioritisation of the risks posed by cyanotoxins and it outlines approaches for their management at each step of the water-use system. It sets out key practical considerations for developing management strategies implementing efficient measures and designing monitoring programmes. This enables stakeholders to evaluate whether there is a health risk from toxic cyanobacteria and to mitigate it with appropriate measures. This book is intended for those working on toxic cyanobacteria with a specific focus on public health protection. It intends to empower professionals from different disciplines to communicate and cooperate for sustainable management of toxic cyanobacteria including public health workers ecologists academics and catchment and waterbody managers. Ingrid Chorus headed the department for Drinking-Water and Swimming-Pool Hygiene at the German Environment Agency. Martin Welker is a limnologist and microbiologist currently with bioMérieux in Lyon France. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367533311

Toxic Cyanobacteria in WaterA Guide to their Public Health Consequences Monitoring and Management Cyanobacteria and their toxins are an increasing global public health menace. Most recently problems have been experienced in Australia the United States and due to drought and increasing water scarcity pose a severe threat in the U.K. With an international range of contributors all leading experts in their fields Toxic Cyanobacteria in Water examines the increasing need to protect drinking water and water resources from the hazards of Cyanobacteria and their impact on health. Written and edited by a World Health Organization working group Toxic Cyanobacteria in Water is an operational handbook in a practical assessible style.Toxic Cyanobacteria in Water will be invaluable to environmental health officers professionals in the fields of water supply public health fresh water ecology and education national and international organizations special interest groups post-graduate students and utilities responsible for managing drinking water supplies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138474604

Toxic Nourishment This book portrays a range of individuals who seek nourishment from poisons or to variable extents are poisoned by the nourishment they seek. It describes the analyses leading to de-programming the patients from their toxins and intoxicators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329334

Toxic Properties of Pesticides This work offers concise detailed information on the toxicological properties of and safe handling practices for pesticides. It provides an overview of the registration process registration procedures and supplemental registration. An alphabetic listing of over 800 chemicals including their applications - from insecticides and growth regulators to herbicides repellents and synergists - is provided. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003067290

Toxic Torts Deskbook Toxic Torts Deskbook is a concise readable text covering the fastest-growing area of tort and personal injury litigation.Toxic tort suits involve claims arising from exposure to products ranging from pesticides to industrial solvents manufacturing waste and asbestos and present unique questions regarding causation degree of hazard and expert testimony.Written for environmental professionals as well as attorneys Toxic Torts Deskbook describes the principal causes of suits for negligence nuisance trespass warranty strict tort liability and liability for abnormally dangerous activities. For environmental product and workplace injuries from toxic exposure the book discusses the elements a claimant must plead and prove as well as defenses statutes of limitations for long latency harms and limited immunity for government contractors. "Citizen suits" that individuals may bring to vindicate rights granted by state or federal environmental statutes and insurance coverage issues including the metes and bounds of the "pollution exclusion" are also covered. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898254

Toxicants Health and Regulation since 1945 The number of substances potentially dangerous to our health and environment is constantly increasing. The papers in this volume examine the concurrent rise of pollutants and the regulations designed to police their use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138664760

Toxicants of Plant OriginGlycosides Volume II This comprehensive treatise offers an in-depth discussion of natural toxicants in plants emphasizing their effects as defenses against herbivory. Coevolution of plants and her-bivores are covered with a detailed treatment of toxicant metabolism and systemic effects in mammalian tissues. Con-sideration of the economic importance of plant toxins modi-fication by plant breeding management of toxico-sis and toxicant problems in various geographic areas are in-cluded. Each volume offers an extensive description of chemistry biosynthesis analysis distribution in plants metabolism in mam-mals and insects and practical problems in humans and livestock. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451035

Toxicants of Plant OriginPhenolics Volume IV This comprehensive treatise offers an in-depth discussion of natural toxicants in plants emphasizing their effects as defenses against herbivory. Coevolution of plants and her-bivores are covered with a detailed treatment of toxicant metabolism and systemic effects in mammalian tissues. Con-sideration of the economic importance of plant toxins modi-fication by plant breeding management of toxico-sis and toxicant problems in various geographic areas are in-cluded. Each volume offers an extensive description of chemistry biosynthesis analysis distribution in plants metabolism in mam-mals and insects and practical problems in humans and livestock. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003068662

Toxicity and RiskContext Principles and Practice This book aims to set out the political social legal and scientific underpinning of risk assessment and risk management for toxic substances. It describes the principles and processes the practitioners undertake when looking at the regulatory risk implications of their work. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138473614

Toxicity Of Hormones In Perinatal Life First Published in 1988 this book offers a full comprehensive guide into the toxicity of hormones during childbirth. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for students of midwifery and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367245498

Toxicity of NanomaterialsEnvironmental and Healthcare Applications Choice Recommended Title April 2020 This comprehensive book edited by two leading experts in nanotechnology and bioengineering with contributions from a global team of specialists provides a detailed overview of the environmental and health impacts associated with the toxicology of nanomaterials. Special attention is given to nanomaterial toxicity during synthesis production and application and chapters throughout are focused on key areas that are important for future research and development of nanomaterials. This book will be of interest to advanced students studying biomedical engineering and materials science PhD researchers post-docs and academics working in the area of nanotechnology medicine manufacturing and regulatory bodies. Features: Collates and critically evaluates various aspects of the toxicology of nanomaterials in one comprehensive text Discusses the various effects of nanocrystals including the morphologies on cytotoxicity in addition to the environmental and cytotoxicity risks of graphene and 2D nanomaterials Explores practical methods of detection and quantification with applications in the environmental and healthcare fields Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138544307

Toxicity Of Pesticides To FishVolume I The present work is the first major attempt at reviewing comprehensively all the available information about the environmental fate and behaviour of the xenobiotic chemicals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898261

Toxicity Of Pesticides To FishVolume II The present work is the first major attempt at reviewing comprehensively all the available information about the environmental fate and behaviour of the xenobiotic chemicals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898278

Toxicity Of Pure Foods First Published in 1973 this book offers a full comprehensive guide into the toxicology of certain foods. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for students of toxicology and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367245443

Toxicity Testing Using Microorganisms First Published in 1986 this two-volume set offers comprehensive insight into the testing of toxic substances using microorganisms as reference. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for students of medicine and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367252496

Toxicity Testing Using Microorganisms First Published in 1986 this two-volume set offers comprehensive insight into the testing of toxic substances using microorganisms as reference. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for students of medicine and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367252564

Toxicokinetics and Risk Assessment Toxicokinetics in Risk Assessment discusses the noncancer risk assessment process and its reliance on uncertainty factors in order to facilitate the continued study and refinement of the scientific basis for health risk assessment. This text clearly demonstrates the application of physiologically-based pharmacokinetic (PBPK) modeling in human health risk assessment as well as methods for data generation extrapolation and inclusion of laboratory results for chemical metabolism and computer-based predictions of biochemical constants to address estimates of variability between experimental animals and humans. This guide also includes recent examples of the use of toxicokinetic information to successfully replace default values for uncertainty factors with data-derived factors in risk assessments developed by the US Environmental Protection Agency. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453459

Toxicologic Biomarkers Responding to the explosion of advances in the use of biomarkers to efficiently rapidly and economically evaluate the health effects of chemical entities this authoritative reference provides a detailed overview of the theory development and practical application of biomarkers in the toxicological environmental forensic and pharmaceutical sciences. Compiling the most recent studies on the generation and utilization of biomarkers for toxicant exposure environmental and human health risk assessment occupational safety drug development and the detection of biological and chemical warfare agents this guide supplies numerous examples figures tables and comprehensive reference listings within each chapter to provide the reader with an in-depth understanding of the subject. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453701

Toxicologic PathologyNonclinical Safety Assessment Second Edition Following the success of the first edition this book is designed to provide practical and timely information for toxicologic pathologists working in pharmaceutical drug discovery and development. The majority of the book (Organ Systems) will provide detailed descriptions of histopathological lesions observed in drug development. In addition it will provide information to assist the pathologist in making determinations of the origin of lesions as well as its relevance to human risk. Toxicologic Pathology: Nonclinical Safety Assessment Second Edition includes 2 new concept chapters. The first of the new chapters address approaches for the evaluation of unique therapeutic modalities such as cell therapies gene therapies and gene expression knockdown therapies. While these still represent new developing therapeutic approaches there has been significant experience with the therapeutic modalities in the last 5 years. The second new chapter addresses the nonclinical safety assessment of medical devices a topic of increasing importance that was not addressed in a unique chapter in the first edition. The other concept chapters have been updated and cover important topics including the overview of drug development; principles of nonclinical safety assessment; an introduction to toxicologic pathology; techniques used in toxicologic pathology clinical pathology toxicokinetics and drug development toxicogenomics; and spontaneous lesions. The 13 organ system chapters provide the specifics related to pathologic characteristics differential diagnosis and interpretation of toxic responses in each organ system. These chapters are specifically important for the bench pathologist but also for the toxicologist who interacts with pathologists and function as study toxicologists and project team representatives in the drug development arena. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498745307

Toxicological Risk AssessmentBiological and Statistical Criteria First Published in 1986 this two-volume set explores the methods of toxicological risk assessment. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for toxicologists and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367258054

Toxicological Testing HandbookPrinciples Applications and Data Interpretation Furnishing essential data on all areas of toxicity testing this Second Edition provides guidance on the design and evaluation of product safety studies to help ensure regulatory acceptance.  Every chapter highlights regulatory requirements specific to the United States Europe and Japan and in addition to expanded information on data interpretation hazard assessment carcinogenicity studies and Good Laboratory Practices new chapters regarding safety pharmacology juvenile studies the health safety assessment of pharmaceuticals and health assessment strategies in the food and cosmetic industry have been added to reflect changes to regulatory requirements.  Toxicological Testing Handbook Second Edition is a must-have reference for individuals responsible for assuring the safety of new pharmaceutical biotechnical and chemical products and materials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390600

Toxicology and Regulatory Process Providing detailed examples and valuable discussions of the development of specific methods approaches and legislation this reference presents the latest information on the impact of toxicology on the regulatory process and illustrates the interrelationship between toxicology and the regulation of chemicals pharmaceutical compounds and food substances. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391089

Toxicology and Risk Assessment The presence of chemicals in our environment is a subject of intense interest owing to the many potential adverse health effects to humans following exposure to these chemicals. The principles and practices of risk assessment are used to assess the associated health risks to provide a scientific and health basis for guidance or regulatory standards development and risk management decision making for public health protection. This book compiles discusses and presents cutting-edge research data and methodology in performing risk assessment of some major chemicals of concern in our environment. It also discusses the complexity of the scientific databases the available and updated methodology emerging issues limitations in knowledge and methods considerations of developmental and age sensitivities use of defaults case samples on results in risk assessment and risk management and current and future perspectives. The editors are prominent in the field of environmental toxicology risk assessment and chemical regulations. This book will appeal to those interested in evaluating the human health effects of exposure to chemicals in the environment and the associated assessments and findings. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814613385

Toxicology Biological Monitoring of Metals in Humans As one of many tasks of an analytical chemistry program sponsored by the office of Pesticides and Toxic Substances Field Studies Branch U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) (EPA Prime Contract No. 68-02-3938) Midwest Research Institute (MRI) prepared these summaries of the mammalian toxicology of 52 individual elements (metals and metalloids) and the lanthanides (rare earth elements). MRI is assisting the EPA in developing protocols for the monitoring of selected metals and organic compounds in the blood of the general U.S. population. The monitoring will enable evaluation of changes in the blood levels over time and any trends associated with instituted control measures. This review will help EPA select the metals to be included in the monitoring effort based on toxicity relative exposure and the ability of blood measurements to reflect exposure. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898285

Toxicology Desk ReferenceThe Toxic Exposure & Medical Monitoring Index  A source of medical legal and regulatory information on the toxicology of human exposure to metals and chemicals this three-volume set is designed to be the first resource professionals turn to when formulating an opinion and developing a programme. It is annually updated to provide the latest information on over 150 chemical agents in a standar Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203735398

Toxicology of Glutathione Transferases Since the discovery of Glutathione S-Transferase (GST) or Glutathione transferase studies have probed important questions about its pharmacological and physiological significance. Toxicology of Glutathione Transferases is the only text that details the methods used in GST research. With chapters written by experts who have been involved in all areas of GST research and have actively contributed to the progress of this field the book describes the role of GSTs in toxicology focusing on their pharmacologic and physiologic roles and their relevance to biological toxicology. The book provides current information on gene families structure and regulation of gene expression reaction mechanisms and substrates three-dimensional structures of GSTs design of proteins with GST activity and various approaches to developing inhibitors that overcome drug resistance. It also covers the physiological significance and the mechanisms of activation of microsomal GSTs. These topics along with the role of GSTs in detoxification of chemical carcinogens and possible implications of GST polymorphism in human health and disease make the volume useful to researchers in the field of pharmacology and toxicology. Chapters cover the possible and exciting role of GSTs in defense mechanisms against chronic oxidative stress-linked disorders such as atherosclerosis and the newly emerging area of GST-mediated modulation of stress-signaling through its catalytic as well as binding activities. They explore an intriguing hypothesis that strongly suggests an important role of the factors that modulate the GSH-electrophile conjugate (GS-E) homeostasis in the regulation of cellular processes. Chapters on known and potential endogenous electrophilic substrates and a major role of GSTs in suppressing stress-induced lipid peroxidation reinforce this newly emerging role of GSTs. These are just a few of the features that make the book helpful to clinicians involved in basic as well as tr Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390532

Toxicology of Marine Mammals The activities of modern society have unleashed a range of toxic chemicals into the global environment. Many of these toxicants are now being detected in increasing quantities in the tissues of marine mammals most notably in top predators who acquire relatively large amounts of toxic chemicals by ingesting contaminated prey.Toxicology of Marine Mammals focuses on the effects of natural and introduced toxicants on organs and systems in marine mammals. It provides overviews on health status and contamination with subsequent chapters devoted to whales pinnipeds dolphins polar bears manatees and sea otters. Internationally renowned researchers assess the mounting evidence for adverse effects on reproduction and the chemically-induced increased susceptibility to death from infectious diseases. The concluding chapter addresses perspectives and issues for the future. This compelling book features research from a vast geographic landscape ranging from the tropics to the Arctic with case studies on intriguing areas of contamination such as the St. Lawrence River and the Baltic Sea. It identifies the severe threats that environmental contaminants pose to the health and future of marine mammals. It also makes an urgent call for legislation to regulate the incessant pollution ravaging our seas and devastating the marine mammal population worldwide. Toxicologists working in marine biology and veterinary medicine conservation scientists fisheries scientists environmental scientists and wildlife managers will all benefit from this comprehensive resource. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395636

Toxicology of Metals Volume I This volume offers the most comprehensive presentation available on metal toxicology. It discusses not only metals but also the toxic endpoints such as neurotoxicity renal toxicity and cancer induction. Chapters are written by experts in their respective fields focusing on carcinogenesis and human exposures and highlighting the major aspects and issues of toxicity in general. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367401269

Toxicology of Reptiles Toxicology of Reptiles cohesively summarizes much of the cutting-edge research taking place in fields such as reptilian endocrinology neurophysiology immunology and ecology. It also addresses conservation needs along with the complications often associated with population studies. The text is easy to synthesize and apply in the evaluation Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429119774

Toxicology of Skin Toxic injury to the skin in the general population and particularly in western populations is on the increase. This is partly due to the expanding number of natural and man-made chemicals present in our everyday environment. The need for a thorough understanding of the skin and the mechanisms of toxicity therein has never been more pressing. This benchmark volume provides the latest findings in skin toxicology in one definitive source and it could not be more timely. Toxicology of the Skin is part of the highly acclaimed Target Organ Toxicology Series-a leading series of reviews written and edited by a panel of internationally renowned experts in their respective fields. Dermatologists and toxicology specialists will find this text indispensable. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397500

Toxicology of the Gastrointestinal Tract Second Edition The gastrointestinal tract is the most important of the three major routes of entry (and clearance) of xenobiotics and biologic entities into the bodies of mammals. As such it is also the major route for administration of pharmaceuticals to humans. Gastrointestinal Toxicology Second Edition describes the mechanism for entry and clearance of xenobiotics as well as the barriers immunologic and metabolic issues and functions present in the GI tract. Appearing in this volume are also considerations of the microbiome and its actions and influence on the function of the GI tract and on the toxicity and pharmacodynamics of ingested substances (including nutrients toxins and therapeutics). These fifteen chapters written by experienced experts in the field address methods to evaluate GI function; specifics of GI function and toxicity assessment in canines and minipigs; classes of compounds with their toxicity; species differences; and the toxicity (and promise) of nanoparticles. Those needing to understand the structure function and methods of studying the GI tract will find this volume a singular source of reference. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138360167

Toxicology of the Kidney The kidney plays a vital role in certain endocrine functions. Abnormalities caused by toxic chemicals or other interventions can have profound effects on these functions and consequently on total functions. Toxicology of the Kidney Third Edition is updated to reflect the latest research in this field and focuses on the correlation between anatomy biochemistry and physiology of the kidney.The text explains how these factors are related to concepts of clinical nephrotoxicity and renal failure in humans and how animal models can be used to understand the mechanisms of human renal disease. In addition to updating many of the key elements of previous editions such as in vitro models for studying renal function and toxicity and classic nephrotoxicants it also incorporates cutting edge information on newly emerging areas of renal research. These include mechanisms of cell injury signaling pathways biomarkers of renal disease and the interface between basic renal science and clinical outcomes. This book includes current reviews of unpublished and recently published information which allows it to serve as a concise compendium of many key topics that will continue to play a central role in our understanding and treatment of nephrotoxicity for decades to come. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393403

Toxicology of the Nose and Upper Airways The application of molecular biologic methods recognition of neurogenic inflammatory processes and utilization of genetic knockout animals are just some of the advances in toxicology of the upper airways in recent years. Toxicology of the Nose and Upper Airways presents a culmination of knowledge gained as a result of both human and experimental animal studies over the past decade. With contributions from internationally recognized leaders in the fields of experimental toxicology respiratory medicine otolaryngology allergy and sensory science this volume:Examines the effect of selected pollutants on the upper airways of both humans and experimental animals—emphasizing mechanistic issues in the processDiscusses epidemiologic findings from populations exposed occupationally or environmentally comparing and contrasting alternative risk assessment approaches Features clear chapter organization with sections on structure and function dosimetry and toxicokinetics functional and pathologic responses and their measurement responses to specific agents risk assessment and special topicsThis volume is an essential reference for pharmacologists and toxicologists concerned with the nose and upper airway as well as clinicians risk assessors and sensory scientists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384500

Toxicology of the Pancreas The increased incidence of pancreatic cancer in the Western world and its grave prognosis has resulted in an urgency for research in this area. Until now the available data on toxicology of the pancreas has been few and fragmentary scattered throughout the literature. A benchmark volume Toxicology of the Pancreas pulls together information in this neglected area of toxicological research and highlights fundamental research performed in the last ten years.Leaders in the field discuss important structures the detoxification and toxification process at the cellular and sub-cellular level the distribution of phase 1 and phase 2 drug-metabolizing enzymes and their role in pancreatic disease and the role of diet and toxicants on pancreatic disease. The book also covers the role of altered genes in the integrity of the pancreas and explores comparative toxicology in humans and in the lab species used in testing.Illustrated with histological electron microscopical and immunohistochemical formats this book provides a comprehensive and novel presentation of biological and toxicological data. It stands alone as a reliable resource of information easily accessible to professionals in different disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392444

Toxicology-A Primer on Toxicology Principles and Applications Different from other books this unique volume presents basic toxicology principles and applications in a sophisticated yet nontechnical style. It provides an understanding of both the strengths and limitations of the discipline of toxicology and its benefits. This primer is valuable for virtually any non-toxicologist. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451349

Toxins and Biologically Active Compounds from Microalgae Volume 1 This book explores the potentiel of stem cells for ameliorating the quality of life of patients with neurological and neurodegenerative diseases. It discusses results of pre-clinical investigations and case studies on the effects of stem cell transplantation on cell death to promote/stimulate neuroprotection after brain and spinal cord injury through trophic support cell replacement and remyelination. It covers the maintenance of the balance between stem cells and their progenitors within their niche both under normal and degenerative processes ischemic stroke multiple sclerosis and brain tumor. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482210682

Toxins and Biologically Active Compounds from Microalgae Volume 2Biological Effects and Risk Management Toxins and Biologically Active Compounds from Microalgae: Volume 2: Biological Effects and Risk Management  is devoted to the effects toxic microalgae and their poisonous products exert on living systems and how they may affect human activities. The most advanced information regarding the molecular mechanisms of action of major groups of toxins is presented to frame for the description of toxic responses found in living systems exposed to microalgal toxins. Accounts of the recognized environmental effects of harmful algal blooms and the existing therapeutic applications of some toxins have been included. The picture is completed by the description of current initiatives to manage the risks posed by toxic microalgae including strategies for the detoxification of contaminated seafood and the efforts to use most advanced informatic tools for the development of models for robust predictions regarding the appearance and the dynamics of harmful algal blooms. The complexity of risk management in the field is presented from a global perspective by highlighting major issues approached in world regions whose economic importance with regard to the production and commercialization of seafood is undeniable. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482231465

Toxins and Other Harmful Compounds in Foods Toxins and Other Harmful Compounds in Foods provides information on the contents distribution chemical properties and biological activity of toxins and other harmful compounds in foods that are natural components of the raw materials accumulated due to microbial actions and environmental pollution or are generated due to processing. This book shows how different factors related to the production of raw materials as well as to storage and processing conditions affect the presence and concentration of toxins and other harmful compounds in foods. It shows how various regulations as well as unit operations and processes used in food production may eliminate different toxins or generate new ones. The real health hazards for the consumers resulting from the presence of toxic/harmful compounds in aliments are discussed and various national and international regulations obligatory in agriculture and industry aimed at increasing food safety are presented. Methods of analysis used for detection and determination of undesirable compounds are also discussed making it possible to understand the effect of storage and processing parameters as well as systems of quality assurance on food safety and to select optimum procedures for analytical control. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498748520

Toxoplasmosis of Animals and Humans Found worldwide from Alaska to Australasia Toxoplasma gondii knows no geographic boundaries. The protozoan is the source of one of the most common parasitic infections in humans livestock companion animals and wildlife and has gained notoriety with its inclusion on the list of potential bioterrorism microbes. In the two decades since the publi Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429092954

Toynbee Hall (Routledge Revivals)The First Hundred Years First published in 1984 Toynbee Hall The First Hundred Years is not just a centenary study but a personal contribution to the continuing history of Toynbee Hall which is the Universities’ settlement in East London and an institution that has inspired respect and affection. Its pioneering role as a residential community living and working in the heart of one of London’s most deprived areas has been maintained. Called a ‘social workshop’ by its late chairman John Profumo Toynbee Hall promotes ventures such as Free Legal Advice the Workers Educational Association and the Whitechapel Art Gallery. The book looks at the social changes that have taken place over the 100 years since Toynbee Hall was founded in 1884 but also notes curious parallels with persistent patterns of poverty deprivation squalor and racial separation which characterise the area. Questions about the facts and perceptions of poverty the nature of community the visual as well as the social environment and the roles of voluntary local and national statutory policy still require answers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415504621

Toyota by ToyotaReflections from the Inside Leaders on the Techniques That Revolutionized the Industry Written by former Toyota associates Toyota By Toyota: Reflections from the Inside Leaders on the Techniques That Revolutionized the Industry focuses on the purpose of Lean methodologies techniques and principles. It compiles more than a century of combined experience from management-level employees who supply little-known insights about the Toyota Production System (TPS)—featuring many who worked directly with Taiichi Ohno.The book illustrates experiences at Toyota locations around the world including the United States Brazil Venezuela Europe and Japan. Associates from various divisions including sales training logistics manufacturing and human resources provide diverse points of view regarding the application of the Lean principles discussed. In each chapter TPS experts: Share their story about when and how they learned the specific Lean technique methodology or concept Describe the Lean technique along with its benefits and pitfalls Supply helpful implementation tips A common thread that weaves these stories together is that each contributor had to learn their lessons the hard way. Although there is no magical painless way to learn Lean the authors hope that by sharing their experiences and struggles you can avoid having to struggle through the same lessons. Readers will benefit from seeing the various approaches used to teach as well as the unique way these authors translate that learning to the reader. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439880753

Toyota Kaizen MethodsSix Steps to Improvement Toyota Kaizen Methods: Six Steps to Improvement focuses on the skills and techniques practiced inside Toyota Motor Corporation during the past decades. This workbook focuses on the actual training course concepts and methods used by Toyota to develop employee skill level a core element of Toyota‘s success. It is not a book about holding Western-style five-day Kaizen events which were in reality quite rare during the development of Toyota‘s production system and are virtually nonexistent today inside Toyota. Written by two of Toyota‘s most revered and experienced trainers the book Traces the origins of Kaizen since the inception of Toyota Motor Corporation Articulates the basic six-step Kaizen improvement skills pattern taught inside Toyota Helps practitioners of Kaizen improve their own skill level and confidence by simplifying concepts and removing any mystery in the process Provides homework assignments and a wealth of forms for analyzing work processes If you take the time to study the concepts detailed here you will be reviewing the same methods and techniques that were harnessed by generations of Toyota supervisors managers and engineers. These techniques are not the secret ingredient of Lean manufacturing; however mastery of these timeless techniques will improve your ability to conduct improvement in almost any setting and generate improvement results for your organization. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138434820

Toyota Management SystemLinking the Seven Key Functional Areas Here is the first comprehensive and systematic explanation of the management system that drives the world's leading automaker. The development of JIT production at Toyota and the company's achievement of unprecedented levels of productivity were made possible by its supportive integrated management system. This book reveals for the first time exactly how that management system works. It looks carefully at each of Toyota's seven management subsystems and how they work as an integrated whole. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138438903

Toyota Production SystemAn Integrated Approach to Just-In-Time 4th Edition A bestseller for almost three decades Toyota Production System: An Integrated Approach to Just-In-Time supplies in-depth coverage of Toyota's production practices including theoretical underpinnings and methods for implementation. Exploring the latest developments in the Toyota Production System (TPS) framework at Toyota this new edition updates the classic with new material on e-kanban mini-profit centers computer-based information systems and innovative solutions to common obstacles in TPS implementation. Yasuhiro Monden instrumental in introducing the JIT production system to the United States explains the logic and methodologies of the TPS. Extending the humanized aspect of production introduced in the third edition Toyota Production System: An Integrated Approach to Just-In-Time Fourth Edition explains how to cultivate the culture and way of thinking needed to establish the TPS holistically across your organization. Exploring the link between kaizen methods and calculation methods in TPS this edition includes new chapters on: The goal of TPS One-piece production in practice Kaizen costing Material handling in an assembly plant Smoothing kanban collection Determination of the number of kanban New developments in e-kanban Cultivating the spontaneous kaizen mind Following in the footsteps of its bestselling predecessors the fourth edition provides easy-to-follow guidance for implementing the TPS in your organization. It explains how Toyota has adapted and reacted to recent fluctuations in demand quality problems and recalls. It also includes an appendix that considers the recent tsunami in Japan and investigates how to reinforce the JIT system to ensure supply chain flow during sudden stoppages at individual locations within the chain. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439820971

Toyota Production SystemBeyond Large-Scale Production In this classic text Taiichi Ohno--inventor of the Toyota Production System and Lean manufacturing--shares the genius that sets him apart as one of the most disciplined and creative thinkers of our time. Combining his candid insights with a rigorous analysis of Toyota's attempts at Lean production Ohno's book explains how Lean principles can improve any production endeavor. A historical and philosophical description of just-in-time and Lean manufacturing this work is a must read for all students of human progress. On a more practical level it continues to provide inspiration and instruction for those seeking to improve efficiency through the elimination of waste. Media > Books > E-books Productivity Press 9780429273018

Toyota’s Global Marketing StrategyInnovation through Breakthrough Thinking and Kaizen There are many books on the market that discuss the Toyota Production System but few that insightfully analyze its marketing strategy. Authored by former Toyota marketing executives this is the first book of its kind to detail how Toyota’s thinking habits go beyond the shop floor and influence and guide Toyota’s marketing function. Toyota has expanded from a venture enterprise to one of the biggest global enterprises because of its innovative mindset (Toyota thinking habits) using Breakthrough Thinking which supports a new philosophical approach to problem solving turning 180 degrees away from conventional thinking. Written by Toyota’s former executive managing director and founder of Breakthrough Thinking Toyota’s Global Marketing Strategy: Innovation through Breakthrough Thinking and Kaizen: Explores Toyota’s "Breakthrough Thinking" Examines how Toyota conducts information gathering. Illustrates how Toyota builds and maintains its unique business culture Shows how Toyota "goes to the customer" and comprehensively studies how customers use their products Reveals Toyota’s cars have become some of the biggest selling models in the USA The authors of this book explore Toyota thinking habits as well as Toyota’s global marketing strategy which since the 1980sa has been expanding exponentially. The reader will understand the importance of thinking habits in the workplace and will know how to apply them using Toyota as the prime case study. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138059412

Toys and Play for the Handicapped Child First published in 1982. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138434394

Toys and PlaythingsIn Development and Remediation John and Elizabeth Newson were well known for their studies of child rearing which have combined a rigorous research methodology with sympathetic insights into family life and a lively approach to scientific reporting. ‘Path-breaking’ ‘brilliant’ ‘seminal’ ‘outstanding’ ‘fascinating’ ‘enthralling’ and ‘enchanting’ are some of the adjectives used by critics to describe their previous books. They now turn their attention to toys the ‘pegs on which children hang their play’ a study for which they are uniquely qualified. Not only had they long experience in normal child development: they had been actively involved for many years in research and training in remedial play for disabled children their research unit was a major influence in the phenomenal development of the toy libraries self-help movement they designed for and advised the toy industry and they had their own family-run specialist toyshop. With this background it is not surprising that their book on toys and playthings is both informative and entertaining on many different fronts. Richly observant it follows the child’s development in play from using the mother or father as the ‘first and best toy’ through the exploratory and manipulative sequences to the use of toys in ritual symbolic or contemplative ways. Against this detailed understanding of ‘ordinary’ children’s growth points in play the Newsons and their collaborators examine the special needs of disabled children with a firm emphasis on how parents can help. What is more in providing an intensely practical guide for the parents and teachers of the disabled child they draw out comparative insights which are enlightening and absorbing for those whose children do not have such urgent problems. Once again the Newsons share with the reader the viewpoints and preoccupations of research workers in the field. There is indeed a continual sense of ‘work in progress’ and nowhere more than in the chapter on using toys for developmental assessment where the reader is given a hot line to a laboratory (i.e. playroom) notes used in their own research unit at the time in a welcome move away from the rigid test-bound assessment of ‘special’ children. The book is enriched by the authors’ sharp awareness that the history of playthings has a far longer perspective than the history of child psychology. They are not basically interested in educational toys as such but in all the objects made or found on which the child hones his skill his reasoning powers his imagination his emotions or his sense of humour. Fairground baubles joke toys and poppy-head dolls are as much a part of this book as bricks sorting boxes and teddy bears. In the Newsons’ own words: ‘We hope that people who simply like toys as objects will find something in this book to interest them; we suspect indeed that liking toys will be what all readers whatever their reason for opening the book have in common’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138506237

TPM Blue Tags TPM or Total Productive Maintenance is an approach that aims at maximizing equipment effectiveness and reducing downtime due to failures and repairs. Crucial to TPM TPM Blue Tags are used as the foundational tool to Total Productive Maintenance. This tag is an effective communication label to ensure your project team and maintenance are working together. This ensures that each machine in a production process is able to perform at its optimal efficiency throughout the lifespan of the equipment resulting in production never being interrupted. Sold in packs of 100. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363973

TPM en industrias de proceso El mejor libro sobre TPM que hemos editado hasta la fecha! El enfoque TPM resulta en mejoras dramaticas en calidad costo de producci?n y entrega de productos. En este libro nueve autores le ensenan todos los detalles que usted necesita para implementar el TPM y ejemplos de industrias textiles quimicas de alimentos entre otras. Una de las grandes ventajas de este libro es que le ayuda a conocer la implementacion del TPM a traves de la perspectiva de consultores especializados y reconocidos.Contenido:Vision general del TPM en las industrias de proceso Maximizacion de la eficacia de la producci?n Mejora orientada Mantenimiento Autonomo Mantenimiento planificado Gestion temprana Mantenimiento de calidad Promocion de tecnicas de operacion y mantenimiento TPM en los departamentos administrativos y de apoyo Creacion de un entorno grato y seguro Actividades de pequenos grupos TPM Medicion de la eficacia del TPM Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138438941

TPM Facilitator Guide Enna's Total Productive Maintenance Workshop Facilitator Guide is designed to allow you to lead TPM events internally. TPM is a system that breaks up the complexity of equipment therefore allowing operators and maintenance staff to work together to select correct and maintain equipment so that breakdowns seldom if ever occur during production. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781926537054

TPM for Every Operator TPM for Every Operator covers the information that needs to be communicated to operators when facilitating a company-wide TPM initiative. It covers the main aspects of TPM introducing frontline workers to this important manufacturing strategy that encourages them to participate in and even initiate routine maintenance that can help extend machine life and prevent stoppages. Based on actual implementations this book addresses the challenges which TPM often raises for operators. Concise and accessible it can be used as part of an extensive TPM training program especially when paired with the TPM Guide for Workshop Leaders. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138438606

TPM for Supervisors The benefits of advanced manufacturing methods can't be realized until they're practiced consistently and proficiently by your entire workforce. Here's a simple low-cost way to get everyone on board quickly. This small book presents the basic methodology of TPM and focuses on hands-on activities for shopfloor teams to maximize equipment effectiveness. Feedback from our customers indicates that this book has been used primarily by shopfloor supervisors to lead operator teams in implementing TPM programs. For the most cost effective on-site education every supervisor and team leader in your operation should read this book. TPM for Supervisors offers an overview of the basic features of TPM as well as the implementation process in an easy-to-follow presentation. It focuses on the important role of supervisors in maximizing equipment effectiveness. For the most cost-effective on-site education every supervisor in your operation should read this book. It presents the basic methodology of TPM in clear accessible language and will help supervisors implement TPM improvement activities on the shop floor. It's the best way to ensure a companywide understanding of TPM. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138438552

TPM for the Lean FactoryInnovative Methods and Worksheets for Equipment Management Lean manufacturing cannot happen in a factory that lacks dependable effective equipment. Breakdowns and processing defects translate into excess work-in-process and finished inventory kept on hand ""just in case."" Recurring minor stoppages force employees to watch automated equipment that should run by itself. TPM gives a framework for addressing such problems but many companies implement TPM at a superficial level and the resulting productivity gains fall short of their potential. If your TPM implementation has resulted in posters and logos rather than a rise of productivity how are you addressing this halt of progress? In TPM for the Lean Factory authors Sekine and Arai teach you to identify and attack the key equipment-related problems and misunderstandings that make plants miss their lean manufacturing goals.Written for companies with a basic TPM framework already in place you'll learn three powerful approaches for cutting this waste:The new 5Ss: focusing on standard locations and labeling through the first 2SsInstant maintenance: mastering quick repairs of minor equipment failuresImproved setup operations: organizing the preparation to save time and prevent errorsChapters on cell design product and process quality factor testing and daily equipment inspection give you additional weapons for fighting waste and low productivity. For practical application an implementation overview summarizes the steps for each topic keyed to a set of 50 adaptable worksheets and examples. A practical and supportive resource TPM for the Lean Factory extends a fresh vision and focus to help you get top results from your TPM efforts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203735336

TPM for Workshop Leaders Workshop leaders play a central role in your company's efforts to implement TPM. Once your workers have been divided into small groups to learn the fundamentals of TPM it is the group leader who spearheads ongoing training and implementation activities. With quick-reading people-oriented practicality this new book addresses the role of the workshop leader in maximizing the benefits of TPM.A top TPM consultant in Japan Kunio Shirose: Incorporates cartoons and graphics to convey the hands-on leadership issues of TPM implementationUses case studies to reinforce his ideas on training and managing equipment operators in the care of their equipmentItemizes specific activities that must be undertaken to search out correct and control defects to remedy equipment shortcomings.He also addresses the cooperative relationship necessary between maintenance and production and leaves you with an understanding of the three imperatives for successful TPM implementation to change the quality and functioning of the equipment the way operators think about equipment and the workplace. (Originally published by the Japan Management Association.) Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138438958

TPM Form Pack The TPM Form Pack includes all the necessary forms for TPM in one package. This allows you to simply purchase all the forms necessary for TPM at a discounted price for use in your TPM activities. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079694

TPM in Process Industries Process industries have a particularly urgent need for collaborative equipment management systems but until now have lacked for programs directed toward their specific needs. TPM in Process lndustries brings together top consultants from the Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance to modify the original TPM Development Program. In this volume they demonstrate how to analyze process environments and equipment issues including process loss structure and calculation autonomous maintenance equipment and process improvement and quality maintenance. For all organizations managing large equipment facing low operator/machine ratios or implementing extensive improvement this text is an invaluable resource. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203735312

TPM Inspection Cards Set These TPM Inspection Cards are attached to a machine in accordance with their respective areas on the TPM Inspection Form. These tags are essential for visually representing the sequence of checks on the machine who is responsible for them and the frequency of the checks. These cards will really bring your TPM system together in a professional manner?. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079731

TPM Inspection Form The inspection form is used to provide a plan-view highlight of the processes required at an area of responsibility. This can be an entire machine or it can be a specific device on a machine. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079304

TPM Participant Workbook The Workbook is designed to be used during the TPM Training and Workshop. These workbooks allows participants to systematically follow the Facilitator through the TPM training and workshop. Workbooks are intended to be personalized and used by the trainee so they can retain the knowledge gained for continued reference long after the conclusion of the training and workshop. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138069541

TPM Pillar Poster This poster is derived from classic Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) principles and covers the high level of commitment necessary for TPM to succeed. Use this poster in every TPM workshop and also to serve as a reminder of TPM principles. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363577

TPM Quick Study Guide Enna’s Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) Quick Study Guide is more that just a reference it covers the basics of TPM and includes guidelines to follow during your implementation. The Five Pillars of TPM Development will help guide you in your creation of a planned maintenance system as well as integration of training and improvement activities. Outlining how you measure Overall Equipment Effectiveness (OEE) the 6 Major Types of Equipment Losses and maintenance classifications this Quick Guide provides an immediate reference for bench-marking your efforts. As well the visual guide to TPM implementation shows you step by step how to flow a TPM implementation throughout your entire organization. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781926537733

TPM Tag RegisterTPM Tag Register Use this form to log all TPM tags during as well as after the TPM workshop as a tool of continuous improvement. This form tracks and logs each TPM Blue Tag item its classification and the course of action to be taken. This form provides a single point of reference for all Tagged items and serves as a reference for tracking the completion of each item during and after the workshop. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079311

TPM Team Guide TPM involves employees companywide in preventing equipment abnormalities and breakdowns. The first line of defense: equipment operators-the people most familiar with daily operating conditions. In addition to regular cleaning and inspection team-based improvement activities make effective use of operators' hands-on knowledge.How do you organize TPM teams and keep them vital? TPM Team Guide tells supervisors workgroup leaders and operators how to develop the team-based skills required for successful TPM implementation. Geared toward TPM projects it describes basic elements of improvement activities for any kind of shopfloor team.TPM Team Guide gives simple explanations of basic TPM concepts such as the six big losses and emphasizes the integration of TPM activities with production management. Chapters describe the team-based improvement process step by step from goal to standardization of the improved operations. Team leaders will learn how to hold effective meetings and deal with the human issues that stand in the way of success. The tools for team problem solving and the steps for preparing a good presentation of results are detailed here as well.Written in simple language with abundant illustrations and cartoon examples this book makes TPM activities understandable to everyone in the company. Frontline supervisors operators facilitators and trainers in manufacturing companies will want to use this practical guide to improve company performance and build a satisfying workplace for employees. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138438514

TPM Training Package TPM Training Package is a system that focuses your energies on eliminating down-time and unexpected losses in order to bring your productivity to world-class standards. Enna’s TPM implementation and training package will allow you to institute a robust system that focuses on standardizing practices and reducing your maintenance needs. Your employees will develop a customized Total Productive Maintenance system based upon the tools that they learn throughout the workshop leading your organization to increased productivity and the elimination of unplanned downtime. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138080065

TPM: Collected Practices and Cases Equipment downtime can bring a lean manufacturing operation to a complete standstill. Total productive maintenance (TPM) is such a fundamental part of becoming lean because a machine failure at one step of a continuous flow process will halt all the steps before and after it. Strategies aimed at eliminating downtime are essential in any operation in which the processes require the use of complex machinery and equipment. TPM: Collected Practices and Cases provides a variety of case studies taken from articles previously published in Lean Manufacturer Advisor: the monthly newsletter by Productivity Press. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138438446

TQM Engineering Handbook Offering a model an implementing strategy as well as traditional and nontraditional methods for the successful enhancement and maintenance of quality this work establishes a rationale for the continuation of Total Quality Management (TQM) in all organizations. It considers leading quality-related topics such as unusual charts supplier-organization-customer relationships customer needs and expectations instructional design adult learning advanced quality planning and reliability. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448202

Trace Analysis with Microcolumn Liquid Chromatography This book provides a detailed description of technical elements of a microbore column liquid chromatograph suitable for use in trace analysis. It presents examples of analyses especially from the spheres of biochemistry pharmacology and environmental analytical chemistry. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003066842

Trace Elemental Analysis of MetalsMethods and Techniques This work details minor trace and ultratrace methods; addresses the essential stages that precede measurement; and highlights the measurement systems most likey to be used by the pragmatic analyst. It features key material on inclusion and phase isolation. The book is designed to provide useful maps and signposts for metals analysts who must verify that stringent trace level compositional specifications have been met. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399696

Trace Elements in Abiotic and Biotic Environments Trace Elements in Abiotic and Biotic Environments helps readers understand the fundamental principles and phenomena that control the transfer of trace elements. This book describes the occurrence and behavior of trace elements in rocks soil water air and plants and also discusses the anthropogenic impact to the environment. In addition it covers the presence of trace elements in feeds as either contaminants or as nutritional or zootechnical additives and their transfer across the food chain to humans. Also discussed is international legislation on trace elements for both micronutrients and contaminants in soil and plant food. A special focus is placed on the human health effects of both trace element deficiency and excess. All trace elements are covered—from aluminum to zirconium—as well as rare-earth elements (actinides and lanthanides). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482212792

Trace Elements in Coal and Coal Combustion Residues Trace Elements in Coal and Coal Combustion Residues focuses on trace metal chemistry of coal and coal combustion residues. Special emphasis is placed on management of coal combustion residues in electric power plants and the influence of coal and associated residues on soils plants water and animals. Topics covered include a brief summary of research sponsored by Electric Power Research Institute environmental pollution from coal combustion plants in low-rainfall regions accumulation of trace elements in freshwater mussels near a power plant testing to evaluate fossil fuel wastes by chemicals and isotopes transport of metals from coal piles and ash impoundments leachability and toxicity of metals in fly ash and plant absorption of chemicals from ash. The book will be a useful reference for environmental and reclamation consultants environmental engineers toxicologists environmental regulatory personnel officials with electric power utilities and water treatment plants and soil scientists. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003070139

Trace Elements in Laboratory Rodents Written by the international community's leading experts Trace Elements in Laboratory Rodents describes the best and most current methods to provide deficient or supplemental trace elements to laboratory animals as well as how to assay them. The experts warn of the common pitfalls and hidden problems in nutritional testing and how to avoid them. This how-to approach focuses on the technical details that make good reliable studies. Common as well as rare or recently recognized minerals are described relating to both dietary supplementation and measurement in tissues.If you are a researcher professor or student working in nutrition food science biochemistry or veterinary medicine you can't afford to be without this excellent hands-on methods manual! Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003069355

Trace Elements in SoilBioavailability Flux and Transfer Historically research on the methods and amounts of trace element application to agriculture soils for correcting plant deficiencies has received major attention. More recently due to industrial development and past disposal activities trace elements are considered to be important environmental contaminants that affect all components in the atmosphere and in aquatic and terrestrial systems. Prepared by a multi-disciplinary group of scientists Trace Elements in Soil: Bioavailability Flux and Transfer explores and discusses emerging issues in biogeochemistry research.The book emphasizes the role of biological and chemical interactions and discusses the newest research and its application to major environmental problems. It provides a concise compilation of current research and a handy time-saving reference. With contributions from an international panel of authors the book focuses on trace element issues in developing countries and environmentally sound techniques such as stabilization and bioremediation.Fundamental yet complex bioavailability can be relatively simple to parameterize under controlled simulated conditions. This is not always the case under field conditions. To expand our understanding of the fate and transport of trace elements in soils the methods of assessing trace element bioavailability flux and transfer among the different soil components needs to be redefined and developed. Trace Elements in Soil: Bioavailability Flux and Transfer is unique in its emphasis on bioavailability and how trace element contamination ultimately effects plants wildlife and human population. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367578831

Trace Elements in the EnvironmentBiogeochemistry Biotechnology and Bioremediation New analytical techniques have enhanced current understanding of the behavior of trace and ultratrace elements in the biogeochemical cycling chemical speciation bioavailability bioaccumulation and as applied to the phytoremediation of contaminated soils. Addressing worldwide regulatory scientific and environmental issues Trace Elements in the Environment explores these frontiers including biotechnological aspects of metal-binding proteins and peptides and phytoremediation strategies using trees grasses crop plants aquatics and risks to ecological and human health. Discussing trace elements in the holistic environment this book covers advances in state-of-the-art analytical techniques molecular biotechology and contemporary biotechnology that enhances knowledge of the behavior of trace elements in the biogeosphere and at the cellular and molecular level.The editors and their hand-picked panel of contributors provide authoritative coverage of trace elements in the environment. They highlight cutting-edge applications of emerging strategies and technologies to the problems of trace elements in the environment. The editors discuss emerging areas such as bacterial biosorption of trace elements processes and applications of electroremediation of heavy metals-contaminated soils application of novel nanoporous sorbents for the removal of heavy metals metalloids and radionuclides. The book focuses on the effects of increasing levels of trace elements on ecological and human health evaluates the effectiveness of methods of phytoremediation and covers risk assessment pathways and trace element toxicity.Containing more than 150 illustrations tables photographs and equations the book's coverage spans the entire body of knowledge available about how and why plants interact with metals and other trace elements. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391966

Trace Elements in Waterlogged Soils and Sediments Many wetlands around the world act as sinks for pollutants in particular for trace elements. In comparison to terrestrial environments wetlands are still far less studied. A collaborative effort among world experts this book brings the current knowledge concerning trace elements in temporary waterlogged soils and sediments together. It discusses factors controlling the dynamics and release kinetics of trace elements and their underlying biogeochemical processes. It also discusses current technologies for remediating sites contaminated with trace metals and the role of bioavailability in risk assessment and regulatory decision making. This book is intended for professionals around the world in disciplines related to contaminant bioavailability in aquatic organisms contaminant fate and transport remediation technologies and risk assessment of aquatic and wetland ecosystems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367870034

Trace Environmental Quantitative AnalysisIncluding Student-Tested Experiments A thorough and timely update this new edition presents principles techniques and applications in this sub-discipline of analytical chemistry for quantifying traces of potentially toxic organic and inorganic chemical substances found in air soil fish and water as well as serum plasma urine and other body fluids. The author addresses regulatory aspects calibration verification and the statistical treatment of analytical data including instrument detection limits; quality assurance/quality control; sampling and sample preparation; and techniques that are used to quantify trace concentrations of organic and inorganic chemical substances. Key Features: Fundamental principles are introduced for the more significant experimental approaches to sample preparation Principles of instrumental analysis (determinative techniques) for trace organics and trace inorganics analysis An introduction to the statistical treatment of trace analytical data How to calculate instrument detection limits based on weighted least squares confidence band calibration statistics Includes an updated series of student-tested experiments Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367445331

Trace FossilsBiology Taxonomy and Applications The new edition of this work includes an appendix listing criteria for the identification of ichnotaxa. It covers all aspects of tiering trace fossil diversity and ichnoguilds and is aimed at advanced undergraduates and postgraduates in palaeoecology paleobiology and sedimentology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177550

Trace Minerals in Foods Twelve contributions evaluate the chemistry of trace elements in preparations and their potential bioavailability to the consumer; consider palatability mineral interactions and other nutritional factors; discuss trace elements' biology and pharmacokinetics to facilitate the development of protoco Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367403362

Tracer Hydrology 97 This collection of papers is the proceedings of the 7th International Synosium on Water Tracing in Portoroz/Slovenia from 26-31 May 1997. They address a number of topics in hydrology tracing techniques including: protection of natural resources against pollution; the use of natural and artificial tracers to help to assess contaminant transport in surface waters; and aquifer parameters and modelling. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078142

Traces and Memories of Slavery in the Atlantic World Traces and Memories deals with the foundation mechanisms and scope of slavery-related memorial processes interrogating how descendants of enslaved populations reconstruct the history of their ancestors when transatlantic slavery is one of the variables of the memorial process. While memory studies mark a shift from concern with historical knowledge of events to that of memory the book seeks to bridge the memorial representations of historical events with the production and knowledge of those events. The book offers a methodological and epistemological reflection on the challenges that are raised by archival limitations in relation to slavery and how they can be overcome. It covers topics such as the historical and memorial legacy/ies of slavery the memorialization of slavery the canonization and patrimonialization of the memory of slavery the places and conditions of the production of knowledge on slavery and its circulation the heritage of slavery and the (re)construction of (collective) identity. By offering fresh perspectives on how slavery-related sites of memory have been retrospectively (re)framed or (re)shaped the book probes the constraints which determine the inscription of this contentious memory in the public sphere. The volume will serve as a valuable resource in the area of slavery memory and Atlantic studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367321277

Traces of a Mobile FieldTen Years of Mobilities Research This agenda-setting collection critically reflects upon a decade of contributions to the social scientific ‘mobilities turn’ in order to propose new trajectories for the future of this interdisciplinary research field. The chapters are all exemplars of how the past decade of research has opened up new insights into the place of mobilities in societies. They also highlight how attempts to look forward towards new conversations understandings and interventions in a mobile world will emerge from the transformations invoked by this field of research. Authors foreground issues of power interdisciplinarity transformative technologies fragmented discourses and changing social processes whilst addressing automobility aeromobility tourism communications technologies urban infrastructures migration and emergencies. As a whole the collection raises important questions about not only how understandings of mobilities are changing but also how the field of mobilities research is itself on the move. The evocative empirical cases and provocative arguments in this book thus highlight the necessity of new concepts conversations methods empirical studies and interventions to address transformations in both the complex mobilities of social worlds and what is examined or taken for granted in mobilities research itself. This book was originally published as a special issue of Mobilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367142421

Traces of Trauma in W. G. Sebald and Christoph Ransmayr This book offers the first full-length study of W. G. Sebald and Christoph Ransmayr and their complicated relation to the traumatic traces of National Socialism. It examines the different ways in which the traces of a traumatic past mark their narratives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601935

Tracing Asylum JourneysTransnational Mobility of Non-European Refugees to Canada via Turkey This book explores the asylum journey of non-European asylum applicants who seek asylum in Turkey before resettling in Canada with the aid of the Canadian government’s assisted resettlement programme. Based on ethnographic research among Syrian Afghan Eritrean Ethiopian Iraqi Iranian Somali Sudanese and Congolese nationals it considers the interactions of asylum seekers with both UNHCR’s refugee status determination and Canada’s refugee resettlement programme. With attention to the practices of migrants the author shows how the asylum journey contains both mobility and stasis and constitutes a micro-political image of the fluidity and relativity of attributed identities and labels on the part of state migration systems. A multi-sited ethnography that shows how the migration journey is linked to the production and reproduction of knowledge as well as the diffusion of produced knowledge among past present and future asylum seekers who form trans-local social networks in the course of their route in Turkey and in Canada. Tracing Asylum Journeys will appeal to sociologists and political scientists with interests in migration and transnational studies and refugee and asylum settlement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138364554

Tracing Early Agriculture in the Highlands of New GuineaPlot Mound and Ditch In this book historical narratives chart how people created forms of agriculture in the highlands of New Guinea and how these practices were transformed through time. The intention is twofold: to clearly establish New Guinea as a region of early agricultural development and plant domestication; and to develop a contingent practice-based interpretation of early agriculture that has broader application to other regions of the world.The multi-disciplinary record from the highlands has the potential to challenge and change long held assumptions regarding early agriculture globally which are usually based on domestication. Early agriculture in the highlands is charted by an exposition of the practices of plant exploitation and cultivation. Practices are ontologically prior because they ultimately produce the phenotypic and genotypic changes in plant species characterised as domestication as well as the social and environmental transformations associated with agriculture. They are also methodologically prior because they emplace plants in specific historico-geographic contexts.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589073

Tracing Education PolicySelections from the Oxford Review of Education This book brings together key articles that trace the development of British education policy since 1975 and provides a valuable route map to developments within education policy during this period. It includes twenty-six seminal articles from the Oxford Review of Education written by many of the leading authors in the field and covering issues and topics with a wide significance beyond Britain. In one easy-to-access place this authoritative reference book provides a collection of articles that have made an important impact on policy studies and cover a broad range of significant policy issues including: equality in education school effectiveness special educational needs school choice fourteen to nineteen education the structure of the educational system. The book has been compiled by the current editors of the journal to show the development of the field and their specially written introduction contextualises the selection and introduces students to the main issues and current thinking in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985865

Tracing GandhiSatyarthi to Satyagrahi This book traces the journey of Mahatma Gandhi from being a simple and truth-seeking human being a satyarthi to a committed conscious and social human being a satyagrahi. It specifically looks at this critical transformation during the time Gandhi was in South Africa. The central argument of the book is that Gandhi evolved from being a satyarthi to a satyagrahi in South Africa. Subsequently in India he consolidated his orientation with an emphasis on praxis by developing his ideas as instruments for social and individual struggles. Marked by a series of events this period was an intense quest of self-realization and understanding and shows his journey from being Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi to being Mahatma Gandhi. The book discusses various elements of Gandhian thought and praxis – morality wisdom non-violence truth social justice dharma trusteeship education sarvodaya Hind Swaraj swadeshi and social service – and interprets the relevance of Gandhi’s thought in the modern world by highlighting its unique significance for social transformation and change. Lucid and accessible the book will be useful to scholars and researchers of Gandhi studies Indian political thought modern Indian history and political studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367280116

Tracing Indo-Russian Diplomatic History The India-Russia relationship has been through a number of phases since its formal establishment in April 1947. Prime Minister Nehru’s strategic vision led him to seek diplomatic relations with the Soviet Union (USSR) even before India attained Independence. The enthusiastic Soviet response launched a relationship which has had some unique features in the past seventy-two years. The detailed history of the India-Russia relationship presented in this volume highlights the continued relevance of many of the factors that led to a close India-Russia bonding even while identifying the slip roads into which the partnership has occasionally drifted. Politics evolves continuously but geography remains constant. The India-Russia relationship has a mutually-recognized geopolitical logic. They have common concerns in the shared neighbourhood of West and Central Asia. Like India Russia has had a complex relationship with China. In the quest for a multi-polar world in which every pole seeks to protect its core interests and promote its aspirations Russia and India as this comprehensive volume notes will remain staunch partners in the foreseeable future. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367418847

Tracing MobilitiesTowards a Cosmopolitan Perspective Mobility is a basic principle of modernity besides others like individuality rationality equality and globality. Taking its cue from this concept this book presents a movement that begins with the macro-social transformations linked to mobility and ends with empirical discussions on the new forms of mobility and their implications for everyday life. The book opens with a study of the social changes unique to the second age of modernity with contributions from Ulrich Beck John Urry Wolfgang Bonss and Sven Kesselring. It continues with a discussion of the implications of these changes for sociological research. Authors such as Vincent Kaufmann Weert Canzler Norbert Schneider Beate Collet Ruth Limmer and Gerlinde Vogl focus on a series of field examinations both qualitative and quantitative of emerging mobilities. The book is a foray into the exciting new field of interdisciplinary mobility research informed by theoretical reflection and empirical investigation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273313

Tracing Prehistoric Social Networks through TechnologyA Diachronic Perspective on the Aegean This volume investigates smaller and larger networks of contacts within and across the Aegean and nearby regions covering periods from the Neolithic until Classical times (6000–323 BC). It explores the world of technologies crafts and archaeological 'left-overs' in order to place social and technological networks in their larger economic and political contexts. By investigating ways of production transport/distribution and consumption this book covers a chronologically large period in order to expand our understanding of wider cultural developments inside the geographical boundaries of the Aegean and its regions of contact in the east Mediterranean. This book brings together scholars’ expertise in a variety of different fields ranging from historical archaeology (using textual evidence) archaeometry geoarchaeology experimental work archaeobotany and archaeozoology. Chapters in this volume study and contextualize archaeological remains and explore networks of crafts-people craft traditions or people who employed various technologies to survive. Central questions in this context are how and why traditions techniques and technologies change or remain stable or where and why cross-cultural boundaries developed and disintegrated.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138802308

Tracing Technique in Geohydrology This translation of the original German textbook  Hydrogeologie summarizes tracing techniques.  Individual chapters have been contributed by relevant experts from geology hydrology chemistry and virology and engineering and isotope specialists.  Text contributions are complemented by numerous figures.  A cd rom will assist in the evaluation and presentation of data from tracing tests. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203735282

Tracing TechnologiesPrisoners' Views in the Era of CSI The real heroes of television crime shows in the twenty-first century are no longer police detectives but forensic technologies. The immense popularity of high-tech crime television shows has changed the way in which crime scene work is viewed. The term 'CSI-effect' was coined to signify a situation where people's views and practices have been influenced by such media representations e.g. judges and jurors putting more weight on forensic evidence that has been produced with high-tech tools - in particular DNA evidence - than on other kinds of evidence. While considerable scholarly attention has been paid to examining the CSI effect on publics jurors judges and police investigators prisoners' views on forensic technologies and policing have been under-explored. Drawing on a research sample of over 50 interviews carried out with prisoners in Portugal and Austria this groundbreaking book shows how prisoners view crime scene traces how they understand crime scene technologies and what effect they attribute to the existence of large police databases on their own lives careers and futures. Through critically engaging with STS sociological and criminological perspectives on the use of DNA technologies within the criminal justice system this work provides the reader with valuable insights into the effect of different legal political discursive and historical configurations on how crime scene technologies are utilized by the police and related to by convicted offenders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107502

Tracing Ted Tetsuo Aoki’s Intellectual FormationHistorical Societal and Phenomenological Influences Through careful examination of Ted Aoki’s life and work within its historical societal and intellectual context this text advances a new appreciation of the national distinctiveness of Canadian curriculum studies. The book draws unique comparison between Aoki’s writings and Heidegger’s concept of "being-in-the-world." In exploring Aoki’s narratives on momentous life events the author attends to the interwoven dynamic and poetic essence of the scholar’s intellectual formation and identifies a critically reflective style of theorizing. By contextualizing Aoki’s narrations on his momentous life events the text engages with Aoki’s critical reflective and unique style of theorizing and foregrounds the prominent influence of Heidegger’s phenomenology and writings on Aoki’s thinking. A major contribution to understanding Aoki’s curriculum scholarship this book is an important resource for researchers and post-graduate students working across curriculum studies discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367465544

Tracing the Borders of Spanish Horror Cinema and Television This critical anthology sets out to explore the boom that horror cinema and TV productions have experienced in Spain in the past two decades. It uses a range of critical and theoretical perspectives to examine a broad variety of films and filmmakers such as works by Alejandro Amenábar Álex de la Iglesia Pedro Almodóvar Guillermo del Toro Juan Antonio Bayona and Jaume Balagueró and Paco Plaza. The volume revolves around a set of fundamental questions: What are the causes for this new Spanish horror-mania? What cultural anxieties and desires ideological motives and practical interests may be behind such boom? Is there anything specifically "Spanish" about the Spanish horror film and TV productions any distinctive traits different from Hollywood and other European models that may be associated to the particular political social economic or cultural circumstances of contemporary Spain? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367886882

Tracing the Mbira Sound Archive in Zimbabwe Tracing the Mbira Sound Archive in Zimbabwe analyses the revitalisation and repatriation of historical recordings from the largest sound archive in Africa the International Library of African Music (ILAM). It provides a postcolonial study on the African sound archive divided into three historical periods: the colonial period offers a critical analysis on how ILAM classifies its music through ethnic and linguistic groups; the postcolonial period reconsiders postcolonial nationhood new/old mobility and cultural border crossing in present Africa; and the recent period of repatriation focuses on the author’s revitalisation of the sound archive.The main goal of this study is to reconsider the colonial demarcations of southern African mbira music provided by the International Library of African Music (ILAM). These mbira recordings reveal that the harmonic system used in different lamellophones (or mbiras) in southern Africa is musically related. The analysis of sound archives in Africa is an essential tool to envision the new ways in which African culture can be directed not only from postcolonial notions of nationhood or Afrocentric discourses but also for the necessity of bringing awareness of the circulation of musical cultures from and beyond colonial African borders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606930

Tracing the Trails in the Medieval WorldEpistemological Explorations Orientation and Mapping in Medieval Literature Every human being knows that we are walking through life following trails whether we are aware of them or not. Medieval poets from the anonymous composer of Beowulf to Marie de France Hartmann von Aue Gottfried von Strassburg and Guillaume de Lorris to Petrarch and Heinrich Kaufringer predicated their works on the notion of the trail and elaborated on its epistemological function. We can grasp here an essential concept that determines much of medieval and early modern European literature and philosophy addressing the direction which all protagonists pursue as powerfully illustrated also by the anonymous poets of Herzog Ernst and Sir Gawain and the Green Knight. Dante’s Divina Commedia in fact proves to be one of the most explicit poetic manifestations of the fundamental idea of the trail but we find strong parallels also in powerful contemporary works such as Guillaume de Deguileville’s Pèlerinage de la vie humaine and in many mystical tracts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367459697

Tracing Topographies: Revisiting the Concentration Camps Seventy Years after the Liberation of Auschwitz Seventy years on from the liberation of Auschwitz the contributions collected in this volume each attempt in various ways and from various perspectives to trace the relationship between Nazi-occupied spaces and Holocaust memory considering the multitude of ways in which the passing of time impacts upon or shapes cultural constructions of space. Accordingly this volume does not consider topographies merely in relation to geographical landscapes but rather as markers of allusions and connotations that must be properly eked out. Since space and time are intertwined if not in fact one and the same an investigation of the spaces – the locations of horror – in relation to the passing of time might provide some manner of comprehension of one of the most troubling moments in human history. It is with this understanding of space as fluid sites of memory that the contributors of this volume engage: these are the kind of shifting topographies that we are seeking to trace. This book was originally published as a special issue of Holocaust Studies: A Journal of Culture and History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367220167

Tracing Women's RomanticismGender History and Transcendence Awarded the 2005 Jean-Pierre Barricelli Book Prize by the International Conference on Romanticism This book explores a cosmopolitan tradition of nineteenth-century novels written in response to Germaine de Staël's originary novel of the artist as heroine corinne. The first book to delineate the contours of an international women's Romanticism it argues that the künstlerromane of Mary Shelley Bettine von Arnim and George Sand offer feminist understandings of history and transcendence that constitute a critique of Romanticism from within. The book examines meditative mystical and utopian visions of religious and artistic transcendence in the novels of women Romanticists as vehicles for the representation of a gendered subjectivity that seeks detachment and distance from the interests and strictures of the existing patriarchal social and cultural order. For these writers the author argues self-transcendence means an abandonment or dissolution of the individual self through political and spiritual efforts that culminate in a revelation of the divinity of a collective selfhood that comes into being through historical process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654609

Track Two Diplomacy and JerusalemThe Jerusalem Old City Initiative ‘Track Two Diplomacy and Jerusalem’ is the first in a series of three books which collectively present the work of the Jerusalem Old City Initiative or JOCI a major Canadian-led Track Two diplomatic effort undertaken between 2003 and 2014. JOCI’s raison d’être was to find sustainable governance solutions for the Old City of Jerusalem arguably the most sensitive and intractable of the final status issues dividing Palestinians and Israelis. ‘Track Two Diplomacy and Jerusalem’ includes a series of studies that place JOCI within its historical setting and explain the theoretical context of Track Two diplomacy. The book then proceeds to present the Initiative's culminating documents which outline in detail its proposed Special Regime governance model. Until now the proposals have remained unpublished and available only to a limited audience of key stakeholders. Presenting the information in an accessible format this book will contribute positively to the wider conversation on Jerusalem especially with respect to the longstanding conflict over control and governance of this holy city. It will therefore be of value to several audiences from the policy-making community to the various traditions found in academia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138666740

Trackability and Tracking of General Linear Systems Trackability and Tracking of General Linear Systems deals with five classes of the systems three of which are new begins with the definition of time together with a brief description of its crucial properties and with the principles of the physical uniqueness and continuity of physical variables. They are essential for the natural tracking control synthesis. The book presents further new results on the new compact simple and elegant calculus that enabled the generalization of the transfer function matrix concept and of the state concept the completion of the trackability and tracking concepts together with the proofs of the trackability and tracking criteria as well as the natural tracking control synthesis for all five classes of the systems. Features • Crucially broadens the state space concept and the complex domain fundamentals of the dynamical systems to the control systems. • Addresses the knowledge and ability necessary to study and design control systems that will satisfy the fundamental control goal. • Outlines new effective mathematical means for effective complete analysis and synthesis of the control systems. • Upgrades completes and essentially generalizes the control theory beyond the existing boundaries. • Provides information necessary to create and teach advanced inherently upgraded control courses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138353374

Tracking a DiasporaÉmigrés from Russia and Eastern Europe in the Repositories Discover collections unused by other scholars!Russian immigrants are one of the least studied of all the Slavic peoples because of meager collections development. Tracking a Diaspora: Émigrés from Russia and Eastern Europe in the Repositories offers librarians and archivists an abundance of fresh information describing previously unrealized and little-used archival collections on Russian émigrés. Some of these resources have been only recently acquired or opened to the public providing rich new avenues of research for scholars and historians. This unique source provides access to greater breadth and depth of knowledge of Russian and Eastern European immigrants their backgrounds and their experiences coming to the United States.Tracking a Diaspora is not only a helpful new resource to specialists but also serves as an introduction to archival research for amateur genealogists and scholars. Chapters comprehensively describe a single repository thorough descriptions of a single collection or offer thematic overviews such as the theme of German emigration from Russia. The text includes detailed notes references figures and tables and photographs.Tracking a Diaspora describes largely unknown collections including: a major group of archival collections that reveals more on these immigrants and their assimilation problems the holdings of the museum libraries and archives of Holy Trinity Orthodox Seminary in upstate New York the archives of the Synod of the Russian Orthodox Church Outside Russia the archives and Lembich library at The Tolstoy Foundation Inc. New York the Archives of the Orthodox Church in America the manuscript collections at the Historical Society of Pennsylvania (HSP) materials on the immigrants who settled in the Midwest six archival collections acquired by the State Archive of the Russian Federation the André Savine collection at the University of North Carolina Chapel Hill North Carolina and more!Tracking a Diaspora is of great interest to librarians archivists specialists in Russian history and specialists in ethnic and immigration history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051634

Tracking Adult Literacy and Numeracy SkillsFindings from Longitudinal Research Understanding the origins of poor literacy and numeracy skills in adulthood and how to improve them is of major importance when society places a high premium on proficiency in these basic skills. This edited collection brings together the results of recent longitudinal studies that greatly extend our knowledge of what works in raising skill levels as well as the social and economic returns to improvement. Many fundamental research questions in adult education involve change over time: how adults learn how program participation influences their acquisition of skills and knowledge and how their educational development interacts with their social and economic performance. Although a growing number of longitudinal studies in adult basic education have recently been completed this book is the first systematic compilation of findings and methods. Triangulating findings from different methodological perspectives and research designs and across countries this text produces convergence on key conclusions about the role of basic skills in the modern life course and the most effective ways of enhancing them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415807883

Tracking America's Economy This completely revised and updated edition of Norman Frumkin's acclaimed work offers vital information for the urgent growing debate on the state of the nation's economy. Frumkin makes complex ideas and statistical data accessible to people without special training in economics. His goal in this book is to provide a better understanding of the performance of the American economy and a basis for evaluating proposals intended to influence its future course. Using data current through the first half of 2003 Frumkin focuses on the meaning and use of a wide array of indicators of economic growth employment wages productivity investment saving and finance in assessing the current state of the U.S. economy and forecasting future developments. Equally useful for economists students investors journalists and anyone concerned with the economy this totally revised edition includes detailed coverage of many important new topics such as terrorism's impact on the economy federal debt and interest rates job openings and unemployment government spending and taxes the 2001 recession and more. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698656

Tracking Color in Cinema and ArtPhilosophy and Aesthetics Color is one of cinema’s most alluring formal systems building on a range of artistic traditions that orchestrate visual cues to tell stories stage ideas and elicit feelings. But what if color is not—or not only—a formal system but instead a linguistic effect emerging from the slipstream of our talk and embodiment in a world? This book develops a compelling framework from which to understand the mobility of color in art and mind where color impressions are seen through and even governed by patterns of ordinary language use schemata memories and narrative.Edward Branigan draws on the work of Ludwig Wittgenstein and other philosophers who struggle valiantly with problems of color aesthetics contemporary theories of film and narrative and art-historical models of analysis. Examples of a variety of media from American pop art to contemporary European cinema illustrate a theory based on a spectator’s present-time tracking of temporal patterns that are firmly entwined with language use and social intelligence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885052

Tracking Control of Linear Systems The primary purpose of control is to force desired behavior in an unpredictable environment under the actions of unknown possibly unmeasurable disturbances and unpredictable and therefore probably nonzero initial conditions. This means that tracking and tracking control synthesis are fundamental control issues. Surprisingly however tracking theory has not been well developed and stability theory has dominated. Tracking Control of Linear Systems presents the fundamentals of tracking theory for control systems. The book introduces the full transfer function matrix F(s) which substantially changes the theory of linear dynamical and control systems and enables a novel synthesis of tracking control that works more effectively in real environments.An Introduction to the New Fundamentals of the Theory of Linear Control SystemsThe book begins by re-examining classic linear control systems theory. It then defines and determines the system full (complete) transfer function matrix F(s) for two classes of systems: input-output (IO) control systems and input-state-output (ISO) control systems. The book also discusses the fundamentals of tracking and trackability. It presents new Lyapunov tracking control algorithms and natural tracking control (NTC) algorithms which ensure the quality of the tracking under arbitrary disturbances and initial conditions. This natural tracking control is robust adaptable and simple to implement.Advances in Linear Control Systems Theory: Tracking and TrackabilityThis book familiarizes readers with novel sophisticated approaches and methods for tracking control design in real conditions. Contributing to the advancement of linear control systems theory this work opens new directions for research in time-invariant continuous-time linear control systems. It builds on previous works in the field extending treatment o Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367379995

Tracking the AudienceThe Ratings Industry From Analog to Digital In Tracking the Audience: The Ratings Industry From Analog to Digital author Karen Buzzard examines the key economic political and competitive factors that have influenced ratings methods dominant in each of the markets for radio TV and the Internet tracing the practice¹s history from its early beginnings up to its most recent advances. Beginning with the birth of the industry in 1929 Tracking the Audience traces the establishment of a standardized ratings "currency" as it evolved to meet the needs of the analog broadcast system and explores the search for new gold standards necessitated by the devastating effects of the digital revolution. Buzzard examines key challenges to the established system by discussing the movement from traditional sampling methods to new more transparent measurements. More than a history of the ratings industry itself it also tracks the evolving business model for the broadcast industry.  Tracking the Audience: The Ratings Industry From Analog to Digital shows how the development of conceptual tools designed to measure and package radio TV and Internet audiences is the result of a variety of historical factors. With a detailed examination of ratings providers their methods and their attempts to adjust to meet new demands a digital age this volume explains how a standardized broadcast system of audience measurement ratings has evolved and where it is going in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780805858525

Tracking the MediaInterpretations of Mass Media Discourses in India and Pakistan This book is about media content analysis in the English language print media in South Asia with reference to certain contemporary issues. It is written from the perspective of the need to analyze media discourses and the ways in which their circulation creates a ‘common sense’ view of the world. The focus is on English language papers and news magazines; additionally some Hindi Urdu and Sindhi newspapers are examined. The highlight is on the ways in which English language publications contribute to and function within middle class matrices of modernity consumption conflict and conservatism in India.The book will interest those in media and communication studies journalism language and literature sociology and culture studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138380318

Tracking the White RabbitA Subversive View of Modern Culture Since its beginning depth psychology has attempted to change the status quo of individual and cultural life by probing beneath surface appearances. Lyn Cowan explores a number of subjects considering what possible meanings and implications for change might lie behind the conventional attitudes toward such subjects as:* Abortion* Gender and sexuality* Language* Memory* MelancholyThe author puts forward the argument that although "psychology" and "subversion" are not usually thought of as belonging together they should be. Such a view presented clearly with humour and insight offers a way to think differently about usual things and yield fresh meaning to some of the pressing dilemmas of our time and how we as individuals may respond to them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144675

Tractatus de globis et eorum usu. A Treatise descriptive of the Globes constructed by Emery MolyneuxAnd published in 1592 by Robert Hues. W The text is edited with 'Annotated Indices and an Introduction'. In addition to the treatise the volume contains 'Sailing Directions for the Circumnavigation of England and for a Voyage to the Straits of Gibraltar from a 15th Century MS' which originally appeared as Volume 79(b) in the series. The two sets of directions were originally bound together but separately paginated. The first contains the text of the 1638 English translation A learned treatise of globes by John Chilmead (but 'usually attributed to Edmund Chilmead with apparent corrections'); the title-page of the Latin original is dated 1594. The 'Sailing Directions' are edited with an account of the MS. by James Gairdner; with a Glossary by Edward Delmar Morgan. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1889. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315550435

Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus Ludwig Wittgenstein is one of the greatest and most fascinating philosophers of all time. His Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus composed in a series of remarkable numbered propositions was the only book he published in his lifetime. He tackles nothing less than the question of whether there is such a thing as a logically perfect language and armed with it what we can say about the nature of the world itself. Pushing the limits of language logic and philosophy the Tractatus is a brilliant cryptic and hypnotic tour de force exerting a major impact on twentieth-century philosophy and stirring the imagination today. With a new foreword by Ray Monk. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415854757

Tractatus Logico-PhilosophicusGerman and English The Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus first appeared in 1921 and was the only philosophical work that Ludwig Wittgenstein (1889-1951) published during his lifetime. Written in short carefully numbered paragraphs of extreme compression and brilliance it immediately convinced many of its readers and captured the imagination of all.Its chief influence at first was on the Logical Positivists of the 1920s and 1930s but many other philosophers were stimulated by its philosophy of language finding attractive even if ultimately unsatisfactory its view that propositions were pictures of reality. Perhaps most of all its own author after his return to philosophy in the late 1920s was fascinated by its vision of an inexpressible crystalline world of logical relationships.C.K. Ogden's translation of the Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus has a unique provenance. As revealed in Letters of C.K. Ogden (1973) and in correspondence in The Times Literary Supplement Wittgenstein Ramsey and Moore all worked with Ogden on the translation which had Wittgenstein's complete approval. The very name Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus was of Ogden's devising; and there is very strong feeling among philosophers that among the differing translations of this work Ogden's is the definitive text - and Wittgenstein's version of the English equivalent of his Logisch-Philosophische Abhandlung. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138170971

Tractatus Politico-PhilosophicusNew Directions for the Future Development of Humankind "Our time is the age of postmodernity and of the clash of epochs. But a new age of humanity is rising. It is evolutionity or the evolutionary epoch which replaces modernity and postmodernity."Tractatus Politico-Philosophicus (Political-Philosophical Treatise) aims to establish the principles of good governance and of a happy society and to open up new directions for the future development of humankind. W. Julian Korab-Karpowicz demonstrates the necessity of and provides a guide for the redirection of humanity. He argues that this paradigm shift must involve changing the character of social life and politics from competitive to cooperative encouraging moral and intellectual virtues providing foundations for happy societies promoting peace among countries and building a strong international community. Korab-Karpowicz’s seven principles for a happy society are:CooperationJusticeWise Leadership and Civic VirtuesEducation for Virtue and KnowledgeGood LawsPolitical KnowledgeContinuity of Generations Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888909

Tracts and Pamphlets by Richard Steele First Published in 1968. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985872

Trade Aid and Global Interdependence There are complex interrelationships between trade aid and development and with the move to a greater integration of economies throughout the world trade has become a vital factor in the economic social and political development of Third World nations. Trade Aid and Global Interdependence presents a concise analysis of this vast topic. Trade is introduced as a concept and as an activity; aid and global interdependence are then described in the context of trade in practice. This discussion of the world's shifting patterns of trade is illustrated with case studies from Asia Africa and Central and Latin America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175686

Trade Aid and SecurityAn Agenda for Peace and Development 'A compelling contribution to our evolving understanding of the links between trade aid and security � and what the international community needs to do to ensure peace and development in the world.' Achim Steiner Executive Director United Nations Environment Programme 'For far too long the international community ahs stood by while countries around the world descend into conflict and anarchy. We need to understand how we can engage more effectively with fragile and failing states. Trade Aid and Security is an important step in this direction.' Jan Pronk Special Representative of the UN General Secretary in Sudan and Former Minister of Development and the Environment The Netherlands. 'As we begin to contemplate what the post-Iraq world will look like it is vital that we reflect on the limits of the utility of hard power and the importance that development can play in avoiding failed states before they fail preventing conflicts and more successfully re-building states. This timely book makes a most important contribution to that process.' Lord Paddy Ashdown UN High Representative for Boznia and Herzegovina 2002 � 2006 Leader of UK Liberal Democrat Party 1988 � 1999 'As UN Special Representative to the Great Lakes Region of Africa I have seen the devastating impact of the trade in �conflict resources� with my own eyes. Amongst much else this book shows how different trade and aid politics can tackle the trade in conflict resources and make a real contribution to secure societies. It is essential reading.' Mohamed Sahnoun Special Representative of the UN Secretary General in Central and East Africa. Iraq Afghanistan Darfur. All resonate loudly on the international stage exposing and illustrating the intractable links between global security control over naturals resources � be it oil water timber or 'conflict diamonds' � and the manipulation of foreign aid and international trade policy. This volume written by leading authorities from across the globe introduces the linkages between trade aid and security and exposes how inappropriate or misused trade and aid policy can and do undermine security and contribute to violence and the disintegration of national states. On a practical level they demonstrate how six key areas of trade and aid policy can be used to help forge stability and security reduce the likelihood of armed conflict and assist economic and political recovery in our war-torn world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773416

Trade Development and Globalization This book provides a longitudinal study of developing country involvement in multilateral trade negotiations. The trade regime established at the end of the Second World War did not cater for and in some cases excluded the developmental interests of the newly independent countries. This book offers a detailed analysis of: The first attempts to revise the trade regime in the 1960s through the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development and the formation of the Group of 77 to enhance their bargaining potential. The mixed coalition strategy with the Cairns Group in the Uruguay Round of GATT. The new bargaining coalition the Group of Twenty that took on a much more confrontational and assertive bargaining position in the unsuccessful Doha round of the World Trade Organization. In part two the author explores the possibility that economic globalization may finally deliver to developing countries what they had failed to achieve in five decades of multilateral negotiations - an opportunity to climb the industrialization ladder and achieve development. The book offers a proposal for revising the format of trade negotiations in a way that helps overcome stalemates and deadlocks. Trade Development and Globalization will be of interest to students and scholars of international trade trade and development negotiation global governance political economy international relations and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138956537

Trade Empire and British Foreign Policy 1689-1815Politics of a Commercial State This new volume examines the influence of trade and empire from 1689 to 1815 a crucial period for British foreign policy and state-building. Jeremy Black a leading expert on British foreign policy draws on the wide range of archival material as well as other sources in order to ask how far and through what processes and to what ends foreign policy served commercial and imperial goals during this period. The book is particularly interested in the conceptualization of these goals in terms of international competition and how the contours and contents of this conceptualization altered during this period. Trade Empire and British Foreign Policy 1689-1815 also analyzes how the relationships between trade empire and foreign policy were perceived abroad and how this contributed to an analysis of Britain as a distinctive state and with what consequences. This book will be of much interest to students of British imperial history diplomatic history and international history in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759458

Trade Food Security and Human RightsThe Rules for International Trade in Agricultural Products and the Evolving World Food Crisis Most scholars attribute systemic causes of food insecurity to poverty human overpopulation lack of farmland and expansion of biofuel programs. However as Chen argues here another significant factor has been overlooked. The current food insecurity is not absolute food shortage since global food production still exceeds the need of the entire world population but a problem of how to secure access to resources. Distorted agricultural trade undermines world food distribution and uneven distribution impedes people’s access to food particularly in poor developing countries. Examining EU and US agricultural policies and World Trade Organization negotiations in agriculture the author argues how they affect the international agricultural trade claiming that current food insecurity is the result of inequitable food distribution and trade practices. The international trade regime is advised to reconcile trade rules with the consideration of food security issues. Several other enforceable solutions to reduce world hunger and malnutrition are also advanced including national capacity building the improvement of governance and strategic development of biofuel programs. This book will be of great interest to agricultural trade professionals and consultant policy makers in the EU US and developing countries. Students and researchers with a concentration on international trade agriculture economics global governance and international law will benefit greatly from this study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600372

Trade Globalization and Poverty An outstanding work written to celebrate the seventieth birthday of Jagdish Bhagwati; the foremost defender of free trade and its role in developing economies in the world today this rigorously academic and critical volume represents an important contribution to the understanding of many aspects of globalization. The editors affiliated with four of the leading economics departments in the USA bring together a stellar line of contributors from across the world to discuss the themes and arguments raised by Bhagwati’s latest work. A renowned professor of economics and regarded as one of the foremost international trade economist of modern times Jagdish Bhagwati has written or edited over forty books including In Defence of Globalization and Free Trade Today as well as being the founding editor of Economics and Politics and The Journal of International Economics. A tribute to the great intellectual accomplishments and the inspiration that Jagdish Bhagwati provided to the field during his prolific and influential career this book is a must read for all students and academics studying or working in international trade and development economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383210

Trade Globalization and Sustainability Impact AssessmentA Critical Look at Methods and Outcomes Trade liberalization as promoted by the World Trade Organization (WTO) has become one of the dominant drivers and most controversial aspects of globalization. Trade sustainability impact assessments (SIAs) were introduced as a means of generating better understanding especially of the social and environmental impacts of trade liberalisation and of making those impacts more consistent with sustainable development. This book takes a hard look at the experience of Trade SIAs to date and the extent to which they have achieved their objectives and improved the outcomes of trade negotiations. It proposes several ways in which Trade SIAs could be made more effective and illustrates these in respect of controversial sectors in which trade liberalisation has been implemented or proposed including commodities services and investment. Finally the book makes proposals beyond SIA through which some of the conflicts between trade liberalization and sustainable development could be more effectively addressed. Written by top researchers and experts on trade SIAs this book is vital for researchers academics post-graduate students and policy makers working on any aspect of impact assessment international trade or globalisation more generally. In addition the book will provide a particularly useful background for those considering how the environment and trade interrelate at both global and regional levels with some particular insights on climate change and trade policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993723

Trade Health and the EnvironmentThe European Union Put to the Test The trade conflicts that the EU has faced within the EU or WTO context demonstrate that the question of how to balance trade and other societal values in situations of uncertainty has not been solved by the regulatory model evolved by the EU in the aftermath of the BSE crisis – one which privileges processes of depoliticisation and scientification. This book addresses the current key dilemmas around science law and the regulation of trade both on a regime level and in the context of particular industrial sectors e.g pharmaceuticals climate change and nanotechnology. It will present possible future research avenues by looking at both theory and practice and learning from various disciplines (law and social sciences) legal realities (WTO USA and EU) and actors (regulators stakeholders courts). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138192607

Trade Investment and Economic Development in AsiaEmpirical and policy issues In an era of globalization trade in goods and cross-border services and capital flows play a key role in determining the economic growth path of countries. Over the last two decades countries have embarked on several alternate tracks to liberalize and deepen their linkage with the world economy. The growing trade-investment nexus and the emerging developments lead to deeper international production networks rise in cross-border trade in services and in regional trade agreements and so on. The debate of whether it is possible to empirically validate the potential benefits of this deepening trade-investment linkage is ongoing. The evidence in literature is however ambiguous. This book contributes to the literature by looking at Asian economies and at the EU Maghreb countries and Pacific Island economics. It examines the issues under four broad areas namely: (1) trade: theoretical and policy issues (2) factor flows: impact on trade and welfare (3) impact of trade and factor flows on environment and (4) institutions international trade and policy issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815350811

Trade Money and Power in Medieval England The sixteen articles in this collection analyse the contribution made by overseas trade and the wealth in coin which it created to the development of the English economy and locate this in an European-wide setting. In time they range from the late Anglo-Saxon period up to the advent of the Tudors. The papers include general surveys of the importance of coinage and credit in the rise and decline of a market economy and of the way that credit functioned in a society that lacked reliable supplies of bullion and which was also subject to the scourges of warfare and devastating disease. They illustrate too how from the tenth century the English crown used its control and exploitation of the coinage as part of a sophisticated fiscal system which helped create the precocious power of the English state. The author further shows how the wool trade altered the geographical pattern of wealth and enriched peasants landowners and merchants while the competing interests involved in the trade also cause political conflicts in Parliament and in the government of London during the period when London was establishing itself as the political capital and the financial centre of the kingdom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138375208

Trade Politics and SocietyThe Indian Milieu in the Early Modern Era The essays in the volume deal with a broad range factors integral to Indian history in the early modern era. They unfold many facets of the trade politics and society of the country and offer new perspectives which will help dispel some long held misconceptions. The first part of the book is concerned mainly with trade and commerce in Bengal while subsequent chapters provide an extensive survey of  maritime trade in the Indian Ocean and the unique contribution of Armenian communities in Dhaka’s commercial and social life of the eighteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138234895

Trade Poverty DevelopmentGetting Beyond the WTO's Doha Deadlock This work seeks to look beyond the seemingly endless deadlock in the WTO’s Doha round of trade negotiations that began in November 2001 and were first scheduled to conclude by January 1 2005. As well as offering an incisive analysis of the ills of the round with particular attention directed at the poorest and least developed countries the book expands on how the round could be moved forward elaborating on the Statement on the Doha Development Agenda that was negotiated in Johannesburg . The work as a whole provides the reader with a critical analysis of the implications of the negotiations for development and poverty reduction as well as proposals for moving beyond the current impasse. The volume brings together contributions from serving and former ambassadors to the WTO key practitioners and civil society representatives along with those of leading scholars. Each chapter explores an area of critical importance to the round; and together they stand as an important contribution to debates not only about the Doha round but also about the role of trade in the amelioration of poverty in the poorest countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415624503

Trade Theory and Econometrics This book brings together cutting edge contributions in the fields of international economics micro theory welfare economics and econometrics with contributions from Donald R. Davis Avinash K. Dixit Tadashi Inoue Ronald W. Jones Dale W. Jorgenson K. Rao Kadiyala Murray C. Kemp Kenneth M. Kletzer Anne O. Krueger Mukul Majumdar Daniel McFadden Lionel McKenzie James R. Melvin James C. Moore Takashi Negishi Yoshihiko Otani Raymond Riezman Paul A. Samuelson Joaquim Silvestre and Marie Thursby. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985933

Trade Traders and the Ancient City Trade exchange and commerce touched the lives of everyone in antiquity especially those who lived in urban areas. Trade Traders and the Ancient City addresses the nature of exchange and commerce and the effects it had in cities throughout the ancient world from the Bronze Age Near East to late Roman northern Italy.Trade Traders and the Ancient City employs the most recent archaeological papyrological epigraphic and literary evidence to present an innovative and timely analysis of the importance and influence of trade in the ancient world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415518925

Trade Transport and Society in the Ancient World (Routledge Revivals)A Sourcebook This book first published in 1992 presents an introduction to the nature of trade and transport in antiquity through a selection of translated literary papyrological epigraphical and legal sources. These texts illustrate a range of aspects of ancient trade and transport: from the role of the authorities to the status of traders to the capacity and speed of ancient ships. It is clear that the actual means of transportation were crucial; the book illustrates the limitations of ancient transport technology and the consequences for the development of commerce. It focuses first on different aspects of transport over land and then on transport by river and concludes with a discussion of several aspects of ancient seafaring This book is ideal for students of ancient history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138826601

Trade Agreements at the Crossroads The book examines trade agreements in the context of the current world economic crisis and the uncompleted World Trade Organization (WTO) Doha Round of trade negotiations. With economies shrinking and protectionism on the rise many fear a protracted global recession. This raises important questions as to what role trade agreements – multilateral plurilateral and bilateral – should be playing in the current climate of uncertainty and how best to plan for a more stable economic future. Previous assumptions are now being questioned making this an opportune time to critically examine the WTO free trade agreements bilateral investment treaties and other international economic law instruments. Furthermore participants in international agreements are concerned with emerging issues that have the potential to strengthen or weaken the global trading system including matters of treaty interpretation; terms of new agreements; and effects of existing provisions. This book provides a timely addition to the international economic law literature as its submissions have been prepared during a time of unusual uncertainty and economic change; individuals interested in international economic law will seek scholarship that recognizes the current international economic climate. This book should be of interest to a wide range of academics and student researchers as well as policymakers and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138918047

Trade Among Multinationals (RLE International Business)Intra-Industry Trade and National Competitiveness In the 1980s many developed countries were increasingly tempted to improve their national competitiveness by adopting protectionist policies. This book demonstrates that such policies would be mistaken and do serious damage to industries in the countries concerned. This book based on extensive original research provides important empirical evidence concerning the proportion of all trade which is intra-industry trade; concerning the key role of multinationals in the growth of intra-industry trade and concerning the contrasting response – particularly between those companies which are multinational parents and those which are multinational subsidiaries – to the changing competitive conditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752060

Trade and Capital Flow among Asian EconomiesIssues and Developments in Business and Management' Trade and capital are important in the Asia region. Trade in the APEC region has been increasing but the large rise in China’s exports has also been disturbing as it exhibits export substitution. The first two papers conclude that every economy has gained in trade though some are more successful than others. And that rise in export has a lot to do with a rise in foreign direct investments. Macroeconomic stability is the pre-condition to growth. Empirical studies show that the lack of stability has encouraged capital to flee an economy. Similarly a market-oriented price-driven and matured financial market provides an alternative source of funding. The lesson in economic development is that success in economic growth requires both an externally friendly market environment as well as consistent and favourable internal policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993730

Trade and Commerce Explores the complex financial underpinnings of both settlement and ultimately rebellion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698649

Trade and Contemporary Society along the Silk RoadAn ethno-history of Ladakh This book provides an ethno-historical study of the trade system in Ladakh (India) a busy entrepôt for Silk Route trade between Central and South Asia. Previously a part of global networks Ladakh became an isolated border area as national boundaries were defined and enforced in the mid-20th century. As trade with Central Asia ended social life in Ladakh was irrevocably altered. The author's research combines anthropological historical and archaeological methods of investigation using data from primary documents ethnographic interviews and participation-observation fieldwork. The result is a cultural history of South and Central Asia detailing the social lives of historical Ladakhi traders and identifying their community as a cosmopolitan social group. The relationship between the historical narratives and the modern ethnographic context illustrates how social issues in modern communities are related to those of the past. It is demonstrated that this relationship depends on both memories narratives about the past constructed within present social contexts and legacies ways in which the past continues to shape present social interactions. This book will be of particular interest to anthropologists historians and specialists in South and Central Asian studies as well as those interested in historical archaeology science sociology  political science and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415693158

Trade and CultureThe Ongoing Debate Governments that seek to liberalize trade can find that doing so is often in tension with their desire to achieve the objectives of cultural policy. This is because measures like local content requirements can seem like discriminatory practices when viewed through the lens of trade liberalization. This tension has prompted a long-standing debate with great variation in how countries have approached it. Trade and Culture: The Ongoing Debate explores this variation across geographic space. It also seeks to explain the evolution in these various policies over time. Policies are not static largely due to domestic politics shifts in the international trading system and technological developments. The chapters in this volume explore the different approaches to the trade and culture debate and provide an up-to-date look at current versions of these policies in Canada the European Union South Africa Latin America South Korea the United States and China. This book will be of great value to scholars and researchers interested in cultural policies and the politics of international trade. This book was originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of Cultural Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367639983

Trade and Developing Countries This reissue initially published in 1977 is an introduction to contemporary trading positions and problems of developing countries. The authors examine the main export options of Third World countries and consider the roles of the key international organisations – GATT UNCTAD etc – and those of national governments and foreign investors. The authors complete their review with an examination of the way in which numbers of developing countries have tried to diversify their trade relations particularly by creating Third World trading groups. Contemporary economic difficulties and their impact upon the Third World is also discussed with the authors displaying a guarded optimism about real changes in world economic relations citing factors such as the spread of trade among developing countries and the increase processing of raw materials as potential for the wider participation of developing countries in international trade. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851732

Trade and Empire in Muscat and ZanzibarThe Roots of British Domination M. Reda Bhacker looks at the role of Oman in the Indian Ocean prior to British domination of the region. Omani merchant communities played a crucial part in the development of commercial activity throughout the territories they held in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries especially between Muscat and Zanzibar using long established trade networks. They were also largely responsible for the integration of the commerce of the Indian Ocean into the nascent global capitalist system. The author himself a member of an important Omani merchant family looks in detail at the complex relationship between the merchant community and Oman's rulers first the Ya'ariba and then the Albusaidis. He analyses the tribal and religious dynamics of Omani politics both in Arabia where he looks especially at the Wahhabi/Saudi threat and in Oman's sprawling `empire' with particular reference to Zanzibar where the Omani ruler Sa'id b Sultan had his court from 1840. His aim is to consider all Oman's overseas territories as a single entity without the usual misleading compartmentalisation of African and Arab history. Dr Bhacker finds that despite their prestige and influence in the region neither the merchant communities nor the government were able to respond to Britain's determined onslaught. Bhacker traces the local and regional factors that allowed Britain to destroy Oman's largely commercial challenge and to emerge by the end of the nineteenth century as the commercially and politically dominant power in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415756006

Trade and EnvironmentConflict or Compatibility Can trade liberalization and environmental protection be pursued together or do the two objectives inevitably conflict? The rapid evolution of international regimes and institutions is increasingly bringing such conflicts to the fore. A consensus both on the extent of the clash and on how it can be resolved does not yet exist. This volume includes the proceedings from the RIIA's April 1997 conference on trade and the environment which brought together prominent contributors from all sides of the debate including industry governments academics NG0s and intergovernmental institutions such as the World Trade Organization UNEP UNCTAD and the OECD. They examine the background to the issue; the impacts of trade-related environmental measures; the relationship between environmental policy competitiveness and investment; industry and developing country concerns; and the evolution of dispute settlement procedures in the EU and the WTO. The concluding chapter features a wide-ranging discussion on the future of the debate and of the WTO's Committee on Trade and Environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180543

Trade And Foreign Direct Investment In Data Services Data services are among the most dynamic components of international trade and foreign direct investment. Technical progress changes in the economic sector factors influencing the international specialization in data services and the impact of obstacles combine to determine the growth of trade and foreign direct investment in data services. UNCTC assumed the responsibility for preparing the sectoral paper on trade and foreign direct investment in data services (transborder data flows). The scope of the paper was to include an examination of the importance and impact of the emerging data-service industries especially in Latin America; a clarification of conceptual issues related to trade and foreign direct investment in data services; a documentation of the dimensions of various forms of international transactions in services; an analysis of the determinants of these transactions; a review of the policies and issues relating to them; and an outline of possible actions at the national regional and international levels for dealing with questions related to data services. The present study contains the results of the work on these issues. Special attention is given throughout this book to developing countries in general and Latin American countries in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367214807

Trade and Human RightsThe Ethical Dimension in US - China Relations This title was first published in 2002: Utilizing the case of the 1994 US decision to delink China’s human rights record from most favoured nation status Susan C. Morris addresses the critical issues where commercialism and human rights converge. This insightful addition to the literature on US foreign policy on human rights draws on both political and economic theory touching upon the relationships between labour conditions and production business and freedom of association management and bargaining and ultimately the relationship between economics and human justice. Empirically the work draws on US Congressional proceedings and debates throughout the decade of the 1990s. Although the trade and human rights debate has long been ingrained in the rhetoric of scholars the research approaches the issue within the context of communism’s last major threshold making it a valuable contribution to the field of international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138723481

Trade and Migration in the Modern World Revolutionized by the growing use of fossil fuels and electricity and the reduced costs of transportation and communications international trade and migration has received an unprecedented boost in recent years. Using a theory of economic and political gravitation backed up with both quantitative analysis and qualitative description Mosk argues that the tendency for trade and migration to flow together is tempered by market forces and political resistance to diversity in migration. This results in a glaring paradox: the political arenas of nation states are divided between embracing and opposing diversity in immigration the same immigration flows their own policies helped create. A remarkable volume this book will be invaluable to students of economics demographic historians policy makers and political scientists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415652872

Trade and Poor Economies First Published in 1979. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138417090

Trade and the EnvironmentA New Zealand Perspective Published in 1997 this book is about the link between trade and the environment which has become a very important national issue for all countries in particular those countries which have been undergoing lengthy periods of trade and investment liberalization programmes recently. This has also become an international issue of tremendous current interest given its implications on the global environment and trading system. International organizations such as WTO OECD the UN and regional trading arrangements such as NAFTA EEC and APEC have been actively involved in the policy debate. Despite the critical importance of trade-environment issues less is known about the linkages between the two. This book presents a New Zealand perspective as a case-study of global interest for two reasons: firstly many countries both developed and developing are taking the New Zealand economic reforms as a model for restructuring their economies. Secondly New Zealand is going to become a member of APEC (Asia Pacific Economic Co-operation) together with 17 other countries in the area by 2010 (developed countries) and 2020 (developing countries). The book is expected to contribute significantly to the current debate and to assist in the process of reconciliation of trade and environmental policies for sustainable development within the context of APEC integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138367883

Trade and Traders in Early Indian Society Highlighting diverse types of market places and merchants this book situates the commercial scenario of early India (up to c. ad 1300) in the overall agrarian material milieu of the subcontinent. The book questions the stereotypical narrative of early Indian trade as exchanges in small quantity exotic portable luxury items and strongly argues for the significance of trade in relatively inexpensive bulk commodities â€“ including agrarian/floral products – at local and regional levels and also in long distance trade. That staple items had salience in the sea-borne trade of early India figures prominently in this book which points out that commercial exchanges touched the everyday life of a variety of people. A major feature of this work is the conspicuous thrust on and attention to the sea-borne commerce in the subcontinent. The history of Indic seafaring in the Indian Ocean finds a prominent place in this book pointing out the braided histories of overland and maritime networks in the subcontinent. In addition to three specific chapters on the maritime profile of early Bengal the third edition of Trade and Traders in Early Indian Society offers two new chapters (14 and 15) on the commercial scenario of Gujarat dealing respectively with an organization of merchants during the early sixth century ad and with the long-term linkages between money-circulation and overseas trade in Gujarat c. ad 500-1500). A new preface to the Third Edition discusses the emerging historiographical issues in the history of trade in early India. Rich in the interrogation of a wide variety of primary sources the book analyses the changing perspectives on early Indian trade by taking into account the current literature on the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367529789

Trade And Transformation In Korea 1876-1945 Exploring the interaction among system state and society this book illuminates the social and economic history of late nineteenth- and early twentieth-century colonial Korea. Dennis McNamara argues that transformation within and trade abroad led by rice exports spurred Korea's shift from isolation to inclusion in a modern regional system. In h Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319175

Trade and TransitionsA Comparative Analysis of Adjustment Policies Faced with increased levels of international competition and mounting budget deficits some developed Western economies have responded by introducing trade restrictions. This book uses a comparative analysis of eight leading industrial nations (including Japan the United States West Germany and Britain) to demonstrate that such policies are mistaken. Alternatives to trade restrictions including subsidies for industries and labour-market policy instruments are also shown to have their drawbacks and the book emphasises the need for countries to find and exploit policies which fulfil their own political and social needs but which are least injurious to their trading partners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985896

Trade and TransitionTrade Promotion in Transitional Economies Export promotion covers various fiscal commercial and exchange rate measures that governments can take to ensure some neutrality when comparing domestic and export markets. These essays discuss export promotion and its pros and cons. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039749

Trade Associations and Uniform Costing in the British Printing Industry 1900-1963 First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985902

Trade Facilitation in the Multilateral Trading SystemGenesis Course and Accord Negotiations on trade facilitation were concluded at the WTO 9th Ministerial Conference in 2013 and the Agreements on Trade Facilitation (TFA) therefore became the first fully multilateral agreement in WTO history. Since then trade facilitation has been in the limelight on the stage of the world trading system. During recent years the TFA has been consistently on the agenda of the summits of G20 G7 and APEC. The Agreement has come into force and shall be implemented on a global scale. As a result the WTO members shall be prepared to translate the Agreement into their domestic legislation which will involve a series of reforms in trade laws and policies.There are extensive voices demanding a comprehensive expatiation on trade facilitation and the TFA. It is essential to systematically delve into the genesis of trade facilitation revisit the course where the TFA came into being and analyse the well-turned legalese of the TFA. This book meets this demand.This book is path-breaking in these aspects: it expounds on the rationales for trade facilitation and the significance of constituting an international accord on trade facilitation; it restores the one-century track of the international community’s talks on trade facilitation from the times of the League of Nations to the WTO era; it reveals how the WTO negotiating mechanisms enabled the TFA to be nailed down which would be enlightening for trade diplomats engaged in other WTO negotiations; and it provides an in-depth commentary on the TFA articles which will help stakeholders more accurately understand and implement the Agreement.This book will be especially valuable for government officials and policy-makers trade practitioners lawyers advisers and scholars interested in international economic law WTO law international trade international relations and international development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588595

Trade Governance of the Belt and Road InitiativeEconomic Logic Value Choices and Institutional Arrangement This book looks at the rationale behind the Belt and Road Initiative by China and attempts to explain the motivation from economical and historical perspectives. The book also compares trade governance of China with those of the United Kingdom and United States and analyzes the value construction and promotion process of Chinese trade governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367504335

Trade in Eastern Seas 1793-1813 First Published in 1966. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985919

Trade Infrastructure and Economic Development There is growing consensus in the literature that trade and trade policy matter for a pro-poor growth and development strategy. Therefore policies that are consistent with this strategy feature increasingly in many African countries where poverty is endemic and rapid and where sustainable economic growth is viewed as the major vehicle for poverty reduction. Key elements of these polices include measures that promote the expansion and diversification of production and trade in Africa. This book is aimed at articulating appropriate structural and policy measures for eliminating the constraints that African countries face and thus ensuring that they can derive maximum benefits from all available market access opportunities. There is evidence that most African countries face external market access barriers in their major export destinations which are generally less constraining than those confronting countries in other developing country regions. Yet they have generally not been able to take full advantage of the special (preferential) market access opportunities available to them. This suggests that improved external market access whether reciprocal or preferential would not by itself be sufficient for strengthening African export performance. In this collection export supply response capacity takes external (beyond-the-border) factors as given and concentrates primarily on the internal (behind-the-border) factors that influence production and distribution costs and thus competitiveness. The central working hypothesis of this book is that the inability of domestic producers and exporters in Africa to respond quickly effectively and efficiently to external market access opportunities is caused by various limitations of their internal supply capacity and that this in turn is largely responsible for the lacklustre export performance of many African countries. This comprehensive study should be of interest to students and researchers of international trade and development economics as well as African studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138243989

Trade Investment and the Environment A discussion on the future of trade investment and the environment. It sets out the trade investment and environment agenda in the run-up to the Millennium Round of trade negotiations. Topics covered include: building markets for sustainable trade; environmental regulation; finance and transnational corporations; environmental regulation and international investment; and conflict resolution in the World Trade Organization. The contributors include Renato Ruggiero (WTO Director General) Brian Wilson MP (UK Trade Minister) and John Gummer MP (former UK Secretary of State for the Environment). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138423879

Trade Liberalisation and Poverty in South Asia The link between trade liberalisation and poverty has arguably been one of the most debated topics in development policy debate. Existing studies on the subject have primarily used multi-country cross-sectional data and there is a growing concern about the limitations of this approach in providing a sound empirical basis for informing the policy debate. These limitations point to the need for undertaking in-depth analyses within individual countries over time. In order to examine the connection between trade liberalisation and poverty this book provides case studies of trade policy reforms and poverty reduction outcomes of seven countries in South Asia - Bangladesh Bhutan India Maldives Nepal Pakistan and Sri Lanka. The South Asia region allows for an excellent comparative study given the widespread emphasis on liberalisation reforms in the region over the past two decades as well as highlighting significant inter-country differences in terms of the timing and comprehensiveness of reforms and the heavy concentration of world poverty in the region. This book is a useful contribution to studies on South Asia as well as International Trade and Development Economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138948235

Trade Liberalisation and PovertyVietnam now and beyond This book uses Alan Winters’ analytical framework to investigate the effects of trade liberalisation on economic growth and poverty in Vietnam. The country launched a programme of economic and trade reforms known as Doi Moi in the mid-1980s which placed the economy on a transitional path from central planning to a market economy. Since then Vietnam has attained a number of remarkable achievements in terms of economic growth and poverty reduction. Although some formidable problems (such as inequality and inflation) remain it is apparent that trade liberalisation has been associated with a big reduction in poverty. The analysis in the book focuses on the microeconomic (household) level and there is an emphasis on tracing the effects of trade liberalisation through the four separate channels identified by Winters. Such in-depth and micro-level analyses yield new insights that support important policy lessons and recommendations for Vietnam in particular and more generally for similar developing countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138317000

Trade Liberalisation and Regional Disparity in Pakistan Pakistan’s military which has directly controlled the country’s affairs for more than half of its post-independence history and which often retained real political power even during periods of democratic rule has played a significant role in trade liberalisation. Regional disparities have increased since the beginning of major trade liberalisation attempts in the 1980s and at present regional conflicts and the associated regional disparities are extremely high. The authors critically review the country's post-independence political economy of trade liberalisation the resulting structural change and the story of regional disparities identifying possible relations with political regimes. Using a regional computable general equilibrium (CGE) model the effects of trade liberalisation on regional disparities are quantitatively examined with an emphasis on the key export industries at a national level and on the relative output and employment growth at a regional level. In the first study to distinguish a possible link between trade liberalisation and regional disparities under dissimilar political regimes such as autocracy and democracy Butt and Bandara use Pakistan as a case study to draw broader lessons for other developing countries. This book will be of interest to academics economists political analysts and policymakers interested in development economics in general and South Asia in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993747

Trade Liberalization and APEC Trade liberalization has swept over developing countries over the past few decades and its results have been argued about for the last few years. This important new book presents useful insights into the experience of APEC countries that have gone through numerous liberalizing reforms in recent times. Students researchers and readers generally interested in APEC economies will find this book a good addition to their bookshelves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415652889

Trade Negotiations In The Oecd First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985926

Trade Openness and China's Economic Development With the expansion of globalization international trade has played an increasingly significant role especially for developing countries. As the largest developing country China has made a lot of efforts to integrate to the global market since its Open and Reform Policy in 1978 and has become the second largest economy in world. So what is the effect of China’s trade-oriented strategy for the country and the world? How did it improve the country’s economic development? These are some critical questions this book discusses. This book utilizes classic Western economic models to examine how China’s openness policies have affected the manufacturing upgrading and economic development of the country. A large amount of micro-level empirical evidence is added to support the conclusion. Scholars and students in economics and business will benefit from this book.  Also it will appeal to readers interested in policy making and Chinese studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367441845

Trade Policy Processing and New Zealand Forestry This title was first published in 2000:  Examines core issues with respect to the effect of export restrictions the impact on processing and welfare the consequences of foreign ownership of the resource and the possibility of utilizing export restrictions as a retaliatory strategy against escalating tariff structures. It also examines the impact of liberalization of processed good markets. The book employs a combination of formal general equilibrium modelling and counterfactual simulation using computable general equilibrium (CGE) tecniques with the New Zealand forestry industry used as a case study throughout. The book makes a contribution to the literature in this field by incorporating foreign ownership into an extensive formal analysis of processing incentives develooping a new CGE model of the New Zealand economy utilizing this model to evaluate the costs of export restrictions and utilizing the GTAP to provide insights into the possible effect of the APEC Early Voluntary Sector Liberalization strategy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138704381

Trade Policy Processing and New Zealand Forestry This title was first published in 2000:  Examines core issues with respect to the effect of export restrictions the impact on processing and welfare the consequences of foreign ownership of the resource and the possibility of utilizing export restrictions as a retaliatory strategy against escalating tariff structures. It also examines the impact of liberalization of processed good markets. The book employs a combination of formal general equilibrium modelling and counterfactual simulation using computable general equilibrium (CGE) tecniques with the New Zealand forestry industry used as a case study throughout. The book makes a contribution to the literature in this field by incorporating foreign ownership into an extensive formal analysis of processing incentives develooping a new CGE model of the New Zealand economy utilizing this model to evaluate the costs of export restrictions and utilizing the GTAP to provide insights into the possible effect of the APEC Early Voluntary Sector Liberalization strategy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138704404

Trade Policy Protectionism and the Third World The 1980s saw an alarming revival of protectionism among Western countries as a result of a decade of persistent economic crises slow growth industrial decline and rising unemployment. The two major actors the US and the European Community between them bore the major responsibility for the breakdown of the liberal world trading system. Protection in the 1970s and 1980s took the form of replacing free international markets by bilateral agreements. This book first published in 1986 examines the European Community’s Generalized System of Preferences whereby the manufactured exports of developing nations would have duty-free access to the markets of the EEC and the consequences to this System of the new protectionism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138300712

Trade Policy and Global GrowthNew Directions in the International Economy This collection of essays offers critical perspectives on current issues in the international economy. Divided into four parts U.S. Trade Policy and Global Growth discusses managed trade and international interdependence the effect of trade on domestic wages and employment the costs and benefits of trade protection and likely effects of NAFTA. The collection also addresses the U.S. trade deficit and presents a Keynesian proposal for international monetary reform. Part IV focuses on issues facing developing countries in the areas of trade industrial and financial policy. Rejecting the dogma that pure free-market policies should be accepted as articles of religious faith in either international trade or domestic policy the contributors search for trade and macro policies that can achieve balanced growth with high employment and an equitable distribution of income in both the United States and the rest of the world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315482293

Trade Politics Trade has always been an intensely political activity. Its conduct determines the well-being of entire national communities and expansion of trade since the Second World War has been one of the major engines of world economic growth. In this new fully updated edition leading experts from around the world provide a comprehensive overview of the politics of international trade in the twenty-first century. The book explains the changing political environment in which trade policy is shaped the core political issues the future trade agenda and the role of the key actors.Subjects covered include:* transatlantic trade relations* regional trading agreements in Asia Europe North America and Latin America* how trade affects developing countries* the politics of the World Trade Organization* key policy areas such as agriculture competition and intellectual property* the role of firms and governments in international trade* how trade impacts on human rights and the environment. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429486722

Trade Protection in the European Community This book first published in 1992 provides an in-depth analysis of the EC policy-making processes elating to trade protection. It argues that the decision-making process is biased towards national policy-makers leading to the political determination of the EC’s administered protection with the outcome being that protection is geared towards domestic producer interests seeking relief from import competition. This study offers a unique perspective because it locates the analysis of EC trade protection within the wider framework of EC decision-making processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138304253

Trade Regime and Economic Growth First published in 1998 this volume focuses on the relationship between trade policy and economic growth one of the most controversial questions in the emerging paradigm on "international trade and economic development". Authored by a senior monetary expert and a senior lecturer in finance the question is explored through institutional and policy issues with examples from a sample of ten African countries with special reference to Malawi and Zambia. Asking which trade regime is appropriate for promoting economic growth in developing countries the book concludes by discussing the appropriate strategy for African countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367024116

Trade Relations Between the EU and AfricaDevelopment challenges and options beyond the Cotonou Agreement Trade liberalisation and openness as linchpins for development have been flagships of conventional economic policy advices to most African countries over the last few decades. Much of the orientation of the focus however has been on the impact of international trade on development rather than the requirements that development should inform the shaping of the international trading system so that African countries may be able to benefit from such trade. This view has permeated both academic debate and the Economic Partnership Agreement (EPA) Negotiation between the European Commission and groups of African Caribbean and Pacific (ACP) States. This timely volume advances an alternative set of inter-related interdisciplinary perspectives and debates which contribute to overlapping genres and discourses notably how rules of origins may stifle the development dimension of EPAs how special agricultural safeguards may be used in balancing the effects of trade liberalisation on small farm holders in Africa. It also discusses the centrality of aid for trade in trade negotiations and mainstreaming development in the EPAs debate to enhance domestic supply side in Africa and the various regional integration processes in the region. This book focuses on areas of trade that may inform the development dimension of international trade. With this edited volume a team of specialists provide a comprehensive survey of ACP –EU trade and Africa trade relation in the global context placing it in its legal economic and political contexts. The book innovative approach coupled with a stimulating and accessible writing style allows the reader to engage fully with the content. It will be of most value to students scholars and related policymakers of international development and trade economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138013148

Trade Secret Theft Industrial Espionage and the China Threat Although every country seeks out information on other nations China is the leading threat when it comes to the theft of intellectual assets including inventions patents and R&D secrets. Trade Secret Theft Industrial Espionage and the China Threat provides an overview of economic espionage as practiced by a range of nations from around the world—focusing on the mass scale in which information is being taken for China's growth and development. Supplying a current look at espionage the book details the specific types of information China has targeted for its collection efforts in the past. It explains what China does to prepare for its massive collection efforts and describes what has been learned about China's efforts during various Congressional hearings with expert advice and details from both the FBI and other government agencies.This book is the product of hundreds of hours of research with material both primary and secondary reviewed studied and gleaned from numerous sources including White House documentation and various government agencies. Within the text you will learn the rationale and techniques used to obtain information in the past. You will see a bit of history over centuries where espionage has played a role in the economy of various countries and view some cases that have come to light when individuals were caught. The book supplies an understanding of how the economy of a nation can prosper or suffer depending on whether that nation is protecting its intellectual property or whether it is stealing such property for its own use. The text concludes by outlining specific measures that corporations and their employees can practice to protect their information and assets both at home and abroad. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439899380

Trade Strategy and the Asian-Pacific Region This volume first published in 1970 assesses the major reappraisal of US world commercial policy that took place in the 1960s – in particular the wishes for free trade treaties that would bring about the liberalisation of international trade. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138618374

Trade Union Activists East and WestComparisons in Multinational Companies This title was first published in 2000:  This text concerns the transformation of class consciousness. It shows that differences between trade union activists from the East and West are not inherited from the past but are socially constructed and that Eastern trade unions are "no longer" like their Western counterparts as opposed to "not yet" like them. The study concentrates mainly on Italy and Poland with East and West referring to concepts and perceptions rather than as a geographical concern. It discovers whether the differences in trade union consciousness are due to the meaning members give a situation or the specificity of the local work settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138736535

Trade Union and Social History There is perhaps no area of British life where attitudes are more strongly influenced by shared traditions and past experiences than the trade union movement; the memory of the working-class movements is a long one. It is therefore all the more important in the light of recent events to examine the origins and development of trade-union organization over the decades if we are to understand the unions of today which have emerged as one of the most crucial and strongest elements in the economy. This book is the product of twenty years’ detailed research and general reflection on the course of trade-union development and ranges over the whole field of British trade-union history from the early craft societies to the structure of modern trade unionism. It begins by illuminating the problems associated with researching and writing in this field and goes on to trace the main trends of trade-union development linking these with modern trade-union problems. Particular attention is paid to some of the important aspects of this history – the Owenite period the so-called New Model unions the origins of the Trades Union Congress and more recent changes in trade-union organization. These themes are woven into a broad study which includes detailed investigation of individual trade unions (particularly the printing unions and also an early employers association) with a general review of the whole movement. Trade-union history is closely bound up with social conditions and Professor Musson also examines a number of such related aspects as the struggle for a free press the origins of the co-operative movement and the early factory system. This classic book was first published in 1974. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138865297

Trade Union and Social Studies There is perhaps no area of British life where attitudes are more strongly influenced by shared traditions and past experiences than the trade union movement; the memory of the working-class movements is a long one. It is therefore all the more important in the light of recent events to examine the origins and development of trade-union organization over the decades if we are to understand the unions of today which have emerged as one of the most crucial and strongest elements in the economy. This book is the product of twenty years' detailed research and general reflection on the course of trade-union development and ranges over the whole field of British trade-union history from the early craft societies to the structure of modern trade unionism. It begins by illuminating the problems associated with researching and writing in this field and goes on to trace the main trends of trade-union development linking these with modern trade-union problems. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203043226

Trade Unions First published in 1905 this book offers a perspective on the aims and objectives of British trade unions. It details the history constitution and aims of the trade union challenging the misconception that a trade union exists solely to foster strikes harass employers and hamper industry and discussing the many positives of such organisations. Designed to be accessible for the general public this book covers history organisation function action and influence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138617438

Trade Unions and Arab RevolutionsChallenging the Regime in Egypt “We started the 2011 revolution and the rest of Egypt followed ” say Egyptian workers with strong conviction and passion. Egyptian independent workers’ continuous claims of contention and protest repertoires were one of several main factors leading to the January  25 2011 uprising. After thirty-two years of a Mubarak-led authoritarian regime massive protests began in January 2011 and forced President Mubarak to step down from his position on February 11 2011. So how did Egyptian workers challenge the regime and how did they become one of the factors leading to the January  2011 uprising? These workers were organized into loose networks of different independent groups that had been protesting for a decade and longer prior to January 2011. These regular protests for over a decade before 2011 challenged the Egyptian authoritarian regime. This book examines the combative role of Egyptian independent workers’ formal and informal organizations as a contentious social movement to challenge the regime. It will examine the evolving role of workers as socio-economic actors and then as political actors in very political transitions. Social movement theory (SMT) and its mechanisms and social movement unionism (SMU) will be the lenses through which this research will be presented. The methodology used will be the comparative case studies of two different movements where workers who advocated for their rights for a decade prior to January 2011 experienced significantly differing outcomes. One case study showcases the municipal real estate tax collection workers who were able to establish a successful social movement and then create an independent trade union. The second case study examines an influential group of garment and textile workers who also developed an effective social movement yet they were not able to take it to the next step to establish an independent union. I will explore within this research a second question: why one group of workers was able to establish an independent union while the other arguably more influential group of workers the garment and textile workers was not able to do so. This had an impact on the overall influence they were able to exercise over the regime in addition to their effectiveness as a social movement for change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367140595

Trade Unions and Arab RevolutionsThe Tunisian Case of UGTT This book traces the role of the UGTT (the Tunisian General Labour Union) during Tunisia’s 2011 revolution and the transition period that ensued – Tunisia being the Arab country where trade unionism was the strongest and most influential in shaping the outcomes of the uprising. The UGTT; From its role as the cornerstone of the nationalist movement in the colonial era has always had a key place in Tunisian politics: not so much a labour union but as an organisation that has always linked social struggles to political and national demands. Examining the role played by the UGTT in Tunisia's revolution and more generally in the restructuring of the Tunisian political arena during the three years following the popular uprising. This book asks searching questions such as; how did UGTT interact with the popular uprising that led to the departure of Ben Ali? What was the role played by the UGTT in the "political transition" leading to the adoption on January 26 2014 of the first democratic constitution in the country’s history? How successful was the UGTT in neutralizing the risk of self- implosion caused by the different political and social crises? And what are the challenges that the UGTT faces in the new political landscape?This volume will be of key reading interest to scholars and researchers of social movements labour movements organizational studies political transitions and Arab revolutions and also likely to be of interest to practitioners especially among activists unionists and advocates within civil society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885045

Trade Unions and DemocracyStrategies and Perspectives Trade Unions and Democracy explores the role of trade unions as products of and agents for democracy. As civil society agents unions may promote democracy within the wider society especially in the case of authoritarian regimes or other rigid political systems by acting as watchdogs and protecting hard-won democratic gains.Established democratic institutions in many advanced societies are facing new challenges. The problem with using trade unions for this purpose is that they remain locked in a cycle of political marginalization and decline. Beyond this there are ironically serious questions about whether unions themselves internally function as democracies. Certainly there are tensions between rank and file membership and an authoritarian leadership with this infighting having possible effects on strategic deals or alliances and member accountability and actions. On the other hand trade unions continue to represent a significant component of society within most industrialized countries and in many case they have a demonstrated capacity for working with other elements of civil society. Looking forward trade unions may be able to play a vital role in channeling and focusing spontaneous popular upsurges. In the process they may revitalize themselves through use of greater internal democracy and become geared toward more diverse constituencies. The question is will they fulfill this promise or continue to suffer from internal breakups and external breakdowns? Can trade unions save themselves and democracy or will both deteriorate in time?Trade Unions and Democracy brings together a distinguished panel of leading and emerging scholars in the field and provides a critical assessment of the current role of trade unions in society. It explores their capacity to affect political policies to ensure greater accountability and fairness. It also explores the nature of and extent to which internal representative democracy actually operates within trade unions themselves.Mark Harcourt is a professor in the Department of Strategic Management and Leadership at Waikato University in New Zealand. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539808

Trade Unions and European IntegrationA Question of Optimism and Pessimism? Trade Unions and European Integration brings together pessimists and optimists on trade unionism under the contemporary pressures of European integration. The Great Recession has brought new attention to structural problems of the European integration process specifically monetary integration; holding the potential of disabling any trans-national co-ordination. Other authors argue that the current crisis also poses the chance for mobilization and new impulses for European trade unionism. This is discussed in the volume alongside a variety of topics including bargaining coordination co-determination European governance regimes and European wide mobilization. While the importance of the question of how trade unionism and wage policy can will and should develop under the conditions of European integration seems widely shared the polarization of the debate itself deserves our attention to learn about the opposing arguments and points of view; and to enhance academic discussion as well as consultancy to policy makers. This volume addresses this debate by bringing together the most distinguished voices and searching for common ground as well as new perspectives on European trade unionism and collective bargaining. The chapters of the volume organised topically are each accompanied by a comment from a distinguished scholar highlighting the divisions of the debate. With this innovative approach this book advances the dialogue between what have become openly opposed camps of optimists and pessimists on the future of European integration trade unionism and its future chances.Trade Unions and European Integration will appeal to students and researchers interested in fields such as European Studies Industrial Relations Political Economics Social Movements and Sociology of Work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728168

Trade Unions and Global GovernanceThe Debate on a Social Clause As the world economy is liberalized and national economies become more intertwined the national decision making of states is also increasingly interdependent and it has become vital for non-governmental organizations to create an international agenda. This title is an important study of what makes such organizations successful on an international level. The focus is on trade unions as a key international group of NGOs. It asks whether a global system can be designed to stimulate countries to observe a set of minimum or core standards. It explores three important questions: how have unions attempted to influence the debate on the inclusion of minumum labour standards in the WTO agreement?; what accounts for their success or lack of success?; and what conclusions with respect to the effective behaviour of trade unions in the construction of international policy can be drawn from these experiences? In exploring these questions the text looks at social clause debates within a number of international bodies: the ILO OECD and the EU and within two countries: the USA and India. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315058955

Trade Unions and Labour Movements in the Asia-Pacific Region Recent developments in the world economy including deindustrialisation and the digital revolution have led to an increasingly individualistic relationship between workers and employers which in turn has weakened labour movements and worker representation. However this process is not universal including in some countries of Asia where trade unions are closely aligned with the interests of the dominant political party and the state. This book considers the many challenges facing trade unions and worker representation in a wide range of Asian countries. For each country full background is given on how trade unions and other forms of worker representation have arisen. Key questions then considered include the challenges facing trade unions and worker representation in each country the extent to which these are a result of global or local developments and the actions being taken by trade unions and worker representative bodies to cope with the challenges.   This book is dedicated to the memory of Professor Keith Thurley London School of Economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367190491

Trade Unions and Politics in Western Europe This book analyses the politics and political issues associated with Trade Unions and Trade Unionism in Western Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138459403

Trade Unions and Sustainable Democracy in Africa First published in 1997 this volume sets out to open a dialogue with the trade union movement and its social partners including civil society political leaders and the scientific community. The authors all of whom work closely with APADEP have drawn on their personal experience and have been guided by a simple yet flexible theme: trends in the last few decades in their countries with the emphasis on transition over the last five years. Part I consists of an overview of sub-Saharan Africa based on selected documentation. Part II is given over to an analysis of the specific situations obtaining in ten African countries in different geographical and language areas. Each case study provides its own democratisation scenario. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138390324

Trade Unions and Technological ChangeA Research Report Submitted to the 1966 Congress of Landsorganistionen i Sverige When this book was first published in 1967 it was one of the first pieces of research to systematically examine the manpower problems associated with rapidly changing technology. It discusses issues such as technological change and unemployment changes in the structure of employment the mobility of labour occupational structure and adjustment hours of work and labour-management relations. Its findings suggest that structural unemployment and redundancy are only two of a host of difficulties accompanying technical progress. Although the book originated in Sweden its relevance is clear to other Western european countries and researchers and policy-makers in the USA. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138561397

Trade Unions and the Betrayal of the UnemployedLabor Conflicts During the 1990's First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993754

Trade Unions and the Economy: 1870–2000 What do unions do and why do they do it? Do they seek to maximise profit for their members or to obtain better working conditions that benefit society as a whole? Derek H. Aldcroft and Michael J. Oliver here provide one of the first sustained studies of the effects of union activities in terms of economic performance and the impact on the business world. From the rise of the British mass trade union movement in the 1870s to the present day the book examines the main trends in union development and structure and the core strategies unions have used to achieve their objectives: the use of strikes work rules and restrictive practices; workers’ attitudes to innovation; the wage bargaining process. Important assessments are made of the influence of these strategies on investment innovation economic growth and the cost of structure and competitiveness of the UK economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267503

Trade Unions and the Labour Party since 1945 First published in 1960. This title is a study of one of the most controversial alliances in British political history. The ‘wage freeze’ Bevanism the block vote nuclear disarmament: these are only a few of the points at which the unions’ activities within the Labour Party had roused hot debate. Drawing extensively on previously unpublished material and on discussions with past members of the Labour Movement the author creates a survey of what the partnership really amounted to. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138325050

Trade Unions and Workplace Democracy in Africa Can democracy only survive if it is participatory? Is participatory democracy a prerequisite for sustainable development? Are trade unions the most appropriate body through which such aims can be implemented? These critical questions are tackled in Gérard Kester's book Trade Unions and Workplace Democracy in Africa which applies an unparalleled depth of research to these issues as they impact African nations including: Cape Verde Burkina Faso Mali Guinea Ghana South Africa Zambia Tanzania and Zimbabwe. Rigorously structured it sets the background of the research and the underlying theory before presenting the learning experiences within different countries and the the broad implications of the research findings for policy making on democratic participation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315550411

Trade Unions and Workplace TrainingIssues and International Perspectives Trade Unions and Workplace Training examines the changing role of trade unions in the provision of vocational education workplace training and skill development. It reflects upon: the role that unions have played in the reform of vocational education and training systems; the nature of union involvement in consultative mechanisms at a national and industry level; the nature of union involvement in skill formation at the workplace; and the development of mechanisms for the articulation of employee voice in the design delivery and assessment of vocational training. The book provides a collection of studies of Canada Australia United States United Kingdom France Germany and Norway by leading researchers in the field. Distinctive accessible and original all the chapters are written in a style that illustrates the relevance of academic debates and research data to practice and the book includes a number of the chapters written by trade union practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107601

Trade Unions in ChinaThe Challenge of Labour Unrest The transition from a command economy to a capitalist market economy has entirely altered the industrial landscape in which Chinese trade unions have to operate. This book focuses on how the All China Federation of Trade Unions (ACFTU) is reforming under current conditions and demonstrates that labour unrest is the principal driving force behind trade union reform in China. Presenting case studies where reform has been largely inspired by the pressure of worker activism from below the book examines three crucial areas of trade union activity - collective bargaining labour rights and trade union direct elections - against the background of China’s turbulent industrial relations history. As well as exploring the principal direction of trade union reform which has been to channel disputes into juridical forms of dispute resolution sponsored by the State the book also highlights key examples of more innovative experiments in trade union work. These represent a clear break with past practice and crucially have been recognised by both the union and Party leaderships as models for future trade union policy and practice. The book provides both a timely reference point and highlights the road to effective trade union solidarity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415728355

Trade Unions in RenewalA Comparative Study This comprehensive survey of continuity and change in trade unions looks at five primarily English-speaking countries: the USA Canada Australia New Zealand and the UK. The authors consider the recent re-examination by trade union movements of the basis of union organization and activity in the face of a harsher economic and political climate. One of the impetuses for this re-examination has been the recent history of unions in the USA. American models of renewal have inspired Australia New Zealand and the UK while Canada has undergone a cautious examination of the US model with an attempt to develop a distinctive approach. This book aims to provide a thorough grounding for informed discussion and debate about the position and place of trade unions in modern economies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315058948

Trade Unions in the Course of European IntegrationThe Social Construction of Organized Interests From the perspective of trade unions European integration makes it more necessary than ever before to establish common political positions. At the same time increasing heterogeneity between the member states makes the crafting of such positions more and more difficult. Can under these circumstances a joint political line among European trade unions emerge? To answer this question the book sheds light on transnational trade union cooperation in the three most important policy fields: the debate around the Freedom of services the discussion over a European minimum wage and the efforts of international wage coordination. Drawing on the results of extensive field research based on a qualitative study among trade unions from Hungary Poland Sweden and Germany as well as representatives from the European level this book points to a significant gap in European trade union politics between pretensions and reality. The findings provide a solid theoretical framework suitable not only to explain current dynamics in the field of European trade unionism but also promising for further research on the topic. With its focus on a contested political field Trade Unions in the Course of European Integration contributes to practical and theoretical debates within European trade unionism. As an adequate understanding of European trade unionism in general and collective bargaining requires a twofold perspective on European integration and the role of trade unions in European labor relations two fields of scholarly interest are being addressed. Moreover with its focus on European trade unionism as an internationalist project of labor politics the book will also appeal to those interested in the field of Global Labor Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367140663

Trade Unions in the Green EconomyWorking for the Environment Combating climate change will increasingly impact on production industries and the workers they employ as production changes and consumption is targeted. Yet research has largely ignored labour and its responses. This book brings together sociologists psychologists political scientists historians economists and representatives from international and local unions based in Australia Brazil South Africa Taiwan Spain Sweden the UK and the USA. Together they open up a new area of research: Environmental Labour Studies. The authors ask what kind of environmental policies are unions in different countries and sectors developing. How do they aim to reconcile the protection of jobs with the protection of the environment? What are the forms of cooperation developing between trade unions and environmental movements especially the so-called Red-Green alliances? Under what conditions are unions striving to create climate change policies that transcend the economic system? Where are they trying to find solutions that they see as possible within the present socio-economic conditions? What are the theoretical and practical implications of trade unions’ "Just Transition" and the problems and perspectives of "Green Jobs"? The authors also explore how food workers’ rights would contribute to low carbon agriculture the role workers’ identities play in union climate change policies and the difficulties of creating solidarity between unions across the global North and South. Trade Unions in the Green Economy opens the climate change debate to academics and trade unionists from a range of disciplines in the fields of labour studies environmental politics environmental management and climate change policy. It will also be useful for environmental organisations trade unions business and politicians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415529846

Trade UnionsResurgence or Demise? This book features original research underpinned with theory drawn from economics organization theory history and social psychology. The authors deliver a comprehensive analysis of trade unions’ prospects in the new millennium as well as case studies which deal with topical issues such as: the reasons for the loss of five million members in the 1980s and 1990s  the way in which unions’ own structures inhibit their revitalization  the apparent failure of unions to thrive in the benign times since 1997  the extent to which use of the internet will permit unions to break with their tradition of organizing by occupation or industry  the prospects for real social partnership at national level  the way in which high performance workplaces in the US give voice to workers without unions. Written by some of the leading scholars in the area this book gives an insight into union prospects for the future and has important policy implications for all parties concerned with industrial relations unions employers and governments. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203970232

Tradecraft PrimerA Framework for Aspiring Interrogators Tradecraft Primer: A Framework for Aspiring Interrogators is a timely and relevant reference manual for a new generation of professionals as we enter a new era in our nation’s interrogation programs. A must-read for anyone thinking of entering the interrogation profession whether in law enforcement the military or intelligence it provides fresh insights from the latest empirical-based studies that will enhance your results and contribute to best practices. It challenges past beliefs and legacy interrogation practices of previous generations by capturing novel approaches that no longer rely on physical and psychological coercion unethical or questionable ruses or abusive mistreatment. Importantly this primer also opens the door to valuable lessons from contemporary experts in human motivation and more effective social influence methodologies and tactics while you learn of the art and science behind rapport-building effective communication constructs and the influence of interpersonal and intrapersonal dynamics for use inside the interrogation room. In addition it captures the "interrogation cycle" as a handy reference graphic. By reading this primer you will learn how to reduce incidences of false confessions mitigate eyewitness misidentification and gain simple contemporary insights to outsmart liars and discern truth-tellers from deceivers. As an advocate for a sea change in the way our nation’s interrogation programs are run and managed this primer encourages a team approach to interrogations and emphasizes active engagement and oversight by supervisors in efforts to corroborate interrogation outcomes. It also asserts the need for the adoption of a common code of ethics shared among all practitioners—an ethical code created in deference to our nation’s Constitution statutes international treaties and the policies of our nation’s leaders. One that encompasses the pledge and built on two underlying principles: Do no harm and respect human rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498751148

Trademarks Brands and Competitiveness This book examines trademarks and brands and their historical role in national competitive and comparative advantage and in overall economic growth. The contributors provide an historical account of the contribution of brands in consumer goods to economic growth; examine the development of trademark law its influence on brand strategy and reciprocally the influence of strategy on the law; and look at the building and repositioning of individual brands as example of the interplay of law and strategy. Brands and trademarks are usually discussed from the perspective of marketing. This book draws together scholars and practitioners not only from marketing but also from business history law economics and economic history to provide a richer understanding of trade marks and competitiveness than has hitherto been available. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415635738

Traders Versus The StateAnthropological Approaches To Unofficial Economies This book addresses the multifaceted issue of the state vis-a-vis those perceived as actors in the informal or simple commodity production economy. It discusses both state and traders' strategies to display recurrent themes emphasized and combined differently in specific contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367214784

Tradigital 3ds MaxA CG Animator's Guide to Applying the Classic Principles of Animation Finally bridge the gap between software-specific instruction and the world of classical animation with this easy to utilize one-of-a-kind reference guide. With great relevance for today's digital workflows Richard Lapidus presents innovative 3ds Max controls to the classical principles of animation like squash and stretch anticipation staging and more. Move beyond these fundamental techniques and explore both the emotion and technical sides of animation with character appeal and rigging. Features a robust companion web sites that include demonstrations project files links to further resources available at http://www.focalpress.com/cw/lapidus-9780240817309/. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240817309

Tradigital Animate CC12 Principles of Animation in Adobe Animate Learn how to bridge the gap between the traditional animation principles and digital software. Tradigital Flash: 12 Principles of Animation in Adobe Flash brings the essentials of traditional animation and Adobe Flash together. The early masters of animationcreated a list of 12 principles which are important for anyone who wants to create interesting and believable animation. Digital animation continues to make incredible technological advancements that give animators the capability to produce visually stunning work. New technology however also has a tendency to create an environment where animators are so focused on adapting to the new workflow that they tend to dismiss these fundamental animation principles… which often leads to poor and lifeless character animation. Tradigital Flash helps you focus on these principles while using the program’s wide array of features to create believable animation consistently. Tradigital Flash joins three other Tradigital books covering Maya Blender and 3ds Max. This new volume in the series approaches the topic in a different way giving readers both a practical look at the software and providing a theoretical understanding of the genre.   Learn a new principle in each chapter the Flash tools most related to it and how to put it all together. A plethora of examples demonstrate the good methods which animators should use in Flash how to avoid the bad ones and ways to create a workflow that works for you. An easy-to-follow approach with examples throughout the book that build on each other showing how the principles act together. A companion website www.rubberonion.com/tradigital-animate features more examples downloadable FLA resource files video tutorials. Key Features Every chapter teaches you a principle shows you the corresponding tool or tools and shows you how to all put it together. A wide array of examples demonstrate the good bad and sometimes ugly procedures an animator can practice with Flash. A follow-along approach where examples throughout the book build on each other showing how the principles act together. A companion website features more examples downloadable swf resource files video tutorials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138012929

Tradigital BlenderA CG Animator's Guide to Applying the Classic Principles of Animation Expand your animation toolkit with foundational animation techniques software expertise professional best-practices proven and time-tested work flows. Roland Hess a leading Blender artist and instructor expertly navigates you through Blender's character animation systems and controls with a focus on each of the classical principles of animation like timing anticipation appeal staging exaggeration squash and stretch and much more. Unique from other software titles the Tradigital series offers a specific tool-set of practical instruction and foundational knowledge that all great animators will need to know. Expand your digital workflow to include the practical resources with the robust companion web site that include demonstrations project files links to further resources available at http://www.focalpress.com/cw/hess-9780240817576/. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240817576

Tradigital MayaA CG Animator's Guide to Applying the Classical Principles of Animation Explore Disney's 12 principles of animation while learning how to animate in Maya. You can develop your own leading digital techniques rooted to traditional workflows. From squash and stretch to timing and appeal you will enhance your creative toolset with strong classics training and cutting edge techniques. Trusted Maya Authority Lee Montgomery offers the only artistic guide to applying the principles of traditional animation with Maya's tools which are used in production by the best animators and VFX artists today. Add another webpage to your favourites and expand your digital workflow to include the practical resources of the Tradigital Maya with the robust companion web site that include demonstrations project files links to further resources available at www.tradigitalmaya.com. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780123852229

Trading Blocs U.s. Exports And World Trade This book points out that although the total trade volume of the blocs that involve less-developed countries (LDCs) has increased this is due at least as much to a particular bloc-member's economic growth as it is a result of the trading bloc. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367211882

Trading EnvironmentsFrontiers Commercial Knowledge and Environmental Transformation 1750-1990 This volume examines dynamic interactions between the calculative and speculative practices of commerce and the fruitfulness variability materiality liveliness and risks of nature. It does so in diverse environments caught up in new trading relationships forged on and through frontiers for agriculture forestry mining and fishing. Historical resource frontiers are understood in terms of commercial knowledge systems organized as projects to transform landscapes and environments. The book asks: how were environments traded and with what environmental and landscape consequences? How have environments been engineered standardized and transformed within past trading systems? What have been the successes and failures of economic knowledge in dealing with resource production in complex environments? It considers cases from northern Europe North and South America Central Africa and New Zealand in the period between 1750 and 1990 and the contributors reflect on the effects of transnational commodity chains competing economic knowledge systems environmental ignorance and learning and resource exploitation. In each case they identify tensions blind spots and environmental learning that plagued commercial projects on frontiers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597504

Trading in GenesDevelopment Perspectives on Biotechnology Trade and Sustainability Few scientific developments have given rise to as much controversy as biotechnology. Numerous groups are united in their opposition expressing concern over environmental and health risks impacts on rural livelihoods the economic dominance of multinational companies and the ethical implications of crossing species boundaries. Among the supporters of the technology are those that believe in its potential to enhance food security further economic development increase productivity and reduce environmental pressures. As a result countries - and sectors within countries - find themselves at odds with each other while potential opportunities for development offered by the use of biotechnology are seized or missed and related risks go unmanaged. This book a unique interdisciplinary collection of perspectives from the developing world examines the ongoing debate. Writing for the International Centre for Trade and Sustainable Development leading experts address issues such as diffusion of technology intellectual property rights the Cartagena Protocol impacts of international trade capacity building and biotechnology research and regulation. With the most recent and relevant examples from around the world Trading in Genes offers the reader a single-volume overview of the connections between biotechnology trade and sustainability that is both wide-ranging and thorough Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773430

Trading in KnowledgeDevelopment Perspectives on TRIPS Trade and Sustainability An unprecedented surge in the scope and level of intellectual property rights (IPR) protection has been engulfing the world. This globalizing trend has shifted the balance of interests between private innovators and society at large and tensions have flared around key public policy concerns. As developing nations' policy options to use IPRs in support of their broader development strategy are being rapidly narrowed down many experts are questioning the one-size-fits-all approach to IPR protection and are backing a rebalancing of the global regime. Developing countries face huge challenges when designing and implementing IPR-policy on all levels. This book offers perspectives from a diverse range of developing country participants including civil society participants farmers grassroots organizations researchers and government officials. Contributions from well-known developed country authorities round out the selections. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773447

Trading Peasants and Urbanization in Eighteenth-Century RussiaThe Central Industrial Region Originally published in 1987 this book is based on research concerned primarily with the Central Industrial Region. It uses archival and published sources focusing on a category of immigrants which is comparatively well documented in official records - those who enlisted formally in the urban burgher classes. The book follows two key lines of enquiry. The first seeks clarification of the legal provisions governing such enlistment and the second introduces a large amount of data on this enlistment. The book uses the data of individual case records and of other materials to illuminate the processes by which peasants were absorbed into the urban population in eighteenth-century Russia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815394655

Trading the Fruits of the LandHorticultural Marketing of the Land First published in 1997 this volume contributes to the knowledge for the trade of vegetables fruits and tubers (so-called horticultural commodities). As African policy makers try to keep pace with new developments in private food trade they require knowledge of the structures of private trade systems and the factors that govern their long-term development. The study analyses the structure and development of horticultural marketing channels in Kenya. It is based primarily on surveys of some 500 farmers in four districts and 750 horticultural traders in 18 market places. Commercial horticultural farmers domestic traders export traders agents facilitators marketing cooperatives and processors are all reviewed. The study devotes special attention to the efficiency of collecting wholesalers and to the development of rural assembly markets. It develops a model which can elucidate vertical differentiation processes in the Kenyan horticultural channels. The analyses show that marketing channel theory can be of great relevance to the developing world. The proposed vertical differentiation model can aid in predicting future changes in horticultural marketing systems in Kenya as well as in other African countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138364479

Trading with the EnvironmentEcology economics institutions and policy Should there be firmer restrictions on trade with more policies aimed at protecting its environmental impacts or would the environment benefit most from unrestricted free trade? Do importing countries have a responsibility only to their local ecosystems or are they also responsible for environmental degradation caused by the production of traded goods in exporting countries? Trading the Environment examines both the dependence and the effects of international trade on the earth's life support systems and looks at ways in which trading regulations could be adapted to promote ecologically sustainable economic development. It addresses the issues from a fully integrated approach focusing on the interrelations between ecosystems economic development and trade. The authors provide a carefully constructed ecological and economic analysis of trade and the environment examine the existing legal and institutional frameworks and set out 16 recommendations to achieve environment beneficial trade at both national and international levels. Trading with the environment was originally commissioned by the Swedish government and is already regarded thereon essential reference. It makes an excellent introduction as well as constructive analysis both for students and for policy-makers and professional economics and other scientists working on the issues. Published in 1995 Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870175

Tradition Change CreativityRepercussions of the New Diaspora on aspects of British Psychoanalysis A companion volume to It is a New Kind of Diaspora. Taking up where that book leaves off it traces some of the consequences of the emigration of German and Austrian psychoanalysts to London particularly in the context of the British Psycho-Analytical Society's "Controversial Discussions". The first part of the book "Tradition and Change" traces Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329341

Tradition Culture and Aesthetics in Contemporary Asian Cinema From the critically acclaimed Malaysian film Sepet to the on-going box office successes of the films created by Hong Kong director Wong Kar Wai cinematic texts from the nations of Asia are increasingly capturing audiences beyond their national boundaries. Tradition Culture and Aesthetics in Contemporary Asian Cinema explores the rise of popular Asian cinema and provides an understanding of the aesthetic elements that mark these films as 'Asian cinema'. Incorporating examples of contemporary films from China Japan Hong Kong Korea Singapore Malaysia and India Peter C. Pugsley gives readers a fresh insight into the rapidly developing discourse on popular Asian media. The book's chapters focus on the aesthetic features of national cinemas and the intersections of local/global encountered in the production distribution and consumption of contemporary Asian films. By tracking across some of the most influential countries in Asia the book is able to offer new perspectives into the visual and aural features that create greater understanding between East and West. As distribution and technological advances make Asian films more readily available an understanding of the different aesthetics at play will enable readers of this book to recognise key cultural motifs found in cinematic texts from Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252875

Tradition Culture and Development in AfricaHistorical Lessons for Modern Development Planning The fact that Africa continues to lag behind all regions of the world on every indicator of development is hardly contentious. However there is fierce debate on why this should be the case despite national and international efforts to reverse this situation. While this book does not attempt to answer this question per se it addresses a largely ignored but important issue which might provide some insights into the matter. This issue is the link between culture/tradition and socio-economic development in Africa. By weaving a common thread through these concepts this book breaks new ground in the discourse on development. It highlights the differences between Euro-centric culture which is rooted in capitalist ideology and Protestant ethic and traditional African culture where concepts such as capital accumulation entrepreneurial attitudes and material wealth are not of top priority. In doing so it dispels popular myths stereotypes and distortions as well as discounting misleading accounts about major aspects of African culture and traditional practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262690

Tradition Democracy and the Townscape of KyotoClaiming a Right to the Past As the historic capital of the country and the stronghold of the nation’s most celebrated traditions the city of Kyoto holds a unique place in the Japanese imagination. Widely praised for the beauty of its townscape and natural environments it is both a popular destination for tourists and home to one and a half million inhabitants. There has been a sustained lively debate about how best to develop the city with a large number of local government officials citizen activists urban planners real-estate developers architects builders proprietors academic researchers and ordinary Kyotoites involved in discussions forming a highly peculiar social arena that has no match elsewhere in Japan. This book based on extensive fieldwork and interviews provides an ethnographic study of this particular social field. It analyses how people in Kyoto deal with their most cherished traditions such as the traditional town houses and the famous Gion matsuri festival which calls into question several of the standard social scientific assumptions about the functions of cultural heritage for present-day societies. The book looks at the way concerned citizens government bureaucrats and other important players interact with each other over contentious modern buildings often with the best intentions but constrained by set role expectations and by the superior power of national-level regulations and agencies. This book contributes to debates on the social uses of tradition and heritage and the question of how to create sustainable liveable urban environments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415731270

Tradition Literature and Politics in East-Central Europe Milan Kundera warned that in in the states of East-Central Europe attitudes to the west and the idea of ‘Europe’ were complex and could even be hostile. But few could have imagined how the collapse of communism and membership of the EU would confront these countries with a life that was suddenly and disconcertingly ‘modern’ and which challenged sustaining traditions in literature culture politics and established views on identity. Since the countries of East-Central Europe joined the European Union in 2004 the politicians and oppositionists of the centre-left who once led the charge against communism have often been forced to give way to right-wing authoritarian populist governments. These governments while keen to accept EU finance have been determined to present themselves as protecting their traditional ethno-national inheritance resisting ‘foreign interference’ stemming the ‘gay invasion’ halting ‘Islamic replacement’ and reversing women’s rights. They have blamed Communists liberals foreigners Jews and Gypsies revised abortion laws tampered with their constitutions to control the Justice system and taken over the media to an astonishing degree. By 2019 amid calls for the suspension of their voting rights both Poland and Hungary had been taken to the European Court of Justice and the European Parliament and had begun to explore ways to put conditions on future EU funding. This book focuses on the interface between tradition literature and politics in east-central Europe focusing mainly on Poland but also Hungary and the Czech Republic. It explores literary tradition and the role of writers to ask why these left-liberals who were once ubiquitous in the struggles with communism are now marginalised often reviled and almost entirely absent from political debate. It asks in what ways the advent of capitalism ‘normalised’ literature and what the consequences might be? It asks whether the rise of chauvinism is ‘normal’ in this part of the world and whether the literary traditions that helped sustain independent political thought through the communist years now instead of supporting literature feed nationalist opinion and negative attitudes to the idea of ‘Europe’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367634711

Tradition Performance and Religion in Native AmericaAncestral Ways Modern Selves In contemporary Indian Country many of the people who identify as "American Indian" fall into the "urban Indian" category: away from traditional lands and communities in cities and towns wherein the opportunities to live one's identity as Native can be restricted and even more so for American Indian religious practice and activity. Tradition Performance and Religion in Native America: Ancestral Ways Modern Selves explores a possible theoretical model for discussing the religious nature of urbanized Indians. It uses aspects of contemporary pantribal practices such as the inter-tribal pow wow substance abuse recovery programs such as the Wellbriety Movement and political involvement to provide insights into contemporary Native religious identity. Simply put this book addresses the question what does it mean to be an Indigenous American in the 21st century and how does one express that indigeneity religiously? It proposes that practices and ideologies appropriate to the pan-Indian context provide much of the foundation for maintaining a sense of aboriginal spiritual identity within modernity. Individuals and families who identify themselves as Native American can participate in activities associated with a broad network of other Native people in effect performing their Indian identity and enacting the values that are connected to that identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415823630

Tradition Rationality and VirtueThe Thought of Alasdair MacIntyre Tradition Rationality and Virtue provides the first comprehensive and detailed treatment of the work of Alasdair MacIntyre. In this book Thomas D'Andrea presents an accessible critical study of the full range of MacIntyre's thought across ethical theory psychoanalytic theory social and political philosophy Marxist theory and the philosophy of religion. Moving from the roots of MacIntyre's thought in ethical inquiry this book examines MacIntyre's treatment of Marx Christianity and the nature of human action and discusses in depth the development and applications of MacIntyre's After Virtue project. The book culminates in an examination of major internal and external criticisms of MacIntyre's work and a consideration of its future directions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249707

Tradition & Change Performance First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138453227

Tradition and ContractThe Problem of Social Order First Published in 2017. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203700983

Tradition and DiversityChristianity in a World Context to 1500 This text is designed to serve as a primary source reader. It addresses medieval Christendom in the context of world history. It combines the traditional approach (the medieval Christian tradition found in the church hierarchy and theological development) with the newer approach to cultural diversity - diversity within European Christianity (women mystics heretics and popular religion) and diversity without in a world context (non-European Christianity and relations with Islam Judaism and Buddhism). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698632

Tradition and Innovation The texts presented in Proportion Harmonies and Identities (PHI) Tradition and Innovation were compiled with the intent to establish a multidisciplinary platform for the presentation interaction and dissemination of researches. They also aim to foster the awareness and discussion on the topic of Tradition and Innovation focusing on different visions relevant to Architecture Arts and Humanities Design and Social Sciences and its importance and benefits for the sense of identity both individual and communal. The idea of Tradition and Innovation has been a significant motor for development since the Western Early Modern Age. Its theoretical and practical foundations have become the working tools of scientists philosophers and artists who seek strategies and policies to accelerate the development process in different contexts. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429297786

Tradition and Innovation in English Retailing 1700 to 1850Narratives of Consumption Three decades of research into retailing in England from the seventeenth to nineteenth centuries has established a seemingly clear narrative: fixed shops were widespread from an early date; 'modern' methods of retailing were common from at least the early eighteenth century; shopping was a skilled activity throughout the period; and consumers were increasingly part of - and aware of being part of - a polite and fashionable culture. All of this is true but is it the only narrative? Research has shown that markets were still important well into the nineteenth century and small scale producer-retailers co-existed with modern warehouses. Many shops were not smart. The development of modern retailing therefore was a fractured and fragmented process. This book presents a reassessment of the standard view by challenging the usefulness of concepts like 'traditional' and 'modern' examining consumption and retailing as inextricably linked aspects of a single process and by using the idea of narrative to discuss the roles and perceptions of the various actors in this process - such as retailers shoppers/consumers local authorities and commentators. The book is therefore structured around some of these competing narratives in order to provide a richer and more varied picture of consumption and retailing in provincial England. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245426

Tradition and Innovation in Folk Literature In this book first published in 1987 Wolfgang Mieder follows the intriguing trail of some of the best known pieces of folk literature tracing them from their roots to modern uses in advertising journalism politics cartoons and poetry. He reveals both the remarkable adaptability of these tales and how each variation reflects cultural and historical changes. Fairy tales legends folk songs riddles nursery rhymes and proverbs are passed from generation to generation changing both in form and meaning with each use. This book will be of interest to students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138941434

Tradition and innovation in Psychoanalytic EducationClark Conference on Psychoanalytic Training for Psychologists This book a record of the Clark Conference sponsored by the APA consists of a series of papers on psychoanalytic education. The book is dedicated to the memory of Helen Block Lewis who realized the necessity for detailed re-examination and further development of all ideas in psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985940

Tradition and LiberationThe Hindu Tradition in the Indian Women's Movement The text examines the role of the Hindu tradition in the ideology and methodology of the Indian women's movement. By showing how leaders of the movement have restated aspects of the tradition it provides insight into the ways in which a women's movement can restate a religious tradition. Throughout Indian society religion has been central to debate about the position of women and opposition to the women’s movement has often been rationalised in terms of religion. Through a review of the speeches and writings of leading figures of the movement from the nineteenth and twentieth centuries it identifies positive as well as negative representations of the tradition and its implications for women. It shows when and why the movement has chosen either to offer a traditional justification for its aims and activities or to eschew such a justification in favour of an alternative rationale. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315027715

Tradition and Modernity in Arabic Language And Literature Covers a range of literary and linguistic subjects from pre-Islamic times to the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985889

Tradition and Policy Perspectives in Kinship Care Kinship care is part tradition and part social welfare policy. Tradition and Policy Perspectives in Kinship Care examines the balance of the two perspectives and presents current practice challenges of formal and informal kinship care. This important resource focuses on both the needs of the caregiver as well as the impact of kinship care on children. Public policy issues related to kinship care are discussed in detail. This insightful book explores this crucial issue through the lens of social workers who fully understand the strengths and challenges of kinship care.Tradition and Policy Perspectives in Kinship Care discusses this issue from both micro and macro levels explaining the outcomes of kinship based on variables such as the youth’s and parent’s outlook for the future performance in school welfare reform domestic violence respite care spirituality and involvement of nonbiological relatives. The book then focuses on the subject of grandparents as caregivers examining their coping resources effectiveness of programs serving them and recommended changes to services to enhance their well-being. Topics in Tradition and Policy Perspectives in Kinship Care include: study examining the future outlook in African American kinship care families the effect of family disruption on a child’s educational performance the impact of the Temporary Assistance to Need Families (TANF) legislation and future policy links between domestic violence and kinship care the role of spirituality and religion in kinship care a study on the needs of biological parents the impact of a grandparent’s parenting responsibilities on his or her psychological well-being intergenerational communication kinship care in public housing examination of the factors that influence kinship care provided by African American grandfathers AARP study of grandparents raising grandchildren in the District of Columbia the KinNET project funded by the Children’s Bureau for a national support network for kinship care providersTradition and Policy Perspectives in Kinship Care is an invaluable resource for social workers counselors child welfare agency administrators and practitioners educators and graduate students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203052006

Tradition and Revolt This classic volume deals with a crucial contemporary social issue: the conflict between traditionalism and modernism. Nisbet considers such subjects as power community culture and the university. He deals directly with the values of authority tradition hierarchy and community on the one hand and individualism secularism and revolt on the other. Nisbet's underlying argument is that there is a close historical relationship between the distribution of power in democratic society and the displacement of social class kinship neighborhood and the church. The book challenges concerned Americans to understand and address the basic conflicts confronting contemporary society.In his introduction Robert G. Perrin shows how the chapters in this volume reflect Nisbet's sociological vision exemplified throughout his career. Perrin notes that when these writings first appeared they stimulated and informed debate on a broad range of topics such as value conflict leadership community sociology social class technology and the university. They also foreshadowed works yet to come in Nisbet's long and distinguished intellectual journey.Originally published in 1968 Tradition and Revolt was greeted with thoughtful reviews in leading sociology journals. Writing in the American Journal of Sociology Joseph R. Gusfield called it "so welcome a publication " one containing "remarkable contributions to the analysis of modern society." Nisbet's vision of Western social life as shaped by the struggle between the dialectically opposed values of tradition and modernity illuminates contemporary issues. Tradition and Revolt will be of particular value to sociologists cultural historians and political theorists.Robert A. Nisbet (1913-1996) was Albert Schweitzer Professor Emeritus of the Humanities at Columbia University and before that dean of the School of Humanities at the University of California at Riverside. Among his many books are History of the Idea of Progress The Sociological Tradition The Degradation of the Academic Dogma and Teachers and Scholars all available from Transaction.Robert G. Perrin is professor of sociology and director of graduate studies at the University of Tennessee. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539815

Tradition and RomanticismStudies in English Poetry from Chaucer to W. B. Yeats First published in 1940. This title examines the tradition of Romantic literature and the conception of poetry held by poets and critics throughout the centuries. Evans explores the writings of Chaucer Shakespeare Wordsworth and Coleridge up until the modernist movement and the works of W. B. Yeats and T. S. Eliot. This title will be of interest to students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138190030

Tradition and Society in TurkmenistanGender Oral Culture and Song This unique study of Turkmen women and their folk songs looks at religion ritual and family as seen through the eyes of the women and their songs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862487

Tradition and Style in the Works of Darius Milhaud 1912-1939 Described by Maurice Ravel as one of the most considerable talents in French music of his generation Darius Milhaud remains a largely neglected composer. This book reappraises his contribution focusing on the emergence of the composer's style until his Jewish background forced his exile to the United States on the eve of the World War II. The period 1912-1939 spans the crucial years that mark the development of Milhaud's mature style. It was also during this time that he published his most important writings on contemporary music and its relationship to the past. Barbara Kelly discusses the extent to which Milhaud's complex views on the idea of a French national musical heritage relate to his own practice and considers how his works reflect the balance between innovation and tradition. Drawing comparisons with contemporaries such as Debussy Satie Schoenberg Stravinsky and Poulenc the book argues that the rhythmic vitality of Milhaud's style and his modal approach within a polytonal context mark him out as an original and distinctive composer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252080

Tradition and Tolerance in Nineteenth Century FictionCritical Essays on Some English and American Novels First published in 1966 this book collects six essays which discuss the experience of social change as it reveals itself in the work of several nineteenth century novelists. In the novels studied and the discussion of fiction that follows the authors argue that all these novelists’ attempts to confront social change — to connect old with new past with present and the attempted inclusiveness of vision in a changing society — sooner or later fail. The essays are polemic in arguing against the contemporary critical consensus that this failure is a limitation of imaginative intelligence rather than an endorsement of a receding past which the process of change was charged with destroying. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138675506

Tradition and Transformation in a Chinese Family Business Family businesses have been an important part of the economy in Hong Kong Taiwan Singapore and in the Chinese diaspora and since the reforms in mainland China itself. Some people have argued that the success of Chinese family businesses occurs because of the special characteristics and approach of such businesses. This book examines the nature of Chinese family business and the key issues involved by exploring in detail the case of a leading Hong Kong jewellery company which was established in the early 1960s and which has grown to become one of the biggest jewellery manufacturers exporters and retailers in post-war Hong Kong. The book considers the motivations of Chinese people to set up their own businesses outlining the strategies adopted including the strategies for raising capital and the qualities of successful Chinese entrepreneurs. It discusses the management of the company including relations between family members profit sharing and succession planning and assesses how conflict and crises are coped with and overcome. It charts the evolution of the company looking at how it has been transformed into a listed corporation. The book concludes by arguing for the importance of studying Chinese family businesses culturally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138914841

Tradition and Transformation in Christian ArtThe Transcultural Icon Tradition and Transformation in Christian Art approaches tradition and transculturality in religious art from an Orthodox perspective that defines tradition as a dynamic field of exchanges and synergies between iconographic types and their variants. Relying on a new ontology of iconographic types it explores one of the most significant ascetical and eschatological Christian images the King of Glory (Man of Sorrows). This icon of the dead-living Christ originated in Byzantium migrated west and was promoted in the New World by Franciscan and Dominican missions. Themes include tensions between Byzantine and Latin spiritualities of penance and salvation the participation of the body and gender in deification and the theological plasticity of the Christian imaginary. Primitivist tendencies in Christian eschatology and modernism place avant-garde interest in New Mexican santos and Greek icons in tradition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815374183

Tradition and Transition in East AfricaStudies of the Tribal Factor in the Modern Era First published in 1969. Divided into two parts the first sections in the book examine the significance of the tribal factor in certain general contexts and discuss some of the particular backgrounds to contemporary transition in East Africa. There are essays on politics economic development language law and education together with a comparative look at European nationalism. In the second part the grass-roots basis and development of the concept of the tribe are considered and its operation in social life in rural areas discussed. The contributions come from a wide range of scholars in the social sciences history and law and the contributors are: W.J. Argyle George Bennett Tom J. Mboya W.H. Whiteley Eugene Cotran J.W. Tyler J.S. La Fontaine Michael Twaddle Kathleen M. Stahl P.H. Gulliver Kirsten Alneas David J. Parkin R.D. Grillo I.M. Lewis H.F. Morris. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138861817

Tradition as Mediation: Louis I. KahnThe Dominican Motherhouse & The Hurva Synagogue This book explores Louis I. Kahn's approach to tradition as revealed in two of his important unbuilt projects. Focusing on Kahn's designs for the Dominican Motherhouse of St. Catherine de Ricci Media Pennsylvania (1965-1969) and the Hurva Synagogue Jerusalem Israel (1967-1974) the book challenges prevailing aesthetic and methodological assessments of Kahn's use of tradition. It reveals how an authentic and critical theoretical-historical and humanistic study of tradition nourished Kahn's designs enabling him to mediate historical rituals ideas and beliefs – and to develop innovative designs rooted deep in human culture while addressing real modern concerns. The book evaluates Kahn's works as a creative recreation and re-interpretation of the past shedding light on the potential value of the meaningful consideration of tradition in modern times. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734022

Traditional and Indigenous Knowledge for the Modern EraA Natural and Applied Science Perspective While there is talk of the Fourth Industrial Revolution old and new challenges bedevil the world – climate change nutrition and health poverty being at the top of the list. In seeking solutions to these and other problems which afflict the modern era it is worthwhile to look into our collective past to the traditions and knowledges of our ancestors. Such knowledge continues to exist in many parts of the world though now marginalized by homogenous Eurocentric ontolology and epistemology. This book presents a compilation of reviews case studies and primary research attempting to locate the utility of traditional and Indigenous Knowledges in an increasingly complex world. It assembles chapter authors from across the world to tackle topics ranging from traditional knowledge-based innovations and commercialization traditional medicine systems as practiced around the world ethnoveterinary practices and food innovation to traditional governance and leadership systems among others. This book is an important resource for policymakers; scholars and researchers of cultural studies leadership governance ethnobotany anthropology plant genetic resources and technology innovation; and readers interested in the history of knowledge and culture as well as cultural activists and political scientists. Features: Unique combination of social science and anthropological aspects with natural science perspectives Includes summaries aimed at policymakers to immediately see what would be relevant to their work Combines case studies illuminating important lessons learned with reviews and primary data Multidisciplinary in the scope of the topics tackled and assemblage of contributors Global footprint with contributions from Africa Europe North America Asia and the West Indies   David R. Katerere Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences Tshwane University of Technology South Africa Wendy Applequist William L. Brown Center Missouri Botanical Garden St Louis Missouri Oluwaseyi M. Aboyade Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences Tshwane University of Technology South Africa and Nutritica SA The Innovation Hub Pretoria South Africa Chamunorwa Togo The Innovation Hub Pretoria South Africa Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138034297

Traditional Anglo-American Folk MusicAn Annotated Discography of Published Sound Recordings Originally published in 1994. Filling a gap in the sound recordings of traditional Anglo-American folk music this volume covers both vocal and instrumental material from the 1920s to the 1990s. The listings have also been limited to performers native to the tradition rather than "revival" performers. The album selection is grouped into field recordings and commercial (pre-1942) recordings with subdivisions into individual recordings or anthologies. The discography not only reflects its author’s in-depth knowledge of Anglo-American folk music’s historical development but charts a valuable step forward in the evaluation as well as select lissting of available sound recordings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138122703

Traditional Chinese Folk Tales A collection of twelve traditional tales from various parts of China. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315492612

Traditional Chinese Medicines: Molecular Structures Natural Sources and ApplicationsMolecular Structures Natural Sources and Applications This title was first published in 2003. In laboratories around the world the active principles in traditional herbal medicines are being isolated and characterized. A systematic effort at the Chinese Academy of Sciences is underway to identify the structure-activity relationships that result from the link between chemistry and medicine that is permitted by this data. This book which provides the only systematic English-language description of the chemical structures and pharmacological effects of compounds active in traditional Chinese medicines (TCMs) is now in its second edition. The new edition provides English-language monographs on over 9000 chemicals isolated from nearly 4000 natural sources used in Chinese medicine and features the addition of in-depth bioactivity data for many of the compounds. Effects and indications of the medicines are included. Extensive indexing permits cross-referencing among English Chinese and Latin names for natural medicinal sources effects and indications and the chemical components of the medicines. The second edition of Traditional Chinese Medicines includes 2300 new compounds 2400 additional plant sources more CAS Registry Numbers and more pharmacological data. The structure of the book has been extensively reorganised to make cross referencing the data much simpler. This new edition is therefore a substantial improvement on the first edition of this important reference on the structural chemistry of traditional Chinese medicines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138722705

Traditional Chinese MedicinesMolecular Structures Natural Sources and Applications This title was first published in 2003. In laboratories around the world the active principles in traditional herbal medicines are being isolated and characterized. A systematic effort at the Chinese Academy of Sciences is underway to identify the structure-activity relationships that result from the link between chemistry and medicine that is permitted by this data. This book which provides the only systematic English-language description of the chemical structures and pharmacological effects of compounds active in traditional Chinese medicines (TCMs) is now in its second edition. The new edition provides English-language monographs on over 9000 chemicals isolated from nearly 4000 natural sources used in Chinese medicine and features the addition of in-depth bioactivity data for many of the compounds. Effects and indications of the medicines are included. Extensive indexing permits cross-referencing among English Chinese and Latin names for natural medicinal sources effects and indications and the chemical components of the medicines. The second edition of Traditional Chinese Medicines includes 2300 new compounds 2400 additional plant sources more CAS Registry Numbers and more pharmacological data. The structure of the book has been extensively reorganised to make cross referencing the data much simpler. This new edition is therefore a substantial improvement on the first edition of this important reference on the structural chemistry of traditional Chinese medicines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138722729

Traditional Chinese MedicineThe Human Dimension Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) is a great treasure of China's ancient history and culture. Written for health professionals researchers social scientists and educators this book elaborates a view that TCM is embodied in diverse and complex human dimensions and meanings in Chinese culture. Encircling Cultural Meaning includes the TCM concept 'Qi' the holistic approach which embodies culture in medicine. The book identifies intricate human dimensions of TCM in: the life stages of youth adulthood and old age as family connections as identity as balancing /harmonising life as complementary and knowledge transmission roles. In particular TCM is seen through the lens of leadership - as refining human relationships as self as moral practice as good management practice and as embracing the cultural environment. Underlying these categories shared meanings are revealed as well as core values and health beliefs in Chinese culture. The complex human dimensions of TCM are shown to be deeply rooted in social cultural and historical contexts in the Chinese diaspora. The Spirit of Chinese Culture: its Human Centredness Conceptions of Leadership in Traditional Chinese Medicine TCM for Youth Adults and the Elderly TCM in Family Connectedness Chinese Identity Body Image and Gender Balance/Harmony/Knowledge Underlying Beliefs and Roles Social-Cultural Significance The author draws from and extends her PhD research on lived Chinese experiences and conceptions of TCM across diverse individuals populations two focus groups in Australia and three focus groups in Macau and Hong Kong. Encircling Cultural Meaning reveals rich and profound values in Chinese culture manifested at all levels of life including: the reciprocal care of filial piety trust respect considerations for others the quest for self understanding and the strive for peace and harmony. These inner virtues in human relationships offers a soothing refuge and solution to the modern world which is often punctuated with imbalance the overdependence on material acquisition distrust violence and man's inhumanity towards man. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315656373

Traditional Dietary Culture Of Southeast AsiaIts Formation and Pedigree First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985957

Traditional Ecological Knowledge and Global PandemicsBiodiversity and Planetary Health Beyond Covid-19 This book demonstrates the importance and potential role of Traditional Ecological Knowledge in foreseeing and curbing future global pandemics. The reduction of species diversity has increased the risk of global pandemics and it is therefore not only imperative to articulate and disseminate knowledge on the linkages between human activities and the transmission of viruses to humans but also to create policy pathways for operationalizing that knowledge to help solve future problems. Although this book has been prompted by the COVID-19 pandemic it lays a policy foundation for the effective management or possible prevention of similar pandemics in the future. One effective way of establishing this linkage with a view to promoting planet health is by understanding the traditional ecological knowledge of indigenous peoples with a view to demonstrating the significant impact it has on keeping nature intact. This book argues for the deployment of traditional ecological knowledge for land use management in the preservation of biodiversity as a means for effectively managing the transmission of viruses from animals to humans and ensuring planetary health. The book is not projecting traditional ecological knowledge as a panacea to pandemics but rather accentuating its critical role in the effective mitigation of future pandemics. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of traditional ecological knowledge indigenous studies animal ecology environmental ethics and environmental studies more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367692940

Traditional Ecological Knowledge in GeorgiaA Short History of the Caucasus This multidisciplinary book develops a synthesis of traditional ecological knowledge in the Caucasus region in Georgia – a hotspot of natural and cultural diversity. Traditional ecological knowledge connects the knowledge of natural phenomena with the culture of a given human society and Georgia is an excellent case study for observing this knowledge. The Caucasus region in particular is notable for its natural and ethnocultural diversity and this book weaves together the disciplines of history environment and ethnography to develop a synthesis of traditional ecological knowledge. Tracing the history of Georgia through two main phases the hunter and gatherer bands and the agrarian phase the author examines important events such as the breeding of naked hexaploid wheat the domestication of the grapevine and the development of viticulture. By utilising this historic perspective it allows us to clearly see how traditional ecological knowledge has increased in sophistication during the long prehistory of Georgia and most importantly how this type of knowledge underpins the social and economic progress of traditional societies not only in Georgia but throughout the world. This book will be of great relevance to interdisciplinary-minded scholars and students who have an interest in the relationships between nature and human society including anthropologists historians biologists ecologists botanists sociologists and ethnographers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367674908

Traditional Food Production and Rural Sustainable DevelopmentA European Challenge The worldwide interest in sustainable development has not only prompted ecological developments in policy and research in key sectors such as industry or transportation but also in the management and assessment of new lifestyles such as healthy food consumption and sustainable use of products. In this context agriculture is an important example because of its dual nature as both a high-tech sector producing modern mass products and also a traditional sector producing environmentally-friendly goods. Illustrated by a range of case studies from across Europe this volume examines the interface of agricultural - and sometimes rural - development and the social and economic feasibility of traditional modes of production and consumption. It provides an overview of the various strategies and policies concerning sustainable agriculture presenting a critical review of the opportunities of traditional production modes from local regional national and global perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273955

Traditional Herbal Remedies of Sri Lanka The Sri Lankan medicinal system predominantly utilizes herbs and spices for the treatment of various ailments. This is mostly because Sri Lanka is a tropical country a biodiverse hot-spot blessed with a plethora of flora and fauna. Traditional Herbal Remedies of Sri Lanka looks at the traditional medicinal practices of the country that utilize plant material from a cultural philosophical and scientific perspective. When it comes to the scientific aspects several Sri Lankan herbs have been in the spotlight for possessing bioactive constituents with promising therapeutic effects. It is hoped that these will be considered as strong candidates to combat currently prevailing global disease conditions. Key Features: Reveals the science behind the traditional wisdom passed down in Sri Lanka’s long history of using herbal medicines Emphasizes the increasing global interest in botanical drugs Reviews the hot topic of Sri Lankan herbs which possess bioactive constituents and have promising therapeutic effects Aids the international natural product communities to better understand the herbal resources in Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138743083

Traditional Institutions in Contemporary African Governance Most African economies range from moderately advanced capitalist systems with modern banks and stock markets to peasant and pastoral subsistent systems. Most African countries are also characterized by parallel institutions of governance – one is the state sanctioned (formal) system and the other is the traditional system which is adhered to primarily but not exclusively by the segments of the population in the subsistence peasant and pastoral economic systems. Traditional Institutions in Contemporary African Governance examines critical issues that are largely neglected in the literature including why traditional institutions have remained entrenched what the socioeconomic implications of fragmented institutional systems are and whether they facilitate or impede democratization. The contributors investigate the organizational structure of traditional leadership the level of adherence of the traditional systems how dispute resolution decision-making and resource allocation are conducted in the traditional system gender relations in the traditional system and how the traditional institutions interact with the formal institutions. Filling a conspicuous gap in the literature on African governance this book will be of great interest to policy makers as well as students and scholars of African politics political economy and democratization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367886226

Traditional Islamic Principles of Built Environment First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415515061

Traditional Machining Technology Traditional Machining Technology describes the fundamentals basic elements and operations of general-purpose metal cutting and abrasive machine tools used for the production and grinding of cylindrical and flat surfaces by turning drilling and reaming; shaping and planing; and milling processes. Special-purpose machines and operations used for thread cutting gear cutting and broaching processes are included along with semiautomatic automatic NC and CNC machine tools; operations tooling mechanisms accessories jigs and fixtures and machine-tool dynamometry are discussed. The treatment throughout the book is aimed at motivating and challenging the reader to explore technologies and economically viable solutions regarding the optimum selection of machining operations for a given task. This book will be useful to professionals students and companies in the industrial manufacturing mechanical materials and production engineering fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367431334

Traditional Media and the InternetThe Search for Viable Business Models: A Special Double Issue of the International Journal on Media Management This special issue addresses the topic of Internet business models from the perspective of the traditional media sectors. The eleven special-theme articles tackle the issues of online content delivery business models the relationship between online and off-line media products the Internet's impact on a media value chain online marketing of music products Internet content strategies and comparative studies of Web content and strategies in different countries. From theoretical discussions to empirical investigations the authors examine fully the traditional medial incumbents' efforts to develop business strategies that leverage their online competencies and suggest the factors that might play a role in this process. This focused theme issue provides readers with a deeper understanding of how the Internet has changed the playing field for the media industries and gives a preliminary view of things to come. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138441439

Traditional Medicinal Plants and Malaria Malaria is an increasing worldwide threat with more than three hundred million infections and one million deaths every year. The world’s poorest are the worst affected and many treat themselves with traditional herbal medicines. These are often more available and affordable and sometimes are perceived as more effective than conventional antimalarial drugs. The first book to be published on this subject Traditional Medicinal Plants and Malaria explores the evidence for the safety and efficacy of some of these traditional medicines and presents practical guidelines for designing studies on traditional plant-based antimalarial medicines mosquito repellents and insecticides. Systematic reviews of the literature and consensus guidelines form the main body of the book. Ethnomedical ethnobotanical pharmacological phytochemical toxicological and clinical aspects of herbal antimalarials are also reviewed. These are supplemented by case studies of the most well-known traditional antimalarials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394110

Traditional Medicines for Modern TimesAntidiabetic Plants The increasing prevalence of diabetes mellitus world-wide is an issue of major socio-economic concern. Scientific interest in plant-derived medicine is steadily rising yet there is often a wide disparity in the caliber of information available. A detailed compilation of scientific information from across the globe Traditional Medicines for Modern Times: Antidiabetic Plants highlights the potential role of dietary and medicinal plant materials in the prevention treatment and control of diabetes and its complications. The book not only describes plants traditionally used to treat diabetes but evaluates the scientific studies on these plants and describes in vitro in vivo and clinical methods for their investigation. It examines the theory that changes in dietary patterns from traditional plant foodstuffs containing beneficial components to richer more processed "junk" food is responsible for the increased prevalence of diabetes worldwide.The book begins with an introduction to the disease diabetes mellitus written by a consultant physician and an up-to-date detailed summary table and discussion of scientifically screened antidiabetic plants compiled by authors from the Jodrell Laboratories Royal Botanic Gardens Kew UK. The next chapters provide an outline of clinical in vivo and in vitro methods for assessing antidiabetic activity of plant materials followed by descriptions of traditional plant remedies used in Asia the Americas Africa Europe and Australia written by an international group of authors active in antidiabetic plant research. The final chapters emphasize the role of particular phytochemical groups in the treatment or prevention of diabetes. By documenting both traditional and scientifically derived knowledge Traditional Medicines for Modern Times: Antidiabetic Plants brings us closer to the translation of traditional knowledge into new methods for treatment of this important disease. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138412842

Traditional Music and Irish Society: Historical Perspectives Written from the perspective of a scholar and performer Traditional Music and Irish Society investigates the relation of traditional music to Irish modernity. The opening chapter integrates a thorough survey of the early sources of Irish music with recent work on Irish social history in the eighteenth century to explore the question of the antiquity of the tradition and the class locations of its origins. Dowling argues in the second chapter that the formation of what is today called Irish traditional music occurred alongside the economic and political modernization of European society in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. Dowling goes on to illustrate the public discourse on music during the Irish revival in newspapers and journals from the 1880s to the First World War also drawing on the works of Pierre Bourdieu and Jacques Lacan to place the field of music within the public sphere of nationalist politics and cultural revival in these decades. The situation of music and song in the Irish literary revival is then reflected and interpreted in the life and work of James Joyce and Dowling includes treatment of Joyce’s short stories A Mother and The Dead and the 'Sirens' chapter of Ulysses. Dowling conducted field work with Northern Irish musicians during 2004 and 2005 and also reflects directly on his own experience performing and working with musicians and arts organizations in order to conclude with an assessment of the current state of traditional music and cultural negotiation in Northern Ireland in the second decade of the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472460981

Traditional Plant Foods of Canadian Indigenous PeoplesNutrition Botany and Use First published in 1991 Traditional Plant Foods of Canadian Indigenous Peoples details the nutritional properties botanical characteristics and ethnic uses of a wide variety of traditional plant foods used by the Indigenous Peoples of Canada. Comprehensive and detailed this volume explores both the technical use of plants and their cultural connections. It will be of interest to scholars from a variety of backgrounds including Indigenous Peoples with their specific cultural worldviews; nutritionists and other health professionals who work with Indigenous Peoples and other rural people; other biologists ethnologists and organizations that address understanding of the resources of the natural world; and academic audiences from a variety of disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367516307

Traditional Religion and Culture in a New Era Where will postmodern culture lead us in the twenty-first century? Will it destroy traditional cultures together with the old established religions that were its foundation? These questions and the new concerns they evoke are explored in this important collection of original essays. Contributors challenge entrenched assumptions about what many social scientists consider irreversible cultural trends. These include cultural differentiation emphasis on individual identity movement toward religion as a private act rather than a community commitment and above all emphasis on the relativity of all knowledge and values.The volume asserts three lines of argument in opposition to these trends. The first is the teleological significance of traditional religions and archaic knowledge. History can be said to have no goal but the same must not follow for human culture. One can conceive individually of a hundred goals to live for. However the quality of life cannot be that diverse. Taken to the extreme cultural particularity and philosophical nihilism are insults to the life that emerged on our planet eons ago. Second this volume emphasizes moral concern and the importance of universal values. Ideas of human well being have been formulated from ancient times. Religious beliefs invariably contain statements of value in the form of commandments and exhortations that express fundamental goals for a quality of life. Third the nature of religion and spirituality is discussed. Religion today has become controversial socially and marginal sociologically. The role of religion in society is sometimes problematic or abused but it is also underestimated and misunderstood. The authors suggest that contemporary religion might best be viewed as non-ideological spiritual culture. This in turn looks to a future in which religion and culture coalesce.This volume includes an international cast of scholars from Japan the United States Canada the United Kingdom Germany Greece Italy New Zealand and Belgium. All have engaged in research outside their own countries. Taken as a whole this volume addresses issues of interest to those in the fields of futures studies religion and philosophy and in particular those concerned with human agency personal responsibility and public choice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517417

Traditional Slovak Folktales This delightful collection makes the rich but little-known Slovak folk culture available for English-language readers. Most of the fifty tales assembled here from the collections of folklorist Pavol Dobsinsky are translated into English for the first time. The poetic qualities of the originals have been carefully preserved. The general reader will enjoy these tales immensely and students will find an insightful introduction to the genres of the folktale and the specifics of Slovak tales. For expert readers all of the tales have been classified according to the Aarne-Thompson index and many include short commentaries that draw on the work of Viera Gasparikova. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315291697

Traditional Storytelling TodayAn International Sourcebook First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315061610

Traditionalism Conservatism and British Political Culture (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1974 this study of British political culture provides a radical critique of contemporary theories of working class deference and voting patterns. Drawing not only on previously unpublished opinion poll data but also the evidence of his own surveys the author provides convincing evidence for his reformulation of the deference and civility themes which he sees in terms of a theory of social order in class stratified societies. Comparative data from other European countries support this approach. The book ends with some incisive comments on the implications of the revised class perspective for comparative political research and future studies of British political culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415688086

Traditions Institutions and American Popular TraditionA special issue of the journal Contemporary Music Review First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315079929

Traditions and Trends in Global Environmental PoliticsInternational Relations and the Earth How can a divided world share a single planet? As the environment rises ever higher on the global agenda the discipline of International Relations (IR) is engaging in more varied and transformative ways than ever before to overcome environmental challenges. Focusing in particular on the key trends of the past 20 years this volume explores the main developments in the global environmental crisis with each chapter considering an environmental issue and an approach within IR. In the process adjacent fields including energy politics science and technology and political economy are also touched on. Traditions and Trends in Global Environmental Politics is aimed at anybody interested in the key international environmental problems of the day and those seeking clarification and inspiration in terms of approaches and theories that decode how the environment is accounted for in global politics. It will be an essential resource for students and scholars of global environmental politics and governance environmental studies and IR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138633889

Traditions of Systems TheoryMajor Figures and Contemporary Developments The term ‘systems theory’ is used to characterize a set of disparate yet related approaches to fields as varied as information theory cybernetics biology sociology history literature and philosophy. What unites each of these traditions of systems theory is a shared focus on general features of systems and their fundamental importance for diverse areas of life. Yet there are considerable differences among these traditions and each tradition has developed its own methodologies journals and forms of anaylsis. This book explores this terrain and provides an overview of and guide to the traditions of systems theory in their considerable variety. The book draws attention to the traditions of systems theory in their historical development especially as related to the humanities and social sciences and shows how from these traditions various contemporary developments have ensued. It provides a guide for strains of thought that are key to understanding 20th century intellectual life in many areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815346890

TraditionsThe “Real” the Hyper and the Virtual In the Built Environment Traditions: The ‘Real’ the Hyper and the Virtual in the Built Environment is a continuation of Nezar AlSayyad’s engagement with the subject of tradition in the built environment. In it he attempts to unsettle the belief that tradition is simply a product of history and transmission. Without dismissing the parallels between history and tradition he argues that normative discourses which conceive of tradition as a place-based temporally situated concept as a static authoritative legacy of a past and as a heritage owned by certain groups of people can no longer be sustained in the present moment of globalization. Instead he calls for an approach that recognizes how the main qualities of tradition are transient fleeting and contingent. While using the built environment as the primary lens of investigation other approaches for the study of tradition with origins in geography history sociology or anthropology are actively deployed in this book. AlSayyad offers a recasting of the epistemology of tradition as fundamentally spatial thus providing a much-needed theoretical rudder for the emerging debates. Rather than analyzing tradition as a reaction to modernity or as its antithetical other he examines those discursive and spatial terrains where tradition collides and colludes with modernity. AlSayyad argues that built traditional environments have been studied until recently as ‘authentic’ environments that represent ‘real’ everyday practices. But as his research illustrates their consumption at a mass scale especially in the arena of tourism and mass media has often elevated them to hyper-environments whose connection to ‘real’ places results in fundamentally ‘dis-placed’ and disembodied experience. More recently the portrayal of traditional environments in both the virtual realm and heritage discourses has resulted in new articulations of tradition that could not be imagined just a few decades ago. AlSayyad interrogates the meanings and practices of tradition in the twenty-first century by looking at these three distinct categories of the built environment: the ‘real’ the hyper and the virtual. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415777735

Traditn Econ Vill Ind Ils 74 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868365

TraductioEssays on Punning and Translation Nothing like wordplay can make difference between languages look so uncompromising can give such a sharp edge to the dilemma between forms and effects can so blur the line between translation and adaptation or can cast such harsh light on our illusion of complete semantic stability. In the pun the whole language system may resonate and so may literary traditions and ideological discourses. It follows that the pun does not only put translators to the test it also poses a challenge to the views and concepts of those who study translation.   This book brings together experts on translation and the pun as well as researchers representing a variety of other relevant disciplines and schools of thought ranging from theology to deconstruction and from contrastive linguistics to feminism. It can be read as a companion volume to Wordplay and Translation a special issue of The Translator (Volume 2 Number 2 1996) also edited by Dirk Delabastita Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149342

Traffic and Congestion in the Roman Empire The first book to ever examine ancient Roman traffic this well-illustrated volume looks in detail at the construction of Roman road and studies the myriad of road users of the Roman Empire: civilians wagons and animals the cursus publicus commercial use and the army. Through this examination Cornelis van Tilburg reveals much of town planning in ancient cities: the narrow paths of older cities and the wider chessboard-patterned streets designed to sustain heavy traffic. He discusses toll points and city gates as measures taken to hamper traffic and concludes with a discussion as to why the local governments' attempts to regulate the traffic flow missed their targets of improving the infrastructure. This book will interest any student scholar or enthusiast in Roman history and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415512619

Traffic and Pavement Engineering Traffic and Pavement Engineering presents the latest engineering concepts techniques practices principles standard procedures and models that are applied and used to design and evaluate traffic systems road pavement structures and alternative transportation systems to ultimately achieve greater safety sustainability efficiency and cost-effectiveness. It provides in-depth coverage of the major areas of transportation engineering and includes a broad range of practical problems and solutions related to theory concepts practice and applications. Solutions for each problem follow step-by-step procedures that include the theory and the derivation of the formulas and computations where applicable. Additionally numerical methods linear algebraic methods and least squares regression techniques are presented to assist in problem solving.   Features: Presents coverage of major areas in transportation engineering: traffic engineering and pavement materials analysis and design. Provides solutions to numerous practical problems in traffic and pavement engineering including terminology theory practice computation and design. Offers downloadable and user-friendly MS Excel spreadsheets as well as numerical methods and optimization tools and techniques. Includes several practical case studies throughout. Utilizes a unique approach in presenting the different topics of transportation engineering.   Traffic and Pavement Engineering will help academics and professionals alike to find practical solutions across the broad spectrum of traffic and pavement engineering issues. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367149833

Traffic and TransportAn Economic History of Pickfords This book fist published in 1979 traces the growth of Britain’s inland transportation systems chiefly for goods traffic by road canal and railway from the early seventeenth century to the eve of nationalisation in 1947. The book focuses on the history of Pickfords long a prominent member of the transport industry and provides new insights into the many ways that the organisation and supply of these inland services were affected by successive changes in transport modes and technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138637948

Traffic Simulation and DataValidation Methods and Applications A single source of information for researchers and professionals Traffic Simulation and Data: Validation Methods and Applications offers a complete overview of traffic data collection state estimation calibration and validation for traffic modelling and simulation. It derives from the Multitude Project—a European Cost Action project that incorporates work packages defining traffic simulation practice and research; highway and network modeling; and synthesis dissemination and training. This book addresses the calibration and validation of traffic models and introduces necessary frameworks and techniques. It also includes viable methods for sensitivity analyses and incorporates relevant tools for application. The book begins with a brief summary of various data collection techniques that can be applied to collect different data types. It then showcases various data processing and enhancement techniques for improving the quality of collected data. It also introduces the techniques according to the type of estimation for example microscopic data enhancement traffic state estimation feature extraction and parameter identification techniques and origin–destination matrix estimation. The material discusses the measures of performance data error and goodness of fit and optimization algorithms. It also contains the sensitivity analyses of parameters in traffic models. Describes the various tasks of calibration and validation Considers the best use of available data Presents the sensitivity analysis method Discusses typical issues of data error in transportation system data and how these errors can impact simulation results Details various methodologies for data collection sensitivity analysis calibration and validation Examines benefits that result from the application of these methods Traffic Simulation and Data: Validation Methods and Applications serves as a key resource for transport engineers and planners researchers and graduate students in transport engineering and planning. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075917

Trafficked Young PeopleBreaking the Wall of Silence Human trafficking constitutes one of the most serious human rights violations of our time. However many social work practitioners still have a poor and incomplete understanding of the experiences of children and young people who have been trafficked. In Trafficked Young People the authors call for a more sophisticated informed and better developed understanding of the range of issues facing trafficked young people. In the first work of its kind to combine an up-to-date overview of the current policy context with related theoretical concerns and practitioner experiences Pearce Hynes & Bovarnick demonstrate how the trafficking of children and young people should be regarded as a child protection rather than an immigration concern. Drawing on focus group and interview research with 72 practitioners and covering the cases of 37 individuals Trafficked Young People explores the way child care practitioners identify understand and work with the problems faced by people who have been trafficked. The book looks at how practitioners interpret and use definitions of trafficking in their day to day work; at their experiences of exposing the needs of trafficked children and young people and at their efforts to find appropriate resources to meet these needs. Trafficked Young People will be of interest to practitioners working in support housing and social work along with solicitors and sociologists particularly those working within discourses of child agency self determination and victimhood. With its emphasis on the legal and policy framework and integrated throughout with case histories practitioner interviews and recommendations for best practice Trafficked Young People is essential reading for anyone working within a Social Policy Development context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415617543

TraffickersDrug Markets and Law Enforcement Traffickers presents new findings into the most mythologised and least understood area of crime and law enforcement. The chamelion reality of the world of drug trafficking is described in the words of traffickers and detectives. Drug enforcement combines the banal and spectacular in surveillance covert operations and criminal intelligence. The war on drugs is a harbinger of wider changes in the organisation of policing and international cooperation. Traffickers explores the struggle that transforms policing and punishment as it stimulates the imagination. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837133

Trafficking and Prostitution ReconsideredNew Perspectives on Migration Sex Work and Human Rights Trafficking and prostitution are widely believed to be synonymous and to be leading international crimes. This collection argues against such sensationalism and advances carefully considered and grounded alternatives for understanding transnational migrations forced labor sex work and livelihood strategies under new forms of globalization. From their long-term engagements as anti-trafficking advocates the authors unpack the contemporary international debate on trafficking. They maintain that rather than a new 'white slave trade ' we are witnessing today more broadly an increase in the violation of the rights of freedom of movement decent employment and social and economic security. Critical examinations of state anti-trafficking interventions including the U.S.- led War on Trafficking also reveal links to a broader attack on undocumented migrants; tribal and aboriginal peoples; poor women men and children; and sex workers. The book sheds new light on everyday circumstances popular discourses and strategies for survival under twenty-first century economic and political conditions with a focus on Asia but with lessons globally. Contributors: Natasha Ahmad Vachararutai Boontinand Lin Chew Melissa Ditmore John Frederick Matthew S. Friedman Josephine Ho Jagori Ratna Kapur Phil Marshall Jyoti Sanghera Susu Thatun. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315084664

Trafficking and Prostitution ReconsideredNew Perspectives on Migration Sex Work and Human Rights Since the 2005 publication of the highly acclaimed first edition of Trafficking and Prostitution Reconsidered human trafficking has become virtually a household phrase. This new edition adds vitally important updates related to recent developments. A new introduction considers the term 'sex trafficking' and its growing use amongst feminist researchers. In a new chapter Ratna Kapur looks at changes in anti-trafficking legislation especially under the Obama administration. Jyoti Sanghera reports from her experience as a UN Human Rights commissioner and Bandana Pattanaik examines feminist participatory research on 'trafficking'. The book concludes with a list of relevant websites organisations and publications useful for students researchers and activists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594519895

Trafficking CultureNew Directions in Researching the Global Market in Illicit Antiquities Trafficking Culture outlines current research and thinking on the illicit market in antiquities. It moves along the global trafficking chain from ‘source’ to ‘market’ identifying the main roles and routines involved. Using original research the authors explore the dynamics of this ‘grey’ market where legal and illegal goods are mixed and conflated. It compares and contrasts this illicit trade with other ‘transnational criminal markets’ such as the illegal trades in wildlife and diamonds. The analytical frames of organized crime and white-collar crime drawn from criminology provide a fresh perspective on a problem that has tended to be seen as archaeological rather than criminological. Bringing insights from both disciplines together this book represents a productive discourse between experts in these two fields working together for several years to produce the evidence base that is reported here. Innovative forms of regulation are the most productive way to explore crime control in this field and this book provides a series of propositions about practical crime reduction measures for the future. It will be invaluable to academics working in the fields of archaeology criminology art history museum studies and heritage. The book will also be a vital resource for professionals in the field of cultural property protection and preservation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138692497

Trafficking Women in KoreaFilipina migrant entertainers Based on in-depth ethnographic work this book presents a study of Filipinas trafficked to South Korea focusing on women who entered South Korea as migrant entertainers and subsequently became deployed in exploitative work environments around US military bases there. It contributes to the extension of our knowledge about human trafficking in the Asian region through an exploration of the experiences of more than 100 women who took part in the study. The book challenges many of the accepted understandings about "trafficking victims" and unravels the implications of these narrow understandings for the women themselves. It explores the ways women negotiate trafficking largely outside of the emerging formal anti-trafficking framework and explains how new community formations and social networks emerge crafted by the women themselves to manage and overcome their vulnerabilities in migration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815364252

Tragedies and Christian CongregationsThe Practical Theology of Trauma When tragedy strikes a community it is often unexpected with long-lasting effects on the people left in its wake. Too often there aren’t adequate systems in place to aid those affected in processing what has happened. This study uniquely combines practical theology pastoral insight and scientific data to demonstrate how Christian congregations can be helped to be resilient in the face of sudden devastating events. Beginning by identifying the characteristics of trauma in individuals and communities this collection of essays from practitioners and academics locates sudden trauma-inducing tragedies as a problem in practical theology. A range of biblical and theological responses are presented but contemporary scientific understanding is also included in order to challenge and stretch some of these traditional theological resources. The pastoral section of the book examines the ethics of response to tragedy locating the role of the minister in relation to other helping agencies and exploring the all-too-topical issue of ministerial abuse. Developing a nuanced rationale for good practical pastoral liturgical and theological responses to major traumas this book will be of significant value to scholars of practical theology as well as practitioners counselling in and around church congregations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138481404

Tragedy This wide-ranging and unique collection of documents on one of the most enduring of literary genres Tragedy offers a radical revaluation of its significance in the light of the critical attention that it has received during the past one-hundred and fifty years. The foundations of much contemporary thinking about Tragedy are to be found in the writings of Hegel Nietzsche and Kierkegaard; in addition the dialectical tradition emanating from Marxism and the psycho-analytical writings of Freud have extended significantly the horizons of the subject. With the explosion of interest in the areas of post-structuralism sociology of culture social anthropology feminism deconstruction and the study of ritual new questions are being asked about this persistent artistic exploration of human experience. This book seeks to represent a full selection of these divergent interests in a series of substantial extracts which display the continuing richness of the debate about a genre which has provoked and challenged categorical discussion since the appearance of Aristotle's Poetics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161726

Tragedy Professor Leech considers the significance of the term ‘Tragedy’ as it has been used from classical times to the present day. He gives examples of tragic writing from a wide variety of dramatic literatures and relates theoretical writings on tragedy and the tragedies that have been contemporaneous with them. Free reference is made to critics from Aristotle to these of the present. Special stress is laid on the tragedies of the Greeks of Renaissance writers and of our immediate contemporaries notably Harold Pinter and Tom Stoppard. There is also discussion of tragic writing in the modern novel. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157064

Tragedy First published in 1969 this work examines the genre of Tragedy from its origins in ancient Greece to the modern day. Beginning with an overview of the meaning of tragedy in Europe through the ages it goes on to explore common aspects of tragedies such as the tragic hero the chorus and unities catharsis peripeteia anagnorisis and suffering. This book will be of interest to anyone studying European drama and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241619

Tragedy Tradition TransformismThe Ethics Of Paul Ramsey In this original interpretation and critique of Paul Ramsey’s ethical thought D. Stephen Long traces the development of one of the mid-twentieth century’s most important and controversial religious social thinkers. Long examines Ramsey’s early liberal idealism as well as later influences on his work including the just war doctrine Reinhold Niebu Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367214630

Tragedy And DenialThe Politics Of Difference In Western Political Thought To do political theory is to tell a story about human beings and their communities. In this witty and elegant book Michael Brint provides a brilliant reading of some of the greatest stories told in the history of Western political theory. The unifying theme is the issue of differences and the conflicts they generate. Brint's targets are those thin Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367214746

Tragedy and Dramatic Theatre This comprehensive authoritative account of tragedy is the culmination of Hans-Thies Lehmann’s groundbreaking contributions to theatre and performance scholarship. It is a major milestone in our understanding of this core foundation of the dramatic arts. From the philosophical roots and theories of tragedy through its inextricable relationship with drama to its impact upon post-dramatic forms this is the definitive work in its field. Lehmann plots a course through the history of dramatic thought taking in Aristotle Plato Seneca Nietzsche Heidegger Lacan Shakespeare Schiller Holderlin Wagner Maeterlinck Yeats Brecht Kantor Heiner Müller and Sarah Kane. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138191969

Tragedy and Redress in Western LiteratureA Philosophical Perspective This book offers a unique interpretation of tragic literature in the Western tradition deploying the method and style of Analytic philosophy. Richard Gaskin argues that tragic literature seeks to offer moral and linguistic redress (compensation) for suffering. Moral redress involves the balancing of a protagonist’s suffering with guilt (and vice versa): Gaskin contends that to a much greater extent than has been recognized by recent critics traditional tragedy represents suffering as incurred by avoidable and culpable mistakes of a cognitive nature. Moral redress operates in the first instance at the level of the individual agent. Linguistic redress by contrast operates at a higher level of generality namely at the level of the community: its fundamental motor is the sheer expressibility of suffering in words. Against many writers on tragedy Gaskin argues that language is competent to express pain and suffering and that tragic literature has that expression as one its principal purposes. The definition of tragic literature in this book is expanded to include more than stage drama: the treatment stretches from the Classical and Medieval periods through to the early twentieth century. There is a special focus on Sophocles but Gaskin takes account of most other major tragic authors in the European tradition including Homer Aeschylus Euripides Virgil Seneca Chaucer Marlowe Shakespeare Corneille Racine Lessing Goethe Schiller Kleist Büchner Ibsen Hardy Kafka and Mann; lesser-known areas such as Renaissance neo-Latin tragedy are also covered. Among theorists of tragedy Gaskin concentrates on Aristotle and Bradley; but the contributions of numerous contemporary commentators are also assessed. Tragedy and Redress in Western Literature: A Philosophical Perspective offers a new and genuinely interdisciplinary perspective on tragedy that will be of considerable interest both to philosophers of literature and to literary critics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666743

Tragedy and Trauma in the Plays of Christopher Marlowe Contending that criticism of Marlowe’s plays has been limited by humanist conceptions of tragedy this book engages with trauma theory especially psychoanalytic trauma theory to offer a fresh critical perspective within which to make sense of the tension in Marlowe’s plays between the tragic and the traumatic. The author argues that tragedies are trauma narratives narratives of wounding; however in Marlowe’s plays a traumatic aesthetics disrupts the closure that tragedy seeks to enact. Martin’s fresh reading of Massacre at Paris which is often dismissed by critics as a bad tragedy presents the play as deliberately breaking the conventions of the tragic genre in order to enact a traumatic aesthetics that pulls its audience into one of the early modern period’s most notorious collective traumatic events the massacre of French Huguenots in Paris in 1572. The chapters on Marlowe’s six other plays similarly argue that throughout Marlowe’s drama tragedy is held in tension with-and disrupted by-the aesthetics of trauma. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880156

Tragedy: The Basics Tragedy: The Basics is an accessible and up-to-date introduction to dramatic tragedy. A comprehensive guide for anyone undertaking a study of the genre it provides a chronological overview and history of tragic theory. Covering tragedy from the classics to the present day it explains the contextual and theoretical issues which affect the interpretation of tragedy examining popularly studied key plays in order to show historical change. Including a glossary of key terms and suggestions for further reading Tragedy: The Basics is an ideal starting point for anyone studying tragedy in literature or theatre studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138798915

Tragic Coleridge To Samuel Taylor Coleridge tragedy was not solely a literary mode but a philosophy to interpret the history that unfolded around him. Tragic Coleridge explores the tragic vision of existence that Coleridge derived from Classical drama Shakespeare Milton and contemporary German thought. Coleridge viewed the hardships of the Romantic period like the catastrophes of Greek tragedy as stages in a process of humanity’s overall purification. Offering new readings of canonical poems as well as neglected plays and critical works Chris Murray elaborates Coleridge’s tragic vision in relation to a range of thinkers from Plato and Aristotle to George Steiner and Raymond Williams. He draws comparisons with the works of Blake the Shelleys and Keats to explore the factors that shaped Coleridge’s conception of tragedy including the origins of sacrifice developments in Classical scholarship theories of inspiration and the author’s quest for civic status. With cycles of catastrophe and catharsis everywhere in his works Coleridge depicted the world as a site of tragic purgation and wrote himself into it as an embattled sage qualified to mediate the vicissitudes of his age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409447542

Tragic Knots in PsychoanalysisNew Papers on Psychoanalysis This is a collection of published and unpublished papers on clinical theoretical and applied aspects of psychoanalysis that take up various aspects of unconscious mental processes and conflicts and their expression in the clinical transference and countertransference. These expressions are evidenced in frustration gratitude and benevolence competing feelings of being cared for and coerced disturbed and expanded bodily pleasure cruelty and forgiveness. Included in this book is a brief history of the author's odyssey through several major contributions regarding the language of psychoanalysis and its narrativity and the convergence of these with contemporary Kleinian modes of thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106409

Tragic PlotsA New Reading from Aeschylus to Lorca This title was first published in 2000. This book offers a wide-ranging account of tragic drama from the Greeks to Arthur Miller. It puts forward a bold and vigorously developed argument about the recurrent concerns of tragedy and proposes to uncover the archetypal tragic plot that emerges at key points of historical transition. It traces this plot through fascinatingly diverse formations on Athens Renaissance England and the modern world and offers detailed analysis of over twenty plays. The needs of the first-time reader are not forgotten while challenging new light is thrown on each period. There is substantial discussion of Aeschylus Sophocles Euripedes Marlowe Shakespeare Ibsen Strindberg Chekhov Lorca and Miller along with briefer consideration of the Senecan tradition Yeats Synge O’Neill and T.S. Eliot. Felicity Rosslyn asks why tragic plays get written when they do and why they so often dramatise the struggle to break the ties of blood for the bonds of law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138727977

Tragic SenecaAn Essay in the Theatrical Tradition Tragic Seneca undertakes a radical re-evaluation of Seneca's plays their relationship to Roman imperial culture and their instrumental role in the evolution of the European theatrical tradition.Following an introduction on the history of the Roman theatre the book provides a dramatic and cultural critique of the whole of Seneca's corpus analysing the declamatory form of the plays their rhetoric interiority stagecraft and spectacle dramatic ideological and moral structure and their overt theatricality. Each of Seneca's plays is examined in detail locating the force of Senecan drama not only in the moral complexity of the texts and their representations of power violence history suffering and the self but the semiotic interplay of text tradition and culture.The later chapters focus on Seneca's influence on Italian English and French drama of the Renaissance. A.J. Boyle argues that tragedians such as Cinthio Kyd Marlowe Shakespeare Webster Corneille and Racine owe a debt to Seneca that goes beyond allusion dramatic form and the treatment of tyranny and revenge to the development of the tragic sensibility and the metatheatrical mind.Tragic Seneca attempts to restore Seneca to a central position in the European literary tradition. It will provide readers and directors of Seneca's plays with the essential critical guide to their intellectual cultural and dramatic complexity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203432594

TrailblazersProfiles of America's Gay and Lesbian Elected Officials Trailblazers: Profiles of America’s Gay and Lesbian Elected Officials (winner of the Victory Foundation Civic Leadership Award) is a quick reference to the most comprehensive list of the country’s openly gay and lesbian officials. You’ll read about 14 of these representatives in greater depth getting to know them personally and professionally. Trailblazers identifies representatives from local state and national levels from all over the country. In each profile you’ll examine the relationship between the elected official and his or her constituency. You’ll also explore public reactions to openly gay and lesbian politicians some of whom are also ethnic minorities and how this affects the job that they do. Trailblazers offers an in-depth personal look at the lives of some of the politicians involved in the history of gay and lesbian activism over the last 20 years. Specifically you’ll read about the lives of: Tina Podloski a lesbian mother and Seattle Councilwoman Tom Duane a New York Councilman with HIV Sabrina Sojourner an African-American lesbian shadow representative in Washington DC William Weybourn the founder of the Gay and Lesbian Victory Fund which helps to elect gay and lesbian candidates to public office Jose Plata a gay Hispanic Dallas School TrusteeIn addition to giving you keen insight into the lives of these officials Trailblazers can help you if you decide to run for election putting a checklist of campaign dos and don’ts at your fingertips. An enlightening book about the private and public achievements of our gay and lesbian politicians Trailblazers is a valuable addition to any personal or professional library. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315783703

Trailblazing African American Public Administrators The field of public administration holds social equity and inclusiveness as a core administrative value but African American voices in the discourse about the theory and practice of public administration have been ignored all too often. This book is the first to formally chronicle the evolution of the field of public administration in the United States through desegregation equal opportunity affirmative action diversity/multiculturalism and presumptions about a "post-racial" society incorporating African American contributions to public policy-making and implementation at every stage. As long as the "post-racial" America myth continues to influence the design development and implementation of public policies African American perspectives need to be reconsidered as a legitimate and important focus of public administration’s theoretical and practical framework. Focusing on the lives and profound contributions of several unsung but seminal African American public administrators accompanied by personal accounts of perseverance and detailed descriptions of unique approaches used for social change this book demonstrates the intellectual academic and pragmatic evolution of these leaders as they built careers in their discipline and blazed the trail for those to come. Authors Beverly C. Edmond and Ron W. Finnell demonstrate how these pioneers extended the very definition of the enterprise of public administration through their movements between the intersecting worlds of academia practice social movements and community activism. Trailblazing African American Public Administrators serves as a timely practical social and historical teaching text for graduate and undergraduate courses in Public Administration Public Management Public Affairs and Human Resource Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138183377

Train TracksWork Play and Politics on the Railways This book provides an in-depth exploration of trains and train travel. Letherby and Reynolds have conducted extensive research with all those concerned with trains from leisure travelers and enthusiasts to railway workers and commuters. Overturning conventional wisdom they show that the train has a social life in and of itself and is not simply a way to get from A to B.The book also looks at the depiction of train travel through cultural media such as music films books and art. The authors consider the personal politics of train travel and political discussion surrounding the railways as well as the relationship trains have to leisure and work. The media often paints a gloomy picture of the railways and there is a general view that the romance of train travel ended with the steam locomotive. Letherby and Reynolds show that this is far from the case. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003136385

Train Your BrainA Year's Worth of Puzzles Many people start the day with physical exercise but few seem to be so concerned with exercising the most human of organs-the brain. This book provides you with entertaining and challenging mental exercises for every week of the year. Whether you are a high school student eager to sharpen your brain or someone older who would like to retain your mental agility you will find your brain getting sharper and more agile as you solve the puzzles in this book. Read a few puzzles every week think about them solve them and you will see the results. And on the way to a sharper mind you will enjoy every step. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781568817101

Train Your BrainChallenging Yet Elementary Mathematics The book contains selected problems aimed for high school students that are interested in competing in math competitions or simply for people of all ages and backgrounds who want to expand their knowledge and to challenge themselves with interesting questions. The problems are mostly selected from an extensive collection of problems from Polish Mathematical Olympics and many appear here in English for the first time. Each chapter consists of many sections devoted to a collection of related topics. Each of these sections starts with a problem followed by the necessary background (definitions and theorems used) careful and detailed solution and discussion of possible generalizations. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367564872

Train Your BrainHow to Maximize Memory Ability in Older Adulthood Train Your Brain was written to provide older adults and the people who work with them with practical and scientifically based suggestions and interventions on how to maintain and even improve memory ability. Researchers have found that certain lifestyle factors predict the likelihood of developing memory problems. Most chapters begin with research summaries followed by practical suggestions for taking advantage of the identified factors that affect memory. The book also contains information and suggestions for people interested in starting a cognitive enhancement program in an assisted living facility senior center or medical setting. Two chapters "How Memory Works" and "How the Brain Works " provide readers with a foundation of knowledge so they can get the most out of subsequent chapters. The author presents the "Use It or Lose It" theory of memory and aging and the overwhelming evidence that cognitive stimulation is associated with better memory ability; he also provides information on how nutrition physical exercise mood stress and sleep all affect memory. The book contains cognitive enhancement activities with instructions that can be used to create a memory enhancement program for oneself or others. However even all of this information won't help the older adult who is unmotivated to make the necessary behavioral changes so the author includes information on how to motivate people to do the things that can improve their quality of life and their ability to make new memories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780895037831

Train Your GazeA Practical and Theoretical Introduction to Portrait Photography Focusing on the presence of the photographer’s gaze as an integral part of constructing meaningful images Roswell Angier combines theory and practice to provide you with the technical advice and inspiration you need to develop your skills in portrait photography.Fully updated to take into account advances in creative work and photographic technology this second edition also includes stunning new visuals and a discussion on the role of social media in the practice of portraiture.Each chapter includes a practical assignment designed to help you explore various kinds of portrait photography and produce a range of different styles for your creative portfolio. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350107847

Trainer's Problem-Solving Manual for Kick Down the Door of ComplacencySieze the Power of Continuous Improvement This text is a companion manual presenting techniques to facilitate a continuous improvement effort designed to banish complacency from an organization. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138463615

Trainer's Workshop Series Bundle The Trainer's Workshop Series is designed to be a practical hands-on roadmap to help you quickly develop training in key business areas. Each book in the series offers all the exercises handouts assessments structured experiences and ready-to-use presentations needed to develop effective training sessions. In addition to easy-to-use icons each book in the series includes a companion CD-ROM with PowerPointT presentations and electronic copies of all supporting material featured in the book. This series comprises the following books:Customer Service Training provides practical hands-on guidance to help you quickly develop customer service training. Leadership Training offers both background knowledge and the practical help you need to create strong leadership training at all levels within the organization. Leading Change Training helps you create solid change programmes within your organization and integrate cutting-edge change leadership models and other theories into your programme. New Employee Orientation Training helps you design new employee orientation programmes at the organizational and department level. New Supervisor Training helps new and experienced supervisors make the transition from individual contributor to leader with ready-made training tools and materials. Practical hands-on guide offers all the exercises handouts and presentations you need to develop effective training programmes   'Workshop' approach helps you quickly and easily develop training in key business areas  Includes a companion CD-ROM Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780750684279

Training Tactics and Leadership in the Confederate Army of TennesseeSeeds of Failure This assessment of the performance of the southern soldiers in the American Civil War of 1861 deals with every aspect of an army from its senior officer to the lowliest private following every process as the soldier tried to adapt to military life train and overcome the enemy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203724859

Training Actors' VoicesTowards an Intercultural/Interdisciplinary Approach Contemporary actor training in the US and UK has become increasingly multicultural and multilinguistic. Border-crossing cross-cultural exchange in contemporary theatre practices and the rise of the intercultural actor has meant that actor training today has been shaped by multiple modes of training and differing worldviews. How might mainstream Anglo-American voice training for actors address the needs of students who bring multiple worldviews into the training studio? When several vocal training traditions are learned simultaneously how does this shift the way actors think talk and perform? How does this change the way actors understand what a voice is? What it can/should do? How it can/should do it? Using adaptations of a traditional Korean vocal art p’ansori with adaptations of the "natural" or "free" voice approach Tara McAllister-Viel offers an alternative approach to training actors’ voices by (re)considering the materials of training: breath sound "presence " and text. This work contributes to ongoing discussions about the future of voice pedagogy in theatre for those practitioners and scholars interested in performance studies ethnomusicology voice studies and intercultural theories and practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138088696

Training Adult Educators in Western Europe Originally published in 1991 this book is a comparative study of systems of preparing adult educators in the UK Ireland Belgium Netherlands France Greece Italy Spain Austria Germany Switzerland Denmark Finland Norway Sweden and Cyprus. The book argues for more formal preparation and training of adult educators with more Europe-wide specialist training and evaluation in teaching and management skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366954

Training and Assessing Non-Technical SkillsA Practical Guide Providing a practical guide to the training and assessment of non-technical skills within high-risk industries this book will be of direct interest to safety and training professionals working within aviation healthcare rail maritime and other high-risk industries. Currently each of these industries are working to integrate non-technical skills into their training and certification processes particularly in light of increasing international regulation in this area. However there is no definitive guidance to assist practitioners within these areas with the design of effective non-technical skills training and assessment programs. This book sets out to fully meet this need. It has been designed as a practically focussed companion to the 2008 book Safety at the Sharp End by Flin O'Connor and Crichton. While Safety at the Sharp End provides the definitive exploration of the need for non-technical skills training and examines in detail the main components of non-technical skills as they relate to safe operations the text does not focus on the "nuts and bolts" of designing training and assessment programs. To this end Training and Assessing Non-Technical Skills: A Practical Guide provides an extension of this work and a fitting companion text. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781409436331

Training and Development in OrganizationsAn Essential Guide For Trainers Training and Development in Organizations introduces students to the field of training and development showcasing how the role and function of training within an organization supports the organization’s efforts at fulfilling its mission. Focusing on six themes – strategic view; training paradigm; training model; types of training; rubrics; and andragogy a theory focused specifically on the adult learner â€“ the author offers an applied approach to designing and implementing a training program. Readers will learn about different types of training programs ranging from simple to complex while a model program design demonstrates the critical elements associated with designing a program such as subjects time frame learning objectives and more. Practical exercises and thought-provoking end of chapter questions help students learn how to apply the concepts successfully while Chapter Twelve specifically includes a variety of practical exercises for use in application-oriented assignments. Undergraduate students of human resource management and training and development as well as business managers seeking to develop their training knowledge will appreciate this commonsense treatment of the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138097315

Training and Training StandardsPsychological Therapies in Primary Care The surge of interest in psychological therapies in GP settings makes this book timely and important for the development of this field in the 21st century. As well as the suggested syllabus for training counsellors and psychotherapists (agreed by the Counselling and Psychotherapy Forum for Primary Care) the book deals with much wider issues. Chapters deal with practitioner issues - both student and professional - management issues and the provision of supervision and mentoring for the new counsellor as well as planning Continuous Professional Development. Chapters dealing with the history of the remarkable rise in these services help set the context of the rapid development of primary care counselling. The term 'primary care counselling' denotes the context of primary care within which psychological therapies take place and encompasses practitioners from a wide variety of therapeutic traditions. The emphasis throughout is on thorough going preparation of the new counsellor/therapist to meet the proper counselling standards required in primary care practice. It will be of value to students course providers counselling practice managers supervisors as well as those who commission services and general practice doctors. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429484162

Training at WorkCritical Analysis of Workplace Training and Development Training in the workplace can be costly and time-consuming. Consequently it is often neglected. However it plays an essential part in a company's success increasing the level of performance aiding strategic decision-making and maximizing quality and efficiency. Using detailed surveys and encompassing the literature in human resource management this book first published in 1992 shows why training is so valuable a tool. The author’s critical analysis covers the effects of demographic change and the growing number of women in the workforce as well as issues which reflect the changing patterns of work such as technology workplace flexibility and employee relations. He deals with the increasing stress laid on managerial performance emphasizing the need for more management training as well as assessing the role of state-run schemes and the effect of government policies. He concludes with ways to develop successful training patterns and to launch a "skills revolution". This book should be of interest to postgraduates academics and researchers in the fields of human resource management industrial relations and organizational behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138715035

Training Behaviour TherapistsMethods Evaluation and Implementation with Parents Nurses and Teachers Originally published in 1986 one of the major developments in behavioural psychotherapy and mental health in the previous decade had been the growing involvement of non-psychologists in behaviour therapy. This was a result of the fact that there were too few psychologists to cope with problem behaviour and that other professionals or carers began to appreciate more clearly their potential as agents of behaviour change. Foremost among these ‘mediators’ of therapy were parents nurses (particularly psychiatric nurses) and teachers (especially remedial teachers). Their involvement had greatly increased the efficiency of behaviour therapy at the time and opened up a new era in applied psychology. It also entailed the development of new training formats evaluation procedures and implementation strategies. The main aim of this book was to provide a summary of the research relevant to these issues and to offer practical guidelines to those who were interested in training or being trained as behaviour therapists. For this reason there are chapters by researchers who have been involved in training parents nurses and teachers. These chapters provide a detailed account of training in a form that was rarely available in published form at the time and even today should be of great assistance to readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138889408

Training CognitionOptimizing Efficiency Durability and Generalizability Training is both a teaching and a learning experience and just about everyone has had that experience. Training involves acquiring knowledge and skills. This newly acquired training information is meant to be applicable to specific activities tasks and jobs. In modern times where jobs are increasingly more complex training workers to perform successfully is of more importance than ever. The range of contexts in which training is required includes industrial corporate military artistic and sporting at all levels from assembly line to executive function. The required training can take place in a variety of ways and settings including the classroom the laboratory the studio the playing field and the work environment itself. The general goal of this book is to describe the current state of research on training using cognitive psychology to build a complete empirical and theoretical picture of the training process. The book focuses on training cognition as opposed to physical or fitness training. It attempts to show how to optimize training efficiency durability and generalizability. The book includes a review of relevant cognitive psychological literature a summary of recent laboratory experiments a presentation of original theoretical ideas and a discussion of possible applications to real-world training settings. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138116993

Training Design in Aviation Well structured training based on sound theoretical principles can transform the system in which high performance is essential and in turn the organisation. Yet the strategic role of cost-effective training provision is often less well understood than it might be in all branches of aviation - whether civil or regional general business or military. This book analyzes the cycle of training design from the identification of requirement through to measurement of effectiveness. Key issues in training design and management are illustrated with examples and learning is consolidated through case studies. The book provides advice tools procedures and examples of best practice - both recent and well-established - to assist aviation training personnel who aim to guarantee cost-effective training. The approach is highly practical but does not avoid covering the theory when needed. An informative guide to the process of training analysis and course design the book examines each stage of the training design cycle in some depth. In addition it looks at the application of quality management and of project management to training design. Each chapter contains advice and techniques as well as examples drawn from the author's wealth of experience of training in aviation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275270

Training Educators of AdultsThe Theory and Practice of Graduate Adult Education Originally published in 1988 this book provides perspective on conceptualisations of adult education in the late 20th century the range of providing agencies and the varying orientations towards defining the role of the adult educator. It draws together and contextualises a selection of the most important readings on adult education theory and practice. The book will help develop critically reflective practitioners on adutl education courses - educators aware of the assumptions underlying their practice and capable of identifying theories and placing both theory and practice within  the wider and ever-changing socio-politico context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138319653

Training for AssessorsA Collection of Activities for Training Assessment Centre Assessors Roleplayers and Resource Persons Assessment and Development Centres are very resource intensive both in terms of time and money. Poorly trained assessors resource people and role players can all have a huge adverse impact on the results of an Assessment and Development Centre. To ensure consistency in the performance of assessors resource people and role players they must all be well briefed and properly trained. This manual provides a practical guide with everything you need to train assessors resource people and role players. Parts One to Three of the manual deal with the behavioural assessment skills of observing recording classifying summarizing and evaluating (ORCSE). There are exercises for learning and trying out the techniques needed for each stage of the process. There is also a collection of mock simulations which allow potential assessors to put all of the skills together and practice for real. Part Four covers training for resource persons and role players an area which is often overlooked. Training for Assessors is an essential resource for anyone running or planning to run assessment and/or development centres. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138433632

Training for Project ManagementVolume 3: Innovation Value and Performance Most people accept the importance of project management as a means of realizing value enabling change and distinguishing your organization from its competitors. But recognizing and doing are two entirely different things and project management remains something that is difficult to do right; every project brings something new and whilst learning is about improving things we have done before becoming good at project management is about getting better and better at doing the things that we are doing for the first time. This brand new collection of activities enables your project managers and team members to improve the performance of their projects by exploring topics such as benefit and value management stakeholder relations critical and innovative thinking and much more. The collection is a natural companion volume to Training for Project Management Volumes 1 and 2 by the same author which seek to develop the basic human and technical skills associated with working in projects. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315264783

Training for Sports Speed and AgilityAn Evidence-Based Approach Speed and agility are central to success in a wide range of sports. Training for Sports Speed and Agility is the first evidence-based study of all those aspects of athletic preparation that contribute to the expression of speed and agility during competition. Drawing on the very latest scientific research in the fields of strength and conditioning applied physiology biomechanics sports psychology and sports medicine the book critically examines approaches to training for speed and agility. This book further explores the scientific rationale for all aspects of effective training to develop sports speed and agility comprising a diverse range of topics that include: assessment strength training for speed and agility development speed-strength development and plyometric training metabolic conditioning mobility and flexibility acceleration straight-line speed development developing change of direction capabilities developing expression of agility during competition periodization. Every chapter includes a review of current research as well as offering clear practical guidelines for improving training and performance including photographs illustrating different training modes and techniques. No other book offers a comparable blend of theory and practice. Training for Sports Speed and Agility is therefore crucial reading for all students coaches and athletes looking to improve their understanding of this key component of sports performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415591263

Training Guide for Visiting the SickMore Than a Social Call Understand the basic practical aspects of pastoral care—and make your visit to the sick meaningful for both of you! Training Guide for Visiting the Sick: More Than a Social Call is a useful handbook from a Christian perspective that provides the common sense and not-so-common answers to your questions on how best to minister to the sick. Drawing on his three decades of experience as a bedside hospital chaplain the author explains appropriate and inappropriate behaviors and suggests things to say (or not to say) to truly make your next visit fruitful for you and the patient. More than simply an educational tool this guidebook provides clergy and Christian laypeople with spiritual explanations and straightforward strategies to not only comfort the patient but also foster the sense of joy and accomplishment in oneself.Training Guide for Visiting the Sick: More Than a Social Call teaches you to glean a positive experience from a difficult task the visit to the sick. The author shares his insights learned in his lengthy and distinguished career in this instructional guidebook. Honest and compassionate in its portrayal of the sick and dying the book prepares the reader spiritually emotionally and even physically for the challenge of the visit while focusing on the distress and the needs of the patient. At times stating practical common sense other times shining an insightful light on the less physical aspects of the visit this educational handbook is invaluable for all who minister or wish to minister to the sick.Training Guide for Visiting the Sick: More Than a Social Call discusses: Jesus’ Eleventh Commandment—To Love One Another how to prepare yourself spiritually and emotionally for the visit the hospital patient’s world explanations of patients’ possible emotional financial family and spiritual distress do’s and don’ts to note before and during a visit to the patient’s room the special needs of shut-ins ministering to the dying ministering to difficult patients ministering to Alzheimer’s or comatose patientsTraining Guide for Visiting the Sick: More Than a Social Call is a practical educational guide for pastors supervisors in clinical pastoral education programs CPE students college and seminary students in courses in ministry to the sick police and fire department chaplains and family and friends of hospitalized nursing home and assisted living patients/residents. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315044194

Training in ConsultationState of the Field:a Special Double Issue of journal of Educational and Psychological Consultation First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466005

Training in Developing Nations: A Handbook for ExpatriatesA Handbook for Expatriates This practical text offers students consultants and training specialists proven strategies for launching successful training initiatives in developing nations. While there are many resources available for trainers no other book takes the expatriate perspective - to prepare international trainers for the unique challenges they face when conducting training in underdeveloped regions. Truly global in scope the book features examples and experiences from a variety of third world settings including sub-Saharan Africa Eastern Europe and Central and South America. The contributors provide essential general strategies for trainers in developing countries as well as specific advice on training in various fields - including public health economic development public sector development and media and journalism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698625

Training in Logistics and the Freight Transport IndustryThe Experience of the European Project ADAPT-FIT This title was first published in 2002. In the last few decades relationships within the transport and logistics industry have become more complex due to the rising importance of information and communication technology the growth of just-in-time delivery and increasing globalization. Such changes call for new forms of training both managerial and vocational for the continued development of the industry. This detailed and enterprising volume focuses on the transnational integrated training FIT Project (Formazione Integrata Transnazionale) set up within the European Programme ADAPT which brought together academics and professionals to boost transport and logistics in Southern Italy. The project highlights cultural motivational and training differences among the companies studied and suggests proper strategies for human resource development. Through an original methodology it advocates an innovative and modular training programme to meet the needs of expertise and flexibility within the sector. The results can be used by the industry in general as best practice operative guidelines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138735033

Training in OrganisationsA Cost-Benefit Analysis For many organisations training and development remain an aspiration rather than fundamental to their business and the consequent investment is subject to reductions or reallocations when times get tough. Yet increasing pressures from business globalisation mean that organisations are absolutely dependent on the skills of their workforce if they are to remain competitive. John Talbot's Training in Organisations: A Cost-Benefit Analysis provides the basis for measuring and analysing the cost and value associated with training. It looks both at manual skills and management training analysis to explore the various approaches for costing training controlling those costs and applying value analyses to the investment that is being made. Also included is a series of international comparisons across a variety of industry sizes and types which provide organisations with an important benchmark for their own spending. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138381063

Training International ManagersDesigning Deploying and Delivering Effective Training for Multi-Cultural Groups Training across borders is complicated. The advent of large and diverse global organizations and the opening of markets and opportunities right around the world have introduced a whole new level of challenge for management trainers. You may be trying to roll-out programmes to sites in different countries or perhaps you need to bring together managers from different cultures on one site; how do you do this most cost-effectively and how do you design and deliver a programme that will reflect their cultural and communication styles and their learning needs? Alan Melkman and John Trotman's Training International Managers mixes a variety of cultural and learning models with anecdotes and examples from 30 years' experience of working with organizations and cultures in every continent. There's advice on cross-cultural issues; learning design delivery and evaluation as well as the practical issues around the economics and administration of training international managers. You'll find advice to prepare you for what to expect from different groups and different cultures in the training room and how to adapt your own training styles to the groups that you are working with. Management training can be a challenge at the best of times; read Training International Managers and use the models ideas tools and techniques advocated by the two authors and you can be reassured that geographical distance culture and even language need not derail your best efforts as a trainer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138623026

Training Issues and Strategies in Libraries This book first published in 1990 provides analysis - applicable to any library regardless of size - for the training and development of library personnel. Contributors from varying types of libraries from a small private woman's college to a multinational bibliographic utility discuss training in busy public services departments address vendor and in-house perspectives on training for online automated systems and examine leadership training. This practical volume provides direction for library administrators who seek to establish a climate where well-trained staff confidently and consistently perform their jobs successfully. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367420222

Training Law Enforcement Officers This how-to guide covers every aspect of law enforcement training from training academy administration to designing curricula to identifying and utilizing qualified instructors. Using the latest methodologies technologies and best practices Training Law Enforcement Officers gives law enforcement administrators training specialists instructors instructional systems designers and academy directors a proven way to conduct training for all levels of practitioners from basic law enforcement to high-risk law enforcement. At a time when scrutiny of law enforcement officers is on the rise Training Law Enforcement Officers is an essential guide for those criminal justice practitioners seeking to minimize police error and make today’s police force the best that it can be. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367236960

Training Nonhuman Primates Using Positive Reinforcement TechniquesA Special Issue of the journal of Applied Animal Welfare Science This special issue illustrates benefits to animals from positive reinforcement training (PRT) and--depending on the setting--to scientists animal care staff veterinarians and in the case of the zoo the visiting public. One important theme throughout is that training is a joint venture between human and nonhuman primate and can lead to a closer richer relationship between the two. In summary the editors hope this issue encourages further and wider application of PRT to primate management care and use as well as aid those working with animals in applying PRT safely and effectively. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138160798

Training of Sci-Tech Librarians & Library Users This book first published in 1981 is a crucial overview of the current and future issues in the training of science and engineering librarians as well as instruction for users of these libraries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367417208

Training Professionals Who Work With Gays and Lesbians in Educational and Workplace Settings First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9780203768129

Training to Teach in the Learning and Skills SectorFrom Threshold Award to QTLS First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138411043

Training Within Industry: Bulletin SeriesBulletin Series Training Within Industry is the structural genesis of Lean Manufacturing and the heart of Kaizen the practice of small continuous improvements. From the Toyota Production System to the standardization of training retail sales clerks Training Within Industry proves that true innovation is timeless. The bulletins contained in this 8 1/2x 11" 175 page Training Within Industry book have evolved far beyond their intent of assisting defense contractors meet production demands. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363911

Training Within Industry: Job InstructionJob Instruction Training Within Industry is the structural genesis of Lean Manufacturing and the heart of kaizen the practice of small continuous improvements. From the Toyota Production System to the standardization of training retail sales clerks Training Within Industry proves that true innovation is timeless. The training material contained in this 8 1/2 x 11" 84 page Training Within Industry book is as applicable today as it was when it was first written down decades ago. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363928

Training Within Industry: Job MethodsJob Methods Training Within Industry is the structural genesis of Lean Manufacturing and the heart of Kaizen - the practice of continuous improvements. From the Toyota Production System to the standardization of training retail sales clerks Training Within Industry is one of the original document sets provided to Toyota after World War 2 by the United States Government and it proves that Toyota's true innovation came from these structured documents. The training material contained in this 8.5 X 11 inches 86 page Training Within Industry book is as applicable today as it was when it was first written down decades ago. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363935

Training Within Industry: Job RelationsJob Relations Training Within Industry is the structural genesis of Lean Manufacturing and the heart of Kaizen -  the practice of continuous improvements. From the Toyota Production System to the standardization of training retail sales clerks Training Within Industry is one of the original document sets provided to Toyota after World War 2 by the United States Government and it proves that Toyota's true innovation came from these structured documents. The training material contained in this 8.5 X 11 inches 116 page Training Within Industry book is as applicable today as it was when it was first written down decades ago. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363942

Training Within Industry: Problem SolvingProblem Solving Training Within Industry is the structural genesis of Lean Manufacturing and the heart of kaizen the practice of small continuous improvements. From the Toyota Production System to the standardization of training retail sales clerks Training Within Industry proves that true innovation is timeless. The training material contained in this 8 1/2 x 11" 118 page Training Within Industry book is as applicable today as it was when it was first written down decades ago. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781926537009

Training Within Industry: Program DevelopmentProgram Development Training Within Industry is the structural genesis of Lean Manufacturing and the heart of kaizen the practice of small continuous improvements. From the Toyota Production System to the standardization of training retail sales clerks Training Within Industry proves that true innovation is timeless. The training material contained in this 8 1/2 x 11" 124 page Training Within Industry book is as applicable today as it was when it was first written down decades ago. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363966

Training Within Industry: Union Job RelationsUnion Job Relations Training Within Industry is the structural genesis of Lean Manufacturing and the heart of Kaizen - the practice of continuous improvements. From the Toyota Production System to the standardization of training retail sales clerks Training Within Industry is one of the original document sets provided to Toyota after World War 2 by the United States Government and it proves that Toyota's true innovation came from these structured documents. The training material contained in this 8.5 X 11 inches 124 page Training Within Industry book is as applicable today as it was when it was first written down decades ago. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363959

Training Within IndustryThe Foundation of Lean Winner of a Shingo Prize for Excellence in Manufacturing ResearchTraining Within Industry by Donald Dinero explores a crucial piece of a Lean initiative that has been overlooked throughout U.S. industry. The Training Within Industry (TWI) program � developed by the United States during World War II � has Media > Books > E-books Productivity Press 9780429272899

Trajectories and Imaginaries in MigrationThe Migrant Actor in Transnational Space This book draws attention to the various factors that characterize migrant flows and mobilities calling into question familiar concepts such as push and pull migration as a life project and sociocultural integration. It highlights processes such as fl exible migrant routes temporary and return migration mental aspects of migration processes and transnationalism which are organised around the themes of shaping trajectories frictions in space and the migrant mental framework. It brings together work from scholars from Europe and beyond with the contributions collected emphasizing the social and mental processes that underpin the migratory process which can be seen as the ‘soft side’ of migration. Too often this side is neglected when the governance of migration is discussed. The novel ideas expressed here also help to overcome the mechanistic view of migration as a push-pull event. Thus the book suggests a different understanding of migration and mobility as relational non-linear and fluid social processes characterized by instability in migrant life trajectories. Emphasizing the fl exibility of migrants and migration and advocating the importance of emotionally charged individual perceptions as central to migrant decision-making it will appeal to scholars of sociology anthropology politics and geography with interests in migration and diaspora studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367478971

Trajectories in the Development of Modern School SystemsBetween the National and the Global As contemporary education becomes increasingly tied to global economic power national school systems attempting to influence one another inevitably confront significant tensions caused by differences in heritage politics and formal structures. This volume provides a comprehensive theoretical and empirical critique of the reform movements that seek to homogenize schooling around the world. Informed by historical and sociological insight into a variety of nations and eras these in-depth case studies reveal how and why sweeping convergent global reform agendas clash with specific national and local institutional policies practices idiosyncrasies and curricula. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138904897

Trajectories of Conflict and PeaceJerusalem and Belfast Since 1994 Creating peace for a city’s intimate enemies is harder than making war. This book is about the trajectories of urban conflict and peace in the politically polarized cities of Jerusalem and Belfast since 1994 – how sometimes there has been hopeful change while at other times debilitating stasis and regression. Based on extensive research fieldwork and interviews Scott Bollens shows how seeking peace in these cities is shaped by the interaction of city-based actors and national elites and that it is not just a political process but a social and spatial one that takes place problematically over an extended period. He intertwines academic precision with ethnography and personal narrative to illuminate the complex political and emotional kaleidoscopes of these polarized cities. With hostility and competition among groups defined by ethnic religious and nationalistic identity on the increase across the world this timely investigation contributes to our understanding of today’s fractured cities and nations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138087804

Trajectories of Education in the Arab WorldLegacies and Challenges Trajectories of Education in the Arab World gives a broad yet detailed historical and geographical overview of education in Arab countries. Drawing on pre-modern and modern educational concepts systems and practices in the Arab world this book examines the impact of Western cultural influence the opportunities for reform and the sustainability of current initiatives. The contributors bring together analyses and case studies of educational standards and structures in the Arab world from the classical Islamic period to contemporary local and international efforts to re-define the changing needs and purposes of Arab education in the contexts of modernization multiculturalism and globalization. Taking a thematic and chronological approach the first section contrasts the traditional notions approaches and standards of education with the changes that were initiated or imposed by European influences in the nineteenth century. The chapters then focus on the role of modern state-based educational systems in constructing and preserving national identities cultures and citizenries and concentrates on the role of education in state-formation and the reproduction of socio-political hierarchies. The success of educational reforms and policy-making is then assessed offering perspectives on future trends and prospects for generating institutional and organizational change. This book will be of interest to graduate and postgraduate students and scholars of education history Arab and Islamic history and the Middle East and North Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415782968

Trajectories of Minority Rights Issues in EuropeThe Implementation Trap? The interest in minority protection emerged during the period of democratic transition particularly of ethnically segmented postcommunist societies after the end of the Cold War. Minority issues became prominent as postcommunist states lined up as potential candidates for EU membership as respect for and protection of minority rights was an essential part of the criteria these states had to fulfil before EU accession. Minority rights protection has constituted an important ‘gatekeeping’ criterion for EU membership. Its monitoring remains a powerful instrument to mediate tensions and to adjudicate discriminations in the present-day Europe. In many countries minority rights standards have been transposed in domestic legislation but whether these norms constitute a legitimate background which states accept sustain and promote is the focus of this book. This volume takes on the task of analysing the diffusion of minority rights norms across the European continent. It looks specifically at the oft-neglected process of compliance meaning not only the formal adoption of European laws but also their implementation within the domestic context. The contributions analyse the political rhetoric legal transposition and behavioural compliance in a range of European states East and West to assess compliance to norms of minority protection. This book was published as a special issue of Perspectives on European Politics and Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379350

Trance FormationThe Spiritual and Religious Dimensions of Global Rave Culture Robin Sylvan combines colorful firsthand accounts extensive interviews with ravers and cutting edge scholarly analysis to paint a compelling portrait of global rave culture as an important new religious and spiritual phenomenon that also serves as a template for mapping the future evolution of new forms of religion and spirituality in the twenty-first century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315024509

TranceworkAn Introduction to the Practice of Clinical Hypnosis For nearly four decades Trancework has been the definitive textbook for thousands of professionals undergoing training in the art and science of clinical hypnosis. Now in its 5th edition this classic text continues its legacy of encouraging sound clinical practice based in established scientific research. This latest edition incorporates new studies and emerging topics within the field of hypnosis including new chapters on depression and the construction of process-oriented interventions. Readers can expect to receive a comprehensive overview of current developments in the domain of hypnosis an in-depth consideration of the practical and ethical issues associated with its use and a greater appreciation for its many therapeutic applications. This thorough engaging text equips professionals with the essential skills to change clients’ lives by using hypnosis to enhance treatment of both medical and psychological issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138563100

Trans and SexualityAn existentially-informed enquiry with implications for counselling psychology Grounded in cutting-edge qualitative research Trans and Sexuality explores the sexuality of people who do not identify with the gender that they were assigned at birth. Arguing that whilst splitting members of the trans community into distinct groups might seem like a reasonable theoretical procedure the pervasive assumption that group membership impacts on the sexuality of trans people has unduly biased opinions in this highly contested yet dramatically under-researched area. Moreover whilst existing literature has taken a purely positivistic standpoint or relies on methodology that could be seen as exploitative towards trans people Richards is careful to place the real-life experiences of trans research participants at the heart of the work. Showing that sexuality extends beyond the bedroom this forward-thinking book touches on topics such as identity sexuality and the intersections between the two. Richards takes a cross-disciplinary approach and considers the sexuality of trans people within the contexts of psychiatric and psychological settings including Gender Identity Clinics as well as in the broader contexts of cultural and community settings. The implications of the research at hand are also explored with respect to counselling psychology and existentialist philosophy. Trans and Sexuality will appeal to academics researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of gender and sexuality counselling sociology psychotherapy psychology and psychiatry. It will be of particular interest to those seeking an in-depth and up-to-date overview of ethics and methodologies with people from marginalised sexualities and genders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138903562

Trans DilemmasLiving in Australia’s Remote Areas and in Aboriginal Communities Trans Dilemmas presents the findings of a three-year research project which examined the lived experiences of trans people in Australia’s Northern Territory. The book argues that whilst trans people who live in remote areas experience issues which may not be distinct from those living in urban areas and the inner-city these issues can be aggravated by geographic and demographic factors. By conducting online surveys and in-depth interviews Stephen Kerry brings to light the issues for transgender people which are compounded by living in sparsely populated remote communities. Namely social isolation maintaining relationships with friends family and partners and the difficulties accessing health care. The book also includes significant findings on the experiences and treatment of Australia’s trans Aboriginal people also known as sistergirls and brotherboys. An analysis of first-person narratives by sistergirls and brotherboys reveals the racism within predominantly white trans communities and transphobia within traditional Aboriginal communities which they are uniquely faced with. Trans Dilemmas represents an important contribution to contemporary research into the lives of transgender Australians. It gives a voice to those transgender people living in the more isolated communities in Australia which up until now have been largely unheard. For students and researchers in Queer Studies and Gender Studies this is valuable reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367370879

Trans Fat Alternative Responding to government regulations that require declaration of the amount of trans fat present in foods Trans Fats Alternatives provides cutting-edge research and insights into this major industry issue. With contributions from major fats and oils suppliers including Aarhus ADM Bunge Cargill Loders Croklaan and Premium Vegetable Oils the book covers the new regulations in detail includes methods to analyze for trans fat explores consumer reaction to trans fat labeling discusses the nutrition facts and supplies approaches to trans fat replacement/reformulation. It an indispensable guide for everyone who is interested in trans fats. Media > Books > E-books AOCS Publishing 9780429104503

Trans Lives in a Globalizing WorldRights Identities and Politics This volume seeks to explore contemporary trans lives in a world that is both global and increasingly globalizing examining the nuances of the rights identities and politics that make up the varied spectrum of what has come to be included under the largely Western imposed label of "trans". Trans identities and rights have become increasingly prominent in the social imagination in recent years and in a growing number of locales have also become hot button political issues. As trans individuals are demanding and gaining their rights these debates are bringing issues of trans lives to the forefront of politics and into social discussions in nearly every country in the world today. In a series of essays covering the key themes of Identities Rights and Politics this interdisciplinary collection presents an international range of topics spanning human rights and asylum seekers to the Hijras of South Asia and gender-affirming surgeries all placing trans lives in a global(ized) context. This is an important contribution from a diverse group of established and emerging scholars seeking to position trans and transgender research in a global framework. It will be of key interest to researchers in Trans Studies Gender Studies Sexuality Studies Cultural and Media Studies Sociology Politics and Anthropology and for introductory courses in gender and LGBT issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367193348

Trans VitalitiesMapping Ethnographies of Trans Social and Political Coalitions This book applies a framework of ‘trans vitalities’ through an ethnographically-anchored exploration of trans coalitional labor and activism in Washington DC. Specifically it considers how trans social justice work at the local level exemplifies why and how the notions of ‘trans community’ or ‘trans rights’ must be reconfigured. Trans vitalities as a framework developed in this volume functions in three particular ways: 1) to disrupt and rethink what valuable viable or quantifiable quality of life looks like; 2) to shift our understandings of community towards ‘coalition’; and 3) as a methodological theoretical and application-based set of tools that integrates a radical trans politics and community-based approach towards addressing trans lives. Trans Vitalities incorporates one-on-one interviews community map-making projects and an analysis of the DC Trans Needs Assessment produced through trans coalitional labor. An accessible case study for both how to research trans-specific topics and how to apply a framework of trans vitalities this book is valuable reading for those who research or instruct on LGBTQ topics as well as activists policy makers  and law makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815356516

Trans Youth in Education Offering both practical advice for teachers counsellors and administrators and provocative essays on the politics of gender in schools this collection brings together established and emerging scholars of trans issues in education.As more young people identify as trans or outside normative gender categories schools must find ways to support their educational success. The authors in this volume explore the diverse experiences of trans youth in schools and insist on understanding trans experiences intersectionally. The chapters grapple with policies procedures curricula and administrative practices that too often neglect the needs of trans students; but also present stories about the ordinary challenges and pleasures that trans youth experience in adolescence.This volume will be of interest to all inclusivity-minded educators and scholars of trans youth. This book was originally published as a special issue of Sex Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729813

Trans(in)fusionReflections for Critical Thinking Trans(in)fusion is a highly original book that tries to radicalize our ways of ‘critical thinking’ across disciplines. The book refreshingly brings into play critical philosophy literary criticism studies in mathematics physics chemistry and developmental biology and various other disciplines and epistemes to set up a tenure and tenor of ‘critical thinking’. The book is an exclusive intervention in how thinking across traditions and systems of thought can generate distinct interpretive experiences. It questions in a unique transcultural and transversal bind our ways of hermeneutic and literary-cultural thinking. Trans(in)fusion resets the dialectics between text and theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367564087

Trans* Lives in the United StatesChallenges of Transition and Beyond Being and becoming trans* is a complex and varied experience whether an individual is living openly as trans* or not. Few published studies in either the academic or popular press illuminate the challenges of living as a trans* person after medical and social transition are complete. Trans* Lives in the United States builds upon earlier research and contributes a much-needed theoretically grounded empirical study that examines the hurdles from transition to the end of life by employing an intersectional analytical frame. The analysis pays careful attention to the role of class inequality and draws on critical race studies sexuality studies and feminist studies. Drawing upon thirty face-to-face interviews it privileges the experiences and voices of trans* individuals from a wide range of racial ethnic and class backgrounds. Moving beyond earlier studies that ended with an analysis of the moment of identity transition this text provides a more nuanced understanding of the complex negotiations that individuals who self-identify as trans* endure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138296695

Transaction and HierarchyElements for a Theory of Caste In this volume the author challenges a number of widely held cultural stereotypes about India. Caste is not as old as Indian civilization itself and current changes are no more radical than in the past for caste has evolved throughout its history. It is not a colonial invention nor does it result from weak state control. There is no single form of Indian kingship and power relations fundamental as they are for understanding Indian society. Nor do Indian villages conform to a single type and caste is as much urban as rural. Only in a regional ‘local’ perspective can we view it as a ‘system’. Caste does offer space for the individual though in a particular Indian mould and Hinduism does not provide for an integration of castes through ritual. In short social organization varies widely in India and cannot provide the key to the specificity of caste. This must be sought in the way society is imagined the models of society current in Indian thought. Of course as mentioned above there is no single model: Brahmins kings and merchants among others have all produced alternative models with themselves at the centre vying for hegemony while facing contesting models held by subalterns. Still a hierarchical mode of thought is hegemonic and largely explains why Indians see their social stratification differently from people in the West. The volume will be indispensable for scholars of South Asian Sociology and Culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138095465

Transaction Costs & Trade Between Multinational Corporations (RLE International Business) Until this book was published little had appeared on the matter of the organization of production in oil gathering. This book: Describes the global offshore oil supply industry and its features on one of the world’s major offshore oil services bases Draws on the theory of the multinational corporation to explain why buyers and sellers should have internationalized themselves into a symbiotic relationship Discusses the preference of the oil companies for vertical disintegration Explains the transaction cost paradigm Integrates the largely American literature on the transaction cost paradigm with the literature on the multinational corporation (which is largely British). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007864

Transactional Analysis CoachingDistinctive Features This important book distils the essence of developmental Transactional Analysis (TA) frameworks that are most useful to bring alive professional coaching competencies. Karen Pratt offers clear outlines of TA frameworks as well as describing how they are applied in coaching with snippets of coaching conversations as illustrations of the theory in practice. Pratt highlights key TA frameworks in enough detail to be easily grasped but with a focus on application in coaching and other developmental conversations. A TA approach powerfully guides coaches in their listening and questioning. TA is not used as a coaching ‘technique’ â€“ it offers psychological understanding of human beings and the meaning they make of who they are in the world. Such awareness is key for both professionals and clients in meaningful partnerships for development. Transactional Analysis Coaching will be key reading for professionals working within present-centered contracts for change â€“ coaches trainers facilitators supervisors teachers mentors and managers – seeking to understand how TA can impact their development. It will be of great interest to coaches in training and will provide a useful resource for clients in their ongoing development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367339241

Transactional Analysis for DepressionA step-by-step treatment manual Transactional Analysis for Depression is the first research-based transactional analysis psychotherapy manual. Developed from the author’s research into TA therapy for depression the book also draws upon a wide range of contemporary research findings relating to depression and its treatment. Mark Widdowson provides the reader with a solid understanding about the nature of depression and clear guidance about how to provide effective psychotherapy for depressed clients. The book is a step-by-step guide to therapy from the point of first contact through to ending and covers: The theory and practice of TA therapy Understanding factors which maintain depression Conceptualising depression using Transactional Analysis Original material on the mechanisms of therapeutic change Optimising the psychotherapy process Key therapeutic processes in the therapy of depression Tailoring the therapy to client needs An introduction to neuroscience and the medical treatment of depression Complete with an additional resources section including downloadable material designed to be given to clients to enhance the therapeutic process and strengthen the working alliance Transactional Analysis for Depression provides structured practical guidance to TA theory for therapists in practice and training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138812345

Transactional Analysis in Contemporary Psychotherapy After fifty years of development and refinement in Transactional Analysis (TA) the theory of methods and the actual methods have changed considerably from those originally published by Eric Berne. Many concepts and methods have emerged and been subject to clinical experimentation some have been refined and expanded and some are no longer used. This book includes contributions from several authors each of whom presents his or her unique focus on how TA is used in their psychotherapy practice. This book will address the therapeutic effectiveness of various methods in TA and will cover a variety of topics such as unconscious experience transference-countertransference the therapist's transparency transgenerational scripts trauma and regression psychological games the self-destructive client an integrative approach to the psychotherapy of obsession gender psychopolitics and psychotherapy from a social-cognitive perspective. It is written for both psychotherapists and counsellors who want to learn and refine their knowledge of contemporary TA methods that are most effective with today's clients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782202639

Transactional Analysis of SchizophreniaThe Naked Self In Transactional Analysis of Schizophrenia: The Naked Self Zefiro Mellacqua presents a full assessment of the relevance and value of transactional analysis in understanding conceptualizing and treating schizophrenia in contemporary clinical settings. Opening with a review of Eric Berne’s ideas Mellacqua applies theory to the understanding and psychotherapeutic treatment of people suffering from first-episode schizophrenia and to those already living with more long-lasting psychotic levels of self-disturbance. The chapters address a series of crucial methodological themes including the need for both intensive and extensive analytic sessions; the therapist’s tolerance of uncertainty and not knowing; the informative quality of both therapist’s and patient’s embodiment(s); the emergence of the transference-countertransference relationship; the link between silent transactions and unconscious communication; dream analysis; and the value of regular supervisions. Mellacqua’s approach incorporates meetings with family and caregivers as well as emphasising multidisciplinary work with patients in a variety of settings such as in hospitals outpatient clinics and psychiatric home treatment. The book is illustrated with engaging clinical case studies throughout which illuminate the schizophrenic experience and provide examples of how these tools can be used to help patients. Transactional Analysis of Schizophrenia demonstrates how those who suffer from acute schizophrenia especially those at their very first episode of psychosis can make an effective recovery and live a satisfying life through the therapeutic application of transactional analysis. It will be essential reading for transactional analysts psychodynamically oriented psychotherapists psychologists psychiatrists nurses social workers academics and all mental health professionals working with people suffering from schizophrenic psychoses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367148423

Transactional Analysis PsychotherapyAn Integrated Approach Transactional Analysis Psychotherapy: An Integrated Approach is the first advanced clinical textbook for many years written for psychotherapists and counsellors who use the theory and techniques of Transactional Analysis in their practice or who are interested in expanding their repertoire. Clarkson provides a comprehensive guide to goal-setting and clinical planning for every stage of treatment. Not only a practical textbook relevant to modern developments in supervision but one which makes a new and original contribution to ways of thinking about transference and countertransference the theory of self and the process of psychotherapeutic change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138129825

Transactional AnalysisA Relational Perspective Transactional analysis is growing in popularity as an approach to psychotherapy and this book provides an in-depth comprehensive model of theory and practice.Transactional Analysis: A Relational Perspective presents a relational model of psychotherapy which reflects the theoretical and methodological changes that have been evolving over recent years. In this book Helena Hargaden and Charlotte Sills tell the story of their model through case history theory and diagram illustrating how the unconscious process comes to life in the consulting room. Their relational theory and applied methodology of transactional analysis makes it possible to chart realms of uncertainty and the unknown (deconfusion of the Child ego state) with theoretical assistance. Transactional Analysis: A Relational Perspective covers:* the approach* the dynamics of the relationship* therapeutic transactions* wider implications.It looks at the whole therapeutic relationship from the establishment of the working alliance to the terminating of therapy and beyond. It will be of great interest to postgraduates and professionals in the field of psychotherapy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315820279

Transactional Distance and Adaptive LearningPlanning for the Future of Higher Education Transactional Distance and Adaptive Learning takes a fresh look at one of the pioneering educational theories that accommodates the impact of information and communications technologies in learning. The theory of transactional distance (TTD) provides a distinct analytical and planning foundation for educators to conduct an overarching inquiry into transitioning from mass instructional and management systems in higher education to dynamic and transformational futures that focus on each individual learner.   Based on the TTD this pragmatic approach offers instructors administrators students and other stakeholders a comprehensive planning method to assess the current state of their instructional learning and management practices and to develop alternative models to prescribe future improvements in their institution. This complex self-organized and adaptive method includes current and emergent properties of: hardware software and telecommunications systems that allow faculty students and administrators to communicate; instructional and curriculum systems that provide teaching and learning environments for faculty and students; and management societal and global systems that influence how institutions are supported funded and managed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138302327

Transactions 28th European Strabismological Association MeetingTransactions of the 28th ESA Meeting Bergen Norway June 2003 This book contains all oral presentations posters and workshop transactions of the 28th Meeting of the European Strabismological Association that took place in Bergen Norway. The highlight of the meeting is the ESA-lecture what can eye muscle studies tell us about strabismus by Prof. Gunnar Lennerstrand from Stockholm. All 60 oral presentations of the following sessions are described: screening amblyopia eye movements vision refraction nystagmus stereopsis exotropia vergence problems refractive surgery cataract and strabismus strabismus surgery botulinum toxin EMG oblique muscles paralytic strabismus thyroid duane syndrome and varia. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003077541

Transactions in International Land ManagementVolume 1 Transactions in International Land Management is a new series of volumes which provides an arena for the debate of key topical issues on this subject. In this first volume the subjects divide into three broad sections. Firstly there are analyses of land reform and agrarian structure in Europe including case studies from Macedonia and Estonia and a comparative examination of land registration and agrarian reform in Austria and Great Britain. Secondly there are chapters looking at various methodologies and tools used in developing and appraising land management including Geo-information systems. Finally there are a couple of chapters which study urban growth in Africa: one examining a mining town in Zambia and the other focussing on housing in Zanzibar to discuss issues of informal land delivery and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815382584

Transactions in TasteThe Collaborative Lives of Everyday Bengali Food In a radical departure from previous ethnographies of food this book asks how and why food is pivotal to social relations and forms of identity that emerge as normal and not-normal. It does so by describing the production consumption distribution and disposal of ‘normal Bengali food’ in middle-class households that employ cooks from poor classes and in Bengali restaurants in contemporary Calcutta (India) and Dhaka (Bangladesh). In a rare comparative foray into Bengali Hindu and Muslim food-ways on both sides of the border the book includes addas (‘idle-talk’) and interviews with both men and women. It initiates a dialogue that links issues of agency place hospitality and ownership with a new field that places food as an ‘artefact’ at the centre of its inquiry. It invites the reader throughout to approach food afresh as the key that unlocks the complexities of what is mundane yet profound — the everyday. The book thus analyses the constant and fraught negotiations that feed into definitions of normality class and identity in the deeply intimate yet intensely public domain of food. Food transactions here provide a window into shifting configurations of trust power and conflict integral to social relationships shaped by events such as the 1943–44 Bengal famine the 1947 partition of India and the 1971 Bangladesh War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780415726313

Transactions of the Chartered Accountants Students' Societies of Edinburgh and GlasgowA Selection of Writings 1886-1958 This book first published in 1984 is concerned mainly with papers published in various Transactions of the Chartered Accountants Students’ Societies of Edinburgh and Glasgow. Many of these lectures were given by eminent accountants from throughout the UK and soon the activities of the Societies extended beyond lectures. The financial reporting and auditing topics are the major concern of this text – they represent the one category of lectures which have a continuing and international relevance and interest. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367500818

TransAntiquityCross-Dressing and Transgender Dynamics in the Ancient World TransAntiquity explores transgender practices in particular cross-dressing and their literary and figurative representations in antiquity. It offers a ground-breaking study of cross-dressing both the social practice and its conceptualization and its interaction with normative prescriptions on gender and sexuality in the ancient Mediterranean world. Special attention is paid to the reactions of the societies of the time the impact transgender practices had on individuals’ symbolic and social capital as well as the reactions of institutionalized power and the juridical systems. The variety of subjects and approaches demonstrates just how complex and widespread "transgender dynamics" were in antiquity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874346

Transatlantic Anarchism during the Spanish Civil War and Revolution 1936-1939Fury Over Spain Between 1936 and 1939 the Spanish Civil War showcased anarchism to the world. News of the revolution in Spain energised a moribund international anarchist movement and activists from across the globe flocked to Spain to fight against fascism and build the revolution behind the front lines. Those that stayed at home set up groups and newspapers to send money weapons and solidarity to their Spanish comrades. This book charts this little-known phenomenon through a transnational case study of anarchists from Britain Ireland and the United States using a thematic approach to place their efforts in the wider context of the civil war the anarchist movement and the international left. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367349301

Transatlantic ConversationsFeminism as Travelling Theory The second wave of feminism which challenged and changed many assumptions about the world in which we live was a product of various western cultures with no single country possessing a monopoly on the writing of the texts that became the canonical statements of the 'new' feminism. Though many of the contributions to feminist scholarship that went on to become internationally significant hailed from Europe and the United States these works were often formed within the context of local debates and framed within traditions of feminism and other political engagements specific to these nations.  Transatlantic Conversations explores the differences yielded by such conditions and their consequences for the meaning of feminism. Examining the meaning and implications of the different ways in which various shared categories have been treated on both sides of the Atlantic this volume both analyses differences within feminism and provides a framework for the wider discussion of what is sometimes assumed to be the homogeneity of The West.  With leading scholars from either side of the Atlantic presenting brand new work Transatlantic Conversations suggests directions for future research which will be of interest to scholars of feminism gender studies sociology political science and international relations geography and cultural studies as well as anyone concerned with the ways in which the different political and intellectual traditions of Europe and the US have shaped current political and intellectual debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254428

Transatlantic Democracy AssistancePromoting Different Models of Democracy The approaches of EU institutions and the US to democracy assistance often vary quite significantly as both actors choose different means and tactics. The nuances in the understandings of democracy on the part of the EU and the US lead to their promotion of models of democratic governance that are often quite divergent and in some respects clashing. This book examines the sources of this divergence and by focusing on the role of the actors’ "democratic identity" it aims to explain the observation that both actors use divergent strategies and instruments to foster democratic governance in third countries. Taking a constructivist view it demonstrates that the history expectations and experiences with democracy of each actor significantly inform their respective definition of democracy and thus the model of democracy they promote abroad. This book will be of key interest to scholars students and practitioners in democracy promotion democratization political theory EU and US foreign policy and assistance and identity research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138350878

Transatlantic Encounters in History of EducationTranslations and Trajectories from a German-American Perspective In the last twenty years transnational perspectives have gained momentum in the field of historical-educational research. Scholars have made substantial efforts to rethink nation-based historiographies by reconstructing and reinterpreting the cross-border encounters and intertwined processes that have turned the history of education into a transnational enterprise. A closer look at specific transnational spaces furthers a better understanding of these processes. Against this backdrop the book offers case studies focusing on transatlantic encounters with special regard to the manifold entanglements between Germany and the United States of America that represent one of the most complex dynamic and vivid educational spaces between the eighteenth and twentieth century. Drawing on excellent source material each contribution examines interaction processes as the genuine transformative moment within any cross-border transfer and investigates exchanges of concepts institutions and materials. Under this premise the book draws attention to shifting trajectories in the German-American history of education that can be identified by focusing on long-lasting transnational entanglements. By offering a wide range of research approaches the publication furthermore contributes innovative methodological thoughts to transnational histories of education that go beyond the German-American context and will interest students emerging researchers and experts of history of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367276775

Transatlantic Energy RelationsConvergence or Divergence Recent upheaval in the global energy system – dramatic increases in demand led largely by developing countries significant decreases in supply as a result of local or regional conflicts and the growing nexus between the burning of hydrocarbons and climate change – has unsettled long-held notions of energy security. For many years transatlantic cooperation helped undergird the system’s stability but Europe and North America have drifted apart in several key ways potentially undermining the search for energy sufficiency surety and sustainability. Will the transatlantic partners continue on separate paths in the face of dramatic change in the global energy system or does the breadth and depth of the challenges they confront compel them to work more closely together? In this edited volume experts from across Europe and North America – including advisors to the executive and legislative branches of both the EU and the United States to senior military commanders and to major international organizations and companies – examine the most salient facets of the transatlantic energy relationship and discern whether that relationship is characterized by growing convergence or divergence. This book was based on a special issue of the Journal of Transatlantic Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415834193

Transatlantic Engagements with the British Eighteenth Century Transatlantic Engagements with the British Eighteenth Century revisits eighteenth-century cultural artifacts through the lens of creative works produced by contemporary writers Beryl Gilroy (Guyana) Derek Walcott (St. Lucia) Wole Soyinka (Nigeria) and David Dabydeen (Guyana). While early studies of post-colonization literature focused on how revisions of historical works "write back" to the British empire this study argues that trans-historical cross-cultural dialogues also reveal the global complexity of eighteenth-century cultural forms (i.e. the periodical essay travel narrative pantomime satirical engraving and slave narrative). By transforming the generic form of their eighteenth-century sources the African and Caribbean writers in this study strategically call attention to the modes of storytelling utilized by eighteenth-century writers Richard Steele Daniel Defoe Jonathan Swift William Hogarth Isaac Bickerstaff and Ignatius Sancho and subsequently expose how the encounters exchanges and acts of resistance taking place around the world influenced aesthetic experimentation in England. Transatlantic Engagements with the British Eighteenth Century is thus a reconsideration of eighteenth-century literature art and drama. However because these engagements with British literature art and drama concurrently reflect twentieth-century encounters with neocolonial oppression political violence and racism this study also proposes that engagements with the British eighteenth century double as inquiries into whether the modern world has progressed since the eighteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993778

Transatlantic Environment and Energy PoliticsComparative and International Perspectives Environmental and energy policies have become increasingly significant in European and North American politics. This fascinating book uses a wide range of case studies that embrace climate change product standards chemical regulations renewable energy policies food safety and genetically-modified organisms to examine areas of conflict and cooperation in the transatlantic relationship. While there are many areas where the European Union and the United States are following divergent policy paths there are also many signs that a more cooperative transatlantic relationship could emerge in the future. Transatlantic Environment and Energy Politics is highly relevant to understanding how the European Union and North America can cooperate more effectively in meeting today's many global environmental and energy policy challenges. It is essential reading for all advanced students and scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138376533

Transatlantic FootholdsTurn-of-the-Century American Women Writers and British Reviewers Transatlantic Footholds: Turn-of-the-Century American Women Writers and British Reviewers analyses British reviews of American women fiction writers essayists and poets between the periods of literary domesticity and modernism. The book demonstrates that a variety of American women writers were intelligently read in Britain during this era. British reviewers read American women as literary artists as women and as Americans. While their notion of who counted as "women" was too limited by race and class they eagerly read these writers for insight about how women around the world were entering debates on women’s place the class struggle religion Indian policy childrearing and high society. In the process by reading American women in varied ways reviewers became hybrid and dissenting readers. The taste among British reviewers for American women’s books helped change the predominant direction that high culture flowed across the Atlantic from east-to-west to west-to-east. Britons working in London or far afield were deeply invested in the idea of "America." "America " their responses prove is a transnational construct. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367204297

Transatlantic Literary EcologiesNature and Culture in the Nineteenth-Century Anglophone Atlantic World Opening a dialogue between ecocriticism and transatlantic studies this collection shows how the two fields inform complement and complicate each other. The editors situate the volume in its critical contexts by providing a detailed literary and historical overview of nineteenth-century transatlantic socioenvironmental issues involving such topics as the contemporary fur and timber trades colonialism and agricultural "improvement " literary discourses on conservation and the consequences of industrial capitalism urbanization and urban environmental activism. The chapters move from the broad to the particular offering insights into Romanticism’s transatlantic discourses on nature and culture examining British Victorian representations of nature in light of their reception by American writers and readers providing in-depth analyses of literary forms such as the adventure novel travel narratives and theological and scientific writings and bringing transatlantic and ecocritical perspectives to bear on classic works of nineteenth-century American literature. By opening a critical dialogue between these two vital areas of scholarship Transatlantic Literary Ecologies demonstrates some of the key ways in which Western environmental consciousness and associated literary practices arose in the context of transatlantic literary and cultural exchanges during the long nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880880

Transatlantic Literary Exchanges 1790-1870Gender Race and Nation Exploring the ways in which transatlantic relationships functioned in the nineteenth century to unsettle hierarchical models of gender race and national and cultural differences this collection demonstrates the generative potential of transatlantic studies to loosen demographic frames and challenge conveniently linear histories. The contributors take up a rich and varied range of topics including Charlotte Smith's novelistic treatment of the American Revolution The Old Manor House; Anna Jameson's counter-discursive constructions of gender in a travelogue; Felicia Hemans Herman Melville and the 'Queer Atlantic'; representations of indigenous religion and shamanism in British Romantic literary discourse; the mid-nineteenth-century transatlantic abolitionist movement; the transatlantic adventure novel; the exchanges of transatlantic print culture facilitated by the Minerva Press; British and Anglo-American representations of Niagara Falls; and Charles Brockden Brown's intervention in the literature of exploration. Taken together the essays underscore the strategic power of the concept of the transatlantic to enable new perspectives on the politics of gender race and cultural difference as manifested in late eighteenth- and nineteenth-century Britain and North America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409409533

Transatlantic Literature and Transitivity 1780-1850Subjects Texts and Print Culture This book makes an important contribution to transatlantic literary studies and an emerging body of work on identity formation and print culture in the Atlantic world. The collection identifies the ways in which historically-situated but malleable subjectivities engage with popular and pressing debates about class slavery natural knowledge democracy and religion. In addition the book also considers the ways in which material texts and genres including for example the essay the guidebook the travel narrative the periodical the novel and the poem can be scrutinized in relation to historically-situated transatlantic transitions transformations and border crossings. The volume is underpinned by a thorough examination of historical and conceptual frameworks and prioritizes notions of circulation and exchange as opposed to transfer and continuance in its analysis of authors texts and ideas. The collection is concerned with the movement of people texts and ideas in the currents of transatlantic markets and politics taking a fresh look at a range of canonical and popular writers of the period including Austen Poe Crèvecoeur Brockden Brown Sedgwick Hemans Bulwer-Lytton Dickens and Melville. In different ways the essays gathered together here are concerned with the potentially empowering realities of the transitive circulatory and contingent experiences of transatlantic literary and cultural production as they are manifest in the long nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885700

Trans-Atlantic MigrationThe Paradoxes of Exile This book argues that a new cadre of African immigrants are finding themselves in the New World—mostly well educated high-income earning professionals and belonging to the category termed "African brain drain " they constitute the antinomy of those Africans who were forcibly removed from Africa during slavery. Along with this sense of freedom and voluntary migration comes a paradox—that of living in two worlds and negotiating the pleasures and agonies that come with living in exile. For the new African immigrant the primary factor motivating migration is the desire for a better life whether fleeing political persecution economic crisis refugee crisis or a combination thereof. The overall consequences include displacement alienation and the not so enchanting reality of exile. In its encompassing structure and multivalent perspectives Trans-Atlantic Migration sets in motion the shifting theoretical and pragmatic verity that the new African diaspora and transatlantic migrations are paths laden with paradoxes that only time negotiations compromises and sense of identities can ultimately resolve. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542494

Transatlantic Politics and the Transformation of the International Monetary System With original archival documents and interviews from the US and Europe Michelle Frasher brings the reader into the negotiating room with American German and French officials as they confronted the collapse of the Bretton Woods monetary system and made decisions that affected the course of European integration and the contemporary neoliberal order. She identifies crisis as the catalyst for change in international monetary policies but argues that the causes of crisis originated from a multitude of factors such as market speculation American hegemony institutional flaws and ideational conflicts among the leaders themselves. Far from a planned and consensual process this book shows that the transformation to neoliberalism was riddled with discord and fret with trial and error. She argues that the resulting currency regime allowed governments to entrench themselves in national interests and facilitated the "marketization" of the state where states have became both clients and participants in the financialized global economy—to the detriment of international stability. Frasher’s is the first work to connect the 1960s and 1970s to the difficulties of inter-state and inter-market cooperation that have plagued the system in the last decades and it puts the 2008 debacle into historical perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138100428

Transatlantic Reflections on the Practice-Based PhD in Fine Art Once the US was the only country in the world to offer a doctorate for studio artists  however the PhD in fine art disappeared after pressures established the MFA as the terminal degree for visual artists. Subsequently the PhD in fine art emerged in the UK and is now offered by approximately 40 universities. Today the doctorate is offered in most English-speaking nations much of the EU and countries such as China and Brazil. Using historical political and social frameworks this book investigates the evolution of the fine art doctorate in the UK what the concept of a PhD means to practicing artists from the US and why this degree disappeared in the US when it is so vigorously embraced in the UK and other countries. Data collected through in-depth interviews examine the perspectives of professional artists in the US who teach graduate level fine art. These interviews disclose conflicting attitudes toward this advanced degree and reveal the possibilities and challenges of developing a potential doctorate in studio art in the US. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085039

Transatlantic Regulation The European and American economies are closely interlinked as mutually important investment and trading partners. The growing intensity of economic interdependence has spurred the transatlantic coordination of rules and standards that can lead to the formation of non-tariff barriers to transatlantic commerce. But despite impressive government-to-government efforts to eliminate market barriers the E.U. and the U.S. have frequently clashed over each other's regulatory policies. The aim of this book is to explore the domestic sources of cooperation or conflict in transatlantic regulation. The book analyses the role of domestic factors through three theoretical lenses that are well-established in the study of multilevel systems: the principal-agent approach the two-level game metaphor and through a wider concept of institutionalism which emphasises the links between societal interests and regulatory ideas with institutional frameworks. The book states that domestic factors embody more obstacles than opportunities for horizontal coordination. It is argued that transatlantic relations will likely undergo a ‘double movement’ of being simultaneously shifted upwards to become part of the global governance architecture and downwards towards broader involvement of legislators in regulatory matters. Hence transatlantic regulation might in the near future be shaped more by political leaders rent-seeking interest groups and legislators than by networks of technocrats. This book was published as a special issue of the Review of International Political Economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415825351

Transatlantic Relations and Modern DiplomacyAn interdisciplinary examination This book explores the transatlantic relationship between the US and Europe from multiple perspectives and disciplines. Since the end of the Cold War a multi-polar world has replaced the dual power economic and political stranglehold previously shared by the US and Russia. Amid the shift in power politics the transatlantic partnership between the US and Europe has retained its importance in shaping the outcome of future global developments. With the rise of the US as a major world power and the tremendous economic growths witnessed by countries such as China India and Brazil the political power structures within and outside the transatlantic relations have gradually undergone shifts that are important to recognise understand and critically assess on a consistent basis. Transatlantic Relations and Modern Diplomacy assesses the strengths and weaknesses of this enduring transatlantic relationship from multiple perspectives and disciplines at a time when the US and European countries are facing increasing economic pressures significant political changes and substantial security concerns. Examining this relationship through a range of different lenses including historical economic and cultural this book highlights the importance of examining the transatlantic relationship from a variety of different contextual and historical perspectives in order to herald the future changes as informed global citizens. This book will be of interest to students of transatlantic studies diplomacy political science and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415708371

Transatlantic Relations in the 21st CenturyEurope America and the Rise of the Rest This book offers an overview of the interface between European integration transatlantic relations and the 'rise of the rest' in the early 21st century. The collapse of the Soviet bloc opened up an era in which the drivers and perceived benefits of the US alliance among European countries have become more variegated and shifting. The proposition that the US remains at once an 'indispensable' and 'intolerable' nation in Europe is a key concept in the alliance as the US remains inextricably tied to the continent through economic military and cultural links. This work examines this complex subject area from many angles including an analysis of the historical and cultural contexts of America’s relations with Europe as well as a discussion of the politics of transatlantic affairs which utilises evidence gleaned from a series of case-studies. In the concluding chapters the author assesses the likelihood that the West can entrench its global dominance in the realms of "soft" and "hard" power and by effecting a "controlled reform" that will see multilateral structures open up to emerging powers. This book will be of great interest to students of European Politics EU integration transatlantic relations US foreign policy/diplomacy International Security and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415748117

Transatlantic Relations in Times of UncertaintyCrises and EU-US Relations Ties between the United States (US) and the European Union (EU) rival those between any other pair of international actors. After all no other regions of the world are as closely connected in economics security and politics as Europe and the US. This comprehensive volume makes conceptual progress and empirical contributions in accounting for how EU-US relations have been impacted by a context of multiple EU crises alongside a parallel change in US policies. The authors find strong evidence to suggest that the transatlantic relationship is weakening. This is partly a consequence of the EU’s internal policies as it becomes more unified and autonomous of the US in some areas while fragmenting in others. Most importantly it is a consequence of the two actors’ increasingly diverging perspectives and positions on international issues institutions norms and indeed the value of the transatlantic relationship. Although the long-term effects remain to be seen it is likely that the cracks in the foundation of transatlantic relations will continue into the present and foreseeable future.This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of European Integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661540

Transatlantic Relations since 1945An Introduction Transatlantic Relations Since 1945 offers a comprehensive account of transatlantic relations in the second half of the 20th century (extending to the present-day). The transatlantic relationship has been the bedrock of international relations since the end of World War II. This new textbook will focus on the period since the defeat of Nazi Germany when the multitude of links between United States and Western Europe were created extended and multiplied. Written in an accessible style it emphasizes transatlantic interactions and avoids the temptation to focus on either U.S. ‘domination’ or European attempts to ‘resist’ an American effort to subjugate the old continent. That influence has travelled across the Atlantic in both directions is one of the starting points of this text. Structured chronologically the book will be built around three key themes: Security: From the Cold War to the War on Terror Economics: Integration and Competition ‘Soft power’ and Transatlantic Relations. This book will be of great interest to students of transatlantic relations NATO US Foreign Policy Cold War History European History and IR/International history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415486989

Transatlantic Sensations Bringing together sensation writing and transatlantic studies this collection makes a convincing case for the symbiotic relationship between literary works on both sides of the Atlantic. Transatlantic Sensations begins with the 'prehistories' of the genre looking at the dialogue and debate generated by the publication of sentimental and gothic fiction by William Godwin Susanna Rowson and Charles Brockden Brown.Thus establishing a context for the treatment of works by Louisa May Alcott Mary Elizabeth Braddon Dion Boucicault Wilkie Collins Charles Dickens George Lippard Charles Reade Harriet Beecher Stowe and George Thompson the volumetakes up a wide range of sensational topics including sexuality slavery criminal punishment literary piracy mesmerism and the metaphors of foreign literary invasion and diseased reading. Concluding essays offer a reassessment of the realist and domestic fiction of George Eliot Charlotte Yonge and Thomas Hardy in the context of transatlantic sensationalism emphasizing the evolution of the genre throughout the century and mapping a new transatlantic lineage for this immensely popular literary form. The book's final essay examines an international kidnapping case that was a journalistic sensation at the turn of the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252837

Transatlantic Space PoliticsCompetition and Cooperation Above the Clouds This book examines transatlantic politics through an analysis of 60 years of US-European strategic interaction in space. The significance of space politics for the study of transatlantic relations receives surprisingly little scholarly attention. As a theatre of interaction transatlantic space politics reflects the vicissitudes of European and US power in the international system. An understanding of space politics is therefore vital in understanding the status and prospect of the transatlantic order. Using established IR theories the author investigates transatlantic space politics and proposes a theoretical explanation which is distinct from the conventional wisdom of the transatlantic security community. More specifically he distinguishes between the constitutive and regulatory effects of the transatlantic security community an approach rarely employed in other research in the field. Overall this book suggests not only that the transatlantic institutional pillar requires repair but also that the ideational factors need to be revitalised in order to consolidate the transatlantic alliance. This book will be of much interest to students of space power transatlantic politics strategic studies foreign policy and IR/security studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415827973

Transatlantic Trade and Global Cultural Transfers Since 1492More than Commodities Access to new plants and consumer goods such as sugar tobacco and chocolate from the beginning of the sixteenth century onwards would massively change the way people lived especially in how and what they consumed. While global markets were consequently formed and provided access to these new commodities that increasingly became important in the ‘Old World’ especially with regard to the establishment early modern consumer societies. This book brings together specialists from a range of historical fields to analyse the establishment of these commodity chains from the Americas to Europe as well as their cultural implications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138385153

Transatlantic Trends in Democracy PromotionElectoral Assistance in the Palestinian Territories How did the EU US and Canada decide and implement their electoral assistance in the Palestinian Territories (PT)? Why did the EU the US and Canada embark on assisting the elections in the PT and what factors influenced their electoral assistance? What lessons can be learned for other countries approaching elections after a long period of conflict? This book answers these questions and charts the process of electoral assistance with an in-depth analysis of each transatlantic actor's electoral assistance in the PT. It shows that despite the many institutional and operational differences between the EU the US and Canada the three actors do share common interests and influencing factors which often unify their response. The book also reveals the limitations facing electoral assistance and the implications of this on the sustainability clarity consistency and responsiveness of the policy. In this systematic comparative analysis of European American and Canadian efforts to assist elections and transform governance in conflict zones Rouba Al-Fattal greatly advances the empirical knowledge of electoral assistance and provides the first steps needed to reform electoral assistance policy to cope with the challenges of the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379824

Transatlantic Voyages and SociologyThe Migration and Development of Ideas Transatlantic Voyages and Sociology explores the transatlantic journeys which have inspired American and European sociologists and contributed to the development of sociology in Europe and in North America. Furthering our understanding of the very complex processes which affect the diffusion of ideas it sheds light on the diverse influences which come into play be they on an individual institutional or political level. With an international team of experts investigating the reciprocal influence of sociological thought on either side of the Atlantic this volume will appeal to any scholar interested in the history of sociology the mutual influence of systems of thought and the migration of ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138382855

Transborder Governance of Forests Rivers and Seas Natural resources often stretch across borders that separate modern nation states. This can create conflict and limit opportunities for regulated consumption of their goods and services but also provide opportunities for joint multinational efforts that exceed single country capabilities. This book illustrates the diversity of transborder natural resources the pressures that they experience or the opportunities that exist for multinational regulatory regimes monitoring and enforcement. It presents ten case studies of transborder natural resources that are of interest to two or more neighboring countries and that are subject to or in need of bilateral or multinational coordinated management. The case studies include the exploitation of specific marine resources in international waters rivers that travel through several countries and contiguous tropical forests across national borders and where commodities nature conservation or even territorial integrity are at stake. They are drawn from across the globe including flood management in Western Europe tropical forests in the Western Amazon hydropower development in the Mekong region of South-east Asia forest conservation in Central Africa and marine resource and fisheries exploitation in the waters of Japan South-east Asia and Australia. Together the chapters provide a review of a wide range of transborder natural resource examples and the diverse regulatory regimes that need to be devised to achieve successful management. An introductory chapter provides a conceptual and theoretical underpinning that can guide future research efforts on similar cases and a concluding chapter draws major conclusions and implications for related concepts and theories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985988

Transbordering Latin AmericasLiminal Places Cultures and Powers (T)Here This book examines transborder Latin American sociocultural and spatial conditions across the globe and at different scales from gendered and racialized individuals to national and transnational organizations. Gathering scholars from the "spatial sciences"—architecture urban design urban planning and geography—as well as sociology anthropology history and economics the volume explores these transbordering practices of place making and community building across cultural and nation-state borders examining different agents (individuals ethnic and cultural groups NGOs government agencies) that are engaged in transnational/transborder living and city-making practices reconceiving notions of state identity and citizenship and showing how subjected populations resist adapt or coproduce transnational/transborder projects and in the process help shape and are shaped as transborder subjects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415840392

Transboundary Environmental GovernanceInland Coastal and Marine Perspectives Effective protection of the marine and terrestrial environment increasingly requires cooperation between neighbouring States international organizations government entities and communities within States. This book analyses key aspects of transboundary environmental law and policy and their implementation in Asia Australasia and Australian offshore territories and surrounding areas beyond national jurisdiction including Antarctica. It discusses the potential for implementing key transboundary environmental mechanisms such as the 1991 Convention on Environmental Impact Assessment in a Transboundary Context (Espoo Convention) and its 1997 Protocol on Strategic Environmental Assessment (Kiev Protocol) in Australia and Asia drawing on experience from other regions and the potential application of these agreements to all UN member states. The book makes an innovative contribution to research in the area of transboundary environmental governance particularly as it applies to Asia Australasia and international areas supplementing similar research which has predominantly focused on Europe and North America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118539

Transboundary Environmental Impact Assessment in the European UnionThe Espoo Convention and its Kiev Protocol on Strategic Environmental Assessment This book examines 'The Espoo Convention on Environmental Impact Assessment in a Transboundary Context' which celebrates the twentieth anniversary of its adoption in 2011 and its 'Kiev Protocol on Strategic Environmental Assessment' which came into force in July 2010. In addition to contributing to international environmental law the Convention has prompted significant changes to European environmental law. The chapters in this collection explain the role of transboundary environmental impact assessment in international and European law and explore the relationship between international and European law in the context of potential application of the Convention. They also examine examples of the Convention in practice and consider the potential application of the Protocol. While the focus of the book is on the situation in the European Union reference is made to the relationship between EU and non-EU member states notably in connection with important cases in the Arctic the Danube Delta and the Baltic Sea. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849713481

Transboundary Marine Spatial Planning and International Law Marine Spatial Planning (MSP) is an integrated and comprehensive approach to ocean governance and is used to establish a rational use of marine space and reconcile conflicting interests of its users. MSP allows both a high level of environmental protection and a wide range of human activities and emphasizes coordinated networks of national regional and global institutions.  This book focuses on the framework of international law behind MSP and especially on the transboundary aspects of MSP. It first sets out a general framework for transboundary MSP and then moves on to compare and assess differences and similarities between different regions. Specific detailed case studies include the EU with the focus on the Baltic Sea and North Sea the Bay of Bengal and Great Barrier Reef in Australia. The authors examine the national and regional significance of MSP from an integrated and sustainable ocean governance point of view. They also show how transboundary MSP can create opportunities and positive initiatives for cross-border cooperation and contribute to the effective protection of the regional marine environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138574885

Transboundary Resources Law  Originally published in 1987 this is a collection of articles on Transboundary Resources Law. From the preface: “Migratory transboundary resources by their nature of being divided by political boundaries raise unusual challenges to their prudent use and development and the avoidance of disputes over their use. One only has to recall examples s Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367214791

Transboundary Risk Governance Governing environmental risk particularly large-scale transboundary risks associated with climate change and pollution is one of the most pressing problems facing society . This book focuses on a set of key questions relating to environmental regulation: How are activities regulated in a fragmented world - a world of nation states regulators domestic and international law and political contests - and one in which a range of actors such as governments corporations and NGOs act in order to influence regulations in specific policy areas? How are complex and trans-boundary environmental issues managed? What role does expert knowledge play in regulating this kind of issues? What give rules authority? In short how do actors try to render an issue governable? Drawing on regulation theory discourse theory and science and technology studies and employing original research the authors analyse the regulation of four kinds of complex and trans-boundary environmental issues: oil protection in the Baltic Sea mobile phones and radiation protection climate change adaptation and genetically modified crops. The outcomes include insights for policymakers regulators and researchers into how dominant frames are constructed legitimate actors are configured and authority is established. This in turn exposes the conditions for and possibility of developing regulation making authoritative rules and shaping relevant knowledge in order to govern complex environmental risks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853163

Transboundary Risk Management Environmental hazards do not respect international boundaries. In this volume distinguished international researchers make a significant contribution to the understanding and management of transboundary environmental risks. The transboundary risk topics addressed highlight the key political economic social and cultural issues of our times such as how transboundary risks are constructed how they are communicated within and between countries how the authorities can build trust in political management processes and what forms of democratic risk management institutions are appropriate. Useful practical lessons on the management of transboundary risk at the national and international levels are drawn from the case studies. The volume provides valuable evidence and analysis for those working on international environmental issues and all aspects of risk management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138465718

Transboundary Water CooperationPrinciples Practice and Prospects for China and Its Neighbours China and its neighbours face a series of water security issues in which international law plays a vital role. Paramount to both policymakers and researchers in the field of water law the current status of transboundary water cooperation schemes and how these operate in China is of global significance. Grounded in international experience this comprehensive volume provides readers with an up-to-date overview of current international transboundary water resource sharing policies and practices including detailed case studies at both domestic and international levels. The authors discuss existing international laws treaties and principles that may stimulate transboundary water cooperation and dialogue and then analyse a number of international experiences with treaties in North America Eastern Europe and Central Asia. They take stock of China’s water resource issues legal practices and options examine case studies of China’s southern shared rivers and explore some innovative approaches to cooperative management of shared waters within China. The articles in this book were originally published in the journal Water International. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367886783

Transboundary Water Governance and International Actors in South AsiaThe Ganges-Brahmaputra-Meghna Basin International organisations such as the World Bank began to intervene in the transboundary water governance of the Ganges-Brahmaputra-Meghna river basin in the mid-2000s and the South Asia Water Initiative (SAWI) is its most ambitious project in this regard. Yet neither SAWI nor other international initiatives such as those of the Australian and UK governments have been able to significantly improve transboundary water interaction between India Nepal Bhutan and Bangladesh. This book identifies factors that contribute to water conflicts and that detract from water cooperation in this region. It sheds light on how international organisations affect these transboundary water interactions. The book discusses how donor-led initiatives can better engage with transboundary hydropolitics to increase cooperation and decrease conflict over shared freshwater resources. It is shown that there are several challenges: addressing transboundary water issues is not a top priority for the riparian states; there is concern about India’s hydro-hegemony and China's influence; and international actors in general do not have substantial support of the local elites. However the book suggests some ways forward for improving transboundary water interaction. These include: addressing the political context and historical grievances; building trust and reducing power asymmetry between riparian states; creating political will for cooperation; de-securitising water; taking a problemshed view; strengthening water sharing institutions; and moving beyond narratives of water scarcity and supply-side solutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367352233

Transboundary Water Management and the Climate Change Debate Climate change has an impact on the ability of transboundary water management institutions to deliver on their respective mandates. The starting point for this book is that actors within transboundary water management institutions develop responses to the climate change debate as distinct from the physical phenomenon of climate change. Actors respond to this debate broadly in three distinct ways – adapt resist (as in avoiding the issue) and subvert (as in using the debate to fulfil their own agenda).  The book charts approaches which have been taken over the past two decades to promote more effective water management institutions covering issues of conflict cooperation power and law. A new framework for a better understanding of the interaction between transboundary water management institutional resilience and global change is developed through analysis of the way these institutions respond to the climate change debate. This framework is applied to six river case studies from Africa Asia and the Middle East (Ganges-Brahmaputra Jordan Mekong Niger Nile Orange-Senqu) from which learning conclusions and policy recommendations are developed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415835152

Transboundary Water Management in a Changing Climate Most large river basins in the world are transboundary. Experience with such basins emphasizes the urgent need for more efficient transnational water management. This book details recent initiatives undertaken in the Meuse basin (North-West Europe) to develop a transnational adaptation strategy to deal with the impact of climate change. In the 21st century floods in the Meuse basin are expected to become more intense and more frequent while summers will be hotter and drier. The transnational adaptation strategy combines scientific research to fill important gaps in knowledge innovative natural and structural water retention measures and enhanced (transnational) crisis management. As a scientific basis for this adaptation strategy common climate and hydrological scenarios have been developed as well as more uniform methods for transnational flood risk assessment and mapping. The contributions in Transboundary Water Management in a Changing Climate were presented at the final conference of the European project AMICE (Sedan France March 2013). They demonstrate that the development of a vision at the level of the river basin rather than within the national or regional boundaries faces many practical challenges but offers unique opportunities for adaptation. Covering a wide range of topics from the latest advances in climate and hydrological research to practical implementation of adaptation measures and communication issues Transboundary Water Management in a Changing Climate offers a genuine bridge between research and practice and also reports on similar developments in other river basins. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138000391

Transboundary Water ManagementPrinciples and Practice The management of water resources across boundaries whether sub-national or international is one of the most difficult challenges facing water managers today. The upstream exploitation or diversion of groundwater or rivers can have devastating consequences for those living downstream and transboundary rivers can provide a source of conflict between nations or states particularly where water resources are scarce. Similarly water based-pollution can spread across borders and create disputes and a need for sound governance. This book is the first to bring together in a concise and accessible way all of the main topics to be considered when managing transboundary waters. It will raise the awareness of practitioners of the various issues needed to be taken into account when making water management decisions and provide a practically-based overview for advanced students. The authors show clearly how vital it is to cooperate effectively over the management of shared waters to unlock their contribution to regional sustainable development. The book is largely based on a long-running and tested international training programme run by the Stockholm International Water Institute and Ramboll Natura and supported by the Swedish International Development Co-operation Agency (Sida) where the respective authors have presented modules on the programmes. It addresses issues not only of conflict but also of managing power asymmetries benefit-sharing stakeholder participation international water law environmental water requirements and regional development. It will be particularly useful for those with a background in hydrology or engineering who wish to broaden their management skills. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849776585

Transboundary Water Politics in the Developing World This book examines the political economy that governs the management of international transboundary river basins in the developing world. These shared rivers are the setting for irrigation hydropower and flood management projects as well as water transfer schemes. Often these projects attempt to engineer the river basin with deep political socio-economic and environmental implications. The politics of transboundary river basin management sheds light on the challenges concerning sustainable development water allocation and utilization between sovereign states.  Advancing conceptual thinking beyond simplistic analyses of river basins in conflict or cooperation the author proposes a new analytical framework. The Transboundary Waters Interaction NexuS (TWINS) examines the coexistence of conflict and cooperation in riparian interaction. This framework highlights the importance of power relations between basin states that determine negotiation processes and institutions of water resources management. The analysis illustrates the way river basin management is framed by powerful elite decision-makers combined with geopolitical factors and geographical imaginations. In addition the book explains how national development strategies and water resources demands have a significant role in shaping the intensities of conflict and cooperation at the international level.  The book draws on detailed case studies from the Ganges River basin in South Asia the Orange–Senqu River basin in Southern Africa and the Mekong River basin in Southeast Asia providing key insights on equity and power asymmetry applicable to other basins in the developing world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415812962

Transcatheter Valve Therapies The landscape of cardiac surgery is changing as is the field of interventional cardiology. The idea of accessing and replacing a failing valve through the patients vasculature has become the most rapidly expanding therapy of choice in cardiovascular disease. Transcatheter Valve Therapies chronicles the astonishing advances that have taken place in the field and prepares readers for the challenging future of cardiac valve therapies. Designed to meet the growing needs of cardiologists cardiac surgeons anesthetists and general practitioners the book covers all aspects from logistic needs to clinical outcomes. It provides a comprehensive overview of transcatheter valve therapies and the necessary understanding for a successful clinical introduction at individual institutions. Topics include: Epidemiologic considerations Aspects of balloon aortic valvuloplasty as a stand-alone procedure or as part of the transcatheter valve replacement The history of how transcatheter valve therapies were implemented into surgical practice New imaging modalities The particularities of transcatheter access Aortic root anatomy Emerging technologies and future design improvements Development steps of aortic devices and potential solutions for transcatheter tricuspid mitral and pulmonary valve replacement The rigorous testing requirements for endovascular medical devices Clinical results of aortic transcatheter valve therapies in easy accessible text and table formats The future of transcatheter valve therapies All topics are discussed based on the author’s own clinical and experimental experience in the field. This volume is essential for anyone involved in transcatheter valve implantation clinicians wishing to become more involved in improving transcatheter valve therapies and researchers engaged in building and creating new medical technologies to shape the cardiovascular landscape of the future. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138116108

Transcendence Creation and IncarnationFrom Philosophy to Religion This book expounds and analyses notions of transcendence creation and incarnation reflectively and personally combining both philosophical and religious insights. Preferring tender-minded approaches to reductively materialistic ones it shows some ways in which reductive approaches to human affairs can distort the appreication of our lives and activities. In the book’s first half it examines a number of aspects of human life and experience in the thought of Darwin Ruskin and Scruton with a view to exploring the extent to which there could be intimations of transcendence. The second half is then devoted to outlining an account of divine creation and incarnation deriving initially though not uncritically from the thought of Simone Weil. The text concludes by examining the extent to which grace is needed to engage in religious practice and belief. Taking in art literature music and classical Greek writings this is a multifaceted thesis on transcendence. It will therefore will be of keen interest to any scholar of Philosophy of Religion Theology Aesthetics and Metaphysics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367856908

Transcendence and Spirituality in Chinese CinemaA Theological Exploration This book provides a framework by which a global audience might think theologically about contemporary films produced in mainland China by Chinese directors. Up to this point the academic discipline of Christian theology and film has focussed predominantly on Western cinema and as a result has missed out the potential insights offered by Chinese spirituality on film. Mainland Chinese films produced within the nation’s social structure offer an excellent lingua franca of China. Illuminating the spiritual imagination of Chinese filmmakers and their yearning for transcendence the book uses Richard A. Blake’s concept of afterimage to analyse the potential theological implications of their films. It then brings Jürgen Moltmann’s "immanent-transcendence" and Robert K. Johnston’s "God’s wider Presence" into conversation with Confucianist and Daoist ideas of there being spirituality-speaking "More in Life than Meets the Eye" than simply material existence. This all combines to move beyond film and allow for a Western audience to gain a new perspective on Chinese culture and traditions. One that uses familiar Western terms while avoiding the imposition of a Western mindset. This is a new perspective on cinema religion and Chinese culture that will be of keen interest to scholars of Religion and Film Religious Studies Theology Sociology of Religion and Chinese Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367435745

TranscendenceCritical Realism and God Atheism as a belief does not have to present intellectual credentials within academia. Yet to hold beliefs means giving reasons for doing so ones which may be found wanting. Instead atheism is the automatic default setting within the academic world. Conversely religious belief confronts a double standard. Religious believers are not permitted to make truth claims but are instead forced to present their beliefs as part of one language game amongst many. Religious truth claims are expected to satisfy empiricist criteria of evidence but when they fail as they must religious belief becomes subject to the hermeneutics of suspicion. This book explores religious experience as a justifiable reason for religious belief. It uniquely demonstrates that the three pillars of critical realism - ontological intransitivity epistemic relativity and judgemental rationality - can be applied to religion as to any other beliefs or theories.The three authors are critical realists by philosophical position. They seek to establish a level playing field between religion and secular ideas which has not existed in the academic world for some generations in order for reasoned debate to be conducted. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203420683

Transcendent Writers in Stephen King's FictionA Post-Jungian Analysis of the Puer Aeternus Transcendent Writers in Stephen King’s Fiction combines a post-Jungian critical perspective of the puer aeternus. Offering new insight into King’s work it provides reconceptualisation of the eternal youth to develop a new theory: the concept of the transcendent writer. Combining recent Jungian and Post-Jungian developmental theories this analysis of a selection of classic King novels addresses the importance of the stories within King’s main narrative those of King‘s writer-protagonists; an aspect often overlooked. Using these stories-within-stories it demonstrates the way in which King’s novels illustrate their young protagonist’s trajectories into adulthood and delineates King’s portrayal of the psychological development of adolescence and their ambivalent experience of the world. This book demonstrates how the act of writing plays a crucial role for King’s writer-protagonists in their search for a stable identify guiding us through their journey from disaffected youths to well-rounded adults. Transcendent Writers in Stephen King's Fiction will be of interest to Jungian and post-Jungian scholars philosophers and teachers focusing on the theme of psychological development and identity and to those studying literature with a particular interest in horror. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661717

Transcendental Meditation® in Criminal Rehabilitation and Crime Prevention In contrast to the generally dismal results of various approaches to rehabilitation these consciousness-based strategies have proven effective in preventing crime and rehabilitating offenders! This book will introduce you to a powerful unique approach to offender rehabilitation and crime prevention. In contrast to the generally dismal results of most rehabilitation approaches studies covering periods of 1-15 years indicate that this new approach—employing the Maharishi Transcendental Meditation® and TM-Sidhi programs—reduces recidivism from 35-50%. Transcendental Meditation® in Criminal Rehabilitation and Crime Prevention provides the reader with a theoretical overview new original research findings and examples of practical implementation. With this book you will explore what motivates people to commit crimes with emphasis on stress and restricted self-development. Then you'll examine the results and policy implications of applying these consciousness-based techniques to offender rehabilitation and crime reduction. Most chapters include tables or figures that make the information easy to understand. Transcendental Meditation® in Criminal Rehabilitation and Crime Prevention does not merely review the theory behind this innovative approach to rehabilitation and prevention but also emphasizes the practical value of the programs it describes and reports how techniques and strategies based on Transcendental Meditation® have been put to use in a variety of settings. This book will familiarize the reader with: a rehabilitation approach so universal in its applicability that any adult or juvenile offender can begin it at the point of sentencing during incarceration or at the point of parole the in-depth background on adult growth and higher states of consciousness necessary to understand this consciousness-based developmental approach the results of empirical studies conducted in prisons around the country with up to 15 years of follow-up a preview of how cost-effective the rehabilitation program might be implications for public policy and the judicial system—including an innovative alternative sentencing program how this approach deals not only with individuals but also with the community as a whole—when practiced by a small percentage of the population the TM and TM-Sidhi programs may reduce crime in the larger community how these society-level prevention programs may prove to be effecitive in reducing not only school violence in the community but if applied on sufficient scale war deaths and terrorism in the greater society Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315785820

Transcendental Representations with Applications to Solids and Fluids Building on the author’s previous book in the series Complex Analysis with Applications to Flows and Fields (CRC Press 2010) Transcendental Representations with Applications to Solids and Fluids focuses on four infinite representations: series expansions series of fractions for meromorphic functions infinite products for functions with infinitely many zeros and continued fractions as alternative representations. This book also continues the application of complex functions to more classes of fields including incompressible rotational flows compressible irrotational flows unsteady flows rotating flows surface tension and capillarity deflection of membranes under load torsion of rods by torques plane elasticity and plane viscous flows. The two books together offer a complete treatment of complex analysis showing how the elementary transcendental functions and other complex functions are applied to fluid and solid media and force fields mainly in two dimensions.The mathematical developments appear in odd-numbered chapters while the physical and engineering applications can be found in even-numbered chapters. The last chapter presents a set of detailed examples. Each chapter begins with an introduction and concludes with related topics. Written by one of the foremost authorities in aeronautical/aerospace engineering this self-contained book gives the necessary mathematical background and physical principles to build models for technological and scientific purposes. It shows how to formulate problems justify the solutions and interpret the results. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381523

Transcending AddictionAn Existential Pathway to Recovery Addiction is often thought about in terms of cause be that brain chemistry attachment patterns or cognitive schemas. But this does not allow an understanding of what addiction "is". It does not illuminate how addiction is lived. A phenomenology of addiction reveals that addiction is characterised by an intolerance of pain a pursuit of pleasure immediacy technocratic solutions alienation ambiguity and is drenched in deception. These are its individual clinical manifestations but this is also the way life in this century is lived. The addict is thus the ultimate 21st century subject consuming without end intolerant of emotion and unable to grasp their own limitations. Rather than embraced these subjects act as a denied symptom haunting late capitalism and exposing the vampire-like nature of our culture. As such these subjects need to be treated not just as individuals who have "gone too far" but as victims of the political agenda shaping our lives. Thus the heart of the book is a description of addiction deepened by existential-phenomenological theory. This description is then used to understand the historical emergence of addiction its socio-political manifestation and also the crucial issue of how to clinically treat the addict-subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782205883

Transcending Boundaries in Philosophy and TheologyReason Meaning and Experience Presenting new opportunities in the dialogue between philosophy and theology this interdisciplinary text addresses the contemporary reshaping of intellectual boundaries. Exploring human experience in a ’post-Christian’ era the distinguished contributors bring to bear what have been traditionally seen as theological resources while drawing on contemporary developments in philosophy both ’continental’ and ’analytic’. Set in the context of two complementary narratives - one philosophical concerning secularity the other theological about the question of God - the authors point to ways of reconfiguring both traditional reason / faith oppositions and those between interpretation / text and language / experience. Contributors: David Brown Philip Clayton Chris Firestone Grace Jantzen Nicholas Lash George Pattison Dan Stiver Charles Taylor Kevin Vanhoozer Graham Ward Martin Warner. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315550237

Transcending BoundariesWriting for a Dual Audience of Children and Adults Transcending Boundaries: Writing for a Dual Audience of Children and Adults is a collection of essays on twentieth-century authors who cross the borders between adult and children's literature and appeal to both audiences. This collection of fourteen essays by scholars from eight countries constitutes the first book devoted to the art of crosswriting the child and adult in twentieth-century international literature. Sandra Beckett explores the multifaceted nature of crossover literature and the diverse ways in which writers cross the borders to address a dual readership of children and adults. It considers classics such as Alice's Adventures in Wonderland and Pinocchio with particular emphasis on post-World War II literature. The essays in Transcending Boundaries clearly suggest that crossover literature is a major widespread trend that appears to be sharply on the rise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138798984

Transcending Monolingualism: Linguistic Revitalization in Education This volume describes a wide range of educational situations where linguistic revitalization is currently taking place. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781315078168

Transcending New Public ManagementThe Transformation of Public Sector Reforms Following on from the success of the editors' previous book New Public Management: The Transformation of Ideas and Practice which examined the public reform process up to the end of the last decade this new volume draws on the previous knowledge both theoretically and empirically. It examines and debates the post-new public management reform development in Denmark Norway Sweden Australia and New Zealand. The ideal follow-up to the previous volume this book includes many of the same contributors in addition to some fresh voices and is a must for anyone looking for an integrated framework of analysis. Comprehensive and analytical it is an important contribution to the study of public administration and particularly to the reform of public management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138463479

Transcending TaboosA Moral and Psychological Examination of Cyberspace Cyberspace is composed of a multitude of different spaces where users can represent themselves in many divergent ways. Why in a video game is it more acceptable to murder or maim than rape? After all in each case it is only pixels that are being assaulted. This book avoids wrestling with the common question of whether the virtual violation of real-world taboos is right or wrong and instead provides a theoretical framework that helps us understand why such distinctions are typically made and explores the psychological impact of violating offline taboos within cyberspace. The authors discuss such online areas as: ‘Reality’ sites depicting taboo images Social networking websites and online chatrooms Online dating websites Video game content. This book considers whether there are some interactions that should not be permissible even virtually. It also examines how we might be able to cope with the potential moral freedoms afforded by cyberspace and who might be vulnerable to such freedoms of action and representation within this virtual space. This book is ideal for researchers and students of internet psychology philosophy and social policy as well as therapists those interested in computer science law media and communication studies Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415579360

Transcending the Legacies of SlaveryA Psychoanalytic View This book puts psychological trauma at its centre. Using psychoanalysis it assesses what was lost how it was lost and how the loss is compulsively repeated over generations. There is a conceptualization of this trauma as circular. Such a situation makes it stubbornly persistent. It is suggested that central to the system of slavery was the separating out of procreation from maternity and paternity. This was achieved through the particular cruelties of separating couples at the first sign of loving interest in each other; and separating infants from their mothers. Cruelty disturbed the natural flow of events in the mind and disturbed the approach to and the resolution of the Oedipus Complex conflict. This is traced through the way a new kind of family developed in the Caribbean and elsewhere where slavery remained for hundreds of years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855758964

Transcending the PostmodernThe Singular Response of Literature to the Transmodern Paradigm Transcending the Postmodern: The Singular Response of Literature to the Transmodern Paradigm gathers an introduction and ten chapters concerned with the issue of Transmodernity as addressed by and presented in contemporary novels hailing from various parts of the English-speaking world. Building on the theories of Transmodernity propounded by Rosa María Rodríguez Magda Enrique Dussel Marc Luyckx Ghisi and Irena Ateljevic inter alia it investigates the links between Transmodernity and such categories as Postmodernity Postcolonialism and Transculturalism with a view to help define a new current in contemporary literary production. The chapters either follow the main theoretical drives of the transmodern paradigm or problematise them. In so doing they branch out towards various issues that have come to inspire contemporary novelists among which: the presence of the past the ascendance of new technologies multiculturalism terrorism and also vulnerability interdependence solidarity and ecology in a globalised context. In so doing it interrogates the ethics aesthetics and politics of the contemporary novel in English. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367860554

Transcending the SelfAn Object Relations Model of Psychoanalytic Therapy Despite the popularity of object relations theories these theories are often abstract with the relation between theory and clinical technique left vague and unclear.  Now in Transcending the Self: An Object Relations Model of Psychoanalytic Therapy   Summers answers the need for an integrative object relations model that can be understood and applied by the clinician in the daily conduct of psychoanalytic therapy. Drawing on recent infancy research developmental psychology and the works of major theorists including Bollas Benjamin Fairbairn Guntrip Kohut and Winnicott Summers melds diverse object-relational contributions into a coherent viewpoint with broad clinical applications.  The object relations model emerges as a distinct amalgam of interpersonal/relational  and interpretive perspectives.  It is a model that can help patients undertake the most gratifying and treacherous of personality journeys:  that aiming at the transcendence of the childhood self.  Self-transcendence in Summers' sense means moving beyond the profound limitations of early life via the therapeutically mediated creation of a newly meaningful and authentic sense of self. Following two chapters that present the empirical and theoretical basis of the model he launches into clinical applications by presenting the concept of therapeutic action that derives from the model.  Then in three successive chapters he applies the model to patients traditionally conceptualized as borderline narcissistic and neurotic.  He concludes with a chapter that addresses more broadly the craft of conducting psychoanalytic therapy. Filled with richly detailed case discussions Transcending the Self provides practicing clinicians with a powerful demonstration of how psychoanalytic therapy informed by an object relations model can effect radical personality change.  It is an outstanding example of integrative theorizing in the service of a real-world therapeutic approach. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315803333

Transcending the Talented TenthBlack Leaders and American Intellectuals In Transcending the Talented Tenth Joy James provocatively examines African American intellectual responses to racism and the role of elitism sexism and anti-radicalism in black leadership politics throughout history. She begins with Du Bois' construction of "the Talented Tenth" as an elite leadership of race managers and takes us through the lives and work of radical women in the anti-lynching crusades the civil rights and black liberation movements as well as explores the contemporary struggles among black elites in academe. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315022383

Transcending TransactionThe Search for Self-Generating Markets Transcending Transaction examines recent attempts to show how in theory and history market transaction can emerge from the unregulated interaction of competitive traders. Alan Shipman examines the legal informational organisational social and financial foundations of market trade focusing on the possible routes by which it could arise without the influence of pre-market social conventions or political structures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881020

Transcending TraumaSurvival Resilience and Clinical Implications in Survivor Families Based on twenty years of intense qualitative research Transcending Trauma presents an integrated model of coping and adaptation after trauma that incorporates the best of recent work in the field with the expanded insights offered by Holocaust survivors. In the book’s vignettes and interview transcripts survivors of a broad range of traumas will recognize their own challenges and mental-health professionals will gain invaluable insight into the dominant themes both of Holocaust survivors and of trauma survivors more generally. Together the authors and contributors Sheryl Perlmutter Bowen Hannah Kliger Lucy Raizman Juliet Spitzer and Emilie Scherz Passow have transformed qualitative narrative analysis and framed for us a new and profound understanding of survivorship. Their study has illuminated universal aspects of the recovery from trauma and Transcending Trauma makes a vital contribution to our understanding of how survivors find meaning after traumatic events. Accompanying Transcending Trauma is a CD of full-text life histories that documents the survivor experience. In seven comprehensive interviews survivors paint a picture of life before and after war and trauma: their own feelings beliefs and personalities as well as those of their family; their struggles to deal with loss and suffering; and the ways in which their family relationships were able in some cases to mediate the transmission of trauma across generations and help the survivors transcend the trauma of their experiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415882866

Trans-Colonial Modernities in South Asia Presenting cutting-edge scholarship dedicated to exploring the emergence and articulation of modernity in colonial South Asia this book builds upon and extends recent insights into the constitutive and multiple projects of colonial modernity. Eschewing the fashionable binaries of resistance and collaboration the contributors seek to re-conceptualize modernity as a local and transitive practice of cultural conjunction. Whether through a close reading of Anglo-Indian poetry Urdu rhyming dictionaries Persian Bible translations Jain court records or Bengali polemical literature the contributors interpret South Asian modernity as emerging from localized partial and continuously negotiated efforts among a variety of South Asian and European elites. Surveying a range of individuals regions and movements this book supports reflection on the ways traditional scholars and other colonial agents actively appropriated and re-purposed elements of European knowledge colonial administration ruling ideology and material technologies. The book conjures a trans-colonial and trans-national context in which ideas of history religion language science and nation are defined across disparate religious ethnic and linguistic boundaries. Providing new insights into the negotiation and re-interpretation of Western knowledge and modernity this book is of interest to students and scholars of South Asian Studies as well as of intellectual and colonial history comparative literature and religious studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110847

Trans-Colonial Urban Space in PalestinePolitics and Development Taking a multidisciplinary approach to examine the dynamics of ethno-national contestation and colonialism in Israel/Palestine this book investigates the approaches for dealing with the colonial and post-colonial urban space resituating them within the various theoretical frameworks in colonial urban studies. The book uses Henry Lefebvre’s three constituents of space – perceived conceived and lived – to analyse past and present colonial cases interactively with time. It mixes the non-temporal conceptual framework of analysis of colonialism using literature of previous colonial cases with the inter-temporal abstract Lefebvrian concepts of space to produce an inter-temporal re-reading of them. Israeli colonialism in the occupied areas of 1967 its contractions from Sinai and Gaza and the implications on the West Bank are analysed in detail. By illustrating the transformations in colonial urban space at different temporal stages a new phase is proposed - the trans-colonial. This provides a conceptual means to avoid the pitfalls of neo-colonial and post-colonial influences experienced in previous cases and the book goes on to highlight the implications of such a phase on the Palestinians. It is an important contribution to studies on Middle East Politics and Urban Geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118652

Transcontinental Silk Road StrategiesComparing China Japan and South Korea in Uzbekistan This book analyzes initiatives and concepts initiated by China Japan and South Korea (the Republic of Korea) toward Central Asia to ascertain their impact on regionalism and regional cooperation in Central Asia. Using the case study of Uzbekistan the book focuses on the formation of the discourse of engagement with the region of Central Asia through the notion of the Silk Road narrative. The author puts forward the prospects for engagement and cooperation in the region by analyzing initiatives such as the Eurasian/Silk Road Diplomacy of Japan of 1997 the Shanghai Process by China the Korean corporate offensive and other so-called Silk Road initiatives such as One Belt One Road (OBOR) or the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI). The book argues that material factors and interests of these states are not the only motivations for engagement with Central Asia. The author suggests that cultural environment and identity act as additional behavioral incentives for the states’ cooperation as these factors create a space for actors in global politics. The book deconstructs Chinese narratives and foreign policy toward smaller states and presents a more balanced account of Central Asian international relations by taking into account Japanese and South Korean approaches to Central Asia. This book encourages wider theoretical discussions of Central Asian–specific forms of cooperation and relationships. It provides a timely analysis of Central Asian international relations and is a helpful reference for researchers and students in the fields of international relations security studies Asian politics global politics Central Asian Studies and Silk Road studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367206734

Transcranial Brain Stimulation Since the discovery of transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) and transcranial electrical stimulation (tES) these non-invasive brain stimulation (NIBS) techniques have been used to investigate the state of cortical excitability and the excitability of the cortico-cortical and corticospinal pathways. In addition these techniques have been found to induce neuroplasticity—a significant breakthrough in our understanding of the brain at work.Transcranial Brain Stimulation presents a wide range of possible brain stimulation applications and discusses what new information can be gained from using this technique on the dynamics of brain functions hierarchical organization and effective connectivity. Implications of recent findings related to the therapeutic application are discussed by an international group of leading experts who present practical guidance on the use of each technique and catalog the results of numerous TMS and tES studies on biological and behavioral effects. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367380571

Transcribing Oral History Transcribing Oral History offers a comprehensive guide to the transcription of qualitative interviews an often richly debated practice within oral history. Beginning with an introduction to the field and an overview of the many disciplines that conduct and transcribe interviews the book goes on to offer practical advice to those looking to use transcription within their own projects. A helpful how-to section covers technology style guides ways to format transcripts and troubleshoot the many problems that can arise. In addition to the practicalities of transcription itself the book encourages the reader to consider legal and ethical issues and the effects of troubling audio on the transcriptionist. It explains how scholars can turn recorded interviews and transcripts into books films and museum exhibits enabling the reader to understand the wider concerns surrounding transcription as well as the practical uses to which it can be put. Based upon the author’s personal experience as a freelance transcriptionist and interviews with more than 30 professionals working around the world in the oral history and qualitative research fields  this is an indispensable guide for those involved in interviews and transcription at any level of an oral history project including historians transcriptionists interviewers project administrators archivists researchers and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815350934

Transcribing SilenceCulture Relationships and Communication Kristine Muñoz’s volume of short narrative works-- autoethnographies and fictional stories—explore many dimensions of silence a crucial but often overlooked communication phenomenon one that drives much of everyday talk and relationships. Framed by an introductory essay that synthesizes research on silence and the unsaid guides for reflection and expansion after each narrative and a conclusion that ponders ethnographic writing this volume is an essential work for those who study and teach interpersonal communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629580241

Transcription Factors Transcription factors are important in regulating gene expression and their analysis is of paramount interest to molecular biologists studying this area. This book looks at the basic machinery of the cell involved in transcription in eukaryotes and factors that control transcription in eukaryotic cells. It examines the regulatory systems that modulate gene expression in all cells a s well as the more specialized systems that regulate localized gene expression throughout the mammalian organism.Transcription Factors updates classical knowledge with recent advances to provide a full and comprehensive coverage of the field for postgraduates and researchers in molecular biology involved in the study of gene regulation. Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9780367447359

Transcultural ArchitectureThe Limits and Opportunities of Critical Regionalism Critical Regionalism is a notion which gained popularity in architectural debate as a synthesis of universal 'modern' elements and individualistic elements derived from local cultures. This book shifts the focus from Critical Regionalism towards a broader concept of 'Transcultural Architecture' and defines Critical Regionalism as a subgroup of the latter. One of the benefits that this change of perspective brings about is that a large part of the political agenda of Critical Regionalism which consists of resisting attitudes forged by typically Western experiences is 'softened' and negotiated according to premises provided by local circumstances. A further benefit is that several responses dependent on factors that initial definitions of Critical Regionalism never took into account can now be considered. At the book’s centre is an analysis of Reima and Raili Pietilä’s Sief Palace Area project in Kuwait. Further cases of modern architecture in China Korea and Saudi Arabia show that the critique which holds that Critical Regionalism is a typical 'western' exercise is not sound in all circumstances. The book argues that there are different Critical Regionalisms and not all of them impose Western paradigms on non-Western cultures. Non-Western regionalists can also successfully participate in the Western enlightened discourse even when they do not directly and consciously act against Western models. Furthermore the book proposes that a certain 'architectural rationality' can be contained in architecture itself - not imposed by outside parameters like aesthetics comfort or even tradition but flowing out of a social game of which architecture is a part. The key concept is that of the 'form of life' as developed by Ludwig Wittgenstein whose thoughts are here linked to Critical Regionalism. Kenneth Frampton argues that Critical Regionalism offers something well beyond comfort and accommodation. What he has in mind are ethical prescripts closely linked to a Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573468

Transcultural CitiesBorder-Crossing and Placemaking Transcultural Cities uses a framework of transcultural placemaking cross-disciplinary inquiry and transnational focus to examine a collection of case studies around the world presented by a multidisciplinary group of scholars and activists in architecture urban planning urban studies art environmental psychology geography political science and social work. The book addresses the intercultural exchanges as well as the cultural trans-formation that takes place in urban spaces. In doing so it views cultures not in isolation from each other in today’s diverse urban environments but as mutually influenced constituted and transformed. In cities and regions around the globe migrations of people have continued to shape the makeup and making of neighborhoods districts and communities. For instance in North America new immigrants have revitalized many of the decaying urban landscapes creating renewed cultural ambiance and economic networks that transcend borders. In Richmond BC Canada an Asian night market has become a major cultural event that draws visitors throughout the region and across the US and Canadian border. Across the Pacific foreign domestic workers in Hong Kong transform the deserted office district in Central on weekends into a carnivalesque site. While contributing to the multicultural vibes in cities migration and movements have also resulted in tensions competition and clashes of cultures between different ethnic communities old-timers newcomers employees and employers individuals and institutions. In Transcultural Cities Jeffrey Hou and a cross-disciplinary team of authors argue for a more critical and open approach that sees today’s cities urban places and placemaking as vehicles for cross-cultural understanding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415631426

Transcultural Cognitive Behaviour Therapy for Anxiety and DepressionA Practical Guide Transcultural Cognitive Behaviour Therapy for Anxiety and Depression is a practical and accessible guide drawing on current research in CBT and clinical practice. It aims to support therapists in taking a reflective and evidence based approach to genuinely improving access and outcomes for Black and Minority Ethnic service users. It highlights the skills that clinicians need to undertake Culturally Adapted and Culturally Sensitive CBT and provides practical ideas and case examples that will enable therapists to feel confident in adapting models of assessment and treatment across cultures. The emphasis of this book is on practical clinical techniques and approaches but it is firmly grounded in the research literature on this topic. Therapists supervisors and service leads will find useful ideas to support and enrich transcultural working and develop their confidence when applying evidence based interventions across cultures. Transcultural Cognitive Behaviour Therapy for Anxiety and Depression will be of interest to Improving Access to Psychological Therapies (IAPT) trained cognitive behaviour therapists clinical psychologists and cognitive behaviour therapists. The book will also appeal to those undertaking advanced or postgraduate studies in CBT. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138890480

Transcultural Customization of International Training Programs Addresses the question of how to provide for your employees' needs in training and education when they are located on the other side of the globe. This book suggests a systematic process model for transcultural customization of training programs that reduces delivery cycle and enhances the effectiveness and efficiency of existing programs. Theories of culture and instructional systems design models have been reviewed and a case study was conducted to locate transcultural customizations needs and to develop the new model. The book explains why and how to provide culturally adequate training programs using only existing training courses. In addition it offers specific guidelines on how to utilize the model in order to meet the individual needs of a global organization's headquarters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985995

Transcultural Encounters between Germany and IndiaKindred Spirits in the 19th and 20th Centuries Providing a comprehensive survey of cutting edge scholarship in the field of German--Indian and South Asian Studies  the book looks at the history of German--Indian relations in the spheres of culture politics and intellectual life. Combining transnational post-colonial and comparative approaches it includes the entire twentieth century from the First World War and Weimar Republic to the Third Reich and Cold War era. The book first examines the ways in which nineteenth-century "Indomania" figured in the creation of both German national identity and modern German scholarship on the Orient and it illustrates how German encounters with India in the Imperial era alternately destabilized and reinforced the orientalist capitalist and nationalist underpinnings of German modernity. Contributors discuss the full range of German responses to India and South Asian perceptions of Germany against the backdrop of war and socio-political revolution as well as the Third Reich's ambivalent perceptions of India in the context of racism religion and occultism. The book concludes by exploring German--Indian relations in the era of decolonization and the Cold War. Employing a diverse array of interdisciplinary approaches to understanding German--Indian encounters over the past two centuries this book is of interest to students and scholars of Germany India Europe and Asia as well as history political science anthropology philosophy comparative literature and religious studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383333

Transcultural GeriatricsCaring for the Elderly of Indo-Asian Origin Includes colour illustrations This practical reference draws together the combined expertise of a wide range of health professionals in managing this condition. Their work is soundly based on recent research into its pathology manifestations and treatment to develop appropriate management strategies. Part of the value in this book lies in its reference to patient perspectives and how they can contribute to the most effective care. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315377506

Transcultural Leadership Supervisors project managers and CEOs should find this book useful as it deals with an emerging global reality - culturally diverse people of both genders in the workplace. The new workplace environment demands that employees be selected evaluated and promoted on the basis of performance competency regardless of sex race religion or place of origin. Focusing on workplace diversity instead of concepts of "majority" and "minority" allows managers to offer all personnel equal opportunities. Affirmative action is now aimed at developing human potential. Diversity is becoming a worldwide phenomenon. Written from the North American viewpoint this book examines the key concepts that drive American plants and offices today which are likely to be realities overseas tomorrow and the concepts espoused in this book can be applied universally. The book fills a gap in management education and development. It is a practical manual designed to teach and encourage managers to lead and strengthen the human resources of an organization. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080511313

Transcultural Marketing Because American consumers transmigrate between social identities in expressing their values and affiliations marketers must apply transcultural marketing methods and offer a cultural values proposition to build long-term customer relationships. This unique book weaves these topics into profiles of 9 influential American subcultures currently shaping their members marketplace choices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765643001

Transcultural Memory Memories are not static or frozen remaining in particular sites or places within and belonging to particular groups cultures or nations; rather memory travels. Broadly speaking memory has travelled because of the demographic displacements brought about by modernity’s extremes – slavery colonialism ethnic cleansing and genocide – and also because of the trade travel and migration made possible by globalisation. Whether social movement is violent exilic migratory emancipatory or oppressive it is accompanied by memory. With the movement of people memories of modernity’s histories and postmodern legacies meet correspond and often become mutually constitutive. Even where memories compete with each other for cultural dominance mutual dialogue and recognition is implicit if not explicit. Memories travel through and across cultures and national boundaries a process increasingly facilitated by mass media technologies. This collection explores a range of case studies of transcultural memory as well as theorising the mobility of memory as it travels. It was originally published as a special issue of the journal parallax. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415824484

Transcultural Poetics and the Concept of the PoetFrom Philip Sidney to T. S. Eliot Critiquing the politics and dynamics of the transcultural poetics of reading literature this book demonstrates an ambitious understanding of the concept of the poet across a wide range of traditions – Anglo-American German French Arabic Chinese Sanskrit Bengali Urdu – and philosophies of creativity that are rarely studied side by side. Ghosh carves out unexplored spaces of negotiation and intersections between literature aesthetics and philosophy. The book demonstrates an original method of ‘global comparison’ that displaces the relatively staid and historicist categories that have underpinned comparative literature approaches so far since they rarely dare stray beyond issues of influence and schools or new 'world literature' approaches that affirm cosmopolitanism and transnationalism as overarching themes. Going beyond comparatism and reformulating the chronological patterns of reading this bold book introduces new methodologies of reading literature to configure the concept of the poet from Philip Sidney to T. S Eliot reading the notion of the poet through completely new theoretical and epistemic triggers. Commonly known texts and sometimes well-circulated ideas are subjected to refreshing reading in what the author calls the ‘transcultural now’ and (in)fusionised transpoetical matrices. By moving between theories of poetry and literature that come from widely separated times contexts and cultures this book shows the relevance of canonical texts to a theory of the future as marked by post-global concerns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871147

Transcultural Psychiatry In the 1980s transcultural psychiatry was a developing field which was commanding increasing attention for three major reasons. First many societies were becoming more and more multicultural and therefore professional health workers needed to be aware of the needs and background of ethnic groups as well as to be familiar with their own cultural assumptions. Secondly the study of psychiatric illness across cultures can illuminate features of such an illness in our own society. Thirdly the way in which racism may initiate or sustain psychiatric disorder had become a topic essential to a present-day understanding of transcultural psychiatry. Originally published in 1986 this book provides a review of many such aspects of transcultural psychiatry. It is written at a level suitable for mental health professionals including trainee psychiatrists but would also interest students and other qualified staff including psychologists nurses social workers and other professional workers concerned with race relations and the provision of psychiatric services for ethnic groups. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138331051

Transcultural Space And Transcultural Beings A puffing smoking sea monster suddenly appears near the shoreline of the Andaman Islands in the Bay of Bengal in the eighteenth century and a group of natives out fishing "appeared all at once to be struck dumb their wondering gaze fixed in one direction and on the sole object." This particular sea monster was the British steam vessel Pluto Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215033

Transculturalism and Business in the BRIC StatesA Handbook Transculturalism and Business in the BRIC States edited by Yvette Sánchez and Claudia Franziska Brühwiler is the first handbook on the BRIC States that offers a transcultural perspective which goes beyond the typical ’how to’ manuals or economic projections and provides an understanding of transculturalism as it is studied and practiced in the respective countries themselves. This unique reference book also offers insights into the relations between the corresponding states and the challenges facing those trying to foster more intense business exchanges. The reader learns to interpret cross-cultural issues from the perspectives of the BRIC states themselves and gains insight into the way scholars in the BRIC area reflect on transculturalism. Moreover it introduces the reader to fresh visualizations that help consider transculturalism beyond the known categories. The book will appeal on the one hand to practitioners who are active in the BRIC states and wish to better grasp the challenges to business relations as well as the intra-area dynamics and on the other hand to scholars in transcultural studies and international management due to its insider approach. Since the book combines theoretical concepts with a clear geographic focus and a critical approach to traditional models it is suitable for both academic audiences as well as for practitioners who appreciate a sound theoretical base and a fresh take on a subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879808

Transculturalism and Teacher CapacityProfessional Readiness in the Globalised Age Based on new research data with a 135-teacher study over 8 countries this book challenges the assumption that all teachers automatically have the expertise to teach cultural understanding and argues instead that there is the need for teachers to acquire transcultural expertise to teach cultural understanding effectively in the present age rather than depending on current multicultural and intercultural approaches. By outlining a new model to teach cultural understanding that is appropriate and relevant this volume focuses on the expertise of teachers to address this gap in current teaching practice. Using the framework of education in Britain and its former empire this book traces the role that teachers have played in teaching cultural understanding throughout history and then uses the results of a recent international research project to outline recommendations for teacher education and professional learning that both develop and enhance the ability of teachers to address cultural understanding effectively in their work. Transculturalism and Teacher Capacity: Professional Readiness in the Globalised Age is the perfect resource for any researcher school leader and educational administrator or those interested in education that prepares teachers to meet the demands of the profession in the current age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367193782

Transculturation in British Art 1770-1930 Examining colonial art through the lens of transculturation the essays in this collection assess painting sculpture photography illustration and architecture from 1770 to 1930 to map these art works' complex and unresolved meanings illuminated by the concept of transculturation. Authors explore works in which transculturation itself was being defined formed negotiated and represented in the British Empire and in countries subject to British influence (the Congo Free State Japan Turkey) through cross-cultural encounters of two kinds: works created in the colonies subject over time to colonial and to postcolonial spectators' receptions and copies or multiples of works that traveled across space located in several colonies or between a colony and the metropole thus subject to multiple cultural interpretations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268401

Transculturing Auto/BiographyForms of Life Writing Rosalia Baena’s theoretically challenging analytical volume of essays explores the diversity of shapes that transcultural life writing takes demonstrating how it has become one of the most dynamic and productive literary forms of self-inscription and self-representation. Expanding much of the contemporary criticism on life writing which tends to centre on content the essays highlight that reading contemporary forms of life writing from a literary perspective is a rich field of critical intervention that has been overlooked because of recent cultural studies’ concerns with material issues. To read life writing as primarily cultural texts undercuts much of its value as a complex dynamic of cultural production where aesthetic concerns and the choice and manipulation of form serve as signifying aspects to experiences and subjectivities. This book was previously published as a special issue of Prose Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759496

Transdermal and Intradermal Delivery of Therapeutic AgentsApplication of Physical Technologies Skin once thought to be an impenetrable barrier is an extremely active organ capable of interacting with its environment. Advancements in science combined with the need for diverse drug delivery modalities have introduced a variety of transdermal and intradermal products for existing drugs at a fraction of the cost of new drug development. Commercialization of transdermal drug delivery requires technology from many disciplines beyond pharmaceutical sciences such as polymer chemistry adhesion sciences mass transport web film coating printing and medical technology. A comprehensive discussion of these technologies and practices Transdermal and Intradermal Delivery of Therapeutic Agents: Application of Physical Technologies covers:Commercial development of devices and products based on transdermal physical enhancement technologiesSelecting optimal enhancement technology for a specific drug molecule using case studies Physicochemical properties and practical commercial considerations related to cost unmet clinical needs marketing or intellectual property protectionTechnologies such as microneedles iontophoresis electroporation and sonophoresis with examples for delivery of small molecules cosmeceuticals proteins and vaccinesPractical information on experimental procedures and challenges related to skin irritation and safety issuesUp-to-date and accessible to researchers and industry experts this book provides a comprehensive discussion of the physical approaches and practical considerations for the laboratory and marketplace. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367382780

Transdermal Drug Delivery SystemsRevised and Expanded Presents authoritative state-of-the-art discussions of the key issues pertinent to transdermal drug delivery examining those topics necessary to enable a critical evaluation of a drug candidate's potential to be delivered across the skin; from physical chemistry and assessment of drug permeability to available enhancement technolgies to regulatory approval. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395704

Transdiagnostic Treatments for Children and AdolescentsPrinciples and Practice This volume presents cutting-edge advances in case conceptualization and intervention for children and adolescents who typically present for mental health treatment with multiple   overlapping problems. Leading clinician-researchers examine common processes--including stress and coping attention and interpretation biases avoidant behaviors and peer and family interactions--that underlie the development and maintenance of diverse forms of psychopathology. They describe exemplary treatments that target these processes and can be used across diagnostic categories. Chapters on specific treatment protocols address the theoretical foundations clinical strategies used which patient populations each treatment is suitable for and the status of the empirical evidence base. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462512669

Transdisciplinarity For SustainabilityAligning Diverse Practices This volume explores interactions between academia and different societal stakeholders with a focus on sustainability. It examines the significance and potential of transdisciplinary collaboration as a tool for sustainability and the SDGs. Traditionally academia has focused on research and education. More recently however the challenges of sustainable development and achieving the SDGs have required the co-production of knowledge between academic and non-academic actors. Compromising theory methods and case studies from a broad span of transdisciplinary collaboration Transdisciplinarity For Sustainability: Aligning Diverse Practices is written by specialists from various academic disciplines and represents an important step forward in systematising knowledge and understanding of transdisciplinary collaboration. They are designed to provide a roadmap for further research in the field and facilitate pursuing and realizing the SDGs. The book will appeal to researchers and postgraduate students in a variety of disciplines such as architecture design economics social sciences engineering and sustainability studies. It will also be of significant value to professionals who are engaged in transdisciplinary collaboration that supports sustainable development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189075

Transdisciplinary Feminist ResearchInnovations in Theory Method and Practice What is feminist transdisciplinary research? Why is it important? How do we do it? Through 19 contributions from leading international feminist scholars this book provides new insights into activating transdisciplinary feminist theories methods and practices in original creative and exciting ways – ways that make a difference both to what research is and does and to what counts as knowledge. The contributors draw on their own original research and engage an impressive array of contemporary theorising – including new materialism decolonialism critical disability studies historical analyses Black Indigenous and Latina Feminisms queer feminisms Womanist Methodologies trans studies arts-based research philosophy spirituality science studies and sports studies – to trouble traditional conceptions of research method and praxis. The authors show how working beyond disciplinary boundaries and integrating insights from different disciplines to produce new knowledge can prompt important new transdisciplinarity thinking and activism in relation to ongoing feminist concerns about knowledge power and gender. In doing so the book attends to the multiple lineages of feminist theory and practice and seeks to bring these historical differences and intersections into play with current changes challenges and opportunities in feminism. The book’s practically-grounded examples and wide-ranging theoretical orbit are likely to make it an invaluable resource for established scholars and emerging researchers in the social sciences arts humanities education and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367190040

Transdisciplinary Journeys in the AnthropoceneMore-than-human encounters Transdisciplinary Journeys in the Anthropocene offers a new perspective on international environmental scholarship focusing on the emotional and affective connections between human and nonhuman lives to reveal fresh connections between global issues of climate change species extinction and colonisation. Combining the rhythm of road travel interviews with local Aboriginal Elders and autobiographical storytelling the book develops a new form of nature writing informed by concepts from posthumanism and the environmental humanities. It also highlights connections between the studied area and the global environment drawing conceptual links between the auto-ethnographic accounts and international issues. This book will be of great interest to scholars and postgraduates in environmental philosophy cultural studies postcolonial theory Australian studies anthropology literary and place studies ecocriticism history and animal studies. Transdisciplinary Journeys in the Anthropocene may also be beneficial to studies in nature writing ecocriticism environmental literature postcolonial studies and Australian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138615199

Transdisciplinary Perspectives on Childhood in Contemporary BritainLiterature Media and Society In the light of the complex demographic shifts associated with late modernity and the impetus of neo-liberal politics childhood continues all the more to operate as a repository for the articulation of diverse social and cultural anxieties. Since the Thatcher years juvenile delinquency child poverty and protection have been persistent issues in public discourse. Simultaneously childhood has advanced as a popular subject in the arts as the wealth of current films and novels in this field indicates. Focusing on the late twentieth and the early twenty-first centuries this collection assembles contributions concerned with current political social and cultural dimensions of childhood in the United Kingdom. The individual chapters written by internationally renowned experts from the social sciences and the humanities address a broad spectrum of contemporary childhood issues including debates on child protection school dress codes the media the representation and construction of children in audiovisual media and literary awards for children’s fiction. Appealing to a wide scholarly audience by joining perspectives from various disciplines including art history education law film and TV studies sociology and literary studies this volume endorses a transdisciplinary and meta-theoretical approach to the study of childhood. It seeks to both illustrate and dismantle the various ways in which childhood has been implicitly and explicitly conceived in different disciplines in the wake of the constructivist paradigm shift in childhood studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884857

Transdisciplinary Perspectives on Transitions to Sustainability Demonstrating how a university can in a very practical and pragmatic way be re-envisioned through a transdisciplinary informed frame this book shows how through an open and collegiate spirit of inquiry the most pressing and multifaceted issue of contemporary societal (un)sustainability can be addressed and understood in a way that transcends narrow disciplinary work. It also provides a practical exemplar of how far more meaningful deliberation understandings and options for action in relation to contemporary sustainability-related crises can emerge than could otherwise be achieved. Indeed it helps demonstrate how only through a transdisciplinary ethos and approach can real progress be achieved. The fact that this can be done in parallel to (or perhaps underneath) the day-to-day business of the university serves to highlight how even micro seed initiatives can further the process of breaking down silos and reuniting C.P. Snow’s ‘two cultures’ after some four centuries of the relentless project of modernity. While much has been written and talked about with respect to both sustainability and transdisciplinarity this book offers a pragmatic example which hopefully will signpost the ways others can will and indeed must follow in our common quest for real progress. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668280

Transdisciplinary Research and Practice for Sustainability Outcomes ‘Transdisciplinarity’ is a form of research and practice that synthesises knowledge from a range of academic disciplines and from the community. There is now global interest and a significant body of work on transdisciplinarity and its potential to address the apparently intractable problems of society. This creates the opportunity for a specific focus on its practical application to sustainability issues. Transdisciplinary Research and Practice for Sustainability Outcomes examines the role of transdisciplinarity in the transformations needed for a sustainable world. After an historical overview of transdisciplinarity Part I focuses on tools and frameworks to achieve sustainability outcomes in practice and Part II consolidates work by a number of scholars on supporting transdisciplinary researchers and practitioners. Part III is a series of case studies including several international examples that demonstrate the challenges and rewards of transdisciplinary work. The concluding chapter proposes a future research pathway for understanding the human factors that underpin successful transdisciplinary research. As Emeritus Professor Valerie Brown AO notes in her Preface this book moves transdisciplinary inquiry into the academic and social mainstream. It will be of great interest to researchers and practitioners in the fields of sustainability qualitative research methods environmental impact assessment and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138625730

Transdisciplinary Research and SustainabilityCollaboration Innovation and Transformation Transdisciplinarity is a new way of scientifically meeting the challenges of sustainability. Indeed interdisciplinary collaboration and co-operation with non-academic ‘practice partners’ is at the core of this; creating contextualised socially relevant knowledge about complex real-world problems. Transdisciplinary Research and Sustainability breaks new ground by presenting transdisciplinary research in practice drawing on recent advances by the vibrant transdisciplinary research communities in the German-speaking world. It describes methodological innovations developed to address wide-ranging contemporary issues including climate change adaptation energy policy sustainable agriculture and soil conservation. Furthermore the authors reflect on the challenges involved in integrating non-academic actors in scientific research on the tensions that arise in the encounter of theory and praxis and on the inherently normative political nature of sustainability research. Highlighting the need for academic institutions to be transformed to reflect transdisciplinarity this timely volume will appeal to postgraduate students and postdoctoral researchers interested in fields such as Sustainability Science Transdisciplinary Studies and Philosophy of Science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890131

Transdisciplinary Solutions for Sustainable DevelopmentFrom planetary management to stewardship Global environmental issues such as climate change and species loss are intensifying despite our best efforts to combat them. The key reason for this is that the drivers of these problems are closely linked to the industrialism and consumerism that are promoted by governments and other organizations the world over. This innovative book identifies the key issues that block progress in sustainable development and proposes transdisciplinary solutions. Presenting a review of the epistemology and ethics of this policy field including current policy responses it examines the ethical and policy implications from a multidisciplinary perspective. The book explains the current limitations of scientific prediction for global environmental issues and develops innovative approaches to respond to these difficulties drawing out lessons that will make sustainable development policy more democratic plural and open. This book will be of great interest to students and researchers in environmental policy development studies politics economics and sustainable development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138743649

Transdisciplinary Sustainability StudiesA Heuristic Approach Arising out of human-environment interaction sustainability problems resist disciplinary categories and simple solutions. This book offers a fresh approach to practical and methodological concerns in transdisciplinary environmental and sustainability studies. It illustrates methodological means by which researchers professionals and decision-makers can address complex environmental issues. While scientific reasoning is mostly guided by disciplinary traditions transdisciplinary research rests on other cognitive strategies. As it does not have a ready-made stance toward problems figuring out what the puzzle is and what the answer might look like are crucial aspects of transdisciplinary inquiry. Through examples from environment and sustainability studies the volume discusses heuristic schemes that can give structure to this exploration. By focusing on heuristics rather than on methods concepts or general guidelines the book argues that a problem-centered approach often resists the rigor of methodology. Learning from experience provides valuable “rules of thumb” checklists and other cognitive schemes for making ill-defined problems more tangible. Written by an international team of authors the chapters draw examples from dealing with issues in environmental protection transport and climate policy ecosystem services and disservices environmental beliefs and attitudes and more. Together with more theoretically oriented chapters they show that the intellectual processes needed to tackle complex sustainability problems are as much about heuristic problem solving as they are about methodical work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138646964

Transducers in Mechanical and Electronic Design This book presents to the design engineer the transducers and measurement techniques available and evaluates their features and drawbacks. It is written for the instrument and systems designer not the theoretician. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451585

TransecologyTransgender Perspectives on Environment and Nature There is a growing recognition of the importance of transgender perspectives about the environment. Unlike more established approaches in the environmental humanities and queer studies transecology is a nascent inquiry whose significance and scope are only just being articulated. Drawing upon the fields of gender studies and ecological studies contributors to this volume engage major concepts widely used in both fields as they explore the role of identity exclusion connection intimacy and emplacement to understand our relationship to nature and environment. The theorists and ideas examined across multiple chapters include Stacy Alaimo’s notion of "trans-corporeality" as a "contact zone" between humans and the environment Timothy Morton’s concept of "mesh" to explore the interconnectedness of all beings Susan Stryker’s notion of trans identity as "ontologically inescapable " Catriona Mortimer-Sandilands and Bruce Erickson’s history of the development of queer rural spaces Judith Butler’s analysis of gender as "performative"—with those who are not "properly gendered" being seen as "abjects"—and Julia Serano’s contrasting rejection of gender as performance. Transecology: Transgender Perspectives on Environment and Nature will be of great interest to scholars graduate students and advanced undergraduates in transgender studies gender studies ecocriticism and environmental humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367086510

Transesophageal Echocardiography Multimedia ManualA Perioperative Transdisciplinary Approach This second edition of the Transesophageal Echocardiography Multimedia Manual is a comprehensive resource and essential guide to the rapidly expanding field of perioperative transesophageal echocardiography (TEE) encompassing newer cardiac surgery techniques more diverse surgical procedures and use in the intensive care unit. With over 900 figur Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429104145

Transeurasian Linguistics The scope and nature of the connections between the Transeurasian languages are among the most disputed issues in comparative historical linguistics. This four-volume collection will assemble the most important scholarly writings concerning the historical relationship between these languages particularly those discussing areal and genealogical correlations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415825603

Transfer RNA in Protein Synthesis Transfer RNA in Protein Synthesis is a comprehensive volume focusing on important aspects of codon usage selection and discrimination in the genetic code. The many different functions of tRNA and the specialized roles of the corresponding codewords in protein synthesis from initiation through termination are thoroughly discussed. Variations that occur in the initiation process in reading the genetic code and in the selection of codons are discussed in detail. The book also examines the role of modified nucleosides in tRNA interactions tRNA discrimination in aminoacylation codon discrimination in translation and selective use of termination codons. Other topics covered include the adaptation of the tRNA population to codon usage in cells and cellular organelles the occurence of UGA as a codon for selenocysteine in the universal genetic code new insights into translational context effects and in codon bias and the molecular biology of tRNA in retroviruses. The contributions of outstanding molecular biologists engaged in tRNA research and prominent investigators from other scientific disciplines specifically retroviral research make Transfer RNA in Protein Synthesis an essential reference work for microbiologists biochemists molecular biologists geneticists and other researchers involved in protein synthesis research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898292

Transferable Groundwater RightsIntegrating Hydrogeology Law and Economics The principle of transferable groundwater rights is that by making water rights capable of being traded in the market water resources can be used more sustainably and efficiently. Groundwater would achieve its economic value by switching from the high volume-low value irrigation which is prevalent with many farmers particularly in South Asia to low volume-high value urban supply or the growing of intensive horticultural or cash crops.  This book discusses transferable groundwater rights in their broader context. It starts with a detailed description of the physical aspects of groundwater which non-technical readers should find useful followed by a discussion of legal and economic aspects. Water transfers and the international experiences in transferable groundwater rights are dealt with in detail in two subsequent chapters. A model is presented to guide those involved in water resources management and planning in their decision process to introduce transferable groundwater rights and water rights trading.  The author concludes that transferable groundwater rights potentially offer a better alternative to land-based water rights systems. However he casts serious doubt on whether groundwater rights trading on its own can achieve water resources sustainability environmental protection and social equity. Government intervention seems to be almost always needed to assist the water rights market and take responsibility for any of its adverse consequences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138680296

Transferable Skills in Higher Education This text uses a case study approach to show how life-skills can be developed in a range of higher education subject areas. It also looks at the changes which can be made to the curriculum to facilitate this sort of learning. The case studies are set against a more theoretical background. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421776

Transference and Countertransference This book presents a classic examination of transference phenomena and focuses on the development of psychoanalytic technique and theory. It addresses a perceived gap between psychoanalytic knowledge and its capacity to effect psychological transformation in a patient. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326067

Transference and Countertransference from an Attachment PerspectiveA Guide for Professional Caregivers Locating the phenomenon of transference within an evolutionary perspective this important book develops a new form of dynamic therapy that focuses on the dynamics of attachment in adult life and will be of use to a range of mental health professionals and those at all levels in the caring and education professions. Transference and Countertransference from an Attachment Perspective: A Guide for Professional Caregivers explores the ways in which transferential phenomena can be located in the different aspects of the self that are instinctive goal-corrected and interrelated. At the centre of the book is the idea that when intrapersonal or interpersonal systems (aspects of the self such as careseeking caregiving sharing interests sexuality self-defence building a home) get aroused the behaviour that follows is only logically and meaningfully connected when the system (aspect of the self) reaches its goal. Placing this new theoretical and clinical approach within the psychoanalytic tradition the work of developmental psychologists and the field of neuroscience the book takes us to the heart of the clinical encounter and explores a range of issues including trauma the effect of early misattunements love and hate in the therapeutic relationship burnout in caregivers and the need for exploratory care for caregivers themselves. Building on the therapeutic modality that emerged from the research described in McCluskey's To Be Met as a Person (2005) this book provides a valuable guide for psychologists psychotherapists medical practicioners  nurses social workers organisational consultants educators coaches and workplace managers. The McCluskey model for exploring the dynamics of attachment in adult life which underlies the work described in this book is currently being practised in a variety of settings and with different ages and communities. These include end-of-life care organizations homelessness mental health dementia care children adolescents and families schools pastoral work training of clinical psychologists and attachment-based psychoanalytic psychotherapists occupational therapy art therapy private practice domestic violence police training GP support and consultation nurse training and support pain management clinics foster carers social workers couple relationships supervision of psychotherapists and counsellors therapeutic communities and complex grief and learning disabilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367340988

Transference and Countertransference Today Why has Heinrich Racker’s original work on transference and countertransference proven so valuable? With a passionate concern for the field created by the meeting of analyst and patient and an abiding interest in the central importance of transference and countertransference in analytic practice Robert Oelsner has brought together the thought and work of seventeen eminent analysts from Europe the United States and Latin America. In new essays commissioned for this volume the writers have set aside the lines that can often divide psychoanalytic groups and schools in order to examine in depth the variety of approaches and responses that characterize the best analytic practice today. The result is a collection of fresh contemporary material centred on the two interrelated subjects – transference and countertransference – that make up the core of psychoanalytic work. Both in the clarity of their language and in moving clinical examples the writers reveal in distinctively personal ways how Heinrich Racker’s original thought which brought the analyst’s unconscious responses into the equation has allowed them to evolve their own perspectives. Yet it is particularly interesting to find unexpected parallels among the chapters that point toward a shared vision. Clearly whether in work with adults or children transference and countertransference are now seen as encompassing a field that embraces both participants in the consulting room. Making Transference and Countertransference Today still more valuable as a resource for teachers and students are several major contributions by authors whose work is not otherwise readily available in English. Psychoanalysts and others will find few other books that present such a thoughtful picture of these crucial and fascinating analytic topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415830713

Transference and CountertransferenceA Unifying Focus of Psychoanalysis Since Freud's initial papers on transference and countertransference these vast and inexhaustible subjects have occupied psychoanalysts. Transference and countertransference the essence of the patient/analyst relationship are concepts so central to pschoanalysis that to our minds they transcend theoretical orientation and thus can be seen as a unifying focus of psychoanalysis. However differently theoretical traditions conceptualize the transference or disagree as to when and how to interpret it in our everyday analytic work we all embrace the phenomenon as vital to psychic change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855757189

TransferenceShibboleth or Albatross? The theory of transference and the centrality of transference interpretation have been hallmarks of psychoanalysis since its inception.  But the time has come to subject traditional theory and practice to careful critical scrutiny in the light of contemporary science.  So holds Joseph Schachter whose Transference: Shibboleth or Albatross? undertakes this timely and thought-provoking task. After identifying the weaknesses and inconsistencies in Freud's original premises about transference Schachter demonstrates how contemporary developmental research across a variety of domains effectively overturns any theory that posits a linear deterministic relationship between early childhood and adult psychic functioning including the adult patient's treatment behavior toward the analyst.  No less trenchantly he shows how contemporary chaos theory complements developmental research by making the very endeavor of historical reconstruction - of backward prediction - suspect on logical grounds.  Nor Schacter continues does the clinical evidence normally adduced in support of transference theory provide the firm bedrock of data that most analysts suppose to exist.  What one finds he holds are endlessly reiterated claims of identifying determining historical antecedents sustained only by descriptions of current behaviors through a gloss of theory. Less a polemic than a call to order Transference: Shibboleth or Albatross? is cogently argued and straightforwardly written.  It is destined to be a thorn in the side of analysts who resist change and a spur to those who seek to bring analytic theory into closer alignment with contemporary science in the interest of improves treatment efficacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009776

Transferred IllusionsDigital Technology and the Forms of Print This is a study of the forms and institutions of print - newspapers books scholarly editions publishing libraries - as they relate to and are changed by emergent digital forms and institutions. In the early 1990s hypertext was briefly hailed as a liberating writing tool for non-linear creation. Fast forward no more than a decade and we are reading old books from screens. It is however the newspaper for around two hundred years print's most powerful mass vehicle whose economy persuasively shapes its electronic remediation through huge digitization initiatives dominated by a handful of centralizing service providers funded and wrapped round by online advertising. The error is to assume a culture of total replacement. The Internet is just another information space sharing characteristics that have always defined such spaces - wonderfully effective and unstable loaded with valuable resources and misinformation; that is both good and bad. This is why it is important that writers critics publishers and librarians - in modern parlance the knowledge providers - be critically engaged in shaping and regulating cyberspace and not merely the passive instruments or unreflecting users of the digital tools in our hands. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252271

Transferring Food Production Technology To Developing NationsEconomic And Social Dimensions This book explores the social economic and policy problems associated with introducing new agriculture and aquaculture technology to developing nations as a means for expanding food supplies and increasing well-being. The contributors examine three general facets of planning for technology transfer and consider methodologies that enable effective Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215040

Transform Your Business into E Surveys indicate that many E-Business efforts either fail or disrupt the basic business processes and transactions. E-Business is sometimes not aligned with the business or IT. Vague vision statements are not translated into specific actions related to E- Business. It is because of these factors that Transform Your Business into e was written. The book covers E-Business from the review of the business at the start to expanding E-Business after it is live. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138470095

Transformation and Crisis in Central and Eastern EuropeChallenges and prospects The global financial crisis has provided an important opportunity to revisit debates about post-socialist transition and the relative success of different reform paths. Post-communist Central and Eastern Europe (CEECs) in particular show resilience in the wake of the international crisis with a diverse range of economic transformations.Transformation and Crisis in Central and Eastern Europe offers an in depth analysis of a diverse range of countries including Poland Hungary Russia Ukraine Czech Republic and Slovakia. This volume assesses each country’s institutional transformations geopolitical policies and local adaptations that have led them down divergent post-communist paths. Chapters take the reader systematically through the evolution of former communist national economic systems before ending with lessons and conclusions for the future. Subsequent chapters demonstrate that economic performance crucially depends on achieving a sustainable balance between sound institutional design and policies on one hand and localization on the other.This new volume from a prestigious group of academics offers a fascinating and timely study which will be of interest to all scholars and policy makers with an interest in European Economics Russian and East European Studies Transition Economies Political Economy and the post-2008 world more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668389

Transformation and Empowerment through EducationReconstructing our Relationship with Education Transformation and Empowerment through Education challenges the normalisation of Western discourses as the optimal choice for empowering education. The book aims to reconstruct our relationship with education and employs contemporary theories in order to understand some of the most persistent phenomena in contemporary education and its role in our lives. Written by professionals with experience of a wide range of academic and institutional conventions and traditions and from diverse ethnocultural backgrounds this book effectively presents a global perspective on educational practices both inside and outside the classroom. The range of topics covered includes equity access inclusivity social justice leadership and the internationalisation of teaching.This book based on empirical studies using key methodologies is ideal for academics and postgraduate researchers interested in critical pedagogy educational studies and educational linguistics as well as educators and policymakers around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583422

Transformation and Weighting in Regression This monograph provides a careful review of the major statistical techniques used to analyze regression data with nonconstant variability and skewness. The authors have developed statistical techniques--such as formal fitting methods and less formal graphical techniques-- that can be applied to many problems across a range of disciplines including pharmacokinetics econometrics biochemical assays and fisheries research.While the main focus of the book in on data transformation and weighting it also draws upon ideas from diverse fields such as influence diagnostics robustness bootstrapping nonparametric data smoothing quasi-likelihood methods errors-in-variables and random coefficients. The authors discuss the computation of estimates and give numerous examples using real data. The book also includes an extensive treatment of estimating variance functions in regression. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367403379

Transformation and Your New EHRThe Communications and Change Leadership Playbook for Implementing Electronic Health Records Transformation and Your New EHR offers a robust communication and change leadership approach to support electronic health record (EHR) implementations and transformation journeys. This book highlights the approach and philosophy of communication change leadership and systems and process design giving readers a practical view into the successes and failures that can be experienced throughout the evolution of an EHR implementation. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138331266

Transformation ManagementTowards the Integral Enterprise The concept of transformation has long been known to the sciences and has been around in the popular vocabulary for several decades. Because it has never been fully developed as a managed process and applied to our organizations the way in which we have been trying to deal with the complex issues we face today is looking increasingly inadequate. Transformation management argue the authors of this inspirational book now provides the opportunity for the application of the first significant world-wide innovation in the way we manage since Drucker put management itself on the map in the 1950s. In a book that draws on seminal theses and practical examples from the four corners of the world Ronnie Lessem and Alexander Schieffer provide leaders students of leadership managers and change agents with a trans-culturally tested integrated approach to leadership and management. Only through a redefinition of what leadership management and entrepreneurship amount to say the authors can organizations be transformed into sustainable enterprises capable of dealing with the burning issues of our time. Leaders are coming to realise that it is no longer possible for organizations to operate in any sort of isolation from the society and the wider world in which they exist but paying lip service to notions of either social responsibility or globality is not good enough. From this indispensable book those whose enterprises are to have any hope of becoming authentically socially responsible or authentically global will learn to understand and activate the process that dynamically links any organization with the society in which it is embedded and that links the local with the global. The practice of transformation management is about creating real value... for organizations people and society. This book from the Transformation and Innovation Series makes that practice possible. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138219298

Transformation of American Capitalism Do Americans live in a planned economy? Most of us would say no. John Munkirs. however argues that the American economy has “centralized private sector planning.” Assessing 138 major industries and 5 major market areas the author shows how firms in a given industry are technologically financially and administratively interdependent. He then demonstrates how industries are both structurally and functionally interdependent and how a series of economic planning instruments evolved over the years that both allow and may even necessitate regional national and international private sector planning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315495859

Transformation of Chinese Newspaper CompaniesManagement Production and Administration This book focuses on the transformation of Chinese newspaper companies in aspects of managerial strategies newsroom practices and interactions with national policies. The comparative case study of two publishers comprises empirical evidence from editors editor-in-chiefs commercial staff managers technicians and scholarly experts. Locating in the intersection of media management journalism and media policy its analytical devices include differing but related theories. With the primary data and integrated theoretical frameworks the primary argue is that the transformation is oriented to the Internet market which is a consensus of newspaper practitioners and government administrators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663674

Transformation of Economy as a Real ProcessAn Insider's Perspective First published in 1998 this volume is a contribution to the economic analysis of post-communist transformation in an evolutionary-institutionalist approach. The author shows convincingly the role of path dependency of the ways history matters for the success of otherwise sound policies and highlights structural hindrances to fast and successful transformation. Thence emerges the key concept of strain. The book addresses the question of how to create conditions for sustainable development in societies where these are lacking and stresses the importance of institutional change. It also emphasises the role of sound banking institutions and proper regulations the crucial issue of financial vulnerability and fragility the role of reputation means to fight non-payments limit to optimal policies etc. The author covers a broad international literature and relates it to his insights as a local observer which delivers an interesting reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138365032

Transformation of Higher Education Institutions in Post-Apartheid South Africa This book outlines successful transformation strategies and efforts that have been developed to assist the South African higher education system in moving beyond its post-apartheid state of being. Through case studies authored by South African higher education scholars and scholars affiliated with South African institutions this book aims to highlight the status of transformation in the South African higher education system; demonstrate the variety of transformation initiatives used in academic institutions across South Africa; and offer recommendations to further advance this transformation. Written for scholars and advanced students of higher education in international settings this volume aims to support quality research that benefits the demographic composition of South African academics and students and offers lessons that can inform higher education transformation in similarly multicultural societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670252

Transformation of Medieval England 1370-1529 The A detailed survey which examines the major developments in English society during this period of social crises population decline agarian unrest the introduction to enclosures - and political tensions particularly over succession. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138156166

Transformation of Resource Towns and PeripheriesPolitical economy perspectives Most developed economies including single-industry and resource dependent rural or small town regions are transforming rapidly as a result of social political and economic change. Collectively they face a number of challenges as well as new opportunities. This international collaboration describes a critical political economy framework that will be useful for understanding these transitions.Transformation of Resource Towns and Peripheries describes the multi-faceted process of transition and change in resource dependent rural and small town regions since the end of the Second World War. The book incorporates international case studies from Australia Canada Finland and New Zealand with the express purpose of highlighting similarities and differences in patterns and practices in each country. Chapters explore three main themes: how corporate ties and trade linkages are changing and impacting rural communities and regions; how resource industry employment is changing in these small communities; and how local community capacity and leadership are working to mitigate challenges and take advantage of new opportunities.This book will be of interest to students of regional studies geography and rural and industrial sociology. It will also have a strong appeal to policy-makers and local regional development practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875190

Transformation of the PsycheThe Symbolic Alchemy of the Splendor Solis Written by Joseph L. Henderson one of the first generation of Jungian analysts and Dyane N. Sherwood a practising analyst this book is a striking and unique contribution to the resurgence of interest in alchemy for its way of representing the phenomenology of creative experience. Transformation of the Psyche is organized around 22 illuminated paintings from the early Renaissance alchemical manuscript the Splendor Solis and is further illustrated by over 50 colour figures. The images of the Splendor Solis are possibly the most beautiful and evocative alchemical paintings to be found anywhere and they are widely known to students of alchemy. Jung reproduced several Splendor Solis images in his works yet prior to this book no one has explored the symbolism of the paintings as a series in relation to the process of depth psychological transformation. This book is the first scholarly study of the paintings in their entirety and of the mythological and historical allusions contained within the images. Transformation of the Psyche does not simply explain or analyze the pictures but invites the reader to participate in the creative and transforming process evoked by these images.Transformation of the Psyche is a truly unique book that will be of immense value and interest to analysts and psychotherapists as well as scholars of mediaeval and renaissance intellectual history and students of spiritual disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872608

Transformation SceneThe Changing Culture of a New Guinea Village First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315006833

Transformation to AgilityManufacturing in the Marketplace of Unanticipated Change History is replete with examples of one political system replacing another one scientific discovery invalidating another – and this cycle has occurred repeatedly in the production of goods and products for society. This book first published in 1998 examines the massive transition currently taking place: the decline of the system of mass manufacturing. Various global changes in American business and manufacturing have forced a review of accepted thinking and this book is a key text in this evaluation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815380337

Transformation Toughening Of Ceramics The aim of this book is to provide a coherent and up-to-date discussion of the scientific work concerning the transformation toughening of ceramics. We hope the book is useful to scientists engineers and students who are new to these materials. It is intended both as a source of learning and information to those who are new to these materials. It is intended both as a source of learning behaviour and microstructural relationships in transformation-toughened ceramics. While it has been our aim to present a book that is current as possible at the time of publication the subject is still expanding in many areas; so our hope is that the reader will also gain an insight into the direction of future advances. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898308

Transformation Wave PhysicsElectromagnetics Elastodynamics and Thermodynamics Space–time transformations as a design tool for a new class of composite materials (metamaterials) have proved successful recently. The concept is based on the fact that metamaterials can mimic a transformed but empty space. Light rays follow trajectories according to Fermat’s principle in this transformed electromagnetic acoustic or elastic space instead of laboratory space. This allows one to manipulate wave behaviors with various exotic characteristics such as (but not limited to) invisibility cloaks. This book is a collection of works by leading international experts in the fields of electromagnetics plasmonics elastodynamics and diffusion waves. The experimental and theoretical contributions will revolutionize ways to control the propagation of sound light and other waves in macroscopic and microscopic scales. The potential applications range from underwater camouflaging and electromagnetic invisibility to enhanced biosensors and protection from harmful physical waves (e.g. tsunamis and earthquakes). This is the first book that deals with transformation physics for all kinds of waves in one volume covering the newest results from emerging topical subjects such as transformational plasmonics and thermodynamics. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814669955

Transformational Change in Environmental and Natural Resource ManagementGuidelines for policy excellence The aim of this book is to catalyse global interest in the pursuit of transformational changes in natural resource and environmental management. It is shown that transformational policy reforms involve fundamental shifts in strategy with far-reaching consequences for the structure of industries the way people behave and the resources they use.  Transformational reforms typically involve a decision to change a suite of institutional arrangements that will result within a short period of time  in a paradigm shift and the emergence of an approach that will be recognised as being totally different to the arrangements that were previously in place. Transformational change is well established in business and can deliver outstanding results. In the world of policy development however many transformational policy reforms flounder. Unlike incremental policy reforms they are often seen to be politically risky and prone to failure.  Using examples of success and failure coupled with insights from practitioners and academics who have succeeded in getting transformational reforms implemented this book presents a set of guidelines for excellence in the pursuit of transformational policy reforms. It includes detailed case studies from Australia China Europe New Zealand South-east Asia and the USA. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884748

Transformational Coaching to Lead Culturally Diverse Teams In this book Dr Sunny Stout-Rostron examines real-world experience and the contemporary literature on group and team coaching. She analyses how team coaching can guide coaches to help leaders and teams flourish in complex culturally diverse organisations. As well as presenting a variety of team coaching models she also presents her own model High-Performance Relationship Coaching the result of many years of working with global corporate teams.Dr Stout-Rostron illuminates how team coaches can help teams to learn from and interpret their own experiences and to understand the complexity of the environment in which they work. Her team coaching model is explored over eight chapters beginning with the role of the business team coach and leadership coaching processes. She evaluates how to work in the Fourth Industrial Revolution and how to shift culture through transformative leadership coaching explains the depth of relationship systems coaching and explores how to apply a variety of methods including Ubuntu coaching. The book encourages team coaches to develop deep self-awareness team awareness cultural diversity awareness and wider systemic and relationship awareness. Filled with practical stories and examples it describes how to work successfully with these models in the real world.Transformational Coaching to Lead Culturally Diverse Teams is a key guide for coaches in practice and in training HR and L&D professionals and executives in a coaching role. This is essential reading for all team coaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606558

Transformational Diplomacy after the Cold WarBritain’s Know How Fund in Post-Communist Europe 1989-2003 This book examines the 'Know How Fund' Britain’s bilateral technical assistance programme in post-communist central and eastern Europe devised in response to the end of the Cold War. The Know How Fund (KHF) was the technical assistance programme which Margaret Thatcher’s government launched in the spring of 1989 to encourage Poland’s transition from communism to democracy and free-market capitalism. It was subsequently extended to other countries of central and eastern Europe and might be considered a novel experiment in what the US secretary of state Condoleezza Rice would later term ‘transformational diplomacy’. Drawing upon still-closed records of the Cabinet Office the Department for International Development (DFID) and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office this book explores the political origins of the KHF. In particular the author examines its influence upon the transitional process in the lands of the former Soviet bloc; its part in attenuating the potentially destabilising effects of revolutionary change in Europe; the interdepartmental cooperation and rivalry to which its administration gave rise in Whitehall; and the links forged between officials and the worlds of business finance and academe in project design and implementation. The volume offers new insights into Britain’s reactions to the collapse of communism in central Europe and the Soviet Union; the role of aid in the making and conduct of British foreign policy; and the significance of New Labour’s establishment of DFID as a separate government department. This book will be of much interest to students of British Foreign Policy Diplomacy Studies European history Post-Communist Transitions and IR in general.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377257

Transformational Embodiment in Asian ReligionsSubtle Bodies Spatial Bodies This volume examines several theoretical concerns of embodiment in the context of Asian religious practice. Looking at both subtle and spatial bodies it explores how both types of embodiment are engaged as sites for transformation transaction and transgression. Collectively bridging ancient and modern conceptualizations of embodiment in religious practice the book offers a complex mapping of how body is defined. It revisits more traditional mystical religious systems including Hindu Tantra and Yoga Tibetan Buddhism Bon Chinese Daoism and Persian Sufism and distinctively juxtaposes these inquiries alongside analyses of racial gendered and colonized bodies. Such a multifaceted subject requires a diverse approach and so perspectives from phenomenology and neuroscience as well as critical race theory and feminist theology are utilised to create more precise analytical tools for the scholarly engagement of embodied religious epistemologies. This a nuanced and interdisciplinary exploration of the myriad issues around bodies within religion. As such it will be a key resource for any scholar of Religious Studies Asian Studies Anthropology Sociology Philosophy and Gender Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367375553

Transformational Entrepreneurship To achieve progress in society and business practices more entrepreneurship is needed to encourage action and enhance social capital in society and transformational entrepreneurship may be the key. Transformational entrepreneurship offers a way of integrating sustainability practices whilst focusing on sustainable future trends. This book discusses how transformational entrepreneurship uses novel business practices to reduce inequality in the marketplace and how it transforms society through creative solutions that enable change. The book provides useful insight into better understanding this emerging concept. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367504106

Transformational Grammar Of Modern Literary Arabic First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993792

Transformational Growth and the Business Cycle This book examines the concept of Transformational Growth from a number of different historical and geographical perspectives. Transformational Growth sees the economy as an evolving system in which the market selects and finances innovations changing the character of costs and affecting the pattern of market adjustment. This creates the possibility that markets will work differently in particular historical periods. This book explores market adjustments in two distinct historical periods 1870-1914 and 1945-the present. The book focuses on six countries: USA United Kingdom Canada Germany Japan and Argentina. In all cases the earlier period dominated by craft-based technologies proves to be the one in which markets adjust through a weakly stabilising price mechanism. By contrast in the later period in all cases with the exception of Argentina there is no evidence of such a price mechanism but in its place can be seen a multiplier-accelerator process which arguably reflects a change of technology to mass-production. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862448

Transformational Imagemaking: Handmade Photography Since 1960 This groundbreaking survey of significant work and ideas focuses on imagemakers who have pushed beyond the boundaries of photography as a window on our material world. Through interviews with more than 40 key artists this book explores a diverse group of curious experimentalists who have propelled the medium’s evolution by visualizing their subject matter as it originates from their mind’s eye. Many favor the historical techniques commonly known as alternative photographic processes but all these makers demonstrate that the real alternative is found in their mental approach and not in their use of physical methods. Within this context photographer and photography historian Robert Hirsch outlines the varied approaches these artists have utilized to question conventional photographic practices to convey internal realities and to examine what constitutes photographic reality. Hirsch explores the half-century evolution of these concepts and methodologies and their popularity among contemporary imagemakers who are merging digital and analog processes to express what was thought to be photographically inexpressible. Read an interview with the author at Photo.net: http://photo.net/learn/photographer-interviews/robert-hirsch Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415810265

Transformational Leadership and Not for Profits and Social Enterprises Recent decades have seen a significant transformation of the not-for-profit (NFP) sector. This includes rise in the number of organisations and people employed shift from charities and philanthropic agencies to hybrid social enterprise business models competing stakeholder interests and increasing expectations regarding accountability and transparency. The role of NFPs has also become more complex – they not only serve the disadvantaged and fulfil social needs but also actively advocate for and implement public policies and promote social and economic inclusion. The growth and complexity has brought with it a need for innovative and entrepreneurial approaches to leadership that stems from an in-depth understanding of the changing nonprofit landscape. Addressing this need for Not for Profits and Social Enterprises will help readers navigate extant challenges by drawing on conceptual literature both theoretical and empirical and emphasising practical real world experience through case studies and vignettes The key aim of this book is to help existing and future NFP leaders at all organisational levels to support their organisations and employees and in turn clients and communities through theoretical insights and practical approaches by focusing on transformational leadership aspects for contemporary Not for Profits. for Not for Profits and Social Enterprises is key reading for researchers academics and policy makers in the areas of Non-profit Management Leadership Public Sector Management and Charity Management as well as related disciplines such as Philanthropy and Social Entrepreneurship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367355494

Transformational Plane Geometry Designed for a one-semester course at the junior undergraduate level Transformational Plane Geometry takes a hands-on interactive approach to teaching plane geometry. The book is self-contained defining basic concepts from linear and abstract algebra gradually as needed. The text adheres to the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics Principles and Standards for School Mathematics and the Common Core State Standards Initiative Standards for Mathematical Practice. Future teachers will acquire the skills needed to effectively apply these standards in their classrooms. Following Felix Klein’s Erlangen Program the book provides students in pure mathematics and students in teacher training programs with a concrete visual alternative to Euclid’s purely axiomatic approach to plane geometry. It enables geometrical visualization in three ways: Key concepts are motivated with exploratory activities using software specifically designed for performing geometrical constructions such as Geometer’s Sketchpad. Each concept is introduced synthetically (without coordinates) and analytically (with coordinates). Exercises include numerous geometric constructions that use a reflecting instrument such as a MIRA. After reviewing the essential principles of classical Euclidean geometry the book covers general transformations of the plane with particular attention to translations rotations reflections stretches and their compositions. The authors apply these transformations to study congruence similarity and symmetry of plane figures and to classify the isometries and similarities of the plane. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138382237

Transformational Processes in Clinical PsychoanalysisDreaming Emotions and the Present Moment In this book Lawrence J. Brown offers a contemporary perspective on how the mind transforms and gives meaning to emotional experience that arises unconsciously in the here-and-now of the clinical hour. Brown surveys the developments in theory and practice that follow from Freud’s original observations and traces this evolution from its conception to contemporary analytic field theory.  Brown emphasizes that these unconscious transformational processes occur spontaneously in the blink of an eye through the "unconscious work" in which the analyst and patient are engaged. Though unconscious these processes are accessible and the analyst must train himself to become aware of the subtle ways he is affected by the patient in the clinical moment. By paying attention to one’s reveries countertransference manifestations and even supposed "wild" or extraneous thoughts the analyst is able to obtain a glimpse of how his unconscious is transforming the ambient emotions of the session in order to formulate an interpretation.    Brown casts a wide theoretical net in his exploration of these transformational processes and builds on the contributions of Freud Theodor Reik Bion Ogden the Barangers Cassorla Civitarese and Ferro. Bion’s theories of alpha function transformations dreaming and his clinical emphasis on the present moment are foundational to this book. Brown’s writing is clear and aims to describe the various theoretical ideas as plainly as possible. Detailed clinical material is given in most chapters to illustrate the theoretical perspectives. Brown applies this theory of transformational processes to a variety of topics including the analyst’s receptivity countertransference as transformation the analytic setting the paintings of J.M.W. Turner "autistic transformations" and other clinical situations in the analysis of children and adults. Transformational Processes in Clinical Psychoanalysis will be of great interest to all psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138323926

Transformational Professional LearningMaking a Difference in Schools Emerging from an education world that sees professional learning as a tool to positively shape teaching practice in order to improve student learning Transformational Professional Learning elucidates professional learning that is transformational for teachers school leaders and schools. Written from the unique ‘pracademic’ perspective of an author who is herself a practising teacher school leader and researcher this book articulates the why and the what of professional learning. It acts as a bridge between research and practice by weaving scholarly literature together with the lived experience of the author and with the voices of those working in schools. It covers topics from conferences coaching and collaboration to teacher standards and leadership of professional learning. This book questions the ways in which professional learning is often wielded in educational settings and shows where teachers school leaders system leaders and researchers can best invest their time and resources in order to support and develop the individuals teams and cultures in schools. It will be of great interest to teachers leaders within schools staff responsible for professional learning in school contexts professional learning consultants professional learning providers and education researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367341749

Transformational Public PolicyA new strategy for coping with uncertainty and risk Transformational Public Policy examines how governments can more effectively handle uncertainty and risk in an uncertain and changing world. Unpredictable and changing circumstances often bring nasty surprises that can increase waste in governance and public debt. This book illustrates how new methods derived from signal processing techniques can improve the practice of public policy by transforming it through rapid learning and adaptation. Interventions are processes of discovery not compliance. Transformational Public Policy shows readers how the power of hypothesis testing in governance can be deployed. The book argues that public policy can be framed as tests of competing hypotheses subject to diagnostic errors. The aim is to learn how to reduce these diagnostic errors through cumulative experience. This approach can reduce the impact of negative unintended consequences -- a topic of great interest to policy makers and academics alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138317871

Transformational Public ServicePortraits of Theory in Practice Everyone who aspires to more effective public service should read this book. It provides a compelling antidote to the managerial focus of theory and practice in public administration. Written with the aim of inspiring and rekindling a mission for public service Transformational Public Service weaves together theory and stories from actual practice to show that public service can (and does) advance the goals of democracy inclusiveness and social and economic justice. Eight practitioners from government and non-governmental organizations at all levels - from the street to the executive office - tell their personal stories of transformational public service. Theory poetry and popular culture references are woven around the stories. Both students and practitioners will discover new ways of thinking in this book that will enable them to transform their own administrative practices. As the authors note in their prologue: "As we listened to these stories we heard people say that public service can be and is transformational (transforms institutions practices and people's lives and experiences) in ways that serve democracy engagement and social and economic justice. The public service they practice is collaborative humanistic emancipatory inclusive and diverse." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698618

Transformational ResilienceHow Building Human Resilience to Climate Disruption Can Safeguard Society and Increase Wellbeing Using the author’s extensive experience of advising public private and non-profit sectors on personal organization and community behavioral and systems change knowledge and tools this book applies a new lens to the question of how to respond to climate change. It offers a scientifically rigorous understanding of the negative mental health and psychosocial impacts of climate change and argues that overlooking these issues will have very damaging consequences. The practical assessment of various methods to build human resilience offered by Transformational Resilience then makes a powerful case for the need to quickly expand beyond emission reductions and hardening physical infrastructure to enhance the capacity of individuals and groups to cope with the inevitable changes affecting all levels of society.Applying a trauma-informed mental health and psychosocial perspective  Transformational Resilience offers a groundbreaking approach to responding to climate disruption. The book describes how climate disruption traumatizes societies and how effective responses can catalyze positive learning growth and change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783535286

TransformationJung's Legacy and Clinical Work Today This book offers a challenging reading of the legacy of C.G. Jung who offered fascinating insights into the psyche. It is intended for clinicians of different schools who are interested in a deeper understanding of the relationship between patient and analyst. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491608

Transformations Transformations continues the investigation of various aspects of psychoanalytic theory and practice which the author commenced with Learning from Experience (1962) and pursued in Elements of Psychoanalysis (1963). In this third work published in 1965  the author examines the ways in which the analyst's description of the original analytic experience mediated by theory necessarily transforms it in the course of effecting an interpretation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429484230

Transformations Transmutations and Kernel Functions Volume II Complex analytical methods are a powerful tool for special partial differential equations and systems. To make these methods applicable for a wider class transformations and transmutations are used. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367449735

Transformations in Independent Timor-LesteDynamics of Social and Cultural Cohabitations 1999 was a decisive year in the long history of the people of Timor-Leste whose future was open when they voted for independence in a UN-sponsored referendum. Its results left no doubt that the Timorese considered themselves to be a nation wishing to have their own state which they would rule.This book examines a vast array of transformations that have taken place over the past decades. It puts forward the idea of "cohabitations" which aims at inscribing the mutual influences arising from the existence of distinct social processes not only side by side but in their mutual influences and entanglements sometimes resulting from effective clashes some others from peaceful manipulation of social and cultural differences. From this analytical viewpoint of evolving power dynamics of cohabitations experts in the field investigate issues that have been contentious in the recent past and analyse the challenges that present-day Timor-Leste is facing. Structured in three parts the contributions address issues of governance land as well as the transformation in the traditional culture including conceptions about identity and exchange and transformations in the ritual and religious experiences of becoming a nation rooted in self-determination. For the first time bringing together original contributions by the most notable experts on Timor-Leste in a cohesive and comprehensive way the book will be of interest to academics in the field of Southeast Asian Studies Anthropology Sociology Law Studies History and Political Science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878726

Transformations in Trade PoliticsParticipatory Trade Politics in West Africa This book examines the evolution and application of participatory trade politics in West Africa and discusses the theoretical implications for political economy and global governance approaches to trade policy-making. The author traces the involvement of a network of West African global justice Non-Governmental Organizations (NGO) local NGO and movement platforms and trade unions in the negotiations for an Economic Partnership Agreement with the European Union. Building on this empirical analysis she develops a theoretical framework of trade policy formation that is not limited to conceptualizing trade as a policy field aimed exclusively at regulating exporting and importing activities in the global economy. Instead she analyzes how material and ideational spheres interact in the way in which communities set the rules that enable them to trade across long distances. Attempting to reconcile demands for inclusivity with current economic policy-making the author reframes the way in which we theoretically pose questions of who makes trade policy decisions through which mechanisms and why trade policy-making practices change or resist change. Transformations in Trade Politics will be of interest to students and scholars of International Political Economy Global Governance Social Movement Studies International Economic Relations International Trade Relations African Politics The Politics of African/International Development EU politics and EU-African Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415791175

Transformations of African Marriage Originally published in 1987 this book shows that there is still considerable continuity in the practices and ideas of marriage in Afican against a background of social and economic change. This book discusses the diverse marriage forms in Africa and explores the different systems some of which can be understood in terms of Levi-Strauss's distinciton between complex and semi-complex structures while others throw up questions of filiation child custoidanship and rights secured through bridewealth transactions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367000769

Transformations of Electricity in Nineteenth-Century Literature and Science Throughout the nineteenth century practitioners of science writers of fiction and journalists wrote about electricity in ways that defied epistemological and disciplinary boundaries. Revealing electricity as a site for intense and imaginative Victorian speculation Stella Pratt-Smith traces the synthesis of nineteenth-century electricity made possible by the powerful combination of science literature and the popular imagination. With electricity resisting clear description even by those such as Michael Faraday and James Clerk Maxwell who knew it best Pratt-Smith argues that electricity was both metaphorically suggestive and open to imaginative speculation. Her book engages with Victorian scientific texts popular and specialist periodicals and the work of leading midcentury novelists including Charles Dickens Charlotte Bronte Emily Bronte William Makepeace Thackeray and Wilkie Collins. Examining the work of William Harrison Ainsworth and Edward Bulwer-Lytton Pratt-Smith explores how Victorian novelists attributed magical qualities to electricity imbuing it with both the romance of the past and the thrill of the future. She concludes with a case study of Benjamin Lumley’s Another World which presents an enticing fantasy of electricity’s potential based on contemporary developments. Ultimately her book contends that writing and reading about electricity appropriated and expanded its imaginative scope transformed its factual origins and applications and contravened the bounds of literary genres and disciplinary constraints. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880033

Transformations of Gender and RaceFamily and Developmental Perspectives Transformations of Gender and Race will help you become a better therapist by arming you with new theories and practices that concern inclusiveness of identity psyche and culture in the therapy room. This book radically shifts current thinking in systemic theory and practice with individuals children couples and families giving you a fresh perspective on working with your clients of all cultural backgrounds and both genders.In Transformations of Gender and Race: Family and Developmental Perspectives you’ll discover superb contemporary thinking in cultural studies post-colonial theory gender theory queer theory and clinical and research work with numerous populations who have been overlooked and undertheorized. You’ll gain a wealth of knowledge and expertise from its contributors who have been immersed in the issues they address.The chapters in Transformations of Gender and Race provide a superb state-of-the-art bibliography of contemporary thinking in cultural studies post-colonial theory and clinical and research work with numerous populations who have been “overlooked and undertheorized.” The new paradigms dicussed and practiced in Transformations in Gender and Race encourage cultural multiplicity inclusiveness and understanding. A pallete of contemporary thinking this insightful book will guide you in: how to bring diversity into the lived experience of young children numerous theoretical paradigms couples therapy men’s work and children addressing the intersections of gender race class and culture in the therapy room transformations regarding race and gender the inclusiveness of feminismA wealth of expertise and sharp observation that reaches out to enrich and humanize therapy practices Transformations of Gender and Race addresses the interactions between gender class race sexual orientation and age. Creative and in-depth this volume articulates a perspective that connects all of these contexts of potential oppression and privilege. You will gain a deeper understanding of numerous theoretical paradigms for working with couples individuals and children that will improve your practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203047699

Transformations of Late AntiquityEssays for Peter Brown This book focuses on a simple dynamic: the taking in hand of a heritage the variety of changes induced within it and the handing on of that legacy to new generations. Our contributors suggest from different standpoints that this dynamic represented the essence of 'late antiquity'. As Roman society and the societies by which it was immediately bounded continued to develop through to the late sixth and early seventh centuries the interplay between what needed to be treasured and what needed to be explored became increasingly self-conscious versatile and enriched. By the time formerly alien peoples had established their 'post-classical' polities and Islam began to stir in the East the novelties were more clearly seen if not always welcomed; and one witnesses a stronger will to maintain the momentum of change of a forward reach. At the same time those in a position to play now the role of heirs were well able to appreciate how suited to their needs the 'Roman' past might be but how by taking it up in their turn they were more securely defined and yet more creatively advantaged. 'Transformation' is a notion apposite to essays in honour of Peter Brown. 'The transformation of the classical heritage' is a theme to which he has devoted and continues to devote much energy. All the essays here in some way explore this notion of transformation; the late antique ability to turn the past to new uses and to set its wealth of principle and insight to work in new settings. To begin there is the very notion of what it meant to be 'Roman' and how that notion changed. Subsequent chapters suggest ways in which fundamental characteristics of Roman society were given new form not least under the impact of a Christian polity. Augustine naturally finds his place; and here the emphasis is on the unfettered stance that he took in the face of more broadly held convictions - on miracles for example and the errors of the pagan past. The discussion then moves on to Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254091

Transformations of Policing Police and People in London is still the largest and most detailed study of a police force and its relations with the public that has yet been undertaken in Britain. The twenty-three years since its publication has seen a constantly-accelerating rate of change in the legal framework of policing in the arrangements for democratic accountability of the police in the technologies involved in crime and policing in management structures and methods in the police service in financial control systems imposed by central government and in methods of assessing police performance. Over the same period crime control has moved from the bottom to the top of the political agenda leading to increasing pressure on the police to be seen to be effective. Transformations of Policing returns to the central issues discussed in 1983 and considers whether the main conclusions need to be revised in the light of what has happened since. It also reviews areas of debate and research that have emerged more recently and highlights areas of turbulence that are creating fundamentally different patterns from before and raising genuinely new questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264090

Transformations of Religious Practices in Late Antiquity The eighteen papers collected in this volume - fifteen of which are published in English for the first time - explore the transformations of religious practices between the third and the fifth centuries in the Western part of the Roman Empire. They share an approach that privileges the study of processes and interactions and does not take for granted the categories and roles traditionally ascribed to social actors. A first group of papers focuses on the sermons and letters of Augustine of Hippo. These texts are precious evidence for balancing the clerical perspective that characterizes most of our sources and can thus shed a different light on the problem of Christianization. The second group collects papers that propose to shift attention from the construction of heresies to that of orthodoxy through the case-study of the controversy of Augustine against Pelagius and Julian of Eclanum. A last group present studies that look at the complex relation between burial and religion with a particular focus on the role played by the church in the organization of the burial of Christians in Late Antiquity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409451587

Transformations of Retailing in Europe after 1945 After World War II structures practices and the culture of retailing in most West European countries went through a period of rapid change. The post-war economic boom the emergence of a mass consumer society and the adaptation of innovations which already had been implemented in the USA during the interwar period revolutionized the world of getting and spending. But the implementation of self-service and the supermarket the spread of the department store and the mail order business were not only elements of a transatlantic catch up process of 'Americanization' of retailing. National patterns of the retail trade and specific cultures of consumption remained crucial and long term processes of change starting in the 1920s or 1930s also had an impact on the transformation of retailing in post-war Europe. This volume presents a series of case-studies looking at transformations of retailing in several European countries offering new insights into the structural preconditions of the emerging mass consumer societies and also into the consequences consumerism had on the practices of retailing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261273

Transformations of Security StudiesDialogues Diversity and Discipline This book offers a broad overview of the many strands of contemporary security studies and a path towards a dialogue about the theoretical empirical and methodological identity of this important research field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138733862

Transformations Of The Confucian Way From its beginnings Confucianism has vibrantly taught that each person is able to find the Way individually in service to the community and the world. For over 2 600 years Confucianism has sustained a continual process of transformation and growth. In this comprehensive new work John Berthrong examines the vitality and expansion of the Confucian Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313708

Transformations of the Radical Left in Southern EuropeBringing Society Back In? Political parties are alleged to be turning their backs to civil society; they are said to discourage the active participation of their members and to distance themselves from the privileged relations to affiliated social organisations they once prized. Instead parties are broadly believed to be directing their efforts towards capturing government office and the resources that come with it neglecting linkage to their social roots. Transformations of the Radical Left in Southern Europe questions this widely shared view. Exploring the social linkage strategies of the most relevant radical left parties in Portugal Spain Italy Greece and Cyprus in depth this book demonstrates that the members of the European radical left party family continue to prioritise social linkage despite their increasingly office-seeking orientation. Between the fall of the Berlin Wall in 1989 and the current economic crisis they have been tirelessly experimenting with diverse new forms of party organisation that have enabled them to return to their social roots. The main lesson drawn from the studies in this book is that party ideology and a party’s position in the national political arena go a long way towards explaining the extent to which political parties prioritise social linkage. This book was published as a special issue of South European Society and Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377950

Transformations on the Bengal FrontierJalpaiguri 1765-1948 An analysis of the socio-economic changes brought about by colonial rule in a frontier area of Bengal Jalpaiguri. Challenging long established debates focused around the powers of dominant groups over a settled peasantry this book broadens our perspective on the 18th century promoting a deeper understanding of the change-over from the pre-colonial to the colonial era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862548

TransformationsBaroque and Rococo in the age of absolutism and the Church Triumphant Unprecedented in scope – like its companion volume on the High Renaissance Mannerism – this sixth volume in the Architecture in Context series traces the development of architecture and decoration in the 17th and early 18th centuries – particularly the transformation of rationalist Classical ideals into the emotive highly theatrical style known as Baroque and the further development away from architectonic principles to the free-ranging decorative style known as Rococo. It begins with an outline of the politics of Absolutism and its opposite over the century from the Thirty Years’ War to the War of the Austrian Succession: this is illustrated with images largely chosen from the major artists of the day; a supplementary introduction outlines the cross-currents of painting in the early Baroque era. The first substantive section deals with the seminal masters active in Rome – Maderno Cortona Borromini and Bernini – and their contemporaries there in Venice and in Piedmont. The second section deals with the seminal French masters – above all François Mansart Louis Le Vau Andre Le Nôtre Jules Hardouin-Mansart and the latter’s followers who developed the Rococo style in the domestic field. The rest of the book is divided into three large sections: the Protestant North – the Netherlands Denmark Sweden and Britain; the Divided Centre – the Catholic powers of central Europe and southern Germany the Protestants of northern Germany and the Orthodox Russians; the Catholic South – the Iberian kingdoms and their dominions in southern Italy and the Americas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138038950

TransformationsCountertransference During the Psychoanalytic Treatment of Incest Real and Imagined In recent years memories and reconstructions of incestuous child abuse have become common features of psychoanalytic treatment.  Among some clinicians  such abuse is suspected even when there is little evidence.  How does the analyst distinguish between incest real and imagined and how do recovered memories of incest affect the analyst? In this poignant and beautifully written study Elaine Siegel brings new insights to bear on these timely questions.  An inveterate note taker she discloses the countertransferential ruminations and associations to the occurrence of incest at various stages during the treatment process over the course of 30 years of clinical work.  The manner in which her "analytic instrument" evolved and was shaped by her analysands' stories makes for a fascinating subtext in a book that addresses itself to the differences and similarities during treatment of real and imagined incestuous abuse.  Among the powrfully disturbing clinical cases at the heart of this study are two reports detailing the lengthy analyses of women who found corroboration for multigenerational incest.  Siegel also presents two cases in which patients retracted their claims of incest toward the end of their treatments.  Through the medium of these and other reports Siegel explores how psychoanalysts are struggling both to understand incestuous abuse and to accomodate their treatment techniques to shifting societal perspectives.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872349

TransformationsFeminist Pathways to Global Change Bringing feminist and world-systems theories together this analytic anthology examines the rise of intersecting women-centered movements that contribute to alternative development and the rise of new societies. The authors consider feminist movements and humanistic transformations that create new work and market relations promote democracy and equality redefine gender and sexuality regenerate the environment and construct nonviolent and peaceful relations. At the end of each chapter articles by feminist theorists and practitioners on these topics are included to illustrate the analysis. Using a global historical framework the book shows how diverse multicultural and international feminist ideas can be brought together to provide a comprehensive and differentiated understanding of change. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631493

TransformationsRecollective Imagination and Sexual Difference In a unique rethinking of political transformation Drucilla Cornell argues for the crucial role of psychoanalysis in social theory in voicing connection between our constitution as gendered subjects and social and political change. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203760246

Transformative Aesthetics Aesthetic theory in the West has until now been dominated by ideas of effect autonomy and reception. Transformative Aesthetics uncovers these theories’ mutual concern with the transformation of those involved. From artists to spectators readers listeners or audiences the idea of transformation is one familiar to cultures across the globe. Transformation of the individual is only one part of this aesthetic phenomenon as contemporary artists are increasingly called upon to have a transformative sustainable impact on society at large. To this end Erika Fischer Lichte and Benjamin Wihstutz present a series of fresh perspectives on the discussion of aesthetics uniting Western theory with that of India China Australia and beyond. Each chapter of Transformative Aesthetics focuses on a different approach to transformation from the foundations of aesthetics to contemporary theories breaking new ground to establish a network of thought that spans theatre performance art history cultural studies and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367736002

Transformative Change and Real Utopias in Early Childhood EducationA story of democracy experimentation and potentiality Early childhood education and care is a major policy issue for national governments and international organisations. This book contests two stories both infused by neoliberal thinking that dominate early childhood policy making today - ‘the story of quality and high returns’ and ‘the story of markets’   stories that promise high returns on investment if only the right technologies are applied to children and the perfection of a system based on competition and individual choice.  But there are alternative stories and this book tells one: a ‘story of democracy experimentation and potentiality’ in which early childhood centres are public spaces and public resources places where democracy and experimentation are fundamental values community workshops for realising the potentiality of citizens. This story calls for transformative change but offers a real utopia both viable and achievable. The book discusses some of the conditions needed for the story’s enactment and shows what it means in practice in a chapter about project work contributed by a Swedish preschool teacher.   Critical but hopeful this book is an important contribution to resisting the dictatorship of no alternative and renewing a democratic politics of early childhood education. It is essential reading for students and teachers researchers and other academics and for all other concerned citizens. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415656016

Transformative Change in Western ThoughtA History of Metamorphosis from Homer to Hollywood This book focuses on how metamorphosis figures in three formative configurations in the Western tradition: the classical the biblical and the scientific. It brings the history of transformative change from the eighteenth century to the present. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603540

Transformative Consumer Research for Personal and Collective Well-Being Daily existence is more interconnected to consumer behaviors than ever before encompassing many issues of well-being. Problems include unhealthy eating; credit card mismanagement; alcohol tobacco pornography and gambling abuse; marketplace discrimination; and ecological deterioration; as well as at-risk groups who are impoverished impaired or elderly. Opportunities for well-being via consumer behaviors include empowerment via the Internet product sharing leisure pursuits family consumption and pro-environmental activities among others.In 2005 the Association for Consumer Research launched Transformative Consumer Research (TCR). Its mission is to foster research on quality of life that is both rigorous and applied for better assisting consumers their caregivers policy administrators and executives. This edited volume includes 33 chapters on a wide range of topics by expert international authors. All royalties from sales of this book are donated to the Association to support TCR grants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367864828

Transformative Digital HumanitiesChallenges and Opportunities Transformative Digital Humanities takes a two-pronged approach to the digital humanities: it examines the distinct kinds of work currently being undertaken in the field while also addressing current issues in the digital humanities including sustainability accessibility interdisciplinarity and funding. With contributions from humanities and LIS scholars based in China Canada England Germany Spain and the United States this collection of case studies provides a framework for readers to develop new projects as well as to see how existing projects might continue to develop over time. This volume also participates in the current digital humanities conversation by bringing forward emerging voices that offer new options for cooperation by demonstrating how the digital humanities can become a tool for activism and by illustrating the potential of the digital humanities to reexamine and reconstitute existing canons. Transformative Digital Humanities considers what sorts of challenges still exist in the field and suggests how they might be addressed. As such the book will be essential reading for academics and students engaged in the study of information science and digital humanities. It should also be of great interest to practitioners around the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367023751

Transformative Ecological EconomicsProcess Philosophy Ideology and Utopia When we look at the state of the world today what is most evident is the fact that the major problems of our time â€“ energy environment economy climate change and social justice â€“ cannot be understood in isolation. They are interconnected problems which means that they require corresponding systemic solutions. Today’s global economy has brought about critical distress for ecosystems and societies and we have to go to the very root of the problems to find a way out. This volume develops a synthesized interpretation of ecological economics integrating different levels: (economic) system (business) practice and the (economic) actor. It discusses how changes on a systems level are connected to changes in practice and development of individual consciousness. Transformative Ecological Economics delves into the insight and knowledge from different sources of inspiration (thermodynamics Darwinism anthroposophy and Buddhism) as well as into an integrated story describing and illustrating the core ideas principles and values that characterize a utopian society anchored in ecological economics. Implementation of the deep changes demanded depends on our ability to write a new story a utopian one for sure but one which is in accordance with and based on the reality in which we live. This book will be of interest to those who study ecological economics political economy and environmental economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367194178

Transformative Education through International Service-LearningRealising an ethical ecology of learning Transformative learning is a compelling approach to learning that is becoming increasingly popular in a diverse range of educational settings and encounters. This book reconceptualises transformative learning through an investigation of the learning process and outcomes of International Service-Learning (ISL) a pedagogical approach that blends student learning with community engagement overseas and the development of a more just society. Drawing upon key philosophers and theorists Bamber offers an integrated multi-dimensional approach linking transformative learning to the development of the authentic self and analysing the aesthetic moral and relational dimensions of ISL in an increasingly globalized world. Chapters explore rich empirical data to provide a timely framework and ethical ecology of transformative learning detailing the challenges facing the approach and how it can be embedded at the levels of practice institutional ethos and partnership. Transformative Learning through International Service-Learning will appeal to academics researchers teachers instructors and leaders in the fields of service-learning international education character education and in adult learning and education. It will also be of interest to practitioners working in international education development education volunteering service-learning and community engagement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815360551

Transformative GroundA Field Guide to the Post-Industrial Landscape Aimed at students and instructors alongside practitioners and researchers in landscape architecture and its allied disciplinary fields this book provides the reader with a clear framework of theoretical and practical considerations for interpreting and designing post-industrial landscapes. One of the biggest contemporary challenges currently faced in the profession is how to effectively understand and work with the transformational possibilities of post-industrial landscapes while negotiating significant spatial challenges such as degradation and fragmentation. Transformative Ground: A Field Guide to the Post-Industrial Landscape presents a range of theoretical perspectives and practical approaches offering a broad scope of contemporary design strategies that deal with post-industrial landscapes. Through a series of thematic chapters allied with precedents from leading design offices this book identifies how the context of post-industrial landscapes has compelled shifts in fundamental ideas that underpin landscape design. As a richly illustrated account of this transformative ground this book provides a must-have guide to help you reimagine the post-industrial landscape. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138308312

Transformative JusticeRemedying Human Rights Violations Beyond Transition Transitional justice mechanisms employed in post-conflict and post-authoritarian contexts have largely focused upon individual violations of a narrow set of civil and political rights as well as the provision of legal and quasi-legal remedies such as truth commissions amnesties and prosecutions. In contrast this book highlights the significance of structural violence in producing and reproducing rights violations. The book further argues that in order to remedy structural violations of human rights there is a need to utilise a different toolkit from that typically employed in transitional justice contexts. The book sets out and applies a definition of transformative justice as expanding upon and providing an alternative to transitional justice. Focusing on a comparative study of social movements nongovernmental organisations and trade unions working on land and housing rights in South Africa and their network relationships the book argues that networks of this kind make an important contribution to processes advancing transformative justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367895488

Transformative Law and Public Policy This book explores the convergence of law and public policy. Drawing on case studies from Asia Europe the Middle East and Australia it examines how judicial and political institutions are closely linked to the socio-economic concerns of the citizens. The essays argue for the utilization of both legislative and executive private and public spheres of society as vehicles for transformative social change and to safeguard against violations of socio-economic rights. The volume will be of great interest to both public and private stakeholders as well as professionals including NGOs and think tanks working in the areas of law government and public policy. It will also be immensely useful to academics and researchers of constitutionalism policymaking and policy integration social justice and minority rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367348298

Transformative Leadership in EducationEquitable and Socially Just Change in an Uncertain and Complex World Framed by real stories and grounded in research the second edition of Transformative Leadership in Education presents an alternative approach to leadership that is engaged active and courageous. Noted scholar Carolyn M. Shields explores the concept of transformative leadership and its potential to create learning environments that are academically excellent equitable inclusive and socially just even in the face of the volatile uncertain complex and ambiguous world of education today. Chapters combine contemporary research findings with stories of schools leaders students teachers and community members to demonstrate that transformative leadership can promote academic achievement family and community empowerment democratic engagement and global citizenship. This exciting text will appeal to all aspiring and practicing leaders who want to prepare students to be successful caring and engaged citizens of the global community. New in this edition: Updated end-of-chapter guiding questions to help readers reflect on their own practice and to apply the concepts in their own contexts. Enriched discussion of the interrelationships among the eight tenets of transformative leadership and leading for social justice. Elaborated discussion of the need for reflection grounding and spiritual connections on the part of transformative leaders. Expanded discussion of refugee and transgender students. Supplemental eResources to prompt further dialogue and reflection downloadable at www.routledge.com/9781138633773.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138633773

Transformative Learning and Identity In the current ever changing world – the liquid modernity – the most pressing psychological challenge to all of us is to create and maintain a personal balance between mental stability and mental flexibility. In Transformative Learning and Identity Knud Illeris one of the leading thinkers on the way people learn explores updates and re-defines the concept and understanding of transformative learning while linking the concept of transformative learning to the concept of identity. He thoroughly discusses what transformative learning is or could be in a broader learning theoretical perspective including various concepts of learning by change as opposed to learning by addition and ends up with a new short and distinct definition. He also explores and discusses the concept of identity and presents a general model depicting the complexity of identities today. Building on the work of Mezirow various perspectives of transformative learning are analysed and discussed including; transformative learning in different life ages; progressive and regressive transformations; motivation and identity defence; development of identity; personality and competence and transformative learning in school education working life and in relation to current and future life conditions. This vital new book by one of the leading learning theorists of our time will prove of lasting interest to academics teachers instructors leaders and researchers in the field of adult learning and education. It will also appeal to many students and researchers of psychology and sociology in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415838917

Transformative Learning and Teaching in Physical Education Transformative Learning and Teaching in Physical Education explores how learning and teaching in physical education might be improved and how it might become a meaningful component of young people’s lives. With its in-depth focus on physical education within contemporary schooling the book presents a set of professional perspectives that are pivotal for realising high-quality learning and teaching for physical education. With contributions from a range of international academics chapters critically engage with vital issues within contemporary physical education. These include examples of complex learning principles in action which are discussed as a method for bettering our understanding of various learning and teaching endeavours and which often challenge hierarchical and behaviourist notions of learning that have long held a strong foothold in physical education. Authors also engage with social-ecological theories in order to help probe the complex circumstances and tensions which many teachers face in their everyday work environments where they witness first-hand the contrast between discourses which espouse transformational change and the realities of their routine institutional arrangements. This book enables readers to engage in a fuller way with transformative ideas and to consider their wider implications for contemporary physical education. Its set of professional perspectives will be of great interest to academics policymakers teacher educators and teachers in the fields of physical education health and well-being. It will also be a useful resource for postgraduate students studying in these subject areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138393523

Transformative Learning through Creative Life WritingExploring the self in the learning process Arising from a research project conducted over two years Transformative Learning through Creative Life Writing examines the effects of fictional autobiography on adult learners’ sense of self. Starting from a teaching and learning perspective Hunt draws together ideas from psychodynamic psychotherapy literary and learning theory and work in the cognitive and neurosciences of the self and consciousness to argue that creative life writing undertaken in a supportive learning environment alongside opportunities for critical reflection has the power to transform the way people think and learn. It does this by opening them up to a more embodied self-experience which increases their awareness of the source of their thinking in bodily feeling and enables them to develop a more reflexive approach to learning. Hunt locates this work within recent developments in the influential field of transformative learning. She also identifies it as a form of therapeutic education arguing contrary to those who say that this approach leads to a diminished sense of self that it can help people to develop a stronger sense of agency whether for writing or learning or relations with others. Topics covered include:   Creative writing as a tool for personal and professional development The transformative benefits and challenges of creative writing as a therapeutic activity The relationships between literary structures and the processes of thinking and feeling The role of cognitive-emotional learning in adult education Collaborative learning and the role of the group   This book will interest teachers in adult further and higher education who wish to use creative life writing as a tool for learning as well as health care professionals seeking art-based techniques for use in their practice. It will also prove useful to academics interested in the relationship between education and psychotherapy and in the theory and practice of transformative learning. Additionally it will appeal to writers seeking a deeper understanding of the creative process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415578424

Transformative Management EducationThe Role of the Humanities and Social Sciences Due to the recent global financial crises academic business schools have come in for much criticism having in the eyes of the public failed in their responsibility to society by teaching future managers only how to increase their personal gain without any consideration as to their actions’ social and cultural consequences. Realising that there is a pressing need to innovate their educational offers accordingly business schools are beginning to turn to the humanities and social sciences to improve on the understanding and thus the teaching of management. This book is the result of an empirical study conducted at eight academic business schools that either already practise or are beginning to practise linking management education to the humanities and social sciences. Gathered mostly in interviews our research team conducted during site visits to these schools the material presented shows three major fields of concern: how to shift the focus from instrumental to transformative learning how to reframe the concept of disciplinary subject matter towards a more relational understanding of knowledge—especially in the light of the impact digitalisation is having on education—and how to address the organisational as well as the political consequences of management education turning towards the inclusion of the humanities and social sciences strategically. The findings indicate that the humanities and social sciences indeed offer knowledge which can significantly help management education with meeting the challenges of the twenty-first century. Innovating management education by making it part of its program portfolios proves a challenge in and of itself in the face of a university system which still determinedly clings to disciplinary segregation. Reforming management education towards an engagement with fields of knowledge traditionally at best ignored and at worst vilified as being completely useless in the "real world" may therefore place academic business schools at the forefront of a movement that is beginning to reshape the educational landscape as a whole. This book will be of value to researchers academics and students in the fields of business management studies organisational studies and education studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367076740

Transformative Pedagogy in Architecture and Urbanism First published in 2009 Transformative Pedagogy in Architecture and Urbanism is a detailed round of pedagogical dialogue on architecture and urbanism that reset the stage for debating future visions of transformative pedagogy and its impact on design education. Structured in five chapters the book presents a wide range of innovative concepts and practical methodologies for teaching architectural and urban design. It traces the roots of architectural education and offers several contrasting ideas and strategies of design teaching practices. Transformative Pedagogy in Architecture and Urbanism will appeal to those with an interest in architectural and urban design and architectural and design education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367690175

Transformative Policy for Poor WomenA New Feminist Framework What accounts for the oft-noted 'gap' between well-designed policies for women and their inadequate implementation? Why do such policies often fail to benefit the poorest women? How do policies address the intersecting inequalities of gender class caste ethnic identity and race? What are the conditions under which policy may have transformative potential for poor women? This book answers these questions and many more. Presenting a new feminist framework for policy analysis that can account for policy failures Bina Fernandez argues that these failures are often predictable and that it is necessary to unpack the actual policy practices within the policy-implementation gap. Recognising that policy is a multiply layered contingent and politically contested discursive process the author proposes the analysis of policy through four analytical categories: Constitutive Contexts Representations Practices and Consequences. Within each of these four categories gender class and ethnic identity are central axes of analysis. The framework is given substance through an empirical case-study of an anti-poverty policy in India yet the wider relevance of the framework is validated through a discussion of parallels in the policy contexts of other developing countries. Transformative Policy for Poor Women provides an important and required framework to understand the gap between policy pronouncement and its praxis on the ground. These features make this book an important read for both scholars and practitioners seeking to understand policy in developing country contexts.' Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379664

Transformative PropagandaOpening the Archives of the British Safety Council What do seat belts life jackets and anti-jack knife technology have in common? They were all the subjects of campaigns run by the British Safety Council since its inception in 1957. James Tye its charismatic founder and leader for nearly 40 years created the British Safety Council to bring about a transformation in how Great Britain viewed safety and health. In 1957 hundreds if not thousands of workers were killed in accidents and James marshalled every conceivable technique to save lives including PR stunts training lobbying for better laws and crucially what he called ‘propaganda’ in the form of posters and other communication tools. In 2014 a long-lost collection of posters papers and letters were found gathering dust in a warehouse. The British Safety Council wanting to mark its 60-year history and its role in reducing deaths at work decided to preserve the collection and commissioned historian Mike Esbester to trace the history of health and safety in Britain from the late 1960s through the posters and photographs of the time. Transformative Propaganda: Opening the Archives of the British Safety Council offers a fascinating and vivid insight into the social and political realities of the 1960s 1970s and 1980s through a wealth of historical documents press cuttings correspondence photographs and posters. It offers a truly extraordinary window onto the evolution of health and safety within the UK and richly deserves a place on the bookshelf of every safety professional. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138368576

Transformative RelationshipsThe Control Mastery Theory of Psychotherapy The control-mastery theory developed by Dr. Joseph Weiss over the second half of the twentieth century is an attempt to integrate an understanding of how the mind works how psychopathologies develop and how psychotherapy can effectively help. Control-Mastery theory assumes that the patient's problems are rooted in the grim constricting pathogenic beliefs that the patient acquires in the traumatic experiences of childhood. The driving force behind the psychotherapeutic process is the patient's conscious and unconscious desire to recover the capacity to pursue life goals by gaining control and mastering self destructive patterns of thoughts and behaviors. Underlying this theory is the conception that the client structures (both consciously and unconsciously) the psychotherapeutic process in order to clearly and quickly address her own goals. Following this line of thought the practitioner must be able to identify a client's aims respond to and encourage these thoughts and develop a strategic therapeutic plan to effectively address the needs and wants of each individual. This book aims to present the control-mastery theory in a more accessible format and introduce it to a wider audience expanding the scope of the theory beyond simply a comparison to Freudian analysis. The text presents an integrated cognitive-psychodynamic-relational approach to therapy addressing issues surrounding psychopathology and pathogenic constructions. Organized into three distinct sections the book first considers theoretical underpinnings before moving into in-depth discussions of clinical and practical application of these valuable therapeutic tools and techniques drawing heavily on detailed descriptions of entire therapy sessions. The final section of the book covers current and developing empirical research presenting convincing arguments in support of the theory and practice earlier discussed. The editor has extensive research and clinical experience with both the conceptual and practical aspects of the theory and has worked with Joseph Weiss and Hal Sampson - the two pioneers of the control-mastery approach - who each contributes a chapter to the book. Transformative Relationships advances this integrative approach to therapy beyond its current scope introducing these valuable concepts and techniques to a wider audience of practitioners of all backgrounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861113

Transformative SchoolingTowards Racial Equity in Education Discussions of achievement gaps are commonplace in education reform but they are rarely interrogated as a symptom of white supremacy. As an act of disruption award-winning scholar Vajra Watson pierces through the rhetoric and provides a provocative analysis of the ways schools can become more racially inclusive. Her research is grounded in Oakland where longitudinal data demonstrated that Black families were sending their children to school but the ideals of an oasis of learning were being met with the realities of racism low expectations and marginalization. As a response to this intergenerational crisis of miseducation in 2010 the school district joined forces with community organizers religious leaders neighborhood elders teachers parents and students to address institutionalized racism. Seven years later Watson shares findings from her investigation into the school district’s journey towards justice. What she creates is a wholly original work filled with penetrating portraits that illuminate the intense and intimate complexities of working towards racial equity in education. As a formidable case study this research scrutinizes how to reconfigure organizational ecosystems as spaces that humanize heal and harmonize. Emerging from her scholarship is a bold timely and hopeful vision that paves the way for transformative schooling. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107007

Transformative Sustainable DevelopmentParticipation reflection and change Recent debates about sustainable development have shifted their focus from fixing environmental problems in a technocratic and economic way to more fundamental changes in social-political processes and relations. In this context participation is a genuinely transformative approach to sustainable development yet the process by which participation leads to transformation is not sufficiently understood. This book considers how the act of participating in sustainable development projects can bring about social transformation that is considered to be fair and just by the participants and non-participants in a broader societal context. Drawing on ideas from social theory and applied anthropology the book proposes a reflexivity-based framework to analyse participation as a type of social action underpinned by primary experience. Development projects have a transformative effect when participants are given the opportunity to reflect on their experience share the reflection with others and open new space for collective deliberation and change. The book applies this framework to assess community-based participatory projects in the Amazon African slums and rural settlements and disaster stricken areas in Japan. It also outlines potential institutions of governance to institutionalize the change by referring to current food governance drawing out lessons with international relevance. This book will be of interest to students of sustainable development environmental policy and development studies as well as practitioners and policy-makers in these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138212473

Transformer and Inductor Design Handbook With its practical approach to design Transformer and Inductor Design Handbook Fourth Edition distinguishes itself from other books by presenting information and guidance that is shaped primarily by the user’s needs and point of view. Expanded and revised to address recent industry developments the fourth edition of this classic reference is re-organized and improved again serving as a constant aid for anyone seeking to apply the state of the art in transformer and inductor design. Carefully considering key factors such as overall system weight power conversion efficiency and cost the author introduces his own new equation for the power handling ability of the core intended to give engineers faster and tighter design control. The book begins by providing the basic fundamentals of magnetics followed by an explanation of design using the Kg or Ap techniques. It also covers subjects such as laminations tape cores powder cores and ferrites and iron alloys. In addition new topics include: Autotransformer design Common-mode inductor design Series saturable reactor design Self-saturating magnetic amplifier Designing inductors for a given resistance With the goal of making inductors that are lighter and smaller but still meet requirements this book helps users avoid many antiquated rules of thumb to achieve a better more economical design. Presenting transformer design examples with step-by-step directions and numerous tables and graphics for comparison it remains a trusted guide for the engineers technicians and other professionals who design and evaluate transformers and inductors. It also serves as an ideal primer for students illustrating the field for them from the ground up. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439836873

Transformer Design Principles Third Edition In the newest edition the reader will learn the basics of transformer design starting from fundamental principles and ending with advanced model simulations. The electrical mechanical and thermal considerations that go into the design of a transformer are discussed with useful design formulas which are used to ensure that the transformer will operate without overheating and survive various stressful events such as a lightning strike or a short circuit event. This new edition includes a section on how to correct the linear impedance boundary method for non-linear materials and a simpler method to calculate temperatures and flows in windings with directed flow cooling using graph theory. It also includes a chapter on optimization with practical suggestions on achieving the lowest cost design with constraints. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498787536

Transformer EngineeringDesign Technology and Diagnostics Second Edition Transformer Engineering: Design Technology and Diagnostics Second Edition helps you design better transformers apply advanced numerical field computations more effectively and tackle operational and maintenance issues. Building on the bestselling Transformer Engineering: Design and Practice this greatly expanded second edition also emphasizes diagnostic aspects and transformer-system interactions. What’s New in This Edition Three new chapters on electromagnetic fields in transformers transformer-system interactions and modeling and monitoring and diagnostics An extensively revised chapter on recent trends in transformer technology An extensively updated chapter on short-circuit strength including failure mechanisms and safety factors A step-by-step procedure for designing a transformer Updates throughout reflecting advances in the field A blend of theory and practice this comprehensive book examines aspects of transformer engineering from design to diagnostics. It thoroughly explains electromagnetic fields and the finite element method to help you solve practical problems related to transformers. Coverage includes important design challenges such as eddy and stray loss evaluation and control transient response short-circuit withstand and strength and insulation design. The authors also give pointers for further research. Students and engineers starting their careers will appreciate the sample design of a typical power transformer. Presenting in-depth explanations modern computational techniques and emerging trends this is a valuable reference for those working in the transformer industry as well as for students and researchers. It offers guidance in optimizing and enhancing transformer design manufacturing and condition monitoring to meet the challenges of a highly competitive market. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439853771

TransformersAnalysis Design and Measurement Recent catastrophic blackouts have exposed major vulnerabilities in the existing generation transmission and distribution systems of transformers widely used for energy transfer measurement protection and signal coupling. As a result the reliability of the entire power system is now uncertain and many blame severe underinvestment aging technology and a conservative approach to innovation.Composed of contributions from noted industry experts around the world Transformers: Analysis Design and Measurement offers invaluable information to help designers and users overcome these and other challenges associated with the design construction application and analysis of transformers. This book is divided into three sections to address contemporary economic design diagnostic and maintenance aspects associated with power instrument and high-frequency transformers.Topics covered include:Design considerationsCapability to withstand short circuitsInsulation problemsStray losses screening and local excessive heating hazardShell type and superconducting transformersLinks between design and maintenanceComponent-related diagnostics and reliabilityEconomics of life-cycle cost design review and risk-management methodsParameter measurement and predictionThis book is an essential tool for understanding and implementing solutions that will ensure improvements in the development maintenance and life-cycle management of optimized transformers. This will lead to enhanced safety and reliability and lower costs for the electrical supply. Illustrating the need for close cooperation between users and manufacturers of transformers this book outlines ways to achieve man Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381172

Transforming AddictionGender Trauma Transdisciplinarity Choice Highly Recommended Read Addiction is a complex problem that requires more nuanced responses. Transforming Addiction advances addictions research and treatment by promoting transdisciplinary collaboration the integration of sex and gender and issues of trauma and mental health. The authors demonstrate these shifts and offer a range of tools methods and strategies for responding to the complex factors and forces that produce and shape addiction. In addition to providing practical examples of innovation from a range of perspectives the contributors demonstrate how addiction spans biological social environmental and economic realms. Transforming Addiction is a call to action and represents some of the most provocative ways of thinking about addiction research treatment and policy in the contemporary era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138828797

Transforming Agriculture in South AsiaThe Role of Value Chains and Contract Farming Debates about public expenditure in the agricultural sector have reopened in many developing and emerging economies because of high budget deficits and changes in public opinion. As a result agricultural policy in many of these countries is beginning to take a more market-oriented approach to agrarian problems most notably through the introduction of contract farming. This book explores the policy issues around contract farming and its transformative potential and addresses the lack of empirical research on this topic by focusing on South Asia: principally India Bangladesh and Nepal. The book first addresses the effects of contract farming (vertical coordination) on productivity food security indicators (yield consumption expenditures prices) employment and input usage. Then it draws lessons from the South Asian case studies on the impact of institutional changes like contract farming on income and food security of smallholder households. The core of the book includes case study chapters on several commodities that are produced under contract farming including vegetables and fisheries in Bangladesh low-value crops in Nepal and coffee in India. Other chapters also explore contracts storage input usage and technical efficiency in these cases. This book serves as an essential guide to academics researchers students legislative liaisons and think tank groups interested in agrarian issues agricultural economics and agricultural policy in emerging economies and particularly in South Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367457273

Transforming Agriculture in Southern AfricaConstraints Technologies Policies and Processes This book provides a synthesis of the key issues and challenges facing agriculture and food production in Southern Africa. Southern Africa is facing numerous challenges from diverse issues such as agricultural transformations growing populations urbanization and climate change. These challenges place great pressure on food security agriculture water availability and other natural resources as well as impacting biodiversity. Drawing on case studies from Lesotho Malawi Mozambique Namibia South Africa Swaziland Tanzania Zambia and Zimbabwe the chapters in this book consider these challenges from an interdisciplinary perspective covering key areas in constraints to production the most important building blocks of good farming practices and established and emerging technologies. This book will be a valuable support for informing new policies and processes aimed at improving food production and security and developing sustainable agriculture in Southern Africa. This informative volume will be key reading for those interested in agricultural science African studies rural studies development studies and sustainability. It will also be a valuable resource for policymakers governmental and nongovernmental organizations and agricultural practitioners. This title has been made available as Open Access under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CCBY-NC-ND) license and can be accessed here: https://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/e/9780429401701 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138393530

Transforming AirlinesA Flight Plan for Navigating Structural Changes This book provides a flight plan for riding the impending connectivity transformation curve. It takes the perspective of actionability highlighting initiatives that executives in airlines and related businesses can use from the insights of multi-industry executives. The emphasis is on execution not on the concepts themselves. There is a cluster of at least four distinct megatrends that may converge to form disruptive conditions: (1) elevated expectations of existing and new customer segmentations those who expect available and accessible air mass transportation systems and those who expect connected services and seamless travel on different modes of transportation; (2) new emerging technology incorporated in the air and ground vehicles that will create new opportunities for existing and new service providers to offer new value propositions; (3) platforms developed around the ecosystem of customers; and (4) the impact on travel that the fast-changing demographic and economic characteristics of two major countries: India and China. These megatrends could lead existing or new businesses to create value propositions specifically dedicated to the new segments once each reaches a critical mass. Drawing on the author’s own experience in the airline industry and related businesses this book discusses the "how" relating to reimagining the business re-entrepreneuring the organization innovating through partnerships reengaging with customers and employees and rebranding the business in response to these trends. This book is recommended reading for all senior-level practitioners of airlines and related businesses worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367434991

Transforming American GovernanceRebooting the Public Square Government and governance will be very different in the future than anticipated by the literature in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765627711

Transforming an Idea Into a Business with Design ThinkingThe Structured Approach from Silicon Valley for Entrepreneurs and Leaders We are living in fascinating times when the power of technology is not just reshaping but is transforming the globe in unprecedented ways. These include the ability to connect with anyone across the globe in an instant using a tiny device in the palm of our hands to the availability of self-learning systems to take over not only the most mundane of tasks but the most sophisticated tasks previously thought to be performable only by superior human faculties. Regardless of whether you consider this progress to be beneficial to society or harmful these technological advancements are here to stay. On one hand these current transformational technological advancements threaten this stability of society. On the other hand they present an opportunity for all of us to awaken our inner entrepreneurs. This book makes the transition from an employee to an entrepreneur smooth for the masses. Many of us have ideas to improve this world in some way and even feel strongly about some of those ideas at a deeper level. However we find ourselves perplexed on two levels: 1. Where to start when building an idea into a business? 2. What are the various dimensions and activities needed to launch an idea into a business? This book will introduce you to a structured framework called Transform3+1 to transform your idea into a business by following simple and specific steps spread across four stages. The framework is grounded in the belief that all solutions solve human problems using technology or otherwise. The first stage will help you understand the problem facing your target user by building empathy. Once you understand the problem comes the stage of devising a solution in an iterative manner through prototyping the new concept and validating with the user. Most start-ups fail not because they didn’t find the right problem to solve for the target user or that their solution lacked technological prowess but because they could not figure out a sustainable business model. Third stage will focus on crafting a business model. And the final stage introduces you to a unique approach of managing risk associated with your venture. This unique framework leverages the principles of Design Thinking agile development and lean start-up combined in an easy to follow manner by anyone and helps transform ideas into business in a short timeframe with little or no investment. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138577596

Transforming ArchaeologyActivist Practices and Prospects Archaeology for whom? The dozen well-known contributors to this innovative volume suggest nothing less than a transformation of the discipline into a service-oriented community-based endeavor. They wish to replace the primacy of meeting academic demands with meeting the needs and values of those outside the field who may benefit most from our work. They insist that we employ both rigorous scientific methods and an equally rigorous critique of those practices to ensure that our work addresses real-world social environmental and political problems. A transformed archaeology requires both personal engagement and a new toolkit. Thus in addition to the theoretical grounding and case materials from around the world each contributor offers a personal statement of their goals and an outline of collaborative methods that can be adopted by other archaeologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611329629

Transforming Asian CitiesIntellectual impasse Asianizing space and emerging translocalities While there is no lack of studies on Asian cities the majority focus on financial districts poverty the slum tradition tourism and pollution and use the modern affluent and transforming Western city as the reference point. This vast Asian empirical presence is not complemented by a theoretical presence; academic discourses overlook common and basic urban processes particularly the production of space place and identity by ordinary citizens. Switching the vantage point to Asian cities and citizens Transforming Asian Cities draws attention to how Asians produce their contemporary urban practices identities and spaces as part of resisting responding to and avoiding larger global and national processes. Instead of viewing Asian cities in opposition to the Western city and using it as the norm   this book instead opts to provincialize mainstream and traditional knowledge. It argues that the vast terrain of ordinary actors and spaces which are currently left out should be reflected in academic debates and policy decisions and the local thinking processes that constitute these spaces need to be acknowledged enabled and critiqued. The individual chapters illustrate that "global" spaces are more (trans)local traditional environments are more modern and Asian spaces are better defined than acknowledged. The aim is to develop room for understandings of Asian cities from Asian standpoints especially acknowledging how Asians observe interpret understand and create space in their cities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415507394

Transforming Asian GovernanceRethinking assumptions challenging practices There are a multitude of hazards that confront attempts to change institutional or political orders in pursuit of good governance. Even seemingly technical prescriptions run up against local political and social realities which make their adoption difficult and if adopted require significant modification of the original prescriptions. Moreover the technical rationalist and/or normative language employed in the good governance discourse masks contests over power rights resources and actors’ conflicting interests. There is a definite need to situate the good governance debate in the local context rather than reflexively adopting a universalistic positing of the fact or desirability of governance convergence across countries and sectors because the reality is that the world-wide deployment of good governance rhetoric is not accompanied by convergence in thinking or practices across nations. Transforming Asian Governance asks: • How do good governance principles translate into local settings?• How do local settings influence the conception of what is good governance and how the debate over good governance is deployed as a political or administrative strategy? Using case studies in governance from Thailand the Philippines Pakistan Malaysia India Indonesia Korea and Japan this book will be essential reading for anyone interested in the public and social policy of Asia and international and comparative governance more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415540773

Transforming BehaviourPro-social Modelling in Practice Pro-social modelling refers to the process by which the worker acts as a good motivating role model in order to bring out the best in people. The worker engages the client in an empathetic relationship within which they actively reinforce pro-social behaviour and attitudes and discourage anti-social behaviour and attitudes. It has come to be recognized as fundamental to effective work with offenders in the Probation Service Youth Justice and the Prison Service. It is also equally relevant in other fields such social work youth work health care education management and parenting. This updated and expanded new edition builds upon the highly successful first edition to provide an accessible guide to what pro-social practice is and how to do it offering support and practical guidance for managers and practitioners seeking to implement and develop pro-social practice.  It has been updated throughout drawing on a wide range of evidence to relate theory to practice. It includes a wholly new chapter containing five case studies showing pro-social modelling being used in a police force a prison an Approved Premise an educational establishment and within community supervision Key areas of guidance include: Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781315084633

Transforming Big PharmaAssessing the Strategic Alternatives In Transforming Big Pharma John Ansell addresses critically how strategy works in the pharmaceutical industry. The long-standing dearth of new products has led to a growing shortfall in revenues. Ansell assesses the wide range of alternative strategies big pharma companies have been pursuing in recent years in attempting to overcome this. He shows that there is sound evidence to expect the recent upturn in the number of new products reaching the market to go on to greater heights. Chapters assess the complex trends in attrition rates show how rife spectacular sales underestimation in the industry remains and explain how conventional wisdom on the chances of product profitability also seriously undersells the industry. The surest route to transforming the prospects for big pharma Ansell contends is to step up activity in acquiring and developing new products. This is now realistic because as he shows the amount of intellectual property available is much greater than it was a decade ago. Ansell believes that no other strategies have sufficient transformative powers though they may be useful as a stopgap whilst the sales of forthcoming new products mature. He argues for a reversal of big pharma’s recent cutbacks in R&D and licensing and re-focussing on new product development. Transforming Big Pharma is intended for those in senior and middle management in the pharmaceutical industry. It will also be valuable to students as well as to all those dealing with the industry including biotech companies and those providing services and products to the pharmaceutical industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409448273

Transforming Bodies and ReligionsPowers and Agencies in Europe This book sheds an interdisciplinary light on ‘transforming bodies’: bodies that have been subjected to contributed to or have resisted social transformations within religious or secular contexts in contemporary Europe. It explores the intersections of race ethnicity gender sexuality and religion that underpin embodied transformations. Using post-secularist postcolonial and gender/queer perspectives it aims to gain a better understanding of the orchestrations and effects of larger social transitions related to religion. This volume is the outcome of the intensive collaboration of the authors who for years have been meeting regularly in Utrecht the Netherlands to discuss themes related to religion and ‘the challenge of difference’ with an added afterword by Prof. Pamela Klassen from the University of Toronto. The book is divided in three subsections that focus on particular types of embodiment: body politics in governmental and NGO organisations; the role of the body in literary and/or autobiographical narratives; and ethnographic case studies of bodies in daily life. Doing so it provides an innovative exploration of contemporary religion and the body. It will therefore be of great interest to scholars of Religious Studies Gender and Sexuality Studies Post-Colonial Studies Anthropology Sociology Theology and Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367407285

Transforming BrazilA History of National Development in the Postwar Era In this book Rafael R. Ioris critically revisits the postwar context in Brazil to reexamine traditional questions and notions pertaining to the nature of Latin America’s political culture and institutions. It was in this period that the region lived some of its most intense and successful experiences of fast economic growth which was paradoxically marred by heightened ideological divisions political disruptions and the emergence of widespread authoritarian rule. Combining original sources of political diplomatic intellectual cultural and labor histories Ioris provides a comprehensive history of the fruitful debates concerning national development in postwar Brazil a time when the so-called country of the future faced one of its best moments for consolidating political democracy and economic prosperity. He argues that traditional views on political instability have been excessively grounded on an institutional focus which should be replaced by in-depth analysis of events on the ground. In so doing he reveals that as national development meant very different things to multiple different social segments of the Brazilian society no unified support could have been provided to the democratically elected political regime when things rapidly became socially and politically divisive early in the 1960s. Innovating in its multidimensional analytical scope and interdisciplinary focus Transforming Brazil provides a rich political cultural and intellectual examination of a historical period characterized by rapid socio-economic changes amidst significant political instability and the heightened ideological polarization shaping the political scenario of Brazil and much of Latin America in the Cold War era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138651500

Transforming Business with Program ManagementIntegrating Strategy People Process Technology Structure and Measurement Organizations need to constantly innovate and improve products and services to maintain a strong competitive position in the market place. The vehicle used by organizations for such constant reinvention is a business transformation program. This book illustrates a tested program management roadmap along with the supporting comprehensive frameworks to successfully execute business transformation programs formulated strategies and strategic initiatives. It outlines the steps to successfully transform any business and deliver tangible business outcomes. This breakthrough work establishes the linkage between strategy formulation and strategy execution through the program management discipline. It depicts how program management integrates strategy people process technology structure and measurement on cross-functional initiatives. The author details the processes techniques and tools that a program management team can customize and easily implement on any type of strategic initiative within the private or public sector environment to deliver and sustain the expected business outcomes and benefits. This book discusses the ten mandatory steps (or roadmap) needed to lead complex business transformation programs to success. It showcases program management best practices and lessons learned though real-world case studies spanning different industry sectors and functional domains. Transforming Business with Program Management will equip executives general managers and program managers with the core skills necessary to effectively plan and implement business transformation strategies that drive sweeping business change and innovation. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781466590991

Transforming Children's Mathematics EducationInternational Perspectives Eminent scholars from around the globe gathered to discuss how educational systems would change if the prevailing principles of constructivism were applied to three major aspects of those systems -- knowledge and learning communication and environment. This volume provides documentation of the proceedings of this important meeting - - the Early Childhood Action Group of the Sixth International Congress on Mathematics Education. This international assembly representing such diverse disciplines as mathematics and math education epistemology philosophy cognitive science psycholinguistics and science education is the first to examine early childhood mathematics education from constructivist and international perspectives in addition to formulating recommendations for future work in the field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203052372

Transforming China's Economy In The EightiesVol. 1: The Rural Sector Welfare And Employment  This is the first of two volumes on the transformation of China since 1978. The second volume concentrates on the government administration of the reforms which have brought changes in economic organization; it deals with the urban economy. The focus of this volume is on changes in the rural economy provision for basic needs such as nutrition and Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215019

Transforming Chinese Cities The urbanisation of China over the last three decades has been a hugely significant development both for China’s reform process and for the world more generally. This book presents recent research findings on China’s continuing urban transformation. Subjects covered include the decline of the rural-urban divide the spatial restructuring of Chinese urban centres and urban infrastructure migrant workers new housing and new communities and "green" responses to urban environmental problems. The book is particularly valuable in that it includes much new work by scholars based inside China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415788038

Transforming CitiesContested Governance and New Spatial Divisions Transforming Cities examines the profound changes that have characterised cities of the advanced capitalist societies in the final decades of the twentieth century. It analyses ways in which relationships of contest conflict and co-operation are realised in and through the social and spatial forms of contemporary urban life. This book focuses on the impact of economic restructuring and changing forms of urban deprivation and social exclusion. It contends that these processes are creating new patterns of social division and new forms of regulation and control. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815347279

Transforming Civil War PrisonsLincoln Lieber and the Politics of Captivity During the Civil War 410 000 people were held as prisoners of war on both sides. With resources strained by the unprecedented number of prisoners conditions in overcrowded prison camps were dismal and the death toll across Confederate and Union prisons reached 56 000 by the end of the war. In an attempt to improve prison conditions President Lincoln issued General Orders 100 which would become the basis for future attempts to define the rights of prisoners including the Geneva conventions. Meanwhile stories of horrific prison experiences fueled political agendas on both sides and would define the memory of the war as each region worked aggressively to defend its prison record and to honor its own POWs. Robins and Springer examine the experience culture and politics of captivity including war crimes disease and the use of former prison sites as locations of historical memory. Transforming Civil War Prisons introduces students to an underappreciated yet crucial aspect of waging war and shows how the legacy of Civil War prisons remains with us today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415833370

Transforming Clinical Practice Using the MindBody ApproachA Radical Integration This book assumes that it is no longer tenable to work in healthcare without considering the person as a whole being constituted by a rich weaving of mind body culture family spirit and ecology. The MindBody approach embraces this 'whole.' But how does it transform clinical practice and training for the clinician and treatment for the patient/client? The book collects together the experiences from a diverse range of clinical practitioners (including psychotherapy specialist medicine general practice physiotherapy occupational therapy dietetics nursing and complementary and alternative medicine practitioners) who have deliberately chosen to integrate a MindBody philosophy and skill set in their clinical practices. All reflect deeply on their unique journeys in transforming their clinical encounters. Most have been trained in the dominant Western framework and have inherited the classical dualistic approach which typically keeps mind and body apart. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490618

Transforming Community Health through Leadership As the United States faces increasingly difficult and trenchant public health problems from the Zika virus to the obesity epidemic to the opioid crisis population health is a growing area of concern for public health organizations particularly how to care for populations effectively on a shoestring budget. Though little discussed in the mainstream media community health improvement organizations are increasingly partnering and forming coalitions with local hospitals working together to improve traditional medical care. But with the pace of change in health care policy these coalitions must be thoughtfully lead and managed. This new book from John W. Moran Senior Quality Advisor to the Public Health Foundation demonstrates how to build operate manage and sustain a community health improvement coalition once it is formed. Offering the reader practical examples and guidance on forming and sustaining a community health coalition this book demonstrates the ways in which the success of a coalition depends upon a stable anchor organization and a committed leader. Chapters focus on each of these roles and how to achieve success in each: examining what needs improvement why it is important to improve now how it will be done and where in the community improvement can have the most impact. The last chapter offers a case study exploring a community health coalition and leader to illustrate application of the concepts introduced throughout the book. Transforming Community Health through Leadership is designed specifically to prepare governmental public health health care and community leaders to take advantage of the ever-changing landscape of public health and health care in concrete ways to improve population health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138479845

Transforming Criminal Justice?Problem-Solving and Court Specialisation Why is punishment not more effective? Why do we have such high re-offending rates? How can we deal with crime and criminals in a more cost-effective way? Over the last decade in particular the United Kingdom in common with other jurisdictions such as Canada the United States (US) and Australia has sought to develop more effective ways of responding to criminal behaviour through court reforms designed to address specific manifestations of crime. Strongly influenced by developments in US court specialisation problem-solving and specialist courts - including domestic violence courts drugs courts community courts and mental health courts - have proliferated in Britain over the last few years. These courts operate at the intersection of criminal law and social policy and appear to challenge much of the traditional model of court practice. In addition policy makers and practitioners have made significant attempts to try to embed problem-solving approaches into the criminal justice system more widely. Through examination of original data gathered from detailed interviews with judges magistrates and other key criminal justice professionals in England and Wales as well as analysis of legislative and policy interventions this book discusses the impact of the creation and development of court specialisation and problem-solving justice. This book will be essential reading for students and academics in the fields of criminology criminal justice criminal law socio-legal studies and sociology as well as for criminal justice practitioners and policy-makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138665309

Transforming Curriculum for A Culturally Diverse Society The intention of this book is to engage educators in transforming the public school curriculum for a culturally diverse society. This means more than including knowledge about diverse populations. It means reconceptualizing school practices through debate deliberation and collaboration involving the diverse voices that comprise the nation. Certain key questions must be addressed in this process: What should be the purpose of schooling in a culturally diverse society? Who should be involved in curriculum planning and what process should be employed? How is the actualized curriculum differentiated? What is the relationship between school practices and the structure of the larger society? How should the curriculum be evaluated? The authors of the essays in this book address critical perspectives from which a framework is constructed for a discourse on planning curriculum for a culturally diverse society. In a substantive introduction Hollins presents the major themes and overall goals of the book and describes how the readings in each of the four parts are linked to each other and to these themes and goals. Each part begins with critical questions and an overview to provide a framework and a focus for the readings that follow and concludes with suggested learning experiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138453098

Transforming Despair to HopeReflections on the Psychotherapeutic Process with Severely Neglected and Traumatised Children Transforming Despair to Hope: Reflections on the Psychotherapeutic Process with Severely Neglected and Traumatised Children offers a thorough overview of the problems and rewards of trying to help severely neglected and traumatised children. Drawing on over 40 cyears of clinical experience Monica Lanyado provides a historical and social perspective on this challenging population as well as helpful theoretical frameworks and thoughtful support for all professionals and clinicians working with these children. This book brings together selected past writings and new chapters from Lanyando. In it she describes the consequences of severe neglect and trauma on a child’s emotional development and then goes on to examine what it is that brings about positive change. By using vivid clinical examples of therapeutic practice with these children she elucidates the difficulties associated with this population as well as for those who care for them in families and in residential settings. Transforming Despair to Hope is a valuable resource for child and adolescent mental health professionals and trainee clinicians as well as those in related fields working with children in need. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138064720

Transforming Disability Welfare PoliciesTowards Work and Equal Opportunities Bringing together contributions from institutions such as the OECD the WHO the World Bank and the European Disability Forum as well as policy makers and researchers this volume focuses on disability and work. The contributors address a wide range of issues including what it means to be disabled what rights and responsibilities society has for people with disabilities how disability benefits should be structured and what role employers should play. Fundamental reading for specialists in disability social protection and public economics and for social policy academics researchers and students generally Transforming Disability Welfare Policies makes an enormous contribution to the literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467521

Transforming Disaster ResponseFederalism and Leadership Much of the published work on disaster response has focused on specific disasters highlighting what went wrong. Taking a new approach this book explores ways in which transformational leadership principles may be applied to an organization’s disaster preparation and response moving the organization away from a competitive or top-down approach and toward a more collaborative one. Rather than focus on centralizing responsibility with commands emanating from the top author William Lester offers readers a new paradigm with step by step instructions on placing transformative and collaborative systems front and center in order to develop a sustainable disaster response system â€“ one that is not centered on a specific leader or time but instead focuses on the changes needed to build a system that can outlive any one leader. Implementation plans to move from concept into workable effective strategies that can be used immediately are included. Assuming no prior background in either organizational theory or disaster response systems the book offers practical examples and hands-on explorations of the responses to Hurricanes Sandy Harvey Irma and Maria written by experts who know those disasters best – delivering important insight into what elements make the best disaster response system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781420094640

Transforming Distressed Global CommunitiesMaking Inclusive Safe Resilient and Sustainable Cities Many of our global cities are distressed and facing a host of issues: economic collapse in the face of rising expectations social disintegration and civil unrest and ecological degradation and the threats associated with climate change including more frequent and more severe natural disasters. Our long-held assumptions about man and nature and how they interact are defunct. We realize now that we can no longer continue to build without addressing the long-term impacts of our actions and their spillovers. Energy and natural resources are finite. The way we configure economies has come into question. In the developed world especially in the United States infrastructure and the notions that underpin it are outdated. Meanwhile the developing world is experiencing major rapid transformations in lifestyles and economies that are affecting billions of people and requiring a whole new way of planning human settlements. Cities are the key to our future; they represent the most effective vehicle for positive advancements in the human condition and environmental change. This volume argues for the need to redesign and re-plan our cities in holistic ways that reflect our new understanding and relate to their diversity and multi-dimensionality. Presenting a range of case studies from around the world this volume examines how these distressed cities are dealing with these issues in planning for their future. Alongside these empirical chapters are philosophical essays that consider the future of distressed cities. Bringing together a team of leading scholars United Nations agencies non-governmental organizations private consulting firms international organizations and foundations and policy officials this volume provides a unique and comprehensive overview on how to transform distressed communities into more livable places. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472410641

Transforming Early Head Start Home VisitingA Family Life Education Approach Research on home visiting shows that Early Head Start (EHS) home-based programs benefit from additional training and resources that streamline philosophy and content. In this essential guide Walsh and Mortensen propose that alignment with Family Life Education’s (FLE) strengths-based methodology results in greater consistency through a model of prevention education and collaboration with families. This text is the first to outline linkages between FLE and EHS home visiting. It explores a qualitative study of FLE integrated in a current EHS home-based program and application of FLE methodology to home visiting topics. This approach will influence professional practice and provide a foundation for developing evidence-based home visiting practices. Online content accompanies the text with videos demonstrating the FLE approach in action and discussion questions to encourage engagement with and understanding of the core material. Transforming Early Head Start Home Visiting: A Family Life Education Approach is essential reading for upper-level undergraduate and masters students in family studies and early childhood education as well as practitioners working with children and families. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138037113

Transforming East Asian Domestic and International Politics: The Impact of Economy and GlobalizationThe Impact of Economy and Globalization This title was first published in 2002: This text attempts to bridge the gap between international relations and comparative politics with particular reference to East Asia. The book begins with an exploration of the theme of globalization and the impact it has on the conduct of international relations and the process of domestic politics. It discusses the fact that domestic actors are unable to assume an insular political environment as previously referring to the constant reception of stimuli which force adjustments to approaches in the conduct of domestic and international affairs. Globalization's ubiquitous presence reflects a changed reality for both state and non-state actors - no policy-maker can afford to ignore or underemphasize its role in shaping ior altering the course of public Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138741508

Transforming East Asian Domestic and International PoliticsThe Impact of Economy and Globalization This title was first published in 2002: This text attempts to bridge the gap between international relations and comparative politics with particular reference to East Asia. The book begins with an exploration of the theme of globalization and the impact it has on the conduct of international relations and the process of domestic politics. It discusses the fact that domestic actors are unable to assume an insular political environment as previously referring to the constant reception of stimuli which force adjustments to approaches in the conduct of domestic and international affairs. Globalization's ubiquitous presence reflects a changed reality for both state and non-state actors - no policy-maker can afford to ignore or underemphasize its role in shaping ior altering the course of public Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138741485

Transforming Education in the Gulf RegionEmerging Learning Technologies and Innovative Pedagogy for the 21st Century Countries in the Arab Gulf are currently experiencing some of the fastest rates of growth and progress in the world. Transforming Education in the Gulf Region argues that education systems in these countries need to use innovative pedagogies and best practices in teaching and learning to educate all citizens so that they obtain the knowledge and skills to be productive members of society. This book will contribute to the transformation of education in the Gulf countries by suggesting best practices research outcomes and case studies from experts in the Gulf region. It has become increasingly evident in recent years that Gulf countries need to use emerging learning technologies to cater for the needs of learners and to provide maximum flexibility in learning. There is also a growing practical need to use electronic technologies since learning materials are more widely available in electronic formats than in paper-based formats. This book focuses on the role of emerging technologies and innovative pedagogies in transforming education in six Gulf countries in the region (Saudi Arabia United Arab Emirates Kuwait Qatar Oman and Bahrain). With contributions from experts around the world the book argues that the time is right for Arab Gulf countries to make the transition to electronic learning and that they need to implement the outcomes of research and adopt best practices to transform and revolutionize education to prepare learners in the Gulf region for the 21st Century. The book should be of interest to academics and students in the areas of higher education learning technologies education policy and education reform. It should also be of interest to educators and policymakers in the Gulf region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815364436

Transforming Education through the Arts This timely book takes up the challenge of maintaining programs in the arts in the face of unrelenting pressure from two directions; the increasing focus on literacy and numeracy in schools teamed with the cut-backs in public funding that often affect the arts most severely. Drawing on the wealth of evidence already available on the impact of the arts including the findings of a landmark experimental study in Australia this text considers: The social and educational impact of neglecting the arts Research evidence on engagement in the arts Why there is a need for educational reform How to transform schools through engagement in the arts This challenge to arts education exists at a time where an increasing number of students are becoming disengaged from the traditional schooling model that appears ill-suited to the needs of the 21st century and to the ways young people learn in a globalised high-tech knowledge world. Transforming Education through the Arts provides illustrations from around the world that clearly show how the arts have transformed learning for disengaged students and established their worth beyond doubt in settings where the disengagement of students has hitherto been presented as an intractable problem. Transforming Education through the Arts is an indispensible tool for policymakers and practitioners in school education and for academic and postgraduate students with an interest in the arts. It is also highly relevant to the work of individuals and organisations in the philanthropic sector and those in the wider community who place a priority in closing the gap between high and low performing students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415687027

Transforming EducationMeanings myths and complexity Transforming Education challenges the current global orthodoxy that ‘educational transformation’ can be achieved through a step-by-step implementation of centralised performance-based strategies for school improvement. Complex responsive processes theory is utilised in an original way to critique leadership myths and explore the alternative deeper meanings of educational transformation. The theory opens up new forms of understanding about how ordinary practitioners negotiate the meanings of ‘improvement’ in their everyday practice. It is in the gap between the emergence of these local interactions and the predetermined designs of policy-makers that educational transformation can be lost or found. This book is an essential read for education professionals and students interested in the fields of complexity education policy leadership and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138920132

Transforming ElectricityThe Coming Generation of Change This text reassesses the basic premises that have guided electricity development for more than a century in the light of new understanding pressures and opportunities. It investigates the changes already in progress and those that may yet follow; their interactions and their implications for policy. As the world pursues sustainable development what might sustainable electricity mean and how can it be achieved? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315070780

Transforming Emotional Pain in PsychotherapyAn emotion-focused approach Emotion-focused therapy is a research-informed psychological therapy that to date has mainly been studied in the context of depression trauma and couple distress. The evidence suggests that this therapy has a lasting and transformative effect. Ladislav Timulak presents EFT as a particular therapeutic approach that addresses psychological human suffering offering a view that puts more emphasis on attending to the distress rather than avoiding or suppressing it. Focusing on the latest developments in EFT Transforming Emotional Pain in Psychotherapy presents a theory of human suffering and a model of therapy that addresses that suffering. The model of suffering assumes that the experienced emotional pain is a response to an injury that prevents or violates the fulfilment of the basic human needs of being loved safe and acknowledged. This book focuses on a particular way of transforming emotional pain in psychotherapy through: helping the client to tolerate the pain; assisting the client to identify the core of the difficult emotional experiences; identifying the needs connected to the core pain which are unmet or being violated and responding (with compassion and protective anger) to the underlying needs of the client that transforms the original pain. Transforming Emotional Pain in Psychotherapy provides an account of how emotional pain can be conceptualised and how it can be addressed in therapy. It provides practical tips for therapists working with emotional pain and shows how it can then be made more bearable and transformed allowing the client to be more sensitive to the pain of others and to seek support when needed. This book will be essential reading for clinical and counselling psychologists psychotherapists and counsellors in practice and training as well as for fully qualified professionals undergoing further training in EFT. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138790186

Transforming Environments and RehabilitationA Guide for Practitioners in Forensic Settings and Criminal Justice How can environments play a role in assisting and sustaining personal change in individuals incarcerated within the criminal justice system? Can a failure to address contextual issues reduce or undermine the effectiveness of clinical intervention? Bringing together a range of leading forensic psychologists this book explores and illustrates inter-relationships between interventions and the environment in which they take place. This book examines how the environment can be better utilised to contribute to processes of change and how therapeutic principles and practices can be more strongly embedded through being applied in supportive facilitative environments. In addition it expands on emerging conceptualisations of how psychological functioning and environmental context are inextricably linked and offers an alternative to prevailing intrapsychic or ‘essentialist’ views of areas such as personality and cognition. Providing new and challenging insights and perspectives on issues of central relevance to forensic psychology and related disciplines this book contributes to the development of innovative and unifying directions for research practice and theory. This book will be an essential resource for those who work with or intend to work with offenders particularly practitioners researchers and students in the fields of psychology criminology psychiatry psychotherapy and social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138959125

Transforming European MilitariesCoalition Operations and the Technology Gap A unique look at European Network Enabled Capabilities (NEC) and their implications for transatlantic co-operation in future operations. Gordon Adams and Guy Ben-Ari identify the key requirements for improvement of Europe’s abilities as an international actor. They focus on national and collaborative as well as existing and planned networks. They clearly show the reader how with the removal of the risks of Soviet invasion European defence planners must now modify their strategies and capabilities to address new threats both at home and overseas. They also show why future operations within international coalitions will require network-based capabilities that can interoperate. Europe possesses a technological and industrial base adequate to supply such capabilities and its defence strategies are gradually being modified to emphasize expeditionary forces operations within coalition settings. However much remains to be done. This volume tackles the key challenges facing European nations who need to operate alongside each other and with their North American allies more effectively and efficiently. This book will be of great interest to all students of European affairs and politics international relations and military and strategic studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654616

Transforming Experience in OrganisationsA Framework for Organisational Research and Consultancy This book demonstrates how the transforming experience framework (TEF) model can be used in organisational analysis research and consulting. It analyses the use of the TEF for examining both theoretical and practical issues in the field of socioanalysis and systems psychodynamics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203483

Transforming Food and Agricultural PolicyPost-exceptionalism in public policy Western democratic welfare states often featured sectoral governance arrangements where governments negotiated policy with sectoral elites based on shared ideas and exclusive institutional arrangements. Food and agriculture policy is widely considered an extreme case of compartmentalized and ‘exceptionalist’ policy-making where sector-specific policy ideas and institutions provide privileged access for sectoral interest groups and generate policies that benefit their members. In the last two decades policy exceptionalism has been under pressure from internationalization of policy-making increasing interlinkage of policy areas and trends towards self-regulation liberalization and performance-based policies. This book introduces the concept of ‘post-exceptionalism’ to characterize an incomplete transformation of exceptionalist policies and politics which preserves significant exceptionalist features. Post-exceptional constellations of ideas institutions interests and policies can be complementary and stable or tense and unstable. Food and agriculture policy serves as an example to illustrate an incomplete transformation towards a more open contested and networked politics. Chapters on agricultural policy-making in the European Union and the United States the politics of food in Germany and the United Kingdom transnational organic standard setting and global food security debates demonstrate how ‘postexceptionalism’ helps to understand the co-existence of transformation and path dependency in contemporary public policies. The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of the Journal of European Public Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367530730

Transforming Gender Sex and PlaceGender Variant Geographies Transgender gender variant and intersex people are in every sector of all societies yet little is known about their relationship to place. Using a trans feminist and queer geographical framework this book invites readers to consider the complex relationship between transgender people spaces and places.This book addresses questions such as how is place and space transformed by gender variant bodies and vice versa? Where do some gender variant people feel in and / or out of place? What happens to space when binary gender is unravelled and subverted? Exploring the diverse politics of gender variant embodied experiences through interviews and community action this book demonstrates that gendered bodies are constructed through different social cultural and economic networks. Firsthand stories and international examples reveal how transgender people employ practices and strategies to both create and contest different places such as: bodies; homes; bathrooms; activist spaces; workplaces; urban night spaces; nations and transnational borders.Arguing that bodies gender sex and space are inextricably linked this book brings together contemporary scholarly debates original empirical material and popular culture to consider bodies and spaces that revolve around and resist binary gender. It will be a valuable resource in Geography Gender and Sexuality studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587741

Transforming Gender and Development in East Asia Transforming Gender and Development in East Asia brings together a collection of original essays from top scholars in the United States and Asia to explore the centrality of gender in the process of economic development in East Asia. Contributors demonstrate through ethnography personal narratives field observation and in-depth interviews the essential parts women have played in the national growth economic restructuring and industrialization of East Asian countries including South Korea Taiwan China Hong Kong Singapore and China. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315811321

Transforming Gender and Food Security in the Global South Drawing on studies from Africa Asia and South America this book provides empirical evidence and conceptual explorations of the gendered dimensions of food security. It investigates how food security and gender inequity are conceptualized within interventions assesses the impacts and outcomes of gender-responsive programs on food security and gender equity and addresses diverse approaches to gender research and practice that range from descriptive and analytical to strategic and transformative. The chapters draw on diverse theoretical perspectives including transformative learning feminist theory deliberative democracy and technology adoption. As a result they add important conceptual and empirical material to a growing literature on the challenges of gender equity in agricultural production.  A unique feature of this book is the integration of both analytic and transformative approaches to understanding gender and food security. The analytic material shows how food security interventions enable women and men to meet the long-term nutritional needs of their households and to enhance their economic position. The transformative chapters also document efforts to build durable and equitable relationships between men and women addressing underlying social cultural and economic causes of gender inequality. Taken together these combined approaches enable women and men to reflect on gendered divisions of labor and resources related to food and to reshape these divisions in ways which benefit families and communities. Co-published with the International Development Research Centre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367227678

Transforming Gendered Well-Being in EuropeThe Impact of Social Movements European social movements improve the well-being of men and women but need further analysis through a gender-sensitive lens. Taking an international and cross-disciplinary perspective this book examines the impact of European social movements on gendered political and material well-being. Insights from history politics sociology and gender studies help identify how social movements have been instrumental in changing individual well-being through participation and empowerment. These movements have contributed to collective well-being thanks to victories in health sexualities political recognition and access to material goods. The contributions pay particular attention to the role of women activists in social movements varying from unions and religious movements to the women's movement itself. The settings range from 19th century Catalonia to Switzerland and Poland including studies on European transnational movements today and their impact on global gendered well-being. The authors consider how gender has been important in defining the goals strategies and outcomes of social movements. Thanks to the international spread of contributions a comparative record can be examined. Together the authors provide unique and concrete illustrations of the role of collective action and the participatory process on transforming women and well-being in European societies. The book provides essential insights for students and scholars working on social and women's movements European well-being and welfare and transnational action. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260658

Transforming Generalized AnxietyAn emotion-focused approach Transforming Generalized Anxiety: An Emotion Focused Approach examines an approach to treating generalized anxiety disorder (GAD) which attempts to uncover the deeper underlying emotional experiences that clients are afraid of. It also demonstrates how these painful experiences can be transformed in therapy into a form of emotional resilience by generating experiences of self-compassion and healthy boundary setting protective anger. Though most of the literature on treating GAD is dominated by Cognitive Behavior Therapy this book presents emotion-focused therapy as an alternative treatment of this condition. The emotional resilience this particular approach instils serves as a resource when encountering triggers of emotional vulnerability but also decreases the client’s need to avoid hitherto feared triggers and the emotional experiences they bring. Developed in a series of research studies and illustrated with reference to case examples this book offers a practical theoretically informed evidence based guide to conducting therapy with clients. Using clinical material and applying the outcome of a series of research studies Transforming Generalized Anxiety will equip psychotherapists and counsellors with the means to help GAD clients transform core painful experiences into a sense of empowerment and inner confidence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138681538

Transforming GovernanceNew Values New Systems in the New Business Environment Transforming Governance: New Values New Systems in the New Business Environment edited by Maria Aluchna and Güler Aras addresses the current state as well as the development of corporate governance and its perceived tasks and functions in response to the changing market and regulatory environment. Divided into three parts the book firstly addresses the variety of theoretical approaches. The inefficiencies scandals and crises as well as the significant shortcomings and current criticism of shareholder value provide a new setting and theoretical assumptions for the purpose and role of corporate governance in the economy and society. The second section of the book goes on to discuss the forces which lead to the changing corporate governance paradigm as companies are expected to incorporate not only shareholders but also stakeholders expectations and report and improve upon social and environmental performance. The focus of this section is to present the impact of stakeholders the requirement for corporate social responsibility and sustainability as well as the increasing importance of women in management and their participation at corporate board level. Section Three contains corporate governance case studies within various organizational and institutional settings; including the case of family companies social enterprises/benefit corporations sustainable companies and emerging markets. The book's contributors comprise both researchers and business experts addressing both theoretical and practical dimensions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880545

Transforming Government and Public ServicesRealising Benefits through Project Portfolio Management 'This book distills the learning from practical experience and academic research...and represents a significant contribution to the challenges we face in transforming government and public services in an environment of ever-tighter finances' ” John Suffolk UK Government Chief Information Officer Major public sector IT-enabled business change programmes are designed to realize benefits in terms of more efficient services services tailored to the need of citizens and improved outcomes but in practice such benefits often fail to materialize or we are unable to demonstrate their delivery - Transforming Government and Public Services provides proven tools techniques and processes to reverse this trend. Stephen Jenner explores a number of key themes that are fundamental to an approach to project portfolio management built on value. He explains how to: develop a business case to achieve a desired intent rather than justify a particular solution; create project documentation that is both technically rigorous and gives users a clear understanding of where you are going; treat projects as investments rather than costs; include stage gates with teeth that are closely linked to real performance; plan for success rather than holding people to account for failure; use a single version of the truth principle so there are no arguments about different data. In a complex confusing and often highly politicized environment Stephen Jenner's Transforming Government and Public Services provides a clear definitive and highly applied guide for all involved in selecting the right projects and doing them right so that they achieve the intended investment objectives. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315550091

Transforming Health Markets in Asia and AfricaImproving Quality and Access for the Poor There has been a dramatic spread of health markets in much of Asia and Africa over the past couple of decades. This has substantially increased the availability of health-related goods and services in all but the most remote localities but it has created problems with safety efficiency and cost. The effort to bring order to these chaotic markets is almost certain to become one of the greatest challenges in global health.  This book documents the problems associated with unregulated health markets and presents innovative approaches that have emerged to address them. It outlines a framework that researchers policy makers and social entrepreneurs can use to analyse health market systems and assess the likely outcome of alternative interventions. The book presents a new way of understanding highly marketised health systems applies this understanding to an analysis of health markets in countries across Asia and Africa and identifies some of the major new developments for making these markets perform better in meeting the needs of the poor. It argues that it is time to move beyond ideological debates about the roles of public and private sectors in an ideal health system and focus more on understanding the operation of these markets and developing practical strategies for improving their performance.  This book is ideal reading for researchers and students in public health development studies public policy and administration health economics medical anthropology and science and technology studies. It is also a valuable resource for policy makers social entrepreneurs and planners and managers in public and private sector health systems including pharmaceutical companies aid agencies NGOs and international organisations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849714174

Transforming Healthcare with Qualitative Research Drawing on the knowledge and experiences of world-renowned scientists and healthcare professionals this important book brings together academic medical and health systems accounts of the impact of applying qualitative research methods to transform healthcare behaviours systems and services. It demonstrates the translation of tried-and-tested and new interventions into high-quality care delivery improved patient pathways and enhanced systems management. It melds social theory health systems analysis and research methods to address real-life healthcare issues in a rich and realistic fashion. The systems and services examined include those affecting patient care and patient and professional wellbeing and the roles and responsibilities of people providing and receiving care. Some chapters delve deeply into the human psyche examining the very private face of health and illness. Others concentrate on public health and how people’s needs can be met through health promotion and new investments. From real-time case studies to narratives on illness to theories of change there is something here for everybody. Transforming health systems needs ingenuity – and the drive of individuals the staying power of systems and above all the involvement of patients. Full of novel ideas and innovative solutions from around the world all underpinned by qualitative methods and methodologies this book is a key contribution for advanced students practitioners and academics interested in health services research research methods and the sociology of health and illness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367281281

Transforming High Schools Through RTILessons Learned and a Pathway Forward Simplify your approach to implementing Response-to-Intervention (RTI) and make strides toward improved achievement in your high school. In this book experienced educator Jeremy Koselak shows high school leaders how to attain measurable results through a framework of tiered dynamic intervention strategies known as RTI. With an awareness of the challenges unique to implementing RTI in high schools the author explains many of the best policies for continuous improvement. Strategies highlight essential steps for successfully implementing RTI and present a pathway for avoiding common pitfalls. Unique features of this book include: An updated synthesis of high school level RTI recommendations derived from an assortment of research A frank discussion on the practical concerns and limitations associated with implementing RTI in high schools An illustration of how to embed data-based decision-making into a school's culture Templates and figures demonstrating high school samples Reflections and case studies for actual high schools And more! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781596671775

Transforming Higher Education Through Universal Design for LearningAn International Perspective Providing insight into the background theory and practical applications of Universal Design for Learning (UDL) Transforming Higher Education through Universal Design for Learning: An International Perspective examines and shares best practice in UDL implementation worldwide to provide strategies for strengthening student accessibility engagement and learning outcomes through the development of flexible learning environments. Drawing upon insightful research-based contributions from educators and student service specialists in Australia Belgium Brazil Canada Ireland Israel Norway South Africa Spain the UK and all across the USA this book: considers diversity in the form of disability minority ethnic groups gender identities first generation university students and varying socio-economic backgrounds; brings together key thinkers and actors in the field of UDL and expertly maps its practices to the higher educational domain; explores the multiple means of representation expression and engagement that combine to create a successful UDL framework. Each chapter not only provides a different perspective of how UDL has helped meet the needs of all students to ensure that education is accessible culturally responsive and socially just but also considers how this can then be implemented into higher education environments the world over. This book is a crucial read for those who want to make a positive difference in higher education provision and outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815354734

Transforming HR Deliver greater value to your organisation through HR transformation. Transforming HR Second edition offers robust practical advice on changing the way human resource management is undertaken walking you through the transformational process from initial planning to the evaluation of outcomes. Since the first edition of the book many organisations have restructured their HR functions and invested in better HR information systems but with new issues emerging all the time the journey towards transformation must continue. To support this journey the authors draw on their own experience and insights in this new edition which features:Practical tools and approaches to guide planning implementation and evaluation of transformation strategies aimed at increasing the value of HR‘s contribution in organisationsNew chapters on HR‘s value proposition Web 2.0 and benefits realisation to demonstrate their critical role in transformationCutting edge research on topics such as the use of social media technology by HR with views and experience from senior practitioners across a broad range of organisationsFresh thinking on the people agenda to be addressed by progressive HR functions Intended as an inspiring hands-on guide to planning implementing and evaluating transformation strategies Transforming HR second edition is an essential companion as you work to increase the value of HR in your organisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138433779

Transforming ImagesScreens affect futures Contemporary social and cultural life is increasingly organised around a logic of self-transformation where changing the body is seen as key. Transforming Images examines how the future functions within this transformative logic to indicate the potential of a materially better time. The book explores the crucial role that images have in organising an imperative for transformation and in making possible or not the materialisation of a better future. Coleman asks the questions: which futures are appealing and to whom? How do images tap into and reproduce wider social and cultural processes of inequality? Drawing on the recent ‘turns’ to affect and emotion and to understanding life in terms of vitality intensity and ‘liveness’ in social and cultural theory the book develops a framework for understanding images as felt and lived out. Analysing different screens across popular culture – the screens of shopping makeover television programmes online dieting plans and government health campaigns – it traces how images of self-transformation bring the future into the present and affectively ‘draw in’ some bodies more than others. Transforming Images will be of interest to students and scholars working in sociology media studies cultural studies and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138820609

Transforming Infant WellbeingResearch Policy and Practice for the First 1001 Critical Days Transforming Infant Wellbeing brings together science and policy to highlight the critical importance of the first 1001 days of infancy: the period from conception to the second birthday. Introduced and edited by Penelope Leach who uniquely combines academic knowledge of infant development with the ability to write about it for wide audiences the book has at its heart 25 original articles by acknowledged experts in different aspects of infant health and development. Brought together they showcase innovative science and best practices to a wide range of readers: to scientific colleagues in different disciplines; to politicians and policy makers; to local authority commissioners and specialist advisors statutory and voluntary organisations and parents. This book has a two-fold purpose in science and in social policy. First to collect new papers by leading scientists in a single volume which ensures they reach a broad audience. Second by introducing and commenting on the significance of these new findings the book highlights both the benefits that accrue to society when it acts accordingly and the costs financial and social of our failure to do so. In the last 50 years interest in infant development and especially maternal and infant mental health has burgeoned. A large number of issues at the forefront of child development research mirror those of yesterday but the research brought to bear upon them has transformed. Thanks largely to technological and statistical advances we now know a great deal that researchers of earlier generations could only surmise. However increasing knowledge of infancy has not been matched by an increasing impact on parents and professionals politicians and policy makers. Bringing contemporary studies involving pregnancy birth infancy and toddlerhood together along with the undisputed evidential findings that flow from them large gaps between what is known and what is done become apparent. By focusing on what can be done to fill those gaps Transforming Infant Wellbeing renders inescapable the need to rethink current priorities. It represents essential reading for researchers parents and policy makers of infancy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138689541

Transforming International Criminal Justice This book sets out an agenda to transform international criminal trials and the delivery of international criminal justice to victim communities through collaboration of currently competing paradigms. It reflects a transformation of thinking about the comparative analysis of the trial process and seeks to advance the boundaries of international criminal justice through wider access and inclusivity in an environment of rights protection.Collaborative justice is advanced as providing the future context of international criminal trials. The book's radical dimension is its argument for the harmonization of restorative and retributive justice within the international criminal trial. The focus is initially on the trial process a key symbol of developing international styles of justice. It examines theoretical models and political applications of criminal justice through detailed empirical analysis in order to explore the underlying relationship of theory and empirical study applying the outcome in theory testing and policy evaluation in several different jurisdictions. The book injects a significant comparative dimension into the study of international criminal justice.This is achieved through searching the traditional foundations of internationalism in justice by employing an original methodology to enable a multi-dimensional exploration of contexts (local regional and global) so recognising the importance of difference within an agenda suggesting synthesis.The book argues for a concept of international trial within a 'rights paradigm' understood against different procedural traditions and practices and provides a detailed description of trials and trial decision-making in various jurisdictions. Transforming International Criminal Justice also sets out to develop effective research strategies as part of its interrogation of specific trial narratives and meanings in contemporary legal cultures. Key themes are those of internationalisation fair trial and the exercise of discretion in justice resolutions (sentencing in particular) and the lay/professional relationship and its dynamics. Finally the book provides a searching critique of the relevance of existing criminology and legal sociology in relation to international criminal justice and speculates on trial transformation and the merger of retributive and restorative international criminal justice. comparative analysis of the criminal trial process internationallyargues for harmonization of retributive and restorative justice within the international criminal trialsets out an agenda to transform international criminal trials and the delivery of international criminal justice to victim communities Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415628075

Transforming Korean PoliticsDemocracy Reform and Culture Over the past fifteen years South Korea has transformed itself from an authoritarian government into a new democracy with a vibrant capitalist economy. Modernization democratization and globalization have played important roles in this transformation and have greatly influenced the programs and policies of Korea's Sixth Republic. Covering developments through the 2003 elections this book shows how the South Korean government and society have been shaped not only by the dynamics of these forces but also by their interaction with the cultural norms of a post-Confucian society. The author provides a conceptual framework and baseline for examining political developments in Korea and offers an analysis of the factors that are transforming Korean institutions society and politics. He discusses the forces shaping Korea's political economy and the performance of successive ROK governments and also highlights the challenges faced by the newly elected administration of Roh Moo Huan the North Korean issue and more. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698595

Transforming Language and Literacy EducationNew Materialism Posthumanism and Ontoethics The field of languages and literacies education is undergoing rapid transformation. Scholarship that draws upon feminist post-colonial new material and posthuman ontologies is transcending disciplinary boundaries and disrupting traditional binaries between human and nonhuman the natural and the cultural the material and the discursive. In Transforming Language and Literacy Education editors Kelleen Toohey Suzanne Smythe Diane Dagenais and Magali Forte bring together accessible conceptually rich stories from internationally diverse authors to guide new practices new conversations and new thinking among scholars and educators at the forefront of languages and literacies learning. The book addresses these concepts for diverse groups of learners including young children youth and adults in formal educational and community-based settings. Challenging and disruptive this is a unique and important contribution to language and literacy education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138589360

Transforming Law and InstitutionIndigenous Peoples the United Nations and Human Rights In the past thirty or so years discussions of the status and rights of indigenous peoples have come to the forefront of the United Nations human rights agenda. During this period indigenous peoples have emerged as legitimate subjects of international law with rights to exist as distinct peoples. At the same time we have witnessed the establishment of a number of UN fora and mechanisms on indigenous issues including the UN Permanent Forum on Indigenous Issues all pointing to the importance that the UN has come to place on the promotion and protection of indigenous peoples' rights. Morgan describes analyses and evaluates the efforts of the global indigenous movement to engender changes in UN discourse and international law on indigenous peoples' rights and to bring about certain institutional developments reflective of a heightened international concern. By the same token focusing on the interaction of the global indigenous movement with the UN system this book examines the reverse influence that is the ways in which interacting with the UN system has influenced the claims tactical repertoires and organizational structures of the movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754674450

Transforming Leader ParadigmsEvolve from Blanket Solutions to Problem Solving for Complexity An easy read with clear examples and engaging stories this book is a treat for leaders who are interested in totally transforming the way they work. Luckman and Flory help leaders and organizations shift from a solutions mindset to a problem-solving culture that results in flow and growth where everyone in the organization can become a winner.  Anand V. Tanikella Vice President R&D Abrasives Worldwide Saint-Gobain  Luckman and Flory explain how to create a platform for change and a culture of meaningful continuous improvement through what they call "Problem Solving for Complexity." This approach is about engaging everybody in the organization to improve every aspect of how work gets done. Read this book if you want to be a real change leader not just the person who goes around talking about the need for change. Robert Kessiakoff Coach/Consultant Partner LTGe Sweden [This book] describes how the leader through changing his or her own behaviors and practices can transform an organization that is slow to adapt into one that solves problems organically. The book is an important read for leaders and managers at all levels.  Peter Ward Senior Associate Dean for Academics Richard M. Ross Chair in Management Professor of Management Sciences Director Center for Operational Excellence Ohio State University   Organizational transformation is difficult and despite expensive continuous improvement programs most change efforts fail. This pattern James E. Luckman and Olga Flory argue is due to the fact that most change efforts start with senior leaders assigning an external or internal consulting group to attempt to drive change from the top down. Leaders today can no longer roll out solutions in the hopes of seeing better results. What they can do is play an active role in helping to transform their organization from "blanket solutions" thinking to learning how to solve complex business problems in a rapidly changing world. Drawing upon decades of leadership experience and years of research with executives across many different industries Luckman and Flory make a persuasive case that most companies have not been able to stay ahead in what is an increasingly turbulent business environment because they simply have not made the cultural changes required to do so. In discussing how to facilitate this culture change the authors share a model for leadership designed to guide an organization to extraordinary new levels of performance by focusing on three key areas: building a framework for problem-solving encouraging respectful communication and accelerating the pace at which the organization learns. The result is more energized team members who are dedicated to their daily work in an organization that is better positioned to achieve operational excellence. Readers will also find powerful stories from executives who have effectively changed their approach to leadership all of which serve to inspire more leaders to take the leap and become "problem-solvers for complexity." Transforming Leader Paradigms is a book about strengthening every organization’s capacity to solve complex business problems. But more importantly it’s about what leaders must change in themselves to help their team members solve problems methodically start to look at the world differently using complexity theory and understand what it means to create real value for customers. For leaders who are willing to examine their own behaviors this book is a welcome change from the steady stream of business books on the market that emphasize charismatic and/or heroic leadership as the key to achievement and success. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367139308

Transforming LeadershipEquipping Yourself and Coaching Others to Build the Leadership Organization Second Edition True leadership is the most valuable commodity in the world- yet few really know how to attain it. This new edition of a much talked about executive and management self-development book offers a fresh approach to assessing and cultivating vital leadership skills in any organization. It is newly updated with creative self-assessment tools and an emphasis on leadership coaching and mentoring. It goes beyond the traditional to define the relationship between leadership performance and corporate performance optimization. Transforming Leadership introduces a new style of leadership-one that blends effective business practices with compassion and awareness-to help today's leaders develop and build what Anderson calls a ""leadership organization"" that will flourish in our ever-changing global marketplace. It shows you how to become a dynamic leader as well as prepares you to develop your colleagues' and employees leadership skills while you work with them. This is the kind of innovative inside-out leadership that is sure to help any company meet the challenges that lie ahead. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203735237

Transforming Legal EducationLearning and Teaching the Law in the Early Twenty-first Century Paul Maharg presents a critical inquiry into the identity and possibilities of legal education and an exploration of transformational alternatives to our current theories and practices of teaching and learning the law. His work takes the view that bodies of interdisciplinary theory and knowledge of the history of legal education are important to all stages of legal education. He also argues that new learning designs - such as transactional learning - need to be developed to help students educators and lawyers deal with the transitions and challenges facing them now and in the foreseeable future. Throughout discussions of theory are spliced with case studies of academic and professional legal learning particularly in the field of technology-enhanced learning. The content of the book will be updated in a community of practice wiki at http://www.transforming.org.uk which will also allow readers to comment and expand on the book's final chapter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248274

Transforming Literacy Curriculum GenresWorking With Teacher Researchers in Urban Classrooms In this volume university researchers and urban elementary teacher-researchers coauthor chapters on the teachers' year-long inquiries on a range of literacy topics that they conducted as part of a collaborative school-university action research project. Central to this project was the teacher-researchers' attempts to transform their teaching practices to meet the needs of students from diverse ethnic and linguistic backgrounds and their finding that their inquiry efforts resulted in developing more collaborative styles of teaching. Because the everyday interactions between teachers and students are realized by the social talk in the classroom the university- and teacher-researchers analyzed classroom discourse to study and document the teachers' efforts to make changes in the locus of power in literacy teaching and learning. The chapters include many classroom discourse examples to illustrate the critical points or incidents of these teachers' inquiries. They show the successes and the struggles involved in shedding teacher-controlled patterns of talk. This book explores the process of urban teachers' journeys to create dialogically organized literacy instruction in particular literacy routines--called in this book curriculum genres. The book is organized in terms of these curriculum genres such as writing curriculum genres reading-aloud curriculum genres drama curriculum genres and so forth. Teacher inquiries were conducted in various elementary grade levels from kindergarten through grade eight. Three occurred in bilingual classrooms and one in a special education classroom. The first and last chapters written by the editors provide the background theoretical and methodological underpinnings of the project. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138463745

Transforming Literacy Education for Long-Term English LearnersRecognizing Brilliance in the Undervalued Grounded in research on bilingualism and adolescent literacy this volume provides a much-needed insight into the day-to-day needs of students who are identified as long-term English language learners (LTELs). LTELs are adolescents who are primarily or solely educated in the U.S. and yet remain identified as "learning English" in secondary school. Challenging the deficit perspective that is often applied to their experiences of language learning Brooks counters incorrect characterizations of LTELs and sheds light on students’ strengths to argue that effective literacy education requires looking beyond policy classifications that are often used to guide educational decisions for this population. By combining research theory and practice this book offers a comprehensive analysis of literacy pedagogy to facilitate teacher learning and includes practical takeaways and implications for classroom practice and professional development. Offering a pathway for transforming literacy education for students identified as LTELs chapters discuss reframing the education of LTELs academic reading in the classroom and the bilingualism of students who are labeled LTELs. Transforming Literacy Education for Long-Term English Learners is a much-needed resource for scholars professors researchers and graduate students in language and literacy education English education and teacher education and for those who are looking to create an inclusive and successful classroom environment for LTELs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138558113

Transforming Literature into ScriptureTexts as Cult Objects at Ninevah and Qumran Transforming Literature into Scripture examines how the early textual traditions of ancient Israel - stories laws and rituals - were transformed into sacred writings. By comparing evidence from two key collections from antiquity - the royal library at Nineveh and the biblical manuscripts from the Dead Sea Scrolls - the book traces the stabilisation of textual traditions in the ancient Near East towards fixed literary prototypes. The study presents a new methodology which enables the quantification categorisation and statistical analysis of texts from different languages writing systems and media. The methodology is tested on wide range of text genres from the cuneiform and biblical traditions in order to determine which texts tend towards stabilised forms. Transforming Literature into Scripture reveals how authoritative literary collections metamorphosed into fixed ritualised texts and will be of interest to scholars across Biblical Judaic and Literary Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108226

Transforming Management Using Artificial Intelligence Techniques Transforming Management Using Artificial Intelligence Techniques redefines management practices using artificial intelligence (AI) by providing a new approach. It offers a detailed well-illustrated treatment of each topic with examples and case studies and brings the exciting field to life by presenting a substantial and robust introduction to AI in a clear and concise manner. It provides a deeper understanding of how the relevant aspects of AI impact each other’s efficacy for better output. It’s a reliable and accessible one-step resource that introduces AI; presents a full examination of applications; provides an understanding of the foundations; examines education powered by AI entertainment home and service robots healthcare re-imagined predictive policing space exploration; and so much more all within the realm of AI. This book will feature: Uncovering new and innovative features of AI and how it can help in raising economic efficiency at both micro- and macro levels Both the literature and practical aspects of AI and its uses This book summarizing key concepts at the end of each chapter to assist reader comprehension Case studies of tried and tested approaches to resolutions of typical problems Ideal for both teaching and general-knowledge purposes. This book will also simply provide the topic of AI for the readers aspiring researchers and practitioners involved in management and computer science so they can obtain a high-level of understanding of AI and managerial applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367456375

Transforming Markets in the Built EnvironmentAdapting to Climate Change There is an urgent need to build human capacity to make the often vulnerable and exposed buildings and communities we live and work in more resilient to the changing social economic and physical environments around us. Extensive research has been done over the last decades on both mitigation and adaptation to climate change in the built environment but the outputs of much of this research have failed to result in the wider uptake of effective greenhouse gas emission reduction solutions. This volume introduces credible 'fresh thinking' on how this may be done. For the first time an emerging generation of research is brought together that is directly concerned with understanding influencing and leading the transformation of markets and thinking in the built environment. Chapters cover: defining values setting targets consumer motivation selling existing ideas better developing new design principles paradigms and programmes optimizing solutions to ensure that when change does happen it does so in the right direction. Papers are contributed by leading experts in fields ranging from philosophy the social political and physical sciences engineering architecture mathematics and complexity science. The resulting volume will be essential reading for all those involved with changing the mindsets of a generation on the need to and ways to build resilience to rapid change and transforming markets in the built environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986022

Transforming Masculinities in African ChristianityGender Controversies in Times of AIDS Studies of gender in African Christianity have usually focused on women. This book draws attention to men and constructions of masculinity particularly important in light of the HIV epidemic which has given rise to a critical investigation of dominant forms of masculinity. These are often associated with the spread of HIV gender-based violence and oppression of women. Against this background Christian theologians and local churches in Africa seek to change men and transform masculinities. Exploring the complexity and ambiguity of religious gender discourses in contemporary African contexts this book critically examines the ways in which some progressive African theologians and a Catholic parish and a Pentecostal church in Zambia work on a 'transformation of masculinities'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253193

Transforming Medical Education for the 21st CenturyMegatrends Priorities and Change Drawing on key international reports and input from leading healthcare practitioners and educators worldwide this ground-breaking book closely examines the real issues facing medicine and medical education. With a wide-ranging evidence-based approach the author identifies key drivers of change in both the developing and developed world. He examines national and international medical education priorities suggests practical educational development and change management strategies to translate reforms into reality and reviews the role of the medical profession as part of the wider healthcare community. This highly detailed full-colour text offers thought-provoking reading for all healthcare educators and professionals. Healthcare managers and policy makers will find invaluable the practical specific guidance for change. Healthcare students too will find the accessible advice for personal direction and development both eye-opening and inspirational. With commentaries by experts who participated as members of The Lancet Commission on Education of 'Health Professionals for a New Century: Transforming Education to Strengthen Health Systems in an Interdependent World' Lord Nigel Crisp House of Lords London United Kingdom Professor Patricia J. Garcia Dean School of Public Health and Administration Cayetano Heredia University Lima Peru Professor Afaf I. Meleis Margaret Bond Simon Dean of Nursing University of Pennsylvania United States and an epilogue on 'Leadership in Medicine and Healthcare for the 21st century' by Dr Ruth Collins-Nakai former president of the Canadian Medical Association and chair of the Canadian Medical Foundation Ontario Canada Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846199691

Transforming MenChanging Patterns of Dependency and Dominance in Gender Relations Using the storyThe Frog Princeas a symbol of traditional awareness of the potential marginality of men in society Transforming Menproposes that much of patriarchy is a theatrical illusion. Presenting men as more important and powerful than they really are should be seen as a way of controlling them rather than as a system for dominating women. The author believes that both men and women need to feel that other people are dependent on them.Dench states that women acquire a sense of responsibility through the direct dependence of children but most men can only come to experience responsibility via women. If women reject the male breadwinning role then men will never develop the altruistic incentive. Dench urges that men need to be given a greater stake than women in the public realm in order to be the main family providers and become caring members of society. Dispensing with male privileges and formal positions the author continues will simply reveal and revive older and deeper problems to which patriarchy itself was a historical and sociological solution.Dench does not deny the possibility that if men did behave as feminists have asked or expected then certainly we would be living in a far better world. However he asserts that it is too simple to just blame men for the fact that this has not happened; perhaps the real failure lies in feminist approaches and theories. Thus Dench persuasively argues that feminism may be making the male problem worse not better by insisting on everything from absolute parity to role reversal.Transforming Mencontains examples of many different feminist viewpoints including those of Margaret Mead Betty Friedan and Camille Paglia. It also uses contemporary cultural instances such as popular movies television shows and books to emphasize its points. This volume presents an intriguing argument regarding feminism versus a patriarchal society. It will provide stimulating reading for all those interested in the feminist debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539822

Transforming Multilateral DiplomacyThe Inside Story of the Sustainable Development Goals Transforming Multilateral Diplomacy provides the inside view of the negotiations that produced the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). Not only did this process mark a sea change in how the UN conducts multilateral diplomacy it changed the way the UN does its business. This book tells the story of the people issues negotiations and paradigm shifts that unfolded through the Open Working Group (OWG) on SDGs and the subsequent negotiations on the 2030 Sustainable Development Agenda from the unique point of view of Ambassador Macharia Kamau and other key participants from governments the UN Secretariat and civil society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813350868

Transforming Museums in the Twenty-first Century In his book Graham Black argues that museums must transform themselves if they are to remain relevant to 21st century audiences – and this root and branch change would be necessary whether or not museums faced a funding crisis. It is the result of the impact of new technologies and the rapid societal developments that we are all a part of and applies not just to museums but to all arts bodies and to other agents of mass communication. Through comment practical examples and truly inspirational case studies this book allows the reader to build a picture of the transformed 21st century museum in practice. Such a museum is focused on developing its audiences as regular users. It is committed to participation and collaboration. It brings together on-site online and mobile provision and through social media builds meaningful relationships with its users. It is not restricted by its walls or opening hours but reaches outwards in partnership with its communities and with other agencies including schools. It is a haven for families learning together. And at its heart lies prolonged user engagement with collections and the conversations and dialogues that these inspire. The book is filled to the brim with practical examples. It features: an introduction that focuses on the challenges that face museums in the 21st century an analysis of population trends and their likely impact on museums boxes showing ideas models and planning suggestions to guide development examples and case studies illustrating practice in both large and small museums an up-to-date bibliography of landmark research including numerous websites Sitting alongside Graham Black’s previous book The Engaging Museum we now have a clear vision of a museum of the future that engages stimulates and inspires the publics it serves and plays an active role in promoting tolerance and understanding within and between communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415615730

Transforming NarcissismReflections on Empathy Humor and Expectations Using Kohut's seminal paper "Forms and Transformations of Narcissism" as a springboard Frank Lachmann updates Kohut's proposals for contemporary clinicians.  Transforming Narcissism: Reflections on Empathy Humor  and Expectations draws on a wide range of contributions from empirical infant research psychoanalytic and psychotherapeutic practice social psychology and autobiographies of creative artists to expand and modify Kohut's proposition that archaic narcissism is transformed in the course of development or through treatment into empathy humor creativity an acceptance of transience and wisdom.  He asserts that empathy humor and creativity are not the goals or end products of transformations but are an intrinsic part of the ongoing therapist-patient dialogue throughout treatment. The transformative process is bidirectional impacting both patient and therapist and their affect undergoes transformation - for example from detached to intimate - and narcissism or self-states are transformed secondarily as a consequence of the affective interactions. Meeting or violating expectations of emotional responsivity provides a major pathway for transformation of affect.  For beginning therapists Transforming Narcissism presents an engaging approach to treatment that incorporates the therapeutic action of these transformations but also leaves room for therapists to develop styles of their own. For more experienced therapists it fills a conceptual and clinical gap provides a scaffold for crucial aspects of treatment that are often unacknowledged (because they are not "analytic") or are dismissed and pejoratively labeled "countertransference." Most importantly Lachmann offers a balance between therapeutic spontaneity and professional constraint.  Focused and engaging  Transforming Narcissism provides a bridge from self psychology to a rainbow of relational approaches that beginning and seasoned therapists can profitably traverse in either direction.  Dr. Lachmann contributed to an article on empathy in the April 2008 issue of O magazine pp. 230. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203927267

Transforming NATO in the Cold WarChallenges beyond Deterrence in the 1960s The first comprehensive history of NATO in the 1960s based on the systematic use of multinational archival evidence. This new book is the result of a gathering of leading Cold War historians from both sides of the Atlantic including Jeremi Suri Erin Mahan and Leopoldo Nuti. It shows in great detail how the transformation of NATO since 1991 has opened up new perspectives on the alliance’s evolution during the Cold War. Viewed in retrospect the 1960s were instrumental to the strengthening of NATO's political clout which proved to be decisive in winning the Cold War – even more so than NATO's defense and deterrence capabilities. In addition it shows that NATO increasingly served as a hub for state institutional transnational and individual actors in that decade. Contributions to the book highlight the importance of NATO's ability to generate "soft power" the scope and limits of alliance consultation the important role of common transatlantic values and the growing influence of small allies. NATO's survival in the crucial 1960s provides valuable lessons for the current bargaining on the purpose and cohesion of the alliance. This book will be of much interest to students of international history Cold War studies and strategic studies.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415512541

Transforming New Technologies into Cash FlowCreating Market-Focused Strategic Paths for Business-to-Business Companies Create market-focused strategies that make maximum use of your company’s technologiesWhat separates the best from the rest among professional managers? The ability to constantly create rethink and revamp strategies by creating and applying powerful new concepts. But a major problem for managers in technology-intensive companies is how to successfully integrate their choice of technologies into competitive market strategies. Transforming New Technologies into Cash Flow develops and applies a simple but powerful new set of concepts to help managers in technology-intensive companies integrate their technology choices with marketing strategies that drive profits high and keep cash flowing. This unique book helps managers map and plan new strategic paths that successfully integrate bundles of technologies product functionalities end-user segments and market networks to create market-focused strategies and competitive differentiation. The book uses case examples and provides a “Management Application Toolkit” of simple and tested maps worksheets and interactive cash flow spreadsheets to connect strategic path choices to long-term net cash flow that results in real financial success. Transforming New Technologies into Cash Flow examines: a management process perspective the importance of creating market focus strategic paths; integrating technology choices organizing management teams around strategic paths major management problems with new technologies strategic path mapping analysis and integration managing the technology development and adoption processes integrating strategic path bundles: managing transformation processes creating powerful competitive differentiation creating “hot” zones on strategic paths driving cash flow with stategic paths the critical role of pricing and much more!Transforming New Technologies into Cash Flow is an essential professional resource for senior and middle multifunction managers in technology-intensive companies technical R&D and engineering managers and managers in executive education workshops. This book is part of The Foundation Series in Business Marketing which also includes Fundamentals of Business Marketing Research and Fundamentals of Business Marketing Education: A Guide for University-Level Faculty and Policymakers (Series Senior Editor: J. David Lichtenthal PhD MBA Zicklin School Baruch College City University of New York). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864457

Transforming NewsroomsConnecting Organizational Culture Strategy and Innovation Transforming Newsrooms offers a practical guide to navigating structural and culture change for news organizations facing economic disruption in today’s rapidly changing media landscape.  Even when the need for change is obvious the best ideas and intentions are often not followed by successful execution. This book offers a road map for understanding the obstacles to change in news organizations and how to overcome them. Providing a detailed overview of the ways in which news processes and routines are being fundamentally altered to meet new demands for multimedia interactivity and immediacy the book offers tips to help news organizations better serve communities by understanding what information people need and how they want to engage and collaborate. The book also features a variety of case studies and examples from news organizations of all kinds including a 10-year in-depth investigation of the Christian Science Monitor the first national news organization to stop its daily presses for a digital report. Transforming Newsrooms is an invaluable resource for students and media professionals alike demonstrating how to make research on organizational change actionable and help build a more equitable journalism model that will survive and thrive when we need it most. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138841277

Transforming Northicote School In February 1994 Northicote School situated in a deprived area of Wolverhampton was the first in the country to be named and shamed OfSTED called the school 'appalling in almost every way'.Then Geoff Hampton took over as head - five years later he was awarded a knighthood for transforming the fortunes of this failing school; and its pupils.This book pulls out the key points from the five year programme and shares successful strategies with other heads governors and teachers. Full of clear advice and guidance fro new and experienced headteachers containing sections on: Managing the reactions of staff and pupils to an unfavourable OfStED report Finding a positive route to improvement _ Action planning _ Staff and pupil issues _ The role of the headteacher _ Changing the culture of the school _ Involving the wider community _ _ This story is inspirational but it is grounded in the practical realities facing headteachers and senior management teams in education today. The reader cannot fail to be motivated by what has been achieved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420908

Transforming Organizations for the Subscription EconomyStarting from Scratch The emerging present is a fast-changing context for incumbent organizations especially in market segments where online behavior is replacing physical proximity and users engage with digital platforms for the acquisition of products and services. These are platforms that allow users to behave to leave a mark and to participate in the community of others which are the values people now seek. Transforming Organizations for the Subscription Economy: Starting from Scratch aims to prepare executives for a world in which everything is social augmented and autonomous; objects and spaces will have multiple purposes capabilities and meanings. This is a new territory full of opportunity which is generally discussed only at the level of technology involved instead of the intellectual level where the real understanding of the need for transformation resides. The book reveals ideas about what is possible if we transform the present. The narrative is organized around what is actual and what is potential; what is the probable future that we can arrive at through change and what is the possible future that we can build through transformation. When engaging in transformation the following strategic question develops: if you were designing your organization today how would you design it? In other words how would you go about it starting from scratch? This book provides the intellectual framework that empowers organizations to understand and navigate the emerging present and to develop and deliver products and services of intrinsic value to users. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138281707

Transforming OrganizationsOne Process at a Time This book offers leaders an approach to systemically affect change and create cultures of excellence where staff work together to change the way they view their work. Based on well-known quality concepts readers will discover the essential concepts and actions that have the power to transform every system. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138197725

Transforming Otherness Today people in different situations and contexts face intercultural challenges. These are a result of increasing mobility. Sometimes such challenges are brought about by crisis situations and an international labor market. However people also come in contact with each other through forms of new technology such as the Internet and through literature and film. In these multicultural encounters misunderstandings and sometimes clashes are experienced. This volume presents studies in culture communication and language all of which strive through a variety of theoretical perspectives to develop understanding of such challenges and perhaps offer practical solutions.Encountering otherness may evoke fears negative attitudes and a corresponding will to dismiss the otherness in front of us either consciously or unconsciously. This denial of otherness may also be subtle. Thinking about otherness as described in this volume also raises questions about how otherness is represented and mediated and about the possible role of third parties in facilitating communication in such situations. Sometimes a third party can play a crucial role in facilitating the communication process and serve as a channel of communication.Trust in humanity as a bridge to community requires a subtle balance between representations of self and other. Various problems arise in intercultural mediation which may be caused by cultural and political differences and these are sometimes used to validate stereotypical beliefs and images. The editors argue that in both academic and art circles European perspectives have widely been understood as universal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517424

Transforming PakistanWays Out of Instability This book argues that any strategy for dealing with Pakistan requires an understanding of the country‘s complex and turbulent history and of the weaknesses of its political and other institutions. It describes how in the absence of an inherent national identity successive military and civilian governments have made use of Islam and Kashmir the unfinished business of Partition for political purposes. It also examines the role of the army and of its intelligence service the ISI in relation to India Afghanistan and internal political manipulation. The nature and history of the tribal regions in Pakistan and Afghanistan which are little understood in the West and which explain much of the animosity towards the US are also described in detail. After 9/11 Pakistan's support for counter-terrorism and military operations in Afghanistan increased the population‘s animosity towards the West and hence the government‘s difficulties in delivering. Meanwhile the military leadership hedged its bets by maintaining links with militant organisations and with a re-emerged Taliban. With the arrival of an elected leadership the emergence of simultaneous political economic and security crises tactical errors by the West and the Mumbai terrorist attacks in late 2008 the situation was complicated further. The book concludes with recommendations aimed particularly at the new US administration for a durable long-term relationship with Pakistan entailing increased attention and resources devoted to institution-building and over time the reduction of the role and influence of the army. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405813

Transforming Parks and Protected AreasPolicy and Governance in a Changing World **This title was originally published in 2007. The version published in 2012 is a PB reprint of the original HB** The protection of natural resources and biodiversity through protected areas is increasingly based on ecological principles. Simultaneously the concept of ecosystem-based management has become broadly accepted and implemented over the last two decades. However this period has also seen unprecedented rapid global social and ecological change which has weakened many protection efforts. These changes have created an awareness of opportunities for innovative approaches to managing protected areas and of the need to integrate social and economic concerns with ecological elements in protected areas and parks management. A rare collection of articles that fuses academic theory critique of practice and practical knowledge Transforming Parks and Protected Areas analyzes and critiques these theories practices and philosophies looking in-detail at the emerging issues in the design and operation of parks and protected areas. Addressing critical dynamics and current practices in parks and protected areas management the excellent volume goes well beyond simple managerial solutions and descriptions of standard practice. With contributions from leading academics and practitioners this book will be of value to all those working within ecology natural resources conservation and parks management as well as students and academics across the environmental sciences and land use management.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542647

Transforming Performance Anxiety TreatmentUsing Cognitive Hypnotherapy and EMDR Transforming Performance Anxiety Treatment: Using Cognitive Hypnotherapy and EMDR offers a much needed and different approach to this issue using two psychodynamic therapies which work to bring about rapid and long-lasting change.Using nine reflexive case studies the author examines two little used interventions cognitive hypnotherapy (CH) and eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR). The basic theories of cognitive anxiety and the emotions that underpin this condition are explored. The principles and protocols of CH and EMDR are explained and how these psychodynamic therapies are adapted to effect permanent change.The first book to examine these treatments for this condition Transforming Performance Anxiety Treatment will be of interest for practitioners and therapists in training as well as educators professionals and therapists working within competitive sports. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606763

Transforming Performance Management to Drive PerformanceAn Evidence-based Roadmap Recently a revolution has taken place in organizations around the world to transform their performance management systems from burdensome chores into a valuable business practices. Many high-profile companies have announced they are getting rid of the dreaded performance reviews and replacing them with ongoing coaching and feedback. Although these cases are inspiring other organizations to contemplate change many are left with more questions than answers. While many fads and quick fixes have been proposed to answer these questions little research exists to support them. This book provides a practical and evidence-based guide for building a performance management approach that actually improves performance. It cuts through the hype and gives actionable advice useful tools and real-world examples for organizations to build the business case for change plan the transformation design the new system and implement the change effectively. Featuring research findings as well as concrete strategies from organizations that have proven successful this book provides a roadmap for meaningful change. It will be of interest to professionals and scholars interested in evidence-based performance management and the challenges facing organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138051966

Transforming PowerEnergy Environment and Society in Conflict In 1934 Lewis Mumford critiqued the industrial energy system as a key source of authoritarian economic and political tendencies in modern life. Recent debate continues to engage issues of energy authoritarianism focusing on the contest between energy-driven globalization (the spread of energy deregulation and the simultaneous consolidation of the oil coal and gas industries) and the so-called "sustainable energy" strategy that celebrates the local and community scale characteristics of renewable energy. Including theoretical inquiries and case studies by distinguished writers Transforming Power is divided into three parts: Energy Environment and Society; The Politics of Conventional Energy; and The Politics of Sustainable Energy. It interrogates current contemporary energy assumptions exploring the reflexive relationship between energy environment and society and examining energy as a social project. Some of these have promised a prosperous future founded upon technological advances that further modernize the modern energy system such as "inherently safe" nuclear power environmentally friendly coal gasification and the advent of a wealthier cleaner world powered by fuel cells; and the "green technologies " said by advocates to prefigure a revival of human scale development local self-determination and a commitment to ecological balance. br This volume offers a timely engagement of the social issues surrounding energy conflicts and contradictions. It will be of interest to policymakers energy and environmental experts sociologists and historians of technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539839

Transforming PracticeSelections from the Journal of Museum Education 1992-1999 Transforming Practice a comprehensive collection of articles from Museum Education Roundtable's Journal of Museum Education presents a rich and exemplary selection of writing in one accessible resource. Each of the book's four sections includes an introductory essay; "sparks" excerpted from each article that alone might ignite debate; "reflections" by some of the authors looking back on their work; and discussion questions. Four case studies in the final section highlight the fascinating interplay among change response and understanding. Transforming Practice is a professional development tool--a resource for museum training programs small museums staffs practitioner groups and friends to inspire conversation critique debate and your own writing. As Stephen E. Weil writes in his foreword this book reveals "the richness of ideas the dedication to excellence and the extraordinary depth and variety of talents to be found among this generation of museum educators." Sponsored by the Museum Education Roundtable.This title is sponsored by The Museum Education Roundtable. The Museum Education Roundtable (MER) is a non-profit organization based in Washington DC dedicated to enriching and promoting the field of Museum Education. Through publications programs and communication networks MER fosters professionalism encourages leadership scholarship and research in museum-based learning and advocates the inclusion and application of museum-based learning in the general education arena. For more information on MER and its activities please contact via email at info@mer-online.com or on the web at www.mer-online.org. Members receive the Journal of Museum Education as a benefit of membership. Write to MER at PO Box 15727 Washington DC 20003. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138404618

Transforming Primary MathematicsUnderstanding classroom tasks tools and talk Fully updated to reflect the new curriculum the revised edition of Transforming Primary Mathematics sets out key theories and cutting-edge research in the field to enable teachers to take a fresh look at how they teach mathematics. The book encourages teachers to reflect on their own beliefs and values about mathematics and asks them to question whether their current methods meet the needs of all learners and the challenge of having high expectations for all. It provides clear practical approaches to help implement fundamental change in classroom environments and offers motivational teaching styles to ensure meaningful mathematics learning. Chapters take an inspiring sometimes controversial and often unconventional look at the subject of mathematics by: endorsing the use of a ‘new mathematics’ – one based on problem solving modelling inquiry and reasoning not on abstract rules memorising and regurgitation arguing that there is more to maths teaching than ‘death by a thousand worksheets’ challenging norms such as the practice of sorting children into sets based on their perceived mathematical ability asking whether mathematical ability is innate or a result of social practices examining what a ‘mastery’ approach might entail highlighting the role of variation in supporting learning advocating an environment where teachers are encouraged to take risks. Transforming Primary Mathematics is for all primary school teachers who want to make mathematics welcoming engaging inclusive and successful. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138953604

Transforming Public Leadership for the 21st Century The forces of globalization are shifting our world including the public sector away from hierarchy and command and control toward one of collaboration and networks. The way public leadership is thought about and practiced must be and is being transformed. This volume in the "Transformational Trends in Governance & Democracy" series explores what the shift looks like and also offers guidance on what it should look like. Specifically the book focuses on the role of "career leaders" - those in public service - who are agents of change not only in their own organizations but also in their communities and policy domains. These leaders work in network settings making connections and collaborating to create public value and advance the common good. Featuring the insights of an authoritative group of contributors the volume offers a mix of scholarship from philosophical discussions to conceptual models to empirical studies that taken together will help inform the transformation of public leadership that is already underway. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698588

Transforming Public Services by DesignRe-Orienting Policies Organizations and Services around People For policy makers and policy implementers design challenges abound. Every design challenge presents an opportunity for change and transformation. To get from policy intent to policy outcome however is not a straightforward journey. It involves people and services as much as it involves policies and organizations. Of all organizations perhaps government agencies are perceived to be the least likely to change. They are embedded in enormous bureaucratic structures that have grown over decades if not centuries. In effect many people have given up hope that such an institution can ever change its ways of doing business. And yet from a human-centered design perspective they present a fabulous challenge. Designed by people for people they have a mandate to be citizen-centered but they often fall short of this goal. If human-centered design can make a difference in this organizational context it is likely to have an equal or greater impact on an organization that shows more flexibility; for example one that is smaller in size and less entangled in legal or political frameworks. Transforming Public Services by Design offers a human-centered design perspective on policies organizations and services. Three design projects by large-scale government agencies illustrate the implications for organizations and the people involved in designing public services: the Tax Forms Simplification Project by the Internal Revenue Service (1978-1983) the Domestic Mail Manual Transformation Project by the United States Postal Service (2001-2005) and the Integrated Tax Design Project by the Australian Tax Office. These case studies offer a unique demonstration of the role of human-centered design in policy context. This book aims to support designers and managers of all backgrounds who want to know more about reorienting policies organizations and services around people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409436256

Transforming Racial and Cultural Lines in Health and Social CareListening Loving and Lifting Spirits When You Can This book proposes an innovative new model for transforming racial and cultural lines in health and social care through communication processes and introduces listening partnerships as a cost-effective sustainable intervention to improve communication skills. Transforming Racial and Cultural Lines in Health and Social Care walks the reader through the process of developing the essential skills for racially and culturally effective and compassionate communication. Divided into four parts the book includes examples that highlight the significance of each skill and provides listening partnerships on each topic. In the final part of the book Froehlich and Thornton-Marsh interview medical health and social care practitioners regarding their experiences in using racially and culturally effective communication to transform health and social care. Improved communication enhances the experience of health and social care for both patients and practitioners and ultimately supports better health outcomes. Transforming Racial and Cultural Lines in Health and Social Care is essential reading for health and social care students looking to improve their communication skills and provide better care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367258993

Transforming Reading Skills in the Secondary SchoolSimple strategies for improving literacy Transforming Reading Skills in the Secondary School is a commonsense text designed to help practitioners working in a mainstream context. The book suggests ways to develop the underlying skills necessary for good reading through multiple pathways such as mainstream subject lessons individual and small group support sessions whole school initiatives the use of reading mentors and home-school liaison opportunities. Brimming with ideas and activities Pat Guy explores a variety of different aspects of reading including: how reading is taught and why it is such an important skill for the individual how to motivate the reluctant reader the role played by the mainstream & specialist teacher underlying problems pupils may face how to increase parental involvement reasons why a pupil’s comprehension might be limited the role of the School Librarian the relevance to reading of vocabulary and general knowledge. Anyone wanting to develop the reading skills of secondary pupils who struggle will find this a resource they return to time and time again. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138892729

Transforming Relationship MarketingStrategies and Business Models in the Digital Age Relationship marketing builds and maintains long-term relationships with customers through value creation and delivery. This book examines the key principles of relationship marketing and online relationship marketing. It looks at three main areas of relationship marketing as understanding relationship marketing and the continuum the drivers and scope of relationship marketing and how organisations should restructure for successful relationship marketing in the digital context. The book also addresses the opportunities and challenges associated with the implementation of relationship marketing in various types of organisation and suggests different effective relationship-building strategies and techniques for successful customer relationship management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367548179

Transforming Residential InterventionsPractical Strategies and Future Directions Transforming Residential Interventions: Practical Strategies and Future Directions captures the emerging changes exciting innovations and creative policies and practices informing ground-breaking residential programs. Building on the successful 2014 publication Residential Interventions for Children Adolescents and Families this follow-up volume provides a contemporary framework to address the needs of young people and their families alongside practical strategies that can be implemented at the program community system and policy levels. Using the Building Bridges Initiative as a foundation the book serves as a "how-to manual" for making bold changes to residential interventions. The reader will learn from a range of inspired leaders who rather than riding the wave of change jumped in and created the wave by truly listening to and partnering with their youth families advocates and staff. Chapters provide real-time practice examples and specific strategies that are transformational and consider critical areas such as family and youth voice choice and roles partnerships permanency and equity diversity and inclusion. These methods benefit youth with behavioral and/or emotional challenges and their families and will improve an organization’s long-term outcomes and fiscal bottom line. This book is for oversight agencies managed care companies providers of service advocates and youth/family leaders looking for an exemplar guide to the new frontier of residential intervention. In this era of accountability and measurement it will become a trusted companion in leading residential interventions to improved practices and outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815393788

Transforming Rural ChinaHow Local Institutions Shape Property Rights in China It is often assumed that privatization leads to profit and that well-delineated property rights and a strong private sector will help boost an economy. This book investigates the property rights in Chinese enterprises in the reform era finding that distinction between the public and the private are blurred that national reform policies are implemented unevenly across the country and that enterprises owned by local governments in Shanghai for example are actually extremely profitable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654623

Transforming ScholarshipWhy Women's and Gender Studies Students Are Changing Themselves and the World Transforming Scholarship is a user-friendly work of practical guidance and inspiration for supporting a student's interest in a Women's Studies degree. Berger and Radeloff use empirical evidence to help students with the major barriers they face when exploring Women's Studies: the negative response a student often faces when announcing to the world that he or she is interested in Women’s Studies; and the perceived lack of employment and career options that supposedly comes with graduating with a Women's Studies degree. This book will support students to think critically about what they know how to demonstrate what they know and how to prepare for life both personally and professionally after the degree. Transforming Scholarship is a practical guide for students interested in women’s and gender studies that targets advanced undergraduates who have a firm connection to the discipline. This book is ideal for women’s and gender capstone courses and for those who have finished their degree and need a resource to assist in conceptualizing the answers to the question "What’s next?" This second edition of Transforming Scholarship focuses on areas that undergraduates might want integrate into their women’s and gender studies education: study abroad civic engagement projects internships independent studies and honors theses. It includes exercises to help flesh out talents passions and skills and how to link them to employment information about the diversity of employment opportunities (and further professional training) available and a plan to help prepare for graduation. It also delves into how to live a feminist life after graduation including activism after college building and sustaining feminist communities and feminist parenting. The authors have also added new "Point of View" boxes throughout the book where scholars focus on contemporary issues and deepen a student’s understanding of the organizations and individuals fighting to end sexist oppression. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415836531

Transforming School CounselingA Special Issue of Theory Into Practice First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315045757

Transforming School Leadership with ISLLC and ELCC Authoritative and practical this book is co-authored by Neil Shipman former ISLLC Director. It provides knowledge and tools to help principals-in-training and practitioners apply the ISLLC and ELCC standards in their schools. Each chapter contains a research-based discussion and practical applications of the standard along with suggested activities assignments and case studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472679

Transforming Schools First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315048307

Transforming Schools into Community Learning Centers This book shows how schools can provide services to all members of the community not just to children of school age. It also demonstrates how a school's instructional program and facilities can include community resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138432734

Transforming SchoolsA Problem-Solving Approach to School Change Presenting a unique team-based problem-solving model this book shows how to turn K-8 school change from a daunting prospect into an achievable goal supported by a concrete plan. A framework is provided for addressing any schoolwide academic or behavior issue from reading or math problems to concerns about school safety or tardiness. Four clear-cut steps are described: problem identification problem analysis plan development and plan implementation/evaluation. User-friendly features include procedures for navigating each step extended case examples frequently asked questions and 13 reproducible forms; the large-size format and lay-flat binding facilitate photocopying. Purchasers get access to a companion website where they can download and print the reproducible materials as well as online-only practice exercises with answers.This book is in The Guilford Practical Intervention in the Schools Series edited by T. Chris Riley-Tillman. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462529575

Transforming Sexual NarrativesA Relational Approach to Sex Therapy Transforming Sexual Narratives offers readers the opportunity to address complex sexual problems through Narrative Relational Sex Therapy (NRST) an original approach that Suzanne Iasenza has developed during twenty-five years of clinical practice. This method presents a deeper richer way of thinking about sexual challenges that has enabled clients to successfully rewrite their mistaken narratives to reclaim pleasure intimacy and satisfaction in their erotic lives. Drawing on the strengths of three very different therapeutic traditions — psychoanalytic couple and family systems and sex therapy — it delivers a fresh and dynamic way of understanding the complex interrelationship between personal social cultural and familial sexual narratives. Chapters include conversations with diverse couples and individuals from all kinds of backgrounds and cultures who exist in every kind of body and in each case show how unconscious and harmful narratives can be transformed into healthy and pleasurable sex lives. This essential guide will help therapists to identify their client’s secret sexual stories and enable them to rewrite their inner narratives and relationship with sexuality for the better. Sex therapists will be able to integrate a relational perspective into behavioral treatment individual and couple therapists will be able to weave sexuality into general psychotherapy and psychoanalysts will be able to use the sexual history to identify early dynamics that affect adult intimacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367205751

Transforming ShameA Pastoral Response Explore shame's revelatory and transformative potential within Christianity and the Church Learn to understand shame to allow for positive change in your clients and parishioners. This book explores psychological spiritual and theological aspects of shame and shame's transformative potential. It will help pastoral care givers and mental health workers to identify shame issues and become agents of healing. By examining shame in the gospel accounts of the life ministry and death of Jesus it shows that shame is a vital part of what defines us as human and how shame can draw us into the mystery of our relationship with God. From the author: “This book develops the thesis that shame is a necessary and ontological part of the human condition. Shame can become pathological undergirding and dominating the entire personality making it impossible to feel oneself either part of the collective or an individual in one's own right. Transformation of shame is a large part of the psychic meaning of the Christ event what Christianity is about. Transformation of shame is the experience of grace. The great saints and icons of Christianity have used the Christ event to transform shame and experience grace. The more completely they have done this the deeper their experience of unity with God.” With Transforming Shame: A Pastoral Response you'll explore: the phenomenological meaning of shame the psychological meaning implications and etiology of shame shame in the context of scripture and Christian theology the methodology for contextualizing theories of depth psychology in theology and religious experience human defense mechanisms to shame shame's usefulness in coming to a deeper understanding of personal identity the role of the institutional church in helping its people find meaning in shame and experiencing the grace that comes from shame's transformation how to address the Church's role in fostering toxic shame With practical examples drawn from pastoral ministry and a thoughtful interdisciplinary approach this book will help you understand both the psychology and the spirituality of shame and make the essential connections between the two. Extensive references and a handy bibliography point the way to further reading on this fascinating subject. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315808734

Transforming Social Action into Social ChangeImproving Policy and Practice Cohen offers a new framework for analyzing social projects and local social activism. Rather than look at how single projects are designed and managed to evaluate their impact the approach calls for analyzing fields of social action: policy and politics institutional behavior social networks among policymakers and practitioners and availability of funding and other resources. Combined they affect the conceptualization of a social problem and the design and practice of social intervention. More broadly through circumscribing the range of thinking about social problems they delimit possibilities to generate social change. Analyzing fields also allows for linking macro-level trends in areas like policy to decision-making within individual organizations and the effectiveness of projects at instigating the desired transformation in individual and collective behavior. Working together policymakers individual activists nonprofit organizations and staff in public institutions like schools and hospitals can critique and alter fields to challenge more effectively social problems. This collaboration in turn affects how social policies are designed and ultimately the politics of social change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138050594

Transforming Social HousingInternational Perspectives The recent global crisis exposed vulnerabilities of housing markets pointing to the need to build resilience through better policy tools and sustainable provision of social housing. In the context of fiscal austerity social housing is affected by changing politics privatization and concentration of urban poverty. Transforming Social Housing: International Perspectives explores the differences and similarities in housing policies and practices by focusing on social housing institutions and their ability to influence affordability and quality of housing. The focus is on private and not-for-profit provision in mixed-income developments supported through partnerships and a mix of policy instruments. The book brings together contributions by leading scholars on key debates affecting social housing in cities around the world. The international perspectives provide an interdisciplinary robust overview of complex processes of change affecting people places and homes. It is particularly well suited for students scholars policymakers and professionals interested in housing urban planning and public policy. The chapters in this book were originally published in various issues of the Urban Research & Practice journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367646172

Transforming Social RepresentationsA Social Psychology of Common Sense and Science Common sense by definition is familiar to us all. Science for some of us is more remote yet it is not always clear what the connections are between these two ways of seeing the world. In this title originally published in 1993 the author explores several related themes in social psychology to elucidate the way we understand the social construction of knowledge and the means by which we change social reality. From the perspective of a critique of social representations theory the author argues that this necessitates a change of viewpoint from the individualistic and mechanistic assumptions of Cartesian science to the social and evolutionary perspective of a Hegelian framework. This not only emphasizes the cultural and historical dimensions of social phenomena but also illuminates the social and dynamic nature of individuals. As a consequence the discipline of social psychology must itself be transformed recognizing the active participation of scientists in the social construction of scientific knowledge. This title will be of interest to those working in social psychology history and philosophy of science and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138848986

Transforming Social Work PracticePostmodern Critical Perspectives Transforming Social Work Practice shows that postmodern theory offers new strategies for social workers concerned with political action and social justice. It explores ways of developing practice frameworks paradigms and principles which take advantage of the perspectives offered by postmodern theory without totally abandoning the values of modernity and the Enlightenment project of human emancipation. Case studies demonstrate how these perspectives can be applied to practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203164969

Transforming SocietyStrategies for Social Development from Singapore Asia and Around the World Social change affects all quarters of life and human society whether in individual neighbourhoods communities or nations or in the world as a whole – encompassing many issues of gender age social class and ethnicity. This book examines both the conceptual as well as operational aspects of social transformation and social development. It examines societal transformation at the individual group community national and international levels using a range of case studies from Singapore Asia and around the world. The four parts of this book highlight the challenges of social development; issues concerning workforce and migration; welfare women and social care; as well as community development and capacity building. Social development and social transformation are presented as intertwined concepts that affect citizens in profound ways from social care to social well-being construction of social relationship as well as community life capacity building and nation building. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367141950

Transforming Socio-Natures in TurkeyLandscapes State and Environmental Movements This book is an exploration of the environmental makings and contested historical trajectories of environmental change in Turkey. Despite the recent proliferation of studies on the political economy of environmental change and urban transformation until now there has not been a sufficiently complete treatment of Turkey's troubled environments which live on the edge both geographically (between Europe and Middle East) and politically (between democracy and totalitarianism). The contributors to Transforming Socio-Natures in Turkey use the toolbox of environmental humanities to explore the main political cultural and historical factors relating to the country’s socio-environmental problems. This leads not only to a better grounding of some of the historical and contemporary debates on the environment in Turkey but also a deeper understanding of the multiplicity of framings around more-than-human interactions in the country in a time of authoritarian populism. This book will be of interest not only to students of Turkey from a variety of social science and humanities disciplines but also contribute to the larger debates on environmental change and developmentalism in the context of a global populist turn. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138367692

Transforming SportKnowledges Practices Structures Sport sociology has a responsibility to engage critically with the accepted wisdom of those who govern and promote sport. This challenging collection of international research is a clear call for enacting the transformation of sport. The contributing authors argue that it is not enough to merely advocate for change. Rather they insist that scholars need to take an active political stance when conducting research with the explicit purpose of attempting to transform the practices structures and the ways in which knowledge is produced about sport. By exposing and challenging the power relations which perpetuate discrimination and inequality within sport it becomes possible to catalyse wider societal changes. Drawing on a diversity of topics including sport for development and peace transnational feminism disability sport refugees and football activism FIFA the Olympics sports journalism and digital sports media this book makes a case for sport sociology as an agent of positive change in the hierarchies and institutional structures of contemporary sport. Transforming Sport: Knowledges Practices Structures provides valuable insights for all students and scholars interested in the sociology of sport and its transformative potential. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367894092

Transforming Summary JusticeModernisation in the Lower Criminal Courts Sweeping changes are being introduced into the lower-tier magistrates’ courts in England and Wales in efforts to modernise the system and speed up case processing. They concentrate on delivering prompt justice within a modern efficient and technologically advanced system. But these transformations are fundamentally changing the way justice is delivered. This book analyses criminal court streamlining processes and argues that there are areas where due process protections are being undermined. Transforming Summary Justice reports empirical research carried out with lay magistrates and criminal justice professionals. Views and experiences drawn from magistrates are valuable because of the central role they perform in lower court justice. Further magistrates provide a wider understanding of the context in which the lower criminal courts operate and enable a critical appraisal of this unique style of ‘lay justice’. This book is directed at students of criminology criminal justice and socio-legal studies who will find the debates stimulating and useful to engage with in contemporary analyses of criminal court justice. It will also be of interest to justice and legal professionals who are seeing swingeing alterations to the field in which they work. The book will have appeal in other common-law jurisdictions where similar modifications to lower court justice are occurring and also across Europe where lay involvement in legal decision-making is being debated and becoming accepted practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367226091

Transforming Teaching and Learning with Active and Dramatic ApproachesEngaging Students Across the Curriculum A CHOICE Outstanding Academic Title 2014! How can teachers transform classroom teaching and learning by making pedagogy more socially and culturally responsive more relevant to students’ lives and more collaborative? How can they engage disaffected students in learning and at the same time promote deep understanding though high-quality teaching that goes beyond test preparation? This text for prospective and practicing teachers introduces engaging innovative pedagogy for putting active and dramatic approaches to learning and teaching into action. Written in an accessible conversational and refreshingly honest style by a teacher and professor with over 30 years' experience it features real examples of preschool elementary middle and high school teachers working in actual classrooms in diverse settings. Their tales explore not only how but also why they have changed the way they teach. Photographs and stories of their classroom practice along with summarizing charts of principles and strategies both illuminate the critical cross-curricular and inquiry-based conceptual framework Edmiston develops and provide rich examples and straightforward guidelines that can support readers as they experiment with using active and dramatic approaches to dialogue inquiry building community planning for exploration and authentic assessment in their own classrooms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415531016

Transforming TeamsTips for Improving Collaboration and Building Trust Human resources and management consultants are frequently asked to help their clients address fundamental breakdowns within their organizations. More often than not these breakdowns occur between conflicting functional areas such as sales and customer service sales and operations or creative and operations management. This book explains why these breakdowns occur and details what you can do to correct them.A motivational management tale Transforming Teams: Tips for Improving Collaboration and Building Trust is based on the author’s real-world experience as a consultant helping companies resolve breakdowns in collaboration and trust at the workplace. Using a narrative style to illustrate problem-solving in action the book follows the challenges faced by a company CEO and her team as they address three central precepts: that all relationships are reparable that the use of direct language is fundamental and that members of a team can fix only one thing themselves.As the story unfolds readers follow along and learn the three communication minefields that can derail and disrupt effective teamwork: breaking promises avoiding conflict and not holding each other accountable. Readers gain important insights as the characters end up improving their collaboration by recognizing the interrelated components of trust and understanding their own behavioral style and the styles of others.Although there’s no silver bullet for solving team conflict there are a number of proven tools and strategies that can help teams improve collaboration and productivity. This book presents these tools in a manner that any front-line manager can immediately deploy to help team members identify challenges objectively and take responsibility for improving the team dynamic. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498721479

Transforming the CountrysideThe Electrification of Rural Britain It is now almost impossible to conceive of life in western Europe either in the towns or the countryside without a reliable mains electricity supply. By 1938 two-thirds of rural dwellings had been connected to a centrally generated supply but the majority of farms in Britain were not linked to the mains until sometime between 1950 and 1970. Given the significance of electricity for modern life the difficulties of supplying it to isolated communities and the parallels with current discussions over the provision of high-speed broadband connections it is surprising that until now there has been little academic discussion of this vast and protracted undertaking. This book fills that gap. It is divided into three parts. The first on the progress of electrification explores the timing and extent of electrification in rural England Wales and Scotland; the second examines the effects of electrification on rural life and the rural landscape; and the third makes comparisons over space and time looking at electrification in Canada and Sweden and comparing electrification with the current problems of rural broadband. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472441270

Transforming the Culture of SchoolsYup¡k Eskimo Examples This book speaks directly to issues of equity and school transformation and shows how one indigenous minority teachers' group engaged in a process of transforming schooling in their community. Documented in one small locale far-removed from mainstream America the personal narratives by Yupík Eskimo teachers address the very heart of school reform. The teachers' struggles portray the first in a series of steps through which a group of Yupík teachers and university colleagues began a slow process of reconciling cultural differences and conflict between the culture of the school and the culture of the community.The story told in this book goes well beyond documenting individual narratives by providing examples and insights for others who are involved in creating culturally responsive education that fundamentally changes the role and relationship of teachers and community to schooling. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315045306

Transforming the DisciplinesA Women's Studies Primer A jargon-free non-technical and easily accessible introduction to women's studies!All too many students enter academia with the hazy idea that the field of women's studies is restricted to housework birth control and Susan B. Anthony. Their first encounter with a women's studies textbook is likely to focus on the history and sociology of women's lives. While these topics are important the emphasis on them has led to neglect of equally important issues. Transforming the Disciplines: A Women's Studies Primer is one of the first women's studies textbooks to show feminist scholarship as an active force changing the way we study such diverse fields as architecture bioethics history mathematics religion and sports studies.Although this text was designed as an introduction to women's studies it is also rewarding for upper-level or graduate students who want to understand the pervasive effects of feminist theory. Most chapters provide a bibliography or list of further reading of significant works. Its clear jargon-free prose makes feminist thought accessible to general readers without sacrificing the revolutionary power of its ideas. In almost thirty essays covering a broad range of subjects from anthropology to chemistry to rhetoric Transforming the Disciplines exemplifies the changes achieved by feminist thought. Transforming the Disciplines: combines a high standard of writing and scholarship with personal insight includes both traditional academic arguments and alternative non-agonistic forms of discussion embraces an international scope challenges traditional assumptions models and methodologies offers an inter- and multidisciplinary approach strengthens readers’understanding of the big picture not only for women but for all disempowered groups critiques feminism as well as patriarchal societyFeminist theory is grounded in a questioning of traditional assumptions about what is right natural and self-evident not just about the roles and nature of men and women but about how we think what we teach whose experience matters and what is important. Transforming the Disciplines is the first textbook to show the consequences of those questions -- not the answers themselves but the consequences of the willingness to ask and the transformations that have occurred when the “right” answers changed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203862773

Transforming the Doctor's OfficePrinciples from Evidence-based Design From the parking lot to the exam room doctors can improve the physical surroundings for their patients yet often they do not. Given the numerous and varied duties doctors must perform it may fall to the design profession to implement changes many based on research to improve healthcare experiences. From location and layout to furnishings and positive distractions this book provides evidence-based information about the physical environment to help doctors and those who design medical workspaces improve the experience of health care. Along with its research base a special aspect of this book is the integration of relevant historical material about the office practice of physicians at the beginning of the twentieth century. Many of their design solutions are viable today. In addition to improving the physical design of healthcare facilities author Ann Sloan Devlin is the granddaughter daughter and niece of physicians as well as the granddaughter and daughter of nurses. She worked in a hospital during college and has visited a good many practitioners’ offices in medical office buildings and ambulatory care settings. This book addresses an overlooked location of care: the doctor’s office suite. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415840644

Transforming the FutureAnticipation in the 21st Century People are using the future to search for better ways to achieve sustainability inclusiveness prosperity well-being and peace. In addition the way the future is understood and used is changing in almost all domains from social science to daily life. This book presents the results of significant research undertaken by UNESCO with a number of partners to detect and define the theory and practice of anticipation around the world today. It uses the concept of ‘Futures Literacy’ as a tool to define the understanding of anticipatory systems and processes – also known as the Discipline of Anticipation. This innovative title explores: • new topics such as Futures Literacy and the Discipline of Anticipation; •    the evidence collected from over 30 Futures Literacy Laboratories and presented in 14 full case studies; • the need and opportunity for significant innovation in human decision-making systems. This book will be of great interest to scholars researchers policy-makers and students as well as activists working on sustainability issues and innovation future studies and anticipation studies. The Open Access version of this book available at https://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/e/9781351047999 has been made available under a Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivs 3.0 IGO (CC-BY-NC-ND 3.0 IGO) license. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367855888

Transforming the Inner and Outer FamilyHumanistic and Spiritual Approaches to Mind-Body Systems Therapy This enlightening book integrates humanistic and transpersonal psychotherapy principles with family systems work. Transforming the Inner and Outer Family discusses a wide range of creative methodologies such as the use of meditation guided imagery and energy centers in the body to bridge the inner and outer experiences of the individual and family members. Chapters explore the healing capacity of intense affect to unify significant others through the transformation of fear anger and grief to understanding compassion love and forgiveness. The book is practical as well as theoretical containing many case studies focusing on individual couples and family therapy. In addition a special chapter is included on the use of family of origin sessions. Transcripts of actual cases show detailed methods of entering into the therapy system to promote change and demonstrate the operational definition of spirituality and its practical utilization in psychotherapy. Also included is a special candid interview between the author and Virginia Satir mother of family therapy nine months before she died on her personal and professional life.Transforming the Inner and Outer Family presents an integrative family systems model that emphasizes the coordination of existential humanistic and transpersonal healing psychologies. This model coordinates Virginia Satir’s later thinking with Roberto Assagioli’s model of psychosynthesis. Author Sheldon Kramer blends principles of psychosynthesis with family systems work and thoroughly explains the use of his new model Mind-Body Systems Therapy ™ including: development of internal family configurations the spiritual dimension within the systemic context integrating the use of the body with meditation in healing practices methods of healing the inner nuclear and intra-generational family bridging the inner and outer familial world stages of inner and outer healing the use of self in therapyTransforming the Inner and Outer Family is on the cutting edge of current emerging interests in alternative medicine especially in holistic principles of healing with emphasis on the spiritual dimension as a major healing conduit for transformation. Readers will discover in this book a solid theoretical base that integrates traditional psychology including psychodynamic/object relations theory with less-mainstream forms of psychotherapy and will learn effective strategies for helping individuals couples and families heal. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315783567

Transforming the Israeli-Palestinian ConflictFrom Mutual Negation to Reconciliation This book is a collection of essential essays on resolving the Israeli-Palestinian conflict by eminent social psychologist Herbert C. Kelman.Few experts or practitioners know the Israeli-Palestinian conflict as well as Kelman and for over forty years he has conducted interactive problem-solving workshops at Harvard University and elsewhere engaging more than one hundred Israeli Arab and Palestinian political activists journalists and intellectuals in constructive dialogue. Spanning the years 1978 to 2017 the essays gathered here are still relevant today and attest to the author’s broad empathy for Palestinians and Israelis and his passionate pursuit of a resolution of their conflict based on consistent principles that satisfy the essential psychological needs and minimum political interests of both. The selected essays are not only insightful academic papers but also serve as snapshots-in-time of the ebb and flow of conflict and peace efforts as well as guideposts for future would-be negotiators and facilitators.This volume will be of much interest to students of Middle Eastern politics peace and conflict studies and international relations and will help would-be negotiators and mediators in practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590949

Transforming the Latin American Automobile IndustryUnion Workers and the Politics of Restructuring This study looks at union responses to the changes in the Latin American car industry in the last 15 years. It considers the impact of the shift towards export production and regional integration and the effect of political changes on union reponses. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315502854

Transforming the Measurement of Learning and Teaching in Higher Education Transforming the Measurement of Learning and Teaching in Higher Education proposes a dynamic new model for educational measurement by reconceptualizing the field of learning analytics. Revolving around the agency and daily work of those in the field this book describes how colleges and universities can be better structured for quality learning showcases new tools for gathering emergent feedback and demonstrates how that feedback can be used effectively across higher education organizations. Leaders and practitioners at all levels are offered new approaches for organizational and technological design that ensure the type of data and the way it is gathered serve the ultimate goal of high quality learning and teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118898

Transforming the Transformation?The East European Radical Right in the Political Process Transforming the transformation? The East European Radical Right in the Political Process examines the significance of radical right parties along with other organizations in terms of their involvement in the political process of new democracies. This groundbreaking study highlights firstly the radical right’s interaction with other political actors such as parties governments and interest groups in their respective countries. Secondly the contributors analyze the effects of such interaction with regard to agenda setting and policies in "loaded" policy fields namely minorities and immigration law and order religion territorial issues and democratization. Through an examination of the role of radical right actors in political processes and an assessment of the resulting measurable outcomes this book shows how policies election results and regime changes indicate shifts away from the liberal-democratic order institutionalized in the course of post-Communist transformation. Offering a unique cross-national comparison of particular facets and themes as well as in-depth analysis of country cases this book will be of interest to undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as scholars of European politics and far right studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415793360

Transforming the U.S. Financial System: An Equitable and Efficient Structure for the 21st CenturyAn Equitable and Efficient Structure for th This work challenges the conventional understanding of Hong Kong's political culture as one of indifference. It takes a historical look at political participation in the former colony and includes an in-depth analysis of 13 selected cases. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315484532

Transforming ThinkingPhilosophical Inquiry in the Primary and Secondary Classroom Essential reading for anyone who seeks to prepare active citizens for the twenty-first century this long-awaited book considers Philosophical Inquiry an empowering teaching method that can lead to significant improvements in confidence and articulacy and produce positive effects in other school activities and in interactions in the wider world. Readers are guided through the creation of a Community of Philosophical Inquiry (CoPI) in the kindergarten the classrooms of primary and secondary schools the community centre and beyond with practical ideas to make CoPI work. With examples ranging from five year old children to underachieving teenagers and even senior citizens the book shows how participation in a CoPI develops: the skills of reasoning critical and creative thinking concept formation and judgment the virtues of intellectual honesty and bravery. Including chapters on the theory and development of Philosophical Inquiry the creation of a community and using CoPI with groups of different ages this book forms essential reading for teachers professionals and community workers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173590

Transforming TownscapesFrom Burh to Borough: the Archaeology of Wallingford AD 800-1400 Transforming Townscapes details the results of a major archaeological project based on and around the historic town of Wallingford in south Oxfordshire. Founded in the late Saxon period as a key defensive and administrative focus next to the Thames the settlement also contained a substantial royal castle established shortly after the Norman Conquest. The volume traces the pre-town archaeology of Wallingford and then analyses the town’s physical and social evolution assessing defences churches housing markets material culture coinage communications and hinterland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909662094

Transforming TownsDesigning for Smaller Communities Towns have undergone dramatic and rapid change over the last century. Declining historic cores are surrounded by sprawling low-density housing industrial and retail estates. The character and sense of place at the heart of rural towns and villages is under threat. By drawing people away from town centres these developments erode the sense of community and public life.  This book demonstrates how contemporary architecture community engagement and thoughtful urban design can contribute to the creation of thriving small communities. It addresses a lack of inspiration and ideas for architects and designers working in small communities and promotes a character-based approach to designing and planning 21st century towns. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859469064

Transforming Tragedy Identity and Community The volume explores the interrelated topics of transnational identity in all its ambiguity and complexity and the new ways of imagining community or Gemeinschaft (as distinct from society or Gesellschaft)) that this broader climate made possible in the Romantic period. The period crystallized even if it did not inaugurate an unprecedented interest in travel and exploration as well as in the dissemination of the knowledge thus acquired through print media and learned societies. This dissemination expanded but also unmoored both epistemic and national boundaries. It thus led to what Antoine Berman in his study of translation tellingly calls “the experience of the foreign ” as a zone of differences between and within selves of which translation  was the material expression and symptom. As several essays in the collection suggest it is this mental travel that  distinguishes the Romantic probing of transitional zones from that of earlier periods when travel and exploration were more purely under the sign of trade and commerce and thus of appropriation and colonization. The renegotiation of national and cultural boundaries also raises the question of what kinds of community are possible in this environment. A group of essays therefore explores the period’s alternative communities and the ways in which it tested the limits of the very concept of community. Finally the volume also explores the interrelationship between notions of identity and community by turning to Romantic theatre. Concentrating on the stage as monitor and mirror of contemporary ideological developments a dedicated section of this book looks at the evolution of the tragic in European Romanticisms and how its inherent conflicts became vehicles for contrasting representations of individual and communal identities. This book was published as a special issue of European Romantic Review Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315873701

Transforming Troubled Children Teens and Their FamiliesAn Internal Family Systems Model for Healing In Transforming Troubled Children Teens and Their Families: An Internal Family Systems Model for Healing Dr. Mones presents the first comprehensive application of the Internal Family Systems (IFS) Therapy model for work with youngsters and their families. This model centers diagnosis and treatment around the concept of the Functional Hypothesis which views symptoms as adaptive and survival­based when viewed in multiple contexts. The book provides a map to help clinicians understand a child’s problems amidst the reactivity of parents and siblings and to formulate effective treatment strategies that flow directly from this understanding. This is a nonpathologizing systems and contextual approach that brings forward the natural healing capacity within clients. Dr. Mones also shows how a therapist can open the emotional system of a family so that parents can let go of their agendas with their children and interact in a loving healthy Self-led way.  This integrative MetaModel combines wisdom from Psychodynamic Structural Bowenian Strategic Sensorimotor and Solution-Focused models interwoven with IFS Therapy. A glossary of terms is provided to help readers with concepts unique to IFS. Unique to this approach is the emphasis on shifting back and forth between intrapsychic and relational levels of experience. Therapy vignettes are explored to help therapists address issues such as trauma anxiety depression somatization oppositional and self-destructive behavior in children along with undercurrents of attachment injury. Two detailed cases are followed over a full course of treatment. A section on  Frequently Asked Questions explores work with families of separation and divorce resistance the trajectory of treatment dealing with anger linking to twelve-step programs and much more. This is an ideal book for any therapist in quest of understanding the essence of healing and seeking therapeutic strategies applied within a compassionate framework. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415744232

Transforming Troubled LivesKey Issues in Policy Practice and Provision All cultures have children and young people whose emotional wellbeing requires attention and whose behaviours give them their peers and those who care for them challenges in how to meet their needs. Developing good practice across work with children and young people with social emotional and behavioural difficulties relies on both professional practice and theory. The chapters in this book are taken from those presented at the International Conference organised by SEBDA in 2010 around the theme ‘Transforming Troubled Lives’ with each contributor addressing issues of policy practice or provision whilst exploring an essential question: is what we are doing effective? This critical reflective question is essential if interventions – be they in provision policy or practice – are to lead to positive outcomes for the children and young people concerned. This book was originally published as a special issue of Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138946774

Transforming Universities with Digital Distance EducationThe Future of Formal Learning Transforming Universities with Digital Distance Education explores the ways in which higher education stakeholders can apply and leverage the benefits of online learning. Systems-wide access scale and quality are achievable goals but require forms of teamwork and financial modelling beyond those at the instructor or programme level. This book’s organisational view tackles the systems and practices that will help senior managers and decision-makers guide an entire institution away from dysfunction—incremental progress insufficient capacity high costs and generic products—and towards the macro-level implementation and operations of effective online pedagogies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138614703

Transforming Urban EconomiesPolicy Lessons from European and Asian Cities Cities house the majority of the world’s population and are the dynamic centres of 21st century life at the heart of economic social and environmental change. They are still beset by difficult problems but often demonstrate resilience in the face of regional and national economic decline. Faced by the combined threats of globalisation and world recession cities and their metropolitan regions have had to fight hard to maintain their global competitiveness and protect the quality of life of urban residents Transforming Urban Economies: Policy Lessons from European and Asian Cities the first in an ongoing series of research volumes by LSE Cities provides insights in how cities can respond positively to these challenges. The fine-grained and authoritative analysis of how Barcelona Turin Munich and Seoul have been transformed in the last 20 years examines comparative patterns of decline adaptation and recovery of cities that have successfully managed to transform their economies in the face of economic hardship. This in-depth and practical analysis is aimed at urban leaders designers planners policymakers and scholars who want to understand the dynamics of economic resilience while cities are still suffering from the aftershocks of the 2008 recession. The book highlights the importance of aligned and multi-level governance the need for strategic public investments and the role of the private sector universities and foundations in leading and guiding complex processes of urban recovery in an increasingly uncertain age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415830577

Transforming Urban TransportThe Ethics Politics and Practices of Sustainable Mobility Transforming Urban Transport confronts head-on the dilemma faced by a world addicted to automobility. It highlights the danger of continuing along the fossil-fuel path and gives viable technological alternatives which can be deployed to find a solution. Changes in urban mobility and transport require local institutional policy action. To support such action the book explores new methods of governance of transport in dispersed and concentrated cities new techniques for assessing transport needs ways of improving childhood mobility guidelines for political mobilization and norms of knowledge sharing. Drawing together leading scholars from different disciplines in Australia Japan and China this book provides a unique fusion of Asian and Australasian perspectives and engages with the coming needs of transport planning practitioners in both high density and dispersed cities. Complete with a companion website with a wealth of supporting material around the topic this is essential read for all students and practitioners of transport planning. Companion website: www.routledge.com/cw/Low Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415529037

Transforming Urban Water Supplies in IndiaThe Role of Reform and Partnerships in Globalization The absence of water supply infrastructure is a critical issue that affects the sustainability of cities in the developing world and the quality of life of millions of people living in these cities. Urban India has probably the largest concentration of people in the world lacking safe access to these infrastructures. This book is a unique study of the politics of water supply infrastructures in three metropolitan cities in contemporary India – Bangalore Chennai and Kochi. It examines the process of change in water supply infrastructure initiated by notable Public Private Partnership’s efforts in these three cities to reveal the complexity of state-society relations in India at multiple levels – at the state city and neighbourhood levels. Using a comparative methodology the book develops as understanding of the changes in the production of reform water policy in contemporary India and its reception at the sub-national (state) level. It goes on to examine the governance of regimes of water supply in Bangalore Chennai and Kochi and evaluates the role of the partnerships in reforming water supply. The book is a useful contribution to studies on Urban Development and South Asian Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138119314

Transforming Urban WaterfrontsFixity and Flow In port cities around the world waterfront development projects have been hailed both as spaces of promise and as crucial territorial wedges in twenty-first century competitive growth strategies. Frequently these mega-projects have been intended to transform derelict docklands into communities of hope with sustainable urban economies—economies intended to both compete in and support globally-networked hierarchies of cities. This collection engages with major theoretical debates and empirical findings on the ways waterfronts transform and have been transformed in port-cities in North and South America Europe the Caribbean. It is organized around the themes of fixities (built environments institutional and regulatory structures and cultural practices) and flows (information labor capital energy and knowledge) which are key categories for understanding processes of change. By focusing on these fixities and flows the contributors to this volume develop new insights for understanding both historical and current cases of change on urban waterfronts those special areas of cities where land and water meet. As such it will be a valuable resource for teaching faculty students and any audience interested in a broad scope of issues within the field of urban studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415811453

Transforming Violent Political MovementsRebels today what tomorrow? This book explores the factors that influence violent rebellious political organisations to transform into other entities such as political parties criminal organisations and terrorist organisations. From the end of the Second World War until 1990 many events in the world centred on the bipolar struggle between the United States and the USSR. Although there were numerous civil wars occurring during the Cold War era many of these conflicts went virtually unnoticed unless they were linked to the Cold War struggle for ideological dominance. In the aftermath of the fall of the Soviet Union the number of intra-state conflicts was prevalent around the globe. Along with the occurrence of civil wars a variety of violent political movements also developed. Examining cases from Latin America Africa Europe and Asia this book addresses how violent political movements transform during and after conflict into new types of organisations using the collective political violence transformative (CPVT) model. The study uses a combination of pre-existing literature from the fields of sociology and political science archival research and interviews with movement members (former and active) conducted by the author. In studying the Provisional IRA and Sinn Féin the Spear of the Nation (MK) and the African National Congress (ANC) the Abu Sayyaf Group and the Revolutionary Armed Forces of Colombia (FARC-EP) Transforming Violent Political Movements paints a picture of organisations that have to respond to their environments to survive. This book will be of much interest to students of political violence terrorism war and conflict studies security studies and IR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415730198

Transforming WarriorsThe Ritual Organization of Military Force This volume offers an interdisciplinary study of how different cultures have sought to transform individuals into warriors. War changes people however a less explored question is how different societies want people to change as they are turned into warriors. When societies go to war they recognize that a boundary is being crossed. The participants are expected to do things that are otherwise prohibited or at least governed by different rules. This edited volume analyses how different cultures have conceptualized the transformations of an individual passing from a peacetime to a wartime existence to become an active warrior. Despite their differences all societies grapple with the same question: how much of the individual’s peace-self should be and can be retained in the state of war? The book explores cases such as the Nordic berserkers the Japanese samurai and European knights as well as modern soldiers in Germany Liberia and Sweden. It shows that archaic and modern societies are more similar than we usually think: both kinds of societies use myths symbols and rituals to create warriors. Thus this volume seeks to redefine theories of modernization and secularization. It shows that military organizations need to take myths symbols and rituals seriously in order to create effective units. This book will be of much interest to students of military studies war studies sociology religion and international relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138642836

Transforming Writing Instruction in the Digital AgeTechniques for Grades 5-12 An innovative practical guide for middle and high school teachers this book is packed with specific ways that technology can help serve the goals of effective writing instruction. It provides ready-to-implement strategies for teaching students to compose and edit written work electronically; conduct Internet inquiry; create blogs websites and podcasts; and use text messaging and Twitter productively. The book is grounded in state-of-the-art research on the writing process and the role of writing in content-area learning. Teacher-friendly features include vivid classroom examples differentiation tips links to online resources and reproducible worksheets and forms. The large-size format facilitates photocopying. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462504657

Transforming Your Anger in Non-Violent Ways This is a practical workbook helping individuals to safely express their anger. For those of you who are struggling with unhelpful expressions of anger whether your own or other people's this book provides explanations activities and exercises to change how you understand and express your anger. It empowers you to move away from your habitual reactions resulting in conflict and towards ways of expressing your anger fully and safely in non-violent ways. It explains key concepts and common human experiences of the physical neurological and emotional displays of anger. It helps readers to identify the key triggers for their own and others' anger and to identify their typical anger style. It describes non-violent ways to express anger fully and safely and to receive and deal with the anger of others. It explains how changes to behaviour can be established and maintained. With more than 40 activities and exercises to work through this is a practical resource to empower you to change your behaviour so you are able to express your anger safely and to improve your experience of family and work life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138414761

Transforming Youth Justice In 1997 the newly modernized Labour party swept into power promising a radical overhaul of the youth justice system. The creation of inter-agency Youth Offending Teams (YOTs) for the delivery of youth justice services were the cornerstone of the new approach. These new YOTs were designed to tackle an 'excuse culture' that was allegedto pervade the youth justice system and aimed to encourage the emergence of a shared culture among youth justice practitioners from different agencies. The transformation of the youth justice system brought about a period of intense disruption for the practitioners working within it. The nature and purpose of contemporary youth justice work was called into question and wider issues of occupational identity and culture became of crucial importance. Through a detailed ethnographic study of the formation of a YOT this book explores a previously neglected area of organisational cultures in criminal justice. It examines the nature of occupational culture and professional identity through the lived experience of youth justice professionals in this time of transition and change.It shows how profound and complex of the effects of organisational change are and the fundamental challenges it raises for practitioners' sense of professional identity and vocation. Transforming Youth Justice makes a highly significant contribution not only to the way that professional cultures are understood in criminal justice but to an understanding of the often dissonant relationship between policy and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415628082

Transforms and Applications Handbook Updating the original Transforms and Applications Handbook Third Edition solidifies its place as the complete resource on those mathematical transforms most frequently used by engineers scientists and mathematicians. Highlighting the use of transforms and their properties this latest edition of the bestseller begins with a solid introduction to signals and systems including properties of the delta function and some classical orthogonal functions.It then goes on to detail different transforms including lapped Mellin wavelet and Hartley varieties. Written by top experts each chapter provides numerous examples and applications that clearly demonstrate the unique purpose and properties of each type. The material is presented in a way that makes it easy for readers from different backgrounds to familiarize themselves with the wide range of transform applications. Revisiting transforms previously covered this book adds information on other important ones including: Finite Hankel Legendre Jacobi Gengenbauer Laguerre and Hermite Fraction Fourier Zak Continuous and discrete Chirp-Fourier Multidimensional discrete unitary Hilbert-Huang Most comparable books cover only a few of the transforms addressed here making this text by far the most useful for anyone involved in signal processing—including electrical and communication engineers mathematicians and any other scientist working in this field. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315218915

Transforms and Applications Primer for Engineers with Examples and MATLAB® Transforms and Applications Primer for Engineers with Examples and MATLAB is required reading for engineering and science students professionals and anyone working on problems involving transforms. This invaluable primer contains the most essential integral transforms that both practicing engineers and students need to understand. It provides a large number of examples to explain the use of transforms in different areas including circuit analysis differential equations signals and systems and mechanical vibrations. Includes an appendix with suggestions and explanations to help you optimize your use of MATLAB Laplace and Fourier transforms are by far the most widely used and most useful of all integral transforms so they are given a more extensive treatment in this book compared to other texts that include them. Offering numerous MATLAB functions created by the author this comprehensive book contains several appendices to complement the main subjects. Perhaps the most important feature is the extensive tables of transforms which are provided to supplement the learning process. This book presents advanced material in a format that makes it easier to understand further enhancing its immense value as a teaching tool for engineers and research scientists in academia and industry as well as students in science and engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138417946

Transfrontier Conservation AreasPeople Living on the Edge The introduction of transfrontier conservation areas (TFCAs) in southern Africa was based on an enchanting promise: simultaneously contributing to global biodiversity conservation initiatives regional peace and integration and the sustainable socio-economic development of rural communities. Cross-border collaboration and eco-tourism became seen as the vehicles of this promise which would enhance regional peace and stability along the way. However as these highly political projects take shape conservation and development policymaking progressively shifts from the national to regional and global arenas and the peoples most affected by TFCA formation tend to disappear from view.  This book focuses on the forgotten people displaced by or living on the edge of protected wildlife areas. It moves beyond the grand 'enchanting promise' of conservation and development across frontiers and unfounded notions of TFCAs as integrated social-ecological systems. Peoples' dependency on natural resources – the specific combination of crop cultivation livestock keeping and natural resource harvesting activities – varies enormously along the conservation frontier as does their reliance on resources on the other side of the conservation boundary. Hence the studies in this book move from the dream of eco-tourism-fuelled development supporting nature conservation and people towards the local realities facing marginalized people living adjacent to protected areas in environments often poorly suited to agriculture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138550742

Transfusion Medicine in Practice Transfusion Medicine in Practice focuses on the clinical applications of transfusion discussing the different settings in which transfusion is carried out including surgery transplant trauma intensive care and paediatric neonatal and obstetric cases. The text also includes a full discussion of transfusion products and how to use them pharmacologic products as an alternative to blood and transfusion service management. This practical text on the clinical practice of transfusion will be an invaluable resource for all those involved in the use of blood and blood products. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003076414

Transgender and Gender Diverse PersonsA Handbook for Service Providers Educators and Families Transgender and Gender Diverse Persons offers mental health professionals and other caregivers information and best practices for working with transgender and gender diverse persons and their families. In each chapter experts from a variety of fields provide an accessible introduction to medical legal educational and spiritual care for transgender and gender diverse adults and youth within a range of contexts including communities and schools in urban and non-urban settings. Appendices include helpful suggestions for online resources as well as additional reading for practitioners clients and their families. With rich examples and personal narratives woven throughout this is an essential reference for mental health professionals as well as other service providers educators and family members seeking to address the needs of transgender and gender diverse persons in an up-to-date inclusive manner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815382966

Transgender and HIVRisks Prevention and Care Deliver effective services to this growing population! This volume presents the first collection of reports on the impact of HIV/AIDS on the transgender community worldwide. It includes a thorough description of the unique HIV risks of transgender people and exposes their largely neglected health and social service needs. This unique book also reports on the first generation of prevention interventions targeting this community discusses guidelines for providing sex reassignment services to HIV-positive transsexuals and encourages collaboration between communities at risk researchers and people in the helping professions.The social stigma faced by this population adds to their risk of HIV infection. Low self-esteem rejection neglect employment discrimination disenfranchisement and a desire for acceptance and validation are all contributing factors. Yet as the editors point out “On the positive side the transgender community has been able to mobilize and empower itself and has found a voice that no longer can be ignored. We call on transgender and nontransgender people alike to work together to advance HIV prevention and promote our sexual health.”In Transgender and HIV you'll encounter: extensive discussions of the health social service and HIV prevention needs of the transgender community tips on how to work with marginalized communities in an empowering way explorations of the sexuality of both male-to-female and female-to-male transsexuals first-ever findings on sex reassignment surgery on HIV-positive individuals guidelines for surgery on HIV-positive transsexualsTransgender and HIV provides much-needed and often-requested information on HIV prevalence risks prevention and care for this increasingly visible community. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786230

Transgender ArchitectonicsThe Shape of Change in Modernist Space Combining transgender studies with the ’neomodernist’ architectures of the internationally renowned firm Diller Scofidio + Renfro (DS+R) and with modernist writers (Samuel Beckett and Virginia Woolf) whose work anticipates that of transgender studies this book challenges the implicit ’spatial models’ of popular narratives of transgender - interiority ownership sovereignty structure stability and domesticity - to advance a novel theorization of transgender as a matter of exteriority groundlessness ornamentation and movement. With case studies spanning the US and UK Transgender Architectonics examines the ways in which modernist architecture can contribute to our understanding of how it is that humans are able to transform shedding light on the manner in which architecture space and the spatial metaphors of gender can play significant - if often unrealized - potential roles in body and gender transformation. By remedying both the absence of actual architecture in queer theory's discussions of space and also architectural theory's marginal treatment of transgender this volume constitutes a serious intervention in the field of ’queer space’. It draws on modernist literature in order to reckon with and rebuild the architectural ideas that already implicitly structure common understandings of the queer and transgender self. As such it will appeal to scholars with interests in queer theory the body and transformation gender and sexuality modernist writing and architectural theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597344

Transgender Athletes in Competitive Sport While efforts to include gay and lesbian athletes in competitive sport have received significant attention it is only recently that we have begun examining the experiences of transgender athletes in competitive sport. This book represents the first comprehensive study of the challenges that transgender athletes face in competitive sport; and the challenges they pose for this sex-segregated institution. Beginning with a discussion of the historical role that sport has played in preserving sex as a binary the book examines how gender has been policed by policymakers within competitive athletics. It also considers how transgender athletes are treated by a system predicated on separating males from females consequently forcing transgender athletes to negotiate the system in coercive ways. The book not only exposes our culture’s binary thinking in terms of both sex and gender but also offers a series of thought-provoking and sometimes contradictory recommendations for how to make sport more hospitable inclusive and equitable. Transgender Athletes in Competitive Sport is important reading for all students and scholars of the sociology of sport with an interest in the relationship between sport and gender politics identity and ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233198

Transgender CopsThe Intersection of Gender and Sexuality Expectations in Police Cultures Building on comparative research in the U.K. and the U.S.A. this is the first book focused specifically on transgender experiences within policing. It examines the issues faced by the transgender community within policing and explores how gender and the non-conformity of it is perceived within police cultures. Moreover it provides an on-going critique of the queer criminology movement and why it is crucial to policing studies emphasising the specific importance of transgender issues therein. This empirical book provides qualitative data from American officers and English and Welsh constables on transgender police. The following research questions are addressed: What are the perceptions of cisgender officers towards transgender officers and what are the consequences of these perceptions? What are the occupational experiences and perceptions of officers who identify as transgender within policing? Finally what are the reported positive and negative administrative issues that transgender individuals face within policing? The author concludes by discussing the empirical theoretical and policy contributions of this research and offers some final thoughts on policy recommendations and directions for future research. A strong contribution to the literature in critical criminology and queer criminology this book will also be of interest to those in the fields of gender studies sociology public administration management studies and policing studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138223875

Transgender EmergenceTherapeutic Guidelines for Working with Gender-Variant People and Their Families Explore an ecological strength-based framework for the treatment of gender-variant clients This comprehensive book provides you with a clinical and theoretical overview of the issues facing transgendered/transsexual people and their families. Transgender Emergence: Therapeutic Guidelines for Working with Gender-Variant People and Their Families views assessment and treatment through a nonpathologizing lens that honors human diversity and acknowledges the role of oppression in the developmental process of gender identity formation. Specific sections of Transgender Emergence: Therapeutic Guidelines for Working with Gender-Variant People and Their Families address the needs of gender-variant people as well as transgender children and youth. The issues facing gender-variant populations who have not been the focus of clinical care such as intersexed people female-to-male transgendered people and those who identify as bigendered are also addressed. The book examines: the six stages of transgender emergence coming out transgendered as a normative process of gender identity development thinking "outside the box" in the deconstruction of sex and gender the difference between sexual orientation and gender identity as well as the convergence overlap and integration of these parts of the self the power of personal narrative in gender identity development etiology and typographies of transgenderism treatment models that emerge from various clinical perspectives alternative treatment modalities based on gender variance as a normative lifecycle developmental process Complete with fascinating case studies a critique of diagnostic processes treatment recommendations and a helpful glossary of relevant terms this book is an essential reference for anyone who works with gender-variant people. Handy tables and figures make the information easier to access and understand.Visit the author's Web site at http://www.choicesconsulting.com Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203047781

Transgender ExperiencePlace Ethnicity and Visibility This collection by trans and non-trans academics and artists from the United States the UK and continental Europe examines how transgenderism can be conceptualized in a literary biographical and autobiographical framework with emphasis on place ethnicity and visibility. The volume covers the 1950s to the present day and examines autobiographical accounts and films featuring gender transition. Chapters focus on various stages of transitioning. Interviews with trans people are also provided. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548558

Transgender IdentitiesTowards a Social Analysis of Gender Diversity In recent years transgender has emerged as a subject of increasing social and cultural interest. This volume offers vivid accounts of the diversity of living transgender in today's world. The first section "Emerging Identities " maps the ways in which social cultural legal and medical developments shape new identities on both an individual and collective level. Rather than simply reflecting social change these shifts work to actively construct contemporary identities. The second section "Trans Governance " examines how law and social policy have responded to contemporary gender shifts. The third section "Transforming Identity " explores gender and sexual identity practices within cultural and subcultural spaces. The final section "Transforming Theory?" offers a theoretical reflection on the increasing visibility of trans people in today’s society and traces the challenges and the contributions transgender theory has brought to gender theory queer theory and sociological approaches to identity and citizenship. Featuring contributions from throughout the world this volume represents the cutting-edge scholarship in transgender studies and will be of interest to scholars and students interested in gender sexuality and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415810586

Transgender MigrationsThe Bodies Borders and Politics of Transition Transgender Migrations brings together a top-notch collection of emerging and established scholars to examine the way that the term "migration" can be used not only to look at the way trans bodies migrate from one gender to the (an?) other but the way that trans people migrate in the larger geopolitical contexts of immigration reform the war on terror the war on drugs and the increased policing of national borders. The book centers trans-ing experiences identities and politics and treats these identities as inextricably intertwined with other social identities institutions and discourses of sexuality nationality race and ethnicity globalization colonialism and terrorism. The chapter authors explore not only the movement of bodies in through and across spaces and borders but also chart the metamorphoses of these bodies in relation to migration and mobility. Transgender Migrations takes the theory documented in The Transgender Studies Reader and blows it up to a global scale. It is the logical next step for scholarship in this dynamic emerging field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415888462

Transgender PsychoanalysisA Lacanian Perspective on Sexual Difference Drawing on the author’s clinical work with gender-variant patients Transgender Psychoanalysis: A Lacanian Perspective on Sexual Difference argues for a depathologizing of the transgender experience while offering an original analysis of sexual difference. We are living in a "trans" moment that has become the next civil rights frontier. By unfixing our notions of gender sex and sexual identity challenging normativity and essentialisms trans modalities of embodiment can help reorient psychoanalytic practice.  This book addresses sexual identity and sexuality by articulating new ideas on the complex relationship of the body to the psyche the precariousness of gender the instability of the male/female opposition identity construction uncertainties about sexual choice—in short the conundrum of sexual difference. Transgender Psychoanalysis features explications of Lacanian psychoanalysis along with considerations on sex and gender in the form of clinical vignettes from Patricia Gherovici's practice as a psychoanalyst. The book engages with popular culture and psychoanalytic literature (including Jacques Lacan’s treatments of two transgender patients) and implements close readings uncovering a new ethics of sexual difference.  These explorations have important implications not just for clinicians in psychoanalysis and mental health practitioners but also for transgender theorists and activists transgender people and professionals in the trans field. Transgender Psychoanalysis promises to enrich ongoing discourses on gender sexuality and identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138818682

Transgender RightsFrom Obama to Trump This book examines the transgender community’s struggle for equality over the last decade comparing the Obama and Trump administrations’ stance on transgender rights policies. Transgender rights claims have assumed an important place on the nation’s policymaking agenda as society has increasingly become aware that transgender individuals are subject to discrimination because they do not conform to the norms of the gender identity they were assigned at birth. With Congress virtually absent from the policymaking process the executive branch and the federal courts have been chiefly responsible for determining the parameters of transgender rights policies. The study contrasts the Obama administration’s efforts to expand equal rights for the transgender community especially in employment education and military service with the Trump administration’s determination to rescind the Obama-era initiatives. In their efforts to do so Trump administration officials have urged the courts to reverse decisions extending the benefit of civil rights laws and constitutional guarantees to the transgender community arguing that gender identity is outside the scope of these protections. Although most federal courts have been inclined to accept the Obama administration’s perspective on transgender rights ultimately this will be a matter for the U.S. Supreme Court to decide. The book is appropriate for students scholars and interested general readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815359401

Trans-generational Trauma and the OtherDialogues across history and difference Often our trans-generational legacies are stories of 'us' and 'them' that never reach their terminus. We carry fixed narratives and the ghosts of our perpetrators and of our victims. We long to be subjects in our own history but keep reconstituting the Other as an object in their own history. Trans-generational Trauma and the Other argues that healing requires us to engage with the Other who carries a corresponding pre-history. Without this dialogue alienated ghosts can become persecutory objects in psyche politics and culture.   This volume examines the violent loyalties of the past the barriers to dialogue with our Other and complicates the inter-subjectivity of Big History. Identifying our inherited narratives and relinquishing splitting these authors ask how we can re-cast our Other and move beyond dysfunctional repetitions - in our individual lives and in society.   Featuring rich clinical material Trans-generational Trauma and the Other provides an invaluable guide to expanding the application of trans-generational transmission in psychoanalysis. It will appeal to psychoanalysts psychoanalytic psychotherapists and trauma experts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138205826

Transgenerational Trauma and TherapyThe Transgenerational Atmosphere Transgenerational Trauma and Therapy presents the transgenerational psychological impacts of trauma and the clinical work on it. The book's expansive insight explores the psychology of the massive collective trauma and provides new ways of understanding the serious after-effects of man-made suffering. In this book Bakó and Zana employ their original concept "the transgenerational atmosphere" to fully comprehend many familiar phenomena in a new theoretical framework exploring the psychological impact of trauma on the first generation the mode of transmission the effects on future generations and therapeutic considerations. Crucially Transgenerational Trauma and Therapy explores the psychological effects of collective societal traumas on whole groups of individuals. Beginning with the direct deep psychological effects of individual trauma and then exploring the impact of collective trauma over generations it deals particularly with the role of the social environment in the processing of trauma as well as its hereditary transmission. Rich in clinical material and methodological suggestions Transgenerational Trauma and Therapy will appeal to mental health professionals including psychiatrists psychologists psychoanalysts and social workers in addition to professors in other academic disciplines such as sociology history philosophy and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367859312

Transgenic Herbicide Resistance in Plants This book provides a comprehensive and in-depth discussion on the development of herbicide resistance during the past 50 years emphasizing the biochemical pathways of herbicide resistance in weeds. It discusses the principles of plant genetics different methods of genetic engineering makingof transgenic plants various transgenic crops conferred with herbicide resistance evolution of weed problems subsequent to growing of transgenic crops benefits and risks of growing transgenic crops and management of transgenic crops. Packed with up-to-date information the book includes relevant references data figures and illustrations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367738600

Transgenic Horticultural CropsChallenges and Opportunities As the world debates the risks and benefits of plant biotechnology the proportion of the global area of transgenic field crops has increased every year and the safety and value continues to be demonstrated. Yet despite the success of transgenic field crops the commercialization of transgenic horticultural crops (vegetables fruits nuts and ornamentals) has lagged far behind. Transgenic Horticultural Crops: Challenges and Opportunities examines the challenges for the creation and commercialization of horticultural biotechnology and identifies opportunities strategies and priorities for future progress. A "must read" for anyone working in the fields of genetic engineering or plant breeding for policy makers educators students and anyone interested in the issues of genetic engineering of fruits vegetables and ornamentals this book covers: Past achievements newest developments and current challenges in transgenic fruit nut vegetable ornamental and pharmaceutical crops Reviews transgenic horticultural crops in the U.S. Europe Africa and Asia Hurdles to the commercialization of transgenic technology in economics and marketplace consumer acceptance intellectual property right protection public–private partnership and regulation Critical evaluation of the benefits and risks of genetically engineered horticultural crops including risk assessment and transgene containment Presents case studies and an industry perspective on transgenic horticultural crops The production and commercialization of transgenic horticultural crops is an enormous task—its progress and realization require an informed research community horticultural industry government and body of consumers. To aid in this effort this book provides facts analyses and insights by leading experts in this field to inform a wide audience of students agricultural and genetic professionals and the interested public. Part of the global conversation on the pros and cons of transgenic foods Transgenic Horticultural Crops aims to stimulate more interest and discussion on the subject and to promote the development of safe and sustainable genetically modified horticultural crop varieties. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781420093780

Transgenic Plant Research This text is split into four main sections: gene transfer techniques; transgenic approaches to gene isolation; manipulation of plant development biochemistry and physiology; and predictability of transgene expression. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203735206

Transgenics and the PoorBiotechnology in Development Studies Genetic engineering is changing the terrain of development studies. Technologies with unprecedented potential - the capacity to move genes across species - have created widely politicized phenomena: ‘Frankenfoods’ ‘GMOs’ and ‘The Terminator’. En masse the public has reacted with equanimity or appreciation to genetically engineered pharmaceuticals beginning with insulin but transgenics in food and agriculture have raised a globally contentious politics. This book begins with the needs of the poor - for income nutrition environmental integrity - and evaluates the theory and evidence for contributions from transgenic crops. Social scientists with expertise in regional studies economics sociology agriculture and political science join biologists to bring specialized knowledge on genuinely new questions created by the genomics revolution; questions of: ecological integrity biodiversity international trade the costs and effectiveness of biosafety protocols. The authors collectively conclude that predictions of disaster for the poor from transgenic technology are uninformed by empirical results rest on misunderstandings of biotechnology or the poor or both or get the science wrong. Yet the triumphalism of pro-transgenic forces however must be tempered by serious unanswered questions: much is unknown but the transgenic genie is out of the bottle. In this much-needed book an emergent empirical literature allows scholars in disciplines ranging from micro-biology to economics and political science to assess the potential effects of transgenic organisms on poverty through multiple dynamics of property yields prices biodiversity environmental integrity and nutrition. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315878881

TransGothic in Literature and Culture This book contributes to an emerging field of study and provides new perspectives on the ways in which Gothic literature visual media and other cultural forms explicitly engage gender sexuality form and genre. The collection is a forum in which the ideas of several well-respected critics converge producing a breadth of knowledge and a diversity of subject areas and methodologies. It is concerned with several questions including: How can we discuss Gothic as a genre that crosses over boundaries constructed by a culture to define and contain gender and sexuality? How do transgender bodies specifically mark or disrupt this boundary crossing? In what ways does the Gothic open up a plural narrative space for transgenre explorations encounters and experimentation? With this the volume’s chapters explore expected categories such as transgenders transbodies and transembodiments but also broader concepts that move through and beyond the limits of gender identity and sexuality such as transhistories transpolitics transmodalities and transgenres. Illuminating such areas as the appropriation of the trans body in Gothic literature and film the function of trans rhetorics in memoir textual markers of transgenderism and the Gothic’s transgeneric qualities the chapters offer innovative but not limited ways to interpret the Gothic. In addition the book intersects with but also troubles non-trans feminist and queer readings of the Gothic. Together these diverse approaches engage the Gothic as a definitively trans subject and offer new and exciting connections and insights into Gothic Media Film Narrative and Gender and Sexuality Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667535

Transgressing Feminist Theory and DiscourseAdvancing Conversations across Disciplines Despite decades of activism resistance and education both feminists and gender rebels continue to experience personal political institutional and cultural resistance to rights recognition and respect. In the face of these inequalities and disparities Transgressing Feminist Theory and Discourse seeks to engage with and disrupt the long-standing debates unquestioned conceptual formations and taboo topics in contemporary feminist studies. The first half of the book challenges key concepts and theories related to feminist scholarship by advocating new approaches for theorizing interdisciplinarity intersectionality critical race theory trans studies and genetics. The second half of the book offers feminist critiques or explorations of timely topics such as the 2017 Women’s March and Donald Trump’s election as well as non-Western perspectives of family and the absence of women’s perspectives in healthcare. Contributors comprise of leading scholars and activists from disciplines including gender and sexuality studies African American studies communication studies sociology political science and media. Transgressing Feminist Theory and Discourse is a compelling examination of some of the most high-profile feminist issues today. It hopes to infuse future and current debates and conversations around feminism and feminist theory with intersectional imaginative provocative and evocative ideas inspiring bold cross-fertilizations of concepts principles and practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815381716

TransgressionTowards an expanded field of architecture Transgression means to 'cross over': borders disciplines practices professions and legislation. This book explores how the transgression of boundaries produces new forms of architecture education built environments and praxis. Based on material from the 10th International Conference of the AHRA this volume presents contributions from academics practicing architects and artists/activists from around the world to provide perspectives on emerging and transgressive architecture. Divided into four key themes – boundaries violations place and art practice - it explores global processes transformative praxis and emerging trends in architectural production examining alternative and radical ways of practicing architecture and reimagining the profession. The wide range of international contributors are drawn from subject areas such as architecture cultural geography urban studies sociology fine art film-making photography and environmentalism and feature examples from regions such as the United States Europe and Asia. At the forefront of exploring inter-disciplinary and trans-disciplinary research and practice Transgression will be key reading for students researchers and professionals with an interest in the changing nature of architectural and spatial disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138818927

Transgressive BodiesRepresentations in Film and Popular Culture In recent years the body has become one of the most popular areas of study in the arts social sciences and humanities. Transgressive Bodies offers an examination of a variety of non-normative bodies and how they are represented in film media and popular culture. Examining the non-normative body in a cultural studies context this book reconsiders the concept of the transgressive body establishing its status as a culturally mutable term arguing that popular cultural representations create the transgressive or freak body and then proceed to either contain its threat or (s)exploit it. Through studies of extreme bodybuilding obesity disability and transsexed bodies it examines the implications of such transgressive bodies for gender politics and sexuality. Transgressive Bodies engages with contemporary cultural debates always relating these to concrete studies of media and cultural representations. This book will therefore appeal to scholars across a range of disciplines including media and film studies cultural studies gender studies sociology sports studies and cultural theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245679

Transgressive Language in Medieval English Drama This title was first published in 2000:  Insults abuse oaths scatological and bawdy language - these form the subject of Lynn Forest-Hill's study on "bad" language in the late Middle Ages. She demonstrates how in mediaeval mystery plays and morality plays dramatists used outrageous language with great sophistication and subtlety to create characterizations and define characters' moral status to reflect on social conditions to condemn social evils and to comment upon sensitive cultural political and religious topics of the 16th century. The author begins by defining what constitutes sinful or transgressive language in the later mediaeval period and establishes its moral significance. She then illustrates how the moral significance of language is used in drama to define the spiritual and social status of characters and introduces the concept of sinful language as a sign of spiritual change. In later chapters the book explores the use of "bad" language in mystery and morality plays focusing specifically on Skelton's "Magnyfycence" Heywood's "The Play of the Weather" and Bale's "King Johan". The study shows the extent to which the moral significance of language in drama shifted during the 16th century under pressure from cultural and political change paving the way for less morally rigorous and more socially sensitive definitions of "bad" language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138718739

Transgressive Language in Medieval English Drama This title was first published in 2000:  Insults abuse oaths scatological and bawdy language - these form the subject of Lynn Forest-Hill's study on "bad" language in the late Middle Ages. She demonstrates how in mediaeval mystery plays and morality plays dramatists used outrageous language with great sophistication and subtlety to create characterizations and define characters' moral status to reflect on social conditions to condemn social evils and to comment upon sensitive cultural political and religious topics of the 16th century. The author begins by defining what constitutes sinful or transgressive language in the later mediaeval period and establishes its moral significance. She then illustrates how the moral significance of language is used in drama to define the spiritual and social status of characters and introduces the concept of sinful language as a sign of spiritual change. In later chapters the book explores the use of "bad" language in mystery and morality plays focusing specifically on Skelton's "Magnyfycence" Heywood's "The Play of the Weather" and Bale's "King Johan". The study shows the extent to which the moral significance of language in drama shifted during the 16th century under pressure from cultural and political change paving the way for less morally rigorous and more socially sensitive definitions of "bad" language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138718692

Transgressive Theatricality Romanticism and Mary Wollstonecraft Throughout her works Mary Wollstonecraft interrogates and represents the connected network of theater culture and self-representation in what Lisa Plummer Crafton argues is a conscious appropriation of theater in its literal cultural and figurative dimensions. Situating Wollstonecraft within early Romantic debates about theatricality she explores Wollstonecraft's appropriation of immersion in and contributions to these debates within the contexts of philosophical arguments about the utility of theater and spectacle; the political discourse of the French Revolution; juridical transcripts of treason and civil divorce trials; and the spectacle of the female actress in performance as typified by Sarah Siddons and her compelling connections to Wollstonecraft on and off stage. As she considers Wollstonecraft's contributions to competing notions of the theatrical from the writer's earliest literary reviews and translations through her histories correspondence nonfiction and novels Crafton traces the trajectory of Wollstonecraft's conscious appropriation of the trope and her emphasis on theatricality's transgressive potential for self-invention. Crafton's book the first wide-ranging study of theatricality in the works of Wollstonecraft is an important contribution to current reconsiderations of the earlier received wisdom about Romantic anti-theatricality to historicist revisions of the performance and theory of Sarah Siddons and to theories of spectacle and gender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754667889

Transgressive Women in Modern Russian and East European CulturesFrom the Bad to the Blasphemous Investigating the genesis of the prosecuted "crimes" and implied sins of the female performing group Pussy Riot the most famous Russian feminist collective to date the essays in Transgressive Women in Modern Russian and East European Cultures: From the Bad to Blasphemous examine what constitutes bad social and political behavior for women in Russia Poland and the Balkans and how and to what effect female performers activists and fictional characters have indulged in such behavior. The chapters in this edited collection argue against the popular perceptions of Slavic cultures as overwhelmingly patriarchal and Slavic women as complicit in their own repression contextualizing proto-feminist and feminist transgressive acts in these cultures. Each essay offers a close reading of the transgressive texts that women authored or in which they figured showing how they navigated targeted and in some cases co-opted these obstacles in their bid for agency and power. Topics include studies of how female performers in Poland and Russia were licensed to be bad (for effective comedy and popular/box office appeal) analyses of how women in film and fiction dare sacrilegious behavior in their prescribed roles as daughters and mothers and examples of feminist political subversion through social activism and performance art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668068

Trans-Himalayan BuddhismReconnecting Spaces Sharing Concerns The ambit of Buddhist studies reflects not only the spiritual and philosophical domain of Buddhism but also a symbiotic relationship between the monastic establishment and protectors of cultural tradition-a trend that one sees in the context of Buddhist revivalist projects in Mongolia and Buryatia. The presence of a Buddhist order in the political realm has revived intellectual debates about the relationship between spiritual and temporal authority. The interface between South Asian and South East Buddhism on the one hand and Central Asian Buddhism on the other is also delicately balanced in Buddhist cultural discourse. The relevance of Buddhism in a globalized world has also given a new direction to the realm of Buddhist studies. This book takes into account the competing discourses of preservation and revival of Buddhism in the trans-Himalayan sector. It not only deals with the cultural ethos that Buddhism represents in this region but also the diverse Buddhist traditions that are strongly entrenched despite colonial intervention. Juxtaposed to the aesthetic variant is the extremely sensitive response of the Buddhist communities in India and Asiatic Russia centred round the issue of displacement. It is this issue of duality of common traditions and fractured identities that has been dealt with in the present volume. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367435899

Transhumanism Nature and the Ends of Science This book offers a social political and aesthetic critique of transhumanism and of the accelerating growth of scientific knowledge generally. Rather than improving our lives science and technology today increasingly leave us debilitated and infantilized. It is time to restrain the runaway ambitions of technoscientific knowledge. The transhumanist goal of human enhancement encapsulates a range of dangerous social pathologies. Like transhumanism itself these pathologies are rooted in or in reaction to the ethos of ‘more’. It’s a cultural love affair with excess which is prompted by the libertarian standards of our cultural productions. But the attempt to live at the speed of an electron is destined for failure. In response the author offers a naturalistic account of human flourishing where we attend to the natural rhythms of life. The interdisciplinary orientation of Transhumanism Nature and the Ends of Science makes it relevant to scholars and students across a wide range of disciplines including social and political philosophy philosophy of technology science and technology studies environmental studies and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189396

Transient Airflow in Building Drainage Systems Giving you the first comprehensive presentation of the ground breaking research undertaken at Heriot Watt University with Research Council and industrial funding this book brings a new perspective to the design of building drainage and vent systems. It provides the building services community with clear and verifiable design methods that will be robust enough to meet challenges such as climate change and water conservation; population migration to the mega cities of the developing world and the consequent pressures of user concentration; the rise of the prestige building and the introduction of new appliances and control strategies. These all combine to make traditional codified design guidance insufficient. Many assumptions in existing codes defining the entrained airflows within building drainage vent systems cannot be theoretically supported so designers concerned with these systems need analysis and simulation capabilities which are at least as reliable as those enjoyed by other building services practitioners.The Method of Characteristics solution techniques which are well established in the pressure surge field are now used to provide solutions for drainage designers. The material is applied to a whole range of abstract scenarios then to a series of real world applications including the forensic modelling of the SARS virus spread within Amoy Gardens in 2003 and the refurbishment of the O2 Dome. Applications to specialised services including underground station drainage and highly infectious disease treatment facilities are discussed and demonstrated alongside the use of design and simulation techniques in support of product development.Aimed at both professional and academic users this book serves both as a design aid and as a core text for specialist masters courses in public health and building services engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367577186

Transient Control of Gasoline Engines   Transient Control of Gasoline Engines drives to move progress forward. A stimulating examination of car electronics and digital processing technology this book chronicles significant advances that have occurred over the past 20 years (including the change from combustion engines to computerized machines) and presents new and exciting ways to enhance engine efficiency using real-time control technology. Dedicated to improving the emissions of automotive powertrains it provides an introduction to modeling control design and test bench and explains the fundamentals of modeling and control design for engine transient operation. It also presents a model-based transient control design methodology from the perspective of the dynamical system control theory. Written with graduate students in mind this book: Addresses issues relevant to transient operation cycle-to-cycle transient and cylinder-to-cylinder balancing Examines the real-time optimizing control problem (receding horizon optimization for torque tracking control and speed control) Covers three benchmark problems related to the modeling and control of gasoline engines: engine start control identification of the engines and the boundary modeling and extreme condition control Transient Control of Gasoline Engines describes the behavior of engine dynamics operated at transient mode as a dynamical system and employs the advanced control theory to design a real-time control strategy that can be used to improve efficiency and emission performance overall. Geared toward graduate students this book also serves as a trusted source for researchers and practitioners focused on engine and engine electronics design car electronics and control engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466584266

Transient Free Surface Flows in Building Drainage Systems Climate change will present a series of challenges to engineers concerned with the provision of both building internal appliance drainage networks and rainwater systems within the building boundary generally identified as the connection to the sewer network. Climate change is now recognised as presenting both water shortage and enhanced rainfall design scenarios.In response to predictions about immanent climate change Transient Free Surface Flows in Building Drainage Systems addresses problems such as the reduction in water available to remove waste from buildings and conversely the increase in frequency of tropical-type torrential rain. Starting with introductory chapters that explain the theories and principles of solid transport free surface flows within drainage networks and attenuating appliance discharge flows this book allows readers from a variety of backgrounds to fully engage with this crucial subject matter. Later chapters apply these theories to the design of sanitary and rainwater systems. Case studies highlight the applicability of the method in assessing the appropriateness of design approaches.In this unique book research in modelling for free surface flows at Edinburgh’s Heriot-Watt University is drawn on to provide a highly authoritative physics-based study of this complex engineering issue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367377809

Transistor Circuit TechniquesDiscrete and Integrated Thoroughly revised and updated this highly successful textbook guides students through the analysis and design of transistor circuits. It covers a wide range of circuitry both linear and switching.Transistor Circuit Techniques: Discrete and Integrated provides students with an overview of fundamental qualitative circuit operation followed by an examination of analysis and design procedure. It incorporates worked problems and design examples to illustrate the concepts. This third edition includes two additional chapters on power amplifiers and power supplies which further develop many of the circuit design techniques introduced in earlier chapters. Part of the Tutorial Guides in Electronic Engineering series this book is intended for first and second year undergraduate courses. A complete text on its own it offers the added advantage of being cross-referenced to other titles in the series. It is an ideal textbook for both students and instructors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138410701

Transit Crime and Sexual Violence in CitiesInternational Evidence and Prevention How cities are planned and designed has a major impact on individuals’ mobility and safety. If individuals feel unsafe in public transportation or on the way to it they may avoid certain routes or particular times of the day. This is problematic since research has also found that in some cities especially those in the Global South a large percentage of women are "transit captives". Namely they have relatively less access to non-public forms of transportation and are therefore especially reliant on public transport. This issue is important not only because it affects people’s safety but also because it influences the long-term sustainability of a city. In a sustainable city safety guarantees the ability to move freely for everyone and provides a wider sense of place attachment. Transit Crime and Sexual Violence in Cities examines the evidence of victimization in transit environments in countries around the world exploring individuals’ feelings of perceived safety or lack thereof and the necessary improvements that can make transit safer and hence cities more sustainable. The book’s contributions are grounded in theories at the crossroads of several disciplines such as environmental criminology architecture and design urban planning geography psychology gender and LGBTQI studies transportation and law enforcement. International case studies include Los Angeles Vancouver Stockholm London Paris São Paulo Mexico City Bogotá Tokyo Guangzho Melbourne and Lagos among others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367258627

Transit Development in Rock MechanicsRecognition Thinking and Innovation Transit Development in Rock Mechanics—Recognition Thinking and Innovation contains 150 papers presented at the 3rd ISRM International Young Scholars’ Symposium on Rock Mechanics (8-10 November 2014 Xi’an China). The volume focusses on the transitional development in rock mechanics research from surface to underground mining and from shallow to a deep rock excavations and on the transition of knowledge thinking and innovation from pioneers to the young generation. The contributions cover a wide range of topics: Field investigation and measurements Physical and mechanical properties of rocks Analysis and design methods for rock engineering Numerical and physical modeling Multi-fields coupling analysis methods Rock slope tunnel and foundation engineering Monitoring and control of rock pressure in underground engineering Dynamic rock mechanics and blasting Support and reinforcement techniques for geotechnical engineering Prediction and control of artificial hazards with excavation in rock Transit Development in Rock Mechanics—Recognition Thinking and Innovation will be invaluable to engineers and academics interested or involved in rock mechanics geotechnical engieering mine engineering and underground engineering. The Symposium was organized by the Commission on Education of International Society for Rock Mechanics and Xi’an University of Science and Technology and sponsored by the International Society for Rock Mechanics (ISRM) and the Chinese Society for Rock Mechanics and Engineering (CSRME). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138027305

Transit Oriented DevelopmentMaking it Happen Transit Oriented Development: Making it Happen brings together the different stakeholders and disciplines that are involved in the conception and implementation of TOD to provide a comprehensive overview of the realization of this concept in Australia North America Asia and Europe. The book identifies the challenges facing TOD and through a series of key international case studies demonstrates ways to overcome and avoid them. The insights gleaned from these encompass policy and regulation urban design solutions issues for local governance the need to work with community and the commercial realities of TOD. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249363

Transition Cohesion and Regional Policy in Central and Eastern Europe This title was first published in 2000. One of the most comprehensive overviews of regional development and policy emergence in the Central and East European countries to date this book focuses on economic and social cohesion bringing together a wide range of empirical research and discussion material. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138737983

Transition Recession and Labour Supply This title was first published in 2001: Exploring the relationship between the recession and labour supply in Kazakhstan during the 1990s this volume develops an innovative new model of the transitional process in the context of the CIS. It departs from conventional economic models explaining the process of transition transferring the focus of attention from labour demand to labour supply with a view to clarifying how the transitional recession has affected households and in turn how these changes modified the supply of labour. Paolo Verme examines how the dynamic of the reallocation of labour between state and private enterprises has been drastically altered by the growth of self-employment and also takes a much-needed look at the contribution of other factors offering an original explanation of this most important economic phenomenon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138702943

Transition Taxation and the State In economic terms three of the most important and controversial issues of our times are transition taxation and the role of the state. This book examines the core associated problems of tax payment and collection in the context of transition from a centrally planned economy to a market economy and the persistence of the 'soft budget' constraint. While differences between the experiences of transition states vary the attitude of the state towards the control of the tax discipline its efficiency and vulnerability to corruption is shown to be a key issue in particular when political constraints are often more pressing than tax design or economic constraints. Transition Taxation and the State will prove detailed and enlightening reading for all those concerned with tax administration in transition countries from both economic and political perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398561

Transition and Development in ChinaTowards Shared Growth China's transition from a planned economy to a market economy has succeeded in producing more than a decade of phenomenal growth. Whilst similar reforms in countries of Central and Eastern Europe and the former Soviet Union have seen an initial downturn in production usually with a significant rise in unemployment the success of the approach taken by China has been remarkable. However China embarked upon the process without a well-designed blueprint at the outset. The resulting piecemeal partial incremental and often experimental approach has proved complicated to implement - requiring a complex melding of politics and economics internal and foreign affairs government and market. How the difficult task of balancing the diverse array of often competing concerns has been achieved is the subject of this book which examines the dismantling of the centrally planned system and the mechanism of institutional change in Chinese transition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398554

Transition and Development in India According to Nehru the transition from a backward agricultural society to a modern industrialized society was the only road for India to progress. So for the past few decades India has focused its transitional development around movement away from a state-controlled economy toward that of a free market economy. Transition and Development in India challenges the current basis of this theory of development laying the groundwork for an entirely new Marxist approach to transition that should apply not just to India but to all developing nations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315023564

Transition EconomicsTwo Decades On Celebrating twenty years of transition from socialism to capitalism this book is designed to be the core textbook for undergraduate courses in transition economics and comparative economic systems. Given the passage of time Transition Economics: Two Decades On reviews and accounts for the outcomes in the so-called transition economies and from an academic perspective takes the reader through developments and issues in the twenty years of transition from plan to market. Treating its subject matter thematically the book incorporates much of the transition economics literature and evidence that have evolved over the past two decades. In particular the authors focus on the most important aspects of economic transition including: The initial conditions at the outset of transition Paradigms and patterns of transition The main transition policies and economic reforms The performance of transition countries and firms The lessons from transition The textbook covers a wide range of both contemporary microeconomic and macroeconomic issues in over thirty ex-socialist European and Asian countries including Russia and China. Transition Economics: Two Decades On is more than just a book about a particular part of the world or the transformation that was experienced at a particular time in history. The authors believe that the study of the economics of transition gives the reader an insight into theories policies reforms legacies institutions processes and lessons that have application and relevance beyond the specific transition from plan to market to other parts of the world and to other times in history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203842911

Transition Economies after 2008Responses to the crisis in Russia and Eastern Europe The economic crisis of 2008 starting from the US banking crisis affected economic and political development in varied ways around the world. This edited volume examines the impact of the crisis on Eastern Europe and Russia and the resulting policy responses. Taken as a whole the economies of the former state socialist countries – frequently still referred to as transition economies – were hit hard by the crisis suffering falls in GDP in 2009 that were deeper than the average around the world. However there was considerable variety in the effects on individual countries whilst some continuing to grow others suffered quite exceptional falls in output. Policy responses were also quite diverse and do not obviously fit with the nature and severity of economic factors. The more general impacts on political life were also varied. In many cases very much the same governments continued in power while in others there were significant changes and signs of a growing instability in party and political structures. The articles in this book explore these differences between countries and set them in a wider international context. This book was published as a special issue of Europe-Asia Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377615

Transition EconomiesTransformation Development and Society in Eastern Europe and the Former Soviet Union This interdisciplinary study offers a comprehensive analysis of the transition economies of Central and Eastern Europe and the former Soviet Union. Providing full historical context and drawing on a wide range of literature this book explores the continuous economic and social transformation of the post-socialist world. While the future is yet to be determined understanding the present phase of transformation is critical.  The book’s core exploration evolves along three pivots of competitive economic structure institutional change and social welfare. The main elements include analysis of the emergence of the socialist economic model; its adaptations through the twentieth century; discussion of the 1990s market transition reforms; post-2008 crisis development; and the social and economic diversity in the region today. With an appreciation for country specifics the book also considers the urgent problems of social policy poverty income inequality and labor migration.  Transition Economies will aid students researchers and policy makers working on the problems of comparative economics economic development economic history economic systems transition international political economy as well as specialists in post-Soviet and Central and Eastern European regional studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138831131

Transition EngineeringBuilding a Sustainable Future Transition Engineering: Building a Sustainable Future examines new strategies emerging in response to the mega-issues of global climate change decline in world oil supply scarcity of key industrial minerals and local environmental constraints. These issues pose challenges for organizations businesses and communities and engineers will need to begin developing ideas and projects to implement the transition of engineered systems. This work presents a methodology for shifting away from unsustainable activities. Teaching the Transition Engineering approach and methodology is the focus of the text and the concept is presented in a way that engineers can begin applying it in their work. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367341268

Transition In Through and Out of Higher EducationInternational Case Studies and Best Practice Transition In Through and Out of Higher Education: International Case Studies and Best Practice recognises that the initial steps into undergraduate education mark only the beginning of the journey for students and that the journey involves other significant transition points that students need to negotiate. By providing theoretical knowledge alongside practical guidance and resources this book helps those involved in university teaching guide students through their experiences and develop into autonomous reflective learners. Putting student engagement at the centre of teaching Transition In Through and Out of Higher Education: International Case Studies and Best Practice includes case studies to illuminate best practice with resources and activities that can be used and adapted to address the individual needs of students. Addressing a wide range of themes it considers: active learning promoting engagement encouraging independence and autonomy coping with change and increasing complexity the need for belonging and identity social and academic integration developing partnership working evaluation of effectiveness of developments to teaching practice. From exploring the underlying pedagogy related to the theme to identifying the major challenges for students at key transitional points Transition offers a comprehensive grounding to generate and inspire creative teaching that in turn enables students to better engage in the transition process. A highly practical and accessible resource this book is suitable for all higher education staff involved in supporting students' transition in through and out of university. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138682184

Transition in AfghanistanHope Despair and the Limits of Statebuilding This book by one of the most experienced authorities on the subject presents a deep analysis of the very difficult current situation in Afghanistan. Covering a wide range of important subjects including state-building democracy war the rule of law and international relations the book draws out two overarching key factors: the way in which the prevailing neopatrimonial political order has become entrenched making it very difficult for any other political order to take root; and the hostile region in which Afghanistan is located especially the way in which an ongoing ‘creeping invasion’ from Pakistani territory has compromised the aspirations of both the Afghan government and its international backers to move the country to a more stable position. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138308718

Transition in Survival: Enterprise Restructuring in Twenty East German and Hungarian Companies 1990-1997Enterprise Restructuring in Twenty E This title was first published in 2001. This work features different companies and their change in situation between 1990 and 1997. The author focused on changes in each company's vertical integration; its integration with and relationship to its investor; changes in its human resource policies and the general handling of labour shedding; changes in its product range production methods product markets and competitive situation; and the regional effects of FDI and changes in the company's procurement policies. The study comprises mainly of manufacturing companies with a few construction companies included to examine issues arising from localized company operations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138733671

Transition Metal Carbonyl Cluster Chemistry Transition metal carbonyl clusters (TMCCs) continue to inspire great interest in chemical research as much for their fascinating structures as for potential industrial applications conferred by their unique properties. This highly accessible book introduces the bonding structure spectroscopic properties and characterization of clusters and then explores their synthesis reactivity reaction mechanisms and use in organic synthesis and catalysis. Transition Metal Carbonyl Cluster Chemistry describes models and rules that correlate cluster structure with electron count which are then applied in worked examples. Subsequent chapters explain how bonding relates to molecular structure demonstrate the use of spectroscopic techniques such as NMR IR and MS in cluster chemistry and outline the factors contributing to the stability dynamics and reactivity of clusters. The second part of this book discusses the synthesis and applications of TMCCs.  It emphasizes the differences between the reactivities of clusters vs. mononuclear metal complexes contingent to the availability of multiple-bonding sites and heterosite reactivity.  The final chapters discuss reactions in which clusters act as homogeneous catalysts; including discussion on the use of solid and biphasic liquid-liquid supported clusters in heterogeneous catalysts. A useful reference for those commencing further research or post-graduate study on metal carbonyl clusters and advanced organometallic chemistry this book is also a cornerstone addition to academic and libraries as well as private collections. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397913

Transition RedesignedA Practical Philosophy Perspective Transition Redesigned deals with the philosophical bases of different types of transition: change in the economy organizational/institutional change and change in social and individual relationships. The editors' primary goal is to give further impetus to a much-needed worldwide debate on the issue of transition towards a better future.The volume reviews transitions made in different areas of human activity assesses their relevancy and analyzes their contexts. During this century different organizations and institutions will undergo a level of radical and global change that has rarely been seen. The expected shift must be addressed in terms of a multidimensional transition toward building a sustainable society.Do we have an understanding of transition relevant to the task of meeting at least some of the challenges presented in this volume? Do we need a radical innovation for redesigning the transition that may enforce real social and ethical responsibilities into organizational practice on different levels and bring to life new ideas? Transition Redesigned seeks to answer these questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517448

Transition StateA Theoretical Approach The transition state is the critical configuration of a reaction system situated at the highest point of the most favorable reaction path on the potential-energy surface its characteristics governing the dynamic behavior of reacting systems decisively. This text presents an accurate survey of current theoretical investigations of chemical reactions with a focus on the nature of the transition state. Its scope ranges from general basic theories associated with the transition states to their computer-assisted applications through to a number of reactions in a state-of-the-art fashion. It covers various types of gas-phase elementary reactions as well as some specific types of chemical processes taking place in the liquid phase. Also investigated is the recently developing transition state spectroscopy. This text will not only serve as a contemporary reference book on the concept of the transition state but will also assist the readers in gaining valuable key principles regarding the essence of chemical kinetics and dynamics. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367810573

Transition to 21st Century HealthcareA Guide for Leaders and Quality Professionals This book explains why the fundamental structures of 20th century American healthcare have failed to keep up with American industry in terms of quality and cost. It describes how this has led to the introduction of industrial mass production concepts in American healthcare such as Lean and Six Sigma and how the resulting industrialization breaks down the 20th century model and opens the way for a new vision of healthcare.Exploring the links between healthcare history quality history and the current state of healthcare the book will help healthcare leaders and quality professionals recognize understand and respond to the changes currently under way in American healthcare. It provides clear guidance on the role of industrialized quality in breaking down 20th century assumptions and building the foundation for 21st century healthcare. As readers grasp the transformative effects of the macro-level changes resulting from industrialization the book provides simple assessment tools to assist leaders and quality professionals in evaluating organizational development. It describes ten transitions that arise out of industrialization that healthcare organizations need to traverse and provides the tools to assess the transitions that indicate whether an organization is progressing towards the 21st century American healthcare model.The book explains that the rate of transition to the 21st century healthcare model is based on the level of acceptance and implementation of industrialized quality. It concludes by sharing insights into the future of American healthcare and the importance of creating a vision to assist in the transition to this future.Helping healthcare leaders and quality professionals understand the need to use the transitions to create clear visions of the future and use these visions to guide and motivate their organizations the book provides the tools understanding and roadmap you need to successfully transition your organization toward the 21st century American healthcare model. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498726870

Transition to Analysis with Proof Transition to Real Analysis with Proof provides undergraduate students with an introduction to analysis including an introduction to proof. The text combines the topics covered in a transition course to lead into a first course on analysis. This combined approach allows instructors to teach a single course where two were offered. The text opens with an introduction to basic logic and set theory setting students up to succeed in the study of analysis. Each section is followed by graduated exercises that both guide and challenge students. The author includes examples and illustrations that appeal to the visual side of analysis. The accessible structure of the book makes it an ideal refence for later years of study or professional work.   Combines the author’s previous works Elements of Advanced Mathematics with Foundations of Analysis Combines logic set theory and other elements with a one-semester introduction to analysis. Author is a well-known mathematics educator and researcher Targets a trend to combine two courses into one Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138064065

Transition To Democracy In Latin AmericaThe Role Of The Judiciary The transition to democracy in Latin America encompasses adjustments in norms and institutions regarding the strictures of the rule of law. This book addresses the critical role of the judiciary in the transition. The contributors examine the significance of the independence of the judiciary which ensures institutional integrity and freedom from p Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367214890

Transition towards Sustainable MobilityThe Role of Instruments Individuals and Institutions Reflecting the dynamic relationships between socio-technical behaviour and change this book presents leading research on the transition process needed to achieve more sustainable transport systems. Focusing on making transition happen this volume looks at various aspects and factors that are involved in the transition process and their implications for transport policy-making. The concept of Transition Management and how it can be applied to the transport sector is considered in detail and forms the focus of the first part of the volume. The rest of the book is organised according to the three themes of transport energy use and emissions the role of information in policy-making and the evaluation of transport policy. This volume brings together scholars involved in research from various disciplines and countries to discuss the relationships between policy instruments individual behaviour institutional practices and the transition towards more sustainable transport systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252417

Transitional and Transformative JusticeCritical and International Perspectives This book engages the limits of transitional justice and more speci Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662660

Transitional Economic SystemsThe Polish Czech Example First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863216

Transitional Justice Scholars and practitioners working in ‘transitional justice’ are concerned with remedies of accountability and redress in the aftermath of conflict and state repression. Transitional justice it is argued provides recognition of the rights of victims promotes civic trust and strengthens the democratic rule of law. As serious scholarship flourishes around this critical concept as never before this new collection from Routledge meets the need for an authoritative reference work to map a vibrant site of research and reflection. In four volumes Transitional Justice is an accessible database which brings together foundational and the best and most influential cutting-edge materials including key works produced before the term ‘transitional justice’ gained wide currency but which anticipate approaches now included under that rubric. The collection covers themes such as: truth and history; acknowledgement reconciliation and forgiveness; retribution restorative justice and reparations; and democracy state-building identity and civil society. Fully indexed and with a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editors Transitional Justice is an essential work of reference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415719919

Transitional Justice This collection on transitional justice sits as part of a library of essays on different concepts of ’justice’. Yet transitional justice appears quite different from other types of justice and fundamental ambiguities characterise the term that raise questions as to how it should sit alongside other concepts of justice. This collection attempts to capture and portray three different dimensions of the transitional justice field. Part I addresses the origins of the field which continue to bedevil it. Indeed the origins themselves are increasingly debated in what is an emergent contested historiography of the field that assists in understanding its contemporary quirks and concerns. Part II addresses and sets out parts of the ’tool-kit’ of transitional justice which could be understood as the canonical research agenda of the field. Part III tries to convey a sense of the way in which the field is un-folding and extending to new transitions tools theories of justice and self-critique. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596149

Transitional Justice Corporate Accountability and Socio-Economic RightsLessons from Argentina This book explores the intersection of two emergent and vibrant fields of study in international human rights law: transitional justice and corporate accountability for human rights abuses. While both have received significant academic and political attention the potential links between them remain largely unexplored. This book addresses the normative question of how international human rights law should deal with corporate accountability and violations of economic social and cultural rights in transitional justice processes. Drawing on the Argentinian transitional justice process the book outlines the theoretical and practical challenges of including corporate accountability in transitional justice processes through existing mechanisms. Offering specific insights about how to deal with those challenges it argues that consideration of the role of all actors and the whole spectrum of human rights violated is crucial to properly address the root causes of violence and conflict as well as to contribute to a sustainable and positive peace. This interdisciplinary book will be of interest to students and scholars of transitional justice human rights law corporate law and international law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367204143

Transitional Justice Judicial Accountability and the Rule of Law Transitional Justice Judicial Accountability and the Rule of Law addresses the importance of judicial accountability in transitional justice processes. Despite a general consensus that the judiciary plays an important role in contemporary governance accountability for the judicial role in formerly authoritarian societies remains largely elided and under-researched. Hakeem O. Yusuf argues that the purview of transitional justice mechanisms should as a matter of policy be extended to scrutiny of the judicial role in the past. Through a critical comparative approach that cuts through the transitioning experiences of post-authoritarian and post-conflict polities in Latin America Asia Europe and Africa the book focuses specifically on Nigeria. It demonstrates that public accountability of the judiciary through the mechanism of a truth-seeking process is a necessary component in securing comprehensive accountability for the judicial role in the past. Transitional Justice Judicial Accountability and the Rule of Law further shows that an across-the-board transformation of state institutions â€“ an important aspiration of transitional processes â€“ is virtually impossible without incorporating the third branch of government the judiciary into the accountability process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415601511

Transitional Justice Peace and AccountabilityOutreach and the Role of International Courts after Conflict The book looks at the outreach and communication strategies employed by internationalised courts to try to understand the wider impact of international justice. This book critically examines the role of outreach within international justice focusing specifically on the role of outreach at the Special Court for Sierra Leone (SCSL). It contributes to understanding of the relationship between international courts and the affected populations; an area currently underexplored and little understood. The assumption that justice brings peace underpins much of the thinking and indeed action of international justice yet little is known if this is actually the case. Significant questions surrounding the link between peace and justice remain: do trials deter would-be war criminals; is justice possible for the most heinous crimes; can international justice replace local justice? This book explores these questions in relation to recent developments in international justice that have both informed and shaped the creation of the hybrid tribunal in Sierra Leone. Through empirical analysis Transitional Justice Peace and Accountability answers these questions and provides an insight into individual and community perceptions of international justice. This book will be of much interest to students of transitional justice war crimes peace and conflict studies human rights international law and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138087835

Transitional Justice and Human Rights in MoroccoNegotiating the Years of Lead This book examines the Moroccan experience of transitional justice more specifically the negotiation of the legacy of the period commonly referred to as the Years of Lead. This period of Moroccan history roughly spans from the early 1960s to 1999 during which thousands of citizens were arbitrarily detained tortured and killed because of their political opinions. Through an analysis of testimonies public documents and personal interviews Transitional Justice and Human Rights in Morocco seeks to shed light on Moroccan citizens’ struggle for recognition and reparation in the aftermath of a long history of grave human rights violations ranging from arbitrary arrest and torture to state sponsored disappearances and murders. While Morocco’s experience is often presented within a historical global context this book offers a comparative analysis discussing other national examples to situate the Moroccan experience within the relatively recent history of political transitions. Seeking to advance a rhetoric of symbolic justice that privileges the voice of the victims and offers hope for the renewal of a community’s ethos through public discourse and ethico-political practices this book will be an invaluable resource for students and scholars with an interest in Human Rights and Middle East Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867249

Transitional Justice and Legacies of State Violence As politicians public bodies and non-Governmental organisations continue to profess an interest in making peace with the past this highly original study explores the motivation significance and legacy of ‘making public’ experiences of state violence in Northern Ireland. Based on a synthesis of documentary material with the findings from a series of contemporary interviews this timely book uncovers the reasoning behind many Republican former detainees’ accounts of state violence and torture. It examines the aims of those who ‘went public’ during the conflict and discusses the meaning they attached to their stories and the various responses to them. It also identifies some of the risks involved in criticising the violence of the British State and illuminates the ways in which ‘truths’ are often contested in Northern Ireland - both during the conflict and in the years which have followed. A unique piece of interdisciplinary work the study disentangles and evaluates the discourses presented by former detainees and makes an innovative and interesting contribution to knowledge about transitional justice and legacies of state violence. The book is suitable for social science scholars interested in human rights state violence criminology and transitional justice as well as those seeking to understand more about experiences of imprisonment and the legacy of the Northern Ireland conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138288546

Transitional Justice and Memory in CambodiaBeyond the Extraordinary Chambers Memories of violence suffering and atrocities in Cambodia are today being pulled in different directions. A range of transitional justice practices have been put to work in the name of redressing restoring and renewing memory. At the centre of this stage is the Extraordinary Chambers in the Courts of Cambodia (ECCC) a hybrid tribunal established to prosecute the leaders of the Khmer Rouge regime under which 1.6 million Cambodians died of hunger or disease or were executed. This book unpicks the way memory is reconstructed through appeals to a national memory the legal reframing and coding of memories as crimes and bids to locate personal memories within collective biographies. Analysing the techniques and interventions of the ECCC as well as exploring the role of non-governmental organisations (NGOs) the book explores the relationships in which Cambodian communities navigate memories of political violence. This book is essential for understanding transitional justice in Cambodia in and beyond the courtroom. Transitional Justice and Memory in Cambodia shows that the governing logic of transitional justice interventions â€“ that societies are unable to 'deal with' memories of atrocity and violence without some form of transitional justice mechanism â€“ neglects the complexity of memory and remembering in post-atrocity contexts and the agency of the subjects to which such mechanisms are addressed. Drawing on documentary sources legal transcripts interviews and participant observation data the book situates transitional justice processes in Cambodia within a wider context of social and cultural memory politics examining (old and new) conflicts of memory that have emerged between the varied accounts and uses of the past that exist in Cambodia now. As such it will appeal to students and scholars in sociology human rights law and criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367085483

Transitional Justice and Peacebuilding on the GroundVictims and ex-combatants This book seeks to refine our understanding of transitional justice and peacebuilding and long-term security and reintegration challenges after violent conflicts. As recent events following political change during the so-called 'Arab Spring' demonstrate demands for accountability often follow or attend conflict and political transition. While traditionally much literature and many practitioners highlighted tensions between peacebuilding and justice recent research and practice demonstrates a turn away from the supposed 'peace vs justice' dilemma.  This volume examines the complex often contradictory but sometimes complementary relationship between peacebuilding and transitional justice through the lenses of the increased emphasis on victim-centred approaches to justice and the widespread practices of disarmament demobilization and reintegration (DDR) of excombatants.  While recent volumes have sought to address either DDR or victim-centred approaches to justice none has sought to make connections between the two much less to place them in the larger context of the increasing linkages between transitional justice and peacebuilding . This book will be of much interest to students of transitional justice peacebuilding human rights war and conflict studies security studies and IR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655866

Transitional Justice and ReconciliationLessons from the Balkans Scholars and practitioners alike agree that somehow the past needs to be addressed in order to enable individuals and collectives to rebuild trust and relationships. However they also continue to struggle with critical questions. When is the right moment to address the legacies of the past after violent conflict? How can societies address the past without deepening the pain that arises from memories related to the violence and crimes committed in war? How can cultures of remembrance be established that would include and acknowledges the victims of all sides involved in violent conflict? How can various actors deal constructively with different interpretations of facts and history? Two decades after the wars societies in Bosnia Serbia and Croatia – albeit to different degrees – are still facing the legacies of the wars of the 1990s on a daily basis. Reconciliation between and within these societies remains a formidable challenge given that all three countries are still facing unresolved disputes either at a cross-border level or amongst parallel societies that persist at a local community level. This book engages scholars and practitioners from the regions of former Yugoslavia as well as international experts to reflect on the achievements and obstacles that characterise efforts to deal with the past. Drawing variously on empirical studies theoretical discussions and practical experience their contributions offer invaluable insights into the complex relationship between transitional justice and conflict transformation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138084384

Transitional Justice and Rule of Law ReconstructionA Contentious Relationship This short and accessible book is the first to focus exclusively on the inter-relation between transitional justice and rule of law reconstruction in post-conflict and post-authoritarian states. In so doing it provides a provocative reassessment of the various tangled relationships between the two fields exploring the blind-spots contradictions and opportunities for mutually-beneficial synergies in practice and scholarship between them. Though it is commonly assumed that transitional justice for past human rights abuses is inherently conducive to restoring the rule of law differences in how both fields conceptualise the rule of law the scope of transition and obligations to citizens have resulted in divergent approaches to transitional criminal trial international criminal law restorative justice and traditional justice mechanisms. Adopting a critical comparative approach that assesses the experiences of post-authoritarian and post-conflict polities in Latin America Asia Europe and Africa undergoing transitional justice and justice sector reform simultaneously it argues that the potential benefits of transitional justice are exaggerated and urges policy-makers to rebalance the compromises inherent in transitional justice mechanisms against the foundational demands of rule of law reconstruction. This book will be of interest to scholars in the fields of transitional justice rule of law legal pluralism and peace-building concerned by the failure of transitional justice to leave a positive legacy to the justice system of the states where it operates. ‘This is a bold and nuanced scrutiny of the international system’s approach to transitional justice and the much vaunted rule of law project. Dr McAulifee should be congratulated for this well-researched book which should be a must read for not only scholars and researchers in transitional justice and peace and conflict studies but also policy-makers in the international system.’ Dr. Hakeem O. Yusuf Senior Lecturer University of Strathclyde and author of Transitional Justice Judicial Accountability and the Rule of Law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138930070

Transitional Justice and the ‘Disappeared’ of Northern IrelandSilence Memory and the Construction of the Past This book employs a transitional justice lens to address the ‘disappearances’ that occurred during the Northern Ireland conflict – or ‘Troubles’ – and the post-conflict response to these ‘disappearances.’ Despite an extensive literature around ‘dealing with the past’ in Northern Ireland as well as a substantial body of scholarship on ‘disappearances’ in other national contexts there has been little scholarly scrutiny of ‘disappearances’ in post-conflict Northern Ireland. Although the Good Friday Agreement brought relative peace to Northern Ireland no provision was made for the establishment of some form of overarching truth and reconciliation commission aimed at comprehensively addressing the legacy of violence. Nevertheless a mechanism to recover the remains of the ‘disappeared’ – the Independent Commission for the Location of Victims’ Remains (ICLVR) – was established and has in fact proven to be quite effective. As a result the reactions of key constituencies to the ‘disappearances’ can be used as a prism through which to comprehensively explore issues of relevance to transitional justice scholars and practitioners. Pursuing an interdisciplinary approach and based on extensive empirical research this book provides a multifaceted exploration of the responses of these constituencies to the practice of ‘disappearing.’ It engages with transitional justice themes including silence memory truth acknowledgement and apology. Key issues examined include the mobilisation efforts of families of the ‘disappeared ’ efforts by a (former) non-state armed group to address its legacy of violence the utility of a limited immunity mechanism to incentivise information provision and the interplay between silence and memory in the shaping of a collective societal understanding of the ‘disappeared.’ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815375647

Transitional Justice and the Arab Spring This book presents a varied and critical picture of how the Arab Spring demands a re-examination and re-conceptualization of issues of transitional justice. It demonstrates how unique features of this wave of revolutions and popular protests that have swept the Arab world since December 2010 give rise to distinctive concerns and problems relative to transitional justice. The contributors explore how these issues in turn add fresh perspective and nuance to the field more generally. In so doing it explores fundamental questions of social justice reconstruction and healing in the context of the Arab Spring. Including the perspectives of academics and practitioners Transitional Justice and the Arab Spring will be of considerable interest to those working on the politics of the Middle East normative political theory transitional justice international law international relations and human rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138644809

Transitional Justice and the Politics of InscriptionMemory Space and Narrative in Northern Ireland Taking Northern Ireland as its primary case study this book applies the burgeoning literature in memory studies to the primary question of transitional justice: how shall societies and individuals reckon with a traumatic past? Joseph Robinson argues that without understanding how memory shapes moulds and frames narratives of the past in the minds of communities and individuals theorists and practitioners may not be able to fully appreciate the complex emotive realities of transitional political landscapes. Drawing on interviews with what the author terms "memory curators " coupled with a robust analysis of secondary literature from a range of transitional cases the book analyses how the bodies of the dead the injured and the traumatised are written into - or written out of - transitional justice. The author argues that scholars cannot appreciate the dynamism of transitional memory-space unless they first engage with the often silenced or marginalised voices whose memories remain trapped behind the antagonistic politics of fear and division. Ultimately challenging the imperative of national reconciliation the author argues for a politics of public memory that incubates at multiple nodes of social production and can facilitate a vibrant democratic debate over the ways in which a traumatic past can or should be remembered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367191740

Transitional Justice from State to Civil SocietyDemocratization in Indonesia This book is the first to offer an in-depth analysis of transitional justice as an unfinished agenda in Indonesia’s democracy. Examining the implementation of transitional justice measures in post-authoritarian Indonesia this book analyses the factors within the democratic transition that either facilitated or hindered the adoption and implementation of transitional justice measures. Furthermore it contributes key insights from an extensive examination of ‘bottom-up’ approaches to transitional justice in Indonesia: through a range of case studies civil society-led initiatives to truth-seeking and local reconciliation efforts. Based on extensive archival legal and media research as well as interviews with key actors in Indonesia’s democracy and human rights’ institutions the book provides a significant contribution to current understandings of Indonesia’s democracy. Its analysis of the failure of state-centred transitional justice measures and the role of civil society also makes an important addition to comparative transitional justice studies. It will be of considerable interest to scholars and activists in the fields of Transitional Justice and Politics as well as in Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367230593

Transitional Justice in Latin AmericaThe Uneven Road from Impunity towards Accountability This book addresses current developments in transitional justice in Latin America – effectively the first region to undergo concentrated transitional justice experiences in modern times. Using a comparative approach it examines trajectories in truth justice reparations and amnesties in countries emerging from periods of massive violations of human rights and humanitarian law. The book examines the cases of Argentina Brazil Chile Colombia Guatemala El Salvador Paraguay Peru and Uruguay developing and applying a common analytical framework to provide a systematic qualitative and comparative analysis of their transitional justice experiences. More specifically the book investigates to what extent there has been a shift from impunity towards accountability for past human rights violations in Latin America. Using ‘thick’ but structured narratives – which allow patterns to emerge rather than being imposed – the book assesses how the quality timing and sequencing of transitional justice mechanisms along with the context in which they appear have mattered for the nature and impact of transitional justice processes in the region. Offering a new approach to assessing transitional justice and challenging many assumptions in the established literature this book will be of enormous benefit to scholars and others working in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815392927

Transitional Justice in Law History and Anthropology Transitional justice seeks to establish a break between the violent past and a peaceful democratic future and is based on compelling frameworks of resolution rupture and transition. Bringing together contributions from the disciplines of law history and anthropology this comprehensive volume challenges these frameworks opening up critical conversations around the concepts of justice and injustice; history and record; and healing transition and resolution. The authors explore how these concepts operate across time and space as well as disciplinary boundaries. They examine how transitional justice mechanisms are utilised to resolve complex legacies of violence in ways that are often narrow partial and incomplete and reinforce existing relations of power. They also destabilise the sharp distinction between ‘before’ and ‘after’ war or conflict that narratives of transition and resolution assume and reproduce. As transitional justice continues to be celebrated and promoted around the globe this book provides a much-needed reflection on its role and promises. It not only critiques transitional justice frameworks but offers new ways of thinking about questions of violence conflict justice and injustice. It was originally published as a special issue of the Australian Feminist Law Journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367278199

Transitional Justice in NepalInterests Victims and Agency The conflict in Nepal (1996 – 2006) resulted in an estimated 15 000 deaths 1 300 disappearances along with other serious human rights and humanitarian law violations. Demands for peace democracy accountability and development have abounded in the post-conflict context. Although the conflict catalysed major changes in the social and political landscape in Nepal the transitional justice (TJ) process has remained deeply contentious and fragmented.This book provides an in-depth analysis of transitional justice process in Nepal. Drawing on interviews with a diverse range of stakeholders including victims ex-combatants community members human rights advocates journalists and representatives from diplomatic missions international organisations and the donor community it reveals the differing viewpoints knowledge attitudes and preferences about TJ and other post-conflict issues in Nepal. The author develops an actor typology and an action spectrum which can be used in Nepal and other post-conflict contexts. The actor typology identifies four main groups of TJ actors—experts brokers implementers and victims—and highlights who is making claims and on behalf of whom. The action spectrum based on contentious politics literature and resistance literature demonstrates the strategies actors use to shape the TJ process. This book argues that the potential of TJ lies in these dynamics of contention. It is by letting these dynamics play out that different conceptualisations of TJ can arise. While doing so may lead to practical challenges and produce situations that are normatively undesirable for some actors particularly when certain political parties and national actors seem to ‘hijack’ TJ remaining steadfast to the dominant TJ paradigm is also undesirable.As the first book to provide a single case study on TJ in Nepal it makes theoretical and empirical contributions to: TJ research in Nepal and the Asia-Pacific more broadly the politics versus justice binary and the concept of victimhood among others. It will be of interest to a wide range of scholars in the study of transitional justice peace and conflict studies human rights sociology political science criminology law anthropology and South Asian Studies as well as policy-makers and NGOs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589370

Transitional Justice in PeacebuildingActor-Contingent and Malleable Justice This book explores the role of actors in determining transitional justice in peacebuilding contexts. In recent decades transitional justice mechanisms and processes have been introduced to a variety of settings becoming widely regarded as essential elements in the ‘peacebuilding toolbox’. While it has increasingly been suggested that transitional justice is imposed by neo-imperial actors with little regard for the needs and cultures of local populations evidence suggests that dismissing these policies as neo-imperial or neo-liberal impositions would result in grossly overlooking their dynamics which involve a whole range of relevant actors operating at multiple levels. This book interrogates this theme through empirical analysis of three sites of peacebuilding that have seen extensive international involvement: Kosovo East Timor and Afghanistan. It proposes a novel framework for analysing and approaching transitional justice in peacebuilding that disaggregates three broad sets of actors operating at different levels in relevant processes: external actors (international and regional levels) transitional justice promoters (local national international and transnational levels) and transitional regimes (national and local levels). The book argues that transitional justice in peacebuilding must be conceived of as actor-contingent and malleable due to the significance of agency and (inter)actions of key categories of actors throughout peacebuilding transition. This book will be of interest to students and practitioners of transitional justice peacebuilding law and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367463106

Transitional Justice in RwandaAccountability for Atrocity Transitional Justice in Rwanda: Accountability for Atrocity comprehensively analyzes the full range of the transitional justice processes undertaken for the Rwandan genocide. Drawing on the author’s extensive professional experience as the principal justice policy maker and the leading law enforcement officer in Rwanda from 1996-2003 the book provides an in-depth analysis of the social political and legal challenges faced by Rwanda in the aftermath of the genocide and the aspirations and legacy of transitional justice. The book explores the role played by the accountability processes not just in pursuing accountability but also in shaping the reconstruction of Rwanda’s institutions of democratic governance and political reconciliation. Central to this exploration will be the examination of whether or not transitional justice in Rwanda has contributed to a foundational rule of law reform process. While recognizing the necessity of pursuing accountability for mass atrocity the book argues that a maximal approach to accountability for genocide may undermine the promotion of core objectives of transitional justice. Taking on one of the key questions facing practitioners and scholars of transitional justice today the book suggests that the pursuit of mass accountability particularly where socio-economic resources and legal capacity is limited may destabilize the process of rule of law reform endangering core human rights norms. Moreover the book suggests that pursuing a strategy of mass accountability may undermine the process of democratic transition particularly in a context where impunity for crimes committed by the victors of armed conflicts persists. Highlighting the ongoing democratic deficit in Rwanda and resulting political instability in the Great Lakes region the book argues that the effectiveness of transitional justice ultimately hinges on the nature and success of political transition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415522793

Transitional Justice in South AsiaA Study of Afghanistan and Nepal Offering a comparative case study of transitional justice processes in Afghanistan and Nepal this book critically evaluates the way the "local" is consulted in post-conflict efforts toward peace and reconciliation. It argues that there is a tendency in transitional justice efforts to contain the discussion of the "local" within religious and cultural parameters thus engaging only with a "static local " as interpreted by certain local stakeholders. Based on data collected through interviews and participant observation carried out in the civil societies of the respective countries this book brings attention to a "dynamic local " where societal norms evolve and realities on the ground are shaped by shifting power dynamics local hierarchies and inequalities between actors. It suggests that the "local" must be understood as an inter-subjective concept the meaning of which is not only an evolving and moving target but also dependent on who is consulted to interpret it to external actors. This timely book engages with the divergent range of civil society voices and offers ways to move forward by including their concerns in the efforts to help impoverished war-torn societies transition from a state of war to the conditions of peace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138119383

Transitional Justice Theories Transitional Justice Theories is the first volume to approach the politically sensitive subject of post-conflict or post-authoritarian justice from a theoretical perspective. It combines contributions from distinguished scholars and practitioners as well as from emerging academics from different disciplines and provides an overview of conceptual approaches to the field. The volume seeks to refine our understanding of transitional justice by exploring often unarticulated assumptions that guide discourse and practice. To this end it offers a wide selection of approaches from various theoretical traditions ranging from normative theory to critical theory. In their individual chapters the authors explore the concept of transitional justice itself and its foundations such as reconciliation memory and truth as well as intersections such as reparations peace building and norm compliance. This book will be of particular interest for scholars and students of law peace and conflict studies and human rights studies. Even though highly theoretical the chapters provide an easy read for a wide audience including readers not familiar with theoretical investigations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138924451

Transitional JusticeImages and Memories Transitional justice is usually associated with international criminal courts and tribunals but criminal justice is merely one way of dealing with the legacy of conflict and atrocity. Justice is not only a matter of law. It is a process of making sense of the past and accepting the possibility of a shared future together although perpetrators victims and bystanders may have very different memories and perceptions experiences and expectations.  This book goes further than providing a legal analysis of the effectiveness of transitional justice and presents a wider perspective. It is a critical appraisal of the different dimensions of the process of transitional justice that affects the imagery and constructions of past experiences and perceptions of conflict. Examining hidden histories of atrocities public trials and memorialization processes and rituals artistic expressions and contradictory perceptions of past conflicts the book constructs what transitional justice and the imagery involved can mean for a better understanding of the processes of justice truth and reconciliation. In transcending the legal although by no means denying the significance of law the book also represents a multidisciplinary holistic approach to justice and includes contributions from criminal and international lawyers cultural anthropologists criminologists political scientists and historians Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256965

Transitional Programs for Homeless Women with ChildrenEducation Employment Traning and Support Services First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986039

TransitionFacilitating The Postschool Adjustment Of Students With Disabilities  Adjusting to post- high school life can be especially difficult for individuals with disabilities who are expected to find and maintain employment live on their own and function successfully in their communities. This book argues that the area of special education namely pre-service and in-service teachers counsellors and psychologists can be Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367214883

Transitioning Students into Higher EducationPhilosophy Pedagogy and Practice Transitioning Students in Higher Education focuses on the relationship between philosophy pedagogy and practice when designing programs units or courses for transitioning students to new educational spaces in the university environment. The term ‘transition’ is used to describe the academic as well as social movement and acculturation of students into new higher educational spaces. This book offers both theoretical perspectives and real-world practical examples that reveal the successes and challenges of implementing philosophically driven pedagogies with diverse transitioning cohorts. Drawing on examples from Australia New Zealand US and Canada it writes through the relationship between philosophy pedagogy and how it can effectively shape the practice of transition and develop the flourishing student. This book is split into three main sub-themes: Flourishing in Transition Engaging Diverse Cohorts and Challenges for Educators and sits at the intersections between philosophy and pedagogy in the practice of effectively engaging and transitioning different enabling groups. This book will be of great interest to postgraduate students researchers and educators working in the areas of enabling or bridging education higher/tertiary education distance learning and indigenous as well as culturally diverse cohorts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233419

Transitions Between Consciousness and Unconsciousness The empirical study of consciousness is in constant progress. New ideas and approaches arise methods are being debated and refined and experimental research over the last two decades has produced a rich body of data acquired in the aim to better understand consciousness and its neural underpinnings. This volume synthesises this data focusing on how to understand the relations and transitions between consciousness and unconsciousness alongside exploring and distinguishing conscious experience of sensory stimuli and unconscious states. Bringing together leading academics and promising young scientists from across the fields of psychology and neuroscience Transitions between Consciousness and Unconsciousness discusses controversial topics and ideas providing an overview of current research trends and opinions as well as perspectives on theoretical and methodological questions. This is an essential volume for consciousness researchers and students from across psychology neuroscience and philosophy as well as those researching modes of visual processing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138602267

Transitions Environments TranslationsFeminisms in International Politics The essays in Transitions Environments Translations explore the varied meanings of feminism in different political cultural and historical contexts. They respond to the claim that feminism is Western in origin and universalist in theory and to the assumption that feminist goals are self-evident and the same in all contexts. Rather than assume that there is a blueprint by which to measure the strength or success of feminism in different parts of the world these essays consider feminism to be a site of local national and international conflict. They ask: What is at stake in various political efforts by women in different parts of the world? What meanings have women given to their efforts? What has been their relationship to feminism--as a concept and as an international movement? What happens when feminist ideas are translated from one language one political context to another? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203948606

Transitions From Care to Independence:Supporting Young People Leaving State Care to Fulfil Their Potential This important book focuses on the critical role of educational achievement for the wellbeing and success of vulnerable youth in adulthood. It is concerned with three interconnected issues: the support which is or should be afforded to youth ageing out of state care to enable them to fulfil their academic potential; the interdependence of social aspects of ‘care’ and educational attainment for children growing up in state care; and the conditions which are pre-requisite for transition to fully autonomous adulthood together with the implications of these for the state’s responsibilities to care leavers. These issues are addressed through a review of international literature based on the educational outcomes and life-chances of youth graduating from state care analysis of the findings of a three-year qualitative study following the educational transitions of young people and the use of theoretical frameworks to explore the complexities of children’s experiences of the state care system. In doing so the book balances predominantly needs-based discourses with a children’s right perspective focusing on competence rather than vulnerability and promoting the development of the skills needed for autonomous adulthood. Reconceptualising Transitions from Care to Independence should be considered essential reading for researchers practitioners and policy makers in the fields of education childhood studies and adoption and fostering services. Additionally the issues addressed are of wider relevance to youth transitions to adulthood. Youth ageing out of care provide a particularly insightful case study into the broader cohort of young people entering the workforce in an era of a globalised economy and austerity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367430979

Transitions From Dictatorship To DemocracyComparative Studies Of Spain Portugal And Greece First published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138993808

Transitions from Education to WorkWorkforce Ready Challenges in the Asia Pacific Labour markets are becoming more dynamic in response to pressures from globalisation new technologies and trade agreements as well as cross-border migration inter-generation differences changing education imperatives and employer expectations. By focusing on several Asia Pacific countries this book explores the differences in their workforces: ageing or abundant in labour but lacking in skilled employees. One similarity these countries share is the difficulty in attracting and retaining employees with the required skillset and capabilities and these constraints can stymie national economic growth and long term development. This book brings together national and international perspectives on employability challenges faced by selected countries in the Asia Pacific region. While the region is forecast to enjoy high growth in the coming decade a recurring challenge is addressing skill shortages and ensuring effective transition from training colleges and universities into employment. Consequently the book focuses on the roles of multiple stakeholders primarily: governments education providers and employers – in more effectively addressing these key socio-economic challenges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138691759

Transitions in American EducationA Social History of Teaching This book is a concise social history of teaching from the colonial period to the present. By revealing the words of teachers themselves it brings their stories to life. Synthesizing decades of research on teaching it places important topics such as discipline in the classroom technology and cultural diversity within historical perspective. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315054513

Transitions in Energy Efficiency and DemandThe Emergence Diffusion and Impact of Low-Carbon Innovation The Open Access version of this book available at http://www.tandfebooks.com/doi/view/10.4324/9781351127264 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. Meeting the goals enshrined in the Paris Agreement and limiting global temperature increases to less than 2°C above pre-industrial levels demands rapid reductions in global carbon dioxide emissions. Reducing energy demand has a central role in achieving this goal but existing policy initiatives have been largely incremental in terms of the technological and behavioural changes they encourage. Against this background this book develops a sociotechnical approach to the challenge of reducing energy demand and illustrates this with a number of empirical case studies from the United Kingdom. In doing so it explores the emergence diffusion and impact of low-energy innovations including electric vehicles and smart meters. The book has the dual aim of improving the academic understanding of sociotechnical transitions and energy demand and providing practical recommendations for public policy. Combining an impressive range of contributions from key thinkers in the field this book will be of great interest to energy students scholars and decision-makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663285

Transitions in Regional Economic Development At a time of extraordinary challenges confronting the world this book analyses some of the profound changes occurring in the development of cities and regions. It discusses the uncertainties associated with the stalling of hyper-globalization and asks whether this creates opportunities for resurgent regional economies driven by local capabilities resource efficiencies and domestic production. Theory and evidence on socio-economic and environmental transitions underway in many regions are brought together. Implications of the shifting balance of global power towards emerging economies in the East are explored along with the consequences of urbanization in the global South for politics and democracy. Dilemmas surrounding migration are also discussed including whether incomers displace local workers and depress wages or bring benefits in the form of know-how new technology and investment. More integrative concepts of the region and theories of regional development are analysed recognising the role of human capital knowledge innovation finance infrastructure and institutions. This was originally published as a special issue of Regional Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891701

Transitions Through AdolescenceInterpersonal Domains and Context The adolescent period has attracted much attention as an ideal period for investigating interactive models incorporating biological maturation with intra- and interpersonal development. The focus of this volume is on adolescent transitions in three domains: the peer system the family system and school and work contexts. Its goal is to highlight specific aspects of innovative research programs and initiatives and look forward to future directions in the field. Because interest in adolescence has spanned the disciplines this volume reflects a multidisciplinary perspective--presenting research and methods from life-span development sociology anthropology and education to provide exemplars of the range of approaches used in understanding the processes and transitions of adolescent development. These exemplars encompass the breadth not only of the investigation of adolescence--from survey research on drug use to ethnographic studies of involvement in criminal activities--but also of individual differences in the experience of adolescent transitions--from the transition to college and work in White middle-class youth to the work experiences of urban African-American high school students. The chapters collected here offer a rich sample of the diversity of research experience with an emphasis on in-depth investigation of adolescent transitions. The volume will serve as a resource to investigators across several disciplines as it identifies approaches and recent findings from alternate fields. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315789286

Transitions to Adulthood Through RecessionYouth and Inequality in a European Comparative Perspective Long-running trends towards increasing inequality between the rich and poor across Europe have been exacerbated by the 2008 global financial crisis and its aftermath. As employment opportunities for young people diminish and as the welfare state is pulled back pathways to adulthood change and become more difficult to navigate. Transitions to Adulthood Through Recession consists of a collection of papers by researchers from Britain Norway Germany Portugal Italy and Greece locating young people’s transitions to adulthood in their national social economic and political contexts. It explores young adulthood with reference to generational continuity and change and intergenerational support. With a cross-national comparative framework this volume highlights the importance of variations in structural contexts for young people’s transitions. Bringing together authors across sub-disciplines such as the sociology of youth family and kinship class and inequality and life-course studies Transitions to Adulthood Through Recession will appeal to academic social scientists as well as final-year undergraduate and postgraduate students interested in fields such as political science sociology youth studies social policy anthropology and psychology; and a wider public readership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367355074

Transitions To Alternative Energy SystemsEntrepreneurs New Technologies And Social Change The industrial world was built to run on cheap oil and now the cheap oil has run out. For a while longer the West will depend for its energy upon expensive oil --much of it obtained from sources that are geographically remote· or politically unstable. so in the near future the world mus.t shift from oil to other sources of energy. TRANSITIONS TO ALTERNATIVE ENERGY SYSTEMS explores how such change can best be encouraged. The governments of the world then do not have the option of piously washing their hands of the energy crisis. They must be involved: they must pursue wise policies: and they must prove far more effective in the future than they have in the past. Through its careful analysis of past programs to promote renewable resource development Tom Baumgartner's new book provides the public sector with precisely the kind of guidance it needs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215088

Transitions to Better LivesOffender Readiness and Rehabilitation Transitions to Better Lives aims to describe collate and summarize a body of recent research – both theoretical and empirical – that explores the issue of treatment readiness in offender programming. It is divided into three sections: part one unpacks a model of treatment readiness and explains how it has been operationalized part two discusses how the construct has been applied to the treatment of different offender groups part three iscusses some of the practice approaches that have been identified as holding promise in addressing low levels of offender readiness are discussed. Included within each section are contributions from a number of authors whose work in recent years has stimulated discussion and helped to inform practice in offender rehabilitation. This book is an ideal resource for those who study within the field of criminology or who work in the criminal justice system and have an interest in the delivery of rehabilitation and reintegration programmes for offenders. This includes psychologists social workers probation and parole officers and prison officers. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843927204

Transitions to Modernity in TaiwanThe Spirit of 1895 and the Cession of Formosa to Japan On 19 April 1895 British Consul Lionel Charles Hopkins at the northern port of Tamsui was summoned by Tang Jingsong the governor of Taiwan to his yamen in the western district of Taipei. Shortly after his arrival Hopkins was handed a petition. Signed by a number of Taiwanese ‘notables’ the document appealed to the British government to incorporate the island into a protectorate in the wake of an impending Japanese invasion. The British declined. This book addresses the interconnectivity of these two communities by focusing on the market town of Dadaocheng in northern Taiwan. It seeks to contextualise and examine the establishment of a ‘settler society’ as well as the creation of a sojourning British community showing how they became a precursor of modernity and ‘middle classism’ there. By uncovering who the signatories of the petition were and what their motivation was to call upon the British consulate to bring the island under its protection it brings into focus a remarkable period of transition not only for the history of Taiwan but also for the modern history of China. Using 1895 as a year of enquiry it ultimately challenges the current orthodoxy that modernity in Taiwan was simply a by-product of the Japanese colonial period. As a social and transnational history of the events that took place in Taiwan during 1895 this book will be useful for students of East Asian Studies Modern Chinese Studies and Asian History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367177942

Transitions to Parenthood In this unusual but exciting look at a complex topic family scholars offer a vast array of insights into the multiple consequences concerns and characteristics of parenthood. The transition to parenthood--the most critical step in individual and family life cycles--is thoroughly examined from a social psychological perspective. Cultural and ethnic factors are considered as major influences in the transition to parenthood as are changing patterns in the work force the consequences of the gender revolution and altered patterns of marriage and divorce--all of which have shattered the traditional ways of parenting. Family theorists practitioners and parents are strongly encouraged to further research and discuss the necessary elements and available options involved in facing the changes brought on by parenthood. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315791654

Transitions to Sustainable DevelopmentNew Directions in the Study of Long Term Transformative Change Over the past few decades there has been a growing concern about the social and environmental risks which have come along with the progress achieved through a variety of mutually intertwined modernization processes. In recent years these concerns are transformed into a widely-shared sense of urgency partly due to events such as the various pandemics threatening livestock and increasing awareness of the risks and realities of climate change and the energy and food crises. This sense of urgency includes an awareness that our entire social system is in need of fundamental transformation. But like the earlier transition between the 1750's and 1890's from a pre-modern to a modern industrial society this second transition is also a contested one. Sustainable development is only one of many options. This book addresses the issue on how to understand the dynamics and governance of the second transition dynamics in order to ensure sustainable development. It will be necessary reading for students and scholars with an interest in sustainable development and long-term transformative change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415898041

Transitions: Concepts + Drawings + Buildings Most architectural books written by practising architects fall into two categories: theoretical texts or monographs that describe and illustrate the author's projects. This book combines both as it explores and illustrates the methodological journey required to translate a concept to a drawing and a drawing to a building. While the term 'methodological' might imply an Aristotelian logic there is no attempt here to rationalise the process of conception but instead an acknowledgement of an experimental approach that presupposes a subtle knowledge of the projects. It shows the architect's fascination with the 'opaque' and the 'not said' and illustrates how architecture works through agreement and contradiction (e.g. the built and the un-built material and immaterial). Organised into three essays Urban Collage Ground Surface Shadows and Lines the book examines how conceptual threads begin to compose a specific architectural design 'language' and how they interweave from one direction to another. Importantly the projects that illustrate the text also demonstrate how imperative or marginal the original ideas become and to an extent they demonstrate the design process: its successes illogicality and failures. The essays also discuss the importance of iteration through time where ideas may occasionally be developed as a linear process but more often emerge through a series of creative digressions. Although the essays and the projects have dominant themes these should not be regarded as autonomous as throughout the development of both drawings and buildings ideas inevitably segue from one domain to another. Ideas have both fluidity and the ability to transform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472409096

TransitionsNew Australian feminisms Gender relations are in a period of transition. In this collection some of Australia's leading writers and talented young scholars offer a systematic overview of the ways in which recent feminist analysis is shaping women's studies. They reflect on questions of power difference social structures methodology and culture. They ask how feminism has changed in the past few years and whether concepts like 'patriarchy' and 'oppression' are still relevant.Contributors include: Ien Ang Julie Ewington Jill Matthews Susan Sheridan Sophie Watson and Anna Yeatman.'All the liveliest feminist debates - postmodernist deconstructionist post-Marxist - are represented here. The scope is broad and the subject matter multidisciplinary. This book is new Australian feminism at its newest and best.' - Michele Barrett Professor of Sociology City University London Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003118282

TransitionsRussians Ethiopians and Bedouins in Israel’s Negev Desert This title was first published in 2000:  Comprising over one-third of the land area of Israel the Negev is home to more than 400 000 residents representing one of the most unusual ethnic mixes in the world. Immigrants from many regions and countries: North Africa Ethiopia the Middle East India Europe North and South America and the Republics of the former Soviet Union now reside in the Negev along with indigenous Bedouin Arabs and Jews born in Israel. Transitions is a dedication to the Negev people brought together by Richard Isralowitz of Ben Gurion University Israel and Jonathan Friedlander of the University of California Los Angeles. It documents a year in the lives of three groups of people through carefully selected and expertly written chapters contributed by Israeli scholars familiar with issues of immigration and immigrant absorption regional development health education as well as racial and ethnic conflict concerning Russian Ethiopian and Bedouin people of Israel’s arid southern region. The chapters are juxtaposed with the vivid and provocative colour and black and white images of photographer Ron Kelley who focuses on the process of assimilation within the broader context of Israeli society revealing complications of nationalism ethnic rivalries and competition over limited resources amidst a prevailing concern for national security. Prepared with support from the US/Israel Binational Education Foundation (Fulbright Scholars Program) and the Israel Council of Higher Education Transitions is an extraordinary and unique study of people their environment and interaction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138703087

TransitionsRussians Ethiopians and Bedouins in Israel’s Negev Desert This title was first published in 2000:  Comprising over one-third of the land area of Israel the Negev is home to more than 400 000 residents representing one of the most unusual ethnic mixes in the world. Immigrants from many regions and countries: North Africa Ethiopia the Middle East India Europe North and South America and the Republics of the former Soviet Union now reside in the Negev along with indigenous Bedouin Arabs and Jews born in Israel. Transitions is a dedication to the Negev people brought together by Richard Isralowitz of Ben Gurion University Israel and Jonathan Friedlander of the University of California Los Angeles. It documents a year in the lives of three groups of people through carefully selected and expertly written chapters contributed by Israeli scholars familiar with issues of immigration and immigrant absorption regional development health education as well as racial and ethnic conflict concerning Russian Ethiopian and Bedouin people of Israel’s arid southern region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138703070

Transivity Causatn & Passivizatn First published in 1982. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986046

Trans-jurisdictional Water Law and Governance Governance of global water resources presents one of the most confounding challenges in contemporary natural resource governance. With considerable government citizen and financial donor attention devoted to a range of international transnational and domestic laws and policies aimed at protecting managing and sustainably using fresh and coastal marine water resources this book proposes that sustainable water outcomes require a ‘trans-jurisdictional’ approach to water governance. Focusing on the concept of trans-jurisdictional water governance the book diagnoses barriers and identifies pathways to coherent and coordinated institutional arrangements between and across different bodies of laws at local national regional and international levels. It includes case studies from the European Union Australia New Zealand South Africa the United States and Southeast Asia. Leading specialists offer insights into the pretence and the promise of trans-jurisdictional water governance and provide readers including students practitioners policy-makers and academics with a basis for better analysing articulating and synthesising standards of good trans-jurisdictional water governance both in theory and in practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138364042

Translanguaging and Transformative Teaching for Emergent Bilingual StudentsLessons from the CUNY-NYSIEB Project A critical and accessible text this book provides a foundation for translanguaging theory and practice with educating emergent bilingual students. The product of the internationally renowned and trailblazing City University of New York-New York State Initiative on Emergent Bilinguals (CUNY-NYSIEB) this book draws on a common vision of translanguaging to present different perspectives of its practice and outcomes in real schools. It tells the story of the collaborative project’s positive impact on instruction and assessment in different contexts and explores the potential for transformation in teacher education. Acknowledging oppressive traditions and obstacles facing language minoritized students this book provides a pathway for combatting racism monolingualism classism and colonialism in the classroom and offers narratives strategies and pedagogical practices to liberate and engage emergent bilingual students. This book is an essential text for all teacher educators researchers scholars and students in TESOL and bilingual education as well as educators working with language minoritized students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367434984

Translanguaging in EFL ContextsA Call for Change The purpose of this book is to promote the value of translanguaging in EFL teaching contexts. To date translanguaging has been discussed mostly in regards to US and European contexts. This book will examine the teaching beliefs and practices of teachers within a South Korean elementary school context to evaluate the practices of current teachers who use translanguaging strategies when teaching. This examination utilizes sociological theories of pedagogic discourse to discuss the consequences of language exclusion policies on the peninsula. Using these theories it presents an argument for why EFL contexts like South Korea need to reevaluate their current policies and understandings of language learning and teaching. By embracing translanguaging as an approach the author argues they will transform their traditional notions of language learning and teaching in order to view teachers as bilinguals and learners as emerging bilinguals rather than use terms of deficiency that have traditionally been in place for such contexts. This book's unique use of sociological theories of pedagogic discourse supports a need to promote the translanguaging ideology of language teaching and learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671198

Translanguaging with Multilingual StudentsLearning from Classroom Moments Looking closely at what happens when translanguaging is actively taken up to teach emergent bilingual students across different contexts this book focuses on how it is already happening in classrooms as well as how it can be implemented as a pedagogical orientation. It extends theoretical understandings of the concept and highlights its promises and challenges. Using a Transformative Action Research design six empirically grounded ethnographic case studies describe how translanguaging is used in lesson designs and in the spontaneous moves made by teachers and students during specific teaching moments. The cases shed light on two questions: How when and why is translanguaging taken up or resisted by students and teachers? What does its use mean for them? Although grounded in a U.S. context and specifically in classrooms in New York State Translanguaging with Multilingual Students links findings and theories to different global contexts to offer important lessons for educators worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138906983

Translated People Translated Texts Translated People Translated Texts examines contemporary migration narratives by four African writers who live in the diaspora and write in English: Leila Aboulela and Jamal Mahjoub from the Sudan now living in Scotland and Spain respectively and Abdulrazak Gurnah and Moyez G. Vassanji from Tanzania now residing in the UK and Canada. Focusing on how language operates in relation to both culture and identity Steiner foregrounds the complexities of migration as cultural translation. Cultural translation is a concept which locates itself in postcolonial literary theory as well as translation studies. The manipulation of English in such a way as to signify translated experience is crucial in this regard. The study focuses on a particular angle on cultural translation for each writer under discussion: translation of Islam and the strategic use of nostalgia in Leila Aboulela's texts; translation and the production of scholarly knowledge in Jamal Mahjoub's novels; translation and storytelling in Abdulrazak Gurnah's fiction; and translation between the individual and old and new communities in Vassanji's work. Translated People Translated Texts makes a significant contribution to our understanding of migration as a common condition of the postcolonial world and offers a welcome insight into particular travellers and their unique translations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177963

Translating and Communicating Environmental Cultures Environmental translation studies has gained momentum in recent years as a new area of research underscored by the need to communicate environmental concerns and studies across cultures. The dissemination of translated materials on environmental protection and sustainable development has played an instrumental role in transforming local culture and societies. This edited book represents an important effort to advance environmental studies by introducing the latest research on environmental translation and cross-cultural communication. Part I of the book presents the newest research on multilingual environmental resource development based at leading research institutes in Europe Latin America North America and the Asia-Pacific. Part II offers original thought-provoking linguistic textual and cultural analyses of environmental issues in genres as diverse as literature nature-based tourism promotion environmental marketing environmental documentary and children’s reading. Chapters in this book represent original research authored by established and mid-career academics in translation studies computer science linguistics and environmental studies around the world. The collection provides engaging reading and references on environmental translation and communication to a wide audience across academia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138359819

Translating and Interpreting in Korean ContextsEngaging with Asian and Western Others The focus of this volume is on how the people of the Korean Peninsula—historically an important part of the Sinocentric world in East Asia and today a vital economic and strategic site—have negotiated oral and written interactions with their Asian neighbors and Europeans in the past and present through the mediation of translators and interpreters. These encounters have been shaped by political social and cultural factors including the shared use of the Chinese writing system in East Asia for many centuries attitudes toward other Asians and Westerners and perceptions of Korean identity in relation to these Others. After exploring aspects of historical interactions the volume addresses how the role and practice of translation and interpreting have recently evolved as a result of the development of digital technology an increase in the number of immigrants and changes in political and cultural dynamics in the region. It covers a range of historical and contemporary aspects genres and venues that extend beyond the common yet restrictive focus on literary translation and includes discussions of translator training and academic studies of translation and interpreting in Korea. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138589513

Translating as a Purposeful ActivityFunctionalist Approaches Explained This bestselling text is a comprehensive overview of functionalist approaches to translation in English. Christiane Nord one of the leading figures in translation studies explains the complexities of theories and terms in simple language with numerous examples. Covering how the theories developed illustrations of the main ideas and specific applications to translator training literary translation interpreting and ethics Translating as a Purposeful Activity concludes with a concise review of both criticisms and perspectives for the future. Now with a Foreword by Georges Bastin and a new chapter covering the recent developments and elaborations of the theory this is an essential text for students of translation studies and for translator training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573345

Translating Biomaterials for Bone GraftBench-top to Clinical Applications Translating Biomaterials for Bone Graft: Bench-top to Clinical Applications brings together the current translational research in bone tissue engineering from design to application – from materials drugs and biologic delivery used for bone graft applications to pre-clinical and clinical considerations. The book also discusses the regulatory approval pathways which involves consideration of the class of devices; whether they are similar to existing solutions minimal manipulation of donor tissue or completely novel materials drugs and biologics. These considerations drive the ability to successfully transition the latest generations of bone graft materials into the clinics. Chapters come from materials scientists clinicians researchers and consultants and provide a holistic understanding of the field. As such the book is a state-of-the-art reference to bone therapies and should appeal to clinicians scientists as well as students interested in the current research and/or practices in the field of bone regeneration and restoration. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466598621

Translating Children's Literature Translating Children’s Literature is an exploration of the many developmental and linguistic issues related to writing and translating for children an audience that spans a period of enormous intellectual progress and affective change from birth to adolescence. Lathey looks at a broad range of children’s literature from prose fiction to poetry and picture books. Each of the seven chapters addresses a different aspect of translation for children covering:   ·         Narrative style and the challenges of translating the child’s voice; ·         The translation of cultural markers for young readers; ·         Translation of the modern picture book; ·         Dialogue dialect and street language in modern children’s literature; ·         Read-aloud qualities wordplay onomatopoeia and the translation of children’s poetry; ·         Retranslation retelling and reworking; ·         The role of translation for children within the global publishing and translation industries.   This is the first practical guide to address all aspects of translating children’s literature featuring extracts from commentaries and interviews with published translators of children’s literature as well as examples and case studies across a range of languages and texts. Each chapter includes a set of questions and exercises for students.   Translating Children’s Literature is essential reading for professional translators researchers and students on courses in translation studies or children’s literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138803763

Translating Chinese Art and Modern Literature Translating Chinese Art and Modern Literature examines issues in cross-cultural dialogue in connection with translation and modern Chinese art and literature from interdisciplinary perspectives. This comprises the text-image dialogue in the context of Chinese modernity and cross-cultural interaction between modern literature in Chinese and other literatures. This edited collection approaches these issues with discrete foci and approaches and the ten chapters in this volume are to be divided into two distinct parts. The first part highlights the mutual effects between literary texts and visual images in the media of book painting and film and the second part includes contributions by scholars of literary translation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138549210

Translating Chinese CultureThe process of Chinese--English translation Translating Chinese Culture is an innovative and comprehensive coursebook which addresses the issue of translating concepts of culture. Based on the framework of schema building the course offers helpful guidance on how to get inside the mind of the Chinese author how to understand what he or she is telling the Chinese-speaking audience and how to convey this to an English speaking audience. A wide range of authentic texts relating to different aspects of Chinese culture and aesthetics are presented throughout followed by close reading discussions of how these practices are executed and how the aesthetics are perceived among Chinese artists writers and readers. Also taken into consideration are the mode audience and destination of the texts. Ideas are applied from linguistics and translation studies and each discussion is reinforced with a wide variety of practical and engaging exercises. Thought-provoking yet highly accessible Translating Chinese Culture will be essential reading for advanced undergraduates and postgraduate students of Translation and Chinese Studies. It will also appeal to a wide range of language studies and tutors through its stimulating discussion of the principles and purposes of translation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415693134

Translating Classical PlaysCollected Papers Translating Classical Plays is a selection of edited papers by J. Michael Walton published and delivered between 1997 and 2014. Of the four sections each with a new introduction the first two cover the history of translating classical drama into English and specific issues relating to translation for stage performance. The latter two are concerned with the three Greek tragedians and the Greek and Roman writers of old and new comedy ending with the hitherto unpublished text of a Platform Lecture given at the National Theatre in London comparing the plays of Plautus with Sondheim’s A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Forum. The volume is an invaluable resource for anyone involved in staging or translating classical drama. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875688

Translating Culture Specific References on TelevisionThe Case of Dubbing Translating Culture Specific References on Television provides a model for investigating the problems posed by culture specific references in translation drawing on case studies that explore the translational norms of contemporary Italian dubbing practices. This monograph makes a distinctive contribution to the study of audiovisual translation and culture specific references in its focus on dubbing as opposed to subtitling and on contemporary television series rather than cinema. Irene Ranzato’s research involves detailed analysis of three TV series dubbed into Italian drawing on a corpus of 95 hours that includes nearly 3 000 CSR translations. Ranzato proposes a new taxonomy of strategies for the translation of CSRs and explores the sociocultural pragmatic and ideological implications of audiovisual translation for the small screen. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138499133

Translating CulturesAn Introduction for Translators Interpreters and Mediators As the 21st century gets into stride so does the call for a discipline combining culture and translation. This second edition of Translating Cultures retains its original aim of putting some rigour and coherence into these fashionable words and lays the foundation for such a discipline. This edition has not only been thoroughly revised but it has also been expanded. In particular a new chapter has been added which focuses specifically on training translators for translational and intercultural competencies.   The core of the book provides a model for teaching culture to translators interpreters and other mediators. It introduces the reader to current understanding about culture and aims to raise awareness of the fundamental role of culture in constructing perceiving and translating reality. Culture is perceived throughout as a system for orienting experience and a basic presupposition is that the organization of experience is not 'reality' but rather a simplified model and a 'distortion' which varies from culture to culture. Each culture acts as a frame within which external signs or 'reality' are interpreted. The approach is interdisciplinary taking ideas from contemporary translation theory anthropology Bateson's logical typing and metamessage theories Bandler and Grinder's NLP meta-model theory and Hallidayan functional grammar.   Authentic texts and translations are offered to illustrate the various strategies that a cultural mediator can adopt in order to make the different cultural frames he or she is mediating between more explicit. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138131989

Translating CulturesPerspectives on Translation and Anthropology The task of the anthropologist is to take ideas concepts and beliefs from one culture and translate them into first another language and then into the language of anthropology. This process is both fascinating and complex. Not only does it raise questions about the limitations of language but it also challenges the ability of the anthropologist to communicate culture accurately. In recent years postmodern theories have tended to call into question the legitimacy of translation altogether. This book acknowledges the problems involved but shows definitively that ‘translating cultures' can successfully be achieved. The way we talk write read and interpret are all part of a translation process. Many of us are not aware of translation in our everyday lives but for those living outside their native culture surrounded by cultural difference the ability to translate experiences and thoughts becomes a major issue. Drawing on case studies and theories from a wide range of disciplines -including anthropology philosophy linguistics art history folk theory and religious studies - this book systematically interrogates the meaning complexities and importance of translation in anthropology and answers a wide range of provocative questions such as: - Can we unravel the true meaning of the Christian doctrine of trinity when there have been so many translations? - What impact do colonial and postcolonial power structures have on our understanding of other cultures? - How can we use art as a means of transgressing the limitations of linguistic translation? Translating Cultures: Perspectives on Translation and Anthropology is the first book fully to address translation in anthropology. It combines textual and ethnographic analysis to produce a benchmark publication that will be of great importance to anthropologists philosophers linguists historians and cultural theorists alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003087243

Translating Data into Information to Improve Teaching and Learning Here it is ... the latest from best-selling author Victoria Bernhardt. This book helps educators think through the selection of the data elements and data tools needed to support quality decisions for improving teaching and learning. It shows you how to use data to help make decisions about strategies to improve student achievement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135161

Translating DissentVoices From and With the Egyptian Revolution *Written by the winners of the Inttranews Linguists of the Year award for 2016!* Discursive and non-discursive interventions in the political arena are heavily mediated by various acts of translation that enable protest movements to connect across the globe. Focusing on the Egyptian experience since 2011 this volume brings together a unique group of activists who are able to reflect on the complexities challenges and limitations of one or more forms of translation and its impact on their ability to interact with a variety of domestic and global audiences. Drawing on a wide range of genres and modalities from documentary film and subtitling to oral narratives webcomics and street art the 18 essays reveal the dynamics and complexities of translation in protest movements across the world. Each unique contribution demonstrates some aspect of the interdependence of these movements and their inevitable reliance on translation to create networks of solidarity. The volume is framed by a substantial introduction by Mona Baker and includes an interview with Egyptian activist and film-maker Philip Rizk. With contributions by scholars and artists professionals and activists directly involved in the Egyptian revolution and other movements Translating Dissent will be of interest to students of translation intercultural studies and sociology as well as the reader interested in the study of social and political movements. Online materials including links to relevant websites and videos are available at http://www.routledge.com/cw/baker. Additional resources for Translation and Interpreting Studies are available on the Routledge Translation Studies Portal: http://cw.routledge.com/textbooks/translationstudies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138929876

Translating Feminism in ChinaGender Sexuality and Censorship This book explores translation of feminism in China through examining several Chinese translations of two typical feminist works: The Second Sex (TSS Beauvoir 1949/1952) and The Vagina Monologues (TVM Ensler 1998). TSS exposes the cultural construction of woman while TVM reveals the pervasiveness of sexual oppression toward women. The female body and female sexuality (including lesbian sexuality) constitute a challenge to the Chinese translators due to cultural differences and sexuality still being a sensitive topic in China. This book investigates from gender and feminist perspectives how TSS and TVM have been translated and received in China with special attention to how the translators meet the challenges. Since translation is the gateway to the reception of feminism an examination of the translations should reveal the response to feminism of the translator as the first reader and gatekeeper and how feminism is translated both ideologically and technically in China. The translators’ decisions are discussed within the social historical and political contexts. Translating Feminism in China discusses among other issues: Feminist Translation: Practice Theory and Studies Translating the Female Body and Sexuality Translating Lesbianism Censorship Sexuality and Translation This book will be relevant to postgraduate students and researchers of translation studies. It will also interest academics interested in feminism gender studies and Chinese literature and culture. Zhongli Yu is Assistant Professor of Translation Studies at the University of Nottingham Ningbo China (UNNC). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367133795

Translating for the European Union The institutions of the European Union employ hundreds of translators. Why? What do they do? What sort of translation problems do they have to tackle? Has the language policy of the European Union been affected by the recent inclusion of new Member States? This book answers all those questions. Written by three experienced translators from the European Commission it aims to help general readers translation students and freelance translators to understand the European Union institutions and their work. Although it deals with written rather than spoken translation much of the information it gives will be of interest to interpreters too. This second edition has been updated to reflect the new composition of the EU and changes to recruitment procedures. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315760339

Translating for the European Union Institutions The institutions of the European Union employ hundreds of translators. Why? What do they do? What sort of translation problems do they have to tackle? Has the language policy of the European Union been affected by the recent inclusion of new Member States? This book answers all those questions. Written by three experienced translators from the European Commission it aims to help general readers translation students and freelance translators to understand the European Union institutions and their work. Although it deals with written rather than spoken translation much of the information it gives will be of interest to interpreters too. This second edition has been updated to reflect the new composition of the EU and changes to recruitment procedures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781905763924

Translating Foreign OthernessCross-Cultural Anxiety in Modern China This book explores the deep-rooted anxiety about foreign otherness manifest through translation in modern China in its endeavours to engage in cross-cultural exchanges. It offers to theorize and contextualize a related range of issues concerning translation practice in response to foreign otherness. The book also introduces new vistas to some of the under-explored aspects of translation practice concerning ideology and cultural politics from the late Qing dynasty to the present day. Largely as a result of translation ethnocentric beliefs and feelings have given way to a more open and liberal way to approach and appropriate foreign otherness. However the fear of Westernization seen as a threat to Chinese cultural integrity and social stability is still shown sporadically through the state’s ideological control over translation. The book interprets questions and reformulates a number of the key theoretical issues in Translation Studies and also demonstrates their ramifications in a bid to shed light on Chinese translation practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367410773

Translating Frantz Fanon Across Continents and Languages This book provides an innovative look at the reception of Frantz Fanon’s texts investigating how when where and why these—especially his seminal Les Damnés de la Terre (1961) —were first translated and read. Building on renewed interest in the author’s works in both postcolonial studies and revolutionary movements in recent years as well as travelling theory micro-history and histoire croisée interests in Translation Studies the volume tells the stories of translations of Fanon’s texts into twelve different languages – Arabic Danish English German Italian Norwegian Persian Polish Russian Serbo-Croatian Swahili and Swedish – bringing both a historical and multilingual perspective to the ways in which Fanon is cited today. With contributions from an international interdisciplinary group of scholars the stories told combine themes of movement and place personal networks and agency politics and activism archival research and textual analysis creating a book that is a fresh and comprehensive volume on the translated works of Frantz Fanon and essential reading for scholars in translation studies postcolonial studies cultural studies critical race studies and African and African diaspora literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367365738

Translating Great Russian LiteratureThe Penguin Russian Classics Launched in 1950 Penguin’s Russian Classics quickly progressed to include translations of many great works of Russian literature and the series came to be regarded by readers both academic and general as the de facto provider of classic Russian literature in English translation the legacy of which reputation resonates right up to the present day. Through an analysis of the individuals involved their agendas and their socio-cultural context this book based on extensive original research examines how Penguin’s decisions and practices when translating and publishing the series played a significant role in deciding how Russian literature would be produced and marketed in English translation. As such the book represents a major contribution to Translation Studies to the study of Russian literature to book history and to the history of publishing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367503482

Translating Humour If civilizations are to cooperate as well as clash our mediators must solve problems using serious thought about relations between Self and Other. Translation Studies has thus returned to questions of ethics. But this is no return to any prescriptive linguistics of equivalence. As the articles in this volume show ethics is now a broadly contextual question dependent on practice in specific cultural locations and situational determinants. It concerns people perhaps more than texts. It involves representing dynamics seeking specific goals challenging established norms and bringing theory closer to historical practice. The contributions to this volume study a wide range of translational activity questioning global copyright regimes denouncing exploitation within the translation profession defending a Bible translation in terms of mutlilateral loyalty and delving into the dynamics of popular genres the culture bubbles of talk shows the horrors of disaster relief in Turkey military interpreters in the Balkans and urgent political pleas from a Greek prison. The theoretical approaches range from empirical text analysis to applications of fuzzy logic passing through a proposed Translator's Oath and converging in a common concern with cross-cultural alterity Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138473768

Translating India The cultural universe of urban English-speaking middle class in India shows signs of growing inclusiveness as far as English is concerned. This phenomenon manifests itself in increasing forms of bilingualism (combination of English and one Indian language) in everyday forms of speech - advertisement jingles bilingual movies signboards and of course conversations. It is also evident in the startling prominence of Indian Writing in English and somewhat less visibly but steadily rising activity of English translation from Indian languages. Since the eighties this has led to a frenetic activity around English translation in India's academic and literary circles. Kothari makes this very current phenomenon her chief concern in Translating India.   The study covers aspects such as the production reception and marketability of English translation. Through an unusually multi-disciplinary approach this study situates English translation in India amidst local and global debates on translation representation and authenticity. The case of Gujarati - a case study of a relatively marginalized language - is a unique addition that demonstrates the micro-issues involved in translation and the politics of language.   Rita Kothari teaches English at St. Xavier's College Ahmedabad (Gujarat) where she runs a translation research centre on behalf of Katha. She has published widely on literary sociology postcolonialism and translation issues. Kothari is one of the leading translators from Gujarat. Her first book (a collaboration with Suguna Ramanathan) was on English translation of Gujarati poetry (Modern Gujarati Poetry: A Selection Sahitya Akademi New Delhi 1998). Her English translation of the path-breaking Gujarati Dalit novel Angaliyat is in press (The Stepchild Oxford University Press). She is currently working on an English translation of Gujarati short stories by women of Gujarat a study of the nineteenth-century narratives of Gujarat and is also engaged in a project on the Sindhi identity in India.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162990

Translating InstitutionsAn Ethnographic Study of EU Translation Translating Institutions outlines a framework for research on translation in institutional settings using the Finnish translation unit at the European Commission as a case study. Because of their foundational multilingualism the institutions of the European Union could be described as both translating and translated institutions. The European Commission alone employs nearly two thousand translators and it is translators who draft the vast majority of outgoing EU messages. Translating Institutions sets out to explore the organizational role and professional identity of this group of cultural mediators a group that has remained relatively invisible despite its size and central institutional role and to use the analysis of this data to elaborate broader methodological and theoretical issues. Translating Institutions adopts an ethnographic approach to explore the life and work of the translators at the centre of this study. In practice this entails employing a number of different methods and interrogating various types of data. The three-level research design used covers the study of the institutional framework the study of translators working in specific institutional settings and the study of translated documents and their source texts. This is therefore a study of both texts and people in their institutional habitat. Given the methodological focus of the volume the different methods and data are outlined in independent chapters: the institutional framework of translation (institutional ethnography) the physical location of the unit (observation) translators' own views of their role (focus group discussions) and a sociologically-oriented text analysis of a sample document (shifts analysis). Translating Institutions constitutes a valuable contribution to the sociology of translation. It opens up new avenues for research and offers a detailed framework for the study of institutional translation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138141322

Translating Italy for the Eighteenth CenturyBritish Women Translation and Travel Writing (1739-1797) Translating Italy in the Eighteenth Century offers a historical analysis of the role played by translation in that complex redefinition of women's writing that was taking place in Britain in the second half of the eighteenth century. It investigates the ways in which women writers managed to appropriate images of Italy and adapt them to their own purposes in a period which covers the 'moral turn' in women's writing in the 1740s and foreshadows the Romantic interest in Italy at the end of the century.   A  brief survey of translations produced by women in the period 1730-1799 provides an overview of the genres favoured by women translators such as the moral novel sentimental play and a type of conduct literature of a distinctively 'proto-feminist' character. Elizabeth Carter's translation of Francesco Algarotti's II Newtonianesimo per le Dame (1739) is one of the best examples of the latter kind of texts. A close reading of the English translation indicates a 'proto-feminist' exploitation of the myth of Italian women's cultural prestige.   Another genre increasingly accessible to women namely travel writing confirms this female interest in Italy. Female travellers who visited Italy in the second half of the century such as Hester Piozzi observed the state of women's education through the lenses provided by Carter. Piozzi's image of Italy a paradoxical mixture of imagination and realistic observation became a powerful symbolic source which enabled the fictional image of a modern relatively egalitarian British society to take shape. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178403

Translating Molière for the English-speaking StageThe Role of Verse and Rhyme This book critically analyzes the body of English language translations Moliere’s work for the stage demonstrating the importance of rhyme and verse forms the creative work of the translator and the changing relationship with source texts in these translations and their reception. The volume questions prevailing notions about Moliere’s legacy on the stage and the prevalence of comedy in his works pointing to the high volume of English language translations for the stage of his work that have emerged since the 1950s. Adopting a computer-aided method of analysis Ploix illustrates the role prosody plays in verse translation for the stage more broadly highlighting the implementation of self-consciously comic rhyme and conspicuous verse forms in translations of Moliere’s work by way of example. The book also addresses the question of the interplay between translation and source text in these works and the influence of the stage in overcoming formal infelicities in verse systems that may arise from the process of translation. In so doing Ploix considers translations as texts in and of themselves in these works and the translator as a more visible creative agent in shaping the voice of these texts independent of the source material paving the way for similar methods of analysis to be applied to other canonical playwrights’ work. The book will be of particular interest to students and scholars in translation studies adaptation studies and theatre studies Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367272296

Translating MuseumsA Counterhistory of South Asian Museology Shaila Bhatti's immersive study of the Lahore Museum in Pakistan is one of the first books to offer an in-depth historical and ethnographic analysis of a South Asian museum. Bhatti thus presents an alternative example of visitor experience and museum practice to that of the West which has been the dominant museological model to date. This examination of the Lahore Museum's objects staff and visitors (past and present) provides an informative case study that reveals local perceptions and uses of museums in non-Western societies to be fraught with social political and cultural implications and appropriations. Through Lahore Bhatti examines the history of exchange between Britian and South Asia and advances our current understanding of what constitutes postcolonial museum interpretation and its public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611321456

Translating Myth Ever since Odysseus heard tales of his own exploits being retold among strangers audiences and readers have been alive to the complications and questions arising from the translation of myth. How are myths taken and carried over into new languages new civilizations or new media? An international group of scholars is gathered in this volume to present diverse but connected case studies which address the artistic and political implications of the changing condition of myth – this most primal and malleable of forms. ‘Translation’ is treated broadly to encompass not only literary translation but also the transfer of myth across cultures and epochs. In an age when the spiritual world is in crisis Translating Myth constitutes a timely exploration of myth’s endurance and represents a consolidation of the status of myth studies as a discipline in its own right. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598785

Translating National AllegoriesThe Case of Crime Fiction This book explores the intersection of a number of academic areas of study that are all individually of growing importance: translation studies crime fiction and world literature. The scholars included here are leaders in one or more of these areas. The frame of this volume is imagological; its focus is on the ways in which national allegories are constructed and deconstructed encompassing descriptions of national characteristics as they play out at the level of the local or the individual as well as broader political analyses. Its corpus crime fiction is shown to be a privileged site for writing the national narrative and often in ways that are more complex and dynamic than is suggested by the genre’s much-cited role as vehicle for a new realism. Finally these two areas are problematised through the lens of translation which is a crucial player in both the development of crime fiction and the formation rather than simply the interlingual transfer of national allegory. In this volume national allegories and the crime novels in which they emerge are shown to be eminently versatile foundationally plural texts that promote critical rewriting as opposed to sites for fixing meaning. This book was originally published as a special issue of The Translator. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367234966

Translating Official Documents Official translations are generally documents that serve as legally valid instruments. They include anything from certificates of birth death or marriage through to academic transcripts or legal contracts. This field of translation is now as important as it is fraught with difficulties for it is only in a few areas that the cultural differences are so acute and the consequences of failure so palpable. In a globalizing world our official institutions increasingly depend on translations of official documents but little has been done to elaborate the skills and dilemmas involved.   Roberto Mayoral deals with the very practical problems of official translating. He points out the failings of traditional theories in this field and the need for revised concepts such as the virtual document pragmatic constraints and risk analysis. He details aspects of the social contexts ethical norms translation strategies different formats fees legal formulas and ways of solving the most frequent problems. Care is taken to address as wide a range of cultural contexts as possible and to stress the active role of the translator.   This book is intended as a teaching text for the classroom for self-learning or for professionals who want to reflect on their practice. Activities and exercises are suggested for each chapter and information is included on professional associations and societies across the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138130876

Translating Others (Volume 1) Both in the sheer breadth and in the detail of their coverage the essays in these two volumes challenge hegemonic thinking on the subject of translation. Engaging throughout with issues of representation in a postmodern and postcolonial world Translating Others investigates the complex processes of projection recognition displacement and 'othering' effected not only by translation practices but also by translation studies as developed in the West. At the same time the volumes document the increasing awareness the the world is peopled by others who also translate often in ways radically different from and hitherto largely ignored by the modes of translating conceptualized in Western discourses.   The languages covered in individual contributions include Arabic Bengali Chinese Hindi Irish Italian Japanese Latin Rajasthani Somali Swahili Tamil Tibetan and Turkish as well as the Europhone literatures of Africa the tongues of medieval Europe and some major languages of Egypt's five thousand year history. Neighbouring disciplines invoked include anthropology semiotics museum and folklore studies librarianship and the history of writing systems.   Contributors to Volume 1: Doris Bachmann-Medick Cosima Bruno Ovidi Carbonell Martha Cheung G. Gopinathan Eva Hung Alexandra Lianeri Carol Maier Christi Ann Marrill Paolo Rambelli Myriam Salama-Carr Ubaldo Stecconi and Maria Tymoczko. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172524

Translating Others (Volume 2) Both in the sheer breadth and in the detail of their coverage the essays in these two volumes challenge hegemonic thinking on the subject of translation. Engaging throughout with issues of representation in a postmodern and postcolonial world Translating Others investigates the complex processes of projection recognition displacement and 'othering' effected not only by translation practices but also by translation studies as developed in the West. At the same time the volumes document the increasing awareness the the world is peopled by others who also translate often in ways radically different from and hitherto largely ignored by the modes of translating conceptualized in Western discourses.   The languages covered in individual contributions include Arabic Bengali Chinese Hindi Irish Italian Japanese Latin Rajasthani Somali Swahili Tamil Tibetan and Turkish as well as the Europhone literatures of Africa the tongues of medieval Europe and some major languages of Egypt's five thousand year history. Neighbouring disciplines invoked include anthropology semiotics museum and folklore studies librarianship and the history of writing systems.   Contributors to Volume 2: Paul Bandia Red Chan Sukanta Chaudhuri Annmarie Drury Ruth Evans Fabrizio Ferrari Daniel Gallimore Hephzibah Israel John Tszpang Lai Kenneth Liu-Szu-han Ibrahim Muhawi Martin Orwin Carol O'Sullivan Saliha Parker Stephen Quirke and Kate Sturge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175563

Translating PicturebooksRevoicing the Verbal the Visual and the Aural for a Child Audience Translating Picturebooks examines the role of illustration in the translation process of picturebooks and how the word-image interplay inherent in the medium can have an impact both on translation practice and the reading process itself. The book draws on a wide range of picturebooks published and translated in a number of languages to demonstrate the myriad ways in which information and meaning is conveyed in the translation of multimodal material and in turn the impact of these interactions on the readers’ experiences of these books. The volume also analyzes strategies translators employ in translating picturebooks including issues surrounding culturally-specific references and visual and verbal gaps and features a chapter with excerpts from translators’ diaries written during the process. Highlighting the complex dynamics at work in the translation process of picturebooks and their implications for research on translation studies and multimodal material this book is an indispensable resource for students and researchers in translation studies multimodality and children’s literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367365868

Translating Promotional and Advertising Texts The translation of promotional and advertising texts requires the application of techniques which although they vary depending on the specific text type are all aimed at preserving their persuasive purpose. This often requires in-depth cultural adaptation and on occasion thorough rewriting. Translating Promotional and Advertising Texts covers the key types of promotional texts including personal business-to-business institutional business-to-consumer and advertising. With numerous examples from a wide variety of languages and media taken from the author's own professional experience and observations this volume is designed for use as a coursebook for classroom practice or as a handbook for self-learning. It also provides insight for research into promotional and advertising translation. This second updated edition offers entirely new sections on self-promotion in social media text analysis and tools for the cross-cultural appraisal of promotional texts. Revised with new examples a glossary of terms and activities and tasks on the Routledge Translation Studies Portal this is the essential text for students researchers translators and professionals working in copywriting marketing public relations or related areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138566057

Translating ReligionWhat is Lost and Gained? Translating Religion advances thinking about translation as a critical category in religious studies combining theoretical reflection about processes of translation in religion with focused case studies that are international interdisciplinary and interreligious. By operating with broad conceptions of both religion and translation this volume makes clear that processes of translation broadly construed are everywhere in both religious life and the study of religion; at the same time the theory and practice of translation and the advancement of translation studies as a field has developed in the context of concerns about the possibility and propriety of translating religious texts. The nature of religions as living historical traditions depends on the translation of religion from the past into the present. Interreligious dialogue and the comparative study of religion require the translation of religion from one tradition to another. Understanding the historical diffusion of the world’s religions requires coming to terms with the success and failure of translating a religion from one cultural context into another. Contributors ask what it means to translate religion both textually and conceptually and how the translation of religious content might differ from the translation of other aspects of human culture. This volume proposes that questions on the nature of translation find particularly acute expression in the domains of religion and argues that theoretical approaches from translation studies can be fruitfully brought to bear on contemporary religious studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138053496

Translating Sholem AleichemHistory Politics and Art This book explores the rich treasury of Sholem Aleichem translations focusing primarily on the European context. It suggests that the many-faceted issue of translating Sholem Aleichem can be considered from the different perspectives of history politics and art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603557

Translating SongLyrics and Texts This engaging step-by-step guide prescribes effective strategies and tactics for translating a wide range of songs and other vocal music from classical to contemporary. Focusing on best practice and with a variety of language examples the book centres on four key themes: translating songs for a range of recipients and within different contexts (skopos theory) translating songs for reading on paper or on screens (surtitles and subtitles) "singable translations" and the Pentathlon Approach translating expressive texts. With a substantial introduction six insightful chapters further reading and a glossary of key terms (also available at https://www.routledge.com/9781138641792 and on the Routledge Translation Studies Portal) this lively and clear student-friendly guide is essential for students researchers and practitioners involved in or studying the practice of translating music. This will also be an engaging read for musicians and all those interested in the study of music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138641792

Translating StyleA Literary Approach to Translation - A Translation Approach to Literature Arising from a dissatisfaction with blandly general or abstrusely theoretical approaches to translation this book sets out to show through detailed and lively analysis what it really means to translate literary style. Combining linguistic and lit crit approaches it proceeds through a series of interconnected chapters to analyse translations of the works of D.H. Lawrence Virginia Woolf James Joyce Samuel Beckett Henry Green and Barbara Pym. Each chapter thus becomes an illuminating critical essay on the author concerned showing how divergences between original and translation tend to be of a different kind for each author depending on the nature of his or her inspiration. This new and thoroughly revised edition introduces a system of 'back translation' that now makes Tim Parks' highly-praised book reader friendly even for those with little or no Italian. An entirely new final chapter considers the profound effects that globalization and the search for an immediate international readership is having on both literary translation and literature itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138137585

Translating Systems Thinking into PracticeA Guide to Developing Incident Reporting Systems Systems thinking tells us that human error violations and technology failures result from poorly designed and managed work systems. To help us understand and prevent injuries and incidents incident reporting systems must be capable of collecting data on contributory factors from across the overall work system in addition to factors relating to the immediate context of the event (e.g. front-line workers environment and equipment). This book describes how to design a practical usable incident reporting system based on this approach. The book contains all the information needed to effectively design and implement a new incident reporting system underpinned by systems thinking. It also provides guidance on how to evaluate and improve existing incident reporting systems so they are practical for users collect good quality data and reflect the principles of systems thinking. Features Highlights the key principles of systems thinking for designing incident reporting systems Outlines a process for developing and testing incident reporting systems Describes how to evaluate incident reporting systems to ensure they are practical usable and collect good quality data Provides detailed guidance on how to analyze incident data and translate the findings into appropriate incident prevention strategies Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781472436917

Translating Tagore's Stray Birds into ChineseApplying Systemic Functional Linguistics to Chinese Poetry Translation Translating Tagore’s ‘Stray Birds’ into Chinese explores the choices in poetry translation in light of Systemic Functional Linguistics (SFL) and illustrates the ways in which readers can achieve a deeper understanding of translated works in English and Chinese. Focusing on Rabindranath Tagore’s ‘Stray Birds’ a collection of elegant and philosophical poems as a source text Ma and Wang analyse four Chinese target texts by Zheng Zhenduo Yao Hua Lu Jinde and Feng Tang and consider their linguistic complexities through SFL. This book analyses the source text and the target texts from the perspectives of the four strata of language including graphology phonology lexicogrammar and context. Ideal for researchers and academics of SFL Translation Studies Linguistics and Discourse Analysis Translating Tagore’s ‘Stray Birds’ into Chinese provides an in-depth exploration of SFL and its emerging prominence in the field of Translation Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367415464

Translating TextsAn Introductory Coursebook on Translation and Text Formation Clear and accessible this textbook provides a step-by-step guide to textual analysis for beginning translators and translation students. Covering a variety of text types including business letters recipes and museum guides in six languages (Chinese English French German Russian and Spanish) this book presents authentic research-based materials to support translation among any of these languages. Translating Texts will provide beginning translators with greater text awareness a critical skill for professional translators. Including discussions of the key theoretical texts underlying this text-centred approach to translation and sample rubrics for (self) assessment this coursebook also provides easy instructions for creating additional corpora for other text types and in other languages. Ideal for both language-neutral and language-specific classroom settings this is an essential text for undergraduate and graduate-level programs in modern languages and translation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415788090

Translating the City The city is a highly fragmented heterogeneous subject; those who study analyze and question it make a use of a variety of disciplines and methods and have different areas of expertise. How is a dialogue built between heterogeneous urban contexts and urban researchers architects developers anthropologists sociologists and political scientists? What capacity do concepts and methods have to travel from one context to another? How can they be transferred? The strength of Urban Translations lies in its disciplinary and geographical comparison and dialogue on a global scale. It openly targets an international audience bringing together leading researchers from a variety of disciplines (urban planning sociology architecture and anthropology) and presenting case studies from highly contrasting urban settings including Rio de Janeiro Mumbai Cape Town Dubai Montreal Geneva Lisbon Ljubljana and Berlin. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315538990

Translating the CrisisPolitics and Culture in Spain after the 15M Translating the Crisis discusses the multiple translation practices that shaped the 15M movement also known as the indignados (‘outraged’) a series of mass demonstrations and occupations of squares that took place across Spain in 2011 and which played a central role in the recent global wave of popular protest. Through a study of the movement's cultural and intellectual impact as well as some of its main political evolutions (namely Podemos and Barcelona en Comú) Fernández shows how translation has contributed to the dissemination of ideas and the expansion of political debates produced new intellectual and political figures and provided support to political projects. Drawing on fieldwork interviews and a large repertoire of sources in various languages this monograph provides an in-depth study of the role of translation in the renewal of activist language the development of political platforms   and the creation of new social references while also presenting a critical perspective on its limitations and shortcomings. Combining first-hand experience of the Spanish reality with a keen transnational awareness Fernández offers a nuanced present-day perspective on the political events taking place in Spain and connects them with wider transformations across the world. This book is invaluable for scholars and researchers in Translation Studies Spanish Studies Social Movement Studies and Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138310841

Translating the CurriculumMulticulturalism into Cultural Studies Although recent theory in multicultural education has acknowledged what has been called "the new cultural politics of difference " problems concerning what actually passes for multiculturalism have been underexamined. Translating the Curriculum proposes that a new theoretical and practical lens through which to examine multicultural education is necessary and suggests that it may be found in cultural studies. Edgerton looks at pedagogy through structuralist and poststructuralist philosophy and social theory literary criticism literature and autobiography. Using this interdisciplinary approach notions of marginality essentialism identity and translation across difference are explored. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315022123

Translating the Middle Ages Drawing on approaches from literary studies history linguistics and art history and ranging from Late Antiquity to the sixteenth century this collection views 'translation' broadly as the adaptation and transmission of cultural inheritance. The essays explore translation in a variety of sources from manuscript to print culture and the creation of lexical databases. Several essays look at the practice of textual translation across languages including the vernacularization of Latin literature in England France and Italy; the translation of Greek and Hebrew scientific terms into Arabic; and the use of Hebrew terms in anti-Jewish and anti-Muslim polemics. Other essays examine medieval translators' views and performance of translation looking at Lydgate's translation of Greek myths through mental images rendered through rhetorical figures or at how printing transformed the rhetoric of intervernacular translation of chivalric romances. This collection also demonstrates translation as a key element in the construction of cultural and political identity in the Fet des Romains and Chester Whitsun Plays and in the papacy's efforts to compete with Byzantium by controlling the translation of Greek writings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108134

Translating the Perception of TextLiterary Translation and Phenomenology This book is about translating the perception of text; but that involves the elaboration from reading of a text of perception a text capable of registering the complexities of language-based perception. It offers the phenomenology that has its primary source in the work of Merleau-Ponty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603564

Translating the Relics of St JamesFrom Jerusalem to Compostela Analysing the narration of the translatio of the body of Saint James from Palestine to Santiago de Compostela and its impact on the historical and biblical construction of Jacobean pilgrimages this book presents an interdisciplinary approach to the two cities at the centre of the legend: Jerusalem and Compostela. Using a range of political anthropological historical and sociological approaches the contributors consider archaeological research into Palestine in the early centuries and explore the traditions iconography and literary and social impact of the translatio on the current reality of pilgrimages to Compostela. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880705

Translating the VisualA Multimodal Perspective This book offers insights into the translation and adaptation of illustrated texts in an era in which visual texts are perceived as a dominant perceptual frame for interpreting social and cultural phenomena. Using source texts including illustrated books comics graphic novels and animated films the authors analyze their translations and adaptations to address the works as multimodal entities in which even the replacement of one component affects the entire whole. Interviews with the artists - writers illustrators and animators - will shed more light on the observations. This volume’s unique focus on the visual mode and the impact of its replacement on the multimodal whole is a topic that has not attracted as much attention as the translation of the verbal component and will appeal to students and researchers of translation and adaptation popular culture media and communication and children’s literature alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730154

Translating Theory and Research Into Educational PracticeDevelopments in Content Domains Large Scale Reform and Intellectual Capacity This book shows in detail and with concrete examples how educational theory and research can be translated into practice. Well-known researchers who have worked to establish productive sustainable connections between the knowledge produced by the research community and the practices employed in school settings provide descriptions of successful strategies that have been used to bridge the gap among theory research and practice. The volume addresses three main themes: *analysis of how educational theory and research may be used to improve student learning and achievement in mathematics science and reading; *examination of how educational theory and research has been used to conceptualize implement and evaluate the effects of challenges of large-scale reform; and *exploration of how different models of intelligence and creativity have informed educational practice. Viewed as a collective effort to translate theory and research into educational practice the interventions and programs described by the contributors to this volume represent nearly 200 years of work. As a compendium of successful strategies this book will help others identify ways to make their own research more useful to their practice communities. As an investigation of persistent seemingly intractable problems encountered when attempting to connect theory and research to the everyday work of teachers and students in classrooms the analyses presented in this volume demonstrate where additional work is needed. By examining critical persistent challenges encountered when attempting to connect educational theory and research to the everyday work of teachers in classrooms and schools this book will help improve the practical value of educational research and help chart the course for future research.Translating Theory and Research into Educational Practice is intended as a text for advanced undergraduate and graduate courses across the discipline of education and should be particularly relevant for classes dealing with educational research educational policy and teaching and learning. The book is equally relevant for various communities interested in improving connections between research and practice including educational researchers educational psychologists psychologists teachers other educational professionals such as state school officers district officials and policy makers. The authors' comprehensive descriptions and critical reflections will provide readers with valuable insights about the practical demands theoretical complexities and political realties associated with efforts to translate theory and research into effective educational practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203726556

Translating TravelContemporary Italian Travel Writing in English Translation Translating Travel examines the relationship between travel writing and translation asking what happens when books travel beyond the narrow confines of one genre one literary system and one culture. The volume takes as its starting point the marginal position of contemporary Italian travel writing in the Italian literary system and proposes a comparative reading of originals and translations designed to highlight the varying reception of texts in different cultures. Two main themes in the book are the affinity between the representations produced by travel and the practices of translation and the complex links between travel writing and genres such as ethnography journalism autobiography and fiction. Individual chapters are devoted to Italian travellers' accounts of Tibet and their English translations; the hybridization of journalism and travel writing in the works of Oriana Fallaci; Italo Calvino's sublimation of travel writing in the stylized fiction of Le città invisibili; and the complex network of literary references which marked the reception of Claudio Magris's Danubio in different cultures. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315235738

Translating Women in Early Modern EnglandGender in the Elizabethan Versions of Boiardo Ariosto and Tasso Situating itself in a long tradition of studies of Anglo-Italian literary relations in the Renaissance this book consists of an analysis of the representation of women in the extant Elizabethan translations of the three major Italian Renaissance epic poems (Matteo Maria Boiardo's Orlando Innamorato Ludovico Ariosto's Orlando Furioso and Torquato Tasso's Gerusalemme Liberata) as well as of the influence of these works on Elizabethan Literature in general in the form of creative imitation on the part of poets such as Edmund Spenser Peter Beverley William Shakespeare and Samuel Daniel and of prose writers such as George Whetstone and George Gascoigne. The study emphasises the importance of European writers' influence on English Renaissance Literature and raises questions pertaining to the true essence of translation adaptation and creative imitation with a specific emphasis on gender issues. Its originality lies in its exhaustiveness as well as in its focus on the epics' female figures both as a source of major modifications and as an evident point of interest for the Italian works' 'translatorship'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276192

Translating WomenDifferent Voices and New Horizons This book focuses on women and translation in cultures 'across other horizons' well beyond the European or Anglo-American centres. Drawing on transnational feminist connections its editors have assembled work from four continents and included articles from Morocco Mexico Sri Lanka Turkey China Saudi Arabia Columbia and beyond. Thirteen different chapters explore questions around women's roles in translation: as authors or translators or theoreticians. In doing so they open new territories for studies in the area of 'gender and translation' and stimulate academic work on questions in this field around the world. The articles examine the impact of 'Western' feminism when translated to other cultures; they describe translation projects devised to import and make meaningful feminist texts from other places; they engage with the politics of publishing translations by women authors in other cultures and the role of women translators play in developing new ideas. The diverse approaches to questions around women and translation developed in this collection speak to the volume of unexplored material that has yet to be addressed in this field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595937

Translating WorldsMigration Memory and Culture This international and interdisciplinary volume explores the relations between translation migration and memory. It brings together humanities researchers from a range of disciplines including history museum studies memory studies translation studies and literary cultural and media studies to examine memory and migration through the interconnecting lens of translation. The innovatory perspective adopted by Translating Worlds understands translation’s explanatory reach as extending beyond the comprehension of one language by another to encompass those complex and multi-layered processes of parsing by means of which the unfamiliar and the familiar the old home and the new are brought into conversation and connection. Themes discussed include: How memories of lost homes act as aids or hindrances to homemaking in new worlds. How cultural memories are translated in new cultural contexts. Migration affect memory and translation. Migration language and transcultural memory. Migration traumatic memory and translation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367111250

Translation In a time when millions travel around the planet; some by choice some driven by economic or political exile translation of the written and spoken word is of ever increasing importance. This guide presents readers with an accessible and engaging introduction to the valuable position translation holds within literature and society. Leading translation theorist Susan Bassnett traces the history of translation examining the ways translation is currently utilised as a burgeoning interdisciplinary activity and considers more recent research into developing technologies and new media forms. Translation displays the importance of translation across disciplines and is essential reading for students and scholars of translation literary studies globalisation studies and ancient and modern languages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415435635

Translation Authorship and the Victorian Professional WomanCharlotte Brontë Harriet Martineau and George Eliot In her study of Charlotte Brontë Harriet Martineau and George Eliot Lesa Scholl shows how three Victorian women writers broadened their capacity for literary professionalism by participating in translation and other conventionally derivative activities such as editing and reviewing early in their careers. In the nineteenth century a move away from translating Greek and Latin Classical texts in favour of radical French and German philosophical works took place. As England colonised the globe Continental philosophies penetrated English shores causing fissures of faith understanding and cultural stability. The influence of these new texts in England was unprecedented and Eliot Brontë and Martineau were instrumental in both literally and figuratively translating these ideas for their English audience. Each was transformed by access to foreign languages and cultures first through the written word and then by travel to foreign locales and the effects of this exposure manifest in their journalism travel writing and fiction. Ultimately Scholl argues their study of foreign languages and their translation of foreign-language texts nations and cultures enabled them to transgress the physical and ideological boundaries imposed by English middle-class conventions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409426530

Translation Poetics and the StageSix French Hamlets This book establishes an analytical model for the description of existing translations in their historical context within a framework suggested by systemic concepts of literature. It argues against mainstream 20th-century translation theory and by proposing a socio-cultural model of translation takes into account how a translation functions in the receiving culture. The case studies of successive translations of "Hamlet" in France from the eighteenth century neoclassical version of Jean-Francois Ducis to the 20th-century Lacanian post-structuralist stage production of Daniel Mesguich show the translator at work. Each chapter focuses on a different aspect of the changing theatrical and literary norms to which translators through the ages have been bound by the expectations both of their audiences and the literary establishment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986053

Translation Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame One of the first books to shine a light on the broad scope of translation studies this Routledge Translation Classic is widely regarded as a pillar of the discipline. Authored by one of the most infl uential translation theorists of the twentieth century Translation Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame shows how rewriting – translation anthologization historiography criticism editing – infl uences the reception and canonization of works of literature. Firmly placing the production and reception of literature within the wider framework of a culture and its history André Lefevere explores how rewriting manipulates works of literature to ideological and artistic ends and demonstrates how rewriting a text can give it a new sometimes subversive historical or literary status. Ranging across various literatures including Classical Latin French and German and here reissued with a new foreword by Scott G. Williams this is a seminal text for all students and specialists in translation studies literary theory and comparative and world literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138208742

Translation Travel Migrationv. 12/2: Special Issue of the Translator The connection between travel and translation is often evoked in contemporary critical theory both practices seen as metaphors of mobility and flux linked to globalized 'post-modern' society. Travel is a multiple activity encompassing temporary and voluntary displacement repeated movement exile economic migration diaspora. Places of origin are often plural and unstable in spite of the enduring appeal of traditional labels such as 'mother country' or 'patrie'. The multiple interfaces between translation travel and migration are the focus of all contributions in this special issue. Starting from different points of view and using a variety of methodologies the authors raise fundamental questions about the way in which we perceive the link between language national or ethnic identity and individual voice. Topics range from the interaction between travel travel narratives and translation in early English representations of China to the special role played by interpreters in mediating the first contact between a literate and a non-literate culture; from the multiple functions and audiences addressed by contemporary Romani literature and its translation to the political as well a cultural implications of translating popular music across the Bosporus. A number of the articles focus on detailed textual analysis covering the intersection between exile self-translation and translingualism in the work of Manuel Puig; the uses and limitations of translation in the works of migrant authors; or the impact on figurations of Europe of experimental work embracing polylingualism. Collectively these contributions also underline the importance of a closer examination of our assumptions about who the translators and the interpreters are and what roles they play in our society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315538969

Translation after Wittgenstein In this eminently readable study Philip Wilson explores the later writings of Ludwig Wittgenstein and shows how a reading of this philosophy can enable the translation theorist and the practising translator to reflect upon and improve the phenomenon of translation. Wittgenstein whilst a key figure in twentieth-century philosophy remains peripheral to the field of translation studies and Wilson argues that his later work because it deals with the nature of language and meaning is potentially of great significance and an awareness of this can change translation both literary and non-literary. Wittgenstein’s life and thought is treated in the introduction where it is shown how his methods can be applied to areas outside philosophy. The central three chapters of the book survey: the reading of the source text for translation; the writing of the target text; the theorisation of the target text. The author demonstrates how tools from Wittgenstein’s work can be of use in translation studies: the notion of the language-game for example helps us to understand meaning by looking at the way that words are used and this can both help us describe translation and suggest ways of translating. A wide variety of examples and case studies is given throughout the book from both literary and non-literary sources. Aimed at translation studies scholars graduate students and researchers this interdisciplinary book will also be of interest to scholars of philosophy and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367737573

Translation and Adaptation in Theatre and Film This book provides a pioneering and provocative exploration of the rich synergies between adaptation studies and translation studies and is the first genuine attempt to discuss the rather loose usage of the concepts of translation and adaptation in terms of theatre and film. At the heart of this collection is the proposition that translation studies and adaptation studies have much to offer each other in practical and theoretical terms and can no longer exist independently from one another. As a result it generates productive ideas within the contact zone between these two fields of study both through new theoretical paradigms and detailed case studies. Such closely intertwined areas as translation and adaptation need to encounter each other’s methodologies and perspectives in order to develop ever more rigorous approaches to the study of adaptation and translation phenomena challenging current assumptions and prejudices in terms of both. The book includes contributions as diverse yet interrelated as Bakhtin’s notion of translation and adaptation Bollywood adaptations of Shakespeare’s Othello and an analysis of performance practice itself arguably an adaptive practice which uses a variety of languages from English and Greek to British and International Sign-Language. As translation and adaptation practices are an integral part of global cultural and political activities and agendas it is ever more important to study such occurrences of rewriting and reshaping. By exploring and investigating interdisciplinary and cross-cultural perspectives and approaches this volume investigates the impact such occurrences of rewriting have on the constructions and experiences of cultures while at the same time developing a rigorous methodological framework which will form the basis of future scholarship on performance and film translation and adaptation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415829687

Translation and ConflictA narrative account Translation and Conflict was the first book to demonstrate that translators and interpreters participate in circulating as well as resisting the narratives that create the intellectual and moral environment for violent conflict and social tensions. Drawing on narrative theory and with numerous examples from historical and current contexts of conflict Mona Baker provides an original and coherent model of analysis that pays equal attention to the circulation of narratives in translation and to questions of dominance and resistance. With a new preface by Sue-Ann Harding Translation and Conflict is more than ever the essential text for any student or researcher interested in the study of translation and social movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138600447

Translation and Creativity Kirsten Malmkjær argues that translating can and should be considered a valuable art form. Examining notions of creativity and their relationship with translation and focusing on how the originality of translation is manifest in texts the author explores a range of texts and their translations in order to illustrate original as opposed to derivative translation. With reference to thirty translators’ discourses on their source texts and the author’s own experience of translating a short text Malmkjær explores the theory of creativity philosophical aesthetics the philosophy of language experimental and theoretical translation studies and translators’ discourses on their work. Showing the relevance of these varied topics to the study of translating and translations underlines their complexity and the immensity of understanding that is regularly invested in translations. This work proposes a complete rethinking of the concepts of creativity and originality as applied to translation and is vital reading for advanced students and researchers in translation studies and comparative literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138123274

Translation and EmotionA Psychological Perspective This volume tackles one of the most promising and interdisciplinary developments in modern Translation Studies: the psychology of translation. It applies the scientific study of emotion to the study of translation and translators in order to shed light on how emotions can impact decision-making and problem-solving when translating. The book offers a new critical approach to the study of emotion in translation by analysing translators' accounts of their experiences as well as drawing on a case study of emotional intelligence involving 155 professional translators. The author identifies three distinctive areas where emotions influence translators: emotional material contained in source texts their own emotions and the emotions of source and target readers. In order to explore the relevance and influence of emotions in translation each chapter focuses on a different emotion trait: emotion perception emotion regulation and emotion expression. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594138

Translation and Empire Arising from cultural anthropology in the late 1980s and early 1990s postcolonial translation theory is based on the observation that translation has often served as an important channel of empire. Douglas Robinson begins with a general presentation of postcolonial theory examines current theories of the power differentials that control what gets translated and how and traces the historical development of postcolonial thought about translation. He also explores the negative and positive impact of translation in the postcolonial context reviewing various critiques of postcolonial translation theory and providing a glossary of key words. The result is a clear and useful guide to some of the most complex and critical issues in contemporary translation studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138146587

Translation and GenderTranslating in the 'Era of Feminism' The last thirty years of intellectual and artistic creativity in the 20th century have been marked by gender issues. Translation practice translation theory and translation criticism have also been powerfully affected by the focus on gender. As a result of feminist praxis and criticism and the simultaneous emphasis on culture in translation studies translation has become an important site for the exploration of the cultural impact of gender and the gender-specific influence of cuture. With the dismantling of 'universal' meaning and the struggle for women's visibility in feminist work and with the interest in translation as a visible factor in cultural exchange the linking of gender and translation has created fertile ground for explorations of influence in writing rewriting and reading. Translation and Gender places recent work in translation against the background of the women's movement and its critique of 'patriarchal' language. It explains translation practices derived from experimental feminist writing the development of openly interventionist translation strategies the initiative to retranslate fundamental texts such as the Bible translating as a way of recuperating writings 'lost' in patriarchy and translation history as a means of focusing on women translators of the past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151895

Translation and Geography Translation and Geography investigates how translation has radically shaped the way the West has mapped the world. Groundbreaking in its approach and relevant across a range of disciplines from translation studies and comparative literature to geography and history this book makes a compelling case for a form of cultural translation that reframes the contributions of language-based translation analysis. Focusing on the different yet intertwined translation processes involved in the development of the Western spatial imaginary Federico Italiano examines a series of literary works and their translations across languages media and epochs encompassing: poems travel narratives nautical fictions colonial discourse exilic visions. Drawing on case studies and readings ranging from the Latin of the Middle Ages to twentieth-century Latin American poetry this is key reading for translation theory and comparative/world literature courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138828919

Translation and Globalization Translation and Globalization is essential reading for anyone with an interest in translation or a concern for the future of our world's languages and cultures. This is a critical exploration of the ways in which radical changes to the world economy have affected contemporary translation.The Internet new technology machine translation and the emergence of a worldwide multi-million dollar translation industry have dramatically altered the complex relationship between translators language and power. In this book Michael Cronin looks at the changing geography of translation practice and offers new ways of understanding the role of the translator in globalized societies and economies. Drawing on examples and case-studies from Europe Africa Asia and the Americas the author argues that translation is central to debates about language and cultural identity and shows why consideration of the role of translation and translators is a necessary part of safeguarding and promoting linguistic and cultural diversity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203378816

Translation and Hegel's PhilosophyA Transformative Socio-narrative Approach to A.V. Miller’s Cold-War Retranslations This volume engages with translations of philosophy as complex socially structured narratives bound by emotional political and philosophical connections exploring these dynamics at work in A.V. Miller’s Hegel translations and retranslations published between 1969 and 1986. The book contextualises Miller’s lifelong commitment to Hegel and builds on this narrative to lay the foundations for its socio-narrative Bourdieusian and feminist theoretical frameworks applied to the texts and paratexts of Miller’s six retranslations. The volume’s plurifocal sociological approach both illuminates the role of translators and publishers of philosophy in the "great transformation" of political liberalism and subsequently seeks to transform understanding about the ethical responsibilities of translators of philosophy in communicating values of diversity and change in political thinking. In highlighting the value of sociologically-grounded analyses of translations of philosophical works this book is key reading for students and scholars in translation studies German studies continental and feminist-informed philosophies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138743274

Translation and Identity in the AmericasNew Directions in Translation Theory Translation is a highly contested site in the Americas where different groups often with competing literary or political interests vie for space and approval. In its survey of these multiple and competing groups and its study of the geographic socio-political and cultural aspects of translation Edwin Gentzler’s book demonstrates that the Americas are a fruitful terrain for the field of translation studies. Building on research from a variety of disciplines including cultural studies linguistics feminism and ethnic studies and including case studies from Brazil Canada and the Caribbean this book shows that translation is one of the primary means by which a culture is constructed: translation in the Americas is less something that happens between separate and distinct cultures and more something that is capable of establishing those very cultures. Using a variety of texts and addressing minority and oppressed groups within cultures Translation and Identity in the Americas highlights by example the cultural role translation policies play in a discriminatory process: the consequences of which can be social marginalization loss of identity and psychological trauma. Translation and Identity the Americas will be critical reading for students and scholars of Translation Studies Comparative Literature and Cultural Studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203609941

Translation and IdeologyEncounters and Clashes Ideology has become increasingly central to work in translation studies. To date however most studies have focused on literary and religious texts thus limiting wider understanding of how ideological clashes and encounters pervade any context where power inequalities are present. This special edition of The Translator deliberately focuses on ideology in the translation of a rich variety of lesser-studied genres namely academic writing cultural journals legal and scientific texts political interviews advertisements language policy and European Parliament discourse in all of which translation as a social practice can be seen to shape maintain and at times also resist and challenge the asymmetrical nature of exchanges between parties engaged in or subjected to hegemonic practices.The volume opens with two ground-breaking papers that investigate the nature and representation of truth and knowledge in the translation of the sciences followed by two contributions which approach the issue of shifts in the translation of ideology from the standpoint of critical linguistics and critical discourse analysis using data from political speeches and interviews and from English and Korean versions of Newsweek. Other contributions discuss the role that translation scholars can play in raising public awareness of the manipulative devices used in advertising; the way in which potentially competing institutional and individual ideologies are negotiated in the context of interpreting in the European Union; the role translation plays in shaping the politics of a multilingual nation state with reference to Belgium; and the extent to which the concepts of norms and polysystems may be productive in investigating the link between translation and ideology with reference to Chinese data. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138473782

Translation and Language Translation Studies and linguistics have been going through a love­-hate relationship since the 1950s. This book assesses both sides of the relationship tracing the very real contributions that linguists have made to translation studies and at the same time recognizing the limitations of many of their approaches. With good humour and even­handedness Fawcett describes detailed taxonomies of translation strategies and deals with traditional problems such as equivalence. Yet he also explains and assesses the more recent contributions of text linguistics sociolinguistics pragmatics and psycholinguistics. This work is exceptional in that it presents theories originally produced in Russian German French and Spanish as well as English. Its broad coverage and accessible treatment provide essential background reading for students of translation at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173484

Translation and Language EducationPedagogic Approaches Explored The revival of translation as a means of learning and teaching a foreign language and as a skill in its own right is occurring at both undergraduate and postgraduate levels in universities. In this book Sara Laviosa proposes a translation-based pedagogy that is grounded in theory and has been applied in real educational contexts. This volume draws on the convergence between the view of language and translation embraced by ecologically-oriented educationalists and the theoretical underpinnings of the holistic approach to translating culture. It puts forward a holistic pedagogy that harmonizes the teaching of language and translation in the same learning environment. The author examines the changing nature of the role of pedagogic translation starting with the Grammar Translation Method and concluding with the more recent ecological approaches to Foreign Language Education. Translation and Language Education analyses current research into the revival of translation in language teaching and is vital reading for translators language teachers and postgraduate students working in the areas of Translation Studies and Applied Linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138789890

Translation and Linguistic HybridityConstructing World-View This volume outlines a new approach to the study of linguistic hybridity and its translation in cross-cultural writing. By building on concepts from narratology cognitive poetics stylistics and film studies it explores how linguistic hybridity contributes to the reader’s construction of the textual agents’ world-view and how it can be exploited in order to encourage the reader to empathise with one world-view rather than another and consequently how translation shifts in linguistic hybridity can affect the world-view that the reader constructs. Linguistic hybridity is a hallmark of cross-cultural texts such as postcolonial migrant and travel writing as source and target language come into contact not only during the process of writing these texts but also often in the (fictional or non-fictional) story-world. Hence translation is frequently not only the medium but also the object of representation. By focussing on the relation between medium and object of representation the book complements existing research that so far has neglected this aspect. The book thus not only contributes to current scholarly debates – within and beyond the discipline of translation studies – concerned with cross-cultural writing and linguistic hybridity but also adds to the growing body of translation studies research concerned with questions of voice and point of view. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599935

Translation and Literary StudiesHomage to Marilyn Gaddis Rose By nature a transdisciplinary area of inquiry translation lends itself to being investigated at its intersection with other fields of study. Translation and Literary Studies seeks to highlight the manifold connections between translation and notions of gender dialectics agency philosophy and power. The volume also offers a timely homage to renowned translation theorist Marilyn Gaddis Rose who was at the forefront of the group of scholars who initiated and helped to institutionalize translation studies. Inspired by Gaddis Rose’s work and particularly by her concept of stereoscopic reading the volume is dynamically complementary to the burgeoning contemporary field of global comparative literature underscoring the diversity of critical literary thought and theory worldwide. Arranged thematically around questions of translation as literary and cultural criticism as epistemology and as poetics and politics and dealing with works within and beyond the Western tradition the essays in the volume illustrate the multi-voiced spectrum of literary translation studies today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781905763344

Translation and Literature in East AsiaBetween Visibility and Invisibility Translation and Literature in East Asia: Between Visibility and Invisibility explores the issues involved in translation between Chinese Japanese and Korean as well as from these languages into European languages with an eye to comparing the cultures of translation within East Asia and tracking some of their complex interrelationships. This book reasserts the need for a paradigm shift in translation theory that looks beyond European languages and furthers existing work in this field by encompassing a wider range of literature and scholarship in East Asia. Translation and Literature in East Asia brings together material dedicated to the theory and practice of translation between and from East Asian languages for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815358275

Translation and Localisation in Video GamesMaking Entertainment Software Global This book is a multidisciplinary study of the translation and localisation of video games. It offers a descriptive analysis of the industry – understood as a global phenomenon in entertainment – and aims to explain the norms governing present industry practices as well as game localisation processes. Additionally it discusses particular translation issues that are unique to the multichannel nature of video games in which verbal and nonverbal signs must be cohesively combined with interactivity to achieve maximum playability and immerse players in the game’s virtual world. Although positioned within the theoretical framework of descriptive translation studies Bernal-Merino incorporates research from audiovisual translation software localisation computer assisted translation comparative literature and video game production. Moving beyond this framework Translation and Localisation in Video Games challenges some of the basic tenets of translation studies and proposes changes to established and unsatisfactory processes in the video game and language services industries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138731462

Translation and LocalizationA Guide for Technical and Professional Communicators Detailed yet accessible Translation and Localization brings together the research and insights of veteran practicing translators to offer comprehensive guidance for technical communicators. The volume begins with the fundamentals of translation before leading readers through the process of preparing technical documents for translation. It then presents the broader area of localization again beginning with its key competencies. Concluding chapters examine the state of the field as computers take on more translation and localization work. Featuring real-life scenarios and a broad range of experienced voices this is an invaluable resource for technical and professional communicators looking to expand into international markets. This book will be of interest to students of ethnic conflict Asian politics and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138319943

Translation and Migration Translation and Migration examines the ways in which the presence or absence of translation in situations of migratory movement has currently and historically shaped social cultural and economic relations between groups and individuals. Acts of cultural and linguistic translation are discussed through a rich variety of illustrative literary ethnographic visual and historical materials also taking in issues of multiculturalism assimilation and hybridity analytically re-framed. This is key reading for students undertaking Translation Studies courses and will also be of interest to researchers in sociology cultural studies anthropology and migration studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415828116

Translation and MinoritySpecial Issue of "the Translator" The premise of this volume is a question: What can the concept of minority bring to the practice and study of translation? Minority is understood here to mean a cultural or political position that is subordinate whether the social context that so defines it is local national or global. This position is occupied by languages and literatures that lack prestige or authority the non-standard and the non-canonical what is not spoken or read much by a hegemonic culture. Yet minorities also include the nations and social groups that are affiliated with these languages and literatures the politically weak or underrepresented the colonized and the disenfranchised the exploited and the stigmatized.   Translation today is itself a minor use of language a lesser art an invisible craft that commands less cultural capital and fewer legal privileges than original composition. Yet the focus in this collection is not on what translators worldwide have in common but on the distinctive forms that translating takes when it is done by or on behalf of minorities. The articles in this volume present a variety of case studies that illuminate the linguistic and cultural problems posed by such translating as well as the economic and political agendas it has served. Together these pieces show that the concept of minority is worth exploring because it inspires innovation in translation practice and research. Minor cultures are coincident with new translation strategies new translation theories and new syntheses of the diverse methodologies that constitute the discipline of translation studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315538273

Translation and MultimodalityBeyond Words Translation and Multimodality: Beyond Words is one of the first books to explore how translation needs to be redefined and reconfigured in contexts where multiple modes of communication such as writing images gesture and music occur simultaneously. Bringing together world-leading experts in translation theory and multimodality each chapter explores important interconnections among these related yet distinct disciplines. As communication becomes ever more multimodal the need to consider translation in multimodal contexts is increasingly vital. The various forms of meaning-making that have become prominent in the twenty-first century are already destabilising certain time-honoured translation-theoretic paradigms causing old definitions and assumptions to appear inadequate. This ground-breaking volume explores these important issues in relation to multimodal translation with examples from literature dance music TV film and the visual arts. Encouraging a greater convergence between these two significant disciplines this text is essential for advanced students and researchers in Translation Studies Linguistics and Communication Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138324435

Translation and Music Popular and multimodal forms of cultural products are becoming increasingly visible within translation studies research. Interest in translation and music however has so far been relatively limited mainly because translation of musical material has been considered somewhat outside the limits of translation studies as traditionally conceived. Difficulties associated with issues such as the 'musicality' of lyrics the fuzzy boundaries between translation adaptation and rewriting and the pervasiveness of covert or unacknowledged translations of musical elements in a variety of settings have generally limited the research in this area to overt and canonized translations such as those done for the opera.Yet the intersection of translation and music can be a fascinating field to explore and one which can enrich our understanding of what translation is and how it relates to other forms of expression. This special issue is an attempt to open up the field of translation and music to a wider audience within translation studies and to an extent within musicology and cultural studies.The volume includes contributions from a wide range of musical genres and languages: from those that investigate translation and code-switching in North African rap and rai and the intertextual and intersemiotic translations revolving around Mahler's lieder in Chinese to the appropriation and after-life of Kurdish folk songs in Turkish and the emergence of rock'n roll in Russian. Other papers examine the reception of Anglo-American stage musicals and musical films in Italy and Spain the concept of 'singability' with examples from Scandinavian languages and the French dubbing of musical episodes of TV series. The volume also offers an annotated bibliography on opera translation and a general bibliography on translation and music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138473799

Translation and Paratexts As the 'thresholds' through which readers and viewers access texts paratexts have already sparked important scholarship in literary theory digital studies and media studies. Translation and Paratexts explores the relevance of paratexts for translation studies and provides a framework for further research. Writing in three parts Kathryn Batchelor first offers a critical overview of recent scholarship and in the second part introduces three original case studies to demonstrate the importance of paratextual theory. Batchelor interrogates English versions of Nietzsche Chinese editions of Western translation theory and examples of subtitled drama in the UK before concluding with a final part outlining a theory of paratextuality for translation research addressing questions of terminology and methodology. Translation and Paratexts is essential reading for students and researchers in translation studies interpreting studies and literary translation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138488977

Translation and Practice Theory Translation and Practice Theory is a timely and theoretically innovative study linking professional practice and translation theory showing the usefulness of a practice-theoretical approach in addressing some of the challenges that the professional world of translation is currently facing including for example the increasing deployment of machine translation. Focusing on the key aspects of translation practices Olohan provides the reader with an in-depth understanding of how those practices are performed as translators interact with people technologies and other material resources in the translation workplace. The practice-theoretical perspective helps to describe and explain the socio-material complexities of present-day commercial translation practice but also offers a productive approach for studies of translation and interpreting practices in other settings and periods. This first book-length exploration of translation through the lens of practice theory is key reading for advanced students and researchers of Translation Theory. It will also be of interest in the area of professional communication within Communication Studies and Applied Linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138200302

Translation and Public PolicyInterdisciplinary Perspectives and Case Studies This book brings together an ensemble of leading voices from the fields of economics language policy law political philosophy and translation studies. They come together to provide theoretical perspectives and practical case studies regarding a shared concern: translation policy. Their timely perspectives and case studies allow for the problematizing and exploration of translation policy an area that is beginning to come to the attention of scholars. This book offers the first truly interdisciplinary approach to an area of study that is still in its infancy. It thus makes a timely and necessary contribution. As the 21st century marches on authorities are more and more confronted with the reality of multilingual societies and the monolingual state polices of yesteryear seem unable to satisfy increasing demands for more just societies. Precisely because of that language policies of necessity must include choices about the use or non-use of translation at different levels. Thus translation policy plays a prominent yet often unseen role in multilingual societies. This role is shaped by tensions and compromises that bear on the distribution of resources choices about language legal imperatives and notions of justice. This book aims to inform scholars and policy makers alike regarding these issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367365844

Translation and RelevanceCognition and Context From the outset this book has evoked strong responses. Its central claim is that given a comprehensive theory of inferential communication there is no need for a special theory of translation. This has been praised by some as "wise and right" (Dell Hymes) and condemned by others as "astonishing not to say perverse" (Kirsten Malmkjaer). Gutt's call to move from semiotics to an inferential paradigm of communication remains a challenge for many. The debate continues and so does the demand for the book resulting in this second edition. There is a 'Postscript' entitled 'A decade later' where the author addresses peer criticism especially from those involved in the movement of 'translation studies' and attempts to bring out more clearly the unique mandate of translation. New perspectives such as authenticity are also introduced. Marginal notes some tongue-in-cheek liven up the discussion and new references ensure its currency. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315760018

Translation and Rewriting in the Age of Post-Translation Studies In Translation and Rewriting in the Age of Post-Translation Studies Edwin Gentzler argues that rewritings of literary works have taken translation to a new level: literary texts no longer simply originate but rather circulate moving internationally and intersemiotically into new media and forms. Drawing on traditional translations post-translation rewritings and other forms of creative adaptation he examines the different translational cultures from which literary works emerge and the translational elements within them. In this revealing study four concise chapters give detailed analyses of the following classic works and their rewritings: A Midsummer Night’s Dream in Germany Postcolonial Faust Proust for Everyday Readers Hamlet in China. With examples from a variety of genres including music film ballet comics and video games this book will be of special interest for all students and scholars of translation studies and contemporary literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138666863

Translation and SocietyAn Introduction This essential new textbook guides readers through the social aspects and sociologically informed approaches to the study of translation. Sergey Tyulenev surveys implicitly and explicitly sociological approaches to the study of translation drawing on the most important and influential works both within translation studies and in sociology as well as recent developments in the field. In addition to the theoretical grounding provided the book explains in detail the methodology of studying translation from a sociological point of view. Translation and Society discusses why translation should be studied sociologically reinforces the foundation of the sociologically informed translation research already in existence in the field and outlines possible new directions for the future. Throughout the book there are many examples and case studies and each chapter includes thought-provoking discussion points possible assignments and suggestions for further reading. This is an invaluable textbook for undergraduate and postgraduate students of Translation Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415721226

Translation and Style Style plays a major role in the translation of literary as well as non-literary texts and Translation and Style offers an updated survey of this highly interdisciplinary area of translation studies. Jean Boase-Beier examines a variety of disciplines and theoretical approaches including stylistics literary criticism and narratology to investigate how we translate style. This revised and expanded edition of the 2006 book Stylistic Approaches to Translation offers new and accessible explanations on recent developments in the field notably in the areas of Relevance Theory and cognitive stylistics. With many authentic examples to show how style affects translation this book is an invaluable resource for both students and scholars working in translation studies and comparative literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138616196

Translation and the Manipulation of DifferenceArabic Literature in Nineteenth-Century England Translation and the Manipulation of Difference explores the question of difference in translation and offers an extended critique of the advocacy of foreignizing translation as a practice that does not minimize the alterity of the foreign text and could therefore serve as an antidote to ethnocentrism and cultural insularity. Shamma examines the reception of Arabic literature - especially the Arabian Nights - in nineteenth-century England and offers a detailed analysis of the period's major translations from Arabic: by Edward Lane Richard Burton and Wilfred Blunt. He demonstrates that the long complicated history of interaction often confrontation between Europe and the Arab World where (mis)representations of the Other were intricately embroiled with political struggles provides a critical position from which to examine the crucial role of context above and beyond the textual elements of the translation in shaping the political effects of translation. Examining translation techniques and decisions in the context of the translators' own goals as well as the conditions that surrounded the reception of their work the study shows how each translator 'manipulated' his original in line with political positions that ranged from (implicit) acquiescence to steadfast resistance to colonialism. In a carefully elaborated critique of totalizing positions the author argues that the foreignizing-domesticating model is too limited to describe the social and political function of translation and calls for a more complex understanding of the sociopolitical dimensions of translation strategies.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151918

Translation and the Nature of Philosophy (Routledge Revivals)A New Theory of Words This engrossing study first published in 1989 explores the basic mutuality between philosophy and translation. By studying the conceptions of translation in Plato Seneca Davidson Walter Benjamin and Freud Andrew Benjamin reveals the interplay between the two disciplines not only in their relationship to language but also at a deeper cognitive level. Benjamin engages throughout with the central tenets of post-structuralism: the concept of a constant yet illusive ‘true’ meaning has lost authority but remains a problem. The fact of translation seems to defy the notion that ‘meaning’ is reducible to its component words; yet to say that the ‘truth’ is more than the sum of its parts we are challenging the very foundations of what it is to communicate to understand and to know. In Translation and the Nature of Philosophy the author sets out his own theory of language in light of these issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138779136

Translation and the Sustainable Development GoalsCultural Contexts in China and Japan This book offers insight into the use of empirical diffusionist models for analysis of cross-cultural and cross-national communication translation and adaptation of the United Nation’s (UN) Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). The book looks at three social analytical instruments of particular utility for the cross-national study of the translation and diffusion of global sustainable development discourses in East Asia (China and Japan). It explains the underlying hypothesis that in the transmission and adaptation of global SDGs in different national contexts three large groups of social actors encompassing sources of information mediating actors and socio-industrial end-users form shape and contribute to the complex latent networks of social engagement. It illuminates how the distribution within these networks largely determines the level and breadth of the diffusion of global SDGs and their associated environmentalist norms. This book is an essential read for anyone interested in sustainable growth and development as well as global environmental politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670276

Translation and Translanguaging Translation and Translanguaging brings into dialogue translanguaging as a theoretical lens and translation as an applied practice. This book is the first to ask: what can translanguaging tell us about translation and what can translation tell us about translanguaging? Translanguaging originated as a term to characterize bilingual and multilingual repertoires. This book extends the linguistic focus to consider translanguaging and translation in tandem – across languages language varieties registers and discourses and in a diverse range of contexts: everyday multilingual settings involving community interpreting and cultural brokering embodied interaction in sports text-based commodities and multimodal experimental poetics. Characterizing translanguaging as the deployment of a spectrum of semiotic resources the book illustrates how perspectives from translation can enrich our understanding of translanguaging and how translanguaging with its notions of repertoire and the "moment" can contribute to a practice-based account of translation. Illustrated with examples from a range of languages including Spanish Chinese Japanese Czech Lingala and varieties of English this timely book will be essential reading for researchers and graduate students in sociolinguistics translation studies multimodal studies applied linguistics and related areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138067042

Translation and TranslatingTheory and Practice Argues that the subjective evaluation of the product must give way to a descriptive and objective attempt to reveal the workings of the process (ie translating). Without such a shift translation theory will continue outside the mainstream of intellectual activity in human sciences and fail to take its rightful place as a major field in applied Linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135727

Translation and Transmigration In our globalized and transcultural world it has become more common than ever to live among different languages to cross geographical and cultural borders frequently to negotiate between multiple spaces and loyalties: from global businesspeople to guest workers from tourists to refugees. In this book Siri Nergaard examines translation as a personal intimate experience of a subject living in and among different languages and cultures and sees living in translation as a socio-psychological condition of transmigrancy with strong implications on emotions and behaviour. Adopting a wide transdisciplinary approach drawing on theories in psychology anthropology cultural studies semiotics and philosophy the author investigates the situations of translation affecting individuals and in particular migrants. With examples from documentaries photographs exhibitions and testimonies Nergaard also analyses how migrants get translated in political discourse and in official documents and how they perform their lives as transmigrants. The first part examines in particular three issues and concepts: the figure of the migrant hospitality and the border which are viewed as representing the most fundamental questions of what living in translation means. The second part of the book presents examples of lives in translation through representations in a variety of modes and expressions. This timely book is key reading for researchers and advanced students in translation and interpreting studies anthropology migration studies and related areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138543683

Translation and Travelling TheoryFeminist Theory and Praxis in China Research has shown that feminist theory has flowed far more easily from North to South and from West to East wheras travel in other directions has proved almost non-existent. While the hegemony of US feminist theory has been challenged in Europe for example there remain many ‘invisible’ discursive trajectories that link the development of feminist theories and movements across the world. This book brings together and engages with theories of globalisation transnational feminism travelling theory and cultural translation exploring the travelling routes of feminist theory and practice to China over recent decades. With attention to the crucial questions of why and how knowledge travels or fails to travel the forms that it takes and by whom it is sent received understood translated or even refused the author examines the development and activities of different groups of women and women’s organisations in China thus developing an alternative form of travelling theory. A study of the cross-cultural translation of knowledge and practices that occur or fail to occur when different cultures interact and their impact this book will appeal to scholars of gender studies sociology and cultural studies with interests in feminist thought and the travel and production of knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138317062

Translation and Violent Conflict First Published in 2010. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781905763238

Translation and Web Localization Web localization is a cognitive textual communicative and technological process by which interactive web texts are modified to be used by audiences in different sociolinguistic contexts. Translation and Web Localization provides an in-depth and comprehensive overview into this emerging field of study. The book covers the key areas and main theoretical and practical approaches of the subject rather than a step by step practical guide. Topics covered include the often controversial definition of localization how the process develops what constitutes a text in this process digital genre theory and its implications and how to conduct research or training in this field. The book concludes with a look into the dynamic nature of web localization and the forces such as crowdsourcing that are reshaping web localization and translation as we know it. In light of the deep changes brought by the Internet Translation and Web Localization is an indispensable book for researchers postgraduate and advanced undergraduate students of translation studies as well as practitioners and researchers in related fields such as computational linguistics applied linguistics Internet linguistics digital genre theory and web development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415643184

Translation and Web Searching The book presents a comprehensive study of various cognitive and affective aspects of web searching for translation problem solving. Research into the use of the web as an external aid of consultation has frequently occupied a secondary position in the investigation of translation processes. The book aims to bridge this gap in the literature. Beginning with a detailed survey of previous studies of these processes it then focuses on web search behaviors using qualitative and quantitative analysis that presents a multifaceted overview of translation-oriented web searching. The book concludes by addressing the implications for the teaching of and research into translators’ web searching skills. With regard to teaching the book's didactic discussions will make it a valuable tool for both translator trainers and translation students wanting to familiarize themselves with the intricacies of Web searching and to reflect upon the pedagogical implications of the study for acquiring online information literacy in translator training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138731479

Translation and World Literature Translation and World Literature offers a variety of international perspectives on the complex role of translation in the dissemination of literatures around the world. Eleven chapters written by multilingual scholars explore issues and themes as diverse as the geopolitics of translation cosmopolitanism changing media environments and transdisciplinarity. This book locates translation firmly within current debates about the transcultural movements of texts and challenges the hegemony of English in world literature. Translation and World Literature is an indispensable resource for students and scholars working in the fields of translation studies comparative literature and world literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138641754

Translation as Actor-NetworkingActors Agencies and Networks in the Making of Arthur Waley’s English Translation of the Chinese 'Journey to the West' This book employs actor-network theory (ANT) to explore the making of the English translation of a work of Chinese canonical fiction Journey to the West demonstrating how ANT as applied to Translation Studies can contribute to a richer understanding of the translation process. The volume builds on previous research to apply ANT theory to translation studies by looking in-depth at a single work highlighting the unique factors underpinning the making of Monkey Arthur Waley’s English translation of the Chinese classic Journey to the West which make the work an ideal candidate for showing ANT theory in practice in translation. Luo uses an in-depth exploration of the work to examine the ways in which both human and nonhuman translation actors and agents interact in different ways in the publication of this translation showcasing them as dynamic changing and active participants whose roles shifted over the course of the translation process rather than as fixed entities as traditionally categorized in existing research. The book moves beyond a descriptive account of an ANT-based case study toward offering a systematic theoretical and methodological framework of ANT-based translation studies using the conclusions drawn from its application to a single work to suggest a way forward for applying ANT in translation production on a wider scale. This book will be of interest to scholars in translation studies sociology and comparative literature particularly those interested in actor-network theory or network studies and their application to related disciplinary fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367375027

Translation as Communication across Languages and Cultures In this interdisciplinary book Juliane House breaks new ground by situating translation within Applied Linguistics. In thirteen chapters she examines translation as a means of communication across different languages and cultures provides a critical overview of different approaches to translation of the link between culture and translation and between views of context and text in translation. Featuring an account of translation from a linguistic-cognitive perspective House covers problematic issues such as the existence of universals of translation cases of untranslatability and ways and means of assessing the quality of a translation. Recent methodological and research avenues such as the role of corpora in translation and the effects of globalization processes on translation are presented in a neutral non-biased manner. The book concludes with a thorough historical account of the role of translation in foreign language learning and teaching and a discussion of new challenges and problems of the professional practice of translation in our world today. Written by a highly experienced teacher and researcher in the field Translation as Communication across Languages and Cultures is an essential resource for students and researchers of Translation Studies Applied Linguistics and Communication Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781408289839

Translation as Metaphor In today’s ever-changing climate of disintegration and recombination translation has become one of the essential metaphors if not the metaphor of our globalized world. Translation and Metaphor is an attempt to draw a comprehensive map of these new overlapping theoretical territories and the many cross-disciplinary movements they imply. In five chapters this book examines: the main metaphor theories developed in the West; the way the notion of metaphor relates to the concept of translation; different theoretical perspectives on metaphors of translation in translation studies; the main metaphors developed to describe translation in the West and in the East; spatial metaphors within translation studies cultural studies and postcolonial theory; the use of the metaphor of translation across psychoanalysis anthropology and ethnography postcolonial theory history and literature sociology media and communication theory medicine and genetics. Comprehensive analysis of key metaphor theories revealing examples from a wide range of sources and a look towards future directions make this a must-have book for students researchers and translators working in the areas of translation and translation theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138593701

Translation as Reparation Translation as Reparation showcases postcolonial Africa by offering African European-language literature as a case study for postcolonial translation theory and proposes a new perspective for postcolonial literary criticism informed by theories of translation. The book focuses on translingualism and interculturality in African Europhone literature highlighting the role of oral culture and artistry in the writing of fiction. The fictionalizing of African orature in postcolonial literature is viewed in terms of translation and an intercultural writing practice which challenge the canons of colonial linguistic propriety through the subversion of social and linguistic conventions. The study opens up pathways for developing new insights into the ethics of translation as it raises issues related to the politics of language ideology identity accented writing and translation. It confirms the place of translation theory in literary criticism and affirms the importance of translation in the circulation of texts particularly those from minority cultures in the global marketplace.   Grounded in a multidisciplinary approach the book will be of interest to students and scholars in a variety of fields including translation studies African literature and culture sociolinguistics and multilingualism postcolonial and intercultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177451

Translation as Social ActionRussian and Bulgarian Perspectives Originally published in 1993 Translation as Social Action is a varied collection of essays which addresses translation as social action as its central theme the book proposes a model of the translator as an agent in his or her own right. Translation is seen not just as a transfer of meanings from one language to another but rather as an arena in which different cultures meet in the person of the translator. This perspective provides a complete contrast to Western translation studies concerned with whether or not translation is really possible. Together the essays reveal a distinct tradition grappling with the most important topics in translation studies in ways that are different and challenging. The collection is essential reading for translation studies as well as providing an interesting perspective on comparative literature and Eastern European studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138367807

Translation Changes EverythingTheory and Practice In Translation Changes Everything leading theorist Lawrence Venuti gathers fourteen of his incisive essays since 2000. The selection sketches the trajectory of his thinking about translation while engaging with the main trends in research and commentary. The issues covered include basic concepts like equivalence retranslation and reader reception; sociological topics like the impact of translations in the academy and the global cultural economy; and philosophical problems such as the translator’s unconscious and translation ethics. Every essay presents case studies that include Venuti’s own translation projects illuminating the connections between theoretical concepts and verbal choices. The texts drawn from a broad variety of languages are both humanistic and pragmatic encompassing such forms as poems and novels religious and philosophical works travel guidebooks and advertisements. The discussions all explore practical applications whether writing publishing reviewing teaching or studying translations. Venuti’s aim is to conceive of translation as an interpretive act with far-reaching social effects at once enabled and constrained by specific cultural situations. This latest chapter in his developing work is essential reading for translators and students of translation alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415696296

Translation Criticism- Potentials and LimitationsCategories and Criteria for Translation Quality Assessment Katharina Reiss's now classic contribution to Translation Studies Möglichkeiten und Grenzen der Ãœbersetzungskritik: Kategorien und Kriteren für eine sachgerechte Beurteilung von Ãœbersetzungen first appeared in 1971. This is the first English translation of this major work allowing students and practitioners of translation in the English-speaking world to make more extensive use of Reiss's pioneering treatment of a central theme in translation: how to develop reliable criteria for the systematic evaluation of translations. Using a wealth of interesting and varied examples Reiss offers a systematic and illuminating text typology a pragmatic approach to text analysis a functional perspective on translation and a hermeneutic view of the translator thus accounting for some of the most important aspects of the translation process: the text (both source and target versions) the conditions which determine the translator's decisions and the translator as an individual whose personal interpretation has to be respected by any critic.   In the three decades since Katharina Reiss wrote the terminology of translation studies has evolved on many fronts. Erroll Rhodes' translation strikes an optimal balance between remaining faithful to the original presentation and using terminology that today's reader would generally understand and value. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143111

Translation in a Postcolonial ContextEarly Irish Literature in English Translation This ground-breaking analysis of the cultural trajectory of England's first colony constitutes a major contribution to postcolonial studies offering a template relevant to most cultures emerging from colonialism. At the same time these Irish case studies become the means of interrogating contemporary theories of translation. Moving authoritatively between literary theory and linguistics philosophy and cultural studies anthropology and systems theory the author provides a model for a much needed integrated approach to translation theory and practice. In the process the work of a number of important literary translators is scrutinized including such eminent and disparate figures as Standishn O'Grady Augusta Gregory and Thomas Kinsella. The interdependence of the Irish translation movement and the work of the great 20th century writers of Ireland - including Yeats and Joyce - becomes clear expressed for example in the symbiotic relationship that marks their approach to Irish formalism.   Translation in a Postcolonial Context is essential reading for anyone interested in translation theory and practice postcolonial studies and Irish literature during the 19th and 20th centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148864

Translation in AsiaTheories Practices Histories The field of translation studies was largely formed on the basis of modern Western notions of monolingual nations with print-literate societies and monochrome cultures. A significant number of societies in Asia – and their translation traditions – have diverged markedly from this model. With their often multilingual populations and maintaining a highly oral orientation in the transmission of cultural knowledge many Asian societies have sustained alternative notions of what ‘text’ ‘original’ and ‘translation’ may mean and have often emphasized ‘performance’ and ‘change’ rather than simple ‘copying’  or ‘transference’. The contributions in Translation in Asia present exciting new windows into South and Southeast Asian translation traditions and their vast array of shared inter-connected and overlapping ideas about and practices of translation transmitted between these two regions over centuries of contact and exchange. Drawing on translation traditions  rarely acknowledged within translation studies debates including Tagalog Tamil Kannada Malay Hindi Javanese Telugu and Malayalam the essays in this volume engage with myriad interactions of translation and religion colonialism and performance and  provide insight into alternative conceptualizations of translation across periods and locales. The understanding gained from these diverse perspectives will contribute to complicate and expand the conversations unfolding in an emerging ‘international translation studies’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781905763313

Translation in Cascading Crises This volume addresses the imperative need for recognizing exploring and developing the role of multilingual communication in crisis settings. It is recognized that 'communication is aid' and that access to communication is an undeniable human right in crises. Even where effective and accurate information is available to be distributed circulated and broadcast in different ways through an ever-growing array of technologies too often the language barrier remains in place. From the Philippines to Lebanon via Spain Italy Columbia and the UK crisis situations occur worldwide with different cultural reactions and needs everywhere. The contributors of this volume represent a geographical mixture of regions language combinations and disciplines because crisis situations need to be studied in their locale with different methods. Drawing on disaster studies research this book aims to stimulate a broad multidisciplinary debate on how complex communication is in cascading crises and on the role translation can play to facilitate communication. Translation in Cascading Crises is a key resource for students and researchers of Translation and Interpreting Studies Humanitarian Studies and Disaster Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138363502

Translation in Modern Japan The role of translation in the formation of modern Japanese identities has become one of the most exciting new fields of inquiry in Japanese studies. This book marks the first attempt to establish the contours of this new field bringing together seminal works of Japanese scholarship and criticism with cutting-edge English-language scholarship. Collectively the contributors to this book address two critical questions: 1) how does the conception of modern Japan as a culture of translation affect our understanding of Japanese modernity and its relation to the East/West divide? and 2) how does the example of a distinctly East Asian tradition of translation affect our understanding of translation itself? The chapter engage a wide array of disciplines perspectives and topics from politics to culture the written language to visual culture scientific discourse to children's literature and the Japanese conception of a national literature. Translation in Modern Japan will be of huge interest to a diverse readership in both Japanese studies and translation studies as well as students and scholars of the theory and practice of Japanese literary translation traditional and modern Japanese history and culture and Japanese women’s studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415691789

Translation in Russian ContextsCulture Politics Identity This volume represents the first large-scale effort to address topics of translation in Russian contexts across the disciplinary boundaries of Slavic Studies and Translation Studies thus opening up new perspectives for both fields. Leading scholars from Eastern and Western Europe offer a comprehensive overview of Russian translation history examining a variety of domains including literature philosophy and religion. Divided into three parts this book highlights Russian contributions to translation theory and demonstrates how theoretical perspectives developed within the field help conceptualize relevant problems in cultural context in pre-Soviet Soviet and post-Soviet Russia. This transdisciplinary volume is a valuable addition to an under-researched area of translation studies and will appeal to a broad audience of scholars and students across the fields of Translation Studies Slavic Studies and Russian and Soviet history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367365660

Translation in SystemsDescriptive and Systemic Approaches Explained A critically acclaimed foundational text Translation in Systems offers a comprehensive guide to the descriptive and systemic approaches which have shaped translation studies. Theo Hermans considers translation norms equivalence polysystems and social systems covering a wide range of theorists in his discussion of the principles of translation studies. Reissued with a new foreword by Kathryn Batchelor which updates the text for a new generation of readers Translation in Systems endures partly on account of Hermans’s vivid and articulate writing style. The book covers the fundamental problems of translation norms equivalence polysystems and social systems encompassing not only the work of Levý Holmes Even-Zohar Toury Lefevere Lambert Bassnett D'hulst and others but also giving special attention to contributions derived from Pierre Bourdieu and Niklas Luhmann. Hermans explains how contemporary descriptive approaches came about what the basic ideas were how those ideas have evolved over time and offers a critique of these approaches. With practical questions of how to investigate translation (including problems of definition description and assessment of readerships) this is essential reading for graduate students and researchers in translation studies and related areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815377054

Translation in SystemsDescriptive and System-oriented Approaches Explained The notion of systems has helped revolutionize translation studies since the 1970s. As a key part of many descriptive approaches it has broken with the prescriptive focus on what translation should be encouraging researchers to ask what translation does in specific cultural settings. From his privileged position as a direct participant in these developments Theo Hermans explains how contemporary descriptive approaches came about what the basic ideas were and how those ideas have evolved over time. His discussion addresses the fundamental problems of translation norms equivalence polysystems and social systems covering not only the work of Levý Holmes Even-Zohar Toury Lefevere Lambert Van Leuven-Zwart Dhulst and others but also giving special attention to recent contributions derived from Pierre Bourdieu and Niklas Luhmann. An added focus on practical questions of how to investigate translation (problems of definition description assessment of readerships etc.) makes this book essential reading for graduate students and indeed any researchers in the field. Hermans' account of descriptive translation studies is both informed and critical. At the same time he demonstrates the strength of the basic concepts which have shown considerable vitality in their evolution and adaptation to the debates of the present day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135895

Translation in the Arab WorldThe Abbasid Golden Age The Translation Movement of the Abbasid Period which lasted for almost three hundred years was a unique event in world history. During this period much of the intellectual tradition of the Greeks Persians and Indians was translated into Arabic—a language with no prior history of translation or of science medicine or philosophy. This book investigates the cultural and political conflicts that translation brought into the new Abbasid state from a sociological perspective treating translation as a process and a product. The opening chapters outline the factors involved in the initiation and cessation of translational activity in the Abbasid period before dealing in individual chapters with important events in the Translation Movement such as the translation of Aristotle’s Poetics into Arabic Abdullah ibn al-Muqaffa’s seminal translation of the Indian/Persian Kalilah wa Dimna into Arabic and the translation of scientific texts. Other chapters address the question of whether the Abbasids had a theory of translation and why despite three hundred years of translation not a single poem was translated into Arabic. The final chapter deals with the influence of translation during this period on the Arabic language. Offering new readings of many issues that are associated with that period informed by modern theories of translation this is key reading for scholars and researchers in Translation Studies Oriental and Arab Studies Book History and Cultural History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367352127

Translation in the Digital Age Translation is living through a period of revolutionary upheaval. The effects of digital technology and the internet on translation are continuous widespread and profound.  From automatic online translation services to the rise of crowdsourced translation and the proliferation of translation Apps for smartphones the translation revolution is everywhere. The implications for human languages cultures and society of this revolution are radical and far-reaching. In the Information Age that is the Translation Age new ways of talking and thinking about translation which take full account of the dramatic changes in the digital sphere are urgently required. Michael Cronin examines the role of translation with regard to the debates around emerging digital technologies and analyses their social cultural and political consequences guiding readers through the beginnings of translation's engagement with technology and through to the key issues that exist today. With links to many areas of study Translation in the Digital Age is a vital read for students of modern languages translation studies cultural studies and applied linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415608602

Translation into the Second Language The dynamics of immigration international commerce and the postcolonial world make it inevitable that much translation is done into a second language despite the prevailing wisdom that translators should only work into their mother tongue. This book is the first study to explore the phenomenon of translation into a second language in a way that will interest applied linguists translators and translation teachers and ESOL teachers working with advanced level students. Rather than seeing translation into a second language as deficient output this study adopts an interlanguage framework to consider L2 translation as the product of developing competence; learning to translate is seen as a special variety of second language acquisition. Through carefully worked case studies separate components of translation competence are identified among them the ability to create stylistically authentic texts in English the ability to monitor and edit output and the psychological attitudes that the translator brings to the task. While the case studies mainly deal with Arabic speakers undergoing translator training in Australia the conclusions will have implications for translation into a second language especially English around the world. Translation into the Second Language is firmly grounded in empirical research and in this regard it serves as a stimulus and a methodological guide for further research. It will be a valuable addition for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students of applied linguistics translation theory bilingualism and second language acquisition as well as those involved in teaching or practicing translation at a professional level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145146

Translation of Contemporary Taiwan Literature in a Cross-Cultural ContextA Translation Studies Perspective Translation of Contemporary Taiwan Literature in a Cross-Cultural Context explores the social cultural and linguistic implications of translation of Taiwan literature for transnational cultural exchange. It demonstrates principally how asymmetrical cultural relationships mediation processes and ideologies of the translation players constitute the culture-specific translation activity as a highly contested site where translation can reconstruct and rewrite the literature and the culture it represents. Four main theoretical themes are explored in relation to such translation activity: sociological studies cultural and rewriting studies English as a lingua franca and social and performative linguistics. These offer insightful perspectives on the translation as an interpretive encounter between not only two languages two cultural systems and assumptions taking place but also among various translation mediators. This book will be useful to scholars and students working on translation and cultural studies China/Taiwan literature studies and literature studies in cross-cultural contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138586512

Translation of Thought to Written Text While ComposingAdvancing Theory Knowledge Research Methods Tools and Applications Translation of cognitive representations into written language is one of the most important processes in writing. This volume provides a long-awaited updated overview of the field. The contributors discuss each of the commonly used research methods for studying translation; theorize about the nature of the cognitive and language representations and cognitive/linguistic transformation mechanisms involved in translation during writing; and make the case that translation is a higher-order executive function that is fundamental to the writing process. The book also reviews the application of research to practice -- that is the translation of the research findings in education and the work-world for individuals who interact with others using written language to communicate ideas. This volume provides a rich resource for student theorists and empirical researchers in cognitive psychology linguistics and education; and teachers and clinicians who can use the research in their work. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138117273

Translation Quality AssessmentPast and Present Translation Quality Assessment has become one of the key issues in translation studies. This comprehensive and up-to-date treatment of translation evaluation makes explicit the grounds of judging the worth of a translation and emphasizes that translation is at its core a linguistic art. Written by the author of the world’s best known model of translation quality assessment Juliane House provides an overview of relevant contemporary interdisciplinary research on intercultural communication and globalization research corpus and psycho- and neurolinguistic studies. House also acknowledges the importance of socio-cultural and situational context in which texts are embedded and which need to be analysed when they are transferred through space and time in acts of translation but also highlights the linguistic art form of translation. The text includes a newly revised and presented model of translation quality assessment which like its predecessor relies on detailed textual and culturally informed contextual analysis and comparison. The test cases also show that there are two steps in translation evaluation: firstly analysis description and explanation; secondly judgements of value socio-cultural relevance and appropriateness. The second is futile without the first: to judge is easy to understand less so. Translation Quality Assessment is an invaluable resource for students and researchers of Translation Studies and Intercultural Communication as well as for professional translators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138795488

Translation Revision and Post-editingIndustry Practices and Cognitive Processes Translation Revision and Post-editing looks at the apparently dissolving boundary between correcting translations generated by human brains and those generated by machines. It presents new research on post-editing and revision in government and corporate translation departments translation agencies the literary publishing sector and the volunteer sector as well as on training in both types of translation checking work.This collection includes empirical studies based on surveys interviews and keystroke logging as well as more theoretical contributions questioning such traditional distinctions as translating versus editing. The chapters discuss revision and post-editing involving eight languages: Afrikaans Catalan Dutch English Finnish French German and Spanish. Among the topics covered are translator/reviser relations and revising/post-editing by non-professionals.The book is key reading for researchers instructors and advanced students in Translation Studies as well as for professional translators with a special interest in checking translations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138549715

Translation SitesA Field Guide In Translation Sites leading theorist Sherry Simon shows how the processes and effects of translation pervade contemporary life. This field guide is an invitation to explore hotels markets museums checkpoints gardens bridges towers and streets as sites of translation. These are spaces whose meanings are shaped by language traffic and by a clash of memories. Touching on a host of issues from migration to the future of Indigenous cultures from the politics of architecture to contemporary metrolingualism Translation Sites powerfully illuminates questions of public interest. Abundantly illustrated the guidebook creates new connections between translation studies and memory studies urban geography architecture and history. This ground-breaking book is both an engaging read for a wide-ranging audience and an important text in broadening the scope of translation studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138232860

Translation Studies At a time when millions travel around the planet – some by choice some driven by economic or political exile – translation of the written and spoken word is of ever increasing importance. This guide presents readers with an accessible and engaging introduction to the valuable position translation holds within literature and society. Leading translation theorist Susan Bassnett traces the history of translation examining the ways translation is currently utilized as a burgeoning interdisciplinary activity and extending her analysis into developing areas such as developing technologies and new media forms. Translation Studies fourth edition displays the importance of translation across disciplines and is essential reading for students and scholars of translation literary studies globalisation studies and ancient and modern languages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415506731

Translation Theory and Development StudiesA Complexity Theory Approach This book aims to provide a philosophical underpinning to translation and relate translation to development. The second aim flows from the first section’s argument that societies emerge out of amongst others complex translational interactions amongst individuals. It will do so by conceptualising translation from a complexity and emergence point of view and relating this view on emergent semiotics to some of the most recent social research. It will further fulfill its aims by providing empirical data from the South African context concerning the relationship between translation and development. The book intends to be interdisciplinary in nature and to foster interdisciplinary research and dialogue by relating the newest trends in translation theory i.e. agency theory in the sociology of translation to development theory within sociology. Data in the volume will be drawn from fields that have received very little if any attention in translation studies i.e. local economic development the knowledge economy and the informal economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138940819

Translation Theory in the Age of Louis XIVThe 1683 De Optimo Genere Interpretandi (on the Best Kind of Translating) of Pierre Daniel Huet (1630-1721) Preeminent in a relatively rare category of separate early modern treatises on translation the 1683 De optimo genere interpretandi by the polymath cleric Pierre-Daniel Huet (1630-1721) offers a concise introduction to its nature history theory process and practice.   Written in the form of a Ciceronian dialogue On the best kind of translating not only represents Huet's acute and witty defence of the often disparaged literal or word for word model but also provides illuminating glimpses into the critical and interpretive methods of his age. A guiding premise of this first modern edition and annotated translation of Huet's entire treatise is that now as then translation theory and practice are complementaries. Consistent also with this premise is the conscious attempt by DeLater to apply Huet's literal translation model at every stage in the process of producing this annotated translation of his treatise. Among the topics treated in Huet's work are: (1) a definition of translation and its relationship to interpretation; (2) adaptation of translation aims and methods to the subject matter of the original; (3) the translating and glossing of idioms proverbs metaphors puns and ambiguities; (4) translators' priorities from sense and words to the elusive quality that makes a translation seem an original work; and (5) translation as an independent theoretical discipline. In addition to providing an introduction to Huet's life and works as well as explanatory glosses for his copious sources and various topics in the DOGI the present work also supplies links between Huet's work and that of current theorists and critics in the field of translation studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315759500

Translation Under State ControlBooks for Young People in the German Democratic Republic In this book Gaby Thomson-Wohlgemuth explores the effects of ideology on the English-to-German translation of children’s literature under the socialist regime of the former German Democratic Republic. Giving prominence to extra-textual factors the study undertakes a close investigation of the East German censorship machinery showing that there was a close correlation between the socialist ideology propagated by the regime and the book selection process itself. Through an analysis of the contents of the print permit (censorship) files and the afterwords found in many books Thomson-Wohlgemuth demonstrates that literature was re-written not only to placate the censor but also to directly guide the reader down the correct ideological path both in the selection and interpretation of each translated text. Thomson-Wohlgemuth begins this engaging study with a concise but thorough historical background of East German children's literature setting the context for an examination of how the state and party operated to control the development of the genre. She highlights the fact that there was multi-level censorship at work with the Unity Party propagating certain ideological literary policies and the publishers self-censoring when selecting suitable texts for translation and publication. This book serves as an exemplary study of how publishers collaborated with the state in all Eastern European countries and should be of interest to historians and children’s literature scholars alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138828391

Translation/History/CultureA Sourcebook The most important and productive statements on the translation of literature from Roman times to the 1920s are collected in this book. Arranged thematically around the main topics which recur over the centuries - power poetics universe of discourse language education - it contains texts previously unavailable in English and translated here for the first time from classical Medieval and Renaissance Latin from French and from German. As the first survey of its kind in both scope and selection it argues that translation commands a central position in the shaping of European literatures and cultures. ^Translation/History/Culture creates a framework for further study of the history of translation in the West by tracing European historical thought about translation and discussing the topicality of many of the texts included. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138006645

Translation/Transformation100 Years of the International Journal of Psychoanalysis Translation is at the heart of psychoanalysis: from unconscious to conscious experience to verbal expression internal to enacted dream thought to dream image language to interpretation unrepresented to represented and transference of past to present. The book’s first part discusses the question of translation literal and metaphoric. Both linguistic and cultural translations are closely tied to specific and significant personalities who were involved in the early history of psychoanalysis and thus in the development of the IJP. There was a close relationship between the IJP and the visual arts via the Bloomsbury Group. The link between the visual arts and the IJP is indeed to be found in its logo which is taken from a painting by Ingres. The second part of the book approaches transformations between psychoanalysis and the arts from conscious unconscious and non-represented elements into non-verbal modes specifically visual poetic and musical; it also looks at the developments and transformations in psychoanalytic ideas about artistic expression as expressed within the pages of the IJP. This book will be of great interest to psychoanalysts and psychotherapists and to those interested in the history of psychoanalysis and the IJP. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367563325

Translation: A Guide to the Practice of Crafting Target Texts This practical guide by two experienced translators and translation tutors explores aspects of time context and culture in a range of translated literary texts including novels memoirs poems and plays. Reflective analytical sections are complemented by a variety of practical tasks that reflect the book’s craft-based approach. Providing a dual focus on both analysis and creativity this volume helps readers to develop two different skill sets required for translation: deconstruction and reconstruction. To learn how to analyse or deconstruct a source text (ST) the tasks include translating and editing comparison and analysis of source language (SL) texts and translations and critiquing or improving target language (TL) texts produced by translators from different times. A range of creative writing challenges reveal the secrets writers use to hook their readers. Whatever language readers translate into these insights will help them to find their own writer’s voice making them better equipped to recreate another author’s voice whatever the time or cultural context. This is the essential guide to improving target texts for all translators and students of translation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138354357

Translation: The Basics Translation: The Basics is an accessible and comprehensive introduction to the study of translation. Combining traditional text-based views with the context of translation in its widest sense it presents an integrated approach to methodology in order to critically address influences such as power and gender as well as cultural ethical political and ideological issues. Answering such questions as: How can translations be approached? Do social issues and culture play a part in translations? How does a translation relate to the original work? What effect has globalization had on translation? What are the core concerns of professional translators? Key theoretical issues are explained with reference to a range of case studies suggestions for further reading and a detailed glossary of terms making this the essential guide for anyone studying translation and translation studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138016415

Translational Action and Intercultural Communication Translation and interpreting studies and intercultural communication have so far largely been treated as separate disciplines. Translational Action and Intercultural Communication offers an overview of a range of different theoretical and methodological approaches to examining the hitherto largely ignored connection between the two research strands. Drawing on three key concepts ('functional equivalence' 'dilated speech situation' and 'intercultural understanding') this interdisciplinary volume attempts to interrelate the following thematic strands: procedures of mediating between cultures in translational action problems of intercultural communication in translational action and insights into intercultural communication based on analyses of translational action. The volume features both contrastive papers and papers which investigate communicative events in actu. The analyses presented deal with a variety of genres and types of interaction including children's books speech acts in dramatic text popular science and economic texts excerpts from intercultural university encounters phatic talk toast giving and medical communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781905763092

Translational MedicineStrategies and Statistical Methods Examines Critical Decisions for Transitioning Lab Science to a Clinical SettingThe development of therapeutic pharmaceutical compounds is becoming more expensive and the success rates for getting such treatments approved for marketing and to the patients is decreasing. As a result translational medicine (TM) is becoming increasingly important in the healthcare industry – a means of maximizing the consideration and use of information collected as compounds transition from initial lab discovery through pre-clinical testing early clinical trials and late confirmatory studies that lead to regulatory approval of drug release to patients. Translational Medicine: Strategies and Statistical Methods suggests a process for transitioning from the initial lab discovery to the patient’s bedside with minimal disconnect and offers a comprehensive review of statistical design and methodology commonly employed in this bench-to-bedside research. Documents Alternative Research Approaches for Faster and More Accurate Data Judgment CallsElaborating on how to introduce TM into clinical studies this authoritative work presents a keen approach to building executing and validating statistical models that consider data from various phases of development. It also delineates a truly translational example to help bolster understanding of discussed concepts. This comprehensive guide effectively demonstrates how to overcome obstacles related to successful TM practice. It contains invaluable information for pharmaceutical scientists research executives clinicians and biostatisticians looking to expedite successful implementation of this important process. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367386177

Translational MedicineThe Future of Therapy? This book brings together a range of academic industry and practitioner perspectives on translational medicine (TM) to significantly enhance conceptual and practical understanding of the emergence and progress of the field and its potential impact on basic research therapeutic development and institutional infrastructure/resources. In recognition of the various implications TM has for public health policy and commercial innovation this cutting-edge interdisciplinary book addresses the major systemic aspects of the field. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814316996

Translational Pain ResearchFrom Mouse to Man One of the Most Rapidly Advancing Fields in Modern Neuroscience The success of molecular biology and the new tools derived from molecular genetics have revolutionized pain research and its translation to therapeutic effectiveness. Bringing together recent advances in modern neuroscience regarding genetic studies in mice and humans and the practicality of clinical trials Translational Pain Research: From Mouse to Man effectively bridges the gap between basic research and patient care by humanely examining rodent models for pain associated with bone cancer osteoarthritis fibromyalgia and cardiac episodes. Distinguished Team of International Contributors In addition to addressing the groundbreaking technical advances in tract tracing endocannabinoids cannabis gene therapy siRNA gene studies and the role of glia cytokines P2X receptors and ATP this book also presents cutting-edge information on: Nociceptor sensitization Muscle nociceptors and metabolite detection Visceral afferents in disease Innovative rodent model for bone cancer pain Highly specific receptor cloning Modular molecular mechanisms relevant to painful neuropathies This sharply focused work also discusses unexpected discoveries derived from brain-imaging studies related to thalamic pain. Translational Pain Research covers the progress made toward bringing laboratory science (much of it at the molecular level) to our understanding of pain phenomena in humans with the ultimate goal of reducing the suffering that often accompanies pain and its indirect consequences. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138116047

Translational Research in Traumatic Brain Injury Traumatic brain injury (TBI) remains a significant source of death and permanent disability contributing to nearly one-third of all injury related deaths in the United States and exacting a profound personal and economic toll. Despite the increased resources that have recently been brought to bear to improve our understanding of TBI the development of new diagnostic and therapeutic approaches has been disappointingly slow. Translational Research in Traumatic Brain Injury attempts to integrate expertise from across specialties to address knowledge gaps in the field of TBI. Its chapters cover a wide scope of TBI research in five broad areas: Epidemiology Pathophysiology Diagnosis Current treatment strategies and sequelae Future therapies Specific topics discussed include the societal impact of TBI in both the civilian and military populations neurobiology and molecular mechanisms of axonal and neuronal injury biomarkers of traumatic brain injury and their relationship to pathology neuroplasticity after TBI neuroprotective and neurorestorative therapy advanced neuroimaging of mild TBI neurocognitive and psychiatric symptoms following mild TBI sports-related TBI epilepsy and PTSD following TBI and more. The book integrates the perspectives of experts across disciplines to assist in the translation of new ideas to clinical practice and ultimately to improve the care of the brain injured patient. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466584914

Translational SpacesTowards a Chinese-Western Convergence This book explores the concept of space or rather spaces in relation to translation to construct a conceptual framework for research to better understand and solve translation problems. A number of interrelated spatial perspectives on translation supported by empirical evidence are presented to help better understand the complexities between China and West in cultural exchanges and to offer a way of explaining what happens to translation and why it takes on a particular form. In the chequered history of Chinese-Western cultural exchange effective communication has remained a great challenge exacerbated by the ultimate inescapability of linguistic and cultural incommensurability. It is therefore necessary to develop conceptual tools that can help shed light on the interactive association between performativity and space in translation. Despite the unfailing desire to connect with the world transnational resistance is still underway in China. Further attempts are required to promote a convergence of Chinese and Western translation theories in general and to confront problems arising from translation practice in particular. This work will be of interest to students and scholars in translation studies around the world as well as those working in cultural studies and cross-cultural communication studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367654788

TranslationalityEssays in the Translational-Medical Humanities This book defines "translationality" by weaving a number of sub- and interdisciplinary interests through the medical humanities: medicine in literature the translational history of medical literature a medical (neuroscience) approach to literary translation and translational hermeneutics and a humanities (phenomenological/performative) approach to translational medicine. It consists of three long essays: the first on the traditional medicine-in-literature side of the medical humanities with a close look at a recent novel built around the Capgras delusion and other neurological misidentification disorders; the second beginning with the traditional history-of-medicine side of the medical humanities but segueing into literary history translation history and translation theory; the third on the social neuroscience of translational hermeneutics. The conclusion links the discussion up with a humanistic (performative/phenomenological) take on translational medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367410735

TranslationAn advanced resource book for students Translation Second Edition introduces the theory and practice of translation from a variety of linguistic and cultural angles and has been revised and updated to feature: a study of translation through the lens of key topics in linguistics such as semantics functional linguistics corpus and cognitive linguistics discourse analysis gender studies and postcolonialism; a wide range of examples from other languages including French Spanish German Italian Russian and Arabic with English back-translations to assist comprehension; material from a variety of sources genres and text-types such as advertisements religious texts reports for international organizations videogames literary and technical texts; influential readings from the key names in the discipline including Jean-Paul Vinay and Jean Darbelnet Eugene Nida Werner Koller and Ernst-August Gutt and contains new readings from Mona Baker Michael Cronin Kim Grego Miguel A. Jiménez-Crespo Kevin Gary Smith Harald Martin Olk Carmen Mangiron and Minako O’Hagan. Additional resources for the book can be found at www.routledge.com/9780415536141. Written by two experienced teachers translators and researchers Translation remains an essential resource for students and researchers of translation studies and Applied Linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415536141

Translation-Driven CorporaCorpus Resources for Descriptive and Applied Translation Studies Electronic texts and text analysis tools have opened up a wealth of opportunities to higher education and language service providers but learning to use these resources continues to pose challenges to scholars and professionals alike. Translation-Driven Corpora aims to introduce readers to corpus tools and methods which may be used in translation research and practice.  Each chapter focuses on specific aspects of corpus creation and use. An introduction to corpora and overview of applications of corpus linguistics methodologies to translation studies is followed by a discussion of corpus design and acquisition. Different stages and tools involved in corpus compilation and use are outlined from corpus encoding and annotation to indexing and data retrieval and the various methods and techniques that allow end users to make sense of corpus data are described. The volume also offers detailed guidelines for the construction and analysis of multilingual corpora. Corpus creation and use are illustrated through practical examples and case studies with each chapter outlining a set of tasks aimed at guiding researchers students and translators to practice some of the methods and use some of the resources discussed. These tasks are meant as hands-on activities to be carried out using the materials and links available in an accompanying DVD. Suggested further readings at the end of each chapter are complemented by an extensive bibliography at the end of the volume. Translation-Driven Corpora is designed for use by teachers and students in the classroom or by researchers and professionals for self-learning. It is an invaluable resource for anyone interested in this fast growing area of scholarly and professional activity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781905763290

Translations and ContinuationsRiccoboni and Brooke Graffigny and Roberts This edition connects four female writers from two different countries presenting the English translations of two of the most popular eighteenth-century French novels and a sequel to one of them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138235380

TranslationThe Interpretive Model This book the English version of La traduction aujourd'hui (Hachette 1994) describes the interpretive theory of translation developed at the Paris Ecole Supérieure d'Interprètes et de Traducteurs (ESIT) over the last 35 years.   The theory identifies the mental and cognitive processes involved in both oral and written translation: understanding the text deverbalizing its language re-expressing sense. For the purposes of translation languages are a means of transmitting sense they are not to be translated as such. Although translation involves the use of correspondences translators generally set up equivalence between text segments. The synecdochic nature of both languages and texts a phenomenon discussed in the book explains why translation is possible across language differences.   The many practical problems faced by translators the difference between translation exercises used as a language teaching tool and professional translation translating into a foreign language and machine translation as compared to human translation are also discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150294

Translingual Francophonie and the Limits of Translation Translingual Francophonie and the Limits of Translation proposes a novel theoretical lens for the study of translation as theme and practice in works by four translingual francophone authors: Vassilis Alexakis Chahdortt Djavann Nancy Huston and Andreï Makine. In particular it argues that translation allows for the most productive encounter with otherness when it is practiced in its "estuarine" dimension. When two foreign bodies of water come into contact in an estuary often a new environment is created at their shared border that does not however invalidate the distinctiveness (chemical biological geological etc.) of either fresh or sea water. Similarly texts translated from one language to another should ideally not transform into but rather relate to their new host’s linguistic and cultural codes in ways that account both for their undiluted strangeness and the missteps gaps and discontinuities the challenging yet novel and productive articulations of relationality that proliferate at the border of the encounter.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367549121

Translingual Identities and Transnational Realities in the U.S. College Classroom Exploring the roles of students’ pluralistic linguistic and transnational identities at the university level this book offers a novel approach to translanguaging by highlighting students’ perspectives voices and agency as integral to the subject. Providing an original reconsideration of the impact of translanguaging this book examines both transnationality and translinguality as ubiquitous phenomena that affect students’ lives. Demonstrating that students are the experts of their own language practices experiences and identities the authors argue that a proactive translingual pedagogy is more than an openness to students’ spontaneous language variations. Rather this proactive approach requires students and instructors to think about students’ holistic communicative repertoire and how it relates to their writing. Robinson Hall and Navarro address students’ complex negotiations and performative responses to the linguistic identities imposed upon them because of their skin color educational background perceived geographical origin immigration status and the many other cues used to "minoritize" them. Drawing on multiple disciplinary discourses of language and identity and considering the translingual practices and transnational experiences of both U.S. resident and international students this volume provides a nuanced analysis of students’ own perspectives and self-examinations of their complex identities. By introducing and addressing the voices and self-reflections of undergraduate and graduate students the authors shine a light on translingual and transnational identities and positionalities in order to promote and implement inclusive and effective pedagogies. This book offers a unique yet essential perspective on translinguality and transnationality and is relevant to instructors in writing and language classrooms; to administrators of writing programs and international student support programs; and to graduate students and scholars in language education second language writing applied linguistics and literacy studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367026387

Translingual PracticeGlobal Englishes and Cosmopolitan Relations Winner of the AAAL Book Award 2015Winner of the Modern Language Association's Thirty-Third Mina P. Shaughnessy Prize Winner of the BAAL Book Prize 2014 Translingual Practice: Global Englishes and Cosmopolitan Relations introduces a new way of looking at the use of English within a global context. Challenging traditional approaches in second language acquisition and English language teaching this book incorporates recent advances in multilingual studies sociolinguistics and new literacy studies to articulate a new perspective on this area. Canagarajah argues that multilinguals merge their own languages and values into English which opens up various negotiation strategies that help them decode other unique varieties of English and construct new norms. Incisive and groundbreaking this will be essential reading for anyone interested in multilingualism world Englishes and intercultural communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415684002

Translingual WordsAn East Asian Lexical Encounter with English Translingual Words is a detailed case study on lexical integration or mediation occurring between East Asian languages and English(es). In Part I specific examples from global linguistic corpora are used to discuss the issues involved in lexical interaction between East Asia and the English-speaking world. Part II explores the spread of East Asian words in English while Part III discusses English words which can be found in East Asian languages. Translingual Words presents a novel approach on hybrid words by challenging the orthodox ideas on lexical borrowing and explaining the dynamic growth of new words based on translingualism and transculturalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367607517

TranslinguisticsNegotiating Innovation and Ordinariness Translinguistics represents a powerful alternative to conventional paradigms of language such as bilingualism and code-switching which assume the compartmentalization of different 'languages' into fixed and arbitrary boundaries. Translinguistics more accurately reflects the fluid use of linguistic and semiotic resources in diverse communities. This ground-breaking volume showcases work from leading as well as emerging scholars in sociolinguistics and other language-oriented disciplines and collectively explores and aims to reconcile the distinction between 'innovation' and 'ordinariness' in translinguistics. Features of this book include: 18 chapters from 28 scholars representing a range of academic disciplines and institutions from 11 countries around the world; research on understudied communities and geographic contexts including those of Latin America South Asia and Central Asia; several chapters devoted to the diversity of communication in digital contexts. Edited by two of the most innovative scholars in the field Translinguistics: Negotiating Innovation and Ordinariness is essential reading for scholars and students interested in the question of multilingualism across a variety of subject areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326330

Translocal GeographiesSpaces Places Connections Bringing together a wide range of original empirical research from locations and interconnected geographical contexts from Europe Australasia Asia Africa Central and Latin America this book sets out a different agenda for mobility - one which emphasizes the enduring connectedness between and embeddedness within places during and after the experience of mobility. These issues are examined through the themes of home and family neighbourhoods and city spaces and allow the reader to engage with migrants' diverse practices which are specifically local yet spatially global. This book breaks new ground by arguing for a spatial understanding of translocality that situates the migrant experience within/across particular 'locales' without confining it to the territorial boundedness of the nation state. It will be of interest to academics and students of social and cultural geography anthropology and transnational studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272699

Translocational BelongingsIntersectional Dilemmas and Social Inequalities This book explores the multiform and shifting location of borders and boundaries in social life related to difference and belonging. It contributes to understanding categories of difference as a building block for forms of belonging and inequality in the world today and as underpinning modern capitalist societies and their forms of governance. Reflecting on the ways in which we might theorise the connections between different social divisions and identities a translocational lens for addressing modalities of power is developed stressing relationality the spatio-temporal and the processual in social relations. The book is organised around contemporary dilemmas of difference and inequality relating to fixities and fluidities in social life and to current developments in the areas of racialisation migration gender sexuality and class relations and in theorising the articulations of gender class and ethnic hierarchies. Rejecting the view that gender ethnicity race class or the more specific categories of migrants or refugees pertain to social groups with certain fixed characteristics they are treated as interconnected and interdependent places within a landscape of inequality making. This innovative and groundbreaking book constitutes a significant contribution to scholarship on intersectionality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138304291

Translucent Building SkinsMaterial Innovations in Modern and Contemporary Architecture Exploring the design of innovative building enclosure systems (or skins) in contemporary architecture and their precedents in earlier twentieth century modern architecture this book examines the tectonics the history and the influence of translucency as a defining characteristic in architecture. Highly illustrated throughout with drawings and full colour photographs the book shows that translucency has been and continues to be a fertile ground for architectural experimentation. Each chapter presents a comparative analysis of two primary buildings: a recent project paired with a historical precedent highlighting how architects in different eras have realized the distinctive effects of translucency. The included buildings span a variety of program types ranging from a single-family residence to a factory to a synagogue. Whether it is Pierre Chareau’s glass-lens curtain wall at the Maison de Verre Frank Lloyd Wright’s wall of stacked glass tubes at the Johnson Wax Research Tower or Peter Zumthor’s use of acid-etched glass in a double-skin envelope at the Kunsthaus Bregenz the included projects each offer an exemplary case study of innovations in materiality and fabrication techniques. Today among many contemporary architects there is an engagement with new technologies new material assemblies and new priorities such as sustainability and energy-efficiency. A resurgent interest in translucency as a defining quality in buildings has been an important part of this recent dialogue and this book makes essential reading for any architect looking to incorporate aspects of translucency into their buildings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415689311

Transmedia MarketingFrom Film and TV to Games and Digital Media Transmedia Marketing: From Film and TV to Games and Digital Media skillfully guides media makers and media marketers through the rapidly changing world of entertainment and media marketing. Its groundbreaking transmedia approach integrates storytelling and marketing content creation across multiple media platforms – harnessing the power of audience to shape and promote your story. Through success stories full color examples of effective marketing techniques in action and insight from top entertainment professionals Transmedia Marketing covers the fundamentals of a sound 21st century marketing and content plan. You’ll master the strategy behind conducting research identifying target audiences setting goals and branding your project. And you’ll learn first-hand how to execute your plan’s publicity events advertising trailers digital and interactive content and social media. Transmedia Marketing enlivens these concepts with: Hundreds of vibrant examples from across media platforms – The Hunger Games Prometheus The Dark Knight Bachelorette The Lord of the Rings Despicable Me 2 Food Inc. Breaking Bad House of Cards Downton Abbey Game of Thrones Top Chef Pokémon BioShock Infinite Minecraft Outlast Titanfall LEGO Marvel Super Heroes Halo 4 Lonelygirl15 Annoying Orange Real-world advice from 45 leading industry writers directors producers composers distributors marketers publicists critics journalists attorneys and executives from markets festivals awards and guilds Powerful in-depth case studies showcasing successful approaches – A.I. Artificial Intelligence Mad Men Lizzie Bennet Diaries Here Comes Honey Boo Boo and Martin Scorsese Presents the Blues Extensive Web content at www.transmediamarketing.com featuring a primer on transmedia platforms – film broadcast print games digital media and experiential media; expanded case studies; sample marketing plans and materials; and exclusive interviews With Transmedia Marketing you’ll be fully versed in the art of marketing film TV games and digital media and primed to write and achieve the winning plan for your next media project. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415716116

Transmedia Storytelling in East AsiaThe Age of Digital Media This book offers a thorough investigation of the recent surge of webtoons and manga/animation as the sources of transmedia storytelling for popular culture not only in East Asia but in the wider global context. An international team of experts employ a unique theoretical framework of media convergence supported by transmedia storytelling alongside historical and textual analyses to examine the ways in which webtoons and anime become some of the major sources for transmedia storytelling. The book historicizes the evolution of regional popular culture according to the surrounding digital media ecology driving the change and continuity of the manhwa industry over the past 15 years and discusses whether cultural products utilizing transmedia storytelling take a major role as the primary local cultural product in the cultural market. Offering new perspectives on current debates surrounding transmedia storytelling in the cultural industries this book will be of great interest to scholars and students of media studies East Asian studies and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367246532

Transmedia TelevisionAudiences New Media and Daily Life The early years of the twenty-first century have seen dramatic changes within the television industry. The development of the internet and mobile phone as platforms for content directly linked to television programming has offered a challenge to the television set’s status as the sole domestic access point to audio-visual dramatic content. Viewers can engage with ‘television’ without ever turning a television set on. Whilst there has already been some exploration of these changes little attention has been paid to the audience and the extent to which these technologies are being integrated into their daily lives. Focusing on a particular period of rapid change and using case studies including Spooks 24 and Doctor Who Transmedia Television considers how the television industry has exploited emergent technologies and the extent to which audiences have embraced them. How has television content been transformed by shifts towards multiplatform strategies? What is the appeal of using game formats to lose oneself within a narrative world? How can television with its ever larger screens and association with domesticity be reconciled with the small portable public technology of the mobile phone? What does the shift from television schedules to online downloading mean for our understanding of ‘the television audience’? Transmedia Television will consider how the relationship between television and daily life has been altered as a result of the industry’s development of emerging new media technologies and what ‘television’ now means for its audiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415712361

Transmedia WorkPrivilege and Precariousness in Digital Modernity In Transmedia Work¸ Karin Fast and André Jansson explore several key questions that frame the study of the social and cultural implications of a digital connected workforce. How might we understand ‘privilege’ and ‘precariousness’ in today’s digitalized work market? What does it mean to be a privileged worker under the so-called connectivity imperative? What are the social and cultural forces that normalize the appropriation of new media in and beyond the workplace? These key questions come together in the notion of transmedia work – a term through which a social critique of work under digital modernity can be formulated. Transmedia work refers to the rise of a new social condition that saturates many different types of work with various outcomes. In some social groups and in certain professions transmedia work is wholeheartedly embraced while it is questioned and resisted elsewhere. There are also variations in terms of control; who can maintain a sense of mastery over transmedia work and who cannot? Through interviews with cultural workers expatriates and mobile business workers and ancillary empirical data such as corporate technology and coworking discourse Transmedia Work is an important addition to the study of mediatization and digital culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138301139

Transmedial Worlds in Everyday LifeNetworked Reception Social Media and Fictional Worlds In this pioneering new book authors Klastrup and Tosca explore the many ways that transmedial worlds are present in people’s everyday life proposing a new theory of (trans)media use for the digital age. People are not only reading watching and playing in fictional worlds like never before but also using them to reflect about their lives through Facebook Twitter Youtube and other channels commenting on their marriages or their life at the office analyzing current news or reminiscing on the role these worlds played in their childhood. The book’s unique methodological approach combines an aesthetic and literary perspective that looks closely at the different fictional universes with an empirical user perspective that builds upon 15 years of sustained work on transmediality. The result is a theory that covers both the personal experiential dimension of fictional worlds and the social dimension of sharing with each other. A fascinating and contemporary examination of media worlds and their communities this book offers students and scholars of fandom media cultural and reception studies a new theoretical and methodological framework through which to understand the phenomenon of transmedial worlds and people's engagement with them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138558007

Transmediality in Independent JournalismThe Turkish Case Transmediality in Independent Journalism investigates mainstream journalism and its escape routes to independence through transmedia strategies. Within the scope of the latest debates in Turkey the author argues that the function of transmediality in Turkish journalism is gradually shifting from being only a commercial entity to becoming a political system for social change a survival mechanism for independent journalists to reach out to diverse audiences and gain back the public trust. Bringing a fresh perspective to recent studies on cultures of transmediality along with an in-depth analysis of three contemporary Turkish cases the book: Builds upon questions of whether transmedia storytelling can offer a support system to construct an alternative news media world in a political context such as Turkey’s Examines how transmedia storytelling can reach places the mainstream news media can’t control Explores whether transmedia storytelling can sustain the survival of an independent journalist in Turkey’s political context Looking beyond the case of Turkey this study will be an important addition to the literature on rethinking journalistic form and practice teaching transmedia strategies and social communication. It will be of great benefit to students and scholars of journalism studies transmedia studies and media and communication studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367859138

TransmediationsCommunication Across Media Borders This collection offers a multi-faceted exploration of transmediations the processes of transfer and transformation that occur when communicative acts in one medium are mediated again through another. While previous research has explored these processes from a broader perspective Salmose and Elleström argue that a better understanding is needed of the extent to which the outcomes of communicative acts are modified when transferred across multimodal media in order to foster a better understanding of communication more generally. Using this imperative as a point of departure the book details a variety of transmediations viewed through four different lenses. The first part of the volume looks at narrative transmediations building on existing work done by Marie-Laure Ryan on transmedia storytelling. The second section focuses on the spatial dynamics involved in media transformation as well as the role of the human body as a perceptive agent and a medium in its own right. The third part investigates new radical boundaries and media types in transmediality and hence shows its versatility as a method of analyzing complex and contemporary communicative discourses. The fourth and final part explores the challenges involved in transmediating scientific data into the narrative format in the context of environmental issues. Taken together these sections highlight a range of case studies of transmediations and in turn the complexity and variety of the process informed by the methodologies of the different disciplines to which they belong. This innovative volume will be of particular interest to students and scholars in multimodality communication intermediality semiotics and adaptation studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367244866

Transmembrane Potentials & Characters Immune & Tumor Cell First Published in 1979 this book offers a full comprehensive guide into the potential application of immune and tumor cells. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for students of oncology and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367245399

Transmigration in Indonesia First published in 1986. The abolition of regional disparities is one of the main targets of Indonesian economic policy. Within the scope of the Indonesian-German Technical Cooperation the East Kalimantan Transmigration Area Development Project (TAD) is intended to contribute to supporting this policy. This study was carried out to support this work - as a first step to gain relevant information. The report is based on interviews with transmigrant families. They were made before transmigration in the so-called ‘transitos’ in Java and Bali and after transmigration in eight settlements in Riau and East Kalimantan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539846

Transmission Distribution and Renewable Energy Generation Power EquipmentAging and Life Extension Techniques Second Edition The revised edition presents extends and updates a thorough analysis of the factors that cause and accelerate the aging of conductive and insulating materials of which transmission and distribution electrical apparatus is made. New sections in the second edition summarize the issues of the aging reliability and safety of electrical apparatus as well as supporting equipment in the field of generating renewable energy (solar wind tide and wave power). When exposed to atmospheric corrosive gases and fluids contaminants high and low temperatures vibrations and other internal and external impacts these systems deteriorate; eventually the ability of the apparatus to function properly is destroyed. In the modern world of "green energy" the equipment providing clean electrical energy needs to be properly maintained in order to prevent premature failure. The book’s purpose is to help find the proper ways to slow down the aging of electrical apparatus improve its performance and extend the life of power generation transmission and distribution equipment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367736392

Transmission in MotionThe Technologizing of Dance How can various technologies from the more conventional to the very new be used to archive share and understand dance movement? How can they become part of new ways of creating dance? What does this tell us about the ways in which technology is part of how we make sense and think? Well-known choreographers and dance collectives including William Forsythe Siohban Davis Merce Cunningham Anne Teresa De Keersmaeker and BADco. have initiated projects to investigate these questions and in so doing have inaugurated a new era for dance archives education research and creation. Their work draws attention to the intimate relationship between the technologies we use and the ways in which we think perceive and make sense. Transmission in Motion examines these extraordinary projects ‘from the inside’ presenting in-depth analyses by the practitioners artists and collectives involved in their development. These studies are framed by scholarly reflection illuminating the significance of these projects in the context of current debates on dance the (multi-media) archive immaterial cultural heritage and copyright embodied cognition education media culture and the knowledge society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138189447

Transmission Line Matrix (TLM) Techniques for Diffusion Applications Transmission Line Matrix (TLM) is a numerical technique which is based upon establishing an analogue between a space and time dependent physical problem and an electrical network which includes transmission lines. By their very nature these enforce time discretization on the network which can then be solved explicitly in the time-domain. Although it is best known in electromagnetic applications TLM can also be used to model diffusion phenomena and this book outlines the state of the art in this area. The first part of the book deals with theory and techniques. The second part is devoted to the development of algorithms for specific applications. This is arranged as a historical sequence starting with heat-flow and matter diffusion. The remainder of the book outlines many of the ingenious exploitations of the unique properties of TLM including topics such as the solution of convection Poisson Laplace and time-dependent Schrodinger equations. Applications in the firing of ceramics chromatography image processing and the solution of inverse thermal problems are also covered. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203735183

Transmission Line Reliability and Security This book discusses the problems of reliability caused by the deregulation of electric utilities and those of security created by the events of September 11. Author Anthony Pansini a licensed professional engineer and Life Fellow of IEEE suggests solutions related to the design construction maintenance and operation of transmission facilities for maintaining and improving the reliability of deregulated transmission systems and covers the National Transmission Grid Study in depth. He includes coverage of phenomena occurring in electric theory in non- or semi-technical terms for the benefit of the non-engineer. Media > Books > E-books Fairmont Press 9781003151159

Transmission Lines and Wave Propagation Transmission Lines and Wave Propagation Fourth Edition helps readers develop a thorough understanding of transmission line behavior as well as their advantages and limitations. Developments in research programs and concepts since the first edition presented a demand for a version that reflected these advances. Extensively revised the fourth edition of this bestselling text does just that offering additional formulas and expanded discussions and references in addition to a chapter on coupled transmission lines. What Makes This Text So Popular?The first part of the book explores distributed-circuit theory and presents practical applications. Using observable behavior such as travel time attenuation distortion and reflection from terminations it analyzes signals and energy traveling on transmission lines at finite velocities. The remainder of the book reviews the principles of electromagnetic field theory then applies Maxwell's equations for time-varying electromagnetic fields to coaxial and parallel conductor lines as well as rectangular circular and elliptical cylindrical hollow metallic waveguides and fiber-optic cables. This progressive organization and expanded coverage make this an invaluable reference. With its analysis of coupled lines it is perfect as a text for undergraduate courses while graduate students will appreciate it as an excellent source of extensive reference material. This Edition Includes: An overview of fiber optic cables emphasizing the principle types their propagating modes and dispersion Discussion of the role of total internal reflection at the core/cladding interface and the specific application of boundary conditions to a circularly symmetrical propagating mode A chapter on coupled transmission lines including coupled-line network analysis and basic crosstalk study More information on pulse propagation on lines with skin-effect losses A freeware program available online Solutions manual available with qualifying course adoption Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315214801

Transmission Network ProtectionTheory and Practice From the basic fundamentals and principles of protective relaying to current research areas in protective systems and future developments in the field this work covers all aspects of power system protection. It includes the implementation of relays using electromechanical devices static devices and microprocessors; distance protection of high voltage and extra high voltage lines including distance relay errors; and adaptive dynamic travelling wave and noise-based relays. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203735176

Transmission of Electrical EnergyOverhead Lines Transmission of Electrical Energy: Overhead Lines takes a computational approach through the use of the Alternative Transient Program (ATPdraw) which is a program of worldwide use. The number of exercises solved including computer simulations with ATPdraw and source codes in MATLAB® make the work didactic and easy to assimilate even for those readers new to the subject. The subjects presented throughout the text aims to make the reader understand and gain sufficient knowledge to analyze the operation of overhead transmission lines in a steady-state and in a transient state besides carrying out an introductory project of a steady-state transmission line. The book can be used in both undergraduate and graduate courses in electrical engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367477097

Transmission Techniques for 4G Systems Fourth Generation (4G) wireless communication systems support current and emergent multimedia services such as mobile TV social networks and gaming high-definition TV video teleconferencing and messaging services. These systems feature the All-over-IP concept and boast improved quality of service. Several important R&D activities are currently under way in the field of wireless communications for 4G systems but the coverage is widespread in the literature. Transmission Techniques for 4G Systems presents a compilation of the latest developments in the field of wireless communications for 4G systems including evolved Multimedia Broadcast and Multicast Service (eMBMS). Topics include: Transmission schemes suitable for future broadband wireless systems Advances in transmission techniques and receiver design to support emergent wireless needs for 4G requirements Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MIMO) base station cooperation macro-diversity and inter-cell interference cancellation Multihop relay techniques hierarchical constellations and multi-resolution techniques Advances using block transmission techniques for different propagation and multi-user environments System-level evaluation of 4G using different transmission techniques Exploring the key requirements of emergent services this volume provides fundamentals and theory along with transmission and detection techniques and schemes transversal to many digital communication systems—including wireless cellular and satellite. If you’re interested in or involved with 4G multimedia systems this is the book you need on the latest R&D wireless activities so you can plan design and develop prototypes and future systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199958

Transmodern Perspectives on Contemporary Literatures in English Transmodern Perspectives on Contemporary Literatures in English offers a constructive dialogue on the concept of the transmodern focusing on the works by very different contemporary authors from all over the world such as: Chimanda Ngozi Adichie Margaret Atwood Sebastian Barry A. S. Byatt Tabish Khair David Mitchell Alice Munroe Harry Parker Caryl Phillips Richard Rodriguez Alan Spence Tim Winton and Kenneth White. The volume offers a thorough questioning of the concept of the transmodern as well as an informed insight into the future formal and thematic development of literatures in English. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367188610

Transnational Activism and National Movements in Latin AmericaBridging the Divide During the 1990s as widespread perception spread of declining state sovereignty activists and social movement organizations began to form transnational networks and coalitions to pressure both intergovernmental organizations and national governments on a variety of issues. Research has focused on the formation of these transnational networks campaigns and coalitions; their objectives strategies and tactics; and their impact. Yet the issue of how participation in transnational networks influences national level mobilization has been little analyzed. What effects has the experience of social movement organizations at the transnational scale had for the development at the national scale? This volume addresses this significant gap in the literature on transnational collective action by building on approaches that stress the multi-level characteristics of transnational relations. Edited by noted Latin American politics scholar Eduardo Silva the contributions focus on four distinct themes to which the empirical chapters contribute: Building a Transnational Relations Approach to Multi-Level Interaction; Transnational Relations and Left Governments; North-South and South-South Linkages; and The "Normalization" of Labor. Bridging the Divide will add considerably to empirical knowledge of the ways in which transnational and national factors dynamically interact in Latin America. Additionally the mid-range theorizing of the empirical chapters along with the mix of positive and negative cases raises new hypotheses and questions for further study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138926394

Transnational Actors and Stories of European IntegrationClash of Narratives This book makes a major contribution to understanding European politics and identity. It examines how politicians cultural elites and other actors fight over Europe’s future with words and stories telling narratives about European integration in different political social and cultural contexts. The chapters explore how actors formulate stories to make sense of Europe’s past and contemporary challenges and to legitimise their own positions and preferences. The contributors explore themes ranging from divisive stories about the European Union (EU) mobilised in institutional reform referendums to the top-down deployment of legitimising narratives by EU institutions religiously inspired apocalyptic narratives of European unity and stories about nations and Europe told by museums and academics. Combined the chapters of this book are essential reading for everyone interested in Europe’s common past and contemporary challenges and the EU’s highly contested nature in times of apparently increasing disintegration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583057

Transnational Advocacy Networks and Human Rights LawEmergence and Framing of Gender Identity and Sexual Orientation This book asks the fundamental question of how new human rights issues emerge in the human rights debate. To answer this the book focuses on nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) and on the case study of LGBTI (lesbian gay bisexual transgender and intersex) rights.The work argues that the way in which NGOs decide their advocacy conceptualise human rights violations and strategically present legal analysis to advance LGBTI human rights shapes the human rights debate. To demonstrate this the book analyses three data sets: NGO written statements submitted to the United Nations Human Rights Council NGO oral statements delivered during the Universal Periodic Review and 36 semi-structured interviews with NGO staff. Data are analysed with a combination of quantitative and qualitative approaches to discover what issues are most important for LGBTI networks (issue emergence) and how these issues are framed (issue framing). Along with NGO efficiency in lobbying for the emergence of new human rights standards the book inevitably discusses important questions related to NGOs’ accountability and democratic legitimacy. The book thus asks whether the right to marry is important for LGBTI advocates working transnationally because this right is particularly controversial among activists and LGBTI communities especially in non-Western contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662066

Transnational Agency and MigrationActors Movements and Social Support Migrants both spatially and mentally no longer settle in only one national territory but interact or move across borders regularly profoundly challenging the nation-state and the image of society as a container. This volume explores the ways in which migrants activists and professionals connect social worlds across national boundaries through a variety of social practices. The contributions from various disciplines - anthropology economics political and social sciences educational studies and social work - illuminate the meaning of agency in situations where the capabilities of transnational actors are constrained by nation-states their borders and social institutions. Based on a relational understanding of transnational agency which builds upon new insights and developments within transnational studies and network theory this compilation of chapters presents transnational processes and developments in and across various regions of the globe - in East Asia the Americas the EU Southeast Asia Africa and Australia in the borderlands of Mexico and the US in the transatlantic space of the 19th-century fin de siècle world - in order to demonstrate the importance of gaining assisting and expanding agency in transnational contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598686

Transnational AgingCurrent Insights and Future Challenges This book focuses on the diverse interrelationships between aging and transnationality. It argues that the lives of older people are increasingly entangled in transnational contexts on the social as well as the cultural economic and political levels. Within these contexts older people both actively contribute to and are affected by border-crossing processes. In addition while some may voluntarily opt for adding a transnational dimension to their lives others may have less choice in the matter. Transnational aging therefore provides a critical lens on how older people shape organize and cope with life in contexts that are no longer bound to the frame of a single nation-state. Accordingly the book emphasizes the agency of older people as well as the personal and structural constraints of their situations. The chapters in this book reveal these aspects by approaching transnational aging from different methodological angles such as ethnographic research comparative studies quantitative data and policy and discourse analysis. Geographically the chapters cover a wide range of countries in Africa Asia Europe North and South America such as Namibia Thailand Russia Germany the United States and Ecuador. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597993

Transnational and Borderland Studies in Mathematics Education Every year significant numbers of immigrant children from Mexico enter classrooms in the United States. These immigrants comprise a heterogeneous group of students with diverse needs abilities and experiences. Transnational and Borderland Studies in Mathematics Education is the first collection to offer research studies across these communities. Providing invaluable research on both sending and receiving communities in Mexico and the US this collection considers the multiple aspects of children’s experiences with mathematics including curriculum classroom participation structures mathematical reasoning and discourse – both in and out of school – and parents’ perceptions and beliefs about mathematics instruction.  An important treatment of an insufficiently documented subject this collection brings together researchers on both sides of the border to foster and support an interest in documenting evidence that will set the stage for future studies in mathematics education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881143

Transnational and Comparative Criminology This book examines the issues of crime and its control in the twenty-first century - an era of human history where people live in an increasingly interconnected and interdependent world - providing invaluable and first-hand readings for undergraduate and postgradate students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138137981

Transnational and Comparative Research in SportGlobalisation Governance and Sport Policy The wider adoption of a post-modern understanding of truth and knowledge an acceptance of the prevalence of Orientalism inherent in much Western research and the diminished significance of the ‘local’ within the rhetoric of globalization have all combined to constrain comparative and transnational research under the weight of theoretical and methodological concerns. Transnational and Comparative Research in Sport addresses these difficulties in the context of sport studies with the aim of developing typology which can be adopted to help re-establish meaningful transnational and comparative research. The book covers theoretical and substantive contexts and introduces a four-fold typology of approaches to comparative research each supported by case studies and full discussion. . Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203944738

Transnational and Transcultural Positionality in Globalised Higher Education Transnational higher education (TNHE) where students study on a ‘foreign’ degree programme whilst remaining in their home country has seen exponential development over the last decade. In addition to the increase in students engaged in TNHE across the globe the involvement of university teachers in TNHE has also risen in response to the demand for this form of international education. Although research into transnational education has doubled since 2006 there is a paucity of research focusing on transnational teacher education especially outside of North America. The global nature and scope of the expansion of TNHE remains underexplored and the ways in which different countries are realising TNHE provision is little understood. This book explores the experiences and perceptions of teachers in transnational higher education interrogating the ways in which university teachers negotiate cultural linguistic and disciplinary contexts in order to provide transformative learning experiences for their students. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Education for Teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138305472

Transnational Architecture and UrbanismRethinking How Cities Plan Transform and Learn Transnational Architecture and Urbanism combines urban planning design policy and geography studies to offer place-based and project-oriented insight into relevant case studies of urban transformation in Europe North America Asia and the Middle East. Since the 1990s increasingly multinational modes of design have arisen especially concerning prominent buildings and places. Traditional planning and design disciplines have proven to have limited comprehension of and little grip on such transformations. Public and scholarly discussions argue that these projects and transformations derive from socioeconomic political cultural trends or conditions of globalization. The author suggests that general urban theories are relevant as background but of limited efficacy when dealing with such context-bound projects and policies. This book critically investigates emerging problematic issues such as the spectacularization of the urban environment the decontextualization of design practice and the global circulation of plans and projects. The book portends new conceptualizations evidence-based explanations and practical understanding for architects planners and policy makers to critically learn from practice to cope with these transnational issues and to put better planning in place. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415787925

Transnational Asian Identities in Pan-Pacific CinemasThe Reel Asian Exchange This collection examines the exchange of Asian identities taking place at the levels of both film production and film reception amongst pan-Pacific cinemas. The authors consider on the one hand texts that exhibit what Mette Hjort refers to as "marked transnationality " and on the other the polysemic nature of transnational film texts by examining the release and reception of these films. The topics explored in this collection include the innovation of Hollywood generic formulas into 1950's and 1960's Hong Kong and Japanese films; the examination of Thai and Japanese raced and gendered identity in Asian and American films; the reception of Hollywood films in pre-1949 China and millennial Japan; the production and performance of Asian adoptee identity and subjectivity; the political implications and interpretations of migrating Chinese female stars; and the production and reception of pan-Pacific co-productions.. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138641174

Transnational Buildings in Local Environments By focusing on the skyscraping transnational building this book bridges two key debates on the transformation and emerging problems besetting major cities - globalization and ecological and sustainable building design. While such structures tend to be constructed and/or used by transnational companies and are generally viewed as emblems of a 'global city' they nevertheless impact seriously on their local environment posing numerous environmental burdens on it. By examining office blocks held by multinational firms in Amsterdam São Paolo and Beijing the book analyses how transnational buildings might be made sustainable. It compares and contrasts the different social mechanisms that are or may be in place and how sustainable building practices that are being activated in certain locations could be adopted elsewhere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398578

Transnational Business CulturesLife and Work in a Multinational Corporation This volume explores how the idea of 'culture' is used and exploited by transnational managers to further their own ambitions and their companies' strategies for expansion. It thus provides a more complex picture of culture than has previously been presented in business studies in that it deals with the strategic value of culture within organizations rather than viewing it as a neutral concept and through using qualitative methodologies gives us a full picture of the lived experience of culture in a multinational corporation. It also considers the impact of global corporate activity on both national and organizational cultures as well as looking specifically at the ways in which communications technology is used as a site of conflict and negotiation in business. This book will be an invaluable resource for both researchers and professionals yielding important new insights into the roles of local and global cultures in the operation of transnational corporations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315549903

Transnational Capital and Class FractionsThe Amsterdam School Perspective Reconsidered Emerging in the late 1970s the Amsterdam School’s (AS) most distinctive contribution to international political economy was the systematic incorporation of the Marxian concept of capital fractions into the study of international politics. Contending that politics in advanced capitalist countries takes place in a fundamentally transnationalized space in which the distinction between ‘domestic’ and ‘international’ has blurred it shows how in this space politics is structured by competing comprehensive concepts of control. Presenting a concise and instructive introduction to the origins development and significance of this distinct approach this book provides a unique overview of the School’s contemporary significance for the field. Offering a new generation of critical scholars the opportunity to become acquainted at first hand with some of the contributions that have shaped the work of the AS the contributions present critical commentaries discussing the merits and shortcomings of the AS from a variety of perspectives and undertake a (self-) critical evaluation of the current place and value of the AS framework in the broader landscape of approaches to the study of contemporary capitalism. Written for scholars and students alike it will be of interest to those working in international political economy international relations and political science political sociology European studies and branches of academic economics such as regulation theory and institutional economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815369608

Transnational Capitalism and the Struggle over European Integration This book presents an analysis of the transnational social forces in the making of a new European socio-economic order that emerged out of the European integration process during the 1980s and 1990s. Arguing that the political economy of European integration must be put within the context of a changing global capitalism Van Apeldoorn examines how European change is linked to global change and how transnational actors mediate these changes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138811867

Transnational Cinema and IdeologyRepresenting Religion Identity and Cultural Myths Increasingly as the production distribution and audience of films cross national boundaries film scholars have begun to think in terms of ‘transnational’ rather than national cinema. This book is positioned within the emerging field of transnational cinema and offers a groundbreaking study of the relationship between transnational cinema and ideology. The book focuses in particular on the complex ways in which religion identity and cultural myths interact in specific cinematic representations of ideology. Author Milja Radovic approaches the selected films as national regional products and then moves on to comparative analysis and discussion of their transnational aspects. This book also addresses the question of whether transnationalism reinforces the nation or not; one of the possible answers to this question may be given through the exploration of the cinema of national states and its transnational aspects. Radovic illustrates the ways in which these issues represented and framed by films are transmitted beyond their nation-state borders and local ideologies in which they originated – and questions whether therefore one can have an understanding of transnational cinema as a platform for political dialogue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546318

Transnational Cinema at the BordersBorderscapes and the cinematic imaginary In tandem with a postnational imaginary which is nurtured by the ever-present promise of deterritorialized mobility and burgeoning migratory fluxes walls and fences separating nation-states multiply. This is a burning issue: even though nation states at the centre of the global order increasingly present themselves as postnational calls for tighter border security undermine utopian notions of both a borderless New Europe and the USA as the Promised Land. This collection investigates the urgent issue of borderscapes and the cinematic imaginary by bringing together a range of new approaches in the field of film and media studies crossing over into sociology migration studies and artistic research. The contributions focus on the interrelated motifs of borderscapes as they are represented and used in transnational cinematographies from Palestine to Sweden Spain Finland Italy Iran Iraq France the UK and US and as constituting premises of cinematic production. The chapters in this book were originally published in the Transnational Cinemas journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367519070

Transnational Citizenship Across the Americas Mass migrations diasporas dual citizenship arrangements neoliberal economic reforms and global social justice movements have in recent decades produced shifting boundaries and meanings of citizenship within and beyond the Americas. In migrant-receiving countries this has raised questions about extending rights to newcomers. In migrant-sending countries it has prompted states to search for new ways to include their emigrant citizens into the nation state. This book situates new practices of ‘immigrant’ and ‘emigrant’ citizenship and the policies that both facilitate and delimit them in a broader political–economic context. It shows how the ability of people to act as transnational citizens is mediated by inequalities along the axes of gender race nationality and class both in and between source and destination countries resulting in a plethora of possible relations between states and migrants. The volume provides cross-disciplinary and theoretically engaging discussions as well as empirically diverse case studies from countries in Latin America and the Caribbean that have been transformed into ‘emigrant states’ in recent years offering new concepts and theory for the study of transnational citizenship. This book was originally published as a special issue of Identities: Global Studies in Culture and Power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138796263

Transnational Citizenship and Migration Transnational Citizenship is a puzzling concept if we think about citizenship as a relation between an individual a state and the other citizens of that state. However such a view of citizenship is no longer adequate in a world where states have become interdependent and where large numbers of individuals move across their borders. Responses of liberal democratic states to migration have created new statuses and rights of citizenship across international borders multiple nationality is increasingly common and significant numbers of people engage in social and political practices of citizenship over long distances or participate locally without being recognized as citizens of the country where they reside. This collection of mostly classic and some less well-known essays focuses on the historical question whether transnational citizenship is a genuinely new phenomenon and the normative question how it can be reconciled with principles of equal status and rights of citizens. The book opens with a introductory essay on the concept and the academic debates it has triggered. Its nineteen other chapters are grouped into five sections focusing on historical trends institutional change shifting boundaries transnationalism from below and inter-state relations. The book combines multiple disciplinary perspectives and sets the most important authors in dialogue with each other. It will provide very useful teaching material for courses on migration and citizenship in different academic disciplines at graduate and postgraduate level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472428165

Transnational Companies and Security GovernanceHybrid Practices in a Postcolonial World This book investigates governance practiced by non-state actors. It analyses how multinational mining companies protect their sites in fragile contexts and what that tells us about political ordering 'beyond' the state.  Based on extensive primary research in the Democratic Republic of Congo South Africa Europe and North America the book compares companies' political role in the 19th and 21st centuries. It demonstrates that despite a number of disturbing parallels many contemporary practices are not a reversion to the past but unique to the present. The book discloses hybrid security practices with highly ambiguous effects around the sites of contemporary companies that have committed to norms of corporate social and security responsibility. Companies invest in local communities and offer human rights training to security forces alongside coercive techniques of fortress protection and stability-oriented clientele practice and arrangements of indirect rule. The book traces this hybridity back to contradictory collective meaning systems that cross borders and structure the perceptions and choices of company managers private security officers NGO collaborators and others practitioners. The book argues that hybrid security practices are not the result of an encounter between a supposed ‘local’ with the liberal ‘global’. Instead this hybridity is inherent in the transnational and part and parcel of liberal transnational governance. Therefore more critical reflection of global governance in practice is required. These issues are sharply pertinent to liberal peacebuilding as well as global governance more broadly. The book will be of interest to anyone interested in business politics and human rights; critical security studies; peacebuilding and statebuilding; African politics; and ethnographic and sociological approaches to global governance and international relations more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138809031

Transnational CompetenceEmpowering Curriculums for Horizon-rising Challenges In this timely new contribution Koehn and Rosenau develop their transnational-competence framework and demonstrate the promise of its application across six critical professions: teacher education engineering business management social work sustainable-development (encompassing agricultural sciences public administration and natural-resources management) and medicine/health. Transnational Competence offers higher-education leaders around the world useful ideas for enhancing and transforming professional programs so that graduating practitioners will be prepared with the skills needed to manage horizon-rising challenges that connect populations ecosystems and fields of study. Aimed principally at higher-education leaders and graduating professionals throughout the world Transnational Competence focuses on the skills that tomorrow's practitioners will need to deal with what the authors term horizon-rising transboundary challenges. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631486

Transnational Connections and the Arab Gulf Transnational Connections and the Arab Gulf presents a study of transnational cultural flows in the Gulf region and beyond. It combines an understanding of the region's historical connections with the outside world and an assessment of contemporary consequences of these connections.The contributors collected here analyze and map historical and contemporary manifestations of transnational networks within this region linking them to wider debates on society identity and political culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874466

Transnational Construction ArbitrationKey Themes in the Resolution of Construction Disputes Transnational Construction Arbitration addresses topical issues in the field of dispute resolution in construction contracts from an international perspective. The book covers the role of arbitral institutions arbitration and dispute resolution clauses expert evidence dispute adjudication boards and emergency arbitrator procedures investment arbitration and the enforcement of arbitral awards. These topics are addressed by leading experts in the field thus providing an insightful analysis that should be of interest for practitioners and academics alike. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780367735463

Transnational Convergence of East Asian Pop Culture This book observes and analyzes transnational interactions of East Asian pop culture and current cultural practices comparing them to the production and consumption of Western popular culture and providing a theoretical discussion regarding the specific paradigm of East Asian pop culture. Drawing on innovative theoretical perspectives and grounded empirical research an international team of authors consider the history of transnational flows within pop culture and then systematically address pop culture digital technologies and the media industry. Chapters cover the Hallyu—or Korean Wave—phenomenon as well as Japanese and Chinese cultural industries. Throughout the book the authors address the convergence of the once-separated practical industrial and business aspects of popular culture under the influence of digital culture. They further coherently synthesize a vast collection of research to examine the specific realities and practices of consumers that exist beyond regional boundaries shared cultural identities and historical constructs. This book will be of interest to academic researchers undergraduates and graduate students of Asian media media studies communication studies cultural studies transcultural communication or sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367648985

Transnational Corporations and Local InnovationBRICS National Systems of Innovation This series of books brings together results of an intensive research programme on aspects of the national systems of innovation (NSI) in the five BRICS countries — Brazil Russia India China and South Africa. It provides a comprehensive and comparative examination of the challenges and opportunities faced by these dynamic and emerging economies. In discussing the impact of innovation with respect to economic geopolitical socio-cultural institutional and technological systems it reveals the possibilities of new development paradigms for equitable and sustainable growth. This volume explores the relationship between transnational corporations (TNCs) and NSI across BRICS economies. The essays highlight the role of foreign direct investment (FDI) the evolution of TNCs and examine local factors — such as government policies human resources market structures and technological capabilities — that affect collaborative efforts with indigenous firms towards innovation and development. The authors approach the thesis of technological globalisation with some caution refuting the idea that research and development (R&D) activities have been inexorably internationalised. Original and detailed data together with expert analyses on wide-ranging issues make this book an invaluable resource for researchers and scholars in economics development studies and political science in addition to policy makers and development practitioners interested in the BRICS countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138561076

Transnational Corporations and Uneven Development (RLE International Business)The Internationalization of Capital and the Third World Is the transnational coporation (TNC) an engine of growth capable of eliminating international economic inequalities or a major obstacle to development through a massive drain of surplus to advanced countries? This book presents five different perspectives on the role of TNCs: Neo-Classical Global Reach Neo-Imperialist Neo-Fundamentalist Internationalization of capital The author looks at their effect on local labour and capital and considers the future prospects for TNC involvement in the Third World. The book provides an excellent comparative analysis of TNCs and will appeal to students in development studies and international economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752046

Transnational Corruption and CorporationsRegulating Bribery through Corporate Liability What are the challenges to the prevention of transnational bribery by multinational corporations in international business transactions? This book examines two particular constraints operating on the regulation of transnational corruption in general and bribery in particular. Firstly it explores the limits of international cooperation in the regulation of transnational corruption and highlights the disparities between the capacities of individual states to pursue adequate regulation. It also considers the role and progress of international bodies such as the OEDC and the response of selected domestic legal systems in tackling the problem. Secondly the book examines the liability regime for corporations and again highlights an unexpected shortcoming of multilateral policy in the administration and enforcement of international agreements. The book will be of value both to students and researchers with an interest in the regulation of transnational corruption as well as policy-makers and practitioners working in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601263

Transnational Crime A variety of crime phenomena—including but by no means limited to white-collar crime and corruption environmental crime and ‘traditional’ organized crime—vie for the attention of international policymakers and researchers. Crime-control responses differ across the globe and the editor of this new four-volume Routledge collection has assembled both enduring major works and cutting-edge scholarship to illuminate a variety of approaches to transnational and comparative criminology and to bring to light the complex issues involved in understanding crime in a global context. With a newly written introductory essay to each of the four volumes fully to contextualize the collected materials this vital reference and research resource will be of interest not only to criminologists but also to other scholars and students such as those working in the sociology of globalization and in international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415830294

Transnational Crime and Human RightsResponses to Human Trafficking in the Greater Mekong Subregion Transnational Crime and Human Rights offers an evaluation of the responses to the transnational crime of human trafficking and governance of the issue through a case study of the Greater Mekong Subregion (GMS) which comprises Cambodia the People's Republic of China Lao People's Democratic Republic Myanmar Thailand and Viet Nam. The book analyses the international and national legal policy frameworks and the role of governments international and national non-governmental institutions and regional processes in responding to trafficking issues in the GMS. The book is based on the findings of a three year study conducted in the region involving interviews with more than 60 individuals from relevant organizations and agencies and examines the social political and historical factors including gender and age labour exploitation and migration which form the background to human trafficking in the GMS. The authors consider issues of competing mandates and gaps in strategies for protection and conclude with a discussion of broader lessons to be learned from the GMS situation and suggestions for future governance strategies in the fight against trafficking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415741453

Transnational Crime and PolicingSelected Essays This collection of essays on transnational crime and policing covers a broad range of themes: the relationship between global policing and the transnational-state-system; the impact of advanced technologies on policing practice; the changing morphology of occupational policing subculture; and the transnational practices of police agencies. The essays include case studies and are based on empirical fieldwork that began in the early 1990s and continued for over a decade well into the post 9-11 period. This collection also provides valuable accounts of the 'secret social world' of transnational police demonstrates that the developmental trajectory of transnational practices was already established prior to the 'age of Homeland Security' and addresses the controversial issue of how transnational policing in all of its complex manifestations might be made politically accountable in the interests of the general global commonwealth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754629252

Transnational CrimeEuropean and Chinese Perspectives This volume offers a diverse set of perspectives on transnational crime. Providing a wide-ranging overview of the legal and policy issues that arise in connection with various forms of transnational crime the authors outline the criminal justice responses adopted across different jurisdictions. Including contributions from high profile Chinese and European academics and practitioners across a variety of disciplines and methodological backgrounds the authors address some of the hitherto underexplored issues related to transnational crime. These range from trafficking in cultural objects derived from illicit metal-detecting and metal-detecting tourism in China to the European approaches to criminalising the denial of historical truth. The central theme of the book is that useful lessons can be drawn from each other’s experiences and that a cross-fertilisation of domestic approaches to transnational crime is essential to effective cooperation.This book will be of use to students and academics of comparative criminal justice and anyone interested in transnational crime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585655

Transnational CrimeLaw Theory and Practice at the Crossroads Philip Jessup coined the term "transnational law" in his Storrs Lecture on Jurisprudence delivered in 1956 to describe law that regulates activities or actions that transcend national borders. The term redefined the development and practice of the law and became a distinct field of study. In 2001 Neil Boister applied Jessup’s concept to the field of criminal law and identified the emergence of transnational criminal law in a formative article published in the European Journal of International Law. Inspired by Boister’s work the editors of the journal Transnational Legal Theory sought contributions from leading academics and practitioners for a symposium issue on transnational criminal law. In their papers the authors built upon and developed novel approaches to legal issues arising in an increasingly globalized world where both crimes and the regulation of crimes transcend borders. The publication of this book marks the sixtieth anniversary of Jessup’s seminal lecture and exemplifies the significant impact that Jessup and later Boister have had on legal scholarship and practice in the area of criminal law. We are honoured to publish the symposium as a monograph and to contribute to this rapidly evolving field. This book was previously published as a special issue of Transnational Legal Theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367029852

Transnational Curriculum Standards and Classroom PracticesThe New Meaning of Teaching Focusing on the meaning of teaching Transnational Curriculum Standards and Classroom Practices contributes to a deepened understanding of what it means to be a teacher in an institutional context ranked high on the policymakers’ agenda. While the policy literature emphasises efficiency in teaching educational research demonstrates an awareness of the importance of alternative perspectives on what makes for successful teaching. This book critically examines the conditions and dimensions of teaching as framed in current policy discourse and situates school education in relation to wider societal issues. Based on a four-year research project financed by the Swedish Research Council and drawing on international policy discourse as well as international research the chapters in this book contribute to the knowledge of relations and influences between international educational reform movements national curriculum reforms and implications for teaching and learning practices at the classroom level. Offering results and reflections from comprehensive comparative classroom studies the book makes a distinctive contribution to our knowledge of the implications of policy for teachers and students. This book should be essential reading for academics researchers and postgraduate students interested in the relationship between the curriculum and teaching in a contemporary context as well as those engaged in the study of education policy curriculum theory pedagogy and educational leadership. It should also be of great interest to policymakers and teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138087491

Transnational DivorceUnderstanding intimacies and inequalities from Singapore This book explores the transnational aspects of divorce experiences. Transnational Divorce uncovers the stories of four main groups of transnational divorcees at the field site of Singapore including low-income marriage migrant women from less wealthy countries low-income citizen men middle-class living apart together divorced parents and overseas-based citizen divorced mothers. Employing transnational intersectional feminist perspectives the book extends the author’s earlier conceptualisation of divorce biography to propose a new framework of transnational divorce biography. The transnational divorce biography framework provides readers a useful analytical tool to make sense of transnational divorced individuals’ messy experiences in working out their transborder intimacy practices. Meandering through their accounts the author weaves together a strong narrative of inequalities and privileges at the site of intimate life. The book ends with an epilogue on fire dragon feminism where the author discusses place-based feminist mission of activism and resistance. Transnational Divorce will appeal to researchers and policy makers interested in transnational relationships family studies and sociology in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138389632

Transnational Education and Curriculum StudiesInternational Perspectives In recent years there has been increasing attention placed on international and transnational aspects of school and higher education curricula and the different research approaches and lenses through which these issues are studied. This edited volume explores diverse perspectives and discourses of curriculum studies contributed by scholars both within and outside the "majority world". In addition it tackles both transnational cross-border endeavours involving national governments and policy measures and the promises challenges and failings of those formal relationships. The book consists of three sections. The first section provides an introduction and overviews of transnational education in connection with curriculum studies schooling and higher education. The second section deals with transnational and international perspectives on curriculum studies schooling and education. The final third section highlights transnational and international perspectives on higher education. This timely volume tackles the questions often posed by curriculum scholars and educational researchers around the possibility of a transnational approach to curriculum studies and how (and if) a common set of means can transcend national boundaries and sensitivities. It looks at the common issues and problems across nations that international and transnational curriculum and educational research work could address. This volume will appeal to researchers and policy makers interested in transnational education and curriculum studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138480889

Transnational Education Crossing ‘Asia’ and ‘the West’Adjusted desire transformative mediocrity and neo-colonial disguise In this book Phan Le-Ha identifies and discusses four growing self-sustained/sustaining fundamental phenomena in transnational education (TNE) namely (1) the planned evolving and transformative mediocrity behind the endorsement of English-medium education legitimized by the interactive Asia-the West relationship; (2) the strategic employment of the terms ‘Asia/Asian’ and ‘West/Western’ by all stakeholders in their perceptions and construction of choice quality rigour reliability and attractiveness of programs courses and locations; (3) the adjusted desire for an imagined (and often misinformed) ‘West’ among various stakeholders of transnational education; and (4) the assigned and self-realized ownership of English by otherwise normally on-the-margin groups of speakers. A focus on how these phenomena impact questions of identity and desire in TNE is a running theme. The above phenomena are discussed against the backdrop of ‘the rise of Asia’ sentiment and how this sentiment has played out in interactions and relationships between ‘the West’ and ‘Asia’ and among Asian institutions and various entities. Phan Le-Ha’s examination of the identified phenomena in TNE has been informed by her multi-layered engagement with the dialectic of the Asia-the West relationship her critical take on certain pro-Asia and decolonisation scholarship and her interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary approach to theorise the field and the specific topic under scrutiny. Phan Le-Ha shows that the current Asia chooses (not necessarily by force but largely by will and often with an informed and well-articulated agency) to go with the idea of the West and often desires an affiliation with the West either directly or indirectly something that is getting more intense in the context of globalization regionalization and commercialization of education. The rise of Asia has made the idea of the West even more looked-for in Asia. TNE in Asia in many ways is the transforming and dynamic transit point a layover that facilitates entry into a wanted destination – the West and/or the idea of the West. The West and Asia need one another more than ever in the context of the internationalization and commercialization of higher education. What’s more the West and Asia have hardly ever been mutually exclusive but have rather been in an eventful love-and-obsession relationship with each other. This is the very dialectic proposition that Phan Le Ha takes throughout this book while paying specific attention to transnational higher education in the greater Asian region including the Middle East following her several research projects conducted in the region since 2005 to date. Transnational Education Crossing 'the West' and 'Asia' explores: • English Internationalisation of Higher Education and Identity: Increasing Academic Monolingualism and English-only Package • Transnational Education and Dream Realization: From the Philippines to Vietnam From Afghanistan to Dubai From Everywhere in Asia to Thailand • Desiring International /Transnational Education: Theorisation of Key Concepts and Next Steps from Here The book will be of interest to researchers in the field of transnational education Asia education and education policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138604605

Transnational EducationIssues and Trends in Offshore Higher Education While the international mobility of students is a well-established feature of higher education the international mobility of institutions and courses on a large scale is a more novel phenomenon. Transnational education is at the leading-edge of the most fundamental changes taking place in higher education today. Topics discussed in this new volume include: the extent and form of offshore activity the pedagogical and cultural controversies that have plagued transnational education the challenges it presents to governments educators and HE managers how governments are developing forms of regulation to integrate cross-border programs and branch-campuses into their strategic planning for the sector the new opportunities for students and institutions. Transnational Education presents a global perspective on the development of international online education partner-supported transnational programs and international branch campuses. It provides a comprehensive and analytical account of the active role some universities are playing on the international stage and offers valuable guidance on future trends in the sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415603591

Transnational Encounters between Germany and East Asia since 1900 This volume contributes to an emerging field of Asian German Studies by bringing together cutting-edge scholarship from international scholars working in a variety of disciplines. The chapters survey transnational encounters between Germany and East Asia since 1900. By rejecting traditional dichotomies between the East and the West or the colonizer and the colonized these essays highlight connectedness and hybridity. They show how closely Germany and East Asia cooperated and negotiated the challenges of modernity in a range of topics such as politics history literature religion environment architecture sexology migration and sports. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592455

Transnational EnterprisesTheir Impact On Third World Societies And Cultures This book represents the first attempt to conceptualize the social and cultural impact of transnational enterprises on host nations and to provide empirical and analytical material on the subject. Well-known social scientists focus on three critical areas: social inequalities knowledge systems and lifestyles and values. Collectively they advance Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367214906

Transnational Environmental Crime The essays selected for this volume illustrate the growing interest in and importance of crime that is both environmental and transnational in nature. The topics covered range from pollution and waste to biodiversity and wildlife crimes and from the violation of human rights associated with the exploitation of natural resources through to the criminogenic implications of climate change. The collection provides insight into the nature and dynamics of this type of crime and examines in detail who is harmed and what can be done about it. Differential victimisation and contemporary developments in environmental law enforcement are also considered. Collectively these essays lay the foundations for a criminology that is forward looking global in its purview and that deals with the key environmental issues of the present age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409447856

Transnational Environmental CrimeToward an Eco-global Criminology This book provides a comprehensive introduction to and overview of eco-global criminology. Eco-global criminology refers to a criminological approach that is informed by ecological considerations and by a critical analysis that is global in scale and perspective. Based upon eco-justice conceptions of harm it focuses on transgressions against environments non-human species and humans. At the centre of eco-global criminology is analysis of transnational environmental crime. This includes crimes related to pollution (of air water and land) and crimes against wildlife (including illegal trade in ivory as well as live animals). It also includes those harms that pose threats to the environment more generally (such as global warming). In addressing these issues the book deals with topics such as the conceptualization of environmental crime or harm the researching of transnational environmental harm climate change and social conflict threats to biodiversity toxic waste and the transference of harm prosecution and sentencing of environmental crimes and environmental victimization and transnational activism. This book argues that analysis of transnational environmental crime needs to incorporate different notions of harm and that the overarching perspective of eco-global criminology provides the framework for this. Transnational Environmental Crime will be an essential resource for students academics policy-makers environmental managers police magistrates and others with a general interest in environmental issues. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9781843928027

Transnational Environmental PolicyReconstructing Ozone Transnational Environmental Policy analyses a surprising success story in the field of international environmental policy making: the threat to the ozone layer posed by industrial chemicals and how it has been averted. The book also raises the more general question about the problem-solving capacities of industrialised countries and the world society as a whole. Reiner Grundmann investigates the regulations which have been put in place at an international level and how the process evolved over twenty years in the US and Germany. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604899

Transnational Exchange in Early Modern Theater Emphasizing a performative and stage-centered approach this book considers early modern European theater as an international phenomenon. Early modern theater was remarkable both in the ways that it represented material and symbolic exchanges across political linguistic and cultural borders (both "national" and "regional") but also in the ways that it enacted them. Contributors study various modalities of exchange including the material and causal influence of one theater upon another as in the case of actors traveling beyond their own regional boundaries; generalized and systemic influence such as the diffused effect of Italian comedy on English drama; the transmission of theoretical and ethical ideas about the theater by humanist vehicles; the implicit dialogue and exchange generated by actors playing "foreign" roles; and polyglot linguistic resonances that evoke circum-Mediterranean "cultural geographies." In analyzing theater as a medium of dialogic communication the volume emphasizes cultural relationships of exchange and reciprocity more than unilateral encounters of hegemony and domination. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251861

Transnational FaithsLatin-American Immigrants and their Religions in Japan Japan has witnessed the arrival of thousands of immigrants since the 1990s from Latin America especially from Brazil and Peru. Along with immigrants from other parts of the world they all express the new face of Japan - one of multiculturality and multi-ethnicity. Newcomers are having a strong impact in local faith communities and playing an unexpected role in the development of communities. This book focuses on the role that faith and religious institutions play in the migrants' process of settlement and integration. The authors also focus on the impact of immigrants' religiosity amidst religious groups formerly established in Japan. Religion is an integral aspect of the displacement and settlement process of immigrants in an increasing multi-ethnic multicultural and pluri-religious contemporary Japan. Religious institutions and their social networks in Japan are becoming the first point of contact among immigrants. This book exposes and explores the often missed connection of the positive role of religion and faith-based communities in facilitating varied integrative ways of belonging for immigrants. The authors highlight the faith experiences of immigrants themselves by bringing their voices through case studies interviews and ethnographic research throughout the book to offer an important contribution to the exploration of multiculturalism in Japan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273665

Transnational Families Migration and the Circulation of CareUnderstanding Mobility and Absence in Family Life Without denying the difficulties that confront migrants and their distant kin this volume highlights the agency of family members in transnational processes of care in an effort to acknowledge the transnational family as an increasingly common family form and to question the predominantly negative conceptualisations of this type of family. It re-conceptualises transnational care as a set of activities that circulates between home and host countries - across generations - and fluctuates over the life course going beyond a focus on mother-child relationships to include multidirectional exchanges across generations and between genders. It highlights in particular how the sense of belonging in transnational families is sustained by the reciprocal though uneven exchange of caregiving which binds members together in intergenerational networks of reciprocity and obligation love and trust that are simultaneously fraught with tension contest and relations of unequal power. The chapters that make up this volume cover a rich array of ethnographic case studies including analyses of transnational families who circulate care between developing nations in Africa Latin America and Asia to wealthier nations in North America Europe and Australia. There are also examples of intra- and extra- European Australian and North American migration which involve the mobility of both the unskilled and working class as well as the skilled middle and aspirational classes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138952935

Transnational FamiliesEthnicities Identities and Social Capital Contemporary Western society is changing and controversially migration is often flagged up as one of the reasons why. The nature of population change challenges the conventional understandings of family forms and networks whilst multiculturalism poses challenges to our understanding of social change families and social capital. This innovative book provides an overview of the emergence of new understandings of ethnicities identities and family forms across a number of ethnic groups family types and national boundaries. Based on new empirical data from fairly distinct sets of transnational family networks in minority communities with a substantial presence in the United Kingdom – principally Caribbean and Italian but also drawing on others such as Indian – it examines their lived experiences and uses the concept of social capital to explore how these families manage to maintain close and meaningful links. Transnational Families discusses explains and illustrates the substantial problems and issues confronted by communities and families academics and policy-makers/implementers and non-governmental organisations within a transnational world. It will be of interest to students and scholars of migration transnationalism families and globalisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415677530

Transnational Feminism and Global Advocacy in South Asia Transnational feminism has been critical to feminist theorizing in the global North over the last few decades. Perhaps due to its broad terminology transnational feminism can become vague and dislocated losing its ability to name specific critiques of and responses to empire race and globalization that are emboldened by its transnational remit. This volume encompasses an expansive engagement and exploration of transnational South Asian feminist movements networks and critiques within the context of the popular and the diaspora in South Asia. The contributing authors address key issues in a global context especially as they operate both in a situated and the diasporic imaginary of South Asia. While the idea of the popular in South Asia has often been circumscribed by the spaces and cultural politics of Bollywood this interdisciplinary volume takes an innovative turn to examine how academics advocates activists and artists envision the inroads and consequences of nationalism globalization and/or empire which continually remake communities and alter needs and allegiances. Through ethnography literature dance cinema activism poetry and storytelling the authorsd analyse popular and social justice using a focused multidisciplinary gendered lens. This book was originally published as a special issue of South Asian Popular Culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138008977

Transnational Feminisms Transversal Politics and ArtEntanglements and Intersections This book explores the critical significance of the visual arts to transnational feminist thought and activism. This first volume in Marsha Meskimmon’s powerful and timely Trilogy focuses on some of the central political challenges of our era including war migration ecological destruction sexual violence and the return of neo-nationalisms. It argues that transnational feminisms and the arts can play a pivotal role in forging the solidarities and epistemic communities needed to create social economic and ecological justice on a world scale. Transnational feminisms and the arts provide a vital space for knowing imagining and inhabiting â€“ earth-wide and otherwise. The chapters in this book each take their lead from a current matter of political significance that is central to transnational feminist activist organizing and has been explored through the arts in ways that permit dialogues across geopolitical borders to take place. Including examples of artwork in full colour this is essential reading for students and researchers in art history theory and practice visual culture studies feminism and gender studies political theory and cultural geography.   The Transnational Feminisms and the Arts Trilogy Transnational Feminisms Transversal Politics and Art: Entanglements and Intersections Transnational Feminisms and Art’s Horizontal Histories: Ecologies and Genealogies Transnational Feminisms and Posthuman Aesthetics: Resonance and Riffing Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138579743

Transnational Feminist Perspectives on Terror in Literature and Culture This book offers a transnational feminist response to the gender politics of torture and terror from the viewpoint of populations of color who have come to be associated with acts of terror. Using the War on Terror in Afghanistan and Iraq this book revisits other such racialized wars in Palestine Guatemala India Algeria and South Africa. It draws widely on postcolonial literature photography films music interdisciplinary arts media/new media and activism joining the larger conversation about human rights by addressing the problem of a pervasive public misunderstanding of terrorism conditioned by a foreign and domestic policy perspective. Deb provides an alternative understanding of terrorism as revolutionary dissent against injustice through a postcolonial/transnational lens. The volume brings counter-terror narratives into dialogue with ideologies of gender race ethnicity nationality class and religion addressing the situation of women as both perpetrators and targets of torture and the possibilities of a dialogue between feminist and queer politics to confront securitized regimes of torture. This book explores the relationship in which social and cultural texts stand with respect to legacies of colonialism and neo-imperialism in a world of transnational feminist solidarities against postcolonial wars on terror. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870539

Transnational Financial Associations and the Governance of Global FinanceAssembling Wealth and Power The role of business in global governance is now widely recognized but exploration of its role in global financial governance has been more haphazard than systematic. This book provides the first comprehensive analysis of the role of transnational financial associations (TFAs) in the organization of global finance. This book develops three theoretical themes of assemblage functionality and power as enrolment. These themes challenge approaches that treat financial power as emanating from a single location or force. Whilst existing approaches tend to treat TFAs as irrelevant or as merely transmitting power originating elsewhere this book argues that power must be created by painstakingly assembling actors networks and objects that are often quite autonomous and working at cross purposes to one another—a process in which TFAs play a central role. The book explores these themes in chapters examining the roles of TFAs in interacting with public authorities constructing global financial markets and creating financial communities. The authors additionally analyse the roles of TFAs in the European Union in the Global South and in promoting goals other than profitability including Islamic finance microfinancing savings banks and cooperatives. Making a distinctive contribution to our understanding of global finance and global governance Transnational Financial Associations and the Governance of Global Finance is an important book for students and scholars of international political economy finance global governance and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415659741

Transnational Financial Crime Financial crime affects virtually all areas of public policy and is increasingly transnational. The essays in this volume address both the theoretical and policy issues arising from financial crime and feature a wide variety of case studies and cover topics such as state revenue collection criminal enterprises money laundering the use of new technologies and methods in financial crime corruption terrorism proliferation of WMD sanctions third-world debt procurement telecommunications cyberspace the defense industry and intellectual property. Taken together these essays form a must-read collection for scholars and students in law finance and criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409448884

Transnational Financial Regulation after the Crisis The global financial crisis that began in 2007 was the most destructive since the 1930s. The rapid spread of the crisis across borders and the complexity of these cross-border linkages highlighted the importance for authorities of working together in responding to the crisis. This book examines the transnational response that relied heavily on a set of relatively informal transnational regulatory groupings that had been constructed over previous decades. During the crisis these arrangements were made stronger and more inclusive but they remain very complex. Thousands of pages of new rules have been created by various transnational bodies and the implementation of these rules relies heavily on domestic law and regulation and private rules and practices. This book analyses this complex response showing that its overly technical and incremental character the persistence of tensions between transnational processes and state-centred politics and the ongoing power of private actors have made the regulatory response fall short of what is needed. Transnational Financial Regulation after the Crisis provides new insights that are relevant for theory and practice not only for transnational financial regulation but for global governance more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415822732

Transnational Food Security Transnational Food Security addresses food security from an international relations political economy and legal perspective analysing the relationship between food security and the environment and climate change trade finance and contracts and the intersection between food and human rights. The topic of food concerns one of the most basic and profound aspects of human survival. Universal and equal access to food is at the same time ridden with problems of power inequality distribution and implicated in old and new geopolitical conflicts. As such ‘food’ and food security are central to conditions of poverty and hunger development and ‘modernisation’ transitional justice and rule of law reform around the world. As a problem of critique and scholarly inquiry food prompts an inter-disciplinary assessment of the nature of food security in the modern world. The contributors to this book take us deep into the complexity of food and illustrate the challenges of adequately understanding and approaching questions of food security and food sovereignty in a globally interconnected world. Transnational Food Security will be of great interest to scholars of international relations political economy and transnational law. The chapters were originally published as a special issue of Transnational Legal Theory Journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367465643

Transnational FranceThe Modern History of a Universal Nation In this compelling volume Tyler Stovall takes a transnational approach to the history of modern France and by doing so draws the reader into a key aspect of France's political culture: universalism. Beginning with the French Revolution and its aftermath Stovall traces the definitive establishment of universal manhood suffrage and the abolition of slavery in 1848. Following this critical time in France's history Stovall then explores the growth of urban and industrial society the beginnings of mass immigration and the creation of a new republican Empire. This time period gives way to the history of the two world wars the rise of political movements like Communism and Fascism and new directions in popular culture. The text concludes with the history of France during the Fourth and Fifth republics concentrating on decolonization and the rise of postcolonial society and culture. Throughout these major historical events Stovall examines France's relations with three other areas of the world: Europe the United States and France's colonial empire which includes a wealth of recent historical studies. By exploring these three areas-and their political social and cultural relations with France-the text will provide new insights into both the nature of French identity and the making of the modern world in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813348117

Transnational Frontiers of Asia and Latin America since 1800 Frontiers are "wild." The frontier is a zone of interaction between distinct polities peoples languages ecosystems and economies but how do these frontier spaces develop? If the frontier is shaped by the policing of borders by the modern-nation state then what kind of zones regions or cultural areas are created around borders? This book provides 16 different case studies of frontiers in Asia and Latin America by interdisciplinary scholars charting the first steps toward a transnational and transcontinental history of social development in the borderlands of two continents. Transnationalism provides a shared focus for the contributions drawing upon diverse theoretical perspectives to examine the place-making projects of nation states. Through the lenses of different scales and time frames the contributors examine the social processes of frontier life and how the frontiers have been created through the exertions of nation-states to control marginal or borderland peoples. The most significant cases of industrialization resource extraction and colonization projects in Asia and Latin America are examined in this book reveal the incompleteness of frontiers as modernist spatial projects but also their creativity - as sources of new social patterns new human adaptations and new cultural outlooks and ways of confronting power and privilege. The incompleteness of frontiers does not detract from their power to move ideas peoples and practices across borders both territorial and conceptual. In bringing together Asian and Latin American cases of frontier-making this book points toward a comparativist and cosmopolitan approach in the study of statecraft and modernity. For scholars of Latin America and/or Asia it brings together historical themes and geographic foci providing studies accessible to researchers in anthropology geography history politics cultural studies and other fields of the human sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138601130

Transnational GothicLiterary and Social Exchanges in the Long Nineteenth Century Offering a variety of critical approaches to late eighteenth- and nineteenth-century Gothic literature this collection provides a transnational view of the emergence and flowering of the Gothic. The essays expand on now well-known approaches to the Gothic (such as those that concentrate exclusively on race gender or nation) by focusing on international issues: religious traditions social reform economic and financial pitfalls manifest destiny and expansion changing concepts of nationhood and destabilizing moments of empire-building. By examining a wide array of Gothic texts including novels drama and poetry the contributors present the Gothic not as a peripheral marginal genre but as a central mode of literary exchange in an ever-expanding global context. Thus the traditional conventions of the Gothic such as those associated with Ann Radcliffe and Monk Lewis are read alongside unexpected Gothic formulations and lesser-known Gothic authors and texts. These include Mary Rowlandson and Bram Stoker Frances and Anthony Trollope Louisa May Alcott Elizabeth Gaskell Theodore Dreiser Rudyard Kipling and Lafcadio Hearn as well as the actors Edmund Kean and George Frederick Cooke. Individually and collectively the essays provide a much-needed perspective that eschews national borders in order to explore the central role that global (and particularly transatlantic) exchange played in the development of the Gothic. British American Continental Caribbean and Asian Gothic are represented in this collection which seeks to deepen our understanding of the Gothic as not merely a national but a global aesthetic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245471

Transnational GovernanceEmerging Models of Global Legal Regulation As globalization continues to spread and evolve so nation-states attempt to govern financialization tax evasion corruption terrorism civil and military conflicts and environmental dangers social polarization and the complexities in human rights implementation by institutional and transnational means. This volume discusses these issues from different legal perspectives and highlights the challenges of governing human activity in an age of remarkable interconnectedness. Covering a broad range of policy areas and analysis of emerging forms of governance from liberal to critical and Marxist the chapters are legal in their approach and form an important contribution to the growing study of emergent forms of authority coordination and power developing in response to the challenges presented by some of the key contemporary governance issues in the first half of the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249332

Transnational Histories of Southern Africa’s Liberation Movements Transnational Histories of Southern Africa’s Liberation Movements offers new perspectives on southern Africa’s wars of national liberation drawing on extensive oral historical and archival research. Assuming neither the primacy of nationalist loyalties as they exist today nor any single path to liberation the book unpicks any notion of a straightforward imposition of Cold War ideologies or strategic interests on liberation wars. This approach adds new dimensions to the rich literatures on the Global Cold War and on solidarity movements. The contributors trace the ways that ideas and practices were made adopted and circulated through time and space through a focus on African soldiers politicians and diplomats. The book also asks what motivated the men and women who crossed borders to join liberation movements how Cold War influences were acted upon interpreted and used and why certain moments venues and relations took on exaggerated importance. The connections among liberation movements between them and their hosts and across an extraordinarily diverse set of external actors reveal surprising exchanges and lasting legacies that have too often been obscured by the assertion of monolithic national histories. Tracing an extraordinarily diverse set of interactions and exchanges Transnational Histories of Southern Africa’s Liberation Movements will be of great interest to scholars of Southern Africa Transnational History the Cold War and African Politics. The chapters were originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Southern African Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367427641

Transnational Horror Across Visual MediaFragmented Bodies This volume investigates the horror genre across national boundaries (including locations such as Africa Turkey and post-Soviet Russia) and different media forms illustrating the ways that horror can be theorized through the circulation reception and production of transnational media texts. Perhaps more than any other genre horror is characterized by its ability to be simultaneously aware of the local while able to permeate national boundaries to function on both regional and international registers. The essays here explore political models and allegories questions of cult or subcultural media and their distribution practices the relationship between regional or cultural networks and the legibility of international horror iconography across distinct media. The book underscores how a discussion of contemporary international horror is not only about genre but about how genre can inform theories of visual cultures and the increasing permeability of their borders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138549005

Transnational Islam and Regional SecurityCooperation and Diversity between Europe and North Africa This volume investigates the impact of a new brand of transnational terrorism and political violence produced by radical Islamist groups from the Maghreb on the regional security dynamics. It describes the causes of the problems and the strategies devised by European and North African states in order to address it and details the successes and failures of co-operation between states and society on both shores of the Mediterranean. Investigating the grand security strategies that have been devised for the Mediterranean after the Cold War and after 9/11 the contributors focus on the role of police and military apparati in securitizing the new threats that have become prominent after 9/11 and the unintended consequences of these strategies. In addition the contributors analyze the relationship between Islamist groups the state and society and highlight some key causes of political violence and radicalism. They outline how a better use of the law migration and intercultural dialogue might provide useful alternatives or complements to the mostly securitarian strategies that are currently dominant in the region. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315879024

Transnational Islamic Actors and Indonesia’s Foreign PolicyTranscending the State The past fifteen years have seen Indonesia move away from authoritarianism to a thriving yet imperfect democracy. During this time the archipelago attracted international attention as the most-populated Muslim-majority country in the world. As religious issues and actors have been increasingly taken into account in the analysis and conduct of international relations particularly since the 9/11 events Indonesia’s leaders have adapted to this new context. Taking a socio-historical perspective this book examines the growing role of transnational Islamic Non-State Actors (NSAs) in post-authoritarian Indonesia and how it has affected the making of Indonesia’s foreign policy since the country embarked on the democratization process in 1998. It returns to the origins of the relationship between Islamic organisations and the Indonesian institutions in order to explain the current interactions between transnational Islamic actors and the country’s official foreign policies. The book considers for the first time the interactions between the "parallel diplomacy" undertaken by Indonesia’s Islamic NSAs and the country’s official foreign policy narrative and actions. It explains the adaptation of the state’s responses and investigates the outcomes of those responses on the country’s international identity. Combining field-collected data and a theoretical reflexion it offers a distanced analysis which deepens theoretical approaches on transnational religious actors. Providing original research in Asian Studies while filling an empirical gap in international relations theory this book will be of interest to scholars of Indonesian Studies Islamic Studies International Relations and Asian Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138611290

Transnational Labour HistoryExplorations There has been a growing recognition amongst scholars that labour historians need to look beyond national borders in order to place the history of the working classes into a much broader context than has hitherto been the case. Whilst studies focused on individual countries are essential it is only by comparing and contrasting the experiences across time and space that a true understanding of the subject can be attempted. Professor Marcel van der Linden has contributed much to the debate on cross-border processes and comparisons. This volume makes available in English a collection of twelve of his most important essays on the theme of transnational labour history. Previously published in a range of journals and volumes with two original contributions Transnational Labour History brings them together in a single convenient collection together with a new introduction. This work will undoubtedly provide an invaluable resource for all students of European labour history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277892

Transnational Labour Migration Livelihoods and Agrarian Change in NepalThe Remittance Village Through the prism of a Nepali remittance village this book critically examines poverty and livelihood dynamics remade through transnational labour migration and remittances and their interrelationships with land rural labour and agriculture. The concept of The Remittance Village emphasises rural people’s transnational mobilities as a key feature of contemporary dynamics in many parts of the Global South which are reconfiguring rural social economic and ecological textures. Sunam challenges complacent linear narratives that assume new opportunities such as transnational migration and remittances provide better pathways for the rural poor to come out of poverty as well as narratives that understate the importance of land and farming for the rural poor. He demonstrates both that new opportunities are inaccessible for many poor people and that accessing these opportunities often engenders increased precarity and vulnerability. In The Remittance Village he finds that even those accessing new opportunities are successful only when their household member(s) are simultaneously engaged in in-situ (non-)agricultural activities. This book is a valuable resource for scholars and students from a range of interdisciplinary backgrounds including human geography anthropology of development and sociology. It is also recommended reading for policy makers international development agencies and I/NGOs working on rural development in the Global South. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367471569

Transnational Labour SolidarityMechanisms of commitment to cooperation within the European Trade Union movement The book examines the integration of European trade union movement and explores the prospects for European or transnational solidarity among workers. Contrary to much existing research and despite national differences Gajewska examines how trade unions cooperate and the forms in which this cooperation take place. Drawing on four case studies illustrating experiences of Polish German British Latvian and Swedish trade unions in various sectors and workers’ representatives at a multinational company this book investigates the conditions under which trade unions and workers formulate their interests in non-national / regional terms and analyzes the character limits and potentials of solidarity in a transnational context. Seeking to generate a new theory of European integration of labour and to contribute to sociological approaches on the European integration and Europeanization of society this book will be of interest to students and scholars of European politics European integration labour/industrial relations trade unionism and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415848558

Transnational Latin American TelevisionGenres Formats and Adaptations This book examines the process of transnationalization of Latin American television industries. Drawing upon six representative case studies spanning the subcontinent’s vast and diverse geo-political and cultural landscape the book offers a unique exploration of the ongoing formation of interrelated cultural technological and political landscapes from the mid-1980s to the present. The chapters analyse the international circulation of the genres and formats of entertainment television across the subcontinent to explore the main driving forces propelling the production and consumption of television contents in the region and what we can learn about the cultural and social identities of Latin American audiences following the journey of genres formats and media personalities beyond their own national borders. Taking a contemporary interdisciplinary approach to the study of transnational television industries this book will be of significant interest to scholars and students of television and film studies communication studies Latin American studies global media studies and media and cultural industries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367524715

Transnational Law and State TransformationThe Case of Extractive Development in Mongolia This book contributes new theoretical insight and in-depth empirical analysis about the relationship between transnational legality state change and the globalisation of markets. The role of transnational economic law in influencing and reorganising national systems of governance evidences the constitutional dimensions of global capitalism: the power to institute new rules and limits for national states. This form of new constitutionalism does not undermine the state but transforms it by eroding national capacities and implanting global alternatives. While leading scholars in the field have emphasised the much-needed value of case studies there are no studies available which consider the cumulative impact of multiple axes of transnational legal ordering on the national state or its constitution. This monograph addresses this empirical gap whilst expanding the theoretical scope of the field. Mongolia’s recent transformation as a mineral-exporting country provides a rare opportunity to witness economic and legal globalisation in process. Based on careful empirical analysis of national law and policy-making the book traces the way distinctive processes of transnational legal ordering have reorganised and reframed the governance of Mongolia’s mining sector specifically by redistributing state power in relation to the market sub-national administrations and civil society. The book investigates the role of international financial institutions multinational corporations and non-governmental organisations in normative transmission as well as the critical role of national actors in embedding transnational investment norms within the domestic legal and policy environment. As the book demonstrates however the constitutional ramifications of transnational legal ordering extend beyond the mining regime itself into more fundamental questions of the trajectory of state transformation institutionally and ideologically. The book will be of interest to scholars of international law global governance and the political economy of development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367076641

Transnational Legal Processes and Human Rights It is becoming increasingly common for human rights norms to be transferred between legal and political systems and this book is a fresh approach to the intersection of transnational law and the protection of cultural difference beyond the single state border. It investigates how the construction and evolution of human rights norms are transferred in transnational legal settings and asks whether law should reflect express or control any given aspect of culture. The chapters explore the ways that law and cultural identity may or may not co-exist particularly in circumstances where a prima facie clash is observed. Examining legal approaches to cultural differences from a comparative perspective and across a wide range of locations the book covers topics such as juvenile punishment religious defamation religious rights and conflict between industry and indigenous communities. It will be of value to those working in the areas of transnational and comparative law as well as those concerned with human rights and the intersection of law and cultural difference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409448181

Transnational Literacy Autobiographies as Translingual Writing The literacy autobiography is a personal narrative reflecting on how one’s experiences of spoken and written words have contributed to their ongoing relationship with language and literacy. Transnational Literacy Autobiographies as Translingual Writing is a cutting-edge study of this engaging genre of writing in academic and professional contexts. In this state-of-the-art collection Suresh Canagarajah brings together 11 samples of writing by students that both document their literary journeys and pinpoint the seminal works affecting their development as translingual readers and writers. Integrating the narrative of the author which is written as his own literacy autobiography with a close analysis of these texts this book: presents a case for the literacy autobiography as an archetypal genre that prepares writers for the conventions and processes required in other genres of writing; demonstrates the serious epistemological and rhetorical implications behind the genre of literacy autobiography among migrant scholars and students; effectively translates theoretical publications on language diversity for classroom purposes providing a transferable teaching approach to translingual writing; analyzes the tropes of transnational writers and their craft in "meshing" translingual resources in their writing; demonstrates how transnationalism and translingualism are interconnected guiding readers toward an understanding of codemeshing not as a cosmetic addition to texts but motivated toward resolving inescapable personal and social dilemmas. Written and edited by one of the most highly regarded linguists of his generation this book is key reading for scholars and students of applied linguistics TESOL and literacy studies as well as tutors of writing and composition worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367201838

Transnational LivesExpatriates in Indonesia Privileged migrants such as expatriates living abroad are typically associated with lives of luxury in exotic locations. This fascinating and in-depth study reveals a more complex reality. By focusing on corporate expatriates the author provides one of the first book length studies on 'transnationalism from above'. The book draws on the author's extended research among the expatriate community in Jakarta Indonesia. The findings which relate to expatriate communities worldwide provide a nuanced analysis of current trends among a globally mobile workforce. While acknowledging the potentially empowering impact of transnationalism the author challenges current paradigms by arguing that the study of elite migration shows that transnational lives do not always entail fluid identities but the maintenance of boundaries - of body race and gender. The rich ethnographic data adds a critical dimension to studies of migration and transnationalism filling a distinct gap in terms of theory and ethnography. Written in an engaging and accessible style the book will be of interest to academics and students particularly in anthropology migration studies and human geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262577

Transnational Management and Globalised WorkersNurses Beyond Human Resources There are 60 million health care workers globally and most of this workforce consists of nurses as they are key providers of primary health care. Historically the global nurse occupation has been predominately female and segregated along gendered racialised and classed hierarchies. In the last decade new actors have emerged in the management of health care human resources specifically from the corporate sector which has created new interactions networks and organisational practices. This book urgently calls for the reconceptualisation in the theoretical framing of the globalised nurse occupation from International Human Resource Management (IHRM) to Transnational Human Resource Management (THRM). Specifically the book draws on critical human resource management literature and transnational feminist theories to frame the strategies and practices used to manage nurses across geographical sites of knowledge production and power which centralise on how and by whom nurses are managed. In its current managerial form the author argues that the nurses are constructed and produced as resources to be packaged for clients in public and private organisations.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734008

Transnational Marketing in the Information Age First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986060

Transnational MarriageNew Perspectives from Europe and Beyond Marriages spanning borders are not a new phenomenon but occur with increasing frequency and contribute substantially to international mobility and transnational engagement. Perhaps because such migration has often been treated as ‘secondary’ to labor migration marriage has until recent years been a neglected field in migration studies. In contemporary Europe transnational marriages have become an increasingly focal issue for immigration regimes for whom these border-crossing family formations represent a significant challenge. This timely volume brings together work from Europe and beyond addressing the issue of transnational marriage from a range of perspectives (including legal frameworks processes of integration and gendered dynamics) presenting substantial new empirical material and taking a fresh look at key concepts in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138807433

Transnational Migration Media and Identity of Asian WomenDiasporic Daughters This book explores the unstudied nature of diaspora among young Korean Japanese and Chinese women living and studying in the West. Why do women move? What are the actual conditions of their transnational lives? How do they make sense of their transnational lives through the experience of the media? Are they becoming cosmopolitan subjects? Exploring the key questions within their particular socio-economic and cultural contexts this book analyzes the contradictions of cosmopolitan identity formation and challenges the general assumptions of cosmopolitanism. It considers the highly visible fastest growing yet little studied phenomenon of women’s transnational migration and the role of the media in everyday life offering detailed empirical data on the nature of the women’s diaspora. Drawing on a wide range of perspectives from media and communications sociology cultural studies and anthropology the book provides an empirically grounded and theoretically insightful investigation into this evolving phenomenon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851749

Transnational Migration and Childhood This book challenges the adult-centric tendencies of migration research and policy which often overlooks children and young people’s own experiences of migration. A wide range of international contributors provide careful analysis of the situations of children in contemporary transnational migratory contexts in the Global North and South. Drawing on studies with migrant children and young people in a variety of situations Transnational Migration and Childhood makes a unique contribution to furthering our understandings of transnational childhoods. It explores the laws and policies that govern children and young people’s experiences of transnational migration whilst foregrounding their own accounts of migration and transnationalism. The book shifts our attention away from dominant discourses of migrant children as ‘victims’ towards the development of broader conceptualisations of transnational migration and childhood. It incorporates different migratory flows a variety of sending and receiving contexts and child-centred perspectives. Transnational Migration and Childhood will be of interest to researchers and policy makers working in the fields of migration asylum and childhood at local national and transnational scales. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109353

Transnational Migration and Home in Older Age This book examines the transformations in home lives arising in later life and resulting from global migrations. It provides insight into the ways in which contemporary demographic processes of aging and migration shape the meaning experience and making of home for those in older age. Chapters explore how home is negotiated in relation to possibilities for return to the "homeland " family networks aging and health care cultures and belonging. The book deliberately crosses emerging sub-fields in transnationalism studies by offering case studies on aging labour migrants retirement migrants and return migrants as well as older people affected by the movement of others including family members and migrant care workers. The diversity of people’s experiences of home in later life is fully explored and the impact of social class gender and nationality as well as the corporeal dimensions of older age are all in evidence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869328

Transnational Migration and Lifelong LearningGlobal Issues and Perspectives Economic globalization modern transportation and advanced communication technologies have greatly enhanced the mobility of people across national boundaries. The resulting demographic social and cultural changes create new opportunities for development as well as new challenges for lifelong learning. Transnational Migration and Lifelong Learning examines the changing nature of lifelong learning in the current age of transnational migration. The book brings together international scholars from a range of countries in a dialogue about the relationship between work learning mobility knowledge and citizenship in the context of globalization and migration. It covers a wide range of topics including: global perspectives and analyses of migration; the impact of migration on lifelong learning; processes of exclusion and inclusion in lifelong learning; the tension between mobility knowledge and recognition; and transnationalism learning communities and citizenship. This book was originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of Lifelong Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109421

Transnational MigrationsThe Indian Diaspora This book studies Indian diaspora currenlty 20 million across the world from various perspectives. It looks at the 'transnational' nature of the middle class worker. Other aspects include: post 9/11 challenges; ethnicity in USA; cultural identity versus national identity; gender issues amongst the diaspora communities. It argues that Indian middl Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367176327

Transnational Mobilities in Early Modern Theater The essays in this volume investigate English Italian Spanish German Czech and Bengali early modern theater placing Shakespeare and his contemporaries in the theatrical contexts of western and central Europe as well as the Indian sub-continent. Contributors explore the mobility of theatrical units genres performance practices visual images and dramatic texts across geo-linguistic borders in early modern Europe. Combining 'distant' and 'close' reading a systemic and structural approach identifies common theatrical units or 'theatergrams' as departure points for specifying the particular translations of theatrical cultures across national boundaries. The essays engage both 'dramatic' approaches (e.g. genre plot action and the dramatic text) and 'theatrical' perspectives (e.g. costume the body and gender of the actor). Following recent work in 'mobility studies ' mobility is examined from both material and symbolic angles revealing both ample transnational movement and periodic resistance to border-crossing. Four final essays attend to the practical and theoretical dimensions of theatrical translation and adaptation and contribute to the book’s overall inquiry into the ways in which values properties and identities are lost transformed or gained in movement across geo-linguistic borders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409468295

Transnational Mobility and Global HealthTraversing Borders and Boundaries Transnational Mobility and Global Health spotlights the powerful and dynamic intersections of human movement inequality and health. The book explores the interacting political economic social cultural and climatic drivers of health and migration proposing innovative ways to enhance global health and care provision in an era of transnational mobility. As health security continues to rise up the agenda in international politics the book also analyses the political determinants of health and migration. Within the framework of key drivers of unequal mobilities this book treats interconnected health and migration themes not covered elsewhere under one cover: health tourism conflict-induced and other vulnerable-population movements humanitarian crises human rights the health-development linkage migrant health-care and health-competency education. The book also considers global health vulnerabilities in the wake of climate change and the biomedical ethical and governance challenges of emerging and reemerging infectious diseases. Finally the book suggests ways of evaluating mobility-influenced health outcomes and equity impacts and explores how the global circulation of health expertise could help to rectify care-provider shortages. The challenges to global health considered in this book are only likely to become more intense as the 21st-Century surge in transnational migration continues. Readers will gain interdisciplinary appreciation for the relevance of health for migration and of migration for global health. Researchers students practitioners and policy makers interested in individual and population health sustainable development and migration studies will find this book a useful and inspiring guide to contemporary global challenges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367564575

Transnational MusiciansPrecariousness Ethnicity and Gender in the Creative Industry Informed by theories pertaining to transnational mobility ethnicity and race gender postcolonialism as well as Japanese studies Transnational Musicians explores the way Japanese musicians establish their transnational careers in the hierarchically structured classical music world. Drawing on rich material from multi-sited fieldwork and in-depth interviews with Japanese artists in Japan France and Poland this study portrays the structurally – and individually – conditioned opportunities and constraints of becoming a transnational classical musician. It shows how transnational artists strive to conciliate the irreconcilable: their professional identification with the dominant image of ‘rootless’ classical musicianship and their ethnocultural affiliation with Japan. As such this book critically engages with the neoliberal discourse on talent and meritocracy prevailing in the creative/cultural industry which promotes the common image of cosmopolitan artists whose high universal skills allow them to carry out their occupational activity internationally regardless of such prescriptive criteria as gender ethnicity and race. Highly interdisciplinary this book will appeal to students and researchers interested in such fields as migration transnational mobility ethnicity and race in the creative/cultural sector gender studies Japanese culture and other related social issues. It will also be instructive for professionals from the world of classical music as well as ordinary readers passionate about Japanese society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367418502

Transnational Narratives from the CaribbeanDiasporic Literature and the Human Experience This book offers a timely intervention in current debates on diaspora and diasporic identity by affirming the importance of narrative as a discursive mode to understand the human face of contemporary migrations and dislocations. Focusing on the Caribbean double-diaspora Pulitano offers a close-reading of a range of popular works by four well-known writers currently living in the United States: Jamaica Kincaid Michelle Cliff Edwidge Danticat and Caryl Phillips. Navigating the map of fictional characters testimonial accounts and autobiographical experiences Pulitano draws attention to the lived experience of contemporary diasporic formations. The book offers a provocative re-thinking of socio-scientific analyses of diaspora by discussing the embodied experience of contemporary diasporic communities drawing on disciplines such as Caribbean Postcolonial Diaspora and Indigenous Studies along with theories on "border thinking" and coloniality/modernity. Contesting restrictive national and linguistic boundaries when discussing literature originating from the Caribbean Pulitano situates the transnational location of Caribbean-born writers within current debates of Transnational American Studies and investigates the role of immigrant writers in discourses of race ethnicity citizenship and belonging. Exploring the multifarious intersections between home exile migration and displacement the book makes a significant contribution to memory and trauma studies human rights debates and international law aiming at a wide range of scholars and specialized agents beyond the strictly literary circle. This volume affirms the humanity of personal stories and experiences against the invisibility of immigrant subjects in most theoretical accounts of diaspora and migration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875251

Transnational Negotiations in Caribbean Diasporic LiteratureRemitting the Text Taking an interdisciplinary approach Page casts light on the role of citizenship immigration and transnational mobility in Caribbean migrant and diaspora fiction. Page's historical socio-cultural study responds to the general trend in migration discourse that presents the Caribbean experience as unidirectional and uniform across the geographical spaces of home and diaspora. She argues that engaging the Caribbean diaspora and the massive waves of migration from the region that have punctuated its history  involves not only understanding communities in host countries and the conflicted identities of second generation subjectivities but also interpreting how these communities interrelate with and affect communities at home. In particular Page examines two socio-economic and political practices remittance and deportation exploring how they function as tropes in migrant literature and as ways of theorizing such literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138816190

Transnational Networks and Cross-Religious Exchange in the Seventeenth-Century Mediterranean and Atlantic WorldsSabbatai Sevi and the Lost T In 1644 the news that Antonio de Montezinos claimed to have discovered the Lost Tribes of Israel in the jungles of South America spread across Europe fuelling an already febrile atmosphere of messianic and millenarian expectation. By tracing the process in which one set of apocalyptic ideas was transmitted across the Christian and Islamic worlds this book provides fresh insight into the origin and transmission of eschatological constructs and the resulting beliefs that blurred traditional religious boundaries and identities. Beginning with an investigation of the impact of Montezinos’s narrative the next chapter follows the story to England examining how the Quaker messiah James Nayler was viewed in Europe. The third chapter presents the history of the widely reported - but wholly fictitious - story of the sack of Mecca a rumour that was spread alongside news of Sabbatai Sevi. The final chapter looks at Christian responses to the Sabbatian movement providing a detailed discussion of the cross-religious and international representations of the messiah. The conclusion brings these case studies together arguing that the evolving beliefs in the messiah and the Lost Tribes between 1648 and 1666 can only be properly understood by taking into account the multitude of narrative threads that moved between networks of Jews Conversos Catholics and Protestants from one side of the Atlantic to the far side of the Mediterranean and back again. By situating this transmission in a broader historical context the book reveals the importance of early-modern crises diasporas and newsgathering networks in generating the eschatological constructs disseminating them on an international scale and transforming them through this process of intercultural dissemination into complex new hybrid religious conceptions expectations and identities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472435842

Transnational Networks and EU International CooperationIn Pursuit of Effectiveness This book provides a timely evaluation of the EU’s ability to act internationally and coordinate policy in a time when it also seeks to meet shifting demands of international cooperation. These include global sustainable development the challenge of multilateralism and the changing geopolitical order. Analysing the networks of officials and policy professionals in EU development policy the book yields theoretical insights into dominant processes that characterise EU governance in international cooperation and assesses their role for policy coordination. Overall this book concludes that EU policy coordination evades intergovernmental control and demonstrates how the agency of EU institutions depends on efforts of member state officials to defend their priorities and identities. Finally it shows the need to better understand the EU as a collective international actor beyond the widespread concern with institutional adjustments which continuously fail to produce the intended outcomes. This text will be of key interest to scholars and students of European and EU politics EU foreign policy EU external relations and more broadly to international relations and international development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367367695

Transnational Organised CrimeA Comparative Analysis Organised crime covers a wide range of activities including drug trafficking illegal trafficking of people and fraud. The existence of a land border does not impede these operations; instead in many cases it is used to their advantage. In response law enforcement strategies must include a transnational multi-agency approach. This book critically analyses the extent to which Northern Ireland and the Republic of Ireland have been successful in implementing effective action against transnational organised crime. It explores the adoption of key law enforcement strategies and measures in these jurisdictions and evaluates how regional (EU law) and international (UN Convention) standards have been implemented at the national level. Drawing on interviews with over 90 stakeholders including the Department of Justice Northern Ireland the Department of Justice and Equality in Ireland the Police Service of Northern Ireland and An Garda Síochána Tom Obokata and Brian Payne discuss the factors affecting the effective prevention and suppression of organised crime particularly in relation to cross-border cooperation. In exploring challenges of transnational crime and cooperation this book will be of great use to students and researchers in international and transnational criminal law criminology and crime prevention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138618565

Transnational Organized Crime This selection of influential articles traces our evolving understanding of transnational organized crime - paradigm shifts - from the 'alien conspiracy' focused research to the more nuanced focused scholarship on 'markets' and 'networks' culminating in a focus on 'enablers' of transnational crimes and evaluations of 'harm' from transnational crimes. The selected essays and articles reflect the way in which politics economics and social factors have impacted on scholarly thinking and the introduction also highlights the many authors and professionals who have been influential in this field. This volume is an essential ’one-stop’ resource for lecturers and students interested in all aspects of transnational organized crime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409447566

Transnational Organized Crime and Jihadist TerrorismRussian-Speaking Networks in Western Europe This book describes and analyzes the convergence of transnational organized crime and jihadist terrorism that has taken place within Russian-speaking social networks in Western Europe.Studies have shown that while under certain circumstances links between criminal organizations and terrorist groups appear these are usually opportunistic and temporary in nature. Only rarely do they develop into something deeper and transformative a convergence between crime and terrorism. This book reveals that Russian-speaking transnational organized crime and jihadist terrorism pose a serious threat to security and constitute a major challenge for law enforcement. Through their links with transnational organized crime Russian-speaking jihadist networks from the Caucasus and Central Asia have easier access to weaponry commercial explosives and forged IDs than many other jihadist networks. Being in effect an integral component of transnational organized crime the Russian-speaking jihadists can be assessed as potentially more capable than many other jihadists. The book assesses the effects of terrorism and organized crime on Russian-speaking diasporas in Western Europe and examines the implications for counterterrorism as well as policing on how to counteract the illegal activities of these networks. Drawing on Swedish court cases the work shows that an additional and sometimes more effective way to fight terrorism is by focusing on the non-terrorist types of crime perpetrated by terrorists.This book will be of much interest to students of terrorism and counter-terrorism political violence criminology security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667559

Transnational Pakistani ConnectionsMarrying ‘Back Home’ Since restrictions on commonwealth labour immigration to Britain in the 1960s marriage has been the dominant form of migration between Pakistan and the UK. Most transnational Pakistani marriages are between cousins or other more distant relatives lending a particular texture to this transnational social field. Based on research in Britain and Pakistan this book provides a rounded portrayal incorporating the emotional motivations for and content of these transnational unions. The book explores the experiences of families and individuals involved including the neglected experiences of migrant husbands and charts the management of the risks of contracting transnational marriages as well as examining the consequences in cases when marriages run into conflict. Equally however the book explores the attractions of marrying ‘back home’ and the role of transnational marriage in maintaining bonds between people and places. Marriage emerges as a crucial but dynamic and contested element of Pakistani transnational connections. This book is of interest to students and scholars in the fields of migration studies kinship/the family and South Asian studies as well as social work family law and immigration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815369066

Transnational Party Co-operation and European IntegrationThe Process Towards Direct Elections In this book first published in 1981 the authors trace and analyse the growth of transnational party co-operation and the factors important to it during the years before and immediately following direct elections. They recognise three major dimensions of transnational co-operation: the Euro-parliamentary groups; the new European party federations; and the national party frameworks in the member states. This title will be of interest to academics and students concerned with European affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138957220

Transnational Penal CulturesNew perspectives on discipline punishment and desistance Focusing on three key stages of the criminal justice process discipline punishment and desistance and incorporating case studies from Asia the Americas Europe Africa and Australia the thirteen chapters in this collection are based on exciting new research that explores the evolution and adaptation of criminal justice and penal systems largely from the early nineteenth century to the present. They range across the disciplinary boundaries of History Criminology Law and Penology. Journeying into and unlocking different national and international penal archives and drawing on diverse analytical approaches the chapters forge new connections between historical and contemporary issues in crime prisons policing and penal cultures and challenge traditional Western democratic historiographies of crime and punishment and categorisations of offenders police and ex-offenders. The individual chapters provide new perspectives on race gender class urban space surveillance policing prisonisation and defiance and will be essential reading for academics and students engaged in the study of criminal justice law police transportation slavery offenders and desistance from crime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138288423

Transnational Perspectives on Curriculum History This book offers a remarkable range of research that emphasises the need to analyse the shaping of curricula under historical social and political variables. Teachers’ life stories the Cold War as a contextual element that framed curricular transformations in the US and Europe and the study of trends in education policy at transnational level are issues addressed throughout. The book presents new lines of work offering multidisciplinary perspectives and provides an overview of how to move forwards. The book brings together the work of international specialists on Curriculum History and presents research that offers new perspectives and methodologies from which to approach the study of the History of Education and Educational Policy. It offers new debates which rethink the historical study of the curriculum and offers a strong interdisciplinary approach with contributions across Education History and the Social Sciences. This book will be of great interest for academics and researchers in the fields of education and curriculum studies. It will also appeal to educational professionals teachers and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138604780

Transnational Perspectives on Modern Irish History This book explores the benefits and challenges of transnational history for the study of modern Ireland. In recent years the word "transnational" has become more and more conspicuous in history writing across the globe with scholars seeking to move beyond national and local frameworks when investigating the past. Yet transnational approaches remain rare in Irish historical scholarship. This book argues that the broader contexts and scales associated with transnational history are ideally suited to open up new questions on many themes of critical importance to Ireland’s past and present. They also provide an important means of challenging ideas of Irish exceptionalism. The chapters included here open up new perspectives on central debates and events in Irish history. They illuminate numerous transnational lives follow flows and ties across Irish borders and trace networks and links with Europe North America the Caribbean Australia and the British Empire. This book provides specialists and students with examples of different concepts and ways of doing transnational history. Non-specialists will be interested in the new perspectives offered here on a rich variety of topics particularly the two major events in modern Irish history the Great Irish Famine and the 1916 Rising. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383142

Transnational Perspectives on the Conquest and Colonization of Latin America Ranging geographically from Tierra del Fuego to California and the Caribbean and historically from early European sightings and the utopian projects of would-be colonizers to the present-day cultural politics of migrant communities and international relations this volume presents a rich variety of case studies and scholarly perspectives on the interplay of diverse cultures in the Americas since the European conquest. Subjects covered include documentary and archaeological evidence of cultural interaction the collection of native artifacts and the role of museums in the interpretation of indigenous traditions the cultural impact of Christian missions and the representation of indigenous cultures in writings addressed to European readers the development of Latin American artistic traditions and the incorporation of motifs from European classical antiquity into modern popular culture the contribution of Afro-descendants to the cultural mix of Latin America and the erasure of the Hispanic heritage from cultural perceptions of California since the nineteenth century. By offering accessible and well-illustrated accounts of a wide range of particular cases the volume aims to stimulate thinking about historical and methodological issues which can be exploited in a teaching context as well as in the furtherance of research projects in a comparative and transnational framework. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367353100

Transnational Politics Citizenship and ElectionsThe Political Engagement of Transnational Communities in National Elections This book examines the reasons for which political parties engage with transnational communities and consider the engagement of expatriate communities to be of value or otherwise for domestic politics. Centred on Italy and offering comparative analyses of external voting policies in other countries such as Turkey and Romania it draws on interview material with representatives of major political parties and members of state institutions to consider why parties value the political engagement of citizens living abroad. With attention to citizenship policies and the motivations that guide policy makers to introduce external voting policies in countries of origin the author raises questions about the legitimacy of political engagement on the part of diasporic communities and asks how we should best understand the implementation of certain types of domestic citizenship policy. As such Transnational Politics Citizenship and Elections will appeal to scholars of sociology and politics with interests in transnationalism and the engagement of expatriate populations in the domestic politics of their countries of origin. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367144470

Transnational Politics and the StateThe External Voting Rights of Diasporas In just two decades the number of states that have adopted external voting policies has boomed. Today these policies which allow emigrants to take part in home country elections from abroad are widely found in Europe and Latin America. Looking at the cases of Italy Mexico and Bolivia this book examines the motivations and consequences for states that enfranchise citizens abroad. This analysis sheds light on the impact of emigrants in home country politics the motivations for emigrants to take part in the elections of a country where they no longer reside and the consequences of this practice on receiving societies. With a multi-disciplinary approach this book will appeal to scholars and students of sociology political science legal studies international relations migration and transnationalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138807457

Transnational Politics in the Post-9/11 Novel Transnational Politics in the Post-9/11 Novel suggests that literature after September 11 2001 reflects the shift from bilateral nation-state politics to the multilateralism of transnational politics. While much of the criticism regarding novels of 9/11 tends to approach these works through theories of personal and collective trauma this book argues for the evolution of a post-9/11 novel that pursues a transversal approach to global conflicts that are unlikely to be resolved without diverse peoples willing to set aside sectarian interests. These novels embrace not only American writers such as Don DeLillo Dave Eggers Ken Kalfus Thomas Pynchon and Amy Waldman but also the countervailing perspectives of global novelists such as J. M. Coetzee Orhan Pamuk Mohsin Hamid and Laila Halaby. These are not novels about terror(ism) nor do they seek comfort in the respectful cloak of national mourning. Rather they are instances of the novel in terror which recognizes that everything having been changed after 9/11 only the formally inventive presentation will suffice to acknowledge the event’s unpresentability and its shock to the political order. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367236069

Transnational PoliticsThe case of Turks and Kurds in Germany Using the Turkish and Kurdish communities in Germany as a case study this book offers a unique analysis of trans-state political loyalties and activities of transnational communities and their political ramifications at both national and international levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138985971

Transnational Power ElitesThe New Professionals of Governance Law and Security This book argues that European Union institutional mechanics and the EU as a political unit cannot be properly understood without taking into account the elites that make the policy decisions. Spurred by globalisation technological and economic development has provided the backbone for social and political transformations that have changed the social structures that unite and differentiate individuals and groups in Europe and their interface with extra-European actors. These developments are not only exemplified by the rise of the EU but also by the rise of a set of transnational European power elites evolving in and around the European construction. This book maps out these EU and international interdependencies and provides a comprehensive picture of the European transnational power elites. Moving away from the majority of literature on European integration dominated by economics law IR and political science the volume is written from a sociological perspective that takes into account the individuals that make the policy decisions the formal and informal groups in which s/he is included as well as the social conventions that regulate political and administrative activities in the EU. This book will be of much interest to students of EU studies sociology critical security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415665247

Transnational Private Governance and its Limits This volume explores a variety of forms of transnational private governance where non-state actors cooperate across borders to establish rules and standards accepted as legitimate by other agents. Transnational private governance is a core feature of the devolution of power that we observe in the global realm and that is bringing about new forms of authority. Transnational Private Governance provides theoretically and empirically informed insights into the interactions between states and non-state actors including domains beyond intergovernmental organizations conventional non-governmental organizations and multinational enterprises covering a wide range of arrangements from highly formal devolutions of power to lax and informal platforms of interaction between private actors. Contributing to the latest generation of globalization studies the authors consider the relationship between states and markets as closely integrated and seek to broaden the scope of enquiry by including new patterns and agents of change on a transnational basis. This book will be of great interest to researchers and students of political science international political economy economics business studies globalisation and law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415664240

Transnational Regions in Historical Perspective National competitiveness has become a misnomer as competitiveness is increasingly understood as a regional phenomenon and regions are not confined to the boundaries of the nation state. This book focuses on the Port of Rotterdam and its hinterland – i.e. the Lower Rhine and the Ruhr area. A transnational perspective is imperative to understand the historical trajectories of the port the hinterland and the region itself. This book brings geography and the transnational study of regions back into the historical discipline linking places to larger geographical scales and to systems of production and consumption and the global chains in which they are organised. This book will be of interest to scholars and practitioners in urban studies urban planning public policy geography and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138670853

Transnational Religion And Fading States Focusing on the dilution of state sovereignty this book examines how the crossing of state boundaries by religious movements leads to the formation of transnational civil society. Challenging the assertion that future conflict will be of the ?clash of civilizations? variety it looks to the micro-origins of conflicts which the contributors argue Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313715

Transnational RupturesGender and Forced Migration A key development in international migration in recent years has been the increasing feminization of migrant populations. Research attention now focuses not only on the growing number of women on the move but also on their changing gender roles as more female migrants participate as principal wage earners and heads of household rather than as 'dependants'. The tensions between population displacement within and beyond Guatemala and the multiple local regional and national realities encountered and reconfigured by these refugee and migrants allow a fascinating window onto the connections and ruptures experienced in a 'global/local world'. Transnational Ruptures holds great interest and value for a wide readership from scholars who are interested in transnational and refugee studies and international migration to upper level university students in disciplines such as human geography anthropology sociology Latin American Studies gender studies political science and international studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604035

Transnational Russian-American Travel Writing In this study Marinova examines the diverse practices of crossing boundaries tactics of translation and experiences of double and multiple political and national attachments evident in texts about Russo-American encounters from the end of the American Civil War to the Russian Revolution of 1905. Marinova brings together published writings archival materials and personal correspondence of well or less known travelers of diverse ethnic backgrounds and artistic predilections: from the quintessential American Mark Twain to the Russian-Jewish ethnographer and revolutionary Vladimir Bogoraz; from masters of realist prose such as the Ukrainian-born Vladimir Korolenko and the Jewish-Russian-American Abraham Cahan to romantic wanderers like Edna Proctor Isabel Hapgood or Grigorii Machtet. By highlighting the  reification of problematic stereotypes of ethnic and racial difference in these texts Marinova illuminates the astonishing success of the Cold War period’s rhetoric of mutual hatred and exclusion and its continuing legacy today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367865306

Transnational ScreensExpanding the Borders of Transnational Cinema This book marks the 10th anniversary of the Routledge journal Transnational Cinemas and its renaming to Transnational Screens. The introduction reflects on the changing ways in which film is produced distributed and consumed with the emergence of streamed content providers. Each chapter expands on previous scholarship and interrogates key areas of transnational cinema. Taken together they revisit key concepts of transnational cinema; explore the relationship between transnational and world cinema; analyse performances of cosmopolitanism; examine exoticism and nostalgia in contemporary transnational cinema; present the ‘rooted transnationalism’ of Moroccan diasporic filmmakers; reflect on how films from around the world convey ‘foreignness’; consider cross border solidarity and collaboration behind transnational talent development; explore transnational film eco-criticism from the perspectives of governance and aesthetics; and reflect on the changing nature of transnational screen studies through the concept of second phase transnationalism. Written by leading scholars this book looks at the key developments in the field of transnational film and screen studies. The chapters were originally published as a special issue of the journal Transnational Screens. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367477158

Transnational Security Globalization and the easy movement of people weapons and toxins across borders has transformed security into a transnational phenomenon. Preventing transnational security threats has proven to be a very difficult challenge for governments and institutions around the world. Transnational Security addresses these issues which are at the forefront of every global security professional’s agenda. This book analyzes the most pressing current transnational security threats including weapons of mass destruction terrorism organized crime cybercrime natural disasters human-made disasters infectious diseases food insecurity water insecurity and energy insecurity. It considers the applicable international laws and examines how key international organizations are dealing with these issues. The author uses a combination of theory and real-world examples to illustrate the transnational nature of security risks. By providing a detailed account of the different threats countermeasures and their implications for a number of different fields—law public policy and administration security and criminology—this book will be an extremely useful resource for academicians practitioners and graduate and upper-level undergraduate students in these areas. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466594449

Transnational Social Mobilisation and Minority RightsIdentity Advocacy and Norms This book explores the ways in which minority groups across the world are reshaping the international minority rights protection system. It documents the actions of four major groups that are using transnational social mobilisation to achieve recognition of their identities and their rights. The result is a greater pluralism in global identity politics and a wide range of new group-specific standards that can inform policies on multiculturalism political participation and socio-economic inclusion in the national and international spheres. The book begins by summarising the learning from the global movements of indigenous peoples and Roma. The book then focuses in greater depth on the cases of Afro-descendants in Latin America and of Dalits and caste-affected groups in South Asia and beyond. Each case study shows the historical roots of group-specific transnational mobilisation and how activists have constructed a distinct identity frame out of shared experiences. The book explores key parallels and differences between the discourse framing strategies organisational structures and political opportunities used in each case to show which factors have influenced the success or failures of their norm entrepreneurship.  The role that international institutions have played in supporting these efforts is given special attention including intergovernmental bodies such as the UN the EU and the OAS and international non-governmental organisations. The UN World Conference Against Racism is explored as a particularly significant political opportunity across the cases. Among academic audiences this book will appeal to those researching minority rights social movements global governance discrimination and multiculturalism from legal political sociological and critical theory perspectives. It will also interest practitioners and activists working on minority rights and the challenges of norm compliance socio-economic inclusion and governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367025076

Transnational Social PoliciesThe New Development Challenges of Globalization Addresses and analyses the increasing influence of transnational economic commercial political and legal policies on the national policies of developing countries. The text includes case studies from a range of developing countries in Asia Africa and the Americas and analyzes the effects of globalization on national health education employment and welfare. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138459182

Transnational Social PolicySocial Welfare in a World on the Move Transnational Social Policy highlights the changing face of social policy and social work against the background of accelerating transnationalization of economies labour markets education social services and care. The contributions of this book provide unique case examples on the interplay of social policies mobile populations and travelling knowledge about welfare within an increasingly asymmetrical global context. This innovative volume also includes historical studies on the transformations of social policies during the last century and reflects the developments of social welfare across the Global North and the Global South. With its emphasis on theoretical assumptions of policy translation the case studies show the importance of adjustments negotiations and participation of various actors in the transnational social field of welfare production. Thus within ever-shifting contexts of new political agendas promoting the free play of the market and a neoliberal agenda of competition and austerity this insightful book reveals new transnational forms of social exclusion that function within across and in-between nation-states.Presenting a major and much needed addition to current discussions on globalization and the increasing complexity of worldwide social relations this volume will be of interest to scholars and graduate students interested in fields such as Social Policy Social Work Public Administration Development Studies Political Science and Sociology as well as many interdisciplinary fields including Global Studies International Development Studies and Immigration and Settlement Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871543

Transnational Social SpacesAgents Networks and Institutions The ongoing processes of globalization and regionalization have drawn attention away from the traditional domains of nation-states and their interaction. However the border-crossing activities of non-state agencies organizations and institutions should not be overlooked as they can shed new light on our common understanding of the contemporary world. Using the concept of transnational social spaces contributors to this volume demonstrate the importance of transnational spaces. A collaborative project by experts across the social science disciplines Transnational Social Spaces focuses in particular on the German-Turkish context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604455

Transnational Social Support In the context of ever-increasing globalization transnational systems of support have emerged in response to the needs of transnational families labour forces and the communities within which they are located. This volume will be the first to systematically address transnational support research from a theoretical and empirical perspective making the concept of transnationality part of the core knowledge structure of social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415719728

Transnational Social Work and Social WelfareChallenges for the Social Work Profession The underlying frame of social work is the nation state and it is from within the state that welfare strategies and social policies are devised and implemented. However post-colonialism globalisation migration and the associated implications for human rights social justice and social welfare policies contest the idea of a clearly defined space for social work and present new challenges for researchers and practitioners. Transnational Social Work and Social Welfare argues for the increased importance of the transnational perspective in social work theory and practice. The book challenges the idea of the nation state as a given entity and argues that globalization and an increasing number of people crossing borders must have an impact on the theories and strategies of social work. The international contributors are critical of a restricted focus on a geographically defined space and the impact on work with clients. With cases covering China France India UK Germany Malaysia Israel Turkey the book highlights the challenges as well as the opportunities this new perspective can open up for theories and strategies in social work. It will be of interest to students researchers and social workers interested in migration social care poverty and cultural competency in health and social care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138345683

Transnational South AmericaExperiences Ideas and Identities 1860s-1900s At the crossroad of intellectual diplomatic and cultural history this book examines flows of information men and ideas between South American cities—mainly the port-capitals of Buenos Aires and Rio de Janeiro—during the period of their modernization. The book reconstructs this largely overlooked trend toward connectedness both as an objective process and as an assemblage of visions and policies concentrating on diverse transnational practices such as translation travel public visits and conferences the print press cultural diplomacy intertextuality and institutional and personal contacts. Inspired by the entangled history approach and the spatial turn in the humanities the book highlights the importance of cross-border exchanges within the South American continent. It thus offers a correction to two major traditions in the historiography of ideas and identities in modern Latin America: the predominance of the nation-state as the main unit of analysis and the concentration on relationships with Europe and the U.S. as the main axis of cultural exchange. Modernization it is argued brought segments of South America’s capital cities not only close to Paris London and New York as is commonly claimed but also to each other both physically and mentally creating and recreating spaces ways of thinking and cultural-political projects at the national and regional levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367263973

Transnational Spaces Social relations in our globalising world are increasingly stretched out across the borders of two or more nation-states. Yet despite the growing academic interest in transnational economic networks political movements and cultural forms too little attention has been paid to the transformations of space that these processes both reflect and reproduce.Transnational Spaces takes a innovative perspective looking at transnationalism as a social space that can be occupied by a wide range of actors not all of whom are themselves directly connected to transnational migrant communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510875

Transnational Students and MobilityLived Experiences of Migration As globalisation deepens student mobility and migration has not only impacted economy and institutions it has also infused human desires imaginaries experiences and subjectivities. In Transnational Students and Mobility Hannah Soong portrays the vexed nexus of education and migration as a site of multiple tensions and existence and examines how the notion of imagined mobility through education-migration nexus transforms the social value of international education and transnational mobility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869748

Transnational Television HistoryA Comparative Approach Although television has developed into a major agent of the transnational and global flow of information and entertainment television historiography and scholarship largely remains a national endeavour partly due to the fact that television has been understood as a tool for the creation of national identity. But the breaking of the quasi-monopoly of public service broadcasters all over Europe in the 1980s has changed the television landscape and cross-border television channels - with the help of satellite and the Internet - have catapulted the relatively closed television nations into the universe of globalized media channels.  At least this is the picture painted by the popular meta-narratives of European television history. Transnational Television History asks us to re-evaluate the function of television as a medium of nation-building in its formative years and to reassess the historical narrative that insists that European television only became transnational with the emergence of more commercial services and new technologies from the 1980s. It also questions some common assumptions in television historiography by offering some alternative perspectives on the complex processes of transnational circulation of television technology professionals programmes and aesthetics. This book was originally published as a special issue of Media History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415698603

Transnational Television Remakes Providing a cross-cultural investigation of the current phenomenon of transnational television remakes and assembling an international team of scholars this book draws upon ideas from transnational media and cultural studies to offer an understanding of global cultural borrowings and format translation. While recognising the commercial logic of global television formats that animates these remakes the collection describes the traffic in transnational television remakes not as a one-way process of cultural homogenisation but rather as an interstitial process through which cultures borrow from and interact with one another. More specifically the chapters attend to recent debates around the transnational flows of local and global media cultures to focus on questions in the televisual realm where issues of serialisation and distribution are prevalent. What happens when a series is remade from one national television system to another? How is cultural translation handled across series and seasons of differing length and scope? What are the narrative and dramaturgical proximities and differences between local and other versions? How does the ready availability of original foreign series shape an audience’s reception of a local remake? How does the rhetoric of ‘Quality TV’ impact on how these remakes are understood and valued? In answering these and other questions this volume at once acknowledges both the historical antecedents to transnational trade in broadcast culture and the global explosion in and cultural significance of transnational television remakes since the beginning of the twenty-first century. This book was originally published as a special issue of Continuum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138393172

Transnational Terrorism The dramatic terrorist attacks of 9/11 highlighted significant gaps in research on the topic as governments community groups social service agencies and law enforcement agencies were forced to respond without any evidence-based guidance on best practices for tactics strategies and policy development. The essays selected for this volume demonstrate that transnational terrorism is now a thriving area of study and display the breadth and depth of scholarship that has recently been published. The research draws attention to global patterns of transnational terrorism; highlights various structural and cultural explanations; provides an overview of some of the ways that terrorism impacts society; and discusses strategies used to effectively respond to transnational terrorism. This volume which is of interest to academics policymakers and practitioners provides a repository of some of the best contemporary research in this field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409449355

Transnational Terrorist Groups and International Criminal Law Attacks by network-based transnational terrorist groups cause on average 25 000 deaths every year worldwide with the law enforcement agencies of some states facing many challenges in bringing those responsible to justice. Despite various attempts to codify the law on transnational terrorism since the 1930s a crime of transnational terrorism under international law remains contested reflecting concerns regarding the relative importance of prosecuting members of transnational terrorist groups before the International Criminal Court. This book critically examines the limits of international criminal law in bringing members of transnational terrorist groups to justice in the context of changing methods of warfare drawing from human rights sociology and best practices in international criminal justice. Drawing on organisational network theory Anna Marie Brennan explores the nature of international crimes and assesses the potential for the International Criminal Court to prosecute and investigate alleged crimes perpetrated by members of transnational terrorist groups paying particular attention to their modus operandi and organisational structure. This book argues that because of the network-based organisational structure of some transnational terrorist groups achieving justice for victims will prove challenging in the context of the relationship between the commanders and the subordinate members of the group requiring a re-evaluation of accountability mechanisms at the international level. In advancing an innovative perspective on the accountability of members of transnational terrorist groups and in offering solutions to current challenges the book will be of great interest and use to academic practitioners and students engaged in the study of terrorism the ICC or international humanitarian law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588106

Transnational TiesCities Migrations and Identities Cities are key sites of the transnational ties that increasingly connect people places and projects across the globe. They provide opportunities and constraints within which transnational actors and networks operate and nodes linking wider social formations traverse national borders. This book brings together a series of richly textured ethnographic studies that suggest new ways to situate and historicize transnationalism identify new pathways to transnational urbanism and map the contours of translocal interregional and diasporic connections not previously studied. The transnational ties treated in this book truly span the globe giving concrete meaning to the phrase "globalization from below."How have the contributors to this book conceptualized the wider context informing the conduct of their ethnographically grounded multi-sited research on the relationship between cities migration and transnationalism? Several interrelated contextual dimensions have been singled out as affecting the opportunities and constraints experienced by transnational migrant subjects. Socio-spatially in several of these chapters the political economic context now called neoliberal globalization is shown to be a key driving force creating conditions that necessitate facilitate or impede migration foster trans-local economic ties and create new inter-regional interdependencies--e.g. new South-South and East-East transnational ties.The changing historical context of both migrating groups and the cities and regions they move across are central to the study of the interplay of urban change and migrant transnationalism. The historical particularities of migrant recruitment migration histories migratory narratives and changing gender and class relations all affect the character and geography of transnational migration with an impact on the social structures of community formation. This is a pioneering effort in the Comparative Urban and Community Research series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539853

Transnational Trade UnionismBuilding Union Power Transnational trade union action has expanded significantly over the last few decades and has taken a variety of shapes and trajectories. This book is concerned with understanding the spatial extension of trade union action and in particular the development of new forms of collective mobilization network-building and forms of regulation that bridge local and transnational issues. Through the work of leading international specialists this collection of essays examines the process and dynamic of transnational trade union action and provides analytical and conceptual tools to understand these developments. The research presented here emphasizes that the direction of transnational solidarity remains contested subject to experimentation and negotiation and includes studies of often overlooked developments in transition and developing countries with original analyses from the European Union and NAFTA areas. Providing a fresh examination of transnational solidarity this volume offers neither a romantic or overly optimistic narrative of a borderless unionism nor does it fall into a fatalistic or pessimistic account of international union solidarity. Through original research conducted at different levels this book disentangles the processes and dynamics of institution building and challenges the conventional national based forms of unionism that prevailed in the latter half of the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138340879

Transnational Trajectories in East AsiaNation Citizenship and Region In recent decades East Asia has become increasingly interconnected through trade investment migration and popular culture at regional and global levels. At the same time the region has seen renewed national assertiveness and nationalist impulses. The book interrogates these seemingly contradictory developments as they bear on the transformations of the nation and citizenship in East Asia. Conventionally studies on East Asia juxtapose these developments focusing on the much-exercised dichotomy of the national and transnational. In contrast this book suggests a different orientation. First it moves beyond the simplistic view that demarcates the transnational as "the West". Second it does not view the national and transnational as distinct or contradictory spheres of influence and analysis but rather focuses on the interactions between the two with a view on how these interactions work to transform the ideals and practices of the "good nation" "good society" and "good citizen". The chapters cover a broad range of empirical research--education science immigration multicultural policy human rights gender and youth orientations art and food flows politics of values and regional identity--which highlight the ways in which the nation is reconfigured and the relationship between the citizen and (national) collective is redefined in relation to transnational dynamics and frameworks. Transnational Trajectories in East Asia provides a new perspective on and original analysis of transnational processes bringing a fresh understanding to developments of the nation and citizenship in the region. It will be of great interest to students and scholars of transnationalization and globalization; comparative citizenship migration and multiculturalism; and Asian politics society and regionalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138646285

Transnational Writing EducationTheory History and Practice Arguing that writing teachers need to enable students to recognize negotiate with deconstruct and transcend national racial ethnic and linguistic boundaries this volume proposes a "transnational" framework as an alternative approach to literacy education and as a vital component to cultivating students as global citizens. In a field of evolving literacy practices this volume builds off the three pillars of transnational writing education—translingualism transculturalism and cosmopolitanism—and offers both conceptual and practice-based support for scholars students and educators in order to address current issues of inclusion multilingual learning and diversity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815383505

Transnationalisation and Legal ActorsLegitimacy in Question Transnational tendencies have led to a pluralistic legal environment in which emerging and established legal actors regulatory levels and types of legal norms co-exist compete and interact in complex ways. This challenges and changes not only how legal norms are created applied and enforced but also when these actors norms and processes are considered legitimate. The book investigates how states and non-state actors interact in transnational settings and pays attention to the understudied question of what effect transnational tendencies have on the legitimacy of legal actors norms and processes. It seeks to confront three fundamental questions: Has legitimacy significantly changed? Who creates norms and with which consequences for legal procedures and norms? The book considers the question of legitimacy from a broad range of legal perspectives including environmental law human rights law and commercial law. It maps out the contours of legitimacy today with an emphasis on the reactions of central actors like states and courts to transnational tendencies. The book thereby provides a conceptually powerful structure within which to further debate the complexity of transnational tendencies in law and proposes innovative approaches to problem solving while designing pathways for further reflection on the development of law in a transnational context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138346970

Transnationalising ReproductionThird Party Conception in a Globalised World Third party conception is a growing phenomenon and provokes a burgeoning range of ethical legal and social questions. What are the rights of donors recipients and donor conceived children? How are these reproductive technologies regulated? How is kinship understood within these new family forms? Written by specialists from three different continents Transnationalising Reproduction examines a broad range of issues concerning kinship and identity citizenship and regulation and global markets of reproductive labour; including gamete donation and gestational surrogacy. Indeed this book seeks to highlight how reproductive technologies not only makes possible new forms of kinship and family formations but also how these give rise to new ethical political and legal dilemmas about parenthood as well as new modes of discrimination and a re-distribution of medical risks. It also thoroughly investigates the ways in which a commodification of reproductive tissue and labour affects the practices representations and gendered self-understandings of gamete donors fertility patients and intended parents in different parts of the world. With a broad geographical scope Transnationalising Reproduction offers new empirical and theoretical perspectives on third-party conception and demonstrates the need for more transnational approaches to third-party reproduction. This volume will appeal to postgraduate students and postdoctoral researchers interested in fields such as Gender Studies Health Care Sciences Reproductive Technology and Medical Sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367486624

Transnationalism Diaspora and Migrants from the former Yugoslavia in Britain The geo-political area of what once constituted Yugoslavia has been a region of significant migration since the 1960s. More recently the conflicts in the region were the catalysts for massive displacements of individuals families and whole communities. Thus far there has been a gap in the literature on the qualitative experience of migrants from the former Yugoslavia through the twin theoretical lenses of transnationalism and diaspora. This book offers an ethnographic account of migration and life in diaspora of migrants originating from the former Yugoslavia and now living in Britain. Concepts such as the development of cultural beacons and diasporic borrowing are introduced through the ways in which migrants from the region form community associations and articulate - or avoid - such affiliations. The study examines the ways in which the experience of migration can be shaped by the socio-political contexts of departure and arrival and considers how the lexicon associated with the act of migration can weave itself into the identities of migrants. The ways in which the transnational and diasporic spaces are dictated by certain narratives for example the allegory of dreaming and the language of guilt are explored. It also investigates migrants’ ongoing connection with the homeland considering social and cultural elements their reception in UK and British media representations of Yugoslavia.Contributing to the knowledge on the experiences of migrants from a part of the world which has been under-researched in terms of its migrating populations this book will be of interest to students and scholars of Political Geography Social Geography Eastern European Politics and Migration and Diaspora studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670528

Transnationalism Education and EmpowermentThe Latent Legacies of Empire Transnationalism Education and Empowerment challenges the prevailing notion that transnationalism is concerned fundamentally with the process of enhanced global population movement that has been allied with modern globalisation. Instead it argues that transnationalism is a state of mind disassociated from the notion of ‘place ’ that can be observed equally in societies of the past. Drawing on the context of colonial Sri Lanka and the British Empire the book discusses how education in the British Empire was the means by which some marginalised groups in colonised societies were able to activate their transnational dispositions. Far from being a universal oppressor of colonised people as argued by postcolonial scholarship colonial education was capable of creating pathways to life improvement that did not exist before the European colonial period providing agency to those who did not possess it prior to colonial rule. The book begins by exploring the meaning of transnationalism arguing that it needs to be redefined to meet the realities of past and current global societies. It then moves on to examine the ways education was used within the period of 18th and 19th century European colonialism with a particular emphasis on Sri Lanka and other parts of the former British Empire. Drawing from examples of his own family’s ancestry Casinader then discusses how some marginalised groups in parts of the British Empire were able to use education as the key to unlocking their pre-existing transnational dispositions in order to create pathways for more prosperous futures. Rather than being subjugated by colonial education they harnessed the educational aspects of British colonial education for their own goals. This book is one of the first to contest and critically evaluate the contemporary conceptualisation of transnationalism particularly in the educational context. It will be of key interest to academics researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of education the history of education imperial and colonial history cultural studies and geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138325791

Transnationalism Gender and the History of Education In the past decade historians have begun to make use of the optic of ‘transnationalism’ a perspective used traditionally by social anthropologists and sociologists in their study of the movement and flow of ideas between continents and countries. Historical scholarship has adopted this tool and in this book historians of education use it to add nuance and depth to research on gender and education and particularly to the education experiences of women and girls. The book brings together a group of internationally-regarded scholars who are doing important research on transnationalism and the social construction of gender with particular reference to education environments such as schools and colleges. The book is therefore very much at the cutting-edge of theoretical and methodological advances in the history of education. This book was originally published as a special issue of the History of Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367076993

Transnationalism Migration and the Challenge to EuropeThe Enlargement of Meaning Transnationalism Migration and the Challenge to Europe: The Enlargement of Meaning puts forward an alternative outline for thinking about migration in a European context. Moving beyond the agenda of identity politics the book addresses possibilities more related to the experiential and existential dimensions of migratory – and importantly post-migratory – lives. Examining the fundamental and radical argument that migrants should be regarded not as a problematical category but rather as opening up new cultural and imaginative channels for those living in Europe the book draws on extensive empirical work by the authors undertaken over the past ten years.Grounded in the actual lives and experiences of migrant Turks the book evaluates how their articulations regarding identity and belonging have been changing over the last decade. The agenda regarding migration and belonging has shifted over this crucial period of time. This shift is counterpoised against the unchanging national positions and against the supra-national stance of 'official' European approaches and policies regarding migration and identity.  Transnationalism Migration and the Challenge to Europe would be of interest to those involved in sociology anthropology transnational studies migration studies cultural studies media studies European studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875145

Transnationalism and American Serial Fiction Transnationalism and American Serial Fiction explores the vibrant tradition of serial fiction published in U.S. minority periodicals. Beloved by readers these serial novels helped sustain the periodicals and communities in which they circulated. With essays on serial fiction published from the 1820s through the 1960s written in ten different languages—English French Spanish German Swedish Italian Polish Norwegian Yiddish and Chinese—this collection reflects the rich multilingual history of American literature and periodicals. One of this book’s central claims is that this serial fiction was produced and read within an intensely transnational context: the periodicals often circulated widely the narratives themselves favored transnational plots and themes and the contents surrounding the fiction encouraged readers to identify with a community dispersed throughout the United States and often the world. Thus Okker focuses on the circulation of ideas periodicals literary conventions and people across various borders focusing particularly on the ways that this fiction reflects the larger transnational realities of these minority communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415744157

Trans-Nationalism and the Politics of Belonging In this book two leading authorities on migration and nationhood attempt to bridge the gap between experience and analysis looking at: * the disorientating effects of space and time which migration creates * how migration affects our understanding of national affiliations and the nation state * the impact of cross national economic relations on everyday life. The authors examine the migration of both rich and poor crossing borders and living increasingly diasporic lives and show how even as people move across borders they still seek to be at home in the world through the creation of a "politics of belonging". Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315008530

Transnationalism and Urbanism The formation of transnational urban spaces is a relevant and challenging field of interdisciplinary research which deserves much more debate in order to deepen our understanding of generating and restructuring urban spaces under conditions of contemporary globalisation processes. This edited collection reflects current studies on the relation of transnationalism and urbanism. Scholars from disciplines including Geography Ethnography and Urban Planning discuss theoretical approaches methodology and case studies on processes of the production of urban spaces through global economic value chains socio-cultural practices and political governance strategies. Cities are appropriate sites for an examination of the spatial dimension of transnationality because this is where global processes are concentrated localized transformed and materialize. In this context urban space is not merely to be regarded as a setting for transnational practices but as a constituent force of transnationalism in all its manifestations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138807426

Transnationalism from BelowComparative Urban and Community Research Expansion of transnational capital and mass media to even the remotest of places has provoked a spate of discourse on transnationalism. A core theme hi this debate is the penetration of national cultures and political systems by global and local driving forces. The nation-state is seen as weakened by transnational capital global media and emergent supranational political institutions. It also faces the decentering local resistances of the informal economy ethnic nationalism and grass-roots activism. Transnationalism From Below brings together a rich combination of theoretical and grounded studies of transnational processes and practices discussing both their positive and negative aspects.The editors examine the scope and limits of transnationalism. The volume is divided into four parts: "Theorizing Transnationalism"; "Transnational Economic and Political Agency"; "Constructing Transnational Localities"; and "Transnational Practices and Cultural Reinscription." Contriburtors include Andre C. Drainville Josephine Smart Alan Smart Minna Nyberg S0rensen George Fouron Nina Glick Schiller Luin Goldring Sarah J. Mahler Linda Miller Matthei Louisa Schein David A. Smith and Robert C. Smith. Moving easily between micro and macro analyses this book expands the boundaries of the current scholarship on transnationalism locates new forms of transnational agency and poses provocative questions that challenge prevailing interpretations of globalization. Transnationalism From Below is a pioneering collection that will make a significant addition to the libraries of anthropologists sociologists international relations specialists urban planners political scientists and policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539860

Transnationalism in Southern African LiteratureModernists Realists and the Inequality of Print Culture Considering the growing interest in South African Literature at the moment this study looks at both the Anglophone literature of South Africa and the lusophone literature of Angola and Mozambique. Stefan Helgesson suggests that the prevalence of ‘colonial’ languages such as English and Portuguese in ‘anticolonial’ or ‘postcolonial’ African Literature is primarily an effect of the print network. Helgesson aims to demystify the authority of English and Portuguese by stressing the materiality of the print medium and emphasising the strong transnational and transcontinental vectors of southern African literature after the Second World War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415808798

Transnationalism in the Balkans After a decade of exclusive nationalism violence and isolation of the 1990s the Balkans has seen the emergence of transnational links between the former ethnic foes. Do these new cross-border links herald the era of inter-ethnic reconciliation in place of the politics of ethnic exclusion? Are they a proof of a successful transition from authoritarianism and war to democracy and peace? Drawing on substantial empirical research by regional specialists Transnationalism in the Balkans provides a sobering insight into the nature of cross-border links in the region and their implications. Several of the authors show how transnational connections in the context of weak states and new borders in the region have been used by transnational actors – be it in the politics economics and culture -- to undermine a democratic consolidation and keep the practice of exclusive ethnic politics and identities alive. These findings make a strong case to go beyond the region and put forth a critical argument for rethinking the theories of transition to democracy in the post-Communist and post-conflict setting to incorporate a dimension of globalisation. This book was previously published as a special issue of Ethnopolitics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986077

Transnationalization and Regulatory Change in the EU's Eastern NeighbourhoodUkraine between Brussels and Moscow Regulatory reforms in the EU’s Eastern neighbourhood countries are not as sluggish as often perceived. Rule enforcement is happening despite the presence of domestic veto players who favour the status quo the lack of EU membership perspective and the presence of Russia as an alternative governance provider. Using Ukraine as a primary case study this book examines why convergence with transnational market rules varies across different policy sectors within the Eastern neighbourhood countries. It analyzes the drivers of regulatory change and explores the conditions under which post-Soviet economies integrate with international markets. In doing so it argues that the impetus for regulatory change in the Eastern neighbourhood lies in specific strategies of domestic empowerment applied by external actors. Furthermore through the study of the impact of Western and Russian transnational actors the book concludes that Russia’s presence does not necessarily hinder the integration of the EU’s Eastern neighbours with international markets. Instead Russia both weakens and strengthens domestic support for convergence with transnational market rules in the region. This book will be of key interest to students and scholars of European/EU studies and international relations especially in the areas of regulatory politics transnational governance public policy and post-Soviet transitions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138504196

Transnationalizing Inequalities in EuropeSociocultural Boundaries Assemblages and Regimes of Intersection Unequal life-chances became a key feature of cross-border migration to and within the enlarged Europe. Combining transnational intersectional and cultural-sociological perspectives this book develops a conceptual tool to analyse patterns contexts and mechanisms of these cross-border inequalities. This book synthesizes the theories of social boundaries and of intersectionality approaching cross-border relations as socially generated and as an inherent element of contemporary social inequalities. It analyses the mechanisms of cross-border inequalities as ‘regimes of intersection’ relating spatialized cross-border inequalities to other types of unequal social relations (in terms of gender ethnicity/race class etc.). The conceptual arguments are supported by empirical research on cross-border migration in Europe: migration of scientists and care workers between Ukraine and Germany.This book integrates the analysis of space – including cross-border categories of global and transnational – into intersectionally-informed studies of social inequalities. Broadly it will appeal to scholars and students in the areas of sociology political sciences social anthropology and social geography. In particular it will interest researchers concerned with transnational and global social inequalities the interplay of the categories ‘gender’ ‘ethnicity’ and ‘class’ on the one hand and global and transnational relations on the other theories of space and society and migration and mobility in Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876753

Transoceanic Radical: William DuaneNational Identity and Empire 1760-1835 William Duane is most famous as the editor of "The Aurora" the Philadelphia-based paper which vigorously supported Thomas Jefferson in his 1800 presidential election campaign. Based on archival research this biography of Duane studies his American career in light of his formative years in Ireland England and India. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663596

Transpacific AmericasEncounters and Engagements Between the Americas and the South Pacific This volume explores cultural social and economic connections between the Americas and the South Pacific. It reaches beyond Sino-American collaborations to focus on rather neglected and sometimes invisible Southern linkages asking how these connections originated and have developed over time which local responses they have generated and what impact these processes have in the region in terms of representational forms and strategies new cultural practices and empowerment of individuals in (post)colonial contexts. The volume also compares and contrasts intriguing parallels of politics and identity formation. By extending the focus beyond East Asia to the Southern Pacific region including Island connections with the Americas the volume provides a more comprehensive understanding of recent dynamics and shifting relations across the Pacific. By approaching the Transpacific Americas as an assemblage or relational space which is created and becomes meaningful through multiple localities and their translocal connections the book complicates the Euro-American distinction between "centre" and "rim". While the collection offers a distinctive geographical focus it simultaneously emphasizes the translocal qualities of specific locations through their entanglements in transpacific assemblages within and across cultural social and economic spheres. Furthermore without neglecting the inextricable historical dimension of anthropological perspectives the focus is on the diverse and unexpected contemporary forms of cultural social and economic encounters and engagements and on (re)emerging Indigenous networks. Primarily based on empirical research the volume explores face-to-face encounters relations "from below " and transcultural interactions and relationships in as well as ideas and conceptualizations of cultural spaces across localities that have long been perceived as separate but are indeed closely interconnected. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871550

Transpacific RevolutionariesThe Chinese Revolution in Latin America This book shows how Maoism was globalized during the 1949-1976 period highlighting the agency of both Latin American and Chinese actors. While Maoism has long been known to have been influential in many social movements and guerrilla groups in Latin America author Matthew Rothwell is the first to establish the way in which Latin American communists domesticated Maoism to Latin American conditions and turned Maoism into an influential political trend in many countries. By utilizing case studies of the formation of Maoist guerrilla groups and political parties in Mexico Peru and Bolivia the book shows how the movement of Chinese communist ideas to Latin America was the product of a highly organized effort that involved formal connections between Latin American activists and the People’s Republic of China. It represents a major contribution to three developing fields of historical inquiry: Latin America in the Cold War the global 1960s and Chinese Maoist foreign relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108066

Transparency Power and ControlPerspectives on Legal Communication This book brings together academics and practitioners from a range of disciplines from more than twenty countries to reflect on the growing importance of transparency power and control in our international community and how these concerns and ideas have been examined used and interpreted in a range of national and international contexts. Contributors explore these issues from a range of overlapping concerns and perspectives such as semiotic sociolinguistic psychological philosophical and visual in diverse socio-political administrative institutional as well as legal contexts. The collection examines the ways in which 'actors' in our society - legislators politicians activists and artists - have provoked public discourses to confront these issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248823

Transparency Public Relations and the Mass MediaCombating the Hidden Influences in News Coverage Worldwide This book is about media transparency and good-faith attempts of honesty by both the sources and the gate-keepers of news and other information that the mass media present as being unbiased. Specifically this book provides a theoretical framework for understanding media transparency and its antithesis--media opacity--by analyzing extensive empirical data that the authors have collected from more than 60 countries throughout the world. The practice of purposeful media opacity which exists to greater or lesser extents worldwide is a powerful hidden influencer of the ostensibly impartial media gate-keepers whose publicly perceived role is to present news and other information based on these gate-keepers’ perception of this information’s truthfulness. Empirical data that the authors have collected globally illustrate the extent of media opacity practices worldwide and note its pervasiveness in specific regions and countries. The authors examine from multiple perspectives the complex question of whether media opacity should be categorically condemned as being universally inappropriate and unethical or whether it should be accepted—or at least tolerated—in some situations and environments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367607456

Transparency and American Primacy in World Politics At a time when greater transparency is needed this book advances a novel explanation of America's efforts to advance greater transparency in international relations. Marquardt argues that American statesmen have long sought to secure an American-dominated international system to encourage states to be more open and forthcoming about their internal affairs. Yet the United States routinely uses its calls for military transparency in particular as a policy instrument to discipline its rivals and therefore paradoxically contributes to greater tension in international relations. In contrast to conventional thinking about transparency in relation to overcoming power politics and promoting international cooperation this book explores the relationship between America's power and international security competition. Though analytically distinct openness and transparency have served the same strategic goal; ensuring America's position of preponderance in the international system. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315549798

Transparency and ApperceptionExploring the Kantian Roots of a Contemporary Debate Transparency and Apperception: Exploring the Kantian Roots of a Contemporary Debate explores the links between the idea that belief is transparent and Kant’s claims about apperception. Transparency is the idea that a person can answer questions about whether she for instance  believes something by considering not her own psychological states but the objects and properties the belief is about. This marks a sharp contrast between a first-person and third-person perspective on one’s current mental states. This idea has deep roots in Kant’s doctrine of apperception the claim that the human mind is essentially self-conscious and Kant held that it underlies the responsibility that a person has for certain of their own mental states. Nevertheless the idea of transparency and its roots in apperception remain obscure and give rise to difficult methodological and exegetical questions. The contributions in this work address these questions and will be required reading for anyone working on this intersection of the philosophy of mind and language and epistemology. The chapters in this book were originally published in a special issue of the Canadian Journal of Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367478650

Transparency and Secrecy in European DemocraciesContested Trade-offs This edited volume offers a critical discussion of the trade-offs between transparency and secrecy in the actual political practice of democratic states in Europe. As such it answers to a growing need to systematically analyse the problem of secrecy in governance in this political and geographical context. Focusing on topical cases and controversies in particular areas the contributors reflect on the justification and limits of the use of secrecy in democratic governance register the social cultural and historical factors that inform this process and explore the criteria used by European legislators and policy-makers both at the national and supranational level when balancing interests on the sides of transparency and secrecy respectively. This book will be of key interest to scholars and students of security studies political science European politics/studies law history political philosophy public administration intelligence studies media and communication studies and information technology sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367133405

Transparency and Surveillance as Sociotechnical AccountabilityA House of Mirrors Surveillance and transparency are both significant and increasingly pervasive activities in neoliberal societies. Surveillance is taken up as a means to achieving security and efficiency; transparency is seen as a mechanism for ensuring compliance or promoting informed consumerism and informed citizenship. Indeed transparency is often seen as the antidote to the threats and fears of surveillance. This book adopts a novel approach in examining surveillance practices and transparency practices together as parallel systems of accountability. It presents the house of mirrors as a new framework for understanding surveillance and transparency practices instrumented with information technology. The volume centers around five case studies: Campaign Finance Disclosure Secure Flight American Red Cross Google and Facebook. A series of themed chapters draw on the material and provide cross-case analysis. The volume ends with a chapter on policy implications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138790735

Transparency in International Trade and Investment Dispute Settlement An increasing number of international trade disputes are settled through the WTO dispute settlement (DS) procedure. In parallel an increasing number of international investment disputes are settled through investor-host state arbitration procedure. What does "transparency" mean in the context of international trade and investment dispute settlement? Why is enhanced transparency demanded? To what extent and in what manner should these dispute settlement procedures be transparent? The book addresses these issues of securing transparency in international trade and investment dispute settlement. Transparency in international trade and investment dispute settlement drew attention of international economic law scholars in the late 1990s but most literature discusses the transparency in trade DS and investment DS separately. The book deals with the issue in a comprehensive and coherent manner combining the analyses of the issue in both DS procedures and comparing the pros and cons to enhanced transparency in them. The main argument of the book is firstly that transparency in these procedures should be enhanced so that they may be accountable to a wider range of stakeholders but secondly that the extent and the manner of transparency might differ in these two procedures reflecting their structural and functional differences. The book appeals to both scholars and students interested in international economic law and international relations as well as lawyers and government officials who deal with international trade and investment regulation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415705868

TransparencyNew Trajectories in Law This book critiques the contemporary recourse to transparency in law and policy. This is ostensibly the information age. At the heart of the societal shift toward digitalisation is the call for transparency and the liberalisation of information and data. Yet with the recent rise of concerns such as 'fake news' post-truth and misinformation where the policy responses to all these phenomena has been a petition for even greater transparency it becomes imperative to critically reflect on what this dominant idea means whom it serves and what the effects are of its power. In response this book provides the first sustained critique of the concept of transparency in law and policy. It offers a concise overview of transparency in law and policy around the world and critiques how this concept works discursively to delimit other forms of governance other ways of knowing and other realities. It draws on the work of Michel Foucault on discourse archaeology and genealogy together with later Foucaultian scholars including Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak and Judith Butler as a theoretical framework for challenging and thinking anew the history and understanding of what has become one of the most popular buzzwords of 21st century law and governance. At the intersection of law and governance this book will be of considerable interest to those working in these fields; but also to those engaged in other interdisciplinary areas including society and technology the digital humanities technology laws and policy global law and policy as well as the surveillance society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346003

Transparent Semiconducting OxidesBulk Crystal Growth and Fundamental Properties This book discusses various aspects of different bulk TSO single crystals in terms of thermodynamics; bulk crystal growth using diverse techniques involving gas phase solution and melt; and the resulting crystal size appearance and structural quality as well as the fundamental properties that were gathered from bulk single crystals. It presents experimental results accompanied by theoretical results such as band structure and native defects. Combinations of various bulk single crystals along with their properties show great promise in practical device functionality and fabrication. Many TSO-based devices have already been demonstrated in several technical areas including electronics optoelectronics and photovoltaics as well as sensing devices. The book is the first of its kind that brings together a variety of bulk single crystals of scientifically and technically important TSOs along with their properties which may result in novel devices with unique functionalities. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800945

Transparent Warning Film: Green Use this colored transparent vinyl film to highlight any number of aspects of your workstations or operations. This film which is traditionally used on gauge marking labels can be used to provide coverage for warning lamps in addition to gauges for pressure temperature and contamination. This film should be used in the implementation of any SMED TPM or visual management workshop in order to clearly mark gauges dials and warning lights. This allows your operators or maintenance personnel to quickly assess a situation by color code rather than pressure or gauge settings. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138503465

Transparent Warning Film: Red Use this colored transparent vinyl film to highlight any number of aspects of your workstations or operations. This film which is traditionally used on gauge marking labels can be used to provide coverage for warning lamps in addition to gauges for pressure temperature and contamination. This film should be used in the implementation of any SMED TPM or visual management workshop in order to clearly mark gauges dials and warning lights. This allows your operators or maintenance personnel to quickly assess a situation by color code rather than pressure or gauge settings. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138503458

Transparent Warning Film: Yellow Use this colored transparent vinyl film to highlight any number of aspects of your workstations or operations. This film which is traditionally used on gauge marking labels can be used to provide coverage for warning lamps in addition to gauges for pressure temperature and contamination. This film should be used in the implementation of any SMED TPM or visual management workshop in order to clearly mark gauges dials and warning lights. This allows your operators or maintenance personnel to quickly assess a situation by color code rather than pressure or gauge settings. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079762

Transpersonal Hypnosis Transpersonal Hypnosis presents a multidimensional energy-based view of human awareness that integrates disparate biological psychological and spiritual therapeutic techniques. Each of the chapters - all from world-renowned contributors - includes both a historical overview and the theory behind the development of each technique. The authors emphasize experimental studies that examine the validity of using hypnotically accessed transpersonal states of consciousness to heal the body mind and spirit. Several clinical vignettes highlight the types of medical and psychological symptoms responsive to these approaches. The emerging field of spiritually-influenced treatments is transforming the practice of medicine. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203735169

Transpersonal Perspectives on Spirituality in Social Work Use these ideas in your social work practice to help the whole person--including your client's spiritual side!Transpersonal Perspectives on Spirituality in Social Work brings to light the fact that spiritual well-being is an essential part of the health of every individual. It will show you how to facilitate and encourage growth in the transpersonal dimension for your clients and help you to address the full range of human potential--from material and psychological well-being to spiritual fulfillment.Beginning with conceptual and theoretical frameworks for understanding transpersonal theory Transpersonal Perspectives on Spirituality in Social Work goes on to deliver empirical and clinical studies that center on true-life experiences and their social work practice implications. In this well-researched book you will find: a comparative analysis of various models of spirituality and spiritual development a study of chronically ill adults that shows how people can draw upon transpersonal experiences and beliefs to increase their resiliency suggestions for alleviating death-related anxiety with a transpersonal/social constructionist approach theoretical empirical and practical insights into transpersonally oriented hospice work a model for transpersonal couples work that promotes compatibility and intimacy ways to differentiate between delusions hallucinations and real spiritual breakthroughs an examination of the different styles of spirituality of African Americans and European Americans and how they relate to the expression of violenceIn this well-referenced volume practical techniques and suggestions combine with ways to work for justice and empowerment for marginalized and oppressed populations as well as insights about the fundamental connectedness between people and nature. Helpful diagrams charts and tables make the information user-friendly. Transpersonal Perspectives on Spirituality in Social Work will help you expand the horizons of your practice and provide more effective services to your clients. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203048504

Transplant-Associated Coronary Artery Vasculopathy Cardiac transplantation has had a major impact on the quality of life and longevity of an ever-increasing number of patients. This benefit is significantly eroded by the development of an accelerated form of coronary arterial disease which shows some but not all of the characteristics of native coronary artery disease and itself is one of the major indications for transplantation. If cardiac transplantation is to realize its potential it is essential to prevent transplant-related coronary disease. This can only be done by thorough understanding of the basic mechanisms involved. This could help in the fight against native atherosclerosis which has a major impact on the community and in preventing vascular damage after other solid organ transplantation. To date there is no agreement or good guidelines about the management of chronic rejection. Transplant-associated coronary disease is a multifactorial disease contributed by genetic factors in the donor and recipients. It is also linked to events occurring during brain death harvesting and implantation and most importantly events after transplantation. The latter events can be conveniently divided into antigen-dependent and antigen-independent with immunological causes playing a part in both. Recent work has resulted in major and significant accumulation of knowledge in this field particularly in the molecular mechanisms and to some extent management of the disease. This knowledge is extensively and methodically reviewed in this volume by a group of experts in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781587060052

Transplanting Commercial Law ReformDeveloping a 'Rule of Law' in Vietnam The first sustained analysis examining legal transplantation into East Asia this volume examines the prospects for transplanting a 'rule of law' that will attract and sustain international trade and investment in this economically dynamic region. The book develops both a general model that explains how legal transplantation shapes legal development in the region whilst developing theoretical insights into the political economic and legal discourses guiding commercial law reforms in Vietnam. For the first time this book develops a research methodology specifically designed to investigate law reform in developing East Asia. In so doing it challenges the relevance of conventional convergence and divergence explanations for legal transplantation that have been developed in European and North American contexts. As the first finely-grained analysis of legal development in Vietnam the book will be invaluable to academics and researchers working in this area. It will also be of interest to those involved in commercial legal theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603892

TransplantingsEssays on Great German Poets with Translations On being told that "translation is an impossible thing " Anatole France replied: "precisely my friend; the recognition of that truth is a necessary preliminary to success in art." The task of Transplantings is to add flesh and bones to that familiar quip. Indeed Daniel Weissbort notes that Viereck's study represented a sixty-five year long project. Now it is finally being brought to print in its full form with the completion of the final manuscript shortly before Viereck's death.If translation is a special genre in its own right the translation of poetry especially from major foreign languages is a special subset of that genre. What emerges in the imperfect act of translation is an aesthetic dimension that Viereck considers unique in its own right. Transplantings provides new insight into Viereck as a poet of substance but more than that as a public intellectual. He is critical in probing the work of the major figures such as Stefan George and Georg Heym. To round out this monumental new look at German poetical history Viereck reviews Goethe Novalis and Rilke among others.For Viereck the difference between the poetical and the political is critical. The quality of poetry is not measured by politics nor can the worth of political action be defined by commitment to the poetical. The experience of German thought as well as French and Italian efforts reveals a divide that can be narrowed but hardly bridged by rhetoric. Transplantings does not simplify the task of the reader. Rather it shows without doubt that the passion of great poetry is part of a national tradition. Efforts at translation indicate how such poetry becomes part of an international culture. This is a major work by one of the great thinkers of the twentieth century. It merits reading and then re-reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517462

Transport Climate Change and the City Sustainable travel behaviours have long been sought after in cities around the world particularly in industrialised countries but also increasingly in the emerging cities of Asia South America and Africa. Progress however appears difficult to make as the private car still largely fuelled by petrol or diesel remains the mainstream mode of use. Transport is the key sector where carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions are difficult to reduce. This book seeks to develop achievable low CO2 emission futures for transport in a range of international case studies. The aim is that the scenarios as developed and the consideration of implementation and transition issues can help us plan for and achieve attractive future lifestyles at the city level rather than ‘sleepwalk’ into climate change difficulties oil scarcity poor qualities of life and to continue with the large casualty figures. High fuel prices in the future may mean that parts of our cities and wider regions become redundant and residents suffer from low levels of accessibility. The topic is thus critical with transport viewed as central to the achievement of the sustainable city and reduced CO2 emissions. The book’s original content and presentation draws on contemporary culture to demonstrate the need for a wider and more transparent debate on future travel behaviours and lifestyles acceptability and implementability and the potential for using different means to sell a different but attractive future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415660037

Transport Demand Management and Social InclusionThe Need for Ethnic Perspectives Social inclusion/exclusion has only recently emerged in transport-related discourse. Despite the apparent absence of a transport policy framework for social inclusion/exclusion there has been some movement towards a greater understanding of the social aspects of transport in the research sphere. This book brings together some of this research focusing on ethnicity - an area that has so far had little discussion in the traditional transport literature thereby contributing to the exploration of the interface between transport and social exclusion. In particular it examines the contribution that demand management measures can make to the reduction of the negative impacts of road-based transport. It questions whether methods such as road user charging and work place parking can be used as instruments for social inclusion and analyses the potential negative impacts of these schemes if sufficient attention is not paid to ethnicity issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254855

Transport Mobility and the Production of Urban Space The contemporary urban experience is defined by flow and structured by circulating people objects and energy. Geographers have long provided key insights into transportation systems. But today concerns for social justice and sustainability motivate new critical approaches to mobilities. Reimagining the city prompts an important question: How best to rethink urban geographies of transport and mobility? This original book explores connections â€“ in theory and practice – between transport geographies and "new mobilities" in the production of urban space. It provides a broad introduction to intersecting perspectives of urban geography transport geography and mobilities studies on urban "places of flows." Diverse international and leading-edge contributions reinterpret everyday intersections as nodes urban corridors as links cities and regions as networks and the discourses and imaginaries that frame the politics and experiences of mobility. The chapters illuminate nearly all aspects of urban transport from street regulation and roadway planning intended and "subversive" practices of car and truck drivers planning and promotion of mass transit investments and the restructuring of freight and logistics networks. Together these offer a unique and important contribution for social scientists planners and others interested in the politics of the city on the move. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546424

Transport the Environment and Sustainable Development This book presents the current thinking from leading authorities worldwide on transport and the environment and focuses on the link between transport supply and use and environmental degradation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203857151

Transport Transgression and Politics in African CitiesThe Rhythm of Chaos This collection of field-based case-studies examines the role and contributions of Africa’s informal public transport (also referred to as paratransit) to the production of city forms and urban economies as well as the voices experiences and survival tactics of its poor and stigmatised workforce. With attention to the question of what a micro-level analysis of the organisation and politics of informal public transport in urbanizing Africa might tell us about the precarious existence and agency of its informal workforce it explores the political and socio-economic conditions of contemporary African cities spanning from Nairobi and Dar es Salaam to Harare Cape Town Kinshasa and Lagos. Mapping analysing and comparing the everyday experiences of informal transport operators across the continent this book sheds light on the multiple challenges facing Africa’s informal transport workers today as they negotiate the contours of city life expand their horizons of possibility and make the most of their time. It thus offers directions for more effective policy response to urban public transport which is changing fundamentally and rapidly in light of neoliberal urban planning strategies and ‘World Class’ city ambitions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367479039

Transport & Fate of Chemicals in SoilsPrinciples & Applications During the last four decades tremendous advances have been made towards the understanding of transport characteristics of contaminants in soils solutes and tracers in geological media. Transport & Fate of Chemicals in Soils: Principles & Applications offers a comprehensive treatment of the subject complete with supporting examples of mathematical models that describe contaminants reactivity and transport in soils and aquifers. This approach makes it a practical guide for designing experiments and collecting data that focus on characterizing retention as well as release kinetic reactions in soils and contaminant transport experiments in the laboratory greenhouse) and in the field. The book provides the basic framework of the principals governing the sorption and transport of chemicalsin soils. It focuses on physical processes such as fractured media multiregion multiple porosities and heterogeneity and effect of scale as well as chemical processes such as nonlinear kinetics release and desorption hysteresis multisite and multireaction reactions and competitive-type reactions. The coverage also includes details of sorption behavior of chemicals with soil matrix surfaces as well the integration of sorption characteristics with mechanisms that govern solute transport in soils. The discussions of applications of the principles of sorption and transport are not restricted to contaminants but also include nitrogen phosphorus and trace elements including essential micronutrients heavy metals military explosives pesticides and radionuclides. Written in a very clear and easy-to-follow language by a pioneer in soil science this book details the basic framework of the physical and chemical processes governing the transport of contaminants trace elements and heavy metals in soils. Highly practical it includes laboratory methods examples and empirical formulations. The approach taken by the author gives you not only the fundamentals of understanding of reactive chemicals retention and their transport in soils and aquifers but practical guidance you can put to immediate use in designing experiments and collecting data. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075924

Transport and Development in the Third World It is widely acknowledged that transport is a necessary condition for development to occur. Transport issues have become highly contentious and politicised. This volume presents a balanced review of transport provision and the development process in the Third World. Providing a comprehensive survey of the range of transport modes and forms utilised in rural urban and international contexts the book examines the development implications of such choices together with appropriate policies to address transport problems in the Developing World. This is a stimulating and provocative text. Its distinctive structure and logic challenge conventional wisdoms and raise key issues seldom addressed in transport courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138417182

Transport and Interactions of Chlorides in Cement-based Materials Chloride-induced corrosion is the most important durability issue of reinforced concrete structures and the prediction and prevention of chloride-induced corrosion has attracted considerable interest all over the world. Given that chloride penetrates through the concrete cover the issues concerning its transport are crucial. These include testing methods prediction and the prevention of ingress. During the transport process physical and chemical interaction occurs between chloride and cement hydrates which in turn affects the further transport so the transport of chloride and these interactions are closely related and underpin our understanding of chloride-induced corrosion in RC structures. This book provides in-depth discussion of chloride transport and its interaction in cement-based materials and reviews and summarizes the state of the art. The mechanisms and testing methods for chloride transport chemical interactions of chloride with cement hydrates chloride binding isotherms measurement of penetration depths factors affecting chloride transport and modeling of chloride transport are discussed in detail. This book serves as a reference for researchers or engineer and a textbook for graduate students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138492707

Transport and Its Place in HistoryMaking the Connections Transport and mobility history is one of the most exciting areas of historical research at the present. As its scope expands it entices scholars working in fields as diverse as historical geography management studies sociology industrial archaeology cultural and literary studies ethnography and anthropology as well as those working in various strands of historical research. Containing contributions exploring transport and mobility history after 1800 this volume of eclectic chapters shows how new subjects are explored new sources are being encountered considered and used and how increasingly diverse and innovative methodological lenses are applied to both new and well-travelled subjects. From canals to Concorde from freight to passengers from screen to literature the contents of this book will therefore not only demonstrate the cutting edge of research and deliver valuable new insights into the role and position of transport and mobility in history but it will also evidence the many and varied directions and possibilities that exist for the field’s future development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815394174

Transport and Urban Development **The 2011 paperback version of this book is an exact reprint of the hardback originally printed in 1995** The editor and his contributors take an international perspective on the links between land use development and transport and present the latest thinking the theory and practice of these links. Authors from six countries - all experts in this area - have been commissioned to write chapters on the theoretical debates and more practical issues via the use of detailed case studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415512152

Transport Carrier Costing Covering cost structures and cost problems as well as costing methodologies this book first published in 1988 aims to enhance understanding of the economics of all types of transportation: freight and passenger by truck rail bus and air. beginning with an overview of transportation costing from the perspective of the carrier user and government Talley goes on to present the necessary information for evaluating costing methodologies. He then examines various regulatory and individual-carrier costing methodologies and finally discusses the important new standalone-costing methodology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138700017

Transport Disadvantage and Social ExclusionExclusionary Mechanisms in Transport in Urban Scotland There is currently much interest in the role that transport plays in promoting or alleviating 'social exclusion'. Exclusionary processes are of course multi-dimensional and a mixture of physical barriers financial constraints time budgets access difficulties and psychological aspects such as fear all combine in various ways to prevent the use of transport facilities. In order to be able to understand more accurately the relationship between transport and social exclusion a fuller understanding is required. Data gathered from households to examine the problems experienced by women the elderly and disabled and public transport users in accessing key facilities and influences on lifestyle. Interviews of policymakers and public transport providers provides insights into the problems of providing public transport to meet social inclusion objectives. This book illustrates the nature of these exclusionary processes and indicates how policy and practice could be developed to counter these effects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263932

Transport Documents in Carriage Of Goods by SeaInternational Law and Practice Bringing a fresh comparative approach to transport documents used in the carriage of goods by sea this book covers bills of lading sea waybills ship’s delivery orders multimodal transport documents and electronic transport documents. The book covers historic developments current conventions and thoughts for the future on these transport documents; and delves deeply into the legal issues concerning them. It represents a comprehensive compilation of case and statute law from around the world on this subject. In addition to English law the book covers American French German and Italian laws as well as the laws of several East Asian jurisdictions (China Japan South Korea). Primarily the book will be of use to maritime law scholars and students and lawyers who deal with shipping. It may also be of interest to international traders banks and ship masters and officers. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780367185992

Transport Economics First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155459

Transport Economics Practically everybody in the community uses the transport system and an eighth of personal consumption expenditure in Britain is spent on transport. This book first published in 1980 and revised in 1984 presents a synthesis of theoretical and empirical material to explain the elements of transport economics. These include demand supply pricing and investment and the importance of institutional arrangements is emphasised in chapters on transport planning and on international transport in which shipping and airline economics are analysed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138700635

Transport Economics An effective transport infrastructure—and its associated services—are widely regarded as key components of an efficient equitable and sustainable society. But the link between transport provision (especially car ownership) and growing global levels of for example social exclusion congestion pollution and road deaths is also increasingly recognized. The need to understand how to satisfy a seemingly insatiable appetite for mobility while minimizing its harmful impacts grows ever more crucial. The subdiscipline of transport economics has made a substantial contribution towards a more sophisticated understanding of such dilemmas and how detailed strategy and policy might be better developed and implemented. Indeed especially in the last thirty years or so there has been a veritable explosion in research output and this new four-volume collection from Routledge’s Critical Concepts in Economics series meets the need for an authoritative reference work to help make sense of a rapidly expanding and ever more complex corpus of scholarly and practical literature. Volume I includes an overview of the subdiscipline and then focuses on choice and demand; and transport networks. Volume II meanwhile is organized around the themes of willingness to pay and the valuation of: travel time; reliability and trip-time variability; crowding; life and injury; noise; and emissions. Volume III emphasizes institutional reform costs and performance. The final volume in the collection includes the best and most influential work on: infrastructure; pricing subsidy and funding; congestion charging; subsidies; case studies in passenger transport economics and analyses of freight and logistics economics. With a full index together with a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context Transport Economics is an essential work of reference. The collection will be particularly useful as an essential database allowing scattered and often fugitive material to be easily located. It will also be welcomed as a crucial tool permitting rapid access to less familiar—and sometimes overlooked—texts. For researchers students practitioners and policy-makers it is as a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415599702

Transport Energy: Determinants and Policy Originally published in 1985 this volume examines the determinants of transport energy consumption  and discusses policies which could modify rising transport energy consumption while still providing the transport services necessary for economic development. The first part of the volume contains an overview of trends in energy consumption followed by an investigation of the relationships expressing basic determinants of transport energy. Although the focus is on developing countries there are other inudstrial and centrally planned economies which are included for reference purposes and to extend the range of policy variables studied. There are detailed case studies from India and Ecuador and the greater detail of these case studies permits the consideration of additional policy variables in the analysis of transport fuel consumption. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309883

Transport Infrastructure and SystemsProceedings of the AIIT International Congress on Transport Infrastructure and Systems (Rome Italy 10- Transport InfrastructureAsset management in transport infrastructure financial viability of transport engineering projects/ Life cycle Cost Analysis Life-Cycle Assessment and Sustainability Assessment of transport infrastructure/ Infrastructures financing and pricing with equity appraisal operation optimization and energy management/ Low-Volume roads: planning maintenance operations environmental and social issues/ Public-Private Partnership (PPP) experience in transport infrastructure in different countries and economic conditions/ Airport Pavement Management Systems runway design and maintenance/ Port maintenance and development issues technology relating to cargo handling landside access cruise operations/ Infrastructure Building Information Modelling (I-BIM) / Pavement design and innovative bituminous materials/ Recycling and re-use in road pavements environmentally sustainable technologies/ Stone pavements ancient roads and historic railways/ Cementitious stabilization of materials used in the rehabilitation of transportation infrastructure. Transport SystemsSustainable transport and the environment protection including green vehicles/ Urban transport land use development spatial and transport planning/ Bicycling bike bike-sharing systems cycling mobility/ Human factor in transport systems/ Intelligent Mobility: emerging technologies to enable the smarter movement of people and goods/Airport landside: access roads parking facilities terminal facilities aircraft apron and the azdjacent taxiway/ Transportation policy planning and design modelling and decision making/ Transport economics finance and pricing issues optimization problems equity appraisal/ Road safety impact assessments road safety audits the management of road network safety and safety inspections/ Tunnels and underground structures: preventing incidents-accidents mitigating their effects for both people and goods/ Traffic flow characteristics traffic control devices work zone traffic control highway capacity and quality of service/ Track-vehicle interactions in railway systems capacity analysis of railway networks/ Risk assessment and safety in air and railway transport reliability aspects/ Maritime transport and inland waterways transport research/ Intermodal freight transport: terminals and logistics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138030091

Transport Issues and Problems in Southeastern Europe The collapse of previous command economic structures in Eastern Europe has led to an often chaotic reorganization of transport operations. Southeastern Europe in particular not only lags behind the western EU countries in terms of transport infrastructure but also in terms of management and policy. However despite this or perhaps even because there are no long-standing established patterns this region is a fertile territory for innovation. Based on the first major international conference dealing with transport issues in Southeastern Europe this edited volume brings together key researchers and policy makers to discuss and critically analyse these innovations. Focusing on issues related to privatization and harmonization of national legislation the contributors also address the countries' struggle with inadequate management structures and the challenges posed in running shipping ports and railways in a region fragmented into numerous nations and states. It not only provides an up-to-date overview of transport operations and planning in Southeastern Europe but also provides more general insights into recent and current developments in a region that has undergone widespread upheavals in the past two decades and is now experiencing renewed growth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398585

Transport JusticeDesigning fair transportation systems Transport Justice develops a new paradigm for transportation planning based on principles of justice. Author Karel Martens starts from the observation that for the last fifty years the focus of transportation planning and policy has been on the performance of the transport system and ways to improve it without much attention being paid to the persons actually using – or failing to use – that transport system. There are far-reaching consequences of this approach with some enjoying the fruits of the improvements in the transport system while others have experienced a substantial deterioration in their situation. The growing body of academic evidence on the resulting disparities in mobility and accessibility have been paralleled by increasingly vocal calls for policy changes to address the inequities that have developed over time. Drawing on philosophies of social justice Transport Justice argues that governments have the fundamental duty of providing virtually every person with adequate transportation and thus of mitigating the social disparities that have been created over the past decades. Critical reading for transport planners and students of transportation planning this book develops a new approach to transportation planning that takes people as its starting point and justice as its end. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415638326

Transport Lessons from the Fuel Tax Protests of 2000 The UK fuel tax protests of September 2000 generated considerable debate about fuel prices and taxation and put transport in the media spotlight. Away from the immediate events and debates surrounding the protests the experience offered the opportunity for longer-term lessons on transport to be gained. The editors of this volume Glenn Lyons and Kiron Chatterjee saw the opportunity to get fresh insight into car dependence and conducted a large-scale travel behaviour survey to find out how car users coped when restricted in being able to buy petrol. This book presents their findings and collects together articles written by other researchers on a range of topics including fuel taxation transport pricing policy acceptability travel behaviour and goods distribution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257092

Transport Models in Urban Planning PracticesTensions and Opportunities in a Changing Planning Context This book explores how transportation models can play a role in a changing transport planning and policy making context. Most models are rooted in decades of development work and are geared to offer value-free academic and explicit knowledge to transport planning experts. However planning practice has changed dramatically over the years resulting in a less technical rational view on the use of such knowledge – especially so in early strategy making phases. More and more complex policy goals integration of a wide area of other policy domains a wider ever-changing and much more mixed group of planning participants and much more focus on ‘wicked problems’. The book maps how this influences the effectiveness of transport modelling exercises and explores several state-of-the-art implementations. This book was published as a special issue of Transport Reviews. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377769

Transport of Escherichia coli in Saturated Porous MediaPhD Unesco-IHE Institute for Water Education Delft The Netherlands Arsenic manganese and iron in drinking water at concentrations exceeding recommended guideline values pose health risks and aesthetic defects. Batch and pilot experiments on manganese adsorption equilibrium and kinetics using iron-oxide coated sand (IOCS) Aquamandix and other media have been investigated and modeled. Effect of manganese and iron loading on manganese removal and rate of oxidation of adsorbed iron and manganese have been studied. Aquamandix and IOCS demonstrated iron and manganese adsorption capacity that increases with increasing pH under oxic and anoxic conditions. Manganese loading and low filtration rate using feedwater with no nitrite favour non-uniform development of catalytic manganese oxide on media that subsequently enhances manganese removal. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138474703

Transport of multiple Escherichia coli strains in saturated porous mediaUNESCO-IHE PhD Thesis Prediction of microbial transport distances are usually based on the sticking efficiency a parameter in the classical colloid filtration theory. This parameter represents the interaction between colloid and collector surfaces resulting in deposition. According to the theory the sticking efficiency is invariable when physico-chemical characteristics of aquifer media are homogeneous. However many research results have indicated variations within bacterial strains. In this research the transport of Escherichia Coli in saturated quartz columns were conducted in the laboratory. The objectives were to characterise the distribution of sticking efficiency measure low sticking efficiency values of cells and to develop a methodology to measure minimum values of sticking efficiencies within bacterial sub-populations. Also the work assesses the contribution of phenotypic and genotypic characteristics of Escherichia coli on their attachment to quartz grains. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415621045

Transport Phenomena Fundamentals The fourth edition of Transport Phenomena Fundamentals continues with its streamlined approach to the subject based on a unified treatment of heat mass and momentum transport using a balance equation approach. The new edition includes more worked examples within each chapter and adds confidence-building problems at the end of each chapter. Some numerical solutions are included in an appendix for students to check their comprehension of key concepts. Additional resources online include exercises that can be practiced using a wide range of software programs available for simulating engineering problems such as COMSOL® Maple® Fluent Aspen Mathematica Python and MATLAB® lecture notes and past exams. This edition incorporates a wider range of problems to expand the utility of the text beyond chemical engineering. The text is divided into two parts which can be used for teaching a two-term course. Part I covers the balance equation in the context of diffusive transport—momentum energy mass and charge. Each chapter adds a term to the balance equation highlighting that term's effects on the physical behavior of the system and the underlying mathematical description. Chapters familiarize students with modeling and developing mathematical expressions based on the analysis of a control volume the derivation of the governing differential equations and the solution to those equations with appropriate boundary conditions. Part II builds on the diffusive transport balance equation by introducing convective transport terms focusing on partial rather than ordinary differential equations. The text describes paring down the full microscopic equations governing the phenomena to simplify the models and develop engineering solutions and it introduces macroscopic versions of the balance equations for use where the microscopic approach is either too difficult to solve or would yield much more information that is actually required. The text discusses the momentum Bernoulli energy and species continuity equations including a brief description of how these equations are applied to heat exchangers continuous contactors and chemical reactors. The book introduces the three fundamental transport coefficients: the friction factor the heat transfer coefficient and the mass transfer coefficient in the context of boundary layer theory. Laminar flow situations are treated first followed by a discussion of turbulence. The final chapter covers the basics of radiative heat transfer including concepts such as blackbodies graybodies radiation shields and enclosures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138080560

Transport Phenomena in Biomedical EngineeringPrinciples and Practices Design analysis and simulation of tissue constructs is an integral part of the ever-evolving field of biomedical engineering. The study of reaction kinetics particularly when coupled with complex physical phenomena such as the transport of heat mass and momentum is required to determine or predict performance of biologically-based systems whether for research or clinical implementation. Transport Phenomena in Biomedical Engineering: Principles and Practices explores the concepts of transport phenomena alongside chemical reaction kinetics and thermodynamics to introduce the field of reaction engineering as it applies to physiologic systems in health and disease. It emphasizes the role played by these fundamental physical processes. The book first examines elementary concepts such as control volume selection and flow systems. It provides a comprehensive treatment with an overview of major research topics related to transport phenomena pertaining to biomedical engineering. Although each chapter is self-contained they all bring forth and reinforce similar concepts through applications and discussions. With contributions from world-class experts the book unmasks the fundamental phenomenological events in engineering devices and explores how to use them to meet the objectives of specific applications. It includes coverage of applications to drug delivery and cell- and tissue-based therapies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439874622

Transport Phenomena in Capillary-Porous Structures and Heat Pipes Two-phase nano- and micro-thermal control device research is now proving relevant to a growing range of modern applications including those in cryogenics thermal engineering MEMS and aerospace engineering. Until now researchers have lacked a definitive resource that provides a complete review of micro- and nano-scale evaporative heat and mass transfer in capillaries-porous structures. Transport Phenomena in Capillary-Porous Structures and Heat Pipes covers the latest experiemental research efforts in two-phase thermal control technology research and development. The book covers vaporization heat transfer and hydrodynamic processes occurring in capillary channels and porous structures—paying particular attention to the physical mechanisms of these phenomena. Extensive experimental research activities on unique film and photo materials of boiling inside slits capillaries and capillary-porous structures are reviewed. By providing a complete record of research in the field this volume gives researchers engineers and practitioners working on vaporization heat transfer and hydrodynamic processes the findings needed to avoid unnecessary experimental efforts and will help further the development of this dynamic area of research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385354

Transport Phenomena in Dispersed Media   Transport Phenomena in Dispersed Media addresses the main problems associated with the transfer of heat mass and momentum. The authors focus on the analytical solutions of the mass and heat transfer equations; the theoretical problems of coalescence coagulation aggregation and fragmentation of dispersed particles; the rheology of structured aggregate and kinetically stable disperse systems; the precipitation of particles in a turbulent flow; the evolution of the distribution function; the stochastic counterpart of the mass transfer equations; the dissipation of energy in disperse systems; and many other problems that distinguish this book from existing publications.   Key Selling Features Covers all technological processes taking place in the oil and gas complex as well as in the petrochemical industry Presents new original solutions for calculating design as well as for the development and implementation of processes of chemical technology Organized to first provide an extensive review of each chapter topic solve specific problems and then review the solutions with the reader Contains complex mathematical expressions for practical calculations Compares results obtained on the basis of mathematical models with experimental data Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367202309

Transport Phenomena in Food Processing Specifically developed for food engineers this is an in-depth reference book that focuses on transport phenomena in food preservation. First it reviews the fundamental concepts regarding momentum heat and mass transfer. Then the book examines specific applications of these concepts into a variety of traditional and novel processes and products. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429118531

Transport Phenomena in Partially Ionized Plasma Transport phenomena in plasmas are the relatively slow processes of particle momentum and energy transport systems in a state of mechanical equilibrium. In contrast to neutral gases these phenomena in plasmas are greatly influenced by self-consistent fields in particular electric fields. These can produce particle and energy fluxes in addition to those generated by the inhomogeneity of the plasma composition and temperature. As a result the physical effects accompanying transport phenomena in plasmas are far more numerous and complicated than those in neutral gases and the solution of corresponding problems is more difficult. The effects however are usually far more interesting and sometimes surprising. This book presents a systematic survey and analysis of the main mechanisms of transport phenomena in plasma and gives examples of gradually increasing complexity to illustrate these mechanisms and the relationships between them. The author pays special attention to the analysis of experimental measurements and considers the relevant processes analytically as well as qualitatively. The majority of problems dealt with in this book are of considerable practical interest and the phenomena described often determine the main characteristics of processes and devices. Transport Phenomena in Partially Ionized Plasma will be of interest to researchers who need to know the properties of real specific systems as well as to engineers and advanced students in the physics of plasmas semiconductors various types of gas discharges and the ionosphere. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396640

Transport Phenomena of Foods and Biological Materials Transport Phenomena of Foods and Biological Materials provides comprehensive coverage of transport phenomena modeling in foods and other biological materials. The book is unique in its consideration of models ranging from rigorous mathematical to empirical approaches including phenomenological and semi-empirical models. It examines cell structure and descriptions of other non-traditional models such as those based on irreversible thermodynamics or those focused on the use of the chemical and electrochemical potential as the driving forces of transport. Other topics discussed include the source term (important for the coupling transport phenomena-reaction or other intentional/unintentional phenomena) and the connections between transport phenomena modeling and design aspects. Some 100 tables provide useful summaries of the characteristics of each model and provide data about the transport properties of an extensive variety of foods.Transport Phenomena of Foods and Biological Materials will benefit a broad audience of chemists biochemists biotechnologists and other scientists in the academic and industrial realm of foods and biological materials. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203735107

Transport Planning and Mobility in Urban East Africa This book critically explores the relationship between mobility patterns transport provision and urban development in East African cities. Bringing together contributions on the futures of mobility in urban East Africa the chapters examine transport provision mobility patterns location-specific modes of transport and transformative factors for transport and mobility in the rapidly urbanising region. The book outlines different mobility needs to be addressed in transport planning to serve and shape the respective cities and examines the decision-making process in transport planning and the level of accountability to the public. The contributors show the dialectic between innovation in transport/mobility and urban development under rapid urbanisation and discusses how to practically integrate mobility and transport provision into urban development. This book will be of interest to scholars in urban planning transport planning transport geography social sciences and African studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367410742

Transport Planning and Traffic Engineering 'Transport Planning and Traffic Engineering' is a comprehensive textbook on the relevant principles and practice. It includes sections on transport policy and planning traffic surveys and accident investigation road design for capacity and safety and traffic management. Clearly written and illustrated the book is ideal reading for students of transport transport planning traffic engineering and road design. This new book written by senior academics in the field of transport is a worthy successor to the widely acclaimed first volume of O'Flaherty's Highways. The content has been expanded and thoroughly updated to reflect the many changes that have taken place in this topical area. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138381537

Transport Planning and Traffic SafetyMaking Cities Roads and Vehicles Safer In recognition of the importance of road safety as a major health issue the World Health Organization has declared 2011-2021 the Decade of Safety Action. Several countries in Europe North America and Asia have been successful in reducing fatalities and injuries due to road traffic crashes. However many low-income countries continue to experience high rates of traffic fatalities and injuries. Transport Planning and Traffic Safety: Making Cities Roads and Vehicles Safer offers a source book for road safety training courses as well as an introductory textbook for graduate-level courses on road safety taught in engineering institutes. It brings together the international experiences and lessons learned from countries which have been successful in reducing traffic crashes and their applicability in low-income countries. The content is based on lectures delivered during an international course on transportation planning and traffic safety sponsored annually by the Transportation Research and Injury Prevention Programme (TRIPP) at the Indian Institute of Technology Delhi. The book is interdisciplinary and aimed at professionals—traffic and road engineers vehicle designers law enforcers and transport planners. The authors examine trends in performance of OECD countries and highlight the public health and systems approach of traffic safety with the vulnerable road user in focus. Topics include land use (transportation planning mobility and safety) safety education and legislation accident analysis road safety research human tolerance to injury vehicle design safety in construction zones safety in urban areas traffic calming public transportation safety laws and policies and pre-hospital care of the injured. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498751452

Transport Planning for Third World Cities (Routledge Revivals) Cities within the developing world experience a form of urban development which is different to those in more industrialised countries. Rates of growth are usually much more dramatic housing and transport are often provided informally and institutional support for urban management is also much weaker. The crux of this book first published in 1990 lies in the idea that urban transport planning cannot be viewed in isolation from this wider development context. Making special reference to a number of countries including Brazil India and Indonesia chapters discuss problems of urban transport planning deficiencies in the theory and practice of conventional transport planning and the emerging alternatives in the countries under examination. This work addresses problems that are still of great concern to urban policy planners professionals and academics as well as students from the fields of development studies urban geography and planning architecture and civil engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415840002

Transport Policy Transport in the European Community is undergoing a new revolution. The completion of the Channel Tunnel and a network of high-speed railways the expansion of the road system and the improvement of urban transport systems are all set to make a profound impact. The Community is actively involved in supporting improvements both in northern and southern Europe in projects which represent a major investment of interest both to private-sector developers and to public administrators. This volume explains the involvement of the EC institutions in these matters and how the Community's transport policy might develop in the future. Key EC policy documents are summarised and full details of all the relevant official material is given. This comprehensive and up-to-date guide will be invaluable to all those concerned with the future of transport either as consumers or as suppliers of systems and infrastructure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419070

Transport Policy and ResearchWhat Future? This title was first published in 2003. What is the meaning of "sustainable mobility"? Is there a European common transport policy? To what extent is policy relevant for transport developments? What is the contribution of European transport research? These are some of the questions and themes addressed in this study of transport policy and research. It addresses the dynamics surrounding policy formulation and implementation the conflicts of interest underlying these processes at the regional national and supra-national levels the inherent contradictions of the ecological modernization discourse as it applies to transport and the role of the public or the citizen in determining trajectories for future developments. The book distils the results of three projects that have been completed with the support of the European Commission under the Fourth Framework Transport RTD Programme namely the TENASSESS CODE-TEN and POSSUM projects. The majority of the contributions derive from the TENASSESS project. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138717114

Transport Policy and the EnvironmentSix case studies Transport in particular the motor vehicle is a major source of environmental disruption and in the developed world accounts for thirty percent of energy consumption. In most countries transport policy is a major government concern yet it is rare for decisions to be made outside a narrow set of sectoral considerations. This book commissioned by the OECD looks at seven countries; the UK the USA West Germany France The Netherlands Greece and Italy. Each case demonstrates in different ways the problems in transport policies produced by the failure is a consequence of departmental division: transport the environment the exchequer etc. all have their own quite separate ministries. Here a group of economists have demonstrated both the folly of such partial ways of thinking and in writing their critiques of specific disaster have provided models for ways forward. Originally published in 1990 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993822

Transport Policy Problems at National and International LevelA Contribution by the Transport Workers' Unions Published in 1959 this book presents a study of transport problems including those of the coordination of inland transport and special problems of coordination in areas of urban transport civil aviation sea ports and arising problems in the course of the economic integration of Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367144043

Transport Policy: Learning Lessons from History The key aim of this volume is to demonstrate ways in which an understanding of history can be used to inform present-day transport and mobility policies. This is not to say that history repeats itself or that every contemporary transport dilemma has an historical counterpart: rather the contributors to this book argue that in many contexts of transport planning a better understanding of the context and consequences of past decisions and processes could lead to more effective policy decisions. Collectively the authors explore the ways in which the methods and approaches of historical research may be applied to contemporary transport and policy issues across a wide range of transport modes and contexts. By linking two bodies of academic research that for the most part remain separate this volume helps to inform current transport and mobility policies and to stimulate innovative new research that links studies of both past and present mobilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668532

Transport Processes in Concrete Transport Processes in Concrete presents a comprehensive survey of the physical and chemical processes and transport mechanisms in concrete and analyses their significance for the movement of heat moisture and chemical compounds.A critical analysis of the available mathematical models is given and from this analysis the most suitable models to describe transport processes in concrete are selected. The authors provide an overview of methods for determining field variables and transport and storage parameters and demonstrate the practical application of computational modelling of transport processes in the design of concrete structures. This book presents a practical methodology for researchers and practitioners in the field of concrete technology and durability. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447045

Transport Processes in Pharmaceutical Systems This cutting-edge reference clearly explains pharmaceutical transport phenomena demonstrating applications ranging from drug or nutrient uptake into vesicle or cell suspensions drug dissolution and absorption across biological membranes whole body kinetics and drug release from polymer reservoirs and matrices to heat and mass transport in freeze-drying and hygroscopicity.Focuses on practical applications of drug delivery from a physical and mechanistic perspective highlighting biological systems.Written by more than 30 international authorities in the field Transport Processes in Pharmaceutical Systemsdiscusses the crucial relationship between the transport process and thermodynamic factors analyzes the dynamics of diffusion at liquid-liquid liquid-solid and liquid-cultured cell interfaces covers prodrug design for improving membrane transport addresses the effects of external stimuli in altering some natural and synthetic polymer matrices examines properties of hydrogels including synthesis swelling degree swelling kinetics permeability biocompatibility and biodegradability presents mass transfer of drugs and pharmacokinetics based on mass balance descriptions and more!Containing over 1000 references and more than 1100 equations drawings photographs micrographs and tables Transport Processes in Pharmaceutical Systems is a must-read resource for research pharmacists pharmaceutical scientists and chemists chemical engineers physical chemists and upper-level undergraduate and graduate students in these disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399221

Transport Projects Programmes and PoliciesEvaluation Needs and Capabilities This title was first published in 2003. The European Union is constantly struggling to find effective ways to plan major transport infrastructure developments at a European level. This is a critical factor in the emerging debates surrounding the absorption of the accession states into the EU but it is essential for these states that their economic competitiveness is supported by appropriate and effective transport infrastructure. It is therefore crucial to find innovative approaches to the infrastructure itself how it is financed and the ways in which proper evaluation procedures are implemented to select which policies programmes and projects should be supported. This informative volume brings together leading international specialists in economic evaluation applied within the transport sector. Their contributions encompass all the main levels at which transport planning is typically conceptualized - strategic/regional policy programme and project planning. It therefore examines how coherent economic evaluation practice can be developed and applied not only across different physical scales but also across national borders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138708273

Transport RevolutionsMoving People and Freight Without Oil First released in 2007 the bestselling Transport Revolutions argued that land transport in the first half of the 21st century will feature at least two revolutions. One will involve the use of electric drives rather than internal combustion engines. Another will involve powering many of these drives directly from the electric grid - as trains and trolley buses are powered today - rather than from on-board fuel. Now available for the first time in paperback and updated with the most recent data it sets out the challenges to our growing dependence on transport fuelled by low-priced oil. These challenges include an early peak in world oil production and profound climate change resulting in part from oil use. It proposes responses to ensure effective secure movement of people and goods in ways that make the best use of renewable sources of energy while minimizing environmental impacts. Synthesizing engineering economics environment organization policy and technology in a detailed yet highly readable style Transport Revolutions is essential reading for anyone working studying or interested in transport and the environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138373884

Transport RevolutionsMoving People and Freight Without Oil Transport Revolutions: Moving People and Freight without Oil sets out the challenges to our growing dependence on transport fuelled by low-priced oil. These challenges include an early peak in world oil production and profound climate change resulting in part from oil use. It proposes responses to ensure effective secure movement of people and goods in ways that make the best use of renewable sources of energy while minimizing environmental impacts. Transport Revolutions synthesizes engineering economics environment organization policy and technology and draws extensively on current data to present important conclusions. The authors argue that land transport in the first half of the 21st century will feature at least two revolutions. One will involve the use of electric drives rather than internal combustion engines. Another will involve powering many of these drives directly from the electric grid - as trains and trolley buses are powered today - rather than from on-board fuel. They go on to discuss marine transport whose future is less clear and aviation which could see the most dramatic breaks from current practice. With its expert analysis of the politics and business of transport Transport Revolutions is essential reading for professionals and students in transport energy town planning and public policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773454

Transport SimulationBeyond Traditional Approaches In recent years the transport simulation of large road networks has become far more rapid and detailed and many exciting developments in this field have emerged. Within this volume the authors describe the simulation of automobile pedestrian and rail traffic coupled to new applications such as the embedding of traffic simulation into driving simulators to give a more realistic environment of driver behavior surrounding the subject vehicle. New approaches to traffic simulation are described including the hybrid mesoscopic-microscopic model and floor-field agent-based simulation. Written by an invited panel of experts this book addresses students engineers and scholars as well as anyone who needs a state-of-the-art overview of transport simulation today. Media > Books > E-books EFPL Press 9780429093258

Transport Systems Policy and PlanningA Geographical Approach Provides a unique review of the major spatial aspects of transport systems a detailed analysis of transport problems in urban and rural areas an evaluation of social and environmental impacts and a planning and policy overview. Divided into four parts each considering a different aspect of transport geography. The first part outlines the basic geography of transport and examines transport and spatial structures focusing upon the varying contributions made by transport to industrial agricultural and urban development. Part two moves to consider specific transport systems at both national and international scales drawing on studies from industrialised and developing nations and discussing the effects upon transport of the political changes in the former USSR and Eastern Europe. The third part examines some of the many problems of transport and urban and rural areas using specific examples to illustrate the contrasting difficulties and evaluate current urban transportation planning methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153332

Transport Systems and ProcessesMarine Navigation and Safety of Sea Transportation The TransNav 2011 Symposium held at the Gdynia Maritime University Poland in June 2011 has brought together a wide range of participants from all over the world. The program has offered a variety of contributions   allowing to look at many aspects of the navigational safety from various different points of view. Topics presented and discussed at the Symposium were: navigation safety at sea sea transportation education of navigators and simulator-based training sea traffic engineering ship's manoeuvrability integrated systems electronic charts systems satellite radio-navigation and anti-collision systems and many others. This book is part of a series of six volumes and provides an overview of Transport Systems and Processes and is addressed to scientists and professionals involved in research and development of navigation safety of navigation and sea transportation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415691208

Transport SystemsModelling Planning and Evaluation The transport sector consists of different modes of transport each serving a growing demand for transporting people and goods. This (growing) demand on the one hand needs expanding the systems’ capacity and on the other hand increasing the corresponding economic efficiency effectiveness and environmental and social friendliness. This implies development of a ‘greener’ i.e. a more sustainable transport sector. The book describes the current and prospective state of the art analytical modelling conceptual planning and multi-criteria evaluation of the selected cases of transport systems operated by different transport modes such as road rail sea air and intermodal. As such the book is unique in addressing these three important aspects of dealing with transport systems before implementation of their particular components means by the selected cases. It will be particularly useful for readers from the academia and the professionals from the transport sector. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498719087

Transport Terminals and Modal Interchanges This is the first book to review a trend in transport systems which has only recently come of age: the multi-modal interchange. Separate modes of transport are being linked through 'joined-up thinking' and transport designers and authorities are only now able to exploit interchange opportunities. This book presents examples of how these new opportunities have been planned and designed and outlines how transfer and mobility can be improved in the future. Blow takes the airport as the focal point of true multi-modal passenger terminals and presents the development of these buildings as representing a new experience in travel. The book shows that the success of the experience of transferring from one mode of transport to another depends on the many factors including congestion in an already overloaded system and the way that designers and managers have addressed contingency planning. International examples are drawn from areas where mobility is most concentrated and the demands on design are at their highest. The book also addresses important issues of rebuilding and redevelopment where once separate modes of transport are being linked to each other and where short-term inconveniences rectify past wrongs in the long term. It is a compendium of architectural and engineering achievement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138409019

Transport TheoryInvariant Imbedding and Integral Equations: Proceedings in Honor of G.m. Wing's 65th Birthday This book includes seminal papers on technical subjects—transport theory invariant imbedding and integral equations—presented as contributions to honour George Milt Wing in celebration of his 65th birth anniversary in 1988. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138441996

Transportable Environments Transportable Environments explores aspects of the historical and theoretical basis for portable architecture and provides an insight into the wide range of functions that it is used for today the varied forms that it takes and the concerns and ideas for its future development. Written by a team of international commentators this volume provides a state-of-the-art survey of this specialist area and will be of interest to a wide range of professionals across the construction and design industries. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138409095

Transportable Environments 3 The latest volume in this popular series of books which explores the theoretical basis for temporary and transportable structures where permanence is either not possible or desirable. The book provides insight into the wide range of uses of these structures the varied forms they take and the concerns and ideas for future development focusing on portability adaptability sustainability of the built environment and technical innovations. A wide range of designed solutions identify and define contemporary directions in design theory and practice. With international examples throughout this book will be of interest and value to all those involved in the areas of building design building component manufacture and urban design. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138381520

Transportation & Land Use InnovationsWhen you can't pave your way out of congestion First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. This handbook introduces community leaders to an understanding of transportation mobility offering suggestions to reduce congestion automobile dependence and vehicle miles of travel. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367092689

Transportation and the EnvironmentAssessments and Sustainability This title includes a number of Open Access chapters. This new book takes a nuanced look at building a sustainable transportation infrastructure and provides an overview of the harmful effect of various modes of transportation on the environment. The environmental impact of transportation is significant. Transportation is a major user of energy it burns most of the world's petroleum and is the fastest-growing contributor to carbon dioxide emissions. Although environmental regulations in many countries have reduced the individual vehicle's emissions this has been offset by an increase in vehicles on the road and airways. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771884662

Transportation and Urban Land Urban land is a precious resource and originally published in 1961 Transportation and Urban Land aims to create an approach to analysing and projecting its uses with a particular focus on the household sector. By considering matters such as employment centres organisation and technology of transportation and marginal valuation of residential space Wingo develops a model to estimate how much land is required for residential land uses. This title will be of interest to students of Environmental Studies and professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138962774

Transportation Asset ManagementMethodology and Applications Transportation asset management delivers efficient and cost-effective investment decisions to support transportation infrastructure and system usage performance measured in economic social health and environmental terms. It can be applied at national state and local levels. This distinctive book addresses asset management for multimodal transportation taking account of system component interdependency integration and risk and uncertainty. It sets out rigorous quantitative and qualitative methods for addressing system goals performance measures and needs; data collection and management; performance modeling; project evaluation selection and trade-off analysis; innovative financing; and institutional issues. It applies as easily to static traffic and time-dependent or dynamic traffic which exists on a more local level.It is written for transportation planners engineers and academia as well as a growing number of graduate students taking transportation asset management courses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367657086

Transportation Costs and Costing 1917-1973A Selected Annotated Chronological Bibliography As an important industry transportation costs account for a considerable percentage of the gross national product of countries. It is therefore key to have at the disposal of those concerned with transportation activities a bibliographical literature on costs and costing. The bibliography lists books papers technical reports journal articles and information rarely found in books and dissertations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138706583

Transportation for Livable Cities The twenty-first century finds civilization heavily based in cities that have grown into large metropolitan areas. Many of these focal points of human activity face problems of economic inefficiency environmental deterioration and an unsatisfactory quality of life problems that go far in determining whether a city is "livable." A large share of these problems stems from the inefficiencies and other impacts of urban transportation systems.The era of projects aimed at maximizing vehicular travel is being replaced by the broader goal of achieving livable cities: economically efficient socially sound and environmentally friendly. This book explores the complex relationship between transportation and the character of cities and metropolitan regions. Vukan Vuchic applies his experience in urban transportation systems and policies to present a systematic review of transportation modes and their characteristics.Transportation for Livable Cities dispels the myths and emotional advocacies for or against freeways rail transit bicycles and other modes of transportation. The author discusses the consequences of excessive automobile dependence and shows that the most livable cities worldwide have intermodal systems that balance highway and public transit modes while providing for pedestrians bicyclists and paratransit. Vuchic defines the policies necessary for achieving livable cities: the effective implementation of integrated intermodal transportation systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517479

Transportation Network Companies and TaxisThe Case of Seattle Transportation Network Companies and Taxis: The Case of Seattle is a modern economic case history and thorough analysis of the devastating impact of the transportation network company (TNC) industry (Uber and Lyft) on the taxicab industry in Seattle Washington beginning in 2014. The events that transpired and lessons learned are applicable to most large cities in North America Europe and Australia.As the regulator of the taxicab and TNC industries in Seattle during this period the author offers a unique insider perspective. The book also provides internal operating statistics on the TNC industry which are available here for the first time. Despite the spectacular growth of the TNC industry growth rates have steadily declined and may fall to zero by 2019 or 2020 while the taxicab industry appears to have begun a modest recovery. This book offers a thorough explanation of how and why this decline has happened. It explains the taxicab industry economic deregulation competitive market failure market disruption price elasticity of demand and other concepts. There is also a wealth of data computations and analysis for the specialized reader.This book considers the past present and future of the taxicab and TNC industries in Seattle It is recommended for both the general reader and industry professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729653

Transportation Statistics and Microsimulation By discussing statistical concepts in the context of transportation planning and operations Transportation Statistics and Microsimulation provides the necessary background for making informed transportation-related decisions. It explains the why behind standard methods and uses real-world transportation examples and problems to illustrate key conc Media > Books > E-books Chapman & Hall 9780429108952

Transportation Systems Reliability and Safety During day-to-day use thousands of lives are lost each year due to accidents directly or indirectly resulting from poor transportation system reliability and safety. In the United States automobile accidents alone result in around 42 000 deaths per year costing billions of dollars to the economy each year. A common subject in journal articles Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429064203

Transportation Tunnels Transportation Tunnels 2nd Edition provides a comprehensive text on tunneling and tunnel engineering applicable in general to all types of tunnels with more detailed information on highway and railway tunnels. While the First Edition of the book was confined to deal with railway and highway tunnels the Second Edition is also extensively considering the latest trends in use of tunnels in different other fields. The book has been revised to provide coverage of water conveyance navigation and material conveyance tunnels also and deals with these subjects in more detail. It covers all aspects of investigation design construction monitoring and maintenance of tunnels. Special emphasis has been laid on the geotechnical investigations interpretation of findings and relating the same to the design as well as the construction of tunnels. The book reflects the advancements in the knowledge of ground behaviour and rock mechanics and also in construction technology including use of TBM in the last two decades.It covers in sufficient detail the basic requirements of tunnel profile the geometric parameters clearance requirements aerodynamics and cost economics in fixing alignments with different design parameters like curvature gradient and operational requirements. It discusses in detail alternative forms of the cross section / profile and illustrates design methodology with examples.The different methodologies that have been used in the past using timber or steel supports by stage wise expansion of cross sections and modern methodologies used for boring full profile using new tunneling methods and Tunnel Boring Machines are also comprehensively discussed. Requirements of tunnels in respect of ventilation lighting and drainage are adequately covered. Separate chapters have been included on ‘Instrumentation’ and ‘Tunnel Inspection and Maintenance’.The expanded text on the use and advantages of methodologies and equipment for dealing with various aspects of construction of tunnels is based on observations through site visits discussions with and experiences of people as recorded on large number of tunneling works which have been taken up recently for railways highways and urban transport subway projects. The book can serve as a textbook for undergraduate and graduate students and as a reference book for practicing engineers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574833

Transsexual and Other Disorders of Gender IdentityA Practical Guide to Management For the vast majority of children acquiring speech and language skills is an effortless process. However there is a sizeable proportion of children for whom this is not true. Difficulties they experience may be associated with other conditions such as cleft palate or hearing loss or they may have no obvious cause. This book provides a comprehensive picture of the difficulties that occur when speech and language does not develop in the young child. Divided into two sections the first focuses on how such children should be identified and assessed. The second section provides specific insights into communication difficulties in different conditions. Each is written by an expert practitioner and is illustrated with specific examples. Based on best clinical practice and research-based evidence it is a practical guide fully referenced for those who wish to develop knowledge further. It is essential reading for all professionals who work with children particularly those who work in community settings. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315377605

Transsexuality and the Art of TransitioningA Lacanian approach Winner of The American Board and Academy of Psychoanalysis (ABAPsa) Book Prize for 2015 Transsexuality and the Art of Transitioning: A Lacanian approach presents a startling new way to consider psychoanalytic dilemmas of sexual difference and gender through the meeting of arts and the clinic. Informed by a Lacanian perspective that locates transsexuality in the intermediate space between the clinic and culture Oren Gozlan joins current conversations around the question of sexual difference with the insistence that identity never fully expresses sexuality and as such cannot be replaced by gender. The book goes beyond the idea of gender as an experience that gives rise to multiple identities and instead considers identity as split from the outset. This view transforms transsexuality into a particular psychic position able to encounter the paradoxes of transitional experience and the valence of phantasy and affect that accompany aesthetic conflicts over the nature of beauty and being. Gozlan brings readers into the enigmatic qualities of representation as desire for completion and transformation through notions of tension difference and aesthetics through examining the artwork of Anish Kapoor and Louise Bourgeois and the role played by confusion in the aesthetics of transformation in literature and memoir. Each chapter of the book presents a productive take on understanding the psychoanalytic demand to sustain and consider the dilemma that the unconscious presents to the knowledge and recognition of gender. Fundamentally this work understands transsexuality as a creative act rich with desire and danger in which thinking of the transsexual body as both an analytic and a subjective object helps us to reveal the creativity of sexuality. Ideal for psychoanalysts psychologists psychiatrists and social workers as well as students of psychoanalysis cultural studies literature studies and philosophy Transsexuality and the Art of Transitioning offers a unique insight into psychoanalytic approaches to transsexuality and the question of assuming a position in gender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415855754

Transvestism Transsexualism in the Psychoanalytic Dimension This book is an outcome of the European Conference on the theme of transsexualism held in Catania Italy in 2006. It shows how psychoanalysis can reflect discuss dialogue and formulate useful insights on one of the most challenging situations that confront the mental health community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329372

Trapped Between the Map and RealityGeography and Perceptions of Kurdistan Kurdistan exists as a cultural and political concept on many levels of discourse. Despite Kurdistan's divisions lack of definition and the absence of a unified struggle for a Kurdish state the concept survives the reality as a powerful mixture of myths reality and ambition. This thesis analyses geographical and historical factors which have shaped Kurdish conceptions of their identity. Historically Kurdistan existed in the heart of an ethnically and geographically complex region a marginal buffer zone between rival regional and colonial powers. Kurdistan's location was the key to its political and cultural developments. Many resultant features were to militate against the formation of a Kurdish state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415652902

Trapped GiantChina's Military Rise Emboldened by economic strength and growing military power China is emerging as a challenger to US dominance in the Pacific. But its promised peaceful rise has done little to convince regional powers that it will not use force to press longstanding territorial claims or attempt sea-denial operations in Asia's lucrative trade routes. Uncertainty about Beijing's intentions could thus beget a new unpredictable arms race as states scramble to protect their interests. For the short term however governments are weighing up the question of how far their interests may be served by cooperating with China and trying to usher it into the role of a responsible global power while hedging their bets with traditional alliances and military modernisation. This issue analyses China's inexorable rise from peasant society to economic powerhouse. In charting the line that Beijing has walked in building up its forces alongside its network of trading links to Asia and the US it reveals the challenge that lies ahead for policymakers: namely to follow China's development ever more closely to determine whether it could come to see the costs of military conflict as outweighing the benefits of peaceful trade and economic growth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138410428

Trapped in Poverty?Labour-Market Decisions in Low-Income Households How do people on low incomes make decisions about employment and benefit claims? Interview material and economic analysis combine with new theories of the relationship between moral and economic reasoning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315002989

Trapping Safety into RulesHow Desirable or Avoidable is Proceduralization? Rules and procedures are key features for a modern organization to function. It is no surprise to see them to be paramount in safety management. As some sociologists argue routine and rule following is not always socially resented. It can bring people comfort and reduce anxieties of newness and uncertainty. Facing constant unexpected events entails fatigue and exhaustion. There is also no doubt that proceduralization and documented activities have brought progress avoided recurrent mistakes and allowed for 'best practices' to be adopted. However it seems that the exclusive and intensive use of procedures today is in fact a threat to new progress in safety. There is an urgent need to consider this issue because there is doubt that the path chosen by many hazardous industries and activities is the most effective safety wise considering the safety level achieved today. As soon as safety is involved there seems to be an irresistible push towards a wider scope of norms procedures and processes whatever the context implied. This book is not a plea against proceduralization but it does take the view that it is time to reassess how far it can still go and to what benefit. Underlying these questions there is a growing suspicion that the path taken might in fact lead to a dead end unless the concept of procedure and the conditions under which these procedures are developed are revisited. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781409452263

Trash to CashHow Businesses Can Save Money and Increase Profits If your company wants to save money currently spent on waste hauling disposal and clean-up costs while protecting the environment this is the book for you. Let Trash to Cash serve as your implementation guide to an effective on-going corporate paper recycling and waste reduction program. Berman addresses the major issues and realities surrounding paper consumption and recycling. This prescriptive guide can show you how to achieve a financially successful program for your company. Fully illustrated Trash to Cash contains practical and insightful case studies that demonstrate how successful programs have been created and kept alive at AT&T McDonald's Merrill Lynch and other role-model corporations. Learn how to be on target environmentally while saving your company thousands even millions of dollars. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429333071

Trask's Historical Linguistics Trask’s Historical Linguistics Third Edition is an accessible introduction to historical linguistics – the study of language change over time. This engaging book is illustrated with language examples from all six continents and covers the fundamental concepts of language change methods for historical linguistics linguistic reconstruction sociolinguistic aspects of language change language contact the birth and death of languages language and prehistory and the issue of very remote relations. This third edition of the renowned Trask’s Historical Linguistics is fully revised and updated and covers the most recent developments in historical linguistics including: more detail on morphological change including cutting-edge discussions of iconization coverage of recent developments in sociolinguistic explanations of variation and change new case studies focusing on Germanic languages and American and New Zealand English and updated exercises covering each of the topics within the book a brand new companion website featuring material for both professors and students including discussion questions and further exercises as well as commentaries on the exercises within the book. Trask’s Historical Linguistics is essential reading for all students of language linguistics and related disciplines. The accompanying website can be found at www.routledge.com/cw/trask Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415706582

Trauma Trauma has become a catchword of our time and a central category in contemporary theory and criticism. In this illuminating and accessible volume Lucy Bond and Stef Craps: provide an account of the history of the concept of trauma from the late nineteenth century to the present day examine debates around the term in their historical and cultural contexts trace the origins and growth of literary trauma theory introduce the reader to key thinkers in the field explore important issues and tensions in the study of trauma as a cultural phenomenon outline and assess recent critiques and revisions of cultural trauma research Trauma is an essential guide to a rich and vibrant area of literary and cultural inquiry.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415540421

Trauma Abandonment and PrivilegeA guide to therapeutic work with boarding school survivors Trauma Abandonment and Privilege discusses how ex-boarders can be amongst the most challenging clients for therapists; even experienced therapists may unwittingly struggle to skilfully address the needs of this client group. It looks at the effect on adults of being sent away to board in childhood and the problems associated with boarding which have only recently been acknowledged by mainstream mental health professionals. This practice-based book is illustrated by case studies diagrams and exercises and is divided into three parts: ‘Recognition; Acceptance; Change’. It aims to help readers understand the emotional processes of boarding and the psychological aspects of survival outlining the steps toward recovery and the repercussions of survival. The book also explores how ex-boarders frequently struggle with intimate relationships with spouses and partners and offers interventions and strategies for those working with ex-boarder clients. Trauma Abandonment and Privilege will be of interest to therapists counsellors and mental health workers across the UK. It will also be relevant to those who are well acquainted with boarding schools based on the UK model for example in Canada Australia New Zealand and India. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138788718

Trauma Critical Care and Surgical Emergencies This book provides a comprehensive and contemporary discussion about the three key areas of acute care surgery; trauma surgical critical care and surgical emergencies. The 65 chapters are arranged by organ anatomical site and injury type and each includes a case study with evidence-based analysis of diagnosis management and outcomes. Unless s Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429113994

Trauma Cultural Complexes and TransformationFolk Narratives and Present Realities Trauma Cultural Complexes and Transformation: Folk Narratives and Present Realities contributes to our understanding of how culturally traumatic events affect present day realities and suggests the potential for healing by combining theories on psychological trauma cultural complexes and transformations. It draws on insight from a range of disciplines including Jungian psychology literary criticism folkloristics neurosciences quantum physics and social studies. Evija Volfa Vestergaard maps folk narratives of human encounters with extra-human entities as communications of cultural traumas suffered by tellers who are embedded in particular historical and geographical settings focusing on the little-explored globally emerging cultures of Latvia and South Africa alongside the United States of America. These cultural narratives form a bridge to a discourse on the social political and economic issues faced by these countries and the world at large. Vestergaard outlines the parallels between dreams and visions of individuals essential in healing and the mythological legend genre serving the same function for groups and cultures demonstrating that the aim of these open-ended communications is not only to reveal hidden truth but also to stir our imagination about potentialities. Healing of traumas demands a world of global relatedness based on nurturing kinship and such a transformation begins with imagining. Trauma Cultural Complexes and Transformation represents essential reading for academics and students of Jungian and post-Jungian studies folklore psychology cultural studies and anthropology as well as Jungian analysts and psychotherapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138239937

Trauma Culture and MetaphorPathways of Transformation and Integration In Trauma Culture and Metaphor John Wilson and Jacob Lindy explore the language of both individual and collective trauma in an era dominated by globalization and interconnectedness. Through lucid careful discussion this important book builds a bridge between the etymology of trauma-related terms commonly used in Western cultures and those of other cultures such as the Burundi-Rwandan ihahamuka. It also provides the clinician with a framework for working with trauma survivors using a cross-cultural vocabulary—one often based in metaphor—to fully address the experienced trauma and to begin work on reconnection and self-reinvention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415953313

Trauma Dissociation And Impulse Dyscontrol In Eating Disorders Published in 1997 Trauma Dissociation And Impulse Dyscontrol In Eating Disorders is a valauble contribution to the field of Psychotherapy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203761519

Trauma Dissociation and HealthCasual Mechanisms and Multidimensional Pathways This book explores the impact of trauma and dissociation on physical health throughout the lifespan. Important chronic conditions such as cardiovascular disease and chronic pain are examined. In addition trauma in childbearing women is considering specifically examining the short- and long-term effects of the birth experience itself. Dissociation’s effect on long-term health is also described and how it might manifest in patients in health care settings. This book was based on a special issue of  Journal of Trauma & Dissociation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851756

Trauma Dissociation and MultiplicityWorking on Identity and Selves Trauma Dissociation and Multiplicity provides psychoanalytic insights into dissociation in particular Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID) and offers a variety of responses to the questions of self identity and dissociation. With contributions from a range of clinicians from both America and Europe areas of discussion include: the concept of dissociation and the current lack of understanding on this topic the verbal language of trauma and dissociation the meaning of children’s art the dissociative defence from the average to the extreme pioneering new theoretical concepts on multiple bodies. This book brings together latest findings from research and neuroscience as well as examples from clinical practice and includes work from survivor-writers. As such this book will be of interest to specialists in the field of dissociation as well as psychoanalysts both experienced and in training. This book follows on from Valerie Sinason’s Attachment Trauma and Multiplicity Second Edition and represents a confident theoretical step forward. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415554251

Trauma Dissociation and Re-enactment in Japanese Literature and Film Japanese literature and film have frequently been approached using lenses such as language genre and ideology. Yet despite a succession of major social traumas that have marked and in many ways shaped and defined much of modern Japan Japanese fiction and cinema have not often been examined psychoanalytically. In this book David Stahl conducts in-depth readings and interpretations of a set of Japanese novels and film. By introducing the methodology of trauma/PTSD studies Stahl seeks to provide a better understanding of the insights of Japanese writers and directors into their societies cultures and histories. In particular by building on the work of practitioner-theoreticians such as Pierre Janet and Judith Herman Stahl analyses a number of key texts including Kawabata Yasunari’s Sleeping Beauties (1961) Enchi Fumiko’s Female Masks (1958) and Imamura Sho- hei’s Vengeance is Mine (1979). Consequently through using concepts of social trauma dissociation failed mourning revenge and narrative memory this book sheds new light on the psychological aftereffects and transgenerational legacies of trauma depicted in Japanese works. Trauma Dissociation and Re-enactment in Japanese Literature and Film will be of interest to students and scholars of Japanese Literature and Cinema as well as those interested in Japanese History and Trauma Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367172671

Trauma Gender and Ethics in the Works of E.L. Doctorow This project approaches four of E. L. Doctorow’s novels—Welcome to Hard Times (1960) The Book of Daniel (1971) Ragtime (1975) and City of God (2000)—from the perspectives of feminist criticism and trauma theory. The study springs from the assumption that Doctorow’s literary project is eminently ethical and has an underlying social and political scope. This crops up through the novels’ overriding concern with injustice and their engagement with the representation of human suffering in a variety of forms. The book puts forward the claim that E.L. Doctorow’s literary project—through its representation of psychological trauma and its attitude towards gender—may be understood as a call to action against both each individual’s indifference and the wider social and political structures and ideologies that justify and/or facilitate the injustices and oppression to which those who are situated at the margins of contemporary US society are subjected. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367236274

Trauma Growth and Personality This collection of papers focuses on the interaction of maturation phases and special traumas in the first few years of life and the probable effect of these early patterns on the structure of the later personality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367099541

Trauma Guilt and ReparationThe Path from Impasse to Development Trauma Guilt and Reparation identifies the emotional barriers faced by people who have experienced severe trauma as well as the emergence of reparative processes which pave the way from impasse to development. The book explores the issue of trauma with particular reference to issues of reparation and guilt. Referencing the original work of Klein and others it examines how feelings of persistent guilt work to foil attempts at reparation locking trauma deep within the psyche. It provides a theoretical understanding of the interplay between feelings of neediness with those of fear wrath shame and guilt and offers a route for patients to experience the mourning and forgiveness necessary to come to terms with their own trauma. The book includes a Foreword by John Steiner. Illustrated by clinical examples throughout it is written by an author whose empathy and experience make him an expert in the field. The book will be of great interest to psychotherapists social workers and any professional working with traumatized individuals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367185411

Trauma Shame and Secret MakingBeing a Family Without a Narrative Trauma Shame and Secret Making provides a descriptive qualitative inquiry into a family’s unsuccessful attempts across generations to repress the memories of an early life trauma. Broad in its scope Trauma Shame and Secret Making explores more than one hundred years in the life of a single family offering students and professionals invaluable insight into the consequences of prolonged narrative suppression in the social life of people. The book models a converging interdisciplinary approach to inquiry across specializations spanning traumatology family therapy psychology psychiatry and social work. The model is consistent with an evolving paradigm of medical public health and social service practice based on biopsychosocial evaluation of all patients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138231177

Trauma Stress and Resilience Among Sexual Minority WomenRising Like the Phoenix Prevent victimization of sexual minority women by raising your awareness level! Trauma Stress and Resilience Among Sexual Minority Women: Rising Like the Phoenix is the first resource to examine trauma violence and stress as experienced by lesbian and bisexual women. You’ll gain a better understanding of the stressors that these women experience including the cultural/social trauma of living with homophobia and heterosexism as well as the individual traumas of verbal physical and sexual abuse. This book contains never-before-seen data that investigates the prevalence impact and meaning of traumatic experiences in the lives of sexual minority women. In Trauma Stress and Resilience Among Sexual Minority Women top researchers use direct quotes and case examples to illustrate and personalize the emotional strain these women endure. Furthermore they address constructive individual and community responses that promote resilience and healing. The information and strategies contained in this book will help sexual minority women as well as the practitioners who serve them understand and heal from the impact of individual and cultural trauma. This book will increase your knowledge of: developmental issues facing lesbian and bisexual youths the impact of sexual abuse history on the “coming out” process ethnic/racial differences in trauma among lesbian and bisexual women the prevalence and impact of traumatic experience among HIV+ lesbian and bisexual women the unique stressors facing African-American lesbians—and how they cope organized religion’s approaches to homosexuality and how this impacts lesbian and bisexual women Trauma Stress and Resilience Among Sexual Minority Women also shows how data on same-sex domestic violence and hate crimes can be gathered and used as a tool for social and political advocacy bringing about positive changes that can improve the lives of many lesbian and bisexual women. This book is insightful reading for mental health health and social service professionals working with lesbian and bisexual clients or patients and activists and individuals who work for organizations that serve the gay/lesbian/bisexual/transgender communities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203728468

Trauma Survival and Resilience in War ZonesThe psychological impact of war in Sierra Leone and beyond This book based upon a series of psychological research studies examines Sierra Leone as a case study of a constructivist and narrative perspective on psychological responses to warfare telling the stories of a range of survivors of the civil war. The authors explore previous research on psychological responses to warfare while providing background information on the Sierra Leone civil war and its context. Chapters consider particular groups of survivors including former child soldiers as well as amputee footballers mental health service users and providers and refugees. Implications of the themes emerging from this research are considered with respect to how new understandings can inform current models of trauma and work with its survivors. Amongst the issues concerned will be post-traumatic stress and post-traumatic growth; resilience; mental health service provision; perpetration of atrocities; and forgiveness. The book also provides a critical consideration of the appropriateness of the use of Western concepts and methods in an African context. Drawing upon psychological theory and rich narrative research Trauma Survival and Resilience in War Zones will appeal to researchers and academics in the field of clinical psychology as well as those studying post-war conflict zones. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815358909

Trauma Torture and DissociationA Psychoanalytic View Theoretical material is presented in close conjunction with clinical data in the form of vignettes and case studies to illustrate the key points outlined in this book which focuses on the multidimensional approach to the understanding of childhood trauma. It examines the contributions of psychoanalysis emphasising the act of 'dissociation' (healthy and unhealthy). Specific attention is given to the internalisation of the m/other/object as the 'listening other' and the dissociated part/s that may results in an over idealised yet feared object. The final discussion focuses on how patients in therapy become able to transform fears into 'psychic space' and to break away from vulnerability by developing a better 'sense of self' as the result of having the therapist as the 'listening other'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855758766

Trauma Transformation And Healing.An Integrated Approach To Theory Research & Post Traumatic Therapy First published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009547

Trauma Trust and MemorySocial Trauma and Reconciliation in Psychoanalysis Psychotherapy and Cultural Memory Trauma is one of the most important topics discussed throughout the clinical social and cultural field. Social traumatization as we meet it in the aftermath of genocide war and persecution is targeted at whole groups and thus affects the individual's immediate holding environment cutting it off from an important resilience factor; further on social trauma is implemented in a societal context thus involving the surrounding society in the traumatic process. Both conditions entail major consequences for the impact and prognosis of the resulting individual posttraumatic disorders as well as for the social and cultural consequences. The volume connects clinical and epidemiological studies on the sequelae of social trauma to reflections from social psychology and the humanities. Post-war and post-dictatorial societies are in particular marked by the effects of massive large group traumatization and if these are not acknowledged explored and mourned the unprocessed cumulative trauma that has become deeply embedded in the collective memory leads to periodical reactivations. To address social trauma an interdisciplinary approach is required. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204473

Trauma Women’s Mental Health and Social JusticePitfalls and Possibilities This book argues that while notions of trauma in mental health hold promise for the advancement of women’s rights the mainstreaming of trauma treatments and therapies has had mixed implications sometimes replacing genuine social change efforts with new forms of female oppression by psychiatry. It contends that trauma interventions often represent a "business as usual" approach within psychiatry with women being expected to comply with rigid treatment protocols accepting the advice given by trauma "experts" that they are mentally unstable and that they must learn to manage the effects of violence in the absence of any real changes to their circumstances or resources. A critique of trauma treatment in its current form Trauma Women’s Mental Health and Social Justice recommends practical steps towards a socio-political perspective on trauma which passionately re-engages with feminist values and activist principles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660277

Trauma Among Older PeopleIssues and Treatment Trauma Among Older Adults presents an integrative model of treatment that considers current theories of treatment in light of special considerations relating to elderly patients. The book provides case studies vignettes and discussions and demonstrates the importance of considering the personality memory and familial history of an elderly individual who has suffered a trauma. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415763394

Trauma and Attachment This monograph contains a rich variety of material that is not usually included in traditional writings on trauma. In addition to the theoretical and clinical perspectives poetry and storytelling join in to weave a vivid tapestry of multifaceted approaches to trauma. Whilst remaining true to its theoretical base (which of course is Bowlby's attachment theory) the monograph succeeds in locating its subject matter in wider perspectives thus enabling the reader to appreciate the complexity of contributing factors. It is not easy to compile a single publication out of a conference; yet this monograph achieves its objective by offering a coherent treatment of trauma that also includes some up-to-date approaches and innovations. The papers are written with authority clarity and sensitivity and will provide the reader with a most beneficial elaboration of trauma from an attachment theory perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106287

Trauma and BeyondThe Mystery of Transformation In this seminal work on the clinical archetypal and spiritual dimension of trauma the author offers a compelling vision of the transformative potential of suffering and the dialectic of Dying and Becoming. Wirtz outlines a healing path from fragmentation to integration and illuminates the resilience of the human spirit in the face of severe trauma. Trauma and Beyond will be essential reading and a valuable resource for counsellors therapists and Jungian analysts who are challenged in their practice with individual and collective traumata. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367858681

Trauma and BirthA Handbook for Maternity Staff Our book aims to provide those working in the maternity services including those in general practices with an understanding of what it means to be on the receiving end of care. Together with a description of various types of traumatic birth we explain some of the reasons why women vary in terms of how traumatised they are by their birth experience. We provide information encouragement and support for maternity staff to help them lessen the incidence of birth trauma and to develop the confidence to help women when birth trauma does occur.  The authors are a senior counsellor and an obstetrician each with a long experience of helping women who have had difficult births. The approach of each to the subject is different but complementary. The book covers the psychological and emotional aspects of traumatic birth as well as the medical issues and includes a section on the effect of traumatic birth on the staff themselves. The market for this book is practising midwives and obstetricians who by understanding the prevalence of traumatic birth and some of its causes can contribute to its reduction. Those in their training years will find it helpful at the outset of their practice. It will also be of interest to general practitioners health visitors and counsellors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367513467

Trauma and Cognitive ScienceA Meeting of Minds Science and Human Experience Decipher the complex interplay of neurology psychology trauma and memory!In the midst of the controversies over how repressed false and recovered memories should be interpreted Trauma and Cognitive Science presents reliable original research instead of rhetoric. This landmark volume examines the way different traumas influence memory information processing and suggestibility. The research provides testable theories on why people forget some kinds of childhood abuse and other traumas. It bridges the cognitive science and clinical approaches to traumatic stress studies.Written by the foremost researchers in the field including Bessel van der Kolk and Jennifer Freyd these scientific evaluations of the way traumatic memories are processed offer powerful new perspectives on the interplay of biology and psychology. Trauma and Cognitive Science discusses a range of traumas including combat child abuse and sexual assault across the lifespan. Fascinating perceptual experiments shed light on the cognitive uses of dissociation the encoding and recall of memory and the effects of early trauma on subsequent information processing. Trauma and Cognitive Science offers solid information on the most challenging questions in this field: How is memory encoded stored and retrieved? How is it forgotten? How does trauma influence these processes? What kinds of memories can be created by suggestion? What physical changes take place in the brain under traumatic stress? How is consciousness disturbed during and after trauma? What are the ethical clinical and societal implications of traumatic stress studies? How can people suffering from traumatic memories be healed? Trauma and Cognitive Science also offers an astonishing array of true case studies including the story of an adult woman who was raped went to court and saw her rapist convicted--and then forgot the whole traumatic episode. The independently corroborated accounts of recovered memories and the carefully designed research studies on multiple modes and levels of memory may offer the key to understanding how we remember and why we forget. The results of these controlled scientific studies have wide-ranging implications for abuse survivors combat veterans rape victims and people who have survived traumatic events from earthquakes to car accidents. Written in clear accessible prose Trauma and Cognitive Science belongs on the bookshelf of all mental health professionals researchers in the areas of traumatic stress and child abuse attorneys judges and survivors of abuse and trauma. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203725276

Trauma and Countertrauma Resilience and CounterresilienceInsights from Psychoanalysts and Trauma Experts Treating traumatized patients takes its toll on the treating clinician giving rise over time to what Richard B. Gartner terms countertrauma in the psychoanalyst or therapist. Paradoxically a clinician may also be imbued with a sense of optimism or counterresilience after learning how often the human spirit can triumph over heartbreakingly tragic experiences.    Trauma and Countertrauma Resilience and Counterresilience brings together a distinguished group of seasoned clinicians both trauma specialists and psychoanalysts. Their personal reflections show what clinicians all too rarely dare to reveal: their personal traumatic material. They then discuss how they develop models for acknowledging articulating and synthesizing the countertrauma that arises from long-term exposure to patients’ often-harrowing trauma. Writing openly using viscerally affecting language the contributors to this exceptional collection share subjective and sometimes intimate material shedding light on the inner lives of people who work to heal the wounds of psychic trauma.   By the same token many of these clinicians describe how working intimately with traumatized individuals can affect the listener positively recounting how patients’ resilience evokes counterresilience in the therapist allowing the clinician to benefit from ongoing contact with patients who deal bravely with horrific adversity. Paradoxically a clinician may be imbued with a sense of optimism after learning how often the human spirit can triumph over heartbreakingly tragic experiences.  Trauma and Countertrauma Resilience and Counterresilience will appeal to psychoanalysts psychoanalytic psychotherapists and trauma experts offering a valuable resource to those beginning their careers in mental health work to teachers and supervisors of trauma therapists to experienced clinicians struggling with burnout and to anyone who wants to understand the psychotherapeutic process or indeed the human condition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138860919

Trauma and Dissociation in a Cross-Cultural PerspectiveNot Just a North American Phenomenon An international look at the similarities and differences of long-lasting traumaTrauma and Dissociation in a Cross-Cultural Perspective examines the psychological sociological political economic and cultural aspects of trauma and its consequences on people around the world. Dispelling the myth that trauma-related dissociative disorders are a North American phenomenon this unique book travels through more than a dozen countries to analyze the effects of long-lasting traumatization-both natural and man-made-on adults and children. Working from theoretical and clinical perspectives the field’s leading experts address trauma in situations that range from the psychological effects of “the Troubles” in Northern Ireland to the emergence of “Hikikomori ” the phenomenon of social withdrawal in Japanese youth.Reactions to trauma can be both unique according to a person’s culture and similar to the experiences of others around the world. Dissociation intense grief anger and survivor’s guilt are common responses as people split off mentally physically and emotionally from the source of the trauma whether it’s an act of nature (tsunami earthquake flood etc.) or the trauma created by violence physical sexual and emotional abuse assault confinement kidnapping and war. Trauma and Dissociation in a Cross-Cultural Perspective examines the efforts of clinicians and researchers in Europe Asia the Middle East South America Australia and New Zealand to develop sociopsychological methods of providing counseling to people who are suffering physically emotionally and spiritually training for professionals counted on to dispense that counseling and economic and political solutions that might help to limit the devastating effects of natural disasters. Trauma and Dissociation in a Cross-Cultural Perspective examines: the tensions between the National Health Service and the private sector in the United Kingdom how the Mandarin version of the Dissociative Experiences Scale (DES) is used in China Djinnai a culture-bound syndrome and possession trance disorder found in Iran how colonialism has transmitted trauma to the Maori people of New Zealand transgenerational trauma in Turkey religious rituals and spirit possession in the Philippines “memory wars” in Israel traumatic syndromes among the French differences in dissociative experiences among Chinese and Japanese youth childhood trauma in Argentina and much moreTrauma and Dissociation in a Cross-Cultural Perspective is an enlightening professional resource for anyone working in psychology sociology psychiatry and psychotherapy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051801

Trauma and Dissociation in Convicted OffendersGender Science and Treatment Issues Better understand the men and women most affected by trauma in our society Convicted offenders quite often are found to have a history of trauma. Trauma and Dissociation in Convicted Offenders: Gender Science and Treatment Issues provides a comprehensive look at the connection between complex trauma and the likelihood of being a convicted offender. This unique text focuses on what factors increase the likelihood of being a convicted offender and what treatment possibilities lay ahead for these individuals. Substance abuse childhood sexual abuse and other traumatic experiences and their links to incarcerated men and women are discussed in detail. Interventions and research within the corrections system are examined with recommendations on how to better serve this population. Trauma and Dissociation in Convicted Offenders: Gender Science and Treatment Issues takes a reasoned stand on women and men in prison understanding that while they are being punished for breaking the law they also are survivors of trauma whose dysfunctions underscore the need for greater understanding and more research. This valuable source presents the most current research results while providing a clear view on important future directions of study and focus. Each chapter of this insightful resource is extensively referenced and many have tables to clearly present data. Topics in Trauma and Dissociation in Convicted Offenders: Gender Science and Treatment Issues include: the relationship between post-traumatic stress and lifetime substance abuse among incarcerated women research on women inmates with HIV sexual risk and hazardous drinking behavior study on the link between trauma and women domestic violence offenders dissociation and memory in sex abusers the ’re-criminalization’ of mental illness the effectiveness of group therapy for incarcerated women survivors of childhood sexual abuse (CSA) challenges ethical issues and benefits of conducting research with abuse survivors in a women's prison facility Trauma and Dissociation in Convicted Offenders: Gender Science and Treatment Issues is an essential resource for clinicians educators students policymakers and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986084

Trauma and Expressive Arts TherapyBrain Body and Imagination in the Healing Process From pioneering therapist Cathy A. Malchiodi this book synthesizes the breadth of research on trauma and the brain and presents an innovative framework for treating trauma through the expressive arts. The volume describes powerful ways to tap into deeply felt bodily and sensory experiences as a foundation for safely exploring emotions memories and personal narratives. Rich clinical examples illustrate the use of movement sound play art and drama with children and adults. Malchiodi's approach not only enables survivors to express experiences that defy verbalization but also helps them to transform and integrate the trauma regain a sense of aliveness and imagine a new future. Purchasers get access to a companion website where they can download and print reproducible tools from the book in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size as well as full-color versions of 26 figures. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462543113

Trauma and Fulfillment Therapy: A Wholist FrameworkPathways to Fulfillment First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9780203727621

Trauma and Human ExistenceAutobiographical Psychoanalytic and Philosophical Reflections Trauma and Human Existence effectively interweaves two themes central to emotional trauma - the first pertains to the contextuality of emotional life in general and of the experience of emotional trauma in particular and the second pertains to the recognition that the possibility of emotional trauma is built into the basic constitution of human existence. This volume traces how both themes interconnect largely as they crystallize in the author‘s personal experience of traumatic loss. As discussed in the book's final chapter whether or not this constitutive possibility will be brought lastingly into the foreground of our experiential world depends on the relational contexts in which we live. Taken as a whole Trauma and Human Existence exhibits the unity of the deeply personal the theoretical and the philosophical in the understanding of emotional trauma and the place it occupies in human existence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138462205

Trauma And Its Wake Published in the year 1985 Trauma and its Wake is a valuable contribution to the field of Counseling and School Psychology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203776209

Trauma And Its Wake First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315803869

Trauma and Juvenile DelinquencyTheory Research and Interventions Learn how and why trauma is relevant to juvenile delinquency—and what to do about it! This groundbreaking book addresses the connection between childhood trauma and juvenile delinquency. Trauma and Juvenile Delinquency: Theory Research and Interventions begins with two chapters presenting theoretical models of the relationship between trauma and the development/persistence of antisocial behavior. Another chapter addresses trauma-related assessment issues for juveniles and several chapters present cutting-edge research on various aspects of the relationship between trauma and delinquency. Finally several chapters focus on theory-based and empirically supported trauma-focused therapeutic interventions for juvenile delinquents. No other single source provides such breadth and depth of coverage on this topic! From the editor: “Disruptive behavior disorders are by far the largest type of mental health referral for children and adolescents while juvenile crime and violence continue to be major social concerns. Several bodies of literature have converged to suggest that trauma is more than incidental to the problem of juvenile delinquency it contributes to the problem.” Trauma and Juvenile Delinquency: Theory Research and Interventions explores: how trauma relates to conduct disorder the connection between traumatic victimization and oppositional/defiance problems ways to assess PTSD in adolescents how exposure to violence delinquent activity and posttraumatic stress symptomatology are related the unique trauma histories of incarcerated girls and the problems they have adjusting to life within the juvenile justice system how to develop group therapy services for incarcerated male juvenile offenders with PTSD This valuable book also examines the effectiveness of EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) for boys with conduct problems MASTR (Motivation - Adaptive Skills - Trauma Resolution) for teens with school-related problems and CPT (Cognitive Processing Therapy) for juvenile delinquents with post-traumatic stress disorder. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315808819

Trauma and Life Stories In this volume leading academics explore the relationship between the experiences of terror and helplessness the way in which survivors remember and the representation of these memories in the language and form of their life stories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757751

Trauma and Literature in an Age of Globalization While globalization is often associated with economic and social progress it has also brought new forms of terrorism permanent states of emergency demographic displacement climate change and other "natural" disasters. Given these contemporary concerns one might also view the current time as an age of traumatism. Yet what—or how—does the traumatic event mean in an age of global catastrophe? This volume explores trauma theory in an age of globalization by means of the practice of comparative literature. The essays and interviews in this volume ask how literary studies and the literary anticipate imagine or theorize the current global climate especially in an age when the links between violence amorphous traumatic events and economic concerns are felt increasingly in everyday experience. Trauma and Literature in an Age of Globalization turns a literary perspective upon the most urgent issues of globalization—problems of borders language inequality and institutionalized violence—and considers from a variety of perspectives how such events impact our lived experience and its representation in language and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367520816

Trauma and LossKey Texts from the John Bowlby Archive During his lifetime John Bowlby the founder of attachment theory was unable to publish as he wished due to strong opposition to his ideas. Now with the support of the Bowlby family several complete and near-complete works from the John Bowlby Archive at the Wellcome Collection are published for the first time. The collection spans Bowlby’s thinking from his early ideas to later reflections and is split into four parts. Part 1 includes essays on the topic of loss mourning and depression outlining his thoughts on the role of defence mechanisms. Part 2 covers Bowlby’s ideas around anxiety guilt and identification including reflections on his observations of and work with evacuated children. Part 3 features three seminars on the subject of conflict in which Bowlby relates clinical concepts to both political philosophy and psychoanalysis in innovative ways. Part 4 consists of Bowlby’s later reflections on trauma and loss and on his own work as a therapist. This remarkable collection not only clarifies Bowlby’s relationship with psychoanalysis but features his elaboration of key concepts in attachment theory and important moments of self-criticism. It will be essential reading for clinicians researchers and others interested in human development relationships and adversity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367349998

Trauma and MediaTheories Histories and Images This book provides the first comprehensive account of trauma as a critical concept in the study of modern visual media from Freud to the present day explaining how contemporary trauma studies emerged from research on Holocaust representation in which the audiovisual testimony of survivors was posed as an authentic alternative to popular television and film dramatizations. It argues that the media coverage of 9/11 and the subsequent ‘war on terror ’ however has revealed how the formation of communities of witness and commemoration around ‘traumatic events’ can perpetuate violence and inequality. The book explains how Benjamin Adorno and Barthes drawing from psychoanalysis analyzed the roles of fantasy ideology and collective identification in mass media and began to understand trauma as an authentic experience of modernity. It proposes that the insights of these earlier theorists along with more recent arguments by Derrida Agamben and Zizek continue to provide important perspectives on today’s politics of mediated shock and terror. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138774872

Trauma and Organizations This book is concerned with the study of organizations of various kinds. It examines the patterns of conscious and unconscious life of those organizations in which traumatic experience is ubiquitous and understanding the variations in individual group and organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855757790

Trauma and Play TherapyHelping Children Heal Trauma and Play Therapy synthesizes new developments in the study of children’s trauma recovery to assist clinicians in combining play therapy with other powerful ways of addressing the needs of hurt children. The TraumaPlayTM model formerly known as Flexibly Sequential Play Therapy equips practitioners to manage and adapt aspects of the play therapy place and process in order to help children tell their stories while draining the emotional toxicity from traumatic experiences. Chapters explore the neurobiological and developmental foundations of play therapy as well as strategies for navigating children’s trauma in relation to specific aspects of play therapy such as sensory integration metaphor and humor. Enriched by a tapestry of illustrative case examples and tools for therapists this is a vital new book for clinicians working at the intersection of play and children’s trauma. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138559943

Trauma and Primitive Mental StatesAn Object Relations Perspective Trauma and Primitive Mental States: An Object Relations Perspective offers a clinically based framework through which adult survivors of early childhood trauma can re-engage with painful past events to create meaningful futures for themselves. The book highlights the use of the body and the mind in working with these early unmentalized and unrepresented states illustrating the value of finding language that embodies emotions and working in the here and now of transference and counter-transference. Including a range of examples of how early trauma can thus be re-presented and clinically understood the book illustrates how patients can discover themselves and leave their repetitive patterns of suffering behind. Written by a clinician with over 30 years’ experience this will be fascinating reading for psychoanalysts and psychotherapists as well as any mental health professional working with childhood trauma. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138364387

Trauma and PsychosisNew Directions for Theory and Therapy Trauma and Psychosis provides a valuable contribution to the current understanding of the possible relationships between the experience of trauma and the range of phenomena currently referred to as psychosis. Warren Larkin and Anthony P. Morrison bring together contributions from leading clinicians and researchers in a range of fields including clinical psychology mental health nursing and psychiatry. The book is divided into three parts providing comprehensive coverage of the relevant research and clinical applications. Part I: Research and Theoretical Perspectives provides the reader with a broad understanding of current and developing theoretical perspectives. Part II: Specific Populations examines the relationship between trauma and psychotic experiences in specific populations. Part III: From Theory to Therapy draws together current knowledge and investigates how it might be used to benefit individuals experiencing psychosis. This book will be invaluable for clinicians and researchers interested in gaining a greater insight into the interaction between trauma and psychosis.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871892

Trauma and Resilience Among Child Soldiers Around the World It is estimated that approximately 300 000 children actively serve in various kinds of military groups around the world. Some of these children are forcibly conscripted through abduction or threats of violence to themselves or their families others are coerced or manipulated into joining and still others are more subtly compelled by circumstances that lead choosing to enlist to represent the lesser of the evils life has placed before them. No matter how they come to serve in war however child soldiers are exposed to subjected to and often forced to perpetrate horrors that meet or exceed our diagnostic criteria for trauma exposure. This volume brings together leading investigators in the field to share new research regarding the traumatic impact of child soldiering from diverse international contexts including Burundi Colombia Liberia Mozambique Nepal Sierra Leone Uganda and—provocatively—among gang-involved youth in the United States. Contributions include data from longitudinal studies following former child soldiers into adulthood as well as investigations of the intergenerational impact of childhood conscription on former child combatants own children. In addition research presented in this volume uncovers sources of resilience among these youth and details efforts to bring trauma-informed intervention and rehabilitation programs to these war-torn regions. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Aggression Maltreatment and Trauma. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415735438

Trauma and Resilience in the Lives of Contemporary Native AmericansReclaiming our Balance Restoring our Wellbeing Indigenous Peoples around the world and our allies often reflect on the many challenges that continue to confront us the reasons behind health economic and social disparities and the best ways forward to a healthy future. This book draws on theoretical conceptual and evidence-based scholarship as well as interviews with scholars immersed in Indigenous wellbeing to examine contemporary issues for Native Americans. It includes reflections on resilience as well as disparities. In recent decades there has been increasing attention on how trauma both historical and contemporary shapes the lives of Native Americans. Indigenous scholars urge recognition of historical trauma as a framework for understanding contemporary health and social disparities. Accordingly this book uses a trauma-informed lens to examine Native American issues with the understanding that even when not specifically seeking to address trauma directly it is useful to understand that trauma is a common experience that can shape many aspects of life. Scholarship on trauma and trauma-informed care is integrated with scholarship on historical trauma providing a framework for examining contemporary issues for Native American populations. It should be considered essential reading for all human service professionals working with Native American clients as well as a core text for Native American studies and classes on trauma or diversity more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138088290

Trauma and Romance in Contemporary British Literature Drawing on a variety of theoretical approaches including trauma theory psychoanalysis genre theory narrative theory theories of temporality cultural theory and ethics this book breaks new ground in bringing together trauma and romance two categories whose collaboration has never been addressed in such a systematic and in-depth way. The volume shows how romance strategies have become an essential component of trauma fiction in general and traumatic realism in particular. It brings to the fore the deconstructive powers of the darker type of romance and its adequacy to perform traumatic acting out and fragmentation. It also zooms in on the variations on the ghost story as medium for the evocation of trans-generational trauma as well as on the therapeutic drive of romance that favors a narrative presentation of the working-through phase of trauma. Chapters explore various acceptations and extensions of psychic trauma from the individual to the cultural analyzing narrative texts that belong in various genres from the ghost story to the misery memoir to the graphic novel. The selection of primary sources allows for a review of leading contemporary British authors such as Peter Ackroyd Martin Amis Ian McEwan Salman Rushdie Graham Swift Sarah Waters and Jeanette Winterson and of those less canonical such as Jackie Kay Alan Moore and Dave Gibbons Justine Picardie Peter Roche and Adam Thorpe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108028

Trauma and Serious Mental Illness An exploration of the newfound connections between mental illness and trauma For decades the idea that serious mental illnesses (SMIs) are almost exclusively biologically-based and must be treated pharmacologically has been commonplace in psychology literature. As a result many mental health professionals have stopped listening to their clients categorizing their symptoms as manifestations of neurologically-based disturbed thinking. Trauma and Serious Mental Illness is the groundbreaking series of works that challenge this standard view and provides a comprehensive introduction to the emerging perspective of SMIs as trauma-based. This unique collection illustrates how different psychotherapy approaches can lead to reduced symptomatology decreased psychological distress and improved functioning in individuals living with SMIs. Each extensively-referenced chapter in Trauma and Serious Mental Illness offers mental health workers a forward-looking theoretical inquiry empirical study or critical treatise providing compelling counter evidence to challenge the widespread belief that SMIs are not reactions to the extreme and extremely disturbing circumstances embodied by psychological trauma. In addition to the etiological application this revealing text proposes ways to incorporate this cutting-edge approach toward treatment options as well. Contributors to Trauma and Serious Mental Illness suggest that: childhood trauma is related to psychotic disorders dissociation can be confounded with psychotic symptoms auditory hallucinations can be diagnostic of dissociation rather than psychosis psychosis is related to the quality of family of origin environment and to age of onset of childhood abuse bipolar and trauma-related disorders sometimes overlap individuals with SMIs suffer related trauma even in treatment facilities and much more!Trauma and Serious Mental Illness is an eye-opening resource for mental health professionals psychologists counselors psychiatrists social workers trauma workers and educators and students in these disciplines. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203836286

Trauma and the Destructive-Transformative StruggleClinical Perspectives The impact of trauma can be both destructive and transformative. This important new book presents not only a range of theoretical frameworks through which different trauma can be understood from the effects of childhood abuse to those of war and catastrophes but also gives readers insights into how trauma presents itself in the consulting room. In each chapter the author uses clinical vignettes and detailed case histories to discuss the multiplicity and complexity of the trauma involved eschewing a simple binary conception of internal vs external forces. A wide range of topics are covered including: the lasting imprint of early trauma such as neglect or abuse on subsequent development; the somatic solution involved in life-threatening illness; unmetabolized mourning and embodied memory; the vibrating relationship between catastrophic external forces such as intergenerational effects; and the 9/11 terrorist attacks and the lasting effect of war on combatants and their families. Each chapter is screened through a different theoretical viewpoint from Freud and Fairburn to Winnicott Bion and Ogden while the work of several contemporary theorists is also discussed. Crucially the final section of the book looks at those issues faced by analysts when working with traumatized patients highlighting the key idea of dissociation the dilemma around empathy and the factors that affect the patient’s unconscious meaning. Trauma and the Destructive-Transformative Struggle: Clinical Perspectives illuminates the resilience needed by both patient and analyst. It will be a vital resource for both clinical practitioners specializing in trauma and psychoanalytic researchers in the field of trauma studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367333904

Trauma and the Discourse of Climate ChangeLiterature Psychoanalysis and Denial The more the global north has learned about the existential threat of climate change the faster it has emitted greenhouse gases into the atmosphere. In Trauma and the Discourse of Climate Change Lee Zimmerman thinks about why this is by examining how "climate change" has been discursively constructed tracing how the ways we talk and write about climate change have worked to normalize a generalized bipartisan denialism more profound than that of the overt  "denialists." Suggesting that we understand that normalized denial as a form of cultural trauma the book explores how the dominant ways of figuring knowledge about global warming disarticulate that knowledge from the trauma those figurations both represent and reproduce and by which they remain inhabited and haunted. Its early chapters consider that process in representations of climate change across a range of disciplines and throughout the public sphere including Al Gore’s An Inconvenient Truth Barack Obama’s speeches and climate plans and the 2015 Paris Agreement. Later chapters focus on  how literary representations especially for the most part participate in such disarticulations and on how in grappling  with the representational difficulties at the climate crisis’s heart some works of fiction—among them Cormac McCarthy’s The Road and Russell Hoban’s Riddley Walker—work against that normalized rhetorical violence. The book closes with a meditation centered on the dream of the burning child Freud sketches in The Interpretation of Dreams. Highlighting the existential stakes of the ways we think and write about the climate Trauma and the Discourse of Climate Change aims to offer an unfamiliar place from which to engage the astonishing quiescence of our ecocidal present. This book will be essential reading for academics and students of psychoanalysis environmental humanities trauma studies literature and environmental studies as well as activists and others drawn to thinking about   the climate crisis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367355579

Trauma and the Ontology of the Modern SubjectHistorical Studies in Philosophy Psychology and Psychoanalysis Recent scholarship has inquired into the socio-historical discursive genesis of trauma. Trauma and the Ontology of the Modern Subject however seeks what has not been actualized in trauma studies – that is how the necessity and unassailable intensity of trauma is fastened to its historical emergence. We must ask not only what trauma means for the individual person’s biography but also what it means to be the historical subject of trauma. In other words how does being human in this current period of history implicate one’s lived possibilities that are threatened and perhaps framed through trauma? Foucauldian sensibilities inform a critical and structural analysis that is hermeneutically grounded.  Drawing on the history of ideas and on Lacan’s work in particular John L. Roberts argues that what we mean by trauma has developed over time and that it is intimately tied with an ontology of the subject; that is to say what it is to be and means to be human. He argues that modern subjectivity – as articulated by Heidegger Levinas and Lacan – is structurally traumatic founded in its finitude as self-withdrawal in time its temporal self-absence becoming the very conditions for agency truth and knowledge. The book also argues that this fractured temporal horizon – as an effect of an interrupting Otherness or alterity – is obscured through the discourses and technologies of the psy-disciplines (psychiatry psychology and psychotherapy). Consideration is given to social political and economic consequences of this concealment. Trauma and the Ontology of the Modern Subject will be of enduring interest to psychoanalysts and psychotherapists as well as scholars of philosophy and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138826731

Trauma and the Rehabilitation of Trafficked WomenThe Experiences of Yazidi Survivors Based on research in camps in Iraqi Kurdistan and among refugees in Germany this book addresses the challenges strategies and support systems that exist for the rehabilitation and reintegration of Yazidi women recovering from human trafficking. Through in-depth interviews focus group discussions and case studies it gives women trafficked by ISIS their own voice to express their experiences during captivity whilst offering an overview of the forms of support and protection available and necessary for survivors. An examination of the experiences and needs of refugee women who have undergone traumatizing experiences Trauma and the Rehabilitation of Trafficked Women will appeal to scholars and policy makers with interests in gender studies feminist thought sexual violence during war human trafficking and trauma recovery. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367902155

Trauma and the SoulA psycho-spiritual approach to human development and its interruption In Trauma and the Soul Donald Kalsched continues the exploration he began in his first book The Inner World of Trauma (1996)—this time going further into the mystical or spiritual moments that often occur around the intimacies of psychoanalytic work. Through extended clinical vignettes including therapeutic dialogue and dreams he shows how depth psychotherapy with trauma’s survivors can open both analytic partners to "another world" of non-ordinary reality in which daimonic powers reside both light and dark. This mytho-poetic world he suggests is not simply a defensive product of our struggle with the harsh realities of living as Freud suggested but is an everlasting fact of human experience—a mystery that is often at the very center of the healing process and yet at other times strangely resists it. With these "two worlds" in focus Kalsched explores a variety of themes as he builds chapter by chapter an integrated psycho-spiritual approach to trauma and its treatment including: images of the lost soul-child in dreams and how this "child" represents an essential core of aliveness that is both protected and persecuted by the psyche’s defenses; Dante’s guided descent into the Inferno of Hell as a paradigm for the psychotherapy process and its inevitable struggle with self-destructive energies; childhood innocence and its central role in a person’s spiritual life seen through the story of St. Exupéry’s The Little Prince; how clinical attention to implicit processes in the relational field as well as discoveries in body-based affective neuroscience are making trauma treatment more effective; the life of C.G. Jung as it portrays his early trauma his soul’s retreat into an inner sanctuary and his gradual recovery of wholeness through the integration of his divided self. This is a book that restores the mystery to psychoanalytic work. It tells stories of ordinary patients and ordinary psychotherapists who through working together glimpse the reality of the human soul and the depth of the spirit and are changed by the experience. Trauma and the Soul will be of particular interest to practicing psychotherapists psychoanalysts analytical psychologists and expressive arts therapists including those with a "spiritual" orientation. Donald Kalsched is a Jungian analyst in private practice in Albuquerque New Mexico and a training analyst with the Inter-Regional Society of Jungian Analysts. He is the author of numerous articles in analytical psychology and lectures widely on the subject of early trauma and its treatment. His books include The Inner World of Trauma (1996). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415681469

Trauma And The Vietnam War GenerationReport Of Findings From The National Vietnam Veterans Readjustment Study First published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138004702

Trauma and Transformation in African Literature This book fills a gap in the field of contemporary trauma studies by interrogating the relevance of trauma for African literatures. Kurtz argues that a thoughtful application of trauma theory in relation to African literatures is in fact a productive exercise and furthermore that the benefits of this exercise include not only what it can do for African literature but also what it can do for trauma studies. He makes the case for understanding trauma healing within the larger project of peacebuilding with an emphasis on the transformative potential of what he terms the African moral imagination as embodied in the creative work of its writers. He offers readings of selected works by Chinua Achebe Ngugi wa Thiong’o Chimamanda Adichie and Nuruddin Farah as case studies for how African literature can influence our understanding of trauma and trauma healing. This will be a valuable volume for those with interests in current trends and developments in trauma studies African literary studies postcolonial studies and memory studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138205239

Trauma Care Pre-Hospital Manual This new book provides evidence based guidelines for the immediate clinical management of major trauma.It has been written by clinicians with many years of trauma experience and endorsed as authoritative by Trauma Care (UK). The UK now has highly effective trauma systems. Clinical developments include the introduction of damage control resuscitation tranexamic acid blood product resuscitation novel hybrid resuscitation and an emphasis on the control of major external haemorrhage as part of a new ABCDE approach. Consequently more individuals with major trauma are surviving than ever before. Optimal pre-hospital care is essential for improved survival rates and reduced morbidity. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138626843

Trauma in Contemporary LiteratureNarrative and Representation Trauma in Contemporary Literature analyzes contemporary narrative texts in English in the light of trauma theory including essays by scholars of different countries who approach trauma from a variety of perspectives. The book analyzes and applies the most relevant concepts and themes discussed in trauma theory such as the relationship between individual and collective trauma historical trauma absence vs. loss the roles of perpetrator and victim dissociation nachträglichkeit transgenerational trauma the process of acting out and working through introjection and incorporation mourning and melancholia the phantom and the crypt postmemory and multidirectional memory shame and the affects and the power of resilience to overcome trauma. Significantly the essays not only focus on the phenomenon of trauma and its diverse manifestations but above all consider the elements that challenge the aporias of trauma the traps of stasis and repetition in order to reach beyond the confines of the traumatic condition and explore the possibilities of survival healing and recovery. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547919

Trauma in Schools and CommunitiesRecovery Lessons from Survivors and Responders Trauma in Schools and Communities uses the power of first-hand autobiographical narratives to illustrate the advantages and pitfalls of specific interventions implemented in the wake of tragedies. This book addresses short- and long-term impacts of traumatic events and the challenges both survivors and responders face using case studies from the 1995 Oklahoma City bombing; the Gulf War; the September 11 2001 terrorist attacks; Hurricanes Katrina and Rita; student suicides; the killing of a teacher; and the shootings at Sandy Hook Elementary Virginia Tech and Chardon Ohio among others. Each story features reactions and lessons that are unique and support specific multidisciplinary structured interventions that should be a part of every crisis team’s protocol and every community’s recovery effort. An appendix features a summary of the lessons learned a "what if?" scenario time-specific trauma recovery interventions a fan-out meeting agenda a traumatic event crisis intervention plan and answers to questions commonly asked by students about suicide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138839519

Trauma in the Creative and Embodied TherapiesWhen Words are Not Enough Trauma in the Creative and Embodied Therapies is a cross-professional book looking at current approaches to working therapeutically and socially with trauma in a creative and embodied way. The book pays attention to different kinds of trauma – environmental sociopolitical early relational abuse in its many forms and the trauma of illness – with contributions from international experts drawn from the fields of the arts therapies the embodied psychotherapies as well as nature-based therapy and Playback Theatre. The book is divided into three sections: the first section takes into consideration the wider sociopolitical perspective of trauma and the power of community engagement. In the second section there are numerous clinical approaches to working with trauma whether with individuals or groups highlighting the importance of creative and embodied approaches. In the third section the focus shifts from client work to the impact of trauma on the practitioner team and supervisor and the importance of creative self-care and reflection in managing this challenging field. This book will be useful for all those working in the field of trauma whether as clinicians artists or social workers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138479210

Trauma Practice in the Wake of September 11 2001 Trauma practitioners and educators: are you ready to meet the challenges of the aftermath of terrorist attacks?Trauma Practice in the Wake of September 11 2001 will show you how frontline trauma practitioners responded to the crisis of the terrorist attacks. In keeping with Haworth’s mission to provide practitioners and educators with timely information on the assessment and treatment of trauma this essential book responds to the traumatic impact of the events of September 11th 2001 and their implications for trauma practice. In Trauma Practice in the Wake of September 11 2001 you’ll hear from the leaders of the Green Cross--one of the most prominent organizations providing psychological disaster response services--on their experience in the World Trade Center disaster and read about the treatment of a client who was in the first WTC bombing in 1993. You'll also find revealing interviews with an Israeli psychologist and a Palestinian psychiatrist who focus on the impact of terrorism on their citizens. Trauma Practice in the Wake of September 11 2001 is your key to state-of-the-art information on: the psychology of terrorism the traumatic impact of terrorism on those directly affected the traumatic impact of terrorism on the general population ways to help children adolescents and adults cope with the aftermath of the terrorist attacks on America how to deal with “compassion fatigue” (emotional depletion among helping professionals working with traumatized populations) traumatologists’response to rescue workers and victims in New York CityThe catastrophic events of September 11th have and will continue to raise special challenges for those of us in the field of trauma practice. By publishing this book and the ones to follow we hope to assist trauma practitioners and educators in effectively meeting these continuing challenges. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315785899

Trauma ReportingA Journalist's Guide to Covering Sensitive Stories Trauma Reporting provides vital information on developing a healthy professional and respectful relationship with those who choose to tell their stories during times of trauma distress or grief. Amid a growing demand and need for guidance this fascinating book is refreshingly simple engaging and readable providing a wealth of original insight. As an aspiring or working journalist how should you work with a grieving parent a survivor of sexual violence a witness at the scene of a traumatic event? How should you approach people interview them and film with them sensitively? Trauma Reporting features guidance from some of the industry’s most successful news correspondents and documentary makers including Louis Theroux Lucy Williamson Tulip Mazumdar Richard Bilton Jina Moore and many more all sharing their experience and expertise. It also features people who chose to tell their sensitive stories to journalists giving readers invaluable insight into what helped and what harmed. The book also includes: What your interviewees may be going through and how best to respond by trauma expert Professor Stephen Regel. A discussion on ethics rules and regulations by Dr Sallyanne Duncan of the University of Strathclyde. Making sure you look after yourself by Dr Cait McMahon of the Dart Center for Journalism and Trauma. Insightful and innovative this book is essential for new and established journalists across all media students of journalism and broadcasting and anyone who wishes to share the stories of those affected by trauma. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138482104

Trauma Systems Therapy for Children and Teens This highly practical book has helped thousands of clinicians make the most of limited resources to support children and families struggling with chronic multiple adversities. Trauma systems therapy (TST) is grounded in cutting-edge research on traumatic stress and child development. It provides a roadmap for integrating individualized treatment with services at the home school and community levels. Effective assessment and intervention strategies are accompanied by vivid case material and reproducible worksheets and forms. Purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. (First edition title: Collaborative Treatment of Traumatized Children and Teens.)New to This Edition*Restructured to reflect significant conceptual and clinical advances.*Even more clinician friendly: increased emphasis on practical aspects of assessment and treatment.*Chapter on organizational planning.*Chapters on TST innovations including applications for diverse trauma populations and for problems other than trauma.*More reproducible clinical tools--now downloadable. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462521456

Trauma Texts These chapters gathered from two special issues of the journal Life Writing take up a major theme of recent work in the Humanities: Trauma. Autobiography has had a major role to play in this ‘age of trauma’ and these essays turn to diverse contexts that have received little attention to date: partition narratives in India Cambodian and Iranian rap refugee letters from Nauru graffiti in Tanzania and the silent spaces of trauma in Chile and Guantanamo. The contexts and media of these autobiographical trauma texts are diverse yet they are linked by attention to questions of who gets to speak/write/inscribe autobiographically and how and where and why and how can silences in the wake of traumatic experiences be read. These essays deliberately set out to establish some new fields for research in trauma studies by reaching out to a broader global context into various texts media and artifacts representing diverse histories with specific attention to different voices bodies memories and subjectivities. This collection addresses the contemporary circuits of trauma story and the media and icons and narratives that carry trauma story to political effect and emotional affect. This book was previously published as two special issues of Life Writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853170

Trauma Transmission and Sexual ViolenceReconciliation and Peacebuilding in Post Conflict Settings This book grapples with the potential impacts of collective trauma in war-rape survivors’ families. Drawing on inter-ethnic and inter-generational participatory action research on reconciliation processes in post-conflict Bosnia-Herzegovina the author examines the risk that female survivors of war-related sexual crimes now-mothers will breed hatred and further division in the post-conflict context. Showing how the historical trauma of sexual abuse among survivors affects the ideas perceptions behavioural patterns and understandings of the ethnic and religious ‘Other’ or perpetrator the book also considers the influence of such trauma on other attitudes rarely addressed in peacebuilding programmes such as notions of naturalised gender-based violence cultural scripts of sexuality and support for dangerous or violent aspects of the patriarchal social order. It thus seeks to sketch proposals for a curriculum of peacebuilding that takes account of the legacy of war rape in survivors’ families and the impact of trauma transmission. As such Trauma Transmission and Sexual Violence will appeal to scholars of politics sociology and gender studies with interests in peace and reconciliation processes and war-related sexual violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367222147

Trauma Treatment TechniquesInnovative Trends Examine alternative techniques for dealing with post-traumatic stress disorderTrauma Treatment Techniques: Innovative Trends examines alternative approaches to “talk” therapies that help relieve stress in trauma survivors. Experts in a range of practice areas present mental health providers with methods that augment or go beyond traditional techniques including art therapy virtual reality humor residential programs emotional freedom techniques (EFT) traumatic incident reduction (TIR) and thought field therapy (TFT). This unique book serves as a primer on new and creative means of working with combat veterans survivors of child abuse victims of rape and other violent crimes refugees victims of terrorism and disaster survivors. Since the late 19th century mental and medical health professionals social workers clinicians and counselors have attempted to help patients mitigate symptoms and reduce distress by employing a variety of treatment techniques methods strategies and procedures. Trauma Treatment Techniques: Innovative Trends represents a significant addition to the available literature on post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and acute distress providing therapists with much-needed options in their efforts to help trauma sufferers recover find new meaning and reach for new hopes and happiness.Trauma Treatment Techniques: Innovative Trends examines: debriefing interventions in school settings instructions and safeguards for using emotional freedom techniques (EFT) when debriefing in disaster situations the use of creative art therapies to reach out to war refugees the use of virtual reality-based exposure therapy (VRE) to desensitize Vietnam veterans with PTSD from traumatic memories humor as a healing tool repressed memory physiology and meridian treatment points in the body a six-step methodology for diagnosing PTSD a 90-day residential program for treatment of PTSD PTSD motivation enhancement (ME) groups autism as a potential traumatic stressor and much moreTrauma Treatment Techniques: Innovative Trends is an invaluable resource of inventive techniques that offer hope for recovery to anyone who has suffered life’s worst injuries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864518

Trauma VictimTheoretical Issues And Practical Suggestions Aiming to fulfill the need for a multifaceted approach to post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) this guide addresses the importance of the stressor places paramount the person of the victim and provides treatment procedures. The 11 authors weave a care paradigm that begins with a position: the persona of the victim organises and preserves his or her reality and the trauma makes this more so. The book provides a formula for accepting understanding and treating the individual and helps the therapist inspect and nurture the trauma victim's self and ego skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986091

Trauma Vivas for the FRCSA Case-Based Approach This new book is targeted at higher trainees in orthopaedic surgery preparing for the second part of the FRCS (Tr & Orth) exam. The exam involves a set of vivas during which a range of topics is discussed the aim being to demonstrate trauma safety and competence rather than trauma expertise. Examiners may use props such as models clinical pictures clinical studies and x-rays to introduce topics and initiate discussion. This book uses a similar model to allow the candidate to practise key topics for discussion with common presentations and histories and high quality x-rays. The book lends itself to individual and small group learning as trainees prepare for their examinations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498780971

Trauma: Code RedCompanion to the RCSEng Definitive Surgical Trauma Skills Course The Royal College of Surgeons’ of England two-day “definitive surgical trauma skills course” is run by the authors. The course began in 1997 but a new syllabus has recently been put in place.The focus is on thoracic abdominal and vascular injuries caused by both penetrating trauma such as a knife and ballistic trauma caused by guns.This Manual accompanies the course and it's aim is to “demystify the body” and show how to control massive blood loss. Interventions whether they be military or civilian are descrbed in full and techniques derived from the battlefield and world-wide hotspots in trauma —are exemplified within this book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138477025

TraumaA Practitioner's Guide to Counselling In recent years a number of high-profile disasters have heightened public awareness of the impact of trauma. This book offers a comprehensive guide to all aspects of trauma counselling covering: * trauma assessment * resourcing the trauma client * trauma aftercare * working with trauma in private practice * trauma and the therapist * a brief history of trauma. This practical and effective guide to trauma counselling will be invaluable to counsellors GPs social workers human resource managers emergency response organisations and all those involved in treating trauma victims using counselling skills. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315812359

Trauma-Attachment TangleModifying EMDR to Help Children Resolve Trauma and Develop Loving Relationships Trauma-Attachment Tangle offers informative and inspiring clinical stories of children who have complex trauma and attachment issues from experiences such as adoption hospitalization or death of a parent. Some of these children display puzzling or extreme symptoms like prolonged tantrums self-hatred attacking their parents or being fearful of common things like lights solid foods or clothing. Dr. Lovett presents strategies for unraveling the traumatic origins of children’s symptoms and gives a variety of tools for treating complex trauma and for promoting attunement and attachment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138789968

Trauma-Centered Group Psychotherapy for WomenA Clinician's Manual Learn effective PTSD group treatment The awareness of psychological trauma has grown exponentially in the past decade and clinicians in many areas have increasingly found themselves confronted with the need to provide trauma-related services to clients. Still there remains a serious lack of manuals that guide clinicians using group therapy to treat posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Trauma-Centered Group Psychotherapy for Women: A Clinician’s Manual is the important “how-to” resource that fills this void with a successful theory-based field-tested model of group therapy for traumatized women. Concise and full of clinical examples this helpful text includes a session-by-session guide for clinicians and a workbook for clients. Comprehensive and practical Trauma-Centered Group Psychotherapy for Women: A Clinician’s Manual not only describes the theory method and rationale for this effective treatment but also offers a complete step-by-step clinician’s manual and client workbook to help implement the model and establish effective practice. Explained in-depth are unique methods such as the use of testimonial and ceremonial structures to heighten the therapeutic impact and case examples of individual client histories and progress through treatment. In addition appendices detailing a treatment contract and a script for a trauma program “Graduation Ceremony” are also included. Chapters in Trauma-Centered Group Psychotherapy for Women cover: concepts of group therapy with traumatized populations developmental theory of trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder usefulness and challenges of various formats of group therapy session-by-session instructions for clinicians session-by-session workbook for clients guidance in handling difficult treatment and clinical situations group therapy procedures and rules managing traumatic re-enactments empirical support for TCGP and much more!With a detailed bibliography and numerous diagrams charts and tables for visualizing information Trauma-Centered Group Psychotherapy for Women is an ideal resource for mental health clinicians of all types graduate students and educators state mental health commissions and agencies libraries hospitals and clinics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203836279

Trauma-Focused CBT for Children and AdolescentsTreatment Applications Featuring a wealth of clinical examples this book facilitates implementation of Trauma-Focused Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy (TF-CBT) in a range of contexts. It demonstrates how assessment strategies and treatment components can be tailored to optimally serve clients' needs while maintaining overall fidelity to the TF-CBT model. Coverage includes ways to overcome barriers to implementation in residential settings foster placements and low-resource countries. Contributors also describe how to use play to creatively engage kids of different ages and present TF-CBT applications for adolescents with complex trauma children with developmental challenges military families struggling with the stresses of deployment and Latino and Native American children.See also Cohen et al.'s authoritative TF-CBT manual Treating Trauma and Traumatic Grief in Children and Adolescents Second Edition. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462527779

Trauma-Informed CareHow neuroscience influences practice This accessible book provides an overview of trauma-informed care and related neuroscience research across populations. The book explains how trauma can alter brain structure identifies the challenges and commonalities for each population and provides emergent treatment intervention options to assist those recovering from acute and chronic traumatic events. In addition readers will find information on the risk factors and self-care suggestions related to compassion fatigue and a simple rubric is provided as a method to recognize behaviours that may be trauma-related. Topics covered include: children and trauma adult survivors of trauma military veterans and PTSD sexual assault domestic violence and human trafficking compassion fatigue. Trauma-Informed Care draws on the latest findings from the fields of neuroscience and mental health and will prove essential reading for researchers and practitioners. It will also interest clinical social workers and policy makers who work with people recovering from trauma. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138637160

Trauma-Informed Practices for Early Childhood EducatorsRelationship-Based Approaches that Support Healing and Build Resilience in Young Children Trauma-Informed Practices for Early Childhood Educators guides child care providers and early educators working with infants toddlers preschoolers and early elementary aged children to understand trauma as well as its impact on young children’s brains behavior learning and development. The book introduces a range of trauma-informed teaching and family engagement strategies that readers can use in their early childhood programs to create strength-based environments that support children’s health healing and resiliency. Supervisors and coaches will learn a range of powerful trauma-informed practices that they can use to support workforce development and enhance their quality improvement initiatives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138306394

Trauma-Informed Practices With Children and Adolescents Trauma-Informed Practices With Children and Adolescents is a sourcebook of practical approaches to working with children and adolescents that synthesizes research from leading trauma specialists and translates it into easy-to-implement techniques. The approaches laid out address the sensory and somatic experiences of trauma within structured formats that meet the "best practices" criteria for trauma-informed care: safety self-regulation trauma integration healthy relationships and healthy environments. Each chapter contains short excerpts case examples and commentary relevant to the chapter topic from recognized leaders in the field of trauma intervention with children and adolescents. In addition to this readers will find chapters filled with easily applied activities methods and approaches to assessment self-regulation trauma integration and resilience-building. The book's structured yet comprehensive approach provides professionals with the resources they need to help trauma victims not just survive but thrive and move from victim thinking to survivor thinking using the current best practices in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415890526

Trauma-Informed SupervisionCore Components and Unique Dynamics in Varied Practice Contexts Survivors of trauma are disproportionately represented in agencies providing a broad range of behavioral social and mental health services. Practitioners in these settings must understand and be able to respond to survivors of trauma in ways that are empowering normalize and validate their experiences and reactions and minimize the risk of retraumatization. Practitioners also will be indirectly traumatized as a result of their work with trauma survivors. Practitioners’ ability to help clients with histories of trauma depends upon clinical supervision that is trauma-informed. The trauma-informed supervisor has the dual responsibility of enhancing supervisees’ skills as trauma-informed practitioners and helping them manage the impact their work has on them. Nevertheless many clinical supervisors only have limited knowledge and training in trauma and may not recognize either the needs of those whom they supervise or the clients their supervisees serve. This book compiles important recommendations from trauma-informed practitioners supervisors and researchers who share their professional reflections and personal stories based on their hands-on experiences across mental health and medical contexts. This book was originally published as a special issue of The Clinical Supervisor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367352806

TraumaLife Stories of Survivors Traumatic experiences and their consequences are often the core of life stories told by survivors of violence. In Trauma: Life Stories of Survivors leading academics explore the relationship between the experiences of terror and helplessness that have caused trauma the ways in which survivors remember and the representation of these memories in the language and form of their life stories.International case studies include the migration of Ethiopian Jews to Israel the life stories of Guatemalan war widows violence in South Africa persecution of political prisoners in South Africa and the former Czechoslovakia lynching in the Mississippi Delta resistance in Zimbabwe's liberation war sexual abuse and the ongoing Irish troubles. The volume reveals the complexity of remembering and forgetting traumatic experiences and shows that survivors are likely to express themselves in stories containing elements that are imaginary fragmented and loaded with symbolism. Trauma: Life Stories of Survivors is a groundbreaking work of relevance across the social sciences. This new perspective on trauma will be of particular importance to researchers in psychology history women's studies anthropology sociology and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539884

Trauma-Organized SystemsPhysical and Sexual Abuse in Families This book is about the experience of individuals who have been abused or who have abused others but it also traces the way an abusive experience can organize a family or professional system so that changes are difficult to achieve. The author has been in the forefront of the child abuse field for many years and he discusses in this volume the way his thinking has changed to incorporate the ideas from the feminist movement and the constructionist family therapists. He looks at the way victimizing actions and the traumatic effects of abuse combine to create a trauma-organized system which includes the individual the family the professional helpers the community and the cultural values. The author describes the characteristics of these systems and a diagnostic procedure to help the workers plan the treatment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367104580

Traumatic Brain Injury in Sports Traumatic brain injury (TBI) in sports has become an important international public health issue over the past two decades. However until recently return to play decisions following a sports-related traumatic brain injury have been based on anecdotal evidence and have not been based on scientifically validated clinical protocols. Over the past decade the field of Neuropsychology has become an increasingly important component of the return to play decision making process following TBI. Neuropsychological assessment instruments are increasingly being adapted for use with athletes throughout the world and the field of sports neuropsychology appears to be a rapidly evolving subspecialty. This book provides a comprehensive overview of the application of neuropsychological assessment instruments in sports and it is structured to present a global perspective on contemporary research. In addition to a review of current research Traumatic Brain Injury in Sports: An International Neuropsychological Perspective presents a thorough review of current clinical models that are being implemented internationally within American and Australian rules football soccer boxing ice hockey rugby and equestrian sports. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9780367810535

Traumatic Brain Injury RehabilitationPractical Vocational Neuropsychological and Psychotherapy Interventions Addressing the critical issues in community re-entry in a very practical manner this book is suitable for all members of a community re-entry or brain-injury rehabilitation team. Traumatic Brain Injury Rehabilitation: Practical Vocational Neuropsychological and Psychotherapy Interventions provides innovative guidelines for allied health members of the traumatic brain injury rehabilitation team with information to help achieve more successful vocational and psychosocial outcomes. The book provides a very clear overview of critical components of neuropsychological information and the use of this information in vocational planning; examples of functional areas of cognition and neuropsychological assessment; the linkages between cognitive and behavioral impairments; the different categories of assistive technology; psychotherapy and behavioral interventions as well as successful vocational interventions; and models of work access including methods of supported employment the development of a tailored job coaching program and the specifics of utilizing natural supports. This book is useful to anyone involved in neurorehabilitation vocational rehabilitation rehab psychology neuropsychology and students in counseling programs or studying medical aspects of disability. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203735046

Traumatic Brain Injury RehabilitationThe Lefaivre Rainbow Effect The Lefaivre Rainbow Effect is a groundbreaking treatment for those suffering from a traumatic brain injury (TBI). This strategy is different from most others because it is individually designed for each client and focuses on the cognitive retraining of the brain based on pre-injury lifestyle as well as the organic damage to the brain rather than the disability alone. Starting in the community after the acute and in-patient rehabilitation phases of recovery have been completed the Lefaivre Rainbow Effect maximizes the recovery process by positioning the TBI survivor to be a motivated participant in the arduous journey of recovery. Key features: Provides tools and templates for managing the individualized treatment and integration process including additional material available for download Addresses physical emotional and cognitive deficits with a strong influence on participation in life activities Includes the unique theory of the traumatically induced dysfunctional family with the aim to preserve the family unit and reduce the overall loss for the survivor of brain injury Features a practical approach including chapter summaries case studies diagrams and templates Offers guidance on producing an Independent Medical Evaluation and preparing effectively for cross examination in recognition of the adversarial aspect of many TBI cases This essential text demonstrates how rehabilitation professionals including occupational therapists doctors nurses social workers speech pathologists and neuropsychologists can use the Lefaivre Rainbow Effect in their practices to improve therapeutic outcomes for their clients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781482228243

Traumatic Brain InjuryMethods for Clinical and Forensic Neuropsychiatric Assessment Third Edition Traumatic Brain Injury: Methods for Clinical and Forensic Neuropsychiatric Assessment Third Edition provides physicians and psychologists with a scientifically based schema for the clinical evaluation of traumatic brain injury (TBI). The book assists physicians and psychologists in developing treatment plans for patients who have sustained TBIs and also guides those providing forensic analysis to lawyers insurance bodies workers’ compensation systems triers of fact and other stakeholders in the adjudication of victims of TBI. The procedures and recommendations in this book are grounded in highly referenced evidence-based science but also come from more than 5000 cases wherein the author and contributors have personally examined individuals who have sustained a TBI or who claim to have sustained a TBI. This edition has been entirely rewritten. The style now follows a more traditional neuropsychiatric format than previous editions. Since the last edition there has been increased awareness and scientific study regarding the effects of blast brain injury as a consequence of US military experiences in Afghanistan and Iraq. There is also increased interest in the phenomenology of mild traumatic brain injury and in particular the forensic complications associated with evaluations of this disorder. Chronic traumatic encephalopathy has also received significant scrutiny in the last decade possibly associated with sports injuries. This book is a comprehensive resource for clinicians treating patients as well as for forensic specialists. Its purpose remains the same as in prior editions—to provide physicians or psychologists with a practical method for an effective evaluation of TBI based upon known scientific principles of brain-behavior relationships and state-of-the-art clinical neuroimaging neuropsychological and psychological techniques. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466594807

Traumatic Brain InjuryRehabilitation Treatment and Case Management Fourth Edition The fourth edition of this text constitutes a continuation of 20 years of coverage of traumatic brain injury and broadens the discussion of acquired brain injury. Within TBI the paradigm shift from an injury occurring at a point in time to a disease entity of a chronic nature is changing the discussion of diagnosis management treatment and outcome assessment. Disease specification that differentiates TBIs by the mechanism of injury the exact nature of the injury the extent of injury presence of co-morbidities and their exact nature gender age race and genome are emerging as crucial. Disease differentiation has impacted diagnosis treatment and outcome. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498710299

Traumatic Brain InjuryRehabilitation for Everyday Adaptive Living 2nd Edition Research into the rehabilitation of individuals following Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI) in the past 15 years has resulted in greater understanding of the condition. The second edition of this book provides an updated guide for health professionals working with individuals recovering from TBI. Its uniquely clinical focus provides both comprehensive background information and practical strategies for dealing with common problems with thinking memory communication behaviour and emotional adjustment in both adults and children. The book addresses a wide range of challenges from those which begin with impairment of consciousness to those occurring for many years after injury and presents strategies for maximising participation in all aspects of community life. The book will be of use to practising clinicians students in health disciplines relevant to neurorehabilitation and also to the families of individuals with traumatic brain injury. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138109858

Traumatic Childbirth Postpartum depression has become a more recognized mental illness over the past decade as a result of education and increased awareness. Traumatic childbirth however is still often overlooked resulting in a scarcity of information for health professionals. This is in spite of up to 34% of new mothers reporting experiencing a traumatic childbirth and prevalence rates rising for high risk mothers such as those who experience stillbirth or who had very low birth weight infants. This ground-breaking book brings together an academic a clinician and a birth trauma activist. Each chapter discusses current research women’s stories the common themes in the stories and the implications of these for practice clinical case studies and a clinician’s insights and recommendations for care. Topics covered include: mothers’ perspectives fathers’ perspectives the impact on breastfeeding the impact on subsequent births PTSD after childbirth and EMDR treatment for PTSD. This book is a valuable resource for health professionals who come into contact with new mothers providing the most current and accurate information on traumatic childbirth. It also presents mothers’ experiences in a manner that is accessible to women their partners and families. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415678100

Traumatic Experiences of Normal DevelopmentAn Intersubjective Object Relations Listening Perspective on Self Attachment Trauma and Reality Traditionally trauma has been defined as negatively impacting external events with resulting damage. This book puts forth an entirely different thesis: trauma is universal occurring under even the best of circumstances and unavoidably sculpting the very building blocks of character structure. In Traumatic Experiences of Normal Development Dr. Carl Shubs depathologizes the experience of trauma by presenting a listening perspective which helps recognize the presence and effects of traumatic experiences of normal development (TEND) by using a reconstruction of object relations theory. This outlook redefines trauma as the breach in intrapsychic organization of Self Affect and Other (SAO) the three components of object relations units which combine to form intricate and changeable constellations that are no less than the total experience of living in any given moment. Bridging the gap between the trauma and analytic communities as well as integrating intrapsychic and relational frameworks the SAO/ TEND perspective provides a trauma-based band of attunement for attending to all relational encounters including those occurring in therapy. Though targeted to mental health professionals this book will help enable therapists and sophisticated lay readers alike to recognize the impact of relational encounters providing new tools to understand the traumas we have experienced and to minimize the hold they have on us. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367429188

Traumatic GriefDiagnosis Treatment and Prevention First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315784496

Traumatic NarcissismRelational Systems of Subjugation In this volume Traumatic Narcissism: Relational Systems of Subjugation Daniel Shaw presents a way of understanding the traumatic impact of narcissism as it is engendered developmentally and as it is enacted relationally. Focusing on the dynamics of narcissism in interpersonal relations Shaw describes the relational system of what he terms the 'traumatizing narcissist' as a system of subjugation – the objectification of one person in a relationship as the means of enforcing the dominance of the subjectivity of the other. Daniel Shaw illustrates the workings of this relational system of subjugation in a variety of contexts: theorizing traumatic narcissism as an intergenerationally transmitted relational/developmental trauma; and exploring the clinician's experience working with the adult children of traumatizing narcissists. He explores the relationship of cult leaders and their followers and examines how traumatic narcissism has lingered vestigially in some aspects of the psychoanalytic profession. Bringing together theories of trauma and attachment intersubjectivity and complementarity and the rich clinical sensibility of the Relational Psychoanalysis tradition Shaw demonstrates how narcissism can best be understood not merely as character but as the result of the specific trauma of subjugation in which one person is required to become the object for a significant other who demands hegemonic subjectivity. Traumatic Narcissism presents therapeutic clinical opportunities not only for psychoanalysts of different schools but for all mental health professionals working with a wide variety of modalities. Although primarily intended for the professional psychoanalyst and psychotherapist this is also a book that therapy patients and lay readers will find highly readable and illuminating. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510257

Traumatic Reliving in History Literature and Film Traumatic Reliving in History Literature and Film explores an intriguing facet of human behavior never yet examined in its own right - an individual or a group may contrive unawares to repeat a half-forgotten traumatic experience in disguise. Such reliving has shaped major careers and large-scale events throughout history. Insight into it is therefore vital for understanding historic causation past and present. Traumatic Reliving has also proliferated in literature since antiquity and lately in film as well indicating its tacit acceptance as a piece of life by the reading and movie-going public. This book examines the evidence of history literature and film on how this irrational behavioral mechanism works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106584

Traumatic Ruptures: Abandonment and Betrayal in the Analytic Relationship For much of its history psychoanalysis has been strangely silent about sudden ruptures in the analytic relationship and their immediate and far-reaching effects for those involved. Such issues of betrayal and abandonment – the death of an analyst a patient’s suicide an ethical violation – disrupt the stability and cohesion of the analytic framework and leave indelible marks on both individuals and institutions alike. In Traumatic Ruptures an international range of contributors present first-person highly personal and sometimes painful accounts of their experiences and the occasionally difficult yet redeeming lessons they have taken from them. Presented in four parts the book explores multiple meanings and consequences of the break in the analytic relationship. Part One Ruptured Subjectivity: Lost and Found presents accounts of clinical encounters with death. Part Two Rupture: The Clinical Process addresses the sudden loss of an analyst the trauma of patient suicide and the issue of countertransference when working with patients who have suffered the unexpected loss of their first analyst. Part Three The Long Shadow of Rupture examines the effects of ethical violations in the short and long term. Finally Part Four Ruptures’ Impact on Organizations looks at the wider impact of ethical and sexual boundary violations in the context of an organization and the effect of trauma on a psychoanalytic institute. By giving voice to issues that are usually silenced the authors here open the door to understanding the complex nature of traumatic rupture within the analytic field. This intimate exploration of psychoanalytic treatments and communities is ideal for psychoanalysts psychologists clinical social workers psychiatrists and family therapists. It is an important text for clinicians working with individuals who have experienced traumatic ruptures and for members of organisations dealing with their effects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415539319

Traumatic Storytelling and Memory in Post-Apartheid South AfricaPerforming Signs of Injury This book explores the practice of traumatic storytelling that emerged out of the South African Truth and Reconciliation Commission and came to play a key role in the lives of the members of the Khulumani Support Group for victims of apartheid-era political violence. Group members found traumatic storytelling both frustrating and yet also an important form of memory work that shaped how they saw themselves in the post-apartheid era. Drawing on ethnographic fieldwork the author examines how traumatic storytelling functioned not only as a kind of psychological healing and national political theatre but also as a potent form of social relation economic exchange political activism and expressive practice. With emphasis on the personal social and political significance of the act of traumatic storytelling this volume asks why members of Khulumani despite their many disappointments continued to engage intensively in storying their experiences for themselves and others. Examining what powers storytelling held for both group members and their witnesses and considering the ways in which storytelling enabled new senses of self and new understandings of what was possible in the years after the end of apartheid this book considers what we might learn more broadly from the experiences of Khulumani about the possibilities—and limits—of traumatic-memory-making as an instrument of personal social and political repair. As such it will appeal to scholars of sociology anthropology and criminology with interest in justice and post-conflict societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582142

Traumatic Stress and Its AftermathCultural Community and Professional Contexts Explore the aftermath of traumatic stress as it affects various populations including therapists themselves! This book will educate you about the aftermath of traumatic stress as it impacts people in a variety of settings. It explores the factors that lead to increased or reduced vulnerability to the effects of traumatic stress emphasizing the impact of cumulative/multiple trauma rather than the effects of a single traumatic incident to help you design and implement effective prevention and intervention programs. The specific populations and groups addressed in this important book include: adolescent girls involved in armed conflict in Colombia’s guerilla war urban African-American youth—a theoretical model for risk and resiliency people with strong spiritual/religious beliefs—how spirituality can affect a person’s reaction to traumatic stress women in recovery in a community aftercare shelter female trauma therapists—factors affecting vicarious traumatization of helping professionals college students with histories of abuse Providing a framework for understanding traumatic stress-related issues based on a variety of methodologies and measures Traumatic Stress and Its Aftermath addresses important questions such as: What is the relationship between the experiences of trauma or other stressful life events and subsequent traumatic stress? What are the protective factors that can buffer or ameliorate the development of traumatic stress in the face of adverse life experiences trauma or other stressful events? How do these questions evolve in different cultural or community contexts and with different populations? What are the implications for interventions for community institutions and mental health workers? What roles do self-esteem and spirituality play in a person’s reaction to traumatic stress? How do reactions to traumatic stress differ between women who have been sexually abused as children and women who have not? From editor Sandra S. Lee: “Contemporary developments in the study of traumatic stress are shifting. This book reflects an emphasis on the study of traumatic stress in normal community cultural or college student populations and groups while other literature has focused on individuals specifically diagnosed with PTSD. In addition Traumatic Stress and Its Aftermath: Cultural Community and Professional Contexts emphasizes the search for risk and protective factors and factors that can buffer the relationship between trauma exposure and subsequent distress.” Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315044040

Traumatic TalesBritish Nationhood and National Trauma in Nineteenth-Century Literature Traumatic Tales: British Nationhood and National Trauma in Nineteenth-Century Literature explores intersections of nationalism and trauma in Romantic and Victorian literature from the emergence of British nationalism through the height of the British Empire. From the national tales of the early nineteenth century to the socially incisive realist novels that emerged later in the century nationalism is inescapable in this literature as much current scholarship acknowledges. Nineteenth-century national trauma however has only recently begun to be explored. Taking as its starting point the unsettling effects of nationalism the essays in this collection expose the violence underlying empire-building particularly in regard to subject identity. National violence—imperialism colonialism and warfare—necessarily grounds nation-formation in deep-lying trauma. As the essays demonstrate such fraught nexus are made visible in national tales as well as in political policy exposed by means of theoretical and historical analyses to reveal psychological political social and individual trauma. This exploration of violence in the construction of national ideology in nineteenth-century Britain rethinks our understanding of cultural memory national identity imperialism and colonialism recent thrusts of Romantic and Victorian study in nineteenth-century literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888640

Traumatised and Non-Traumatised States of the PersonalityA Clinical Understanding Using Bion's Approach This book provides using Bion's insightful legacy a practical and useful instrument to safely navigate the psyche. It offers an original conception of trauma and of the working mind between "traumatised" and "non-traumatised" states based on essentials taken from Bion's contributions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201373

Traumatology of grievingConceptual theoretical and treatment foundations First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203727652

Travel Art and Collecting in South AsiaVertiginous Exchange Travel Art and Collecting in South Asia questions what are ideas of vertiginous collecting art-making and museums as expanded fields including wonder houses and missionary museums (or museobuses) in Britain and South Asia. If the historiography of British India has privileged photography and the 'Imperial Picturesque' the emphasis here is on the formation of a creole modernity one that considers the relationship between art and labour including pearlescence and pearl fishing in Sri Lanka and the iconoclastic/fetish debates and forms of collecting amongst missionaries. Eaton explores these themes alongside the genealogies and modernities of white(ness) in contemporary curating and amateur female practice and how the museobus or museum as a unique object has informed the work of contemporary artist group Raqs Media Collective.  This book will be of interest to scholars in art history Asian history and imperial and colonial history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409409465

Travel Collecting and Museums of Asian Art in Nineteenth-Century Paris Travel Collecting and Museums of Asian Art in Nineteenth-Century Paris examines a history of contact between modern Europe and East Asia through three collectors: Henri Cernuschi Emile Guimet and Edmond de Goncourt. Drawing on a wealth of material including European travelogues of the East and Asian reports of the West Ting Chang explores the politics of mobility and cross-cultural encounter in the nineteenth century. This book takes a new approach to museum studies and institutional critique by highlighting what is missing from the existing scholarship -- the foreign labors social relations and somatic experiences of travel that are constitutive of museums yet left out of their histories. The author explores how global trade and monetary theory shaped Cernuschi's collection of archaic Chinese bronze. Exchange systems both material and immaterial determined Guimet's museum of religious objects and Goncourt's private collection of Asian art. Bronze porcelain and prints articulated the shifting relations and frameworks of understanding between France Japan and China in a time of profound transformation. Travel Collecting and Museums of Asian Art in Nineteenth-Century Paris thus looks at what Asian art was imagined to do for Europe. This book will be of interest to scholars and students interested in art history travel imagery museum studies cross-cultural encounters and modern transnational histories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249196

Travel Communication and Geography in Late AntiquitySacred and Profane Travel Communication and Geography in Late Antiquity brings together a set of papers that consider anew issues of travel communication and landscape in Late Antiquity. This period witnessed an increase in long-distance travel and the construction of large new inter-provincial communications networks. The Christian Church's expansion is but one example of both phenomena. The contributions here present readers with new research on the explosion in travel and large-scale communication and the effect on this of different geographical possibilities and limitations. The papers deal with a variety of travel experiences (religious pilgrimages; travel for work and educational purposes; journeys of the soul) and writings about travel; they look at various kinds of communication (ecclesiastical communication; communication for commerce; and the communication of religious identity); and they examine both physical and psychological aspects of geography travel and communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264335

Travel Discovery Transformation This latest volume in the Culture & Civilization series gathers interdisciplinary voices to present a collection of essays on travel and travel narratives. The essays span a range of topics from iconic ancient travel stories to modern tourism. They discuss travel in the ancient world modern heroic travels the literary culture of missionary travel the intersection of fiction and travel narratives modern literary traditions and visions of Greece personal identity and expatriation. Essays also address travel memoirs the re-imagining of worlds through travel transformed landscapes and animals in travel narratives diplomacy English women travel writers and pilgrimage and health in the medieval world.The history of travel writing takes in multiple pursuits: exploration and conquest religious pilgrimage and missionary work educational tourism and diplomacy scientific and personal discovery and natural history and oral history. As a literary genre it has enhanced a wide range of disciplines including geography ethnography anthropology and linguistics. Moreover twenty-first-century interests in travel and travel writing have produced a global framework that promises to expand travel's theoretical reach into the depths of the Internet thus challenging our conventional concept of what it means to travel.The fact that travel and travel writing have a prehistory that is embedded in foundational religious texts and ancient narratives of journey like the Odyssey and the Epic of Gilgamesh makes both travel and travel writing fundamental and essential expressions of humanity. Travel encourages writing particularly as epistolary and poetic chronicling. This is clearly a history and tradition that began with human communication and which has kept pace with our collective development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412852838

Travel Modernism and Modernity Focusing on the significance of travel in Joseph Conrad E.M. Forster D.H. Lawrence Henry James and Edith Wharton Robert Burden shows how travel enabled a new consciousness of mobility and borders during the modernist period. For these authors Burden suggests travel becomes a narrative paradigm and dominant trope by which they explore questions of identity and otherness related to deep-seated concerns with the crisis of national cultural identity. He pays particular attention to the important distinction between travel and tourism at the same time that he attends to the slippage between seeing and sightseeing between the local character and the stereotype between art and kitsch and between older and newer ways of storytelling in the representational crisis of modernism. Burden argues that the greater awareness of cultural difference that characterizes both the travel writing and fiction of these expatriate writers became a defining feature of literary modernism resulting in a consciousness of cultural difference that challenged the ethnographic project of empire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880996

Travel Pilgrimage and Social Interaction from Antiquity to the Middle Ages Mobility and travel have always been key characteristics of human societies having various cultural social and religious aims and purposes. Travels shaped religions and societies and were a way for people to understand themselves this world and the transcendent. This book analyses travelling in its social context in ancient and medieval societies. Why did people travel how did they travel and what kind of communal networks and negotiations were inherent in their travels? Travel was not only the privilege of the wealthy or the male but people from all social groups genders and physical abilities travelled. Their reasons to travel varied from profane to sacred but often these two were intermingled in the reasons for travelling. The chapters cover a long chronology from Antiquity to the end of the Middle Ages offering the reader insights into the developments and continuities of travel and pilgrimage as a phenomenon of vital importance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367137564

Travel Space Architecture Travel Space Architecture defines a new theoretical territory in architectural and urban scholarship that frames the processes of spatial production through the notion of travel. By aligning architectural thinking with current critical theory debates this book explores whether dissociating culture from place and identity and detaching the idea of architecture from both can reframe our understanding of spatial and architectural practices. The book presents seventeen key case studies from a diverse range of perspectives including historical theoretical and praxis-based and range from interrogations of architectural travel and notions of belonging and nationhood to challenging established geopolitical hierarchies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246676

Travel Tourism and Identity Travel Tourism and Identity addresses the psychological and social adjustments that occur when people make contact with others outside their social cultural or linguistic groups. Whether such contact is the result of tourism seeking exile or relocating abroad the volume's contributors demonstrate how one's identity cultural assumptions and worldview can be brought into question.In some cases the traveller finds that bridging the social and cultural gap between himself and the new society is fairly easy. In other cases the traveller discovers that reorienting himself requires absorbing a new cultural history and traditions. The contributors argue that making these adjustments will surely enhance the traveller's or tourist's experience; otherwise the traveller or tourist will be at risk of becoming a marginalized figure one disconnected from the society that surrounds him.This latest volume in the Culture & Civilization series features a collection of essays on travel and tourism. The essays cover a range of topics from historical travels to modern social identities. They discuss ancient travels contemporary travels in Europe Africa and sustainable eco-tourism and the politics of tourism. Essays also address experiences of Grenada's "Spice Island" identity and the effects of globalization and migrations on personal identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412856768

Travel Tourism and Art Art in its many forms has long played an important role in people’s imagination experience and remembrance of places cultures and travels as well as in their motivation to travel. Travel and tourism on the other hand have also inspired numerous artists and featured in many artworks. The fascinating relationships between travel tourism and art encompass a wide range of phenomena from historical ’Grand Tours’ during which a number of travellers experienced or produced artwork to present-day travel inspired by art artworks produced by contemporary travellers or artworks produced by locals for tourist consumption. Focusing on the representations of ’touristic’ places locals travellers and tourists in artworks; the role of travel and tourism in inspiring artists; as well as the role of art and artwork in imagining experiencing and remembering places and motivating travel and tourism; this edited volume provides a space for an exploration of both historical and contemporary relationships between travel tourism and art. Bringing together scholars from a wide range of disciplines and fields of study including geography anthropology history philosophy and urban cultural tourism art and leisure studies this volume discusses a range of case studies across different art forms and locales. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246331

Travel & Travellers Middle Ages First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203040157

Travel and Conflict in the Early Modern World This edited collection examines the meeting points between travel mobility and conflict to uncover the experience of travel – whether real or imagined – in the early modern world. Until relatively recently both domestic travel and voyages to the wider world remained dangerous undertakings. Physical travel whether initiated by religious conversion and pilgrimage diplomacy trade war or the desire to encounter other cultures inevitably heralded disruption: contact zones witnessed cultural encounters that were not always cordial despite the knowledge acquisition and financial gain that could be reaped from travel. Vast compendia of travel such as Hakluyt’s Principla Navigations Voyages and Discoveries printed from the late sixteenth century and Prévost's Histoire Générale des Voyages (1746-1759) underscored European exploration as a marker of European progress and in so doing showed the tensions that can arise as a consequence of interaction with other cultures. In focusing upon language acquisition and translation travel and religion travel and politics and imaginary travel the essays in this collection tease out the ways in which travel was both obstructed and enriched by conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367524210

Travel and Dislocation in Contemporary American Fiction This book offers a critical study and analysis of American fiction at the beginning of the twenty-first century. It focuses on novels that ‘go outward’ literally and metaphorically and it concentrates on narratives that take place mainly away from the US’s geographical borders. Varvogli draws on current theories of travel globalization and post-national studies and proposes a dynamic model that will enable scholars to approach contemporary American fiction and assess recent changes and continuities. Concentrating on work by Philip Caputo Dave Eggers Norman Rush and Russell Banks the book proposes that American literature’s engagement with Africa has shifted and needs to be approached using new methodologies. Novels by Amy Tan Garrison Keillor Jonathan Safran Foer and Dave Eggers are examined in the context of travel and globalization and works by Chang-rae Lee Ethan Canin Dinaw Mengestu and Jhumpa Lahiri are used as examples of the changing face of the American immigrant novel and the changing meaning of national belonging. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415744140

Travel and Drugs in Twentieth-Century Literature This book examines the connections between two disparate yet persistently bound thematics -- mobility and intoxication -- and explores their central yet frequently misunderstood role in constructing subjectivity following the 1960s. Emerging from profound mid-twentieth-century changes in how drugs and travel were imagined the conceptual nexus discussed sheds new light on British and North American responses to sixties counterculture. With readings of Aldous Huxley William Burroughs Alex Garland Hunter S. Thompson and Robert Sedlack Banco traces twin arguments looking at the ways travel is imagined as a disciplinary force acting upon the creative destabilizing powers of psychedelic intoxication; and exploring the ways drugs help construct travel spaces and practices as at times revolutionary and at other times neo-colonial. By following a sequence of shifting understandings of drug and travel orthodoxies this book traverses fraught and irresistibly linked terrains from the late 1950s up to a period marked by international postmodern tourism. As such it helps illuminate a world where tourism is continually expanding yet constantly circumscribed and where illegal drugs are both increasingly unregulated in the global economy and perceived more and more as crucial agents in the construction of human subjectivity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415634236

Travel and EthicsTheory and Practice Despite the recent increase in scholarly activity regarding travel writing and the accompanying proliferation of publications relating to the form its ethical dimensions have yet to be theorized with sufficient rigour. Drawing from the disciplines of anthropology linguistics literary studies and modern languages the contributors in this volume apply themselves to a number of key theoretical questions pertaining to travel writing and ethics ranging from travel-as-commoditization to encounters with minority languages under threat. Taken collectively the essays assess key critical legacies from parallel disciplines to the debate so far such as anthropological theory and postcolonial criticism. Also considered and of equal significance are the ethical implications of the form’s parallel genres of writing such as ethnography and journalism. As some of the contributors argue innovations in these genres have important implications for the act of theorizing travel writing itself and the mode and spirit in which it continues to be conducted. In the light of such innovations how might ethical theory maintain its critical edge? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547964

Travel and Geography in the Roman Empire The remains of Roman roads are a powerful reminder of the travel and communications system that was needed to rule a vast and diverse empire. Yet few people have questioned just how the Romans - both military and civilians - travelled or examined their geographical understanding in an era which offered a greatly increased potential for moving around and a much bigger choice of destinations.This volume provides new perspectives on these issues and some controversial arguments; for instance that travel was not limited to the elite and that maps as we know them did not exist in the empire. The military importance of transport and communication networks is also a focus as is the imperial post system (cursus publicus) and the logistics and significance of transport in both conquest and administration.With more than forty photographs maps and illustrations this collection provides a new understanding of the role and importance of travel and of the nature of geographical knowledge in the Roman world Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203995594

Travel and Imagination The imagination has long been associated with travel and tourism; from the seventeenth century when the showman and his peepshow box would take the village crowd to places cities and lands through the power of stories to today when we rely on a different range of boxes to whisk us away on our imaginative travels: the television the cinema and the computer. Even simply the notion of travel it would seem gives us license to daydream. The imagination thus becomes a key concept that blurs the boundaries between our everyday lives and the idea of travel. Yet despite what appears to be a close and comfortable link there is an absence of scholarly material looking at travel and the imagination. Bringing together geographers sociologists cultural researchers philosophers anthropologists visual researchers archaeologists heritage researchers literary scholars and creative writers this edited collection explores the socio-cultural phenomenon of imagination and travel. The volume reflects upon imagination in the context of many forms of physical and non-physical travel inviting scholars to explore this fascinating yet complex area of inquiry in all of its wonderful colour slipperiness mystery and intrigue. The book intends to provide a catalyst for thinking discussion research and writing with the vision of generating a cannon of scholarship on travel and the imagination that is currently absent from the literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248533

Travel and Modernist LiteratureSacred and Ethical Journeys Through close readings of works from Henry James to W. E. B. Du Bois and from Virginia Woolf to Jean Rhys this book discusses how fictional travelers negotiate and adapt various tropes of travel (such as quest expatriation displacement and exile) as models for their own journeys. Specifically Peat considers the ethical dimensions of modernist travel from two distinct vantages. The first focuses on the relationship between the secular and the sacred in modernist travel literature arguing that the recurrent narrative of secular travel is haunted by a desire for spiritual transcendence. The second posits modernist travel fiction as a potentially positive example of transcultural relations consciously arguing against the received notion that travel during an imperial era is always by nature itself imperialist. Throughout particular attention is paid to the transnational nature of modernism and the various global flows traced by modernist literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868847

Travel and Tourism in Britain 1700–1914 The British led the way in holidaymaking. This four-volume primary resource collection brings together a diverse range of texts on the various forms of transport used by tourists the destinations they visited the role of entertainments and accommodation and how these affected the way that tourism evolved over two centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848934122

Travel and Tourism in Britain 1700–1914 Vol 1 The British led the way in holidaymaking. This four-volume primary resource collection brings together a diverse range of texts on the various forms of transport used by tourists the destinations they visited the role of entertainments and accommodation and how these affected the way that tourism evolved over two centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138765276

Travel and Tourism in Britain 1700–1914 Vol 2 The British led the way in holidaymaking. This four-volume primary resource collection brings together a diverse range of texts on the various forms of transport used by tourists the destinations they visited the role of entertainments and accommodation and how these affected the way that tourism evolved over two centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138765283

Travel and Tourism in Britain 1700–1914 Vol 3 The British led the way in holidaymaking. This four-volume primary resource collection brings together a diverse range of texts on the various forms of transport used by tourists the destinations they visited the role of entertainments and accommodation and how these affected the way that tourism evolved over two centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138765290

Travel and Tourism in Britain 1700–1914 Vol 4 The British led the way in holidaymaking. This four-volume primary resource collection brings together a diverse range of texts on the various forms of transport used by tourists the destinations they visited the role of entertainments and accommodation and how these affected the way that tourism evolved over two centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138765306

Travel and Tourism Public Relations The opening chapter explains the recent growth of industry PR and travel & tourism news coverage which today focuses on the considerable economic benefits of the industry. Additionally it reviews the leading news media that covers the industry the primary PR tools and audiences and details the factors leading to PR's new prominence across the industry. It also provides informative sidebars with lists of key industry print media top travel agencies plus a Travel Industry Association of America case study of a post-9/11/2001 campaign to restore American confidence in travelling. It also includes a composite definition of PR and tells how PR is a discipline distinctively different from publicity propaganda advertising and marketing. The author notes how over the past decade due to economic conditions PR in many cases has been integrated with marketing communications and played an important role in both strategic and tactical marketing activities. Following this overview the ensuing five chapters examine communications model specifics that are of special importance to the industry's major sectors: hotels/lodging establishments; restaurants; tourist attractions/destinations; and transportation services. Each of these sectors have their ownspecial messages PR tools and audiences. For example meeting planners and travel agents are of most importance to hotels while travel agents are of little importance to airlines and restaurants. Also included is a chapter about what travel employers should understand about PR The chapters will be followed by appendices that will include:The top 30 U.S. Travel & Tourism Professional/Trade Associations; and the Leading U.S. Travel & Tourism Universities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138137912

Travel and Transformation Travel and tourism have a long association with the notion of transformation both in terms of self and social collectives. What is surprising however is that this association has on the whole remained relatively underexplored and unchallenged with little in the way of a corpus of academic literature surrounding these themes. Instead much of the literature to date has focused upon describing and categorising tourism and travel experiences from a supply-side perspective with travellers themselves defined in terms of their motivations and interests. While the tourism field can lay claim to several significant milestone contributions there have been few recent attempts at a rigorous re-theorization of the issues arising from the travel/transformation nexus. The opportunity to explore the socio-cultural dimensions of transformation through travel has thus far been missed. Bringing together geographers sociologists cultural researchers philosophers anthropologists visual researchers literary scholars and heritage researchers this volume explores what it means to transform through travel in a modern mobile world. In doing so it draws upon a wide variety of traveller perspectives - including tourists backpackers lifestyle travellers migrants refugees nomads walkers writers poets virtual travellers and cosmetic surgery patients - to unpack a cultural phenomenon that has captured the imagination since the very first works of Western literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270176

Travel and Travellers of the Middle Ages Originally published between 1920 and 1970 The History of Civilization was a landmark in early twentieth century publishing. It was published at a formative time within the social sciences and during a period of decisive historical discovery. The aim of the general editor C.K. Ogden was to summarize the most up to date findings and theories of historians anthropologists archaeologists and sociologists. This reprinted material is available as a set or in the following groupings: * Prehistory and Historical Ethnography Set of 12: 0-415-15611-4: £800.00 * Greek Civilization Set of 7: 0-415-15612-2: £450.00 * Roman Civilization Set of 6: 0-415-15613-0: £400.00 * Eastern Civilizations Set of 10: 0-415-15614-9: £650.00 * Judaeo-Christian Civilization Set of 4: 0-415-15615-7: £250.00 * European Civilization Set of 11: 0-415-15616-5: £700.00 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869751

Travel ConnectionsTourism Technology and Togetherness in a Mobile World Living in a world that is increasingly ‘on the move’ means that many of us now rely on mobile devices social media and networking technologies to coordinate togetherness with our social networks even when we are apart. Nowhere is this phenomenon more evident than in the emerging practices of ‘interactive travel’. Today’s travellers are more likely than ever to pack a laptop or a mobile phone and to use these devices to stay in touch with friends and family members – as well as to connect with strangers and other travellers – while they are on the road. New practices such as location-aware navigating travel blogging flashpacking and Couchsurfing now shape the way travellers engage with each other with their social networks and with the world around them. Travel Connections prompts a rethinking of the key paradigms in tourism studies in the digital age. Interactive travel calls into question longstanding tourism concepts such as landscape the tourist gaze hospitality authenticity and escape. The book proposes a range of new concepts to describe the way tourists inhabit the world and engage with their social networks in the twenty-first century: smart tourism the mediated gaze mobile conviviality re-enchantment and embrace. Based on intensive fieldwork with interactive travellers Travel Connections offers a detailed account of this emerging phenomenon and uncovers the new forms of mediated and face-to-face togetherness that become possible in a mobile world. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of sociology tourism and hospitality new media cosmopolitanism studies mobility studies and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138020061

Travel Culture Travel Writing and Bengali Women 1870–1940 This book chronicles travel writings of Bengali women in colonial India and explores the intersections of power indigeneity and the representations of the ‘self’ and the ‘other’ in these writings. It documents the transgressive histories of these women who stepped out to create emancipatory identities for themselves. The book brings together a selection of travelogues from various Bengali women and their journeys to the West the Aryavarta and Japan. These writings challenge stereotypes of the 'circumscribed native woman’ and explore the complex personal and socio-political histories of women in colonial India. Reading these from a feminist postcolonial perspective the volume highlights how these women from different castes class and ages confront the changing realities of their lives in colonial India in the backdrop of the independence movement and the second world war. The author draws attention to the personal histories of these women which informed their views on education womanhood marriage female autonomy family and politics in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Engaging and insightful this volume will be of interest to students and researchers of literature and history gender and culture studies and for general readers interested in women and travel writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138340572

Travel Demand Management and Public Policy This title was first published in 2000:  Describes policy innovations in transportation system management planning and operations in the US that explicitly address interactions between transportation demands and travel behaviour in a mixed economy. The author shows how travel demand and management programmes function in the context of transportation supply and demand investment technology pricing management and marketing policies and procedures with examples of voluntary market-based and regulatory approaches to transportation and activity system management and institutional change. The author describes a variety of evaluation methods and models designed specifically for TDM programmes and how these can be used to better inform decision-makers and other stockholders in the process of transportation policy formulation. TDM programmes have serious potential to increase the efficiency of a wide variety of transportation systems. Institutional obstacles are likely to prevent full implementation in the near future but partial efforts are underway and likely to continue and succeed under proper circumstances. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138700581

Travel Demand Management and Public Policy This title was first published in 2000:  Describes policy innovations in transportation system management planning and operations in the US that explicitly address interactions between transportation demands and travel behaviour in a mixed economy. The author shows how travel demand and management programmes function in the context of transportation supply and demand investment technology pricing management and marketing policies and procedures with examples of voluntary market-based and regulatory approaches to transportation and activity system management and institutional change. The author describes a variety of evaluation methods and models designed specifically for TDM programmes and how these can be used to better inform decision-makers and other stockholders in the process of transportation policy formulation. TDM programmes have serious potential to increase the efficiency of a wide variety of transportation systems. Institutional obstacles are likely to prevent full implementation in the near future but partial efforts are underway and likely to continue and succeed under proper circumstances. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138700574

Travel Demand Management and Road User PricingSuccess Failure and Feasibility Throughout the world traffic levels are increasing and in urban areas these increasing levels have led to pressures on the road networks which are causing serious economic environmental and social problems. This book examines the full range of 'push and pull' Travel Demand Management measures. This covers areas of regulatory pricing planning and persuasive policies to encourage individuals to make their trips in off-peak periods by a different mode or to find another way of carrying out the trip purpose. Applying such measures can result in a more efficient transport system improved environmental conditions and improvements in safety as well as revenue generation for use on alternative transport systems. The editors conclude with a summary of findings within the book and suggestions for best future practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315549743

Travel in the Byzantine WorldPapers from the Thirty-Fourth Spring Symposium of Byzantine Studies Birmingham April 2000 The contributions to this volume have been selected from the papers delivered at the 34th Spring Symposium of Byzantine Studies at Birmingham in April 2000. Travellers to and in the Byzantine world have long been a subject of interest but travel and communications in the medieval period have more recently attracted scholarly attention. This book is the first to bring together these two lines of enquiry. Four aspects of travel in the Byzantine world from the sixth to the fifteenth century are examined here: technicalities of travel on land and sea purposes of travel foreign visitors' perceptions of Constantinople and the representation of the travel experience in images and in written accounts. Sources used to illuminate these four aspects include descriptions of journeys pilot books bilingual word lists shipwrecks monastic documents but as the opening paper shows the range of such sources can be far wider than generally supposed. The contributors highlight road and travel conditions for horses and humans types of ships and speed of sea journeys the nature of trade in the Mediterranean the continuity of pilgrimage to the Holy Land attitudes toward travel. Patterns of communication in the Mediterranean are revealed through distribution of ceramic finds letter collections and the spread of the plague. Together these papers make a notable contribution to our understanding both of the evidence for travel and of the realities and perceptions of communications in the Byzantine world. Travel in the Byzantine World is volume 10 in the series published by Ashgate/Variorum on behalf of the Society for the Promotion of Byzantine Studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315235646

Travel JournalismInforming Tourists in the Digital Age In the last decade with the success of review sites and online commentaries and the increased accessibility of travel information online the job of a traditional travel journalist is being challenged. Travel Journalism closely examines the impact of digital media and technology on this specialist area of journalism and how professionals working in travel media today are adapting to it. Bryan Pirolli draws on a wealth of professional experience to present both practical guidance and a theoretical analysis of travel journalism. Through interviews with content providers – including journalists and bloggers – the book explores new ways of thinking about this profession. Looking at the relationship between travel journalists social media and influencers the book asks how travel journalists might rethink their work for more constructive purposes and how they should respond to innovations like the ever-growing sharing economy. The book also explores how journalistic ethics can be preserved as concerns around 'sponsored content' and 'paid influencers' remain widespread. For students and professionals looking to better understand the role of the travel journalist in the digital age this book is an invaluable resource. Pirolli comprehensively assesses the challenges and the opportunities for success that actors in travel media are now presented with and encourages readers to proactively embrace them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138086975

Travel Marketing and Popular Photography in Britain 1888–1939Reading the Travel Image This book explores how popular photography influenced the representation of travel in Britain in the period from the Kodak-led emergence of compact cameras in 1888 to 1939. The book examines the implications of people’s increasing familiarity with the language and possibilities of photography on the representation of travel as educational concerns gave way to commercial imperatives. Sara Dominici takes as a touchstone the first fifty years of activity of the Polytechnic Touring Association (PTA) a London-based philanthropic-turned-commercial travel firm. As the book reveals the relationship between popular photography and travel marketing was shaped by the different desires and expectations that consumers and institutions bestowed on photography: this was the struggle for the interpretation of the travel image. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138503113

Travel Medicine Travel to exotic places is fascinating and equally so are infections and other dangers of exotic travel. Moreover one need not be traveling to suffer these maladies; sometimes they travel to you. The enormous global mobility demands a public health response. The result is the concept of ‘travel medicine’ as a separate discipline. This book describes the evolution of travel medicine travel vaccines malaria prophylaxis and infections of adventure and leisure. This book is unique and different to the standard textbooks on travel medicine. It provides rare insights into many of the behind-the-scenes in travel medicine personal stories of failures and successes of travel medicine practitioners the 'real life' tales that unravel the science behind travel medicine. We believe that the best lessons are learned from personal stories.Not every travel is fun. Some travel is for a cause be it religious or humanitarian or be it to escape certain political systems. We have added stories on the tragedies of so-called 'undocumented refugees' and stories written by colleagues who were involved in humanitarian care. Pilgrimages attract large number of 'travelers' and yet we know so little about these pilgrimages. Chapters on the Muslim Hindu Buddhist and Christian pilgrimages aim to correct this. Diseases also travel. The spread of global diseases and pandemics is fascinating. This book provides an overview of the pandemics in particular that of cholera yellow fever severe acute respiratory syndrome and influenza. Globalization migration and health lead to a history of disease and disparity in the global village - our world. And what about the revised International Health Regulations- what do we need to know about them in the context of travel medicine?In the next millennium our world will have inherited further global movement. It may even include travel to aerospace. The 'Epilogue' awakes some of our old dreams - the last frontier space travel…Annelies Wilder-Smith has lived in China Papua New Guinea Nepal New Zealand and Switzerland. She is currently based in Singapore from where she continues to travel extensively throughout Asia. She is the Head of the Travellers Health ' Vaccination Centre in Singapore one of the largest travel clinics in Asia. She was in a unique position to do research on W135 meningococcal disease in Hajj pilgrims during the outbreak. She 'lived through' the SARS epidemic in Singapore. Eli Schwartz is the Director of the Center for Geographic Medicine and Tropical Diseases at Sheba Medical Center Tel-Aviv University Israel. Eli is a 'real' tropical medicine specialist. He obtained all his experience in the field including Nepal Tibet and numerous adventure travels to Africa where he prefers to do his studies on the sides of the Omo River.Marc Shaw is a passionate traveler doctor actor and observer of fine humor. His favorite pastime is to be an expedition doctor. This has taken him to exotic places such as Namibia Mongolia Pitcairn Islands and to the Amazon. He is the Director of WORLDWIDE Travellers' Health Centres in New Zealand. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145290

Travel Narratives the New Science and Literary Discourse 1569-1750 The focus of this volume is the intersection and the cross-fertilization between the travel narrative literary discourse and the New Philosophy in the early modern to early eighteenth-century historical periods. Contributors examine how in an historical era which realized an emphasis on nation and during a time when exploration was laying the foundation for empire science and the literary discourse of the travel narrative become intrinsically linked. Together the essays in this collection point out the way in which travel narratives reflect the anxiety from changes brought about through the discoveries of the 'new knowledge' and the way this knowledge in turn provided a new and more complex understanding of the expanding world in which the writers lived. The worlds in this text are many (for no 'world' is monomial) from the antipodes to the New World from the heavens to the seas and from fictional worlds to the world which contains and/or constructs one's nation and empire. All of these essays demonstrate the manner in which the New Philosophy dramatically changed literary discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278851

Travel Narratives in Translation 1750-1830Nationalism Ideology Gender This book examines how non-fictional travel accounts were rewritten reshaped and reoriented in translation between 1750 and 1850 a period that saw a sudden surge in the genre's popularity. It explores how these translations played a vital role in the transmission and circulation of knowledge about foreign peoples lands and customs in the Enlightenment and Romantic periods. The collection makes an important contribution to travel writing studies by looking beyond metaphors of mobility and cultural transfer to focus specifically on what happens to travelogues in translation. Chapters range from discussing essential differences between the original and translated text to relations between authors and translators from intra-European narratives of Grand Tour travel to scientific voyages round the world and from established male travellers and translators to their historically less visible female counterparts. Drawing on European travel writing in English French German Spanish and Portuguese the book charts how travelogues were selected for translation; how they were reworked to acquire new aesthetic political or gendered identities; and how they sometimes acquired a radically different character and content to meet the needs and expectations of an emergent international readership. The contributors address aesthetic political and gendered aspects of travel writing in translation drawing productively on other disciplines and research areas that encompass aesthetics the history of science literary geography and the history of the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138116849

Travel Writing An increasingly popular genre â€“ addressing issues of empire colonialism post-colonialism globalization gender and politics â€“ travel writing offers the reader a movement between the familiar and the unknown. In this volume Carl Thompson: introduces the genre outlining competing definitions and key debates  provides a broad historical survey from the medieval period to the present day explores the autobiographical dimensions of the form looks at both men and women’s travel writing surveying a range of canonical and more marginal works drawn from both the colonial and postcolonial era utilises both British and American travelogues to consider the genre's role in shaping the history of both nations. Concise and practical Travel Writing is the ideal introduction for those new to the subject as well as a crucial overview of current debates in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415444651

Travel Writing Blanton follows the development of travel writing from classical times to the present focusing in particular on Anglo-American travel writing since the eighteenth century. He identifies significant theoretical and critical contributions to the field and also examines key texts by James Boswell Mary Kingsley Graham Greene Peter Mathiessen V.S. Naipaul and Bruce Chatwin. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178342

Travel Writing The past three decades have seen a remarkable growth of cross-disciplinary academic interest in travel writing. This new four-volume collection from Routledge brings together the best research from scholars around the world. The collection also features pieces by travel writers themselves discussing their work including: Michael Cronin on travel and translation Robyn Davidson interviewed by Tim Youngs Peter Hulme on Columbus David Espey on Americans in Vietnam John Hutnyk on Calcutta Charles Forsdick on French travel writing Mary Louise Pratt on travel-writing scholarship Richard White on Australian travellers. Volume1 focuses on the production of travel writing; Volume 2 on the contexts of travel writing; Volume 3 on modes of travel and types of traveller; and Volume 4 on critical approaches to travel writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415374989

Travel Writing Form and EmpireThe Poetics and Politics of Mobility This collection of essays is an important contribution to travel writing studies -- looking beyond the explicitly political questions of postcolonial and gender discourses it considers the form poetics institutions and reception of travel writing in the history of empire and its aftermath. Starting from the premise that travel writing studies has received much of its impetus and theoretical input from the sometimes overgeneralized precepts of postcolonial studies and gender studies this collection aims to explore more widely and more locally the expression of imperialist discourse in travel writing and also to locate within contemporary travel writing attempts to evade or re-engage with the power politics of such discourse. There is a double focus then to explore further postcolonial theory in European travel writing (Anglophone Francophone and Hispanic) and to trace the emergence of postcolonial forms of travel writing. The thread that draws the two halves of the collection together is an interest in form and relations between form and travel. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542500

Travel Writing and AtrocitiesEyewitness Accounts of Colonialism in the Congo Angola and the Putumayo This book examines eyewitness travel reports of atrocities committed in European-funded slave regimes in the Congo Free State Portuguese West Africa and the Putumayo district of the Amazon rainforest during the late-nineteenth and early-twentieth centuries. During this time British explorers missionaries consuls journalists soldiers and traders produced evidence of misrule in the Congo Angola and the Putumayo which they described their travel and witnessing of colonial violence in travelogues ethnographic monographs consular reports diaries and letters sketches photography and more. As well as bringing home to readers ongoing brutalities eyewitness narratives contributed to debates on humanitarianism trade colonialism and race and racial prejudice in late Victorian and Edwardian Britain. In particular whereas earlier antislavery travelers had tended to promote British imperial expansion as a remedy to slavery travel texts produced for the three major humanitarian campaigns of the late-nineteenth and early-twentieth century expressed — and indeed gave rise to — changes in the perception of Britain as a nation for whom the protection of Africans remained paramount. Burroughs's study charts the emergence of a subversive eyewitness response in travel writing which implicated Britons and British industries in the continuing existence of slave labor in regions formally ruled by other nations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868892

Travel Writing from Black AustraliaUtopia Melancholia and Aboriginality Over the past thirty years the Australian travel experience has been ‘Aboriginalized’. Aboriginality has been appropriated to furnish the Australian nation with a unique and identifiable tourist brand. This is deeply ironic given the realities of life for many Aboriginal people in Australian society. On the one hand Aboriginality in the form of artworks literature performances landscapes sport and famous individuals is celebrated for the way it blends exoticism mysticism multiculturalism nationalism and reconciliation. On the other hand in the media cinema and travel writing Aboriginality in the form of the lived experiences of Aboriginal people has been exploited in the service of moral panic patronized in the name of white benevolence or simply ignored. For many travel writers this irony - the clash between different regimes of valuing Aboriginality - is one of the great challenges to travelling in Australia. Travel Writing from Black Australia examines the ambivalence of contemporary travelers’ engagements with Aboriginality. Concentrating on a period marked by the rise of discourses on Aboriginality championing indigenous empowerment self-determination and reconciliation the author analyses how travel to Black Australia has become for many travelers a means of discovering ‘new’—and potentially transformative—styles of interracial engagement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869038

Travel Writing in Dutch and German 1790-1930Modernity Regionality Mobility This volume focuses on how travel writing contributed to cultural and intellectual exchange in and between the Dutch- and German-speaking regions from the 1790s to the twentieth-century interwar period. Drawing on a hitherto largely overlooked body of travelers whose work ranges across what is now Germany and Austria the Netherlands and Dutch-speaking Belgium the Dutch East Indies and Suriname the contributors highlight the interrelations between the regional and the global and the role alterity plays in both spheres. They therefore offer a transnational and transcultural perspective on the ways in which the foreign was mediated to audiences back home. By combining a narrative perspective on travel writing with a socio-historically contextualized approach essays emphasize the importance of textuality in travel literature as well as the self-positioning of such accounts in their individual historical and political environments. The first sustained analysis to focus specifically on these neighboring cultural and linguistic areas this collection demonstrates how topographies of knowledge were forged across these regions by an astonishingly diverse range of travelling individuals from professional scholars and writers to art dealers soldiers (female) explorers and scientific collectors. The contributors address cultural aesthetic political and gendered aspects of travel writing drawing productively on other disciplines and areas of scholarly research that encompass German Studies Low Countries Studies comparative literature aesthetics the history of science literary geography and the history of publishing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875220

Traveling Expertise and Regional Development This book analyses an increasingly important phenomenon in contemporary regional development namely ‘traveling expertise' and policy ideas. Drawing on the fields of urban and regional development and informed by the emerging school of governmentality studies it offers a theoretically and empirically original exploration of this subject and of the linkages between local and global contexts and their interplay more broadly. Symbolically denoting the traveling expertise as ‘hired guns’ the book explores different segments of the political sphere from policy consultants and the creative class to the polity apparatuses in which policies are recalibrated. The book presents a unique assessment of how this external expertise impacts on regional development in terms of power politics and governance. Traveling Expertise and Regional Development will be a valuable resource for scholars policymakers and advanced students interested in regional development public management and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138567672

Traveling Prehistoric SeasCritical Thinking on Ancient Transoceanic Voyages Until recently the theory that people could have traversed large expanses of ocean in prehistoric times was considered pseudoscience. But recent discoveries in places as disparate as Australia Labrador Crete California and Chile open the possibility that ancient oceans were highways not barriers and that ancient people possessed the means and motives to traverse them. In this brief thought-provoking but controversial book Alice Kehoe considers the existing evidence in her reassessment of ancient sailing. Her book-critically analyzes the growing body of evidence on prehistoric sailing to help scholars and students evaluate a highly controversial hypothesis;-examines evidence from archaeology anthropology botany art mythology linguistics maritime technology architecture paleopathology and other disciplines;-presents her evidence in student-accessible language to allow instructors to use this work for teaching critical thinking skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629580678

Traveling SpiritsMigrants Markets and Mobilities Maintaining and forging religious networks across borders have long been part of migrants' activities. However due to the wide availability of communication technologies and the reduced costs of transportation transnational social practices including religious activities have witnessed an enormous intensification in the last few decades around the world. Traveling Spirits seeks to understand these processes by investigating how religion goes global. How do religious agents create and maintain transborder connections? In what way are religious practices being transformed reinforced or newly invented when transported to different places around the world? How are power relations negotiated within transnational religious networks? How are processes of coming and going linked to religious practices and discourses? The book’s contributors provide rich ethnographic case studies on mobile evangelists moving spirit mediums and traveling believers. They analyze the relationship between global regional national local and individual religious processes by centering on economic activities media representations or politics of emplacement. Grounded firmly in cross-cultural comparison this book contributes significantly to the literature on globalization migration and transnational religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415808002

Traveling Through TextMessage and Method in Late Medieval Pilgrimage Accounts First Published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367864163

Traveller Nomadic and Migrant Education Traveller Nomadic and Migrant Education presents international accounts of approaches to educating mobile communities such as circus and fairground people herders hunters Roma and Travellers. The chapters focus on three key dimensions of educational change: the client group moving from school to school; those schools having their demographics changed and seeking to change the mobile learners; and these learners contributing to fundamental change to the nature of schooling. The book brings together decades of research into the challenges and opportunities presented by mobile learners interacting with educational systems predicated on fixed residence. It identifies several obstacles to those learners receiving an equitable education including negative stereotypes and centuries-old prejudice. Yet the book also explores a number of educational innovations that bring mobility and schooling together ranging from specialised literacy programs and distance and online education to mobile schools and specially trained teachers. These innovations allow us to think differently about how education can and should be for mobile and non-mobile learners alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415652919

Traveller From Tokyo First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993839

Travellers Intellectuals and the World Beyond Medieval Europe As the articles reprinted in this volume demonstrate medieval men and women were curious about the world around them. They wanted to hear about distant lands and the various peoples who inhabited them. Travellers' tales factual such as that of Marco Polo and fictional such as Chaucer's famous pilgrimage entertained audiences across Europe. Colorful mappaemundi placed in churches illustrated these other lands and peoples for those who could not read. Medieval travel literature was not only entertaining however it was also informative generating proto-ethnological information about the world beyond Latin Christendom that provided useful guidance for those such as merchants and missionaries who intended to travel abroad. Merchants learned about safe travel routes to foreign lands about dangers to be avoided on the roads and at sea about cultural practices that might interfere with their attempts at trade and about products that would be suitable for foreign markets. Churchmen read the reports of missionaries to understand the beliefs of Muslims and other non-believers in order to debate with them and to learn their languages. These articles illustrate how travellers' reports in turn shaped the European response to the world beyond Europe and are set in context in the editor's introduction. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315235622

Travellers Merchants and Settlers in the Eastern Mediterranean 11th-14th Centuries This collection of studies (the eighth by David Jacoby) covers a period witnessing intensive geographic mobility across the Mediterranean illustrated by a growing number of Westerners engaging in pilgrimage crusade trading and shipping or else driven by sheer curiosity. This movement also generated western settlement in the eastern Mediterranean region. A complex encounter of Westerners with eastern Christians and the Muslim world occurred in crusader Acre the focus of two papers; a major emporium it was also the scene of fierce rivalry between the Italian maritime powers. The fall of the crusader states in 1291 put an end to western mobility in the Levant and required a restructuring of trade in the region. The next five studies show how economic incentives promoted western settlement in the Byzantine provinces conquered by western forces during the Fourth Crusade and soon after. Venice fulfilled a major function in Latin Constantinople from 1204 to 1261. The city's progressive economic recovery in that period paved the way for its role as transit station furthering western trade and colonization in the Black Sea region. Venice had also a major impact on demographic and economic developments in Euboea located along the maritime route connecting Italy to Constantinople. On the other hand military factors drove an army of western mercenaries to establish in central Greece a Catalan state which survived from 1311 to the 1380s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600624

Travellers from Europe in the Ottoman and Safavid Empires 16th–17th CenturiesSeeking Transforming Discarding Knowledge This collection of Sonja Brentjes's articles deals with travels encounters and the exchange of knowledge in the Mediterranean and Western Asia during the 16th and 17th centuries focusing on three historiographical concerns. The first is how we should understand the relationship between Christian and Muslim societies in the period between the translations from Arabic into Latin (10th - 13th centuries) and before the Napoleonic invasion of Ottoman Egypt (1798). The second concern is the "Western" discourse about the decline or even disappearance of the sciences in late medieval and early modern Islamic societies and third the construction of Western Asian natures and cultures in Catholic and Protestant books maps and pictures. The articles discuss institutional and personal relationships describe how Catholic or Protestant travellers learned about and accessed Muslim scholarly literature and uncover contradictory modes of reporting evaluating or eradicating the visited cultures and their knowledge. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003097778

Travellers in TimeImagining Movement in the Ancient Aegean World Travellers in Time re-evaluates the extent to which the earliest Mediterranean civilizations were affected by population movement. It critiques both traditional culture-history-grounded notions of movement in the region as straightforwardly transformative and the processual systemic models that have more recently replaced this view arguing that newer scholarship too often pays limited attention to the specific encounters experiences and agents involved in travel.By assessing a broad range of recent archaeological and ancient textual data from the Aegean and central and east Mediterranean via five comprehensive studies this book makes a compelling case for rethinking issues such as identity agency materiality and experience through an understanding of movement as transformative.This innovative and timely study will be of interest to advanced undergraduates postgraduate students and scholars in the fields of Aegean/Mediterranean prehistory and Classical archaeology as well as anyone interested in ancient Aegean and Mediterranean culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592134

Travellers' Songs from England and Scotland Originally published in 1977. The Travellers from those living in bow-tents and horse-drawn caravans to those dwelling in motor caravans and permanent homes are an important source of traditional music. Their society means that songs that have died out in more settled communities are preserved among them. Ewan MacColl and Peggy Seeger widely known as two of the founding singers of the British and American folk revivals here display a vast fund of folklore scholarship around the songs of British travelling people. Resulting from extensive collecting in southern and southeastern England and central and northeastern Scotland in the 1960s and 70s this book contains 130 songs with music and comprehensive notes relating them to folkloristic and historical points of interest. It includes traditional ballads and ballads of broadside origin bawdy tragic and humorous songs about love work and death. Most are in English or in Scots dialect with four in Anglo-Romani. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138183933

Travelling LanguagesCulture Communication and Translation in a Mobile World Based on the commonly held assumption that we now live in a world that is ‘on the move’ with growing opportunities for both real and virtual travel and the blurring of boundaries between previously defined places societies and cultures the theme of this book is firmly grounded in the interdisciplinary field of ‘Mobilities’. ‘Mobilities’ deals with the movement of people objects capital information ideas and cultures on varying scales and across a variety of borders from the local to the national to the global. It includes all forms of travel from forced migration for economic or political reasons to leisure travel and tourism to virtual travel via the myriad of electronic channels now available to much of the world’s population. Underpinning the choice of theme is a desire to consider the important role of languages and intercultural communication in travel and border crossings; an area which has tended to remain in the background of Mobilities research. The chapters included in this volume represent unique interdisciplinary understandings of the dual concepts of mobile language and border crossings from crossings in ‘virtual life’ and ‘real life’ to crossings in literature and translation and finally to crossings in the ‘semioscape’ of tourist guides and tourism signs. This book was originally published as a special issue of Language and Intercultural Communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415739375

Travelling LanguagesCulture Communication and Translation in a Mobile World Based on the commonly held assumption that we now live in a world that is ‘on the move’ with growing opportunities for both real and virtual travel and the blurring of boundaries between previously defined places societies and cultures the theme of this book is firmly grounded in the interdisciplinary field of ‘Mobilities’. ‘Mobilities’ deals with the movement of people objects capital information ideas and cultures on varying scales and across a variety of borders from the local to the national to the global. It includes all forms of travel from forced migration for economic or political reasons to leisure travel and tourism to virtual travel via the myriad of electronic channels now available to much of the world’s population. Underpinning the choice of theme is a desire to consider the important role of languages and intercultural communication in travel and border crossings; an area which has tended to remain in the background of Mobilities research. The chapters included in this volume represent unique interdisciplinary understandings of the dual concepts of mobile language and border crossings from crossings in ‘virtual life’ and ‘real life’ to crossings in literature and translation and finally to crossings in the ‘semioscape’ of tourist guides and tourism signs. This book was originally published as a special issue of Language and Intercultural Communication. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315796161

Travelling Notions of Culture in Early Nineteenth-Century Europe The notions of culture and civilization are at the heart of European self-image. This book focuses on how space and spatiality contributed to defining the concepts of culture and civilization and conversely what kind of spatial ramifications "culture" and "civilization" entailed. These questions have vital importance to the understanding of this formative period of modern Europe. The chapters of this volume concentrate on the following themes: What were the sites of culture civilization and Bildung and how were these sites employed in defining these concepts? What kind of borders did this process of definition and its inherent spatial imagination produce? What were the connecting routes between the supposed centers and peripheries? What were the strategies of envisioning negotiating and transforming cultural territories in early nineteenth-century Europe? This book adds new perspectives on ways of approaching spatiality in history by investigating for example: the decisive role of the French revolution the persistent interest in classical civilization and its sites emerging urbanism and the culture of the cities the changing constellations between centers and peripheries and the colonial extensions or transfigurations of culture. It also pays attention to the spatiality of culture as a metaphor but simultaneously emphasizes the production of space in an era of technological innovation and change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367263874

Travelling ServantsMobility and Employment in British Travel Writing 1750- 1850 This book outlines the contribution made by servants to domestic and Continental travel and travel writing between 1750 and 1850. Aiming to re-position British and European travel during this period as a site of work as well as leisure Katheryn Walchester provides commentary and analysis of texts by servants not addressed in current scholarship. By reading texts contrapuntally this book draws attention to repeated tropes and common patterns in the ways in which servants are featured in travelogues; and in so doing offers an account of alternative modes of experiencing and writing about the Home Tour and the Grand Tour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367265472

Travels Researches and Missionary Labours During an Eighteen Years' Residence in Eastern Africa An important work for the nineteenth century history of East Africa. It contains a new introduction with a biographical sketch of Krapf. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760935

Travels and Adventures1435-1439 'A document of unique interest it is a picture of Europe at a most critical moment of its history when the Continent was overwhelmed by misery disease and unrest. A cool observer without prejudice or excitement Tafur noted the symptoms of decay.' Sunday Times.This edition translated and edited by Malcolm Letts was the first complete translation of Tafur in any language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878105

Travels and Life in Ashanti and Jaman First published in 1898 this is an account of a journey from Gold Coast to Bontukmu by a medical officer. He describes the journey and the interior makes observations on dress the prevalance of malaria and commerce in the area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760850

Travels and Translations in the Sixteenth CenturySelected Papers from the Second International Conference of the Tudor Symposium (2000) In recent years the twin themes of travel and translation have come to be regarded as particularly significant to the study of early modern culture and literature. Traditional notions of 'The Renaissance' have always emphasised the importance of the influence of continental as well as classical literature on English writers of the period; and over the past twenty years or so this emphasis has been deepened by the use of more complicated and sophisticated theories of literary and cultural intertextuality as well as broadened to cover areas such as religious and political relations trade and traffic and the larger formations of colonialism and imperialism. The essays collected here address the full range of traditional and contemporary issues providing new light on canonical authors from More to Shakespeare and also directing critical attention to many unfamiliar texts which need to be better known for our fuller understanding of sixteenth-century English literature. This volume makes a very particular contribution to current thinking on Anglo-continental literary relations in the sixteenth century. Maintaining a breadth and balance of concerns and approaches Travels and Translations in the Sixteenth Century represents the academic throughout Europe: essays are contributed by scholars working in Hungary Greece Italy and France as well as in the UK. Arthur Kinney's introduction to the collection provides an North American overview of what is perhaps a uniquely comprehensive index to contemporary European criticism and scholarship in the area of early modern travel and translation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263642

Travels China Japan & Java First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986107

Travels in ArabiaComprehending an Account of those Territories in Hedjaz which the Mohammedans regard as Sacred First Published in 1968. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986114

Travels in Asia and Africa1325-1354 'One of the most fascinating travel books of all time' Times Literary Supplement 'He could not have been more 'modern' if he had been born in the twentieth century' Evening Standard Ibn Battuta was the only medieval traveller who is known to have visited the lands of every Muhammadan ruler of his time and the extent of his journeys is estimated to be at least 75 000 miles. His work presents a descriptive account of Muhammadan society in the second quarter of the fourteenth century which illustrates among other things how wide the sphere of influence of the Muslim merchants was. Ibn Battuta's interest in places was subordinate to his interest in people and his geographical knowledge was gained entirely from personal experience. For his details he relied exclusively on his memory cultivated by the system of a theological education. This edition translated afresh from the Arabic text provides extensive notes which enable the journeys to be followed in detail. Important historical and religious background to the Travels is also added by H. A. R. Gibb. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415612142

Travels in India Ceylon and Borneo First published in 1931.'Hall is the ideal travel-writer. He never wearies his readers but makes them love him.' Times Literary SupplementBasil Hall's Fragments of Voyages and Travels originally appeared in nine volumes. Miscellaneous in their topics and arranged without any order the volumes re-issued here have been selected for their clarity and interest both geographical and historical.Few books give a more graphic picture of the Royal Navy a century ago and Hall's volumes are full of nautical information. Hall was also an indefatigable traveller and a keen observer who learnt Hindustani Malay and Japanese studied Hindu mythology flora fauna and geology and compiled the first ever vocabulary of the language of the Loo Choo Islands. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867734

Travels in Persia1627-1629 First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867659

Travels in Tartary Thibet and China Volume One1844-1846 First published in 1928.'To read it is like seeing the scenes described' Evening Standard'One of the world's best travel books' Spectator 'The work remains a classic worthy of reproduction' The TimesPublished to critical acclaim and well known for many years afterwards this account of the journey across Mongolia to Lhasa in the early nineteenth century owes much of its success to the literary skills of its authors made available in English for the first time by William Hazlitt and Paul Pelliot.Among other topics the chapters cover: The French mission of Peking Tartar manners and customs festivals an interview with a Tibetan Lama the flooding of the Yellow River Tartar veterinary surgeons irrigation projects comparative studies between Catholicism and Buddhism war between two living Buddhas and the Chinese account of Tibet. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878129

Travels in Tartary Thibet and China Volume Two1844-1846 'To read it is like seeing the scenes described' Evening Standard'One of the world's best travel books' Spectator 'The work remains a classic worthy of reproduction' The Times Published to critical acclaim and well known for many years afterwards this account of the journey across Mongolia to Lhasa in the early nineteenth century owes much of its success to the literary skills of its authors made available in English for the first time by William Hazlitt and Paul Pelliot.Among other topics the chapters cover: The French mission of Peking Tartar manners and customs festivals an interview with a Tibetan Lama the flooding of the Yellow River Tartar veterinary surgeons irrigation projects comparative studies between Catholicism and Buddhism war between two living Buddhas and the Chinese account of Tibet. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867727

Travels in the Great DesertIncl. a Description of the Oases and Cities of Ghet Ghadames and Mourzuk Published in 1970  Travels in the Great Desert is a valuable contribution to the field of History. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203608524

Travels in the Great DesertIncl. a Description of the Oases and Cities of Ghet Ghadames and Mourzuk First published in 1970. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315889320

Travels into Spain 'Of all literary fakes this is surely the most impudent ingenious and successful. The Comtesse D'Aulnoy was never in Spain (but) she was a born traveller. Not without reason have the editors of The Broadway Travellers included her fiction in their library of fact. For despite its falseness it is intellectually the real thing.' Saturday ReviewHowever her work is judged today it seems certain that Madame D'Aulnoy was one of the most widely-read and most popular authors of her time. Seeing Spain at a strange moment in her history it is the end of a great age. The last descendent of Charles V is king; after him the nation is destined to enter upon a new phase under a new dynasty. After reading this journey we see and touch Spain and the reader can judge the Spanish character from a witness who saw it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878099

Travels of Fray Sebastien Manrique 1629-1643A Translation of the Itinerario de las Missiones Orientales. Volume I: Arakan Continued in Second Series 61. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1927. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315549699

Travels Through Central Africa to Timbuctoo and Across the Great Desert to Morocco 1824-28 Rene Caillie was the first European who penetrated to Timbuctoo and returned to communicate the information he had collected. This account was first published in 1830 and records observations of a journey of 4500 miles of which 3000 were hitherto unknown to Europeans. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315020815

Travels Through Central Africa to Timbuctoo and Across the Great Desert to Morocco 1824-28 Rene Caillie was the first European who penetrated to Timbuctoo and returned to communicate the information he had collected. This account was first published in 1830 and records observations of a journey of 4500 miles of which 3000 were hitherto unknown to Europeans. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203608531

Travels Through Central Africa to Timbuctoo and Across the Great Desert to Morocco 1824-28to Morocco 1824-28 Rene Caillie was the first European who penetrated to Timbuctoo and returned to communicate the information he had collected. This account was first published in 1830 and records observations of a journey of 4500 miles of which 3000 were hitherto unknown to Europeans. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315033198

Travels to Tana and Persia by Josafa Barbaro and Ambrogio Contarini Translated from the Italian by William Thomas Clerk of the Council to Edward VI and by S. A. Roy Esq. and Edited with an Introduction by Lord Stanley of Alderley. Originally bound together with 49b but separately paginated. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1873. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315549682

Travels with the SelfInterpreting Psychology as Cultural History Travels with the Self uses a hermeneutic perspective to critique psychology and demonstrate why the concept of the self and the modality of cultural history are so vitally important to the profession of psychology. Each chapter focuses on a theory concept sociopolitical or professional issue philosophical problem or professional activity that has rarely been critiqued from a historical sociopolitical vantage point.  Philip Cushman explores psychology’s involvement in consumerism racism shallow understandings of being human military torture political resistance and digital living. In each case theories and practices are treated as historical artifacts rather than expressions of a putatively progressive modern-era science that is uncovering the one universal truth about human being. In this way psychological theories and practices especially pertaining to the concept of the self are shown to be reflections of the larger moral understandings and political arrangements of their time and place with implications for how we understand the self in theory and clinical practice. Drawing on the philosophies of critical theory and hermeneutics Cushman insists on understanding the self one of the most studied and cherished of psychological concepts and its ills practitioners and healing technologies as historical/cultural artifacts — surprising almost sacrilegious concepts. To this end each chapter begins with a historical introduction that locates it in the historical time and moral/political space of the nation’s the profession’s and the author’s personal context. Travels with the Self brings together highly unusual and controversial writings on contemporary psychology that will appeal to psychoanalysts and psychotherapists psychologists of all stripes as well as scholars of philosophy history and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138605541

Traversing the FantasyCritical Responses to Slavoj �i�ek Slavoj Zizek is one of the most provocative and important thinkers writing in contemporary philosophy. This book is an engaged debate with Zizek. It contains a series of specially commissioned critical essays from an impressive collection of contributors covering the full extent of his oeuvre. Essays examine Zizek on cultural theory film studies ethics political theory social theory Kant and Lacanian psychoanalysis. In the spirit of Zizek‘s own interventions these essays critically interrogate his ideas challenging him to respond directly which he does in an extended polemical reply that concludes the collection. This volume represents an exciting and important contribution to contemporary theoretical debate and adds significantly to the growing literature on Zizek. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398608

Traversing TraditionCelebrating Dance in India Dance occupies a prestigious place in Indian performing arts yet it curiously to a large extent has remained outside the arena of academic discourse. This book documents and celebrates the emergence of contemporary dance practice in India. Incorporating a multidisciplinary approach it includes contributions from scholars writers and commentators as well as short essays and interviews with Indian artists and performers; the latter add personal perspectives and insights to the broad themes discussed. Young Indian dance artists are courageously charting out new trajectories in dance diverging from the time-worn paths of tradition. The classical forms of Bharatnatyam Kathak Odissi and Manipuri to name a few are rich resources for choreographers exploring contemporary dance. This volume speaks about their struggles of working within and outside tradition as they grapple with national and international audience expectations as well as their own values and sense of identity. The artists represented here continue to question the uneasy relationship that exists between the insular world of dance and outside reality. Simultaneously they are actively creating new dance languages that are both articulate in a performative context and demand examination by researchers and critics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138662889

Treacherous Bonds and Laughing Fire: Politics and Religion in Wagner's Ring Mark Berry explores the political and religious ideas expounded in Wagner's Ring through close attention to the text and drama the multifarious intellectual influences upon the composer during the work's lengthy gestation and composition and the wealth of Wagner source material. Many of his writings are explicitly political in their concerns for Wagner was emphatically not a revolutionary solely for the sake of art. Yet it would be misleading to see even the most 'political' tracts as somehow divorced from the aesthetic realm; Wagner's radical challenge to liberal-democratic politics makes no such distinction. This book considers Wagner's treatment of various worlds: nature politics economics and metaphysics in order to explain just how radical that challenge is. Classical interpretations have tended to opt either for an 'optimistic' view of the Ring centred upon the influence of Young Hegelian thought - in particular the philosophy of Ludwig Feuerbach - and Wagner's concomitant revolutionary politics or for the 'pessimistic' option removing the disillusioned Wagner-in-Swiss-exile from the political sphere and stressing the undoubtedly important role of Arthur Schopenhauer. Such an 'either-or' approach seriously misrepresents not only Wagner's compositional method but also his intellectual method. It also sidelines inconvenient aspects of the dramas that fail to 'fit' whichever interpretation is selected. Wagner's tendency is not progressively to recant previous 'errors' in his oeuvre. Radical ideas are not completely replaced by a Schopenhauerian world-view however loudly the composer might come to trumpet his apparent 'conversion'. Nor is Wagner's truly an Hegelian method although Hegelian dialectic plays an important role. In fact Wagner is in many ways not really a systematic thinker at all (which is not to portray him as self-consciously unsystematic in a Nietzschean let alone 'post-modernist' fashion). His tendency rather is agglomerative Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248601

Treacherous Women of Imperial JapanPatriarchal Fictions Patricidal Fantasies Kanno Suga and Kaneko Fumika were both found guilty on different occasions in 1911 and 1926 of conspiring to assassinate the Japanese emperor. Kanno was executed and Kaneko hanged herself whilst in prison but both women maintained their defiance of the state even in the face of death.Through examination of their own life stories and writings Helene Bowen Raddeker brings to life the women's own interpretations of their lives and their attitudes to death with the associations of political martyrdom heroism and notions of immortality. She finds that their self-presentations became weapons in an ideological war of words about social and political realities and their deaths were a means of self-empowerment within their historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986138

Treadmill of ProductionInjustice and Unsustainability in the Global Economy Schnaiberg's concept of the treadmill of production is arguably the most visible and enduring theory to emerge in three decades of environmental sociology. Elaborated and tested it has been found to be an accurate predictor of political-economic changes in the global economy. In the global South it has figures prominently in the work of structural environmental analysts and has been used by many political-economic movements. Building new extensions and applications of the treadmill theory this new book shows how and why northern analysts and governments have failed to protect our environment and secure our future. Using an empirically based political-economic perspective the authors outline the causes of environmental degradation the limits of environmental protection policies and the failures of institutional decision-makers to protect human well-being. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631479

TreasonMeanings and Motives First published in 1998 this volume is a historical and comparative study of treason whose aim is to clarify and categorize the diverse and often mixed – even confused – motives which underlie treason both at its conspiracy and implemental stages. Its approach is to use case studies ranging from classical society to modern cases of treachery to examine this complex issue. Some of the case studies will have a familiar ring but others will not be so well known as the book is not merely a popular recitation of spy stories. Rather it is concerned with the nature of treason and offers some theoretical pointers to treason as a social and psychological phenomenon. The text demonstrates that while in common speech the term ‘treason’ has pejorative connotations it is in fact a multi-faceted phenomenon which merits much closer investigation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362574

Treasons Stratagems And SpoilsHow Leaders Make Practical Use Of Beliefs And Values Treasons Stratagems and Spoils is a sequel to the author's highly regarded Stratagems and Spoils.Treason the new word in the title indicates a heightened attention to morality?to ideas of duty and conscience?as a foil to rational calculations of advantage. By providing sets of propositions and questions that illuminate narratives of political events this book helps anyone interested in struggles for power understand politics and political leaders in their own and in other cultures. The method can be used to make sense of power struggles in peasant villages electoral and presidential maneuvering in the United States the confusions of post-Soviet Eastern Europe or Gandhi's morality deployed as a weapon to drive the British out of India. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096687

Treasure Treason and the TowerEl Dorado and the Murder of Sir Walter Raleigh In this remarkable book the oft-told narrative of Sir Walter Raleigh is blown apart through the chance discovery of hitherto neglected Dutch correspondence found in a Swedish archive. Following an exciting paper-trail through Jacobean history to modern-day Venezuela Professor Sellin makes a convincing case for Raleigh's innocence of the charges that led him to the block in 1618. Spurred on by these documents Sellin undertook two excursions up the Orinoco river in Raleigh's wake using Raleigh's 1596 book The Discoverie of Guiana as a guide. These trips convinced him that far from being a fanciful blend of fact and fiction the Discoverie is a remarkably accurate and verifiable document which allowed him to locate Raleigh's gold lode on Cerro Redondo a short distance inland from present-day Los Castillos Venezuela. In place of a deceitful and scheming Raleigh Sellin demonstrates how the Duke of Buckingham manoeuvred to have Raleigh executed on trumped-up charges. This left the way open for him to conspire with foreign powers to try to acquire the very mine he claimed Raleigh had invented to justify his actions against Spanish interests in Venezuela. It is rare for a scholarly book to profoundly shake widely-accepted views of so well-known an historical figure as Sir Walter Raleigh but that is exactly what Paul Sellin achieves here. Crammed with tales of treasure treason murder and international intrigue this book make us think afresh of one of the greatest Elizabethan heroes. Written in a relaxed and engaging style it will be of interest not only to specialists of the period but to anyone with a sense of the romance of history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409420255

Treasure Of Ophir First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993853

Treasures from Native CaliforniaThe Legacy of Russian Exploration The brief Russian presence in California yielded some of the earliest ethnography of Native Californians and some of the best collections of their material culture. Unstudied by western scholars because of their being housed in Russian museums they are presented here for the first time in an English language volume. Descriptions of early nineteenth-century travelers such as von Wrangel and Voznesenskii are followed by a catalog of objects ranging from hunting weapons to household objects to ritual dress to musical instruments games and gift objects. This catalog of objects includes over 150 images many in full color. An essential volume for those interested in the ethnology archaeology art and cultures of Native Californians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611329834

Treating AddictionA Guide for Professionals This widely respected text and practitioner guide now revised and expanded provides a roadmap for effective clinical practice with clients with substance use disorders. Specialists and nonspecialists alike benefit from the authors' expert guidance for planning treatment and selecting from a menu of evidence-based treatment methods. Assessment and intervention strategies are described in detail and the importance of the therapeutic relationship is emphasized throughout. Lauded for its clarity and accessibility the text includes engaging case examples up-to-date knowledge about specific substances personal reflections from the authors application exercises reflection questions and end-of-chapter bulleted key points. New to This Edition*Chapters on additional treatment approaches: mindfulness contingency management and ways to work with concerned significant others.*Chapters on overcoming treatment roadblocks and implementing evidence-based treatments with integrity.*Covers the new four-process framework for motivational interviewing diagnostic changes in DSM-5 and advances in pharmacotherapy.*Updated throughout with current research and clinical recommendations. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462540440

Treating AddictionsThe Four Components Treating Addictions: The Four Components offers a unique and coherent understanding of addiction. The book begins with a chapter discussing the framework of addiction and the four essential components of treatments—the fundamentals of addiction co-occurring disorders quality of life and macro factors—and subsequent chapters elaborate on each component. Most currently available addiction treatment books present knowledge and skills in separate chapters and fail to integrate all chapters within a single framework that can weave all concepts into a meaningful tapestry. Using a unified framework this book offers students a comprehensive skill set for treating addictions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138932500

Treating Adolescents with Substance Use Disorders From a leading addiction specialist this highly practical book explores what works in treating adolescents. Oscar G. Bukstein answers the clinician's vital question: "What do I do now?" He describes best practices for enhancing youths' motivation for change teaching a variety of recovery skills and implementing parent management training and parent–adolescent problem solving. The book covers ways to foster a prosocial peer network and to address mental health problems that co-occur with substance use disorders (SUDs). Clinicians can combine the strategies into an integrated approach or pick and choose depending on the needs of individual clients. Reproducible handouts and worksheets can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462537860

Treating Adult Survivors of Childhood Emotional Abuse and NeglectComponent-Based Psychotherapy Grounded in 40 years of clinical practice and research this book provides a systematic yet flexible evidence-informed framework for treating adult survivors of complex trauma particularly those exposed to chronic emotional abuse or neglect. Component-based psychotherapy (CBP) addresses four primary treatment components that can be tailored to each client's unique needs--relationship regulation dissociative parts and narrative. Vivid extended case examples illustrate CBP intervention strategies and bring to life both the client's and therapist's internal experiences. The appendix features a reproducible multipage clinician self-assessment tool that can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. See also Treating Traumatic Stress in Children and Adolescents Second Edition by Margaret E. Blaustein and Kristine M. Kinniburgh which presents a complementary approach also developed at The Trauma Center at Justice Resource Institute. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462537297

Treating Anger Anxiety And Depression In Children And AdolescentsA Cognitive-Behavioral Perspective First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9780203768051

Treating Attachment DisordersFrom Theory to Therapy Organized around extended case illustrations—and grounded in cutting-edge theory and research—this highly regarded book shows how an attachment perspective can inform psychotherapeutic practice with patients of all ages. Karl Heinz Brisch explores the links between early experiences of separation loss and trauma and a range of psychological behavioral and psychosomatic problems. He demonstrates the basic techniques of attachment-based assessment and intervention emphasizing the healing power of the therapeutic relationship. With a primary focus on treating infants and young children and their caregivers the book discusses applications of attachment-based psychotherapy over the entire life course. New to This Edition*Incorporates advances in research on neurobiology genetics and psychotraumatology.*Expanded with a section on inpatient treatment for traumatized children including in-depth cases.*Describes two promising prevention programs for expectant couples families and young children.*The latest knowledge on disorganized attachment attachment disorders and assessments. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462519262

Treating Black Women with Eating DisordersA Clinician's Guide The first of its kind this edited volume provides in-depth culturally sensitive material intended for addressing the unique concerns of Black women with eating disorders in addition to comprehensive discussions and treatment guidelines for this population. The contributing authors—all of whom are Black professionals providing direct care to Black women—offer a range of perspectives to help readers understand the whole experience of their Black female clients. This includes not only discussion of their clients’ physical health but also of their emotional lives and the ways in which the stresses of racism discrimination trauma and adverse childhood experiences can contribute to disordered eating. Through a wealth of diverse voices and stories chapters boldly tackle issues such as stereotypes and acculturative stress. Clinicians of any race will gain new tools for assessing diagnosing and treating disordered eating in Black women and will be empowered to provide better care for their clients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367820640

Treating Children in Out-of-Home Placements If you’re in the market for a detailed pragmatic knowledge base for dealing with discipline relationships with regulatory and funding agencies and staff training you’ll find all you need and more in Treating Children in Out-of-Home Placements. This unique and insightful volume gives you the information you need to successfully manage quality assessment and improvement in out-of-home placements especially in a managed care environment.Treating Children in Out-of-Home Placements reviews for you the field of residential treatment of adolescents in the child welfare system. With this crucial knowledge base you’ll be equipped to face and surmount the challenges that accompany the provision of services to behaviorally disturbed youngsters. Some of the areas you’ll become fluent in are: approaches to child welfare for children at risk models of treatment family counseling diagnostic criteria for conduct and behavior disorders psychotropic medication training staff to become agents of changeFor over 150 years we’ve seen the aftershocks of a problematic system for treating children placed in the custody of child welfare. Through treating Children in Out-of-Home Placements you can understand the problems of implementing and administering such a program. You will want to open this book and place yourself and your staff members on the road to a more ideal plan of care for children placed in custody. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786421

Treating Children with Autistic Spectrum DisorderA psychoanalytic and developmental approach Treating Children with Autistic Spectrum Disorder: A Psychoanalytic and Developmental Approach outlines a unique model the product of over twenty years of experience in working with children with this diagnosis within "Shaked" - a multi-professional educational-therapeutic day-car unit in Israel. This book provides a comprehensive overview of this model and the psychoanalytic-developmental perspective underpinning it which weaves together the various professional views into a single fabric integrating a therapeutic network which encompasses each and every aspect of the child's development. Drawing on psychoanalytic and developmental psychology each chapters is devoted to the daily problems that arise when working with ASD children such as weaning and toilet training as well as the effects of ASD on wider family functioning all in the context of administering treatment to young children in day-care and other non-residential settings. Treating Children with Autistic Spectrum Disorder offers an essential practical guide which will be an asset to any clinician working with young children on the autistic spectrum as well as the parents and siblings of these children.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138308565

Treating Children with Sexually Abusive Behavior ProblemsGuidelines for Child and Parent Intervention Treating Children with Sexually Abusive Behavior Problems: Guidelines for Child and Parent Intervention is a unique pioneering venture in the area of sexual abuse. Unlike most books on sexual abuse which focus on children as victims this integrated treatment approach suggests ways to develop parallel treatment strategies for both parents and children who display harmful sexual behavior.In many ways a first in its field Treating Children with Sexually Abusvie Behavior Problems gives you the tools to orchestrate your own treatment and intervention techniques specifically for those children under age 12 who display sexually harmful or unlawful behavior. You’ll find in this useful volume a one-of-a-kind approach to linking together individual group and family treatment into one integrated comprehensive program that treats both perpetrator and victim in tandem. Effective applied techniques are presented to teach: accountability of the offending party concern for others/empathy social competence the establishment of appropriate boundaries healthy sexuality coping with prior trauma safety and supervisionTreating Children with Sexually Abusive Behavior Problems is intended for professionals in child sexual abuse; graduate and undergraduate students in psychology social work marriage and family therapy and psychiatry; juvenile court workers; child welfare case workers; teachers; attorneys; and judges. It will also serve to better inform the victim family and general public. If you’re concerned about the spread of sexually abusive behavior in children you’ll want to become informed and armed with the practical and useful guidelines found in this innovative approach to a prevalent social problem. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809700

Treating Chronically Traumatized ChildrenThe Sleeping Dogs Method When children refuse or seem unable to talk about their traumatic memories it might be tempting to ‘let sleeping dogs lie’. However if left untreated the memories of childhood abuse and neglect can have a devastating effect on the development of children and young people. How can these children be motivated and engage in trauma-focused therapy? Treating Chronically Traumatized Children: The Sleeping Dogs Method describes a structured method to overcome resistance and enable children to wake these sleeping dogs safely so these children heal from their trauma. The ‘Sleeping Dogs method’ is a comprehensive approach to treating chronically traumatized children first preparing the child to such an extent that he or she can engage in therapy to process traumatic memories then by the trauma processing and integration phase. Collaboration with the child’s network the child’s biological family including the abuser-parent and child protection services are key elements of the 'Sleeping Dogs method'. The underlying theory about the consequences of traumatization such as disturbed attachment and dissociation is described in a comprehensive easy-to-read manner illustrated with case studies and is accompanied by downloadable worksheets. This new edition has been updated to include the clinical experience in working with this method and the most recent literature and research as well as entirely new chapters that apply the ‘Sleeping Dogs method’ to the experiences of children in foster care and residential care and those with an intellectual disability. Treating Chronically Traumatized Children will have a wide appeal including psychologists psychiatrists psychotherapists counsellors family therapists social workers child protection frontline foster care and youth workers inpatient and residential staff and (foster or adoptive) parents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367076153

Treating Common DiseasesAn Introduction to the Study of Medicine 'The study of disease and its treatment is a life-long intellectual journey which has engaged some of humankind's finest minds and kindest hearts. We are still on that fascinating voyage. Every journey begins with a single step and that step is the purpose of this book. It is short enough to be read from cover to cover re-read studied and learnt. Those who do that should find that they understand much that they encounter in patients whether in the wards outpatients or in primary care. [It] should also ease the student clinician's passage to more comprehensive texts which can be intimidating in their volume and complexity if there has been no prior introduction.' - Hugh McGavock and Denis Johnston in the Preface. The study of disease and its treatment is a life-long intellectual journey which has engaged some of humankind's finest minds and kindest hearts. We the authors are still on that fascinating voyage. Every journey begins with a single step and that step is the purpose of this book. It is short enough to be read from cover to cover re-read studied and learnt...This concise and practical introduction to the vast and complex subject of medical treatment is jargon-free and easy to read. It aids in the understanding of everyday situations on the wards in out-patient clinics and in the primary care setting. The handy format is ideal as a ready reference along with its companion volume "How Drugs Work Second Edition" by Hugh McGavock. It is highly recommended as an undergraduate textbook for students of nursing and medicine especially those embarking on clinical training and is also useful for Nurse Practitioners. Primary care nurses with diagnosis and treatment responsibilities will find the guidance invaluable. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315382883

Treating Compassion Fatigue In recent years much has occurred in the field of traumatology including the widening of the audience and the awareness of PTSD (post-traumatic stress disorder). This book from celebrated traumatology pioneer Charles Figley further clarifies the concept of compassion fatigue through theory research and treatment. The basic thesis of this book is the identification assessment and treatment of compassion fatigue and this is done over eleven chapters each from distinguished researchers in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138883826

Treating Complex Trauma and DissociationA Practical Guide to Navigating Therapeutic Challenges Treating Complex Trauma and Dissociation is the ideal guide for the front-line clinician whose clients come in with histories of trauma abuse self-injury flashbacks suicidal behavior and more. The book helps clinicians develop their own responses and practical solutions to common questions including "How do I handle this?" "What do I say?" and "What can I do?" Treating Complex Trauma and Dissociation is the book clinicians will want to pick up when they're stuck and is a handy reference that provides the tools needed to deal with difficult issues in therapy. It is supportive and respectful of both therapist and client and most of all useful in the office. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138838277

Treating Complex TraumaA Relational Blueprint for Collaboration and Change In Treating Complex Trauma renowned clinicians Mary Jo Barrett and Linda Stone Fish present the Collaborative Change Model (CCM) a clinically evaluated model that facilitates client and practitioner collaboration and provides invaluable tools for clients struggling with the impact and effects of complex trauma. A practical guide Treating Complex Trauma organizes clinical theory outcome research and decades of experiential wisdom into a manageable blueprint for treatment. With an emphasis on relationships the model helps clients move from survival mindstates to engaged mindstates and as a sequential and organized model the CCM can be used by helping professionals in a wide array of disciplines and settings. Utilization of the CCM in collaboration with clients and other trauma-informed practitioners helps prevent the re-traumatization of clients and the compassion fatigue of the practitioner so that they can work together to build a hopeful and meaningful vision of the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510219

Treating Complex Traumatic Stress Disorders in AdultsScientific Foundations and Therapeutic Models This authoritative reference on complex traumatic stress disorders (CTSDs) and their assessment and treatment has now been significantly revised with more than 75% new material reflecting a decade of advances in the field. Leading experts delve into ways to understand engage assess and treat adults with complex trauma histories whose symptoms often include but may go well beyond those of posttraumatic stress disorder. The volume presents cutting-edge theory and research on CTSDs considers diagnostic controversies and identifies core elements of effective culturally responsive treatment. Established and emerging therapies specifically tailored to this population are described and illustrated with vivid case examples. Other highlights are chapters on transtheoretical treatment the crucial role of professionalism and training and recognizing and managing vicarious traumatization.   New to This Edition *Incorporates major advances in research and clinical practice. *Chapters on additional evidence-based individual treatments: prolonged exposure therapy cognitive therapy cognitive processing therapy brief eclectic psychotherapy eye movement desensitization and reprocessing therapy narrative exposure therapy interpersonal psychotherapy emotion-focused therapy and the TARGET recovery model. *Chapters on additional evidence-based group and conjoint family therapy models: attachment-based couple therapy and integrated treatment of co-occurring CTSDs and substance use disorders. *Chapters on promising treatments: treatment for structural dissociation experiential/somatotherapy approaches mindfulness approaches and complementary healing therapies. See also Drs. Ford and Courtois's authored book Treatment of Complex Trauma which presents their own therapeutic approach for adult clients in depth and their edited volume Treating Complex Traumatic Stress Disorders in Children and Adolescents. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462543625

Treating Complex Traumatic Stress Disorders in Children and AdolescentsScientific Foundations and Therapeutic Models With contributions from prominent experts this pragmatic book takes a close look at the nature of complex psychological trauma in children and adolescents and the clinical challenges it presents. Each chapter shows how a complex trauma perspective can provide an invaluable unifying framework for case conceptualization assessment and intervention amidst the chaos and turmoil of these young patients' lives. A range of evidence-based and promising therapies are reviewed and illustrated with vivid case vignettes. The volume is grounded in clinical innovations and cutting-edge research on child and adolescent brain development attachment and emotion regulation and discusses diagnostic criteria including those from DSM-IV and DSM-5. See also Drs. Ford and Courtois's edited volume Treating Complex Traumatic Stress Disorders in Adults Second Edition and their authored volume Treatment of Complex Trauma: A Sequenced Relationship-Based Approach. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462524617

Treating Co-Occurring DisordersA Handbook for Mental Health and Substance Abuse Professionals In the real world caseloads include clients with substance abuse psychiatric and co-occurring disorders. Here you'll find reliable information and informative case examples to help you manage your caseload more effectively! Caseloads that include mental health substance use and co-occurring disorders are becoming more and more common yet most texts in this area focus on one specific type of disorder. This unique handbook reflects the reality facing mental health and substance abuse professionals in their daily practices focusing on how to effectively manage caseloads that include individuals with vastly differing levels of functioning. Providing diagnostic criteria treatment regimens and a great deal more Treating Co-Occurring Disorders: A Handbook for Mental Health and Substance Abuse Professionals is an exceptional single source for useful information on handling all of these types of cases and clients. Treating Co-Occurring Disorders: A Handbook for Mental Health and Substance Abuse Professionals describes the psychiatric and substance use disorders that commonly co-occur and examines the evolution of co-occurring concepts and treatment. It provides an overview of relapse prevention and symptom management models for use with clients with co-occurring disorders and another covering mental health and substance abuse recovery movements. Treating Co-Occurring Disorders: A Handbook for Mental Health and Substance Abuse Professionals will bring you closer to topics that impact day-to-day practice including: conducting comprehensive assessments for individuals with psychiatric and substance use symptoms providing individual group family and case management interventions for clients of differing levels of function who exhibit psychiatric and substance abuse symptoms identifying standard interventions for all clients with co-occurring disorders measuring change and establishing reasonable treatment outcome performance standards for these clients supervising staff who work with multifarious caseloads From the authors: “Currently most mental health and substance abuse professionals are aware of how to effectively assess and treat individuals with diagnoses for which they were trained. However few therapists exclusively have clients who manifest only psychiatric or substance abuse symptoms. This book provides information and case examples concerning how to effectively manage a caseload composed of individuals with substance abuse psychiatric and co-occurring disorders. It presents strategies for providing comprehensive assessments for these individuals. Additionally it describes how to provide effective case management as well as individual group and family treatment for individuals with multiple disorders and levels of function and provides information on interacting effectively with the mental health and substance abuse recovery communities.” Tables figures and a generous portion of intriguing case descriptions will help you apply the information in this useful volume to your own work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821313

Treating Couples WellA Practical Guide to Collaborative Couple Therapy Treating Couples Well shows clinicians how to create a collaborative approach to couple therapy which will empower couples to take charge of their own treatment. Written in an engaging and conversational style the book carefully explains how to help couples choose between a variety of clinical approaches and offers effective treatment strategies for a wide range of issues including infidelity intimacy and sexuality communication mental illness and addiction. Chapters also explore the importance of considering the therapist’s own life experience and its impact on working with couples. Practical interventions clinical vignettes and homework exercises are included throughout to help therapists to successfully support the needs of each couple and to encourage meaningful work between sessions. Drawing on a plethora of case examples from the career of a leading couple therapist Treating Couples Well will be a valuable resource to couple and marriage and family therapists at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415787758

Treating CouplesThe Intersystem Model Of The Marriage Council Of Philadelphia In some ways the development of the theory and practice of marital therapy seems like a relative newcomer to those clinicians who practice systems therapy. Most of the books in the field stress the total family as the unit of treatment in terms of understanding the dynamics of family interactions and intervention techniques. For the past 15 or 20 years clinicians interested in systems work sought training in "family" therapy programs and at "family" therapy workshops. This training led to a dramatic shift in the practice of psychotherapy away from the individual as the unfit of treatment to the family. Much less emphasis has been given to the marital dyad or couple as the unit of treatment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138004634

Treating Depression With HypnosisIntegrating Cognitive-Behavioral and Strategic Approaches Depression is a debilitating human condition and a common cause of suffering worldwide. This elicits a sense of urgency for mental health professionals to meet this challenge of the treatment of depression. Hypnosis plays a vital role in that treatment and in the efficacy of psychotherapy. This book focuses on the structuring and delivering of hypnotic interventions for major depression with a substantial use of concepts and techniques from cognitive-behavioral and strategic approaches as a foundation. Current research on depression is used in this book to emphasize the still-growing knowledge of depression. Hypnosis has shown itself to be effective in not only reducing symptoms but in teaching the skills (such as rationale thinking effective problem-solving and coping strategies and positive relationship skills) that can even prevent recurrences. Mental health professionals will find the detailed examples of hypnotic strategies invaluable to their own practice and application of hypnosis in the treatment of depression. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138168909

Treating Disruptive DisordersA Guide to Psychological Pharmacological and Combined Therapies Treating Disruptive Disorders is a practical book for busy clinicians—psychiatrists psychologists mental health counselors clinical social workers and more—as well as students interns or residents in the mental health professions. It distills the most important information about combined as well as solitary treatments of a variety of psychological disorders characterized by disruptive behaviors including those where disruptive aspects are part of core symptoms (like ADHD ODD or conduct disorder) and those where disruptive features are commonly associated with core symptoms (like mood personality and cognitive/developmental disorders). In addition to an analysis of the best in evidence-based practice and research the volume also includes brief clinical vignettes to help present the material in an easily accessible understandable readable and relevant format. The chapter authors are experts in the treatment of these disorders and review a wide variety of empirically supported treatments for children adolescents and adults. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415719605

Treating Dissociative and Personality DisordersA Motivational Systems Approach to Theory and Treatment Treating Dissociative and Personality Disorders draws on major theorists and the very latest research to help formulate and introduce the Relational/Multi-Motivational Therapeutic Approach (REMOTA) a new model for treating such patients within a clinical psychoanalytic setting. Supported by her fellow contributors Antonella Ivaldi provides an overview of existing theories and evidence for their effectiveness in practice sets out her own theory in detail and provides rich clinical detail to demonstrate the advantages of the REMOTA model as applied in a clinical setting. The narratives in this book show how it is possible to integrate different contributions within a multidimensional aetiopathogenic treatment model which considers the mind as a manifestation of the relationship between body and world. From a conceptual perspective according to which consciousness emerges and develops in the interpersonal dimension this book shows how it becomes possible to understand in the therapeutic space what stands in the way of sound personal functioning and how to create the conditions for improving this. Treating Dissociative and Personality Disorders will be highly useful in addressing the particular clusters of symptoms presented by patients stimulating therapists of different backgrounds to explore the complexity of human nature. On reading this book it will become clear that theories can truly become useful instruments if approached with a critical mind and with humbleness in order to venture into what we do not know and will never know completely: the relationship with the other unique and irreplaceable. Treating Dissociative and Personality Disorders provides an integrative and comparative new approach that will be indispensable for combining relational clinical knowing and motivational theories. It will appeal to psychoanalysts and psychotherapists especially those in training clinicians of different backgrounds interested in comparative psychotherapy as well as social workers and graduate and postgraduate students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415641401

Treating Dissociative Identity DisorderThe Power of the Collective Heart First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005174

Treating Drug Abusers Treating Drug Abusers provides a clear practical guide to current approaches in the treatment of drug-taking. Written by practitioners for practitioners it takes a psychological perspective to the problem. The authors include detailed case studies of particular treatments focusing on among other things relapse and its prevention family therapy and the transmission of the HIV virus. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138400955

Treating Families and Children in the Child Protective SystemStrategies for Systemic Advocacy and Family Healing Written by a psychologist who has worked with families and foster children for 11 years Treating Families and Children in the Child Protective System is designed for therapists social workers family preservationists court officers attorneys judges and others caught up in the interplay of child protection. Using theory and compelling case studies the author posits child abuse as an ultimate form of family injustice requiring intervention at every level of the system. The author proposes a critically optimistic stance approaching each case as a family-friend with practical and powerful tools to direct the overwhelming power of the system into a force for the restoration of family justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986152

Treating ImpulsiveMindfulness and Modification Therapy This accessible book presents time- and cost-effective strategies for helping clients break free of dysregulated behaviors--such as substance abuse binge eating compulsive spending and aggression--and build more fulfilling meaningful lives. Mindfulness and modification therapy (MMT) integrates mindfulness practices with elements of motivational interviewing dialectical behavior therapy acceptance and commitment therapy and other evidence-based approaches. It can be used as a stand-alone treatment or a precursor to more intensive therapy. In a convenient large-size format the book includes session-by-session implementation guidelines case examples practical tips guided mindfulness practices and 81 reproducible client handouts and therapist sheets. Purchasers get access to a companion website where they can download audio recordings of the guided practices narrated by the author plus all of the reproducible materials. Winner (Second Place)--American Journal of Nursing Book of the Year Award Psychiatric and Mental Health Nursing Category Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462538836

Treating IncestA Multiple Systems Perspective This timely book provides for the therapist working with cases of intrafamily child sexual abuse both a theoretical background and practical information for the treatment of incest and gives new insight into the complex problems associated with incest. With the enactment of more stringent child abuse reporting laws nationwide and increased public education about the problem there has been a dramatic increase in the need for incest-related psychotherapy. Treating Incest is an important source of information about the assessment and treatment of the family that will enable clinicians to provide appropriate crisis intervention for families and make informed judgments about referrals if necessary. The book’s central theme is that effective treatment of incest requires a systemic approach because incestuous activity is the product of a problematic family rather than the cause. The book is divided into two helpful sections: assessment issues and treatment issues and techniques. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315804309

Treating Individuals with Addictive DisordersA Strengths-Based Workbook for Patients and Clinicians Integrating client stories research and evidence-based strategies this Workbook offers educational information clinical tools and coping techniques to assist addiction patients on the journey toward recovery. Chapters include psycho-educational information on the science behind addiction and examine how patients engaging in resilience behaviors can alter brain functions. A set of three appendices then evaluates what "works" for the treatment of individuals with addictive disorders including ways to engage patients in the treatment process and ways to assess residential treatment programs. Lastly a glossary of the "language of recovery" terms provides patients and their family members with the guidelines to monitor treatment gains support their journey of recovery and bolster their resilience. Healthcare providers and those suffering from addictive disorders alike will benefit from the approachable discussion of the science and history behind addiction the personal case-studies and the patient-friendly set of coping toolbox-activities designed to develop lasting behavioral changes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367440282

Treating Internalizing Disorders in Children and AdolescentsCore Techniques and Strategies Identifying 13 core techniques and strategies that cut across all available evidence-based treatments for child and adolescent mood and anxiety disorders this book provides theoretical rationales step-by-step implementation guidelines and rich clinical examples. Therapists can flexibly draw from these elements to tailor interventions to specific clients or can use the book as an instructive companion to any treatment manual. Coverage includes exposure tasks cognitive strategies problem solving modeling relaxation psychoeducation social skills training praise and rewards activity scheduling self-monitoring goal setting homework and maintenance and relapse prevention. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462526260

Treating Marital StressSupport-Based Approaches Help your marital therapy clients become more supportive of their partners! As a therapist you see many unhappy couples who long for the loving support that used to be the touchstone of their relationship. Treating Marital Stress: Support-Based Approaches helps you restore that support beginning with detailed descriptions of the five major patterns of marital distress and continuing with a comprehensive training manual that includes figures case studies and samples of possible dialogues between clients and therapists. Step-by-step discussion of the first five sessions with a hypothetical couple provide you with the tools you'll need to help your clients learn to work together as a team manage their anger and communicate effectively with each other. Treating Marital Stress shows you the best ways to: work with a reluctant spouse use empathic probing to make a connection with each client design homework assignments so spouses can work on individual improvements point out problematic behaviors within sessions through 'here and now' interventions reframe conflicts to reduce defensiveness help clients accept responsibility for themselves and avoid placing blame Other chapters discuss how you can assign behavioral tasks get the couple to focus on their objectives and predict and move beyond emotional obstacles to healing. This helpful volume also explores the outcome data from a study on support-focused marital theory conducted in a university setting. Author Robert Rugel PhD writes: “A spouse who is on the receiving end of support will feel loved and valued by the partner. That spouse will also know that the partner can be counted on to be there when help is needed. As a result security and trust develop in the relationship.” You can be there to help spouses look at each other differently and learn to trust and support each other once more.
Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809014

Treating Mind and BodyEssays in the History of Science Professions and Society Under Extreme Conditions As historians rediscover human society to be as much about desire fantasy and irrationality as it is about interest reality and reason the history of psychoanalytic thought takes on an increasing significance. Its growth and interconnection with other fields appealed to the eclectic and holistic interests of historians so much so that the term "psychohistory" was coined admiringly ambivalently or perjoratively. The methodological intersection of psychology and history also helped move us toward a more inclusive social history through investigation of the institutional history of medical sciences of the mind.Treating Mind and Body examines the recent history of psychotherapy psychoanalysis and medicine in Germany through a series of original essays by Geoffrey Cocks. The first section "Psychotherapy " analyzes the history of psychotherapy in the Third Reich and includes such essays as "The Professionalization of Psychotherapy in Germany" and "The Nazis and C.G. Jung " which examines Jung's association with the Nazi regime and the rift between Jungians and Freudians.Section two "Psychoanalysis " considers the repression of memory evident among German psychoanalysts a more disturbing historical reality than the traditional view of a Nazi destruction of psychoanalysis. Essays include "Psychoanalysis and Psychotherapy in Germany Since 1939 " as well as a discussion of Heinz Kohut's "self psychology" in light of Kohut's life experience in Austria and America. In section three Cocks treats medicine the history of professions and the increasing awareness among historians of the place of medicine hi Nazi plans and projects. Essays include "Jews and Medicine in Modern German Society" and "The Nuremberg Doctor's Trial and Medicine in Modern Germany."As a historian of Germany psychoanalysis and medicine Cocks's writings reflect an abiding interest in the intersections of psychology and history. To his selection of previously published essays he adds a new introduction placing the essays in newer richer contexts. This book will be of interest to psychologists psychiatrists and psychotherapists as well as those in the fields of medicine history and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517486

Treating OCD in Children and AdolescentsA Cognitive-Behavioral Approach From foremost experts this authoritative work offers a framework for helping children overcome obsessive–compulsive disorder (OCD) using the proven techniques of cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT). Therapists gain knowledge and tools to engage 6- to 18-year-olds and their parents and implement individualized CBT interventions with a focus on exposure and response prevention. In a user-friendly conversational style the authors provide real-world clinical guidance illustrated with vivid case examples. Purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print the volume's reproducible handouts in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Building on the earlier OCD in Children and Adolescents: A Cognitive-Behavioral Treatment Manual (by John March and Karen Mulle) this book reflects two decades of advances in the field; most of the content is completely new.  Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462538034

Treating People with DepressionA Practical Guide for Primary Care This is a revised edition of an established text on hypertension which takes into account changes in the culture of general practice arising from the 1990 GP Contract. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315384511

Treating People with Psychosis in InstitutionsA Psychoanalytic Perspective This book focuses on the priority that psychoanalysis places on the individual how the treatment is conceived theoretically and the ways it can be incorporated in the overall organisation of an institution. It brings together the histories of a number of psychoanalytically informed hospitals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782202240

Treating Personality DisorderCreating Robust Services for People with Complex Mental Health Needs This book considers personality disorders and how they are treated within the institutional context of prisons and hospitals and offers practical guidance on assessment formulation and integrated treatment planning. Treating Personality Disorder offers contributions from professionals in psychiatry nursing and psychology as well as prison officers and service managers and areas of discussion include: delivering integrated treatment to people with personality disorders issues and challenges for the clinical professional the role of the psychiatrist in treating personality disorder Treating Personality Disorder will provide a timely and valuable guide for all professionals involved in the treatment and management of serious personality disorders within an institutional framework. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871809

Treating Problem BehaviorsA Trauma-Informed Approach The book is designed as a user-friendly textbook/manual for mental health professionals. It teaches a trauma-informed treatment approach as an organizing framework for a series of empirically supported interventions including motivational interviewing cognitive-behavioral skills training trauma resolution and relapse prevention. Although it notes the importance of a systemic treatment approach the focus is on the individual component of treatment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138132559

Treating Psychosomatic PatientsIn Search of a Transdisciplinary Framework for the Integration of Bodywork in Psychotherapy Treating Psychosomatic Patients: In Search of a Transdisciplinary Framework for the Integration of Bodywork in Psychotherapy offers a conceptual and therapeutic framework for all therapists who have to deal with the psychosomatic ‘conflicted’ body as presented in anxiety and depression stress and burn-out medically unexplained symptoms and trauma. The book introduces the transdisciplinary framework 'experiential bodywork' (EBW) drawing on theories and scientific findings drawn from clinical psychology philosophy neuroscience psychotherapy and myofascial therapy. EBW provides a roadmap for a better understanding of the processes that underpin body psychotherapy and body-mind therapies. On a practical level EBW challenges the therapist to marry the power of psychotherapeutic techniques with the richness of hands-on bodywork and hands-off movement expression. With the 'armoured' body as an entry point patients learn to feel their body from within and listen to what it tells them. In the sharpness of this awareness they discover a freer way of speaking moving and being present in the world. Through EBW Treating Psychosomatic Patients offers a transdisciplinary scientifically based framework for the integration of bodywork in psychotherapy ranging from psychosomatics to trauma and will be of great interest to psychologists psychotherapists and counsellors in a variety of settings. EBW also helps somatic therapists such as physical therapists or osteopaths to better understand the richness and layeredness of deep bodywork from different psychological developmental and 'embodied' perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367342005

Treating PTSD in Military PersonnelA Clinical Handbook This state-of-the-science guide to assessing and treating posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in active-duty service members and veterans has now been extensively revised with 65% new material. Leading authorities review available evidence-based treatments including individual group and couple and family therapy approaches. Knowledge about military culture the stressors experienced by service members and common challenges for both military and civilian practitioners is woven through the volume and reflected in the vivid case examples. Chapters on specific clinical issues delve into co-occurring affective anxiety substance use and sleep disorders; treatment of particular types of trauma; suicide prevention; and more. New to This Edition*Chapters on additional treatments: mindfulness-based behavioral and cognitive therapies stress inoculation training cognitive-behavioral conjoint therapy group therapy and complementary and alternative therapies.*Chapters on additional clinical issues: chronic pain moral injury complex traumatic stress disorders and posttraumatic growth.*Updated throughout with the latest treatment research and DSM-5 diagnostic changes. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462538447

Treating PTSD in PreschoolersA Clinical Guide Adapting cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) to meet the needs of 3- to 6-year-olds with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) this book provides an evidence-based framework for assessment and treatment. Step-by-step instructions are provided for conducting graduated exposure in a safe developmentally appropriate fashion. Case examples and sample dialogues illustrate how to implement each component of therapy engage both children and parents and motivate them to complete treatment successfully. The treatment is suitable for children exposed to any type of trauma. In a large-size format for easy photocopying the book contains dozens of reproducible handouts and forms. Purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462522330

Treating PTSDA Compassion-Focused CBT Approach Treating PTSD presents a comprehensive compassion-focused cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) approach that provides therapists with the evidence-based information they need to understand trauma’s effects on the mind and body as well as the phases of healing. Chapters offer discussion practical tools and interventions that therapists can use with clients suffering from post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) to reduce feelings of distress and increase their sense of safety. Readers are introduced to the metaphor of "the valley of the shadow of death" to explain the experience of PTSD; they’re also shown how to identify the work they’ll need to do as therapists to accompany clients on their healing journey. Two new compassion-focused CBT interventions for trauma processing are also introduced. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138303331

Treating Relationship Distress and Psychopathology in CouplesA Cognitive-Behavioural Approach Close relationships and mental health are two key ingredients to living a meaningful fulfilled life. These two domains are the central focus of Treating Relationship Distress and Psychopathology in Couples: A Cognitive-Behavioural Approach. As expert clinicians trainers and researchers in the field of cognitive-behavioural couple therapy and couple-based interventions for psychopathology the authors offer a highly accessible volume for experienced clinicians and trainees alike. This book details the most recent innovations in CBCT a principle-based flexible treatment approach for couples with a wide range of relationship concerns circumstances and stages of life. Based on a clear conceptual framework readers learn how to address individual and couple functioning in an integrated comprehensive manner and how to apply principle-based interventions that directly flow from this framework. Treating Relationship Distress and Psychopathology in Couples was written by a team of five authors born in four different countries and working together as a team for a number of years providing a cohesive framework based on work in a variety of contexts. While staying close to research findings that inform treatment they provide a text for clinicians at all levels of training and experience in working with couples. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138124028

Treating Risky and Compulsive Behavior in Trauma Survivors From leading authority John Briere this book provides a comprehensive treatment approach for survivors of childhood trauma who numb or avoid emotional distress by engaging in substance abuse risky sexual activities self-injury suicidality bingeing and purging or other self-harming behaviors. Briere shows how to help clients identify and manage the triggers of these "distress reduction behaviors " learn to regulate intrusive emotional states and safely process trauma- and attachment-related memories. Emphasizing the therapeutic relationship Briere's approach draws on elements of psychodynamic interpersonal and cognitive-behavioral therapy; mindfulness training; and dialectical behavior therapy. The book combines cutting-edge clinical and experimental research with clearly described interventions case examples and reproducible handouts and forms. Purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462538683

Treating Self-Destructive Behaviors in Trauma SurvivorsA Clinician’s Guide Treating Self-Destructive Behaviors in Trauma Survivors 2nd ed is a book for clinicians who specialize in helping trauma survivors and during the course of treatment find themselves unexpectedly confronted with client disclosures of self-destructive behaviors including self-mutilation and other manifestations of deliberately "hurting the body" such as bingeing purging starving substance abuse and other addictive behaviors. Arguing that standard safety contracts are not effective renowned clinician Lisa Ferentz introduces viable treatment alternatives assessment tools and new ways of understanding self-destructive behavior using a strengths-based approach that distinguishes between the "experimental" non-suicidal self-injury (NSSI) that some teenagers occasionally engage in and the self-destructive behaviors that are repetitive and chronic. In the new edition many of the treatment strategies are cross referenced to a useful workbook giving therapists and clients concrete ways to integrate theory into practice. In addition Ferentz emphasizes the importance of assessing for and strengthening clients' self-compassion and explains how nurturing this idea cognitively emotionally and somatically can become the catalyst for motivation and change.  The book also explores a cycle of behavior that clinicians can personalize and use as a template for treatment. In its final sections the book focuses on counter-transferential responses and the different ways in which therapists can work with self-destructive behaviors and avoid vicarious traumatization by adopting tools and strategies for self-care. Treating Self-Destructive Behaviors in Trauma Survivors 2nd ed can be used on its own or in conjunction with the accompanying client-focused workbook Letting Go of Self-Destructive Behaviors: A Workbook of Hope and Healing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138800755

Treating Self-InjuryA Practical Guide This trusted practitioner resource is acclaimed for its clear compassionate and hopeful approach to working with clients who self-injure. Barent Walsh provides current evidence-based knowledge about the variety and causes of self-injurious behavior its relationship to suicidality and how to assess and treat it effectively. Illustrated with detailed case examples chapters review a wide range of cognitive-behavioral interventions. Essential guidance is provided on tailoring the intensity of intervention to each client's unique needs. Walsh is joined by several colleagues who have contributed chapters in their respective areas of expertise. Reproducible assessment tools and handouts can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size.New to This Edition*Incorporates up-to-date research and clinical advances.*Now uses a stepped-care framework to match interventions to client needs.*Chapters on the relationship between suicide and self-injury formal assessment family therapy and residential treatment for adolescents.*Special-topic chapters on the "choking game " foreign body ingestion multiple self-harm behaviors and self-injury in correctional settings. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462518876

Treating Severe Depressive and Persecutory Anxiety StatesTo Transform the Unbearable This book serves two purposes. First it provides the psychoanalyst or psychotherapist with a more flexible method of practicing psychoanalysis. This is the clinical approach of "analytic contact" a technical stance in which more patients can be reached in a deeper and more helpful manner. Analytic contact is an operationally robust Kleinian appro Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329419

Treating Sex OffendersA Guide to Clinical Practice with Adults Clerics Children and Adolescents Second Edition Gain important new insights into religious personnel who molest children! Treating Sex Offenders: A Guide to Clinical Practice with Adults Clerics Children and Adolescents Second Edition updates the groundbreaking original with new material that integrates adolescent and adult sex offenders emphasizing similarities and differences in personality type behavior and treatment. Author William Prendergast draws on four decades' experience in working in the diagnosis and treatment of habitual sex offenders to present a straightforward look at what makes them tick. This vital new edition includes appropriate additions and changes to treatment techniques progress reports on case study subjects reader feedback on the original book and perhaps most important new information on religious personnel who molest children. Treating Sex Offenders provides training in clear language for those working with sexual offenders and explanations in simple terms for those suffering as a result of their actions. The book parallels workshops and courses conducted by the author detailing how to identify major characteristics and traits of offenders different types of offenders child and adolescent offenders how to recognize warning signs of deviant behavior and how to apply specific treatment techniques that really work. Individual aspects of the makeup and treatment of the compulsive adult and adolescent sex offender are addressed through factors traits treatment and candid cases studies. Treating Sex Offenders addresses the most vital issues involving sexual pathology including: inadequate personality theory sexual performance problems imprinting self-confrontation sex as the chosen deviation the five c's of sex offender treatment and much more! Treating Sex Offenders: A Guide to Clinical Practice with Adults Clerics Children and Adolescents Second Edition is an essential resource for psychiatrists psychologists social workers counselors and those in the criminal justice field who deal with sex offenders on a daily basis. Family members involved in the lives of sex offenders and survivors of sexual abuse or assault will find the case studies enlightening in making sense of a tragic situation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821535

Treating Sex OffendersAn Evidence-Based Manual This structured yet flexible manual presents an innovative group treatment approach that targets deficits in self-regulation—a central problem for sex offenders. Safe Offender Strategies (SOS) comprises 10 evidence-based modules that teach participants the skills to desist from problem behaviors manage their emotions and impulses and break unhealthy relationship patterns. Motivational enhancement and validation techniques are woven throughout this collaborative treatment. SOS can be used with a range of clients—including high-risk offenders and those with mental illness or intellectual disabilities—in institutional or outpatient settings. Fifteen reproducible forms and worksheets can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462536634

Treating Sex OffendersAn Introduction to sex offender treatment programmes This book aims to provide an introduction and overview of sex offender treatment programmes designed for students and practitioners coming to this field. It seeks to describe the development theoretical underpinnings treatment goals and operation of cognitive-behavioural and other programmes to an audience unfamiliar with this form of rehabilitation. In addition it aims to examine the effectiveness of these programmes and the difficulties associated with assessing this the public response to treatment and also the effects on staff responsible for implementing them. The book is concerned particularly to assess the operation of sex offender treatment programmes in the UK context considering also the issues associated with implementing programmes developed in other contexts especially the USA and Canada. It will be of interest to practitioners particularly those who are beginning work on sex offender treatment programmes or others (such as health workers social workers probation officers) who come into contact with these programmes indirectly. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781315065625

Treating Sexual OffendersAn Integrated Approach Through extensive consideration of current research theory and practice Treating Sexual Offenders provides a guide to the assessment treatment and evaluation of a number of different disorders. Provides therapists with the means to have a continued positive impact on the sex offender from assessment to post-treatment evaluation and follow-up. Includes fetishisms transvestic fetishisms exhibitionism frottage pedophilia sexual sadism sexual masochism telephone scatologia voyeurism rape child molestation and incest. The Therapist Rating Scale used and referenced throughout the text is available for download below.Therapist Rating Scale (pdf file) Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203955628

Treating Sleep ProblemsA Transdiagnostic Approach This practical manual presents an innovative modular treatment for adults and adolescents with a wide range of sleep and circadian rhythm problems such as insomnia daytime sleepiness poor sleep quality and irregular sleep-wake schedules. The treatment applies broadly to all individuals with sleep problems including those with psychiatric disorders. It is grounded in a cutting-edge understanding of sleep health and integrates elements of cognitive-behavioral therapy for insomnia (CBT-I) interpersonal and social rhythm therapy (IPSRT) and other evidence-based therapies. Each module is described in detail including specific practitioner guidance sample scripts developmental adaptations and tips for enhancing motivation. Purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print the book's 17 reproducible client handouts in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462531950

Treating Somatic Symptoms in Children and Adolescents Persistent physical symptoms that may not be associated with a known medical disease can be perplexing and distressing for children and families. This book gives mental health professionals a complete understanding of somatic symptoms in 6- to 18-year-olds and presents an innovative treatment approach grounded in cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT). Numerous case examples and sample dialogues illustrate how to collaborate with health care and school professionals and conduct effective assessment psychoeducation and intervention within a biopsychosocial framework. User-friendly features include 36 reproducible handouts worksheets and templates. Purchasers get access to a companion website where they can download and print the reproducible materials in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462529520

Treating Stress In Families......... Provides an overview of the causes and treatment approaches for counseling families under stress and focuses on several examples of extreme tension. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138004627

Treating Substance Abusers in Correctional ContextsNew Understandings New Modalities Get the latest information on new and emerging modalities for treating drug-involved offenders! Treating Substance Abusers in Correctional Contexts: New Understandings New Modalities analyzes the shift in policy and attitude away from two decades of the harsh punishment that characterized the war on drugs toward a more treatment-oriented “medicalization” of the problem. Edited by Dr. Nathaniel J. Pallone editor of the Journal of Offender Rehabilitation (Haworth) the book presents an overview of new and emerging models for treatment of drug-involved offenders in a variety of settings. An international panel of authors examines the “rather treat than fight” approach to the war on drugs proposed by the voters of California the Governor and criminal court judges of New York and Gen. Barry McCaffrey former Director of the White House Office of National Drug Control Policy. Treating Substance Abusers in Correctional Contexts looks at treatment modalities available to offenders inside and outside correctional institutions with community organizations and mental health and social service agencies enlisted in a continuum of care as the courts and criminal justice system provide oversight—and often funding. The book explores types of treatment that operate under the surveillance of courts and the criminal justice system ranging from in-house programs for offenders under confinement in prisons and jails to residential substance abuse treatment (RSAT) and substance abuse treatment (SAT) programs in the community. Through qualitative exploratory and descriptive studies outcome assessments event-history analysis and intensive interviews the book examines recovery relapse prevention rehabilitation diversion therapeutic justice and the impact of prison-based substance abuse treatment programs. Treating Substance Abusers in Correctional Contexts also examines: the impact of deterrence versus rehabilitation on recidivism in the Drug Treatment Alternative-to-Incarceration Program (DTAP) in a major metropolitan area criminal violence and drug use in residential treatment facilities Residential Substance Abuse Treatment (RSAT) programs for young offenders the long-term effectiveness of an adult drug court program illicit drug and injecting equipment markets inside English prisons and a clinical case report on children exposed in utero to crack cocaine Treating Substance Abusers in Correctional Contexts: New Understandings New Modalities is must reading for graduate and undergraduate courses in criminal justice corrections offender rehabilitation and substance abuse. The book is equally valuable as a primary textbook for continuing education coursework for counselors psychologists social workers corrections officers correctional administrators and policymakers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203050200

Treating Substance AbuseTheory and Technique This state-of-the-art text and clinical resource captures the breadth of current knowledge about substance abuse and its treatment. For each of the major evidence-based treatment approaches a chapter on basic assumptions and theories is followed by a chapter on clinical applications including illustrative case material. Expert contributors cover motivational contingency management cognitive-behavioral 12-step family and pharmacological approaches. Concluding chapters discuss effective ways to integrate different treatments in a range of clinical settings. New to This Edition*Reflects significant advances in research and clinical practice.*Chapter on the biology of substance use disorders.*Chapter on an additional treatment setting: primary care.*Chapter on case management. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462513512

Treating Survivors of Childhood Abuse and Interpersonal TraumaSTAIR Narrative Therapy Now revised and expanded with 50% new content reflecting important clinical refinements this manual presents a widely used evidence-based therapy approach for adult survivors of chronic trauma. Skills Training in Affective and Interpersonal Regulation (STAIR) Narrative Therapy helps clients to build crucial social and emotional resources for living in the present and to break the hold of traumatic memories. Highly clinician friendly the book provides everything needed to implement STAIR--including 68 reproducible handouts and session plans--and explains the approach's theoretical and empirical bases. The large-size format facilitates photocopying; purchasers also get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials. First edition title: Treating Survivors of Childhood Abuse: Psychotherapy for the Interrupted Life. New to This Edition *Reorganized simplified sessions make implementation easier. *Additional session on emotion regulation with a focus on body-based strategies. *Sessions on self-compassion and on intimacy and closeness in relationships. *Chapter on emerging applications such as group and adolescent STAIR and clinical contexts such as primary care and telemental health. *Many new or revised handouts--now downloadable. *Updated for DSM-5 and ICD-11. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462543281

Treating the Body in Medicine and ReligionJewish Christian and Islamic Perspectives Modern medicine has produced many wonderful technological breakthroughs that have extended the limits of the frail human body. However much of the focus of this medical research has been on the physical often reducing the human being to a biological machine to be examined understood and controlled. This book begins by asking whether the modern medical milieu has overly objectified the body unwittingly or not and whether current studies in bioethics are up to the task of restoring a fuller understanding of the human person. In response various authors here suggest that a more theological/religious approach would be helpful or perhaps even necessary. Presenting specific perspectives from Judaism Christianity and Islam the book is divided into three parts: "Understanding the Body " "Respecting the Body " and "The Body at the End of Life." A panel of expert contributors—including philosophers physicians and theologians and scholars of religion— answer key questions such as: What is the relationship between body and soul? What are our obligations toward human bodies? How should medicine respond to suffering and death? The resulting text is an interdisciplinary treatise on how medicine can best function in our societies. Offering a new way to approach the medical humanities this book will be of keen interest to any scholars with an interest in contemporary religious perspectives on medicine and the body. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138484856

Treating The Other ThirdVicissitudes of Adolescent Development and Therapy This book presents two thoughtful and long clinical case presentations of adolescents with serious psychiatric problems and some social-psychiatric meditations on homosexuality divorce and day care. It explores the challenges confronting the therapist in maintaining a workable therapeutic frame. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782202196

Treating The Remarried Family....... First published in 1983. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873216

Treating the Trauma SurvivorAn Essential Guide to Trauma-Informed Care Treating the Trauma Survivor is a practical guide to assist mental health health care and social service providers in providing trauma-informed care. This resource provides essential information in order to understand the impacts of trauma by summarizing key literature in an easily accessible and user-friendly format. Providers will be able to identify common pitfalls and avoid re- traumatizing survivors during interactions. Based on the authors’ extensive experience and interactions with trauma survivors the book provides a trauma-informed framework and offers practical tools to enhance collaboration with survivors and promote a safer helping environment. Mental health providers in health care community and addictions settings as well as health care providers and community workers will find the framework and the practical suggestions in this book informative and useful. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415810982

Treating the 'Untreatable'Healing in the Realms of Madness Treating the 'Untreatable' offers the hope of recovery healing and cure for the most severe psychotic disturbances schizophrenia and delusional disorder. Through a psychotherapeutic exploration of hallucinations delusions and thought disorder even the most hopeless and "untreatable" patients have a chance for returning to a life of rel Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329433

Treating Transgender Children and AdolescentsAn Interdisciplinary Discussion Extremely gender variant children and adolescents (minors) increasingly referred to as 'trans' or 'transgender children ' are small in number. In recent years their situation has become highly sensationalized whilst the matter of how to best treat them remains an area of controversy. A growing body of research supports emerging treatment approaches but more research is still needed to answer a host of questions: Do trans minors have a psychiatric disorder or a normal variation of gender presentation? Should treatment be aimed at helping them accept the bodies into which they were born or should parents clinicians and schools accommodate their wishes of transition? At what age should transition begin? What are the implications – physical psychological social and ethical – of various treatment approaches? The first part of this volume explores different clinical approaches to transgender minors in the USA and abroad. The second part contains responses to these approaches by commentators from various fields including biology child psychiatry civil rights activism ethics law gender studies queer theory and psychoanalysis. The work will be an invaluable source for parents and families looking at how to proceed with a trans child as well as clinicians seeking to make appropriate referrals. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Homosexuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138844773

Treating Trauma and Traumatic Grief in Children and Adolescents This authoritative guide has introduced many tens of thousands of clinicians to Trauma-Focused Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy (TF-CBT) a leading evidence-based treatment for traumatized children and their parents or caregivers. Preeminent clinical researchers provide a comprehensive framework for assessing posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) other trauma-related symptoms and traumatic grief in 3- to 18-year-olds; building core coping skills; and directly addressing and making meaning of children's trauma experiences. Implementation is facilitated by sample scripts case examples troubleshooting tips and reproducible client handouts. Purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. TF-CBT is listed in SAMHSA's National Registry of Evidence-Based Programs and Practices. New to This Edition*Incorporates a decade's worth of advances in TF-CBT research and clinical practice.*Updated for DSM-5.*Chapter on the model's growing evidence base.*Chapter on group applications.*Expanded coverage of complex trauma including ways to adapt TF-CBT for children with severe behavioral or affective dysregulation. See also the edited volume Trauma-Focused CBT for Children and Adolescents: Treatment Applications for more information on tailoring TF-CBT to children's varying developmental levels and cultural backgrounds. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462528400

Treating Trauma in AdolescentsDevelopment Attachment and the Therapeutic Relationship This book presents an innovative and empathic approach to working with traumatized teens. It offers strategies for getting through to high-risk adolescents and for building a strong attachment relationship that can help get development back on track. Martha B. Straus draws on extensive clinical experience as well as cutting-edge research on attachment developmental trauma and interpersonal neurobiology. Vivid case material shows how to engage challenging or reluctant clients implement interventions that foster self-regulation and an integrated sense of identity and tap into both the teen's and the therapist's moment-to-moment emotional experience. Essential topics include ways to involve parents and other caregivers in treatment. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462536160

Treating Traumatic BereavementA Practitioner's Guide This book presents an integrated treatment approach for those struggling to adapt after the sudden traumatic death of a loved one. The authors weave together evidence-based clinical strategies grounded in cutting-edge knowledge about both trauma and grief. The book offers a clear framework and many practical tools for building survivors' psychological and interpersonal resources processing their trauma and facilitating mourning. In a large-size format with lay-flat binding for easy photocopying the book includes over 30 reproducible handouts. Purchasers can access a companion website to download and print these materials as well as supplemental handouts and a sample 25-session treatment plan. Winner (Second Place)--American Journal of Nursing Book of the Year Award Psychiatric and Mental Health Nursing Category  Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462513178

Treating Traumatic Stress in AdultsThe Practitioner’s Expressive Writing Workbook Treating Traumatic Stress in Adults is a resource for therapists of all disciplines for use in the treatment of adults suffering from post-traumatic stress. By reading this unique synthesization of information on the most current trauma treatments and expressive writing exercises practitioners will gain an integrative and practical set of tools for treating post-traumatic stress. Also included are numerous diverse case vignettes exercises for building trust in the patient/client relationship and sections dedicated to exploring the client’s thought patterns and emotions to provide an opportunity for exposure healing and restructuring maladaptive beliefs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138890763

Treating Traumatic Stress in Children and AdolescentsHow to Foster Resilience through Attachment Self-Regulation and Competency Tens of thousands of clinicians have used this book--now revised and expanded with 50% new material--to plan and organize effective interventions for children and adolescents who have experienced complex trauma. The Attachment Regulation and Competency (ARC) framework can be used with children parents and other caregivers in a wide range of settings. The volume guides the clinician to identify key treatment goals and intervene flexibly to strengthen child–caregiver relationships and support healthy development and positive functioning. In a large-size format with lay-flat binding for easy photocopying it is packed with case vignettes and clinical tools including 79 reproducible handouts and forms. Purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials. New to This Edition *Reflects the ongoing development of ARC including important refinements to foundational strategies and treatment targets. *More than 30 additional handouts and worksheets; all reproducible tools are now downloadable. *Greater attention to caregiver skill development throughout. *Addresses ways ARC is being used in nontraditional settings (schools day care primary care practices) as well as diverse clinical contexts. See also Treating Adult Survivors of Childhood Emotional Abuse and Neglect by Elizabeth K. Hopper Frances K. Grossman Joseph Spinazzola and Marla Zucker which presents a complementary approach also developed at The Trauma Center at Justice Resource Institute. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462537044

Treating Traumatic Stress Injuries in Military PersonnelAn EMDR Practitioner's Guide Treating Traumatic Stress Injuries in Military Personnel offers a comprehensive treatment manual for mental health professionals treating traumatic stress injuries in both male and female veterans. It is the first book to combine the most recent knowledge about new paradigms of combat-related traumatic stress injuries (Figley & Nash 2006) and offers a practical guide for treating the spectrum of traumatic stress injuries with EMDR which has been recognized by the Department of Veterans Affairs and Department of Defense clinical practice guidelines as one of the most studied efficient and particularly well-suited evidence-based treatments for military-related stress injuries. Russell and Figley introduce an array of treatment innovations designed especially for use with military populations and readers will find pages filled with practical information including appendices that feature a glossary of military terminology breakdowns of rank and pay grades and various clinical forms.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415645331

Treating Traumatized ChildrenA Casebook of Evidence-Based Therapies Featuring extensive case studies this volume provides a unique window into implementation of evidence-based treatments in real-world community settings. Experienced therapists illustrate the use of three effective therapies for traumatized children and their caregivers: trauma-focused cognitive-behavioral therapy (TF-CBT) child-parent psychotherapy (CPP) and parent-child interaction therapy (PCIT). Covering the entire process of assessment and intervention the cases highlight ways to maintain treatment fidelity while addressing complex clinical challenges with diverse clients. Experts in the respective therapy models offer instructive commentaries at the end of each case. The book also provides a concise introduction to each model including its theoretical underpinnings empirical support and applications. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462516940

Treating Troubled AdolescentsA Family Therapy Approach First Published in 2017. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872011

Treating Women with Substance Use DisordersThe Women's Recovery Group Manual Filling a crucial need this manual presents the Women's Recovery Group (WRG) an empirically supported treatment approach that emphasizes self-care and developing skills for relapse prevention and recovery. Grounded in cognitive-behavioral therapy the WRG is designed for a broad population of women with alcohol and drug use disorders regardless of their specific substance of abuse age or co-occurring disorders. Step-by-step intervention guidelines are accompanied by 80 reproducible clinical tools including participant handouts session outlines bulletin board materials and more. The large-size format facilitates photocopying; purchasers also get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462525768

Treating Women's Fear of FailureFrom Worry to Enlightenment This new book looks at an important issue--the emotional impact of success upon women--at a time when opportunities are more available to them than ever before. Using research clinical experience and personal anecdotes the contributors examine the timely issues of women and worry women's sense of their own entitlement fear of success and fear of failure and women's impostor feelings. The dilemma that feminist therapists frequently experience of encouraging women clients often superbly qualified in their fields to take a risk that might involve rejection or failure is highlighted here. Therapists will recognize the often expressed fears of academic and intellectual failure as well as the fears of various interpersonal failures that result from a combination of women's opportunities in society as well as socialization. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315798653

Treating Youth Who Sexually AbuseAn Integrated Multi-Component Approach A comprehensive program of treatment for adolescent sex offenders! Covering every phase from assessment to relapse prevention this valuable book offers specific suggestions and backs them with the latest research as well as years of clinical experience. Treating Youth Who Sexually Abuse: An Integrated Multicomponent Approach is a training tool reference book and field manual for the use of therapists administrators and everyone involved with the assessment treatment and placement of sexually abusive youth. Beginning with a broad view of the continuum of programs available and the structure of the service-delivery system that provides treatment Treating Youth Who Sexually Abuse continues with specifics of program policy and design in both outpatient and inpatient settings. From choice of client to aftercare the book covers the specifics of pretreatment various modalities of therapy inpatient and outpatient programs and relapse-prevention programs. The foundations of program structure and the specific components (such as family therapy group therapy milieu treatment) are integrated to make a powerful flexible and above all effective treatment tool. Treating Youth Who Sexually Abuse offers practical advice and help for therapists and administrators including: ready-to-use treatment materials reproducible group curricula sample schedules for full-day treatment and afterschool programs discussions of staff training and administrative concerns information on liability issues ideas for coordinating care with other treatment providersTreating Youth Who Sexually Abuse: An Integrated Multicomponent Approach is an essential training tool for students a field manual for professionals and a reference book for everyone interested in sex offence-specific treatment for youth. With case studies diagnostic criteria helpful tables and diagrams listings of organizations in the field and Web addresses this volume deserves a permanent place on your professional bookshelf. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809342

Treatise on Controlled Drug DeliveryFundamentals-optimization-applications An introductory but detailed treatise which includes some 1 000 references and solved examples and end-of-chapter problems making it useful to both students and practitioners. The pharmokinetics pharmacodynamics and biological and biopharmaceutical parameters pertinent to each route of administra Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203735022

Treatment and Management of Cancer in the Elderly Building upon the strengths of the popular reference Cancer in the Elderly this guide outlines novel approaches in the identification and management of cancer in geriatric populations by world-renowned experts on the topic. Presenting new trends and strategies in surgery radiation therapy and chemotherapy this source presents a multidisciplinary and best-practices approach to the optimization of cancer care for the elderly and collects the most recent findings gleaned from prevention adjuvant neo-adjuvant and treatment research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390969

Treatment And Prevention Of Childhood Sexual Abuse First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9780203782354

Treatment as a tool for investigating cognition Cognitive neuropsychological research studies of people with cognitive deficits have typically been directed either at investigating methods of intervention or at furthering our understanding of normal and impaired cognition. This book reports on research that combines these goals using studies that use intervention as a ‘tool’ for investigating hypotheses about the functioning of the human cognitive system. The introductory chapter discusses some of the unique and more general difficulties that this approach faces while the five reports describe intervention studies with children and adults with cognitive impairments – studies which investigate current theories of cognition. The studies demonstrate that the use of intervention to study cognition is a promising and valuable methodology. Aiming to promote wider use of these combined methods this book makes it clear that while the approach faces various methodological and interpretative challenges it has the advantage of providing advances on issues of theory while at the same time providing treatment to participants and bringing together what have been largely separate research traditions. This book was originally published as a special issue of Cognitive Neuropsychology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780367023942

Treatment Fidelity in Studies of Educational Intervention Treatment Fidelity in Studies of Educational Intervention is a detailed guide to the increasing emphasis on methodological rigor and implementation fidelity in educational research. A timely contribution to the field this book offers practical guidance and systematic research on the nature of implementation fidelity in experimental settings and provides strategies for combining fidelity-related data with other data types to evaluate a program’s impact in schools and other educational settings. With contributions from leading scholars in the area of research methods in education Treatment Fidelity synthesizes recommendations for current measurement practices case studies of recent or ongoing research programs and technical evaluation reports on studies that measure and model fidelity as part of estimating a treatment’s impact. Intended for scholars professionals and graduate students interested in school-based intervention this volume presents information on how to address implementation in applied research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138838512

Treatment in Dermatology Many family doctors lack confidence in their treatment of skin disorders. However once the basic principles are understood a rational approach can lead to the appropriate therapy. In this companion volume to the widely-used Differential Diagnosis in Dermatology the same authors present a clear logical and visual guide through the options. It offers specific advice on management of each condition when to use ointments or creams how much to prescribe what active constituents should be used what to tell patients and what to do if treatment fails or patients return. The information contained in these two volumes provide a comprehensive reference to the diagnosis and treatment of all but the rare and esoteric and will lead to greatly improved patient care. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315365091

Treatment Manual for Anorexia NervosaA Family-Based Approach This indispensable manual presents the leading empirically supported treatment approach for adolescents with anorexia nervosa (AN). What sets family-based treatment apart is the central role played by parents and siblings throughout therapy. The book gives practitioners a clear framework for mobilizing parents to promote their child's weight restoration and healthy eating; improving parent-child relationships; and getting adolescent development back on track. Each phase of therapy is described in session-by-session detail. In-depth case illustrations show how to engage clients while flexibly implementing the validated treatment procedures. New to This Edition*Reflects the latest knowledge on AN and its treatment including additional research supporting the approach.*Clarifies key concepts and techniques.*Chapter on emerging directions in training and treatment dissemination.*Many new clinical strategies. Family-based treatment is recognized as a best practice for the treatment of anorexia nervosa in adolescents by the U.K. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE). Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462523467

Treatment Marshes for Runoff and Polishing Treatment Marshes for Runoff and Polishing represents the most comprehensive and up-date-date resource for the design construction and operation of marsh treatment systems. This new edition represents a complete rewrite of the surface flow sections of previous editions of Treatment Wetlands. It is based on the performance hundreds of treatment marshes over the past 40 years. Treatment Marshes focuses on urban and agricultural runoff river and lake water improvement and highly treated municipal effluents. New information from the past dozen years is used to improve data interpretation and design concepts. Topics included in this book are Diversity of marsh vegetation Analyses of the human use of treatment marshes New concepts of underground processes and functions Spectrum of marsh values spanning mitigation restoration enhancement and water quality improvement Improved methods for calculation of evapotranspiration and wetland water temperatures Hydraulics of surface and subsurface flows in marshes Analysis of long track records for deterministic and probabilistic behavior Consideration of integrated microbial and vegetative contaminant removals via mass balances Uptake and emission of gases Performance of urban and agricultural wetlands Design procedures for urban and agricultural wetlands Reduction of trace metals pesticides pharmaceuticals endocrine disruptors and trace organics Updated capital and O&M economics and valuation of ancillary benefits An updated list of over 1900 references Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138322622

Treatment of Borderline Personality DisorderA Guide to Evidence-Based Practice Acclaimed for its wisdom and no-nonsense style this authoritative guide has now been revised and expanded with 50% new content reflecting a decade of advances in the field. Distinguished psychiatrist Joel Paris distills current knowledge about borderline personality disorder (BPD) and reviews what works in diagnosis and treatment. Rather than advocating a particular therapy Paris guides therapists to flexibly interweave a range of evidence-based strategies within a stepped-care framework. The book presents "dos and don'ts" for engaging patients with BPD building emotion regulation and impulse control skills working with family members and managing suicidality and other crises. It is illustrated throughout with rich clinical vignettes. New to This Edition*Up-to-date findings on treatment effectiveness and outcomes.*Chapter on dimensional models of BPD plus detailed discussion of DSM-5 diagnosis.*Chapter on stepped care including new findings on the benefits of brief treatment.*Chapter on family psychoeducation and other ways to combat stigma.*New and expanded discussions of cutting-edge topics--BPD in adolescents childhood risk factors and neurobiology. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462541935

Treatment of Cancer Treatment of Cancer is a multi-author work and comprehensive guide on modern cancer treatment that aims to give clinician and student alike the framework for an integrated approach to patient care including radiotherapy chemotherapy and surgery. Much information is presented in tables and charts for easy assimilation and clear algorithms for patient pathways are included to make decisions straightforward while allowing for sound clinical judgement. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367134655

Treatment of Child and Adult Survivors First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203054482

Treatment of Chronic Fatigue Syndrome in the Antiviral Revolution EraWhat Does the Research Say? Are viruses the key to understanding this mysterious devastating disease?Chronic fatigue syndrome (CFS) causes great suffering not least because its etiology is so poorly understood. Treatment of Chronic Fatigue Syndrome in the Antiviral Revolution Era offers proof that viruses may be direct or indirect causes of the disease. Therefore the new antiviral agents the first fruits of the expanding genomics revolution may be of use in treating this disorder.In recent years innovative hypotheses on disease have challenged conventional medical wisdom. New studies give powerful evidence that pathological processes as diverse as atherosclerosis and autoimmune disease may be of viral origin. Treatment of Chronic Fatigue Syndrome in the Antiviral Revolution Era takes these ideas a step further and applies them to CFS offering fresh possibilities for treating this debilitating disease.This breakthrough book presents the latest research on antiviral agents including: the scientific rationale for their use in CFS the historical evolution of these drugs results of clinical trials new lines of research It also offers updates on specific drugs and treatments including: Acyclovir Ampligen Imunovir (Inosine Pranobex) and 2CVV vaccines against Epstein-Barr virus influenza staphylococcus and stealth virus Interferon-Alpha ginseng and other herb-based antivirals . . . and many more!Treatment of Chronic Fatigue Syndrome in the Antiviral Revolution Era is an essential resource for physicians researchers virologists and patient advocates as well as for anyone who is trying to obtain the best possible treatment for CFS. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043739

Treatment of Complex TraumaA Sequenced Relationship-Based Approach This insightful guide provides a pragmatic roadmap for treating adult survivors of complex psychological trauma. Christine Courtois and Julian Ford present their effective research-based approach for helping clients move through three clearly defined phases of posttraumatic recovery. Two detailed case examples run throughout the book illustrating how to plan and implement strengths-based interventions that use a secure therapeutic alliance as a catalyst for change. Essential topics include managing crises treating severe affect dysregulation and dissociation and therapist self-care. The companion website offers downloadable reflection questions for clinicians and extensive listings of professional and self-help resources. A new preface in the paperback and e-book editions addresses key scientific advances. See also Drs. Courtois and Ford's edited volumes Treating Complex Traumatic Stress Disorders in Adults Second Edition and Treating Complex Traumatic Stress Disorders in Children and Adolescents which present research on the nature of complex trauma and review evidence-based treatment models. Winner (Second Place)--American Journal of Nursing Book of the Year Award Psychiatric and Mental Health Nursing Category Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462524600

Treatment Of Depression In Managed Care First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138451872

Treatment of Disorders in Childhood and Adolescence Now completely revised (over 90% new) this definitive practitioner reference and course text comprehensively reviews evidence-based treatments for psychological disorders in children and adolescents. The significantly expanded fourth edition covers an increased number of disorders as well as transdiagnostic issues and public health concerns. Psychosocial pharmacological and complementary therapies are identified and described in well-organized chapters that include rich clinical illustrations. Prominent experts address developmental considerations in treatment and offer guidance for tailoring interventions to each child and family's needs. Prior edition title: Treatment of Childhood Disorders Third Edition edited by Eric J. Mash and Russell A. Barkley. New to This Edition *All chapters are new reflecting over a decade of clinical and empirical developments. *Chapters on additional clinical issues: bipolar disorder suicidal and nonsuicidal self-injury obsessive–compulsive disorder infant and toddler problems posttraumatic stress disorder coping and emotion regulation bereavement early-onset schizophrenia personality disorders childhood obesity and sleep problems. *Chapters on case conceptualization and evidence-based therapist flexibility. *Illustrative case examples and transcripts added throughout. *Updated for DSM-5; every chapter also considers transdiagnostic and dimensional issues. See also the editors' Assessment of Disorders in Childhood and Adolescence Fifth Edition. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462538980

Treatment of Industrial EffluentsCase Studies To address the issue of discharge of untreated industrial effluent in the water body causing pollution adoption of cleaner production technologies and waste minimization initiatives are being encouraged. The book explains each related technology elaborately and critically analyses the same from practical application point of view. In-depth characterization environmental and health effects and treatment of various industrial effluents are discussed with case studies. Limitations challenges and remedial actions to be taken are included at the end of each chapter. Chapters are arranged as per specific type of effluents from various industries like textile tannery/leather plant and oil refinery. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138393417

Treatment of Offenders and Families First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315049632

Treatment of Pediatric Neurologic Disorders This reference discusses state-of-the-art methods for the management of children with conditions affecting the nervous system-providing over 80 chapters that outline direct logical approaches to numerous pediatric neurologic disorders using clear tables algorithms and figures for quick reference to key material. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393014

Treatment of Petroleum Refinery Wastewater with Constructed Wetlands Pollution of waterbodies and the environment by petroleum industry is of particular concern in Nigeria. This problem can be addressed by the application of constructed wetlands (CWs) which is a nature-based system that is simple to construct have low operational and maintenance costs in terms of supply of energy and its periodic maintenance. The application of CWs in Nigeria for polishing of petroleum refinery wastewater is an unprecedented research. This PhD thesis focused on some specific objectives which were characterization of treated secondary refinery wastewater design construction operation and monitoring of planted (T. latifolia C. alternifolius and C. dactylon) and unplanted vertical subsurface flow horizontal subsurface flow and hybrid CWs for the removal of suspended solids nutrients heavy metals organic matter and organic pollutants. The CWs effectively treated the petroleum contaminated wastewater to effluent compliance limits. In this study T. latifolia planted CWs had consistently higher removal efficiencies for all the measured parameters than C. alternifolius and C. dactylon planted CW systems. Therefore in order to improve the wastewater quality discharged by Kaduna Refining and Petrochemical Company (KRPC) Nigeria meet stringent guidelines and protect the recipient streams installation of CWs at the effluent discharge point of KRPC is strongly recommended. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138324398

Treatment of Substance AbusePsychosocial Occupational Therapy Approaches This timely volume fills a long-standing gap in the professional literature by providing an overview of contemporary assessment and rehabilitation of alcohol and chemical dependent substance abusers. Although many occupational therapists and other activity therapy staff work in substance abuse programs few articles in occupational therapy literature address this relevant topic. Treatment of Substance Abuse: Psychosocial Occupational Therapy Approaches provides a unique overview of contemporary assessment and rehabilitiation of alcohol and chemical dependent substance abusers. The highlights of this insightful book include behavioral and educational frames of reference as well as specific treatment modalities such as stress management activities of daily living and leisure counseling. Contributors examine current polemics regarding programs that use methadone versus abstinence and theoretical concepts including the psychodynamic model with emphasis on the defensive structure underlying the abuser’s personality as well as leveled conceptual framework for considering treatment. A number of practical techniques are discussed within the overall context of each article; hence the reader will find usable guidelines for establishing boundaries of treatment as well as discreet ideas about methods and practice. Roles and functions of varying disciplines are reviewed in an effort to discriminate role clarity and provide implications for practice in relation to different models. This issue is valuable to the OT who seeks an understanding of the varying viewpoints and current practice in the substance abuse field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315826059

Treatment of Substance Use Disorders First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203890363

Treatment Of Suicidal People Treatment of suicidal people takes three forms: prevention - strategies to avert conditions leading to suicide; intervention - treatment and care during the crisis; and postvention - response after the event has occurred. Unlike other current literature here the focus is on the state of the art of intervention. This type of examination is essential because suicidal people themselves are in need of such treatments - crisis intervention psychotherapy psychopharmacology and hospitalization. Written by professionals in the field the Treatment of Suicidal People allows readers to participate in a learning experience. First is a case presentation of an individual - Arthur Inman - and his long road toward suicide as chronicled in his personal diary. The seond section puts forth guidelines for the evaluation of suicide risk and crisis intervention. A focus on more sustained efforts in psychotherapy is next a theme which is continued in the fourth part by addressing psychiatric issues that are essential for treatment of highly disturbed and lethal patients. The following section examines a number of clinical and legal issues that transcend any one population of suicidal people and any particular treatment approach or context. And lastly the volume returns to Arthur Inman with case consultations providing alternative perspectives and recommendations on his treatment. Suicide and related forms of self-injurious behaviour can be circumvented if the involved professionals are sufficiently trained in assessment and prevention. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138993860

Treatment Of The Borderline AdolescentA Developmental Approach First published in 1986. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869011

Treatment or DiagnosisA study of repeat prescriptions in general practice Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1970 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881372

Treatment Outcomes In Psychotherapy And Psychiatric Interventions First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138451889

Treatment Plans and Interventions for Bulimia and Binge-Eating Disorder Highly practical and clinician friendly this book provides evidence-based tools for tailoring psychotherapy to the needs of clients with bulimia nervosa or eating disorder not otherwise specified (EDNOS) including binge-eating disorder. It offers specific guidance for conducting thorough clinical assessments and conceptualizing each case in order to select appropriate interventions. A proven cognitive-behavioral treatment protocol is presented and illustrated with a chapter-length case example. In a convenient large-size format the book includes a session-by-session treatment plan and 20 reproducible forms handouts and worksheets that clinicians can photocopy or download and print for repeated use. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462502585

Treatment Plans and Interventions for Depression and Anxiety Disorders This widely used book is packed with indispensable tools for treating the most common clinical problems encountered in outpatient mental health practice. Chapters provide basic information on depression and the six major anxiety disorders; step-by-step instructions for evidence-based assessment and intervention; illustrative case examples; and practical guidance for writing reports and dealing with third-party payers. In a convenient large-size format the book features 74 reproducible client handouts homework sheets and therapist forms for assessment and record keeping. The CD-ROM enables clinicians to rapidly generate individualized treatment plans print extra copies of the forms and find information on frequently prescribed medications. New to This Edition*The latest research on each disorder and its treatment.*Innovative techniques that draw on cognitive behavioral and mindfulness- and acceptance-based approaches.*Two chapters offering expanded descriptions of basic behavioral and cognitive techniques.*More than half of the 74 reproducibles are entirely new.  Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781609186494

Treatment Plans and Interventions for InsomniaA Case Formulation Approach From leading authorities this treatment planner outlines cognitive-behavioral therapy for insomnia (CBT-I) and shows how to tailor the treatment to individual clients' needs. Clinicians get a solid understanding of how sleep is regulated and the factors that promote or hinder optimal sleep. The book describes CBT-I components and discusses how to select and sequence them for particular clients including those with psychiatric comorbidities such as anxiety or depressive disorders. Two chapter-length case examples illustrate the use of a comprehensive case conceptualization as the basis for effective intervention. In a convenient large-size format the book includes reproducible assessment tools planning forms and handouts. Purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials.The American College of Physicians recommends CBT-I as the initial treatment for all adult patients with chronic insomnia disorder. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462520084

Treatment Plans and Interventions for Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder Providing clinicians with evidence-based therapeutic techniques that they can tailor to the needs of individual clients this state-of-the-art treatment planner is filled with case examples and clinical tools. Simon A. Rego presents the latest thinking on obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) and explains how it has been reclassified in DSM-5. He shows how to combine exposure and ritual prevention therapy with other cognitive and behavioral interventions--based on a comprehensive case formulation--and describes proven strategies for enhancing motivation and overcoming common obstacles in treatment. In a large-size format for easy photocopying the book includes 10 reproducible handouts and forms. Purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462525683

Treatment programmes for high risk offenders High risk offenders can have a disproportionate impact on their communities because despite all manner of sentencing options they continue to commit a wide range of crimes both minor and serious. It is tempting to throw the book at them sometimes even to throw away the key. However anything that helps offenders to change their propensity for re-offending can really make a difference. Over the last 30 years scientific research has guided the provision of treatment rehabilitation and reintegration services that lead to reductions in re-offending. Much of what we know however comes from work with medium-risk offenders. Although this work is important and valuable there is a lower level of complexity to working with medium-risk offenders than most high-risk offenders require. This book recognizes the need to research and develop different approaches to rehabilitating high-risk offenders. Each of the contributions takes a different approach with a different group of offenders in a different setting. Cumulatively the chapters provide encouragement for those working with high risk offenders along with a wide range of ideas about how to develop better services. This book was originally published as a special issue of Psychology Crime & Law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138094918

Treatment Resistant Anxiety DisordersResolving Impasses to Symptom Remission Treatment Resistant Anxiety Disorders: Resolving Impasses to Symptom Remission brings together leading cognitive behavioral therapists from major theoretical orientations to provide clinicians with a greatly needed source of information skills and strategies from a wide range of CBT approaches. It describes how to combine empirically-based findings broad based and disorder specific theoretical models and individualized case conceptualization to formulate and apply specific strategies for varied aspects of resistance during treatment of anxiety disorders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881723

Treatment Without ConsentLaw Psychiatry and the Treatment of Mentally Disordered People Since 1845 Phil Fennell's tightly argued study traces the history of treatment of mental disorder in Britain over the last 150 years. He focuses specifically on treatment of mental disorder without consent within psychiatric practice and on the legal position which has allowed it. Treatment Without Consent examines many controversial areas: the use of high-strength drugs and Electro Convulsive Therapy physical restraint and the vexed issue of the sterilisation of people with learning disabilities. Changing notions of consent are discussed from the common perception that relatives are able to consent on behalf of the patient to present-day statutory and common law rules and recent Law Commission recommendations. This work brings a complex and intriguing area to life; it includes a table of legal sources and an extensive bibliography. It is essential reading for historians lawyers and all those who are interested in the treatment of mental disorder. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873827

Treaty Ports in Modern ChinaLaw Land and Power This book presents a wide range of new research on the Chinese treaty ports – the key strategic places on China’s coast where in the late nineteenth and twentieth centuries various foreign powers controlled through "unequal treaties" whole cities or parts of cities outside the jurisdiction of the Chinese authorities. Topics covered include land and how it was acquired the flow of people good and information specific individuals and families who typify life in the treaty ports and technical advances exploration and innovation in government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138477407

Tree Biotechnology Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar L) is an anadromous species contributing to major fishery catches and comprising a significant part of the aquaculturally produced fish for human consumption. The aim of this book is to incite the interest in the field of knowledge gathered from a broad scope of disciplines that have investigated this fish species. Undeniably increasing fishery pressure on wild fish stocks throughout the world oceans has prompted the need for sustainable aquacultural production for increasing human demands. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466597143

Tree CulturesThe Place of Trees and Trees in Their Place The relationship between nature and culture has become a popular focus in social science but there have been few grounded accounts of trees. Providing shelter fuel food and tools trees have played a vital role in human life from the earliest times but their role in symbolic expression has been largely overlooked. For example trees are often used to express nationalistic feelings. Germans drew heavily on tree and forest imagery in nation-building and the idea of 'hearts of oak' has been central to concepts of English identity. Classic scenes of ghoulish trees coming to life and forests closing in on unsuspecting passers-by commonly feature in the media. In other instances trees are used to represent paradisical landscapes and symbolize the ideologies of conservation and concern for nature. Offering new theoretical ideas this book looks at trees as agents that co-constitute places and cultures in relationship with human agency. What happens when trees connect with human labour technology retail and consumption systems? What are the ethical dimensions of these connections? The authors discuss how trees can affect and even define notions of place and the ways that particular places are recognized culturally. Working trees companion trees wild trees and collected or conserved trees are considered in relation to the dynamic politics of conservation and development that affect the values given to trees in the contemporary world. Building on the growing field of landscape study this book offers rich insights into the symbolic and practical roles of trees. It will be vital reading for anyone interested in the anthropology of landscape forestry conservation and development and for those concerned with the social science of nature. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003103226

Tree Leaf TalkA Heideggerian Anthropology This is the first book to explore the relationship between Martin Heideggers work and modern anthropology. Heidegger attracts much scholarly interest among social scientists but few have explored his ideas in relation to current anthropological debates. The disciplines modernist foundations the nature of cultural constructionism and of art even what an anthropology of art must include are all informed and illuminated by Heideggers work. The author argues that many contemporary anthropologists in their concern to return subjectivity and voice to their interlocutors neglect to recognize that language and other representational practices conceal the world and human subjectivity as much as reveal it. The author also suggests that Heideggers critique of western technology provides the basis for a return to anthropologys sociological foundations. Emerging from over ten years of original research and drawing on a rich knowledge of Australian and Melanesian ethnography this book reassesses the underlying framework of modern and particularly visual anthropology. Innovative and provocative it will be of interest to all anthropologists philosophers and students of art and culture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003087250

Tree of Jesse Iconography in Northern Europe in the Fifteenth and Sixteenth Centuries This book is the first detailed investigation to focus on the late medieval use of Tree of Jesse imagery traditionally a representation of the genealogical tree of Christ. In northern Europe from the mid-fifteenth to the early sixteenth centuries it could be found across a wide range of media. Yet as this book vividly illustrates it had evolved beyond a simple genealogy into something more complex which could be modified to satisfy specific religious requirements. It was also able to function on a more temporal level reflecting not only a clerical preoccupation with a sense of communal identity but a more general interest in displaying a family’s heritage continuity and/or social status. It is this dynamic and polyvalent element that makes the subject so fascinating. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664732

Tree Of Life Tree Of KnowledgeConversations With The Torah From the Preface: THE IDEA OF THIS BOOK came to my mind many years ago after several conversations with my friend and colleague in Jewish educational studies Joseph Lukins professor at the Jewish Theological Seminary in New York. He had suggested that an educated Jew is among other things one who lives in some spiritual and cognitive proximity to the weekly Torah reading the parashat hashavua "portion of the week." He insisted that issues in the philosophy of education might be in the liturgy's scriptural readings,that even the way messages of tradition divided the Torah into "portions" reflected discrete modes of teaching Torah.In this book theoretical conceptions garnered from many places even if they do not precede reading of Torah are certainly prisms through which I can read it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215095

Tree of stringsCrann nan teud: a history of the harp in Scotland This is the first history of the harp in Scotland to be published. It sets out to trace the development of the instrument from its earliest appearance on the Pictish stones of the 8th century to the present day. Describing the different harps played in the Highlands and the Lowlands of Scotland the authors examine the literary and physical evidence for their use within the Royal Courts and "big houses" by professional harpers and aristocratic amateurs. They vividly follow the decline of the wire-strung clarsach from its links with the hereditary bards of the Highland chieftains to its disappearance in the 18th century and the subsequent attempts at the revival of the small harp during the 19th and 20th centuries. The music played on the harp and its links with the great families of Scotland are described. The authors present in this book material which has never before been brought to light from unpublished documents family papers and original manuscripts. They also make suggestions based on their research about the development and dissemination of the early Celtic harps and their music. This book therefore should be of great interest not only to harp players but to historians to all musicians in the fields of traditional and early music and to any reader who recognises the importance of these beautiful instruments and their music throughout a thousand years of Scottish culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138124158

Tree-ring Dating and Archaeology The analysis of tree-ring patterns or dendrochronology is a very exact science and an important dating technique. The basis of the method is misleadingly simple: that overlap of successive older ring patterns can generate a master chronology and samples of unknown age can then be checked against this. This book published originally in 1982 traces the development of a specific project from its inception to the successful completion of some of the longest chronologies in Europe. In doing so it looks at some of the problems associated with the subject and at the levels of precision possible. After outlining the techniques associated with the measurement and processing of tree-ring patterns the author traces an attempt to construct such an independent chronology in a new area. The book breaks naturally into sections conditioned by the availability of timbers and these can be listed as modern late medieval medieval early medieval and prehistoric. As far as possible the results are presented in the order in which things happened thus preserving the sense of a developing subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817074

Trees Forested Landscapes and Grazing AnimalsA European Perspective on Woodlands and Grazed Treescapes In this comprehensive book the critical components of the European landscape – forest parkland and other grazed landscapes with trees are addressed. The book considers the history of grazed treed landscapes of large grazing herbivores in Europe and the implications of the past in shaping our environment today and in the future. Debates on the types of anciently grazed landscapes in Europe and what they tell us about past and present ecology have been especially topical and controversial recently. This treatment brings the current discussions and the latest research to a much wider audience.  The book breaks new ground in broadening the scope of wood-pasture and woodland research to address sites and ecologies that have previously been overlooked but which hold potential keys to understanding landscape dynamics. Eminent contributors including Oliver Rackham and Frans Vera present a text which addresses the importance of history in understanding the past landscape and the relevance of historical ecology and landscape studies in providing a future vision. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138304482

Trees People and Power Behind the headlines about the loss of tropical forests in Latin America lies a complex and fascinating story of the social pressures which cause it. Trees People and Power looks at the various groups interests and conflicts involved and explores the repercussions for forestry the environment and the livelihoods of the rural and urban poor. Until the social and political dimensions of deforestation and forest protection schemes are understood measures to prevent or slow deforestation are likely to involve technical interventions which will prove ineffective in the long run and may well result in further impoverishment and environmental degradation. Peter Utting takes a critical look at the experience of forest protection and tree planting in a number of countries and considers how social and political factors affect the feasability of such schemes. Many environmental projects and programmes have failed to balance concerns for the environment with those of human welfare. Until they do it is unrealistic to expect any significant progress towards sustainable development. Peter Utting is a senior researcher coordinator with the United Nations Research Institute for Social Development. He is the author of Economic Adjustment under the Sandinistas (UNRISD 1991) and Economic Reform and Third World Socialism (Macmillan 1992). Originally published in 1993 Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315066905

Treitschke: His Life and Works(Routledge Revivals) First published in English in 1914 this Routledge Revival is a reissue of Adolf Hausrath's edited collection: Treitschke: His Life and Works. Treitschke remains one of the most important German historians of the nineteenth century. He is also famous for his nationalist sentiments and political career  rising to prominence during the period of Bismarck's unification of Germany. This work begins with an introductory biography of Treitschke by theologian Adolf Hausrath. It also contains english translations of eight seminal essays by Treitschke on international relations and German expansionism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415685764

Treitschke's Origins of Prussianism (Routledge Revivals)The Teutonic Knights Heinrich Von Treitschke (1834-1896) was a prolific German historian and political writer during the nineteenth century. An ardent admirer of Prussianism Treitschke was also deeply anti-Semitic and anti-socialist. This translation by Eden and Cedar Paul of The Origins of Prussianism published in 1942 and reissued in 1969 madeTreitschke’s 1862 classic essay available in English for the first time. It is a fascinating account of the thirteenth-century colonization of Old Prussia by the Teutonic Knights and the unification of Germany which highlights his most prominent beliefs in the value of the State and the superiority of the German race. Treitschke’s essay will fascinate anyone with an interest in the history of Old Prussia and nineteenth-century German politics and academic thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415706827

Trench ArtMaterialities and Memories of War Trench art is the evocative name given to a dazzling array of objects made from the waste of industrialized war. Each object whether an engraved shell case cigarette lighter or a pen made from shrapnel tells a unique and moving story about its maker. For the first time this book explores in-depth the history and cultural importance behind these ambiguous art forms. Not only do they symbolize human responses to the atrocities of war but they also act as mediators between soldiers and civilians individuals and industrial society and most importantly between the living and the dead. Trench art resonates most obviously with the terror of endless bombardment night raids gas attacks and the bestial nature of trench life. It grew in popularity between 1919 and 1939 when the bereaved embarked on battlefield pilgrimages and returned with objects intended to keep alive the memory of loved ones. The term trench art is however misleading as it does not simply refer to materials found in the trenches. It describes a diverse range of objects that have in some way emerged from the experience of war all over the world. Many distinctive objects for example were made during conflicts in Bosnia Vietnam Northern Ireland and Korea. Surprisingly trench art predates World War I and it can be made in a number of earlier wars such as the Crimean War the American Civil War and the Boer War. Saunders looks at the broader issues of what is meant by trench art what it was before the trenches and how it fits in with other art movements as well as the specific materials used in making it. He suggests that it can be seen as a bridge between the nineteenth century certainties and the fragmented industrialized values and ideals of the modern world. This long overdue study offers an original and informative look at one of the most arresting forms of art. Spanning from 1800 to the present day its analysis of art human experience and warfare will pave the way for new research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003087267

Trends and Issues in Action Learning PracticeLessons from South Korea Dynamic workplaces demand continuous employee learning and development to keep up with current and effective organizational contexts. Action learning is among the most widely used and effective interventions for leadership and organizational development around the world. This timely book provides readers with the first comprehensive account of the history and evolution of action learning in South Korea informing practitioners and researchers on the best practices of action learning and how they can be modified to fit different cultural contexts. Unlike most literature on action learning which focuses on implementation strategies in Western contexts Trends and Issues in Action Learning Practice details a uniquely Korean perspective. South Korean companies engage actively in action learning programs as a tool for leadership and organization development helping them adapt to global markets and a rapidly changing management environment. Key success factors from twenty years of South Korean action learning presented through representative case studies and research conducted by both academics and professionals highlight the importance of culture in action learning and provides readers with insights and advice for future international research and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118522

Trends and Issues in Housing in AsiaComing of an Age This book offers a comprehensive overview of current housing practices across Asian cities based on facts and trends in the market. For many countries in Asia the future of housing is now. This future is closely linked to successful theoretical advancement and policy practice in housing studies. This volume brings together twelve chapters divided across four thematic parts that sum up the concept and conditionality of housing in Asian cities. It studies housing through conceptual perspectives and empirical studies to explore established notions cultures and practices relevant to the 21st-century post-reform context in Asia. Housing and property have long been economic drivers leading many individual households towards better lives and associated social and community benefits while also collectively improving the economic base of a city or country. This book examines the nature of the interplay of both state and market in the housing outcomes of these cities. With its extensive geographic coverage across South East Asia South Asia and the Far East and a cross section of different income groups the book will interest reseachers and scholars in urban studies architecture development studies public policy political studies sociology policymakers in local and central governments housing and planning professionals and commercial firms engaged in property markets or real estate in Asia. It will also provide ideas tools and good practices for institutional enablement stakeholders involved in these interventions private sector organisations and NGOs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367277611

Trends and Issues in Interdisciplinary Behavior and Social ScienceProceedings of the 5th International Congress on Interdisciplinary Behavio Trends and Issues in Interdisciplinary Behavior and Social Science contains papers presented at the 5th International Congress on Interdisciplinary Behavior and Social Science 2016 (ICIBSoS 2016) held 5-6 November 2016 in Jogjakarta Indonesia. The 24 papers cover every discipline in all fields of social science discussing many current trends and issues 21st century society is facing especially in Southeast Asia. The topics include literature family culture studies behavior studies psychology and human development religion and values social issues such as urban poverty and juvenile crisis driving behavior well-being of women career women career performance happiness social adjustment quality of life among patients job stress and religious coping etc. The issues are discussed using scientific quantitative or qualitative methods from different academic viewpoints. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138035164

Trends in Biomaterials Biomaterials research requires the union of materials scientists engineers biologists biomedical doctors and surgeons. Societal implications have invoked tremendous interest in this area of research in recent years. What started as a search for strong and durable implant materials has now led to path-breaking developments in tissue engineering targeted drug delivery and tissue scaffolds. Viable applications of mesoporous structures polymer biocomposites and fibers (synthetic and natural) in the areas of clinical orthopedics controlled drug delivery tissue engineering orthodontics etc. have emerged as relatively recent concepts. This book presents recent results related to both materials aspects and implant issues. The focus is on structural magnetic antibacterial bioactivity/compatibility mechanical and other related properties and the implication of these results on biomedical applications. The book discusses technical problems faced by the surgeon during implant fixation in total hip replacement and the selection of materials based on the patient’s requirement. It also addresses recent advances in implant materials including the reinforcement and biocompatibility issues. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814613989

Trends in BiophysicsFrom Cell Dynamics Toward Multicellular Growth Phenomena This title includes a number of Open Access chapters. This book covers a wide scope of biological approaches to such biological phenomena as cell division motility collective cell behavior multicellular structures morphogenesis and tumor development. Over the past two decades biologists have generated large sets of experimental data and discovered a lot of facts that need explanation. This biological boom attracts physicists who believe they can help to develop a theoretical framework in biology and explain complete biological phenomena using basic principles. This is the first book to present recent advances in biophysical studies of the different aspects of cell life. This book presents recent advances in biophysical studies of living cells and gives the impression that a combination of quantitative live cell observations detailed biochemical and biophysical data and mathematical modeling are capable to answer many important biological questions and to achieve a more complete understanding of such complex phenomena. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895369

Trends in Chinese Education This book considers a wide range of key developments and key areas of debate in China’s education system. Marketization quality assurance and issues of inequality and gender are all discussed as are expansion in the primary secondary and tertiary sectors the impact of globalization and the influence of education on China’s economic growth. The book which comprises contributions from many leading authorities will be of great interest both to comparative education specialists and also to all those interested in China’s rise and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138595651

Trends in CorrectionsInterviews with Corrections Leaders Around the World Volume One Offering rare insiders’ perspectives Trends in Corrections: Interviews with Corrections Leaders Around the World is a comprehensive survey of correctional programming and management styles used across nations. Twelve chapters present transcribed interviews of corrections leaders along with a brief portrait of the corrections system in those jurisdictions. The leaders interviewed represent a variety of cultures political environments and economic systems and come from North America (Canada Mexico and the United States) Asia (Singapore) Australia the Caribbean (Trinidad and Tobago) and Europe (England Hungary and Bosnia–Herzegovina).Topics discussed in this insightful collection of interviews include:Working conditions for correction officersHow governmental changes can impact a prison systemOvercrowding problems and efforts to modernize prisonsRecidivism concerns and programs that facilitate offender reintegration into society upon releaseEffects of the media’s portrayal of prisons on communitiesThe final chapter reflects on the interviews and summarizes the common themes evident throughout the book. Advancing knowledge about corrections systems worldwide this volume bridges the gap of knowledge that exists between scholars and researchers in academia and practitioners in the field. The candid discussions presented herein are destined to open further dialogue among these professionals adding value to current operations and informing future directions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367865153

Trends in CorrectionsInterviews with Corrections Leaders Around the World Volume Three With a fresh set of interviews exploring cross-cultural differences and similarities Volume Three of this book includes lessons from practitioners in a diverse array of countries including Honduras Japan Lithuania the Philippines Thailand the Slovak Republic South Africa and the United States. This book series is based on the premise that comparing countries around the world and getting 'inside' information about each country’s correctional system can be best derived by having people who are seasoned practitioners in each country share their views experiences philosophies and ideas. Since most correctional practitioners do not have the time or inclination to encapsulate their experiences into a book chapter the insight of the practitioner can be best captured by a revealing interview with a researcher given the questions and interview guidelines associated with each chapter. Researchers selected are scholars in corrections will possibly have conducted original research on the topic and will have access to the corrections officials in his or her country. Additionally the researcher exhibits a deep understanding and knowledge of his or her country’s correctional system and questions will be derived specifically from the laws and conditions present. Any current crises or solutions will be able to have focused questions crafted by each researcher while still having each interviewer stay within the topic areas that the general questions probe. Each researcher explains any esoteric or unusual terminology used by the corrections official and defines any current issues necessary for the reader’s knowledge. While there are many books written on corrections management ethics and practices there is great value in approaching international corrections practices and policies from this unique vantage point and as a result this book will be of interest to academics researchers practitioners and both undergraduate and postgraduate students with an interest in corrections and comparative criminal justice studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367345105

Trends in CorrectionsInterviews with Corrections Leaders Around the World Volume Two The first volume of the Trends in Corrections: Interviews with Corrections Leaders Around the World series introduced readers to the great diversity that exists cross-culturally in the political social and economic context of the correctional system. Presenting transcribed interviews of corrections leaders it offered a comprehensive survey of correctional programming and management styles used across nations. The general conclusion drawn from the inaugural publication was that the correctional leaders interviewed exhibited striking similarities despite vast differences in the social and political climates in which they worked. They all appeared to struggle with some of the same issues. With a fresh set of interviews exploring further cross-cultural differences and similarities Volume Two extends the reach to several new countries including Slovenia Slovakia Northern Ireland Switzerland and France. The interviews are conducted by scholars or practitioners with intimate knowledge of correctional practice and who are familiar with the correctional system in the country of the interviewees. They expand the knowledge base by asking correction leaders specifically about the impact of the economic downturn on corrections in each country the changes in correctional practice they’ve experienced and how they think about and evaluate trends and developments. This revealing series affords correctional leaders an unprecedented opportunity to express their views on current practices and the future of corrections in their countries facilitating the development of solutions to corrections challenges worldwide. This book is a volume in the Interviews with Global Leaders in Policing Courts and Corrections series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367868345

Trends in Digital Signal ProcessingA Festschrift in Honour of A.G. Constantinides Digital signal processing is ubiquitous. It is an essential ingredient in many of today’s electronic devices ranging from medical equipment to weapon systems. It makes the difference between dumb and intelligent systems. This book is organized into five parts: (1) Introduction which contains an account of Prof. Constantinides’ contribution to the field and brief summaries of the remaining chapters of this festschrift (2) Digital Filters and Transforms which covers efficient digital filtering techniques for improving signal quality (3) Signal Processing which provides an insight into fundamental theories (4) Communications which deals with some important applications of signal processing techniques and (5) Finale which contains a discussion on the impact of digital signal processing on our society and the closing remarks on this festschrift. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814669504

Trends in Energy Use in Industrial SocietiesAn Overview Taken from a report for the Electric Power Research Institute Joy Dunkerley’s study aims to clarify the relationship between energy consumption and economic output in industrialised countries. Originally published in 1980 and using data from 1972 this study uses cross-country comparisons of energy use to stress the importance of new supply options and measures of controlling energy use without affecting living standards whilst also discussing the impact of energy prices and economic growth in the countries studied. This title will be of interest to students of environmental studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138944664

Trends in Fish Processing Technologies The high market demand based on consumers’ trust in fish as a healthy and nutritious food resource made fish processing a very dynamic industry spurring many innovations in processing and packaging methods. Trends in Fish Processing Technologies not only reflects what is currently new in fish processing but also points out where things are heading in this area. This book provides an overview of the modern technologies employed by the industry. It details the advances in fish processing including high pressure processing (HPP) pulsed electric field (PEF) treatment and minimally heat processing combined with microwave (MW) and radio-frequency (RF). It provides references to food safety management systems and food safety & quality indicators for processed fish in order to achieve an adequate level of protection. Quality aspects and molecular methods for the assessment of fish and fish products integrity are introduced. Fish products reformulation trends based on sustainability principles that tackles the reduction of salt content and the use of natural antimicrobials are presented. Innovative packaging solutions for fish products are explored detailing intelligent packaging with freshness and time-temperature indicators applications of modified packaging atmosphere antimicrobial bio-nanocomposite packaging materials and biodegradable edible films used as primary fish packaging. In addition to covering the current advancements in fish processing the book discusses fraud adulteration fair trade practices traceability and the need for added value clean and sustainable processing in the fish chain. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498729178

Trends in Food Engineering Trends in Food Engineering presents a wide vision of food engineering with an emphasis on topics vital to the food industry today. The first section deals with physical and sensory properties of food. The emphasis in these chapters is on structure-function relationships food rheology and the correlations between physicochemical and sensory data. The second section on advances in food processing includes recent developments in minimal preservation and thermal and nonthermal processing of foods. The book concludes with current topics in food engineering including applied biotechnology food additives and functional properties of proteins. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398538

Trends in Food Safety and Protection Trends in Food Safety and Protection explores the recent developments and ongoing research in the field of food safety and protection. The book covers improvements in the existing techniques and implementation of novel analytical methods for detecting and characterizing foodborne pathogens. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138070912

Trends in Legal AdvocacyInterviews with Prosecutors and Criminal Defense Lawyers Across the Globe Volume One A new installment of the series of Interviews with Global Leaders in Policing Courts and Prisons this book expands upon the criminal justice coverage of earlier volumes offering the voices of 14 lawyers from 13 diverse locales including countries in Africa North America South America Europe and the Asia-Pacific region. This book is intended for students and others focusing on law and legal studies policing psychology and law criminology justice studies public policy and for all those interested in the front lines of legal change around the world.Featuring versatile chapters perfect for individual use or as part of a collection  this volume offers a personal approach to the legal world for students and experienced professionals.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873837

Trends in Molecular Electrochemistry Chemists increasingly apply electrochemical methods to the investigation of their systems in particular towards a better understanding of molecular properties the exploration of chemical reactions involving electron-transfer (ET) the initiation of further reactions by ET the kinetic measurements and the establishment of the reaction mechanisms as well as the synthesis (electrosynthesis) of desired products.Trends in Molecular Electrochemistry presents recent research on procedures in molecular electroactivation and electrocatalysis bioelectrochemistry spectroelectrochemistry and unconventional electrochemistry. The book highlights the state-of-the-art in the application of electrochemistry by taking an interdisciplinary approach to the study of both static and dynamic molecular properties of coordination compounds as well as inorganic bioinorganic and organometallic complexes supramolecular systems and metalloenzymes. The principles and approaches are often also valid for organic systems which are illustrated in various contexts. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367578299

Trends in PolicingInterviews with Police Leaders Across the Globe Volume Five Trends in Policing: Interviews with Police Leaders Across the Globe Volume Five is based on the premise that police officials have a wealth of experience that can make significant contributions to our understanding of the prospects and problems of policing today. Each chapter consists of an interview with a policing leader that explores their understanding of policing developments and current challenges in their countries and internationally and examines how they evaluate or interpret these developments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869212

Trends in PolicingInterviews with Police Leaders Across the Globe Volume Four Trends in Policing: Interviews with Police Leaders Across the Globe Volume Four is the latest installment in a series of insightful interviews with senior police executives worldwide. The book offers readers an unparalleled insider’s perspective on police goals practices and management in nationwide regional and city environments. Conducted by a team of academic and practitioner experts following the same schema of topics the interviews explore the executives’ backgrounds education and careers and provide insight on a number of topics relevant to their work including:Conception of the police mission and police roleViews on strategy and tacticsExperience with democratic policingMajor changes in policies and proceduresThe relationship between police theory and practiceThe impact of globalization The interview participants are drawn from four continents and from a broad variety of policing contexts—from metropolitan to largely rural areas developed and developing countries from emerging democracies to stable democracies. They are diverse in age ethnicity education background and career trajectories. This volume constitutes a resource of immense value to academic analysts of policing philosophies and leadership as well as to policymakers and practitioners who wish to have a sense of where the leaders in their field have come from and where they are going. The book and its predecessors are a major contribution to the study and practice of policing around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367866723

Trends in PolicingInterviews with Police Leaders Across the Globe Volume Six This volume is a collection of interviews with policing leaders that explores their understanding of policing developments and current challenges in their own countries and internationally and examines how they evaluate or interpret these developments. The book is based on the premise that police officials have a wealth of experience that can make significant contributions to our understanding of the prospects and problems of policing today. In this book  ten police leaders from the continents of North America Asia Australasia Africa and Europe offer their combined experiences in policing. The interviews conducted by experienced policing academics capture how these officers personally as well as through their organizations have confronted many waves of change – political social and institutional. Interviews examine each professional's assessment of their career path; changes experienced during their career; their personal policing philosophy; problems and successes experienced in leadership; their views on the contribution of theory to practice; their experience of transnational relations; their understanding of nature of democratic policing; and their assessment of how policing will change in the future. As police and policing across the world face a turning point this book offers ideas and best practices from the front lines on ways to respond with vigor creativity and sensitivity to the challenges of repositioning police in the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367533120

Trends in PolicingInterviews with Police Leaders Across the Globe Volume Three Several years ago the Trends in Policing series unveiled insiders’ accounts of how police leaders perceive the work they do. These volumes feature interviews with practitioners who speak candidly about their concerns and opinions. They present their evaluations of programs and philosophies that worked and those that did not describe their conceptions of success and failure and offer the experiences and insights gained from living the police life. Composed of new interviews Volume Three continues in the tradition of providing a revealing depiction of diverse police perspectives across a range of different cultures. The environments in which the subjects of these interviews operate differ vastly in terms of political life economic resources social structures police-community relations and transnational interactions. Some work in very large organizations; others in tiny departments. Some are engaged in high-tech environments and others struggle with outdated equipment. Some must contend with routine political interference as others proceed with minimal influence. And some enjoy popular confidence while others are widely despised. The vast range of experiences profiled demonstrates how context significantly determines how police leaders feel about their work. Sociological studies by academics are plentiful in the policing literature. But police leaders possess an abundance of knowledge that can complement challenge and support the more cerebral scholarly treatments. This thoughtful perspective from the vantage point of individuals in the field enables a balanced understanding of the nuances and dynamics of police culture elevating the topic to a heightened level of discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138113213

Trends in PolicingInterviews with Police Leaders Across the Globe Volume Two Police leaders possess a plethora of rich experiences and practical and theoretical knowledge that provides fascinating insights into the current state of policing around the world. While observers’ opinions of ongoing developments in policing are well known it is rare to get an insider’s glimpse of how police leaders themselves assess these advances. Through in-depth and exceptionally thoughtful interviews with highly placed police leaders and administrators Trends in Policing: Interviews with Police Leaders Across the Globe presents cross-cultural perspectives on the organizational structure leadership functions public projects training culture and societal context of police worldwide. A broad spectrum of police philosophies from over a dozen countries   This elite group of leaders and the learned researchers who interview them address the fundamental contextual changes that add layers of complexity to police work. Covering an extensive range of topics the interviews include the experiences opinions and preferences of men and women who individually and as a group possess a vast array of knowledge pertaining to the problems and prospects of policing. While examining current trends they discuss the future role of police in a world in which policing issues transcend national borders. A fruitful collaboration between practitioners and academics   Through discussions with those actively engaged in policing this book bridges the gap between research and practice. While police leaders are not usually accustomed to reflecting and writing on their experiences the thoughtful interview style of the researchers assists the practitioners in defining their views forming a cohesive volume rich with the wisdom of experience and the context of analysis.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138112377

Trends in Quorum Sensing and Quorum QuenchingNew Perspectives and Applications The book on Trends in Quorum Sensing and Quorum Quenching: New Perspectives and Applications focuses on the recent advances in the field of quorum sensing in bacteria and the novel strategies developed for quorum sensing inhibition. The topics covered are multidisciplinary and wide-ranging and includes quorum sensing phenomenon in pathogenic bacteria food spoilers and agriculturally relevant bacteria. The applications of quorum sensing inhibitors such as small molecules bioactives natural compounds and quorum quenching enzymes in controlling bacterial infections in clinical settings agriculture and aquaculture are discussed. The potential use of quorum quenching enzymes for mitigating biofouling is also covered. Special focus is given to exploring quorum sensing inhibitors from microbes and flora inhabiting biodiversity rich regions including tropical rain forests and marine environments. Key features: Covers the fundamental aspects the progress and challenges in the field of quorum sensing and quorum quenching Reviews quorum sensing in Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria of clinical agricultural and industrial relevance Discusses the application and future trends of quorum sensing inhibitors from lab to clinical and environmental settings Provides comprehensive coverage on molecular mechanisms in bacterial signaling Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367224288

Trends in the Analysis and Design of Marine StructuresProceedings of the 7th International Conference on Marine Structures (MARSTRUCT 2019 Trends in the Analysis and Design of Marine Structures is a collection of the papers presented at MARSTRUCT 2019 the 7th International Conference on Marine Structures held in Dubrovnik Croatia 6-8 May 2019. The MARSTRUCT series of Conferences started in Glasgow UK in 2007 the second event of the series having taken place in Lisbon Portugal in March 2009 the third in Hamburg Germany in March 2011 the fourth in Espoo Finland in March 2013 the fifth in Southampton UK in March 2015 and the sixth in Lisbon Portugal in May 2017. This Conference series specialises in dealing with Ships and Offshore Structures addressing topics in the fields of: - Methods and Tools for Loads and Load Effects- Methods and Tools for Strength Assessment- Experimental Analysis of Structures- Materials and Fabrication of Structures- Methods and Tools for Structural Design and Optimisation- Structural Reliability Safety and Environmental Protection. Trends in the Analysis and Design of Marine Structures is an essential document for academics engineers and all professionals involved in the area of analysis and design of Ships and Offshore Structures. About the series: The ‘Proceedings in Marine Technology and Ocean Engineering’ series is devoted to the publication of proceedings of peer-reviewed international conferences dealing with various aspects of ‘Marine Technology and Ocean Engineering’. The Series includes the proceedings of the following conferences: the International Maritime Association of the Mediterranean (IMAM) conferences the Marine Structures (MARSTRUCT) conferences the Renewable Energies Offshore (RENEW) conferences and the Maritime Technology (MARTECH) conferences. The ‘Marine Technology and Ocean Engineering’ series is also open to new conferences that cover topics on the sustainable exploration and exploitation of marine resources in various fields such as maritime transport and ports usage of the ocean including coastal areas nautical activities the exploration and exploitation of mineral resources the protection of the marine environment and its resources and risk analysis safety and reliability. The aim of the series is to stimulate advanced education and training through the wide dissemination of the results of scientific research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367278090

Trends in the JudiciaryInterviews with Judges Across the Globe Volume One U.S. Supreme Court justices are studied publicly but scant attention is generally paid to the judges who function daily in other courts of the world. Trends in the Judiciary: Interviews with Judges Across the Globe assembles a collection of interviews conducted by international scholars and researchers. It provides an insider’s perspective of how members of the worldwide judiciary cope with significant legal developments and the issues they face in criminal and procedural law.The subjects of these interviews administer justice in Australia Austria Bosnia-Herzegovina the Republic of Slovenia Canada India and the United States. Representing a variety of cultures political environments and economic systems the interviewees each discuss their background education and career; their judicial role; the major changes and challenges they have experienced; and the relationship between theory and practice. In addition to the candid observations of the interview subject each chapter provides a brief portrait of the national judicial system and court in which each judge serves.Continuing the work of the International Police Executive Symposium (IPES) and the CRC Press series Interviews with Global Leaders in Policing Courts and Prisons the book enhances readers’ understanding of the judiciary and opens a dialogue between scholars researchers and practitioners. It is a major contribution to the study and practice of judging around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367866174

Trends in the JudiciaryInterviews with Judges Across the Globe Volume Three The third volume in the Interviews with Global Leaders in Policing Courts and Prisons series Trends in the Judiciary: Interviews with Judges Across the Globe Volume Three provides an insider's view of the judicial system. Offering interviews from judges in Africa Asia Australasia Europe North America and the West Indies this text explores the behind-the-scenes motivations of judges on a global scale delving into the interviewees opinions on diverse legal systems the interpretation of legal developments and current issues in criminal law. Readers of this text will be experience the judicial system from within—the plans protests and thought processes of practicing judges. Criminal justice students and practitioners alike will benefit from this unique examination of judges around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872519

Trends in the JudiciaryInterviews with Judges Across the Globe Volume Two The term judicial opinion can be a misnomer as rarely are judges’ true feelings on legal issues and the work they do made available to the public. Judges are constrained when writing decisions to follow the law and leave personal commentary aside. Through a series of revealing interviews this book gathers empirical data from judges and justices from different legal systems to provide a scintillating look at how they view their jobs and cope with difficult legal matters.Interviews are conducted according to strict guidelines with a standardized format for consistency. Each chapter begins by describing the region and its style of judicial governance. This is followed by an interview with a judge or justice in the particular jurisdiction. They discuss their careers personal judicial philosophies the problems and successes they’ve experienced and how theory influences practice in their jurisdiction. Many also discuss transnational relations and several chapters include glossaries that explain unfamiliar terms and acronyms. Each chapter concludes with the interviewer’s assessment and observations. This structure allows readers to easily compare the views of judges and to see the similarities the differences and the uniqueness of the different legal models and systems. Trends in the Judiciary: Interviews with Judges Across the Globe Volume Two is the seventh publication in the Interviews with Global Leaders in Policing Courts and Prisons series. The broad-based coverage of varying viewpoints in this text encourages a great breadth of understanding of global justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869014

Trends in Theory and Practice of Nonlinear Differential Equations This book is based on an International Conference on Trends in Theory and Practice of Nonlinear Differential Equations held at The University of Texas at Arlington. It aims to feature recent trends in theory and practice of nonlinear differential equations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138441866

Tresch and Aronow's Cardiovascular Disease in the ElderlySixth Edition With an exponential growth in the number of older adults understanding the common disorders of the elderly patient requiring cardiac care is becoming increasingly important. Incorporating recent advances in the field Tresch and Aronow's Cardiovascular Disease in the Elderly 6th Edition has been completely revised and updated to provide cardiologists primary care physicians geriatricians and other clinicians caring for the elderly a comprehensive and accessible overview of the epidemiology pathophysiology and treatment of cardiovascular disorders in older patients. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367655839

Triadic ExchangesStudies in Dialogue Interpreting Dialogue interpreting is a generic term covering a diverse range of fields of interpreting which have in common the basic feature of face-to-face interaction between three parties: the interpreter and (at least) two other speakers. The interaction consists of spontaneous dialogue involving relatively short turns at talk in two languages. It is usually goal-directed in the sense that there is some outcome to be negotiated. The studies in this volume cover several different fields: courtroom interpreting doctor-patient interviews immigration interviews etc. and involve a range of different languages: Spanish Portuguese Polish More and Austrian Sign Language. They have in common that they view the interpreter as just one of the parties to this three-way exchange in which each participant's moves can affect each other participant and thus the outcome of the event. In Part I new research directions are explored in studies which piece together evidence of the ways dialogue interpreters actually behave and the effects of their behaviour. This is followed by two studies which discuss traditional interpreter roles - the 'King's Linguist' in Burkina Faso and the Oranda Tsûji official interpreters employed in isolationist eighteenth-century Japan to ensure contact with the outside world. Finally issues involved in training are the subject of two chapters relating to Austria and the UK. The variety of aspects and approaches represented in the volume - linguistic cultural pragmatic historical - offer a rich and fascinating overview of the field of dialogue interpreting studies as it now stands. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151413

Triads The First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862739

Trial-Based Cognitive TherapyA Manual for Clinicians Trial-Based Cognitive Therapy presents a model that although still inherently Beckian organizes known cognitive and behavioral techniques in a step-by-step fashion in order to make cognitive therapy easier for the new therapist to learn easier for patients to understand and simpler to implement. Based on and backed up by a series of published studies Trial-Based Cognitive Therapy lays out structured strategies for changing core beliefs about the self and its clear coherent integrative conceptualization of psychopathology is presented as an easy-to-remember case-formulation model that is useful for both the therapist and the client. This book introduces a new approach the Trial-Based Cognitive Therapy (TBCT) whose main technique the Trial-Based Thought Record (TBTR) is a structured strategy to change core beliefs about the self and is presented as a law-centered analogy in which the therapist engages the client in a simulation of the judicial process. Perfect for psychotherapists at any level Trial-Based Cognitive Therapy presents a balanced blend of theory advancement scientific scrutiny of a new method and practical application. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138801448

Trial-Based Cognitive TherapyDistinctive features Trial-Based Cognitive Therapy (TBCT) is a new model of cognitive behaviour therapy (CBT) that organizes standard cognitive and behavioural techniques in a step-by-step fashion making CBT more easily mastered by the new therapist more easily understood by the patients and simpler to be implemented whilst still maintaining flexibility and CBT’s recognized effectiveness. Dividing thirty key features into two parts: ‘Theory and Practice’ this concise book explores the principles of TBCT explains the techniques developed throughout TBCT therapy to change dysfunctional cognitions and provides a clear guide to the distinctive characteristics of TBCT. Trial-Based Cognitive Therapy will be of interest to psychiatrists psychologists social workers therapists counsellors and other professionals working in the field of mental health plus those wanting to learn CBT. Trial-Based Cognitive Therapy is part of the Distinctive Features series which asks leading practitioners and theorists of the main CBT therapies to highlight the main features of their particular developing approach. The series as a whole will be essential reading for psychotherapists counsellors and psychologists of all orientations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138845411

Trials This volume gathers a collection of the most seminal essays written by leading experts in the fields of law and cultural studies which address the cultural dimension of trials. Taken together these essays conceive of trials as sites of legal performance and as critical public spaces in which the law both encounters and interacts dialogically with the culture in which it is embedded. Inquiring into the contours of that dialogic relation these essays trace the paths of cultural stories as they circulate in and through trial settings examine how trials emerge out of particular social and historical contexts and suggest ways in which trials themselves as both singular events and generic forms circulate and signify in culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398615

Trials from Classical Athens The ancient Athenian legal system is both excitingly familiar and disturbingly alien to the modern reader. It functions within a democracy which shares many of our core values but operates in a disconcertingly different way. Trials from Classical Athens assembles a number of surviving speeches written for trials in Athenian courts dealing with themes which range from murder and assault through slander and sexual misconduct to property and trade disputes and minor actions for damage. The texts illuminate key aspects both of Athenian social and political life and the functioning of the Athenian legal system. This new and revised volume adds to the existing selection of key forensic speeches with three new translations accompanied by lucid explanatory notes. The introduction is augmented with a section on Athenian democracy to make the book more accessible to those unfamiliar with the Athenian political system. To aid accessibility further a new glossary is included as well as illustrations for the first time. Providing a unique and guided introduction to the Athenian legal system and explaining how the system reveals the values and social life of Classical Athens Trials from Classical Athens remains a fundamental resource for students of Ancient Greek history and anyone interested in the law social history and oratory of the Ancient Greek world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415618090

Trials of Abu GhraibAn Expert Witness Account of Shame and Honor 'Offers a front row seat at the courts martial of those accused in America's notorious prison abuse scandal.' -Adam Zagorin senior correspondent Time Magazine 'A must-read for all those committed to restoring a sense of honor to our country and the Armed Forces of the United States following the national embarrassment of Abu Ghraib. The unlawful directives and policies issued by the senior civilian leaders in the Department of Defense and their flawed strategy that took our nation to war set the conditions for abuse that would have disastrous consequences on the war in Iraq and the future of the Middle East. Amazingly as of this writing senior leaders have yet to be held accountable. Read this book become better informed and energize your elected officials to do the right thing.' -Major General John Batiste U.S. Army (Retired) S. G. Mestrovic's story of three principal trials-those of convicted soldiers Lynndie England Javal Davis and Sabrina Harman-stands among the most poignant trial narratives ever told. During the trials Mestrovic an expert witness on behalf of the three soldiers had access to documents and records unavailable to the press and the public. He reveals the evidence some suppressed from testimony that the abuse at Abu Ghraib is part of a widespread pattern of abuse imported from Guantanamo that made its way to Afghanistan and Iraq. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631462

Trials of Irish HistoryGenesis and Evolution of a Reappraisal Bringing her original insights into theory and philosophy to bear upon the controversial question of revision in Irish history Evi Gkotzaridis presents the first historical and theoretical examination of the trailblazer historians who from 1938 spearheaded an unpoliticized Irish history. Drawing on hitherto unused archives Trials of Irish History shows how the venture to disenthrall Irish and European history from official propagandas proved stimulating and challenging but perilous. Providing a new and stimulating conceptual framework for the study of Irish historiography the book combines a theoretical approach with close analysis of important case studies and includes: * an incisive restaging of the passionate joust that took place between revisionists and traditionalists in the shadow of the Troubles* examination of the cultural contradiction of the first decades of independence the estrangement of two regimes and the devastation of the Second World War* comparison of the Irish Kulturkampf to similar discussions in German and France in order to identify and examine the arguments propounded on each side. Prising open conflicting intellectual notions about the function of history in a divided society this will be an informative and stimulating addition to the study of Irish history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203391259

Trials of NatureThe Infinite Law Court of Milton's Paradise Lost Focusing on John Milton’s Paradise Lost this book investigates the metaphorical identification of nature with a court of law – an old and persistent trope haunted by ancient aporias at the intersection of jurisprudence philosophy and literature. In an enormous variety of texts from the Greek beginnings of Western literature onward nature has been described as a courtroom in which an all- encompassing trial takes place and a universal verdict is executed. The first introductory part of this study sketches an overview of the metaphor’s development in European history from antiquity to the seventeenth century. In its second more extensive part the book concentrates on Milton’s epic Paradise Lost in which the problem of the natural law court finds one of its most fascinating and detailed articulations. Using conceptual tools provided by Hannah Arendt Walter Benjamin Hans Blumenberg Gilles Deleuze William Empson and Alfred North Whitehead the study demonstrates that the conflicts in Milton’s epic revolve around the tension between a universal legal procedure inherent in nature and the positive legal decrees of the deity. The divine rule is found to consolidate itself by Nature’s supplementary shadow government; their inconsistencies are not flaws but rather fundamental rhetorical assets supporting a law that is inherently "double- formed". In Milton’s world human beings are thus confronted with a twofold law that entraps them in its endlessly proliferating double binds whether they obey or not. The analysis of this strange juridical structure can open up new perspectives on Milton’s epic as well as on the way legal discourse tends to entangle norms with facts and thus to embed itself in human life. This original and intriguing book will appeal not only to those engaged in the study of Milton but also to anyone interested in the relationship between law history literature and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367344429

TrianglesBowen Family Systems Theory Perspectives Move through emotional triangles toward a natural systems view of the individual in the context of the family and society Triangles: Bowen Family Systems Theory Perspectives presents clear applications of Murray Bowen’s concept of the emotional triangle in the family the organization and society. This comprehensive book discusses in detail the theory the theory’s application to the therapist’s own family clinical applications organizational applications and societal applications. This unique resource examines the value of the triangle concept for understanding the emotional process of the family the organization and society. Triangles: Bowen Family Systems Theory Perspectives provides a theoretical context for understanding the triangle concept and its application then progresses to exploring and applying the concept of the triangle and interlocking triangles to self family and other contexts. This book is devoted to explicating Bowen’s seminal concept of the triangle and providing a clear description of the process of detriangling in clinical practice. The text includes several case studies and vignettes to illustrate concepts. Topics in Triangles: Bowen Family Systems Theory Perspectives include: a historical and conceptual overview the triangle’s function in the effort to increase differentiation of self the presence of triangles in non-human primates Bowen’s differentiation of self effort in his own family and business the functioning of triangles at the time of chronic illness and death emotional triangles involving pets and humans the application of the concept of triangles and interlocking triangles to clinical issues in marriage the presence of triangles in the child-focused family triangles in stepfamilies the triangle’s presence and function in families with substance abusing teens triangles involving extramarital relationships triangles in organizations and businesses the triangle’s function in the context in societal emotional process and much more! Triangles: Bowen Family Systems Theory Perspectives is a stimulating enlightening resource for family therapists social workers psychologists pastoral counselors and counselors. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203836262

Triangulating Methodological Approaches in Corpus Linguistic Research Contemporary corpus linguists use a wide variety of methods to study discourse patterns. This volume provides a systematic comparison of various methodological approaches in corpus linguistics through a series of parallel empirical studies that use a single corpus dataset to answer the same overarching research question. Ten contributing experts each use a different method to address the same broadly framed research question: In what ways does language use in online Q+A forum responses differ across four world English varieties (India Philippines United Kingdom and United States)? Contributions will be based on analysis of the same 400 000 word corpus from online Q+A forums and contributors employ methodologies including corpus-based discourse analysis audience perceptions Multi-Dimensional analysis pragmatic analysis and keyword analysis. In their introductory and concluding chapters the volume editors compare and contrast the findings from each method and assess the degree to which ‘triangulating’ multiple approaches may provide a more nuanced understanding of a research question with the aim of identifying a set of complementary approaches which could arguably take into account analytical blind spots. Baker and Egbert also consider the importance of issues such as researcher subjectivity type of annotation the limitations and affordances of different corpus tools the relative strengths of qualitative and quantitative approaches and the value of considering data or information beyond the corpus. Rather than attempting to find the ‘best’ approach the focus of the volume is on how different corpus linguistic methodologies may complement one another and raises suggestions for further methodological studies which use triangulation to enrich corpus-related research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367024338

Tribal Development in Western India Tribal communities in western India as elsewhere in the country have been facing increasing marginalisation and poverty. This is so despite a relatively better record of social movements and work by civil society organisations among them and their political inclusion. Further the existing literature on tribals focuses more on their socio-cultural situation and less on their economic and human development. Addressing this gap in scholarship this volume details the processes of tribal development and associated challenges in Gujarat often viewed as a high-growth economy. Rich in interdisciplinary empirical analyses the book comprehensively addresses three important aspects of tribal development — human development economic opportunities and governance. It critiques recent policy diagnoses and interventions rather than evaluate policy-outcomes. The volume traces the genesis of continued marginalisation of tribals in the country and contributes to the ongoing discourse on integrative tribal development. The work will interest scholars and students of development studies tribal studies economics sociology social work as also policy-makers activists and governmental and non-governmental organisations in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138663909

Tribal EpistemologiesEssays in the Philosophy of Anthropology First published in 1998 this collection of ten essays transforms our understanding of both the role of philosophical anthropology in modern world philosophy and the origins of tribal knowledge in their relation to contemporary assessments of cognition and consciousness. Ethnographic data from geographically distant cultures - such as the Maori of New Zealand the Fore of New Guinea the Sea Nomads of the Andaman the Cowlitz of North America the Maya Australian Aborigines Siberian Shamans - are carefully crafted toward an empirical basis for discussing a variety of phenomena traditional labelled in Western thought as transcendent or metaphysical. This anthology is a valuable source of information relevant for any theories of knowledge and a solid challenge for reductionist models of consciousness. The essays enhance our recognition and appreciation of fundamental similarities as well as differences in world views and cultural perspectives related to knowledge claims. This anthology illustrates unplumbed depths of human consciousness reveals experiential understandings beyond linguistic thought and stands aside from the view that behaviour and intelligence can be understood by deterministic principles. This volume of essays should be read with stereoscopic vision: one lens focusing on the rich ethnographic material of folk societies the other focusing on the wider awareness of how we come to know what we know. It features specialists in philosophy ethnology and comparative sociology comparative religion cross-cultural psychology physical anthropology environmental and marine scientists Indian affairs anthropology comparative literature shamanism and theoretical biology. These contributors explore issues including individuality in relational cultures Maori epistemology shamanistic knowledge and cosmology and images of conduct character and personhood in the Native American tradition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138363991

Tribal Government TodayPolitics On Montana Indian Reservations  There has been surprisingly little writing about the condition of contemporary tribal government. Library shelves are filled with works on other American and foreign governments but an inquirer must leam about tribal government incidentally and in piecemeal fashion. This state of scholarship is regrettable because of the importance of the modem I Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367214913

Tribal IdentitiesNationalism Europe Sport Sport is far more than a national and international entertainment: it is a source of political identity morale pride and superiority. Tribal Identities explores the influence of sport on the nations of Europe as a mechanism of national solidarity promoting a sense of identity unity status and esteem; as an instrument of confrontation between nations stimulating aggression stereotyping and images of inferiority and superiority; and as a cultural bond linking nations across national boundaries providing common enthusiasm shared experiences the transcendence of national allegiances and opportunities for association understanding and goodwill. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315037608

Tribal InnovatorsTswana Chiefs and Social Change 1795-1940 This book is a completely revised version of a study published in 1943. That study entitled Tribal Legislation among the Tswana of the Bechuanaland Protectorate dealt with the role of chiefs as agents of social change and in particular with the changes they brought about by making new laws. It described the various kinds of legislative process current among the Tswana and reviewed systematically the content and scope of the many laws made from the earliest known instances up to the time of writing (1942) in eight different chiefdoms or 'tribes'; it also stated where possible why those laws were enacted and discussed how far they really succeeded in establishing new ways of life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135920

Tribal Territory Sovereignty and GovernanceA Study of the Cheyenne River and Lake Traverse Indian Reservations The author explores how tribal governments have worked through the constraints of their eroded territory and sovereignty to provide effective leadership and governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993877

Tribe and Class in Monrovia Originally published in 1964 this book analyses the unique type of social stratification which is more akin to a social class system in Monrovia Liberia's capital. Liberia established in 1847 has no history of rule by a colonial power and is of perculiar sociological interest having been governed until the first half of the twentieth century by a minority group of immigrants from America and their descendants. The bulk of the population however is made up of members of about 20 tribes between whom and the American descendants a caste-like social system has developed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138594302

Tribe and Society in Rural Morocco An anthropological study of Berber society and particularly the Rifian tribes of Morocoo a Muslim society. This book deals with the background of these tribes their settlement in various areas and contemporary issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039671

Tribe and State in Iran and Afghanistan (RLE Iran D) In 1978 and 1979 revolutions in Afghanistan and Iran marked a shift in the balance of power in South West Asia and the world. Then as now the world is once more aware that tribalism is no anachronism in a struggle for political and cultural self-determination. This books provides historical and anthropological perspectives necessary to the eventual understanding of the events surrounding the revolutions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203832080

Tribes Land and the Environment Legal and environmental concerns related to Indian law and tribal lands remain an understudied branch of both indigenous law and environmental law. Native American tribes have a far more complex relationship with the environment than is captured by the stereotype of Indians as environmental stewards. Meaningful tribal sovereignty requires that non-Indians recognize the right of Indians to determine their own relationship to the land and the environment. But tribes do not exist in a vacuum: in fact they are deeply affected by off-reservation activities and similarly tribal choices often have effects on nearby communities. This book brings together diverse essays by leading Indian law scholars across the disciplines of indigenous and environmental law. The chapters reveal the difficulties encountered by Native American tribes in attempts to establish their own environmental standards within federal Indian law and environmental law structures. Gleaning new insights from a focus on tribal land and property law the collection studies the practice of tribal sovereignty as experienced by Indians and non-Indians with an emphasis on the development and regulatory challenges these tribes face in the wake of climate change. This volume will advance the reader's knowledge and understanding of these challenging issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274655

Tribes and Territories in the 21st CenturyRethinking the significance of disciplines in higher education The ‘tribes and territories’ metaphor for the cultures of academic disciplines and their roots in different knowledge characteristics has been used by those interested in university life and work since the early 1990s. This book draws together research data and theory to show how higher education has gone through major change since then and how social theory has evolved in parallel. Together these changes mean there is a need to re-theorise academic life in a way which reflects changed contexts in universities in the twenty-first century and so a need for new metaphors. Using a social practice approach the editors and contributors argue that disciplines are alive and well but that in a turbulent environment where many other forces conditioning academic practices exist their influence is generally weaker than before. However the social practice approach adopted in the book highlights how this influence is contextually contingent – how disciplines are deployed in different ways for different purposes and with varying degrees of purchase. This important book pulls together the latest thinking on the subject and offers a new framework for conceptualising the influences on academic practices in universities. It brings together a distinguished group of scholars from across the world to address questions such as: Have disciplines been displaced by inter-disciplinarity having outlived their usefulness? Have other forces acting on the academy pushed disciplines into the background as factors shaping the practices of academics and students there? How significant are disciplinary differences in teaching and research practices? What is their significance in other areas of work in universities? This timely book addresses a pressing concern in modern education and will be of great interest to university professionals managers and policy-makers in the field of higher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138021037

Tribes of the Northern Territories of the Gold CoastWestern Africa Part V Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series published between 1950 and 1977 brings together a wealth of previously un-co-ordinated material on the ethnic groupings and social conditions of African peoples. Concise critical and (for its time) accurate the Ethnographic Survey contains sections as follows: Physical Environment Linguistic Data Demography History & Traditions of Origin Nomenclature Grouping Cultural Features: Religion Witchcraft Birth Initiation Burial Social & Political Organization: Kinship Marriage Inheritance Slavery Land Tenure Warfare & Justice Economy & Trade Domestic Architecture Each of the 50 volumes will be available to buy individually and these are organized into regional sub-groups: East Central Africa North-Eastern Africa Southern Africa West Central Africa Western Africa and Central Africa Belgian Congo. The volumes are supplemented with maps available to view on routledge.com or available as a pdf from the publishers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138239371

Tribes Without RulersStudies in African Segmentary Systems Recent research in Africa has shown a wide range of political systems from small societies of wandering hunters to large states of several million people comparable with mediaeval European feudal kingdoms. In between are many societies in which a central government is lacking; the political system is based upon a balance of power between many small groups which with their lack of classes or specialized political offices have been called 'ordered anarchies'. First published in 1958. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138861909

Tribocatalysis Tribochemistry and Tribocorrosion This book focuses on the triboemission of low-energy electrons from the freshly generated surface. These electrons play the most crucial role in the chemical reactions at the tribological interface. New models and TIP (thermodymanics of irreversible processes) describe in detail the behavior of emitted electrons which lower the activation energy of the chemical reactions. This book also highlights tribocatalysis phenomena as examples of the lowering of the activation energy. A book titled Tribocatalysis has never been published before this. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814316958

Tribology and Applications of Self-Lubricating Materials Tribology and Applications of Self-Lubricating Materials provides insight into the complex mechanisms behind the development of self-lubricating materials which due to their ability to transfer embedded solid lubricants to the contact surface to decrease wear rate and friction in the absence of an external lubricant make up an important part of engineering materials used today. This book emphasizes an understanding of the tribological nature of different composites such as metal polymer and ceramic matrix composites and discusses the compatibility of these composites with specific lubricants. The book also offers a view of advancements in the development of self-lubricating mechanisms and covers the latest technologies in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367878269

Tribology In Chemical-Mechanical Planarization The role that friction and contact play in the processes of wear and planarization on material surfaces is central to the understanding of Chemical-Mechanical planarization (CMP) technology particularly when applied to nanosurfaces. Tribology in Chemical-Mechanical Planarization presents a detailed account of the CMP process in a language that is suitable for tribology professionals as well as chemists materials scientists physicists and other applied scientists and engineers in fields of semiconductors and microelectronics. The first half of the book is devoted to CMP while the other focuses on the fundamentals of tribology.As the first source to integrate CMP and tribology the book illustrates the important role that these fields play in manufacturing and technological development. It follows with an examination of tribological principles and their applications in CMP including integrated circuits basic concepts in surfaces of contacts and common defects. Other topics covered in depth include basics of friction flash temperature lubrication fundamentals basics of wear polishing particles and pad wear. The book concludes its focus with CMP practices discussing mechanical aspects pad materials elastic modulus and cell buckling.Expanding upon the science and technology of tribology to improve the reliability maintenance and wear of technical equipment and other material applications Tribology in Chemical-Mechanical Planarization provides scientists and engineers with clear foresight to the future of this technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393250

Tribology of Interface Layers To this point the field of lubrication has been conceptualized using several noncontiguous modes of operation — boundary fluid-film and dry and solid lubrication. Engineers and analysts have long had to deal with old evidence that many tribological devices such as flat surface and centrally pivoted sliders can act as viable bearings — contradicting basic hydrodynamic theory. Tribology of Interface Layers introduces a new concept wherein disparate modes are shown to actually be particular phases of a tribological continuum spanning a wide array of material lubricants. The author details these phenomena and presents a novel definition of lubricants as intermediate layers. Explores the phenomenon of continuum spectrum as applied to new powder lubrication technology The book illustrates that contrary to previous understanding the various lubrication modes — from dry to hydrodynamic to powder lubrication — all overlap each other within a tribological spectral continuum. It also elucidates the fact that bearings seals dampers and similar devices using submicron powder lubricants possess quasi-hydrodynamic characteristics akin to conventional fluid films. Similarly powder films possess quasi-hydrodynamic features that enable them to act as conventional fluid film bearings. The field of tribology has traditionally been presented in terms of disparate regimes but this method of classification lacked sufficient rigor. This volume explains that characterization and treatment of any one regime may require the simultaneous accounting of several different modalities that are present in a particular mode of operation. Based on experimental and theoretical work this text shows how the interdependence of powder and hydrodynamic lubrication exemplifies that perpetuity in tribological processes.Author Hooshang Heshmat was on hand for a

Tribosystem AnalysisA Practical Approach to the Diagnosis of Wear Problems Tribosystem Analysis: A Practical Approach to the Diagnosis of Wear Problems provides a systematic framework for conducting root cause analyses and categorizing various types of wear. Designed specifically for engineers without formal training in tribology this book:Describes a number of direct and indirect methods for detecting and quantifying wear problemsSurveys different microscopy techniques including those for light optics electron optics and acoustic imagingDiscusses the selection of wear and friction test methods both standard and custom identifying possible pitfalls for misusePresents practical examples involving complex materials and environments such as those with variable loads and operating conditionsUses universally accepted terminology to create consistency along with the potential to recognize similar problems and apply comparable solutionsComplete with checklists to ensure the right questions are asked during diagnosis Tribosystem Analysis: A Practical Approach to the Diagnosis of Wear Problems offers pragmatic guidance for defining wear problems in the context of the materials and their surroundings. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367871376

Tribute to a Mathemagician The tradition of a publication based on the Gathering for Gardner continues with this new carefully selected and edited collection in which Martin Gardner and friends inspire and entertain. The contributors to this volume---virtually a list of Who's Who in the World of Puzzles---trace their inspiration to Martin Gardner's puzzle column in Scientific American and to his contributions to the world of recreational mathematics. Tribute to a Mathemagician contains an author index for the two previous books in the collection of books based on the Gatherings for Gardner. Sample puzzles and games include: - Tripos - Black Jack - Chinese ceramic puzzle vessels - Paper folding - Mongolian interlocking puzzles - Rolling block puzzles - Sliding puzzles - Cryptic crosswords - The Panex puzzle - Polyonimo puzzles - and more Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367446536

TributesPersonal Reflections on a Century of Social Research In one of his final works Stephen Jay Gould spoke of the human race "as a wildly improbable evolutionary event well within the realm of contingency." Drawing on his personal knowledge of fifty figures from the world of twentieth-century social science Irving Louis Horowitz offers commentaries drawn from a variety of public occasions to explain one segment of this improbable event. In the process he reveals how the past century was defined in substantial measure by the rise of social research.Commenting on Tributes Daniel Mahoney observes "some pieces are completely authoritative and detailed others more conversational and informal. That diversity of approaches tied to the special character of these people increases the readability and interest in the book as a whole. In addition to illuminating the life and thought of these major figures these essays and addresses reveal the impressive catholicity of Horowitz's concerns and his ability to remain open to the widest range of theoretical and practical approaches." In a certain sense this book is also an intellectual autobiography in the form of an expression of Horowitz's debt to intellectual interlocutors and influences over the years. As a consequence Tributes will be of the greatest interest to anyone who wishes to come to terms with the intellectual formation of the people who gave substance to new ways of experiencing as well as explaining society. The book is thus a thoughtful guide to the intellectual life of our times.From Arendt and Aron to Veblen and Wildavsky these essays take shape as a systematic mosaic of the past century. Written by a central participant in social theory Tributes is both an informal guide and a formal text for readers coming upon social science innovators for the first time. The book breaks the boundaries of conventional discourse and in so doing gives voice to the outstanding figures that helped make the twentieth century "the century of social research." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517493

Tricks and TreatsSex Workers Write About Their Clients Learn about the real lives of sex workers by exploring the sex industry from the inside!Explore the insightful--and oftentimes intense--accounts of sex workers who look squarely into the eyes of their clients the sex industry and society as a whole. Tricks and Treats delivers private stories about homo- and heterosexual encounters that sex workers usually confide only in each other. Not another “why I became a prostitute” book it provocatively turns the tables on the buyers of sex giving you a window into sex workers’lives. Tricks and Treats gives you straightforward accounts by sex workers to help you understand the pleasures attractions and truths of this profession. Tricks and Treats tantalizes with its powerful collection of tales from a diverse group of male female and transgendered sex workers. Their commercial cultural emotional sexual (il)legal and even spiritual relationships with their clients are discussed in intimate detail. You will explore accounts from streetworkers escorts strippers porn actors masseurs dominatrixes phone sex operators an adult-video store clerk an outreach worker a sex educator and even a sperm donor.Tricks and Treats will ignite your imagination and answer questions few people dare to ask. You'll learn firsthand of: how male female and transgendered hustlers turn tricks--in their own words--from sado-masochism and watersports to stripping scat foreplay and fisting how sex workers face their own mortality when confronted with the AIDS virus a porn star's compassion and understanding for her fans a sex worker's coming-to-terms with his/her transgendered identity a male escort's attempts at dating a young man's experience of finding a family and home when living at a brothel a woman's story of spending thirty years as a prostitute the experiences of hooking on the streets and in clubs cafes and homesThese engaging and shocking testimonials will entertain you and offer a unique understanding of the sex industry. Revealing and intriguing these poignant talks will certainly not disappoint your imagination. Tricks and Treats is a testament to the lives of sex workers a manifestation of their spirit and gives them a chance to turn the tables on their clients exposing their erotic tastes turn-ons and fantasies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315783932

Tricks of the Writer's TradeAnd how to teach them to children aged 8-14 What links Cinderella to Harry Potter? What can The Simpsons teach us about character creation? What is the False Horizon moment? What are the two classic openings and five effective endings of a newspaper story? Aimed at primary and early secondary school teachers Tricks of the Writer’s Trade uses a simple straightforward and highly-entertaining method to reveal a myriad of writing approaches from basic story structure through to advanced scriptwriting and the techniques used by professional writers and journalists. Covering fiction and non-fiction writing chapters include guidance on: Story structure Creating characters Persuasive writing Informative writing Scriptwriting Writing techniques By following its step-by-step approach and using the resources and materials provided teachers can engage their pupils improve their writing skills dramatically – and have fun while they’re doing it. Writing lessons will never be the same again! Tricks of the Writer’s Trade is an invaluable resource for all Primary Teachers Key Stage Three English teachers and literacy coordinators as well as PGCE students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415677790

Trickster in TweedThe Quest for Quality in a Faculty Life How do academics survive the bureaucracy the petty jealousies the absurdities of operating in the university? More important how do they as humans cope with the darker shadows that enter professional lives-- illness sorrow death? Coyote The Trickster a well known figure in the American Indian world is also the icon for communication scholar Tom Frentz. Frentz uses the survival strategies of The Trickster in his articulate amusing and often emotional autoethnography of striving for quality through the worlds of academia and medicine. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315416298

Tricky Thinking ProblemsAdvanced Activities in Applied Thinking Skills for Ages 6-11 Classroom questions have traditionally focussed on testing the recall understanding and application of content and methods. Research suggests that pupils require activities that encourage them to think flexibly about possibilities and to make independent judgements about information. Tricky Thinking Problems explores the advancement of creative and critical thinking and the activities are designed to help pupils test and develop such processes. A series of fascinating challenges are used to stimulate cognitive organisation in areas such as categories similarities differences ordering analysing predicting and many more. Pupils will enjoy developing their range of different thinking skills as they complete the resources based on topics such as animals weather communications and food. Rather than being told which particular thinking skill to use the questions are designed to encourage pupils to pick and choose a range of skills and apply them creatively. The resources are fully photocopiable and are suitable for 6 -11 year olds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138460225

Tried and Tested Primary Science ExperimentsPractical Enhancements for Science in the Primary Curriculum The modern world needs more scientists and engineers and good science education is key to filling this gap. Especially in the current climate of rapid curriculum changes a lack of emphasis on training can result in unconfident teaching and monotonous lessons. To rectify this this book offers methods to deliver the National Curriculum aims at primary school in an interesting hands-on and fun fashion. Tried and Tested Primary Science Experiments provides a practical step-by-step guide for all year groups helping teachers to create more engaging and fun science lessons in the classroom. All experiments are simple to follow fail-safe and are designed to enthuse and inspire students. It includes: tried and tested guides to running successful science experiments; clear instructions that outline the simple equipment required how to carry out the experiments and what results to expect; suggestions for adapting each activity to the special needs and interests of the students. Aimed at primary school teachers and trainee teachers this illustrated guide refers directly to the new curriculum and is an essential resource for every primary classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138317826

TriMathlonA Workout Beyond the School Curriculum Swim Run and Bike your way to math success! Judith and Paul Sally accomplished mathematicians and experienced teachers offer a challenging athletic workout to the minds of their young readers through exercises in areas of number theory and geometry that extend beyond the realm of basic mathematics in the school curriculum. The activities in the book present readers with a dynamic and fresh perspective on mathematics encouraging active and energetic responses leading to a level of thinking that carries over into college mathematics. The book's novel games coach the players to experience the satisfaction and confidence that accompany meaningful investigations of mathematical ideas. This book will provide a stimulus to make scientific competition as much a part of our educational culture as the athletic activities to which we are accustomed. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138442399

Trinity and Religious PluralismThe Doctrine of the Trinity in Christian Theology of Religions The doctrine of the Trinity is one of the most distinguishing marks of Christian faith. This is the first book to present an overview of the role of the Trinity in Christian theology in relation to religious pluralism and other religions. Approaching the study of the relationship between Christianity and other religions from the perspective of the Trinity this book surveys all the major contributions to the topic by leading theologians at the international and ecumenical level. Veli-Matti Karkkainen points to future challenges and areas in need of development examining in detail a case study exploring how the Catholic Church has responded to Islam from the perspective of the Trinity. Students of theology and religious studies will find this an invaluable text for courses that discuss religious pluralism and Christianity's relation to other religions. Pastors other Christian workers and academics will also find it a handy reference tool for teaching and further study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138410503

Tristan and IsoldeA Casebook A substantial introduction traces the Tristan and Isolde legend from the twelfth century to the present emphasizing literary versions but also surveying the legend's sources and its appearance in the visual arts music and film. The nineteen essays are a mix of new new English revised and 'classic'. It contains an extensive bibliography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138165014

Tristram Shandy (Routledge Revivals) Max Byrd’s lucidly written and compelling volume aims to provide a scholarly introduction to one of the most puzzling pieces of eighteenth-century literature and a stimulus to critical thought and discussion. Laurence Sterne – an eccentric and largely unsuccessful clergyman - was forty-six when he sat down in January of 1759 to being his literary masterpiece. Aside from his sermons only two of which had ever been published Sterne had little more to do with the literary life than any other respectable provincial clergyman. His explosion into the history of English literature occurred not only without preparation but also without apparent aptitude. Tristram Shandy first published in 1985 sketches Sterne’s life and literary antecedents closely analysing key passages of his great satire and concluding with the critical history and bibliography. It will thus be of use to all students of eighteenth-century English literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138777699

Triumph and Trauma This book deals with triumphant and tragic heroes with victims and perpetrators as archetypes of the Western imagination. A major recent change in Western societies is that memories of triumphant heroism-for example the revolutionary uprising of the people-are increasingly replaced by the public remembrance of collective trauma of genocide slavery and expulsion. The first part of the book deals with the heroes and victims and explores the social construction of charisma and its inevitable decay. Part 2 focuses on a paradigm case of the collective trauma of perpetrators: German national identity between 1945 and 2000. After a time of latency the legacy of nationalistic trauma was addressed in a public conflict between generations. The conflict took center stage in vivid public debates and became a core element of Germany's official political culture. Today public confessions of the guilt of the past have spread beyond the German case. They are part of a new post-utopian pattern of collective identity in a globalised setting. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631455

Triumph Of The ImageThe Media's War In The Persian Gulf A Global Perspective The triumph of image over reality and reason is the theme of this book. New communication technologies have made possible the transportation of images and words in real time to hundreds of millions of people around the world. We thought we witnessed the Gulf War as we sat mesmerized by the imagery. But the studies from the many countries assembled Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313722

Triumph of the SouthA Regional Economic History of Early Twentieth Century Britain This book provides a scholarly but accessible account of British regional development during the twentieth century focusing on the emergence and development of theNorth-South divide. Beginning with regional imbalance in the Victorian and Edwardian economies the book goes on to discuss the effects on the First World War and its aftermath which created a discernible split between the depressed North and West and the relatively prosperous South. Attention is also paid to the impact of government policy on regional development during the interwar years and beyond and factors affecting industrial location in this period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398622

Triumph Over AbuseHealing Recovery and Purpose after an Abusive Relationship In this book Christine Murray carefully weaves her personal experiences as a survivor with her professional expertise as a counselor community advocate and researcher into a comprehensive guidebook for survivors of abuse. Moving forward after suffering abuse at the hands of someone who is supposed to love and care for you is no easy feat. And yet healing and recovering from past abuse is possible and the journey to get there can be an empowering opportunity for growth. Triumph Over Abuse provides a road map for doing more than simply moving on from the past. Filled with accessible case studies and exercises the book offers extensive practical guidance on a range of topics such as building coping skills surrounding yourself with the right kinds of support working through traumatic memories and channeling your experience into helping others and making a difference in the world. The book will inspire and equip survivors of abuse to build full meaningful lives despite the trauma they have faced as well as being a tool for clinicians to use to support clients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367646455

Triumphs and TearsYoung People Markets and the Transition from School to Work First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138180741

Troilus and Criseyde"The Book of Troilus" by Geoffrey Chaucer This edition presents all of the surviving manuscripts together with textual apparatus and commentary. The poem is also presented in parallel with its principal source Boccaccio's "Filostrato" enabling the reader to compare the two poems in charting the evolution and achievement of Chaucer's "Troilus". This edition has been revised and corrected in order to make the text fully accessible to the reader unfamiliar with Chaucer's work. An introduction discusses the text metre and sources of "Troilus" and assesses the literary importance of Chaucer's translation method. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176508

TromboneIts History and Music 1697-1811 First Published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986183

Tropes of IntolerancePride Prejudice and the Politics of Fear Tropes of Intolerance is a Baedeker of bigotry a short course on xenophobic racism and populist nationalism – both enduring threats to the social fabric of democratic societies. Each chapter is a self-contained commentary and a building block. In the first the author considers the concepts of pride and prejudice and discusses patterns of discrimination and strategies of resistance. This is following by an illustrated consideration of the emblems of enmity – words signs symbols and other verbal and visual expressions of both chauvinism and intolerance. Linking the first two the third chapter explores the nature of American Nativism and its contemporary expression. This is followed by an assessment of the exploitation of anxiety among particularly vulnerable sectors of society by skillful manipulative leaders and their agents and the exacerbation of social divisions by the use of stereotyping stigmatizing and labeling. Chapter Five "Trumped Up " narrows the focus to the present day the president himself and his exacerbation of polarizing particularism. A sixth chapter examines two of the most malignant ideologies -- resurgent anti-Semitism and the rise of Islamophobia -- bringing readers full circle. In addition to a brief Coda and a glossary of key terms related to the principal topic there is a post-election Afterword written in late November 2020. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367274917

Trophic Ecology This book is a bridge between organismal/community approaches to food web dynamics and ecosystem-level approaches to production. It explains topics including autotrophy heterotrophy omnivory decomposition foraging behavior and theory trophic cascades bioenergetics and production. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367138653

Trophic Interactions Within Aquatic Ecosystems First published 1984. The intent of the authors in organizing a AAAS symposium and this subsequent volume was to integrate the findings of aquatic ecologists whose research spans the first three trophic levels (algae zooplankton and fish) of both marine and freshwater environments. Major topics (phytoplankton zooplankton fish and community interactions) are presented as at least two trophic-level associations by scientists who have distinctly differing perspectives. The format of papers varies from review to research and was chosen by authors on the basis of suitability to their specific topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367212117

Trophy HuntingA Psychological Perspective This book explores the psychology of trophy hunting from a critical perspective and considers the reasons why some people engage in the controversial activity of killing often endangered animals for sport. Recent highly charged debate reaching a peak with the killing of Cecil the lion in 2015 has brought trophy hunting under unprecedented public scrutiny and yet the psychology of trophy hunting crucially remains under-explored. Considering all related issues from the evolutionary perspective and ‘inclusive fitness’ to personality and individual factors like narcissism empathy and the Duchenne smiles of hunters posing with their prey Professor Beattie makes connections between a variety of indicators of prestige and dominance showing how trophy hunting is inherently linked to a desire for status. He argues that we need to identify analyse and deconstruct the factors that hold the behaviour of trophy hunting in place if we are to understand why it continues and indeed why it flourishes in an age of collapsing ecosystems and dwindling species populations. The first book of its kind to examine current research critically to determine whether there really is an evolutionary argument for trophy hunting and what range of motivations and personality traits may be linked to this activity. This is essential reading for students and academics in psychology geography business environmental studies animal welfare as well as policy makers and charities in these and related areas. It is of major relevance for anyone who cares about the future of our planet and the species that inhabit it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367278168

Tropical Africa Tropical Africa is a complex and dynamic region. Occupying a marginal position in the world economic system the region has seemingly insurmountable problems. This book breaks through the complexities with a straightforward and systematic text supported by concise case studies. Covering topics such as population environment and rural and urban Africa it builds from an historical base to an understanding of present day patterns and processes and an assessment of future priorities and development strategies. Tropical Africa will prove an invaluable resource for those embarking on any study of this fascinating region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138834972

Tropical ArchaeobotanyApplications and New Developments First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203759387

Tropical BioproductivityOrigins and Distribution in a Globalized World This book investigates the fundamental role that tropical bioproductivity - or more specifically net primary productivity - has played in shaping the global geographies of food finance governance and people. The book examines the basic astronomical and thermal properties of our planet to illustrate the dynamic nature of the tropics and how the region resides at the very heart of global energetics driving the environmental flows that shape planetary climate and bioproductivity. The author explores how the region’s relatively small but hyper-productive land area provided the groundswell for the economic social political and demographic changes that fuelled empires European colonialism and nation-building. Also covered are discussions on how the critical intake of capital needed to fuel the industrial and technological revolutions driving modern globalization was first expropriated from the tropics by harnessing the region’s natural productivity and biological crop diversity and then transforming it into tradeable commodities using the inhabitants' labour and knowledge. With modern tropical nations accounting for the bulk of people living in poverty and registering some of the highest income disparities the author presents cross-cutting evidence showing that their histories and the persistence of expropriating institutions have fostered anocratic tendencies poor governance unorthodox financial flows and mass migration. Tropical Bioproductivity cuts across vast geographies topics and histories to deliver a readable narrative that links people places and events with the environmental mechanics of our planet. It will be of interest to students and researchers in the areas of environmental studies economics history agriculture anthropology and geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662738

Tropical DeforestationA socio-economic approach The depletion of the tropical rain forests has attracted considerable attention in recent times and the serious consequences for the global biosphere are widely acknowledged. Yet deforestation continues apace and in some areas (for example southeast Asia) the very existence of the forests is seriously threatened. Contrary to popular belief evidence suggests that local economic and living conditions are more significant in this than timber exploitation for exports to the Northern countries. Tropical Deforestation - A Socio-Economic Approach offers a new perspective on the economic imperatives which encourage indigenous populations to encroach upon their own forests and shows how action against deforestation must form part of a wider movement to improve both the living conditions of the local inhabitants and the durability of their national economies. Part 1 offers an overview of the processes surrounding deforestation and an assessment of the current situation. Part 2 analyses the land-use issues and explains the socioeconomic imperatives in the affected regions. In an absorbing conclusion. Part 3 guides the reader through a series of hypothetical policy scenarios using a specially adapted economic computer model to predict which combinations of policies and trade arrangements might bring about a more beneficial state of affairs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870113

Tropical Development1880-1913 First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138865167

Tropical Dry Forests in the AmericasEcology Conservation and Management Under threat from natural and human disturbance tropical dry forests are the most endangered ecosystem in the tropics yet they rarely receive the scientific or conservation attention they deserve. In a comprehensive overview Tropical Dry Forests in the Americas: Ecology Conservation and Management examines new approaches for data sampling and analysis using remote sensing technology discusses new ecological and econometric methods and critically evaluates the socio-economic pressures that these forest are facing at the continental and national levels. The book includes studies from Mexico Costa Rica Colombia Venezuela and Brazil that provide in-depth knowledge about the function status and conservation efforts of these endangered forests. It presents key elements of synthesis from standardized work conducted across all sites. This unique contribution provides new light in terms of these forests compared to each other not only from an ecological perspective but also in terms of the pressures that they are facing and their respective responses.Written by experts from a diversity of fields this reference brings together the many facets of function use heritage and future potential of these forests. It presents an important and exciting synthesis of many years of work across countries disciplines and cultures. By standardizing approaches for data sampling and analysis the book gives readers comparison information that cannot be found anywhere else given the high level of disparity that exists in the current literature. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367379490

Tropical Ecosystems in AustraliaResponses to a Changing World Over the last century the world has lived through changes more rapid than those experienced at any other time in human history leading to pressing environmental problems and demands on the world’s finite resources. Nowhere is this more evident than across the world’s warm belt; a region likely to have the greatest problems and which is home to some of the world’s most disadvantaged people. This book reviews aspects of the biology of tropical ecosystems of northern Australia as they have been affected by climatic social and land-use changes. Tropical Australia can be regarded as a microcosm of the world’s tropics and as such shares with other tropical regions many of the conflicts between various forms of development and environmental considerations. The book draws on a wide range of case studies of tropical Australian ecosystems ranging from coastal coral reefs and mangroves known to be among the most vulnerable to the effects of the imposed changes to cropping and pasture lands which under careful management have the potential remain as productive and sustainable agricultural or forestry ecosystems. Expert author Dilwyn Griffiths -emphasizes the importance of maintaining an active program for the establishment and management of national parks and environmental reserves -describes the effects of mining and other forms of industrial and urban development with particular reference to mine-site rehabilitation - explores problems relating to the restoration of marginally uneconomic farming land as alternative forms of land-use such as carbon farming through photosynthetically-driven carbon sequestration. This accessible reference work should find a place in educational libraries at all levels and become an essential resource for environmentalists and anyone with interests in various forms of land-use and development. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367347895

Tropical Fruit Tree DiversityGood practices for in situ and on-farm conservation Farmers have developed a range of agricultural practices to sustainably use and maintain a wide diversity of crop species in many parts of the world. This book documents good practices innovated by farmers and collects key reviews on good practices from global experts not only from the case study countries but also from Brazil China and other parts of Asia and Latin America. A good practice for diversity is defined as a system organization or process that over time and space maintains enhances and creates crop genetic diversity and ensures its availability to and from farmers and other users. Drawing on experiences from a UNEP-GEF project on "Conservation and Sustainable Use of Wild and Cultivated Tropical Fruit Tree Diversity for Promoting Livelihoods Food Security and Ecosystem Services" with case studies from India Indonesia Malaysia and Thailand the authors show how methods for identifying good practices are still evolving and challenges in scaling-up remain. They identify key principles effective as a strategy for mainstreaming good practice into development efforts. Few books draw principles and lessons learned from good practices. This book fills this gap by combining good practices from the research project on tropical fruit trees with chapters from external experts to broaden its scope and relevance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367172787

Tropical Gothic in Literature and CultureThe Americas Tropical Gothic examines Gothic within a specific geographical area of ‘the South’ of the Americas. In so doing we structure the book around geographical coordinates (from North to South) and move between various national traditions of the gothic (Mexico Argentina Brazil etc) alongside regional manifestations of the Gothic (the US south and the Caribbean) as well as transnational movements of the Gothic within the Americas. The reflections on national traditions of the Gothic in this volume add to the critical body of literature on specific languages or particular nations such as Scottish Gothic American Gothic Canadian Gothic German Gothic Kiwi Gothic etc. This is significant because while the Southern Gothic in the US has been thoroughly explored there is a gap in the critical literature about the Gothic in the larger context of region of ‘the South’ in the Americas. This volume does not pretend to be a comprehensive examination of tropical Gothic in the Americas; rather it pinpoints a variety of locations where this form of the Gothic emerges. In so doing the transnational interventions of the Gothic in this book read the flows of Gothic forms across borders and geographical regions to tease out the complexities of Gothic cultural production within cultural and linguistic translations. Tropical Gothic includes but is by no means limited to a reflection on a region where European colonial powers fought intensively against indigenous populations and against each other for control of land and resources. In other cases the vast populations of African slaves were transported endowing these regions with a cultural inheritance that all the nations involved are still trying to comprehend. The volume reflects on how these histories influence the Gothic in this region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873561

Tropical Marine MollusksAn Illustrated Biogeographical Guide Marine biogeography the study of the spatial distribution of organisms in the world’s oceans is one of the most fascinating branches of oceanography. This book continues the pioneering research into the distributions of molluscan faunas first studied by biologists over 160 years ago. It illustrates 1778 species of gastropods in full color many of which are extremely rare and poorly known endemic species that are illustrated for the first time outside of their original descriptions. The spatial arrangements of malacofaunas shown in this book can be considered proxies for worldwide oceanic conditions and used as tools for determining patterns of global climate change. The book's documentation of evolutionary "hot spots" and geographically restricted endemic faunas can also be used as a base line for future studies on patterns of environmental deterioration and extinction in the marine biosphere. Documenting the evolution of the amazingly rich worldwide gastropod fauna this book will appeal to physical and chemical oceanographers systematic and evolutionary biologists historical geologists paleontologists climatologists geomorphologists and physical geographers. The authors incorporate aspects of all of these disciplines into a new classification system for the nomenclature of biogeographical spatial units found in tropical subtropical and warm temperate seas. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367636388

Tropical Medicine In 20th Cen First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986190

Tropical PinnipedsBio-Ecology Threats and Conservation Pinnipeds are a fascinating group of marine mammals that play a crucial role as apex predators and sentinels of the functioning and health of marine ecosystems. They are found in the most extreme environments from the Polar regions to the tropics. Pinnipeds are comprised of about 34 species and of those at least 25% live permanently in tropical zones. This book reviews and updates current research on the biology marine ecology bio-monitoring and conservation of tropical pinniped populations including their behavior anthropogenic stressors and health. It also looks at challenges to be faced for the conservation of tropical pinnipeds many of which are threatened species. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498741392

Tropical Rain Forests And The World Atmosphere This book the result of a AAAS symposium organized to explore the ramifications of tropical deforestation emphasizes the relationship of biosphere to troposphere aiming to set tropical forest ecology in the context of the global ecosystem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215064

Tropical Rainforests First published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177765

Tropical ResourcesEcology and Development Originally published in 1990 Tropical Resources presents in-depth coverage of the extremely diverse tropical environments the resources to be found within the region and their production and ecological management. The book discusses economic geography and ways of utilizing available resources including those of tropical forests wildlife tidal wetlands and the sea. The book also include chapters on the development and land use of protected areas the ecological aspects of pasture resources; and the impacts of economic development and population damage. In addition studies are offered on tropical soils including their distribution properties and management and the ecological processes at work in tropical forests. For geographers economists and policymakers the book provides a wealth of information on tropical resources and their potential development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367353490

Tropical Sustainable Architecture The tropical belt – where large areas of South East Asia India Africa and parts of both North and South America are located – forms the biggest landmass in the world and has one of the highest numbers of rapidly developing cities. Coincidentally architecture in these regions shares common problems the most easily identifiable being the tropical conditions of climate and natural environment. The context for architecture here is fraught with conflicts between tradition and modernization massive influx of rural poor into urban areas poorly managed rapid urban development as well as the cultural and social strain of globalization. Many local and overseas architects planners and city fathers are interested in the social and environmental dimensions of these areas that contribute towards short terms solutions and long term sustainable developments. This book developed from the first conference of the International Network for Tropical Architecture supplies a wealth of information from experts worldwide covering the cultural environmental and technical aspects of thinking researching and designing for the tropics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138134409

Tropical Urban Heat IslandsClimate Buildings and Greenery Conventional air conditioning is not a sustainable solution to the challenge of a hot or humid climate. The climate problem is compounded in so-called Urban Heat Islands urban areas where the air can be 3–5°C hotter than its surrounding areas and where pollution levels are consequently raised. Including a colour section with thermal images and maps this book explores the complex relationships between climate buildings and plants especially in urban heat islands. These relationships bear very critically on a range of environmental issues and point to some corresponding solutions. One chapter highlights some of the extensive research work carried out in Singapore especially investigating the thermal benefits of greenery in buildings in the urban setting. Though several books have been written on urban heat islands this work uniquely examines the linkages between climate buildings and plants. It forms a reference for researchers and professionals such as architects architectural science landscape architects building services engineers urban planners and urban climatologists. It may also be useful for final year undergraduates or graduate students in these disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993884

Tropical VersaillesEmpire Monarchy and the Portuguese Royal Court in Rio de Janeiro 1808-1821 This engaging study tells the fascinating story of the only European empire to relocate its capital to the New World. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203951309

Tropical Warfare in the Asia-Pacific Region 1941-45 This is the first book to provide a comprehensive overview of the land war during the Second World War in South-East Asia and the South and South-West Pacific. The extensive existing literature focuses on particular armies – Japanese British American Australian or Indian – and/or on particular theatres – the Philippines Papua New Guinea Malaya or Burma. This book on the contrary argues that warfare in all the theatres was very similar especially the difficulties of the undeveloped terrain and that there was considerable interchange of ideas between the allied armies which enabled the spread of best practice among them. The book considers tactics training technology and logistics assesses the changing state of the combat effectiveness of the different armies and traces the course of the war from the Japanese Blitzkrieg of 1941 through the later stalemate and the hard fought Allied fightback. Although the book concentrates on ground forces due attention is also given to air forces and amphibious operations. One important argument put forward by the author is that the defeat of the Japanese was not inevitable and that it was brought about by chance and considerable tactical ingenuity on the part of US and British imperial forces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871888

Tropical Wetland ManagementThe South-American Pantanal and the International Experience Recent scientific development and politico-institutional experiences related to the conservation of the South-American Pantanal are explored in this book in relation to what is happening in other tropical wetland areas of international importance such as the Everglades in North America and the Okavango in Africa as well as considering the European experience. An interdisciplinary group of authors examines the need to establish a constructive dialogue between scientists policy-makers and local stakeholders and outline a future research agenda including consideration of the impacts of climate change and the pressures of regional development for wetland management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252615

Tropical Wetlands - Innovation in Mapping and ManagementProceedings of the International Workshop on Tropical Wetlands: Innovation in Mappin This book contains papers presented at the International Workshop on Tropical Wetlands held in Banjarmasin Indonesia. This workshop discussed wetland mapping and characterization as well as wetland management for sustainable agriculture. This volume contains selected papers on tropical wetlands more specifically peatland tidal land and acid sulphate soils.This book presents an international overview of wetland and peatland mapping experiences from Indonesia Congo Brazil Australia and Scotland. Several innovative techniques are discussed including integrated digital soil mapping and remote sensing techniques as well as geodatabase processing and field surveying. This book further discussed tropical wetland management for agriculture as practiced in Indonesia Vietnam and Thailand. The contents of this book are suitable and should be a good reference for those who are involved in research development and management of tropical wetland including academics soil scientists environmentalists researchers agriculturists students agri-businessmen policy makers land managers and farmers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367209643

Troping Oroonoko from Behn to Bandele This volume of essays invites the reader to assess literary texts from within the frame of the texts' cultural history which includes issues of authorship and literary or stage convention as well as the social and political institutions that shaped and marketed that literature. The collection initiates just such an in-depth and focused analysis of the complex literary and social history of the royal slave Oroonoko. All eight essays address elements in the evolution of Oroonoko from Behn's 1688 novella to Southerne's 1696 dramatic adaptation and thence to the adaptations by Hawkesworth (1759) Gentleman (1760) Anonymous (1760) Ferriar (1788) Bellamy (1789) and Bandele (1999) who serially expropriated the play as a platform to debate responsibility in matters of slavery and colonialism. Perhaps unique among literary creations Oroonoko and his entourage with their distinctive race class and gender attributes came into popular consciousness as tropes gauging important shifts in English values during the course of the transatlantic slave trade. Accordingly this study aims to provide a specific exemplum of rigorous focused research on a single complex and controversial topic but also to complicate some of our received notions about Oroonoko slavery and abolition with a view to encouraging a more rigorous analysis of the cultural history underpinning literary texts. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138623064

Trotsky Without Trotsky there would have been no Bolshevik Revolution but Trotsky was no Bolshevik. Providing a full account of Trotsky’s role during the Russian Civil War and concentrating on his time as an active participant in Russian revolutionary politics rather than his ideological writings of emigration Swain gives the student a very different picture of the Bolshevik Commissar of War. This radically new interpretation of Trotsky’s career spanning 1905-1917 incorporates the tense relationship between Trotsky and Lenin until 1917 and pays particular attention to the Russian Civil War and Trotsky’s military organisation and contribution to the war. Swain argues critically that Trotsky achieved where Lenin would have failed suggesting that Trotsky was in the main part responsible for the Bolshevik Revolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153615

Trotsky Trotskyism and the Transition to Socialism First published in 1987. Trotskyists have long dominated the revolutionary tradition on the Western left. Written from a critical socialist standpoint this book provides an analysis of Trotskyism and argues that Trotskyism is increasingly irrelevant as a means of achieving socialism. It argues that as the realisation grows that the revolutionary tradition and the authoritarianism which necessarily result from it are wrong the importance of the problem of the transition to socialism increases. It argues that on this point Trotskyism is weak; that Trotskyism's proposals for socialist transition are largely rhetorical; and that its democratic impulse is weak. It supports this argument by showing that Trotsky’s philosophy of history implicit in his writings which the author characterises as evolutionary and necessitarian coupled with a failure to grasp the moral basis of the socialist case has a disabling effect on Trotsky's account of the transition to socialism and on his explanation of Stalinism. Moreover it argues that Trotsky's intellectual and political heirs have been unable to escape from the contradictions inherent in his thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367230586

Trotsky and the Russian Revolution Supporters of Stalin saw Trotsky as a traitor and renegade. Trotsky’s own supporters saw him as the only true Leninist. In Trotsky and the Russian Revolution Geoffrey Swain restores Trotsky to his real and central role in the Russian Revolution. In this succinct and comprehensive study Swain contests that: In the years between 1903 and 1917 it was the ideas of Trotsky rather than Lenin which shaped the nascent Bolshevik Party and prepared it for the overthrow of the Tsar. During the autumn of 1917 workers supported Trotsky’s idea of an insurrection carried out by the soviet rather than Lenin’s demand for a party orchestrated coup d’etat. During the Russian Civil War Trotsky persuaded a sceptical Lenin that the only way to victory was through the employment of officers trained in the Tsar’s army. As well as examining Trotsky’s critique of Stalin’s Russia in the 1930s this seminar reader probes deeper to explore the ideas which drove Trotsky forward during his years of influence over Russia’s revolutionary politics exploring such key concepts as how to construct a revolutionary party how to stage a successful insurrection how to fight a revolutionary war and how to build a socialist state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781447901440

Trouble in the MiddleAmerican-Chinese Business Relations Culture Conflict and Ethics This book will help readers better understand the ethical and cultural assumptions that both American and Chinese business cultures bring to business relationships in China. It analyzes the relationships developed between the two cultures areas where they conflict and how these conflicts are (or are not) resolved. These relationships are investigated in three stages. The author: describes and interprets American business experience in China describes and interprets Chinese business experience in China including interaction with Americans compares these two business cultures as they are experienced in China to investigate the relationships between them centering the cultural analysis on ethical issues. Feldman's thorough research gets to the crux of how American and Chinese executives perceive the ethical and cultural aspects of doing business. The result is a book that will prove helpful to all those looking to expertly navigate Chinese-American business relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415884488

Troubled LandsThe Legacy Of Soviet Environmental Destruction The dramatic revelations of environmental catastrophe in the Soviet Union made during the late 1980s and early 1990s were a driving force behind reform in and later the demise of the communist party-state. But while the Union no longer exists the independent republics confront the same dilemmas that plagued the Soviet state: Will the goal of econ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367212124

Troubled NeighborsThe Story of US-Latin American Relations from FDR to the Present At one time the US and Latin America defined themselves in common as new and American in contrast to the old European order and they enjoyed a period of friendship and cooperation based on that sustaining sense of commonality. With the advent of the Cold War however hemispheric solidarity and alliance faded fast as the US became preoccupied with other regions of the world it deemed of deeper strategic significance. The United States and Latin America now largely define each other as negative reference points instead of as neighbors and allies. In Troubled Neighbors Henry Raymont-journalist for four decades author lecturer teacher and consultant-presents a journalist's observations on the pendulum swings in US-Latin American relations over the past half-century. The book is organized chronologically with a chapter devoted to each of the administrations from FDR to Bill Clinton and an epilogue covering the first term of the George W. Bush administration. Straightforward organization: The book is chronologically organized with a chapter devoted in turn to each administration from FDR to George W. Bush. Experienced author an expert in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096830

Troubled PartnershipHistory of US-Japan Collaboration on the FS-X Fighter During World War II Japanese fighters such as the famed Zero were among the most respected and feared combat aircraft in the world. But for decades following the defeat of Japan in 1945 a variety of political and economic factors prevented Japan from developing its own modern national fighter.This changed in the 1980s. Japan began independently developing its first world-class fighter since World War II. After several years of contentious negotiations the Japanese agreed to work with the United States to cooperatively develop a minimally modified F-16 the FS-X. The new fighter however has evolved into a world-class aircraft developed largely by Japanese industry primarily due to errors committed by the U.S. side. By the fall of 1995 fifty years after the end of World War II the Zero for the 1990s will have made its first flight catapulting Japan into the elite ranks of nations capable of developing the most advanced weapon systems.In Troubled Partnership Mark Lorell traces the evolution of the FS-X disclosing the conflicting economic and security objectives advanced by U.S. officials the flawed U.S. policy of technology reciprocity and the challenges of international collaboration. Its deep intimacy with the interplay of policy and economy will make this volume of intense interest to political scientists military studies specialists historians and government officials. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539914

Troubled TestimoniesTerrorism and the English novel in India Since the 9/11 attacks terror has established its permeating hold on society’s psyche. Creative writing a popular and visible cultural witness to the strain has taken up this destabilization with remarkable regularity. Troubled Testimonies focuses on the Indian novel in English deriving inspiration from these disturbances to essay a unique grasp of the cultural make-up of the times and its reverberations on the sense of self and belonging to the nation. This first full-length study of terror in the subcontinental novel in English (from India) places it in the world context and analyzes the fictional coverage of the spread of terrorism across the country and its cultural fallout. The enigmatic coming together of the contemporary with the anguish of loss and betrayal unleashed by terror occasions a significant redefinition of the issues of trauma conflict and gender and opens a fresh window to Indian writing and the culture of the subcontinent and a new paradigm in literary and cultural criticism termed ‘post-terrorism’. Lucid and thought provoking this book will be useful to scholars and researchers of South Asian literature cultural studies postcolonial studies history politics and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815396086

Troubled TigerBusinessmen Bureaucrats and Generals in South Korea This analysis of modern Korea includes: the imprisonment and sentencing of two former presidents of South Korea for their role in the Kwangju uprising and on various charges of corruption; the death of Kim II Sung and the resultant North-South standoff; and recent labour and student protests. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315293257

Troubled TimesViolence and Warfare in the Past Evidence amassed in Troubled Times indicates that much like in the modern world violence was not an uncommon aspect of prehistoric dispute resolution. From the civilizations of the American Southwest to the Mesolithic of Central Europe the contributors examine violence in hunter-gatherer as well as state societies from both the New and Old Worlds. Drawing upon cross-cultural analyses archaeological data and skeletal remains this collection of papers offers evidence of domestic violence homicide warfare cannibalism and ritualized combat among ancient peoples. Beyond the physical evidence various models and explanations for violence in the past are explored. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315078328

Troubled Youth Troubled FamiliesUnderstanding Families at Risk for Adolescent Maltreatment The 1970s witnessed a growing concern and awareness regarding child abuse an awareness which gradually extended to include the maltreatment of adolescents. In the 1980s a number of intervention projects dealing with this particular problem were started. Troubled Youth Troubled Families is one of the first full-length reports to deal with adolescent abuse. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351327640

Troubles of Children and Parents Published in 1948: Parents have many problems. Those dealt with in this are mainly the social and emotional difficulties arising in the development of children in their early years. The material is selected from a much larger bulk of actual letters from parents and nurses which the author answered under the pseudonym of "Ursula Wise" in The Nursery World (published by Benn Bros.) during the years 1929-36. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367151225

Troublesome Behaviour in the ClassroomMeeting Individual Needs The fully updated second edition of Troublesome Behaviour in the Classroom is the most comprehensive and practical guide available on the subject of behaviour management in schools. Distinguished by Mick McManus' lively and witty writing style it is packed with practical ideas activities insights and solutions which will be invaluable to all teacher training students and classroom teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160491

Troubling BeginningsTrans(per)forming African American History and Identity This interdisciplinary and creative study examines how African American culture is presented in American films and other media and is a provocative re-reading of the historiography of black culture. The author examines and interprets a number of cultural texts deriving memory as interpreted by Freud and by Franz Fanon mixed with Black Liberation Theology and Islamic mysticism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986206

Troubling ChildrenStudies of Children and Social Problems First Published in 2017. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351328524

Troubling Gender in Education This book explores new questions and lines of analysis within the field of ‘gender and education’ conveying some of the style and diversity of contemporary research directions. It celebrates as well as assesses the achievements of feminist work in education acknowledging this legacy while also ‘troubling’ and opening up for critical reflection any potential stalemates and sticking points in research trends on gender and education. The collection has a strong cross-cultural focus with chapters exploring experiences of students and teachers in the UK the US Australia Canada Hawaii and South Africa. The chapters examine topics relevant to both boys’ and girls’ education and to forms of education which span different sectors and both informal and formal spaces. Issues examined include citizenship and belonging affect authority and pedagogy sexuality and the body racism and national identity and new and emerging forms of masculinity and femininity. Across these varied terrains each of the authors engages with theoretical work informed by a broad range of disciplinary and interdisciplinary approaches from across the social sciences and humanities drawing variously from postcolonial queer and new sociological theories of modernity and identity as well as from fields such as cultural geography and narrative studies. This collection of thought-provoking essays is essential reading for scholars and graduate students wanting to understand the current state of play on research and theory on ‘gender and education’. This book was published in a special issue of Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315876559

Troubling Multiculturalism It can be easy to imagine that Child and Youth Care practitioners are inherently or naturally attuned to issues of diversity and colonization as they pertain to multicultural practice. While there are excellent culturally attuned practices that are happening in the field of Child and Youth Care when it comes to collecting stories of cultural diversity and more specifically the problematic unfolding of some of these stories there remains hesitancy in the field. This hesitancy in part is due to assuming we are practicing in postcolonial times where all the messiness the doubting and the pain have been ‘dealt’ with. The authors of this volume suggest otherwise and their chapters represent an important contribution to the field. They are a diverse group of practitioners but they share a common concern that the term multicultural practice grooms hegemonic interventions that do not critically examine issues of power difference colonialism Whiteness or species to name a few. Although the title of this issue is Troubling Multiculturalism the language within this issue stretches this term troubles it and at times re-invents it. This book was originally published as a special issue of Child and Youth Services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379244

Troubling The AngelsWomen Living With Hiv/aids Educator Patti Lather and psychologist Chris Smithies observed and chronicled support groups for women diagnosed with HIV. Whether black Latina poor or middle class the women in these groups share the common bond of living with HIV/AIDS and they describe how it affects their lives in terms full of practical reality and moving poignancy as the Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313739

Troubling the Changing ParadigmsAn Educational Philosophy and Theory Early Childhood Reader Volume IV Troubling the Changing Paradigms is the fourth volume in the Educational Philosophy and Theory: Editor’s Choice series and represents a collection of texts that were selected as representations of the philosophy and pedagogy of early years childhood and early childhood education. The philosophy of the early years is complex and this book demonstrates how this fascinating subject can be interlinked with both the philosophy and history of education as being instrumental in shaping the child subject childhoods and children’s educational futures.  This book demonstrates the application of philosophical and theoretical perspectives that provide us with global and local narratives and understandings of children as subjects and their subjectivities. The philosophical traditions offer new spaces in which to think about alternative childhoods and contribute to an important analysis in which philosophy has the capacity to shape children’s lives and education and to elevate the multiplicity of discourses around very young children and their education and care. Through the texts in this volume the authors aim to find creative philosophical forms that are capable of interrupting if not disrupting traditional and in some settings perhaps more conventional discourses about children and their childhoods. These philosophical forms present productive ways that allow fresh conceptions of what is all too often an assumed set of subjectivities and experiences about very young children.  Troubling the Changing Paradigms will be key reading for academics researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of philosophy of education philosophy education educational theory post-structural theory the policy and politics of education and the pedagogy of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367232726

TRP Channels The rapid expansion of the TRP field has generated a large amount of excellent original work across many different research fields. However investigators are not necessarily familiar with the pros and cons of the variety of methods used to study TRP channels. Because of functional and genetic diversity as well as the different physiological roles they play techniques used for studying TRP channels range from single molecular analysis to behavioral animal studies. Methods in multiple areas such as molecular biology fluorescence imaging electrophysiology cell biology genetics proteomics pharmacology system physiology and behavioral assessment are employed to investigate various aspects of these channels. Choosing among many possible topics in these broad areas was a daunting task. A comprehensive review of the field TRP Channels spans the information gap by providing broad coverage of current methods and techniques commonly used in TRP channel research and detailed protocols with thorough discussions of the advantages and disadvantages across methods. Some topics covered include Mammalian Drosophila and C. elegans TRP channels Practical protocols for functional studies of TRP channels including TRPC TRPV TRPA TRPM and the intracellularly localized TRPML channels ThermoTRPs including the new fast temperature jump apparatus and the high throughput random mutagenesis method for screening critical motifs involved in TRP channel regulation Cell-based high-throughput screening assays for TRP channels and their applications in drug discoveries TRP channel functions in native cells including smooth muscles neurons and cancers Showcasing the current status of the field TRP Channels covers the major techniques used in various areas of research. The majority of the chapters are protocol oriented with the goal of providing clear directions for laboratory use. Because of the breadth of the TRP field the applications of some methods are described in multiple chapters by experts working on a variety of channel types that serve different physiological functions highlighting distinctive views on how the methodology can be utilized. Some chapters include discussion on the usefulness and pitfalls associated with the use of certain techniques. Together with chapters that offer comprehensive reviews on the functional regulation and other roles of TRP channels students and investigators new to the field should find this book particularly informative. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138116160

Truancy and Schools At present about one million pupils truant from their schools on a daily basis and this book examines why they do it. The numerous reasons for truanting discussed are: disadvantageous home backgrounds problems with settling in socially at school poor performance in school experiencing bullying in school not coping with the transition from primary to secondary schooling. This book focuses on the social psychological and educational causes of truancy. It examines recent research and gives many examples of good practice while also detailing the latest solutions for tackling this problem. The text is for teachers heads of year and department heads senior school managers education welfare officers social workers educational psychologists parents and all those with an interest in educational policy and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421493

TruancyShort and Long-term Solutions Truancy: Short and Long-term Solutions is a practical and accessible guide to dealing with the problem of truancy and non-attendance. It is the first book on the issue to actively focus on solutions to the problem rather than the causes. Full of practical examples of the latest ways in which schools teachers education welfare officers and LEAs try to overcome their attendance difficulties. Ken Reid identifies nearly 120 short-term solutions as well as several long-term strategic approaches. The book also considers parental-condoned absenteeism alternative curriculum schemes and mentoring while the final chapter presents some strategic issues which policy-makers and politicians need to overcome. This book provides all teachers deputy heads head teachers education welfare staff social workers learning mentors and other caring professionals with a repository of up-to-date ideas and solutions. It is essential reading for anyone involved in addressing the challenge of truancy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466258

Trucking in the Age of Information Trucking in the Age of Information provides a comprehensive overview of the contemporary trucking industry. Prior research on trucking has focused on the effects of deregulation on the industry but the industry's current transformation is driven by information technology emerging business strategies globalization of commodity production and the rise of package express and logistics. The volume brings together acknowledged and emerging scholars of the industry including Thomas Corsi (University of Maryland) Chelsea White III (Georgia Tech) Starr McMullen (Oregon State University) Will Mitchell (Duke University) Jeff Liker (University of Michigan) Francine LaFontaine (University of Michigan) Kristen Monaco (California State University at Long Beach) and Michael Conyngham (International Brotherhood of Teamsters) to address issues including technological change third party logistics lean trucking driver safety and health homeland security and the consolidation of trucking services. Each chapter provides an overview of industry issues and a discussion of current research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398646

True And False Allegations Of Child Sexual AbuseAssessment & Case Management First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869370

True and False ExperienceHuman Element in Psychotherapy Is psychotherapy first and foremost a technique that can be described learned and practices or is it a relationship in which techniques play a part but ordinary human qualities are the crucial factors? True and False Experience discusses those factors that have made it difficult for therapists and patients to meet as equals in a natural and ordinary way keeping them from establishing a genuine relationship with each other.Lomas acknowledges Freud as the most valuable and influential theorist of psychoanalysis but he also questions the consequences of his detached and scientific methods. Lomas also critiques psychotherapeutic theory since Freud examining the work of the main contributors to the field including R. D. Laing Erik Erikson Melanie Klein Rollo May and Carl Rogers. As an alternative Lomas recreates relations between himself and some of his patients in order to demonstrate how therapy can develop into a straightforward and personal contact between therapist and patient.In a new introduction Lomas analyzes the changes that have occurred in society over the past twenty years and rethinks his work in a historical perspective. True and False Experience is an essential and stimulating resource for psychotherapists psychoanalysts counselors and social workers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539938

True Crime Writings in Colonial IndiaOffending Bodies and Darogas in Nineteenth-Century Bengal The emergent culture of crime writings in late 19th century colonial Bengal (India) is an interesting testimony to how literature is shaped by various material forces including the market. This book deals with true crime writings of the late 1800s published by ‘lowbrow publishing houses’ — infamous for publishing ‘sensational’ and the ‘vulgar’ literature — which had an avid bhadralok (genteel) readership. The volume focuses on select translations of true crime writings by Bakaullah and Priyanath Mukhopadhyay who worked as darogas (Detective Inspectors) in the police department in mid-late nineteenth century colonised Bengal. These published accounts of cases investigated by them are among the very first manifestations of the crime genre in India. The writings reflect their understandings of criminality and guilt as well as negotiations with colonial law and policing. Further through a selection of cases in which women make an appearance either as victims or offenders (or sometimes as both ) this book sheds light on the hidden gendered experiences of the time often missing in mainstream Bangla literature. Combining a love for suspense with critical readings of a cultural phenomenon this book will be of much interest to scholars and researchers of comparative literature translation studies gender studies literary theory cultural studies modern history and lovers of crime fiction from all disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815360506

True CrimeObservations on Violence and Modernity True crime is crime fact that looks like crime fiction. It is one of the most popular genres of our pathological public sphere and an integral part of our contemporary wound culture-a culture or at least cult of commiseration. If we cannot gather in the face of anything other than crime violence terror trauma and the wound we can at least commiserate. That is as novelist Chuck Palahniuk writes we can at least "all [be] miserable together."  The "murder leisure industry " its media and its public:  these modern styles of violence and intimacy sociality and belief are the subjects of True Crime: Observations on Violence and Modernity. True Crime draws on and makes available to American readers—and tests out—work on systems theory and media theory (for instance the transformative work of Niklas Luhmann on social systems and of Friedrich Kittler on the media apriori—work yet to make its impact on the American scene).  True Crime is at once a study of a minor genre that is a scale model of modern society and a critical introduction to these forms of social and media history and theory.  With examples factual and fictional of the scene of the crime ranging from Poe to CSI from the true crime writing of the popular Japanese author Haruki Murakami to versions of "the violence-media complex" in the work of the American novelist Patricia Highsmith and the Argentinian author Juan José Saer True Crime is a penetrating look at modern violence and the modern media and the ties that bind them in contemporary life.  Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203944202

True DisbelieversElvis Contagion The legion of fans who refuse to believe that Elvis Presley died August 16 1977 has been a major force behind the ever-expanding elusive and enduring Elvis myth during the past seventeen years. This network of fervent true believers engages in activities that include a melange of sightings and conspiracy theories. Mass media coverage of these phenomena has evolved from the underground grass-roots level to widespread publicity with social religious commercial and ideological underpinnings. In True Disbelievers R. Serge Denisoff and George Plasketes examine the implications of various accounts and several perspectives on Elvis Presley's death and transfiguration.Denisoff and Plasketes also analyze the various media that those who doubt Elvis's death use to popularize their positions including television magazines and books. They review the work of others who have written on the subject such as Gail Brewer-Giorgio and Major Bill Smith and raise provocative yet valid questions about the phenomenon they describe. True Disbelievers takes a pointed look at the music industry as well and how it has used and commercially benefitted by the continuing belief that Elvis lives. They examine common strands in the many reports of Elvis sightings since Presley's reported death. Denisoff and Plasketes describe the Elvis phenomenon in serious objective as well as empathetic terms placing it in the context of studies of cult figures and their followers. True Disbelievers contains a great deal of fascinating information about America's popular culture and the power and influence of the media in modern society. It will be of significant interest to communication studiesscholars sociologists professionals in the music and media industries and those interested in popular culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517509

True KaizenManagement's Role in Improving Work Climate and Culture What does it take to manage an organization to success? No matter what industry you are in an organization is primarily a group of people. This book focuses on that ever-important human element. In the rush to get 'lean' many organizations focus solely on tools for increasing productivity but where do these tools come from? In this book Collin McLoughlin and Toshihiko Miura look back on their decades of international consulting experience to examine how organizations around the world have transformed on a cultural level by respecting the people who work within them and leveraging their creativity to solve problems. As our workforce becomes more knowledgeable skillful and more perceptive of their needs and wants as employees the ability to reach the true potential of an organization becomes more and more difficult. Managers must look at each individual element of an equation like this in order to fully understand how to achieve an answer. They must begin to answer more focused questions such as: 1. How productive is the existing work climate and culture? 2. How do employees as individuals navigate the existing work climate? (How do they deal with day-today issues with each other?) 3. Where and how are individuals and their work processes assessed? 4. What obstacles do employees face every day and are they empowered to fix these obstacles? 5. What role does leadership play at each level of the organization? (Looking at the organization in layers of management.) To address these challenges this book focuses on three main aspects of leadership and management: 1. Addressing and Improving the Perspective of Management -- The ideas presented in this book are not limited to a certain industry or field of work but can be applied in any setting because they speak to a universal human element. 2. Exploring and Improving Work Climate -- Organizations are social entities operating within their own controlled environment. This book will explore the factors that contribute to and encourage a positive work climate. 3. Observing and Eliminating Wasteful Work Processes -- Observing wasteful activities and work processes requires a refined perspective. The case studies presented illustrate the How and Why to help refine expertise. This will also lead to the joy and benefits Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138745421

True StorytellingSeven Principles For An Ethical and Sustainable Change-Management Strategy True Storytelling is a new method of studying planning facilitating ensuring implementing and evaluating ethical and sustainable changes in companies organizations and societies. True Storytelling is both a method with seven principles and a mindset to help managers and researchers to work with change. True Storytelling stresses that we need to balance the resources of the Earth our wellbeing and the economy when we are dealing with change. It is not only a book about how to prevent climate change it is also a book about how we can navigate through crisis create less stress and achieve better life in organizations and in society as a whole. You will learn how to create innovative start-ups with a purpose and fund money for sustainable projects and good ideas. The book combines practical cases interviews with managers and CEOs theory and philosophy to define the method and to teach the Seven True Storytelling Principles: 1 You yourself must be true and prepare the energy and effort for a sustainable future 2 True storytelling makes spaces that respect the stories already there 3 You must create stories with a clear plot creating direction and helping people prioritize 4 You must have timing 5 You must be able to help stories on their way and be open to experiment 6 You must consider staging including scenography and artefacts 7 You must reflect on the stories and how they create value This book is a guide to implementing these core principles to boost leadership practices create a storytelling culture and staff buy-in. The method is also useful as an analytical tool for organizations managers and consultants in order to prepare plan and execute the implementation of strategies. It is valuable reading for researchers and students at master level as well as leaders and consultants in charge of ethical and sustainable changes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367549275

True Tales of Organisational LifeUsing Psychology to Create New Spaces and Have New Conversations at Work This book describes the ways in which space can be created to strengthen the capacity to withstand suffering as well as the application of systemic and narrative psychology to develop interventions at an individual team group and organisational level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201892

True to FormRising and Falling Declaratives as Questions in English This book is concerned with the meaning and use of two kinds of declarative sentences:1) It's raining?2) It's raining.The difference between (1) and (2) is intonational: (1) has a final rise--indicated by the question mark--while (2) ends with a fall.Christine Gunlogson's central claim is that the meaning and use of both kinds of sentences must be understood in terms of the meaning of their defining formal elements namely declarative sentence type and rising versus falling intonation. Gunlogson supports that claim through an investigation of the use of declaratives as questions. On one hand Gunlogson demonstrates that rising and falling declaratives share an aspect of conventional meaning attributable to their declarative form distinguishing them both from the corresponding polar interrogative (Is it raining?) and constraining their use as questions. On the other hand since (1) and (2) constitute a minimal pair differing only in intonation systematic differences in character and function between them--in particular the relative "naturalness" of (1) as a question compared to (2) --must be located in the contrast between the fall and the rise. To account for these two sets of differences Gunlogson gives a compositional account of rising and falling declaratives under which declarative form expresses commitment to the propositional content of the declarative. Rising versus falling intonation on declaratives is responsible for attribution of the commitment to the Addressee versus the Speaker respectively. The result is an inherent contextual "bias" associated with declaratives which constitutes the crucial point of difference with interrogatives. The compositional analysis is implemented in the framework of context update semantics (Heim 1982 and others) using an articulated version of the Common Ground (Stalnaker 1978) that distinguishes the commitments of the individual discourse participants.Restrictions on the use of declaratives as questions as well as differences between rising and falling declaratives as questions are shown to follow from this account. Gunlogson argues that neither rising nor falling declaratives are inherently questioning--rather the questioning function of declaratives arises through the interaction of sentence type intonation and context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865074

True to the Language GameAfrican American Discourse Cultural Politics and Pedagogy In True to the Language Game Keith Gilyard one of the major African American figures to emerge in language and cultural studies makes his most seminal work available in one volume. This collection of new and previously published essays contains Gilyard’s most relevant scholarly contributions to deliberations about linguistic diversity cultural identity critical literacy writing instruction literary texts and popular culture. The volume also features contemporary treatises on such timely topics as "students’ right to their own language " code-switching pedagogy and political discourse surrounding the rise of Barack Obama. Gilyard weaves together serious analysis theoretical work policy discussions and personal reflections on the interplay of language literacy and social justice to make True to the Language Game essential reading for students and scholars in rhetorical studies composition studies applied linguistics and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415887175

True ToleranceLiberalism and the Necessity of Judgment In contemporary liberal thought "tolerance" has come to be redefined as a synonym for ethical neutrality: refusal to judge among competing views of goods and evils. The result of this extreme relativism has been a foundations crisis in law politics education and other areas of social life. In this lucidly written and brilliantly argued volume J. Budziszewski attempts to reserve the self-destruction of modern liberalism by showing that true tolerance is not only consistent with taking stands about objective goods and evils but actually requires doing so.Tolerance falsely understood as ethical neutrality has the paradoxical effect of crippling policy choice by divesting it of the moral and practical framework on which it depends. By painstakingly and exhaustively dissecting each of the many neutralist arguments Budziszewski demonstrates that real neutrality is logically impossible. Confronted by alternative views the neutralist at best obscures his own underlying judgments and at worst abandons all possible defense against fanatics who oppose both true equality and true tolerance.True Tolerance is both a rigorous critique and a polemic undertaken in the name of a positive twenty-first century vision of liberalism. Budziszewsky outlines a view of true tolerance that assumes a relationship with an older liberal tradition and a codependence with other virtues including humility mercy charity respect and courtesy. This vision is rooted in historical experience and rational conviction about what is good. In the spirit of liberal and classical theorists of virtue from Aristotle to John Locke to Alasdair MacIntyre the virtue of true tolerance is much more than a readiness to follow known rules; it includes a developed ability to distinguish good rules from bad and to choose rightly even where there are no rules or where rules seem to contradict each other. Accessibly written and intended for a wide readership True Tolerance will be of special interest to political theorists and activists and to sociologists and philosophers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351294805

True Triaxial Testing of Rocks This is the first book ever published on the problems of true triaxial testing of rocks addressing all aspects of true triaxial testing of rocks including: (i) true triaxial testing techniques and procedures; (ii) test results: strength deformability failure mode permeability acoustic emission and elastic wave velocity; (iii) constitutive laws and failure criteria; and (iv) applications to geoengineering and geosciences. Recent developments in the field of true triaxial testing of rocks are presented as well as a thorough review of the most important achievements in the whole history of true triaxial testing of rocks. Almost all researchers from around the world engaged in the true triaxial testing of rocks over the last three decades have contributed to this work. The authors originate from different branches of geoengineering and geosciences including civil engineering engineering geology geotechnical engineering mining engineering petroleum engineering seismology and tectonophysics.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075931

True UrbanismLiving In and Near the Center Mark Hinshaw has a proposition for Americans: Come out of the bunker throw open the gates and meet the neighborhood. In this passionate appeal he introduces those who have already done just that and explains what cities can do to make true urbanism possible. He rejoices in the growing number of people rejecting sterile paint-by-numbers subdivisions in favor of vibrant and unpredictable urban neighborhoods. This vivid account of cities small and large emerging from the cobwebs of late 20th century development will show communities with lingering antiurban tendencies how to embrace density as destiny. A must-read urban design book for anyone who cares about cities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351179591

Trump the Alt-Right and Public Pedagogies of Hate and for FascismWhat is to be Done? Trump the Alt-Right and Public Pedagogies of Hate and for Fascism: What Is To Be Done? uses public pedagogy as a theoretical lens through which to view discourses of hate and for fascism in the era of Trump and to promote an anti-fascist and pro-socialist public pedagogy. It makes the case for re-igniting a rhetoric that goes beyond the undermining of neoliberal capitalism and the promotion of social justice and re-aligns the left against fascism and for a socialism of the twenty-first century.Beginning with an examination of the history of traditional fascism in the twentieth century the book looks at the similarities and differences between the Trump regime and traditional Western post-war fascism. Cole goes on to consider the alt-right movement the reasons for its rise and the significance of the internet being harnessed as a tool with which to promote a fascistic public pedagogy. Finally the book examines the resistance against these discourses and addresses the question of: what is to be done?This topical book will be of great interest to scholars to postgraduate students and to researchers as well as to advanced undergraduate students in the fields of education studies pedagogy and sociology as well as readers in general who are are interested in the phenomenon of Trumpism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670412

Trump @ WorkReally Huge Lessons on Leadership Believe Me "Unprecedented" is the adjective most often ascribed to everything about Donald Trump. Trump @ Work is about the unprecedented impact that Donald Trump and his Presidency and style has had on attitudes and perceptions of leadership and management. This book brings a unique perspective about what has changed and what has not changed through humorous and true "bullets" and observations. Why do some leaders get fired for things that other leaders boast about? In spite of controversy why do some initiatives still get implemented? Is implementation all that matters? Is empathy and credibility still critical to success? Why aren’t there any instruction manuals about how to navigate the new workplace? These are not questions raised by just a few. These are questions everyone in the workplace is asking. Trump @ Work explores these questions and many more. It reveals how the rules of the game have changed for everyone seeking success or at least to survive. It’s hard enough to keep up with leadership and management trends. Donald Trump is making it more difficult not intentionally not through the tweets he writes but by how he is challenging the long existing norms. Who knew that tweeting would become an established way of communicating to an organization? Who knew that in spite of constant searing criticism one can disregard it and continue to follow an agenda? Who knew that preaching to supporters and ignoring naysayers is a way to manage? Whether you appreciate Donald Trump or not he has had an impact on the thinking about leadership and management and the author precisely explores that impact in this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367273545

Trump and the Protestant Reaction to Make America Great Again This book explores how polarised interpretations of America’s past influence the present and vice versa. A focus on competing Protestant reactions to President Trump’s ‘Make America Great Again’ slogan evidences a fundamental divide over how America should remember historical racism sexism and exploitation. Additionally these Protestants disagree over how the past influences present injustice and equality. The 2020 killing of George Floyd forced these rival histories into the open. Rowley proposes that recovering a complex view of the past confessing the bad and embracing the good might help Americans have a shared memory that can bridge polarisation and work to secure justice and equality. An accessible and timely book this is essential reading for those concerned with the vexed relationship of religion and politics in the United States including students and scholars in the fields of Protestantism history political science religious studies and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367676841

Trump Effect Professor Karina V. Korostelina presents insights into the "Trump effect" and explains how the support for Trump among the American general public is based on three complementary pillars. First Trump champions a specific conception of American national identity that empowers his supporters. Second Trump's leadership has to an extent been crafted from his ability to recognize where and with whom he can get the most return on his investment (e.g. his political comments) and address the perceived general malaise in the U.S. Trump also mirrors the emotions of a disenfranchised American public  and inspires the use of frustration based anger and insults to achieve desired aims. He addresses the public’s intolerance of uncertainty and ambivalence by providing simpler solutions to complex national problems and by blurring the boundary betweent he leading political parties. Further Trump employs existing political polarization and has established a new kind of morality. Third Trump challenges the existing political balance of power within the U.S. and globally.The overarching goal of this book is to show how the popularity of Trump has revealed substantial problems in the social political and economic fabric of American life. Aimed at the general public and students in the U.S. and internationally the book goes beyond many explanations of the "Trump Effect". Using a multidisciplinary theoretical lens it provides a systemic multifaceted analysis based on multiple theories of social identity emotions cognitions morality and power to explain the broader social phenomena of the rise of individuals in society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885632

Trumping DemocracyFrom Reagan to the Alt-Right Since 2014 over 80 people have been killed in the United States of America by Right-wing terrorists. In 2016 Donald Trump was elected President of the United States and received substantial support from White nationalists. This book explains the increase in violent White nationalism and Trump’s ascendancy in the context of the backlash against the presidency of Barack Obama. It demonstrates how there is a dynamic relationship between the Republican Party various Right-wing populist movements and the Right. Far Right social movements political campaigns and the online presence of the so-called ‘alt-Right’ are all discussed. The book argues that unfair hierarchies of race gender and class are not aberrational tremors in America but the fracturing bedrock of a nation in which being White male Christian or straight no longer ensures a stable floor for power status or privilege. This is vital reading for students researchers and activists interested in American politics and the dangers of Right-wing movements and political parties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138212497

Trumping Ethical NormsTeachers Preachers Pollsters and the Media Respond to Donald Trump Questions of ethics and politics have a long tradition in the classroom as well as the political world. Those who act in the political realm—including the media political strategists and consultants educators and religious leaders—are in professions for which a clear code of conduct or an accepted set of ethical norms exists. By contrast Donald J. Trump as candidate and as President has upended the political and ethical context in which he and others operate. This book explores emerging ethical questions that face professionals interacting with a new executive order. Some say the age of Trump is unique and that the norms of ethical professional behavior must be bent to meet this challenge. Others maintain that responding to someone like Trump is precisely why their profession has ethical norms and that they must put their judgments on hold and respond in what has always been deemed the appropriate professional manner. Each chapter opens with an introduction setting the framework of ethical analysis for a particular profession is followed by original contributions by notable practitioners and concludes with a set of questions for students and other readers to ponder and discuss. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815359388

Trumping the MainstreamThe Conquest of Democratic Politics by the Populist Radical Right In 2016 the striking electoral success of the UK Vote Leave campaign and Donald Trump’s presidential bid defied conventional expectations and transformed the political landscape. Considered together these two largely unpredicted events constitute a defining moment in the process of the incorporation of far-right populist discourse in mainstream politics. This timely book argues that there has been a change in the fundamental dynamic of the mainstreaming of far-right populist discourse. In recent elections anti-establishment actors have rewritten the playbook defeated the establishment and redefined political norms. They have effectively outplayed overtaken and trumped mainstream parties and policies. As fringe discourse becomes mainstream how we conceive of the political landscape and indeed the very distinction between a political centre and periphery has been challenged. This book provides new theoretical tools and empirical analyses to understand the ongoing mainstreaming of far-right populism. Offering case studies and comparative research it analyses recent political events in the US UK France and Belgium. This book is essential reading for scholars and students of populism and far-right politics who seek to make sense of recent world-altering events. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138502659

Truncated and Censored SamplesTheory and Applications This book deals with the development of methodology for the analysis of truncated and censored sample data. It is primarily intended as a handbook for practitioners who need simple and efficient methods for the analysis of incomplete sample data. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367580018

Trust Accountability and Capacity in Education System ReformGlobal Perspectives in Comparative Education This global collection brings a new perspective to the field of comparative education by presenting trust capacity and accountability as the three building blocks of education systems and education system reform. In exploring how these three factors relate to student learning outcomes across different international contexts this book provides a powerful framework for a more equal system.  Drawing upon research and case studies from scholars policymakers and experts from international agencies across five continents this book shows how trust capacity and accountability interact in ways and with consequences that vary among countries pointing readers towards understanding potential leverage points for system change. Trust Accountability and Capacity in Education System Reform illuminates how these three concepts are embedded in an institutional context temporally socially and institutionally and offers an analysis that will be of use to researchers policymakers and agencies working in comparative education and towards education system reform. Chapter 11 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution 2.0 Generic license available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/e/9780429344855 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367362492

Trust Control and the Economics of Governance In today’s world we cooperate across legal and cultural systems in order to create value. However this increases volatility uncertainty complexity and ambiguity as challenges for societies politics and business. This has made governance a scarce resource. It thus is inevitable that we understand the means of governance available to us and are able to economize on them. Trends like the increasing role of product labels and a certification industry as well as political movements towards nationalism and conservatism may be seen as reaction to disappointments from excessive cooperation. To avoid failures of cooperation governance is important – control through e.g. contracts is limited and in governance economics trust is widely advertised without much guidance on its preconditions or limits. This book draws on the rich insight from research on trust and control and accommodates the key results for governance considerations in an institutional economics framework. It provides a view on the limits of cooperation from the required degree of governance which can be achieved through extrinsic motivation or building on intrinsic motivation. Trust Control Economics thus inform a more realistic expectation about the net value added from cooperation by providing a balanced view including the cost of governance. It then becomes clear how complex cooperation is about ‘governance accretion’ where limited trustworthiness is substituted by control and these control instances need to be governed in turn. Trust Control and the Economics of Governance is a highly necessary development of institutional economics to reflect progress made in trust research and is a relevant addition for practitioners to better understand the role of trust in the governance of contemporary cooperation-structures. It will be of interest to researchers academics and students in the fields of economics and business management institutional economics and business ethics. Note that this work is the first of its kind that explicitly reflects on the societal realities how these drive the assumption setting process and how these assumptions influence the theory outcome. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367250904

Trust Life Satisfaction and Opinions on Immigration in 15 European Countries Europe is in flux. The economiccrisis large migration flows andterrorist attacks have put pressureon international solidarity and attitudestowards civil liberties suchas freedom of movement. To whatextent do European countries favorimmigration and receiving refugees?To what extent do they trust policymakersand one another? Are thereshared values beliefs and attitudesamong Europeans from differentcountries? This report analyzes the most recent data from theEuropean Social Survey (ESS) a large-scale biennial study ofattitudes and values in 15 European countries with specialattention to attitudes towards immigration. Media > Books > Print Books Netherlands Institute for Social Research 9789037707755

Trust Power and Public Relations in Financial Markets The public relations profession positions itself as expert in building trust throughout global markets particularly after crisis strikes. Successive crises have tainted financial markets in recent years. Calls to restore trust in finance have been particularly pressing given trust’s crucial role as lubricant in global financial engines. Nonetheless years after the global financial crisis trust in financial markets remains both tenuous and controversial. This book explores PR in financial markets posing a fundamental question about PR professionals as would-be ‘trust strategists’. If PR promotes its expertise in building and restoring trust how can it ignore its potential role in losing trust in the first place? Drawing on examples from state finance international lending agencies trade bodies financial institutions and consumer groups in mature and emerging financial centres this book explores the wide-ranging role of PR in financial markets including: State finance and debt capital markets Investor relations M&A and IPOs Corporate communications for financial institutions Product promotion and consumer finance Financial trade associations and lobbying Consumerism and financial activism. Far reaching and challenging this innovative book will be essential reading for researchers advanced students and professionals in PR communication and finance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415719216

Trust Tourism Development and Planning The dynamics of trust and distrust are central to understanding modern society social relations and development processes. However numerous studies suggest that societal trust and citizen’s trust in government and its institutions are on the decline challenging the legitimacy of government and leading to an undemocratic and unsustainable form of development. Recognizing its importance the authors for the first time situate trust within the context of tourism development and planning. This volume discusses trust in tourism from different yet intrinsically connected perspectives. Chapters review how diminishing societal trust may have adversely affected tourism planning systems the role of trust in good tourism governance and sustainable tourism how trust can be used as a facilitator of participatory tourism planning political trust in tourism institutions power and how tourism development can be a basis for trust creation among society members by using social capital theory. In addition a final section on ‘Researching Trust in Tourism Development’ means that readers are not only provided a thorough theoretical framework on trust and an understanding of its importance for sustainable tourism and good governance of the sector but also methodological aspects of research on trust in the context of tourism development and planning.  This significant volume is valuable reading for students academics and researchers interested in tourism development and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138083127

Trust and Betrayal in Educational Administration and Leadership This collection explores critical and foundational theory for trust in educational administration and leadership as it influences a broad range of topics such as ethics governance diversity policy management and power. It demonstrates the relevance of this foundation to practical issues and problems internationally both within the organizational context and extra-organizationally. Contributors from throughout the world focus on the application of trust factors as they affect our understanding of and practice in educational organizations. This volume will be of interest to students and faculty of educational administration theory  the policy and politics of education and educational leadership as well as practitioners and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415744584

Trust and Confidence in Government and Public Services Trust and confidence are topical issues. Pundits claim that citizens trust governments and public services increasingly less - identifying a powerful new erosion of confidence that in the US goes back at least to Watergate in the 1970s. Recently media exposure in the UK about MP expenses has been extensive and a court case ruled in favor of publishing expense claims and against exempting MPs from the scrutiny which all citizens are subject to under ‘freedom of information.’ As a result revelations about everything from property speculation to bespoke duck pond houses have fueled public outcry and survey evidence shows that citizens increasingly distrust the government with public resources. This book gathers together arguments and evidence to answers questions such as: What is trust? Can trust be boosted through regulation? What role does leadership play in rebuilding trust? How does trust and confidence affect public services? The chapters in this collection explore these questions across several countries and different sectors of public service provision: health education social services the police and the third sector. The contributions offer empirical evidence about how the issues of trust and confidence differ across countries and sectors and develop ideas about how trust and confidence in government and public services may adjust in the information age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138340886

Trust and ConflictRepresentation Culture and Dialogue Trust distrust and conflict between social groups have existed throughout the history of humankind although their forms have changed. Using three main concepts: culture representation and dialogue this book explores and re-thinks some of these changes in relation to concrete historical and contemporary events. Part I offers a symbolic and historical analysis of trust and distrust while Parts II and III examine trust distrust and conflict in specific events including the Cyprus conflict Estonian collective memories coping with HIV/AIDS in China Swedish asylum seekers the Cuban missile crisis and Stalinist confessions. With an impressive array of international contributors the chapters draw on a number of key concepts such as self and other ingroup and outgroup contact between groups categorization brinkmanship knowledge beliefs and myth. Trust and Conflict offers a fresh perspective on the problems that arise from treating trust distrust and conflict as simplified indicators. Instead it proposes that human and social sciences can view these phenomena within the complex matrix of interacting perspectives and meta-perspectives that characterise the social world. As such it will be of interest to undergraduates postgraduates and lecturers of human and social sciences especially social psychology sociology political science and communication studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138380394

Trust and Distrust in Digital Economies In digital economies the Internet enables the "platformisation" of everything. Big technology companies and mobile apps are running mega marketplaces supported by seamless online payments systems. This rapidly expanding ecosystem is fueled by data. Meanwhile perceptions of the global financial crisis data breaches disinformation and the manipulation of political sentiment have combined to create a modern trust crisis. A lack of trust constrains commerce particularly in terms of consumer protection and investment. Big data artificial intelligence automated algorithms and blockchain technology offer new solutions and risks. Trust in our legal systems depends on certainty consistency and enforceability of the law. However regulatory and remedial gaps exist because the law has not kept up with technology. This work explores the role of competency and good faith in the creation of social and legal relationships of trust; and the need for governance transparency and human accountability to combat distrust particularly in digital economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138477483

Trust and EconomicsThe Co-evolution of Trust and Exchange Systems A lot of recent attention has been given to one of the central paradoxes of trust: namely how people can restrict self-interest in order to trust. Existing perspectives theories and models offer partial explanations but this volume presents a novel framework that expands on the findings of recent studies of trust and exchange. This book offers a new angle for the understanding of exchange and trust in an interactive context describes the interactive characteristics of trust in exchange systems and develops a theory explaining the co-evolution of trust and exchange systems.A new framework is used to incorporate the theory of systems of trust and evolutionary game-theoretical approach to investigate four important questions: How can trust emerge in exchange when people pursue self-interest? After its emergence how does exchange affect trust in a dynamic process? When are dynamics of trust stable? Do interactive trust phenomena differ under different exchange systems? This book concludes with a discussion of the implications of the theoretical findings for three areas: the improvement of trust potential economic growth and mechanism design in exchange systems. This volume makes a significant contribution to the literature on evolutionary and institutional economics and is suitable for those who have an interest in political economy economy theory and philosophy as well as economic psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598839

Trust and Mistrust in Contemporary Japanese Politics This book offers a timely examination of the role of trust – or lack thereof – in contemporary Japanese politics. It portrays the political trust deficit prevalent in Japan through a unique range of case studies illustrating how mistrust rather than trust impacts politics in Japan today. The first chapter introduces key trust concepts and the state of trust research on Japan. The second analyses voters’ trust levels in politics and parties and explores possible consequences of prevalent mistrust including electoral volatility and instability in the party system. The following case study investigates the government’s choices in rebuilding the Tohoku region devastated by the ‘3/11’ triple disaster of earthquake tsunami and nuclear reactor meltdown in 2011. It highlights how policies eroded already low trust levels among Japanese citizens in their government. The next chapter explores Japanese consumer trust in food safety and related regulations in post-3/11 Japan finding deficiencies in the government’s risk communication. The fifth case study turns towards multiculturalism in educational policies and schooling practices scrutinizing Japan’s readiness to face the challenge of trust-building between members of different ethnic groups. The final chapter illuminates the trust deficit in Japan’s relations with China explaining how trust-building opportunities were missed in the past leading to a continuous erosion of bilateral ties. The chapters originally published as a special issue in Japan Forum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892753

Trust and Records in an Open Digital Environment Trust and Records in an Open Digital Environment explores issues that arise when digital records are entrusted to the cloud and will help professionals to make informed choices in the context of a rapidly changing digital economy. Showing that records need to ensure public trust especially in the era of alternative truths this volume argues that reliable resources which are openly accessible from governmental institutions e-services archival institutions digital repositories and cloud-based digital archives are the key to an open digital environment. The book also demonstrates that current established practices need to be reviewed and amended to include the networked nature of the cloud-based records to investigate the role of new players like cloud service providers (CSP) and assess the potential for implementing new disruptive technologies like blockchain. Stančić and the contributors address these challenges by taking three themes – state citizens and documentary form – and discussing their interaction in the context of open government open access recordkeeping and digital preservation. Exploring what is needed to enable the establishment of an open digital environment Trust and Records in an Open Digital Environment should be essential reading for data information document and records management professionals. It will also be a key text for archivists librarians professors and students working in the information sciences and other related fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367436995

Trust and Schooling Unlike many current approaches this book looks at trust relations in order to understand schooling and other social practices. Trust relations include both what an individual is prepared to trust in the circumstances and what a competent practitioner in an evolving tradition should trust. It is therefore considered whether trust relations are more fundamental in society than those of truth or power. Schooling has a social as well as an education role. As a result the scope of the trust relations under investigation must range beyond the pedagogical. By expanding our understanding of the trust relations required to create and maintain effective schooling in particular circumstances it may be possible for a greater section of society to receive a good education. Issues including curriculum classroom management and community relations may be understood in a different way and help enable currently intractable problems to be tackled more effectively. This book presents the initial investigations of a number of authors who collaborated on this project and was originally published as a special issue of the journal Educational Philosophy and Theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367895037

Trust and SkepticismChildren's selective learning from testimony Children learn a great deal from other people including history science and religion as well as language itself. Although our informants are usually well-intentioned they can be wrong and sometimes people deceive deliberately.  As soon as children can learn from what others tell them they need to be able to evaluate the likely truth of such testimony. This book is the first of its kind to provide an overview of the field of testimony research summarizing and discussing the latest findings into how children make such evaluations – when do they trust what people tell them and when are they skeptical? The nine chapters are organized according to the extent to which testimony is necessary for children to learn the matter in question – from cases where children are entirely dependent on the testimony of others to cases where testimony is merely a convenient way of learning. Chapters also consider situations where reliance on testimony can lead a child astray and the need for children to learn to be vigilant to deception to ask questions appropriately and to evaluate what they are told. With an international range of contributors and two concluding commentaries which integrate the findings within a broader perspective of research on child development the book provides a thorough overview of this emerging sub-field. Trust and Skepticism will be essential reading for researchers academic teachers and advanced students working in the areas of cognitive development and language development and will also be of great interest to educationists concerned with nursery and primary education. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848721869

Trust and TerrorSocial Capital and the Use of Terrorism as a Tool of Resistance Why do some individuals choose to protest political grievances via non-violent means while others take up arms? What role does whom we trust play in how we collectively act? This book explores these questions by delving into the relationship between interpersonal trust and the nature of the political movements that individuals choose to join. Utilizing the examples of the Arab Spring uprisings in Egypt Libya and Syria a novel theoretical model that links the literature on social capital and interpersonal trust to violent collective action is developed and extended. Beyond simply bringing together two lines of literature this theoretical model can serve as a prism from which the decision to join terrorist organizations or violent movements may be analyzed. The implications of the theory are then examined more closely through an in-depth look at the behavior of members of political movements at the outset of the Arab Spring as well as statistical tests of the relationship between interpersonal trust and terrorism in the Middle East and globally.Trust and Terror will be of interest to scholars of Comparative Politics and International Relations.The Open Access version of this book available at https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315505817 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878207

Trust and Toleration Toleration would seem to be the most rational response to deep conflicts. However by examining the conditions under which trust can develop between warring parties it becomes clear that a fundamental shift in values - a conversion - is required before toleration makes sense. This book argues that maintaining trust is the key to stable practices of toleration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758789

Trust and Western-Russian Business Relationships Ayios looks at the Western experience of doing business in Russia and how trust between business partners from East and West is created or destroyed within the business relationship. This book provides the reader with an in-depth look at the key factors that lead international partners to trust each other in a business relationship. Detailed data gathered from practitioners during 1996 and 1997 across a variety of industry sectors provides a thorough account of the cultural difficulties that are encountered in the Russian context and methods that can be employed to enhance trust and increase the chances of business success. A final chapter brings the reader up to date with the current business situation and compares the findings from the mid-1990s to the situation today. It aims to provide a good understanding of the literature on trust to give anyone with an interest in the development of inter-personal trust a firm grounding. This is one of the first attempts to gather data at a cross-cultural level on determinants of trust and will be of interest to people working in cross-cultural business studies east-west studies international management international trust international business ethics and trust. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138623774

Trust Building and Boundary Spanning in Cross-Border Management This edited book addresses two critical issues in international management: building trust and managing boundary spanning activities between international business partners. The duel-process of internationalization of multinational corporations (MNCs) through globalisation and regionalisation has helped MNCs to increase their market expansion and improve the capabilities of innovation and learning. By creating various forms of international strategic alliances (ISAs) MNCs have become structurally more complex and geographically more dispersed. As a result MNCs in general and ISAs in particular face the challenges of discerning blurred organisational boundaries reconfiguring the control mechanisms integrating diversified resources and coordinating distributed activities in time and space.Research in organisation behaviour indicates that boundary spanners play critical yet unspecified roles and functions in managing cross-boundary relationships. A core boundary spanning function is to build trust relationships. When organisations engage in business transactions members of the organisations are concerned with not only the outcomes of economic transactions but also the processes of social exchanges. Boundary spanners may succeed in building interpersonal trust in a partnership nonetheless their effort may not lead to inter-partner trust without an effective implementation of the institutionalisation process. Whereas trustworthiness is the antecedent to trust providing the basis for trust to develop distrust manifests itself as a separate and linked concept to trust. These dynamic features of trust trustworthiness and distrust are critically elaborated.Trust Building and Boundary Spanning in Cross-Border Management is dedicated to explicating these under-researched themes and contributing to the emerging streams of research in micro foundations and micro-structural approaches. It illustrates the latest research on the topic and will be of interest to both students at an advanced level academics and reflective practitioners in the fields of organisational behaviour and theory strategic management international strategy and strategic alliances. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735111

Trust in Construction Projects The relationship between project managers representing project owners and those on the contractor side is often threatened by communication risk. The main communication risk minimization strategy in the construction phase is trust which plays a major role in the success of key working relationships across the construction industry. This book investigates this phenomenon and goes on to show that once developed trust outshines all other strategies of communication risk minimization and is essential for project success. As part of this investigation communication risk in construction projects is examined in detail with a particular focus on the effects of information asymmetry on working relationships. Drawing on many years of empirical research involving project managers working internationally Trust in Construction Projects also provides strategies to minimize information asymmetries in order to build trust and ensure the success of construction projects. By increasing understanding of trust in construction projects this book adds an important new perspective to the fields of construction management and project management. This is essential reading for researchers and students as well as practitioners in these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138814165

Trust in Cooperative Risk ManagementUncertainty and Scepticism in the Public Mind Trust is an important factor in risk management affecting judgements of risk and benefit technology acceptance and other forms of cooperation. In this book the world?s leading risk researchers explore all aspects of trust as it relates to risk management and communication. Drawing on a wide variety of disciplinary approaches and empirical case studies (on topics such as mobile phone technology well-known food accidents and crises wetland management smallpox vaccination cooperative risk management of US forests and the disposal of the Brent Spar oil drilling platform) this is the most thorough and up-to-date examination of trust in all its forms and complexities. The book integrates diverse research traditions and provides new insights into the phenomenon of trust. Factors that lead to the establishment and erosion of trust are identified. Insightful analyses are provided for researchers and students of environmental and social science and professionals engaged in risk management and communication in both public and private sectors. Related titles The Tolerability of Risk (2007) 978-1-84407-398-6 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138012196

Trust in Epistemology Trust is fundamental to epistemology. It features as theoretical bedrock in a broad cross-section of areas including social epistemology the epistemology of self-trust feminist epistemology and the philosophy of science. Yet epistemology has seen little systematic conversation with the rich literature on trust itself. This volume aims to promote and shape this conversation. It encourages epistemologists of all stripes to dig deeper into the fundamental epistemic roles played by trust and it encourages philosophers of trust to explore the epistemological upshots and applications of their theories. The contributors explore such issues as the risks and necessity of trusting others for information the value of doing so as opposed to relying on oneself the mechanisms underlying trust’s strange ability to deliver knowledge whether depending on others for information is compatible with epistemic responsibility whether self-trust is an intellectual virtue and the intimate relationship between epistemic trust and social power. This volume in Routledge’s new series on trust research will be a vital resource to academics and students not just of epistemology and trust but also of moral psychology political philosophy the philosophy of science and feminist philosophy – and to anyone else wanting to understand our vital yet vulnerable-making capacity to trust others and ourselves for information in a complex world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138570030

Trust in ExperienceTransferable Learning for Primary Care Trusts Primary Care Trusts are a flagship initiative of government policy for modernising the NHS. The new requirement for frontline healthcare professionals to work together stretches across both community care and public health and as a result traditional boundaries are being blurred and new local roles and resources are emerging right across the primary care sector. This book draws practical lessons for Primary Care Trusts from applied research and development programmes in other parts of the NHS other parts of the public sector parallel developments in the private sector and relevant international experience. With contributions from the Health Management Group and its associates this book provides a comprehensive approach and practical guidance. It includes new specific models for local development on clinical governance evidence-based medicine use of applied health services research social services collaboration new organisational partnerships public health alliances community hospital usage and managed care. Trust in Experience will enable readers to create PCTs as their own organisations and not simply as local agents of central policy and perceive changes as positive opportunities whilst recognising the risks involved. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315385334

Trust in International RelationsRationalist Constructivist and Psychological Approaches Trust is a core concept in International Relations (IR) representing a key ingredient in state relations. It was only relatively recently that IR scholars began to probe what trust really is how it can be studied and how it affects state relations. In the process three distinct ways of theorising trust in IR have emerged: trust as a rational choice calculation as a social phenomenon or as a psychological dimension. Trust in International Relations explores trust through these different lenses using case studies to analyse the relative strengths and weaknesses of different approaches. The case studies cover relations between: United States and India ASEAN and Southeast Asian countries Finland and Sweden USA and Egypt The European Union and Russia Turkey’s relations with the West This book provides insights with real-world relevance in the fields of crisis and conflict management and will be of great interest for students and scholars of IR security studies and development studies who are looking to develop a more sophisticated understanding of how different theories of trust can be used in different situations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367820985

Trust in Military Teams The objective of this book is to report on contemporary trends in the defence research community on trust in teams including inter- and intra-team trust multi-agency trust and coalition trust. The book also considers trust in information and automation taking a systems view of humans as agents in a multi-agent socio-technical community. The different types of trust are usually found to share many of the same emotive behavioural cognitive and social constructs but differ in the degree of importance associated with each of them. Trust in Military Teams is written by defence scientists from the USA Canada Australia and the UK under the auspices of The Transfer Cooperation Programme. It is representative of the latest thinking on trust in teams and is written for defence researchers postgraduate students academics and practitioners in the human factors community. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075948

Trust in Risk ManagementUncertainty and Scepticism in the Public Mind Trust is an important factor in risk management affecting judgements of risk and benefit technology acceptance and other forms of cooperation. In this book the world's leading risk researchers explore all aspects of trust as it relates to risk management and communication. The authors draw on a wide variety of disciplinary approaches and empirical case studies on topics such as mobile phone technology well-known food accidents and crises wetland management smallpox vaccination cooperative risk management of US forests and the disposal of the Brent Spar oil drilling platform. The book integrates diverse research traditions and provides new insights into the phenomenon of trust including the factors that lead to the establishment and erosion of trust. Insightful analyses are provided for researchers and students of environmental and social science and professionals engaged in risk management and communication in both public and private sectors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138380837

Trust in the WorldA Philosophy of Film This book examines the theory originally raised in Gilles Deleuze’s philosophy of film that cinema has the power to restore our trust in the world. Früchtl demonstrates that cinema does this in three main ways: by restoring our belief in the absurd in the body and in a sceptical abstention from judging and acting. Cinema shares this ability with other arts but what sets it apart in particular is that it evokes Modernity and its principle of subjectivity. This book further develops the idea of trust and cinema by synthesizing the philosophies of complementary thinkers such as Kant Nancy Agamben Benjamin and Rancière. It concludes with examination of Cavell’s solution to the problem of scepticism and a synthesis of Kantian aesthetic theory with Cavellian pragmatism. Originally published in German under the title Vertrauen in die Welt this English-language translation features a new introduction that situates Früchtl’s work within contemporary analytical philosophy of film. It will be of interest to scholars working in Continental aesthetics philosophy of film and film theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667511

Trust in Virtual TeamsOrganization Strategies and Assurance for Successful Projects As projects become more complex and the project teams are more geographically and culturally dispersed so strong trusting relationships come to the fore. Trust provides the security that enables project teams to work together effectively even when they face project-threatening problems and challenges. Because today’s team members work virtually as much by choice as by geographic necessity business leaders must understand how team relationships such as trust cross-divisional projects and how offshore team participation are all positively motivated by a solid quality assurance program. Offering real world solutions Trust in Virtual Teams provides a clear view of how virtual projects can succeed and how quality assurance compliments and promotes effective organizational design and project management to build solid trust relationships. Dr Wise combines the latest research in virtual team trust with simple and proven quality methods. He builds upon more than 20 years of experience in quality and project work to guide team managers in creating high performing project teams. Our understanding of the role human factors play in project performance and project resilience continues to grow. As it does so does our need to address the behaviors and culture that enable good performance. Tom Wise’s book is a thoughtful and pragmatic guide to help project teams and managers do just that. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409453611

Trust Inc.How Business Wins Respect in a Social Media Age We are entering the age of sustainability – a business era where every company big and small must adapt its way of doing business to meet the realities of climate change a finite supply of natural resources evolving attitudes about inequality increasing digitisation and automation. At the same time companies must meet the demands of consumers as they adjust to this rapidly changing way of life. Supercharging this change in consumer behaviour is social media – a communications revolution that is democratising and disrupting society in ways never seen before. In this book Matthew Yeomans explains why embracing sustainability is key to helping companies articulate their sense of purpose (and their reason to exist) in a world where social media is eroding trust in all institutions. The book shows how social media has made sustainability a mainstream concern for all society how it compelled companies to be more authentic and accountable in their actions and how it will continue to shape how companies communicate the importance of sustainability to all of society. This book is a powerful guide for both communication and marketing professionals in business especially Fortune 500 FTSE 250 companies and agencies on how to use social media to communicate with their audiences and stakeholders in an authentic way. It is also a guide/text book for the growing field of sustainability communication in higher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783537488

Trust Management in Virtual Work EnvironmentsA Human Factors Perspective Already a significant human factor issue trust is an especially hot topic in today’s business world where so much of the contact is virtual. Providing the first elaboration on this subject the authors conduct an interdisciplinary investigation into the many facets of trust as they relate to the design and management of virtual business environments. They explore trust between organizations between business partners as well as trust between employer and employee. Involving theory and practice this work provides the first scientific and systematic evaluation of global trends and practices regarding trust between people in all aspects of their professional lives. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387358

Trust Poster The poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138071049

Trusted GuardianInformation Sharing and the Future of the Atlantic Alliance The exploitation of superior US systems for the collection analysis and distribution of information currently undermines US leadership in the context of transatlantic crisis management. The USA's clear lead in information technology creates political liabilities with respect to both allies and adversaries while political-technical tradeoffs warrant a more open approach to information systems information production and information sharing among allies. Clearly distinguishing the role of information in winning wars versus managing crises this book extends existing models for how breakdowns occur in international bargaining. Allies who share preferences but not the resolve of a coalition leader are brought into the explanation for war as a rational outcome of incomplete information. Case studies ranging from Cold War Berlin to the War in Iraq illustrate how national classified systems that underwrite large margins of victory in conventional combat fail to inspire trust among allies during the crucial preceding stage of crisis bargaining. The volume offers powerful arguments for a new direction in defence transformation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315235585

Trusting Medicine Providing a fascinating overview of healthcare spending and cost-containment mechanisms in the US this book explores the consequences of managed care for the community with particular attention paid to doctor-patient relationships. The author studies this significant relationship from a social perspective arguing that shifting financial risk onto doctors in a profit-making system seriously damages patient trust. In addition this undermines overall social capital which in turn has been linked to health outcomes. Including case study examples and policy implications this insightful text explores an important though little-discussed outcome of healthcare reform and will be a welcome addition to the current healthcare literature. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203015841

Trusting NudgesToward A Bill of Rights for Nudging Many "nudges" aim to make life simpler safer or easier for people to navigate but what do members of the public really think about these policies? Drawing on surveys from numerous nations around the world Sunstein and Reisch explore whether citizens approve of nudge policies. Their most important finding is simple and striking. In diverse countries both democratic and nondemocratic strong majorities approve of nudges designed to promote health safety and environmental protection—and their approval cuts across political divisions. In recent years many governments have implemented behaviorally informed policies focusing on nudges—understood as interventions that preserve freedom of choice but that also steer people in certain directions. In some circles nudges have become controversial with questions raised about whether they amount to forms of manipulation. This fascinating book carefully considers these criticisms and answers important questions. What do citizens actually think about behaviorally informed policies? Do citizens have identifiable principles in mind when they approve or disapprove of the policies? Do citizens of different nations agree with each other? From the answers to these questions the authors identify six principles of legitimacy—a "bill of rights" for nudging that build on strong public support for nudging policies around the world while also recognizing what citizens disapprove of. Their bill of rights is designed to capture citizens’ central concerns reflecting widespread commitments to freedom and welfare that transcend national boundaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367460556

Trusting Others Trusting GodConcepts of Belief Faith and Rationality Trusting Others Trusting God is an investigation of the concepts of moral and religious trust. The question of why or how it is rational to trust anyone has been the typical focus of philosophers with an underlying assumption that trust must be justified. In most cases trust (even - or perhaps especially religious trust) is portrayed as irrational. Sheela Pawar argues that a grammatical investigation of the concept of trust can help rectify this mistreatment. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315549606

Trusting Records in the CloudThe creation management and preservation of trustworthy digital content This book presents up-to-date research and offers concrete guidelines for information in the cloud. records professionals concerned with challenges to records in the online environment including privacy accessibility portability metadata and ownership. Trusting Records in the Cloud presents the key findings of the InterPARES Trust project which has investigated issues of trust in and trustworthiness of records in the cloud environment. The project generated theoretical and methodological frameworks to develop local national and international policies procedures regulations standards and legislation in order to ensure public trust grounded on evidence of good governance a strong digital economy and a persistent digital memory. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783304028

Trustworthy Cyber-Physical Systems Engineering From the Foreword"Getting CPS dependability right is essential to forming a solid foundation for a world that increasingly depends on such systems. This book represents the cutting edge of what we know about rigorous ways to ensure that our CPS designs are trustworthy. I recommend it to anyone who wants to get a deep look at these concepts that will form a cornerstone for future CPS designs."--Phil Koopman Carnegie Mellon University Pittsburgh Pennsylvania USATrustworthy Cyber-Physical Systems Engineering provides practitioners and researchers with a comprehensive introduction to the area of trustworthy Cyber Physical Systems (CPS) engineering. Topics in this book cover questions such asWhat does having a trustworthy CPS actually mean for something as pervasive as a global-scale CPS?How does CPS trustworthiness map onto existing knowledge and where do we need to know more?How can we mathematically prove timeliness correctness and other essential properties for systems that may be adaptive and even self-healing?How can we better represent the physical reality underlying real-world numeric quantities in the computing system?How can we establish reason about and ensure trust between CPS components that are designed installed maintained and operated by different organizations and which may never have really been intended to work together? Featuring contributions from leading international experts the book contains sixteen self-contained chapters that analyze the challenges in developing trustworthy CPS and identify important issues in developing engineering methods for CPS.The book addresses various issues contributing to trustworthiness complemented by contributions on TCSP roadmapping taxonomy and standardization as well as experience in deploying advanced system engineering methods in industry. Specific approaches to ensuring trustworthiness namely proof and refinement are covered as well as engineering methods for dealing with hybrid aspects. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367574420

Truth In this critical introduction to contemporary philosophical issues in the theory of truth Pascal Engel provides clear and authoritative exposition of recent and current ideas while providing original perspectives that advances discussion of the key issues. This book begins with a presentation of the classical conceptions of truth - the correspondence theory the coherence theory and verificationist and pragmatist accounts - before examining so-called minimalist and deflationist conceptions that deny truth can be anything more than a thin concept holding no metaphysical weight. The debates between those who favour substantive conceptions of the classical kind and those who advocate minimalist and deflationist conceptions are explored. Engel argues that although the minimalist conception of truth is basically right it does not follow that truth can be eliminated from our philosophical thinking as some upholders of radical deflationist views have claimed. Questions about truth and realism are examined and the author shows how the realism/anti-realism debate remains a genuine meaningful issue for a theory of truth and has not been undermined by deflationist views. Even if a metaphysical substantive theory of truth has little chance to succeed Engel concludes truth can keep a central role within our thinking as a norm or guiding value of our rational inquiries and practices in the philosophy of knowledge and in ethics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315710648

Truth Denial and TransitionNorthern Ireland and the Contested Past Truth Denial and Transition: Northern Ireland and the Contested Past makes a unique and timely contribution to the transitional justice field. In contrast to the focus on truth and those societies where truth recovery has been central to dealing with the aftermath of human rights violations comparatively little scholarly attention has been paid to those jurisdictions whose transition from violent conflict has been marked by the absence or rejection of a formal truth process. This book draws upon the case study of Northern Ireland where despite a lengthy debate the question of establishing a formal truth recovery process remains hotly contested. The strongest and most vocal opposition has been from unionist political elites loyalist ex-combatants and members of the security forces. Based on empirical research their opposition is unpicked and interrogated at length throughout this book. Critically exploring notions of national imagination and blamelessness the politics of victimhood and the tension between traditions of sacrifice and the fear of betrayal this book is the first substantive effort to concentrate on the opponents of truth recovery rather than its advocates. This book will interest those studying truth processes and transitional justice in the fields of Law Politics and Criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138944893

Truth History and Politics in MongoliaMemory of Heroes Using Mongolia as its example this book examines how knowledge is transmitted and transformed in light of political change by looking at shifting conceptions of historical figures. It suggests that the reflection of people's concept of themselves is a much greater influence in the writing of history than has previously been thought and examines in detail how history was used to subvert the socialist project in Mongolia. This is the first study of the symbolic struggle over who controlled 'the past' and the 'true' identity of a Mongol fought between the ruling party and its protesters during the democratic revolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654630

Truth Intentionality and EvidenceAnthropological Approaches to Crime This book provides an anthropological exploration of the ways in which crime is perceived and defined focusing on notions of truth intentionality and evidence. The chapters contain rich ethnographic case studies drawn from work in the Middle East Africa India Mexico and Europe. A variety of instances are discussed from court proceedings police reports and newspapers to moments of conflict resolution and reconciliation. Through analysis of this material the authors reflect on how perception of an act as a crime can differ and how the definition of crime may not be shared by all societies. The approach takes into consideration local standards as well as social legal and contextual constraints. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875794

Truth Justice and Reconciliation in ColombiaTransitioning from Violence The signing of the peace agreements between the FARC-EP and the Colombian Government in late November 2016 has generated new prospects for peace in Colombia opening the possibility of redressing the harm inflicted on Colombians by Colombians. Talking about peace and transitional justice requires us to think about how to operationalize peace agreements to promote justice and coexistence for peace. This volume brings together reflections by Colombian academics and practitioners alongside pieces provided by researchers and practitioners in other countries where transitional justice initiatives have taken place (Bosnia and Herzegovina South Africa Sri Lanka and Peru). This volume has been written in the south by the south for the south. The book engages with the challenges ahead for the coming generations of Colombians. Rivers of ink have dealt with the end goals of transitional justice but victims require us to take the quest for human rights beyond the normative realm of theorizing justice and into the practical realm of engaging how to implement justice initiatives. The tension between theory—the legislative frameworks guaranteeing human rights—and practice—the realization of these ideas—will frame Colombia’s success (or failure) in consolidating the implementation of the peace agreements with the FARC-EP. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591069

Truth Knowledge and Causation Originally published in 1969. This book examines the fundamental concepts of metaphysics and of theory of knowledge. Topics treated include the nature of substance and of causation; their relation to natural laws dispositions and attributes; the nature of consciousness and purposiveness; of symbols signs and signals and their relation to interpretation and objective reference; and the nature and criteria of truth. The author holds that philosophy is by intent a science and that its becoming so requires precise and non-arbitrary semantical analysis of basic philosophical terms. He argues that philosophy then like the other sciences has practical importance: in its case this consists in its capacity to give to difficult practical decisions not only the efficacy insured by its application of the findings of the other sciences but in addition some of the wisdom which is philosophy’s distinctive ultimate aim. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138909007

Truth Lies and Trust on the Internet The Internet is often presented as an unsafe or untrustworthy space: where children are preyed upon by paedophiles cannibals seek out victims offline relationships are torn apart by online affairs and where individuals are addicted to gambling love and cybersex. While many of these stories are grounded in truth they do paint a rather sensationalized view of the Internet the types of people who use it and the interactions that take place online. Simultaneously researchers claim that the Internet allows individuals to express their true selves to develop 'hyperpersonal' relationships characterised by high levels of intimacy and closeness. At the heart of these competing visions of the Internet as a social space are the issues of truth lies and trust. This book offers a balanced view of the Internet by presenting empirical data conducted by social scientists with a concentrated focus on psychological studies. It argues that the Internet’s anonymity which can enable for instance high levels of self-disclosure in a relationship is also responsible for many of its more negative outcomes such as deception and flaming. This is the first book to develop a coherent model of the truth-lies paradox with specific reference to the critical role of trust. Truth Lies and Trust on the Internet is a useful text for psychology students and academics interested in Internet behaviour technology and online deviant behaviour and related courses in sociology media studies and information studies.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138877542

Truth Reality and the PsychoanalystLatin American Contributions to Psychoanalysis All the key ideas developed by psychoanalysis in Latin America are included in this book as well as relevant historical events for psychoanalysis in each country. The authors of the chapters are selected from among the major analytic thinkers of Latin America and the commentaries are presented by some of the leading contemporary names in the disci Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367322809

Truth Reparations and Social CohesionTransitional Justice Lessons from Peru This book addresses the effectiveness of transitional justice mechanisms for repairing social cohesion. Truth commissions and reparation programs are implemented worldwide to enhance social cohesion peace and democracy in post-conflict settings. Most claims about transitional justice measures are however normatively and not empirically based.The book questions whether attention from a truth and reconciliation commission can truly change the lives of the violence-affected people and whether monetary compensations or communal projects in form of milk cows can ever truly "repair" the harm suffered. The within-country comparative case study analyzes the effects of the commission and reparation program in Peru. It studies the post-conflict situation and the development of social cohesion in communities affected by the internal armed conflict. Using detailed empirical data this analysis reveals why the "reparation" of social cohesion in Peru was an impossible task. Contributing to a broader understanding of the impact of nationally applied transitional justice instruments in local settings the book further offers a new framework for analyzing social cohesion as one of the aims of transitional justice processes. Offering a detailed account of transitional justice processes and social cohesion on the micro level as well as an important analysis of their relationship this innovative monograph will be invaluable for transitional justice scholars and students as well as for international political and societal actors who are involved in transitional justice measures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367338473

Truth Silence and Violence in Emerging StatesHistories of the Unspoken Around the world in the twentieth century political violence in emerging states gave rise to different kinds of silence within their societies. This book explores the histories of these silences how they were made maintained evaded and transformed. This book gives a comprehensive view of the ongoing evolutions and multiple faces of silence as a common strand in the struggles of state-building. It begins with chapters that examine the construction of "regimes of silence" as an act of power and it continues through explorations of the ambiguous limits of speech within communities marked by this violence. It highlights national and transnational attempts to combat state silences before concluding with a series of considerations of how these regimes of silence continue to be extrapolated in the gaps of records and written history. This volume explores histories of the composed silences of political violence across the emerging states of the late twentieth century not solely as a present concern of aftermath or retrospection but as a diachronic social and political dimension of violence itself. This book makes a major original contribution to international history as well as to the study of political terror human rights violations social recovery and historical memory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815351610

Truth Trust And RelationshipsHealing Interventions In Contextual Therapy First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869363

Truth & DenotationA Study in Semantical Theory Originally published in 1958. A study in the logical foundations of modern theoretical semantics this book is concerned with notions of designation and consistency as well as denotation and truth. It presents several semantical theories each of which with what were new concepts or treatments from the author. Talking at a time when semantical theory was gained great ground this book also looks at the methodology of the sciences and the semantics of scientific language alongside analysis of meaning and expression. It is influenced by the writings of Carnap Church Frege Goodman Quine Russell and Tarski. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138908963

Truth About IndiaCan We Get It? Verrier Elwin wrote this book to show the people of Britain the situation in India as it appeared in the early 1930s. His book first published in 1932 and full of valuable insights into India at the time as well as the British public’s ignorance of the facts on the ground is a powerful presentation of events of the time and an appeal to the people of Britain to face their responsibilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138714977

Truth About the West African Land Question Hayford an African Nationalist argues that the preservation of the indigenous land tenure system was vital if the values of pre-colonial Africa was to be maintained. First published in 1913. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760782

Truth and ErosFoucault Lacan and the question of ethics. In this reissused work first published in 1991 John Rajchman isolates the question of ethics in the work of Foucault and Lacan and explores its ramifications and implications for the present day. He demonstrates that the question of ethics was at once the most difficult and the most intimate question for these two authors offering a complex point of intersection between them. As such he argues that it belongs to the great tradition that is concerned with the passion or eros of philosophy and of its "will to truth". Truth and Eros suggests a way of reading Foucault and Lacan as philosophers who re-eroticised the activity of thought in our time opeing new and different spaces for thought and action - new types of subjectivity.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860796

Truth and History in the Ancient WorldPluralising the Past This collection of essays investigates histories in the ancient world and the extent to which the producers and consumers of those histories believed them to be true. Ancient Greek historiographers repeatedly stressed the importance of truth to history; yet they also purported to believe in myth distorted facts for nationalistic or moralizing purposes and omitted events that modern audiences might consider crucial to a truthful account of the past. Truth and History in the Ancient World explores a pluralistic concept of truth – one in which different versions of the same historical event can all be true – or different kinds of truths and modes of belief are contingent on culture. Beginning with comparisons between historiography and aspects of belief in Greek tragedy chapters include discussions of historiography through the works of Herodotus Xenophon and Ktesias as well as Hellenistic and later historiography material culture in Vitruvius and Lucian’s satire. Rather than investigate whether historiography incorporates elements of poetic rhetorical or narrative techniques to shape historical accounts or whether cultural memory is flexible or manipulated this volume examines pluralities of truth and belief within the ancient world – and consequences for our understanding of culture ancient or otherwise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871628

Truth and NarrativeThe Untimely Thoughts of 'Ayn al-Qudat 'Ayn al-Qudat is one of the great multi-dimensional geniuses of Islamic intellectual history and has even been described as the true father of deconstructionism yet he remains little known and even less understood in the English speaking world. Hamid Dabashi has filled this gap with a compelling and sophisticated analysis of this seminal 12th century writer and thinker. Prof. Dabashi frees 'Ayn al-Qudat from the static categorizations of mystic philosopher theologian poet or social critic and allows the dynamism and subversive thrust of his life and intellect to emerge. Untimely thoughts provides a clearly written critical introduction to the intellectual literary religious and philosophical struggles of the time as expressed by one of Islam's greatest and most radical writers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315027203

Truth and NormativityAn Inquiry into the Basis of Everyday Moral Claims Beginning by posing the question of what it is that marks the difference between something like terrorism and something like civil society Brassington argues that commonsense moral arguments against terrorism or political violence tend to imply that the modern democratic polis might also be morally unjustifiable. At the same time the commonsense arguments in favour of something like a modern democratic polis could be co-opted by the politically violent as exculpatory. In exploring this prima facie problem and in the course of trying to substantiate the commonsense distinction Brassington identifies a tension between the primary values of truth and normativity in the standard accounts of moral theory which he ultimately resolves by adopting lines of thought suggested by Martin Heidegger and concluding that the problem with mainstream moral philosophy is that in a sense it tries too hard. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265370

Truth and Reconciliation in South KoreaBetween the Present and Future of the Korean Wars The Korean War is multiple wars. Not only is it a war that began on 25 June 1950 but it is also a conflict that is rooted in Korea's colonial experiences postcolonial desires and frustrations and interventions and partitions imposed by outside forces. In South Korea the war is a site of contestation: Which war should be remembered and how should it be remembered? The site has been overwhelmed by the Manichean official discourse that pits evil communists against innocent Koreans but the hegemonic project remains unfinished in the face of the resiliency embodied in the survivors who have withstood multiple killings by the state. The historical significance of the Truth and Reconciliation Commission Republic of Korea (TRCK) lies in its success in bringing back to life the voices of the silenced that complicate the hegemonic memory of the war as yugio the "June 25th war." At the same time the Commission embodies the structural dilemma that the effort to give voice to the silenced has turned to the state to redress the state's wrongdoings. The TRCK as such stands on the problematic boundary between violence and post-violence insecurity and security exception and normalcy. Truth and reconciliation and human security are perhaps located in a process of defining and redefining the boundary. This edited volume explores such political struggles for the future reflected in the TRCK’s work on the past war that is still present. This book was published as a special issue of Critical Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415710589

Truth and Religious BeliefPhilosophical Reflections on Philosophy of Religion This book contains a thorough and balanced series of dialogues introducing key topics in philosophy of religion such as: the existence and nature of God the problem of evil religious pluralism the nature of religious experience immortality and the meaning of life. A realistic cast of characters in a natural setting engages in a series of thought-provoking conversations; the dialogue format of these conversations captures typical student attitudes and questions concerning religious belief; allows comparison of important themes throughout the dialogues; encourages the interjection of insights observations questions and objections; and introduces related points when they would naturally arise instead of relegating them to a later chapter. As well as presenting a detailed and probing discussion each dialogue includes a list of key terms a set of study questions and a bibliography - all of which make this an excellent text for courses in philosophy of religion and introductory philosophy classes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315480138

Truth and Speech ActsStudies in the Philosophy of Language Whereas the relationship between truth and propositional content has already been intensively investigated there are only very few studies devoted to the task of illuminating the relationship between truth and illocutionary acts. This book fills that gap. This innovative collection addresses such themes as: the relation between the concept of truth and the success conditions of assertions and kindred speech acts the linguistic devices of expressing the truth of a proposition the relation between predication and truth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542517

Truth and the Unconscious in Psychoanalysis What is the truth of the unconscious? Truth and the Unconscious in Psychoanalysis explores the intersection of these two concepts within a Bionian framework. Giuseppe Civitarese maps out the unconscious in psychoanalysis  and focuses on the differences between the Freudian Kleinian Bionian and Lacanian schools of thought on this topic as well as drawing on findings from neuroscience. The book explores topics including the inaccessibility of the unconscious dreams body issues issues of personality the influence of field theory and the clinical implications of this theorising. It contains innovative comparison between Freudian metapsychology and the Bionian theory on thinking and novel use of Bion's hallucinosis as an important new technical tool. An internationally recognised author Civitarese provides fresh ideas throughout on a challenging subject supported with vivid clinical material. Truth and the Unconscious in Psychoanalysis will be of interest to anyone following the growing post-Bionian movement within contemporary psychoanalysis enabling them to familiarize themselves with some of the most important current issues in psychoanalytic research. Truth and the Unconscious in Psychoanalysis will appeal to psychotherapists psychologists and psychoanalysts as well as undergraduate and postgraduate students studying in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138954953

Truth and the WorldAn Explanationist Theory How do we explain the truth of true propositions? Truthmaker theory is the branch of metaphysics that explores the relationships between what is true and what exists. It plays an important role in contemporary debates about the nature of metaphysics and metaphysical enquiry.In this book Jonathan Tallant argues controversially that we should reject truthmaker theory. In its place he argues for an 'explanationist' approach. Drawing on a deflationary theory of truth he shows that it allows us to explain the truth of true propositions and respond to recent arguments that purport to show otherwise. He augments this with a distinction between internally and externally quantified claims: externally quantified claims are claims that quantify over elements of our ontology that play an indispensable explanatory role; internally quantified claims do not. He deploys this union of deflationism and a distinction between kinds of quantification to pursue metaphysical inquiry sketching the implications for a number of first-order debates including those in the philosophy of time modality and mathematics and also shows how this explanationist model can be used to solve the key problems that afflicted truthmaker theory.Truth and the World is an important contribution to debates about truth and truthmaker theory as well as metametaphysics the metaphysics of time and the metaphysics of mathematics and is essential reading for students and scholars engaged in the study of these topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594305

Truth and TragedyTribute to Hans J. Morgenthau Featuring a new fifty-page interview with Hans J. Morgenthau by Bernard Johnson this volume on the renowed scholar and philosopher demonstrates how pervasive is his mark on the study of international relations and political philosophy. The interview illuminates Morgenthau's intellectual development in Europe between the world wars and in the United States. It is in recognition of his unsurpassed contribution to the field of international relations and political philosophy that this collection of contributions from distinguished scholars has been assembled. The continuation and refinement of his work in this book prove the lasting value of his philosophical truths in the understanding of human nature the role of power at all levels of society and his concept of national interest. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539945

Truth and Truth-making Truth depends in some sense on reality. But it is a rather delicate matter to spell this intuition out in a plausible and precise way. According to the theory of truth-making this intuition implies that either every truth or at least every truth of a certain class of truths has a so-called truth-maker an entity whose existence accounts for truth. This book aims to provide several ways of assessing the correctness of this controversial claim. This book presents a detailed introduction to the theory of truth-making which outlines truth-maker relations the ontological category of truth-making entities and the scope of a truth-maker theory. The essays brought together here represent the most important articles on truth-making in the last three decades as well as new essays by leading researchers in the field of the theory of truth and of truth-making. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711683

Truth from the TrenchesA Practical Guide to the Art of It Management The IT management profession is not for the faint of heart. Anyone who has worked in this field is familiar with the unique (and borderline impossible) challenges of keeping pace with technological innovation while maintaining legacy systems reskilling existing staff members and operating on shrinking budgets. Truth from the Trenches passes on the hard-won leadership lessons that six-time CIO Mark Settle gained over years of working in IT management. Settle describes the key constituencies that an IT leader needs to influence seduce leverage and manage to be successful. His practical recommendations will allow readers to improve their organizational impact and accelerate their career advancement. In a sector where competency stems not from formal certification but on-the-job learning Truth from the Trenches is a valuable and unique resource that is based on Settle’s deep experience working in a wide variety of industries. By applying Settle’s strategies IT leaders will be able to avoid common pitfalls save themselves from wasting time and on hopeless initiatives and successfully do battle with the people issues financial challenges customer problems and technology opportunities they confront on a daily basis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629561936

Truth from the ValleyA Practical Primer on IT Management for the Next Decade The IT industry was transformed during the 2010 decade. Cloud-based business applications proliferated throughout most enterprises. Rules of engagement between IT and its business partners were redefined. Proprietary data centers came to be viewed as corporate liabilities instead of corporate assets. Information security and regulatory compliance concerns multiplied. And finally end user support practices were redesigned to support smart devices and smart millennials who wanted immediate access to their data applications and productivity tools at any time and any place. Nowhere have these changes been more profound or pervasive than in Silicon Valley. The Valley is home to a wide variety of cloud-native companies that operate entirely on cloud applications and cloud computing resources. Many operate under stringent security safeguards and all are engaged in a perpetual war for IT talent. They are ravenous (sometimes reckless) adopters of new technology and are continually re-inventing the processes they use to recruit and retain talent optimize internal operations and manage new forms of technology. Truth from the Valley describes the organizational challenges confronting Silicon Valley IT teams and proposes ways of transforming such challenges into organizational opportunities. Seven-time CIO Mark Settle brings a unique perspective to the discussion of contemporary IT management practices based upon his personal experience in the Valley startup community and larger Fortune 500 firms. This book can be used as a strategic planning document by IT leaders everywhere to identify the organizational competencies their teams will need to succeed during the next decade. Savvy leaders will use this book to make targeted investments in those organizational capabilities that will enhance the impact of their teams and advance their careers in the process. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367430009

Truth in History Like scholars in other fields historians have long occupied themselves in self-justification. In a society which calibrates all measures by a single standard the proof of scientific worth became relevance which in turn was interpreted as a search not for truth but for political correctness. In a blistering professional critique of this tendency in academic scholarship perhaps the first of its kind Oscar Handlin offers an analysis that if anything has grown more pertinent over the past decade.In seventeen chapters written with the brilliant assurance of a master craftsman Handlin shows why the turn to partisanship and meaning has undermined the calling of historical research. As his new introduction makes clear partisanship has taken the best and brightest from the field into different callings. Both widely heralded upon its initial appearance as well as attacked with vigor Truth in History emanates from a half-century's experience of reading writing teaching researching and publishing in history and related disciplines. The passage of time has only confirmed the concerns of Handlin and the accuracy of his predictions for the field. This book will be valuable for sociologists economists political scientists and historians. It is a must read for those who contemplate a life of scholarship in liberal arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539952

Truth in MarketingA theory of claim-evidence relations Can we believe the claims that marketers make? Does truth in marketing matter? Apparently not…Despite the role of regulators marketing claims are often ruled to be misleading deceptive or incomplete. Surprisingly scholars of marketing ethics have devoted little time to this key issue. This may be because although key codes of marketing conduct insist on truthful communications there is only limited understanding of what truthfulness itself actually entails. This innovative book develops a theory of truth in marketing and discusses the implications for consumers marketing professionals and policymakers. Focusing on the problem of truth in marketing it analyses the theory of truth in marketing and examines the wider significance of marketing truth for society. Using a wide selection of engaging global examples and cases to illustrate this fascinating analysis this engaging book will provide a provocative read for all scholars and educators in marketing marketing/business ethics and CSR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872281

Truth in PerspectiveRecent Issues in Logic Representation and Ontology First published in 1998 this volume has its origin in a meeting that was held in Santiago de Compostela University Santiago de Compostela (Spain) in January 1996. The meeting was organized by the Department of Logic and Philosophy of Science in cooperation with the Association for Logic Methodology and Philosophy of Science in Spain. Within analytical philosophy issues such as the definability of truth its semantic relevance its role in the distinction between formal and natural languages the status of truth-bearers or in its case of truth-makers have become a crossroads in the studies of logic philosophy of science philosophy of language philosophy of mind epistemology and ontology. Thus in spite of what the title Truth in Perspective may suggest to the reader at first the present volume is not only - though it is also a presentation of different theories or conceptions of truth. Most of the book presents a vision of different groups of philosophical questions in which the issue of truth appears embedded together with other related themes from different points of view. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138359871

Truth in the MakingCreative Knowledge in Theology and Philosophy Is knowing a purely passive reception of something concrete outside the mind or when we know something are we creating something too?Spanning more than 500 years of philosophical enquiry from the Middle Ages to the present day Robert Miner clarifies modern philosophical conceptions of knowing as making or constructing and contrasts this view with the theological understanding of knowing as a participation in divine creation.This study demonstrates how 'creative knowledge' has its roots in the theologies of Thomas Aquinas and Nicholas Cusanus. It explores the multiple ways in which this idea influenced the architects of modern philosophy most notably Francis Bacon René Descartes and Thomas Hobbes despite their secular stance. Miner contends that well in advance of Kant one of these thinkers Gaimbattista Vico provided a remarkably succinct formulation of the metaphysical and epistemological core of modernity in his principle verum et factum convertuntur: 'the true and the made are convertible'.In Truth in the Making Robert Miner challenges the standard assumption that Kant was the first thinker to conceive of knowing as constructive activity and shows how contemporary theology can reclaim a concept of knowing that is both creative and participant in divine wisdom. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203714980

Truth on Trial in ThailandDefamation Treason and Lèse-Majesté Since 2005 Thailand has been in crisis with unprecedented political instability and the worst political violence seen in the country in decades. In the aftermath of a military coup in 2006 Thailand’s press freedom ranking plunged while arrests for lèse-majesté have skyrocketed to levels unknown in the modern world. Truth on Trial in Thailand traces the 110-year trajectory of defamation-based laws in Thailand. The most prominent of these is lèse-majesté but defamation aspects also appear in laws on sedition and treason the press and cinema anti-communism contempt of court insulting of religion as well as libel. This book makes the case that despite the appearance of growing democratization authoritarian structures and urges still drive politics in Thailand; the long-term effects of defamation law adjudication has skewed the way that Thai society approaches and perceives "truth." Employing the work of Habermas Foucault Agamben and Schmitt to construct an alternative framework to understand Thai history Streckfuss contends that Thai history has become "suspended" since 1958 and repeatedly declining to face the truth of history has set the stage for an endless state of crisis. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of South East Asian politics Asian history and media and communication. David Streckfuss is an independent scholar who has lived in Thailand for more than 20 years. His work primarily concerns human rights and political and cultural history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415675741

Truth Poster The poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138071056

Truth Recovery and Justice after ConflictManaging Violent Pasts This book considers the problem of managing the unfinished business of a violent past in societies moving out of political violence. Truth Commissions are increasingly used to unearth the acts committed by the various protagonists and to acknowledge the suffering of their victims. This book uniquely focuses on the conditions which predispose – or prevent – embarkation on a truth recovery process and the rationale for that process. There is it argues no magic moment of ‘readiness’ for truth recovery: the conditions are constructed by political ‘willingness’ rather than spontaneously occurring. Much of the literature on Northern Ireland’s past provides historical analyses of the conflict – Republican state or Loyalist violence – and is often (implicitly or explicitly) associated with one or other of the partisans in the conflict. This book focuses on the dynamic between the protagonists and how each of their positions in this case on truth recovery combine to produce the overall political status quo in Northern Ireland. As the society struggles to move forward Marie Breen Smyth considers whether the entrenched positions of some and the failure understand the views of others can be shifted by a societal revisiting and re-evaluation of the past. Truth Recovery and Justice after Conflict arises from a decade’s writing and research with both victims and those close to the armed groups in Northern Ireland. It is also informed by the author’s work in South Africa West Africa Israel and the Occupied Palestinian Territories. It will be of great interest to students and researchers in politics international relations peace studies and law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761833

Truth Recovery and Transitional JusticeDeferring human rights issues This book investigates why some societies defer transitional justice issues after successful democratic consolidation. Despite democratisation the exhumation of mass graves containing the victims from the violence in Cyprus (1963-1974) and the Spanish civil war (1936-1939) was delayed until the early 2000s when both countries suddenly decided to revisit the past. Although this contradicts the actions of other countries such as South Africa Bosnia and Guatemala where truth recovery for disappeared/missing persons was a central element of the transition to peace and democracy Cyprus and Spain are not alone: this is an increasing trend among countries trying to come to terms with past violence. Truth Recovery and Transitional Justice considers the case studies of Spain and Cyprus and explores three interrelated issues. First the book examines which factors can explain prolonged silence on the issue of missing persons in transitional settings. It then goes on to explore the transformation of victims’ groups from opponents of truth recovery to vocal pro-reconciliation pressure groups and examines the circumstances in which it is better to tie victims’ rights to an overall political settlement. Finally the author goes on to compare Spain and Cyprus with Greece- a country that remains resistant to post-transitional justice norms. This book will be of interest to students of transitional justice human rights peace and conflict studies and security studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138650206

Truthfulness Realism HistoricityA Study in Late Antique Spiritual Literature Were holy men historical figures or figments of the theological imagination? Did the biographies devoted to them reflect facts or only the ideological commitments of their authors? For decades scholars of late antiquity have wrestled with these questions when analysing such issues as the Christianization of Europe the decline of paganism and the 'rise of the holy man' and of the hagiographical genre. In this book Peter Turner suggests a new approach to these problems through an examination of a wide range of spiritual narrative texts from the third to the sixth centuries A.D.: pagan philosophical biographies Greek and Latin Christian saints' lives and autobiographical works by authors such as Julian and Augustine. Rather than scrutinizing these works for either historical facts or religious and intellectual attitudes he argues that a deeper historicity can be found only in the interplay between these types of information. On the textual level this analysis recognises the genuine commitment of spiritual authors to write truthfully and to record realistically a world felt to be replete with spiritual and symbolic meaning. On the historical level it argues that holy men expecting the same symbolism within their own lives adopted lifestyles which ultimately provoked and confirmed this world view. Such praxis is detectable not only in the holy men who inspired biography but also in the period's scattered autobiographical writings. As much a historical as a textual phenomenon this spiritually-minded scrutiny of the world created interpretations which were always open and contested. Therefore this book also associates spiritual narrative texts with only one possible voice of religious experience in a constant dialogue between believers opponents and the sceptical undecided. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754669548

Truth-Functional Logic Originally published in 1962. This book gives an account of the concepts and methods of a basic part of logic. In chapter I elementary ideas including those of truth-functional argument and truth-functional validity are explained. Chapter II begins with a more comprehensive account of truth-functionality; the leading characteristics of the most important monadic and dyadic truth-functions are described and the different notations in use are set forth. The main part of the book describes and explains three different methods of testing truth-functional aguments and agument forms for validity: the truthtable method the deductive method and the method of normal forms; for the benefit mainly of readers who have not acquired in one way or another a general facility in the manipulation of symbols some of the procedures have been described in rather more detail than is common in texts of this kind. In the final chapter the author discusses and rejects the view based largely on the so called paradoxes of material implication that truth-functional logic is not applicable in any really important way to arguments of ordinary discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367420178

Trying Without WillingAn Essay in the Philosophy of Mind Within the context of a critique of volitional accounts of action based on trying Trying Without Willing articulates a conception of intentional action based on the notion of de re intention. A central theme is that volitional theories of action based on the concept of trying presuppose dubious Cartesian assumptions about the nature of mind and mental states. There is an original account of Cartesianism which captures how even the orthodox materialist theories of action are bound by Cartesian assumptions. Articulating criticisms of contemporary volitional theories against the backdrop of this Cartesian picture provides a diagnosis of what is amiss with all these views and helps motivate a new view of the mind and its role in intentional action. This view has some affinities with the view of perception which Hilary Putnam recently articulated in his Dewey Lectures and John McDowell developed in his recent book Mind and World. This book will be of interest to professional philosophers and graduate students as well as anyone seriously interested in the philosophy of mind the nature of intentional action the problem of mental causation or the influence of Cartesiansim in contemporary analytic philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267565

Trypillia Mega-Sites and European Prehistory4100-3400 BCE In European prehistory population agglomerations of more than 10 000 inhabitants per site are a seldom phenomenon. A big surprise to the archaeological community was the discovery of Trypillia mega-sites of more than 250 hectares and with remains of more than 2000 houses by a multidisciplinary approach of Soviet and Ukrainian archaeology including aerial photography geophysical prospection and excavations nearly 50 years ago. The extraordinary development took place at the border of the North Pontic Forest Steppe and Steppe zone ca. 4100–3400 BCE.Since then many questions arose which are of main relevance: Why how and under which environmental conditions did Trypillia mega-sites develop? How long did they last? Were social and/or ecological reasons responsible for this social experiment? Are Trypillia and the similar sized settlement of Uruk two different concepts of social behaviour?Paradigm change in fieldwork and excavation strategies enabled research teams during the last decade to analyse the mega-sites in their spatial and social complexity. High precision geophysics target excavations and a new design of systematic field strategies deliver empirical data representative for the large sites. Archaeological research contributed immensely to aspects of anthropogenic induced steppe development and subsistence concepts that did not reach the carrying capacities. Probabilistic models based on 14C-dates made the contemporaneity of the mega-site house structures most probable.In consequence Trypillia mega-sites are an independent European phenomenon that contrasts both concepts of urbanism and social stratification that is seen with similar demographic figures in Mesopotamia. The new Trypillia research can be read as the methodological progress in European archaeology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889517

Ts'ao P'i TranscendentPolitical Culture and Dynasty-Founding in China at the End of the Han First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203819746

Tsumi - Offence and Retribution in Early Japan Covering the period from before the emergence of the first political units through to the formation of the Japanese ritsuryo state in the 8th century this book offers a ground-breaking scholarly diachronic analysis of tsumi (offence and retribution) from a politico-historical perspective. Taking as its starting point the native forms of tsumi in the realms of myth and prayer the study traces their development through the periods of the formation of the state and the centralization of the governing structure to the introduction of a written-law system of governing. Through detailed and logical analysis this study illuminates early Japanese political thought written and unwritten law and the essentially political notion of tsumi. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863477

Tsunami Recovery in Sri LankaEthnic and Regional Dimensions The Indian Ocean Tsunami which devastated 70 percent of Sri Lanka’s coastline and killed an estimated 35 000 people was remarkable both for the magnitude of the disaster and for the unprecedented scale of the relief and recovery operations mounted by national and international agencies. The reconstruction process was soon hampered by political patronage by the competing efforts of hundreds of foreign humanitarian organizations and by the ongoing civil war. The book is framed within this larger political and social context offering descriptions and comparisons between two regions (southwest vs. eastern coast) and four ethnic communities (Sinhalese Tamils Muslims and Burghers) to illustrate how disaster relief unfolded in a culturally pluralistic political landscape. Approaching the issue from four disciplinary perspectives - anthropology demography political science and disaster studies - chapters by experts in the field analyse regional and ethnic patterns of post-tsunami reconstruction according to different sectors of Sri Lankan society. Demonstrating the key importance of comprehending the local cultural contexts of disaster recovery processes the book is a timely and useful contribution to the existing literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415500012

Tsunesaburo Makiguchi (1871-1944)Educational Philosophy in Context This edited volume focuses on the life and work of Makiguchi Tsunesaburo (1871-1944) a Japanese elementary schoolteacher principal educational philosopher author activist and Buddhist war resister who has emerged as an important figure in international education. Makiguchi is the progenitor of value-creating (soka) pedagogy that informs practice in the Soka schools network which includes two universities (in Japan and the U.S.) a women's college (Japan) two secondary schools (Japan) three elementary schools (Brazil and Japan) and six Kindergartens (Brazil Hong Kong Japan Korea Malaysia and Singapore) as well as one of Japan's largest correspondence education programs. In addition thousands of educators worldwide incorporate Makiguchi's ideas in their own curriculum and instruction and Brazil has instituted the Makiguchi in Action Project which has provided literacy training and teacher development for nearly a million people. This edited volume is the first in the Anglophone literature to theoretically and empirically examine the nature and global application of Makiguchi's influential educational ideas. The book was originally published as a special issue of American Educational Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415718776

Tsuni-Goam: the Supreme Being of the Khoi-khoi First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986213

TSUR 50.6 First published in 2009. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138458765

Tsur 51.1 First published in 2009. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138458840

TSUR 51.2 First published in 2009. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138458888

Tsur 51.3 First published in 2009. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138458819

Tsur 51.4 First published in 2009. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138458826

TTPR 43.3 First published in 2011. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415506038

Tuberculosis – The Singapore Experience 1867–2018Disease Society and the State Through a rich account of tuberculosis in Singapore from the mid-nineteenth century to the present day this book charts the relationship between disease society and the state outlining the struggles of colonial and post-colonial governments to cope with widespread disease and to establish effective public health programmes and institutions. Beginning in the nineteenth century when British colonial administrators viewed tuberculosis as a racial problem linked to the poverty housing and insanitary habits of the Chinese working class the book goes on to examine the ambitious medical and urban improvement initiatives of the returning British colonial government after the Second World War. It then considers the continuation and growth of these schemes in the post-colonial period and explores the most recent developments which include combating the resurgence of TB and the rise of antimicrobial resistance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367354534

Tuberculosis in the Americas 1870-1945Beneath the Anguish in Philadelphia and Buenos Aires This book focuses on the era during which the cause of tuberculosis had been identified and public health officials were seeking to prevent it but scientists had not yet found a cure. By examining tuberculosis comparatively in two Atlantic port cities Buenos Aires and Philadelphia it explores the medical political and economic settings in which patients physicians and urban officials lived and worked. Reber discusses the causes of tuberculosis treatments and public health efforts to stop contagion and how factors such as gender age class nationality beliefs and previous experiences shaped patient responses and often defined the type of treatment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585600

TuberculosisThe Essentials Fourth Edition Every second a new person is exposed to tuberculosis (TB). Each untreated TB-infected person will infect 10-15 people every year. Following the success of its predecessor this new edition of Tuberculosis: The Essentials scrutinizes the new discoveries and observations of the key aspects of the disease. Recognized world experts provide a concise state-of-the-art review of the 15 essential elements of TBsupply an international current view of the epidemiology pathophysiology diagnosis and treatment methodsdiscuss the emerging threat of XDR-TB and the HIV/AIDS factorassess advances in TB research such as new drugs and vaccinesreflect on the progress of the "Stop TB" strategy. See What’s New in the Fourth Edition: Updated chapters on epidemiology and pathogenesis provide new insights on TB infection and disease Updated chapters on diagnosis and treatment cover new tests and molecular detection methods Information on developing effective regiments and discussion of situations deserving specific precautions Coverage of adherence issues The book book is an essential guide for everybody working in the field of TB from specialists to nurses and students both from a clinical and public health perspective. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138117662

Tubular String Characterization in High Temperature High Pressure Oil and Gas Wells High temperature high oil pressure oil and gas well completion testing have always been a technical challenge and basic theoretical research is one of the key factors needed to ensure a successful completion test. The completion test basic theory includes: a stress analysis of the completion string completion string buckling behavior and temperature and pressure distribution prediction. The completion string is the main bearing and power transmission component for oil and gas well operations and production and it is required to take on a combination of loads which result in completion string deformation. Because of these complex relationships completion string stress analysis has become increasingly more complicated. This book discusses the characters of tubular strings in HTHP (High Temperature - High Pressure) oil and gas wells. These characters include the mechanical behavior of tubular strings and the temperature and pressure variation of tubular strings in different conditions. Mathematical models are established for different conditions and solution existence and uniqueness of some models is discussed providing algorithms corresponding to the different models. Numerical experiments are presented to verify the validity of models and the feasibility of algorithms and the impact of the parameters of models for oil and gas wells is also discussed. This book is written for production and testing engineers to provide them with the tools to deal more effectively with the numerical decisions they have to take and for researchers and technicians in petroleum and gas testing and production engineering. Finally it is also intended to serve as a reference book for mathematicians college teachers and students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138893719

Tubular Structures XI11th International Symposium and IIW International Conference on Tubular Structures This topical book contains the latest scientific and engineering developments in the field of tubular steel structures as presented at the "11th International Symposium and IIW International Conference on Tubular Structures". The International Symposium on Tubular Structures (ISTS) has a long-standing reputation for being the principal showcase for manufactured tubing and the prime international forum for discussion of research developments and applications in this field. Various key and emerging subjects in the field of hollow structural sections are covered such as: novel applications and case studies static and fatigue behaviour of connections/joints concrete-filled and composite tubular members earthquake resistance specification and code developments material properties and structural reliability impact resistance and brittle fracture fire resistance casting and fabrication innovations. Research and development issues presented in this book are applicable to buildings bridges offshore structures entertainment rides cranes towers and various mechanical and agricultural equipment. This book is thus a pertinent reference source for architects civil and mechanical engineers designers steel fabricators and contractors manufacturers of hollow sections or related construction products trade associations involved with tubing owners or developers of tubular structures steel specification committees academics and research students. The conference presentations herein include two keynote lectures (the International Institute of Welding Houdremont Lecture and the ISTS Kurobane Lecture) plus finalists in the CIDECT Student Papers Competition. The 11th International Symposium and IIW International Conference on Tubular Structures – ISTS11 – took place in Québec City Canada from August 31 to September 2 2006. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203734964

Tubular Structures XIV Tubular Structures XIV contains the latest scientific and engineering developments in the field of tubular steel structures as presented at the 14th International Symposium on Tubular Structures (ISTS14 Imperial College London UK 12-14 September 2012). The International Symposium on Tubular Structures (ISTS) has a long-standing reputation for being the principal showcase for manufactured tubing and the prime international forum for presentation and discussion of research developments and applications in this field.                                                                                                                                                                                       Various key and emerging subjects in the field of hollow structural sections are covered such as: special applications and case studies static and fatigue behaviour of connections/joints concrete-filled and composite tubular members and offshore structures earthquake and dynamic resistance specification and standard developments material properties and section forming stainless steel and aluminum structures fire resistance castings and fabrication innovations. Research and development issues presented in this topical book are applicable to buildings bridges offshore structures entertainment rides cranes trusses and towers. Tubular Structures XIV is thus a pertinent reference source for architects civil and mechanical engineers designers steel fabricators and contractors manufacturers of hollow sections or related construction products trade associations involved with tubing owners or developers of tubular structures steel specification committees academics and research students all around the world.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415621373

Tubular Structures XProceedings of the 10th International Symposium Madrid Spain 18-20 September 2003 This volume contains the Kurobane lecture and proceedings of the Tenth International Symposium on Tubular Structures - ISTS10 held in Madrid Spain 18-20 September 2003. The ISTS10 provides a platform for the presentation and discussion of seventy-three lectures covering themes including: bridges; roofs; design aspects and case studies; static joint behaviour; fatigue; members; beam-column connections; finite element methods; concrete filled tubes; trusses and frames; cast nodes; and behaviour of tubular structures under fire. This book provides a useful reference work for architects civil and mechanical engineers designers manufacturers and contractors involved with tubular structures. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203734971

Tubular Structures XVIProceedings of the 16th International Symposium for Tubular Structures (ISTS 2017 4-6 December 2017 Melbourne Australia) Tubular Structures XVI contains the latest scientific and engineering developments in the field of tubular steel structures as presented at the 16th International Symposium on Tubular Structures (ISTS16 Melbourne Australia 4-6 December 2017). The International Symposium on Tubular Structures (ISTS) has a long-standing reputation for being the principal showcase for manufactured tubing and the prime international forum for presentation and discussion of research developments and applications in this field. Various key and emerging subjects in the field of hollow structural sections are covered such as: special applications and case studies static and fatigue behaviour of connections/joints concrete-filled and composite tubular members and offshore structures earthquake and dynamic resistance specification and standard developments material properties and section forming stainless and high-strength steel structures fire impact and blast response. Research and development issues presented in this topical book are applicable to buildings bridges offshore structures cranes trusses and towers. Tubular Structures XVI is thus a pertinent reference source for architects civil and mechanical engineers designers steel fabricators and contractors manufacturers of hollow sections or related construction products trade associations involved with tubing owners or developers of tubular structures steel specification committees academics and research students all around the world. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815381341

Tubular Structures XVProceedings of the 15th International Symposium on Tubular Structures Rio de Janeiro Brazil 27-29 May 2015 Tubular Structures XV contains the latest scientific and engineering developments in the field of tubular structures as presented at the 15th International Symposium on Tubular Structures (ISTS15 Rio de Janeiro Brazil 27-29 May 2015). The International Symposium on Tubular Structures (ISTS) has a long-standing reputation for being the principal showcase for manufactured tubing and the prime international forum for presentation and discussion of research developments and applications in this field. Various key and emerging subjects in the field of hollow structural sections are covered such as: special applications and case studies static and fatigue behaviour of connections and members; joints concrete-filled and composite tubular members and offshore structures earthquake and dynamic response specification and standard developments stainless and high strength steel structures fire impact and blast resistances. Research and developments issues presented in this topical book are applicable to buildings bridges offshore structures cranes trusses and towers. Tubular Structures XV is thus a pertinent reference source for architects civil and mechanical engineers designers steel fabricators and contractors manufacturers of hollow sections or related construction products trade associations involved with tubing owners or developers of tubular structures steel specification committees academics and research students all around the world. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138028371

Tudor and Stuart Britain1485-1714 Tudor and Stuart Britain charts the political religious economic and social history of Britain from the start of Henry VII’s reign in 1485 to the death of Queen Anne in 1714 providing students and lecturers with a detailed chronological narrative of significant events such as the Reformation the nature of Tudor government the English Civil War the Interregnum and the restoration of the monarchy. This fourth edition has been fully updated and each chapter now begins with an introductory overview of the topic being discussed in which important and current historical debates are highlighted. Other new features of the book include a closer examination of the image and style of leadership that different monarchs projected during their reigns; greater coverage of Phillip II and Mary I as joint monarchs; new sections exploring witchcraft during the period and the urban sector in the Stuart age; and increased discussion of the English Civil War of Oliver Cromwell and of Cromwellian rule during the 1650s. Also containing an entirely rewritten guide to further reading and enhanced by a wide selection of maps and illustrations Tudor and Stuart Britain is an excellent resource for both students and teachers of this period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138944190

Tudor Government Tudor Government looks at English government across all the Tudor reigns including those of Henry VIII Mary and Elizabeth and explores such themes as: the role of parliament law and order the government of the church the personal role of the monarch. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138146969

Tudor Histories of the English Reformations 1530–83 This book examines the Tudor histories of the English Reformation written in the period 1530-83. All the reforming mid-Tudor regimes used historical discourses to support the religious changes they introduced. Indeed the English Reformation as a historical event was written and rewritten by Henrician Edwardian Marian and Elizabethan historians to provide legitimation for the religious policies of the government of the day. Starting with John Bale’s King Johan this book examines these histories of the English Reformations. It addresses the issues behind Bale’s editions of the Examinations of Anne Askewe discusses in detail the almost wholly neglected history writing of Mary Tudor’s reign and concludes with a discussion of John Foxe’s Acts and Monuments. In the process of working chronologically through the Reformation historiography of the period 1530-1583 this book explores the ideological conflicts that mid-Tudor historians of the English Reformations addressed and the differences but also the similarities often cutting across doctrinal differences that existed between their texts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315235554

Tudor Parliaments The Crown Lords and Commons 1485-1603 This excellent short survey looks at the workings of parliament under the first four Tudor monarchs. After an introductory first section which looks at parliament's medieval origins the author then considers all aspects of early parliamentary history - including the historiography of the early Tudor parliaments membership and attendance the legislative roles of the Lords and Commons and the specific parliaments themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138408074

Tudor Rebellions Tudor Rebellions now in its seventh edition gives a chronological account of the major rebellions against the Tudor monarchy in England from the reign of King Henry VII until the death of Queen Elizabeth I in 1603. The book throws light on some of the main themes of Tudor history including the dynasty’s attempt to bring the north and west under the control of the capital the progress of the English Reformation and the impact of inflation taxation and enclosure on society and makes comparisons with the other Tudor realm of Ireland. This new edition has been revised once more to take into account the exciting and innovative work on the subject in recent years and bring the historiographical debates right up to date. The primary sources alongside the narrative history allow students to fully explore these turbulent times seeking to understand what drove Tudor people to rebel and what sort of people were inclined to do so. In doing so the book considers both ‘high’ and ‘low’ politics and the concerns of both the noble and the unprivileged in Tudor society. With supplementary materials including a chronology who’s who and guide to further reading along with a selection of maps and images Tudor Rebellions is an invaluable resource for all students of Tudor history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367345525

Tudor School Boy Life First published in 1970. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993891

Tudor Translation in Theory and Practice Filling a gap in the study of early modern literature Massimiliano Morini here exhaustively examines the aims strategies practice and theoretical ideas of the sixteenth-century translator. Morini analyzes early modern English translations of works by French and Italian essayists and poets including Montaigne Castiglione Ariosto and Tasso and of works by classical writers such as Virgil and Petrarch. In the process he demonstrates how connected translation is with other cultural and literary issues: women as writers literary relations between Italy and England the nature of the author and changes in the English language. Since English Tudor writers unlike their Italian contemporaries did not write theoretical treatises the author works empirically to extrapolate the theory that informs the practice of Tudor translation - he deduces several cogent theoretical principles from the metaphors and figures of speech used by translators to describe translation. Employing a good blend of theory and practice the author presents the Tudor period as a crucial transitional moment in the history of translation from the medieval tradition (which in secular literature often entailed radical departure from the original) to the more subtle modern tradition (which prizes the invisibility of the translator and fluency of the translated text). Morini points out that this is also a period during which ideas about language and about the position of England on the political and cultural map of Europe undergo dramatic change and he convincingly argues that the practice of translation changes as new humanistic methods are adapted to the needs of a country that is expanding its empire. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315235547

Tudors The innovative Creative History Activity Packs series is designed to help teachers bring history topics to life through imaginative creative arts activities. Each pack includes ten laminated double-sided cards printed in full color. Each card describes in detail activities that recreate aspects of life in a particular historical period using art drama and dance. Each activity is based on historically researched authentic practices of the time. Ideal for whole class or small group sessions the packs are an inspiration for busy teachers looking for new ways to approach project work at Key Stage 2 - and are easily applicable for Key Stage 1 classes. Tudor activities in this pack include creating clove pomanders and soap balls; painting miniatures to mount as jewelry; making your own ink and writing a Tudor menu; making a miniature book for herbs recipes or prayers; Tudor recipe ideas; and structured outlines for drama and dance. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203819715

Tuk Music Tradition in Barbados Barbados is a small Caribbean island better known as a tourist destination rather than for its culture. The island was first claimed in 1627 for the English King and remained a British colony until independence was gained in 1966. This firmly entrenched British culture in the Barbadian way of life although most of the population are descended from enslaved Africans taken to Barbados to work on the sugar plantations. After independence an official desire to promulgate the country’s African heritage led to the revival and recontextualisation of cultural traditions. Barbadian tuk music a type of fife and drum music has been transformed in the post-independence period from a working class music associated with plantations and rum shops to a signifier of national culture played at official functions and showcased to tourists. Based on ethnographic and archival research Sharon Meredith considers the social political and cultural developments in Barbados that led to the evolution development and revival of tuk as well as cultural traditions associated with it. She places tuk in the context of other music in the country and examines similar musics elsewhere that whilst sharing some elements with tuk have their own individual identities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599430

Tumor Angiogenesis Regulators The emphasis of this book is on mechanisms/pathways regulating the expression and actions of classical and novel tumor angiogenesis regulators their underlying biology as well as anti-angiogenic drugs currently in use to fight different cancers. This book provides an insight on how factors such as obesity diabetes and other metabolic disorders can influence the development and growth of cancer. It will be of interest not only to oncologists but also to a wide range of medical practitioners and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466580978

Tumor Blood CirculationAngiogenesis Vascular Morphology and Blood Flow of Experimental and Human Tumors First Published in 1979 this book offers a full insight into the relationship between malignant tumors and blood flow. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for students of oncology and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367245320

Tumor Immunology and Cancer Therapy Based on a Tumor Immunology Symposium held in Pittsburgh this work provides comprehensive coverage of the most important aspects of tumor immunology. It reveals novel approaches to the immunotherapy of cancer and presents complex issues in an accessible manner. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402181

Tumors and CancersCentral and Peripheral Nervous Systems Tumors and cancers are insidious diseases characterized by an abnormal growth of cells that extend beyond their usual boundaries and disrupt the normal functions of affected organs. Forming the first of the four volumes devoted to tumors and cancers this volume focuses on the central and peripheral nervous systems. Each chapter presents a state of the art summary of tumor/cancer of a particular type in relation to its definition biology epidemiology disease mechanism/pathogenesis clinical signs diagnosis treatment and prognosis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498729697

Tumors and CancersEndocrine Glands – Blood – Marrow – Lymph Tumors and Cancers: Endocrine Glands – Blood – Marrow – Lymph provides succinct reviews of neoplastic growths disrupting normal functions of affected structures. Each chapter presents a state of the art summary of tumor/cancer of a particular type in relation to its biology epidemiology disease mechanisms clinical signs diagnosis treatment and prognosis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498729758

Tumors and CancersHead – Neck – Heart – Lung – Gut Tumors and cancers are insidious diseases characterized by uncontrolled growth of abnormal cells that extend beyond their usual boundaries and disrupt the normal functions of affected organs. Forming the second of the four volumes devoted to tumors and cancers this volume focuses on the head/neck cardiovascular respiratory and digestive systems. Each chapter presents a state of the art summary of tumor/cancer of a particular organ/type in relation to its definition biology epidemiology disease mechanism/pathogenesis clinical signs diagnosis treatment and prognosis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138088382

Tumors and CancersSkin – Soft Tissue – Bone – Urogenitals Tumors and Cancers: Skin – Soft Tissue – Bone – Urogenitals provides succinct reviews of neoplastic growths disrupting normal functions of affected structures. Each chapter presents a state of the art summary of tumor/cancer of a particular type in relation to its biology epidemiology disease mechanisms clinical signs diagnosis treatment and prognosis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498729772

Tunable Laser Applications Broadly tunable lasers continue to have a tremendous impact in many and diverse fields of science and technology. From a renaissance in laser spectroscopy to Bose–Einstein condensation the one nexus is the tunable laser. Tunable Laser Applications describes the physics and architectures of widely applied tunable laser sources. Fully updated and expanded to address important advances in the science and technology this Third Edition:Contains new chapters on tunable laser microscopy and tunable laser atomic vapor laser isotope separationOffers extended coverage of optical parametric oscillators and their application to atmospheric sensing biomedicine defense counter measures microscopy and spectroscopyDiscusses exciting new applications in astronomy defense R&D medicine and moreFeaturing fresh contributions from internationally recognized experts—including 100+ new pages and extensive reference listings—Tunable Laser Applications Third Edition provides a timely account of the most promising tunable laser applications to date. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367871024

Tunable Laser Optics Broadly tunable lasers have had and continue to have an enormous impact in many and diverse fields of science and technology. From a renaissance in spectroscopy to laser guide stars and laser cooling the nexus is the tunable laser. Tunable Laser Optics offers a transparent and comprehensive treatment of the physics of tunable laser optics based on a detailed description of first principles. Authored by a leading expert in the field the book covers the optics and optical principles needed to build lasers the optics instrumentation necessary to characterize laser emission and laser-based optical instrumentation addressing key topics such as Dirac’s notation the interferometric equation the uncertainty principle pulse compression and tunable narrow-linewidth lasers. This revised expanded and improved Second Edition: Contains new and additional material on tunable lasers and quantum optics Explains the first principles of tunable laser optics in a clear and concise manner Presents an explicit exposition of the relevant theory without the use of short cuts Employs numerous examples case studies and figures to illustrate important concepts Includes carefully designed problems of direct practical significance to stimulate application Emphasizing the utilitarian aspects of the optics and theory Tunable Laser Optics Second Edition provides valuable insight into the optics and the trade-offs involved in the design and construction of tunable lasers and optical devices. It makes an ideal textbook for advanced undergraduate-level and graduate-level optics courses for physics and engineering students as well as a handy reference for researchers and experimentalists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138893757

Tunable RF Components and CircuitsApplications in Mobile Handsets An Industry Perspective on Key Tunable Technologies and ApplicationsTunable RF Components and Circuits: Applications in Mobile Handsets provides a technical introduction to the state of the art in tunable radio frequency (RF) components circuits and applications and discusses the foundational work that has been done to date. Leading practitioners in the field share their expertise on tunable devices in mobile handset applications. Through these practical viewpoints readers discover how to use tunable RF techniques and devices to develop successful product designs. A substantial portion of the book focuses on antennas and antenna tuning reflecting the dominance of the antenna tuning application in today’s commercial market for tunable RF. The book explains how RF-microelectromechanical systems (RF-MEMS) barium strontium titinate (BST) silicon-on-insulator (SOI) field effect transistors (FETs) and high-performance complementary metal oxide semiconductors (CMOS) are used as enabling technologies for tunable functions in current and next-generation radio architectures. The book also describes power amplifier envelope tracking an emerging and important technique for improving efficiency; presents a network operator’s perspective on the evolution of the handset front end; and explores emerging approaches to production testing of wireless devices. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367656270

T'ung & Pollard's Colloquial Chinese T’ung and Pollard’s Colloquial Chinese course is the ideal introductory course for all dedicated learners of Mandarin Chinese. Written by experienced teachers the course provides a rigorous introduction to the pronunciation vocabulary and grammar of Mandarin Chinese. By the end of this rewarding course learners will be able to communicate confidently in a wide variety of situations. The solid foundation provided is also ideal for those who wish to advance their language skills to higher levels. Divided into 17 lessons each lesson contains conversations based on common daily situations vocabularies grammar notes and exercises to help learn and practice basic skills. Key features include: clear grammar explanations lots of exercises for regular practice Pinyin Romanization used throughout Chinese-English glossary for quick reference. Audio material to accompany the course is available to download free in MP3 format from www.routledge.com/cw/colloquials. Recorded by native speakers the audio material features the dialogues and texts from the book and will help develop your listening and pronunciation skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138950092

Tuning Innovation with Biotechnology This book deals with evolving intelligence systems and their use in immune algorithm (IM) particle swarm optimization (PSO) bacterial foraging (BF) and hybrid intelligent system to improve plants robots etc. It discusses the motivation behind research on and background of evolving intelligence systems and illustrates IM-based approach for parameter estimation required for designing an intelligent system. It approaches optimal intelligent tuning using a hybrid genetic algorithm–particle swarm optimization (GA-PSO) and illustrates hybrid GA-PSO for intelligent tuning of vector system. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814745352

Tuning Semiconducting and Metallic Quantum DotsSpectroscopy and Dynamics Nanotechnology is one of the growing areas of this century also opening new horizons for tuning optical properties. This book introduces basic tuning schemes including those on a single quantum object level with an emphasis on surface and interface manipulation of semiconducting and metallic quantum dots. There are two opposing demands in current forefront applications of quantum dots as optical labels namely high luminescence stability (suppression of luminescence intermittency) and controllable intermittency and bleaching on a single-particle level to facilitate super-resolution optical microscopy (for which Eric Betzig Stefan W. Hell and William E. Moerner were awarded the 2014 Nobel Prize in Chemistry). The book discusses these contradictory demands with respect to both an understanding of the basic processes and applications. The chapters are a combination of scholarly presentation and comprehensive review and include case studies from the authors’ research including unpublished results. Special emphasis is on a detailed understanding of spectroscopic and dynamic properties of semiconducting quantum dots. The book is suitable for senior undergraduates and researchers in the fields of optical nanoscience materials science and nanotechnology. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814745246

Tuning the BrainPrinciples and Practice of Neurosomatic Medicine Discover effective outcome-oriented ways to help CFS patients who have endured useless or inappropriate treatments! From the author: “For many years I have viewed brain function as a system of electrochemical impulses continually flashing through the brain. These neural networks can often be modulated fairly simply by ’tuning’ them. The point I have been trying to make for many years is that this process may be pharmacologically regulated extremely rapidly in a manner which does not yet seem to be recognized by the medical profession.” In this remarkable volume Dr. Jay A. Goldstein clearly presents both the theoretical and the practical aspects of his revolutionary approach to treating CFS and other conditions that have often been termed psychosomatic. Dr. Goldstein (author of Chronic Fatigue Syndromes: The Limbic Hypothesis and Betrayal by the Brain: The Neurologic Basis of Chronic Fatigue Syndrome Fibromyalgia Syndrome and Related Neural Network Disorders) shows how he achieves results for patients with CFS and a variety of other syndromes in days rather than months or years. This well-referenced book answers questions from the most basic to the most complex including: What is neurosomatic medicine? How did Dr. Goldstein come to pioneer and practice this specialty? What abnormalities in brain function produce neurosomatic disorders? How can an understanding of these abnormalities help you provide effective treatment? Why do these treatments sometimes work so rapidly? What is receptor profiling and how does it indicate the type of receptor dysregulation in an individual patient? In Part I: Inventing Neurosomatic Medicine Dr. Goldstein describes the remarkable how and why of his life and his development of this new field of medicine including his clashes with the medical/psychoanalytic establishment. One of the greatest medical innovators of the modern era Dr. Goldstein has seen over 20 000 CFS patients and has experienced most of the pitfalls that having such a large number of patients entails. He shares his insight on legal issues such as how to deal with the law and court systems how to best provide expert testimony and how to defend against spurious legal actions. In addition Dr. Goldstein describes how he learned to work effectively outside of the managed care system. In Part II: Society for Neuroscience Conference Proceedings the author shares his expertise to bring you experimental results and “pearls of wisdom” relating to neurosomatic medicine from the 28th and 29th Annual Meetings of the Society for Neuroscience—the largest and most important neuroscience conference in the world. Dr. Goldstein sorted through thousands of experiments presented at the conferences to bring you the most relevant findings. Part III: Pathophysiology and Treatment is essential reading for anyone planning to practice neurosomatic medicine. In this section richly illustrated with over 70 pages of color figures and diagrams that make complicated concepts clear Dr. Goldstein shares his knowledge about dozens of the agents he uses to help CFS sufferers and others manage their pain fatigue and other symptoms. This is information that simply cannot be found anywhere else and will prove invaluable to all fledgling neurosomatic practitioners. This one-of-a-kind volume is thoughtfully put together—from the extensive list of abbreviations near the beginning to the exhaustive references and an appendix with diagnostic criteria a treatment algorithm a medication list of treatment options available now or in the near future and a checklist of CFS symptoms. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203862384

Tuning the MindConnecting Aesthetics to Cognitive Science Starting from the late Renaissance efforts to make vocal music more expressive heightened the power of words which in turn gave birth to the modern semantics of musical expression. As the skepticism of seventeenth-century science divorced the acoustic properties from the metaphysical qualities of music the door was opened to dicern the rich links between musical perception and varied mental faculties. In Tuning the Mind Ruth Katz and Ruth HaCohen trace how eighteenth century theoreticians of music examined anew the role of the arts within a general theory of knowledge.As the authors note the differences between the physical and emotional dimensions of music stimulated novel conceptions and empirical inquiries into the old aesthetic queries. Tracing this development their opening chapter deals with seventeenth-century epistemological issues concerning the artistic qualities of music. Katz and HaCohen show that painting and literature displayed a comparable tendency toward "musicalization " whereby the dynamic of forms-the modalities specific to each artistic medium-rather than subject matter was believed to determine expression. Katz and HaCohen explore the ambiguities inherent in idealization of an art form whose mimetic function has always been problematic. They discuss the major outlines of this development from Descartes to Vico through Condillac. Particular emphasis is placed on eighteenth-century British thinkers from Shaftesbury to Adam Smith who perceived these problems in their full complexity. They also explore how the French and the Germans dealt differently with questions that preoccupied the British each nation in accordance with their own past tradition and tendencies. The concluding chapter summarizes the parallel development of abstract art and basic hypotheses concerning the mind and explores basic theoretical questions pertaining to the relationship between perception and cognition.In addressing some of the most complex problems in musical aesthetics Katz and HaCohen provide a unique historical perspective on the ways their art creates and develops coherent worlds and in so doing contribute to our understanding of the workings of the mind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517516

TunisiaFrom stability to revolution in the Maghreb The first edition of Tunisia was released just nine months before the eruption of the Arab Spring. The most substantial period of political unrest felt by the Arab world in a half century originated in Tunisia a fact that confounded expectations about Tunisian politics. This new edition builds upon the first edition’s overview of Tunisia’s political and economic development to examine how one of the region’s hardiest authoritarian orders was toppled by a loosely organised protest wave. Providing the most up-to-date introduction to Tunisia’s post-independence and post-Arab Spring politics concisely written chapters cover topics such as: state formation domestic politics economic development foreign relations colonialism the Arab Spring; its factors and repercussions Key to this new edition is the examination of Tunisian history politics and society alongside the subsequent upheaval following the outbreak of revolts in December 2010. It looks at how political and economic changes after 2001 including economic deterioration and rising inequality and corruption had already begun to erode bases of Ben Ali’s government and explores why Tunisia is the sole Arab Spring country to construct a democracy thus far and the challenges that this new democracy still faces. An essential inclusion on courses on Middle Eastern politics African politics and political science in general this accessible introduction to Tunisia will also be of interest to anyone wishing to learn more about this significant region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138886162

Tunisian Civil SocietyPolitical Culture and Democratic Function Since 2011 Investigating the political transition after the 2011 Tunisian revolution this book explores whether civil society is fulfilling its democratic functions. Examining the existence of a civil political culture that is identified through the presence of the six criteria of Freedom Equality Pluralism Tolerance Trust and Transparency. The innovation of the volume lies in its critiques of the “transitology” literature its illustration of the drawbacks of culturalist and Orientalist narratives of Arab politics and the complexity it notes with respect to civil society and its varied roles especially that civil society is not always an unconditionally “good” or democratic force.  Using a combination of survey interview and observation research approaches these chapters engage with the development of democratic political culture and democratic knowledge in civil society organisations (CSOs) by understanding how CSOs interact with the state other CSOs and their members. Presenting both critical theoretical arguments and extensive empirical evidence to demonstrate why Tunisia is such an important case this book will be of interest to students and researchers interested in political culture civil society and Middle East and North African studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367149154

Tunisia's International Relations since the 'Arab Spring'Transition Inside and Out When popular protests started in Tunisia in late 2010 few anticipated the implications these events would have for the entire Arab region. In the following years this region witnessed deep changes increased divisions and even failing states. Meanwhile Tunisia managed to assert itself as a new democracy. How did this small country manage its democratic transition within such a short period? And what implications has this had for its foreign policy and its role in international politics? This book assesses Tunisia’s transition ‘inside and out’ from four angles: Tunisian polity and politics which provide the framework for its foreign policy since the ‘Arab Spring’; bilateral relations before and after the ‘Arab Spring’; Tunisia’s activism in international organisations as well as their presence in Tunisia; and transnational issues in Tunisia. Drawing on a broad range of primary sources including authors’ own interview material conducted with politicians and representatives of civil society and international NGOs involved in the transition process the book shows that since 2011 Tunisia has not only developed fundamentally at the domestic level but also at the level of external relations. New and old alliances a broadening of relations and new activism of civil society and of Tunisia in international organisations certify that Tunisia has the potential to play an increasingly important role regionally as well as internationally.Providing an encompassing picture of Tunisia’s changed role and successful transition from an autocracy to a democracy the book allows students and scholars in the field to understand the ‘last country standing’ better a country that both the scientific community and the political scene should not underestimate for the promises it holds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887414

Tunnel Boring Machines: Trends in Design and Construction of Mechanical TunnellingProceedings of the international lecture series Hagenberg In the past ten years there was a worldwide trend towards increased use of Tunnel Boring Machines (TBM's). This trend covers a broad variety of applications ranging both from small diameters for sewers and other utilities to large diameters for double track railway and even three-lane highway tunnels. The response to this has been the development of both hard rock machines in the direction for application in soft ground and soft ground TBM's to be used in soft rock. Parallel to the technical development of TBM's towards applications for longer tunnels running through changing geological conditions there are needs for the development of lining methods. 'TBM Tunnel Trends' an international lecture serie collection aims to present the latest scientific and practical state of the art of TBM tunnelling taking into consideration interactions between machinery and lining. 26 international highly recognized papers. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078081

Tunneling in Rock by Drilling and Blasting Tunnelling in Rock by Drilling and Blasting presents the latest developments in the excavation of tunnels using the drilling and blasting method. Examples of work conducted throughout the world including the Indian sub-continent Australia and Sweden amongst others are discussed. These tunnel projects serve to illustrate the challenges  and importance of drilling accuracy the effect of geology methods of vibration prediction and control and techniques for assessing tunnel performance in terms of overbreak and underbreak advance and rock mass damage. A number of case studies demonstrate the ingenuity required to successfully excavate tunnels in demanding circumstances. Finally an overview is provided of the software tools and IT and the explosives and initiation products used to implement tunnel blast designs. Tunnelling in Rock by Drilling and Blasting is the outcome of the workshop Tunnelling in Rock by Drilling and Blasting hosted by the 10th International Symposium on Rock Fragmentation by Blasting (Fragblast 10 November 2010 New Delhi India) and is essential reading for researchers and practitioners in tunnelling in rock by drilling and blasting. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415621410

Tunnelling Asia 2000: Proceedings New Delhi 2000 The proceedings of the international conference Tunnelling Asia 2000. The papers cover such topics as rock mass classification rock mass analysis highway tunnels and underground storage as well as metro tunnelling. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078739

Tunnelling Asia '97 This is a collection of conference papers which discuss construction methods in tunnelling. Subjects studied include; engineering classification and characterization of rock mass; planning investigation and analysis of tunnels; shafts and inclined tunnels; and tunnelling equipment. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078012

Tunnelling Contracts and Site Investigation A wide ranging and up-to-date review of experience of tunnelling contracts particularly those for sewerage and drainage tunnels. The review is based on the 6th edition of the ICE Conditions of Contract but it takes note of new forms of contract which are leading towards less adversarial contractual relations.^ Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448981

Tunnels and Underground Cities. Engineering and Innovation Meet Archaeology Architecture and ArtProceedings of the WTC 2019 ITA-AITES World Tunnels and Underground Cities: Engineering and Innovation meet Archaeology Architecture and Art contains the contributions presented at the World Tunnel Congress 2019 (Naples Italy 3-9 May 2019). The use of underground space is continuing to grow due to global urbanization public demand for efficient transportation and energy saving production and distribution. The growing need for space at ground level along with its continuous value increase and the challenges of energy saving and achieving sustainable development objectives demand greater and better use of the underground space to ensure that it supports sustainable resilient and more liveable cities. This vision was the source of inspiration for the design of the logos of both the International (ITA) and Italian (SIG) Tunnelling Association. By placing key infrastructures underground – the black circle in the logos – it will be possible to preserve and enhance the quality of the space at ground level – the green line. In order to consider and value underground space usage together with human and social needs engineers architects and artists will have to learn to collaborate and develop an interdisciplinary design approach that addresses functionality safety aesthetics and quality of life and adaptability to future and varied functions. The 700 contributions cover a wide range of topics from more traditional subjects connected to technical challenges of design and construction of underground works with emphasis on innovation in tunneling engineering to less conventional and archetypically Italian themes such as archaeology architecture and art. The book has the following main themes: Archaeology Architecture and Art in underground construction; Environment sustainability in underground construction; Geological and geotechnical knowledge and requirements for project implementation; Ground improvement in underground constructions; Innovation in underground engineering materials and equipment; Long and deep tunnels; Public communication and awareness; Risk management contracts and financial aspects; Safety in underground construction; Strategic use of underground space for resilient cities; Urban tunnels. Tunnels and Underground Cities: Engineering and Innovation meet Archaeology Architecture and Art is a valuable reference text for tunneling specialists owners engineers architects and others involved in underground planning design and building around the world and for academics who are interested in underground constructions and geotechnics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138388659

Tunnels and Underground Cities. Engineering and Innovation Meet Archaeology Architecture and ArtVolume 1: Archaeology Architecture and Art Tunnels and Underground Cities: Engineering and Innovation meet Archaeology Architecture and Art. Volume 1: Archaeology Architecture and Art in Underground Construction contains the contributions presented in the eponymous Technical Session during the World Tunnel Congress 2019 (Naples Italy 3-9 May 2019). The use of underground space is continuing to grow due to global urbanization public demand for efficient transportation and energy saving production and distribution. The growing need for space at ground level along with its continuous value increase and the challenges of energy saving and achieving sustainable development objectives demand greater and better use of the underground space to ensure that it supports sustainable resilient and more liveable cities. The contributions cover a wide range of topics from urban tunnelling under archaeological findings in Naples (Italy) with ground freezing and grouting techniques via the functional role of heritage in metro projects to interdisciplinary research in geotechnical engineering and geoarchaeology – a London case study. The book is a valuable reference text for tunnelling specialists owners engineers archaeologists architects artists and others involved in underground planning design and building around the world and for academics who are interested in underground constructions and geotechnics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367465742

Tunnels and Underground Cities. Engineering and Innovation Meet Archaeology Architecture and ArtVolume 7: Long And Deep Tunnels Tunnels and Underground Cities: Engineering and Innovation meet Archaeology Architecture and Art. Volume 7: Long and Deep Tunnels contains the contributions presented in the eponymous Technical Session during the World Tunnel Congress 2019 (Naples Italy 3-9 May 2019). The use of underground space is continuing to grow due to global urbanization public demand for efficient transportation and energy saving production and distribution. The growing need for space at ground level along with its continuous value increase and the challenges of energy saving and achieving sustainable development objectives demand greater and better use of the underground space to ensure that it supports sustainable resilient and more liveable cities. The contributions cover a wide range of topics from studying tunnels in squeezing ground conditions via case studies on the Brenner Base Tunnel the second Gotthard Tunnel CERN (HL-LHCand the Dubai Strategic Sewerage Tunnel to TBM steering difficulties. The book is a valuable reference text for tunnelling specialists owners engineers archaeologists architects artists and others involved in underground planning design and building around the world and for academics who are interested in underground constructions and geotechnics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367468729

Tunnels and Underground Cities. Engineering and Innovation Meet Archaeology Architecture and ArtVolume 8: Public Communication And Awarenes Tunnels and Underground Cities: Engineering and Innovation meet Archaeology Architecture and Art. Volume 8: Public Communication and Awareness / Risk Management Contracts and Financial Aspects contains the contributions presented in the eponymous Technical Sessions during the World Tunnel Congress 2019 (Naples Italy 3-9 May 2019). The use of underground space is continuing to grow due to global urbanization public demand for efficient transportation and energy saving production and distribution. The growing need for space at ground level along with its continuous value increase and the challenges of energy saving and achieving sustainable development objectives demand greater and better use of the underground space to ensure that it supports sustainable resilient and more liveable cities. The contributions cover a wide range of topics and is a valuable reference text for tunnelling specialists owners engineers archaeologists architects policy makers decision takers and others involved in underground planning design and building around the world and for academics who are interested in underground constructions and geotechnics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367468736

Tunnels and Underground Cities: Engineering and Innovation Meet Archaeology Architecture and ArtVolume 10: Strategic Use of Underground Spa Tunnels and Underground Cities: Engineering and Innovation meet Archaeology Architecture and Art. Volume 10: Strategic use of underground space for resilient cities contains the contributions presented in the eponymous Technical Session during the World Tunnel Congress 2019 (Naples Italy 3-9 May 2019). The use of underground space is continuing to grow due to global urbanization public demand for efficient transportation and energy saving production and distribution. The growing need for space at ground level along with its continuous value increase and the challenges of energy saving and achieving sustainable development objectives demand greater and better use of the underground space to ensure that it supports sustainable resilient and more liveable cities. The contributions cover a wide range of topics from investing in urban underground space via effective use of underground space for sustainable cities and the use of new energy carriers to the compound use of underground space for integrated campus-urban development. The book is a valuable reference text for tunnelling specialists owners engineers archaeologists architects artists and others involved in underground planning design and building around the world and for academics who are interested in underground constructions and geotechnics.       Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367468781

Tunnels and Underground Cities: Engineering and Innovation Meet Archaeology Architecture and ArtVolume 11: Urban Tunnels - Part 1 Tunnels and Underground Cities: Engineering and Innovation meet Archaeology Architecture and Art. Volume 11: Urban Tunnels - Part 1 contains the contributions presented in the eponymous Technical Session during the World Tunnel Congress 2019 (Naples Italy 3-9 May 2019). The use of underground space is continuing to grow due to global urbanization public demand for efficient transportation and energy saving production and distribution. The growing need for space at ground level along with its continuous value increase and the challenges of energy saving and achieving sustainable development objectives demand greater and better use of the underground space to ensure that it supports sustainable resilient and more liveable cities. The contributions cover a wide range of topics from geomechanical behavior evaluation evaluation of long-term tunnel behaviour via monitoring excavation-related ground deformation to risk management for tunneling-induced deformations. The book is a valuable reference text for tunnelling specialists owners engineers archaeologists architects artists and others involved in underground planning design and building around the world and for academics who are interested in underground constructions and geotechnics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367468996

Tunnels and Underground Cities: Engineering and Innovation Meet Archaeology Architecture and ArtVolume 12: Urban Tunnels - Part 2 Tunnels and Underground Cities: Engineering and Innovation meet Archaeology Architecture and Art. Volume 12: Urban Tunnels - Part 2 contains the contributions presented in the eponymous Technical Session during the World Tunnel Congress 2019 (Naples Italy 3-9 May 2019). The use of underground space is continuing to grow due to global urbanization public demand for efficient transportation and energy saving production and distribution. The growing need for space at ground level along with its continuous value increase and the challenges of energy saving and achieving sustainable development objectives demand greater and better use of the underground space to ensure that it supports sustainable resilient and more liveable cities. The contributions cover a wide range of topics from construction techniques and settlement predictions via red line tunnels to the underground widening excavation method. The book is a valuable reference text for tunnelling specialists owners engineers archaeologists architects artists and others involved in underground planning design and building around the world and for academics who are interested in underground constructions and geotechnics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367469009

Tunnels and Underground Cities: Engineering and Innovation Meet Archaeology Architecture and ArtVolume 2: Environment Sustainability in Und Tunnels and Underground Cities: Engineering and Innovation meet Archaeology Architecture and Art. Volume 2: Environment sustainability in underground construction contains the contributions presented in the eponymous Technical Session during the World Tunnel Congress 2019 (Naples Italy 3-9 May 2019). The use of underground space is continuing to grow due to global urbanization public demand for efficient transportation and energy saving production and distribution. The growing need for space at ground level along with its continuous value increase and the challenges of energy saving and achieving sustainable development objectives demand greater and better use of the underground space to ensure that it supports sustainable resilient and more liveable cities. The contributions cover a wide range of topics from online identification of excavation materials management and use of materials the integration of tunnel entrances in landscapes to site-specific protocols for evaluating environmental compatibility of spoil materials and the reduction of adverse effects of blasting methods on the living environment. The book is a valuable reference text for tunnelling specialists owners engineers archaeologists architects artists and others involved in underground planning design and building around the world and for academics who are interested in underground constructions and geotechnics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367465797

Tunnels and Underground Cities: Engineering and Innovation Meet Archaeology Architecture and ArtVolume 3: Geological and Geotechnical Knowl Tunnels and Underground Cities: Engineering and Innovation meet Archaeology Architecture and Art. Volume 3: Geological and geotechnical knowledge and requirements for project implementation contains the contributions presented in the eponymous Technical Session during the World Tunnel Congress 2019 (Naples Italy 3-9 May 2019). The use of underground space is continuing to grow due to global urbanization public demand for efficient transportation and energy saving production and distribution. The growing need for space at ground level along with its continuous value increase and the challenges of energy saving and achieving sustainable development objectives demand greater and better use of the underground space to ensure that it supports sustainable resilient and more liveable cities. The contributions cover a wide range of topics from geological and geotechnical key-factors for tunnel design excavation geometry using digital mapping real time monitoring systems via geotechnical data standardization and management to drone based deformation monitoring and Probabilistic Fault Displacement Hazard Analysis. The book is a valuable reference text for tunnelling specialists owners engineers archaeologists architects artists and others involved in underground planning design and building around the world and for academics who are interested in underground constructions and geotechnics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367465834

Tunnels and Underground Cities: Engineering and Innovation Meet Archaeology Architecture and ArtVolume 4: Ground Improvement in Underground Tunnels and Underground Cities: Engineering and Innovation meet Archaeology Architecture and Art. Volume 4: Ground Improvement in Underground Constructions contains the contributions presented in the eponymous Technical Session during the World Tunnel Congress 2019 (Naples Italy 3-9 May 2019). The use of underground space is continuing to grow due to global urbanization public demand for efficient transportation and energy saving production and distribution. The growing need for space at ground level along with its continuous value increase and the challenges of energy saving and achieving sustainable development objectives demand greater and better use of the underground space to ensure that it supports sustainable resilient and more liveable cities. The contributions cover a wide range of topics from permeation grouting and consolidation works safety operations artificial ground freezing to frost heave control. The book is a valuable reference text for tunnelling specialists owners engineers archaeologists architects artists and others involved in underground planning design and building around the world and for academics who are interested in underground constructions and geotechnics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367468682

Tunnels and Underground Cities: Engineering and Innovation Meet Archaeology Architecture and ArtVolume 5: Innovation in Underground Enginee Tunnels and Underground Cities: Engineering and Innovation meet Archaeology Architecture and Art. Volume 5: Innovation in underground engineering materials and equipment - Part 1 contains the contributions presented in the eponymous Technical Session during the World Tunnel Congress 2019 (Naples Italy 3-9 May 2019). The use of underground space is continuing to grow due to global urbanization public demand for efficient transportation and energy saving production and distribution. The growing need for space at ground level along with its continuous value increase and the challenges of energy saving and achieving sustainable development objectives demand greater and better use of the underground space to ensure that it supports sustainable resilient and more liveable cities. The contributions cover a wide range of topics from artificial intelligence techniques for geomechanical forecasting via fiber reinforced concrete segmental lining to advanced 4-channel scan systems for tunnel inspection. The book is a valuable reference text for tunnelling specialists owners engineers archaeologists architects artists and others involved in underground planning design and building around the world and for academics who are interested in underground constructions and geotechnics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367468705

Tunnels and Underground Cities: Engineering and Innovation Meet Archaeology Architecture and ArtVolume 6: Innovation in Underground Enginee Tunnels and Underground Cities: Engineering and Innovation meet Archaeology Architecture and Art. Volume 6: Innovation in underground engineering materials and equipment - Part 2 contains the contributions presented in the eponymous Technical Session during the World Tunnel Congress 2019 (Naples Italy 3-9 May 2019). The use of underground space is continuing to grow due to global urbanization public demand for efficient transportation and energy saving production and distribution. The growing need for space at ground level along with its continuous value increase and the challenges of energy saving and achieving sustainable development objectives demand greater and better use of the underground space to ensure that it supports sustainable resilient and more liveable cities. The contributions cover a wide range of topics from artificial intelligence techniques for geomechanical forecasting via fiber reinforced concrete segmental lining to advanced 4-channel scan systems for tunnel inspection. The book is a valuable reference text for tunnelling specialists owners engineers archaeologists architects artists and others involved in underground planning design and building around the world and for academics who are interested in underground constructions and geotechnics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367468712

Tunnels and Underground Cities: Engineering and Innovation Meet Archaeology Architecture and ArtVolume 9: Safety in Underground Construction Tunnels and Underground Cities: Engineering and Innovation meet Archaeology Architecture and Art. Volume 9: Safety in Underground Construction contains the contributions presented in the eponymous Technical Session during the World Tunnel Congress 2019 (Naples Italy 3-9 May 2019). The use of underground space is continuing to grow due to global urbanization public demand for efficient transportation and energy saving production and distribution. The growing need for space at ground level along with its continuous value increase and the challenges of energy saving and achieving sustainable development objectives demand greater and better use of the underground space to ensure that it supports sustainable resilient and more liveable cities. The contributions cover a wide range of topics tunnel inspection analysis via risk assessment for maintenance planning and civil engineering constraints on tunnel ventilation and safety to CFD simulations of longitudinal ventilation of a road tunnel. The book is a valuable reference text for tunnelling specialists owners engineers archaeologists architects artists and others involved in underground planning design and building around the world and for academics who are interested in underground constructions and geotechnics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367468743

Tunnels and Underground Structures: Proceedings Tunnels & Underground Structures Singapore 2000 This text describes topics discussed at the conference including: tunnelling and construction in soft ground and rocks; geological investigations; tunnelling machines; planning for underground infrastructure; safety issues and environmental and social aspects of underground development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203734926

Tunnels with In-situ Pressed Concrete LiningGeotechnika - Selected Translations of Russian Geotechnical Literature 9 Expounds the basics of the USSR-originating advanced method for construction of tunnels for various purposes with in-situ pressure moulded linings. Includes practical tunnelling experience theoretical basis & methods of analysis of such linings specific requirements of concrete operational procedure equipment systems as well as designs satisfying these requirements and evaluation of the method in technical and economical aspects. The English edition includes an updated state-of-the-art review. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003077640

Turandot's Sisters PbdirectA Study of the Folktale AT 851 Turandot's Sisters represents the culmination of more than a century's research on the riddle-tale subgenre by a small but distinguished group of folklorists. It focuses on the interpretation of riddles especially the role of riddles in courtship ritual. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138845640

Turandot's SistersA Study of the Folktale AT 851 There are a number of outstanding dissertations in folklore which warrant a wider readership and which belong in the library of any educational institution or individual with a serious interest in folklore. A few of these are in fact already well known to professional folklorists who may have bothered to send for them through inter-library loan or in more recent times purchased copies from University Microfilms International in Ann Arbor Michigan. However it should be noted that not all dissertations are available through UMI. The appearance for selected folklore dissertations and theses both old and new in the Folklore Library series will make it much easier for libraries and individuals to obtain these significant studies. Among the most important hitherto unpublished folklore dissertations are such works as motif and/or tale type indices historic-geographic (comparative) in-depth studies of single folktales or ballads and surveys of specialized folklore scholarship e.g. of a particular country or group. There are in addition valuable filed collections of folklore data to be found in dissertations.First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864177

Turbo FlowUsing Plan for Every Part (PFEP) to Turbo Charge Your Supply Chain A Plan for Every Part (PFEP) is all about determining the right part at the right time in the quantity needed. Turbo Flow: Using Plan for Every Part (PFEP) to Turbo Charge Your Supply Chain explains how to take this detailed inventory plan from the manufacturing arena and apply it to boost performance and cost efficiencies in your supply chain. It explains how to use PFEP to improve management of your raw materials WIP and finished goods inventories. Tapping into two decades of combined experience at Toyota Motor Manufacturing the authors explains how to use PFEP to determine how much you need to build the proper frequency for deliveries how often you need to pick up from suppliers and how much inventory you require. Presents an overview of PFEP for finished goods Discusses internal route planning and design using PFEP data Details external logistics and synchronization of manufacturing logistics and inventory cycles For those willing to fundamentally change the way they do business this book will light the path to more efficient and profitable supply chain management. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138438668

Turbo-folk Music and Cultural Representations of National Identity in Former Yugoslavia Turbo-folk music is the most controversial form of popular culture in the new states of former Yugoslavia. Theoretically ambitious and innovative this book is a new account of popular music that has been at the centre of national political and cultural debates for over two decades. Beginning with 1970s Socialist Yugoslavia Uroš Čvoro explores the cultural and political paradoxes of turbo-folk: described as ’backward’ music whose misogynist and Serb nationalist iconography represents a threat to cosmopolitanism turbo-folk’s iconography is also perceived as a ’genuinely Balkan’ form of resistance to the threat of neo-liberalism. Taking as its starting point turbo-folk’s popularity across national borders Čvoro analyses key songs and performers in Serbia Slovenia and Croatia. The book also examines the effects of turbo on the broader cultural sphere - including art film sculpture and architecture - twenty years after its inception and popularization. What is proposed is a new way of reading the relationship of contemporary popular music to processes of cultural political and social change - and a new understanding of how fundamental turbo-folk is to the recent history of former Yugoslavia and its successor states. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249059

Turbomachinery Fluid Dynamics and Heat Transfer This festschrift in honor of Professor Budugur Lakshminarayana's 60th birthday-based on the proceedings of a symposium on Turbomachinery Fluid Dynamics and Heat Transfer held recently at The Pennsylvania State University University Park-provides authoritative and conclusive research results as well as new insights into complex flow features found in the turbomachinery used for propulsion power and industrial applications.Explaining in detail compressors heat transfer fields in turbines computational fluid dynamics and unsteady flows Turbomachinery Fluid Dynamics and Heat Transfer covers:Mixing mechanisms annulus wall boundary layers and the flow field in transonic turbocompressorsThe numerical implementation of turbulence models in a computer codeSecondary flows film cooling and thermal turbulence modelingThe visualization method of modeling using liquid crystalsInnovative techniques in the computational modeling of compressor and turbine flowsmeasurement in unsteady flows as well as axial flows and compressor noise generationAnd much moreGenerously illustrated and containing key bibliographic citations Turbomachinery Fluid Dynamics and Heat Transfer is an indispensable resource for mechanical design aerospace marine manufacturing materials industrial and reliability engineers; and upper-level undergraduate and graduate students in these disciplines. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203734919

TurbomachineryBasic Theory and Applications Second Edition "This entirely updated and enlarged Second Edition broadens the scope of the previous edition while maintaining its concise easy-to-read style in presenting the basic principles of turbomachine theory and its application to specific devices -- providing immediately useful step-by-step procedures that show how the essentials of turbomachinery are a Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429159770

TurbomachineryConcepts Applications and Design Turbomachinery: Concepts Applications and Design is an introductory turbomachinery textbook aimed at seniors and first year graduate students giving balanced treatment of both the concepts and design aspects of turbomachinery based on sound analysis and a strong theoretical foundation. The text has three sections Basic Concepts Incompressible Fluid Machines; and Compressible Fluid Machines. Emphasis is on straightforward presentation of key concepts and applications with numerous examples and problems that clearly link theory and practice over a wide range of engineering areas. Problem solutions and figure slides are available for instructors adopting the text for their classes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138640696

Turbulence in Open Channel Flows A review of open channel turbulence focusing especially on certain features stemming from the presence of the free surface and the bed of a river. Part one presents the statistical theory of turbulence; Part two addresses the coherent structures in open-channel flows and boundary layers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203734902

Turbulence Models and Their Application in Hydraulics This book provides an introduction to the subject of turbulence modelling in a form easy to understand for anybody with a basic background in fluid mechanics and it summarizes the present state of the art. Individual models are described and examined for the merits and demerits which range from the simple Prandtl mixing length theory to complex second order closure schemes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138433946

Turbulent Fluid Motion This comprehensive book is based on the Navier-Stokes and other continuum equations for fluids. It interprets the analytical and numerical solutions of the equations of fluid motion. Topics included are turbulence and how why and where it occurs; mathematical apparatus used for the representation and study of turbulence; continuum equations used for the analysis of turbulence; ensemble time and space averages as they are applied to turbulent quantities; the closure problem of the averaged equations and possible closure schemes; Fourier analysis and the spectral form of the continuum equations both averaged and unaveraged; nonlinear dynamics and chaos theory. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003075448

Turbulent Times and Enduring PeoplesMountain Minorities in the South-East Asian Massif Scattered across the South-East Asian massif a few dozen ethnic groups (numbering around 50 million) maintain highly original cultural identities and political and economic traditions against pressure from national majorities. They face the same challenges. The means by which social change has been imposed by the lowlanders are similar from country to country and the results are comparable. The originality of this book lies in the combination of multi-disciplinary mixing of social anthropology history and human geography; multi-culturality grouping together several cultural contexts; trans-nationality straddling five countries and bridging the traditional divide between South China and Mainland South-East Asia; and history reaching back 300 years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986220

Turf WarThe Clinton Administration and Northern Ireland First published in 2004 this provocative and remarkable book is the first significant study of how the Clinton administration revolutionized US policy toward Northern Ireland in the 1990s. Based on interviews with the major actors in the episode Timothy Lynch examines in detail how the internal American turf war fought over Northern Ireland shaped the quality and character of US engagement. Turf War will be essential reading for all those seeking to understand American policy toward Northern Ireland; the institutional dynamics of US foreign policy after the cold war; the perils of locking terrorists into a democratic process; and US interventions more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138358539

Turgenev and the Context of English Literature 1850-1900 Turgenev and the Context of English Literature examines the cultural outlook in the Anglo-Saxon world in the second half of the nineteenth century by looking at the reception of Turgenev's work during the period. By analysing the timing and quality of the contemporary English translations of Turgenev's work and his influence on the work of a number of writers including Henry James and George Gissing Glyn Turton charts the development of contemporary cultural and moral attitudes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755979

Turkestan and the Fate of the Russian Empire The central argument of this book is that the half-century of Russian rule in Central Asia was shaped by traditions of authoritarian rule by Russian national interests and by a civic reform agenda that brought to Turkestan the principles that informed Alexander II's reform policies. This civilizing mission sought to lay the foundations for a rejuvenated 'modern' empire unified by imperial citizenship patriotism and a shared secular culture. Evidence for Brower's thesis is drawn from major archives in Uzbekistan and Russia. Use of these records permitted him to develop the first interpretation either in Russian or Western literature of Russian colonialism in Turkestan that draws on the extensive archival evidence of policy-making imperial objectives and relations with subject peoples. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203605219

Turkey - Anglo-American Security Interests 1945-1952The First Enlargement of NATO This book aims to enhance our understanding of how American presence came to become consolidated - through NATO - in the eastern Mediterranean in the early cold war period by examining how American and British security considerations toward the region evolved between 1947 and 1952 and the impact Turkey's pressure had on American and British security thinking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415642187

Turkey the Arab Spring and Beyond It has been almost five years now since a new collective consciousness of Arab masses transformed the political landscape of the Middle East and North Africa. In just a short period of time the people of the Arab world protested against their rulers putting an end to long-time authoritarian leaders in Tunisia Egypt Libya and Yemen while bringing others to the eve of collapse. Although the uprisings were initially successful the people’s strong will to see honour dignity rights and good governance realized within their respective countries was fiercely combated by the ruling strata of these states and their strategies to ensure authoritarian survival. The changing political landscape and the dynamic processes of the Arab Spring have caught the attention of academics as well. There is a blossoming literature being written on the Arab Spring focusing on social protests authoritarian resilience and learning opposition strategies the rise of non-state actors state failure foreign policy and new the geopolitical landscape. Therefore with the desire to contribute to this literature this edited volume aims to address the changing political atmosphere and the challenges of the emerging geopolitical order particularly focusing on Turkish foreign policy and its response to the Arab Spring. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Balkan and Near Eastern Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367028428

Turkey the EU and the Middle EastForeign Policy Cooperation and the Arab Uprisings This book focuses on the dynamics of Turkey’s relationship with Europe in the context of the ‘Arab Spring’ and analyses Turkish behaviour vis-à-vis foreign policy cooperation with the EU. Süsler explains the complexity of Turkey-EU relations by looking beyond membership negotiations and examines informal foreign policy dialogue between Turkish and EU officials. The book discusses the reactions of the Turkish government to the uprisings in Libya Syria and Egypt and cooperative opportunities between Turkey and the EU. The analysis finds that although cooperation varies across cases foreign policy dialogue has become a main driver of the Turkey-EU relationship. A counter-intuitive finding of the research is that the EU has often been the actor seeking Turkey’s cooperation rather than the other way round clearly challenging the original power asymmetry between Turkey and the EU. Based on interviews with diplomats and policy makers and extensive documentary research this book will be of interest to political scientists students policy makers and researchers focusing on Turkish foreign policy and Turkey-EU relations. This book is also about exploring inventive ways of maintaining a complex working partnership with the EU and will be of interest to scholars working on the EU’s relationship with "outsiders". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367236137

Turkey (Routledge Revival)MERI Report First published in 1985 this study focusing on Turkey looks at the underlying reasons why certain political economic and social events have taken place in the country’s history. It provides vital analysis of the political and economic issues of the country and those that have affected it as well as providing statistical material on all the key data of the political economy.The book was originally published as part of the Middle East Research Institute (MERI) Reports on the Middle East which quickly established themselves as the most authoritative and up-to-date information on the state of affairs in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138902114

Turkey and EU IntegrationAchievements and Obstacles What has been achieved regarding Turkey’s efforts at integration to the EU and what obstacles remain to it achieving full membership? Like other developing countries Turkey displays visible signs of advancement with rapid increases in living standards greater mobility and the rapid spread of technology. Much of its legislation and political economic and administrative systems are also now aligned to the EU and this process has undoubtedly contributed to democratization and modernization. At the same time problems in politics and society persist; the Gezi protests limitations of freedom of expression frequent occupational accidents in the mining and construction sectors honour killings and political upheaval which has manifested itself most starkly with the recent coup attempt all call attention to the challenges facing a country in the process of change. Charting the political legal and economic relations between Turkey and the European Union since 1959 this book explores the relationship through phases such as association customs union and candidacy. Each chapter covers a particular period in the relations and/or a theme which has both current and overall relevance to the conduct of the relations. In this way the authors examine the impact of the EU in affecting change what has been achieved and the obstacles that remain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472473554

Turkey and GreeceThe Aegean Disputes The Aegean disputes between Turkey and Greece represent one of the longest-standing contemporary conflicts in existence.These disagreements encompass a wide range of issues including the seabed maritime areas and airspace of the Aegean. The territorial status of a number of islands and rocks as well as specific demilitarization conferred upon Greek islands in the Eastern Aegean under international treaties is also a matter of dispute. The Aegean disputes which still remain unresolved are a major source of tension and conflict in Turkish-Greek relations. The stalemate in reaching a settlement is liable to give rise to new frictions resulting in an acute strain on relations. From time to time the disputes have erupted into crisis bringing the two countries to the verge of confrontation. These disputes are immensely complex and involve a broad range of interrelated issues with complicated political and legal aspects. This study represents the first attempt of its kind providing in a single volume a comprehensive review and analysis of the legal and political aspects of the Aegean disputes which constitute a unique case study in international law involving two neighbours in the Aegean that share a unique history and geography. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843147404

Turkey and the EU: Accession and Reform Turkish accession to the European Union is an important but controversial item on the agenda of the European Union. By focusing on the various domestic sources that drive Turkish politics this comprehensive study of both classic and new topics supported by fresh new insights fills a void in the current literature on Turkey-EU relations. This volume is a comprehensive state of the art study of domestic politics and policies and their role in Turkey’s EU accession. Contributions are obtained from established scholars acknowledged for their expertise in their respective fields. The content is structured along issues dynamics actors and policies that drive Turkish politics and it provides an integrated assessment of the dynamics in Turkey-EU relations to general readers students and specialists in EU Enlargement and Turkish politics alike. Original contributions to ‘classic’ topics such as the customs union human rights military civil society public and elite opinion political parties and the Kurdish issue are made by assessing the domestic sources of recent developments during the negotiations period. In addition ‘new’ topics are included that previously have not been covered or analyzed in volumes on Turkish-EU relations such as the Alevi issue European Turks corruption in Turkey and Turkish parliamentary elite opinion on Turkey and the EU. This book was published as a special issue of South European Society and Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754767

Turkey and the EU: An Awkward Candidate for EU Membership?An Awkward Candidate for EU Membership? This book was published in 2003.The book presents an analysis of the development of the European Union's policy towards Turkey from a comparative perspective and compares the EU's approach to the issues in the EU-Turkey relationship. However the literature on EU-Turkey relations is excessively rigid antiquated and opinionated reflecting the stylized version of the official approaches to issues between the two. With this in mind the primary objective of this study is to contribute to the literature by using a comparative approach to analyse these relations. Human rights the Greco-Turkish dispute and the security considerations of both parties are chosen as specific policy issues. Moreover the book adopts a new approach and covers several of the key topics in the EU enlargement debate. Finally it explores the question as to whether the EU's containment policy will be sustainable in the long term and examines possible scenarios for both parties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138710986

Turkey and the EUAn Awkward Candidate for EU Membership? The relationship between Turkey and the European Union is an important issue in European integration. With the EU beginning accession talks with Turkey this is a vital moment for the future as the EU deals with a central question that has been on the agenda for over forty years: Turkey's membership. Since the first edition EU-Turkey relations have clearly taken different directions. There have been considerable developments in Greek-Turkish relations the Cyprus issue the domestic politics of Turkey including human rights and the protection of minorities and the changing security environment post-9/11. Furthermore recent enlargement has been an important turning point for the EU. This extended and revised edition addresses these major developments and assesses the implications of Turkish membership for the current EU structures. The book is a timely addition to the existing literature for students and academics of European and Middle Eastern Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138378988

Turkey and the European UnionFacing New Challenges and Opportunities In recent years Turkey has become an ever more important actor on the international stage. However Turkey-EU relations still remain in a state of flux. The EU and Turkey seem to have moved apart in their political aspirations after Turkey’s EU accession talks faced a stalemate over the Republic of Cyprus’ EU accession as a divided island. Likewise both Turkey and the EU have recently faced new socio-political realities such as the Eurozone crisis the Arab Spring and the Turkish government’s shifting foreign policy towards the Middle East region. Such developments have rendered EU membership potentially a less desirable prospect for an increasingly self-confident Turkey. In light of these recent events this book explores the evolving challenges and opportunities facing the more than 50-year old Turkey-EU relationship. This volume focuses particularly on the role of the Cyprus issue the potential for closer Turkey-EU cooperation in the aftermath of the Arab Spring the impact on Turkish citizens and politics as well as the concept of Europeanization especially in relation to Turkey’s democratic reform process. In drawing together perspectives from the disciplines of international relations political science and law this book offers a unique interdisciplinary outlook towards the changing role of Europe in Turkey’s political discourse. This book will be of interest to researchers and students of Turkey-EU relations EU external relations Law Europeanization and Turkish and Middle Eastern politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138659155

Turkey and the European UnionProcesses of Europeanisation The accession of Turkey to the EU presents a fascinating case study for all those with an interest in europeanisation. Officially recognised as a candidate for full membership in 1999 Turkey's negotiations with the EU have been protracted and highly controversial. Turkey and the European Union: Processes of Europeanisation offers a coherent and focussed account of Turkey's recent relations and accession negotiations with the EU. Europeanisation as an explanatory tool is used to review how the EU has successfully induced change in Turkish policies and institutions whilst careful analysis is also conducted into where europeanisation has failed and explores how it may even have inadvertently contributed to forming a backlash against accession. Authoritative local and International contributors provide in-depth analysis as to why the process has had such a varied impact across a range of policies and institutions and ask given the high costs of joining the EU and decreasing incentives if europeanisation can still exert an influence in the future. Despite Turkey's unique geographical and political position between East and West the relationship with the EU is not a case sui generis. This book offers valuable insights on the effectiveness of europeanisation for all those within and without the framework of the European Union. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409445296

Turkey and the Global EconomyNeo-Liberal Restructuring and Integration in the Post-Crisis Era Since the financial crisis of 2000 and 2001 the Turkish economy has undergone considerable change and some improvement. This book gives a detailed examination of the neo-liberal restructuring that has taken place and the challenges the economy still faces providing a comparative perspective on recent reforms and the position of Turkey in the global economy. This book examines all major aspects of the post-crisis economic performance of the Turkish economy. Major sectors of the economy such as agriculture and manufacturing along with key issues such as privatization export growth developments in the labour market poverty and social exclusion are analysed in detail. The authors consider Turkish performance from a comparative perspective drawing attention to its similarities with the experience of other emerging markets. Providing an insight into the major difficulties of post-crisis adjustment sustainability of the gains achieved so far and the challenges that lie ahead this book will be of interest to academics and scholars in the fields of International Political Economy and Globalization Studies Middle East Studies and Development Studies as well as having significance for practitioners in emerging markets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851763

Turkey and the Rescue of European Jews This book exposes Turkish policies concerning European Jews during the Hitler era focusing on three events: 1. The recruitment of German Jewish scholars by the Turkish government after Hitler came to power 2. The fate of Jews of Turkish origin in German-controlled France during WWII 3. The Turkish approach to Jewish refugees who were in transit to Palestine through Turkey. These events have been widely presented in literature and popular media as conspicuous evidence of the humanitarian policies of the Turkish government as well as indications of the compassionate acts of the Turkish officials vis-à-vis Jewish people both in the pre-war years of the Nazi regime and during WWII. This volume contrasts the evidence and facts from a wealth of newly-disclosed documents with the current populist presentation of Turkey as protector of Jews. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138801257

Turkey Before and After AtaturkInternal and External Affairs Turkey's modern history has been unstable and contradictory. National identity continues to be an issue as Turks are faced with joining the West and preserving their own culture. The emergence of Islamicism contributes to the question of how safe the secular constitutional democracy is. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203044971

Turkey Between East And WestNew Challenges For A Rising Regional Power As a rising regional power in the critical borderland between Europe and Asia Turkey has been more challenged than its neighbors by the disintegration of the Soviet Union and the break-up of Yugoslavia. A secular Muslim nation with a history of involvement in European affairs and some with Western international structures Turkey is positioned to Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313746

Turkey between Nationalism and Globalization Turkish society has been going through institutional and ideological change that has affected its social cultural and political practices. This book examines these contemporary tensions which have led to a re-appraisal of Turkey as a nation and Turkish nationalism as it tries to situate itself as a regional and global power. Analysing the internal and external dynamics of Turkey and the role played by nationalism this book considers how the understanding of the nation and nationalism has changed since the creation of the Republic of Turkey and how it has now become central to its desire to become a global power. Despite on-going negotiations about entry into the EU an ambition for Turkey to be a regional power feeds nationalist feeling that contradicts institutional discursive and cultural changes. Presenting interdisciplinary perspectives from experts in history sociology political sciences and economics the contributors offer new perspectives on contemporary Turkey and its future. Turkey between Nationalism and Globalization will be of interest to students and scholars of Turkish studies; globalization studies nationalism studies Middle Eastern and Mediterranean studies international relations political science and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138830288

Turkey in Europe First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315033808

Turkey in GermanyThe Transitional Sphere of Deutschkei This study explores the relationship between migration and political 'development' and asks the question 'how are migration movements and the expatriate communities they create connected to the possibility of enhanced political voice or the preservation of illiberal politics in sending countries?'. The thesis of this work is that politics of origin may be better understood by their extensions into transnational public spheres because civil society as a discursive space may be more liberally grounded in migrant-receiving countries than in sending societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138883383

Turkey in the 21st CenturyOpportunities Challenges Threats Answers the questions: what is the background to issues in external and internal politics? What is the Turks' opinion on European and Turkish identity? On Cyprus? On the role of the generals? Why do human rights problems linger on? What is behind the Kurdish question? Is Turkey religiously split? What are the pros and cons of Turkish association with the EU? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993907

Turkey in the 21st CenturyQuest for a New Foreign Policy This unique book investigates the complex transformation of Turkey's foreign policy focusing on changing threat perceptions and the reformulation of its Western identity. This transformation cannot be explained solely in terms of strategic choices or agency driven policies but encompasses power shifts and systemic transformations. Is Turkey shifting its axis? Will this affect its traditional Western-oriented foreign policy? The book begins by discussing the relationship between security and globalization using examples of Turkey's regional positioning. It then focuses on to what extent the 'traditional' discourse on security in Turkish politics which prevailed during the Cold War era and beyond has undergone a change in the new era. This timely book is a much needed account of how pragmatism rather than ideology is the main determinant in Turkey's current foreign policy and should be read by all looking for a fresh and stimulating take on Turkey's response to globalization and the internationalization of security in the 21st Century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261532

Turkey’s Accession to the European UnionThe Politics of Exclusion? Turkey’s accession to the European Union is undoubtedly one of the Union’s most contested potential enlargements. The narrative that dominates the debate surrounding this issue primarily relates to problems such as a lack of respect for fundamental human rights in Turkey the Kurdish question and the continuing stalemate concerning northern Cyprus. This book looks at these issues but also proposes that a review of Turkey’s experience with the EU in its numerous incarnations suggests that these concerns may mask a deeper disquiet. Whilst there are several questions that Turkey must address particularly in the area of human rights guarantees the concerns which raise debates regarding Turkish membership are not issues that are unique to Turkey. Turkey’s EU experience also raises fundamental questions about religion and the EU project that have greater implication than simply Turkish accession. Through the lens of the Turkish example this book addresses these broader questions such as the nature of European ‘identity’ Europe’s Christian past the limits of pluralism and the fundamental question of religion in the European public sphere. This book will be of great interest to those engaged in research on European law and politics at undergraduate or postgraduate level. It is also aimed at academics with an interest in human rights and the European Union and with a regional interest in Turkey. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415813501

Turkey’s Rise as an Emerging Power Turkey is emerging as an important actor in world politics exerting growing influence both in its immediate region and beyond. This book aims to understand and explain this phenomenon utilizing a variety of perspectives from international relations theory. One prominent issue is how Turkey long embedded in the West via NATO and other European organizations is growing more confident and is asserting more independent foreign policy positions. This is particularly marked in the Middle East where some suggest Turkey is pursuing a "neo-Ottomanist" agenda. At times this competes with and creates tensions with the West. However a rising Turkey can also be a constructive phenomenon and complement the West. This book examines geopolitical economic and cultural dimensions of Turkey’s rise pointing to both Turkish success and the limits of Turkish power and influence. It includes consideration of Turkey’s relations with NATO the European Union the Middle East and BRIC countries.This book was published as a special issue of Turkish Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739010

TurkeyIdentity Democracy Politics This volume aims to shed light on Turkish political issues. The discussions range over national and international politics democracy and freedom of the press voting patterns official control of indigenous music and conditions in industrial estates. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315037066

Turkey's Democratization Process Since the end of the 1980 coup d’état Turkey has been in the midst of a complex process of democratization. Applying methodological pluralism in order to provide a comprehensive analysis of this process in a Turkish context this book brings together contributions from prominent Turkish English French and Spanish scholars. Turkey’s Democratization Process utilises the theoretical framework of J.J. Linz and A.C. Stepan in order to assess the complex process of democratization in Turkey. This framework takes into account five interacting features of Turkey’s polity when making this assessment namely: whether the underlying legal and socioeconomic conditions are conducive for the development of a free and participant society; if a relatively autonomous political society exists; whether there are legal guarantees for citizens’ freedoms; if there exists a state bureaucracy which can be used by a democratic government; and whether the type and pace of Turkish economic development contributes to this process. Examining the Turkish case in light of this framework this book seeks to combine analyses that will help assess the process of democratization in Turkey to date and will be of interest to scholars and researchers interested in Turkish Politics Democratization and Middle Eastern Studies more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377837

Turkey's Electoral GeographyTrends Behaviors and Identities Analyzing Turkey’s electoral geography this volume evaluates the geographical repercussions of the elections in Turkey since the establishment of multiparty politics in 1950. The book focuses on the last two decades examining the interaction between electoral behavior and regional dynamics. Various issues related to the geographical connotations of Turkish electoral politics are qualitatively and quantitatively addressed by scholars with diverse backgrounds in social sciences. The chapters herein examine how Turkey’s electoral geography has been shaped over the years to correspond with a certain aspect of multiparty politics such as voting behaviors political parties and party systems nationalization and regionalization redistricting gender issues identity dynamics or ideological polarization. This comprehensive work contributes to the theoretical debates in electoral geography in general. Utilizing notions from electoral geography literature this book develops new concepts through the Turkish case. Filling an important gap in the literature on Turkish politics this contemporary analysis will be a key resource to policymakers students and scholars interested in political science Turkey and the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367632793

Turkey's Engagement with Global Women's Human Rights Examining the rise of global women's human rights and their interpretation and application to Turkey Nüket Kardam provides an in-depth study that applies global norms - including women's empowerment overcoming violence against women and gender and good governance - to a specific locale in order to examine events post application. The volume examines whether a gender equality regime exists and looks into the Turkish attempt at compliance. Moreover it analyzes the tension between abstract universalism Western enlightenment values and local values and identities including the role of Islam regarding women's rights. This groundbreaking study also includes research on the women's movement in Turkey its discourses and its relationship with the state from the 1980s onwards during which time multilateral and bilateral donors and the European Union came to exert more influence and new civil society partnerships were formed with the state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398691

Turkey's Entente with Israel and AzerbaijanState Identity and Security in the Middle East and Caucasus With the end of the Cold War came a new political instability in Turkey and a shift in relations with the West leading the government to adopt new foreign policies and forge alliances with neighbouring states. This book offers a detailed and comprehensive analysis of the evolution of the trilateral relationship between Turkey Israel and Azerbaijan. Drawing both on first-hand interviews and on research not previously available in the English language Alexander Murinson brings a new perspective to the study of the relationship between the three countries. In particular he examines the commonalities of state identities that brought the countries together the role of state institutions the security dimension and the influence of globalization. In a period of growing concerns about European energy security the book provides an extensive discussion of the activities carried out by various think-tanks especially in Washington regarding the regional and domestic politics of the three countries. An original contribution to study of regional processes in the expanded Middle East after the end of the Cold War this book is a welcome addition to the literature on the regional politics of the Middle East and the Caucasus. As such it will be of great interest to anyone studying international relations security studies and Middle Eastern politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853187

Turkey's Foreign Policy in the 21st CenturyA Changing Role in World Politics Title first published in 2003. In this insightful book Tareq Y. Ismael and Mustafa Aydin explore Turkey's role within a globalizing world and as a new century unfolds examine a nation at the crossroads of both time and space within the international political order. Chapters consider Turkey's policy history its prospects and policy issues and discuss them with positive alternatives outlined for Turkish policy-makers and the academics who examine them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138707887

Turkey's Kurdish QuestionDiscourse & Politics Since 1990 The Kurdish question is one of the most complicated and protracted conflicts of the Middle East and will never be resolved unless it is finally defined. The majority of the Kurdish people live in Turkey which gives the country a unique position in the larger Kurdish conundrum. Society in Turkey is deeply divided over the definition and even existence of the Kurdish question and this uncertainty has long manifested itself in its complete denial or in accusations of political rivals of ‘separatism’ and even ‘treason’. Turkey’s Kurdish Question explores how these denial and acknowledgement dynamics often reveal pre-existing political ideology and agenda priorities themselves becoming political actions. While the very term "Kurdish question" is discussed in the academic literature as a given a new and systemic study is required to deconstruct and analyze the constitutive parts of this discursive construct. This book provides the first comprehensive study and analysis of the discursive constructions and perceptions of what is broadly defined as the "Kurdish question" in Turkish European and American political cultures. Furthermore its new methodological approach to the study of discourse and politics of secessionist conflicts can be applied to many similar intra-state conflict cases. Turkey’s Kurdish Question would suit students and scholars of Middle East studies Conflict studies and Comparative Politics as well as Turkish or Kurdish studies. H. Akın Ünver is an assistant professor of international relations at Kadir Has University. This book is based on his dissertation ‘Defining Turkey’s Kurdish Question‘ which has won the Middle East Studies Association (MESA) 2010 Malcolm H. Kerr award for the best dissertation in the field of social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138577985

Turkey's KurdsA Theoretical Analysis of the PKK and Abdullah Ocalan The Kurdish Worker's Party (PKK) is examined here in this text on Kurdish nationalism. Incorporating recent field-based research results and newly translated material on Abdullah Ocalan the PKK's long-time leader; it explores the nature and the organizational working of the party from its growth in the late 1970s to its recent shrinkage. A variety of issues are addressed including:* the views and philosophy of Abdullah Ocalan* the successes and failures of the PKK in bringing about the Kurdish opposition in Turkey* the role of PKK's philosophy of recruitment organizational diligence use of arms and other contextual factors in Kurdish resistance* factors involved in the development of the nationalism of the Kurds in Turkey.The text also reappraises the Kurdish movement in Turkey and presents insights into the nature of Kurdish social structure thinking and the particularities of the Kurdish ethnic distinctness. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203019597

Turkey's New Foreign PolicyDavutoglu the AKP and the Pursuit of Regional Order Turkey’s Justice and Development Party (AKP) after coming to power in 2002 sought to play a larger diplomatic role in the Middle East. The AKP adopted a proactive foreign policy to create ‘strategic depth’ by expanding Turkey’s zone of influence in the region drawing on the opportunities of geography economic power and imperial history to reconnect the country with its historical hinterland. Yet despite early promise this policy came undone after the Arab upheavals of 2011 and has seen Turkey increasingly at odds with its neighbours and the West. Turkey's New Foreign Policy outlines the key tenets of the AKP’s policy of strategic depth in the Middle East and how this marks a departure from traditional Turkish foreign policy. Particular attention is focused on the Turkish reaction to the political changes that swept through the Arab world – including the Syrian civil war – and presented Turkey with its most significant foreign-policy challenge to date. Based on extensive primary research of Turkish-language sources this monograph argues that political changes in the Middle East have precipitated a serious decline in Turkish regional influence reversing earlier gains in influence after the AKP came to power. However despite these foreign-policy defeats the AKP has shown little indication that it is willing to scale back its ambitions insisting that it stands on the right side of history – drawing a clear distinction between Turkey and the West. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138907232

Turkey's New GeopoliticsFrom The Balkans To Western China With the astonishing transformations in the geopolitics of the world since the collapse of the Soviet Union Turkey has been profoundly affected by the changes on its periphery. For the first time since the beginning of the century a Turkic world has blossomed giving Turkey potential new foreign policy clout from the Balkans across the Caucasus a Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215026

Turkey's Pivot to EurasiaGeopolitics and Foreign Policy in a Changing World Order This book discusses and analyses the dimensions of Turkey’s strategic rapprochement with the Eurasian states and institutions since the deterioration of Ankara’s relations with its traditional NATO allies. Do these developments signify a major strategic reorientation in Turkish foreign policy? Is Eurasia becoming an alternative geopolitical concept to Europe or the West? Or is this ‘pivot to Eurasia’ an instrument of the current Turkish government to obtain greater diplomatic leverage? Engaging with these key questions the contributors explore the geographical political economic military and social dynamics that influence this process while addressing the questions that arise from the difficulties in reconciling Ankara’s strategic priorities with those of other Eurasian countries like Russia China Iran and India. Chapters focus on the different aspects of Turkey’s improving bilateral relations with the Eurasian states and institutions and consider the possibility of developing a convincing Eurasian alternative for Turkish foreign policy. The book will be useful for researchers in the fields of politics and IR more broadly and particularly relevant for scholars and students researching Turkish foreign policy and the geopolitics of Eurasia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367085667

Turkey's Relations with the West and the Turkic RepublicsThe Rise and Fall of the Turkish Model This title was first published in 2000:  An analysis of the relations between Turkey the West and the newly independent Turkic Republics in the context of the "Turkish Model" proposed and supported by the West as a possible model for development in the Turkic Republics. It summarizes the Turkish Model of development as applied in Turkey including its shortcomings and discusses the role of Turkey in the area after the collapse of the Soviet Union from the point of view of both the West and Turkey itself. It also analyzes the possible reasons why the Turkish Model was proposed and how the Turkic Republics received it and why it declined from favour in a short period of time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138729254

Turkey's Road to European Union MembershipNational Identity and Political Change Enlargement to Turkey is arguably the greatest challenge facing the European Union today. After the narrowly averted "train crash" over Cyprus in 2006 the second election victory of the Justice and Development Party in July 2007 opened new prospects for Turkish-EU relations. But in an EU emphasising a collective identity based on shared civilisational values Turkey’s European credentials have been increasingly called into question. Amending national identity through political change has become the key to the success or failure of the Turkish integration project. This volume examines the EU role in strengthening the domestic pro-reform coalition within Turkey the paradox - and potential limits - of Turkey’s europeanising Islamists and the impact of Europeanisation through conditionality including a case study of Turkish policy towards the Cyprus Question. Also addressed are the Western stereotypes of Turkish identity influencing the country’s EU prospects notably concerning the role of Islam in precipitating acts of political violence and its association with sexual and political violence in the discourse of European opponents of Turkish accession. Finally the dynamics of EU accession negotiations are analysed and the potential role of a norm-driven rhetorical strategy in promoting Turkish accession as a moral and democratic imperative is discussed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315876481

Turkey-Syria RelationsBetween Enmity and Amity In 1997 Turkey and Syria were on the brink of war engaged in a very real power struggle. Turkey was aligned with Syria's main enemy Israel and there were seemingly intractable differences on the issues of borders the sharing of river waters and trans-border communities. In less than a decade relations were transformed from enmity to amity. Border issues and water sharing quarrels were moving towards amicable settlement and the two states' policies toward the Kurdish issue converging. Turkey undertook to mediate the Syrian-Israeli conflict and close political and economic relations were developing rapidly between the two states. Yet with the Syrian Uprising relations returned to enmity. What explains these remarkable changes? Given that Turkey and Syria are two pivotal states in the region what are the implications of this changing relationship for the international politics of the Middle East the balance of power and regional stability? In this internationally collaborative work co-edited by Raymond Hinnebusch and Özlem Tür British Syrian and Turkish scholars address these questions and examine the various domestic and international drivers in this key regional relationship. They discuss what theories best help us understand these seismic realignments and explore the impact of economic interdependence identity changes and power balances on the evolving relationship between these two key regional powers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409452812

TurkeyTerrorism Civil Rights and the European Union How do democratic societies maintain the balance between civil rights and security while continuing the fight on global terrorism? This work raises this issue and presents one country Turkey and its struggle to implement laws to combat terrorism and comply with the European Union’s civil rights standards. A collection of materials that reflects the legal responses in combating terrorism is an essential volume in any academic and professional collection as it provides a case-specific reference point in the fields of EU politics law and international relations. Turkey contains translations contextual notes and explanations from the editors of over 112 Turkish and EU documents ranging from martial law PKK terror Turkey-EU relations human rights and Turkish reforms. This resource book enables the reader to gauge Turkey’s prospects for success in establishing an effective government that at the same time protects the rights of the individual. This book will prove a valuable source for students and researchers of international politics international relations and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138011366

Turkic Peoples Of The World First Published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986237

Turkic SoundscapesFrom Shamanic Voices to Hip-Hop The Turkic soundscape is both geographically huge and culturally diverse (twenty-eight countries republics and districts extending from Eastern Europe through the Caucasus and throughout Central Asia). Although the Turkic peoples of the world can trace their linguistic and genetic ancestries to common sources their extensive geographical dispersion and widely varying historical and political experiences have generated a range of different expressive music forms. In addition the break-up of the Soviet Union and increasing globalization have resulted in the emergence of new viewpoints on classical and folk traditions Turkic versions of globalized popular culture and re-workings of folk and religious practices to fit new social needs. In line with the opening up of many Turkic regions in the post-Soviet era awareness of scholarship from these regions has also increased. Consisting of twelve individual contributions that reflect the geographical breadth of the area under study the collection addresses animist and Islamic religious songs; the historical development of Turkic musical instruments; ethnography and analysis of classical court music traditions; cross-cultural influences throughout the Turkic world; music and mass media; and popular music in traditional contexts. The result is a well-balanced survey of music in the Turkic-speaking world representing folk popular and classical traditions equally as well as discussing how these traditions have changed in response to growing modernity and cosmopolitanism in Europe and Central Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888992

Turkish Turkish is spoken by about fifty million people in Turkey and is the co-official language of Cyprus. Whilst Turkish has a number of properties that are similar to those of other Turkic languages it has distinct and interesting characteristics which are given full coverage in this book. Jaklin Kornfilt provides a wealth of examples drawn from different levels of vocabulary: contemporary and old official and colloquial. They are accompanied by a detailed grammatical analysis and English translation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823652

Turkish Foreign Policy since 1774 This revised and updated version of William Hale’s Turkish Foreign Policy 1774-2000 offers a comprehensive and analytical survey of Turkish foreign policy since the last quarter of the eighteenth century when the Turks’ relations with the rest of the world entered their most critical phase. In recent years Turkey’s international role has changed and expanded dramatically and the new edition revisits the chapters and topics covered in light of these changes. Drawing on newly available information and ideas the author carefully alters the earlier historical narrative while preserving the clarity and accessibility of the original. Combining the long historical perspective with a detailed survey and analysis of the most recent developments this book fills a clear gap in the literature on Turkey’s modern history. For readers with a broader interest in international history it also offers a crucial example of how a medium sized power has acted in the international environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415599870

Turkish Immigrants in the European UnionDeterminants of Immigration and Integration This book provides an analytical contribution to the contested issues marking Turkish membership to the European Union. On October 2005 Turkey started the accession process towards EU membership. Currently many Europeans fear that large numbers of Turkish nationals will flood member countries if Turkey were to become a member highlighting that many Turkish immigrants have failed to integrate into their host societies due to cultural difference. Yet others argue that Turkey is a dynamic society with a growing educated population that could help address the dilemmas faced by most member countries emphasizing that accession would assist the integration of current immigrants in Europe. Turkish Immigrants in the European Union addresses the following: What are the demographic trends in Turkey compared to the member countries? What is the potential scope and driving forces of immigration from Turkey to the EU? How will these trends affect Turkish immigrants in Europe? What is the integration problem of Turkish immigrants and how can it be resolved? This book was previously published as a special issue of Turkish Studies and will be of interest to students and scholars of European studies and European integration. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315878591

Turkish Immigrants in Western Europe and North AmericaImmigration and Political Mobilization Public and even scholarly debates usually focus on the integration problems of Muslim immigrants at the cost of overlooking the role of the growing number of migrant organizations in establishing a crucial link among immigrants themselves as well as between them and their countries of origin and residence. This book aims to fill a gap in the vast literature on migration from Turkey by contributing the neglected aspect of civic and political participation of Turkish immigrants. It brings together a number of scholars who carried out extensive research on the associational culture of Turkish immigrants living in different countries in Europe and North America. In order to understand the diversity and dynamics within Turkish migrant communities living in these parts of the world yet maintaining transnational ties this book offers a comparative and interdisciplinary approach to migrant organizations in general and civic participation and political mobilization of Turkish immigrants in particular. This book was published as a special issue in Turkish Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138117303

Turkish Language Literature and HistoryTravelers' Tales Sultans and Scholars Since the Eighth Century The twenty two essays collected in Turkish Language Literature and History offer insights into Turkish culture in the widest sense. Written by leaders in their fields from North America Europe and Turkey these essays cover a broad range of topics focusing on various aspects of Turkish language literature and history between the eighth century and the present. The chapters move between ancient and contemporary literature exploring Sultan Selim’s interest in dream interpretation translating newly uncovered poetry and exploring the works of Orhan Pamuk. Linguistic complexities of the Turkish language and dialects are analysed while new translations of 16th century decrees offer insight into Ottoman justice and power. This is a festschrift volume published for the leading scholar Bob Dankoff and the diverse topics covered in these essays reflect Dankoff’s valuable contributions to the study of Turkish language and literature. This cross-disciplinary book offers contributions from academics specialising in linguistics history literature and sociology amongst others. As such it is of key interest to scholars working in a variety of disciplines with a focus on Turkish Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815358039

Turkish MetalMusic Meaning and Morality in a Muslim Society Turkish Metal journeys deep into the heart of the Turkish heavy metal scene uncovering the emergence evolution and especially the social implications of this controversial musical genre in a Muslim society. The book applies an ethnographic approach in order to study social and cultural change in a Muslim society that is stricken with conflict over the by turns religious or secular nature of the state. Turkish Metal explores how Turkish metalheads against all odds manage to successfully claim public spaces of their own thereby transforming the public face of the city. The book raises the question of how and why the young dare to rebel against the prevalent social and moral restrictions in Turkish society; and it examines whether they succeed in asserting their individual freedom in a society that is still well-known for sanctioning any kind of behaviour deviating from the norm. Above all the book investigates the Turkish metal scene's potential for contesting Islamic concepts of morality its relevance within the field of female emancipation and its capacity to foster social relations that cut across national religious and ethnic boundaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261679

Turkish National Identity and Its OutsidersMemories of State Violence in Dersim This book examines the ways in which states and nations are constructed and legitimated through defining and managing outsiders. Focusing on Turkey and the municipality of Dersim – a region that has historically combined different outsider identities including Armenian Kurdish and Alevi identities – the author explores the remembering transformation and mobilisation of everyday relations of power and the manner in which relationships with the state shape both outsider identities and the conception of the nation itself. Together with a discussion of the recent decade in which the history identity and nature of Dersim have been central to various social and political organisations the author concentrates on three defining periods of state-outsider relationships – the massacre and the following displacements in Dersim known as ‘1938’; the growth of capitalism in Turkey and the leftist movements in Dersim between World War II and the coup d’état of 1980; and the rise of the PKK and the ‘state of exception’ in Dersim in the 1990s – to show how outsiders came to be defined as ‘exceptions to the law’ and how they were managed in different periods. Drawing on archival methods field research in-depth and multiple-session interviews and focus groups with three consecutive generations this book offers a historical understanding of relationships of power and struggle as they are actualised and challenged at particular localities and shaped through the making of outsiderness. As such it will be of interest to scholars of sociology anthropology and political science as well as historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367192969

Turkish Politics and the Military Turkey's geographical position between the Middle East and Europe and at the centre of the current upheavals in the USSR and the Balkans has led to a reawakening of interest in its international standing. Meanwhile its domestic politics are of increasing interest and Turkey seems to have become a model for Liberal Democracy in Central Asia. David Hale focuses on the role of the military in contemporary politics. He author argues that the military has behaved quite differently from its counterparts in other third world states: it has acted in some degree as a guardian of the state committed to economic and social modernisation. The book places contemporary politics in perspective by looking at the evolution of the armed forces in Turkey from the end of the eighteenth century. The author traces the role of the military through the establishment of the Republic the military coups of 1960 and 1980 the gradual return to civilian government of the sixties and seventies and the military disengagement from politics of 1983 onwards. Hale is interested in the army as an actor in the political drama rather than in the professional functions of soldiers and his historical exposition reveals much about the modern scene. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315002231

Turkish Politics and the Rise of the AKPDilemmas of Institutionalization and Leadership Strategy The Justice and Development Party (AKP) has been in power since 2002. This book is the first book-length analysis to chart the rise and development of the party from its Islamist roots through to government analysing in particular its internal organisation and dynamics.  Since its foundation in 2001 the AKP seems to have been more successful than any other party with an Islamic background in the history of the Turkish Republic. Drawing on interviews and analyses of quantitative data from primary and secondary sources the author examines the party’s character as an organisation its internal power structure its electoral roots strategy and leadership in the context of its organisational environment - including its constitution major veto players as well as international actors. Going beyond a mere analysis of Turkish politics and parties this book applies classical theories and models on political parties to the Turkish case. Focusing on the notion of ‘institutionalisation’ and its two main dimensions autonomy and ‘systemness’ it makes an original contribution to both the empirical study of the AKP contemporary Turkish Politics and the general discussion on theories of party organisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851770

Turkish: An Essential Grammar First published in 2010. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203883303

Turkish-American Relations 1800-1952Between the Stars Stripes and the Crescent This book aims to take the reader on a journey along the intricate web of Turkish-American relations. It critically examines the process during which the relations evolved from those of strangers into an occasionally troubled yet resilient alliance. Through the extensive use of Turkish American and British archival documents and numerous private paper and manuscript collections the book examines Turkish-American relations from 1800 to 1952 starting with the earliest contacts and ending with the institutionalization of the alliance after Turkey’s entry into NATO. Its purpose is to provide a better understanding of the significant issues pertaining to Turkish-American relations such as the impact of international developments on foreign policy decisions the role of key figures and organizations in shaping the relations the interaction of political economic cultural and military factors in policy formation and the importance of mutual perceptions in shaping actual relations. The analysis also situates Turkish-American relations in the larger context of diplomatic history through an evaluation of how the United States’ relations with Turkey fit into the general framework of American foreign policy and also through an examination of the conduct and changing priorities of Turkish foreign policy in this era. Such a study not only enhances our knowledge of Turkish-American relations for the period of 1800-1952 but also provides further insight into the relations during the Cold War and its aftermath. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415963534

Turkish-Azerbaijani RelationsOne Nation�Two States? An east-west axis of Azerbaijan and Turkey has grown into prominence within the broader structure of regional dynamics in Eurasia over the past two decades. Yet few including among policy advisors and policy makers in either of the two states have attempted to look deeper into the forces that lie behind the workings of this important regional nexus a reality that resulted in a dual crisis in bilateral relations towards the end of the second decade of interaction.This volume investigates the underlying causes that shaped the dynamics within the structure of the bilateral relationship between Azerbaijan and Turkey. It features chapters by both scholars from the region and international experts in the field and therefore provides both in-house and outside perspectives on developments within the complex structure of the relationship. With its analysis portfolio including historical political economic socio-cultural ideological and international underpinnings of this regional alliance the volume offers the most systematic and broad ranged analysis of the matter available to date. The book will serve as an important resource for students and scholars of post-Soviet Studies Central Asia and the Caucasus and the Middle East while also being of interest to those of International Relations and political science disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877439

Turkish-Greek RelationsRapprochement Civil Society and the Politics of Friendship Turkish-Greek relations are marked by a long trajectory of enmity and tension. This book sets out to explore the ‘other side’ of that history focusing on initiatives that have promoted contact between the two societies and encouraged rapprochement. Presenting a new critical re-description of Turkish-Greek rapprochement processes over a lengthy time span (1974-2013) Turkish-Greek Relations offers innovative explanations for the emergence of the reconciliation movement. Instead of lineal continuities the book explores different routes that these efforts for rapprochement have followed reflected in the divergent visions for a ‘Turkish-Greek friendship’ pursued by actors as distinct as radical leftists civil society activists local government representatives artists and liberal intellectuals as well as journalists politicians and businessmen. Drawing on political discourse theory and social anthropology this book employs extensive archival research into Turkish and Greek sources significant numbers of interviews with pioneers of the rapprochement movement and an original ethnographic study to examine the competing claims for ‘Greek-Turkish friendship’. In doing so it is possible to assess their successes and failures prospects and predicaments. A valuable addition to existing literature this book will be of interest to scholars and researchers of International Relations Peace and Reconciliation Studies and Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415790826

Turkish-Greek RelationsThe Security Dilemma in the Aegean The discord between Turkey and Greece has grown deeper and wider over time over a series of seemingly vital issues which have at times brought the two countries to the brink of war. Yet in 1999 the two countries opened a dialogue on non-sensitive issues such as trade the environment and tourism.The causes of the current rapprochement progress are explored in this book in relation both to the international environment which is increasingly conducive to this progress and the significant domestic changes that both Greece and Turkey have experienced since the end of the Cold War. This book confronts each of these important dimensions by addressing issues of continuity and change in Greek-Turkish relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870093

Turkish-Russian RelationsCompetition and Cooperation in Eurasia As the two most influential and powerful actors in Eurasia the nature of the Turkish-Russian relationship affects the situation in the Black Sea South Caucasus Central Asia and Middle East and steers the foreign policy formulations of both regional states and global powers. Examining post-Cold War relations between Eurasia’s most prominent actors this book takes into account regional dynamics and global power struggles and identifies three important stages in Turkish-Russian relations during the period. Using complex interdependency theory the author offers valuable insights into the initial confrontational period and its transition to an atmosphere of compromise cooperation and the evolution of multi-dimensional partnership. Leadership theory then explains the most recent deterioration in rapport as crises in Syria and Ukraine have placed severe strain on the previously warm bilateral relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367264659

Turkmenistan’s Foreign PolicyPositive Neutrality and the consolidation of the Turkmen Regime Turkmenistan an independent nation since 1991 is a strategically important Central Asian state. This book covers the most significant period of the establishment of the Turkmen political regime. At the core of this book is the Doctrine of Positive Neutrality which from 1995 onwards constituted the theoretical backbone for the foreign policy of post-Soviet Turkmenistan. The author analyses the reason and aim of the concept its significance for and impact on the country’s domestic and foreign relations its practical implementation and its transformation into a tool of strengthening of absolute personal authority. Furthermore he establishes whether Positive Neutrality has to be seen as a ‘domestic-oriented’ foreign policy which has been used by the Turkmen regime to reinforce its internal position. . This is the first book-length and thorough analysis of Turkmenistan’s foreign policy. It furthers our understanding of Turkmenistan and provides an informed background for the study of its foreign policy. It fills a void in the current literature and it will constitute an essential reference for most scholars and researcher focusing on contemporary Central Asia Russian foreign policy Foreign Policy International Relations and Comparative Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993914

TurkmenistanStrategies of Power Dilemmas of Development This book is the first comprehensive introduction to contemporary Turkmenistan in English. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765632036

Turks Tatars and Russians in the 13th–16th Centuries The setting for the studies collected here is the West-Eurasian steppe region extending from present-day Kazakhstan through southern Russia Ukraine and Moldavia to the Carpathian Basin. The first articles deal with pre-Mongol Turkic peoples of the region and their relations with the Byzantine Empire to the south but the core of the volume is the history of the Golden Horde and its successor states such as the Kazan and Crimean Khanates whose Turco-Mongol overlords are often referred to as Tatars. These played a decisive role in the history of Western Central Asia and Eastern Europe in the 13th-16th centuries and had a fundamental influence on the rise of the Russian state. Particular articles look at Mongol institutions and terminology others at the interaction of the medieval Tatar and Russian worlds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138375154

Turn That Thing Off!Collaboration and Technology in 21st-Century Actor Training As personal technology becomes ever-present in the classroom and rehearsal studio its use and ubiquity is affecting the collaborative behaviors that should underpin actor training. How is the collaborative impulse being distracted and what kind of solutions can re-establish its connections? The daily work of a theater practitioner thrives on an ability to connect empathize and participate with other artists. This is true at every level from performing arts students to established professionals. As smartphones social media and other forms of digital connectedness become more and more embedded in daily life they can inhibit these collaborative creative skills. Turn That Thing Off! Collaboration and Technology in 21st-Century Actor Training explores ways to foster these essential abilities paving the way for emerging performers to be more present available and generous in their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138677135

Turn Up the VolumeA Down and Dirty Guide to Podcasting Turn Up the Volume equips journalism students professionals and others interested in producing audio content with the know-how necessary to launch a podcast for the first time. It addresses the unique challenges beginner podcasters face in producing professional level audio for online distribution. Beginners can learn how to handle the technical and conceptual challenges of launching editing and posting a podcast. This book exposes readers to various techniques and formats available in podcasting. It includes the voices of industry experts as they recount their experiences producing their own podcasts and podcast content. It also examines how data analytics can help grow an audience and provide strategies for marketing and monetization. Written accessibly Turn Up the Volume gives you a clear and detailed path to launching your first podcast. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138218031

Turn Your F^*king HeadDeborah Hay's Solo Performance Commissioning Project In August 2012 twenty dance artists from eleven countries spent ten days at the Findhorn Community Foundation Scotland to be coached in the performance of a solo they had each commissioned from renowned choreographer Deborah Hay. Hay’s innovative Solo Performance Commissioning Project (SPCP) instils a transformative and rigorous daily practice that stimulates and enriches each individual’s approach to performance and choreography. In particular Hay urges artists to be sensitive to the entirety of the space within which they’re moving to "unfix" themselves from their habitual forward-facing modes of perception. This process then engenders twenty unique solo adaptations of the work. Independent Dance commissioned filmmaker Becky Edmunds to document the journey of the group as they learned the solo "Dynamic". The resulting film brilliantly captures the process by which Hay transmits the same solo dance to twenty individuals  and unveils the experiences insights and questions that inform the work and artistic practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138783768

Turnaround Management and Bankruptcy Written by leading experts in the field of business finance law and economics this edited volume brings together the latest thoughts and developments on turnaround management and business rescue from an academic judiciary and turnaround/insolvency practitioner perspective. Turnaround Management and Bankruptcy presents different viewpoints on turnarounds and business rescue in Europe. Presenting a state-of-the-art review of failure research in finance such as on bankruptcy prediction causes of decline or distressed asset valuation. It also presents the latest insights from turnaround management research as well as giving a contemporary insight into law debates on insolvency legislation reform cross-border judicial issues bankruptcy decision-making by judges and competition policy in distressed economies. Finally the book provides a regional and sector perspective on how the current crisis affects Europe its government policies and industry performance. In this way the volume presents a modern interdisciplinary and scholarly overview of the latest insights issues and debates in turnaround management and business rescue developing a European perspective in an attempt to redress the predominance of an American orientation in the academic literature. It aims at a wider audience interested in turnarounds and failure such as faculty and students in the fields of law business economics accountancy finance strategic management and marketing but also at judges insolvency practitioners lawyers accountants and turnaround professionals as well as the EU and government officials staff of trade unions and employer’s associations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367242879

Turner as Draughtsman Turner as Draughtsman looks at the artist's practice of drawing in various media (pen pencil and chalk as well as watercolour and oil paint) an aspect of Turner's work which has hitherto received very little attention. Andrew Wilton shows that while Turner's art has always been celebrated for its atmospheric breadth and freedom of handling he based his working procedures throughout his career on the discipline of drawing in outline which was an essential element in the grand strategy by which he achieved his formidable results. An important section of the book is devoted to the vexed question of Turner's drawing of the human figure and the crucial role played by the figure both in his conception of landscape and in his ambitious attempts to master all the genres of fashionable contemporary art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138378148

Turning a Sphere Inside Out (DVD) This video is about the problem of turning a sphere inside out by passing the surface through itself without making any holes or creases. Mathematicians believed the problem to be unsolvable until 1958 when Stephen Smale proved otherwise. The motion of turning a sphere inside out called a regular homotopy is extremely difficult to visualize. The homotopy in this film was developed by Bernard Morin a blind mathematician. The motion is illustrated with a sequence of chicken-wire models built by Charles Pugh showing the crucial stages in the motion. Commentary is provided by mathematicians Nelson L. Max Stephen Smale and Charles Pugh and by physicist Judith Bregmann. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781466553941

Turning Houses into HomesA History of the Retailing and Consumption of Domestic Furnishings From the earliest times people have striven to turn their houses into homes through the use of decoration and furnishings stimulating in turn a major commercial sector dedicated to offering the products and services essential to feed the ever-changing dictates of domestic fashion. Whilst there is plentiful evidence to show that these phenomena can be traced to medieval times it is arguable that the eighteenth century witnessed the birth of a widespread and sophisticated consumer society. With a comparatively wealthy and socially mobile society eighteenth-century Britain proved to be a fertile ground for ideas of home improvement and beautification which were to persist to the present day. Turning Houses into Homes not only maps the history changes development and structure of the retail furnishing industry in Britain over three centuries but also examines the relationships between the retailer and the consumer looking at how retailers helped stimulate and shape the demand of their customers. Whilst work has been done on specific aspects of the home very little has been written on the interaction between the retailer and consumer and the pressures brought to bear on them by issues such as gender education status symbolism taste decoration hygiene comfort and entertainment. As such this book offers a valuable conjunction of retail history and consumption practices which are examined through a multi-disciplinary approach to explore both their intimate connections and their wider roles in society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263666

Turning into SterneViktor Shklovskii and Literary Reception This book addresses the questions raised by Viktor Shklovskii's paradoxical and allusive statement through an exploration of the circumstances and consequences of his interaction with Laurence Sterne and his novels proposing a range of models for literary reception. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603571

Turning Mental Health into Social Action This book offers a refreshing new approach to mental health by showing how ‘mental health’ behaviours lived experiences and our interventions arise from our social worlds and not from our neurophysiology gone wrong. It is part of a trilogy which offers a new way of doing psychology focusing on people’s social and societal environments as determining their behaviour rather than internal and individualistic attributions. ‘Mental health’ behaviours are carefully analysed as ordinary behaviours which have become exaggerated and chronic because of the bad life situations people are forced to endure especially as children. This shifts mental health treatments away from the dominance of psychology and psychiatry to show that social action is needed because many of these bad life situations are produced by our modern society itself. By providing new ways for readers to rethink everything they thought they knew about mental health issues and how to change them Bernard Guerin also explores how by changing our environmental contexts (our local societal and discursive worlds) we can improve mental health interventions. This book reframes ‘mental health’ into a much wider social context to show how societal structures restrict our opportunities and pathways to produce bad life situations and how we can also learn from those who manage to deal with the very same bad life situations through crime bullying exploitation and dropping out of mainstream society rather than through the ‘mental health’ behaviours. By merging psychology and psychiatry into the social sciences Guerin seeks to better understand how humans operate in their social cultural economic patriarchal discursive and societal worlds rather than being isolated inside their heads with a ‘faulty brain’ and this will provide fascinating reading for academics and students in psychology and the social sciences and for counsellors and therapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367898151

Turning OperationsFeminism Arendt Politics Through the re-interpretation of influential thinkers such as Arendt Weil Beauvoir and Habermas Mary G. Dietz weds the concerns of demcratic thought with that of feminist political theory demonstrating how important feminist theory has become to democratic thinking more generally. Bringing together fifteen years of commentary on critical debates Turning Operations begins with problems central to feminism and ends with a series of reflections on the "the politics of politics " inviting the reader to think more expansively about the expressly public nature of political life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315023472

Turning PointEnd of the Growth Paradigm This text discusses the current basis of economic growth concluding that it is is failing to deliver and is actually harming our prospects for future security. Further arguments propose a possible long-term strategy for economic revival - eco-restructuring. This strategy involves a shifting away from production of goods to production of services closing material cycles and eliminating reliance on non-renewable resources. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315070995

Turning Points in Dynamic PsychotherapyInitial Assessment Boundaries Money Disruptions and Suicidal Crises This book addresses five areas of difficulty in psychotherapy: initial assessment boundaries money disruptions and suicidal crises. It outlines the conceptual issues and the technical details of each of the concept in detail. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329457

Turning Points in Japanese History So-called 'turning points' or 'defining moments' are both the oxygen and grid lines that historians and researchers seek in plotting the path of social and political development of any country. In the case of Japan the ninth Conference of the European Association of Japanese Studies provided a unique opportunity for leading scholars of Japanese history politics and international relations to offer an outstanding menu of 'turning points' (many addressed for the first time) over 20 of which are included here. Thematically the book is divided into sections including Medieval and Early Modern Japan Japan and the West Contested Constructs in the Study of Tokugawa and Meiji Japan Aspects of Modern Japanese Foreign Policy and Democracy and Monarchy in Post-War Japan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986268

Turning Psychology into a Social Science This radical book explores a new understanding of psychology based on human engagement with external contexts rather than what goes on inside our heads. It is part of a trilogy that offers a new way of doing psychology focusing on people’s social and societal environments as determining their behaviour rather than internal and individualistic attributions. By showing that we engage directly with our complex social political economic patriarchal colonized and cultural contexts and that what we do and think arises from this direct engagement with these external contexts Bernard Guerin expertly demonstrates that Western ideas have systematically excluded the ‘social’ but that this is really where the major determinants of our behaviour arise. This book works through many human activities that psychology still treats as individualized and internal and shows their social and societal origins. These includes beliefs the sense of self the arts religious behaviours and the new and growing area of conservation psychology. The social structures found by sociology anthropology and sociolinguistics are shown to shape most ‘individual’ human actions and it is shown how the main points of Marxism and Indigenous knowledges can be better merged into this new and broader social science. Replacing the ‘internal’ attributions of causes with external contextual analyses based in the social sciences this book is fascinating reading for academics and students in psychology and the social sciences and provides exciting new ways to conceptualize and observe human actions in new ways and to resist the current individualistic thinking of ‘psychology’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367898120

Turning Psychology into Social Contextual Analysis This groundbreaking book shows how we can build a better understanding of people by merging psychology with the social sciences. It is part of a trilogy that offers a new way of doing psychology focusing on people’s social and societal environments as determining their behaviour rather than internal and individualistic attributions. Putting the ‘social’ properly back into psychology Bernard Guerin turns psychology inside out to offer a more integrated way of thinking about and researching people. Going back 60 years of psychology’s history to the ‘cognitive revolution’ Guerin argues that psychology made a mistake and demonstrates in fascinating new ways how to instead fully contextualize the topics of psychology and merge with the social sciences. Covering perception emotion language thinking and social behaviour the book seeks to guide readers to observe how behaviours are shaped by their social cultural economic patriarchal colonized historical and other contexts. Our brain neurophysiology and body are still involved as important interfaces but human actions do not originate inside of people so we will never fi nd the answers in our neurophysiology. Replacing the internal origins of behaviour with external social contextual analyses the book even argues that thinking is not done by you ‘in your head’ but arises from our external social cultural and discursive worlds. Offering a refreshing new approach to better understand how humans operate in their social cultural economic discursive and societal worlds rather than inside their heads and how we might have to rethink our approaches to neuropsychology as well this is fascinating reading for students in psychology and the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367898113

Turning Pupils on to LearningCreative classrooms in action Turning Pupils on to Learning documents and makes visible how creative learning approaches can engage and motivate children in their learning. The book features six case studies of creative learning projects that cover the early years through to Key Stage 3 which are written by the teachers and creative practitioners involved. From the creation of new learning spaces to wider curriculum innovation the case studies discuss the need for the projects how they came about the activities and challenges and the lasting outcomes for teachers and pupils. They describe a model of learning that offers an ethical way for children to engage with the world which develops their creative skills and supports high achievement. Each case study is supported by a wealth of questions and activities designed to provoke personal reflection and professional development discussions with colleagues. Turning Pupils on to Learning also features an accessible overview of the key issues and debates of the book. It comprehensively explains: What is meant by creativity engagement and motivation in learning The critical importance of developing a creative pedagogy How to implement creative initiatives that motivate young people The value of listening to young people’s voices How to influence school and classroom culture which engages pupils This practical book is an invaluable guide for all those involved in teaching and engaging young people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415577748

Turning The CenturyEssays In Media And Cultural Studies The essays in Turning the Century make a significant contribution to our understanding of America's love affairs with novelty and the mass media. The essays also show that neither the current communications revolution nor the response to it is unprecedented. Through this book Carol Stabile provides a historical context within which scholars and students of American culture can interpret and understand end-of-the-millennium-fever --particularly the claims of politicians pundits and even cultural studies scholars who maintain that recent information technology innovations make the present moment unique. Contemporary studies of mass media and popular culture reflect a similar emphasis on what is new distinct and therefore specific to contemporary culture. Claims of millennial transformation however are only possible insofar as the history of mass media can be forgotten or ignored. In Turning the Century Carol Stabile analyzes those hidden and now all but forgotten conditions and relations of production that continue to shape and inform contemporary culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367098551

Turning the PageThe Evolution of the Book This is an exciting period for the book a time of innovation experimentation and change. It is also a time of considerable fear within the book industry as it adjusts to changes in how books are created and consumed. The movement to digital has been taking place for some time but with consumer books experiencing the transition the effects of digitization can be clearly seen to everybody. In Turning the Page Angus Phillips analyses the fundamental drivers of the book publishing industry - authorship readership and copyright - and examines the effects of digital and other developments on the book itself. Drawing on theory and research across a range of subjects from business and sociology to neuroscience and psychology and from interviews with industry professionals Phillips investigates how the fundamentals of the book industry are changing in a world of ebooks self-publishing and emerging business models. Useful comparisons are also made with other media industries which have undergone rapid change such as music and newspapers. This book is an ideal companion for anyone wishing to understand the transition of the book writing and publishing in recent years and will be particularly relevant to students studying publishing media and communications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415625654

Turning the Tables on Challenging BehaviourWorking with Children Young People and Adults with Severe and Profound Learning Difficulties and Fully updated and with new sections on behaviourism attachment disorders neuro-scientific developments and working with dis-engaged learners this second edition of Turning the Tables contains real-life case studies strategies for identification and handy hints and tips throughout. It is the authoritative guide to tackling challenging behaviour and working effectively with children young people and adults with severe learning difficulties (SLD) profound and multiple learning difficulties (PMLD) and those on the autistic spectrum with a dual ASD and learning difficulties diagnosis. With a unique approach the author stresses the need to diagnose not only the correct difficulty but the degree of learning difficulty for a lasting resolution as well as tackling common behavioural problems such as attention needing and task avoidance. Chapters are split into three specific areas SLD PMLD and ASD/SLD covering: the 'Magnificent Seven' fundamental principles of challenging behaviour strategies for correct identification of the main area of learning difficulty improving teaching methods and strategies to resolve challenging behaviour including handy hints and tips when things don’t go to plan extensive use of real case studies to illustrate strategies for resolution guidance on writing your own Behaviour Support Plan.  This is a practical and authoritative guide to dealing with the myriad of challenging behaviours that constantly puzzle practitioners. It is an essential read for all professionals parents and carers working with children young people and adults with SLD SLD/ASD and PMLD. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138942691

Turning the Tide on Poverty This book highlights the experiences of 14 high poverty communities in the rural South that accepted the invitation to be part of the Turning the Tide on Poverty (Tide) initiative. While history would suggest that impoverished places have limited capacity to make good things happen Tide demonstrated otherwise. This volume is a testament to the positive work that can be realized when people from all walks of life are accorded the opportunity to discuss deliberate and act on strategies designed to improve the lives of rural people and places in the South. The message is clear: when local residents are provided a safe space to weigh in on local issues and asked to give respectful consideration to the views of others in their community they create pathways for spurring positive changes. Simply put civic engagement propels people to do more for their community and instils in them a sense of hope for what can be accomplished when local people work together. This book was originally published as a special issue of the journal Community Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367251949

Turning the TideThe Psychoanalytic Approach of the Fitzjohn's Unit to Patients with Complex Needs Since it was founded in 1920 the Tavistock Clinic has developed a wide range of developmental approaches to mental health which have been strongly influenced by the ideas of psychoanalysis. It has also adopted systemic family therapy as a theoretical model and a clinical approach to family problems. The Clinic is now the largest training institution in Britain for mental health providing postgraduate and qualifying courses in social work psychology psychiatry and child adolescent and adult psychotherapy as well as in nursing and primary care. It trains about 1 700 students each year in over 60 courses. This important volume traces an impressive range of descriptions all clinically based of the work of the remarkable Fitzjohn's Unit which has about 60 patients under its care at any one time. The book also evokes a clear sense of collective commitment one that has lasted over seventeen years since its beginnings as an experimental project that was set up by David Taylor in 2000. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203322

Turning the World Upside DownThe search for global health in the 21st Century This book is a description of what is happening now and of the things which innovative global health workers leaders and politicians are doing today. It describes people learning how to work more effectively and how to have a greater impact. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138445369

Turning Toward TechnologyA Glimpse into the Asian Paradigm We live in an age when the dominant technologically utilitarian worldview is undergoing a transformation. To increase our awareness of this change Turning Toward Technology introduces readers to the possibility of an alternative technological worldview by examining foundational concepts to Asian thought.The early Eastern philosophical treatment of technology was not ethical but ontological exhibiting sensitivity to how human existence was defined and determined in its relation to technology and to reality as a whole. Within the Eastern cultural orientation technological development was guided by a singular aesthetic sensibility to the useful the good the beautiful the true and the holy. Instead of controlling the shape of future technology by systems of rational management George Teschner and Alessandro Tomasi recommend a view of technology that arises from questioning fundamental assumptions within Western culture about knowledge reality and human nature.Turning Toward Technology aims to stimulate awareness of an alternative technological paradigm and thus a different mode of social action that can establish an optimistic future for global civilization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412863148

Turning Troubles into ProblemsClientization in Human Services Human service professionals deal with a wide range of problems from child abuse parenting issues and elderly care to addictions mental illness sexual assault unemployment and criminality. These must be constructed as problems for professionals to appropriately respond to them. Human service provision starts from there. But in the everyday experience of service providers and users alike there is a parallel world of ordinary troubles that remains professionally undefined but real even when troubles are turned into problems.  This book brings into view the relationship between these worlds as it bears on the process of clientization—the transformation of people and troubles into clients and problems. Rather than taking the process for granted as many critics do the book examines the instability of the process on several fronts and highlights its surprising local complexity. Foregrounding everyday life the leading idea is that the transformation of troubles into problems is not straightforward and that problems are continually subject to alternative understandings. This poses new what how and where questions. What are ordinary troubles and how do they relate to the construction maintenance or undoing of serviceable problems? Where is social policy and how does that figure in the front-line work of service provision? The questions point to the challenges of clientization at the discretionary border of troubles and problems in everyday service relationships.  With chapters written by an international group of human service researchers this book is an important contribution to the literature dealing with the construction of personal problems and will be useful to students and academics in sociology human services social work and policy criminal justice and health care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138960138

Turning Tyrants into Tools in Health PracticeThe Integrated Practitioner 'In order to provide integrated healthcare we need to integrate a huge number of...entities. Each one of these entities can be a useful tool for our practice. To be effective practitioners we hope to gain some mastery of them. But sometimes we feel as if they have mastery of us. There are days when we feel on top of our game we keep to time we know instantly what's wrong the right treatment is immediately to hand our colleagues are supportive and helpful and birdsong drifts through our open summer window. Then there are the other days...' Justin Amery This extraordinary new series fills a void in practitioner development and well-being. The books take a reflective step back from the tick-box target-driven and increasingly regulated world of 21st century health practice; and invite us to revisit what health and health practice actually are. Building carefully on the science and philosophy of health each book addresses the messy complex and often chaotic world of real-life health practice and offers an ancient but now almost revolutionary understanding for students and experienced practitioners alike: that health practice is a fundamentally creative and compassionate activity. The series as a whole helps practitioners to redefine and recreate their daily practice in ways that are healthier for both patients and practitioners. The books provide a welcome antidote to demoralisation and burn-out amongst practitioners reversing cynicism and reviving our feeling of pride in and our understanding of health practice. By observing practice life through different lenses they encourage the development of efficiency effectiveness and above all satisfaction. The third book in the series The Integrated Practitioner: Turning Tyrants into Tools in Health Practice explores the relationship between practitioners and their tangible external tools such as time computers money information colleagues equipment targets and office spaces along with less tangible elements like knowledge understanding language values and beliefs. These tools can be of great benefit when fully integrated and balanced but they often end up controlling practitioners dictating the manner in which the practice operates and ultimately reducing efficacy. It suggests ways for practitioners to harness the positive forces of these tools and regain control. Brilliantly written practitioners students and trainees and GP trainers will find the enlightening witty conversational style a joy to read. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846197734

Turning Words Spinning WorldsChapter in Organizational Ethnography This collection represents Michael Rosen's encounter with an 'ethnography of the center'-the study of cultural orders in the heart of the metropolis. Considers occupational worlds from finance and advertising to the subworld of drug dealing. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315080116

Turnout!Mobilizing Voters in an Emergency Turnout! offers strategies for "emergency elections " like the 2020 races and addresses the nuts-and-bolts for civic groups and individuals to effectively turn out the vote. Indeed few elections in recent history represent the kind of apocalyptic turning point for our planet and democracy as the present one. Turnout! is both a creative work of political vision combined with a detailed manual for turning out millions of new voters.Participation at local state and federal levels will have an outsized impact on the future of democracy and life itself. The elections also provide an opportunity to power-up social movements that can re-frame and re-define civic participation in an age of extreme inequality climate change and pandemics. Contributors include powerful movement leaders Maria Teresa Kumar (Voto Latino) Aimee Allison (She the People) Winona LaDuke (Honor the Earth) and Matt Nelson (Presente.org); leading public officials advocating greater voter engagement like Oregon Senator Jeff Merkley and Wisconsin Lt. Governor Mandela Barnes and councilors Helen Gym and Nikki Fortunato Bas. Turnout! reveals strategies and real-world tactics to mobilize millions of discouraged apathetic or suppressed voters including women low-income Indigenous Black Latinx Asian LGBTQIA+ student and youth and working-class voters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367501075

Turn-taking in English and JapaneseProjectability in Grammar Intonation and Semantics This book examines turn-taking in English and Japanese conversations and political news interviews to investigate the relationship between language and interaction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993921

Turquerie and the Politics of Representation 1728–1876 In this first full-length study devoted explicitly to the examination of Ottoman/Turkish-inspired architecture in Western Europe during the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries Nebahat Avcioglu rethinks the question of cultural frontiers not as separations but as a rapport of heterogeneities. Reclaiming turquerie as cross-cultural art from the confines of the inconsequential exoticism it is often reduced to Avcioglu analyses hitherto neglected images designs and constructions; and links Western interest in the Ottoman Empire to notions of self-representation and national politics. In investigating why and to what effect Europeans turned to the Turk for inspiration Avcioglu provides a far-reaching cultural reinterpretation of art and architecture in this period. Presented as a series of case studies focusing on three specific building types”kiosks mosques and baths”chosen on the basis that each represents the first full-fledged manifestations of their respective genres to be constructed in Western Europe the study delves into the cultural politics of architectural forms and styles. The author argues that the appropriation of those building types was neither accidental nor did it merely reflect European domination of another culture. The process was essentially dialectical and contributed to transculturation in both the West and the East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248212

Turtle Design in a Rabbit AgeMindfully Crafting Your Meaningful Life & Brands Are You Ready to Master Your Own Life and Craft? You are a creator. With every thought word and action you impact the whole world and manifest new realities. The worlds you bring into being directly reflect your own awareness personal development compassion values and commitment to every worthwhile endeavor. This book is a field guide to your own personal truths and their very global impact. It offers a step-by-step examination in no particular order of one’s work ethic processes perceptions motivations aspirations and integrity. This timely guide offers relevant insights as we move into a future where fewer resources will necessitate the use of our greater creativity innovation and ethical sensibility and where with our global-mindedness we will be called upon to make heart-centered choices. Within these pages Mel extends an invitation to join an evolution of mindfulness where it is each person’s responsibility to know themselves fully to understand and act upon their inner authority and to help create a world that is compassionate healthy and beautiful.   Key Features See What They’re Doing: Features interviews with design managers from top firms that show readers that it isn’t about what’s faster it’s about what’s best. Get Away from the Screen: Some of today’s most beautiful web sites and digital products started on a whiteboard or a napkin a sand table or from a ball of yarn. This book shows how to bring tactile real-world media to full online realization with fidelity. Be a Turtle: This book is connected to a community for those who want to slow down steep ideas and craft web and mobile sites on time and within budget while fostering that lost sense of art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138542518

Tutankhamen First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415652926

Tutankhamen & The Discovery of His Tomb The discovery of Tutankhamen's tomb in 1922 aroused unprecedented excitement in the field of Egyptology. In the tomb of a "colourless youth who reigned for a few years only" were found unmatched riches the study of which has led to numerous insights into ancient Egyptian civilization. The author of this fascinating text discusses the tomb's discovery the significance of its discovery and contents tomb-robbers and the ethics of desecration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415652933

Tutorial Essays in PsychologyVolume 1 First published in 1977. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802848

Tutorial Essays in PsychologyVolume 2 First published in 1979. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802763

Tutorial Guide to AutoCAD 2015 Tutorial Guide to AutoCAD 2015 provides a step-by-step introduction to AutoCAD with commands presented in the context of each tutorial. In fifteen clear and comprehensive chapters author Shawna Lockhart guides readers through all the important commands and techniques in AutoCAD 2015 from 2D drawing to solid modeling and finally finishing with rendering. In each lesson the author provides step-by-step instructions with frequent illustrations showing exactly what appears on the AutoCAD screen. Later individual steps are no longer provided and readers are asked to apply what they've learned by completing sequences on their own. A carefully developed pedagogy reinforces this cumulative-learning approach and supports readers in becoming skilled AutoCAD users. Tutorial Guide to AutoCAD 2015 begins with three Getting Started chapters that include information to get readers of all levels prepared for the tutorials. The author includes tips that offer suggestions and warnings as you progress through the tutorials. Key Terms and Key Commands are listed at the end of each chapter to recap important topics and commands learned in each tutorial. Also a glossary of terms and Commands Summary list the key commands used in the tutorials. Each chapter concludes with end of chapter problems providing challenges to a range of abilities in mechanical electrical and civil engineering as well as architectural problems. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781585038749

Tutorial Guide to AutoCAD 2016 Tutorial Guide to AutoCAD 2016 provides a step-by-step introduction to AutoCAD with commands presented in the context of each tutorial. In fifteen clear and comprehensive chapters author Shawna Lockhart guides readers through all the important commands and techniques in AutoCAD 2016 from 2D drawing to solid modeling and finally finishing with rendering. In each lesson the author provides step-by-step instructions with frequent illustrations showing exactly what appears on the AutoCAD screen. Later individual steps are no longer provided and readers are asked to apply what they've learned by completing sequences on their own. A carefully developed pedagogy reinforces this cumulative-learning approach and supports readers in becoming skilled AutoCAD users. Tutorial Guide to AutoCAD 2016 begins with three Getting Started chapters that include information to get readers of all levels prepared for the tutorials. The author includes tips that offer suggestions and warnings as you progress through the tutorials. Key Terms and Key Commands are listed at the end of each chapter to recap important topics and commands learned in each tutorial. Also a glossary of terms and Commands Summary list the key commands used in the tutorials. Each chapter concludes with end of chapter problems providing challenges to a range of abilities in mechanical electrical and civil engineering as well as architectural problems. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781585039562

Tutorial Guide to AutoCAD 2017 Tutorial Guide to AutoCAD 2017 provides a step-by-step introduction to AutoCAD with commands presented in the context of each tutorial. In fifteen clear and comprehensive chapters author Shawna Lockhart guides readers through all the important commands and techniques in AutoCAD 2017 from 2D drawing to solid modeling and finally finishing with rendering. In each lesson the author provides step-by-step instructions with frequent illustrations showing exactly what appears on the AutoCAD screen. Later individual steps are no longer provided and readers are asked to apply what they've learned by completing sequences on their own. A carefully developed pedagogy reinforces this cumulative-learning approach and supports readers in becoming skilled AutoCAD users. Tutorial Guide to AutoCAD 2017 begins with three Getting Started chapters that include information to get readers of all levels prepared for the tutorials. The author includes tips that offer suggestions and warnings as you progress through the tutorials. Key Terms and Key Commands are listed at the end of each chapter to recap important topics and commands learned in each tutorial. Also a glossary of terms and Commands Summary list the key commands used in the tutorials. Each chapter concludes with end of chapter problems providing challenges to a range of abilities in mechanical electrical and civil engineering as well as architectural problems. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630570439

Tutorial Guide to AutoCAD 2018 Tutorial Guide to AutoCAD 2018 provides a step-by-step introduction to AutoCAD with commands presented in the context of each tutorial. In fifteen clear and comprehensive chapters author Shawna Lockhart guides readers through all the important commands and techniques in AutoCAD 2018 from 2D drawing to solid modeling and finally finishing with rendering. In each lesson the author provides step-by-step instructions with frequent illustrations showing exactly what appears on the AutoCAD screen. Later individual steps are no longer provided and readers are asked to apply what they've learned by completing sequences on their own. A carefully developed pedagogy reinforces this cumulative-learning approach and supports readers in becoming skilled AutoCAD users. Tutorial Guide to AutoCAD 2018 begins with three Getting Started chapters that include information to get readers of all levels prepared for the tutorials. The author includes tips that offer suggestions and warnings as you progress through the tutorials. Key Terms and Key Commands are listed at the end of each chapter to recap important topics and commands learned in each tutorial. Also a glossary of terms and Commands Summary list the key commands used in the tutorials. Each chapter concludes with end of chapter problems providing challenges to a range of abilities in mechanical electrical and civil engineering as well as architectural problems. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630571207

Tutorial Guide to AutoCAD 2020 Tutorial Guide to AutoCAD 2020 provides a step-by-step introduction to AutoCAD with commands presented in the context of each tutorial. In fifteen clear and comprehensive chapters the author guides you through all the important commands and techniques in AutoCAD 2020 from 2D drawing to solid modeling and finally finishing with rendering. In each lesson the author provides step-by-step instructions with frequent illustrations showing exactly what appears on the AutoCAD screen. Later individual steps are no longer provided and you are asked to apply what you've learned by completing sequences on your own. A carefully developed pedagogy reinforces this cumulative-learning approach and supports you in becoming a skilled AutoCAD user. Tutorial Guide to AutoCAD 2020 begins with three Getting Started chapters that include information to get readers of all levels prepared for the tutorials. The author includes tips that offer suggestions and warnings as you progress through the tutorials. Key Terms and Key Commands are listed at the end of each chapter to recap important topics and commands learned in each tutorial. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630572761

Tutorial Guide to AutoCAD 2021 Tutorial Guide to AutoCAD 2021 provides a step-by-step introduction to AutoCAD with commands presented in the context of each tutorial. In fifteen clear and comprehensive chapters author Shawna Lockhart guides you through all the important commands and techniques in AutoCAD 2021 from 2D drawing to solid modeling and finally finishing with rendering. In each lesson the author provides step-by-step instructions with frequent illustrations showing exactly what appears on the AutoCAD screen. Later individual steps are no longer provided and you are asked to apply what you've learned by completing sequences on your own. A carefully developed pedagogy reinforces this cumulative-learning approach and supports you in becoming a skilled AutoCAD user.  The book begins with three Getting Started chapters that include information to get readers of all levels prepared for the tutorials. The author includes tips that offer suggestions and warnings as you progress through the tutorials. Key Terms and Key Commands are listed at the end of each chapter to recap important topics and commands learned in each tutorial. Also a glossary of terms and Commands Summary list the key commands used in the tutorials. Each chapter concludes with end of chapter problems providing challenges to a range of abilities in mechanical electrical and civil engineering as well as architectural problems. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630573638

Tutorials in BilingualismPsycholinguistic Perspectives The past fifteen years have witnessed an increasing interest in the cognitive study of the bilingual. A major reason why psychologists psycholinguists applied linguists neuropsychologists and educators have pursued this topic at an accelerating pace presumably is the acknowledgment by increasingly large numbers of language researchers that the incidence of monolingualism in individual language users may be lower than that of bilingualism. This alleged numerical imbalance between monolinguals and bilinguals may be expected to become larger due to increasing international travel through for instance tourism and trade to the growing use of international communication networks and to the fact that in some parts of the world (i.e. Europe) the borders between countries are effectively disappearing. In addition to the growing awareness that bilinguals are very common and may even outnumber monolinguals there is the dawning understanding that the bilingual mind is not simply the sum of the cognitive processes associated with each of the two monolingual modes and that the two languages of bilingual may interact with one another in complicated ways. To gain a genuinely universal account of human cognition will therefore require a detailed understanding of language use by both pure monolinguals as well as bilinguals unbalanced and balanced and of the representations and processes involved. These two insights that bilingualism is a common human condition and that it may influence cognition were presumably instrumental in putting bilingualism on the agendas of many researchers of cognition and language in recent years. But other reasons may have played a role too: The study of bilingualism also provides a unique opportunity to study the relation between language and thought. A final reason for the growing interest in this area of research is the awareness that bilingualism may confer the benefit of broadening one's scope beyond the limits of one's own country and culture. This book serves as an excellent introduction to the important topics in the psycholinguistic study of bilingualism. The chapters represent a comprehensive and interrelated set of topics that form the core of contemporary research on the psycholinguistics of bilingualism. The issues raised within this perspective not only increase our understanding of the nature of language and thought in bilinguals but also of the basic nature of the mental architecture that supports the ability to use more than one language. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315806051

Tutorials in Metamaterials From science fiction to science laboratories Discover the State of the Art in Photonic Metamaterials Metamaterials—composite media with unusual optical properties—have revolutionized the landscape of optical science and engineering over the past decades. Metamaterials have transformed science-fiction-like concepts of superresolution imaging and optical cloaking to the realm of science laboratories and further promise to transform these into the realm of our everyday life. This new era of optical metamaterials calls for the development of experimental and theoretical methods capable of analyzing optical behavior on the multitude of scales—from the nanometer scale of individual inhomogeneity to the micrometer level and the larger scale of metamaterials-based devices. Tutorials in Metamaterials offers a collection of chapters that were designed as self-contained tutorials describing photonic metamaterials and the state of the art in metamaterials research. Chapters cover: Linear and nonlinear properties of photonic metamaterials and their potential applications Fabrication techniques for optical metamaterials ranging from electron-beam lithography focused ion beam milling and nanoimprint lithography to direct laser writing Recent achievements in metatamerial research at visible IR and microwave frequencies Novel applications of metamaterials for light guiding steering and refraction Efforts to compensate and eliminate optical loss by introducing optical gain into the metamaterial matrix A comprehensive overview of metamaterial photonics this reference is suitable for graduate students as well as physicists and engineers interested in entering this dynamic new field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781420092189

Tutorials in Radiotherapy PhysicsAdvanced Topics with Problems and Solutions The Topics Every Medical Physicist Should Know Tutorials in Radiotherapy Physics: Advanced Topics with Problems and Solutions covers selected advanced topics that are not thoroughly discussed in any of the standard medical physics texts. The book brings together material from a large variety of sources avoiding the need for you to search through and digest the vast research literature. The topics are mathematically developed from first principles using consistent notation. Clear Derivations and In-Depth Explanations The book offers insight into the physics of electron acceleration in linear accelerators and presents an introduction to the study of proton therapy. It then describes the predominant method of clinical photon dose computation: convolution and superposition dose calculation algorithms. It also discusses the Boltzmann transport equation a potentially fast and accurate method of dose calculation that is an alternative to the Monte Carlo method. This discussion considers Fermi–Eyges theory which is widely used for electron dose calculations. The book concludes with a step-by-step mathematical development of tumor control and normal tissue complication probability models. Each chapter includes problems with solutions given in the back of the book. Prepares You to Explore Cutting-Edge Research This guide provides you with the foundation to read review articles on the topics. It can be used for self-study in graduate medical physics and physics residency programs or in vendor training for linacs and treatment planning systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482251678

Tutorials in Visual Cognition In the late-1980s  visual cognition was a small subfield of cognitive psychology and the standard texts mainly discussed just iconic memory in their sections on visual cognition. In the subsequent two decades and especially very recently many remarkable new aspects of the processing of brief visual stimuli have been discovered -- change blindness repetition blindness the attentional blink newly-discovered properties of visual short-term memory and of the face recognition system the influence of reentrant processing on visual perception and the surprisingly intimate relationships between eyeblinks and visual cognition. This volume provides up-to-date tutorial reviews of these many new developments in the study of visual cognition written by the leaders in the discipline providing an incisive and comprehensive survey of research in this dynamic field. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138986275

TuvaluanA Polynesian Language of the Central Pacific. Tuvaluan is a Polynesian language spoken by the 9 000 inhabitants of the nine atolls of Tuvalu in the Central Pacific as well as small and growing Tuvaluan communities in Fiji New Zealand and Australia. This grammar is the first detailed description of the structure of Tuvaluan one of the least well-documented languages of Polynesia. Tuvaluan pays particular attention to discourse and sociolinguistics factors at play in the structural organization of the language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993938

TV Commercials: How to Make Themor How Big is the Boat? Understanding how commercials are made is the key to doing it right. This descriptive book is a step-by-step guide on the mechanics of creating a commercial from a production perspective. Making commercials on all types of budgets is addressed. There is material describing the roles and dynamics of the key players: the producer/director agency and client. This book outlines the requirements of each group so that everyone can understand and appreciate each other's needs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138131361

TV Content AnalysisTechniques and Applications The rapid advancement of digital multimedia technologies has not only revolutionized the production and distribution of audiovisual content but also created the need to efficiently analyze TV programs to enable applications for content managers and consumers. Leaving no stone unturned TV Content Analysis: Techniques and Applications provides a detailed exploration of TV program analysis techniques.Leading researchers and academics from around the world supply scientifically sound treatment of recent developments across the related subject areas—including systems architectures algorithms applications research results emerging approaches and open issues. The book is organized into six parts: Content Extraction - deals with automatic analysis and annotation of TV content addressing generic semantics and concepts as well as TV content Content Structuring - examines techniques for identifying interesting parts of TV programs and supplying direct access to it Content Recommendation - explores the problem of providing users with the most relevant content addressing the problem of an ever-increasing amount of available content Content Quality - considers visual perception and quality approaches in the multi-display TV context and the specific mobile TV scenario Web and Social TV - presents studies on Web and TV convergence and on how user-generated content in Web 2.0 applications can be used to enhance services Content Production - covers postproduction visual effects and presentation standards Most parts start with a chapter that provides an overview of that area followed by state-of-the-art approaches focusing on specific issues covered in that section. Reporting on recent advances in the field the book provides you with the global view and up-to-date understanding of emerging trends needed to participate in the development of the digital TV domain. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781439855607

TV CopsThe Contemporary American Television Police Drama The police drama has been one of the longest running and most popular genres in American television. In TV Cops Jonathan Nichols-Pethick argues that perhaps more than any other genre the police series in all its manifestations—from Hill Street Blues to Miami Vice to The Wire—embodies the full range of the cultural dynamics of television. Exploring the textual industrial and social contexts of police shows on American television this book demonstrates how polices drama play a vital role in the way we understand and engage issues of social order that most of us otherwise experience only in such abstractions as laws and crime statistics. And given the current diffusion and popularity of the form we might ask a number of questions that deserve serious critical attention: Under what circumstances have stories about the police proliferated in popular culture? What function do these stories serve for both the television industry and its audiences? Why have these stories become so commercially viable for the television industry in particular? How do stories about the police help us understand current social and political debates about crime about the communities we live in and about our identities as citizens? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415877886

TV Outside the BoxTrailblazing in the Digital Television Revolution TV Outside the Box: Trailblazing in the Digital Television Revolution explores the new and exploding universe of on-demand OTT (Over the Top) networks: Netflix Amazon Hulu Crackle CW Seed Vimeo AwesomenessTV and many more. Featuring in-depth conversations with game-changing content creators industry mavericks and leading cultural influencers TV Outside the Box is essential reading for anyone interested in the dynamics of a global media revolution – while it’s happening. Readers will discover: How the new "disruptors" of traditional television models are shaping the future of the television and feature film business. You’ll hear directly from the visionaries behind it all – from concept genesis to predictions for the future of streaming platforms; their strategies for acquisitions and development of new original content; and how the revolution is providing unprecedented opportunities for both established and emerging talent. What’s different about storytelling for the progressive risk-taking networks who are delivering provocative groundbreaking binge-worthy content without the restraints of the traditional advertiser-supported programming model. Through interviews with the showrunners content creators and producers of dozens of trailblazing series – including Orange Is the New Black House of Cards Transparent and many more – you’ll learn how and why the best and the brightest TV content creators and filmmakers are defining the new digital entertainment age – and how you can too. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138905269

TV Scenic Design TV Scenic Design is a comprehensive resource for aspiring and practicing set designers. Summarizing the principles and practices of scenic design it details design approaches structures and staging methods. TV Scenic Design is a comprehensive resource for aspiring and practicing set designers. Summarizing the principles and practices of scenic design it details design approaches structures and staging methods.The information contained in the book can be applied to a variety of design situations from campus or network TV studios to exhibitions audio-visual presentations or window displays.Whatever the scale space or budget the methods described in TV Scenic Design will ensure professional results. Now expanded to cover 'virtual' set design this new edition continues to be an invaluable aid to anyone involved in creating effective sets.Contents:The background of design * The basics of design organization * Scenic construction * Staging techniques * Staging practices * Shoestring staging * Scenic effect * Electronic reality * Scenic operation * The designer on location * Controlling the tone and color * Lighting and the designer * glossary * IndexGerald Millerson's books on television and video have been acknowledged as among the best ever published. His other titles for Focal Press are Video Production Handbook The Technique of Television Production The Technique of Lighting for Television and Film and in the Media Manual series Effective TV Production and Video Camera Techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172463

TV Technical OperationsAn introduction TV Technical Operations is an introduction for new entrants to the broadcast industry and is designed to prepare them for working in mainstream television by discussing essential techniques technologies and work attitudes. The author explores:* the need to develop a professional approach* the occupational skills needed to meet deadlines work under pressure and within budget* the importance of understanding the potential of broadcast equipment in program making* the need to keep up to date with the technique and technology* the responsibility to ensure continuity of experience and training in all craft skills that technical operators are required to work with* the need to maintain a critical appraisal of what and who influences working practices and how these influences affect production and viewers* an introduction to the basic skills needed to work as a multi-skilling technical operator in television* an introduction to broadcast equipment in general production usePeter Ward is a freelance cameraman and camerawork trainer working with international training and television consultancy. He was formerly head of cameras at Television South West. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138357419

TV TransformationsRevealing the Makeover Show The past decade has seen an explosion of lifestyle makeover TV shows. Audiences around the world are being urged to ‘renovate’ everything from their homes to their pets and children while lifestyle experts on TV now tell us what not to eat and what not to wear. Makeover television and makeover culture is now ubiquitous and yet compared with reality TV shows like Big Brother and Survivor there has been relatively little critical attention paid to this format. This exciting collection of essays written by leading media scholars from the UK US and Australia aims to reveal the reasons for the huge popularity and influence of the makeover show. Written in a lively and accessible manner the essays brought together here will help readers ‘make sense’ of makeover TV by offering a range of different approaches to understanding the emergence of this popular cultural phenomenon. Looking at a range of shows from The Biggest Loser to Trinny and Susannah Undress essays include an analysis of how and why makeover TV shows have migrated across such a range of TV cultures the social significance of the rise of home renovation shows the different ways in which British versus American audiences identify with makeover shows and the growing role of lifestyle TV in the context of neo-liberalism in educating us to be ‘good’ citizens. This book was published as a special issue of Continuum: Journal of Media and Cultural Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879621

TV White Space Spectrum TechnologiesRegulations Standards and Applications Although sophisticated wireless radio technologies make it possible for unlicensed wireless devices to take advantage of un-used broadcast TV spectra those looking to advance the field have lacked a book that covers cognitive radio in TV white spaces (TVWS). Filling this need TV White Space Spectrum Technologies: Regulations Standards and Applications explains how white space technology can be used to enable the additional spectrum access that is so badly needed. Providing a comprehensive overview and analysis of the topics related to TVWS this forward-looking reference contains contributions from key industry players standards developers and researchers from around the world in TV white space dynamic spectrum access and cognitive radio fields. It supplies an extensive survey of new technologies applications regulations and open research areas in TVWS. The book is organized in four parts: Regulations and Profiles—Covers regulations spectrum policies channelization and system requirements Standards—Examines TVWS standards efforts in different standard-developing organizations with emphasis on the IEEE 802.22 wireless network standard Coexistence—Presents coexistence techniques between all potential TVWS standards technologies devices and service providers with emphasis on the Federal Communications Commission’s (FCC) recent regulations and policies and IEEE 802.19 coexistence study group efforts Important Aspects—Considers spectrum allocation use cases and security issues in the TVWS network This complete reference includes coverage of system requirements collaborative sensing spectrum sharing privacy and interoperability. Suggesting a number of applications that can be deployed to provide new services to users including broadband Internet applications the book highlights potential business opportunities and addresses the deployment challenges that are likely to arise. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138116573

TV Writing On DemandCreating Great Content in the Digital Era TV Writing On Demand: Creating Great Content in the Digital Era takes a deep dive into writing for today’s audiences against the backdrop of a rapidly evolving TV ecosystem. Amazon Hulu and Netflix were just the beginning. The proliferation of everything digital has led to an ever-expanding array of the most authentic and engaging programming that we’ve ever seen. No longer is there a distinction between broadcast cable and streaming. It’s all content. Regardless of what new platforms and channels will emerge in the coming years for creators and writers the future of entertainment has never looked brighter. This book goes beyond an analysis of what makes great programming work. It is a master course in the creation of entertainment that does more than meet the standards of modern audiences—it challenges their expectations. Among other essentials readers will discover how to: Satisfy the binge viewer: analysis of the new genres trends and how to make smart initial decisions for strong sustainable story. Plus learn from the rebel who reinvented an entire format. Develop iconic characters: how to foster audience alignment and allegiance from empathy and dialogue to throwing characters off their game all through the lens of authenticity and relatability. Create a lasting meaningful career in the evolving TV marketplace: how to overcome trips traps and tropes the pros and cons of I.P.; use the Show Bible as a sales tool and make the most of the plethora of new opportunities out there. A companion website offers additional content including script excerpts show bible samples interviews with television content creators and more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138705715

TVET Towards Industrial Revolution 4.0Proceedings of the Technical and Vocational Education and Training International Conference (TVETIC 20 Demand for Technical and Vocational Education and Training (TVET) in Malaysia has been growing extensively involving various involvement from industry and academia. Research related to the improvement of TVET in Malaysia as well as the sustainability of TVET especially in the Industrial Revolution 4.0 era are among the topics of interest presented in this book. The input from this research provides better insight on the current situation of TVET in Malaysia as a whole opening up various research fields to be explored in the future by other researchers. The development of education on an international level has sparked the idea for educators and academia to find solutions on issues of education relevant to the 21st century hence this book shares the strategies and efforts needed to strengthen the education in various regions and make sure it is on par with education in developed countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367242732

'Tween Crayons and CurfewsTips for Middle School Teachers Teach well. Be happy. In this book Heather Wolpert-Gawron author of the popular education blog "Tweenteacher" shares ideas for teaching an age group that too often presents a challenge for educators. With sparkling humor and a unique fundamental understanding of the middle children of education the award-winning teacher offers tried-and-true strategies for: Creating a tween-centric classroom environment Building community in the middle school classroom Encouraging deeper thinking and curiosity among tweens Understanding and informing tweens about how they learn Conversational and practical this book aims to motivate and inspire middle school teachers as they work to engage their students instruct with rigor and improve their own experiences as Tweenteachers! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781596671805

Twelfth NightCritical Essays Originally published in 1986. Among the most frequently performed and high admired of Shakespeare’s plays Twelfth Night is examined here in this collection of writings from well-known essayists and scholars. The chapters present to the modern reader discussions of the play to enhance understanding and study of both the text and performances. Opening essays address individual characters; then some accounts of its potential and theatrical reviews are included; finally followed by critical studies looking at various parts and themes. The editor’s introduction explains the usefulness of each chapter and gives an overview of the selection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138850811

Twelfth NightNew Critical Essays This volume in the Shakespeare Criticism series offers a range of approaches to Twelfth Night including its critical reception performance history and relation to early modern culture. James Schiffer’s extensive introduction surveys the play’s critical reception and performance history while individual essays explore a variety of topics relevant to a full appreciation of the play: early modern notions of love friendship sexuality madness festive ritual exoticism social mobility and detection. The contributors approach these topics from a variety of perspectives such as new critical new historicist cultural materialist feminist and queer theory and performance criticism occasionally combining several approaches within a single essay. The new essays from leading figures in the field explore and extend the key debates surrounding Twelfth Night creating the ideal book for readers approaching this text for the first time or wishing to further their knowledge of this stimulating much loved play. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138828476

Twelve Keys to Sustainable Company Success Twelve Keys to Sustainable Company Success is a book that is a must have for companies of any size looking to achieve and sustain long-term success. Brought to you by the brilliant minds of two men who have been in the business of helping organizations for numerous years Twelve Keys will open your mind to the key factors of a successful company and what you can do to achieve great heights. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781926537221

Twelve Major Plays August Strindberg is one of the founders of the modern theater. George Bernard Shaw considered him "the only genuinely Shakespearian modern dramatist " Sean O'Casey called him "the greatest of them all." And to Eugene O'Neill he was "the greatest interpreter in the theater of the characteristic spiritual conflicts of our lives today." Twelve Major Plays includes the most famous and most characteristic Strindberg plays.This selection is particularly interesting in its depiction of the great range of Strindberg's moods and styles from naturalism to expressionism from ironic comedy to bitter tragedy. It displays his great gift for symbolic mystical verse as well as his command of dramatic prose. In issues of sex and gender Strindberg anticipated the modern temperament in society and drama alike.These translations gave American readers their first opportunity to know the true genius of Strindberg. Most previous versions in English had been based on existing German translations. Elizabeth Sprigge's unique achievement was to render the original Swedish texts into English that is at once fluent and accurate and that captures the full vigor and impact of the original plays. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539969

Twelve Years of Correspondence With Paul MeehlTough Notes From a Gentle Genius In 1996 Division 12 of the APA presented Centennial Awards to two psychologists who were considered to have made the greatest lifetime contributions to the discipline. One of those individuals was Paul Meehl. Dr. Meehl's writings on research methodology and mental illness influenced generations of researchers and psychotherapists.Twelve Years of Correspondence With Paul Meehl is composed mainly of letters between Drs. Paul Meehl and Donald Peterson during the final 12 years of Meehl's life. After Meehl's death Dr. Peterson revisited their correspondence and found a remarkable order in it. One topic flowed into another. With some connective explanatory text the letters shaped themselves into a book. The correspondence forms a story of the relationship between an extraordinary mentor and his student as well as a dialogue between two eminent psychologists.The letters explore penetrating questions and underlying arguments about some of the most recalcitrant issues that scientists and practitioners encounter in their efforts to understand the human condition. Paul Meehl contributed notably to seven areas: philosophy of science learning schizophrenia clinical and research training personality assessment taxometrics and clinical versus statistical prediction. The letters touch on each of these areas and examine some issues more thoroughly than either Meehl or Peterson had done in any other writings. The book includes an extensive set of endnotes that identify the many works that are referred to in the letters as well as explanatory comments. This intimate look at Paul Meehl's way of thinking will appeal to graduate students and professionals in such diverse fields as psychology psychiatry biology sociology law education and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415654647

Twentieth- and Twenty-First-Century Song CyclesAnalytical Pathways Toward Performance Twentieth- and Twenty-First-Century Song Cycles: Analytical Pathways Toward Performance presents analyses of fourteen song cycles composed after the turn of the twentieth century with a focus on offering ways into the musical and poetic structure of each cycle to performers scholars and students alike. Ranging from familiar works of twentieth-century music by composers such as Schoenberg Britten Poulenc and Shostakovich to lesser-known works by Van Wyk Sviridov Wheeler and Sánchez this collection of essays captures the diversity of the song cycle repertoire in contemporary classical music. The contributors bring their own analytical perspectives and methods considering musical structures the composers' selection of texts how poetic narratives are expressed and historical context. Informed by music history music theory and performance Twentieth- and Twenty-First-Century Song Cycles offers an essential guide into the contemporary art-music song cycle for performers scholars students and anyone seeking to understand this unique genre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367220266

Twentieth Century Accounting Thinkers (RLE Accounting) When originally published in 1994 this volume was the first international review of accounting theory to focus on the contributions of its leading thinkers. Very few attempts had been made in the accounting literature to assess the contribution of the theorists who have had such an important influence on the direction of research and practice. Written by experts the studies in this volume provide a unique guide to the development of accounting theory and practice in regions as diverse as the USA Japan and Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986299

Twentieth Century China: An Annotated Bibliography of Reference Works in Chinese Japanese and Western LanguagesAn Annotated Bibliography of This bibliography of reference works from Chinese Japanese and Western language sources covers: the 1911 Revolution; the Republic of China (1912-1949); the People's Republic of China (1949 onwards); post-1911 Hong Kong and Macau; and post-1911 overseas Chinese.  Filled with helpful checklists charts and suggestions for further reading this practical comprehensive and multidisciplinary guide takes readers through the entire case-writing process including skills for writing both teaching cases and research cases. This edition includes new discussions of students as case writers and how to interpret and respond to reviews as well as updated and expanded material on video multimedia and Internet cases. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698564

Twentieth Century Christian Responses to Religious PluralismDifference is Everything Twentieth Century Christian Responses to Religious Pluralism begins with the recognition that the traditional three-fold typology adopted by Christians in responding to other living world religions is no longer adequate and offers a much more sophisticated and developed approach. This is accomplished with particular reference to ten key Twentieth Century theologians each of whom had significant influence in the field of inter-religious studies both during their lifetime and beyond. The author rejects the exclusivism and triumphalism of traditional Christian approaches and argues strongly and persuasively that the future for inter-religious relationships lies in what he describes as 'classical pluralism' and in an understanding of the importance of difference for inter-faith dialogue. Presenting an accessible introduction to the contemporary issues and challenges facing all those engaged in the further development of inter-faith relationships dialogue and partnership between the world religions Pitman argues that the future of world peace and prosperity depends on the outcome. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269590

Twentieth Century Colonialism and ChinaLocalities the everyday and the world Colonialism in China was a piecemeal agglomeration that achieved its greatest extent in the first half of the twentieth century the last edifices falling at the close of the century. The diversity of these colonial arrangements across China’s landscape defies systematic characterization. This book investigates the complexities and subtleties of colonialism in China during the first half of the twentieth century. In particular the contributors examine the interaction between localities and forces of globalization that shaped the particular colonial experiences characterizing much of China’s experience at this time. In the process it is clear that an emphasis on interaction synergy and hybridity can add much to an understanding of colonialism in Twentieth Century China based on the simple binaries of colonizer and colonized of aggressor and victim and of a one-way transfer of knowledge and social understanding. To provide some kind of order to the analysis the chapters in this volume deal in separate sections with colonial institutions of hybridity colonialism in specific settings the social biopolitics of colonialism colonial governance and Chinese networks in colonial environments. Bringing together an international team of experts Twentieth Century Colonialism and China is an essential resource for students and scholars of modern Chinese history and colonialism and imperialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415687997

Twentieth Century Fox This is the first scholarly history of Fox from its origins in 1904 to the present. It builds upon research and histories of individual periods to describe how one company responded to a century-long evolution of the audience nationally and globally. In the beginning William Fox grabbed a once-in-a-millennium opportunity to build a business based on a genuinely new art form. This study explores the enduring legacy of F.W. Murnau Will Rogers Shirley Temple John Ford Spyros Skouras George Lucas James Cameron and many others offering discussion of those behind and in front of the camera delving deeply into the history and evolution of the studio. Key films covered include The Iron Horse The Grapes of Wrath How Green Was My Valley Forever Amber All About Eve Cleopatra The Sound of Music Planet of the Apes Star Wars Titanic and Fight Club providing an extensive look at the successes and flops that shaped not only Twentieth Century Fox but the entire Hollywood landscape. Through a chronological study the book charts the studio’s impact right up to the present day providing a framework to allow us to look to the future of moviemaking and film consumption. Lively and fresh in its approach this book is a comprehensive study of the studio for scholars students and enthusiasts of Hollywood cinema film history and media industries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138921269

Twentieth Century Industrial Archaeology This book examines the industrial monuments of twentieth- century Britain. Each chapter takes a specific theme and examines it in the context of the buildings and structure of the twentieth century. The authors are both leading experts in the field having written widely on various aspects of the subject. In this new and comprehensive survey they respond to the growing interest in twentieth-century architecture and industrial archaeology. The book is well illustrated with superb and unique illustrations drawn from the archives of the Royal Commission on the Historical Monuments of England. It will mark and celebrate the end of the century with a tribute to its remarkable built industrial heritage. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138140516

Twentieth Century ItalyA Social History Following a historically chronological approach and with a clear focus on the marked regional diversity characterising Italy this volume analyses the impact of social economic cultural and political transformation on the lives of Italians. It assesses their living standards their health and education their working conditions and their leisure activities. The final part of the book examines contemporary Italian society in the light of the political and moral crisis of the early 1990s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176683

Twentieth Century Land Settlement Schemes Land settlement schemes sponsored by national governments and businesses such as the Ford Corporation and the Hudson’s Bay Company took place in locations as diverse as the Canadian Prairies the Dutch polders and the Amazonian rainforests. This novel contribution evaluates a diverse range of these initiatives. By 1900 any land that remained available for agricultural settlement was often far from the settlers’ homes and located in challenging physical environments. Over the course of the twentieth century governments corporations and frequently desperate individuals sought out new places to settle across the globe from Alberta to Papua New Guinea. This book offers vivid reports of the difficulties faced by many of these settlers including the experiences of East European Jewish refugees New Zealand soldier settlers and urban families from Yorkshire.This book considers how and why these settlement schemes succeeded found other pathways to sustainability or succumbed to failure and even oblivion. In doing so the book indicates pathways for the achievement of more economically socially and environmentally sustainable forms of human settlement in marginal areas. This engaging collection will be of interest to individuals in the fields of historical geography environmental history and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585266

Twentieth Century Literary CriticismA Reader Twentieth Century Literary Criticism is a major anthology of key representative works by fifty leading modern literary critics writing before the structuralist revolution. It is a companion volume to Modern Criticism and Theory (Longman 1988) also edited by David Lodge which anthologises contemporary criticism as it has developed through structuralism and post-structuralist theory. Together these volumes provide the most comprehensive survey available of traditional and radical literary theory in action.The critics collected together in this volume have been drawn from England America and Europe and each essay has been prefaced by an editor's introduction which suggests the historical and methodological significance of the piece and gives bibliographical and biographical information. This writers collected are:M. H. Abrams W. B. Yeats Sigmund Freud Henry James Ezra Pound T. S Eliot Virginia Woolf T.E. Hulme I. A. Richards D. H. Lawrence E. M. Forster William Empson G. Wilson Hight C. G. Jung Maud Bodkin Christopher Caudwell L. C. Knights John Crowe Ransom Edmund Wilson Paul Valéry D. W. Harding Lionel Trilling Cleanth Brooks Yvor Wiinters Erich Auerbach W. K. Wimsatt and Monroe C. Beardsley George Orwell Jean-Paul Sartre Mark Schorer Francis Fergusson Northrop Frye C. S. Lewis Leslie Fielder Alain Robbe-Grillet George Lukács Richard Hoggart Walter J. Ong Norman O. Brown Ian Watt Claude Lévi-Strauss René Welleck Wayne Booth Raymond Williams R. S. Crane Marshall McLuhan George Steiner Susan Sontag W. H. Auden Frank Kermode. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172210

Twentieth Century Music and the Question of Modernity In the first decade of the twentieth-century many composers rejected the principles of tonality and regular beat. This signaled a dramatic challenge to the rationalist and linear conceptions of music that had existed in the West since the Renaissance. The ‘break with tonality’ Neo-Classicism serialism chance minimalism and the return of the ‘sacred’ in music are explored in this book for what they tell us about the condition of modernity. Modernity is here treated as a complex social and cultural formation in which mythology narrative and the desire for ‘re-enchantment’ have not completely disappeared. Through an analysis of Schoenberg Stravinsky Boulez and Cage 'the author shows that the twentieth century composer often adopted an artistic personality akin to Max Weber’s religious types of the prophet and priest ascetic and mystic. Twentieth Century Music and the Question of Modernity advances a cultural sociology of modernity and shows that twentieth century musical culture often involved the adoption of ‘apocalyptic’ temporal narratives a commitment to ‘musical revolution’ a desire to explore the limits of noise and sound and finally redemption through the rediscovery of tonality. This book is essential reading for those interested in cultural sociology sociological theory music history and modernity/modernism studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415811439

Twentieth Century MythologiesDumaezil Laevi-Strauss Eliade Myths have intrigued scholars throughout history. 'Twentieth Century Mythologies' traces the study of myth over the last century presenting the key theories of mythology and critiquing traditional definitions of myth. The volume presents the work of influential scholars in mythology: the noted Indo-Europeanist Georges Dumezil the structuralist anthropologist Claude Levi-Strauss and the historian of religions Mircea Eliade. 'Twentieth Century Mythologies' is an indispensable resource for scholars of religion and myth and for all those interested in the history of ideas. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711324

Twentieth Century Population ThinkingA Critical Reader of Primary Sources This reader on the history of demography and historical perspectives on "population" in the twentieth century features a unique collection of primary sources from around the globe written by scholars politicians journalists and activists. Many of the sources are available in English for the first time. Background information is provided on each source. Together the sources mirror the circumstances under which scientific knowledge about "population" was produced how demography evolved as a discipline and how demographic developments were interpreted and discussed in different political and cultural settings. Readers thereby gain insight into the historical precedents on debates on race migration reproduction natural resources development and urbanization the role of statistics in the making of the nation state and family structures and gender roles among others. The reader is designed for undergraduate and graduate students as well as scholars in the fields of demography and population studies as well as to anyone interested in the history of science and knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138061361

Twentieth Century RussiaNinth Edition Donald Treadgoldwas one of the most distinguished Russian historians of his generation. His Twentieth Century Russia a standard text in colleges and universities for several decades has been regularly revised and expanded to reflect new events and scholarship. The present revision by Professor Herbert Ellison contains a major chapter on the Yeltsin era and brings the Russian story to the final year of the century.Twice in the twentieth century the collapse of the Russian state and empire has been followed by an effort to build a democracy on the Western model. The first effort succumbed within a few months to Lenin's communist revolution whose ideas and institutions dominated the history of Russia and eventually much of the world during the succeeding seventy-four years. In August 1991 an attempt by Soviet leaders to suppress democratic and nationalist movements unleashed by the Gorbachev reforms and already victorious in Eastern Europe precipitated instead an anti-communist revolution under the leadership of Boris Yeltsin.The revolution and the sweeping transformation that followed are treated in the new edition which assesses the aims and scope of the first decade of Russia's second revolution. The transformation included a new constitutional structure two fully democratic parliamentary elections and a presidential election (with another of each soon to come) a vigorous revival of political parties and political debate and major questions about Russia's political future. Against the broad background of the Russian experience over a turbulent century it raises the major questions: What are the prospects for Russian democracy? Why are the communists following an anti-communist revolution the most powerful parliamentary party in Russia's new parliament and what is their impact? Why has the conversion to a market economy proved so difficult and painful and what are its prospects? How has Russia related to the new states that were once fellow repub Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096410

Twentieth Century Thinkers in Adult and Continuing Education An examination of the work of 17 major thinkers in the field of adult and continuing education showing how each has made a significant contribution to the field. The ideas of each are explored within a similar framework and their work and its consequences is considered in detail. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604905

Twentieth Century Town HallsArchitecture of Democracy This is the first book to examine the development of the town hall during the twentieth century and the way in which these civic buildings have responded to the dramatic political social and architectural changes which took place during the period. Following an overview of the history of the town hall as a building type it examines the key themes variations and lessons which emerged during the twentieth century. This is followed by 20 case studies from around the world which include plans sections and full-colour illustrations. Each of the case studies examines the town hall's procurement the selection of its architect and the building design and critically analyses its success and contribution to the type’s development. The case studies include:Copenhagen Town Hall Denmark Martin NyropStockholm City Hall Sweden Ragnar OstbergHilversum Town Hall the Netherlands Willem M. DudokWalthamstow Town Hall Britain Philip Dalton HepworthOslo Town Hall Norway Arnstein Arneberg and Magnus PoulssonCasa del Fascio Como Italy Guiseppe TerragniAarhus Town Hall Denmark Arne Jacobsen with Eric MollerSaynatsalo Town Hall Finland Alvar AaltoKurashiki City Hall Japan Kenzo TangeToronto City Hall Canada Viljo RevellBoston City Hall USA Kallmann McKinnell and KnowlesDallas City Hall USA IM PeiMississauga City Hall Canada Ed Jones and Michael KirklandBorgoricco Town Hall Italy Aldo RossiReykjavik City Hall Iceland Studio GrandaValdelaguna Town Hall Spain Victor Lopez Cotelo and Carlos Puente FernandezThe Hague City Hall the Netherlands Richard MeierIragna Town Hall Switzerland Raffaele CavadiniMurcia City Hall Spain Jose Rafael MoneoLondon City Hall UK Norman Foster Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138312524

Twentieth-Century American Fiction in CirculationShort Stories Written for Magazines and Republished in Linked Story Collections Twentieth-Century American Fiction in Circulation is a study of the twentieth-century linked story collection in the United States. It emphasizes how the fictional form grew out of an established publishing model—individual stories printed in magazines revised and expanded into single-author volumes that resemble novels—which creates multiple contexts for the reception of this literature. By acknowledging the prior appearance of stories in periodicals the book examines textual variants and the role of editorial emendation drawing on archival records (drafts and correspondence) whenever possible. It also considers how the pages of magazines create a context for the reception of short stories that differs significantly from that of the single-author book. The chapters explore how short stories appearing separately then linked together excel at representing the discontinuity of modern American life; convey the multifaceted identity of a character across episodes; mimic the qualities of oral storytelling; and illustrate struggles of belonging within and across communities. The book explains the appearance and prevalence of these narrative strategies at particular cultural moments in the evolution of the American magazine examining a range of periodicals such as The Masses  Saturday Evening Post  Partisan Review  Esquire and Ladies’ Home Journal. The primary linked story collections studied are Sherwood Anderson’s Winesburg Ohio (1919) William Faulkner’s The Unvanquished (1938) Mary McCarthy’s The Company She Keeps (1942) John Barth’s Lost in the Funhouse (1968) and Amy Tan’s The Joy Luck Club (1988). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367424466

Twentieth-Century AmericanismIdentity and Ideology in Depression-Era Leftist Literature The main purpose of the book is to expand the scope of revisionary studies of the thirties by analyzing novels using recent innovations in critical theory. The book adds to the research of Barbara Foley Michael Denning Alan Wald and others who have challenged Cold-War-era accounts of the decade's socialist and communist culture. The book explores leftist literature from the thirties as balanced between two antithetical philosophical modalities: identity and ideology. Writers create identitarian fiction he argues as they attempt to appeal to a mainstream audience using familiar types and patterns culled from mass culture. They engage ideology on the other hand when they use narrative as a means of critiquing those same types and patterns using strategies of ideological critique similar to those of their European contemporary Georg Lukács. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867214

Twentieth-Century AmericaThe Intellectual and Cultural Context The multi-volume Longman literature in English series aims to provide students of literature with a critical introduction to the major genres in their historical and cultural context. This book looks at cinema painting and architecture in 20th-century America as well as the culture of politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154728

Twentieth-Century Blake CriticismNorthrop Frye to the Present First published in 1982 this book provides a bibliography of commentary criticism and scholarship on the works of William Blake. It covers the period from Northrop Frye’s Fearful Symmetry in 1947 to 1980. The criticism is organised according to eleven classifications in order to help direct the research of students and scholars and each chapter is preceded by an introductory essay in order to guide the reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138939288

Twentieth-Century British and American TheatreA Critical Guide to Archives First published in 1999 this volume aims to develop the field of theatre studies by promoting the study of performative elements and thus fostering their consideration in the critical interpretation of dramatic literature. The authors additionally suggest ways of approaching and evaluating the work of individual performers as well as of directors designers and producers. It is an archival guide which covers manuscript and ephemera rather than published texts and attempts to indicate the potential value of the documentary material listed. This unique reference guide provides descriptions and evaluations of archive manuscript materials and ephemera relating to twentieth-century British and American theatre. Over 100 archives across Europe North America and Britain were examined in the compilation of this volume. The documents include: unpublished playscripts; state and costume designs; directors' books; prompt books; lighting plots; stage photos; correspondence; theatre programmes. One hundred and seventy five entries are arranged alphabetically and cover playwrights directors designers and actors. By its nature theatre is a collaborative enterprise a facet which is recognised in the comprehensive cross-referencing of entries. The last twenty years has seen a shift in drama studies from text-based criticism to analysis of performance. The materials covered in this book have therefore become essential to future research in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138359826

Twentieth-Century British Authors and the Rise of Opera in Britain This book is the first to examine in depth the contributions of major British authors such as W. H. Auden and E. M. Forster as critics and librettists to the rise of British opera in the twentieth century. The perceived literary values of British authors as much as the musical innovations of British composers informed the aesthetic development of British opera. Indeed British opera emerged as a simultaneously literary and musical project. Too often operatic adaptations are compared superficially to their original sources. This is a particular problem for British opera which has become increasingly defined artistically by the literary sophistication of its narrative sources. The resulting collaborations between literary figures and composers have crucial implications for the development of both opera and literature. Twentieth-Century British Authors and the Rise of Opera in Britain reveals the importance of this literary involvement in operatic adaptation to literature and literary studies to music and musicology and to cultural and theoretical studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315549514

Twentieth-Century Chamber Music First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138171992

Twentieth-Century Chaucer CriticismReading Audiences Shifting ideas about Geoffrey Chaucer's audience have produced radically different readings of Chaucer's work over the course of the past century. Kathy Cawsey in her book on the changing relationship among Chaucer critics and theories of audience draws on Michel Foucault's concept of the 'author-function' to propose the idea of an 'audience function' which shows the ways critics' concepts of audience affect and condition their criticism. Focusing on six trend-setting Chaucerian scholars Cawsey identifies the assumptions about Chaucer's audience underpinning each critic's work arguing these ideas best explain the diversity of interpretation in Chaucer criticism. Further Cawsey suggests few studies of Chaucer's own understanding of audience have been done in part because Chaucer criticism has been conditioned by scholars' latent suppositions about Chaucer's own audience. In making sense of the confusing and conflicting mass of modern Chaucer criticism Cawsey also provides insights into the development of twentieth-century literary criticism and theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409404781

Twentieth-century Chinese Women's Poetry: An AnthologyAn Anthology Chinese women's writing is rich and abundant although not well known in the West. Despite the brutal wars and political upheavals that ravaged twentieth-century China the ranks of women in the literary world increased dramatically. This anthology introduces English language readers to a comprehensive selection of Chinese women poets from both the mainland and Taiwan. It spans the early 1920s and the era of Republican China's literary renaissance through the end of the twentieth century. The collection includes 245 poems by forty poets in elegant English translations as well as an extensive introduction that surveys the history of contemporary Chinese women's poetry. Brief biographical head notes introduce each poet from Bin Xin China's preeminent woman poet in the early Republican period to Rongzi a leading poet of modern Taiwan. The selections are startling moving and wide-ranging in mood and tone. Together they present an enticing palette of delightful elegant playful lyric and tragic poetry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698557

Twentieth-Century Drama Dialogue as Ordinary TalkSpeaking Between the Lines In this book Susan Mandala offers a series of in-depth investigations into how the dialogue of four modern plays 'works' with respect to the pragmatic and discoursal norms postulated for ordinary conversation. After an account of the often-heated debates between linguists and critics concerning the analysis of drama dialogue as talk four plays are considered: Harold Pinter's The Homecoming Arnold Wesker's Roots Terence Rattigan's In Praise of Love and Alan Ayckbourn's Just Between Ourselves. For readers unfamiliar with linguistic approaches to talk a chapter outlining the major frameworks used in the analysis of the plays is also included. By considering both linguistic and literary perspectives this book extends the boundaries of traditional criticism and shows how the linguistic study of conversation can contribute to our understanding of dramatic dialogue. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315235509

Twentieth-Century Fiction by Irish WomenNation and Gender During much of the twentieth century Irish women's position was on the boundaries of national life. Using Julia Kristeva's theories of nationhood often particularly relevant to Ireland this study demonstrates that their marginalization was to women's and indeed the nation's advantage as Irish women writers used their voice to subvert received pieties both about women and about the Irish nation. Kristevan theories of the other the foreigner the semiotic the mother and the sacred are explored in authors as diverse as Elizabeth Bowen Kate O'Brien Edna O'Brien Mary Dorcey Jennifer Johnston and Eilis Ni Dhuibhne as well as authors from Northern Ireland like Deirdre Madden Polly Devlin and Mary Morrissy. These writers whose voices have frequently been sidelined or misunderstood because they write against the grain of their country's cultural heritage finally receive their due in this important contribution to Irish and gender studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315235493

Twentieth-Century Literary Encounters in ChinaModernism Travel and Form From the travel writing of the eccentric plant collector and Reginald Farrer to Emily Hahn’s insider depictions of bohemian life in semi-colonial Shanghai to Ezra Pound’s mediated ‘journeys’ to Southwest China via the explorer Joseph Rock – Anglo-American representations of China during the first half of the twentieth century were often unconventional in terms of style form and content. By examining a range of texts that were written in the flux of travel – including poems novels autobiographies – this study argues that the tumultuous social and political context of China’s Republican Period (1912-49) was a key setting for conceptualizing cultural modernity in global and transnational terms. In contrast with accounts that examine China’s influence on Western modernism through language translation and discourse the book recovers a materialist engagement with landscapes objects and things as transcribed through travel ethnographic encounter and embodied experience. The book is organized by three themes which suggest formal strategies through which notions cultural modernity were explored or contested: borderlands cosmopolitan performances and mobile poetics. As it draws from archival sources in order to develop these themes this study offers a place-based historical perspective on China’s changing status in Western literary cultures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367415983

Twentieth-Century Music and PoliticsEssays in Memory of Neil Edmunds When considering the role music played in the major totalitarian regimes of the century it is music's usefulness as propaganda that leaps first to mind. But as a number of the chapters in this volume demonstrate there is a complex relationship both between art music and politicised mass culture and between entertainment and propaganda. Nationality self/other power and ideology are the dominant themes of this book whilst key topics include: music in totalitarian regimes; music as propaganda; music and national identity; émigré communities and composers; music's role in shaping identities of 'self' and 'other' and music as both resistance to and instrument of oppression. Taking the contributions together it becomes clear that shared experiences such as war dictatorship colonialism exile and emigration produced different yet clearly inter-related musical consequences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248366

Twentieth-Century Music Theory and Practice Twentieth-Century Music Theory and Practice introduces a number of tools for analyzing a wide range of twentieth-century musical styles and genres. It includes discussions of harmony scales rhythm contour post-tonal music set theory the twelve-tone method and modernism. Recent developments involving atonal voice leading K-nets nonlinearity and neo-Reimannian transformations are also engaged. While many of the theoretical tools for analyzing twentieth century music have been devised to analyze atonal music they may also provide insight into a much broader array of styles. This text capitalizes on this idea by using the theoretical devices associated with atonality to explore music inclusive of a large number of schools and contains examples by such stylistically diverse composers as Paul Hindemith George Crumb Ellen Taffe Zwilich Steve Reich Michael Torke Philip Glass Alexander Scriabin Ernest Bloch Igor Stravinsky Béla Bartók Sergei Prokofiev Arnold Schoenberg Claude Debussy György Ligeti and Leonard Bernstein. This textbook also provides a number of analytical compositional and written exercises. The aural skills supplement and online aural skills trainer on the companion website allow students to use theoretical concepts as the foundation for analytical listening.Access additional resources and online material here: http://www.twentiethcenturymusictheoryandpractice.net and https://www.motivichearing.com/. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415888967

Twentieth-Century Organ Music This volume explores twentieth-century organ music through in-depth studies of the principal centers of composition the most significant composers and their works and the evolving role of the instrument and its music. The twentieth-century was a time of unprecedented change for organ music not only in its composition and performance but also in the standards of instrument design and building. Organ music was anything but immune to the complex musical intellectual and socio-political climate of the time. Twentieth-Century Organ Music examines the organ's repertory from the entire period contextualizing it against the background of important social and cultural trends. In a collection of twelve essays experienced scholars survey the dominant geographic centers of organ music (France the Netherlands Scandinavia the United States and German-speaking countries) and investigate the composers who made important contributions to the repertory (Reger in Germany Messiaen in France Ligeti in Eastern and Central Europe Howells in Great Britain). Twentieth-Century Organ Music provides a fresh vantage point from which to view one of the twentieth century's most diverse and engaging musical spheres. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415875660

Twentieth-Century Philosophy of ReligionThe History of Western Philosophy of Religion Volume 5 The twentieth century saw religion challenged by the rise of science and secularism a confrontation which resulted in an astonishingly diverse range of philosophical views about religion and religious belief. Many of the major philosophers of the twentieth century - James Bergson Russell Wittgenstein Ayer Heidegger and Derrida - significantly engaged with religious thought. Idiosyncratic thinkers such as Whitehead Levinas and Weil further contributed to the extraordinary diversity of philosophical investigation of religion across the century. In their turn leading theologians and religious philosophers - notably Buber Tillich and Barth - directly engaged with the philosophy of religion. Later philosophy of religion became a distinct field of study led by the work of Hick Alston Plantinga and Swinburne. "Twentieth-Century Philosophy of Religion" provides an accessible overview of the major strands in the rich tapestry of twentieth-century thought about religion and will be an indispensible resource for any interested in contemporary philosophy of religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844656851

Twentieth-Century SuburbsA Morphological Approach **This book was originally printed as a hardback in 2001. The paperback released in 2014 is a reprint of the original** Garden suburbs were the almost universal form of urban growth in the English-speaking world for most of the twentieth century. Their introduction was probably the most fundamental process of transformation in the physical form of the Western city since the Middle Ages.This book describes the ways in which these suburbs were created particularly by private enterprise in England in the 1920s and 1930s the physical forms they took and how they have changed over time in response to social economic and cultural change.Twentieth-Century Suburbs is concerned with the history geography architecture and planning of the ordinary suburban areas in which most British people live. It discusses the origins of suburbs; the ways in which they have been represented; the scale and causes of their growth; their form and architectural style; the landowners builders and architects responsible for their creation; the changes they have undergone both physically and socially; and their impact on urban form and the implications for urban landscape management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869027

Twenty Million New Customers!Understanding Gay Men's Consumer Behavior Most of the world’s population is in the dark when it comes to the consumer patterns of gay men. But in Twenty Million New Customers!: Understanding Gay Men’s Consumer Behavior you’ll leave all the dark homophobic myths behind where they belong--in the closet--and come out into the light. In its colorful and informative chapters you’ll see why gay men are a vital consumer lifeline to today’s clothing industries as you tap into revealing psychological characteristics that will benefit any business manager. A scholarly yet personal poignant study Twenty Million New Customers! is a mixed shopping bag taking you on a day-in-the-life tour of the buying patterns of 44 gay men. As an up-to-date catalog of scholarly data it helps you see how “mainstream” businesses can tailor their marketing methods to this rapidly expanding demand in a competent professional and ethical manner. As a commentary on lifestyle it transports you to unexplored consumer behavior territory that most people still consider “deviant.” Specifically you’ll read about: in-depth personal interviews from gay consumers real-life problems and market needs of gay men consumer behavior as political protest self-concept identity community and culture the creation and maintenance of gay consumer subculture research methods and managerial implications of the studyA recent survey estimates that over six percent of U.S. consumers openly acknowledges themselves as gay--clearly a priceless niche. So if you’re a gay man trying to get the skinny on the latest bodysuit trends a marketing scholar involved in quantitative methods research or a manager interested in retiring your old outdated business savvy to the closet and exchanging it for a flashy new informed sense of marketing pizzazz read Twenty Million New Customers! It’ll shut the closet on the harmful myths surrounding gay consumerism and open the door to success. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870229

Twenty Years in Khama Country and Pioneering Among the Batuana of Lake Ngami An eye-witness account of Khama's struggle for power and a testimony to the leadership and sagacity of khama in church and state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760928

Twenty Years of BIMSTECPromoting Regional Cooperation and Integration in the Bay of Bengal Region This book reviews the past and provides new strategies to help BIMSTEC achieving a new paradigm of integration. It primarily deals with the regional cooperation and integration issues and assesses policy priorities effectiveness implementation imperatives and challenges. Each chapter in this book tries to capture essential features of the crosscutting issues and attempts to draw some policy implications. The subject of this book will be of special interests to policy planners development organisations academicians researchers as well as potential investors. Please note: T&Fdoes not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367436520

Twenty Years of Euro-Mediterranean Relations The creation of the Euro-Mediterranean Partnership in 1995 was seen at the time as a forward-thinking foreign policy which would strengthen ties between Europe and the Mediterranean Arab states. Since that time however almost none of this initial ambition has been translated into positive successful policy. Twenty years on from the creation of the Euro-Mediterranean Partnership (now the Union for the Mediterranean) this book collects some of the most influential articles published in the Mediterranean Politics journal since 1995 – and suggests what these articles tell us about the state of relations between Europe and the Middle East. The selection of articles gives a sense of the way in which analytical debate has changed in the journal’s lifetime a lifetime which has seen the journal at the forefront of academic study on a variety of issues in the Mediterranean region. As such the selection is naturally a reflection of the different periods from which the articles are taken and taken together they paint a picture of how the Euro-Mediterranean partnership has been reshaped over time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138308992

Twenty Years of Studying DemocratizationVol 1: Democratic Transition and Consolidation Democratization emerged at a time of epochal change in global politics: the twin impacts of the end of the Soviet Union and the speeding up and deepening of globalisation in the early 1990s meant a whole new ball game in terms of global political developments. The journal’s first issue appeared in early 1994. Over time the editorial position has been consistently to focus on ‘the third wave of democracy’ and its aftermath. The third wave is the most recent exemplar of a long-term historical trend towards more democratically viable regimes and away from authoritarian systems and leaders. In short the journal wants to promote a better understanding of democratization – defined as the way democratic norms institutions and practices evolve and are disseminated both within and across national and cultural boundaries. Over the years the many excellent articles that we have featured in the journal have shared our focus on democratization viewed as a process. The journal has sought – and continues to seek – to build on the enduring scholarly and of course popular interest in democracy how and why it emerges develops and becomes consolidated. Our emphasis over the last 20 years has been contemporary and the approach comparative with a strong desire to be both topical and authoritative. We include special reference to democratization in the developing world and in post-communist societies. In sum just as 20 years ago the journal today aims to encourage debate on the many aspects of democratization that are of interest to policy-makers administrators and journalists aid and development personnel those involved in education and perhaps above all the tens of millions of ordinary people around the world who do not (yet) enjoy the benefits of living under democratic rule. The two dozen articles collected in this ‘virtual’ special issue are emphatic proof of the power of the written word to induce debate uncertainty and ultimately progress towards better forms of politics focused on the achievement of the democratic aspirations of men and women everywhere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138953727

Twenty Years of Studying DemocratizationVol 2: Democratization Democracy and Authoritarian Continuity Democratization emerged at a time of epochal change in global politics: the twin impacts of the end of the Soviet Union and the speeding up and deepening of globalisation in the early 1990s meant a whole new ball game in terms of global political developments. The journal’s first issue appeared in early 1994. Over time the editorial position has been consistently to focus on ‘the third wave of democracy’ and its aftermath. The third wave is the most recent exemplar of a long-term historical trend towards more democratically viable regimes and away from authoritarian systems and leaders. In short the journal wants to promote a better understanding of democratization – defined as the way democratic norms institutions and practices evolve and are disseminated both within and across national and cultural boundaries. Over the years the many excellent articles that we have featured in the journal have shared our focus on democratization viewed as a process. The journal has sought – and continues to seek – to build on the enduring scholarly and of course popular interest in democracy how and why it emerges develops and becomes consolidated. Our emphasis over the last 20 years has been contemporary and the approach comparative with a strong desire to be both topical and authoritative. We include special reference to democratization in the developing world and in post-communist societies. In sum just as 20 years ago the journal today aims to encourage debate on the many aspects of democratization that are of interest to policy-makers administrators and journalists aid and development personnel those involved in education and perhaps above all the tens of millions of ordinary people around the world who do not (yet) enjoy the benefits of living under democratic rule. The two dozen articles collected in this ‘virtual’ special issue are emphatic proof of the power of the written word to induce debate uncertainty and ultimately progress towards better forms of politics focused on the achievement of the democratic aspirations of men and women everywhere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415720489

Twenty Years of Studying DemocratizationVol 3: Building Blocks of Democracy Democratization emerged at a time of epochal change in global politics: the twin impacts of the end of the Soviet Union and the speeding up and deepening of globalisation in the early 1990s meant a whole new ball game in terms of global political developments. The journal’s first issue appeared in early 1994. Over time the editorial position has been consistently to focus on ‘the third wave of democracy’ and its aftermath. The third wave is the most recent exemplar of a long-term historical trend towards more democratically viable regimes and away from authoritarian systems and leaders. In short the journal wants to promote a better understanding of democratization – defined as the way democratic norms institutions and practices evolve and are disseminated both within and across national and cultural boundaries.Over the years the many excellent articles that we have featured in the journal have shared our focus on democratization viewed as a process. The journal has sought – and continues to seek – to build on the enduring scholarly and of course popular interest in democracy how and why it emerges develops and becomes consolidated. Our emphasis over the last 20 years has been contemporary and the approach comparative with a strong desire to be both topical and authoritative.We include special reference to democratization in the developing world and in post-communist societies. In sum just as 20 years ago the journal today aims to encourage debate on the many aspects of democratization that are of interest to policy-makers administrators and journalists aid and development personnel those involved in education and perhaps above all the tens of millions of ordinary people around the world who do not (yet) enjoy the benefits of living under democratic rule. The two dozen articles collected in this ‘virtual’ special issue are emphatic proof of the power of the written word to induce debate uncertainty and ultimately progress towards better forms of politics focused on the achievement of the democratic aspirations of men and women everywhere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739843

Twenty20 and the Future of Cricket Cricket is a sport which is currently undergoing a rapid and dramatic transformation. Traditionally thought of as an English summer game limited in appeal to Britain and its Commonwealth cricket has in the past a few years achieved a global profile. This is largely due to the development of a new TV-friendly format of the game: Twenty20 cricket. Indeed through the economic and media interests promoting the Indian Premier League (IPL) the world’s richest Twenty20 tournament cricket has belatedly ‘gone global’. The rapid rise of the IPL underlines that the economic and political characters within cricket are no longer the traditional elites in metropolitan centres but the businessmen of India and the media entrepreneurs world-wide who seek to shape new audiences for the game and create new marketing opportunities on a global scale. The contributions in this book fall into two broad categories. There are firstly those which explore the rapid growth of Twenty20 particularly the motors of change and the new directions that cricket is taking as a result of the Twenty20 revolution. Secondly there are a number of contributions which chart the impact of Twenty20 on traditional elements of the game. This book was originally published as a special issue of Sport in Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138946651

Twenty-First Century Bollywood Key changes have emerged in Bollywood in the new millennium. Twenty-First Century Bollywood traces the emerging shifts in both the content and form of Bollywood cinema and examines these new tendencies in relation to the changing dynamics of Indian culture. The book historically situates these emerging trends in relation to previous norms and develops new innovative paradigms for conceptualizing Bollywood in the twenty-first century. The particular shifts in contemporary Bollywood cinema that the book examines include the changing nature of the song and dance sequence the evolving representations of male and female sexuality and the increasing presence of whiteness as a dominant trope in Bollywood cinema. It also focuses on the increasing presence of Bollywood in higher education courses in the West as well as how Bollywood’s growing presence in such academic contexts illuminates the changing ways in which this cinema is consumed by Western audiences. Shifting the focus back on the cinematic elements of contemporary films themselves the book analyses Bollywood films by considering the film dynamics on their own terms and related to their narrative and aesthetic usage rather than through an analysis of large-scale industrial practices. It will be of interest to students and scholars of South Asian Studies Film Studies and Cultural Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138654273

Twenty-First Century Estate Agency This book is a must have for those estate agents who want to work more effectively in order to grow their business and profits. With 12 000 separately owned estate agencies in the UK this book illustrates how new technology and working practices can revolutionise the industry. Technology can help to improve the competitiveness and sometimes-tarnished image of estate agents in the eyes of the general public. The book contains case studies from international markets and shows how competitive the industry is and how each competitor needs to adopt new approaches to outwit rivals – and to reassure an increasingly sceptical public that agents are worth using add value and earn their commission. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9781138178205

Twenty-First Century Intelligence Twenty-First Century Intelligence collects the thinking of some of the foremost experts on the future of intelligence in our new century. The essays contained in this volume are set against the backdrop of the transforming events of the September 11 terrorist attacks. Intelligence plays a central and highly visible role in the global war on terror and in new doctrines of global pre-emption of threats. Yet the challenges for intelligence services are great as the twenty-first century unfolds.This collection will inform and stimulate new thinking about the current strengths and weaknesses of intelligence services and about the future paths that they may follow. Behind the controversies of the present over intelligence performance lie critical questions about how the past and future of an often mysterious but critical arm of the state are linked.This book was previously published as a special issue of the journal Intelligence and National Security. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203695685

Twenty-First Century Lesbian Studies An enlightening entertaining look at what the term “lesbian” really means—and what it means to be a lesbianTwenty-First Century Lesbian Studies focuses on the field’s institutionalization into the humanities and social sciences examining how the term “lesbian” is used in activist community and cultural contexts and how its use impacts the lives of women who have chosen it as an identity. The book’s contributors include many of the world’s foremost experts in lesbian studies as well as scholars whose primary research is in bisexuality transsexuality and transgender intersex and queer theory. The innovative essays touch on five individual themes—“Genealogies ” “Readings ” “Theories ” “Identities ” and “Locations”—as they explore the past present and future of lesbian studies.Twenty-First Century Lesbian Studies places the term “lesbian” at the center of analysis whether as a concept a category an identity a political position or an object choice. The book’s cutting-edge essays examine the various meanings of “lesbian;” the risks taken by women who live and/or act write and speak as lesbians; current genealogical myths; and the lives studies and activism of lesbians who represent a range of geographical and historical contexts. The book presents research produced outside the United States/United Kingdom two places which tend to dominate the field and essays that focus on areas such as medieval studies that are often ignored in theoretical discussions. Twenty-First Century Lesbian Studies considers these questions: does the term “lesbian” still have relevance as an identity descriptor or political position? who does “lesbian” include and/or exclude? how does intersectional thinking impact the way we formulate lesbian identities? are we now “post-lesbian?” what if anything defines the field of lesbian studies? what is the current state of the field? what is the possible future of the field? what current topics should be most important to practitioners? how is work that falls under the “lesbian studies” umbrella connected to efforts in the areas of feminism LGBT intersex and queer straight studies? and many moreTwenty-First Century Lesbian Studies is an enlightening entertaining and essential read for academics and students working in all disciplines in the social sciences and humanities and for the lesbian/queer population in general. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315876979

Twenty-first Century Metadata OperationsChallenges Opportunities Directions It has long been apparent to academic library administrators that the current technical services operations within libraries need to be redirected and refocused in terms of both format priorities and human resources. A number of developments and directions have made this reorganization imperative many of which have been accelerated by the current economic crisis. All of the chapters detail some aspect of technical services reorganization due to downsizing and/or reallocation of human resources retooling professional and support staff in higher level duties and/or non-MARC metadata "value-added" metadata opportunities outsourcing redundant activities and shifting resources from analog to digital object organization and description. This book will assist both catalogers and library administrators with concrete examples of moving technical services operations and personnel from the analog to the digital environment. This book was published as a special double issue of Cataloging & Classification Quarterly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851787

Twenty-First Century MusicalsFrom Stage to Screen Twenty-First Century Musicals stakes a place for the musical in today’s cinematic landscape taking a look at leading contemporary shows from their stage origins to their big-screen adaptations. Each chapter offers a new perspective on a single musical challenging populist narratives and exploring underlying narratives and sub-texts in depth. Themes of national identity; race class and gender; the ‘voice’ and ‘singing live’ on film; authenticity; camp sensibilities; and the celebration of failure are addressed in a series of questions including: How does the film adaptation provide a different viewing experience from the stage version? What themes are highlighted in the film adaptation? What does the new casting bring to the work? Do camera angles dictate a different reading from the stage version? What is lost/gained in the process of adaptation to film? Re-interpreting the contemporary film musical as a compelling art form Twenty-First Century Musicals is a must-read for any student or scholar keen to broaden their understanding of musical performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138648890

Twenty-First Century Perspectives on Indigenous StudiesNative North America in (Trans)Motion In recent years the interdisciplinary fields of Native North American and Indigenous Studies have reflected at times even foreshadowed and initiated many of the influential theoretical discussions in the humanities after the "transnational turn." Global trends of identity politics performativity cultural performance and ethics comparative and revisionist historiography ecological responsibility and education as well as issues of social justice have shaped and been shaped by discussions in Native American and Indigenous Studies. This volume brings together distinguished perspectives on these topics by the Native scholars and writers Gerald Vizenor (Anishinaabe) Diane Glancy (Cherokee) and Tomson Highway (Cree) as well as non-Native authorities such as Chadwick Allen Hartmut Lutz and Helmbrecht Breinig. Contributions look at various moments in the cultural history of Native North America—from earthmounds via the Catholic appropriation of a Mohawk saint to the debates about Makah whaling rights—as well as at a diverse spectrum of literary performative and visual works of art by John Ross John Ridge Elias Boudinot Emily Pauline Johnson Leslie Marmon Silko Emma Lee Warrior Louise Erdrich N. Scott Momaday Stephen Graham Jones and Gerald Vizenor among others. In doing so the selected contributions identify new and recurrent methodological challenges outline future paths for scholarly inquiry and explore the intersections between Indigenous Studies and contemporary Literary and Cultural Studies at large. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367359102

Twenty-First Century Psychoanalysis This book articulates a possible future for Lacan and psychoanalysis through an exploration of the historical trajectory of psychoanalysis and a survey of the ways Lacanian psychoanalysis offers a unique response to the pressing clinical demands. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782205036

Twenty-First Century PsycholinguisticsFour Cornerstones Psycholinguistics is an interdisciplinary field and hence relationships are at its heart. First and foremost is the relationship between its two parent disciplines psychology and linguistics a relationship which has changed and advanced over the half century of the field's independent existence. At the beginning of the 21st Century psycholinguistics forms part of the rapidly developing enterprise known as cognitive neuroscience in which the relationship between biology and behavior plays a central role. Psycholinguistics is about language in communication so that the relationship between language production and comprehension has always been important and as psycholinguistics is an experimental discipline it is likewise essential to find the right relationship between model and experiment.This book focuses in turn on each of these four cornerstone relationships: Psychology and Linguistics Biology and Behavior Production and Comprehension and Model and Experiment. The authors are from different disciplinary backgrounds but share a commitment to clarify the ways that their research illuminates the essential nature of the psycholinguistic enterprise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415652940

Twenty-First Century SeapowerCooperation and Conflict at Sea This book offers an assessment of the naval policies of emerging naval powers and the implications for maritime security relations and the global maritime order. Since the end of the Cold War China Japan India and Russia have begun to challenge the status quo with the acquisition of advanced naval capabilities. The emergence of rising naval powers is a cause for concern as the potential for great power instability is exacerbated by the multiple maritime territorial disputes among new and established naval powers. This work explores the underlying sources of maritime ambition through an analysis of various historical cases of naval expansionism. It analyses both the sources and dynamics of international naval competition and looks at the ways in which maritime stability and the widespread benefits of international commerce and maritime resource extraction can be sustained through the twenty-first century. This book will be of much interest to students of naval power Asian security and politics strategic studies security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138790131

Twenty-First Century UrbanismA New Analysis of the City This volume argues that the city cannot be captured by any one mode of analysis but instead is composed of the mobile relational efficient sentient and the phenomenological with all of them cast in new theoretical configurations and combined into one methodological entity. Rather than focusing on any one city or abstract analytical model this book instead takes a multipronged theoretical and methodological approach to present the city as an intelligent affective organism – a sentient being. It proposes that cities operate on a relational mobile and phenomenological basis through the mode of efficiency calibrated by a profoundly complicated division of labor. Its starting point is that the city is a mobile unit of analysis from its economic status to its demographic makeup from its cultural configuration to its environmental conditions and therefore easily evades our quantitative and qualitative methods of computation and comprehension. Twenty-First Century Urbanism provides planning and urban design academics and students with a multifaceted approach to understanding the development of cities encouraging the examination of cities through a myriad non-linear approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367501907

Twenty-First Century Weapons ProliferationAre We Ready? Leading US security practitioners fromt he Ford Carter Reagan Bush and Clinton administrations plus other experts on proliferation clarify the weapons proliferation threats that the US and its allies will face and suggest what new policies their governments should consider. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039879

Twenty-Five Buildings Every Architect Should Understanda revised and expanded edition of Twenty Buildings Every Architect Should Understand Twenty-Five Buildings Every Architect Should Understand is an essential companion to Simon Unwin’s Analysing Architecture and part of the trilogy which also includes his Exercises in Architecture: Learning to Think as an Architect. Together the three books offer an introduction to the workings of architecture providing for the three aspects of learning: theory examples and practice. Twenty-Five Buildings focusses on analysing examples using the methodology offered by Analysing Architecture which operates primarily through the medium of drawing. In this second edition five further buildings have been added to the original twenty from an even wider geographical area which now includes the USA France Italy Mexico Switzerland Spain Finland Germany Australia Norway Sweden India and Japan.  The underlying theme of Twenty-Five Buildings Every Architect Should Understand is the relationship of architecture to the human being how it frames our lives and orchestrates our experiences; how it can help us make sense of the world and contribute to our senses of identity and place. Exploring these dimensions through a wide range of case studies that illustrate the rich diversity of twentieth and twenty-first century architecture this book is essential reading for every architect. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138781054

Twenty-Five Centuries of Technological ChangeAn Historical Survey First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315824284

Twenty-Five Years of the Life ReviewTheoretical and Practical Considerations In this thought-provoking book professionals in the field of aging examine the history and concept of the life review. The life review--a theory about the nature of the life cycle first presented in 1962--has become a foundation for program development with the elderly. This unique analysis of the life review goes beyond the early formulation both in theory and practice. Critics of the life review suggest ways in which the theory can be modified and expanded and offer several unique methods of creatively adapting these criticisms and changes to practical purposes. Proponents of the life review--while emphasizing that reminiscence is not a panacea--proclaim its historical educational and therapeutic value. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315826066

Twenty-nine Years in the West Indies and Central AfricaA Review of Missionary Work and Adventure 1829-1858 First published in 1970 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138011052

Twenty-Six Portland PlaceThe Early Years of the Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene Twenty-Six Portland Place is a ground-breaking exploration of the early years of the Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene from its foundation in 1907 to its half-century in 1957. Following its formation at the height of the Empire it became a forum in which to discuss and develop ideas and current research by physicians and clinical parasitologists into diseases prevalent in warm climates. The book also traces the Society's growth and development through two world wars and the turbulent national international and medical politics of the period. As a former President of the Society with full access to its archives Gordon C. Cook is uniquely placed to create this account which will be of particular interest to historians and clinicians with an interest in tropical medicine and to fellows of the Society. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138117648

Twenty-Sixth International Congress on Large Dams / Vingt-Sixième Congrès International des Grands Barrages4th - 6th July 2018 Vienna Austria The International Committee on Large Dams (ICOLD) held its 26th International Congress in Vienna Austria (1-7 July 2018). The proceedings of the congress focus on four main questions: 1. Reservoir sedimentation and sustainable development; 2. Safety and risk analysis; 3. Geology and dams and 4. Small dams and levees. The book thoroughly discusses these questions and is indispensable for academics engineers and professionals involved or interested in engineering hydraulic engineering and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138612280

Twenty-Something in the 1990sGetting on Getting by Getting Nowhere First published in 1997 this study of 9 000 people born in the same week in 1970 who have been followed up since birth has produced a unique picture of life for those in their mid 20s – a year before the new Labour Government took office. The new survey shows a fractured society with clear evidence of an increasing gulf between those ‘getting on’ with their careers and blooming and those who are being left behind. The polarisation between those ‘getting on’ and those ‘getting nowhere’ was primarily about financial and career achievement but was also reflected in almost every other area of their lives. A theme running throughout the book is what characterises successful integration into adult life as opposed to marginalisation and social exclusion which is encountered by increasing numbers of young people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138359772

TWI Case StudiesStandard Work Continuous Improvement and Teamwork TWI Case Studies: Standard Work Continuous Improvement and Teamwork provides the insight of leading experts to assist in the execution of Training Within Industry (TWI)—the game-changing business tool. Presented as a series of case studies from a range of corporations with a variety of products and needs it illustrates the rebirth of TWI programs in the United States.Demonstrating how TWI can benefit any and all organizations regardless of industry the book details the specific activities decision-makers need to accomplish to successfully incorporate TWI into the business culture—including the Ten Points for Implementing and Sustaining the TWI "J" Programs. The case studies describe the use of TWI Programs at some of the world's leading companies including: IBM Herman Miller Ben & Jerry's Homemade Ice Cream Green Mountain Coffee Roasters US Synthetic Born in the 1940s and used to support the US military during World War II TWI Programs later became the unrecognized yet powerful tools of the Toyota Production System. Imparting the fundamental skills that are useful across any field the TWI programs described in this book are so fundamentally sound that using them to any degree will improve performance. Strict adherence will all but guarantee efficient work flow higher employee morale and an improved sense of cohesiveness among your employees. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439846100

Twice the FirstQuirino Cristiani and the Animated Feature Film Giannalberto Bendazzi brings to light some of the lost relics of animation history with his new book Twice the First: Quirino Cristiani and the Animated Feature Film. Unlike other works however Bendazzi focuses on the growth of animation in non-western countries. This book particularly emphasizes the contributions of Quirino Cristiani and how his work influenced other animators. Bendazzi provides in-depth coverage about Cristiani’s life both professionally and personally. Twice the First takes the reader on an exciting journey through the historical development of animation through the eyes of Quirino Cristiani.   Key Features A look back at the modest beginnings of feature film animation. An exciting account of some facts never before revealed in the history and development of animated film Among the fascinating information the reader can learn from this book is that not all the action in cinematography took place in North America and Western Europe This book provides an important service in documenting the early period of animation and filling in the gaps in the history of the development of animation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138554467

Twice-Told Children's TalesThe Influence of Childhood Reading on Writers for Adults First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867153

Twilight MemoriesMarking Time in a Culture of Amnesia In this new collection of essays on memory and amnesia in the postmodern world cultural critic Andreas Huyssen considers how nationalism literature art politics and the media are obsessed with the past. The great paradox of our fin-de-siecle culture is that novelty is even more associated with memory than with future expectation. Drawing heavily on the dilemmas of contemporary Germany Huyssen's discussion of cultural memory illustrates the nature of contemporary nationalism the work of such artists and thinkers as Anselm Kiefer Alexander Kluge and Jean Baudrillard and many others. The book includes illustrations from contemporary Germany. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203610213

Twilight of Jewish Philosophy First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315079295

Twilight of LibertyLegacy of the ACLU Twilight of Liberty is a sequel to Donohue's highly regarded The Politics of the American Civil Liberties Union but with a marked change in emphasis. Instead of challenging the ACLU's nonpartisan reputation as he did in the earlier volume Donohue now seeks to demonstrate why and how recent ACLU policy undermines the process of liberty. He argues that the ACLU by relentlessly warring with mediating institutions and by pushing a radical individualism in its policies is not making us more but less free.Two conceptions of liberty are discussed. The first considers the social context in which the struggle for freedom takes place. It maintains that freedom is best achieved through a delicate balancing of individual rights with the legitimate needs of the social order. The other conception of liberty is atomistic exclusively concerned with the rights of the individual. According to Donohue such a definition assures the triumph of the state over the mediating institutions of society thus reducing prospects for freedom.This is the first book to critically analyze contemporary ACLU policy and to challenge its reputation as the preeminent voice of freedom in the United States. It aims to move beyond the idea that freedom is best served by pushing individual rights to extremes. Twilight of Liberty will appeal to scholars in the fields of law social policy and culture. Students in civil liberties courses will also find this book a valuable resource. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351294645

Twilight of the SocialResurgent Politics in an Age of Disposability In The Twilight of the Social Henry A. Giroux looks at the decline of social spaces which enable grievances to be dealt with and considers new ways in which citizens can create social spaces today. After decades of neoliberalism today's young people lack a voice and are saddled with economic political and social conditions that have rendered them marginalised and ultimately disposable. Giroux covers a broad range of topics - from youth and the promise of new media technologies the economic Darwinism of globalisation and the need for a renewed democratic culture. The Twilight of the Social is a compelling account of the erosion in recent decades of the very idea of 'the social' in America and other societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612050560

Twin CitiesUrban Communities Borders and Relationships over Time This dynamic international collection provides a comprehensive overview of twin cities on administrative and international borders across the world. Drawing on contemporary and historical examples it documents constant and changing features of twinned communities over time. The chapters explore a variety of urban formations including independent cities located side-by-side; cities that have merged over decades or even centuries and those projected to merge; cities partitioned by treaties and cities duplicated in pursuit of better security intensified trade or both between neighbouring countries. From Europe to Africa North America to the Middle East South America to Asia this book focuses on relationships between cities citizens and municipal/international borders. A cartographical contents and editorial commentary guide readers through diverse contributions. The authors ask how far cities are changing or remaining constant in the context of conurbanisation Europeanisation and globalization. The book provides a glimpse into the variety of roles twin cities can play globally: from laboratories of integration and para-diplomatic actors to economic and cultural brokers.This is a valuable engaging resource for researchers in the fields of geography urban studies border studies international relations and global development. It will be of great use to individuals involved in twin-city initiatives and general readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586706

Twin DilemmasChanging Relationships Throughout the Life Span The development of how twins relate to each other and their single partners is explored through life stories and clinical examples in this telling study of twin interconnections. While the quality of a nurturing family life is crucial Dr. Klein has found there are often issues with separation anxiety loneliness competition with each other and finding friendships outside of twinship. When twin lives are entwined because of inadequate parenting and estrangement twin loss is possible and traumatic creating a crippling fear of expansiveness—an inability to be yourself. Therapists and twins seeking an understanding of twin relationships will find this clinically compelling book a valuable resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138693579

Twins - From Fetus to Child Though much has been written about twins very little research has been done into their everyday lives both postnatal and prenatal. In this fascinating new study Alessandra Piontelli follows the development and behaviour of thirty pairs of twins from their early life in the womb through to their third year of childhood. Drawing on detailed ultrasound observations and work with mothers and families in clinical and natural settings the text traces the subtle ways in which various types of twins live behave and interact with their unequally shared and unique pre- and postnatal environments.Piontelli shows how from early on distinctive and personal traits can be seen in the behaviour of each member of a twin couple and how these traits continue and strengthen well beyond birth. The book describes not only the behaviour of the twins but the impact they have on the lives of their family and carers - what family members say how they react and how the family changes.Scientifically based but warmly human in content this unique longitudinal study offers new insight for professionals working with mothers and families of twins and for researchers in human development across a range of disciplines. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203994337

Twins in Early Modern English Drama and Shakespeare This volume investigates the early modern understanding of twinship through new readings of plays informed by discussions of twins appearing in such literature as anatomy tracts midwifery manuals monstrous birth broadsides and chapbooks. The book contextualizes such dramatic representations of twinship investigating contemporary discussions about twins in medical and popular literature and how such dialogues resonate with the twin characters appearing on the early modern stage. Garofalo demonstrates that in this period twin births were viewed as biologically aberrant and because of this classification authors frequently attempt to explain the phenomenon in ways which call into question the moral and constitutional standing of both the parents and the twins themselves. In line with current critical studies on pregnancy and the female body discussions of twin births reveal a distrust of the mother and the processes surrounding twin conception; however a corresponding suspicion of twins also emerges which monstrous birth pamphlets exemplify. This book analyzes the representation of twins in early modern drama in light of this information moving from tragedies through to comedies. This progression demonstrates how the dramatic potential inherent in the early modern understanding of twinship is capitalized on by playwrights as negative ideas about twins can be seen transitioning into tragic and tragicomic depictions of twinship. However by building toward a positive comic representation of twins the work additionally suggests an alternate interpretation of twinship in this period which appreciates and celebrates twins because of their difference. The volume will be of interest to those studying Shakespeare and Renaissance Literature in relation to the History of Emotions the Body and the Medical Humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878559

Twisted Rails Sunken ShipsThe Rhetoric of Nineteenth Century Steamboat and Railroad Accident Investigation Reports 1833-1879 Contemporary disaster investigation reports into the Shuttle Three Mile Island or the World Trade Centre did not happen by chance but were the result of an evolution of the discourse communities involved with investigating technological accidents. The relationships of private companies coroners outside experts and government investigators all had to be developed and experimented with before a genre of investigation reports could exist. This book is the story of the evolution of these investigation discourse communities in published reports written between 1833 and 1879. Using the reports generated by seven different accidents on railroads and steamboats between 1833 and 1876 it is possible to observe the changes in how these reports interacted and changed over the course of the nineteenth century: The Explosion of the Steamboat New England in the Connecticut River 1833; The Explosion of the Locomotive Engine Richmond near Reading Pennsylvania 1844; The Explosion of the Steam Boat Moselle in Cincinatti 1838; The Camden and Amboy Railroad Collision in Burlington New Jersey 1855; The Gasconade Bridge Collapse on the Pacific Railroad in Missouri 1855; The Eastern Railroad Collision in Revere Massachusetts 1871; The Ashtabula Railroad Bridge Collapse in Ohio 1876 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784795

Twisting Arms and Flexing MusclesHumanitarian Intervention and Peacebuilding in Perspective Military force is considered essentially a non-military pursuit in international relations specifically humanitarian intervention and peacebuilding. This coherent and interrelated study makes an important contribution to the existing literature by concentrating on empirical analyses. It is illustrated by key case studies which consider the complexities and dynamics associated with the application of military force. Of particular importance in this context is the emphasis on areas of recent crisis such as Africa and the Balkans. The book considers whether our understanding of military force and its utility is outdated and finds that new considerations are required in order to capture the demands of the new environment and generate more appropriate and effective responses. The volume will have wide appeal ranging from students and academic researchers to high-level policy makers and policy analysts in the military governance and democratization and peacebuilding communities as well as area-specialists and non-governmental organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138623101

Twistor Theory Presents the proceedings of the recently held conference at the University of Plymouth. Papers describe recent work by leading researchers in twistor theory and cover a wide range of subjects including conformal invariants integral transforms Einstein equations anti-self-dual Riemannian 4-manifolds deformation theory 4-dimensional conformal structures and more.;The book is intended for complex geometers and analysts theoretical physicists and graduate students in complex analysis complex differential geometry and mathematical physics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138442146

Twists Tilings and TessellationsMathematical Methods for Geometric Origami Twists Tilings and Tessellation describes the underlying principles and mathematics of the broad and exciting field of abstract and mathematical origami most notably the field of origami tessellations. It contains folding instructions underlying principles mathematical concepts and many beautiful photos of the latest work in this fast-expanding field. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781568812328

Twitter and Elections Around the WorldCampaigning in 140 Characters or Less Twitter already has become an important electoral communication tool between candidates parties and their specific constituencies. No serious candidate campaign ignores Twitter while political party organizations utilize Twitter to communicate with partisans reinforce supporters and mobilize voters. Whereas much scholarship to date has focused primarily on Twitter’s political usage in the United States there still remain many questions about the political uses and effects of Twitter in a global context. Does Twitter affect how reporters interact with candidates or even with each other? Does Twitter increase voter participation? Who is tweeting about elections? Why do people use Twitter in electoral contexts? Which type of candidate is more likely to use Twitter and why? Do parties differ in their use of Twitter and why? Does Twitter increase candidate-voter interaction? Is Twitter shaping elections in various system contexts and if so how? What is the influence of system context on Twitter use by parties candidates reporters and voters? Eloquently combining theory and practice established and rising scholars in the field of political communication have been brought together to provide an essential overview of the influence of Twitter on elections in a comparative perspective. Readers of this book will not only learn everything there is to know about this specific influence of Twitter but more broadly how to approach the study of various online tools in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138949355

Two- and Three-Dimensional Flow of Groundwater This monograph is a practical guide to groundwater flow theory intended to serve students and practitioners by bridging the gap between basic hydrogeology and groundwater modeling. It synthesizes the mathematics of groundwater flow and provides information in an easily-accessible format for practicing groundwater professionals consultants and students that intend to become skillful and competent groundwater flow modelers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138578883

Two- and Three-Dimensional Patterns of the Face The human face is perhaps the most familiar and easily recognized object in the world yet both its three-dimensional shape and its two-dimensional images are complex and hard to characterize. This book develops the vocabulary of ridges and parabolic curves of illumination eigenfaces and elastic warpings for describing the perceptually salient features of a face and its images. The book also explores the underlying mathematics and applies these mathematical techniques to the computer vision problem of face recognition using both optical and range images. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367447588

Two Andalusian Philosophers First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010758

Two Aspirins and a ComedyHow Television Can Enhance Health and Society "An extraordinary book which makes a vital contribution to our understanding of the potential power for healing and goodness in 'television entertainment'." Arlie Hochschild author of The Time Bind (2001) "Despite the light title this is a serious book about the healing possibilities of television. ! Provocative and enlightening." Beth Montemurro Penn State University Can television be a positive force in society? Can socially conscious entertainment change the world? Two Aspirins and Comedy arrives at surprising and unconventional answers to these questions. Metta Spencer delves deep into the significance and power of entertainment as a means to influence society. She finds current examples of socially constructive television and demonstrates how mass entertainment can better use its power to positively influence society. In a climate where television is often a culprit for society's woes Spencer casts a redemptive eye on the medium. She asserts that television like other fictional landscapes offers invaluable lessons emotional bonding and catharsis for a modern society whose members are increasingly isolated. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631431

Two Cases from Jung’s Clinical PracticeThe Story of Two Sisters and the Evolution of Jungian Analysis Two Cases from Jung’s Clinical Practice places two key cases those of Mischa Epper and Maggy Reichstein into the context of Jung’s work in the 1920s and provides a complete assessment of their place within his writings. Presented in three parts it first examines Jung’s disappointment with contemporary treatments and theories and his break from Freud and the development of his own ideas and then summarises the history of his more famous patients. In Part 2 de Moura examines Epper’s case which is recognised as an essential part of the development of the concept of active imagination as well as how it is connected to the work of Jung’s collaborator Maria Moltzer. Finally Part 3 assesses the case of Reichstein which emerges as a key contribution to Jung’s writings on Eastern and Western psychology transference and countertransference mandalas and in particular synchronicity. Two Cases from Jung’s Clinical Practice provides a comprehensive and personable picture of Jung and his interactions with these two patients giving us valuable data about a time when his practice was still evolving. A unique and insightful study this book will be an essential work for academics and students of Jungian and post-Jungian theory analytical psychology and the history of psychoanalysis and psychology. These cases will also be of great interest to analytical psychologists and Jungian analysts in practice and in training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367143336

Two Centuries of Irish History (Routledge Revivals)1691-1870 This collection of papers first published in 1888 presents the history of Ireland as it unfolded from the Treaty of Limerick in 1691 until the Land Act of 1870 and the Home Rule Movement. Written at a time of great national interest in the ‘Irish Problem’ Two Centuries of Irish History tells the story of Ireland’s troubled relationship with successive British governments since the reign of William III and charts the development of bitterness between opposing factions within Ireland itself. Whilst not lacking scholarly rigour each contribution is lucidly written and accessible to the interested reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415747554

Two Cultures of PolicingStreet Cops and Management Cops The emergence and functioning of two competing and sometimes conflicting cultures within police departments demonstrates how competition between street cops and "bosses" is at the heart of the organizational dilemma of modern urban policing. Unlike other works in this field that focus on the monolithic culture or familial quality of policing this study demonstrates that which might look cohesive from the point of view of outsiders has its own internal dynamics and conflicts. The book shows that police departments are not immune to the conflict inherent in any large-scale bureaucracy when externally imposed management schemes for increasing efficiency and effectiveness are imposed on an existing social organization.Based upon two years of extensive field work in which the author covered every major aspect of policing at the precinct level in the New York City police department from manning the complaint desk to riding in squad cars. Ianni shows how the organized structure of the police department is disintegrating. The new "Management Cop Culture" is bureaucratically juxtaposed to the precinct level "Street Cop Culture " and bosses' loyalties to the social and political networks of management cops rather than to the men on the street causes a sharp division with grave consequences for the departments.The study concentrates on a series of dramatic events such as the suicide of a police officer charged with corruption a major riot and the trial of an officer accused of killing a prisoner while in police custody. Ianni traces how these events affected relationships among fellow officers and between officers and "bosses." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539976

Two Degrees: The Built Environment and Our Changing Climate The Earth’s temperature has been rising. To limit catastrophic outcomes the international scientific community has set a challenging goal of no more than two degrees Celsius (3.6 degrees Fahrenheit) average temperature rise. Economists agree we will save trillions of dollars by acting early. But how do we act successfully? And what’s the backup plan if we fall short? Setting politics aside Two Degrees reviews the current science and explains how we can set practical steps to reduce the extent of warming and to adapt to the inevitable changes all while improving the bottom line beautifying our communities and increasing human health. The book is a practical guide intended for a broad audience of those who occupy and shape our built environment. The authors provide a clear framework for communities policy makers planners designers developers builders and operators to help manage the impacts and capture the opportunities of our changing climate. Two Degrees is divided into three sections—Fundamentals Mitigation and Adaptation—covering a diverse array of topics ranging from climate-positive communities and low-carbon buildings to the psychology of choice and the cost of a low-carbon economy. After a foreword by Amory Lovins more than 10 contributing authors share knowledge based on direct experience in all aspects of built environment practice. This book clarifies the misconceptions provides new and unique insights and shows how a better approach to the built environment can increase resilience and positively shape our future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415693004

Two Dimensional Spline Interpolation Algorithms These volumes present a practical introduction to computing spline functions the fundamental tools for fitting curves and surfaces in computer-aided deisgn (CAD) and computer graphics. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367449926

Two Discourses of the Navy 1638 and 1659 by John Hollond John Hollond had a chequered career as a naval administrator punctuated by his charges of corruption against his colleagues circulated in these two manuscripts and their counter-charges against him but his Discourses are uniquely informative. There is also printed Sir Robert Slyngesbie’s Discourse of the Navy written in 1660 when he had just become Controller for the information of Charles II and a number of other documents which amplify or explain Hollond’s narrative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248132

Two Early Modern Marriage SermonsHenry Smith’s A Preparative to Marriage (1591) and William Whately’s A Bride-Bush (1623) This critical edition of two early modern marriage sermons provides an important resource for students and scholars of early modern literature and history allowing them to experience firsthand the competing and historically layered ideas about marriage that circulated in the wake of the English Reformation. Read in their entirety these sermons by turns engaging and infuriating resist easy characterization. The edition includes an extended critical introduction to the sermons. In the introduction Robert Matz offers evidence for a view of post-Reformation marriage advice that neither overstates nor minimizes historical change. He shows that if some earlier scholars exaggerated the break between Protestant and earlier ideas of marriage so the criticism of this view has sometimes exaggerated the continuities-especially with regard to writing about marriage. The introduction also provides biblical theological political and discursive contexts for the sermons including the place of the sermon in English early modern print culture biographies of each of the sermon's authors and an account of the textual differences among the editions of each sermon. The texts follow the spelling and punctuation of the originals. Annotations are provided to identify references gloss words with unfamiliar or altered meanings clarify difficult syntax and mark variations between editions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138384019

Two Essays on Analytical Psychology This volume from the Collected Works of C.G. Jung has become known as perhaps the best introduction to Jung's work. In these famous essays he presented the essential core of his system. This is the first paperback publication of this key work in its revised and augmented second edition. The earliest versions of the essays are included in an Appendices containing as they do the first tentative formulations of Jung's concept of archetypes and the collective unconscious as well as his germinating theory of types. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315725895

Two Gentlemen of VeronaCritical Essays Twenty-nine collected essays represent a critical history of Shakespeare's play as text and as theater beginning with Samuel Johnson in 1765 and ending with a review of the Royal Shakespeare Company production in 1991. The criticism centers on three aspects of the play: the love/friendship debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868960

Two Grammatical Models of Modern EnglishThe Old and New from A to Z This book focuses on two major traditions in the study of Modern English grammar: ‘old grammar’ in the Great Tradition of Sweet Poutsma Kruisinga Curme Jespersen and Quirk; and ‘new grammar’ in applications to Modern English of Chomskyan generative syntax. The purpose is to promote the study of Modern English grammar through proper acquaintance with both these two approaches; and in general to promote positive evaluations of pluriformity in Modern English grammar. For the first time this book brings together in one place general presentations of the two traditions and of their mutual relations and perceptions. But it argues against the view that the one approach to grammar may ‘use’ the other. It sees the two approaches as essentially incompatible: ‘old’ grammar proceeds inductively and aims at comprehensive coverage of facts; ‘new’ grammar is deductive and attempts to attain depth in its accounts of pertinent facts. As the case studies show both approaches make contributions to the study of Modern English grammar – precisely provided they retain their own distinctive natures. The core of book is it’s a-Z case studies. These are detailed comparisons arranged alphabetically by title for ease of reference of twenty-six problems in Modern English grammar from both the ‘old’ and ‘new’ viewpoints. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986305

Two Hundred Years of American Communes First Published in 2017. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351317887

Two Into OneThe Politics And Processes Of National Legislative Cameral Change Recent scholarship points to a "new institutionalism" just as recent political developments point to a trend toward democratization. If institutions matter and if legislatures are the democratic institutions in which the voice of the people speaks then the organization of legislatures—bi- or unicameral—has important consequences for democracy. Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367214944

Two Old French Satires on the Power of the KeysL'Escommeniement Au Lecheor and Le Pardon De Foutre "The thirteenth-century French comic dits of Les Escommeniemanz au lecheor and Le Pardon de foutre are two of the earliest vernacular texts to articulate anticlerical satire against the abuse of excommunications and indulgences. In Les Escommeniemanz a relentless series of excommunications is promulgated against a broad range of social groups accused of activities ranging from the illegal and the immoral through the socially disruptive to the profoundly nonsensical and obscene while in Le Pardon a cardinal freshly arrived from Rome offers indulgences to groups whose shocking alleged sexual incontinence appears scarcely to merit pardon. Burrows' new edition of two hitherto unedited poems so important to the understanding of lay attitudes towards ecclesiastical authority in thirteenth-century France is complemented by an English translation and a detailed commentary on the texts' literary linguistic codicological ideological and socio-historical content and context." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351195591

Two Orientations Toward Human Nature Our culture entertains a schizophrenic attitude towards human nature. On the one hand egoism is held to be our most powerful motive playing a crucial cultural role by explaining the appeal of capitalism and providing a foundation for individualism. By contrast much of the continental intellectual tradition speaks of wholeness and alienation seeing human nature not as self-interested but as herd-like. Guldmann argues that this schism reflects two diverging conceptions of human agency and that the attempt to locate human nature somewhere along a continuum between egoism and altruism presupposes a misleading picture of what it is to be a human being. The second ’continental’ tradition is more illuminating because it recognizes that human beings are necessarily committed to some conception of the ultimately significant. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265073

Two Papers'The Grid' and 'Caesura' The Grid an instrument devised to help the analyst record and elaborate observations arising from the analytic encounter demonstrates how mathematics can be applied to locate the development evolution and transformation of psychic elements and events. Caesura takes its title from Freud's observation: "There is much more continuity between intra-uterine life than the impressive caesura of the act of birth would have us believe". Here Bion speculates on the relationship between physiological and psychological birth and the possibility that a pre-natal "primitive sensitiveness" may carry over and inform later psychological life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367099701

Two Parties--or More?The American Party System Students of American government are faced with an enduring dilemma: Why two parties? Why has this system remained largely intact while around the world democracies support multiparty systems? Should our two-party system continue as we enter the new millennium? This newly revised and updated edition of Two Parties-Or More? answers these questions by Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319182

Two Plus TwoCouples and Their Couple Friendships Friendships are undeniably important to an individual’s health longevity and wellbeing but they can be equally important for the health and happiness of a couple. Just as a friend can provide a mirror to the self another couple can provide a reflecting team that supports or impedes a relationship’s growth. Two Plus Two: Couples and Their Couple Friendships offers an important framework for helping couples to have conversations about their friendships with other couples and to enrich their own relationships. When couples agree about how to spend their time alone and with others they are more likely to have a happy marriage or relationship. Couple friendships have not been researched previously despite their numerous benefits. Authors Geoffrey Greif and Kathleen Deal take an in-depth approach to this important topic. Based on interviews with more than 400 people--some of whom were interviewed with their partners some who were interviewed alone and some who have divorced--they find that couples fall into three general categories of making couple friendships: Seekers Keepers and Nesters. Drs. Greif and Deal discuss the different styles of interaction they've observed in couples as well as the findings from their research. Readings from their interviews illustrate what characteristics define Seekers Keepers and Nesters. Couples at any stage of their relationship will get a fresh understanding of how to seek foster and sustain positive healthy friendships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415879279

Two SpheresPhysical and Strategic Design in Architecture Explaining the connection between physical and strategic design this book proposes an aesthetic connection between two equal aspects of architectural design: the Real and the Ideal. Addressing architectural thinkers from the broad realms of academia and practice it is suitable either as a seminar text a guide to contemporary design issues or as a theoretical work. Beginning with a historical perspective the book looks at some of the key conflicts in architectural thought that were brought about by postindustrial change. The discussion shifts to clearly describe the forms of complexity how these have interacted with architecture and the possibilities in fully embracing complexity in architectural practice. Although there are many books focusing on complexity science there are few that focus on the relationship between complexity and design and none which take such a comprehensive approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415782470

Two Spirit PeopleAmerican Indian Lesbian Women and Gay Men Two Spirit People is the first-ever look at social science research exploration into the lives of American Indian lesbian women and gay men. Editor Lester B. Brown posits six gender styles in traditional American Indian culture: men and women not-men and not-women (persons of one biological sex assuming the identity of the opposite sex in some form) and gays and lesbians. He brings together chapters that emphasize American Indian spirituality present new perspectives and provide readers with a beginning understanding of the place of lesbian gay and bisexual Indians within American Indian culture and within American society. This beginning will help you understand these unique people and the special challenges and multiple prejudices they face.Traditionally American Indian cultures showed great respect and honor for alternative gender styles since these were believed to be part of the sacred web of life. If the Great Spirit chose to create alternative sexualities or gender roles who was bold enough to oppose such power? If one’s spiritual quest revealed one’s identity to be that of not-woman not-man gay or lesbian who should defy their calling? The interpretation of contemporary American Indian religions that gay American Indians retain sacred rights within Indian cultures and that they can share this gift with others have implications for therapy identity formation social movements and general human relations. Social workers and other human service professionals American Indian studies students sociologists anthropologists and lesbian and gay scholars will find Two Spirit People enlightening and a significant contribution to the development of professional interventions for oppressed groups that is ethnically and culturally sensitive. Only by understanding the belief systems from which these oppressed groups come will you begin to really help them achieve positive change. You will become better equipped to specifically help gay and lesbian American Indians as you gain insight into: American Indian alternative gender styles social service issues for American Indian lesbians and gay men American Indian not-men and not-women and their choosing ceremonies American Indian lesbian and gay identity development American Indian lesbian and gay literature AIDS and American IndiansTwo Spirit People helps you see that family and community acceptance of lesbians and gays is possible. The families of American Indian lesbians and gays do not usually abandon them thus helping them face a generally unaccepting American milieu. Looking to this book and the American Indian perspective of alternative sexuality/gender styles American society as a whole can begin to take a new approach to the treatment and understanding of other groups traditionally held to the “outside” of American mainstream society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877778

Two Steps Ahead of the Thought Police "A satirist in the tradition of Mark Twain and H.L. Mencken John Leo has been long entertaining his readers by pillorying the worst excesses of the Political Correctness movement while lifting high the standard of common sense. This collection of editorials is Leo at his best-bitingly funny and with a keen moral edge."-Relgion and Liberty Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539983

Two Studies of Kinship in London In 1947 members of the Department of Anthropology at the London School of Economics under the leadership of Professor Firth made a study of kinship in a South London borough. More recently to provide comparative material Professor Garigue investigated kinship patterns among Italian immigrants in London. The results of these two pioneering studies are here presented with an introductory essay by Professor Firth. This book is an important contribution both to the intensive study of modern urban society and to the more technical discipline of kinship especially the relatively neglected problems of bilateral systems. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135302

Two Teachers in the RoomStrategies for Co-Teaching Success This new co-publication from Routledge and MiddleWeb provides a wealth of practical strategies and tips to help K–12 educators co-teach more effectively. Author Elizabeth Stein presents examples of different co-teaching models and shows how to cultivate a dynamic co-teaching relationship to benefit all students. Whether you’re a brand new co-teacher or are simply looking to improve the dynamics in your classroom the research-based strategies vignettes and ready-to-use assessment rubrics in this book will help you create a positive learning culture that influences all learners teachers and students alike. Topics include: Selecting and implementing the appropriate co-teaching model to optimize student learning; Developing an effective curriculum that plays to the strengths of both teachers; Creating a learning environment that promotes self-reflection and nurtures critical thinking; Accommodating all learners by embracing a multi-dimensional view of teacher knowledge; and Providing specific attentive feedback to help students take charge of their learning. The book also features book discussion questions for each chapter so you can work with colleagues during book studies and PLCs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138689992

Two Vagabonds In Languedoc First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986329

Two Volume Set: In the Shadows of Glories Past and The Rise of Science in Islam and the West This is a study of science in Muslim society. The first volume starts at the rise of science in the eighth century and explores the efforts of nineteenth century Muslim thinkers and reformers to regain the lost ethos that had given birth to the rich scientific heritage of earlier Muslim civilization. The second volume reveals the undermining effect of European imperialism on western-oriented religious reformers and secular intellectuals for whom science and political reform went together and concludes with a chapter on the state of science in contemporary Muslim societies and the efforts to institutionalize science today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138299399

Two Worlds of Drug Consumption in Late Modern Societies Two Worlds of Drug Consumption in Late Modern Societies reports the findings of an empirical study of drug users in London Amsterdam Turin Prague Vienna and Warsaw European cities representative of a wide range of drug problems and public policies. The innovative study reconceives the standard distinctions between 'hard-core' and 'recreational' drug users in terms of their social position. The authors argue that this is closely related to consumption patterns rather than drug choice and reveals that 2 relatively homogenous drug worlds exist within each of the study sites. This leads to the development of diverging drug markets; a friendly market for the integrated consumer and a highly commercialized one for the marginalized customer where low quality goods are sold at a higher price. These findings have significant implications for academics and professionals working in health psychology and urban studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138431102

Two-Dimensional CarbonFundamental Properties Synthesis Characterization and Applications After a brief introduction to the fundamental properties of graphene this book focuses on synthesis characterization and application of various types of two-dimensional (2D) nanocarbons ranging from single/few layer graphene to carbon nanowalls and graphene oxides. Three major synthesis techniques are covered: epitaxial growth of graphene on SiC chemical synthesis of graphene on metal and chemical vapor deposition of vertically aligned carbon nanosheets or nanowalls. One chapter is dedicated to characterization of 2D nanocarbon using Raman spectroscopy. It provides extensive coverage for applications of 2D carbon in energy storage including supercapacitor lithium ion battery and fuel cells. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814411943

Two-Dimensional Digital Filters Presents basic theories techniques and procedures used to analyze design and implement two-dimensional filters; and surveys a number of applications in image and seismic data processing that demonstrate their use in real-world signal processing. For graduate students in electrical and computer e Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003066637

Two-Dimensional ManAn Essay on the Anthropology of Power and Symbolism in Complex Society Central to this original study first published in 1974 is that Political Man is also Symbolist Man that man is two-dimensional. The book explores the possibilities of the systematic study of the dialectical interdependence between power relationships and symbolic action in modern complex society. The discussion focuses on the processes by which interest groups that cannot organise themselves formally manipulate different types of symbolic formations to articulate a number of basic organisational functions: distinctiveness communication decision-making authority ideology and socialisation. The analysis is worked out in terms of specific case studies of different types of groupings or ‘invisible organisations’ – ethnic elitist religious ritually secret cousinhood – which go through processes of cultural metamorphosis shifting from one symbolic strategy to another in response to changes in their circumstances. In conclusion the discussion is brought to bear on the study of stratification in large-scale industrial society generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138929050

Two-Dimensional Materials in NanophotonicsDevelopments Devices and Applications Two-dimensional (2D) materials have attracted tremendous interest since the study of graphene in the early 21st century. With their thickness in the angstrom-to-nanometer range 2D materials including graphene transition metal dichalcogenides phosphorene silicene and other inorganic and organic materials can be an ideal platform to study fundamental many-body interactions because of reduced screening and can also be further engineered for nanophotonic applications. This book compiles research outcomes of leading groups in the field of 2D materials for nanophotonic physics and devices. It describes research advances of 2D materials for various nanophotonic applications including ultrafast lasers atomically thin optical lenses and gratings to inelastically manipulate light propagation their integrations with photonic nanostructures and light–matter interactions. The book focuses on actual applications while digging into the physics underneath. It targets advanced undergraduate- and graduate-level students of nanotechnology and researchers in nanotechnology physics and chemistry especially those with an interest in 2D materials. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800228

Two-Dimensional Nanostructures After the 2010 Nobel Prize in Physics was awarded to Andre Geim and Konstantin Novoselov "for groundbreaking experiments regarding the two-dimensional material graphene " even more research and development efforts have been focused on two-dimensional nanostructures. Illustrating the importance of this area in future applications Two-Dimensional Nanostructures covers the fabrication methods and properties of these materials. The authors begin with discussions on the properties size effect applications classification groups and growth of nanostructures. They then describe various characterization and fabrication methods such as spectrometry low-energy electron diffraction physical and chemical vapor deposition and molecular beam epitaxy. The remainder of the text focuses on mechanical chemical and physical properties and fabrication methods including a new mechanical method for fabricating graphene layers and a model for relating the features and structures of nanostructured thin films. With companies already demonstrating the capabilities of graphene in a flexible touch-screen and a 150 GHz transistor nanostructures are on their way to replacing silicon as the materials of choice in electronics and other areas. This book aids you in understanding the current chemical mechanical and physical processes for producing these "miracle materials." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075955

Two-Dimensional Nanostructures for Energy-Related Applications This edited book focuses on the latest advances and development of utilizing two-dimensional nanostructures for energy and its related applications. Traditionally the geometry of this material refers to "thin film" or "coating." The book covers three main parts beginning with synthesis processing and property of two-dimensional nanostructures for active and passive layers followed by topics on characterization of the materials. It concludes with topics relating to utilization of the materials for usage in devises for energy and its related applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498732932

Two-Dimensional Optical Spectroscopy Two-Dimensional Optical Spectroscopy discusses the principles and applications of newly emerging two-dimensional vibrational and optical spectroscopy techniques. It provides a detailed account of basic theory required for an understanding of two-dimensional vibrational and electronic spectroscopy. It also bridges the gap between the formal development of nonlinear optical spectroscopy and the application of the theory to explain experimental results.Focusing on time-domain spectroscopy the book presents detailed discussions on the underlying physics and interpretation methods of a variety of two-dimensional optical spectroscopic methods. It illustrates how novel diagrammatic techniques are useful in graphically describing the associated nonlinear optical transition pathways and involved population or coherence evolutions. The author also explains the basics of quantum dynamics and time-dependent perturbation theories that are required in describing nonlinear optical processes. From the development of the theory to novel applications this book covers a gamut of topics in this field including perturbation theory coherent Raman scattering pump-probe spectroscopy photon echo spectroscopy IR-visible four-wave mixing and linear and nonlinear optical activity spectroscopy. It shows how to apply the recently developed tools of vibrational and electronic spectroscopy in two dimensions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367577322

Two-Faced RacismWhites in the Backstage and Frontstage Two-Faced Racism examines and explains the racial attitudes and behaviours exhibited by whites in private settings. While there are many books that deal with public attitudes behaviours and incidences concerning race and racism (frontstage) there are few studies on the attitudes whites display among friends family and other whites in private settings (backstage). The core of this book draws upon 626 journals of racial events kept by white college students at twenty-eight colleges in the United States. The book seeks to comprehend how whites think in racial terms by analyzing their reported racial events. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003061816

Two-Phase FlowTheory and Applications This graduate text provides a unified treatment of the fundamental principles of two-phase flow and shows how to apply the principles to a variety of homogeneous mixture as well as separated liquid-liquid gas-solid liquid-solid and gas-liquid flow problems which may be steady or transient laminar or turbulent.Each chapter contains several sample problems which illustrate the outlined theory and provide approaches to find simplified analytic descriptions of complex two-phase flow phenomena.This well-balanced introductory text will be suitable for advanced seniors and graduate students in mechanical chemical biomedical nuclear environmental and aerospace engineering as well as in applied mathematics and the physical sciences. It will be a valuable reference for practicing engineers and scientists. A solutions manual is available to qualified instructors. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203734865

Two-Photon Absorption MaterialsScience and Applications This book describes effective strategies for designing efficient two-photon absorption compounds. Not only experimental examples but also recent progresses in theoretical aspect are described. Furthermore specific design strategies of compounds for important applications data storage and biological imaging are described. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814303576

Two-Stroke Cycle EngineIt's Development Operation and Design This book addresses the two-stroke cycle internal combustion engine used in compact lightweight form in everything from motorcycles to chainsaws to outboard motors and in large sizes for marine propulsion and power generation. It first provides an overview of the principles characteristics applications and history of the two-stroke cycle engine followed by descriptions and evaluations of various types of models that have been developed to predict aspects of two-stroke engine operation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203734858

Twyford DownRoads campaigning and environmental law The Twyford Down story is set in a political and historical framework in order to examine the key issues affecting road planning and environmental protection: the system of route selection; Crown development; government agents NGOs and locally elected authorities; conservation legislation; subsidiarity; lobbying techniques; and the role of the press. Written in a lively style and vividly illustrated Twyford Down will appeal to environmental advisors policy makers and planners as well as lobbyists and those interested in the environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138424494

Tyler's Herbs of ChoiceThe Therapeutic Use of Phytomedicinals Third Edition Does Echinacea fight the common cold? Does St. John’s Wort (SJW) really counteract depression? What about chondroitin for joint health? Today’s healthcare professionals are increasingly confronted with questions from patients who want to use herbal supplements to treat various conditions. A critical and scientific assessment of medicinal plant research by an internationally recognized researcher and writer in the field Tyler’s Herbs of Choice: The Therapeutic Use of Phytomedicinals Third Edition combines the scientific aspects of herbal medicine phytomedicine and pharmacognosy with the modern clinical trials that support the rationale for using plant products in healthcare. A Decade’s Worth of UpdatesThe original edition of this volume was authored by the late Professor Varro E. Tyler a true giant in the field of pharmacognosy and pharmacy education. Following in Tyler’s footsteps Dennis V.C. Awang co-editor of the journal Phytomedicine recognized the need for a revised third edition in light of how quickly the clinical literature surrounding the dietary supplement market is growing.Millions of consumers are demanding natural treatment options from their doctors and pharmacies in a variety of forms from herbal teas to tinctures and capsules. Tyler’s Herbs of Choice: The Therapeutic Use of Phytomedicinals Third Edition effectively fosters understanding in patients and practitioners of the role that herbs and phytomedicinal products can play in both self-care and healthcare.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385668

Tyler's TipsThe Shopper's Guide for Herbal Remedies A comprehensive and easy-to-use reference to the most popular and effective herbal products on the market! Tyler's Tips: The Shopper's Guide for Herbal Remedies offers consumers valuable information about the uses benefits origins precautions dosage forms and price ranges of herbal products in a clear and concise manner. Arranged by therapeutic uses in order to give you a variety of options for various ailments this accessible guide only lists herbs that have shown effectiveness in scientific trials. Tyler's Tips contains information that will help you decide what herbal products are reliable safe and appropriate for your needs.Designed to be taken with you when buying herbs this book lists one herb on each page making it easier for you to look up a particular entry. Offering herbs that will aid several ailments such as headaches liver dysfunction ulcers menopause skin problems and bladder problems Tyler's Tips provides you with information on over 35 herbs including: St. John's wort kava gingko ginseng soy black cohosh aloe rhubarb goldenrod licorice tea tree eleuthero red cloverComprehensive and current this book also informs you about well-known herbs that are widely used but have not yet been proven to be successful. Full of practical facts Tyler's Tips will assist you in choosing herbs that can improve your health and fit your budget. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043616

Type 1 Diabetes in AdultsPrinciples and Practice Recent research in diabetes has proven Type 1 diabetes is no longer only a juvenile disease. It has been projected adult Type 1 diabetes will increase 40% from 1997-2010 and as our understanding of the pathogenesis of Type 1 and Type 2 diabetes grows - it is apparent that some cases previously classified as Type 2 are actually adult onset Type 1 diabetes. This volume is the first to focus exclusively on Type 1 diabetes in adults seeks to clarify the complexities by explaining latest concepts in the pathophysiology and management of the disease and to assist clinicians in the optimal utilization of cutting edge technology therapeutics and management strategies available to them. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367388270

Type 2 DiabetesCardiovascular and Related Complications and Evidence-Based Complementary Treatments Approximately 29 million Americans are diagnosed with Type 2 diabetes annually. Of that number only about 36 percent (10.44 million diabetes sufferers) achieve satisfactory medical outcomes and would need additional help—rarely available—to reliably control their glucose levels. Contrary to popular belief although anti-diabetic medications can lower sugar levels nevertheless they have a poor performance track record because inflammation in the blood vessels persists. This book details recent scientific findings that cardiovascular kidney vision peripheral nervous system and other body damage caused by chronic high levels of blood sugar (hyperglycemia) in Type 2 diabetes is actually due to excessive generation of unopposed free radicals and reactive oxygen species (ROS). These in turn cause chronic systemic inflammation and dysfunction of the endothelial lining of the arterial blood vessels jeopardizing the formation of the protective molecule nitric oxide (NO) thus severely impairing the blood supply to every organ and tissue in the body. This book also catalogues the evidence that chronic hyperglycemia causes profound and often irreversible damage—even long before Type 2 diabetes has been diagnosed. In addition because conventional prescription treatments are unfortunately often inadequate the book details evidence-based complementary means of blood sugar control. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138580565

Type 2 DiabetesPrinciples and Practice Second Edition The incidence and prevalence of type 2 diabetes mellitus have increased dramatically in modernized and developing nations over the past few decades. Thoroughly revised and expanded this Second Edition responds to the epidemic and supplies a current overview and guide to the management of diabetes in the modern healthcare environment. This Second Edition offers a current perspective on diabetes demographics epidemiology pathophysiology disease monitoring and approaches to glucose control and supplies new chapters by world-renowned experts on non-pharmacological management options complications of the skin and urogenital function related macrovascular conditions coronary heart disease stroke and peripheral vascular disease and rare forms of diabetes PCOS and NASH. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367388300

Type II Uses of Technology in EducationProjects Case Studies and Software Applications Spark your students to actually want to learn through the creative application of technology!Type II applications in education make it possible to teach in new and more effective ways. Type II Uses of Technology in Education: Projects Case Studies and Software Applications clearly explains methods and strategies presently used by teachers to offer students a creative learning experience through the application of technology. Each chapter presents individual examples of how teachers have applied technology in schools and classrooms illustrating through case studies projects and software applications how to effectively spark students’ interest and learning. Type II Uses of Technology in Education is the third in a series (Internet Applications of Type II Uses of Technology in Education and Classroom Integration of Type II Uses of Technology in Education both from Haworth) that provides a clear view of the advantages—and challenges—involved in the use of technology to enhance and actively involve students in the learning process. The applications described and discussed at length here go beyond the mundane educational functions like grading or presenting drill and practice exercises to explore fresh ways of teaching and learning. Students can become involved and actually want to learn all through the use of creative technology application. The book also includes tables and figures to enhance understanding of the material.Type II Uses of Technology in Education discusses: data collection analysis and communication in student research using pocket PCs and laptops the educational effect of using a learning object as a pedagogical model rather than simply being technological in nature examples of integrated Type II activities e-learning courses using interactive video WebCT and on-site discussion groups electronic discussion applications in a laptop university teacher education program challenges facing students using computers to enhance and express the extent of their learning information and communication technology (ICT) integration into schools—using three illustrative case studies forward planning needed to make the difficult change to technological application for learning a case study that used problem-based learning software with at-risk students using technology to reinforce visual learning strategies digital portfolio development as a Type II application interactive computer technology in art instruction on-demand help features for effective interactive learning experience Personal Educational Tools (PETs) Type II Uses of Technology in Education: Projects Case Studies and Software Applications provides numerous illustrations of technology learning in action and is perfect for educators and students in programs dealing with information technology in education and for public school personnel with interests and responsibilities in using information technology in the classroom. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051672

Type Specimens of Fossil FishesCatalogue of the University of Alberta Laboratory for Vertebrate Paleontology The Laboratory for Vertebrate Paleontology at the University of Allberta houses type specimens of fossil fishes. This book is a catalogue of these specimens. Included for each entry is taxonomy detailed collection locality information the citation wherein the species was originally described and a list of individual type specimens. This is the first list ever compiled of the fossil fish types deposited in the collections of the University of Alberta Laboratory for Vertebrate Paleontology (UALVP). This collection contains 88 fish holotypes 966 fish paratypes 55 casts of fish holotypes from other museums and 20 casts of fish paratypes from other museums.   Key selling features: List all of the type specimens of fossil fishes currently housed in the collection of the Laboratory of Vertebrate Paleontology at the University of Alberta in Edmonton Canada. Provides details of all 88 holotypes and nearly 1000 paratypes as well as casts of types specimens held in other museum collections. Includes information on unpublished "types" - type specimens of not yet described new species. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367026424

Type-B Cytochromes: Sensors and Switches This book describes cellular level sensors that act as switches turning on gene expression and other metabolic processes necessary for cell survival and differentiation. These responses can also initiate programmed cell death or activate latent human immunodeficiency virus or animal leukemia viruses. These redox sensors are nonspecific in sensitivity but specific in response. Unlike ligand/antiligand-type specific sensors they respond to ionizing and ultraviolet radiations pH gradients heat light electric and magnetic fields redox chemicals mechanical stress and other nonspecific stressors. The sensors are type-b cytochromes including NADPH oxidases NO synthases and nitrogen oxide reductases. The intense radiation of early pre-biotic earth may have been the evolutionary driving force for the development of their common ancestor. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898315

Typee Four Months Residence First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315831787

Types and Motifs of the Judeo-Spanish Folktales Pbdirect This book constitutes the first attempt to gather into a single body as many Judeo-Spanish tales published in Latin characters as could be assembled. It represents a major contribution to Sephardic and Hispanic studies as well as to comparative folklore scholarship in a world-wide perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138845657

Types of Economic Theory (Routledge Revivals) First published in English 1929 this is a reisssue of the nineteenth edition of Othmar Spann's classic history of economic thought which is stongly influenced by the German Romantic tradition. Spann intended the work to serve as both history of economic thought and a critique of the main theories and systems of poltical economy analysing the basic problems of economics in the light of the evolution of economic theory. His study encapsulates everything from pre-mercantile economics through to the political economy of the early twentieth century encompassing such diverse subjects as the physiocratic system the development of German political economy and the evolution of socialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415678971

Types of Thinking Types of Thinking provides a basic grounding in the psychology of thinking for undergraduate students with little previous knowledge of cognitive psychology. This clear well-structured overview explores the practical aspects and applications of everyday thinking creative thinking logical and scientific thinking intelligent thinking and machine thinking. It also explores 'failures of thinking' the biases and shortcuts that sometimes lead our thinking astray.The author tackles big ideas in an accessible manner and in an entertaining style ensuring that Types of Thinking will be attractive not only to students but also to teachers organising and planning courses as well as the lay reader. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203754634

Typographiaor The Printer's Instructor Published in 1981: Authors of early English and American printers's manuals casually appropriated text from their predecessors. The practice common enough not to require explanation or acknowledgement ( much less apology) was documented by Lawrence C. Wroth in 1935. Citing borrowed passages and devising a literary family tree Wroth measured the original work of typographical writers from Moxon to De Vinne with much more praise for them but with less for those in between. The author who whose Typographia is reprinted here was found to be the worst and boldest of offenders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367152109

Typography & Language in Everyday LifePrescriptions and Practices Typography and Language in Everyday Life provides a detailed look at graphic as well as linguistic aspects of language and suggests there is much to be gained from collaboration between typographers and applied linguists.The first part of the book provides an introduction to aspects of typographic theory and history and suggests some areas of applied linguistics that offer approaches to studying graphic language. The second part comprises case studies which look at the relationship between prescription and practice for visual organisation by considering everyday display typography house style and typing manuals and letter-writing. Each of these subjects is looked at from historical and theoretical perspectives.Aimed at those who may be unfamiliar with theoretical and historical perspectives on the graphic aspects of language and with broad concepts in applied linguistics the book also directs readers to areas of further reading in each of these fields. Extensively illustrated with examples of past and present graphic language Typography and Language in Everyday Life is essential reading for students of typography graphic design applied linguistics and education as well as the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180970

Typography and Motion Graphics: The 'Reading-Image' In his latest book Michael Betancourt explores the nature and role of typography in motion graphics as a way to consider its distinction from static design using the concept of the ‘reading-image’ to model the ways that motion typography dramatizes the process of reading and audience recognition of language on-screen. Using both classic and contemporary title sequences—including The Man With the Golden Arm (1955) Alien (1979) Flubber (1998) Six Feet Under (2001) The Number 23 (2007) and Scott Pilgrim vs. The World (2010)—Betancourt develops an argument about what distinguishes motion graphics from graphic design. Moving beyond title sequences Betancourt also analyzes moving or kinetic typography in logo designs commercials film trailers and information graphics offering a striking theoretical model for understanding typography in media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367029289

Typological StudiesWord Order and Relative Clauses In this book Cinque takes a generative perspective on typological questions relating to word order and to the syntax of relative clauses. In particular Cinque looks at: the position of the Head vis à vis the relative clause in relation to the position of the verb vis à vis his object; a general cross-linguistic analysis of correlatives; the need to distinguish a sentence-grammar from a discourse-grammar type of non-restrictives (with languages differing as to whether they possess both one the other or neither); a selective type of extraction from relative clauses; and a tentative sketch of a more ample work in progress on a unified analysis of externally headed internally headed and headless relative clauses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138923492

Typology of Industrialization Processes in the Nineteenth Century First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780415866125

Typology of Industrialization Processes in the Nineteenth Century The industrial revolution in Great Britain was the first example of the transition to a modern industrial economy. Certain features of this transition were later copied and modified by other coutries undergoing the same process. This book considers the main similarities and differences in the process of industrialization grouping the main countries Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429332364

U.S. - Israeli Strategic Cooperation In The Post-cold War EraAn American Perspective  This study moves from a history of the American-Israeli strategic relationship since 1967 to an assessment of the permanency of US-Israeli strategic ties their purpose in the eyes of both partners and their susceptibility to future pressures. It includes an examination of the relationship under the strain of the 1991 Gulf War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367214159

U.S. Agriculture in a Global SettingAn Agenda for the Future The theme of the 1987/88 annual review of the National Center for Food and Agricultural Policy (NCFAP) specifically considers that while the world in which agricultural policy operates has changed dramatically over the decades agricultural policies have not taken account of those changes in any fundamental way. Originally published in 1988 this volume examines the setting in which U.S. agriculture finds itself and suggests an agenda for future policy. This title is a valuable resource for students interested in environmental studies agricultural practices and national policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138950986

U.s. Civil-military RelationsIn Transition Or Crisis? NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780892063055

U.S. Conventional Oil And Gas ProductionProspects To The Year 2000 The authors of this book assess the prospects for production of oil and gas from U.S. domestic reserves and resources to the year 2000 using different scenarios with varying assumptions about numbers of new discoveries size of fields and rates of recovery. Oil production claim the authors will decline by at least 17 percent by the end of the c Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367214951

U.S. CounterterrorismFrom Nixon to Trump – Key Challenges Issues and Responses "Writing with years of experience in government Ambassador Edward Marks and Michael Kraft have produced a splendid history of America’s long campaign against terrorism. The book analyzes the recent changes in technology and tactics that have profoundly altered today’s terrorist challenge…to understand where we are and how we got there start here."—Brian Michael Jenkins The Rand Corporation "…This book provides important perspective on where the United States has been in this fight and how that fight must evolve in the new administration. It is must reading for the Trump Administration and anyone else seriously concerned about the next steps in this long struggle." —Brig. Gen. Francis X Taylor USAF (Rtd.) Former U.S. Coordinator for Counterterrorism and DHS Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis "…an indispensable guide to U.S. counterterrorism efforts and policies spanning five decades and nine presidencies … (The book) fills a significant gap in the literature by providing an invaluable historical context to this unending struggle." —Professor Bruce Hoffman Director Security Studies Georgetown University "A clear and comprehensive survey of American policy toward terrorism over the past half century … it provides essential background for analysis of future policy." —Martha Crenshaw Center for International Security and Cooperation Stanford University U.S. Counterterrorism: From Nixon to Trump - Key Challenges Issues and Responses examines the "war on modern terrorism " from the Nixon administration to the early stages of the Trump administration. The book describes the evolution of U.S. counterterrorism responses to the changing terrorist threats from primarily secular groups to those with broad-reaching fundamentalist religious goals such as ISIS. The authors highlight the accelerating rate of changes in the terrorism situation from modern technology; the internet "lone wolf" terrorists cyber threats and armed drones. The book describes the Bush Administration’s dealing with terrorism as an existential threat and a Global War on Terrorism following 9/11. It then discusses how the Obama administration both continued and modified previous policies. The book provides an extensive list of key documents for those interested in the original texts and a discussion of legal issues. U.S. Counterterrorism provides insights and a useful backdrop for future decisions by the new administration and Congress. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498706155

U.S. Defense PlanningA Critique Superior defense plans fuse political economic military technological and sociological power in ways that cover state interests while conserving resources to the greatest prudent extent. Poor products can increase costs without reducing risks because forces and funds that support slipshod schemes often fail to furnish security. This critical appraisal of the U.5. defense planning system seeks to serve a five-fold purpose: • set assessment standards • appraise U.S. planning in principle • appraise U.5. planning in practice • identify U.S. planning problems and • present optional! courses of corrective action. The study shows how domestic and foreign policy inputs from the White House National 5ecurity Council and State Department affect defense planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367212193

U.S.- EC Relations In The Post-cold War EraConflict Or Partnership?  Relations between the European Community and the United States are taking on a new momentum. Are we heading towards a period of greater US-EC co-operation or will the rapidly changing economic structure in Europe lead to possible conflicts across the Atlantic? This book offers an analysis of the economic implications of the current European Commu Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367217006

U.S. Economic Foreign AidA Case Study of the United States Agency for International Development Originally published in 1990 this volume is a comprehensive study of United States foreign aid allocation from 1961-1983 and the significance it has for US Foreign Policy as a whole. As well as developing a theoretically consistent measure of poverty for the research the book also examines the relationship between bilateral foreign aid and multilateral foreign aid. A number of theoretical issues in comparative politics international relations US domestic institutional decision making and the development of political and economic institutions are explored. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348786

U.S. Economic Power And Political Influence In Namibia 1700-1982 This first comprehensive examination of U.S. relations with Namibia offers a critical analysis of the economic and historical determinants of current U.S. policy in southern Africa. Dr. Cooper first traces American ties to Namibia dating from the 1700s documenting an extensive commercial interest in the area prior to German colonization. Subsequen Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367214968

U.S. Emergency Management in the 21st CenturyFrom Disaster to Catastrophe U.S. Emergency Management in the 21st Century: From Disaster to Catastrophe explores a critical issue in American public policy: Are the current public sector emergency management systems sufficient to handle future disasters given the environmental and social changes underway? In this timely book Claire B. Rubin and Susan L. Cutter focus on disaster recovery efforts community resilience and public policy issues of related to recent disasters and what they portend for the future. Beginning with the external societal forces influencing shifts in policy and practice the next six chapters provide in-depth accounts of recent disasters— the Joplin Tuscaloosa-Birmingham and Moore tornadoes Hurricanes Sandy Harvey Irma Maria and the California wildfires. The book concludes with a chapter on loss accounting and a summary chapter on what has gone right what has gone wrong and why the federal government may no longer be a reliable partner in emergency management. Accessible and clearly written by authorities in a wide-range of related fields with local experiences this book offers a rich array of case studies and describes their significance in shifting emergency management policy and practice in the United States during the past decade. Through a careful blending of contextual analysis and practical information this book is essential reading for students an interested public and professionals alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138354661

U.S. Energy Policies (Routledge Revivals)An Agenda for Research U.S. Energy Policies first published in 1968 aims to assemble and describe within an overall framework the energy policy questions that RRF believed would profit from study and analysis. This study covers the past performance and trends in the energy industries the nature of existing industries and of the government policies bearing on them and the effects of those policies. This title also takes note of the prospective influence of economic and technological developments and evaluates the probable effects of selected alternatives to existing policies. This book will be of interest to students of environmental studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138857179

U.S. Energy R & D PolicyThe Role of Economics During the past few decades there has been an advance in the research and development of solving the issue of declining energy resources. Funding by the U.S. government into energy research has risen steeply. Because of the growing importance of research and development in this field of research in 1973 Resources for the Future undertook a study of energy-associated study including an investigation of how research on energy R & D itself could be carried out. This title first published in 1974 assesses a wide range of ways in which economics could contribute to decisions on where and in what amounts government R & D money should be spent. The report also evaluates the research and development approach in relation to other public energy policies or management tools. The book will be of interest to students of environmental studies and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138929920

U.S. Export Incentives And Investment Behavior This book examines a critical variable that is used as an incentive to manufacturers to stimulate exports of U.S. goods and services. It also examines the effects of the U.S. federal income tax deferral incentive on the investment behavior of U.S. manufacturing firms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367214975

U.S. Food PolicyAnthropology and Advocacy in the Public Interest Inequity of control over food systems is a particularly insidious form of injustice. Collectively the contributors to this volume posit that this inequity is rooted in power asymmetries in the U.S. food system and codified through U.S. food policies. This process puts the public at risk in the U.S. and via trade and foreign aid policies in the Global South. Inequities are manifest in the allocation of food and food-producing resources in favor of the wealthy exploitation of the natural environment for short-term gain of private interests over long-term public ones the framing of public discussion on food and food deprivation and finally the deflection of moral challenges posed by human rights to food.The contributors draw on long-term anthropological field research to examine these tensions and their on-the-ground outcomes in diverse cultural and national contexts. The authors’ insightful analyses span a wide variety of topics including dietary change food insecurity livestock production and organic farming in the light of U.S. trade food labor and agricultural policies and food assistance programs. The collection highlights the obstacles to and the dilemmas and inconsistencies in shaping policy in the public interest. This book was originally published as a special issue of Food & Foodways. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110410

U.S. Food: Making The Most Of A Global Resource This volume focuses on the basic dilemma inherent in the formulation and implementation of agricultural policies in the United States: many of the best short-term options are the worst ones for the long run and vice versa. The study begins with an overview of the world food problem including both the negative and positive issues that give rise to Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367215200

U.S. Forces In The Middle EastResources And Capabilities This volume provides the first detailed analysis of the trends in U.S. contingency capabilities since the end of the Gulf War the impact of the Bush administration's "Base Force" policy and the Clinton administration's "Bottom Up Review" of current U.S. contingency capabilities. It examines U.S. capabilities in the Gulf through the year 2001 the Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215293

U.S. Foreign AidAn Assessment Of New And Traditional Development Strategies This book provides a critical assessment of the relationship between development philosophy and the activities of various economic assistance programs during recent decades. The authors begin by describing the evolution of development thinking from the Marshall Plan era to the present emphasizing the changing magnitude focus and objectives of su Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215279

U.S. Foreign Economic Policy and the Latin American Debt Issue This book first published in 1993 closely examines the United States government’s policy toward the Latin American debt crisis in the years 1982 to 1985. The United States under Reagan sought to maintain the problem as strictly a private creditor/debtor issue and avoided the internationalization of the problem. With the election of Bush however government policy changed in 1989 and this book analyses the different approaches of both administrations the successes and failures of their policies and the eventual resolution of the debt crisis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138106239

U.s. Foreign Policy And Asian-pacific SecurityA Transregional Approach The Reagan administration has indicated clearly that the United States will reassert its strategic presence in Asia and the Pacific at levels not equalled since the close of the Vietnam conflict. The implications of this policy bear careful examination in light of the growing divergence between U.S. security perceptions and those of our European an Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215118

U.S. Foreign Policy And Multilateral Development Banks With a review of the executive branch and congressional actions this book provides the purposes and history of U.S. participation in the multilateral development banks and the relationship between process and goals in the formulation and application of U.S. Foreign policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367212407

U.S. Foreign Policy And The New International Economic OrderNegotiating Global Problems 1974-1981 This is an up-to-date authoritative account of the development of U.S. policy toward the New International Economic Order Nieo from its inception in 1974 through the Eleventh Special Session of the General Assembly in August-September 1980. Mr. Olson concentrates on the latter stages of the North-South dialogue analyzing U.S. policy in the conte Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215125

U.S. Foreign Policy and the Politics of Apology Acts of contrition and transitional justice—admission of wrong apology and reparations—have become fashionable in the discourse of international affairs. Using a case-study approach that inspires student discussion of concrete examples this text addresses important questions about the politics of apology in relation to some of the most controversial cases of US foreign policy over the past fifty years: Vietnam Nicaragua and the most recent war in Iraq. Loramy Gerstbauer offers an original transdisciplinary and accessible argument for the practical value of contrition forgiveness and reconciliation in international relations while examining why the United States has been a less than contrite nation and offering a prescription for how to change this state of affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138206380

U.S. Foreign Policy Toward the Third World: A Post-cold War AssessmentA Post-cold War Assessment The contributors to this work examine the evolution of U.S. foreign policy toward the Third World and the new policy challenges facing developing nations in the post-Cold War era. The book incorporates the key assessment standards of U.S. foreign policies directed toward critical regions including Latin America Africa the Middle East Central Asia and Southeast Asia. Through this region-by-region analysis readers will get the information and insight needed to fully understand U.S. policy objectives - especially with regard to economic and security issues in the wake of 9/11 - vis a vis the developing world. The book outlines both successes and failures of Washington as it seeks to deal with the Third World in a new era of terrorism trade and democratic enlargement. It also considers whether anti-Western sentiment in Third World regions is a direct result of U.S. foreign policies since the end of the Cold War. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315497495

U.S. Freight Rail Economics and PolicyAre We on the Right Track? The passage of the Staggers Rail Act in 1980 led brought a renaissance to the freight rail industry. In the decade following economists documented the effects of the Act on a variety of important economic metrics including prices costs and productivity. Over the preceding years and with the return of the industry to more stable footing attention to the industry by economists faded. The lack of attention however has not been due to a dearth of ongoing economic and policy issues that continue to confront the industry. In this volume we begin to rectify this inattention. Rather than retread older analyses or provide yet another look at the consequences of Staggers we assemble a collection of ten chapters in four sections that collectively provide fresh and up-to-date analyses of the economic issues and policy challenges the industry faces: the first section sets the context through foundational discussion of freight rail; the second section highlights the role of freight rail in an increasingly interrelated economy; the third section examines industry structure and scope in freight rail; and the fourth section assesses current regulatory challenges that confront freight rail. This book will be of great value to researchers academics policymakers and students interested in the fields of freight rail economics and policy transportation business history and regulatory economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367142834

U.S. Global Leadership Role and Domestic PolarizationA Role Theory Approach In this book Gordon Friedrichs offers a pioneering insight into the implications of domestic polarization for U.S. foreign policymaking and the exercise of America’s international leadership role. Through a mixed-method design and a rich dataset consisting of polarization data congressional debates and letters as well as co-sponsorship coalitions Friedrichs applies role theory to analyze three polarization effects for U.S. leadership role-taking: a sorting effect a partisan warfare and an institutional corrosion effect. These effects are deployed in two comparative case studies: The Iran nuclear crisis as well as the negotiations of the Trans-Pacific Partnership Agreement. Friedrichs effectively exposes the drivers of polarization and how this extreme divergence has translated into partisan warfare as well as institutional corrosion affecting direction and performance of the U.S. global leadership role. Through advancing role theory beyond other studies and developing the concept of "diagonal contestation" as a mechanism that allows us to locate polarization within a "two-level role game" between agent and structure U.S. Global Leadership Role and Domestic Polarization is a rich resource for scholars of international relations foreign policy analysis American government and polarization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367544836

U.S. Government CounterterrorismA Guide to Who Does What U.S. Government Counterterrorism: A Guide to Who Does What is the first readily available unclassified guide to the many U.S. government agencies bureau offices and programs involved in all aspects of countering terrorism domestically and overseas. The authors veterans of the U.S. government’s counterterrorism efforts present a rare insider’s view of the counterterrorism effort addressing such topics as government training initiatives weapons of mass destruction interagency coordination research and development and the congressional role in policy and budget issues. Includes a Foreword by Brian Michael Jenkins Senior Advisor RAND Corporation Individual chapters describe the various agencies their bureaus and offices that develop and implement the counterterrorism policies and programs providing a useful unclassified guide to government officials at all levels as well as students and others interested in how the U.S. counters terrorism. The book also discusses the challenges involved in coordinating the counterterrorism efforts at federal state and local levels and explains how key terror events influenced the development of programs agencies and counterterrorism legislation. The legislative underpinnings and tools of the U.S. counterterrorism efforts are covered as are the oft-debated issues of defining terrorism itself and efforts to counter violent extremism. In addition to outlining the specific agencies and programs the authors provide unique insights into the broader context of counterterrorism efforts and developments in the last 10-plus years since 9/11 and they raise future considerations given recent landscape-altering global events. The authors were interviewed by National Defense Magazine in a January 23 2012 article entitled Counterterrorism 101: Navigating the Bureaucratic Maze. They were interviewed on April 30 2012 by Federal News Radio. Michael Kraft was also interviewed on June 27 2014 by Federal News Radio. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439851432

U.S. Healthcare and the Future Supply of Physicians Many different sectors of modern society influence the nation's healthcare system. Government health insurance companies managed care organizations academic health centers the pharmaceutical industry and other groups all affect healthcare. In the areas of medical access cost and quality the physician remains the key to the efficiency and effectiveness of healthcare services. Eli Ginzberg and Panos Minogiannis in Ginzberg's final book examine the supply of health personnel in the United States. They consider the ways it has been influenced by federal and state legislation healthcare financing the transformation of the hospital managed care and health trends in the last part of the twentieth century. Through this historical approach the book identifies key moments in U.S. health policy history that have led to problems in the geographical distribution of medical personnel gender and race representation in the health personnel pool and subsequent attempts to resolve these problems. This volume pays special attention to current trends in healthcare and tries to forecast the direction of the debate over health personnel supply in the coming years. Chronic care conditions and the ageing of the population on the one hand and the penetration of managed care and the subsequent transformation of American hospitals on the other converge to present policymakers with tremendous challenges in financing healthcare. Ginzberg and Minogiannis argue that a more balanced production and distribution of U.S. health personnel will go far in easing the financial burden of healthcare and at the same time improve the quality of services provided to the American people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517547

U.S. Household Consumption Income and Demographic Changes1975-2025 The impacts of the two variables of population and income growth on resources and the environment are transmitted through their effects on the demands for goods and services. To enrich our understanding of the impacts of population and income on consumer demand Philip Musgrove with the assistance of Adele Shapanka undertook the research in this volume which was first published in 1982. This book will be of interest to students of economics and environmental studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138934672

U.S. Immigration in the Twenty-First CenturyMaking Americans Remaking America Immigration in the Twenty-First Century is a comprehensive examination of the enduring issues surrounding immigration and immigrants in the United States. The book begins with a look at the history of immigration policy followed by an examination of the legislative and legal debates waged over immigration and settlement policies today and concludes with a consideration of the continuing challenges of achieving immigration reform in the United States. The authors also discuss the issues facing US immigrants from their reception within the native population to the relationship between minorities and immigrants. Immigration and immigration policy continues to be a hot topic on the campaign trail and in all branches of federal and state government. Immigration in the Twenty-First Century provides students with the tools and context they need to understand these complex issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813344737

U.S. Interests and Global Natural ResourcesEnergy Minerals Food Originally published in 1983 U.S. Interests and Global Natural Resources explores the links between foreign policy and the global distribution of natural resources paying particular attention to the U.S. This collection of essays delves into the importance of factors such as differing economic development and political hostility could have on the provision of resources into the U.S and advises that nations identify their countries needs and establish policies to safeguard them. This title will be of interest to students of Environmental Studies and Policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138947023

U.S. Latino/a Writing Including the Chicano southwest of California Texas Arizona Colarado New Mexico and Nevada together with the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and its Manhattan offshoot Spanish Harlem the Cuban America of Florida as well as the many smaller communities whose origins lie in Central and South America and the Spanish-speaking Caribbean Hispanic and Latino Americans are now the largest ethnic minority in the United States. Indeed the USA is now the second largest Spanish-speaking country in the world. As serious scholarly work on and around the literary output of Hispanic and Latino Americans flourishes as never before this new four-volume collection co-published by Routledge and Edition Synapse meets the need for an authoritative reference work to help users navigate and make sense of the subject’s vast literature and the continuing explosion in research output. US Latino/a Writing is edited by A. Robert Lee former Professor of American Literature at Nihon University Tokyo Japan. His expert selection brings together the best and most influential critical assessments evaluations and other scholarship in one easy-to-use ‘mini library’. It also includes a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context as well as detailed bibliographies and timelines. It is destined to be valued by researchers and students as an essential work of reference. ————— The editor of this collection A. Robert Lee is a leading expert in the field. He is Professor of American Literature at Nihon University Tokyo. His Multicultural American Literature: Comparative Black Native Latino/a and Asian American Fictions (2003) won the American Book Award in 2001. His recent work includes Modern American Counter Writing: Beats Outriders Ethnics (Routledge 2010) and a four-volume collection on Native American Writing (Routledge and Edition Synapse 2011). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415680547

U.S. Latinos and Education PolicyResearch-Based Directions for Change With the American dream progressively elusive for and exclusive of Latinos there is an urgent need for empirically and conceptually based macro-level policy solutions for Latino education. Going beyond just exposing educational inequalities this volume provides intelligent and pragmatic research-based policy directions and tools for change for U.S. Latino Education and other multicultural contexts. U.S. Latinos and Education Policy is organized round three themes: education as both product and process of social and historical events and practices; the experiences of young immigrants in schools in both U.S. and international settings and policy approaches to address their needs; and situated perspectives on learning among immigrant students across school home and community. With contributions from leading scholars including Luis Moll Eugene E. Garcia Richard P. Durán Sonia Nieto Angela Valenzuela Alejandro Portes and Barbara Flores this volume enhances existing discussions by showcasing how researchers working both within and in collaboration with Latino communities have employed multiple analytic frameworks; illustrating how current scholarship and culturally oriented theory can serve equity-oriented practice; and focusing attention on ethnicity in context and in relation to the interaction of developmental and cultural factors. The theoretical and methodological perspectives integrate praxis research from multiple disciplines and apply this research directly to policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415747837

U.S. Media and Elections in FluxDynamics and Strategies Paid earned and social media are all crucial elements of modern electioneering yet there is a scarcity of supplementary texts for campaigns and election courses that cover all types of media. Equally media and politics courses cover election-related topics yet there are few books that cover these subjects comprehensively. This brief and accessible book bridges the gap by discussing media in the context of U.S elections. David A. Jones divides the book into two parts with the first analyzing the wide array of media outlets citizens use to inform themselves during elections. Jones covers traditional mainstream news media and opinion/entertainment-based media as well as new media outlets such as talk shows blogs and late-night comedy programs. The second half of the book assesses how campaigns and candidates have adapted to the changing media environment. These chapters focus on earned media strategies paid media strategies and social media strategies. Written in a concise and accessible style while including recent scholarly research the book will appeal to students with its combination of academic rigor and readability. U.S. Media and Elections in Flux will be a useful supplementary textbook for courses on campaigns and elections media and politics and American introductory politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138777309

U.S. Media and MigrationRefugee Oral Histories Winner of the 2017 Outstanding Book Award from the National Communication Association's International and Intercultural Communication Division and the 2017 Sue DeWine Book Award from the NCA Applied Communication Division Using oral history ethnography and close readings of media Sarah C. Bishop probes the myriad and sometimes conflicting ways refugees interpret and use mediated representations of life in the United States. Guided by 74 refugee narrators from Bhutan Burma Iraq and Somalia U.S. Media and Migration explores answers to questions such as: What does one learn from media about an unfamiliar place? How does media help or hinder refugees' sense of belonging after relocation? And how does the U.S. government use media to shape refugees' understanding of American norms standards and ideals? With insights from refugees and resettlement administrators throughout Bishop provides a compelling and layered analysis of the interaction between refugees and U.S. media before during and long after resettlement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138947474

U.s. Military Power And Rapid Deployment Requirements In The 1980s This book assesses U.S. military needs in the coming decade focusing on the role of rapid deployment forces in protecting U.S. interests abroad. Dr. Cordier begins by discussing two general developments crucial to future military requirements: first increasing U.S. dependence on the global sea-lanes as links to key markets; and second improved S Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215255

U.S. Military Strategy in the Gulf (Routledge Revivals)Origins and Evolution Under the Carter and Reagan Administrations First published in 1989 this title explores the nature and dimensions of the U.S. strategy in the Gulf in the formative years that followed the fall of the Shah the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan and the outbreak of the Iran-Iraq war. It describes the formation of the U.S. Rapid Deployment Joint Task Force and the U.S. Central Command their force structure and the network of U.S. bases and facilities in the region. The role of pro-Western countries in the wider region in particular Pakistan Egypt Jordan and Israel in the formulation of strategy is discussed in detail along with a more general assessment of the achievements and failures of U.S. strategy in the Gulf towards the end of the 1980s. In light of the persistent struggle for peace within the Middle East this is a timely reissue which will be of great interest to students researching U.S. military strategy over the past thirty years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415717489

U.s. Policy In International InstitutionsDefining Reasonable Options In An Unreasonable World--special Student Edition Updated And Revised In the immediate post-war period the United States was predominant economically and could command a majority in the U.N. General Assembly; it now faces an increasingly interdependent world economy and an assembly dominated by the Third World. The essays in this book analyze the U.N. system as it functions today. Contributors stress the economic iss Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215132

U.S. Policy Toward KoreaAnalysis Alternatives And Recommendations Dr. White formulates four major alternatives for U.S. policy toward South Korea reflecting the spectrum of options available and ranging from disengagement to continued support encouragement of peaceful unification with the north and legitimization of the status quo. He presents and evaluates a case for each alternative then offers a judgment a Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215149

U.s. Policy Toward Latin AmericaFrom Regionalism To Globalism Recent U.S. military involvement in Central America has sparked heated debate over U.S. policy in the region. To informed observers of U.S.-Latin American relations however Washington's actions reflect U.S. regional and global objectives that have evolved in the course of 150 years of U.S. involvement in Latin America. This text provides students Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215156

U.S. Policy Toward South Asia  For over 40 years the United States has vacillated between interventionism and withdrawal while struggling to formulate a coherent policy toward South Asia. The author has written an analysis of how Washington determines its South Asia policy. Situating case studies of US policy in four major South Asian crises in the broader context of Washington Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215262

U.S. Relations With South AfricaAn Annotated Bibliography--volume 1: Books Documents Reports And Monographs Relations between the United States and South Africa - or the parts of the world these nations now occupy - go nearly as far back as the very beginning of their inception as permanent European colonial intrusions. This book is a critical overview of these relations from the late seventeenth century to the present. Unprecedented in its scope - and s Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367212353

U.S. Security Cooperation with AfricaPolitical and Policy Challenges As Africa’s strategic importance has increased over the past decade and a half United States security cooperation with the continent has expanded. The most visible dimension of this increased engagement was the establishment of the U.S. Military Command for Africa (AFRICOM). Some critics are skeptical of AFRICOM’s purpose and see the militarization of U.S. Africa policy while others question its effectiveness. Recognizing the link between development and security AFRICOM represents a departure from the traditional organization of military commands because of its holistic approach and the involvement of the Department of State as well as other U.S. government stakeholders. Nevertheless AFRICOM’s effort to combine security and development faces formidable conceptual and operational challenges in trying to ensure both American and African security interests. The human security perspective’s emphasis on issues that go beyond traditional state-centered security to include protecting individuals from threats of hunger disease crime environmental degradation and political repression as well as focusing on social and economic justice is an important component of security policy. At the same time the threat of violent extremism heavily influences U.S. security cooperation with Africa. In this examination of the context of U.S.-African security relations Robert J. Griffiths outlines the nature of the African state traces the contours of African conflict surveys the post-independence history of U.S. involvement on the continent and discusses policy organization and implementation and the impact of U.S. experiences in Iraq and Afghanistan on the U.S.-Africa security relationship. Africa’s continuing geostrategic significance the influence of China and other emerging markets in the region and America’s other global engagements especially in light of U.S. fiscal realities demonstrate the complexity of U.S.-African security cooperation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138486515

U.s. Security In The Twenty-first Century How will the international environment change and what will be the shape of U.S. security policies twenty years from today? Barry Blechman answers these questions by analyzing the many variables that will influence the international arena. Some factors—such as demographic trends--change slowly and can be forecast with confidence. Others depend mor Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367212360

U.s. Strategic TradeAn Export Control System For The 1990s This book presents a thorough review of U.S. and allied export control policies since World War Il. It presents a historical perspective of how U.S. got into the bureaucratic logjam. The book provides practical and understandable blueprint for the reorganization of the export control function. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215187

U.S. Supreme Court Cases on Gender and Sexual Equality This book includes every Supreme Court case relevant to gender and sexual equality from the Court's beginnings in 1787 to the end of the 1999/2000 term. It is a primary document reference book organized topically in eight chapter civic and social rights and duties; educational policies and instructions; employment and careers; sexual privacy and procreative rights; morality and sexual ethics; family; gender and sexual orientation; and other issues. Every case is included either as a full (edited) version of the majority or per curiam opinion extensive excerpts of the opinion or a detailed description of the case. In one book a researcher can see how American legal history in its entirety played out. Back matter includes a table of cases and an extensive bibliography of books and legal periodicals. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315499697

U.S. Timber Resource in a World Economy (Routledge Revivals) This book first published in 1967 presents a concise picture of the demand and supply trends of timber around the world. Zivnuska provides a keen analysis of plans prospects and opportunities in the areas covered and an interesting look at the North American forest economy. This book will be of interest to students of environmental studies and forestry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138857261

U.S. Trade PolicyHistory Theory and the WTO Lovett (Tulane Law School) Eckes (a former commissioner of the U.S. International Commission during the Reagan and Bush I administrations) and Brinkman (international economics Portland State U.) evaluate the evolution of U.S. trade policy focusing on the period from the establishment of the Gen Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698540

U.S. Traffic Calming Manual A comprehensive how-to manual for traffic calming in the United States. Planners and engineers can look to this manual for guidance on the appropriate use design and signing and marking of traffic-calming measures. For local officials developers and community associations it is an introduction to the goals and tactics of traffic calming. Based Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367330132

U.S. War-Culture Sacrifice and Salvation The military-industrial complex in the United States has grown exponentially in recent decades yet the realities of war remain invisible to most Americans. The U.S has created a culture in which sacrificial rhetoric is the norm when dealing in war. This culture has been enabled because popular American Christian understandings of redemption rely so heavily on the sacrificial. 'U.S War-Culture Sacrifice and Salvation' explores how the concept of Christian redemption has been manipulated to create a mentality of "necessary sacrifice". The study reveals the links between Christian notions of salvation and sacrifice and the aims of the military-industrial complex. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781845537111

U.S./Japan Foreign TradeAn Annotated Bibliography of Socioeconomic Perspectives This bibliography first published in 1988 consists of annotated entries of monographs and journal articles published in English that discuss socio-economic aspects of Japanese society as well as the general and economic dynamics of United States-Japan trade relations. Emphasis is on the Japanese perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138550216

U.S.-Canadian Agricultural Trade ChallengesDeveloping Common Approaches The Free Trade Agreement between the United States and Canada was established in 1988 despite the U.S.’s controversial proposal to eliminate trade-distorting government subsidies to agriculture. Originally published in 1988 this volume brings together a collection of essays which identify and debate the difficulties associated with agricultural trade between the U.S. and Canada and explore common interests in the resolution of global agricultural issues. This title is a valuable resource for students interested in environmental studies and international agricultural relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138958913

U.s.-cuban Relations In The 1990s  The contributors and editors purpose in this book is to sketch where and why the United States and Cuba differ; to identify the issues where differences are likely to endure because they stem from the central values and interests of such different political and economic regimes; and to point to those other issues where skillful diplomacy might fin Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215194

U.S.-Japanese Agricultural Trade Relations First published in 1982 the editors and authors of this book examine the United States’ 1973 embargo on the export of soybeans and its effects on U.S.-Japanese relations. Although eventually shipment of soybeans to Japan resumed the embargo temporarily soured the friendly relations of the two democracies. This book prepared by a group of Japanese and U.S. scholars demonstrates how trade relations between the two countries are affected by their internal political situations and by the nature of their respective agricultural industries. U.S.-Japanese Agricultural Trade Relations will be valuable to scholars policy makers and others interested in agricultural trade. It should be particularly useful in courses on international trade and on agricultural policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138944336

U.S.-Mexican Industrial IntegrationThe Road To Free Trade This book assesses economic cooperation and industrial integration between the United States and Mexico from the perspective of six specific industries—automobiles computers food processing petrochemicals pharmaceuticals and textiles and apparel. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215576

U.S.-Mexico Economic Relations This book provides insight into the problems affecting both the United States and Mexico to improve not only economic relations between Mexico and the United States but also social cultural and political relations. It deals the problems from both theoretical and practical viewpoints. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367217013

U.S.-Panama Relations 1903-1978A Study In Linkage Politics This book traces relations between the United States and Panama from 1903 to 1978 focusing especially on the Panama Canal dispute. It emphasizes the extent to which the domestic politics of each country influence decisions about foreign policy and about the canal treaty negotiations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429270123

U.S.-Soviet Cultural Exchanges 1958-1986Who Wins? The U.S.-USSR Cultural Agreement signed at the Geneva summit in 1985 signalled the resumption of a broad range of cultural exchanges suspended in 1980 after the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan. Mr. Richmond describes the history of the various areas of exchange—in the performing arts popular media academia public diplomacy science and technology Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215583

U.s.-soviet Relations In The Era Of Detente This book contains the papers on Soviet foreign policy concentrating on the constants that form the bedrock of Soviet policy and the Soviet variant of a policy of detente. It deals with the cultural-historical background that lies behind the political outlooks of the United States and Russia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367212643

U.S.-Venezuela Relations since the 1990sCoping with Midlevel Security Threats Oil makes up one-third of Venezuela's entire GDP and the United States is far and away Venezuela's largest trading partner. Relations between Venezuela and the United States traditionally close for most of the last two centuries began to fray as the end of the Cold War altered the international environment. U.S.-Venezuela Relations since the 1990s explores relations between these two countries since 1999 when Hugo Chavez came to office and proceeded to change Venezuela's historical relation with the United States and other democracies. The authors analyze the reasons for rising bilateral conflict the decision-making process in Venezuela the role played by public and private actors in shaping foreign policy the role of other powers such as China Russia Iran and Saudi Arabia in shaping U.S.-Venezuelan relations the role of Venezuela in Cuba and Colombia and the impact of broader international dynamics in the bi-lateral relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415895255

UAV Swarm Networks: Models Protocols and Systems UAV swarm network has been used in many critical applications such as disaster recovery area surveillance weather monitoring and military communications. There are many challenging R&D issues in UAV network designs such as the hardware/software integration for a large-scale UAV network management long-distance data transmissions among UAVs swarm shape/formation control and intelligent UAV mobility/position prediction. This book will be the first one to cover the engineering designs (especially network protocol designs) for dynamic large-scale UAV network. It has the technical models/algorithms and protocol specifications for practical UAV swarm network deployment. Features: Includes chapters written by professors researchers engineers and experts in UAV networking fields Details network protocol descriptions for practical engineering designs Covers 7-layer protocols (particularly data routing layer) Presents novel AI models/algorithms for intelligent UAV swarming/networking control Highlights practical hardware/software implementations for advanced UAV networks This book is suitable to a variety of audiences: (1) industry UAV R&D engineers administrators or technicians who would like to grasp the latest trends in UAV communications; (2) college graduate students or researchers who may want to pursue some advanced research on large-scale UAV swarming and networking technologies; (3) government agencies that determine the future society development in this exciting field; and (4) other interested readers with a strong desire to understand the challenges of designing a QoS-oriented UAV network. The book editors are: Dr. Fei Hu Professor in Electrical and Computer Engineering at University of Alabama Tuscaloosa Alabama USA; Dr. Xin-Lin Huang Professor in Information and Communication Engineering Tongji University Shanghai China; and Dr. DongXiu Ou Professor in Transportation Information Institute at Tongji University Shanghai China. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367457396

Ubiquitous Computing Complexity and Culture The ubiquitous nature of mobile and pervasive computing has begun to reshape and complicate our notions of space time and identity. In this collection over thirty internationally recognized contributors reflect on ubiquitous computing’s implications for the ways in which we interact with our environments experience time and develop identities individually and socially. Interviews with working media artists lend further perspectives on these cultural transformations. Drawing on cultural theory new media art studies human-computer interaction theory and software studies this cutting-edge book critically unpacks the complex ubiquity-effects confronting us every day. Visit the book's companion website at: http://ubiquity.dk Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138296329

Ubiquitous Computing Fundamentals "…a must-read text that provides a historical lens to see how ubicomp has matured into a multidisciplinary endeavor. It will be an essential reference to researchers and those who want to learn more about this evolving field." -From the Foreword Professor Gregory D. Abowd Georgia Institute of Technology First introduced two decades ago the term ubiquitous computing is now part of the common vernacular. Ubicomp as it is commonly called has grown not just quickly but broadly so as to encompass a wealth of concepts and technology that serves any number of purposes across all of human endeavor. While such growth is positive the newest generation of ubicomp practitioners and researchers isolated to specific tasks are in danger of losing their sense of history and the broader perspective that has been so essential to the field’s creativity and brilliance. Under the guidance of John Krumm an original ubicomp pioneer Ubiquitous Computing Fundamentals brings together eleven ubiquitous computing trailblazers who each report on his or her area of expertise. Starting with a historical introduction the book moves on to summarize a number of self-contained topics. Taking a decidedly human perspective the book includes discussion on how to observe people in their natural environments and evaluate the critical points where ubiquitous computing technologies can improve their lives. Among a range of topics this book examines: How to build an infrastructure that supports ubiquitous computing applications Privacy protection in systems that connect personal devices and personal information Moving from the graphical to the ubiquitous computing user interface Techniques that are revolutionizing the way we determine a person’s location and understand other sensor measurements While we needn’t become expert in every sub-discipline of ubicomp it is necessary that we appreciate all the perspectives that make up the field and understand how our work can influence and be influenced by those perspectives. This is important if we are to encourage future generations to be as successfully innovative as the field’s originators. Media > Books > E-books Chapman & Hall 9781315145792

Ubiquitous LawLegal Theory and the Space for Legal Pluralism Ubiquitous Law explores the possibility of understanding the law in dissociation from the State while at the same time establishing the conditions of meaningful communication between various legalities. This book argues that the enquiry into the legal has been biased by the implicit or explicit presupposition of the State's exclusivity to a claim to legality as well as the tendency to make the enquiry into the law the task of experts who purport to be able to represent the legal community's commitments in an authoritative manner. Very worryingly the experts' point of view then becomes constitutive of the law and parasitic to and distortive of people's commitments. Ubiquitous Law counter-suggests a new methodology for legal theory which will not be based on rigid epistemological and normative assumptions but rather on self-reflection and mutual understanding and critique so as to establish acceptable differences on the basis of a commonality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277878

Ubiquitous Multimedia Computing Computing is ubiquitous and if you think otherwise that in itself might be the best evidence that it is so. Computers are omnipresent in modern life and the multimedia computing environment of today is becoming more and more seamless. Bringing together contributions from dozens of leading experts Ubiquitous Multimedia Computing educates readers on Ubi-Media Computing on three levels: infrastructures where fundamental technologies are being developed; middleware where the integration of technologies and software systems continues to be defined; and applications where its concepts are evolving into real-world products and processes. In presenting a wealth of new directions and new technology that is changing the way we communicate learn play and live day by day this book – Examines various architectures for delivering multimedia content including streaming devices wireless networks and various hybrids Looks at rapidly developing sensor technology including wearable computers Demonstrates the use of advanced HCI devices that allow the simplest body gestures to govern increasingly complex tasks Introduces newsputers that take the use of embedded image information in a host of practical directions Looks at how ubiquitous computing can eliminate traffic congestion and improve the efficiency and quality of medical care Looks at how computing is personalizing learning environments and revolutionizing our approach to the three R’s. While these pages serve as a timely reference for researchers working in all areas of product development and human computer interaction they also provide engineers doctors and many other professionals as well as educators and graduate students with a view that reveals the otherwise invisible seams of this age of ubi-media computing. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138112742

Ubiquitous Music Ecologies Ubiquitous music is an interdisciplinary area of research that lies at the intersection of music and computer science. Initially evolving from the related concept of ubiquitous computing today ubiquitous music offers a paradigm for understanding how the everyday presence of computers has led to highly diverse music practices. As we move from desktop computers to mobile and internet-based multi-platform systems new ways to participate in creative musical activities have radically changed the cultural and social landscape of music composition and performance. This volume explores how these new systems interact and how they may transform our musical experiences. Emerging out of the work of the Ubiquitous Music Group an international research network established in 2007 this volume provides a snapshot of the ecologically grounded perspectives on ubiquitous music that share the concept of ecosystem as a central theme. Covering theory software and hardware design and applications in educational and artistic settings each chapter features in-depth descriptions of exploratory and cutting-edge creative practices that expand our understanding of music making by means of digital and analogue technologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367242657

Ubiquitous MusicsThe Everyday Sounds That We Don't Always Notice Ubiquitous Musics offers a multidisciplinary approach to the pervasive presence of music in everyday life. The essays address a variety of situations in which music is present alongside other activities and does not demand focused attention from (sometimes involuntary) listeners. The contributors present different theoretical perspectives on the increasing ubiquity of music and its implications for the experience of listening. The collection consists of nine essays divided into three sections: Histories Technologies and Spaces. The first section addresses the historical origins of functional music and the debates on how reproduced music including a wide range of styles and genres spread so quickly across so many environments. The second section focuses on more contemporary sound technologies including mobile phones in India the role of visible playback technology in film and listening to portable digital players. The final section reflects on settings such as malls stores gyms offices and cars in which ubiquitous musics are often present but rarely thought about. This last section - and ultimately the whole collection - seeks to foster a wider understanding of listening practices by lending a fresh critical ear. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472460974

Ubiquitous Translation In this book Piotr Blumczynski explores the central role of translation as a key epistemological concept as well as a hermeneutic ethical linguistic and interpersonal practice. His argument is three-fold: (1) that translation provides a basis for genuine exciting serious innovative and meaningful exchange between various areas of the humanities through both a concept (the WHAT) and a method (the HOW); (2) that in doing so it questions and challenges many of the traditional boundaries and offers a transdisciplinary epistemological paradigm leading to a new understanding of quality and thus also meaning truth and knowledge; and (3) that translational phenomena are studied by a broad range of disciplines in the humanities (including philosophy theology linguistics and anthropology) using various often seemingly unrelated concepts which nevertheless display a considerable degree of qualitative proximity. The common thread running through all these convictions and binding them together is the insistence that translational phenomena are ubiquitous. Because of its unconventional and innovative approach this book will be of interest to translation studies scholars looking to situate their research within a broader transdisciplinary model as well as to students of translation programs and practicing translators who seek a fuller understanding of why and how translation matters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367197483

Ubuntu and Buddhism in Higher EducationAn Ontological Rethinking Ubuntu and Buddhism in Higher Education theorizes the equal privileging of ontology and epistemology towards a balanced focus on ‘being-becoming’ and knowledge acquisition within the field of higher education. In response to the shift in higher education’s aims and purposes beginning in the latter half of the 20th century this book reconsiders higher education and Western subjectivity through southern African (Ubuntu) and Eastern (Buddhist) onto-epistemologies. By mapping these other-than-West ontological viewpoints onto the discourse surrounding higher education this volume presents a vision of colleges and universities as transformational institutions promoting our shared connection to the human and non-human world and deepens our understanding of what it means to be a human being. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583682

UdanavargaA Collection of Verses from the Buddhist Canon First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986343

UFO Religions The spectre of the UFO as popularized by shows such as The X-Files has brought an astonishing slant to the face of modern religious practice. But what motivates the fantastical and sometimes sinister beliefs of UFO worshippers? UFO Religions critically examines some of the fascinating issues surrounding UFO worship - abduction narratives UFO-based interpretations of other religions the growth of pseudo-sciences purporting to explain UFOs and the responses of the core scientific community to such claims. Focusing on contemporary global UFO groups including the Raelian Movement Heaven's Gate Unarius and the Ansaaru Allah Community it gives a clear profile of modern UFO controversies and beliefs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203866535

UgandaTarnished Pearl Of Africa This book provides an overview of Uganda a country that represents the hope and despair of modern Africa. It deals with a brief examination of the factors and themes that have influenced Uganda's historical development focusing mainly on the postindependence period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367314194

Ugetsu Monogatari or Tales of Moonlight and Rain (Routledge Revivals)A Complete English Version of the Eighteenth-Century Japanese collectio Ugetsu monogatari or Tales of Moonlight and Rain numbers among the best-loved Japanese classics. These nine illustrated tales of the supernatural from eighteenth-century Osaka combine popular appeal with a high literary standard. The author expressed his complex views on human life and society in simple yet poetic language. Akinari questioned the prevailing moral values and standards of his age whilst entertaining his readers with mystery and other-worldly occurrences.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415619936

Ugly Useless Unstable ArchitecturesPhase Spaces and Generative Domains Ugly Useless Unstable Architectures traces productive intersections between architecture and the discourses of Post-Structuralism and New Materialism. It investigates how their unique ‘ontological regimes’ can be mobilised to supersede the classical framework that still informs both the production and the evaluation of architecture. Throughout its three main chapters this enquiry challenges one of the most prevalent tropes of architectural assessment: Beauty Utility and Stability. Author Miguel Paredes Maldonado critically unpacks the spatial and operational qualities of these three idealised concepts before setting out an alternative framework of spatial practice that draws from Gilles Deleuze’s post-structuralist take on the production of the real and Manuel DeLanda’s model-based branch of New Materialism. This book reads and situates a series of spatial works through the lens of this critical methodology to contest the conceptual aspects traditionally underpinning architectural ‘value’. It posits that architecture can operate as a continuous generative spectrum encompassing a broad range of potential configurations. Written for academics and students in architectural theory design and contemporary philosophical thought alike this book should appeal to a wide audience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367086220

Ugo Foscolo and English Culture Ugo Foscolo and English Culture Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603588

UK Banking After Deregulation (RLE: Banking & Finance) How does financial deregulation affect the operation of the banking system in the UK? What are the consequences of the development of an electronic banking system? This book addresses these and other important questions in a survey of UK change in the financial sector and in banking in particular. Attention is given to the role of building societies after the ‘big bang’ and the implications for retail banking of competition in the housing finance market. Both the long and short term implications of regulatory reform for banks are dealt with together with the role of the Bank of England and what the changes have meant in terms of international banking. Concentrating on the three main areas of change deregulation regulatory reform and technical innovation the book is an important pointer to the shape of banking in the late 1980s and early 1990s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007796

UK Communication Strategies for Afghanistan 2001–2014 The war in Afghanistan came to an end in 2014 after nearly thirteen years of conflict. Throughout that period British officials have described UK operations there in various conflicting and often contradictory ways; as a counter-terrorism mission a stabilisation mission and a counter-narcotics mission respectively. This book investigates how the war was ’sold’ to the British public and how Britain’s ’transnational’ foreign and defence policy impacted on the unfolding of UK strategy in Afghanistan and the way it was communicated. It argues that because the UK’s foreign and defence policy is transnationally-oriented - meaning that it is foundationally aimed at maintaining alliance with the United States and the institutional coherence of NATO - UK strategy is contingent upon collective security and crucially is fundamentally concerned with the means of policy (maintaining alliances) over the ends (using alliances to effect change). Explaining the inalienability of collective security systems to national security is no easy task however and when faced with the adversities of Afghanistan the UK state has since 2008 instead opted to describe the significance of Afghanistan in narrow nation-centric counter-terrorist concerns in order to maintain public support for collective security operations there whilst paradoxically framing the conflict in a manner that avoids talking about the transnational structure and purpose of the mission. This kind of ’strategic’ communication is increasingly becoming a focus of the UK state as it faces a transnational dilemma of maintaining its collective security bonds whilst facing a public increasingly sceptical of liberal interventionism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472473523

UK Economy: The Crisis in PerspectiveEssays on the Drivers of Recent UK Economic Performance and Lessons for the Future The global financial crisis which began in 2007 was probably the biggest shock to hit the UK economy in living memory. Since the beginning of this crisis much has happened that might previously have been thought impossible: the virtual nationalization of two of the UK’s largest banks a government deficit in double digits a negative watch on the UK’s AAA credit rating a Bank of England base rate 150 basis points below its previous all-time low and a £200 000m. programme of quantitative easing. These momentous events have demanded a fundamental reworking of the traditional analysis of the UK economy. The publication of UK Economy: The Crisis in Perspective meets this need for a radical new analysis of the UK economic system. The book is an edited collection of papers presented to a European Commission seminar held in June 2010 to discuss prospects for the UK economy the book includes chapters by some of the most prominent and respected commentators on the UK economy including Christopher Pissarides winner of the 2010 Nobel Prize for economics sciences Martin Weale recently appointed to the Bank of England's Monetary Policy Committee and Dave Ramsden Chief Economic Adviser to the Treasury. The chapters cover: fiscal policy and its impact on growth and wealth distribution monetary policy and the Bank of England's unprecedented stimulus programme a detailed decomposition of the sources of UK growth between 1973 and 2009 the structural excess of consumption that fuelled the UK's long boom the UK's labour market performance. The highly distinguished group of authors coverage and analysis of issues central to recent UK economic history along with the European Commission's assessment of UK economic prospects make this essential reading for economists business and financial people academics and students as well for all those interested in the historical background of and prospects for the UK economy. Information in the chapters will be supplemented by a number of charts and tables offering information in graphic form. The contributors are: Gabriele Giudice Head of the Unit responsible for the UK Estonia and Latvia in the Directorate General for Economic and Financial Affairs (DG ECFIN) at the European Commission; Robert Kuenzel an Economist in DG ECFIN; Thomas Springbett UK country desk officer in DG ECFIN responsible for forecasting and surveillance; Christopher Pissarides professor of economics at the London School of Economics and holder of the Norman Sosnow Chair in Economics; Ray Barrell professor at Brunel University; Philip Davis senior fellow at the National Institute for Economic and Social Research; Martin Weale an independent member of the Bank of England’s Monetary Policy Committee; Xavier Ramos associate professor at the Universitat Autonoma de Barcelona; Dave Ramsden Managing Director of Macroeconomic and Fiscal Policy at HM Treasury and joint Head of the UK Government Economic Service. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9789279197062

UK Election LawA Critical Examination This book contains a critical analysis of the law and politics governing the conduct of statutory elections in the United Kingdom. The author argues that elections have now become a marketplace for 'buying' the most seemingly attractive political party on offer into power rather than an expression of democratic self-government. Thematically arranged he considers a number of issues dating from before the Civil War through nineteenth century reforms to the foundation of the Electoral Commission and up to their paper 'Securing the Vote' published in 2005. The book Framing the debate for the Electoral Administration Bill 2005 it contains amongst other legal analysis analyses leading cases including:Sanders v ChichesterR v JonesR v Whicher; ex parte MainwaringIn re Fermanagh and South Tyrone. The author presents an argument for a radical reappraisal of election law which involves rather than excludes the self-governing citizenry  suggesting that election law perhaps above all other kinds of law should be the subject of vigorous and open public debate. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781003059189

UK Hip-Hop Grime and the CityThe Aesthetics and Ethics of London's Rap Scenes Young people in London have contributed to the production of a distinctively British rap culture. This book moves beyond accounts of Hip-Hop’s marginality and shows with an examination of the production dissemination and use of rap in London how this cultural form plays an important role in the everyday lives of young Londoners and the formation of identities. Through in-depth interviews with a range of leading and emerging rap artists close analysis of rap music tracks and over two years of ethnographic research of London’s UK Hip-Hop and Grime scenes the author examines how black and white urban youths use rap to come together to explore their creative abilities. By combining these methodological approaches in the development of a critical participant observation the book reveals how the collaborative work of these urban youths produced these politically significant subcultures through which they resist unfair and illegitimate policing practices and attempt to develop their economic autonomy in a city marred by immense social and economic inequalities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138319172

UK StatisticsA Guide for Business Users First published in 1992 the aim of this volume is to provide an introduction to the range of UK published statistical sources now available to business users. It is not a comprehensive review of UK statistical publishing but a guide to key sources of information in selected subject areas of particular relevance to business users. The coverage content methods of collection and limitations of major titles and services in each subject area are described. Published statistics are important sources of information for business and industry and most statistics either come from official sources produced by central government or non-official sources such as trade associations professional bodies market research organizations and economic research institutes. Examples are used to show the strengths and weaknesses of statistical sources and to compare different sources. A bibliography of all the sources mentioned is included at the end of the book; Appendix 1 gives the names and addresses of contacts for further information and Appendix 2 is a list of selected abbreviations and acronyms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367027575

UK Wind Energy Technologies Phase 1 of the EPSRC SUPERGEN Wind programme began in March 2006 and work continued under Phase 2 until March 2014. The strategic aim was to re-establish a strong research community in wind energy technologies across the UK’s leading academic and industrial research organisations. UK Wind Energy Technologies gives a comprehensive overview of the range of wind energy research undertaken in the UK under Phases 1 & 2 to achieve this goal. Specific topics covered in the book include: wind resource assessment turbine array layout environmental interactions control of turbines drive train reliability and condition monitoring turbine array electrical connection power transmission to grid assessment of operations and maintenance strategies and the analysis of turbine foundations and structures. Since the completion of Phase 2 the Supergen Wind consortium partners have formed a networking Hub which is now the principal national coordinating body for academic research into wind energy in the UK. This book will be of interest to researchers and engineers from industry and academia and also provides workers from other countries with an overview of the range of activity within the UK resulting from the SUPERGEN Wind programme to date. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138393424

Ukraine in Crisis In this comprehensive volume Canadian Ukrainian and American scholars examine various aspects of the Ukrainian crisis and consider its impact on Europe. The chapters include topics such as: Russian narratives about Ukraine; the conflicting assumptions underlying their divergent nation-building agendas; new findings about the far right's involvement in the Maidan protests; the Ukrainian crisis from the perspective of Western grand strategy; the security implications of Russia's geopolitical agenda in Ukraine; the factors that contributed to the rise of separatism in Donbass; and the economic costs for Ukraine of choosing economic integration with Europe rather than Eurasia. This book demonstrates that the current crisis in Ukraine is much more complex than comes across in the media. It also explores the fact that since Russia and Ukraine will always be neighbours some sort of modus vivendi between them will have to be found. This book was originally published as a special issue of European Politics and Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367220129

UkraineContested Nationhood in a European Context Ukraine: Contested Nationhood in a European Context challenges the common view that Ukraine is a country split between a pro-European West and a pro-Russian East. The volume navigates the complicated cultural history of Ukraine and highlights the importance of regional traditions for an understanding of the current political situation. A key feature is the different politics of memory that prevail in each region such as the Soviet past being presented as either a foreign occupation or a benign socialist project.  The pluralistic culture of Ukraine (in terms of languages national legacies and religions) forms a nation that faces both internal and external challenges. In order to address this fully rather than following a merely chronological order this book examines different interpretations of Ukrainian nationhood that have been especially influential such as the Russian tradition the Habsburg past and the Polish connections.  Finally the book analyses Ukraine’s political and economic options for the future. Can the desired integration into EU structures overcome the concentration of investment of power in the hands of a few oligarchs and a continuing widespread culture of corruption? Will proposals to join NATO which garnered robust support among the populace in the aftermath of the Russian aggression materialise under the current circumstances? Is the political culture in Ukraine sufficiently functional to guarantee democratic procedures and the rule of law? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367199807

UkraineMovement without Change Change without Movement Ukraine has surprised many international observers. Few anticipated its declaration of independence in 1991 or its determination to move out of Russia's shadow. Dyczok redresses the continuing dearth of information on the country. Aimed at nonspecialists and specialists alike it presents an overview of the main government policies and the social and cultural issues facing the new state. These are placed within their historical regional and global framework. In contrast with the generally bleak picture that international media reports present the book suggests that Ukraine has actually accomplished a great deal in a short time. In seven years from 1991 to 1998 Ukraine went from being a little-known nation within a non-democratic state to an internationally recognized independent country. During this period of change it contributed to the geopolitical shift which occurred with the implosion of the Soviet Union. As such it may be argued Ukraine has a role to play in the search for the new international order. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315080000

Ukraine's Foreign and Security Policy 1991-2000 This book analyses Ukraine's relations with each of its neighbours in the 1990s. It examines the degree to which these relations fitted into Ukraine's broad objective of reorienting its key political ties from East to West and asseses the extent to which Ukraine succeeded in achieving this reorientation. It shows how in the early days of independence Ukraine fought off threats from Russia and Romania to its territorial integrity and how it made progress in establishing good relations with its western neighbours as a means of moving closer towards Central European sub-regional and European regional organisations. It also shows how the sheer breadth and depth of its economic and military ties to Russia continued to exert such a strong influence that relations with Russia dwarfed Ukraine's relations with all other neighbours resulting in a foreign and security policy which attempted to counterbalance the competing forces of East and West. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604707

UkraineState and Nation Building Ukraine: State and Nation Building explores the transformation of Soviet Ukraine into an independent state and examines the new elites and their role in the state building process as well as other attributes of the modern nation-state such as borders symbols myths and national histories. Extensive primary sources and interviews with leading members of Ukranian elites show that state building is an integral part of the transition process and cannot be divorced from democratization and the establishment of a market economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986350

Ukrainian Erotomaniac Fictions: First Postindependence Wave Ukrainian Erotomaniac Fictions explores the aggressive sexualization of the Ukrainian cultural mainstream after the collapse of the USSR as a counter-reaction to the Soviet state's totalitarian repressive politics of the body. While the book's introduction includes concise sections on such pornified cultural forms as advertising mass media visual art and film its major focus is on textual production that has contributed significantly to the literary explosion in Ukraine which began in the 1990s. Drawing on cultural postcolonial feminist and gender theories the book examines transgressive potentials of the erotic under postcolonial postcommunist and post-totalitarian conditions. It offers insight into the convoluted dialectics between the imported conventions of Western "porno-chic" and the received oppressive Soviet gender and sexual ideologies. Within a broad historical and cultural framework the study considers writers' engagements in dialogues with their own tradition and colonial legacy as well as with a variety of transcultural flows. By bringing together diverse erotomaniac fictions Maryna Romanets charts the ways in which they are embedded in the processes of Ukraine's cultural decolonization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138496316

Ukrainian Minstrels: Why the Blind Should SingAnd the Blind Shall Sing The blind mendicant in Ukrainian folk tradition is a little-known social order but an important one. The singers of Ukrainian epics these minstrels were organized into professional guilds that set standards for training and performance. Repressed during the Stalin era this is their story. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698533

Ukrainian: A Comprehensive Grammar Ukrainian: A Comprehensive Grammar is a complete reference guide to modern Ukrainian grammar.The authors have consulted a great number of sources in addition to a wide range of native speakers. The result is the first true reference grammar of Ukrainian to be published outside Ukraine it will be the standard reference work for years to come.The volume is organized to enable students of the language to find the information they seek quickly and easily and to promote a thorough understanding of Ukrainian grammar. It presents the complexities of the language in a systematic and user-friendly form.Features include* detailed tables in each chapter for easy reference* numerous examples throughout* thorough descriptions of all parts of speech* list of grammatical terms in English and Ukrainian* complete descriptions of the word-formational processes of Ukrainian* an overview of past and present changes in the language* bibliography of works relating to Ukrainian* full index. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203215586

UK's Legal Responses to Terrorism First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843145271

Ulrich BeckAn Introduction to the Theory of Second Modernity and the Risk Society Since the 1980s Ulrich Beck has worked extensively on his theories of second modernity and the risk society. In Ulrich Beck Mads P. Sørensen and Allan Christiansen provide an extensive and thorough introduction to the German sociologist’s collected works. The book covers his sociology of work his theories of individualization globalization and subpolitics his world famous theory of the risk society and second modernity as well as his latest work on cosmopolitanism. Focusing on the theory outlined in Beck’s chief work Risk Society and on his theory of second modernity Sørensen and Christiansen explain the sociologist’s ideas and writing in a clear and accessible way. Largely concerned with the last 25 years of Beck’s authorship the book nevertheless takes a retrospective look at his works from the late seventies and early eighties and reviews the critique that has been raised against Beck’s sociology through the years. Each chapter of Ulrich Beck comes with a list of suggested further reading as well as explanations of core terms. The book also includes a biography of Beck and full bibliographies of his work in both English and German. This comprehensive introduction will be of interest to all students of sociology contemporary social theory globalization theory environmental studies politics geography and risk studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138020153

Ultimate Attainment in Second Language AcquisitionA Case Study The first book-length treatment of its type Ultimate Attainment in Second Language Acquisition is a case study with a solid theoretical grounding that examines the language of an immigrant learner of English and thereby presents a much needed understanding of the linguistic competence of second language speakers. Based on longitudinal data collected over a period of 16 years this clear and accessible presentation is well-grounded in linguistic theory and in second language acquisition research issues. Author Donna Lardiere presents the narrative of Patty an adult Chinese immigrant learner of English who achieves native-like proficiency in some areas of her English idiolect although reaches a plateau in her language acquisition known as the concept of fossilization. By addressing this concept a central idea in second language acquisition research Lardiere fills a void in existing literature. Individual chapters focus on Patty’s end state knowledge of grammatical areas of finiteness past-tense marking word order wh-movement and relativization passivization number marking and use of determiners. Important topics discussed throughout the book include:*learner variability in production;*case study methodology;*the roles of motivation and prior language (L1) knowledge; and*sensitivity to input in circumscribing ultimate attainment in adult second language acquisition. Ultimate Attainment in Second Language Acquisition is intended for anyone whose research is in the areas of second language acquisition language acquisition theoretical applied or developmental linguistics. It is also appropriate for graduate level students of TESOL and teachers who work with more advanced learners of foreign languages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138839939

Ultimate DevotionThe Historical Impact and Archaeological Expression of Intense Religious Movements From the first Jewish revolt against Rome in the first century CE to contemporary Islamic fanaticism faith in the hands of religious zealots has been a powerful and often catastrophic means of enacting radical change. 'Ultimate Devotion' examines a range of religious movements across history to reveal the striking similarities in the way they emerged the characters of their leaders and followers and their often tragic conclusions. A rich variety of archaeological materials intersect with textual evidence and anthropological theory to develop a model of mass action inspired by intense religion. In its exploration of religious rebellion in history 'Ultimate Devotion' illuminates religious fanaticism today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711164

Ultimate Fighting and EmbodimentViolence Gender and Mixed Martial Arts Mixed martial arts (MMA) is an emergent sport where competitors in a ring or cage utilize strikes (punches kicks elbows and knees) as well as submission techniques to defeat opponents. This book explores the carnal experience of fighting through a sensory ethnography of MMA and how it transgresses the cultural scripts of masculinity in popular culture. Based on four years of participant observation in a local MMA club and in-depth interviews with amateur and professional MMA fighters Spencer documents fighters' training regimes and the meanings they attach to participation in the sport. Drawing from the philosophical phenomenology of Martin Heidegger Maurice Merleau-Ponty and Jean-Luc Nancy this book develops bodies-centered ontological and epistemological grounding for this study. Guided by such a position it places bodies at the center of analysis of MMA and elucidates the embodied experience of pain and injury and the sense and rhythms of fighting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415719551

Ultimate InsidersWhite House Photographers and How They Shape History Virtually unknown to the public or historians White House photographers have developed amazing access to the presidents of the United States over the past half-century. In this book long-time White House correspondent Kenneth T. Walsh tells their stories emphasizing observations about the presidents the photographers got to know so well along with other key figures close to those presidents—including the first ladies members of Congress and important world leaders. This book shows how official White House photographers have morphed into ultimate insiders within the American presidency allowed to observe and take pictures of nearly everything Chief Executives do related to their job. The "photogs" have often become close friends with the presidents they have served. Using these bonds of trust and their own powers of observation they created fundamental impressions and public images of the presidents through the art of photography. Acting not only as image makers but as visual historians they have built pictorial chronicles of the presidency—intimate narratives of America’s leaders in public and private showing how they dealt with everyday life as well as moments of great crisis and opportunity. From children playing in the Oval Office to decisions to send troops into harm’s way images created by White House photographers can make or break a presidential administration as well as define an era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138737600

Ultimate IntimacyThe Psychodynamics of Jewish Mysticism This book introduces the psychoanalytic study of the Kabbalah as a serious discipline. It illustrates the applicability of psychodynamic concepts to Jewish mysticism and the "apocalyptical complex" and essays on specific incidents in the Bible and the Kabbalah. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329471

Ultra Performance Liquid Chromatography Mass SpectrometryEvaluation and Applications in Food Analysis Due to its high sensitivity and selectivity liquid chromatography–mass spectrometry (LC–MS) is a powerful technique. It is used for various applications often involving the detection and identification of chemicals in a complex mixture. Ultra Performance Liquid Chromatography Mass Spectrometry: Evaluation and Applications in Food Analysis presents a unique collection of up-to-date UPLC-MS/MS methods for the separation and quantitative determination of components contaminants vitamins and aroma and flavor compounds in a wide variety of foods and food products.The book begins with an overview of the history principles and advancement of chromatography. It discusses the use of UHPLC techniques in food metablomics approaches for analysis of foodborne carcinogens and details of UPLC-MS techniques used for the separation and determination of capsaicinoids. Chapters describe the analysis of contaminants in food including pesticides aflatoxin perfluorochemicals and acrylamide as well as potentially carcinogenic heterocyclic amines in cooked foods.The book covers food analysis for beneficial compounds such as the determination of folate vitamin content analysis applications for avocado metabolite studies virgin olive oil component analysis lactose determination in milk and analysis of minor components of cocoa and phenolic compounds in fruits and vegetables. With contributions by experts in interdisciplinary fields this reference offers practical information for readers in research and development production and routing analysis of foods and food products. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466591547

Ultra Wideband AntennasDesign Methodologies and Performance Ultra Wideband Antennas: Design Methodologies and Performance presents the current state of the art of ultra wideband (UWB) antennas from theory specific for these radiators to guidelines for the design of omnidirectional and directional UWB antennas. Offering a comprehensive overview of the latest UWB antenna research and development this book: Discusses the developed theory for UWB antennas in frequency and time domains Delivers a brief exposition of numerical methods for electromagnetics oriented to antennas Describes solid-planar equivalence which allows flat structures to be implemented instead of volumetric antennas Examines the impedance matching phase linearity and radiation patterns as design objectives for omnidirectional and directional antennas Addresses the time domain signal analysis for UWB antennas from which the distortion phenomenon can be modeled Includes illustrative examples design equations CST MICROWAVE STUDIO® simulations and MATLAB® plot generations Compares the performance of different UWB antennas supplying useful insight into particular tendencies and unresolved problems Ultra Wideband Antennas: Design Methodologies and Performance provides a valuable reference for the scientific community as UWB antennas have a variety of applications in body area networks radar imaging spectrum monitoring electronic warfare wireless sensor networks and more. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138893818

Ultra-Brief Cognitive Behavioral InterventionsA New Practice Model for Mental Health and Integrated Care Ultra-Brief Cognitive Behavioral Interventions showcases a new practice model to address both physical and psychological health issues in mental health and integrated care settings utilizing focused interventions in brief treatment formats. This unique text offers a toolkit of effective interventions and methods – including cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) methods that can be used in a very brief time frame of 10–20 minutes – that can be quickly and efficiently applied to ameliorate specific symptoms. The 20 most common interventions in short-term therapy practiced in mental health and integrated care settings are illustrated in session transcriptions of the full course of focused therapy with common presentations such as depression anxiety and acute distress pain sleep problems and weight problems. This book prepares emerging and experienced counselors and therapists to provide short-term therapy for their clients and equips them with the necessary skills to meet the challenges facing mental health care today and in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815385066

Ultra-Clean Technology HandbookVolume 1: Ultra-Pure Water Evaluating the effectiveness of conventional wet processes for cleaning silicon wafers in semiconductor production this reference reveals concrete measures to improve ultrapure water quality reviewing the structure and physical characteristics of ultrapure water molecules. The volume is divided int Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402341

Ultra-Cold Neutrons Ultra-Cold Neutrons is a complete self-contained introduction and review of the field of ultra-cold neutron (UCN) physics. Over the last two decades developments in UCN technology include the storage of UCN in material and magnetic bottles for time periods limited only by the beta decay rate of the free neutron. This capability has opened up the possibility of a wide range of applications in the fields of both fundamental and condensed state physics. The book explores some of these applications such as the search for the electric dipole moment of the neutron that constitutes the most sensitive test of time reversal invariance yet devised.The book is suitable as an introduction to the field for research students as a useful compendium of results and techniques for researchers and is of general interest to nonspecialists in other areas of physics such as neutron atomic and fundamental physics and neutron scattering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367403041

Ultrafast Dynamics at the NanoscaleBiomolecules and Supramolecular Assemblies Ultrafast Dynamics at the Nanoscale provides a combined experimental and theoretical insight into the molecular-level investigation of light-induced quantum processes in biological systems and nanostructured (bio)assemblies. Topics include DNA photostability and repair photoactive proteins biological and artificial light-harvesting systems plasmonic nanostructures and organic photovoltaic materials whose common denominator is the key importance of ultrafast quantum effects at the border between the molecular scale and the nanoscale. The functionality and control of these systems have been under intense investigation in recent years in view of developing a detailed understanding of ultrafast nanoscale energy and charge transfer as well as fostering novel technologies based on sustainable energy resources. Both experiment and theory have made big strides toward meeting the challenge of these truly complex systems. This book thus introduces the reader to cutting-edge developments in ultrafast nonlinear optical spectroscopies and the quantum dynamical simulation of the observed dynamics including direct simulations of two-dimensional optical experiments. Taken together these techniques attempt to elucidate whether the quantum coherent nature of ultrafast events enhances the efficiency of the relevant processes and where the quantum–classical boundary sets in in these high-dimensional biological and material systems. The chapters contain well-illustrated accounts of the authors’ research work including didactic introductory material and address a multidisciplinary audience from chemistry physics biology and materials sciences. The book is therefore a must-have for graduate- and postgraduate-level researchers who wish to learn about molecular nanoscience from a combined spectroscopic and theoretical viewpoint. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814745338

Ultra-Fast Fiber LasersPrinciples and Applications with MATLAB® Models Ultrashort pulses in mode-locked lasers are receiving focused attention from researchers looking to apply them in a variety of fields from optical clock technology to measurements of the fundamental constants of nature and ultrahigh-speed optical communications. Ultrashort pulses are especially important for the next generation of ultrahigh-speed optical systems and networks operating at 100 Gbps per carrier. Ultra Fast Fiber Lasers: Principles and Applications with MATLAB® Models is a self-contained reference for engineers and others in the fields of applied photonics and optical communications. Covering both fundamentals and advanced research this book includes both theoretical and experimental results. MATLAB files are included to provide a basic grounding in the simulation of the generation of short pulses and the propagation or circulation around nonlinear fiber rings. With its unique and extensive content this volume— Covers fundamental principles involved in the generation of ultrashort pulses employing fiber ring lasers particularly those that incorporate active optical modulators of amplitude or phase types Presents experimental techniques for the generation detection and characterization of ultrashort pulse sequences derived from several current schemes Describes the multiplication of ultrashort pulse sequences using the Talbot diffraction effects in the time domain via the use of highly dispersive media Discusses developments of multiple short pulses in the form of solitons binding together by phase states Elucidates the generation of short pulse sequences and multiple wavelength channels from a single fiber laser The most practical short pulse sources are always found in the form of guided wave photonic structures. This minimizes problems with alignment and eases coupling into fiber transmission systems. In meeting these requirements fiber ring lasers operating in active mode serve well as suitable ultrashort pulse sources. It is only a matter of time before scientists building on this research develop the practical and easy-to-use applications that will make ultrahigh-speed optical systems universally available. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138374171

Ultrafast Infrared And Raman Spectroscopy A description of procedures for probing bond activation H-bonded systems molecular dynamical mechanisms vibrational dephasing simple liquids and proteins and energy flow effects using ultrafast vibrational spectroscopy experiments. It discusses experimental and theoretical methods of ultrafast infrared and Raman measurements. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447281

Ultrafast Infrared Vibrational Spectroscopy The advent of laser-based sources of ultrafast infrared pulses has extended the study of very fast molecular dynamics to the observation of processes manifested through their effects on the vibrations of molecules. In addition non-linear infrared spectroscopic techniques make it possible to examine intra- and intermolecular interactions and how such interactions evolve on very fast time scales but also in some instances on very slow time scales. Ultrafast Infrared Vibrational Spectroscopy is an advanced overview of the field of ultrafast infrared vibrational spectroscopy based on the scientific research of the leading figures in the field. The book discusses experimental and theoretical topics reflecting the latest accomplishments and understanding of ultrafast infrared vibrational spectroscopy. Each chapter provides background details of methods and explication of a topic of current research interest. Experimental and theoretical studies cover topics as diverse as the dynamics of water and the dynamics and structure of biological molecules. Methods covered include vibrational echo chemical exchange spectroscopy IR-Raman spectroscopy time resolved sum frequency generation and 2D IR spectroscopy. Edited by a recognized leader in the field and with contributions from top researchers including experimentalists and theoreticians this book presents the latest research methods and results. It will serve as an excellent resource for those new to the field experts in the field and individuals who want to gain an understanding of particular methods and research topics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367380304

Ultrafast Laser ProcessingFrom Micro- to Nanoscale Over the past few decades the rapid development of ultrafast lasers such as femtosecond lasers and picosecond lasers has opened up new avenues for material processing due to their unique features such as ultrashort pulse width and extremely high peak intensity. These techniques have become a common tool for micro- and nanoprocessing of a variety of materials and are now widely used for both fundamental researches and practical applications. This book is composed of 12 chapters covering relevant topics of ultrafast laser processing including laser itself and novel beam manipulation methods for processing fundamentals of ultrafast laser processing nanomaterial synthesis surface micro- and nanostructuring micromachining two-photon photopolymerization internal modification/fabrication of transparent materials applications to photonic devices and microchips for biological analysis industrial applications and so on. Each chapter is written by world-leading scientists in the related field so as to give comprehensive reviews in the field of ultrafast laser micro- and nanoprocessing. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814267335

Ultrafast LasersTechnology and Applications Covering high-energy ultrafast amplifiers and solid-state fiber and diode lasers this reference examines recent developments in high-speed laser technology. It presents a comprehensive survey of ultrafast laser technology its applications and future trends in various scientific and industrial areas. Topics include: micromachining applications for metals dielectrics and biological tissue; advanced electronics and semiconductor processing; optical coherence tomography; multiphoton microscopy; optical sampling and scanning; THz generation and imaging; optical communication systems; absolute phase control of optical signals; and more. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446963

Ultrafast Photonics Ultrafast photonics has become an interdisciplinary topic of high international research interest because of the spectacular development of compact and efficient lasers producing optical pulses with durations in the femtosecond time domain. Present day long-haul telecommunications systems are almost entirely based on the transmission of short burst Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429147494

Ultra-High-Density Magnetic RecordingStorage Materials and Media Designs Today magnetic recording is still the leading technology for mass data storage. Its dominant role is being reinforced by the success of cloud computing which requires storing and managing huge amounts of data on a multitude of servers. Nonetheless the hard-disk storage industry is presently at a crossroads as the current magnetic recording technologies are unable of achieving densities beyond 1 Tbit/in2. Pushing the recording density in the terabit regime requires new storage materials novel recording schemes and media designs in order to solve signal-to-noise ratio thermal stability and writability issues. In this book worldwide experts from universities public research institutions and industry collaborate to illustrate the most recent progresses in magnetic recording from the media perspective and to highlight the future prospects of the technology. Theoretical experimental and technological aspects are covered in a clear and comprehensive way making the book a useful reference for final-year undergraduates postgraduates and research professionals in the magnetic recording area. The first two chapters introduce the fundamentals of magnetism and magnetic recording and are useful to guide the reader in the chapters that follow. Chapters 3 4 and 5 focus on the materials for conventional perpendicular recording media next-generation recording media and exchange-coupled composite media. The most promising technologies for next-generation magnetic recording i.e. energy assisted and bit-patterned recording are extensively treated in chapters 6 and 7 while chapter 8 covers the techniques and protocols for magnetic characterization of recording media. Finally chapter 9 gives an overview of the emerging classes of magnetic memories. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814669580

Ultra-Low Fertility in Pacific AsiaTrends causes and policy issues Japan Singapore Taiwan South Korea and Hong Kong SAR are among the very lowest-fertility countries in the whole world and even China has reached fertility levels lower than those in many European countries. If these levels continue over long periods East Asia will soon face accelerating population decline in addition the changes in age distributions in such populations raise major new questions for planning of economic and social welfare. This book brings together work by noted experts on the low fertility countries of East Asia with an up-to-date analysis of trends in fertility what we know about their determinants and consequences the policy issues and how these are being addressed in the various countries. Its role in bringing together information on policy trends and initiatives of a pro-natalist kind adopted over recent years in these countries is extremely important as is the fact that the discussion of these pro-natalist policies is set in the context of a thorough analysis of what has driven fertility so low in these countries.   Ultra-Low Fertility in Pacific Asia is invaluable to students and scholars of East Asian public and social policy as well as fertility studies more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415540780

Ultra-Realistic ImagingAdvanced Techniques in Analogue and Digital Colour Holography Ultra-high resolution holograms are now finding commercial and industrial applications in such areas as holographic maps 3D medical imaging and consumer devices. Ultra-Realistic Imaging: Advanced Techniques in Analogue and Digital Colour Holography brings together a comprehensive discussion of key methods that enable holography to be used as a technique of ultra-realistic imaging.After a historical review of progress in holography the book:Discusses CW recording lasers pulsed holography lasers and reviews optical designs for many of the principal laser types with emphasis on attaining the parameters necessary for digital and analogue holographyGives a full review of current photosensitive materials for colour holographyCovers modern methods of analogue holography and digital holographic printingIntroduces mathematical and geometrical notation for horizontal parallax-only holograms and practical computational algorithms for the full-parallax caseReviews systems and the image processing algorithms required to convert the raw image data to the format required by digital printersDevelops the physical theory of the holographic grating and the hologramProvides an up-to-date review of illumination sources including LED and laser diode sourcesWritten by leaders in dynamic holography this handbook provides complete coverage of real-time colour holographic processes including applications. The book covers not only the optics and theory behind such holographic systems but also laser technologies recording devices data acquisition and processing techniques materials for reproduction and current and developing applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576431

Ultrasonic and Electromagnetic NDE for Structure and Material CharacterizationEngineering and Biomedical Applications Most books on nondestructive evaluation (NDE) focus either on the theoretical background or on advanced applications. Bridging the gap between the two Ultrasonic and Electromagnetic NDE for Structure and Material Characterization: Engineering and Biomedical Applications brings together the principles equations and applications of ultrasonic and electromagnetic NDE in a single authoritative resource. This is also one of the first books to incorporate a number of popular NDE methods based on electromagnetic techniques. Combines Engineering and Biological Material Characterization Techniques in One Book The book begins with the relevant fundamentals of mechanics and electromagnetic theory derives the basic equations and then step by step covers state-of-the-art topics and applications of ultrasonic and electromagnetic NDE that are at the forefront of research. These include engineering biological and clinical applications such as structural health monitoring acoustic microscopy the characterization of biological cells and terahertz imaging. Covers Numerous Applications of Ultrasonic and Electromagnetic Techniques—from the Traditional to the Advanced Written in plain language by some of the world’s leading experts the book includes worked-out examples and exercises that make this an outstanding resource for coursework. The coverage of traditional and advanced NDE applications also appeals to practicing engineers and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439836637

Ultrasonic Exposimetry Ultrasonic Exposimetry presents the fundamentals of ultrasonics and discusses the theoretical background of acoustic wave generation and reception. Measurements instrumentation and interpretation of measured data (including error analysis) are examined in detail. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429272547

Ultrasonic Nondestructive Testing of MaterialsTheoretical Foundations Ultrasonic Nondestructive Testing of Materials: Theoretical Foundations explores the mathematical foundations and emerging applications of this testing process which is based on elastic wave propagation in isotropic and anisotropic solids. In covering ultrasonic nondestructive testing methods the book emphasizes the engineering point of view yet it relies on the physics and mathematics aspects involved in elastic wave propagation theory. As a result this resource becomes a missing link in the literature by combining coverage of the theoretical aspects of testing and providing intuitive assessments of numerous standard problems to illustrate fundamental assertions. Content includes a brief description of the theory of acoustic and electromagnetic fields to underline the similarities and differences as compared to elastodynamics. It also covers vector algebra and analysis elastic plane and Rayleigh surface waves and ultrasonic beams as well as transducer radiation inverse scattering and ultrasonic nondestructive imaging. Includes numerical computations to explain wave propagation phenomena and compare results of analytical formulations Although ultrasonic nondestructive testing can often be roughly understood in terms of plane waves and beams this book addresses the key issues of transducer radiation and defect scattering and imaging respectively. The authors physically formulate point source synthesis and in mathematical terms they use representation integrals with Green functions always including intuitive interpretations with mathematical evaluations. Replacing cumbersome index notation with a coordinate-free version this reference offers step-by-step documentation of relevant tensorial elastodynamic cases involving isotropic and anisotropic materials. It provides all necessary mathematical tools readers require to understand the mathematical and physical basis for ultrasonic nondestructive testing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075962

Ultrasonic Treatment of Light Alloy Melts Spawned by growing interest in ultrasonic technology and new developments in ultrasonic melt processing the Second Edition of Ultrasonic Treatment of Light Alloy Melts discusses use of ultrasonic melt treatment in direct-chill casting shape casting rapid solidification zone refining and more exploring the effects of power ultrasound on melt degassing filtration and refinement in aluminum and magnesium alloys. The fully revised and restructured Second Edition: Contains new in-depth coverage of composite and nanocomposite materials Provides a historical review of the last century of ultrasonic applications to metallurgy Emphasizes the fundamentals mechanisms and applications of ultrasonic melt processing in different light-metal technologies Features new chapters on ultrasonic grain refinement refinement of primary solid phases and semi-solid processing of billets with nondendritic structure Includes significant updates reflecting results obtained over the past two decades on different scales from laboratory to full-scale industrial implementations Complete with many new figures and examples Ultrasonic Treatment of Light Alloy Melts Second Edition delivers a comprehensive treatise on ultrasonic melt processing and cavitation presenting essential guidelines for practical use and further development of the technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075979

Ultrasonic Welding of Metal Sheets Ultrasonic Welding of Metal Sheets covers various aspects of ultrasonic welding (USW) of metal sheets including the discussion on modeling and numerical simulations of ultrasonic welding to improve this welding process and performance. This book aims to provide an accessible comprehensive and up-to-date exposition of the various aspects of joining of dissimilar metal sheets ranging from its fundamentals thorough to metallurgical characteristics covering fundamental concepts in-detailed explanation about the USW including its implementation design criteria work material welding thermo-mechanical and research scopes. The book is aimed at researchers professionals and graduate students in manufacturing welding mechanical engineering. Features The ultrasonic spot welding of various metal sheets is described in simplified expression and concepts are elucidated by relevant illustrations. Discusses modeling and numerical simulations of ultrasonic welding to improve the ultrasonic welding process and performance As opposed to competition in the market this title provides thorough clarification of ultrasonic spot welding of metal sheets with its applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367265779

UltrasonicsFundamentals Technologies and Applications Third Edition Recent advances in power electronics greatly benefit the multidisciplinary field of modern ultrasonics. More powerful compact and versatile electronic chips and software enable new computer-based devices for real-time data capture storage analysis and display and advance the science and technology employed in commercial systems and applications of ultrasound. Reviewing the scientific basis behind these improvements Ultrasonics: Fundamentals Technologies and Applications Third Edition discusses them in detail with new and additional figures and references offering a completely revised and expanded examination of the state of modern ultrasonics. This new edition of a bestselling industry reference discusses the full breadth of ultrasonics applications for industrial and medical use and provides the fundamentals and insights gathered over the authors’ collective 80 years in the field. It provides a unique and comprehensive treatment of the science and technology behind the latest advancements and applications in both low and high power implementations. Coverage combines fundamental physics a review and analysis of sensors and transducers and the systems required for the full spectrum of industrial nondestructive testing and medical and biomedical uses. It includes citations of numerous references and covers both main stream and the more unusual and obscure applications of ultrasound. Ultrasonics is ubiquitous in its industrial applications for sensing NDT and process measurements in high power forms for processing and sonochemistry as well as in medical procedures where it is used for diagnosis therapy and surgery. This book provides a complete overview of the field presenting numerous applications cutting-edge advancements and improvements additional figures and references and a look at future directions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780824758899

Ultrasound and Infertility A comprehensive survey of the use of ultrasound in management of infertile patients is presented in this publication. Particular atten-tion is given to recently developed techniques such as assessment of endometrial changes ovarian blood flow measurements and per-cutaneous oocyte retrieval for in vitro fertilization. The very re-cent technique of transvaginal sonography is presented and richly illus-trated with original results obtained in biopsy-guided oocyte re-trieval and in the precise delineation of follicle size and number for infertility treatment. Guidance in the interpretation of ultrasonic findings which include potential limitations and pitfalls is provided in each chapter. Researchers and practitioners interested in the management of infertile patients will find this volume indispensable. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451080

Ultrasound Assessment in Gynecologic Oncology This innovative guide will help gynecologists or gynecologic surgeons to monitor the staging and progress of oncology treatment. An international expert here shows what office ultrasound can be used to achieve how it correlates with other clinical findings and how it can be integrated as necessary with other modalities and with the latest technological advances and developments in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138044326

Ultrasound Imaging and Therapy Up-to-Date Details on Using Ultrasound Imaging to Help Diagnose Various Diseases Due to improvements in image quality and the reduced cost of advanced features ultrasound imaging is playing a greater role in the diagnosis and image-guided intervention of a wide range of diseases. Ultrasound Imaging and Therapy highlights the latest advances in using ultrasound imaging in image-guided interventions and ultrasound-based therapy. The book presents current and emerging techniques identifies trends in the use of ultrasound imaging and addresses technical and computational problems that need to be solved. The book is organized into three sections. The first section covers advances in technology including transducers (2-D 3-D and 4-D) beamformers 3-D imaging systems and blood velocity estimation systems. The second section focuses on diagnostic applications such as elastography quantitative techniques for therapy monitoring and diagnostic imaging and ultrasound tomography. The final section explains the use of ultrasound in image-guided interventions for image-guided biopsy and brain imaging. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138894358

Ultrasound in Assisted Reproduction and Early Pregnancy This text offers a succinct overview of the essential clinical applications of ultrasound in infertility management. It will be of benefit to established practitioners in reproductive medicine as it details the aspects of quality safety training and certification that help improve standards of practice. Those in training or with a special interest in fertility issues will also find it essential reading. Print versions of this book also include access to the eBook version with links to procedural videos. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138485853

Ultrasound in Medicine Ultrasound in Medicine is a broad-ranging study of medical ultrasound including ultrasound propagation interaction with tissue and innovations in the application of ultrasound in medicine. The book focuses specifically on the science and technology-the underlying physics and engineering. It examines the most closely related aspects of these basic sciences in clinical application and reviews the success of technological innovations in improving medical diagnosis and treatment. The book bridges the gap between tutorial texts widely available for ultrasound and medical training and theoretical works on acoustics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400712

Ultrasound of Congenital Fetal AnomaliesDifferential Diagnosis and Prognostic Indicators Second Edition The most frequently asked questions that confront the fetal medicine trainee/expert on a daily basis are “Is the finding real or merely an artifact?” and “Is the diagnosis correct?”. However to be able to find the description of an abnormal ultrasound finding in a textbook one generally has to search by the definite diagnosis which has not been done as yet. This uneasy feeling was the first factor that directed the layout of Ultrasound of Congenital Fetal Anomalies: Differential Diagnosis and Prognostic Indicators Second Edition. Copiously illustrated the book displays fetal anomalies by scanning view and descriptions of all major ultrasound planes detailing what can be considered a normal view and what cannot. See What’s New in the Second Edition: Early detection of fetal anomalies (1214 weeks) Ultrasound in fetal infections and in twins The nuchal translucency issue the newest intracranial translucency as well as the range of congenital anomalies detectable at this gestational age Expanded coverage of heart anomalies including arrhythmias and early fetal echocardiography The author’s mission continues to be to provide guidance on how to quickly recognize and diagnose congenital fetal anomalies beginning at the beginning with ultrasound sigh all the way through to final diagnosis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466598966

Ultrasound of Pelvic Pain in the Non-Pregnant Patient There are many possible causes of pelvic pain in a non-pregnant female patient and it has been estimated to be responsible for nearly 40% of all visits by female patients to a family doctor and 10% of all referrals to specialist gynecologists. However the topic of how to investigate and diagnose has been surprisingly neglected in print. This important and much-needed text from internationally respected experts shows how important ultrasound can be as a tool for physicians caring for women's health. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815364979

Ultrasound-Guided Procedures and InvestigationsA Manual for the Clinician Recognizing the increasing importance of ultrasonography in the evaluation and management of patients across a range of medical disciplines this guide provides illustrative instruction on the performance and interpretation of ultrasound examinations in emergency critical care hospital and outpatient settings. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454012

Ultrastructure of Microalgae Ultrastructure of Microalgae provides both fundamental and specific information regarding the ultrastructure of the major components of the microalgal cell. The book compares homologous structures in different groups within an evolutionary frame of reference. It covers all taxa and structures and it incorporates new concepts that have resulted fro Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429156786

Ultrathin Two-Dimensional Semiconductors for Novel Electronic Applications Offering perspective on both the scientific and engineering aspects of 2D semiconductors Ultrathin Two-Dimensional Semiconductors for Novel Electronic Applications discusses how to successfully engineer 2D materials for practical applications. It also covers several novel topics regarding 2D semiconductors which have not yet been discussed in any other publications. Features: Provides comprehensive information and data about wafer-scale deposition of 2D semiconductors ranging from scientific discussions up to the planning of experiments and reliability testing of the fabricated samples Precisely discusses wafer-scale ALD and CVD of 2D semiconductors and investigates various aspects of deposition techniques Covers the new group of 2D materials synthesized from surface oxide of liquid metals and also explains the device fabrication and post-treatment of these 2D nanostructures Addresses a wide range of scientific and practical applications of 2D semiconductors and electronic and optoelectronic devices based on these nanostructures Offers novel coverage of 2D heterostructures and heterointerfaces and provides practical information about fabrication and application of these heterostructures Introduces the latest advancement in fabrication of novel memristors artificial synapses and sensorimotor devices based on 2D semiconductors This work offers practical information valuable for engineering applications that will appeal to researchers academics and scientists working with and interested in developing an array of semiconductor electronic devices. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367275112

Ultraviolet Light in Food TechnologyPrinciples and Applications UV light is one of a number of emerging non-thermal food processing technologies that can be used in a broad range of applications producing food products with longer shelf-life more safe and with higher nutritional quality. The new edition of Ultraviolet Light in Food Technology: Principles and Applications will present recent understanding of the fundamentals of UV light along with new applied knowledge that has accumulated during the 7 years since the first edition published in 2009. The new edition of the book will have 11 chapters including 2 new chapters--on chemical destruction with UV light and food plant safety—along with 6 chapters greatly expanded and updated. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138081420

Ultraviolet Spectroscopy And Uv Lasers This volume presents a complete and thorough examination of advances in the instrumentation evaluation and implementation of UV technology for reliable and efficient data acquisition and analysis. It provides real-world applications in expanding fields such as chemical physics plasma science photolithography laser spectroscopy astronomy and atmospheric science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447090

Ultraviolet-Visible Spectrophotometry in Pharmaceutical Analysis This book provides an overview of the state of the art in pharmaceutical applications of UV-VIS spectroscopy. This book presents the fundamentals for the beginner and for the expert discusses both qualitative and quantitative analysis problems. Several chapters focus on the determination of drugs in various matrices the coupling of chromatographic and spectrophotometric methods and the problems associated with the use of chemical reactions prior to spectrophotometric measurements. The final chapter provides a survey of the spectrophotometric determination of the main families of drugs emphasizing the achievements of the last decade. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898322

Ultra-wideband Radar Technology In 1995 James D. Taylor's Introduction to Ultra-Wideband Radar Systems introduced engineers to the theory behind a promising new concept for remote sensing. Since then the field has undergone enormous growth with new applications realized and more applications conceptualized at a remarkable pace. However understanding ultra-wideband (UWB) radar requires a new philosophical approach. Concepts such as radar cross section will have new meanings as range resolution becomes smaller than the target.Ultra-Wideband Radar Technology is a guide to the future of radar by an international team of experts. They present the problems solutions and examples of UWB radar remote sensing. Chapters discuss the theory and ideas for future systems development and show the potential capabilities. The writers present concepts such as the differences between UWB and conventional radars improving over-resolved target detection receivers and waveforms micropower systems high power switching and bistatic radar polarimetry.Finding comparable information elsewhere might require consulting hundreds of other books technical journals and symposium proceedings. Ultra-Wideband Radar Technology offers a unique opportunity to explore the theory applications and technology of UWB radar within a single source. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220550

Ultrawideband RadarApplications and Design Providing a practical review of the latest technology in the field Ultrawideband Radar Applications and Design presents cutting-edge advances in theory design and practical applications of ultrawideband (UWB) radar. This book features contributions from an international team of experts to help readers learn about a wide range of UWB topics including: History of the technology American and European governmental regulations and key definitions Nonsinusoidal wave propagation theory Random signal radar Object detection by ground permittivity measurements Large-target backscattering effects Medical applications Large current radiator antenna design Materials-penetrating theory Radar signal processing Weak-signal detection methods Holographic and real time radar imaging This book’s contributors use practical information to illustrate the latest theoretical developments and demonstrate UWB radar principles through case studies. Radar system engineers will find ideas for precision electronic sensing systems for use in medical security industrial construction and geophysical applications as well as those used in archeological forensic and transportation operations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781420089868

Ulysses and FaustTradition and Modernism from Homer till the Present Ulysses and Faust: Tradition and Modernism from Homer till the Present examines the most important authors of Western literature: Homer Virgil Dante Shakespeare Cervantes Marlowe Goethe Joyce Eliot Mann Bulgakov and Pasternak who based their works on one or other of the two key myths of the West Ulysses and Faust. This volume provides a synoptic view of Western literature as a foundation text for literary studies at all levels and as a way of encouraging people to once more engage with the major authors of our literary heritage. Ulysses and Faust considers the artistic revolution known as Modernism at the start of the twentieth century and the subsequent events in Europe such as the World Wars and the totalitarian regimes which led to a major break in Western civilization reflected in its literature. Consequently these detailed critical studies illuminate their authors’ Weltanschauung their view of life as it was lived in their time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593520

Ulysses and the Poetics of Cognition Given Ulysses’ perhaps unparalleled attention to the operations of the human mind it is unsurprising that critics have explored the work’s psychology. Nonetheless there has been very little research that draws on recent cognitive science to examine thought and emotion in this novel. Hogan sets out to expand our understanding of Ulysses as well as our theoretical comprehension of narrative—and even our views of human cognition. He revises the main narratological accounts of the novel clarifying the complex nature of narration and style. He extends his cognitive study to encompass the anti-colonial and gender concerns that are so obviously important to Joyce’s work. Finally through a combination of broad overviews and detailed textual analyses Hogan seeks to make this notoriously difficult book more accessible to non-specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601447

Ulysses S. Grant and Meiji Japan 1869-1885Diplomacy Strategic Thought and the Economic Context of US-Japan Relations Ulysses S Grant besides being the General-in-Chief of the Union armies at the time of the Union victory in the American Civil War was also President 1869–1878 at a time when the United States was undergoing significant transformations both economically and strategically and growing in confidence as a world power. At the same time Japan following the Meiji Restoration of 1868 was seeking to join the ranks of the developed read exclusively Western states. This book explores the interaction of Grant with Meiji Japan compares and contrasts developments in the two countries and assesses the impact each country had on the other. It discusses the travels of the Iwakura Mission in the United States considers Grant’s 1879 visit to Japan and examines the personal relationship between Grant the Meiji emperor and the other leaders of the Meiji government. The book argues that Grant’s thoughtful consideration of the key issues of the day issues common to many countries at the time and his suggested policy responses had a huge impact on Meiji Japan.        Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367224813

Umbundu Kinship and Character Originally published in 1949 this book discusses Umbundu social structure and education with particular reference to how both of these adapted as Angola's contact with Western influences increased in the first half of the twentieth century. Using materials gathered in the field this volume charts the rapid pace of change which caused social disintegration among the Ovimumbundu a significant Bantu-speaking group in the Benguela Highland of Angola. Differing approaches to education including assimiliation and adaptation are examined and their merits discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138496033

UML for Developing Knowledge Management Systems UML for Developing Knowledge Management Systems provides knowledge engineers the framework in which to identify types of knowledge and where this knowledge exists in an organization. It also shows ways in which to use a standard recognized notation to capture or model knowledge to be used in a knowledge management system (KMS).This volume enables knowledge engineers systems analysts designers developers and researchers to understand the concept of knowledge modeling with Unified Modeling Language (UML). It offers a guide to quantifying qualifying understanding and modeling knowledge by providing a reusable framework that can be adopted for KMS implementation.Following a brief history of knowledge management the book discusses knowledge acquisition and the types of knowledge that can be discovered within a domain. It offers an overview of types of models and the concepts behind them. It then reviews UML and how to apply UML to model knowledge. The book concludes by defining and applying the Knowledge Acquisition framework via a real-world case study. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367391713

UN Convention on the Law of the Sea and the South China Sea Research on The United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS) is a valuable addition to understanding the political situation in the potentially volatile South China Sea region. This book covers topics such as baselines historic title and rights due regard and abuse of rights peaceful use of the ocean navigation regimes marine scientific research intelligence gathering the UNCLOS dispute settlement system and regional common heritage. In search of varying viewpoints the authors in this book come from multiple countries including the Philippines Australia Ireland Mainland China and Taiwan the United States and Indonesia Singapore UK and Germany. Ongoing events such as the recent waves made by China in the East China Sea and increasing tensions between the South East Asian countries over the use of South China Sea make this book especially pertinent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668693

UN Emergency Peace Service and the Responsibility to Protect This book examines the attitudes of political military and non-state actors towards the idea of a UN Emergency Peace Service and the issues that might affect the establishment of this service in both theory and practice. The United Nations Emergency Peace Service (UNEPS) is a civil society-led idea to establish a permanent UN service to improve UN peace operations as well as to operationalise the emerging norm of the ‘responsibility to protect’ civilians from atrocity crimes. The UNEPS proposal has received limited support. The book argues that interest in and support for the UNEPS proposal is determined by perceptions that it would erode state sovereignty the extent to which the principles of the proposal are consistent with actors’ views on the world and perceptions on whether UNEPS will realistically be capable of contributing to the workings of the UN and regional peacekeeping systems in areas that are seen to be deficient. This book makes the case for localising the UNEPS proposal so that it is more consistent with attitudes of those consulted for this research. It concludes that the development of a series of less ambitious proposals could be the first steps to creating a rapidly deployable service with the mandate to prevent atrocity crimes. This book will be of much interest to students of peace operations the Responsibility to Protect international organisations IR and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138200814

UN Intervention Practices in IraqA Discursive Approach to International Interventions This book analyzes UN intervention discourses and practices in Iraq and develops a deconstructive approach to international interventions. Hitherto most analyses of the conflict in Iraq in 2003 have established the UN’s role as path-dependent on the foreign policy of the US and the UK and largely portrayed it as a mediator and fervent opponent of international intervention. Analyzing the UN Security Council and the later UN Assistance Mission for Iraq (UNAMI) from 2000 to 2010 this book undoes this path-dependency and puts the UN’s relationship with Iraq center-stage. It develops a deconstructive critical approach that identifies subject construction and reflexivity as central processes of intervention practices and concludes that (non-)intervention is deeply connected to the stabilization of political identities and representations. Using extensive primary data the book contributes a new perspective on international interventions. This book will be of much interest to students of peace and conflict studies intervention and statebuilding Middle Eastern studies and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138352827

UN Millennium Development Library: A Home in The City More than 900 million people currently live in urban slums and the number is growing as rapid urbanization continues in the developing world. A Home in the City urges countries to strengthen their focus on the growing urban crisis and improving the lives of slum dwellers. Proposed are specific investments and policy changes required at local and national levels to create a vibrant equitable and productive urban environment. It underscores the need for close strategic partnerships between local authorities and organizations of the urban poor for slum upgrading and improved urban management. From adopting citywide strategies and establishing adequate and affordable infrastructure and services to building effective public transport and constructing low-income housing it offers valuable methods to prevent future slum formation and to improve the lives of at least 100 million slum dwellers by 2020. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138410831

UN Millennium Development Library: Combating AIDS in the Developing World The Millennium Development Goals adopted at the UN Millennium Summit in 2000 are the world's targets for dramatically reducing extreme poverty in its many dimensions by 2015¿income poverty hunger disease exclusion lack of infrastructure and shelter while promoting gender equality education health and environmental sustainability. These bold goals can be met in all parts of the world if nations follow through on their commitments to work together to meet them. Achieving the Millennium Development Goals offers the prospect of a more secure just and prosperous world for all. The UN Millennium Project was commissioned by United Nations Secretary-General Kofi Annan to develop a practical plan of action to meet the Millennium Development Goals. As an independent advisory body directed by Professor Jeffrey D. Sachs the UN Millennium Project submitted its recommendations to the UN Secretary General in January 2005. The core of the UN Millennium Project's work has been carried out by 10 thematic Task Forces comprising more than 250 experts from around the world including scientists development practitioners parliamentarians policymakers and representatives from civil society UN agencies the World Bank the IMF and the private sector. This report lays out the recommendations of the UN Millennium Project Task Force 5 Working Group on HIV/AIDS. The Working Group urges the intensification and revitalization of prevention efforts a stronger focus on vulnerable populations and the expansion of antiretroviral therapy to reach 75% of those in need by 2015. Simultaneous expansion of prevention and treatment accompanied by sustained investment in health systems will enable countries to reverse the spread of HIV by 2015. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471856

UN Millennium Development Library: Coming to Grips with Malaria in the New Millennium The Millennium Development Goals adopted at the UN Millennium Summit in 2000 are the world's targets for dramatically reducing extreme poverty in its many dimensions by 2015¿income poverty hunger disease exclusion lack of infrastructure and shelter while promoting gender equality education health and environmental sustainability. These bold goals can be met in all parts of the world if nations follow through on their commitments to work together to meet them. Achieving the Millennium Development Goals offers the prospect of a more secure just and prosperous world for all. The UN Millennium Project was commissioned by United Nations Secretary-General Kofi Annan to develop a practical plan of action to meet the Millennium Development Goals. As an independent advisory body directed by Professor Jeffrey D. Sachs the UN Millennium Project submitted its recommendations to the UN Secretary General in January 2005. The core of the UN Millennium Project's work has been carried out by 10 thematic Task Forces comprising more than 250 experts from around the world including scientists development practitioners parliamentarians policymakers and representatives from civil society UN agencies the World Bank the IMF and the private sector. Coming to Grips with Malaria in the New Millennium presents an innovative strategic framework for relieving the burden that malaria imposes on society through the implementation of tried and tested anti-malarial interventions designed to improve health nationally and to promote economic development locally. Recommendations include early diagnosis treatment with effective anti-malarial medicines the use of insecticide treated nets indoor residual spraying managing the environment improving housing extending health education and improving monitoring and evaluation systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471849

UN Millennium Development Library: Environment and Human Well-beingA Practical Strategy "The Millennium Development Goals adopted at the UN Millennium Summit in 2000 are the world's targets for dramatically reducing extreme poverty in its many dimensions by 2015¿income poverty hunger disease exclusion lack of infrastructure and shelter while promoting gender equality education health and environmental sustainability. These bold goals can be met in all parts of the world if nations follow through on their commitments to work together to meet them. Achieving the Millennium Development Goals offers the prospect of a more secure just and prosperous world for all. The UN Millennium Project was commissioned by United Nations Secretary-General Kofi Annan to develop a practical plan of action to meet the Millennium Development Goals. As an independent advisory body directed by Professor Jeffrey D. Sachs the UN Millennium Project submitted its recommendations to the UN Secretary General in January 2005. The core of the UN Millennium Project's work has been carried out by 10 thematic Task Forces comprising more than 250 experts from around the world including scientists development practitioners parliamentarians policymakers and representatives from civil society UN agencies the World Bank the IMF and the private sector. This report lays out the recommendations of the UN Millennium Project Task Force on Environmental Sustainability. It identifies key environmental challenges such as degradation of land watersheds and marine fisheries deforestation pollution and climate change. The Task Force proposes specific interventions and policy changes required to improve environmental management at the country regional and international level. These bold yet practical approaches will help countries make progress towards environmental sustainability by 2015." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471825

UN Millennium Development Library: Halving HungerIt Can Be Done The Millennium Development Goals adopted at the UN Millennium Summit in 2000 are the world's targets for dramatically reducing extreme poverty in its many dimensions by 2015¿income poverty hunger disease exclusion lack of infrastructure and shelter while promoting gender equality education health and environmental sustainability. These bold goals can be met in all parts of the world if nations follow through on their commitments to work together to meet them. Achieving the Millennium Development Goals offers the prospect of a more secure just and prosperous world for all. The UN Millennium Project was commissioned by United Nations Secretary-General Kofi Annan to develop a practical plan of action to meet the Millennium Development Goals. As an independent advisory body directed by Professor Jeffrey D. Sachs the UN Millennium Project submitted its recommendations to the UN Secretary General in January 2005. The core of the UN Millennium Project's work has been carried out by 10 thematic Task Forces comprising more than 250 experts from around the world including scientists development practitioners parliamentarians policymakers and representatives from civil society UN agencies the World Bank the IMF and the private sector. This report lays out the recommendations of the UN Millennium Project Task Force on Hunger in seven major categories: political action; national policy reforms; increased agricultural productivity for food insecure farmers; improved nutrition for the chronically hungry; productive safety nets for the acutely hungry; improved rural incomes and markets; and restoration and conservation of natural resources essential for food security. The task force strongly endorses the Secretary General's call for a 21st Century African Green Revolution. These bold yet practical approaches will enable countries in every region of the world to halve world hunger by 2015. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471900

UN Millennium Development Library: Health Dignity and DevelopmentWhat Will it Take? The Millennium Development Goals adopted at the UN Millennium Summit in 2000 are the world's targets for dramatically reducing extreme poverty in its many dimensions by 2015 income poverty hunger disease exclusion lack of infrastructure and shelter while promoting gender equality education health and environmental sustainability. These bold goals can be met in all parts of the world if nations follow through on their commitments to work together to meet them. Achieving the Millennium Development Goals offers the prospect of a more secure just and prosperous world for all. The UN Millennium Project was commissioned by United Nations Secretary-General Kofi Annan to develop a practical plan of action to meet the Millennium Development Goals. As an independent advisory body directed by Professor Jeffrey D. Sachs the UN Millennium Project submitted its recommendations to the UN Secretary General in January 2005. The core of the UN Millennium Project's work has been carried out by 10 thematic Task Forces comprising more than 250 experts from around the world including scientists development practitioners parliamentarians policymakers and representatives from civil society UN agencies the World Bank the IMF and the private sector. In this report the UN Millennium Project Task Force on Water and Sanitation outlines the bold yet practical actions that are needed to increase access to water and sanitation. The report underscores the need to focus on the global sanitation crisis which contributes to the death of 3900 children each day improve domestic water supply and invest in integrated development and management of water resources all of which are necessary for countries to reduce poverty and hunger improve health advance gender equality and ensure environmental sustainability. Implementing the recommendations of this report will allow all countries to halve the proportion of people without access to safe water and sanitation by 2015 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471917

UN Millennium Development Library: InnovationApplying Knowledge in Development "The Millennium Development Goals adopted at the UN Millennium Summit in 2000 are the world's targets for dramatically reducing extreme poverty in its many dimensions by 2015 income poverty hunger disease exclusion lack of infrastructure and shelter while promoting gender equality education health and environmental sustainability. These bold goals can be met in all parts of the world if nations follow through on their commitments to work together to meet them. Achieving the Millennium Development Goals offers the prospect of a more secure just and prosperous world for all. The UN Millennium Project was commissioned by United Nations Secretary-General Kofi Annan to develop a practical plan of action to meet the Millennium Development Goals. As an independent advisory body directed by Professor Jeffrey D. Sachs the UN Millennium Project submitted its recommendations to the UN Secretary General in January 2005. The core of the UN Millennium Project's work has been carried out by 10 thematic Task Forces comprising more than 250 experts from around the world including scientists development practitioners parliamentarians policymakers and representatives from civil society UN agencies the World Bank the IMF and the private sector. This report argues that meeting the Millennium Development Goals will require a substantial reorientation of development policies to focus on key sources of economic growth particularly the use of scientific and technological knowledge and related institutional adjustments. It outlines key areas for policy action including focusing on platform or generic technologies; defining infrastructure services as a foundation for technology; improving higher education in science and placing universities at the centre of local development; spurring entrepreneurial activities; improving the policy environment; and focusing on areas of under-funded research for development." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471924

UN Millennium Development Library: Investing in DevelopmentA Practical Plan to Achieve the Millennium Development Goals This book describes the importance of the millennium development goals and gives an explanation of the progress toward the goals. It provides recommendations to be implemented at the country level and presents a guide for the international system's support for the country-level processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471931

UN Millennium Development Library: Investing in Strategies to Reverse the Global Incidence of TB The Millennium Development Goals adopted at the UN Millennium Summit in 2000 are the world's targets for dramatically reducing extreme poverty in its many dimensions by 2015¿income poverty hunger disease exclusion lack of infrastructure and shelter while promoting gender equality education health and environmental sustainability. These bold goals can be met in all parts of the world if nations follow through on their commitments to work together to meet them. Achieving the Millennium Development Goals offers the prospect of a more secure just and prosperous world for all. The UN Millennium Project was commissioned by United Nations Secretary-General Kofi Annan to develop a practical plan of action to meet the Millennium Development Goals. As an independent advisory body directed by Professor Jeffrey D. Sachs the UN Millennium Project submitted its recommendations to the UN Secretary General in January 2005. The core of the UN Millennium Project's work has been carried out by 10 thematic Task Forces comprising more than 250 experts from around the world including scientists development practitioners parliamentarians policymakers and representatives from civil society UN agencies the World Bank the IMF and the private sector. This report lays out the recommendations of the UN Millennium Project Task Force 5 Working Group on TB. The Working Group's recommendations include expanding access to DOTS programs implementing efforts against HIV-related TB and multidrug-resistant (MDR) TB engaging all primary care providers and communities in high quality TB care and developing new diagnostics drugs and vaccines. These bold yet practical approaches will enable countries in every region of the world to halve the prevalence of TB by 2015. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471870

UN Millennium Development Library: Overview This book presents the findings & recommendations of the UN Millennium Project to achieve the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs). It describes the importance of the MDGs and gives an explanation of the progress. The book provides recommendations to be implemented at the country level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471801

UN Millennium Development Library: Prescription for Healthy DevelopmentIncreasing Access to Medicines The Millennium Development Goals adopted at the UN Millennium Summit in 2000 are the world's targets for dramatically reducing extreme poverty in its many dimensions by 2015¿income poverty hunger disease exclusion lack of infrastructure and shelter while promoting gender equality education health and environmental sustainability. These bold goals can be met in all parts of the world if nations follow through on their commitments to work together to meet them. Achieving the Millennium Development Goals offers the prospect of a more secure just and prosperous world for all. The UN Millennium Project was commissioned by United Nations Secretary-General Kofi Annan to develop a practical plan of action to meet the Millennium Development Goals. As an independent advisory body directed by Professor Jeffrey D. Sachs the UN Millennium Project submitted its recommendations to the UN Secretary General in January 2005. The core of the UN Millennium Project's work has been carried out by 10 thematic Task Forces comprising more than 250 experts from around the world including scientists development practitioners parliamentarians policymakers and representatives from civil society UN agencies the World Bank the IMF and the private sector. This report lays out the recommendations of the UN Millennium Project Task Force 5 Working Group on Access to Essential Medicine. The Working Group recommends increasing the availability affordability and appropriate use of medicines in developing countries. This will require new incentives for research; better procurement supply and distribution; strengthened primary health systems; pro-poor planning and budgeting; close collaboration with communities; and large increases in funding and the number of health workers. These bold yet practical approaches will ensure that substantially more people living in developing countries will have access to essential medicines by 2015. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471832

UN Millennium Development Library: Taking ActionAchieving Gender Equality and Empowering Women The Millennium Development Goals adopted at the UN Millennium Summit in 2000 are the world's targets for dramatically reducing extreme poverty in its many dimensions by 2015 income poverty hunger disease exclusion lack of infrastructure and shelter while promoting gender equality education health and environmental sustainability. These bold goals can be met in all parts of the world if nations follow through on their commitments to work together to meet them. Achieving the Millennium Development Goals offers the prospect of a more secure just and prosperous world for all. The UN Millennium Project was commissioned by United Nations Secretary-General Kofi Annan to develop a practical plan of action to meet the Millennium Development Goals. As an independent advisory body directed by Professor Jeffrey D. Sachs the UN Millennium Project submitted its recommendations to the UN Secretary General in January 2005. The core of the UN Millennium Project's work has been carried out by 10 thematic Task Forces comprising more than 250 experts from around the world including scientists development practitioners parliamentarians policymakers and representatives from civil society UN agencies the World Bank the IMF and the private sector. This report lays out the recommendations of the UN Millennium Project Task Force on Education and Gender Equality. The Task Force recommends seven strategic priorities: strengthen post primary education for girls while ensuring universal primary education; guarantee sexual and reproductive health and rights; reduce women's and girls' time burdens; guarantee property and inheritance rights; eliminate gender inequality in employment; increase women's participation in government; and significantly reduce violence against women. Action on these priorities will enable countries in every region of the world to achieve gender equality and women's empowerment by 2015. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471887

UN Millennium Development Library: Toward Universal Primary EducationInvestments Incentives and Institutions The Millennium Development Goals adopted at the UN Millennium Summit in 2000 are the world's targets for dramatically reducing extreme poverty in its many dimensions by 2015¿income poverty hunger disease exclusion lack of infrastructure and shelter while promoting gender equality education health and environmental sustainability. These bold goals can be met in all parts of the world if nations follow through on their commitments to work together to meet them. Achieving the Millennium Development Goals offers the prospect of a more secure just and prosperous world for all. The UN Millennium Project was commissioned by United Nations Secretary-General Kofi Annan to develop a practical plan of action to meet the Millennium Development Goals. As an independent advisory body directed by Professor Jeffrey D. Sachs the UN Millennium Project submitted its recommendations to the UN Secretary General in January 2005. The core of the UN Millennium Project's work has been carried out by 10 thematic Task Forces comprising more than 250 experts from around the world including scientists development practitioners parliamentarians policymakers and representatives from civil society UN agencies the World Bank the IMF and the private sector. This report lays out the recommendations of the UN Millennium Project Task Force on Education and Gender Equality.¿ In the education sector the Task Force recommends that countries now ¿off track¿ expand access overcome demand-side barriers and implement institutional changes to make the education system more responsive and accountable.¿ As part of a compact with low-income countries working toward the goal of 100% primary school completion by 2015 donors and the international community must fulfil commitments already made under the Fast Track Initiative and commit to still greater levels of support. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471894

UN Millennium Development Library: Trade in Development This Overview is an invaluable summary of the capstone volume Investing in Development which brings together the core recommendations of the UN Millennium Project commissioned by UN Director-General Kofi Annan and directed by Jeffrey D. Sachs one of world’s leading economists. The Overview provides a user friendly introduction to the main volume which is the official action plan for ending poverty providing practical investment strategies and approaches to financing them and an operational framework that will allow even the poorest countries to achieve the MDGs within ten years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471818

UN Millennium Development Library: Who's Got the PowerTransforming Health Systems for Women and Children The Millennium Development Goals adopted at the UN Millennium Summit in 2000 are the world's targets for dramatically reducing extreme poverty in its many dimensions by 2015¿income poverty hunger disease exclusion lack of infrastructure and shelter while promoting gender equality education health and environmental sustainability. These bold goals can be met in all parts of the world if nations follow through on their commitments to work together to meet them. Achieving the Millennium Development Goals offers the prospect of a more secure just and prosperous world for all. The UN Millennium Project was commissioned by United Nations Secretary-General Kofi Annan to develop a practical plan of action to meet the Millennium Development Goals. As an independent advisory body directed by Professor Jeffrey D. Sachs the UN Millennium Project submitted its recommendations to the UN Secretary General in January 2005. The core of the UN Millennium Project's work has been carried out by 10 thematic Task Forces comprising more than 250 experts from around the world including scientists development practitioners parliamentarians policymakers and representatives from civil society UN agencies the World Bank the IMF and the private sector. This report lays out the recommendations of the UN Millennium Project Task Force on Child and Maternal Health. The Task Force recommends the rapid and equitable scale-up of interventions like the Integrated Management of Childhood Illness the universal provision of emergency obstetric care and sexual and reproductive health services and rights be provided through strengthened health systems. This will require that health systems be seen as social institutions to which all members of society have a fundamental right. This bold yet practical approach will enable every country to reduce the under-five mortality rate by two-thirds and the maternal mortality rate by three-quarters by 2015. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471863

UN Peace Operations and International PolicingNegotiating Complexity Assessing Impact and Learning to Learn  This book addresses the important question of how the United Nations (UN) should monitor and evaluate the impact of police in its peace operations. UN peace operations are a vital component of international conflict management. Since the end of the Cold War one of the foremost developments has been the rise of UN policing (UNPOL). Instances of UNPOL action have increased dramatically in number and have evolved from passive observation to participation in frontline law enforcement activities. Attempts to ascertain the impact of UNPOL activities have proven inadequate. This book seeks to redress this lacuna by investigating the ways in which the effects of peace operations – and UNPOL in particular – are monitored and evaluated. Furthermore it aims to develop a framework tested through field research in Liberia for Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) that enables more effective impact assessment. By enhancing the relationship between field-level M&E and organisational learning this research aims to make an important contribution to the pursuit of more professional and effective UN peace operations. This book will be of much interest to students of peace operations conflict management policing security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138650329

UN Peace OperationsLessons from Haiti 1994-2016 This book assesses the UN Peace Operations in Haiti and establishes what lessons should be taken into account for future operations elsewhere. Specifically the book examines the UN’s approaches to security and stability demobilisation disarmament and reintegration (DDR) police justice and prison reform democratisation and transitional justice and their interdependencies through the seven UN missions in Haiti. Drawing on extensive fieldwork and interviews conducted in Haiti it identifies strengths and weaknesses of these approaches and focuses on the connections between these different sectors. It places these efforts in the broader Haitian political context emphasises economic development as a central factor to sustainability provides a civil society perspective and discusses the many constraints the UN faced in implementing its mandates. The book also serves as a historical account of UN involvement in Haiti which comes at a time when the drawdown of the mission has begun. In an environment where the UN is increasingly seeking to conduct security sector reform (SSR) within the context of integrated missions this book will be a valuable contribution to the debate on intervention UN peace operations and SSR. This book will be of interest to students of peace operations and peacekeeping conflict studies security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367861544

UN Peacebuilding ArchitectureThe First 10 Years Since its establishment the UN's Peacebuilding Architecture (PBA) has been involved in peacebuilding processes in more than 20 countries. This edited volume takes stock of the overall impact of the PBA during its first decade in existence and generates innovative recommendations for how the architecture can be modified and utilized to create more synergy and fusion between the UN's peace and development work. The volume is based on commissioned research and independent evaluations as well as informed opinions of several key decision-makers closely engaged in shaping the UN's peacebuilding agenda. It seeks to find a balance between identifying the reality and constraints of the UN's multilateral framework while being bold in exploring new and innovative ways in which the UN can enhance the results of its peace and development work through the PBA. The research and writing of each chapter has been guided by four objectives: to assess the overall impact of the PBA; to generate innovative ideas for how the PBA can be made more effective post-2015; to analyze the PBA’s role at the nexus of the UN's peace and development work; and to consider what would be required for the PBA to increase and improve its impact in future. It will be of interest to diplomats UN officials the policy community and scholars engaged in the debate following the 2015 review and the implementation of its recommendations and will be an essential resource for UN and peacebuilding scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138650503

UN Peacekeeping Doctrine in a New EraAdapting to Stabilisation Protection and New Threats This edited volume offers a thorough review of peacekeeping theory and reality in contemporary contexts and aligns the two to help inform practice. Recent UN peacekeeping operations have challenged the traditional peacekeeping principles of consent impartiality and the minimum use of force. The pace and scope of these changes have now reached a tipping point as the new mandates are fundamentally challenging the continued validity of the UN peacekeeping’s core principles and identity. In response the volume analyses the growing gap between these actual practices and existing UN peacekeeping doctrine exploring how it undermines the effectiveness of UN operations and endangers lives arguing that a common doctrine is a critical starting point for effective multi-national operations. In order to determine the degree to which this general principle applies to the current state of UN peacekeeping this book: Provides a review of conceptual and doctrinal developments in UN peacekeeping operations through a historical perspective Examines the debate related to peace operations doctrine and concepts among key Member States Focuses on the actual practice of peacekeeping by conducting case studies of several UN peacekeeping missions in order to identify gaps between practice and doctrine Critically analyses gaps between emerging peacekeeping practice and existing doctrine Recommends that the UN moves beyond the peacekeeping principles and doctrine of the past Combining empirical case-based studies on UN peace operations with studies on the views and policies of key UN Security Council members that generate these mandates and views of key contributors of UN peacekeepers this volume will be of great use to policy-makers; UN officials and peace operations practitioners; and academics working on peace and conflict/security studies international organizations and conflict management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138226753

UN Peacekeeping in Trouble: Lessons Learned from the Former YugoslaviaPeacekeepers' Views on the Limits and Possibilities of the United Nati First published in 1998 this volume is a record both by detailed statistical analysis and by personal account of lessons learned. These lessons are only useful if they are shared to ensure that they are not relearned the hard way. Any soldier or statesman who is involved in Peacekeeping Operations and anyone involved in the future of peacekeeping in the United Nations would be well advised to use this exceptionally insightful and informative work as one of their essential reference books. It contains a rich store of analysis and sober conclusions that makes it an indispensable guide and should serve as a source of inspiration and reflection but even more it should serve to provide guidance for future action. Biermann and Vadset have made a major contribution to the analysis of UN field operations and an important source book for the study of UN and NATO operations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138387096

Un Sac de Billes The full French text is accompanied by vocabulary explanations. Notes and a detailed introduction in English put the work in its social and historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138170773

UN Sanctions and ConflictResponding to Peace and Security Threats This book examines the application of the UN Security Council's mandatory sanctions since 1946 and in particular the regimes adopted for specific types of conflict. Beginning in the Cold War period with South Africa and Southern Rhodesia and continuing today following the post-9/11 experience with Al Qaeda and the Taliban sanctions are a key tool in the UN's efforts to deal with conflict. This book argues that the type of threat greatly influences the types of sanctions measures applied by the Security Council who is targeted as well as the objectives tied to the sanctions. The question of sanctions application is approached by classifying all 29 mandatory Security Council sanctions regimes into four conflict types: interstate; intrastate; international norm-breaking states; and support to terrorism. All of the sanctions regimes within each conflict type are analysed for: the objectives sought by the Council through the application of sanctions measures the targets chosen what measures are applied and in what sequence compared to other Security Council tools (such as peacekeeping missions or peace negotiations). The book sheds new light on how the Security Council approaches international peace and security beyond the application of force. Offering an excellent summary of the ins-and-outs of UN sanctions and useful summary tables of UN sanctions regimes by conflict type this book will be of great interest to students of international organisations peace and conflict studies conflict resolution security studies and international relations or politics in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415723923

UN Security Council Reform This volume comprehensively evaluates the current state and future reform prospects of the UN Security Council providing the most accessible and rigorous treatment of the subject of reform to date. Apart from a couple of critical eyes in the academic community few have asked the pertinent questions that this volume seeks to address: Will the enlargement of the Council constitute a reform? Could the inclusion of countries such as India Germany Japan and Brazil markedly improve the Council’s agency? In response this book focuses on:           The Role and Agency of the UN Security Council             The History of the Reform Debate          An Expanded Council          Working Method Reforms          Enhancing Agency As the future of the UN Security Council continues to be the focus of fierce debate this book will be essential reading for students of international relations international organizations and international security studies alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138477667

UN Territorial Administration and Human RightsThe Mission in Kosovo This book offers an original and insightful analysis of the human rights inadequacies that arise in the practice of UN territorial administration by analysing and assessing the practice of UNMIK. It provides arguments based on law and principles to support the thesis that a comprehensive legal framework governing the activities of the UN mission is a crucial prerequisite for its proper functioning. This is complemented by a discussion of several emerging issues surrounding the UN activity on the ground namely its legislative judicial and executive power. The author offers an extensive and well-documented analysis of the UN’s capacity as a surrogate state administration to respond to the needs of the governed population and above all protect its fundamental rights. Based on her findings Murati concludes that only a comprehensive mandate can serve the long term interests of the international community’s objective to efficiently promote protect and fulfil human rights in a war-torn society. UN Territorial Administration and Human Rights provides a detailed critical legal analysis of one of the major UN administrations of territory after the Cold War namely the UN administration of Kosovo from 1999 to 2008. The analysis in this book will be beneficial to international law and international relations scholars and students as well as policymakers and persons working for international organisations. The analysis and the lessons learned through this study shed light on the challenges entailed in governing territories and rebuilding state institutions while upholding the rule of law and ensuring respect for human rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138103344

Una revolucion en la produccionel sistema SMED 3a Edicion Los Japoneses consideran a Shigeo Shingo el decano de los consultores de productividad y calidad. Ha comunicado su enfoque hacia la mejora fundamental a millaresde trabajadores directores y altos ejecutivos en cientos de companias tales como Toyota Honda y Matsuchita. En eltranscurso de su carrera el Sr. Shingo escribi ms deveinte libros los cuales revelan la profundidad de su pensamiento sobrelos principios de la ingeneria industrial; expresi?n de sudedicaci?n a la mejora de la productividad y la calidad en cadaaspecto de la fabricaci?n. El Sr. Shingo desea que entendamos porqu? fabricamos como lo hacemos -- de manera que podamos entenderc?mo debemos cambiar. Argumentando a part?r de la teorfa XY de direcci?n de McGregor Shingo adems demanda respetogenuino para la humanidad y creatividad de los trabajadores y solicita seles de una tarea que les desaffe y utilice sus capacidades. Este libro es una lectura obligada para todo gerente ingenieroque quiera competir con ?xito en los mercados internacionales. La parte ms importante del Justo a Tiempo es el cambio rpido de todos. Muestra c?mo reducir en forma drstica los tiempos de cambios en un promedio de 98%!!! Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138438989

Unaccompanied Children in European Migration and Asylum PracticesIn Whose Best Interests? Unaccompanied minor migrants are underage migrants who for various reasons leave their country and are separated from their parents or legal/customary guardians. Some of them live entirely by themselves while others join their relatives or other adults in a foreign country. The concept of the best interests of a child is widely applied in international national legal documents and several guidelines and often pertains to unaccompanied minor migrants given that they are separated from parents who are not able to exercise their basic parental responsibilities. This book takes an in-depth look at the issues surrounding the best interests of the child in relation to unaccompanied minor migrants drawing on social legal and political sciences in order to understand children’s rights not only as a matter of positive law but mainly as a social practice depending on personal biographies community histories and social relations of power. The book tackles the interpretation of the rights of the child and the best interests principle in the case of unaccompanied minor migrants in Europe at political legal and practical levels. In its first part the book considers theoretical aspects of children’s rights and the best interests of the child in relation to unaccompanied minor migrants. Adopting a critical approach to the implementation of the Convention of Rights of a Child authors nevertheless confirm its relevance for protecting minor migrants’ rights in practice. Authors deconstruct power relations residing within the discourses of children’s rights and best interests demonstrating that these rights are constructed and decided upon by those in power who make decisions on behalf of those who do not possess authority. Authors further on explore normative and methodological aspects of Article 3 of the Convention on the Rights of a Child and its relevance for asylum and migration legislation. The second part of the book goes on to examine the actual legal framework related to unaccompanied minor migrants and implementation of children’s’ rights and their best interests in the reception protection asylum and return procedures. The case studies are based on from the empirical research on interviews with key experts and unaccompanied minor migrants in Austria France Slovenia and United Kingdom. Examining age assessment procedures unaccompanied minors’ survivals strategies and their everyday life in reception centres the contributors point to the discrepancy between the states’ obligations to take the best interest of the child into account when dealing with unaccompanied minor migrants and the lack of formal procedures of best interest determination in practice. The chapters expose weaknesses and failures of institutionalized systems in selected European countries in dealing with unaccompanied children and young people on the move. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367267001

Unadjusted Man in the Age of OveradjustmentWhere History and Literature Intersect The great critic Peter Viereck in a volume that both reproduces an earlier effort and presents an entirely new work on the intersection of history and literature offers a biting critique of the American desire for normalcy that leads to a culture of the surrender of personality. In contrast to this voluntary thought control process is the unadjusted person. Cast in the mold of great individualists from Thomas More to Friedrich Nietzsche such a person responds to fundamental values of conscience rather than conformity built exclusively on ego gratification and icon worship.Viereck's book is a stinging critique of the liberal presumption of a monopoly in critical thought. He argues to the contrary that most varieties of liberal expression offer little else than the common platitude dressed up as critique. In such a cultural environment conservatism is the skeleton in the liberal closet. The virtue of conservatism is that in its very stress on liberty as dependent on tradition and law it permits the human being an opportunity to test all transient things by the touchstone of all lasting ideas. Unadjusted Man cuts deep and in many directions: against left totalitarian regimes of Europe and right wannabes like McCarthyism in America. For Viereck the art of conserving is not an embrace of utopias to come or empires that were but retaining the sense of individuality over against the senselessness of the "massman." Civil liberties in this approach are a right to non-conspiratorial dissent informed by fundamental values.The new material is presented unabashedly--without an attempt to rewrite personal history and with an admission that not every prediction made in the original edition has come to fruition. That said the underlying themes of the original are not so much repeated as expanded upon. For those seeking a work in the classic mold of conservatism rather than the strident reactionary views that have come to dominate much of the conservative dialogue this will be a special book a special entrance to the mind of a great figure in American culture wars of present as well as past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540002

Unamuno's Theory of the Novel This book explains Miguel de Unamuno's cultivation of the novel genre from the point of view of the ideas he brought to bear on his practice. It shows that behind Unamuno's fictional experiments there lies a coherent and quasi-philosophical concept of the novelesque genre indeed of writing itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601942

Unarchived HistoriesThe "mad" and the "trifling" in the colonial and postcolonial world For some time now scholars have recognized the archive less as a neutral repository of documents of the past and rather more as a politically interested representation of it and recognized that the very act of archiving is accompanied by a process of un-archiving. Michel Foucault pointed to "madness" as describing one limit of reason history and the archive. This book draws attention to another boundary marked not by exile but by the ordinary and everyday yet trivialized or "trifling." It is the status of being exiled within – by prejudices procedures activities and interactions so fundamental as to not even be noticed – that marks the unarchived histories investigated in this volume. Bringing together contributions covering South Asia North and South America and North Africa this innovative analysis presents novel interpretations of unfamiliar sources and insightful reconsiderations of well-known materials that lie at the centre of many current debates on history and the archive. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815373483

Unarmed and DangerousPatterns of Threats by Citizens During Deadly Force Encounters with Police There is tremendous controversy across the United States (and beyond) when a police officer uses deadly force against an unarmed citizen but often the conversation is devoid of contextual details. These details matter greatly as a matter of law and organizational legitimacy. In this short book authors Jon Shane and Zoë Swenson offer a comprehensive analysis of the first study to use publicly available data to reveal the context in which an officer used deadly force against an unarmed citizen. Although any police shooting even a justified shooting is not a desired outcome—often termed "lawful but awful" in policing circles—it is not necessarily a crime. The results of this study lend support to the notion that being unarmed does not mean "not dangerous " in some ways explaining why most police officers are not indicted when such a shooting occurs. The study’s findings show that when police officers used deadly force during an encounter with an unarmed citizen the officer or a third person was facing imminent threat of death or serious injury in the vast majority of situations. Moreover when police officers used force their actions were almost always consistent with the accepted legal and policy principles that govern law enforcement in the overwhelming proportion of encounters (as measured by indictments). Noting the dearth of official data on the context of police shooting fatalities Shane and Swenson call for the U.S. government to compile comprehensive data so researchers and practitioners can learn from deadly force encounters and improve practices. They further recommend that future research on police shootings should examine the patterns and micro-interactions between the officer citizen and environment in relation to the prevailing law. The unique data and analysis in this book will inform discussions of police use of force for researchers policymakers and students involved in criminal justice public policy and policing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367471385

Unauthorized AccessThe Crisis in Online Privacy and Security Going beyond current books on privacy and security Unauthorized Access: The Crisis in Online Privacy and Security proposes specific solutions to public policy issues pertaining to online privacy and security. Requiring no technical or legal expertise the book explains complicated concepts in clear straightforward language. The authors—two renowned experts on computer security and law—explore the well-established connection between social norms privacy security and technological structure. This approach is the key to understanding information security and informational privacy providing a practical framework to address ethical and legal issues. The authors also discuss how rapid technological developments have created novel situations that lack relevant norms and present ways to develop these norms for protecting informational privacy and ensuring sufficient information security. Bridging the gap among computer scientists economists lawyers and public policy makers this book provides technically and legally sound public policy guidance about online privacy and security. It emphasizes the need to make trade-offs among the complex concerns that arise in the context of online privacy and security. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439830130

Unauthorized MethodsStrategies for Critical Teaching This work makes accessible and practicable some of the best theoretical innovation in critical pedagogy of the last decade. Issues of knowledge are explored as the authors consider how an integration of popular culture and cultural studies into the lesson plan can enrich and re-invigorate the learning experience. These essays ranging widely in topic and educational level are based in theory but are practice-oriented. In translating this theory the contributors provide educators with techniques which will inform rather than oppress classroom skills. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203379578

Unbearable AffectA Guide to the Psychotherapy of Psychosis In this cohesive dramatic and highly readable book the author establishes a roadmap for the diagnosis and psychotherapeutic treatment of psychotic disorders based on finding understanding and reordering of unbearable affect. He provides concrete clinical advice vivid examples and crisp jargon-free descriptions of theoretical concepts and clinical techniques. Most of all he demonstrates that it is possible for psychotic patients to take control of their conditions rebuild family relationships and establish themselves in the viable productive lives that they have long despaired of achieving. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105884

Unbeaten Tracks In Japan First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986367

Unbecoming ModernColonialism Modernity Colonial Modernities In this volume well-known scholars from India and Latin America – Enrique Dussel Madhu Dubey Walter D. Mignolo and Sudipta Sen to name a few – discuss the concepts of modernity and colonialism and describe how the two relate to each other. This second edition to the volume comes with a new introduction which extends and critically supplements the discussion in the earlier introduction to the volume. It explores the vital impact of the colonial pasts of India Mexico China and even the Unites States on the processes through which these countries have become modern. The collection is unique as it brings together a range of disciplines and perspectives. The topics discussed include the Zapatista movement in Southern Mexico the image of the South in recent African-American literature the theories of Andre Gunder Frank about the early modernization of Asian countries and the contradictions of the colonial state in India. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367135737

Unbecoming MothersThe Social Production of Maternal Absence Learn the “who ” “what ” and “why” of unbecoming a motherIn a society where becoming a mother is naturalized “unbecoming” a mother—the process of coming to live apart from biological children—is regarded as unnatural improper or even contemptible. Few mothers are more stigmatized than those who are perceived as having given up surrendered or abandoned their birth children. Unbecoming Mothers: The Social Production of Maternal Absence examines this phenomenon within the social and historical context of parenting in Canada Australia Britain and the United States with critical observations from social workers policymakers and historians. This unique book offers insights from the perspectives of children on the outside looking in and the lived experiences of women on the inside looking out. Unbecoming Mothers: The Social Production of Maternal Absence explores how gender race class and other social agents affect the ways women negotiate their lives apart from their children and how they attempt to recreate their identities and family structures. An interdisciplinary international collection of academics community workers and mothers draws upon sources as diverse as archival records a therapist’s interview a dance script and the class presentation of a student to offer refreshing insights on maternal absence that are innovative accessible and inspiring.Unbecoming Mothers examines five assumptions about maternal absence and the families that emerge from that absence: the focus on parenting as highly gendered caring work done by women the idea that women share the same experience of unbecoming mothers and share the same circumstances and background the perception of maternal absence as a recent phenomenon the notion that women who want to manage their mother-work will make choices to overcome life’s obstacles the Western concept of womanhood being achieved through motherhood and the unrealistic ideal of the “good mother” Unbecoming Mothers: The Social Production of Maternal Absence is a rich multidisciplinary resource for academics working in women’s studies psychology sociology history and any health-related fields and for policymakers social workers and other community workers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315044101

Unbinding Medea Unbinding Medea signals the very different answers to medea to provoke debate that transcends individual and discipline-specific approaches to the reception of her myth from antiquity to the twenty-first century and to present interdisciplinary parameters of engagement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603618

Unbounded Functionals in the Calculus of VariationsRepresentation Relaxation and Homogenization Over the last few decades research in elastic-plastic torsion theory electrostatic screening and rubber-like nonlinear elastomers has pointed the way to some interesting new classes of minimum problems for energy functionals of the calculus of variations. This advanced-level monograph addresses these issues by developing the framework of a general theory of integral representation relaxation and homogenization for unbounded functionals. The first part of the book builds the foundation for the general theory with concepts and tools from convex analysis measure theory and the theory of variational convergences. The authors then introduce some function spaces and explore some lower semicontinuity and minimization problems for energy functionals. Next they survey some specific aspects the theory of standard functionals.The second half of the book carefully develops a theory of unbounded translation invariant functionals that leads to results deeper than those already known including unique extension properties representation as integrals of the calculus of variations relaxation theory and homogenization processes. In this study some new phenomena are pointed out. The authors' approach is unified and elegant the text well written and the results intriguing and useful not just in various fields of mathematics but also in a range of applied mathematics physics and material science disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367455071

Unbroken HomesSingle-Parent Mothers Tell Their Stories Explore the real-life triumphs and tragedies of single-parent mothers!Unbroken Homes is a “story quilt” of personal narratives constructed from in-depth case study interviews of five single-parent mothers. The book chronicles their journeys as mothers daughters and women in relationships and in solitude displaying their stories in their own words like the squares of a multicolored quilt. Unbroken Homes breaks through the stigma associated with “broken homes” and provides a new perspective on the reorganization of American families.Unbroken Homes encourages you to rethink some damaging stereotypical assumptions about children from single-mother headed homes. Drawing information from family research counseling and a cross-section of social sciences this book is pertinent to any professional who works with single parents or their children. Unbroken Homes does not deal with what is “typical” in the single-parenting experience nor does it give advice or proselytize. Rather its purpose is to discover the meaning that single-parent mothers bring to their own lives helping you to understand the dynamics of single-parent families from a uniquely personal perspective.In Unbroken Homes you will witness the ways that these women: experience the ill effects of gender role socialization work to overcome stigma redefine ideals for family life and gender expectations balance responsibilities in and outside of their homes stretch finances to meet the needs of their families regain strength and self-confidence encourage their children's development affirm the strength of their families cope with depression develop networks of supportThis intensely personal collection of women's stories and reflections is a must read for everyone who seeks a better understanding of divorce single-parenting and being alone from an insider's perspective. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786292

Unbuilt Utopian Cities 1460 to 1900: Reconstructing their Architecture and Political Philosophy Bringing together ten utopian works that mark important points in the history and an evolution in social and political philosophies this book not only reflects on the texts and their political philosophy and implications but also their architecture and how that architecture informs the political philosophy or social agenda that the author intended. Each of the ten authors expressed their theory through concepts of community and utopian architecture but each featured an architectural solution at the centre of their social and political philosophy as none of the cities were ever built they have remained as utopian literature. Some of the works examined are very well-known such as Tommaso Campanella’s Civitas Solis while others such as Joseph Michael Gandy’s Designs for Cottages are relatively obscure. However even with the best known works this volume offers new insights by focusing on the architecture of the cities and how that architecture represents the author’s political philosophy. It reconstructs the cities through a 3-D computer program ArchiCAD using Artlantis to render. Plans sections elevations and perspectives are presented for each of the cities. The ten cities are: Filarete - Sforzina; Albrecht Dürer - Fortified Utopia; Tommaso Campanella - The City of the Sun; Johann Valentin Andreae - Christianopolis; Joseph Michael Gandy - An Agricultural Village; Robert Owen - Villages of Unity and Cooperation; James Silk Buckingham - Victoria; Robert Pemberton - Queen Victoria Town; King Camp Gillette - Metropolis; and Bradford Peck - The World a Department Store. Each chapter considers the work in conjunction with contemporary thought the political philosophy and the reconstruction of the city. Although these ten cities represent over 500 years of utopian and political thought they are an interlinked thread that had been drawn from literature of the past and informed by contemporary thought and society. The book is structured in two parts: Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573307

Unbundled GovernmentA Critical Analysis of the Global Trend to Agencies Quangos and Contractualisation Public sector bureaucracies have been subjected to harsh criticism. One solution which has been widely adopted over the past two decades has been to 'unbundle government' - that is to break down monolithic departments and ministries into smaller semi-autonomous 'agencies'. These are often governed by some type of performance contract are at 'arm's length' or further from their 'parent' ministry or department and are freed from many of the normal rules governing civil service bodies.This the first book to survey the 'why' and the 'how' of this epidemic of 'agencification' is essential reading for advanced students and researchers of public management.  It includes case studies from every continent - from Japan to America and from Sweden to Tanzania these 14 case studies (some covering more than one country) critically examine how such agencies have been set up and managed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882287

Unburied Memories: The Politics of Bodies of Sacred Defense Martyrs in Iran Today almost a generation has passed since the Iran–Iraq war and the memory of it is set to diminish with each passing generation. The following questions emerge. Can we say that the gradual disappearance of war’s memory means that increasingly Iranians will see the Iran–Iraq war solely as an historical event? How can we defend or reject this idea? Today with which elements and values should we look at the Iran–Iraq war memorials and ceremonies? To what extent will war museums and materials culture be influenced by these new values? In the period during and immediately after the Iran–Iraq war (1980-88) national bereavement and commemoration of martyrs was neither apparent in common state policy nor a social need. Even at the turn of the 21st century anyone walking through Iranian cities many of which had been the main scene of the bloody massacre and direct targets of the Iraqi Republican Guard will have found traces of the terrible almost unimaginable human losses. However today’s Iranians can see modern war memorials and monuments in many parts of the urban and rural landscape. Yet at the same time the changing landscape has separated Iranians from such remnants of the violence. It can be argued that many people in their wish to look forward to a more hopeful future do not wish to be reminded of this period in Iranian history. This book was originally published as a special issue of Visual Anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138115859

UnbuttonedThe Art and Artists of Theatrical Costume Design Unbuttoned: The Art and Artists of Theatrical Costume Design documents the creative journey of costume creation from concept to performance. Each chapter provides an overview of the process including designing and shopping; draping cutting dyeing and painting; and beading sewing and creating embellishments and accessories. This book features interviews with practitioners from Broadway and regional theatres to opera and ballet companies offering valuable insights into the costume design profession. Exceptional behind-the-scenes photography illustrates top costume designers and craftspeople at work along with gorgeous costumes in progress. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138919037

Uncertain BioethicsMoral Risk and Human Dignity Bioethics is a field of inquiry and as such is fundamentally an epistemic discipline. Knowing how we make moral judgments can bring into relief why certain arguments on various bioethical issues appear plausible to one side and obviously false to the other. Uncertain Bioethics makes a significant and distinctive contribution to the bioethics literature by culling the insights from contemporary moral psychology to highlight the epistemic pitfalls and distorting influences on our apprehension of value. Stephen Napier also incorporates research from epistemology addressing pragmatic encroachment and the significance of peer disagreement to justify what he refers to as epistemic diffidence when one is considering harming or killing human beings. Napier extends these developments to the traditional bioethical notion of dignity and argues that beliefs subject to epistemic diffidence should not be acted upon. He proceeds to apply this framework to traditional and developing issues in bioethics including abortion stem cell research euthanasia decision-making for patients in a minimally conscious state and risky research on competent human subjects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815372981

Uncertain Dynamical SystemsStability and Motion Control This self-contained book provides systematic instructive analysis of uncertain systems of the following types: ordinary differential equations impulsive equations equations on time scales singularly perturbed differential equations and set differential equations. Each chapter contains new conditions of stability of unperturbed motion of the above-mentioned type of equations along with some applications. Without assuming specific knowledge of uncertain dynamical systems the book includes many fundamental facts about dynamical behaviour of its solutions. Giving a concise review of current research developments Uncertain Dynamical Systems: Stability and Motion ControlDetails all proofs of stability conditions for five classes of uncertain systemsClearly defines all used notions of stability and control theoryContains an extensive bibliography facilitating quick access to specific subject areas in each chapterRequiring only a fundamental knowledge of general theory of differential equations and calculus this book serves as an excellent text for pure and applied mathematicians applied physicists industrial engineers operations researchers and upper-level undergraduate and graduate students studying ordinary differential equations impulse equations dynamic equations on time scales and set differential equations. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367382070

Uncertain FutureThe JCPOA and Iran’s Nuclear and Missile Programmes In July 2015 eight parties – France Germany and the United Kingdom together with the European Union and China Russia and the United States on the one side and Iran on the other – adopted the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action (JCPOA) better known as the Iran nuclear deal. Under the agreement Iran accepted limits to its nuclear programme in return for sanctions relief. Hailed by some as a diplomatic achievement detractors – both in the US and the Middle East – saw the deal as overly lenient. In May 2018 US President Donald Trump announced that the US would cease waiving sanctions and withdraw from the agreement. This Adelphi book assesses that Trump’s decision was a grave error. Like any multilateral agreement the deal was not perfect but Iran had been honouring its commitments. Drawing on a deep understanding of the non-proliferation regime and technical expertise the authors trace the emergence of antipathy to the JCPOA and set out how many of the politicised criticisms of the accord are demonstrably incorrect. They argue that the little-known Procurement Channel – established by the JCPOA to give Iran a legitimate route to procure goods and services for its now-limited nuclear programme – has been an effective check on Iran’s illicit procurement of nuclear-related goods. Moreover this book demonstrates that Iran’s nuclear and ballistic-missile programmes are not intrinsically linked as not all Iranian missiles are designed to be nuclear-capable. While the deal endures for now its survival will ultimately depend on Iran. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367197056

Uncertain Images: Museums and the Work of Photographs Almost all museums hold photographs in their collections and museum professionals and their audiences engage with photographs in a myriad of ways. Yet despite some three decades of critical museology and photographic theory and an extensive debate on the politics of representation outside art museums almost no critical attention has been given specifically to the roles purposes and lives of these photographs within museums. This book brings into focus the ubiquitous yet entirely unconsidered work that photographs are put to in museums. The authors' argument is that there is an economy of photographs in museums which is integral to the processes of the museum and integral to the understanding of museums. The international contributors drawn from curators and academics reflect a range of visual and museological expertise. After an introduction setting out the range of questions and problems the first part addresses broad curatorial strategies and ways of thinking about photographs in museums. Shifting the emphasis from curatorial practices and anxieties to the space of the gallery this is followed by a series of case studies of exhibitionary practices and the museum strategies that support them. The third section focuses on the role of photographs in the museum articulation of ’difficult histories’. A final section addresses photograph collections in a digital environment. New technologies and new media have transformed the management address and purposing in photographs in museums from cataloguing practices to streaming on social media. These growing practices challenge both traditional hierarchies of knowledge in museums and the location of authority about photographs. The volume emerges from PhotoCLEC a HERA funded project on museums and the photographic legacy of the colonial past in a postcolonial and multicultural Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815346630

Uncertain Regional Urbanism in VenezuelaGovernment Infrastructure and Environment Uncertain Regional Urbanism in Venezuela explores the changes cities face when they become metropolises forming expanding regions which create both potential and problems within settlements. To do so it focuses on three metropolitan areas located in Venezuela’s Center-North region: Caracas Maracay and Valencia designated as "Camava." Considering three core topics government and territorial administration infrastructure and environment  as well as looking at the reciprocal impact this book describes and analyzes the determinant variables that characterize the phenomenon of regional urbanization in this area and in the wider Global South. It includes documentary research semi-structured interviews and Delphi methodology involving a total of forty experts from different disciplines to build a comprehensive outlook on the situation. This book presents a broader understanding of the region to encourage a more sustainable and knowledge-based development plan moving away from the exploitation of natural resources with six future-oriented scenarios to consider. This is a much-needed study in the urban regions of Venezuela which will be of interest to academics and researchers in Latin American studies the Global South architecture and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367510787

Uncertain Risks Regulated Uncertain Risks Regulated compares various models of risk regulation in order to understand how these systems shape the relationship between law and science and how they attempt to overcome public distrust in science-based decision-making. The book contributes to the ongoing debate relating to uncertainty and risks  - and the difficulties faced by the European Union in particular - in regulating theses issues taking account of both national and international constraints.   The term 'uncertain risk' is comparable with notions of hazard and indeterminate risk as deployed within the social sciences; but it also  aims to capture the modern regulatory reality that a non-quantifiable hazard must still be addressed by society law and its regulators. Decisions must be taken in the face of uncertainty. And  whilst it is not possible to provide clear cut models of risk regulation in focusing on regulatory practices at a national EU and international level the  contributors to this volume aim  to use fact finding as a core instrument of learning for risk regulation.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9780415542524

Uncertain WorldsWorld-systems Analysis in Changing Times Uncertain Worlds is the definitive presentation of the evolution of world-systems analysis from the point of view of its founder Immanuel Wallerstein. Few theorists have offered a more systematic theory of what has become known as 'globalisation' than Wallerstein. The book includes a one-of-kind interview with Wallerstein by Carlos Rojas a conversation between Wallerstein and Lemert about the history of the field as it has come down to the present time a long essay by Lemert on the uncertainties of the modern world-system as well as a preface by Rojas and a concluding essay by Wallerstein. No other book lends such biographical historical and personal nuance to the biography of world-systems analysis and thus to the history of our times. The will be a key reference book for students of global politics economics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594519796

Uncertainties Mysteries DoubtsRomanticism and the analytic attitude What is it to listen? How do we hear? How do we allow meanings to emerge between each other? 'This book is about what Freud called "freely" or "evenly suspended attention" a form of listening a kind of receptive incomprehension which is fundamental and mandatory for the practice of psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. The author steps outside the usual parameters of psychoanalytic writing and explores how works of art and literature which elicit and require such listening began to appear in Europe in abundance from the late eighteenth-century onwards. Uncertainties Mysteries Doubts is a timely reminder in the present era of audit and manualisation of some of psychoanalysis's deep and living cultural roots. It hopes- by immersing the reader in the emotional critical and contextual worlds of some artists and poets of Romanticism- to help psychotherapists psychoanalysts and counsellors in the endless challenge of staying open to their clients and patients faced as we all are therapists and clients alike by multiple pressures to knowledgeable closure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415543866

Uncertainties in Peasant FarmingA Colombian Case This book examines the life and historical background of the Paez peasants of Colombia and their relationship with the land including issues of tenure inheritance and the allocation of resources. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135913

Uncertainty Calibration and ProbabilityThe Statistics of Scientific and Industrial Measurement All measurements are subject to error because no quantity can be known exactly; hence any measurement has a probability of lying within a certain range. The more precise the measurement the smaller the range of uncertainty. Uncertainty Calibration and Probability is a comprehensive treatment of the statistics and methods of estimating these calibration uncertainties. The book features the general theory of uncertainty involving the combination (convolution) of non-Gaussian student t and Gaussian distributions; the use of rectangular distributions to represent systematic uncertainties; and measurable and nonmeasurable uncertainties that require estimation. The author also discusses sources of measurement errors and curve fitting with numerous examples of uncertainty case studies. Many useful tables and computational formulae are included as well. All formulations are discussed and demonstrated with the minimum of mathematical knowledge assumed. This second edition offers additional examples in each chapter and detailed additions and alterations made to the text. New chapters consist of the general theory of uncertainty and applications to industry and a new section discusses the use of orthogonal polynomials in curve fitting. Focusing on practical problems of measurement Uncertainty Calibration and Probability is an invaluable reference tool for R&D laboratories in the engineering/manufacturing industries and for undergraduate and graduate students in physics engineering and metrology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203734759

Uncertainty Diversity and The Common GoodChanging Norms and New Leadership Paradigms Because of a management model emphasizing standardization and a one-size-fits-all approach the previous good health of firms depended on economic performance and maximizing shareholder value. The enduring financial crisis and the ensuing leadership void have forced us all to reconsider the rules of the game and to take into account economic and social factors in order to address the needs of an unpredictable world. In Uncertainty Diversity and The Common Good contributors from leading academic institutions around the World discuss different models of socially responsible global leadership. Their perspectives embrace philosophy; sociology; psychology; ecological and environmental economics; management; and entrepreneurship. Together they explore unpredictability and how being responsible for social as well as economic outcomes requires intelligences that enable managers to adapt and to develop a sustainable lasting and consistent managerial approach. Working with local communities integrating minorities and redistributing wealth they say requires a new model of socially responsible leadership that brings together dimensions that are incompatible within existing paradigms. This book indicates what new paradigms might look like with particular regard to the issue of diversity as an asset with which to confront uncertainty. Case studies tell of leaders working with diversity to create social change and new visions of leadership that are impacting social and cultural norms. This leads to discussion of the nature and diversity of leadership itself which will be helpful to academic researchers and higher level students as well as policy makers and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409453390

Uncertainty Information Management and Disclosure DecisionsTheories and Applications This volume integrates scholarly work on disclosure and uncertainty with the most up-to-date cutting edge research theories and applications. Uncertainty is an ever-present part of human relationships and the ways in which people reduce and/or manage uncertainty involves regulating their communication with others through revealing and concealing information. This collection is devoted to collating knowledge in these areas advancing theory and presenting work that is socially meaningful. This work includes contributions from renowned scholars in interpersonal uncertainty and information regulation focusing on processes that bridge boundaries within and across disciplines while maintaining emphasis on interpersonal contexts. Disciplines represented here include interpersonal family and health communication as well as relational and social psychology. Key features of the volume include: comprehensive coverage integrating the latest research on disclosure information seeking and uncertainty a highly theoretical content socially meaningful in nature (applied to real-world contexts) an interdisciplinary approach that crosses sub-fields within communication. This volume is a unique and timely resource for advanced study in interpersonal health or family communication. With its emphasis on theory the book is an excellent resource for graduate courses addressing theory and/or theory construction and it will also appeal to scholars interested in applied research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203933046

Uncertainty Macroeconomic Stability and the Welfare State This title was first published in 2002: This monograph sets out to model a macroeconomy that is inherently unstable because of qualitative - or Keynesian - uncertainty. By modelling a macroeconomic theory this approach to fixed or sticky prices also investigates the link between uncertainty sticky prices and macro-stability - by suggesting that such prices improve economic activity rather than impeding it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138724945

Uncertainty Macroeconomic Stability and the Welfare State This title was first published in 2002: This monograph sets out to model a macroeconomy that is inherently unstable because of qualitative - or Keynesian - uncertainty. By modelling a macroeconomic theory this approach to fixed or sticky prices also investigates the link between uncertainty sticky prices and macro-stability - by suggesting that such prices improve economic activity rather than impeding it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138724891

Uncertainty Threat and International SecurityImplications for Southeast Asia The rise of China is changing the strategic landscape globally and regionally. How states respond to potential threats posed by this new power arrangement will be crucial to international relations for the coming decades. This book builds on existing realist and rationalist concepts of balancing bandwagoning commitment problems and asymmetric information to craft explanations about how states respond when faced with potential threats. Specifically the book explores the role different types of uncertainty play in potential balancing situations. Particular focus is given to the nature of the rising state’s actions the balance of forces and the value of delay. These concepts are analysed and illustrated through a series of case studies on Europe in the 1930s as well as the present-day Southeast Asia looking at great powers such as Britain and France but also a wide range of smaller powers including Poland Yugoslavia Vietnam and the Philippines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367264901

Uncertainty Analysis in Rainfall-Runoff Modelling - Application of Machine Learning TechniquesUNESCO-IHE PhD Thesis This book describes the use of machine learning techniques to build predictive models of uncertainty with application to hydrological models focusing mainly on the development and testing of two different models. The first focuses on parameter uncertainty analysis by emulating the results of Monte Carlo simulation of hydrological models using efficient machine learning techniques. The second method aims at modelling uncertainty by building an ensemble of specialized machine learning models on the basis of past hydrological model‘s performance. The book then demonstrates the capacity of machine learning techniques for building accurate and efficient predictive models of uncertainty. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138424098

Uncertainty Analysis of Experimental Data with R "This would be an excellent book for undergraduate graduate and beyond….The style of writing is easy to read and the author does a good job of adding humor in places. The integration of basic programming in R with the data that is collected for any experiment provides a powerful platform for analysis of data…. having the understanding of data analysis that this book offers will really help researchers examine their data and consider its value from multiple perspectives – and this applies to people who have small AND large data sets alike! This book also helps people use a free and basic software system for processing and plotting simple to complex functions." Michelle Pantoya Texas Tech UniversityMeasurements of quantities that vary in a continuous fashion e.g. the pressure of a gas cannot be measured exactly and there will always be some uncertainty with these measured values so it is vital for researchers to be able to quantify this data. Uncertainty Analysis of Experimental Data with R covers methods for evaluation of uncertainties in experimental data as well as predictions made using these data with implementation in R. The books discusses both basic and more complex methods including linear regression nonlinear regression and kernel smoothing curve fits as well as Taylor Series Monte Carlo and Bayesian approaches. Features:1. Extensive use of modern open source software (R).2. Many code examples are provided.3. The uncertainty analyses conform to accepted professional standards (ASME).4. The book is self-contained and includes all necessary material including chapters on statistics and programming in R.Benjamin D. Shaw is a professor in the Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Department at the University of California Davis. His research interests are primarily in experimental and theoretical aspects of combustion. Along with other courses he has taught undergraduate and graduate courses on engineering experimentation and uncertainty analysis. He has published widely in archival journals and became an ASME Fellow in 2003.  Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367573393

Uncertainty and BehaviourPerceptions Decisions and Actions in Business Uncertainty affects us in our everyday lives and in a wide range of situations but how do individuals and indeed organisations respond to uncertainty and how does it impact their decision-making and actions? Based on the latest developments in academic research the author offers solid advice on how to manage uncertainty in every-day life bringing a new perspective to these issues and extrapolating this to offer implications for an organisational and managerial context. The author brings this emerging area of research to a wider audience by: Tying together insights from various fields including psychology engineering business and management.Creating a framework for usefully applying the research concepts in every-day life. Extrapolating insights from the psychology of individual decision makers to the organisational context and managerial decision-making.Creating highly applicable and impactful recommendations for how managers organisations and every day people can understand and manage uncertainty in their life. The book is divided into two main parts. Part I deals with the behaviour of individuals facing uncertainty and includes accessible explanations and examples of every-day applications while Part II deals with behaviour in organisations facing uncertainty where insights from Part I are combined and related to the organisational and work context to explore how for example (mis)-perceptions and decision-making biases impact managerial life. This is a must read for both managers and those who are seeking to better understand their own behaviour and management approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669713

Uncertainty and Context in GIScience and GeographyChallenges in the Era of Geospatial Big Data Uncertainty and context pose fundamental challenges in GIScience and geographic research. Geospatial data are imbued with errors (e.g. measurement and sampling) and various types of uncertainty that often obfuscate any understanding of the effects of contextual or environmental influences on human behaviors and experiences. These errors or uncertainties include those attributable to geospatial data measurement model specifications delineations of geographic context in space and time and the use of different spatiotemporal scales and zonal schemes when analyzing the effects of environmental influences on human behaviors or experiences. In addition emerging sources of geospatial big data – including smartphone data data collected by GPS and various types of wearable sensors (e.g. accelerometers and air pollutant monitors) volunteered geographic information and/ or location- based social media data (i.e. crowd- sourced geographic information) – inevitably contain errors and their quality cannot be fully controlled during their collection or production. Uncertainty and Context in GIScience and Geography: Challenges in the Era of Geospatial Big Data illustrates how cutting- edge research explores recent advances in this area and will serve as a useful point of departure for GIScientists to conceive new approaches and solutions for addressing these challenges in future research. The seven core chapters in this book highlight many challenges and opportunities in confronting various issues of uncertainty and context in GIScience and geography tackling different topics and approaches. The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of Geographical Information Science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367642990

Uncertainty and Economic EvolutionEssays in Honour of Armen Alchian The theory of the firm has recently undergone a dramatic transformation drawing heavily on the pathbreaking work of Armen Alchian. This volume explores his contribution to the debate including essays by Harold Demetz Ben Klein Jerry Jordan and Art Devany. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986374

Uncertainty and EconomicsA Paradigmatic Perspective This book is set against the assumption that humans' unique feature is their infinite creativity their ability to reflect on their deeds and to control their actions. These skills give rise to genuine uncertainty in society and hence in the economy. Here the author sets out that uncertainty must take centre stage in all analyses of human decision making and therefore in economics. Uncertainty and Economics carefully defines a taxonomy of uncertainty and argues that it is only uncertainty in its most radical form which matters to economics. It shows that uncertainty is a powerful concept that not only helps to resolve long-standing economic puzzles but also unveils serious contradictions within current popular economic approaches. It argues that neoclassical real business cycle or new-Keynesian economics must be understood as only one way to circumvent the analytical challenges posed by uncertainty. Instead embracing uncertainty offers a new analytical paradigm which in this book is applied to standard economic topics such as institutions money the Lucas critique fiscal policy and asset pricing. Through applying a concise uncertainty paradigm the book sheds new light on human decision making at large. Offering policy conclusions and recommendations for further theoretical and applied research it will be of great interest to postgraduate students academics and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662813

Uncertainty and Ground ConditionsA Risk Management Approach All civil engineering and construction projects require some sort of solid foundation but ground conditions bring some degree of uncertainty to every project. Dealing properly with uncertainty over ground conditions can make the difference between the commercial success and failure of a project. With the costs of failing to accurately predict ground conditions becoming increasingly high the importance of proper management of the variety of ground-related risk is paramount. Risk management has demonstrated its value in many industries but not always strongly in civil engineering. In particular the importance of individuals and their own awareness of risks and how to manage them has often been overlooked. Martin van Staveren has written a new kind of book on ground risk management. Based on many years of professional experience and proven risk management techniques Uncertainty and Ground Conditions demonstrates how to ensure the construction and civil engineering projects succeed in delivering on time and on budget. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138373174

Uncertainty and PossibilityNew Approaches to Future Making in Design Anthropology Uncertainty and possibility are emerging as both theoretical concepts and fields of empirical investigation as scholars and practitioners seek new creative hopeful and speculative modes of understanding and intervening in a world of crisis.This book offers new perspectives on the central issues of uncertainty and possibility and identifies new research methods which take advantage of disruptive and experimental techniques. Advancing a practical agenda for future making it reveals how uncertainty can be engaged as a generative ‘technology’ for understanding researching and intervening in the world. Drawing on key themes in creative methodologies such as making essaying inhabiting and attuning chapters explore contemporary sites of practice. The book looks at maker spaces and technology design the imaginaries of architectural design the temporalities of built cultural heritage and interdisciplinary making and performing. Based on the authors' own academic work and their applied research with a range of different organizations Uncertainty and Possibility outlines new opportunities for research and intervention. It is essential reading for students scholars and practitioners in design anthropology and human-centred design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350002715

Uncertainty and RiskMultidisciplinary Perspectives �This is a major and deeply thoughtful contribution to understanding uncertainty and risk. Our world and its unprecedented challenges need such ways of thinking! Much more than a set of contributions from different disciplines this book leads you to explore your own way of perceiving your own area of work. An outstanding contribution that will stay on my shelves for many years.� Dr Neil T. M. Hamilton Director WWF International Arctic Programme �This collection of essays provides a unique and fascinating overview of perspectives on uncertainty and risk across a wide variety of disciplines. It is a valuable and accessible sourcebook for specialists and laypeople alike.� Professor Renate Schubert Head of the Institute for Environmental Decisions and Chair of Economics at the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology �This comprehensive collection of disciplinary perspectives on uncertainty is a definitive guide to contemporary insights into this Achilles� heel of modernity and the endemic hubris of institutional science in its role as public authority. It gives firm foundations to the fundamental historic shift now underway in the world towards normalizing acceptance of the immanent condition of ignorance and of its practical corollaries: contingency uncontrol and respect for difference.� Brian Wynne Professor of Science Studies Lancaster University �Bammer and Smithson have assembled a fascinating important collection of papers on uncertainty and its management. The integrative nature of Uncertainty and Risk makes it a landmark in the intellectual history of this vital cross-disciplinary concept.� George Cvetkovich Director Center for Cross-Cultural Research Western Washington University Uncertainty governs our lives. From the unknowns of living with the risks of terrorism to developing policies on genetically modified foods or disaster planning for catastrophic climate change how we conceptualize evaluate and cope with uncertainty drives our actions and deployment of resources decisions and priorities. In this thorough and wide-ranging volume theoretical perspectives are drawn from art history complexity science economics futures history law philosophy physics psychology statistics and theology. On a practical level uncertainty is examined in emergency management intelligence law enforcement music policy and politics. Key problems that are a subject of focus are environmental management communicable diseases and illicit drugs. Opening and closing sections of the book provide major conceptual strands in uncertainty thinking and develop an integrated view of the nature of uncertainty uncertainty as a motivating or de-motivating force and strategies for coping and managing under uncertainty. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773607

Uncertainty and the Philosophy of Climate Change When it comes to climate change the greatest difficulty we face is that we do not know the likely degree of change or its cost which means that environmental policy decisions have to be made under uncertainty. This book offers an accessible philosophical treatment of the broad range of ethical and policy challenges posed by climate change uncertainty. Drawing on both the philosophy of science and ethics Martin Bunzl shows how tackling climate change revolves around weighing up our interests now against those of future generations which requires that we examine our assumptions about the value of present costs versus future benefits. In an engaging conversational style Bunzl looks at questions such as our responsibility towards non-human life the interests of the developing and developed worlds and how the circumstances of poverty shape the perception of risk ultimate developing and defending a view of humanity and its place in the world that makes sense of our duty to Nature without treating it as a rights bearer. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of environmental studies philosophy politics and sociology as well as policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138793927

Uncertainty and the Theory of International Trade This book considers the impact of uncertainty on traditional theories of international trade. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780415753623

Uncertainty in AcousticsMeasurement Prediction and Assessment This guide to estimating uncertainties in the measurement prediction and assessment of noise and vibration applies across environmental noise and vibration occupational noise and vibration exposure and building and architectural acoustics. The book collates information from the various Standards and from research with explanation examples and case studies. It enables estimation of uncertainty in the measurement and prediction of acoustic quantities suitable for use in environmental impact and occupational exposure assessments. It is for acoustic consultants mechanical and building service engineers architect and building professionals and environmental health officers.   Bob Peters worked for more than forty years in acoustics and noise control – teaching research consultancy. He was a principal acoustic consultant with Applied Acoustic Design a senior research fellow at London South Bank University and a tutor on Institute of Acoustics distance learning courses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498769150

Uncertainty in Economic Theory This volume brings together important papers coupled with new introductions in the massively influential area of uncertainty in economic theory. Seminal papers are available together for the first time in book format with new introductions and under the steely editorship of Itzhak Gilboa - this book is a useful reference tool for economists all over the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654654

Uncertainty in Geographical Information As Geographic Information Systems (GIS) have developed and their applications have been extended the issue of uncertainty has become increasingly recognized. It is highlighted by the need to demystify the inherently complex geographical world to facilitate computerization in GIS by the inaccuracies that emerge from man-machine interactions in data acquisition and by error propagation in geoprocessing. Users need to be well aware of the likely impacts of uncertainties in spatial analysis and decision-making. This book discusses theoretical and practical aspects of spatial data processing and uncertainties and covers a wide range of types of errors and fuzziness and emphasizes description and modeling. High level GIS professionals researchers and graduate students will find this a constructive book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455026

Uncertainty in International LawA Kelsenian Perspective Re-engaging with the Pure Theory of Law developed by Hans Kelsen and the other members of the Viennese School of Jurisprudence this book looks at the causes and manifestations of uncertainty in international law. It considers both epistemological uncertainty as to whether we can accurately perceive norms in international law and ontological problems which occur inter alia where two or more norms conflict. The book looks at these issues of uncertainty in relation to the foundational doctrines of public international law including the law of self-defence under the United Nations Charter customary international law and the interpretation of treaties. In viewing international law through the lens of Kelsen’s theory Jörg Kammerhofer demonstrates the importance of the theoretical dimension for the study of international law and offers a critique of the recent trend towards pragmatism and eclecticism in international legal scholarship. The unique aspect of the monograph is that it is the only book to apply the Pure Theory of Law as theoretical approach to international law rather than simply being a piece of intellectual history describing it. This book will of great interest to students and scholars of public international law legal theory and jurisprudence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415813518

Uncertainty in Policy MakingValues and Evidence in Complex Decisions Uncertainty in Policy Making explores how uncertainty is interpreted and used by policy makers experts and politicians. It argues that conventional notions of rational evidence-based policy making - hailed by governments and organisations across the world as the only way to make good policy - is an impossible aim in highly complex and uncertain environments; the blind pursuit of such a 'rational' goal is in fact irrational in a world of competing values and interests. The book centres around two high-profile and important case studies: the Iraq war and climate change policy in the US UK and Australia. Based on three years' research including interviews with experts such as Hans Blix Paul Pillar and Brian Jones these two case studies show that the treatment of uncertainty issues in specialist advice is largely determined by how well the advice fits with or contradicts the policy goals and orientation of the policy elite. Instead of allowing the debates to be side-tracked by arguments over whose science or expert advice is 'more right' we must accept that uncertainty in complex issues is unavoidable and recognise the values and interests that lie at the heart of the issues. The book offers a 'hedging' approach which will enable policy makers to manage rather than eliminate uncertainty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986381

Uncertainty Modelling and Quality Control for Spatial Data Offers New Insight on Uncertainty ModellingFocused on major research relative to spatial information Uncertainty Modelling and Quality Control for Spatial Data introduces methods for managing uncertainties—such as data of questionable quality—in geographic information science (GIS) applications. By using original research current advancement and emerging developments in the field the authors compile various aspects of spatial data quality control. From multidimensional and multi-scale data integration to uncertainties in spatial data mining this book launches into areas that are rarely addressed. Topics covered include:New developments of uncertainty modelling quality control of spatial data and related research issues in spatial analysisSpatial statistical solutions in spatial data qualityEliminating systematic error in the analytical results of GIS applicationsA data quality perspective for GIS function workflow designData quality in multi-dimensional integrationResearch challenges on data quality in the integration and analysis of data from multiple sources A new approach for imprecision management in the qualitative data warehouseA multi-dimensional quality assessment of photogrammetric and LiDAR datasets based on a vector approachAn analysis on the uncertainty of multi-scale representation for street-block settlementUncertainty Modelling and Quality Control for Spatial Data serves university students researchers and professionals in GIS and investigates the uncertainty modelling and quality control in multi-dimensional data integration multi-scale data representation national or regional spatial data products and new spatial data mining methods. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377144

Uncertainty Quantification in Laminated CompositesA Meta-model Based Approach Over the last few decades uncertainty quantification in composite materials and structures has gained a lot of attention from the research community as a result of industrial requirements. This book presents computationally efficient uncertainty quantification schemes following meta-model-based approaches for stochasticity in material and geometric parameters of laminated composite structures. Several metamodels have been studied and comparative results have been presented for different static and dynamic responses. Results for sensitivity analyses are provided for a comprehensive coverage of the relative importance of different material and geometric parameters in the global structural responses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498784450

Uncharted DepthsDescent Narratives in English and French Children's Literature This study enhances our understanding of katabasis as well as the intersections between adult and children's literature in English and French by examining the relationships between works of children's literature incorporating this form of narrative and the Aeneid and the Inferno. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603625

Unchecked Corporate PowerWhy the Crimes of Multinational Corporations Are Routinized Away and What We Can Do About It Why are crimes of the suite punished more leniently than crimes of the street? When police killings of citizens go unpunished political torture is sanctioned by the state and the financial frauds of Wall Street traders remain unprosecuted nothing succeeds with such regularity as the active failures of national states to obstruct the crimes of the powerful. Written from the perspective of global sustainability and as an unflinching and unforgiving exposé of the full range of the crimes of the powerful Unchecked Corporate Power reveals how legalized authorities and political institutions charged with the duty of protecting citizens from law-breaking and injurious activities have increasingly become enablers and colluders with the very enterprises they are obliged to regulate. Here Gregg Barak explains why the United States and other countries are duplicitous in their harsh reactions to street crimes in comparison to the significantly more harmful and far-reaching crimes of the powerful and why the crimes of the powerful are treated as beyond incrimination. What happens to nations that surrender ever-growing economic and political power to the globally super rich and the mammoth multinational corporations they control? And what can people from around the world do to resist the criminality and victimization perpetrated by multinationals and generated by the prevailing global political economy? Barak examines an array of multinational crimes—corporate environmental financial and state—and their state-legal responses and outlines policies and strategies for revolutionizing these contradictory relations of capital reproduction criminality and unsustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138951440

Uncivil Society?Contentious Politics in Post-Communist Europe This volume makes a significant contribution to the debate about the development of post-communist civil society by focusing on its alleged 'dark side' i.e. on the groups that are excluded from 'civil society' on both conceptual and normative grounds. The chapters written by specialists in the field explore in rich empirical detail the complexities involved when such groups - like the skinheads in Hungary the farmers' 'Self Defence' movement in Poland or the war-veterans in Croatia - challenge the state engage in community activism or get involved in protest actions. It also offers a contrasting perspective by focusing on similar activities by the alleged 'pro-democratic' actors of civil society such as Impulse 99 in the Czech Republic. The book maintains that political protest or contentious politics should be included under a broad and positive development of associational activity in the region.Uncivil Society? Contentious Politics in Post-Communist Europe is a fascinating study and will be of interest to scholars of Eastern European politics and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415628464

UNCLOS and Ocean Dispute SettlementLaw and Politics in the South China Sea The United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS) offers a legal framework for the sustainable development of the oceans and their natural resources. However recently there have been calls to amend the Convention due to some ambiguous provisions which are unable to address a variety of contemporary maritime issues. This book evaluates the applicability and effectiveness of UNCLOS as a settlement mechanism for addressing ocean disputes. The book’s central focus is on the South China Sea (SCS) dispute one of the most complex and challenging ocean-related conflicts in the world. The book examines the ways in which an emphasis on sovereignty threats to maritime security and overlapping maritime claims caused by the newly established maritime regimes authorized by UNCLOS are all contributing factors to the SCS dispute. The book considers the internal coherence of the Law of the Sea Convention regime and its dispute settlement procedures. It looks at participation in the UNCLOS negotiations maritime legislation and the dispute settlement practice of relevant States party to the SCS dispute. The author goes on to explore the relationship between UNCLOS and the regimes and institutions in the SCS particularly in regard to issues of maritime security marine environment protection joint development of oil and gas and general political interaction. The author proposes practical mechanisms to resolve the dispute whilst also offering a final judgement on the effectiveness of UNCLOS for settling disputes. UNCLOS and Ocean Dispute Settlement will be of particular interest to academics students and policy makers of international shipping and maritime law as well as being of interest to academics and students in the field of international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138016897

Uncomfortable WarsToward A New Paradigm Of Low Intensity Conflict This volume aims to operationalize General John R. Galvin's call for a new paradigm to fight the most prevalent form of conflict in the world today-insurgency. It contributes to the understanding needed to formulate and implement efforts in the contemporary international security arena. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215460

Uncommon CulturesPopular Culture and Post-Modernism Jim Collins argues that postmodernism and popular culture have together undermined the master system of "culture." By looking at a wide range of texts and forms he investigates what happens to the notion of culture once different discourses begin to envision that culture in conflicting ways constructing often contradictory visions of it simultaneously. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177000

Uncommon GroundLandscape Values and the Environment - What makes people care about the environment? - Why and how do different cultural groups value land in different ways? With increasing international concern about green issues and the apparent failure of mechanistic solutions to complex problems Uncom Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003087281

Uncommon Psychiatric Syndromes This book explores the historical background to and present-day understanding of a number of unusual psychiatric disorders. This fully revised new edition contains a new chapter on a range of recently emerging conditions as well as updated literature and a collection of new and updated cases. Since the publication of the fourth edition there have been many developments in the field of psychiatry including changes in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5) and the advancement of neuroimaging and related research which have been incorporated into the fifth edition. In this now classic text each chapter covers an individual disorder in detail using several case studies gathered by the authors themselves to illustrate and exemplify the disorders discussed. The clear and easy-to-understand writing style ensures that this text is accessible for the wide range of studies and professions who will find it useful. Uncommon Psychiatric Syndromes Fifth Edition is essential reading for psychiatrists  clinical psychologists psychiatric nurses psychiatric social workers social workers and other mental health professionals. It will also be of interest to graduate students in the fields of psychiatry and psychology as well as those enrolled in psychiatry resident courses.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498787956

Uncommon SenseFrom the Writings of Howard Zinn Why Howard Zinn has become one of the most important and influential American historians is perhaps nowhere more evident than in this new book. Few social critics have been as inspiring as the ever-hopeful Zinn and unlike many historians Zinn turns historical details toward deeper observations on the universal truths and struggles of humankind. His remarkable wisdom and insight can be found in his earliest writings through his latest essays speeches and plays. Uncommon Sense brings together his most poignant and profound quotations from decades of writing and speaking. The book reveals the philosophical side of Howard Zinn and a consistency of vision over 50 years on topics ranging from government to race history law civil disobedience and activism. Offering quotations of universal and timeless quality the book shows why history will regard this historian as a political and moral philosopher in the company of Paine Jefferson Frederick Douglass and Martin Luther King Jr. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631417

Uncommon Understanding (Classic Edition)Development and disorders of language comprehension in children This is a Classic Edition of Dorothy Bishop's award-winning textbook on the development of language comprehension which has been in print since 1997 and now includes a new introduction from the author. The book won the British Psychological Society book award in 1999 and is now widely seen as a classic in the field of developmental language disorders. Uncommon Understanding provides a comprehensive account of the process of comprehension from the reception of an acoustic signal to the interpretation of communicative intentions and integrates a vast field of research on language acquisition psycholinguistics and neuropsychology. In the new introduction Dorothy Bishop reflects on the organization of the book and developments in the field since the book was first published. A major theme in the book is that comprehension should not be viewed as a unitary skill – to understand spoken language one needs the ability to classify incoming speech sounds to relate them to a "mental lexicon " to interpret the propositions encoded by word order and grammatical inflections and to use information from the environmental and social context to grasp an intended meaning. Another important theme is that although neuropsychological and experimental research on adult comprehension provides useful concepts and methods for assessing comprehension it should be applied with caution because a sequential bottom-up information processing model of comprehension is ill-suited to the developmental context. Although the main focus of the book is on research and theory rather than practical matters of assessment and intervention the theoretical framework presented in the book will continue to help clinicians develop a clearer understanding of what comprehension involves and how different types of difficulty may be pin-pointed. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848721500

Uncommon UnderstandingDevelopment and Disorders of Language Comprehension in Children A great deal has been written on how children learn to speak but development of language comprehension has been a relatively neglected topic. This book is unique in integrating research in language acquisition psycholinguistics and neuropsychology to give a comprehensive picture of the process we call "comprehension" right from the reception of an acoustic stimulus at the ear up to the point where we interpret the message the speaker intended to convey by the utterance. A major theme of the book is that "comprehension" is not a unitary skill: to understand spoken language one needs the ability to classify incoming speech sounds to relate them to a "mental lexicon" to interpret the propositions encoded by word order and grammatical inflections and to use information from the environmental and social context to select from a wide range of possible interpretations the one that was intended by the speaker. Furthermore although neuropsychological and experimental research on adult comprehension can provide useful concepts and methods for assessing comprehension they should be applied with caution because a sequential bottom-up information processing model of comprehension is ill-suited to the developmental context.The emphasis of the book is on children with specific language impairments but normal development is also given extensive coverage. The focus is on research and theory rather than practical matters of assessment and intervention. Nevertheless while this book is not intended as a clinical guide to assessment it does aim to provide a theoretical framework that can help clinicians develop a clearer understanding of what comprehension involves and how different types of difficulty may be pinpointed. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315804699

Unconscious ContractsA Psychoanalytical Theory of Society Originally published in 1987 this highly original work explores how the nature and institutions of society are determined by our unconscious as well as our conscious aims – how individuals join together in ‘unconscious contracts’. The author does this by integrating psychoanalysis and social science to generate a psychoanalytical theory of society. The key to this theory is the interpretation of both psychoanalysis and social science in terms of the interplay between conflict and co-operation. Professor Allingham starts by discussing the workings of the individual mind and tracing the development of the adult personality from its roots in infancy. He uses this background to show how the group acts as a key link between the individual and society and the sense in which groups have lives of their own. He completes the theory by demonstrating how the unconscious aims of the members of society are translated through the various groups to which they belong into the institutions adopted by society. Finally as an extension he explores the nature of the unconscious motives which underlie our conscious social and political attitudes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138938793

Unconscious Fantasies and the Relational World What is the role of unconscious fantasies in psychological development in psychopathology and in the arts?   In Unconscious Fantasies and the Relational World Danielle Knafo and Kenneth Feiner return to these interlinked questions with a specific goal in mind:  a contemporary appreciation of fantasy in its multiform relational contexts.  To this end they provide detailed examinations of primal scene family romance and castration fantasies respectively.  Each category of fantasy is pushed beyond its "classical" psychoanalytic meaning by attending to the child's ubiquitous concerns about sexual difference and feelings of incompleteness; her perception of the parental relationship; and the multiple shifting identifications that grow out of this relationship. Evocative clinical examples illuminate the manner in which patients and analysts play out these three core fantasies.  They are balanced by chapters that explore the generative side of these same fantasies in the arts.   David Lynch's film Blue Velvet provides an artistic rendering of the primal scene; Jerzy Kosinki's life and work illustrates the family romance; and French multimedia artist Orlan's "carnal art" recreates the trauma of castration.  Unconscious Fantasies and the Relational World is a tightly woven study of broad and basic questions.  It is in equal measure a contemporary re-visioning of the grounds of fantasy formation a relationally informed guide to clinical techniques for dealing with unconscious fantasy and an examination of the generative potential of unconscious fantasy in the arts.  Out of the authors’ broadening and broad-minded sensibility emerges an illuminating study of the manifold ways in which unconscious fantasies shape lives and enrich clinical work.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005815

Unconscious IncarnationsPsychoanalytic and Philosophical Perspectives on the Body Unconscious Incarnations considers the status of the body in psychoanalytic theory and practice bringing Freud and Lacan into conversation with continental philosophy to explore the heterogeneity of embodied life. By doing so the body is no longer merely an object of scientific inquiry but also a lived body a source of excessive intuition and affectivity and a raw animality distinct from mere materiality. The contributors to this volume consist of philosophers psychoanalytic scholars and practitioners whose interdisciplinary explorations reformulate traditional psychoanalytic concepts such as trauma healing desire subjectivity and the unconscious. Collectively they build toward the conclusion that phenomenologies of embodiment move psychoanalytic theory and practice away from representationalist models and toward an incarnational approach to psychic life. Under such a carnal horizon trauma manifests as wounds and scars therapy as touch subjectivity as bodily boundedness and the unconscious ‘real’ as an excessive remainder of flesh. Unconscious incarnations signal events where the unsignifiable appears among signifiers the invisible within the visible and absence within presence. In sum: where the flesh becomes word and the word retains its flesh. Unconscious Incarnations seeks to evoke this incarnational approach in order to break through tacit taboos toward the body in psychology and psychoanalysis. This interdisciplinary work will appeal greatly to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists as well as philosophy scholars and clinical psychologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815394952

Unconscious Mental Life and Reality It is the aim of the present collection of seminal essays to offer a balanced yet rigorous examination of the durability and contemporary relevance of psychoanalysis understood as a comprehensive system of theory and technique. The contributors eschew the establishment of yet another school of Freudian thought not wishing to add to the already co Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329488

Unconscious Phantasy There is no doubt that "phantasy" or "unconscious phantasy" as it started to be used in the English translation of Freud's work in the late 1920s and 1930s to differentiate it from "fantasy" is one of the most important theoretical and clinical concepts of psychoanalysis.'- Riccardo Steiner from the IntroductionIn this outstanding new collection the vital concept of unconscious phantasy is debated and examined by such luminaries as Joseph and Anne-Marie Sandler Jean Laplanche J-B Pontalis Susan Isaacs and Hanna Segal. Sigmund Freud's seminal paper Formulations of the Two Principles of Mental Functioning heads an impressive collection and provides a welcome reminder of the beginnings of this theory. The inherent difficulties in translating Freud's work have contributed to the conflicting interpretations that are so illustrated so well in the following articles. By collecting together such diverse opinions of Freudians Kleinians Lacanians and Neuroscientists on unconscious phantasy Riccardo Steiner has created a fresh and compelling elucidation of this fascinating subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367107444

Unconstitutional Regimes and the Validity of Sovereign DebtA Legal Perspective Sabine Michalowski's work provides a much-needed legal perspective on the topical subject of Developing World debt repayment. The volume incorporates a single debtor country Argentina as an example to address global questions relating to this problem. The work assesses the range of complex issues involved in the context of international as well as national law. It further examines the political pressure creditors may apply to make vulnerable countries adapt their economic and other policies in line with their wishes. These raise obvious constitutional issues for the debtor country and pose questions of whether and how the inequality of bargaining power in such situations could influence the validity of any measures taken whether contractual or legislative. Argentina has been chosen as a case study because as a large debtor country it represents these sorts of issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264564

Unconventional LeadershipBridging the Connected World with Meaningful Relationships Today’s educational leaders are working with more resources more research and more stakeholders – all within the same limited time in a day as we had a decade ago. Author Jessica M. Cabeen takes readers through an intentional journey of current trends and buzzwords helping leaders understand how social media is a tool for connection collaboration and learning. This exciting book explores the importance of care and collaboration with all members of the educational community – students teachers staff families and community partners. Each chapter highlights examples of leaders that have made positive change in their schools and provides key actionable strategies that can be implemented at a pace that is sustainable and tailored to fit your needs. You will discover a deeper understanding of the critical importance of your role in: Elevating the student’s experience Building a strong school culture Creating small ways to make big impacts with families Advocating a clear message with community partners and legislative leaders Creating time for self-care Filled with practical examples tools and strategies Unconventional Leadership is a resource school leaders can pick up today and implement tomorrow. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367074470

Unconventional LeadershipWhat Henry Ford and Detroit Taught Me About Reinvention and Diversity What does it take to lead the successful turnaround of four consecutive organizations? What does it take to run a $5 billion business in Detroit as the city struggles to emerge from municipal bankruptcy and its worst ongoing crisis ever? What does it take to be a female CEO who has come up against discrimination and personal attack? It takes "Unconventional Leadership " a style of leadership based on confronting reality and leading headlong through adversity. In this inspiring story innovative LGBT leader Nancy Schlichting the CEO of Henry Ford Health System reveals her unique strategies that drive success: maintaining a focus on people creating a culture of innovation and reinvention and embracing diversity as a key strategy for growth. The book describes a leadership paradigm that will motivate inspire and drive new thinking in today's disruptive business environment where traditional modes of managing are no longer working. In "Unconventional Leadership " Schlichting weaves together three themes that explain how she has become one of the most powerful individuals in healthcare today: (1) deftly conquering the immense challenges within the healthcare industry itselfconsolidation new models of delivery and financing increasing government regulation and oversight changing customer expectations and pressures on cost and quality (2) the exciting and panoramic backdrop of Henry Ford and DetroitFord s legacy of invention and innovation combined with ongoing attempts to restore and renew a city in deep decline; and (3) forging a career path and excelling as an LGBT and female CEO in a world typically dominated by men. An abiding fan of the underdog Schlichting reveals above all else the sheer grit and determination required to lead through adversity and create a successful legacy of leadership." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629561547

Unconventional Monetary Policy and Financial StabilityThe Case of Japan Since the financial crisis of 2008-09 central bankers around the world have been forced to abandon conventional monetary policy tools in favour of unconventional policies such as quantitative easing forward guidance lowering the interest rate paid on bank reserves into negative territory and pushing up prices of government bonds. Having faced a crisis in its banking sector nearly a decade earlier Japan was a pioneer in the use of many of these tools. Unconventional Monetary Policy and Financial Stability critically assesses the measures used by Japan and examines what they have meant for the theory and practice of economic policy. The book shows how in practice unconventional monetary policy has worked through its impact on the financial markets. The text aims to generate an understanding of why such measures were introduced and how the Japanese system has subsequently changed regarding aspects such as governance and corporate balance sheets. It provides a comprehensive study of developments in Japanese money markets with the intent to understand the impact of policy on the debt structures that appear to have caused Japan’s deflation. The topics covered range from central bank communication and policymaking to international financial markets and bank balance sheets. This text is of great interest to students and scholars of banking international finance financial markets political economy and the Japanese economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367145958

Unconventional Oil and Gas ResourcesExploitation and Development As the shale revolution continues in North America unconventional resource markets are emerging on every continent. In the next eight to ten years more than 100 000 wells and one- to two-million hydraulic fracturing stages could be executed resulting in close to one trillion dollars in industry spending. This growth has prompted professionals experienced in conventional oil and gas exploitation and development to acquire practical knowledge of the unconventional realm. Unconventional Oil and Gas Resources: Exploitation and Development provides a comprehensive understanding of the latest advances in the exploitation and development of unconventional resources. With an emphasis on shale this book: Addresses all aspects of the exploitation and development process from data mining and accounting to drilling completion stimulation production and environmental issues Offers in-depth coverage of sub-surface measurements (geological geophysical petrophysical geochemical and geomechanical) and their interpretation Discusses the use of microseismic fiber optic and tracer reservoir monitoring technologies and JewelSuiteâ„¢ reservoir modeling software Presents the viewpoints of internationally respected experts and researchers from leading exploration and production (E&P) companies and academic institutions Explores future trends in reservoir technologies for unconventional resources development Unconventional Oil and Gas Resources: Exploitation and Development aids geologists geophysicists petrophysicists geomechanic specialists and drilling completion stimulation production and reservoir engineers in the environmentally safe exploitation and development of unconventional resources like shale. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498759403

Unconventional Warfare in South Asia 1947 to the Present Unconventional war is an umbrella term which includes insurgencies counter-insurgencies terrorism and religious conflicts. Insurgencies and communal conflicts have become much more common in this region since 1947 and more people have died in South Asia due to unconventional wars than conventional warfare. The essays in this volume are organized in two sections. While the first section deals with insurgencies counter-insurgencies and terrorism; the second section covers the religious aspects of the various intra-state conflicts which mar the multi-ethnic societies of South Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754629771

Unconventional Warfare in South AsiaShadow Warriors and Counterinsurgency India is the world's tenth largest economy and possesses the world's fourth largest military. The subcontinent houses about one-fifth of the world's population and its inhabitants are divided into various tribes clans and ethnic groups following four great religions: Buddhism Christianity Hinduism and Islam. Framing the debate using case studies from across the region as well as China Afghanistan and Burma and using a wealth of primary and secondary sources this incisive volume takes a closer look at the organization and doctrines of the 'shadow armies' and the government forces which fight the former. Arranged in a thematic manner each chapter critically asks; Why stateless marginal groups rebel? How do states attempt to suppress them? What are the consequences in the aftermath of the conflict especially in relation to conflict resolution and peace building? Unconventional Warfare in South Asia is a welcomed addition to the growing field of interest on civil wars and insurgencies in South Asia. An indispensable read which will allow us to better understand whether South Asia is witnessing a 'New War' and whether the twenty-first century belongs to the insurgents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252981

Unconventional Weapons and International TerrorismChallenges and New Approaches In recent years senior policy officials have highlighted increased signs of convergence between terrorism and unconventional (CBRN) weapons. Terrorism now involves technologies available to anyone anywhere anytime deployed through innovative solutions. This indicates a new and more complex global security environment with increasing risks of terrorists trying to acquire and deploy a CBRN (Chemical Biological Radiological Nuclear) attack. This book addresses the critical importance of understanding innovation and decision-making between terrorist groups and unconventional weapons and the difficulty in pinpointing what factors may drive violence escalation. It also underscores the necessity to understand the complex interaction between terrorist group dynamics and decision-making behaviour in relation to old and new technologies. Unconventional Weapons and International Terrorism seeks to identify a set of early warnings and critical indicators for possible future terrorist efforts to acquire and utilize unconventional CBRN weapons as a means to pursue their goals. It also discusses the challenge for intelligence analysis in handling threat convergence in the context of globalisation. The book will be of great interest to students of terrorism studies counter-terrorism nuclear proliferation security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415622332

Unconventional Wisdom Early Christianity saw women in positions of authority and a fluid theology that included feminine figures in the notion of the Divine. However for centuries a male trinity has dominated theology with the characteristics of triumphalism clarity order eternality and unity. Unconventional Wisdom examines the attempt within the last half of the twentieth century to unearth the hidden theological tradition of feminine Wisdom. The book presents the work of influential theorists notably Foucault Belenky and Dorothy Smith. The recovery of the feminine in the divine is linked with the rediscovery of subjugated value systems and what this might mean for ecclesiology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315539683

Uncoupling ConventionPsychoanalytic Approaches to Same-Sex Couples and Families What does it mean to be member of a gay/lesbian couple or family? The contributors to Uncoupling Convention: Psychoanalytic Approaches to Same-Sex Couples and Families address this question by drawing on two cultural movements of the twentieth century: psychoanalysis and the gay/lesbian civil rights movement. Taken together these traditions provide a framework for understanding and providing psychotherapeutic assistance to gay and lesbian patients who present with troubled relationships.The contributors to this volume espouse a clinical focus that supplants the heterosexual perspectives of traditional psychoanalysis with new narratives about family life. Drawing on cultural feminist gay/lesbian and queer studies they illustrate how concepts of gender and sexuality are routinely informed by unproven heterosexist assumptions - both conscious and unconscious. By examining the changing developmental needs and family dynamics of gay and lesbian families the contributors broaden our very understanding of what a family is. They illustrate how contrasting cultural constructions of homosexuality and family life play out in same-sex couples. They delineate the multiple realities of gender subjectivity both in children and in their gay parents. They ponder how technology is shaping reproductive experiences as lesbians become part of the biomedical system. And they explore recurrent themes of feeling different and ashamed including the shameful secrecy surrounding same-sex couples' financial matters. In uncoupling conventions the contributors are effectively coupling post-Freudian psychoanalysis with the insights of queer theory and the critical edge of contemporary cultural studies. The result is a framework for addressing the relational and family-related challenges of gay and lesbian patients that ranges far beyond traditional approaches and will benefit analytic couples and family therapists alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005310

Uncovering African AgencyAngola's Management of China's Credit Lines China's engagement in Africa is generally portrayed simply as African countries being exploited for their mineral wealth by a wealthy political and economic superpower. Is this always the case? Certain African countries have been able to use China's involvement in the region to grow their economies and solicit renewed interest from previously disengaged foreign powers by using their relationship with China to bolster their political capital. In this thought provoking and original work Lucy Corkin demonstrates how Angola has been amongst the most successful of African nations in this role. The concept of 'African agency' covers a wide range of different countries with very different capabilities and experiences of engaging with China. In each individual county there are a myriad of actors all with increasingly discernible agencies. Uncovering African Agency; Angola's Management of China's Credit Lines casts a fascinating new light on China's involvement with her largest African trading partner and through this shows how different African states and the governmental actors within them are able to exploit the relationship to their best advantage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409448655

Uncovering Identity in Mortuary AnalysisCommunity-Sensitive Methods for Identifying Group Affiliation in Historical Cemeteries This volume presents a sophisticated set of archival forensic and excavation methods to identify both individuals and group affiliations—cultural religious and organizational—in a multiethnic historical cemetery. Based on an extensive excavation project of more than 1 000 nineteenth-century burials in downtown Tucson Arizona the team of historians archaeologists biological anthropologists and community researchers created an effective methodology for use at other historical-period sites. Comparisons made with other excavated cemeteries strengthens the power of this toolkit for historical archaeologists and others. The volume also sensitizes archaeologists to the concerns of community and cultural groups to mortuary excavation and outlines procedures for proper consultation with the descendants of the cemetery’s inhabitants. Copublished with SRI Press Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611321845

Uncovering Music of Early European Women (1250-1750) Uncovering Music of Early European Women (1250 – 1750) brings together nine chapters that investigate aspects of female music-making and musical experience in the medieval and early modern periods. Part I "Notes from the Underground " treats the spirituality of women in solitude and in community. Parts II and III "Interlude" and "Music for Royal Rivals " respond to Joan Kelly’s famous feminist question and suggest that women of a certain stature did have a Renaissance. Part IV "Serenissime Sirene " plays with the notion of the allure of music and its risks in Venice during the Baroque. The process of uncovering requires close listening to women’s creative endeavors in an ongoing effort to piece together equitably the terrain of early music. Contributors include: Cynthia J. Cyrus Claire Fontijn Catherine E. Gordon Laura Jeppesen Eva Kuhn Anne MacNeil Jason Stoessel Elizabeth Randell Upton and Laurence Wuidar. An invaluable book for college students and scholars interested in the social and cultural meanings of women in early music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138585638

Uncovering Social LifeCritical Perspectives from Sociology In an era when rapid social change the disappearance of traditional communities the rise of political populism and the threat posed by radical religious movements makes it appear that ‘all that is solid melts into air’ the classical sociological problem of how peaceable societies can be created and maintained assumes renewed urgency. Uncovering Social Life: Critical Perspectives from Sociology explores how contemporary institutional changes erode existing social relationships and identities but also create space for opposition to or creative adaptation of  these broader shifts. Exploring the threats and opportunities associated with the contemporary age this book identifies how sociology helps us understand the problems associated with social order and change before focusing on the most important institutional transformations to have occurred in: bodies and health; sex gender and sexuality; employment; finance; the Internet and new social media; technology and artificial intelligence; religion; governance and terrorism. After a critical introduction placing these issues in their historical and sociological context theoretical chapters analysing how sociology views the individual/society relationship and the volatile processes endemic to the modern era provide an innovative and comprehensive context for these explorations. This book provides a clear and engaging account of social life. Covering a broad range of sociological topics the diverse chapters are united in a concern with three major themes: the growing complexity of the current era and the ‘doubled’ identities with which it is associated; the opportunities and constraints such developments pose to different groups; and the capacity of institutional changes to both erode existing social relationships and create space for the emergence of new collective identities that oppose these structural shifts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138934153

Uncovering the Crimes of UrbanisationResearching Corruption Violence and Urban Conflict From the social cleansing of cities through to indigenous land struggles at the frontline of extraction megaprojects planetary urbanisation is a contested process that is radically shaping social life and the sustainability of human civilisation. In this pioneering intervention it is maintained that this turbulent planetary process is also a potent space for state–corporate criminality. Market manipulation fraud corruption violence and human rights abuses have become critical spokes in the way space is being transformed to benefit speculative interests. This book not only offers investigative data that documents in detail the intricate ways state and corporate actors collude to profit from the built environment; it also establishes the tools for building a research agenda that can interrogate the crimes of urbanisation on a comparative longitudinal basis. The author sets out an investigative methodology which can be appropriated to conduct probing research into the hidden schemas and forms of collusion that buttress state–corporate criminality in the urban sphere. Coupled to this a theoretical framework is developed for thinking about the networks processes and mechanisms at the heart of property market manipulation and the broader social relationships that sustain and reward illicit speculative activity. This book concludes that researchers and civil society have a critical role to play in challenging a historical form of planetary urbanisation marked by endemic state–corporate criminality that poses significant threats to the sustainability of lived communities and the rich biospheres that they depend upon. This book will be of interest to criminologists sociologists human geographers political scientists and those engaged with development studies as well as civil society organisations and urban researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138120327

Uncovering the Hidden HarvestValuation Methods for Woodland and Forest Resources Forests and woodlands provide an enormous range of goods and services to society from timber and firewood to medicinal plants watershed protection destinations for tourists and sacred sites. Only when these are understood and valued can forests and their resources be properly managed and conserved. This work shows how the complicated network of benefits can be untangled and sets out the different approaches needed to value them. It covers the analysis of plant-based markets non-market valuation and decision frameworks such as cost-benefit analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138427051

Uncovering the Hidden Work of Women in Family BusinessesA History of Census Undernumeration Data from the United States Census of Population indicate that there has been a dramatic increase in the labor force participation of married women over the twentieth century. This book first published in 1998 takes issue with this well-known stylized fact. Whereas the labor force literature comments extensively on men’s transition from home production to market work the effect on women’s employment has gone more or less unnoticed. The objective of this book is to uncover the work usually omitted from descriptions of wage work and housework – that is work done in the household for market use – and to examine the various implications of this omission for analysing married women’s participation in GNP-producing work over the course of the past century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138280274

Uncovering the HiddenThe Works and Life of Der Nister The book is based on the papers presented at the Mendel Friedman Yiddish conference held at St Hilda's College University of Oxford in August 2012 revisits the rich and diverse legacy of the Yiddish writer Pinkhas Kahanovitsh known by his penname Der Mister. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601959

Uncovering the Resilient CoreA Workbook on the Treatment of Narcissistic Defenses Shame and Emerging Authenticity Uncovering the Resilient Core provides a comprehensive and inclusive methodology that guides the therapist into the nuances and complexities of the therapeutic relationship throughout the entire course of treatment. With its psychodynamic/relational orientation this Workbook is unique in that it begins with character pathology in its widest spectrum and moves in depth to understanding and treating corrosive shame dissociation trauma and narcissism including narcissism’s many hidden cultural and dynamic manifestations. The applied nature of this text draws from a wide variety of case examples as well as progressive therapeutic techniques designed to help deepen therapeutic listening skills. Training concepts are organically linked to videotaped treatment examples with ample discussion questions and case analyses that can be used in your own supervision groups. These videos can be found on www.routledge.com/9781138183285 and serve as companion illustrations closely following the learning points in the text itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138183285

Uncovering the Territorial Dimension of European Union Cohesion PolicyCohesion Development Impact Assessment and Cooperation Despite the non-territorialised strategic goals of the EU 2020 Strategy the long-term aim of EU Cohesion Policy to promote harmonious development of the European territory – social economic and ‘territorial cohesion’ – remains a central goal of achieving a more cohesive EU territory.This book examines the ‘territorial dimension’ of EU Cohesion Policy specifically assessing territorial impacts at the various spatial levels engaging theoretically and empirically with the notion and role of the ‘territorial dimension’ within a strongly fragmented EU policymaking process and examining more generally EU Cohesion Policy as the main driver of the EU territorial development process. It provides an updated and fresh theoretical discussion on the precise meaning of the ‘territorial dimension’ of policies and the relatively recent EU policy evaluation technique known as ‘Territorial Impact Assessment’ (TIA). Assessing the history relevance efficiency and effectiveness of these procedures it presents several empirical findings on the implementation of specific territorial-focus and place-based financial instruments as part of the Territorial Agendas and the EU goal of achieving a more integrated territorial approach.This text will be of key interest to scholars students and practitioners of spatial planning and cohesion policy European sector policies and European spatial planning and more broadly to European and EU studies/politics regional economic geography and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889289

Uncovering the Unconscious Dimensions of PlanningUsing Culture as a Tool to Analyse Spatial Planning Practices If planning is understood to be about the nature of place about the way in which we use land and about the physical expression of the ordering of society then it becomes apparent that planning as an activity cannot possibly be divorced from the general cultural traditions that inform it. By adopting theoretical approaches from the fields of management studies cultural studies and anthropology and by using culture as an organising principle this book develops an innovative framework which provides better insights into what culture is about what the relations are between culture and planning and how culture influences planning practices. It introduces a 'culturised planning model' consisting of the analytical dimensions: 'planning artefacts' 'planning environment' and 'societal environment' with which to discover the unconscious routines and assumptions emotions and meanings attached to planning systems and the different concepts used in spatial planning systematically. The model offers the possibility of uncovering cultural phenomena in spatial planning by providing relevant cultural dimensions and potential specifications and indicators which has not been the case so far. By comparing examples of German Finnish and Greek planning habits the book illustrates cultural influence in planning and provides the readership with a feedback between the micro (experiences of planners) and the macro level (institutional and social context) as well as a more systematic comparison based on cultural values attitudes norms and rules. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248861

Uncut FunkA Contemplative Dialogue In an awesome meeting of minds cultural theorists Stuart Hall and bell hooks met for a series of wide-ranging conversations on what Hall sums up as "life love death sex." From the trivial to the profound across boundaries of age sexualities and genders hooks and Hall dissect topics and themes of continual contemporary relevance including feminism home and homecoming class black masculinity family politics relationships and teaching. In their fluid and honest dialogue they push and pull each other as well as the reader and the result is a book that speaks to the power of conversation as a place of critical pedagogy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138102101

Und Sagte Kein Einziges Wort Includes the full German text accompanied by German-English vocabulary. Notes and a detailed introduction in English put the work in its social and historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138430464

Under AttackChallenges to the Rules Governing the International Use of Force Under Attack makes a new contribution to the field of international relations in general and the study of international law and armed conflict in particular in two core ways. First it links information from varying disciplines most notably international relations and international law to form a comprehensive picture of state practice and the challenges it poses to the legal rules for the use of force. Secondly it organises the information in such a way to identify two core groups of contemporary justifications used by states: humanitarian reasons and self-defence both with their sub-categories. At the core of this book is the question of how state practice since 1990 has challenged the long-established legal regime on the international use of force. Are we merely witnessing a temporary and insignificant challenge to international law or are the rules genuinely under attack? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315549330

Under Construction: Logics of Urbanism in the Gulf Region Interdisciplinary in approach this volume explores and deciphers the symbolic value and iconicity of the built environment in the Arab Gulf Region its aesthetics language and performative characteristics. Bringing together a range of studies by artists curators and scholars it demonstrates how Dubai appeared - at least until the financial crisis - to be leading the construction race and has already completed a large number of its landmark architecture and strategic facilities. In contrast cities like the Qatari capital Doha still appear to be heavily ’under construction’ and in countries like the Sultanate of Oman ultra-luxury tourism projects were started only recently. While the construction of artificial islands theme parks and prestige sport facilities has attracted considerable attention much less is known about the region’s widespread implementation of innovative infrastructure such as global container ports free zones inter-island causeways and metro lines. This volume argues that these endeavours are not simply part of a strategy to prepare for the post-oil era for future economic survival and prosperity in the Lower Gulf region but that they are also aiming to strengthen identitarian patterns and specific national brands. In doing so they exhibit similar yet remarkably diverse modes of engaging with certain global trends and present - questionably - distinct ideas for putting themselves on the global map. Each country aims to grab attention with regard to the world-wide flow of goods and capital and thus provide its own citizens with a socially acceptable trajectory for the future. By doing that the countries in the Gulf are articulating a new semiotic and paradigm of urban development. For the first time this volume maps these trends in their relation to architecture and infrastructure in particular by treating them as semiotics in their own right. It suggests that recent developments in this region of the world not only represen Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546585

Under the Bisexual UmbrellaDiversity of Identity and Experience This book focuses on the complexities of the bisexual umbrella—the phrase that is often used to describe a wide range of sexual identities attractions and behaviors that indicate attraction to more than one gender. As a consequence the bisexual umbrella groups together a very heterogeneous group of people. The writers in this book each grapple with how the bisexual umbrella is applied to a variety of communities people and experiences and discuss the benefits and costs of these applications. Topics include exploration of the similarities and differences between two-spirit people and bisexuals including how their health concerns overlap and diverge detailing personal and empirical experiences of sexual fluidity descriptions of how bisexual pansexual and queer people conceptualize sexual identity and explorations of pansexuality. Through these writings the diversity underneath the bisexual umbrella is revealed. This book was originally published as a Special Issue of the Journal of Bisexuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588403

Under The BladeThe Conversion Of Agricultural Landscapes In 1998 the last farm in Des Plaines Illinois was subdivided. Seven acres along the Niobrara River in north-central Nebraska sold for 5700 per acre twenty times the price for agricultural use. Waukesha County Wisconsin although still largely in agriculture has been almost entirely zoned for small lot subdivisions. Nationwide the cumulative effect of thousands of individual land use decisions is an orgiastic devouring of the countryside that consumes at least 1.4 million acres of rural land each year and fragments a much larger area. The effects on landscape functions include loss of agricultural production water pollution increases in local runoff and flooding loss of habitat and biodiversity and the loss of natural beauty. In exchange we get malls retail strips and an ugly sprawl that degrades people and community. How have we come to this and more importantly how might we find a better sustainable approach to the use of land? Land use decisions are the result of complex interactions among law economics landscape characteristics population growth social and political forces ethics and aesthetics. Under the Blade: The Conversion of Agricultural Landscapes examines the loss of farmland and other rural lands from each of these perspectives and shows how interactions among different factors greatly complicate sustainable land management. Included throughout the seven main chapters of the book are descriptions of some of the tools and strategies that can be used to preserve farmland and guide development. The application of these tools is illustrated by 22 case studies of towns and regions throughout the United States each with a somewhat different challenge response and degree of success (or failure).Dietrich Bonhoeffer a Protestant theologian hanged by the Nazis in 1945 stated that ?the ultimate test of a moral society is the kind of world that it leaves to its children.? Our current choices in the use of the land are among the most important factors shaping that future world and Under the Blade demonstrates that the quality of that future is far from certain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313753

Under the GunWeapons Crime and Violence in America In 1978 the Social and Demographic Research Institute of the University of Massachusetts Amherst received a grant from the National Institute of Justice to undertake a comprehensive review of the literature on weapons crime and violence in the United States. The purpose of the project is best described as a "sifting and winnowing" of the claims and counterclaims from both sides of the Great American Gun War - the perennial struggle in Ameri­can political life over what to do if anything about guns about violence and about crime. The review and analysis of the available studies consumed the better part of three years; the results of this work are contained in this volume.The intention of any review is to take stock of the available fund of knowledge in some topical area. Under the Gun is no different: our goal has been to glean from the volumes of previous studies those facts that in our view seem firmly and certainly established; those hypotheses that seem adequately supported by or at least approximately consistent with the best available research evidence; and those areas or topics about which it seems we need to know a lot more than we do. One of our major conclusions can be stated in advance: despite the large number of studies that have been done many critically important questions have not been adequately researched and some of them have not been examined at all.Much of the available research in the area of weapons and crime has been done by advocates for one or another policy position. As a consequence the manifest intent of many "studies" is to persuade rather than to inform. We have tried to approach the topic from a purely agnostic point of view treating as an open question what policies should be enacted with regard to gun or crime control. Thus we have tried to judge each study on its own merits on the basis of the routine standards normally applied to social-scientific research and not on the basis of how effectively it argues for a particular policy direction. It would of course be presumptuous to claim that we have set aside all our own biases in conducting this study. Whether or not our treatment is fair and objective is clearly something for the reader and not us to decide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540019

Under the Ivi TreeSociety and economic growth in rural Fiji This study concerns the differentials of economic growth among the Fijian people. It brings together relevant factors drawn from social cultural economic and political analysis. As a case study in economic growth it portrays the interplay between individuals and the social and economic conditions which surround them and demonstrates the limitations of the institutions within which they function. Controversial points of interpretation are discussed and supported with documentation gathered from field-work. Originally published in 1964. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415511292

Under the Map of GermanyNationalism and Propaganda 1918 - 1945 At the close of the First World War propaganda mapping played a crucial role in the creation of a consensus about German national territory.Under the Map of Germany provides a detailed and vivid analysis of the history and techniques of nationalist mapping in inter-war Germany. Using extensive archival documentation - including many previously undiscovered maps - the author charts the development of new concepts of national territory and the establishment of an effective propaganda mapping network. His research demonstrates that a consensus about the extent of the Greater German nation was not created by skillful Nazi propagandists but by the collaborate efforts of respected scholars and nationalist activists during the Weimar Republic. Challenging the belief that national self-determination is a just cause Under the Map of Germany reveals that national territories are not tangible entities that can be clearly delimited but are artificial constructs open to a wide range of interpretations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138006867

Under the TotemIn Search of a Path This book is an extended reverie reflection confession assessment engagement with psychic reality. It offers further invitation into the mystery at the heart of the human experience that is at its core also at the heart of the psychoanalytic journey. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204398

Under Weber’s ShadowModernity Subjectivity and Politics in Habermas Arendt and MacIntyre Under Weber's Shadow presents an extended critical evaluation of the social and political thought of Jürgen Habermas Hannah Arendt and Alasdair MacIntyre. Although hailing from very different philosophical traditions these theorists all take as their starting-point Max Weber's seminal diagnosis of late modernity the view that the world-historic processes of rationalization and disenchantment are paradoxical in promising freedom yet threatening servitude under the 'iron cage' of instrumental reason. However each rejects his pessimistic understanding of the grounds and possibilities of political life accusing him of complicity in the very realities he sought to resist. Seeking to move beyond Weber's monological view of the self his subjectivism and his identification of the political with domination they offer alternative intersubjective conceptions of the subject ethics and politics that allow for positive future possibilities. But this incontrovertible gain it is argued comes at the cost of depoliticizing key arenas of human endeavour and of neglecting the reality of struggle and contestation. Engaging with important current debates and literature Keith Breen provides a rigorous analysis of the work of Habermas Arendt MacIntyre and Weber and a highly accessible and original intervention within contemporary social and political thought. Under Weber's Shadow will therefore be of interest to students and researchers alike within the areas of social and political theory as well as those within the disciplines of ethics sociology and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472456267

Underachievers in Secondary SchoolsEducation Off the Mark Underachievement is approached from a broad integrated perspective in this insightful look at the talented adolescent who always performs below his or her optimum level of achievement. Professor Griffin examines the psychological social and scholastic reasons behind the phenomenon of the distracted and disengaged high school student. The result of this in-depth study: A unique volume describing effective student learning behavior providing curricular and instructional proposals for motivating underachievers and offering a construct that provides the basis for understanding the various factors that account for academic achievement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986398

Underachieving to Protect Self-worthAdvice for Teachers Teacher-educators and Counsellors First published in 1999 this volume strives to present an integrated account of how failure avoidance may be reduced. Ted Thompson asks: why is failure so aversive and why do people to almost any lengths to avoid it? This is a book about implications for organising the context of classroom learning: how teachers may interact with students on a one-to-one basis in ways which foster positive achievement gains strategies for enhancing self-esteem and productive attributions for achievement outcomes. The book also deals with counselling implications and strategies for enhancing student achievement. Finally practicalities are discussed including steps which may be taken to limit evaluative threat in classrooms thereby limiting failure-[avoidance and enhancing student achievement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138363885

Undercover Second Edition An instructive and entertaining book for those public and private investigators who are potential undercover agents this book approaches the topic from three angles: how to handle informants how to investigate suspects and how to be an undercover agent. Undercover places emphasis on the law enforcement agent but does not overlook the private investigator who may be assigned to work in an undercover role in business or industry.The first edition of this book quickly became the classic text for a whole generation of law enforcement personnel and the name Carmine Motto now retired from the secret service is known throughout the country. Both authors contribute years of personal experience and use actual case anecdotes to focus attention on the triangle of interpersonal relationships among the informant the suspect and the investigative agent. The motivations of the informant are detailed and analyzed to determine his reasoning and willingness to assist the investigator; the suspect is examined relative to his background associates and capabilities; and the investigative agent is instructed in protecting the identities of and handling of informants while gaining the confidence of the suspect. This edition of Undercover modernizes the writing replaces the photographs and updates the cases to provide insight into the highly intriguing and fascinating human intelligence and evidence gathering method that has captured the public's attention through movies television and newspapers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898339

Undercurrents of Divorce Published in 1999. Despite considerable comment about divorce reform and the post-divorce family in the press and in academia by professionals and politicians much has been left unsaid. There are 'undercurrents' of divorce which are not visible and are not discussed because they do not fit into the dominant discursive framework for talk about divorce. This book brings these undercurrents to the surface and does two things. It explains how and why aspects of divorce and the lives of those divorcing have become marginalized in professional and political discussion and it makes visible the practical and legal effects of such exclusion. It argues that there are good policy reasons for this particular socio-legal critique at this time as the implementation of the Family Law Act 1996 gets underway. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429242755

Underdevelopment and Development in Brazil: Volume IEconomic Structure and Change 1822-1947 First published in 1982 this work offers an analysis Brazil’s long-term economic history and development spanning the period from independence to post-war industrial growth. The book focuses upon the classic problem of why Brazil failed to develop economically during the nineteenth century in a manner similar to the United States and other regions of recent settlement. This volume discusses in detail the principle features of Brazil’s economic landscape between 1822 and 1947 containing special coverage of topics such as slavery and the elastic supply of low cost labour from overseas; the inelastic supply of domestic output; the critical importance of the domestic agricultural sector and the lack of low-cost transportation; the reasons for the failure of international trade to act as an engine for generalized economic development; the special importance of economic infrastructure and public finance for the onset of sustained economic growth and structural change; and the central features of Brazilian development and industrialisation in the first half of the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853194

Underdevelopment and Development in Brazil: Volume IIReassessing the Obstacles to Economic Development First published in 1982 this work builds on the detailed economic history of Brazil in its companion volume: "Economic Structure and Change 1822-1947" assessing and challenging the established interpretations. The book covers in depth the causes of the Northeast’s poor economic experience and the emergence of significant regional inequality in Brazil’s development. In his analysis of the role of Government in Brazil’s economic development the author offers a fresh perspective on the importance of public finance constraints and on the tensions between centralisation and federalism. The study also deals with broader analytical interests affording opportunity to examine the empirical relevance of long-term development models. In encompassing both the period of slow economic growth through much of the nineteenth century and the rapid economic development which began at the end of the century the study is able to focus upon the conditions which led to the onset of sustained development in a major underdeveloped country suggesting lessons for contemporary underdeveloped countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851794

Underemployment Among Asians in the United StatesAsian Indian Filipino and Vietnamese Workers First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986404

Underexploited Spice CropsPresent Status Agrotechnology and Future Research Directions Spices provide our food with nutraceutical value rather than actual nutrition. But apart from the popular and major spices there are several other spices which in spite of their enormous contribution to human health remain underexploited or underutilized. This new volume Underexploited Spice Crops: Present Status Agrotechnology and Future Research Directions is a valuable compilation of agrotechniques coupled with background information research works and scientific discussions on these spices. It will include in-depth narration on underexploited spice crops as products in influencing present-day the global export market and the renewed interest in these crops throughout the world. The volume deals with the scientific approach of growing underexploited spices with the intention of popularizing them. Separate chapters on the importance of each spice methods of growing and harvesting and recent research from around the world along with future strategies are covered.   Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886970

Undergraduate Instrumental Analysis Crucial to research in molecular biology medicine geology food science materials science and many other fields analytical instrumentation is used by many scientists and engineers who are not chemists. Undergraduate Instrumental Analysis Seventh Edition provides users of analytical instrumentation with an understanding of these instruments covering all major fields of modern instrumentation. Following the tradition of earlier editions this text is designed for teaching undergraduates and those with no analytical chemistry background how contemporary analytical instrumentation works as well as its uses and limitations.Each chapter provides a discussion of the fundamental principles underlying the techniques descriptions of the instrumentation and numerous applications. The chapters also contain updated bibliographies and problems and most have suggested experiments appropriate to the techniques. This completely revised and updated edition covers subjects in more detail such as a completely revised x-ray chapter expanded coverage of electroanalytical techniques and expansion of chromatography and mass spectrometry topics to reflect the predominance of these instruments in laboratories. This includes state-of-the-art sample introduction and mass analyzers and the latest developments in UPLC and hyphenated techniques. The book also contains new graphics and addresses several new topics: Ion mobility spectrometry Time domain NMR (relaxometry) Electron spin resonance spectroscopy (ESR EPR) Forensic science and bioanalytical applications Microcalorimetry and optical thermal instruments Laser-induced breakdown spectroscopy (LIBS) This text uniquely combines instrumental analysis with organic spectral interpretation (IR NMR and MS). It provides detailed coverage of sampling sample handling sample storage and sample preparation. In addition the authors have included many instrument manufacturers’ websites which contain extensive resources. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781420061352

Undergraduate Research for Student Engagement and Learning There is growing interest in undergraduate research given its benefits to students faculty members and the institution. For higher education scholars faculty and administrators this book logically synthesizes the literature to demonstrate its impact on facilitation of learning and engagement and to chart a course for expanding and improving these opportunities. This book provides a comprehensive overview of undergraduate research as a "high-impact practice" in postsecondary education from its theoretical underpinnings and research-base to student participation and faculty incentives. This important resource offers analysis of the current state of undergraduate research explores challenges and unresolved questions affecting undergraduate research and provides implications for research and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138912052

Undergraduate Research in ArtA Guide for Students Undergraduate Research in Art: A Guide for Students supplies tools for scaffolding research skills with examples of undergraduate research activities and case studies on projects in the various areas of the study of art—from art history art education and fine art therapy to studio art graphic design and digital media. Although art degree programs don’t always call it research many undergraduate activities in art have components that could be combined into comprehensive projects. The book begins with an overview chapter followed by seven chapters on research skills including literature reviews choosing topics formulating questions citing sources disseminating results and working with data and human subjects. A wide variety of subdisciplines follow in Chapters 9 through 18 with sample project ideas from each as well as undergraduate research conference abstracts. The final chapter is an annotated guide to online resources that students can access and readily operate. Each chapter opens with inspiring quotations and wraps up with applicable discussion questions. Professors and students can use Undergraduate Research in Art as a text or a reference book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138587410

Undergraduate Research in DanceA Guide for Students Undergraduate Research in Dance: A Guide for Students supplies tools for scaffolding research skills alongside examples of undergraduate research in dance scholarship. Dance can be studied as an expressive embodied art form with physical cognitive and affective domains and as an integral part of society history and vast areas of interdisciplinary content. To this end the guidance provided by this book will equip future dance professionals with the means to move the field of dance forward. Chapters 1–9 guide students through the fundamentals of research methods providing a foundation to help students get started in understanding research protocols and processes. Students will learn skills such as how to choose a research topic refine research questions conduct literature reviews cite sources synthesize and analyze data develop conclusions and results and present their findings. Chapters 10–19 detail forms of undergraduate research in a rich diversity of fields within dance that are taught in many collegiate dance programs including dance therapy history science psychology education and technology in addition to public scholarship choreography and interdisciplinary topics. The book also includes a final chapter which provides annotated online resources and many of its chapters are supported by examples of abstracts of capstone projects senior theses and conference presentations by undergraduate researchers across the United States. Suitable for both professors and students Undergraduate Research in Dance is an ideal reference book for any course that has a significant opportunity for the creation of new knowledge or as an essential interdisciplinary connection between dance and other disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138484122

Undergraduate Research in FilmA Guide for Students Undergraduate Research in Film: A Guide for Students supplies tools for building research skills with examples of undergraduate research activities and case studies on projects in the various areas in the study of film film theory film production history of film and interdisciplinary projects. Professors and students can use it as a text and/or a reference book. Essentially what makes this volume unique is that it brings together examples of film projects and film studies courses within the framework of research skills. Following an overview chapter the next seven chapters cover research skills including writing literature reviews choosing topics and formulating questions working with human subjects collecting and analyzing data  citing sources and disseminating results. A wide variety of sub-disciplines follow in chapters 9-16 with sample project ideas from each as well as undergraduate research conference abstracts. The final chapter is an annotated guide to online resources. All chapters begin with inspiring quotations and end with relevant discussion questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138599529

Undergraduate Research in MusicA Guide for Students Undergraduate Research in Music: A Guide for Students supplies tools for scaffolding research skills with examples of undergraduate research activities and case studies on projects in the various areas of music study. Undergraduate research has become a common degree requirement in some disciplines and is growing rapidly. Many undergraduate activities in music have components that could be combined into compelling undergraduate research projects either in the required curriculum as part of existing courses or in capstone courses centered on undergraduate research. The book begins with an overview chapter followed by the seven chapters on research skills including literature reviews choosing topics formulating questions citing sources disseminating results and working with data and human subjects. A wide variety of musical subdisciplines follow in Chapters 9–18 with sample project ideas from each as well as undergraduate research conference abstracts. The final chapter is an annotated guide to online resources that students can access and readily operate. Each chapter opens with inspiring quotations and wraps up with applicable discussion questions. Professors and students can use Undergraduate Research in Music: A Guide for Students as a text or a reference book in any course that has a significant opportunity for the creation of knowledge or art within the discipline of music or in connecting music with other disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415787833

Undergraduates in a Second LanguageChallenges and Complexities of Academic Literacy Development This is the first book-length study of bilingual international and immigrant students in English writing courses that attempts to fully embed their writing experiences within the broader frame of their personal histories the human context of their development and the disciplinary contexts of their majors. It addresses the questions: How useful are L2 writing courses for the students who are required to take them? What do the students carry with them from these courses to their other disciplinary courses across the curriculum? What happens to these students after they leave ESL English or writing classes? Drawing on data from a 5-year longitudinal study of four university students for whom English was not their strongest/primary language it captures their literacy experiences throughout their undergraduate careers. The intensive case studies answer some questions and raise others about these students’ academic development as it entwined with their social experiences and identity formation and with the ideological context of studying at a US university in the 1990s. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315084442

Underground Aqueducts Handbook This book presents the major engineering achievements in underground aqueducts from around the world and throughout history. It provides valuable insights into water technologies and management with respect to durability adaptability to the environment and sustainability. Comparisons of the technological underground aqueduct developments from several regions are made. These technologies are the underpinning of modern achievements in water supply engineering and water management practices and current issues of sustainability cost-effectiveness and decentralization have led engineers to consider combining older proven technologies with modern infrastructure advancements. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498748308

Underground Economies in TransitionUnrecorded Activity Tax Evasion Corruption and Organized Crime Published in 1999 this work examines the crucial role played by unofficial and underground activities in the transitional economies of Central and Eastern Europe and new independent states. Countries undergoing radical transformations from socialism to capitalism experience fundamental changes in institutional rules governing property rights government regulations taxation and the appropriate conduct of public service. Underground and unofficial activities represents non-compliant economic behaviours involving evasion avoidance circumvention abuse and/or corruption of the institutional rules as well as efforts to conceal these illicit behaviours from the view of public authorities. The book employs the conceptual framework of the new institutional economics to elaborate the theoretical relationship between underground activities and overall performance of transition economies. The social cultural and economic causes of unofficial activities are examined as well as their consequences for economic policy and performance. Policy issues include the relationship between tax evasion and corruption the underground economy and organized crime state and regulation and methods and consequences of legalization of the underground economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367075170

Underground Excavations in Rock Deals with the geotechnical aspects of the design of underground openings for mining and civil engineering processes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138473928

Underground Humour In Nazi Germany 1933-1945 Not all Germans living under Hitler succumbed passively to the rhetoric and horror of the Nazi regime. Covert popular opposition in the form of humorous resistance was wider spread than is commonly thought. Embracing jokes stories and 60 cartoons this is the only collection in English of underground anti-Nazi humour. It is as such an invaluable contribution to the social history of twentieth century Germany. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138006720

Underground Infrastructure of Urban Areas 2 Underground infrastructure undoubtedly constitutes one of the most important engineering equipments of urbanized areas. Such infrastructure includes energy distribution communications and water carry away sewage elements of transportation systems of goods and people storage facilities of articles liquids and gases as well as commercial recreational and research activities and other functions. Underground Infrastructure of Urban Areas is dedicated to the research design implementation and maintenance of infrastructure systems as well as communication tunnels and building structures (garages tanks etc.) in urbanized areas. The book collects contributions from eight countries presenting current scientific and technical issues associated with this area of the building industry. Both theoretical issues and cases studies on the design execution and testing of underground infrastructures at expertise and scientific levels are included in the present work. Presenting the state-of-the-art in underground infrastructure of urbanized areas the book aims at academics designers and builders of structures producers and suppliers of building materials equipment and underground structures and also to those managing and maintaining these structures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415683944

Underground Infrastructure of Urban Areas 3 Underground infrastructure undoubtedly constitutes one of the most important engineering components of urbanized areas. Such infrastructure includes energy distribution communications and water carry away sewage elements of transportation systems of goods and people storage facilities of articles liquids and gases as well as commercial recreational and research activities and other functions. Underground Infrastructure of Urban Areas 3 is dedicated to the research design implementation and maintenance of infrastructure systems as well as communication tunnels and building structures (garages tanks etc.) in urbanized areas. The book collects contributions from several countries presenting current scientific and technical issues associated with this area of the building industry. Both theoretical issues and case studies on the design execution and testing of underground infrastructures at professional and academic levels are included in the present work. Presenting the state-of-the-art in underground infrastructure of urbanized areas the book aims at academics designers and builders of structures producers and suppliers of building materials equipment and underground structures and also at those managing and maintaining these structures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138026520

Underground Infrastructure of Urban Areas 4Proceedings of the 13th International Conference on Underground Infrastructure of Urban Areas (UI Underground infrastructure undoubtedly constitutes one of the most important engineering equipments of urbanized areas. It includes energy distribution communications and water carry away sewage transportation systems of goods and people storage facilities of articles liquids and gases and commercial recreational and research activities and other functions. Underground Infrastructure of Urban Areas 4 is dedicated to the research design implementation and maintenance of infrastructure systems as well as communication tunnels and building structures (garages tanks etc.) in urbanized areas. The book collects contributions from several countries presenting current scientific and technical issues associated with this area of the building industry. Both theoretical issues and cases studies on the design execution and testing of underground infrastructures at expertise and scientific levels are included in the book. Presenting the state-of-the-art in underground infrastructure of urbanized areas Underground Infrastructure of Urban Areas 4 aims at academics designers and builders of structures producers and suppliers of building materials equipment and underground structures and also to those managing and maintaining these structures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138559530

Underground Infrastructure Research A collection of papers from the international symposium "Underground Infrastructure Research: Municipal Industrial and Environmental Applications 2001". It explores materials for buried pipelines pipeline construction techniques and condition assessment methods and more. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003077480

Underground Music from the Former USSR First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315077833

Underground Rap as ReligionA Theopoetic Examination of a Process Aesthetic Religion Underground rap is largely a subversive grassroots and revolutionary movement in underground hip-hop tending to privilege creative freedom as well as progressive and liberating thoughts and actions. This book contends that many practitioners of underground rap have absorbed religious traditions and ideas and implement critique or abandon them in their writings. This in turn creates processural mutations of God that coincide with and speak to the particular context from which they originate.Utilising the work of scholars like Monica Miller and Alfred North Whitehead Gill uses a secular religious methodology to put forward an aesthetic philosophy of religion for the rap portion of underground hip-hop. Drawing from Whiteheadian process thought a theopoetic argument is made. Namely that it is not simply the case that is God the "poet of the world" but rather rap can in fact be the poet (creator) of its own form of quasi-religion.This is a unique look at the religious workings and implications of underground rap and hip hop. As such it will be of keen interest to scholars of Religious Studies Hip-Hop Studies and Process Philosophy and Theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138307797

Underground Urbanism Have you ever wondered what lies beneath the streets of your city? Do you picture in isolation a series of train tunnels and pipes? Or perhaps the foundations of tall buildings that lie scattered like icebergs beneath the surface? As our cities grow up out and down it is time we better understood how the different layers of these complex urban environments relate to one another. Underground Urbanism seeks to provide a new perspective on our cities and consider how this might be used to engage more positively with them. So tip your cities upside down to have a closer look and let us rethink them from (below) the ground up. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138696792

Underground Works under Special ConditionsProceedings of the ISRM Workshop W1 Madrid Spain 6-7 July 2007 This book contains papers and special lectures presented at the workshop Underground Works under Special Conditions held in Madrid in 2007 within the framework of the 11th International Congress of the International Society for Rock Mechanics. It contains a comprehensive collection of topics related to some of the most complex underground works recently undertaken across the world. A number of main themes are highlighted in the book: rock burst face stability design parameters and TBM selection criteria among others. Underground Works under Special Conditions will be invaluable to consultants designers contractors and researchers and all professionals working in the tunnelling and underground world. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138465787

Underground. The Way to the Future Underground – the way to the future was the motto of the World Tunnel Congress 2013 in Geneva Switzerland. The use of underground space has gained importance during the last years due to the tremendous global urbanization the high demand on transportation capacities and energy production. All this result in a wider range of use of underground space: besides the traditional road railway metro and utility tunnels more and more other functionalities of modern life are placed under ground in order to free the surface for other uses. The 300 papers of the present book cover important aspects of modern underground infrastructures: Development and use of underground space; project planning and implementation (construction management risk control cost estimation and scheduling contracting practices); design and analysis methods and considerations; construction technology developments; tunnel operation (safety maintenance rehabilitation and repair); case histories (learning from failures long deep tunnels underground construction for hydropower). Underground – the way to the future will be invaluable to specialists contractors and design engineers in underground planning construction and tunnelling worldwide and to academics interested in underground and geotechnical engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138000940

Underlying Standards that Support Population Health Improvement This book highlights success stories and challenges to implementing health IT standards. The narrative of each chapter demonstrates how standards further interoperable health data exchange especially in the service of advancing tools to monitor population health. These are critical stories that demonstrate to an international community of health and IT experts how to bring the right stakeholders together and bridge classic divides between software architects and clinical end users health system decision-makers and standard authors. Media > Books > Print Books HIMSS Publishing 9781498761451

Undermining Local DemocracyParallel Governance in Contemporary South India Focusing on Karnataka in India this study examines the implications of the model of development sought to be introduced in the entire country through the governance reforms of the post-1991 period — a model that bypasses Panchayat Raj institutions (PRIs) resulting in a majority of the population being left outside the purview of development. These changes in governance resulted in among other things the prolific growth of NGOs in the country particularly in Karnataka. Explaining how community-based organizations (CBOs) set up by these NGOs have made their way into rural Karnataka this book expresses concern over how they now perform functions that rightly belong to PRIs following the 73rd Amendment to the Constitution which devolves 29 functions to local self-government passing on the funds they receive from the centre to their district and village branches though these should actually go to PRIs. The book argues that elected representatives have been put in place by the people at all levels and it is they who should take decisions regarding the development of this country. In the post-liberalisation period governance through institutions that eschew political decentralisation is fraught with hazards. Not only will avenues for the expression of people’s wishes be lacking in such a scenario but there will also be increasing inequality resulting in a skewed development. The inclusiveness which the present government seeks will elude them unless they restore and strengthen Panchayat Raj institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138662773

Undernutrition Agriculture and Public ProvisioningThe Impact on Women and Children in India Using quantitative techniques this volume provides empirical evidence on the crucial role of public provisioning of food water sanitation and health care in reducing undernutrition among women and children in India. The linkages are cogently explored and connected to the sustainable development goals. Key data comes from recent large secondary sources at district household and individual levels and the econometric methodologies are clearly explained. Taken as a whole it highlights the effects of public provisioning on malnutrition and identifies the relative importance of agricultural growth in resolving the nutrition problems in rural and semi-urban areas of India. This edited volume will be valuable reading for advanced graduate students researchers and practitioners in development economics development studies and nutrition and public health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367361723

Undernutrition and Public Policy in IndiaInvesting in the future Despite substantial economic growth India has one of the highest undernutrition rates in the world; it is home to almost 40 per cent of the world’s stunted children. This volume assesses the status and causes of undernutrition in the country and examines the effectiveness of policies designed to address undernutrition. The essays tackle wide-ranging themes and challenging issues including nutrition; water sanitation and hygiene (WASH); maternal neonatal and child health; Integrated Child Development Services (ICDS); Public Distribution System (PDS); crop procurement; and National Food Security Act 2013. With contributions from leading academic researchers policymakers as well as civil society representatives this volume will be indispensable to scholars teachers and students of public policy development economics development sociology and Indian economy. It will also be useful to government institutions think tanks and NGOs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815395898

Underpinning and Retention The failure of foundations leads to distortion of building superstructures and a loss of structural integrity. If allowed to continue unchecked this process will lead ultimately to non-serviceability and demolition. The chief and most successful remedial measure is to underpin the structure and restore full or partial structural integrity. Various underpinning methods exist and choosing a particular method or selection of methods is the job of the engineer. Consistent with the underpinning procedure is the need to retain the affected structure plus the surrounding ground and/or buildings. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367865955

Underprivileged School Children and the Assault on DignityPolicy Challenges and Resistance Every day children living in low-income communities have no choice but to grow up in a climate where they experience multiple unending assaults to their sense of dignity. This volume applies theoretical and historical insights to think through the increasingly undignified realities of life in economically marginalized communities. It includes examples of curricular challenges that low-income students in the US confront today while attempting to learn. Curricular challenges are analyzed as material texts that emerge out of student lived experiences in the economically disposed neighborhoods in which schools are located and the dynamics of the schools and classrooms themselves. Attention is also paid to educators and students who push back against these forces in an effort to reclaim voice identity and dignity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138286900

Understanding Defining and Eliminating Workplace BullyingAssuring dignity at work Workplace bullying is a severe and pervasive problem around the globe and in particular in the United States where no meaningful steps have been taken to address this problem. This book will help readers to understand and to define workplace bullying to be able to prevent detect remedy and eliminate workplace bullying. Readers will gain an understanding of the forms causes and effects of workplace bullying. Readers will also be able to understand the current gaps in U.S. law and become familiar with more effective international laws to address workplace bullying. Finally the reader will be presented with the potential paths to put an end to workplace bullying in their own workplace and in workplaces across the globe.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367882013

Understanding Evaluating and Conducting Second Language Writing Research Understanding Evaluating and Conducting Second Language Writing Research speaks to the rapidly growing area of second language writing by providing a uniquely balanced approach to L2 writing research. While other books favor either a qualitative or quantitative approach to second language acquisition (SLA) research this text is comprehensive in scope and does not privilege one approach over the other illuminating the strengths of each and the ways in which they might complement each other. It also provides equal weight to the cognitive and socio-cultural approaches to SLA. Containing an array of focal studies and suggestions for further reading this text is the ideal resource for students beginning to conduct L2 writing research as well as for more experienced researchers who wish to expand their approach to conducting research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138814684

Understanding Measuring and Improving Daily ManagementHow to Use Effective Daily Management to Drive Significant Process Improvement Understanding Measuring and Improving Daily Management explains the critical parts of a continuous improvement strategy to achieve Operational Excellence and where reactive improvement through effective daily management fits in. In addition it shows the consequences to your Operational Excellence journey if daily management is not performed well. Reactive improvement develops the capability and discipline within the organization to be able to rapidly recover from an event or incident that stops you from achieving your expected or target performance for the day shift or hour and most importantly -- your ability to capture the learning and initiate corrective actions so that the event or incident will not re-occur anywhere across the organization. As such reactive improvement focuses on improving daily management through your daily review meetings your information centers supporting the daily review meetings and your frontline problem-solving root cause analysis capability at all levels. The book introduces the seven elements of reactive improvement that must work in concert for effective daily management and allows the reader to rate their site or department to determine their starting point compared to best practices: 1. Supportive organization structure to support development of your people so they have ownership and accountability for the performance of their area of responsibility; 2. Effective frontline leaders to ensure everyone else in the leadership structure are not working down a level; 3. Appropriate measures with expected targets that are linked to the site’s Key Success Factors for Operations to ensure goal alignment and are relevant to the area being focused on; 4. Structured daily review meetings to identify opportunities (problems/incidents) and monitor progress of their solution so they don’t happen again; 5. Visual information centers that visually display daily and trending performance along with monitoring of actions to address problems/issues raised; 6. Frontline problem-solving root cause analysis capability across the site; and 7. Rapid sharing of learning capability across shifts departments and the organization. The author outlines in detail why each of the seven elements are important to achieving Operational Excellence and most importantly how to implement each element supported with many templates and tools. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138589285

Understanding Measuring and Improving Overall Equipment EffectivenessHow to Use OEE to Drive Significant Process Improvement Understanding Measuring and Improving Overall Equipment Effectiveness: How to Use OEE to Drive Significant Process Improvement explains why the Overall Equipment Effectiveness (OEE) measure was created and how it should be used. Based on 20 years of hands on experience applying OEE at over 150 sites this step-by-step practical guide provides templates assessments a comprehensive loss-analysis framework to identify all possible variables that could affect OEE and supporting spreadsheets to measure and improve OEE. It outlines the different operational situations in which OEE can foster improvements and the implications before providing an easy-to-understand template for creating appropriate definitions for all the losses and a loss model. The author explains how to calculate OEE using examples to improve performance and then shows in detail how to use an OEE Loss Analysis Spreadsheet to understand all losses set an ideal vision and then classify losses so improvement can be approached in the most sustaining way. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138054202

Understanding Nurturing and Working Effectively with Vulnerable Children in Schools‘Why Can’t You Hear Me?’ In times of increasing pressure on schools and teachers it is essential that teachers are equipped to understand the emotional and relational factors in learning and teaching. Vulnerable and disaffected children need understanding and nurture rather than reactive management which can easily exacerbate their difficulties leaving them unheard and defensive and even undermine teacher confidence and effectiveness. Understanding Nurturing and Working Effectively with Vulnerable Children in Schools offers a comprehensive and accessible exploration of the difficulties faced by teachers and schools from at-risk and disaffected children including repeated trauma and insecure attachment patterns. The book describes how a thoughtful ‘relationship-based’ approach can both alleviate such difficulties and offer a second chance attachment experience enabling students to discover it might be safe to let down their all consuming defences a little; thus freeing them to begin to learn. It offers: practical suggestions in note form – making them easy to use refer to and assimilate; numerous case examples and teacher friendly theoretical background material; a wealth of ideas for ways forward including differentiated responses to children in the light of their particular patterns developmental stages and unmet needs. Written from extensive professional experience this is an essential handbook and resource book for trainers schools teachers and school staff and also for educational psychologists and those in children’s services working with vulnerable children in pre and primary schools as well as those in special schools and units. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367025465

Understanding a Changing ChinaKey Issues for Business As China becomes the world’s largest economy so it becomes important to understand the key issues shaping the country’s business environment and the behaviour of Chinese businesspeople. This is difficult because those issues are contested. Is China growing at 3% or 8%? Is the Chinese consumer going to save the world? Are state-owned enterprises national champions or zombies? Have we reached the end of "Cheap China"? Can China innovate? Is business still dominated by personal connections? Are markets or the state in control? Does Chinese culture impede or support organizational effectiveness? Are Chinese dragons at your door? Will the finance and property sectors implode? Is the Chinese model sustainable or will it end in tears? On all these issues there is ill-informed "noise" and an abundance of partisan interpretations. The purpose of this book therefore is to provide an even-handed analysis of the key issues that will shape the threats and opportunities arising from China’s development in the next decade. It cannot resolve the competing claims made. However it does provide the reader with the ideas and the sources of evidence needed to understand and to make well thought-out judgments as China continues to evolve. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138203754

Understanding Abstract Concepts across Modes in Multimodal DiscourseA Cognitive Linguistic Approach This volume looks at spatialization of abstract concepts in verbo-pictorial aphorisms at work in the cartoons of a single artist. While extensive work has been done in studying spatialization of abstract concepts in grammar and lexicon within cognitive linguistics this book is the first of its kind to provide a detailed account of such phenomena in multimodal discourse. The volume integrates a range of approaches from cognitive linguistics including image schema theory conceptual theory of metaphor multimodal metaphor theory the dynamic approach to metaphor and a multimodal approach to metonymy and applies this multi-faceted framework to a selection of cartoons from the work of Polish artist Janusz Kapusta. Taken together these cartoons form the basis of two comprehensive case studies which explore the abstract concepts of "emotions" and "life " highlighting the ways in which cartoons can illustrate the important relationship between space situated cognition and language and in turn a clear and systematic framework for establishing cohesive ties between the verbal and pictorial modes in multimodal cognitive linguistic research. The volume sheds new light on visual thinking and multimodal rendition of creative abstract thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367244828

Understanding Accounting in its Social and Historical ContextThe Case of Cost Accounting in Britain 1914-1925 Underlying this book first published in 1988 is the belief that it is insightful to examine accounting not as merely a technical process nor as a technical process with social and political consequences but as an activity which is both social and political in itself. One way of illuminating the social nature of accounting is through studying its cultural variations for although accounting is a feature of modern industrial society the extent of its use varies across cultures. This book examines the history of accounting and explores the complicated relationship between accounting and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367511159

Understanding ADHDA Guide to Symptoms Management and Treatment This essential guide provides accessible concise evidence-based guidelines on Atttention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) offering a deeper scientific understanding of the condition and its consequences. It offers ideas and insights for managing the condition in daily family life and promoting the most effective self-regulation strategies for children and adolescents allowing parents to better understand the origins of their child’s behaviour and avoid potential negative consequences. In this straightforward text Capodieci and Re set out the basic theories on ADHD and cover key topics including parent-child relationships helping children understand their condition friendships with peers comorbidities classroom strategies and how families and professionals can best work together. Taking into account the most recent updates to the DSM-5 definition of ADHD the authors emphasise the importance of a multifocal approach to the treatment of ADHD involving the child’s teachers parents and peers to better develop family and peer relationships. They offer strategies for the classroom for good sleep and for healthy eating and physical activity and support for any other learning language movement and emotional problems an ADHD child might have. Understanding ADHD will be essential reading for parents of children with ADHD as well as health education and social care professionals involved in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367193249

Understanding Adult Attachment in Family RelationshipsResearch Assessment and Intervention Attachment theory has become a key focus of both research and practice in understanding and treating psychological and social risk for marital and relationship problems parenting and clinical disorders. In particular adult attachment style is a key explanatory factor for understanding problems in human relationships. This practical book introduces and explains an easily accessible assessment tool for adult attachment style the Attachment Style Interview (ASI). Based on extensive research study it discusses appropriate interventions and case assessments that can be made to help families in need. Simpler than the Adult Attachment Interview which requires expert administration the ASI is an invaluable and evidence-based resource. Presenting clear and concise descriptions of the measure and summaries of the attachment models developed this text provides discussions of its relevance for different practice contexts and uses a range of worked case studies to illustrate its principles and applications. It details attachment issues in different relationship domains to cover areas of risk and resilience relevant for practice such as: Adult depression and anxiety and stress models Partner difficulties including domestic violence Childhood neglect and abuse as a source of attachment problems Parenting and intergenerational transmission of risk Interventions service application and use in family therapy. Understanding Adult Attachment in Family Relationships provides an important reference for all practitioners working with children adolescents and families especially those undertaking further study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415594332

Understanding Adult Education and Training 'This is an impressive book that will be of wide interest to adult educators everywhere.Many of the book's contributors work at the University of Technology Sydney - surely the world's pre-eminent institution for the study of adult learning and the most open and generous location for debate. Its virtues are the book's.'Alan Tuckett National Institute of Adult Continuing Education UK'I am happy to endorse this book enthusiastically as being appropriate for a North American audience of adult educators.Though it's an intentionally introductory survey it never talks down to readers never condescends. On the other hand it's not so intenationally erudite that it collagpses into theoretical posturing; it stays firmly grounded in and connected to practice.'Stephen Brookfield University of St. Thomas USAUnderstanding Adult Education and Training offers a broad overview of the field for adult educators and workplace trainers. It introduces the keys issues debates and theories in a way which is relevant to practice. Its aim is to deepen readers' understanding of adult learning and education so that they can be better practitioners.Adult education is a diverse field so there is no single body of knowledge which is appropriate for all adult educators. Understanding Adult Education and Training introduces a wide range of formal theory from adult education and associated fields and shows readers how they can use it their own circumstances.The first edition of this book has become a standard reference for students and professionals in Australia. This edition is fully revised and updated for an international readership. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003118299

Understanding Advanced Statistical Methods Providing a much-needed bridge between elementary statistics courses and advanced research methods courses Understanding Advanced Statistical Methods helps students grasp the fundamental assumptions and machinery behind sophisticated statistical topics such as logistic regression maximum likelihood bootstrapping nonparametrics and Bayesian methods. The book teaches students how to properly model think critically and design their own studies to avoid common errors. It leads them to think differently not only about math and statistics but also about general research and the scientific method. With a focus on statistical models as producers of data the book enables students to more easily understand the machinery of advanced statistics. It also downplays the "population" interpretation of statistical models and presents Bayesian methods before frequentist ones. Requiring no prior calculus experience the text employs a "just-in-time" approach that introduces mathematical topics including calculus where needed. Formulas throughout the text are used to explain why calculus and probability are essential in statistical modeling. The authors also intuitively explain the theory and logic behind real data analysis incorporating a range of application examples from the social economic biological medical physical and engineering sciences. Enabling your students to answer the why behind statistical methods this text teaches them how to successfully draw conclusions when the premises are flawed. It empowers them to use advanced statistical methods with confidence and develop their own statistical recipes. Ancillary materials are available on the book’s website. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781466512108

Understanding African American RhetoricClassical Origins to Contemporary Innovations First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315024332

Understanding Africa's Rural Households And Farming Systems In this book the difficult problems of agriculture in sub-Saharan Africa are examined by the farming systems approach which aims to improve food production under adverse conditions through agronomic and social science research conducted on the farm. Particular attention is paid to household decision-making processes that affect the way households Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215521

Understanding Aging and DiversityTheories and Concepts The demographic phenomena of increased life expectancy increasing global population of older adults and a larger number of older people as a proportion of the total population in nations throughout the world will affect our lives and the life of each person we know. The changes will result in challenges and benefits for societies and people of all ages. These events need to be understood explained and their consequences addressed; sociological theories about aging are an essential part of this process.In Understanding Aging and Diversity: Theories and Concepts Patricia Kolb presents important sociological theories and concepts for understanding experiences of older people and their families in a rapidly changing world. She explores concepts from phenomenology critical theory feminist theory life course theory and gerotranscendence theory to explain important issues in the lives of older people. This book investigates similarities and differences in aging experiences focusing in particular on the effects of inequality. Kolb examines the relationship of ethnicity race gender sexual orientation and social class to international aging experiences.This book explores the relationships between older people and social systems in different ways and informs thinking about policy development and other strategies for enhancing the wellbeing of older adults. It will be useful for students and scholars of sociology gerontology social work anthropology economics demography and global studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367866280

Understanding Alternative MedicineNew Health Paths in America Understanding Alternative Medicine: New Health Paths in America provides health professionals and educators with insight into the growing use and social acceptance of alternative medicines in the United States today. This book discusses the political economic and scientific implications of multicultural medicine in American society and provides you with specific information on the use of alternative medicines in the United States. With this complete and comprehensive guide you will discover the safety and efficacy of alternative medicines therapies and philosophies to offer your patients the best possible care for their ailments.Intelligent and informative Understanding Alternative Medicine examines several different philosophies that alternative treatments are based on such as Shamanism Ayurvedic Medicine and traditional chinese medicine and discusses some of the negative consequences of these practices on both the plant and animal kingdoms. This essential book will provide you with a variety of medical suggestions to improve your patients’health while examining present issues surrounding alternative medicine including: realizing the environmental impact on endangered plants and animals used as ingredients in traditional and herbal medicines to help you understand the negative effects on the world while balancing the positive effects for the human population understanding the economic growth and social acceptance of the alternative health industry and its move into mainstream society examining why according to some doctors’opinions the United States Food and Drug Administration continues to be unsuccessful in its efforts to properly evaluate the safety and efficacy of alternative medicineThrough this essential book you will discover how American medicine has diversified among accepted medical practices as well as medical practitioners and that these trends are beginning to change American health care practices and procedures. Understanding Alternative Medicine offers proof on how these changes have influenced the growing availability awareness and use of traditional medicines in order to expand your options for patient care and help people live improved and healthier lives. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043586

Understanding American IconsAn Introduction to Semiotics This brief student-friendly introduction to the study of semiotics uses examples from 25 iconic locations in the United States. From Coney Island to Las Vegas the World Trade Center to the Grand Canyon Berger shows how semiotics offers a different lens in understanding locations taken for granted in American culture. He recasts Disneyland according to Freud channels the Mall of America through Baudrilliard and sees Mount Rushmore through the lens of Gramsci. A seasoned author of student texts Berger offers an entertaining non-threatening way to teach theory to undergraduates and that will fit ideally in classes on cultural studies American studies social theory and tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611320398

Understanding American Political PartiesDemocratic Ideals Political Uncertainty and Strategic Positioning How do parties respond to the electorate and craft winning strategies? In the abstract parties are the vehicles to make democracy work but it is often difficult to see the process working as well as we think it might. Indeed voters often struggle to see parties as the valuable vehicles of representation that so many academics describe. There is a clear discrepancy between the ideal expressed in many textbooks and the reality that we see playing out in politics. Noted scholar Jeffrey Stonecash gives us a big picture analysis that helps us understand what is happening in contemporary party politics. He explains that parties behave the way they do because of existing political conditions and how parties adapt to those conditions as they prepare for the next election. Parties are unsure if realignment has stabilized and just what issues brought them their current base. Does a majority support their positions and how are they to react to ongoing social change? Is the electorate paying attention and can parties get a clear message to those voters? This book focuses on the challenges parties face in preparing for future elections while seeking to cope with current conditions. This coping leads to indecisiveness of positioning simplification of issues repetition of messages and efforts to disparage the reputation of the opposing party. Stonecash sheds much needed light on why parties engage in the practices that frustrate so many Americans. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415508438

Understanding and Applying Cryptography and Data Security A How-to Guide for Implementing Algorithms and ProtocolsAddressing real-world implementation issues Understanding and Applying Cryptography and Data Security emphasizes cryptographic algorithm and protocol implementation in hardware software and embedded systems. Derived from the author’s teaching notes and research publications the text is designed for electrical engineering and computer science courses.Provides the Foundation for Constructing Cryptographic ProtocolsThe first several chapters present various types of symmetric-key cryptographic algorithms. These chapters examine basic substitution ciphers cryptanalysis the Data Encryption Standard (DES) and the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES). Subsequent chapters on public-key cryptographic algorithms cover the underlying mathematics behind the computation of inverses the use of fast exponentiation techniques tradeoffs between public- and symmetric-key algorithms and the minimum key lengths necessary to maintain acceptable levels of security. The final chapters present the components needed for the creation of cryptographic protocols and investigate different security services and their impact on the construction of cryptographic protocols.Offers Implementation Comparisons By examining tradeoffs between code size hardware logic resource requirements memory usage speed and throughput power consumption and more this textbook provides students with a feel for what they may encounter in actual job situations.A solutions manual is available to qualified instructors with course adoptions.   Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367385798

Understanding and Applying Machine Vision Revised and Expanded A discussion of applications of machine vision technology in the semiconductor electronic automotive wood food pharmaceutical printing and container industries. It describes systems that enable projects to move forward swiftly and efficiently and focuses on the nuances of the engineering and system integration of machine vision technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399023

Understanding and Applying Medical Anthropology The editors of the third edition of the seminal textbook Understanding and Applying Medical Anthropology bring it completely up to date for both instructors and students. The collection of 49 readings (17 of them new to this edition) offers extensive background description and exposes students to the breadth of theoretical methodological and practical perspectives and issues in the field of medical anthropology. The text provides specific examples and case studies of research as it is applied to a range of health settings: from cross-cultural clinical encounters to cultural analysis of new biomedical technologies and the implementation of programs in global health settings. The new edition features: • a major revision that eliminates many older readings in favor of more fresh relevant selections; • a new section on structural violence that looks at the impact of poverty and other forms of social marginalization on health; • an updated and expanded section on “Conceptual Tools ” including new research and ideas that are currently driving the field of medical anthropology forward (such as epigenetics and syndemics); • new chapters on climate change Ebola PTSD among Iraq/Afghanistan veterans eating disorders and autism among others; • recent articles from Margaret Mead Award winners Sera Young Seth Holmes and Erin Finley along with new articles by such established medical anthropologists as Paul Farmer and Merrill Singer.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629582917

Understanding and Assessing Trauma in Children and AdolescentsMeasures Methods and Youth in Context In this volume Kathleen Nader has compiled an articulate and comprehensive guide to the complex process of assessment in youth and adolescent trauma. There are many issues that are important to evaluating children and adolescents and it is increasingly clear that reliance on just one type of assessment does not provide the most accurate results. From history to recent advances this book covers a wide range of methods and measures for assessing trauma including case examples to illustrate the integration of these different facets. Altogether the broad scope and inclusive depth of this work make it an essential addition to the field of trauma assessment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871632

Understanding and Caring for People with SchizophreniaFifteen Clinical Cases This book challenges professional and public misconceptions of schizophrenia as an illness with intractable symptoms and inexorable mental deterioration educating clinicians and researchers on the effectiveness of treatment to change the course of or prevent the onset of illness. The authors illustrate such effectiveness through fifteen case studies examining psychosis in diverse clients. These case studies are divided into the three phases of the illness—prodromal/clinical high risk first-episode chronic and treatment-refractory—with accompanying analyses of the causes symptoms interventions and treatments. By depicting patients at different clinical stages of the illness with accompanying explanations of how they got to that point what might have been done to avoid – or has been done to achieve – this outcome the reader will gain an appreciation of the nature of the illness and for the therapeutic potential of currently available treatments. Readers will learn about the various clinical aspects of schizophrenia and treatment including diagnosis prognosis clinical presentation suicide risk cognitive deficits stigma medication management and psychosocial interventions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367369996

Understanding and Changing Health BehaviourFrom Health Beliefs to Self-Regulation The identification of the factors predicting health behaviour has become a major focus of research in the field of health psychology and related disciplines. This awareness not only increases our understanding but also provides important targets for interventions to change health behaviour. Understanding and Changing Health Behaviour focuses on a range of key social cognitive factors in this process using examples from an impressive breadth of applied settings that include smoking cessation condom use and breast examination. The book features contributions from some of the best known researchers in the field. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315080055

Understanding and Coping with Failure: Psychoanalytic perspectives Failure is a theme of great importance in most clinical conditions and in everyday life from birth until death. Its impact can be destabilizing even disastrous. In spite of these facts there has been no comprehensive psychoanalytic exploration of this topic. Understanding and Coping with Failure: Psychoanalytic Perspectives fills this gap by examining failure from many perspectives. It goes a long way toward increasing understanding of the numerous issues involved and provides many valuable insights into ways of coping with these challenging experiences and several chapters discuss positive aspects of failure - what can be learned from what would otherwise simply be regrettable experiences.                              Brent Willock Rebecca Coleman Curtis and Lori C. Bohm bring together a rich diversity of topics explored in thoughtful ways by an international group of authors from the United Kingdom Canada and the United States of America. Failed therapies (which have been examined in the literature) are but one element freshly explored in this comprehensive exploration of the topic. The book is divided into sections covering the following topics: Failing and Forgiving; Society-Wide Failure; Failure in the Family; Therapeutic Failure; Professional Failure in the Consulting Room and on the Career Path; Integrity versus Despair: Facing Failure in the Final Phase of the Life Cycle; Metaphoric Bridges and Creativity; The Long Shadow of Childhood Relational Trauma. Understanding and Coping with Failure will be eagerly welcomed by all those trying to increase their awareness understanding and capacity to work with the many ramifications of this important issue. Because of the uniqueness of this broad detailed exploration of the complexities of the failure experience it will be essential reading for psychoanalysts psychotherapists psychologists psychiatrists social workers counselors and students in these disciplines. It will also appeal to a wider audience interested in the psychoanalytic perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415858533

Understanding and Crafting the MixThe Art of Recording Understanding and Crafting the Mix 3rd edition provides the framework to identify evaluate and shape your recordings with clear and systematic methods. Featuring numerous exercises this third edition allows you to develop critical listening and analytical skills to gain greater control over the quality of your recordings. Sample production sequences and descriptions of the recording engineer’s role as composer conductor and performer provide you with a clear view of the entire recording process. Dr. William Moylan takes an inside look into a range of iconic popular music thus offering insights into making meaningful sound judgments during recording. His unique focus on the aesthetic of recording and mixing will allow you to immediately and artfully apply his expertise while at the mixing desk. A companion website features recorded tracks to use in exercises reference materials additional examples of mixes and sound qualities and mixed tracks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415842815

Understanding and Developing Student Engagement Enhancing the student experience and in particular student engagement has become a primary focus of Higher Education. It is in particularly sharp focus as Higher Education moves forward into the uncertain world of high student fees and a developed Higher Education market. Student engagement is a hot topic in considering how to offer ‘value’ and a better student experience. Moreover it is receiving much attention all over the world and underpins so many other priorities such as retention widening participation and improving student learning generally. Understanding and Developing Student Engagement draws from a range of contributors in a wide variety of roles in Higher Education and all contributors are actively involved in the Researching Advancing and Inspiring Student Engagement (RAISE) Network. While utilising detailed case examples from UK universities the authors also provide a critical review and distillation of the differing paradigms of Student Engagement in America Australasia South Africa and Europe drawing upon key research studies and concepts from a variety of contexts. This book uncovers the multi-dimensional nature of student engagement utilising case examples from both student and staff perspectives and provides conceptual clarity and strong evidence about this rather elusive notion. It provides a firm foundation from which to discuss practices and policies that might best serve to foster engagement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415843393

Understanding and Doing Successful ResearchData Collection and Analysis for the Social Sciences Research Methods is an essential guide to carrying out a research project. Each of the focused chapters introduces and explains an aspect of social research to readers who may have no experience or knowledge of this subject. The emphasis is on ‘how to do’ various different methods how to decide which is the most appropriate and how to analyse the data. The book also includes examples of good practice from a range of social science disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781408229224

Understanding and Governing Sustainable Tourism MobilityPsychological and Behavioural Approaches Despite a growing contribution to climate change tourist and traveller behaviour is currently not acknowledged as an important sector within the development of climate policy.  Whilst tourists may be increasingly aware of potential impacts on climate change there is evidence that most are unwilling to modify their actual behaviours. Influencing individual behaviour in tourism and informing effective governance is therefore an essential part of climate change mitigation. This significant volume is the first to explore the psychological and social factors that may contribute to and inhibit sustainable change in the context of tourist and traveller behaviour. It draws on a range of disciplines to offer a critical review of the psychological understandings and behavioural aspects of climate change and tourism mobilities in addition to governance and policies based upon psychological behavioural and social mechanisms. It therefore provides a more informed understanding of how technology infrastructure and cost distribution can be developed in order to reach stronger mitigation goals whilst ensuring that resistance from consumers for socio-psychological reasons are minimized. Written by leading academics from a range of disciplinary backgrounds and regions this ground breaking volume is essential reading for all those interested in the effective governance of tourism’s contribution to climate change now and in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138082267

Understanding and Healing Emotional TraumaConversations with pioneering clinicians and researchers Understanding and Healing Emotional Trauma is an interdisciplinary book which explores our current understanding of the forces involved in both the creation and healing of emotional trauma. Through engaging conversations with pioneering clinicians and researchers Daniela F. Sieff offers accessible yet substantial answers to questions such as: What is emotional trauma? What are the causes? What are its consequences? What does it mean to heal emotional trauma? and How can healing be achieved? These questions are addressed through three interrelated perspectives: psychotherapy neurobiology and evolution.  Psychotherapeutic perspectives take us inside the world of the unconscious mind and body to illuminate how emotional trauma distorts our relationships with ourselves and with other people (Donald Kalsched Bruce Lloyd Tina Stromsted Marion Woodman). Neurobiological perspectives explore how trauma impacts the systems that mediate our emotional lives and well-being (Ellert Nijenhuis Allan Schore Daniel Siegel). And evolutionary perspectives contextualise emotional trauma in terms of the legacy we have inherited from our distant ancestors (James Chisholm Sarah Blaffer Hrdy Randolph Nesse).    Transforming lives affected by emotional trauma is possible but it can be a difficult process. The insights shared in these lively and informative conversations can support and facilitate that process.This book will therefore be a valuable resource for psychotherapists psychologists counsellors and other mental health professionals in practice and training and also for members of the general public who are endeavouring to find ways through their own emotional trauma.  In addition because emotional trauma often has its roots in childhood this book will also be of interest and value to parents teachers and anyone concerned with the care of children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415720847

Understanding and Helping FamiliesA Cognitive-behavioral Approach This book presents a new approach to understanding the family unit and how and why it functions as it does. The approach focuses on the cognitions of family members and how these in turn shape individuals' behavior and the functioning of the family system. The use of the cognitive-behavioral perspective in family science has gained a quick and broad acceptance among social scientists and practitioners during the past decade. One reason for its success is that the basics of the approach are easy to learn and apply. Specifically the approach maintains that a person who believes that he or she is a failure will -- because of this cognition -- act in certain self-defeating ways and have various self-deprecating feelings. The wide acceptance of the cognitive-behavioral approach rests on more than its simplicity: the approach has repeatedly proven itself in the laboratory and in the clinic. The knowledge readers of this volume will gain about the cognitive-behavioral approach provides them with tools that they can use to better understand not only the family interactions but the thoughts feelings and behaviors of individuals -- including themselves -- in the family setting. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315806877

Understanding and improving crop root function Recent decades have seen a dramatic increase in research on plant roots. A deeper understanding of the complex ways roots interact with soils is making it possible to ‘design’ roots to optimise nutrient/water uptake in low-input environments as well as deliver other benefits such as improved soil health and reduced nutrient leaching. This collection summarises the wealth of current research in this important area and how it can contribute to more sustainable ‘climate-smart’ crop production. Part 1 in this collection reviews recent research on understanding root system architecture and growth together key interactions in the rhizosphere. Chapters cover topics such as measurement and modelling techniques root architecture root growth regulators root anatomy and nutrient acquisition. Part 2 assesses how roots respond to biotic stresses such as parasites pathogens nematodes. Part 3 summarises what we know about root uptake of water and key nutrients such as nitrogen and phosphorus Part 4 explores how this understanding can be used to optimise root function. Media > Books > E-books Life Science (Burleigh Dodds) 9781003048015

Understanding and Interpreting Educational Research This user-friendly text takes a learn-by-doing approach to exploring research design issues in education and psychology offering evenhanded coverage of quantitative qualitative mixed-methods and single-case designs. Readers learn the basics of different methods and steps for critically examining any study's design data and conclusions using sample peer-reviewed journal articles as practice opportunities. The text is unique in featuring full chapters on survey methods evaluation reliability and validity action research and research syntheses.User-Friendly Features*An exemplar journal article at the end of each methods chapter together with questions and activities for critiquing it (including where applicable checklist forms to identify threats to internal and external validity) plus lists of additional research examples.*Research example boxes showing how studies are designed to address particular research questions.*In every chapter: numbered chapter objectives bulleted summaries subheadings written as questions a running glossary and end-of-chapter discussion questions.* Electronic Instructor's Resource Manual with Test Bank provided separately--includes chapter outlines; answers to exercises discussion questions and illustrative example questions; and PowerPoints. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462509621

Understanding and Managing Children's Behaviour through Group Work Ages 3-5A child–centred approach Understanding and Managing Children’s Behaviour through Group Work Ages 3-5 provides the reader with an insight into children’s emotional well-being and helps them to understand what and how children communicate and how to respond in a way that provides positive messages increases their emotional vocabulary and encourages them to change their behaviour. It provides an alternative and effective child centred way of managing children’s behaviour through introducing the concept of reflective language and other tools equipping staff with new skills that are transferable across the school in any role. The book is divided into two sections enabling the reader to link theory with practice. The first section takes the reader on a journey to help them understand the different factors that influence children’s behaviour. The second section of the book focuses on the group work programmes how they can be used their value and the impact they can have on children and the classroom environment as a whole. The activities in the group work programme explore the concept of using reflective language as a behaviour management tool and are designed to motivate build confidence self-esteem and resilience. Useful pedagogical features throughout the book include:- Practitioner and classroom management tips and reflective tasks; Strategies and practical ideas for staff to use to help them engage more deeply with the contents of the book; Flexible tried and tested group work programmes designed to promote inclusion rather than exclusion; Clear step by step instructions for delivering the work programmes; Case studies showing behaviour examples with detailed explanations for the behaviour and strategies to respond to it. The book is aimed at all early years practitioners and any students training to work with children of E.Y.F.S age. It is also recommended reading for SENCOs and trainee teachers and will also be useful for therapists who work with children and are looking at delivering other approaches in their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138961098

Understanding and Managing Children's Behaviour through Group Work Ages 5-7A child-centred programme Understanding and Managing Children’s Behaviour 5-7 provides the reader with an insight into children’s emotional well-being and helps them to understand what and how children communicate and how to respond in a way that provides positive messages increases their emotional vocabulary and encourages them to change their behaviour. It provides an alternative and effective child-centred way of managing children’s behaviour through introducing the concept of reflective language and other tools equipping staff with new skills that are transferable across the school in any role. The book is divided into two sections enabling the reader to link theory with practice. The first section takes the reader on a journey to help them understand the different factors that influence children’s behaviour. The second section of the book focuses on the group work programmes how they can be used their value and the impact they can have on children and the school as a whole. The activities in the group work programmes explore the concept of using reflective language as a behaviour management tool and are designed to motivate and build confidence self-esteem and resilience. Useful pedagogical features throughout the book include: practitioner and classroom management tips and reflective tasks; strategies and practical ideas for staff to use to help them engage more deeply with the contents of the book; flexible tried and tested group work programmes designed to promote inclusion rather than exclusion; clear step-by-step instructions for delivering the group work programmes; case studies showing behaviour examples with detailed explanations for the behaviour and strategies to respond to it. This book is aimed at all KS1 primary school staff especially teaching assistants learning mentors and family workers who can deliver the group work programmes. It is also recommended reading for SENCOs and trainee teachers and will be useful for therapists who work with children and are looking at delivering other approaches in their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138792500

Understanding and Managing Children's Behaviour through Group Work Ages 7 - 11A child-centred programme 'I would highly recommend the skills expertise and delivery that Cath can bring to a school and can guarantee that any school following her advice will not regret it.' Carl McIver Head of School St. Willibrord's R.C. Primary Manchester 'I have worked with Cath Hunter now in two schools and find that the work she does with children parents and staff is amazing.' Sam Foord Headteacher Ravensbury Community School Manchester Understanding and Managing Children’s Behaviour provides the reader with an insight into children’s emotional wellbeing and helps them to understand what and how children communicate and how to respond in a way that provides positive messages increases their emotional vocabulary and encourages them to change their behaviour. It provides an alternative and effective child centred way of managing children’s behaviour through introducing the concept of reflective language and other tools equipping staff with new skills that are transferable across the school in any role. The book is divided into two sections enabling the reader to link theory with practice. The first section takes the reader on a journey to help them understand the different factors that influence children’s behaviour. The second section of the book focuses on the group work programmes how they can be used their value and the impact they can have on children and the school as a whole. The activities in the group work programme explore the concept of using reflective language as a behaviour management tool and are designed to motivate build confidence self-esteem and resilience. Useful pedagogical features throughout the book include:- Practitioner and classroom management tips and reflective tasks; Strategies and practical ideas for staff to use to help them engage more deeply with the contents of the book; Flexible tried and tested group work programmes designed to promote inclusion rather than exclusion; Clear step by step instructions for delivering the work programmes; Case studies showing behaviour examples with detailed explanations for the behaviour and strategies to respond to it. The book is aimed at all primary school staff especially teaching assistants learning mentors and family workers who can deliver the group work programmes. It is also recommended reading for SENCOs and trainee teachers and will also be useful for therapists who work with children and are looking at delivering other approaches in their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415656269

Understanding and Managing Learning Behaviour: Using a Behaviour Journal for Developing Confident Teaching This book is a journey written to develop confident teachers. It shows how keeping a Behaviour Journal can help teachers to reflect on their techniques and behaviours as well as the behaviours of their students and can enhance critical thinking trainee-centred learning and research. The book highlights how keeping a Behaviour Journal can increase communication and language affecting behaviour and learning. It includes tried and tested exercises that allow readers to practice the art of keeping a Behaviour Journal as well as examples from past Behaviour Journal writers who share their experiences demonstrating how the journal can facilitate the immediate and regular sharing of the trainee learning in the classroom with the mentor or consultant. It shows readers how to: create a Behaviour Journal as a model and tool for initial teacher training to foster independent and reflective learning use observations and reflective skills to produce convincing well-evidenced reflective writing using experience observations and relevant reading be critical of classroom systems strategies or programmes to ensure validity or recognise inadequacies Expertly written by an experienced trainer this book is a fantastic resource for teachers trainers of teachers mentors and anyone looking for new ideas and ways of developing teachers in schools and colleges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367365233

Understanding and Managing Parental AlienationA Guide to Assessment and Intervention In Understanding and Managing Parental Alienation: A Guide to Assessment and Intervention Janet Haines Mandy Matthewson and Marcus Turnbull offer a comprehensive analysis of contemporary understanding of parental alienation. Grounded in recent scientific advances this is the first book of its kind providing resources on how to identify parental alienation and a guide to evidence-based intervention. Parental alienation is a process in which one parent manipulates their child to negatively perceive and reject the other parent. Recognising this phenomenon and knowing when to intervene is often the biggest challenge faced by practitioners and this book provides a guide to this process. Divided into six parts it examines what parental alienation is and how it is caused how it affects each family member as a mental health concern and form of violence and how to assess identify and intervene successfully from a legal and therapy standpoint. Taking on a gender-neutral approach the book is filled with contemporary case examples from male and female perspectives cutting-edge research practitioner-client dialogues and practitioners’ reflections to show the difficult realities of parental alienation. Practical and accessible this is an essential resource for mental health professionals working with families experiencing parental alienation as well as postgraduate students of clinical psychology counselling family therapy social work and child and family psychology. This book will also be of immense interest to family lawyers and mediators due to its multidisciplinary approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367312947

Understanding and Managing Risk Attitude Despite many years of development risk management remains problematic for the majority of organizations. One common challenge is the human dimension in other words the way people perceive risk and risk management. Risk management processes and techniques are operated by people each of whom is a complex individual influenced by many different factors. And the problem is compounded by the fact that most risk management involves people working in groups. This introduces further layers of complexity through relationships and group dynamics. David Hillson's and Ruth Murray-Webster's Understanding and Managing Risk Attitude will help you understand the human aspects of risk management and to manage proactively the influence of human behaviour on the risk process. The authors introduce a range of models perspectives and examples to define and detail the range of possible risk attitudes; looking both at individuals and groups. Using leading-edge thinking on self-awareness and emotional literacy they develop a powerful approach to address the most common shortfall in current risk management: the failure to manage the human aspects of the process. All this is presented in a practical and applied framework rather than as a theoretical or academic treatise based on the authors' shared experiences and expertise rather than empirical research. Anyone involved in implementing risk management will benefit from this book including risk practitioners senior managers and directors responsible for corporate governance project managers and their teams. It is also essential reading for HR professionals and others interested in organizational or behavioural psychology. This second edition is updated to strengthen the understanding of individual risk attitudes and reinforce what individuals can do to manage those risk attitudes that are leading them away from their objectives. For people who want to embrace this subject the book highlights ways forward that are proven and Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138465664

Understanding and Negotiating EPC Contracts Volume 1The Project Sponsor's Perspective In Understanding and Negotiating EPC Contracts Volume 1 Howard M. Steinberg presents a practical and comprehensive guide to understanding virtually every aspect of engineering procurement and construction (EPC) contracts for infrastructure projects. The 25 chapters in Volume 1 are supplemented with real-life examples and court decisions and offer tactical advice for anyone who must negotiate or understand EPC contracts in connection with the implementation financing or operation of infrastructure projects. Emphasizing current market practices and strategic options for risk sharing the book contains a narrative explanation of the underpinning of all of the issues involved in EPC contracting. Exhaustive in scope it clarifies the fundamental commercial principles and pitfalls of "turnkey" contracting for all types of capital investments ranging from electrical and thermal power generation (including combined heat and power nuclear wind solar natural gas and coal) to refining to chemical processing to LNG liquefaction and re-gasification to high speed rail bridging tunneling and road building. Providing clear and thorough analyses of the issues and challenges this volume will be of great value to all those involved in complex construction projects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472411068

Understanding and Negotiating EPC Contracts Volume 2Annotated Sample Contract Forms Any project which involves an EPC contract is also likely to involve a number of other complicated contracts. The challenge of the parties to an EPC contract is not to try to eliminate risk but rather put into place a narrative structure that enables the parties to predict the contractual result that would obtain if a risk materializes. If the EPC contract does not allow the parties to determine the consequences of an unanticipated situation they will have to look to an expert mediator tribunal or court to impart guidance or pass judgment. The sample forms of contract contained in Volume 2 of Understanding and Negotiating EPC Contracts are intended to serve as a guide to demonstrate how risks and responsibilities can be allocated among project sponsors EPC contractors and the various other parties that may be involved in a project. Collectively the sample forms in this volume offer an extraordinary resource that provides the benefit of lessons learned and priceless insight into any project being undertaken which can help assure the resilience of any EPC project. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472423788

Understanding and Negotiating EPC ContractsTwo Volume Set This two-volume collection offers a comprehensive practical and legal guide to the complex process of negotiating engineering procurerment and construction contracts. In Understanding and Negotiating EPC Contracts Volume 1 Howard M. Steinberg explores virtually every aspect of (EPC) contracts for infrastructure projects. The 25 chapters in Volume 1 are supplemented with real-life examples and court decisions and offer tactical advice for anyone who must negotiate or understand EPC contracts in connection with the implementation financing or operation of infrastructure projects. Emphasizing current market practices and strategic options for risk sharing the book contains a narrative explanation of the underpinning of all of the issues involved in EPC contracting. The challenge of the parties to an EPC contract is not to eliminate risk but rather put into place a narrative structure that enables you to predict the contractual result if a risk materializes. If the EPC contract does not allow the parties to determine the consequences of an unanticipated situation they will have to look to an expert mediator tribunal or court to impart guidance or pass judgment. The sample forms of contract in Volume 2 of Understanding and Negotiating EPC Contracts are intended to serve as a guide to demonstrate how risks and responsibilities can be allocated among project sponsors EPC contractors and the various other parties that may be involved in a project. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138285477

Understanding and Preventing Faculty-on-Faculty BullyingA Psycho-Social-Organizational Approach Understanding and Preventing Faculty-on-Faculty Bullying provides a comprehensive understanding of workplace harassment aggression violence bullying and incivility in academia. Using a psychological sociological and organizational approach this book explores the issue from the perspective of the individual the department and from the higher education organization. Providing research on the effects on victims and collegial culture this important volume brings together interdisciplinary scholarship to present research-based suggestions for recovering from workplace bullying recommendations for improving toxic academic environments and practical advice about policy development to improve academic organizational culture and climate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138744066

Understanding and Preventing FallsAn Ergonomics Approach Readable and authoritative Understanding and Preventing Falls provides a guide to the nature and extent of the problem of falls. Drawing on the latest research the authors outline the combination of environmental factors that commonly lead to falls and explore how to prevent them. The case is made for a multifaceted approach to falls prevention taking account of the complex interplay that exists between individuals and the environment. Broad in scope the book is divided into two parts. The first part examines the current state of knowledge and understanding of the causes and prevention of falls with chapters on human ambulation and balance on level surfaces and on steps and stairs followed by chapters exploring vision and the effects of aging. Rounding out the coverage the second part contains a series of case studies illustrating how falls occur in different circumstances and varying approaches to their prevention. While there have been reductions in the number and severity of injuries from other causes over recent decades the incidence of injuries from falling has remained consistently high. However many falls are preventable. This unique resource supplies a concise overview of how to minimize the occurrences of slips trips and falls in a variety of situations and conditions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391850

Understanding and Preventing Online Sexual Exploitation of Children Over the last decade there has been dramatically increased interest in the ways that technology has been used in the abuse and exploitation of children due in part to increasing numbers of convictions for child pornography-related offenses. Opinion swings between those who feel that there is a danger of distorting the threat posed to children by technology and those for whom it appears that the threat has been grossly underestimated. Current literature surrounding the debate at times seems to create more questions than answers and what quickly becomes apparent is that the data we have to inform our understanding is partial potentially context specific and at times seemingly contradictory. This book broadens our understanding of the complex nature of online sexual exploitation of children and considers the risk that those engaged in Internet-related offences pose to children in both the online and offline environments. It focuses on cutting-edge research and conceptual thinking that views perpetrators within context examines those impacted by such offending describes emerging legal and policy issues and proposes innovative strategies for prevention within a dynamic global environment. Understanding and Preventing Online Sexual Exploitation of Children responds to the growing call for help across all practice areas from judicial to therapeutic and will provide an invaluable resource for practitioners and policy makers working in the field as well as students and academics studying sexual exploitation and cyber crime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415689410

Understanding and Recognizing Dysfunctional LeadershipThe Impact of Dysfunctional Leadership on Organizations and Followers Since the early twentieth century scholars have researched leadership and it is one of the most researched topics of our time. Understanding how to be a strong leader and what makes a good leader is something that we continue to strive to understand. Research ponders various positive leadership models such as transformational servant authentic charismatic situational and ethical leadership to name a few. Yet we find that a small number of our leaders are truly transformational. While scholars continue to provide examples of positive and influential leaders we still struggle to understand what a dysfunctional leader is. Practitioners and followers are quick to identify a leader that is a nightmare yet they can’t name what type of dysfunction that leader possesses. Day in and day out we struggle with these leaders and how to intervene when dysfunctional behavior arises. This is most evident with recent scandals that have plagued the media involving characters such as Bernie Madoff Dennis Kozlowski Tyco Enron’s Kenneth Lay and Jeff Skilling.It is vital to understand the importance of dysfunctional leadership and its impact on organizations followers and society. The recent literature focuses on the psychology of dysfunctional leadership and the destruction of organizations. Little has been written in relation to the characteristics traits and behaviors of dysfunctional leaders. In addition little has been included on how to deal with this types of behavior within organizations. Individual books have been written on each of these types of characteristics but no one book has been written that focuses on all of these characteristics and studies the subtle differences of these behaviors interventions that can be employed to address this type of behavior and how to recognize the impact on our organizations.Understanding and Recognizing Dysfunctional Leadership will be of interest to professionals and r Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367882150

Understanding and Reducing Persistent Poverty in Africa Prior work has shown that there is a significant amount of turnover amongst the African poor as households exit and enter poverty. Some of this mobility can be attributed to regular movement back and forth in response to exogenous variability in climate prices health etc. ('churning'). Other crossings of the poverty line reflect permanent shifts in long-term well-being associated with gains or losses of productive assets or permanent changes in asset productivity due for example to adoption of improved technologies or access to new higher-value markets. Distinguishing true structural mobility from simple churning is important because it clarifies the factors that facilitate such important structural change. Conversely it also helps identify the constraints that may leave other households caught in a trap of persistent structural poverty. The papers in this book help to distinguish the types of poverty and to deepen understanding of the structural features and constraints that create poverty traps. Such an understanding allows communities local governments and donors to take proactive effective steps to combat persistent poverty in Africa. This book was previously published as a special issue of the Journal of Development Studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315878690

Understanding and Reducing Prison ViolenceAn Integrated Social Control-Opportunity Perspective Understanding and Reducing Prison Violence considers both the individual and prison characteristics associated with violence perpetration and violent victimization among both prison inmates and staff. Prison violence is not a random process; rates of violence vary across prisons and the odds of perpetrating violence or experiencing violent victimization vary across inmates and staff. A comprehensive understanding of the causes of prison violence therefore requires consideration of both individual and prison characteristics. Building on large dataset comprising 5 500 inmates and 1 800 officers across 45 prisons located across two of the United States (Ohio and Kentucky) this book showcases one of the largest and most comprehensive studies of prisons carried out to date. It considers both the implications of the study for theories of prison violence and the implications of the study for preventing violence in prisons. It will be of interest to academics practitioners and policy makers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138552609

Understanding and Responding to Child Sexual Exploitation The issue of child sexual exploitation (CSE) has received intense scrutiny in recent years following a number of high profile legal cases serious case reviews and inquiries. This has resulted in increasing expectations that those working in the field will know how to appropriately manage and respond to this form of abuse. Of course this is no easy task given the widely acknowledged difficulties of identifying and responding to sexual abuse and the particular complexities associated with the gain dynamic within CSE and the predominantly older age of children affected by it. This edited collection draws on the latest research evidence and academic thinking around CSE to consider issues of understanding and response. Written by researchers from ‘The International Centre: Researching child sexual exploitation violence and trafficking’ at the University of Bedfordshire Part I considers issues of understanding and conceptualisation. Part II considers the practical implications of some of this thinking sharing learning from research and evaluation on prevention identification and response. Understanding and Responding to Child Exploitation presents critical learning for academics and students and for those working in the fields of policy practice and commissioning. It is relevant to a wide range of disciplines including social care youth work education criminology health and social policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138293724

Understanding and Responding to the Experience of Disability Understanding and Responding to the Experience of Disability informs readers about current understandings of disability and ways of recognizing the needs that arise from the lived experience of impairment in schools. While most schools have clear procedures in place with respect to identifying children with special educational needs the same is not true for disability. Moreover research suggests that many schools have restricted understanding of this distinction often equating disability to children with SEN and children with health conditions thereby failing to recognize the pivotal role of impact. In this insightful text Jill Porter argues that disability needs to be understood within the setting in which it is experienced thereby recognizing that it is not a fixed attributable label but one that is cultural contextual and fluid. By providing a theoretical basis for understandings of disability around notions of impairment experience and impact the book combines three key components: a conceptual understanding of disability – to provide a clear value driven framework for professional responses; an empirical illustration of the development of materials to support an understanding of why the process of disability data collection cannot simply be reduced to two questions on a form; embedded illustrative case study material to provide exemplars of how the materials can be contextualized and used to make adjustments to enhance the participation of all children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415822916

Understanding and Supporting Pupils with Moderate Learning Difficulties in the Secondary SchoolA practical guide Are you working with students who have Moderate Learning Difficulties? Do you want to know how best to help them? Are you confused about what helps and what hinders? Learners with MLD form one of the largest categories of special educational need in mainstream secondary schools. In most schools the vast majority of learners with MLD will be taught in mainstream classes much of the time. This book outlines a range of strategies and approaches for supporting these learners. It includes all the vital information practitioners need to know about Moderate Learning Difficulties. Key points covered include: Definitions and identification of moderate learning difficulties Teaching strategies and approaches Developing key conceptual literacy and social skills Effective support from TAs Theoretical perspectives on learning Understanding and Supporting Pupils with Moderate Learning Difficulties in the Secondary School  provides an introduction to a wide range of ideas arguments and perspectives about ways of understanding and supporting learners who are considered to have MLD. This is a much-needed source of knowledge for teachers TAs SENCos Learning Mentors and anyone who supports children and young people with moderate learning difficulties and provides an honest and accessible approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138019102

Understanding and Supporting Young Writers from Birth to 8 As the world comes to grips with what it means to be literate in the twenty-first century Understanding and Supporting Young Writers from Birth to 8 provides practitioners with the skills and knowledge they need to support young children effectively as they learn to write. Interweaving theory and research with everyday practice the book offers guidance on all aspects of writing from creating multimodal texts and building children’s vocabulary to providing support for children who find writing particularly challenging. With appropriate strategies to develop young children’s writing from an early age included throughout the book discusses the role of oral language in early writing in detail and explores the key relationships between ‘drawing and talking’ ‘drawing and writing’ and ‘drawing talking and writing’. Each chapter also features samples of writing and drawing to illustrate key points as well as reflective questions to help the reader apply ideas in their own settings. Further topics covered include: progressions in children’s writing writing in the pre-school years developing authorial skills developing editorial skills teaching writing to EAL learners. Understanding and Supporting Young Writers from Birth to 8 is a unique resource that will help early childhood educators early years school teachers specialist practitioners working with very young children and students enrolled in Early Childhood or Primary Studies courses to boost their confidence in teaching young learners as they become writers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138674448

Understanding and Tackling ObesityA Whole-School Guide From an early age children are bombarded by the media with messages promoting foods high in saturated fats sugars and salt. One of the greatest changes for children in the last 50 years is the decrease in exercise and the increase in 'screen' time. This programme is not about dieting or weight control instead it has been designed to be realistic and non-discriminatory aiming to enable children from an early age to recognise and resist unhealthy pressures maintain body-esteem and know how to make skilled choices that will ensure their health and wellbeing. 'When we shift the focus from fat and weight to healthy choices leading to nutritional health and fitness we sacrifice nothing and gain an approach that enhances the wellbeing of all.' (Kater 2005). The 12 sessions cover topics including: what to eat; how to understand food labels; media messages; get moving; and TV turnoff. There are full facilitator notes with all the necessary resources to run an interactive programme that will engage children. Supporting the class activities there are 'take home' activities that will keep parents aware of what is being covered in the programme as well as a weekly log where children record trying new foods and physical activities. The book contains background information about the increase in obesity the effect of media messages as well as the philosophy and approach taken in the programme. The package includes a CD-ROM which has all the copiable resources and a PowerPoint for staff training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781906517588

Understanding and Teaching English SpellingA Strategic Guide Concise and engaging this text provides pre-service and practicing English language teachers with the knowledge they need to successfully teach the spelling of English. Offering context and explanation for the English spelling system as well as uniquely addressing specific problems in learning the spelling of English words this book empowers readers with strategies for coping with these problems. Divided into six accessible sections Brown covers the history of English spelling the influence of technology on spelling the role of punctuation the features of present-day English spelling teaching strategies for coping with difficult spelling and the future of spelling and literacy. The short digestible chapters include practical learning objectives and end-of-chapter exercises to help teachers understand and explain English spelling concepts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138082670

Understanding and Teaching Grammar in the Primary ClassroomSubject knowledge ideas and activities Understanding and Teaching Grammar in the Primary Classroom is a practical guide for trainee and practising teachers with language and the way we use it to think and communicate at its heart. Built on a foundation of how powerful beautiful and thought-provoking language is this book uses our intuitions about words and language to form a picture of how grammar works and how even very young children are masters of its patterns.  Each chapter builds from fundamental concepts up to the fine details providing an introduction to developing grammatical subject knowledge alongside explanations of key ideas and vocabulary including:  • Generality – a look at the general structures of sentences that allow us to learn a language at all • Specifics – a look at the words and modifications that allow us to use this universal tool to pinpoint the specifics of our thoughts and the world around us • Relationships – looking at how sentences behave in relation to one another and how they can be merged in such a way that we can show cause and effect in the world • Humans – focusing on some of the details and idiosyncrasies we are able to give our language • Language games – examples of language typical of children and methods to pull this apart and understand how it works. At its core is the idea that as our language grows so our understanding grows; grammar is not the study of what to say and how to say it but of what it is possible to think feel and express in words. Illustrated throughout with practical lesson ideas helpful tips and easy-to-use classroom strategies Understanding and Teaching Grammar in the Primary Classroom is a must-read guide for all trainee and practising primary teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138948884

Understanding and Teaching Primary Mathematics Written by an experienced teacher and teacher educator with widespread experience of teaching mathematics in the UK and internationally Understanding and Teaching Primary Mathematics combines pedagogy and subject knowledge to build confidence and equip you with all the skills and know-how you need to successfully teach mathematics to children of any age. This fourth edition has been fully updated to reflect the latest research developments and initiatives in the field including a brand-new chapter on ‘Mastery and mathematics’ and ‘The Singapore approach’ which reflects the current international interest in these approaches to learning and teaching mathematics. Extra features also include helpful callouts to the book’s revised and updated companion website which offers a shared site with a range of resources relevant to both this book and its companion volume Teaching for Mathematical Understanding. Stimulating accessible and well-illustrated with comprehensive coverage of subject knowledge and pedagogy Understanding and Teaching Primary Mathematics is an essential purchase for trainee and practising teachers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367332051

Understanding and Teaching Reading ComprehensionA handbook The ultimate aim of reading is not the process but to understand what we read and comprehension can take place at many different levels. There has been an increasing emphasis on the importance of reading comprehension in recent years but despite this there is very little written on this vital topic accessible to trainee and practicing teachers. The Handbook of Reading Comprehension presents an overview of recent findings on reading comprehension and comprehension problems in children. It provides a detailed examination of the characteristics of children who have reading comprehension difficulties and examines ways in which comprehension can be supported and improved. It is accessibly written for students and professionals with no previous background in the psychology of reading or reading problems. This indispensable handbook asks the question ‘what is comprehension?’ The authors consider comprehension of different units of language: understanding single words sentences and connected prose and outline what readers (and listeners) have to do to successfully understand an extended text. This book also considers comprehension for different purposes in particular reading for pleasure and reading to learn and explores how reader characteristics such as interest and motivation can influence the comprehension process. Different skills contribute to successful reading comprehension. These include word reading ability vocabulary knowledge syntactic skills memory and discourse level skills such as the ability to make inferences knowledge about text structure and metacognitive skills. The authors discuss how each one contributes to the development of reading comprehension skill and how the development of these skills (or their precursors) in pre-readers provides the foundation for reading comprehension development. Areas covered include:- Word reading and comprehension Development of comprehension skills Comprehension difficulties Assessment Teaching for improvement Throughout the text successful experimental and classroom based interventions will be highlighted practical tips for teachers and summary boxes detailing key points and explaining technical terms will be included in each chapter Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415698313

Understanding and Teaching ReadingAn Interactive Model In the words of Aldous Huxley "Every man who knows how to read has it in his power to magnify himself to multiply the ways in which he exists to make his life full significant and interesting." Few people question the value of reading; in fact most extol its virtues. As our culture becomes more complex reading plays an increasingly greater role in satisfying personal needs and in promoting social awareness and growth. In the last 20 years the teaching of this invaluable skill has focused so intensely on comprehension and prediction from context that it has lost sight of the significance of automaticity and fluency in the word-identification process. Reading is a synthesis of word recognition and comprehension; thus this text is about these basic processes and their integration. A common plea from teachers today is that research and psychology be translated into teaching behavior. Therefore the aim of this book is twofold: one to identify report organize and discuss those bits of data research and theory that are most relevant to the teacher's understanding of the reading process; and two to help educators to interpret and apply theory and research data to everyday classroom teaching as well as to the problems encountered frequently in developmental and remedial teaching. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315044538

Understanding and Teaching the Intuitive MindStudent and Teacher Learning The intuitive mind is a powerful force in the classroom and often an undetected one. Intuitive conceptions--knowledge or knowledge-structures that individuals acquire and use largely without conscious reflection or explicit instruction--sometimes work to facilitate learning in the classroom and other contexts. But learning may also be impeded by intuitive conceptions and they can be difficult to dislodge as needed. The literatures in psychology and education include a large and diverse body of theory and research on intuitive conceptions but this work is limited in some respects. This volume contributes in four ways to overcome these limitations. Understanding and Teaching the Intuitive Mind: Student and Teacher Learning: * pulls together diverse theoretical and methodological approaches to the origin structure function and development of intuitive conceptions; * explores a diversity of academic disciplines--paying equal attention not only to mathematics and science the fields in which intuitive concepts have been studied most extensively but also to the social sciences arts and humanities; * explicitly links theory and research to educational implications and classroom applications; and * focuses not only on students' intuitive conceptions but also on teachers' intuitive beliefs about learning and teaching. Although the viewpoints of the contributors are diverse they share the belief that educational practices have much to gain by systematic studies of the intuitive learner and teacher. This volume offers state-of-the-art research-based information and support for psychologists teacher educators educational administrators teachers prospective teachers and others who seek to develop educational practices that are cognizant of (and responsive to) the intuitive conceptions of students and teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986435

Understanding and Treating AlcoholismVolume I: An Empirically Based Clinician's Handbook for the Treatment of Alcoholism:volume Ii: Biologic There seems to be an abundance of "factual" information regarding alcoholism; what causes it who is most susceptible how it affects its victims and how it should be treated. However a definitive source of data supporting -- or refuting -- the numerous and diverse positions was never available. Thus the goal of the author is to provide professionals with a solid understanding as to which "factual" statements about alcoholism are actually supported with evidence and some of the empirically validated ways to proceed with treatment. Major methods of treatment are reviewed and empirically based approaches are compared and contrasted with one another. Different and sometimes new focal points are explored such as the disease concept of alcoholism family members of alcoholics personality characteristics and effects of alcoholism exclusive to women. Also notable is the nearly unprecedented look into the impact of alcohol on all types of mood and behavior rather than just on aggression -- a topic long since exhausted. A comprehensive review of literature complemented with critiques of research this two-volume set is a thorough informative source of reference for anyone who seeks to further their knowledge of this often misunderstood yet unfortunately all too common phenomenon. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315807300

Understanding and Treating Chronic ShameA Relational/Neurobiological Approach Chronic shame is painful corrosive and elusive. It resists self-help and undermines even intensive psychoanalysis.  Patricia A. DeYoung’s cutting-edge book gives chronic shame the serious attention it deserves integrating new brain science with an inclusive tradition of relational psychotherapy. She looks behind the myriad symptoms of shame to its relational essence. As DeYoung describes how chronic shame is wired into the brain and developed in personality she clarifies complex concepts and makes them available for everyday therapy practice.  Grounded in clinical experience and alive with case examples Understanding and Treating Chronic Shame is highly readable and immediately helpful. Patricia A. DeYoung’s clear engaging writing helps readers recognize the presence of shame in the therapy room think through its origins and effects in their clients’ lives and decide how best to work with those clients. Therapists will find that Understanding and Treating Chronic Shame enhances the scope of their practice and efficacy with this client group which comprises a large part of most therapy practices. Challenging enlightening and nourishing this book belongs in the library of every shame-aware therapist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138831209

Understanding and Treating Dissociative Identity Disorder (or Multiple Personality Disorder) This book provides all of the information a practitioner needs in order to begin work with clients with Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID). Drawing on experiences from her own practice and extensive research conducted with the help of internationally acclaimed experts in the field the author describes the development of DID and the structure of the personality of these clients. The reader is guided through the assessment process the main phases and components of treatment and the issues and contentions that may arise in this work. Throughout the text there are case examples practical exercises techniques and strategies that can be used in therapy sessions. The resources section includes screening and assessment instruments as well as information on techniques for managing anxiety and self harm both of which can be major problems when working with clients with DID. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490335

Understanding and Treating Dissociative Identity DisorderA Relational Approach Building on the comprehensive theoretical model of dissociation elegantly developed in The Dissociative Mind Elizabeth Howell makes another invaluable contribution to the clinical understanding of dissociative states with Understanding and Treating Dissociative Identity Disorder. Howell working within the realm of relational psychoanalysis explicates a multifaceted approach to the treatment of this fascinating yet often misunderstood condition which involves the partitioning of the personality into part-selves that remain unaware of one another usually the result of severely traumatic experiences. Howell begins with an explication of dissociation theory and research that includes the dynamic unconscious trauma theory attachment and neuroscience. She then discusses the identification and diagnosis of Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID) before moving on to outline a phase-oriented treatment plan which includes facilitating a multileveled co-constructed therapeutic relationship emphasizing the multiplicity of transferences countertransferences and kinds of potential enactments. She then expands the treatment possibilities to include dreamwork before moving on to discuss the risks involved in the treatment of DID and how to mitigate them. All concepts and technical approaches are permeated with rich clinical examples. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415994972

Understanding and Treating IncelsCase Studies Guidance and Treatment of Violence Risk in the Involuntary Celibate Community Understanding and Treating Incels is an indispensable guide for mental health clinical staff social workers prevention specialists educators and threat assessment professionals who want to better understand the involuntary celibate movement assess individuals’ potential for violence and offer treatment approaches and prevention efforts.  Chapters explore the movement in terms of gender technology the media and pornography usage. The book discusses how the incel mentality has motivated individuals to misogynistic worldviews and increased rage and disillusionment and inspired acts of targeted violence such as school shootings and mass casualty events. Later chapters walk the reader through three cases studies and offer treatment considerations to assist mental health professionals and those developing education and prevention-based programming. The complete text gives the reader useful perspectives and insights into incel culture while offering mental health clinicians and educators guidance on treatment and prevention efforts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367417482

Understanding and Treating Obsessive-Compulsive DisorderA Cognitive Behavioral Approach Among the most prevalent and personally devastating psychological disorders the development of a cognitive approach to obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD) has transformed our understanding and treatment of it. In this highly practical and accessible book Jonathan Abramowitz presents a model of OCD grounded in the most up-to-date research that incorporates both cognitive and behavioral processes. He then offers a step-by-step guide to psychological treatment that integrates psychoeducation cognitive techniques and behavioral therapy (exposure and response prevention). Unlike other manuals for the treatment of OCD this book teaches the reader how to tailor the choice of techniques and delivery modes for individuals presenting with a wide range of specific OCD symptoms such as contamination fears and cleaning rituals fears of harm and compulsive checking symmetry and ordering and severe obsessions with mental rituals. The techniques are illustrated with numerous case examples; clinical forms and handouts are provided for use with patients. A final chapter suggests strategies for overcoming common obstacles in treatment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138004054

Understanding and Treating Patients in Clinical PsychoanalysisLessons from Literature Understanding and Treating Patients in Clinical Psychoanalysis: Lessons from Literature describes the problematic ways people learn to cope with life’s fundamental challenges such as maintaining self-esteem bearing loss and growing old. People tend to deal with the challenges of being human in characteristic repetitive ways. Descriptions of these patterns in diagnostic terms can be at best dry and at worst confusing especially for those starting training in any of the clinical disciplines. To try to appeal to a wider audience this book illustrates each coping pattern using vivid compelling fiction whose characters express their dilemmas in easily accessible evocative language. Sandra Buechler uses these examples to show some of the ways we complicate our lives and through reimagining different scenarios for these characters she illustrates how clients can achieve greater emotional health and live their lives more productively. Drawing on the work of Dostoevsky Tolstoy Munro Mann James O’Connor Chopin McCullers Carver and the many other authors represented here Buechler shows how their keen observational short fiction portrays self-hurtful styles of living. She explores how human beings cope using schizoid paranoid grandiose hysteric obsessive and other defensive styles. Each is costly in many senses and each limits the possibility for happiness and fulfillment. Understanding and Treating Patients in Clinical Psychoanalysis offers insights into what living with and working with problematic behaviors really means through a series of examples of the major personality disorders as portrayed in literature. Through these fictitious examples clinicians and trainees and undergraduate and graduate students can gain a greater understanding of how someone becomes paranoid schizoid narcissistic obsessive or depressive and how that affects them and those around them including the mental health professionals who work with them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415856478

Understanding and Treating SchizophreniaContemporary Research Theory and Practice Get a fair and balanced perspective on schizophrenia! Understanding and Treating Schizophrenia: Contemporary Research Theory and Practice is a comprehensive overview of schizophrenia and its treatment from a variety of approaches. The book presents a balanced look at the most influential theoretical perspectives based on empirical research clinical descriptions and narrative histories. Dr. Glenn Shean author of Schizophrenia: An Introduction to Research and Theory examines neurocognitive and neurodevelopmental models of brain dysfunction psychodynamic and family factors up-to-date pharmacological advances and successful community programs for discharged patients suffering from this debilitating disorder. Understanding and Treating Schizophrenia: Contemporary Research Theory and Practice presents a comprehensive review of evidence concerning the epidemiology and course and outcome of schizophrenia based on theoretical groupings and levels of analysis. The book examines the evolution of diagnostic criteria and guidelines as well as stress-vulnerability and diathesis-stress models providing critical reviews of biological genetic cognitive-behavioral and phenomenological approach to understanding and treating schizophrenia. Topics addressed in Understanding and Treating Schizophrenia: Contemporary Research Theory and Practice include: the history of the concept of schizophrenia the writings of Emil Kraepelin and Eugene Bleuler changes in diagnostic guidelines in the last 50 years General System Theory Perspective diagnostic and statistical manuals Schneider's first rank symptoms and much more! Understanding and Treating Schizophrenia: Contemporary Research Theory and Practice is an essential resource for undergraduate and graduate students working in psychology psychiatry nursing social work and social policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821283

Understanding and Treating Sex and Pornography AddictionA comprehensive guide for people who struggle with sex addiction and those who want Understanding and Treating Sex and Pornography Addiction demonstrates why people’s lives are being destroyed by compulsive sexual behaviour and what we can do to help them. The book examines the latest research into these conditions and outlines the new integrative C.H.O.I.C.E. Recovery Model a practical sex-positive model which incorporates CBT ACT and psychodynamic theories to help people enjoy lifetime recovery. This new edition has been updated throughout with new material covering pornography addiction ChemSex internet offending and female sex and love addiction. Written in a clear and informative manner this book contains support and advice for both the clinician and for those who suffer from sex addiction and provides tools for securing confident and rewarding recovery. Understanding and Treating Sex and Pornography Addiction is essential reading for anyone looking to make an enduring recovery from these conditions as well as for clinicians new to the field and those wanting to update their skills and knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815362289

Understanding and Using Spoken LanguageGames and Activities for 7-9 year olds Understanding and Using Spoken Language is a collection of original games and activities designed to help and support children aged from 7 to 9 years. The book seeks to address language and communication diffi culties for children aged 7–9 by providing a range of fun and engaging activities. The activities focus on both social and language development in areas such as body language independence emotions listening speaking and auditory memory. The book includes: □□ Over 150 games and activities which are differentiated for different ages and levels of ability; □□ A clear aim equipment list and instructions for each activity; □□ Photocopiable templates for ease of use; □□ Supplementary resource sheets including pictures and scripts to use with the activities. Now fully revised and updated in line with current policy and legislation this book includes material to create an effective speech and language therapy programme in consultation with a therapist. The activities are easy to set up and can be carried out by teachers classroom assistants or volunteers. This is a unique manual that will be an essential addition to the materials used by professionals working with young children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815354970

Understanding and Using Structural Concepts Understanding and Using Structural Concepts Second Edition provides numerous demonstrations using physical models and practical examples. A significant amount of material not found in current textbooks is included to enhance the understanding of structural concepts and stimulate interest in learning creative thinking and design. This is achieved through: Connecting abstract theory with visual and practical examples Providing simple illustrative demonstration models which can be used in conventional class teaching to capture the essence of the concepts Including associated engineering examples which demonstrate the application of the concepts and help to bridge the gap between theory and practice Incorporating the development of teaching material and innovative examples relating to structural concepts based on current research work In addition to new models and examples Understanding and Using Structural Concepts Second Edition provides a third part Synthesis. This considers the relationships between static and modal stiffnesses static and dynamic problems experimental and theoretical studies and theory and practice. All of these relationships are linked to structural concepts. This book will be of interest to all engineers from students to consultants. It will be useful to civil and structural engineering students including graduate students in all years of their courses as well as the more technically-minded architecture students and practicing engineers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498707299

Understanding and Working with Gifted Learners'They're Not Bringing My Brain Out' Have you ever wondered… how to cope with a very bright child when you’ve got 30 other children in the class? what to do now you’re in charge of the gifted programme? what giftedness really is and what it means? Introducing for the first time in book form the Holistic Descriptor of Giftedness – a definition for the 21st century recognising the impact of giftedness on the whole person from infancy to adulthood providing a deep and satisfying approach to working with gifted learners. Based on this far-reaching approach this book: sets out five key concepts to help you recognise and meet the needs of gifted learners at every level of schooling (the REACH model) includes a wealth of thoroughly practical teaching strategies to implement the model with loads of high-interest examples drawn from work by teachers just like you and from gifted learners just like those you know introduces a special three-question conceptual lesson-planning tool to bring all these strategies into highly effective and exciting units of work covers a wide range of supporting topics such as identification parent perspectives cultural differences acceleration grouping giftedness with other special needs and more. This book is written for everyone who lives or works with a gifted young person – classroom teachers gifted programme coordinators parents special needs teachers counsellors and home-schooling families. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367443658

Understanding Animation First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315004044

Understanding Anorexia Nervosa in MalesAn Integrative Approach Because anorexia nervosa has historically been viewed as a disorder that impacts women and girls there has been little focus on the conceptualization and treatment of males suffering from this complex disorder. Understanding Anorexia Nervosa in Males provides a structure for understanding the male side of the equation combined with practical resources to guide clinical intervention. Presented using an integrative framework that draws on recent research and organizes information from multiple domains into a unified understanding of the interconnected issues at hand this informative new text provides a comprehensive approach to understanding and treating a widely unrecognized population. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138949324

Understanding Apocalyptic TerrorismCountering the Radical Mindset This book explores a cross-cultural worldview called 'radical apocalypticism' that underlies the majority of terrorist movements in the twenty-first century. Although not all apocalypticism is violent in its extreme forms radical apocalypticism gives rise to terrorists as varied as members of Al Qaeda Anders Behring Breivik or Timothy McVeigh. In its secular variations it also motivates ideological terrorists such as the eco-terrorists Earth Liberation Front or The Unabomber Ted Kaczynski. This book provides an original paradigm for distinguishing between peaceful and violent or radical forms of apocalypticism and analyses the history major transformations and characteristics of the apocalyptic thought system. Using an inter-disciplinary and cross-cultural approach this book discusses the mechanisms of radicalization and dynamics of perceived oppression and violence to clarify anew the self-identities motivations and goals of a broad swath of terrorists. As conventional counter-terrorism approaches have so far failed to stem the cycle of terrorism this approach suggests a comprehensive "cultural" method to combating terrorism that addresses the appeal of radical apocalyptic terrorist ideology itself. This book will be of much interest to students of apocalypticism political violence terrorism and counter-terrorism intelligence studies religious studies and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138282490

Understanding Applied LearningDeveloping Effective Practice to Support All Learners Understanding Applied Learning enables teachers lecturers and educators to facilitate applied learning effectively with learners in schools colleges and universities. It introduces teachers to the concept of applied learning in practice cutting across any vocational and academic divide to show how this approach supports high-quality and effective outcomes for learners. Applied learning prepares and equips learners for life in the twenty-first century and lifelong learning. Offering practical guidance on why and how to adopt applied learning in all post-primary settings this practical resource introduces and explores the core concepts practices and benefits of using this approach. Illustrated with real-life scenarios it examines why applied learning is relevant today how it enables learners to connect knowledge with new situations how to navigate and solve intellectual and skills-based problems and how to work collaboratively and develop higher-level thinking skills.   Key topics covered include: A range of applied learning theories and strategies Relevant Engaging Active Learning (REAL) for successful knowledge and skills development The relevance of applied learning to employers Overcoming issues in embedding applied learning approaches How to embed creativity into learning experiences. Understanding Applied Learning is an authoritative down-to-earth guide to facilitate applied learning effectively and successfully with students in secondary schools colleges and universities. It is a source of support and inspiration for all those committed to high-quality and effective outcomes for learners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138911215

Understanding ArchitectureIts Elements History and Meaning This widely acclaimed beautifully illustrated survey of Western architecture is now fully revised throughout including essays on non-Western traditions. The expanded book vividly examines the structure function history and meaning of architecture in ways that are both accessible and engaging. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813349039

Understanding Art in Primary Schools Even the youngest children in primary schools are now required not only to make art but also to study it developing an understanding of the huge variety of art and craft from different times and places. But how do teachers actually tackle this when most have not studied art themselves? This collection brings together case studies to show how a variety of teachers have used one particular art collection as a focus for practical art. Throughout the voices of the children involved show us how they react to their encounters with art objects. This wealth of first hand evidence and practical experience will benefit all teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138416321

Understanding Art MarketsInside the world of art and business The global art market has recently been valued at close to $50bn - a rise of over 60% since the global financial crisis. These figures are driven by demand from China and other emerging markets as well as the growing phenomenon of the artist bypassing dealers as a market force in his/her own right. This new textbook integrates updates and enhances the popular aspects of two well-regarded texts - Understanding International Arts Markets and The Art Business. Topics covered include: Emerging markets in China East Asian South East Asian Brazilian Russian Islamic and Indian art Art valuation and investment Museums and the cultural sector. This revitalized new textbook will continue to be essential reading for students on courses such as arts management arts marketing arts business cultural economics the sociology of arts and cultural policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415811125

Understanding ArtA Reference Guide to Painting Sculpture and Architecture in the Romanesque Gothic Renaissance and Baroque Periods Understanding Art is a two-volume fully illustrated work that strives to explain and discuss four important periods in the history of western art--the Romanesque Gothic Renaissance and Baroque. It aims to create a sense of understanding recognition and appreciation of art by analysing within the four periods three distinct artistic genres: painting; sculpture; and architecture. Besides the excellence of the illustrations one of the great virtues of this book is its clear and concise explanations. It is truly an excellent first stop for anyone embarking on a serious study of art--or anyone wishing to refresh his or her memory of the facts about the art history of the western world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315062747

Understanding Artificial Intelligence Artificial Intelligence (AI) fascinates challenges and disturbs us. There are many voices in society that predict drastic changes that may come as a consequence of AI – a possible apocalypse or Eden on earth. However only a few people truly understand what AI is what it can do and what its limitations are. Understanding Artificial Intelligence explains through a straightforward narrative and amusing illustrations how AI works. It is written for a non-specialist reader adult or adolescent who is interested in AI but is missing the key to understanding how it works. The author demystifies the creation of the so-called "intelligent" machine and explains the different methods that are used in AI. It presents new possibilities offered by algorithms and the difficulties that researchers engineers and users face when building and using such algorithms. Each chapter allows the reader to discover a new aspect of AI and to become fully aware of the possibilities offered by this rich field. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367524357

Understanding AssessmentPurposes Perceptions Practice This is the first title in this new series which is aimed principally at secondary PGCE and BAEd students and school- and HEI-based tutors.Each book provides a digest of the central issues around a particular topic or issues grounded in or supported by examples of good practice with suggestions for further reading study and investigation. The books are not intended as 'how to' books but rather as books which will help students and teachers to explore and understand critical theoretical issues in ways that are challenging that invite critical reappraisals of taken-for-granted practices and perceptions and that provide appropriate links between theory and practice. Issues related to equal opportunities and special needs are included in each separate volume . There are boxes of questions 'think abouts' further reading and bulleted summary lists for the reader.This book is written specifically for teachers-in-training which will clarify the 'big picture' of monitoring and assessment and makes the crucial distinctions in this large (and still taken-for-granted) field.The authors have written widely on assessment matters and have also worked in various capacities for the QCA (and its former manifestations). They are also engagerd in initial teacher education and so know the level and market extremely well. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138171770

Understanding Auctions The book elaborates the basic principles of Auction Theory in a non-technical language so as to make them easily accessible to even those not trained in the discipline. Auctions as allocation mechanisms have been in use across the world since antiquity and are still employed in different countries for purchase and sales of a wide range of objects both by governments and by private agents. Auction has gained popularity over other allocation mechanisms since the rules of auctions are very precise involve much less subjective judgements compared to other alternative allocation mechanisms and lead to a more efficient process of discovering the true willingness of the buyers to pay. Moreover the principles of Auction Theory are used in other contexts  for example in designing contests or in controlling emission levels through allocation of permits and licenses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138575936

Understanding Audience Engagement in the Contemporary Arts Drawing on unique multi-arts multi-city scholarly research Understanding Audiences for the Contemporary Arts makes a timely and urgent contribution to debates about the place of arts and culture in contemporary society.   The authors critically interrogate the challenges of access diversity privilege and responsibility in contemporary art. Asking who benefits from pays for and consumes the arts the book highlights fresh forward-thinking audience and organisational attitudes that show the potential of live arts engagement to contribute to engaged citizenship. Complemented by comparative global analysis the cutting-edge insights in this book are relevant for interdisciplinary researchers across audience studies and beyond. Enhanced by a new framework for the understanding audience engagement the book is relevant to scholars policymakers and reflective practitioners across the spectrum of arts and cultural industries management. Chapter 7 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 license here. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367358884

Understanding AudiencesLearning To Use the Media Constructively Understanding Audiences helps readers to recognize the important role that media plays in their lives and suggests ways in which they may use media constructively. Author Robert H. Wicks considers the relationship between the producers and the receivers of media information focusing on how messages shape perceptions of social reality. He analyzes how contemporary media--including newspapers film television and the Internet--vie for the attention of the audience members and evaluates the importance of message structure and content in attracting and maintaining the attention of audiences. Wicks also examines the principles associated with persuasive communication and the ways in which professional communicators frame messages to help audiences construct meaning about the world around them. Among other features this text: describes the processes associated with human information processing; presents an analysis of the principles associated with social learning in children and adults and explores the possibility that media messages may cultivate ideas attitudes and criticisms of this perspective; explains how most media messages are framed to highlight or accentuate specific perspectives of individuals or organizations--challenging the notion of objectivity in media information messages; considers the effects of media exposure such as whether the contemporary media environment may be partially responsible for the recent rash of school violence among young people; analyzes the Internet as an interactive medium and considers whether it has the potential to contribute to social and civic disengagement as it substitutes for human interaction; and evaluates the principles of the uses and gratifications approach as they apply to the new media environment including traditional media as well as popular genres like talk shows and developing media systems such as the Internet. Intended for upper-level under Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138463264

Understanding Babies and Young Children from Conception to ThreeA guide for students practitioners and parents When do babies begin to learn and what exactly are they learning? What are the key stages of a toddler’s development? Do movements such as crawling really affect later learning? How important is the environment to the under threes? What can I do to give each child the best possible support? Written to support early years professionals this fascinating book explores the pre and post-natal development of children from conception to three. It outlines the key aspects of progression during these vital years discussing how innate and external factors combine to influence a child’s well-being and abilities. Based upon exhaustive research in the field but written in a way that is relevant and lively to practitioners and students alike the text is organised in a question-and-answer format for quick and easy referencing. Topics explored and demystified include: In-depth investigation of the ‘nature versus nuture’ debate The importance of movement in supporting development The processes of attachment and bonding Early communication and the acquisition of language The learning process and brain development. Other features include a helpful glossary of key terminology as well as suggestions for action research making this book is an invaluable source of support for any practitioner involved in ongoing professional development. This book will help those who work with children or who are studying formal qualifications in early years education to understand and engage with the complexities of early development enabling them to facilitate the best possible development of the children in their care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415669788

Understanding Batch Chemical ProcessesModelling and Case Studies Batch chemical processes so often employed in the pharmaceutical and agrochemical fields differ significantly from standard continuous operations in the emphasis upon time as a critical factor in their synthesis and design.With this inclusive guide to batch chemical processes the author introduces the reader to key aspects in mathematical modeling of batch processes and presents techniques to overcome the computational complexity in order to yield models that are solvable in near real-time. This book demonstrates how batch processes can be analyzed synthesized and designed optimally using proven mathematical formulations. The text effectively demonstrates how water and energy aspects can be incorporated within the scheduling framework that seeks to capture the essence of time. It presents real-life case studies where mathematical modeling of batch plants has been successfully applied. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367878634

Understanding Behavior in the Context of TimeTheory Research and Application Understanding Behavior in the Context of Time reviews the research on temporal orientation and brings together the disparate social behaviors influenced by time perspective. Organized into four sections each chapter includes theory research applications and directions for future research. Some chapters outline novel theoretical approaches that help to expand and/or integrate existing theories. The second part focuses on individual level processes and reviews the conceptualization measurement and lifespan development of time orientation; the outcomes associated with various time orientations; and how temporal factors influence attitudes and persuasion. Part three explores the role of time within interpersonal and group level processes as applied to such areas as close relationships group cooperation aggression organizational behavior pro-environmental behavior and cultural issues.This book will be of interest to social and personality psychologists and the book's applied emphasis will appeal to health environmental and industrial psychologists. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138003989

Understanding Behaviour in Early Years SettingsSupporting Personal Social and Emotional Development from 0–5 Everything we learn every way we influence others and every relationship we form hangs around a complex interplay of behaviours feelings and thoughts. This practical book explores the factors that influence children’s behaviour in the early years enabling practitioners parents and carers to develop a better understanding and become more intuitive and confident in supporting their development and learning in the first five years. Full of insights and strategies for supporting children when their behaviour gets in the way of learning and wellbeing or when it is simply ‘different’ in some way Understanding Behaviour in Early Years Settings demonstrates how practitioners can help children to feel secure learn and explore while gaining an understanding of how to behave socially and appropriately towards others. Areas covered include building firm foundations and developing attachments; personal social and emotional development; the language of feelings and behaviour; observing ‘problem’ behaviours and planning interventions; and supporting disability and special educational needs. Including case studies and thinking points in each chapter this invaluable guide will help early years practitioners teachers and students to develop their own knowledge confidence and understanding when working with challenging behaviours. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138234000

Understanding BIMThe Past Present and Future Understanding BIM presents the story of Building Information Modelling an ever evolving and disruptive technology that has transformed the methodologies of the global construction industry. Written by the 2016 Prince Philip Gold Medal winner Jonathan Ingram it provides an in-depth understanding of BIM technologies the business and organizational issues associated with its implementation and the profound advantages its effective use can provide to a project team. Ingram who pioneered the system heralding the BIM revolution provides unrivalled access to case material and relevance to the current generation of BIM masters. With hundreds of colour images and illustrations showing the breadth and power of BIM the book covers: The history of BIM What BIM is in technical and practical terms How it changes the day to day working environment Why we need BIM and what problems it can solve Where BIM is headed particularly with regards to AI AR VR and voice recognition International case studies from a range of disciplines including: architecture construction management and retail Professionals and students in any field where the inter-disciplinary aspects of BIM are in operation will benefit from Ingram’s insights. This book is an authoritative account of and reference on BIM for anyone wanting to understand its history theory application and potential future developments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367244187

Understanding BiophotonicsFundamentals Advances and Applications Biophotonics involves understanding how light interacts with biological matter from molecules and cells to tissues and even whole organisms. Light can be used to probe biomolecular events such as gene expression and protein–protein interaction with impressively high sensitivity and specificity. The spatial and temporal distribution of biochemical constituents can also be visualized with light and thus the corresponding physiological dynamics in living cells tissues and organisms in real time. Light can also be used to alter the properties and behaviors of biological matter such as to damage cancerous cells by laser surgery or therapy and manipulate the neuronal signaling in a brain network. Fueled by the innovations in photonic technologies in the past half century biophotonics continues to play a ubiquitous role in revolutionizing basic life science studies as well as biomedical diagnostics and therapies. Advancements in biophotonics in the past few decades can be seen not only in biochemistry and cell/molecular biology but also in numerous preclinical applications. Researchers around the world are searching for ways to bring biophotonic technologies into real clinical practices particularly cellular and molecular optical imaging. Meanwhile emerging technologies such as laser nanosurgery and nanoplasmonics have created new insights for understanding monitoring and even curing diseases on a molecular basis. This book presents the essential basics of optics and biophotonics to newcomers (senior undergraduates or postgraduate researchers) who are interested in this multidisciplinary research field. With stellar contributions from leading experts the book highlights the major advancements in preclinical diagnostics using optical microscopy and spectroscopy including multiphoton microscopy super-resolution microscopy and endomicroscopy. It also introduces a number of emerging techniques and toolsets for biophotonics applications such as nanoplasmonics microresonators for molecular detection and subcellular optical nanosurgery. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814411776

Understanding Boko HaramTerrorism and Insurgency in Africa The primary objective of this book is to understand the nature of the Boko Haram insurgency in northeast Nigeria. Boko Haram’s goal of an Islamic Caliphate starting in the Borno State in the North East that will eventually cover the areas of the former Kanem-Borno Empire is a rejection of the modern state system forced on it by the West. The central theme of this volume examines the relationship between the failure of the state-building project in Nigeria and the outbreak and nature of insurgency. At the heart of the Boko Haram phenomenon is a country racked with cleavages making it hard for Nigeria to cohere as a modern state. Part I introduces this theme and places the Boko Haram insurgency in a historical context. There are however multiple cleavages in Nigeria  Ì¶  ethnic regional cultural and religious  Ì¶  and Part II examines the different state-society dynamics fuelling the conflict. Political grievances are common to every society; however what gives Boko Haram the space to express such grievances through violence? Importantly this volume demonstrates that the insurgency is in fact a reflection of the hollowness within Nigeria’s overall security. Part III looks at the responses to Boko Haram by Nigeria neighbouring states and external actors. For Western actors Boko Haram is seen as part of the "global war on terror" and the fact that it has pledged allegiance to ISIS encourages this framing. However as the chapters here discuss this is an over-simplification of Boko Haram and the West needs to address the multiple dimension of Boko Haram. This book will be of much interest to students of terrorism and political violence insurgencies African politics war and conflict studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367076306

Understanding BollywoodThe Grammar of Hindi Cinema This book offers an introduction to popular Hindi cinema a genre that has a massive fan base but is often misunderstood by critics and provides insight on topics of political and social significance. Arguing that Bollywood films are not realist representations of society or expressions of conservative ideology but mediated texts that need to be read for their formulaic and melodramatic qualities and for their pleasurable features like bright costumes catchy music and sophisticated choreography the book interprets Bollywood films as complex considerations on the state of the nation that push the boundaries of normative gender and sexuality. The book provides a careful account of Bollywood’s constitutive components: its moral structure its different forms of love its use of song and dance its visual style and its embrace of cinephilia. Arguing that these five elements form the core of Bollywood cinema the book investigates a range of films from 1947 to the present in order to show how films use and innovate formulaic structures to tell a wide range of stories that reflect changing times. The book ends with some considerations on recent changes in Bollywood cinema suggesting that despite globalization the future of Bollywood remains promising. By presenting Bollywood cinema through an interdisciplinary lens the book reaches beyond film studies departments and will be useful for those teaching and studying Bollywood in English sociology anthropology Asian studies and cultural studies classes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367265441

Understanding Boundaries and Containment in Clinical Practice The authors propose to investigate the meaning and purpose of boundaries within and around the therapeutic experience. A boundary is more than a simple line delineating one space from another; it is an entity with properties that demand a response if they are to be negotiated. Boundaries circumscribe a space that can be viewed objectively or experienced subjectively as a 'container'. For the uninitiated this therapeutic container can be difficult to penetrate. Even health professionals such as GPs and psychiatrists often do not know how to access psychotherapy organisations and their referral networks. Also real constraints on the availability of counselling and psychotherapy within the National Health Service and the cost of private sector services may prohibit access to the help being sought. The book explores aspects such as the gradual evolution of therapeutic boundaries in psychodynamic work boundary development in infancy and childhood the role of the therapist's mind and the therapeutic setting confidentiality and issues such as money and time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105532

Understanding Bourdieu Bourdieu's work is formidable-the journey is tough. Follow this French foreign legion-take an apple take a hanky-but take this book.Peter Beilharz Professor of Sociology La Trobe UniversityPierre Bourdieu's work on the sociology of culture and language on practical reason on education on citizenship and the cultures of poverty and on a range of other topics is now coming to be seen as one of the 20th century's most important contributions to our thinking about the world. Understanding Bourdieu is a comprehensive and lucid introduction to his work. Measured and judicious it's the best road map of this significant body of work currently available.John Frow Regius Professor of Rhetoric and English Literature University of EdinburghYou name it Pierre Bourdieu has written about it. Now considered one of the most influential thinkers of the 20th century he has left his mark on most of the 'big' theoretical issues in the world of contemporary theory: gender subjectivity the body culture citizenship and globalisation. His terms are now commonplace: 'social capital' 'cultural capital' 'field' and 'habitus'.Bourdieu examines how people conduct their lives in relation to one another and to major social institutions. He argues that culture and education aren't simply minor influences but as important as economics in determining differences between groups of people. Unlike the other grand systematisers Marx and Foucault Bourdieu has tested these arguments in detailed fieldwork. His range is eclectic his vision is vast and his writing is often dense and challenging.Understanding Bourdieu offers a comprehensive introduction to Bourdieu's work. It is essential reading for anyone tackling him for the first time. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003118305

Understanding Bridge Collapses In a straightforward style this book presents a detailed overview of 20 cases of famous and other highly interesting bridge collapses over the last two centuries. Every case is illustrated and described in detail and the failure analyses made are supported by well-known explanations and in some cases by new theories. The chronological order make Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429182426

Understanding Broadband over Power Line Understanding Broadband over Power Line explores all aspects of the emerging technology that enables electric utilities to provide support for high-speed data communications via their power infrastructure. This book examines the two methods used to connect consumers and businesses to the Internet through the utility infrastructure: the existing electrical wiring of a home or office; and a wireless local area network (WLAN) access point.Written in a practical style that can be understood by network engineers and non-technologists alike this volume offers tutorials on electric utility infrastructure and home wiring to ensure that all readers have a common base of knowledge. It reviews power line operations analyzing how electricity is generated and delivered to consumers and how the wiring inside buildings forms individual circuits. An appreciation for how technologies work allows for an understanding of how broadband over power line has the potential to provide ubiquitous communications that offer home users network managers and LAN administrators with another solution to meet their high-speed networking requirements. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367453619

Understanding Broadcast and Cable FinanceA Primer for the Nonfinancial Managers From on-air talent contracts and FCC regulations to syndicated program amortization to music licensing fees electronic media deal with financial principles and jargon that are unique to American business. Understanding Broadcast and Cable Finance helps explain all the financial complexities of a modern electronic media enterprise. Whether you are a news director sales manager engineer or any other non-accounting professional that has a stake in the success of your company this book will bring you up-to-speed on the essentials of financial management for broadcasting and cable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174757

Understanding Broadcast Journalism Understanding Broadcast Journalism presents an insightful exploration of broadcast journalism today; its characteristics motivations methods and paradigms. The authors balance discussions of industry practice with critical examinations of content across television radio and associated multiplatform journalism. They highlight key issues including ownership and shifting regulatory environments the revolutionary role of user-generated-content and digital convergence and coverage of global issues by rolling news services. Chapters include: • a brief history of broadcasting; • an overview of recent commercial challenges in the news industry and the impact on television news; • current trends in the running of local radio stations with particular focus on the rise of ‘hubbing’; • the ethics of broadcast journalism; • the significance of international broadcasters including the BBC CNN and Al-Jazeera. The book identifies how the dissemination of broadcast journalism is evolving whilst also arguing for the continued resilience of this industry now and in the future making the case that journalistic storytelling remains at its most effective in broadcast environments. Professional journalists and students of media studies and journalism will find this a timely and thought-provoking intervention which will help to inform their professional practice and research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241008

Understanding Building Failures Building defects still continue to plague the construction industry. The lessons learned over the last forty years have not been fully applied. Many new or refurbished buildings still leak or crack. Lack of awareness by designers and installers as to the main mechanisms that trigger such failures remains a problem for the industry. Investigating and rectifying building failures form a major part of building surveyors’ bread and butter work. This book provides guidance on this work for typical residential commercial and industrial buildings – with advice on how to diagnose a wide range of defects with an emphasis on evidence based practice throughout. It considers both modern and older construction methods together with new and traditional materials. The particular problems of alteration and renovation work are also discussed. The first four chapters provide information and guidance on the methodology for investigating failures – how to prepare for and conduct an investigation into a building defect and subsequently diagnose its cause in a logical manner. This fourth edition has been updated and expanded to cover the latest diagnostic procedures and research. It also includes Appendices and a new Bibliography and provides an extensive list of books on building pathology and related topics in the UK and North America. It is essential reading for all students and practitioners interested in building surveying and building conservation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415508797

Understanding Building Stones and Stone Buildings This book covers the wide spectrum of subjects relating to obtaining and using building stones starting with their geological origin and then describing the nature of granites volcanics limestones sandstones flint metamorphic stones breccias and conglomerates with emphasis being placed on how to recognise the different stones via the many illustrated examples from Great Britain and other countries. The life of a building stone is explained from its origin in the quarry through its exposure to the elements when used for a building to its eventual deterioration. The structure of stone buildings is then discussed with explanations of the mechanics of pillars lighthouses and walls arches bridges buttresses and roof vaults plus castles and cathedrals. The sequence of the historical architectural styles of stone buildings is explained—from the early days through to postmodern buildings. Special attention is paid to two famous architects: the Roman Vitruvius and the English Sir Christopher Wren who designed and supervised the construction of St. Paul’s Cathedral in London. To demonstrate many of the concepts presented two exemplary stone buildings are described in detail: the Albert Memorial in London and Durham Cathedral in northern England. The former building is interesting because it is comprised of a cornucopia of different building stones and the latter building because of its architecture and sandstone decay mechanisms. In the final Chapter ruined stone buildings are discussed—the many reasons for their decay and the possibility of their ‘rebirth’ via digital recording of their geometry. The book has over 350 pages and is illustrated with more than 450 diagrams and colour photographs of both the various stones and the associated stone buildings. Readers’ knowledge of the subject will be greatly enhanced by these images and the related explanatory text. A wide-ranging references and bibliography section is also included. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138094222

Understanding Buildings a Multidisciplinary Approach This book meets the needs for a basic yet comprehensive and up-to-date introductory text to building technology for students in architecture and the other disciplines in building design. The wide coverage is organised under the chapter headings: structure enclosure climate services utility services lighting acoustics fire safety the future?  The treatment in each case is concentrated on the close relationship between good design practice and the basic underlying scientific and practical principles but stopping short of the high level theory which is to be found in other more closely specialised texts.This well illustrated and highly readable book will be invaluable to the student and of interest to the practitioner too both in architecture and in its related technical fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836914

Understanding Business Organisations Despite sweeping changes in organisational theory and practice most productive activity still takes place within organisations. This volume makes it clear that despite waves of change organisational theory remains vially relevant to todays student of business. This book introduces the student to classic debates and new perspectives on organisations through a wide ranging but approachable selection of readings. It: considers why organisations matter to employees and customers discusses theories of the organisation as a mode of empowerment and of control Examining these theories in the light of current programmes of organisational change gives the book a case study element that will be invaluable for teaching and learning Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138156517

Understanding Business: MarketsA Multidimensional Approach to the Market Economy First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172586

Understanding ByzantiumStudies in Byzantine Historical Sources This book was first published in 2003.Paul Speck's work is acknowledged to be of profound importance for the study of the history and culture of the Byzantine world. If at times controversial it has proved highly influential in terms of the approaches to be taken to historical and literary sources. For many however it has remained largely inaccessible in its original German. To help overcome this the selection of studies presented here have been specially translated into English. Taken together they make a substantial contribution to a critical understanding of Byzantine writing and to an interpretation of history free from prejudice and stereotyped conceptions. Their coverage extends from the foundation of Constantinople to current perceptions of Byzantine history but they focus in particular on the period from the 6th to the 9th centuries - the 'Dark Ages' and the Byzantine renaissance - and the transformation of Byzantium that then took place. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138709720

Understanding ByzantiumStudies in Byzantine Historical Sources This book was first published in 2003.Paul Speck's work is acknowledged to be of profound importance for the study of the history and culture of the Byzantine world. If at times controversial it has proved highly influential in terms of the approaches to be taken to historical and literary sources. For many however it has remained largely inaccessible in its original German. To help overcome this the selection of studies presented here have been specially translated into English. Taken together they make a substantial contribution to a critical understanding of Byzantine writing and to an interpretation of history free from prejudice and stereotyped conceptions. Their coverage extends from the foundation of Constantinople to current perceptions of Byzantine history but they focus in particular on the period from the 6th to the 9th centuries - the 'Dark Ages' and the Byzantine renaissance - and the transformation of Byzantium that then took place. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315193632

Understanding C++ for MFC Jumpstart your MFC programming without the tedious study of C plus plus! Now you can learn C plus plus and MFC together -- learning C plus plus principles on a need-to-know basis. Author Richard Raposa has refined this tutorial over years of teaching Windows programming in quick Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138436374

Understanding Cancer Therapies This book is an introduction to cancer treatment the basics of radio- and chemotherapy drug actions the eradication of cancer cells and the origins and persistence of pharmacological and toxicological effects of drugs. It further provides ideas for research based on knowledge of cancer metastasis invasive and molecular pathways and diagnosis and treatment. Many of the adaptive features of cancer biology clinical features pathology and treatment are reviewed. In addition to introducing the major themes and theories the book also advances the current discussion by moving beyond explanations for clinical implementation. Key Selling Features:Reviews basic cancer treatmentsSummarizes chemotherapiesDiscusses radiotherapiesExamines pharmacological and toxicological approaches to treatment Introduces oncological drug development Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367657338

Understanding CancerAn Introduction to the Biology Medicine and Societal Implications of this Disease Understanding Cancer is a brand new undergraduate textbook for students without prior training in biology that integrates an introduction to cancer medicine with descriptions of the biological processes that go wrong to cause cancer’s onset and progression. It also highlights the human side of cancer with stories of patients and loved ones touched by the disease dealing with diagnosis treatment and the prospect of death as well as the broader societal aspects of cancer and its prevention. Key discoveries that have improved our understanding of cancer are presented in sidebars. In spite of this diversity the book maintains precision and simplicity in describing what is and is not known about cancer describing the strengths and limitations of current treatments Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9780815345350

Understanding Catchment Processes and Hydrological Modelling in the Abay/Upper Blue Nile Basin Ethiopia The Abay / Upper Blue Nile basin contributes the largest share of discharge to the river Nile. However the basin exhibits large spatio-temporal variability in rainfall and runoff. Moreover human activities also impact hydrological processes through intensive agriculture overgrazing and deforestation which substantially affect the basin hydrology. Thus understanding hydrological processes and hydro-climatic variables at various spatio-temporal scales is essential for sustainable management of water resources in the region. This research investigates the hydrology of the basin in depth using a range of methods at various spatio-temporal scales. The methods include long-term trend analysis of hydroclimatic variables hydrologic responses analysis of land cover change stable isotope techniques and process based rainfallrunoff modelling. A combination of field investigations with new measurements of precipitation water levels and stable isotopes as well as existing hydro-climatic data offered gaining new insights about runoff generation processes in headwater catchments. The use of rainfall-runoff modelling in two meso-scale catchments of the Abay basin depict that a single model structure in a lumped way for the entire Abay basin cannot represent all the dominant hydrological processes. The results of the different approaches demonstrated the potential of the methods to better understand the basin hydrology in a data scarce region. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138027923

Understanding Central AmericaGlobal Forces and Political Change In this seventh edition John A. Booth Christine J. Wade and Thomas W. Walker update a classic in the field which invites students to explore the histories economies and politics of Costa Rica Nicaragua El Salvador Guatemala and Honduras. Covering the region's political and economic development from the early 1800s onward the authors bring the Central American story up to date. New to the 7th Edition: Analysis of trends in human rights performance political violence and evolution of regime types; Updated findings from surveys to examine levels of political participation and support for democratic norms among Central Americans; Historical and current-era material on indigenous peoples and other racial minorities; Discussion of popular attitudes toward political rights for homosexuals and LGBTQ access to public services; Discussion of women’s rights and access to reproductive health services and women’s integration into elective offices; Tracing evolving party systems national elections and US policy toward the region under the Obama and Trump administrations; Central America’s international concerns including Venezuela’s shrinking role as an alternative source of foreign aid and antagonist to US policy in the region and migration among and through Central American nations. Understanding Central America is an ideal text for all students of Latin American politics and is highly recommended for courses on Central American politics social systems and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367361709

Understanding Central AsiaPolitics and Contested Transformations Since Soviet collapse the independent republics of Kazakhstan Kyrgyzstan Tajikistan Turkmenistan and Uzbekistan have faced tremendous political economic and security challenges. Focusing on these five republics this textbook analyzes the contending understandings of the politics of the past present and future transformations of Central Asia including its place in international security and world politics. Analysing the transformation that independence has brought and tracing the geography history culture identity institutions and economics of Central Asia it locates ‘the political’ in the region. A comprehensive examination of the politics of Central Asia this insightful book is of interest both to undergraduate and graduate students of Asian Politics Post-Communist Politics Comparative Politics and International Relations and to scholars and professionals in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415297035

Understanding Central BankingThe New Era of Activism Employing a light and lively writing style the book starts with the history of central banking in England and then shifts focus to the United States explains in detail how the Fed works and covers the Fed's unprecedented activities to prevent the Great Recession from spiraling into the Greatest Depression. The final chapter presents a detailed scorecard for each of the Fed chairmen over the last 40 years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765642516

Understanding Central Europe “Central Europe” is a vague and ambiguous term more to do with outlook and a state of mind than with a firmly defined geographical region. In the immediate aftermath of the collapse of the Iron Curtain Central Europeans considered themselves to be culturally part of the West which had been politically handicapped by the Eastern Soviet bloc. More recently and with European Union membership Central Europeans are increasingly thinking of themselves as politically part of the West but culturally part of the East. This book with contributions from a large number of scholars from the region explores the concept of “Central Europe” and a number of other political concepts from an openly Central European perspective. It considers a wide range of issues including politics nationalism democracy and the impact of culture art and history. Overall the book casts a great deal of light on the complex nature of “Central Europe”. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885809

Understanding Challenging Behaviour in Inclusive Classrooms It is no great secret that managing disruptive behaviour in any classroom from infants to sixth form is one of the most stressful aspects of teaching. Rules and sanctions can be effective up to a point but often fail to take into consideration individual differences in children and the difficulties they might be experiencing in their school or home life. In his new book Colin Lever uses real children’s voices to help you begin to understand why children might behave in the way that they do offering ideas and strategies to help prevent challenging behaviour occurring in the first place. Whether it serves as a reference manual a useful checklist or as an aide to help you plan and prepare for your lessons this book should be essential reading for every teacher. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781408248270

Understanding Change Change is now so commonplace that people no longer talk in terms of the "whitewater epoch". Every sector of the economies of the developed world has experienced huge swathes of change in the last decade of the twentieth century alone. Increased global competition aided and abetted by technological advances has led many organizations to seek to re-invent themselves in the hope of being able to survive and thrive. In mature sectors in particular where the pace of consolidation is accelerating organizations have had little option but to grow through acquisition or be absorbed. Whether the change is labelled "continuous process improvement" "restructuring" "downsizing" or re-engineering" to employees change usually brings with it added pressures job insecurity and a consequent loss of commitment to the organization.Understanding Change: theory implementation and success argues that strategic change in the new millennium will be geared increasingly to achieving sustainable high performance rather than just short-term gains. Most theorists now agree that the real challenge of change lies in gaining employees" willingness to commit to the change effort. Change leaders at every level need to be able to understand the elements at work in any change process and to use judgement about the style of leadership required to give the change effort the best chance of success. Understanding Change: theory implementation and success provides an overview of change and organizational theory leading in particular to the author"s definition of the "input" elements of the high performance organisation based on extensive research into UK and international organisations. It also contains a section looking at the management of change with case studies illustrating approaches to managing change which are conducive to achieving sustainable high performance. In her companion book The High Performance Organization- creating dynamic stability the author explores some of the "how to"s" of building an organizational culture which is supportive of high performance in today"s challenging environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138141209

Understanding Change in the Workplace Super series are a set of workbooks to accompany the flexible learning programme specifically designed and developed by the Institute of Leadership & Management (ILM) to support their Level 3 Certificate in First Line Management. The learning content is also closely aligned to the Level 3 S/NVQ in Management. The series consists of 35 workbooks. Each book will map on to a course unit (35 books/units). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138454132

Understanding Chemistry through Cars As the car anticipates its dance around the racetrack the engine growls and pops and all senses become immersed in the smell of exhaust vapors and the sounds of raw speed and excitement. As it turns out these also are the sights sounds and smells of chemistry! The car is a great example of an everyday device with an abundance of chemistry hiding in plain sight. In fact almost everything in a car can be described from a chemical perspective. Understanding Chemistry through Cars guides novice chemists and car enthusiasts in learning basic chemical principles in an engaging context. It also supports upper-level chemists in synthesizing knowledge gained over a chemistry curriculum and seeing how it can manifest in the real world. This book provides an overview of chemistry in relation to cars. Various topics are discussed including the ideal gas law materials chemistry thermochemistry solution chemistry mass transport polymerization light/matter interactions and oxidation and reduction. The book incorporates expected learning outcomes at the beginning of each section detailed and easy-to-follow example problems appendices reviewing basic chemical topics suggestions on how to use the resource in upper-level courses. Ancillary materials such as a Twitter account and an associated blog allow readers to explore the latest in the world of car chemistry ask questions and interact directly with the authors and other experts. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466571839

Understanding Child and Adolescent GriefSupporting Loss and Facilitating Growth Understanding Child and Adolescent Grief incorporates theory clinical applications case studies and current research on contemporary models of grief pertaining to children and adolescents. The integration of developmental perspectives attachment theory and neurobiological implications provides a thorough summary of the many factors that can affect a child's growth and development and the subsequent influence on grief expression. Chapters explore relevant social topics rarely addressed in other texts such as the death of African American men suicide among Aboriginal youth in Canada death/suicide among LGBTQ youth and social media's influence. Also included are practical tips for helping professionals who want to better understand how grief and loss affect children and teens as well as a meditation guide that provides concrete opportunities for growth and healing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138740884

Understanding Child DevelopmentPsychological Perspectives and Applications Understanding Child Development introduces the main areas of developmental psychology in childhood. Drawing on content which first appeared in ‘Understanding Child Development’ published in 1986 the book includes new bases of evidence and offers an interdisciplinary approach to the subject. Following a thematic approach this book draws together strands of knowledge from psychology neuroscience and medical social and cognitive sciences. It covers both classic and contemporary theories and research while also examining child development in real-world settings. Chapters explore conceptual issues key developmental theories and research methodology while developing practical ways of making children’s lives better. These discussions are presented in a refreshing tone giving the reader an insight into the broad area of developmental psychology and its applications. Written in an engaging and accessible style Understanding Child Development is essential reading for students on introductory courses in developmental psychology. It also offers valuable reading for those on related courses in education health and social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415788694

Understanding Child Language Acquisition Taking an accessible and cross-linguistic approach Understanding Child Language Acquisition introduces readers to the most important research on child language acquisition over the last fifty years as well as to some of the most influential theories in the field. Rather than just describing what children can do at different ages Rowland explains why these research findings are important and what they tell us about how children acquire language. Key features include: Cross-linguistic analysis of how language acquisition differs between languages A chapter on how multilingual children acquire several languages at once Exercises to test comprehension Chapters organised around key questions that summarise the critical issues posed by researchers in the field with summaries at the end Further reading suggestions to broaden understanding of the subject With its particular focus on outlining key similarities and differences across languages and what this cross-linguistic variation means for our ideas about language acquisition Understanding Child Language Acquisition forms a comprehensive introduction to the subject for students of linguistics psychology and speech and language therapy. Students and instructors will benefit from the comprehensive companion website that includes a students’ section featuring interactive comprehension exercises extension activities chapter recaps and answers to the exercises within the book. Material for instructors includes sample essay questions answers to the extension activities for students and a Powerpoint including all the figures from the book. www.routledge.com/cw/rowland Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781444152654

Understanding Children with Special Needs Originally published in 1989. This book is designed as an introduction to the field of special education for all those students and professionals – teachers social workers psychologists medical officers nurses speech therapists and others – who encounter children with special needs. The authors first discuss current legislation in its historical context and draw attention to the major issues and controversies. They go on to analyse a variety of learning difficulties. Physical and sensory disabilities emotional and behavioural problems may all give rise to special educational needs. The book then considers how children’s special needs may be met in terms of curriculum resources and provisions. It concludes with some prognostications and a critical review of current practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138586222

Understanding Children’s Development in the Early YearsQuestions practitioners frequently ask Review of the first edition: 'This book provides a very accessible approach to building a better understanding of young children and their development and will be an interesting and useful read for both experienced early years practitioners and for students who are just beginning to build their practical experience.' - Early Years Update   This highly practical and fully updated new edition is full of case studies and helpful advice on how to enhance our understanding of very young children. Through working with many practitioners in different settings Christine Macintyre offers down-to-earth strategies to enhance the learning of children in their care and asks: What are the key influences in encouraging children to achieve their potential? Are the four aspects of children’s development equally important and how do they interact? Does the play - based curriculum truly cater for children with a range of abilities and interests e.g. gifted and talented children and those who need extra support? What new ways are there of enhancing learning? How can we be sure that parents appreciate how we support their children in all aspects of their development? With examples and case-studies drawn from a variety of real-life nursery practices these interesting and thought-provoking scenarios will help enhance and develop the practice of all students and early years teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138022478

Understanding Children’s WorryClinical Developmental and Cognitive Psychological Perspectives This accessible guide offers a concise introduction to the science behind worry in children summarising research from across psychology to explore the role of worry in a range of circumstances from everyday worries to those that can seriously impact children’s lives. Wilson draws on theories from clinical developmental and cognitive psychology to explain how children’s worry is influenced by both developmental and systemic factors examining the processes involved in pathological worry in a range of childhood anxiety disorders. Covering topics including different definitions of worry the influence of children’s development on worry Generalised Anxiety Disorder (GAD) in children and the role parents play in children’s worry this book offers a new model of worry in children with important implications for prevention and intervention strategies. Understanding Children’s Worry is valuable reading for students in clinical educational and developmental psychology and professionals in child mental health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815378884

Understanding ChildrenAn Introduction to Psychology for African Teachers Originally published in 1966 the two authors combined skill in their subject with experience of teaching it to students in Africa and elsewhere. Their aim was threefold. First and most important to emphasise to teachers in training how essential it is to regard children as individuals each with a character and problems resulting from heredity and environment. Secondly to give the teacher enough knowledge of psychology to help him to understand each pupil’s learning process and behaviour. Thirdly to stimulate the teacher to observation enquiry and thought. Each chapter ends with suggested exercises discussion points and reading references. The book was one of a series offered to Africa teachers in training. The series was designed to help those who were called upon to teach the many subjects of the primary school curriculum or two or more subjects with junior forms of secondary schools. It was dedicated to the proposition that giving a good basic education to a country’s children is vital to its development programme. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415786362

Understanding Children's LearningA Text for Teaching Assistants Structured to support teaching assistants this pioneering textbook provides an academic underpinning to each of the key topics studied. The book: develops the theoretical knowledge needed to enhance work in the classroom; encourages students to reflect on their own practice; is in an ideal textbook format - full of tasks questions summaries and reading lists; and covers both primary and secondary years. Practical easy-to-read and written specifically for teaching assistants this book is also applicable for any trainee teachers or students of education. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138170018

Understanding Children's Needs When Parents Separate One in four children experiences the separation/divorce of their parents by the time they reach 16 years. When parents separate levels of conflict can be high and significant changes in family relationships continue to take place over time. Whilst in emotional distress themselves parents often manage to pay attention to the needs of their children and it is this parental support that helps children and young people through this transition. However when emotions are heightened for the adults there are occasions when the needs of the children can easily be overlooked. Throughout this time of turmoil and bereavement it is often the school that provides the children with a secure base. This practical resource will provide schools parents and professionals working with parents and children with a comprehensive understanding of the needs of children and how it is possible to work with them and their families to face the challenging times in their lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889066

Understanding Children's Play First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864411

Understanding ChinaThe Silk Road and the Communist Manifesto If the West wishes to understand China better it needs to appreciate the depth of thought and range of debate that is taking place within the Chinese political system. China is entering a new and complicated phase in its development. From a minnow in the 1970s it has become a mighty player on the global stage. It is likely that its role in the global economy and international relations will continue to expand. Today despite its vast size China is still a developing country. The country’s leaders in the Communist Party of China face innumerable policy challenges. Two key issues facing the Party are its role in the Asia-Pacific region and the ideological legacy from Karl Marx. The CPC is engaged in deep research debate and reflection on both of these questions. This study provides a unique in-depth insight into these critically important issues for the evolution of China’s political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138743298

Understanding Chinese Society This second edition of Understanding Chinese Society provides a comprehensive readable and well-grounded introduction to the key issues affecting contemporary China. A thorough analysis is undertaken not only of China’s family patterns education system status hierarchy and ethnic diversity but also of China’s mass media legal system and social control work and cultural expression. As well as being thoroughly updated and revised throughout this edition offers new chapters on urbanization the environment and civil society in China. A team of international experts guide students though social issues including: What are the key features of the family and marriage institutions in China? How are women and men faring differently in Chinese society today? How are minorities faring in China? How does the education system differentiate Chinese society? How are religion and cultural traditions expressed? Including handy pedagogical features such as a chronology of the People's Republic of China further reading suggestions and related novels and films Understanding Chinese Society is suitable for anyone studying Chinese Culture and Society Chinese Studies and Asian sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138917408

Understanding CitiesMethod in Urban Design Understanding Cities is richly textured complex and challenging. It creates the vital link between urban design theory and praxis and opens the required methodological gateway to a new and unified field of urban design. Using spatial political economy as his most important reference point Alexander Cuthbert both interrogates and challenges mainstream urban design and provides an alternative and viable comprehensive framework for a new synthesis. He rejects the idea of yet another theory in urban design and chooses instead to construct the necessary intellectual and conceptual scaffolding for what he terms 'The New Urban Design'. Building both on Michel de Certeau's concept of heterology â€“ 'thinking about thinking' – and on the framework of his previous books Designing Cities and The Form of Cities Cuthbert uses his prior adopted framework – history philosophy politics culture gender environment aesthetics typologies and pragmatics – to create three integrated texts. Overall the trilogy allows a new field of urban design to emerge. Pre-existing and new knowledge are integrated across all three volumes of which Understanding Cities is the culminating text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415608244

Understanding Citizen Journalism as Civic Participation Understanding Citizen Journalism as Civic Participation re-conceptualizes citizen journalism in the context of Habermas’s theory of the public sphere and communicative action to examine how citizen journalism practice as civic participation may contribute to a heathier community and democracy in the civil society context. Citizen journalism has garnered growing attention owing to the participation of ordinary citizens in the performance of news production. Drawing on the authors’ decade-long collaboration on citizen journalism scholarship this book posits a theoretical framework that relies on diverse communication perspectives to understand citizen journalism practice and its democratic consequences. This book will be of great relevance to scholars researchers professionals and policy makers working in the field of journalism and media studies culture studies and communication studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138281264

Understanding Civil WarsContinuity and change in intrastate conflict This volume explores the nature of civil war in the modern world and in historical perspective. Civil wars represent the principal form of armed conflict since the end of the Second World War and certainly in the contemporary era. The nature and impact of civil wars suggests that these conflicts reflect and are also a driving force for major societal change. In this sense Understanding Civil Wars: Continuity and change in intrastate conflict argues that the nature of civil war is not fundamentally changing in nature. The book includes a thorough consideration of patterns and types of intrastate conflict and debates relating to the causes impact and ‘changing nature’ of war. A key focus is on the political and social driving forces of such conflict and its societal meanings significance and consequences. The author also explores methodological and epistemological challenges related to studying and understanding intrastate war. A range of questions and debates are addressed. What is the current knowledge regarding the causes and nature of armed intrastate conflict? Is it possible to produce general cross-national theories on civil war which have broad explanatory relevance? Is the concept of ‘civil wars’ empirically meaningful in an era of globalization and transnational war? Has intrastate conflict fundamentally changed in nature? Are there historical patterns in different types of intrastate conflict? What are the most interesting methodological trends and debates in the study of armed intrastate conflict? How are narratives about the causes and nature of civil wars constructed around ideas such as ethnic conflict separatist conflict and resource conflict? This book will be of much interest to students of civil wars intrastate conflict security studies and international relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415855174

Understanding Civil-Military InteractionLessons Learned from the Norwegian Model A novel examination of civil-military interaction in particular between militaries and humanitarian actors in light of the so-called 'Norwegian model' that espouses a clear divide between political and humanitarian (or military and civilian - the model is in fact unclear) actors while maintaining a tight coordination between them. The Norwegian government has significantly reduced their own military's capacity in the field of civil-military interaction raising the question as to whether knowledge and skills in this field are necessary. Using a multi-actor security framework this book examines whether or not the Norwegian government is correct in its assumptions (about both the model and civil-military knowledge amongst military personnel) and concludes that the Norwegian model is a well-meaning but inefficient and problematic model in reality. Although the case study focuses on Norway the lessons learned are relevant to all nations engaged in civil-military operations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409449669

Understanding 'Classical' EconomicsStudies in Long Period Theory The 'classical' approach to economic problems which can be traced back to Adam Smith and David Ricardo has seen a remarkable revival in recent years. The essays in this collection argue that this approach holds the key to an explanation of important present day economic phenomena. Focusing on the analytical potentialities of classical economics the contributors illustrate how an important element of understanding its approach consists of developing and using its explanatory power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757102

Understanding Classical PsychoanalysisFreudian concepts in contemporary practice Understanding Classical Psychoanalysis gives a clear overview of the key tenets of classical Freudian psychoanalysis and offers a guide to how these might be best understood and applied to contemporary psychoanalytic theory and practice. Covering such essential concepts as the Oedipal complex narcissism and metapsychology Fayek explores what Freud’s thinking has to offer psychoanalysts of all schools of thought today and what key facets of his work can usefully be built on to develop future theory. The book will be of interest to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists in practice and training as well as teaching faculties and postgraduate students studying Freudian psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138218277

Understanding Clergy Misconduct in Religious SystemsScapegoating Family Secrets and the Abuse of Power In Understanding Clergy Misconduct in Religious Systems you’ll take an incisive look at why sexual misconduct occurs in religious systems and how to implement proactive strategies for holistic change. Applicable to both Jewish and Christian communities this illuminating exploration takes a look at the psychology behind scapegoating why it is perpetuated and how you can quell the damaging tradition of silence.Understanding Clergy Misconduct in Religious Systems helps you see leaders of religious institutions in a way that the world has been afraid to see them--in a glass clearly. Enriched with metaphoric myths and fairy tales instead of technical jargon its unique systemic perspective reveals the psychodynamics behind the obsession with family secrets and lets you understand this dysfunction from the perspectives of victim abuser and counselor. These specific areas will both inform and aid you in dealing with this difficult subject: the religious institution as a family system the religious system as an illusion of the perfect family the concept of God-transference and the overidealization of clergy clergy personal relationships and clergy congregational relationships vulnerability and the psychology of the victim strategies for healing dysfunctional religious systems Understanding Clergy Misconduct in Religious Systems comes at just the right time--in an era when little has been written on the subject especially from a systemic perspective this work comes at a time when the phenomena of clergy sexual misconduct has rocked the very foundation of religious systems worldwide. Whether you’re a lay congregational leader judicatory administrator pastoral counselor psychologist or seminarian you’ll find that the coping strategies and intervention techniques it outlines will guide you in pinpointing the sickness at its source and restoring felicity and order to your religious leaders and their communities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809731

Understanding Climate Change through Gender Relations This book explains how gender as a power relationship influences climate change related strategies and explores the additional pressures that climate change brings to uneven gender relations. It considers the ways in which men and women experience the impacts of these in different economic contexts. The chapters dismantle gender inequality and injustice through a critical appraisal of vulnerability and relative privilege within genders. Part I addresses conceptual frameworks and international themes concerning climate change and gender and explores emerging ideas concerning the reification of gender relations in climate change policy. Part II offers a wide range of case studies from the Global North and the Global South to illustrate and explain the limitations to gender-blind climate change strategies. This book will be of interest to students scholars practitioners and policymakers interested in climate change environmental science geography politics and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367218881

Understanding Cognitive DevelopmentApproaches from Mind and Brain The papers in this volume examine the state of the art in key areas of developmental cognitive neuroscience focusing on theoretically driven research on cognition and its development. The past decade has seen an increasing number of empirical papers on the relationship between brain and cognitive development. But despite the clearly burgeoning interest in this topic there is a relative paucity of work motivated by deep theoretical questions about the nature of cognition and its development. Many papers are still in the mode of reporting brain-cognition correlations with a focus on regional activations during brain imaging - a useful approach but one that is limited with respect to its contributions to understanding the structure of cognition and its development. The papers in this special issue of Cognitive Neuropsychology consider a number of domains and mechanisms in cognition including language number space faces reading memory and attention and represent the wealth of approaches and techniques that can be used to shed light on the nature of cognitive development in brain and mind. These include cross-species comparisons studies of development under experiential deprivation or genetic differences classical developmental experimentation and imaging techniques such as NIRS and fMRI which have recently been applied to developmental questions. The combination of solid theorizing together with a broad range of approaches allows a critical but constructive look at the latest findings in the field relevant to answering enduring questions about cognition its development and its realization in the developing brain. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848727762

Understanding Collective Pride and Group IdentityNew directions in emotion theory research and practice Collective and group-based pride is currently covered across a number of disciplines including nationalism studies sociology and social psychology with little communication between fields. This multidisciplinary collection encourages interdisciplinary research and provides a unique insight into the subject stemming from a psychological perspective. The collection builds upon insights from collective emotion research to consider the relations between collective pride shame and guilt as well as emotions of anger empowerment and defiance. Collective pride is examined in contexts that vary from small groups in relatively peaceful competition to protest movements and large groups in divisive conflicts. In the book collective pride is a complex and positive emotional experience evident in the behaviour of groups that can lead to negative forms of collective hubris in which other groups are devalued or dominated. Emotions of Collective Pride and Group Identity brings together international contributors to discuss the theory research and practice surrounding collective pride in relation to other emotions and collective cultural and national identity. Divided into two parts part one explores the philosophy and theory behind collective pride and its extremes. Part two draws upon the latest quantitative and qualitative empirical research to focus on specific issues for example happiness national pride and the 2010 World Cup. Topics covered include: - cultural and national pride and identity - positive feelings of unity and solidarity- dynamic relationships between collective pride guilt and shame- theories of emotions in ritual symbolic and affective practices- collective pride and collective hubris in organizations- perspectives on national events from young people. This book will appeal to an interdisciplinary audience in the area of affect studies and emotion research including social psychologists sociologists historians and anthropologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138702080

Understanding Communication Research MethodsA Theoretical and Practical Approach Using an engaging how-to approach that draws from scholarship real-life and popular culture this textbook offers students practical reasons why they should care about research methods and a guide to actually conducting research themselves. Examining quantitative qualitative and critical research methods this new edition helps undergraduate students better grasp the theoretical and practical uses of method by clearly illustrating practical applications. The book features all the main research traditions within communication including online methods and provides level-appropriate applications of the methods through theoretical and practical examples and exercises including new sample student papers that demonstrate research methods in action. Also featuring dedicated student resources on the Routledge.com book page and instructor resources at https://routledgetextbooks.com/textbooks/instructor_downloads/. These include links videos outlines and activities recommended readings test questions and more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138052680

Understanding Communication TheoryA Beginner's Guide This book offers students a comprehensive theoretical and practical guide to communication theory. Croucher defines the various perspectives on communication theory—the social scientific interpretive and critical approaches—and then takes on the theories themselves with topics including interpersonal communication organizational communication intercultural communication persuasion critical and rhetorical theory and other key concepts. Each theory chapter includes a sample undergraduate-written paper that applies the described theory along with edits and commentary by Croucher giving students an insider’s glimpse of the way communication theory can be written about and applied in the classroom and in real life. Featuring exercises case studies and keywords that illustrate and fully explain the various communication theories Understanding Communication Theory gives students all the tools they need to understand and apply prominent communication theories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415748049

Understanding CommunicationThe Signifying Web Originally published in 1983. The conventions institutions and practices of communication today are issues of great concern to all. Using a dual approach this book evaluates communication today in all its facets. On the one hand an investigation of communication can be viewed as an intellectual task –thus emphasizing basic issues of the human condition; on the other hand communication can be examined in a practical manner in the context of current social problems operational decisions and questions currently facing researchers. This text brings these two together so that the practical issues of communication can be viewed as they relate to the human condition itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138959446

Understanding Community Colleges Understanding Community Colleges provides a critical examination of contemporary issues and practices and policy of community colleges. This contributed volume brings together highly respected scholars as well as new scholars for a comprehensive analysis of the community college landscape including management and governance finance student demographics and development teaching and learning policy faculty and workforce development. At the end of each chapter the "Questions for Discussion" section helps to bridge the gap between research and practice. Written for students enrolled in higher education and community college graduate programs as well as social sciences scholars this provocative new edition covers the latest developments in the field including trends in enrollment developmental education student services funding and shared governance.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138288133

Understanding Community Economic Growth and DeclineStrategies for Sustainable Development This book presents a fully comprehensive look at what all communities—large and small urban and rural—can do to grow and sustain their local economic bases. It examines the causes of economic decline for localities as well as the economic “product” being marketed to employers the process of growth and the means of sustaining economic growth over time. Drawing on the experiences of hundreds of communities and hundreds of leaders around the United States Understanding Community Economic Growth and Decline outlines the various strategies that have or have not worked to enable or support a general local economic recovery. Exploring many facets of growth and re-growth following periods of economic decline and offering practical real-life tactics that have been successfully employed in local and regional economies across the US this book is required reading for community planners and administrators those currently working in public administration and students studying regional planning or economic development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138556249

Understanding Community LibrarianshipThe Public Library in Post-Modern Britain In the information society is the community focused library a real possibility? This book reappraises the relationship between the library and its communities through an examination of the rise and decline of ’community’ librarianship over the last three decades. The authors consider key models of community based library service and argue that bland assertions of community prevalence mask a complex and problematic relationship between a highly traditional public service bureaucracy and its users. The resulting uncertainty of purpose they claim explains much of the current ’crisis’ of the public library movement. Drawing on recent social science theory and empirical work in the field this book offers a new and critical perspective on the current public library debate. It is essential reading for librarians students of information and library science and all who have a stake in the future of the public library. As a case study of community public service and the local state it should also be of value to those with an interest in community development cultural policy and local government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276840

Understanding Company Law Understanding Company Law is a lively introduction to the key principles of the Companies Act 2006 and modern company law. It takes a unique approach to the subject which also encompasses the important and growing fields of securities regulation corporate governance and corporate social responsibility. This book covers all of the key topics that a student reader will encounter in any company law course. The discussion presents the key principles simply before guiding the reader through the more complex issues that are often the focus of examinations in this subject. It also offers pathways into further reading while injecting enjoyment back into the topic. In Understanding Company Law Professor Hudson provides a straightforward guide to the law while providing context detailed analyses of the leading cases and no little humour. The second edition covers key recent changes and developments in company law both case law and statutory including: two recent Supreme Court decisions on piercing the corporate veil VTB Capital plc v Nutritek International Corp and others and Prest v Petrodel Resources Limited & Others and an analysis of the Conservative government’s Green Paper on Corporate Governance. Online supportVisit the author’s website at www.alastairhudson.com to find podcasts of specially recorded lectures covering the basic principles and an audiobook version of this text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138743328

Understanding Comparative PoliticsA Framework for Analysis Comparative politics has undergone significant theoretical changes in recent decades. Particularly since the 1980s a new generation of scholars have revamped and rejuvinated the study of the subject. Mehran Kamrava examines current and past approaches to the study of comparative politics and proposes a new framework for analysis. This is achieved through a comparative examination of state and social institutions the interactions that occur between them and the poltical cultures within which they operate. The book also offers a concise and detailed synthesis of existing comparative frameworks that up to now at least have encountered analytical shortcomings on their own. Although analytically different in its arguments and emphasis from the current "Mainstream" genre of literature on comparative politics the present study is a logical outgrowth of the scholarly works of the last decade or so. It will be essential reading for all students of comparative politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203936221

Understanding Complex Military OperationsA case study approach This volume provides materials for active learning about peacebuilding and conflict management in the context of complex stability operations. Today America faces security challenges unlike any it has faced before many of which requiring lengthy U.S. involvement in stability operations. These challenges are exceedingly dynamic and complex because of the ever changing mix and number of actors involved the pace with which the strategic and operational environments change and the constraints placed on response options. This volume presents a series of case studies to inspire active learning about peacebuilding and conflict management in the context of complex stability operations. The case studies highlight dilemmas pertaining to the story of the case (case dilemma) and to its larger policy implications (policy dilemma). The cases stimulate readers to "get inside the heads" of case protagonists with widely differing cultural backgrounds professional experiences and individual and organisational interests. Overall Understanding Complex Military Operations challenges the reader to recognize the importance of specific national security related issues and their inherent dilemmas deduce policy implications and discern lessons that might apply to other – perhaps even non-security related – areas of public policy administration and management. This volume will be of much interest to students of conflict prevention transitional justice peacebuilding security studies and professionals conducting field-based operations in potentially hazardous environments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600877

Understanding Complexity in OrganizationsBehavioral Systems Organizations are complex entities that must adapt the practices of their employees and management to meet the demands of a dynamic environment. Organizations are behavioral systems that coordinate interactions among its members and environment. Changing practices in one area of an organization can generate a reaction throughout the entire system thus affecting the behaviors of those working within other areas the experience of customers and important organizational results. Behavioral Systems Analysis (BSA) focuses on these complex contingencies from the macro system all the way down to individual behavior. This book contains articles by internationally recognized experts in Behavioral Systems Analysis who discuss the role of organizational practices in their study of performance improvement and cultural change from both practical and conceptual perspectives. Business and non-profit managers will find tools and case studies to help understand and diagnose their organization’s dynamics. Scholars will appreciate articles’ theory and real-world descriptions when considering their own research direction. Finally all students of management theory behavior analysis and human resources will find this collection a thought-provoking tool for their understanding of behavioral systems and their application in organizations. This book was published as a special issue in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415633949

Understanding Conduct Disorder and Oppositional-Defiant DisorderA guide to symptoms management and treatment Understanding Conduct Disorder and Oppositional Defiance Disorder offers parents caregivers and practitioners a concise accessible introduction to the science behind CD and ODD and popular treatments together with practical advice on how to approach challenging behaviour. It covers a range of important topics including distinguishing between typical and atypical behavioural development how to choose the best course of treatment for a child and how parental behaviour can help or hinder progress. Written in straightforward language each chapter concludes with "important points" summarising key information designed to help those living or working with children suffering from behavioural disorders to both understand the nature of the disorders and achieve the best outcome for the child. The final chapter presents an in-depth case study of a child with behavioral disorders thoroughly detailing symptoms treatment and outcome providing a demonstration of best practice and affirming that challenging behavior can be effectively managed. Illustrated with clinical vignettes of the experiences of children living with CD and ODD Understanding Conduct Disorder and Oppositional Defiance Disorder is essential reading for parents and caregivers as well as practitioners in clinical and educational psychology counselling mental health nursing child welfare public healthcare and those in education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367232313

Understanding Contemporary Air Power This book aims to explain air power to both military and civilian audiences in an accessible manner approaching the topic in a balanced and systematic way. The past 100 years illustrates that air power is an inevitable feature of any type of modern warfare. It has a key role to play in any of the three main operational environments: conventional (inter-state) wars peace-support operations and counterinsurgencies. This book examines the strengths and challenges of using air power in these situations and each type of operation is explained using modern and historical examples with an emphasis on the relevant lessons for the contemporary and future use of air power. The book also looks into the complexity of media coverage of air warfare and changes in the public perception of air power in recent years. The specifics of structuring national air forces is also discussed along with the future of air power based on current trends. One of the enduring themes in the book is the necessity of inter-service and cross-domain integration emphasizing the increasingly important role of cyber and space domains in the future of network-centric warfare.   This book will be essential reading for students of air power and air warfare and recommended reading for students of international security strategic studies defence studies and foreign policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138393806

Understanding Contemporary American Conservatism Contemporary American conservatism – a mélange of ideas people and organizations – is difficult to define; even conservatives themselves are unable to agree about its essential meaning. Yet the conservative movement is well financed exerts strong influence in the Republican Party inspires followers throughout the land and has spawned a network of think tanks and media outlets that are the envy of its competitors. It is a powerful political force with which to be reckoned. This book examines how that has come about and what contemporary conservatism signifies for US politics and policy. It looks at the recent history of conservatism in America as well as its antecedents in the UK traces changes over time using American National Election Study data from 1972 to the present in what it means when people say they are conservatives and assesses the prospects for American conservatism both in the near term electoral context and over the longer term as well. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138679337

Understanding Contemporary Brazil Brazil has famously been called a country of contradictions. It is a place where narratives of "racial democracy" exist in the face of stark inequalities and where the natural environment is celebrated as a point of national pride but at the same time is exploited at alarming rates. To people on the outside looking in these contradictions seem hard to explain.  Understanding Contemporary Brazil tackles these problems head-on providing the perfect critical introduction to Brazil's ongoing social political economic and cultural complexities. Key topics include: • National identity and political structure. • Economic development environmental contexts and social policy. • Urban issues and public security. • Debates over culture race gender and spirituality. • Social inequality protest and social movements. • Foreign diplomacy and international engagement. By considering more broadly the historical political economic and socio-cultural roots of Brazil’s internal dynamics this interdisciplinary book equips readers with the contextual understanding and critical insight necessary to explore this fascinating country. Written by renowned authors at one of the world's most important centers for the study of Brazil Understanding Contemporary Brazil is ideal for university students and researchers yet also accessible to any reader looking to learn more about one of the world's largest and most significant countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138039339

Understanding Contemporary EducationKey themes and issues Understanding Contemporary Education offers an essential exploration of key concepts and issues in education that will allow education studies students as well as trainee and practising teachers to engage in reflection not only on work at the classroom level but on education more broadly. Using detailed examples the book problematises many popular and taken-for-granted views allowing the reader to challenge and seriously consider the nature of the education enterprise. In each chapter a concept is carefully considered with major features controversies and strengths and weaknesses highlighted. Key follow-up questions challenge the reader to reflect on specific issues and encourage involvement not just in their own teaching but in the planning and determination of the total programme of their school and where possible that of the nation. The book is divided into seven main parts: The Social Context of Education Education Policy Curriculum Teaching and Learning Leadership in Education Teacher Preparation  International Developments in Education. Drawing upon a wide variety of theoretical positions Understanding Contemporary Education provides an accessible introduction to key themes and concepts in education challenging readers to fully consider the purpose of education and to reflect intelligently on issues that affect all schools. It is a must-read book for those on education studies courses as well as trainee and practising teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138678262

Understanding Contemporary Indian FederalismCompeting Perspectives New Challenges and Future Directions This volume analyzes centre-state dynamics in India placed against the backdrop of the election of a Narendra Modi-led Bharatiya Janata (BJP) government to central power in 2014. It reflects on how centre-state relations have been shaped by the legacy of nearly two decades of broad-based coalition government at the centre and the concurrent and ongoing liberalization of the Indian economy. To this purpose the volume engages with several relevant questions linked to the political economy of Indian federalism and its ability to manage ethno-linguistic difference. Did liberalization strengthen the economic or political autonomy of the Indian states? What impact did party system change have on the capacity of parties in central government to influence the actions of state governments? How did party system change and liberalization influence the fiscal and financial autonomy of the states and the capacity of the centre in planning and social development? Did both processes strengthen the autonomy of Chief Ministers in foreign policy-making? What are the strengths and weaknesses of Indian federalism in ethno-linguistic conflict management and what do the recent split of Andhra Pradesh or the proposed formation of Bodoland tell us about the dynamics underpinning the management of ethno-linguistic difference in contemporary India? The chapters originally published as a special issue of India Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892739

Understanding Contemporary Issues in Higher EducationContradictions Complexities and Challenges This insightful book offers a wide-ranging collection of lively discussions on contemporary issues policies and practices in higher education. Bartram integrates contributions from experienced academics teachers and students in a unique approach and structure designed to enable students with both specific and wide-ranging interests in higher education to extend their understanding. Including discussion points research tasks and suggestions on further reading in each chapter Understanding Contemporary Issues in Higher Education discusses a range of topics such as: universities and the mental health ‘crisis’; knowledge the state and the market; the role of technology in teaching and academic celebrification; disability diversity and inclusive placement learning. Written specifically for Education Studies students this book constitutes a timely addition to student-focused themed studies looking at aspects of higher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367374150

Understanding Contemporary Social Problems Through Media Goldberg uses a multi-media approach to critically examine the most significant and volatile issues of our times: the environmental crisis upheavals in the developing world health terrorism and technology. The book is unique in its in-depth coverage of these pressing social concerns and its use of extensive media resources through a companion website. An introductory section reviews basic sociological concepts and theories including the sociological imagination and class gender and race stratification all of which are revisited in each chapter. The book helps students appreciate the magnitude of the problems of the twenty-first century as they develop the intellectual tools to understand them sociologically and personally.Features of the text: " Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612056340

Understanding Contemporary Strategy This textbook provides a comprehensive introduction to modern strategy covering the context theory and practice of military strategy in all its different forms. Covering all the main issues in the field the book explores the major themes through a combination of classical and modern strategic theory history and current practice. It is split into three main sections: The first provides the context for contemporary strategy and includes discussions of the human technological intelligence ethical and grand strategic dimensions. The second part explores the theory and practice of strategy in different geographical domains including land sea air space and cyberspace. The final part engages with three of the most challenging forms of strategy in the contemporary era: nuclear weapons terrorism and insurgency. This second edition brings the book up to date by including discussions of the rise and fall of the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria (ISIS); the emergence of robotics and artificial intelligence; major events in space and cyberspace; and the growing profile of nuclear weapons. Each chapter presents the reader with a succinct summary of the topic provides a challenging analysis of current issues and finishes with key points questions for discussion and further reading. This book will be essential reading for upper-level students of strategic studies war studies military history and international security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138059474

Understanding Context in Language Use and TeachingAn ELF Perspective This book is a guide to understanding and applying the essential heretofore elusive notion of context in language study and pedagogy. Éva Illés offers a new critical systematic theoretical framework then applies that framework to practical interactions and issues in communicative language teaching rooted in English as a Lingua Franca. By linking theory and practice for research and teaching around the world this book brings a new awareness of how context can be conceptualised and related to language pedagogy to advanced students teachers teacher educators and researchers of language teaching applied linguistics and pragmatics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367223793

Understanding Corporate Criminality First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315049861

Understanding CorruptionTraditional and Legal Rational Norms This volume together scholars specializing in different parts of the world to give us a comparative understanding of the persistence of corruption in some societies. The reader is privileged to learn from the many global variations that are skilfully presented for further analyses. Corruption is a salient feature of human condition in any organized society. Further where risks are low and the returns high corruption is almost inevitable. Apart from this traditional public behaviour comes precariously close to what in the West might amount to corrupt practices. Bureaucratic corruption should be understood in the light of a clash of morality on the one hand and legality on the other. There is a contradiction between traditional values which are held in respect and are a part of everyday life of a people and norms of the larger society which stand out as compelling forces. The idea of the modern division between the public and private office is alien to a traditional culture and corruption finds space when this division is not strictly observed. Seven essays in this volume cover a range of countries which include India South Africa Nigeria Zimbabwe and Indonesia. As the essays unfold themselves the problem of corruption takes on an added dimension that of a legacy left behind by colonialism. Please note: This title is co-published with Social Science Press New Delhi. Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367655518

Understanding Counterplay in Video Games This book offers insight into one of the most problematic and universal issues within multiplayer videogames: antisocial and oppositional play forms such as cheating player harassment the use of exploits illicit game modifications and system hacking known collectively as counterplay. Using ethnographic research Alan Meades not only to gives voice to counterplayers but reframes counterplay as a complex practice with contradictory motivations that is anything but reducible to simply being hostile to play players or commercial videogames. The book offers a grounded and pragmatic exploration of counterplay framing it as an unavoidable by-product of interaction of mass audiences with compelling and culturally important texts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548695

Understanding CountertransferenceFrom Projective Identification to Empathy Seeking to mediate between the "classical" view of countertransference as a neurotic impediment to the treatment process and the more recent "totalist" perspective which assumes that the therapist's emotional response necessarily reveals something about the patient Tansey and Burke stake out a thoughtful middle ground. They submit that the therapist's utilization of adequately processed countertransference reactions is in fact integral to treatment success while arguing against the totalist assumption that the therapist's emotional to the patient must be revelatory in a direct and immediate way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176430

Understanding Creative BusinessValues Networks and Innovation From authors used to operating between the commercial public and independent sectors of the mixed cultural economy Understanding Creative Business bridges the gap between creative practice and mainstream business organisation entrepreneurship and management. Using stories case studies and exercises it discusses the positioning of creative practice within professional and business development cultural policy-making and the wider cultural economy and suggests what the broader field of business and management studies can learn from the informal structure and working practices of creative industries networks. Consideration is given to how ethical and moral value orientations animate creative practice and how they play into the wider debate about social responsibilities within business and public policy. The authors also explore the way creative business practices often coalesce around emergent and self-organized networks and how this signals alternative approaches to management entrepreneurship business organisation and collaboration. Above all else this book is about relationships; the practical examples expose the ways creative business can professionalise research develop and sustain routes to growth through 'open' collaborative innovation and the lessons this holds for more general business innovation and policy engagements with the public domain. Written in accessible language this book will be useful to researchers students educators and practitioners within the creative industries; to those working within cultural policy arts and cultural management; and to all with an interest in management and leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255746

Understanding Creative Users of ICTsUsers as Social Actors The disjuncture between the design intent of the developers of ICTs and the needs of the users has often led to surprising use of new technologies as users have refused to become mere agents of the designers. Individual users have adopted their own uses of ICTs based on the complex webs of relations and meanings in which they function as social actors. Instead of adjusting these webs to new ICTs they have fit the ICTs into their pre-existing social webs often resulting in imaginative and creative uses of new technologies not envisaged by the original designers. The contributions in this volume provide studies of such integrations of ICTs into the lives of human users and demonstrate that such uses should not be regarded as 'faulty' or 'mistaken' merely because they 'fail' to meet the expectations of the original designers of the ICTs. Instead human users should be given precedence over ICTs and the creative uses of 'universal' technologies by individual users should be emphasised and studied so as to move towards a better understanding and appreciation of the integration of ICTs into human lives. This book was originally published as special issue of The Information Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110755

Understanding Crime in Villages-in-the-City in ChinaA Social and Behavioral Approach Rapid urbanization of economic zones in China has resulted in a special social phenomenon: "villages-in-the-city." Underdeveloped villages are absorbed during the expansion of urban areas while retaining their rustic characteristics. Due to the rural characteristics of these areas social security is much lower compared with the urbanized city. This book uses Tang Village a remote area in the Shenzhen Special Economic Zone as an example to establish a comprehensive analytical framework by integrating existing crime theories in analyzing villages-in-the-city. The analysis covers the community individual and macro levels to detail the diverse social and behavioral factors causing crime at multiple levels. First a brief history of the urbanization process of Tang Village is provided to establish how urban planning contributed to the issues in the village today. The authors go on to explain how socially disorganized communities dictate the crime hotspots and the common types of crime. The book examines other risk factors that may contribute to the level of crime such as weak social controls building density and floating populations of poor working-class migrants. The routine activities of victims offenders and guardians are examined. The book concludes with the current trends in the social structure within the villages-in-the-city and their expected outcome after urbanization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367251185

Understanding CrimeA Multidisciplinary Approach Explores the interdisciplinary nature and potential of the field of criminology covering the fields of sociology economics psychology biology philosophy and religious studies. The conclusion demonstrates various theoretical approaches for policy development and discusses opportunities for incorporating academic contributions into the political process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138152434

Understanding Criminal BehaviourPsychosocial Perspectives on Criminality and Violence Our understanding of criminal behaviour and its causes has been too long damaged by the failure to integrate the emotional psychological social and cultural influences on the way people behave. This book offers a concise and accessible introduction to criminal behaviour examining and integrating perspectives from criminology and psychology. It proposes a range of ‘psychosocial’ approaches that seek to understand the emotions that surround criminal behaviour allowing for an exploration of individual differences and social and cultural issues that help to bridge the gap between disciplinary approaches. It offers substantive chapters on a range of topics including: mental disorder and the relationship between mental health and offending; criminal career research; youth crime and the question of criminal responsibility; gender and crime; and violent crime including homicide and sexual crime. This new edition has been fully updated including a revised opening chapter that offers an introduction to psychosocial criminology up-to-date discussion of changes in the criminal justice system in the context of mental health and two new chapters on race and crime and public violence extremism and terrorism. This book is essential reading for students taking a range of courses on criminal behaviour criminological theory criminal psychology and psychological criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138222885

Understanding Criminal Careers The study of criminal careers is of increasing interest in criminology. It is now generally recognised that it is important to try to understand criminal behaviour across the life-course rather than focusing on fragmented incidents which provide only a partial picture. This is an accessible text which clarifies the crucial theoretical and methodological debates surrounding the study of criminal careers. It focuses on some major longitudinal studies discussing the onset persistence desistance and the duration of a criminal career. The important topics of prediction risk and specialisation are addressed. The challenging question of 'When do ex-offenders become like non-offenders?' points a way forward. The book concludes by proposing an even more ambitious approach to the topic of criminal careers. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843927105

Understanding Criminal Justice in Hong Kong In recent years law crime and justice have become increasingly politicised in Hong Kong. Understanding Criminal Justice in Hong Kong 2nd Edition offers a detailed and comprehensive overview of and introduction to the criminal justice system in Hong Kong building upon recent events and controversies. This book provides a much-needed overview of the criminal justice system in Hong Kong including new chapters on criminological research methods defining crime fear of crime the criminal court system police power and discretion and plea bargaining. This revised and expanded second edition: Outlines the basic concepts of criminal law in Hong Kong Analyses the process of the criminal justice system ranging from the reporting of a crime through to the correctional system Examines how criminal justice personnel work in practice and how they deal with the offenders and victims during the criminal justice process Invites readers to consider arguments and debates that surround the controversial issues in the Hong Kong criminal justice system. This book is a comprehensive resource for students studying this subject as part of a wider course in criminal justice police studies law or social work and for practitioners working in Hong Kong in the police prisons probation voluntary agencies and other criminal justice personnel. Text features include review questions lists of cases cited and useful websites. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138888753

Understanding Criminal JusticeA Critical Introduction Few subjects provoke as much public fascination and political concern as crime criminality criminology and criminal justice policy and practice. Understanding Criminal Justice seeks to provide students with a critical introduction to the range of theoretical policy and operational issues faced by the criminal justice system in England Wales Scotland and Northern Ireland at the beginning of the twenty-first century. It anticipates little or no prior knowledge of criminal justice and seeks to provide an introduction to the area. This critical textbook provides both a thorough overview of the procedures central to the workings of the criminal justice system and a distillation of the topical debates that surround it. It outlines the political and historical context detailing key procedures and challenging students to engage with current debates. Containing chapters on policing prosecution community justice and alternative modes of justice this text provides a comprehensive coverage of the key topics included within undergraduate criminology programmes at an introductory level. Written in a lively and accessible style this book will also be of interest to general readers and practitioners in the criminal justice system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415670227

Understanding Criminal Law Understanding Criminal Law clarifies a subject which students often find somewhat difficult and confusing. This difficulty stems partly from the rapid changes which criminal law undergoes through frequent statutory amendments and judicial decisions but more importantly from the sheer complexity of the subject matter. This book provides a clear and concise text for those studying traditional black-letter substantive criminal law. The author takes a logical and straightforward approach specifically designed to enable the reader to quickly master the basic principles and ensure examination success. Emphasis is given to major case law relevant statutory provisions and writings of academic commentators. In selected areas the book evaluates the law and suggests possible reforms; this evaluative aspect is intended to stimulate the reader to think more critically about the subject without engendering confusion about basic principles. Although designed primarily for full-time undergraduate LLB students the book should also prove useful for those studying criminal law on part-time courses as well as those on Diploma in Law courses and students of A and AS Level Law. It is also ideal for the study of criminal law on modular courses and joint degrees. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843144823

Understanding Critical Race Research Methods and MethodologiesLessons from the Field Despite the growing urgency for Critical Race Theory (CRT) in the field of education the "how" of this theoretical framework can often be overlooked. This exciting edited collection presents different methods and methodologies which are used by education researchers to investigate critical issues of racial justice in education from a CRT perspective. Featuring scholars from a range of disciplines the chapters showcase how various researchers synthesize different methods—including qualitative quantitative and mixed methods and historical and archival research—with CRT to explore issues of equity and access in the field of education. Scholars discuss their current research approaches using CRT and present new models of conducting research within a CRT framework offering a valuable contribution to ongoing methodological debates. Researchers across different levels of expertise will find the articulations of CRT and methods insightful and compelling. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138294707

Understanding Cuba as a NationFrom European Settlement to Global Revolutionary Mission Since 1959 the government of the Caribbean island of Cuba 90 miles away from the United States of America has defied its powerful neighbor. The story of the improbable survival of the Cuban Revolutionary Government in its struggle against the most powerful country in the world has kept international attention on Cuba for more than half a century; but it has also overshadowed the brilliance of the hybrid culture developed in the island since the Spanish conquerors brought Western civilization to the Americas 500 years ago. Rafael E. Tarragó pays due attention to the first four hundred years after the arrival of the Spaniards in the island showing that a Cuban nation had developed from the European and African settlers with the indigenous population before the creation of the Cuban Republic in 1902. He describes the accomplishments and failures of that Republic that made possible the rise of the Cuban Revolutionary Government. He concludes with a look at accomplishments and the shortcomings of that self-proclaimed Marxist-Leninist government; its troubled relation with the United States; and the global revolutionary mission that it has embraced since its inception. Understanding Cuba as a Nation is a detailed yet accessibly written exploration of the history of Cuba since the Spanish conquest of 1511 that illustrates the development of the Cuban nation and summarizes the accomplishments of Cubans since the 16th century in the arts literature and science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138368224

Understanding Cultural GeographyPlaces and traces Understanding Cultural Geography: Places and Traces offers a comprehensive introduction to perhaps the most exciting and challenging area of human geography. By focusing on the notion of ‘place’ as a key means through which culture and identity is grounded the book showcases the broad range of theories methods and practices used within the discipline. This book not only introduces the reader to the rich and complex history of cultural geography but also the key terms on which the discipline is built. From these insights the book approaches place as an ‘ongoing composition of traces’ highlighting the dynamic and ever-changing nature of the world around us. The second edition has been fully revised and updated to incorporate recent literature and up-to-date case studies. It also adopts a new seven section structure and benefits from the addition of two new chapters: Place and Mobility and Place and Language. Through its broad coverage of issues such as age race scale nature capitalism and the body the book provides valuable perspectives into the cultural relationships between people and place. Anderson gives critical insights into these important issues helping us to understand and engage with the various places that make up our lives. Understanding Cultural Geography is an ideal text for students being introduced to the discipline through either undergraduate or postgraduate degree courses. The book outlines how the theoretical ideas empirical foci and methodological techniques of cultural geography illuminate and make sense of the places we inhabit and contribute to. This is a timely update on a highly successful text that incorporates a vast foundation of knowledge; an invaluable book for lecturers and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415734509

Understanding Cultural Policy Understanding Cultural Policy provides a practical comprehensive introduction to thinking about how and why governments intervene in the arts and culture. Cultural policy expert Carole Rosenstein examines the field through comparative historical and administrative lenses while engaging directly with the issues and tensions that plague policy-makers across the world including issues of censorship culture-led development cultural measurement and globalization. Several of the textbook’s chapters end with a ‘policy lab’ designed to help students tie theory and concepts to real world practical applications. This book will prove a new and valuable resource for all students of cultural policy cultural administration and arts management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138695351

Understanding Culture and Ethics in Organizations Super series are a set of workbooks to accompany the flexible learning programme specifically designed and developed by the Institute of Leadership & Management (ILM) to support their Level 3 Certificate in First Line Management. The learning content is also closely aligned to the Level 3 S/NVQ in Management. The series consists of 35 workbooks. Each book will map on to a course unit (35 books/units). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080914718

Understanding CultureTheory Research and Application This volume contains contributions from 24 internationally known scholars covering a broad spectrum of interests in cross-cultural theory and research. This breadth is reflected in the diversity of the topics covered in the volume which include theoretical approaches to cross-cultural research the dimensions of national cultures and their measurement ecological and economic foundations of culture cognitive perceptual and emotional manifestations of culture and bicultural and intercultural processes. In addition to the individual chapters the volume contains a dialog among 14 experts in the field on a number of issues of concern in cross-cultural research including the relation of psychological studies of culture to national development and national policies the relationship between macro structures of a society and shared cognitions the integration of structural and process models into a coherent theory of culture how personal experiences and cultural traditions give rise to intra-cultural variation whether culture can be validly measured by self-reports the new challenges that confront cultural psychology and whether psychology should strive to eliminate culture as an explanatory variable. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138986442

Understanding Customers This fully updated second edition of Understanding Customers is a recommended textbook for the Understanding Customers Certificate CIM paper. It is divided into six parts covering the social sciences people as individuals people in groups people in society and people in organisations. Each chapter of Understanding Customers consists of: learning objectives and definitions the theoretical background exercises issues to consider current examples implications for marketing recent examination questions. Chris Rice isSenior Lecturer in the Nottingham Business School at Nottingham Trent University. He is a CIM examiner on the Understanding Customers paper and has widespread consultancy experience in both the private and public sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138440937

Understanding Cyber RiskProtecting Your Corporate Assets A myriad of security vulnerabilities in the software and hardware we use today can be exploited by an attacker any attacker. The knowledge necessary to successfully intercept your data and voice links and bug your computers is widespread and not limited to the intelligence apparatus. Consequently the knowledge required can - at least in part - also easily be accessed by criminals trying to ‘transfer your wealth’ and competitors looking for your trade secrets. The temptation to use these easily accessible resources to the disadvantage of a rival company grows as global competition gets fiercer. Corporate espionage is nothing new but since the dawn of the Internet Age the rules have changed. It is no longer necessary to be on-site to steal proprietary information. Cyberattacks today are cheap and attackers run a very low risk of getting caught as attacks can be executed from anywhere in the world - an ideal breeding ground for criminal activities - and the consequences can be disastrous. In Understanding Cyber Risk: Protecting your Corporate Assets the author provides a wealth of real world examples from diverse industries from all over the world on how company assets are attacked via the cyber world. The cases clearly show that every organization can fall victim to a cyberattack regardless of the size or country of origin. He also offers specific advice on how to protect core assets and company secrets.This book is essential reading for anyone interested in cyber security and the use of cyberattacks in corporate espionage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605926

Understanding Cyber WarfarePolitics Policy and Strategy This textbook offers an accessible introduction to the historical technical and strategic context of cyber conflict. The international relations policy doctrine strategy and operational issues associated with computer network attack computer network exploitation and computer network defense are collectively referred to as cyber warfare. This new textbook provides students with a comprehensive perspective on the technical strategic and policy issues associated with cyber conflict as well as an introduction to key state and non-state actors. Specifically the book provides a comprehensive overview of these key issue areas: the historical emergence and evolution of cyber warfare including the basic characteristics and methods of computer network attack exploitation and defense; a theoretical set of perspectives on conflict in the digital age from the point of view of international relations (IR) and the security studies field; the current national perspectives policies doctrines and strategies relevant to cyber warfare; and an examination of key challenges in international law norm development and the potential impact of cyber warfare on future international conflicts. This book will be of much interest to students of cyber conflict and other forms of digital warfare security studies strategic studies defense policy and most broadly international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138640627

Understanding Dance Understanding Dance is a comprehensive introduction to the aestethetics of dance and will be an essential text for all those interested in dance as an object of study. Focusing on the work of a number of major choreographers companies and critics Graham McFee explores the nature of our understanding of Dance by considering the practice of understanding dance-works themselves. He concludes with a validation of the place of dance in society and in education. Troughout he provides detailed insights into the nature and appreciation of art as well as a general grouding in philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138168039

Understanding Davanloo's Intensive Short-Term Dynamic PsychotherapyA Guide for Clinicians This book allows the reader to witness what transpires in the Montreal closed circuit training programme. It incorporates the recent research findings of Dr Davanloo with his previously published metapsychological and technical discoveries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204015

Understanding Decision-making Processes in Airline Operations Control Previous studies conducted within the aviation industry have examined a multitude of crucial aspects such as policy airline service quality and revenue management. An extensive body of literature has also recognised the importance of decision-making in aviation with the focus predominantly on pilots and air traffic controllers. Understanding Decision-Making Processes in Airline Operations Control focuses instead on an area largely overlooked: an airline's Operations Control Centre (OCC). This serves as the nerve centre of the airline and is responsible for decision-making with respect to operational control of an airline's daily schedules. The environment within an OCC is extremely intense and a key role of controllers is to make decisions that facilitate the airline's recovery from frequent highly complex and often multiple disruptions. As such decision-making in this domain is critical to minimise the operational commercial and financial impact resulting from disruptions. The book examines many aspects of individual decision-making in airline operations and addresses the deficiencies found by presenting to the reader an examination of the relationships among situation awareness information completeness experience expertise decision considerations and decision alternatives in OCCs. The text utilises a multiple case study approach and proposes a number of relevant and important implications for OCC management. Practical outcomes highlight the need for enhancing training programs enabling existing controllers to readily identify and classify elements of situation awareness and decision considerations as a means of improving the decision-making process. They also draw attention to the need for airline OCCs to understand the extent to which industry experience and expertise of controllers is important in the selection of future staff. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247925

Understanding Deleuze 'The best introduction to Deleuze and to the collective writings of Deleuze and Guattari available yet! Claire Colebrook has produced a truly accessible pathway into the labyrinthine enchantments offered for contemporary thought by Deleuzianism making concepts clear showing their political and theoretical complexity elaborating their social and artistic relevance. A wonderful lucid opening onto the new worlds of Deleuze.'Elizabeth Grosz Rutgers University'A wonderfully clear introduction to key Deleuzian concepts and to their effectiveness in fields ranging from ethics and politics to cinema literary and cultural studies. Claire Colebrook provides a series of effortless transitions from Deleuze's philosophical concerns (eg: difference representation desire and affect) to concrete problems in a variety of fields. This book is an excellent guide to an important body of critical thought.'Paul Patton Professor of Philosophy University of NSWA genuine attempt to think differently Gilles Deleuze's work challenges provokes and frustrates. Surprisingly practical as well as innovative it is now being seen as a 'must read' for students and scholars across the humanities and social sciences. Claire Colebrook's Understanding Deleuze offers a comprehensive and very accessible introduction to his work. hink differently. It is built on the notion of an immanent ethics: how can we have a political and ethical theory without some external foundation such as the subject or morality? He argues that the only way we can do this is with a theory of the virtual and he sees all life (not just cyberculture) as virtual. Deleuze goes further than Foucault or Derrida in questioning the boundaries of the subject and knowledge. For Deleuze perception extends beyond the human to animals machines and microorganisms.Deleuze's writing is challenging and hard to read and so far there is no introduction to his work. Claire Colebrook's primer offers an accessible introduction to the whole Deleuzian oeuvre including the work he did with Guattari. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003118312

Understanding DepressionFeminist Social Constructionist Approaches Women are particularly vulnerable to depression. Understanding Depression provides an in-depth critical examination of mainstream approaches to understanding and treating depression from a feminist perspective. Janet Stoppard argues that current approaches give only partial accounts of womens' experiences of depression and concludes that a better understanding will only be achieved when womens' experiences and lived realities are considered in relation to the material and social conditions in which their everyday lives are embedded. The impact of this change in approach for modes of treatment are discussed and solutions are suggested.Understanding Depression offers new insights into the problem and its treatment. It will prove useful to those with an interest in depression and gender as well as mental health practitioners. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787961

Understanding DeradicalizationMethods Tools and Programs for Countering Violent Extremism This book provides a comprehensive guide to the different aspects of deradicalization theories programs and methods. It analyzes the practical and theoretical aspects of deradicalization programs and the methods being employed to bring extremists and terrorist back to a non-violent life. The book includes in-depth case studies on programs and former extremists including interviews with former German neo-Nazis and families of Jihadists who have received deradicalization counselling. Using a coherent theory of radicalization and deradicalization it integrates existing programs into a typology and methodology regarding the effects and concepts behind deradicalization. In addition a current state of the art assessment of deradicalization programs around the world provides a collection of programs and landscapes worldwide. It thereby functions as a unique guide for practitioners and policymakers in need of evaluation or construction of such programs as well as a resource pool for academics interested in research about deradicalization programs and processes. The major aim of this book is to consolidate the existing scholarship on deradicalization and to move the field forward by proposing a coherent theory of deradicalization including ways to measure effectiveness standard methods and procedures different actors of such programs and cooperation on national and international level. In essence this work enables the reader to identify how when and why deradicalization programs work how they can be built and structured and to identify their limitations. This book will be of interest to students of radicalisation counter-terrorism radical Islam criminology security studies and IR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815347583

Understanding Design and Technology in Primary SchoolsCases from Teachers' Research Teaching design and technology to young children has set new challenges for primary school managers teachers pupils and parents. Through the use of frank and detailed case studies this book reveals the teaching aims and methods adopted by teachers the issues they face in making their work effective and the experiences of their pupils in learning design and technology. Extensive first hand evidence of classroon experience is provided by the teachers. The collection describes how action research can be done. It then provides practical examples of teachers introducing changes in the curriculum in their teaching and in their use of evidence in monitoring teaching as a result of this kind of research. Student teachers teachers parents and curriculum managers will all benefit from the insights offered by this wealth of practical accounts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138416345

Understanding Design in Film ProductionUsing Art Light & Locations to Tell Your Story Great visual storytelling is possible on a minimal budget but you have to spend a lot of energy thinking and planning. In Understanding Design in Film Production author Barbara Freedman Doyle demonstrates how to use production design cinematography lighting and locations to create an effective and compelling visual story even on the tightest of budgets. Featuring in-depth interviews with production designers set decorators construction coordinators cinematographers costumers and location managers talking about the techniques of their craft it provides you with a feel for what everyone on the visual team does how they think and plan and how best to utilize the knowledge and skills they offer. This book guides you through how to find secure and manage the best locations how to create and dress a set and how to make old look new and new look old—all on a tight budget. With insights from experts at the top of their field sharing how they plan for the real-world application of large-scale ideas you’ll be able to see ways to apply their techniques to your own smaller-scale productions. Understanding Design in Film Production is a practical hands-on guide for any aspiring filmmaker who wants to understand the basic principles of visual design in order to create exceptional looking films.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138058705

Understanding Deterrence For decades the rational actor model served as the preferred guide for U.S. deterrence policy. It has been a convenient and comforting guide because it requires little detailed knowledge of an opponent’s unique decision-making process and yet typically provides confident generalizations about how deterrence works. The model tends to postulate common decision-making parameters across the globe to reach generalizations about how deterrence will function and the types of forces that will be "stabilizing" or "destabilizing." Yet a broad spectrum of unique factors can influence an opponent’s perceptions and his calculations and these are not easily captured by the rational actor model. The absence of uniformity means there can be very few deterrence generalizations generated by the use of the rational actor model that are applicable to the entire range of opponents. Understanding Deterrence considers how factors such as psychology history religion ideology geography political structure culture proliferation and geopolitics can shape a leadership’s decision-making process in ways that are specific and unique to each opponent. Understanding Deterrence demonstrates how using a multidisciplinary approach to deterrence analysis can better identify and assess factors that influence an opponent’s decision-making process. This identification and assessment process can facilitate the tailoring of deterrence strategies to specific purposes and result in a higher likelihood of success than strategies guided by the generalizations about opponent decision-making typically contained in the rational actor model. This book was published as a special issue of Comparative Strategy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138945760

Understanding Development EconomicsIts Challenge to Development Studies Important parts of development practice especially in key institutions such as the World Bank are dominated by economists. In contrast Development Studies is largely based upon multidisciplinary work in which anthropologists human geographers sociologists and others play important roles. Hence a tension has arisen between the claims made by Development Economics to be a scientific measurable discipline prone to wide usage of mathematical modelling and the more discursive practice based approach favoured by Development Studies. The aim of this book is to show how the two disciplines have interacted as well as how they differ. This is crucial in forming an understanding of development work and to thinking about why policy recommendations can often lead to severe and continuing problems in developing countries. This book introduces Development Economics to those coming from two different but linked perspectives; economists and students of development who are not economists. In both explaining and critiquing Development Economics the book is able to suggest the implications of these findings for Development Studies and more broadly for development policy and its outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869829

Understanding Developmental DyspraxiaA Textbook for Students and Professionals In this text the emphasis is placed on the theoretical aspects of developmental dyspraxia the latest research data and the neurological basis of the condition. The focus is to enable professionals to diagnose the disorder and determine the most appropriate and effective methods of intervention. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138168886

Understanding DevelopmentTheory And Practice In The Third World First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157576

Understanding DevianceConnecting Classical and Contemporary Perspectives In this collection of 48 reprinted and completely original articles Tammy Anderson gives her fellow instructors of undergraduate deviance a refreshing way to energize and revitalize their courses. [36 are reprints; 12 are original to this text/anthology] First in 12 separate sections she presents a wide range of deviant behaviors traits and conditions including: underage drinking and drunk driving doping in elite sports gang behavior community crime juvenile delinquency hate crime prison violence and transgendered prisoners mental illness drug-using women and domestic violence obesity tattooing sexual fetishes prostitution drug epidemics viral pandemics crime control strategies and racial inequality gay neighborhoods HIV and bugchasers and (lastly) youth multicultural identity and music scenes. Second her pairing of "classic" and "contemporary" viewpoints about deviance and social control not only "connects" important literatures of the past to today’s (student) readers her "connections framework" also helps all of us see social life and social processes more clearly when alternative meanings are accorded to similar forms of deviant behavior. We also learn how to appreciate and interact with those who see things differently from ourselves. This may better equip us to reach common goals in an increasingly diverse and ever-changing world. Third a major teaching goal of Anderson’s anthology is to sharpen students’ critical thinking skills by forcing them to look at how a deviant behavior trait or condition can be viewed from opposing or alternative perspectives. By learning to see deviance from multiple perspectives students will better understand their own and other’s behavior and experiences and be able to anticipate future trends. Balancing multiple perspectives may also assist students in their practical work in social service criminal justice and other agencies and institutions that deal with populations considered "deviant" in one way or another. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415642613

Understanding DifferentiationA Teachers Guide In every classroom there are children of many abilities. Managing the curriculum to meet the needs of all of these children can prove to be time consuming and difficult as both OFSTED inspection and teacher appraisal observations have shown. This book looks at the many ways that teachers can differentiate work for children whilst keeping their work load manageable. It gives lots of imaginative ideas for activities and worksheets whole lesson plans and many clearly described examples to help teachers to differentiate work more effectively in their own classrooms. It is a resource book for initial Teacher Training and CPD (Continuing Professional Development); and for senior managers concerned with differentiation either before or after their OFSTED inspection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161689

Understanding Digital CamerasGetting the Best Image from Capture to Output Understanding Digital Cameras will help you to:* Choose the right camera lens and output option to capture the perfect image * Develop great technique whatever your style or subject matter * Be inspired! Showcasing a wide range of images plus the work and insights of guest photographers This key resource for all photographers will help you get the very best from today's sophisticated digital cameras. Discover which type of camera lens lighting and printer is right for you with clear explanations and close-ups of camera settings and menus. A key tool to improve your photography is to see comparison images side by side. Tarrant shoots the same scene with different equipment or a different approach to show exactly what a camera and technique can or can't do. He also shows you images that haven't worked - and explains precisely why. In this book you will learn essential photographic techniques before moving on to specific genres: people nature action shots and working in the studio. Detailed captions throughout explain which camera and lens was used for each shot and highlight key factors in getting the right exposure lighting and composition. There is an essential troubleshooting guide to printing errors such as smudges lines and colour casts. Discover how to produce fine art prints and optimize images for the Web. Plus key technical information on digital and optical quality and colour management.Packed with tips clear explanations with all photography terms defined box outs with key information and showcasing a wide range of image styles and subjects this book (and a camera!) is all you need to start creating great images!Jon Tarrant has spent many years as an award-winning professional photographer and much-published photographic writer. He is former editor of the British Journal of Photography to which he still contributes and of Professional Photographer and HotShoe International magazines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138372047

Understanding Digital EthicsCases and Contexts Rapid changes in technology and the growing use of electronic media signal a need for understanding both clear and subtle ethical and social implications of the digital and of specific digital technologies. Understanding Digital Ethics: Cases and Contexts is the first book to offer a philosophically grounded examination of digital ethics and its moral implications. Divided into three clear parts the authors discuss and explain the following key topics: • Becoming literate in digital ethics • Moral viewpoints in digital contexts • Motivating action in digital ethics • Speed and scope of digital information • Moral algorithms and ethical machines • The digital and the human • Digital relations and empathy machines • Agents autonomy and action • Digital and ethical activism. The book includes cases and examples that explore the ethical implications of digital hardware and software including videogames social media platforms autonomous vehicles robots voice-enabled personal assistants smartphones artificially intelligent chatbots military drones and more. Understanding Digital Ethics is essential reading for students and scholars of philosophical ethics those working on topics related to digital technology and digital/moral literacy and practitioners in related fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138233348

Understanding Digital EventsBergson Whitehead and the Experience of the Digital This book introduces an events-based approach to understanding digital experience. Focusing on the event-ontologies of Bergson and Whitehead’s process metaphysics it explores subjective experience and objective reality as unified ‘events’ in the form of concrete slabs of existence. Such slabs are temporally defined by a term or period in which all physical-chemical processes and personal subjective experience are included. Bringing together insights from a range of different specialisms it urges us to consider a science of nature that includes both physical and non-physical realities and from this ontological position draws on philosophy media and user experience practice to provide a new account of the technological or virtual world of today. An examination of the manner in which process philosophy may be applied to contemporary digital experience this volume will appeal to scholars of philosophy science and technology studies and information systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670641

Understanding Digital Image Processing This book introduces the fundamental concepts of modern digital image processing. It aims to help the students scientists and practitioners to understand the concepts through clear explanations illustrations and examples. The discussion of the general concepts is supplemented with examples from applications and ready-to-use implementations of concepts in MATLAB®. Program code of some important concepts in programming language 'C' is provided. To explain the concepts MATLAB® functions are used throughout the book. MATLAB® Version 9.3 (R2017b) Image Acquisition Toolbox Version 5.3 (R2017b) Image Processing Toolbox Version 10.1 (R2017b) have been used to create the book material. Meant for students and practicing engineers this book provides a clear comprehensive and up-to-date introduction to Digital Image Processing in a pragmatic manner. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138566842

Understanding Digital IndustryProceedings of the Conference on Managing Digital Industry Technology and Entrepreneurship (CoMDITE 2019) Ju These proceedings compile selected papers from presenters at the Conference: Managing Digital Industry Technology and Entrepreneurship 2019 (CoMDITE 2019) which was held on July 10-11 2019. There are 122 papers from various universities and higher educational institutions in Indonesia and Malaysia. The main research topics in these proceedings are related to: 1) Strategic Management and Ecosystem Business 2) Digital Technology for Business 3) Digital Social Innovation 4) Digital Innovation and Brand Management 5) Digital Governance 6) Financial Technology 7) Digital and Innovative Education 8) Digital Marketing. 9) Smart City 10) Digital Talent Management and 11) Entrepreneurship. All the papers in the proceedings highlight research results or literature reviews that will both contribute to knowledge development in the field of digital industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367410766

Understanding Digital LiteraciesA Practical Introduction Assuming no knowledge of linguistics Understanding Digital Literacies provides an accessible and timely introduction to new media literacies. It supplies readers with the theoretical and analytical tools with which to explore the linguistic and social impact of a host of new digital literacy practices. Each chapter in the volume covers a different topic presenting an overview of the major concepts issues problems and debates surrounding the topic while also encouraging students to reflect on and critically evaluate their own language and communication practices. Features include: coverage of a diverse range of digital media texts tools and practices including blogging hypertextual organisation Facebook Twitter YouTube Wikipedia websites and games an extensive range of examples and case studies to illustrate each topic such as how blogs have affected our thinking about communication how the creation and sharing of digital images and video can bring about shifts in social roles and how the design of multiplayer online games for children can promote different ideologies a variety of discussion questions and mini-ethnographic research projects involving exploration of various patterns of media production and communication between peers for example in the context of Wikinomics and peer production social networking and civic participation and digital literacies at work end of chapter suggestions for further reading and links to key web and video resources a companion website providing supplementary material for each chapter including summaries of key issues additional web-based exercises and links to further resources such as useful websites articles videos and blogs. This book will provide a key resource for undergraduate and graduate students studying courses in new media and digital literacies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415673150

Understanding Digital Signal Processing with MATLAB® and Solutions The book discusses receiving signals that most electrical engineers detect and study. The vast majority of signals could never be detected due to random additive signals known as noise that distorts them or completely overshadows them. Such examples include an audio signal of the pilot communicating with the ground over the engine noise or a bioengineer listening for a fetus’ heartbeat over the mother’s. The text presents the methods for extracting the desired signals from the noise. Each new development includes examples and exercises that use MATLAB to provide the answer in graphic forms for the reader's comprehension and understanding. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138081437

Understanding Digital Technologies and Young ChildrenAn international perspective Understanding Digital Technologies and Young Children explores the possibilities digital technology brings to enhance the learning and developmental needs of young children. Globally the role of technology is an increasingly important part of everyday life. In many early childhood education frameworks and curricula around the world there is an expectation that children are developing skills to become effective communicators and are using digital technology to investigate their ideas and represent their thinking. This means that educators throughout the world are expected to actively enhance children’s learning in ways that provide learning experiences with technology that are balanced and purposeful to allow the transformation of traditional authentic learning experiences. Digital technologies can be used to explore manipulate discover play and interact with real and imaginative worlds to allow active meaning making. With a wide range of expert contributors this book provides a comprehensive examination of the current research on technology and young children and the importance of engagement for learning. This approach encourages the reader to rethink the possibilities and potential of digital technologies for learning in the early years especially in the years before formal schooling when children might be attending early childhood settings. This will be a valuable reference for anyone looking for an international perspective on digital technology and young children and is particularly aimed at current and future teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138804418

Understanding Digital TelevisionAn Introduction to DVB Systems with Satellite Cable Broadband and Terrestrial TV Distribution With the milestones of Digital TV and HDTV there arelots of questions to be asked about television of today...Understanding Digital Television explains complex technical systems and solutions in an easyto comprehend manner along with visual 3D graphics. It helps non-technical individuals such asmanagers executives general media professionals as well as TV and home cinema enthusiastsgain a practical understanding of the equipment technical aspects of digital television and variousways of distributing. Most examples are from a European perspective but also include comparisonswith North American systems. This book answers the confusing questions about new devices anddigital formats what to do when the analog TV transmitters are switched off watching TV using yourbroadband connection and much more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150256

Understanding Disability Discrimination Law through Geography Examining the UK Disability Discrimination Act (DDA) in comparison to its counterparts in the USA and Australia this book focuses on how it is being interpreted and acted upon in the context of higher education a key area of national attention in the UK. It also evaluates this law in the context of the larger project of civil rights legislation and demonstrates that geography can be used to explain law and legal arguments by highlighting their subjectivity and by emphasizing the importance of place specificity and context. While providing in-depth analysis of the effectiveness and scope of this significant legislation this book demonstrates the importance of geography in the application of law. It provides insights into the broader workings of UK anti-discrimination law which are particularly relevant given the scrutiny of the Equality and Human Rights Commission and the concerns about the effectiveness of legal tools in fighting discrimination. Finally this book critiques liberal notions of legal subjectivity and medical definitions of disability which is topical given the current attention given to debates about identity politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252769

Understanding Disability Studies and Performance Studies This collection brings together scholarship and creative writing that brings together two of the most innovative fields to emerge from critical and cultural studies in the past few decades: Disability studies and performance studies. It draws on writings about such media as live performance art photography silent film dance personal narrative and theatre using such diverse perspectives and methods as queer theory gender feminist and masculinity studies dance studies as well as providing first publication of creative writings by award-winning poets and playwrights. This book was based on a special issue of Text and Performance Quarterly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415639699

Understanding DisputesThe Politics of Argument Are disputes ever really resolved or do people need to find ways of accommodating them and living with the consequences? Can dispute settlement procedures at the local level be transferred to wider environments? In attempting to answer these questions some of the foremost specialists in the anthropology of law and disputing behaviour examine how people in a variety of social settings ranging from Ireland to East Africa deal with quarrels and seek to resolve or accommodate them. This stimulating volume should be of interest to anyone concerned about the increase in conflict in many parts of the world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135227

Understanding Dreams and Other Spontaneous ImagesThe Invisible Storyteller Understanding Dreams and Other Spontaneous Images: The Invisible Storyteller applies a contemporary interdisciplinary approach to dream interpretation bringing cognitive anthropology folklore studies affective neuroscience and dynamic systems theory to bear on contemporary psychodynamic clinical practice. It provides a practical guide for working with dreams that can be used by both individuals on their own and therapists working with clients. Erik D. Goodwyn invites us to examine key features of reported dreams such as the qualities of the environment depicted its familiarity or unfamiliarity the nature of the characters encountered and overall themes. This method facilitates an understanding of the dream in the full context of the dreamer’s life rather than interpreting individual isolated elements. Goodwyn also introduces the mental process which orchestrates dreams conceptualised here as the ‘Invisible Storyteller’ and explores how understanding it can positively impact satisfaction in waking life. As a whole the book provides a collection of tools and techniques which can be referred to time and again as well as a wealth of examples. Exploring dreams as a natural source of clinical insight The Invisible Storyteller will appeal to Jungian psychotherapists and analytical psychologists other professionals working with dreams with clients and readers looking for a scientific approach to dream interpretation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815369356

Understanding Dreams in Clinical Practice This book presents a simple effective and illuminating way of understanding and working with dreams in clinical practice. It describes the mechanisms through which the mind/brain processes our experience and forms symbols which embody a rich network of associations. It demonstrates how the dream and this network of associations can apply on a number of levels and thus shows how the full richness and vital importance of dreams their meanings and purposes can be explored. The book also explores the history theory and science of dreams and dreaming. It reviews the debates between and contributions from Freud Jung and other psychoanalysts as well as the developments and discoveries from neuroscientists and dream laboratories bringing the subject right up to date. Whilst the book primarily uses Jungian terminology and highly values Jung's insights and approach to dreams it gives a critical contemporary account of the whole field of dream work and will be useful to practitioners of all theoretical persuasions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855756229

Understanding DrivingApplying Cognitive Psychology to a Complex Everyday Task This book closely examines what is involved in driving. It identifies the aspects of perception attention learning memory decision making and action control which are drawn upon in order to enable us to drive and the brain systems involved. It attempts to show how studying tasks such as driving can help to understand how these fundamental aspects of cognition combine to facilitate performance in complex everyday tasks. In doing so it shows how a very broad range of laboratory based findings can be applied and that through our attempts to apply this knowledge to complex everyday tasks we gain in return a greater understanding of fundamental aspects of human cognition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986459

Understanding Dunblane and other MassacresForensic Studies of Homicide Paedophilia and Anorexia The book predominantly explores the psychic histories of patients who display their transgenerational conflicts/trauma through forensic acts. It establishes the need to consider the details of patient history in understanding the patient within both the therapeutic encounter and the treatment team milieu. There are many themes of contemporary interest including gang murders sibling jealousy fatal eating disorder personality disorder and the effects of exclusion and marginalization within group and community dynamics and the global prevalence of mass murder. The author describes the collapse into dyadic thinking and enactment that prevails when the third perspective classically represented by the father within the Oedipal dynamic is excluded or absent. Providing detailed case studies he shows how seemingly meaningless explosions of violence or perversion are attempts to master early experiences of trauma and/or exclusion often passed down unconsciously through the generations. Using the theories of Matte Blanco and notions of the 'critical date' the chapters give unique insight into the timing and triggers of crimes however apparently random. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490946

Understanding Dynamics of Geographic Domains Although the dynamic aspect of the world is widely recognized information systems have lagged in their ability to represent these dynamics and provide support for users and analysts especially those who work with dynamic geographic domains. A collection of peer-reviewed articles Understanding Dynamics of Geographic Domains showcases new research and perspectives on theoretical aspects of geographic dynamics and including novel data modeling and visualization-related studies.Multidisciplinary Book Brings Together Respected SpecialistsEditors Kathleen Stewart Hornsby and May Yuan bring together prominent and respected specialists to create a multidisciplinary book that combines coverage of topics from the perspectives of GIS computer science image processing and information and data processing. Containing an 8-page color insert the book is divided into three sections that explore the conceptual and cognitive underpinnings of geographic dynamics and data modeling topics; the related analytical and computational approaches; and topics relating to the visualization and simulation of geographic dynamics.A Milestone for Research DevelopmentsA quick review of the contents and contributors reveals the breadth and depth of knowledge provided. Incorporating theoretical cognitive methodological and applied articles the coverage is closely related to the national research agenda on Geographic Information Science proposed by the University Consortium of Geographic Information Science (UCGIS). Indeed the foundations for this book began with a workshop co-sponsored by the UCGIS on the topic of geographic dynamics. This makes the book not only a top-notch reference but also a milestone for research developments in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387525

Understanding DyscalculiaA guide to symptoms management and treatment This accessible book provides evidence-based guidelines on dyscalculia offering a thorough explanation of the science behind the disorder. It combines this theoretical framework with practical recommendations offering interventions for managing the condition at home and school and avoiding potential behavioural consequences. Written in a straightforward style this book provides a concise summary of relevant research to empower the reader to take an informed and positive approach to dyscalculia and those who live with it. The internationally based team of contributors examine the different models that explain the construct of dyscalculia looking at definitions and theories alongside signs symptoms and diagnosis. Chapters also explore how to communicate diagnosis to peers possible cultural differences and sensitivities when related to mathematics education and dyscalculia and the importance of maintaining a proactive attitude when working with children with dyscalculia. Understanding Dyscalculia is essential reading for parents and practitioners in clinical and educational psychology education professionals and students and researchers of special educational needs educational psychology and counselling psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138389885

Understanding Early Childhood Education and Care in AustraliaPractices and perspectives In order to effectively practise as an early childhood educator it is essential to understand the theories policies and pedagogy that shape the discipline. Understanding Early Childhood Education and Care in Australia provides core foundational knowledge that is critical for best practice.Part One looks at concepts of childhood and the development of mass education before examining influential theories including developmental psychology sociology feminisms and critical theory. Specific approaches are also analysed including Reggio Emilia Montessori Multiple Intelligences and HighScope. Part Two focuses on the guiding frameworks and policies in Australia and explores in depth issues affecting Indigenous children and provisions for recognising diversity and the practice of inclusion. The final section examines teaching and leadership and considers curriculum pedagogy and assessment building relationships between staff and families the care of babies and infants the environment in which early childhood education takes place and the responsibilities and professional development of teachers.This essential reference will ensure pre-service teachers develop a sophisticated understanding of how theory underpins effective practice in early childhood education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781743318607

Understanding Early Christian Art Understanding Early Christian Art is designed for students of both religion and of art history. It makes the critical tools of art historians accessible to students of religion to help them understand better the visual representations of Christianity. It will also aid art historians in comprehending the complex theology history and context of Christian art. This interdisciplinary and boundary-breaking approach will enable students in several fields to further their understanding and knowledge of the art of the early Christian era. Understanding Early Christian Art contains over fifty images with parallel text. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203407639

Understanding Early Modern Primary Sources Understanding Early Modern Primary Sources is an introduction to the rich treasury of source material available to students of early modern history. During this period political development economic and social change rising literacy levels and the success of the printing press ensured that the State the Church and the people generated texts and objects on an unprecedented scale. This book introduces students to the sources that survived to become indispensable primary material studied by historians. After a wide-ranging introductory essay part I of the book ‘Sources’ takes the reader through seven key categories of primary material including governmental ecclesiastical and legal records diaries and literary works print and visual and material sources. Each chapter addresses how different types of material were produced whilst also pointing readers towards the most important and accessible physical and digital source collections. Part II ‘Histories’ takes a thematic approach. Each chapter in this section explores the sources that are used to address major early modern themes including political and popular cultures the economy science religion gender warfare and global exploration. This collection of essays by leading historians in their respective fields showcases how practitioners research the early modern period and is an invaluable resource for any student embarking on their studies of the early modern period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138823648

Understanding Early Years Education across the UKComparing practice in England Northern Ireland Scotland and Wales The four nations of the UK each have distinctive policy and curricula in relation to Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC). This new textbook offers a comprehensive look at early years education in England Northern Ireland Scotland and Wales bringing the curriculum frameworks for each country together in one place. Drawing on the cultural and practical pedagogy of each curriculum this book aims to develop students’ understanding of the development care education health well-being and upbringing of young children across the UK in a social pedagogical and policy context. Divided into two sections the first examines each country’s learning and teaching requirements in detail within a policy context. The book then explores the similarities and differences between the curricula focusing on key areas such as play the indoor and outdoor learning environment the family and assessment. Accessible and engaging this book will help students to analyse and question practice both in their own country and across all four Home Nations. Features include: case studies to illustrate practice and a frequently asked questions section in each chapter to clarify key points and opportunities for reflection and debate. Including contributions from expert practitioners in each country this text is essential reading for all students studying early childhood and will help them to understand the impact of policy on children and families across the UK.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138022720

Understanding Early Years InequalityPolicy assessment and young children's identities Understanding Early Years Inequality uses critical sociological perspectives to examine the impact of changing assessment policy on primary school classrooms with a particular focus on issues of inequality. Drawing on accounts of life in early years classrooms Alice Bradbury suggests that a specific model of the ‘good learner’ operates and that this model works to exclude some groups of students from positions of educational success. Key themes examined throughout this book relate to: The relationship between assessment policy and children’s identities as learners; The complexity of classroom life; The power of assessment to shape definitions of ‘learning’ and ‘learners’; The impact of discourses of class race religion and the ‘inner city’ on how children are assessed and how assumptions about inner city schools and low attainment can put pressure on teachers to assess children in particular ways. In this important text the author argues that assessment policies can have a huge impact on classrooms and teachers as well as having potentially damaging effects for young children particularly those from minoritised and economically disadvantaged backgrounds. The book explores in detail the complex interaction of education policies with discourses of attainment and expectation and the resulting reproduction of patterns of inequality. Understanding Early Years Inequality will have an immediate impact on current debates about educational policy and practice in Early Years education and will be of particular interest to academics and students in educational studies sociology of education and early childhood studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415639774

Understanding Eating DisordersAnorexia Nervosa Bulimia Nervosa And Obesity First published in 1994. As the incidence of eating disorders such as anorexia nervosa bulimia nervosa and obesity sometimes caused by compulsive eating has risen so has research and literature in the field. Presenting current knowledge of these eating disorders - the most common types found in adolescents and adults - this book addresses issues relevant to all.; Examining the pertinent history aetiology psychotherapy and sociology the contributors define these eating disorders and discuss issues of recovery and methods of treatment.; They also consider the problem as it exists in both male and females in this multicultural society. The resulting volume is divided into four parts: the first gives an overview in general and the next three focus individually on anorexia nervosa bulimia nervosa and obesity respectively. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781315820378

Understanding Econometrics Originally published in 1976 and with second edition published in 1984. This book established itself as the first genuinely introductory text on econometric methods assuming no formal background on the part of the reader. The second edition maintains this distinctive feature. Fundamental concepts are carefully explained and where possible techniques are developed by verbal reasoning rather than formal proof. It provides all the material for a basic course. and is also ideal for a student working alone. Very little knowledge of maths and statistics is assumed and the logic of statistical method is carefully stated. There are numerous exercises designed to help the student assess individual progress. Methods are described with computer solutions in mind and the author shows how a variety of different calculations can be performed with relatively simple programs. This new edition also includes much new material - statistical tables are now included and their use carefully explained. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815350149

Understanding Economics This accessible workbook has been developed to provide readers with a solid grounding in economic principles. It offers a critical examination of 40 economic theorems and concepts - such as wealth distribution supply and demand and finance - and the contexts in which they should be understood. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315292137

Understanding Education and EconomicsKey Debates and Critical Perspectives Understanding Education and Economics explores the multiple ways in which the field of education and schooling has become closely aligned with economic imperatives and interests and the impact of this on learning and teaching. In particular the increasing influence of economic arguments economic ideologies and government involvement in education have made apparent that there is a need to reflect and talk about economic influences and trends in education. Drawing on the expertise of educationalists around the world the book articulates key debates and theoretical perspectives which can give both students and staff across several courses within the study of education a framework for discussing and analysing how economics defines and shapes the nature and purposes of education. The chapters offer discussions and reflections on key issues including: the historical developments that led to the creation of a formal education system in England and Wales; the ways in which neoliberalism underpins education including the coercion of education to serve economic needs; the economics of the university as an institution. Addressing philosophical sociological historical psychological and social issues in education and encouraging readers to pose questions about the nature of education this book is a valuable resource for students and staff alike and will allow them to broaden perspectives on what education could be for and what it should be for. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367074661

Understanding Education ResearchA Guide to Critical Reading Understanding Education Research 2nd Edition is designed to help students learn to read educational research articles carefully systematically and critically. Readers will learn how to categorize titles decode abstracts find research questions characterize research arguments break down methods and procedures explore references apply analysis strategies and interpret findings. This textbook and quick reference guide allows students to easily develop the skills they need to become research literate and the 2nd edition has been updated throughout to offer simple guidelines for qualitative quantitative and statistical approaches and up-to-date information on complex and confusing methodologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138565807

Understanding Educational Aims This text first published in 1988 examines the underlying rationale of educational aims as applied to individual pupils social policies and supposedly intrinsic values. This book explores traditional educational aims such as developing the potential and autonomy of individuals or the promotion of rationality as well as more contemporary and often controversial ones. The author provides a clear and balanced justification of educational aims which teachers need in order to combat the rhetoric of changing fashion or the pressures of political and managerial opportunism. This book is essential reading both for students and teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138692046

Understanding Educational Reform in Global ContextEconomy Ideology and the State First Published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986466

Understanding Elections through StatisticsPolling Prediction and Testing Elections are random events. From individuals deciding whether to vote to people deciding for whom to vote to election authorities deciding what to count the outcomes of competitive democratic elections are rarely known until election day…or beyond. Understanding Elections through Statistics: Polling Prediction and Testing explores this random phenomenon from two points of view: predicting the election outcome using opinion polls and testing the election outcome using government-reported data. Written for those with only a brief introduction to statistics this book takes you on a statistical journey from how polls are taken to how they can—and should—be used to estimate current popular opinion. Once an understanding of the election process is built we turn toward testing elections for evidence of unfairness. While holding elections has become the de facto proof of government legitimacy those electoral processes may hide a dirty little secret of the government illicitly ensuring a favorable election outcome. This book includes these features designed to make your statistical journey more enjoyable: Vignettes of elections including maps to provide concrete bases for the material In-chapter cues to help one avoid the heavy math—or to focus on it End-of-chapter problems designed to review and extend that which was covered in the chapter Many opportunities to turn the power of the R statistical environment to the enclosed election data files as well as to those you find interesting From these features it is clear the audience for this book is quite diverse. This text provides mathematics for those interested in mathematics but also offers detours for those who just want a good read and a deeper understanding of elections. Author Ole J. Forsberg holds PhDs in both political science and statistics. He currently teaches mathematics and statistics in the Department of Mathematics at Knox College in Galesburg IL. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367895358

Understanding Electoral Reform The field of elections and electoral systems and particularly electoral reform has exhibited tremendous growth and cross-national appeal over the last two decades. However beyond an increased knowledge of voting rules and their consequences for political representation little attention has been devoted to the question of why electoral systems have recently undergone substantial change in several liberal democracies. This book addresses several new approaches to electoral reform. First the scope of the study of electoral reform has been expanded. Second contrary to previous studies of electoral reform the conviction that the determinants of reform can be explained by one single approach has been replaced by a belief in a more comprehensive framework for analysis. Third we move beyond political parties (acting in parliament and government) as the most significant source of electoral reform. Fourth a focus on the determinants of electoral reform allows us to include motivations and objectives of electoral reform. A final advancement in the study of electoral reform is the inclusion of countries other than ‘established’ democracies. This book was published as a special issue of West European Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383111

Understanding Electric Utilities and De-Regulation Power interruptions of the scale of the North American Blackout of 2003 are rare but they still loom as a possibility. Will the aging infrastructure fail because deregulated monopolies have no financial incentives to upgrade? Is centralized planning becoming subordinate to market forces? Understanding Electric Utilities and De-Regulation Second Edition provides an updated non-technical description that sheds light on the nature of the industry and the issues involved in its transition away from a regulated environment.The book begins by broadly surveying the industry from a regulated utility structure to the major concepts of de-regulation to the history of electricity the technical aspects and the business of power. Then the authors delve into the technologies and functions on which the industry operates; the many ways that power is used; and the various means of power generation including central generating stations renewable energy and single-household size generators. The authors then devote considerable attention to the details of regulation and de-regulation. To conclude one new chapter examines aging infrastructures and reliability of service while another explores the causes of blackouts and how they can be prevented.Based on the authors' extensive experience Understanding Electric Utilities and De-Regulation Second Edition offers an up-to-date perspective on the major issues impacting the daily operations as well as the long-term future of the electric utilities industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392048

Understanding ElvisSouthern Roots vs. Star Image First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986473

Understanding Emerging Security ChallengesThreats and Opportunities This book offers an overview of emerging security challenges in the global environment in the post-Cold War era. After the fall of the Berlin Wall and the subsequent shifting of international political environment a new broader concept of security began to gain acceptance. This concept encompassed socio-economic-environmental challenges such as resource scarcity and climate change water-sharing issues deforestation and forest protection measures food and health security and large population migration. The book examines the causes and consequences of these emerging security threats and retains a critical focus on evolving approaches to address these issues. The author attempts to develop a framework for sustainable security in a rapidly changing global political landscape which seeks to bring states and societies together in a way that addresses weaknesses of the evolving international system. Moreover through a detailed analysis of the emerging security issues and their pathways the book further argues that the evolving processes not only pose critical challenges but also provide remarkable opportunity for cooperation and collaboration among and within various stakeholders. This book will be of much interest to students of global security war and conflict studies peace studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415523349

Understanding Emotional DevelopmentProviding insight into human lives Understanding Emotional Development provides an insightful and comprehensive account of the development and impact of our emotions through infancy childhood and adolescence. The book covers a number of key topics: The nature and diversity of emotion and its role in our lives Differences between basic emotions which we are all born with and secondary social emotions which develop during early social interactions The development of secondary social emotions; and the role of attachmentand other factors in this process which determine a childs’ emotional history and consequental emotional wellbeing or difficulties. Analysing understanding and empathising with children experiencing emotional difficulties. Drawing on research from neuroscience psychology education and social welfare the book offers an integrated overview of recent research on the development of emotion. The chapters also consider child welfare in clinical and educational practice presenting case studies of individual children to illustrate the practical relevance of theory and research. Written in an engaging and accessible style the book includes a number of useful pedagogical features to assist student learning including chapter summaries discussion questions and suggested reading. Understanding Emotional Development will provide valuable reading for students and professionals in the fields of psychology social work education medicine law and health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848723047

Understanding Emotional ProblemsThe REBT Perspective Rational emotive behaviour therapy (REBT) is an approach to counselling and psychotherapy rooted in the CBT tradition and one that has a distinctive perspective on emotional problems. Understanding Emotional Problems provides an accurate understanding of the REBT perspective on eight major emotional problems for which help is sought: anxiety depression shame guilt unhealthy anger hurt unhealthy jealousy unhealthy envy. Rather than discussing treatment methods Windy Dryden encourages the reader to accurately understand these problems and suggests that a clear correct understanding of each disorder will provide a firm foundation for effective treatment. This concise straightforward text presents each emotional problem in a similar way allowing the reader to compare and contrast the similarities and differences between problems. Understanding Emotional Problems will be essential reading for therapists both in training and in practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203884546

Understanding EmotionsMind and Morals Understanding Emotions presents eight original essays on the emotions from leading contemporary philosophers in North America and the U.K: Simon Blackburn Bill Brewer Peter Goldie Dan Hutto Adam Morton Michael Stocker Barry Smith and Finn Spicer. Goldie and Spicer's introductory chapter sets out the key themes of the ensuing chapters: surveying contemporary philosophical thinking about the emotions and raising challenges to a number of prejudices that are sometimes brought to the topic from elsewhere in the philosophy of mind and moral philosophy. Brewer Hutto Goldie and Smith explore the conceptual and epistemological problems of other minds that the emotions raise and how the emotions can be a source of knowledge of the world around us. The chapters by Stocker Blackburn and Morton are broadly concerned with issues in morality: Stocker argues for the traditional Aristotelian view that emotions reveal value and are constitutive of value; Blackburn from a more Augustinian perspective argues that the virtuous person like the rest of us will be emotional but he or she will have the right emotions towards the right objects; Morton questions the idea of emotions and narrative as sources of self-understanding. An extensive bibliography completes the book. Drawing together the arguments of leading contemporary philosophers focusing on issues in the philosophy of mind epistemology and moral philosophy this book offers a wide and deep understanding of the emotions and will be of interest across the philosophical spectrum to students and researchers of this fascinating and important topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138424562

Understanding EmotionsMind and Morals This title was first published in 2002: At the end of the 20th century the emotions ceased to be a neglected topic for philosophical consideration. The editor suggests that this may in part be due to a change in the way the subject is approached. The emotions were characteristically thought of by philosophers as states which give rise to perturbation in what might roughly be called "right-thinking". The basic idea was that practical reasoning like theoretical reasoning ought to be and can be dispassionate. This means that either the emotions interfere with "right-reasoning" in a way which is a proper object of study for the biological sciences but not for the science of the mind or that the emotions become reducible to and analyzable as collections of propositional attitudes which are themselves assessable in terms of "right-reasoning". The move away from this idea is taken as an improvement in our philosophical approach to the emotions by the authors. Following this all of the papers in the volume contribute to this philosophical approach each approaching the subject from a different angle. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138724600

Understanding Empiricism "Understanding Empiricism" is an introduction to empiricism and the empiricist tradition in philosophy. The book presents empiricism as a philosophical outlook that unites several philosophers and discusses the most important philosophical issues bearing on the subject while maintaining enough distance from say the intricacies of Locke Berkeley Hume scholarship to allow students to gain a clear overview of empiricism without being lost in the details of the exegetical disputes surrounding particular philosophers. Written for students the book can serve both as an introduction to current problems in the theory of knowledge as well as a comprehensive survey of the history of empiricist ideas. The book begins by distinguishing between the epistemological and psychological/causal versions of empiricism showing that it is the former that is of primary interest to philosophers. The next three chapters on Locke Berkeley Hume respectively provide an introduction to the main protagonists in the British empiricist tradition from this perspective. The book then examines more contemporary material including the ideas of Sellars foundations and coherence theories the rejection of the a priori by Mill Peirce and Quine scepticism and finally the status of religious belief within empiricism. Particular attention is paid to criticisms of empiricism such as Leibniz's criticisms of Locke on innatism and Frege's objections to Mill on mathematics. The discussions are kept at an introductory level throughout to help students to locate the principles of empiricism in relation to modern philosophy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315712062

Understanding Employee EngagementTheory Research and Practice Employee engagement is a novel concept that has been building momentum in recent years. Understanding Employee Engagement: Theory Research and Practice exposes the science and practice of employee engagement. Grounded in theory and empirical research this book debates the definitions of engagement provides a comprehensive evaluation of empirical findings in the engagement field including a focus on international findings and offers implications for science and practice in organizations. Employers can learn how to foster and drive engagement to increase productivity and happiness and researchers can master the existing engagement literature and begin to study the many propositions and new models Zinta S. Byrne Ph.D. proposes throughout the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415820875

Understanding Employer Engagement in EducationTheories and evidence This collection focuses on employer engagement in education how it is delivered and the differentiated impact it has on young people in their progression through schooling and higher education into the labour market. The focus is not narrowly on vocational or technical education or work-related learning but on how employer engagement (eg work experience internships careers education workplace visits mentoring enterprise education etc) influences the experiences and outcomes of the broad range of young people across mainstream academic learning programmes. The essays explore the different ways in which education can support or constrain social mobility and in particular how employer engagement in education can have significant impact upon social mobility – both positive and negative. Leading international contributors examine issues surrounding employer engagement and social mobility: conceptualisations of employer engagement; trends in social mobility; employer engagement and social class; access and management of work experience; social capital and aspiration; access to employment. The book makes employer engagement an innovative focus in relation to the well established fields of social mobility and school to work transition. By examining what difference employer engagement makes the essays raise questions about conventional models and show how research drawing on different fields and disciplines can be brought together to provide a more coherent and convincing account. Building on new theorisations and combining existing and new data the collection offers a systematic exploration of the influence of socio-economic status on school-to-work transitions and addresses how educational policy can shape more efficient labour market outcomes. In doing so it draws on and speaks to existing literature which has considered such questions from the perspectives of gender ethnicity and social disadvantage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415823463

Understanding Energy Security in Central and Eastern EuropeRussia Transition and National Interest The purpose of this book is to move beyond the approach which views energy as a purely geopolitical tool of the Russian state and assumes a 'one size fits all' approach to energy security in Central and Eastern Europe (CEE). It argues that in order to fully understand Russian involvement in the regional energy complex the CEE-Russian energy relationship should be analysed in the context of the political and economic transitions that Russia and the CEE states underwent. The chapters on individual countries in the book demonstrate that although Russia has and will continue to play a substantial role in the CEE energy sector the scope of its possible influence has been overstated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138120341

Understanding Engagement in Transmedia Culture This book offers a new interdisciplinary model for understanding audience engagement as a type of behaviour a form of response and a cost to audiences that combined offer value to the screen industries. Audience ‘engagement’ has become the key priority of the screen industries. Understanding Engagement in Transmedia Culture explicitly asks what audiences and screen practitioners mean when they say content is ‘engaging’ and uses audience focus groups and practitioner interviews to offer a model for understanding the relationship between the screen industry the content it produces and its audiences. In particular the model addresses engagement within transmedia culture. As digital screen technologies proliferate audiences move seamlessly across and between different devices content formats and distribution platforms blurring the boundaries between film television and videogames. This book offers a way of understanding audience engagement that is not restricted to a single media but instead accounts for and adapts to the various ways in which screen content is experienced. Offering a unique approach by presenting practitioner and audience perspectives it is perfect for students and scholars working in film and television studies as well as media industries and audience studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138632790

Understanding Environmental Philosophy Environmental philosophy is one of the exciting new fields of philosophy to emerge in the last forty years. "Understanding Environmental Philosophy" presents a comprehensive critical analysis of contemporary philosophical approaches to current ecological concerns. Key ideas are explained placed in their broader cultural religious historical political and philosophical context and their environmental policy implications are outlined. Central ideas and concepts about environmental value individual wellbeing ecological holism and the metaphysics of nature set the stage for a discussion of how to establish moral rules and priorities and whether it is possible to transcend human-centred views of the world. The reader is also helped with an annotated guide to further reading questions for discussion and revision as well as boxed studies highlighting key concepts and theoretical material. A clear and accessible introduction to this most dynamic of subjects "Understanding Environmental Philosophy" will be invaluable for a wide range of readers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711539

Understanding Environmental Policy ProcessesCases from Africa A critical analysis of the post-Rio consensus on environment and development which questions the role of particular forms of internationalized elite scientific expertise. It asks why certain understandings of environmental change stick with such tenacity. In exploring this the authors unravel the politics of knowledge surrounding policymaking looking particularly at Ethiopia Mali and Zimbabwe and their land and soils management. The book also looks at prospects for more inclusive participatory forms of policymaking. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773621

Understanding EnzymesFunction Design Engineering and Analysis Understanding Enzymes: Function Design Engineering and Analysis focuses on the understanding of enzyme function and optimization gained in the past decade past enzyme function analysis enzyme engineering and growing insights from the simulation work and nanotechnology measurement of enzymes in action in vitro or in silico. The book also presents new insights into the mechanistic function and understanding of enzyme reactions as well as touching upon structural characteristics including X-ray and nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) structural methods. A major focus of the book is enzyme molecules’ dependency on dynamic and biophysical environmental impacts on their function in ensembles as well as single molecules. A wide range of readers including academics professionals PhD and master’s students industry experts and chemists will immensely benefit from this exclusive book. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814669320

Understanding Equity & Trusts Understanding Equity & Trusts provides a clear accessible and lively overview of the main themes in this dynamic area of the law. An ideal first point of entry to the subject or revision tool this book will give you an invaluable grounding in all of the key principles of equity and the law of trusts. If you need help with trusts law then this is the book for you. This book covers all of the topics that a student reader will encounter in any trusts law or equity course. The text deals with express trusts resulting and constructive trusts the duties of trustees breach of trust and tracing commercial uses of trusts charities equitable remedies and trusts of homes. The law of trusts is built on simple basic principles. The approach of this book is to lay foundations with an explanation of those principles before building towards the more complex issues which are the focus of examinations in this subject. The lively text includes a large number of straightforward examples to make the discussion of the general law more accessible. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138122673

Understanding Ericksonian HypnotherapySelected Writings of Sidney Rosen This book is a collection of selected writings by Dr. Sidney Rosen that aim to demystify the work of the leading clinical psychiatrist Dr. Milton Erickson and illustrate Erickson’s unconventional and life-changing hypnotic techniques and strategic therapy. An essential reading for those who seek to learn essential elements of psychotherapy this collection elucidates fundamental aspects of Erickson's approaches and outlines factors effective in all forms of psychotherapy. It contains core teachings of many central elements in psychotherapy and stresses the importance of techniques such as therapeutic trance and hypnosis. As a student and close friend of Dr. Erickson Dr. Rosen shares his own personal insights about Erickson’s teaching methods in a direct and straightforward manner that allows readers easy access to Ericksonian philosophy and techniques. Many therapists both psychoanalytic and others  will find both Rosen’s and Erickson’s approaches compatible with their own and far removed from their preconceptions about hypnosis. Providing guidelines for providers of individual and group therapy  this book is an excellent guide to Ericksonian hypnotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367338848

Understanding Ethics in Applied Behavior AnalysisPractical Applications Drawing upon combined 35 years of clinical experience as well as the reflections of colleagues in the field Understanding Ethics in Applied Behavior Analysis provides the foundation for a lifelong journey of ethical practice in service for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other developmental disabilities. This book includes an explanation of each element in the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts® along with insightful examples thought-provoking considerations and contributions from experts in the field. This text also addresses professional behavior for the behavior analyst when fulfilling roles as teacher employee manager colleague advocate or member of a multidisciplinary team. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138320628

Understanding Ethnic Conflict Understanding Ethnic Conflict provides all the key concepts needed to understand conflict among ethnic groups. Including approaches from both comparative politics and international relations this text offers a model of ethnic conflict's internationalization by showing how domestic and international actors influence a country's ethnic and sectarian divisions. Illustrating this model in five original case studies the unique combination of theory and application in Understanding Ethnic Conflict facilitates more critical analysis of contemporary ethnic conflicts and the world's response to them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138464766

Understanding European MovementsNew Social Movements Global Justice Struggles Anti-Austerity Protest European social movements have been central to European history politics society and culture and have had a global reach and impact. Yet they have rarely been taken on their own terms in the English-language literature considered rather as counterpoints to the US experience. This has been exacerbated by the failure of Anglophone social movement theorists to pay attention to the substantial literatures in languages such as French German Spanish or Italian – and by the increasing global dominance of English in the production of news and other forms of media. This book sets out to take the European social movement experience seriously on its own terms including: the European tradition of social movement theorising – particularly in its attempt to understand movement development from the 1960s onwards the extent to which European movements between 1968 and 1999 became precursors for the contemporary anti-globalisation movement the construction of the anti-capitalist "movement of movements" within the European setting the new anti-austerity protests in Iceland Greece Spain (15-M/Indignados) and elsewhere. This book offers a comprehensive interdisciplinary perspective on the key European social movements in the past forty years. It will be of interest for students and scholars of politics and international relations sociology history European studies and social theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138025462

Understanding European Union Law Understanding European Union Law is both an ideal introduction for students new to EU law and an essential addition to revision for the more accomplished. It is also indispensable reading for students on business studies courses. Fully revised and updated this seventh edition continues to look at the main themes of EU law in a straightforward and logical manner. Updated to discuss the results of the 2016 EU Referedum and the possible impacts of 'Brexit' this book provides the reader with a clear understanding of EU law concentrating on how and why the law has developed as it has. The section on competition law has also been expanded. This student-friendly text is broad in scope and highly accessible inspiring students towards further study and showing that understanding EU law can be an enjoyable and rewarding experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138541948

Understanding Everyday Communicative InteractionsIntroduction to Situated Discourse Analysis for Communication Sciences and Disorders Understanding Everyday Communicative Interactions is a unique text that uses a situated discourse analysis (SDA) framework to examine basic human communication and the interactions of those with communicative disorders in everyday and clinical settings. The book introduces SDA as a theoretical and empirical approach for examining the complexities of communicative interaction. It explores how people collaborate in everyday contexts to communicate successfully and how they learn to do so. From close analysis of a pretend game played by two children and their father to an observation of a man with aphasia and his family at a football match the present volume offers rich portraits of communicative lives and illustrates the applications of SDA. The final part of the book uses SDA methods to demonstrate how clinicians can function as communication partners even during assessments and can design rich communicative environments for therapeutic interventions. In explaining the SDA framework and equipping readers with the tools to understand the nature of human communication this sophisticated and engaging book will be an essential reference for students researchers and clinicians in communication sciences and disorders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367472023

Understanding EvilA Psychotherapist’s Guide Evil is a ubiquitous persistent problem that causes enormous human suffering. Although human beings have struggled with evil since the dawn of our species we seem to be no nearer to ending it. In this book Lionel Corbett describes the complexity of the problem of evil as well as many of our current approaches to understanding it in ways that are helpful to the practicing psychotherapist psychoanalyst or Jungian analyst. Psychotherapists often work with people who have been the victim of evil and occasionally the therapist is faced with a perpetrator of evil. To be helpful in these situations the practitioner must understand the problem from several points of view since evil is so complex that no single approach is adequate. Understanding Evil: A psychotherapist’s guide describes a range of approaches to evil based on Jungian theory psychoanalysis social sciences philosophy neurobiology mythology and religious studies. The book clarifies the difference between actions that are merely wrong from those that are truly evil discusses the problem of detecting evil and describes the effects on the clinician of witnessing evil. The book also discusses what is known about the psychology of terrorism and the question of whether a spiritual approach to evil is necessary or whether evil can be approached from a purely secular point of view. In Understanding Evil a combination of psychoanalytic and Jungian theory allows the practitioner a deep understanding of the problem of evil. The book will appeal to analytical psychologists and psychotherapists psychoanalysts and academics and students of Jungian and post-Jungian studies. It will also be of great interest to researchers approaching the question of evil from a variety of other fields including philosophy and religious studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815392286

Understanding Existentialism Understanding Existentialism provides an accessible introduction to existentialism by examining the major themes in the work of Heidegger Sartre Merleau-Ponty and de Beauvoir. Paying particular attention to the key texts Being and Time Being and Nothingness Phenomenology of Perception The Ethics of Ambiguity and The Second Sex the book explores the shared concerns and the disagreements between these major thinkers. The fundamental existential themes examined include: freedom; death finitude and mortality; phenomenological experiences and 'moods' such as anguish angst nausea boredom and fear; an emphasis upon authenticity and responsibility as well as the denigration of their opposites (inauthenticity and Bad Faith); a pessimism concerning the tendency of individuals to become lost in the crowd and even a pessimism about human relations more generally; and a rejection of any external determination of morality or value. Finally the book assesses the influence of these philosophers on poststructuralism arguing that existentialism remains an extraordinarily productive school of thought. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315712147

Understanding Expository TextA Theoretical and Practical Handbook for Analyzing Explanatory Text Originally published in 1985 the various chapters in this volume give examples of research on all three aspects of text understanding – namely structure world knowledge and process. More than this however the research described represents a shift in emphasis from studying stories which dominated the field in the late 1970s to studying expository text. This focus on stories was probably due to the essential first step in any science of examining the simplest materials possible. However the editors thought that it was time to shift the research focus from stories to expository text and this volume is their attempt to provide this transition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138296589

Understanding ExtrACTIVISMCulture and Power in Natural Resource Disputes Understanding ExtrACTIVISM surveys how contemporary resource extractive industry works and considers the responses it inspires in local citizens and activists. Chapters cover a range of extractive industries operating around the world including logging hydroelectric dams mining and oil and natural gas extraction. Taking an activist anthropological stance Anna Willow examines how culture and power inform recent and ongoing disputes between projects’ proponents and opponents beneficiaries and victims. Through a series of engaging case studies she argues that diverse contemporary natural resource conflicts are underlain by a culturally constituted ‘extractivist’ mind-set and embedded in global patterns of political inequity. Offering a synthesizing framework for making sense of complex interconnections among environmental social and political dimensions of natural resource disputes Willow reflects on why extractivism exists why it matters and what we might be able to do about it. The book is valuable reading for students and researchers in the environmental social sciences as well as for activists and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138607408

Understanding Face-to-face InteractionIssues Linking Goals and Discourse Challenging current work in communication and social psychology that assumes face-to-face interaction can be adequately understood without attending to discourse expression this volume examines how people's goals concerns and intentions can be related to discourse expression. The text discusses discourse-goal linkages in specific face-to-face encounters such as courtroom exchanges marital counseling and intellectual discussions as well as in more general theoretical dilemmas. Because it poses a new set of questions about social actors' motivations and pre-interactional goals this volume offers a new direction for discourse study -- one that seriously considers the thinking and strategy involved in human communication. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203812211

Understanding Family Diversity and Home - School RelationsA guide for students and practitioners in early years and primary settings How can adults in Early Years settings and primary schools fully embrace the diverse nature of family life of the children they are working with? This essential text will help students and those already working with children to understand both theoretically and practically what may constitute a ‘family’. It explores how to build relationships with a child’s family to ensure early years settings and schools are working in partnership with children’s home environments thereby supporting the best possible learning outcomes for children. It will help the reader to develop their skills knowledge and understanding of their professional practice in education and chapter by chapter explores the challenges that may be experienced in working with the diverse nature of family life in the UK including: mixed race families immigrant refugee and asylum seeker families step-families and step-parenting gay and lesbian families families and adoption fostering and children in care families living in poverty families and bereavement families and disability (including mental health). Understanding Family Diversity and Home-School Relations is engagingly practical using case study examples throughout and providing reflective activities to help the reader consider how to develop their practice in relation to the insights this book provides. It is a unique road-map to understanding pupils’ backgrounds attitudes and culture and will be essential reading for any student undertaking relevant Foundation and BA Degrees including those in initial teacher training taking post-graduate qualifications or as part of a practitioner’s professional development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415694049

Understanding Family Law Understanding Family Law is a clear and concise book for students of family law. The text is easy to digest and even the most complex issues are presented in a user-friendly way. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843147237

Understanding FDI-Assisted Economic Development It is nowadays well accepted that both economic growth and development are highly dependent on improving not just the availability of capital but also access to technological capabilities infrastructure and resources. This has gone hand-in-hand with an increasing economic liberalization of most developing countries. The role of the MNE as a viable source of both capital and technology is one of the key features of this new openness. In the process of embracing FDI as a solution to the myriad of economic ills - something even the World Bank has begun to do - little attempt is made to understand the rationale and the costs associated with this policy stance. Simply put FDI is not a condition sine qua non for development. Too much emphasis has been placed on attracting FDI and not on understanding how to optimise the benefits for the host economy. This volume aims to encourage and promote research related to these issues. This volume was previously published as a special issue of the European Journal of Development Research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203340912

Understanding Federalism and Federation Based on a variety of contemporary debates on federal theory Understanding Federalism and Federation honours Michael Burgess’ contribution to the study of these topics through a selection of approaches theories debates and interpretations. Gathering contributors from diverse subfields to synthesize current debates it offers a snapshot of the immense range of current research on federalism and federation. Leading authors debate key issues such as American federalism Canada and the role of Quebec the latest insights into comparative federalism and federation the European Union as a federal project and the analysis of constitutional courts in federal systems. Different theoretical and empirical fields and perspectives are brought together synthesizing major findings and addressing emerging issues and these topics are analysed through multiple lenses to provide new insights original approaches and much-needed theoretical and empirical data on federalism and federation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138571952

Understanding Feminism "Understanding Feminism" provides an accessible guide to one of the most important and contested movements in progressive modern thought. Presenting feminism as a dynamic multi-faceted and adaptive movement that has evolved in response to the changing practical and theoretical problems faced by women the authors take a problem-oriented approach that maps the complex strands of feminist thinking in relation to women's struggles for equal recognition and rights and freedom from oppressive constraints of sex self-expression and autonomy. Each chapter focuses on a different cluster of concerns demonstrating key moves in second-wave feminist thought as well as some of the diversity in response-strategies that encompass both socio-economic and cultural-symbolic concerns. This approach not only shows how central feminist insights theories and strategies emerge and re-emerge across different contexts but makes clear that far from being 'over' feminism remains a vital response to the diverse issues that women (and men) find pressing and socially important. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711560

Understanding FIDICThe Rainbow Suite Understanding FIDIC explains in simple and practical terms what is often seen as a very complex range of international engineering and construction contracts. Covering the FIDIC 2017 Red Yellow and Silver Books (referred to as "The Rainbow Suite") the book gives an overview of all three contracts including coverage of changes between the 1999 contracts and the present 2017 suite. FIDIC contracts are widely used as far afield as Europe the Middle East Asia and Australia and this book provides a practical yet thorough guide to the key elements that practitioners preparing and administering these contracts would need to be aware of. In his approachable and readable style Kelvin Hughes covers: The obligations and responsibilities of the Employer the Employer’s Representative the Engineer and the Contractor Quality and Defects Liability Design Responsibility and Liability Variations Measurement and Payment Procedures Progress Delays Extensions of Time and Completion Suspension and Termination Insurances Employer’s and Contractor’s Claims The Dispute Avoidance/Adjudication Board and the Resolution of Disputes Tendering Anyone working with FIDIC contracts whether as the Employer Employer’s Representative Engineer or Contractor will benefit greatly from this easy-to-read guide to the Rainbow Suite. Students on professional courses or researching the contracts for project work will also find this book extremely useful. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367427924

Understanding Financial Crises Incorporating a broad range of economic approaches Understanding Financial Crises explores the merits of various arguments and theories which have been used to explain the causes of financial crises. The book explores eight of these different explanations: underconsumption debt accumulation financialization income inequality financial fragility tendency of rate of profit to fall human behavior and global imbalances. The introduction provides a brief overview of each argument along with a comparison of their relative merits. Each chapter then introduces one of the arguments explores a historical case and focuses on the insights that can be gleaned into the global crisis in 2007–2008. The book draws on insights from various schools of thought including post-Keynesian economics Marxist economics behavioral economics neoclassical economics and more to provide a pluralist overview of the causes of economic crises in general and the Great Recession in particular. This book marks a significant contribution to the literature on economic and financial crises political economy and heterodox economics. It is well suited to academicians practitioners and financial analysts working within the relevant fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367480677

Understanding Forest Disturbance and Spatial PatternRemote Sensing and GIS Approaches Remote sensing and GIS are increasingly used as tools for monitoring and managing forests. Remotely sensed and GIS data are now the data sources of choice for capturing documenting and understanding forest disturbance and landscape pattern. Sitting astride the fields of ecology forestry and remote sensing/GIS Understanding Forest Disturbance and Spatial Pattern: Remote Sensing and GIS Approaches takes you through the general biological or landscape ecological context of forest disturbance to remote sensing and GIS technological approaches and pattern description and analysis with compelling applied examples of integration and synthesis. Written by experts peer-reviewed to adhere to the strictest standards and highest quality criteria these chapters discuss natural and human-caused forest change and consider factors such as biological setting monitoring approaches scale issues and pattern analysis. The book explores forest disturbance and spatial pattern from an ecological point-of-view within the context of structure function pattern and change. It concludes with a summary of the issues related to detection and mapping of forest disturbances with remotely sensed and GIS data. The authors elucidate how the elements presented from ecological underpinnings data considerations change detection method and pattern analysis combine into a problem solving information generating approach. You may find this subject covered briefly in a small sub-section in remote sensing forestry texts or in limited technical detail in the ecology literature. The in-depth detailed information provided in this book allows you to develop an understanding of the application of BOTH remote sensing and GIS technologies to forest change and the impacts of fire insect infestation forest harvesting and other potential change influences – such as extreme weather events. This book provides guidance on how to master the challenges of capturing and characterizing forest disturbance and spatial patterns. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367577834

Understanding Formulaic LanguageA Second Language Acquisition Perspective Understanding Formulaic Language: A Second Language Acquisition Perspective brings together leading scholars to provide a state-of-the-art interdisciplinary account of the acquisition processing and use of formulaic language. Contributors present three distinct but complementary perspectives on the study of formulaic language – cognitive/psycholinguistic socio-cultural/pragmatic and pedagogical – to highlight new work as well as directions for future work. This book is an essential resource for established researchers and graduate students in second language acquisition and pedagogy corpus and cognitive linguistics psycholinguistics sociolinguistics and pragmatics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138634978

Understanding FoucaultA critical introduction 'An outstandingly good introduction to Foucault's work: lucid measured well organised and covering this complex and in many ways heterogeneous body of work with remarkable thoroughness and ease.' - Professor John Frow University of MelbourneMichel Foucault is now regarded as one of the most important thinkers of the twentieth century. He is known for his sensibility of critique and his commitment to movements for social change. His analysis of the ways our notions of truth meaning knowledge and reason are shaped by historical forces continues to influence thinkers around the world.Understanding Foucault offers a comprehensive introduction to Foucault's work. The authors examine Foucault's thinking in the context of the philosophies he engaged with during his career and the events he participated in including the student protests of 1968. A unique feature of the book is its consideration of the recently published lectures and minor works and the authors show how these illuminate and extend our understanding of Foucault's major books.Understanding Foucault provides an accessible entree to the world of this extraordinary and challenging philosopher. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781742370422

Understanding G4The Concise Guide to Next Generation Sustainability Reporting Should you or your clients report using the new G4 sustainability reporting framework? What's the significance of the changes and how do they affect you? What is the right reporting level for your company? What should you do next...?Sustainability reporting is here to stay and expanding its influence. The Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) G4 Sustainability Reporting Framework was launched in May 2013 with the publication of two manuals adding up to 300 pages of technical guidance. Since then thousands of reporters have been hoping for a short and definitive guide to this new reporting paradigm. This is it!In this expert guide to G4 Elaine Cohen presents an easy-to-follow review of everything any company needs to know in order to decide whether to use the G4 Framework and if so how. If you want to know what G4 means for corporate reporters whether they are first-timers SMEs experienced global companies or existing GRI reporters at any level this book is for you. It will give you the answers you need to make decisions in a user-friendly format and help you deliver greater value to your own company or your client companies.This book will also help users of reports know what to expect from the new generation of G4 Sustainability Reports and reporting consultants as they advise clients on reporting process content and disclosure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909293632

Understanding Gender and Early ChildhoodAn Introduction to the Key Debates Understanding Gender and Early Childhood is a comprehensive and accessible introduction into the main issues around gender and what these mean for our youngest children. Drawing on key theories and research and illustrating each topic with case studies reflective questions and a summary of key points students are encouraged to question why it is more relevant than ever to consider gender issues and to reflect critically on their own practice and on the practice of others. The three parts examine gender in relation to the children the workforce and wider society concluding with inclusive suggestions for the future of the early years classroom. Topics covered include: how gender impacts on children’s play learning and achievement the gender imbalance in the early years workforce and the impact of this on children the gendered ways in which people engage with children gender issues in children’s health. This book is an essential read for those studying on Early Years and Early Childhood courses along with practitioners and anyone else who wants to develop their understanding of the most pressing issues relating to gender and early childhood practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367140182

Understanding Gender Based ViolenceNational and international contexts This book aims to bring together the pioneering research on gender based violence that has been conducted by the Centre for Gender and Violence Research at the School for Policy Studies University of Bristol. Topics discussed include violence in young people’s relationships prostitution policy disabled women’s experiences of domestic violence men as victims of domestic violence feminist movements and methodological concerns. This book will have a wide appeal as each individual chapter builds on and contributes to existing global and national concerns about gender based violence. The book starts with an exploration of key theoretical conceptual and methodological issues in researching gender based violence then moves on to look at specific national (UK) based empirical studies. The final section brings together a wide range of research from diverse contexts ranging from China Iran India and refugee camps in Rwanda. The book will be an invaluable resource for researchers students and practitioners who have an interest in this area as well as for policymakers around the world. It will also be of interest to the general reader who wants to learn more about what is now a highly topical issue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138687653

Understanding Genre and Medieval Romance Unique in combining a comprehensive and comparative study of genre with a study of romance this book constitutes a significant contribution to ongoing critical debates over the definition of romance and the genre and artistry of Malory's Morte Darthur. K.S. Whetter offers an original approach to these issues by prefacing a comprehensive study of romance with a wide-ranging and historically diverse study of genre and genre theory. In doing so Whetter addresses the questions of why and how romance might usefully be defined and how such an awareness of genre-and the expectations that come with such awareness-impact upon both our understanding of the texts themselves and of how they may have been received by their contemporary medieval audiences. As an integral part the study Whetter offers a detailed examination of Sir Thomas Malory's Le Morte Darthur a text usually considered a straightforward romance but which Whetter argues should be re-classified and reconsidered as a generic mixture best termed tragic-romance. This new classification is important in helping to explain a number of so-called inconsistencies or puzzles in Malory's text and further elucidates Malory's artistry. Whetter offers a powerful meditation upon genre romance and the Morte which will be of interest to faculty graduate students and undergraduates alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315549200

Understanding Geometric AlgebraHamilton Grassmann and Clifford for Computer Vision and Graphics Understanding Geometric Algebra: Hamilton Grassmann and Clifford for Computer Vision and Graphics introduces geometric algebra with an emphasis on the background mathematics of Hamilton Grassmann and Clifford. It shows how to describe and compute geometry for 3D modeling applications in computer graphics and computer vision.Unlike similar texts this book first gives separate descriptions of the various algebras and then explains how they are combined to define the field of geometric algebra. It starts with 3D Euclidean geometry along with discussions as to how the descriptions of geometry could be altered if using a non-orthogonal (oblique) coordinate system. The text focuses on Hamilton’s quaternion algebra Grassmann’s outer product algebra and Clifford algebra that underlies the mathematical structure of geometric algebra. It also presents points and lines in 3D as objects in 4D in the projective geometry framework; explores conformal geometry in 5D which is the main ingredient of geometric algebra; and delves into the mathematical analysis of camera imaging geometry involving circles and spheres.With useful historical notes and exercises this book gives readers insight into the mathematical theories behind complicated geometric computations. It helps readers understand the foundation of today’s geometric algebra. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367575823

Understanding German Idealism "Understanding German Idealism" provides an accessible introduction to the philosophical movement that emerged in 1781 with the publication of Kant's monumental "Critique of Pure Reason" and ended fifty years later with Hegel's death. The thinkers of this period and the themes they developed revolutionized almost every area of philosophy and had an impact that continues to be felt across the humanities and social sciences today. Notoriously complex the central texts of German Idealism have confounded the most capable and patient interpreters for more than 200 years. "Understanding German Idealism" aims to convey the significance of this philosophical movement while avoiding its obscurity. Readers are given a clear understanding of the problems that motivated Kant Fichte Schelling and Hegel and the solutions that they proposed. Dudley outlines the main ideas of transcendental idealism and explores how the later German Idealists attempted to carry out the Kantian project more rigorously than Kant himself striving to develop a fully self-critical and rational philosophy in order to determine the meaning and sustain the possibility of a free and rational modern life. The book examines some of the most important early criticisms of German Idealism and the philosophical alternatives to which they led including romanticism Marxism existentialism and naturalism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711898

Understanding GiftednessA guide for parents and educators This concise accessible guide explores the different models behind the concept of giftedness examining the criteria for evaluating and identifying gifted children in order to provide a deeper understanding of the lives of children and young people with high cognitive potential. It offers practical advice to parents and teachers highlighting common queries and misconceptions and presenting evidence-based suggestions for management methods. Key topics covered include the difference between being gifted and talented how to identify a gifted child neurological differences between gifted children and their peers dealing with perfectionism and the best ways to parent and teach a gifted child. Avoiding prescriptive rules the authors emphasise the importance of knowing and understanding the individual child whilst utilising research around giftedness to promote the best possible outcomes. Illustrated with case studies of student and teacher perspectives the book offers an inclusive perspective and practical strategies whereby the development of individual potential is viewed not only as a way to promote the psychological well-being of the individual but also as an opportunity and benefit for society. Understanding Giftedness is essential reading for parents and caregivers as well as practitioners in clinical and educational psychology counselling mental health nursing child welfare public healthcare and those in education who want to help young people develop their talents and achieve their full potential. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138321175

Understanding Global Political EarthquakeStudy of Post-Cold War International Systemic Transition and Indo-US Relations Published in 1998 this text presents two theoretical frameworks for understanding the post-Cold War international systematic transition and Indo-US relational patterns. The frameworks explain the casual determinants of the current international systematic transition and foreign policy in a comparative perspective. It aims to provide tools not only to gauge the present transition but also to develop warning systems to decipher symptoms of any future international systematic transition of foreign policy behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360129

Understanding Global PoliticsActors and Themes in International Affairs Contemporary international affairs are largely shaped by widely differing thematic issues and actors such as nation states international institutions NGOs and multinational companies. Obtaining a deeper understanding of these multifaceted themes and actors is crucial for developing a genuine understanding of contemporary international affairs. This book provides undergraduate and postgraduate students of global politics and international relations with the necessary knowledge of the forces that shape and dominate our global political economic and social/cultural environment. The book significantly enhances our understanding of the essentials of contemporary international affairs. Understanding Global Politics takes a pragmatic approach to international relations with each chapter being written by an expert in their respective field: Part I provides the historical background that has led to the current state of world affairs. It also provides clear outlines of the major yet often complex theories of international relations. Part II is dedicated to the main actors in global politics. It discusses actors such as the most important nation states the UN EU international organizations NGOs and multinational companies. Part III considers important contemporary themes and challenges in global politics including non-state centered challenges. Chapters focus on international terrorism energy and climate change issues religious fundamentalism and demographic changes. The comprehensive structure of this book makes it particularly viable to students who wish to pursue careers in international organizations diplomacy consultancy the think tank world and the media.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138682269

Understanding Global PovertyCauses Capabilities and Human Development Understanding Global Poverty introduces students to the study and analysis of poverty helping them to understand why it is pervasive across human societies and how it can be reduced through proven policy solutions. Using the capabilities and human development approach the book foregrounds the human aspects of poverty keeping the voices experiences and needs of the world’s poor in the centre of the analysis. Drawing on decades of teaching research and fieldwork this interdisciplinary volume is unique in its rigorous application of the multiple disciplines of anthropology sociology political science public health and economics to the phenomenon of global poverty. Starting with definitions and measurement the book goes on to explore causes of poverty and policy responses aiming to give a realistic account of what poverty reduction programmes actually look like. Finally the book draws together the ethics of why we should work to reduce poverty and what actions readers themselves can take to reduce poverty. This book is an accessible and engaging introduction to the key issues surrounding poverty with key questions case studies discussion questions and further reading suggestions to support learning. Perfect as an introductory textbook for postgraduates and upper level undergraduates Understanding Global Poverty will also be a valuable resource to policy makers and development practitioners looking for a comprehensive guide to the theoretical frameworks of poverty through the lens of human development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138230774

Understanding Global Security Fully revised to incorporate recent developments this fourth edition of Understanding Global Security analyses the variety of ways in which people's lives are threatened and/or secured in contemporary global politics. The traditional focus of Security Studies texts: war deterrence and terrorism are analysed alongside non-military security issues such as famine crime disease disasters environmental degradation and human rights abuses to provide a comprehensive survey of how and why people are killed in the contemporary world. This new edition features: Greater coverage of the evolving theoretical literature on security including more analysis of critical theory perspectives and emerging schools of thought. Reflections on recent developments in the conflicts in Syria and Ukraine. New data and cases on poverty hunger and depression and greater analysis of the social and political implications of the prolonged period of stagnation the global economy has gone through. New content reflecting the recent resurgence in populist nationalism evident in the election of Trump in the USA the UK’s exit from the EU and the authoritarian turn taken in many countries. Analysis of the 2015 Paris climate change treaty and the international responses to recent pandemics such as Ebola and Zika A new section has been included on suicide plugging a gap evident in the earlier editions. User-friendly and easy to follow this highly acclaimed and popular academic textbook is designed to make a complex subject accessible to all and will continue to be essential reading for everyone interested in security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138726833

Understanding Global SexualitiesNew Frontiers Over the course of the past thirty years there has been an explosion of work on sexuality both conceptually and methodologically. From a relatively limited specialist field the study of sexuality has expanded across a wide range of social sciences. Yet as the field has grown it has become apparent that a number of leading edge critical issues remain. This theory-building book explores some of the areas in which there is major and continuing debate for example about the relationship between sexuality and gender; about the nature and status of heterosexuality; about hetero- and homo-normativity; about the influence and intersection of class race age and other factors in sexual trajectories identities and lifestyles; and about how best to understand the new forms of sexuality that are emerging in both rich world and developing world contexts. With contributions from leading and new scholars and activists from across the globe this book highlights tensions or ‘flash-points’ in contemporary debate and offers some innovative ways forward in terms of thinking about sexuality – both theoretically and with respect to policy and programme development. An extended essay by Henrietta Moore introduces the volume and an afterword by Jeffrey Weeks offers pointers for the future. The contributors bring together a range of experiences and a variety of disciplinary perspectives in engaging with three key themes of sexual subjectivity and global transformations sexualities in practice and advancing new thinking on sexuality in policy and programmatic contexts. It is of interest to students researchers and activists in sexuality sexual health and gender studies especially those working from public health sociological and anthropological perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415673471

Understanding Global SexualitiesNew Frontiers Over the course of the past thirty years there has been an explosion of work on sexuality both conceptually and methodologically. From a relatively limited specialist field the study of sexuality has expanded across a wide range of social sciences. Yet as the field has grown it has become apparent that a number of leading edge critical issues remain. This theory-building book explores some of the areas in which there is major and continuing debate for example about the relationship between sexuality and gender; about the nature and status of heterosexuality; about hetero- and homo-normativity; about the influence and intersection of class race age and other factors in sexual trajectories identities and lifestyles; and about how best to understand the new forms of sexuality that are emerging in both rich world and developing world contexts. With contributions from leading and new scholars and activists from across the globe this book highlights tensions or ‘flash-points’ in contemporary debate and offers some innovative ways forward in terms of thinking about sexuality – both theoretically and with respect to policy and programme development. An extended essay by Henrietta Moore introduces the volume and an afterword by Jeffrey Weeks offers pointers for the future. The contributors bring together a range of experiences and a variety of disciplinary perspectives in engaging with three key themes of sexual subjectivity and global transformations sexualities in practice and advancing new thinking on sexuality in policy and programmatic contexts. It is of interest to students researchers and activists in sexuality sexual health and gender studies especially those working from public health sociological and anthropological perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415523028

Understanding GlobalizationA Multi-Dimensional Approach This book discusses eight dimensions of globalization world order culture the state information technology economics production development and Bretton Woods Institutions from the perspective of four diverse sociological paradigms: functionalist interpretive radical humanist and radical structuralist. This multi-perspective approach forces readers to abandon their preconcieved assumptions and allows them the opportunity to view globalization through new eyes.Kavous Ardalan argues that social theory can usefully be conceived in terms of these four key paradigms because each one is founded upon different assumptions about the nature of social science and each one generates useful theories concepts and analytical tools. This method facilitates distancing from one's favored paradigm and appreciating other available approaches to better understand social phenomena. The knowledge of paradigms increases awareness of the boundaries and limitations of each individual paradigm. While most books on the topic focus on particular aspects of globalization from specific viewpoints this fair and unbiased volume provides readers with a balanced understanding of globalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517608

Understanding GMDSS This is the first book to cover the Global Marine Distress and Safety System (GDMSS) in a comprehensive and readable way. GDMSS is now being developed to provide a new global communications and locating network to alert search and rescue services and all students of navigation or maritime technology and practising navigation officers will need to be trained in its use. This accessible reference textbook provides students and new radio operators with all the knowledge necessary for a complete understanding of GMDSS and its related systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466999

Understanding Governance in South Asia The concept of good governance in South Asia poses a challenge at the implementation level mainly due to ethnocentricity regional disparities division between poor and rich and rural and urban division among the people. Concepts such as decentralization citizen engagement lean public service privatization autonomy public-private partnership may work well in developed countries but may not produce the same results in the region where the majority of poor people expect their government to fulfill their basic needs.Governance in South Asia needs to be reformed to ensure that poverty can be reduced if not completely eradicated. Poor governance and the various means by which governance has fallen short has led to lack of development and continuance of poverty in South Asian societies. South Asian countries have more or less similar objectives structures value systems cultures and standards of governance despite different forms of government. The colonial legacy of British administrative system had its impact on centralization. Secrecy elitism rigidity and social isolation is common to all South Asian countries. The post-colonial administrative system is built upon pre-colonial administrative traditions throughout the region. These countries can learn from each other’s experiences. They need to develop an indigenous model to find pragmatic solutions to the challenges of good governance. This book argues that countries in South Asian can achieve good results through good governance if they develop and adopt an indigenous model rather than simply borrowing models and ideas from the West. Please note: This title is co-published with Manohar Publishers New Delhi. Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367557904

Understanding Government BudgetsA Guide to Practices in the Public Service Public budgets follow rules of presentation and use terms that make sense to few outside the world of public finance. Moreover practices vary widely among the thousands of governments across the globe between federal state and local levels of government in the United States and among nonprofit organizations many of which provide services similar to governments. Understanding Government Budgets Second Edition offers a detailed examination of each of the different types of information found in budgets featuring annotated examples from a variety of organizations. It expands on explanations in the previous edition by including a wealth of examples from governments abroad and from the nonprofit sector. The book stresses that the choices made about content format and organization influence the story a budget tells. Designed to help citizens students and policy makers become more informed users of public budgets this book makes the format of budgets and the information they contain accessible and understandable providing users with the tools they need to make better sense of public organizations and their performance. Complete with online instructor support material including sample problems in-class exercises and discussion questions for each chapter Understanding Government Budgets Second Edition is perfect for undergraduate or graduate-level courses in budgeting and public administration and offers a useful guide to budgets for citizens with an interest in how government operates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138786301

Understanding GraffitiMultidisciplinary Studies from Prehistory to the Present This collection of original articles brings together for the first time the research on graffiti from a wide range of geographical and chronological contexts and shows how they are interpreted in various fields. Examples range as widely as medieval European cliff carvings to tags on New York subway cars to messages left in library bathrooms. In total the authors legitimize the study of graffiti as a multidisciplinary pursuit that can produce useful knowledge of individuals cultures and nations. The chapters-represent 20 authors from six countries; -offer perspectives of disciplines as diverse as archaeology history art history museum studies and sociology;-elicit common themes of authority and its subversion the identity work of subcultures and countercultures and presentation of privilege and status. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611328684

Understanding Greek Religion Understanding Greek Religion is one of the first attempts to fully examine any religion from a cognitivist perspective applying methods and findings from the cognitive science of religion to the ancient Greek world. In this book Jennifer Larson shows that many of the fundamentals of Greek religion such as anthropomorphic gods divinatory procedures purity beliefs reciprocity and sympathetic magic arise naturally as by-products of normal human cognition. Drawing on evidence from across the ancient Greek world Larson provides detailed coverage of Greek theology and local pantheons rituals including processions animal sacrifice and choral dance and afterlife beliefs as they were expressed through hero worship and mystery cults. Eighteen in-depth essays illustrate the theoretical discussion with primary sources and include case studies of key cult inscriptions from Kyrene Kos and Miletos. This volume features maps tables and over twenty images to support and expand on the text and will provide conceptual tools for understanding the actions and beliefs that constitute a religion. Additionally Larson offers the first detailed discussion of cognition and memory in the transmission of Greek religious beliefs and rituals as well as a glossary of terms and a bibliographical essay on the cognitive science of religion. Understanding Greek Religion is an essential resource for both undergraduate and postgraduate students of Greek culture and ancient Mediterranean religions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415688468

Understanding Greek Tragic Theatre Understanding Greek Tragic Theatre a revised edition of Greek Tragic Theatre (1992) is intended for those interested in how Greek tragedy works. By analysing the way the plays were performed in fifth-century Athens Rush Rehm encourages classicists actors and directors to approach Greek tragedy by considering its original context. Emphasizing the political nature of tragedy as a theatre of by and for the polis Rehm characterizes Athens as a performance culture one in which the theatre stood alongside other public forums as a place to confront matters of import and moment. In treating the various social religious and practical aspects of tragic production he shows how these elements promoted a vision of the theatre as integral to the life of the city – a theatre whose focus was on the audience. The second half of the book examines four exemplary plays Aeschylus’ Oresteia trilogy Sophocles’ Oedipus Tyrannus and Euripides’ Suppliant Women and Ion. Without ignoring the scholarly tradition Rehm focuses on how each tragedy unfolds in performance generating different relationships between the characters (and chorus) on stage and the audience in the theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138812628

Understanding Greek Warfare Understanding Greek Warfare offers a wide-ranging survey of Greek warfare from the Mycenaeans through to the Hellenistic kingdoms’ clashes with Rome. Each chapter provides an overview of a particular theme and historical period and a detailed discussion of the relevant sources both ancient and modern. This volume covers not only the development of equipment tactics strategy and the major wars of Greek history â€“ the "drums and trumpets" â€“ it also examines the political social and cultural importance of warfare in each period. Each chapter outlines major scholarly debates such as the true nature of hoplite battle and whether Alexander the Great had a strategic vision beyond conquest and includes several short selections from the primary literary evidence. Readable yet scholarly this book is an ideal companion to courses on Greek warfare and society and offers detailed suggestions for further reading and research. Understanding Greek Warfare will be a crucial resource for students of war in the ancient Greek world and of the ancient Greeks in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138288614

Understanding GriefAn Introduction Understanding Grief is a comprehensive and accessible 'one stop' introduction to all the major models of grief. In addition to the individual perspective bereavement is discussed in relation to social cultural and religious factors and influences. Richard Gross also examines the impact of different types of bereavement such as the death of a child parent spouse/partner and sibling and discusses the impact of traumatic death in relation to complicated grief. The text also covers pet loss death anxiety and post-traumatic growth. This innovative book combines personal accounts of grief with clinical accounts of patients provided by psychiatrists and psychologists and research involving large numbers of bereaved individuals. Understanding Grief will be invaluable to all those working with bereaved clients including bereavement counsellors counselling and clinical psychologists healthcare professionals social workers and the interested layperson. It is also suitable for people training to work with bereaved individuals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138839793

Understanding GriefHelping Yourself Heal This classic resource helps guide the bereaved person through the loss of a loved one and provides an opportunity to learn to live with and work through the personal grief process. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203767917

Understanding Group BehaviorVolume 1: Consensual Action By Small Groups These books grew out of the perception that a number of important conceptual and theoretical advances in research on small group behavior had developed in recent years but were scattered in rather fragmentary fashion across a diverse literature. Thus it seemed useful to encourage the formulation of summary accounts. A conference was held in Hamburg with the aim of not only encouraging such developments but also encouraging the integration of theoretical approaches where possible. These two volumes are the result. Current research on small groups falls roughly into two moderately broad categories and this classification is reflected in the two books. Volume I addresses theoretical problems associated with the consensual action of task-oriented small groups whereas Volume II focuses on interpersonal relations and social processes within such groups. The two volumes differ somewhat in that the conceptual work of Volume I tends to address rather strictly defined problems of consensual action some approaches tending to the axiomatic whereas the conceptual work described in Volume II is generally less formal and rather general in focus. However both volumes represent current conceptual work in small group research and can claim to have achieved the original purpose of up-to-date conceptual summaries of progress on new theoretical work. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138986480

Understanding Group BehaviorVolume 1: Consensual Action By Small Groups; Volume 2: Small Group Processes and Interpersonal Relations These books grew out of the perception that a number of important conceptual and theoretical advances in research on small group behavior had developed in recent years but were scattered in rather fragmentary fashion across a diverse literature. Thus it seemed useful to encourage the formulation of summary accounts. A conference was held in Hamburg with the aim of not only encouraging such developments but also encouraging the integration of theoretical approaches where possible. These two volumes are the result. Current research on small groups falls roughly into two moderately broad categories and this classification is reflected in the two books. Volume I addresses theoretical problems associated with the consensual action of task-oriented small groups whereas Volume II focuses on interpersonal relations and social processes within such groups. The two volumes differ somewhat in that the conceptual work of Volume I tends to address rather strictly defined problems of consensual action some approaches tending to the axiomatic whereas the conceptual work described in Volume II is generally less formal and rather general in focus. However both volumes represent current conceptual work in small group research and can claim to have achieved the original purpose of up-to-date conceptual summaries of progress on new theoretical work. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138179684

Understanding Group BehaviorVolume 1: Consensual Action By Small Groups; Volume 2: Small Group Processes and Interpersonal Relations These books grew out of the perception that a number of important conceptual and theoretical advances in research on small group behavior had developed in recent years but were scattered in rather fragmentary fashion across a diverse literature. Thus it seemed useful to encourage the formulation of summary accounts. A conference was held in Hamburg with the aim of not only encouraging such developments but also encouraging the integration of theoretical approaches where possible. These two volumes are the result. Current research on small groups falls roughly into two moderately broad categories and this classification is reflected in the two books. Volume I addresses theoretical problems associated with the consensual action of task-oriented small groups whereas Volume II focuses on interpersonal relations and social processes within such groups. The two volumes differ somewhat in that the conceptual work of Volume I tends to address rather strictly defined problems of consensual action some approaches tending to the axiomatic whereas the conceptual work described in Volume II is generally less formal and rather general in focus. However both volumes represent current conceptual work in small group research and can claim to have achieved the original purpose of up-to-date conceptual summaries of progress on new theoretical work. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138179677

Understanding Group BehaviorVolume 1: Consensual Action By Small Groups; Volume 2: Small Group Processes and Interpersonal Relations These books grew out of the perception that a number of important conceptual and theoretical advances in research on small group behavior had developed in recent years but were scattered in rather fragmentary fashion across a diverse literature. Thus it seemed useful to encourage the formulation of summary accounts. A conference was held in Hamburg with the aim of not only encouraging such developments but also encouraging the integration of theoretical approaches where possible. These two volumes are the result. Current research on small groups falls roughly into two moderately broad categories and this classification is reflected in the two books. Volume I addresses theoretical problems associated with the consensual action of task-oriented small groups whereas Volume II focuses on interpersonal relations and social processes within such groups. The two volumes differ somewhat in that the conceptual work of Volume I tends to address rather strictly defined problems of consensual action some approaches tending to the axiomatic whereas the conceptual work described in Volume II is generally less formal and rather general in focus. However both volumes represent current conceptual work in small group research and can claim to have achieved the original purpose of up-to-date conceptual summaries of progress on new theoretical work. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315789293

Understanding HallyuThe Korean Wave Through Literature Webtoon and Mukbang This book sheds light on aspects of the Korean Wave and Korean media products that are less discussed—Korean literature webtoon and mukbang. It explores the making of these Korean popular cultural products and how they work and engage media recipients regardless of their different national cultural and geographical backgrounds. Drawing on narrative theory and cultural studies the book makes a compelling argument about how to analyze the production and consumption of Korean media within and beyond its national boundary with critical eyes. The author shows how transmedial narrative studies (narrative studies across media) offers analytical and theoretical lenses through which one can interpret new and emerging media forms and contents. Furthermore  she explores how these forms and contents can be better understood when they are contextualized within specific time and place using the cultural social and political concepts and precepts of the region.  The volume will be of great interest to scholars and researchers of Asian Studies popular culture contemporary cyberculture media and culture studies and literary theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367143589

Understanding HappinessA critical review of positive psychology We all want to be happy and there are plenty of people telling us how it can be achieved. The positive psychology movement indeed has established happiness as a scientific concept within everyone’s grasp. But is happiness really something we can actively aim for or is it simply a by-product of how we live our lives more widely? Dr. Mick Power Professor of Clinical Psychology and Director of Clinical Programmes at the National University of Singapore provides a critical assessment of what happiness really means and the evidence for how it can be increased. Arguing that negative emotions are as important to overall well-being as the sunnier sides of our disposition the book examines many of the claims of the positive psychology movement including the relationship between happiness and physical health and argues that resilience adaptability in the face of adversity psychological flexibility and a sense of generativity and creativity are far more achievable as life goals. This is a book which will fascinate anyone interested in positive psychology or anyone who has ever questioned the plethora of publications suggesting that blissful happiness is ten easy steps away. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138929241

Understanding Hate CrimesActs Motives Offenders Victims and Justice Hate crimes and lesser acts of bigotry and intolerance are seen to be constants in today’s world. Since 1990 the federal government has published annual reports on hate crime incidents in the United States. While the reported numbers are disturbing even more devastating is the impact of these crimes on individuals communities and society. This comprehensive textbook can serve as a stand-alone source for instructors and students who study hate crimes and/or other related acts. It invites the reader to consider relevant social mores and practices as well as criminal justice policies as they relate to hate crimes by presenting this subject within a broad context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415484015

Understanding Health Care in AmericaCulture Capitalism and Communication This book examines the current state of American health care using a social science lens to focus on the interdependent intercultural economic and communication aspects of access and delivery. This text explores how the cultures of health care organizations health professions governments and capitalism as well as communication all contribute to a disease-focused economically driven technology-centered health care system. It seeks to understand 21st century health care from a macro-level view based on historical realizations and the current plethora of interdependent but self-serving realities that provide few if any incentives for organizational collaboration and change. The fact that the most expensive health care system in the world does not provide the healthiest outcomes is a driving force in this exploration. By reflecting on American values and beliefs regarding health care from philosophical clinical communication and cost perspectives this text is designed to encourage an organizational transformation at every level from government to providers to patients. This comprehensive survey is an important guide for those studying or working in health care professions as well as health care policy and administration. It should also be of interest to any reader who seeks to better understand U.S. health care policy from social science economic and/or health communication perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138592933

Understanding Health Care ReformBridging the Gap Between Myth and Reality After nearly a year of debate in March 2010 Congress passed and the president signed the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act to reform the U.S. health care system. The most significant social legislation since the civil rights legislation and the creation of Medicare and Medicaid the bill’s passage has been met with great controversy. Political pundits politicians health care economists and policy analysts have filled the airwaves and the lay press with their opinions but little has been heard from those who have the most invested in health care delivery reform—patients and their doctors.Understanding Health Care Reform: Bridging the Gap Between Myth and Reality provides readers with the information to make informed decisions and to help counter the bias of political pundits and the influence of the for-profit health care industry. The author introduces readers to a group of dedicated doctors administrators and patients whose experiences illustrate the strengths and weaknesses of the health care reform legislation. He also shares his own experiences as both a physician and a patient. The book puts the health care reform legislation in perspective by exploring ten critical areas: The private insurance industry Medicare and Medicaid The elimination of waste caused by overutilization high administrative fees and fraud Disease prevention and wellness programs Care for the underserved—the health care "safety net" Quality of care The impending workforce shortage Comparative-effectiveness research to compare treatments Changes in the way medicine is practiced Tort reform Describing the reform act as the foundation and framing of a house it outlines what doctors patients and families must focus on as states the federal government and the courts craft this legislation over time. The author cuts through the political rhetoric to address the core question: how do we preserve our ability to provide the best possible care for patients and fulfill our societal mission of providing care for our citizens independent of their financial means? Focusing on strengths and weaknesses rather than what is right or wrong he encourages readers to think creatively about their role in establishing a better system of health care in America. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439879481

Understanding Healthcare EconomicsManaging Your Career in an Evolving Healthcare System Second Edition Healthcare economics is a topic of increasing importance due to the substantial changes that are expected to radically alter the way Americans obtain and finance healthcare. Understanding Healthcare Economics 2nd Edition provides an evidence-based framework to help practitioners comprehend the changes already underway in our nation’s healthcare system. It presents important economic facts and explains the economic concepts needed to understand the implications of these facts. It also summarizes the results of recent empirical studies on access cost and quality problems in today’s healthcare system. The material is presented in two sections. Section 1 focuses on the healthcare access cost and quality issues that create pressures for change in health policy. The first edition was completed just as the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA) was debated and passed. This new edition updates the information about access cost and quality issues. It also discusses the pressure for change that led to the passage of the PPACA evidence that shaped the construction of the act evidence on the impacts of the PPACA and evidence on the pressures for future changes. Section 2 focuses on changes that are underway including: changes in the Medicare payment system; new types of healthcare delivery organizations such as ACOs and patient-centered medical homes. It also discusses the current efforts to help patients build health such as wellness programs and disease management programs. And finally health information technology will be discussed. The new edition will maintain the current structure; however each chapter will be updated to discuss post-PPACA evidence on each type of type. In addition to the updates previously mentioned the authors will present a series of data explorations to several chapters. Most of the new data explorations present summarized statistical information based on de-identified data from one hospital electronic data system. These data explorations serve two purposes. First they illustrate the impacts of the pressures for change – and some of the changes – on healthcare providers. For example the data illustrates the financial impact of pre-PPACA uncompensated care. Second explanation of the data will require explanations of standard coding systems that are used nationwide (DRGs CPT ICD) codes. Other data explorations provide detail about other sources of data useful for health policy analysis and for healthcare providers and insurers. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138723016

Understanding Hegelianism "Understanding Hegelianism" explores the ways in which Hegelian and anti-Hegelian currents of thought have shaped some of the most significant movements in twentieth-century European philosophy particularly the traditions of critical theory existentialism Marxism and poststructuralism. The first part of the book examines Kierkegaard's existentialism and Marx's materialism which present two defining poles of subsequent Hegelian and anti-Hegelian movements. The second part looks at the contrasting critiques of Hegel by Lukacs and Heidegger which set the stage for the appropriation of Hegelian themes in German critical theory and the anti-Hegelian turn in French poststructuralism. The role of Hegelian themes in the work of Adorno Habermas and Honneth are explored. In the third part the rich tradition of Hegelianism in modern French philosophy is considered - the work of Wahl Kojeve Hyppolite Lefebvre Sartre de Beauvoir as well as the radical critique of Hegelianism articulated by Derrida and Deleuze. Although the focus is primarily on German and French appropriations of Hegelian thought the author also explores some of the recent developments in Anglophone Hegelianism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711904

Understanding Hermeneutics This series provides short accessible and lively introduction to the major schools movements and traditions in philosophy and the history of ideas since the beginning of the Enlightenment. All books in the series are written for undergraduates meeting the subject for the first time. Hermeneutics concerns itself with the theory of understanding and the interpretation of language. The question of how to correctly interpret and understand others remains one of the most contested branches of philosophy. In Understanding Hermeneutics Lawrence Schmidt provides an introduction to modern hermeneutics through a systematic examination of the ideas of its key philosophical proponents. Chapter 1 examines the ideas of the Protestant theologian Friedrich Schleiermacher who argues that misunderstanding is always possible so we must always employ interpretation if we are to understnad correctly. Chapter 2 discusses the ideas of Dilthey who maintains that understanding in the humanities is fundamentally different from explanation in the natural sciences and who presents a methodology to judge what another person means or feels by means of their language and also their gestures facial expressions and manners of acting. Chapter 3 explores the ideas of Heidegger who radicalizes the concept by shifting its focus from interpreting texts to an existential interpretation of human being. In Chapter 4 the recent ideas of Gadamer are examined which extend to examining the structures of hermeneutic experience and to question the supremacy of the natural sciences as models for truth. The final chapters consider some of the criticisms and controversies surrounding hermeneutics including the work of Habermas Hirsch Ricoeur and Derrida and the prospects for the future of hermeneutics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315539331

Understanding HistoryInternational Review of History Education 4 What sense do children and young people make of history? How do they cope with competing historical accounts in textbooks? How do they think historical or archaeological claims are supported or rejected? And whatever students think about history how do their teachers see history education? The contributors to this fourth volume of the International Review of History Education discuss these questions in the context of their research. Divided into two sections the first part of the book examines students' ideas about the discipline of history and the knowledge it produces. The second part looks in detail at teachers' own ideas about teaching. Featuring contributions from authors throughout the world including the USA Canada Portugal Brazil Taiwan and the UK the book provides interesting studies of how history is both taught and received in these different countries.Understanding History contributes to current knowledge of successful teaching: that teachers must take into accounts students' preconceptions that they bring to the classroom as well as accepting the complexity and importance of their own professional knowledge. The book will be of interest to anyone studying or researching history education as well as teachers of history throughout the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760263

Understanding HIV and STI Prevention for College Students According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention young people aged 18 to 25 are at a significant risk for acquiring and transmitting HIV (Human Immunodeficiency Virus) and other STIs (sexually transmitted infections). Primary developmental processes that place college students particularly at risk include the experience of intimacy sexual desires and the centrality of the peer group. During these routine developmental processes college students experiment with unprotected sex multiple sex partners and alcohol and illicit drugs all of which are contributing risk factors for HIV/STI infections. Early diagnosis treatment and prevention of HIV and other STIs is germane to promoting the sexual health of college students and reducing high HIV/STI infection rates among young people. This edited volume will provide innovative and cutting-edge approaches to prevention for college students and will have a major impact on advancing the interdisciplinary fields of higher education and public health. It will explore core ideas such as hooking up culture sexual violence LGBT and students of color as well as HIV and STI prevention in community colleges rural colleges and minority serving institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138286634

Understanding Homeland SecurityFoundations of Security Policy Understanding Homeland Security is a unique textbook on homeland security that blends the latest research from the areas of immigration policy counterterrorism research and border security with practical insight from homeland security experts and leaders such as former Secretaries of the Department of Homeland Security Tom Ridge and Janet Napolitano. The textbook also includes: A historical overview of the origins of the homeland security enterprise as well as its post-9/11 transformation and burgeoning maturity as a profession In-depth descriptions of the state local and federal government entities such as the U.S. Department of Homeland Security that enforce and carry out the nation’s homeland security laws and policies Detailed discussion of relevant contemporary topics such as asylum and refugee affairs cybersecurity and hacking border security transportation and aviation security and emergency management policy A chapter on homeland security privacy and civil liberties issues Unique current affairs analysis of controversial topics such as the National Security Agency’s warrantless wiretapping program Edward Snowden the 2016 U.S. presidential election Russian cyberhacking efforts and Black Lives Matter Advice guidance and insight for students through interviews with homeland security leaders as well as terrorism experts such as Bruce Hoffmann and biowarfare specialists such as Dr. Rebecca Katz The target audience for this text is advanced undergraduate or entry-level graduate students in criminology intelligence analysis public policy public affairs international affairs or law programs. This textbook meets requirements for entry-level introductory courses in homeland security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367259044

Understanding Homosexuality Changing Schools Scholarship on homosexuality gay and lesbian identities history and culture came to universities too late for most elementary and secondary school educators leaving them unprepared to deal with these subjects. Moreover some teacher education faculty still neglect these topics out of moral scruple fear or inattention to new research and pract Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313760

Understanding Housing Defects Understanding Housing Defects provides a concise coherent and comprehensive introduction to the causes investigation and diagnosis of defects in domestic buildings. For this new edition many of the chapters have been substantially updated and new photographs have been added. There are four new chapters covering: How defects are defined An overview of building and architectural history External joinery and painted finishes Environmental and health- related building problems Many of the 21 chapters cover a specific building element and include a brief introduction setting out construction principles and the evolution of current practice. All of the chapters consider the identification cause and diagnosis of common (and sometimes not so common) defects. This book is a must have for all those students and practitioners who require a broad understanding of housing defects. Building surveyors general practice surveyors architects estate agents housing officers and anyone involved in the management and maintenance of property as well as its construction will benefit hugely from this highly informative full-colour text. Written by the authors of The Construction of Houses the book is also the natural companion to this bestselling textbook. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9780080971124

Understanding How We LearnA Visual Guide Educational practice does not for the most part rely on research findings. Instead there’s a preference for relying on our intuitions about what’s best for learning. But relying on intuition may be a bad idea for teachers and learners alike. This accessible guide helps teachers to integrate effective research-backed strategies for learning into their classroom practice. The book explores exactly what constitutes good evidence for effective learning and teaching strategies how to make evidence-based judgments instead of relying on intuition and how to apply findings from cognitive psychology directly to the classroom. Including real-life examples and case studies FAQs and a wealth of engaging illustrations to explain complex concepts and emphasize key points the book is divided into four parts: Evidence-based education and the science of learning Basics of human cognitive processes Strategies for effective learning Tips for students teachers and parents. Written by "The Learning Scientists" and fully illustrated by Oliver Caviglioli Understanding How We Learn is a rejuvenating and fresh examination of cognitive psychology's application to education. This is an essential read for all teachers and educational practitioners designed to convey the concepts of research to the reality of a teacher's classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138561724

Understanding Human Anatomy and PathologyAn Evolutionary and Developmental Guide for Medical Students Understanding Human Anatomy and Pathology: An Evolutionary and Developmental Guide for Medical Students provides medical students with a much easier and more comprehensive way to learn and understand human gross anatomy by combining state-of-the-art knowledge about human anatomy evolution development and pathology in one book. The book adds evolutionary pathological and developmental information in a way that reduces the difficulty and total time spent learning gross anatomy by making learning more logical and systematic. It also synthesizes data that would normally be available for students only by consulting several books at a time. Anatomical illustrations are carefully selected to follow the style of those seen in human anatomical atlases but are simpler in their overall configuration making them easier to understand without overwhelming students with visual information. The book’s organization is also more versatile than most human anatomy texts so that students can refer to different sections according to their own learning styles. Because it is relatively short in length and easily transportable students can take this invaluable book anywhere and use it to understand most of the structures they need to learn for any gross anatomy course. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498753845

Understanding Human EcologyA systems approach to sustainability We are facing hugely complex challenges – from climate change to world poverty our problems are part of an inter-related web of social and natural systems. Human ecology promises an approach to these complex challenges a way to understand these problems holistically and to start to manage them more effectively. This book offers a coherent conceptual framework for Human Ecology – a clear approach for understanding the many systems we are part of and for how we frame and understand the problems we face. Blending natural social and cognitive sciences with dynamical systems theory the authors offer systems approaches that are accessible to all from the undergraduate student to policy-makers and practitioners across government business and community. Road-tested and refined over a decade of teaching and workshops the authors have built a clear inspiring and important framework for anyone approaching the management of complex problems and the transition to sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849713832

Understanding Human EcologyKnowledge Ethics and Politics This book examines the domain of human agency–environment interaction from a multidimensional point of view. It explores the human–environment interface by analysing its ethical political and epistemic aspects – the value aspects that humans attribute to their environment the relations of power in which the actions and their consequences are implicated and the meaning of human actions in relation to the environment. The volume delineates the character of this domain and works out a theoretical framework for the field of human ecology. This book will be a must-read for students scholars and researchers of environmental studies human ecology development studies environmental history literature politics and sociology. It will also be useful to practitioners government bodies environmentalists policy makers and NGOs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367140205

Understanding Human Error in Mine Safety The consideration of human factors issues is vital to the mining industry. As in other safety-critical domains human performance problems constitute a significant threat to system safety making the study of human factors an important field for improving safety in mining operations. The primary purpose of this book is to provide the reader with a much-needed overview of human factors within the mining industry in particular to understand the role of human error in mine safety explaining contemporary risk management and safety systems approaches. The approach taken is multidisciplinary and holistic based on a model of the systems of work in the mining industry domain. The ingredients in this model include individual operators groups/teams technology/equipment work organisation and the physical environment. Throughout the book topics such as human error and safety management are covered through the use of real examples and case studies allowing the reader to see the practical significance of the material presented while making the text rigorous useful and enjoyable. Understanding Human Error in Mine Safety is written for professionals in the field researchers and students of mining engineering safety or human factors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075986

Understanding Human Evolution For the one-term course in human evolution paleoanthropology or fossil hominins taught at the junior/senior level in departments of anthropology or biology.This new edition provides a comprehensive overview to the field of paleoanthropology the study of human evolution by analyzing fossil remains. It includes the latest fossil finds attempts to place humans into the context of geological and biological change on the planet and presents current controversies in an even-handed manner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138436602

Understanding Human Nature Originally published in 1928 this book was an attempt to acquaint the general public with the fundamentals of Individual Psychology.  At the same time it is a demonstration of the practical application of these principles to the conduct of everyday relationships and the organization of our personal life.  Based upon a years’ lectures to audiences at the People’s Institute in Vienna the purpose of the book was to point out how the mistaken behaviour of the individual affects harmony of our social and communal life; to teach the individual to recognize their own mistakes; and finally to show them how they may effect a harmonious adjustment to the communal life.  Adler felt that mistakes in business or in science were costly and deplorable but mistakes in the conduct of life are usually dangerous to life itself.  This book is dedicated by the author in his preface ‘to the task of illuminating man’s progress toward a better understanding of human nature.’ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415820653

Understanding Human Rights ViolationsNew Systematic Studies Originally published in 2004. This excellent volume presents a systematic analysis of various human rights violations around the globe focusing on security and subsistence rights. The book collects important contributions to the theoretical development of the human rights phenomenon covering a wide range of human rights issues and research approaches. The research presented combines a variety of qualitative and quantitative approaches and brings together both theoretical and empirical work. It places particular emphasis on making the advanced statistical methods that are used to test the arguments accessible to a wider readership. Understanding Human Rights Violations will prove a useful tool for all in the fields of international human rights peace studies political violence and international law and offers a valuable introduction into the literature on human rights violations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398721

Understanding Human Society Published in 1998 Understanding Human Society is a valuable contribution to the field of Social Science. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203709122

Understanding Hydrological Processes in an Ungauged Catchment in sub-Saharan AfricaUNESCO-IHE PhD Thesis Ungauged catchments can be found in many parts of the world but particularly in sub-Saharan Africa. Information collected in a gauged catchment and its regionalisation to ungauged areas is crucial for water resources assessment. Especially farmers in semi-arid zones are in need of such information. Inter and Intra-seasonal rainfall variability is large in these areas and farmers depend more and more on additional surface and groundwater resources for their crop production. As a result understanding the key-hydrological processes and determination of the frequencies and magnitudes of stream flows is very important for local food production. This is particularly true for the ungauged Makanya catchment in Tanzania which is the subject of this study. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138401525

Understanding Hydrological Variability for Improved Water Management in the Semi-Arid Karkheh Basin IranUNESCO-IHE PhD Thesis This study provides a hydrology based assessment of (surface) water resources and its continuum of variability and change at different spatio-temporal scales in the semi‑arid Karkheh Basin Iran where water is scarce competition among users is high and massive water resources development is under way. The study reveals that the ongoing allocation planning is not sustainable and essentially requires reformulation with consideration of spatio‑temporal variability and observed trends in the streamflows regarding flood intensification and decline in low flows. The development of innovative methods for quantification of the hydrological fluxes (i.e. regionalization of model parameters based on similarity of the flow duration curve and the use of areal precipitation input in the hydrological modeling) helped better understanding and modeling the basin hydrology. The investigation of scenarios for upgrading rain-fed areas to irrigated agriculture using SWAT recommends the promotion of in-situ soil and water conservation techniques. Conversion of rain-fed areas to irrigation causes significant reduction in the downstream flows and requires additional considerations such as less development in the upper catchments practicing supplementary irrigation and developing water storage. The knowledge generated is instructive for hydrological assessment and its use in water resources planning and management in the river basin context. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415689816

Understanding in Mathematics The concept of understanding in mathematics with regard to mathematics education is considered in this volume. The main problem for mathematics teachers being how to facilitate their students' understanding of the mathematics being taught. In combining elements of maths philosophy logic linguistics and the psychology of maths education from her own and European research Dr Sierpinska considers the contributions of the social and cultural contexts to understanding. The outcome is an insight into both mathematics and understanding. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203454183

Understanding InclusionCore Concepts Policy and Practice Understanding Inclusion is a rich comprehensive exploration of inclusion in education challenging us to think about being ‘inclusive’ in its broadest sense. It unpicks a wide range of complex themes and issues that impact on educational practice supporting educational professionals in helping teachers and learners understand difference as the norm and not the exception. Underpinned by the latest research discussion is brought to life through vignettes of real experiences and examples of practice from a range of settings and across continents. Chapters consider crucial aspects of inclusion: Social inclusion and social class Global perspectives on culture and identity Aspirations and social mobility Relationships and sexual behaviours Gender equality and diversity Perceptions of ability and disability Barriers to learning Multilingualism in schools Religion and belief Restorative justice for inclusion Inclusion and the arts Teaching Assistants and inclusion The central role of leadership. Written by experts with extensive experience in a range of educational contexts Understanding Inclusion is designed for all those engaged in understanding the complexities of teaching and learning. With reflective questions and selected reading designed to support further study it will be essential reading for students on Education Studies and related course and pre- and in-service teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241688

Understanding Individual Differences in Language Development Across the School Years This volume presents the findings of a large-scale study of individual differences in spoken (and heard) language development during the school years. The goal of the study was to investigate the degree to which language abilities at school entry were stable over time and influential in the child’s overall success in important aspects of development. The methodology was a longitudinal study of over 600 children in the US Midwest during a 10-year period. The language skills of these children -- along with reading academic and psychosocial outcomes -- were measured. There was intentional oversampling of children with poor language ability without being associated with other developmental or sensory disorders. Furthermore these children could be sub-grouped based on their nonverbal abilities such that one group represents children with specific language impairment (SLI) and the other group with nonspecific language impairment (NLI) represents poor language along with depressed nonverbal abilities. Throughout the book the authors consider whether these distinctions are supported by evidence obtained in this study and which aspects of development are impacted by poor language ability. Data are provided that allow conclusions to be made regarding the level of risk associated with different degrees of poor language and whether this risk should be viewed as lying on a continuum. The volume will appeal to researchers and professionals with an interest in children’s language development particularly those working with children who have a range of language impairments. This includes Speech and Language Pathologists; Child Neuropsychologists; Clinical Psychologists working in Education as well as Psycholinguists and Developmental Psychologists. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848725331

Understanding Indonesian GrammarA student's reference and workbook Understanding Indonesian Grammar is a reference and workbook designed primarily for intermediate and advanced students in senior years of high school and at university. It provides a clear non-technical description of the important structures in the language together with practical exercises. It can be used with any Indonesian language course. * Units are largely self-contained enabling teachers to select topics in any order depending on the structure of their course and the needs of their students.* The various aspects of each topic are discussed one at a time and tested in exercises so that the learner is guided step by step to an in-depth understanding of the topic.* Contains descriptions of many frequently occurring affixes and structures which are not dealt with in existing course materials. * Clear explanations and answers to all exercises enable learners to use the book without a teacher.* Notes throughout the book provide additional information on unusual or irregular features of grammar. * All grammatical terms used are defined in an extensive glossary.The comprehensiveness and flexibility of Understanding Indonesian Grammar make it an indispensable resource for students and teachers of Indonesian.James Neil Sneddon PhD is an associate professor in the School of Languages at Griffith University with long experience teaching Indonesian language and linguistics. He is the author of Indonesian Reference Grammar (1996). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003118350

Understanding Industrial OrganizationsTheoretical Perspectives in Industrial Sociology Understanding Industrial Organizations critically reviews the approaches developed by industrial sociologists to analyze industrial organizations. It outlines four general perspectives on organizations - systems thinking contingency approach the action approach and labour process for a more adequate sociology of organizations. The book provides a clear relevant and important contribution to the sociology of organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138456167

Understanding InfluenceThe Use of Statebuilding Research in British Policy The overarching objective of this book is to analyse the manner in which statebuilding-oriented research has and can influence policies in fragile post-conflict environments. Large-scale externally-assisted statebuilding is a relatively new and distinct foreign policy domain having risen to the forefront of the international agenda as the negative consequences of state weakness have been repeatedly revealed in the form of entrenched poverty regional instability and serious threats to international security. Despite the increasing volume of research on statebuilding the use and uptake of findings by those involved in policymaking remains largely under-examined. As such the main themes running through the book relate to issues of research influence use and uptake into policy. It grapples with problems associated with decision-making dynamics knowledge management and the policy process and draws on concepts and analytical models developed within the public policy and research utilisation literature. This book will be of great interest to researchers knowledge managers and policymakers working in the fields of post-war reconstruction statebuilding fragile states stabilisation conflict and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472427571

Understanding Information and ComputationFrom Einstein to Web Science The World Wide Web is truly astounding. It has changed the way we interact learn and innovate. It is the largest sociotechnical system humankind has created and is advancing at a pace that leaves most in awe. It is an unavoidable fact that the future of the world is now inextricably linked to the future of the Web. Almost every day it appears to change to get better and increase its hold on us. For all this we are starting to see underlying stability emerge. The way that Web sites rank in terms of popularity for example appears to follow laws with which we are familiar. What is fascinating is that these laws were first discovered not in fields like computer science or information technology but in what we regard as more fundamental disciplines like biology physics and mathematics. Consequently the Web although synthetic at its surface seems to be quite 'natural' deeper down and one of the driving aims of the new field of Web Science is to discover how far down such ’naturalness’ goes. If the Web is natural to its core that raises some fundamental questions. It forces us for example to ask if the central properties of the Web might be more elemental than the truths we cling to from our understandings of the physical world. In essence it demands that we question the very nature of information. Understanding Information and Computation is about such questions and one possible route to potentially mind-blowing answers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275065

Understanding Information Retrieval SystemsManagement Types and Standards In order to be effective for their users information retrieval (IR) systems should be adapted to the specific needs of particular environments. The huge and growing array of types of information retrieval systems in use today is on display in Understanding Information Retrieval Systems: Management Types and Standards which addresses over 20 types of IR systems. These various system types in turn present both technical and management challenges which are also addressed in this volume. In order to be interoperable in a networked environment IR systems must be able to use various types of technical standards a number of which are described in this book—often by their original developers. The book covers the full context of operational IR systems addressing not only the systems themselves but also human user search behaviors user-centered design and management and policy issues. In addition to theory and practice of IR system design the book covers Web standards and protocols the Semantic Web XML information retrieval Web social mining search engine optimization specialized museum and library online access records compliance and risk management information storage technology geographic information systems and data transmission protocols. Emphasis is given to information systems that operate on relatively unstructured data such as text images and music. The book is organized into four parts: Part I supplies a broad-level introduction to information systems and information retrieval systems Part II examines key management issues and elaborates on the decision process around likely information system solutions Part III illustrates the range of information retrieval systems in use today discussing the technical operational and administrative issues for each type Part IV discusses the most important organizational and technical standards needed for successful information retrieval This volume brings together authoritative articles on the different types of information systems and how to manage real-world demands such as digital asset management network management digital content licensing data quality and information system failures. It explains how to design systems to address human characteristics and considers key policy and ethical issues such as piracy and preservation. Focusing on web–based systems the chapters in this book provide an excellent starting point for developing and managing your own IR systems. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781439891964

Understanding Innovation in Emerging Economic SpacesGlobal and Local Actors Networks and Embeddedness A small number of countries regions cities and localities are powerful gatekeepers and generate the bulk of creative and innovative ideas while the majority is largely excluded. This book looks at neglected but emerging innovation centres analysed from various spatial and organizational perspectives; ranging from entire countries and regions to individual firms and small neighbourhoods. Bringing together leading scholars from various disciplines it examines a variety of economic sectors including biotechnology agrotourism and the food retail industry. The authors employ various often contradictory concepts ranging from local buzz and the global pipeline through an analysis of collective learning processes to geographical embeddedness using both qualitative and quantitative approaches. The purpose of the book is twofold: investigating changes occurring in the regions and cities under transformation and attempting to find common and unique mechanisms behind these changes. Consequently the authors shed light on the scale and scope of the innovativeness of selected economic and social processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547247

Understanding Institutional Shareholder ActivismA Comparative Study of the UK and China Institutional shareholder participation has long been considered as vital to good corporate governance yet its potential does not seem to have been realized. The recent banking crisis exposed the passivity of some institutional shareholders many of whom appear to have chosen to sell their stakes in the banks rather than intervene or challenge the board when they realized the strategies followed by the banks were excessively risky. Institutional shareholders’ role to scrutinize and monitor the decisions of boards and executive management in the banking sector in the UK is considered by many to be a failure resulting in the phenomenon of ‘ownerless corporations’ as described by Lord Myners. In China despite the fast rising of institutional investment in the securities market institutional shareholders have not yet played a contributory role in monitoring corporate managers in listed companies. Drawing on empirical evidence this book seeks to systematically analyses institutional shareholders’ incentives to activism to explain when and why shareholder activism will occur. The book puts forward a model which explains the factors that determine institutional shareholders’ propensity for activism. The model both elaborates the collective benefits of activism as a means of achieving managerial accountability asks whether and when shareholder activism is rational for any individual shareholder. The book then goes to on to apply these finding to both the UK and China in order to explain the varying levels of shareholder activism in each jurisdiction. The book is the first to take an in-depth look at institutional share-holder activism in China providing prescriptions to promote greater shareholder engagement and exploring the potential it holds for improving corporate governance in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138937567

Understanding Insurgent ResilienceOrganizational Structures and the Implications for Counterinsurgency This book examines terrorist and insurgent organisations and seeks to understand how such groups persist for so long while introducing a new strategic doctrine for countering these organisations. The work discusses whether familial or meritocratic insurgencies are more resilient to counterinsurgency pressures. It argues that it is not the type of organization that determines resilience but rather the efficiency functions of social capital and trust which have different natures and forms within them. It finds that while familial insurgencies can challenge incumbents from the start they weaken over time whereas meritocracies will generally strengthen. The book examines four of the most enduring and lethal insurgent organizations: the Haqqani Network in Afghanistan Lashkar-e-Taiba in Pakistan Jemaah Islamiyah in Indonesia and the Abu Sayyaf in the Philippines. The author breaks down each group into its formative strengths and vulnerabilities and presents a bespoke model of strategic counterintelligence that can be used to manipulate degrade and destroy each organization. This book will be of much interest to students of counterinsurgency terrorism intelligence security and defence studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367463168

Understanding Integrated ReportingThe Concise Guide to Integrated Thinking and the Future of Corporate Reporting Integrated Reporting is the big new development in corporate reporting that everyone is talking about. Why? Quite simply Integrated Reporting marks a paradigm shift in the way companies and other organizations think about business models and the creation of value. Integrated Reporting promotes long term thinking about value-creation and stewardship across a broad base of interdependent capitals – financial manufactured human intellectual natural and social and relationship.With updated references and case studies to take account of the latest developments in Integrated Reporting this book provides a practical and expert distillation of for IR professionals.Internationally renowned sustainability reporting expert and accountant Dr Carol Adams explains in simple terms what is and how to do it; how it links with other reporting frameworks and what it means in terms of thinking and processes. You'll also get a clear business case for IR and insights and best practice examples from leading integrated reporters. Integrated Reporting is not just for companies.This book demonstrates how integrated thinking and IR can benefit many other organizations whose success and influence depends on relationships and partnerships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909293847

Understanding Intelligence FailureWarning Response and Deterrence This collection comprising key works by James J. Wirtz explains how different threat perceptions can lead to strategic surprise attack intelligence failure and the failure of deterrence. This volume adopts a strategist’s view of the issue of surprise and intelligence failure by placing these phenomena in the context of conflict between strong and weak actors in world affairs. A two-level theory explains the incentives and perceptions of both parties when significant imbalances of military power exist between potential combatants and how this situation sets the stage for strategic surprise and intelligence failure to occur. The volume illustrates this theory by applying it to the Kargil Crisis attacks launched by non-state actors and by offering a comparison of Pearl Harbor and the September 11 2001 attacks. It explores the phenomenon of deterrence failure; specifically how weaker parties in an enduring or nascent conflict come to believe that deterrent threats posed by militarily stronger antagonists will be undermined by various constraints increasing the attractiveness of utilising surprise attack to achieve their objectives. This work also offers strategies that could mitigate the occurrence of intelligence failure strategic surprise and the failure of deterrence. This book will be of much interest to students of intelligence studies strategic studies security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138942141

Understanding Intercultural CommunicationNegotiating a Grammar of Culture Understanding Intercultural Communication provides a practical framework to help readers to understand intercultural communication and to solve intercultural problems. Each chapter exemplifies the everyday intercultural through ethnographic narratives in which people make sense of each other in home work and study locations. Underpinned by a grammar of culture developed by the author this book addresses key issues in intercultural communication including: the positive contribution of people from diverse cultural backgrounds; the politics of Self and Other which promote negative stereotyping; the basis for a de-centred approach to globalisation in which periphery cultural realities can gain voice and ownership. Written by a leading researcher in the field the new edition of this important text has been revised to invite the reader to reflect and develop their own intercultural and research strategies and updated to include new ideas that have emerged in Holliday’s own work and elsewhere. This book is a key resource for academics students and practitioners in intercultural communication and related fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815352396

Understanding International Arbitration Understanding International Arbitration introduces students to the primary concepts necessary for an understanding of arbitration making use of illustrative case examples and references to legal practice throughout. This text offers a comprehensive overview of the subject for those new to arbitration. Making use of a unique two-part structure in each chapter Understanding International Arbitration provides a clear and simple statement of rules followed by detailed discussion of the ideas underlying those rules illustrated with relevant comparative law and case examples. Designed with students of arbitration in mind this text provides both a clear introduction to the subject and a comprehensive course text that will support students in their preparation for exams and practical assessments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138806047

Understanding International Conflict Management This new textbook introduces key mechanisms and issues in international conflict management and engages students with a comprehensive interdisciplinary approach to mitigating managing and transforming international conflicts. The volume identifies key historical events and international agreements that have shaped and defined the field of international conflict management as well as key dilemmas facing the field at this juncture. The first section provides an overview of key mechanisms for international conflict management such as negotiation mediation nonviolent resistance peacekeeping peacebuilding transitional justice and reconciliation. The second section tackles important cross-cutting themes such as technology religion the economy refugees and migration and the role of civil society examining how these issues contribute to international conflicts and how they can be leveraged to help address such conflicts. Each chapter includes a brief historical overview of the evolution of the issue or mechanism identifies key theoretical and practical debates and includes case studies discussion questions website links and suggested further reading for further study and engagement. By providing a mixture of theory and practical examples this textbook provides students with the necessary background to navigate this interdisciplinary field. This volume will be of great interest to students of international conflict management conflict resolution peace studies and international relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138329560

Understanding International DiplomacyTheory Practice and Ethics This book provides a comprehensive introduction to the study of international diplomacy covering both theory and practice. This second edition has been revised and updated with new material on such key contemporary issues as Syria Ukraine migration and the South China Sea. The text summarizes and discusses the major trends in the field of diplomacy providing an innovative theoretical approach to understanding diplomacy not as a collection of practices or a set of historical traditions but as a form of institutionalized communication through which authorized representatives produce manage and distribute public goods. The book: Traces the evolution of diplomacy from its beginnings in ancient Egypt Greece and China to our current age of global diplomacy. Examines theoretical explanations about how diplomats take decisions make relations and shape the world. Discusses normative approaches to how diplomacy ought to adapt itself to the twenty-first century help re-make states and assist the peaceful evolution of international order. In sum Understanding International Diplomacy provides an up-to-date accessible and authoritative overview of how diplomacy works and indeed ought to work in a globalized world. This textbook will be essential reading for students of international diplomacy and is highly recommended for students of crisis negotiation international organizations foreign policy and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138717343

Understanding International Sport OrganisationsPrinciples power and possibilities The governance of international sport is dominated by the SINGOs (sporting international non-governmental organisations). The IOC FIFA IAAF and the FIA wield global influence but how exactly do such complex organisations operate? This important book examines the rise of the SINGOs their structures organisational behaviour and their power in the context of modern sport and international politics. Written by two world-leading experts the book sheds new light on the relationship between these SINGOs and the sports which they govern. It provides a close critical analysis of the policies and practices of the most important international sport organisations from their historical origins to the present day. Using case studies of key events such as the Olympics and the recent FIFA scandals it examines the central question of how best to understand the significance of these organisations today. Combining historical insight with original research Understanding International Sport Organisations: Principles Power and Possibilities is essential reading for anyone with an interest in the politics of sport the sociology of sport sport administration sport business or sport management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138820494

Understanding InvestmentsTheories and Strategies This revised and fully expanded edition of Understanding Investments continues to incorporate the elements of traditional textbooks on investments but goes further in that the material is presented from an intuitive practical point of view and the supplementary material included in each chapter lends itself to both class discussion and further reading by students. It provides the essential tools to navigate complex global financial markets and instruments including relevant (and classic) academic research and market perspectives. The author has developed a number of key innovative features. One unique feature is its economic angle whereby each chapter includes a section dedicated to the economic analysis of that chapter’s material. Additionally all chapters contain sections on strategies that investors can apply in specific situations and the pros and cons of each are also discussed. The book provides further clarification of some of the concepts discussed in the previous edition thereby offering a more detailed analysis and discussion with more real-world examples. The author has added new shorter text boxes labeled "Market Flash" to highlight the use of or changes in current practices in the field; updates on strategies as applied by professionals; provision of useful information for an investor; updates on regulations; and anything else that might be relevant in discussing and applying a concept. This second edition also includes new sections on core issues in the field of investments such as alternative investments disruptive technologies and future trends in investment management. This textbook is intended for undergraduate students majoring or minoring in finance and also for students in economics and related disciplines who wish to take an elective course in finance or investments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367461904

Understanding Islamic Architecture The ongoing debate among practitioners and in academia about the meaning and understanding of Islamic architecture will be energized by this book. It contains essays by architects and academics from various parts of the world which clarify how the carious disciplines of the design profession can be employed to build in the spirit of Islam. Divided into three sections the book covers: *meaning from Faith which draws meaning from the Islamic faith in order to propose a built environment that is universally beneficial*analysis of History which examines historical buildings and planning concepts and suggest how to apply lessons learned to contemporary practice*contemporary Trends which discusses current trends in architecture education and socio-economic aspects of various Muslim countries. Illustrated throughout this book will appeal to students and scholars practising architects and planners alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315028767

Understanding ISO 9000 and Implementing the Basics to Quality This work examines the evolution and rationale of the ISO 9000 series of standards their structure interpretation and relationship to other quality systems. Theory and applications are provided and the author explains how to put the standards into place and achieve quality. Specific methods and tools for the implementation of the ISO standards that lead to certification and certification maintenance are supplied. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203734742

Understanding IsraelPolitical Societal and Security Challenges The State of Israel is an unlikely powerhouse in a troubled region. Since 1948 Israel has retained its status as a democratic state without interruption. An investor-friendly environment and skilled workforce have led to a thriving economy whilst the Israel Defense Forces are one of the most powerful armed forces in the world. Yet Israel is also blighted by a plethora of foreign domestic and security challenges some of which threaten the very fabric of the state. The cost of living continues to soar; political corruption appears endemic and the conflict with the Palestinians divides domestic opinion and sours Israeli foreign relations. Thus contemporary Israel remains perplexing resisting any straightforward categorizations or generalizations. This book provides a comprehensive multi-disciplinary analysis of the external and internal threats opportunities and issues facing contemporary Israel. The book comprises sixteen chapters written by recognized authorities in the field of Israeli Studies. Together the chapters offer a detailed overview of Israel while separately they provide stand-alone coverage of specific topics under discussion. Part I examines the Israeli Political System such as the Knesset political parties and extra-parliamentary politics; Part II addresses issues in Israeli society including the Israeli economy the divides between Jews and Arabs religious and secular Israelis and the struggle for gender equality; and Part III focuses on security geopolitical and foreign policy challenges looking at relations between Israel and the Jewish Diaspora Israeli foreign policy borders and settlements and regional security threats. By filling an important gap in the study of contemporary Israel this book is of interest to multiple audiences most notably students and scholars of Israeli politics the Middle East and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138125650

Understanding IT in Construction In recent years Information Technology (IT) has been transforming business practice in many sectors resulting in efficiency gains and improved services for the client. The construction industry lags behind other manufacturing and service industries in adopting the new technology. To promote the wider use of IT in construction it is essential to equip practitioners and graduates of construction related disciplines with knowledge of existing construction IT applications. This book provides an overview of a broad range of IT applications currently available for all stages throughout the life cycle of a building project from essential office and information management through to computer-aided design (CAD) cost estimating project planning and scheduling and facilities management and building maintenance. It is an invaluable and handy reference for construction professionals and clients as well as being a clear and comprehensive text for students studying construction building or architectural courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178915

Understanding Japanese SavingsDoes Population Aging Matter? Japan's savings are among the highest in the world and these high rates have played a valuable role throughout the post-war period. However over the next several decades Japan's population will be ageing rapidly. Will this lower Japanese savings rates?Using up-to-date financial and demographical data author Robert Dekle finds that the answer to this question is an emphatic 'yes'. Understanding Japanese Saving holds key lessons for Western nations undergoing similar demographic transformations as well as developing countries looking to establish public savings institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138810662

Understanding Japanese Society In this welcome brand new fifth edition of the bestselling textbook Understanding Japanese Society Joy Hendry takes the reader into the heart of Japanese life. Providing a clear and accessible introduction to Japanese ways of thinking which does not require any previous knowledge of the country this book explores Japanese society through the worlds of home work play religion and ritual covering a full range of life experiences from childhood to old age. It also examines the diversity of people living in Japan the effects of a growing number of new immigrants and role of the longest-standing Japanese prime-minister Shinzo Abe. Fully updated revised and expanded the fifth edition contains new material on: the continued effects of the earthquake tsunami and nuclear disasters of 2011 local examples of care for nature and the environment new perspectives on the role of women Japan’s place in the context of globalisation . Each chapter in this new edition also includes an exciting insert from scholars in the field based on new and emerging research. This book will be invaluable to all students studying Japan. It will also enlighten those travellers and business people wishing to gain an understanding of  Japanese people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815385875

Understanding JCT Standard Building Contracts This tenth edition of David Chappell’s bestselling guide has been revised to take into account changes made in 2016 to payment provisions loss and/or expense insurance and many other smaller but significant changes and includes a section on performance bonds and guarantees. This remains the most concise guide available to the most commonly used JCT building contracts: Standard Building Contract with quantities 2016 (SBC16) Intermediate Building Contract 2016 (IC16) Intermediate Building Contract with contractor’s design 2016 (ICD16) Minor Works Building Contract 2016 (MW16) Minor Works Building Contract with contractor’s design 2016 (MWD16) and Design and Build Contract 2016 (DB16). Chappell avoids legal jargon and writes with authority and precision. Architects quantity surveyors contractors and students of these professions will find this a practical and affordable reference tool arranged by topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138082755

Understanding Jung Understanding Yourself First published in 1985 this was the first introduction to Jung which related his theories to our everyday lives. Discover through this highly readable book that Jung’s views provide a full understanding of the concerns and anxieties of today. Sigmund Freud spoke to the generations who experienced the anxiety of sexual guilt and repression. Carl Jung speaks to our generation who seek self-knowledge and a deeper understanding of life. This book outlines Jung’s theories and how we experience them in our personal relationships marriages and dreams. It describes Jung’s eight psychological types and his thinking on the Self alchemy archetypes and the collective unconscious. Imperative for those who wish to gain insight into Jung and their own psyche. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138798588

Understanding Jurisprudence Considering general philosophical and theoretical questions about the nature purpose and operation of law as a whole this book introduces students to contemporary debates in jurisprudence and encourages them to think in a theoretical and critical way about the nature of law legal reasoning and adjudication. Discussing wider issues of morality politics and society with reference to legal cases and examples  it provides as broad a perspective on the law as possible. Key features of this textbook include: introductions to each chapter analysis of how jurisprudential issues can arise in everyday life a wide range of cases to ground the theoretical discussion in-depth discussion of the relationship of law to force morality and politics as well as of rights justice and feminist jurisprudence. The text provides a concise treatment of all the major topics typically covered in an undergraduate course on jurisprudence and succinctly explains the arguments for and against the different approaches to the issues that are raised. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138127890

Understanding Key Education IssuesHow We Got Here and Where We Go From Here In this age of education innovation and reform schools must evolve and react to current policy trends. This accessible book offers research-based insights into six key educational trends and issues that are impacting K–12 learning today: year-round schooling assessments educating minorities anti-intellectualism issues of social promotion and retention and school design. Each chapter unpacks research and policy issues relating to these topics and provides administrators with practical advice on how they should approach these issues to improve learning in their schools. The ideas and strategies in Understanding Key Education Issues will help educators across the country achieve greater efficiency better results and a higher purpose. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138285682

Understanding Kids Play and Interactive DesignHow to Create Games Children Love This book is a way of sharing insights empirically gathered over decades of interactive media development by the author and other children’s designers. Included is as much emerging theory as possible in order to provide background for practical and technical aspects of design while still keeping the information accessible. The author's intent for this book is not to create an academic treatise but to furnish an insightful and practical manual for the next generation of children’s interactive media and game designers.   Key Features Provides practical detailing of how children's developmental needs and capabilities translate to specific design elements of a piece of media Serves as an invaluable reference for anyone who is designing interactive games for children (or adults) Detailed discussions of how children learn and how they play Provides lots of examples and design tips on how to design content that will be appealing and effective for various age ranges Accessible approach based on years of successful creative business experience covers basics across the gamut from developmental needs and learning theories to formats colors and sounds Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367075255

Understanding Korean Literature This study examines the development and characteristics of various historical and contemporary genres of Korean literature. It presents explanations on the development of Korean literacy and offers a history of literary criticism traditional and modern giving the discussion an historical context. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315285337

Understanding Korean Public AdministrationLessons learned from practice Although much has been written about the Korean public administration the international academic community has little knowledge about it as most of the literature has been written in Korean. This book aims to provide more accessible knowledge internationally by filling that gap covering both the history and the current status of the Korean public administration. This book is a collaboration of many Korean public administration scholars and would appeal to those interested in the secrets of Korea’s rapid development in such a short span of time. Each chapter covers historical contexts key to understanding its public administration and an important aspect as Korea is a fast changing society. The book takes on a more pragmatic approach rather than to put the Korean experiences into the western theory. Each chapter therefore provides an extensive discussion on the lessons-learned and practical implications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138317994

Understanding Land Warfare Understanding Land Warfare provides a thorough grounding in the vocabulary concepts issues and debates associated with modern land warfare. The book is a thematic debate-driven analysis of what makes land warfare unique; how it interacts with the other environments; the key concepts that shape how it is executed; the trade-offs associated with its prosecution; and the controversies that continue to surround its focus and development. Understanding Land Warfare contains several key themes: the difficulty of conducting land warfare the interplay between change and continuity the growing importance of co-operation the variety of ways in which land warfare is fought; the competing theoretical debates; the tensions and trade-offs. This book will be essential reading for military personnel studying on cadet intermediate and staff courses. In addition it will also be of use to undergraduate and postgraduate students of military history war studies and strategic studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415507547

Understanding Language Change The Understanding Language series provides approachable yet authoritative introductions to all the major topics in linguistics. Ideal for students with little or no prior knowledge of linguistics each book carefully explains the basics emphasising understanding of the essential notions rather than arguing for a particular theoretical position.Understanding Language Change offers a complete introduction to historical linguistics and language change. The book takes a step-by-step approach first by introducing concepts through English examples and building on this with illustrations from other languages. Key features of this introductory text include: up to date and recent case studies at the end of each chapter chapter summaries and exercises that feature a wide range of languages coverage of application of historical linguistics in each chapter glossary of terms This book is essential reading for any students studying Historical Linguistics for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415713399

Understanding Language in Diverse ClassroomsA Primer for All Teachers With the increasing linguistic and cultural diversity of students in U. S. schools all teachers regardless of the content area or grade they teach need research-based strategies for assisting all students to gain English proficiency. This practical concise guide shows teachers what they need to know about language how it is learned how it is used and how teaching about it can be incorporated into lessons throughout the curriculum. Understanding Language in Diverse Classrooms offers a model of how learning takes place and describes the critical role of teachers in that model. It includes comparison charts showing how some of the most common heritage languages represented among present-day students compare with English and it provides examples of hands-on materials including checklists rating scales and sample lessons to help teachers prepare to teach all their students in diverse classrooms. Each chapter ends with questions to stimulate discussion and reflection on major chapter points to enable readers to review and evaluate the information and then integrate it into their own practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415894449

Understanding Language Testing Understanding Language Testing presents an introduction to language tests and the process of test development that starts at the very beginning. Assuming no knowledge of the field the book promotes a practical understanding of language testing using examples from a variety of languages. While grounded on solid theoretical principles the book focuses on fostering a true understanding of the various uses of language tests and the process of test development scoring test performance analyzing and interpreting test results and above all using tests as ethically and fairly as possible so that test takers are given every opportunity to do their best to learn as much as possible and feel positive about their language learning. Each chapter includes a summary suggestions for further reading and exercises. As such this is the ideal book for both beginning students of linguistics and language education or anyone in a related discipline looking for a first introduction to language testing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138403932

Understanding Laser Accidents Understanding Laser Accidents provides a comprehensive reference addressing a wide a spectrum of laser accidents. The under-reporting and misreporting of laser accidents creates a blind spot for the laser management of institutions laser users and laser safety officers. This book attempts to lift that veil. By giving details of why laser accidents occur accident preparation where to find laser accident information elements of laser accident investigation role of lessons learned and regulatory oversight of laser use. Chapters include a look at pilot illumination fiber telecommunication light show incidents and more as well as a detailed and honest review of three laser events that hold a mirror up to researchers and industrial laser users. • Provides a comprehensive single source devoted to laser accidents • Covers elements of laser accident preparedness • Provides detailed analysis of some laser accidents that share common threads across the research and industrial environment • Contains information on where to find laser accident information • Extensive information on the illumination of pilots • Reviews laser regulatory oversight non-beam hazards and laser safety tools Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138048454

Understanding Latin Literature Understanding Latin Literature is a highly accessible user-friendly work that provides a fresh and illuminating introduction to the most important aspects of Latin prose and poetry. This second edition is heavily revised to reflect recent developments in scholarship especially in the area of the later reception and reverberations of Latin literature. Chapters are dedicated to Latin writers such as Virgil and Livy and explore how literature related to Roman identity and society. Readers are stimulated and inspired to do their own further reading through engagement with a wide selection of translated extracts and through understanding the different ways in which they can be approached. Central throughout is the theme of the fundamental connections between Latin literature and issues of elite Roman culture. The versatile and accessible structure of Understanding Latin Literature makes it suitable for both individual and class use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138645394

Understanding Law in a Changing Society To most Americans the law-especially noncriminal law-is a mystery that only someone with a law degree can solve. Understanding Law in a Changing Society renders the complexity of law at a level that everyone can understand. The book walks readers through the structure of the legal system different divisions of civil law and the core concepts and distinctions that underlie contemporary legal thought. It also provides insight into the way law and social change affect one another. With this revised and updated third edition the authors have incorporated an updated preface and a new introduction; outlined a "How to Brief a Case" section; included new case studies readings and "You be the Judge" features for selected chapters; and for the first time added a glossary of legal terms and key websites to the book. Important developments in judicial selection the state secrets doctrine and family law (including same sex marriage child custody and unwed fathers' rights) are highlighted. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138459151

Understanding LeadershipAn Arts and Humanities Perspective Laozi Marx the Buddha Ibsen Machiavelli â€“ these are just a few of the world’s great thinkers who have weighed in on the subject of leadership over the centuries. Yet the contemporary student of leadership often overlooks many of these names in favor of more recent theorists hailing from the social sciences. Understanding Leadership: An Arts and Humanities Perspective takes a different angle employing the works of the great philosophers authors and artists found in world civilization and presenting an arts and humanities perspective on the study of leadership. The authors build their conceptual framework using their Five Components of Leadership Model which recognizes the leader the followers the goal the context and the cultural values and norms that make up the leadership process. Supporting the text are a wealth of case studies that reflect on works such as Ayn Rand’s novella Anthem Eugène Delacroix’s painting Liberty Leading the People Charlie Chaplin’s film Modern Times Athol Fugard’s play "Master Harold" . . . and the boys Laozi’s poetic work Dao De Jing and Antonín Dvořák’s New World Symphony. The authors also introduce studies from various world cultures to emphasize the role that cultural values and norms play in leadership. This illuminating framework promotes the multidimensional thinking that is necessary for understanding and problem-solving in a complex world. Understanding Leadership: An Arts and Humanities Perspective will be a valuable resource for both undergraduate and postgraduate leadership students while leadership professionals will also appreciate the book’s unique liberal arts and cultural approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367151812

Understanding Learning and Motivation in YouthChallenging Policy and Practice Through interviews with a selection of the most qualified and well-reputed Northern European researchers Understanding Learning and Motivation in Youth explores and offers a range of solutions to one of the central problems in modern education: motivation for learning. The way that teaching is currently delivered to students aged 11–19 often does not support positive learning; the ongoing encouragement to produce as much competence as possible at the lowest possible costs elicits critical conditions for learning processes endangering not only the motivation of students but also the engagement and motivation of teachers themselves. This book examines how this can be handled in practice by teachers and educators drawing on the perspectives of carefully selected experts to provide an introduction to the debates surrounding neoliberal education as well as a means to counteract the damages in their everyday teaching and activities. With an original and accessible format and a unique insight into the thoughts of a select group of academics Understanding Learning and Motivation is essential reading for students researchers and academics studying the effects of neoliberal education as well as practicing teachers and educational leaders who are attempting to combat the problem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138048683

Understanding Learning and Related DisabilitiesInconvenient Brains Children with developmental disabilities inhabit a gray zone: they live and learn under normal conditions in some aspects of their lives while their "inconvenient brains" present a range of challenges in other school and life contexts. Dr. Martha Bridge Denckla provides parents and educators with general knowledge research findings and practical recommendations about a variety of these developmental conditions including dyslexia dyscalculia ADHD autism spectrum disorder problems with motor coordination and executive dysfunction. Inspired by her efforts to explain these conditions to parents over 45 years of clinical practice she provides a science-based understanding of the issues in an accessible format. She uses the science of cognitive and behavioral neurology to help readers understand how the interrelationships of brain environment and behavior produce these developmental disorders and to provide a basis for parenting and education programs based upon understanding how variations in brain development should guide plans for what is taught when to whom. Such developmentally appropriate evidence-based differentiated instruction within general education can diminish the demand for separate special education and will thus serve all kinds of brains whether "typical" or "inconvenient." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138387898

Understanding Learning and Teaching in Secondary Schools Understanding Learning and Teaching in Secondary Schools has been specifically researched written and developed to inform support and guide anyone training to become a secondary teacher today. This comprehensive new text strikes a balance between the depth of theory covered in the book and its practical application in the classroom. The authors introduce and explore key ideas and issues in an accessible highly readable way inviting you to reflect on your own practice and challenge both your own and others' thinking. Each chapter includes: • Stop and reflect questions and practical tasks• Case studies to link theory to classroom practice• Critical synthesis and links to further research for M-level study• Challenge your thinking sections to encourage reflection and debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472099

Understanding Learning at Work Work now invariably requires a continual focus on learning: to improve productivity to enhance the flexibility of employees and to develop and transform organizations. This volume brings together leading experts from the United States Britain Australia and New Zealand to critically evaluate the current debates on workplace learning and to propose directions for future developments in both research and practice.  Topics covered include: * expectations of learning at work into the twenty-first century* learning theories practice and performance implications* the relationship between workplace learning and other forms of lifelong learning* the international developments in competency-based approaches to learning and assessment* the influence of language power culture and gender upon the 'construction' of learning.Topical and informative this volume will be an invaluable resource for students and researchers of training HRD continuing and adult education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203020050

Understanding LED Illumination Understanding LED Illumination elucidates the science of lighting for light emitting diodes. It presents concepts theory simulations and new design techniques that shine the spotlight on illumination energy efficiency and reducing electrical power consumption. The text provides an introduction to the fundamentals of LED lamp design and highlights the principles of large-space and 3D object illumination for developing competitive LED lamps.The first part of the book discusses lamp output metrics and characterization methods while the second part of the book explores certain retail and prototype lamp comparisons with theory simulations and experiments It details the light propagation and distribution characteristics of LED light sources for general illumination applications and presents design and simulation requirements for LED lamps suited for real-world applications. It also addresses light generation efficiency theoretical limits efficiency limiting factors and LED lamp design elements.Emphasizes the lighting aspects for LED lamps: quality and improvementDescribes the basics of junction diode and the intricacies of compound semiconductor optoelectronic properties including the thermal electrical optical and mechanical aspectsExplains the challenges of LED lighting in scientific and mathematical termsIncludes case studies from Osram Optosemiconductors Sylvania and Phillips GE and othersThe book characterizes several LED replacement lamps for household and commercial lighting and discusses a novel design for improving tubular LED replacements. It takes the mysteries out of solid-state lighting for lighting designers and helps LED scientists and engineers effectively design their products to provide high-quality illumination. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367867102

Understanding Leisure First published in 1989. Understanding Leisure is a readable introductory analysis of the key elements in the study of leisure. This includes leisure concepts and dimensions of leisure its activity forms participants provision and leisure futures leisure and social theory. A collaborative work of six authors Understanding Leisure is a textbook which introduces the reader to the interrelated dimensions of leisure in contemporary society and aims to provide them with guidelines for further study. Exercises and discussion topics are included at the end of each chapter to enable the reader to apply general theory to particular examples. The text contains seven chapters covering all aspects of the study of leisure. Starting with a critical evaluation of different concepts of leisure it progresses through an analysis of the relationship between leisure both to play and work and the diverse forms of leisure such as recreation hobbies crafts and education. There then follows a perspective on leisure participation an analysis of the spatial dimensions of leisure and how relative land values can affect access to leisure. The historical context of leisure provision and the changing relationship between public and private sector is then examined which provides insights into the future of leisure based on forecasts and theories of social change. The book ends with a discussion of how contemporary social theory contributes to an understanding of leisure. Understanding Leisure will be valuable reading for undergraduate degree courses in Leisure Studies. It will also be useful background reading for post graduate study in Leisure and Recreational Management and Tourism as well as for leisure professionals in both the commercial and public sectors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367150297

Understanding Lesson Study for MathematicsA Practical Guide for Improving Teaching and Learning Using the latest research this book provides an insight into how learning in mathematics can be improved through a lesson study approach. This highly practical resource explores the research and theory that underpins lesson study and shows the significant impact it can have on teacher development. Divided into ten accessible main chapters that focus in depth on an individual mathematics lesson each chapter provides research and background to the lesson an outline of key features a detailed description and analysis of the lesson in practice post-lesson discussions and reflections which generalise from the experience as well as links to helpful resources. Some of the key topics explored include: Fractions Proportional relationships Probability and statistics Geometry Modelling Algebra Dialogic reasoning. Understanding Lesson Study for Mathematics is the perfect resource for all mathematics teachers trainee teachers and professional developers who are looking to develop the use of lesson study in their own practice or for those simply seeking new inspiring ideas for the mathematics classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138485723

Understanding Leukemias Lymphomas and Myelomas An international team of contributors come together to present all clinically relevant aspects of leukemias lymphomas and myelomas. Using clear terminology the book discusses salient features diagnostic procedures prognosis and treatments for these cancers.Following on the successful steps of the first edition this Second Edition covers:various types of leukemias lymphomas and myelomas utilizing stem cell transplantation side-effects of various treatments future prospects for leukemia lymphoma and myeloma targeted therapies and history of the cancers information and support sources for patients Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203734735

Understanding Leukemias Lymphomas and Myelomas A brand-new edition of the bestselling guide to hematologic malignancies.An international team of contributors come together to present all clinically relevant aspects of leukemias lymphomas and myelomas. Using clear terminology the book discusses salient features diagnostic procedures prognosis and treatments for these cancers.Following on the successful steps of the first edition this Second Edition covers:various types of leukemias lymphomas and myelomas utilizing stem cell transplantationside-effects of various treatmentsfuture prospects for leukemia lymphoma and myelomatargeted therapies and history of the cancersinformation and support sources for patients Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384883

Understanding Linguistic Fieldwork Understanding Linguistic Fieldwork offers a diverse and practical introduction to research methods used in field linguistics. Designed to teach students how to collect quality linguistic data in an ethical and responsible manner the key features include: A focus on fieldwork in countries and continents that have undergone colonial expansion including Australia the United States of America Canada South America and Africa; A description of specialist methods used to conduct research on phonological grammatical and lexical description but also including methods for research on gesture and sign language acquisition language contact and the verbal arts; Examples of resources that have resulted from collaborations with language communities and which both advance linguistic understanding and support language revitalisation work; Annotated guidance on sources for further reading. This book is essential reading for students studying modules relating to linguistic fieldwork or those looking to embark upon field research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415786133

Understanding Local Economic DevelopmentSecond Edition This book offers insights into the process and the practice of local economic development. Bridging the gap between theory and practice it demonstrates the relevance of theory to inform local strategic planning in the context of widespread disparities in regional economic performance. The book summarizes the core theories of economic development applies each of these to professional practice and provides detailed commentary on them. This updated second edition includes more recent contributions - regional innovation agglomeration and dynamic theories – and presents the major ideas that inform economic development strategic planning particularly in the United States and Canada. The text offers theoretical insights that help explain why some regions thrive while others languish and why metropolitan economies often rise and fall over time. Without theory economic developers can only do what is politically feasible. This text however provides them with a logical tool for thinking about development and establishing an independent basis from which to build the local consensus needed for evidence-based action undertaken in the public interest. Offering valuable perspectives on both the process and the practice of local and regional economic development this book will be useful for both current and future economic developers to think more profoundly and confidently about their local economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367557393

Understanding Log-linear Analysis With IlogAn Interactive Approach Whenever data are categorical and their frequencies can be arrayed in multidimensional tables log-linear analysis is appropriate. Like analysis of variance and multiple regression for quantitative data log-linear analysis lets users ask which main effects and interactions affect an outcome of interest. Until recently however log-linear analysis seemed difficult -- accessible only to the statistically motivated and savvy. Designed for students and researchers who want to know more about this extension of the two-dimensional chi-square this book introduces basic ideas in clear and straightforward prose and applies them to a core of example studies. ILOG -- a software program that runs on IBM compatible personal computers -- is included with this volume. This interactive program lets readers work through and explore examples provided throughout the book. Because ILOG is capable of serious log-linear analyses readers gain not only understanding but the means to put that understanding into practice as well. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203763216

Understanding Lone Actor TerrorismPast Experience Future Outlook and Response Strategies This volume examines the lone actor terrorist phenomenon including the larger societal trends which may or may not have led to their acts of terrorism. With lone actor terrorism becoming an increasingly common threat the contributors to this volume aim to answer the following questions: What drives the actions of individuals who become lone actor terrorists? Are ideological and cultural issues key factors or are personal psychological motives more useful in assessing the threat? Do lone actors evolve in a broader social context or are they primarily fixated loners? What response strategies are available to security services and law enforcement? What is the future outlook for this particular terrorist threat? Although these issues are frequently discussed few books have taken a global perspective as their primary focus. While many books focus on lone actor terrorists in relation to terrorist groups such as Al-Qaida and the Islamic State few if any cover lone actors of all ideological backgrounds including the variants of active shooters and malicious insiders in information security such as Edward Snowden – with both of these latter categories constituting an important variant of lone actors. Utilising the expertise of academics and practitioners the volume offers a valuable multidisciplinary perspective. This book will be of much interest to students of terrorism and counter-terrorism political violence criminology security studies and IR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309142

Understanding LossA Guide for Caring for Those Facing Adversity Loss and consequent grief permeates nearly every life changing event from death to health concerns to dislocation to relationship breakdown to betrayal to natural disaster to faith issues. Yet while we know about particular events of loss independently we know very little about a psychology of loss that draws many adversities together. This universal experience of loss as a concept in its own right sheds light on so much of the work we do in the care of others. This book develops a new overarching framework to understand loss and grief taking into account both pathological and wellbeing approaches to the subject. Drawing on international and cross-disciplinary research Judith Murray highlights nine common themes of loss helping us to understand how it is experienced. These themes are then used to develop a practice framework for structuring assessment and intervention systematically. Throughout the book this generic approach is highlighted through discussing its use in different loss events such as bereavement trauma chronic illness and with children or older people. Having been used in areas as diverse as child protection palliative care and refugee care the framework can be tailored to a range of needs and levels of care. Caring for people experiencing loss is an integral part of the work of helping professions whether it is explicitly part of their work such as in counselling or implicit as in social work nursing teaching medicine and community work. This text is an important guide for anyone working in these areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138829466

Understanding Macromedia Flash 8 ActionScript 2Basic techniques for creatives Andrew Rapo and Alex Michael explain all the important programming concepts from a designer's point of view making them completely accessible to non-programmers. Completely revised and rewritten this second edition will help you develop professional ActionScript 2 applications and communicate knowledgably about current Object Oriented ActionScript 2 techniques.Divided into four sections to take you from novice to professional results: Flash Fundamentals: Introduces the Flash authoring environment and basic core Flash concepts. ActionScript 2 Fundamentals: Explains basic programming concepts and terminology and shows how ActionScript 2 classes are constructed and used. Built-in Classes: Describes the built-in ActionScript classes that are available for use in applications including the MovieClip class Key class Sound class etc. Using ActionScript to Build a Game: Describes the development process for creating a complex Flash application and presents commercial-quality game coding examples. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138403338

Understanding Management in ChinaPast present and future China has become one of the fastest-growing economies ever seen in the world in recent times. In the last three decades China has transformed itself from a command economy to a market one albeit a nominally socialist one and its management systems have been reformed accordingly. In the light of these changes Malcolm Warner one of the leading authorities on management in China explores the past present and future of Chinese management. The first part of the work examines the history of management practices in the ‘Middle Kingdom’ outlining the influence of traditional Chinese values especially the Confucian inheritance and the legacy of the imperial bureaucracy with its meritocratic examination system as well as the role of industrialization and the influx of foreign-owned businesses in the late nineteenth century and the twentieth century. It next goes on to consider the current state of China’s management showing how a new breed of manager has evolved since the beginning of Deng Xiaoping’s reforms in the late 1970s and 1980s. The resulting impact of this strategy which has continued into the 1990s and the 2000s up to the present day is then examined. The final part of the book concludes with reflections on how management in China is likely to develop in the near future especially on how far it will converge with global practices or to what degree an indigenous form of management 'with Chinese characteristics' will prevail. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415506120

Understanding Maps Addresses the fundamental principles of visual perception and map symbolism and critically examines the assumptions behind the theories of psychophysical testing and cartographic communication. This revised and expanded edition includes new sections on the relationship between cartography and art and the distinction between knowledge and skill. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158894

Understanding Marxism Marxism as an intellectual movement has been one of the most important and fertile contributions to twentieth-century thought. No social theory or political philosophy today can be taken seriously unless it enters a dialogue not just with the legacy of Marx but also with the innovations and questions that spring from the movement that his work sparked Marxism. Marx provided a revolutionary set of ideas about freedom politics and society. As social and political conditions changed and new intellectual challenges to Marx's social philosophy arose the Marxist theorists sought to update his social theory rectify the sociological positions of historical materialism and respond to philosophical challenges with a Marxist reply. This book provides an accessible introduction to Marxism by explaining each of the key concepts of Marxist politics and social theory. The book is organized into three parts which explore the successive waves of change within Marxist theory and places these in historical context while the whole provides a clear and comprehensive account of Marxism as an intellectual system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844655212

Understanding Mass Higher EducationComparative Perspectives on Access In recent years most western democracies have experienced a shift from elite to mass higher education with the United States leading the way. This text compares the experience of this very important social change within different nation states. Whilst recognising the critical global economic forces that appear to explain the international nature of the change it sees the issues as rooted within different national traditions.There is a particular focus upon the discourse of access especially the political discourse. The book addresses questions such as:* How has expansion been explained?* Has expansion been generated by state intervention or by a combination of economic and social forces?* What are the forms of political intervention?* What points of agreement and conflict are generated within the wider society by expanding access?Leading academic experts explore the ways in which different systems of higher education have accommodated mass access constructing comparative pictures and comparative interpretations and lessons in an accessible and informative style. This book should be critical reading for students in education sociology and politics as well as policy-makers and academics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866515

Understanding MaterialsA Festschrift for Sir Peter Hirsch This is a very special book for two reasons. First it is a tribute to Professor Sir Peter Hirsch from his students colleagues and friends. Second it is a collection of specially written review articles by world-class scientists that take the readers from the origins of modem materials science through to the cutting edge of the subject in the twenty- first century. The book will be a valuable resource for all researchers in materials science particularly those specialising in electron microscopy and diffraction and in the mechanical properties of materials. The front and back covers of this book are coloured images of historic electron micrographs depicting the first observation in the world of moving dislocations. The pictures were taken by Mike Whelan then a research student of Peter Hirsch. The image on the front cover is before some dislocations have moved and the back cover image is after the movement. See if you can spot the difference! This book had its genesis in a symposium organised by Mike Goringe John Hutchison and myself to mark the retirement of Peter Hirsch from the Isaac Wolfson Chair of Metallurgy at Oxford. This symposium brought together a large number of Peter's former students and colleagues. Some of the most distinguished of these have now written the chapters in this book. The opening chapter by Professor Ugo Valdre provides a fascinating biographical sketch of Peter Hirsch from his early career in Cambridge to his retirement in Oxford. It contains many illuminating insights into the personality of Peter both as a scientist and as a man. The next two chapters focus on the development of electron microscopy and diffraction. Professor Mike Whelan gives an eye-witness account of the seminal early work of Peter and his colleagues at Cambridge on the first observation of dislocations and their movements using trans-mission electron microscopy. Professor Archie Howie extends this account to the present day describing nanometer-scale resolution in scanning electron microscopes and atomic scale resolution in the scanning tunnelling microscope. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367814182

Understanding Mathematical Proof The notion of proof is central to mathematics yet it is one of the most difficult aspects of the subject to teach and master. In particular undergraduate mathematics students often experience difficulties in understanding and constructing proofs. Understanding Mathematical Proof describes the nature of mathematical proof explores the various techniques that mathematicians adopt to prove their results and offers advice and strategies for constructing proofs. It will improve students’ ability to understand proofs and construct correct proofs of their own. The first chapter of the text introduces the kind of reasoning that mathematicians use when writing their proofs and gives some example proofs to set the scene. The book then describes basic logic to enable an understanding of the structure of both individual mathematical statements and whole mathematical proofs. It also explains the notions of sets and functions and dissects several proofs with a view to exposing some of the underlying features common to most mathematical proofs. The remainder of the book delves further into different types of proof including direct proof proof using contrapositive proof by contradiction and mathematical induction. The authors also discuss existence and uniqueness proofs and the role of counter examples. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781466514904

Understanding Media Production Using in-depth analysis of film TV news and online productions Understanding Media Production shows how media theory helps aspiring producers understand good practice in media production. With detailed contemporary examples including Pirates of The Caribbean Game of Thrones Love Island and PewDiePie’s "letsplay" videos Dwyer highlights similarities and differences in the production strategies and styles used for a wide range of media products. The book tracks the evolution of these entertainment formats and the emergence of the media businesses which produce them. Chapters describe the key production practices associated with each format including single and multi-camera filming news reporting three-point lighting and gameplay animation. They also explain the development of the production roles associated with these content forms; directors producers reporters correspondents etc. The book goes on to explain how media businesses have used new technologies and production innovations to reduce costs and increase profits resulting in dramatic changes to established production practices and roles. By comparing media production across media industries in the UK and US and illustrating the links between economic sociopolitical and cultural influences on production Understanding Media Production opens up a constructive debate between media practitioners and theorists about key questions of creativity and innovation in production. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138238145

Understanding Medical CannabisCritical Issues and Perspectives for Human Service Professionals This accessible text provides trainee human service providers and those currently working in the field with a comprehensive cutting-edge overview of topics related to the medical and therapeutic use of cannabis. Employing an interdisciplinary biopsychosocial framework the book explores the different biological cultural and policy contexts of medical cannabis from a wide range of perspectives including practitioners academics and medical cannabis advocates. This book bridges the gap between theory and practice and underscores the urgent need for expanded and rigorous scientific research as medical cannabis is increasingly legalized that may result in new cannabis-based medicines and help in identifying what health risks cannabis use may present. Chapters are both evidence-based and practical weaving in learning objectives review questions and varied case examples all of which will prepare students and professionals for the reality of working with medical cannabis consumers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367361013

Understanding Medical Law This book gives the reader a flavour of the main issues arising in medical law including the problems of consent to treatment medical negligence abortion and whether euthanasia should be legalized. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138158566

Understanding Medical TermsA Guide for Pharmacy Practice Second Edition PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITIONThe need for a thorough understanding of medical terminology has not diminished in the least for pharmacists and other health care practitioners in the five years between the publication of the first edition of this book and this second edition. If anything it has become greater. The pharmacy profession has further solidified its clinical role in patient care and pharmacists are more entrenched than ever before in the role of counselor and advisor to both patients and practitioners alike. For more than a few pharmacists what not long ago was an occasional question from a physician about appropriate drug therapy has become regular consultation concerning the interaction of drugs with the patient his life and the many other therapies he may be facing. Pharmacy chains which not long ago installed glass walls to separate the pharmacist from customers have asked technicians to count pills while pharmacists are in continuous contact with the patient. Such practice changes have increased the demand for clinical knowledge among pharmacists including a knowledge of medical terminology and those demands have been passed on to the authors in preparation of the second edition of this book. While the role of the text is still to help pharmacists be more effective interpreters and counselors some changes have been made in response to reader requests. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429273032

Understanding Medicinal PlantsTheir Chemistry and Therapeutic Action Learn how medicinal plants work from the chemical level upwardUnderstanding Medicinal Plants: Their Chemistry and Therapeutic Action is designed to teach the chemical concepts necessary to understand the actions of medicinal plants to people who are intimidated by chemistry. This beautifully illustrated accessibly written guide explores the molecules of medicinal plants and the pharmacology behind their actions on the human body. The book will be valuable to non-science majors biology majors interested scientists of different disciplines and practitioners and students of herbalism and complementary medicine.Understanding Medicinal Plants covers the essentials including: understanding the symbolism of chemical structure bonding—and predicting useful properties important plant compounds isolation and purification of plant molecules drug delivery and action in the human body the chemistry of antioxidants identification of plant molecules Interest in alternative medicine and herbal products has never been higher than it is now. Understanding Medicinal Plants aims for the middle ground between technical manuals for highly trained individuals and books for the general public that may oversimplify the material. This introductory work provides you with a wealth of suggested reading materials tables figures and illustrations. Three case studies illustrate specific plant drugs and their molecular constituents. This resource also provides an extensive glossary for easy reference. In Understanding Medicinal Plants you will find a lexicon of medicinally important chemical families found in plants to help you identify and understand the role of constituents such as: alkaloids flavonoids coumarins glycosides amino acids lignans tannins and many moreUnderstanding Medicinal Plants enriches your knowledge of the science behind herbalism and increases your savvy as a consumer of herbal products. This sourcebook will help you better understand the debates about the regulation of medicinal plants and related health care policy debates. With this book you will be able to interpret media hype about medicinal plants with greater confidence. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203479490

Understanding Medieval LiturgyEssays in Interpretation This book provides an introduction to current work and new directions in the study of medieval liturgy. It focuses primarily on so-called occasional rituals such as burial church consecration exorcism and excommunication rather than on the Mass and Office. Recent research on such rites challenges many established ideas especially about the extent to which they differed from place to place and over time and how the surviving evidence should be interpreted. These essays are designed to offer guidance about current thinking especially for those who are new to the subject want to know more about it or wish to conduct research on liturgical topics. Bringing together scholars working in different disciplines (history literature architectural history musicology and theology) time periods (from the ninth to the fifteenth centuries) and intellectual traditions this collection demonstrates the great potential that liturgical evidence offers for understanding many aspects of the Middle Ages. It includes essays that discuss the practicalities of researching liturgical rituals; show through case studies the problems caused by over-reliance on modern editions; explore the range of sources for particular ceremonies and the sort of questions which can be asked of them; and go beyond the rites themselves to investigate how liturgy was practised and understood in the medieval period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367135799

Understanding Medieval Primary SourcesUsing Historical Sources to Discover Medieval Europe Medieval society created many kinds of records and written material which differ considerably giving us such sources as last wills sermons manorial accounts or royal biographies. Primary sources are an exciting way for students to engage with the past and draw their own ideas about life in the medieval period. Understanding Medieval Primary Sources is a collection of essays that will introduce students to the key primary sources that are essential to studying medieval Europe. The sources are divided into two categories: the first part treats some of the many generic sources that have been preserved such as wills letters royal and secular narratives and sermons. Chapter by chapter each expert author illustrates how they can be used to reveal details about medieval history. The second part focuses on areas of historical research that can only be fully discovered by using a combination of primary sources covering fields such as maritime history urban history women’s history and medical history. Understanding Medieval Primary Sources will be an invaluable resource for any student embarking on medieval historical research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415780742

Understanding Mega Free Trade AgreementsThe Political and Economic Governance of New Cross-Regionalism The rise of cross-regional trade agreements is a defining trend of the current international trade system as shown by the signing of the Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP) in 2015 the negotiations for the Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership (TTIP) between the USA and the EU as well as the Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership (RCEP) between countries in Asia and Oceania. These differ from previous agreements in their economic significance and large geographic scale and the wide scope of trade-related issues. The current rise of nationalist and isolationist ideologies across Europe and the USA has raised questions on the future of cross-regional trade deals and made the need to understand their implications for economic and political governance ever more urgent. Two main forms of governance that are central to this volume are the democratic tensions over new generation trade deals on the one hand and their geopolitical ramifications on the other which have come into collision to herald the advent of a highly uncertain period of world politics. Many of the questions tackled in this volume surrounding the democratic governance of trade agreements – whether long-held debates on the inclusion of workers’ voices controversies on intrusive "behind the border" provisions undermining national sovereignty and local autonomy or new questions on digital rights – are crucial to understand the ebbing popular support for far-reaching trade agreements. This book will be a useful learning tool for students and scholars in a wide range of fields including Globalisation Global Governance International Political Economy International Trade and Investment and International Law and should also be of interest to EU trade negotiators international policymakers and business associations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138709126

Understanding Mental Disorders Due To Medical Conditions Or Substance AbuseWhat Every Therapist Should Know This text is a unique handbook that will heighten the awareness of all mental health professionals and students toward organic factors in mental illness. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203765814

Understanding Mental DisordersA Philosophical Approach to the Medicine of the Mind Understanding Mental Disorders aims to help current and future psychiatrists and those who work with them to think critically about the ethical conceptual and methodological questions that are raised by the theory and practice of psychiatry. It considers questions that concern the mind’s relationship to the brain the origins of our norms for thinking and behavior and the place of psychiatry in medicine and in society more generally. With a focus on the current debates around psychiatry’s diagnostic categories the authors ask where these categories come from if psychiatry should be looking to find new categories that are based more immediately on observations of the brain and whether psychiatrists need to employ any diagnostic categories at all. The book is a unique guide for readers who want to think carefully about the mind mental disorders and the practice of psychiatric medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138340855

Understanding Mental Health and Mental IllnessAn Exploration of the Past Present and Future The question of whether someone is psychologically healthy or mentally ill and the fundamental nature of mental health underlying that question has been debated in cultural academic and clinical settings for millennia. This book provides an overview of how people have conceptualized and understood mental illness through the ages. The book begins by looking at mental illness in humanity’s evolutionary past then moves through the major historical epochs: the mythological the Classical the Middle Ages the Renaissance the Enlightenment and modern and the postmodern. At each point it focuses on major elements that emerged regarding how people judged sanity and insanity and places major emphasis on the growing fields of psychiatry and psychology as they emerged and developed. As the book moves into the twenty-first century Dr. Jenkins presents his integrated model of knowledge a systemic holistic model of the psyche that creates a conceptual foundation for understanding both psychological wellness and disorder and approaching assessment and diagnosis. This text provides a valuable exploration of mental health and illness across the ages and gives those already well versed in the subject matter a fresh perspective on the past and new model of knowledge and assessment for the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138340756

Understanding Mental HealthA critical realist exploration David Pilgrim PhD is Professor of Health & Social Policy in the Department of Sociology Social Policy and Criminology at the University of Liverpool. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138233393

Understanding Mentally Disordered OffendersA Multi-agency Perspective First published in 1997 this volume’s purpose is to understand and clarify the nature of implicit theories currently held about the mentally disordered offender by respondents who represent a range of agencies: the general lay population Criminal Justice Mental Health and Social Services. The significance of this research rests on the premise that a greater understanding of professional and lay perspectives towards the mentally ill offender will help elucidate conflicting assumptions between agencies which by their very nature may be seriously disrupting the effective implementation of a number of key criminological and clinical policy initiatives involving the care and management of the mentally ill. In particular consideration is given to the impact such ideological differences may have with regard to the establishment of community-based psychiatric care programmes the policy of diverting mentally ill offenders away from the Criminal Justice System and into care by Health and Social Services and the need to strengthen inter-agency co-operation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138359956

Understanding Metaphor through CorporaA Case Study of Metaphors in Nineteenth Century Writing This book introduces a unique methodology to the study of metaphor integrating a corpus linguistic approach to explore the lexical grammatical semantic and pragmatic characteristics of metaphoric instances of language. The volume questions the reliability of attempts to identify metaphor based on dichotomy and drawing on data from a corpus of nineteenth-century writing instead advocates for the notion that metaphoricity is context-dependent and fluid in relation to the respective social and discourse contexts in which metaphors can be found. The book also applies Lexical Priming Theory to metaphoric language to suggest that our use of metaphor is due to unconscious behaviors a counterpoint to perspectives that see metaphor use as part of the creative process. Taken as a whole the volume calls for a deeper investigation of the complex web of meaning senses that contributes to our understanding of metaphor making this key reading for students and researchers in corpus linguistics metaphor studies lexicography semantics and pragmatics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590826

Understanding Metropolitan Landscapes Understanding Metropolitan Landscapes considers and reflects on the fundamental relationships between metropolitan regions and their landscapes. It investigates how planning and policy help to protect manage and enhance the landscapes that sustain our urban settlements. As global populations become more metropolitan landscapes evolve to become increasingly dynamic and entropic; and the distinction between urban and non-urban is further fragmented and yet these spaces play an increasingly important role in sustainable development. This book opens a key critical discussion into the relational aspects of city and landscape and how each element shapes the boundaries of the other covering topics such as material natures governance systems processes and policy. It presents a compendium of concepts and ideas that have emerged from landscape architecture planning and environmental policy and landscape management. Using a range of illustrated case studies it provokes discussions on the major themes driving the growth of cities by exploring the underlying tensions around notions of sustainable settlement climate change adaption urban migration new modes of governance and the role of landscape in policy and decision making at national provincial and municipal levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138600874

Understanding Mexico’s Security Conundrum Unlike other analyses which aim to explain the notion of national security in Mexico and at the same time address the security challenges facing the country this short text describes the distinction between national internal and public security in Mexico. It is the first book to provide detailed analysis on Mexico’s security policy and its long-term consequences. Former Mexican government official Augustin Maciel-Padilla contends that the absence of a clear understanding of the complexities and sophistication of the concept of security has the potential to aggravate security conditions in Mexico. Achieving a proper understanding allows for a better guidance in confronting the grave insecurity facing the country and for addressing other issues such as human rights democracy and the country’s international exposure. Maciel-Padilla reasons that Mexico is required to formulate a comprehensive long-term security strategy and with this book he proposes a contribution towards that long-term goal. Understanding Mexico’s Security Conundrum will be essential for scholars students and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367424121

Understanding Migrant DecisionsFrom Sub-Saharan Africa to the Mediterranean Region Considering how changing conditions in the Mediterranean Region have affected the decisions of those considering migrating from Sub-Saharan Africa to or through the Region this book represents an important and overdue contribution to international policy-making and academic discourse. In current discussions relating to this migration phenomenon the complexity of individual decision-making are left unacknowledged and hence subsequent policy responses draw upon simplified models. In this volume individual decision-making takes central stage by bringing together contributions demonstrating very different types of decision-making frameworks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138361201

Understanding Military DoctrineA Multidisciplinary Approach This book puts military doctrine into a wider perspective drawing on military history philosophy and political science. Military doctrines are institutional beliefs about what works in war; given the trauma of 9/11 and the ensuing 'War on Terror' serious divergences over what the message of the 'new' military doctrine ought to be were expected around the world. However such questions are often drowned in ferocious meta-doctrinal disagreements. What is a doctrine after all? This book provides a theoretical understanding of such questions. Divided into three parts the author investigates the historical roots of military doctrine and explores its growth and expansion until the present day and goes on to analyse the main characteristics of a military doctrine. Using a multidisciplinary approach the book concludes that doctrine can be utilized in three key ways: as a tool of command as a tool of change and as a tool of education. This book will be of much interest to students of military studies civil-military relations strategic studies and war studies as well as to students in professional military education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138477971

Understanding Modern TaiwanEssays in Economics Politics and Social Policy Focusing on aspects of modern Taiwan related to the fields of economics social policy and politics this collection brings together leading scholars to discuss recent developments in Taiwanese society. The contributors discuss economic policy making in Taiwan the Diaspora of Taiwanese businessmen the issue of national identity the factors behind political liberalization and democratization labour and social politics the emergence of social movements that promote new social policies and the impact of democratization on welfare state politics in Taiwan. Since the lifting of martial law in 1987 Taiwan has undergone a period of rapid industrialization and democratization which has changed the face of Taiwanese society. This volume will provide an insight into these dramatic economic political and societal changes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315235417

Understanding ModernityToward a new perspective going beyond Durkheim and Weber First Published in 1988 this volume works towards a new understanding and exploration of the rise and development of modern society taking its lead from two classical theorists Emile Durkheim and Max Weber. The key concept of this approach is the 'interpenetration' of different spheres of action. Richard Münch begins with an exploration of the points of convergence and divergence in the works of Durkheim and Weber. He then builds from Durkheim a new theory of social order as a complex set of ordering dynamizing identity-producing and goal-setting factors. Münch also constructs a new theory of personality development based on Durkheim's view of the duality of human nature. He concludes by assessing weber's contribution to our understanding of how modern social order emerged showing that the unique features of modern society emerged from the 'interpenetration' of cultural political communal and economic spheres in action. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415666176

Understanding MoleculesLectures on Chemistry for Physicists and Engineers Chemistry is a subject that many students with differing goals have to tackle. This unique general chemistry textbook is tailored to more mathematically-oriented engineering or physics students. The authors emphasize the principles underlying chemistry rather than chemistry itself and the almost encyclopedic completeness appearing in a common textbook of general chemistry is sacrificed for an emphasis to these principles. Contained within 300 pages it is suitable for a one-semester course for students who have a strong background in calculus. Over 200 problems with answers are provided so that the students can check their progress. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138329300

Understanding Moral SentimentsDarwinian Perspectives? This volume brings together leading scholars to examine Darwinian perspectives on morality from widely ranging disciplines: evolutionary biology anthropology psychology philosophy and theology. They bring not only varied expertise but also contrasting judgments about which and to what extent differing evolutionary accounts explain morality. They also consider the implications of these explanations for a range of religious and non-religious moral traditions.The book first surveys scientific understandings of morality. Chapters by Joan Silk and Christopher Boehm ask what primatology and anthropology tell us about moral origins. Daniel Batson and Stephen Pinker provide contrasting accounts of how evolution shapes moral psychology and Jeffrey Schloss assesses a range of biological proposals for morality and altruism. Turning to philosophical issues Martha Nussbaum argues that recognizing our animal nature does not threaten morality. Stephen Pope and Timothy Jackson explore how Darwinian accounts of moral goodness both enrich and require understandings outside the sciences. Hilary Putnam and Susan Neiman ask whether Darwin is truly useful for helping us to understand what morality actually is and how it functions.The book is a balanced effort to assess the scientific merits and philosophical significance of emerging Darwinian perspectives on morality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517622

Understanding Morphology This new edition of Understanding Morphology has been fully revised in line with the latest research. It now includes 'big picture' questions to highlight central themes in morphology as well as research exercises for each chapter. Understanding Morphology presents an introduction to the study of word structure that starts at the very beginning. Assuming no knowledge of the field of morphology on the part of the reader the book presents a broad range of morphological phenomena from a wide variety of languages. Starting with the core areas of inflection and derivation the book presents the interfaces between morphology and syntax and between morphology and phonology. The synchronic study of word structure is covered as are the phenomena of diachronic change such as analogy and grammaticalization. Theories are presented clearly in accessible language with the main purpose of shedding light on the data rather than as a goal in themselves. The authors consistently draw on the best research available thus utilizing and discussing both functionalist and generative theoretical approaches. Each chapter includes a summary suggestions for further reading and exercises.  As such this is the ideal book for both beginning students of linguistics or anyone in a related discipline looking for a first introduction to morphology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138128019

Understanding Motor Behaviour in Developmental Coordination Disorder Although Developmental Coordination Disorder (DCD sometimes referred to as ‘Dyspraxia’) has received less attention than other developmental disorders its impact can be severe and long-lasting. This volume takes a unique approach pairing companion chapters from international experts in motor behaviour with experts in DCD. Current understanding of the motor aspects of DCD are thus considered in the context of general motor behaviour research. Understanding Motor Behaviour in Developmental Coordination Disorder offers an overview of theoretical and methodological issues relating to motor development motor control and skill acquisition genetics physical education and occupational therapy. Critically Barnett and Hill ground DCD research within what is known about motor behaviour and typical development allowing readers to evaluate the nature and extent of work on DCD and to identify areas for future research. This unique approach makes the book invaluable for students in developmental psychology clinical psychology movement science physiotherapy physical education and special education as well as researchers and professionals working in those fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138287570

Understanding Mozart's Piano Sonatas Mozart's piano sonatas are among the most familiar of his works and stand alongside those of Haydn and Beethoven as staples of the pianist's repertoire. In this study John Irving looks at a wide selection of contextual situations for Mozart's sonatas focusing on the variety of ways in which they assume identities and achieve meanings. In particular the book seeks to establish the provisionality of the sonatas' notated texts suggesting that the texts are not so much identifiers as possibilities and that their identity resides in the usage. Close attention is paid to reception matters analytical approaches organology the role of autograph manuscripts early editions and editors and aspects of historical performance practice - all of which go beyond the texts in opening windows onto Mozart's sonatas. Treating the sonatas collectively as a repertoire rather than as individual works the book surveys broad thematic issues such as the role of historical writing about music in defining a generic space for Mozart's sonatas their construction within pedagogical traditions the significance of sound as opposed to sight in these works (and in particular their sound on fortepianos of the later eighteenth-century) and the creative role of the performer in their representation beyond the frame of the text. Drawing together and synthesizing this wealth of material Irving provides an invaluable reference source for those already familiar with this repertoire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265974

Understanding MPEG 4Technology and Business Insights The Practical Guide to MPEG 4 offers an up to date introduction to this important interactive and multimedia compression standard (including MPEG-4 Part 10) with real examples and information as to how and where this new technology should be used. All aspects of MPEG-4 that are relevant in today's technical landscape are described in this book including video and audio creation production distribution reception and consumption environment. This book explains everything you really need to know in jargon-free language: interactive systems content management deployment licensing and business models. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138408487

Understanding Multiage Education Presenting a compelling case for changing our system of education from a graded curriculum-centered approach to a multiage child-centered approach Understanding Multiage Education is a comprehensive exploration of the philosophy and foundations of multiage education. Veteran educators Stone and Burriss examine the "why" of multiage education exploring how multiage classrooms' structure environment strategies and assessments unfold and complement the multiage philosophy and pedagogy. Delineating the differences between a standard and a mixed-age approach each chapter features Inside Insights short vignettes case studies examples of multiage in practice and discussion questions challenging readers to engage with the core concepts and examine how we might define success in a multiage classroom. Designed for graduate-level students of early childhood elementary and general education courses as well as experienced practitioners this is an essential guide for anyone interested in understanding the rationale implementation and benefits of multiage education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367197780

Understanding Multivariate ResearchA Primer For Beginning Social Scientists Although nearly all major social science departments offer graduate students training in quantitative methods the typical sequencing of topics generally delays training in regression analysis and other multivariate techniques until a student's second year. William Berry and Mitchell Sanders's Understanding Multivariate Research fills this gap with a concise introduction to regression analysis and other multivariate techniques. Their book is designed to give new graduate students a grasp of multivariate analysis sufficient to understand the basic elements of research relying on such analysis that they must read prior to their formal training in quantitative methods. Berry and Sanders effectively cover the techniques seen most commonly in social science journals--regression (including nonlinear and interactive models) logit probit and causal models/path analysis. The authors draw on illustrations from across the social sciences including political science sociology marketing and higher education. All topics are developed without relying on the mathematical language of probability theory and statistical inference. Readers are assumed to have no background in descriptive or inferential statistics and this makes the book highly accessible to students with no prior graduate course work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367098940

Understanding MusicThe Nature and Limits of Musical Cognition In an age when our patterns of music consumption are changing rapidly musical understanding has never been more relevant. Understanding Music provides readers with an ideal entry point to the topic addressing 'both the music lover who has made listening to music an important part of his life and at the same time is willing to reflect on music and his encounter with it as well as the more academically-minded enthusiast and the thoughtful expert.' Its author Hans Heinrich Eggebrecht was one of the most influential German musicologists of the twentieth century and yet he is almost unknown to English readers. His published work stretches from one end of the musicological spectrum to the other with research on historical topics in early music Bach Beethoven reception Mahler and music aesthetics all featuring. Understanding Music summarizes Eggebrecht's thoughts on the relationship between music and cognition. As he says in his preface the purpose of his book is 'to direct the reader towards the fundamental issues and processes implied in understanding music. What does understanding mean when applied to music? How is the process to be described? What different kinds of understanding are to be distinguished here? What other concepts are implicit in and related to the concept of understanding? How is the relationship between music and the listener who understands it to be articulated? What might correct understanding of music mean given music's multiplicity of meaning and effect? Where are the limits of understanding and what lies beyond? What role do language and history play?'. Eggebrecht's answers to these and other questions amount to a compelling account of how the mind grasps the sounds of music in themselves and what other factors contribute to music's meaning so much to us as listeners. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315084435

Understanding Muslim Chaplaincy Understanding Muslim Chaplaincy provides a lens through which to explore critical questions relating to contemporary religion in public life and the institutionalisation of Islam in particular. Providing a rich description of the personnel practice and politics of contemporary Muslim chaplaincy the authors consider the extent to which Muslim chaplaincy might be distinctive in Britain relative to the work of Muslim chaplains in the USA and other countries. This book will make a major contribution to international debate about the place of religion in public life and institutions. This book derives from research that has depended on exclusive access to a wide range of public institutions and personnel who largely work 'behind closed doors'. By making public the work of these chaplains and critically examining the impact of their work within and beyond their institutions this book offers a groundbreaking study in the field of contemporary religion that will stimulate discussion for many years to come about Islam and Muslims in Western societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409435938

Understanding Nanomaterials Praise for the first edition"clear and informative” ―Chemistry World The authors provide the perfect training tool for the workforce in nanotech development by presenting the fundamental principles that govern the fabrication characterization and application of nanomaterials. This edition represents a complete overhaul giving a much more complete self-contained introduction. As before the text avoids excessive mathematical detail and is written in an easy to follow appealing style suitable for anyone regardless of background in physics chemistry engineering or biology. The organization has been revised to include fundamental physical chemistry and physics pertaining to relevant electrical mechanical and optical material properties. Incorporates new and expanded content on hard materials semiconductors for nanoelectronics and nonlinear optical materials. Adds many more worked examples and end-of-chapter problems. Provides more complete coverage of fundamentals including relevant aspects of thermodynamics kinetics quantum mechanics and solid-state physics and also significantly expands treatment of solid-phase systems. Malkiat S. Johal is a professor of physical chemistry at Pomona College and earned his doctorate in physical chemistry at the University of Cambridge UK. Lewis E. Johnson is a research scientist at the University of Washington where he also earned his doctorate in chemistry and nanotechnology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482253221

Understanding NanomedicineAn Introductory Textbook This book comprehensively covers a broad range of therapeutic and diagnostic applications of nanotechnology and explains these fields in such a way as to keep the reader’s interest with descriptions of cutting-edge discoveries along with historical perspectives. The text is devoted to the basic principles of nanotechnology focusing on nanomaterials and nanoparticles as with respect to the whole of nanoscience these sectors hold the most promise for the future of medicine. The book progresses rapidly to focus on nanomedicine as it applies to current and future society. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814316385

Understanding Narcissism in Clinical Practice Understanding Narcissism in Clinical Practice is a new volume in the eagerly anticipated clinical practice monograph series from the Society of Analytical Psychology. Aimed primarily at trainees on psychotherapy and psychodynamic counselling courses these compact editions will be invaluable to all who wish to learn the basics of major psychoanalytic theories from an integrated viewpoint. The authors are Jungian analysts trained at the SAP; highly experienced in both theory and practice. Narcissism is one of the most important contributions of psychoanalysis as well as one of the most confusing. This monograph presents the clinical condition of narcissistic disorder in a clear concise and easy-to-read style. The myth of Narcissus from where the term 'narcissism' originates is presented and discussed. Several brief case studies plus one in-depth illustrate the manifestations of narcissistic disorder that are detailed throughout. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367107369

Understanding NATO in the 21st CenturyAlliance Strategies Security and Global Governance Understanding NATO in the 21st Century enhances existing strategic debates and clarifies thinking as to the direction and scope of NATO’s potential evolution in the 21st century. The book seeks to identify the possible contours and trade-offs embedded within a potential third "Transatlantic Bargain" in the context of a U.S. strategic pivot in a "Pacific Century". To that end it explores the internal adaptation of the Alliance evaluates the assimilation of NATO's erstwhile adversaries and provides a focus on NATO’s operational future and insights into the new threats NATO faces and its responses.  Each contribution follows a similar broad tripartite structure: an examination of the historical context in which the given issue or topic has evolved; an identification and characterization of key contemporary policy debates and drivers that shape current thinking; and on that basis a presentation of possible future strategic pathways or scenarios relating to the topic area.  This book will appeal to students of NATO international security and international relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138831889

Understanding Naturalism Many contemporary Anglo-American philosophers describe themselves as naturalists. But what do they mean by that term? Popular naturalist slogans like "there is no first philosophy" or "philosophy is continuous with the natural sciences" are far from illuminating. "Understanding Naturalism" provides a clear and readable survey of the main strands in recent naturalist thought. The origin and development of naturalist ideas in epistemology metaphysics and semantics is explained through the works of Quine Goldman Kuhn Chalmers Papineau Millikan and others. The most common objections to the naturalist project - that it involves a change of subject and fails to engage with "real" philosophical problems that it is self-refuting and that naturalism cannot deal with normative notions like truth justification and meaning - are all discussed. "Understanding Naturalism" distinguishes two strands of naturalist thinking - the constructive and the deflationary - and explains how this distinction can invigorate naturalism and the future of philosophical research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711980

Understanding Naval Warfare This new and updated edition of Understanding Naval Warfare offers the reader an accessible introduction to the study of modern naval warfare providing a thorough grounding in the vocabulary concepts issues and debates set within the context of relevant history. Navies operate in an environment that most people do not understand and that many avoid. They are equipped with a bewildering range of ships craft and other vessels and types of equipment the purpose of which is often unclear. Writings on naval warfare are usually replete with references to esoteric concepts explained in specialist language than can serve as a barrier to understanding. The objective of this book therefore is to cut through the obscure and the arcane to offer a clear coherent and accessible guide to the key features of naval warfare which will equip the reader with the knowledge and understanding necessary for a sophisticated engagement with the subject. This second edition is divided into two key parts. The first focuses on concepts of naval warfare and introduces readers to the ideas associated with the theory and practice of naval operations. It also includes a new chapter in which the history of the last century of naval warfare is explored in order to illustrate the key concepts. The second part focuses on the conduct of war at sea and on peacetime roles for contemporary navies. This latter section concludes with a chapter that looks ahead to the likely future of naval warfare. This textbook will be essential reading for students of naval warfare sea power and maritime security and highly recommended for those studying military history strategic studies and security studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415786331

Understanding NEC3 : Professional Services ContractA Practical Handbook As use of the NEC (formerly the New Engineering Contract) family of contracts continues to grow worldwide so does the importance of understanding its clauses and nuances to everyone working in the built environment. Currently in its third edition this set of contracts is different to others in concept as well as format so users may well find themselves needing a helping hand along the way. Understanding NEC3: Professional Services Contract uses plain English to lead the reader through the NEC3 Professional Services Contract’s key features including: Main and Secondary Options the use of early warnings programme provisions payment compensation events preparing and assessing tenders. Common problems experienced when using the Professional Services Contract are signalled to the reader throughout and the correct way of reading each clause is explained. The ways in which the contract affects procurement processes dispute resolution project management and risk management are all addressed in order to direct the user to best practice. Written for construction professionals by a practising international construction contract consultant this handbook is the most straightforward balanced and practical guide to the NEC3 PSC available. It is an ideal companion for Employers Consultants Contractors Engineers Architects Quantity Surveyors Subcontractors and anyone else interested in working successfully with the NEC3 PSC. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415657129

Understanding NEC3: Engineering and Construction Short ContractA Practical Handbook As usage of the NEC (formerly the New Engineering Contract) family of contracts continues to grow worldwide so does the importance of understanding its clauses and nuances to everyone working in the built environment. This set of contracts currently in the third edition  is different to others in concept as well as format so users may well find themselves needing a helping hand along the way. Understanding the NEC3 Engineering and Construction Short Contract uses plain English to lead the reader through the contract’s key features including: the use of early warnings programme provisions payment compensation events preparing and assessing tenders Common problems are signalled to the reader throughout and the correct way of reading each clause explained. In addition the things to consider when deciding between the ECSC and the longer Engineering and Construction Contract are discussed in detail. Written for professionals without legal backgrounds by a practicing construction contract consultant this handbook is the most straightforward balanced and practical guide to the NEC3 ECSC available. An ideal companion for Employers Contractors Project Managers Supervisors Engineers Architects Quantity Surveyors Subcontractors and anyone else interested in working successfully with the NEC3 ECSC. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415657112

Understanding NEC4Term Service Contract With the release of the new NEC (formerly the New Engineering Contract) the use of the family of contracts continues to grow worldwide  as does the importance of understanding its clauses and nuances to everyone working in the built environment. Now in its fourth edition this set of contracts is different to others in concept as well as format so users may well find themselves needing a helping hand along the way. Written in plain English Understanding NEC4: Term Service Contract offers a practical guide to the use and management of the NEC4 Term Service Contract (TSC). The authors describe the full life of a contract from the initial selection of options and contract formation through to the operations period and ultimately termination and dispute resolution. Although born of the same stable as the NEC4 construction contracts the TSC is aimed at maintaining infrastructure and differs significantly from its siblings. This is the first book to be written on the new contract and takes the reader through the important provisions including communications planning early warnings compensation events and payments. It is ideal for clients contractors and their advisors describing how to deploy the contract successfully. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815348368

Understanding New Security Threats This textbook examines non-traditional forms of security and expands the notion of security to include non-state actors and non-human actors.  Proposing an expansive view of non-traditional forms of security that go beyond traditionally recognized issues of threats to state and national territory this new textbook rests on the following premises: traditional state-centered threats such as nuclear proliferation and espionage remain a concern; old and new threats combine and create interlocking puzzles—a feature of wicked problems and wicked messes; because of the global erosion of borders new developments of unconventional insecurity interact in ways that frustrate traditional conceptual definitions conceptual maps and national policies; unconventional security challenges which have traditionally been seen as "low politics" or "soft" issues are now being recognized as "hard security" challenges in the twenty-first century; many of the so-called "new" threats detailed here are in fact very old: diseases gender violence food insecurity under-development and crime are all traditional security threats but deeply modified today by globalization. The chapters offer local and global examples and engage with various theoretical approaches to help readers see the bigger picture. Solutions are also suggested to these problems. Each chapter contains discussion questions to help readers understand the key points and facilitate class discussion. This book will be of great interest to students of international security studies human security global politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138104747

Understanding New York’s Crime Drop This book explores New York City’s historic crime drop over the past quarter of a century. New York City’s dramatic crime decline is a real brainteaser: no one predicted it and as of yet no one has explained it at least to the satisfaction of most social scientists who study crime trends. Three strategic lessons emerge from the contributions to this volume on New York’s crime drop. It is suggested that future research should: • go wide by putting New York in comparative context nationally and internationally; • go long by putting New York’s recent experience in historical context; • develop a strong ground game by investigating New York’s crime drop across multiple spatial units down to the street segment. The contributors to Understanding New York’s Crime Drop aim to provoke expanded and sustained attention to crime trends in New York and elsewhere. This book was originally published as a special issue of the journal Justice Quarterly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367497842

Understanding News News depends for its effect on a culturally shared language and this book concentrates on ways we can decode its messages without simply reproducing their underlying assumptions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138833951

Understanding Nietzscheanism Nietzsche's critiques of traditional modes of thinking valuing and living as well as his radical proposals for new alternatives have been vastly influential in a wide variety of areas such that an understanding of his philosophy and its influence is important for grasping many aspects of contemporary thought and culture. However Nietzsche's thought is complex and elusive and has been interpreted in many ways. Moreover he has influenced starkly contrasting movements and schools of thought from atheism to theology from existentialism to poststructuralism and from Nazism to feminism. This book charts Nietzsche's influence both historically and thematically across a variety of these contrasting disciplines and schools of interpretation. It provides both an accessible introduction to Nietzsche's thought and its impact and an overview of contemporary approaches to Nietzsche. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844652938

Understanding Non-Monogamies Most social scientific work on intimate relationships has assumed a monogamous structure or has considered anything other than monogamy only in the context of 'infidelity'. Yet in recent years there has been a growing interest among researchers and the public in exploring various patterns of intimacy that involve open non-monogamy. This volume gathers contributions from academics activists and practitioners throughout the world to explore non-monogamous relationships. Featuring both empirical and theoretical pieces contributors examine the history and cultural basis of various forms of non-monogamy experiences of non-monogamous living psychological understandings of relationship patterns language and emotion the discursive construction of mono-normativity as well as issues of race class disability sexuality and gender. This volume will be of interest to academics and practitioners working in the social sciences and anyone who is seeking greater insight into the intricacies of non-monogamous relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415652964

Understanding Nonprofit OrganizationsGovernance Leadership and Management Understanding Nonprofit Organizations examines the most important issues that face today’s leaders and managers of nonprofit organizations through the writing of scholars consultants and practicing executives. It focuses on governing leading and managing nonprofit organizations and how such organizations differ from both the public and private sectors. Each part opens with a framing essay that identifies the central themes and issues and summarizes the significance of the contribution that each piece makes to the development of knowledge in the field. Completely revised and updated the third edition includes new articles on legal frameworks philanthropy managing volunteers and accountability as well as an original essay on capacity building. In addition the third edition features new thought-provoking case studies by C. Kenneth Meyer—making it an even more student-friendly text for graduate and upper-division undergraduate nonprofit organizations and management survey courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813349619

Understanding Offending Behaviour Based on a survey of probation work with almost 1400 young adult offenders this book provides a unique insight into the realities of probation practice in a context of increasing poverty drug use and community breakdown. Starting with an outline of the current policy environment the book discusses the relevance of criminological theory to the harsh experience of young offenders in modern Britain. It goes on to develop a typology of offending behaviour on the basis of detailed and often disturbing accounts of the histories and troubles of young people afflicted by poverty disruption of family relationships and long term unemployment. While much of the book is concerned with the difficulties young offenders experience and the problems probation officers have in trying to help them change the overall message of the book is not one of despair. The authors show that good probation practice can make a difference and the book is written in a way which will be useful to practitioners and policy-makers involved with supervising offenders in the community. From the typology of offending the authors extract lessons for appropriate and relevant practice which should help to improve the quality and effectiveness of the probation service. Some of these implications are explored in the concluding chapter by Cedric Fullwood Chief Probation Officer of Greater Manchester. As well as criminal justice practitioners students of criminology probation trainees and other social work students will find in the book many vivid examples of how sociological theory can be used to understand and interpret practice. The book is likely to provoke much debate about what constitutes positive practice in a probation service facing the challenges of the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138415560

Understanding Optics with Python Optics is an enabling science that forms a basis for our technological civilization. Courses in optics are a required part of the engineering or physics undergraduate curriculum in many universities worldwide. The aim of Understanding Optics with Python is twofold: first to describe certain basic ideas of classical physical and geometric optics; second to introduce the reader to computer simulations of physical phenomena. The text is aimed more broadly for those who wish to use numerical/computational modeling as an educational tool that promotes interactive teaching (and learning). In addition it offers an alternative to developing countries where the necessary equipment to carry out the appropriate experiments is not available as a result of financial constraints. This approach contributes to a better diffusion of knowledge about optics. The examples given in this book are comparable to those found in standard textbooks on optics and are suitable for self-study. This text enables the user to study and understand optics using hands-on simulations with Python. Python is our programming language of choice because of its open-source availability extensive functionality and an enormous online support. Essentials of programming in Python 3.x including graphical user interface are also provided. The codes in the book are available for download on the book’s website. Discusses most standard topics of traditional physical and geometrical optics through Python and PyQt5 Provides visualizations and in-depth descriptions of Python’s programming language and simulations Includes simulated laboratories where students are provided a "hands-on" exploration of Python software Coding and programming featured within the text are available for download on the book’s corresponding website. "Understanding Optics with Python by Vasudevan Lakshminarayanan Hassen Ghalila Ahmed Ammar and L. Srinivasa Varadharajan is born around a nice idea: using simulations to provide the students with a powerful tool to understand and master optical phenomena. The choice of the Python language is perfectly matched with the overall goal of the book as the Python language provides a completely free and easy-to-learn platform with huge cross-platform compatibility where the reader of the book can conduct his or her own numerical experiments to learn faster and better."— Costantino De Angelis University of Brescia Italy "Teaching an important programming language like Python through concrete examples from optics is a natural and in my view very effective approach. I believe that this book will be used by students and appreciated greatly by instructors. The topic of modelling optical effects and systems where the students should already have a physical background provides great motivation for students to learn the basics of a powerful programming language without the intimidation factor that often goes with a formal computer science course." — John Dudley FEMTO-ST Institute Besançon France Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498755047

Understanding Organisational Culture in the Construction Industry Since the early 1980s researchers and practitioners in the organisational and management fields have presumed a link between organisational or corporate culture and organisational performance. Whilst many believe this exists other authors have been critical of the validity of such studies. Part of this doubt stems from a reliance on measures of organisational performance that are based purely on financial measures of business growth. Using the construction industry as the subject of his research Vaughan Coffey traces the development of the literature on organisational culture and business effectiveness and investigates the culture-performance link using a new and highly objective measure of company performance and an evaluation of organisational culture which is largely behaviourally-based. Providing a theoretical contribution to the field this work shows that various cultural traits appear to be closely linked to objectively measured organisational effectiveness. This book will be valuable to professionals and researchers in the fields of management and public policy. It indicates directions for construction companies to develop and change and in doing so strengthen their chances of remaining strong when opportunities for work might deplete and only the most successful companies will be able to survive. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138861343

Understanding Organisations in their Context Super series are a set of workbooks to accompany the flexible learning programme specifically designed and developed by the Institute of Leadership & Management (ILM) to support their Level 3 Certificate in First Line Management. The learning content is also closely aligned to the Level 3 S/NVQ in Management. The series consists of 35 workbooks. Each book will map on to a course unit (35 books/units). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138454125

Understanding Organization Through Culture and StructureRelational and Other Lessons From the African American Organization Understanding Organization Through Culture and Structure: Relational and Other Lessons From the African American Organization presents an innovative view of organizations and the communication processes that constitute them. Arguing that human beings are communicatively embedded in their cultures Anne Maydan Nicotera and Marcia J. Clinkscales working with Felicia R. Walker examine issues concerning task and relational orientations and the ways they and other cultural dimensions connect with organizational structure and function for predominantly African American organizations. Utilizing the results of their own research on organizations they develop a set of humanistically-based models that illustrate how hidden cultural processes suffuse organizational life and are manifest through communication. Emphasizing the development of alternative theories and models of organizing which are rooted in African-American culture such as team-based versus hierarchy-based interactions this book explores such organizational functions as leadership and management power authority and control communication and interpersonal dynamics and cultural identity and human development. Applying their findings in a broader analysis of contemporary practices in organizational restructuring the authors present research that serves as the foundation for generating several emergent models with significant implications for organizational systems. Understanding Organization Through Culture and Structure stimulates and inspires current researchers of organizational communication and is certain to raise greater awareness of the operation of culture in organizing. The text is intended for scholars and students in organizational communication management organizational psychology African studies and related areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138011304

Understanding PakistanEmerging Voices from India Understanding Pakistan: Emerging Voices from India is the outcome of a national seminar for research scholars on Pakistan organized by the Centre for Pakistan Studies at the MMAJ Academy of International Studies Jamia Millia Islamia New Delhi. The aim of the seminar was to explore how young minds in India view Pakistan the quintessential ‘enemy’ country or the ‘other’ of India. The range of topics included issues related to Pakistan’s politics economy popular culture education environment sectarian divide minorities policy towards Jammu & Kashmir and foreign relations. The established academic discourse on Pakistan in India is largely dominated by concerns linked to security threats emanating from within Pakistan. Due to this overemphasis on security-related issues Indian scholarship on Pakistan is considered to be highly subjective and partisan. However in this volume most of the young scholars distance themselves from the main thrust of Indian scholarship on Pakistan and provide a fresh perspective on Pakistan which can potentially rupture the established tradition of Indian scholarship on Pakistan. Hopefully it will be these scholars who in the near future will be at the forefront of emerging scholarship on Pakistan in India. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138234901

Understanding Party System Change in Western Europe First Published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138459458

Understanding Pathology: From Disease Mechanism to Clinical Practice This book shows how the discipline of pathology fits into society and interfaces with science and medicine. It focuses on anatomical pathology and covers the practice of laboratory medicine in the clinical setting. The book is helpful for health professionals especially anatomical pathologist. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078449

Understanding PeaceA Comprehensive Introduction Understanding Peace: A Comprehensive Introduction fills the need for an original contemporary examination of peace that is challenging informative and empowering. This well-researched fully documented and highly accessible textbook moves beyond fixation on war to highlight the human capacity for nonviolent cooperation in everyday life and in conflict situations. After deconstructing numerous ideas about war and explaining its heavy costs to humans animals and the environment discussion turns to evidence for the existence of peaceful societies. Further topics include the role of nonviolence in history the nature of violence and aggression and the theory and practice of nonviolence. The book offers two new moral arguments against war and concludes by defining peace carefully from different angles and then describing conditions for creating a culture of peace. Understanding Peace brings a fresh philosophical perspective to discussions of peace and also addresses down-to-earth issues about effecting constructive change in a complex world. The particular strength of Understanding Peace lies in its commitment to reflecting on and integrating material from many fields of knowledge. This approach will appeal to a diverse audience of students and scholars in peace studies philosophy and the social sciences as well as to general-interest readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415715706

Understanding Pedagogic Documentation in Early Childhood EducationRevealing and Reflecting on High Quality Learning and Teaching Much more than simply recording events pedagogical documentation is a revolutionary educational approach that enables practitioners to capture and understand the ways in which children learn and think. Exploring the use of pedagogic documentation across five different cultures this book offers a unique insight into the conditions and methods through which pedagogical documentation might become an effective means of connecting teaching and learning. By drawing on theory research-based evidence and practice  Understanding Pedagogic Documentation in Early Childhood Education reveals pedagogic documentation as an instigator for critical reflection on practice for the creation of new pedagogical approaches and improvements in quality. Observing and documenting the lived educational experience of children and practitioners is emphasised as a means of acknowledging their voice and rights of revealing their knowledge their competences their attitudes and dispositions to learning. Offering contextualised approaches and considering the challenges involved in observing and documenting day-to-day practice in early childhood settings chapters encourage professionals to reflect and recognise the value of documentation for children staff members and the wider community. Making a crucial contribution to the debates on pedagogical documentation Understanding Pedagogic Documentation in Early Childhood Education offers researchers students policy-makers and professionals a comprehensive and multicultural perspective on pedagogical documentation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367140786

Understanding PedagogyDeveloping a critical approach to teaching and learning What is meant by pedagogy? How does our conception of pedagogy inform good teaching and learning? Pedagogy is a complex concept of which student and practising teachers need to have an understanding yet there remain many ambiguities about what the term means and how it informs learning in the classroom. Understanding Pedagogy examines pedagogy in a holistic way supporting a more critical and reflective understanding of teaching and learning. It considers pedagogy as a concept that covers not just teaching approaches and pupil-teacher relationships but one which also embraces and informs educational theory personal learning styles assessment and relationships inside and outside the classroom.  A detailed consideration of what it means to be a professional in the contemporary climate Understanding Pedagogy challenges student and practising teachers to reappraise their understanding and practice through effectively linking theory and practice. Key issues explored include the importance of understanding a learning styles profile the application of cognitive neuroscience to teaching personalised learning assessment and feedback and what we mean by critical reflection. Using the Personal Learning Styles Pedagogy the authors make explicit the integration of theory and practice and the many decisions and selections that teachers make their implications for what is being taught and learnt how learners are positioned in the pedagogical process and ultimately how learning can be improved. Understanding Pedagogy will be essential reading for student and practising teachers as well those on Education Studies courses and undertaking masters level courses involved in the endeavour of understanding what constitutes effective teaching and learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415571746

Understanding Penal Practice Criminological and penological scholarship has in recent years explored how and why institutions and systems of punishment change – and how and why these changes differ in different contexts. Important though these analyses are this book focuses not so much on the changing nature of institutions and systems but rather the changing nature of penal practice and practitioners Bringing together leading researchers from around the world this collection unites studies that aim to describe and critically analyse penal practice with studies that investigate its effectiveness and prescribe its future development. Reversing penology’s usual preoccupation with the prison the book focuses mainly on penal practice in the community (i.e. on probation parole offender supervision and ‘community corrections’). The first part of the book focuses on understanding practice and practitioners exploring how changing social cultural political and organisational contexts influence practice and how training development professional socialisation and other factors influence practitioners. The second part is concerned with how practitioners can be best supported to develop the skills and approaches that seem most likely to generate positive impacts. It contains accounts of new practice models and approaches as well as reports of research projects seeking both to discover and to encourage effective practices. This book explores internationally significant and cutting-edge theoretical and empirical work on the cultures practices roles and impacts of frontline practitioners in delivering penal sanctions. As such it will be of interest to researchers in criminology social work and social policy as well as correctional policy makers and those involved in community supervision. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138922419

Understanding Personal Security and RiskA Guide for Business Travelers Uniting broad time-tested security principles and the author’s 35-plus years of experience with international security intelligence and foreign affairs Understanding Personal Security: A Guide for Business Travelers offers a detailed yet practical framework on which to develop personal security awareness and training programs. As a critical resource for any travelers who may need to make fast smart judgements in high-risk environments this book helps readers analyze threats threat actors and the common adversarial characteristics as well as the function of risk as a differentiating principle. This versatile text blends abstract organizing principles with street honed instincts becoming equally valuable to security managers with previous experience and those corporate or non-profit organizations with employees in developing nations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498765787

Understanding PerspectivismScientific Challenges and Methodological Prospects This edited collection is the first of its kind to explore the view called perspectivism in philosophy of science. The book brings together an array of essays that reflect on the methodological promises and scientific challenges of perspectivism in a variety of fields such as physics biology cognitive neuroscience and cancer research just as a few examples. What are the advantages of using a plurality of perspectives in a given scientific field and for interdisciplinary research? Can different perspectives be integrated? What is the relation between perspectivism pluralism and pragmatism? These ten new essays by top scholars in the field offer a polyphonic journey towards understanding the view called ‘perspectivism’ and its relevance to science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138503069

Understanding Perversion in Clinical PracticeStructure and Strategy in the Psyche Understanding Perversion in Clinical Practice is a volume in the eagerly anticipated clinical practice monograph series from the Society of Analytical Psychology. Aimed primarily at trainees on the psychotherapy and psychodynamic counselling courses those compact editions will be invaluable to all who wish to learn the basics of major psychoanalytic theories from an integrated viewpoint. The authors are Jungian analysts trained at the SAP highly experienced in both theory and practice. Perversion is a concept that defies simplistic classification. This monograph provides a comprehensive study of the nature of perversion and the therapeutic relationship needed for treatment. Case studies are used throughout to illustrate aspects of perversion and notable psychoanalytic theories are detailed for greater understanding of what perversion is and how it can be treated. Female perversion is explored in a separate chapter as the symptoms and underlying reasons are quite different from those in male perversion.This is a helpful and succinct exploration of perversion in its numerous manifestations that provides a firm foundation in the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367107345

Understanding Phenomenology "Understanding Phenomenology" provides a guide to one of the most important schools of thought in modern philosophy. The book traces phenomenology's historical development beginning with its founder Edmund Husserl and his "pure" or "transcendental" phenomenology and continuing with the later "existential" phenomenology of Martin Heidegger Jean-Paul Sartre and Maurice Merleau-Ponty. The book also assesses later critical responses to phenomenology - from Derrida to Dennett - as well as the continued significance of phenomenology for philosophy today. Written for anyone coming to phenomenology for the first time the book guides the reader through the often bewildering array of technical concepts and jargon associated with phenomenology and provides clear explanations and helpful examples to encourage and enhance engagement with the primary texts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315712086

Understanding Philosophy of Science Few can imagine a world without telephones or televisions; many depend on computers and the Internet as part of daily life. Without scientific theory these developments would not have been possible.In this exceptionally clear and engaging introduction to philosophy of science James Ladyman explores the philosophical questions that arise when we reflect on the nature of the scientific method and the knowledge it produces. He discusses whether fundamental philosophical questions about knowledge and reality might be answered by science and considers in detail the debate between realists and antirealists about the extent of scientific knowledge. Along the way central topics in philosophy of science such as the demarcation of science from non-science induction confirmation and falsification the relationship between theory and observation and relativism are all addressed. Important and complex current debates over underdetermination inference to the best explaination and the implications of radical theory change are clarified and clearly explained for those new to the subject. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203463680

Understanding Phonetics Assuming little or no background knowledge and using original examples and exercises (with answers supplied) Understanding Phonetics provides you with an accessible introduction to the basics of phonetics and a comprehensive analysis of traditional phonetic theory - the articulation and physical characteristics of speech sounds. Examples from a wide range of languages are presented throughout using symbols of the International Phonetic Alphabet. To help you develop your skills in this alphabet Understanding Phonetics includes ear-training exercises that are freely available online along with audio files of authentic listening material for you to download from www.routledge.com/cw/ashby. Understanding Phonetics outlines the production of consonants vowels phonation types pitch and intonation and aspects of connected speech. Reading through chapter by chapter you will see your knowledge develop as you engage in the step-by-step phonetic study of a selected word. Understanding Phonetics is designed to be used not only as a class textbook but also for self-study. It can be read systematically or used for reference purposes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780340928271

Understanding Phonology Understanding Phonology Fourth Edition provides a clear accessible and broad introduction to Phonology. Introducing basic concepts it provides a comprehensive account of phonological issues such as segmental contrasts; syllables and moras; quantity tone intonation and stress; feature geometry; and prosodic constituent structure. This new edition has been reorganized and revised with key features including: A brand new eResource at www.routledge.com/9781138961425 which contains a full answer key for all exercises and audio recordings of illustrative examples; Illustrations in languages from all six continents and all major language families including Arabic Mandarin Finnish  Zulu and Hawaiian; Over 140 exercises to test understanding including new exercises involving larger data sets; Revised coverage of tone stress and opacity in OT. Understanding Phonology is essential reading for students coming to this topic for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138961425

Understanding PhotobooksThe Form and Content of the Photographic Book Understanding Photobooks is a user-friendly guide to engaging with the photographic book— or as it is widely known the photobook. Despite its importance as a central medium in which many photographers showcase their work today there is surprisingly little information on the mechanics of the photobook: what exactly it does and how it does it. Written for makers and artists this book will help you develop a better understanding of the images concept sequence design and production of the photobook. With an awareness of the connections between these elements you’ll be able to evaluate photobooks more clearly and easily ultimately allowing for a deeper and more rewarding experience of the work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138892699

Understanding Photojournalism Understanding Photojournalism explores the interface between theory and practice at the heart of photojournalism mapping out the critical questions that photojournalists and picture editors consider in their daily practice and placing these in context. Outlining the history and theory of photojournalism this textbook explains its historical and contemporary development; who creates selects and circulates images; and the ethics aesthetics and politics of the practice. Carefully chosen international case studies represent a cross section of key photographers practices and periods within photojournalism enabling students to understand the central questions and critical concepts. Illustrated with a range of photographs and case material including interviews with contemporary photojournalists this book is essential reading for students taking university and college courses on photography within a wide range of disciplines and includes an annotated guide to further reading and a glossary of terms to further expand your studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781526612236

Understanding Physical Development in the Early YearsLinking bodies and minds Understanding Physical Development in the Early Years provides an accessible introduction to the current research and thinking in this area alongside descriptions of everyday practice. It explores the kinds of activities and experiences that promote physical development and offers practical guidance on how these can be facilitated. Physical development plays a crucial role in young children’s learning behaviour and emotional health and is now recognised as a prime area in the revised Early Years Foundation Stage. It is therefore essential that those working in the early years sector provide children with a wide range of opportunities for movement and sensory experiences. Drawing on current legislation and the requirements of the EYFS the book covers all aspects of physical development and includes: • reflection tasks summaries and impact on practice sections; • guidance on issues that can cause concern such as health and safety rough and tumble play gender and the effective use of indoor and outdoor space; • advice on the role of the practitioner and ideas for working with parents and families; • information on the different stages of physical development. Written by leading consultants this book will be essential reading for early years students and practitioners that want to fully understand young children’s physical development and provide opportunities that nourish children’s overall learning and physical and emotional wellbeing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415722483

Understanding Physics and Physical Chemistry Using Formal Graphs The subject of this book is truly original. By encoding of algebraic equations into graphs—originally a purely pedagogical technique—the exploration of physics and physical chemistry reveals common pictures through all disciplines. The hidden structure of the scientific formalism that appears is a source of astonishment and provides efficient simplifications of the representation of physical laws. Understanding Physics and Physical Chemistry Using Formal Graphs is organized according to the structures emerging from formal graphs from simple to elaborate providing after each series of case studies the theoretical elements necessary for understanding their common features. More than 80 case studies are tackled in domains ranging from translational mechanics to Newtonian gravitation to chemical reactions. With the help of this new tool the modeling of physical phenomena becomes a fascinating cross-disciplinary exploration. The graphs encourage a visual unified comprehension of the relationships between physical concepts and variables properties and operators. Out-of-the-box and thought provoking this book inspires lively discussions and fruitful thinking about the connections between mechanics chemical reactivity electrodynamics thermodynamics and more. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138381438

Understanding Piketty's Capital in the Twenty-First Century Thomas Piketty’s Capital in the Twenty-First Century reached the top of most best-seller lists last year shortly after it was released. Nonetheless few people actually read the book. Yet reviewers have agreed that the book is important because it touches on one of the major problems facing the US economy the UK economy and many developed nations: rising income and wealth inequality. It also provides an explanation of the problem and a policy solution: a global wealth tax. This book is intended to do three things. First it provides a summary of the argument of Piketty’s book which many people have bought and few people have read. Second it fills in some of the gaps in the book by providing readers with the background that is needed to understand the volume and the argument. This background information discusses economic data sources measures of inequality and why income inequality is such an important issue today. Finally the work provides a defense of Piketty’s analysis and at times some criticism of his work. Pressman explains why the problem of rising inequality is important where Piketty’s data comes from and the strengths and weaknesses of that data. It defends Piketty’s inequality r>g as the reason inequality has risen over the past several decades in many developed nations. Using Piketty’s own data this book argues that rising inequality is not just a characteristic of capitalism but results from different growth rates for income and wealth which can occur under any type of economic system. Understanding Piketty's Capital in the Twenty-First Century is the ideal introduction to one of the most important books of recent years for anyone interested in Piketty’s work and the inevitability of inequality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138939752

Understanding Police Culture Police culture has been widely criticized as a source of resistance to change and reform and is often misunderstood. This book seeks to capture the heart of police culture—including its tragedies and celebrations—and to understand its powerful themes of morality solidarity and common sense by systematically integrating a broad literature on police culture into middle-range theory and developing original perspectives about many aspects of police work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138169593

Understanding Policy Fiascoes A crisis of governance is widespread in western societies. Public administration is caught in a web of personal and organizational inter-dependencies that require continuous awareness and readjustment on the part of its practitioners. Understanding Policy Fiascoes applies policy analysis to come to terms with policy fiascoes with a full appreciation of its limits. Despite the fact that policy failures may seem universal they are in fact better understood as social political and academic constructions. Bovens and 'tHart trace how and why certain episodes of public policymaking become labeled as "fiascoes." They highlight the analytical and political biases that shape our judgments of policy outcomes and the performance of policymakers and institutions.When put in their proper historical institutional and policymaking perspective many policy fiascoes could easily have turned out quite differently. The authors show that the fact that these policy episodes unfolded as they did does not mean that they were inevitable. Careful analysis indicates that a whole series of variables if not always manageable can through careful configurations of decisions alter the course and outcomes of policies and programs as well as the post-hoc judgments made about them.In examining public policymaking certain questions arise: If public policymaking has failed so miserably what does this tell us about the state of policy analysis? While policymakers are facing a crisis of legitimacy policy analysis have been forced to reconsider the validity o their knowledge claims and the extent of their impact on the practice of policymaking. Understanding Policy Fiascoes will provide social scientists policymakers and political scientists with compelling perspectives on old problems and a path-breaking way to handle new problems. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351293242

Understanding Political ParticipationGreen Party Membership in Scotland Developing a framework of analysis which enables a detailed empirical investigation of Scottish Green Party membership this is a detailed assessment of why people become members of a green party. The questions are particularly relevant in the light of declining political participation. Lynn Bennie responds to the gap in the literature on green and small parties and builds on the work of other researchers who have used similar methods to explore membership of the larger parties. The volume incorporates an extensive review of participation literature; details the history of the Scottish Green Party; documents extensive survey data of party members; and develops an understanding of motivations behind membership of a green party. It will prove ideal for courses on political behaviour and green politics and be of interest to sociologists and political science researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258181

Understanding Political Science Research MethodsThe Challenge of Inference This text starts by explaining the fundamental goal of good political science research—the ability to answer interesting and important questions by generating valid inferences about political phenomena. Before the text even discusses the process of developing a research question the authors introduce the reader to what it means to make an inference and the different challenges that social scientists face when confronting this task. Only with this ultimate goal in mind will students be able to ask appropriate questions conduct fruitful literature reviews select and execute the proper research design and critically evaluate the work of others. The authors' primary goal is to teach students to critically evaluate their own research designs and others’ and analyze the extent to which they overcome the classic challenges to making inference: internal and external validity concerns omitted variable bias endogeneity measurement sampling and case selection errors and poor research questions or theory. As such students will not only be better able to conduct political science research but they will also be more savvy consumers of the constant flow of causal assertions that they confront in scholarship in the media and in conversations with others. Three themes run through Barakso Sabet and Schaffner’s text: minimizing classic research problems to making valid inferences effective presentation of research results and the nonlinear nature of the research process. Throughout their academic years and later in their professional careers students will need to effectively convey various bits of information. Presentation skills gleaned from this text will benefit students for a lifetime whether they continue in academia or in a professional career. Several distinctive features make this book noteworthy: A common set of examples threaded throughout the text give students a common ground across chapters and expose them to a broad range of subfields in the discipline. Box features throughout the book illustrate the nonlinear "non-textbook" reality of research demonstrate the often false inferences and poor social science in the way the popular press covers politics and encourage students to think about ethical issues at various stages of the research process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415895200

Understanding Political Science Statistics and Understanding Political Science Statistics using STATA (bundle) By emphasizing the underlying logic of statistical analysis for greater understanding and drawing on applications and examples from political science Understanding Political Science Statistics illustrates how students can apply statistical concepts and techniques in their own research in future coursework and simply as an informed consumer of numbers in public discourse. Here the book is paired with the corresponding manual that walks students through the procedures for analysis in Stata and provides exercises that go hand-in-hand with online data sets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138855748

Understanding Political Science Statistics using SPSSA Manual with Exercises This manual walks students through the procedures for analysis in SPSS and provides exercises that go hand-in-hand with online data sets. The manual complements the textbook Understanding Political Science Statistics: Observations and Expectations in Political Analysis by Peter Galderisi making it easy to use alongside the book in a course or as a stand-alone guide to using SPSS. Galderisi demonstrates how to use both syntax and GUI driven formats and shows sample results of the analyses. Filled with annotated screenshots from SPSS version 22 (but compatible with all versions including the student version) the students will be guided through standard processes replete with examples and exercises to ready them for future work in political science research. The diverse group of data sets provided include subsamples of both the 2008 and 2012 American National Election Studies a Eurobarometer survey single year and longitudinal congressional district files the 2012 Comparative Congressional Election Study data set and a comparative crossnational country file. Versions with reduced case numbers and variables are also included that are compatible with the student version. This manual (and a parallel Stata manual) are available as stand-alone products or packaged with the textbook Understanding Political Science Statistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138850675

Understanding Political Science Statistics using StataA Manual with Exercises This manual walks students through the procedures for analysis in Stata and provides exercises that go hand-in-hand with online data sets. The manual complements the textbook Understanding Political Science Statistics: Observations and Expectations in Political Analysis by Peter Galderisi making it easy to use alongside the book in a course or as a stand-alone guide to using Stata. Seljan demonstrates how to run commands in Stata for different kinds of research questions and shows the results of the analyses using lots of annotated screenshots from Stata version 12 (but compatible with all versions including Stata Small). Students will be guided through standard processes replete with examples and exercises to ready them for future work in political science research. The diverse group of data sets provided include subsamples of both the 2008 and 2012 American National Election Studies a Eurobarometer survey single year and longitudinal congressional district files the 2012 Comparative Congressional Election Study and a comparative crossnational country file. Versions with reduced case numbers and variables are also included that are compatible with Stata Small. This manual (and a parallel SPSS manual) are available as stand-alone products or packaged with the textbook Understanding Political Science Statistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138850682

Understanding Political Science StatisticsObservations and Expectations in Political Analysis In politics you begin by asking theoretically interesting questions. Sometimes statistics can help answer those questions. When it comes to applied statistics students shouldn’t just learn a vast array of formula—they need to learn the basic concepts of statistics as solutions to particular problems. Peter Galderisi demonstrates that statistics are a summary of how to answer the problem: learn the math but only after learning the concepts and methodological considerations that give it context. With this as a starting point Understanding Political Science Statistics asks students to consider how to address a research problem conceptually before being led to the appropriate formula. Throughout Galderisi looks at problems through a lens of "observations and expectations " which can be applied to myriad statistical techniques both descriptive and inferential. This approach links the answers researchers get from their individual data analysis to the research designs and questions from which these analyses are derived. By emphasizing the underlying logic of statistical analysis for greater understanding and drawing on applications and examples from political science (including law) the book illustrates how students can apply statistical concepts and techniques in their own research in future coursework and simply as an informed consumer of numbers in public discourse. The following features help students master the material: Legal and Methodological sidebars highlight key concepts and provide applied examples on law politics and methodology; End-of-chapter exercises allow students to test their mastery of the basic concepts and techniques along the way; A Sample Solutions Guide provides worked-out answers for odd-numbered exercises with all answers available in the Instructor’s Manual; Key Terms are helpfully called out in both Marginal Definitions and a Glossary; A Companion Website (www.routledge.com/cw/galderisi) with further resources for both students and instructors; A diverse array of data sets include subsets of the ANES and Eurobarometer surveys; CCES; US Congressional district data; and a cross-national dataset with political economic and demographic variables; and Companion guides to SPSS and Stata walk students through the procedures for analysis and provide exercises that go hand-in-hand with online data sets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415890052

Understanding Politics Science Statistics and Understanding Political Science Statistics using SPSS (bundle) By emphasizing the underlying logic of statistical analysis for greater understanding and drawing on applications and examples from political science Understanding Political Science Statistics illustrates how students can apply statistical concepts and techniques in their own research in future coursework and simply as an informed consumer of numbers in public discourse.  Here the book is paired with the corresponding manual that walks through the procedures for analysis in SPSS and provides exercises that go hand-in-hand with online data sets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138855755

Understanding Popular Culture and World Politics in the Digital Age The practices of world politics are now scrutinised in a way that is unprecedented with even those previously – or conventionally assumed to be – disengaged from international affairs being drawn into world politics by social media. Interactive websites allow users to follow election results in real-time from the other side of the world and online mapping means that the world ‘out there’ is now available on your mobile phone. Understanding Popular Culture and World Politics in the Digital Age engages these themes in contemporary world politics to better understand how digital communication through new media technologies changes our encounters with the world. Whether the focus is digital media social networking or user-generated content these sites of political activity and the artefacts they produce have much to tell us about how we engage world politics in the contemporary age. This volume represents the starting point of a dialogue about how digital technologies are beginning to impact the research and practice of scholars and practitioners in the field of International Relations with the collection of cutting-edge essays dealing specifically with the intertextuality of world politics and digital popular culture. This book will be of use to International Relations research academics (and critically engaged publics) interested in the core themes of global politics – subjectivity militarism humanitarianism civil society organisation and governance. The book also employs theories and techniques closely associated with other social science disciplines including political theory sociology cultural studies and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874476

Understanding Popular Music Culture This extensively revised and expanded fifth edition of Understanding Popular Music Culture provides an accessible and comprehensive introduction to the production distribution consumption and meaning of popular music and the debates that surround popular culture and popular music. Reflecting the continued proliferation of popular music studies the new music industry in a digital age and the emergence of new stars this new edition has been reorganized and extensively updated throughout making for a more coherent and sequenced coverage of the field. These updates include: two new chapters entitled ‘The Real Thing’: Authenticity covers and the canon and ‘Time Will Pass You By’: Histories and popular memory new case studies on artists including The Rolling Stones Lorde One Direction and Taylor Swift further examples of musical texts genres and performers throughout including additional coverage of Electronic Dance Music expanded coverage on the importance of the back catalogue and the box set; reality television and the music biopic greater attention to the role and impact of the internet and digital developments in relation to production dissemination mediation and consumption; including the role of social network sites and streaming services each chapter now has its own set of expanded references to facilitate further investigation. Additional resources for students and teachers can also be found on the companion website (www.routledge.com/cw/shuker) which includes additional case studies links to relevant websites and a discography of popular music metagenres. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138907850

Understanding Postcolonialism Postcolonialism offers challenging and provocative ways of thinking about colonial and neocolonial power about self and other and about the discourses that perpetuate postcolonial inequality and violence. Much of the seminal work in postcolonialism has been shaped by currents in philosophy notably Marxism and ethics. "Understanding Postcolonialism" examines the philosophy of postcolonialism in order to reveal the often conflicting systems of thought which underpin it. In so doing the book presents a reappraisal of the major postcolonial thinkers of the twentieth century.Ranging beyond the narrow selection of theorists to which the field is often restricted the book explores the work of Fanon and Sartre Gandhi Nandy and the Subaltern Studies Group Foucault and Said Derrida and Bhabha Khatibi and Glissant and Spivak Mbembe and Mudimbe. A clear and accessible introduction to the subject "Understanding Postcolonialism" reveals how almost half a century after decolonisation the complex relation between politics and ethics continues to shape postcolonial thought. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711669

Understanding Poststructuralism Understanding Poststructuralism presents a lucid guide to some of the most exciting and controversial ideas in contemporary thought. This is the first introduction to poststructuralism through its major theorists - Derrida Deleuze Foucault Lyotard Kristeva - and their central texts. Each chapter takes the reader through a key text providing detailed summaries of the main points of each and a critical and detailed analysis of their central arguments. Ideas are clearly explained in terms of their value to both critical thinking and to contemporary issues. Criticisms of poststructuralism are also assessed. The aim throughout is to illuminate the main methods of poststructuralism - deconstruction libidinal economics genealogy and transcendental empiricism - in context. A balanced and up-to-date assessment of poststructuralism the book presents the ideal introduction to this most revolutionary of philosophies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315712192

Understanding Post-Tonal Music Understanding Post-Tonal Music explores the compositional and musical processes of twentieth-century post-tonal music. The book is intended for undergraduate or general graduate courses on the theory and analysis of twentieth-century music. The aim of the book is to increase the accessibility of post-tonal music by providing students with tools for understanding issues like pitch organization rhythm and meter form texture and aesthetics. By presenting the music first and then deriving the theory Understanding Post-Tonal Music leads students to greater understanding and appreciation of this challenging and important repertoire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367432874

Understanding Post-Tonal Music Understanding Post-Tonal Music is a student-centered textbook that explores the compositional and musical processes of twentieth-century post-tonal music. Intended for undergraduate or general graduate courses on the theory and analysis of twentieth-century music this book will increase the accessibility of post-tonal music by providing students with tools for understanding pitch organization rhythm and meter form texture and aesthetics. By presenting the music first and then deriving the theory Understanding Post-Tonal Music leads students to greater understanding and appreciation of this challenging and important repertoire. The updated second edition includes new "Explorations" features that guide students to engage with pieces through listening and a process of exploration discovery and discussion; a new chapter covering electronic computer and spectral musics; and additional coverage of music from the twenty-first century and recent trends. The text has been revised throughout to enhance clarity both by streamlining the prose and by providing a visual format more accessible to the student. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367355357

Understanding Poverty and the EnvironmentAnalytical frameworks and approaches Does poverty lead to environmental degradation? Do degraded environments and natural resources lead to poverty? Or are there other forces at play? Is the relationship between poverty and the environment really as straightforward as the vicious circle portrayal of ‘poverty leading to environmental destruction leading to more poverty’ would suggest? Does it matter if the relationship is portrayed in this way? This book suggests that it does matter. Arguing that such a portrayal is unhelpful and misleading the book brings together a diverse range of analytical frameworks and approaches that can enable a much deeper investigation of the context and nature of poverty-environment relationships. Analytical frameworks and approaches examined in the book include political ecology a gendered lens Critical Institutionalism the Environmental Entitlements framework the Institutional Analysis and Development approach the Sustainable Livelihoods Framework wellbeing analysis social network analysis and frameworks for the analysis of the governance of natural resources. Recommended further reading draws on published material from the last thirty years as well as key contemporary publications giving readers a steer towards essential texts and authors within each subject area. Key themes running through the analytical frameworks and approaches are identified and examined including power access institutions and scale. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415707596

Understanding Poverty and Well-BeingBridging the Disciplines Written by a multi-disciplinary team of contributors this collection explores the different dimensions of well being poverty and inequality. A person’s sense of well being is compounded of many elements including economic political and social psychology. Poverty and inequality are aspects of a lack of well being in multiple dimensions and this texts argues development should be considered a process that overcomes these multiple deficiencies This book examines the advantages of analysing poverty and development by multi-discipline research. Economists political sociologists and anthropologists put forward an idea of well being from their own perspective using their own research material while the editors argue in their introduction that bringing to bear of many disciplines can enrich the research output of all. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315879062

Understanding Power and Leadership in Higher EducationTools for Institutional Change Within higher education power is often perceived negatively. Rather than avoiding the idea of power this book explores the importance of embracing and effectively engaging power to affect positive change on campus. Understanding Power and Leadership in Higher Education gives college and university administrators the tools to understand the relationship between leadership power and influence within higher education. Highlighting real stories of effective college and university administrators this book helps readers understand and analyze the use of power preparing leaders for the realities of today’s administrative environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138341791

Understanding Pragmatics Understanding Pragmatics takes an interdisciplinary approach to provide an accessible introduction to linguistic pragmatics. This book discusses how the meaning of utterances can only be understood in relation to overall cultural social and interpersonal contexts as well as to culture specific conventions and the speech events in which they are embedded. From a cross-linguistic and cross-cultural perspective this book: debates the core issues of pragmatics such as speech act theory conversational implicature deixis gesture interaction strategies ritual communication phatic communion linguistic relativity ethnography of speaking ethnomethodology conversation analysis languages and social classes and linguistic ideologies incorporates examples from a broad variety of different languages and cultures takes an innovative and transdisciplinary view of the field showing linguistic pragmatics has its predecessor in other disciplines such as philosophy psychology ethology ethnology sociology and the political sciences. Written by an experienced teacher and researcher this introductory textbook is essential reading for all students studying pragmatics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781444180305

Understanding Prejudice and EducationThe challenge for future generations What is prejudice in the 21st Century and how can education help to reduce it? This original text discusses prejudice in detail offering a clear analysis of research and theory on prejudice and prejudice reduction drawn from findings in social psychology critical thinking and education. Presenting the underlying principle that prejudice can be reduced through the development of four core attributes – empathy understanding cognitive flexibility and metacognitive thought – the book offers effective educational strategies for preparing young people for life. Chapters explore a range of examples of classroom practice and provide a thorough engagement with the minefield of prejudice set against challenging sociological ideological political and cultural questions. An integrative framework is included that can be adapted and adopted in schools synthesising findings and emphasising the need for individuals and groups to work against preconceived beliefs and emotional reactions to situations offering contra-intuitive rational and affective responses. Understanding Prejudice and Education is essential reading for all those engaged in relevant undergraduate Master’s level and postgraduate courses in education social psychology and cultural studies as well as teachers and school leaders interested in developing strategies to reduce prejudice in their schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138928602

Understanding Primary EducationDeveloping Professional Attributes Knowledge and Skills Understanding Primary Education will help trainees and newly qualified teachers reflect on the professional decisions they need to make within their planning and classroom practice. The authors analyse key issues and policies within contemporary education through reference to research and pedagogical practice. They encourage readers to reflect on policy and practice and support them in articulating their own beliefs and values. A broad perspective of the curriculum is outlined with a focus on what curriculum breadth and balance looks like in practice. Readers are encouraged to consider questions such as: What are the purposes of education? What values are important in a pluralist society and what values might we share? In what ways can children be encouraged to be active participants within their communities? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138411135

Understanding Primary Mathematics In this textbook the foundations of mathematics are made explicit and the reader is guided through the background knowledge and understanding that are required for the subject offering a well-structured overview of the important issues to be considered when learning about mathematics on a Primary QTS course and a coherent approach to the content to be found in the standards for QTS the National Curriculum at Key Stages 1 and 2 and the numeracy strategy. The authors aim to help teachers review and restructure the understanding of mathematics gained during their education progressing from partial memories of a few process to an understanding of why the skills they were taught make sense and how they fit into a coherent mathematics curriculum arguing that to teach mathematics effectively it is not enough to be able to do the mathematics you need to understand why you do what you do. Aimed at all teachers of primary mathematics this book is also likely to be valuable to secondary teachers parents administrators and others interested in the foundations of school mathematics. Written for trainee and practicing teachers this book de-mystifies the primary mathematics UK curriculum and offers a valuable reference for effective mathematicss teaching. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138171688

Understanding Primary Physical Education In order to become a more effective practitioner every teacher needs to have a sound understanding of the theoretical social and historical context in which their work takes place. Understanding Primary Physical Education goes further than any other textbook in exploring the development of physical education teaching at the primary and elementary level drawing together important research from across the educational and sociological literature. The book goes beyond everyday teaching practice at an operational level to encourage students trainee teachers and researchers to develop a critical understanding of policy process and practice in primary physical education. By rooting everyday documents and everyday issues in a broader connected educational and developmental landscape this book challenges casual assumptions and encourages a better more thoughtful teaching practice. It is an essential companion for any degree level course in primary physical education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415835725

Understanding Priming Effects in Social Psychology How incidentally activated social representations affect subsequent thoughts and behaviors has long interested social psychologists. Recently such priming effects have provoked debate and skepticism. Originally a special issue of Social Cognition this book examines the theoretical challenges researchers must overcome to further advance priming studies and considers how these challenges can be met. The volume aims to reduce the confusion surrounding current discussions by more thoroughly considering the many phenomena in social psychology that the term ‘priming‘ encompasses and closely examining the psychological processes that explain when and how different types of priming effects occur. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462519293

Understanding Prison Staff The past decade has seen dramatic growth in every area of the prison enterprise. Yet our knowledge of the inner life of the prison remains limited. This book aims to redress this research gap by providing insight into various aspects of the daily life of prison staff. It provides a serious exploration of their work and in doing so will seek to draw attention to the variety value and complexity of work within prisons. This book will provide practitioners students and the general reader with a comprehensive and accessible guide to the contemporary issues and concerns facing prison staff. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843925491

Understanding Profound Intellectual and Multiple Disabilities in Adults This book explores what happens to people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities (PIMD) when they reach adulthood. It provides an examination of various terms and definitions in use and a critical exploration of current UK policies. The author brings a wealth of many years’ experience as a family carer independent consultant and trainer to demonstrate the significant changes that a person-centred specialised therapeutic and incremental approach can make to an individual’s life. Advances in medical science mean more than ever people with (PIMD) are growing into adulthood. What is this experience like for an adult who needs support in all aspects of their life? How do we include them in planning support when their intellectual disability means they cannot tell us first hand what they want or need? Too often this group are overlooked or considered as an afterthought in policy and planning. Notions of independence employment and mainstream inclusion are all problematic policy ideas for this group of people. Within one-size-fits-all service planning this focus means there is less capacity to meet their life-long specialist complex and individualised needs. Understanding Profound and Intellectual and Multiple Disabilities in Adults is essential reading for anyone who is involved in the lives of adults with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities whether as a researcher student carer or policy-maker. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367029623

Understanding Psychoanalysis "Understanding Psychoanalysis" presents a broad introduction to the key concepts and developments in psychoanalysis and its impact on modern thought. Charting pivotal moments in the theorization and reception of psychoanalysis the book provides a comprehensive account of the concerns and development of Freud's work as well as his most prominent successors Melanie Klein and Jacques Lacan.The work of these leading psychoanalytic theorists has greatly influenced thinking across other disciplines notably feminism film studies poststructuralism social and cultural theory the philosophy of science and the emerging discipline of neuropsychoanalysis. Analysing this engagement with other disciplines and their key theorists "Understanding Psychoanalysis" argues for a reconsideration of psychoanalysis as a resource for philosophy science and cultural studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711775

Understanding Psychology for Medicine and NursingInsights and Applications The book presents a comprehensive updated approach to current psychological knowledge to facilitate a rapid review of the major subjects in psychology in medicine and to stimulate further detailed study. The book is divided into five Parts. Part One provides an elaborate background of the various sub-disciplines of psychology the various theories and schools of thoughts encompassing them. Part Two discusses the links between the physical and psychological state of being human. Part Three elucidates the basic psychological processes that shape human cognizance. Part Four talks about the different factors which influence the human psyche. Part Five discusses the various aspects of clinical psychology and their implications for the physical well-being of people. Understanding Psychology for Medicine and Nursing distinguishes itself in providing a concise clear understanding of most of the basic topics of psychology that are essential to all students of general psychology but particularly to medical and nursing students and to postgraduate trainees in psychiatry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367428938

Understanding PsychopathyThe Biopsychosocial Perspective Understanding Psychopathy is an essential accessible new guide on psychopathy and its development. Through the lens of the biopsychosocial model Thomson explores a wide range of factors contributing to the development of psychopathy from the genetic to the environmental supported by the latest research into the disorder. Thomson examines psychopathy from all angles analysing social psychological and biological factors in addition to the history and assessment of psychopathy and links to violent crime. Theory and research are supported throughout with fascinating case studies. These case studies provide accessible and relevant examples for readers who are new to the field and to those more familiar with psychopathy and its implications. Understanding Psychopathy is a brilliant resource for psychology students researchers and practitioners in the criminal justice system alike with grounding in forensic psychology clinical psychology and criminology.   The author is donating his royalties in full to Project EMPOWER UK a multidisciplinary initiative dedicated to enhancing prevention and intervention services to individuals and their families who experience intimate partner violence sexual violence domestic violence or human trafficking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138570733

Understanding PsychosisA Psychoanalytic Approach Do psychotic disorders make sense? Are psychotic symptoms amenable to interpretation? Understanding Psychosis: A Psychoanalytic Approach takes the various pathways to psychotic illness outlined by psychoanalytic clinicians and scholars and integrates them into a model that allows a systematic assessment of relevant psychodynamic dimensions in the diagnosis of psychotic disorders and which serves as a guide to psychotherapy with psychotically ill patients. Joachim Küchenhoff reviews and integrates various psychoanalytic concepts and theories about psychosis into a multi-dimensional psychodynamic model that allows an assessment and understanding of the patient’s subjective experience objective psychological capabilities and interpersonal resources. Küchenhoff helps the therapist to establish a basic attitude in working psychodynamically with patients and to understand the dynamics of the therapeutic relationship. Understanding Psychosis also addresses specific issues that can arise in work with clients experiencing psychosis including understanding imminent crises or precursor states elucidating semiotic qualities in seemingly negative symptoms differentiating the psychotic and a non-psychotic part of the personality and providing a dynamic approach to the psychopharmacological treatment. Clinical vignettes and three detailed case reports are included in the book. Understanding Psychosis will be an essential guide for psychiatrists psychotherapists and psychoanalysts working with patients experiencing psychosis. It will also be of use to psychologists and academics and students of psychotherapy psychiatry and psychoanalysis for psychosis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138494671

Understanding Public HealthProductive Processing of Internal and External Reality This book develops a new model of the genesis of health  on the basis of the interplay between genetic and environmental factors. Hurrelmann and Richter build upon the basic theories of health and the popular model of salutogenesis to offer a comprehensive interdisciplinary theory of health genesis and success: Productive Processing of Reality (PPR). The authors show that health is the lifelong dynamic process of dealing with the internal reality of physical and psychological impulses and the external reality of social and material impulses. To demonstrate this the book is split into three interconnected parts. Part A analyses the determinants of health providing an overview of the insights of current research and the impact of socioeconomic influences and gender on health. Part B covers public health social learning and coping theories all of which understand health as an interaction between people and their environment. Part C draws on these four theories to outline PPR stressing the interrelation between physical and mental constitution and the demands of the social and mental environment and suggesting strategies for coping with these demands during the life course. Understanding Public Health: Productive Processing of Internal and External Reality will be valuable reading for students and researchers in psychology sociology educational science public health and medical science and for policymakers in public health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367360764

Understanding Public Opinion Polls Polls are conducted every day all around the world for almost everything (especially during elections). But not every poll is a good one. A lot depends on the type of questions asked how they are asked and whether the sample used is truly representative. And these are not the only aspects of a poll that should be checked. So how does one separate the chaff from the wheat?  That’s where Understanding Public Opinion Polls comes in. Written by a well-known author with over thirty years of experience the book is built around a checklist for polls that describes the various aspects of polls to pay attention to if one intends to use its results. By comprehensively answering the questions in the checklist a good idea of the quality of the poll is obtained. Features: Provides readers with a deeper understanding of practical and theoretical aspects of opinion polls while assuming no background in mathematics or statistics Shows how to determine if a poll is good or bad Provides a historical perspective and includes examples from real polls Gives special attention to online and election polls The book gives an overview of many aspects of polls – questionnaire design sample selection estimation margins of error nonresponse and weighting. It is essential reading for those who want to gain a better understanding of the ins and outs of polling including those who are confronted with polls in their daily life or work or those who need to learn how to conduct their own polls.   Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498769747

Understanding Public SpeakingA Learner's Guide to Persuasive Oratory Public speaking is a much coveted yet difficult art. This book illustrates the use of various linguistic devices and persuasive strategies with examples from the speeches of powerful orators in history. It systematically draws on the various approaches to public speaking and persuasive discourse to present new insights and techniques. The volume:  Critically examines strategies of persuasive oratory. Draws on extensive investigation of a corpus of famous public speeches in history. Focuses on the needs of those who want to brush up their public speaking skills. The volume will be a key reference for aspiring civil servants lawyers business and corporate professionals and politicians. It will be of great interest to scholars of linguistics and political and business communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367222734

Understanding Pupil Behaviour in SchoolA Diversity of Approaches The expert contributors to this book make sense of the different approaches to understanding pupil behavior in schools providing a comprehensive overview thorough discussion of key topics. The book covers: * Cultural issues such as ethnic diversity and the underachievement of boys * Psychological perspectives including a range of behavioral models * Medical conditions including AD/HD and autism * Sociological issues specifically the challenges of including pupils whose behavior is hard to manage. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138162297

Understanding Quality Assurance in ConstructionA Practical Guide to ISO 9000 for Contractors The ISO 9000 family of quality standards has been adopted world-wide as a framework for building better relationships between suppliers and customers. Originally a manufacturing-industry concern quality is now acknowledged to be a key issue for the construction sector whose clients increasingly demand quality certification. This book explains the concepts and practice of quality assurance and management in construction. Clearly written and well illustrated with plenty of sample quality system documents and other pro-forma this book will make the daunting task of developing implementing and managing a quality system a great deal easier for contractors.This is practical guide for building and construction contractors and sub-contractors project managers and other construction professionals. Also for undergraduate and postgraduate students of building construction management and project management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173163

Understanding Quality PeacePeacebuilding after Civil War This book provides an analytical framework for understanding how the concept of quality peace can be used to evaluate post-conflict peacebuilding using social science statistics and case studies. Including contributions from more than 20 researchers and practitioners it argues that the quality of the peace in a post-conflict state relates to the extent to which peace accords are implemented the agreed-upon mechanism for the non-violent resolution of the conflict and the available social space for civil and political actors. To arrive at the concept of 'quality peace' the authors evaluate the existing literature and identify a lack of a satisfactory means of measuring outcomes and consequently how these might be researched comparatively. The volume problematizes the 'quality peace' concept as a way to understand the origins of armed conflict as well as problems deriving from the conflict dynamics and the need for social political and economic changes in the post-conflict periods. The book emphasizes five dimensions as crucial for quality peace in a post-accord society. Negotiations and agreements not only aim at avoiding the return of war but also seek to: (1) promote reconciliation (2) develop mechanisms for resolving future disputes (3) provide for reliable security (4) open economic opportunities for marginalized segments of the population and (5) generate space for civil society. These five dimensions together provide for quality peace after war. They are studied in the context of internal armed conflicts in which multiple parties have signed a peace agreement. This book will be of great interest to students of peace and conflict studies civil wars global governance security studies and International Relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138307681

Understanding Racist ActivismTheory Methods and Research White supremacist groups are highly secretive so their public propaganda tells us little about their operations or the people they attract. To understand the world of organized racism it is necessary to study it from the inside by talking to their members and observing their groups. Doing so reveals a disturbing picture of how fairly ordinary white people learn to embrace the vicious ideas and dangerous agendas of white supremacism. This book takes the reader inside organized racism revealing the kind of women and men who join groups such as the Ku Klux Klan or neo-Nazi skinheads and what they do in those groups. The volume collects significant published works from renowned scholar Kathleen M. Blee's work on racist activism alongside new essays on the theories methods and approaches of studying racist activism. Discussing topics such as emotional issues in research the place of violence and hate in white supremacism and how women are involved in racial terrorism Blee makes use of a range of sources including oral histories ethnographic observations and interviews to shape her findings. Written by the pioneer and leading scholar of women in racist activism this volume is essential reading for students scholars and general readers interested in the areas of social movements politics race studies and American history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138699793

Understanding Radiation BiologyFrom DNA Damage to Cancer and Radiation Risk This book provides a qualitative and quantitative exploration of the action of radiation on living matter which leads to a complete and coherent interpretation of radiation biology. It takes readers from radiation-induced molecular damage in the nucleus of the cell and links this damage to cellular effects such as cell killing chromosome aberrations and mutations before exploring organ damage organism lethality and cancer induction. It also deals with radiological protection concepts and the difficulties of predicting the dose–effect relationship for low-dose and dose rate radiation risk. The book ends with separate chapters dealing with the effects of UV light exposure and risk classification of chemical mutagens both of which are derived by logical extensions of the radiation model. This book will provide the basic foundations of radiation biology for undergraduate and graduate students in medical physics biomedical engineering radiological protection medicine radiology and radiography. Features Presents a comprehensive insight into radiation action on living matter Contains important implications for radiological protection and regulations Provides analytical methods for applications in radiotherapy   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367253769

Understanding Radio '... a highly imaginative and often very entertaining book ... which ... probably says more than any other available text about the limitations and possibilities of present forms of radio.' Professor Laurie Taylor on the first edition of Understanding Radio Understanding Radio is a fully revised edition of a key radio textbook. Andrew Crisell explores how radio processes genres such as news drama and comedy in highly distinctive ways and how the listener's use of the medium has important implications for audience studies. He explains why the sound medium even more than television has played such a crucial role in the development of modern popular culture. The book also introduces students to the broadcasting landscape in a time of great change for national and local radio provision. Understanding Radio will be essential reading both to students of media and to those with a practical involvement in programme production. This new edition includes: a revised history of radio bringing the reader right up to date a brand new chapter on 'talk-and-music' radio the format adopted by many of the new stations. Andrew Crisell lectures in communication and media studies at the University of Sunderland. He has written widely on radio and co-founded Wear FM winner of the 1992 Sony 'Radio Station of the Year' award. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172128

Understanding RandomnessEXERCISES FOR STATISTICIANS This concise easy-to-follow book stimulates interest and develops proficiency in statistical analysis. Packed full of helpful exercises-covering a wide variety of conditions random patterns and simple models-Understanding Randomness presents a logical sequence of study through practice in interpreting random noise before progressing on toreal life problems ... demonstrates proper applications of numerous techniques throughworked out problems ... facilitates further work in statistics keyed to standard references. . . and strengthens experience with unexpected results-fundamental for workingwith random events.Understanding Randomness serves as vital supplementary reading for both graduate andundergraduate students of statistics-with a standard statistics course as a prerequisiteandas a primary source for exercises in statistics laboratories. Moreover it is importantfor industrial and mathematical training courses and society or association seminars aswell as an invaluable workbook for statisticians biostatisticians biometricians socialscientists concerned with improving their data analysis techniques-or anyone dealingwith evaluation of experimental data! Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367580377

Understanding Rationalism The three great historical philosophers most often associated with rationalism - Descartes Spinoza and Leibniz - opened up ingenious and breathtaking vistas upon the world. Yet their works are so difficult that readers often find themselves stymied. "Understanding Rationalism" offers a guide for anyone approaching these thinkers for the first time.With clear explanations elegant examples and insightful summaries "Understanding Rationalism" unlocks their intricate metaphysical systems which are by turns surprising compelling and sometimes bizarre. It also lays out their controversial stances on moral political and religious problems. The study is framed by an opening discussion of the broad themes and attitudes common to these three philosophers and a closing analysis of the legacy they left for the rest of philosophy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711829

Understanding Readers' UnderstandingTheory To Practice This collection features papers addressing current issues in reading comprehension from cognitive and linguistic perspectives. Organized into three sections the volume investigates text considerations and reader-text interactions. Each paper presents a substantial and comprehensive review of theory and research related to cognition and reading comprehension. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203056837

Understanding ReadingA Psycholinguistic Analysis of Reading and Learning to Read Sixth Edition Understanding Reading revolutionized reading research and theory when the first edition appeared in 1971 and continues to be a leader in the field. In the sixth edition of this classic text Smith’s purpose remains the same: to shed light on fundamental aspects of the complex human act of reading – linguistic physiological psychological and social – and of what is involved in learning to read. The text critically examines current theories instructional practices and controversies covering a wide range of disciplines but always remains accessible. Careful attention is given to the ideological clash that continues between whole language and direct instruction and currently permeates every aspect of theory and research into reading and reading instruction. In every edition including the present one Smith has steadfastly resisted giving teachers a recipe for teaching reading while aiming to help them make their own decisions based on research about reading which is accessible to anyone and their experience and personal knowledge of their students which only they possess. To aid readers in making up their own minds each chapter concludes with a brief statement of "Issues." Understanding Reading Sixth Edition is matchless in integrating a wide range of topics relative to reading while at the same time being highly readable and user-friendly for instructors students and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415808293

Understanding Real Analysis Understanding Real Analysis Second Edition offers substantial coverage of foundational material and expands on the ideas of elementary calculus to develop a better understanding of crucial mathematical ideas. The text meets students at their current level and helps them develop a foundation in real analysis. The author brings definitions proofs examples and other mathematical tools together to show how they work to create unified theory. These helps students grasp the linguistic conventions of mathematics early in the text. The text allows the instructor to pace the course for students of different mathematical backgrounds. Key Features: Meets and aligns with various student backgrounds Pays explicit attention to basic formalities and technical language Contains varied problems and exercises Drives the narrative through questions Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138033016

Understanding Regression AnalysisA Conditional Distribution Approach Understanding Regression Analysis unifies diverse regression applications including the classical model ANOVA models generalized models including Poisson Negative binomial logistic and survival neural networks and decision trees under a common umbrella -- namely the conditional distribution model. It explains why the conditional distribution model is the correct model and it also explains (proves) why the assumptions of the classical regression model are wrong. Unlike other regression books this one from the outset takes a realistic approach that all models are just approximations. Hence the emphasis is to model Nature’s processes realistically rather than to assume (incorrectly) that Nature works in particular constrained ways. Key features of the book include: Numerous worked examples using the R software Key points and self-study questions displayed "just-in-time" within chapters Simple mathematical explanations ("baby proofs") of key concepts Clear explanations and applications of statistical significance (p-values) incorporating the American Statistical Association guidelines Use of "data-generating process" terminology rather than "population" Random-X framework is assumed throughout (the fixed-X case is presented as a special case of the random-X case) Clear explanations of probabilistic modelling including likelihood-based methods Use of simulations throughout to explain concepts and to perform data analyses This book has a strong orientation towards science in general as well as chapter-review and self-study questions so it can be used as a textbook for research-oriented students in the social biological and medical and physical and engineering sciences. As well its mathematical emphasis makes it ideal for a text in mathematics and statistics courses. With its numerous worked examples it is also ideally suited to be a reference book for all scientists. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367458522

Understanding Religion and Popular Culture This introductory text provides students with a 'toolbox' of approaches for analyzing religion and popular culture. It encourages readers to think critically about the ways in which popular cultural practices and products especially those considered as forms of entertainment are laden with religious ideas themes and values. The chapters feature lively and contemporary case study material and outline relevant theory and methods for analysis. Among the areas covered are religion and food violence music television and videogames. Each entry is followed by a helpful summary glossary bibliography discussion questions and suggestions for further reading/viewing. Understanding Religion and Popular Culture offers a valuable entry point into an exciting and rapidly evolving field of study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415781060

Understanding Religion and Spirituality in Clinical Practice Understanding Religion and Spirituality in Clinical Practice is a volume in the clinical practice monograph series from the Society of Analytical Psychology. This series is intended primarily for trainees on psychotherapy and psychodynamic counselling courses and for those who are newly qualified. Here the author considers the difficulties clinicians may encounter when patients talk about God or about their spiritual life and how necessary it is for therapists to examine their own image of God and their own understanding of spirituality so that they can distinguish these from those of their patients. She emphasizes how varied are people's images and understanding of what "God" stands for and how in healthy development these will change over time. The book demonstrates through numerous clinical vignettes how clinicians can understand a patient's talking about religion or about God - hearing the voice of God having a vision of God or being convinced that God wants them to act in a particular way; or equally seeing the Devil. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855758704

Understanding Religious RitualTheoretical approaches and innovations Although numerous studies of religious rituals have been conducted by religious studies scholars anthropologists sociologists and psychologists it is rare to find a work that brings scholars from different disciplines together to discuss the similarities and differences in their research. This book represents contributions by leading scholars from several disciplines that show the diversity of approaches to religious rituals while also providing cross-disciplinary perspectives on this topic. The goals of the chapters are to consider where the field currently stands in understanding religious rituals and what novel ideas can improve our knowledge about these practices; and furnish innovative applications of theory by discussing particular examples which are drawn from the authors’ fieldwork. The chapters cover Christian Buddhist Jewish and Islamic rituals thus providing a view of how ritual practices vary across the globe but also how they share some important characteristics.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138019881

Understanding Religious ViolenceThinking Outside the Box on Terrorism There is a long-standing fear of that which is not understood. Since September 11 2001 the fear surrounding the violent elements of religion has led to heightened tensions. Research is thus essential to counteract the effects of 'religious xenophobia'. In this compelling book J.P. Larsson investigates religious violence terrorism and armed conflict in order to deliver the understanding required for a more peaceful world and to allow for a framework of conflict transformation. This multi-disciplinary text will greatly interest those in the fields of international relations theology and sociology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315235387

Understanding Renewable Energy Systems By mid-century renewable energy must cover all of our energy supply if we are to phase out nuclear and successfully stop climate change. Now updated and expanded the 2nd edition of this textbook covers the full range of renewable energy systems and now also includes such current trends as solar power storage power-to-gas technologies and the technology paths needed for a successful and complete energy transition. The topics are treated in a holistic manner bringing together maths engineering climate studies and economics and enabling readers to gain a broad understanding of renewable energy technologies and their potential.Numerous examples are provided for calculations and graphics help visualize the various technologies and mathematical methodologies. Understanding Renewable Energy Systems is an ideal companion for students of renewable energy at universities or technical colleges on courses such as renewable energy electrical engineering engineering technology physics process engineering building engineering environment applied mechanics and mechanical engineering as well as scientists and engineers in research and industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138781962

Understanding Reproductive LossPerspectives on Life Death and Fertility The study of human reproduction has focused on reproductive ’success’ and on the struggle to achieve this rather than on the much more common experience of ’failure’ or reproductive loss. Drawing on the latest research from The UK and Europe The United States Australia and Africa this volume examines the experience of reproductive loss in its widest sense to include termination of pregnancy miscarriage stillbirth perinatal and infant death as well as - more broadly - the loss of desired normative experiences such as that associated with infertility assisted reproduction and the medicalisation of 'high risk' pregnancy and birth. Exploring the commonalities as well as issues of difference and diversity Understanding Reproductive Loss presents international work from a variety of multi-disciplinary perspectives and will appeal to sociologists anthropologists and other social scientists with interests in medicine health the body death studies and gender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257795

Understanding Research in Clinical and Counseling Psychology Understanding Research in Clinical and Counseling Psychology Second Edition is written and designed for graduate students in the psychology and counseling fields for whom the value of psychological research is not always readily apparent. Contributed to by experts in their respective fields this text presents research as an indispensable tool for practice a tool that is used every day to advance knowledge and improve assessment treatment choice and client outcomes. The book is divided into four logical parts: Research Foundations Research Strategies Research Practice and finally Special Problems. Included is a chapter that addresses one of the most important controversies the distinction between realistic and “gold standard” efficacy studies. The remainder of the book addresses salient issues such as conducting research in various cultures operating an empirically-oriented practice and performing research with families children and the elderly. Students and professors will find the coverage ample and penetrating without being too overwhelming.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138128279

Understanding Research in Early Childhood EducationQuantitative and Qualitative Methods Understanding Research in Early Childhood Education: Quantitative and Qualitative Methods prepares readers to be informed consumers of early childhood research. Rather than following the traditional format of covering quantitative and qualitative methods separately this innovative textbook offers side-by-side coverage and comparison about the assumptions questions purposes and methods for each offering unique perspectives for understanding young children and early care and education programs. Understanding Research in Early Childhood Education is broadly based across the major research paradigms and numerous examples are offered throughout the text. Through the use of this book students will be able to more knowledgeably read evaluate and use empirical literature. These skills are becoming more important as early childhood educators are increasingly expected to use evidence-based research in practice and to participate in collecting and analyzing data to inform their teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415714396

Understanding Research in Early EducationThe relevance for the future of lessons from the past In this newly revised edition of Understanding Research in Early Education Margaret Clark demonstrates the continuing relevance of research in the homes of young children and in preschool units. Through rigorous yet understandable language the text stresses the importance of research acknowledging how easy it can be amidst the change and flood of documents on early education and care to overlook the insights to be gained from past research. The author draws on her own studies and those of others to illustrate how to avoid common pitfalls ask the right questions to inform students’ research projects and critically apply findings in the classroom or nursery. The book is one of the few texts for students to bring research alive analysing key research to consider its limitations and the extent to which results are relevant to policy and practice. Without requiring any prior expertise in research and research methodologies the third edition will prove invaluable for undergraduate and postgraduate students taking courses in early years’ education and practitioners undertaking continuing professional development. New content includes: fully revised chapters an updated reference list and a new chapter discussing current research on baseline assessment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138634848

Understanding Research in EducationBecoming a Discerning Consumer This text provides a solid introduction to the foundations of research methods with the goal of enabling students and professionals in the various fields of education to not simply become casual consumers of research who passively read bits and pieces of research articles but discerning consumers able to effectively use published research for practical purposes in educational settings. All issues important for understanding and using published research for these purposes are covered. Key principles are illustrated with research studies published in refereed journals across a wide spectrum of education. Exercises distributed throughout the text encourage readers to engage interactively with what they are reading at the point when the information is fresh in their minds. This text is designed for higher level undergraduate and graduate programs. Course instructors will find that it provides a solid framework in which to promote student interaction and discussion on important issues in research methodology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138776425

Understanding Research MethodsA Guide for the Public and Nonprofit Manager Managers and administrators in the public-policy and nonprofit sectors rely heavily on analytical skills to quickly pore through a massive amount of research. They dissect it and apply specific useful data that can inform critical policy changes and help them improve their organization’s overall performance and financial position. To master this vital role it is imperative that they and their staff learn to be more efficient at collecting analyzing and evaluating research material by discovering how to ask the right questions and quickly discern valuable information from useless data. A Blueprint to Streamline Every Aspect of the Research Process Focusing on the entire research process from start to finish the compact but comprehensive Understanding Research Methods: A Guide for the Public and Nonprofit Manager explores the research designs and analytical tools that are the foundation for decision-making. Relying more on concepts and analysis than on mathematics this text provides insight into the definition process importance and capabilities of research – addressing the topic from the perspectives of both the producer of data and the consumer who evaluates its usefulness. Broken down into three sections the book: Gives an overview of the research process the construction of measures and research ethics Elaborates on planning a research method presenting common research designs used by practitioners and the most useful popular ways to collect data Focuses on tools available to analyze and then communicate data – specifically univariate and bivariate analyses This versatile text is intended for dual uses – as a textbook for graduate and undergraduate students in public and nonprofit administration and public policy and as a practical guide for the average administrator. Both groups will learn how to develop proper research questions define specific research purposes and form hypotheses that avoid confusion in measurement and analysis. Imparting basic practical knowledge it outlines effective approaches to gather accurate relevant information and then effectively interpret and communicate it. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315084404

Understanding Research MethodsAn Overview of the Essentials A perennial bestseller since 1997 this updated tenth edition of Understanding Research Methods provides a detailed overview of all the important concepts traditionally covered in a research methods class. It covers the principles of both qualitative and quantitative research and how to interpret statistics without computations so is suitable for all students regardless of their math background. The book is organized so that each concept is treated independently and can be used in any order without resulting in gaps in knowledge—allowing it to be easily and precisely adapted to any course. It uses lively examples on contemporary topics to stimulate students’ interest and engages them by showing the relevance of research methods to their everyday lives. Numerous case studies and end-of-section exercises help students master the material and encourage classroom discussion. The text is divided into short independent topic sections making it easy for you to adapt the material to your own teaching needs and customize assignments to the aspect of qualitative or quantitative methods under study—helping to improve students’ comprehension and retention of difficult concepts. Additional online PowerPoint slides and test bank questions make this a complete resource for introducing students to research methods.   New to this edition: New topic section on design decisions in research Additional material on production of knowledge and research methods Significant development of material on ethical considerations in research Fresh and contemporary examples from a wide variety of real published research Topic-specific exercises at the end of each section now include suggestions for further steps researchers can take as they build their research project. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415790529

Understanding ResearchCoping with the Quantitative - Qualitative Divide Planning undertaking and completing a research project – from dissertations to presentations - can be a daunting undertaking for any student involving a number of easily taken mis-steps for those without adequate guidance. The objective of any research project is to gather data analyse it based on your research question and present your findings and conclusions. For students having the right approach to these steps can mean the difference between an easily handled process resulting in a well argued and presented project or panicked flailing misdirection and confusion. For those fearful of not getting enough research done doing it the wrong way putting it together incorrectly or unsure of what the end result will be then Understanding Research is an invaluable guide to getting it right and putting fears to bed. Successfully completing a research project is a major milestone in most university degrees and it should be daunting – although not unassailable. This book provides students with the guidance necessary to start undertake and present their research project in social science or the humanities. This text addresses: Where do I start? How do I begin my research and pull it together into a research question? - takes the student through the process of project design starting research and gaining confidence in their choices Am I Researching the right things? Is it taking me in the direction I want to go? What direction is it taking me in? - explores the decision making process at all points of a research project and the implications of these decisions in the longer term Am I researching in the right way – should I be conducting interviews reading articles or collecting statistical data? - outlines the practical and philosophical conundrums around specific techniques for gathering and analysing data Focussed explicitly on the needs and experiences of students and including a wealth of practical tips this work is an essential resource for all students embarking on a research project.   Understanding Research includes: 90 illustrations 2 tables 21 text boxes Glossary Further Reading guides for each chapter Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415490801

Understanding Residential Child Care First published in 1999 the overall aim of the book is to provide a comprehensive critical guide to the theory and practice of residential care. This is achieved by analysing the history and development of residential child care examining the current legislative framework and analysing research. The volume has been written against the background of a crisis of confidence in residential child care. The system is often seen as facing perpetual problems of abuse lack of control and crime. This book seeks to both understand and respond to this challenging situation. Understanding Residential Child Care commences by providing historical and theoretical perspectives. Having provided this analysis the authors move on to examine the empowerment of young people the framework provided by the Children Act the role of the manager the importance of supporting and supervising staff abuse in care and the experience of leaving care. The book concludes with a chapter suggesting a way forward for residential child care. The core concept explored and applied throughout the book is that of empowerment. It is suggested that this concept can act as an organising framework for re-casting residential child care in a positive manner so that a quality environment can be provided which can effectively protect and promote the best interests of the child. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138370265

Understanding Rett SyndromeA guide to symptoms management and treatment Understanding Rett Syndrome offers a concise evidence-based introduction to Rett Syndrome (RTT) covering a range of topics from diagnosis and causes to treatment and family management. It focuses on improving the quality of life for those with the syndrome by suggesting practical ways of managing the condition at home and at school offering support and guidance to all parents and caregivers learning how to help children with RTT. Over the course of six chapters Fabio Caprì and Martino explore signs and symptoms of RTT along with an overview of treatment therapy and interventions for those living with the condition focusing on technological aids such as eye-tracking and ICT and new neural techniques. Illustrated with interviews with parents of children living with RTT Understanding Rett Syndrome is essential reading for parents and caregivers as well as practitioners in clinical and educational psychology counseling mental health nursing child welfare public healthcare and those in education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138600560

Understanding RiskThe Theory and Practice of Financial Risk Management Sound risk management often involves a combination of both mathematical and practical aspects. Taking this into account Understanding Risk: The Theory and Practice of Financial Risk Management explains how to understand financial risk and how the severity and frequency of losses can be controlled. It combines a quantitative approach with a more informal style giving readers a blend of analysis and intuition. Divided into four parts the book begins by introducing the basics of risk management and the behavior of financial instruments. The next section focuses on regulatory capital standards and models addressing value-at-risk (VaR) models portfolio credit risk tranching operational risk and the Basel accords. The author then deals with asset/liability management (ALM) and liquidity management. The last part explores structured finance and a variety of new trading instruments including inflation-linked products sophisticated equity basket options and convertible bonds. With numerous exercises figures and examples throughout this book offers valuable insight on various aspects of financial risk management. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138426252

Understanding Roman Inscriptions Lawrence Keppie's book offers the non-specialist a comprehensive and enjoyable guide to undestanding the texts of Roman inscriptions as well as explaining the numerous different contexts in which they were produced.Every area of Roman life is covered including:* the emperor * temples and altars to the gods* imperial administration * gravestones and tomb monuments* local government and society* the army and the frontiers* Christianity* trade commerce and the economy* the later Roman Empire.For each inscription cited the book provides the original Latin an English translation and a commentary on the piece's significance. Illustrated with more than 80 photos and drawings this is the ideal introduction to the most important source for the history and organisation of the Roman Empire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142923

Understanding Russianness In today’s world where other cultures are being tapped to a greater extent than ever before the processes of mixing and matching are especially relevant in making sense of Russia. Not only do borrowing and assimilation interaction between the familiar and the alien constitute a venerable tradition in Russian culture but during the two last post-Soviet decades a notable Western influence has become apparent. This book provides means for understanding Russianness in this new situation. By bringing together Russian and Western eminent and younger scholars it provides insights both from inside and outside. By extending its perspectives to three fields – linguistics cultural studies and social sciences – it covers different dimensions of creative misunderstandings hybrids tensions and other modes of adaptation in the Russian culture. By offering concrete case studies it avoids easy stereotypes deconstructs clichés problematizes accepted truths and identifies points of interaction between Russia and the West. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138019904

Understanding School TransitionWhat happens to children and how to help them School transition is a life changing event for children - they are rarely faced with such a powerful set of personal and social changes. These underpin the immediate and longer term wellbeing of children peer groups teachers and schools. Understanding School Transition provides a most comprehensive international review of this important area complete with practical advice on what practitioners can do to support children’s wellbeing motivation and achievement. Offering an accessible introduction to children’s psychology at transition Understanding School Transition explores transition as a status passage what we really mean by wellbeing and the ways in which children adapt to new environments. Key chapters focus on:   Understanding stress and anxiety Children’s hopes fears and myths at transition Parents’ and teachers’ influence and role Children’s relationships with peers as they change schools Children’s personal and collective identities Motivation engagement and achievement Supporting the most vulnerable children   Crucially it advises how you can help children through implementing transition interventions and evaluating their success in your own school. Illustrated by case studies of experiences in real schools Understanding School Transition will be essential reading for all training and practising teachers as well as transition and subject specialists who want to better understand and influence what happens to children at this critical stage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415676649

Understanding SchoolingAn Introductory Sociology of Australian Education First published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138468290

Understanding Schools and Schooling Understanding Schools and Schooling provides students with the knowledge about school policy and process that they need in order to address and respond to current trends and discourses in critical well-informed ways that will enhance their teaching and job satisfaction.The book presents issues questions and dilemmas and invites the reader to find their own answers through guided activities discussion with colleagues and further reading. The book provides a philosophical context for teachers' developing classroom practice and empowers them to participate fully in local and national debate about the nature purposes and future of compulsory education in the UK and elsewhere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144965

Understanding Scotland MusicallyFolk Tradition and Policy Scottish traditional music has been through a successful revival in the mid-twentieth century and has now entered a professionalised and public space. Devolution in the UK and the surge of political debate surrounding the independence referendum in Scotland in 2014 led to a greater scrutiny of regional and national identities within the UK set within the wider context of cultural globalisation. This volume brings together a range of authors that sets out to explore the increasingly plural and complex notions of Scotland as performed in and through traditional music. Traditional music has played an increasingly prominent role in the public life of Scotland mirrored in other Anglo-American traditions. This collection principally explores this movement from historically text-bound musical authenticity towards more transient sonic identities that are blurring established musical genres and the meaning of what constitutes ‘traditional’ music today. The volume therefore provides a cohesive set of perspectives on how traditional music performs Scottishness at this crucial moment in the public life of an increasingly (dis)United Kingdom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884192

Understanding Second Language Acquisition Whether we grow up with one two or several languages during our early years of life many of us will learn a second foreign or heritage language in later years. The field of Second language acquisition (SLA for short) investigates the human capacity to learn additional languages in late childhood adolescence or adulthood after the first language --in the case of monolinguals-- or languages --in the case of bilinguals-- have already been acquired. Understanding Second Language Acquisition offers a wide-encompassing survey of this burgeoning field its accumulated findings and proposed theories its developed research paradigms and its pending questions for the future. The book zooms in and out of universal individual and social forces in each case evaluating the research findings that have been generated across diverse naturalistic and formal contexts for second language acquisition. It assumes no background in SLA and provides helpful chapter-by-chapter summaries and suggestions for further reading. Ideal as a textbook for students of applied linguistics foreign language education TESOL and education it is also recommended for students of linguistics developmental psycholinguistics psychology and cognitive science.Supporting resources for tutors are available free at www.routledge.com/ortega. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138170339

Understanding Security Practices in South AsiaSecuritization Theory and the Role of Non-State Actors This book explores the ways in which non-state actors (NSAs) in South Asia are involved in securitizing non-traditional security challenges in the region at the sub-state level. South Asia is the epicentre of some of the most significant international security challenges today. Yet the complexities of the region’s security dynamics remain under-researched. While traditional security issues such as inter-state war border disputes and the threat of nuclear devastation in South Asia remain high on the agendas of policy-makers and academics both within and beyond the region scant attention has been paid to non-traditional or ‘new’ security challenges. Drawing on various case studies this work offers an innovative analysis of how NSAs in South Asia are shaping security discourses in the region and tackling security challenges at the sub-state level. Through its critique of securitization theory the book calls for a new approach to studying security practices in South Asia – one which considers NSAs as legitimate security actors. This book will be of much interest to students of security studies Asian security Asian politics critical security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415741071

Understanding Semantics Understanding Semantics Second Edition provides an engaging and accessible introduction to linguistic semantics. The first part takes the reader through a step-by-step guide to the main phenomena and notions of semantics covering levels and dimensions of meaning ambiguity meaning and context logical relations and meaning relations the basics of noun semantics verb semantics and sentence semantics. The second part provides a critical introduction to the basic notions of the three major theoretical approaches to meaning: structuralism cognitive semantics and formal semantics. Key features include: A consistent mentalist perspective on meaning Broad coverage of lexical and sentence semantics including three new chapters discussing deixis NP semantics presuppositions verb semantics and frames Examples from a wider range of languages that include German Japanese Spanish and Russian. Practical exercises on linguistic data Companion website including all figures and tables from the book an online dictionary answers to the exercises and useful links at routledge.com/cw/loebner This book is an essential resource for all undergraduate students studying semantics. Sebastian Löbner is a Professor of Linguistics at the Institute for Language and Information at the University of Düsseldorf Germany Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781444122435

Understanding Semantics-Based Decision Support This book is an attempt to establish in the readers the importance of creating interoperable data stores and writing rules for handling this data. It also covers extracts from a few project dissertations and a research funded project that the author had supervised.• Describes the power of ontologies for better data management• Provides an overview of knowledge engineering including ontology engineering tools and techniques• Provides sample development procedures for creating two domain ontologies.• Depicts the utility of ontological representation in situation awareness• Demonstrates recommendation engine for unconventional emergencies using a hybrid reasoning approach.• The text explains how to make better utilization of resources when emergency strikesGraduates and undergraduates doing courses in artificial intelligence semantic web and knowledge engineering will find this book beneficial. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367443139

Understanding Sex for SaleMeanings and Moralities of Sexual Commerce The problem of prostitution sex work or sex for sale can often be misunderstood if we do not take into consideration its spatial temporal and political context. Understanding Sex for Sale aims to understand how prostitution sex work or sex for sale are delineated contested and understood in different spaces places and times; with a particular focus on identifying how the relation between sex and money is interpreted and enacted. Divided into three parts this interdisciplinary volume offers contributions that discuss ongoing theoretical issues and analytical challenges. Some chapters focus on how prostitution sex work or sex for sale have been regulated by the authorities and on the understandings that regulations are built upon. Other chapters investigate the experiences of sex workers and sex buyers examining how these actors adjust to or resist the categorisation processes control and stigma they are subjected to. Finally a third group of chapters discuss contemporary definitional issues produced by various actors tasked with controlling prostitution or offering social services to its participants. Advancing and placing analytical tools at the forefront of the discussion Understanding Sex for Sale appeals to undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as researchers interested in fields such as sociology anthropology criminology history human geography and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367431839

Understanding Sexual ViolenceA Study of Convicted Rapists Understanding Sexual Violence examines the structural supports for rape in sexually violent cultures and dispels a number of myths about sexual violence--for example that childhood abuse alcohol and drugs are direct causes of rape. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150065

Understanding SkillsThinking Feeling and Caring It is widely agreed that education should involve the development of understanding critical thinking imagination and emotions. However this book first published in 1990 argues that our views to these key concepts are confused and inaccurate and therefore what we do in schools is generally inappropriate to our ideal. This book will be of interest to students of education and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138933996

Understanding Small-Island Developing StatesFragility and External Shocks Small island developing states (SIDS) are characterised by high economic geographical and social vulnerability. These states are perceived as economically vulnerable exhibiting poor economic performance and embedding low levels of achieved well-being on most criteria. SIDS which occupy very large parts of the world face idiosyncratic development challenges largely owing to their susceptibility to external shocks. Still these countries are all too often overlooked in the development research literature. Arising from a UNU-WIDER research project this book provides in-depth research on the international dimensions of SIDS development experiences. Using a wealth of data as well as case studies the main topics examined comprise: aid policies and growth; the costs of neglect in terms of losses owing to a country falling into the fragile states group of that country and those in its region; the composition of trade and the impact of external shocks and the impact of remittances. The studies jointly provide valuable insights for small islands and other developing countries in the pursuit of sustainable growth and development. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Development Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986428

Understanding Social EntrepreneurshipThe Relentless Pursuit of Mission in an Ever Changing World Understanding Social Entrepreneurship is the leading textbook that provides students with a comprehensive overview of the field. It brings the mindset principles strategies tools and techniques of entrepreneurship into the social sector to present innovative solutions to today’s vexing social issues. Kickul and Lyons cover all the key topics relevant to social entrepreneurship including a detailed examination of each of the steps in the entrepreneurial process. This third edition includes several new features: A process-oriented format taking students through discovery design development and delivery Two new chapters: one on lean start-up and design thinking for social entrepreneurship and another on unconventional approaches from developing countries Updated and new case studies with improved global coverage "Voices from the Field" sections that explore evidence-based research from the field. Bringing together a rigorous theoretical foundation and a strong practical focus this is the go-to resource for students of social entrepreneurship at undergraduate and postgraduate levels. A companion website includes an instructor’s manual PowerPoint slides a test bank and other tools to provide additional support for students and instructors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367220327

Understanding Social Movements This book offers a new and fresh approach to understanding social movements. It provides interdisciplinary perspectives on social and cultural protest and contentious politics. It considers major theories and concepts which are presented in an accessible and engaging format. Historical and contemporary case studies and examples from a variety of different countries are provided throughout including the American civil rights movement Greenpeace Pussy Riot indigenous peoples movements liberation theology Occupy Tea Party and the Arab Spring. The book presents specific chapters outlining the early origins of social movement studies and more recent theoretical and conceptual developments. It considers key ideas from resource mobilization theory the political process model and new social movement approaches. It provides an expansive commentary on the role of culture in social protest and looks at substantive areas in chapters dedicated to religious movements geography and struggles over space media and movements and global activism. Understanding Social Movements will be a useful resource for undergraduate and postgraduate students across disciplines wanting to be introduced to or extend their knowledge of the field. The book will also prove invaluable for lecturers and academic researchers interested in studying social movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415600880

Understanding Social MovementsTheories from the Classical Era to the Present In thirteen succinct chapters Buechler traces movement theories from the classical era of sociology to the most recent examples of transnational activism. He identifies the socio-historical context central concepts and guiding logic of diverse movement theories with emphasis on: Comparisons of Marx and Lenin; Weber and Michels; and Durkheim and LeBon The Chicago School of the inter-war period The political-sociological approaches of the 1950s The varieties of strain and breakdown theories at the dawn of the 1960s Major paradigm shifts caused by the cascade of 1960s social movements Vivid examples of movements worldwide and coverage of all major theorists Critiques debates and proposed syntheses dominating the turn of the 21st century Recent trends (such as cyberactivism and transnational movements) and their theoretical implications" Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594519161

Understanding Society through Popular Music Written for Introductory Sociology and Sociology of Popular Music courses this book uses popular music to illustrate fundamental social institutions theories sociological concepts and processes. The authors use music a social phenomenon of great interest to draw students in and bring life to their study of social life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138806528

Understanding Solid State PhysicsProblems and Solutions The correlation between the microscopic composition of solids and their macroscopic (electrical optical thermal) properties is the goal of solid state physics. This book is the deeply revised version of the French book Initiation à la physique du solide: exercices comméntes avec rappels de cours written more than 20 years ago. It has five sections that start with a brief textbook introduction followed by exercises problems with solutions and comments and that are concluded with questions. It presents a quasi-systematic investigation of the influence of dimensionality changes from 1D to 3D via surfaces and 2D quantum wells on the physical properties of solids. The aim of this book is to teach solid state physics through the use of problems and solutions giving orders of magnitude and answers to simple questions of this field. The numerous comments and problems in the book are inspired from some Nobel Prize–winning research in physics such as neutron diffraction (1994) quantum Hall effect (1985) semiconducting heterostructures (1973) and tunnel microscope (1986) superconductivity (1987). The book will be helpful for undergraduate- and graduate-level students of solid state physics and chemistry and researchers in physics chemistry and materials science. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814267892

Understanding Southern Social Movements Southern social movements have played an important role in shaping world history and politics. Nevertheless scholarly literature on movements of the global South remains limited and restricted to testing the social movement theory which was developed in the North. This Northern-centric approach largely fails to provide a meaningful understanding of Southern movements because it is not directly applicable to the differing historical backgrounds culture and socio-economic structures found in the South. Much of the uniqueness and complexity of Southern social movements has therefore been overlooked. This collection analyses recent events and developments in Southern social movements introducing well-researched case studies from fifteen countries of the global South. Arranged in two parts the volume examines firstly movements which focus on rights and quality of life issues and secondly the post-2011 wave of uprisings which started with Tunisian and Egyptian movements. Contributing to ongoing discussions about the Northern-centric nature of social movement theory and the social sciences more generally the authors enter into dialogue with the debate on local and national levels as well as globalizing processes. Through an interdisciplinary approach this book broadens the theoretical and empirical perspectives for the study of social movements and will appeal to sociologists political scientists scholars and students of social movements and social activists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815353287

Understanding Soviet PoliticsThe Perspective Of Russian History To what extent did the Russian revolution of 1917 bring about the changes wanted by the Bolsheviks? Why did many of these changes fail to materialize? How has the Russian heritage adapted to the challenges facing all modernizing societies? What does Russia's past tell us about the present role of the USSR in world affairs? In this collection of essays which includes new part and chapter introductions Dr. Black discusses these questions examining the major issues that shape our understanding of Soviet politics. Beginning with a general exploration of the ways the traditional heritage of the Russian empire has both helped and hindered the adaptation of Soviet society to the contemporary world he illustrates the extent to which the Russian empire was already evolving into a modern society before World War · I. The author analyzes the modernization of the USSR emphasizing the interaction of tradition and modernity and the ways the Russian heritage of institutions and values has been adapted since 1861 to the needs of political development economic growth and social integration. Comparisons are made with a wide range of societies first in 1967 the fiftieth anniversary of the Russian revolution and again in the 1980s. The book considers the past and present relations of Russia/USSR with the outside world in the context of universal societal changes. Dr. Black discusses such questions as the differences between the foreign policy objectives of Czarist Russia and the Soviet Union; the degree to which Russia/USSR has been able to influence other countries through means other than military power; and drawing on his experience in Bulgaria the origins of the cold war. The book concludes with Dr. Black's personal interview with Nikita Khrushchev a discussion that provides rare insights into the thought processes of a leading Soviet statesman at the height of his power Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429266782

Understanding Soviet Society First Published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315000039

Understanding Space Time and CausalityModern Physics and Ancient Indian Traditions This book examines issues related to the concepts of space time and causality in the context of modern physics and ancient Indian traditions. It looks at the similarity and convergence of these concepts of modern physics with those discussed in ancient Indian wisdom. The volume brings the methodologies of empiricism and introspection together to highlight the synergy between these two strands. It discusses wide-ranging themes including the quantum vacuum as ultimate reality quantum entanglement and metaphysics of relations identity and individuality and dark energy and anti-matter as discussed in physics and in Indian philosophical schools like Vedanta Yoga Buddhist Kashmiri Shaivism and Jaina Philosophy. First of its kind this book will be an essential read for scholars and researches of philosophy Indian philosophy philosophy of science theoretical physics and social science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367198701

Understanding Space StrategyThe Art of War in Space This book examines the rise of great power competition in space including the relevant and practical space strategies for China Russia the United States and other countries.The work discusses the concepts and writings of past strategists such as Thucydides Sun Tzu and Clausewitz in relation to warfare initiated in or extending into space. This analysis underscores why polities initiate war based upon an assessment of fear honor and interest and explains why this will also be true of war in space. Based upon the timeless strategic writings of the past the book uncovers the strategy of space warfare along with the concepts of deterrence dissuasion and the inherent right of self-defense and outlines strategies for great medium and emerging space powers. Additionally it highlights changes needed to space strategy based upon the Law of Armed Conflict norms of behavior and Rules of Engagement. The work also examines advancements and emerging trends in the commercial space sector as well as what these changes mean for the implementation of a practical space strategy. Given the rise of great power competition in space this work presents a space strategy based upon historical experience. This book will be of much interest to students of space policy strategic studies and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671686

Understanding Special Educational Needs and Disability in the Early YearsPrinciples and Perspectives This key text provides essential tools for understanding legislation policy provision and practice for children in the early years particularly young children with special educational needs and disability (SEND). Based on extensive research and the four areas of need as defined in the Special Educational Needs and Disability Code of Practice: 0 to 25 Years (DfE 2015) the book charts the development of young children and their growing constructions of learning communication language motor movement and emotion.Providing material that translates into practice in a straightforward and practical way this text is packed full of personal accounts and case studies enabling readers to appreciate what the experience of SEND in the early years means for families and professionals and also to learn more about how they might understand and respond appropriately to a child’s needs. Understanding Special Educational Needs and Disability in the Early Years will be of interest to students studying Early Years courses families SENDCOs teachers and other staff supporting young children with a range of special educational needs and disabilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138201019

Understanding Special Educational NeedsA Teacher's Guide to Effective School Based Research New and experienced teachers working with children with special needs in mainstream or special school settings are increasingly discovering the value of research to inform and improve their teaching. This highly accessible text features: · identification of the key research issues which relate to different aspects of SEN and inclusion · guidance on how to carry out research in order to enhance teaching and learning for children whose progress is causing concern · explanations of a range of approaches to research including empirical studies of individuals groups and institutions with children parents teachers and other professionals · advice on how to use and disseminate research findings The authors support their basic guidance with a variety of examples of published research and they offer a framework and practical suggestions for planning and carrying out school-based investigations with different purposes in mind. This text will be relevant to teachers and SENCOs and to mentors and tutors in their supporting role. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315069074

Understanding Spectrum Liberalisation Until the 1990s almost all spectrum licenses were given away practically for free—even the first mobile licenses which laid the foundation for multi-billion dollar companies that dominate stock markets around the world. In the past fifteen years there has been a concerted attempt to liberalise the sector and make it more open to market forces. This book examines this attempt.Exploring the new frontier for spectrum policy Understanding Spectrum Liberalisation identifies the successes and failures of the main policy initiatives of the past decade. It explains in layman’s terms the technical and policy background needed to understand these debates.For those already working in the field the book provides a lively analysis of recent policy initiatives along with an authoritative interpretation of the latest developments in spectrum policy. It examines individual liberalisation initiatives in detail and explains the logic behind moves towards spectrum sharing which is seen as the next policy phase.This book will help non-specialists climb the formidable learning curve quickly. It is ideal for those who have just become involved in the spectrum field whether in industry government or as a regulator as well as those with expertise in one area of spectrum management who want to learn more about the other areas.History is about the concerns of the present so the saying goes and the authors hope that their interpretation of the very recent past will stimulate debate about future policy and help you make substantive contributions to ongoing policy debates. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575571

Understanding Spelling How do children learn to spell and what kinds of teaching support them most effectively? Based on a three-year longitudinal study of children's spelling in different primary classrooms Olivia O'Sullivan Assistant Director of the Centre for Literacy in Primary Education and Anne Thomas the former Inset Director of the Centre for Literacy in Primary Education  pose a number of important questions: what kinds of knowledge are involved in spelling? what are the links between learning to read and learning to spell? what kinds of systematic teaching and interventions make a difference to children's progress? Packed with case studies photographs and examples of children’s work this unique book sets out the most effective approaches to spelling and provides teachers with a broad set of principles on which to base their teaching. This is an invaluable resource for any teacher or trainee teacher wishing to raise standards in spelling in their classroom.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143814

Understanding Spin Dynamics Experimental methods employing spin resonance effects (nuclear magnetic resonance and electron spin resonance) are broadly used in molecular science due to their unique potential to reveal mechanisms of molecular motion structure and interactions. The developed techniques bring together biologists investigating dynamics of proteins material science researchers looking for better electrolytes or nanotechnology scientists inquiring into dynamics of nano-objects. Nevertheless one can profit from the rich source of information provided by spin resonance methods only when appropriate theoretical models are available. The obtained experimental results reflect intertwined quantum–mechanical and dynamical properties of molecular systems and to interpret them one has to first understand the quantum–mechanical principles of the underlying processes. This book concentrates on the theory of spin resonance phenomena and the relaxation theory which have been discussed from first principles to introduce the reader to the language of quantum mechanics used to describe the behaviour of atomic nuclei and electrons. There is a long way from knowing complex formulae to apply them correctly to describe the studied system. The book shows through examples how symbols can be "replaced" in equations by using properties of real systems to formulate descriptions that link the quantities observed in spin resonance experiments with dynamics and structure of molecules. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814463492

Understanding Sport ManagementInternational perspectives Sport management is a rapidly developing industry which continues to grow in size and scope on an international scale. This comprehensive and engaging textbook offers a complete introduction to core principles and best practice in contemporary sport management. Adopting an issues-based approach and drawing on the very latest research it demonstrates how theory translates into practice across all the key functional areas of sport management from governance and leadership to tourism and events. Written by a team of experts from across the globe the book explores sport management from a truly international perspective and looks at all levels from professional high-performance sport to non-profit and grassroots. With extended real-world case studies and an array of helpful features in every chapter it addresses crucial topics such as: managing organisational performance communication and social media sponsorship and marketing the impact of sport on society future directions for sport management. Complemented by a companion website full of additional teaching and learning resources for students and instructors this is an essential textbook for any degree-level sport management course. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138100633

Understanding SportA socio-cultural analysis In the decade or more since publication of the first edition of Understanding Sport both sport and wider global society have undergone profound change. In this fully updated revised and expanded edition of their classic textbook John Horne Alan Tomlinson Garry Whannel and Kath Woodward offer a critical and reflective introduction to the relationship between sport and contemporary society and explain how sport remains an important agent and symptom of socio-cultural change. Fully integrating historical sociological political and cultural analysis the book covers every key topic in the study of sport and society including: debate interpretation and theory sport and the media sport and the body sport and politics commercialization globalization. Retaining the accessibility and scholarly rigour for which Understanding Sport has always been renowned this new edition includes entirely new chapters on global transformations sports mega-events and sites sporting bodies and governance as well as a succinct guide to researching sport. With review and seminar questions included in every chapter plus concise helpful guides to further reading Understanding Sport remains an essential textbook for all courses on sport and society the sociology of sport sport and social theory or social issues in sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415591416

Understanding Sports CoachingThe Pedagogical Social and Cultural Foundations of Coaching Practice Every successful sports coach knows that good teaching and social practices are just as important as expertise in sport skills and tactics. Now in a fully revised and updated third edition Understanding Sports Coaching is still the only introduction to theory and practice in sports coaching to fully explore the social cultural and pedagogical concepts underpinning good coaching practice. The book examines the complex interplay between coach athlete coaching programme and social context and encourages coaches to develop an open and reflective approach to their own coaching practice. It covers every key aspect of coaching theory and practice including important and emerging topics such as: athletes’ identities athlete learning emotion in coaching coaching ethics professionalization talent identification and development coaching as a (micro)political activity Understanding Sports Coaching also includes a full range of practical exercises and extended case studies designed to encourage coaches to reflect critically upon their own coaching strategies their interpersonal skills and upon important issues in contemporary sports coaching. This is an essential textbook for any degree-level course in sports coaching and for any professional coach looking to develop their coaching expertise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415857475

Understanding Staff Development (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1996 this book charts the philosophical landscape of staff development at a time when the subject of ‘quality’ in university teaching and learning was under examination. Graham Webb considers three main issues in his research. He focuses on what the basis for educational and staff development actually is and looks at the weaknesses of the then current practices as well as deliberating over the future of informed staff development. This book will be of interest to staff developers of all kinds and more generally to anyone concerned with education and human development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415662475

Understanding StatebuildingTraditional Governance and the Modern State in Somaliland Much analysis of state building focusses on dissecting specific projects and attempting to identify what has gone ’wrong’ in states such as Afghanistan and Iraq. What draws less attention is what has gone ’right’ in non-interventionist statebuilding projects within 'unrecognised’ states. By examining this model in more depth a more successful model of statebuilding emerges in which the end goal of modern democracy and good governance are more likely to be realized. Indeed 'states-within-states’ such as Somaliland where external intervention in the statebuilding process is largely absent can provide vital new lessons. Somaliland is a functioning democratic political entity in northwestern Somalia which declared its independence from the troubled south in 1991 and then embarked on an ambitious project to create a democratic government and successful state in the post-conflict environment. The leaders and the people of Somaliland have since succeeded not only in maintaining peace and stability but also in building the institutions of government and the foundations for democracy that have led to a succession of elections peaceful transfers of power and a consolidation of democratization. The resulting state of Somaliland is widely hailed as a beacon of success within a politically turbulent region and provides a useful framework for successful statebuilding projects throughout the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267268

Understanding Statelessness Understanding Statelessness offers a comprehensive in-depth examination of statelessness. The volume presents the theoretical legal and political concept of statelessness through the work of leading critical thinkers in this area. They offer a critique of the existing framework through detailed and theoretically-based scrutiny of challenging contexts of statelessness in the real world and suggest ways forward. The volume is divided into three parts. The first ‘Defining Statelessness’ features chapters exploring conceptual issues in the definition of statelessness. The second ‘Living Statelessness’ uses case studies of statelessness contexts from States across global regions to explore the diversity of contemporary lived realities of statelessness and to interrogate standard theoretical presentations. ‘Theorising Statelessness’ the final part approaches the theorisation of statelessness from a variety of theoretical perspectives building upon the earlier sections. All the chapters come together to suggest a rethinking of how we approach statelessness. They raise questions and seek answers with a view to contributing to the development of a theoretical approach which can support more just policy development. Throughout the volume readers are encouraged to connect theoretical concepts real-world accounts and challenging analyses. The result is a rich and cohesive volume which acts as both a state-of-the-art statement on statelessness research and a call to action for future work in the field. It will be of great interest to graduates and scholars of political theory human rights law and international development as well as those looking for new approaches to thinking about statelessness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367138608

Understanding Statistics Introducing undergraduates to the vital concepts of statistics this superb textbook allows instructors to include as much mathematical detail as may be suitable for their students. Featuring Statpal statistical software for the IBM PC® the book contains study questions that help solidify students’ understanding. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367580315

Understanding Statistics and Statistical MythsHow to Become a Profound Learner Addressing 30 statistical myths in the areas of data estimation measurement system analysis capability hypothesis testing statistical inference and control charts this book explains how to understand statistics rather than how to do statistics. Every statistical myth listed in this book has been stated in course materials used by the author’s clients by employers or by experts in training thousands. Each myth is an unconditional statement that when taken literally and at face value is false. All are false under some conditions while a few are not true under any condition. This book explores the conditions that render false the universality of the statements to help you understand why.In the book six characters discuss various topics taught in a fictional course intended to teach students how to apply statistics to improve processes. The reader follows along and learns as the students apply what they learn to a project in which they are team members.Each discussion is like a Platonic dialogue. The purpose of a Platonic dialogue is to analyze a concept statement hypothesis or theory through questions applications examples and counterexamples to see if it is true when it is true and why it is true when it is true. The dialogues will help readers understand why certain statements are not always true under all conditions as well as when they contradict other myths. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498727457

Understanding Statistics for the Social Sciences with IBM SPSS Modern statistical software provides the ability to compute statistics in a timely orderly fashion. This introductory statistics textbook presents clear explanations of basic statistical concepts and introduces students to the IBM SPSS program to demonstrate how to conduct statistical analyses via the popular point-and-click and the "syntax file" methods. The focal point is to show students how easy it is to analyse data using SPSS once they have learned the basics. Provides clear explanation of basic statistical concepts that provides the foundation for the beginner students’ statistical journey. Introduces the SPSS software program. Gives clear explanation of the purpose of specific statistical procedures (e.g. frequency distributions measures of central tendencies measures of variability etc.). Avoids the conventional cookbook approach that contributes very little to students’ understanding of the rationale of how the correct results were obtained. The advantage of learning the IBM SPSS software package at the introductory class level is that most social sciences students will employ this program in their later years of study. This is because SPSS is one of the most popular of the many statistical packages currently available. Learning how to use this program at the very start not only familiarizes students with the utility of this program but also provides them with the experience to employ the program to conduct more complex analyses in their later years. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138742208

Understanding StepfamiliesTheir Structure and Dynamics Understanding Stepfamilies takes a large step toward achieving integration of the many variables presented in understanding the stepfamily system. The book examines the dynamics and resources within these complex family systems. It helps clinicians and researchers understand the underlying structural patterns and dynamics of stepfamilies promoting more successful positive treatment outcomes. Chapters in Understanding Stepfamilies offer clinicians and researchers an international perspective including contributions from the U.S. Canada Israel and The Netherlands. Readers learn of unique theoretical approaches to understanding stepfamily typologies and behaviors and specific clinical models for assessment and intervention as well as more empirically-based findings regarding parent-child interactions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315801025

Understanding Storytelling Among African American ChildrenA Journey From Africa To America Understanding Storytelling Among African American Children: A Journey From Africa to America reports research on narrative production among African American children for the purpose of extending previous inquiry and discussion of narrative structure. Some researchers have focused on the influence of culture on the narrative structures employed by African American children; some have suggested that their narrative structures are strongly influenced by home culture; others posit that African American children like children in general produce narrative structures typically found in school settings. Dr. Champion contributes to previous research by suggesting that African American children do not produce one structure of narratives exclusively but rather a repertoire of structures some linked to African and African American and others to European American narrative structures. Detailed analyses of narratives using both psychological text analysis and qualitative analysis are presented. An informative introduction provides background for the study including a history of storytelling within the African American community. Part I offers a framework for understanding narrative structures among African American children. In Part II evidence is presented that African American children produce a repertoire of narrative structures that are complex in nature. Part III connects the research findings to implications for educating African American children. Researchers students and professionals in the fields of literacy education language development African American studies and communication sciences and disorders will find this book particularly relevant and useful. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986497

Understanding Strength and Conditioning as Sport CoachingBridging the Biophysical Pedagogical and Sociocultural Foundations of Practice Contemporary strength and conditioning coaching is for the most part informed by the exercise sciences with little engagement being made with sociocultural and pedagogical perspectives which have emerged in sports coaching research over the last two decades. In Understanding Strength and Conditioning as Sport Coaching: Bridging the Biophysical Pedagogical and Sociocultural Foundations of Practice the authors – whose expertise span strength and conditioning sports coaching and pedagogy – help students and coaches to integrate perspectives from these disciplines to enhance their strength and conditioning coaching practice. The book encourages readers to add moral ethical and political considerations to the technical aspects of their coaching practice. It discusses and applies concepts to a full range of strength and conditioning settings including elite performance young athletes ageing athletes and returning to play following injury. Featuring an eResource and structured around rich narrative pedagogical cases reflecting the issues faced by practising strength and conditioning coaches the book offers a thoroughly engaging introduction to pedagogical and sociocultural concepts and literature in a strength and conditioning context. This is a vital book for students of strength and conditioning and an important resource for practising strength and conditioning coaches and sport science staff. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138301825

Understanding Stress in Doctors’ Families This title was first published in 2000:  The first book to examine stress in doctors’ families in the United Kingdom this book outlines the results of both qualitative and quantitative research data and a thorough literature review of stress in the medical profession. It has been organised in five chapters beginning with medical students junior doctors and consultants’ stress. Chapter two focuses on specific problems experienced by general practitioners. The content of the third chapter outlines the experiences of women doctors and their family lives. In chapter four overseas doctors their spouses and their children talk about their experiences which are characterised by cultural diversities. Chapter five focuses on the experiences of non-doctor spouses and children’s point of view. The final chapter reviews issues raised by the doctors their spouses and their children. Approaches to the problems of different groups are suggested and some individual and organisational stress management strategies are outlined. This book is aimed at medical students hospital doctors and their spouses general practitioners and their spouses other health care professionals and students in medicine social sciences and allied health professions. It will also be of value to counsellors helping doctors and their families suffering from emotional problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138727359

Understanding Stress in Doctors’ Families This title was first published in 2000:  The first book to examine stress in doctors’ families in the United Kingdom this book outlines the results of both qualitative and quantitative research data and a thorough literature review of stress in the medical profession. It has been organised in five chapters beginning with medical students junior doctors and consultants’ stress. Chapter two focuses on specific problems experienced by general practitioners. The content of the third chapter outlines the experiences of women doctors and their family lives. In chapter four overseas doctors their spouses and their children talk about their experiences which are characterised by cultural diversities. Chapter five focuses on the experiences of non-doctor spouses and children’s point of view. The final chapter reviews issues raised by the doctors their spouses and their children. Approaches to the problems of different groups are suggested and some individual and organisational stress management strategies are outlined. This book is aimed at medical students hospital doctors and their spouses general practitioners and their spouses other health care professionals and students in medicine social sciences and allied health professions. It will also be of value to counsellors helping doctors and their families suffering from emotional problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138727441

Understanding Structural EngineeringFrom Theory to Practice In our world of seemingly unlimited computing numerous analytical approaches to the estimation of stress strain and displacement—including analytical numerical physical and analog techniques—have greatly advanced the practice of engineering. Combining theory and experimentation computer simulation has emerged as a third path for engineering design and performance evaluation. As a result structural engineers working in the practical world of engineering must apply and ideally thrive on these idealizations of science-based theories. Analyzing the major achievements in the field Understanding Structural Engineering demonstrates how to bring science to engineering design. This book illustrates:Key conceptual breakthroughs in structural engineering in the twentieth centuryThe science of structural engineering from basic mechanics and computing to the ultimate process of engineering designHow engineers implement theory to practice through idealizations and simplificationsCurrent and future trends in structural engineeringDevelopments and advancements in structural engineering hinge on a few key breakthroughs in concepts simplifications and idealizations. Simplification inherent in the art of structural engineering is a key theme throughout this book. But the authors go further. Their clear explanations of the role and impact of new science-based developments shows you how to put them into practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367382735

Understanding StructuresAn Introduction to Structural Analysis Before structural mechanics became the common language of structural engineers buildings were built based on observed behavior with every new solution incurring high levels of risk. Today the pendulum has swung in the other direction. The web of structural mechanics is so finely woven that it hides the role of experience in design again leading to high levels of risk. Understanding Structures brings the art and science of structures into the environment of a computer game.  The book imparts a basic understanding of how buildings and bridges resist gravity wind and earthquake loads. Its interactive presentation of topics spans elementary concepts of force in trusses to bending of beams and the response of multistory multi-bay frames. Formulate Graphical and Quantitative Solutions with GOYA The companion software GOYA runs easily on any java-enabled system. This interactive learning environment allows engineers to obtain quick and instructive graphical and quantitative solutions to many problems in structures. Simulation is critical to the design and construction of safe structures. Using GOYA and the tools within Understanding Structures engineers can enhance their overall understanding of structure response as well as expedite the process of safe structure design. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315275673

Understanding Student Learning (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1983 Understanding Student Learning provides an in-depth analysis of students’ learning methods in higher education at the time. It examines the extent to which these learning methods reflected the teaching assessment and individual personalities of the students involved. The book contains interviews with students experiments and statistical analyses of survey data in order to identify successes and difficulties in student learning and the culmination of these techniques is a clearer insight into the process of student learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138857377

Understanding Student Mobility in EuropeAn Interdisciplinary Approach Understanding Student Mobility in Europe interprets student mobility in European higher education through an active dialogue between disciplines voices and variables of interest. Providing the conceptual methodological pedagogical and empirical foundations of an interdisciplinary approach this book advances readers’ understanding of the student exchange experience whilst outlining guidelines and resources for approaching student mobility and considering how students can gain from cross-border education. Intersecting voices from different disciplines and sojourners including exchange students international students and highly skilled immigrants the book outlines practical guidelines for intercultural curriculum development and assessment and provides insights practical ideas useful terminology and resources to maximise the learning gains of this student population. Split into three distinct parts the book initially lays the foundational substructure in which an interdisciplinary approach is based. It then addresses questions of practical application by considering the experiences of 50 sojourners in Portugal and the UK through an interdisciplinary lens and summarises the implications of interdisciplinarity with regards to student mobility in European tertiary-level education. This book is essential reading for academics and postgraduate students interested in student mobility education abroad practitioners and policy-makers at institutional national and international levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138298972

Understanding Suicide Terrorism Understanding Suicide Terrorism aims to explore the different aspects involved in suicide terrorism for a better understanding of the tactic which has become a global phenomenon and threat today. The book aims to help inform holistic policy making by tracing the evolution of the use of suicide as a weapon in conflict and the emergence of modern-day suicide terrorism. The book uses case studies of prominent terror outfits to have used the tactic rather confidently and consistently and suggests that suicide terrorism must be understood as the interplay of three vital components—the individual committing the act the organization employing the tactic and the state environment contributing to the culture of suicide terrorism. Subsequently a purely weapons-based approach to counter terrorism cannot be relied upon to solve a threat such as suicide terrorism which is so deeply ingrained in ideology and symbolism. The book comes at a time when suicide terrorism has been one of the most potent and effective tools for individuals and entities to achieve what they perceive as goals and shall inevitably remain a challenge for policy makers and security establishments to deal with. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367438388

Understanding Supreme Court Opinions Going beyond the standard interpretation of Supreme Court opinions this practical text delves into the legal reasoning behind the written opinions - the modes of persuasion and justification used by Supreme Court justices - to give readers a deeper understanding of how to read and interpret the decisions of our highest court. An indispensable and supplement to any constitutional law casebook the sixth edition has been thoroughly updated incorporating new material throughout the book on recent opinions issued by the Supreme Court; It also includes a new Chapter 9 which discusses in greater depth the briefing of a case - Seattle School District No. 1;- and its analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138474000

Understanding Sustainability EconomicsTowards Pluralism in Economics This highly readable yet challenging book provides a critical examination of the failings of mainstream economics and the resultant environmental problems we are facing. Most importantly it articulates what an alternative economics for sustainability would look like in both theory and practice. The book provides a brief history of economics and looks at the intersection between politics and the often hidden values embedded in economics. Also covered are the roles of individuals and organizations political structures and institutions democracy environmental decision-making sustainability assessment and a vision of a future underpinned by sustainability economics. A main point raised is that in any serious attempt to come to grips with unsustainable trends fundamental issues such as the theory of science the role of science in society paradigms in economics ideological orientations and institutional arrangements need to be critically examined. The theory is supported by case studies explanatory figures further reading sections and discussion questions to facilitate debate and learning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773638

Understanding Sustainability in Early Childhood EducationCase Studies and Approaches from Across the UK This unique book explores research related to education for sustainability within early childhood education in the United Kingdom. Divided into the four home nations it examines what education for sustainability looks like in practice discusses the different application and positions of each region and considers the contribution of early childhood education to support the Sustainable Development Goals. Each chapter considers the relevant early years framework and includes associated case studies which highlight connections between statutory guidance policy and positive early years pedagogical practice. The authors use an education for sustainability lens to explore the critical issues and explicit and implicit links embedded in each of the curricula frameworks. Each chapter acknowledges the context of outdoor learning with discussion related to different interpretations of ecological sustainability. This exploration should help readers to consider the idea of sustainability within early childhood education. The book considers early childhood education as a distinct and valuable phase beyond the readiness for school discourse and recognises the importance of having skilful and knowledgeable adults to work with young children from birth. It offers a unique resource for students practitioners leaders and researchers engaged in the study of education for sustainability in early childhood and the importance of the early years for the development of life-long pro-environmental attitudes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138188297

Understanding Sustainable Development A truly comprehensive introduction to the topic Understanding Sustainable Development is designed to give students on a wide range of courses an appreciation of the key concepts and theories of sustainable development. Fully updated the third edition includes detailed coverage of the Sustainable Development Goals and their impact on global development. Major challenges and topics are explored through a range of international case studies and media examples which maintain the ‘global to local’ structure of the previous edition. With an extensive website and pedagogy Understanding Sustainable Development is the most complete guide to the subject for course leaders undergraduates and postgraduates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138205956

Understanding Syntax Assuming no prior grammatical knowledge Understanding Syntax explains and illustrates the major concepts categories and terminology involved in the study of cross-linguistic syntax. Taking a theory-neutral and descriptive viewpoint throughout this book: introduces syntactic typology syntactic description and the major typological categories found in the languages of the world; clarifies with examples grammatical constructions and relationships between words in a clause including word classes and their syntactic properties; grammatical relations such as subject and object; case and agreement processes; passives; questions and relative clauses; features in-text and chapter-end exercises to extend the reader’s knowledge of syntactic concepts and argumentation drawing on data from over 100 languages; highlights the principles involved in writing a brief syntactic sketch of language. This fifth edition has been revised and updated to include extended exercises in all chapters updated further readings and more extensive checklists for students. Accompanying e-resources have also been updated to include hints for instructors and additional links to further reading. Understanding Syntax is an essential textbook for students studying the description of language cross-linguistic syntax language typology and linguistic fieldwork. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367198404

Understanding Tablets from Early Childhood to AdulthoodEncounters with Touch Technology Understanding Tablets from Early Childhood to Adulthood offers an alternative to dominant and populist narratives that young people are intuitively able to successfully use tablet devices. Adopting a research-driven approach the book contests the ideology that touch-technologies are easier to understand and identifies the factors that contribute to communicative encounters between users and tablets. Communication theory and cognitive psychology concepts and methods are employed to offer an epistemological exploration of user-tablet interaction with a focus on the use of these technologies in educational settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138229433

Understanding Tall BuildingsA Theory of Placemaking In recent years the rapid pace of tall building construction has fostered a certain kind of placelessness with many new tall buildings being built out of scale context and place. By analyzing hundreds of tall buildings and by providing hundreds of visuals that inspire stimulate and engage Understanding Tall Buildings contends that well-designed tall buildings can rejuvenate cities ignite economic activity support social life and boost city pride. Although this book does not claim to possess all the solutions it does propose specific tall building design guidelines that may help to promote placemaking. Through this work it is the author’s hope that ill-conceived developments will become less common in the future and that good placemaking will become the norm not the exception. This book is a must-read for students and practitioners working to create better tall buildings and better urban environments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138811423

Understanding Teacher Education in Contentious TimesPolitical Cross-Currents and Conflicting Interests Understanding Teacher Education in Contentious Times examines how public professional and private or corporate agencies operate to shape teacher education and possibilities for its improvement. Teacher education programs   particularly those leading to state certification or licensure are influenced not only by state regulations but also by required review and accreditation by an outside agency such as the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education and are subject to various contextual pressures such as the cultures of the institutions that host them and their surrounding communities their potential student and employer markets strong individuals professional organizations history or tradition and increasingly external usually privately-funded special interest corporations such as the National Council on Teacher Quality.  Unique among books on teacher education this volume interweaves—in historical context including emerging trends—the complex contexts in which practice and reform efforts take place and are supported or impeded. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415643122

Understanding Teen Eating DisordersWarning Signs Treatment Options and Stories of Courage Understanding Teen Eating Disorders introduces readers to common teen eating disorder scenarios their warning signs and treatment options. Each chapter examines a teen or tween and brings the factors whether they be environmental genetic co-existing conditions etc. that contribute to his or her eating disorder to life while seamlessly integrating the latest research in gene inheritance brain chemistry and eating disorders in accessible reader-friendly language. Each chapter provides treatment options  including outpatient group therapy and in-patient programs for both the young person and the family. Each also ends with a Q & A section that reflects the concerns a parent loved one or treatment professional may have. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138068834

Understanding Television Understanding Television offers an introduction to some of the issues of television broadcasting and its main genres. It examines a number of programme categories such as news drama-documentary sit-com soap opera sport and quizzes and discusses aspects of the history of the organisation of television its audiences and its future; it also looks at some key conceptual debates about hegemony in contemporary television Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172838

Understanding Terrorism and Political ViolenceThe Life Cycle of Birth Growth Transformation and Demise This book provides a multidisciplinary approach to understanding human behavior and uses it to analyze the forces shaping the life cycle of violent political movements. This new edition has been revised and updated with three new chapters added. The second edition takes us deeper inside human motivations which cause otherwise rational people to join dissident groups willing to kill and be killed. In doing so the book draws upon research on brain science evolutionary biology and social psychology to help explain pathological collective behavior. From the motivations of individual participants the book turns to the evolution of terrorist groups by venturing into theories of organizational development. Together these theories explain the life cycle – the birth growth transformation from an ideological group to a criminal syndicate and demise – of a dissident organization. These hypotheses are supported with detailed case studies of three disparate terrorist movements: the nationalists of the IRA the communist Naxalites of India and the religious fundamentalists of al-Qaeda and ISIS. The book’s theory leads to an explanation of the current global trend of rising tribalism and authoritarianism. The author warns that this latest wave of xenophobia and authoritarianism is likely to be exacerbated by climate change and the consequent rise in sea levels which could displace millions from the areas least able to  mitigate the effects of global warming to the countries that can. This book will be essential reading for students of terrorism studies and of great interest to students of social psychology political science and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367277123

Understanding Terrorism Innovation and LearningAl-Qaeda and Beyond This book examines the role of terrorist innovation and learning in theory and practice and in the context of three specific EU case-studies. It is often said that terrorist groups are relatively conservative in character operating in a technological vacuum – relying almost exclusively on bombs and bullets. This observation masks increasing complexity and creativity and innovation within terrorist groups and one of the most distinguishing features of al-Qaeda’s terrorist operations is its propensity for remarkable innovation. This book examines how and why terrorist groups innovate more generally and al-Qaeda-related terrorist plots in Europe more specifically. The starting point for this book was twofold. Firstly to examine the issue of innovation and learning more generically both in theory within specific themes and within the context of al-Qaeda’s influence on this process. Secondly this book examines the evolution of specific al-Qaeda-related plots in three specific northern EU states – the United Kingdom Denmark and Germany - where there has been a significant volume of planned failed and executed terrorist plots. In particular these case studies explore signs of innovation and learning. This book will be of much interest to students of terrorism and counter-terrorism political violence security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415787185

Understanding TerrorismBuilding on the Sociological Imagination Two fundamental problems within the social sciences are the failure to integrate the existing segments of knowledge and a very limited ability to point out directions for solving social problems given that lack of integrated knowledge.This volume illustrates the integrated work of seven sociologists to reverse this situation not only for the problem of terrorism but also for any substantive or applied problem. C. Wright Mills in The Sociological Imagination castigated the failure to integrate social science knowledge and this volume carries forward his efforts to analyze human complexity.To understand and confront terrorism we require not only the integration of social science knowledge bearing on that problem as illustrated by these authors. We also require the integration of that knowledge with the understanding of those on the front lines in order to connect the dots of specialized basic and applied knowledge which this volume makes possible. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631370

Understanding the Analytic Hierarchy Process One of the best-known methods of multi-criteria decision-making is the Analytic Hierarchy Process (AHP). This method provides a convenient and versatile framework for modeling multi-criteria decision problems evaluating alternatives and deriving final priorities. Rather than imposing a "correct" decision AHP allows the user to create a ranking of alternatives then choose the one which is the best (or among the best). At the core of AHP is a pairwise comparisons (PC) method. This is an old technique known in various forms since at least the Middle Ages. AHP uses and develops the PC method. The aim of Understanding the Analytic Hierarchy Process is to provide the reader with a critical guide to AHP. In this book the AHP method is considered primarily as a mathematical technique supporting the decision-making process. Key Features Collects the ideas underpinning the AHP method and discusses them together with many improvements and extensions present in the literature. As a result the reader will receive a much more complete picture of the method. Aimed at theorists and advanced practitioners from a wide range of scientific fields including the social management and technical sciences. Highlights the intuitive assumptions underlying the mathematical methods that make up AHP and the pairwise comparisons method. Provides software code for readers who wish to practice AHP analysis using the Wolfram Language. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138032323

Understanding the Behavioral Healthcare CrisisThe Promise of Integrated Care and Diagnostic Reform Understanding the Behavioral Healthcare Crisis is a necessary book edited and contributed to by a great variety of authors from academia government and industry. The book takes a bold look at what reforms are needed in healthcare and provides specific recommendations. Some of the serious concerns about the healthcare system that Cummings O’Donohue and their contributors address include access problems safety problems costs problems the uninsured and problems with efficacy. When students practitioners researchers and policy makers finish reading this book they will have not just a greater idea of what problems still exist in healthcare but more importantly a clearer idea of how to tackle them and provide much-needed reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415876438

Understanding the behaviour and improving the welfare of chickens With rising consumer concerns about the welfare of farm animals such as chickens there is a growing urgency for the livestock production sector to ensure that welfare standards are met throughout the supply chain from breeding to slaughter. Understanding the behaviour and improving the welfare of chickens offers a comprehensive summary on the wealth of recent research completed on understanding chicken behaviour and discusses how best to use this rich body of knowledge to optimise welfare management of broilers and layers. This collection features expert insights into the use of wearable video and acoustic technologies as a means of monitoring behaviour as well as improving current welfare protocols. With its distinguished editor and team of leading experts in their fields Understanding the behaviour and improving the welfare of chickens will be a standard text for university researchers in poultry and veterinary science as well as ethology. The book will also be an authoritative reference for government and other agencies responsible for the poultry sector and farm animal welfare as well as companies involved in rearing chickens and processing poultry meat and eggs. Media > Books > E-books Life Science (Burleigh Dodds) 9781003048039

Understanding the behaviour and improving the welfare of dairy cattle The welfare of farmed animals such as cattle is an increasing concern for consumers and regulatory agencies. This book explores the science behind our understanding of dairy cow behaviour and ways to improve their welfare. Understanding the behaviour and improving the welfare of dairy cattle summarises this wealth of recent research and reviews dairy cattle behaviour in areas such as cognition learning pain and stress. The collection features authoritative assessments by leading experts on developments in welfare indicators monitoring and certification as well as approaches to improve welfare practices of calves heifers and transition cows at different stages of production including housing transport and slaughter. With its distinguished author team and wide-ranging coverage Understanding the behaviour and improving the welfare of dairy cattle will be a standard reference for university and other researchers in dairy and veterinary science as well as ethology. It will also be a key reference for government and other agencies involved in regulating and monitoring farm animal welfare as well as dairy farmers and companies processing milk and other dairy products. Media > Books > E-books Life Science (Burleigh Dodds) 9781003180630

Understanding the behaviour and improving the welfare of pigs With growing concern from consumers and regulatory agencies about the welfare of farmed animals such as pigs the livestock sector must assess how animal welfare can be improved whilst ensuring livestock production remains economically and environmentally sustainable. Understanding the behaviour and improving the welfare of pigs is a comprehensive review of key research in this important area. This collection reviews genetic and developmental factors affecting pig behaviour and current welfare issues at different production stages as well as specific issues such as tail biting and castration. The book concludes with an assessment of ways to measure welfare including techniques to monitor pig behaviour. With its distinguished editor and international team of expert authors Understanding the behaviour and improving the welfare of pigs will be a standard text for university researchers in pig/swine and veterinary science as well as ethology. It will also be a key reference for government and other agencies involved in regulating and monitoring farm animal welfare as well as farmers and companies involved in pig production. Media > Books > E-books Life Science (Burleigh Dodds) 9781003048220

Understanding the Born Global Firm The challenges and opportunities that are presented to both small and medium-sized enterprises have changed dramatically in recent decades as the world’s economy becomes more globalised. The policies of open borders a decrease in protectionism and the demise of the nation-state have enabled small and large firms to engage in international activity from the outset. Understanding the Born Global Firm combines the many different theoretical perspectives on born globals that have been previously researched providing a unified framework to connect the antecedents types and outcomes of entrepreneurial activities pursued by such new ventures. A central case study of an international fashion firm which operates in over nine countries runs through the text highlighting the formation and success of born globals and the importance of cultural competence. This book will be invaluable to post-graduate students in the field of international business; entrepreneurship; ethnic entrepreneurs; global entrepreneurship and international networks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138219113

Understanding the Building Regulations Do you need a concise jargon-free and compact guide to the UK building regulations? Simon Polley boils down the regulations to their basic features explaining the core principles behind them. Easy to read and light enough to carry around with you this is the ideal introduction to a vital part of your remit as a building control officer architect or surveyor. Updated with the extensive 2013 changes and illustrated with cartoons and diagrams. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415717427

Understanding the Bush DoctrinePsychology and Strategy in an Age of Terrorism In this volume leading scholars of U.S. foreign policy international relations and political psychology examine one of the most consequential and controversial statements of national security policy in contemporary American history. Unlike other books which focus only on unilateralism or preventive war Stanley A. Renshon and Peter Suedfeld provide a comprehensive framework with which to analyze the Bush Doctrine by identifying five central and interrelated elements of the doctrine: American pre-eminence assertive realism equivocal alliances selective multilateralism democratic transformation. Given its centrality to American national security and the fact that the effects of it are likely to be felt well into the twenty-first century Understanding the Bush Doctrine provides a critically balanced and pointed assessment of the Bush Doctrine and its premises as well as a fair appraisal of its implications and prospects. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203943755

Understanding the Business of Global Media in the Digital Age This new introductory textbook provides students with the tools they need to understand the way digital technologies have transformed the global media business of the 21st century. Focusing on three main approaches – media economics critical political economy and production studies – the authors provide an empirically rich analysis of ownership organizational structures and culture business strategies markets networks of strategic alliances and state policies as they relate to global media. Examples throughout involve both traditional and digital media and are taken from different regions and countries to illustrate how the media business is influenced by interconnected historical political economic and social factors. In addition to introducing today’s convergent world of global media the book gives readers a greater understanding of their own potential roles within the global media industries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138688988

Understanding the Business of Media EntertainmentThe Legal and Business Essentials All Filmmakers Should Know This revised edition of Understanding the Business of Media Entertainment is an indispensable guide to the business aspects of the entertainment industry providing the information you need to break in and to succeed. Written in a clear and engaging tone the second edition of this book covers the essential topics in a thorough but reader-friendly manner and includes plenty of real-world examples that bring business and legal concepts to life such as the growing clout of digital companies and the rise of streaming providers like Netflix and Amazon the transformation of independent film development and distribution and changes to the media ownership landscape. Award-winning screenwriter and entertainment attorney Gregory Bernstein gives an insider's look at the filmmaking business from copyright law and government media regulation to development distribution revenue the role of agents managers and unions entertainment contracts and more. Other topics covered include: Hollywood's growth and the current conglomerates that own most of the traditional media. How specific entertainment companies operate including facts about particular studios and employee tasks. How studios develop projects and engage in marketing and distribution. The kinds of revenues studios earn and how they account for these revenues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367074531

Understanding the CDM 2007 Regulations Almost 3000 lives have been lost in the UK construction industry over the last twenty-five years in addition to those seriously injured or made ill. The need to reduce this rate has required tight controls to be introduced throughout the planning and management of construction projects in the UK. The Construction (Design and Management) Regulations 2007 outline the responsibilities and liabilities for the various professionals and agents involved. Straightforward and practical Understanding the CDM 2007 Regulations demonstrates the rationale behind the regs covers the duties of the five core duty holders (client CDM coordinator designer principal contractor and contractor) explains the importance of the hazard management process on every project and also sets out the consequences of failing to successfully plan design and manage for safety. Any client architect engineer CDM co-ordinator project manager construction professional or student will find this a simple but thorough and dependable guide and should value the management toolkit and the numerous practical examples of best practice and guidance on how to use the Approved Code of Practice appropriately. This book shows how to unleash the potential of the regulations and add real value to the industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138414457

Understanding the Chinese LanguageA Comprehensive Linguistic Introduction Understanding the Chinese Language provides a vibrant and comprehensive introduction to contemporary Chinese linguistics. Combining an accessible style with an in-depth treatment of the topics at hand it uses clear full descriptions and vivid modern examples to systematically take students through the phonology vocabulary grammar discourse structures and pragmatics of modern Chinese. No prior knowledge of Chinese or linguistics is required. Features include: Six detailed chapters covering the core linguistic aspects of the modern Chinese language such as words content units sentences speech acts sentence-final particles and neologisms User-friendly comparisons and contrasts between English and Chinese throughout the text helping to clearly explain important complexities and nuances of the Chinese language Clear accessible explanations and insightful analysis of topics and linguistic devices supported by many helpful examples diagrams and tables  Vivid and relevant examples drawn from real-life contemporary sources such as internet news reports social networks like Sino Weibo online forums and TV reality shows offering fascinating perspectives on modern Chinese media culture and society Pioneering coverage of Chinese new words and the social phenomena they reveal Additional exercises and four supplementary chapters covering Chinese syllables idioms discourse and culture available for free download at http://www.routledge.com/books/details/9780415634885/  Written by a highly experienced instructor researcher and linguist Understanding the Chinese Language will be essential reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students taking courses in Chinese linguistics. It will also be of interest to anyone interested in learning more about Chinese language and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415634885

Understanding the City through its MarginsPluridisciplinary Perspectives from Case Studies in Africa Asia and the Middle East Cities the world over and in particular developing countries suffer from uneven development and inequality. This is often coupled with the view that these inequalities constitute unfortunate anomalies. In contrast this edited volume draws out the ways in which the city has not been able to exist without its margins both materially ideationally and socially. In this book the margins are first the mirrors of the city and second a fundamental route through which various centers can legitimate and sustain their power. Contemporary case studies are compared to a number of those from history with the accent on Asia Africa and the Middle East and engage with the underlying theoretical questions of what is the urban margin and what is marginality in urban society and spaces? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348670

Understanding the Classical Music ProfessionThe Past the Present and Strategies for the Future Understanding the Classical Music Profession is an essential resource for educators practitioners and researchers who seek to understand the careers of classically-trained musicians and the extent to which professional practice is reflected within existing classical performance-based music education and training. Taking Australia as a case-study Dawn Bennett outlines how Australia is now a service economy and an important component of service provision is in the culture and recreation industries. Despite this employment in culture and recreation is poorly understood and a lack of cultural intelligence contributes to a less than satisfactory environment that inhibits the creative potential of cultural practitioners. Musicians in the twenty-first century require a broad and evolving base of skills and knowledge to sustain their careers as cultural practitioners. Bennett maintains that a musician cannot be simply defined as a performer but that a musician is someone who works within the profession of music in one or more specialist fields. The perception of a musician as a multi-skilled professional working within a portfolio career has significant implications for policy funding education and training and for practitioners and students seeking to achieve sustainable careers. This indispensable book provides a comprehensive analysis of life as a musician from education and training to professional practice as well as revealing the structure of the Australian cultural industries. Although Australia is the focus of the book the basis of the research originates from many different places and most of the issues discussed relate directly to other countries throughout the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246591

Understanding the Cold WarA Historian's Personal Reflections Understanding the Cold War is the story of a man and an epoch. Its telling moves between detailed personal history and an Olympian assessment of the origins significant events and outcome of the Cold War. Professor Ulam describes his hometown family and early education as well as his departure with his brother for the U.S. just days before the Nazi invasion of Poland would have trapped them. Then follows reminiscences of his college and Harvard years all rich with anecdote and insight and his thoughts as an acknowledged expert on Soviet affairs. The volume offers basic antidotes to simplistic explanations. Whether discussing the Kirov assassination or the Moscow Trials of the so-called Trotskyist Bloc or the nationalist basis of disputes between China and Russia during the Vietnam War period Ulam avoids the sensational and the speculative in favor of the the empirical and the evidentiary.The core segments of the work review the Cold War from the belly of the Stalinist and later post-Stalinist communist system. And in a section entitled "The Beginning of the End " Ulam discusses the Gorbachev interregnum and the early years of the transition from communism to democracy. He well appreciates how the ease of the transition does not betoken a simple movement to the democratic camp. In contemplating the changing nature of the new political configuration one could hardly have a better guide to clarity and authenticity than Adam Ulam.Reviewing Understanding the Cold War Stephen Kotkin director of Princeton's Russian Studies Program observed "...And whereas some celebrated analysts such as John Maynard Keynes had dismissed Marxism as 'illogical and dull ' Ulam highlighted the doctrine's intricacy and comprehensiveness which he argued explained its attraction not just to peasants but also to intellectuals." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540026

Understanding the Common Agricultural Policy The majority of recent publications on the Common Agricultural Policy (CAP) of the European Union address current issues and specific applications. There is little available which attempts to increase understanding of the nature of existing policies their development intentions problems and successes.  The aim of this book is to improve knowledge and understanding of the ‘policy process’ and its application to the CAP focussing on the principles of policy analysis. For while the details of agricultural and environmental policies evolve the principles upon which they are based endure. The author uses economics as a basis for his exploration as fairly simple economics holds the key to understanding many of the fundamental pressures to which agriculture and rural areas are subject. He explains the importance of the political and administrative context in which the process occurs acknowledging the influence of environmental and sociological concerns.  Such knowledge of the conceptual framework of the ‘policy process’ and its application to the CAP is essential for all concerned with agriculture and rural livelihoods both within the European Union and in those countries trading with the EU. This includes both students and professionals. The book provides an understanding of these principles in terms of how and why policy changes thus increasing the efficiency and efficacy of the process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844077786

Understanding the Communication Process in the Workplace Super series are a set of workbooks to accompany the flexible learning programme specifically designed and developed by the Institute of Leadership & Management (ILM) to support their Level 3 Certificate in First Line Management. The learning content is also closely aligned to the Level 3 S/NVQ in Management. The series consists of 35 workbooks. Each book will map on to a course unit (35 books/units). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080544496

Understanding the Constructions of Identities by Young New EuropeansKaleidoscopic selves How do young people construct their identities in the complexity of their own country belonging to the European Union and being part of global society? This book is based on a unique empirical study of a thousand young people aged between eleven and nineteen from fifteen European countries. Covering East European states that joined the EU be Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415707404

Understanding the Culture of Markets How does culture impact economic life? Is culture like a ball and chain that actors must lug around as they pursue their material interests? Or is culture like a tool-kit from which entrepreneurs can draw resources to aid them in their efforts? Or is being immersed in a culture like wearing a pair of blinders? Or is culture like wearing a pair of glasses with tinted lenses? Understanding the Culture of Markets explores how culture shapes economic activity and describes how social scientists (especially economists) should incorporate considerations of culture into their analysis. Although most social scientists recognize that culture shapes economic behavior and outcomes the majority of economists are not very interested in culture. Understanding the Culture of Markets begins with a discussion of the reasons why economists are reluctant to incorporate culture into economic analysis. It then goes on to describe how culture shapes economic life and critiques those few efforts by economists to discuss the relationship between culture and markets. Finally building on the work of Max Weber it outlines and defends an approach to understanding the culture of markets. In order to understand real world markets economists must pay attention to how culture shapes economic activity. If culture does indeed color economic life economists cannot really avoid culture. Instead the choice that they face is not whether or not to incorporate culture into their analysis but whether to employ culture implicitly or explicitly. Ignoring culture may be possible but avoiding culture is impossible. Understanding the Culture of Markets will appeal to economists interested in how culture impacts economic life in addition to economic anthropologists and economic sociologists. It should be useful in graduate and undergraduate courses in all of those fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138940055

Understanding the Danish Forest School ApproachEarly Years Education in Practice This fully revised edition of Understanding the Danish Forest School Approach is a much needed source of information for those wishing to extend and consolidate their understanding of the Danish Forest School Approach. It enables analysis of the essential elements of this particular approach to early childhood teaching and the relationship it holds with quality early years practice. Describing the key principles of the Forest School Approach to early childhood and heavily supported with practical examples and case studies each chapter ends with highlighted key points followed by reflections on practice to aid discussion and reflection on own practice. Including a new chapter on the curriculum this text explores all aspects of the approach including: The geographical historical social and cultural influences that have shaped the philosophy and pedagogy of the early years setting in Denmark. The people and theories that have influenced and supported the practices of using the outdoors with children. An analysis of the learning environments their risks and challenges and what a learning environment is made up of. The Danish early years curriculum; the areas of learning and the way pedagogues facilitate the learning processes. Parental political and research perspectives on the approach and the sustainability of its future. Understanding the Danish Forest School Approach highlights the key ideas that practitioners should consider when reviewing and reflecting on their own practice and outlines the national appraisals and evaluations of the curriculum. Providing students and practitioners with key information about a major pedagogical influence on early years practice this is a vital text for students early years and childcare practitioners teachers early years professionals children’s centre professionals lecturers advisory teachers and setting managers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138688094

Understanding the Development of Small Business Policy It is not widely understood that the importance of small businesses only became apparent with the publication of David Birch’s book The Job Generation Process in 1979. Over the past four decades governments across the globe have struggled to design implement and evaluate policies that benefit the development of small firms. Deciding whether macro or micro policies are more appropriate for a given context has usually created an initial challenge for policy-makers. However a cause for even greater dispute has been determining and agreeing what might be the preferred outcomes of such policies (e.g. more firms better performing firms fewer firm failures job creation greater productivity higher levels of innovation inclusivity of disadvantaged groups). Furthermore evaluating the impact of specific policies presents a wide range of difficulties since it is impossible to isolate a simple cause-and-effect relationship between policy and its stated goal. This book explores the development of small business policy in five countries across five continents and seeks to develop a deeper understanding regarding how small business policy has evolved in these countries and what we might learn from their experiences. This book was originally published as a special issue of Small Enterprise Research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587031

Understanding the Dream SociogramTransformational Patterns of Intrasocial Preference Understanding the Dream Sociogram the complementary volume to Dream Sociometry explains how to take sociometric data from dreams and life issues and create a Dream Sociogram to reveal patterns of intrasocial dynamics that clarify conflicts and reveal pathways to transformation. By identifying collectives of emerging potentials or perspectives and relationships that are attempting to manifest higher order integration this book teaches readers to stand back from personal and societal dramas and discover creative contexts that show an effective way forward. Unique in its approach to analysing dreams the book introduces a methodology that teaches multi-perspectivalism as a way of resolving pressing life issues. It argues that humans as naturally psychologically geocentric need to evolve into a multi-perspectival world view and understanding of self. Exploring how to use the sociogram to deepen this understanding the book offers practical examples and detailed real-life applications. Its integral and transpersonal applications of Moreno’s sociometry are novel and substantive in their addition to this field of research. The transpersonal results can be effective in reducing anxiety-based disorders nightmares and phobias as well as post-traumatic stress disorder and depression. As such this book will be of interest to researchers in the fields of psychodrama sociometry group psychotherapy transpersonal experiential and action therapies as well as postgraduate students studying psychology and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367488178

Understanding the Educational Experiences of Imprisoned Men(Re)education Understanding the Educational Experiences of Imprisoned Men explores how adult male prisoners interpret and give value to their experiences of education presenting an opportunity to consider how education can be beneficial to prisoners including and beyond the enhancement of employability skills. While the primary aim for education in prison has been to increase employability skills to prevent reoffending further attention needs to be given to the broader outcomes of educational experiences and the importance of the development of other personal attributes including self-confidence empowerment and the ability to engage in positive relationships. This book considers how education is also used by men in prison to cope with prison life to reconsider their identity and to develop and maintain relationships. It also discusses the relationships that prisoners have with their teachers and other prison staff as well as the relationships that different types of prison staff have between each other. In addition the role that education can play in the process of desistance from crime is discussed to provide an understanding of what changes occur in men who participate in educational courses. This book will be of interest to not only students and scholars with an interest in imprisonment rehabilitation and criminal justice practice but also educationalists those who work in the prison setting and in social work. It may also appeal to those involved in community development programmes and broader sociological research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367340650

Understanding the Emotional Needs of Children in the Early Years This accessible book focuses on the emotional needs experiences and development of young children exploring the role of the practitioner in ensuring that each and every child feels loved supported and safe; able to develop secure attachments and flourish in the first five years and beyond. Drawing upon neuro-scientific research and referencing key theories relating to attachment and health and wellbeing the book examines the responsibilities of the early years practitioner in supporting children to reach their full potential. The response of the adult to the emotional needs of individual children is analysed in detail and the impacts of various experiences cultures and contexts on a child’s emotional wellbeing are considered. With topics including safeguarding communication the physical environment neurological development and Attachment Theory readers will: learn how to respond appropriately to individual children extend their role as a Key Person and their position in a multi-professional team increase their understanding of the interaction between home and childcare settings reflect on the importance of in-depth observation the environment and quality of care provided in their settings. Supported by rich case studies provocations and examples of good practice to encourage reflection and improve future practice Understanding the Emotional Needs of Children in the Early Years is an engaging and comprehensive guide for all early years practitioners early years students and professionals including paediatric nurses health visitors and social workers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138228856

Understanding The European Union Understanding the European Union builds on the success of previous books on European integration by the authors offering a completely new text packed with new accounts and analysis of developments in the European Union. Providing a comprehensive and accessible introduction to the historical development institutions and policies of the European Union the book also examines the continuing key issues and debates surrounding European integration and the attitudes of the member states to those issues including institutional reform and enlargement. Coverage is divided into Five Parts: Part One looks at the historical background to European integration up to the end of the twentieth century and raises the question of whether integration has been or will continue to be inevitable. Part Two examines the institutions of the Union - how they work how they interact with one another and with the member states and their role in the policy-making process. Part Three details the origins and nature of European Community Policies - from the major common policies to the key economic policies including EMU and other important policies including social and employment matters structural funds and the environment. Part Four addresses Pillars II and III the Common Foreign and Security Policy and Justice and Home Affairs. It also examines the contemporary developments and debate about providing the European Union with an operational military capability. Part Five focuses on the attitudes of all the Member States to the central issues of recent Inter-Governmental Conferences institutional and policy reform and European integration. It also examines the issues of enlargement. Key features include: A unique combination of the expertise of a Brussels 'insider' and an experienced academic and teacher. An exploration beyond the basics to an understanding of the broader issues involved in the debate about the European Union and the future of European integration. A Glossary of key terms and practices and Discussion Questions to prompt further debate; material on the June 1999 elections and the crisis of the Commission. Understanding the European Union is an essential textbook for students of the European Union European Studies Comparative Politics International Organisations and international Relations. It is an invaluable guide for anyone trying to understand the workings of Brussels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138458932

Understanding the Geological and Medical Interface of Arsenic - As 2012Proceedings of the 4th International Congress on Arsenic in the Envir The congress "Arsenic in the Environment" offers an international multi- and interdisciplinary discussion platform for arsenic research aimed at practical solutions of problems with considerable social impact as well as focusing on cutting edge and breakthrough research in physical chemical toxicological medical and other specific issues on arsenic on a broader environmental realm. The congress "Arsenic in the Environment" was first organized in Mexico City (As 2006) followed by As 2008 in Valencia Spain and As 2010 in Tainan Taiwan. The 4th International Congress As 2012 was held in Cairns Australia from July 22-27 2012 entitled Understanding the Geological and Medical Interface of Arsenic. The session topics comprised:1. Geology and hydrogeology of arsenic;2. Medical and health issues of arsenic;3. Remediation and policy;4. Analytical methods for arsenic; and5. Special topics on "Risk assessment of arsenic from mining" "Geomicrobiology of arsenic" "Geothermal arsenic" "Rice arsenic and health perspectives" "Sustainable mitigation of arsenic: from field trials to policy implications" and "Biogeochemical processes of high arsenic groundwater in inland basins" Hosting this congress in Australia was welcome and valued by the local scientific communities. Australia is a mineral rich country where mining has generated significant economic benefit to its people. Unfortunately historical mining for base metals gold and arsenic had led to environmental contamination of arsenic. Locally produced arsenical compounds were widely used as pesticides and in timber preservation. It is known that there are several thousands of cattle- and sheep-dip sites contaminated with arsenic in Australia. However commonly observed symptoms of chronic arsenic poisonings such as those found in endemic-blackfoot areas are seemingly absent from these types of environmental contamination due to good quality of potable water supply. Does this fall in the classic argument of "the dose makes the poison"? This congress theme of "understanding the geological and medical interface of arsenic" will advance our knowledge in minimising the risk posted by this so-called number one prioritised contaminant – arsenic. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415637633

Understanding the Global ExperienceBecoming a Responsible World Citizen First Published in 2016. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315523132

Understanding the Global Spa Industry The spa industry is currently the fastest growing segment of the hospitality and leisure industry with revenues exceeding those from amusement parks box office receipts vacation ownership gross sales and ski resort ticket sales.Understanding the Global Spa Industry is the first book to examine management practices in this industry and offers a groundbreaking and comprehensive approach to global spa management covering everything from the beginnings of the industry through to contemporary management and social and ethical issues.With contributions from internationally renowned business leaders practitioners and academics this unique book is packed with case studies examples and advice for all those working in and studying the international spa industry.Understanding the Global Spa Industry brings an analytic lens to the spa movement examining past current and future trends and the potential for shaping wellness and health services in the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138130388

Understanding the High Performance WorkplaceThe Line Between Motivation and Abuse This book asks the crucial question: When does high performance supervision become abusive supervision? As more organizations push to adopt high performance work practices (HPWP) the onus increasingly falls on supervisors to do whatever it takes to maximize the productivity of their work teams. In this rigorous research-based volume international contributors offer insight into how and when seemingly-beneficial workplace practices cross the line from motivation to abuse. By reviewing critical issues in both high performance work practices and abusive supervision it illuminates the crossover between these two modes of work and forges a path for future scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138801073

Understanding the Higher Education Market in Africa This book offers theoretical and practical insights into the marketing of higher education in Africa. It explores the key players challenges and policies affecting higher education across the continent; their marketing strategies and the students’ selection process. While acknowledging the vast size of the continent this book aims to provide an understanding of the dynamics of higher education in Africa. This book recognises the private and government involvement in higher education provision and students and staff as stakeholders in the marketisation process. Strategic efforts are directed by universities to attract prospective students. This book further addresses issues such as the responses of higher education sectors to the notion of markets and marketing; consumerism and competition in higher education in Africa; conceptions of the commodification of higher education in Africa; and the dominance of Western epistemologies and their influence in transforming higher education sectors. Students as consumers in increasingly marketised higher education sectors in Africa are also discussed. Though primarily for marketing students and academic researchers the book's feature of blended theoretical and practical knowledge means that it will also be of interest to marketing practitioners and university managers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367344382

Understanding the HighScope ApproachEarly Years Education in Practice Understanding the HighScope Approach is a much-needed source of information for those wishing to extend and consolidate their understanding of this innovative education programme. It will enable the reader to analyse the essential elements of the HighScope approach to early childhood and its relationship to high-quality early years practice.This second edition contains all the original content which covers all areas of the curriculum including learning environment plan-do-review adult-child interaction and assessment but has been updated to be fully in line with the latest changes to research policy and practice. New topics and features include: ■ outdoor play and learning ■ using the HighScope approach with children with special needs and who speak English as an additional language ■ managing the approach with bigger class sizes ■■the implementation of technology with children in HighScope settings ■ a selection of new photographs Written to support the work of all those in the field of early years education and childcare this is a vital text for students early years and childcare practitioners teachers early years professionals children’s centre professionals lecturers advisory teachers head teachers and setting managers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815377610

Understanding the Hospitality Consumer 'Understanding the Hospitality Consumer' presents a unique perspective on consumer behaviour in the hospitality sector. It seeks to focus on the role of consumption in hospitality and to investigate our understanding of its place in the contemporary industry. Taking the view that successful marketing demands focusing on the customer this text concentrates on understanding and determining customer needs relevant factors in consumer buying behaviour and the effectiveness of today's marketing techniques.Using industry based case studies and examples 'Understanding the Hospitality Consumer' :* Introduces and explores the role of consumer behaviour theory in the context of hospitality management* Discusses the principles and research of consumer behaviour and illustrates how they are used in the hospitality industry today* Examines the value of consumer behaviour research as applied to the contemporary hospitality industry* Explores the challenges to traditional approaches to consumption posed by the postmodern hospitality consumerThe book's targeted focus and practical application ensures that it is well suited for both students and practising managers in the hospitality field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138134720

Understanding the Human MindWhy you shouldn’t trust what your brain is telling you Drawing on current research in anthropology cognitive psychology neuroscience and the humanities Understanding the Human Mind explores how and why we as humans find it so easy to believe we are right—even when we are outright wrong. Humans live out their own lives effectively trapped in their own mind and despite being exceptional survivors and a highly social species our inner mental world is often misaligned with reality. In order to understand why John Edward Terrell and Gabriel Stowe Terrell suggest current dual-process models of the mind overlook our mind’s most decisive and unpredictable mode: creativity. Using a three-dimensional model of the mind the authors examine the human struggle to stay in touch with reality—how we succeed how we fail and how winning this struggle is key to our survival in an age of mounting social problems of our own making. Using news stories of logic-defying behavior analogies to famous fictitious characters and analysis of evolutionary and cognitive psychology theory this fascinating account of how the mind works is a must-read for all interested in anthropology and cognitive psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367855789

Understanding the Humanitarian World Conflict and disaster have been part of human history for as long as it has been recorded. Over time more mechanisms for responding to crises have developed and become more systematized. Today a large and complex ‘global humanitarian response system’ made up of a multitude of local national and international actors carries out a wide variety of responses. Understanding this intricate system and the forces that shape it are the core focus of this book. Daniel G Maxwell and Kirsten Gelsdorf highlight the origins growth and specific challenges to humanitarian action and examine why the contemporary system functions as it does. They outline the main actors explore how they are organised and look at the ways they plan and carry out their operations. Interrogating major contemporary debates and controversies in the humanitarian system and the reasons why actions undertaken in its name remain the subject of so much controversy they provide an important overview of the contemporary humanitarian system and the ways it may develop in the future. This book offers a nuanced understanding of the way humanitarian action operates in the 21st century. It will be essential reading for anyone with an interest in international human rights law disaster management and international relations. For more information please see the authors' website: https://www.understandingthehumanitarianworld.com/ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233013

Understanding the 'Imago Dei'The Thought of Barth von Balthasar and Moltmann As theologians across confessional divides try to say something significant about human dignity in our contemporary society there is fresh interest in the ancient Christian doctrine that the human being is created in the 'imago Dei'. Theology is grounding responsibility for others and for the world around us in this common vision that the human being's infinite horizon lies in a divine calling and destiny. Robinson examines the 'imago Dei' debate through three giants of twentieth century theology - Karl Barth Hans Urs von Balthasar and Jürgen Moltmann. This is placed against a survey of the principle developments and distinctions relating to the doctrine in the history of Christian thought which in itself will be valuable for all students of Theology. A fresh analysis of ecumenical contributions places the development of the doctrine in the context of the ongoing process of ecumenical dialogue on the dignity of the human person with special reference to this theme in the first encyclical of Pope Benedict XVI Deus Caritas Est. Whilst 'imago Dei' is the focus of this book Robinson invites the reader to see its relevance to theology as a whole on a specifically ecumenical canvas and relates directly to more general areas of theological anthropology grace salvation and the relationship between God and the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279162

Understanding the Impact of Clergy Sexual AbuseBetrayal and Recovery The sexual exploitation of a child by one who has been recognized as a representative of God is a sinister assault on that person’s psychosocial and spiritual well-being. Many survivors of such abuse present with a range of symptoms consistent with Posttraumatic Stress Disorder as well as common co-occurring problems including substance abuse affective lability and relational conflicts. Yet there are additional themes particularly the impact of the abuse and institutional betrayal on the family profound alteration in individual spirituality and changes in individual and family religious practices which differentiate this abuse from other traumas. Understanding the profound and multidimensional effects of clergy perpetrated sexual abuse and the betrayal of trust by religious leaders on individuals families and communities requires the collective wisdom of many voices. This book brings together the perspectives of survivors practitioners and scholars to examine this unique form of interpersonal violence from theoretical clinical and spiritual perspectives with consideration given to future research needs. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Child Sex Abuse. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315879277

Understanding the Impact of Human Interventions on the Hydrology of Nile Basin Headwaters the Case of Upper Tekeze Catchments The availability and distribution of water resources in catchments are influenced by various natural and anthropogenic factors. Human-induced environmental changes are key factors controlling the hydrological flows of semi-arid catchments. Land degradation water scarcity and inefficient utilization of available water resources continue to be important constraints for socio-economic development in the headwater catchments of the Nile river basin in particular over the Ethiopian Catchments. This research investigates the impact of landscape anthropogenic changes on the hydrological processes in the Upper Tekeze basin (A tributary of the Nile). The hydrology of the basin is investigated through analysis of hydro-climatic data remote sensing techniques new field measurements and parsimonious hydrological models. The empirical evidence provided in this book confirms that human-induced environmental changes can significantly change the hydrology of catchments both in negative (degradation) and in positive (restoration) ways. This book also shows that rainfall-runoff relationships in semi-arid catchments are non-uniform and hence the application of hydrological models in such catchments need special attention. Moreover parsimonious dynamic hydrological model improves our understanding of the hydrological response to dynamic environmental changes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367425081

Understanding the Intelligence Cycle This book critically analyses the concept of the intelligence cycle highlighting the nature and extent of its limitations and proposing alternative ways of conceptualising the intelligence process. The concept of the intelligence cycle has been central to the study of intelligence. As Intelligence Studies has established itself as a distinctive branch of Political Science it has generated its own foundational literature within which the intelligence cycle has constituted a vital thread - one running through all social-science approaches to the study of intelligence and constituting a staple of professional training courses. However there is a growing acceptance that the concept neither accurately reflects the intelligence process nor accommodates important elements of it such as covert action counter-intelligence and oversight. Bringing together key authors in the field the book considers these questions across a number of contexts: in relation to intelligence as a general concept military intelligence corporate/private sector intelligence and policing and criminal intelligence. A number of the contributions also go beyond discussion of the limitations of the cycle concept to propose alternative conceptualisations of the intelligence process. What emerges is a plurality of approaches that seek to advance the debate and as a consequence Intelligence Studies itself. This book will be of great interest to students of intelligence studies strategic studies criminology and policing security studies and IR in general as well as to practitioners in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138856325

Understanding the Islamic Scripture This book makes the Qur'an accessible to the English-speaking student who lacks the linguistic background to read it in the original Arabic by offering accessible translations of and commentary on a series of selected passages that are representative of the Islamic scripture. Mustanstir Mir Director of the Center for Islamic Studies at Youngstown State University offers clear translations and analysis of 35 selected passages of the Qur'an that will help students understand what kind of book the Qur'an is what the scripture says and how it says it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138463257

Understanding the Japanese Food and AgrimarketA Multifaceted Opportunity The contributing authors of Understanding the Japanese Food and Agrimarket discuss broad forces that affect markets in Japan and specific situations faced in marketing grain livestock and seafood products; fruits; vegetables; and wood products. Many of the contributors speak and read Japanese and have lived in Japan for extensive periods; they are able to give deep insights into how and why the Japanese consumption and distribution system behaves as it does. They draw on their expertise to fully explore various Japanese food and fiber markets. As they demystify the Japanese market they illustrate for readers several systematic approaches to mastering the Japanese food and fiber markets.Readers will discover that effective long-term marketing strategies in Japan must be based on sound analytical information. The contributors provide such needed material with chapters on items as diverse as wine grain products beef and fruits and vegetables. Some of the specific topics covered include:changes in Japanese food consumptionJapanese food distribution systemdemand for beef products in Japandemand for vegetables and vegetable seedsJapanese wine marketdemand for bakery productsnew food products for the Japanese marketdeveloping trade relations in wood productsExecutives of commodity associations or firms exporting foods to Japan will find the general sections most interesting as well as chapters specific to their products. Teachers and students exploring exporting to the Japanese market will be intrigued by the various dimensions of the “multifaceted” nature and opportunities of the Japanese market. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402105

Understanding the Law for Physicians Healthcare Professionals and ScientistsA Primer on the Operations of the Law and the Legal System Many workers in medicine healthcare administration science and technology no matter how strong their academic degrees or how distinguished their careers find themselves baffled frustrated and even angered by their encounters with the law. Some of those occasions may lead to the need for a lawyer. But many of the bafflements and frustrations arise from ignorance about what the law is including how it operates. Over more than a half century of inquiry into the relations between law and science and through numerous conversations with physicians scientists and healthcare professionals whose work rests on technological development the author realized that they often desire more knowledge about the operations of the law and the legal system. This book seeks to provide basic knowledge about the law in realms where these professionals often encounter it primarily in areas where activities pose risks of personal injury. This book discusses two basic types of law: civil litigation and other remedies afforded to persons who ascribe injuries to the conduct or product of others and direct regulation by the government of the levels of safety in those areas. Principal practical applications of this knowledge lie in ways to minimize risk both in the primary sense and in efforts to avoid litigation over injuries and in how to present arguments about policy to government officials who write laws and regulations. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138483453

Understanding the Lived Experiences of Persons with Disabilities in Nine CountriesActive Citizenship and Disability in Europe Volume 2 Over the last three decades a number of reforms have taken place in European social policy with an impact on the opportunities for persons with disabilities to be full and active members of society. The policy reforms have aimed to change the balance between citizens’ rights and duties and the opportunities to enjoy choice and autonomy live in the community and participate in political decision-making processes of importance for one’s life. How do the reforms influence the opportunities to exercise Active Citizenship? This volume presents the findings from the first cross-national comparison of how persons with disabilities reflexively make their way through the world pursuing their own interests and values. The volume considers how their experiences views and aspirations regarding participation vary across Europe. Based on retrospective life-course interviews the volume examines the scope for agency on the part of persons with disabilities i.e. the extent to which men and women with disabilities are able to make choices and pursue lives they have reasons to value. Drawing on structuration theory and the capability approach the volume investigates the opportunities for exercising Active Citizenship among men and women in nine European countries. The volume identifies the policy implications of a process-oriented and multi-dimensional approach to Active Citizenship in European disability policy. It will appeal to policymakers and policy officials as well as to researchers and students of disability studies comparative social policy international disability law and qualitative research methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367143077

Understanding the Male Hustler This book is a serious study of male hustlers using experiential dialogue to introduce the reader to real-life concepts and experiences that otherwise could not be effectively conveyed. An intriguing attempt to get into the mind and personality of the male hustler through a largely imagined series of dialogues between a well-known fictional hustler and his so-called amanuensis Samuel Steward this unique book covers all aspects of the hustler’s motivations activities life style adjustments advantages and disadvantages. It accomplishes this dispassionately without prejudgment moral censure approbation or more than cursory involvement. Therapists and counselors in all fields of sexual functioning will find here some understanding of the causes and impulses (beyond the popular “broken home syndrome”) that lead young males into prostitution. It signals some of the signposts to danger and serious threats to health that accompany the profession of prostitution and also explains to counselors some of the activities and practices of the male prostitute enabling them to have a better understanding of the fascination and peril of the hustler’s life. The brevity of success in such a calling is also considered with some consideration for the necessity of long-range planning for the hustler’s future.Important contents: interview of a well-known hustler brief look at early male prostitution--Greek Roman Burton’s theory the peacock period and youth as a prerequisite for hustling lures of the profession--money power other motivations paths and mechanisms leading to hustling characteristics of different types of hustlers types of clients patronizing hustlers literary illuminations the modus operandi of the male hustler extraordinary dangers confronting the male hustler today the attractiveness of the “seeing-through” of a hustler to past clients quo vadis for the hustler after youth passes Readers will be amazed by the daily hazards and drawbacks as well fascinated by the curiosities and rewards of the hustler’s profession. Especially of interest to therapists and counselors Understanding the Male Hustler is also valuable for sociologists anthropologists medical specialists psychiatrists psychologists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315801438

Understanding the Manufacturing ProcessKey to Successful Cad/cam Implementation This book approaches manufacturing as a basic problem of making a desired end-product from bulk raw materials. It encompasses the entire gamut of activities from product concept to maintenance of past products in the field and everything in between. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003065258

Understanding the Many First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866880

Understanding the Marketing Exceptionality of Prestige Perfumes Women have an affinity with the brand of perfume they wear. People often hold strong emotional connections to different scents such as their mother’s perfume or the body spray they wore as a teen. Despite huge marketing budgets the launches of established brands often fail despite extensive marketing research and lavish resources. Why is this? This text is a first in the field to recognize that fine fragrance cannot be treated as any other product. With case studies from Jill Sander Estee Lauder and Dior this book debunks the classic marketing techniques which often hinder the success of new perfumes. Authored by two leading market researchers this study analyses the ‘five great brands’ of the perfume industry and demonstrates how to value perfume lines according to ‘brand DNA’. This ground-breaking book will provide students with all the tools of a successful practitioner in the perfume industry. Understanding the Marketing Exceptionality of Prestige Perfumes will prove to be a vital text for any student specialist or practitioner of luxury marketing looking to understand the fine fragrance market. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138580787

Understanding the MediaA Practical Guide A guide for teachers to teaching the media. Hart focuses on television the press radio and pop music. Addressing familiar problems which teachers encounter the book provides examples of practical classroom activities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138163867

Understanding the Middle East Peace ProcessIsraeli Academia and the Struggle for Identity Tracing the evolution of the Israeli academic debate over history politics and collective identity Understanding the Middle East Peace Process examines the Middle East peace process since Oslo and follows the discursive struggle over Israeli collective identity. Based on interviews with key protagonists this book gives a detailed analysis of the interrelatedness of academic debate societal discourse and collective identity against the background of major political events in Israel. It charts the ascendancy and expansion of post-Zionism outlines the emergence of neo-Zionism from the political right and the re-appropriation of Zionism in light of the new political climate of peace-making. Ghazi-Bouillon provides a new perspective on the failure of the New Historians to revolutionize Israeli intellectual life and the failure of post-Zionism to revolutionize Israeli political life whilst assessing neo-Zionism’s potential to do both. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853200

Understanding the Modern Russian Police Understanding the Modern Russian Police represents the culmination of ten years of research and an ongoing partnership between the Volgograd Academy of Russian Internal Affairs Ministry (VA MVD) and the Volgograd branch of the Russian Presidential Academy of National Economy and Public Administration (VAPA). The book provides a timely and comprehensive analysis of the historical development functions and contemporary challenges faced by the modern Russian police.Spanning more than two centuries of history the book covers:The tsarist police evolution that witnessed the creation of the Ministry of Internal Affairs of the Russian Federation (MVD) in 1802 and concluding with the 1917 October Revolution The Soviet era from the 1917 October Revolution until Stalin’s death in 1953The Khrushchev and Brezhnev periods and the Soviet police’s maturation into a professionally educated and well-equipped law enforcement systemThe transformational period of police development beginning with Gorbachev’s perestroika and concluding with the first term of Putin in 2008The structure authority and workforce of the modern Russian policePublic-police relationships existing today in RussiaReports by Amnesty International and Human Rights Watch on corruption and abuse of power along with a legal analysis of practices by the European Court of Human Rights (ECHR)The 2011 Police Reform by MedvedevThe book concludes with some predictions on the future of the Russian police and its potential reforms. Encompassing the efforts of many great researchers from Russia this exhaustive review of the history of policing in Russia enables readers to comprehend the societal and political forces that have shaped policing in this country. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878795

Understanding the Montessori ApproachEarly Years Education in Practice Understanding the Montessori Approach is a much-needed source of information for those wishing to extend and consolidate their understanding of the Montessori Approach and how it is used in the teaching and learning of young children. The book will enable the reader to analyse the essential elements of this Approach to early childhood and and its relationship to quality early years practice. This second edition has been fully updated to reflect changes in the Early Years Foundation Stage and includes a fresh examination of the relationship between technology and the Montessori approach as well as a brand new chapter Learning in Montessori Settings. Exploring all areas of the curriculum including the organisation of Montessori schools the environment learning and teaching and the outcomes for children this book: examines the historical context of the Montessori approach and its relevance to modern-day education; explores Montessori's views of child development and the role of the learning environment in a child’s educational development; details the organisation of Montessori schools worldwide and the structure of a typical day in a Montessori setting; highlights the principles of Montessori pedagogy including the tools and strategies employed by its practitioners; considers how and what children learn in a Montessori setting and the links with EYFS 2017; includes new benefits and challenges of the Montessori approach to children's lives. Understanding the Montessori Approach provides an accessible overview of this major pedagogical influence on early years practice supported by case studies examples summaries and reflective practice questions. This new edition not only highlights the core ideas that practitioners should consider when reviewing and reflecting on their own practice but accomodates revisions to educational curriculum and policy in order to serve as an invaluable resource for students and practitioners alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138690547

Understanding the Music BusinessReal World Insights In today’s fast-moving music industry what does it take to build a life-long career? Now more than ever all those working in music need to be aware of many aspects of the business and take control of their own careers. Understanding the Music Business offers students a concise yet comprehensive overview of the rapidly evolving music industry rooted in real-world experiences. Anchored by a wealth of career profiles and case studies this second edition has been updated throughout to include the most important contemporary developments including the advent of streaming and the shift to a DIY paradigm. A new "Both Sides Now" feature helps readers understand differing opinions on key issues. Highly readable Understanding the Music Business is the perfect introduction for anyone seeking to understand how musical talents connect to making a living. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138678705

Understanding the NEC3 ECC ContractA Practical Handbook As usage of the NEC (formerly the New Engineering Contract) family of contracts continues to grow worldwide so does the importance of understanding its clauses and nuances to everyone working in the built environment. Currently in its third edition this set of contracts is different to others in concept as well as format so users may well find themselves needing a helping hand along the way. Understanding the NEC3 ECC Contract uses plain English to lead the reader through the NEC3 Engineering and Construction Contract’s key features including: main and secondary options the use of early warnings programme provisions payment compensation events preparing and assessing tenders. Common problems experienced when using the Engineering and Construction Contract are signalled to the reader throughout and the correct way of reading each clause explained. The way the contract effects procurement processes dispute resolution project management and risk management are all addressed in order to direct the user to best practice. Written for construction professionals by a practicing international construction contract consultant this handbook is the most straightforward balanced and practical guide to the NEC3 ECC available. An ideal companion for employers contractors project managers supervisors engineers architects quantity surveyors subcontractors and anyone else interested in working successfully with the NEC3 ECC. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367740665

Understanding the NEC4 ECC ContractA Practical Handbook As usage of the NEC family of contracts continues to grow worldwide so does the importance of understanding its clauses and nuances to everyone working in the built environment. Understanding the NEC4 ECC Contract uses plain English to lead the reader through the NEC4 Engineering and Construction Contract’s key features. Chapters cover: The Contractor’s main responsibilities the use of early warnings Contractor’s design Tendering Quality management Payment Liabilities and insurance Termination Avoiding and resolving disputes and much more. Common problems experienced when using the Engineering and Construction Contract are signaled to the reader throughout and the correct way of reading each clause explained. The way the contract effects procurement processes dispute resolution project management and risk management are all addressed in order to direct the user to best practice. Written for construction professionals by a practicing international construction contract consultant this handbook is the most straightforward balanced and practical guide to the NEC4 ECC available. An ideal companion for employers contractors project managers supervisors engineers architects quantity surveyors subcontractors and anyone else interested in working successfully with the NEC4 ECC. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138499720

Understanding the NEC4 Professional Service ContractA Practical Handbook As usage of the NEC (formerly the New Engineering Contract) family of contracts continues to grow worldwide so does the importance of understanding its clauses and nuances to everyone working in the built environment. Currently in its fourth edition (NEC4) this set of contracts is different to others in concept as well as format so users may well find themselves needing a helping hand along the way. Understanding the NEC4 Professional Service Contract uses plain English to lead the reader through the NEC4 Professional Service Contract’s key features and differences from its predecessor the NEC3 Professional Services Contract including: Main and Secondary Options the use of early warnings programme provisions payment compensation events preparing tender documents Common problems experienced when using the Professional Service Contract are signalled to the reader throughout and the correct way of interpreting each clause explained. The way the contract affects procurement processes dispute resolution project management and risk management are all addressed in order to direct the user to best practice. Written for construction professionals by a practising international construction contract consultant this handbook is the most straightforward balanced and practical guide to the NEC4 Professional Service Contract available. It is an ideal companion for Clients Contractors Service Managers Project Managers Supervisors Engineers Architects Quantity Surveyors Subcontractors and anyone else interested in working successfully with the NEC4 Professional Service Contract. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367896027

Understanding the New European Data Protection Rules Compared to the US European data and privacy protection rules seem Draconian. The European rules apply to any enterprise doing business in the EU. The new rules are far more stringent than the last set. This book is a quick guide to the directives for companies particularly US that have to comply with them. Where US organizations and businesses who collect or receive EU personal data fail to comply with the rule the bottom line can suffer from very significant official fines and penalties as well as from users customers or representative bodies to pursuing litigation. This guide is essential for all US enterprises who directly or indirectly deal with EU personal data. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367657680

Understanding The New StatisticsEffect Sizes Confidence Intervals and Meta-Analysis This is the first book to introduce the new statistics - effect sizes confidence intervals and meta-analysis - in an accessible way. It is chock full of practical examples and tips on how to analyze and report research results using these techniques. The book is invaluable to readers interested in meeting the new APA Publication Manual guidelines by adopting the new statistics - which are more informative than null hypothesis significance testing and becoming widely used in many disciplines. Accompanying the book is the Exploratory Software for Confidence Intervals (ESCI) package free software that runs under Excel and is accessible at www.thenewstatistics.com. The book’s exercises use ESCI's simulations which are highly visual and interactive to engage users and encourage exploration. Working with the simulations strengthens understanding of key statistical ideas. There are also many examples and detailed guidance to show readers how to analyze their own data using the new statistics and practical strategies for interpreting the results. A particular strength of the book is its explanation of meta-analysis using simple diagrams and examples. Understanding meta-analysis is increasingly important even at undergraduate levels because medicine psychology and many other disciplines now use meta-analysis to assemble the evidence needed for evidence-based practice. The book’s pedagogical program built on cognitive science principles reinforces learning: Boxes provide "evidence-based" advice on the most effective statistical techniques. Numerous examples reinforce learning and show that many disciplines are using the new statistics. Graphs are tied in with ESCI to make important concepts vividly clear and memorable. Opening overviews and end of chapter take-home messages summarize key points. Exercises encourage exploration deep understanding and practical applications. This highly accessible book is intended as the core text for any course that emphasizes the new statistics or as a supplementary text for graduate and/or advanced undergraduate courses in statistics and research methods in departments of psychology education human development nursing and natural social and life sciences. Researchers and practitioners interested in understanding the new statistics and future published research will also appreciate this book. A basic familiarity with introductory statistics is assumed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415879682

Understanding the OceansA Century of Ocean Exploration Understanding the Oceans brings together an internationally distinguished group of authors to consider the enormous advances in marine science that have been achieved since the voyages of HMS Challenger a century ago. The whole book draws inspiration from the seminal contribution made by the research conducted on those voyages and each contributor considers the significance of the findings relating them to the exciting developments of today and tomorrow.Covering the whole spectrum of the marine sciences the book has been written and edited very much with the non-specialist reader in mind. Marine scientists whether students or researchers will welcome this authoritative sweep through the history of their subject through to the present day; other scientists will find the book to be an accessible and informative introduction to marine science and its historical roots. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138440807

Understanding the OceansA Century of Ocean Exploration Understanding the Oceans brings together an internationally distinguished group of authors to explore the enormous advances in marine science made since the voyage of HMS Challenger a century ago. The book draws inspiration from the seminal contributions stemming from that voyage and individual chapters show how succeeding generations of scientists have been influenced by its findings. Covering the whole spectrum of the marine sciences the book has been written and edited very much with the non-specialist reader in mind. Marine scientists whether students or researchers will welcome this authoritative comprehensive overview of their subject and its history; other scientists will find the book to be an accessible and informative introduction to marine science and its historical roots. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315889450

Understanding the Older ConsumerThe Grey Market There are more people over 50 than ever before with numbers likely to continue to rise. They are wealthier healthier and happier than our old stereotypical images lead us to believe yet this segment of the market is under-researched. In Understanding the Older Consumer Barrie Gunter provides a detailed examination of the demographic behavioural and psychological profiles of this group. He shows that without the responsibilities of loans and child raising and with better financial provision than in previous years the over-50s represent a powerful spending force. In order to reach this group marketers need to know how best to target advertising and respond to the changes that have occurred. Understanding the Older Consumer provides a wealth of information on older people's lifestyles and leisure their interest in the mass media their perceptions of advertising and their shopping preferences that will be invaluable to students of marketing media and social psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138462625

Understanding the Olympics How did the Olympics evolve into a multi-national phenomenon? How can the Olympics help us to understand the relationship between sport and society? What will be the impact and legacy of the Olympics after Tokyo in 2020? Understanding the Olympics answers all these questions by exploring the social cultural political historical and economic context of the Games.  This thoroughly revised and updated edition discusses recent attempts at future proofing by the International Olympic Committee (IOC) in the face of growing global anti-Olympic activism the changing geo-political context within which the Olympics take place and the Olympic histories of the next three cities to host the Games – Tokyo (2020) Paris (2024) and Los Angeles (2028) – as well as the legacy of the London (2012) Olympics. For the first time this new edition introduces the reader to the emergence of ‘other Games’ associated with the IOC – the Winter Olympics the Paralympics and the Youth Olympics. It also features a full Olympic history timeline many new photographs refreshed suggestions for further reading and revised illustrations.  The most up-to-date and authoritative textbook available on the Olympic Games Understanding the Olympics is essential reading for anybody with an interest in the Olympics or the wider relationship between sport and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367363192

Understanding the Paradox of Surviving Childhood TraumaTechniques and Tools for Working with Suicidality and Dissociation Understanding the Paradox of Surviving Childhood Trauma offers clinicians a new framework for understanding the symptoms and coping mechanisms displayed by survivors of childhood abuse. This approach considers how characteristics such as suicidality self-harm persistent depression and anxiety can have roots in behaviors and beliefs that helped patients survive their trauma. This book provides practitioners with case examples practical tips and techniques for applying this mindset directly to their most complex cases. By depathologizing patients’ experiences and behaviors and moving beyond simply managing them therapists can reduce their clients’ shame and work collaboratively to understand the underlying message that these behaviors conceal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138630857

Understanding the Political Culture of Hong Kong: The Paradox of Activism and DepoliticizationThe Paradox of Activism and Depoliticization This book challenges the widely held belief that Hong Kong's political culture is one of indifference. The term "political indifference" is used to suggest the apathy naivete passivity and utilitarianism of Hong Kong's people toward political life. Taking a broad historical look at political participation in the former colony Wai-man Lam argues that this is not a valid view and demonstrates Hong Kong's significant political activism in thirteen selected case studies covering 1949 through the present. Through in-depth analysis of these cases she provides a new understanding of the nature of Hong Kong politics which can be described as a combination of political activism and a culture of depoliticization. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698496

Understanding the Political PhilosophersFrom Ancient to Modern Times Understanding the Political Philosophers is an absorbing and accessible introduction to the major philosophers and core texts of western political philosophy. Organised historically - beginning with Socrates and Plato and concluding with post-Rawlsian theory - Alan Haworth presents the key ideas and developments with clarity and depth. Each chapter provides a concentrated study of a given thinker or group of thinkers and together they constitute a broad account of the main arguments in political philosophy. There are chapters on Socrates Plato Aristotle Hobbes Locke Rousseau the Utilitarians Marx and Rawls’s early work. This revised second edition has been brought fully up-to-date and includes expanded coverage of the period from the death of Aristotle to the sixteenth century as well as a new chapter on Rawls’s later philosophy and the direction of post-Rawlsian philosophy. Including a chronology and suggestions for further reading Understanding the Political Philosophers is an ideal introductory text for students taking courses in political philosophy or political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415685375

Understanding the Politics of Pandemic ScaresAn Introduction to Global Politosomatics Reactions to pandemics are unlike any other global emergency; with an emphasis on withdrawal and containment of the sight of the infected. Dealing with the historical and conceptual background of diseases in politics and international relations this volume investigates the global political reaction to pandemic scares. By evaluating anxiety and the political response to pandemics as a legitimisation of the modern state and its ability to protect its citizens from infectious disease Understanding the Politics of Pandemic Scares examines the connection between international health governance and the emerging Western liberal world order. The case studies including SARS Bird Flu and Swine Flu provide an understanding of how the world order global health governance and people’s bodies interact to produce scares and panics. Aaltola introduces an innovative new concept of ‘politosomatics’ based on the relationship that links individual stress strain and fear with global circulations of power to evaluate increasingly global bio-political environments in which pandemics exist. This book will be of interest to students and researchers of International Relations Global Health International Public Health and Global Health governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415603812

Understanding the Populist ShiftOthering in a Europe in Crisis During the European elections of 2014 one of the main issues raised by the media was the electoral performance of so called ‘populist parties’. The electorate confirmed its deep dissatisfaction with mainstream political parties voting for far right parties in parliamentary elections in Northern Europe (Austria Denmark Sweden) Eastern Europe (Hungary where the deeply anti-Semitic Jobbik party gained votes) and in France (where the French National Front won about a quarter of the vote) while in the Southern European countries battered by austerity policies it was the radical right and left in Greece (Golden Dawn and Syriza) and the radical left in Spain (Podemos) that obtained excellent scores. This book examines the growing trend towards far and extreme right populism that has emerged prominently in Northern (Finland) Western (Austria Denmark France the UK) Southern (Greece Italy) and Central/Eastern Europe (Slovenia Bulgaria) since the 1990s. Providing a critical understanding of current European trends and analysing the complex phenomena covered by the notion of populism this book will be of interest to students and scholars researching right-wing politics as well as European politics more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595845

Understanding the Primary SchoolA Sociological Analysis In this study first published in 1985 the author explores the construction of educational ideologies and assesses to what extent they are put into practice by the teachers. He examines the ‘politics’ of education within the school; the extent to which the head teacher as the bureaucratic authority in the school seeks to impose his or her own views and the degree to which teachers see themselves as possessing professional autonomy. The study also pays attention to status differentiation within the education of the working class and explores the educational consequences of ethnic and gender status group membership. This title will be of interest to sociology and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138222762

Understanding the Process of AgingThe Roles of Mitochondria: Free Radicals and Antioxidants This innovative reference explores a wide selection of topics associated with aging providing a solid understanding of the significance and molecular basis of the aging process and charting the course of future research in the area. Stresses the interplay of mitochondria mitochondrial DNA oxidants and antioxidants! Featuring the research of over 55 experts in the area Understanding the Process of Agingcovers the functions of nitric oxide and peroxynitrite in mitochondriaintegrates several views on the role of mitochondria in the development of apoptosisgives a quantitative analysis of mutations of mitochondrial DNA during human aginghighlights mitochondrial free radical productionintroduces new roles of ubiquinone in mitochondrial functionsoffers new antioxidant-based complementary therapeutic strategiesdetails aspects of intact cells and whole organisms in health and diseaseand more!Featuring over 1800 references tables drawings and photographs Understanding the Process of Aging benefits nutritionists and dieticians geriatricians cell and molecular biologists chemists and biochemists pharmacologists biotechnologists neurologists cardiologists oncologists dermatologists and graduate and medical school students in these disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399993

Understanding the Properties of Matter Understanding the Properties of Matter: 2nd Edition takes a unique phenomenological approach to the presentation of matter materials and solid-state physics. After an overview of basic ideas and a reminder of the importance of measurement the author considers in turn gases solids liquids and phase changes. For each topic the focus is on "what happens." After a preliminary examination of data on the properties of matter the author raises then addresses a series of questions concerning the data. It is only in answering these questions that he adopts the theoretical approach to the properties of matter. This approach can reawaken in readers the fascination for the subject that inspired some of the greatest physicists of our age. Examples and extensive exercises reinforce the concepts. A supporting Web site furnishes for free download a plethora of additional materials including:" Supplementary chapters on the band theory of solids and the magnetic properties of solids" Copies of all the data talbes used in the book in PDF and spreadsheet formats" Enlarged copies of all figures" A simple molecular dynamics simulation" Animations uillustrating important featrues of key equations" Answers to the end-of-chapter exercisesUnderstanding the Properties of Matter is an entertaining and innovative text accessible at the undergraduate level. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315274751

Understanding the Psychological Soul of SpiritualityA Guidebook for Research and Practice Understanding the Psychological Soul of Spirituality is a comprehensive exploration of spiritual constructs based on an empirical evidence-based paradigm for understanding and addressing spirituality. In a field where there is no current consensus on spirituality this book provides a much-needed psychologically based definition and ontology that assists helping professionals in formulating their professional identities; developing effective and appropriate training models; furthering their understanding of what spirituality is and is not from a psychological perspective; and more effectively addressing spiritual issues to support clients. The authors provide a review of current issues in the area of spirituality also called the numinous and provide perspectives that address these concerns in ways that promote a fully scientific understanding of the construct. Ultimately the book provides a concise definition of the numinous that places it squarely in the social sciences. Chapters outline the clear value of the numinous for psychology and detail its relevance for professionals’ training.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138559165

Understanding the Reggio ApproachEarly years education in practice Understanding the Reggio Approach is a much needed source of information for those wishing to extend and consolidate their understanding of the Reggio Approach. It enables analysis of the essential elements of this particular approach to early childhood teaching and the relationship it holds with quality early years practice. It describes the key features of the Reggio Approach to early childhood including the environment creativity relationships and documentation. This new edition has been updated with the latest developments in this approach and includes new material on the thinking and work of Loris Malaguzzi and the future for educators in Reggio Emilia and the implications for practice in the UK. Features include: Examples from infant-toddler centres and preschools in Reggio Emilia. Key points to highlight the ideas that practitioners should consider when reviewing and reflecting on their practice Reflections that can be used as the basis for continuing professional development and action research. Written to support the work of all those in the field of early education and childcare this is a vital text for students early years and childcare practitioners teachers Early Years Professionals Children’s Centre professionals lecturers advisory teachers and setting managers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138784383

Understanding the School CurriculumTheory politics and principles At a time of rapid social change and numerous policy initiatives there is a need to question the nature and function of school curricula and the purposes of formal public education. Comparing curriculum developments around the globe Understanding the School Curriculum draws on a range of educational philosophical and sociological theories to examine the question ‘What is a curriculum for?’ In considering different answers to this fundamental question it explores a range of topical issues and debates including: tensions and dynamics within curriculum policy The implications of uncertainty and rapid social change for curriculum development the positive and negative influence of free market ideologies on public education the impact of globalization and digital technologies arguments for and against common core curricula and state control It examines the possibility of a school curriculum that is not shaped and monitored by dominant interests but that has as its founding principles the promotion of responsibility responsiveness a love of learning and a sense of wonder and respect for the natural and social world. Understanding the School Curriculum is for all students following undergraduate and Masters courses in curriculum public policy and education-related subjects. It is also for all training and practising teachers who wish to combine a deeper understanding of major curriculum issues with a critical understanding of the ways in which ideologies impact on formal state education and to consider ways of producing school curricula that are appropriate to the times we live in. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415630573

Understanding the Science of FoodFrom molecules to mouthfeel Being able to understand the principles of food science is vital for the study of food nutrition and the culinary arts. In this innovative text the authors explain in straightforward and accessible terms the theory and application of chemistry to these fields.The key processes in food preparation and the chemistry behind them are described in detail including denaturation and coagulation of proteins gelatinisation gelation and retrogradation of starches thickening and gelling browning reactions emulsification foams and spherification chemical mechanical and biological leaveners and fermentation and preservation. The text also describes the science of key cooking techniques the science of the senses and the experience of food food regulations and the future of healthy food. The origins of food are explored through a focus on the primary production of key staples and their journey to the table. Tips and advice from leading chefs as well as insights into emerging food science and cutting-edge nutrition research from around the world are included throughout and reveal both the practical application of food chemistry and the importance of this field. Featuring explanatory diagrams and illustrations throughout Understanding the Science of Food is destined to become an essential reference for both students and professionals.'An innovative and informative text that will address the need for a food science text suitable for nutrition and dietetics students in Australia.' - Katherine Hanna Faculty of Health Queensland University of Technology.'A unique and timely text that will be welcomed by students instructors and scientists in multiple disciplines. I am thrilled to see such a modern take on the subject blending the fundamentals of food science and chemistry with the insights and experience of practitioners from the culinary arts.' - Patrick Spicer lecturer and researcher in food science Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781760296063

Understanding the Self and OthersExplorations in intersubjectivity and interobjectivity How do we as human beings come to understand ourselves and others around us? This question could not be more timely or pertinent to the issues facing humankind today. At the heart of many of our world’s most troubling political and social problems lies a divergence and sometimes a sharp contradiction in perspectives between nations and cultural groups. To find potential solutions to these seemingly intractable divides we must come to understand what both facilitates and hinders a meaningful exchange of fundamental ideas and beliefs between different cultural groups. The discussions in this book aim to provide a better understanding of how we come to know ourselves and others. Bringing together a number of cutting edge researchers and practitioners in psychology and related fields this diverse collection of thirteen papers draws on psychology sociology philosophy linguistics communications and anthropology to explore how human beings effectively come to understand and interact with others. This volume is organised in three main sections to explore some of the key conceptual issues discuss the cognitive processes involved in intersubjectivity and interobjectivity and examine human relations at the level of collective processes. Understanding the Self and Others will appeal to students and scholars of sociology developmental psychology philosophy communication studies anthropology identity studies social and cultural theory and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415688864

Understanding the Self-Ego Relationship in Clinical PracticeTowards Individuation Understanding the Self-Ego Relationship in Clinical Practice: Towards Individuation is a volume in the clinical practice monograph series from The Society of Analytical Psychology. This series is intended primarily for trainees on psychotherapy and psychodynamic counselling courses and for those who are newly qualified. These compact editions will be invaluable to all who wish to learn the basics of major theories derived from the work of Freud and Jung from an integrated viewpoint. The authors are Jungian analysts trained at the SAP highly experienced in both theory and practice. The author argues for the profound importance of trusting the unconscious psyche in therapeutic work with adults. She considers various analytical meanings of the term "the self" with reference to a wide range of theorists and various ways of thinking about the development of the ego. She uses primarily a Jungian model of the psyche from a developmental perspective based on the assumption that the ego evolves in infancy and childhood out of a primary psychosomatic self. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105525

Understanding the Sexual Betrayal of Boys and MenThe Trauma of Sexual Abuse Understanding the Sexual Betrayal of Boys and Men: The Trauma of Sexual Abuse is an indispensable go-to book for understanding male sexual victimization. It has become increasingly clear since the 1980s that men and boys like women and girls are sexually abused and assaulted in alarming numbers. Yet there have been few resources available to victims their loved ones or those trying to help them.  Richard B. Gartner was in the vanguard of clinicians treating male sexual victimization and has written extensively about it initially in professional papers then in his landmark 1999 book for clinicians Betrayed as Boys: Psychodynamic Treatment of Sexually Abused Men continuing with his 2005 work Beyond Betrayal: Taking Charge of Your Life after Boyhood Sexual Abuse. He has been a tireless teacher clinician and advocate for male victims of sexual abuse in the classroom the lecture hall and of course the consulting room as well as in newspaper television radio and online interviews.  Dr. Gartner has gathered together expert colleagues from the trauma psychoanalytic medical and survivor treatment fields. Together they have created a comprehensive guide to what was once thought to be a rarity but now is clearly an all-too-common occurrence. Understanding the Sexual Betrayal of Boys and Men looks at the realities of male sexual victimization guiding clinicians and lay people alike to understand the complexities of the devastation it causes in victimized boys and men. It considers topics as diverse as:  sexual assault in institutions like the military sports teams schools universities and religious organizations; sex trafficking of boys and adolescents; neurobiology and brain chemistry of male survivors of sexual abuse; gender and sexual dysfunctions and confusions resulting from sexual exploitation and trauma; physicians’ treatment of sexually abused men’s medical problems; socio-cultural influences on processing and treating men’s and boys’ sexual victimization.  Understanding the Sexual Betrayal of Boys and Men is required reading for anyone working with male victims of sexual abuse and assault at any level –  psychotherapists rape counselors attorneys journalists guidance counselors physicians clergy graduate students and lawmakers –  and helpful to lay people interested in this often-unrecognized problem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138942226

Understanding The Small Business Sector Originally published in 1994 this text analyses the key issues that influence the growth and development of small businesses. Looking at the concept in which they operate the book outlines the factors that are dominant in the sector and explores the effects if has on the economy. Is the creation of small businesses the answer to unemployment? Has the lowering of interest rates or taxation encouraged the self-employed to work harder? Have banks given small business a raw deal? These are just some of the questions discussed as David Storey explains the issues of employment finance and policy and the issues dictating failure or success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138683815

Understanding the Social Dimension of Sustainability The imperative of the twenty-first century is sustainability: to raise the living standards of the world's poor and to achieve and maintain high levels of social health among the affluent nations while simultaneously reducing and reversing the environmental damage wrought by human activity. Scholars and practitioners are making progress toward environmental and economic sustainability but we have very little understanding of the social dimension of sustainability. This volume is an ambitious multi-disciplinary effort to identify the key elements of social sustainability through an examination of what motivates its pursuit and the conditions that promote or detract from its achievement. Included are theoretical and empirical pieces; examination of international and local efforts; discussions highlighting experiences in both the developing and industrialized nations; and a substantial focus on business practices. Contributors are grounded in sociology economics business administration public administration public health geography education and natural resource management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415536677

Understanding the Steiner Waldorf ApproachEarly Years Education in Practice This fully revised edition of Understanding the Steiner Waldorf Approach is a much needed source of information for those wishing to extend and consolidate their understanding of the Steiner Waldorf early childhood approach. It enables the reader to analyse the essential elements of the Steiner Waldorf Approach to early childhood and its relationship to quality early years practice. Covering all areas of the curriculum including observation and assessment child development play repetition and the environment this new edition has been updated to reflect recent curriculum changes and explore the influence of media and technology. Including a new chapter on expanding the Steiner Waldorf approach to work with children from birth to three the book: describes the key principles of the Steiner Waldorf approach to early childhood with examples from Steiner settings; provides an accessible and objective overview of a key pedagogical influence on high quality early years practice in the United Kingdom; highlights the key ideas that practitioners should consider when reviewing their own practice; contains summaries of key points and reflective practice questions to help students and practitioners engage with the ideas in the book. can be used as the basis for continuing professional development and action research. Written to support the work of all those in the field of early years education and childcare this text is essential reading for students practitioners leaders managers and all those wanting to improve their early years practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138209848

Understanding the Tacit This book outlines a new account of the tacit meaning tacit knowledge presuppositions practices traditions and so forth. It includes essays on topics such as underdetermination and mutual understanding and critical discussions of the major alternative approaches to the tacit including Bourdieu’s habitus and various practice theories Oakeshott’s account of tradition Quentin Skinner’s theory of historical meaning Harry Collins’s idea of collective tacit knowledge as well as discussions of relevant cognitive science concepts such as non-conceptual content connectionism and mirror neurons. The new account of tacit knowledge focuses on the fact that in making the tacit explicit a person is not as many past accounts have supposed reading off the content of some sort of shared and fixed tacit scheme of presuppositions but rather responding to the needs of the Other for understanding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138929647

Understanding the Te Whariki ApproachEarly years education in practice Understanding the Te Whāriki Approach is a much–needed source of information for those wishing to extend and consolidate their understanding of the Te Whāriki approach introducing the reader to an innovative bicultural curriculum developed for early childhood services in New Zealand. It will enable the reader to analyse the essential elements of this approach to early childhood and its relationship to quality early years practice. Providing students and practitioners with the relevant information about a key pedagogical influence on high quality early years practice in the United Kingdom the book explores all areas of the curriculum emphasising: strong curriculum connections to families and the wider community; a view of teaching and learning that focuses on responsive and reciprocal relationships with people places and things; a view of curriculum content as cross-disciplinary and multi-modal; the aspirations for children to grow up as competent and confident learners and communicators healthy in mind body and spirit secure in their sense of belonging and in the knowledge that they make a valued contribution to society; a bicultural framework in which indigenous voices have a central place. Written to support the work of all those in the field of early years education and childcare this is a vital text for students early years and childcare practitioners teachers early years professionals children’s centre professionals lecturers advisory teachers head teachers and setting managers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415617130

Understanding the Tea Party Movement Hailing themselves as heirs to the American Revolution the Tea Party movement staged tax day protests in over 750 US cities in April 2009 quickly establishing a large and volatile social movement. Tea Partiers protested at town hall meetings about health care across the country in August leading to a large national demonstration in Washington on September 12 2009. The movement spurred the formation (or redefinition) of several national organizations and many more local groups and emerged as a strong force within the Republican Party. Self-described Tea Party candidates won victories in the November 2010 elections. Even as activists demonstrated their strength and entered government the future of the movement's influence and even its ultimate goals are very much in doubt. In 2012 Barack Obama the movement’s prime target decisively won re-election Congressional Republicans were unable to govern and the Republican Party publicly wrestled with how to manage the insurgency within. Although there is a long history of conservative movements in America the library of social movement studies leans heavily to the left. The Tea Party movement its sudden emergence and its uncertain fate provides a challenge to mainstream American politics. It also challenges scholars of social movements to reconcile this new movement with existing knowledge about social movements in America. Understanding the Tea Party Movement addresses these challenges by explaining why and how the movement emerged when it did how it relates to earlier eruptions of conservative populism and by raising critical questions about the movement's ultimate fate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409465232

Understanding the Transformation of Germany’s CDU This book analyses the Christian Democratic Union of Germany (CDU) one of Europe’s most successful and influential political parties. The CDU might have been expected to struggle in the circumstances of a more diverse secular reunified Germany yet it has prospered to an extent almost unparalleled in western Europe. Chapters consider the CDU’s policies (the factors driving them their variation across Germany the relationship to women and the welfare state) its organisational development and change and its position within the party system. Contributors particularly emphasise the diversity of the CDU and the way it varies across Germany’s regions. The CDU is compared to other Christian Democratic parties and special consideration is given to the CDU’s Bavarian sister party the Christian Social Union (CSU). This book was published as a special issue of German Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379398

Understanding the Transgenerational Legacy of Totalitarian RegimesParadoxes of Cultural Learning Understanding the Transgenerational Legacy of Totalitarian Regimes examines the ways in which the cultural memory of surviving totalitarianism can continue to shape individual and collective vulnerabilities as well as build strength and resilience in subsequent generations. The author uses her personal experience of growing up in the former Soviet Union and professional expertise in global trauma to explore how the psychological legacy of totalitarian regimes influences later generations’ beliefs behaviors and social and political choices. The book offers interdisciplinary perspectives on the complex aftermath of societal victimization in different cultures and discusses survivors’ experiences. Readers will find practical tools that can be used in family therapy cognitive-behavioral therapy and peace building to recognize and challenge preconceived assumptions stemming from cultural trauma. This book equips trauma-minded mental health professionals with an understanding of the transgenerational toxicity of totalitarianism and with strategies for becoming educated consumers of cultural legacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367135614

Understanding the UN Security CouncilCoercion or Consent? This impressive work sheds light on the recent history of the UN Security Council (UNSC) examining how the penchant for UN-backed humanitarian intervention in the 1990s has given way to an impotent UNSC unable to play a meaningful role in the war in Iraq. It examines the precepts that govern UNSC politics including the sanctity of sovereign states the norm of non-intervention and state interests. Designed for readers who are interested in gaining a deeper understanding of the workings of the UNSC the attitudes of its members towards the use of force and sovereignty as well as understanding its limitations in international politics this volume: · evaluates key issues such as the principle of consent the use of force intervention and sovereignty · provides a rich array of case studies to understand the challenges of consent-based peacekeeping · presents strong analytical consistency drawing on a wide variety of sources Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398738

Understanding the Under 3s and the Implications for Education This book originated from an awareness of the persistent lack of knowledge supporting a more respectful reception and approach to the youngest in our changing societies. It follows initiatives of networks of researchers from several countries sharing insights from current studies carried out in their different cultures. Introduced by a state of art review-like chapter on birth to 3 literature the book which can be pictured as a composition begins with a journey inside the creativity of these young persons and a picture of a companionable learning. It deals with the role of the spatial and physical dimensions of the setting and pictures how the educator can create meaningful participation and launch early exercises in democracy with respect for diversities. It provides a deeper understanding of a pedagogical accompaniment based on ‘participatory alliance’ and of the development of communication and language. The text will be a useful addition to researchers practitioners and other stakeholders. This book was originally published as a special issue of the European Early Childhood Education Research Journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415833196

Understanding the UniversityInstitution idea possibilities Understanding the University constitutes the final volume in a trilogy – the first two books having been Being a University (2010) and Imagining the University (2012) – and represents the trilogy’s ultimate aims and endeavours. The three volumes together offer a unique attempt at a fairly systematic and exhaustive level to map out just what it might be seriously to understand the extraordinarily complex entity that is known across the world as ‘the university’. Through examination of the conditions and possibilities underlying and affecting universities this work offers an understanding of specific ideas of the university which can inform policies strategies and practices in relation to the university. This book is a must read for leaders and senior managers in universities as well as those undertaking postgraduate studies in the policy and practice of higher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138934054

Understanding the VictoriansPolitics Culture and Society in Nineteenth-Century Britain Understanding the Victorians paints a vivid portrait of this era of dramatic change combining broad survey with close analysis and introducing students to the critical debates taking place among historians today. Encompassing all of Great Britain and Ireland over the whole of the Victorian period it gives prominence to social and cultural topics alongside politics and economics and emphasises class gender and racial and imperial positioning as constitutive of human relations. This second edition is fully updated throughout containing a new chapter on leisure in the Victorian period the most recent historiographical research in Victorian Studies and enhanced coverage of imperialism and working-class life. Starting with the Queen Caroline Affair in 1820 and coming up to the start of World War I in 1914 Susie L. Steinbach uses thematic chapters to discuss and evaluate topics such as politics imperialism the economy class gender the monarchy arts and entertainment religion sexuality religion and science. There are also three chapters on space consumption and the law topics rarely covered at this introductory level. With a clear introduction outlining the key themes of the period a detailed timeline and suggestions for further reading and relevant internet resources this is the ideal companion for all students of the nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138906105

Understanding the Voices and Educational Experiences of Autistic Young PeopleFrom Research to Practice Providing a ‘one stop’ text Understanding the Voices and Educational Experiences of Autistic Young People is a unique and comprehensive contribution to bridge the gap between theory research and practice. Based on the author’s teaching and research experience this book provides a theoretical and practical framework for participatory rights-based autism research and demonstrates the benefits of – and growing emphasis on – voice and participation research; if done correctly it can be of immense benefit to policy practice and how we support autistic young people. Alongside a critical and extensive review of research literature and debate on the efficacy of mainstream inclusion for autistic children the book provides practical advice on how to support autistic children in research and in school. Significantly Goodall investigates and presents the educational experiences of autistic young people – including girls – and their suggestions to improve educational practice from their own perspectives as opposed to adult stakeholders. This book will act as a key text for student teachers practitioner-researchers those already supporting autistic children in education or social settings (including teachers school leaders special education leads policymakers) and academics researching in the areas of autism and inclusion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367253257

Understanding the Workplace: A Research Framework for Industrial Archaeology in Britain: 2005A Research Framework for Industrial Archaeology "This volume was first delivered at a conference organised by the Association for Industrial Archaeology in Nottingham in June 2004 and formerly constituted a special issue of Industrial Archaeology Review. The papers have the explicit intention of formulating a research framework for industrial archaeology in the 21st century and demonstrating how far industrial archaeology is now a fully recognised element of mainstream archaeology." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351195034

Understanding the World Economy This fourth edition of Understanding the World Economy will continue to provide the reader with the clearest guide available to the global economic scene. Since the last edition was published in 2006 enormous changes have taken place. The world economy has been in upheaval with the biggest financial crash and ensuing recession since the 1930s; with a global re-ordering of economic power relations; with widespread demonstrations by those left behind; with divergent views about where Europe is heading; with a growing scarcity of essential resources; with increasing international terrorism and with increasing concerns of environmental degradation and climate change. To embrace such urgent issues this text is an almost entirely rewritten version of earlier editions. Tony Cleaver takes a long look at the evolution of market systems and how they have liberated peoples on one side of the globe and yet driven others into debt depression and despair. He analyses causes and consequences and discusses (and sometimes dismisses) economic theories. Topics covered include: Why crashes occur What causes some countries to grow and others to stagnate Whether the Euro can survive The economic underpinnings of terrorism The dangers of climate change This book takes the student through the major characteristics of the global economy in jargon-free non-technical language. Chapter summary diagrams and a wealth of boxes and tables make this an essential introduction for undergraduates and A-level students as well as the casual reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415681315

Understanding Therapeutic ActionPsychodynamic Concepts of Cure Most of the existing psychodynamic literature approaches the treatment process from one particular theoretical perspective or another. Yet what contemporary psychotherapists need most is practical information that transcends individual perspectives. After all they must be able to treat patients who suffer from structural conflict structural deficit and relational conflict and they must be able to understand the theories of therapeutic action associated with these concepts of psychopathology in relation to one another. Originally published in 1996 Understanding Therapeutic Action: Psychodynamic Concepts of Cure both surveys different theories of therapeutic action and offers an integrative model of treatment. Editor Lawrence E. Lifson has brought together contributors who are among the leading theoreticians and practitioners of psychodynamic psychotherapy. Their chapters’ cover all the major perspectives on therapeutic action and are organized into sections covering structural and object relations theories; the self as the focus of therapeutic action; and an integrative approach to the concept of cure. The emphasis throughout is on the translation of theory into clinical practice with attention given to the contributions of patient and therapist alike in the curative process. Providing clinicians with a comprehensive overview and synthesis of the different models of therapeutic action this collection is an illuminating exercise in comparative psychotherapy and a valuable tool for enhancing the applicability and effectiveness of clinical work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415733052

Understanding ThreesomesGender Sex and Consensual Non-Monogamy Interest in sexual threesomes is significant but how much do we really know about them? Why do people engage in them? What influences people’s interest? And what are the longer term ramifications of a threesome? This book explores these questions and more; contextualising the findings in relation to wider norms of gender sexual behaviour and relationships. Drawing upon more than 50 interviews and 200+ qualitative surveys this book offers a rich and in-depth analysis of contemporary threesome behaviours. The findings suggest that threesomes are a complex and multi-faceted sexual behaviour. A behaviour which simultaneously resists and maintains norms of monogamy serves important roles and functions for individuals and relationships and is both highly desirable but potentially risky. This book would appeal to both undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as postdoctoral scholars in the fields of sociology psychology and sexology. In particular this book is essential reading for those interested in threesomes consensual non-monogamies and contemporary norms of sexual behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138320390

Understanding Tolowa HistoriesWestern Hegemonies and Native American Responses Developing a multi-leveled historical inquiry of the Native Tolowa of the US James Collins explores the linguistic and political dynamics of place-claiming and expropriation as well as the relation between otherness and subjugation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203948118

Understanding Tourette SyndromeA guide to symptoms management and treatment Understanding Tourette Syndrome provides accessible concise evidence-based guidelines on this neurodevelopmental disorder offering parents and professionals a deeper scientific understanding of the condition and its consequences. Zanaboni Dina and Porta explore signs symptoms and treatment of the disease with the aim of demonstrating to all those involved in the life of a TS child solutions to manage a range of situations from diagnosis to day-to-day life. Therapies and social intervention including Habit Reversal Training and Deep Brain Stimulation are described allowing caregivers to evaluate the best course of treatment. With a focus on improving quality of life by offering practical recommendations for managing the condition at school and in the family it places additional emphasis on sibling relationships and the importance of childhood friendship. The authors’ expert subject knowledge and extensive experience of working with children and families makes the topic accessible for any reader and case studies demonstrate how to apply scientific understanding of the condition to a real-life situation. This unique guide is essential reading for parents and carers as well as practitioners in Clinical and Educational Psychology Counselling Mental Health Nursing Child Welfare Public Healthcare and those in Education. It will also be of interest to postgraduates studying courses in Psychology Neurology and Psychiatry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138595606

Understanding Tourism Understanding Tourism examines tourism in 1000 questions and answers. It is intended for students and teachers of tourism worldwide those who earn their living through tourism or who simply like being tourists expecially if they enjoy quizzes. Students need to know what progress they are making to test and consolidate their knowledge. Teachers need to know their students' progress any learning problems what parts of the syllabus are going down well or proving difficult. Both need feedback.Arranged in ten parts which broadly correspond to most syllabus elements studied in schools colleges and universities the wide-ranging repertoire also includes such topics as who was who in tourism in the UK and worldwide; what Prime Ministers thought about tourism; who are UK and world leaders in tourism; UK US Australian and Caribbean tourism in figures; US versus UK language; the language of North of the (English) border; creative marketing campaigns and messages.Professor Medlik is an author consultant and educator with more than 30 years of involvement in tourism. He held several senior academic appointments in Britain and other countries advised a number of companies as well as tourism educational and other organizations and was the first chairman of the Tourism Society. His published work includes 20 books and other publications and more than 100 contributions to the professional and technical press. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138130944

Understanding Tourism Mobilities in Japan The total number of foreign tourists received in countries throughout the world was 530 million in 1995. That number broke through the 1 billion mark for the first time in 2012 at 1 035 000 000. In 2015 it reached 1 180 000 000. According to Anthony Elliott and John Urry modern society has been characterized as being "mobile" and within that we are also living "mobile lives". In modern society flows of people things capital information ideas and technologies are constantly occurring and as they are merging like a violently rushing stream what could be termed a landscape of mobilities has appeared. Social realities are in flux and are transforming to become different than they were before. This volume will expand the inquiry of tourism mobilities comprehensively and clearly from the fields of humanities and social sciences. In particular tourism mobilities has been actively investigated up to now in the UK US Europe and Australia but even though the Japanese body of literature contains a great many excellent studies of Japanese examples there are almost no English-language articles presenting their results. Publishing examples of Japanese tourism mobilities will not only foster new and exciting lines of inquiry for existing and future research on tourism mobilities but will also have implications for humanities and social sciences throughout the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138387751

Understanding Traffic SystemsData Analysis and Presentation Road traffic and its impacts affect all aspects of modern life leisure and industry with safety congestion and pollution being of greatest public concern. Transport planning increasingly emphasises travel demand management (TDM) and traffic calming - aided by dynamic lower cost data from Intelligent Transport Systems (ITS) - to enable real time monitoring control and traveller information. This second edition of a highly successful work has been fully updated since its first publication in 1996 to reflect developments in technology available to the traffic analyst and in the social ecological and economic environment. New sections are included on shockwaves data capture without surveys traffic incidents delay estimation off-line use of on-line data environmental sensitivity and controlled crash tests. The authors introduce and demonstrate techniques with which the analyst engineer or planner can examine traffic problems. The underlying theme is that proper understanding of traffic systems performance and traffic problems can only come from the intelligent processing refinement appraisal and evaluation of traffic data. Arranged in five parts the book offers an integrated approach to tackling road traffic problems: ¢ How to gain information and understanding about traffic ¢ The theories of traffic flow ¢ The principles of good survey planning and management ¢ Specific types of traffic studies ¢ Analytical techniques for transforming raw data into useful information. Understanding Traffic Systems provides cogent insights into the techniques of traffic data collection and analysis the application of traffic theory and the role of data in analysis and decision making. Its breadth and use of examples from several countries make it a useful reference text for students and researchers as well as an essential tool for practising traffic engineers and planners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253001

Understanding Transatlantic RelationsWhither the West? In light of the Arab Spring and after days of public quarreling that highlighted the divisions among NATO’s members on an agreement to give command of the "no-fly" zone in Libya to the Alliance it is evident that the U.S. is having problems engaging with its European allies and partners. Why is this happening? Breaking away from the conventional way to study transatlantic relations Serena Simoni uses a Constructivist theoretical lens to argue that the transatlantic partners’ changing identities since the early 1990s have influenced their political interests and as a consequence their national security policies. Contemporary divergences are a notable byproduct of these transformations.  By focusing on cases of disagreement (i.e. NATO’s enlargement the International Criminal Court and Debt Relief for Africa) this book shows how since the 1990s the US has started to see itself as the actor carrying the international defense burden while the European Union has developed an image of itself as the actor in charge of humanitarian efforts which generally entails diplomacy rather than military efforts. Contemporary cases of disagreement as the Arab Spring Libya and Foreign Assistance in Africa illustrate how redefined national identities continue to alter the course of transatlantic relations. Understanding Transatlantic Relations provides a more accurate examination of the future of transatlantic relations and offers an understanding of those issues that the United States and Europe would consider important enough to justify their cooperation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138943032

Understanding Transitions in the Early YearsSupporting Change through Attachment and Resilience There are many transitions that children experience before they are five including the first major transition from home to an early years setting. Successive changes can have a serious impact on young children and stress separation and insecure attachments can affect not only a child’s emotional health but also cognitive and intellectual development. Featuring new material on provision for two year olds school readiness and families and transitions this thought-provoking text explains why transitions matter and provides practical guidance on how to support young children’s developing emotional resilience and equip them to embrace change in the future. Aimed at practitioners and students this fully-updated second edition: draws together evidence from neuroscience attachment theory child development and childcare practices; provides a context for practitioners to empathise with children and families as they relate to their own understanding of the impact of change and transition; looks at ways to reduce the number of transitions including the key person approach and; offers guidance and practical strategies for practitioners managers and head teachers for supporting children through transitions. Including case studies examples of good practice and questions for reflection Understanding Transitions in the Early Years emphasises the little things that practitioners can do for the individual children in their care helping them to feel secure and confident when dealing with change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138678149

Understanding Trauma and EmotionDealing with trauma using an emotion-focused approach I recommend this scholarly and readable book to all concerned with the field of stress and trauma. Students and clinicians will find it equally beneficial.Mardi J. Horowitz M.D. Professor of Psychiatry University of California San Francisco and author of Stress Response Syndromes and Treatment of Stress Response SyndromesThis is a remarkably good book. One seldom sees such exquisite balance of scholarship practical relevance and compassion for both client and counsellor. I recommend it most highly.Michael J. Mahoney author of Constructive Psychotherapy and Human Change ProcessesUnderstanding Trauma and Emotion is an essential reference for all clinicians working in the area of trauma . . . and provides a comprehensive and very accessible account of the emotion-focused model of psychological trauma.Michelle A. Webster PhD Institute for Emotionally Focused Therapy SydneyHow do we help the traumatised?How can we better understand someone who has faced death violence or imprisonment?Traumatic experiences can leave an indelible impression on those involved one which the person may suppress or re-live with destructive and troubling consequences. For many traumatised individuals the essence of their trauma is deeply emotional: terror anger anxiety.Colin Wastell interprets the modern understanding of the traumatic process and presents his own model based on extensive research. He examines the role of emotion in human function and in particular its role in the experience of trauma and effective trauma treatment.Wastell's approach is grounded in practical treatment and the way emotion-focused therapy can be used to benefit the therapist and client. Using extensive case studies and making clear links between theory and practice Wastell presents an innovative practice manual for the counsellor and psychologist interested both in trauma treatment and human emotion. These principles for understanding trauma will also assist health professionals including nurses doctors ambulance officers social workers religious leaders emergency services workers and police officers to help their clients.This book is also supported by a website containing a full report of the author's research at: www.allenandunwin.com/trauma.asp Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003118374

Understanding TraumaA Psychoanalytical Approach Revised edition with additional chapter. This book from the Tavistock Clinic Series is about what follows the breakdown in functioning either short or longer-term provoked by a traumatic event. The authors offer a psychoanalytical understanding of the meaning of the trauma for an individual illuminating theory with detailed clinical illustr Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329525

Understanding Treatment Without ConsentAn Analysis of the Work of the Mental Health Act Commission In Understanding Treatment Without Consent key contributors examine the work of the UK Mental Health Act Commission (MHAC) which was established to ensure the care and rights of people subjected to the various sections of the 1983 Mental Health Act. Based on a research project funded by the Department of Health the book also offers a broader exploration of mental health provision in both historical and contemporary contexts discussing whether mental health reforms have learned the lessons of history. The book builds on earlier work on treatment without consent by providing a more policy-oriented account of mental health law and regulation in the context of health service modernization discussing contemporary issues facing the MHAC and looking at its future role. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315549071

Understanding Tropical Coastal and Island Tourism Development This book contains a collection of articles that include both case studies and theoretical insights applicable to the tourism development challenges of tropical coastal and island destinations throughout the world. Topics include the shortcomings of (eco)tourism in Madagascar collaboration theory and successful multi-stakeholder partnerships on Indonesian resort islands resilience theory and development pressures on a Malaysian island results and implications of a detailed survey of cruise passengers in Colombia perceptions of underdevelopment as limiting factors in Costa Rica conflicts of perception and reality through the literary myths of Pitcairn Island residents’ attitudes toward tourism in the Cape Verde Islands and ‘slow tourism’ as a soft growth alternative to mass tourism development in the Lesser Antilles. As a collection not only do the chapters provide readers a broad overview of the range of issues found in tropical coastal and island tourist destinations but they also offer tourism managers and planners insights into both the positive and negative aspects of alternative tourism development in tropical destinations.This book was published as a special issue of Tourism Geographies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739973

Understanding Trust in GovernmentEnvironmental Sustainability Fracking and Public Opinion in American Politics Growing disenfranchisement with political institutions and policy processes has generated interest in trust in government. For the most part research has focused on trust in government as a general attitude covering all political institutions. In this book Scott E. Robinson James W. Stoutenborough and Arnold Vedlitz argue that individual agencies develop specific reputations that may contrast with the more general attitudes towards government as a whole. Grounded in a treatment of trust as a relationship between two actors and taking the Environmental Protection Agency as their subject the authors illustrate that the agency’s reputation is explained through general demographic and ideological factors – as well as policy domain factors like environmentalism. The book presents results from two approaches to assessing trust: (1) a traditional attitudinal survey approach and (2) an experimental approach using the context of hydraulic fracturing. While the traditional attitudinal survey approach provides traditional answers to what drives trust in the EPA the experimental results reveal that there is little specific trust in the EPA across the United States. Robinson Stoutenborough and Vedlitz expertly point the way forward for more reliable assessments of trust while demonstrating the importance of assessing trust at the agency level. This book represents a much-needed resource for those studying both theory and methods in Public Administration and Public Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138698246

Understanding Tuberculosis and its ControlAnthropological and Ethnographic Approaches Over the last two decades attempts to control the problem of tuberculosis have become increasingly more complex as countries adopt and adapt to evolving global TB strategies. Significant funding has also increased apace diagnostic possibilities have evolved and greater attention is being paid to developing broader health systems. Against this background this book examines tuberculosis control through an anthropological lens. Drawing on ethnographic case studies from China India Nepal South Africa Romania Brazil Ghana and France the volume considers: the relationship between global and national policies and their unintended effects; the emergence and impact of introducing new diagnostics; the reliance on and use of statistical numbers for representing tuberculosis and the politics of this; the impact of the disease on health workers as well as patients; the rise of drug-resistant forms; and issues of attempted control. Together the examples showcase the value of an anthropological understanding to demonstrate the broader bio-political and social dimensions of tuberculosis and attempts to deal with it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138314283

Understanding U.S. Human Rights PolicyA Paradoxical Legacy This book provides a comprehensive historical overview and analysis of the complex and often vexing problem of understanding the formation of US human rights policy over the past thirty-five years a period during which concern for human rights became a major factor in foreign policy decision-making. Clair Apodaca demonstrates that the history of American human rights policy is a series of different paradoxes that change depending on the presidential administration showing that far from immobilizing the progression of a genuine and functioning human rights policy these paradoxes have actually helped to improve the human rights protections over the years. Readers will find in a single volume a historically informed argument driven account of the erratic evolution of US human rights policy since the Nixon administration.Understanding U.S. Human Rights Policy will be an essential supplement in courses on human rights foreign policy analysis and decision-making and the history of US foreign policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203957295

Understanding U.S.-Latin American RelationsTheory and History This book examines U.S.–Latin American relations from an historical contemporary and theoretical perspective. By drawing examples from the distant and more recent past—and interweaving history with theory—Williams illustrates the enduring principles of International Relations theory and provides students the conceptual tools to make sense of inter-American relations. It is a masterful guide for how to organize facts think systematically about issues weigh competing explanations and confidently draw your own conclusions regarding the past present and future of international politics in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415993159

Understanding UK Sport Policy in Context The London Olympics of 2012 acted as a focal point for an examination of UK sport policy. Individual chapters from leading specialists in their fields focus upon the central components of the UK’s ‘model’ of sport - for example elite school and community sport and talent ID policies - and discuss what kind of ‘legacy’ 2012 is likely to leave on the sports landscape in years to come. The concept ‘legacy’ is a common theme running through all contributions which themselves stem from a wide variety of academic disciplines and sub-disciplines including sport psychology political science sports studies cultural studies and sociology. A wide range of topics and organisations are covered throughout the volume including coaching talent ID school sports partnerships PE and youth sport participation in sport the IOC and the Olympic Charter the Olympic Movement and Islamic Culture and finally issues of regeneration through sports mega-events. This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of Sport Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138948372

Understanding Ukrainian PoliticsPower Politics and Institutional Design Ukraine made headlines around the world during the winter of 2004-05 as the colorful banners of the Orange Revolution unfurled against the snowy backdrop of Kyiv signaling the bright promise of democratic rebirth. But is that what is really happening in Ukraine? In the early post-Soviet period Ukraine appeared to be firmly on the path to democracy. The peaceful transfer of power from Leonid Kravchuk to Leonid Kuchma in the election of 1994 followed by the adoption of a western-style democratic constitution in 1996 seemed to complete the picture. But the Kuchma presidency was soon clouded by dark rumors of corruption and even political murder and by 2004 the country was in full-blown political crisis. A three-stage presidential contest was ultimately won by Viktor Yushchenko who took office in 2005 and appointed Yulia Tymoshenko as premier but the turmoil was far from over. The new government quickly faltered and splintered. This introduction to Ukrainian politics looks beyond these dramatic events and compelling personalities to identify the actual play of power in Ukraine and the operation of its political system. The author seeks to explain how it is that after each new beginning power politics has trumped democratic institution-building in Ukraine as in so many other post-Soviet states. What is really at work here and how can Ukraine break the cycle of hope and disillusionment? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698489

Understanding UndergraduatesChallenging our preconceptions of student success Most university teachers have ideas about the typical good or not-so-good student in their classes but rarely do they share these thoughts with others. By keeping quiet about the preconceptions – or stereotypes – they harbour teachers put themselves at risk of missing key evidence to help them revise their beliefs; more importantly they may fail to notice students in real need of their support and encouragement. In this unique work the authors explore UK and US university teachers’ beliefs about their students’ performance and reveal which beliefs are well-founded which are mistaken which mask other underlying factors and what they can do about them. So is it true for instance that British Asian students find medicine more difficult than their white counterparts or that American students with sports scholarships take their studies less seriously? Is it the case that students who sit at the front of the lecture hall get better grades than those who sit at the back? By comparing students’ demographic data and their actual performance with their teachers’ expectations the authors expose a complex picture of multiple factors affecting performance. They also contrast students’ comments about their own study habits with their views on what makes a good learner. For each preconception they offer clear advice on how university teachers can redesign their courses introduce new activities and assignments and communicate effective learning strategies that students will be able to put into practice. Finally the authors explore the ramifications of teachers’ beliefs and suggest actions that can be taken at the level of the institution department or programme and in educational development events designed to level the playing field so that students have a more equitable chance of success. Ideal for both educational developers and university teachers this book: reveals general tendencies and findings that will inform developers’ own work with university teachers provides practical guidance and solutions for university teachers to be able to identify and address students’ actual – rather than assumed – needs explores means of addressing and challenging people’s natural tendency to rely on preconceived ideas and stereotypes and explains an action research method that educational developers can use on their own campuses to unravel some of the local preconceptions that may be hampering student success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415667555

Understanding UnemploymentNew Perspectives on Active Labour Market Policies This book argues that unemployment is symptomatic of an inherently inefficient labour market founded on structured inequalities of locality sex race and age. It provides a multidisciplinary explanation of why unemployment has been a continuing crisis suitable for students in many disciplines. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203061459

Understanding Urban CyclingExploring the Relationship Between Mobility Sustainability and Capital Academic interest in cycling has burgeoned in recent years with significant literature relating to the health and environmental benefits of cycling the necessity for cycle-specific infrastructure and the embodied experiences of cycling. Based upon primary research in a variety of contexts such as London Shanghai and Taipei this book demonstrates that recent developments in urban cycling policy and practice are closely linked to broader processes of capital accumulation. It argues that cycling is increasingly caught up in discourses around smart cities that emphasise technological solutions to environmental problems and neoliberal ideas on individual responsibility and bio-political conduct which only results in solutions that prioritise those who are already mobile. Accordingly the central argument of the book is not that the popularisation of cycling is inherently bad but that the manner in which cycling is being popularised gives cause for social and environmental concern. Ultimately the book argues that cycling has now become a vehicle for sustaining pro-growth agendas rather than subverting them or shifting to sustainable no-growth/de-growth and less technologically driven visions of modernity. This book makes an innovative contribution to the fields of Cycling Studies Mobilities and Transport and will be of interest to students and academics working in Human Geography Transport Studies Urban Studies Urban Planning Public Policy Sociology and Sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138543225

Understanding Urban MetabolismA Tool for Urban Planning Understanding Urban Metabolism addresses the gap between the bio-physical sciences and urban planning and illustrates the advantages of accounting for urban metabolism issues in urban design decisions. Urban metabolism considers a city as a system and distinguishes between energy and material flows as its components. Based on research from the BRIDGE project this book deals with how the urban surface exchanges and transforms energy water carbon and pollutants in cities. This book also introduces a new method for evaluating how planning alternatives can modify the physical flows of urban metabolism components and how environmental and socioeconomic components interact.The inclusion of sustainability principles into urban planning provides an opportunity to place the new knowledge provided by bio-physical sciences at the centre of the planning process but there is a strong need to bridge knowledge and practice as well as for a better dissemination of research results and exchange of best practice. This book meets that need and provides the reader with the necessary tools to integrate an understanding of urban metabolism into urban planning practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670115

Understanding Urbanisation in Northeast IndiaIssues and Challenges This volume explores the dynamics of urbanisation in Northeast India. It discusses the impact of the process of urbanisation on the environment infrastructure and socio-economic conditions of the region. The chapters in the book: Examine various challenges and opportunities of urbanisation such as frontier urbanism urban congestion smart cities vernacular architecture urban water and waste management cross-border migration and ethnicity. Draw attention to critical issues that have massively disturbed the urban landscape including deterioration of water quality seismic activity and air pollution. Give alternatives that could present possible solutions to the problems afflicting this region. Drawing on case studies rooted in extensive fieldwork this book will be indispensable to researchers and students of urban studies human geography development economics cultural studies and South Asian studies. It will also be of interest to policy-makers government representatives and town planners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367466190

Understanding Utilitarianism Utilitarianism - a philosophy based on the principle of the greatest happiness for the greatest number of people - has been hugely influential over the past two centuries. Beyond ethics or morality utilitarian assumptions and arguments abound in modern economic and political life especially in public policy. An understanding of utilitarianism is indeed essential to any understanding of contemporary society. "Understanding Utilitarianism" presents utilitarianism very much as a living tradition. The book begins with a summary of the classical utilitarianism of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Subsequent chapters trace the development of the central themes of utilitarian thought over the twentieth century covering such questions as: What is happiness? Is happiness the only valuable thing? Is utilitarianism about acts or rules or institutions? Is utilitarianism unjust or implausibly demanding or impractical? and Where might utilitarianism go in the future? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711928

Understanding VictimologyAn Active-Learning Approach Understanding Victimology: An Active-Learning Approach explains what the field of victimology is—including its major theoretical perspectives and research methods—and provides insight into the dynamics of various offline and online crimes from the victims’ vantage point. It is the only textbook to provide numerous innovative active learning exercises to enhance and reinforce student learning and it addresses important contemporary topics that have thus far not been covered by other victimology texts including identity theft hate crimes and terrorism. This unique and relevant work is ideal for students academics and practitioners who are interested in a comprehensive introduction to victimology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498772846

Understanding Victims of Interpersonal ViolenceA Guide for Investigators and Prosecutors Understanding Victims of Interpersonal Violence: A Guide for Investigators and Prosecutors provides accessible information for criminal justice personnel "in the trenches" with victims of violence to aid in understanding and explaining their behavior. This guide sheds light on interpersonal violence victims’ decisions and actions by providing context and naming factors that commonly impact victim responses. These include internal factors such as culture religion shame and personality as well as external factors like access to services support systems and resources. These factors inhibit or facilitate responses like disclosure resistance and participation (or lack thereof) in the prosecution of the offenders. This book also explores the influence of the perpetrator as well as more deeply examining victim responses that typically offer challenges to investigators and prosecutors; for example  continued contact with the offender lack of resistance and issues in disclosure. Finally the guide provides concrete tools to assist investigators in interviewing and for prosecutors to use during the prosecutorial process. This book is designed for investigators prosecutors advocates criminal justice practitioners and students of these subjects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498780483

Understanding Video GamesThe Essential Introduction From Pong to virtual reality Understanding Video Games 4th Edition takes video game studies into the next decade of the twenty-first century highlighting changes in the area including mobile social and casual gaming. In this new edition of the pioneering text students learn to assess the major theories used to analyze games such as ludology and narratology and gain familiarity with the commercial and organizational aspects of the game industry. Drawing from historical and contemporary examples the student-friendly text also explores the aesthetics of games evaluates the cultural position of video games and considers the potential effects of both violent and "serious" games. Extensively illustrated and featuring discussion questions a glossary of key terms and a detailed video game history timeline this new edition is an indispensable resource for students scholars and teachers interested in examining the ways video games continue to reshape entertainment and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138363052

Understanding Violence What impels human beings to harm others -- family members or strangers? And how can these impulses and actions be prevented or controlled? Heightened public awareness of and concern about what is widely perceived as a recent explosion of violence -- on a spectrum from domestic abuse to street crime -- has motivated behavioral and social scientists to cast new light on old questions. Many hypotheses have been offered. This volume sorts structures and evaluates them.The author draws on contemporary research and theory in varied fields--sociology clinical psychology psychiatry social work neuropsychology behavioral genetics child development and education--to present a uniquely balanced integrated and readable summary of what we currently know about the causes and effects of violence. Throughout she emphasizes the necessity of distinguishing among different types of violent behavior and of realizing that nature and nurture interact in human development. Controversial issues such as physical punishment and violent television programming receive special attention making this volume an important resource for all those concerned with violent offenders and their victims -- and for their students and trainees.In this third edition of Understanding Violence author Elizabeth Kandel Englander draws on contemporary research and theory in varied fields to present a uniquely balanced integrated and readable summary of what we currently know about the causes and effects of violence particularly its effect on children. The goal of this textbook is to give a critical review of the most relevant and important areas of research on street and family violence examining why it is that people become violent. Between 1994 and 2004 the United States benefited from a dramatic decline in rates of violent crime. However as the economy has weakened in recent years and tougher times have returned the crime rate has shown signs of a modest Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315084381

Understanding Virtue Ethics More and more philosophers have advocated varieties of virtue-based ethics that challenge moral theory traditionally founded on moral obligation and the delineation of what is right or wrong in given situations. Virtue ethics which focuses upon the character of moral agents more than on the moral status of their actions or the consequences of those actions has become one of the most important and stimulating areas of contemporary ethical theory. "Understanding Virtue Ethics" is an accessible and lively introduction to the subject. It provides a broad overview of the history of virtue ethics from Aristotle to Nietzsche as well as examining the ideas of such contemporary writers as Ricoeur and Levinas. Major themes dealt with by moral theory are examined and how a virtue ethics approach to them differs from those of other traditions is explored. Practical problems of moral complexity such as abortion euthanasia and integrity in politics and how they might be approached from a virtue perspective are considered. The charges of relativism and egoism that are often mounted against virtue ethics are rebutted and virtues that are especially relevant to contemporary life namely courage taking responsibility and reverence are examined in depth. Finally the author argues that virtue ethics is highly relevant to our understanding of the moral dimensions of professional roles. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315712130

Understanding WarAn Essay on the Nuclear Age First published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315832296

Understanding Weather Weather provides a wide variety of stimuli for our senses. The sound of thunder and gales the smell of damp soil at the start of a summer thunderstorm are but temporary phenomena while the visual panorama of the changing sky that provides a more revealing insight into the workings of the dynamic atmosphere. Understanding Weather shows how it is possible to understand weather and climate by combining our ability to observe weather systems from the earth's surface with visualisation from above - notably by means of satellite imagery. This fusion of human observation with the contrasting capabilities of remote sensing gives us a new perspective for exploring the three dimensional atmosphere. Remote sensing imagery and real-time weather information are now widely available through the internet allowing the reader to relate the case studies to today's weather situation.As with all sciences understanding starts with careful observation. This books aims to show that it is possible to analyse global weather systems through a visual approach rather than the traditional use of mathematics and physics. After examining the interaction of atmospheric heat moisture and motion in a non-technical style the contrasting but complementary techniques of weather observation from 'below' and 'above' are compared. The world's climates are then surveyed with key weather features illustrated by satellite imagery highlighting the way in which weather events may develop into atmospheric hazards. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161399

Understanding White PrivilegeCreating Pathways to Authentic Relationships Across Race Knowingly and unknowingly we all grapple with race every day. Understanding White Privilege delves into the complex interplay between race power and privilege in both organizations and private life. It offers an unflinching look at how ignorance can perpetuate privilege and offers practical and thoughtful insights into how people of all races can work to break this cycle. Based on thirty years of work in diversity and colleges universities and corporations Frances Kendall candidly invites readers to think personally about how race — theirs and others’ — frames experiences and relationships focusing squarely on white privilege and its implications for building authentic relationships across race. This much-anticipated revised edition includes two full new chapters one on white women and another extending the discussion on race. It continues the important work of the first deepening our knowledge of the recurring history on which cross-race relationships issues exist. Kendall’s book provides readers with a more meaningful understanding of white privilege and equips them with strategies for making personal and organizational changes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415874274

Understanding White-Collar CrimeA Convenience Perspective Understanding White-Collar Crime develops the concept of convenience as the main explanation for crime occurrence. Examining all three dimensions of crime—economic organizational and behavioral—the book argues that when white-collar crime becomes less convenient crime rates will go down. By applying convenience theory to an empirical sample of convicted white-collar criminals the text teaches criminal justice students and ethics and compliance practitioners to identify and understand how opportunity affects real-world criminal situations. Internal investigations of white-collar crime are discussed and corporate social responsibility against white-collar crime is emphasized.Understanding White-Collar Crime: A Convenience Perspective examines not only the theories behind white-collar crime but also explores methods used in criminal justice investigations into corporate fraud and emphasizes the importance of corporate social responsibility in reducing crimes of this nature. Criminal justice students and practitioners should not miss this close look into the world of white-collar crime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596019

Understanding Women in Distress Women are usually more in touch with their emotions than men and more readily seek help from professional sources when they encounter stress. The response they meet from doctors and other helping professionals at this point can be vital in determining the best outcome for them. Ashurst and Hall have written this book as a contribution towards a better understanding of the psychological aspects of women's health problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138462755

Understanding Women's Entrepreneurship in a Gendered ContextInfluences and Restraints Women entrepreneurs are indeed a formidable force of economic growth and social change though we still often question the "how" and "why." For the readers who seek to understand the spectrum of gender influences in the context of entrepreneurship Understanding Women’s Entrepreneurship in a Gendered Context: Influences and Restraints widens the contextual focus of women’s entrepreneurship and entrepreneurship research by providing powerful insights into the influences and restraints within a diverse set of gendered contexts including social political institutional religious patriarchal cultural family and economic in which female entrepreneurs around the world operate their businesses. From recognition of a seventh-century businesswoman in Mecca to the construction of a gendered scientific Business Model Canvas this collection of studies will inspire readers to think differently about theory patriarchy trade systems adoption or transformation and strategies to create inclusive entrepreneurial ecosystems. In doing so the contributing authors demonstrate not only the importance of studying the contexts in which women’s entrepreneurial activities are shaped but also how female entrepreneurs through their endeavours modify these contexts. This book will be of great value to scholars students and researchers interested in women’s entrepreneurship entrepreneurial ecosystems gender hierarchy and the transition to gender equality. It was originally published as a special issue of Entrepreneurship & Regional Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367688790

Understanding Words That Wound Successor and companion volume to Words that Wound the first book to argue for recognition of hate speech as a serious social problem. The current volume greatly expands the coverage of hate speech including chapters on children the internet recent cases campus hate speech codes and international responses. Deals expressly with ar Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313777

Understanding Work-Based Learning This important book is for anyone who wants to make the most of work-based learning: employees employers educationalists policy makers and researchers. It sheds light on ways of giving full-time employees the chance to take up learning opportunities which are of the same level and rigour as those on offer to the full time student. It approaches the subject from the perspective of the learner drawing on case studies to provide detailed insight. It suggests that universities already have in place much of the machinery needed to support learners who are in work: they just don't make enough use of it. Look closely and you will find a substantial legacy of this kind of activity by universities. This is a book about seizing opportunities. In one volume Understanding Work-Based Learning makes a valuable contribution to current employer engagement and learner demand debates and provides first hand learner experiences to guide existing and potential work based learners employers educationalists policy makers and researchers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315549064

Understanding Workplace Information Systems Super series are a set of workbooks to accompany the flexible learning programme specifically designed and developed by the Institute of Leadership & Management (ILM) to support their Level 3 Certificate in First Line Management. The learning content is also closely aligned to the Level 3 S/NVQ in Management. The series consists of 35 workbooks. Each book will map on to a course unit (35 books/units). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138454071

Understanding World Jury Systems Through Social Psychological Research This volume examines diverse jury systems in nations around the world. These systems are marked by unique features having critical implications for jury selection composition functioning processes and ultimately trial outcomes. These unique features are examined by applying relevant social psychological research models and concepts to the central issues and characteristics of jury systems in those nations using a wide variety of jury procedures. Traditionally research that has been conducted on juries has almost exclusively targeted the North-American jury. Psychologically-based research on European Asian and Australian juries has been almost non-existent in the past decade or more. Yet the incidence of jury trials outside of North America has been steadily increasing as more nations (e.g. Japan Spain Russia and Poland) adopt revise or expand their use of juries in their legal system. Accordingly research has been appearing in the scientific literature on new developments in world juries (particularly in Spain Japan and Australia). This volume fulfils the dual purpose of understanding the diverse practices in world juries in light of existing social psychological knowledge and applied research on juries in each nation and outlining new research in the context of the issues raised by jury practices beyond those of North America. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415652971

Understanding Yoga TherapyApplied Philosophy and Science for Health and Well-Being Understanding Yoga Therapy offers a comprehensive and accessible perspective on yoga therapy as a complementary integrative route to promoting whole-person well-being. Readers will come away from the book understanding how the philosophy texts and teachings of yoga benefit a wide range of health conditions. The book is split into three helpful sections: Part I discusses foundational texts and their interpretations; Part II outlines the biopsychosocial-spiritual and neurophysiological model of integrative health pertinent to yoga therapy; and Part III focuses on practical applications separate from the more familiar diagnosis-driven models. Experiential activities and case studies throughout the text illuminate how yogic practices can be incorporated for optimal health. Bridging the ancient and modern philosophical and scientific Understanding Yoga Therapy offers a clear explanatory framework for yoga therapists physicians allied and complementary healthcare providers and their patients and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138484559

Understanding Young Children's Learning through PlayBuilding playful pedagogies This timely and accessible text introduces theorises and practically applies two important concepts which now underpin early years practice: those of ‘playful learning' and 'playful pedagogies'. Pat Broadhead and Andy Burt draw upon filmed material conversations with children reflection observation and parental and staff interviews in their longitudinal study of outdoor and indoor play environments in an early years unit. This research-based text offers extensive insights into related theories as well drawing on the authors’ skills and knowledge as researcher and as class teacher in order to provide opportunities for personal reflection and possibilities for practical application in early years classes and settings. Discussing both indoor and outdoor environments the text explores ideas surrounding ‘open-ended play’ and ‘the whatever you want it to be place’. It illustrates how the themes of children’s play reflect their interests experiences knowledge gained at home and in school and their cultural heritages. By showing how children become familiar and skilful within open-ended play environments the authors illustrate how the children’s co-operative skills develop over time as they become connected in communities of learners. Alongside the examples of children’s playful learning the book also considers the implications for resourcing and organising playful settings through playful pedagogies that connect with the Early Years Foundation Stage curriculum (DfES 2007) and with the Tickell Review ongoing as the book went to press. Understanding Young Children's Learning through Play uses children’s perspectives on their play to illustrate how rich their personal understandings are. It also includes parental reflections on what may initially appear a risky and unusual outdoor environment and it draws attention to the importance of conflict resolution in play in order to extend children’s resilience and assertiveness. This insightful text will be of interest to students of early years education early years practitioners academics and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415614283

Understanding Young People's Science AspirationsHow students form ideas about ‘becoming a scientist’ Understanding Young People's Science Aspirations offers new evidence and understanding about how young people develop their aspirations for education learning and ultimately careers in science. Integrating new findings from a major research study with a wide ranging review of existing international literature it brings a distinctive sociological analytic lens to the field of science education. The book offers an explanation of how some young people do become dedicated to follow science and what might be done to increase and broaden this population exploring the need for increased scientific literacy among citizens to enable them to exercise agency and lead a life underpinned by informed decisions about their own health and their environment. Key issues considered include: why we should study young people’s science aspirations         the role of families social class and science capital in career choice  the links between ethnicity gender and science aspirations the implications for research policy and practice. Set in the context of widespread international policy concern about the urgent need to improve increase and diversify participation in post-16 science this key text considers how we must encourage a supply of appropriately qualified future scientists and workers in STEM industries and ensure a high level of scientific literacy in society. It is a crucial read for all training and practicing science teachers education researchers and academics as well as anyone invested in the desire to help fulfil young people’s science aspirations.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138793583

Understanding Young People's Writing DevelopmentIdentity Disciplinarity and Education This collection offers an inclusive multifaceted look at individual students’ patterns of writing trajectories as well as their development of an identity as a writer. Building on rare longitudinal research this translated text explores how adolescents learn subjects through writing and learn writing through subjects. Contributors consider issues relating to different forms of writing and grapple with students’ ambivalence or resistance to this at school together offering an examination of how the education system can rise to the challenge of offering today’s students meaningful and appropriate writing instruction. Bringing knowledge from writing researchers and educational researchers together Understanding Young People’s Writing Development explores: Young adults’ complicated experiences with the school writing project Practices purposes and identification in student note writing Knowledge construction in writing as experience and educational aim The pedagogical challenges and perspectives of writing and writer development Creativity as experience and potential in writing development The impact of digital technologies and media on student writing Using students’ work to aid the understanding of practice this book will help highlight the importance of viewing individual writer developments from a social institutional and societal context and raise questions that will advance writing pedagogy and the teaching and learning of school subjects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138541504

Understanding Youth OffendingRisk Factor Reserach Policy and Practice This book aims to provide an understanding of youth offending and policy and practice responses particularly the risk-focused approaches that have underpinned much recent academic research youth justice policy and interventions designed to reduce and prevent problem behaviour. There has been growing concern however on the part of critical criminologists and others about the theoretical epistemological methodological and ethical bases of risk-focused research with young people. They have pointed particularly to the overly-deterministic and prescriptive nature of the risk factor paradigm. This book aims to meet the need for an exploration of youth justice and youth offending which takes account of the origins and contemporary manifestations of risk-focused work with young people. It analyses the influence of concepts of risk upon policy development in both England and Wales as well as internationally highlighting tensions between the proponents of risk factor research and methodological and ethical criticisms of the risk factor paradigm. It will be essential reading for anybody wishing to understand risk factor explanation of crime contemporary youth justice policy and responses to offending behaviour. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843927341

Undertones of InsurrectionMusic and Cultural Politics in the Modern German Narrative A basic tenet of literary studies is that aesthetic structures are politically significant because they represent an artist's response to the political implications of cultural codes with which the recipient of the modern work is also acquainted. This tenet provides the basis for the ideological associations attending the appearance of music in the modern German narrative. With his understanding of the arts as involved in often unacknowledged ideological forces within a culture Marc Weiner's Undertones of Insurrection bridges the gap between the "New Musicology's" rewarding infusion of modern cultural and literary theory into the study of music politically insightful examinations of narrative structures in the modern novel and the methodologically conservative area of musical-literary relations in Germanic Studies. In other words the questions it raises are different from those pursued in most examinations of music and literature because previous works of this kind concerning the literature of German-speaking Europe have often disregarded social concerns in general and political issues in particular.Ranging from 1900 to Doctor Faustus (1947) Weiner study sets the stage by examining public debates that conflated such issues as national identity racism populism the role of the sexes and xenophobia with musical texts. In the literary analyses that follow Weiner discusses both obvious connections between music and sociopolitical issues--Hesse's equation of jazz and insurrection in Steppenwolf--and covert ones the suppression of music in Death in Venice and the use of politically charged musical subtexts in Werfel's Verdi and Schnitzler's Rhapsody. By uncovering the ideological agendas informing cultural practice in modernist Germany Undertones of Insurrection calls for a reevaluation of the function of music in the modern German narrative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540033

Underwater Acoustic Modeling and Simulation Underwater Acoustic Modeling and Simulation (5th edition) examines the translation of our physical understanding of sound in the sea into mathematical models that can simulate acoustic propagation noise and reverberation in the ocean. These models are used in a variety of research and operational applications to predict and diagnose the performance of complex sonar systems operating in the undersea environment. This fifth edition addresses advances in the development and utilization of underwater acoustic models since 2013. The inventory of underwater acoustic models has increased by approximately 10 percent over this period thus demonstrating a continued expansion of related research and development activities. Major new developments are described in newly created subsections of the existing chapters. This book is intended for those who have a fundamental understanding of underwater acoustics but who are not yet familiar with the various aspects of modeling. The level of technical detail presented in this book is appropriate for a broad spectrum of practitioners and students in sonar technology acoustical oceanography marine engineering naval operations analysis systems engineering and applied mathematics. Sufficient mathematical derivations are included to demonstrate model formulations and guidelines are provided to assist in the selection and proper application of these models. Updated inventory of underwater acoustic models available for current research and development activities. Discussion of specific examples of each type of model to illustrate model formulations assumptions and algorithm efficiency. Instructions in the proper application of models and the correct interpretation of results to assess prediction uncertainties. Demonstration of how underwater acoustic models can serve as enabling tools for assessing noise impacts on the ocean soundscape. Inclusion of updated discussion and analytic questions in each chapter to help students assess their comprehension. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138054929

Underwater Acoustic Sensor Networks A detailed review of underwater channel characteristics Underwater Acoustic Sensor Networks investigates the fundamental aspects of underwater communication. Prominent researchers from around the world consider contemporary challenges in the development of underwater acoustic sensor networks (UW-ASNs) and introduce a cross-layer approach for effective integration of all communication functionalities. Discussing architectures for two- and three-dimensional sensor networks this authoritative resource clearly delineates the main differences between terrestrial and underwater sensor networks—covering the wide range of topics related to UW-ASNs. It examines efficient distributed routing algorithms for delay-insensitive and delay-sensitive applications and introduces a realistic acoustic model characterized by channel utilization efficiency that enables proper setting of the optimal packet size for underwater communication. It also:Provides efficient sensor communication protocols for the underwater environmentAddresses the topology control problem for sparse and dense 3D networksPresents a novel distributed MAC protocol that incorporates a unique closed-loop distributed algorithm for setting the optimal transmit power and code lengthThe book includes coverage of routing fault tolerance time synchronization optimal clustering medium access control software hardware and channel modeling. Exploring the need to design an energy-efficient cross-layer protocol suite this resource provides the understanding required to achieve high-performance channel access routing event transport reliability and data flow control with underwater acoustic sensors. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367384067

Underwater and Maritime Archaeology in Latin America and the Caribbean The waters of Latin America and the Caribbean are rich with archaeological sites including coastal settlements defensive forts freshwater sources fishing-related activities navigational aids anchorages harbours ports shipbuilding sites shipwrecks and survivor camps. Tragically treasure-hunting has had a deep impact on these maritime cultural resources especially on shipwrecks. In the last 20 years archaeologists have been fighting the battle against these treasure hunters in an attempt to preserve these resources as a source of cultural heritage rather than allow them to be viewed solely as a means for financial reward. Case studies written primarily by Latin American and Caribbean archaeologists demonstrate exciting and cutting edge research conservation site preservation and interpretation. As a result this groundbreaking book documents the emerging research interests of maritime archaeologists in Latin America and the Caribbean. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781598742633

Underwater Cultural HeritageEthical concepts and practical challenges Underwater Cultural Heritage investigates cases of underwater cultural heritage exploring ethical issues that have never been studied before. A vast cultural heritage lies beneath the sea including the archaeological remains of more than three million vessels as well as historic monuments and whole cities. In addition climate change population growth and current events around the world mean that new underwater cultural heritage is being created faster than ever before. It is therefore essential that the ethical issues related to the management of such heritage are considered now especially as decisions made now will bestow the heritage with a value and will establish legal frameworks that could be used either to protect or harm underwater heritage in the future.Considering a range of challenges related to underwater cultural heritage - including preservation management use sustainability valuation politics identity human rights and intangible heritage - the book presents case studies that both illustrate the key ethical issues and also offer possible solutions to help navigate such challenges. The book will also explore the various legislative instruments protecting underwater cultural heritage and emphasise the importance of revising and updating legal frameworks whilst also taking into account ethical concerns that may expose cultural heritage to more serious menaces. Underwater Cultural Heritage draws on case studies from around the globe and as such should be of great interest to academics researchers and students working in heritage studies archaeology history politics and sustainability. It should also be appealing to heritage practitioners and policymakers who want to learn more about the issues surrounding not only management of underwater cultural heritage but management of cultural heritage in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729677

Underwater Forensic Investigation The evidence discovered at underwater crime scenes must be handled with the same attention to proper chain of custody procedures as with any other type of investigation. Improper handling of these scenes can lead to evidence being lost unrecognizable destroyed contaminated or rendered inadmissible at the time of trial. Updated and expanded Underwater Forensic Investigation Second Edition presents a comprehensive approach to the processing of an underwater crime scene and the steps necessary to conduct the operation. The book summarizes the history physics and laws applicable to underwater investigations and includes topics such as team formation roles deployment and accountability. Explaining procedures that can make a true difference in the final outcome of water-related incidents the author also debunks myths associated with submerged evidence. This second edition contains several new chapters on photography contaminated sites preservation of evidence and release of the crime scene and includes expanded information on death investigation and organizing the dive team. Nearly 100 color illustrations supplement the text. The science of water-related investigations is still in its infancy and hence the field needs accurate and useful sources of education. This text will assist law enforcement professionals and those in other areas of public safety in gaining the knowledge that has historically been lacking. The incorporation of the procedures presented will enable those tasked with working these scenes to develop a greater degree of professionalism objectivity thoroughness and accuracy relating to the investigation of water-related incidents—increasing the chance for successful resolution of these difficult cases. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466507500

Underwater Signal and Data Processing A systematic and integrated account of signal and data processing with emphasis on the distinctive marks of the ocean environment is provided in this informative text. Underwater problems such as space-time processing relations vs. disjointed ones processing of passive observations vs. active ones time delay estimation vs. frequency estimation channel effects vs. transparent ones integrated study of signal data and channel processing vs. separate ones are highlighted. The book provides the beginner with a concise presentation of the essential concepts defines the basic computational steps and gives the mature reader an advanced view of underwater systems and the relationships among their building blocks. It presents the needed topics on applied estimation theory within the underwater systems context. Included are topics in linear and nonlinear filtering spectral analysis generalized correlation cepstrum and complex demodulation Cramer-Rao Bounds maximum likelihood weighted least-squares Kalman filtering expert systems wave propagation and their use as well as their performance in applications to canonical ocean problems. The applications center on the definition analysis and solution implementations to representative underwater signal analysis problems dealing with signals estimation their location and motion. The potential limitations and pitfalls of the implementations are delineated in homogeneous noisy interfering inhomogeneous multipath distortions and/or dispersive channels. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898346

Underworld Gods in Ancient Greek ReligionDeath and Reciprocity This volume presents a case for how and why people in archaic and classical Greece worshipped Underworld gods. These gods are often portrayed as malevolent and transgressive giving an impression that ancient worshippers derived little or no benefit from developing ongoing relationships with them. In this book the first book-length study that focuses on Underworld gods as an integral part of the religious landscape of the period Mackin Roberts challenges this view and shows that Underworld gods are in many cases approached and ‘befriended’ in the same way as any other kind of god. Underworld Gods in Ancient Greek Religion provides a fascinating insight into the worship of these deities and will be of interest to anyone working on ancient Greek religion and cult. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138574588

UnderworldsPhilosophies of the Unconscious from Psychoanalysis to Metaphysics This book presents a unique study of differing philosophies of the unconscious providing a detailed analysis of the history of the unconscious from the underworlds of Greek and Egyptian mythology to psychoanalysis and metaphysics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415749893

Underwriting 101Selling College Radio This media sales primer serves as a step-by-step manual to assist students in attaining sales proficiency and confidence. The author employs a practical hands-on approach enabling readers to develop valuable professional and interpersonal skills and to improve their options for obtaining sales positions. Underwriting 101 covers the activities involved in sales work such as developing sales kits and presentations handling objections writing proposals closing and preparing underwriting announcements. Role-playing sales promotion résumé preparation and interviewing are also covered. Special features include: *materials needed to teach the 15 week course including a syllabus calls schedule positioning worksheet sample proposals sample résumé sample cover letter and course evaluation; *comments from former students who have secured sales positions upon completion of the course; *underwriting announcement guidelines for FCC conformation; and *a guide to Internet research tools for sales presentation enhancement. Intended for upper-level students in radio or broadcast sales courses Underwriting 101 will be useful to sales instructors with or without sales experience. It is also appropriate for use in college radio stations as a resource for sales departments. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410605993

Underwriting the InternetHow Technical Advances Financial Engineering and Entrepreneurial Genius are Building the Information Highway He covers the anti-trust case against Microsoft; the successes of eBay Amazon Yahoo and Google; road-kills along the information highway such as the forgotten eToys; as well as the Enron implosion and other corporate scandals. After tracing this amazing story he concludes that the illegal practices and the ensuing USD7 trillion loss in equity markets slowed the Internet revolution but could not snuff it out and with worldwide economic recovery e-business surges onward. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315289892

UndesignCritical Practices at the Intersection of Art and Design Undesign brings together leading artists designers and theorists working at the intersection of art and design. The text focuses on design practices and conceptual approaches which challenge the traditional notion that design should emphasise its utility over aesthetic or other non-functional considerations. This publication brings to light emerging practices that consider the social political and aesthetic potential of "undesigning" our complex designed world. In documenting these new developments the book highlights the overlaps with science engineering biotechnology and hacktivism which operate at the intersection of art and design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138695719

Undocumented Immigrants in an Era of Arbitrary LawThe Flight and the Plight of People Deemed 'Illegal' This book describes the experiences of undocumented migrants all around the world bringing to life the challenges they face from the moment they consider leaving their country of origin until the time they are deported back to it. Drawing on a broad array of academic studies including law interpretation and translation studies border studies human rights communication critical discourse analysis and sociology Robert Barsky argues that the arrays of actions that are taken against undocumented migrants are often arbitrary and exercised by an array of officials who can and do exercise considerable discretion both positive and negative. Employing insights from a decade-long research project Barsky also finds that every stop along the migrant’s pathway into and inside of the host country is strewn with language issues relating to intercultural communication interpretation gossip hearsay and the challenges of peddling of linguistic wares in the social discourse marketplace. These language issues are almost always impediments to anodyne or productive interactions with host country officials particularly on the "front-lines" where migrants encounter border patrol and law enforcement officers without adequate means of communicating their situation or understanding their rights. Since undocumented people are categorized as ‘illegal’ they can be subjected to abuse and exploitation by host country officials who can choose to either tolerate or punish them on the basis of unpredictable changeable and even illusory or "arbitrary" laws and regulations. Citing experts at every level of the undocumented immigrant apparatuses worldwide from public defenders to interpreters Barsky concludes that the only viable policy to address prevailing abuses and inequalities is to move towards open borders an approach that would address prevailing issues and surprisingly provide security and economic benefits to both host and home countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138634992

Undocumented Migrants in the United StatesLife Narratives and Self-representations Whilst many undocumented migrants in the United States continue to exist in the shadows since the turn of the millennium an increasing number have emerged within public debate casting themselves against the dominant discursive trope of the "illegal alien " and entering the struggle over political self-representation. Drawing on a range of life narratives published from 2001 to 2016 this book explores how undocumented migrants have represented themselves in various narrative forms in the context of the DREAM Act and the Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals (DACA) movement.By reading these self-representations as both a product of America's changing views on citizenship and membership and an arena where such views can potentially be challenged the book interrogates the role such self-representations have played not only in constructing undocumented migrant identities but also in shaping social borders. At a time when the inclusion and exclusion of (potential) citizens is once again highly debated in the United States the book concludes by giving a potential indication of where views on undocumented migration might be headed. This interdisciplinary exploration of migrant narratives will be of interest to scholars and researchers across American Literary and Cultural Studies Citizenship Studies and Ethnic and Migration Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666194

Undocumented Secrets of MATLAB-Java Programming For a variety of reasons the MATLAB®-Java interface was never fully documented. This is really quite unfortunate: Java is one of the most widely used programming languages having many times the number of programmers and programming resources as MATLAB. Also unfortunate is the popular claim that while MATLAB is a fine programming platform for prototyping it is not suitable for real-world modern-looking applications. Undocumented Secrets of MATLAB®-Java Programming aims to correct this misconception. This book shows how using Java can significantly improve MATLAB program appearance and functionality and that this can be done easily and even without any prior Java knowledge. Readers are led step-by-step from simple to complex customizations. Code snippets screenshots and numerous online references are provided to enable the utilization of this book as both a sequential tutorial and as a random-access reference suited for immediate use. Java-savvy readers will find it easy to tailor code samples for their particular needs; for Java newcomers an introduction to Java and numerous online references are provided. This book demonstrates how The MATLAB programming environment relies on Java for numerous tasks including networking data-processing algorithms and graphical user-interface (GUI) We can use MATLAB for easy access to external Java functionality either third-party or user-created Using Java we can extensively customize the MATLAB environment and application GUI enabling the creation of visually appealing and usable applications Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439869031

Undocumented Workers' TransitionsLegal Status Migration and Work in Europe This book explores how immigration laws while aimed at discouraging undocumented migration actually sustain it. It documents the circumstances that have caused previously documented migrants to become undocumented and explores the impact of their changing status on their families and on their own employment opportunities. The authors argue that undocumented migrants are forced into the most precarious types of work and changes in the way that employment is organised with a shift into temporary agency and sub-contracted work makes undocumented migrants particularly attractive in some employment markets. This groundbreaking volume draws substantially on data collected from a two-year research study in seven European countries that was focused on understanding the impact of migration flows on EU labour markets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851800

Undoing AbleismTeaching About Disability in K-12 Classrooms Undoing Ableism is a sourcebook for teaching about disability and anti-ableism in K–12 classrooms. Conceptually grounded in disability studies critical pedagogy and social justice education this book provides both a rationale as well as strategies for broad-based inquiries that allow students to examine social and cultural foundations of oppression learn to disrupt ableism and position themselves as agents of social change. Using an interactive style the book provides tools teachers can use to facilitate authentic dialogues with students about constructed meanings of disability the nature of belongingness and the creation of inclusive communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545595

UnDoing BuildingsAdaptive Reuse and Cultural Memory UnDoing Buildings: Adaptive Reuse and Cultural Memory discusses one of the greatest challenges for twenty-first-century society: what is to be done with the huge stock of existing buildings that have outlived the function for which they were built? Their worth is well recognised and the importance of retaining them has been long debated but if they are to be saved what is to be done with these redundant buildings? This book argues that remodelling is a healthy and environmentally friendly approach. Issues of heritage conservation sustainability and smartness are at the forefront of many discussions about architecture today and adaptive reuse offers the opportunity to reinforce the particular character of an area using up-to-date digital and construction techniques for a contemporary population. Issues of collective memory and identity combined with ideas of tradition history and culture mean that it is possible to retain a sense of continuity with the past as a way of creating the future. UnDoing Buildings: Adaptive Reuse and Cultural Memory has an international perspective and will be of interest to upper level students and professionals working on the fields of Interior Design Interior Architecture Architecture Conservation Urban Design and Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138226630

Undoing Homogeneity in the Nordic RegionMigration Difference and the Politics of Solidarity Chapter 1 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license available at https://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/e/9781315122328 This book critically engages with dominant ideas of cultural homogeneity in the Nordic countries and contests the notion of homogeneity as a crucial determinant of social cohesion and societal security. Showing how national identities in the Nordic region have developed historically around notions of cultural and racial homogeneity it exposes the varied histories of migration and the longstanding presence of ethnic minorities and indigenous people in the region that are ignored in dominant narratives. With attention to the implications of notions of homogeneity for the everyday lives of migrants and racialised minorities in the region as well as the increasing securitisation of those perceived not to be part of the homogenous nation this volume provides detailed analyses of how welfare state policies media and authorities seek to manage and govern cultural religious and racial differences. With studies of national minorities indigenous people and migrants in the analysis of homogeneity and difference it sheds light on the agency of minorities and the intertwining of securitisation policies with notions of culture race and religion in the government of difference. As such it will appeal to scholars and students in social sciences and humanities with interests in race and ethnicity migration postcolonialism Nordic studies multiculturalism citizenship and belonging. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138564275

Undoing Place?A Geographical Reader Does geography affect our sense of 'self'? How are social characteristics mapped out on the ground? And is there any 'authentic' sense of place now or are we increasingly 'placeless'?Concentrating on the period between the end of the Second World War and the end of the century this Reader argues that there is a reciprocal relationship between the constitution of places and people. What it means to be a man or a woman to have a nationality and a sense of place has been transformed and reinvented as our view of the world has changed. The present is perceived as a time of fear a period in which all that is solid seems to melt into air while the 1950s are a site of nostalgia a period of clarity and certainty a time when people know their place.Bringing together an interdisciplinary collection of articles for social and cultural geographers this Reader critically examines the argument that the close associations of the 1950s between place (the home the community and the nation state) and the social divisions (gender class and nationality) are breaking down in the 1990s. Drawing out the oppositional movements in each decade it seeks to show how the supposed stability of one and the mobility of the other are exaggerated. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003058885

Undoing the DamageSilviculture for Ecologists and Environmental Scientists As a natural science silviculture has a large say in how humans interact with the terrestrial world. Although the perspective taken here that the production of wood is narrow the amount of land area consumed is extensive; the indirect consequences of wood production on natural processes are larger still. Through the amount of land engaged the flora and fauna affected and the environmental consequences good or bad; silviculture is a frequent constituent in applied ecology environmental science conservation ecology and other broad land-use disciplines. Silvicultural expertize is essential when trees and wood are an economic output; often best promoted when silviculture is allied with hydrology ecology soil science wildlife management etc. This book touches upon the following important areas of the subject in detail. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138468627

Undoing the DigitalSociomaterialism and Literacy Education Undoing the Digital challenges common ways of understanding digital technology and its relationships to literacy and literacy education. The book explores how a sociomaterial perspective can provide an alternative analysis of literacy in the context of digital communication.  Introducing a series of conceptual tools and examples the book examines digital communication as an emergent interweaving of social material and semiotic resources. The perspective invites literacy research to focus more on the relations associated with the process of making meaning: the new collaborations stories conceptualisations directions and intentions that take shape in and also help to shape the contemporary mediascape.  Drawing on studies conducted in a variety of contexts this book is key reading for all advanced students and researchers of literacy and digital media within Education Applied Linguistics and Media/Communication Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326545

Undressing CinemaClothing and identity in the movies From Audrey Hepburn in Givenchy to sharp-suited gangsters in Tarantino movies clothing is central to film. In Undressing Cinema Stella Bruzzi explores how far from being mere accessories clothes are key elements in the construction of cinematic identities and she proposes new and dynamic links between cinema fashion and costume history gender queer theory and psychoanalysis.Bruzzi uses case studies drawn from contemporary popular cinema to reassess established ideas about costume and fashion in cinema and to challenge conventional interpretations of how masculinity and femininity are constructed through clothing. Her wide-ranging study encompasses: * haute couture in film and the rise of the movie fashion designer from Givenchy to Gaultier * the eroticism of period costume in films such as The Piano and The Age of Innocence * clothing the modern femme fatale in Single White Female Disclosure and The Last Seduction * generic male chic in Goodfellas Reservoir Dogs and Leon * pride costume and masculinity in `Blaxploitation' films Boyz `N The Hood and New Jack City * drag and gender confusion in cinema from the unerotic cross-dressing of Mrs Doubtfire to the eroticised ambiguity of Orlando. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203132203

Undue RiskSecret State Experiments on Humans From the courtrooms of Nuremberg to the battlefields of the Gulf War Undue Risk exposes a variety of government policies and specific cases includingplutonium injections to unwilling hospital patients and even the attempted recruitment of Nazi medical scientists bythe U.S. government after World War II. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138146174

Une Mort Tres Douce Includes the full French text accompanied by French-English vocabulary. Notes and a detailed introduction in English put the work in its social and historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138427365

Unearthing Policies of Instrumentalization in English Religious Education Using Statement Archaeology This book presents the theoretical basis and practical steps involved in using Statement Archaeology an innovative method that enhances understandings of policy development exemplifying its use in relation to one curriculum subject Religious Education. The book is the first of its kind to fully describe the theoretical foundations of Statement Archaeology and the practical steps in its deployment acting as a methodological handbook that will enable readers to use the method subsequently in their own research. Further the book offers an unparalleled contribution to the historical account of the development and maintenance of compulsory RE in English state-maintained schools and uses this to engage with key current debates in Religious Education policy. It unearths important insights into how the present is built informs future policy direction and potential implementation strategies and helps prevent the repetition of unsuccessful past endeavours. This book will be of great interest for academics researchers and post-graduate students in the fields of religious education educational policy and politics and research methods in education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367859688

Unearthing ShakespeareEmbodied Performance and the Globe What can the Globe Theatre tell us about performing Shakespeare? Unearthing Shakespeare is the first book to consider what the Globe today’s replica of Shakespeare’s theatre can contribute to a practical understanding of Shakespeare’s plays. Valerie Clayman Pye reconsiders the material evidence of Early Modern theatre-making presenting clear accessible discussions of historical theatre practice; stages and staging; and the relationship between actor and audience. She relays this into a series of training exercises for actors at all levels. From "Shakesball" and "Telescoping" to Elliptical Energy Training and The Radiating Box this is a rich set of resources for anyone looking to tackle Shakespeare with authenticity and confidence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138670273

Uneasy NeighborsIndia Pakistan and US Foreign Policy This volume represents a comprehensive and detailed case study of the long-running conflict between India and Pakistan - primarily over the contested territory of Kashmir and the involvement of the United States within that conflict. The book details the history of 'Partition' the critical event in the modern history of the subcontinent and the fundamental catalyst for the enduring rivalry between India and Pakistan. It provides a summary description and analysis of the characteristics - demographic social-cultural political economic and military - of the three primary actors that are party to the conflict: the sovereign states of India and Pakistan and the territory of Kashmir. It explains the history of US policy toward India and Pakistan as individual countries as well as US policy toward the conflict between them particularly in light of the Indian and Pakistani nuclear tests of 1998 and events since September 11 2001. In addition the volume also describes and analyzes the involvement of three other major extra-regional actors. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315235363

Uneasy TransitionsDisaffection in Post-Compulsory Education and Training Originally published in 1990 this title offers a range of perspectives from practitioners administrators and researchers examining personal experiences of disaffection in students and staff within the context of national political social and economic change. The transitions include moves into employment training of continued education. Expressions of unease and disquiet are set clearly within the political context of marginalized status for minority groups highlighting issues relating to disability gender class and race in which the process of transition has been impeded through discriminating practices. The book includes reflections from practitioners offering coping strategies and flexible approaches and responses from administrators indicating their awareness of the need to support practitioners during the process of change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138286016

Unemployed Youth and Social Exclusion in EuropeLearning for Inclusion? This book confronts readers with questions emerging from the 'gap' between EU aspirations to reduce youth unemployment without increasing social exclusion - and what is actually happening in practice. Aimed at a diverse readership it is based on a three year European Union (EU) project into education training guidance and employment (ETG) programmes for young adults across six countries. Insights are grounded in the lives and stories of disadvantaged young adults and of those who work with them bringing to life unintended impacts of well intended interventions. The authors consider the influence of shifting political and pedagogical ideologies in the EU on local practices and young peoples’ lives and choices. They also consider the impact of policy and performance management discourses ’on the ground’. This work uses rigorous yet innovative narrative forms to invite readers into a ’whole system’ inquiry into these complexities. Unemployed Youth and Social Exclusion in Europe will make an important contribution to reflecting critically on current policy and practice as well as to academic understandings of unemployed youth and restrictive and reflexive approaches to learning for inclusion across Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258976

Unemployment Inequality and Poverty in Urban China Although the Chinese economy is growing at a very high rate there are massive social dislocations arising as a result of economic restructuring. Though the scale of the problem is huge very few studies have examined the changes in income inequality in the late 1990s due to a lack of data on household incomes. Based on extensive original research this book redresses this imbalance examining the issue of unemployment and the problems it has brought for the people of China. Investigating the market outcomes in post-reform urban China the book focuses on the relationships between unemployment inequality and poverty. In addition the authors provide an analysis on the emerging urban labour market and its stratified structure job mobility profit sharing and the role of social capital. Empirical analysis is supported by rich data from nationally representative urban household and rural migrant surveys providing the latest picture of the widening inequality in Chinese urban society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654661

Unemployment Schooling and Training in Developing CountriesTanzania Egypt the Philippines and Indonesia First published in 1985. Increasing doubt is being shed on the proposition that higher levels of education in developing countries are an unmitigated good. Unemployment among school leavers and university graduates is now a major problem. Some people argue that what is needed is a reform of primary education and the changing of attitudes to work; but many of the measures adopted have failed to achieve these goals and have only worsened the problem by increasing costs making curricula less flexible and by increasing ‘mis-education’. This book examines the problems and the measures adopted to alleviate them in four important developing countries. It provides many new research findings and much new thinking and concludes with suggestions for improving policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367086558

Unemployment and InflationInstitutionalist and Structuralist Views Originally published in 1979 this reader presents an industrialist view of the labour market and economics as they stood at the time in the United States. The essays collated aim to answer macroeconomic questions on this topic as well as exploring issues related closely to employment and inflation. This title will be of interest to students of business and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138651470

Unemployment and Social ExclusionLandscapes of Labour inequality and Social Exclusion Persistent high employment and growing labour market inequality have become entrenched features of many European countries. This edited collection of papers focuses on the regional and local dimensions of these problems across the European union as a whole and more particularly in the UK. In the addressing the contemporary landscape of unemployment social exclusion and public policy the contributors highlight several key themes including:How the process of unemployment and social exclusion have an important local level operation. The increasing gender dimension and counts of unemployment to provide effective guides to the true scale of joblessnessThe need for more local-focused policy interventions to help reduce the problems of unemployment employment insecurity and low incomes that now characterise many of the advanced countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138464964

Unemployment in AsiaOrganizational and Institutional Relationships The rate of economic change in East Asia over the past two decades has been astounding. High levels of growth have been experienced by a number of the region’s developing economies centralized systems have developed large market sectors Japan has suffered a prolonged downturn and the 1997 crisis plunged the region into economic turmoil. This volume presents an in-depth analysis of the effects of these changes on employment in the region. Chapters are devoted to market restructuring in China and Vietnam the Asian crisis and recovery and Japan’s business doldrums. The unique case of Malaysia – one regional economy that needs to import workers – is also brought into play as is the example of high-tech Taiwan. Underpinning these case studies is a common theoretical framework and a strong structure for understanding. With its solid research the book focuses on a relatively unexplored aspect of one of the world’s most dynamic economic regions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415652988

Unemployment in Britain Between the Wars Drawing on a range of contemporary evidence Stephen Constantine studies the nature and causes of unemployment in Britain during the 1920s and 1930s and analyzes the failure of successive inter-war governments to make a constructive response. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167735

Unemployment in ChinaEconomy Human Resources and Labour Markets Unemployment in China offers a new and invaluable insight into the Chinese economy  keenly analyzing the new directions the world's next superpower is now taking. Successfully bringing together a wide range of research and evidence from leading scholars in the field  this book shows how unemployment is one of the key issues facing the Chinese economy. China's market-oriented economic reform and industrial restructuring while greatly improving efficiency have also sharply reduced overstaffing leading to a large increase in unemployment.  At the same time further restructuring is predicted as the full impact of the accession to the WTO is felt throughout China.  A further problem is that new jobs in China's growth industries are more likely to be secured by younger better-qualified workers than by older poorly educated and unskilled workers who have been laid off.  This book discusses a wide range of issues related to the growing unemployment problem in China and examines the problems in particular cities appraises the government response and assesses the prospects going forward. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415511599

Unemployment in IrelandAlternative Perspectives Published in 1998 this book looks at unemployment in Ireland the country's most serious social and economic problem. It is the major contributor to poverty exclusion and social decay. This book contributes to the growing debate on the unemployment problem in Ireland. It is the first academic collection of papers on this issue and contains contributions from some of Ireland's most respected economists. It offers alternative views of the Irish labour market with these views shedding light on many aspects of the unemployment problem including exchange rates influences aggregate demand analysis labour market policies and the historical perspective. Since this book assesses the problem of unemployment from different perspectives it should widen the discussion of this most serious issue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360563

Unemployment in Southern EuropeCoping with the Consequences Unemployment is one of Southern Europe's most serious political problems. Though much has been written about unemployment's causes and cures systematic attention to its consequences is lacking. This collection of original essays deals with the effects of unemployment on regimes parties immigrants economies and families highlighting the differences and the similarities among Southern European states and offering lessons about the profound human consequences of unemployment in general. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038162

Unemployment in TransitionRestructuring and Labour Markets in Central Europe The emergence of open unemployment is an unavoidable consequence of postcommunist transition. Some countries-notably in the former Soviet Union-initially slowed economic contraction. But in the longer run slower reformers have generally sustained deeper and more prolonged recessions than faster reforming central European countries. Moreover the initially low unemployment rates in the former Soviet Union are now rising and may stabilise at higher post-transition equilibrium rates than in Central Europe. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315080130

Unemployment Relief in Great BritainA Study in State Socialism Originally published in 1924 Unemployment Relief in Great Britain takes up the history of unemployment relief in Great Britain focusing on the after effects of the post-war period and the Great Depression. Primarily the book provides a detailed study of England’s experience with compulsory unemployment insurance and public employment exchanges. The book provides an intriguing study that will appeal to sociologists and historians alike adeptly weaving practical aspects of the insurance acts and the administration of employment exchanges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367179540

UnemploymentAn Economic Analysis First published in 1987. Unemployment is currently the major economic concern in developed economies. This book provides a comprehensive analysis of the economics of unemployment. It concentrates on theories of the labour market and examines the critical inter-relationships with the rest of the economy. It provides a thorough evaluation of theory and extensive consideration of the relevant empirical evidence. It emphasises the multi-causal nature of unemployment and concludes that policy-makers should respond with a multi-faceted mix of policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138391147

UnemploymentThe European Perspective First published in 1982. Unemployment was a major scourge of the advanced capitalist countries in the 1930s but in the golden age of post-war expansion which lasted until 1973 it had seemingly been vanquished by enlightened economic policy. Since 1973 unemployment has re-emerged as a major problem along with accelerated inflation and problems of structural adjustment imposed by soaring energy prices. The rise in European unemployment came in two surges as a result of the generalised recessions of 1974-5 and 1980-1. At the beginning of 1982 unemployment in the European Community was running close to 10% of the labour force compared with a ‘norm’ of under 2% in the 1960s. These abrupt and serious changes in the labour market have created major new dilemmas for economic policy and have stirred significant and acrimonious theoretical controversy. For this reason it is useful to analyse the policy issues and the academic debate in a comparative perspective. The present volume contains three comparative papers on the employment policy discussions in Germany the Netherlands and the UK as well as papers examining the theoretical adequacy of Keynesian monetarist structuralist and Marxist reactions to the new issues. The papers are all accompanies by a critique from the discussants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367027360

Unequal AmericaClass Conflict the News Media and Ideology in an Era of Record Inequality This book examines Americans and their beliefs about the class divide in the United States. It argues that Americans’ beliefs about class and the economic divide develop through a multistep process. Economic affluence influences the development of worldview measured in terms of ideology partisanship and self-identified class consciousness. Class consciousness in turn affects how people look at political and economic issues. This book is intended for scholars and students at every level who study inequality from a political economic or sociological position along with general readers with a growing interest in and awareness of the effects of inequality on our democracy especially in the wake of the Covid-19 pandemic the resulting economic contraction and the protests over racial injustice erupting throughout the world in 2020. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367521127

Unequal ChinaThe political economy and cultural politics of inequality Economic development and a dramatic improvement in living standards in many parts of the People’s Republic of China during the past three decades of economic reforms have been hailed by the Chinese Communist Party and many commentators in the international arena as the most spectacular achievements in the history of humanity. However three decades of economic reforms have also transformed China from one of the world’s most egalitarian societies into one of the most unequal. This book offers a comprehensive account of inequality in China from an interdisciplinary perspective. It both draws on and speaks to the existing body of literature that is generated mainly in the fields of economics and sociology while extending its scope to also examine the political social moral and cultural dimensions of inequality. Each chapter addresses the question of inequality from a specific context of research including housing health care social welfare education migration land distribution law gender and sexuality. Moving beyond traditional socio-economic theories the contributors to this volume explore a wide range of social political economic and cultural practices that result from as well as further entrench the inequalities in Chinese society. Importantly the essays in Unequal China probe the hidden causes of inequality - namely the role of state power and the importance of culture - and underline how both state power and cultural factors have a key part to play in legitimating inequality. With an innovative approach that moves beyond the economic and sociological roots of inequality in China this volume is a welcome addition to what is a growing field of study and will appeal to students and scholars interested in Chinese culture and society Chinese politics and Asian social policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138851832

Unequal CitiesThe Challenge of Post-Industrial Transition in Times of Austerity This seminal edited collection examines the impact of austerity and economic crisis on European cities. Whilst on the one hand the struggle for competitiveness has induced many European cities to invest in economic performance and attractiveness on the other national expenditure cuts and dominant neo-liberal paradigms have led many to retrench public intervention aimed at preserving social protection and inclusion. The impact of these transformations on social and spatial inequalities – whether occupational structures housing solutions or working conditions – as well as on urban policy addressing these issues is traced in this exemplary piece of comparative analysis grounded in original research.Unequal Cities links existing theories and debates with newer discussions on the crisis to develop a typology of possible orientations of local government towards economic development and social cohesion.  In the process it describes the challenges and tensions facing six large European cities representative of a variety of welfare regimes in Western Europe: Barcelona Copenhagen Lyon Manchester Milan and Munich. It seeks to answer such key questions as:What social groups are most affected by recent urban transformations and what are the social and spatial impacts? What are the main institutional factors influencing how cities have dealt with the challenges facing them? How have local political agendas articulated the issues and what influence is still exerted by national policy? Grounded in an original urban policy analysis of the post-industrial city in Europe the book will appeal to a wide range of social science researchers Ph.D. and graduate students in urban studies social policy sociology human geography European studies and business studies both in Europe and internationally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873288

Unequal Educational Provision in England and WalesThe Nineteenth-century Roots Published in 1987  Unequal Educational Provision in England and Wales is a valuable contribution to the field of Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986503

Unequal EuropeSocial Divisions and Social Cohesion in an Old Continent This wide-ranging and comparative text reviews the major theoretical and substantive debates on social inequality in Europe. It provides a valuable dual focus on European society and individual societies while placing Europe in its wider global context. Demonstrating the continued importance of national difference within Europe the author argues that nonetheless the European Social Model has softened social inequalities such as those of wealth and income distribution social class gender and possibly even ethnicity. However these achievements are now being undermined partially by the European Union itself. The book also challenges conventional wisdom on Europe’s alleged need for immigration and highlights the UK’s distinctiveness within Europe explaining the country’s uneasy relation to the European project. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of Politics European Societies Social Policy and Comparative Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815374138

Unequal PartnersA Comparative Analysis Of Relations Between Austria And The Federal Republic Of Germany And Between Canada And The United States The subject of this book is the relationship between unequal partners in the international system. The chapters focus on two relationships between unequal partners - Austria and the Federal Republic of Germany on the one hand and Canada and the United States on the other. By including not only the political and economic but also the historical cultural and communications aspect of the relationship the authors broaden the scope of their analyses. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429270055

Unequal PartnershipsBeyond the Rhetoric of Philanthropic Collaboration Through an examination of the Chicago Initiative Silver analyzes how elite philanthropists exercise social control over community organizations that do work in poor neighborhoods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654678

Unequal ProspectsIs Working Longer the Answer? In light of the recent financial crisis and changing economic landscape  McNamara and Williamson present and analyze the possibility of working longer. Including a range of potential policies (e.g. further increasing the age of eligibility for full Social Security benefits allocating more government resources to retraining and job search assistance for older workers) this is one of the major approaches currently being discussed by policy analysts inside and outside of the government. Emphasizing the role of inequalities and diversity among older adults this book provides a framework for thinking about the advantages and disadvantages of working past the current retirement age. This book is for Sociology of Aging Social Inequalities and Social Problems courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415529280

Unequal Treatment (Routledge Revivals)A Study in the Neo-Classical Theory of Discrimination This book written by two leading Swedish economists and first published in 1984 constitutes a threefold contribution to the expanding field of economic discrimination. In the first place it summarizes different approaches to the economics of discrimination from the beginning of the British debate on equal pay in the 1890s onwards. Secondly the book contains analytical chapters that taking the theory originated by Gary Becker as their point of departure critique and develop the Beckerian theory in a number of ways; in particular the phenomenon known as crowding is investigated in different models. Finally the theories thus developed are applied to a concrete case of discrimination: that of apartheid in South Africa. This is a fascinating title that will be of value to any economics students researching the development of discrimination theory during the twentieth-century in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138818866

Unequivocal Justice Unequivocal Justice challenges the prevailing view within political philosophy that broadly free market regimes are inconsistent with the basic principles of liberal egalitarian justice. Freiman argues that the liberal egalitarian rejection of free market regimes rests on a crucial methodological mistake. Liberal egalitarians regularly assume an ideal "public interest" model of political behavior and a nonideal "private interest" model of behavior in the market and civil society. Freiman argues that this asymmetrical application of behavioral assumptions biases the analysis and undercuts ideal theoretical treatments of every major liberal egalitarian principle including political liberty economic sufficiency fair opportunity and social equality. This book reexamines the institutional implications of each of these principles in nonideal conditions making novel philosophical use of political psychology and public choice economics along the way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233617

UNESCO Biosphere ReservesSupporting Biocultural Diversity Sustainability and Society UNESCO Biosphere Reserves (BRs) are designated areas in geographical regions of global socio-ecological significance. This definitive book shows their global relevance and contribution to environmental protection biocultural diversity and education. Initiated in the 1970s as part of UNESCO’s Man and Biosphere (MAB) Programme BRs share a set of common objectives to support and demonstrate a balance between biodiversity conservation sustainable development and research. The world’s 701 BRs form an international intergovernmental network to support the aims of sustainability science but this purpose has not always been widely understood. In three distinct sections the book starts by outlining the origins of BRs and the MAB Programme showing how they contribute to advancing sustainable development. The second section documents the evolution of BRs around the world including case studies from each of the five UNESCO world regions. Each case study demonstrates how conservation sustainable development and the role of scientific research have been interpreted locally. The book concludes by discussing thematic lessons to help understand the challenges and opportunities associated with sustainability science providing a unique platform from which lessons can be learned. This includes how concepts become actions on the ground and how ideas can be taken up across sites at differing scales. This book will be of great interest to professionals engaged in conservation and sustainable development NGOs policy-makers and advanced students in environmental management ecology sustainability science environmental anthropology and geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138369320

UNESCO Without BordersEducational campaigns for international understanding The United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) was established in 1945 with twin aims: to rebuild various institutions of the world destroyed by war and to promote international understanding and peaceful cooperation among nations. Based on empirical and historical research and with a particular focus on history teaching international understanding and peace UNESCO Without Borders offers a new research trajectory for understanding the roles played by UNESCO and other international organizations as well as the effects of globalization on education. With fifteen chapters by authors from cross-disciplinary and diverse geographical areas this book assesses the global implications and results of UNESCO’s educational policies and practices. It explores how UNESCO-approved guidelines of textbook revisions and peace initiatives were implemented in member-states illustrating the existence of both national confrontations with the new worldview promoted by UNESCO as well as the constraints of international cooperation. This book provides an insightful analysis of UNESCO’s past challenges and also indicates promising future research directions in support of international understanding for peace and cooperation. As such it will be of key interest to researchers postgraduate students academics in the fields of international and comparative education education politics and policies and to those interested in the historical study of international organizations and their global impact. The book will also appeal to practitioners especially those who conduct research on or work in post-conflict societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815364504

UNESCO�s Utopia of Lifelong LearningAn Intellectual History With a focus on lifelong learning this book examines the shifts that UNESCO’s educational concepts have undergone in reaction to historical pressures and dilemmas since the founding of the organization in 1945. The tensions between UNESCO’s humanistic worldview and the pressures placed on the organization have forced UNESCO to depart from its utopian vision of lifelong learning while still claiming continuity. Elfert interprets the history of lifelong learning in UNESCO as part of a much bigger story of a struggle of ideologies between a humanistic-emancipatory and an economistic-technocratic worldview. With a close study of UNESCO’s two education flagship reports the Faure and Delors reports Elfert sheds light on the global impact of UNESCO’s professed humanistic goals and its shifting influence on lifelong learning around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367886011

Uneven Citizenship: Minorities and Migrants in the Post-Yugoslav Space This book focuses on the relations between citizenship and various manifestations of diversity including but not exclusively ethnicity. Contributors address migrants and minorities in a novel and original way by adding the concept of ‘uneven citizenship’ to the debate surrounding the former Yugoslavian states. Referring to this ‘uneven citizenship’ concept this book not only engages with exclusionary legal political and social practices but also looks at other unanticipated or unaccounted for results of citizenship policies. Individual chapters address statuses rights and duties of refugees internally displaced persons (IDPs) returnees Roma and ‘claimed co-ethnics’ as well as various interactions between dominant and non-dominant groups in the post-Yugoslav space. The particular focus is on ‘migrants and minorities’ as these are frequently overlapping categories in the post-Yugoslav context and indeed more generally. Not only is policy framework addressed but also public understanding and the socio-historical developments which created legally and culturally stratified transnationally marginalized desired and claimed co-ethnics and those less wanted often on the margins of citizenship. This book was originally published as a special issue of Ethnopolitics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138089587

Uneven Development in South East Asia First published in 1997 this volume responds to the rapid change in mid-1980s South East Asia exploring the uneven distribution of development within the region and providing broad coverage of different aspects of this unevenness at both the regional and national levels. Specialists in economics geography planning and South East Asian studies contribute on issues including ethnicity and development in Malaysia disadvantaged groups in Singapore and the impact of social and historical forces on uneven development in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138359284

Unexpected AffinitiesThe History of Type in Architectural Project from Laugier to Duchamp While the concept of "type" has been present in architectural discourse since its formal introduction at the end of the eighteenth century its role in the development of architectural projects has not been comprehensively analyzed. This book proposes a reassessment of architectural type throughout history and its impact on the development of architectural theory and practice. Beginning with Laugier's 1753 Essay on Architecture Unexpected Affinities: The History of Type in the Architectural Project from Laugier to Duchamp traces type through nineteenth- and twentiethth-century architectural movements and thoeries culminating in a discussion of the affinities between architectural type and Duchamp's concept of the readymade. Includes over sixty black and white images. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815363958

Unexpected ExpectationsThe Curiosities of a Mathematical Crystal Ball Unexpected Expectations: The Curiosities of a Mathematical Crystal Ball explores how paradoxical challenges involving mathematical expectation often necessitate a reexamination of basic premises. The author takes you through mathematical paradoxes associated with seemingly straightforward applications of mathematical expectation and shows how these unexpected contradictions may push you to reconsider the legitimacy of the applications. The book requires only an understanding of basic algebraic operations and includes supplemental mathematical background in chapter appendices. After a history of probability theory it introduces the basic laws of probability as well as the definition and applications of mathematical expectation/expected value (E). The remainder of the text covers unexpected results related to mathematical expectation including: The roles of aversion and risk in rational decision making A class of expected value paradoxes referred to as envelope problems Parrondo’s paradox—how negative (losing) expectations can be combined to give a winning result Problems associated with imperfect recall Non-zero-sum games such as the game of chicken and the prisoner’s dilemma Newcomb’s paradox—a great philosophical paradox of free will Benford’s law and its use in computer design and fraud detection While useful in areas as diverse as game theory quantum mechanics and forensic science mathematical expectation generates paradoxes that frequently leave questions unanswered yet reveal interesting surprises. Encouraging you to embrace the mysteries of mathematics this book helps you appreciate the applications of mathematical expectation "a statistical crystal ball." Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781568817217

Unexpected GainsPsychotherapy with People with Learning Disabilities Psychoanalytic psychotherapy is a new development in the treatment of people with learning disabilities and mental health problems which traditionally has utilised behavioural management and limited counselling. The papers collected here have evolved from the work of the pioneering Learning Disabilities Service at the Tavistock Clinic London which is made up from specialised professionals from the fields of psychology psychiatry child and adolescent psychotherapy adult psychotherapy and social work. The service mainly offers individual psychotherapy but also provides group work parent work family therapy and consultative work with professionals where necessary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367107383

Unexplained Fever This book covers pathophysiology of fever the general approach to the febrile patient and offers a systematic in-depth discussion regarding the differential diagnosis of unexplained fever. The authors define an unexplained fever as a fever which lasts a minimum of 14 days and whose etiology is not known. This one-of-a-kind publication highlights the main causes of fever specifically infectious diseases cancer connective tissue diseases various rare disorders plus etiologies which are often ignored. Also laboratory and medical imaging techniques for diagnosing fevers are included. Written in a comprehensive unrepetitious style this "must-have" resource includes such aspects as the history of the fever a review of published cases the approach to the patient and an analytical review. This up-to-date volume is an indispensable guide that should be read by physicians surgeons internists microbiologists and other medical professionals. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367811037

Unfare SolutionsLocal Earmarked Charges to Fund Public Transport Transport policy is an increasingly difficult area for all national governments and regional/local authorities. Tackling car use and realising a sustainable transport system appears to be very difficult. Developing public transport is seen as an increasingly important element in improving the transport system especially in densely populated areas. At the same time however governments are under increasing pressure to cut taxation. As a result there is a growing gap between increasing policy need for public transport and government resources to fund that need. This timely book explores one solution to this dilemma which is the use of local charges and taxes dedicated to support public transport. Unfare Solutions examines how and why such charges have evolved and how they do (or do not) relate to modern transport policy developments and theory. It shows innovative funding techniques developed by both public transport providers and federal and local authorities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415652995

Unfinished AgendaThe Dynamics Of Modernization In Developing Nations Based on comprehensive anthropological field work and uniting ethnographic material with broader generalizations about the processes of modernization this book presents an analysis of social change since decolonization in Latin America the Middle East and particularly in Southeast Asia. Professor Nash focuses on societies that are attempting to Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215538

Unfinished Places: The Politics of (Re)making Cairo’s Old Quarters The Emerging Politics of (Re) making Cairo's Old Quarters examines postcolonial planning practices that aimed to modernise Cairo’s urban spaces. The author examines the expanding field of postcolonial urbanism by linking the state’s political ideologies and systems of governance with methods of spatial representations that aimed to transform the urban realm in Cairo. Adopting an interdisciplinary approach the study draws on planning history and politics to develop a distinctive account of postcolonial planning in Cairo following Egypt’s 1952 revolution. The book widely connects the ideological role of a different type of politicised urbanism practised during the days of Nasser Sadat and Mubarak and the overarching policies institutions and attitudes involved in the visions for (re) building a new nation in Egypt. By examining the notion of remaking urban spaces the study interprets the ambitions and powers of state policies for improving the spatial qualities of Cairo’s old districts since the early 20th century. These acts are situated in their spatial political and historical contexts of Cairo’s heterogeneous old quarters and urban spaces particularly the remaking of one of the city’s older quarts named Bulaq Abul Ela established during the Ottoman rule in the thirteenth century. It therefore writes in a chronological sequence a narrative through time and space connecting various layers of historical and contemporary political phases for remaking Bulaq. The endeavor is to explain this process from a spatial perspective in terms of the implications and consequences not only on places but also on the people’s everyday practices. By deeply investigating the problems and consequences; the strengths and weaknesses; and the state’s reliability to achieve the remaking objectives the book reveals evidence that shifting forms of governance had anchored planning practices into a narrow path of creativity and responsive planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138601680

Unfolding Cluster Evolution Various theories have been put forward as to why business and industry develops in clusters and despite good work being carried out on path dependence and dynamics this is still very much an emerging topic in the social sciences. To date no overarching theoretical framework has been developed to show how clusters evolve.Unfolding Cluster Evolution aims to address this gap by presenting theoretical and empirical research on the geography of innovation. This contributed volume seeks to shed light on the understanding of clusters and its dynamic evolution. The book provides evidence to suggest that traditional perspectives from evolutionary economic geography need to be wedded to management thinking in order to reach this point. Bringing together thinking from a range of disciplines and countries across Europe this book explores a wide range of topics from the capability approach to network dynamics to multinational corporations to firm entry and exit and social capital.This book will be of interest to policy makers and students of urban studies economic geography and planning and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876258

Unfolding Crisis in Assam's Tea PlantationsEmployment and Occupational Mobility As the Indian economy integrates into global circuits of production exchange and accumulation the burdens of adjustment are shared unequally by different sectors classes and regions. This study unravels the livelihood strategies and living conditions of labour in the tea gardens of Assam. The tea sector has been undergoing a crisis since the 1990s with stagnant production decline in exports and closures of many tea gardens leading to large-scale retrenchments in the labour force. Based on a detailed analysis of secondary data and primary field research the study examines the extent types and implications of inter-generational occupational mobility (or immobility) among tea garden labourers in Assam. In the process it reflects on how even a sector that had brought capital and labour from outside and contributed significantly to the country’s export earnings failed to create dynamic growth linkages within the local economy. The experience of the labour force in the Assam tea sector the authors argue is important for making sense not only of the development dynamics of the region but of the contradictory ways in which forces of globalisation and neo-liberal reforms have been reshaping the worlds of labourers in the margins. The book will be of interest to students and scholars of labour studies development studies management studies and studies of north-east India as well as to policy-makers and those in the tea industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138662544

Unfolding MeaningA Weekend of Dialogue with David Bohm First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138133778

Unfolding Narratives of Ubuntu in Southern Africa Ubuntu is the African idea of personhood: persons depend on other persons in order to be. This is summarised in the expression: umuntu ngumuntu ngabantu that is a person is a person through persons.This edited collection illustrates the power of fictionalised representation in reporting research conducted on Ubuntu in Southern Africa. The chapters insert the concept of Ubuntu within the broad intellectual debate of self and community to demonstrate its intellectual and philosophical value and theoretical grounding in known practices emanating from the African continent and indeed how it works to unsettle some of our received notions of the self. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666217

Unfolding Stakeholder Thinking 2Relationships Communication Reporting and Performance This book is the companion to "Unfolding Stakeholder Thinking: Theory Responsibility and Engagement" which examined many emerging theoretical and normative issues and was released to acclaim in October 2002. "Unfolding Stakeholder Thinking 2" collects a series of essays by leading researchers worldwide to focus on the practice of stakeholder engagement in terms of relationship management communication reporting and performance.  As stakeholder relationships and business in society have become increasingly central to the unfolding of stakeholder thinking important new topics have begun to take centre stage in both the worlds of practice and academia.  The first part of the book makes clear that simply engaging with stakeholders is insufficient to build successful stakeholder strategies. Companies considered as the focal entity in a relationship also need to actively communicate with stakeholders and manage their relationships. Dialogue is essential but can only be useful if companies listen to the messages that stakeholders are sending them. It is also essential to understand the role of power and influence in stakeholder engagement strategies especially if partnerships or collaborations emerge from the relationships that are engendered. The book examines a wide range of corporate–NGO collaborations to determine what makes them effective – and what makes them fail. Conflict management in stakeholder alliances is also discussed.  The second part of the book addresses the critically important element of emerging schemes for the assessment measurement and reporting of business in society and relationships involving stakeholders. A variety of current approaches to stakeholder assessment and reporting are discussed here including social auditing and sustainability reporting.  The evolution of stakeholder thinking has led to a new view of the firm as an organism embedded in a complex web of relationships with other organisms. The role of management becomes immensely more challenging when stakeholders are no longer seen as simply the objects of managerial action but rather as subjects with their own objectives and purposes. This book captures the complexity of managing relationships with stakeholders and will provide both practitioners and researchers with a wealth of information on the benefits and consequences of this practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351281843

Unfolding Stakeholder ThinkingTheory Responsibility and Engagement This book – the first of a two-volume series – argues that today stakeholder thinking has evolved into the study of interactive mutually engaged and responsive relationships that establish the very context of doing modern business and create the groundwork for transparency and accountability. This book makes it clear that in today's societies successful companies are those that recognize that they have responsibilities to a range of stakeholders that go beyond mere compliance with the law or meeting the fiduciary responsibility inherent in maximizing returns to shareholders. If in the past the focus was on enhancing shareholder value now it is on engaging stakeholders for long-term value creation. The process of engagement creates a dynamic context of interaction mutual respect dialogue and change – not a one-sided "management" of stakeholders. Indeed the authors believe the very term "stakeholder management" to be outdated and corporate-centric. Companies can manage their relationships with stakeholders but frequently cannot actually manage the stakeholders themselves because as the activist and collaborative initiatives described in this volume suggest company-stakeholder relationships are not one-way streets and different institutions bring different agendas goals and priorities to the engagement. There are clear implications to the way in which stakeholder thinking is unfolding today. If in the past corporate "social" responsibility was simply seen as profitability plus compliance plus philanthropy now responsible corporate citizenship – or corporate responsibility – means companies being more aware of and understanding the societies in which they operate. Corporate responsibility means recognising that day-to-day operating practices affect stakeholders and that it is in those impacts where responsibility lies not merely in efforts to "do good". Companies are now faced with a wide array of challenges that mean that senior executives and managers need to be able to deal with issues including greater accountability human rights abuses sustainability strategies corporate governance codes workplace ethics stakeholder consultation and management. Stakeholder thinking needs to capture these new realities. The global reach of multinational corporations has served to highlight the need for the (re)integration of business into society relationships into stakeholder relations and ethics into managerial practice. The rise in power of global activism involving NGOs and global business involving multinational corporations makes it even more critical today for companies to consider the power and interests of corporate stakeholders when developing strategic plans. The interactivity and mutuality of relationships described in this book make it clear that firms and stakeholders share the power and responsibility to influence both the profit potential of the firm and how the benefits of the firm's success impact on society.  This important volume brings together leading academic thought on stakeholder thinking for the first time. Unfolding Stakeholder Thinking will be indispensable to corporate managers NGOs and academics seeking greater understanding of the dynamics of stakeholder thinking in a world of rapidly changing responsibilities.A companion volume Unfolding Stakeholder Thinking 2 focusing on practical issues such as relationship management communication reporting and performance is also available. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351281881

Unfolding the MindThe Unconscious in American Romanticism and Literary Theory American writers in the 1830’s and 1840’s felt the need for a new terminology to express their awakening perception of "new" aspects of the mind. Without words like the "unconscious" vast areas of the psyche would have remained unexpressed and thus unapproachable. This "discovery" of the unconscious constitutes to the theme of this study which was first published in 1987. This title will be of interest to students of literary theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138693678

Unfolding the Unconscious PsychePathways to the Arts Unfolding the Unconscious Psyche is a study of the creative arts and depth psychology and the threads that run between the two. Edward Applebaum begins with works of art in media including painting music literature and film and pursues aspects of each towards an understanding of the unconscious psyche of the creator. By combining a study of the artistic work with the insight of depth psychology Applebaum opens a dialogue between studies of works of art and their creators and the individuals who form the work’s audience. Each discussion is dictated by the artwork itself and is viewed from a variety of perspectives.  Throughout the book the reader is encouraged to develop their own analytical technique: to follow the clues available link threads together and analyse what they can see. The result demonstrates the value of dialogue in blending depth psychology with the arts through examination of work by artists including Georgia O’Keefe Ingmar Bergman Frida Kahlo Gustav Mahler and Virginia Woolf. Applebaum also seeks to correct misconceptions about the arts that have filtered into the study and practice of depth psychology since the earliest writings of Freud and Jung.  This uniquely creative and insightful work will be absorbing reading for analytical and depth psychologists students of analytical psychology academics and scholars of the arts and anyone with an interest in the application of Jungian ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138819320

Unformulated ExperienceFrom Dissociation to Imagination in Psychoanalysis In this powerful and wonderfully accessible meditation on psychoanalysis hermeneutics and social constructivism Donnel Stern explores the relationship between two fundamental kinds of experience: explicit verbal reflection and "unformulated experience " or experience we have not yet reflected on and put into words. Stern is especially concerned with the process by which we come to formulate the unformulated. It is not an instrumental task he holds but one that requires openness and curiosity; the result of the process is not accuracy alone but experience that is deeply felt and fully imagined. Stern's sense of explicit verbal experience as continuously constructed and emergent leads to a central dialectic at the heart of his work: that between curiosity and imagination on one hand and dissociation and unthinking acceptance of the familiar on the other. The goal of psychoanalytic work he holds is the freedom to be curious whereas defense signifies the denial of this freedom. We defend against our fear of what we would think that is if we allowed ourselves the freedom to think it.Stern also shows how the unconscious itself can be reconceptualized hermeneutically and he goes on to explore the implications of this viewpoint on interpretation and countertransference. He is especially persuasive in showing how the interpersonal field which is continuously in flux limits the experience that it is possible for participants to reflect on. Thus it is that analyst and patient are together "caught in the grip of the field " often unable to see the kind of relatedness in which they are mutually involved.A brilliant demonstration of the clinical consequentiality of hermeneutic thinking Unformulated Experience bears out Stern's belief that psychoanalysis is as much about the revelation of the new in experience as it is about the discovery of the old Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138168794

Unfree Labour in the Development of the Atlantic World This collection of essays examines the different forms of unfree labour that contributed to the development of the Atlantic world and by extension the debates and protests that emerged concerning labour servitude and the abolition of slavery in the West. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203043936

Unfrozen Ground: South Africa's Contested Spaces This title was first published in 2001. Examining state-driven programmes of land reform this book provides an important examination of the transformation process in post-apartheid South Africa at both national and local levels. It captures the dynamics of socio-political change at national and local levels and provides an important analysis of integration in one of the world’s most divided societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138711747

Unfulfilled PromiseCollective Bargaining In California Agriculture  The "plight of the California farmworker" has been the main theme of over 100 years of government reports scholarly writings and popular literature. Farmworkers were excluded from most of the 1930s legislation which regulated wages and working conditions and recognized that workplace disputes could best be settled by collective bargaining. Scho Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367215590

Ungendering TechnologyWomen Retooling the Masculine Sphere This book offers fresh insight into women’s mastery of technologies commonly associated with men with important implications for institutional efforts to identify and support technical proficiency among girls and women. The work is structured across five original case studies featuring: breast cancer survivors in Newfoundland who constructed a wooden dragon boat using hand and power tools; Egyptian women who used information and communication technologies for political action during the Revolution of 2011; pioneer female audio engineers in the United States working in live concert and studio venues; U.S. female commercial airline pilots who mastered the complexity of flying large aircraft; and a university-educated woman working in sewer maintenance and repair for the City of Detroit in the 1970s. The case studies capture women’s own voices and present a range of historical and geographic locations. A major contribution of this volume is the multidisciplinary analytical framework used to explain women’s motivation to engage with non-traditional technologies the role of peer and political support in encouraging persistence and informal as well as formal knowledge and skill acquisition. Above all it is a story of women's empowerment - individually and collectively.  This is a unique book suitable for undergraduates and graduates in the fields of Women's and Gender Studies; Science Technology and Society (STS) Studies; Engineering Education; and Adult Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367221287

Unhappy Dialogue This book is concerned with the origins of the often difficult relationship between the Metropolitan Police and London's West Indian community and is the first detailed account of the relationship between them during the crucial early decades of largescale immigration. It shows how and why the early seeds of mistrust between police and black immigrants were sown culminating in the subsequent riots and public enquiries - in particular the Scarman and MacPherson enquiries. Drawing upon a wide range of interviews as well as detailed archival research this book also sheds new light on the relationship between the Home Secretary and the Metropolitan Police Commissioner in the post-war period the cultures and subcultures within the Met and the different priorities to be found within its rank structure; the nature of cultural and ethnic prejudice in the Met at the time; its self-imposed alienation from the community it served; and the Met's lack of commitment at the highest level to community and race relations training. All these issues are examined in the broader context of British society in the 1950s and 1960s providing a prism through which to explore the broader context of race relations in Britain in the post-war period. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9781138175754

UNHCR and International Refugee LawFrom Treaties to Innovation This book considers the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees’ contribution to international refugee law since the establishment of UNHCR by the United Nations General Assembly in 1951. The book explores the historical and statutory foundations that create an indelible link between UNHCR and international refugee law. This book charts the significant evolution that has occurred in the organisation’s role throughout the last sixty years looking at both the formal means by which UNHCR’s mandate may be modified and the techniques UNHCR has used to facilitate the changes in its role thereby revealing a significant evolution in the organisation’s role since the onset of the crisis in refugee protection in the 1980’s. UNHCR itself has demonstrated its organizational autonomy as the primary agent for the adaptation of its responsibilities and work related to international refugee law. The author does suggest however that UNHCR needs to continue to extend and strengthen its role related to international refugee law if UNHCR is to ensure a stronger legal framework for the protection of refugees as well as a fuller respect for refugees’ rights in practice. UNHCR and International Refugee Law should be of particular interest to refugee lawyers as well as academics and students of refugee law and international law  and anyone concerned with the important role that UNHCR plays in the protection of refugees today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138016873

UNHCR and the Struggle for AccountabilityTechnology law and results-based management Despite the key importance of accountability for the legitimacy of humanitarian action inadequate academic attention has been given to how the concept of accountability is evolving within the specific branches of the humanitarian enterprise. Up to now there exists no comprehensive account of what we label the 'technologies of accountability' the effects of their interaction or the question of how the current turn to decision-making software and biometrics as both the means and ends of accountability may contribute to reshaping humanitarian governance. UNHCR and the Struggle for Accountability explores the UNHCR's quest for accountability by viewing the UNHCR's accountability obligations through the web of institutional relationships within which the agency is placed (beneficiaries host governments implementing partners donors the Executive Committee and UNGA). The book takes a multidisciplinary approach in order to illuminate the various layers and relationships that constitute accountability and also to reflect on what constitutes good enough accountability. This book contributes to the discussion regarding how we construct knowledge about concepts in humanitarian studies and is a valuable resource for academics researchers and professionals in the areas of anthropology history international relations international law science technology studies and socio-legal studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815355069

UNHCR as a Surrogate StateProtracted Refugee Situations International organizations (IOs) that focus on refugees are finding themselves spread increasingly thin. As the scale of displacement reaches historic levels—protracted refugee situations now average 26 years—organizations are staying for years on end often working well beyond their original mandates. In some cases IOs may even act as a substitute for the state. This book considers the conditions under which surrogacy occurs and what it means for the organization’s influence on the state. It looks specifically at the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) as a surrogate state in protracted refugee situations in Kenya Tanzania and Uganda. Drawing on international relations literature and empirical studies of UNHCR Miller asks how and when UNHCR takes on surrogacy and what effect this has on its ability to influence how a host state treats refugees. The book develops a framework for understanding IOs at the domestic level and presents a counterintuitive finding: IO surrogacy actually leads to less influence on the state. In other words where UNHCR behaves like a state it is less able to influence a host state’s refugee policies. UNHCR provides an excellent example of an IO working on multiple levels making this book of great interest to practitioners and policymakers working on refugee-related issues and scholars of forced migration international relations international organizations and UNHCR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138209787

Unhealthy CitiesPoverty Race and Place in America The purpose of this book is to show the important role that space and place plays in the health of urban residents particularly those living in high poverty ghettos. The book brings together research and writing from a variety of disciplines to demonstrate the health costs of being poor in America’s cities. Both authors are committed to raising awareness of structural factors that promote poverty and injustice in a society that proclaims its commitment to equality of opportunity. Our health is often dramatically affected by where we live; some parts of the city seem to be designed to make people sick. The book is intended for students and professionals in urban sociology medical sociology public health and community planning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203843765

Unhealthy HousingResearch remedies and reform Unhealthy Housing presents an analysis of the research into the health implications of housing and the significance for legal regulation of housing conditions. Key experts present short papers together with an overview to give an evaluation of the significance of housing on the health of occupiers. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780415511711

Unhealthy WorkCauses Consequences Cures Work so fundamental to well-being has its darker and more costly side. Work can adversely affect our health well beyond the usual counts of injuries that we think of as 'occupational health'. The ways in which work is organized - its pace and intensity degree of control over the work process sense of justice and employment security among other things - can be as toxic to the health of workers as the chemicals in the air. These work characteristics can be detrimental not only to mental well-being but to physical health. Scientists refer to these features of work as 'hazards' of the 'psychosocial' work environment. One key pathway from the work environment to illness is through the mechanism of stress; thus we speak of 'stressors' in the work environment or 'work stress'. This is in contrast to the popular psychological understandings of 'stress' which locate many of the problems with the individual rather than the environment. In this book we advance a social environmental understanding of the workplace and health. The book addresses this topic in three parts: the important changes taking place in the world of work in the context of the global economy (Part I); scientific findings on the effects of particular forms of work organization and work stressors on employees' health 'unhealthy work' as a major public health problem and estimates of costs to employers and society (Part II); and case studies and various approaches to improve working conditions prevent disease and improve health (Part III). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784696

Unheeded HinterlandIdentity and sovereignty in Northeast India This book presents a comprehensive account of the debates on sovereignty self-determination and nationalist upsurges in India’s Northeast especially Assam. At a deeper level it analyses how multi-ethnic societies engage with the nation state. Based on the framework of international relations and geo-politics the volume locates internal tensions and contradictions among different ethnic groups alongside the complex interrelationships between the centre and the region. It also proposes a new structure of ‘Common Ethnic House’ to resolve persistent inter-ethnic tensions among different communities and the impasse between the Northeast and the centre. This book will interest scholars and researchers of politics and international relations sociology and social anthropology area studies peace and conflict studies especially those concerned with South Asia and Northeast India. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138488755

UNICEF (United Nations Children's Fund)Global Governance That Works This book provides an in-depth analysis of UNICEF’s development and operations whilst exploring the significance of UNICEF’s achievements and the reasons behind them. UNICEF is one of the best known organizations of the United Nations system and the oldest of the UN’s development funds. It is also the part of the UN which consistently receives support from all countries round the world including the United States. This book brings out the wider reasons for UNICEF’s success and popularity setting them in the context of UNICEF’s evolution since 1946 and drawing lessons for other international organizations. The book argues that despite its problems international action for children built substantially on non-economic foundations is not only possible but can be highly successful in mobilizing support producing results and making a difference to the lives of millions of children. This will be of great interest to all scholars of international organisations development human rights and the United Nations system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415491174

Unified Discourse AnalysisLanguage Reality Virtual Worlds and Video Games Discourse Analysis is becoming increasingly "multimodal" concerned primarily with the interplay of language image and sound. Video Games allow humans to create live in and have conversations with new multimodal worlds. In this ground-breaking new textbook best-selling author and experienced gamer James Paul Gee sets out a new theory and method of discourse analysis which applies to language the real world science and video games. Rather than analysing the language of video games this book uses discourse analysis to study games as communicational forms. Gee argues that language science games and everyday life are deeply related and each is a series of conversations. Discourse analysis should not be just about language but about human interactions with the world with games and with each other interactions that make meaning and sustain lives amid risk and complexity. Written in a highly accessible style and drawing on a wide range of video games from World of Warcraft and Chibi-Robo to Tetris this engaging textbook is essential reading for students in discourse analysis new media and digital culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138774520

Unified Social Cognition This eagerly awaited volume presents Anderson's cumulative progress in unified social psychology. The research is grounded in the three fundamental laws of information integration theory. Research shows these laws to apply to topics in social and personality psychology such as person cognition attitudes moral cognition social development group dynamics and self-cognition. This definitive work will broaden the appreciation of Anderson's unique treatment of psychological processes. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415653008

Unified Theory of Reinforced Concrete Reinforced concrete structures are subjected to a complex variety of stresses and strains. The four basic actions are bending axial load shear and torsion. Presently there is no single comprehensive theory for reinforced concrete structural behavior that addresses all of these basic actions and their interactions. Furthermore there is little consistency among countries around the world in their building codes especially in the specifications for shear and torsion. Unified Theory of Reinforced Concrete addresses this serious problem by integrating available information with new research data developing one unified theory of reinforced concrete behavior that embraces and accounts for all four basic actions and their combinations. The theory is presented in a systematic manner elucidating its five component models from a pedagogical and historical perspective while emphasizing the fundamental principles of equilibrium compatibility and the constitutive laws of materials. The significance of relationships between models and their intrinsic consistencies are emphasized. This theory can serve as the foundation on which to build a universal design code that can be adopted internationally. In addition to frames the book explains the fundamental concept of the design of wall-type and shell-type structures.Unified Theory of Reinforced Concrete will be an important reference for all engineers involved in the design of concrete structures. The book can also serve well as a text for a graduate course in structural engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450137

Unifying Educational SystemsLeadership and Policy Perspectives Unifying Educational Systems encourages leaders to move beyond the traditional forms and rituals of leadership for special education that are caught within traditional definitions of a continuum of services. Grounded in public policy debates research on teaching and learning and an emerging consensus throughout the leadership community that calls into question our current practices chapters in this volume provide a discussion of the purpose principles and paradoxes extant in the implementation of current special education policy. Chapter authors discuss how students are currently served the feasibility of re-conceptualizing special education leadership in the current policy context and the challenges for the future. Ultimately Unifying Educational Systems calls for a new policy framework to integrate special education within the larger instructional support system in schools in order to support a social justice and inclusive practices agenda. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415524698

Unifying Microbial MechanismsShared Strategies of Pathogenesis Microbial pathogenesis is the study of the mechanisms by which microbes (bacteria viruses protozoa and multicellular parasites) cause infectious disease and make their hosts (humans) ill. Bacterial infections we thought were easily treatable are again a huge cause for concern with the well-publicized rise of antibiotic resistance. There are very few effective antiviral drugs and we live with the threat of epidemics such as bird flu and the outbreaks of viruses such the recent (and ongoing) Ebola crisis. Parasitic diseases such as malaria continue to pose a heavy burden in the developing world and with climate change could spread into the developed world. There is therefore an urgent need to understand microbial mechanisms with research programmes and university courses dedicated to the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9780815345404

Unifying Physics of Accelerators Lasers and Plasma Unifying Physics of Accelerators Lasers and Plasma introduces the physics of accelerators lasers and plasma in tandem with the industrial methodology of inventiveness a technique that teaches that similar problems and solutions appear again and again in seemingly dissimilar disciplines. This unique approach builds bridges and enhances connections between the three aforementioned areas of physics that are essential for developing the next generation of accelerators.Boasting more than 200 illustrations this highly visual text:Employs TRIZ to amalgamate and link different areas of scienceAvoids heavy mathematics using back-of-the-envelope calculations to convey key principlesIncludes end-of-chapter exercises focusing on physics and on applications of the inventiveness methodSolutions manual available with qualifying course adoptionUnifying Physics of Accelerators Lasers and Plasma outlines a path from idea to practical implementation of scientific and technological innovation. The book is suitable for students at the senior undergraduate and graduate levels as well as for senior scientists interested in enhancing their abilities to work successfully on the development of the next generation of facilities devices and scientific instruments manufactured from the synergy of accelerators lasers and plasma. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575625

Unifying the UniverseThe Physics of Heaven and Earth Unifying the Universe: The Physics of Heaven and Earth presents a non-technical approach to physics for the lay-science enthusiast. This popular textbook which evolved from a conceptual course at Cornell University is intended for non-science undergraduate students taking their first physics module. This second edition maintains its unique approach in  crossing boundaries between physics and humanities with connections to art poetry history and philosophy. It explores how the process of scientific thought is inextricably linked with cultural creative and aesthetic aspects of human endeavor opening the readers up to new ways of looking at the world. The text has been fully updated throughout to address current and exciting new topics in the field such as exo-planets the accelerating Universe dark matter dark energy gravitational waves super-symmetry string theory big bang cosmology and the Higgs boson. There is also an entirely new chapter on the Quantum World which connects the fascinating topics of quantum entanglement and quantum computing. Key Features: Provides a solid yet accessible background to basic physics without complex mathematics Uses a human interest approach to show how science is significant for more than its technological consequences Discusses the arts and philosophies of historical periods that are pertinent to the subject   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138388680

Unifying Themes In Complex Systems Volume 1Proceedings Of The First International Conference On Complex Systems The study of complex systems has attracted a broad range of researchers from many disciplines spanning both the hard and soft sciences. In the Autumn of 1997 300 of these researchers came together for the First International Conference on Complex Systems. The proceedings of this conference is the first book in the New England Complex Systems Institute Series on Complexity and includes more than 100 presentations and papers on topics like evolution emergence complexity self-organization scaling informatics time series emergence of mind and engineering of complex systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367091996

Unifying Themes In Complex Systems Volume 2Proceedings Of The Second International Conference On Complex Systems The International Conference on Complex Systems provides a unique opportunity for scientists to rise above the disciplinary boundaries and explore unity in complex systems. This volume contains the proceedings of the Second International Conference on Complex Systems. The sessions ranged from the opening talk by Nobel laureate Philip Anderson on emergence and the relevance of complex systems to physics to the final panel that included many of the great management gurus of this generation. The plenary session topics for the second conference were emergence description and modeling self-organization networks time series agents in action and complexity and management. Talks in these sessions often focused on contributions in specific disciplines but each session contained a diverse set of disciplines to show the strategies and concepts that can be applied generally to complex systems. Overall the conference presentations dealt with issues of significant public interest including individual psychology dynamics of social and economic change the human genome and ecology.The New England Complex Systems Institute is an independent educational and research institution dedicated to advancing the study of complex systems including new concepts and methodologies that are affecting all fields of science and engineering and are being applied to technology business and even social policy. NECSI organizes conferences workshops short courses and other activities from which books will be produced for the NECSI Series on Complexity. The books will range from conference proceedings and graduate textbooks to general-audience trade books and will address fundamental concepts new frontiers and innovative applications of complex systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367092009

Unilateral ActsA History of a Legal Doctrine We are in a moment where peoples and states are interested directly or indirectly in asserting their "national interest " unilaterally if necessary. In the White House the national security policy is premised on "America First " while Catalans and Iraqi Kurds have taken steps to unilaterally declare their independence. All of these actions have generated tension both domestically and internationally. However even though the potential for unilateral action has been receiving a lot of attention the larger issue of the legality of unilateral acts is often hard to discern. This book provides a history of the doctrine of unilateral acts in international law tracing their treatment in the international sphere from consent based acts to obligations erga omnes to acts of estoppel. Through chapter-by-chapter case studies this book traces the "legalization" of the category of unilateral acts from its 19th Century foundations into a broad category of obligation. To understand why and how this occurred this book examines the history of the legal doctrine of unilateral acts which shows that in spite of efforts to progressively make unilateral acts "legal" they are still not precisely defined or easy to apply challenging the very commitment these acts are meant to establish. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590383

Unilateral Contact ProblemsVariational Methods and Existence Theorems The mathematical analysis of contact problems with or without friction is an area where progress depends heavily on the integration of pure and applied mathematics. This book presents the state of the art in the mathematical analysis of unilateral contact problems with friction along with a major part of the analysis of dynamic contact problems without friction. Much of this monograph emerged from the authors' research activities over the past 10 years and deals with an approach proven fruitful in many situations. Starting from thin estimates of possible solutions this approach is based on an approximation of the problem and the proof of a moderate partial regularity of the solution to the approximate problem. This in turn makes use of the shift (or translation) technique - an important yet often overlooked tool for contact problems and other nonlinear problems with limited regularity. The authors pay careful attention to quantification and precise results to get optimal bounds in sufficient conditions for existence theorems.Unilateral Contact Problems: Variational Methods and Existence Theorems a valuable resource for scientists involved in the analysis of contact problems and for engineers working on the numerical approximation of contact problems. Self-contained and thoroughly up to date it presents a complete collection of the available results and techniques for the analysis of unilateral contact problems and builds the background required for further research on more complex problems in this area. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393229

Unilateral NeglectClinical And Experimental Studies Unilateral neglect is a fairly common disorder usually associated with a stroke which results in a neglect or lack of attention to one side of space usually but not exclusively the left. Theoretically it is one of the most interesting and important areas in neuropsychology; practically it is one of the greatest therapeutic problems facing therapists and rehabilitationists. This book covers all aspects of the disorder from an historical survey of research to date through the nature and anatomical bases of neglect and on to review contemporary theories on the subject. The final section covers behavioural and physical remediation. A greater understanding of unilateral neglect will have important implications not just for this particular disorder but for the understanding of brain function as a whole. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203765258

Unimaginable StormsA Search for Meaning in Psychosis A distillation of many years' work on a therapeutic milieu ward of the Maudsley Hospital in which psychotic patients were treated with an integral combination of psychiatric and psychological care anchored in the use of advanced psychoanalytic concepts of psychosis. Compelling clinical material is reproduced to help illuminate the meaning of illnesses such as paranoid schizophrenia catatonia psychotic anorexia and manic-depression. Several depth interviews by the author an authority on the application of psycho-analytic thought to the problems of psychosis are reproduced for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367104702

Unintended Consequences of EU External Action This book offers a conceptualisation of unintended consequences and addresses a set of common research questions highlighting the nature (what) the causes (why) and the modes of management (how) of unintended consequences of the European Union’s (EU) external action. The chapters in the book engage with conceptual and empirical dimensions of the topic as well as scholarly and policy implications thereof. They do so by looking at EU external action across various policy domains (including trade migration development state-building democracy promotion and rule of law reform) and geographic areas (including the USA Russia the Western Balkans the southern and eastern European neighbourhood and Africa). The book contributes to the study of the EU as an international actor by broadening the notion of its impact abroad to include the unintended consequences of its (in)actions and by shedding new light on the conceptual paradigms that explain EU external action. This book fills the gap in IR and EU scholarship concerning unintended consequences in an international context and will be of interest to anyone studying this important phenomenon. It was originally published as a special issue of The International Spectator (Italian Journal of International Affairs). Chapters 1 3 7 8 and 9 are available Open Access at https://www.routledge.com/products/9780367346492. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346492

Unintended Outcomes of Social MovementsThe 1989 Chinese Student Movement Why did the 1989 Chinese student movement end in violent confrontation at Tiananmen Square despite the fact that both the Chinese government and the students very much wanted to avoid violence? This puzzle which lies at the heart of the tragic events at Tiananmen is addressed here from a fresh perspective that sheds new insight into these dramatic events. Throughout Unintended Outcomes in Social Movements Deng applies the formal methods of game theory to elucidate some of the contingent strategic decision-making by both sides in a social-movement/state confrontation and how those decisions can – and did - lead to an unintended outcome. In identifying the necessary cause of the Tiananmen tragedy namely a newly created social system with four highly specific properties this book provides the first adequate explanation of the Tiananmen events. Because of this it stands to make a significant stride toward convincing students of political conflict of the explanatory power of formal game-theoretic models. This book is an excellent source of reference for both undergraduate and postgraduate students in areas including Chinese politics social movements game theory economics and social theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415822633

Uninterruptible Power Supplies and Active Filters As industry power demands become increasingly sensitive power quality distortion becomes a critical issue. The recent increase in nonlinear loads drawing non-sinusoidal currents has seen the introduction of various tools to manage the clean delivery of power. Power demands of medical facilities data storage and information systems emergency equipment etc. require uninterrupted high quality power. Uninterruptible power supplies (UPS) and active filters provide this delivery.The first to treat these power management tools together in a comprehensive discussion Uninterruptible Power Supplies and Active Filters compares the similarities of UPS active filters and unified power quality conditioners. The book features a description of low-cost and reduced-parts configurations presented for the first time in any publication along with a presentation of advanced digital controllers. These configurations are vital as industries seek to reduce the cost of power management in their operations.As this field of power management technology continues to grow industry and academia will come to rely upon the comprehensive treatment found within this book. Industrial engineers in power quality circuits and devices and aerospace engineers as well as graduate students will find this a complete and insightful resource for studying and applying the tools of this rapidly developing field. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220451

Union and Disunion in the Nineteenth Century This volume examines the nineteenth century not only through episodes institutions sites and representations concerned with union concord and bonds of sympathy but also through moments of secession separation discord and disjunction. Its lens extends from the local and regional through to national and international settings in Britain Europe and the United States. The contributors come from the fields of cultural history literary studies American studies and legal history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138354302

Union Catalogues of SerialsGuidelines for Creation and Maintenance with Recommended Standards for Bibliographic and Holdings Control This book first published in 1983 is a practical resource for standardized union catalogues of serials that gives useful guidance on the components in the preparation and production of a union catalogue of serials the administrative machinery required to bring each project to fruition and the interface with other serials control systems and other information networks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367371876

Union Contributions to Labor Welfare Policy and PracticePast Present and Future This book focuses on the contributions of organized labor in the development and evolution of workplace human services in America and eight countries around the world. Beginning with an overview of labor-sponsored social service programs it showcases the achievements by major trade unions in the arena of human services from inception to present. The textbook concludes with a summary chapter which conceptualizes and summarizes current achievements and forecasts the future role of the labor movement in the delivery of workplace human services in the United States and abroad. It will be of use to those involved in the labor movement as well as practitioners in the fields of social work human services and labor and industrial relations. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Workplace Behavioral Health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851817

Union Learning RepresentativesChallenges and Opportunities Trade unions have historically been involved in education and training in the workplace. This activity has gained greater credence and importance in the United Kingdom New Zealand and Denmark due to the recent emergence of union learning representatives (ULRs) and Educational Ambassadors who are a new category of trained accredited and unpaid lay representatives based in the workplace. Their key role is to give advice and guidance to colleagues in relation to professional development learning and training opportunities available. These representatives work in partnership with other stakeholders namely employers and education providers to ensure that individuals can attend educational and training courses that will help them from both a personal and work perspective. There are now 22 000 ULRs in the UK alone and they are playing a significant part in pushing the present Labour administration’s drive to expand and improve lifelong learning to create a learning society that benefits individuals organisations and ultimately the nation and its economy. They have rewritten the rules of the workplace by helping to replace distrust and adversarial relations with partnership working based on mutual respect and trust. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of In-Service Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986510

Union Resilience in Troubled Times: The Story of the Operating Engineers AFL-CIO 1960-93The Story of the Operating Engineers AFL-CIO 1960-93 The essays in this volume examine the historic and present-day role of the internal critics of the postwar regimes in Eastern Europe who whatever their intentions used Marxism as critique to demolish Marxism as ideocracy but did not succeed in replacing it. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698472

Union Retreat and the RegionsThe Shrinking Landscape of Organised Labour Since the beginning of the 1980s British trade unions have experienced a dramatic retreat marked by rapidly falling membership and declining industrial power. The authors examine the regional dimensions of this retreat of organised labour paying particular attention to: The resilience of the unions' historical heartland areas. The impact of economic restructuring on local union traditions. The shrinking landscape of industrial militancy. The geographical decentralization of the new industrial relations. The link between these factors and the more general debate on regional development and regional labour markets. An important synthesis of economic geography and industrial relations work this book marks a major contribution towards the newly emerging field of labour geography Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138164475

Unionization and Union LeadershipThe Road Haulage Industry First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993945

Unions Change and CrisisFrench and Italian Union Strategy and the Political Economy 1945-1980 First published in 1982 Unions Change and Crisis represents the first detailed comparative historical and theoretically grounded study of two of the major trade union movements of Europe. It brings together the results of the first part of the first major study from Harvard University’s Centre for European Studies. The book explores first individually and then comparatively the evolution of the French and Italian Union movements through the end of the 1970s. It will be of particular interest for students of trade unions industrial relations and political economy in France and Italy but also those interested in the comparative analysis of advanced industrial democracies more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138650947

Unions and Class TransformationThe Case of the Broadway Musicians How can unions move from a defensive strategy to one of class transformation? Mulder demonstrates how the current union strategies of class blindness lead to weak and often unintended results. Unions she argues do not use their collective power for class transformation and union commentators/critics do not theorize about unions as possible agents for such class transformations. Using the case study of the Broadway musicians’ union Mulder shows how unions can facilitate a class transformation that increases workers’ control over their working conditions and enables them to make the changes needed to improve their lives. This innovative and needed study will be of interest to labor economists scholars of class and labor and those interested in the plight of unions and the potential they still hold for social and economic transformations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654685

Unions and Economic CrisisBritain West Germany and Sweden First published in 1984. This book represents a major study of union responses to the economic crisis of the 1970s and 1980s. Abjuring governmental or managerial outlooks it argues that unions as representatives of essential producer groups would be central to the renegotiation of the economic world. The work also stresses the importance of situating union responses to the crisis within the socio-historical evolution of their political economies during the rise and decline of the post-war economic boom. The Social Democratic affiliation of unions in Britain West Germany and Sweden make them particularly comparable. This title will be of interest to students of politics and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138642706

Unions and Employment in a Market EconomyStrategy Influence and Power in Contemporary Britain Due to the sharp declines in trade union density and collective bargaining coverage post-1979 the shift by trade unions towards political action has had significant implications for employment relations regulation in contemporary Britain. Yet there remains insufficient discussion of the factors of influence affecting changes in the political action process from a historical and contemporary perspective. Unions and Employment in a Market Economy will evidence how trade unions were able to offset environmental constraints through a progressive focus on political action despite diminished power in the Labour Party’s structures and the wider economy. The book presents four legislative events categorised as functional equivalents enacted in two different periods of Labour governance (1974-79 and 1997-2010). The selected events are the Social Contract (1974-79) National Minimum Wage (1998) Employment Relations Act (1999) and the Warwick Agreement (2004). The book’s findings lend credence to the proposition that in a liberal market economy there is a valuable dividend associated with trade union political exchange through the Labour Party. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138489875

Unions and GlobalisationGovernments Management and the State at Work In recent decades trade unions have suffered major reversals and experienced declining memberships. Transnational corporations and state-owned multi-nationals have increasingly implemented deteriorating terms and conditions of employment with vulnerable and insecure job contracts. In this context there has been a wide-ranging debate about the form of trade unionism the bases for collective organization and struggle and the future of trade unionism. This book addresses these questions both theoretically in relation to debates as well as substantively via a series of selected studies. It is a must read for all those studying industrial relations human resource management the sociology of work and employment economic sociology economic and labor geography and business studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138960633

Unions in a Globalized EnvironmentChanging Borders Organizational Boundaries and Social Roles How can American unions survive in our increasingly globalized business environment? With the trend toward multinational corporations free trade pacts and dismantling import barriers organized labor has been steadily losing ground in the United States. This book argues that to reverse this trend U.S. unions must create ties with workers and unions in other countries and include the ever-increasing number of immigrant workers in their ranks. And it calls for a shift toward "social movement unionism " which would change unions' orientation from exclusively market-focused and more toward social issues and rights. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315291017

Unipolarity and World PoliticsA Theory and its Implications This new book offers a coherent model of a unipolar world order. Unipolarity is usually described either as a ‘brief moment’ or as something historically insignificant. However we have already seen nearly twenty years of virtual unipolarity and this period has been of great significance for world politics. Two issues have been crucial since the end of the Cold War: How to theorize the distinctiveness and exceptional character of a unipolar international system? And what is it like to conduct state business in a unipolar world? Until now a comprehensive model for unipolarity has been lacking. This volume provides a theoretical framework for analysis of the current world order and identifies the patterns of outcomes and systematic variations to be expected. Terrorism and attempts by small states to achieve a nuclear capability are not new phenomena or exclusive to the current world order but in the case of unipolarity these have become attached to the fear of marginalization and the struggle against a powerful centre without the possibility of allying with an alternative superpower. Supplying a coherent theoretical model for unipolarity which can provide explanations of trends and patterns in the turbulent post-Cold War era this book will be of interest to students of IR theory international security and foreign policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415642002

Unique Chips and Systems Which came first the system or the chip? While integrated circuits enable technology for the modern information age computing communication and network chips fuel it. As soon as the integration ability of modern semiconductor technology offers presents opportunities issues in power consumption reliability and form-factor present challenges. The demands of emerging software applications can only be met with unique systems and chips. Drawing on contributors from academia research and industry Unique Systems and Chips explores unique approaches to designing future computing and communication chips and systems.The book focuses on specialized hardware and systems as opposed to general-purpose chips and systems. It covers early conception and simulation mid-development application testing and performance. The chapter authors introduce new ideas and innovations in unique aspects of chips and system design then go on to provide in-depth analysis of these ideas. They explore ways in which these chips and systems may be used in further designs or products spurring innovations beyond the intended scopes of those presented. International in flavor the book brings industrial and academic perspectives into focus by presenting the full spectrum of applications of chips and systems. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219523

Unit and Ubiquitous Internet of Things Although the Internet of Things (IoT) will play a key role in the development of next generation information network and communication technologies many are still unclear about what makes IoT different from similar concepts.Answering fundamental questions about IoT architectures and models Unit and Ubiquitous Internet of Things introduces essential IoT concepts from the perspectives of mapping and interaction between the physical world and the cyber world. It addresses key issues such as strategy and education particularly around unit and ubiquitous IoT technologies. Supplying a new perspective on IoT the book covers emerging trends and presents the latest progress in the field. It also: Outlines a fundamental architecture for future IoT together with the IoT layered model Describes various topological structures existence forms and corresponding logical relationships Establishes an IoT technology system based on the knowledge of IoT scientific problems Provides an overview of the core technologies including basic connotation development status and open challenges The book examines ubiquitous sensing networking and communications as well as information management involved in unit IoT. It describes global IoT applications and includes coverage of ubiquitous local industrial national and transnational IoT. Presenting detailed case studies that illustrate various application scenarios the text considers the main IoT supporting technologies including resource management loop control in actuation session management space-time consistency security and privacy energy management spectrum management nanotechnology quantum technology and big data. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138374751

Unit Operations HandbookVolume 1 (In Two Volumes) Emphasizes the design control and functioning of various unit operations - offering shortcut methods of calculation along with computer and nomographic solution techniques. Provides practical sections on conversion to and from SI units and cost indexes for quick updating of all cost information.;This book is designed for mechanical chemical process design project and materials engineers and continuing-education courses in these disciplines. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203734643

Unit Operations of Particulate SolidsTheory and Practice Suitable for practicing engineers and engineers in training Unit Operations of Particulate Solids: Theory and Practice presents the unit operations in chemical engineering that involve the handling and processing of particulate solids. The first part of the book analyzes primary and secondary properties of particles and particulate systems focusing on their characterization and the effects on selection and design of silos and conveyors. Covering the main industrial operations of dry solids processing the second part offers insight into the operation principles of the most important technologies that handle dry solids in bulk. With an emphasis on two-phase and multiphase flow the final part describes all of the relevant systems in industrial processes that combine two different components of the state of matter as well as technologies for separating phases by purely mechanical means. Through clear explanations of theoretical principles and practical laboratory exercises this book provides an understanding of the behavior of powders and pulverized systems. It also helps readers develop skills for operating optimizing and innovating particle processing technologies and machinery in order to carry out industrial operations such as centrifugation filtration and membrane separations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075993

Unit Processes in Drinking Water Treatment This text offers information on the theory of major drinking water treatment processes and contains real-life practical examples. It aims to create guidelines for the design of unit processes that operate within an overall framework for water treatment plants. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003066880

Unitary Analysis Synthesis and Classification of Flow Meters This book is the first to present flow measurement as an independent branch of the measurement techniques according to a new global and unitary approach for the measurement of fluid flow field starting from finding its unitary fundamental bases. Furthermore it elaborates the method of unitary analysis/synthesis and classification of compound gauging structures (CGS): the UASC – CGS method. These methods ensure in a systematic and predictable way both the analysis of the types of flow meters made until present (i.e. CGS) and the synthesis of new types of flowmeters. The book outlines new contributions in this field including separately for flow meters and CGS: structural schemes and their unitary unitary classification unitary logical matrix method of unitary analysis/synthesis and classification. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138304642

United Arab Emirates (Routledge Revival)MERI Report First published in 1985 this study focusing on United Arab Emirates looks at the underlying reasons why certain political economic and social events have taken place in the country’s history. It provides vital analysis of the political and economic issues of the country and those that have affected it as well as providing statistical material on all the key data of the political economy.The book was originally published as part of the Middle East Research Institute (MERI) Reports on the Middle East which quickly established themselves as the most authoritative and up-to-date information on the state of affairs in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138902107

United Artists Established in 1919 by Hollywood's top talent United Artists has had an illustrious history from Hollywood minor to industry leader to a second-tier media company in the shadow of MGM. This edited collection brings together leading film historians to examine key aspects of United Artists' centennial history from its origins to the sometimes chaotic developments of the last four decades. The focus is on several key executives – ranging from Joseph Schenck to Paula Wagner and Tom Cruise – and on many of the people making films for United Artists including Gloria Swanson David O. Selznick Kirk Douglas the Mirisch brothers and Woody Allen. Drawing on a wide range of primary sources individual case studies explore the mutually supportive but also in places highly contentious relationships between United Artists and its producers the difficult balance between artistic and commercial objectives and the resulting hits and misses (among them The General the Pink Panther franchise Heaven’s Gate Cruising and Hot Tub Time Machine). The second volume in the Routledge Hollywood Centenary series United Artists is a fascinating and comprehensive study of the firm’s history and legacy perfect for students and researchers of cinema and film history media industries and Hollywood. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367179007

United Islands? The Languages of Resistance This is the first title in a new series called Poetry and Song in the Age of Revolution. This series will appeal to those involved in English literary studies as well as those working in fields of study that cover Enlightenment Romanticism and Revolution in the last quarter of the eighteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138662032

United Kingdom Publications and Theses on Africa 1967-68Standing Conference on Library Materials on Africa First published in 1973. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203043165

United Kingdom? (Routledge Revivals)Class Race and Gender since the War First published in 1989 United Kingdom? examines the three main divisions in British society in the post-war period: class race and gender. During the 1980s there was an increasing concern about deep and often bitter divisions in British society. Events such as the miners’ strike of 1984-5 the riots in Handsworth Tottenham and Brixton and the women’s peace camp at Greenham Common all demonstrated the opposing views and cultures of the British public. However the UK at the time was also able to show remarkable and continuing stability in other areas. This book considers to what extent the United Kingdom really was a kingdom united from the post-war period to the late 1980s. It focuses on issues of cohesion and conflict and debates the security of essential social stability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415662833

United Nations Volumes I and IIVolume I: Systems and Structures Volume II: Functions and Futures The International Library of Politics and Comparative Government is an essential reference series which compiles the most significant journal articles in comparative politics over the past 30 years. It makes readily accessible to teachers researchers and students an extensive range of essays which together provide an indispensable basis for understanding both the established conceptual terrain and the new ground being broken in the rapidly changing field of comparative political analysis. These two volumes include articles which examine the system the structure the function and the future of the United Nations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315235349

United Nations Centre on Transnational CorporationsCorporate Conduct and the Public Interest The United Nations Centre on Transnational Corporations (UNCTC) was established in 1975 and abolished in 1992. It was an early effort by the UN to address the overlapping issues of national sovereignty corporate responsibility and global governance. These issues have since multiplied and deepened with globalization. This book recounts the UNCTC experience and its lessons for international organizations. This book is not only an insider perspective by two former staff but also a collective memoir of the UNCTC as an international organization that attempted with varying success to defuse the clash between corporates and states that erupted in the turbulent 1970s. This personal account of the UNCTC is a mixture of history analysis reflections and critical commentaries told in different voices that penetrate the bland persona of international civil service. In this retelling the authors seek to address misconceptions amongst the more general literature and to seek to provide accounts of both its positive and negative features. The UNCTC experience recounted in this book holds valuable lessons for international organization and will be of interest to student scholars and practitioners alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138896536

United Nations Development Programme and System (UNDP) This volume provides a short and accessible introduction to the organization that serves as the primary coordinator of the work of the UN system throughout the developing world –the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP). The book: traces the origins and evolution of UNDP outlining how a central UN funding mechanism and field network developed into a more comprehensive development agency evaluates the UNDP’s performance and results both in its role as system coordinator and as a development organization in its own right considers the return of the UNDP to a more central role within the UN development system in order to review the successive attempts at UN development system reform the reasons for failure and the future possibilities for a more effective system with the UNDP at the centre. Offering a clear comprehensive overview and analysis of the organization this work will be of great interest to students and scholars of development studies international organizations and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415776509

United Nations Financial Sanctions This book presents insightful perspectives on the invocation implementation and application of UN-approved financial sanctions and related issues. With contributions from academics diplomats and UN panel experts Yoshimura offers an analysis of how the UN financial sanctions have evolved the different roles of various major international actors in agreeing and deploying them and their success in achieving desired outcomes. It also sheds light on a vital role of Japan in the formulation and deployment of financial sanctions as the third largest economy in the world with very limited armed forces and a pacifist constitution. Offering valuable consideration into one of the key implements of international law this is an essential guide for scholars and practitioners in Diplomacy and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367202323

United Nations in the Contemporary World Fifty years after the creation of the United Nations there exists a vigorous debate as to its limitations and possibilities. In United Nations in the Contemporary World David J. Whittaker examines how the UN works and assesses its position as a world organisation.The author explores the nature of the UN as a regime in contemporary international relations. He considers the changing terms of reference of the UN and includes discussion of:* UN organisational procedures and principles;* recent historical case studies including studies on peacekeeping* the role of the UN in global urbanisation arms control and in supplying aid for refugees* past and future internal reform goals achievementsWith an annotated bibliography and a helpful glossary United Nations in the Contemporary World provides an interdisciplinary history of the UN and debates the key issues for its future. David J Whittaker gives a cogent analysis of how the UN addresses today's world problems and how it can adapt for the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162785

United Nations Industrial Development OrganizationIndustrial Solutions for a Sustainable Future The mandate of the United Nations Industrial Development Organization (UNIDO) is close to many of the core issues now confronting developing and transition economy countries and this book offers the first concise and accessible guide to this important organization. As the only UN organization to have been transformed from a UN secretariat entity to an independently governed UN agency UNIDO has also an agency which has had to make drastic changes of focus and business practice in order to adjust to a changing environment. This book charts the complex origins and developments of the organization and moves on to examine the current mandate of the agency including trade capacity building poverty reduction and Green Industry Initiative. It also examines the significant partnerships it has formed with other UN based systems such as UNCTAD and the ITC to achieve these goals. In the era of rapid globalization UNIDO faces growing challenges. In the second part of this work Browne seeks to review these challenges and UNIDO’s recent reforms under its current management and looks suggest how the organization can help to meet some of the key global development challenges in the increasingly competitive environment of development cooperation and private sector initiative. This work will be a useful resource for all those with an interest in international organizations international relations development and trade and international political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415686396

United Nations International Police Officers in Peacekeeping MissionsA Phenomenological Exploration of Complex Acculturation Why do international policing missions often fail to achieve their mandate? Why do United Nations Police officers struggle when serving in foreign peacekeeping missions? United Nations International Police Officers in Peacekeeping Missions: A Phenomenological Exploration of Complex Acculturation unravels these problems to find a causal thread: When working in hyper-diverse organizations such as the United Nations Police United Nations police officers must grapple with adjusting to a kaleidoscope of different and competing cultures simultaneously—an issue the author identifies as complex acculturation. In this introduction to the novel concept of complex acculturation Michael Sanchez explores the reasons behind the chronic performance troubles of the United Nations Police and explains how the very fabric of the organization contributes to its ineffectiveness. While previous research has focused on private sector expatriate workers’ challenges when adapting to a single new culture this timely book describes a previously unstudied phenomenon and applies this knowledge to help businesses governments organizations and citizens navigate the increasingly diverse workplace of the future. This book lays the foundation for a new area of study and provides a forward-thinking perspective that will interest multinational companies police agencies international relations organizations prospective expatriate workers and academics alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367473686

United Nations Peacekeeping ChallengeThe Importance of the Integrated Approach Drawing from a diverse range of military policing academic and policymakers’ experiences this book seeks to provide solutions of how national militaries and police can work together to better support future United Nations peacekeeping operations. It addresses the growing tension between increasing non-combat related responsibilities being placed on land forces and the ability of UN peacekeeping forces to fulfil the demands of government and development tasks in fragile and conflict-affected environments. An original contribution to the debate on UN peacekeeping reforms that includes constructing an enhanced partnership for peacekeeping; building on renewed commitment to share the burden and for regional cooperation; providing peacekeepers with the necessary capabilities to protect civilians; and supporting nations in transition from conflict to stabilisation. This book offers the very latest in informed analysis and decision-making on UN peacekeeping reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138572027

United Nations Peacekeeping in Africa Since 1960 United Nations Peacekeeping in Africa provides an exploration of United Nations military intervention in Africa from its beginnings in the Congo in 1960 to the new operations of the twenty-first century. The scene is set by an examination of the theoretical bases both of United Nations peacekeeping and of Africa’s post-independence politics and international relations. The peacekeeping project in Africa is then described on a region by region basis – Central Africa Southern Africa West Africa the Horn and Trans-Saharan Africa – with comparisons and contrasts within and between each part of Africa highlighted throughout. A number of key questions are considered:     how have developments in the broader international system affected conflicts in Africa?    what are the internal and external forces which have caused African states to ‘fail’ and ‘collapse’?    how have external powers ‘used’ UN Peacekeeping in pursuit of their own political agendas?    what determines success and failure in African peacekeeping?     are there African solutions to African problems which could supplant UN involvement? As well as providing an account of UN involvement the book is concerned to explore the long historical origins of the African conflicts with which the UN has been engaged. Written in an engaging and accessible manner United Nations Peacekeeping in Africa provides an invaluable examination of the complex issues surrounding UN interventions in Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144477

United Nations PoliticsInternational Organization in a Divided World United Nations Politics takes a unique approach that focuses on the politics that is the persistent and mostly singular emphasis that all member states place on the pursuit of national political economic cultural and ideological interests of UN affairs. The project began as an effort to research and write a ten-year-later sequel to The Challenge of Relevance written by Puchala and Coate in 1989. This earlier volume was an assessment of the United Nations and its operations in the late eighties. United Nations Politics builds from a series of some 200 interviews conducted at the UN and in various member-state missions between 2000 and 2005. Among other things these interviews revealed that the existing English-language literature on the UN fails to take into appropriate account the dynamics and the impacts of the internal and external political contexts within which the UN operates. This book directly addresses this shortcoming in the academic literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138430624

United Nations ReformHeading North or South? This book examines recent attempts at reform within the United Nations in the wake of the institutional crisis provoked by the invasion of Iraq. It contends that efforts at reform have foundered owing to fundamental and bitter political disagreements between the nations of the global North and South. Following profound discord in the Security Council in the lead up to the US-led invasion of Iraq in 2003 this book considers the ambitious programme of reform instigated by then serving UN Secretary-General Kofi Annan. The author of this highly topical work Spencer Zifcak subjects six of Annan’s principal proposals for reform to scrutiny: the reform of the Security Council the General Assembly and the Human Rights Council and suggested alterations to international law with respect to the use of force in international affairs the ‘responsibility to protect’ and UN strategies to counter global terrorism. On the basis of these detailed case-studies the book demonstrates why so few proposals for reform were eventually adopted. It argues that the principal reason for this failure was that nations of the North and South could not agree as to the merits of the reforms proposed exposing the sharply differing visions held by member states for a future and improved United Nations. Founded upon extensive interviews with diplomats at the United Nations the book provides a rare ‘insider’ account of UN politics and practice. It will be of vital interest to students scholars and practitioners of International Relations International Law and International Institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851824

United States - Africa Security RelationsTerrorism Regional Security and National Interests United States-Africa relations have experienced four major cycles. The first cycle was during the Cold War(1960-1990). During this period the U.S. developed a one-sided relationship with various African states in which the latter served as "foot soldiers" for the U.S. in its competition with the Soviet Union for global domination. Among other things the various client African states provided the U.S. with access to airfields deep water ports and sites for the establishment of various intelligence gathering facilities. In addition the U.S. used various groups like UNITA led by Jonas Savimbi in Angola to undermine and fight pro-Soviet regimes on the continent. The second cycle of the relationship covered the period 1991-1998. During this time the U.S. scaled down its security activities in Africa. The major reason was that with the end of the Cold War Africa(with few exceptions like Egypt) was no longer a major front for the promotion of U.S. Security interests. The third cycle commenced in 1998 and ended in 2001. This period was characterized by the U.S.’ search for an approach to frame its security relations with Africa. In this vein the U.S. undertook various military-security initiatives . The fourth cycle began after the 9/11 terrorist attacks against the American homeland. Since then the U.S. has expanded the scope of its security relations with Africa as reflected in the establishment of various initiatives and programs. At the core is the prosecution of the American "war on terror." Against this backdrop this book examines some of the major dimensions of the U.S.’ security relations with Africa including American security interests on the continent the "war on terror " AFRICOM and military cooperation. Using the book’s integrative theoretical framework each of the chapters in the volume examines the various factors that shape the issue of focus. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383357

United States & The Politicizati Published in 1991  United States & The Politicizati is a valuable contribution to the field of International Politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203038291

United States and Asia at War: A Cultural ApproachA Cultural Approach This text examines the Pacific War the Korean War and the Vietnam War from the perspective of those who fought the wars and lived through them. The relationship between history and memory informs the book and each war is relocated in the historical and cultural experiences of Asian countries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698465

United States and ChileComing in From the Cold First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203951620

United States and Pakistan in the 21st CenturyGeostrategy and Geopolitics in South Asia This book historically maps and examines the evolving contemporary geostrategic and geopolitical imperatives of the United States within Pakistan and the South Asian region especially after September 11 2001. It offers a detailed and theoretical account of the rapidly changing context of US foreign policy towards Pakistan after 2001. The history of the US-Pakistan relationship has been a complex and inscrutable mix of cooperation and conflict has turned even more challenging after 9/11. This book covers the latest developments and relevant themes from world politics as it discusses the impact of the unprecedented rise in religious extremism in Pakistan stemming from the US War on Terror as well as Pakistan’s economic vulnerability and military dictatorship India’s offer to support the US in its war in Afghanistan Pakistan’s nuclear capability and the US administration’s decision to end financial aid to Pakistan. The study highlights the fact that from the receding of British influence in the region through the Cold War and post-Cold War phases to the post-9/11 period US-South Asia policy has been informed by the theoretical paradigm of the grand strategy of primacy. This topical book will be useful to scholars and researchers of international relations politics political studies strategic and defence studies security and peace studies foreign policy area studies and South Asian studies. It will also interest diplomats politicians policymakers security experts journalists and think tanks interested in India Pakistan and the United States on issues of international politics world affairs and terrorism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138580145

United States and VenezuelaRethinking a Relationship First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315023441

United States Assistance Policy in AfricaExceptional Power From the end of WWII to the end of the Obama administration development assistance in Africa has been viewed as an essential instrument of US foreign policy. Although many would characterise it as a form of aid aimed at enhancing the lives of those in the developing world it can also be viewed as a tool for advancing US national security objectives.   Using a theoretical framework based on 'power' United States Assistance Policy in Africa examines the American assistance discourse its formation and justification in relation to historical contexts and its operation on the African continent. Beginning with a problematisation of development as a concept that structures hierarchies between groups of people the book highlights how cultural political and economic conceptions influence the American assistance discourse. The book further highlights the relationship between American national security and its assistance policy in Africa during the Cold War the post-Cold War and the post-9/11 contexts. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of Development Studies Political Science and International Relations with particular interest in US foreign policy USAID and/or African Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367172688

United States Diplomatic Codes and Ciphers 1775-1938 United States Diplomatic Codes and Ciphers 1775-1938 is the first basic reference work on American diplomatic cryptography. Weber's research in national and private archives in the Americas and Europe has uncovered more than one hundred codes and ciphers. Beginning with the American Revolution these secret systems masked confidential diplomatic correspondence and reports.During the period between 1775 and 1938 both codes and ciphers were employed. Ciphers were frequently used for American diplomatic and military correspondence during the American Revolution. At that time a system was popular among American statesmen whereby a common book such as a specific dictionary was used by two correspondents who encoded each word in a message with three numbers. In this system the first number indicated the page of the book the second the line in the book and the third the position of the plain text word on that line counting from the left. Codes provided the most common secret language basis for the entire nineteenth century.Ralph Weber describes in eight chapters the development of American cryptographic practice. The codes and ciphers published in the text and appendix will enable historians and others to read secret State Department dispatches before 1876 and explain code designs after that year. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351316200

United States Foreign Economic Policy and the International Capital MarketsThe Case of Capital Export Countries 1963-1974 This book first published in 1988 is an attempt to explain the political sources and implications of the policies of one country toward an economic activity of critical importance in determining the nature and scope of the international financial system the multinational corporation and economic interdependence: the flows of capital across national boundaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138305762

United States Foreign Economic Policy-makingAn Analysis of the Use of Food Resources 1972-1980 This book develops an analytical framework for understanding United States foreign agricultural policy through a "state interest" approach and describes and analyses seven cases of food policy decisions through this perspective which shows that decision makers sought on most occasions to utilise US food resources to accomplish foreign policy objectives. A fundamental aspect of the statist approach is the recognition that those sectors representing the interest of the state will inevitably confront other actors in the policy process who are likely pursuing conflicting objectives. This book looks at contemporary circumstances in the formulation of US agricultural policy in particular those alterations that occurred beginning in 1972. It offers an analysis of the nature of foreign economic policy and outlines the re-emergence of economics as an important component of US foreign policy and an analysis of the concept of "food power". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367275945

United States Foreign Policy and Economic Reform in Three GiantsThe U.S.S.R. China and India Three of the largest and strategically most important nations in the world -the Soviet Union China and India - are currently in the throes of historic change. The reforms in the giants are transforming global economic and geopolitical relations. The United States must reexamine central tenets of its foreign policy if it is to seize the opportunities presented by these changes.This pathbreaking volume in the Overseas Development Council's series analyzes economic reform in the giants and its implications for U.S. foreign policy. Each of the giants is opening up its economy to foreign trade and investment. What consequences will this have for international trade? Each giant is attempting to catch up to global technological frontiers by absorbing foreign technologies: In what areas might cooperation enhance American interests and in what areas must the U.S. protect its competitive and strategic assets? What role can key international economic institutions play to help integrate the giants into the international economy? The contributors suggest how U.S. foreign policy should anticipate these new circumstances in ways that enhance international cooperation and security.Contents: Overview: Economic Reform in the Giants and U.S. Policy by Richard E. Feinberg John Echeverri-Gent and Friedemann Miiller; Economic Reform in the USSR by Friedemann Miiller; Economic Reform in China by Rensselaer W. Lee III; Economic Reform in India by John Echeverri-Gent; The Politics of Economic Reform in the Giants by John Echeverri-Gent and Friedemann Miiller; Economic Reforms and International Trade by Thomas Naylor; Technology Transfer to the Giants: Opportunities and Challenges by Richard P. Suttmeier; and The Geopolitical Consequences of Reform in the Giants by Elena Borisovna Arefieva. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351317047

United States Foreign Policy and the Middle East/North AfricaA Bibliography of Twentieth-Century Research This book consists of western primarily English language sources published through 1988 and early 1989 concerning foreign policy toward the Middle East and North Africa during the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138920255

United States Military History 1865 to the Present Day Explaining America's rise as a global military power challenges the methodologies of military history. This volume looks beyond the major conflicts covered elsewhere in the Library to explore the operational conceptual technological and cultural forces that shaped the United States military after the American Civil War. Individual articles reflect the wide range of topics and approaches that contribute to the growing understanding of the American military and its relationship with its parent society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398745

United States Trade Relations with the Newly Industrializing Countries in the Pacific Basin With the resurgence of ‘new Protectionism’ international trade and trade relations are once again prime topics for study. This book first published in 1997 examines in detail the different ways to answer the questions: What are the causes of trade relations? And specifically what factors determine a flow of commodities from one country to another? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138312746

United States Water LawAn Introduction A Vital Explanation of Water Law and PolicyBecause demand for and access to quality water far exceeds the current supply it is increasingly critical to understand the state and federal laws and policies that govern water rights. From farming fishing and biology to manufacturing mine operation and public water supply water regulation affects all strata of society. Determining U.S. Water Rights: Different Systems for Different NeedsUnited States Water Law: An Introduction is a concise overview of law and policy related to U.S. water rights and regulation of water quantity and quality. This wide-ranging book reviews the two major systems used to determine rights in the western and eastern states. It explores these different systems which are based on the divergent factors affecting the two regions – the immense amount of government-owned property and arid conditions in the west and ownership of riparian land in the east. The author also covers western states that adhere to the "hybrid" system which recognizes early riparian rights predating adoption of later appropriation systems and he explains that most states recognize at least some riparian rights to the use of surface water. Special sections detail regulatory considerations such as Native American rights environmental regulation nuisance and tort law and social theory.Tools to Aid Further ResearchTo elucidate basic principles and differences in water law this book contains Internet links to state water codes and contact information for regulatory agencies that handle applications. It presents key federal case law and statutes and other features to reinforce the material. For law practitioners and environmentalists to property/business owners acquiring or retaining water rights this is the ideal primer on water law with numerous tools to aid in further research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367386085

Uniting a Divided CityGovernance and Social Exclusion in Johannesburg For many Johannesburg resembles the imagined spectre of the urban future. Global anxieties about catastrophic urban explosion social fracture environmental degradation escalating crime and violence and rampant consumerism alongside grinding poverty are projected onto this city as a microcosm of things to come. Decision-makers in cities worldwide have attempted to balance harsh fiscal and administrative realities with growing demands for political economic and social justice. This book investigates pragmatic approaches to urban economic development service delivery spatial restructuring environmental sustainability and institutional reform in Johannesburg. It explores the conditions and processes that are determining the city's transformation into a cosmopolitan metropole and magnet for the continent. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773652

Uniting AfricaBuilding Regional Peace and Security Systems Plagued by bloody wars and armed conflicts political instability communal violence and displaced persons and at the mercy of natural catastrophes such as drought and famine it is not surprising that the Western press has long dismissed Africa as the 'hopeless continent'. In the face of these challenges Africa today is faced with a stark choice: either unite or perish. The debate on why and how the continent should unite in terms of co-operative peace security and development is more urgent than at any other time in Africa's post-colonial history. Moving forward from the failure of the earlier typically idealistic Africa unity project David Francis demonstrates how peace and security challenges have created the imperative for change. He argues that a series of regional peace and security systems are emerging and that states that have participated in practical experiments in regional peacekeeping peace support operations conflict stabilization/management and preventive diplomacy are building de facto systems of peace and security that could be institutionalized and extended. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315235332

Uniting Diverse OrganizationsManaging Goal-Oriented Advocacy Networks Networks are made up of organizations. Often a central unit or "Network Administrative Organization" (NAO) manages an entire network of organizations that collaborate to achieve an overall network-level goal. Goal-directed networks are those that come together to achieve a shared objective in addition to the individual organization-specific goals. This book’s focus is on the management of goal-directed networks. Despite the fact that formalized goal-directed interorganizational networks have become extremely popular in the public and nonprofit sectors as many social problems require concerted action publications on managing goal-directed networks do not exist. In this book author Angel Saz-Carranza examines four networks that differ by size scope and geographical location. He offers a novel and innovative framework focusing on networks’ inherent internal tensions between unity and diversity paralleling the differentiation/integration tension found in organization theory which has not previously been applied to interorganizational networks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109698

Uniting GermanyActions And Reactions  This is an account of the dramatic events leading to the reunification of Germany. The author looks into the complex intertwining of popular action national politics and international moves that culminated in the historic events of 1989. After providing a brief historical background the author analyzes the sequence of events in East Germany the interplay between East German discontent and Bonn's policies and Chancellor Kohl's role in mobilizing domestic and international support for reunification. Paying special attention to the attitudes and actions of other powers particularly Russia the author provides a detailed look at the decisive negotiations with Gorbachev that cleared the way for German reunification. The book combines action on the streets with cabinet politics and the challenge of balancing domestic priorities with international concerns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215545

Uniting Green Criminology and Earth Jurisprudence As planet Earth continues to absorb unprecedented levels of anthropogenically induced environmental and climatic change two similar academic schools of thought have emerged in recent years both making sustained efforts to explain how and why this state of affairs has evolved. These two disciplines are known as green criminology and earth jurisprudence. Whilst these areas of study can be seen as sub-disciplines of their parent subjects law and criminology this book proposes that much can be achieved by authors uniting and collaborating on their academic work. By doing this it is argued that green criminology stands to benefit from a discipline that places mother nature at the heart of lawmaking and therefore providing a solution to the environmental harms identified by green criminologists. Furthermore earth jurisprudence will profit from utilising the breadth of academic work produced within the green criminology academic arena. Therefore this book seeks to unite green criminology and earth jurisprudence in an effort to find solutions to the extraordinary environmental problems that the world now faces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367613068

Uniting North American Business In today's global economy NAFTA continues to present unprecedented opportunities for companies in cross-border commerce. 'Uniting North American Business: NAFTA Best Practices' focuses on best business practices and lessons learned in the years since the NAFTA agreement was first signed and their impact on both the economy and society. 'Uniting North American Business' provides you with the skills and competencies necessary to become more effective business managers and citizens in NAFTA countries by considering: What is the scope of the NAFTA agreement itself? What are some of the positive benefits of NAFTA? What is really causing job loss attributed to NAFTA? What should we know about Canada the United States and Mexico to better understand the culture and management philosophies of our partners? What will society look like if current trends continue? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435995

Uniting on Food AssistanceThe Case for Transatlantic Cooperation This book chronicles the most essential causes and implications of these trends which have expanded international food assistance well beyond the simple shipment of donated food aid commodities. We pay particular attention to how these trends shape and are shaped by European Union (EU) and United States (U.S.) food assistance policy and practice and highlight the principles to which donors can adhere to move international food assistance forward. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415687287

Uniting the Kingdom?The Making of British History In Uniting the Kingdom? a group of the most distinguished historians from Britain and Ireland assemble to consider the question of British identity spanning the period from the Middle Ages to the present. Traditional chronological and regional frontiers are broken down as medievalists early modernists and modernists debate the key issues of the British state: the conflicting historiographies the nature of political tensions and the themes of expansion and contraction. This outstanding collection of essays forms an illuminating introduction to the most up-to-date thinking about the problems of British histories and identities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415756570

Uniting the TailorsTrade Unionism amoungst the Tailors of London and Leeds 1870-1939 This book is not only about the tailoring industry and its trade unions; it is about the experience of eastern European immigrants in a trade as old as the Bible and yet as new as the electric sewing machine; it is about the role of women in a new industry and about the impact of socio-economic change on fashion. Finally it is about the way in which sub-divisions and differences were accommodated under the umbrella of one particular trade union. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315810256

Unitization of Oil and Gas Fields in TexasA Study of Legislative Administrative and Judicial Policies By 1985 every oil and gas-producing state but Texas had passed a 'unitization' statute requiring cooperation among the various owners of oil and gas reserves. Using interviews legislative transcripts and statistical data Jacqualine Lang Weaver attempts to explain why Texas failed to enact such a statute – aimed at encouraging the most efficient recovery of resources â€“ and how Texas has managed to achieve substantial unitization nonetheless. Originally published in 1986. Media > Books > E-books RFF Press 9781315064116

Unity Plurality and PoliticsEssays in Honour of F. M. Barnard First published in 1986. Nations have a unity often described as 'cultural'; and within them there are divergences some of which are termed 'political'. But culture and politics do not therefore comprise two wholly distinct zones or orders of experience the one marked by unity the other by plurality. Unity and plurality interpenetrate. These insights which derive from the thinking of Herder have been fundamental to the work of F. M. Barnard. In this volume a number of scholars contribute in Barnardian vein reflections on the tensions between unity and plurality in the history of ideas. The central underlying question is in essence ’what is the context of political life?’ The question remains of more importance than any single answer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367254087

Unity 3D and PlayMaker EssentialsGame Development from Concept to Publishing In introducing new students to video game development there are two crucial components to consider: design and implementation. Unity 3D and PlayMaker Essentials: Game Development from Concept to Publishing provides theoretical background on topics such as characters stories level design interface design audio game mechanics and tools and skills needed. Each chapter focuses on a specific topic with topics building upon each other so that by the end of the book you will have looked into all the subjects relevant to creating your own game. The book transitions from discussion to demonstrations of how to implement techniques and concepts into practice by using Unity3D and PlayMaker. Download boxes are included throughout the book where you can get the version of the game project under discussion or other content to add to the project as well as any supplementary video tutorials that have been developed. Addressing both theoretical and practical aspects Unity 3D and PlayMaker Essentials enables you to understand how to create a game by having you make a game. By gradually completing your own design document through the course of the book you will become familiar with core design principles while learning the practical skills needed to bring your unique game to life. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138921771

Unity 4 FundamentalsGet Started at Making Games with Unity Get ahead of the game with Unity 4. The Unity engine is the tool of choice for many indie and AAA game developers. Unity 4 Fundamentals gives readers a head start on the road to game development by offering beginners a comprehensive step by step introduction to the latest Unity 4 engine. The author takes a theory-to-practice approach to demonstrate what Unity 4 has to offer which includes: Asset management tools Real-time lighting and lightmapping Particle systems Navigation and pathfinding Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415823838

Unity and Development in Plato's Metaphysics (RLE: Plato) Studies of Plato’s metaphysics have tended to emphasise either the radical change between the early Theory of Forms and the late doctrines of the Timaeus and the Sophist or to insist on a unity of approach that is unchanged throughout Plato’s career. The author lays out an alternative approach. Focussing on two metaphysical doctrines of central importance to Plato’s thought – the Theory of Forms and the doctrine of Being and Becoming – he suggests a continuous progress can be traced through Plato’s works. He presents his argument through an examination of the metaphysical sections of six of the dialogues: the Euthyphro Phaedo Republic Parmenides Timaeus and Sophist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751568

Unity and Fragmentation in PsychologyThe Philosophical and Methodological Roots of the Discipline Psychology has always defined itself as a science and yet it has lacked the theoretical and methodological unity regarded as characteristic of the natural sciences. Nicolò Gaj explores the topical question of unification in psychology setting out a conceptual framework for considerations of unity and disunity and exploring the evidence of its fragmentation. He takes a critical look at the history of the most prominent attempts at unification and at the desirability and feasibility of the whole project. The book represents a unique and valuable attempt to address the issue of unification from a philosophical perspective and via a combination of theoretical and empirical research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118911

Unity and Modularity in the Mind and SelfStudies on the Relationships between Self-awareness Personality and Intellectual Development from This book explores the relationships between intellectual development self and personality and proposes a comprehensive theory which answers such fundamental questions as: how do humans become aware of themselves? How do people come to know and influence each other? These questions are answered on the basis of four empirical studies highlighting the development of self-awareness in those aged from 10 to 20 years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862813

Unity in Diversity and the Standardisation of Clinical Pharmacy ServicesProceedings of the 17th Asian Conference on Clinical Pharmacy (ACCP Unity in Diversity and the Standardisation of Clinical Pharmacy Services represents the proceedings of the 17th Asian Conference on Clinical Pharmacy (ACCP 2017) held 28—30 July 2017 in Yogyakarta Indonesia. The primary aim of ACCP 2017 was to bring together experts from all fields of clinical pharmacy to facilitate the discussion and exchange of research ideas and results. The conference provided a forum for the dissemination of knowledge and exchange of experiences. As such it brought together clinical pharmacy scholars pharmacy practitioners policy makers and stakeholders from all areas of pharmacy society and all regions of the world to share their research knowledge experiences concepts examples of good practice and critical analysis with their international peers. This year also marks the celebration of 20 years of ACCP. Central themes of the conference and contributed papers were Clinical Pharmacy Social and Administrative Pharmacy Pharmacy Education Pharmacoeconomics Pharmacoepidemiology Complementary and Alternative Medicine (CAM) and a number of related topics in the field of Pharmacy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138081727

Unity in DiversityCurrent Trends in Translation Studies Translation studies as a discipline has grown enormously in recent decades. Contributions to the discipline have come from a variety of fields including machine translation history literature philosophy linguistics terminology signed language interpreting screen translation translation pedagogy software localization and lexicography. There is evidently great diversity in translation studies but is there much unity? Have the different branches of translation studies become so specialized that they can no longer talk to each other? Would translation studies be strengthened or weakened by the search for or the existence of unifying principles?  This volume brings together contributions from feminist theory screen translation terminology interpreting computer-assisted translation advertising literature linguistics and translation pedagogy in order to counter the tendency to partition or exclude in translation studies. Machine translation specialists and literary translators should be found between the same book covers if only because the nomadic journeying of concepts is often the key to intellectual discovery and renewal. Celebrating our differences does not mean ignoring what we have in common. Unity in Diversity offers a valuable overview of the current state of translation studies from both theoretical and practical perspectives and makes an important contribution to debates on the future direction of translation studies.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153547

Unity on the Global LeftCritical Reflections on Samir Amin's Call for a New International This book brings together a collection of essays by progressive global activists in response to Samir Amin’s call for a new global organization of progressive workers and peoples. Amin’s proposal is applauded criticized and reformulated by these scholar-activists who are all proponents of ways forward toward a more egalitarian world society. Samir Amin a leading scholar and co-founder of the world-system tradition died on August 12 2018. Just before his death he published along with close allies a call for ‘workers and the people’ to establish a ‘fifth international’ to coordinate support for progressive movements. Amin an Egyptian economist was an intrepid intellectual and organizer of popular movements whose scholar activism provided inspiration to the global justice movement. The essays in this volume are by other prominent scholar activists who praise critique and reconfigure Amin’s proposal in order to help humanity confront the contemporary crisis of global capitalism and move toward a more egalitarian global society. The chapters in this book were originally published in the journal Globalizations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003092483

Univariate and Multivariate General Linear ModelsTheory and Applications with SAS Second Edition Reviewing the theory of the general linear model (GLM) using a general framework Univariate and Multivariate General Linear Models: Theory and Applications with SAS Second Edition presents analyses of simple and complex models both univariate and multivariate that employ data sets from a variety of disciplines such as the social and behavioral sciences.With revised examples that include options available using SAS 9.0 this expanded edition divides theory from applications within each chapter. Following an overview of the GLM the book introduces unrestricted GLMs to analyze multiple regression and ANOVA designs as well as restricted GLMs to study ANCOVA designs and repeated measurement designs. Extensions of these concepts include GLMs with heteroscedastic errors that encompass weighted least squares regression and categorical data analysis and multivariate GLMs that cover multivariate regression analysis MANOVA MANCOVA and repeated measurement data analyses. The book also analyzes double multivariate linear growth curve seeming unrelated regression (SUR) restricted GMANOVA and hierarchical linear models. New to the Second EditionTwo chapters on finite intersection tests and power analysis that illustrates the experimental GLMPOWER procedureExpanded theory of unrestricted general linear multivariate general linear SUR and restricted GMANOVA models to comprise recent developments Expanded material on missing data to include multiple imputation and the EM algorithmApplications of MI MIANALYZE TRANSREG and CALIS proceduresA practical introduction to GLMs Univariate and Multivariate General Linear Models demonstrates how to fully grasp the generality of GLMs by discussing them within a general framework. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367453442

Universal Access Through Inclusive Instructional DesignInternational Perspectives on UDL Universal Access Through Inclusive Instructional Design explores the ways that educators around the world reduce barriers for students with disabilities and other challenges by planning and implementing accessible equitable high-quality curricula. Incorporating key frameworks such as Universal Design for Learning these dynamic contributions highlight essential supports for flexibility in student engagement representation of content and learner action and expression. This comprehensive resource—rich with coverage of foundations policies technology applications accessibility challenges case studies and more—leads the way to design and delivery of instruction that meets the needs of learners in varying contexts from early childhood through adulthood. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138351080

Universal Algebra and Applications in Theoretical Computer Science Over the past 20 years the emergence of clone theory hyperequational theory commutator theory and tame congruence theory has led to a growth of universal algebra both in richness and in applications especially in computer science. Yet most of the classic books on the subject are long out of print and to date no other book has integrated these theories with the long-established work that supports them.Universal Algebra and Applications in Theoretical Computer Science introduces the basic concepts of universal algebra and surveys some of the newer developments in the field. The first half of the book provides a solid grounding in the core material. A leisurely pace careful exposition numerous examples and exercises combine to form an introduction to the subject ideal for beginning graduate students or researchers from other areas. The second half of the book focuses on applications in theoretical computer science and advanced topics including Mal'cev conditions tame congruence theory clones and commutators.The impact of the advances in universal algebra on computer science is just beginning to be realized and the field will undoubtedly continue to grow and mature. Universal Algebra and Applications in Theoretical Computer Science forms an outstanding text and offers a unique opportunity to build the foundation needed for further developments in its theory and in its computer science applications. Media > Books > E-books Chapman & Hall 9781315273686

Universal AlgebraFundamentals and Selected Topics Starting with the most basic notions Universal Algebra: Fundamentals and Selected Topics introduces all the key elements needed to read and understand current research in this field. Based on the author’s two-semester course the text prepares students for research work by providing a solid grounding in the fundamental constructions and concepts of universal algebra and by introducing a variety of recent research topics. The first part of the book focuses on core components including subalgebras congruences lattices direct and subdirect products isomorphism theorems a clone of operations terms free algebras Birkhoff’s theorem and standard Maltsev conditions. The second part covers topics that demonstrate the power and breadth of the subject. The author discusses the consequences of Jónsson’s lemma finitely and nonfinitely based algebras definable principal congruences and the work of Foster and Pixley on primal and quasiprimal algebras. He also includes a proof of Murskiĭ’s theorem on primal algebras and presents McKenzie’s characterization of directly representable varieties which clearly shows the power of the universal algebraic toolbox. The last chapter covers the rudiments of tame congruence theory. Throughout the text a series of examples illustrates concepts as they are introduced and helps students understand how universal algebra sheds light on topics they have already studied such as Abelian groups and commutative rings. Suitable for newcomers to the field the book also includes carefully selected exercises that reinforce the concepts and push students to a deeper understanding of the theorems and techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439851296

Universal Approaches to Support Children’s Physical and Cognitive Development in the Early Years This book has been designed to provide educators with practical strategies and approaches to support the motor and coordination development of children within an educational setting. Difficulties with movement and coordination can significantly affect participation and learning in Early Years settings and schools but many of these children can be supported through changes to their educational environment or the implementation of universal strategies. This invaluable resource demonstrates how professionals can positively impact on children’s educational progress outcomes and social participation. This book: Combines perspectives of occupational therapy and special educational needs using evidence-based research to provide professionals with the knowledge and confidence to enhance quality first teaching skills for all children in all settings. Promotes inclusion and participation in activities that affect pupil progress such as handwriting self-care lunchtime physical activities and play. Offers a range of activities tips and guidance to help improve progress and academic achievement for all children. Taking a holistic approach to early learning and teaching this is a vital resource for teachers and trainee teachers teaching assistants SENCOs student occupational therapists and all practitioners working in Early Years settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367265212

Universal Basic Income Universal basic income is a controversial policy which is causing a stir amongst academics politicians journalists and policy-makers all over the world. The idea of receiving ‘money for nothing’ with no strings attached has for a long time appeared a crazy or radical proposal. But today this policy is being put into practice. With more and more trials and experiments taking place in different countries this book provides both the theory and context for making sense of different basic income approaches examining how the policy can be best implemented. Unlike many other texts written on this topic the book provides a balanced account of basic income weighing up the pros and cons from a number of different positions. The book provides a theory chapter enabling readers to grasp some of the complex philosophical ideas and concepts which underpin universal basic income such as social justice equality and freedom. It also provides an examples chapter which examines both historical and contemporary basic income studies to have taken place from around the globe. The book also features chapters on the environment and the work of women as well as an ‘against’ universal basic income chapter which specifically draws on the criticisms of the policy. This volume is an essential resource for anyone who wishes to get to grips with universal basic income. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138476301

Universal Design Universal Design is Selwyn Goldsmith's new authoritative design manual the successor to his internationally acclaimed Designing for the Disabled. A clear and concise design guide for practising and student architects it describes and illustrates the differences there are between universal design and 'for the disabled' design Universal Design presents detailed design guidance for architects in an easily referenced form. Covering both public buildings and private housing it includes informative anthropometric data along with illustrative examples of the planning of circulation spaces sanitary facilities car parking spaces and seating spaces for wheelchair users in cinemas and theatres. It is a valuable manual in enhancing understanding of the basic principles of 'universal design'.The aim - to encourage architects to extend the parameters of normal provision by looking to go beyond the prescribed minimum design standards of the Part M building regulation Access and facilities for disabled people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138131057

Universal Design for Learning in the ClassroomPractical Applications Clearly written and well organized this book shows how to apply the principles of universal design for learning (UDL) across all subject areas and grade levels. The editors and contributors describe practical ways to develop classroom goals assessments materials and methods that use UDL to meet the needs of all learners. Specific teaching ideas are presented for reading writing science mathematics history and the arts including detailed examples and troubleshooting tips. Particular attention is given to how UDL can inform effective innovative uses of technology in the inclusive classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462506316

Universal Design for Learning in the Early Childhood ClassroomTeaching Children of all Languages Cultures and Abilities Birth – 8 Years Universal Design for Learning in the Early Childhood Classroom focuses on proactively designing PreK through Grade 3 classroom environments instruction and assessments that are flexible enough to ensure that teachers can accommodate the needs of all the students in their classrooms. Typically developing students gifted students students who are impacted by poverty children who speak multiple languages or have a home language that is different than the classroom language and students with identified or potential developmental or learning disabilities are all covered within this highly practical easy-to-use guide to UDL in the early years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138655133

Universal DesignPrinciples and Models As the baby boom generation ages it is crucial that designers understand all they can about bringing this group as well as all others design that will offer function aesthetics and quality of life. Full of examples and illustrated with pictures of good design Universal Design: Principles and Models details how the principles of universal design (UD) can be used to evaluate all products and places. Universal design is ubiquitous; therefore good examples are essential to understanding. This book includes more than 50 case studies that demonstrate successful applications of UD principles and helps professors develop curriculum and teaching strategies. More than 300 color photographs and drawings further illustrate the principles and best practices. The book includes topics ranging from the development of ergonomic chairs for home and office to the unique environmental concerns of those sensitive to electronic and chemical emissions. The examples illustrate a variety of user/groups in different situations and clearly demonstrate the design directives for meeting their needs. The author explores the many definitions of UD enabling readers to identify those most meaningful to large portions of the population. Universal design (UD) facilitates the comfort and navigation of those with failing eyesight or restricted mobility and the family members and professionals who care for them. Whether at home work or a public place people appreciate the beautiful and the practical. This book takes a vital and meaningful approach going beyond the basics and delving into details. It gets to the heart of UD and supplies an understanding of design from a greater perspective. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076006

Universal DesignThe HUMBLES Method for User-Centred Business As a customer have you ever felt dissatisfied with a product or service? Is it possible that customers may be similarly unhappy with your company? Being aware of and exploring your consumers' diversity constitutes the best source of information available if you are to lead the way in design innovation marketing orientation and service provision. Universal Design: The HUMBLES Method for User-Centred Business offers every type of organization a clear understanding of the role and value of Design for All/Universal Design (the intervention in environments products and services to enable everyone regardless of age gender capabilities or cultural background to enjoy them on an equal basis). The seven phase model integrates the users' point of view enabling you to assess your current business strategy and design practices and make your product or service appealing to all your potential customers thus creating a better more consumer-oriented experience. This book is a must-read for organisations who wish to consider their products and services from the customer point of view and so gain an advantage over their competitors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780566088650

Universal Grammar This collection of 15 articles reflects Edward Keenan’s long-standing research interests in the comparative syntax of the languages of the world. It includes two seminal ‘foundation’ articles Noun Phrase Accessibility and Universal Grammar (with Bernard Comrie) and Towards a Universal Definition of ‘Subject of’. Most of the other articles have appeared in a variety of relatively inaccessible places and so this book brings together for the first time a large body of work supporting the research directions taken in the foundation articles. In addition one article of a psycholinguistic sort was specially prepared for this volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986527

Universal Grammar in Second-Language AcquisitionA History From the ancient Mediterranean world to the present day our conceptions of what is universal in language have interacted with our experiences of language learning. This book tells two stories: the story of how scholars in the west have conceived of the fact that human languages share important properties despite their obvious differences and the story of how westerners have understood the nature of second or foreign language learning.In narrating these two stories the author argues that modern second language acquisition theory needs to reassess what counts as its own past. The book addresses Greek contributions to the prehistory of universal grammar Roman bilingualism the emergence of the first foreign language grammars in the early Middle Ages and the Medieval speculative grammarians efforts to define the essentials of human language. The author shows how after the renaissance expanded people's awareness of language differences scholars returned to the questions of universals in the context of second language learning including in the 1660 Port-Royal grammar which Chomsky notoriously celebrated in Cartesian Linguistics. The book then looks at how Post-Saussurean European linguistics and American structuralism up to modern generative grammar have each differently conceived of universals and language learning.Universal Grammar in Second Language Acquisition is a remarkable contribution to the history of linguistics and will be essential reading for students and scholars of linguistics specialists in second language acquisition and language teacher-educators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654692

Universal History and the Making of the Global By examining the history of universal history from the late Middle Ages until the early nineteenth century we trace the making of the global. Early modern universal history can be seen as a response to the epistemological crisis provoked by new knowledge and experience. Traditional narratives were no longer sufficient to gain an understanding of events. Inspired by recent developments in theory of history the volume argues that the relevance of universal history resides in the laboratory of intense diverse and mainly unsuccessful attempts at thinking history and universals together. They all shared the common aim of integrating all time and space: assemble the world and keep it together. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588953

Universal Jurisdiction in International Criminal LawThe Debate and the Battle for Hegemony With the sensational arrest of former Chilean dictator Augusto Pinochet in 1998 the rise to prominence of universal jurisdiction over crimes against international law seemed to be assured. The arrest of Pinochet and the ensuing proceedings before the UK courts brought universal jurisdiction into the foreground of the "fight against impunity" and the principle was read as an important complementary mechanism for international justice –one that could offer justice to victims denied an avenue by the limited jurisdiction of international criminal tribunals. Yet by the time of the International Court of Justice’s Arrest Warrant judgment four years later the picture looked much bleaker and the principle was being read as a potential tool for politically motivated trials. This book explores the debate over universal jurisdiction in international criminal law aiming to unpack a practice in which international lawyers continue to disagree over the concept of universal jurisdiction. Using Martti Koskenniemi’s work as a foil this book exposes the argumentative techniques in operation in national and international adjudication since the 1990s. Drawing on overarching patterns within the debate Aisling O’Sullivan argues that it is bounded by a tension between contrasting political preferences or positions labelled as moralist ("ending impunity") and formalist ("avoiding abuse") and she reads the debate as a movement of hegemonic and counter-hegemonic positions that struggle for hegemonic control. However she draws out how these positions (moralist/formalist) merge into one another and this produces a tendency towards a "middle" position that continues to prefer a particular preference (moralist or formalist). Aisling O’Sullivan then traces the transformation towards this tendency that reflects an internal split among international lawyers between building a utopia ("court of humanity") and recognizing its impossibility of being realized. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367075552

UniversalHollywood Centenary NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315683218

Universality and Selectivity in Income SupportAn Assessment of the Issues First published in 1997 this report examines the classic social policy question of whether pensions should be paid only to those with relatively few other resources so that scarce funds go to the people who need them most or whether it is more just and pensions are more willingly funded when everyone can expect to get one in their turn. Since the 1980s the scale of social expenditure has come into question in most advanced industrial nations. The large shar of this expenditure devoted to the support of the aged amidst growing numbers of old and very old people has put age pensions at the centre of this discussion. Sheila Shaver examines this classic question in a comparative analysis of income support in six countries drawing on data from the Luxembourg Income Study and the International Social Survey Programme. The statistical studies are embedded in a discussion of social policy and citizenship; need poverty and social cohesion; and the structure and restructuring of welfare states. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138390294

Universality in Chaos 2nd edition Nature provides many examples of physical systems that are described by deterministic equations of motion but that nevertheless exhibit nonpredictable behavior. The detailed description of turbulent motions remains perhaps the outstanding unsolved problem of classical physics. In recent years however a new theory has been formulated that succeeds in making quantitative predictions describing certain transitions to turbulence. Its significance lies in its possible application to large classes (often very dissimilar) of nonlinear systems. Since the publication of Universality in Chaos in 1984 progress has continued to be made in our understanding of nonlinear dynamical systems and chaos. This second edition extends the collection of articles to cover recent developments in the field including the use of statistical mechanics techniques in the study of strange sets arising in dynamics. It concentrates on the universal aspects of chaotic motions the qualitative and quantitative predictions that apply to large classes of physical systems. Much like the previous edition this book will be an indispensable reference for researchers and graduate students interested in chaotic dynamics in the physical biological and mathematical sciences as well as engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138429734

Universals Things are particulars and their qualities are universals but do universals have an existence distinct from the particular things describable by those terms? And what must be their nature if they do? This book provides a careful and assured survey of the central issues of debate surrounding universals in particular those issues that have been a crucial part of the emergence of contemporary analytic ontology. The book begins with a taxonomy of extreme nominalist moderate nominalist and realist positions on properties and outlines the way each handles the phenomena of predication resemblance and abstract reference. The debate about properties and philosophical naturalism is also examined. Different forms of extreme nominalism moderate nominalism and minimalist realism are critiqued. Later chapters defend a traditional realist view of universals and examine the objections to realism from various infinite regresses the difficulties in stating identity conditions for properties and problems with realist accounts of knowledge of abstract objects. In addition the debate between Platonists and Aristotelians is examined alongside a discussion of the relationship between properties and an adequate theory of existence. The book's final chapter explores the problem of individuating particulars. The book makes accessible a difficult topic without blunting the sophistication of argument required by a more advanced readership. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315710792

Universals Concepts and QualitiesNew Essays on the Meaning of Predicates Are there universal properties grounding our sense of resemblance or qualitative identity among a number of distinct things or events which appear to form a class a type or a kind of some other sort? Do universals such as humanness triangularity or being an oak exist? Is being a laptop computer a universal which has only recently come into existence? Do predicate expressions adjectives or abstract nouns refer to objective properties or cognitive contents called concepts? The problem of universals has been at the centre of ancient medieval Western and Indian metaphysics. After the logico-linguistic turn in philosophy this problem re-surfaced in the discourse on the meaning of predicate expressions on the one hand and in the theories of concepts on the other. By introducing newly commissioned essays written by the leading metaphysicians epistemologists philosophers of language and philosophers of mathematics this anthology evinces current analytic philosophy's healthy re-engagement with this perennial problem. Issues raised include: Do properties and other abstract entities exist independently of human language and thought? Can we be in direct perceptual touch with properties or particular qualities? Is a higher order quantification over predicated properties intelligible or indispensable? Insights from current Western thought are compared with recent work in analytic Indian philosophy on such issues. No serious researcher or teacher of contemporary and comparative analytical metaphysics can afford to ignore the essays of this collection. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315235325

UniversalsAn Opinionated Introduction In this short text a distinguished philosopher turns his attention to one of the oldest and most fundamental philosophical problems of all: How it is that we are able to sort and classify different things as being of the same natural class? Professor Armstrong carefully sets out six major theories?ancient modern and contemporary?and assesses the Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367320447

Universe DynamicsThe Least Action Principle and Lagrange’s Equations CHOICE Recommended Title June 2019 Brought together in one focused and exclusive treatment this book provides an elementary introduction to the important role and use of the least action principle and the resulting Lagrange’s equations in the analysis of the laws that govern the universe. It is an ideal complimentary resource to accompany undergraduate courses and textbooks on classical mechanics. Features: Uses mathematics accessible to beginners Brings together the Principle of Least Action Lagrange's equations and variational principles in mechanics in one cohesive text Written in a clear and easy-to-understand manner Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138335790

Universities Cities and RegionsLoci for Knowledge and Innovation Creation Regions and cities are the natural loci where knowledge is created and where it can be easily turned into a commercial product. Regions are territories where under certain socio-economic conditions a strong sense of belonging and mutual trust develops the ability to transform information and inventions into innovation and productivity increases through cooperative or market interaction. Especially in contexts characterised by a plurality of agents — such as cities or industrial districts — knowledge is the result of cooperative learning processes nourished by spatial proximity network relations interaction creativity and recombination capability. This book explains the logic behind these interactions and cooperative attitudes in regions and cities. One of the most significant channels comes from the presence of a university and its collaboration with firms and scientific research centres. These mutual relations between academic institutions and enterprises are of key importance. The significance of universities in driving economic well being and regional development has been well documented for some time now. Much of the research however has centred upon countries in Western Europe and the United States. Increasingly and since the expansion of the European Union in 2004 in particular themes of academic entrepreneurship university-business links knowledge and innovation have become important on a Europe-wide scale. This book draws together key thinkers from across the continent to analyze the importance of higher educational institutions in fostering development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138903753

Universities Education and the National Economy Originally published in 1989 Universities Education and the National Economy looks at changes in the structure of British industry which have brought into question the traditional role of universities in the economy. The emphasis on high technology in many emerging industries has prompted a closer relationship between science-based industries and the science departments of many leading universities. However such co-operation is not always so apparent and the emphasis in many universities on the wider aspects of education at the expense of a straightforward vocationalism remains a stumbling block. This book makes it clear however that it is not just a case of academic idealism vying with industrial philistinism. These essays each of them by a leading figure in the world of higher education emphasize the complexity of the relationship between the universities and economy. The authors discuss how difficult it has been to establish and effective dialogue between the educational and economic spheres and to decide what exactly it is that the latter requires of the former. The successes that have been achieved to date are highlighted and the problems that remain are analysed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138310735

Universities Ethics and ProfessionsDebate and Scrutiny Every business and organization today needs to impress stakeholders with its ethics policy. Universities Ethics and Professions examines how this emphasis on ethics by the professional world is impacting universities institutions that have long been key contributors to ethical reflection and debate and shapers of ethical discourse. Changing objectives globalization and public concerns continue to bring professionalism and commercialization into the dialogue about what ethics mean on campus.Universities Ethics and Professions offers an in-depth examination of the changing landscape of academic ethics with case-study analysis from sociologists educationalists management specialists and philosophers. As professionalism becomes an integral part of university teaching training and research this book considers the impact on the ethical practices of academics and explores the importance of universities remaining sites of open discourse on ethics in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603199

Universities Innovation and the Economy Universities are increasingly expected to be at the heart of networked structures contributing to society in meaningful and measurable ways through research the teaching and development of experts and knowledge innovation. While there is nothing new in universities’ links with industry what is recent is their role as territorial actors. It is government policy in many countries that universities - and in some countries national laboratories - stimulate regional or local economic development. Universities Innovation and the Economy explores the implications of this expectation. It sites this new role within the context of broader political histories comparing how countries in Europe and North America have balanced the traditional roles of teaching and research with that of exploitation of research and defining a territorial role. Helen Lawton-Smith highlights how pressure from the state and from industry has produced new paradigms of accountability that include responsibilities for regional development. This book uses empirical evidence from studies conducted in North America and Europe to provide an overview of the changing geography of university-industry links. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415511223

Universities and ConflictThe Role of Higher Education in Peacebuilding and Resistance This book uses a series of case studies to examine the roles played by universities during situations of conflict peacebuilding and resistance. While a body of work dealing with the role of education in conflict does exist this is almost entirely concerned with compulsory education and schooling. This book in contrast highlights and promotes the importance of higher education and universities in particular to situations of conflict peacebuilding and resistance. Using case studies from Europe Africa Asia and the Middle East this volume considers institutional responses academic responses and student responses illustrating these in chapters written by those who have had direct experience of these issues. Looking at a university’s tripartite functions (of research teaching and service) in relation to the different phases or stages of conflict (pre conflict violence post conflict and peacebuilding) it draws together some of the key contributions a university might make to situations of instability resistance and recovery. The book is organised in five sections that deal with conceptual issues institutional responses academic-led or discipline-specific responses teaching or curriculum-led responses and student involvement. Aimed at those working in universities or concerned with conflict recovery and peacebuilding it highlights ways in which universities can be a valuable if currently neglected resource. This book will be of much interest to students of peace studies conflict resolution education studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367338763

Universities and Corporate UniversitiesThe Higher Learning Industry in Global Society An exploration of the world of higher education and higher learning and its relationship to the corporate world and the global learning society. Peter Jarvis synthesizes developments in HE training and corporate research and development in order to map the future of learning and training. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315042442

Universities and EngagementInternational perspectives on higher education and lifelong learning Universities and Engagement is a timely and insightful book that examines what universities can contribute to their communities and economies through lifelong learning a topic which is of increasing importance to Higher Education Institutions across the world. The book will offer an answer to the question ‘What can be understood by University Lifelong Learning today?’ by collating the work of specialists from across Europe and beyond who have first-hand experience in the field of university engagement through continuing education. With a diverse range of expertise from the UK Ireland Germany Finland Malta Belgium New Zealand Austria and the USA readers are guaranteed a varied and informative collection of perspectives on this important topic. Taken as a whole the book provides a theoretical background for readers drawing on recent research and practice examples from a variety of countries and institutional settings as well as demonstrating a variety of conceptual approaches confirming the diverse range of possible solutions. Key topics covered include: research into policy and practice; engaging with business and industry; engaging with communities; engaging with an ageing society; active citizenship and regional competitiveness. Developed in collaboration with the European University Continuing Education Network (EUCEN) Universities and Engagement is an invaluable contribution to research in the subject of lifelong learning. It will be of value to academics practitioners and professionals with an interest in higher education and community management and will be particularly suited to those interested in lifelong learning adult education and community development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138824447

Universities and Global DiversityPreparing Educators for Tomorrow This volume seeks to critically examine the nexus between globalization and diversity as it affects the preparation of professional educators on several continents taking into account the extensive changes in economic sociopolitical and cultural dynamics within nations and regions that have occurred in the last decade. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853224

Universities and Global Human DevelopmentTheoretical and empirical insights for social change This book makes the case for a critical turn in development thinking around universities and their contributions in making a more equal post-2015 world. It puts forward a normative approach based on human development and the capability approach one which can gain a hearing from policy scholarship and practitioners dealing with practical issues of understanding policy democratising research and knowledge and fostering student learning - all key university functions. The book argues that such an approach can elucidate development debates drawing on local national and international issues and examples to show why higher education matters for sustainable development goals both in educational and social terms. It advocates a new arena of engagement with universities as key sites of development and freedoms beyond human capital and challenges development omissions and gaps around university education. The book explores how the human development approach addresses the following core ideas: the meaning of well-being the idea of agency participation and democratic citizenship how to address inequalities the relation between local and global and the idea of equitable partnerships. This book is addressed to researchers and postgraduate students in development studies university education the capability approach and human development community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815355878

Universities and Innovation EconomiesThe Creative Wasteland of Post-Industrial Society Students drop out of universities in large numbers many graduate to jobs that do not require a degree and a large number learn little at university whilst graduate salaries have shrunk over time and student loan debt and default have grown. University research achievements have declined while university administration has expanded massively. The contemporary university is mired in auditing regulation waste and aimlessness and its contribution to serious social innovation has deteriorated markedly. The miserable state of the universities reflects a larger social reality as bureaucratic capitalism has replaced creative capitalism. Universities and Innovation Economies examines the rise and fall of the mass university and post-industrial society considering how we might revitalize economic and intellectual creativity. Looking to a much more inventive social and economic paradigm to drive long-term growth the author argues for a smaller leaner more effective university model - one capable of delivering a greater degree of high-level discovery and creative power. A potent critique of the post-industrial mass university that urges a reimagination of universities as places of discovery and invention this book will appeal to readers interested in higher education creativity social theory the sociology of work and organisations political economy pedagogy and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599669

Universities and Regional DevelopmentA Critical Assessment of Tensions and Contradictions Universities are under increasing pressure to help promote socio-economic growth in their local communities. However until now no systematic critical attention has been paid to the factors and mechanisms that currently make this process so daunting. In Universities and Regional Development scholars from Europe the Americas Africa and Asia critically address this knowledge gap focusing on policy organization and the role of individual actors to uncover the challenges facing higher education institutions as they seek to engage with their regions. In a systematic and comparative manner this book shows internal and external audiences why how and when the institutionalization of universities’ "third missions" should take place and also: challenges conventional wisdom about the role of universities in society and the economy demonstrates how institutions in different nations and regions cope with local engagement combines the latest national regional and local research with international perspectives integrates diverse conceptual and disciplinary frameworks Universities and Regional Development is a key resource for researchers and students of higher education and territorial development educational policy makers and university managers seeking to engage with the world beyond their university. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138790445

Universities and Regional Economic DevelopmentEngaging with the Periphery In a knowledge-based economy universities are vital institutions. This volume explores the roles that universities can play in peripheral regions contributing to processes of regional economic development and innovative growth.Including a series of case studies drawn from Portugal Norway Finland the Czech Republic Estonia and the Dutch-German border region this will be the first book to offer a comprehensive comparative overview of universities in European economically peripheral regions. These studies seek to explore the tensions that arise in peripheral regions where there may not be obvious matches between university activities and regional strengths.Aimed at academics policy-makers and practitioners working on regional innovation strategies this volume brings a much-needed sense of realism and ambition for all those concerned with building successful regional societies at the periphery of the knowledge economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665791

Universities and StudentsA Guide to Rights Responsibilities and Practical Remedies Legal actions by students against universities are growing in number and the issues such actions raise are becoming a major concern for both teaching and administrative staff. This handbook is designed to clarify the legal framework that binds the student with the university or college. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138165663

Universities and the Occult Rituals of the Corporate WorldHigher Education and Metaphorical Parallels with Myth and Magic Universities and the Occult Rituals of the Corporate World explores the metaphorical parallels between corporatised market-oriented universities and aspects of the occult. In the process the book shows that the forms of mystery mythmaking and ritual now common in restructured institutions of higher education stem from their new power structures and procedures and the economic and sociopolitical factors that have generated them. Wood argues that universities have acquired occult aspects as the beliefs and practices underpinning present-day market-driven academic discourse and practice weave spells of corporate potency invoking the bewildering magic of the market and the arcane mysteries of capitalism thriving on equivocation and evasion. Making particular reference to South African universities the book demonstrates the ways in which apparently rational features of contemporary Western and westernised societies have acquired occult aspects. It also includes discussion of higher education institutions in other countries where neoliberal economic agendas are influential such as the UK the USA the Eurozone states and Australia. Providing a unique and thought-provoking look at the impact of the marketisation of Higher Education this book will be essential reading for academics researchers and postgraduate students engaged in the study of higher education educational policy and neoliberalism. It should also be of great interest to academics in the fields of anthropology folklore and cultural studies as well as business economics and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367463830

Universities and the Public SphereKnowledge Creation and State Building in the Era of Globalization Universities have been propelled into the center of the global political economy of knowledge production by a number of factors: mass education academic capitalism the globalization of knowledge the democratization of communication in the era of the Internet and the emergence of the knowledge and innovation economy. The latest book in the International Studies in Higher Education series Universities and the Public Sphere addresses the vital role of research universities as global public spheres sites where public interaction conversation and deliberation take place where the nature of the State and private interests can be openly debated and contested. At a time of increased privatization open markets and government involvement in higher education the book also addresses the challenges facing the university in its role as a global public sphere. In this volume international contributors challenge prevalent views of the global marketplace to create a deeper understanding of higher education's role in knowledge creation and nation building. In nearly every national context the pressures of globalization neo-liberal economic restructuring and new managerial imperatives challenge traditional norms of autonomy academic freedom access and affordability. The authors in Universities and the Public Sphere argue that universities are uniquely suited to have transformative democratic potential as global public spheres. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415824262

Universities and the State in England 1850-1939 The question of the relationships between universities and the state is one of considerable current concern and debate. This book studies the development of the modern university system in England from the mid-nineteenth century to the outbreak of the Second World War focusing on the role of the state. In this formidabe study the author covers a range of key areas including: * a review of the reforms of the ancient universities the creation of civic universities and the formation of the federal London University* an examination of the co-ordinated system in the early years of the twentieth century and the inter-war period* an analysis of universities as modenising agencies of the state* a discussion of such issues as technical versus literary curricula the clash between central and local authorities and the output of universities in terms of the needs of the state and the economy. Students of history and education academic historians will find this an informative and important text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760256

Universities and the Sustainable Development FutureEvaluating Higher-Education Contributions to the 2030 Agenda Since the mid-1970s a series of international declarations that link environment and sustainable development to all aspects of higher learning have been endorsed and signed by universities around the world. Although university involvement in sustainable-development research and outreach has increased substantially systematic learning from higher-education engagements has been limited. Universities and the Sustainable Development Future offers institutions of higher learning around the world practical guidelines that can be applied contextually to produce credible evidence regarding the outcome and impact of their teaching research and transnational-partnering activities. Drawing on innovative applications of lessons from experience with international-development cooperation this book demonstrates the utility of a flexible framework that will inspire substantial improvements in the ways universities evaluate and improve their sustainable-development undertakings aimed at promoting Agenda 2030. This book promotes an inclusive evaluation framework that will allow universities to illuminate sustainable-development outcomes and it provides a cutting-edge resource for students scholars and policy makers with an interest in sustainable development climate change and evaluation challenges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138212534

Universities in the Flux of TimeAn exploration of time and temporality in university life Higher education and the institution of the university exist in time their essential nature now continually subject to change: change in students in knowledge in structure and in their own communities and those they service. These changes are accompanied by a quickening of time leading to a heightened intensity of academic life. Yet the nature of time in all the contemporary work on the university has been largely overlooked. This is an important omission and Universities in the Flux of Time has gathered leading academics whose contributions to the volume raise a debate as to the influence and use of time in the university. They do this in an exploration of how these changes are perceived in higher education and how these affect its temporality from local national and global perspectives. By dealing with the time within the university the book opens new spaces for the development of the university and civic society. The book develops an interdisciplinary understanding of the temporal issues of engaging with the past present and future of higher education and its institutions through consideration of the increased speed demanded for the production of able students and innovative research to the accountability pressures from central governments and commerce. Reflecting on these issues in the higher education sector Universities in the Flux of Time is split into three parts with each one addressing time and its multiple relationships with the university: Past present and future Knowledge and time Living with time This volume will provide essential reading for those on higher education studies courses as well as a wider audience of managers practitioners policy makers academics and students and from many disciplinary perspectives including sociology organisation studies social psychology and the philosophy of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415732239

Universities in the Knowledge EconomyHigher education organisation and global change Universities are fundamental to the contemporary knowledge economy. They directly and indirectly support economic growth in both developing and advanced economies. In addition to their traditional teaching and research functions they often also have important roles in supporting regional development and urban regeneration as well as involvement in fostering international relations in cultural developments and in enhancing social cohesion. While higher education institutions in many countries are often assigned key roles in economic and social policy prescriptions exactly what those roles are and how they should be carried out are often unclear. Universities and the Knowledge Economy provides a much-needed theoretical and empirical analysis of these functions taking a critical look at the complex connections between knowledge creation the knowledge economy and higher education today. This volume: Brings together work on these topics by international experts reporting and analysing recent policy developments and research Shows the significance of the university’s role in the knowledge economy and the precise roles that it can play. Presents a range of studies showing how universities interact with other knowledge producers and users and how these interactions can be managed to achieve the most effective applications of knowledge Universities are multi-faceted institutions that everywhere are accorded special status. Universities and the Knowledge Economy examines how these institutions carry our knowledge production and application and how their distinctive characters affect what they do. . This title is of both intellectual and operational relevance and would be suitable for those interested in higher education and policy and practice and in the theory of higher education.   Paul Temple is Reader in Higher Education Management and Co-Director of the Centre for Higher Education Studies at the Institute of Education University of London UK. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138020269

Universities in the National Innovation SystemsExperiences from the Asia-Pacific This volume looks at the role of universities in the National Innovation Systems in economies of the Asia Pacific. It examines the tremendous growth of human and knowledge capital made possible by teaching and research excellence in major universities along with how universities are being re-positioned as frontiers of innovation in the National Systems of Innovation. The chapters assess the impact of globalisation and innovation together with the emergence of ‘new’ knowledge sites extended to the Asia Pacific region. With contributions by experts and academics and key case studies this book will be useful to scholars and researchers in higher education development studies public policy economics business and resource management Asian studies as well as policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367277857

University Access and SuccessCapabilities diversity and social justice The challenge of widening access and participation in higher education in a manner that ensures students are successful in their studies is a major issue globally and a significant research-focus within higher education studies and higher education policy. Similarly the challenge of under-preparedness of students entering higher education has become increasingly pertinent as universities in both developed and developing countries struggle to improve their throughput rates in a context in which schooling no longer seems to provide sufficient preparation for entering university. In this book Merridy Wilson-Strydom applies the capabilities approach to better understand university access and participation and draws on a rich case study from South Africa to critically and innovatively explore the complex and contradictory terrain of access with success. The book integrates quantitative and qualitative research with theory and practical application to provide a new framework for considering and improving the transition from school to university. University Access and Success will appeal to academics and researchers in the field of higher education internationally. The book also contributes to the growing body of international and comparative scholarship on the capabilities approach in higher education and will therefore be of value to higher education practitioners such as those working in the promotion of teaching and learning higher education quality assurance institutional research and student affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138294400

University Adult Education in England and the USAA Reappraisal of the Liberal Tradition Originally published in 1985 this book is a critique and comparison of the nature structure and provision of university adult education in England and the USA. The focus is both contemporary (twentieth century) and historical and is interdisciplinary involving both social scientific and historical modes of enquiry and analysis. A central concern of the book is the liberal tradition as it has operated in its different ways and the erosion of this tradition and its consequences for the contemporary structure of university adult education form a large part of the book's discussion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366855

University and College Women’s and Gender Equity CentersThe Changing Landscape University and College Women’s and Gender Equity Centers examines the new institutional contexts surrounding women’s centers. It looks at the possibilities for as well as the challenges to advocating for gender equity in higher education and the ways in which women’s and gender equity centers contribute to and lead that work. The book first describes the landscape of women’s centers in higher education and explores the structures within which the centers are situated. In doing so the book shows the ways in which many women’s centers have expanded their work to include working with athletics Greek life men transgender students international students student parents veterans etc. Contributions then delve into the profession of women’s center work itself and ask how women’s center work has become "professionalized?" Threats and challenges to women’s and gender equity centers are also explored as contributions look at how their expansion has helped or complicated the role of centers? The collection concludes by highlighting current successes and forward-thinking approaches in women’s centers and asking how gender equity centers can best prepare for the future? Through narratives case studies and by offering strategies and best practice University and College Women’s and Gender Equity Centers will engage emerging and existing equity centre professionals and women’s and gender studies faculty and students and help them to move the work of gender equity forward in the next decade. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367492410

University Architecture Some of the most exciting architecture in the world can be found on university campuses. In Europe America and the Far East vice chancellors and their architects have over several centuries produced an extraordinary range of innovative buildings. This book has been written to highlight the importance of university architecture. It is intended as a guide to designers to those who manage the estate we call the campus and as an inspiration to students and academic staff. With nearly 40 per cent of school leavers attending university the campus can influence the outlook of tomorrow's decision makers to the benefit of architecture and society at large. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138986534

University ChallengeCritical Issues for Teaching and Learning University Challenge: Critical Issues for Teaching and Learning offers a nuanced and critical reading of university teaching particularly the pressures under which academics in neoliberal mass higher education must operate. It provides exciting thinking about slow pedagogies powerful knowledge the assessment arms race and the concept of vanilla teaching. Eight challenges currently encountered by those who teach in higher education are carefully examined. These include: teaching to meet all students’ needs; assessment and grading; learning to teach; and space and time in academic life. The research that underpins this work came from an international study and a conceptual re-evaluation of current practices theories and the values of teaching and higher education. The author brings a rich understanding of university teaching as a critical and values-laden process exploring important debates about the extent and limits of teachers’ and students’ responsibility in teaching and learning. The conceptual foundations provide a distinctive angle on some of the persistent problems which dog twenty-first-century academics working in marketised mass higher education. This book will appeal to university teachers who wish to develop their work through scholarly enquiry and will be a resource to inform policy and management around teaching and curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367443092

University in ChainsConfronting the Military-Industrial-Academic Complex President Eisenhower originally included 'academic' in the draft of his landmark oft-quoted speech on the military-industrial-complex. Giroux tells why Eisenhower saw the academy as part of the famous complex - and how his warning was vitally prescient for 21st-century America. Giroux details the sweeping post-9/11 assault being waged on the academy by militarization corporatization and right-wing fundamentalists who increasingly view critical thought itself as a threat to the dominant political order. Giroux argues that the university has become a handmaiden of the Pentagon and corporate interests it has lost its claim to independence and critical learning and has compromised its role as a democratic public sphere. And yet in spite of its present embattled status and the inroads made by corporate power the defense industries and the right wing extremists Giroux defends the university as one of the few public spaces left capable of raising important questions and educating students to be critical and engaged agents. He concludes by making a strong case for reclaiming it as a democratic public sphere. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631363

University Laboratory Preschools This volume is a collection of articles that showcase new research that is emerging from laboratory schools guided by principles of applied developmental science. In the 1920's new university laboratory preschools ushered in a modern era of child development research. Campus preschools with a research mission were home to seminal studies of children's play and age-related changes in children's abilities. They produced data about normative child development along with evidence-based practical advice for teachers and parents. Now nearly 100 years later lab schools are still thriving in many colleges and universities as centers of research education and care for young children support for families and practical education for students and teachers of young children. However with tightening higher education budgets and changing research agendas many lab schools are struggling to focus and balance these research education and service missions. The chapter authors illustrate a variety of ways that faculty and laboratory school early childhood educators are collaborating to do research to address critical issues in the early childhood field including the preparation of the next generation of early childhood professionals. This book was originally published as a special issue of Early Education and Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138024533

University Libraries and Digital Learning Environments University libraries around the world have embraced the possibilities of the digital learning environment facilitating its use and proactively seeking to develop the provision of electronic resources and services. The digital environment offers opportunities and challenges for librarians in all aspects of their work - in information literacy virtual reference institutional repositories e-learning managing digital resources and social media. The authors in this timely book are leading experts in the field of library and information management and are at the forefront of change in their respective institutions. University Libraries and Digital Learning Environments will be invaluable for all those involved in managing libraries or learning services whether acquiring electronic resources or developing and delivering services in digital environments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399452

University Libraries and Space in the Digital World This timely book addresses physical space in university libraries in the digital age. It considers the history of the use of space integrates case studies from around the world with theoretical perspectives explores recent developments including new build and refurbishment. With users at the forefront chapters cover different aspects of learning and research support provision shared services and evaluation of space initiatives. Library staff requirements and green issues are outlined. The book also looks to the future identifying the key strategic issues and trends that will influence and shape future library spaces. The authors are international senior university library managers and academics who provide a range of views and approaches and experience of individual projects and initiatives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399353

University Planning and ArchitectureThe search for perfection The environment of a university – what we term a campus – is a place with special resonance. They have long been the setting for some of history’s most exciting experiments in the design of the built environment. Christopher Wren at Cambridge Le Corbusier at Harvard and Norman Foster at the Free University Berlin: the calibre of practitioners who have shaped the physical realm of academia is superlative. Pioneering architecture and innovative planning make for vivid assertions of academic excellence while the physical estate of a university can shape the learning experiences and lasting outlook of its community of students faculty and staff. However the mounting list of pressures – economic social pedagogical technological – currently facing higher education institutions is rendering it increasingly challenging to perpetuate the rich legacy of campus design. In this strained context it is more important than ever that effective use is made of these environments and that future development is guided in a manner that will answer to posterity. This book is the definitive compendium of the prestigious sphere of campus design envisaged as a tool to help institutional leaders and designers to engage their campus’s full potential by revealing the narratives of the world’s most successful time-honoured and memorable university estates. It charts the worldwide evolution of university design from the Middle Ages to the present day uncovering the key episodes and themes that have conditioned the field and through a series of case studies profiles universally-acclaimed campuses that through their planning architecture and landscaping have made original influential and striking contributions to the field. By understanding this history present and future generations can distil important lessons for the future. The second edition includes revised text many new images and new case studies of the Central University of Venezuela and Indian Institute of Management Ahmedabad. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138808027

University Spatial Development and Urban Transformation in China The past few decades have seen universities take on a leading role in urban development actively providing public services beyond teaching and research. The relationship between the university and the city has great influence on the space of university which is vividly reflected in the process of university spatial development. This process has been particularly evident in China as Chinese universities and cities have been undergoing dramatic transformations since reform in the late 1970s. University Spatial Development and Urban Transformation in China explores the changing relationship between the university and the city from a spatial perspective. Based on theories and discourses on the production of space the book analyzes case studies in university spatial development in China at three scales – global national and local – covering social and urban contexts the urban transformation interactions in the development process and the changing dynamic between university and city to propose mutually beneficial planning strategies. This book is a valuable resource for academics researchers and urban planners in identifying the key factors and relationships in university spatial development using theoretical and empirical data to guide future urban planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138232402

University Teaching in FocusA learning-centred approach University Teaching in Focus provides a foundational springboard for early career academics preparing to teach in universities. Focusing on four critical areas - teaching curriculum students and quality/leadership - this succinct resource offers university teachers a straightforward approach to facilitating effective student learning. The book empowers university teachers and contributes to their career success by developing teaching skills strategies and knowledge as well as linking theory to practice. Written in a clear and accessible style by internationally acclaimed experts topics include: learning theories assessment discipline-based teaching curriculum design problem-based and work-integrated learning effective classroom teaching and flexible modes of delivery. The needs of diverse student groups are explored and the scholarship of teaching and learning is addressed within a quality and leadership framework. The book also makes reference to seminal works and current resources. Real-world cases illuminate the theoretical content and 'Your Thoughts' sections encourage reflection and adaptation to local contexts. University Teaching in Focus explores ways that teachers can effectively engage students in life-long learning extending their capacity to solve problems to enter the workforce to understand their discipline and to interact positively with others in a global community throughout their professional lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415644068

University TeachingAn Introductory Guide University Teaching: An Introductory Guide is a vital tool for the new lecturer that aims to encourage and support an inquiry into university teaching and academic life. This book understands that teaching is not discrete but one of many activities integrated in academic work. It recognizes that teaching is directly affected by administrative concerns such as timetabling and workload demands departmental culture disciplinary research expectations and how we think about the purposes and values of higher education. The new lecturer must learn to adapt to and shape the circumstances of their academic work. Understanding that teaching is an integral part of this work rather than a dislocated discipline can help us think about practice in new ways. Harland argues against the teaching-research divide and popular opinion that ‘teaching takes time away from research’. He proffers the sentiment that all aspects of academic practice need to be considered when inquiring into learning how to teach and that teaching is better understood when it is firmly embedded and integrated in this work. Writing from his experience extracted from a ten-year research project working with early career staff he addresses popular concerns of academics including: Lecturing Peer review of teaching Discussion as an approach to teaching Research and the new academic The subject and the idea of critical thinking     This clearly written and practical book will be ideal for all new lecturers in higher education and also more seasoned academics wishing to progress their professional development.   Tony Harland is Associate Professor at the Higher Education Development Centre University of Otago New Zealand Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415524315

University TeachingInternational Perspectives Originally published in 1998 University Teaching looks at the world of university and college teaching in the study of higher education. Providing a broad perspective it examines preparation assessment and reward from cross-cultural perspectives and explores the cultural and social influences that affect these dimensions. The book provides a considerable richness in diversity of topics and authors and provokes the reader to observe the many commonalities in the thinking and approaches towards college teaching that pervade the higher education systems worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138311053

University TeachingInternational Perspectives First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986541

University Technology TransferThe globalization of academic innovation Universities have become essential players in the generation of knowledge and innovation. Through the commercialization of technology they have developed the ability to influence regional economic growth. By examining different commercialization models this book analyses technology transfer at universities as part of a national and regional system. It provides insight as to why certain models work better than others and reaffirms that technology transfer programs must be linked to their regional and commercial environments. Using a global perspective on technology commercialization this book divides the discussion between developed and developing counties according to the level of university commercialization capability. Critical cases as well as country reports examine the policies and culture of university involvement in economic development relationships between university and industry and the commercialization of technology first developed at universities. In addition each chapter provides examples from specific universities in each country from a regional national and international comparative perspective. This book includes articles by leading practitioners as well as researchers and will be highly relevant to all those with an interest in innovation studies organizational studies regional economics higher education public policy and business entrepreneurship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367868741

University TrendsContemporary Campus Design The campus has a deep-rooted prestige as a place of teaching learning and nurturing. Conjuring images of cloistered quadrangles of sunny lawns of wood-panelled libraries it is a word viscerally charged with centuries of scholarly tradition. And yet it is also a place of cutting-edge science vibrancy and energy. It is this dual nature this concurrent adherence to tradition and innovation which renders the physical environment of the university such a redolent enduring and dynamic realm. However it also means that the twenty-first-century campus is a highly challenging and exacting landscape to design and manage successfully. Today the scale of the pressures and the rate of change facing higher education institutions are greater than ever. Squeezed public spending growing societal expectations and the broadening education ambitions of developing nations are set against a backdrop of rapid technological progress and changing pedagogies. What are the repercussions for the physical realities of university planning and architecture? And how are university campuses adapting to contend with these pressures? University Trends: Contemporary Campus Design introduces the most significant widespread and thought-provoking trends that are currently shaping the planning and architecture of higher education institutions across the world. Within this completely revised second edition Part One identifies current patterns such as hub buildings large-scale expansions adaptive reuse and innovation buildings. Part Two profiles these through recent well-illustrated global case studies. The essential guide to current and future trends in campus design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415790055

University-Community Collaborations for the Twenty-First CenturyOutreach Scholarship for Youth and Families First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138883475

University-Community PartnershipsUniversities in Civic Engagement Examine how your university can help solve the complex problems of your community Community Outreach Partnership Centers (COPC) sponsored by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) have identified civic engagement and community partnership as critical themes for higher education. This unique book addresses past present and future models of university-community partnerships COPC programs wide-ranging social work partnerships that involve teaching research and social change and innovative methods in the processes of civic engagement. The text recognizes the many professions schools and higher education institutions that contribute to advancing civic engagement through university-community partnerships. One important contribution this book makes to the literature of civic engagement is that it is the first publication that significantly highlights partnership contributions from schools of social work which are rediscovering their community roots through these initiatives.University-Community Partnerships: Universities in Civic Engagement documents how universities are involved in creative individual faculty and program partnerships that help link campus and community-partnerships that are vital for teaching research and practice. Academics and practitioners discuss outreach initiatives methods of engagement (with an emphasis on community organization) service learning and other teaching/learning methods research models participatory research and “high-engagement” techniques used in university-community partnerships. The book includes case studies historical studies policy analysis program evaluation and curriculum development. University-Community Partnerships: Universities in Civic Engagement examines: the increasing civic engagement of institutions of higher education civic engagement projects involving urban nonprofit community-based organizations and neighborhood associations the developmental stages of a COPC partnership problems faced in evaluating COPC programs civic engagement based on teaching and learning how pre-tenure faculty can meet research teaching and service requirements through university-community partnerships developing an MSW program structured around a single concentration of community partnership how class race and organizational differences are barriers to equality in the civic engagement process University-Community Partnerships: Universities in Civic Engagement is one of the few available academic resources to address the importance of social work involvement in COPC programs. Social work educators students and practitioners community organizers urban planners and anyone working in community development will find it invaluable in proving guidance for community problem solving and creating opportunities for faculty students and community residents to learn from one another. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051283

University-Industry Partnerships in MIT Cambridge and TokyoStorytelling Across Boundaries The purpose of this study is to identify the nature of change taking place in university-industry partnerships to understand the underlying factors that influence that change and to explore the underlying process of change. Three in-depth case studies are considered that of MIT Cambridge University and Tokyo University to compare their experiences in developing new types of university-industry relationships. Hatakenaka argues that internal and external organizational boundaries have influenced the evolution of the new types of relationships and that the three universities have defined these boundaries differently. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993952

University-Linked Retirement CommunitiesStudent Visions of Eldercare University-Linked Retirement Communities focuses on the special attributes of a retirement community designed as an integral part of a university. It discusses the theoretical and practical aspects of such a retirement community which provides a rich and varied context for older people to be exposed to new ideas and learning opportunities for personal growth. The book centers on the premise that knowledge of basic principles of human behavior helps clarify understanding of the relationship between environment and behavior. Grounded in current research in the field of environment and aging the book helps readers consider how the environment lends different aesthetic experiences and activity patterns to people of different backgrounds and capabilities. Some of the major environment and design issues chapters address are:person-environment fitprivacy personal spacewayfinding barrier-free designhealthcarepersonal growthsite developmentUniversity-Linked Retirement Communities was developed from a two-term course offered at the University of Michigan College of Architecture and Urban Planning that dealt with aging and the environment. The book is divided into two parts. Chapters in the first section discuss a variety of issues including the meaning of “community ” a day in the life of an elderly person living in a retirement community site evaluation for a theoretical retirement community and reviews of different physical components for a retirement community. The second section contains four student presentations of designs for a retirement community and comments on the projects from a design jury.This book is a valuable source of information for a variety of readers. University-Linked Retirement Communities is of interest to potential users of eldercare services and their families; service providers; designers architects policymakers and developers dealing with the elderly; and educators and students of architecture environmental design and other fields who are involved in housing and care options for senior adults. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315061245

UNIXThe Textbook Third Edition UNIX: The Textbook Third Edition provides a comprehensive introduction to the modern twenty-first-century UNIX operating system. The book deploys PC-BSD and Solaris representative systems of the major branches of the UNIX family to illustrate the key concepts. It covers many topics not covered in older more traditional textbook approaches such as Python UNIX System Programming from basics to socket-based network programming using the client-server paradigm the Zettabyte File System (ZFS) and the highly developed X Windows-based KDE and Gnome GUI desktop environments. The third edition has been fully updated and expanded with extensive revisions throughout. It features a new tutorial chapter on the Python programming language and its use in UNIX as well as a complete tutorial on the git command with Github. It includes four new chapters on UNIX system programming and the UNIX API which describe the use of the UNIX system call interface for file processing process management signal handling interprocess communication (using pipes FIFOs and sockets) extensive coverage of internetworking with UNIX TCP/IP using the client-server software and considerations for the design and implementation of production-quality client-server software using iterative and concurrent servers. It also includes new chapters on UNIX system administration ZFS and container virtualization methodologies using iocage Solaris Jails and VirtualBox. Utilizing the authors’ almost 65 years of practical teaching experience at the college level this textbook presents well-thought-out sequencing of old and new topics well-developed and timely lessons a Github site containing all of the code in the book plus exercise solutions and homework exercises/problems synchronized with the didactic sequencing of chapters in the book. With the exception of four chapters on system programming the book can be used very successfully by a complete novice as well as by an experienced UNIX system user in both an informal and formal learning environment. The book may be used in several computer science and information technology courses including UNIX for beginners and advanced users shell and Python scripting UNIX system programming UNIX network programming and UNIX system administration. It may also be used as a companion to the undergraduate and graduate level courses on operating system concepts and principles.     Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482233582

Unjust BordersIndividuals and the Ethics of Immigration States restrict immigration on a massive scale. Governments fortify their borders with walls and fences authorize border patrols imprison migrants in detention centers and deport large numbers of foreigners. Unjust Borders: Individuals and the Ethics of Immigration argues that immigration restrictions are systematically unjust and examines how individual actors should respond to this injustice. Javier Hidalgo maintains that individuals can rightfully resist immigration restrictions and often have strong moral reasons to subvert these laws. This book makes the case that unauthorized migrants can permissibly evade deceive and use defensive force against immigration agents that smugglers can aid migrants in crossing borders and that citizens should disobey laws that compel them to harm immigrants. Unjust Borders is a meditation on how individuals should act in the midst of pervasive injustice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138503120

Unknowable Unspeakable and UnsprungPsychoanalytic Perspectives on truth scandal secrets and lies Unknowable Unspeakable and Unsprung delves into the mysteries of scandalous behavior- behavior that can seem shocking unfathomable or self-destructive - that is outrageous and offensive on the one hand yet fascinating and exciting on the other. In the process this anthology asks fundamental questions about the self: what the self is allowed to be and do what must be disallowed and what remains unknown. Clinicians strive to know their patients’ selves and their own as fully as possible while also facing the inevitable riddles these selves present. Covering topics ranging from trauma politics the analyst’s subjectivity and eating disorders and the body to self-revelation secrets evil and boundary issues a distinguished group of authors bring the theory practice and application of contemporary psychoanalysis to life. In doing so they use psychoanalytic perspectives not only to illuminate struggles that afflict patients seeking treatment but to shed light more broadly on contemporary human dilemmas. This collection offers not a unified voice but rather the sound of many each in its own way trying to articulate the indescribable the unwanted and the off limits. It is a book that raises more questions than can be answered complicates as much as clarifies and contains the essential paradox of trying to talk about aspects of clinical and human experience that can never be fully seen or known. Unknowable Unspeakable and Unsprung offers invaluable reading to interested mental health professionals as well as to anyone intrigued by the secrets of the self. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138689015

Unknowing the ‘War on Terror’The Pleasures of Risk This book offers new insights into the excesses and uncanniness of the ‘War on Terror’ via an engagement with the pleasures of risk. Engaging with the unconscious the excess the uncanny and the spectacular dimensions of the ‘War on Terror’ – as made evident for example in the 2012 London Olympic Games and the 2013 manhunt for the Boston Marathon bombers – leads this book to probe the so-called order of things that has made this war intelligible in both mainstream and critical approaches to Security Studies and International Relations. Specifically this book brings to light and theorizes the obscene pleasures of the ‘War on Terror’ and its supplementary precautionary risk logic. Coming to grips with this (i.e. the pleasures of risk) ultimately via an engagement with critical psychoanalytic theory leads this book to argue that we may be other than we think we are within critical International Relations (IR) traditions. Furthermore albeit without discounting the madness if not desolation of the present (extending from the ‘War on Terror’ to the politics of Brexit and Donald Trump) it suggests there may be some relief in that yet. This book will be of much interest to students of critical terrorism studies critical security studies political theory and International Relations broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138485648

Unknown Conflicts of the Second World WarForgotten Fronts Unknown Conflicts of the Second World War: Forgotten Fronts is a collection of chapters dealing with various overlooked aspects of the Second World War. The aim is to give greater depth and context to the war by introducing new stories about regions of the world and elements of the war rarely considered. These chapters represent new discussions on previously undeveloped narratives that help to expand our understanding of the interconnectedness of the war. It also provides an expanded view of the war as a mosaic of overlapping conflicts rather than a two-sided affair between massive alliance structures. The Second World War saw revolutions civil wars social upheaval subversion and major geopolitical policy shifts that do not fit neatly into the Allied vs. Axis 1939–1945 paradigm. This aim is to connect the unseen dots from around the globe that influenced the big turning points we think we know well but have really only a superficial understanding of and in so doing shed new light on the scope and influence of the war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662578

Unlearning the Colonial Cultures of Planning Colonialization has never failed to provoke discussion and debate over its territorial economic and political projects and their ongoing consequences. This work argues that the state-based activity of planning was integral to these projects in conceptualizing shaping and managing place in settler societies. Planning was used to appropriate and then produce territory for management by the state and in doing so became central to the colonial invasion of settler states. Moreover the book demonstrates how the colonial roots of planning endure in complex (post)colonial societies and how such roots manifest in everyday planning practice continue to shape land use contests between indigenous people and planning systems in contemporary (post)colonial states. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253049

Unleashing Great TeachingThe Secrets to the Most Effective Teacher Development It’s within the power of each and every school to unleash the best in teachers day by day month by month year by year. This practical handbook takes the guesswork out of professional learning showing school leaders how they can build a self-improving culture and remove barriers to learning.the authors set out their advice for how every school can bring in the best ideas from the whole system and make sure that these have a lasting effect in the classroom. Packed full of examples easy-to-use ideas and checklists Unleashing Great Teaching brings together a vast body of experience gained by the Teacher Development Trust (UK) and shows how other schools can learn from these insights. From fostering a culture of evaluating impact to establishing good relationships communication and a developmental culture this book takes each and every aspect of the school system and reassesses its role as a driver of teacher and student success.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138105997

Unleashing Intellectual Capital Unleashing Intellectual Capital reveals breakthrough principles for structuring Knowledge Age organizations. It helps leaders and knowledge professionals better understand how human nature supports or undermines voluntary workplace collaboration and innovation-vital sources of competitive advantage in business. Integrating the latest insights from diverse scientific disciplines the book reestablishes some very basic truths about human innate behavior that determine how people best work together and are managed or in some cases "unmanaged." Using understandable and practical models Unleashing Intellectual Capital explains human nature and offers readers a comprehensive framework they can use to generate sustained high levels of intellectual capital within their own organizations while at the same time reducing workplace violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435131

Unleashing Social Justice through EU Public Procurement The dramatic results of the 2014 European Parliament elections have highlighted the European Union’s urgent need for a review of the scope and purpose of its social objectives and for a reordering of European priorities. This book advocates a radical and original alternative to the current philosophy that determines the set of rules for the awarding of EU public procurement contracts. It calls for a reordering of the EU’s economic and social priorities. In doing so it advocates for a social dimension to be placed at the core of public procurement which could elicit a social model of integration in the EU in which the European citizen is the key actor. This is achieved through an analytical approach as well as concise and contextualised explanations relating to free trade theories poverty and public interest theories. This book will be of key interest to students and scholars of the European Union political theory and EU law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371021

Unleashing the Power of 3PThe Key to Breakthrough Improvement Recent improvements at Enterride’s Trail Rider Memphis Operation bought Pete Grant the Trail Rider Plant Manager and his team a little more time but Pete knew much more was needed to save the plant. They needed a breakthrough a true game changer. Then someone told Pete about a process called 3P that could lead to unprecedented improvement when utilized during major change programs. Could this be just what he was looking for?Unleashing the Power of 3P: The Key to Breakthrough Improvement follows Pete and his team as they journey through Lean and the Production Preparation Process (3P). Using an easy-to-follow story it allows readers to tag along as the team learns how to trim waste increase efficiency and bring their plant back from the brink. You’ll learn from the team’s mistakes and follow them as they visit a hospital and learn how Lean and 3P can be applied in any industry. A go-to guide for 3P execution this book: Details a proven methodology for successful implementation of even the most aggressive corporate change programs Presented in workbook format with real-world examples Uses an engaging story to guide readers through a 3P project—from beginning to end Suitable for beginner intermediate and advanced practitioners of continuous improvement The book outlines time-tested methods that can be applied to any combination of product process and facility design to reduce costly redesign iterations and associated delays. Based on a true story it takes you on a journey as Enterride completes a new production start-up in dramatically reduced time and cost. Lean and 3P can transform your organization. Let Enterride’s journey show you just how transformative they can be. Watch co-author Drew Locher discuss how 3P can stop project delays and increase efficiency in your organization. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439886120

Unleashing the Power of Digital SignageContent Strategies for the 5th Screen Implement a successful content strategy that optimizes the return-on-message performance of your digital signage program. Learn the message attributes for each of the three core network types (Point of Wait Point of Sale and Point of Transit) how to measure the program's effectiveness and strike a balance that uses messages effectively alongside the other advertising campaign elements. Through the included interviews gain access to the wisdom of more than 45 experts each of whom has deployed and operated successful digital signage networks. The companion website www.5thscreen.info features real-world implementations and video blog programming that includes interviews with industry notables. You'll learn how to: create a strategic communications blueprint and style guide for your network keep content flowing automatically-and therefore remaining relevant use data on viewers and traffic to build a programming schedule legally acquire and repurpose content more accurately predict where the future of content will lead Foreword by Joe Pine and Jim Gilmore authors of "The Experience Economy" and "Authenticity" Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138134041

Unleashing the Power of DiversityHow to Open Minds for Good Unleashing the Power of Diversity provides a clear tool to create a common language across teams and organisations that reinforces positive identity builds trust towards people and processes supports innovation and helps make diversity sustainable. The complex problems that many organisations and teams now face are global in scope including cultural social and environmental issues. Challenges such as climate change mass migration and human rights do not respect national borders or sociodemographic groups. In order to solve these complex problems we need the skills to be able to communicate effectively across the differences that may otherwise divide us. In this ground-breaking book award-winning consultant and author Bjørn Z. Ekelund presents a clear step-by-step approach to communicate with people who have different mindsets perspectives and cultural backgrounds. It is relevant and applicable across various contexts – within the workplace inter-professional across different industries and cultures and between corporate governmental and NGO groups. The programme developed in the book called the Diversity Icebreaker has been successfully applied across 70 countries and with 250 000 participants. It shows how to break down these barriers and provides a new way to conceptualise diversity across various boundaries allowing for trust and unity to form and creating a pathway for improving communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138602717

Unleashing the Power of Unconditional RespectTransforming Law Enforcement and Police Training Every day police officers face challenges ranging from petty annoyances to the risk of death in the line of duty. Coupled with these difficulties is in some cases lack of community respect for the officers despite the dangers these men and women confront while protecting the public. Exploring issues of courage integrity leadership and character Unleashing the Power of Unconditional Respect examines ways to effect organizational change that helps police officers inspire community trust and support with every citizen contact. The book begins by discussing why courage is often lacking in a bravery-rich culture such as law enforcement. It demonstrates how personal integrity is the foundation for unconditional respect and provides reasons why having and maintaining integrity are some of the most difficult struggles for individuals and law enforcement officers in particular. It enumerates some of the tactical benefits of unconditional respect as well as interpersonal benefits. Then the book explains the concept of anima-based leadership core competencies. It examines how unconditional respect affects law enforcement’s interaction with the communities in which it operates and describes how it creates and builds high character. Finally the book explores way to influence an organizational culture toward unconditional respect.There is a blog dedicated to the book. Jack Colwell also maintains a blog entitled Human Factors in Law Enforcement. The authors' animated Youtube video discusses relationships between police and communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367864484

Unlicensed Mobile Access TechnologyProtocols Architectures Security Standards and Applications The goal of Unlicensed Mobile Access (UMA) is to provide seamless access to GSM and GPRS mobile service networks via unlicensed spectrum technologies including Bluetooth WiMAX and Wi-Fi. Expanding on the level of knowledge in this growing field Unlicensed Mobile Access Technology: Protocols Architectures Security Standards and Applications presents the first complete cross-referenced resource exploring UMA and UMA-relevant technologies. When operating successfully the technology supporting dual-mode enabled mobile terminals allows subscribers to roam freely and seamlessly between cellular networks. However various technical challenges still occasionally impede clear communication. This book explores the complex issue of mobility management and emphasizes the need for intelligently designed vertical and horizontal handoff algorithms that will improve adaptability in heterogeneous wireless environments. In addition it reviews the various strategies to guarantee Quality-of-Service (QoS) during movement and handoff. The first chapters introduce the basic technology of these systems and discuss QoS resource management mobility management and security issues in UMA technology. The middle section concentrates on protocols and security challenges in UMA-related technologies which include Bluetooth WirelessPAN Wi-Fi (IEEE 802.11) and WiMAX (IEEE 802.16). The final chapters present standard specifications and various applications. Comprised of contributions from world-wide experts this book is a complete reference offering guidance on all aspects of the technical and practical issues in UMA technology. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367386979

Unlikely Allies in the AcademyWomen of Color and White Women in Conversation A CHOICE Outstanding Academic Title 2012! Unlikely Allies in the Academy brings the voices of women of Color and White women together for much-overdue conversations about race. These well-known contributors use narrative to expose their stories which are at times messy and always candid. However the contributors work through the discomfort confusion and frustration in order to have honest conversations about race and racism. The narratives from Chicanas Indigenous Asian American African American and White women academicians explore our past present and future what separates us and how to communicate honestly in an effort to become allies. Chapters discuss the need to interrupt and disrupt the norms of interaction and engagement by allowing for the messiness of discomfort in frank discussion. The dialogues model how to engage in difficult dialogues about race and begin to illuminate the unspoken misunderstandings about how White women and women of Color engage one another. This valuable book offers strategies ideas and the hope for moving toward true alliances in the academy and to improve race relations. This important resource is for Higher Education administrators faculty  and scholars grappling with the intersectionality of race and gender as they work to understand study and create more inclusive climates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415809054

Unlikely CouplesMovie Romance As Social Criticism In Unlikely Couples Thomas E. Wartenberg directly challenges the view that narrative cinema inherently supports the dominant social interests by examining the way popular films about ?unlikely couples? (a mismatched romantic union viewed as inappropriate due to its class racial or gender composition) explore expose and criticize societal attit Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313784

Unlikely FamePoor People Who Made History This unique book depicts the stories of Americans born in poverty who achieved national or international fame. Accessible to students and lay readers this scholarly study describes poverty as a disability that typically stunts important areas of growth in childhood. Wagner shows how poverty hampers individuals and groups for their entire lives even many of those who emerge from poverty. Examples of individuals with difficult childhoods who faced residual lifelong challenges are presented in the stories of 27 Americans including athlete Babe Ruth birth control advocate Margaret Sanger singer Billie Holliday author Jack London actress Marilyn Monroe black leader Malcolm X singer Johnny Cash comedian Richard Pryor author Stephen King and entertainer Oprah Winfrey. In over 200 engaging and accessible pages Unlikely Fame yields insight into successful individuals and how they coped adapted and ultimately achieved success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612057149

Unlocking AssessmentUnderstanding for Reflection and Application Assessment is inextricably linked with learning and teaching and its profile in British schools has never been higher. Recently the value and importance of formative assessment in supporting learning and teaching has also become widely recognised. Although assessment is a prime concern of anyone involved in education it remains a highly complex field where much controversy and misunderstanding abounds. This book explores the values principles research and theories that underpin our understanding and practice of assessment. It also provides practical suggestions and examples and addresses some key points about the future development of assessment. The book makes accessible complex but crucial ideas and issues so that teachers can be more confident and proactive in shaping assessment in their classrooms in ways that support learning and avoid unintentional harmful consequences. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138130852

Unlocking Company Law Unlocking Company Law is the ideal resource for learning and revising Company Law. This 4th edition has been extensively updated and this along with its many pedagogical features makes it the ideal companion for students studying Company Law. Each chapter in the book contains: • aims and objectives; • activities such as self-test questions; • charts of key facts to consolidate your knowledge; • diagrams to aid memory and understanding; • prominently displayed cases and judgments; • chapter summaries; • essay questions with answer plans. In addition the book features a glossary of legal terminology making the law more accessible. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138308558

Unlocking Constitutional and Administrative Law Constitutional and administrative law (public law) is an essential element of all law degrees. Unlocking Constitutional and Administrative Law will ensure that you grasp the main concepts with ease while giving you an indispensable foundation in the subject. This revised fourth edition is fully up to date with the latest key changes in the law and constitutional developments. The UNLOCKING THE LAW series is designed specifically to make the law accessible. Each chapter contains: aims and objectives; activities such as self-test questions; charts of key facts to consolidate your knowledge; diagrams to aid memory and understanding; prominently displayed cases and judgments; chapter summaries; a glossary of legal terminology; essay questions with answer plans. The series covers all the core subjects required by the Bar Council and the Law Society for entry onto professional qualifications as well as popular option units. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138101777

Unlocking Contract Law The Unlocking the Law series makes the law accessible. Each chapter contains activities such as quick quizzes and self-test questions key facts charts to consolidate your knowledge and diagrams to aid learning. Cases judgments and primary source quotations are prominently displayed. Summaries help you understand each chapter there is a glossary of legal terminology. New features include problem questions with guidance on answering as well as essay questions and answer plans plus cases and materials exercises. All titles in the series follow the same formula and include the same features so students can move easily from one subject to another. www.unlockingthelaw.co.uk provides free resources such as multiple choice questions key questions and answers revision mp3s and cases and materials exercises. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781444174175

Unlocking Creativity in Solving Novel Mathematics ProblemsCognitive and Non-Cognitive Perspectives and Approaches Unlocking Creativity in Solving Novel Mathematics Problems delivers a fascinating insight into thinking and feeling approaches used in creative problem solving and explores whether attending to ‘feeling’ makes any difference to solving novel problems successfully. With a focus on research throughout this book reveals ways of identifying describing and measuring ‘feeling’ (or ‘intuition’) in problem-solving processes. It details construction of a new creative problem-solving conceptual framework using cognitive and non-cognitive elements including the brain’s visuo-spatial and linguistic circuits conscious and non-conscious mental activity and the generation of feeling in listening to the self identified from verbal data. This framework becomes the process model for developing a comprehensive quantitative model of creative problem solving incorporating the Person Product Process and Environment dimensions of creativity. In a world constantly seeking new ideas and new approaches to solving complex problems the application of this book’s findings will revolutionize the way students teachers businesses and industries approach novel problem solving and mathematics learning and teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367001711

Unlocking CreativityA Teacher's Guide to Creativity Across the Curriculum First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138133495

Unlocking Criminal Law Unlocking Criminal Law will help you grasp the main concepts of the subject with ease. Containing accessible explanations in clear and precise terms that are easy to understand it provides an excellent foundation for learning and revising Criminal Law. The information is clearly presented in a logical structure and the following features support learning helping you to advance with confidence:   Clear learning outcomes at the beginning of each chapter set out the skills and knowledge you will need to get to grips with the subject; • Key Facts boxes throughout each chapter allow you to progressively build and consolidate your understanding; • End-of-chapter summaries provide a useful check-list for each topic; • Cases and judgments are highlighted to help you find them and add them to your notes quickly; • Frequent activities and self-test questions are included so you can put your knowledge into practice; • Sample essay questions with annotated answers prepare you for assessment; • Glossary of legal terms clarifies important definitions.     This edition has been fully updated to include discussion of recent changes and developments within criminal law including new case law on causation self-defence consent diminished responsibility on loss of control gross negligence manslaughter causing or allowing the death of a vulnerable adult infanticide theft and blackmail. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367244736

Unlocking Employment Law For those approaching employment law for the first time either in the course of an undergraduate or postgraduate elective within a law degree or as students of business HRM and allied professions Unlocking Employment Law will ensure that you grasp the main concepts with ease providing you with an indispensible foundation in the subject. Including all the latest developments in law such as the developments relating to the Equality Act 2010 the book explains in detailed yet straightforward terms: The origins of modern employment law The effect of EU membership on UK employment law Institutions and procedure Employment status The contract of employment Restraint of trade Implied terms Statutory employment protections Protection from discrimination Health and safety law Grievances and discipline TUPE transfers Termination of employment Contractual duties of ex-employees Trade Union membership and collective bargaining. The companion website www.unlockingthelaw.co.uk provides supporting resources such as multiple choice questions and updates in law. The Unlocking the Law series is designed specifically to make the law accessible. Each chapter contains: aims and objectives activities such as self-test questions key facts charts diagrams chapter summaries definitions of legal terminology essay questions with answer plans. The series covers all the core subjects required by the Bar Council and the Law Society for entry onto professional qualification courses as well popular option units.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780340948330

Unlocking Equity and Trusts The extensively updated seventh edition of Unlocking Equity and Trusts will help you grasp the main concepts of Equity and Trusts with ease. Using straightforward language and explaining the law in a clear manner it provides an excellent foundation for learning and revising.   Each chapter in the book contains: Aims and objectives; Activities such as self-test questions; Charts of key facts to consolidate your knowledge; Diagrams to aid memory and understanding; Prominently displayed cases and judgements; Chapter summaries; Essay questions with answer plans; Glossary of legal terms.   The Unlocking the Law series is designed specifically to make the law accessible to students coming to study a topic for the first time. All titles in the series follow the same formula and include the same features so students can move easily from one subject to another. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367027834

Unlocking EU Law European Law is a core element of every law degree in England and Wales. Unlocking EU Law will ensure you grasp the main concepts with ease providing you with an essential foundation for further study or practice. The fifth edition is fully up-to-date with the latest developments including: a new chapter on state liability; all major new cases; discussion of the possible impacts of Brexit. This book is essential reading for students studying EU Law on undergraduate courses in the UK. The UNLOCKING THE LAW series is designed specifically to make the law accessible. Features include: aims and objectives at the start of each chapter; charts of key facts to consolidate your knowledge; diagrams to aid learning; summaries to help check your understanding of each chapter; problem questions with guidance on answering; a glossary of legal terminology. The series covers all the core subjects required by the Bar Council and the Law Society for entry onto professional qualifications as well as popular option units. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138572195

Unlocking Evidence Unlocking Evidence will help you grasp the main concepts of the subject with ease. Containing accessible explanations in clear and precise terms that are easy to understand it provides an excellent foundation for learning and revising Evidence.   The information is clearly presented in a logical structure and the following features support learning helping you to advance with confidence: Clear learning outcomes at the beginning of each chapter set out the skills and knowledge you will need to get to grips with the subject Key Facts summaries throughout each chapter allow you to progressively build and consolidate your understanding End-of-chapter summaries provide a useful check-list for each topic Cases and judgments are highlighted to help you find them and add them to your notes quickly Frequent activities and self-test questions are included so you can put your knowledge into practice Sample essay questions with annotated answers prepare you for assessment Glossary of legal terms clarifies important definitions This edition has been updated to include the most recent updates in case law and criminal and civil procedure including developments relating to vulnerable witnesses and character evidence as well as interventions by the trial judge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138829602

Unlocking Human Resource Management Unlocking Business is a new kind of textbook for business students in their first and second year of a degree. Unlocking Human Resource Management provides the following benefits:- Strict coverage of key knowledge concepts and ideas keeping the title lean and focused and allowing students to find what they want without having to plough through thousands of pages.- Carefully written for the learner - case studies exercises and seminar ideas are woven into the text to help students learn as quickly as possible and to retain that knowledge in the most time-efficient way.- Encourages good practice such as complete referencing and suggested wider reading to help those who wish to obtain the best possible degree classification.- Useful web resources include further case studies revision summaries and interactive multiple-choice quizzes at www.routledge.com/cw/inman - A cost-effective way to prepare students for their studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138433755

Unlocking Human Rights Unlocking Human Rights will ensure that you grasp the main concepts of this fascinating and dynamic area of law with ease providing you with an indispensible foundation in the subject. The book explains in detailed yet straightforward terms: • The nature of human rights• European Convention on Human Rights• Human Rights Act• Right to life• Torture inhuman or degrading treatment or punishment• Public order police powers freedom of association and assembly• Right to a fair trial• Freedom of expression• Privacy private life and marriage• Right to liberty and security• Prohibition of discrimination• Terrorism• Freedom of thought conscience and religion• Property rights• Contemporary themes of UN human rights review of the UK constitutional reform and security The book provides practical knowledge to help you apply the understanding of these themes and explains: • Rights concepts and language• How the Convention and Human Rights Act operate• Ways in which applicants use the procedures to remedy injustices when domestic UK law has let them down• What kinds of protection are available to everyone within the UK’s jurisdiction• How a balance is struck between the need to protect many different kinds of right in the modern world with the equally important need to protect everyone from external threats• Why it is vital that essential freedoms of thought conscience religion association assembly and expression are protected• How the ‘rights’ which everyone claims as their own have to be balanced against the qualifications or restrictions that are imposed to protect other people’s interests This new volume is fully up-to-date with the latest changes in the law and includes discussion of essential developments including the Protection of Freedom Act 2012 Marriage (Same Sex Couples) Act 2013 and the Succession to the Crown Act 2013. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415835978

Unlocking Land Law Unlocking Land Law will help you grasp the main concepts of the subject with ease. Containing accessible explanations in clear and precise terms that are easy to understand it provides an excellent foundation for learning and revising Land Law. The information is clearly presented in a logical structure and the following features support learning helping you to advance with confidence: Clear learning outcomes at the beginning of each chapter set out the skills and knowledge you will need to get to grips with the subject Key Facts summaries throughout each chapter allow you to progressively build and consolidate your understanding End-of-chapter summaries provide a useful check-list for each topic Cases and judgments are highlighted to help you find them and add them to your notes quickly Frequent activities and self-test questions are included so you can put your knowledge into practice Sample essay questions with annotated answers prepare you for assessment Glossary of legal terms clarifies important definitions This edition has been extensively rewritten and updated to include discussion of recent changes and developments within the module including the issues arising from the decisions in Swift v 1st Ltd v Chief Land Registrar and Scott v Southern Pacific Mortgages Ltd and their implications in registered land cases. It also reviews the law of implied trusts post Stack v Dowden and Jones v Kernott . The books in the Unlocking the Law Series get straight to the point and offer clear and concise coverage of the law broken-down into bite-size sections with regular recaps to boost your confidence. They provide complete coverage of both core and popular optional law modules presented in an innov Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138437326

Unlocking Land Law Unlocking Land Law will help you grasp the main concepts of the subject with ease. Containing accessible explanations in clear and precise terms that are easy to understand it provides an excellent foundation for learning and revising land law. The information is clearly presented in a logical structure and the following features support learning helping you to advance with confidence: clear learning outcomes at the beginning of each chapter set out the skills and knowledge you will need to get to grips with the subject; key facts summaries throughout each chapter allow you to progressively build and consolidate your understanding; end-of-chapter summaries provide a useful check-list for each topic; cases and judgments are highlighted to help you find them and add them to your notes quickly; frequent activities and self-test questions are included so you can put your knowledge into practice; sample essay questions with annotated answers prepare you for assessment; glossary of legal terms clarifies important definitions. This edition has been extensively rewritten and updated to include discussion of recent changes and developments within the module. These include the decision in Marr v Collie [2017] UKPC 17 and its implications on implied trusts and rights in the family home; Regency Villas Title Ltd v Diamond Resorts [2017] EWCA Civ 238 which has reviewed the definition of an easement; Smith v Molyneux [2016] UKPC 35 which revisits the law on consent to a licence in adverse possession cases and not least the interesting decision in Baker v Craggs [2018] EWCA 1126 which considers what constitutes a legal estate in land under s 2 Law of Property Act 1925. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138301054

Unlocking Learning and Teaching with ICTIdentifying and Overcoming Barriers By clearly identifying the barriers that can still exist to the successful integration of ICT in schools this book aims to suggest ways in which these barriers may be overcome. Current and past policy and practice is examined and where barriers are identified the book: provides suggested strategies for the removal of these barriers recommends how to avoid the obstacles in the first place includes action points and ideas to provide ways forward uses case studies and vignettes to focus on the positive benefits of ICT. Optimistic and forward-looking the book also explores how ICT when effectively used can help children learn and achieve to the best of their abilities. It is relevant for trainee and practising teachers ICT co-ordinators and school managers in all key stages. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138157736

Unlocking Legal Learning Unlocking Legal Learning is an essential textbook for undergraduate students new to legal study. By explaining the different fields of this intricate subject and helping you to develop the skills to engage with it successfully Unlocking Legal Learning will provide you with an essential foundation for your studies and future career. This third edition is fully up-to-date and incorporates new styles of assessment and learning resources.Support for your studies in Unlocking Legal Learning includes: Detailed information on how to succeed in mooting competitions coursework and dissertation assignments Numerous tips on how to take good notes and revise effectively for exams Advice on how to tackle problem-based questions and work well in groups Guidance on how to access and understand legal materials and references in print and online The Unlocking the Law series is designed to make the law accessible and covers all the core subjects required by the Bar Council and the Law Society for entry onto professional qualifications as well as popular option units. The website www.unlockingthelaw.co.uk provides additional resources such as multiple choice questions key questions and answers and revision mp3s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781444167863

Unlocking LiteracyA Guide for Teachers An edited collection describing key issues in supporting literacy development this book helps to 'unlock' the mysteries behind helping children learn to read write speak and listen. It explores ways to help children develop their skills in literacy thinking and learning and shows how literacy teaching can be used creatively and imaginatively with children of all ages and abilities. The new edition of this well-known text: reflects the importance of creativity and the new Primary Strategy offers approaches to teaching literacy that accord with and beyond the literacy hour includes coverage of the Foundation Stage curriculum in every chapter covers the inclusion agenda and supporting EAL pupils highlights the importance of popular culture and visual literacy in children's lives. Interweaving pedagogy with theory and practical suggestions this book is firmly based in classroom and academic research to support both trainee and practising teacher in the realities of teaching and learning in literacy. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138139329

Unlocking Mathematics Teaching Now in a fully updated second edition Unlocking Mathematics Teaching is a comprehensive guide to teaching mathematics in the primary school. Combining theory and practice selected experts outline the current context of mathematics education. They suggest strategies activities and examples to help develop readers understanding and confidence in delivering the curriculum. The book combines an accessible blend of subject knowledge and pedagogy and its key features include: Advice on teaching mathematics to high and low attainers; Guidance on teaching mental maths; Ideas for incorporating ICT; Guidance on assessment in mathematics education; Teaching problem solving; Numerical and non-numerical examples; Updated references taking into account the Williams Report. This book will be of interest to all primary education students and practising teachers looking to increase their confidence and effectiveness in delivering the mathematics curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415579285

Unlocking Medical Law and Ethics 2e Unlocking Medical Law and Ethics will help you grasp the main concepts of Medical Law with ease. Containing accessible explanations in clear and precise terms that are easy to understand it provides an excellent foundation for learning and revising. The information is clearly presented in a logical structure and the following features support learning helping you to advance with confidence: Clear learning outcomes at the beginning of each chapter set out the skills and knowledge you will need to get to grips with the subject Key Learning Points throughout each chapter allow you to progressively build and consolidate your understanding End-of-chapter summaries provide a useful check-list for each topic Cases and judgments are highlighted to help you find them and add them to your notes quickly Frequent activities and self-test questions are included so you can put your knowledge into practice Sample essay questions with annotated answers prepare you for assessment Glossary of legal terms clarifies important definitions This second edition has been updated to include discussion of recent changes and developments within the module such as updated case law including: Birmingham Children’s NHS Trust v B 2014 EWHC 531; NHS Foundation Trust v A 2014 EWHC 920; A NHS Trust v DE 2013 EWHC 2562; Re P-M (Parental Order: Payments to Surrogacy Agency) 2013 EWHC 2328; R v Catt (Sarah Louise) 2013 EWCA 1187 and Doogan v Greater Glasgow and Clyde Health Board and others 2013 CSIH 36. The books in the Unlocking the Law Series get straight to the point and offer clear and concise coverage of the law broken-down into bite-size sections with regular recaps to boost your confidence. They provide complete coverage of both core and popular optional law modules presented in an innovative visual format and are supported by a website which offers students a host of additional practice opportunities. Visit www.unlockingthelaw.co.uk for access to free study resources including multiple choice questions key questions and answers revision mp3s and cases and materials exercises. Series editors: Jacqueline Martin LLM has over ten years’ experience as a practising barrister and has taught law at all levels. Chris Turner LLM is Senior Lecturer in Law at Wolverhampton University and has taught law at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138015883

Unlocking Orthodoxies for Inclusive TheologiesQueer Alternatives This book enters a new liminal space between the LGBTQ and denominational Christian communities. It simultaneously explores how those who identify as queer can find a home in church and how those leading welcoming or indeed unwelcoming congregations can better serve both communities. The primary argument is that queer inclusion must not merely mean an assimilation into existing heteronormative respectability and approval. Chapters are written by a diverse collection of Asian Latin American and U.S. theologians religious studies scholars and activists. Each of them writes from their own social context to address the notion of LGBTQ alternative orthodoxies and praxes pertaining to God the saints failure of the church queer eschatologies and erotic economies. Engaging with issues that are not only faced by those in the theological academy but also by clergy and congregants the book addresses those impacted by a history of Christian hostility and violence who have become suspicious of attempts at "acceptance". It also sets out an encouragement for queer theologians and clergy think deeply about how they form communities where queer perspectives are proactively included. This is a forward-looking and positive vision of a more inclusive theology and ecclesiology. It will therefore appeal to scholars of Queer Theology and Religious Studies as well as practitioners seeking a fresh perspective on church and the LGBTQ community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367277413

Unlocking PoetryAn Inspirational Resource for Teaching GCSE Literature This helpful and accessible teacher resource offers over 800 innovative ways of studying the poetry which is prescribed for GCSE study. Unlocking Poetry not only provides poems in electronic format but also presents them in a variety of other forms which help students to undertake their own investigation and analysis including: sequencing and collapsed-text activities; a special approach called a Word Wall and cloze test activities; tools for annotating the poem using a data projector or interactive whiteboard; ideas for using the poems creatively with ICT or as an inspiration for original writing; a host of teaching tips and technical guidance which can be applied to any electronic text. Activities can serve as a workshop for innovative ideas with techniques for study that can easily be applied to other texts and can be shared filed and made available to many users simultaneously. The CD-ROM contains all the pre-1914 poems from the AQA Edexcel OCR and WJEC anthologies and is full of practical suggestions on how to approach individual poems. It will be an invaluable resource to Secondary school English Teachers and students on PGCEs and ITT courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415623131

Unlocking SME Finance in AsiaRoles of Credit Rating and Credit Guarantee Schemes There is limited access for small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) to bank credit. This book proposes new and sustainable models to help ease the access of SMEs to finance and boost economic growth and job creation in Asia. This book looks at the difficulties of SMEs in accessing finance and suggests ways on how to mitigate these challenges. It suggests how we can develop credit information infrastructures for SMEs to remedy the asymmetric information problem and to utilize credit rating techniques for the development of a sustainable credit guarantee scheme. The book provides illustrations of various Asian economies that implemented credit guarantee schemes and credit risk databases and is a useful reference for lessons and policy recommendations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138353428

Unlocking Speaking and ListeningDeveloping Spoken Language in the Primary Classroom Spoken Language is a key component of the primary national curriculum and is fundamental to children’s language development and learning. The need for teachers to develop talk in its own right and also use talk as a means of learning is central to effective primary practice. In the past Initial Teacher Education and CPD have focused on literacy (reading and writing) to the detriment of speaking and listening. However research strongly supports talk as fundamental to learning and teaching. It has also been identified as an area where teachers feel less confident. This fully updated third edition of Unlocking Speaking and Listening tackles key issues surrounding spoken language with rigour depth and a strong focus on research providing education professionals with clear practical strategies for engaging in purposeful talk while also celebrating children’s implicit understanding and love of the spoken word. Drawing on recent classroom research Unlocking Speaking and Listening considers what children and teachers need to know in order to develop as effective speakers and listeners. The book addresses: Planning and assessing talk Drama and storytelling Working with EAL children Developing talk in Science and Mathematics Special educational needs Using technology to enhance children’s communication Two new chapters on the importance of talk to underpin children’s reading development are also included. With contributions from experts in the field this vital and fully updated resource will help both trainee and practising primary teachers understand and promote the importance of speaking and listening as an effective tool for learning across the primary curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138292727

Unlocking Strategic InnovationCompetitive Success in a Disruptive Environment This new book explores how firms achieve competitive advantage in a disruptive digital and globalized business landscape. An integrative framework ‘The Four Rs of Competitive Success’ is introduced which covers the four core pillars of global strategy: resources and capabilities technology and innovation (recombination) internationalization and international markets (reach) and physical and virtual location (roots). It then explains how competitive advantage is achieved through an interaction of these four drivers against the backdrop of a globalized and digitized world. It is uniquely practical in its approach combining theoretical understanding with international case studies and real-life examples throughout each chapter including Apple IKEA and Microsoft. Unlocking Strategic Innovation is concise applied reading for postgraduate students studying international business corporate strategy innovation and digital strategy as well as academics in the field. It will also be important reading for practitioners looking to gain further understanding of how firms compete and flourish in a global and technology-driven environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367322502

Unlocking Sustained Innovation Success in Healthcare Outlining the critical need to apply innovation to reduce costs and improve efficiency in the healthcare industry Unlocking Sustained Innovation Success in Healthcare explains why innovation management is a must for all healthcare organizations. It describes how innovation when implemented as a strategy can yield sustainable success. This book is the first in a series that examines how ENOVALEâ„¢ innovation process management operates for a specific market group. The ENOVALE process integrates practical innovation management techniques and scholarly research. Supplying insights garnered through research conducted at the Project Impact Institute the authors present their own innovation process management technology that enables innovation to flow upward from individuals within your organization. They also detail a strategy for ensuring effective innovation process management and project success.The book demonstrates how the ENOVALE process is used and how it can provide for innovation success in the healthcare sector. Numerous examples of various healthcare businesses and practices illustrate the key principles and practices of the ENOVALE process.The book includes a chapter on leadership in the healthcare sector that demonstrates how to apply the methodologies discussed to achieve sustained success. It also includes a chapter on innovation and the individual that explains how companies organizations and non-profits can benefit from the ENOVALE approach.Describing how high-performing organizations can create a strategy and build a culture of innovation and learning the book includes extensive citations of authors in the field who add value and justification for the practices covered in the text. After reading the book you will gain an understanding of how to foster and apply the power of innovation to reduce costs while increasing the quality of care provided in your healthcare organization. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482239805

Unlocking the Business Environment The business environment is a fundamental subject in any Business Studies degree course. This new student-friendly book divides the subject into the internal and external environment and where relevant discusses the interface between the two. It is written with the outward-looking student in mind and as a result encourages readers to reflect on what they have read and to consolidate their learning through regular self-testing exercises and discussion points. The text contains highly relevant and 'household name' case studies ensuring that it is a highly topical and engaging book. Where organisational styles differ the authors put forward the pros and cons of different points of view ensuring that students have the information necessary to make up their own minds and develop management strategies of their own. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138456150

Unlocking the Emotional BrainEliminating Symptoms at Their Roots Using Memory Reconsolidation Psychotherapy that regularly yields liberating lasting change was in the last century a futuristic vision but it has now become reality thanks to a convergence of remarkable advances in clinical knowledge and brain science. In Unlocking the Emotional Brain authors Ecker Ticic and Hulley equip readers to carry out focused empathic therapy using the process found by researchers to induce memory reconsolidation the recently discovered and only known process for actually unlocking emotional memory at the synaptic level. Emotional memory's tenacity is the familiar bane of therapists and researchers have long believed that emotional memory forms indelible learning. Reconsolidation has overturned these views. It allows new learning to erase not just suppress the deep unconscious intensely problematic emotional learnings that form during childhood or in later tribulations and generate most of the symptoms that bring people to therapy. Readers will learn methods that precisely eliminate unwanted ingrained emotional responses—whether moods behaviors or thought patterns—causing no loss of ordinary narrative memory while restoring clients' well-being. Numerous case examples show the versatile use of this process in AEDP Coherence Therapy EFT EMDR and IPNB.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415897174

Unlocking the English Legal System Unlocking the English Legal System will help you grasp the main concepts of the legal system in England and Wales with ease. Containing accessible explanations in clear and precise terms that are easy to understand it provides an excellent foundation for learning and revising. This edition also contains four new chapters: on European Law and the English Legal System; Legal Reasoning; Alternative Dispute Resolution; and Legal Skills and Examination Preparation. In addition this edition considers the legal consequences of the UK’s decision to leave the EU or ‘Brexit’; the proposed Solicitors Qualifying Examination that will be introduced in 2021; the Lammy Review of Black Asian and Minority Ethnic (BAME) representation in the Criminal Justice System; and the proposals for a new Online Court in the civil justice system. The books in the Unlocking the Law Series get straight to the point and offer clear and concise coverage of the law broken-down into bite-size sections with regular recaps to boost your confidence. They provide complete coverage of both core and popular optional law modules presented in an innovative visual format. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367277475

Unlocking the PastThe Impact of Access to Barnardo's Childcare Records Published in 1999 this text explores the impact of access to child care records specifically upon adults who grew up in the care of Barnardo's. Most of the adults studied had reached their middle years with little or no knowledge of their family background or reasons for admission to care. The book researches the links between quality of care in childhood and the intensity of "need to know" about origins in later life. It looks at the complex process of assimilating information and the need for such information to be imparted with skillful judgement and sensitivity. The implications for service provision for those seeking access to their records is highlighted as well as for current child care practitioners. Requests for access to care records at Barnardo's have grown from around 1500 a year prior to 1995 to several thousand in one month alone following media publicity about the opening up of Barnardo's records. Other organizations are just beginning to recognize the growing demands for this service. This text aims to use these studies to examine the impact particularly upon sense of identity of ignorance about one's origins and the effects of acquiring such information later in life Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138352490

Unlocking the Poetry of W. B. YeatsHeart Mysteries Unlocking the Poetry of W.B. Yeats undertakes a thorough re-reading of Yeats' oeuvre as an extended meditation on the image and theme of the heart as it is evident within the poetry. It places the heart at the centre of a complex web of Yeatsian preoccupations and associations—from the biographical to the poetic and philosophical to the mythological and mystical. In particular the book seeks to unlock Yeats’ mystifying aesthetic vision via his understanding of the ancient Egyptian "Weighing of the Heart" ceremony. The work provides a chronological narrative arc that looks to use the theme of the heart as it recurs in the poetry in order to circumvent and overcome more established frameworks. Its purpose is to offer refreshing ways of conceptualizing and building alternatives to more deeply entrenched but not entirely satisfactory arguments that have been offered since Yeats' death in 1939 while demonstrating the centrality of the occult to Yeats' art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666439

Unlocking the WorldEducation in an Ethic of Hospitality "Unlocking the World "proposes hospitality as a guiding ethic for education. Based on the work of Jacques Derrida it suggests that giving place to children and newcomers is at the heart of education. The primary responsibility of the host is not to assimilate newcomers into tradition but rather to create or leave a place where they may arrive. Hospitality as a guiding ethic for education is discussed in its many facets including the decentered conception of subjectivity on which it relies the way it casts the relation between teacher and student and its conception of curriculum as an inheritance that asks for a critical reception. The book examines the relation between an ethic of hospitality and the educational contexts in which it would guide practice. Since these contexts are marked by gender culture and language it asks how such differences affect enactments of hospitality. Since hospitality typically involves a power difference between host and guest the book addresses how an ethic of hospitality accounts for power whether it is appropriate for educational contexts marked by colonialism and how it might guide education aimed at social justice." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612057811

Unlocking Torts Tort law is a core element of every law degree in England and Wales. Unlocking Torts will ensure you grasp the main concepts with ease. This book explains in detailed yet straightforward terms: Negligence and negligence related torts including occupiers' liability and employers' liability; Land based torts such as trespass nuisance and Rylands v Fletcher; Trespass to the person; Defamation and other torts relating to reputation; Economic torts breach of a statutory duty vicarious liability defences and remedies. The fifth edition is fully up to date with key case law including the recent decision of Robinson v Chief Constable of West Yorkshire Police [2018] UKSC and Darnley v Croydon Health Services NHS Trust [2018] UKSC 50 amongst others. The Unlocking the Law series is designed specifically to make the law accessible. Each chapter opens with a list of aims and objectives and contains diagrams to aid learning. Cases and judgments are prominently displayed as are primary source quotations. Summaries help check your understanding of each chapter there is a glossary of legal terminology. New features include problem questions with guidance on answering as well as essay questions and answer plans plus cases and materials exercises. All titles in the series follow the same formula and include the same features so students can move easily from one subject to another. The series covers all the core subjects required by the Bar Council and the Law Society for entry onto professional qualifications as well as popular option units. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138036505

Unlocking Torts Tort law is a core element of every law degree in England and Wales. Unlocking Torts will ensure you grasp the main concepts with ease. This book explains in detailed yet straightforward terms: Negligence and negligence related torts including occupiers' liability and employers' liability Land based torts such as trespass nuisance and Rylands v Fletcher Liability for animals Torts relating to goods Trespass to the person Defamation and other torts relating to reputation Economic torts breach of a statutory duty vicarious liability defences and remedies The fourth edition is fully up to date with the major recent cases including major developments in vicarious liability. It also includes changes after the Defamation Act 2013. The Unlocking the Law series is designed specifically to make the law accessible. Each chapter opens with a list of aims and objectives contains activities such as quick quizzes and self-test questions key facts charts to consolidate your knowledge and diagrams to aid learning. Cases and judgments are prominently displayed as are primary source quotations. Summaries help check your understanding of each chapter there is a glossary of legal terminology. New features include problem questions with guidance on answering as well as essay questions and answer plans plus cases and materials exercises. All titles in the series follow the same formula and include the same features so students can move easily from one subject to another. The series covers all the core subjects required by the Bar Council and the Law Society for entry onto professional qualifications as well as popular option units. The series website www.unlockingthelaw.co.uk provides free resources such as multiple choice questions key questions and answers revision mp3s and cases and materials exercises. Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138465114

Unlocking WritingA Guide for Teachers The underpinning theme of this book is how children develop as writers and how self-awareness raises achievement. It offers creative approaches to increasing pupil motivation and performance by involving amongst other things Drama and ICT. The contributors offer practical advice on ways to meet the needs of boys able children SEN pupils and those learning English as an additional language; how to plan effective lessons; how to be flexible within the framework of the NLS; and the role of assessment and how it contributes to self-understanding. Central to all classroom practitioners and students this innovative book improves general understanding of the process related to composition and transcription and helps to raise the standards of writing in all classrooms. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138181151

Un-making Environmental ActivismBeyond Modern/Colonial Binaries in the GMO Controversy Much environmental activism is caught in a logic that plays science against emotion objective evidence against partisan aims and human interest against a nature that has intrinsic value. Radical activists by contrast play down the role of science in determining environmental politics but read their solutions to environmental problems off fixed theories of domination and oppression. Both of these approaches are based in a modern epistemology grounded in the fundamental dichotomy between the human and the natural. This binary has historically come about through the colonial oppression of other non-Western and often non-binary ways of knowing nature and living in the world. There is an urgent need for a different decolonised environmental activist strategy that moves away from this epistemology recognises its colonial heritage and finds a different ground for environmental beliefs and politics. This book analyses the arguments and practices of anti-GMO activists at three different sites – the site of science the site of the Bt cotton controversy in India and the site of global environmental protest – to show how we can move beyond modern/colonial binaries. It will do so in dialogue with Gilles Deleuze Bruno Latour María Lugones and Gayatri C. Spivak as well as a broader range of postcolonial and decolonial bodies of thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875800

Unmanned Aerial Remote SensingUAS for Environmental Applications Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UASs) are a rapidly evolving technology with an expanding array of diverse applications. In response to the continuing evolution of this technology this book discusses UAVs and similar systems platforms and sensors as well as exploring some of their environmental applications. It explains how they can be used for mapping monitoring and modelling a wide variety of different environmental aspects and at the same time addresses some of the current constraints placed on realising the potential use of the technology such as flight duration and distance safety and the invasion of privacy. Unmanned Aerial Remote Sensing: UAS for Environmental Applications is an excellent resource for any practitioner utilising remote sensing and other geospatial technologies for environmental applications such as conservation research and planning. Students and academics in information science environment and natural resources geosciences and geography will likewise find this comprehensive book a useful and informative resource. Features Provides necessary theoretical foundations for pertinent subject matter areas Introduces the role and value of UAVs for geographical data acquisition and the ways to acquire and process the data Provides a synthesis of ongoing research and a focus on the use of technology for small-scale image and spatial data acquisition in an environmental context Written by experts of the technology who bring together UAS tools and resources for environmental specialists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482246070

Unmanned Aerial Vehicle Systems in Crop ProductionA Compendium This volume responds to the growing interest in adopting aerial robots (UAVs or drones) for agricultural crop production which are revolutionizing farming methods worldwide. The book provides a detailed review of 250 UAVs that examines their usefulness in enhancing profitability yield and quality of crop production. Recent trends indicate an increase in agricultural drone production and use. Millions of dollars have been invested in start-ups that produce agro-drones in the past several years. North America Europe China and the Far East have excelled in offering a large number of UAV models. Some of them are versatile a few are specific and many of them are low cost. With so many drone models (over 1200) available how do farmers and agricultural specialists choose the models best for them? This compendium examines the most useful drones and provides the pertinent details about each drone its producer cost incurred and its pros and cons. It covers their technical specifications suitability for various purposes previous performances in farms and possible benefits to farmers. It covers fixed-wing drones fixed-winged (hybrid) VTOL helicopters multi-copters tilted-wing drones etc. The book includes a few drones meant more for military or other purposes (e.g. recreation/fun) but that could be easily modified and adapted for the farming sector. The reviews compare activities among the UAVs such aerial imagery of crops ability to provide spectral analyses to collect useful data about a crop’s growth patterns and how they can be used to gauge crop canopy temperature (i.e. water stress index) determine grain maturity and much more. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887564

Unmanned and Autonomous ShipsAn Overview of MASS Unmanned ships and autonomous ships are quickly becoming a reality making shipping safer and more efficient. However traditional tasks and functions are becoming blurred as new technology changes how the unique needs of different sectors are met. In addition to large vessels dedicated to the transport of goods and cargos across the oceans major efforts are underway towards the automation of small coastal shipping that includes ferries tugboats supply and service vessels and barges. Automated vehicles are also replacing conventional ships for inspecting and servicing pipelines drilling platforms wind farms and other offshore installations. Automated shipping is explored in terms of economics technology safety and the environment under the broad themes of ship design and engineering command and control navigation communications security regulatory issues and training. This includes initiatives for autonomous shipping as well as civilian implications of military ship automation programs. This book is primarily for maritime professionals regulatory authorities insurers and environmental groups. It also suits undergraduate students involved in deck officer training and graduate students and academics involved in research in ship design operations and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138324886

UnmarkedThe Politics of Performance Unmarked is a controversial analysis of the fraught relation between political and representational visibility in contemporary culture. Written from and for the Left Unmarked rethinks the claims of visibility politics through a feminist psychoanalytic examination of specific performance texts - including photography painting film theatre and anti-abortion demonstrations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138456945

Unmarried Women in JapanThe drift into singlehood Yoshida addresses the common misconceptions of single never-married women and aims to uncover the major social and cultural factors contributing to this phenomenon in Japan. Based on interviews with married and never-married women aged 25-46 she argues that the increasing rate of female singlehood is largely due to structural barriers and a culture that has failed to keep up with economic changes. Here is an academic book that is also reader-friendly to the general audience it presents evidence from the interview transcripts in rich detail as well as insightful analysis. Important sociological concepts and theories are also briefly explained to guide student readers in making connections. Thus this book not only serves to enlighten readers on current issues in Japan – it also provides sociological perspectives on contemporary gender inequality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138604704

Unmasking Administrative Evil The relationship between evil and public affairs as well as other fields and professions in public life has come to the fore as institutions of government seek new ways to operate in an environment of extreme mistrust. Unmasking Administrative Evil 5th Edition argues that the tendency toward administrative evil as manifested in acts of dehumanization and genocide is deeply woven into the identity of public affairs. Indeed ordinary people may simply act appropriately in their organizational role—in essence just doing what those around them would agree they should be doing—and at the same time participate in what a critical and reasonable observer usually well after the fact would call evil. Even worse under conditions of moral inversion ordinary people can all too easily engage in acts of administrative evil while believing that what they are doing is not only correct but in fact good. This 5th edition offers important updates including: A thorough discussion of contemporary virtue ethics as the field has evolved to offer an alternative to technical/rational ethics. An all-new three-part structure (What is Administrative Evil? History and Cases and The Future of Ethics in Praetorian Times) designed to aid in course organization and instruction. All-new cases including an examination of the Flint water disaster to provide contemporary examples of how populations can be marginalized and harmed by administrative processes that are blind to their consequences until it is too late. Laying the groundwork for a more ethical and democratic public life – one that recognizes its potential for evil and avoids state-sponsored dehumanization and destruction – Unmasking Administrative Evil 5th Edition is required reading for all students of administrative ethics and public service ethics as well those in other administrative sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362093

Unmasking Irresponsible LeadershipCurriculum Development in 21st-Century Management Education This book is unique given its scholarly angle in unmasking irresponsible leadership (IL) by focusing on its meaning. For the first time the concept of irresponsible leadership (IL) is explored in depth the plethora of terms used in various disciplines is synthesised and the ped-andragogy of teaching IL as a threshold concept of responsible leadership (RL) is discussed. The methodological approach adopted is creative and sound. Following the call for business schools to do more in developing responsible leadership curriculum the book is the first of its kind devoted to advocating a radical change in the management curriculum. It draws attention to the essence of developing a shared in-depth understanding of IL by addressing the misconceptions of theories and issues that have contributed to the epidemic corporate scandals worldwide. The authors provide a suite of reflective/reflexive tools for RL learning and development including the first IL definitional framework useful for understanding IL perspectives. In addition the book is the first to introduce the ILRL board game which increases the learner’s flow state. Thus the book highlights how various tools can be useful for engagement and understanding curricula and ped-andragogical issues vis-à-vis corporate leadership practices and sustainability in turbulent times. Our targeted audience: Academic researchers final year undergraduates and postgraduate (including Executive MBA) students and Higher Education Curricula developers/designers. The book provides many benefits some of which include: Pertinent answers to important questions about responsible leadership and curriculum development; sophistication of qualitative research in management studies; in-depth understanding of irresponsible leadership from a cross-disciplinary perspective; support for leadership employability endeavours and equipping students with in-depth understanding of RL; assisting with developing reflective and reflexive practice; and in terms of ped-andragogy encouraging innovation and creativity in teaching IL as a threshold concept of RL to reduce unnecessary management curricula bias. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367367572

Unmasking Masculinity (Routledge Revivals)A Critical Autobiography In this detailed investigation of ‘masculine’ gendered identity first published in 1990 David Jackson uses his own personal history to look at the specific ways in which men become ‘masculine’. In doing so he examines but also offers some positive challenges to the assumed qualities and values of growing up ‘manly’. Jackson looks closely at the psychological and social forces active in his own development: relations with his father violence at school male banter and joking sporting activities boys’ comics and sexual relations. The title is a deliberate blend between life story and critical commentary that makes use of some areas of post-structuralist theory to make visible the social and emotional processes that contribute to one man’s life history. With an innovative theoretical approach this reissue will be of particular value to those interested in the social psychological and cultural forces that have gone into the historical shaping of men and masculinities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138808713

Unmasking Race Culture and Attachment in the Psychoanalytic Space Drawn from the John Bowlby Memorial Conference the theme of this book addresses the often hidden and ignored subject of attachment race and culture. Can our individual narratives in relation to race culture and attachment be unmasked in the therapeutic dyad to reveal our human connectedness? The contributors explore how the conscious and unconsc Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328245

Unmasking Theatre Design: A Designer's Guide to Finding Inspiration and Cultivating Creativity Every great design has its beginnings in a great idea whether your medium of choice is scenery costume lighting sound or projections. Unmasking Theatre Design shows you how to cultivate creative thinking skills through every step of theatre design - from the first play reading to the finished design presentation. This book reveals how creative designers think in order to create unique and appropriate works for individual productions and will teach you how to comprehend the nature of the design task at hand gather inspiration generate potential ideas for a new design and develop a finished look through renderings and models. The exercises presented in this book demystify the design process by providing you with specific actions that will help you get on track toward fully-formed designs. Revealing the inner workings of the design process both theoretically and practically Unmasking Theatre Design will jumpstart the creative processes of designers at all levels from student to professionals as you construct new production designs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415738415

Unmeltable EthnicsPolitics and Culture in American Life This new enlarged edition of an influential book originally published in 1972 as The Rise of the Unmeltable Ethnicsextends the author's wise and generous view of ethnicity. Its aim "is to raise consciousness about a crucial part of the American experience: to involve each reader in self-inquiry. Who after all are you? What history brought you to where you are? Why are you different from others?" But the point of such inquiry is civility: "The new ethnic consciousness embodied in this book delights in recognition of subtle differences in the movements of the soul. It is not a call to separatism but to self-consciousness. It does not seek division but rather accurate mutual appreciation."This new edition contains six new essays by the author including the acclaimed "Pluralism: A Humanistic Perspective." New too is Novak's comprehensive introduction bringing the argument up to date. Novak describes how and why ethnicity has become a prominent issue in American politics. He also sharply denounces the current ideology of "multiculturalism" as a disfiguration of genuine ethnicity. "Multiculturalism is moved by the eros of Narcissus" Novak writes "the new ethnicity is driven by the eros of unrestricted understanding."When the book first appeared Time said that "Novak has attacked the American Dream in order to open up a possible second chapter for it." Newsweek called it "a tough-minded provocative book which could well signal an important change in American politics."This new edition adds crucial distinctions for those seeking an intelligent path through such current-day mystifications as "multiculturalism" and "diversity." Twenty-five years ago Novak's argument led the way in focusing on families neighborhoods and other "mediating institutions" of civil society. It is an argument critical to a realistic sense of national community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540101

Unnatural Deaths in the U.S.S.R. This astonishing and sobering account of government- and war-induced civilian deaths in the Soviet Union calculates that Soviet loss of life between 1928 and 1954 was far higher than Western ex-perts have ever believed. Applying mathematical techniques to Soviet demographic statistics Dyadkin shows that Stalinist repres-sion and World War II must have taken the lives of between 43 and 52 million Soviet citizens.In the first period 1929-36 one of collectivization Stalin control-led and eliminated classes; during the Great Purge of 1937-38 mil-lions of Communist party members and bureaucrats were executed and then the purge extended into the Red Army. Dyadkin shows that World War II took close to 30 million lives and that during 1950-53 another 450 000 died in prison camps. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540118

Unnatural Narrative across BordersTransnational and Comparative Perspectives This book actively engages with current discussion of narratology and unnatural narrative theory in particular. Unsatisfied with the hegemony of European and Anglo-American narrative theory it calls for a transnational and comparative turn in unnatural narrative theory the purpose of which is to draw readers’ attention to those periphery and marginalized narratives produced in places other than England and America. It places equal weight on theoretical exploration and critical practice. The book in addition to offering a detailed account of current scholarship of unnatural narratology examines its core issues and critical debates as well as outlining a set of directions for its future development. To present a counterpart of Western unnatural narrative studies this book specifically takes a close look at the experimental narratives in China and Iraq either synchronically or diachronically. In doing so it aims on the one hand to show how the unnatural narratives are written and to be explained differently from those Western unnatural narrative works and on the other hand to use the particular cases to challenge the existing narratological framework so as to further enrich and supplement it. The book will be useful and inspiring to those scholars working in such broad fields as narrative theory literary criticism cultural studies semiotics media studies and comparative literature and world literature studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138311305

Unnatural SelectionThe Challenges of Engineering Tomorrow's People With ever-advancing scientific understanding and technological capabilities humanity stands on the brink of the potential next stage of evolution: evolution engineered by us. Nanotechnology biotechnology information technology and cognitive science offer the possibility to enhance human performance lengthen life-span and reshape our inherited physical cognitive and emotional identities. But with this promise come huge risks complex choices and fundamental ethical questions: about evolution; about what it is to be human; and about control over and the distribution of benefits from new technology. Written by a range of experts in science technology bioethics and social science Unnatural Selection examines the range of technological innovations offering lives that purport to be longer stronger smarter and happier and asks whether their introduction is likely to lead to more fulfilled individuals and a fairer world. The breadth of approaches and perspectives make important reading for anyone who cares about the implications of humanity engineering its own evolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138002081

Unnatural StatesThe International System and the Power to Change Unnatural States is a radical critique of international theory in particular of the assumption of state agency that states act in the world in their own right. Peter Lomas argues that since the universal states system is inequitable and rigid and not all states are democracies anyway this assumption is unreal and to adopt it means reinforcing an unjust status quo.Looking at the concepts of state nation and agency Lomas sees populations struggling to find an agreed model of the state owing to inherited material differences; and unsurprisingly among theorists of the nation only controversy and a great confusion of terms. Meanwhile the functional incarnations of the state agent are caricatures: the mandarin state the lawyer state the landlord state the heir-to-history state and the patriot state. Yet recent developments in international theory (constructivism scientific realism postmodernism) sacrifice state agency only at the price of an unhelpful abstraction.The states system is dysfunctional and obsolete Lomas contends and international theory must be recast with morality as central to inspire and to guide historic change. He focuses in his conclusion on prescriptions for change led by four moral concerns: human rights weapons of mass destruction relations between rich and poor societies and the environment."I begin this book " writes Lomas "with the commonest commonplace of international theory to expose it as a meaningless cliche. In the masterly hands of Hobbes it was elaborated into a shock formula for organized society a reading of history as civilization's failure. Kant sought to rescue morality from Hobbes and create the structures of modernity but Kant's influence is coming to an end. In the Cold War politicians disagreeing over another philosopher almost brought the world to an end. Hence the challenges of our time. These are primary and profound. Philosophers have done much to define the modern world. The point of international theory is to change it." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517653

Unnoticed in the Casual Light of DayPhillip Larkin and the Plain Style Larkin's poems are often regarded as falling somewhere between the traditional 'plain' and the more contemporary 'postmodern' categories. This study undertakes a comprehensive linguistic and historical study of the plain style tradition in poetry its relationship with so-called 'difficult' poetry and its particular realization in the cultural and historical context of 20th-century Britain. The author examines the nature of poetry as a type of discourse the elements of and factors in the development of literary styles a close rhetorical examination of Larkin's poems within the described poetic frameworks and his position in the British twentieth-century poetic canon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138833302

Unofficial ChinaPopular Culture And Thought In The People's Republic This book presents a view of social life in China and discusses different methods for studying contemporary China as a tool for introducing students to the study of popular culture. Through a diverse set of case studies it introduces readers to a wide range of issues facing Chinese society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215392

Unorthodox Strategies For The Everyday WarriorAncient Wisdom For The Modern Competitor This is a handbook of tactics based on the ancient Chinese military classics. This unique work draws on over two thousand years of experience of warfare to present a distillation of a hundred key strategic principles applicable to modern life including business and human relations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429270086

Unorthodox Ways to Think the CityRepresentations Constructions Dynamics This book argues that architecture and the city and their processes can be better understood by drawing categories from disciplines that exceed the architectural and urban cultural context. It performs an open intellectual reading that traverses architecture and architectural theory but also art theory and history cartography philosophy literature and cultural studies to unfold a series of ‘figures’ that are ambiguously placed between the representation and the construction of space in architecture and the city. The paradigm and philosophy the island and the city the map and representation the model and making and the questioning of form performed by dust are explored beyond their definition as processes that differently make space between architecture and the city and are proposed as unorthodox analytic techniques to decipher contemporary spatial complexity. The book analyses how these ‘figures’ have been employed at different times and in different creative disciplines beyond architecture and in relation to changing notions of space and traces the role that they have played in the shift towards the dynamic that has taken place in contemporary theory and design research. What emerges is the idea of an ‘architecture of the city’ that is not only physical but is largely defined by the way in which its physical spaces are regulated lived and perceived but also imagined and projected. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664084

Unpacking Complexity in Informational TextsPrinciples and Practices for Grades 2-8 To acquire content knowledge through reading students must understand the complex components and diverse purposes of informational texts as emphasized in the Common Core State Standards (CCSS). This practical book illuminates the ways in which a text's purpose structure details connective language and construction of themes combine to create meaning. Classroom-tested instructional recommendations and "kid-friendly" explanations guide teachers in helping students to identify and understand the role of these elements in different types of informational texts. Numerous student work samples excerpts from exemplary books and articles and a Study Guide with discussion questions and activities for professional learning add to the book's utility. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462518500

Unpacking IKEASwedish Design for the Purchasing Masses This book represents the first anthropological ethnography of Ikea consumption and goes to the heart of understanding the unique and at times frantic popularity of this one iconic transnational store. Based on a year of participant observation in Stockholm’s Kungens Kurva store – the largest in the world - this book places the retailer squarely within the realm of the home-building efforts of individuals in Stockholm and to a lesser degree in Dublin. Ikea the world’s largest retailer and one of its most interesting is the focus of intense popular fascination internationally yet is rarely subject to in-depth anthropological inquiry. In Unpacking Ikea Garvey explores why Ikea is never ‘just a store’ for its customers and questions why it is described in terms of a cultural package as everyday and classless. Using in-depth interviews with householders over several years this ethnographic study follows the furniture from the Ikea store outwards to probe what people actually take home with them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815393955

Unpacking your Learning TargetsAligning Student Learning to Standards This accessible resource assists teachers instructional coaches principals and curricular leaders to adopt a simple straightforward framework that allows educators to seamlessly align high quality learning targets with specific standards. Full of examples across grade levels and subjects this useful book helps educators deepen their understanding of content and design more efficient lessons that will aid student learning and readiness. Unpacking Your Learning Targets is a guide into a deeper understanding of creating and designing learning targets that foster student learning and success for all. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367465940

Unpathed WatersStudies in the Influence of the Voyages on Elizabethan Literature First Published in 1968. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986558

Unpicking GenderThe Social Construction of Gender in the Lancashire Cotton Weaving Industry 1880-1914 The Lancashire cotton industry doubtless counts among the most thoroughly researched industries in Britain. Cotton processing has attracted attention both as the pioneer of industrialization and the harbinger of industrial decline in many ways typifying the development of the British economy from unchallenged global leader to the demise of large sectors of its manufacturing industry. Yet among the spate of book and articles published about the industry there is a conspicuous lacuna. Gender though rarely addressed specifically permeates the industry's historiography nonetheless. This study tackles head-on the notion of gender within the cotton industry during the period 1880-1914 not so much to trace its effects on the industry itself but instead concentrating on the ways gender radicalized particularly the female workers in the Lancashire mills. In so doing it promotes the view that it was women weavers' experience of the way in which gender inequality in the labour process clashed with varying degrees of inequality in the other spheres of their lives that caused many of them to organize for the franchise. Their experience of equality in the labour process both sensitized them to inequality elsewhere and empowered them to fight against it by showing it to be a product of society rather than nature. 'Drawing on the examples provided by disenfranchized working-class men and middle-class women alike they accounted for inequality in terms of their exclusion from the polity. In the process of holding their own against male co-workers supervisory staff employers labour activists politicians and even many middle-class women they evolved their own version of working-class femininity which differed in important ways from the female domesticity that had a vibrant existence in labour rhetoric but rarely beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138623804

Unplugging Popular CultureReconsidering Analog Technology Materiality and the “Digital Native" Unplugging Popular Culture showcases youth and young adult characters from film and television who defy the stereotype of the "digital native" who acts as an unquestioning devotee to screened technologies like the smartphone. In this study unplugged tools or non-digital tools do not necessitate a ban on technology or a refusal to acknowledge its affordances but work instead to highlight the ability of fictional characters to move from high tech settings to low tech ones. By repurposing everyday materials characters model the process of reusing and upcycling existing materials in innovative ways. In studying examples such as Pitch Perfect Supernatural Stranger Things and Get Out the book aims to make theories surrounding materiality apparent within popular culture and to help today’s readers reconsider stereotypes of the young people they encounter on a daily basis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663711

Unplugging the CityThe Urban Phenomenon and its Sociotechnical Controversies Modernity has entrusted technology with such power that it is treated as an autonomous entity with its own manners and morals. Technological disruptions are also socially disruptive: technological failures reveal both the constituents of the technology itself and the social fabric woven by this technology. Cities are the quintessential technological arrangement not only materially but also as a conceptual framework: the ubiquity of technology makes us think and plan cities mostly in terms of technological arrangements. Unplugging the City: The Urban Phenomenon and its Sociotechnical Controversies proposes a conceptual and methodological framework for analyzing certain urban phenomena as a technological assemblage. It demonstrates through multiple case studies the sociotechnical complexities involved in the stabilization and disruption of urban technological arrangements. Examples range from the urban phantasmagorias portrayed in science-fiction movies to the urban proposals of Brasilia and Masdar from the book of bike-sharing systems to pervasive global surveillance systems. Written by Fábio Duarte and Rodrigo Firmino based on their original research and publications this is an essential resource for those interested in the theory and study of technology and its inextricable influence on the city. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367331795

Unpopular EducationSchooling and Social Democracy in England since 1944 Published in the year 2006 Unpopular Education is a valuable contribution to the field of Media and Cultural Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654708

Unpopular Essays In this volume of essays Bertrand Russell is concerned to combat in one way or another the growth of dogmatism whether of the Right or of the Left which has hitherto characterised our tragic century. This serious purpose inspires them even if at times they seem flippant; for those who are solemn and pontifical. In subject they range from Philosophy for the Layman The Functions of a Teacher and The Future of Mankind to an Outline of Intellectual Rubbish Ideas that have helped Mankind and Ideas that have Harmed Mankind. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203754269

Unpopular Essays A classic collection of Bertrand Russell’s more controversial works reaffirming his staunch liberal values Unpopular Essays is one of Russell’s most characteristic and self-revealing books. Written to "combat… the growth in Dogmatism" on first publication in 1950 it met with critical acclaim and a wide readership and has since become one of his most accessible and popular books. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138170810

Unproductive Labour in Political EconomyThe History of an Idea Contemporary mainstream economists see social wealth as the sum of individual incomes but for three centuries many economists saw wealth as consisting of the public and private resources of a nation. This led them to explore the idea of unproductive labour which provides a nation with an individual income but does not contribute to an increase in social wealth or help to foster development.This book analyses the evolution of ideas surrounding unproductive labour offering an unprecedented history that guides readers from the work of Petty through to the present economic crisis. This volume explores the work of several key scholars including Smith Petty Marx Ricardo Mill Say and Schumpeter.This book is suitable for scholars and researchers with an interest in the history of economic thought labour economics and economic philosophy. Winner of the 2019 Ernest Lluch Prize from the Spanish Association of Economic History Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666446

Unpublished Works of Lytton Strachey A core member of the Bloomsbury Group Lytton Strachey (1880–1932) is recognized for his radical influence on the new school of psychological biography. This volume collects for the first time Strachey’s previously unpublished essays dialogues and stories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118157

Unquiet PastsRisk Society Lived Cultural Heritage Re-designing Reflexivity This important book addresses critical themes in the development of archaeology as a reflexive self-critical discipline in the modern world. It explores the ethical political and cultural tensions and responsibilities which need to be addressed by archaeologists when working within networks of global ecologies and communities examining how authoritarian traditions can exacerbate the divide between expert and public knowledge. Moreover it analyses how localized acts of archaeology relate to changing conceptions of risk heritage culture identity and conflict. Bringing insights from Alain Schnapp Michael Shanks Isabelle Stengers Bruno Latour Ulrich Beck John Urry and others to cross-disciplinary discussions of these themes Unquiet Pasts shows how archaeological discourse can contribute towards engaging and understanding current dilemmas. It also shows how archaeology as a localized and responsibly exercised practice can play a part in building our commonly shared and experienced world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278479

Unraveling the Crime-Place Connection Volume 22New Directions in Theory and Policy Unraveling the Crime-Place Connection examines in a new light how places enhance our understanding of crime and its control. While there has been much work in this area focused on policy few have examined the underlying theories that inform this work. Theory has played a secondary role in the "criminology of place " and this volume brings it to the forefront of scholarly concerns. Each part and its chapters illuminate cutting-edge ideas in the etiology and control of crime at place beginning with an introductory Part I. Crime is often concentrated in very small geographies and Part II emphasizes the importance of capturing the dynamic nature of places in order to understand crime clustering. Part III offers integrative theories on the varying contextual arrangements of places and links theories of places to other theories of individuals neighborhoods and other social contexts. In Part IV theorists ask how the actions of place owners facilitate or control crime and what policies governments can institute to regulate place management. This volume will be of interest to criminologists worldwide and useful for graduate-level or advanced undergraduate courses on environmental criminology or crime prevention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367254810

Unraveling The RightThe New Conservatism In American Thought And Politics Viewing the modern right as more than a passing fad for state-anxious individuals Amy Ansell and the contributors in this volume treat the current conservative movement as an important effort to contextualize and rearticulate the truths taken for granted in the American liberal tradition.Each author in this volume provides a contribution to an alt Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313791

Unravelling Liberal InterventionismLocal Critiques of Statebuilding in Kosovo Despite calls for the decolonisation of knowledge scholars who come from conflict-affected societies remained marginalised excluded from the examination of the politics and impacts of liberal interventionism. This edited volume gives local scholars a platform from which they critically examine different aspects of liberal interventionism and statebuilding in Kosovo. Drawing on situational epistemologies and grounded approaches the chapters in this book interrogate a wide range of themes including: the politics of local resistance; the uneven relationship between international statebuilders and local subjects; faking of local ownership of security sector reform and the rule of law; heuristic and practical limits of interventionism as well as the subjugated voices in statebuilding process such as minorities and women. The book finds that the local is not antidote to the liberal and that local perspectives are not monolithic. Yet local critiques of statebuilding do not seek to generate replicable knowledge; rather they prefer generating situational and context-specific knowledge be that to resolve problems or uncover the unresolved problems. The book seeks to contribute to critical peace and conflict studies by (re)turning the local turn to local scholars who come from conflict-affected societies and who have themselves experienced the transition from war to peace. This book is essential reading for students and scholars of peace- and state-building conflict studies and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730659

Unravelling Sustainability and Resilience in the Built Environment In this timely book Emilio Jose Garcia and Brenda Vale explore what sustainability and resilience might mean when applied to the built environment. Conceived as a primer for students and professionals it defines what the terms sustainability and resilience mean and how they are related to each other and to the design of the built environment. After discussion of the origins of the terms these definitions are then compared and applied to case studies including Whitehill and Bordon UK Tianjin Eco-city China and San Miguel de Tucuman Argentina which highlight the principles of both concepts. Essentially the authors champion the case that sustainability in the built environment would benefit from a proper understanding of resilience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138644045

Unravelling the algaethe past present and future of algal systematics Acting as titans in global control of the biosphere and colonizing virtually all corners of the earth algae extremely diverse and numerous oxygenic photosynthetic organisms can be major players in and drivers of environmental change. For hundreds of years since their evolutionary origins by endosymbiosis when a protozoan enslaved a cyanobacterium fascinated scientists strove to uncover the mysteries of their diversity interactions taxonomy and classification. Today new molecular tools and technologies like chromatography and genetic fingerprinting reveal the innermost secrets of algal ancestry and phylogeny and open new possibilities to answering age-old questions. Unravelling the algae: the past present and future of algal systematics brings together the most respected minds in the field to review the state-of-the-science and assess the impact of molecular tools on the taxonomy of algal groups. Emphasizing that a range of traditional and molecular approaches are required along with other techniques such as transmission electron microscopy to support full interpretation of the data the book discusses the extent to which these tools broaden our understanding of the immense diversity of algae and revolutionize ideas of taxonomy and classification. Divided into three parts the book introduces the very latest ideas on the evolution of algae and the concept of classification and illustrates contrasting viewpoints. The second section addresses systematics and covers virtually all algal groups ranging from microalgae to ultraplankton with individual chapters devoted to each. The final section explores the impact of genomics on algal systematics and concludes with a discussion of future directions for research. As the most up-to-date authoritative source for classifying algae this bookprovides unparalleled access to the encyclopedic information revealed by the use of the latest in molecular tools. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367388195

Unravelling the Credit Crunch Fascinating Insight into How the Financial System Works and How the Credit Crisis AroseClearly supplies details vital to understanding the crisis Unravelling the Credit Crunch provides a clearly written comprehensive account of the current credit crisis that is easily understandable to non-specialists. It explains how the financial system was drawn into the crunch and the issues that need to be addressed to prevent further disasters. To enable an understanding of the credit crunch the author first examines the rules that constrain how financial institutions operate. He discusses how these institutions do business what products were central to the development of the crunch and how they behave. He thoroughly describes how financial institutions raise money and the legal and regulatory frameworks under which they operate. After exploring how the system works the book illustrates how to change the rules to make financial disasters less likely. Focusing on the rules involved in the game of finance is essential if we want to figure out what happened that led to this financial debacle. This book shows us how the actions of many financial institutions regulatory bodies central banks and investment managers adversely affected the entire financial system. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138426221

Unravelling the Fukushima Disaster The Fukushima disaster continues to appear in national newspapers when there is another leakage of radiation-contaminated water evacuation designations are changed or major compensation issues arise and so remains far from over. However after five years attention and research towards the disaster seems to have waned despite the extent and significance of the disaster that remains. The aftermath of Fukushima exposed a number of shortcomings in nuclear energy policy and disaster preparedness. This book gives an account of the municipal responses citizen’s responses and coping attempts before during and after the Fukushima crisis. It focuses on the background of the Fukushima disaster from the Tohoku earthquake to diffusion on radioactive material and risk miscommunication. It explores the processes and politics of radiation contamination and the conditions and challenges that the disaster evacuees have faced reflecting on the evacuation process evacuation zoning and hope in a post-Fukushima environment. The book will be of great interest to students and scholars of disaster management studies and nuclear policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138624207

Unreasonable MenMasculinity and Social Theory This much needed book is the first to show how dominant forms of masculinity are implicated in the traditions of social theory that have emerged since the Enlightenment. The author shows how an 'unreasonable' form of reason has emerged from the separation of reason from emotion mind from body nature from culture public from private matter from spirit - the dualities that have shaped our vision of modernity. The book argues that men need to explore critically their power and experience which has been rendered invisible by the dominant traditions of social theory. Instead of legislating for others they have to learn to speak more personally for themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138181571

Unrecognized ResistanceThe Franco-American Experience in World War Two At a time of differing perceptions of and frayed relations between the historic alliance between France and the United States this volume merits the attention of serious people in government service and a wider public. It describes deeds of enormous courage performed at great risk in a time of crisis. The behavior of American soldiers and intelligence officers and the extraordinary support from ordinary French men and women in Nazi-occupied France during World War II is a story too little remembered today and even less frequently told. This volume is an edited summary of what transpired at a unique colloquium held in the Salle Mdicis of the Palais du Luxembourg in Paris in December 2000 and hosted by the president of the French Senate. The results highlight the importance of historical documentation of this period of tragedy and heroism. Those present acknowledged the special nature of the friendship between France and the United States more than half a century after that unique time of cooperation between French and Americans during the Resistance. That this friendship has been preserved for more than 225 years since Benjamin Franklin first visited Paris in the eighteenth century is extraordinary testimony to its resilience as well as to the enduring commitment to liberty shared by both countries.The event was charged with the emotion of history. That emotion was given greater meaning by the presence of younger attendees many of whom had never heard their elders speak publicly about the Unrecognized Resistance. All were very much aware that this was an uncommon occasion and because of the continuing march of time would very possibly be the last one like it. The importance and emotionalism of this event has been captured by one of the foremost scholars in contemporary European history François-Georges Dreyfus. Unrecognized Resistance will be mandatory reading for anyone interested in modern history World War II international relations studies in reciprocity and building lasting coalitions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517660

Unrecognized States in the International System Unrecognized states are territories that have achieved de facto independence yet have failed to gain international recognition as independent states. These territories constitute anomalies in the international system of sovereign states and often present significant challenges to policy makers as evidenced by the war in Georgia and the continued debate over Kosovo’s independence. This book draws on both theory and case studies to better understand the phenomenon of unrecognized states demonstrating that the existence of such entities is less unusual than previously assumed. Moving away from an overt focus on case studies the chapters present various themes that link the emergence operations and development of unrecognized states and assess how the established order of states responds to the challenges they present: How do unrecognized interact with the international system of sovereign states? How does it shape their emergence operations and development? How do these entities develop in a context of non-recognition? Are we witnessing a new form of statehood or are these entities better understood as states-in-waiting? What are the strategies available for dealing with unrecognized states? Could power-sharing or autonomy provide a solution or are more innovative strategies necessary? With contributions from leading scholars in a number of fields this book will appeal not only to students and scholars of Political Science International Relations Geography Area Studies Sociology and Conflict Resolution but also to journalists government bodies and NGOs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138788954

Unrepresented States and the Construction of MeaningClinical and Theoretical Contributions In the last several decades the analytic field has widened considerably in scope. The therapeutic task is now seen by an increasing number of analysts to require that patient and analyst work together to strengthen or to create psychic structure that was previously weak missing or functionally inoperative. This view which may apply to all patients but is especially relevant to the treatment of non-neurotic patients and states of mind stands in stark contrast to the more traditional assumption that the therapeutic task involves the uncovering of the unconscious dimension of a present pathological compromise formation that holds a potentially healthy ego in thrall. The contrast which this book calls attention to is that which exists roughly between formulations of psychic structure and functioning that were once assumed to have been sufficiently well explained by the hypotheses of Freud's topographic theory and those that were not. The former are modeled on neurosis and dream interpretation where conflicts between relatively well-defined (saturated) and psychically represented desires were assumed to operate under the aegis of the pleasure-unpleasure principle. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491318

Unrepressed Unconscious Implicit Memory and Clinical Work Unrepressed Unconscious Implicit Memory and Clinical Work analyses the psychological and neurobiological characteristics of what nowadays goes under the name of "unrepressed unconscious" as opposed to Freud's earlier version of a kind of "repressed unconscious" encountered and described initially in his work with hysterical patients. Pioneering Italian psychoanalyst and neuroscientist Mauro Mancia has distinguished this seminal Freudian concept from an earlier version of the unconscious (preverbal and pre-symbolic) that he terms "unrepressed" and which he describes as "having its foundations in the sensory experiences the infant has with his mother (including hearing her voice which recalls prosodic experiences in the womb). In connection with this description of two different kinds of unconscious a 'double' system of memory has been identified: if a traumatic event or series of events takes place when the nervous system is not ready to encode them linguistically and register them within the declarative memory system they leave a trace within the implicit memory and particularly within the right brain which both Mancia and Schore see as the seat of implicit memory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782202486

Unresolved DilemmasWomen Work and the Family in the United States Europe and the Former Soviet Union Originally printed in 1997. Women are a considerable portion of the labour force. The majority of them also establish relationships and become mothers. Combining work and family has created considerable problems for women domestic circumstances and main responsibility for housework and children still affect women meaning they enter the labour market with one hand tied behind their back. How do women today cope with the dilemmas caused by their dual roles? This book takes a critical look at the concept of dual roles and makes an assessment of women's locations in the workplace and at home considering both continuities and change. The book concentrates on a wide variety of issues around work family and their interrelationships. Unresolved dilemmas from different cross-cultural perspectives are considered integrating the problems of modern women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360662

Unrespectable Radicals?Popular Politics in the Age of Reform In 1988 Iain McCalman's seminal work Radical Underworld unravelled the complex and clandestine revolutionary networks of democrats that operated in London between 1790 and the beginnings of Chartism to reveal an urban underworld of prophets infidels pornographers and rogue preachers where powerful satirical and subversive subcultures were developed. This present volume reflects and builds upon the diversity of McCalman's discoveries to present fresh insights into the culture and operation of popular politics in the 'age of reform'. It is a coherent and integrated treatment of the subject that offers a window into this 'unrespectable' underworld and questions whether it was a blackguard subculture or a more complex and rich counter-culture with powerful literary legal and political implications. This book brings together an international team of experienced scholars to explore the concepts and subjects pioneered by McCalman. The volume presents a focused and coherent review of popular politics from the meeting rooms of a reform society and the theatre stage to the forum of the courtroom and the depths of prison. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315548975

UnrestrainedJudicial Excess and the Mind of the American Lawyer Robert Nagel's innovative volume attempts to explain why despite almost four decades of conservative and moderate appointments the Supreme Court continues to intervene aggressively in a wide array of social and political issues. The explanation lies primarily in the psychological effects of the way that lawyers think about law and judging. The instincts ingrained by the experiences common to legal education and the successful practice of law also work to encourage the reckless use of power.Nagel argues that the problem with the modern judicial role is cultural and political. He demonstrates that judges especially Supreme Court justices have degraded our political discourse intensified social conflict and drained moral confidence.By examining modern Supreme Court confirmation hearings along with certain classic legal writings Nagel shows how modern lawyers have a broad consensus on how to interpret the Constitution and more generally how to think about law. One major component of this mindset is to combine realism with legalism in ways that naturally tend to expand the judiciary's imperial role. Realism counsels that decisions are inevitably partly personal and therefore cannot be conclusively justified while legalism imparts the sense that the judge's interpretation is the best one possible. This combination of the personal and political along with other aspects of modem legal thinking and training means that judges are not only unconstrained by professional norms but actually are impelled by them to use power expansively.This issue is important to every person living in the U.S. as the Supreme Court's decisions concern everyone in the nation. It has the potential to be read by lawmakers lawyers students of law and political science and anyone interested in Constitutional law. The thesis is unique and the execution is precise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517677

Un-Roman SexGender Sexuality and Lovemaking in the Roman Provinces and Frontiers Un-Roman Sex explores how gender and sex were perceived and represented outside the Mediterranean core of the Roman Empire. The volume critically explores the gender constructs and sexual behaviours in the provinces and frontiers in light of recent studies of Roman erotic experience and flux gender identities. At its core it challenges the unproblematised extension of the traditional Romano-Hellenistic model to the provinces and frontiers. Did sexual relations and gender identities undergo processes of "provincialisation" or "barbarisation" similar to other well-known aspects of cultural negotiation and syncretism in provincial and border regions for example in art and religion? The 11 chapters that make up the volume explore these issues from a variety of angles providing a balanced and rounded view through use of literary epigraphic and archaeological evidence. Accordingly the contributions represent new and emerging ideas on the subject of sex gender and sexuality in the Roman provinces. As such Un-Roman Sex will be of interest to higher-level undergraduates and graduates/academics studying the Roman empire gender and sexuality in the ancient world and at the Roman frontiers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138284029

Unruly Audiences and the Theater of Control in Early Modern London Unruly Audiences and the Theater of Control in Early Modern London explores the effects of audience riots on the dramaturgy of early modern playwrights arguing that playwrights from Marlowe to Brome often used their plays to control the physical reactions of their audience. This study analyses how out of anxiety that unruly audiences would destroy the nascent industry of professional drama in England playwrights sought to limit the effect that their plays could have on the audience. They tried to construct playgoing through their drama in the hopes of creating a less-reactive more pensive and controlled playgoer. The result was the radical experimentation in dramaturgy that in part defines Renaissance drama. Written for scholars of Early Modern and Renaissance Drama and Theatre Theatre History and Early Modern and Renaissance History this book calls for a new focus on the local economic concerns of the theatre companies as a way to understand the motivation behind the drama of early modern London. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815369332

UNRWA and Palestinian RefugeesFrom Relief and Works to Human Development Exploring the evolution of the United Nations Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees in the Near East (UNRWA) this book fills a lacuna in literature on the agency.UNRWA and Palestinian Refugees employs recent fieldwork in order to analyse challenges in programmes and service delivery protection camp governance community participation and camp improvement and reconstruction. The chapters examine the way UNRWA is adapting to a changing social political and economic context mostly within urban settings – a paradigmatic shift from understanding the Agency’s role as simply a provider of relief and services to one comprehensively supporting the human development of Palestinian refugees. Examining the refugee debate using new disciplines and research frameworks this collection aims to emphasise the centrality of the Palestinian refugee issue for Middle East peace-making and to contribute a better understanding of a unique agency. This book will be a useful aid for students and researchers with an interest in Middle East Studies Politics and the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867126

Unsafe Abortion and Women's HealthChange and Liberalization Unsafe abortion remains one of the most neglected sexual and reproductive health problems according to the World Health Organisation. In recent years it has been estimated that nearly 44 million abortions occur annually leading to around 47 000 deaths. At this rate a woman will die of an unsafe abortion every 11 minutes. Bringing together a wealth of information from around the world this book argues that the time has come for a great change in legislation advocating a shift towards the legalization of abortion to improve the health of women in poorer countries. With attention to circumstances in each of the major continental regions an outline of the global situation is provided to reveal the major trends in the provision and procurement of abortion as well their effects. Presenting data drawn from over a hundred countries covering over ninety per cent of the world’s population based on published statistical information changes to legal frameworks court cases and the accounts of local commentators and activists Unsafe Abortion and Women's Health will be of interest to scholars and students of the sociology of medicine gender and reproductive health social and health policy and feminist studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599188

Unsaturated Soil Mechanics - from Theory to PracticeProceedings of the 6th Asia Pacific Conference on Unsaturated Soils (Guilin China 23-2 In the past decades advances have been made in the research and practice on unsaturated soil mechanics. In 2000 the first Asia-Pacific Conferences on Unsaturated Soils was organized in Singapore. Since then four conferences have been held under the continued support of the Technical Committee on Unsaturated Soils (TC106) of the International Society of Soil Mechanics and Geotechnical Engineering (ISSMGE). The conferences provided an excellent forum for researchers and practitioners in the region and beyond to present the latest developments and to exchange ideas on the subjects related to unsaturated soils. Unsaturated Soil Mechanics - from Theory to Practice collects more than 140 technical papers and 10 invited and keynote lectures presented at the sixth Asia-Pacific Conference on Unsaturated Soils (Guilin China 23-26 October 2015). The first Asia-Pacific distinguished lecture launched at the conference is also included. The contributions address the fundamental behavior of unsaturated soils and present theoretical and numerical modeling and engineering applications. The topics of concern span the full spectrum from theory to practice with strong relevance to the problems in the region and beyond such as collapse/swelling freezing/thawing desiccation shrinkage rainfall-induced slope failure contaminant transport shale gas extraction and so on largely representing the latest developments in unsaturated soil mechanics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138029217

Unsaturated Soil Mechanics in Geotechnical Practice There are other books on unsaturated soil mechanics but this book is different. Unsaturated soil mechanics is only one aspect of a continuous range of soil mechanics studies that extends from the rheology of high water content soil slurries to the mechanics of soft soils to stiff saturated soils to unsaturated soils and at the far end of the range to dry soils.In reality the water content of all soils that are not permanently submerged varies seasonally. In most climatic zones rainfall varies during the year and the depth of the water table varies sympathetically. In applying unsaturated soil mechanics in practice it is therefore important to realise and allow for the probability that soil will either seasonally or occasionally pass from the unsaturated to the saturated state and even from unsaturation to dryness. This is the only book that looks specifically at this essential practical aspect.The theory of unsaturated soils is fully dealt with in all of its aspects including its application to natural undisturbed soils and compacted soils. Application of the theory to soil-like materials such as mine waste and municipal solid waste is also covered. Application of the theory to practice is illustrated by a number of detailed case histories. Unsaturated soil mechanics principles can also successfully and usefully be applied in related fields such as the bulk storage of particulate materials underground mine support solution mining and concrete structures. Several case histories are given that illustrate these practical applications.The author has been professionally engaged in practical research and application of unsaturated soil mechanics for close to 60 years and with this book shares his wide experience with the reader. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076013

Unsaturated Soil Mechanics with Probability and Statistics Soil is fundamentally a multi-phase material – consisting of solid particles water and air. In soil mechanics and geotechnical engineering it is widely treated as an elastic elastoplastic or visco-elastoplastic material and consequently regarded as a continuum body. However this book explores an alternative approach considering soil as a multi-phase and discrete material and applying basic Newtonian mechanics rather than analytical mechanics. It applies microscopic models to the solid phase and fluid phases and then introduces probability theory and statistics to derive average physical quantities which correspond to the soil‘s macroscopic physical properties such as void ratio and water content. This book is particularly focused on the mechanical behaviour of dry partially saturated and full saturated sandy soil as much of the physicochemical microscopic characteristic of clayey soil is still not clear. It explores the inter-particle forces at the point of contact of soil particles and the resultant inter-particle stresses instead of the total stress and effective stress which are studied in mainstream soil mechanics. Deformation and strength behaviour soil-water characteristic curves and permeability coefficients of water and air are then derived simply from grain size distribution soil particle density void ratio and water content. A useful reference for consultants professional engineers researchers and public sector organisations involved in unsaturated soil tests. Advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students on Unsaturated Soil Mechanics courses will also find it a valuable text to study. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138553682

Unsaturated Soils for Asia This is a collection of articles from the Asian conference UNSAT-ASIA 2000 covering topics such as: historical developments; numerical modelling; suction measurement techniques; permeability and flow; mass transport; and engineering applications. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078616

Unsaturated Soils: Research & Applications This book contains the contributions to the Second European Conference on Unsaturated Soils E-UNSAT 2012 held in Napoli Italy in June 2012 and includes more than one hundred papers addressing three thematic areas: experimental modelling and engineering. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003070580

Unsaturated Soils: Research & Applications Unsaturated Soils: Research and Applications contains 247 papers presented at 6th International Conference on Unsaturated Soils (UNSAT2014 Sydney Australia 2-4 July 2014). The two volumes provide an overview of recent experimental and theoretical advances in a wide variety of topics related to unsaturated soil mechanics: - Unsaturated Soil Behavior- Experimentation- Modelling- Case Histories- Geotechnical Engineering Problems- Multidisciplinary and New Areas Unsaturated Soils: Research and Applications presents a wealth of information and is of interest to researchers and practising engineers in soil mechanics and geotechnical engineering. These proceedings are dedicated to Professor Geoffrey E. Blight (1934-2013) who passed in November 2013. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138001503

Unsettled 1968 in the Troubled PresentRevisiting the 50 Years of Discussions from East and Central Europe Why does 1968 matter today? The authors of this volume believe that it is a crucial point of reference for current developments especially the ‘illiberal turn’ both in Europe and America. If we want to understand it we need to look back into 1968 – the year that founded the cultural and political order of today’s world. The book consists of the following four sections: '1968 and transnationality' '1968 and the transformation of meanings' 'Artistic representations of 1968' and '1968 and the European contemporaity'. This is followed by an afterword from the significant keynote speaker at the conference Unsettled 1968: Origins – Myth – Impact in June 2018 in Tübingen Germany: Irena Grudzinska-Gross herself a Polish ‘68er’ reflects upon the conference and leaves remarks on her 50 years of engagement with what happened in 1968. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367220853

Unsettled NarrativesThe Pacific Writings of Stevenson Ellis Melville and London In the nineteenth-century Pacific the production of a text of encounter occurred in tandem with the production of a settled space; asserting settler presence through the control of the space and the context of the encounter. Indigenous resistance therefore took place through modes of representation that ‘unsettled’ the text. This book considers the work of four Western visitors to the Pacific—Robert Louis Stevenson William Ellis Herman Melville and Jack London—and the consequences for the written text and the experience of cross-cultural encounter when encounter is reduced to writing. The study proposes a strong connection between settling and writing as assertions of presence and by engaging a metaphor of building dwellings and building texts the study examines how each writer manipulates the process of text creation to assert a dominant presence over and against the indigenous presence which is represented as threatening and extra-textual. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138813939

Unsettling Eurocentrism in the Westernized University The westernized university is a site where the production of knowledge is embedded in Eurocentric epistemologies that are posited as objective disembodied and universal and in which non-Eurocentric knowledges such as black and indigenous ones are largely marginalized or dismissed. Consequently it is an institution that produces racism sexism and epistemic violence. While this is increasingly being challenged by student activists and some faculty the westernized university continues to engage in diversity and internationalization initiatives that reproduce structural disadvantages and to work within neoliberal agendas that are incompatible with decolonization. This book draws on decolonial theory to explore the ways in which Eurocentrism in the westernized university is both reproduced and unsettled. It outlines some of the challenges that accompany the decolonization of teaching learning research and policy as well as providing examples of successful decolonial moments and processes. It draws on examples from universities in Europe New Zealand and the Americas. This book represents a highly timely contribution from both early career and established thinkers in the field. Its themes will be of interest to student activists and to academics and scholars who are seeking to decolonize their research and teaching. It constitutes a decolonizing intervention into the crisis in which the westernized university finds itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138061804

Unsettling the Colonial Places and Spaces of Early Childhood Education Unsettling the Colonial Places and Spaces of Early Childhood Education uncovers and interrogates some of the inherent colonialist tensions that are rarely acknowledged and often unwittingly rehearsed within contemporary early childhood education. Through building upon the prior postcolonial interventions of prominent early childhood scholars Unsettling the Colonial Places and Spaces of Early Childhood Education reveals how early childhood education is implicated in the colonialist project of predominantly immigrant (post)colonial settler societies. By politicizing the silences around these specifically settler colonialist tensions it seeks to further unsettle the innocence presumptions of early childhood education and to offer some decolonizing strategies for early childhood practitioners and scholars. Grounding their inquiries in early childhood education the authors variously engage with postcolonial theory place theory feminist philosophy the ecological humanities and indigenous onto-epistemologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138779372

Unspeakable AwfulnessAmerica Through the Eyes of European Travelers 1865-1900 The late nineteenth century was a golden age for European travel in the United States. For prosperous Europeans a journey to America was a fresh alternative to the more familiar ‘Grand Tour’ of their own continent promising encounters with a vast wild landscape and with people whose culture was similar enough to their own to be intelligible yet different enough to be interesting. Their observations of America and its inhabitants provide a striking lens on this era of American history and a fascinating glimpse into how the people of the past perceived one another. In Unspeakable Awfulness Kenneth D. Rose gathers together a broad selection of the observations made by European travellers to the United States. European visitors remarked upon what they saw as a distinctly American approach to everything from class politics and race to language food and advertising. Their assessments of the ‘American character’ continue to echo today and create a full portrait of late-nineteenth century America as seen through the eyes of its visitors. Including vivid travellers’ tales and plentiful illustrations Unspeakable Awfulness is a rich resource that will be useful to students and appeal to anyone interested in travel history and narratives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415817653

Unspeakable Sentences (Routledge Revivals)Narration and Representation in the Language of Fiction First published in 1982 this title grew from a series of essays on various aspects of narrative style; the result is a finished product that melds literary theory with linguistic methodology. It is argued that where linguistic theory intersects with literary theory it is narrative that provides the crucial ‘experiment’ for deciding between a communication and a non-communication theory of language and by extension of literature. Chapters discuss such areas as subjectivity in direct and indirect speech the absence of the narrator and the development of narrative style. With a detailed introduction to the subject this reissue will be of value to students of linguistics and literature with a particular interest in narrative style and linguistic theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138815513

UnspeakableLiterature and Terrorism from the Gunpowder Plot to 9/11 Unspeakable: Literature and Terrorism from the Gunpowder Plot to 9/11 explores the representation of terrorism in plays novels and films across the centuries. Time and time again writers and filmmakers including William Shakespeare Joseph Conrad Henry James Gillo Pontecorvo Don DeLillo John Updike and Steven Spielberg refer to terrorist acts as beyond comprehension “a deed without a name ” but they do not stop there. Instead of creating works that respond to terrorism by providing comforting narratives reassuring audiences and readers of their moral superiority and the perfidy of the terrorists these writers and filmmakers confront the unspeakable by attempting to see the world from the terrorist’s perspective and by examining the roots of terrorist violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367249007

Unstately PowerLocal Causes of China's Intellectual Legal and Governmental Reforms A critique of America's flawed Asia policy that centres on US-Japan relations but harkens back to the same disastrous views that drew America into Vietnam. The technique is a narrative flow of short vignettes woven into longer chapters; the main strands are personal reflections and interviews. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315706948

Unstructured Cellular Automata in Ecohydraulics Modelling The field of ecohydraulics integrates hydrodynamic and eco-dynamic processes. While hydrodynamic processes are usually well described by partial differential equations (PDE’s) based on physical conservation principles ecosystem dynamics often involve specific interactions at the local scale. Because of this Cellular Automata (CA) are a viable paradigm in ecosystem modelling. All cells in a CA system update their states synchronously at discrete steps according to simple local rules. The classical CA configuration consists of uniformly distributed cells on a structured grid. But in the field of hydrodynamics the use of unstructured grids has become more and more popular due to its flexibility to handle arbitrary geometries. The main objective of this research is to identify whether the CA paradigm can be extended to unstructured grids. To that end the concept of Unstructured Cellular Automata (UCA) is developed and various UCA configurations are explored and their performance investigated. The influence of cell size was analyzed in analogy with the Finite Volume Method. A characteristic parameter —min distance of UCA– was put forward and tested by numerical experiments. Special attention was paid to exploring the analogies and differences between the discrete CA paradigm and discrete numerical approximations for solving PDE’s. The practical applicability of UCA in ecohydraulics modelling is explored through a number of case studies and compared with field measurements. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138027404

Unsupervised Signal ProcessingChannel Equalization and Source Separation Unsupervised Signal Processing: Channel Equalization and Source Separation provides a unified systematic and synthetic presentation of the theory of unsupervised signal processing. Always maintaining the focus on a signal processing-oriented approach this book describes how the subject has evolved and assumed a wider scope that covers several topics from well-established blind equalization and source separation methods to novel approaches based on machine learning and bio-inspired algorithms. From the foundations of statistical and adaptive signal processing the authors explore and elaborate on emerging tools such as machine learning-based solutions and bio-inspired methods. With a fresh take on this exciting area of study this book: Provides a solid background on the statistical characterization of signals and systems and on linear filtering theory Emphasizes the link between supervised and unsupervised processing from the perspective of linear prediction and constrained filtering theory Addresses key issues concerning equilibrium solutions and equivalence relationships in the context of unsupervised equalization criteria Provides a systematic presentation of source separation and independent component analysis Discusses some instigating connections between the filtering problem and computational intelligence approaches. Building on more than a decade of the authors’ work at DSPCom laboratory this book applies a fresh conceptual treatment and mathematical formalism to important existing topics. The result is perhaps the first unified presentation of unsupervised signal processing techniques—one that addresses areas including digital filters adaptive methods and statistical signal processing. With its remarkable synthesis of the field this book provides a new vision to stimulate progress and contribute to the advent of more useful efficient and friendly intelligent systems. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221212

Unsustainable Institutions of MenTransnational Dispersed Centres Gender Power Contradictions How are men masculinities and gender power implicated within global institutions? How are global institutions to be understood in terms of men masculinities and gender power? What are men up to in such arenas as: global finance corporate law military intelligence world sporting bodies and nationalist politics? Unsustainable Institutions of Men examines men’s dealings in transnational processes across the economy politics technologies and bodies. In exploring the men’s domination of institutions in national and transnational realms this volume underpins a novel approach built around multiple "dispersed centres" of men’s power. Indeed in critical discussions of men and masculinities there has been a gradual shift in focus from the local so-called ‘ethnographic moment’ to a broader view encompassing several dynamics (e.g. global transnational international postcolonial and the global north-south). Building on this conceptual move Unsustainable Institutions of Men focuses on pinpointing masculine actions and influences that support and enact transnational processes disclosing those connections and examining institutional alternatives which could contribute to more inclusive and democratic transnational dialogues.Comprised of a range of international contributions Unsustainable Institutions of Men will appeal to students researchers experts and activists seeking to understand the deep structural conditions of contemporary globalized threats created by old and new patterns of gender power and transnational patriarchies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582128

Unsustainable Transport and Transition in China This book discusses various transport sustainability issues from the perspective of developing countries exploring key issues problems and potential solutions for improving transport sustainability in China. It first reviews the current transport sustainability baselines in the three key dimensions of environmental economic and social sustainability via an international comparison encompassing both developed and developing countries in different world regions. Then with a time frame up to 2030 the study groups 100 major Chinese cities according to their baseline conditions projected population and economic growth and common sustainability challenges in passenger transport.A systematic attempt is made to discuss the characteristics strengths and weaknesses of various emerging sustainable transport strategies including the metro systems bus rapid transit light rail bicycles (and e-bicycles) electric vehicles and walking. Based on the different city clusters identified the study then explores the opportunities and constraints of introducing a range of emerging sustainable transport strategies through both statistical analysis and detailed fieldwork. Future directions and challenges are identified based on official documents onsite observations and interviews with local people. The study concludes with thoughts on sustainable transport in smart cities the importance of governance local participation internal and external city movements and towards a holistic sustainable transport plan.Unsustainable Transport and Transition in China will be of great interest to scholars interested in carbon emissions climate change environmental policy planning road safety sustainability transportation and urban studies and is relevant to China and other developing countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874162

Untamed Urbanisms An electronic version of this book is available Open Access at www.tandfebooks.com. It has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license.One of the major challenges of urban development has been reconciling the way cities develop with the mounting evidence of resource depletion and the negative environmental impacts of predominantly urban-based modes of production and consumption. This book aims to re-politicise the relationship between urban development sustainability and justice and to explore the tensions emerging under real circumstances as well as their potential for transformative change.For some cities are the root of all that is unsustainable while for others cities provide unique opportunities for sustainability-oriented innovations that address equity and ecological challenges. This book is rooted in the latter category but recognises that if cities continue to evolve along current trajectories they will be where the large bulk of the most unsustainable and inequitable human activities are concentrated. By drawing on a range of case studies from both the global South and global North this book is unique in its aim to develop an integrated social-ecological perspective on the challenge of sustainable urban development. Through the interdisciplinary and original research of a new generation of urban researchers across the global South and North this book addresses old debates in new ways and raises new questions about sustainable urban development. .   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869878

Untangled WebDeveloping Teaching on the Internet The internet and world wide web are revolutionizing many aspects of our lives and have become an accepted part of socioeconomic experience in developed countries. For entertainment shopping banking establishing friendships seeking information and so on the web is the first port of call for an increasing number of people. A few in education have been quick to see the potential of the web as a platform for delivering a variety of teaching and learning materials. Many more however would like to make use of the web but lack either the time or the skills or both. Untangled Web provides a guide for those wishing to develop their own teaching and learning resources on the web whether for local open or distance learning. By using this book potential web educators can acquire some of these basic skills and save time by drawing on the experiences of the authors and avoiding the pitfalls and problems that they have encountered. The authors have gained considerable expertise in devising designing constructing testing adapting and evaluating their own web-based instruction packages which have been developed over a number of years and involve a variety of subject areas. Untangled web is therefore very much focused on practical experience and while it is primarily aimed at teachers in further and higher education schoolteachers interested in using the web as a teaching and learning medium will find it useful. Untangled Web has been written by an experienced team from the Department of International Studies at the Nottingham Trent University. David Graham teaches geography and information technology; Jane McNeil is Faculty webmaster and teaches medieval history and information technology; Lloyd Pettiford teaches international relations.Innovative guide to using the web in teaching and learning providing practical advice for lecturers and teachers on using the web as more than just a support tool Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138433007

Untangling Complex SystemsA Grand Challenge for Science Complex Systems are natural systems that science is unable to describe exhaustively. Examples of Complex Systems are both unicellular and multicellular living beings; human brains; human immune systems; ecosystems; human societies; the global economy; the climate and geology of our planet. This book is an account of a marvelous interdisciplinary journey the author made to understand properties of the Complex Systems. He has undertaken his trip equipped with the fundamental principles of physical chemistry in particular the Second Law of Thermodynamics that describes the spontaneous evolution of our universe and the tools of Non-linear dynamics. By dealing with many disciplines in particular chemistry biology physics economy and philosophy the author demonstrates that Complex Systems are intertwined networks working in out-of-equilibrium conditions which exhibit emergent properties such as self-organization phenomena and chaotic behaviors in time and space. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367485627

Untangling HeroismClassical Philosophy and the Concept of the Hero The idea of heroism has become thoroughly muddled today. In contemporary society any behavior that seems distinctly difficult or unusually impressive is classified as heroic: everyone from firefighters to foster fathers to freedom fighters are our heroes. But what motivates these people to act heroically and what prevents other people from being heroes? In our culture today what makes one sort of hero appear more heroic than another sort? In order to answer these questions Ari Kohen turns to classical conceptions of the hero to explain the confusion and to highlight the ways in which distinct heroic categories can be useful at different times. Untangling Heroism argues for the existence of three categories of heroism that can be traced back to the earliest Western literature – the epic poetry of Homer and the dialogues of Plato – and that are complex enough to resonate with us and assist us in thinking about heroism today. Kohen carefully examines the Homeric heroes Achilles and Odysseus and Plato’s Socrates and then compares the three to each other. He makes clear how and why it is that the other-regarding hero Socrates supplanted the battlefield hero Achilles and the suffering hero Odysseus. Finally he explores in detail four cases of contemporary heroism that highlight Plato’s success. Kohen states that in a post-Socratic world we have chosen to place a premium on heroes who make other-regarding choices over self-interested ones. He argues that when humans face the fact of their mortality they are able to think most clearly about the sort of life they want to have lived and only in doing that does heroic action become a possibility. Kohen’s careful analysis and rethinking of the heroism concept will be relevant to scholars across the disciplines of political science philosophy literature and classics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138944725

Untangling the Maternity Crisis Arguing that contemporary maternity services provide a toxic environment both in which to practise and to give birth this book looks at how we can change this. Its aim is promoting the best possible experiences of childbearing and confident strengthening and loving contexts for new parenthood. Designed to create awareness about the professional and political realities which enmesh maternity care this inspiring volume features an in-depth and research-oriented analysis of the challenges faced by contemporary maternity services. Recognising the frequently hostile environment in which midwives practise the contributors go on to explore its impact on women and families as well as on midwives themselves. They then look at woman-centred and community-based ways of contributing to a much better birthing experience for all. Important and relevant for all those with an interest in improving maternity care this book is particularly suited to midwives – practising and student doulas birth educators and activists policymakers and health service managers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138244221

Untangling the USAThe Cost of Complexity and What Can Be Done About It Tom Brady and the “tuck rule”; “Nobody knew health care could be so complicated”; “The financial world has become way too complicated and very secretive.” What could Tom Brady Donald Trump and Michael Lewis possibly have in common? Complexity. Lewis has analyzed it; Trump has discovered it; Brady has benefited from it. And the USA is entangled in it. Complex systems are an inevitable part of business and socio-economic structures. We reach a breaking point however when social and organizational structures become cumbersome and unintelligible. Entire new systems need to be constructed just to manage this complexity with questionable or negative value to society at large. The outcome is high costs poor results deepening social inequality and the erosion of public trust. Wholesale changes must be contemplated. This is particularly true in the USA today where complexity is piled upon complexity in a number of critical sectors such as health care energy finance and government. The author takes a common sense broad-based and analytical approach to some of the most complicated issues facing the US today. He examines the costs of complexity through a wide-angle lens provides analysis of the root causes involved and explains what is necessary to improve results and lower costs. The ever-increasing level of complexity in the US is compared to that in other developed economies. History is referenced as a guide to show that in many areas America’s success has relied on simple and elegant solutions. These contrasting paths are used to propose alternative approaches and new solutions. Beyond analyzing how incredibly complex socio-economic systems have emerged in recent years in the US the author steps back reflects on the fundamental values of this country and offers a number of actionable proposals to improve the lives of all American citizens. Etienne Deffarges has enjoyed a successful career first as a senior strategy consultant to many leading global companies then as a heath care technology entrepreneur in the US. He is perfectly positioned to observe how complex systems are stifling socio-economic progress. He brings a unique insider view of the issues involved and examines a number of key sectors that impact American society at large including health care energy finance regulations taxation utilities and welfare.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815363347

Unthinking EurocentrismMulticulturalism and the Media Unthinking Eurocentrism a seminal and award-winning work in postcolonial studies first published in 1994 explored Eurocentrism as an interlocking network of buried premises embedded narratives and submerged tropes that constituted a broadly shared epistemology. Within a transdisciplinary study the authors argued that the debates about Eurocentrism and post/coloniality must be considered within a broad historical sweep that goes at least as far back as the various 1492s – the Inquisition the Expulsion of Jews and Muslims the Conquest of the Americas and the Transatlantic slave trade – a process which culminates in the post-War attempts to radically decolonize global culture. Ranging over multiple geographies the book deprovincialized media/cultural studies through a "polycentric" approach while analysing in depth such issues as postcolonial hybridity antinomies of Enlightenment the tropes of empire gender and rescue fantasies the racial politics of casting and the limitations of "positive image" analysis. The substantial new afterword in this 20th anniversary new edition brings these issues into the present by charting recent transformations of the intellectual debates as terms such as the "transnational " the "commons " "indigeneity " and the "Red Atlantic" have come to the fore. The afterword also explores some cinematic trends such as "indigenous media" and "postcolonial adaptations" that have gained strength over the past two decades along with others such as Nollywood that have emerged with startling force. Winner of the Katherine Kovacs Singer Best Film Book Award the book has been translated in full or in its entirety into diverse languages from Spanish to Farsi. This expanded edition of a ground-breaking text proposes analytical grids relevant to a wide variety of fields including postcolonial studies literary studies anthropology media studies cultural studies and critical race studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415538619

UN-Tied NationsThe United Nations Peacekeeping and Global Governance With the recent developments in Syria the United Nations is once again making headlines. The failure to reach an agreement on a Security Council resolution demonstrates the continued problems in forging a coherent international response to crisis situations. This lack of coherence continues despite recognition of the need for more cooperation to solve the growing list of global problems. With the relative success of global governance initiatives in relation to the environment health issues and economic problems the focus has increasingly shifted to the problems of international security. This timely and important book represents a response to that shift and the implications this has for the wider international system. Using a number of relevant case studies (including the UN interventions in Bosnia Somalia Burundi the Democratic Republic of Congo and East Timor) it examines the securitisation of global governance through the prism of United Nations Peacekeeping Operations and demonstrates that the development of both global governance and global security governance have transformed the environment in which international organisations such as the United Nations are operating. Moreover this book brings together a number of the key academic debates surrounding both global security governance and peacekeeping. It combines an examination of the power relations of global security governance with the changing nature of peacekeeping operations. By bringing the two areas together the book for the first time bridges existing literatures and debates from theoretical discussions of global governance to practical examinations of peacekeeping operations. UN-Tied Nations provides a concise and analytical introduction to the ongoing debates around the development of global governance global security governance and the continuous impact these are having on the ability of the United Nations to act as an international peacekeeper. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270398

Until Darwin Science Human Variety and the Origins of Race This work fills a gap in recent studies on the history of race and science. Focusing on both the classification systems of human variety and the development of science as the arbiter of truth Brown looks at the rise of the emerging sciences of life and society – biology and sociology – as well as the debate surrounding slavery and abolition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661448

Untold Histories of the Middle EastRecovering Voices from the 19th and 20th Centuries Much traditional historiography consciously and unconsciously glosses over certain discourses narratives and practices. This book examines silences or omissions in Middle Eastern history at the turn of the twenty-first century to give a fuller account of the society culture and politics. With a particular focus on the Ottoman Empire Turkey Egypt Iran and Palestine the contributors consider how and why such silences occur as well as the timing and motivation for breaking them. Introducing unexpected sometimes counter-intuitive issues in history chapters examine: women and children survivors of the Armenian massacres in 1915 Greek-Orthodox subjects who supported the Ottoman empire and the formation of the Turkish republic the conflicts among Palestinians during the revolt of 1936-39 pre-marital sex in modern Egypt Arab authors writing about the Balkans the economic not national or racial origins of anti-Armenian violence the European women who married Muslim Egyptians Drawing on a wide range of sources and methodologies such as interviews; newly-discovered archives; fictional accounts; and memoirs each chapter analyses a story and its suppression considering how their absences have affected our previous understandings of the history of the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138788893

Untold MillionsSecret Truths About Marketing to Gay and Lesbian Consumers The first definitive book on researching gay and lesbian market behavior Untold Millions: The Truth About Gay and Lesbian Consumers in America will help marketers advertisers and public relations managers learn how to successfully market and research products for gay and lesbian consumers. Author Grant Lukenbill a leading consultant on the cultural and motivational aspects of gay and lesbian consumer behavior provides you with important procedures research and guidelines that businesses today are following in order to develop successful marketing strategies to this growing target audience. From this updated and revised edition you‘ll receive current methods new data and sure-fire strategies that will help your company break into this market segment satisfy intended customers and boost company sales.Providing you with statistics and data from the first market research study of its kind the Yankelovich MONITOR‘s Gay and Lesbian Perspective this book gives you suggestions on what things need to be done within your company before planning your marketing strategies. You‘ll benefit from ideas and suggestions in Untold Millions that will help you create consumer-driven market strategies to gays and lesbians including:recognizing that there are families and relationships in society that are not heterosexualacknowledging age differences and the needs of particular generationsattracting customers by circulating non-discriminatory hiring policies through press releases and company memos installing domestic partner health care plans and identifying cultural reference points to which gays and lesbians can relateremembering that many gays and lesbians may look at business with cynicism and doubt and may be quick to interpret actions as victimizationreferring to the Wall Street project before addressing gay- and lesbian-specific issuesfocusing on the areas of individuality a need for association and the need to allevia Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419315

Untold Stories in Organizations The field of organizational storytelling research is productive vibrant and diverse. Over three decades we have come to understand how organizations are not only full of stories but also how stories are actively making sustaining and changing organizations. This edited collection contributes to this body of work by paying specific attention to stories that are neglected edited out unintentionally omitted or deliberately left silent. Despite the fact that such stories are not voiced they have a role to play in organizational analysis. The chapters in this volume variously explore how certain realities become excluded or silenced. The stories that remain below the audible range in organizations offer researchers an access to study political practices which marginalise certain organisational realities whilst promoting others. This volume offers a further contribution by paying heed to silence and the processes of silencing. These silences influence the choice of issues on organisational agendas the choice of audience(s) to which these discourses are addressed and the ways of addressing them. In exploring these relatively understudied terrains  Untold Stories in Organizations comprises an important contribution to the organizational storytelling space opening paths for new trajectories in storytelling research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138340893

UntouchableAn Indian Life History Nearly 16% of India’s population – or over 100 million people – are untouchables. Most of them despite decades of government efforts to improve their economic and social position remain desperately poor illiterate subject to brutal discrimination and economic exploitation and with no prospect for improvement of their condition. This is the autobiography first published in 1979 of Muli a 40-year-old untouchable of the Bauri caste living in the Indian state of Orissa as told to an American anthropologist. Muli is a narrator who combines rich descriptions of daily life with perceptive observations of his social surroundings. He describes with absorbing detail what it is like to be at the bottom of Indian life and what happens when an untouchable attempts to break out of his accepted role. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138634572

Untranslatability Goes Global This collection brings together contributions from translation theorists linguists and literary scholars to promote interdisciplinary dialogue about untranslatability and its implications within the context of globalization. The chapters depart from the pragmatics of translation practice and move on to consider the role of the translator’s voice and the translator as author in specific literary works. The volume as a whole seeks to study and at times dramatize the interplay between translation as a creative practice and its place within the dynamic between local and global examining case studies across a wide variety of literary genres and traditions across regions. By highlighting the complex interface between translation practice and theory translator and author and local and global this book will be of particular interest to graduate students and scholars in translation studies and literary studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367365875

UntranslatabilityInterdisciplinary Perspectives This volume is the first of its kind to explore the notion of untranslatability from a wide variety of interdisciplinary perspectives and its implications within the broader context of translation studies. Featuring contributions from both leading authorities and emerging scholars in the field the book looks to go beyond traditional comparisons of target texts and their sources to more rigorously investigate the myriad ways in which the term untranslatability is both conceptualized and applied. The first half of the volume focuses on untranslatability as a theoretical or philosophical construct both to ground and extend the term’s conceptual remit while the second half is composed of case studies in which the term is applied and contextualized in a diverse set of literary text types and genres including poetry philosophical works song lyrics memoir and scripture. A final chapter examines untranslatability in the real world and the challenges it brings in practical contexts. Extending the conversation in this burgeoning contemporary debate this volume is key reading for graduate students and researchers in translation studies comparative literature gender studies and philosophy of language.The editors are grateful to the University of East Anglia Faculty of Arts and Humanities who supported the book with a publication grant. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587192

Untying the KnotWorking with Children and Parents Untying The Knot sets out to present a clinical approach to cases where the referred patient is a child or adolescent but in which the parents are intimately involved in the therapeutic situation.Three fundamental principles inform the work: firstly that early experience influences present lives; secondly that unconscious feelings and f Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329532

Unusable Past First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866422

Unusual InterventionsAlterations of the Frame Method and Relationship in Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis Radical departures from the set and familiar rules of technique often become necessary in the course of psychotherapy and psychoanalysis. These can include conducting a session outside the office giving advice not charging fees talking about oneself giving a gift to the patient and so on. Such interventions have so far remained imbued with mystery or worse have been the staple of cocktail party conversations. Unusual Interventions brings a variety of exceptional measures together to highlight their indications risks and their potential anchors in psychoanalytic theory of human relatedness. In accomplishing this the book itself becomes an unusual addition to the literature on the technique of psychotherapy and psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855758971

Unusual Productions in PhonologyUniversals and Language-Specific Considerations The universalist view that acquisition of phonology is guided by universal principles has been the dominant position for decades.  More recently an alternative view has brought into focus the relationship between developmental markedness and language-specific input frequencies.  With entirely original chapters on non-ambient-like productions by typically and atypically developing children and second language learners Unusual Productions in Phonology delves deeply into these competing explanations to show that patterns observed do not uniquely lend themselves to one or the other explanations.  Rather they point towards the need for both universal markedness and statistical input considerations in any attempted explanation. Containing contributions from leading researchers from around the world this impressive collection is a must-have resource for any researcher practitioner or advanced student specializing in phonology cognitive psychology applied linguistics and communication disorders. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138809802

Unveiling Man's Origins (Routledge Revivals)Ten Decades of Thought About Human Evolution Originally published in 1969 the aim of this book is to tell the story of the major discoveries which have been made and the attitude of the world at large to these discoveries during the ten decades since Darwin published On the Origin of Species in 1859. For anyone interested in man's past and in understanding the significance of each new discovery relating to human evolution this reissue will be of great value. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415611282

Unwelcome HarvestAgriculture and pollution Agriculture Pollutes: pesticides can destroy wildlife and some are toxic to humans; some fungicides and herbicides cause cancer. Nitrates result in the contamination of drinking water and produce the risk of the �blue-baby� syndrome in infants and of stomach cancer in adults. Agriculture produces methane ammonia nitrous oxide and the products of burning off all of which add to the world's problems of acid rain depletion of the ozone layer and global warming. This book which focuses on the UK the USA and Third World countries is the first comprehensive review of agriculture and pollution: it examines the facts and assesses the relative dangers of each pollution problem. It also considers the effects of pollution on agriculture itself � crop yields are depressed and livestock damaged by various forms of pollution from all sources. The authors offer solutions to these apparently overwhelming problems and describe existing technology which would allow us to deal with them. Originally published in 1991 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851831

Unwomanly ConductThe Challenges of Intentional Childlessness First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138428836

Unwrapping JapanSociety and Culture in Anthropological Perspective Recent years have witnessed an explosive growth in the literature published about Japan. Yet it seems that the more that is written about Japan and Japanism – its culture society people – the more mysterious it becomes. As well as exploring issues relating to advertising tourism women festivals and the art world the book depicts how the study of Japanese society contributes to anthropological theory and understanding. The editors use the term ‘unwrapping’ to provide insights into Japanese culture and relate these insights to broader problems and questions prevalent in contemporary anthropological discourse. The issues explored include the contribution of applied anthropology to theory; the relationship between tourism and nostalgia; the interplay of marginality and belonging; the role of advertising in gender relations; status in the art world and the place of Japanese genres of writing within anthropology texts.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851848

Unyielding SpiritsBlack Women and Slavery in Early Canada and Jamaica First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986565

Up And Down Vail Mountain As Vail's Bob Parker tells the story the only difference between the early days of Vail and those of the mining towns in Colorado nearly a hundred years earlier was that Vail's gold was white. Otherwise the scene was similar-the streets were dirt covered the bars were rowdy buildings were being constructed everywhere and the same self-starting and chance-taking spirit prevailed. If you are new to Vail this book should serve as a guide to the trails and special features that you'll find here. If you've been to Vail before it's possible that you've missed a run that might be perfect for you or a special feature that will help complete your skiing day. If you're an old timer there may be new programs you're not aware of or perhaps a secluded part of Vail Mountain you haven't discovered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367217020

UpbeatNine Lives of a Musical Cat David Amram-composer jazz artist conductor and world music pioneer-has been described by the Boston Globe as "the Renaissance man of American music." From early collaborations with Kerouac and Sinatra chosen by Leonard Bernstein as the New York Philharmonic's first composer in residence Amram's artistry has taken him from concerts with Willie Nelson to jamming with the Massai tribe of Kenya. In Upbeat: Nine Lives of a Musical Cat Amram recounts his extraordinary adventures in the many worlds of music he calls home all told in a rollicking anecdotal style that makes you feel that you are at home around the world. He writes "Everywhere I have been in the world music transcends politics. As musicians we were able to go beyond all that and just be fellow human beings." Threading through Amram's tale of music hard work respect and friendship are unforgettable stories of fellow great artists-Dizzie Gillespie Hunter S. Thompson Janet Gaynor George Plimpton Lyle Lovett Zoe Caldwell Willie Nelson and many more. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631332

Upconverting NanomaterialsPerspectives Synthesis and Applications Upconverting Nanomaterials: Perspectives Synthesis and Applications serves as a powerful instrument that explores cutting-edge research knowledge on the topic of upconverting nanosystems while simultaneously providing the necessary fundamental background for nonspecialist readers. The various aspects of upconverting materials are approached both from a theoretical point of view particularly upconverting phenomenon and a practical one. By presenting synthetic strategies functionalization production of core shell structures and nanocomposites this book supplies PhD students researchers and scientists with a wealth of ideas they can apply to different fields of research. Thirty-five renowned scientists from around the world have collaborated to produce 11 chapters that help to "make a voyage" through the most important aspects of UPNPs including syntheses mechanism functionalization and applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367655877

Updating Charles H. CooleyContemporary Perspectives on a Sociological Classic This book explores the contemporary relevance of Charles H. Cooley’s thought bringing together scholars from the US Europe and Australia to reflect on Cooley’s theory and legacy. Offering an up-to-date analysis of Cooley’s reception in the history of the social sciences an examination of epistemological and methodological advances on his work critical assessments and novel articulations of his major ideas and a consideration of new directions in scholarship that draws on Cooley’s thought Updating Charles H. Cooley will appeal to sociologists with interests in social theory interactionism the history of sociology social psychology and the sociology of emotions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585082

Updating MidlifePsychoanalytic Perspectives "Midlife" is a concept used everywhere and from many different vertexes though mostly imprecisely even within the psychoanalytic paradigm. This book tries to settle its proper meaning through the challenge of laying the foundations for the development of a true psychoanalytic metapsychology for "midlife" something that the editors believe in psychoanalysis was lacking. From this viewpoint they invited fourteen renowned psychoanalysts to share their ideas about the issue. The outcome of that work is Updating Midlife: Psychoanalytic Perspectives which in addition to the various contributions includes an introductory paper by the editors. This book is a true step forward in the development of a specific metapsychology for "midlife". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490854

Upgrade Your French Upgrade Your French is the ideal guide for students looking to improve their written French rapidly. It offers a complete revision programme to improve your skills focusing on three key strategies for improving your written French: Eliminating common errors Increasing and consolidating vocabulary Using a wider range of expression and sentence structure This third edition includes enhanced coverage of the subjunctive and a new section on prepositions new revision exercises at the end of each grammar and vocabulary unit (including translation sentences) and a companion website with further practice exercises for each chapter. This is the ideal book for all intermediate students looking for a simple way to improve their French fast. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138500129

Upgrade your German Do you want to increase your chances of getting a top grade in your German exam? Upgrade your German offers a thirty-day revision programme that is guaranteed to improve your results. In the countdown to your exams simply spend between 30 minutes and an hour a day with this book and see your mark upgrade.This short revision guide focuses on three key strategies for improving your exam results: eliminating basic errors and slips of the pen; increasing and consolidating your vocabulary; and improving the style and quality of your German. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138168176

Upgrade Your Italian Aimed at anyone who wants to increase their chance of getting a top grade in Italian exams.Upgrade your Italian offers a thirty-day revision programme that is guaranteed to improve results.Spending between 30 minutes and an hour each day with this book in the countdown to an exam will help towards a better grade.This short revision guide focuses on three key strategies for upgrading your exam results:- Eliminating basic errors and slips of the pen- Increasing and consolidating your vocabulary- Improving the style and quality of your Italian Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138437029

Upgrade Your Spanish Upgrade your Spanish is the ideal guide for students wanting a better grade in their Spanish exams. It offers a thirty day revision programme that is guaranteed to improve your results. In the countdown to exams students should simply spend between 30 minutes to an hour a day with this book and see their mark go up a grade!This short revision guide focuses on three key strategies for improving your exam results: 1) Eliminating basic errors and slips of the pen; 2) Increasing and consolidating your vocabulary; 3) Moving on from school-book Spanish. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138469051

Upgrading Clusters and Small Enterprises in Developing CountriesEnvironmental Labor Innovation and Social Issues SME's are acknowledged as effective sources of jobs and incomes gaining an important position in the development agenda subsequently 'cluster' policies were conceived as a framework to augment the effects of SMEs and to optimize resources used to support them. Based on case studies from Brazil Vietnam Indonesia and India this volume examines SME clusters and argues that unless they counteract common problems such as very low wages poor working conditions poor quality products and lack or environmental regulation they will be pushed out of the market and so become unsustainable. This book suggests that the SME clusters currently being stretched should react by 'socially upgrading' in order to improve their innovation capacity as well as social environmental and labour standards. It puts forward conceptual frameworks which explain the way firms can upgrade: through markets interaction among cluster members through Corporate Social Responsibility and other such public policy and through the better enforcement of regulation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259966

Upgrading Leadership's Crystal BallFive Reasons Why Forecasting Must Replace Predicting and How to Make the Strategic Change in Business and Clearly concisely and with many examples from public and private enterprise Upgrading Leadership’s Crystal Ball shows why predictions are usually wrong and presents a better way to look at the future—forecasting. This book is essential-reading for anyone who needs to make the best possible strategic decisions for moving an organization forward in today’s rapidly changing environment.Dr. Bauer supplies an insightful comparison of the two mainstream approaches for looking ahead. Although predicting and forecasting are usually used as synonyms for a single process they are conceptually and methodologically quite different. He explains why everyday failure to operationalize these differences robs us of power to envision and pursue good futures especially when we are headed in the wrong direction. Readers will learn the real-world value of distinguishing between predicting (extrapolating historical trends) and forecasting (estimating the probabilities of possibilities). Following a description of predictive modeling and a discussion of five reasons why it fails so often in current applications Dr. Bauer explains the superiority of forecasting and how to do it. To complete readers’ understanding of the many compelling reasons for making the shift from predicting to forecasting Upgrading Leadership’s Crystal Ball presents a practical approach to strategic planning in unpredictable times. It concludes with an analysis of the future of big data and its likely impact on the future.Dr. Bauer is uniquely qualified to write this important book; he is trained in both predicting (economics) and forecasting (meteorology). Author of more than 250 publications he is internationally recognized not only for long-term success in foretelling the future of medical science and health care but also for successful innovations to create a better delivery system. This book distills the lessons garnered over his 40 year career as economist and futurist into a guide that other leaders can use to avoid problems and create better options in any realm. The book includes a foreword by Dr. Stan Gryskiewicz author of Positive Turbulence. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466554030

Upgrading Petroleum Residues and Heavy Oils "This useful reference offers in-depth coverage of current techniques for converting heavy oils and residues into more valuable distillates.Examines the chemistry of heavy hydrocarbon feeds and their properties important to engineering design including phase behavior reaction kinetics and thermodynamic and transport characteristics!" Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402075

Upgrading Residues and By-products for Animals Accumulation into one source of what is known regarding the feeding value of these materials and systems which have been developed for improving their digestibility palatability or methods of handling was the motivation for organising this book. These has been an effort to include the major categories of unconventional materials which can potentially be upgraded to provide the ruminant with needed nutrients but certainly some have been missed. It is hoped that this treatise will prove to be a valuable tool for workers involved in improving the utilization of residues and waste products for animals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898353

Upheavals in the Psychoanalytical Institutions IIUpheavals in the Institutions This is a scholarly study in which the author explores a difficult subject matter that has been a tabooed topic in psychoanalysis. She undertakes a serious study of the underlying arguments as to why psychoanalysts have seldom been able to live in harmony with each other. In a very lucid and systematic manner the author examines how a discipline in this case psychoanalysis can be manipulated to its detriment. She explains the disquieting processes that take place which impede the development of psychoanalysis. These influences insidiously infiltrate the organisational ranks as a kind of arguing which should ostensibly enrich psychoanalysis but instead deprives it of its creativity. For a discipline to prosper it is necessary to have the freedom to air doubts ask questions raise hypotheses and contrast discoveries by sharing them with others debating different positions to reflect on the discussions and to change one's views if necessary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200192

Upholding JusticeSocial Psychological and Legal Perspectives This book critically examines the social psychological and legal perspectives of justice. It brings together a wide range of contemporary and relevant issues relating to the gross violation of human rights and presents situation-based evidence from firsthand experiences of behavioral social as well as legal professionals. It deals with themes such as civic and legal rights of children; dignity of the third gender in India; food justice in a welfare state; rights of disabled children; secret marriage of individuals with mental health challenges; and ethics and good governance. Topical and comprehensive this book will be an excellent read for scholars and researchers of political studies legal studies human rights psychology behavioral studies political sociology sociology development studies governance and public policy and South Asian studies. It will also interest policy makers NGOs activists and professionals in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367341312

Upholstery Conservation: Principles and Practice This well referenced book provides an amply illustrated publication on upholstery conservation which discusses and reviews the issues related to the care interpretation and treatment of upholstered furniture.Through many well illustrated case studies the inter-disciplinary collaboration fundamental to upholstery conservation and the complex decision-making process involved in the treatment of upholstered furniture are made evident. The case histories are contributed by leading international practitioners in the field and concern objects and collections in the care of English Heritage the Victoria and Albert Museum the Metropolitan Museum of Art and other internationally renowned institutions.Likewise the contributors from both sides of the Atlantic are world-renowned specialists and leaders in this area of conservation working for the public and private sectors. The case histories illustrated in colour black and white and specially prepared line drawings concern object treatment and documentation the conservation of information the function and the artefact. They range from the documentation of eighteenth century removable chair covers and the treatment of a nineteenth century carriage to a twentieth century foam-filled chair belonging to a museum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606374

Uplifting the Women and the RaceThe Lives Educational Philosophies and Social Activism of Anna Julia Cooper and Nannie Helen Burroughs First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993976

Upon these ShoresThemes in the African-American Experience 1600 to the Present This one-volume comprehensive overview of African American history brings together original essays by some of the foremost authorities in the field. Arranged both thematically and chronologically these papers discuss a wide range of topics - from the Middle Passage to the Civil Rights Movement; from abolition to the Great Migration; from issues in religion class and family to literature education and politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203950104

Upper-Voice Structures and Compositional Process in the Ars Nova Motet In the motets of Philippe de Vitry Guillaume de Machaut and their contemporaries tenors have often been characterized as the primary shaping forces prior in conception as well as in construction to the upper voices. Tenors are shaped by the interaction of talea and color medieval terms now used to refer to the independent repetition of rhythms and pitches respectively. The presence in the upper voices of the periodically repeating rhythmic patterns often referred to as "isorhythm " has been characterized as an amplification of tenor structure. But a fresh look at the medieval treatises suggests a revised analytical vocabulary: for many fourteenth- and fifteenth-century writers both color and talea involved rhythmic repetition the latter in the upper voices specifically. And attention to upper-voice taleae independently of tenor structures brings renewed emphasis to the significant portion of the repertory in which upper voices evince formal schemes that differ from those in the tenors. These structures in turn suggest a revision of the presumed compositional process for motets implying that in some cases upper-voice text and forms may have preceded the selection and organization of tenors. Such revisions have implications for hermeneutic endeavors since not only the forms of motet voices but the meanings of their texts change depending on whether analysis proceeds from the tenor up or from the top down. Where the presumed compositional and structural primacy afforded to tenors has encouraged a strand of interpretation that reads the upper-voice poetry as conforming to and amplifying the tenor text snippets and their liturgical contexts a "bottom-down" view casts tenors in a supporting role and reveals the poetic impulse of the upper voices as the organizing principle of motets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590758

Upping Your ZiggyHow David Bowie Faced His Childhood Demons - and How You Can Face Yours Psycholigist Oliver James bestselling author of They F*** You Up and Affluenza explores in this book the mental illness that afflicted David Bowie's family and Bowie's fear that he too was destined for insanity.  Through Ziggy Stardust and later personas including Aladdin Sane and Thin White Duke Bowie engaged in an internal dialogue played out on an international stage. Eventually he emerged as the emotionally healthy man he remained until his death in January 2016.  Using Bowie's example as well as cases from his work as a therapist Oliver James shows how personas can benefit us all. We can convert the lead of childhood adversity into the gold of emotional health if we identify the roots of our many selves and choose who we become. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204909

Uprising at Bowling GreenHow the Quiet Fifties Became the Political Sixties Often overlooked the student demonstration at Bowling Green State University was the first and most successful 1960s campus protest - and a key point in the transition from 1950s social mores to 1960s activism. What began as a protest against outdated rules about dating and student behaviour quickly turned toward political objectives about civil liberties and ousted the university president. The authors two of whom were present on campus during the demonstration tell the story of how what began as dissent against old schoolmarm rules quickly turned into a fully-fledged 1960s crusade with new issues and tactics. Feminist activists played a leading role and the uprising succeeded in advancing the civil liberties of women. Drawing on the sociological ideas of Weber Durkheim and Marx this book depicts how young activists broke the 1950s mold little aware that many of their ideals would be echoed in many important 1960s protests. It is a vivid portrait of how the 1950s became the 1960s in America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594519352

Uprooted MindsSurviving the Politics of Terror in the Americas In our post-9/11 environment our sense of relative security and stability as privileged subjects living in the heart of Empire has been profoundly shaken. Hollander explores the forces that have brought us to this critical juncture analyzing the role played by the neoliberal economic paradigm and conservative political agenda that emerged in the West over the past four decades with devastating consequences for the hemisphere's citizens. Narrative testimonies of progressive U.S. and Latin American psychoanalysts illuminate the psychological meanings of living under authoritarian political conditions and show how a psychoanalysis "beyond the couch" contributes to social struggles on behalf of human rights and redistributive justice. By interrogating themes related to the mutual effects of social power and ideology large group dynamics and unconscious fantasies affects and defenses Hollander encourages reflections about our experience as social/psychological subjects. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203888230

Uprooting Sexual Violence in Higher EducationA Guide for Practitioners and Faculty With national conversation turned toward sexual assault on college campuses knowing how to identify prevent and address these incidents in a safe and productive way is essential for administrators and faculty. Uprooting Sexual Violence in Higher Education provides colleges and universities with a foundational understanding of twelve risk factors related to sexual assault stalking and intimate partner violence. By presenting a blend of theory research and the personal reflections of professionals ‘on the front lines ’ this book provides insights into the motivations attitudes and behaviors behind sexual assault on campus as well as strategies for mitigating these risk factors in an effort to tailor prevention efforts. Whether you are seeking a way to navigate the recent regulations on sexual violence from the federal government or merely wish to safeguard the welfare of students on your campus this book will provide the neccesary and invaluable foundation you need to empower respect and support all students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138960626

Uprootings/RegroundingsQuestions of Home and Migration New forms of transnational mobility and diasporic belonging have become emblematic of a supposed ‘global' condition of uprootedness. Yet much recent theorizing of our so-called ‘postmodern' life emphasizes movement and fluidity without interrogating who and what is ‘on the move'. This original and timely book examines the interdependence of mobility and belonging by considering how homes are formed in relationship to movement. It suggests that movement does not only happen when one leaves home and that homes are not always fixed in a single location. Home and belonging may involve attachment and movement fixation and loss and the transgression and enforcement of boundaries. What is the relationship between leaving home and the imagining of home itself? And having left home what might it mean to return? How can we re-think what it means to be grounded or to stay put? Who moves and who stays? What interaction is there between those who stay and those who arrive and leave? Focusing on differences of race gender class and sexuality the contributors reveal how the movements of bodies and communities are intrinsic to the making of homes nations identities and boundaries. They reflect on the different experiences of being at home leaving home and going home. They also explore ways in which attachment to place and locality can be secured - as well as challenged - through the movements that make up our dwelling places.Uprootings/Regroundings: Questions of Home and Migration is a groundbreaking exploration of the parallel and entwined meanings of home and migration. Contributors draw on feminist and postcolonial theory to explore topics including Irish Palestinian and indigenous attachments to ‘soils of significance'; the making of and trafficking across European borders; the female body as a symbol of home or nation; and the shifting grounds of ‘queer' migrations and ‘creole' identities.This innovative analysis will open up avenues of research an Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003087298

UpSizingThe Road to Zero Emissions: More Jobs More Income and No Pollution "Zero emissions" has become a definitive term in the debate on sustainable development in the last few years. This radical book focuses on a world where the waste for one process can become the raw material for another – a cascade of materials once thought worthless supporting new products new processes and new wealth – as industries that were previously considered unrelated cluster together. A world where new business will be created on an unprecedented scale. This is not just a theory: projects in the agro-industries based on integrated biosystems are already up and running in countries as diverse as Fiji Namibia and Colombia and are fully described in the book as is the lead given by Japan in terms of the adoption of the concept.  In UpSizing Gunter Pauli founder of the Zero Emissions Research Initiative (ZERI) examines how the adoption of the Zero Emissions concept not only radically reduces pollution and waste but can contribute significantly to the generation of income and jobs – specifically for those that need them most: the rural poor in less developed countries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351282888

UptimeStrategies for Excellence in Maintenance Management Third Edition Uptime describes the combination of activities that deliver fewer breakdowns improved productive capacity lower costs and better environmental performance. The bestselling second edition of Uptime has been used as a textbook on maintenance management in several postsecondary institutions and by many companies as the model framework for their maintenance management programs.Following in the tradition of its bestselling predecessors Uptime: Strategies for Excellence in Maintenance Management Third Edition explains how to deal with increasingly complex technologies such as mobile and cloud computing to support maintenance departments and set the stage for compliance with international standards for asset management.This updated edition reflects a far broader and deeper wealth of experience and knowledge. In addition it restructures its previous model of excellence slightly to align what must be done more closely with how to do it.The book provides a strategy for developing and executing improvement plans that work well with the new values prevalent in today's workforce. It also explains how you can use seemingly competing improvement tools to complement and enhance each other.This edition also highlights action you can take to compensate for the gradual loss of skills in the current workforce as "baby boomers" retire. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482252378

Upward PanicThe Autobiography of Eva Palmer-Sikelianos First Published in 1993.A complete autobiography of Evalina Palmer-Sikelianos (1874-1952) a woman of immense spiritual strength who fought for the arts against the background of war. She contributed impressively throughout her life to the revival of interest in classical Greece the theatre and choral dance and advocated an adherence to mythical authenticity rather than a romanticised view of Greek tragic drama. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315076980

UpwaveCity Dynamics and the Coming Capitalist Revival Countering the many claims that the best days of capitalism are over following the economic meltdown of 2008 onwards this book provocatively argues that a new golden age of capitalism - or upwave - began around 2002 and despite the unstable markets in the western world of the past few years this upwave will produce previously unseen levels of wealth creation during the next twenty years. Basing this theory on the commercialisation of new technologies and the growth of new markets the author claims that these positive trends are key to economic recovery in the US UK and Europe. It argues that the most serious problem facing some countries in the west is government debt and that macroeconomic policy is of limited use in flexible and adaptive economies where innovation entrepreneurship and private investment should be encouraged in a range of cities and city regions. This highly original book will interest those concerned with national economies nation states and urban policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278882

Uranium Enrichment and Nuclear Weapon Proliferation Originally published in 1983 this book presents both the technical and political information necessary to evaluate the emerging threat to world security posed by recent advances in uranium enrichment technology. Uranium enrichment has played a relatively quiet but important role in the history of efforts by a number of nations to acquire nuclear weapons and by a number of others to prevent the proliferation of nuclear weapons. For many years the uranium enrichment industry was dominated by a single method gaseous diffusion which was technically complex extremely capital-intensive and highly inefficient in its use of energy. As long as this remained true only the richest and most technically advanced nations could afford to pursue the enrichment route to weapon acquisition. But during the 1970s this situation changed dramatically. Several new and far more accessible enrichment techniques were developed stimulated largely by the anticipation of a rapidly growing demand for enrichment services by the world-wide nuclear power industry. This proliferation of new techniques coupled with the subsequent contraction of the commercial market for enriched uranium has created a situation in which uranium enrichment technology might well become the most important contributor to further nuclear weapon proliferation. Some of the issues addressed in this book are: A technical analysis of the most important enrichment techniques in a form that is relevant to analysis of proliferation risks; A detailed projection of the world demand for uranium enrichment services; A summary and critique of present institutional non-proliferation arrangements in the world enrichment industry and An identification of the states most likely to pursue the enrichment route to acquisition of nuclear weapons. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367523251

UraniumA Strategic Source of Energy The uranium market is a particularly volatile and unpredictable international commodity market. This book originally published in 1981 analyses the factors responsible for the price rise and falls of uranium in the 1970s. It includes a comprehensive analysis of the international uranium market from its inception and the conditions of price developments in mineral markets in general. The analysis of the uranium market contained in this book provides valuable insights to all those involved int eh different facets of the nuclear industry as well as illustrating how policitical decisions with little concern for the ensuing economic implications can create havoc in international commodity markets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138501119

Urban Access for the 21st CenturyFinance and Governance Models for Transport Infrastructure This book sets out a road map for the provision of urban access for all. For most of the last century cities have followed a path of dependency on car dominated urban transport favouring the middle classes. Urban Access for the 21st Century seeks to change this. Policies need to be more inclusive of the accessibility needs of the urban poor. Change requires redesigning the existing public finance systems that support urban mobility. The aim is to diminish their embedded biases towards automobile-based travel. Through a series of chapters from international contributors the book brings together expertise from different fields. It shows how small changes can incentivize large positive developments in urban transport and create truly accessible cities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415720496

Urban Africa and Violent ConflictUnderstanding Conflict Dynamics in Central and Eastern Africa from an Urban Perspective Urban centres are at the heart of the dynamics of war and peace of stability and violence: as ‘safe havens’ for those seeking protection as concentrations of public administrative and military apparatus and as symbolic bases of state sovereignty and public authority. Heavy fighting in South Sudan’s capital city of Juba post electoral protests and brutal killings in Bujumbura Burundi and violent urban uprisings in Congo’s cities of Goma and Kinshasa all demonstrate that cities represent critical arenas in African conflict and post-conflict dynamics. This comprehensive volume offers a profound analysis of the complex relationship between the dynamics of violent conflict and urbanisation in Central and Eastern Africa. The authors underline the need to look simultaneously at cities to understand ongoing conflict and violence and at conflict-dynamics to understand current urbanisation processes in this part of the world. Building on empirical and analytical insights from cities in Uganda Rwanda Burundi DR Congo South Sudan and Kenya this collection demonstrates how emerging urbanism in the larger Great-Lakes region and its Eastern neighbours presents a fascinating window to investigate the transformative power of protracted violent conflict. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Eastern African Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730376

Urban Agriculture for Growing City RegionsConnecting Urban-Rural Spheres in Casablanca This book demonstrates how agriculture can play a determining role in integrated climate-optimised urban development. Agriculture within urban growth centres today is more than an economic or social left-over or a niche practice. It is instead a complex system that offers multiple potentials for interaction with the urban system. Urban open space and agriculture can be linked to a productive green infrastructure – this forms new urban-rural linkages in the urbanizing region and helps shape the city. But in order to do this agriculture has to be seen as an integral part of the urban fabric and it has to be put on the local agenda.Urban Agriculture for Growing City Regions takes the example of Casablanca one of the fastest growing cities in North Africa to investigate this approach. The creation of synergies between the urban and rural in an emerging megacity is demonstrated through pilot projects design solutions and multifunctional modules. These synergies assure greater resource efficiency; particularly regarding the use and reuse of water and they strengthen regional food security and the social integration of multiple spheres. A transdisciplinary research approach brings together different scientific disciplines and local actors into a process of integrated knowledge production. The book will have a long lasting legacy and is essential reading for researchers planners practitioners and policy makers who are working on urban development and urban agricultural strategies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670009

Urban AgricultureDiverse Activities and Benefits for City Society Most of us live in cities. These are becoming increasingly complex and removed from broad-scale agriculture. Yet within cities there are many examples of greenspaces and local food production that bring multiple benefits that often go unnoticed. This book presents a collection of the latest thinking on the multiple dimensions of sustainable greenspace and food production within cities. It describes the diversity of 'urban agriculture' and seeks a balanced representation between the biophysical and the social. It deals with urban agriculture across scales - from indoor plants to farm-scale filtration of greywater. A range of examples and initiatives from both developed and developing countries is described and evaluated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986572

Urban AgroecologyInterdisciplinary Research and Future Directions Today 20 percent of the global food supply relies on urban agriculture: social-ecological systems shaped by both human and non-human interactions. This book shows how urban agroecologists measure flora and fauna that underpin the ecological dynamics of these systems and how people manage and benefit from these systems. It explains how the sociopolitical landscape in which these systems are embedded can in turn shape the social ecological political and economic dynamics within them. Synthesizing interdisciplinary approaches in urban agroecology in the natural and social sciences the book explores methodologies and new directions in research that can be adopted by scholars and practitioners alike. With contributions from researchers utilizing both social and natural science approaches Urban Agroecology describes the current social-environmental understandings of the science the movement and the practices in urban agroecology. By investigating the role of agroecology in cities the book calls for the creation of spaces for food to be sustainably grown in urban spaces: an Urban Agriculture (UA) movement. Essential reading for graduate students practitioners policy makers and researchers this book charts the course for accelerating this movement. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367260019

Urban Air Pollution in Asian CitiesStatus Challenges and Management Air pollution has become part of the daily existence of many people who work live and use the streets in Asian cities. Each day millions of city dwellers breathe air polluted with concentrations of chemicals smoke and particles that dramatically exceed World Health Organization guideline values. Deteriorating air quality has resulted in significant impacts on human health and environment in Asia. This book provides a comprehensive and comparative assessment of the current status and challenges in urban air pollution management in 20 cities in the Asian region. It examines the effects on human health and the environment and future implications for planning transport and energy sectors. National and local governments have begun to develop air quality management strategies to address the deterioration in urban air quality; however the scope and effectiveness of such strategies vary widely. This book benchmarks these air quality management strategies examines successes and failures in these cities and presents strategies for improving air quality management in cities across Asia and the rest of our rapidly urbanizing world. Information on air quality in Asia is clearly presented with easy-to-read city profiles tables and graphs. This is an essential resource for all those concerned with urban air quality management not just in Asia but in cities across our rapidly urbanizing world. Cities covered Bangkok Beijing Busan Colombo Dhaka Hanoi Ho Chi Minh City Hong Kong Jakarta Kathmandu Kolkata Metro Manila Mumbai New Delhi Seoul Shanghai Singapore Surabaya Taipei and Tokyo Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986589

Urban Allotment Gardens in Europe Although urban allotment gardening dates back to the nineteenth century it has recently undergone a renaissance of interest and popularity. This is the result of greater concern over urban greenspace food security and quality of life. This book presents a comprehensive research-based overview of the various features benefits and values associated with urban allotment gardening in Europe.  The book is based on a European COST Action project which brings together researchers and practitioners from all over Europe for the first detailed exploration of the subject on a continent-wide scale. It assesses the policy planning and design aspects as well as the social and ecological benefits of urban allotment gardening. Through an examination of the wide range of different traditions and practices across Europe it brings together the most recent research to discuss the latest evolutions of urban allotment gardening and to help raise awareness and fill knowledge gaps.  The book provides a multidisciplinary perspective including insights from horticulture and soil science ecology sociology urban geography landscape planning and design. The themes are underpinned by case studies from a number of European countries which supply a wide range of examples to illustrate different key issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138588967

Urban America ExaminedA Bibliography Originally published in 1985 Urban America Examined is a comprehensive bibliography examining the urban environment of the United States. The book is split into sections corresponding to the four main geographic regions of the country looking respectively at research conducted in the East South Midwest and West. The book provides a broad cross section of sources from books to periodicals and covers a range of interdisciplinary issues such as social theory urbanization the growth of the city ethnicity socialism and US politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815379164

Urban AmericaGrowth Crisis and Rebirth This book will change the way Americans think about their cities. It provides a comprehensive economic and social history of urban America since 1950 covering the 29 largest urban areas of that period. Specifically the book covers 17 cities in the Northeast 6 in the South and 6 in the West decade by decade with extensive data and historical narrative. The author divides his analysis into three periods - urban growth (1950 to 1970) urban crisis (late 1960s to 1990) and urban rebirth (since 1990). He draws on the concepts of the vicious circle and the virtuous circle to offer the first in-depth explanation for the transition from urban crisis to urban rebirth that took place in the early 1990s. "Urban America" is both a message of hope and a call to action for students and professionals in urban studies. It will inspire readers to concentrate on finding ways and means to ensure that the urban rebirth will continue. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698441

Urban and Environmental EconomicsAn Introduction The importance of the built environment to environmental protection is well established with strict environmental regulations now a feature of the working lives of planners contractors building designers and quantity surveyors alike. Those new to or preparing to join this industry must have an understanding of how their environmental responsibilities relate to their professional responsibilities in economic terms. Designed as an introductory textbook Urban and Environmental Economics: An Introduction provides the background information from these disciplines to understand crucial tools and economic techniques. A broad range of theories of the natural and built environments and economics are explained helping the reader develop a real understanding of the topics that influence this subject such as: the history of economic thought on the built environment the economics of shared space in the built environment cost-benefit analysis and discounting macro-economic tools measures and policy sustainable development resource valuation. Illustrated throughout and with lists of further reading in every chapter this book is ideal for students at all levels who need to get to grips with the economics of the environment within a built environment context. Particularly useful to those studying planning land economy environmental management or housing development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415619912

Urban and Industrial Water Conservation Methods  Urban and Industrial Water Conservation Methods provides comprehensive and practical information regarding water use for various different sectors and describes the most suitable conservation devices and techniques to reduce water consumption in urban environments. It demonstrates how these conservation devices and best practices can greatly and quickly increase the efficiency of water use in both new and existing buildings.  Features: Examines conservation devices and techniques across residential commercial and institutional sectors. Provides practical advice on implementing water conservation methods for users across various industries. Explains how to quickly improve water efficiency by using cost-effective water-saving devices and techniques. Includes relevant international case studies to reinforce the content. Written by practicing water conservation consultants for a wide audience including municipality authorities and decision-makers researchers and students alike Urban and Industrial Water Conservation Methods applies to residential commercial institutional and industrial end users. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367533182

Urban and Peri-urban Agriculture in AfricaProceedings of a Workshop Netanya Israel 23-27 June 1996 Published in 1999 this work sets out to assess the potential of urban and peri-urban agriculture for generating income and for improving food supply for the growing urban population in Africa. It considers both full-time small-holder farmers and part-timers who hold land under various tenurial conditions. Since the book is a collection of papers based on field studies it contains a wide range of approaches methods of investigation and scientific findings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138351943

Urban And Regional Analysis For Development Planning Dr. Rhoda concisely presents the wide range of analytical methods available to urban and regional development planners. Focusing on the needs of the practitioner in each chapter he concentrates on a particular analytical issue describing several types of relevant analyses and offering guidelines for selecting appropriate techniques to solve speci Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215606

Urban and Regional Data ManagementUDMS Annual 2011 Human activities as well as various natural phenomena change the environment and impact on the quality of life. Analysis of those dynamics is required for a better understanding of urban modifications and to facilitate urban growth and development. Research related to the management of urban data has a long tradition. Through the years a variety of challenging research questions has been investigated related to the collection storage use and visualisation of the data representing the urban phenomena in a computer-based environment. The role of the citizens and their wellbeing has become a critical aspect in all research and development activities. Since 1971 the Urban Data Management Society (UDMS) has organized international symposia across Europe to promote the development of information systems at a local government level. Initially the focus of these symposia was mostly on urban applications but both regional and rural issues have grown in importance over the years. Nowadays an important aim of UDMS is to provide a forum for people to discuss new approaches to consider new technologies and to share practical experiences in the field of urban data management. This book contains a selection of the best 19 out of 42 full papers that were submitted for UDMS 2011. The topics covered represent current trends in urban and regional data management. Urban and Regional Data Management 2011 is divided in four parts: (1) 3D modeling and applications; (2) Data management for local government; (3) Environmental monitoring and assessment; (4) Remote sensing for urban applications and will proof to be a useful source of information for urban regional and rural data-related professionals such as scholars GIS engineers geomatic professionals photogrammetrists land surveyors mapping specialists urban planners and researchers as well as for postgraduate students and lecturers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415674911

Urban and Regional Data ManagementUDMS Annual 2013 The Urban Data Management Society has organised international symposia at various locations throughout Europe since 1971 and UDMS 2013 marks its second visit to London. From its outset UDMS has highlighted changes and trends in urban data and urban data management. However the rate of emergence of new data and new technologies has never been as rapid as it is now. Trends including smart cities smart phones social media 3D modelling volunteered geographic information building information modelling and the internet of things all generate information about the urban environment and the people who live there. Additionally the volume of data generated in part through such techniques has in turn resulted in research into ‘big data’ – how best to handle the data analyse it visualise it in different contexts. Thus the challenges and opportunities facing those working with these new types of urban data are manifold. Given this the general theme for UDMS 2013 was "Recent and Emerging Trends in the Management of New Urban Data." This book contains 20 papers selected from the long papers that were submitted for UDMS 2013. Each paper was reviewed by three independent academic reviewers from around the world both for academic quality and for clarity in communication. The book is intended to be suitable for different readers – from city planners and architects to academics students and policy makers and those involved in urban planning. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138000636

Urban and Regional Development Trajectories in Contemporary Capitalism This book re-evaluates a rich scientific heritage of space- and history-sensitive development theories and produces an integrated methodology for the comparative analysis of urban and regional trajectories within a globalized world. The main argument put forward is that current mainstream analyses of urban and regional development have forgotten this rich heritage and fail to address the connections between different dimensions of development the role of history and the importance of place and scale relations. The proposed methodology integrates elements from different theories – radical economic geography regulation approach cultural political economy old and new institutionalism – that all share a strong concern with time and space dynamics. They are recombined into an interdisciplinary (meta)theoretical framework capable of articulating the overall problem of socio-economic development and providing methodological anchors for comparative case-study analysis while recognizing context specificities. The analytical methodology focuses on key dynamics and relations such as strategic agency and collective action institutions and structures culture and discourse as well as the tension between path-dependency and path-shaping. The methodology is then applied to eight urban and regional cases mostly from Western Europe but also from the United States and China. The case studies confirm the relevance of time- and space-sensitive analysis not only for understanding development trajectories but also for policy making. They ultimately highlight that while post-war institutions were able to address systemic contradictions and foster a relatively inclusive development model the neoliberal turn has led to reductionist policies that not only have resulted in an increase in social and spatial inequalities but have also undermined growth and democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138901186

Urban and Regional Economics Urban and regional economics encompasses both the economics of geography and spatial economics to focus on the growth behaviour and economic performance of cities and regions. Over the last two decades urban and regional economics has grown dramatically—both as a taught subject and as an active research area—and as work in the subdiscipline flourishes as never before this new four-volume collection from Routledge meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the subject’s vast literature and the continuing explosion in research output. The collection part of Routledge’s Critical Concepts in Economics series is edited by Philip McCann author of the leading textbook in the field. He has carefully organized the collection to give users not only a thorough understanding of current ideas but also a detailed exploration of the origin and development of these critical concepts to situate them within a number of rich analytical research traditions. Urban and Regional Economics is fully indexed and includes a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor. It is an essential collection destined to be valued by urban and regional economists—and those working in cognate areas—as a vital research resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415487740

Urban and Regional EconomicsMarxist Perspectives First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780415869119

Urban and Regional Planning This is the sixth edition of the classic text for students of geography and urban and regional planning. It gives an historical overview of the changes in cities and regions and in the development of the theory and practice of planning throughout the 20th and 21st centuries. The extensively revised edition now incorporates new material on European issues as well as updated country-specific sections and the impact of recession. Specific references are made to the most important British developments in recent times including new towns neo-liberalism the devolution to Scotland Wales and Northern Ireland and to cities and combined authorities the role of infrastructure and high-speed rail the impact of austerity neighbourhood planning Brexit and the continual story of the north–south divide. A chapter on United States planning discusses the continuing trends of urban dispersal and social polarisation the treatment of climate change the rise of edge cities and the decline of rustbelt cities as well as initiatives in new urbanism land use planning and transportation policies. Finally the book looks to discuss the main issues that are likely to impact on future forms of planning in the 2020s including digitisation automation sustainability and social polarisation. Urban and Regional Planning will be invaluable to undergraduate as well as postgraduate Planning students. It will prove useful in a variety of built environment areas such as Architecture Landscape Architecture Urban Design Real Estate where planning is taught. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815365303

Urban and Regional Planning in Canada Originally published in 1987 this book presents a wide-ranging review of urban regional economic and environmental planning in Canada. A comprehensive source of information on Canadian planning policies it addresses the wide variations between Canadian provinces. While acknowledging similarities with programs and policies in the United States and Britain the author documents the distinctively Canadian character of planning in Canada.Among the topics addressed in the book are: the agencies of planning; on the nature of urban plans; the instruments of planning; land policies; natural resources; regional planning at the federal level; regional planning and development in Ontario; regional planning in other provinces; environmental protection; planning and people; and reflections on the nature of planning in Canada.The author documents how governmental agencies handle problems of population growth urban development exploitation of natural resources regional disparities and many other issues that fall within the scope of urban and regional planning. But he goes beyond this to address matters of politics law economics social organization. The book is pragmatic eclectic interpretive and critical. It is a valuable contribution to international literature on planning in its political context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412854818

Urban and Regional Policies for Metropolitan Livability In today's public policy arena the regional level is gaining increased attention as problems in policy and service delivery continue to spill over traditional urban government boundaries. This authoritative work focuses on the growing role of regions in addressing and resolving local governance problems."Urban and Regional Policies for Metropolitan Livability" provides a concise up-to-date and systematic treatment of the problems and issues involved in urban and regional policy concerns. Each policy chapter is written by a respected expert in the area and the book covers all the key policy issues that confront contemporary metropolitan areas including transportation the environment affordable housing crime employment poverty education and regional governance. Each chapter outlines an issue which is followed by current thinking on problem diagnosis and problem solving as well as the prognosis for future policy success. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698434

Urban and Rural Change in West Germany Originally published in 1983. Attention is focused in this book on the principal functional spatial and morphological changes which had taken place within West Germany’s uniquely arranged mosaic of cities towns and intervening rural areas during the postwar period. The topics covered here have been carefully selected as key foci of interest and their thematic approach is supported by a large variety of detailed local case studies. This title will be of interest to students of urban geography and urban studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138052086

Urban and Rural Decay PhotographyHow to Capture the Beauty in the Blight If you are a photographer who sees the beauty in abandoned buildings crumbling facades and preserving a fading history and who also has a love of urban exploration you have stumbled on a must-have for your photographic library. Urban and Rural Decay Photography offers expert tips and techniques for capturing breathtaking photographs of your favorite decay scenes whether in urban or rural settings. Author J. Dennis Thomas guides you through the history of decay photography shows you what equipment you will need and discusses digital film and HDR capture and composition. The book addresses which artistic considerations work best for the kinds of shots that capture a moment and convey a story.  He also provides you with important safety advice and matters of the law when entering and working with decaying structures. Chock full of inspiring images that will ignite your creativity and your passion for decay photography Urban and Rural Decay Photography is just the book you need to get you out and discovering your newest urban or rural exploration adventure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415663212

Urban AnimalsCrowding in zoocities The city includes opportunities as well as constraints for humans and other animals alike. Urban animals are often subjected to complaints; they transgress geographical legal and cultural ordering systems while roaming the city in what are often perceived as uncontrolled ways. But they are also objects of care conservation practices and bio-political interventions. What then are the "more-than-human" experiences of living in a city? What does it mean to consider spatial formations and urban politics from the perspective of human/animal relations? This book draws on a number of case studies to explore urban controversies around human/animal relations in particular companion animals: free-ranging dogs homeless and feral cats urban animal hoarding and "crazy cat ladies." The book explores "zoocities " the theoretical framework in which animal studies meets urban studies resulting in a reframing of urban relations and space. Through the expansion of urban theories beyond the human and the resuscitation of sociological theories through animal studies literature the book seeks to uncover the phenomenon of "humanimal crowding " both as threats to be policed and as potentially subversive. In this book a number of urban controversies and crowding technologies are analyzed finally pointing at alternative modes of trans-species urban politics through the promises of humanimal crowding—of proximity and collective agency. The exclusion of animals may be an urban ideology aiming at social order but close attention to the level of practice reveals a much more diverse disordered and perhaps disturbing experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138635050

Urban Architectures in Interwar Yugoslavia Resulting from a twenty-year period of research this book seeks to challenge contradictions between the concepts of national and modern architectures promoted among the most pronounced national groups of Yugoslavia: Serbs Croats and Slovenes. It spans from the beginning of their nation-building programs in the mid-nineteenth century until the collapse of unified South Slavic ideology and the outbreak of the Second World War. Organized into two parts it sheds new light onto the question of how two conflicting political agendas – on one side the quest for integral Yugoslavism and on the other the fight for strictly separate national identities – were acknowledged through the architecture and urbanism of Belgrade Zagreb and Ljubljana. Drawing wider conclusions author Tanja D. Conley investigates boundaries between two opposing yet interrelated tendencies characterizing the architectural professional in the age of modernity: the search for authenticity versus the strive towards globalization. Urban Architectures in Interwar Yugoslavia will appeal to researchers academics and students interested in Central and Eastern European architectural history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138393646

Urban Art and the CityCreating Destroying and Reclaiming the Sublime This book offers original interdisciplinary insights into cities as a diachronic creation of urban art. It engages in a sequence of historical perspectives to examine urban space as an object of apparent quasi-cycles and processes of constitution exaltation imitation contestation and redemption through art.  Urban art transforms the city into a human-made sublime which is explored in the context of the Eastern Mediterranean. The book probes this process primarily through the example of Athens and Byzantine Constantinople but also Jerusalem Cyprus and regional cities revealing how urban space unavoidably encompasses a spatial and temporal palimpsest which is constantly emerging. It presents new ideas for both the theorization and sensuous conception of artistic reality architecture and planning attributes. These extend from archaic classical and Byzantine urban splendour to current urban decline as constitution and attack on the sublime and back. Urban processes of contestation and redemption respond recently to the new ‘imperialism of debt’ and the positivist technocratic understandings and demands of Euro-governments and neoliberal institutions while still evoking older forms of spatial power.Offering fresh notions on art architecture space antiquity (post)-modernity and politics of the region this book will appeal to scholars and students of geography urban studies art restoration and film theory architecture landscape design planning anthropology sociology and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367132965

Urban AssemblagesHow Actor-Network Theory Changes Urban Studies This book takes it as a given that the city is made of multiple partially localized assemblages built of heterogeneous networks spaces and practices. The past century of urban studies has focused on various aspects—space culture politics economy—but these too often address each domain and the city itself as a bounded and cohesive entity. The multiple and overlapping enactments that constitute urban life require a commensurate method of analysis that encompasses the human and non-human aspects of cities—from nature to socio-technical networks to hybrid collectivities physical artefacts and historical legacies and the virtual or imagined city. This book proposes—and its various chapters offer demonstrations—importing into urban studies a body of theories concepts and perspectives developed in the field of science and technology studies (STS) and more specifically Actor-Network Theory (ANT). The essays examine artefacts technical systems architectures place and eventful spaces the persistence of history imaginary and virtual elements of city life and the politics and ethical challenges of a mode of analysis that incorporates multiple actors as hybrid chains of causation. The chapters are attentive to the multiple scales of both the object of analysis and the analysis itself. The aim is more ambitious than the mere transfer of a fashionable template. The authors embrace ANT critically as much as a metaphor as a method of analysis deploying it to think with to ask new questions to find the language to achieve more compelling descriptions of city life and of urban transformations. By greatly extending the chain or network of causation proliferating heterogeneous agents non-human as well as human without limit as to their enrolment in urban assemblages Actor-Network Theory offers a way of addressing the particular complexity and openness characteristic of cities. By enabling an escape from the reification of the city so common in social theory ANT’s notion of hybrid assemblages offers richer framing of the reality of the city—of urban experience—that is responsive to contingency and complexity. Therefore Urban Assemblages is a pertinent book for students practitioners and scholars as it aims to shift the parameters of urban studies and contribute a meaningful argument for the urban arena which will dominate the coming decades in government policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415692052

Urban BiodiversityFrom Research to Practice Urban biodiversity is an increasingly popular topic among researchers. Worldwide thousands of research projects are unravelling how urbanisation impacts the biodiversity of cities and towns as well as its benefits for people and the environment through ecosystem services. Exciting scientific discoveries are made on a daily basis. However researchers often lack time and opportunity to communicate these findings to the community and those in charge of managing planning and designing for urban biodiversity. On the other hand urban practitioners frequently ask researchers for more comprehensible information and actionable tools to guide their actions. This book is designed to fill this cultural and communicative gap by discussing a selection of topics related to urban biodiversity as well as its benefits for people and the urban environment. It provides an interdisciplinary overview of scientifically grounded knowledge vital for current and future practitioners in charge of urban biodiversity management its conservation and integration into urban planning. Topics covered include pests and invasive species rewilding habitats the contribution of a diverse urban agriculture to food production implications for human well-being and how to engage the public with urban conservation strategies. For the first time world-leading researchers from five continents convene to offer a global interdisciplinary perspective on urban biodiversity narrated with a simple but rigorous language. This book synthesizes research at a level suitable for both students and professionals working in nature conservation and urban planning and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138224391

Urban Captivity NarrativesWomen’s Writing After 9/11 Evolving from a rigorous study of post-9/11 women's writing Dr. Heather Hillsburg's new monograph identifies an emerging genre which she names Urban Captivity Narratives. Using examples ranging from memoir to young adult fiction each of the texts examined in the study follows a female protagonist who has survived abduction been held captive for months or even years and subjected to sexual emotional and physical abuse by their captor. Hillsburg contextualizes these narratives and takes into consideration our current political atmosphere the role of patriarchy and various social anxieties that come into play when discussing the kind of oppression seen in these narratives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367271718

Urban Challenges in Spain and Portugal Contemporary cities in the Iberian Peninsula have gone through a period of dramatic changes during the last decade. A period of upward economic indicators and massive urbanization was followed by a tremendous financial crash in 2007 that sank Spanish and Portuguese societies into a profound crisis. That period of massive urbanization has been explained by several factors: the availability of financial capital that was speculatively invested in real-estate a rather sympathetic land use regulation and the real or perceived social mobility by most social groups which included housing acquisition enabled by unusual credit facilities. In this book we aim to show several different aspects of this process both in Portugal and Spanish cities problematizing the economic and social consequences of such a model of urban and economic growth and also presenting some policy and governance outcomes that took place along the last decade. This book was published as a special issue of Urban Research and Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415705554

Urban Change and Citizenship in Times of Crisis3 Volume Set Urban Change and Citizenship in Times of Crisis addresses the fact that in the beginning of the twenty-first century the majority of the world’s population is urbanized a social fact that has turned cities more than ever into focal sites of social change. Multiple economic and political strategies employed by a variety of individual and collective actors on a number of scales constitute cities as contested spaces that hold opportunities as well as restrictions for their inhabitants. While cities and urban spaces have long been of central concern for the social sciences today classical sociological questions about the city acquire new meaning: Can cities be spaces of emancipation or does life in the modern city entail a corrosion of citizenship rights? Is the city the focus of societal transformation processes or do urban environments lose importance in shaping social reality and economic relationships? Furthermore new questions urgently need to be asked: What is the impact of different historical phenomena such as neo-liberal restructuring financial and economic crises or migration flows as well as their respective counter-movements on the structure of contemporary cities and on the citizenship rights of city inhabitants? The three volumes address such crucial questions thereby opening up new spaces of debate on both the city and new developments of urbanism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367901165

Urban Change and Citizenship in Times of CrisisVolume 1: Theories and Concepts Urban Change and Citizenship in Times of Crisis addresses the fact that in the beginning of the twenty-first century the majority of the world’s population is urbanised a social fact that has turned cities more than ever into focal sites of social change. Multiple economic and political strategies employed by a variety of individual and collective actors on a number of scales constitute cities as contested spaces that hold opportunities as well as restrictions for their inhabitants. While cities and urban spaces have long been of central concern for the social sciences today classical sociological questions about the city acquire new meaning: Can cities be spaces of emancipation or does life in the modern city entail a corrosion of citizenship rights? Is the city the focus of societal transformation processes or do urban environments lose importance in shaping social reality and economic relationships? Furthermore new questions urgently need to be asked: What is the impact of different historical phenomena such as neo-liberal restructuring financial and economic crises or migration flows as well as their respective counter-movements on the structure of contemporary cities and on the citizenship rights of city inhabitants? The three volumes address such crucial questions thereby opening up new spaces of debate on both the city and new developments of urbanism. The contributions to Theories and Concepts offer new theoretical reflections on the city in a philosophical and historical perspective as well as fresh empirical analyses of social life in urban contexts. Chapters not only critically revisit classical and modern philosophical considerations about the nature of cities but no less discuss normative philosophical reflections of urban life and the role of religion in historical processes of the emergence of cities. Composed around the question whether there can be such a thing as a ‘successful city’ this volume addresses issues of urban political subjectivities by considering the city’s role in historical processes of emancipation the fight for citizenship rights and today’s challenges and opportunities with regard to promoting social justice integration and diversity. Consequentially theory-driven empirical analyses offer new insight into ways of solving problems in urban contexts and a genuine approach to analyse the Social Quality in cities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367205621

Urban Change and Citizenship in Times of CrisisVolume 2: Urban Neo-liberalisation The contributions to Urban neo- liberalisation bring together critical analyses of the dynamics and processes neo- liberalism has facilitated in urban contexts. Recent developments such as intensified economic investment and exposure to aggressive strategies of banks hedge- funds and investors and long- term processes of market- and state- led urban restructuration have produced uneven urban geographies and new forms of exclusion and marginality. These strategies have no less transformed the governance of cities by subordinating urban social life to rationalities and practices of competition within and between cities and they also heavily impact on city inhabitants’ experience of everyday life. Against the backdrop of recent austerity politics and a marketisation of cities this volume discusses processes of urban neo- liberalisation with regard to democracy and citizenship inclusion and exclusion opportunities and life- chances. It addresses pressing issues of commodification of housing and home activation of civil society vulnerability and the right to the city. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367205645

Urban Change and Citizenship in Times of CrisisVolume 3: Figurations of Conflict and Resistance At times of triumphant neo-liberalism cities increasingly become objects of financial speculation. Formally social and political rights might not be abolished yet factually they have become inaccessible for large parts of the population. The contributions gathered in this volume shed light on the clash between the perspectives of restructuring and reordering urban environments in the interest of investors and the manifold and innovative agencies of resistance that claim and stand up for the rights of urban citizenship. Renewed waves of urban transformation employ state coercion to foster the expulsion of poor and marginalised inhabitants from those urban spaces that attract interest from speculators. The intervention of state agencies triggers the work of hegemonic culture for reframing the housing issue and implementing moral and political legitimation as well as legislation that restricts urban citizenship rights. The case studies of the volume comparatively show the different and sometimes contradictory patterns of these conflicts in Berlin Sydney Belfast Jerusalem Amsterdam and Ä°stanbul as well as in metropoles of Latin America and China. Innovative resistance agencies emerge that paint possible paths for the re-establishment of the right to the city as the core of urban citizenship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367205676

Urban Child and Adolescent Mental Health ServicesA Responsive Approach to Communities Urban Child and Adolescent Mental Health Services weaves together different strands of mental health work undertaken in one inner-city Child and Adolescent Mental Health Service by professionals working in a range of ways. In particular it provides examples of how an urban CAMH service has been responsive to and influenced by local circumstances resources and knowledge. The book explores the relationship between professionals and the community context which provides the background to the lives of individual service users and the families they serve and how this relationship is integral to the development of a responsive service. The chapters cover a range of settings and approaches addressing the social cultural political and community contexts impacting on children young people and families. In this way Urban Child and Adolescent Mental Health Services explores challenges and issues emerging in a responsive approach to child and family work in all community settings whether they be urban suburban or rural. Urban Child and Adolescent Mental Health Services is intended for mental health and social care professionals involved in therapeutic social and pastoral work with children young people families and communities. The book will be of interest to policy-makers mental health and social care professionals health visitors general practitioners nurses and midwives as well as to trainees in these professions including trainee clinical psychologists social workers or psychoanalytic and systemic psychotherapists. It will also appeal to those interested in responsive communities and critical approaches to therapeutic interventions in mental health work psychology psychotherapy and counselling. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415706490

Urban Children Distress This book describes how deprived urban children and their families and communities try to cope with scarcity neglect and discrimination. It communicates the smell the sweat the agonies and the occasional triumphs of the poor in their day-to-day struggle for a rightful share of human dignity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003077237

Urban China's Rural FringeActors Dimensions and Management Challenges Giulio Verdini PhD in Economics Urban and Regional Development from the University of Ferrara is Associate Professor in Urban Planning and Design and Co-Director of the Research Institute of Urbanisation at Xian Jiaotong-Liverpool University People's Republic of China. Dr. Yiwen Wang PhD in Architecture from the University of Nottingham is Lecturer in Urban Planning and Design at Xian Jiaotong-Liverpool University People's Republic of China. Dr. Xiaonan Zhang PhD in Urban Geography at University of Salford UK is the former Head of the Department of Urban Planning and Design at Xian Jiaotong- Liverpool University People's Republic of China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138342002

Urban Climate Change Crossroads Urban climate change is a crossroads in two very different senses. One is historical. With the world now more than half urban and given the ecological consequences of the world's high-consumption urban centers we are at an ecological crossroad. We either head off the worst of ecological collapse through concerted and forward-looking action or we face a 'Mad Max future' of dystopia violence and upheaval. The second crossroad is intellectual. Our individual disciplines are unable to grasp the magnitude of the economic-ecological challenges ahead. For that we need to work holistically calling on the knowledge of climatologists engineers sociologists economists public health specialist designers architects community organizers and more. The intellectual crossroad is nothing less than a new intellectual field of Sustainable Development. Based on a major international forum held in Rome in 2008 this volume brings together leading climate change experts to engage with the climate change discourse as it shifts from mitigation to adaptation with particular attention to the urban environment. In doing so it provides important insights into how to deal with the first crossroad by achieving the second. It represents a new generation of thinking involving not only science but the broad array of fields that must be called upon to effectively address the global climate crisis: from ecological science to political science; from economics to philosophy to architecture; and from public health to public art. It is a pioneering effort to broaden the discursive field and is likely to remain a landmark study on the subject for a generation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315548906

Urban Climate Mitigation Techniques The urban climate is continuously deteriorating. Urban heat lowers the quality of urban life increases energy needs and affects the urban socio-economy. Urban Climate Mitigation Techniques presents steps that can be taken to mitigate this situation through a series of innovative technologies and examples of best practices for the improvement of the urban climate.Including tools for evaluation and a comparative analysis this book addresses anthropogenic heat green areas cool materials and pavements outdoor shading structures evaporative cooling and earth cooling. Case studies demonstrate the success and applicability of these measures in various cities throughout the world. Useful for urban designers architects and planners Urban Climate Mitigation Techniques is a step by step tour of the innovative technologies improving our urban climate providing a holistic approach supported by well-established quantitative examples. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669980

Urban Coding and Planning Urban codes have a profound influence on urban form affecting the design and placement of buildings streets and public spaces. Historically their use has helped create some of our best-loved urban environments while recent advances in coding have been a growing focus of attention particularly in Britain and North America. However the full potential for the role of codes has yet to be realized. In Urban Coding and Planning Stephen Marshall and his contributors investigate the nature and scope of coding; its purposes; the kinds of environments it creates; and perhaps most importantly its relationship to urban planning. By bringing together historical and ongoing traditions of coding from around the world – with chapters describing examples from the United Kingdom France India China Japan Australia South Africa the United States and Latin America – this book provides lessons for today’s theory and practice of place-making. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203717561

Urban ComicsInfrastructure and the Global City in Contemporary Graphic Narratives Urban Comics: Infrastructure and the Global City in Contemporary Graphic Narratives makes an important and timely contribution both to comics studies and urban studies offering a decolonisation and reconfiguration of both of these already interdisciplinary fields. With chapter-length discussions of comics from cities such as Cairo Cape Town New Orleans Delhi and Beirut this book shows how artistic collectives and urban social movements working across the global South are producing some of the most exciting and formally innovative graphic narratives of the contemporary moment.Throughout the author reads an expansive range of graphic narratives through the vocabulary of urban studies to argue that these formal innovations should be thought of as a kind of infrastructure. This ‘infrastructural form’ allows urban comics to reveal that the built environments of our cities are not static banal or depoliticised but rather highly charged material spaces that allow some forms of social life to exist while also prohibiting others. Built from a formal infrastructure of grids gutters and panels and capable of volumetric multi-scalar perspectives this book shows how urban comics are able to represent repair and even rebuild contemporary global cities toward more socially just and sustainable ends.Operating at the intersection of comics studies and urban studies and offering large global surveys alongside close textual and visual analyses this book explores and opens up the fascinating relationship between comics and graphic narratives on the one hand and cities and urban spaces on the other. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660635

Urban CommonsRethinking the City This book rethinks the city by examining its various forms of collectivity – their atmospheres modes of exclusion and self-organization as well as how they are governed – on the basis of a critical discussion of the notion of urban commons. The idea of the commons has received surprisingly little attention in urban theory although the city may well be conceived as a shared resource. Urban Commons: Rethinking the City offers an attempt to reconsider what a city might be by studying how the notion of the commons opens up new understandings of urban collectivities addressing a range of questions about urban diversity urban governance urban belonging urban sexuality urban subcultures and urban poverty; but also by discussing in more methodological terms how one might study the urban commons. In these respects the rethinking of the city undertaken in this book has a critical dimension as the notion of the commons delivers new insights about how collective urban life is formed and governed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241633

Urban Competitiveness in Developing Economies Plenty has been written on the competitiveness of megacities capital cities and regional hubs. Cities in developing countries have not yet received the same attention – this book fills that gap. An international team of expert academics have come together to present a comprehensive study of the competitiveness of cities in the developing world. Spanning Asia Africa and Latin America this book homes in on specific city cases and examines how they relate to the rest of the global economy. The focus is on acknowledging their unique contexts while drawing out commonalities and ultimately identifying ways for them to enhance their competitiveness wellbeing and sustainability. This volume will be valuable reading to advanced students researchers and policymakers in urban and regional studies economic geography and economic development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138336001

Urban CompetitivenessTheory and Practice During the past 25 years the burden of managing economic policy for competitiveness has devolved to cities and to urban regions. National governments have increasingly been focused on staving off fiscal collapse. Mayors and local administrations have become very creative and active in looking after the state of their local economy and have developed extensive agencies for inter-city cooperation and action. This book explores this evolving role of cities and urban regions. Intelligent and rational policy must be based on an accurate understanding of the situation at hand and of the economic theory that can be utilized in the assessment of the most effective means that can be deployed. This book examines the theoretical contributions of economists and geographers and through the analyses of the performance of various cities will give the reader an understanding of the logic behind rational policy formation. Evaluation of a city’s relative competitiveness is a controversial matter and this book provides a full treatment of the various approaches. Finally it examines the experiences with competitiveness of several cities in North America and in Europe. Urban Competitiveness: Theory and Practice confirms that many cities in trying times do have a mechanism for enhancing their competitiveness and can work to create the sort of economic life the city’s residents want. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138364004

Urban Complexity and PlanningTheories and Computer Simulations In recent years there has been a new understanding of how cities evolve and function which reflects the emergent paradigm of complexity. The crux of this view is that cities are created by differentiated actors involved in individual small-scale projects interacting in a complex way in the urban development process. This 'bottom up' approach to urban modeling not only transforms our understanding of cities but also improves our capabilities of harnessing the urban development process. For example we used to think that plans control urban development in an aggregate holistic way but what actually happens is that plans only affect differentiated actors in seeking their goals through information. In other words plans and regulations set restrictions or incentives of individual behaviour in the urban development process through imposing rights information and prices and the analysis of the effects of plans and regulations must take into account the complex urban dynamics at a disaggregate level of the urban development process. Computer simulations provide a rigorous promising analytic tool that serves as a supplement to the traditional mathematical approach to depicting complex urban dynamics. Based on the emergent paradigm of complexity the book provides an innovative set of arguments about how we can gain a better understanding of how cities emerge and function through computer simulations and how plans affect the evolution of complex urban systems in a way distinct from what we used to think they should. Empirical case studies focus on the development of a compact urban hierarchy in Taiwan China and the USA but derive more generalizable principles and relationships among cities complexity and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278592

Urban Confrontations in Literature and Social Science 1848-2001European Contexts American Evolutions In an innovative contribution to the challenging of disciplinary boundaries Edward J. Ahearn juxtaposes works of literature with the writings of social scientists to discover how together they illuminate city life in ways that neither can accomplish separately. Ahearn's argument spans from the second half of the nineteenth century in Western Europe to the present-day United States and encompasses a wide range of literary genres and sociological schools. For example Charles Baudelaire's essays on the city are viewed alongside the work of Emile Durkheim and Georg Simmel; Bertolt Brecht's Jungle of Cities heightens the arguments of Louis Wirth and Robert Park; Richard Wright's Native Son and Saul Bellow's The Adventures of Augie March are re-visioned in tandem with works by William Julius Wilson and others; Herman Melville's "Bartleby the Scrivener" poses a challenge to James Q. Wilson's Bureaucracy; Toni Morrison's historical novel Jazz is buttressed by the career of Robert Moses and the revisionist work of historians Hilary Ballon and Kenneth T. Jackson; and Don DeLillos's Cosmopolis comes into brilliant focus in the light of arguments on world cybercities by David Harvey Saskia Sassen and Manuel Cassels. Resisting the temptation to ignore contradictions for the sake of interpretation Ahearn instead offers the reader a view of the modern city as complex as his subject matter. Here the methodologies and knowledge generated by the social sciences are both complemented and subverted by the experience of city life as portrayed in literature. With its diverse narrative tactics and shifting points of view which can be as disorienting to the reader as a foreign city is to an arriving immigrant literature reinforces the importance of method and outlook in the social sciences. Ultimately Ahearn suggests neither literature nor the social sciences can capture the experience of urban misery. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266049

Urban Connections in the Contemporary Pedestrian Landscape Urban Connections in the Contemporary Pedestrian Landscape explores the significant physical and cultural changes in our urban areas following the implementation of design strategies and increased pedestrian activity. Beginning with a history of the urban grid the book then discusses experiential factors of pedestrianized urban landscapes in three scales arterials collectors and locals with an emphasis on inductive and deductive design alternatives. It closely examines elements derived from current urban pedestrian experiences including form scale surfaces and identity and provides alternative design solutions for the future. Uniquely focusing on a hierarchical discussion of the quality of contemporary landscape design applications within the urban grid and with illustrated examples throughout the text this will be useful recommended reading for academics researchers and postgraduate students on urban landscape and design courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815355601

Urban ConstellationsSpaces of Cultural Regeneration in Post-Industrial Britain This book investigates the iconic architectural cultural spaces of the contemporary cityscape as engines of regeneration. Promising much to their fading locales these spaces locate culture in the space where production once ruled in order to revitalise post-industrial urban provinces. With close attention to four sites across the UK Urban Constellations engages with the work of Walter Benjamin and Jean Baudrillard to read these spaces and in so doing offer a critical intervention into the theory and experience of contemporary cityscapes. Developing the notion of surface ethnography as a methodological approach to examining the form of cultural experience produced by urban cultural spaces the author sheds light on the manner in which they transform cultural spectatorship express wider political and ecological concerns and offer differing views to the ’native’ and the ’tourist’ in the construction of local history. The book also examines the decline of the idea that iconic projects can drive regeneration in the failures and delays that can beset such undertakings. Offering a rich examination of the legacy of urban change in its most recent formulation - that of cultural regeneration - this book reveals the fragile potential of the spaces produced by contemporary ’dream houses’ and as such will be of interest to scholars of cultural studies sociology and social theory urban studies cultural geography and architecture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599881

Urban CosmopoliticsAgencements assemblies atmospheres Invoking the notion of ‘cosmopolitics’ from Bruno Latour and Isabelle Stengers this volume shows how and why cities constitute privileged sites for studying the search for and composition of common worlds of cohabitation. A cosmopolitical approach to the city focuses on the multiple assemblages of human and nonhuman actors that constitute urban common worlds and on the conflicts and compromises that arise among different ways of assembling the city. It brings into view how urban worlds are always in the process of being subtly transformed destabilized decentred questioned criticized or even destroyed. As such it opens up novel questions as to the gradual and contested composition of urban life thereby forcing us to pay more explicit attention to the politics of urban assemblages. Focusing on changing sanitation infrastructures and practices emerging forms of urban activism processes of economic restructuring transformations of the built environment changing politics of expert-based urban planning as well as novel practices for navigating the urban everyday the contributions gathered in this volume explore different conceptual and empirical configurations of urban cosmopolitics: agencements assemblies atmospheres. Taken together the volume thus aims at introducing and specifying a novel research program for rethinking urban studies and politics in ways that remain sensitive to the multiple agencies materialities concerns and publics that constitute any urban situation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138813410

Urban Crime Prevention Surveillance and Restorative JusticeEffects of Social Technologies Crime prevention surveillance and restorative justice have transformed the response to crime in recent years. Each has had a significant impact on policy introducing new concepts and reassessing traditional aims and priorities. While such efforts attract a great deal of criminological interest they tend to be discussed within separate and discrete literatures rather than as part of a cohesive and concerted effort. Urban Crime Prevention Surveillance and Restorative Justice: Effects of Social Technologies examines these emerging trends which are increasingly being contemplated by police courts and corrections agencies and explores how these three concepts are changing national and international policies concerning crime. Going beyond the conventional methods for crime reduction The book addresses these topics within a larger framework of social technology defined as coordinated action derived from an organized field of knowledge to achieve a particular result. It focuses on efforts aimed at reducing and responding to crime without reliance on the conventional criminal justice practices of police and prisons. The contributors discuss diffusion of knowledge about crime though media and criminological research surveillance technologies and their effect on crime and finally the concept of restorative justice with an emphasis on juvenile justice and its relationship to social regulations in general. Comprising the contributions of numerous experts in the field of criminology the book asks "What is the interaction between knowledge planning and social repercussions?" The answer to this question forms a valuable basis from which to evaluate proposals for social improvements related to crime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138415423

Urban CriminologyThe City Disorder Harm and Social Control Urban Criminology offers an accessible analysis of our urban condition viewed through the prism of crime disorder and social harm. This book gathers cutting-edge treatments research field reports and critical examinations of crime and harm in cities from the disciplines of urban studies and criminology. The social economic and political composition of cities and the various inequalities that mark out and drive the problem of crime in many cities today are foregrounded. Readers follow a series of thematic engagements generating a deeper understanding of a range of key areas that include problems of violence social and spatial divisions housing policing and the role of the urban economy in issues of financial crime. This book comes at a time of rising crime in many cities and complex responses by city administrations and communities. It presents a critical political thesis – that crime in cities must be understood with reference to the varying social structures political forces and economic opportunities of cities. These influences intersect to produce dramatic variations in victimisation and attempts at social control often felt most strongly around class and gender divisions. To understand crime we must better understand the life of the city. Urban Criminology seeks to present an integrated framework that brings to life these key issues and seeks to enthuse students of our urban condition – to locate the harms within it and to identify ways of reducing the risk of crime. This book is ideal reading for all students with an interest in cities crime community life urban sociology and urban cultures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415715317

Urban Culture in Pre-War Japan Politically the 1910s and 1920s were dark days for Japan: economic instability frequent political assassinations and increasing violent military interventions at home and overseas affected many. This book explores the literature of the period showing how it contributed to this overall mood. It focuses on the Tatsukawa Library an unusual collection of military chronicles based on traditions of popular storytelling found in the yose — a network of small theatrical venues that provided the masses living and working in Japan’s major cities with affordable entertainment. Capitalising on local advances in Western-style printing the series facilitated a ‘new wave’ of literature that appealed especially to young marginalised economically-insecure urban youths. This book discusses how the narrative content of the Tatsukawa Library which focuses on historical samurai struggling valiantly against adverse circumstances helped inspire a generation with admiration for violence. This work also examines how this outlook fitted with the Japanese state’s reintroduction of imperial propaganda. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728618

Urban CultureExploring Cities and Cultures  This innovative text uses the lens of culture to examine the various theoretical perspectives and paradigms of urban analysis. It explores the city's impact on how we make and consume all types of culture—art music literature architecture film and more—not only illustrating the effects the urban environment has on the production of culture but at times how culture has influenced the city. Theoretically diverse Urban Culture employs the major theoretical perspectives in sociology and the major paradigms in Urban Sociology and Urban Studies: Urban Ecology Marxism New Urbanism Socio-Psychological Perspective Structuralists/Econometrics and Urban Elites/ Entrepreneurs. Urban Terrorism is also addressed to provide a timely examination of the cultural impact and sociological effects of terrorism in an urban setting. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315662282

Urban Decline (Routledge Revivals) In the twentieth century urban growth was one of the most powerful catalysts of geographical social and demographic change in the Western world. When this book was first published in 1989 however a massive process of counter-urbanization was underway which saw the loss of population and jobs in cities and a pronounced urban to rural shift. This book analyses the causes and consequences of urban decline in Britain and the developed world during this period and beyond and assesses the implications for urban planning and policy. David Clark’s relevant and comprehensive title will be of value to students with a particular interest in urban geography and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415858137

Urban Deer Havens Urban Deer Havens consists of a thorough examination of selected cervid (deer) species that are known to inhabit urban communities in the United States. The deer species that are included in this presentation consisted of white-tailed (Odocoileus virginianus) Key deer (O. v. clavium) moose (Alces alces) elk (Cervus elaphus) mule (Odocoileus hemionus) and black-tailed deer (O. h. columbianus). This book is the first attempt to examine the similarities and differences in those factors that allow the selected cervids to exist and thrive in urban habitats. This information has never been collected collated reviewed and published under one cover document. Yet all five are known to inhabit urban communities within their geographic range. The lack of information concerning several important examples of urban cervids in conjunction with a proliferation of information on white-tailed deer only is an incomplete and biased presentation. This book is the first comprehensive source of information on urban deer management which includes a broad assemblage of urban cervids. The overall objective of this book is to provide a more holistic examination of urban cervids. For example it examines the similarities and differences of the environmental impacts management strategies and human dimensions considerations concerning urban cervids in general and using specific examples. Urban Deer Havens features four chapters that include: Urban deer census techniques and population dynamics Comprehensive tables that review urban community deer management plans National and state-wide estimates the five selected cervids Laws and regulations concerning urban deer Lethal and nonlethal management options for managing deer Steps for managing urban deer populations Examples of urban deer management efforts Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138305076

Urban Deprivation and the Inner City Originally published in 1979. Phenomena such as high levels of unemployment decaying and vandalised council estates poor educational achievements by schoolchildren and the population decline in inner cities are just some of the problems challenged by this important work. The contributors from such diverse fields as economics geography public administration social policy and sociology investigate the specific areas where the problematic conditions of unemployment and housing tend to predominate. This title will be of particular interest to students of the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138036482

Urban Design From the earliest attempts to structure and organize human settlements in the image of divine cosmic or an ideal social order the notion of urban design has deep historical roots. Down the ages the design of cities has reflected edicts prescribed by the highest authorities including priests rulers philosophers and visionary thinkers. Many dynasties sought glory and fame in the design of their cities and—even in modern times—new cities have been designed and built as icons of independence and as symbols of progress. Thus city design has played a crucial role in the construction of new capitals like Brasilia Chandigarh and Islamabad and—more recently—in the dizzying new urban developments of Dubai and Shanghai. In common parlance urban design means the appearance layout and organization of the built form of large-scale urban environments. Urban design also implies a deliberate process to create functional efficient just and aesthetically appealing urban spaces. Accordingly as the editor of this new Routledge collection explains ‘design’ is used simultaneously as both noun and verb and the literature on urban design reflects this parallel possibility. As a noun urban design is an object of historical critical comparative commentaries on the circumstances values and processes that lead to a particular urban design outcome and its human consequences. Scholarship here is critical and reflective of the past outcomes and normative about future possibilities. The other literature that focuses on design as a process tends to emphasize the practice methods and the institutional frameworks that guide urban design and influence its outcome. While the former includes writings from social sciences and the humanities the latter are drawn primarily from the disciplines of architecture landscape architecture and urban planning. In the realm of practice these three professions—architecture landscape architecture and urban planning—claim expertise and authority over the scope of urban design. While architects tend to focus on the design of the collective architectural forms of the built environment landscape architects are apt to emphasize the form and processes of the natural environment and nature more generally in the design of large-scale built environments. Urban planners typically consider themselves responsible for defining the social economic and political imperatives of city design. Although the professional identity of urban design by and large remains a shared enterprise there is a growing sense that urban design has established an autonomous identity as body of knowledge. The scholarship pertaining to the appearance and design of cities and the human consequences of the built environment has proliferated in recent years not only within the professions but also in the disciplines of the social sciences the humanities and the environmental science and health fields. This scholarly enterprise includes critical interpretive and reflective work on the one hand but also empirical findings about the nature of practice and human consequences of the built environment on the other. This new collection from Routledge’s Critical Concepts in Urban Studies series answers the urgent need for an authoritative reference work to help researchers and students navigate and make sense of this huge rapidly growing and complex corpus of literature. Moreover the compilation reflects the many and varied sources of knowledge and influence: these expertly compiled major works chart organize and order not only the best output of academics and practitioners of urban design but also include key writings on cities and urbanism from thinkers across the social sciences and humanities and from other allied disciplinary traditions. With a full index together with a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context Urban Design is an essential work of reference. The collection will be particularly useful as an essential database allowing scattered and often fugitive material to be easily located. It will also facilitate rapid access to less familiar—and sometimes overlooked—texts. For researchers students practitioners and policy-makers it is an indispensable one-stop research and pedagogic resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415520201

Urban Design in the Arab WorldReconceptualizing Boundaries The Arab World is perceived to be a region rampant with constructed and ambiguous national identities overwhelming wealth and poverty religious diversity and recently the Arab uprisings a bottom-up revolution shaking the foundations of pre-established long-standing hierarchies. It is also a region that has witnessed a remarkable level of transformation and development due to the accelerated pace imposed by post-war reconstruction environmental degradation and the competition among cities for world visibility and tourism. Accordingly the Arab World is a prime territory for questioning urban design inviting as it does a multiplicity of opportunities for shaping upgrading and rebuilding urban form and civic space while subjecting global paradigms to regional and local realities. Providing a critical overview of the state of contemporary urban design in the Arab World this book conceptualizes the field under four major perspectives: urban design as discourse as discipline as research and as practice. It poses two questions. How can such a diversity of practice be positioned with regard to current international trends in urban design? Also what constitutes the specificity of the Middle Eastern experience in light of the regional political and cultural settings? This book is about urban designers ’on the margins’: how they narrate their cities how they engage with their discipline and how they negotiate their distance from and with respect to global disciplinary trends. As such the term margins implies three complementary connotations: on the global level it invites speculation on the way contemporary urban design is being impacted by the new conceptualizations of center-periphery originating from the post-colonial discourse; on the regional level it is a speculation on the specificity of urban design thinking and practice within a particular geographical and cultural context (here the Arab World); and finally on the local level it is an a Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472409768

Urban Design ManagementA Guide to Good Practice This is an introduction to the secrets of Urban Design Management (UDM). The book examines the roles of the players involved in land-use projects and describes good collaborative methods of practice in project-based urban design and planning putting emphasis on the creative co-operative skills and the wide knowledge of the participants in a working group. The role of the architect is examined in relation to design planning and project management with particular emphasis on collaboration and negotiation skills. Specific issues considered include: The make-up of a good project team Ways to make the project team function together Objectives and benefits of project-orientated planning The need to take local characteristics into account in project-orientated planning The preparation required for a co-operative planning process and how initial information can be collected and used How to define project content and outlining the project itself Partner-specific strategies Urban Design Management contains international examples and many diagrams and photographs making it a useful and accessible guide for all built environment professionals working in the public realm and those studying architecture urban design and planning at a graduate level. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781315787404

Urban Design PracticeAn International Review Urban Design Practice gives a fascinating account of the state of urban design practice across the world today. Packed with invaluable local knowledge from on-the-spot contributors its global scope offers an armoury of background facts and figures to professionals interested in exporting their skills internationally. Along the way it reveals how urban design is practiced identifies a multitude of key concerns and refines our understanding of what urban design (so often a nebulous concept) means. Aimed broadly at practitioners masterplanners architects landscape architects planners civil engineers and students and academics of these disciplines twenty chapters analyse a different country's urban design context. Fully illustrated and structured in a similar way each chapter features a case study general background economic statistics and a handy 'quick guide' to the types of work available the underlying legislation and tips for securing work. Features chapters of the following countries: Argentina Australia Brazil China the Czech Republic Dubai Egypt England France Germany India Italy Morocco Netherlands New Zealand South Africa Spain Sweden and the USA. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859464496

Urban Design Reader Essential reading for students and practitioners of urban design this collection of essays introduces the 6 dimensions of urban design through a range of the most important classic and contemporary key texts. Urban design as a form of place making has become an increasingly significant area of academic endeavour of public policy and professional practice. Compiled by the authors of the best selling Public Places Urban Spaces this indispensable guide includes all the crucial definitions and various understandings of the subject as well as a practical look at how to implement urban design that readers will need to refer to time and time again. Uniquely the selections of essays that include the works of Gehl Jacobs and Cullen are presented substantially in their original form and the truly accessible dip-in-and-out format will enable readers to form a deeper practical understanding of urban design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138168831

Urban Design Under NeoliberalismTheorising from Santiago Chile This book discusses the status of urban design as a disciplinary field and as a practice under the current and pervasive neoliberal regime. The main argument is that urban design has been wholly reshaped by neoliberalism. In this transformation it has become a discipline that has neglected its original ethos – designing good cities – aligning its theory and practice with the sole profit-oriented objectives typical of advanced capitalist societies. The book draws on Marxism-inspired scholars for a conceptual analysis of how neoliberalism influenced the emergence of urbanism and urban design. It looks specifically at how in urbanism's everyday dimensions it is possible to find examples of resistance and emancipation. Based on empirical evidence archival resources and immersion in the socio-spatial reality of Santiago de Chile the book illustrates the way neoliberalism compromises urban designers’ ethics and practices and therefore how its theories become instrumental to the neoliberal transformation of urban society represented in contemporary urbanisms.It will be a valuable resource for academics and students in the fields of architecture urban studies sociology and geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729721

Urban Design: Green Dimensions In Green Dimensions Cliff Moughtin relates sustainable development and green design to the realm of urban design and development. Examining regional and local frameworks for design and planning this book shows how sustainable urban design can be implemented on every scale.Working from a strong theoretical base the author uses case studies and discusses policy developments in order to challenge the conventional wisdom onsustainable design. The book provides a rounded discussion of the application and suitability of current practice and predicts future design needs.Updating the reader on topics such as energy efficiency sustainable city forms and the culture of new urbanism this completely revised and restructured second edition also includes brand new chapters on the Urban Park and Bio-diversity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142800

Urban Design: Method and Techniques This book deals with a wide range of techniques used in the urban design process. It then goes on to relate these techniques to a unique comprehensive account of method. A method of urban design is developed which has sustainability and environmental protection at the centre of its philosophy. Previously literature regarding the urban design method has been almost totally neglected; this book introduces the topic to the reader. This revised Second Edition encompasses the latest techniques including the development of geographic information systems and financial techniques which help evaluate projects.A number of techniques are illustrated by example or case study. Where techniques are discussed they are located within the structure of the design process. The book develops a logical framework for a process which includes problem definition survey analysis concept generation evaluation and implementation. It is this framework which leads toward the development of an urban design method. This book is a practical guide for students or professionals in the early part of their careers. It is organized so that each chapter provides guidance which readers would have otherwise had to discover for themselves often with some difficulty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138169166

Urban Design: Street and Square This book part of a series of four offers a detailed analysis of urban design covering the streets squares and buildings that make up the public face of towns and cities. It outlines the theory of the principal features of urban design from which method is developed and provides a better understanding of the main elements of urban design. This includes the arrangement design and details of the streets and squares and the roles they play in city planning.This third edition includes chapters on "Sustainable Urban Design" and "Visual Analysis" introducing the latest theories and influences in the field and bringing greater practical significance to the book. Cliff Moughtin explores the street and square in terms of function structure and symbolism and examines fine examples in their historical context. These are set against the background of the laws of urban design composition culled from Renaissance and modern writers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142473

Urban DesignA Typology of Procedures and Products Urban Design: A Typology of Procedures and Products 2nd Edition provides a comprehensive and accessible introduction to urban design defining the field and addressing the controversies and goals of urban design. Including over 50 updated international case studies this new edition presents a three-dimensional model with which to categorize the processes and products involved: product type paradigm type and procedural type. The case studies not only illuminate the typology but provide information that designers can use as precedents in their own work. Uniquely these case study projects are framed by the design paradigm employed categorized by procedural type instead of instrumental or land use function. The categories used here are Total Urban Design All-of-a-piece Urban Design Plug-in Urban Design and Piece-by-piece Urban Design. Written for both professionals and those encountering urban design in their day-to-day life Urban Design is an essential introduction to the field and practice considering the future direction of the field and what can be learned from the past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138188358

Urban DesignThe Composition of Complexity Urban design is a process of establishing a structural order within human settlements; responding to dynamic emergent meanings and functions in a constant state of flux. The planning/design process is complex due to the myriad of ongoing (urban) organizational and structural relationships and contexts. This book reconnects the process with outcomes on the ground and puts thinking about design back at the heart of what planners do. Mixing accessible theory practical examples and carefully designed exercises in composition from simple to complex settings Urban Design is an essential textbook for classrooms and design studios across the full spectrum of planning and urban studies fields. Filled with color illustrations and graphics of excellent projects it gives students tools to enable them to sketch draw design and above all think. This new edition remains focused on instructing the student professional and layperson in the elements and principles of design composition so that they can diverge from conventional and packaged solutions in pursuit of a meaningful and creative urbanism. This edition builds upon established design principles and encourages the student in creative ways to depart from them as appropriate in dealing with the complexity of culture space and time dynamics of cities. The book identifies the elements and principles of compositions and explores compositional order and structure as they relate to the meaning and functionality of cities. It discusses new directions and methods and outlines the importance of both buildings and the open spaces between them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085657

Urban Development and Civil SocietyThe Role of Communities in Sustainable Cities The world's population is rapidly urbanizing but the affluence and development often associated with cities are far from equitably or sustainably distributed. Where it was once taken for granted that responsibility for urban development lay with the state increasingly the emphasis has shifted to market-driven and public-private sector initiatives which can marginalize the intended beneficiaries - the urban poor - from decision making and implementation. This text outlines the essential conditions for effective urban planning and management by placing bottom-up community initiatives at the heart of the push for equitable and sustainable development in cities. Crucially the state must engage with both the market and civil society in pursuit of sustainable cities. Presenting a wide-ranging selection of case studies in rapidly urbanizing and transitional countries from the poorest parts of Africa and Asia to the relatively developed United Kingdom the authors describe and analyze innovations in how globally disadvantaged urban communities can be engaged in improving their living environments. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315071725

Urban Development and New Towns in the Third WorldLessons from the New Bombay Experience First published in 1999 this volume examines India and Bombay countries which represent some of the world’s most dramatic examples of rapid urban growth. One of the strategies frequently adopted by the Indian authorities to cope with this urban growth is the development of new towns such as New Bombay which is India’s largest and most significant urban planning experience since Independence. The New Bombay model based on a specific planning and financing strategy is considered highly successful and so is increasingly being copied and implemented in other urban areas of India. This volume makes the first independent evaluation of New Bombay and sets it in a wider Third World urban development context. As well as analysing the processes of physical and economic growth the volume also examines the process of social development and in particular the consequences of this planning concept for the urban poor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138359376

Urban Development for the 21st CenturyManaging Resources and Creating Infrastructure This title includes a number of Open Access chapters. Urban planners around the world are increasingly concerned with creating and maintaining cities that are healthy for both the environment and for individuals. Cities are at the forefront of the trend toward sustainable living since they are the site of concentrated population resource use and greenhouse gas emissions yet also have the tools and the resources to address climate change and environmental degradation. Part of the modern urban planner’s challenge is to impact individual behavior on a systemic urban scale since sustainable cities are made up of systems that encourage sustainable behavior. The articles chosen for this compendium cover many aspects of urban living on this individual yet systematic scale. Included are chapters that focus on: How individuals households and cities use resources and create greenhouse gas emissions How urban resources can be expanded to include waste streams Options for measuring and encouraging sustainable transportation Cities’ renewable and non-renewable energy demands Sustainable housing solutions Case studies and up-to-date research provide urban planners with new options for creating cities that will meet the demands of the twenty-first century. Also appropriate for graduate students who are preparing for careers related to urban planning this compendium captures and integrates the current work being done in this vitally important field. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771882576

Urban Development in China under the Institution of Land Rights How have the development and redevelopment of China’s cities since the early 1950s transformed the settlements and fortunes of a fifth of the world’s population? Rapid urbanization since the 1980s has changed the nation from a rural society to an urban one marking it as one of the most significant transformations in history. As a country with severe land scarcity land resources are intensively contested for during urbanization under the new regime of marketization. This book focuses on the impact of the institution of land rights that have transitioned from private ownership to socialist state ownership and subsequently to public land leasing in the urban domain and to collective ownership in rural areas. In the context of defining the relationship between the state and the market the gradualist transition of land rights gives rise to intriguing processes of place-making. The elaboration of these processes will engage several revealing conceptual notions: land as a means of production land commodification ambiguous land rights incomplete land rights trading land use rights for land development rights institutional uncertainty land rent seeking and dissipating local developmental state danwei-enterprises and more. The newly created landed interests are embedded intricately within the urban spatial structure. This book would especially be of interest to scholars interested in developmental economics urban planning geography public policies public management and sociology and also practitioners focusing on development and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367358037

Urban Development in IndiaGlobal Indians in the Remaking of Kolkata Indian diaspora has had a complex and multifaceted role in catalyzing justifying and promoting a transformed urban landscape in India. Focussing on Kolkata/ Calcutta this book analyses the changing landscapes over the past two decades of one of the world’s most fascinating and iconic cities. Previously better known due to its post-Independence decline into overcrowded poverty pollution and despair in recent years it has experience a revitalization that echoes India’s renaissance as a whole in the new millennium. This book weaves together narratives of migration and diasporas postmodern developmentalism and neoliberal urbanism and identity and belonging in the Global South. It examines the rise of middle-class environmental initiatives and Kolkata’s attempts to reclaim its earlier global status. It suggests that a form of global gentrification is taking place through which people and place are being fundamentally restructured. Based on a decade’s worth of field research and investigation in multiple sites - metropolitan centers connected by long histories of empire migration economy and culture - it employs a multi-methods approach and uses ethnographic semi-structured interviews as well as archival research for much of the empirical data collected. Addressing urban change and policies as well as spatial and discoursive transformations that are occurring in India it will be of interest to researchers in the field of urban geography urban and regional planning environmental studies diaspora studies and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138319035

Urban Development in the Muslim World War and revolution have focused the world's attention on the Middle East. Despite the headlines the editors of this book state "the economic political and cultural aspects of urban life in the Muslim world are hardly known to us." Contributors to this volume explore urban problems urban development and the practice of urban planning in the Muslim world.In both comprehensive analyses and detailed case studies the contributors address the basic dilemma of development planning: how to integrate the force of tradition with the demands of modernity. Specifically some of the topics covered include the examination of the idea of a uniquely "Islamic" city; the influence of Islam on the medinas of Tunisia and Morocco and on the development of Mecca and Delhi; and reconciling tradition and modernism in Tehran.Also covered are the comparative development of Sana'a and Cairo; the influence of oil on urbanization in the Persian Gulf; urban growth in Syria; and an overview of urban planning in the Arab world. This compendium is essential for specialists and students of the region for international planning and development practitioners and for those seeking insight into the complexities of this important but arguably least understood region of the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412847353

Urban Disaster ResilienceNew Dimensions from International Practice in the Built Environment Accelerating urbanization worldwide means more urban-centered disasters. Floods earthquakes storms and conflicts affecting densely populated areas produce significant losses in lives livelihoods and the built environment especially in comparison to rural areas. Poor urban dwellers almost always the most vulnerable too often bear the brunt. Aid agencies and urban professionals have been slowly adapting to these new conditions but older models and practices hinder the most effective engagements. Drawing directly from the experiences of urban disasters in the Philippines Chile India Thailand Iraq Haiti and Nepal among other countries Urban Disaster Resilience brings to light new collaborations and techniques for addressing the challenges of urban disasters in the coming years. Chapters range from country-specific case studies to more synthetic frameworks in order to promote innovative thinking and practical solutions. Edited by David Sanderson Jerold S. Kayden and Julia Leis this book is a crucial read for humanitarian and disaster specialists urban planners and designers architects landscape architects housing and economic development professionals real estate developers private business managers and students interested in the subject whether based in non-governmental organizations local state or national governments international agencies private firms or the academy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138849631

Urban DisplacementsGoverning Surplus and Survival in Global Capitalism With an eye to further our understanding of everyday life in global capitalism Urban Displacements provides the first systemic critical political economy analysis of low-income rental housing and social dislocations combining both theoretical advancements and detailed empirical studies centering on Berlin Dublin and Vienna.Soederberg pushes beyond dominant debates by treating low-rent housing as a unique commodity that provides a necessary place for the societal reproduction of labour power whilst being integrated into the global dynamics of capitalism. She argues that historical and geographical configurations of monetized governance including landlords employers and inter-scalar state practices have served to reproduce urban displacements and obfuscate their gendered class and racialized underpinnings. The outcome is the everyday facilitation and normalization of urban poverty and social marginalization on one side and capital accumulation on the other.Building on Soederberg’s previous book Debtfare States and the Poverty Industry this accessible and interdisciplinary text will be useful to academics and students in political science sociology geography urban studies labour studies European studies and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367236199

Urban Drainage This new edition of a well-established textbook covers the environmental and engineering aspects of the management of rainwater and wastewater in areas of human development. Urban Drainage deals comprehensively not only with the design of new systems but also the analysis and upgrading of existing infrastructure. Keeping its balance of principles practice and research this new edition has significant new material on modelling resilience smart systems and the global and local context. The two new authors bring further research and practice-based experience. This is an essential text for undergraduate and graduate students lecturers and researchers in water engineering environmental engineering public health engineering engineering hydrology and related non-engineering disciplines. It also serves as a dependable reference for drainage engineers in water service providers local authorities and for consulting engineers. Extensive examples are used to support and demonstrate the key issues throughout the text. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498750585

Urban Dynamics (Routledge Revivals)Designing an integrated model Originally published in 1990 this work analyses the use of contemporary computer models to simulate urban systems. The work deals with the two significant traditions of model-building: firstly the building of integrated models following the seminal research of Lowry first published in 1964 but with relatively simple submodels; and secondly intensive research on particular submodels with a variety of techniques. This volume constructs a model-building exercise which integrates the two traditions: an integrated model (in a modular form with alternative components) using the most advanced submodels. The book concludes with a presentation of an example of an operational model of this type. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415616041

Urban Dynamics and Urban Externalities First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780415866330

Urban Dynamics in Black AfricaAn Interdisciplinary Approach Urban Dynamics in Black Africa presents a succession of worlds where we can study the development and the crystallization of major social change. The authors trace the development of former villages towns and colonial outposts into major cities within the international community. Open-air markets continue their trading beside modern department stores as individual Africans create contemporary lives from old and new.William J. and Judith L. Hanna in this unique work introduce new data and the methods of dependency theory class and gender analysis; they offer connections between Africa's internal dynamics its legacy of imperialism and the international political and economic arena. At the same time the book provides a model for studying the evolution of political institutions. Urban Dynamics in Black Africa illustrates how social classes modify and are modified by existing cultural forms. The book examines Africa in its independence by contrasting development and dependency role adaptability and conflict in a powerful conceptual matrix. Detailing the urban conditions that exist throughout Africa as well as their costs and benefits this work shows how contemporary political conflict in urban Africa is based upon both ethnic and non-ethnic ties; and how these ethnic and non-ethnic ties serve as the bases of a system of political integration unique to poly-ethnic communities.As a synthesis of the relevant available knowledge on African towns and town-dwellers this book is concerned primarily with the effects of external intervention and socioeconomic modernization upon the birth and development of Africa's new towns and the rapid expansion of its old ones. It considers the impact of migration and town life upon Africans. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540125

Urban Ecology There are many micro-habitats in built up areas often subject to strong environmental pressures such as atmospheric and water pollution frequent disturbance trampling nutrient or water scarcity etc. In Urban Ecology Dianne Smith uses such features as footpaths walls gravestones gardens compost heaps and derelict land to investigate the effects of these pressures and to demonstrate other ecological properties of oftern isolated habitats. This book was first published in 1984.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853231

Urban Ecology 4-vol. set Urban Ecology is a rapidly developing area of research and study. Drawing on the work of many disciplines—including geography planning landscape architecture sociology economics anthropology engineering and climatology—urban ecologists argue that an understanding of the relationships between living organisms and their urban environment as an integrated social-ecological system is an essential component of the decision-making and planning needed to create viable—and sustainable—cities around the world. Now Ian Douglas one of Urban Ecology’s founding fathers (and editor of Routledge’s Handbook of Urban Ecology (2010) has brought together in four volumes the canonical and the very best cutting-edge research. The collection enables users readily to comprehend the philosophies theories and history of Urban Ecology and make sense of the biophysical character of the urban environment and the diverse habitats found within it. Urban Ecology also assembles essential works exploring how science can be put into practice to generate significant health economic and environmental benefits. With a full index together with a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context Urban Ecology is an essential work of reference. The collection will be particularly useful as a database allowing scattered and often fugitive material to be easily located. It will also be welcomed as a crucial tool permitting rapid access to less familiar—and sometimes overlooked—texts. For researchers students practitioners and policy-makers it is a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415729376

Urban Ecology and Intervention in the 21st Century AmericasVerticality Catastrophe and the Mediated City This book takes a hemispheric approach to contemporary urban intervention examining urban ecologies communication technologies and cultural practices in the twenty-first century. It argues that governmental and social regimes of control and forms of political resistance converge in speculation on disaster and that this convergence has formed a vision of urban environments in the Americas in which forms of play and imaginations of catastrophe intersect in the vertical field. Schifani explores a diverse range of resistant urban interventions imagining the city as on the verge of or enmeshed in catastrophe. She also presents a model of ecocriticism that addresses aesthetic practices and forms of play in the urban environment. Tracing the historical roots of such tactics as well as mapping their hopes for the future will help the reader to locate the impacts of climate change not only on the physical space of the city but also on the epistemological and aesthetic strategies that cities can help to engender. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of Urban Studies Media Studies American Studies Global Studies and the broad and interdisciplinary field of Environmental Humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367519360

Urban EcologyAn Introduction Urban Ecology: An Introduction seeks to open the reader’s mind and eyes to the way in which nature permeates everyday urban living and how it has to be understood cared for and managed in order to make our towns and cities healthier places to visit and in which to live and work. The authors examine how nature can improve our physical and mental health the air we breathe and the waters we use as well as boosting our enjoyment of parks and gardens. Urban Ecology sets out the science that underlies the changing natural scene and the tools used to ensure that cities become both capable of adapting to climate change and more beautiful and resilient. The book begins with a discussion of the nature of urban places and the role of nature in towns and cities. Part 1 looks at the context and content of urban ecology its relationship to other foci of interest within ecology and other environmental sciences and the character of city landscapes and ecosystems. In Part 2 the authors set out the physical and chemical components of urban ecosystems and ecological processes including urban weather and climate urban geomorphology and soils urban hydrology and urban biogeochemical cycles. In Part 3 urban habitats urban flora and fauna and the effects of deliberate and inadvertent human action on urban biota are examined. Part 4 contains an exploration of the identification and assessment of ecosystem services in urban areas emphasising economic evaluation the importance of urban nature for human health and well-being and restoration ecology and creative conservation. Finally in Part 5 the tasks for urban ecologists in optimising and sustaining urban ecosystems providing for nature in cities adapting to climate change and in developing the urban future in a more sustainable manner are set out. Within the 16 chapters of the book – in which examples from around the world are drawn upon - the authors explore current practice and future alternatives set out procedures for ecological assessment and evaluation suggest student activities and discussion topics provide recommended reading and an extensive bibliography. The book contains more than 150 tables and over 150 photographs and diagrams. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415538954

Urban EcologyStrategies for Green Infrastructure and Land Use This title includes a number of Open Access chapters. With increasing global urbanization the environments and ecologies of cities are often perceived to suffer. While pollution and destruction of green space and species may occur cities also remain part of natural systems. Cities provide natural processes necessary for survival for humans and other living organisms in urban areas. Urban ecology elucidates some of these processes and sheds light on their importance to healthy fulfilling urban livelihoods. Urban Ecology: Strategies for Green Infrastructure and Land Use provides background on issues relating to urban ecology and urban natural processes. The first section covers the types values and recognition of ecosystem services provided by natural processes in urban areas. The second section details the importance and potential of green spaces in urban areas. The third section focuses on biodiversity traits of cities and the ways in which urbanization affects biodiversity indicators. Finally the fourth section covers some of the tools and approaches available for urban planners and designers concerned with improving or maintaining urban environments and the services they provide. This easily accessible reference volume offers a comprehensive guide to this rapidly growing field. Case studies and up-to-date research provide urban planners with new options for creating cities that will meet the demands of the twenty-first century. Also appropriate for graduate students who are preparing for careers related to urban planning this compendium captures and integrates the current work being done in this vitally important field. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771882811

Urban Economics This textbook offers a rigorous calculus based presentation of the complexities of urban economics which is suitable for students who are new to the subject. It focuses on structural details and explains the elements that make cities such highly productive entities and also explores explores the mechanisms of labour productivity enhancement that are unique to cities. Written with a focus on location theory key topics include: How cities are arranged; Housing prices; Urban transportation; Why some cities grow rapidly whilst others decline; How wages adjust to local costs of living; How suburbs function in relationship to the urban core; Public finance. This book will be essential reading for Urban Economics courses at both undergraduate and postgraduate level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138885646

Urban Economics and Land Use in America: The Transformation of Cities in the Twentieth CenturyThe Transformation of Cities in the Twentieth Century This is a book about the reality of place in America the events and influences that led to the America we recognize today. It is a book about the growth of American cities and their suburbs during the twentieth century about institutions and metropolitan governance about real estate development and finance about housing and the lack of it about the emergence and perhaps the eventual debilitation of cities and suburbs alike. Incorporating the thinking of visionary city planners and land use economists the author presents a lucid primer on the economics of land its development and usage and on how things actually get done in the real estate industry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698427

Urban EcosystemsUnderstanding the Human Environment With over half of the global human population living in urban regions urban ecosystems may now represent the contemporary and future human environment. Consisting of green space and the built environment they harbour a wide range of species yet are not well understood.  This book aims to review what is currently known about urban ecosystems in a short and approachable text that will serve as a key resource for teaching and learning related to the urban environment. It covers both physical and biotic components of urban ecosystems key ecological processes and the management of ecological resources including biodiversity conservation. All chapters incorporate case studies boxes and questions for stimulating discussions in the learning environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415698030

Urban Education in the 19th CenturyProceedings in the 1976 Annual Conference of the History of Education Society of Great Britain First published in 1977 Urban Education in the 19th Century is a collection based on the conference papers of the annual 1976 conference for the History of Education Society. The book illustrates a variety of ways of elucidating the connections between education and the city mainly in nineteenth-century Britain. Essays cover political geographical demographic and socio-structural aspects of urbanization. There is an emphasis on comparative studies of urban educational developments and attention is paid to the perceptions of the nineteenth-century city and its problems especially for child life as well as to the realities of urban change Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815376187

Urban EducationA Model for Leadership and Policy Many factors complicate the education of urban students. Among them have been issues related to population density; racial ethnic cultural and linguistic diversity; poverty; racism (individual and institutional); and funding levels. Although urban educators have been addressing these issues for decades placing them under the umbrella of "urban education" and treating them as a specific area of practice and inquiry is relatively recent. Despite the wide adoption of the term a consensus about its meaning exists at only the broadest of levels. In short urban education remains an ill-defined concept. This comprehensive volume addresses this definitional challenge and provides a 3-part conceptual model in which the achievement of equity for all -- regardless of race gender or ethnicity – is an ideal that is central to urban education. The model also posits that effective urban education requires attention to the three central issues that confronts all education systems (a) accountability of individuals and the institutions in which they work (b) leadership which occurs in multiple ways and at multiple levels and (c) learning which is the raison d'être of education. Just as a three-legged stool would fall if any one leg were weak or missing each of these areas is essential to effective urban education and affects the others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415872416

Urban Educational IdentitySeeing Students on Their Own Terms WINNER 2017 O.L. Davis Jr. AATC Outstanding Book in Education Award WINNER 2017 American Educational Studies Association Critics Choice Award Through rich ethnographic detail Urban Educational Identity captures the complexities of urban education by documenting the everyday practices of teaching and learning at a high-achieving high-poverty school. Drawing on over two years of intensive fieldwork and analysis author Sara M. Childers shows how students teachers and parents work both within and against traditional deficit discourses to demonstrate the challenges and paradoxes of urban schooling. It offers an up-close description of how macro-government policies are interpreted applied and even subverted for better or worse by students as active agents in their own education. The book moves on to develop and analyze the concept of "urban cachet " tracing how conceptions of race and class were deeply entwined with the very practices for success that propelled students towards graduation and college entrance. A poignant insightful and practical analysis Urban Educational Identity is a timely exploration of how race and class continue to matter in schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138842922

Urban EmpiresCities as Global Rulers in the New Urban World We live in the ‘urban century’. Cities all over the world – in both developing and developed countries – display complex evolutionary patterns. Urban Empires charts the backgrounds mechanisms drivers and consequences of these radical changes in our contemporary systems from a global perspective and analyses the dominant position of modern cities in the ‘New Urban World’. This volume views the drastic change cities have undergone internationally through a broad perspective and considers their emerging roles in our global network society. Chapters from renowned scholars provide advanced analytical contributions scaling applied and theoretical perspectives on the competitive profile of urban agglomerations in a globalizing world. Together the volume traces and investigates the economic and political drivers of network cities in a global context and explores the challenges over governance that are presented by mega-cities. It also identifies and maps out the new geography of the emergent ‘urban century’. With contributions from well-known and influential scholars from around the world Urban Empires serves as a touchstone for students and researchers keen to explore the scientific and policy needs of cities as they become our age’s global power centers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138601710

Urban Energy SystemsAn Integrated Approach Energy demands of cities need to be met more sustainably. This book analyses the technical and social systems that satisfy these needs and asks how methods can be put into practice to achieve this. Drawing on analytical tools and case studies developed at Imperial College London the book presents state-of-the-art techniques for examining urban energy systems as integrated systems of technologies resources and people. Case studies include: a history of the evolution of London's urban energy system from pre-history to present day a history of the growth of district heating and cogeneration in Copenhagen one of the world's most energy efficient cities an analysis of changing energy consumption and environmental impacts in the Kenyan city of Nakuru over a thirty year period an application of uncertainty and sensitivity analysis techniques to show how Newcastle-upon-Tyne can reach its 2050 carbon emission targets designing an optimized low-carbon energy system for a new UK eco-town showing how it would meet ever more stringent emissions targets. For students researchers planners engineers policymakers and all those looking to make a contribution to urban sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415529020

Urban EntomologyInsect and Mite Pests in the Human Environment This is a comprehensive textbook covering all aspects of entomology in the human environment. There is particular emphasis on control and biology of pests. The book provides students of entomology with a clear theoretical and practical foundation in household and structural insect pests.;This book should be of interest to senior undergraduates and masters students in entomology; pest control workers; researchers in the pesticide industry. Media > Books > E-books Garland Science 9781003059936

Urban Environmental PlanningPolicies Instruments and Methods in an International Perspective Originally published in 1997 Urban Environmental Planning provides a groundbreaking overview of innovative methods and techniques for measuring and managing the environmental effects of urban land uses on other urban activities. Fully revised and updated this second edition brings together a team of leading environmental planners and policy makers from the US UK Europe and SE Asia to address the central questions confronting sustainable urban development. Typical questions include: How can you measure and manage the negative environmental effects of intrusive urban activities such as manufacturing and transport on sensitive land uses including residential and recreational areas? Can a balance be found between reducing these effects through means such as separating conflicting land uses? While other sources identify the need for effective programmes to improve urban environmental quality this volume describes and assesses analytical methods and implementing programmes practised by leading communities around the world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315235301

Urban Environmental Policy Analysis This timely book provides a wealth of useful information for following through on today's renewed concern for sustainability and environmentalism. It's designed to help city managers policy analysts and government administrators think comprehensively and communicate effectively about environmental policy issues.The authors illustrate a system-based framework model of the city that provides a holistic view of environmental media (land air and water) while helping decision-makers to understand the extent to which environmental policy decisions are intertwined with the natural built and social systems of the city. They go on to introduce basic and environment-specific policy-analytic models methods and tools; presents numerous specific environmental policy puzzles that will confront cities; and introduces methods for understanding and educating public opinions around urban environmental policy.The book is grounded in the policy-analytic perspective rather than political science economic or planning frameworks. It includes both new scholarship and synthesis of existing policy analysis. Numerous tables figures checklists and maps as well as a comprehensive reference list are included. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765624307

Urban Environmental Stewardship and Civic EngagementHow planting trees strengthens the roots of democracy Once considered the antithesis of a verdant and vibrant ecosystem cities are now being hailed as highly efficient and complex social ecological systems. Emerging from the streets of the post-industrial city are well-tended community gardens rooftop farms and other viable habitats capable of supporting native flora and fauna. At the forefront of this transformation are the citizens living in the cities themselves. As people around the world increasingly relocate to urban areas this book discusses how they engage in urban stewardship and what civic participation in the environment means for democracy. Drawing on data collected through a two-year study of volunteer stewards who planted trees as part of the MillionTreesNYC initiative in the United States this book examines how projects like this can make a difference to the social fabric of a city. It analyses quantitative survey data along with qualitative interview data that enables the volunteers to share their personal stories and motivations for participating revealing the strong link between environmental stewardship and civic engagement. As city governments in developed countries are investing more and more in green infrastructure campaigns to change the urban landscape this book sheds light on the social importance of these initiatives and shows how individuals’ efforts to reshape their cities serve to strengthen democracy. It draws out lessons that are highly applicable to global cities and policies on sustainability and civic engagement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138689558

Urban EnvironmentalismGlobal Change and the Mediation of Local Conflict A critical examination of urban policies and management practices used to make cities sustainable. With an international perspective the book describes urban environmental agendas and how they arose in the context of globalization urban economic restructuring and the need to make cities competitive. It argues that the environment became an integral part of city development policy turning attention not only to physical and ecological issues but also to improving the economic performance of cities and the lives of citizens. The authors also go beyond the technical issues to explore the political importance of urban environmentalism using case studies to illustrate both its international scope and place-specific characteristics which are inexorably influencing city development throughout the world. In connecting the concept to its political effects the book raises issues such as local democracy equality and social regulation all of which are increasingly concerning academics professionals environmentalists and city authorities alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203970263

Urban Environments and Health in the PhilippinesA Retrospective on Women Street Vendors and their Spaces Urban Environments and Health in the Philippines offers a retrospective view of women street vendors and their urban environments in Baguio City designed by American architect and planner Daniel Burnham in the early twentieth century and established by the American imperial government as a place for healing and well-being. Based on a transdisciplinary multi-method study of street vendors the author offers a unique perspective as a researcher of the place to ultimately ask how marginalized women authenticate and democratize prime urban spaces for their livelihoods. This book provides a portal to another way of seeing and understanding streets and people covering spatial units at multiple scales design imperialism and its impact on health and resilience strategies for challenging realities. Blending subjects of architecture planning and health this book is an ideal read for those interested in fields of urban planning and design public health landscape architecture geography and social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367441654

Urban Environments for Healthy AgeingA Global Perspective Around the world researchers policy makers and practitioners are working to ensure cities and communities are prepared for the challenges and opportunities of aged and highly urbanised populations. Bringing together stakeholders from Asia Australia Europe and North America this book presents new evidence and critical reviews of current knowledge to promote ongoing discussions on: affordable and accessible housing to support ageing in place; built environment supports for health-enhancing physical activity and mobility; and planning and design strategies and approaches to promote healthy and active ageing in cities and communities. The book content is framed by socio-ecological models of ageing and well-being that emphasise the dynamic interconnections between people and environment. Contributions in this edited volume stem from the International Ageing Urbanism Colloquium 2017 Singapore University of Technology and Design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367197551

Urban EthicsConflicts Over the Good and Proper Life in Cities This book delves into the ethical dimension of urban life: how should one live in the city? What constitutes a ‘good’ life under urban condition? Whose gets to live a ‘good’ life and whose ideas of morality propriety and ‘good’ prevail? What is the connection between the ‘good’ and the ‘just’ in urban life? Rather than philosophizing the ‘good’ and proper life in cities the book considers what happens when urban conflicts and urban futures are carried out as conflicts over the good and proper life in cities. It offers an understanding of how ethical discourses ideals and values are harmonized with material interests of different groups taking up cases studies about environmental protection co-housing schemes political protest heritage preservation participatory planning collaborative art production and other topics from different eras and parts of the globe. This book offers multidisciplinary insights ethnographic research and conceptual tools and resources to explore and better understand such conflicts. It questions the ways in which urban ethics draw on tacit moral economies of urban life and the ways in which such moral economies become explicit political and programmatic. The Open Access version of Chapter 11 in this book available at https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429322310 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367338428

Urban Ethnicity This book examines the complex phenomenon of urban ethnicity focussing on specific societies that include those in Britain the USA Indonesia Israel and East West and Central Africa. Dealing with basic question of theory and method the studies also present field material on urban ethnicity in different cultures. The topic is also examined within a broader sociological perspective highlighting its significance for the development of social anthropology. Originally published in 1974. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866507

Urban Events Place Branding and PromotionPlace Event Marketing Urban Events Place Branding and Promotion explores the phenomenon of place event marketing examining the ways in which events are used to brand and disseminate information about a place. It provides a novel contribution to the literature capturing the growing interest in place promotion and offers in-depth insights on the role of events. With a focus on urban locations this book defines the scope and concept of place event marketing. It demonstrates that different kinds of events for leisure and business can be used to successfully develop promote and brand different types of places. Individual chapters written by a variety of leading academics explore how various public and non-governmental institutions that deal with promotion and marketing communications of places can implement event marketing activities and how such institutions organize co-organize and sponsor different events. The effects of event marketing activities on urban place promotion and branding are thoroughly explored through a variety of international empirical case studies. This will be of great interest to upper-level students and researchers in events marketing and management tourism and the broader field of urban geography. The concluding chapter also proposes future research directions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138354395

Urban Expansion Land Cover and Soil Ecosystem Services More than half of the world population now lives in cities and urban expansion continues as rural people move to cities. This results in the loss of land for other purposes particularly soil for agriculture and drainage. This book presents a review of current knowledge of the extension and projected expansion of urban areas at a global scale. Focusing on the impact of the process of 'land take' on soil resources and the ecosystem services that they provide it describes approaches and methodologies for detecting and measuring urban areas based mainly on remote sensing together with a review of models and projected data on urban expansion. The most innovative aspect includes an analysis of the drivers and especially the impacts of soil sealing and land take on ecosystem services including agriculture and food security biodiversity hydrology climate and landscape.  Case studies of cities from Europe China and Latin America are included. The aim is not only to present and analyse this important environmental challenge but also to propose and discuss solutions for the limitation mitigation and compensation of this process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367172794

Urban Experience and DesignContemporary Perspectives on Improving the Public Realm Embracing a biological and evolutionary perspective to explain the human experience of place Urban Experience and Design explores how cognitive science and biometric tools provide an evidence-based foundation for architecture and planning. Aiming to promote the creation of a healthier and happier public realm this book describes how unconscious responses to stimuli outside our conscious awareness direct our experience of the built environment and govern human behavior in our surroundings. This collection contains 15 chapters including contributions from researchers in the US the UK the Netherlands France and Iran. Addressing topics such as the impact of eye-tracking analysis and seeing beauty and empathy within buildings Urban Experience and Design encourages us to reframe our understanding of design including the narrative of how modern architecture and planning came to be in the first place.    This volume invites students academics and scholars to see how cognitive science and biometric findings give us remarkable 21st-century metrics for evaluating and improving designs even before they are built. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367435554

Urban Finance Under Siege An account of the later years of Tsarism. Witte presents portraits of the statesmen around him explains the problem of bringing the economy to a level commensurate with Russia's putative position as the greatest land power in the world and the effort to create a constitutional monarchy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315287812

Urban Flood ManagementIntroduction - 1st International Expert Meeting on Urban Flood Management Over the last decades the world has witnessed a growing number of floods in urban areas. Climate change and rapid urbanization will exacerbate this trend. Flooding incidents in urbanized catchments and low-lying areas such as polders can lead to great public concern and anxiety and their economical impact is severe. Apart from well-known flood prevention strategies new approaches to the accommodation of floods are needed to create robust and sustainable solutions that enable us to cope with the ever-increasing urban pressure on flood-prone areas and the uncertainties created by climate change. Urban Flood Management comprises a multidisciplinary survey of recent developments in this field. Subjects like spatial and urban planning flood insurance flood resilience flood proofing techniques risk perception and preparedness and flood forecasting are treated by authorities from Brazil India the USA and Europe. Urban Flood Management will provide anyone active in the fields of water risk and urban management with the latest information and insights that were obtained with a global and multidisciplinary approach. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203734582

Urban Flood Mitigation and Stormwater Management Effective urban drainage to manage stormwater and control flooding depends on good engineering especially when an environmentally sustainable approach is being applied. This new text focuses on green methods and modelling techniques. It covers the principles of hydrology and drainage low-impact-development (LID) designs computer modelling techniques the evaluation of existing systems and planning for both new development and urban renewal. It outlines design procedures using examples spreadsheet models photos and real-world design examples.Unlike other books which focus on extreme events this book covers hydrologic designs for both extreme and frequent events and reflects the latest revolution in stormwater LID management and takes a quantitative as well as a qualitative approach.PowerPoint® presentations and Excel® computer models are provided to follow and build on the exercises in the book. It is written especially for students on urban watershed courses and also for those studying urban planning landscaping water resources hydrology and hydraulics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367885991

Urban Focus This project is aimed the 16+ age range inside or outside any kind of educational institution. It is for courses concerned with general education - either in general studies programmes or as aspects of specialist teaching. Narrative has been kept to a minimum. Instead the books are more a collection of different items of teaching and learning materials: for example the collection of key concepts and the list of key questions connected withe the study. The books are compact in content and flexible in use. This book was first published in 1974. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851855

Urban Food Marketing and Third World Rural DevelopmentThe Structure of Producer-Seller Markets Originally published in 1982. This book explores the nature of food marketing in Third World countries. Economic development invariably involves a transition from the traditional subsistence and/or barter economics to increasing participation in cash transactions. In many less developed countries this transition has been facilitated by enterprising middlemen who provide the link between dispersed small satellite producers and urban buyers. In spite of these developments producer-seller markets still operate in numerous countries particularly the newly independent Pacific island states and large parts of Africa and Asia. This book examines the phenomenon of producer-seller markets basing the study on the situation in New Guinea. The author then uses this data to construct theoretical propositions for the marketing of various food items and examines the producer-seller market arguing that the lack of inter-regional economic interdependence is likely to promote secessional movements particularly in states where two or more ethnic groups exist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367275914

Urban Food PlanningSeeds of Transition in the Global North This highly original work examines the rise of the urban food planning movement in the Global North and provides insights into the new relationship between cities and food which has started developing over the past decade. It sheds light on cities as new spaces for food system innovation and on food as a tool for sustainable urban development. Drawing insights from the literature on socio-technical transitions the book presents examples of pioneering urban food planning endeavours from North America and Western Europe (especially the Netherlands and the UK). These are integrated into a single mosaic helping to uncover the conceptual analytical design and organizational innovations emerging at the interface of food and urban policy and planning. The author shows how promising "seeds of transition" to a shared urban food planning agenda are in the making though the urban food planning niche as a whole still lacks the necessary maturity to lastingly influence mainstream planning practices and the dominant agri-food system regime. Some of the strategic levers to cope with the current instability and limitations of urban food planning and effectively transition it from a marginal novelty to a normalized domain of policy research and practice are systematically examined to this end. The conclusions and recommendations put forward have major implications for scholars activists and public officials seeking to radically transform the co-evolution of food cities and the environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367029739

Urban Food Systems Governance and Poverty in African Cities As Africa urbanises and the focus of poverty shifts to urban centres there is an imperative to address poverty in African cities. This is particularly the case in smaller cities which are often the most rapidly urbanising but the least able to cope with this growth. This book argues that an examination of the food system and food security provides a valuable lens to interrogate urban poverty. Chapters examine the linkages between poverty urban food systems and local governance with a focus on case studies from three smaller or secondary cities in Africa: Kisumu (Kenya) Kitwe (Zambia) and Epworth (Zimbabwe). The book makes a wider contribution to debates on urban studies and urban governance in Africa through analysis of the causes and consequences of the paucity of urban-scale data for decision makers and by presenting potential methodological innovations to address this paucity. As the global development agenda is increasingly focusing on urban issues most notably the urban goal of the new Sustainable Development Goals and the New Urban Agenda the work is timely.The Open Access version of this book available at: http://www.tandfebooks.com/doi/view/10.4324/9781315191195 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587567

Urban Forests Trees and GreenspaceA Political Ecology Perspective Urban forests trees and greenspace are critical in contemporary planning and development of the city. Their study is not only a question of the growth and conservation of green spaces but also has social cultural and psychological dimensions. This book brings a perspective of political ecology to the complexities of urban trees and forests through three themes: human agency in urban forests and greenspace; arboreal and greenspace agency in the urban landscape; and actions and interventions in the urban forest.  Contributors include leading authorities from North America and Europe from a range of disciplines including forestry ecology geography landscape design municipal planning environmental policy and environmental history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138282575

Urban ForestsEcosystem Services and Management This title includes a number of Open Access chapters. This new research compendium focuses on urban forestry research and management while also considering the sociological and community aspects. The book looks at the benefits of urban forests with respect to urban sustainability and human health; issues related to expanding the urban tree canopy; managing urban forests in a community context; and improving our understanding of urban forests through research and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771884259

Urban Forms This popular and influential work translated here into English for the first time argues that modern urbanism has upset the morphology of cities abolished their streets and isolated their buildings. In tracing the stages of this transformation this book presents the view that the urban tissue the intermediate scale between the architecture of buildings and the diagrammatic layouts of town planning is the essential framework for everyday life. Only by investigating the urban tissue will it be possible to understand the complex relationships between plot and built form between streets and buildings and between these forms and design practices.The chosen trail of the first French edition - Paris London Amsterdam Frankfurt - is one of continuously evolving modernity. It outlines a history which in one century (1860-1960) completely changed the aspect of our towns and cities and transformed our way of life. The shock has been such that we are still looking for answers still attempting to find urban forms that can accommodate present day ways of life and at the same time maintain the qualities of the traditional town.This English edition brings the story forward to the present day and considers the impact of the New Urbanism in the United States which over the last decade has sought to re-establish former relationships within the urban tissue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174078

Urban FortunesProperty and Inheritance in the Town 1700–1900 Property is central to any historical analyses of production reproduction and consumption. It lies at the heart of discussions of material culture class relations and the household economy. Recent work has begun to look beyond the acquisition and possession of goods to examine what the disposal transmission and giving of property might tell us about changing society and culture. This landmark collection of articles represents a wide range of approaches to and perspectives on the ownership use and transmission of property in eighteenth and nineteenth-century towns. An introductory essay highlights the importance of property and inheritance in shaping social cultural economic and political structures and interactions within and between towns and cities. Writing from a variety of disciplinary backgrounds the contributors then explore in detail the changing meaning of property to households and individuals; the social economic and geographical contexts of inheritance practices; the geography of wealth; the role of gender in shaping property relations and perhaps above all the enduring link between property the family and the household in urban contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272460

Urban France Originally published in 1983 Urban France examines the rapid growth in French cities between 1950-1980 and the serious consequences that have followed this rapid growth. This volume examines the nature of this urban explosion and the efforts of planners and others to find solutions to the resultant problems of the post-war period. The book addresses the debates surrounding the urban system urban planning housing and land use retailing and the inception of new towns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138484139

Urban Future 21A Global Agenda for Twenty-First Century Cities Prepared for the World Commission on Twenty-First Century Urbanization Conference in Berlin in July 2000. This book is an entirely new and comprehensive review of the state of world urban development at the millennium and a forecast of the main issues that will dominate urban debates in the next 25 years. It is the most significant book on cities and city planning problems to appear for many years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142954

Urban Gardening as Politics While most of the existing literature on community gardens and urban agriculture share a tendency towards either an advocacy view or a rather dismissive approach on the grounds of the co-optation of food growing self-help and voluntarism to the neoliberal agenda this collection investigates and reflects on the complex and sometimes contradictory nature of these initiatives. It questions to what extent they address social inequality and injustice and interrogates them as forms of political agency that contest transform and re-signify ‘the urban’. Claims for land access the right to food the social benefits of city greening/community conviviality and insurgent forms of planning are multiplying within policy advocacy and academic literature; and are becoming increasingly manifested through the practice of urban gardening. These claims are symptomatic of the way issues of social reproduction intersect with the environment as well as the fact that urban planning and the production of space remains a crucial point of an ever-evolving debate on equity and justice in the city. Amid a mushrooming over positive literature this book explores the initiatives of urban gardening critically rather than apologetically. The contributors acknowledge that these initiatives are happening within neoliberal environments which promote –among other things - urban competition the dismantling of the welfare state the erasure of public space and ongoing austerity. These initiatives thus can either be manifestation of new forms of solidarity political agency and citizenship or new tools for enclosure inequality and exclusion. In designing this book the progressive stance of these initiatives has therefore been taken as a research question rather than as an assumption. The result is a collection of chapters that explore potentials and limitations of political gardening as a practice to envision and implement a more sustainable and just city. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415793803

Urban Geography This revised fifth edition not only examines the new geographical patterns forming within and between cities but also investigates the way geographers have sought to make sense of this urban transformation. It is structured into three sections: 'contexts' 'themes' and 'issues' that move students from a foundation in urban geography through its major themes to contemporary and pressing issues. The text critically synthesizes key literatures in the following areas: the urban world changing approaches to urban geography urban form and structure economy and the city urban politics planning regeneration and urban policy cities and culture architecture and urban landscapes images of the city experiencing the city housing and residential segregation transport and mobility in cities sustainability and the city. This edition builds on the success of the comprehensively revised fourth edition and provides revised chapters on transport/mobility and urban futures with additional updating of readings and some case studies. The book synthesises a wide range of literature on each subject and presents the material in a lively engaging way supported by an expanded range of student friendly features including exercises and suggestions for further study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138101838

Urban Geography (Routledge Revivals)An Introductory Guide This book first published in 1982 addressed the need for a fresh and comprehensive guide to the rapidly expanding area of urban geography. Drawing on examples from cities in a number of countries including the U.S.A. David Clark outlines the contribution of geographers to the understanding of the city and urban society and analyses the growth of the urban environment alongside planning and policy. A thorough and unique study this title will be of particular value to undergraduate students as well as laying the foundations for a more advanced study in urban geography and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415858151

Urban Geography in America 1950-2000Paradigms and Personalities First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315880952

Urban GeographyA Study of Site Evolution Patern and Classification in Villages Towns and Cities This book is divided into three parts. The first deals with typical settelements in each of the seven continents the early stages of settlements land surveys and general phases of town evolution. The second part discusses changes in site and patter from Neolithic to modern times. The third part specializes in topographic and functional controls in modern towns. Chapters on Planning Regional Surveys and Classification of towns close the book. There are about 300 specially drawn plans and diagrams of towns - which should appeal to the sociologist and town planner as well as to every serious student of geography. This book was first published in 1949. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203716250

Urban GeopoliticsRethinking Planning in Contested Cities In the last decade a new wave of urban research has emerged putting comparative perspectives back on the urban studies agenda. However this research is frequently based on similar case studies on a few selected cities in America and Europe and all too often focus on the abstract city level with marginal attention given to particular local contexts.Moving away from loosely defined urban theories and contexts this book argues it is time to start learning from and compare across different ‘contested cities’. It questions the long-standing Euro-centric academic knowledge production that is prevalent in urban studies and planning research. This book brings together a diverse range of international case studies from Latin America South and South East Asia Eastern Europe Africa and the Middle East to offer an in-depth understanding of the worldwide contested nature of cities in a wide range of local contexts. It suggests an urban ontology that moves beyond the urban ‘West’ and ‘North’ as well as adding a comparative-relational understanding of the contested nature that ‘Southern’ cities are developing.This timely contribution is essential reading for those working in the fields of human geography urban studies planning politics area studies and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667719

Urban Goods MovementA Guide to Policy and Planning Freight transport is essential to modern urban civilization. No urban area could exist without a reliable freight transport system. Although the private sector is responsible for much of this system the public sector has a vital role to play in the provision of infrastructure and the establishment of a social and legal framework within which transport can occur. For these reasons goods movement deserves and is increasingly receiving explicit consideration in urban transport policy and planning. Many cities around the world have conducted studies aimed at resolving urban goods movement problems and a considerable if disparate body of research results are available. This book brings together much of this knowledge and experience in a comprehensive source of information on urban freight particularly from a public policy or planning viewpoint. It provides both a conceptual basis for urban goods movement analysis and detailed practical guidelines which may be used directly by those responsible for urban freight policy and planning. The author has worked for over twenty years in this field and he draws upon his experience in Australia the United States Great Britain Canada and The Philippines to produce a book which is international in scope and perspective. The book is written for practising professionals such as engineers economists and planners working in local government urban transport planning agencies highway authorities consultancies or research institutes; it is also relevant to graduate courses in transport planning traffic engineering or urban policy. It is of interest to all who have a concern for contemporary issues in urban development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268982

Urban Governance Institutional Capacity and Social Milieux This title was first published in 2002: Urban governance has faced numerous challenges as city governments their partners and their critics struggle to transform themselves in the context of post-industrial economies and societies. This context has generated new relations of economic life and social activity to be accommodated in cities and has also changed expectations of the roles relationships and modes of governance. New conceptual tools to analyze these experiences are becoming available linked to a broad "institutionalist" wave of ideas sweeping right across the social sciences. This text responds to the challenges faced by urban governance and explores a range of efforts to build new institutional capacities. An international team of social scientists and practitioners critically analyzes conceptual challenges policy developments and practical experiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138704091

Urban Governance and Local Democracy in South India This book examines the issues of urban governance and local democracy in South India. It is the first comprehensive volume that offers comparative frameworks on urban governance across all states in the region: Karnataka Andhra Pradesh Telangana Tamil Nadu and Kerala. The book focuses on governance in small district-level cities and raises crucial questions such as the nature of urban planning major outstanding issues for urban local governance conditions of civic amenities such as drinking water and sanitation and problems of social capital in making urban governance work in these states. It emphasizes on both efficient urban governance and effective local democracy to meet the challenges of fast-paced urbanization in these states while presenting policy lessons from their urbanization processes.  Rich in empirical data this book will be useful to scholars and researchers of political studies public administration governance public policy development studies and urban studies as well as practitioners and non-governmental organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367219208

Urban Governance in Southern Europe The concept of governance has evolved into one of the most important but also controversial concepts in urban politics. While it encourages co-operation participation and collective construction at the same time it has brought about new forms of public demission oligarchic regimes and less local democracy. The dilemmas accompanying these changes are particularly relevant when observing the cities of Southern Europe whose socio-cultural specificities very much structure local political and policy materialisations. Bringing together a team of leading scholars from across the social sciences this volume examines the issues of urban governance in the Southern European context. Illustrated by case studies of several main cities and metropoles on the North Mediterranean coast it introduces and critically analyses the latest theories and approaches to urban governance. It questions how the 'real' or socio-cultural notion of city seems to have been separated from that of the 'political' city and explores how more integrated socio-political forms might be developed. It looks at current structures dynamics and cultures of governance in urban development and questions whether they are well adapted to new realities and challenges or whether there are significant imbalances causing limited or fragmented political-administrative visions. By considering both the long Mediterranean history along with the recent but enduring global economic and political developments this book argues that Southern European cities will have to depend greatly upon its own socio-cultural networks dynamics and cosmopolitan evolution making the most of the region's characteristic urban strengths as trading hubs with rich hinterlands and large and varied population. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266940

Urban Governance Under the OttomansBetween Cosmopolitanism and Conflict Urban Governance Under the Ottomans focuses on one of the most pressing topics in this field namely the question why cities formerly known for their multiethnic and multi- religious composition became increasingly marked by conflict in the 19th century. This collection of essays represents the result of an intense process of discussion among many of the authors who have been invited to combine theoretical considerations on the question sketched above with concrete case studies based upon original archival research. From Istanbul to Aleppo and from the Balkans to Jerusalem what emerges from the book is a renewed image of the imperial and local mechanisms of coexistence and of their limits and occasional dissolution in times of change and crisis. Raising questions of governance and changes therein as well as epistemological questions regarding what has often been termed 'cosmopolitanism' this book calls for a closer investigation of incidents of both peaceful coexistence as well as episodes of violence and conflict. A useful addition to existing literature this book will be of interest to scholars and researchers in the fields of Urban Studies History and Middle Eastern Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138299382

Urban Governance Voice and Poverty in the Developing World Poverty and governance are both issues high on the agenda of international agencies and governments in the South. With urban areas accounting for a steadily growing share of the world's poor people an international team of researchers focused their attention on the hitherto little-studied relationship between urban governance and urban poverty. In their timely and in-depth examination of ten cities in Africa Asia and Latin America they demonstrate that in many countries the global trends towards decentralization and democratization offer new opportunities for the poor to have an influence on the decisions that affect them. They also show how that influence depends on the nature of those democratic arrangements and decision-making processes at the local level as well as on the ability of the poor to organize. The study involved interviews with key actors within and outside city governments discussions with poverty groups community organizations and non-governmental organizations (NGOs) as well as analyses of data on poverty services and finance. This book presents insights conclusions and practical examples that are of relevance for other cities. It outlines policy implications for national and local governments NGOs and donor agencies and highlights ways in which poor people can use their voice to influence the various institutions of city governance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773683

Urban GovernanceBritain and Beyond Since 1750 This is a coherent and integrated set of essays around the theme of governance addressing a wide range of questions on the organisation and legitimation of authority. At the heart of the book is a set of topics which have long attracted the attention of urbanists and urban historians all over the world: the growth and reform of urban local government local-centre relationships public health and pollution local government finance the nature of local social élites and of participation in local government. Approaching these topics through the concept of governance not only raises a series of new questions but also extends the scope of enquiry for the historian seeking to understand towns and cities all over the world in a period of rapid change. Questions of governance must be central to a variety of enquiries into the nature of the urban place. There are questions about the setting of agendas about when a localised or neighbourhood issue becomes a big city or even national political issue about what makes a ’problem’. Public health and related matters form a central part of the ’issues’ especially for the British; in North America fire and the development of urban real estate have dominated; in India the security of the colonial government had a prominent place. The historical dynamic of these essays follows the change from the chartered governments of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries towards the representative regimes of the nineteenth and twentieth. However such historical change is not regarded as inevitable and the effects of bureaucratic growth regulatory regimes the legitimating role of rational and scientific knowledge as well as the innovatory use of ritual and space are all dealt with at length. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256293

Urban Grassroots Movements in Central and Eastern Europe What can we learn about collective action across Central and Eastern Europe by focusing on activism within urban spaces? This volume argues that the recent resurgence of urban grassroots mobilisation represents a new phase in the development of post-socialist civil societies and that these civil societies have significantly more vitality than is commonly perceived. The case studies here reflect the diversity and complexity of post-socialist urban movements capturing also the extent to which the laboratory of urban politics is richly illustrative of the complex nexus of state-society-market relations within post-socialism. The grassroots campaigns and actions reflect the new social cleavages and increased polarisation as a consequence of neoliberal urbanisation and global integration as well as the transformation of state power and authority in the region. Studying urban activism in Central and Eastern Europe is instructive for urban movements scholars generally as it forces us to acknowledge the variety of forms that contention can take and the usefulness of embedding the study of urban movements within a larger understanding of civil society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598587

Urban Green Belts in the Twenty-first Century Planners internationally have employed green belts to contain the explosive sprawl of cities as varied as Tokyo Vienna and Melbourne during the twentieth century. As yet no collection has gathered these experiences together to consider their contribution to planning. Juxtaposing examples of green belt implementation worldwide this book adds to understanding of how green belts can be effected in theory and how practitioners have adapted them in practice. The book provides a typology of green belt implementation and reform enabling planners to grasp why these policies are employed and whether they are relevant to twenty-first century planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275140

Urban Growth and Development in AsiaVolume I: Making the Cities First published in 1999 this volume begins with a panoramic survey by Nigel Harris of the drama of Asian Urbanization based on the inaugural plenary lecture he gave to the 5th Asian Urbanization Conference held in London. In the following chapters many experts and practitioners from different countries and cities provide a stimulating portrayal of the processes and outcomes of one of the greatest shifts of population (not just absolutely but proportionately as well) ever to have occurred in human history. Asia includes more than half the world’s population but apart from the Tiger economies and Japan it is still overwhelmingly rural. In the last decade or so urbanization has really begun to take off and the shift of population to the cities represents one of the greatest population movements the planet has ever seen. By 2030 more than 50% of Asia’s population will be urban and between now and then more than 500 million people in Asia will have moved - looking for jobs housing food and water. They will be both part of a problem and most of the solution - building around them the cities they will live in. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138370159

Urban Growth and InnovationSpatially Bounded Externalities in the Netherlands Knowledge externalities - i.e. intellectual gains made by exchange of information for which no direct compensation is given to the producer of the knowledge - result in higher economic growth rates across urban areas as well as higher degrees of innovation intensity in those locations where economic activity is dense. By combining theories and methodologies on localised growth and innovation density from the fields of geography and economics he puts forward an innovative spatial econometric model which contributes to a clearer understanding of actual processes of growth and innovation and their linkages to industry and spatially determined agglomeration factors. In doing so the book acknowledges the increasing importance of geographical composition and distance for the transmission of knowledge and skills in a society in which information becomes easier to access. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138357884

Urban Growth and Land Degradation in Developing CitiesChange and Challenges in Kano Nigeria The peri-urban interface in poor countries is frequently an area of great dynamism and a focus of competition for basic resources. In Nigeria peri-urban livelihood strategies have become an increasingly important survival mechanism in the context of rapid urban growth. This book uses an innovative combination of methodologies from both the natural and social sciences to examine recent developments in and around the city of Kano in northern Nigeria and in doing so provides insights into the sustainability of these livelihood strategies. Identifying some of the most significant forces that are currently shaping the process of peri-urban change it argues that despite the adoption of creative and ingenious strategies by many farmers urban growth is having a considerable effect on the livelihood resilience of individuals households and communities. The findings presented in this book have much wider relevance and are transferable to other burgeoning Third World cities where increased pressures on urban hinterlands have intensified contests amongst various actors made access to resources much more difficult and made traditional smallholder mechanisms of adaptation and resilience increasingly challenging. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262645

Urban Growth and the Medieval ChurchGloucester and Worcester It has long been recognised that the Church played a major role in the development of towns and cities from the earliest times a fact attested to by the prominence and number of ecclesiastical buildings that still dominate many urban areas. Yet despite this physical evidence and the work of archaeologists and historians many important aspects of the early stages of urbanization in England are still poorly understood. Not least there are many unanswered questions concerning the processes by which the larger towns emerged as planned settlements during the pre-Conquest centuries. Whilst the commitment of the Wessex kings is recognized questions remain concerning the participation of the Church in this process. Likewise our understanding of the Church's influence in the later development of towns is not yet fully developed. Many intriguing questions remain concerning such issues as the founding of parish churches and their boundaries and the extent to which the Church as a major landowner helped shape the evolving identity of towns and their suburbs. It is questions such as these that this volume sets out to answer. Employing a wealth of historical and archaeological evidence two key towns - Gloucester and Worcester - are closely examined in order to build up a picture of their respective developments throughout the medieval period. Through this multi-disciplinary and comparative approach a picture begins to emerge the Church's role in helping to shape not only the spiritual but also the social economic and cultural development of the urban environment. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315235264

Urban Growth in Emerging EconomiesLessons from the BRICS Along with globalization urban transitions have been central in the southward shift in economic power towards the newly emerging economies. As this book shows however these transitions have not been painless and it is important for the rest of the urbanizing world to learn from the mistakes. It examines the role of urbanization and urban growth in the emerging economies taking the BRICS countries (Brazil Russia India China and South Africa) as case studies. Their different approaches towards urbanization have shaped their historical development paths and assisted or constrained their futures. Several of the BRICS bear heavy burdens from past failures to accommodate urban growth inclusively and efficiently and many other urbanizing countries in Asia and Africa are in danger of replicating their mistakes. The overriding lesson of the book is that cities and nations must anticipate urbanization and accommodate urban growth pro-actively so as not to be left with an enduring legacy of inequalities and lost opportunities. This book is aimed at students and researchers in urban studies and development studies. It will also be of interest to policy advisors concerned with urbanization and the role of cities in a country’s development Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415718769

Urban Growth Patterns in IndiaSpatial Analysis for Sustainable Development This book uses spatio-temporal analysis to understand urbanisation in Indian cities and explain the concept and impact of global greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. It creates a GHG footprint for Indian cities and engages in a discussion about the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and smart city initiatives within an Indian context. Understanding the spatial patterns of land use/land cover (LULC) dynamics in the rapidly urbanising cities of India the readers will be able to simulate future urbanisation patterns and use spatial temporal analysis as a tool for implementing appropriate mitigation measures. Features Analyses the complete urbanisation and urban sprawl of major cities in India using advanced geospatial modelling techniques Highlights the best practices and methods used in modelling urban growth Discusses greenhouse gas emissions from various sectors and their effects in local environments Addresses the increase of local temperature in cities due to unplanned land use change and its impact on environmental sustainability and resilience Fills the need for data-driven governance and policy decisions by introducing various analyses through spatial mapping Highlighting some of the best practices and tools being used for modelling urban growth through case studies the book is useful to those interested in using new technologies and methods for data collection and problem solving. It focuses on the major environmental issues in India which are prevalent in most developing countries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367225216

Urban GrowthAn Approach  Do large cities grow more or less rapidly than small ones? Why should the relationship between city size and population growth vary so much from one period to another? This book studies the process of population growth in a national set of cities relating its findings to the theoretical concepts of urban geography. To test his ideas the author studies the growth of cities in England and Wales between 1801 and 1911. His explanations draw strongly on the connection between growth and the adoption of innovations. He develops a model of innovation diffusions in a set of cities and in support of this model looks at the way in which three particular innovations - the telephone building societies and gaslighting - spread amongst English towns in the nineteenth century. This book was first published in 1973. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851862

Urban Health in Developing CountriesProgress and Prospects The impact of urbanization on the health of citizens in developing countries has received increasing attention recently. This book addresses the problems in an integrated way looking in detail at both the problems themselves and the action and research necessary to alleviate them. It includes contributions from leading practitioners and advisors to many of the main international agencies and presents the latest thinking of those institutions. It also presents recent information on research findings the management and financing of urban health services and trends in urban health policy. Case studies examine major initiatives in cities as diverse as Santiago Dar es Salaam Dhaka Kampala and Bombay. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315070698

Urban Heritage Development and SustainabilityInternational Frameworks National and Local Governance More than half of the world’s population now live in urban areas and cities provide the setting for contemporary challenges such as population growth mass tourism and unequal access to socio-economic opportunities. Urban Heritage Development and Sustainability examines the impact of these issues on urban heritage considering innovative approaches to managing developmental pressures and focusing on how taking an ethical inclusive and holistic approach to urban planning and heritage conservation may create a stronger basis for the sustainable growth of cities in the future. This volume is a timely analysis of current theories and practises in urban heritage with particular reference to the conflict between and potential reconciliation of conservation and development goals. A global range of case studies detail a number of distinct practical approaches to heritage on international national and local scales. Chapters reveal the disjunctions between international frameworks and national implementation and assess how internationally agreed concepts can be misused to justify unsustainable practices or to further economic globalisation and political nationalism. The exclusion of many local communities from development policies and the subsequent erosion of their cultural heritage is also discussed with the collection emphasising the importance of ‘grass roots’ heritage and exploring more inclusive and culturally responsive conservation strategies. Contributions from an international group of authors including practitioners as well as leading academics deliver a broad and balanced coverage of this topic. Addressing the interests of both urban planners and heritage specialists Urban Heritage Development and Sustainability is an important addition to the field that will encourage further discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138845756

Urban Heritage in Divided CitiesContested Pasts Urban Heritage in Divided Cities explores the role of contested urban heritage in mediating subverting and overcoming sociopolitical conflict in divided cities. Investigating various examples of transformations of urban heritage around the world the book analyses the spatial social and political causes behind them as well as the consequences for the division and reunification of cities during both wartime and peacetime conflicts. Contributors to the volume define urban heritage in a broad sense as tangible elements of the city such as ruins remains of border architecture traces of violence in public space and memorials as well as intangible elements like urban voids everyday rituals place names and other forms of spatial discourse. Addressing both historic and contemporary cases from a wide range of academic disciplines contributors to the book investigate the role of urban heritage in divided cities in Africa Asia the Americas Europe and the Middle East. Shifting focus from the notion of urban heritage as a fixed and static legacy of the past the volume demonstrates that the concept is a dynamic and transformable entity that plays an active role in inquiring critiquing subverting and transforming the present. Urban Heritage in Divided Cities will be of great interest to academics researchers and students in the fields of cultural studies sociology the political sciences history human geography urban design and planning architecture archaeology ethnology and anthropology. The book should also be essential reading for professionals who are involved in governing planning designing and transforming urban heritage around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138624870

Urban High SchoolsFoundations and Possibilities This multidisciplinary overview introduces readers to the historical sociological anthropological and political foundations of urban public secondary schooling and to possibilities for reform. Focused on critical and problematic elements the text provides a comprehensive description and analyses of urban public high schooling through different yet intertwined disciplinary lenses. Students and researchers seeking to inform their work with urban high schools from social cultural and political perspectives will find the theoretical frameworks and practical applications useful in their own studies of or initiatives related to urban public high schools. Each chapter includes concept boxes with synopses of key ideas summations and discussion questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415878715

Urban High-Resolution Remote SensingAlgorithms and Modeling With urbanization as a global phenomenon there is a need for data and information about these terrains. Urban remote sensing techniques provide critical physical input and intelligence for preparing base maps formulating planning proposals and monitoring implementations. Likewise these methodologies help with understanding the biophysical properties patterns and process of urban landscapes as well as mapping and monitoring urban land cover and spatial extent. Advanced sensor technologies and image processing methodologies such as deep learning data mining etc. facilitate the wide applications of remote sensing technology in urban areas. This book presents advanced image processing methods and algorithms focused on three very important roots of urban remote sensing: 3D urban modelling using different remotely sensed data urban orthophotomap generation and urban feature extraction which are also today’s real challenges in high resolution remote sensing. Data generated by remote sensing with its repetitive and synoptic viewing and multispectral capabilities constitutes a powerful tool for mapping and monitoring emerging changes in the city's urban core as well as in peripheral areas. Features: Provides advances in emerging methods and algorithms in image processing and technology Uses algorithms and methodologies for handling high-resolution imagery from a ground sampling distance (GSD) less than 1.0 meter Focuses on 3D urban modelling orthorectification methodologies and urban feature extraction algorithms from high-resolution remotely sensed imagery Demonstrates how to apply up-to-date techniques to the problems identified and how to analyze research results Presents methods and algorithms for monitoring analyzing and modeling urban growth urban planning and socio-economic developments In this book readers are provided with valuable research studies and applications-oriented chapters in areas such as urban trees soil moisture mapping city transportation urban remote sensing big data etc. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367857509

Urban Histories of ScienceMaking Knowledge in the City 1820-1940 This book tells ten urban histories of science from nine cities—Athens Barcelona Budapest Buenos Aires Dublin (2 articles) Glasgow Helsinki Lisbon and Naples—situated on the geographical margins of Europe and beyond. Ranging from the mid-nineteenth to the early twentieth centuries the contents of this volume debate why and how we should study the scientific culture of cities often considered "peripheral" in terms of their production of knowledge. How were scientific practices debates and innovations intertwined with the highly dynamic urban space around 1900? The authors analyze zoological gardens research stations observatories and international exhibitions along with hospitals newspapers backstreets and private homes while also stressing the importance of concrete urban spaces for the production and appropriation of knowledge. They uncover the diversity of actors and urban publics ranging from engineers scientists architects and physicians to journalists tuberculosis patients and fishermen. Looking at these nine cities around 1900 is like glancing at a prism that produces different and even conflicting notions of modernity. In their totality the ten case studies help to overcome an outdated centre-periphery model. This volume is thus able to address far more intriguing historiographical questions. How do science technology and medicine shape the debates about modernity and national identity in the urban space? To what degree do cities and the heterogeneous elements they contain have agency? These urban histories show that science and the city are consistently and continuously co-constructing each other. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585389

Urban History With over half the world’s population now living in cities urbanization is one of the defining features of the contemporary world and urban history – the study of the processes and consequences of urbanization – is one of the most dynamic fields of modern and contemporary history. But the dynamism of urban history is not confined to the modern era and the study of urban societies in the less recent past equally represents a highly fertile field of scholarship. This collection will provide an expert overview of the field of urban history and a representative synthesis of past and current scholarship in urban history. The articles selected will explore key debates and conceptual issues in urban history from a global perspective highlighting the benefits of comparative historical research and of interdisciplinary approaches drawn from the humanities and social sciences . The recent expansion of global history and transnational perspectives in historical research is particularly suited to the study of urban history given the importance of cities as nodal points in the networks of global exchange and communication and this volume. The collection will also adopt a deliberately broad chronological span from antiquity to the twentieth century in order to facilitate diachronic comparisons and to emphasize the continuities as well as discontinuities in urban history. The volumes differ from the several ‘urban studies’ readers that are already available on the market in that the long term historical perspective is central to their conception. They will address theories of urbanization and methodological and conceptual issues of urban history including questions of definition as well as covering wider thematic issues that are representative of the different disciplinary approaches that have influenced urban history and which reflect the wider questions that urban historians have historically sought to address. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138797956

Urban Horticulture In the wake of urbanization and technological advances public green spaces within cities are disappearing and people are spending more time with electronic devices than with nature. Urban Horticulture explores the importance of horticulture to the lives health and well-being of urban populations. It includes contributions from experts in research and practice from across the United States discussing the history importance and benefits of selected topics in urban horticulture. This book examines types of public and private communities as well as state and federal programs to promote urban horticulture including their history management and administration programming evaluation funding and the benefits they provide to individuals and communities. It also reviews past and current research on school community public and prison gardens. While not a straightforward textbook it is adaptable to classroom learning as each chapter features: Objectives Key terms A summary Review questions Enrichment activities Suggestions for further reading The book also includes case studies and online access to examples of PowerPoint presentations that can be used in the classroom or web-based courses. Useful for researchers practitioners teachers and students Urban Horticulture is a flexible resource that details how passive and active interaction with plants enriches people’s lives. It presents several cases that illustrate how such interactions improve physical and mental health quality of life social well-being and community growth. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482260991

Urban HorticultureEcology Landscape and Agriculture This title includes a number of Open Access chapters. Urban horticulture referring to the study and cultivation of the relationship between plants and the urban environment is gaining more attention as the world rapidly urbanizes and cities expand. While plants have been grown in urban areas for millennia it is now recognized that they not only provide food ornament and recreation but also supply invaluable ecological services that help mitigate potentially negative impacts of urban ecosystems and thus increase the livability of cities. This book provides background on key issues in this growing field. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771884235

Urban Hospital Location Originally published in 1986 Urban Hospital Location examines the rising costs of health care and how the problem of providing a cost-effective and equitable pattern of health services is now a vital issue in many countries. It looks at how location decisions are especially difficult in cities because of the shifting geographical distribution and demographic structure of urban populations. The book shows how the utilisation of health services is strongly influenced by their location and argues that better geographical organisation of health care facilities would contribute significantly to a better and more effective health service. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138490079

Urban Housing Policy For as long as statistics record housing conditions in the United States have been improving. Housing that only the rich once enjoyed is commonplace today; by today's standards most of the population was ill-housed at the turn of the century. Amidst this rise however inadequate living accommodations for a portion of the population have stubbornly persisted. Many families endure housing deprivations that are severe even with respect to the norms of earlier years.Development of housing policy requires a blending of technical data theory and political and ethical considerations. This study is organized therefore around a planning framework. Housing needs and objectives are specified; housing resources are identified; theories of the problem are explored; alternative strategies are reviewed; and one of several possible packages of programs is elaborated in detail. Particular emphasis is placed throughout on the multiplicity of housing and non-housing goals and programs and on the variety of client groups which must be taken into consideration in trying to evolve an appropriate role for the public sector in this area of social concern.Specifically this work begins with a quick sketch of Baltimore and an examination of local problems and policies. This is followed by a description of the dimensions of housing needs. Another chapter studies the low-income market empirically from the perspective of the person whom poor families rely on for housing services - the landlord. An investigation on several theories of slums decay and housing abandonment is discussed and the authors formulate a composite theory that serves as a foundation for policy decisions. The final set of chapters explores in greater detail technical aspects of the proposals contained in the text and the concluding chapter investigates their political feasibility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412848442

Urban IdentityLearning from Place Urban Identity is the second in the successful Learning from Place series that draws upon the wealth of experience in the Academy of Urbanism. This edition deals with the subject of urban identity and character. Why is it that all modern towns and cities look the same as they become dominated by identikit buildings multi-national corporations even arbitrarily imposed urban design rules? How can we preserve and foster the sense of local identity and character that so value without falling into the trap of historical pastiche? Four leading urban thinkers take this theme as the staring point for chapters on urban identity. The classical architect Robert Adam delivers a broadside to modern architecture that he sees as the multi-national face of globalism. The architect and academic John Worthington ponders the difference between how a place is seen its identity and how it wants to be seen its brand. While the architects Anthony Reddy from Ireland and Frank Walker from Scotland explore the notion of local and national identity in architecture and design. These chapters are interspersed with five chapters by leading practitioners inspired by the shortlisted places for the Academy’s second annual awards. The surveyor Chris Balch revels in the life of three great European cities while Brian Evans Chris Brett celebrate three towns that are really great small cities. David Rudlin looks at three creative quarters and what they contribute to the economic and social life of their host cities while Frank McDonald takes us on a journey down three great streets and David Taylor and Anthony Alexander applaud three urban places created created and improved in recent years. Like the first book in this series Urban Identity brims with fascinating and sometimes controversial insights and opinions on urbanism. Illustrated again by the drawings of David (Harry) Harrison and poems by Ian MacMillan and packed with photographs and plans of the places visited by the Academy as part of their awards scheme. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415614030

Urban InformalitiesReflections on the Formal and Informal Bringing together an interdisciplinary and international group of researchers working on a wide variety of cities throughout Asia Latin America and Europe this book addresses rethinks and in some cases abandons the notions of formal and informal urbanism. This collection critically interrogates both the ways in which 'informal' and 'formal' are put to work in the governing and politicisation of cities and their conceptual strengths and weaknesses. It does so by focusing on a wide variety of topics from specific forms of housing and labour often traditionally linked to the formal/informal divide to urban political negotiations cultural practices and ways of being in the city. The book takes stock of and reflects on how contemporary urban informality/formality relations are being produced and are/might be understood and puts forward an enlarged and comprehensive understanding of urban informality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274730

Urban InformaticsCollaboration at the nexus of policy technology and design people and data Information shapes urban spaces in ways that most people rarely stop to consider. From data-driven planning to grassroots activism to influencing the routes we walk bike and drive new information technologies are helping city dwellers to leverage information in new ways. These technologies shape the uses and character of urban spaces. Information technologies and tools such as social media and GIS tracking applications are being used by individuals as they go about their daily lives not as alternatives to social interaction but as opportunities to participate in the shared experience of urban life. This edited volume focuses on the creative application and management of information technologies in urban environments with an emphasis on the intersection between citizen participation in creating city environments and the policy-making that supports it. The chapters address critical issues including the digital divide transportation planning use of public spaces community building and local events. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Urban Technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138299801

Urban Infrastructure and Governance The book contains a selection of papers on urban governance in its multiple perspectives. It has evolved from the presentations made at the Third International Conference on Public Policy and Management held in 2008.The topics are grouped into several themes: Urban Plan and Governance Urban Governance through Partnership and Participation and Financing Urban Infrastructure. With several examples from developing nations the book dwells into the practical and managerial aspects of urban planning partnerships participation financial mobilization and effective governance. One of the highlights of the book is that it looks at financial mobilization as a strategy for governance and how the financial system in itself can be an instrument of governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138664944

Urban Infrastructure in TransitionNetworks Buildings and Plans Achieving sustainable energy and resource use is vital if cities are to thrive or even function in the long term. Focusing on cities in the United Kingdom Germany and Denmark this book examines the mounting pressures for changes in the management style of utility services in Europe pressures that stem from a wide range of sources such as liberalization and privatization of markets tighter environmental standards new economic incentives competing technologies and changing consumption patterns. The authors show how changes in the management of utility services can contribute to achieving greater sustainability in urban regions. Whilst more efficient technology has a part to play truly significant improvements in quality of life will be delivered only when the flow of material and energy through cities is focused on the goal of sustainability in each local context. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315539430

Urban Innovation SystemsWhat makes them tick? Why are some regions and cities so good at attracting talented people creating high-level knowledge and producing exciting new ideas and innovations? What are the ingredients of success? Can innovative cities be created and stimulated or do they just flourish by mere chance? This book analyses the development and management of innovation systems in cities in order to provide a better understanding of what makes such systems perform. The book opens by developing a conceptual model that combines insights from urban economics with economic geography urban governance and place marketing. This highlights the relevance of path dependence different types of proximity (and the role of clusters networks and platforms) institutional conditions place attractiveness and place identity in the evolution of local innovation systems. The authors then draw on this conceptual framework to structure empirical case studies in three cities with a relatively high innovation performance: Eindhoven (the Netherlands) Stockholm (Sweden) and Suzhou (China). Through these case studies they provide a detailed analysis of how successful innovation systems evolve and what makes them tick. Unique to this book is the linking of analysis to concrete policy and management responses. The book ends with a discussion on six themes in the development of successful urban innovation systems: firm-capabilities and leader firms higher education and research attractive environment place branding institutional environment and entrepreneurship. Each theme is examined fully drawing lessons from the case studies and from recent insights and other cases discussed in the literature. This title will be of interest to students researchers and policymakers involved in regional innovation systems knowledge locations and cluster development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138364073

Urban Interstices: The Aesthetics and the Politics of the In-between Bringing together a team of international scholars with an interest in urban transformations spatial justice and territoriality this volume questions how the interstice is related to the emerging processes of partitioning enclave-making and zoning showing how in-between spaces are intimately related to larger flows networks territories and boundaries. Illustrated with a range of case studies from places such as the US Quebec the UK Italy Gaza Iraq India and South-east Asia the volume analyses the place and function of interstitial locales in both a ’disciplined’ urban space and a disordered space conceptualized through the notions of ’excess’ ’danger’ and ’threat’. Warning not to romanticize the interstice the book invites us to study it as not simply a place but also a set of phenomena events and social interactions. How are interstices perceived and represented? What is the politics of visibility that is applied to them? How to capture their peculiar rhythms speeds and affects? On the one hand interstices open up venues for informality improvisation challenge and bricolage playful as well as angry statements on the neoliberal city and enhanced urban inequalities. On the other hand they also represent a crucial site of governance (even governance by withdrawal) and urban management where an array of techniques ranging from military urbanism to new forms of value extraction are experimented. At the point of convergence of all these tensions interstices appear as veritable sites of transformation where social forces clash and mesh prefiguring our urban future. The book interrogates these territories proposing new ways to explore the dynamics events and visibilities that define them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257399

Urban Issues in Rapidly Growing CitiesPlanning for Development in Addis Ababa This book critically assesses the complex urban issues planning challenges and development opportunities of rapidly growing cities using Addis Ababa as a case study. Just like other developing cities Addis Ababa is undergoing numerous natural and policy-driven changes. This book analyses the effect of these changes on urban management to allow better understanding of the conceptual frameworks that define the everyday functions of rapidly growing cities. It demonstrates that rapid urban growth has simultaneously created opportunities for economic development in the developing world as well as social environmental and cultural challenges causing a mismatch between demand and the supply of services. The author argues that by combining indigenous knowledge and practices and contemporary planning principles developing countries can overcome challenges concerning environmental and public health transport congestion rising rents and house prices and lack of open space. Foregrounding the experience of everyday citizens of the city this book aids our understanding of the nature of rapidly growing cities and outlines what needs to be done so that the city meets the needs of the people. A unique contribution to the literature on cities of the developing world this book will be of interest to students and scholars of Urban Studies Planning Development Studies and African Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367360627

Urban Knowledge and Innovation SpacesInsights Inspirations and Inclinations from Global Practices The expansion of knowledge economy globalization and economic competitiveness has imparted importance of knowledge and innovation in local economies worldwide. As a result integrating knowledge generation and innovation considerations in urban planning and development processes has become an important agenda for establishing sustainable growth and long-term competitiveness of contemporary cities. Today making space and place that concentrate on knowledge generation and innovation is a priority for many cities across the globe. Urban knowledge and innovation spaces are integrated centres of knowledge generation learning commercialization and lifestyle. In other words they are high-growth knowledge industry and worker clusters and distinguish the functional activity in an area where agglomeration of knowledge and technological activities has positive externalities for the rest of the city as well as firms located there. Urban knowledge and innovation spaces are generally established with two primary objectives in mind: to be a seedbed for knowledge and technology and to play an incubator role nurturing the development and growth of new small high-technology firms; and to act as a catalyst for regional economic development that promotes economic growth and contributes to the development of the city as a ‘knowledge or innovative city’. This book contains chapters reporting investigation findings on different aspects of urban knowledge and innovation spaces such as urban planning and design innovation systems urban knowledge management and regional science. It was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Urban Technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891329

Urban Land and Property Markets in France Originally published in 1994 Urban Land and Property Markets in the United Kingdom adopts a perspective that encompasses the distinctive nature of the legal framework land law property market and procedures of Scotland England and Wales. The book provides detailed accounts of the structure of property planning and tax law governing urban land and property markets registration procedures and transactions charges market processes and how they all work in practice. The book is based on a report commissioned by the German Federal Government as part of a five-country study completed in 1991. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138495395

Urban Land and Property Markets in Germany Originally published in 1993 Urban Land and Property Markets in Germany describes the complex network of regulations and practices governing the operation of the German markets. The book outlines the constitutional structure and framework of the social economic and geographical context in which the markets operate. The main sections of the book address the legal structures of property planning and tax the registration procedures and transaction charges market processes who does what and what professional titles or other actors in the process to look out for. The book also looks at the development of land and property markets as one of the most intractable problems faced by post-communist regimes of eastern Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138494770

Urban Land and Property Markets in Sweden Originally published in 1995 Land and Property Markets in Sweden looks at the growing demand for an understanding of the urban land and property markets in Sweden. The book offers detailed accounts of the policy legislative and regulatory frameworks of urban land and property markets in Sweden explaining how the markets operate and interact with the planning systems. It also incorporates a review of the second-home market which is particularly well developed in Sweden. Fully detailed case studies are included to illustrate land development issues and the processes of purchase and sale of properties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138490147

Urban Land and Property Markets in The Netherlands Originally published in 1993 Urban Land and Property Markets in the Netherlands provides a detailed explanation of how the land and property markets of the Netherlands work. This book describes the scene extensively and goes deeper to explain the situation in the Netherlands with commercial real estate being regarded internationally as mature and offering good safe investment prospects while other aspects of the land and property markets are unique to that country. The constitutional economic and social contexts are described and current public policies are explained as they affect property development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138485181

Urban Land and Property Markets in the United Kingdom Originally published in 1994 Urban Land and Property Markets in the United Kingdom adopts a perspective that encompasses the distinctive nature of the legal framework land law property market and procedures of Scotland England and Wales. The book provides detailed accounts of the structure of property planning and tax law governing urban land and property markets registration procedures and transactions charges market processes and how they all work in practice. The book is based on a report commissioned by the German Federal Government as part of a five-country study completed in 1991. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138490390

Urban Land Markets and Land Price ChangesA Study in the Third World Context First published in 1997 this study is one of the forerunners in the area of urban land market and land price studies on a Third World city focusing on Lucknow City in Uttar Pradesh India and exploring house prices economic changes and construction. Amitabh responds to the 2nd Habitat Conference of 1996 which realised that housing conditions for lower income group people in most Third World cities have not improved especially with regards to tenure affordability and overall housing quality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138363762

Urban Land UseCommunity-Based Planning This compendium volume Urban Land Use: Community-Based Planning covers a range of land use planning and community engagement issues. Part I explores the connections between land use decisions and consequences for urban residents particularly in the areas of health and health equity. The chapters in Part II provide a closer look at community land use planning practice in several case studies. Part III offers several practical and innovative tools for integrating community decisions into land use planning. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771884853

Urban Landscape This is a set that brings together scholarly work on historical conceptual and technical aspects of the urban landscape. The role of landscape as recreational public social ecological infrastructural and experiential component of the urban environment has been increasingly recognized during the past decade. The traditional conception of the ‘urban’ as something that is made of streets and building facades has been replaced by a more complex notion that is inclusive of landscape as a generative and foundational component of the city itself. As cities have continued to expand into metropolitan areas landscapes have played a key role in the organization of urban territories. This set reflects the role that landscapes have played in the ongoing evolution of cities from industrial to service based economies. Making readily available in one place materials which are difficult for scholars researchers and students across the globe to locate and use this treasure trove of information includes global scholarship supplemented with a comprehensive introduction by the editor which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415706957

Urban Landscape EcologyScience policy and practice The growth of cities poses ever-increasing challenges for the natural environment on which they impact and depend not only within their boundaries but also in surrounding peri-urban areas. Landscape ecology – the study of interactions across space and time between the structure and function of physical biological and cultural components of landscapes – has a pivotal role to play in identifying sustainable solutions.  This book brings together examples of research at the cutting edge of urban landscape ecology across multiple contexts that investigate the state maintenance and restoration of healthy and functional natural environments across urban and peri-urban landscapes. An explicit focus is on urban landscapes in contrast to other books which have considered urban ecosystems and ecology without specific focus on spatial connections. It integrates research and perspectives from across academia public and private practitioners of urban conservation planning and design. It provides a much needed summary of current thinking on how urban landscapes can provide the foundation of sustained economic growth prospering communities and personal well-being. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138618268

Urban LandscapesInternational Perspectives Taking a multidisciplinary approach this addresses the academic and practical issues concerning the present and future of the built environment arguing for its enlightened management in the future of our present-day environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867055

Urban Latin AmericaImages Words Flows and the Built Environment Urban Latin America explores the relationship between images words and the built environment using an engaging variety of methods and sources with a timely emphasis on comparative studies. The book brings together scholars with various disciplinary backgrounds and theoretical affiliations who critically approach urban experiences through visual accounts texts and architectural elements. The reader is introduced to major theories secondary sources and empirical references that have not been written about in English. Film and photography fictional and historical writings particular buildings and landmarks – all inspire fascinating glimpses into different moments in the biography of cities in Argentina Brazil Chile Colombia Ecuador Mexico Uruguay and Venezuela. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138658202

Urban Life in Kingston JamaicaThe Culture and Class Ideology of Two Neighborhoods This book first published in 1984 recounts the daily life the politics religion and leisure pursuits of Jamaicans in working- and middle-class Kingston. The study is based upon the author’s observations of life in Selton Town and Vermount two neighborhoods of Kingston between 1971 and 1982. The author analyses the local social conflicts and ideologies thereby demonstrating how larger issues of class domination and cultural hegemony pervade neighbourhood life. The study provides a detailed contextual account of the significance of belonging to different classes. It provides a different perspective of Caribbean anthropology combining the techniques of ethnography and political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138894877

Urban Life in Post-Soviet Asia Capturing a unique historical moment this book examines the changes in urban life since the collapse of the Soviet Union from an ethnographic perspective thus addressing significant gaps in the literature on cities Central Asia and post-socialism. It encompasses Tashkent Almaty Astana and Ulan-Ude: four cities with quite different responses to the fall of the Soviet Union. Each chapter takes a theme of central significance across this huge geographical terrain addresses it through one city and contextualizes it by reference to the other sites in this volume. The structure of the book moves from nostalgia and memories of the Soviet past to examine how current changes are being experienced and imagined through the shifting materialities temporalities and political economies of urban life. Privatization is giving rise to new social geographies while ethnic and religious sensibilities are creating emergent networks of sacred sites. But however much ideologies are changing cities also provide a constant lived mnemonic of lost configurations of ideology and practice acting as signposts to bankrupted futures. Urban Life in Post-Soviet Asia provides a detailed account of the changing nature of urban life in post-Soviet Asia clearly elucidating the centrality of these urban transformations to citizens’ understandings of their own socio-economic condition. Media > Books > Print Books UCL Press 9780415533164

Urban Lighting Light Pollution and Society After decades "in the shadows" urban lighting is re-emerging as a matter of public debate. Long-standing truths are increasingly questioned as a confluence of developments affects lighting itself and the way it is viewed. Light has become an integral element of place-making and energy-saving initiatives alike. Rapidly evolving lighting technologies are opening up new possibilities but also posing new challenges to planners and awareness is growing that artificial illumination is not purely benign but can actually constitute a form of pollution. As a result public policy frameworks incentives and initiatives are undergoing a phase of innovation and change that will affect how cities are lit for years to come. The first comprehensive compilation of current scientific discussions on urban lighting and light pollution from a social science and humanities perspective Urban Lighting Light Pollution and Society contributes to an evolving international debate on an increasingly controversial topic. The contributions draw a rich panorama of the manifold discourses connected with artificial illumination in the past and present – from early attempts to promote new lighting technologies in the late 19th and early 20th centuries to current debates on restricting its excessive usage in public space and the protection of darkness. By bringing together a cross-section of current findings and debates on urban lighting and light pollution from a wide variety of disciplines it reflects that artificial lighting is multifaceted in its qualities utilisation and interpretation. Including case studies from the United States Europe and the UK Urban Lighting Light Pollution and Society is one of the first to take a serious assessment of light pollution and places and is a valuable resource for planners policy makers and students in related subjects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138813977

Urban Lighting for PeopleEvidence-Based Lighting Design for the Built Environment Book Award Finalist for Urban Design Group Awards 2020 Lighting has the power to illuminate and enhance our experience within the built environment. The light that enables people to travel around their neighbourhood or their city; the light which they see themselves and their neighbourhood under. Research into the effects of urban lighting on behaviour environmental psychology and social interaction is developing at a rapid rate. Yet despite the affect it has on our daily lives the practical application of this research is a relatively untapped resource. This book explores the needs and experiences of people at night and how these can be addressed by public lighting. It will give readers the confidence to develop more sophisticated lighting plans and add value to their projects. Case studies provide in-depth analysis of real-life projects and will help the reader to understand lighting designers’ own experiences including post-installation observations. Written in an accessible style by an array of experts this is an essential book for practitioners academics and students alike that will enable you to put the research in to practice and develop better lighting for better places. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859468210

Urban LivelihoodsA People-centred Approach to Reducing Poverty One of the most promising approaches to poverty reduction in developing countries is to encourage sustainable livelihoods for the poor. This takes account of their opportunities and assets and the sources of their vulnerability. Based on recent and extensive research this volume thoroughly assesses the value of the livelihoods approach to urban poverty. The book reviews the situation and strategies of the urban poor and identifies the policies and practical programmes that work best. Lasting improvements depend not just on economic development but on political commitment and structures that are responsive to the claims and needs of different groups of poor people. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773805

Urban Living LabsExperimenting with City Futures All cities face a pressing challenge – how can they provide economic prosperity and social cohesion while achieving environmental sustainability? In response new collaborations are emerging in the form of urban living labs – sites devised to design test and learn from social and technical innovation in real time. The aim of this volume is to examine inform and advance the governance of sustainability transitions through urban living labs. Notably urban living labs are proliferating rapidly across the globe as a means through which public and private actors are testing innovations in buildings transport and energy systems. Yet despite the experimentation taking place on the ground we lack systematic learning and international comparison across urban and national contexts about their impacts and effectiveness. We have limited knowledge on how good practice can be scaled up to achieve the transformative change required. This book brings together leading international researchers within a systematic comparative framework for evaluating the design practices and processes of urban living labs to enable the comparative analysis of their potential and limits. It provides new insights into the governance of urban sustainability and how to improve the design and implementation of urban living labs in order to realise their potential. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138714779

Urban MapsInstruments of Narrative and Interpretation in the City This book concerns the city and the 'devices' that define the urban environment by their presence representation or interpretation. The texts offer an interdisciplinary discourse and critique of the complex systems artifacts interventions and evidences that can inform our understanding of urban territories; on surfaces in the margins or within voids. The diverse media of arts practices as well as commercial branding are used to explore narratives that reveal latent characteristics of urban situations that conventional architectural inquiry is unable to do. The subjects covered are presented within a wider framework of urban theory into which are embedded case study examples that outline the practices processes and interpretations of each theme. The chapters provide a contemporary reading of urban socio-cultural conditions using 'mapping' as a lens to explore and communicate the social phenomena and lived experiences of the dynamic and temporal city. Mapping is developed as a form of critical instrumentality to expose record and contribute to the understanding of the singular essences of space place and networks by thematic cognitive and experiential modes of investigation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409461883

Urban Marginalisation in South AsiaWaste Pickers in Calcutta The community of waste pickers in Calcutta stands on its own against the hostile outside which comprises the state elites and mainstream society. The residents of this unique world continuously try to escape the ‘ideal’ world of uniform homogeneity of legally legitimate profession shelter sanitation education healthcare savings credit and cultural activities of the mainstream.This book examines the lives and society of a marginalised urban community of waste pickers living within the city of Calcutta and yet on the periphery of mainstream society. Through interpretive ethnography of the studied community focusing on ideological marginalisation as distinct from economic marginalisation the book studies the community and their world. It uniquely presents a volume of work in the field of ideological or socio-cultural marginalisation: showing how and why socio-cultural marginalisation is expressed through the daily experiences of material and emotional dilapidation and physical and socio-cultural seclusion as experienced by the waste picking community in Calcutta. It provides an extensive and intimate discourse on the decay of the soul and mind breakdown of the interpersonal and neighbourhood ties through the mediation of the biased state mainstream and elite policies attached with the defamed peripheral regions of the city. It argues that ideological marginalisation represents alternative resistance to exploitation through silent defiance non-participation and non-cooperation by the marginalised people with mainstream society state and non-governmental organisations (NGOs). It concludes that there is a large scope for studying the negotiation skills of waste pickers/marginalised people in terms of their business with their retailers which help them attain some economic returns although they still lack social capital networking skills and human capital. Presenting exciting new ethnography against the background of important theoretical concepts the book initiates a dialogue about options for a change in the situation of these marginalised people vis-à-vis the state elites and mainstream society. It will be of interest to an interdisciplinary audience in the fields of Social and Cultural Anthropology Urban Studies Development Studies Urban Sociology and South Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589738

Urban MarketsDeveloping Informal Retailing Originally published in 1990 Urban Markets looks at how the informal sector of the economy should be encouraged to assist in the alleviation of problems of poverty and unemployment. Despite this rhetoric few concrete implementable ways have been developed. This book is concerned with one such potential strategy which the authors consider to be particularly effective: the creation of both built and open markets for very small retailers and wholesalers. Based on experience of observing such markets in several continents the authors combine a discussion of the theoretical issues surrounding the creation of urban markets with practical hints of how to establish and run them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138485310

Urban Medical CentersBalancing Academic And Patient Care Functions This volume reports the different ways in which various urban academic health centers are seeking to reposition themselves in order to protect and advance their primary missions of education biomedical research and sophisticated patient care. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429270109

Urban MicroclimateDesigning the Spaces Between Buildings The quality of life of millions of people living in cities could be improved if the form of the city were to evolve in a manner appropriate to its climatic context. Climatically responsive urban design is vital to any notion of sustainability: it enables individual buildings to make use of renewable energy sources for passive heating and cooling it enhances pedestrian comfort and activity in outdoor spaces and it may even encourage city dwellers to moderate their dependence on private vehicles. Urban Microclimate bridges the gap between climatology research and applied urban design. It provides architects and urban design professionals with an understanding of how the structure of the built environment at all scales affects microclimatic conditions in the space between buildings and analyzes the interaction between microclimate and each of the elements of the urban landscape. In the first two sections of the book the extensive body of work on this subject by climatologists and geographers is presented in the language of architecture and planning professionals. The third section follows each step in the design process and in part four a critical analysis of selected case study projects provides a demonstration of the complexity of applied urban design. Practitioners will find in this book a useful guide to consult as they address these key environmental issues in their own work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993983

Urban Migrants In Developing NationsPatterns And Problems Of Adjustment What are the effects of migration and the change to city life on migrants and their families in developing countries? How is the quality of life influenced by the influx of migrants into a region? This book addresses these and related questions by focusing on four case studies in Korea (Seoul) Indonesia (Surabaya) Colombia (Bogota) and Iran (Teh Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215552

Urban Mobilities in the Global South The book considers urban mobilities and immobilities in the Global South through an exploration of the theoretical and methodological entry points that can be used to further the agenda of transport planning. Transport system improvements can (and do) have complex and unequal impacts on different sectors of society. Conventional approaches to analysing travel demand and transport system performance developed in the ‘Global North’ are typically ill-equipped to identify and understand the complexities and inequities in urban areas of the Global South. Using case studies from urban Africa and Asia the book addresses the need to understand the ‘lived world’ of mobilities and use this knowledge to address issues that are central to our urban existence in the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885588

Urban Mobilizations and New Media in Contemporary China Popular protests are on the rise in China. However since protesters rely on existing channels of participation and on patronage by elite backers the state has been able to stymie attempts to generalize resistance and no large scale political movements have significantly challenged party rule. Yet the Chinese state is not monolithic. Decentralization has increased the power of local authorities creating space for policy innovations and opening up the political opportunity structure. Popular protest in China - particularly in urban realm- not only benefits from the political fragmentation of the state but also from the political communications revolution. The question of how and to what extent the internet can be used for mobilizing popular resistance in China is hotly debated. The government virtual social organizations and individual netizens both cooperate and compete with each other on the web. New media both increases the scope of the mobilizers and the mobilized (thereby creating new social capital) and provides the government with new means of social control (thereby limiting the political impact of the growing social capital). This volume is the first of its kind to assess the ways new media influence the mobilization of popular resistance and its possible effects in China today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599423

Urban Modelling The study of cities is one of the grand challenges of twenty-first-century science and mathematical modelling—in this case urban modelling—provides a crucial contribution to scholarly and practical projects fully to comprehend their workings evolution and associated planning problems. There have been significant developments in urban modelling over the last fifty years or so (though foundational work dates back to the nineteenth century and beyond) and it remains a highly active and flourishing field of research and study. Urban modelling draws on population demography and economics. It seeks to represent the activities and structures associated with employment residential location and housing the use of services such as retail education or health and associated transport and telecommunications interactions. The history of urban modelling can be seen as the development of submodels which in more ambitious projects are then combined into comprehensive models. These models can then be deployed as ‘What if?’ forecasting tools to test plans for future urban development. The retail model for example is extensively applied commercially. In five volumes this new Routledge collection—edited by the scholar whose work in urban and regional modelling established the research agenda for the field from the 1970s onwards—answers the need for an authoritative reference work to map the vast body of published literature and to make sense of the continuing explosion in research output. Much of scholarly literature generated by this multidisciplinary enterprise remains inaccessible or is highly specialized and compartmentalized so that it is hard for many of those who are interested to obtain an informed and comprehensive overview. Bringing together the very best canonical and cutting-edge contributions this collection offers an invaluable one-stop resource. Volume I captures the early history of modelling up to the early 1960s. Volume II demonstrates the development of the comprehensive model building on Lowry’s 1964 work and the foundations of transport modelling enhanced by the introduction of entropy-maximizing methods in 1967. Volume III covers the 1970s and 1980s which in part demonstrated the power of mathematical programming and also the introduction of effective dynamic analysis. The final volumes collect the best scholarship from the 1990s to the present day focusing particularly on applications of modelling and the areas where the dynamic urban model still remains incomplete. Urban Modelling is fully indexed with a comprehensive introduction newly written by the learned editor which places the gathered materials in their historical and intellectual context. The collection is certain to be recognized as an indispensable reference work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415694605

Urban Music and EntrepreneurshipBeats Rhymes and Young People's Enterprise Youth unemployment in the UK remains around the one million mark with many young people from impoverished backgrounds becoming and remaining NEET (Not in Education Employment or Training). However the NEET categorisation covertly disguises and obscures the significance of the diverse range of activities achievements and accomplishments of those who operate in the informal creative economy. With grime music and its related enterprise a key component of the urban music economy this book employs the inherent contradictions and questions that emerge from an exploration of the grime music scene to build a complex reading of the socio-economic significance of urban music. Incorporating insightful dialogue with the participants in this economy White challenges the prevailing wisdom on marginalised young people whilst also confronting the assumption that the inertia and localisation of the grime culture results from its close links to NEET "members" and the informal sector. Offering an ethnographic and timely critique of the NEET classification this compelling book would be suitable for undergraduate and post-graduate students interested in urban studies business work and labour education and employment ethnography music and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138608894

Urban Nature and Childhoods This book challenges the notion that nature is a city’s opposite and addresses the often-overlooked concept of urban nature and how it relates to children’s experiences of environmental education. The idea of nature-deficit as well as concerns that children in cities lack for experiences of nature speaks to the anxieties that underpin urban living and a lack of natural experiences. The contributors to this volume provide insights into a more complex understanding of urban nature and of children’s experiences of urban nature. What is learned if nature is not somewhere else but right here wherever we are? What does it mean for children’s environmental learning if nature is a relationship and not an entity? How can such a relational understanding of urban nature and childhood support more sustainable and more inclusive urban living? In raising challenging questions about childhoods and urban nature this book will stimulate much needed discussion to provoke new imaginings for researchers in environmental education childhood studies and urban studies. This book was originally published as a special issue of Environmental Education Research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367334123

Urban Nature ConservationLandscape Management in the Urban Countryside Urban nature conservation is a field that has grown rapidly in importance over the past 20 years and will continue to do so in the coming years as landscape ecology and greenspace planning become established disciplines. A widespread concern and interest in the wild plants and animal life found in urban areas now influences the policies and practices of land management organizations. This book provides a comprehensive overview of the subject. It will assist professionals in formulating strategic management policies that integrate urban nature conservation into the wider context of landscape management and urban planning. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138437418

Urban NatureEnriching Belonging Wellbeing and Bioculture This book showcases the diversity of ways in which urban residents from varying cultural contexts view interact engage with and give meaning to urban nature aiming to counterbalance the dominance of Western depictions and values of urban nature and design. Urban nature has up to now largely been defined planned and managed in a way that is heavily dominated by Western understandings values and appreciations which has spread through colonialism and globalisation. As cities increasingly represent a diversity of cultures and urban nature is being increasingly recognised as contributing to residents' wellbeing belonging and overall quality of life it is important to consider the numerous ways in which urban nature is understood and appreciated. This collection of case studies includes examples from Africa Asia Europe North and South America and reflects on the multi-dimensional aspects of engagements with urban nature through a biocultural diversity lens. The chapters cover several themes such as how engagements with nature contribute to a sense of wellbeing and belonging; the implications that diversity has on the provision design and management of urban environments; and the threats inhibiting residents’ abilities to engage meaningfully with nature. The book challenges the dominant discourse Western ideological understandings and meta-narratives of modernisation and unilineal urban transitions. A timely addition to the literature Urban Nature: Enriching Belonging Wellbeing and Bioculture offers an alternative to Western ideological understandings of nature and values and will be of great interest to those working in human and environmental urban ecology. It will also be key reading for students in the relevant fields of anthropology development studies geography social ecology and urban studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367427573

Urban NavigationsPolitics Space and the City in South Asia This book provides an important account of how the city in South Asia is produced lived and contested. It examines the diverse lived experiences of urban South Asia through a focus on contestations over urban space resources and habitation bringing together accounts from India Pakistan Nepal and Sri Lanka. In contrast to accounts that attribute urban transformation mainly to neoliberal globalisation this book vividly demonstrates how neoliberalism functions as one of the many drivers of urban change. This edited volume brings together an interdisciplinary and international range of established and emerging scholars working on the city in South Asia. To date South Asian urban studies privilege a handful of cities particularly in India overlooking the great diversity as well as commonalities of urban experiences spanning the region. Thus in addition to chapters on New Delhi Mumbai and Bangalore this volume contains critical urban chapters on less-studied cities such as Lahore Islamabad Kathmandu Colombo and Dhaka. The volume insists that a fresh look at contemporary changes in cities in South Asia requires careful consideration of the specificity of the city as well as a comparative perspective. It provides a sense not only of the new forms of urbanism emerging in contemporary South Asia but also sheds light on new theoretical possibilities and directions to make sense of transnational processes and urban change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138665026

Urban Neighbourhood FormationsBoundaries Narrations and Intimacies This book examines the formation of urban neighbourhoods in the Middle East Africa and South Asia.  It departs from ‘neighbourhoods’ to consider identity coexistence solidarity and violence in relations to a place. Urban Neighbourhood Formations revolves around three major aspects of making and unmaking of neighbourhoods: spatial and temporal boundaries of neighbourhoods neighbourhoods as imagined and narrated entities and neighbourhood as social relations. With extensive case studies from Johannesburg to Istanbul and from Jerusalem to Delhi this volume shows how spatial amenities immaterial processes of narrating and dreaming and the lasting effect of intimacies and violence in a neighbourhood are intertwined and negotiated over time in the construction of moral orders urban practices and political identities at large. This book offers insights into neighbourhood formations in an age of constant mobility and helps us understand the grassroots-level dynamics of xenophobia and hostility as much as welcoming and openness. It would be of interest for both academics and more general audiences as well as for students of undergraduate and postgraduate courses in Urban Studies and Anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367255107

Urban Open Space Governance and Management This edited volume defines and compares central aspects of governance and management related to urban open spaces (UOSs) such as long-term management combined governance and management and strategic management of UOSs. Perspectives such as ethical considerations user participation and changes in local governmental structures frame the governance and management of UOSs. Jansson and Randrup create a comprehensive resource detailing global trends from framing and understanding to finally practising UOS governance and management. They conclude by promoting positive changes such as proactive management and strategic maintenance plans to encourage the creation of more sustainable cities. Illustrated in full colour throughout this book is an essential read for students and academics of landscape architecture planning and urban design as well as those with a particular interest in governance and management of UOSs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367173036

Urban Open Spaces There is enormous interest in urban design and the regeneration of our urban areas but current thinking often concentrates on the built form forgetting the important role that open spaces play. Urban Open Spaces brings together extensive research and practical experience to prove the opportunities and benefits of different types of open space to society and individuals. Focusing on the importance of open spaces in daily urban life the book is divided into three sections. The first section describes the social health environmental and economic benefits and opportunities that open spaces can provide. The second section discusses the different types of urban open spaces that individuals or communities might use on a daily basis: from private gardens to commercial squares and waterway corridors. The final section provides best practice case-studies demonstrating urban spaces being incorporated in new developments and community initiatives. This is the first book to bring together a variety of evidence from different disciplines to outline the benefits and opportunities of urban open spaces in an accessible way. Not just for students and practitioners this book will be of value for anyone interested in the design development regeneration funding and use of open spaces in urban areas. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138151420

Urban Parents Perspectives Children'S Math. Mtl V8#3 First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203764152

Urban Planning After Disasters This four-volume collection brings together the most important canonical and cutting-edge papers in the essential topic of planning after disasters. This is the first coherent academic reference work to date. These selections emphasize knowledge regarding reconstruction and recovery of communities the policies designed to facilitate successful reconstruction the processes of planning the processes of reconstruction and the outcomes of all of the above. They draw from publications describing reconstruction cases all over the world for which there is a rapidly growing literature. They emphasize governance management and planning for reconstruction and also include some papers that describe and evaluate reconstruction outcomes. The selections emphasize physical reconstruction but also include key readings on the economic recovery of cities after disasters.The set is introduced in a comprehensive editorial piece by the editor which locates the articles in context and explores the issues and topics at hand. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138776531

Urban Planning and Politics In this decade of widespread public distrust of both government and big business planning is often viewed as a process abused by the elite to pursue their own selfish ends at the expense of ordinary citizens. This book shows citizens professionals and students how planning can and does serve the public interest.Politics plan Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367330286

Urban Planning and Public Health in AfricaHistorical Theoretical and Practical Dimensions of a Continent's Water and Sanitation Problematic Established indicators of development suggest that as a group African countries lag behind their counterparts in other regions with respect to public health. Particularly noteworthy is the fact that the public health problems of these countries are rooted in preventable causes associated with hygiene and sanitation. It is customary to attribute the problems that ail Africa to the lack of financial resources. This book deviates from convention by suggesting non-financial factors as the source of sanitation problems on the continent and argues the need to re-connect urban planning to public health. These two professions are consanguine relatives and emerged to combat the negative externalities of the industrial revolution and concomitant urbanization. However with the passage of time the professions drifted apart. Today more than ever there is a need for the two to be re-connected. This need is rooted in the increasing complexity of urban problems whose resolution requires interdisciplinary initiatives. To this end there is hardly any question that urban public health initiatives are unlikely to succeed without the collaboration of both public health and urban planning experts. The book recognizes this truism and stands as the first major academic work to demonstrate the inextricably intertwined nature of urban planning and urban public health in Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109209

Urban Planning And The Development Process This text is about the very essence of urban planning in a market economy. It is concerned with people - landowners developers investors politicians and ordinary members of the public - who produce change in towns and cities as they relate to each other and react to development Pressure. Whether Such Change Occurs Slowly And Is Almost Unnoticed Or happens rapidly and is highly disruptive a production process is creating a finished product: the built environment. This form of production known as the land and property development process is regulated but not controlled by the state. Urban planning is therefore best considered as one form of state intervention in the development process.; Since urban planning would have no legitimate basis without state power it is an inherently political activity able to alter the distribution of scarce environmental resources. Through doing so it seeks to resolve conflicts of interest over the use and development of land. However urban plans that appear to favour particular interests such as house-builders above others such as community groups provoke intense controversy. Development planning can thus become highly politicized with alliances and divisions between politicians not always explained by traditional party politics.; These issues are explored with particular reference to statutory plan-making at the local level. The author draws on his extensive research into urban planning and development making use of recent case studies and examples to illustrate key points. There are four parts. The first explores the operation of land and property markets and development processes and examines how the state intervenes in the form of urban planning. The second part looks at the people and organizations who play a critical role in shaping the built environment and considers their relationship with the planning system. Specific attention is paid to important actors in the development process such as landowners developers financial institutions professional advisers and to the variety of agencies in the public sector that aim to promote development. This concludes with discussion of public- private partnerships and growth coalitions. The third part of the book concentrates on local development planning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203857007

Urban Planning in a Capitalist Society Originally published in 1980 Urban Planning in a Capitalist Society addresses land use planning as both a technical and a political activity involving the distribution of scarce resources – land and capital. The book reviews and assesses the strengths and weaknesses of several theoretical perspectives and pluralist bureaucratic reformist and Marxist approaches to the distribution of power and hence resources in a capitalist society. It concentrates on the role played by planning professionals the opportunity for the public to influence land use planning decision making and the scope for political action concerning planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138484979

Urban Planning in Lusophone African Countries Urban planning on the five Lusophone African countries - Angola Cape Verde Guinea-Bissau Mozambique and Sao Tome and Príncipe - has so far been relatively overlooked in planning literature. Bringing together a team of leading scholars this book fills the gap by providing an in-depth analysis of key issues in the history of urban planning and discussing the key challenges confronting contemporary urban planning in these countries. The book argues that urban planning is a non-neutral and non-value free kind of public action and therefore ideology planning theories urban models and the ideological role urban planning has played are some of the key issues addressed. For that reason the practice of Urban Planning is also seen as the outcome of a complex interrelationship between structure and agency with the role of key planers being examined in some of the chapters. The findings and insights presented by the contributing authors confirm previous research on urban planning in the colonial and postcolonial periods in Lusophone African countries and at the same time break fresh ground and offer additional insights as new evidence has been collected from archives and in fieldwork carried out by a new generation of researchers. In addition it outlines possible directions for future research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472444875

Urban Planning in North Africa There has been relatively little written on the history of urban planning in North Africa despite the wealth of towns and cities in this region which date back to Antiquity. The book explores the history of urban planning in North Africa and the challenges confronting contemporary urban planning in Algeria Egypt Libya Morocco and Tunisia. It examines the transnational flow of planning ideas during the colonial period namely through the French British and Italian colonial presence and the Portuguese and Spanish influences as well and discusses key challenges currently confronting urban planning in the major urban centers in the region. The fifteen chapters that constitute the book offer an informed analysis of the history of urban planning in North Africa covering the pre-colonial colonial and post-colonial periods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472444844

Urban Planning in Sub-Saharan AfricaColonial and Post-Colonial Planning Cultures Cities in Sub-Saharan Africa are unequally confronted with social economic and environmental challenges particularly those related with population growth urban sprawl and informality. This complex and uneven African urban condition requires an open discussion of past and current urban planning practices and future reforms. Urban Planning in Sub-Saharan Africa gives a broad perspective of the history of urban planning in Sub-Saharan Africa and a critical view of issues problems challenges and opportunities confronting urban policy makers. The book examines the rich variety of planning cultures in Africa offers a unique view on the introduction and development of urban planning in Sub-Saharan Africa and makes a significant contribution against the tendency to over-generalize Africa’s urban problems and Africa’s urban planning practices. Urban Planning in Sub-Saharan Africa is written for postgraduate students and advanced undergraduates researchers planners and other policy makers in the multidisciplinary field of Urban Planning in particular for those working in Spatial Planning Architecture Geography and History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415632300

Urban Planning in the Third WorldThe Chandigarh Experience Originally published in 1982 Urban Planning in the Third World is concerned with some of the critical issues underlying urban planning in the Third World. Taking the specific case of Chandigarh planned or rather ‘designed’ by Le Corbusier as the new capital of Punjab following Partition the author describes the development of the city showing how concepts inherent in the master plan and the policies pursued in its implementation not merely ignored but totally excluded a major section of the population from ‘legal’ housing and employment. The book sets a distinct theoretical framework examining the Indian context at the time of Independence the Western origins of the planning concepts applied in the city and the process by which Le Corbusier finalized its master plan in a matter of days. The book also examines the social forces determining the temporary resolution of inherent conflicts in the plan and examines the growth of non-plan settlements in the city and the impact of the plan on the lives of the settlement residents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367360108

Urban Planning MethodsResearch and Policy Analysis In order to develop and exercise their skills urban planners need to draw upon a wide variety of methods relating to plan and policy making urban research and policy analysis. More than ever planners need to be able to adapt their methods to contemporary needs and circumstances. This introductory textbook focuses on the need to combine traditional research methods with policy analysis in order to understand the true nature of urban planning processes. It describes both planning methods and their underlying concepts and principles illustrating applications by reference to the daily activities of planning including the assessment of needs and preferences of the population the generation and implementation of plans and policies and the need to take decisions related to the allocation of land population change employment housing and retailing. Ian Bracken also provides a comprehensive guide to the more specialized research literature and case studies of contemporary urban planning practice. This book was first published in 1981. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823904

Urban Planning Under ThatcherismThe Challenge of the Market Originally published in 1991 Urban Planning Under Thatcherism links theory and practice to assess the changes to the planning system since 1979. It analyses the major trends by investigating the individual modifications in the legislation and the new initiatives which have introduced procedures to by-pass the normal system. Such changes are fundamental not only to the built environment but to the quality of urban life and ultimately to the nature of society. The book argues that this orientation is the result of a policy shift from local democracy to centralisation and from the criteria of the public interest to those of the market. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138489998

Urban Planning’s Philosophical EntanglementsThe Rugged Dialectical Path from Knowledge to Action Urban Planning’s Philosophical Entanglements explores the long-held idea that urban planning is the link in moving from knowledge to action. Observing that the knowledge domain of the planning profession is constantly expanding the approach is a deep philosophical analysis of what is the quality and character of understanding that urban planners need for expert engagement in urban planning episodes. This book philosophically analyses the problems in understanding the nature of action — both individual and social action. Included in the analysis are the philosophical concerns regarding space/place and the institution of private property. The final chapter extensively explores the linkage between knowledge and action. This emerges as the process of design in seeking better urban communities — design processes that go beyond buildings tools or fashions but are focused on bettering human urban relationships. Urban Planning’s Philosophical Entanglements provides rich analysis and understanding of the theory and history of planning and what it means for planning practitioners on the ground. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138387188

Urban Platforms and the Future CityTransformations in Infrastructure Governance Knowledge and Everyday Life This title takes the broadest possible scope to interrogate the emergence of “platform urbanism” examining how it transforms urban infrastructure governance knowledge production and everyday life and brings together leading scholars and early-career researchers from across five continents and multiple disciplines. The volume advances theoretical debates at the leading edge of the intersection between urbanism governance and the digital economy by drawing on a range of empirically detailed cases from which to theorize the multiplicity of forms that platform urbanism takes. It draws international comparisons between urban platforms across sites with attention to the leading edges of theory and practice and explores the potential for a renewal of civic life engagement and participatory governance through “platform cooperativism” and related movements. A breadth of tangible and diverse examples of platform urbanism provides critical insights to scholars examining the interface of digital technologies and urban infrastructure urban governance urban knowledge production and everyday urban life. The book will be invaluable on a range of undergraduate and postgraduate courses as well as for academics and researchers in these fields including anthropology geography innovation studies politics public policy science and technology studies sociology sustainable development urban planning and urban studies. It will also appeal to an engaged academia-adjacent readership including city and regional planners policymakers and third-sector researchers in the realms of citizen engagement industrial strategy regeneration sustainable development and transport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367334192

Urban PlaygroundHow Child-Friendly Planning and Design Can Save Cities What type of cities do we want our children to grow up in? Car-dominated noisy polluted and devoid of nature? Or walkable welcoming and green? As the climate crisis and urbanisation escalate cities urgently need to become more inclusive and sustainable. This book reveals how seeing cities through the eyes of children strengthens the case for planning and transportation policies that work for people of all ages and for the planet. It shows how urban designers and city planners can incorporate child friendly insights and ideas into their masterplans public spaces and streetscapes. Healthier children mean happier families stronger communities greener neighbourhoods and an economy focused on the long-term. Make cities better for everyone. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859469293

Urban PlaymakingConstructivist Teaching with a Radical Agenda This book explores the concept of playmaking and activism through three research projects in which culturally and linguistically diverse high school students and young adults created original theatre around the issues that inform their lives and constrain their futures. Each study discussed by the author is considered through the lens of one or more best practices. The outcomes of the playmaking experiences communicated through detailed ethnographic data and the voices of student participants make a strong case for using what we already know about teaching to positively impact gross inequities of outcome for culturally and linguistically diverse students. This study will be of great interest to students scholars and practitioners in Applied Theatre Theatre Education and Art Therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367559267

Urban Plots Organizing Cities By focusing on the interplay between material social and narrative dimensions of the city this book examines urban complexity namely the dynamic and entangled nature of urban issues and puts forward a notion of the city as an urban texture. Taking an innovative interdisciplinary approach it perceives the way cities are organized as a restless stratification of materials meanings and uses and deals with the interrelationships between actors places administrative rationalities and artefacts. It argues that urban fabric is 'manufactured' in this interplay between imagery and practices (of all the stake-holders including planners city managers and city users). Illustrated by in-depth empirical studies from across Europe and Latin America the book explores material and symbolic aspects of the urban experience. In particular the contributors focus on the less visible ways of organizing urban spaces such as those enacted and embodied by local news artefacts such as signals maps regulations public acts artistic performances sensory experience and collective memories. The book offers an articulated discussion on these various means of spatial organisation thereby providing insights into situations of conflict and proposing innovative ways forward for enhancing urban sociability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260900

Urban Poetics in the French Renaissance The 'city view' forms the jumping off point for this innovative study which explores how the concept of the city relates to the idea of the self in early modern French narratives. At a time when print culture cartography and literature emerged and developed together the 'city view' a picture or topographic image of a city became one of the most distinctive and popular products of the early modern period. Through a construct she calls 'urban poetics' Elisabeth Hodges draws out the relationship between the city and the self showing the impact of the city in cultural production to be so profound that it cannot be extricated from what we know by the name of 'subjectivity'. Each chapter of the book brings focus to a crucial text that features descriptions of the self in the city (by the writers Villon Corrozet Scève and Montaigne) and investigate how representations of urban experience prepared the way for the emergence of the autonomous subject. Charting a course between cartography literary studies and cultural history this study opens new vistas on some of the period's defining problems: the book the subject the city. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315235240

Urban Policy in Latin AmericaTowards the Sustainable Development Goals? This book evaluates the impact of 20 years of urban policies in six Latin American countries: Argentina Brazil Chile Colombia Ecuador and Mexico. It argues that evaluating the fulfillment of past commitments is essential for framing and meeting the new commitments that were taken in Habitat III over the next 20 years. Taken as a whole the book provides a critical assessment of the economic social and environmental consequences of urban interventions during Habitat II. The country-level chapters have been written by recognized experts in urban issues with first-hand knowledge of the Habitat process and deep familiarity with the problems statistics actors and political contexts of their nations. The latter part of the volume considers wider topics such as the Habitat Commitment Index the New Urban Agenda and the regional and global-scale lessons that can be extracted from this group of countries. Urban Policy in Latin America will be of interest to advanced students researchers and policymakers across development economics urban studies and Latin American studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367136994

Urban Policy in Practice Urban Policy and Practice is a practical and critical guide to urban policy in contemporary Britain. The book covers a range of topics including: * Quality and consumerism in the public sector * Community development * Public Health * Environmental issues * Local intervention in the creation of skills and jobs Case studies are drawn from housing planning the social services economic development and local government finance. Throughout the concern is for a clear analysis of corporate strategies democratic control and sustainable development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203421925

Urban Policy in the European UnionA Multi-Level Gatekeeper System This title was first published in 2003.This book examines the development of urban policy instruments at the level of the EU primarily by the use of Structural Funds under the European Commission's Directorate-General for Regional Policy. This is the first book-length analysis of the politics of EU urban policy. The first section of the book concentrates on how and why the European Commission with no clear mandate from the Treaties for an urban policy has ventured into this area. The second section examines in detail the implementation of one of these instruments in two specific cases: London and Marseilles. This highlights the role of central and other levels of government in policy implementation. The comparison between the cases brings important insights into the differences in local political structures and practices in France and the United Kingdom. The book demonstrates in-depth knowledge and analysis of the policy area and relevant theoretical works. This includes a large volume of published and unpublished materials as well as valuable information obtained through a series of interviews. The findings have general implications for relations between the Commission and localities particularly the difficulties of involving ordinary people in European issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138712157

Urban Political Ecology in the Anthropo-obsceneInterruptions and Possibilities Urban Political Ecology in the Anthropo-obscene: Interruptions and Possibilities centres on how to organize anew the articulation between emancipatory theory and political activism. Across its theoretical and empirical chapters written by leading scholars from anthropology geography urban studies and political science the book explores new political possibilities that are opening up in an age marked by proliferating contestations  sharpening socio-ecological inequalities and planetary processes of urbanization and environmental change. A deepened conversation between urban environmental studies and political theory is mobilized to chart a radically new direction for the field of urban political ecology and cognate disciplines: What could emancipatory politics be about in our time? What does a return of the political under the aegis of equality and freedom signal today in theory and in practice? How do political movements emerge that could re-invent equality and freedom as actually existing socio-ecological practices? The hope is to contribute discussions that can expand and rearrange critical environmental studies to remain relevant in a time of deepening depoliticization and the rise of post-truth politics. Urban Political Ecology in the Anthropo-obscene will be of interest to postgraduates established scholars and upper level undergraduates from any discipline or field with an interest in the interface between the urban the environment and the political including: geography urban studies environmental studies and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138629196

Urban Politics After Apartheid Urban Politics After Apartheid presents an understanding of gendered urban politics in South Africa as an interactive process. Based on long-term fieldwork in the former townships 20 years after the end of apartheid it provides an in-depth analysis of how activists and local politicians engage with each other. Sandrine Gukelberger contributes to the ongoing debate on urban governance by adding a new historicising perspective as an entry point into the urban governance arena based upon the political trajectories of ward councillors and activists. Integrating urban governance studies with new perspectives on policy and social movements provides insight on the everyday events in which people engender negotiate and contest concepts policies and institutions that have been introduced under the catch-all banner of democracy. By conceptualising these events as encounters at different knowledge interfaces the book develops a locus for an anthropology of policy highlighting everyday negotiations in urban politics. Urban Politics After Apartheid dissects the social life of policies such as Desmond Tutu’s rainbow nation metaphor beyond national symbolism and academic and public discourse that largely portray participation in South Africa to be weak local politicians to be absent and social movements to be toothless tigers. Proving the inaccuracy of these portrayals this book will be of interest to students and scholars of South African politics urban studies political anthropology and political sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590017

Urban Politics and Cultural CapitalThe Case of Chinese Opera This book tells the story of how a regional Chinese theatrical form Shanghai Yue Opera evolved from the all-male ’beggar’s song’ of the early twentieth century to become the largest all-female opera form in the nation only to face increasing pressure to survive under Chinese political and economic reforms in the new millennium. Previous publications have focused mainly on the historical development of Chinese theatre with emphasis placed on Beijing opera. This is the first book to take an interdisciplinary approach to the story of the Shanghai Yue Opera bringing history arts management central and regional government policy urbanisation gender media and theatre artistic development in one. Through the story of the Shanghai Yue Opera House market reform this book facilitates an understanding of the complex Chinese political economic situation in post-socialist China. This book suggests that as state art institutions are key organs of the Communist party gaining legitimacy the vigorous evolution and struggle of the Shanghai Yue Opera house in fact directly mirrors the Communist Party internal turmoil in the new millennium to gain its own legitimacy and survival. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599720

Urban PoliticsA Sociological Interpretation  In this book the author provides a critical examination and evaluation of a number of the central political questions currently being posed in urban studies. The book is divided into two interrelated sections. Part One critically discussed the theoretical problems raised by recent work in Britain Europe and the United States and covers such issues as 'non-decision making' and the mobilisation of bias in political systems the significance of owner-occupation as a basis for political action the potential importance of 'urban social movements' and the nature of the relationship between urban management the state and private capital. Throughout these chapters the author attempts to develop a theoretical position which avoids the weaknesses of contemporary pluralist Weberian and Marxist formations. Part Two systematically relates this theoretical discussion to an analysis of empirical material generated in a case study of an Outer London Borough. Thus in addition to a chapter on local government policy making and the operation of strategies of political exclusion this section contains analysis of political struggles involving suburban owner-occupiers council tenants and large town centre business enterprises in a town which has undergone massive urban development over the last few years. Taken as a whole the book constitutes an original  and challenging contribution both theoretical and empirical to the contemporary analysis of urban politics. This book was first published in 1979. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851879

Urban PoliticsCities and Suburbs in a Global Age Urban Politics blends the most insightful classic and current political science and related literature with current issues in urban affairs. The book’s integrative theme is ‘power ’ demonstrating that the study of urban politics requires an analysist to look beyond the formal institutions and procedures of local government. The book also develops important subthemes: the impact of globalization; the dominance of economic development over competing local policy concerns; the continuing importance of race in the urban arena; local government activism versus the ‘limits’ imposed on local action by the American constitutional system and economic competition; and the impact of national and state government action on cities. Urban Politics engages students with pragmatic case studies and boxed material that use classic and current urban films and TV shows to illustrate particular aspects of urban politics. The book’s substantial concluding discussion of local policies for environmental sustainability and green cities also appeals to today’s students. Each chapter has been thoroughly rewritten to clearly relate the content to current events and academic literature including the following: the importance of the intergovernmental city the role of local governments as active policy actors and vital policy makers even in areas outside traditional municipal policy concerns the prospects for urban policy and change in and beyond the Trump administration including the ways in which urban politics is affected by but not determined by Washington. Mixing classic theory and research on urban politics with the most recent developments and data in urban and metropolitan affairs Urban Politics 10e is an ideal introductory textbook for students of metropolitan and regional politics and policy. The book’s material on citizen participation urban bureaucracy policy analysis and intergovernmental relations also makes the volume an appropriate choice for Urban Administration courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138604346

Urban PoliticsNew York Style In many respects New York City is an unnatural wonder quite unlike any other American city and also unlike megacities in other industrial countries. Its government and politics its physical attributes-like the celebrated skyline and high population density-and many of its social characteristics-like the extraordinarily high percentage of the city's population that is foreign-born-are different. But New York City at the same time shares with other American cities an array of political and governmental institutions practices traditions and pressures ranging from the long dominance and then long decline in the role of party organizations in local government to the city's ultimate dependence on outside actors and forces to shape its political destiny. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315289250

Urban Ports and Harbor ManagementResponding to Change along U.S. Waterfronts The essays in this book first published in 1988 explore the changes that have occurred in the modern harbour in the 1970s and 1980s and the many roles of the public port in stimulating or responding to these changes. The goal of this study is to understand the modern harbour and public port and the contemporary pressures on them. The contributors’ disciplines range among geography law business political science and marine affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138048874

Urban Poverty Housing and Social Change in China Economic reform in China has resulted in a widening gap between the rich and the poor and urban poverty has emerged as a key factor which may affect future development. This new book examines the poverty problem in relation to housing and social changes in large inland cities and assesses the effectiveness of recent government anti-poverty policies. The book also puts the Chinese experience in the wider context of transitional economies and discusses the similarities and differences between China and Central and Eastern European countries. The book is based on a long period of research on Chinese urban development and benefited from several research projects conducted in Chinese cities. It is an important reference for all of those interested in housing urban studies and social change and is a key text for students of the Chinese economy and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653046

Urban Poverty Local Governance and Everyday Politics in Mumbai This book explores the informal (political) patronage relations between the urban poor and service delivery organisations in Mumbai India. It examines the conditions of people in the slums and traces the extent to which they are subject to social and political exclusion. Delving into the roles of the slum-based mediators and municipal council Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367177416

Urban Poverty and Climate ChangeLife in the slums of Asia Africa and Latin America This book deepens the understanding of the broader processes that shape and mediate the responses to climate change of poor urban households and communities in Asia Africa and Latin America. Representing an important contribution to the evolution of more effective pro-poor climate change policies in urban areas by local governments national governments and international organisations this book is invaluable reading to students and scholars of environment and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815364481

Urban Poverty and Health InequalitiesA Relational Approach When discussing health we talk about ailments and afflictions the potential of modern medicine and the behaviours that affect our health. Yet although these relationships exist they undermine a more socio-economic understanding of health. This timely book takes a critical perspective to argue that urban poverty and health inequalities are intimately interconnected and that the increasing disparity between rich and poor will necessarily exacerbate health issues within urban communities. Urban Poverty and Health Inequalities documents how life has become increasingly insecure and stressful for growing numbers of people due to increased insecurities in employment income and housing rising living costs and the retrenchment of welfare and social services. The book explores the role of history and media depictions of poverty and health inequalities in influencing the current situation. A central objective is to advance ways to understand and respond to urban poverty as a key social determinant of health. The authors pay particular attention to the ways in which punitive responses to urban poverty are further exacerbating the hardships faced by people living in urban poverty. Looking at issues of class age gender ethnic and disability-based inequalities the book offers both critical theory and grounded solutions to enable those living in poverty to live healthier lives. The collateral damage resulting from current socio-economic arrangements reflects political choices regarding the distribution of resources in societies that needs to be challenged and changed. The authors attend to initiatives for change offering practical responses to address urban poverty including efforts to address wealth distribution the potential of living wage and Universal Basic Income initiatives social housing and anti-oppressive welfare systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138124363

Urban Poverty in Britain 1830-1914 First published in 1979 Urban Poverty in Britain 1830-1914 examines the plight of the poor in towns as a direct result of industrialization. This valuable study examines the major causes of poverty – low pay casual labour unemployment sickness widowhood large families old age drink and personal failings – and society’s response to the problem. It also pays attention to the changes in food consumption brought about by migration to the urban areas. Detailed accounts of specific problems and specific situations are combined with a look at the broader questions and subsequently provides a thorough account of urban poverty in this period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398707

Urban Poverty in the Global SouthScale and Nature One in seven of the world’s population live in poverty in urban areas and the vast majority of these live in the Global South – mostly in overcrowded informal settlements with inadequate water sanitation health care and schools provision. This book explains how and why the scale and depth of urban poverty is so frequently under-estimated by governments and international agencies worldwide. The authors also consider whether economic growth does in fact reduce poverty exploring the paradox of successful economies that show little evidence of decreasing poverty. Many official figures on urban poverty including those based on the US $1 per day poverty line present a very misleading picture of urban poverty’s scale. These common errors in definition and measurement by governments and international agencies lead to poor understanding of urban poverty and inadequate policy provision. This is compounded by the lack of voice and influence that low income groups have in these official spheres. This book explores many different aspects of urban poverty including the associated health burden inadequate food intake inadequate incomes assets and livelihood security poor living and working conditions and the absence of any rule of law. Urban Poverty in the Global South: Scale and Nature fills the gap for a much needed systematic overview of the historical and contemporary state of urban poverty in the Global South. This comprehensive and detailed book is a unique resource for students and lecturers in development studies urban development development geography social policy urban planning and design and poverty reduction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415624671

Urban Poverty in the Wake of Environmental DisasterRehabilitation Resilience and Typhoon Haiyan (Yolanda) This book investigates the best strategies for poverty alleviation in post-disaster urban environments and the conditions necessary for the success and scaling up of these strategies. Using the case study of Typhoon Yolanda (Haiyan) in the Philippines the strongest typhoon ever to make landfall the book aims to draw out policy recommendations relevant for other middle- and lower-income countries facing similar urban environmental challenges.Humans are increasingly living in densely populated and highly vulnerable areas often coastal. This increased density of human settlements leads to increased material damage and high death tolls and this vulnerability is often exacerbated by climate change. This book focuses on urban population risk vulnerability to disasters resilience to environmental shocks and adaptation in relation to paths in and out of poverty. Using both qualitative and quantitative methods including primary survey data from victims and those charged with overseeing the relief effort in the Philippines Urban Poverty in the Wake of Environmental Disaster has significant implications for disaster risk reduction as it relates to the urban poor and is highly recommended for scholars and practitioners of development studies environment studies and disaster relief and risk reduction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661489

Urban Problems (Routledge Revivals)An Applied Urban Analysis Urban problems and their resolution represent one of the major challenges for planners and decision makers in the modern world. This book first published in 1990 makes a major contribution to the field presenting an international and interdisciplinary approach to the challenges presented by the urban environment. The coverage is comprehensive ranging from the economic and political dimensions of the capitalist system to the issues of poverty and deprivation and questions about housing equity. This is an essential reference guide to social economic and environmental problems in urban areas which is of great value to students of planning urban studies geography and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415707664

Urban Problems and Planning in the Developed World (Routledge Revivals) Using a number of city-based case studies including New York Tokyo and Glasgow this book presents a thorough analysis of urban problems and planning in relation to varying economic cultural and political conditions throughout the developed world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415705745

Urban Problems in Western EuropeAn Economic Analysis This major study first published in 1989 examines Western Europe’s urban problems in unprecedented breadth and depth. It is a synthesis of research which had three main aims: to establish an informed view of the state of urban Europe in the most systematic and consistent way possible; to investigate document and analyse the various causes of urban problems; and to analyse general trends and similarities as well as discovering what was local and particular. This book should prove invaluable to students researchers and professionals concerned with urban affairs whether they be geographers planners economists or policy-makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138296121

Urban Public Finance First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851886

Urban Public Transport Today A collection of essential UK forms although some non-UK forms are included this volume is a representative collection of contracts used by practitioners involved in the carriage of goods by land and sea. It provides examples of forms and contract clauses in common use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138473843

Urban Quay Walls Since the thirteenth century quay walls of significant retaining height have been built in the Netherlands in urban environments. Over time structural revisions were often carried out due to excessive deformations or the use of increasingly larger and deeper vessels. These historic quay walls were seldom designed for the current functional requirements they are subjected to. These mostly older quay walls require more maintenance and revisions to secure a certain degree of safety. In some cases they need to be demolished and completely rebuilt. Urban Quay Walls offers safety protocols and a clear approach on how to inspect design and maintain urban quay walls. The book offers: - an insight on the development of urban quay walls; - a description of the main forms (as used in The Netherlands); - quicksteps for the inspection of existing quay walls. Urban Quay Walls presents a proposal for a uniform and standardised method to verify the actual state of current quay walls in urban environments. This handbook presents an overview of the development of urban quay walls over the course of time and describes the main types in use in the Netherlands. Subsequently a method is presented for deciding whether or not a historic quay wall needs to be renovated renewed or maintained. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9789053676158

Urban RecoveryIntersecting Displacement with Post War Reconstruction This book calls for re-conceptualising urban recovery by exploring the intersection of reconstruction and displacement in volatile contexts in the Global South. It explores the spatial social artistic and political conditions that promote urban recovery. Reconstruction and displacement have often been studied independently as two different processes of physical recovery and human migration towards safety and shelter. It is hoped that by intersecting or even bridging reconstruction with displacement we can cross-fertilize and exploit both discourses to reach a greater understanding of the notion of urban recovery as a holistic and multilayered process. This book brings multidisciplinary perspectives into conversation with each other to look beyond the conflict-related displacement and reconstruction and into the greater processes of crises and recovery. It uses empirical research to examine how trauma crisis and recovery overlap coexist collide and redefine each other. The core exploration of this edited collection is to understand how the oppositional framing of destruction versus reconstruction and place-making versus displacement can be disrupted; how displacement is spatialized; and how reconstruction is extended to the displaced people rebuilding their lives environments and memories in new locations. In the process displacement is framed as agency the displaced as social capital post-conflict urban environments as archives and reconstructions as socio-spatial practices. With local and international insights from scholars across disciplines this book will appeal to academics and students of urban studies architecture and social sciences as well as those involved in the process of urban recovery. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003091707

Urban Recycling CooperativesBuilding resilient communities Solid waste is a major urban challenge worldwide and decisions over which technologies or methods to apply can have beneficial or detrimental long-term consequences. Inappropriate management of solid waste can lead to damaging environmental impacts particularly in the megacities of the Global South.Urban Recycling Cooperatives explores the multiple narratives and interdisciplinary nature of waste studies drawing attention to the pressing social economic and environmental challenges related to waste management. The book asks questions such as: how do we define waste and our relation to it; who is involved in dealing with waste; and what power interactions become manifest over issues of accessing and managing waste? In recent years informal cooperatives have emerged devoted to recycling household and business waste before reclassifying it and redirecting it to the authorities. Hence these workers are able to reclaim significant amounts of natural resources and thus contribute to the saving of resources and lessened waste management expenditures.With particular reference to the Brazilian megalopolis of São Paulo this book describes this paradigm shift in the general understanding of waste as unwanted discard towards the recognition of waste as a resource that must be recovered for reuse or recycling. It would be of interest to students and policy makers working in international development and waste management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873677

Urban RedevelopmentA North American Reader Urban redevelopment plays a major part in the growth strategy of the modern city and the goal of this book is to examine the various aspects of redevelopment its principles and practices in the North American context. Urban Redevelopment: A North American Reader seeks to shed light on the practice by looking at both its failures and successes ideas that seemed to work in specific circumstances but not in others. The book aims to provide guidance to academics practitioners and professionals on how when where and why specific approaches worked and when they didn’t. While one has to deal with each case specifically it is the interactions that are key. The contributors offer insight into how urban design affects behavior how finance drives architectural choices how social equity interacts with economic development how demographical diversity drives cities’ growth how politics determine land use decisions how management deals with market choices and how there are multiple influences and impacts of every decision. The book moves from the history of urban redevelopment The City Beautiful movement grand concourses and plazas through urban renewal superblocks and downtown pedestrian malls to today’s place-making: transit-oriented design street quieting new urbanism publicly accessible softer waterfront design funky small urban spaces and public-private megaprojects. This history also moves from grand masters such as Baron Haussmann and Robert Moses through community participation to stakeholder involvement to creative local leadership. The increased importance of sustainability high-energy performance resilience and both pre- and post-catastrophe planning are also discussed in detail. Cities are acts of man not nature; every street and building represents decisions made by people. Many of today’s best recognized urban theorists look for great forces; economic trends technological shifts political movements and try to analyze how they impact cities. One does not have to be a subscriber to the "great man" theory of history to see that in urban redevelopment successful project champions use or sometimes overcome overall trends  using the tools and resources available to rebuild their community. This book is about how these projects are brought together each somewhat differently by the people who make them happen. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138786417

Urban RefugeesChallenges in Protection Services and Policy Urban refugees now account for over half the total number of refugees worldwide. Yet to date far more research has been done on refugees living in camps and settlements set up expressly for them. This book provides crucial insights into the worldwide phenomenon of refugee flows into urban settings repercussions for those seeking protection and the agencies and organizations tasked to assist them. It provides a comparative exploration of refugees and asylum seekers in nine urban areas in Africa Asia and Europe to examine issues such as status recognition international and national actors housing education and integration. The book explores the relationship between refugee policies of international organisations and national governments and on the ground realities and demonstrates both the diverse of circumstances in which refugees live and their struggle for recognition protection and livelihoods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546448

Urban Regeneration Community Power and the (In)Significance of 'Race' The concepts of community consultation and participation have come to dominate academic and policy debate about urban regeneration partnerships. However there has been relatively little discussion about the nature of 'community power' within regeneration partnerships. Adopting an ethnographic approach in the study of community participation and power and the significance of 'race' in three ethnically diverse neighbourhoods in London this book highlights that there has been a 'pluralistic turn' in British urban regeneration policy. Local communities often portrayed as the least powerful partner within partnerships are shown to use various strategies to influence decision-making thus giving rise to a new typology of pluralism - 'pragmatic'; 'hyper-' and 'paternalistic'. Furthermore the significance of 'race' (and racism) within community forums and regeneration partnerships is challenged. The playful use of the term (In) Significance in the title is linked to the argument that although racism exists 'race' does not always matter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398806

Urban Regeneration and NeoliberalismThe New Liverpool Home This book explores the concept of ‘home’ in Liverpool over phases of ‘regeneration’ following the Second World War. Using qualitative research in the oral history tradition it explores what the author conceptualises as ‘forward-facing’ regeneration in the period up to the 1980s and neoliberal regeneration interventions that ‘prioritise the past’ from the 1980s to the present. The author examines how the shift towards city centre-focused redevelopment and ‘event-led’ initiatives has implications for the way residents make sense of their conceptualisations of ‘home’ and demonstrates how the shift in regeneration focus discourse and practice away from Liverpool’s neighbourhood districts and towards the city centre has produced changes in the ways that residents identify with neighbourhoods and the city centre with prominence being given to the latter. Employing Pierre Bourdieu’s concepts of habitus and field as mechanisms for understanding different senses of home and shifts from localised views to globalised views this book will appeal to those with interests in urban sociology regeneration geography sociology home cultures and cities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367861759

Urban Regeneration in AustraliaPolicies Processes and Projects of Contemporary Urban Change Drawing together leading urban academics this book provides the first detailed and cohesive exploration of contemporary urban regeneration in Australian cities. It explores the multiple aspects and processes of regeneration including planning policy (strategic and regulatory) development financing sustainability remediation and transport. The book puts forward a unique and innovative ‘scaled’ analysis of urban regeneration which positions urban regeneration as more than just large-scale redevelopment projects. It examines the processes of urban change which occur outside inner suburbs which contribute to regenerating the city as a whole. The book moves beyond the planning and economic considerations of the regeneration process to describe the social and cultural aspects of regeneration. In doing so it focuses on the management of higher-density environments culture as a trigger for regeneration and community opposition to the regeneration process. Urban Regeneration in Australia would benefit academics students and professionals of urban geography and planning as well as those with a particular interest in Australian urbanism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472471635

Urban Regeneration in the UK This textbook provides an accessible and critical synthesis of urban regeneration in the UK incorporating key policies approaches issues debates and case studies. The central objective of the textbook is to place the historical and contemporary regeneration agenda in context. Section I sets up the conceptual and policy framework for urban regeneration in the UK. Section II traces policies that have been adopted by central government to influence the social economic and physical development of cities including early town and country and housing initiatives community-focused urban policies of the late 1960s entrepreneurial property-led regeneration of the 1980s competition for urban funds in the 1990s urban renaissance and neighbourhood renewal policies of the late 1990s and 2000s and new approaches in the age of austerity during the 2010s. Section III illustrates the key thematic policies and strategies that have been pursued by cities themselves focusing particularly on improving economic competitiveness and tackling social disadvantage. Section IV summarises key issues and debates facing urban regeneration upon entering the 2020s and speculates over future directions in an era of continued economic uncertainty. The Third Edition of Urban Regeneration in the UK combines the approaches taken by central government and cities themselves to regenerate urban areas. The latest ideas and examples from across disciplines and across the UK's urban areas are illustrated. This textbook provides a comprehensive and up-to-date synthesis that will be of interest to students as well as a seminal read for practitioners and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138492523

Urban Regeneration in the UK Striking transformations are taking place in the urban landscape. The regeneration of urban areas in the UK and around the world has become an increasingly important issue amongst governments and populations since the global economic downturn. This textbook provides an accessible and critical synthesis of urban regeneration in the UK analyzing key policies approaches issues and debates. It places the historical and contemporary regeneration agenda in context. The second edition has been extensively revised and updated to incorporate advances in literature policy and case study examples as well as giving greater discussion to the New Labour period of urban policy and the urban agenda and regeneration policies of the Conservative-Liberal Democrat Coalition government elected in 2010. The book is divided into five sections with Section I establishing the conceptual and political framework for urban regeneration in the UK. Section II traces policies that have been adopted by central government to influence the social economic and physical development of cities including early town and country and housing initiatives community-focused urban policies of the late 1960s entrepreneurial property-led regeneration of the 1980s competition for urban funds in the 1990s urban renaissance and neighborhood renewal policies of the late 1990s and early 2000s and new approaches since 2010 which have sought to stimulate enterprise and embrace localism in an age of austerity resulting from the global economic downturn. Section III illustrates the key thematic policies and strategies that have been pursued by cities themselves focusing particularly on improving economic competitiveness tackling social disadvantage and promoting sustainable urban regeneration. Section IV summarizes key issues and debates facing urban regeneration in the early 2010s and speculates upon future directions in an era of economic and political uncertainty. Urban Regeneration in the UK combines the approaches taken by central government and cities themselves to regenerate urban areas providing a comprehensive and up-to-date synthesis of the field. Each chapter also contains case studies study questions suggested further reading and websites making this an essential resource for undergraduate students interested in Urban Studies Geography Planning and the Built Environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415685030

Urban Regeneration ManagementInternational Perspectives This book was born out of the need to ‘capture’ the experience and understanding of the regeneration management process that is neither UK centric nor centred exclusively on urban areas. Written by experts working in the USA Holland Greece Jamaica Turkey Spain Trinidad and the Czech Republic this book seeks to locate the issue of regeneration in a context which will enable the reader to reflect upon practices which are ‘local’ but are shaped by international processes. As well as proving an accessible review of the theoretical literature on globalisation and its impact upon managing regeneration initiatives this book also illustrates these theoretical debates with specific examples which provide insight to both urban and rural developments. This book will be of great interest to students researchers and practitioners engaged in regeneration management providing a thematic exploration and examination of the ‘global’ regeneration experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415807722

Urban RegenerationProperty investment and development This book provides an in-depth analysis of the role of property investment and development in the urban regeneration process. It relates the physical economic financial and environmental aspects of urban change and development to the realities of particular cities by case studies drawn from Britain and Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780415514286

Urban Remote Sensing Urban Remote Sensing Second Edition assembles a team of professional experts to provide a much-needed update on the applications of remote sensing technology to urban and suburban areas. This book reflects new developments in spaceborne and airborne sensors image processing methods and techniques and wider applications of urban remote sensing to meet societal and economic challenges. In various sections of the book the authors address methods for upscaling urban feature extraction to the global scale new methods in mapping and detecting urban landscape features and structures and mapping and monitoring urbanization in developing countries. Additionally readers are provided with valuable case studies such as the HEAT (Heat Energy Assessment Technologies) project in Calgary Canada and the use of VHR (very high resolution) satellite monitoring in Salzburg Austria to tackle challenges of urban green planning. FeaturesExplores the most up-to-date developments in the field of urban remote sensingIntegrates both technical and practical aspects covering all different topics of global urban growth issuesProvides new and updated contributions addressing data mining of remotely sensed big data recent urban studies on a global scale accuracy assessment and validation and new technical challengesExamines various applications of urban remote sensing in support of urban planning environmental management and sustainable urban developmentAuthors are renowned figures in the field of remote sensing Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367572044

Urban Renewal and School Reform in BaltimoreRethinking the 21st Century Public School Urban Renewal and School Reform in Baltimore examines the role of the contemporary public school as an instrument of urban design. The central case study in this book Henderson-Hopkins is a PK-8 campus serving as the civic centerpiece of the East Baltimore Development Initiative. This study reflects on the persistent notions of urban renewal and their effectiveness for addressing the needs of disadvantaged neighborhoods and vulnerable communities. Situating the master plan and school project in the history and contemporary landscape of urban development and education debates this book provides a detailed account of how Henderson-Hopkins sought to address several reformist objectives such as improvement of the urban context pedagogic outcomes and holistic well-being of students. Bridging facets of urban design development and education policy this book contributes to an expanded agenda for understanding the spatial implications of school-led redevelopment and school reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367332570

Urban Renewal in IndiaAccommodating People Ideas and Lifeworlds in Mumbai's Redeveloping Chawls This book interrogates contemporary processes of neoliberal urban renewal in the Global South by studying the model of chawl redevelopment in Mumbai India. The model of chawl redevelopment is used to address questions surrounding contemporary urban renewal. Focusing on attempts to redevelop Mumbai´s central middle-class neighbourhoods popularly known as Girgaum into a modern downtown of a global metropolis the author sheds light on the impact this development model has on the everyday lives of people inhabiting transformed urban environments. He examines from an ethnographic perspective apparently contradictory intentions of planners investors residents activists and politicians. A combination of detailed and vivid ethnographic accounts and incisive theoretical arguments the book shows that the highly contested and controversial approach of chawl redevelopment serves as an example of the manifold ideological tendencies in India today and how they combine clash and continuously shape each other in surprising and unpredictable ways. Offering new insights in the topics of class dynamics in the era of globalization and neoliberalism urban gating sense studies and urban politics in South Asia this book will be of interest to academics working on South Asian Studies Anthropology Sociology as well as Urban and Global Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367345938

Urban Resilience to Droughts and FloodsThe Role of Policies and Governance This book focuses on policies and governance on how to build the resilience of cities to droughts and floods in the short- medium- and long-term. There are discussions on how cities prepare for cope with learn from manage and recover from these extreme events. The chapters also consider aspects such as changing paradigms policy responses under uncertainty scenario development institutional responses adaptive forecasting governance perspectives infrastructure development overall investments and technological innovation. The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and the Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction are discussed at length.Most of the cities and regions studied are in Asia however cities from Oceania Europe Africa  and North America are also included. Analyses are not limited to cities but to the basins and regions from which urban populations obtain their resources and on which their resilience depends.This book was originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of Water Resources Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583279

Urban Restructuring Power and Capitalism in the Tourist CityContested Terrains of Marrakesh The book focuses on the processes of urban restructuring power relations and the political economy of touristic authenticity.Through an in-depth analysis of Marrakesh Morroco the book proposes a comprehensive analytic framework. It highlights the issues of (post)coloniality ideology heritage-commodification subjectivity and counter-conduct in the shadow of global capitalism. It explores how power relations and political ecomomy have shaped the city of Marrakesh over the past few decades formulating new subjectivities. It reveals how urban policy’s sole purpose is to boost tourism in the city bringing into question the long-term resilience and success of tourism as an economic activity and a policy choice. This book considers how the well-being of city residents is submitted to such policies conforming to certain forms of appropriation – of land culture and memory.The example of Morocco helps us understand a phenomenon affecting many other cities internationally. This book will be valuable to academics and practitioners across disciplines including geography political science urban planning and architecture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730246

Urban Retrofitting for SustainabilityMapping the Transition to 2050 With a foreword from Paul King Chief Executive UK Green Building Council and Chairman Zero Carbon Hub As concerns over climate change and resource constraints grow many cities across the world are trying to achieve a low carbon transition. Although new zero carbon buildings are an important part of the story in existing cities the transformation of the current building stock and urban infrastructure must inevitably form the main focus for transitioning to a low carbon and sustainable future by 2050. Urban Retrofitting for Sustainability brings together interdisciplinary research contributions from leading international experts to focus on key issues such as systems innovation financing tools governance energy and water management. The chapters consider not only the knowledge and technical tools available but looks forward to how they can be implemented in real cities by 2050. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415642514

Urban RevelationsCities Homes and Other Ruins in American Literature 1790-1860 This study reexamines the ethos of national progress by analyzing how American writers import images of ruins from European aesthetics to cast the city as a site of instability and cultural impermanence. While highlighting the transatlantic currency of ruin imagery the study demonstrates through interdisciplinary analyses of architecture and material culture how American images of ruin intersect with the symbolic geographies of city and home to shape and reflect citizenship law and perceptions of race. Arguing that ruin imagery works to disclose the culture's inner dimensions the study incorporates deep archival research and synthesizes theories on geography and architecture to read unstable settings in the works of Philip Freneau Charles Brockden Brown Poe and Melville. The study focuses on the ways these writers relied on ruin imagery to interpret such subjects as Anglo-Indian relations in the nation's early capital; the dialogue between secrecy and yellow fever in 1790s Philadelphia; the impact of antebellum penitentiaries on conceptions of mind and domestic space; and the mutability of nationhood in the decade just before the Civil War. The book provides dynamic ways of reading the relationships among urban culture ruin concepts of instability and the formation of American literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868670

Urban RevitalizationRemaking cities in a changing world Following decades of neglect and decline many US cities have undergone a dramatic renaissance. From New York to Nashville and Pittsburgh to Portland governments have implemented innovative redevelopment strategies to adapt to a globally integrated post-industrial economy and cope with declining industries tax bases and populations. However despite the prominence of new amenities in revitalized neighborhoods spectacular architectural icons and pedestrian friendly entertainment districts the urban comeback has been highly uneven. Even thriving cities are defined by a bifurcated population of creative class professionals and a low-wage low-skilled workforce. Many are home to diverse and thriving immigrant communities but also contain economically and socially segregated neighborhoods. They have transformed high-profile central city brownfields but many disadvantaged neighborhoods continue to grapple with abandoned and environmentally contaminated sites. As urban cores boom inner-ring suburban areas increasingly face mounting problems while other shrinking cities continue to wrestle with long-term decline. The Great Recession brought additional challenges to planning and development professionals and community organizations alike as they work to maintain successes and respond to new problems. It is crucial that students of urban revitalization recognize these challenges their impacts on different populations and the implications for crafting effective and equitable revitalization policy. Urban Revitalization: Remaking Cities in a Changing World will be a guide in this learning process. This textbook will be the first to comprehensively and critically synthesize the successful approaches and pressing challenges involved in urban revitalization. The book is divided into five sections. In the introductory section we set the stage by providing a conceptual framework to understand urban revitalization that links a political economy perspective with an appreciation of socio-cultural factors in explaining urban change. Stemming from this we will explain the significance of revitalization and present a summary of the key debates issues and conflicts surrounding revitalization efforts. Section II will examine the historical causes for decline in central city and inner-ring suburban areas and shrinking cities and building from the conceptual framework discuss theory useful to explain the factors that shape contemporary revitalization initiatives and outcomes. Section III will introduce students to the analytical techniques and key data sources for urban revitalization planning. Section IV will provide an in-depth criticaldiscussion of contemporary urban revitalization policies strategies and projects. This section will offer a rich set of case studies that contextualize key themes and strategic areas across a range of contexts including the urban core central city neighborhoods suburban areas and shrinking cities. Lastly Section V concludes by reflecting on the current state of urban revitalization planning and the emerging challenges the field must face in the future.Urban Revitalization will integrate academic and policy research with professional knowledge and techniques. Its key strength will be the combination of a critical examination of best practices and innovative approaches with an overview of the methods used to understand local situations and urban revitalization processes. A unique feature will be chapter-specific case studies of contemporary urban revitalization projects and questions geared toward generatingclassroom discussion around key issues. The book will be written in an accessible style and thoughtfully organized to provide graduate and upper-level undergraduate students with a comprehensive resource that will also serve as a reference guide for professionals Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415730549

Urban Revolution NowHenri Lefebvre in Social Research and Architecture When Henri Lefebvre published The Urban Revolution in 1970 he sketched a research itinerary on the emerging tendency towards planetary urbanization. Today when this tendency has become reality Lefebvre’s ideas on everyday life production of space rhythmanalysis and the right to the city are indispensable for the understanding of urbanization processes at every scale of social practice. This volume is the first to develop Lefebvre’s concepts in social research and architecture by focusing on urban conjunctures in Barcelona Belgrade Berlin Budapest Copenhagen Dhaka Hong Kong London New Orleans Nowa Huta Paris Toronto São Paulo Sarajevo as well as in Mexico and Switzerland. With contributions by historians and theorists of architecture and urbanism geographers sociologists political and cultural scientists Urban Revolution Now reveals the multiplicity of processes of urbanization and the variety of their patterns and actors around the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409442929

Urban Rhythms and Travel BehaviourSpatial and Temporal Phenomena of Daily Travel The recent availability of longitudinal data on individual trip making and activity behaviour has provided analysts with new insights into the structures and motives of daily life travel. Multi-week travel diary data-sets and GPS observations are exciting sources of information for the description and modelling of the variability of individual travel patterns. Through an analysis of these strong new data sets this book questions what are the most suitable methodological tools to represent the structures of long-term travel behaviour. It also examines what the data tells us about the travellers' motives and looks at how planning should translate the findings into forecasting tools and transport strategies. In doing so the multifaceted and ambiguous character of daily life travel is revealed illustrating how while sound routines in time and space seem to dominate daily life individuals show a considerable amount of variability and flexibility in travel and activity behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274419

Urban Road Pricing: Public and Political Acceptability Title first published in 2003. As more and more cities consider introducing urban road pricing schemes this book describes compares and contrasts arguments for and against using this transport policy instrument. It investigates the acceptability of various forms of road pricing schemes by examining and contextualising actual schemes and hypothetical scenarios. The resulting analysis provides a sociological theory of acceptability carefully grounded in arguments about road pricing which demonstrates how professional discourses diverge from publicly acceptable arguments. It also suggests ways in which consensus can be reached between the various road pricing options. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138709379

Urban Safety and PeacebuildingNew Perspectives on Sustaining Peace in the City This volume draws together original research related to conceptual and practical advances at the interface of urban safety and peacebuilding. The book reflects the advances in urban safety and peacebuilding to help address the rapidly increasing risk of conflict and insecurity in cities. Specifically it draws on contributions to the Technical Working Group on the Confluence of Urban Safety and Peacebuilding Practice an informal expert network co-facilitated by the United Nations Office at Geneva UN-Habitat’s Safer Cities Programme and the Geneva Peacebuilding Platform. A focus on ‘sustaining peace’ serves as a framework for situating new policy responses against conflict violence and exclusion in the city and for promoting a conversation across disciplinary and specialist silos. The volume thereby broadens the optic of peacebuilding practice beyond interstate and intrastate armed conflicts – and especially their aftermath – and reconnects it to the community-level origins of building peace. The analysis and practice presented here will remind those willing to work towards peaceful and inclusive cities that there are tried and tested approaches available and a host of experts and practitioners ready to accompany those prepared to lead in their respective contexts. This book will be of interest to students and researchers in the fields of peacebuilding urban studies security studies and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138554726

Urban Schools and English Language Education in Late Modern ChinaA Critical Sociolinguistic Ethnography Shortlisted for the 2014 BAAL Book Prize This book explores the meaning of modernization in contemporary Chinese education. It examines the implications of the implementation of reforms in English language education for experimental-urban schools in the People’s Republic of China. Pérez-Milans sheds light on how national linguistic and cultural ideologies linked to modernization are being institutionally (re)produced legitimated and inter-personally negotiated through everyday practice in the current context of Chinese educational reforms. He places special emphasis on those reforms regarding English language education with respect to the economic processes of globalization that are shaping (and being shaped by) the contemporary Chinese nation-state. In particular the book analyzes the processes of institutional categorization of the "good experimental school" the "good student" and the "appropriate knowledge" that emerge from the daily discursive organization of those schools with special attention to the related contradictions uncertainties and dilemmas. Thus it provides an account of the on-going cultural processes of change faced by contemporary Chinese educational institutions under conditions of late modernity. Winner of The University of Hong Kong's Faculty Early Career Research Output Award for outstanding book publication by the Faculty of Education Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138942936

Urban SchoolsDesigning for High Density When space is tight how can a city provide the best education experience for children? Is a multi-storey school really a poor option? Can high-quality play opportunities be provided without playgrounds?  This book explores the design of schools in urban settings the increased challenges in meeting the typical expectations of school design and what the successful new typology of a school in a city might be. A practical guide as well as a theoretical exploration of ideas this book outlines successful international contemporary and historical case studies providing much-needed guidance for architects and others working in education design in dense urban environments. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859468814

Urban SecularismNegotiating Religious Diversity in Europe While French laïcité is often considered something fixed its daily deployment is rather messy. What might we learn if we study the governance of religion from a dynamic bottom-up perspective? Using an ethnographic approach this book examines everyday secularism in the making. How do city actors understand frame and govern religious diversity? Which local factors play a role in those processes? In Urban Secularism: Negotiating Religious Diversity in Europe Julia Martínez-Ariño brings the reader closer to the entrails of laïcité. She provides detailed accounts of the ways religious groups city officials municipal employees secularist actors and other civil-society organisations negotiate concrete public expressions of religion.Drawing on rich empirical material the book demonstrates that urban actors draw and (re-)produce dichotomies of inclusion and exclusion and challenge static conceptions of laïcité and the nation. Illustrating how urban national and international contexts interact with one another the book provides researchers with a deeper understanding of the multilevel governance of religious diversity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367335670

Urban Segregation and the Welfare StateInequality and Exclusion in Western Cities Urban Segregation and the Welfare State examines ethnic and socio-economic segregation patterns social polarisation and social exclusion in major cities in the Western world. Contributors from across North America and Europe provide in-depth analysis of particular cities ranging from Johannesburg Chicago and Toronto to Amsterdam Stockholm and Belfast. The authors highlight the social problems in and of cities indicating differences between nation-states in terms of economic restructuring migration welfare state regimes and "ethnic history". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415513647

Urban Sensographies Urban Sensographies views the human body as a highly nuanced sensor to explore how various performance-based methods can be implemented to gather usable ‘felt data’ about the environment of the city as the basis for creating embodied mappings. The contributors to this fascinating volume seek to draw conclusions about the constitution character and morphology of urban space as public habitable and sustainable by monitoring the reactions of the human body as a form of urban sensor. This co-authored book is centrally concerned as a symptom of the degree to which cities are evolving in the 21st century to examine the effects of this change on the practices and behaviours of urban dwellers. This takes into account such factors as: defensible retail and consumer space; legacies of modernist design in the built environment; the effects of surveillance technologies motorised traffic and smart phone use; the integration of ‘wild’ as well as ‘domesticated’ nature in urban planning and living; and the effects of urban pollution on the earth’s climate. Drawing on three years of funded practical research carried out by a multi-medial team of researchers and artists this book analyses the presence and movement of the human body in urban space which is essential reading for academics and practitioners in the fields of dance film visual art sound technology digital media and performance studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367406714

Urban SmellscapesUnderstanding and Designing City Smell Environments We see the city we hear the city but above all: we smell the city. Scent has unique qualities: ubiquity persistence and an unparalleled connection to memory yet it has gone overlooked in discussions of sensory design. What scents shape the city? How does scent contribute to placemaking? How do we design smell environments in the city? Urban Smellscapes makes a notable contribution towards the growing body of literature on the senses and design by providing some answers to these questions and contributing towards the wider research agenda regarding how people sensually experience urban environments. It is the first of its kind in examining the role of smell specifically in contemporary experiences and perceptions of English towns and cities highlighting the perception of urban smellscapes as inter-related with place perception and describing odour’s contribution towards overall sense of place. With case studies from factories breweries urban parks and experimental smell environments in Manchester and Grasse Urban Smellscapes identifies processes by which urban smell environments are managed and controlled and gives designers and city managers tools to actively use smell in their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415662062

Urban Social CapitalCivil Society and City Life This volume presents a kaleidoscopic view of the norms and forms of contemporary city life focusing especially on the processes of social capital (de)formation in the urban milieu. It brings together studies from highly diverse urban settings such as squatter re-settlement projects in Kathmandu urban funeral societies in Africa an HIV/AIDS community in Los Angeles the poor of Harare pensioners in Shanghai Maori gangs in Auckland and a Roma boxing club in Prague among others. Contributors draw on contemporary theory and research in social capital political economy urban planning and policy social movements civil society and democracy to explore how social norms networks connections and ties are created deployed - and often frayed - under conditions of social complexity inequality cultural pluralism and the ethno-racial diversity and division characteristic of urban contexts throughout the world. In this way the volume engages in a genuinely globalized - and globalizing - discussion of contemporary urban social life and stands as a unique and timely interdisciplinary contribution to the ever-expanding literature devoted to social capital. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269927

Urban Social GeographyAn Introduction The 6th edition of this highly respected text builds upon the successful structure engaging writing style and clear presentation of previous editions. Examining urban social geography from a theoretical and historical perspective it also explores how it has developed into the modern day. Taking account of recent critical work whilst simultaneously presenting well established approaches to the subject it ensures students are well-informed about all the issues. The result is a topical book that is clear and accessible for students Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315847238

Urban Social Movements in the Third World This reissue initially published in 1989 considers the upsurge of locally-based movements attempting to improve living conditions in Third-World cities throughout the 1980s. The book presents qualitative comparative research on the dynamics and constraints of these urban social movements in a cross-cultural framework using case studies from a variety of Latin American African and Asian countries. As more democratic-type regimes establish themselves in the Third World the possibilities for collective organisations and actions increase. Urban social movements therefore are playing an increasingly important role in the habitat of the poor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853255

Urban Social SustainabilityTheory Policy and Practice This ground breaking volume raises radical critiques and proposes innovative solutions for social sustainability in the built environment. Urban Social Sustainability provides an in-depth insight into the discourse and argues that every urban intervention has a social sustainability dimension that needs to be taken into consideration and incorporated into a comprehensive and cohesive ‘urban agenda’ that is built on three principles of recognition integration and monitoring. This should be achieved through a dialogical and reflexive process of decision-making. To achieve sustainable communities social sustainability should form the basis of a constructive dialogue and be interlinked with other areas of sustainable development. This book underlines the urgency of approaching social sustainability as an urban agenda and goes on to make suggestions about its formulation.Urban Social Sustainability consists of original contributions from academics and experts within the field and explores the significance of social sustainability from different perspectives. Areas covered include urban policy transportation and mobility urban space and architectural form housing urban heritage neighbourhood development and urban governance. Drawing on case studies from a number of countries and world regions the book presents a multifaceted and interdisciplinary understanding from social sustainability in urban settings and provides practitioners and policy makers with innovative recommendations to achieve more socially sustainable urban environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662035

Urban Societies in East-Central Europe 1500–1700 Whilst much has been written about early modern urban history the majority of this work has focussed on Western Europe with relatively little available in English on towns and cities in the former communist East. However in recent years urban scholars have increasingly looked to a much more inclusive picture of Europe that compares and contrasts development across the whole continent. Dealing primarily with Bohemia Hungary and the Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth this book provides an insight into a number of key issues concerning the economic social and demographic trends in early modern East-Central European urban history. Taking a supra-national perspective across a long time span it examines the effects of migration Reformation state building and economic change on the transformation of medieval urban communities into early modern societies. Drawing on a wealth of primary sources particularly the registers of new citizens kept by many towns and cities a fascinating picture of urban development and social structure is reconstructed that not only tells us much about East-Central Europe but adds to our knowledge of the whole continent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278233

Urban SociolinguisticsThe City as a Linguistic Process and Experience From Los Angeles to Tokyo Urban Sociolinguistics is a sociolinguistic study of twelve urban settings around the world. Building on William Labov’s famous New York Study the authors demonstrate how language use in these areas is changing based on belief systems behavioural norms day-to-day rituals and linguistic practices. All chapters are written by key figures in sociolinguistics and presents the personal stories of individuals using linguistic means to go about their daily communications in diverse sociolinguistic systems such as: extremely large urban conurbations like Cairo Tokyo and Mexico City smaller settings like Paris and Sydney less urbanised places such as the Western Netherlands Randstad area and Kohima in India. Providing new perspectives on crucial themes such as language choice and language contact code-switching and mixing language and identity language policy and planning and social networks this is key reading for students and researchers in the areas of multilingualism and super-diversity within sociolinguistics applied linguistics and urban studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138200371

Urban Sociology This book offers a coherant theoretical introduction to urban sociology. Based on the urban theory of Louis Wirth it systematically examines Wirth's principal ideas in the contexts of pre-industrial cities industrial cities and bureaucracies. Morris discusses conditions for the emergence of cities and for industrialization. He relates organisational and ecological accounts of the city and considers the contributions of each. Bureaucracy appears as a peculiarly urban form of organisation: its ecological and social characteristics are examined in an original manner and with considerable insight so as to illustrate and modify the propositions derived from Wirth's theory. The book concludes with a comprehensive evaluation of Wirth and his critics. This book was first published in 1968. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853262

Urban Sociology and Urbanized Society Focusing on urban sociology as practised in Britain the author argues that it is a key element in the response of the 'intellectual proletariat' to urbanization and the calls on it by the State to control the ensuing way of life. The themes of urban sociology have been the concerns of the Welfare State and despite radical inputs the discipline has remained tied up with the assumptions and methodological precepts of liberalism. The author's contention is that urbanization should be analysed in the framework of the political economy of regional development. This book was first published in 1977. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851909

Urban SociologyCritical Essays   This book applies the historical materialist or Marxist view of urban sociology and collates some fundamental sources of this perspective available. This book was first published in 1976. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851893

Urban Soils Globally 30% of the world population lived in urban areas in 1950 54% in 2016 and 66% projected by 2050. The most urbanized regions include North America Latin America and Europe.  Urban encroachment depletes soil carbon and the aboveground biomass carbon pools enhancing the flux of carbon from soil and vegetation into the atmosphere. Thus urbanization has exacerbated ecological and environmental problems. Urban soils are composed of geological material that has been drastically disturbed by anthropogenic activities and compromised their role in the production of food aesthetics of residential areas and pollutant dynamics. Properties of urban soils are normally not favorable to plant growth—the soils are contaminated by heavy metals and are compacted and sealed. Therefore the quality of urban soils must be restored to make use of this valuable resource for delivery of essential ecosystem services (e.g. food water and air quality carbon sequestration temperature moderation biodiversity). Part of the Advances in Soil Sciences Series Urban Soils explains properties of urban soils; assesses the effects of urbanization on the cycling of carbon nitrogen and water and the impacts of management of urban soils soil restoration urban agriculture and food security; evaluates ecosystem services provisioned by urban soils and describes synthetic and artificial soils. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498770095

Urban SoresOn the Interaction between Segregation Urban Decay and Deprived Neighbourhoods This title was first published in 2003. Most European cities have experienced problems in certain neighbourhoods that are termed deprived or excluded. Traditionally these were found in the oldest urban areas with lowest quality housing but since the 1980s such areas have emerged in housing estates built around the cities' edges. These neighbourhoods are marked by visible physical and social problems that disfigure the otherwise pleasant urban landscape and can be seen as urban sores. This engaging and thought-provoking book provides a deeper understanding of why urban decay and deprived neighbourhoods appear in certain parts of cities as well as how they affect residents and cities in general. Drawing on in-depth empirical research from Denmark it compares this with other studies from Europe and the United States. The author combines theories and methodologies from the fields of geography (on segregation) economics (on processes of urban decay) and social research (on social exclusion and deprived neighbourhoods) to provide original illuminating and invaluable insights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138725218

Urban SoresOn the Interaction between Segregation Urban Decay and Deprived Neighbourhoods This title was first published in 2003. Most European cities have experienced problems in certain neighbourhoods that are termed deprived or excluded. Traditionally these were found in the oldest urban areas with lowest quality housing but since the 1980s such areas have emerged in housing estates built around the cities' edges. These neighbourhoods are marked by visible physical and social problems that disfigure the otherwise pleasant urban landscape and can be seen as urban sores. This engaging and thought-provoking book provides a deeper understanding of why urban decay and deprived neighbourhoods appear in certain parts of cities as well as how they affect residents and cities in general. Drawing on in-depth empirical research from Denmark it compares this with other studies from Europe and the United States. The author combines theories and methodologies from the fields of geography (on segregation) economics (on processes of urban decay) and social research (on social exclusion and deprived neighbourhoods) to provide original illuminating and invaluable insights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138725232

Urban Sound Environment Over the past two decades there have been many major new developments in the field of urban sound environment. Jian Kang introduces and examines these key developments including:the development of prediction methods for urban sound propagationestablishment and application of noise-mapping softwarenew noise control measures and design methods.Also covered is the new EU directive on noise and the substantial actions it has brought about across Europe.As the importance of soundscape acoustic comfort and sound environment design have become widely recognized  Urban Sound Environments is a thoroughly useful book for students and practitioners in a wide range of fields from urban planning and landscape through to architecture and acoustics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367865207

Urban Space Identity and Postmodernity in 1980s SpainRethinking the Movida This book encourages a rethink of the urban youth movement that came to be known as la movida through a close analysis of the monthly arts magazine La Luna de Madrid (1983–1988). It analyses La Luna's urban reimaginings and its destabilization of fixed identity categories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601973

Urban Space and Urban History in the Roman World This volume investigates how urban growth and prosperity transformed the cities of the Roman Mediterranean in the last centuries BCE and the fi rst centuries CE integrating debates about Roman urban space with discourse on Roman urban history. The contributions explore how these cities developed landscapes full of civic memory and ritual saw commercial priorities transforming the urban environment and began to expand signifi cantly beyond their wall circuits. These interrelated developments not only changed how cities looked and could be experienced but they also affected the functioning of the urban community and together contributed to keeping increasingly complex urban communities socially cohesive. By focusing on the transformation of urban landscapes in the Late Republican and Imperial periods the volume adds a new explicitly historical angle to current debates about urban space in Roman studies. Confronting archaeological and historical approaches the volume presents developments in Italy Africa Greece and Asia Minor thus significantly broadening the geographical scope of the discussion and offering novel theoretical perspectives alongside well- documented thematic case studies. Urban Space and Urban History in the Roman World will be of interest to anyone working on Roman urbanism or Roman history in the Late Republic and early Empire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367406226

Urban Spaces and Lifestyles in Central Asia and Beyond This volume contributes new insights to the scientific debate on post-Socialist urbanities. Based on ethnographic research in cities of Central Asia the Caucasus and Russia its contributions scrutinise the social production of diverse public parochial and private spaces in conjunction with patterns of everyday encounter identification consumption and narration. The analyses extend from the transnational entanglements between a Dushanbe bazaar and hyper-modern Dubai to the micro-level hierarchies in a flat-sharing community in Astana. They explore competing notions of urban belonging and aesthetics in Yerevan local perception of Central Asian Muslims in Kazan and Saint Petersburg and more providing a rich tapestry of academic study. Taken together the case studies address cities as gateways to ‘new worlds’ (both local and global) discuss ambitions of states at taming urban landscapes and illustrate current trends of economic religious and other lifestyles in urban Central Asia and beyond. This book was originally published as a special issue of Central Asian Survey. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367218669

Urban Spaces in JapanCultural and Social Perspectives Urban Spaces in Japan explores the workings of power money and the public interest in the planning and design of Japanese space. Through a set of vivid case studies of well-known Japanese cities including Tokyo Kobe and Kyoto this book examines the potential of civil society in contemporary planning debates. Further it addresses the implications of Japan's biggest social problem – the demographic decline – for Japanese cities and demonstrates the serious challenges and exciting possibilities that result from the impending end of Japan's urban growth. Presenting a synthetic approach that reflects both the physical aspects and the social significance of urban spaces this book scrutinizes the precise patterns of urban expansion and shrinkage. In doing so it also summarizes current theories of public space urban space and the body in space which are relevant to both Japan and the wider international debate. With detailed case studies and more general reflections from a broad range of disciplines this collection of essays demonstrates the value of cross-disciplinary cooperation. As such it is of interest to students and scholars of geography and urban planning as well as history anthropology and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138857421

Urban Sprawl in Western Europe and the United States Urban sprawl is one of the key planning issues today. This book compares Western Europe and the USA focusing on anti-sprawl policies. The USA is known for its settlement patterns that emphasize low-density suburban development and extreme automobile dependence whereas European countries emphasize higher densities pro-transit policies and more compact urban growth. Yet on closer inspection the differences are not as wide as first appears. A key feature of the book is the attention given to France; its experience is little known in the English-speaking world. The book concludes that both continents can offer each other useful insights and perhaps policy guidance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266438

Urban Squares as Places Links and DisplaysSuccesses and Failures To attract investment and tourists and to enhance the quality of life of their citizens municipal authorities are paying considerable attention to the quality of the public domain of their cities – including their urban squares. Politicians find them good places for rallies. Children consider squares to be playgrounds the elderly as places to catch-up with each other and for many others squares are simply a place to pause for a moment. Urban Squares as Places Links and Displays: Successes and Failures discusses how people experience squares and the nature of the people who use them. It presents a ‘typology of squares’ based on the dimensions of ownership the square’s instrumental functions and a series of their basic physical attributes including size degree of enclosure configuration and organization of the space within them and finally based on their aesthetic attributes – their meanings. Twenty case studies illustrate what works and what does not work in different cities around the world. It discusses the qualities of lively squares and quieter more restorative places as well as what contributes to making urban squares less desirable as destinations for the general public. The book closes with the policy implications stressing the importance and difficulties of designing good public places. Urban Squares offers how-to guidance along with a strong theoretical framework making it ideal for architects city planners and landscape architects working on the design and upgrade of squares. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138959293

Urban Storm Water Management Design Drainage and Storm Water Management Systems Efficiently Urban Storm Water Management Second Edition covers the design installation and maintenance of storm water management systems addresses the impact of urban development on runoff and infiltration and focuses on storm water management relative to flooding and water pollution. Recognizing that urbanization increases and accelerates runoff reduces infiltration and deteriorates water quality the author proposes storm water runoff as a resource that can be conserved for reuse. He suggests the reuse of storm water runoff in general and rainwater from roofs in particular as a cost-effective means to achieve long-term sustainability. In addition the book explores green infrastructure as the future of storm water management and introduces techniques that can help reduce the thermal impacts of storm water management practices. Based on the author’s more than thirty years of experience this book includes numerous examples and case studies illustrating the methods and procedures needed to design maintain and understand structural and nonstructural storm water management systems. It covers every component of the storm water runoff process discusses commonly employed runoff models in the United States and introduces a physically based model developed by the author. New in This Edition: Provides an updated presentation of urbanization’s impact on storm water Presents further analysis of the universal runoff model and the application of this model to non-uniform rainfalls Offers a more detailed presentation of storm water management systems especially bio-filtration basins Includes a comparative analysis of the effectiveness and costs of best management practices (BMPs) Adds more than twice as many problems as before Contains an in-depth discussion of the means of collecting storm water such as roof rain for outdoor and certain indoor uses Urban Storm Water Management covers the design of various types of structural storm water management systems provides new information on storm water management suggests alternative solutions to storm water runoff problems and serves as an overall resource for practicing engineers and municipal planners in the design of storm water management elements. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482298956

Urban Structure MattersResidential Location Car Dependence and Travel Behaviour Going beyond previous investigations into urban land use and travel Petter Næss presents new research from Denmark on residential location and travel to show how and why urban spatial structures affect people's travel behaviour. In a comprehensive case study of the Copenhagen metropolitan area Næss combines traditional quantitative travel surveys with qualitative interviews in order to identify the more detailed mechanisms through which urban structure affects travel behaviour. The case study findings are compared with those from other Nordic countries and analyzed and evaluated in the light of relevant theory and literature to provide solid valuable conclusions for planning sustainable urban development. With a broader range of statistics than previous studies and conclusions of international relevance Urban Structure Matters provides well-grounded conclusions for how spatial planning of urban areas can be used to reduce car dependence and achieve a more sustainable development of cities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986596

Urban Studies: Border and MobilityProceedings of the 4th International Conference on Urban Studies (ICUS 2017) December 8-9 2017 Universi This work contains a selection of papers from the International Conference on Urban Studies (ICUS 2017) and is a bi-annual periodical publication containing articles on urban cultural studies based on the international conference organized by the Faculty of Humanities at the Universitas Airlangga Indonesia. This publication contains studies on issues that become phenomena in urban life including linguistics literary identity gender architecture media locality globalization the dynamics of urban society and culture and urban history.This is an Open Access ebook and can be found on www.taylorfrancis.com. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732318

Urban StudiesA Canadian Perspective This study first published in 1968 was one of the first books on Canada’s urban development bringing together the viewpoints of professionals who had studied various aspects of city growth – economic social geographic political. The book demonstrates the effectiveness and potential of the cross-disciplinary approach and will prove useful to all those interested in the future of our cities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138051096

Urban Subversion and the Creative City Check out the author's video to find out more about the book: https://vimeo.com/124247409 This book provides a comprehensive critique of the current Creative City paradigm with a capital ‘C’ and argues for a creative city with a small ‘c’ via a theoretical exploration of urban subversion. The book argues that the Creative City (with a capital 'C') is a systemic requirement of neoliberal capitalist urban development and part of the wider policy framework of ‘creativity’ that includes the creative industries and the creative class and also has inequalities and injustices in-built. The book argues that the Creative City does stimulate creativity but through a reaction to it not as part of it. Creative City policies speak of having mechanisms to stimulate individual collective or civic creativity yet through a theoretical exploration of urban subversion the book argues that to be 'truly' creative is to be radically different from those creative practices that the Creative City caters for. Moreover the book analyses the role that urban subversion and subcultures have in the contemporary city in challenging the dominant political economic hegemony of urban creativity. Creative activities of people from cities all over the world are discussed and critically analysed to highlight how urban creativity has become co-opted for political and economic goals but through a radical reconceptualisation of what creativity is that includes urban subversion we can begin to realise a creative city (with a small 'c'). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138693289

Urban Sustainability in Theory and PracticeCircles of sustainability Cities are home to the most consequential current attempts at human adaptation and they provide one possible focus for the flourishing of life on this planet. However for this to be realized in more than an ad hoc way a substantial rethinking of current approaches and practices needs to occur. Urban Sustainability in Theory and Practice responds to the crises of sustainability in the world today by going back to basics. It makes four major contributions to thinking about and acting upon cities. It provides a means of reflexivity learning about urban sustainability in the process of working practically for positive social development and projected change. It challenges the usually taken-for-granted nature of sustainability practices while providing tools for modifying those practices. It emphasizes the necessity of a holistic and integrated understanding of urban life. Finally it rewrites existing dominant understandings of the social whole such as the triple-bottom line approach that reduce environmental questions to externalities and social questions to background issues. The book is a much-needed practical and conceptual guide for rethinking urban engagement. Covering the full range of sustainability domains and bridging discourses aimed at academics and practitioners this is an essential read for all those studying researching and working in urban geography sustainability assessment urban planning urban sociology and politics sustainable development and environmental studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138025738

Urban Sustainability Transitions The world’s population is currently undergoing a significant transition towards urbanisation with the UN expecting that 70% of people globally will live in cities by 2050. Urbanisation has multiple political cultural environmental and economic dimensions that profoundly influence social development and innovation. This fundamental long-term transformation will involve the realignment of urban society’s technologies and infrastructures culture and lifestyles as well as governance and institutional frameworks. Such structural systemic realignments can be referred to as urban sustainability transitions: fundamental and structural changes in urban systems through which persistent societal challenges are addressed such as shifts towards urban farming renewable decentralised energy systems and social economies. This book provides new insights into how sustainability transitions unfold in different types of cities across the world and explores possible strategies for governing urban transitions emphasising the co-evolution of material and institutional transformations in socio-technical and socio-ecological systems. With case studies of mega-cities such as Seoul Tokyo New York and Adelaide medium-sized cities such as Copenhagen Cape Town and Portland and nonmetropolitan cities such as Freiburg Ghent and Brighton the book provides an opportunity to reflect upon the comparability and transferability of theoretical/conceptual constructs and governance approaches across geographical contexts. Urban Sustainability Transitions is key reading for students and scholars working in Environmental Sciences Geography Urban Studies Urban Policy and Planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367219086

Urban Systems (Routledge Revivals)Contemporary Approaches to Modelling This edited collection first published in 1987 provides a comparative analysis of different approaches to urban modelling and lays the foundations for the possibility of integration and a more unified field. The first part contextualises the development of the field of urban systems modelling focusing on the variety of approaches and possible implications of this on the future of research and methodology. Next the editors consider economic and ‘non-economic’ approaches followed by an analysis of spatial-interaction-based approaches. Providing an overview to the field and research literature the overarching argument is that there should be an integrated methodological approach to urban system modelling. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415714617

Urban Teacher Education and TeachingInnovative Practices for Diversity and Social Justice This volume illuminates the most pressing challenges faced by urban schools teachers teacher candidates and teacher training programs and offers a range of insights and possibilities for urban teacher education and teaching. Covering issues spanning the broadly theoretical to the urgently practical it goes beyond the traditional discourses in teacher education to focus on diversity social justice democratic schooling and community building. What emerges is an emphatic message of hope for those committed to the ongoing project of improving urban teacher education and working in urban settings.  Contributors from Canada the United States and the Caribbean bring rich and divergent knowledges perspectives and cultural experiences to their discussion of the three central themes around which the book is organized:•           the conceptual framing of key issues in urban schooling;•           pre-service teacher preparation for urban transformation; and •           culturally relevant pedagogy and advocacy in urban settings. This book is intended for all students practitioners and researchers involved in urban education. It is appropriate as a text for student teaching and field experience seminars and  for courses dealing with social issues educational policy curriculum development and multicultural teacher education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003064381

Urban Theory What is the future of the American city? What are the relevant contexts for the analysis of urban problems? Should attention be focused on the metropolitan area the region or the megalopolis? Does the changing shape and structure of urban America require new ways of thinking about the urban community? How do national trends and policies affect the future of city life? Until now few sociologists have tried to see what urban America may become. This failure limits their ability to serve the function they claim for themselves asserts Ely Chinoy enabling men and women to help shape their own future.Urban Theory examines trends including social cultural and national variables that could affect them; offers explanations of urban problems; and presents a careful review of solutions that have been offered - proposals of planners politicians cynics and even visionaries for remaking our cities and for controlling and directing growth or deterioration. It is a valuable assessment of the state of thinking about urban life during the post-World War II period with interesting projections of trends and analyses. It includes a comprehensive discussion of many of the more academic questions dealt with in courses in urban sociology and urban planning as well as a treatment of problems within a larger and more meaningful context.Chinoy states that unless people anticipate alternatives open to them they will remain captive to forces that they do not understand or have no control over. By examining what the future may hold we can more readily understand the present cope with its problems and deliberately contribute to the shape of the future. This perspective is as appropriate today as it was when the book was originally published in 1973. Included here are pieces by York Willbern Catherine Bauer Wurster John Friedman John Miller Jean Gottman Paul N. Ylvisaker Nathan Glazer Morton Grodzins and Russell Baker. This material will continue to be of interest in all sociology political science and urban studies courses that deal with crucial problems of the city as well as to all planners and urban specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412842778

Urban Theory and the Urban ExperienceEncountering the City Urban Theory and the Urban Experience brings together classic and contemporary approaches to urban research in order to reveal the intellectual origins of urban studies and the often unacknowledged debt that empirical and theoretical perspectives on the city owe one another. From the foundations of modern urban theory in the work of Weber Simmel Benjamin and Lefebbvre to the writings of contemporary urban theorists such as David Harvey and Manuel Castells and the Los Angeles school of urbanism Urban Theory and the Urban Experience traces the key developments in the idea of the city over more than a century. Individual chapters explore investigative studies of the great metropolis from Charles Booth to the contemporary urban research of William J. Wilson along with alternative approaches to the industrial city ranging from the Garden City Movement to ‘the new urbanism’. The volume also considers the impact of new information and communication technologies and the growing trend towards disaggregated urban networks all of which raise important questions about viability and physical and social identity of the conventional townscape. Urban Theory and the Urban Experience concludes with a rallying cry for a more holistic and integrated approach to the urban question in theory and in practice if the rich potent. For the benefit of students and tutors frequent question points encourage exploration of key themes and annotated further readings provide follow-up sources for the issues raised in each chapter. The book will be of interest to students scholars practitioners and all those who wish to learn more about why the urban has become the dominant social economic and cultural form of the twenty-first century Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415520706

Urban Theory Beyond the WestA World of Cities Since the late eighteenth century academic engagement with political economic social cultural and spatial changes in our cities has been dominated by theoretical frameworks crafted with reference to just a small number of cities.  This book offers an important antidote to the continuing focus of urban studies on cities in ‘the Global North’. Urban Theory Beyond the West contains twenty chapters from leading scholars raising important theoretical issues about cities throughout the world.  Past and current conceptual developments are reviewed and organized into four parts: ‘De-centring the City’ offers critical perspectives on re-imagining urban theoretical debates through consideration of the diversity and heterogeneity of city life; ‘Order/Disorder’ focuses on the political physical and everyday ways in which cities are regulated and used in ways that confound this ordering; ‘Mobilities’ explores the movements of people ideas and policy in cities and between them and ‘Imaginaries’ investigates how urbanity is differently perceived and experienced. There are three kinds of chapters published in this volume: theories generated about urbanity ‘beyond the West’; critiques reworking or refining of ‘Western’ urban theory based upon conceptual reflection about cities from around the world and hybrid approaches that develop both of these perspectives. Urban Theory Beyond the West offers a critical and accessible review of theoretical developments providing an original and groundbreaking contribution to urban theory.  It is essential reading for students and practitioners interested in urban studies development studies and geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415589765

Urban TheoryNew critical perspectives Urban Theory: New Critical Perspectives provides an introduction to innovative critical contributions to the field of urban studies. Chapters offer easily accessible and digestible reviews and as a reference text Urban Theory is a comprehensive and integrated primer which covers topics necessary for a full understanding of recent theoretical engagements with cities. The introduction outlines the development of urban theory over the past two hundred years and discusses significant theoretical methodological and empirical challenges facing the field of urban studies in the context of an increasing globally inter-connected world. The chapters explore twenty-four topics which are new additions to the urban theoretical debate highlighting their relationship to long established concerns that continue to have intellectual purchase and which also engage with rich new and emerging avenues for debate. Each chapter considers the genealogy of the topic at hand and also includes case studies which explain key terms or provide empirical examples to guide the reader to a better understanding of how theory adds to our understanding of the complexities of urban life. This book offers a critical and assessable introduction to original and groundbreaking urban theory and will be essential reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students in human geography sociology anthropology cultural studies economics planning political science and urban studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138793385

Urban Tourism and Development in the Socialist StateHavana during the �Special Period� After the collapse of the Soviet bloc in 1989 Fidel Castro announced the beginning of aSpecial Period for Cuba. During this time the Cuban government has been obliged to look outward to other economies of the developed world specifically targeting tourism as a mechanism for economic growth and development. This book examines the role played by international tourism in Cuba‘s institutional and economic restructuring and the country‘s reinsertion into the capitalist world economy. It provides the most comprehensive in-depth analysis of the economic social environmental and political realities which have emerged in Cuba as a result of the redevelopment of urban tourism since the early 1990s. By analyzing the allocation of tourist resources and its impacts the generation of tourism policy and the politics of tourism development it focuses on the political economy of urban tourism in Cuba and the balance of power between domestic and foreign stakeholders involved in the Cuban tourist industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398813

Urban Tourism in China China has witnessed a dramatic development of tourism in urban context in the past thirty years especially with its success in hosting the Beijing Olympic Games in 2008 and the Shanghai World Exposition in 2010. Urban areas as tourism destination are receiving increasingly more popularity than traditional destinations such as national parks natural reserves and historical relics. Deriving largely from a special issue on "Urban Tourism Development and City Destination Marketing" (Journal of China Tourism Research) Urban Tourism in China presents the readers with a collection of nine independent research reports examining issues such as consumer behaviour in urban destinations the social impact of tourism destination image leisure regional collaboration and heritage tourism in ancient towns. The investigations covered urban areas of different scales and diversified nature from major metropolises such as Beijing and Guangzhou to ancient towns like Lijiang and Pingyao. Readers who have interests of tourism research business development and in-depth understanding of urban life in China may find the book informative and interesting. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of China Tourism Research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138115668

Urban Tourism in the Developing WorldThe South African Experience Over the past decade the field of urban tourism has consolidated with the appearance of several books that concentrate upon the Western European and North American experience. Recently the scope and range of urban research has widened considerably including the welcome appearance of studies that examine the tourism phenomenon in cities outside the Euro-American heartland.Despite this growing international body of debate and scholarship on tourism and cities particularly in the developed North literature that relates to the developing world as a whole and to Africa in particular remains sparse. The task of Urban Tourism in the Developing World: The South African Experience is to augment the current international scholarship concerning urban tourism in the developing world. More especially the contributors draw attention to a range of case studies from South Africa that provide some starting points to address the uneven scholarly coverage of urban tourism the African context has received to date. In addition the research material presented here seeks to contribute toward raising the South African and indeed the African profile within growing international scholarship concerning issues of urban tourism and development.This collection aims to expand an emerging South African and African tourism research "voice" concerning the tourism and development nexus as well as to stem critiques that this body of research appears to have developed in a theoretical vacuum divorced from broader international tourism research discourses. This collection of essays not only further develops an independent South African tourism perspective but also presents research that is closely tied to international urban tourism research debates. In addition this analysis of urban tourism in the South African context enriches the rather Western-oriented theories of urban tourism discourse through its emphasis on how urban tourism is evolving in urban Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540156

Urban Traffic Pollution Noise and air pollution from motor vehicles have a major impact on the physical and mental well-being of urban residents worldwide. Although control measures have already been implemented in most developed countries noise and air pollution have only recently become major problems in many developing countries as rapid industrial growth population increase and improved living standards have led to an increase in car ownership. If control measures are not implemented swiftly in developing countries the effects on public health will be extremely serious.This book which has been prepared by WHO in collaboration with the Ecotoxicology Service of the Department of Public Health in Geneva discusses global trends in noise and air pollution from motor vehicles their effects on public health and the control measures available.This book discusses: global trends of motor vehicle air pollution its effects on public health the various control measures available. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138459533

Urban Transformation in China This book provides a general description and evaluation of the process of urbanization in China and the urgent challenges facing the Chinese government. Urban Transformation in China examines the changing pattern of China's urban population and the determinants of these changes including an analysis of the spatial structures of China's cities and industry and an assessment of urban productivity growth and the role of mega cities in national development. The book's coverage encompasses both academic and policy perspectives. With its sister volume Urbanization and Social Welfare in China it provides a comprehensive and multidisciplinary overview of the country’s urbanization process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277564

Urban Transformations: Centres Peripheries and Systems Definitions of urban entities and urban typologies are changing constantly to reflect the growing physical extent of cities and their hinterlands. These include suburbs sprawl edge cities gated communities conurbations and networks of places and such transformations cause conflict between central and peripheral areas at a range of spatial scales. This book explores the role of cities their influence and the transformations they have undertaken in the recent past. Ways in which cities regenerate how plans change how they are governed and how they react to the economic realities of the day are all explored. Concepts such as polycentricity are explored to highlight the fact that cities are part of wider regions and the study of urban geography in the future needs to be cognisant of changing relationships within and between cities. Bringing together studies from around the world at different scales from small town to megacity this volume captures a snapshot of some of the changes in city centres suburbs and the wider urban region. In doing so it provides a deeper understanding of the evolving form and function of cities and their associated peripheral regions as well as their impact on modern twenty-first century landscapes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547223

Urban TransformationsGeographies of Renewal and Creative Change Economic restructuring and demographic change have in recent years placed much strain on urban areas with the effects falling disproportionately on neighbourhoods that were previously underpinned by industry and manufacturing. This has presented policy makers and city planners with a binary choice: to resist change and stagnate or to change and attempt to keep up with the pace of global demand. This edited book tells the story of how urban transformation impacts on people’s lives and everyday interactions – to question where and to whom benefit accrues from these changes.Urban Transformations offers insight into both risk and reward as local communities and public authorities creatively address the challenge of building vital and sustainable urban environments. The authors in this edited collection argue that understanding the specifics of community space and place is crucial to delivering insights into how where when why and for whom urban areas might successfully transform. The chapters investigate urban change using a range of approaches and case studies from the four corners of the Earth – from the United States to Iran; from the United Kingdom to Canada. The varying scales at which governance or regeneration initiatives operate the nature and composition of urban communities and the local or global interests of different private sector actors all raise questions for urban policy and practice. It is important to not only consider the drivers of regeneration but its beneficiaries need to be identified. This edited volume addresses and elaborates on critical issues facing urban transformation and renewal as a basis for future discussion on strategies for ‘successful’ urban transformation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877927

Urban Transport Environment and EquityThe Case for Developing Countries Traditional transport planning has generated transport systems that propagate an unfair distribution of accessibility and have environmental and safety issues. This book highlights the importance of social and political aspects of transport policy and provides a methodology to support this approach. It emphasizes the importance of co-ordinating urban transport and traffic planning and addresses the major challenge of modifying the building and use of roads. The author makes suggestions for innovative and radical new measures towards an equitable and sustainable urban environment. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315071756

Urban Transport Planning (Routledge Revivals)A developmental approach Over the past few decades the world's population has become increasingly concerned about the pollution caused by cars  whilst congestion has slowly brought traffic to a halt in the major cities and transport planning has become increasingly controversial. Originally published in 1992  during a period of growth in environmental awareness  this title offers an analysis of the major challenges that the field of urban transport planning has faced. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415609555

Urban Transport PlanningTheory and Practice Originally published in 1981 Urban Transport Planning explains how the systems approach has been applied in the planning of multi-modal transport planning and to demonstrate how a city may be represented by land use zones superimposed with a transport network. It discusses theoretical developments and demonstrates their application to practical problems of planning by using actual case studies. By treating the urban area as a system and recognising the fundamental interactions between land use traffic and transport the study shows how it is possible to predict the future demands for travel how transport requirements are determined and how alternative plans are formulated and evaluated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138478428

Urban TransportA Century of Progress? First published in 1997 this volume enters the debate on urban transport dealing with a range of issues from questions of ownership and network planning to such matters as investment usage and technological change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138394216

Urban Transportation and LogisticsHealth Safety and Security Concerns Although society has become increasingly dependent on the timely operation of logistics systems we still face many problems regarding efficiency the environment energy consumption and safety in urban transport and logistics—under normal cases and in disasters. As such understanding how to address these challenges has become essential for creating better urban planning and policy implementation. Presenting the best practices of leading experts from around the world Urban Transportation and Logistics: Health Safety and Security Concerns provides cutting-edge concepts and a vision for urban transport and logistics relating to human security. Its comprehensive coverage supplies the foundation for examining transport and logistics systems in urban areas from the viewpoint of safety and security considerations on human life. Topics covered include: Hazardous material transport Healthy transport Road safety Network design for freight transport and supply chain Transport and logistics in Asian cities Vehicle routing and scheduling with uncertainty Urban transport and logistics in natural disasters Future perspectives on urban freight transport The book addresses Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) and Intelligent Transport System (ITS) applications within urban logistics. It considers supply chains road safety in hazardous material transport and logistics and transport design in mixed traffic areas. It also introduces the notion of the megalopolis and the need for improved planning relative to human usage freight transportation and city logistic planning.This book provides numerous examples and case studies of real-world scenarios from around the world making it useful for both practitioners and researchers involved in urban transport and logistics planning. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482209099

Urban Transportation Economics First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780415866101

Urban VoicesAccent Studies in the British Isles Accents and dialects are constantly undergoing small variations over time but evidence shows that change may have become increasingly rapid in the past few decades. 'Urban Voices' presents one of the few recent surveys of this phonological variation and change in urban accents across Great Britain and Ireland.Each of the specially commissioned chapters is divided into two parts. The first provides a detailed description of accent features within one or more urban centres including information on social and stylistic variation and ongoing change. The second discusses a range of current theoretical and methodological issues. Some chapters present wholly new data based on fieldwork carried out specifically for inclusion in 'Urban Voices' while others summarise data from well-known research up-dated and reanalysed in accordance with new findings.Containing copious illustrative and pedagogic material this textbook presents a clear pathway to state-of-the-art research for students of sociolinguistics dialectology phonetics and phonology at advanced undergraduate and graduate level. In addition the detailed descriptive data and the accompanying cassette constitute a valuable resource for students and teachers of English clinicians and speech therapists forensic phoneticians researchers in speech recognition and speech synthesis and actors.Contributors: Deborah Chirrey Edge Hill University College / Beverley Collins Rijks Universiteit Leiden Netherlands / Gerard J Docherty University of Newcastle UK / Paul Foulkes University of Leeds UK / Nigel Hewlett Queen Margaret College / Raymond Hickey University of Essen Germany / Paul Kerswill University of Reading UK / Anne Grethe Mathisen University of Oslo Norway / Kevin McCafferty Universitetet i Tromso Norway / Inger Mees Copenhagen Business School Denmark / Lesley Milroy University of Michigan USA / Mark Newbrook Monash University Australia / James M Scobbie Queen Margaret College UK / Jana Stoddart Olomouc Czech Republic / Jane Stuart-Smith University of Glasgow UK / Laura Tollfree Monash University Australia / Peter Trudgill University of Fribourg Switzerland / Alice Turk University of Edinburgh UK / Clive Upton University of Leeds UK / Dominic Watt University of Leeds UK / J D A Widdowson University of Sheffield UK / Ann Williams University of Reading UK. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148444

Urban WallsPolitical and Cultural Meanings of Vertical Structures and Surfaces In recent years an increasing number of separation walls have been built around the world. Walls built in urban areas are particularly striking in that they have exacted a heavy toll in terms of human suffering. As territorialising devices walls can be protective but the protection they grant is never straightforward. This collection invites inquiry into the complexities of the social life of walls observing urban spaces as veritable laboratories of wall-making – places where their consequences become most visible. A study of the relationship between walls and politics the cultural meaning of walls and their visibility whether as barriers or as legible – sometimes spectacular – surfaces and their importance for social processes Urban Walls shows how walls extend into media spaces thus drawing a multidimensional geography of separation connection control and resistance. As such the collection will appeal to scholars of sociology anthropology geography architecture and politics with interests in urban studies and social theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367478919

Urban Waste and Sanitation Services for Sustainable DevelopmentHarnessing Social and Technical Diversity in East Africa Urban sanitation and solid waste sectors are under significant pressure in East Africa due to the lack of competent institutional capacity and the growth of the region’s urban population. This book presents and applies an original analytical approach to assess the existing socio-technical mixtures of waste and sanitation systems and to ensure wider access increase flexibility and ecological sustainability. It shows how the problem is not the current diversity in waste and sanitation infrastructures and services and variety of types and scales of technology of formal and informal sector involvement and of management and ownership modes. The book focuses instead on the lack of an integrative approach to managing and upgrading of the various waste and sanitation configurations and services so as to ensure wider access flexibility and sustainability for the low income populations who happen to be the main stakeholders. This approach coined "Modernized Mixtures" serves as a nexus throughout the book. The empirical core addresses the waste and sanitation challenges and debates at each scale - from the micro-level (households) to the macro-level (international support) - and is based on the results of a five-year-long interdisciplinary empirical research program. It assesses the socio-technical diversity in waste and sanitation and provides viable solutions to sanitation and waste management in East Africa. This book provides students researchers and professional in environmental technology sociology management and urban planning with an integrated analytical perspective on centralized and decentralized waste and sanitation configurations and tools for improvement in the technology policy and management of sanitation and solid waste sectors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138687172

Urban Water ConflictsUNESCO-IHP Urban water conflicts manifested first in Europe in the 19th century and are observed nowadays in various forms throughout the world; in particular in developing countries. Main causes of these conflicts are characterized by complex socioeconomic and institutional issues related to urban water management. The debate about public water services versus private water supplies is frequently associated with conflicts over water price and affordability. On the other hand the issue of centralization versus decentralization of water utilities is also often discussed in the context of institutional aspects of urban water management. These issues are intertwined and thereby a critical examination of socioeconomic and institutional aspects of urban water management in a holistic way is important for better understanding water conflicts in urban areas. Urban Water Conflicts – the output of a project by UNESCO’s International Hydrological Programme on “Socioeconomic and Institutional Aspects in Urban Water Management” – presents a collection of essays on socioeconomic and institutional aspects of urban water management focusing on water and sanitation services. The book examines interdisciplinary approaches to understanding and analyzing conflicts that arise from inadequate urban water management. Conflict analysis is addressed in some essays by taking into account economic environmental and social dimensions of sustainability. The issue of institutional conflicts between different levels of government is also discussed in some case studies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415498630

Urban Water Cycle Processes and InteractionsUrban Water Series - UNESCO-IHP Effective management of urban water should be based on a scientific understanding of the impact of human activity on both the urban hydrological cycle - including its processes and interactions - and the environment itself. Such anthropogenic impacts which vary broadly in time and space need to be quantified with respect to local climate urban d Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429182860

Urban Water in Japan Water control is essential to Japan as more than half of its invested capital is concentrated in elevations under sea level and the majority of the island nation is exceptionally vulnerable to flooding. To avoid potential crisis the Japanese have developed exceptionally innovative water management practices. Offering the unique perspective of Dut Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429178733

Urban Water Resources Ever increasing urbanization is impacting both the quantity and quality of urban water resources. These urban water resources and components of the water cycle are likely to be affected severely. To minimize the consequences on world water resources the development of sustainable water resources management strategies is inevitable. An integrated urban water resources management strategy is the key to maintain sustainable water resources. A preliminary understanding of physio-chemical processes and analysis methodologies involved in each and every component of the urban water cycle is necessary. In the past these components have been investigated and published individually. With the view to aiding the development of integrated urban water resources management strategies this book endeavors to present and explain the major urban water cycle components from a single holistic platform. The book presents the introduction analysis and design methods of a wide range of urban water components i.e. rainfall flood drainage water supply and waste water with the additions of sustainability practices in most of the components. Current "Hydrology" and "Hydraulics" books do not incorporate sustainability features and practices while there are many books on general "Sustainability" without integrating sustainability concepts into typical engineering designs. The book starts with components and classifications of world water resources then basic and detailed components of the hydrologic cycle climate change and its impacts on hydrologic cycle rainfall patterns and measurements rainfall losses derivations of design rainfalls streamflow measurements flood frequency analysis and probabilistic flood estimations deterministic flood estimations unit hydrograph flood modelling commercial modelling tools and use of Geographical Information System (GIS) for flood modelling principles of open channel hydraulics critical flow and flow classification indices open channel flow profiles uniform flow in open channel and open channel design estimation of future population and domestic water demand design of water supply systems sustainable water supply system water treatments wastewater quantification wastewater treatments sustainable and decentralized wastewater treatment stormwater drainage and urban drainage analysis water footprint and water-energy nexus features of water conservation harvesting and recycling components of sustainable urban design stormwater treatment and integrated water management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138339897

Urban Water Reuse Handbook Examining the current literature research and relevant case studies presented by a team of international experts the Urban Water Reuse Handbook discusses the pros and cons of water reuse and explores new and alternative methods for obtaining a sustainable water supply. The book defines water reuse guidelines describes the historical and current development of water reuse and includes previously implemented methodologies and practices relevant to urban wastewater treatment. It considers the sustainability of water resources and supply systems in both urban and rural areas. The book discusses the advantages of water reuse (reduced water consumption cost-savings a secure groundwater replenishment source and a long-term water supply) and outlines the disadvantages (a build-up of chemical pollutants in the soil the probable contamination of groundwater attributed to reclaimed water and possible human health risks related to the presence of viruses and bacteria). It also proposes ethical and cultural considerations discusses the economic and environmental performance of water systems relevant to water reuse and outlines associated methods and strategies that can address problems of water scarcity. In addition this handbook addresses: Constructed wetlands in surrounding urban areas Water reuse in specific regions coastal areas cold regions arid zones Application of wastewater for hydroelectric power generation Traditional systems of water reuse Combining harvesting systems and water reuse structures Warning systems for wastewater access control Public participation and implementation issues Groundwater recharge by unconventional water Urban water reuse policy A resourceful guide dedicated to the reuse of urban wastewater the Urban Water Reuse Handbook focuses on wastewater treatment recycling and reuse for the conservation of water resources. This book serves as a reference for water resource engineers urban hydrologists and planning professionals; for water/wastewater engineers students policy makers and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482229141

Urban Water SustainabilityConstructing Infrastructure for Cities and Nature The provision of a safe and reliable water supply is a major challenge for the world's growing urban populations. This book investigates the implications of different developments in water technology and infrastructure for urban sustainability and the relationship between cities and nature. The book begins by outlining five frameworks for analysing water technologies and systems - sustainable development ecological modernisation socio-technical systems political ecology and radical ecology. It then analyses in detail what the sustainability implications are of different technical developments in water systems specifically: demand management sanitation urban drainage water reuse and desalination. The main purpose of the book is to draw out the social political and ethical implications of technical changes that are occurring in urban water systems around the world with positive and negative impacts on sustainability. Distinguished from existing social science analysis due to its attention to the engineering details of the technology this book will be of use to a wide audience including students on water management courses engineering students and researchers urban geographers and planners interested in sustainability infrastructure and critical ecology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593483

Urban Waterfront Promenades Some cities have long-treasured waterfront promenades many cities have recently built ones and others have plans to create them as opportunities arise. Beyond connecting people with urban water bodies waterfront promenades offer many social and ecological benefits. They are places for social gathering for physical activity for relief from the stresses of urban life and where the unique transition from water to land eco-systems can be nurtured and celebrated. The best are inclusive places welcoming and accessible to diverse users. This book explores urban waterfront promenades worldwide. It presents 38 promenade case studies—as varied as Vancouver’s extensive network that has been built over the last century the classic promenades in Rio de Janeiro the promenades in Stockholm’s recently built Hammarby Sjöstad eco-district and the Ma On Shan promenade in the Hong Kong New Territories—analyzing their physical form social use the circumstances under which they were built the public policies that brought them into being and the threats from sea level rise and the responses that have been made. Based on wide research Urban Waterfront Promenades examines the possibilities for these public spaces and offers design and planning approaches useful for professionals community decision-makers and scholars. Extensive plans cross sections and photographs permit visual comparison. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138824218

Urban WatershedsGeology Contamination Environmental Regulations and Sustainability Second Edition Understanding that the natural world beneath our feet is the point at which civilization meets the natural world is critical to the success of restoration and prevention efforts to reduce contaminant impacts and improve the global environment because of one simple fact – contaminants do not respect country borders. Contaminants often begin their destructive journey immediately after being released and can affect the entire planet if the release is in just the right amount at just the right location and at just the right time. Taking an interdisciplinary approach Urban Watersheds Geology Contamination Environmental Regulations and Sustainability Second Edition presents more than 30 years of research and professional practice on urban watersheds from the fields of environmental geology geochemistry risk analysis hydrology and urban planning. The geological characteristics of urbanized watersheds along with the physical and chemical properties of their common contaminants are integrated to assess risk factors for soil groundwater and air. This new edition continues to examine the urban environment and the geology beneath urban areas evaluates the contamination that affects watersheds in urban regions and addresses redevelopment strategies. Features of the Second Edition: Examines contaminants and the successes of environmental regulation worldwide and highlights the areas that need improvement Describes several advances in investigation techniques in urban regions that now provide a huge leap forward in data collection resolution and accuracy Explains the importance of understanding the geological and hydrogeologic environments of urban and developed regions Provides new and enhanced methods presented as a sustainability model for assessing risks to human health and the environment from negative human-induced contaminant impacts Includes a new chapter that surveys how environmental regulations have been successful or have failed at protecting the air water and land in urban areas Suitable for use as a textbook and as a professional practice reference the book includes case studies on successful and unsuccessful approaches to contaminant remediation as well as practical methods for environmental risk assessment. PowerPoint® presentations of selected portions of the book are available with qualifying course adoption. Daniel T. Rogers is currently the Director of Environmental Affairs at Amsted Industries Inc. in Chicago Illinois. His writings address environmental geology hydrogeology geologic vulnerability and mapping contaminant fate and transport urban geology environmental site investigations contaminant risk brownfield redevelopment and sustainability. He has taught geology and environmental chemistry at Eastern Michigan University and the University of Michigan. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367133740

Urban Wildlife Management Winner of the 2018 TWS Wildlife Publication Awards in the authored book category Urban development is one of the leading worldwide threats to conserving biodiversity. In the near future wildlife management in urban landscapes will be a prominent issue for wildlife professionals. This new edition of Urban Wildlife Management continues the work of its predecessors by providing a comprehensive examination of the issues that increase the need for urban wildlife management exploring the changing dynamics of the field while giving historical perspectives and looking at current trends and future directions. The book examines a range of topics on human interactions with wildlife in urbanized environments. It focuses not only on ecological matters but also on political economic and societal issues that must be addressed for successful management planning. This edition features an entirely new section on urban wildlife species including chapters on urban communities herpetofauna birds ungulates mammals carnivores and feral and introduced species. The third edition features Five new chapters 12 updated chapters Four new case studies Seven new appendices and species profiles 90 new figures A comprehensive analysis of terrestrial vertebrate locations by state and urban observations Each chapter opens with a set of key concepts which are then examined in the following discussions. Suggested learning experiences to enhance knowledge conclude each chapter. The species profiles cover not only data about the animal concerned but also detail significant current management issues related to the species. An updated and expanded teaching tool Urban Wildlife Management Third Edition identifies the challenges and opportunities facing wildlife in urban communities as well as factors that promote or threaten their presence. It gives both students and professionals a solid grounding in the required fundamental ecological principles for understanding the effects of human-made environments on wildlife. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498702010

Urban Wildscapes Urban Wildscapes is one of the first edited collections of writings about urban ‘wilderness’ landscapes. Evolved rather than designed or planned these derelict abandoned and marginal spaces are frequently overgrown with vegetation and host to a wide range of human activities. They include former industrial sites landfill allotments cemeteries woods infrastructural corridors vacant lots and a whole array of urban wastelands at a variety of different scales. Frequently maligned in the media these landscapes have recently been re-evaluated and this collection assembles these fresh perspectives in one volume. Combining theory with illustrated examples and case studies the book demonstrates that urban wildscapes have far greater significance meaning and utility than is commonly thought and that an appreciation of their particular qualities can inform a far more sustainable approach to the planning design and management of the wider urban landscape. The wildscapes under investigation in this book are found in diverse locations throughout the UK Europe China and the US. They vary in scale from small sites to entire cities or regions and from discrete locations to the imaginary wildscapes of children’s literature. Many different themes are addressed including the natural history of wildscapes their significance as a location for all kinds of playful activity the wildscape as ‘commons’ and the implications for landscape architectural practice ranging from planting interventions in wildscapes to the design of the urban public realm on wildscape principles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415581066

Urban Wind Energy Energy security rising energy prices (oil gas electricity) 'peak oil' environmental pollution nuclear energy climate change and sustainable living are hot topics across the globe. Meanwhile abundant and perpetual wind resources offer opportunities via recent technological developments to provide part of the solution to address these key issues. The rapid growth of large-scale wind farm installations has now led to the generation of clean electricity for tens of millions of homes around the world. However despite the potential to reduce the losses and costs associated with transmission and to use local wind acceleration techniques to improve energy yields the potential for urban wind energy has yet to be realised. Although there is increasing public interest the uptake of urban wind energy in suitable areas has been slow. This is in part due to a lack of understanding of key issues such as: available wind resources; technology integration; planning processes (include assessment of environmental impacts and public safety due to close proximity to people and property); energy consumption in buildings versus energy production from turbines; economics (including grants subsidies maintenance); and the effect of complex urban windscapes on performance. Urban Wind Energy attempts to illuminate these areas addressing common concerns highlighting pitfalls offering real world examples and providing a framework to assess viability in energy environmental and economic terms. It is a comprehensive guide to urban wind energy for architects engineers planners developers investors policy-makers manufacturers and students as well as community organisations and home-owners interested in generating their own clean electricity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986602

Urban Workers in the Early Industrial Revolution This title first published in 1984 focuses primarily on the early Industrial Revolution (c. 1780-1820) in the Stockport district. As the Industrial Revolution in England was the first instance of successful industrialisation it can still provide many social and economic lessons and also furnish essential evidence for continuing debate over ideology and theory. Therefore this title will be of interest to students of both history and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138706545

Urban Youth and School PushoutGateways Get-aways and the GED Recent efforts to reform urban high schools have been marked by the pursuit of ever-increasing accountability policies most notably through the use of mayoral control and secondary school exit exams. This innovative and provocative volume excavates the unintended consequences of such policies on secondary school completion by focusing specifically on the use and over-use of the GED credential. Building on a tradition of critical theory and political economy of education author Eve Tuck offers a provacative analysis of how accountability tacitly and explicitly push-out under-performing students from the system. A theoretically and empirically rich treatise on school push-out Urban Youth and School Push-Out illustrates urban public schooling as a dialectic of humiliating ironies and dangerous dignities. Focusing on the experiences of youth who have been pushed-out of their schools under the auspices of obtaining a GED Tuck reveals new insights on how urban youth view accountability schooling value the GED and yearn for multiple meaningful routes to graduation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415886093

Urban Youth in China: Modernity the Internet and the Self Fengshu Liu situates the lives of Chinese youth and the growth of the Internet against the backdrop of rapid and profound social transformation in China. In 2008 the total of Internet users in China had reached 253 million (in comparison with 22.5 million in 2001). Yet despite rapid growth the Internet in China is so far a predominantly urban-youth phenomenon with young people under thirty (especially those under twenty-four) mostly members of the only-child generation as the main group of the netizens’ population. As both youth and the Internet hold the potential to inflict or at least contribute to far-reaching economic social cultural and political changes this book fulfills a pressing need for a systematical investigation of how youth and the Internet are interacting with each other in a Chinese context. In so doing Liu sheds light on what it means to be a Chinese today how ‘Chineseness’ may be (re)constructed in the Internet Age and what the implications of the emerging form of identity are for contemporary and future Chinese societies as well as the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851916

Urbanisation Citizenship and Conflict in IndiaAhmedabad 1900-2000 Urbanisation is rapidly changing the geographic and social landscape of India and indeed Asia as a whole. Issues of collective violence urban poverty and discrimination become crucial factors in the redefinition of citizenship not only in legal terms but also in a cultural and socio-economic dimension. While Indian cities are becoming the centres of a culture of exclusion against vulnerable social groups a long-term perspective is essential to understand the patterns that shaped the space politics economy and culture of contemporary metropolises. This book takes a critical longer-term view of India’s economic transition. The idea that urban growth goes hand in hand with the modernisation of the country does not account for the fact that increasingly higher portions of the urban population are comprised of lower-income groups casual labourers and slum dwellers. Using the case study of Ahmedabad this book investigates the history of city and of its people over the twentieth century. It analyses the contrasting relationship between urban authorities and the inhabitants of Ahmedabad and examines instances of antagonism and negotiation – amongst people groups and between the people and the public authority – that have continuously shaped transformed and redefined life in the city. This book offers an important tool for understanding the bigger context of the conflicts the social and cultural issues that accompanied the broader process of urbanisation in contemporary India. It will be of interest to scholars of Urban History studies of collective violence and South Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138319462

Urbanisation Housing and the Development Process Initially published in 1981 this book examines the problems of housing provision for the urban poor in developing countries within the context of the development process as a whole. The investigation concentrates on the political economy of housing investment and illustrates how programmes and policies are often determined by broader development issues. Commencing with a discussion of urban growth in the Third World the author then provides a general discussion on housing provision within contemporary development planning in the Third World. Four main types of accommodation – government construction private sector squatter housing and slum – are examined in terms of their contemporary and potential roles in meeting low cost housing needs. Drawing on evidence from a number of Asian countries the study argues that the real needs of the urban poor are not being met and that other political and economic objectives set by the established elites of society predominate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853286

Urbanisation and Labour Markets in Developing Countries Originally published in 1978 Urbanization and Labour Markets is a useful companion for those studying in geography economics or development studies. The book provides a simple guide to the subject of labour in cities in underdeveloped countries. It also set out the major controversies relating to urban labour markets in developing countries and focuses in detail to work which goes on outside large-scale firms. Migration and population growth is considered in some detail and proposals for different ways of seeing the ‘informal’ sector are discussed. This book will be of use to undergraduates in the areas of geography economics and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815378426

Urbanisation and Planning in the Third WorldSpatial Perceptions and Public Participation First published in 1985 this book reconsiders the whole question of urbanisation and planning in the Third World. It argues that public involvement which is now an accepted part of Western planning should be used more in Third World cities. It shows that many inhabitants of Third World cities are migrants from rural areas and have very definite ideas about what the function of the city should be and what it ought to offer; and it goes on to argue that therefore a planning process which involves more public participation would better serve local needs and would do much more to solve problems than the contemporary approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853279

Urbanisation at Risk in the Pacific and AsiaDisasters Climate Change and Resilience in the Built Environment This book presents practical approaches for tackling the threats from climate change and disasters to urban growth in Pacific island countries and Asian nations. With chapters written by leading scholars and practitioners Urbanisation at Risk presents research and case studies from island countries across the Pacific Cambodia Nepal and the Philippines. The book explores and presents the theory policy and practice of how governments civil society aid organisations and people themselves prepare for withstand and recover better from urban disasters including windstorms floods earthquakes and fires and the effects of climate change. This book is written for urban policy makers researchers humanitarian aid and development workers and anyone interested in urbanisation participatory approaches disasters resilience and climate change adaptation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367258474

Urbanisation in Roman Spain and PortugalCivitates Hispaniae in the Early Empire The principal aims of Urbanisation in Roman Spain and Portugal: Civitates Hispaniae in the Early Empire are to provide a comprehensive reconstruction of the urban systems of the Iberian Peninsula during the Early Empire and to explain why these systems looked the way they did. While some chapters focus on settlements that were cities or towns from a juridical point of view the implications of using a purely functional definition of towns are also explored. Key themes include continuities and discontinuities between pre-Roman and Roman settlement patterns the geographical distribution of cities belonging to various size brackets economic relationships between self-governing cities and their territories and the role of cities as nodes in road systems and maritime networks. In addition it is argued that a considerable number of self-governing communities in Roman Spain and Portugal were poly-centric rather than based on a single urban centre. The volume will be of interest to anyone working on Roman urbanism as well as those interested in the Iberian Peninsula in the Roman period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367900779

Urbanisation in the Developing World First published in 1986 this reissue is concerned with the increased social problems regional imbalances and economic dislocation resulting from the alarming growth rate of cities in the developing world. It considers theoretical questions and contains wide-ranging case studies to support the arguments made. It relates urbanisation in the developing world to changes in the broader global economic system as well as looking at the urbanisation process over time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851923

Urbanisation in the Island PacificTowards Sustainable Development Managing rapid urban growth presents a significant challenge in the small independent countries of the Pacific Islands. Although they originated in colonial times the towns and cities are now distinctively post-colonial with economies environments and social structures that reflect unique island characteristics. This transformation has stimulated new concerns such as the causes and effects of pollution the need for employment for landless migrants the need for adequate and affordable housing and the financing of expanding urban services.This book explores the diversity of the urban experience in the ten independent island states focusing on strategies to secure long term sustainable development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415513845

Urbanism The Academy of Urbanism was founded in 2006 with a mission to recognise encourage and celebrate great places across the UK Europe and beyond and the people and organisations that create and sustain them.  This book is a compendium of seventy five places that have been shortlisted as part of the Academy's annual awards scheme which covers great Places Streets Neighbourhoods Towns and Cities. Included are 75 places shortlisted between 2009 and 2013.  Each has been visited by a team of Academicians who have spent time in the place talked to officials and local people and sought to understand what it is that makes them special and how they have achieved what they have achieved.  The Academy also commissions a poem a drawing and a figure ground plan to understand and interpret the place.  David Rudlin Rob Thompson and Sarah Jarvis have drawn on this treasure trove of material to tell the story of these 75 places.  In doing so they have created the most comprehensive compendium of great urban places to have been published for many years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138015623

Urbanism Colonialism and the World-economy Recent years have witnessed a surge in public awareness concerning the impact of world economic forces on cities. In this challenging book the author argues that though the consciousness is new the phenomena themselves are not. For the past two centuries at least world economic political and cultural forces have been major factors shaping cities patterns of urbanization and the physical and spatial forms of the built environment. Anthony King believes that the historical context of contemporary global restructuring must be recognized if present-day urban and regional change is to be properly understood. He explores and documents the cultural and spatial links between metropolitan core and colonial periphery and examines the historical foundations of the world urban system. He also looks at the social production of building and urban form and demonstrates their potential for understanding economic political socail and cultural change on a global scale. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138885349

Urbanism and TransportBuilding Blocks for Architects and City and Transport Planners Helmut Holzapfel’s Urbanism and Transport a bestseller in its own country now available in English examines the history and the future of urban design for transport in major European cities. Urbanism and Transport shows how the automobile has come to dominate the urban landscape of cities throughout the world providing thought-provoking analysis of the societal and ideological precursors that have given rise to these developments. It describes the transformation that occurred in urban life through the ongoing separation of social functions that began in the 1920s and has continued to produce today's phenomenon of fractured urban experience – a sort of island urbanism. Professor Holzapfel examines the vital relation between the house and the street in the urban environment and explains the importance of small-scale mixed-use urban development for humane city living contrasting such developments with the overpowering role that the automobile typically plays in today's cities. Taking the insights gained from its historical analysis with a special focus on Germany and the rise of fascism the book provides recommendations for architects and engineers on how urban spaces streets structures and transport networks can be more successfully integrated in the present day. Urbanism and Transport is a key resource for architects transport engineers urban and spatial planners and students providing essential basic knowledge about the urban situation and the challenges of reclaiming cities to serve the basic needs of people rather than the imperatives of automobile transport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138798182

Urbanization Policing and SecurityGlobal Perspectives In terms of raw numbers the amount of world urban dwellers have increased four-fold skyrocketing from 740 million in 1950 to almost 3.3 billion in 2007. This ongoing urbanization will continue to create major security challenges in most countries. Based on contributions from academics and practitioners from countries as diverse as Nigeria Pakistan Azerbaijan and the US Urbanization Policing and Security: Global Perspectives highlights the crime and disorder problems associated with urbanization and demonstrates police and private security responses to those problems.Examines responses to urban problemsThe book draws on the practical experiences of police officials and the academic insights of researchers from around the world to detail the consequences of urbanization — crime terrorism disorder drugs traffic crashes — as well as modern responses to those problems. Covering studies on major cities in more than 18 countries this text explores topics such as the role of urbanization in security and global concerns including transnational crime racial profiling and information sharing. The book also examines responses to urban problems associated with police and security including human rights activism and police reform. The tools to devise sophisticated solutionsThe problems confronting policing in these times are quite daunting providing plenty of challenges for police leaders and requiring them to devise increasingly sophisticated solutions. With more than 100 photos and illustrations the book tackles issues from a different angle. It examines the resources required to solve problems and those necessary to build a knowledge base of policing and the professionalism for police forces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367864699

Urbanization Regional Development and Governance in China Rapid urbanization in China in recent decades and the challenges of social and regional integration and governance have been issues of major concern. This book explores the course of urbanization and development in China over recent decades. It considers a range of issues including urbanization changing urban and regional systems regional integration and governance. The book pays particular attention to the economic relations between Hong Kong and mainland China and how regional development integration and governance unfold in the Hong Kong-Pearl River Delta region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309043

Urbanization and Climate Co-BenefitsImplementation of win-win interventions in cities Urban areas are increasingly contributing to climate change while also suffering many of its impacts. Moreover many cities particularly in developing countries continue to struggle to provide services infrastructure and socio-economic opportunities. How do we achieve the global goals on climate change and also make room for allowing global urban development? Increasing levels of awareness and engagement on climate change at the local level coupled with recent global agreements on climate and development goals as well as the New Urban Agenda emerging from Habitat III present an unprecedented opportunity to radically rethink how we develop and manage our cities. Urbanization and Climate Co-Benefits examines the main opportunities and challenges to the implementation of a co-benefits approach in urban areas. Drawing on the results of empirical research carried out in Brazil China Indonesia South Africa India and Japan the book is divided into two parts. The first part uses a common framework to analyse co-benefits across the urban sectors. The second part examines the tools and legal and governance perspectives at the local and international level that can help in planning for co-benefits. This book will be of great interest to students practitioners and scholars of urban studies climate/development policy and environmental studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367026905

Urbanization and Contemporary Chinese Art This book explores the relationship between the ongoing urbanization in China and the production of contemporary Chinese art since the beginning of the twenty-first century. Wang provides a detailed analysis of artworks and methodologies of art-making from eight contemporary artists who employ a wide range of mediums including painting sculpture photography installation video and performance. She also sheds light on the relationship between these artists and their sociocultural origins investigating their provocative responses to various processes and problems brought about by Chinese urbanization. With this urbanization comes a fundamental shift of the philosophical and aesthetic foundations in the practice of Chinese art: from a strong affiliation with nature and countryside to one that is complexly associated with the city and the urban world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815386384

Urbanization And DevelopmentThe Rural-urban Transition In Taiwan  The growth and expansion of cities and the transition from a rural to an urban society are among the most critical links between population change and economic development. On the one hand migration is one of the fundamental demographic processes associated with changes in the population of urban places; the changing distribution of population be Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215569

Urbanization and Social Welfare in China China's urban population growth rate has doubled in the past 20 years and the Chinese government has made further urbanization a developmental priority. How Chinese cities cope with such rapid population increases has become a question of critical concern. This book provides an analysis of the welfare implications of China's urbanization the development of the labour market including migration between rural and urban sectors and natural and social environmental issues arising from urbanization. The book covers both academic and policy perspectives and together with its sister volume Urban Transformation in China brings together a comprehensive and multi-disciplinary overview of China's urbanization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138623149

Urbanization and Socio-Economic Development in AfricaChallenges and Opportunities The main goal of this book is to put urbanization and its challenges squarely on Africa’s development agenda. Planned urbanization can improve living conditions for the majority help in the expansion of the middle class and create conditions for economic transformation. However many African cities have developed haphazardly resulting in the decline of public services in slum proliferation and increases in poverty. African cities thrive on activities characterized by easy entry and low productivity generally referred to as the "informal sector". Indeed today some urban dwellers are poorer than their cousins in the countryside. In spite of reform attempts many governments have not been able to create an enabling environment with adequate infrastructure and institutions to sustain markets for easy exchange and production. This study argues that with careful policies and planning the situation can be changed. If the recent natural resource-led economic boom that we have seen in many African countries is used for structural reforms and urban renewal African cities could become centers of economic opportunity. The challenge for African policymakers is to ensure that urban development is orderly and that the process is inclusive and emphasizes the protection of the environment hence green growth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138687271

Urbanization and the Pacific World 1500–1900 Between 1500 and 1900 there was a constant growth in the numbers of large cities and networks of smaller towns throughout the Pacific world in which traders and primary producers did business. The essays in Urbanization and the Pacific World explore the increasingly complex economic relationships that connected cities in and around the Pacific world to each other and pay particular attention to the impact that growing cities had on the economies of their hinterlands. The volume also contains articles that examine the problems that city growth created and the ways in which people were able to cope with them. Along with the new introduction the essays cover all of the regions of the Pacific world in which city growth took place and will allow the reader to consider a wide range of common and contrasting urban experiences. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315235202

Urbanization and Urban Planning in Capitalist Society Originally published in 1981 Urbanization and Urban Planning in Capitalist Society is a comprehensive collection of papers addressing urban crises. Through a synthesis of current discussions around various critical approaches to the urban question the book defines a general theory of urbanization and urban planning in capitalist society. It examines the conceptual preliminaries necessary for the establishment of capitalist theory and provides a theoretical exposition of the fundamental logic of urbanization and urban planning. It also provides a detailed discussion of commodity production and its effects on urban development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138478640

Urbanization And Urban Policies In Pacific Asia This book is the outcome of the Conference on Population Growth Urbanization and Urban Policies in the Asia-Pacific Region held in Honolulu during 8-12 April 1985. It provides wide attention among development planners urban managers and scholars in the field of urban and development planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215620

Urbanization as a Social ProcessAn essay on movement and change in contemporary Africa Urbanization is probably the most important process taking place in African countries. This book provides a lucid and informative study of the significance of urbanization for social change in sub-Saharan Africa which has vital implications for all developing regions. Originally published in 1974. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869225

Urbanization in a Federalist Context The emergence of America as a metropolitan-urban society has had profound consequences for every phase of national life but nowhere has its effects been greater than in the domain of government. The growth of the city and its evolution into the metro-city has led to problems more complex and intense than any previously known. These problems command the concern and resources of all governments federal as well as state and local; for as they have gained general attention they have emerged as national problems.Coincident with national involvement in problems once held to be local has come a rise in federal government relations with the cities. Such relations though in fact of long standing have increased greatly in number and intensity since 1933. The result is a significant expansion in the practice of federalism one marked by the emergence of the cities as partners in the federal system. Urbanization in a Federalist Context treats the expanded federal partnership in urban growth and argues that it is not a fact to be welcomed.Martin traces the expansion of federal authority in the United States from the 1930s through the 1960s. He shows how local issues become national issues and also how national authority expands affecting all aspects of location government. The developments he explores reflect a federal system in the process of constant but evolutionary growth. Martin reveals why the relationship between the federal system and metro-cities is a flexible arrangement capable of adjusting to new demands-but not without its own risks. This classic will be of continuing interest to those concerned about the consequences of the expansion of government authority in the United States. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540163

Urbanization in China Since the "Opening Up" period of 1978-80 China has urbanized with unprecedented speed. The construction of completely new cities and the dramatic redevelopment of existing urban centers have completely transformed the Chinese landscape. This urban revolution has generated an astonishing number and size of cities undertaken with little thought for environmental and social consequences. Scholars striving to understand and analyze these remarkable and often contradictory urban phenomena have contributed to a large English language literature in multiple disciplines (geography sociology political science urban planning architecture anthropology and history). Since 1980 this literature has evolved alongside changes in the Chinese city charting alterations in central government policies municipal decision-making and development practices along with their spatial outcomes. A key issue has been obsolescence. Keeping up with these transformations requires continuous research and revision producing a literature rich in detailed studies of specific cities and regions but with few comprehensive works. Thus the collection format is ideally suited for this body of scholarly research. This collection organized chronologically and thematically will allow students professors and scholars easy access to key works on Chinese urbanization covering a range of topics across three decades of research. This will clarify the shifting and often confusing terrain of urban scholarship on China. We will survey leading authorities in the field to identify the most significant and relevant contributions to the scholarly literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415709101

Urbanization in ChinaTown and Country in a Developing Economy 1949-2000 AD Originally published in 1985 Urbanisation in China is based on extensive original research and fieldwork considers the whole problem of urbanisation in China. Starting with an outline of the pre-communist legacy the author traces population changes and urban growth throughout the communist period assesses policies aimed at restricting urban growth and contrasts the reality of urban China with the image the authorities have tried to project. The policy changes that occurred following the death of Mao are analysed and concludes with a consideration of likely developments up to the end of the century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399377

Urbanization in India During the British Period (1857–1947) Urban history is a rapidly expanding interdisciplinary field of research. The rate of urban growth in the twentieth century has also stimulated interest in the city as an object of socio-historical inquiry. Some historical studies on individual Indian cities like Bombay Calcutta Cawnpore Delhi Bangalore Ahmedabad Surat and Madras have primarily explored the growth of urban centres by tracing their histories under colonial rule. This study offers a macro picture of the urban process under British administration giving an understanding of how colonial capitalism shaped and imposed urban patterns in India. It contextualizes the urbanization of India in the world capitalist system of the late nineteenth and early twentieth century explaining the multifaceted historical conditions in 1857 just before the imposition of direct Crown rule. Sahoo examines the socio-economic developments and demographic changes in India under British rule and analyzes the impact of the world capitalist economy the pattern of urbanization under British rule and the contribution of railways to urbanization. This volume is a profile of India’s primate cities identifying the core the periphery and the underdeveloped hinterlands. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367224868

Urbanization in Israel Originally published in 1984 Urbanization in Israel describes the urban geography of Israel and analyses the development of urban settlements from the beginning of the 21st century. The book places special emphasis on the period since Israeli statehood and describes urbanization from a geographic historic and planning point of view. Using a series of examples to demonstrate the process the book looks at Jerusalem Tel Aviv and Haifa the old historic towns the agricultural settlements which became towns and the new development towns which have been established after 1948. This book will appeal to academics of geography with a focus on the development of the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815379690

Urbanization in Post-Apartheid South Africa Originally published in 1990 Urbanization in Post-Apartheid South Africa examines the democratic future of South Africa in the context of policy options and constraints. The book looks at the issue of South Africa’s future including access to land and housing marked regional differences in well-being large peri-urban settlements arising around all major towns and racial inequalities in access to farming land. The book will be of interest to students of urbanization geography economics and planning and African studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815378570

Urbanization in Socialist Countries Originally published in 1980 Urbanization in Socialist Countries addresses the complex situation in urban policy development in European Socialist countries. The book examines the urban policy situation in eight countries and provides an analytical framework that addresses the fundamental issues they have faced. The book focuses on the system of settlement and on such problems as its regulation as well as analysis of the goals instruments and techniques used in planning the urbanization process in different socialist countries. The book aims to throw light on the basic premises underlying the formulation of urbanization concepts and reveal their main features and lines of development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815379355

Urbanization In The Commonwealth Caribbean Focusing on Barbados Trinidad and Tobago Jamaica and Guyana Professor Hope examines the determinants and socioeconomic consequences associated with urban population growth. He documents demographic trends in the region examines government policies that inadvertently encourage urbanization and discusses the effects of too-rapid growth on urban Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215743

Urbanization in Vietnam Most studies on urbanisation focus on the move of rural people to cities and the impact this has both on the cities to which the people have moved and on the rural communities they have left. This book on the other hand considers the impact on rural communities of the physical expansion of cities. Based on extensive original research over a long period in one settlement a rural commune which over the course of the last two decades has become engulfed by Hanoi’s urban spread the book explores what happens when village people become urbanites or city dwellers – when agriculture is abandoned population density rises the value of land increases people have to make a living in the city and the dynamics of family life including gender relations are profoundly altered. This book charts these developments over time and sets urbanisation in Vietnam in the wider context of urbanisation in Southeast Asia and Asia more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815364702

Urbanization with Chinese Characteristics: The Hukou System and Migration Many agree that rapid urbanization in China in the late 20th and early 21st centuries is a mega process significantly reshaping China and the global economy. China’s urbanization also carries a certain mystique which has long fascinated generations of scholars and journalists alike. As it has turned out many of the asserted Chinese feats are mostly fancied claims or gross misinterpretations (of statistics for example). There does exist however an urbanization that displays rather uncommon "Chinese" characteristics that remain to inadequately understood. Building on his three decades of careful research Professor Kam Wing Chan expertly dissects the complexity of China’s hukou system migration urbanization and their interrelationships in this set of journal articles published in the last ten years. These works range from seminal papers on Chinese urban definitions and statistics; and broad-perspective analysis of the hukou system of its first semi-centennial; to examinations of migration trends and geography; and critical evaluations of China’s 2014 urbanization blueprint and hukou reform plan. This convenient assemblage contains many of Chan’s recent important works. Together they also form a relatively coherent set on this topic. They are essential readings to anyone serious about gaining a true understanding of the prodigious urbanization in contemporary China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367264826

Urbanizing NatureActors and Agency (Dis)Connecting Cities and Nature Since 1500 What do we mean when we say that cities have altered humanity’s interaction with nature? The more people are living in cities the more nature is said to be "urbanizing": turned into a resource mobilized over long distances controlled transformed and then striking back with a vengeance as "natural disaster". Confronting insights derived from Environmental History Science and Technology Studies or Political Ecology Urbanizing Nature aims to counter teleological perspectives on the birth of modern "urban nature" as a uniform and linear process showing how new technological schemes new actors and new definitions of nature emerged in cities from the sixteenth to the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662509

Urbicide in PalestineSpaces of Oppression and Resilience Exploring the way urbicide is used to un/re-make Palestine as well as how it is employed as a tool of spatial dispossession and control this book examines contemporary political violence and destruction in the context of colonial projects in Palestine. The broader framework of the book is colonial and post- urban destruction urbanism; with a working hypothesis that there are links gaps and blind spots in the understanding of urbicide discourse. Drawing on several examples from the Palestinian history of destruction and transformations such as; Jenin Refugee Camp Hebron Old Town and Nablus Old Town a methodological framework to identify urbicidal episodes is also generated. Advancing knowledge on one historical moment of the urban condition the moment of its destruction and enhancing the understanding of the Palestinian Israeli conflict from urbanistic/ architectonic and Urbicide / Spacio-cide perspectives through the use of case studies this book will be essential reading for scholars and researchers with an interest in Urban Geography and Middle East Politics more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867218

Urinalysis in Clinical Laboratory Practice This book discusses urinalysis in clinical laboratory practice including a historical overview methods future endeavours. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898360

UrolithiasisMedical and Surgical Management of Stone Disease Urolithiasis or stone disease occurs in 7% of women and 12% of men at some point and these statistics are rising. Furthermore for those who form a stone the likelihood of a recurrence is nearly 50% within 5 years of initial diagnosis. Therefore the need for effective minimally invasive alternatives for stone eradication and prevention is critical. Because stone disease comprises a large part of any urologist’s practice a thorough knowledge of the pathogenesis and pathophysiology of stone disease is critical in order to understand and implement treatment strategies to prevent stone formation. Likewise a working knowledge of the surgical treatments instrumentation and outcomes is necessary to arm patients with sufficient information to make an informed decision and to provide the appropriate treatment modality for a given stone situation. In Urolithiasis: Medical and Surgical Management the authors provide a complete guide to the management of stone disease from both a medical and surgical prospective. This book should be an invaluable resource for those who treat stone disease in any capacity whether surgically or medically acutely or long-term. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446024

Uroscopy in Early Modern Europe Uroscopy - the diagnosis of disease by visual examination of the urine - played a very prominent role in early modern medical practice and in the lives of ordinary people. Widely considered as the most reliable way to diagnose diseases and pregnancies it was taught at the best universities. Leading physicians prided themselves on their mastery in this field. Countless medical writings were dedicated to uroscopy and artists represented it in hundreds of illustrations and paintings. Based on a wide range of textual and visual sources such as autobiographies court records medical treatises and genre painting this book offers the first comprehensive study of the place of uroscopy in early modern medicine culture and society and of the - gradually changing - ways in which medical practitioners lay persons and last but not least artists perceived and used it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409450153

Urticaria and Angioedema This expanded and revised Second Edition of Urticaria and Angioedema aids physicians in understanding the pathomechanisms involved in urticaria to ensure appropriate diagnosis and follow-through treatment.New to the Second Edition:updated content on cellular and clinical practice paradigmsnew chapters on epidemiology diagnostic techniques acute urticaria non-hereditary angioedema systemic mastocytosis and hypersinophilic syndromethe latest screening tests for autoimmune urticariathe latest data on autoimmune mechanisms that initiate chronic urticaria and angioedema in some patients and abnormalities of signal transduction that may be found in both the autoimmune and "idiopathic" subgroups Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385941

Us Hawai'i-born JapaneseStoried Identities of Japanese American Elderly from a Sugar Plantation Community This is a book about the collective identities of Japanese American elderly in a former sugar plantation community in the rural town of Puna Hawai'i. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654739

US Agricultural and Food PoliciesEconomic Choices and Consequences Policy analysis is a dynamic process of discovery rather than a passive exercise of memorizing facts and conclusions. This text provides opportunities to "practice the craft" of policy analysis by engaging the reader in realistic case studies and problem-solving scenarios that require the selection and use of applicable investigative techniques. US Agricultural and Food Policies will assist undergraduate students to learn how policy choices impact the overall performance of agricultural and food markets. It encourages students to systematically investigate scenarios with appropriate positive and normative tools. The book emphasizes the importance of employing critical thinking skills to address the complexities associated with the design and implementation of twenty-first-century agricultural and food policies. Students are asked to suspend their personal opinions and emotions and instead apply research methods that require the careful consideration of both facts and values. The opportunities to build these investigative skills are abundant when we consider the diversity of modern agricultural and food policy concerns. Featuring case studies and critical thinking exercises throughout and supported by a Companion Website with slides a test bank glossary and web/video links this is the ideal textbook for any agricultural policy class. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138208292

US Arms Policies Towards the Shah's Iran This book reconstructs and explains the arms relationship that successive U.S. administrations developed with the Shah of Iran between 1950 and 1979. This relationship has generally been neglected in the extant literature leading to a series of omissions and distortions in the historical record. By detailing how and why Iran transitioned from a primitive military aid recipient in the 1950s to America’s primary military credit customer in the late 1960s and 1970s this book provides a detailed and original contribution to the understanding of a key Cold War episode in U.S. foreign policy. By drawing on extensive declassified documents from more than 10 archives the investigation demonstrates not only the importance of the arms relationship but also how it reflected and contributed to the wider evolution of U.S.-Iranian relations from a position of Iranian client state dependency to a situation where the U.S. became heavily leveraged to the Shah for protection of the Gulf and beyond – until the policy met its disastrous end in 1979 as an antithetical regime took power in Iran. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of Middle East studies US Foreign Policy and Security studies and for those seeking better foundations for which to gain an understanding of U.S. foreign policy in the final decade of the Cold War and beyond.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415739214

US Capitalist Development Since 1776: Of by and for Which People?Of by and for Which People? First Published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315485294

US Climate Change Policy The United States is often perceived as sceptical if not hostile to the need to address man-made climate change. US government policy has undoubtedly disappointed environmentalists and scientists who believe more concerted action is needed but a careful examination of the evidence reveals a number of policy actions designed to investigate mitigate and adapt to climate change have been implemented. Laws regulatory action and court rulings have led to advances in climate science action to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions and efforts to prepare for the potential consequences of climate change. In this important book Chris Bailey explains and details the challenges and achievements of US climate change policy from its origins to the present day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597603

US Counter-Terrorism Strategy and al-QaedaSignalling and the Terrorist World-View This book examines the communicative aspects and implications of US counter-terrorist policies towards al-Qaeda. Recent US counter-terrorist strategy has been largely based upon projecting certain perceptions of America as an actor to those drawn to al-Qaeda and this book investigates in what ways and to what extent US officials believed that the signals sent by what America did and said could influence the behaviour of the terrorist and would-be terrorist. The study then draws on a growing understanding of that audience to analyse how those drawn to al-Qaeda were and indeed still are likely to be influenced by the perceptions of America that Washington's policies generated. The study's central argument is that given al-Qaeda's unconventional strategy and the particularities of the world-view characterising those drawn to the group America's counter-terrorist signalling proved largely counter-productive to America's objective of undermining al-Qaeda's strategic narrative instead serving in many ways to validate it. Firstly this book seeks to reveal the significant and largely unexplored role that signalling has played in US counter-terrorist policy towards al-Qaeda. Second it tries to capture the objectives strategy tactics ideology and other defining features of the world-view characterising those drawn to al-Qaeda. Third it strives to combine those two lines of inquiry by applying the al-Qaeda world-view to a critical analysis of the signals sent by US policies. Finally the book aims to offer broad policy implications that demonstrate how an informed understanding of the world-view of those drawn to al-Qaeda can be employed to revise and refine American counter-terrorist signalling. This book will be of much interest to students of US foreign policy and public diplomacy counter-terrorism strategy and international security. Joshua Alexander Geltzer has a PhD in War Studies from Kings College London and is currently a juris doctoral student at Yale Law School. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415664523

US Covert Operations and Cold War StrategyTruman Secret Warfare and the CIA 1945-53 Based on recently declassified documents this book provides the first examination of the Truman Administration’s decision to employ covert operations in the Cold War. Although covert operations were an integral part of America’s arsenal during the late 1940s and early 1950s the majority of these operations were ill conceived unrealistic and ultimately doomed to failure. In this volume the author looks at three central questions: Why were these types of operations adopted? Why were they conducted in such a haphazard manner? And why once it became clear that they were not working did the administration fail to abandon them? The book argues that the Truman Administration was unable to reconcile policy strategy and operations successfully and to agree on a consistent course of action for waging the Cold War. This ensured that they wasted time and effort money and manpower on covert operations designed to challenge Soviet hegemony which had little or no real chance of success. US Covert Operations and Cold War Strategy will be of great interest to students of US foreign policy Cold War history intelligence and international history in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873476

US Credit and Payments 1800–1935 Part I The volumes in this collection are organized thematically and examine the history of key financial institutions before and after the establishment of the Federal Reserve. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848932944

US Credit and Payments 1800–1935 Part I Vol 1 The volumes in this collection are organized thematically and examine the history of key financial institutions before and after the establishment of the Federal Reserve. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138765610

US Credit and Payments 1800–1935 Part I Vol 2 The volumes in this collection are organized thematically and examine the history of key financial institutions before and after the establishment of the Federal Reserve. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138765627

US Credit and Payments 1800–1935 Part I Vol 3 The volumes in this collection are organized thematically and examine the history of key financial institutions before and after the establishment of the Federal Reserve. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138765634

US Credit and Payments 1800–1935 Part II The volumes in this collection are organized thematically and examine the history of key financial institutions before and after the establishment of the Federal Reserve. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848932951

US Credit and Payments 1800–1935 Part II vol 4 The volumes in this collection are organized thematically and examine the history of key financial institutions before and after the establishment of the Federal Reserve. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138765641

US Credit and Payments 1800–1935 Part II vol 5 The volumes in this collection are organized thematically and examine the history of key financial institutions before and after the establishment of the Federal Reserve. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138765658

US Credit and Payments 1800–1935 Part II vol 6 The volumes in this collection are organized thematically and examine the history of key financial institutions before and after the establishment of the Federal Reserve. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138765665

US Cultural Diplomacy and ArchaeologySoft Power Hard Heritage Archaeology’s links to international relations are well known: launching and sustaining international expeditions requires the honed diplomatic skills of ambassadors. U.S. foreign policy depends on archaeologists to foster mutual understanding mend fences and build bridges. This book explores how international partnerships inherent in archaeological legal instruments and policies especially involvement with major U.S. museums contribute to the underlying principles of U.S. cultural diplomacy. Archaeology forms a critical part of the U.S. State Department’s diplomatic toolkit. Many if not all current U.S.-sponsored and directed archaeological projects operate within U.S. diplomatic agendas. U.S. Cultural Diplomacy and Archaeology is the first book to evaluate museums and their roles in presenting the past at national and international levels contextualizing the practical and diplomatic processes of archaeological research within the realm of cultural heritage. Drawing from analyses and discussion of several U.S. governmental agencies’ treatment of international cultural heritage and its funding the history of diplomacy-entangled research centers abroad and the necessity of archaeologists' involvement in diplomatic processes this seminal work has implications for the fields of cultural heritage anthropology archaeology museum studies international relations law and policy studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138825260

US Defense PoliticsThe Origins of Security Policy This book provides an accessible overview of US defense politics for upper-level students. This new edition has been updated and revised with new material on the Trump Administration and Space Force. Analyzing the ways in which the United States prepares for war the authors demonstrate how political and organizational interests determine US defense policy and warn against over-emphasis on planning centralization and technocracy. Focusing on the process of defense policy-making rather than just the outcomes of that process US Defense Politics departs from the traditional style of many textbooks. Designed to help students understand the practical side of American national security policy the book examines the following key themes: US grand strategy; the roles of the president and the Congress in controlling the military; organizational interests and civil-military relations; who joins America's military; what happens to veterans after wars; how and why weapons are bought; the management of defense and intra- and inter-service relations; public attitudes toward the military; homeland security and the intelligence community. The fourth edition will be essential reading for students of US defense politics national security policy and homeland security and highly recommended for students of US foreign policy public policy and public administration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367431884

US Democracy Promotion after the Cold WarStability Basic Premises and Policy toward Egypt This book explores the often assumed but so far not examined proposition that a particular U.S. culture influences U.S. foreign policy behavior or more concretely that widely shared basic assumptions embraced by members of the U.S. administration have a notable impact on foreign policy-making. Publicly professed beliefs regarding America’s role in the world and about democracy’s universal appeal – despite much contestation – go to the heart of U.S. national identity. Employing extensive foreign policy text analysis as well as using the case study of U.S.-Egyptian bilateral relations during the Clinton Bush junior and Obama administrations it shows that basic assumptions matter in U.S. democracy promotion in general and the book operationalizes them in detail as well as employs qualitative content analysis to assess their validity and variation. The research presented lies at the intersection of International Relations U.S. foreign policy regional studies and democracy promotion. The specific focus on the domestic ‘cultural’ angle for the study of foreign policy and this dimension’s operationalization makes it a creative crossover study and a unique contribution to these overlapping fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367151829

US Democracy Promotion in the Middle EastThe Pursuit of Hegemony US Democracy Promotion in the Middle East seeks to explore the changes in US strategy towards democracy promotion in the Middle East during the Clinton and Bush administrations with a particular focus on Egypt Iraq and Kuwait. At a time of regional turmoil and political reform the topic of democracy promotion has never been more pertinent. We are witnessing the emergence of popular movements that are challenging authoritarian governments long supported by the US. Tracing the contours of the ongoing transition in US policy in the Middle East this book critically deconstructs the strategy of democracy promotion on both a theoretical and empirical level. By formulating and applying an analytical framework derived from a Gramscian approach Markakis seeks to propose a re-evaluation of what US foreign policy in the Middle East truly constitutes critiquing both the ideological foundations of the strategy as well as the implementation. This book will provide a solid foundation for the analysis of US policy and in particular the strategy of democracy promotion at this time of momentous transition across the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138097162

US Domestic and International Regimes of SecurityPacifying the Globe Securing the Homeland This book maps the increasing convergence of US domestic and international security regimes analyzing the trend towards global pacification in the name of 'security'. The dream of liberal world peace after the Cold War is on the verge of collapsing into permanent global pacification – not only in the global south but also in pockets of the ‘Third World’ within the territory of Western states. In this volume the author explores the ways in which regimes of security have been extended into increasingly large aspects of social life and shows that their expansion has been driven by a constant broadening of the notion of 'war'. Filling a gap in the literature the book demonstrates how US security agencies have sought to develop indeterminate security capabilities aimed at distinguishing between legitimate and illegitimate flows of people and resources. This analysis of regimes of security is tied to a more general discussion about the persistence or even multiplication of illiberal forms of power within liberal governmentality. This book will be of much interest to students of security studies war and conflict studies and international relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108790

US Economic Statecraft for Survival 1933-1991Of Sanctions Embargoes and Economic Warfare How have US economic defence policies promoted its security since 1933?US Policies of Economic Warfare 1933-1991 concentrates on an important and neglected facet of America's fight for survival in the latter half of the twentieth century. It explains how US policy-makers crafted and used instruments of economic statecraft against states that posed vital threats to the survival of the USA. This study situates economic defence policy within the broad context of US foreign policy and explores its response to the totalitarianism of the 1930s the Second World War and the complex strategic and political developments of the Cold War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874435

US Education in a World of MigrationImplications for Policy and Practice Given the protracted varied and geographically expansive changes in migration over time it is difficult to establish an overarching theory that adequately analyzes the school experiences of immigrant youth in the United States. This volume extends the scholarly work on these experiences by exploring how immigrants carve out new identities construct meanings and negotiate spaces for themselves within social structures created or mediated by education policy and practice. It highlights immigrants that position themselves within global movements while experiencing the everyday effects of federal state and local education policy a phenomenon referred to as glocal (global-local) or localized global phenomena. Chapter authors acknowledge and honor the agency that immigrants wield and combine social theories and qualitative methods to empirically document the ways in which immigrants take active roles in enacting education policy. Surveying immigrants from China Bangladesh India Haiti Japan Colombia and Liberia this volume offers a broad spectrum of immigrant experiences that problematize policy narratives that narrowly define notions of "immigrant " "citizenship " and "student." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138286719

US Foreign Policy and ChinaBush’s First Term This work is an exploration of how U.S.-China relations were managed by President George W. Bush. Roberts argues that contrary to conventional wisdom President Bush conducted a calculated pragmatic and highly successful strategy toward Beijing which avoided conflict resolved crisis and significantly increased economic and diplomatic ties. Roberts identifies key players and polices of the Bush White House and the specific themes of engagement (successful and unsuccessful) that unfolded during Bush’s first term. Research is based on analysis of primary and secondary documentation as well as interviews with key White House actors (including Deputy Secretary of State Richard Armitage) and two former Australian Prime Ministers. Topics of discussion include China’s changing attitude toward international engagement China’s rising economic power and the tensions this triggered in the American establishment the nature of U.S. China relations contemporary and ideological understanding of the Bush Presidency as well as the strengths and weaknesses of different sources of information. US Foreign Policy and China will be of great interest to students and scholars of US foreign policy and China Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379336

US Foreign Policy and Democracy PromotionFrom Theodore Roosevelt to Barack Obama The promotion of democracy by the United States became highly controversial during the presidency of George W. Bush. The wars in Iraq and Afghanistan were widely perceived as failed attempts at enforced democratization sufficient that Barack Obama has felt compelled to downplay the rhetoric of democracy and freedom in his foreign-policy. This collection seeks to establish whether a democracy promotion tradition exists or ever existed in US foreign policy and how far Obama and his predecessors conformed to or repudiated it. For more than a century at least American presidents have been driven by deep historical and ideological forces to conceive US foreign policy in part through the lens of democracy promotion. Debating how far democratic aspirations have been realized in actual foreign policies this book draws together concise studies from many of the leading academic experts in the field to evaluate whether or not these efforts were successful in promoting democratization abroad. They clash over whether democracy promotion is an appropriate goal of US foreign policy and whether America has gained anything from it. Offering an important contribution to the field this work is essential reading for all students and scholars of US foreign policy American politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415679800

US Foreign Policy and Global Standing in the 21st CenturyRealities and Perceptions This book examines US foreign policy and global standing in the 21st Century. The United States is the most powerful actor in world politics today. Against this backdrop the present volume examines how the foreign policies pursued by Presidents’ George W. Bush and Barack Obama have affected elite and public perceptions of the United States. By examining America’s standing from the perspective of different actors from across various regions including China Russia Latin America and the Middle East while also assessing how these perceptions interact with America’s own policies this books presents a fresh interpretation of America’s global standing. In doing so the volume evaluates how these perceptions affect the realities of US power and what impact this has on moulding US foreign policy and the policies of other global powers. A number of books address the question of which grand strategy the United States should adopt and the issue of whether or not America is in relative decline as a world power. However the debate on these issues has largely been set against the policies of the Bush administration. By contrast this volume argues that while Obama has raised the popularity of America since the low reached by Bush America’s credibility and overall standing have actually been damaged further under President Obama. This book will be of much interest to students of US foreign policy US national security strategic studies Middle Eastern politics international relations and security studies generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138096554

US Foreign Policy and the End of the Cold War in AfricaA Bridge between Global Conflict and the New World Order 1988-1994 This book investigates the end of the Cold War in Africa and its impact on post-Cold War US foreign policy in the continent. The fall of the Berlin Wall is widely considered the end of the Cold War; however it documents just one of the many "ends" since the Cold War was a global conflict. This book looks at one of the most neglected extra-European battlegrounds the African continent and explores how American foreign policy developed in this region between the late 1980s and the early 1990s. Drawing on a wide range of recently disclosed documents the book shows that the Cold War in Africa ended in 1988 preceding the fall of the Berlin Wall. It also reveals how since then some of the most controversial and inconsistent episodes of post-Cold War US foreign policy in Africa have been deeply rooted in the unique process whereby American rivalry with the USSR found its end in the continent. The book challenges the traditional narrative by presenting an original perspective on the study of the end of the Cold War and provides new insights into the shaping of US foreign policy during the so-called ‘unipolar moment’. This book will be of much interest to students of Cold War history US foreign policy African politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367862909

US Foreign Policy and the Horn of Africa Examining US involvement in the Horn of Africa this volume addresses the relationship between the US and the Islamic movement in this region. Peter Woodward explores the interests of the United States in the region through two cases: Sudan and Somalia. He also discusses the effects of the Eritrean-Ethiopian war on US policy and posture in the region along with the effects of other regional wars. The book looks at the relationship between US perceptions of Islamism and brings a unique perspective to the ongoing debate over US policy in the Islamic world. It will be of interest to those working in or researching foreign policy as well as peace security and conflict issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315548654

US Foreign Policy and the Persian GulfSafeguarding American Interests through Selective Multilateralism Robert J. Pauly Jr examines the history of US foreign policy toward the Greater Middle East in general and focuses specifically on the fundamental economic military and political causes of the 1990-1991 Persian Gulf crisis. He investigates to what extent these causes were internal and external in origin looks at the principal actors in the crisis and determines whether and how these actors have continued to drive unfolding events in the Persian Gulf ever since. The volume explores in detail the role of American leaders since 1989 including how far the US should collaborate with Europe to pursue both American and collective Western economic military and political interests in the Gulf. It also considers the prospects for the future of American-led nation-building operations in Iraq and the outlook for the eventual liberal democratization of the Greater Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383593

US Foreign Policy and the Rogue State Doctrine Concerns over Iran’s nuclear programme North Korea’s nuclear brinkmanship and in the past Iraq’s apparent pursuit of WMD have captured the world’s attention and dominated the agenda of the American foreign policy establishment. But what led policymakers and the US military to emphasise the threat of rogue states at the end of the Cold War? Going behind the vivid language of the ‘axis of evil’ and portrayals of undeterrable and reckless rogue states this work demonstrates how the rogue state doctrine satisfied both domestic and international goals in the Clinton and George W. Bush administrations underpinning efforts to maintain US leadership and hegemony. It offers a clear picture of the policymaking process taking a broad historical approach that places the actions of US officials towards Iraq Iran North Korea Libya and Cuba in a wider context. Through an understanding of the long-standing influences on the US approach we are better able to appreciate why for instance regime change dominated the post-9/11 agenda and led to the overthrow of Saddam Hussein. Explaining in detail how the tackling of rogue states became a central aim of US foreign policy Miles examines whether there was continuity between the Clinton and Bush approach. He moves on to highlight the influence of Congress on the implementation of US policies and the difficulties the US faced in ‘selling’ its approach to allies and adapting its hard-line strategies to reflect developments within the targeted states.   By considering the impulses and drivers behind the development of the rogue states approach this work will extend the scope of existing work in the field and will be of interest to scholars and policymakers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138851399

US Foreign Policy and the War on DrugsDisplacing the Cocaine and Heroin Industry This book examines the geographic displacement of the illicit drug industry as a side effect of United States foreign policy. To reduce the supply of cocaine and heroin from abroad the US has relied on coercion against farmers traffickers and governments but this has only exacerbated the world's drugs problems. US Foreign Policy and the War on Drugs develops and applies a causal mechanism to explain the displacement analyzing US anti-drug initiatives at different times and in various regions. The findings clearly show that American foreign policy has been a major driving force behind the global spread of the illicit drug industry calling for urgent revision. This book will be of interest to students of US foreign policy security studies and international relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881877

US Foreign Policy in ContextNational Ideology from the Founders to the Bush Doctrine This work blends strategic analysis of contemporary US foreign policy with long-term historical discussion producing an important argument relevant to the debates surrounding both the merits of contemporary US foreign policy and the long-term trends at work in American political culture. Rather than a detailed historical study of the Bush administration itself the book seeks to locate Bush within the historical context of the US foreign policy tradition. It makes the case for nationally specific ideological factors as a driver of foreign policy and for importance of interaction between the domestic and the international in the emergence of national strategy. The contemporary element focuses on critiquing the George W. Bush administration’s National Security Strategy perceived by many as a radical and unwelcome ideological departure from past policy and its broader foreign policy concentrating especially on its embrace of liberal universalism and rejection of realism. This critique is supported by the cumulative argument based upon the historical cases seeking to explain American leaders’ persistent resistance to the prescriptions of realism. Quinn argues for some causal connection between historically evolved ideological constructions and the character of the nation’s more recent international strategy. Providing a valuable addition to the field this book will be of great interest to scholars in American politics US foreign policy and US history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415500524

US Foreign Policy in the Age of TrumpDrivers Strategy and Tactics This book investigates the drivers tactics and strategy that propel the Trump administration’s foreign policy. The key objective of this book is to look beyond the ‘noise’ of the Trump presidency in order to elucidate and make sense of contemporary US foreign policy. It examines the long-standing convictions of the president and the brutal worldview that he applies to US foreign policy; and his hard-line negotiation tactics and employment of unpredictability to keep America’s major foreign interlocutors off-guard such as NATO members China Mexico Canada North Korea and Iran â€“ each of which are considered here. In strategy terms the book explains that the president is responding to a new multipolar structure of power by engaging a Kissingerian strategy that eschews liberal values and seeks to adjust great power relations in Washington’s favor. By drawing upon a range of evidence and case studies this book makes a number of compelling and provocative points to offer a new vector for debate about the workings successes and failures and ultimately the long-term implications for the world of the Trump presidency. This book will be of much interest to students of US foreign policy security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367860936

US Foreign Policy in The Horn of AfricaFrom Colonialism to Terrorism Examining American foreign policy towards the Horn of Africa between 1945 and 1991 this book uses Ethiopia and Somalia as case studies to offer an evaluation of the decision-making process during the Cold War and consider the impact that these decisions had upon subsequent developments both within the Horn of Africa and in the wider international context. The decision-making process is studied including the role of the president the input of his advisers and lower level officials within agencies such as the State Department and National Security Council and the parts played by Congress bureaucracies public opinion and other actors within the international environment especially the Soviet Union Ethiopia and Somalia. Jackson examines the extent to which influences exerted by forces other than the president affected foreign policy and provides the first comprehensive analysis of American foreign policy towards Ethiopia and Somalia throughout the Cold War. This book offers a fresh perspective on issues such as globalism regionalism proxy wars American aid programmes anti-communism and human rights. It will be of great interest to students and academics in various fields including American foreign policy American Studies and Politics the history of the Cold War and the history of the Horn of Africa during the modern era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367860479

US Foreign Policy in the Middle EastFrom American Missionaries to the Islamic State The dawn of the Cold War marked a new stage of complex U.S. foreign policy involvement in the Middle East. More recently globalization and the region’s ongoing conflicts and political violence have led to the U.S. being more politically economically and militarily enmeshed – for better or worse—throughout the region. This book examines the emergence and development of U.S. foreign policy toward the Middle East from the early 1900s to the present. With contributions from some of the world’s leading scholars it takes a fresh interdisciplinary and insightful look into the many antecedents that led to current U.S. foreign policy. Exploring the historical challenges regional alliances rapid political change economic interests domestic politics and other sources of regional instability this volume comprises critical analysis from Iranian Turkish Israeli American and Arab perspectives to provide a comprehensive examination of the evolution and transformation of U.S. foreign policy toward the Middle East. This volume is an important resource for scholars and students working in the fields of Political Science Sociology International Relations Islamic Turkish Iranian Arab and Israeli Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367860493

US Foreign Policy in the Middle EastFrom Crises to Change US foreign policy in the Middle East has for the most part been shaped by the eruption of major crises that have revealed the deficiency in and bankruptcy of existing consensus and conceptions. Crises generate a new set of ideas to address the roots of the crisis and construct a new reality that would best serve US interests. Further crises stimulate new ideological and ideational debates that de-legitimate existing practices and prevailing ideas. Yakub Halabi analyzes the way ideas and conceptions have guided US foreign policy in the Middle East the erection of institutions through which these ideas were brought into practice and the manner in which these ideas became obsolete and were modified by new ideas. The selection of crises examined is persuasive and provides a critical lens to observe important turning points in American foreign policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315548630

US Foreign Policy in the Middle EastThe Roots of Anti-Americanism Over the last sixty years Washington has been a major player in the politics of the Middle East. From Iran in the 1950s to the Gulf War of 1991 to the devastation of contemporary Iraq US policy has had a profound impact on the domestic affairs of the region. Anti-Americanism is a pervasive feature of modern Middle East public opinion. But far from being intrinsic to ‘Muslim political culture’ scepticism of the US agenda is directly linked to the regional policies pursued by Washington. By exploring critical points of regional crisis Kylie Baxter and Shahram Akbarzadeh elaborate on the links between US policy and popular distrust of the United States. The book also examines the interconnected nature of events in this geo-strategically vital region. Accessible and easy to follow  it is designed to provide a clear and concise overview of complex historical and political material. Key features include: maps illustrating key events and areas of discontent text boxes on topics of interest related to the Arab/Israeli Wars Iranian politics foreign interventions in Afghanistan and Iraq the wars of the Persian Gulf September 11 and the rise of Islamist movements further reading lists and a selection of suggested study questions at the end of each chapter. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203928301

US Foreign Policy in the Twenty-First CenturyGulliver's Travails The issues raised by the Iraq War are symptomatic of larger phenomena that will continue to preoccupy American foreign policy makers well into the twenty-first century. The war on terror the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction humanitarian intervention and a litany of other concerns on the foreign policy agenda pose complex dilemmas for which there are no simple answers. Through lucid lively analysis as well as multiple illustrations and case studies US Foreign Policy in the Twenty-First Century explores the difficult choices that confront the United States today in a complicated and often dangerous post-Cold War environment. Author J. Martin Rochester engages students in an intelligent examination of American foreign policy past present and future involving them in critical thinking about how foreign policy is made what factors affect foreign policy decisions and behavior and how one might go about not only describing and explaining foreign policy but also evaluating it and prescribing solutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096984

US Foreign Policy in World History US Foreign Policy in World History is a survey of US foreign relations and its perceived crusade to spread liberty and democracy in the two hundred years since the American Revolution. David Ryan undertakes a systematic and material analysis of US foreign policy whilst also explaining the policymakers' grand ideas ideologies and constructs that have shaped US diplomacy.US Foreign Policy explores these arguments by taking a thematic approach structured around central episodes and ideas in the history of US foreign relations and policy making including:* The Monroe Doctrine its philisophical goals and impact* Imperialism and expansionism* Decolonization and self-determination* the Cold War* Third World development* the Soviet 'evil empire' the Sandinistas and the 'rogue' regime of Saddam Hussein* the place of goal for economic integration within foreign affairs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315004228

US Foreign Policy towards China Cuba and IranThe Politics of Recognition Historically the United States saw itself as embodying the best system of government with a foreign policy goal of bringing this system to the rest of the world. While Washington has at times dealt more realistically with other great powers at odds with this view it has also attempted to alienate lesser states who reject the American system. The policies of non-recognition of China Cuba and Iran were marked instances of this phenomenon. As the Obama administration renewed ties with Cuba and contemplated a more cooperative relationship with Iran staunch opposition arose in defence of maintaining the long-standing policy of disengagement with these regimes. Providing a timely explanation for the origins of and continued support for US policies of non-recognition toward China Cuba and Iran this book demonstrates the links between IR theory and US foreign policy through the lens of the English School concept of International Society. It identifies historic costs stemming from US policies of non-recognition and cautions that maintaining an overly narrow frame for understanding global politics will cause greater difficulties for US foreign policy in the future. This book will be useful for American researchers graduate students and upper-level undergraduates in IR and American Foreign Policy. The inclusion of English School concepts and contrasting of IR theory inside and outside the US should also make it appealing to students in the UK and Australia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138212008

US Foreign Policy Towards Russia in the Post-Cold War EraIdeational Legacies and Institutionalised Conflict and Co-operation This book discusses how the ideas expectations and mind-sets that formed within different US foreign policy making institutions during the Cold War have continued to influence US foreign policy making vis-à-vis Russia in the post-Cold War era with detrimental consequences for US–Russia relations. It analyses what these ideas expectations and mind-sets are explores how they have influenced US foreign policy towards Russia as ideational legacies including the ideas that Russia is untrustworthy has to be contained and that in some aspects the relationship is necessarily adversarial and outlines the consequences for US–Russian relations. It considers these ideational legacies in depth in relation to NATO enlargement democracy promotion and arms control and sets the subject in its wider context where other factors such as increasingly assertive Russian foreign policy impact on the relationship. It concludes by demonstrating how tension and mistrust have continued to grow during the Trump administration and considers the future for US–Russian relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138321397

US Foreign Policy Towards the Middle EastThe Realpolitik of Deceit This book offers a realist critique of US foreign policy towards the Middle East in the past decade. It critically examines four core foundations of contemporary US Middle East policy: US relations with Saudi Arabia after the Arab Spring; US diplomacy towards Iran and the Obama administration’s policy of engagement; the road to and aftermath of the 2003 US-led invasion of Iraq; and US policy towards nuclear-armed Israel. Because of a closely guarded bipartisan consensus these four core foundations of contemporary US Middle East policy have largely evaded public criticism and scrutiny. This book argues that US strategy towards the Middle East has rarely been guided by order stability and the national interest. Rather successive administrations have created a house of cards built on a series of deceptions and constructed perceptions or myths. Combined these four aspects of US Middle East policy have ushered in a decade of political violence instability sectarian divisions and an imbalance of power which has culminated in the territorial disintegration of Iraq and countries in the Levant as well as the rise of ISIS. Moving forward requires a rational pursuit of the national interest based on realist principles.This book will be of much interest to students of US foreign policy Middle Eastern politics security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595333

US Grand Strategy in the 21st CenturyThe Case For Restraint This book challenges the dominant strategic culture and makes the case for restraint in US grand strategy in the 21st century. Grand strategy meaning a state’s theory about how it can achieve national security for itself is elusive. That is particularly true in the United States where the division of federal power and the lack of direct security threats limit consensus about how to manage danger. This book seeks to spur more vigorous debate on US grand strategy. To do so the first half of the volume assembles the most recent academic critiques of primacy the dominant strategic perspective in the United States today. The contributors challenge the notion that US national security requires a massive military huge defense spending and frequent military intervention around the world. The second half of the volume makes the positive case for a more restrained foreign policy by excavating the historical roots of restraint in the United States and illustrating how restraint might work in practice in the Middle East and elsewhere. The volume concludes with assessments of the political viability of foreign policy restraint in the United States today. This book will be of much interest to students of US foreign policy grand strategy national security and International Relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138084544

US Hard Power in the Arab WorldResistance the Syrian Uprising and the War on Terror Neither stability nor change in the post-colonial Arab world can be fully understood without considering the international context and American Foreign policy in particular. However the exact nature of America’s presence in the Arab world and the scope and modes of its influence all appear to have reached a crossroads since the Arab uprisings. ‘US Hard Power in the Arab World’ traces the US’s "power of persuasion" in the Arab Middle East from the onset of the War on Terror in 2001 through to the Arab Spring. With a particular focus on Syria the book explores the limits of an American "smart power" amid the emergence of a growing indigenous "soft power" whose ire is directed not only at Assad’s regime but also at the violence perpetrated or enabled by the international community headed by the US. It is argued that the blurring of the two forms of "soft" and "hard" American power has tarnished the credibility of US policies geared to win hearts and minds in the Arab world. ‘US Hard Power in the Arab World’ narrates the contests between attraction and intimidation public diplomacy and military occupation elites and publics seduction and resistance. Drawing upon a multitude of primary sources including personal interviews with Syrian activists and opposition figures this book will be a valuable resource for students and scholars of Middle East Politics as well as those concerned with American Foreign Policy and the Arab Spring. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367205324

US Hegemony and International LegitimacyNorms Power and Followership in the Wars on Iraq This book examines US hegemony and international legitimacy in the post-Cold War era focusing on its leadership in the two wars on Iraq. The preference for unilateral action in foreign policy under the Bush Administration culminating in the use of force against Iraq in 2003 has unquestionably created a crisis in the legitimacy of US global leadership. Of central concern is the ability of the United States to act without regard for the values and interests of its allies or for international law on the use of force raising the question: does international legitimacy truly matter in an international system dominated by a lone superpower? US Hegemony and International Legitimacy explores the relationship between international legitimacy and hegemonic power through an in depth examination of two case studies – the Gulf Crisis of 1990-91 and the Iraq Crisis of 2002-03 – and examines the extent to which normative beliefs about legitimate behaviour influenced the decisions of states to follow or reject US leadership. The findings of the book demonstrate that subordinate states play a crucial role in consenting to US leadership and endorsing it as legitimate and have a significant impact on the ability of a hegemonic state to maintain order with least cost. Understanding of the importance of legitimacy will be vital to any attempt to rehabilitate the global leadership credentials of the United States under the Obama Administration. This book will be of much interest to students of US foreign policy IR theory and security studies. Lavina Rajendram Lee is a lecturer in the Department of Modern History Politics and International Relations at Macquarie University Australia and has a PhD in International Relations from the University of Sydney. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415724302

US Hegemony and the AmericasPower and Economic Statecraft in International Relations In this book Arturo Santa-Cruz advances an understanding of power as a social relationship and applies it consistently to the economic realm in United States relations with other countries of the Western Hemisphere. Following the academic and popular debate on the ebb and flow of US hegemony this work centers the analysis in a critical case for the exercise of US power through its economic statecraft: the Americas—its historical zone of influence. The rationale for the regional focus is methodological: if it can be shown that Washington's sway has decreased in the area since the early 1970s when the discussion about this matter started it can be safely assumed that the same has occurred in other latitudes. The analysis focuses on three regions: North America Central America and South America. Since each region contains countries that have at times maintained very different relationships with the United States the findings contribute to a better understanding of the practice of US power in the sub-region in question adding greater variability to the overall results. US Hegemony and the Americas: Power and Economic Statecraft in International Relations is an invaluable resource for students and scholars interested in Latin American History and Politics North American Regional Integration International Relations Economic Statecraft Political Economy and Comparative Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815381105

US Hypersonic Research and DevelopmentThe Rise and Fall of 'Dyna-Soar' 1944-1963 An essential new account of some of the most valuable research and development in international military history. Roy F. Houchin II shows how the roots of US Air Force hypersonic research and development are grounded in Army Air Force General Henry H. 'Hap' Arnold's identification of the need for advanced airpower weapon systems to meet the anticipated postwar enemy threat. The technology for a smooth transition to military spaceflight seemed within reach when Bell Aircraft Corporation executive Walter Dornberger (the former commander of Nazi Germany's V-2 rocket research) made an unsolicited proposal to William E. Lamar (the chief of Wright Aeronautical Development Center's New Development Office of the Bomber Aircraft Division at Wright-Patterson AFB OH) for a hypersonic boost-glide weapon system. Visionaries like Arnold Dornberger and Lamar believed a hypersonic boost-glider would represent the ultimate expression of the US Air Force's doctrine by performing strategic bombardment and reconnaissance more successfully any other type of vehicle. As this aspiration reached maturity in Dyna-Soar the service's leadership never gave up their beliefs. This book shows how the struggle to persuade the secretary of defence and his advisors who did not share the Air Force's vision for a military spaceplane illustrates the ebb and flow of an advanced technology program and its powerful legacy within American society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654715

US ImperialismThe Changing Dynamics of Global Power This book offers a broad and deep examination of the dynamics of US imperialism. Petras analyzes imperialism not only as economic domination showing that its impact in the world takes many forms including cultural political and historical. He points to the disruptive effects it has on other world regional economies and cultures. Capitalism and imperialism take diverse forms but both are intimately tied to the projection of state power in the service of capital—a strategy designed to advance the geopolitical and economic interests of the US economic elite and ruling class—interests that are equated with the 'US national interest'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367252786

US InfrastructureChallenges and Directions for the 21st Century This book presents an in-depth look at US infrastructure and its challenges in the 21st century. While infrastructure has received considerable attention in recent years much of the discussion has concentrated on physical economic or noneconomic conditions. The Trump administration has heightened interest in the topic promising infrastructure spending during his tenure yet little demonstrable progress has been made. This book brings together a multi-disciplinary perspective—structural technological economic financial political planning and policy—that has been largely absent in discussions on the subject to provide a clearer and broader understanding of the challenges facing US infrastructure. The book is divided into three parts: Part I looks at the challenges from a structural technological and sustainability perspective; Part II from an economic productivity and finance perspective; and Part III from an institutional security and political perspective. Written primarily for policy makers managers and administrators in public and private organizations as well as individuals and academics with an interest in the future of US infrastructure this book provides an in-depth analysis of the US infrastructure problem its causes and consequences and suggests timely specific measures that may be taken at the state local and federal levels to improve and better secure our roads transit public buildings economy and technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138543300

US Internal Security Assistance to South VietnamInsurgency Subversion and Public Order This new study of American support to the regime of Ngo Dinh Diem in South Vietnam illuminates many contemporary events and foreign policies. During the Eisenhower and Kennedy administrations the United States used foreign police and paramilitary assistance to combat the spread of communist revolution in the developing world. This became the single largest internal security programme during the neglected 1955-1963 period. Yet despite presidential attention and a sustained campaign to transform Diem’s police and paramilitary forces into modern professional services the United States failed to achieve its objectives. Given the scale of its efforts and the Diem regime’s importance to the US leadership this text identifies the three key factors that contributed to the failure of American policy. First the competing conceptions of Diem’s civilian and military advisers. Second the reforms advanced by US police training personnel were also at odds with the political agenda of the South Vietnamese leader. Finally the flawed beliefs among US police advisers based on the universality of American democracy. This study also shows how notions borrowed from academic social science of the time became the basis for building Diem’s internal security forces. This book will be of great interest to all students and scholars of intelligence studies Cold War studies security studies US foreign policy and the Vietnam War in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653060

US Military Innovation since the Cold WarCreation Without Destruction This book explains how the US military reacted to the 'Revolution in Military Affairs' (RMA) and failed to innovate its organization or doctrine to match the technological breakthroughs it brought about. Many called for the transformation of the US military in the years after the end of the Cold War seeking the changes in organization and doctrine that would complete the RMA innovation and offer the US the capability to perform a wide variety of missions cheaply and effectively. This volume describes the origins uses and limits of the RMA technologies examines how each of the five US armed services (categorising the Special Operations as a separate service) made their adjustments both to the technologies and the use of force and how the role of the civilian officials and the defense industry altered in this process of change and avoidance of change. The book examines the internal politics of the services as well as civil/military relations to identify the external pressures on the services for significant change in their doctrine and weapons. Many have noted the failure of the services to innovate in what can be called the 'Second Inter-war Period' (the years after the Cold War). This book offers explanations for this failure and arguments about the possible range and desirability of military innovation in the post-Cold war era. This book will be of great interest to students of strategic studies US defence politics military studies and US politics. Harvey M. Sapolsky is Professor of Public Policy and Organization in the Department of Political Science at MIT and former Director of the Security Studies Program. Benjamin H. Friedman is a Research Fellow in Defense and Homeland Security Studies at the Cato Institute and a Ph.D. Candidate in Political Science at MIT. Brendan Green is a Ph.D. Candidate in Political Science at MIT and an affiliate of the Security Studies Program. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415622301

US Military Strategy and the Cold War Endgame At the end of the Cold War security concerns are more about regional and civil conflicts than nuclear or Eurasian global wars. Stephen Cimbala argues that deterrence characteristics of the pre-Cold War period will in the 21st century again become normative. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315036106

US National CybersecurityInternational Politics Concepts and Organization This volume explores the contemporary challenges to US national cybersecurity. Taking stock of the field it features contributions by leading experts working at the intersection between academia and government and offers a unique overview of some of the latest debates about national cybersecurity. These contributions showcase the diversity of approaches and issues shaping contemporary understandings of cybersecurity in the West such as deterrence and governance cyber intelligence and big data international cooperation and public–private collaboration. The volume’s main contribution lies in its effort to settle the field around three main themes exploring the international politics concepts and organization of contemporary cybersecurity from a US perspective. Related to these themes this volume pinpoints three pressing challenges US decision makers and their allies currently face as they attempt to govern cyberspace: maintaining international order solving conceptual puzzles to harness the modern information environment and coordinating the efforts of diverse partners. The volume will be of much interest to students of cybersecurity defense studies strategic studies security studies and IR in general.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367150679

US National Defense for the Twenty-first CenturyGrand Exit Strategy This provocative critique of Washington's current security policies draws on the arguments made by an array of non-interventionist and conservative-nationalist scholars. It provides a blueprint for a more restrained and unilateral US role in global affairs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039893

US National Security ReformReassessing the National Security Act of 1947 This collection of essays considers the evolution of American institutions and processes for forming and implementing US national security policy and offers diverse policy prescriptions for reform to confront an evolving and uncertain security environment. Twelve renowned scholars and practitioners of US national security policy take up the question of whether the national security institutions we have are the ones we need to confront an uncertain future. Topics include a characterization of future threats to national security organizational structure and leadership of national security bureaucracies the role of the US Congress in national security policy making and oversight and the importance of strategic planning within the national security enterprise. The book concludes with concrete recommendations for policy makers most of which can be accomplished under the existing and enduring National Security Act. This book will be of much interest to students of US national security US foreign policy Cold War studies public policy and Internationl Relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399582

US Nation-Building in Afghanistan Why has the US so dramatically failed in Afghanistan since 2001? Dominant explanations have ignored the bureaucratic divisions and personality conflicts inside the US state. This book rectifies this weakness in commentary on Afghanistan by exploring the significant role of these divisions in the US’s difficulties in the country that meant the battle was virtually lost before it even began. The main objective of the book is to deepen readers understanding of the impact of bureaucratic politics on nation-building in Afghanistan focusing primarily on the Bush Administration. It rejects the ’rational actor’ model according to which the US functions as a coherent monolithic agent. Instead internal divisions within the foreign policy bureaucracy are explored to build up a picture of the internal tensions and contradictions that bedevilled US nation-building efforts. The book also contributes to the vexed issue of whether or not the US should engage in nation-building at all and if so under what conditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815396260

US Naval Strategy and National SecurityThe Evolution of American Maritime Power This book examines US naval strategy and the role of American seapower over three decades from the late 20th century to the early 21st century. This study uses the concept of seapower as a framework to explain the military and political application of sea power and naval force for the United States of America. It addresses the context in which strategy and in particular US naval strategy and naval power evolves and how US naval strategy was developed and framed in the international and national security contexts. It explains what drove and what constrained US naval strategy and examines selected instances where American sea power was directed in support of US defense and security policy ends – and whether that could be tied to what a given strategy proposed. The work utilizes naval capstone documents in the framework of broader maritime conceptual and geopolitical thinking and discusses whether these documents had lasting influences in the strategic mind-set the force structure and other areas of American sea power. Overall this work provides a deeper understanding of the crafting of US naval strategy since the final decade of the Cold War its contextual and structural framework setting and its application. To that end the work bridges the gap between the thinking of American naval officers and planners on the one hand and academic analyses of Navy strategy on the other hand. It also presents the trends in the use of naval force for foreign policy objectives and into strategy-making in the American policy context. This book will be of much interest to students of naval power maritime strategy US national security and international relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877545

US Nuclear Weapons Policy After the Cold WarRussians 'Rogues' and Domestic Division This book offers an in-depth examination of America’s nuclear weapons policy since the end of the Cold War. Exploring nuclear forces structure arms control regional planning and the weapons production complex the volume identifies competing sets of ideas about nuclear weapons and domestic political constraints on major shifts in policy. It provides a detailed analysis of the complex evolution of policy the factors affecting policy formulation competing understandings of the role of nuclear weapons in US national security discourse and the likely future direction of policy. The book argues that US policy has not proceeded in a linear rational and internally consistent direction and that it entered a second post-Cold War phase under President George W. Bush. However domestic political processes and lack of political and military interest in America’s nuclear forces have constrained major shifts in nuclear weapons policy. This book will be of much interest to students of US foreign policy nuclear proliferation strategic studies and IR in general.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873520

US Peace Operations PolicyA Double-Edged Sword? US enthusiasm for peace operations’ has fluctuated markedly in the post-Cold War era. In the early 1990s the first Bush Administration’s interest in a "new world order" and the Clinton Administration’s policy of "assertive multilateralism" opened the door to direct engagement in Somalia and support to UN operations in the former Yugoslavia. Failures in both places led to a loss of enthusiasm for UN peacekeeping (manifest most tragically in Rwanda) but not NATO operations which took over from UNPROFOR in Bosnia and later deployed to Kosovo and Afghanistan. Concern about failed states in Africa prompted the US to seek ways of bolstering the capacity of African states and organizations. Meanwhile the US has actively supported recent operations in Haiti and East Timor and is taking the lead in pushing for a major new UN operation in Darfur. The post-9/11 environment combined with difficulties faced in Iraq has led to a significant policy shift in the Bush Administration from initial disdain for peace operations to new understanding of this important strategic instrument. This book was published as a special issue of International Peacekeeping. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993990

US Policies in Central AsiaDemocracy Energy and the War on Terror Democracy promotion security and energy are the predominant themes of US policy in Central Asia after the Cold War. This book analyses how the Bush administration understood and pursued its interests in the Central Asia states namely Kyrgyzstan Tajikistan Kazakhstan Uzbekistan Turkmenistan. It discusses the shift in US interests after September 11 and highlights key ideas actors and processes that have been driving US policy in Central Asia. The author examines the similarities between the Bush and Obama administrations’ attitudes towards the region and he points to the inadequacy of the personality focused partisan accounts that have all too often been deployed to describe the two presidential administrations. To understand US Central Asian policy it is necessary to appreciate the factors behind its continuities as well as the legacies of the September 11 attacks.Using case studies on the war on terror energy and democracy drawing on personal interviews with Americans and Central Asians as well as the fairly recent releases of declassified and leaked US Government documents via sources like the Rumsfeld Papers and Wikileaks the author argues that the US approached Central Asia as a non-unitary state with an ambiguous hierarchy of interests. Traditionally domestic issues could be internationalised and non-state actors were able to play significant roles. The actual relationships between its interests were neither as harmonious nor as conflicted as the administration and some of its critics claimed.Shedding new light on US relations with Central Asia this book is of interest to scholars of Central Asia US Politics and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876463

US Policy Towards Afghanistan 1979-2014'A Force for Good' Providing a study of US policy towards Afghanistan from the Soviet intervention of 1979 to the exit of US/International Security Assistance Forces combat troops at the end of 2014 this book examines how the United States’ construction of its interests has shaped its long-term involvement with that country. Recognising that there is a particular focus on the United States’ representation and justification of its Afghan policy this work demonstrates how the intertwining of language and social practices provided policymakers’ with a shared meaning on selling policy. In this way Washington justified its practices – including covert operations diplomacy counterterrorism and war – as essential in ensuring that ‘good’ prevailed over ‘evil’. Teitler’s argument contrasts with the existing literature which predominantly argues the United States has been motivated by self-interest in its dealings with Afghanistan. Teitler deploys a constructivist approach to elucidate US–Afghan relations in this critical historical juncture. Through its particular use of constructivism the work aims to contribute more broadly to international relations and US foreign policy scholarship. This book will be of interest to academics and students in various fields including US foreign and security policy  international relations theory the Greater Middle East Afghanistan American exceptionalism constructivism and discourse analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366848

US Policy Towards CubaSince the Cold War US Policy Towards Cuba is a comprehensive examination of U.S. policy towards Cuba after the Cold War from 1989-2008. It discusses the competition between Congress and the executive for control of policy and the domestic interests which shaped policymaking and led to the passage of two major pieces of legislation (the Cuban Democracy Act of 1992 and the Cuban Liberty and Democratic Solidarity Act of 1996 better known as the Helms-Burton Act) which tightened the embargo on Cuba and were fiercely resisted by U.S. allies. There is also a strong focus on migration as an issue in U.S.-Cuban relations. The book then moves on to examine U.S. policy during the second Clinton administration when the interest group environment altered for two principal reasons. Firstly the case of the small Cuban rafter boy Elian Gonzalez attracted huge media coverage and led to public questioning of the wisdom of current policy and secondly the agricultural lobby keen to export to Cuba lobbied for the Trade Sanctions Reform and Export Enhancement Act which finally passed in 2000. The final section of the book analyses democracy promotion efforts under President George W. Bush. Seeking to cast light upon the US policymaking process Gibbs demonstrates that U.S. Cuba policy represents a rather extreme example of the influence of domestic politics on policymaking and provides a significant contribution to this important and under-researched aspect of U.S. foreign policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415628501

US Power in Latin AmericaRenewing Hegemony An original account of contemporary US-Latin American relations this book utilises neo-Gramscian and historical materialist approaches to build a novel conceptual framework for analysing US hegemony extending critical theory in new and exciting directions. It disaggregates US power into distinct forms (structural coercive institutional and ideological) to convincingly argue that the United States is remaking its hegemony in the Western hemisphere. The first decade of the new century saw the ascendancy of leftist and centre-left forces in Latin America. The emergence and consolidation of the ‘New Latin Left’ signalled a profound challenge to the long-standing hegemony of the United States in the region. This book details the ways in which US foreign policy responded: defining hegemony as a dialectical relationship patterned by multiple and overlapping forms of power it situates US policy in the context of the Post-Washington Consensus. Making considerable use of confidential diplomatic cables published by Wikileaks it examines the interplay of different facets of US hegemony which are inextricably bound up in the neoliberalisation of the region’s political economy. This book brings clarity to what remains an open and contested process of hegemonic reconstitution and promises to be of interest to scholars working in a number of overlapping subject areas including International Relations (IR) US foreign policy and Latin American studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367264888

US Special Forces and Counterinsurgency in VietnamMilitary Innovation and Institutional Failure 1961-63 This volume examines US Army Special Forces efforts to mobilize and train indigenous minorities in Vietnam. Christopher K. Ives shows how before the Second Indochina War the Republic of Vietnam had begun to falter under the burden of an increasingly successful insurgency. The dominant American military culture could not conform to President Kennedy’s guidance to wage 'small wars' while President Diem’s provincial and military structures provided neither assistance nor security. The Green Berets developed and executed effective counterinsurgency tactics and operations with strategic implications while living training and finally fighting with the Montagnard peoples in the Central Highlands. Special Forces soldiers developed and executed what needed to be done to mobilize indigenous minorities having assessed what needed to be known. Combining Clausewitz business theory and strategic insight this book provides an important starting point for thinking about how the US military should be approaching the problems of today's ‘small wars’. US Special Forces and Counterinsurgency in Vietnam will be of much interest to students of the Vietnam War Special Forces operations military innovation and strategic theory in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654722

US Strategic Arms Policy in the Cold WarNegotiation and Confrontation over SALT 1969-1979 This book examines the negotiations between the USA and the USSR on the limitation of strategic arms during the Cold War from 1969 to 1979.The negotiations on the limitation of strategic arms which were concluded in two agreements SALT I and SALT II (with only the first ratified) marked a major change in the history of arms control negotiations. For the first time in the relatively short history of nuclear weapons and negotiations over nuclear disarmament the two major nuclear powers had agreed to put limits on the size of their nuclear strategic arms. However the negotiations between the US and USSR were the easy part of the process. The more difficult part was the negotiations among the Americans. Through the study of a decade of negotiations on the limitation of strategic arms in the Cold War this book examines the forces that either allowed US presidents and senior officials to pave a path toward a US arms limitation policy or prevented them from doing so. Most importantly the book discusses the meaning of these negotiations and agreements on the limitation of strategic arms and seeks to identify the intention of the negotiators: Were they aiming at making the world a safer place? What was the purpose of the negotiations and agreements within US strategic thinking both militarily and diplomatically? Were they aimed at improving relations with the Soviet Union or only at enhancing the strategic balance as one component of the strategic nuclear deterrence between the two powers? This book will be of much interest to students of Cold War history arms control US foreign policy and international relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367886899

US Strategy in AfricaAFRICOM Terrorism and Security Challenges This book outlines the construction interpretations and understanding of US strategy towards Africa in the early twenty-first century. No single issue or event in the recent decades in Africa has provoked so much controversy and unified hostility and opposition as the announcement by former President George W. Bush of the establishment of the United Stated Africa Command – AFRICOM. The intensity and sheer scale of the unprecedented unity of opposition to AFRICOM across Africa surprised many experts and lead them to ask why such a hostile reaction occurred. This book explores the conception of AFRICOM and the subsequent reaction in two ways. Firstly the contributors critically engage with the creation and global imperatives for the establishment of AFRICOM and present an analytical outline of African security in relation to and within the context of the history of US foreign and security policy approaches to Africa. Secondly the book has original chapter contributions by some of the key actors involved in the development and implementation of the AFRICOM project including Theresa Whelan the former US Deputy Assistant Secretary for African Affairs. This is not only an attempt to contribute to the academic and policy-relevant debates based on the views of those who are intimately involved in the design and implementation of the AFRICOM project but also to show in their own words that ‘America has no clandestine agenda for Africa’. This book will be of interest to students of US foreign policy/national security strategic studies international security and African politics. David J. Francis is Chair of African Peace & Conflict Studies in the Department of Peace Studies at the University of Bradford. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510011

US Taiwan PolicyConstructing the Triangle The relationship between the United States and China is one of the most important issues in the twenty-first century and is ultimately hostage to conditions across the Taiwan Strait. This book is the first to attempt to trace the historical origin of what is known as the ‘Taiwan issue’ in US-China relations from a constructivist perspective based on detailed archival research. The analysis used supplements the mainstream rationalist approach by developing a new theoretical perspective on US Taiwan policy that incorporates constructivism’s emphasis on identity norms and discourse analysis. Scholars have never previously developed or elaborated upon this approach to any significant extent. The book re-examines the protection of Taiwan by military means following the outbreak of the Korean War and the establishment of the ‘one China’ policy in relation to the process of rapprochement during President Nixon’s first term in office. It also considers the contemporary challenges posed to the ‘one China’ policy by the increased importance of promoting human rights and democracy in US foreign policy arguing that the current US China policy is guided by a new strategy based on ‘engagement plus hedging’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138814530

US Textile Production in Historical PerspectiveA Case Study from Massachusetts This book explores the development of a provincial textile industry in colonial America. Immediately after the end of the Great Migration into the Massachusetts Bay colony settlers found themselves in a textile crisis. They were not able to generate the kind of export commodities that would enable them to import English textiles in the quantities they required. This study examines the promotion of domestic textile manufacture from the level of the Massachusetts legislature down to the way in which individual communities organized individual productive efforts. Although other historians have examined early cloth production in colonial homes they have tended to dismiss domestic cloth-making as a casual activity among family members rather than a concerted community effort at economic development. This study looks closely at the networks of production and examines the methods that households and communities organized themselves to meet a very critical need for cloth of all kinds. It is a social history of cloth-making that also employs the economic and political elements of Massachusetts Bay to tell their story. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653084

US Troops in Europe This book first published in 1984 analyses the contribution of the American military presence to the security of Western Europe; examines the advantages and shortcomings of proposals for strengthening NATO’s conventional capacity; and considers the consequences to the Cold War balance of power of a reduction in the American troop contingent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367630201

US Youth Films and Popular MusicIdentity Genre and Musical Agency This book brings theory from popular music studies to an examination of identity and agency in youth films while building on and complementing film studies literature concerned with genre identity and representation. McNelis includes case studies of Hollywood and independent US youth films that have had commercial and/or critical success to illustrate how films draw on specific discourses surrounding popular music genres to convey ideas about gender race ethnicity sexuality and other aspects of identity. He develops the concept of ‘musical agency’ a term he uses to discuss the relationship between film music and character agency also examining the music characters listen to and discuss as well as musical performances by the characters themselves Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874933

US–China Foreign RelationsPower Transition and its Implications for Europe and Asia This book examines the power transition between the US and China and the implications for Europe and Asia in a new era of uncertainty. The volume addresses the impact that the rise of China has on the United States Europe transatlantic relations and East Asia. China is seeking to use its enhanced power position to promote new ambitions; the United States is adjusting to a new superpower rivalry; and the power shift from the West to the East is resulting in a more peripheral role for Europe in world affairs. Featuring essays by prominent Chinese and international experts the book examines the US–China rivalry the changing international system grand strategies and geopolitics foreign policy geo-economics and institutions and military and technological developments. The chapters examine how strategic security and military considerations in this triangular relationship are gradually undermining trade and economics reversing the era of globalization and contributing to the breakdown of the US-led liberal order and institutions that will be difficult to rebuild. The volume also examines whether the adversarial antagonism in US–China relations the tension in transatlantic ties and the increasing rivalry in Europe–China relations are primarily resulting from leaders’ ambitions or structural power shifts. This book will be of much interest to students of Asian security US foreign policy European politics and International Relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367521349

Usability Evaluation for In-Vehicle Systems Ergonomics often seems to be involved too late in commercial project development processes to have substantive impact on design and usability. However in the automotive industry and specifically in relation to In-Vehicle Information Systems (IVIS) a lack of attention to usability can not only lead to poor customer satisfaction it can also present a significant risk to safe and efficient driving.Usability Evaluation for In-Vehicle Systems describes how to apply a range of usability evaluation methods for IVIS. The authors explore the driving context and the range of driver-IVIS interactions using case studies that show how Ergonomics methods can add considerable value throughout the product development process. They emphasize practical approaches that can be used to predict and analyze driver behavior with IVIS. The authors also present validation evidence for the methods covered.The book has three key objectives: Define and understand usability in the context of IVIS. This guides the specification of criteria against which usability can be successfully evaluated. Develop a multi-method framework to support designers in the evaluation of IVIS usability. The underlying motivations for the framework are a need for early-stage evaluation to support proactive redesign and a practical and realistic approach which can be used successfully by automotive manufacturers.Develop an analytic usability evaluation method which enables useful predictions of task interaction whilst accounting for the specific context-of-use of IVIS. The major challenge of this particular context-of-use is the dual-task environment created by interacting with secondary tasks via an IVIS at the same time as driving. Written for students researchers designers and engineers the book is not only a guide to the practical application of evaluation methods it also presents important th Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367380168

Usability Evaluation Handbook for Electronic Health Records Usability is the key to the meaningful use of EHRs resulting in safe easy-to-use and useful applications. Good usability saves money by reducing the time and resources needed for training and post-implementation support lessens the negative impacts on productivity and diminishes technology-induced errors. It also promotes user satisfaction and adoption. Written by two health informaticists with different professional backgrounds one from nursing and the other from IT this book is intended for organizations that purchase and customize EHRs and also for EHR vendors and programmers. The book provides the tools ideas and knowledge that will help readers improve EHRs. Chapters cover key definitions of usability electronic health records and users; commonly accepted principles of usability; usability evaluation through testing and research; usability related to workflow; usability evaluation methods including instructions tools and tips for each method; and building a business case for usability. The book also discusses the future of usability and the need for optimizing EHR usability today. Media > Books > Print Books HIMSS Publishing 9781938904585

Usability EvaluationA Special Issue of the International Journal of Human-Computer Interaction Volume 14 Number 1 2002. Contents: J.R. Lewis Introduction. ARTICLES: D.J. Gillan R.G. Bias Usability Science 1: Foundation. H.R. Hartson T.S. Andre R.C. Williges Criteria for Evaluating Usability Evaluation Methods. R.E. Cordes Task Selection Bias: A Case for User-Defined Tasks. M. Hertzum N.E. Jacobsen The Evaluator Effect: A Chilling Fact About Usability Evaluation Methods. J.R. Lewis Evaluation of Procedures for Adjusting Problem-Discovery Rates Estimated From Small Samples. M. Hassenzahl The Effect of Perceived Hedonic Quality on Product Appealingness. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138406179

Usability of Complex Information SystemsEvaluation of User Interaction Why do enterprise systems have complicated search pages when Google has a single search box that works better? Why struggle with an expense reimbursement system that is not as easy as home accounting software? Although this seems like comparing apples to oranges as information and communication technologies increasingly reach into every industry the demand for easy-to-use work tools continues to grow. An exploration of cutting-edge approaches for evaluating the usability of complex user interaction Usability of Complex Information Systems: Evaluation of User Interaction focuses on improving design and communicating content to the end user. The book continues the conversation about the evolution of usability asking how we can design and evaluate these complex systems and the complex work they support. It describes and analyzes approaches to teaching testing analyzing or managing usability studies—approaches that involve technical communicators making novel contributions to how we think about and evaluate increasingly complex systems. The book contains case studies on different types of complexity including: A complex work environment requiring collaboration among different people or a goal sustained over time and often in the face of distractions interruptions and planned pauses A complex information context one with no single answer where the data changes dynamically or where the best answer may rely on other aspects of a fluid environment A complex technology in which people use many different applications in their work and collaboration A complex topic requiring advanced technical or domain knowledge Even systems that seem simple are in fact complex. The shopping interface for an e-commerce system may not be complex but the databases business processes and logistics behind it certainly are. The examination of different aspects of designing and examining complexity presented in this book brings you a step further in developing a deeper understanding of what it takes to make complex systems work. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138114609

Usability Success StoriesHow Organizations Improve By Making Easier-To-Use Software and Web Sites People spend increasing amounts of time and effort interacting with complex hardware and software products. Some of the products we interact with are easy to learn and easy to remember. Some are even a pleasure to use. Others are hard to learn hard to use and frustrate us at every turn. But it is not just the user that pays the cost in such cases. Poor usability also imposes significant costs on product producers. Companies that make hard-to-use products incur higher support costs spend more on rework and have less satisfied customers. These outcomes can be avoided by applying the techniques of usability engineering and user-centred design (UCD) during product development. This book shows how usability and UCD practitioners do this by studying users' needs and abilities designing the product accordingly and verifying the design through additional testing with users. Despite the positive return on investment for usability engineering activities many organizations view usability engineering as a non-critical part of the product development process. This book seeks to change this by relating a number of cases where usability engineering contributed significantly to the solution of a business problem. Evidence is drawn from experiences within a range of private and public sector organizations showing how usability work can best be organized and executed within a business environment. The organizational factors that facilitate or impede the application of usability engineering are also discussed. The book clearly explains the barriers to be overcome as well as highlighting the factors promoting success. A wide range of applications are covered including web-based e-commerce medical devices and software process control management systems financial services applications consumer desktop applications and interactive voice response systems. Usability Success Stories provides a valuable guide for business managers and technical staff as well as for practitioners within the field itself. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315548616

Usability Testing of Medical Devices Usability Testing of Medical Devices covers the nitty-gritty of usability test planning conducting and results reporting. The book also discusses the government regulations and industry standards that motivate many medical device manufacturers to conduct usability tests. Since publication of the first edition the FDA and other regulatory groups have modified their regulations and expectations regarding how medical device manufacturers should approach usability testing. Reflecting these changes this Second Edition provides updated guidance to readers with an interest or direct role in conducting a usability test of a medical device or system. Key updates involve the 2011 FDA guidance on human factors engineering requirements set forth by the third edition of IEC 60601 and closely related IEC 62366-1:2015 linking usability test tasks to risk analysis results and analyzing root causes of use errors that occur during usability tests. Written by seasoned human factors specialists Usability Testing of Medical Devices Second Edition is an informative practical and up-to-date handbook for conducting usability tests of medical devices. The book helps ensure a smooth and painless development process—and thus safe and effective medical devices. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466595880

US-Asia Economic RelationsA political economy of crisis and the rise of new business actors In a world of continuing financial volatility this book critically evaluates the oft-cited claim that US firms and the US government attempt to open emerging markets in economic distress and acquire valuable industrial and financial assets.  Focusing particularly on Korea and Thailand the author examines the degree of market opening the roles US actors played in this process and the level of foreign firm activity in the years after the Asian crisis. Justin Robertson finds surprisingly little coherence between the strategies of US firms and US policy-makers.  At the same time the book downplays European investments concluding instead that the decade since the Asian crisis has reaffirmed strengths of US capital particularly in some of the most important sectors of the global economy.  Investment banking private equity and subcontracting are significant new features of US-Asia economic relations. Providing a sophisticated understanding of US interests in Asia especially in terms of the politics of finance capital and including a wealth of empirical data on the US and Asian political economies this book will be invaluable for students and scholars of international political economy and Asian economics and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862265

US-China Cold War Collaboration1971-1989 After more than four decades the Cold War ended with the sudden collapse of the Soviet Union. Almost simultaneously China emerged as the new potential disruptor of international stability with Beijing replacing Moscow as the key source of Western insecurity. Drawing upon extensive primary resources Ali questions the logic behind this perception reflected both in popular and academic literature. Disclosing hitherto unknown aspects of the Soviet Union’s disintegration the text reveals a secret strategic alliance between the USA and China during the Cold War’s final decades. Presenting an in-depth analysis of the relationship between the two countries the book identifies the bases on which the alliance emerged; the growing mutual concern of a ‘Soviet threat’. Using documentation from the three capitals Ali presents a compelling tale of intrigue and conspiracy at the highest level of the international security system. The text brings a new dimension to the current literature and deepens our understanding of a key aspect of the Cold War – its end. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653107

US-China Competition and the South China Sea Disputes Traditionally the South China Sea (SCS) issue was not on the negotiation table between the United States and China. However the tensions between the United States and China over the SCS have gradually simmered up to a strategic level. Why and how did the SCS become a flashpoint between the United States and China? Will the United States and China really go to war over the SCS? Why did China adopt an "assertive" policy towards the South China Sea in the 2000s? What will regional actors do in the face of this "new normal" of competition between China and the United States? Will multilateral institutions in the Asia Pacific alleviate the potential conflicts over the SCS disputes? How will US-Chinese competition in the SCS shape the dynamics of Asian security? This edited book addresses these questions systematically and theoretically with contributions from leading scholars in the field of US-China relations and Asian security from the United States Australia the United Kingdom and Singapore. It elevates the analysis of the SCS disputes from maritime and legal issues to the strategic level between the United States and China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367484217

US-China Relations in the Twenty-First CenturyA Question of Trust The relationship between the United States and China will be of critical importance to the world throughout the twenty-first century. In the West China’s rise is often portrayed as a threat and China seen in negative terms. This book explores the dynamics of this crucial relationship. It looks in particular at what causes an international relationship to be perceived negatively and considers what can be done to reverse this arguing that trust is a key factor. It goes on to discuss US and Chinese rhetoric and behaviour in three key areas – climate change finance and international security. The book contends that contrary to much US rhetoric China’s actions in these areas is often much more flexible and accommodating than the US position and that the Chinese are much more knowledgeable about and understanding and appreciative of the United States than vice versa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138079793

US-China-EU RelationsManaging the New World Order This volume brings together a group of leading international scholars to discuss how US-China-EU relations will shape the future of international politics. Arguing that these three powers will play a key role in establishing and managing a new world order the contributors examine how a future global order is developed by the interaction of these leading actors in the international system. The authors also address how the US China and the EU promote cooperation and manage conflict of interests on a wide spectrum of issues including new security challenges. By linking the management of international affairs to specific policy issues the book shows that the US-China-EU triangular configuration is a pivotal relationship for understanding contemporary international relations. This book offers a comprehensive assessment of US-China-EU interactions and will be of great interest to students of Asian politics US foreign policy EU politics and security studies and IR in general. Robert S. Ross is Professor of Political Science at Boston College Associate John King Fairbank Center for East Asian Research Harvard University Associated Professor at the Norwegian Institute for Defence Studies Senior Advisor Security Studies Program Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a member of the Council on Foreign Relations. Øystein Tunsjø is Senior Research Fellow at the Norwegian Institute for Defence Studies. Zhang Tuosheng is director of the research department and senior fellow at the China Foundation for International and Strategic Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415681131

Use MattersAn Alternative History of Architecture From participatory architecture to interaction design the question of how design accommodates use is driving inquiry in many creative fields. Expanding utility to embrace people’s everyday experience brings new promises for the social role of design. But this is nothing new. As the essays assembled in this collection show interest in the elusive realm of the user was an essential part of architecture and design throughout the twentieth century. Use Matters is the first to assemble this alternative history from the bathroom to the city from ergonomics to cybernetics and from Algeria to East Germany. It argues that the user is not a universal but a historically constructed category of twentieth-century modernity that continues to inform architectural practice and thinking in often unacknowledged ways. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415637343

Use of Computers in the Coal Industry 1986 This book is an outcome of the third conference on the use of computers in the coal industry in Morgantown. It presents valuable computer applications covering the most aspects of coal industry and covers following areas: mine management and economics; surface mining; coal preparation; and blasting. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003079262

Use Of Fungi As FoodVolume 1 The present work is an attempt to bring together in some sort of organized form all such information that would link mycology (other than the involvement of fungi in food spoilage) to the food industry. It may be justly criticized for its brevity and in some instances will probably be criticized the philosophy expressed. For this the writer makes no apologies. In the first instance the present discussion is by no means intended to be an exhaustive treatment of the subject. On the contrary if it serves in some small measure to alert the student to the vast potential resident in fungi its purpose will have been served. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898377

Use Of Fungi As FoodVolume 2 Few laymen are aware that cookbooks devoted solely to the preparation of mushrooms exist. This fact is brought to their attention and a few recipes are presented in detail. No attempt is made to exhaust the subject but as in the remainder of the book enough is presented to give a view of the potential and the reader is directed to the relevant literature so that he can pursue the subject in greater depth if he chooses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898384

Use of Language Across the Primary Curriculum This book offers practical advice and guidance on how children can be helped to use language to transform knowledge and experience into understanding across the curriculum and thus become active learners. In addition to the core subjects opportunities in music P.E. I.T. and design technology are examined in the context of the interrelationship between children language and learning i.e.: * children learning to use language* children using language to learn* children learning about language Chapters describe classroom practice as well as offering reflective sections on the interrelationships and processes of language and cognitive development. An integral part of this is the acknowledgement of differing learning styles special educational needs and issues of linguistic diversity and cultural difference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167339

Use of Language Across the Secondary Curriculum Educational policy is becoming more concerned with the need to ensure that people leave school or college fully literate. We need good oral communicators in the workplace and being able to understand and respond to different kinds of language is vital in today's society. Included here is a detailed and highly readable account of the ways in which language affects every aspect of study - it crosses all subject boundaries yet it is commonly seen as the sole responsibility of the English teacher to manage this area of the curriculum. The first section of the book looks at the ideology behind language while the second section considers how schools and local authorities have tackled improving levels of literacy. The third section is concerned with practical advice on how to teach language most successfully irrespective of subject. Latter sections focus on developing a critical eye and supporting pupils who have particular needs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466401

Use Of Models Soc Science This book deals with the philosophy of model use; focuses on the role of models in the natural sciences; and introduces a new paradigm to the social sciences catastrophe model. It outlines the role of models concerned with conflict problems particularly problems of military strategy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215781

Use of Survey Data for Industry Research and Economic PolicySelected Papers Presented at the 24th CIRET Conference Wellington New Zealand 1999 This title was first published in 2000:  This text offers a comprehensive collection of selected papers from the 24th Centre for International Research on Economic Tendency Surveys (CIRET) conference. Areas selected include leading indicators and turning points classifications of business cycles survey data and policy decisions attitudes and behaviour of firms and economic forecasting. The text aims to be of interest to all those concerned with the use of business and consumer surveys in a global context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138726482

Use of Yeast Biomass in Food Production Yeast biomass is an excellent source of proteins nucleic acids and vitamins. It has been produced and consumed in baked goods and other foods for thousands of years and offers significant advantages when compared to other potential new microbial protein sources. Use of Yeast Biomass in Food Production provides up-to-date information regarding the chemical composition and biochemistry of yeasts discusses the biotechnological basis of yeast production and possibilities for influencing yeast biomass composition using new techniques in molecular biology. The book examines techniques for producing yeast protein concentrates (and isolates) while still retaining their functional properties and nutritive values as well as the various uses for these materials and their derivatives in different branches of the food industry. Finally the book explores possibilities for the production and industrial use of other yeast components such as nucleic acids nucleotides cell wall polysaccharides autolysates and extracts. Food microbiologists and technologists as well as biotechnologists will discover that this book is an invaluable reference resource. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450724

Useful and Harmful Interactions of Antibiotics First published in 1987: This book is intended as a guide for a very large group of practitioners in the medical pharmaceutical and biological fields. It will enable them to prescribe and use antibiotics in an improved way. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367234126

Useful ToilAutobiographies of Working People from the 1820s to the 1920s Useful Toil engages freshly and directly with the `ordinary' people of the nineteenth century. John Burnett has assembled twenty seven telling extracts from the diaries and autobiographies of working people - wheelwrights and stone-masons miners and munition workers butlers and kitchen maids navvies carpenters potters and ship assistants to list only a few. The men and women who speak in these pages concentrate on their working experiences though they also write about their homes and their fears. They thus reveal often unconsciously the essence of their attitudes values and beliefs. Burnett's broad and sympathetic introductions focus and contextualise the wealth of material. These stories provide the antithesis of `great name' history yet they constantly touch on human experiences that are timeless and universal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162716

Usefullness of Mathematical CbUsefulness Me Learning# First published in 1970. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986626

User Centered System DesignNew Perspectives on Human-computer Interaction This comprehensive volume is the product of an intensive collaborative effort among researchers across the United States Europe and Japan. The result -- a change in the way we think of humans and computers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138432932

User Comments and Moderation in Digital JournalismDisruptive Engagement This book is an authoritative discussion of user comments and moderation in digital journalism examining how user comments have disrupted the field of journalism and how a growing number of news organizations have abandoned commenting features altogether. Making a broad argument concerning user commentary as a manifestation of user engagement and public deliberation User Comments and Moderation in Digital Journalism: Disruptive Engagement conceptualizes the act of commenting as interactive engagement and participation in a virtual public sphere. The book also explores the organizational policies that have the potential to disrupt – as well as improve – the quality of user discussions. Ultimately strategies are proposed for managing and improving user comments and encouraging more productive public deliberation in digital journalism. This engaging discussion of a key development in digital journalism is a valuable resource for academics and researchers in the areas of journalism media and communication studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367226428

User Experience (UX) Design for Libraries User experience (UX) characterizes how a person feels about using a product system or service. UX design incorporates the practical aspects of utility ease of use and efficiency to make your web design and functionality decisions with patrons in mind. This results in a better design a more intuitive interface and a more enjoyable experience.Part of the award-winning TECH SET series this book shows you how to get there by providing hands-on steps and best practices for UX design principles practices and tools to engage with patrons online and build the best web presence for your library.You'll find out how to conduct a usability test perform a card sort make decisions on how to build the architecture of your site create personas as a cornerstone of your website planning process create a content strategy and perform an experience-based evaluation of your site. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856048439

User Experience in LibrariesApplying Ethnography and Human-Centred Design Modern library services can be incredibly complex. Much more so than their forebears modern librarians must grapple daily with questions of how best to implement innovative new services while also maintaining and updating the old. The efforts undertaken are immense but how best to evaluate their success? In this groundbreaking new book from Routledge library practitioners anthropologists and design experts combine to advocate a new focus on User Experience (or ‘UX’) research methods. Through a combination of theoretical discussion and applied case studies they argue that this ethnographic and human-centred design approach enables library professionals to gather rich evidence-based insights into what is really going on in their libraries allowing them to look beyond what library users say they do to what they actually do.  Edited by the team behind the international UX in Libraries conference User Experience in Libraries will ignite new interest in a rapidly emerging and game-changing area of research. Clearly written and passionately argued it is essential reading for all library professionals and students of Library and Information Science. It will also be welcomed by anthropologists and design professionals working in related fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472484727

User Integration in Sustainable Product DevelopmentOrganisational Learning through Boundary-Spanning Processes Changes in production and consumption patterns are a crucial element in advancing the sustainability agenda. Many companies are now contributing to such efforts through a focus on sustainable innovation when developing new products and services. However problematically many such products fail as consumers reject them in the marketplace. User integration in product development is a well-suited approach to increase the usability and the marketability of new products. This book asks the following question: under what conditions can companies trigger sustainability-oriented organizational learning processes by integrating consumers in product development? The author analyses this question by studying a new approach called INNOCOPE (Innovating through consumer-integrated product development). The analysis is based on a process model of organizational learning distinguishing different learning phases and related boundary-spanning activities. The case study shows that boundary spanning and communication with external actors may directly affect almost all phases of the organizational learning process. Depending on the organizational learning phase specific boundary-spanning activities are identified that can be characterized as outside-in inside-in or inside-out directed processes. Moreover the book describes supportive conditions for user integration with regard to the company the product the users involved and the communication process and provides managerial recommendations. User Integration in Sustainable Product Development sheds new light on the interaction between companies and users in innovation processes and how they relate to sustainable product development. Its focus on organizational learning at and across the boundaries of companies is original stimulating improves our understanding of user–producer interactions and distinguishes the book from other publications on the market. The book provides a hugely comprehensive overview of user integration in innovation processes: its advantages problems and weaknesses and the methods in which it is currently applied. This along with a systematic analysis of organisational learning provides the reader with a complete understanding of what has to be considered when studying user-producer interactions from a company perspective and provides the basis for further improvements and company strategies to advance the take-up of sustainable products. The book will be essential reading for academics and practitioners involved with organizational learning innovation studies sustainable design and product development and marketing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781906093693

User Interface Design of Electronic Appliances This simple and manageable guide to user interface design is written for the professional in industry working on product development and the decision process. It is directed not only to the human factors specialists but also to technicians designers marketing and product managers and students.The book presents guidelines for user interface design including a catalogue of input and output devices for electronic appliances adding material on the design process interaction design advanced input speech interfaces evaluation standards the move from usability to pleasure and cultural differences.Each chapter stands alone so the book can be used as a reference handbook. Contributions come from several human factors specialists working in industry and in academia. The text is extensively illustrated by product examples showing good user interface design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397418

User Interface DesignBridging the Gap from User Requirements to Design Although numerous sources document aspects of user-centered design there are few references that consider how a designer transforms the information gathered about users and their work into an effective user interface design. This book explains just how designers bridge that gap. A group of leading experts in GUI design describe their methods in the context of specific design projects and while the projects processes and methods vary considerably the common theme is building a bridge between user requirements and user interface design. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203734544

User Studies for Digital Library Development This landmark text captures a global cross-section of leading voices and provides a clear and coherent overview of the user studies domain and user issues in digital libraries. As the information environment becomes increasingly electronic digital libraries have proliferated but the focus has often been on innovations in technology and not the user. Although user needs have become a popular concept in practice the users are rarely consulted in the development of services. Research and analysis of users is essential to fine-tune the content and approach of digital libraries to the diverging requirements and expectations of incredibly varied communities and to ensure libraries are effective accessible and sustainable in the long term. Key topics include: what is the place of user studies in digital libraries and what are the basic user study methods? explaining user-centric studies information behaviour and user experience studies exploring user-study methods such as surveys questionnaires expert evaluation methods eye tracking deep log analysis personae and ethnographic studies critical issues around user studies such as evaluation of digital libraries digital preservation social media the shift to mobile devices and ethics user studies in specific types of institutions: libraries archives museums audiovisual collections and art collections the most popular questions and what to do next. Readership: Information professionals involved in supporting developing or designing digital library services researchers wanting to address the user dimension in their work and students on LIS and computer science courses who want to understand the importance of the user in information services. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856047654

User-centered RequirementsThe Scenario-based Engineering Process Developing today's complex systems requires more than just good software engineering solutions. Many are faced with complex systems projects incomplete or inaccurate requirements canceled projects or cost overruns and have their systems' users in revolt and demanding more. Others want to build user-centric systems but fear managing the process. This book describes an approach that brings the engineering process together with human performance engineering and business process reengineering. The result is a manageable user-centered process for gathering analyzing and evaluating requirements that can vastly improve the success rate in the development of medium-to-large size systems and applications. Unlike some texts that are primarily conceptual this volume provides guidelines "how-to" information and examples enabling the reader to quickly apply the process and techniques to accomplish the following goals: * define high quality requirements * enhance productive client involvement * help clients maintain competitiveness * ensure client buy-in and support throughout the process * reduce missing functionality and corrections and * improve user satisfaction with systems. This volume clearly details the role of user-centered requirements and knowledge acquisition within Scenario-Based Engineering Process (SEP) and identifies SEP products and artifacts. It assists project personnel in planning and managing effective requirements activities including managing risks avoiding common problems with requirements elicitation organizing project participants and tools and managing the logistics. Guidelines are provided for the following: selecting the right individual and group techniques to elicit scenarios and requirements from users; subject matter experts or other shareholders; and ensuring engineers or analysts have the necessary skills. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003064138

User-Centered Translation Translators want to take their readers into account but traditional translation theory does not offer much advice on how to do that. User-Centered Translation (UCT) offers practical tools and methods to help empower translators to act for their readers. This book will help readers to: Create mental models such as personas; Test translations with usability testing methods; Carry out reception research. Including assignments case studies and real-life scenarios ranging from the translation of user instructions and EU texts to literary and audiovisual translation this is an essential guide for students translators and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138795501

User-Centric and Information-Centric Networking and ServicesAccess Networks Storage and Cloud Perspective User-Centric Networks (UCN) and Information-Centric Networks (ICN) are new communication paradigms to increase the efficiency of content delivery and also content availability. In this new concept the network infrastructure actively contributes to content caching and distribution. This book presents the basic concepts of UCN and ICN describes the main architecture proposals for these networks and discusses the main challenges to their development. The book also looks at the current challenges for this concept including naming routing and caching on the network-core elements several aspects of content security user privacy and practical issues in implementing UCN and ICN. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138633322

User-InnovationBarriers to Democratization and IP Licensing Economic growth is highly dependent on technological progress and innovation yet the sources from which these innovations originate are still largely misunderstood and untapped. Recent research has demonstrated that users rather than manufacturers are often a critical source of innovation in numerous fields from extreme sports to medical devices to software. This book systematically identifies the most important barriers to user-innovation and critically evaluates the democratization of innovation argument by critically assessing the main legal economic technological and societal barriers to user-innovation for the first time and proposing alternative possibilities. Through original research the author reveals the dynamics of user-innovation and offers strategies for minimizing those factors that inhibit and stifle the spread of this phenomenon. From this analysis it becomes clear that user-innovation has become more difficult over time and that the problem is now of how manufacturers can enable users to overcome the discussed barriers and simultaneously benefit from such consumer-driven activities. Arguing that licenses are not just an important technology commercialization instrument but are tools critical to generating innovations the author explains how licenses can in certain situations be employed to help users overcome some of the barriers to user-innovation. User-Innovation: Barriers to Democratization and IP Licensing is a practical guidebook as well as a startlingly original work of scholarship that will be essential reading for years to come. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994003

Users and Abusers of PsychiatryA Critical Look at Psychiatric Practice Users and Abusers of Psychiatry is a radically different critical account of the day-to-day practice of psychiatry. Using real-life examples and her own experience as a clinical psychologist Lucy Johnstone argues that the traditional way of treating mental illness can often exacerbate people's original difficulties leaving them powerless disabled and distressed.In this completely revised and updated second edition she draws on a range of evidence to present a very different understanding of psychiatric breakdown than that found in standard medical textbooks.Users and Abusers of Psychiatry is a challenging but ultimately inspiring read for all who are involved in mental health - whether as professionals students service users relatives or interested lay people. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203129630

Users Guide to Ecohydraulic Modelling and ExperimentationExperience of the Ecohydraulic Research Team (PISCES) of the HYDRALAB Network Users Guide to Ecohydraulic Modelling and Experimentation has been compiled by the interdisciplinary team of expert ecologists geomorphologists sedimentologists hydraulicists and engineers involved in HYDRALAB IV the European Integrated Infrastructure Initiative on hydraulic experimentation which forms part of the European Community’s Seventh Framework Programme. It is designed to give an overview of our current knowledge of organism-environment interactions in marine and freshwater aquatic systems and to provide guidance to those wishing to use hydraulic experimental facilities to explore ecohydraulic processes. By highlighting the current state of our knowledge this design manual will act as a guide to the use of living organisms in physical models and experiments and help scientists and engineers understand limitations on the use of surrogates. It incorporates chapters on the general decisions that need to be taken when designing an ecohydraulic experiment as well as specific chapters on the main aquatic and marine organisms likely to be of interest. Each of the chapters reviews current knowledge in a defined area of ecohydraulic experimental research. It excludes consideration of fish and mammals and does not deal with plankton as it focuses on the sediment-water interface and the influences of biota in this complex area. Its primary purpose is to disseminate the extensive knowledge and experience of the team of ecohydraulic experimentalists involved in HYDRALAB IV as part of the PISCES research project as well as some of the important advances being made in this fast developing field of research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138001602

Users Guide to Physical Modelling and ExperimentationExperience of the HYDRALAB Network A Users Guide to Hydraulic Modelling and Experimentation provides a systematic comprehensive summary of the progress made through HYDRALAB III . The book combines the expertise of many of the leading hydraulic experimentalists in Europe and identifies current best practice for carrying out state-of-the-art modern laboratory investigations. In addition it gives an inventory and reviews recent advances in instrumentation and equipment that drive present and new developments in the subject. The Guide concentrates on four core areas – waves breakwaters sediments and the relatively-new (but rapidly-developing) cross-disciplinary area of hydrodynamics/ecology. Progress made through the ‘CoMIBBS’ component of HYDRALAB III provides the material for a chapter focussed on guidance principles and practice for composite modelling. There is detailed consideration of scaling and the degree of relevance of laboratory/physical modelling approaches for specific contexts included in each of the individual chapters. The Guide includes outputs from the workshops and several of the innovative transnational access projects that have been supported within HYDRALAB III as well as the focussed joint research activities SANDS and CoMIBBS. Its primary purpose is to serve as a shared resource to disseminate the outstanding advances achieved within HYDRALAB III but even more than this it is a tribute to the human and institutional collaborations that led to and sustained the research advances the human relationships that were strengthened and initiated through joint participation in the Programme and the training opportunities that participation provided to the many young researchers engaged in the projects. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415609128

Uses and Abuses of the ClassicsWestern Interpretations of Greek Philosophy From very early on Western philosophers have been obsessed with the understanding of a relatively few works of philosophy which have played a disproportionately large and fundamental role in developing the Western philosophical canon dominating the curriculum in the past and in the present; there is no indication that they will not do so in the future. Uses and Abuses of the Classics examines the various ways in which the different periods of the history of philosophy have approached these texts. The editors have chosen for analysis some of the major philosophers from periods of the history of philosophy in which the interpretation of the classics has been particularly significant. Contributions to this book include entries on: Aristotle's reading of Plato; Averroes on Aristotle; Nietzsche on the Beginnings of Western Philosophy; and Thomas Aquinas's Commentary on Aristotle's Metaphysics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398851

Uses of Comparative Mythology PbdirectEssays on the Work of Joseph Campbell This book offers critical-interpretative essays on various aspects of the work of Joseph Campbell (1904–1987). It focuses on Campbell the scope of his career or his general point of view. The book discusses in depth and details specific questions subjects or themes in Campbell's work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138843257

Uses of Elemental Diets in Clinical Situations The studies presented in this book demonstrate that a new concept in the management of carious intestinal disorders should be considered namely that common nutrients may protect or heal the mucosa by virtue of the particular form and mode in which they are delivered to the intestinal lumen and their availability to the mucosal cells. The substitution of intact protein in the formula by hydrolysate appears to me an important factor. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898407

US-Indonesian Hegemonic BargainingStrength of Weakness Title first published in 2003. Following the terrorist attacks of September 11 2001 and October 12 2002 in the United States and on Bali we may be witnessing the most sweeping shift in US foreign policy since the beginning of the cold war. America is again committed to leading the world in a battle against a global enemy. The US relationship with Indonesia - the country with the world’s largest Islamic population - could prove to be of decisive importance for the success of its new global mission. Timo Kivimäki’s analysis of the dynamics and background of the US-Indonesian relationship will be essential reading for all concerned with American Foreign Policy Asian studies peace studies and conflict resolution and negotiation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138710702

Using a Multisensory EnvironmentA Practical Guide for Teachers This book provides teachers and therapists with a user-friendly bank of practical ideas and suggestions to use in the MSE for pupils with profound and multiple learning difficulties. These include equipment and resources that can be used to engineer the environment to promote particular outcomes; a set of photocopiable fast easy to complete observation and assessment forms; a selection of practical strategies and methods that can be used in the MSE; and ideas to help teachers integrate environment assessment and instruction to maximize individual programs. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138152748

Using a Positive Lens to Explore Social Change and OrganizationsBuilding a Theoretical and Research Foundation How can application of a positive lens to understanding social change and organizations enrich and elaborate theory and practice? This is the core question that inspired this book. It is a question that brought together a diverse and talented group of researchers interested in change and organizations in different problem domains (sustainability healthcare and poverty alleviation). The contributors to this book bring different theoretical lenses to the question of social change and organizations. Some are anchored in more macro accounts of how and why social change processes occur while others approach the question from a more psychological or social psychological perspective. Many of the chapters in the book travel across levels of analyses making their accounts of social change good examples of multi-level theorizing. Some scholars are practiced and immersed in thinking about organizational phenomena through a positive lens; for others it was a total adventure in trying on a new set of glasses. However connecting all contributing authors was an excitement and willingness to explore new insights and new angles on how to explain and cultivate social change within or across organizations. This edited volume will be of interest to an international community who seek to understand how organizations and people can generate positive outcomes for society. Students and researchers in organizational behavior management positive psychology leadership and corporate responsibility will find this book of interest. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415878869

Using Advocacy in Social Work PracticeA Guide for Students and Professionals This book explains different types of advocacy and the various ways in which advocacy is used in social work making links with core social work concepts such as empowerment safeguarding and rights. Tracing how the use of advocacy is mandated in professional social work guidance and codes of practice as well as in legislation such as the Care Act 2014 and the Mental Capacity Act 2005 this book: • Explores definitions of advocacy discusses what it can achieve and explains the different uses of advocacy in social work. • Covers the necessary knowledge skills and values that social workers need in order to advocate effectively in their own practice. • Discusses critically what independent advocacy is and explains why it has become an integral part of contemporary social work. Examples are provided of where independent advocacy plays an important role in different areas of social work. • Explains what social workers need to know about working effectively with different types of advocates. • Encourages critical reflection on the relationship between social work and independent advocacy and flags debates and issues relating to the use of advocacy in social work. Aimed at social work students and social work professionals this book provides an excellent introduction into a topic which is highly relevant to social work using case-studies and activities to aid understanding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367484644

Using an Inclusive Approach to Reduce School ExclusionA Practitioner’s Handbook Clear and accessible Using an Inclusive Approach to Reduce School Exclusion supports an inclusive approach to teaching and learning to help schools find ways to reduce exclusion and plan alternative approaches to managing the pathways of learners at risk. Offering a summary of the contemporary context of DfE and school policy in England this book considers: Statistics and perspectives from Ofsted The literature of exclusion and recent research into effective provision for learners with SEN The key factors underlying school exclusion Case studies and practical approaches alongside theory and research The impact of exclusion on learners at risk Written by experienced practitioners Using an Inclusive Approach to Reduce School Exclusion encourages a proactive approach to reducing exclusion through relatable scenarios and case studies. An essential toolkit to support the development of inclusive practice and reduce exclusion this book is an invaluable resource for SENCOs middle and senior leaders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138316911

Using and Applying Mathematics at Key Stage 1A Guide to Teaching Problem Solving and Thinking Skills All pupils - able children included - need to be taught strategies to enable their thinking skills to progress. They also need help with developing different approaches to problem solving. A sustained piece of work that requires perseverance logical strategies and refinement of method and extension of the original task is not the same as a straightforward quick-fix type problem. Both types of problem solving need to be taught. This book presents a series of activities that can be used with whole classes to provide a curriculum for the teaching of problem solving and the development of thinking skills. Each tried and tested investigation is clearly explained with ideas on how to introduce the task to a class full solutions and resource sheets. Activities include making 10p: a task to encourage systematic listing; tables and chairs: working systematically and spotting patterns; polygons and polyhedra: investigating diagonals triangles faces edges and vertices; hidden faces: investigating different shapes and sizes of dice; and pond borders: investigating area and perimeter. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138175778

Using and Applying Mathematics at Key Stage 2A Guide to Teaching Problem Solving and Thinking Skills All pupils - able children included - need to be taught strategies to enable their thinking skills to progress. They also need help with developing different approaches to problem solving. A sustained piece of work that requires perseverance logical strategies and refinement of method and extension of the original task is not the same as a straightforward quick-fix type problem. Both types of problem solving need to be taught. This book presents a series of activities that can be used with whole classes to provide a curriculum for the teaching of problem solving and the development of thinking skills. Each tried and tested investigation is clearly explained with ideas on how to introduce the task to a class full solutions and resource sheets. Activities include prisoners: a fun way of generating square numbers; handshakes: exploring arithmetic progressions; T-shape: an activity to lead pupils from numerical calculations to algebraic generalizations; frogs: encouraging systematic working and listing; and opposite corners: an advanced piece of work for independent learners. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138157118

Using and Not Using the Past after the Carolingian Empirec. 900–c.1050 Using and Not Using the Past after the Carolingian Empire offers a new take on European history from c.900 to c.1050 examining the ‘post-Carolingian’ period in its own right and presenting it as a time of creative experimentation with new forms of authority and legitimacy. In the late eighth century the Frankish king Charlemagne put together a new empire. Less than a century later that empire had collapsed. The story of Europe following the end of the Carolingian empire has often been presented as a tragedy: a time of turbulence and disintegration out of which the new recognisably medieval kingdoms of Europe emerged. This collection offers a different perspective. Taking a transnational approach the authors contemplate the new social and political order that emerged in tenth- and eleventh-century Europe and examine how those shaping this new order saw themselves in relation to the past. Each chapter explores how the past was used creatively by actors in the regions of the former Carolingian Empire to search for political legal and social legitimacy in a turbulent new political order. Advancing the debates on the uses of the past in the early Middle Ages and prompting reconsideration of the narratives that have traditionally dominated modern writing on this period Using and Not Using the Past after the Carolingian Empire is ideal for students and scholars of tenth- and eleventh-century European history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367002527

Using Anthropology in the WorldA Guide to Becoming an Anthropologist Practitioner Anthropologist practitioners work outside the confines of the university putting their knowledge and skills to work on significant problems in a wide variety of different contexts. The demand for anthropologist practitioners is strong and growing; practice is in many ways the leading edge of anthropology today and one of the most exciting aspects of the discipline. How can anthropology students prepare themselves to become practitioners?  Specifically designed to help students including those in more traditional training programs prepare for a career in putting anthropology to work in the world the book:  - provides an introduction to the discipline of anthropology and an exploration of its role and contribution in today’s world;- outlines the shape of anthropological practice – what it is how it developed historically and what it looks like today;- describes how students of anthropology can prepare for a career in practice with emphasis on the relationship between theory method and application; - includes short contributions from practitioners writing on specific aspects of training practice and career planning;- sets out a framework for career planning with specific and detailed discussions of finding and securing employment; - reviews some of the more salient challenges arising in the course of a practitioner career; and- concludes with a discussion of what the future of anthropological practice is likely to be. Using Anthropology in the World is essential reading for students interested in preparing themselves for the challenges and rewards of practice and application. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611329506

Using Apps for Learning Across the CurriculumA Literacy-Based Framework and Guide How can apps be used to foster learning with literacy across the curriculum? This book offers both a theoretical framework for considering app affordances and practical ways to use apps to build students’ disciplinary literacies and to foster a wide range of literacy practices. Using Apps for Learning Across the Curriculum presents a wide range of different apps and also assesses their value features methods for and apps related to planning instruction and assessing student learning identifies favorite apps whose affordances are most likely to foster certain disciplinary literacies includes resources and apps for professional development provides examples of student learning in the classroom A website (www.usingipads.pbworks.com) with resources for teaching and further reading for each chapter a link to a blog for continuing conversations about topics in the book (appsforlearningliteracies.com) and more enhance the usefulness of the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138782631

Using Art Media in PsychotherapyBringing the Power of Creativity to Practice Using Art Media in Psychotherapy makes a thoughtful and contextual argument for using graphic art materials in psychotherapy providing historical context for art materials and their uses and incorporating them with contemporary practices and theories. Written with an analytic focus many of the psychological references nod to Jung and post-Jungian thought with keen attention to image and to symbolic function. This book jettisons the idea of reductionist cookbook approaches and instead provides an integrated and contextual understanding of the origins of each art form as well as an insightful use for each in its application in mental health healing practices. Using Art Media in Psychotherapy gives clinicians and students alike the tools they need to offer psychologically minded and clinically astute choices that honor their clients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138816220

Using Assessment To Reshape Mathematics TeachingA Casebook for Teachers and Teacher Educators Curriculum and Staff Development Specialists This casebook is intended to support professionals who are working in a variety of contexts to use classroom-based assessment more effectively to support teacher learning and teaching change and to enhance the opportunities for all students to develop mathematical power. It grows out of a collaboration of mathematics teachers and teacher educators and mathematicians to better understand the role of assessment as an ongoing activity to help teachers reshape their own teaching practices. At the heart of each case is using assessment to make sense of what students understand and what they are confused about deciding what counts as evidence of that understanding and using the analysis to consider what the teacher's next instructional moves might be. All of the cases in this volume are built around actual episodes from mathematics classrooms. Intended as decision-making exercises they present the raw data of classroom events in a straightforward way and are designed to stimulate analysis and reflection; provoke various and sometimes conflicting interpretations of an event; bring to the fore deeply held beliefs of beginning and experienced teachers so they can be reconsidered; and engage professionals in pedagogical problem solving in the context of complex classroom settings. This volume reflects the growing interest in cases as a pedagogical tool in teacher professional development. The cases are organized to take up key themes of the NCTM Professional Teaching Standards in ways that will assist and support teachers teacher educators and curriculum and staff development specialists in learning to assess and in linking assessment with curriculum teaching and learning. Although each case contains many ideas for linking assessment with curriculum and instruction the most powerful use of these materials resides in their design intended to foster conversations among groups of professional colleagues. The editors' field-testing of the cases--in Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138442245

Using Books in Clinical Social Work PracticeA Guide to Bibliotherapy Using Books in Clinical Social Work Practice: A Guide to Bibliotherapy introduces clinical social workers and other helping professionals to bibliotherapy an innovative approach to helping individuals deal with psychological social and developmental problems. Literally meaning “treatment through books ” bibliotherapy actively involves the client in the therapeutic process through the reading of carefully selected and evaluated books. With this guide the therapy you give will provide information and insight stimulate discussion communicate new values and attitudes create awareness that others have similar problems and provide solutions to problems. Using Books in Clinical Social Work Practice offers a detailed approach for helping clinicians use bibliotherapy in practice. You’ll discover which types of problems best respond to bibliotherapy and you’ll learn how to select the most effective books to treat those problems. You’ll even find the structure of the book helpful as it: introduces you to the basics of bibliotherapy provides a detailed examination of the techniques for using books in treatment reviews and analyzes the extensive research that has been conducted on bibliotherapy focuses on the problems most effectively treated with bibliotherapy--divorce and remarriage dysfunctional families parenting adoption and foster care self-development serious illness substance abuse offers an authoritative guide to over 300 books found to work most effectively--including summaries and levels of interest presents conclusions and a summary for the use of books in treatmentAlthough bibliotherapy is a well-established practice technique in other professions including psychiatry and psychology social work practitioners have not traditionally used bibliotherapy as part of their practice. Using Books in Clinical Social Work Practice gives today’s helping professional an approach to problem solving that you and your clients will find refreshing and effective. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821719

Using CAT Tools in Freelance TranslationInsights from a Case Study This book explores the impact of applying computer-assisted (CAT) tools in freelance translation toward better understanding translators’ strategies preferences and challenges in using new technologies and identifying areas of enhancement in translator training. The volume offers a brief overview of the latest developments in technology in translation examining such issues as the effect on the translation process and the dynamics of the translator-technology interaction. Drawing on data from a study with active translators in Poland Pietrzak and Kornacki examine the underlying factors underpinning translators’ lack of engagement with these tools including such issues as prevailing pre-conceptions around technology and limited knowledge hindering the most efficacious use of these resources and the subsequent impact on translator identity. Taken together the book brings together these insights to help pinpoint freelance translators’ needs more effectively and adapt training programmes accordingly. The volume will be of interest to scholars in translation studies with an interest in process and technology as well as active translators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367646752

Using Characters and Themes to Inspire Early LearningA Practical Guide Offering an approach that is tried tested and proven to work this book supports practitioners in planning and resourcing a series of topics based around popular themes and interests in the early years. Each topic is open-ended and introduced in the form of a problem that the children have to solve and can be led by their knowledge thoughts and ideas. Using Characters and Themes to Inspire Early Learning aims to nurture children’s natural curiosity and imagination encouraging them to become the facilitators who are empowered to solve problems explore solutions and take ownership of their learning. There are links throughout to the seven areas of learning in the EYFS and practical guidance on how to document the children’s learning. Features include: An exciting range of characters themes and objects to inspire children. Photocopiable pages and online resources to use in the classroom. Session breakdowns to set the scene and make planning easy. Creative ideas and activities to prompt children’s thinking and develop discussions. Packed with ideas for extending learning and practical resources that can be printed out for use in the classroom this book is essential reading for all students and practitioners who want to provide inspiring learning opportunities for the children in their care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138696150

Using Children's Literature to Teach Problem Solving in MathAddressing the Standards for Mathematical Practice in K–5 Learn how children’s literature can help K–5 students see the real-life applications of mathematical concepts. This user-friendly book shows how to use stories to engage students in building critical reasoning abstract thinking and communication skills all while helping students understand the relevance of math in their everyday lives. Each chapter is dedicated to one of the eight Standards for Mathematical Practice and offers examples of children’s literature that can be used to help students develop that practice. You’ll find out how to: Encourage students to persevere in solving mathematical problems and use multiple approaches to find the answer; Help students reason abstractly with the aid of concrete objects and visuals; Guide students in constructing arguments to explain their reasoning and engage in critical discussion with their peers; Teach students to recognize mathematical patterns and use them to solve problems efficiently; And more! The book offers activities for beginners as well as for more advanced problem solvers. Each chapter also provides guidance for ELLs and students with special needs so no matter your classroom environment you’ll be able to use these strategies to make math class more dynamic engaging and fun. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138694712

Using CNS Autopsy Tissue in Psychiatric Research: A Practical Guide Essential for the laboratory this practical manual presents a wide variety of techniques associated with the use of human CNS tissue obtained at autopsy. The book contains detailed methodologies in discrete chapters written by an expert in the specific field. It also addresses the potential for extending molecular studies in brain tissue obtain Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429271243

Using Cognitive Methods in the Classroom How can teachers provide the best learning experiences for students with varying skills and abilities? Teachers have many common needs. Most work in a situation of high demands and expectations but against a background that reflects a reduced valuation of their efforts. Originally published in 1993 the authors share some thoughts about contemporary teaching practice and suggest an approach – Process-Based Instruction – for a coherent cognitive education programme that draws on the literatures of educational psychology and educational theory and practice. The book is supported throughout with exercises and illustrations designed to help teachers apply new strategies to classroom practice particularly in areas of the curriculum concerning problem solving. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138281721

Using Collective Impact to Bring Community Change Collective Impact as a tool to bring about community change has seen remarkable growth in usage since 2011. Collective Impact has been used successfully with a variety of local issues and has raised the consciousness of how community groups interact as well as the approaches that can lead to long-term innovations. This edited volume sets forth conceptual foundations for using Collective Impact as well as sharing basic approaches that have succeeded in projects under diverse circumstances. It will be useful for both academics and practitioners as Collective Impact continues to undergo substantial changes in focus and direction. Building on Kania and Kramer’s influential work it provides readers with detailed insights not only into how the Collective Impact system works but also innovative applications to issues facing community developers. The diverse topics shared by the contributing authors make this volume especially important for practitioners designing programs to bring about long-term changes in their communities. Including discussion about how Collective Impact has succeeded in different governmental settings this book demonstrates how Collective Impact has been modified to accommodate the associated cultural differences with 10 chapters written by experienced on-the-ground community development experts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138682573

Using Comic Art to Improve Speaking Reading and Writing Using Comic Art to Improve Speaking Reading and Writing uses children’s interest in pictures comics and graphic novels as a way of developing their creative writing abilities reading skills and oracy. The book’s underpinning strategy is the use of comic art images as a visual analogue to help children generate organise and refine their ideas when writing and talking about text. In reading comic books children are engaging with highly complex and structured narrative forms. Whether they realise it or not their emergent visual literacy promotes thinking skills and develops wider metacognitive abilities. Using Comic Art not only motivates children to read more widely but also enables them to enjoy a richer imagined world when reading comics text based stories and their own written work. The book sets out a range of practical techniques and activities which focus on various aspects of narrative including: using comic art as a visual organiser for planning writing openings and endings identifying with the reader using different genres and developing characters creating pace drama tension and anticipation includes ‘Kapow!’ techniques to kick start lessons an afterword on the learning value of comics. The activities in Using Comic Art start from this baseline of confident and competent comic-book readers and show how skills they already possess can be transferred to a range of writing tasks. For instance the way the panels on a comic’s page are arranged can serve as a template for organising paragraphs in a written story or a piece of non-fiction writing. The visual conventions of a graphic novel – the shape of speech bubbles or the way the reader’s attention is directed – can inform children in the use of written dialogue and the inclusion of vivid and relevant details. A creative and essential resource for every primary classroom  Using Comic Art is ideal for primary and secondary school teachers and TAs as well as primary PGCE students and BEd BA Primary Undergraduates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415675512

Using Communications Media in Open and Flexible Learning An introduction to three types of interactive media - computer conferencing audiographics and video conferencing - which explains how each type can be used in the open learning environment. It describes attributes and limitations analyzing appropriate applications through case studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421240

Using Computers in the Translation of Literary StyleChallenges and Opportunities This volume argues for an innovative interdisciplinary approach to the analysis and translation of literary style based on a mutually supportive combination of traditional close reading and ‘distant’ reading involving corpus-linguistic analysis and text-visualisation. The book contextualizes this approach within the broader story of the development of computer-assisted translation -- including machine translation and the use of CAT tools -- and elucidates the ways in which the approach can lead to better informed translations than those based on close reading alone. This study represents the first systematic attempt to use corpus linguistics and text-visualisation in the process of translating individual literary texts as opposed to comparing and analysing already published originals and their translations. Using the case study of his translation into English of Uruguayan author Mario Benedetti’s 1965 novel Gracías por el Fuego Youdale showcases how a close and distant reading approach (CDR) enhances the translator’s ability to detect and measure a variety of stylistic features ranging from sentence length and structure to lexical richness and repetition both in the source text and in their own draft translation thus assisting them with the task of revision. The book reflects on the benefits and limitations of a CDR approach its scalability and broader applicability in translation studies and related disciplines making this key reading for translators postgraduate students and scholars in the fields of literary translation corpus linguistics corpus stylistics and narratology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367141233

Using Corpus Methods to Triangulate Linguistic Analysis This book builds on Baker and Egbert’s previous work on triangulating methodological approaches in corpus linguistics and takes triangulation one step further to highlight its broader applicability when implemented with other linguistic research methods. The volume showcases research methods from other linguistic disciplines and draws on ten empirical studies from a range of topics in psycholinguistics applied linguistics and discourse analysis to demonstrate how these methods might be most effectively triangulated with corpus-linguistic methods. A concluding chapter synthesizes these findings as a means of pointing the way toward future directions for triangulation and its implications for future linguistic research. The combined effect reveals the potential for the triangulation of these methods to not only enhance rigor in empirical linguistic research but also our understanding of linguistic phenomena and variation by studying them from multiple perspectives making this book essential reading for graduate students and researchers in corpus linguistics applied linguistics psycholinguistics and discourse analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138082540

Using Creativity to Address Dyslexia Dysgraphia and DyscalculiaAssessments and Techniques Designed to help educators recognize and nurture students with dyslexia dysgraphia and dyscalculia this book guides readers through best practices for using creativity theory and strategies to address the learning challenges for students who have difficulty in acquiring literacy and mathematics content. Offering concrete examples of creativity assessment and pedagogical techniques chapters are supported by rich appendices providing assessment and screening checklists time telling objectives learning trouble spots a creative approach to teaching place value and a handy cross-referencing table. Accessible and thorough this up-to-date guide will help educators develop strategies that acknowledge students’ creative strengths to address learning challenges across the literacy and mathematics curricula. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367471507

Using Critical Research for Educational and Social Change This volume features the works of scholar-practitioners who embrace critical pedagogy and critical research as praxis in qualitative research about education. The authors take an explicit stance toward social justice through education and they use critical research as a vehicle toward that end. The chapters critically engage with topics such as researcher role and position in critical research; collaborative research models with teachers and students; exploring visual epistemology in schools and with students; critical science education and cosmopolitanism; and developing praxis within teacher preparation courses and teacher research. Contributors push the boundaries of scholarship by presenting nuanced theoretical discussions or critical and timely educational issues via innovative forms of representation (i.e. fiction narratives dialogues rich descriptions and visuals). This book was originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377851

Using Critical TheoryHow to Read and Write About Literature Explaining both why theory is important and how to use it Lois Tyson introduces beginning students of literature to this often daunting field in a friendly and readable style. The new edition of this textbook is clearly structured with chapters based on major theories frequently covered both in courses on literature and on critical theory. Key features include: •   coverage of major theories including reader-response theory New Criticism (formalism) psychoanalysis Marxism feminism lesbian/gay/queer theories African American theory and postcolonial theory •   practical demonstrations of how to use these theories to interpret short literary works selected from canonical authors including William Faulkner and Alice Walker •   a chapter on reader-response theory that shows students how to use their personal responses to literature while avoiding typical pitfalls •   sections on cultural criticism for each chapter that use our selected theories to interpret productions of popular culture This new edition also includes updated and expanded theoretical vocabulary as well as "basic concepts" and "further study" sections and an expanded "next-step" appendix that suggests additional literary works for extra practice. Comprehensive easy to use and fully updated throughout Using Critical Theory is the ideal first step for students beginning degrees in literature composition and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138586475

Using Data for Monitoring and Target SettingA Practical Guide for Teachers Using Data for Monitoring and Target Setting is a clear and practical guide for teachers and school administrative staff that shows how to use spreadsheets to create orderly records of assessment. These can then be used for the sort of statistical analyses which are now being demanded from schools. This guide is photocopiable and includes:*lots of practical examples*step-by-step instructions on how to obtain the data you want*simple advice on how to use EXCEL*pictures of the actual screens you will be using. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203071113

Using Data Management Techniques to Modernize Healthcare Healthcare organizations with sound human resources (HR) infrastructures are better able to hire develop promote and retain employees who match up well with their specific needs. Using Data Management Techniques to Modernize Healthcare explains how to modernize your HR systems through the use of artificial intelligence (AI) information technology (IT) and other empirical methods. Identifying new technologies and processes that can help to reduce HR labor costs while increasing efficiency and quality of care it examines the weaknesses that exist in the hiring and employee management practices of today’s healthcare organizations.With a focus on the systemic issues related to hiring and compensation the book provides detailed information regarding HR protocols IT related issues and workplace culture. It suggests ways to speed up candidate reviews and explains how to use IT and AI to reduce the number of bad hires. Other topics covered include five key drivers of hospital growth the digital revolution and its relevance to healthcare companies’ HR practices and ideas you can use to increase employee satisfaction and retention.Providing helpful tips for modernizing HR processes that can save your healthcare organization time and money the book begins with a historical overview of the growth of the hospital industry and the challenges it currently faces. Next it discusses HR infrastructures and details methods for improving your hiring systems.The final part of the book covers employee development and promotion programs the proper management and motivation of staff and the unique HR and IT challenges facing rural hospitals. The book’s appendix includes copies of key checklists figures and tables found throughout the book.After reading this book you will understand how to compare your current HR system to the authors' proposed 21st century model so that you can pinpoint the HR processes that must be retooled to modernize your system. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482223972

Using Data to Improve Student Learning in Elementary School This book helps you make sense of the data your school collects including state student achievement results as well as other qualitative and quantitative data. Easy-to-use templates tools and examples are available on the accompanying CD-ROM. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138416468

Using Data to Improve Student Learning in High Schools This book helps you make sense of the data your school collects including state student achievement results as well as other qualitative and quantitative data. Easy-to-use templates tools and examples are available on the accompanying CD-ROM. High stakes accountability requires that you develop your understanding of who your students are and how to get them where you want them to be. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138416444

Using Data to Improve Student Learning in Middle School This book helps you make sense of the data your school collects including state student achievement results as well as other qualitative and quantitative data. Easy-to-use templates tools and examples are available on the accompanying CD-ROM. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138416451

Using Data to Improve Student Learning in School Districts This book helps you make sense of the data your school district collects including state student achievement results as well as other qualitative and quantitative data. Easy-to-use templates tools and examples are available on the accompanying CD-ROM. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138416437

Using Debate in the ClassroomEncouraging Critical Thinking Communication and Collaboration Debate holds enormous potential to build 21st century skills such as critical thinking communication collaboration and conflict resolution in the K-12 classroom but teachers often struggle to implement and contextualize it effectively. Using Debate in the Classroom draws on research from a variety of academic disciplines to explain the benefits of debate across subject areas and describes how teachers can use debate to enliven their curriculum and support the aims of the Common Core. Topics include: Introducing debate as a pedagogical practice to engage students improve school culture and disrupt the school to prison pipeline. Using debate to teach critical literacy and improve students’ reading writing and speaking skills. Implementing role-playing techniques to strengthen information literacy and reasoning skills. Building students’ empathy perspective-taking skills and cultural humility as they confront difficult social issues through debate. Appendices provide a variety of tools to assist K-12 teachers in implementing debate in the classroom including ready-made debate activities student handouts and a step-by-step guide to introducing students to debate in just one week. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138899544

Using Developmental Cognitive and Neuroscience Approaches To Understand Executive Control in Young ChildrenA Special Issue of developmenta The seven articles in this special issue represent a sampling of the exciting findings that are beginning to emerge from studies of executive control in young children. They demonstrate the multidisciplinary approaches to study cognition in young children that include application of cognitive neuroscience and developmental paradigms in typically developing youngsters as well as those affected by clinical conditions such as traumatic brain injury exposure to low levels of lead in the environment and prematurity. Although much work remains to be done these study results are illustrative of the dynamic work in this exciting development period. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203764428

Using Developmentally Appropriate Practices to Teach the Common CoreGrades PreK–3 Using Developmentally Appropriate Practices to Teach the Common Core: Grades PreK–3 provides current and prospective primary grade teachers with an understanding of the CCSS-ELA and CCSS-M that highlights their compatibility with developmentally appropriate practices (DAP) the instructional approach generally preferred by teachers of young children. The book begins by framing the CCSS as a distinct improvement over lengthy lists of academic content standards and as a carefully conceptualized and DAP-friendly set of curriculum guidelines. Next the CCSS-ELA and CCSS-M for Grades K–3 are unpacked analyzed synthesized and cross-referenced to key features of DAP. Finally several "hot topic" issues—differentiating instruction to meet the needs of all learners ensuring equitable access to the curriculum for English Language Learners addressing assessment and accountability expectations and educating parents and families about the CCSS and DAP—are prioritized and examined in depth. Using Developmentally Appropriate Practices to Teach the Common Core: Grades PreK–3 is a highly useful guide for both pre-service and in-service early childhood education teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138015784

Using Diagrams in PsychotherapyA Guide to Visually Enhanced Therapy Using Diagrams in Psychotherapy presents the Visually Enhanced Therapy framework a unique approach to communicating information in psychotherapy. The framework brings visual information processing principles and techniques into the practice of psychotherapy to help therapists communicate more effectively with clients. Replete with illustrations and therapist thought boxes designed to help readers translate theory to practice the book presents visual strategies that enable clients to become more actively engaged in therapy sessions and to better retain information. This is a thorough user-friendly resource with numerous diagrams and worksheets for implementing visually oriented interventions across a broad range of clients clinical settings and clinical problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138565647

Using Differentiated Classroom Assessment to Enhance Student Learning Using Differentiated Classroom Assessment to Enhance Student Learning introduces pre- and in-service teachers to the foundations data use and best practices of the DCA framework. As differentiated instruction practices increasingly enable K-12 educators to individualize learning in their classrooms it is important that this framework be extended to assessment as well. This concise yet comprehensive book explains the science and rationale behind DCA as well as principles and strategies for both formative and summative assessments. Replete with vignettes sample outputs and recommendations this is a lively and much-needed guide to understanding enacting and analyzing grouped and individualized assessments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138320970

Using Drama with Children on the Autism SpectrumA Resource for Practitioners in Education and Health The second edition of Using Drama with Children on the Autism Spectrum takes the perspective that support for the learning and development of children should have the purpose of giving them the freedom to be more fully who they are and able to function more effectively as themselves in a wider range of contexts. The focus of this new edition is on learning outcomes as expressed by autistic people for example to develop better understandings about the social world and to know how to manage everyday situations more successfully. This practical resource book contains more than 150 activities for use with children aged 5–11 years old. Written for mainstream and special education teachers speech and language therapists drama teachers play workers and creative arts therapists the book shows how using drama with children across the autism spectrum can provide valuable experiences in being with others and communicating with them in enjoyable ways that support the development of well-being and confidence. In addition drama is presented as a rich medium for reflecting on everyday social situations and developing children’s understandings about the social world. Complete with case studies photocopiable resources and step-by-step guidance on how to facilitate drama activities that all children can enjoy this practical resource will be invaluable for those who are looking for new ways of engaging children on the autism spectrum and their peers. The second edition of this practical resource has been extensively revised updated and re-focused in line with current practice and thinking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138369436

Using Drawings in Clinical PracticeEnhancing Intake Interviews and Psychological Testing Clinicians are always in need of enticing techniques to engage clients on a daily basis especially those who are nonverbal or initially opposed to feedback. Using Drawings in Clinical Practice provides a rich variety of drawing directives to enhance the diagnostic process. In this highly illustrated text clinicians will discover the tools they need to interact effectively with their clients. The book places special emphasis on intake interviewing and psychological testing where the potential for uncovering hidden conflicts and therapeutic direction is especially poignant. Case studies provide a comprehensive overview of how to introduce simple drawings and gain remarkable insights. Using Drawings in Clinical Practice is a crucial guidebook for professionals who seek new ways to facilitate meaningful communication and interactions in their practice settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138024069

Using Earned ValueA Project Manager's Guide The concept of 'earned value' as a project management tool has been around since the 1960s; although recognized as an important technique and widely used on US Government contracts it failed to excite much interest in the wider world because of its specifically American requirements and the cumbersome prescriptive bureaucracy that seemed to accompany it. Recently however with the advent of suitable software and used in a much more flexible way there has been a growth in interest among project managers. Crucially it has been recognised that this technique can be helpful in a wide variety of projects of almost any size not just government projects costing billions of pounds. In essence earned value allows the project manager a more precise view of actual project performance in terms of both value generated and schedule progress than is possible with any other approach. Alan Webb's concise guide provides practising project managers with everything they need to: ¢ assess the appropriateness and benefits of the earned value process for both their project(s) and their organization; ¢ appreciate understand and learn the techniques involved; ¢ identify how to apply the data to manage projects with flexibility pragmatism and rigour; ¢ understand the different features and benefits of the various software packages available; ¢ plan for the introduction of an earned value methodology anticipating both the systems and people problems they may face. The book uses worked examples cases and anecdotes from the author's own extensive experience to bring this technical subject to life. Alan's writing style is direct and economical which means that whether you are dipping into chapters for reference or reading about the process from cover to cover everything he has to say is pertinent and helpful. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255722

Using Economic Incentives to Regulate Toxic Substances Using case studies the authors evaluate the potential attractiveness of incentive-based policies for the regulation of four specific toxic substances: chlorinated solvents formaldehyde cadmium and brominated flame retardants. Originally published in 1992 the authors provide a compelling demonstration of the role of case studies in determining the appropriate regulatory approach for the specific toxic substances. This is a valuable title for students concerned with environmental issues and policy making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138956582

Using Educational Criticism and Connoisseurship for Qualitative Research Using Educational Criticism and Connoisseurship for Qualitative Research develops the practical elements of educational criticism a form of qualitative inquiry that takes its lead from the work that critics have done in fields such as the visual arts music literature drama and dance. Written by leading scholars in the field of curriculum studies and research methods this book explores the interpretive and evaluative aspects of educational criticism through which the educational critic offers means for understanding and attributing significance to educational events. Featuring chapter-by-chapter activities guiding questions and key terms this volume addresses matters of study design pedagogy and trends in doing educational criticism and connoisseurship. By offering a uniquely in-depth account of this research method Using Educational Criticism and Connoisseurship for Qualitative Research is accessible to researchers and students in curriculum and instruction educational leadership and higher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138677647

Using Emerging Technologies to Develop Professional Learning Internationally there is a growing body of research about learners’ responses to and uses of emerging technologies. However the adoption of these technologies in teachers’ professional development is still largely under-researched. Much of the existing literature still positions teachers as playing ‘catch-up’ in terms of using technology for teaching and learning in an ever expanding and changing world and ignores the roles that these emerging technologies can play in teacher and teacher educator development and learning. This book aims to address the lack of research in the area and it contributes to the new knowledge area of how emerging technologies can effectively address professional learning drawing on case studies and perspectives from across the world. Contributors use a wide variety of approaches to analyse the potential for emerging (and established) technologies including digital Web2.0 social media and IT tools to develop ‘effective’ or ‘deep’ professional learning for pre- and in-service teachers and teacher educators. This book was originally published as a special issue of Professional Development in Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309449

Using English Using English provides an invaluable introduction to the study of English for students of language and linguistics. It examines the way in which the English language is used today in different contexts and in many parts of the world by both native and non-native speakers. Issues of language use in speech and writing in work and play and in persuading and informing are explored and illustrated with data and readings from around the English-using world. The reader is introduced to the adaptations and variations in English language use and to debates relating to how these are perceived and evaluated by different groups of users.  For this second edition key material from the earlier bestselling book Using English: From Conversation to Canon has been reorganized and updated and entirely new material has been introduced. This new content is based on recent research in the field as well as on contemporary thinking about how speakers and writers use the English language to accomplish a huge range of purposes in a variety of linguistic and cultural settings. Drawing on The Open University's wide experience of writing accessible and innovative texts this book: explains basic concepts easily located through a comprehensive index includes contributions by experts in the field such as Mike Baynham Adrian Beard Guy Cook Sharon Goodman Almut Koester Janet Maybin and Neil Mercer contains a range of source material and commissioned readings to supplement chapters. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003060550

Using ESL Students’ First Language to Promote College SuccessSneaking the Mother Tongue through the Backdoor Emerging from a critical analysis of the glocal power of English and how it relates to academic literacy and culturally responsive pedagogy this book presents translanguaging strategies for using ESL students' mother tongue as a resource for academic literacy acquisition and college success. Parmegiani offers a strong counterpoint to the "English-only" movement in the United States. Grounded in a case study of a learning community linking Spanish and English academic writing courses he demonstrates that a mother tongue-based pedagogical intervention and the strategic use of minority home languages can promote English language acquisition and academic success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663117

Using Evidence for Advocacy and Resistance in Early Years ServicesExploring the Pen Green research approach Insightful and relevant Using Evidence for Advocacy and Resistance in Early Years Services supports practitioners working in Early Years settings to develop the knowledge and skills required to carry out research into their own practice. Based on the renowned Pen Green approach which advocates that co-constructed practitioner- and parent-led research leads to more effective practice and improved outcomes for all contributors to this fascinating book explore a variety of research methodologies and techniques that have been used and developed over thirty years of provision at the Pen Green Centre for Children and Families. The Pen Green Centre are leaders in the area of participatory research and for many readers this book will be a primer in this new and developing approach. This practical text which uses highly inclusive research methods shows how providing opportunities for workers researchers parents practitioners and children to co-construct the research gives it an authenticity and validity which would otherwise be lacking. Using Evidence for Advocacy and Resistance in Early Years Services will be of use to practitioners working in early years settings researchers in early childhood education and policy-makers at all levels of local and national government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415816441

Using Evidence in Policy and PracticeLessons from Africa This book asks how governments in Africa can use evidence to improve their policies and programmes and ultimately to achieve positive change for their citizens. Looking at different evidence sources across a range of contexts the book brings policy makers and researchers together to uncover what does and doesn’t work and why. Case studies are drawn from five countries and the ECOWAS (west African) region and a range of sectors from education wildlife sanitation through to government procurement processes. The book is supported by a range of policy briefs and videos intended to be both practical and critically rigorous. It uses evidence sources such as evaluations research synthesis and citizen engagement to show how these cases succeeded in informing policy and practice. The voices of policy makers are key to the book ensuring that the examples deployed are useful to practitioners and researchers alike. This innovative book will be perfect for policy makers practitioners in government and civil society and researchers and academics with an interest in how evidence can be used to support policy making in Africa. The Open Access version of this book available at https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003007043 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367440077

Using Feedback to Improve Learning Despite feedback‘s demonstratively positive effects on student performance research on the specific components of successful feedback practice is in short supply. In Using Feedback to Improve Learning Ruiz-Primo and Brookhart offer critical characteristics of feedback strategies to affirm classroom feedback’s positive effect on student learning. The book provides pre- and in-service teachers as well as educational researchers with empirically supported techniques for using feedback as a part of formative assessment in the classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138646575

Using Festivals to Inspire and Engage Young ChildrenA month-by-month guide Religious events and cultural celebrations form an important part of societies throughout the world. They are key to social development and understanding for celebrating diversity as well as finding common ground. Covering a wide range of festivals from around the world this book shows practitioners and teachers how they can introduce young children to some of the ideas behind these events and encourage them to have fun get creative and work together. Aimed at those working with children aged 3 – 7 Using Festivals to Inspire and Engage Young Children covers a range of cultural celebration by each calendar month explaining the background to these events and provides fun and imaginative activities and stories based around each one. Features include: a basic outline of each festival; a wide range of activities to suit children at different stages in their development; development and learning aims at the end of each chapter; suggestions for working with parents and links with home; top tips for creating your own activities relating to celebrations; story models that can be adapted and used to suit different events. Highly practical with an emphasis on fun and hands on learning this book is a fantastic resource for Early Years practitioners Primary School teachers and those that want to inspire young children and celebrate the world we live in. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415815833

Using Fiscal Policy and Public Financial Management to Promote Gender EqualityInternational Perspectives This book examines how fiscal policy and management can promote gender equality in developing as well as developed countries. Providing an international look at gender budgeting it draws on countries at different levels of development with an emphasis on low-income developing countries. It introduces the reader to the main trends in gender equality the key ideas and rationale of gender budgeting from a fiscal policy perspective and where gender budgeting fits into public financial management. It offers case studies and other empirical evidence from developing emerging and developed countries on what works in using fiscal policy and public financial management to narrow gender gaps in education health care access to infrastructure and economic empowerment. It also provides policy recommendations appropriate to countries at different levels of development. The reader will gain an understanding of how fiscal policy and public financial management can contribute to gender equality and women’s advancement. The book provides a well-grounded set of conclusions and policy recommendations drawn from evaluation of the evidence. The focus is on low-income developing countries but is combined with a well-rounded look at developing countries more generally emerging markets and developed countries as well. This book will be a valuable resource for economists and policy makers particularly those in developing countries still grappling with large disparities between women and men. It will also prove useful to researchers and those who provide technical assistance and aid to countries on fiscal policies and tools for gender equality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367278663

Using Forensic DNA Evidence at TrialA Case Study Approach Using Forensic DNA Evidence at Trial: A Case Study Approach covers the most common DNA analysis methods used in criminal trials today including STR techniques mitochondrial DNA and Y-STRs. It presents some novel techniques—including familial testing and analyzing domestic animal hair—that have been recently introduced in unique cases each of which is outlined in detail. It also illustrates special issues related to forensic DNA evidence by using court proceedings such as trials and appeals commissions of inquiry and government and laboratory reviews. With forensic DNA analysis becoming increasingly important at trial the lively and sometimes bizarre cases presented in this book have been carefully chosen to highlight specific concepts methods and interpretations used in DNA analysis. Sections throughout examine the nature of expertise with a special focus on the role of subjectivity in the interpretation of forensic DNA evidence emphasizing cognitive bias and extraneous context. Using both convictions and exonerations as examples the book also discusses the strengths and limitations of DNA evidence and testing. The book is written in an accessible manner for the non-scientific reader such that criminal lawyers judges and forensic experts will all understand the nature of analysis and application of DNA evidence in a variety of court cases. Extensive references—including notable trial proceedings cross references of cases and specific forensic statistics—round out the book and help to provide a complete understanding of forensic DNA analysis and its current usage in the courtroom. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482255812

Using Formative Assessment to Drive Mathematics Instruction in Grades 3-5 Provide targeted mathematics instruction for every child. These books combine formative assessment with practical activities to differentiate the elementary classroom. The formative assessments include student work samples at varying levels. The authors... Illustrate the distinction between a "traditional" assessment and an "enhanced" assessment. Describe specific differentiated activities so each student may consistently receive instruction geared to specific need. Provide teachers with "Questions to Assess" to determine what each child understands about the math concept. Show how to move students to higher-level mathematics thinking and to apply math concepts. Include extension activities to offer challenging work for children who have achieved skill mastery level. Each activity states a goal the materials needed a description of the activity as well as specific questions to ask students. The assessments and activities are aligned with the Common Core State Standards for Mathematics and the expectations described by the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics.This resource will help teachers principals and curriculum directors identify students' levels of understanding about mathematics and provide concrete resources for remediation instruction and enrichment. These books are also an excellent resource for use during workshops and in-class observations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781596671904

Using Formative Assessment to Drive Mathematics Instruction in Grades PreK-2 Provide targeted mathematics instruction for every child. These books combine formative assessment with practical activities to differentiate the elementary classroom. The formative assessments include student work samples at varying levels. The authors...Illustrate the distinction between a "traditional" assessment and an "enhanced" assessment. Describe specific differentiated activities so each student may consistently receive instruction geared to specific need. Provide teachers with "Questions to Assess" to determine what each child understands about the math concept. Show how to move students to higher-level mathematics thinking and to apply math concepts. Include extension activities to offer challenging work for children who have achieved skill mastery level. Each activity states a goal the materials needed a description of the activity as well as specific questions to ask students. The assessments and activities are aligned with the Common Core State Standards for Mathematics and the expectations described by the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics. This resource will help teachers principals and curriculum directors identify students' levels of understanding about mathematics and provide concrete resources for remediation instruction and enrichment. These books are also an excellent resource for use during workshops and in-class observations. Provide targeted mathematics instruction for every child. These books combine formative assessment with practical activities to differentiate the elementary classroom. The formative assessments include student work samples at varying levels. The authors... Illustrate the distinction between a "traditional" assessment and an "enhanced" assessment. Describe specific differentiated activities so each student may consistently receive instruction geared to specific need. Provide teachers with "Questions to Assess" to determine what each child understands about the math concept. Show how to move students to higher-level mathematics thinking and to apply math concepts. Include extension activities to offer challenging work for children who have achieved skill mastery level. Each activity states a goal the materials needed a description of the activity as well as specific questions to ask students. The assessments and activities are aligned with the Common Core State Standards for Mathematics and the expectations described by the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics. This resource will help teachers principals and curriculum directors identify students' levels of understanding about mathematics and provide concrete resources for remediation instruction and enrichment. These books are also an excellent resource for use during workshops and in-class observations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781596671874

Using Formative Assessment to Enhance Learning Achievement and Academic Self-Regulation There is convincing evidence that carefully applied classroom assessments can promote student learning and academic self-regulation. These assessments include but are not limited to conversations with students diagnostic test items and co-created rubrics used to guide feedback for students themselves and their peers. Writing with the practical constraints of teaching in mind Andrade and Heritage present a concise resource to help pre- and in-service teachers maximize the positive impacts of classroom assessment on teaching. Using Formative Assessment to Enhance Learning Achievement and Academic Self-Regulation translates work from leading specialists and explains how to use assessment to improve learning by linking learning theory to formative assessment processes. Sections on goal setting progress monitoring interpreting feedback and revision of goal setting make this a timely addition to assessment courses.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138653030

Using Formative Assessment to Support Student Learning Objectives As student learning objectives become an increasingly prominent approach to setting goals and growth measures in schools teachers’ competence in formative assessment is essential. Using Formative Assessment to Support Student Learning Objectives introduces current and future educators to SLOs as tools for shaping career- and college-ready students. Written in concise and straightforward language and replete with step-by-step exercises real-life examples and illustrative charts this useful guide provides pre- and in-service educators with the theoretical background and practical tools needed to implement the latest SLO research in their classrooms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138649538

Using Games and Simulations for Teaching and AssessmentKey Issues Using Games and Simulations for Teaching and Assessment: Key Issues comprises a multidisciplinary investigation into the issues that arise when using games and simulations for educational purposes. Using both theoretical and empirical analyses this collection examines cognitive motivational and psychometric issues with a focus on STEM content. Unlike other research-based volumes that focus solely on game design or the theoretical basis behind gaming this book unites previously disparate communities of researchers—from civilian to military contexts as well as multiple disciplines—to critically explore current problems and illustrate how instructionally effective games and simulations should be planned and evaluated. While computer-based simulations and games have the potential to improve the quality of education and training  Using Games and Simulations for Teaching and Assessment: Key Issues shows how the science of learning should underlie the use of such technologies. Through a wide-ranging yet detailed examination chapter authors provide suggestions for designing and developing games simulations and intelligent tutoring systems that are scientifically-based outcomes-driven and cost-conscious. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415737883

Using Games and Simulations in the ClassroomA Practical Guide for Teachers Games and simulations are an effective way of supporting the curriculum. This handbook demonstrates how to develop and use games and simulations in schools. It provides practical advice and guidance on how and when to use these as well as illustrative cases from nursery schools to secondary level. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203770955

Using Games to Enhance Learning and TeachingA Beginner's Guide Using Games to Enhance Learning and Teaching provides educators with easy and practical ways of using games to support student engagement and learning. Despite growing interest in digital game-based learning and teaching until now most teachers have lacked the resources or technical knowledge to create games that meet their needs. The only realistic option for many has been to use existing games which too often are out of step with curriculum goals difficult to integrate and require high-end technology. Using Games to Enhance Learning and Teaching offers a comprehensive solution presenting five principles for games that can be embedded into traditional or online learning environments to enhance student engagement and interactivity. Extensive case studies explore specific academic perspectives and featured insights from professional game designers show how educational games can be designed using readily accessible low-end technologies providing an explicit link between theory and practice. Practical in nature the book has a sound theoretical base that draws from a range of international literature and research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415897723

Using Geochemical DataEvaluation Presentation Interpretation Using Geochemical Data brings together in one volume a wide range of ideas and methods currently used in geochemistry providing a foundation of knowledge from which the reader can interpret evaluate and present geochemical data. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836990

Using Group-based Learning in Higher Education The research papers and case studies contained in this volume explore the technique of group work in higher education. The contributors explore project work self-development groups the management of group projects peer evaluation and learning-team techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421783

Using Guided Imagery and Hypnosis in Brief Therapy and Palliative Care Using Guided Imagery and Hypnosis in Brief Therapy and Palliative Care presents a model for effective single-session therapy. Chapters include more than a dozen case studies with transcripts and commentary. Readers will learn how to use an adapted model of Remen’s healing circle for preparing patients for surgery and guided imagery and other approaches are presented for enhancing palliative care. Extensive appendixes provide a wide variety of valuable tools that psychotherapists can use with clients concerned with end-of-life issues.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367538460

Using History to Develop Thinking Skills at Key Stage 2 This practical resource book presents ways in which teachers can help to develop children's problem solving and thinking skills through a range of history topics. The book contains classroom-based activities that have been tried and evaluated by teachers and children. Most importantly the contributors also show how the skills developed through rigorous historical investigations can be used across all areas of the curriculum. Topics covered include a detailed account of a world history investigation on Ancient Egypt; teaching historical skills using artifacts; small group work on local history the Vikings and the Second World War; working in depth on aspects of the Tudors; and developing writing skills through a study of the Romans. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138179141

Using Hoshin Kanri to Improve the Value Stream In Using Hoshin Kanri to Improve the Value Stream leading lean and quality expert Elizabeth Cudney constructs a complete how-to guide that any organization can employ to start a Lean effort correctly and keep it on track. Rooted in practical examples garnered over years of hand-on practice she illustrates the key principles of lean and value and then shows you how to put them to work. Cudney points out that organizations often fail at improvement because they go after symptomatic problems rather than the faulty system-wide processes at the root of those problems. She shows you how to avoid this common misstep by using value stream mapping to create a current-state map. Done properly this map will help everyone in your organization come to understand just how they deliver value to customers and where flawed processes cause them to fall short. The next step is to create a future-state map that defines best processes. While that may seem easy reaching the goals of future-state maps requires a highly disciplined effort. At this point Hoshin Kanri -- the art of policy deployment � can make a crucial impact. Hoshin Kanri encourages a systems approach that focuses on the long-term strategy of an organization. As much as defining a methodology it inspires a positive mindset within your organization by starting with improvements that affect flow across the entire organization. In addition to improving the delivery of value changes with broad impact will catch people�s attention encourage their involvement and increase the momentum of improvement. Chapter by chapter this book defines the key tools such as Six Sigma 5S and mistake proofing that your organization can employ to initiate needed process improvements. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138423251

Using ICT in Primary MathematicsPractice and Possibilities First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138179974

Using Industrial-Organizational Psychology for the Greater GoodHelping Those Who Help Others This SIOP Organizational Frontiers volume will be one of the first to show how the field of Industrial Organizational psychology can help address societal concerns and help focus research on the greater good of society. Contributions from worldwide experts showcase the power the IO community has to foster promote and encourage pro social efforts. Also included will be commentary from an eminent group of IO psychologists who give invaluable insights into the history and the future of IO psychology . By presenting the prosocial contributions from personal satisfaction and career commitment to organizational effectiveness to societal development the imperative and easibility of using I-O psychology for the greater good becomes increasingly compelling. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138801677

Using Innovative Methods in Early Years ResearchBeyond the Conventional Exploring a range of unconventional research methods and considering how these can be used effectively in practice this accessible textbook encourages the use of innovative approaches to conduct research in early years contexts. Using Innovative Methods in Early Years Research provides key information on a range of non-traditional research methods and details the strengths limitations and challenges involved in diverging from more standard research methods. From researching with young children practitioners and parents to harnessing the arts vignettes identity boxes and narrative accounts chapters draw on authors’ first-hand experiences to highlight the value of ‘thinking outside the box’ and developing innovative research methods that meet the needs and aims of the researcher while also involving and empowering research participants. Including detailed information on ethical concerns and the importance of reflexivity individual and group tasks encourage students to take a critical and well-thought-out approach to conducting independent research. This will be an invaluable and inspiring resource for high-level undergraduate and postgraduate students as they embark on research projects in the field of early years education and care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138389519

Using Intergroup Contact to Fight Prejudice and Negative AttitudesPsychological Perspectives In this groundbreaking volume Vezzali and Stathi present their research program within the larger contact literature examining classic theories and current empirical findings to show how they can be used to reduce prejudice and negative attitudes. The contact hypothesis (Allport 1954) posits that in an environment of equality cooperation and normative support contact between members of distinct groups can reduce prejudice. Whilst considerable research supports this hypothesis how theory can be tested in the field remains relatively unexplored. In this innovative book Vezzali and Stathi discuss why relying solely on advancing theory without considering applied aspects integral to contact may limit the scope of contact theory and restrict our understanding of complex social phenomena. Exploring fascinating topics such as the role of contact in reducing implicit prejudice and fostering collective action applying indirect contact and promoting positive interactions among survivors of natural disasters Vezzali and Stathi explain how contact theory can be implemented and enhance the societal impact of intergroup contact research. Featuring extensive discussion on intergroup contact literature future directions and the necessity of applied research this book will be essential reading for both students and academics of social and behavioral psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815353485

Using Judgments in Second Language Acquisition Research Synthesizing the theory behind and methodology for conducting judgment tests Using Judgments in Second Language Acquisition Research aims to clarify the issues surrounding this method and to provide best practices in its use. The text is grounded on a balanced and comprehensive background of the usage of judgment data in the past up through its present-day applications. SLA researchers and graduate students will find useful a chapter serving as a "how-to" guide for a variety of situations to conduct research using judgments including ways to optimize task design and examples from successful studies. Lucid and practical Using Judgments in Second Language Acquisition Research offers guidance on a method widely used by SLA researchers both old and new to the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138207035

Using Key Passages to Understand Literature Theory and Criticism Using Key Passages to Understand Literature Theory and Criticism is a completely fresh and innovative approach to teaching and learning literary theory: using short passages of theory to make sense of literary and cultural texts. It focuses on the key concepts that help readers understand literature and cultural events in new and provocative ways. Covering a wide variety of iconic and contemporary theorists the book offers a broad chronological and global overview including thirty passages from theorists such as Viktor Shklovsky Roland Barthes Judith Butler Diana Fuss Jean Baudrillard Kwame Anthony Appiah Michel Foucault Monique Wittig and Eve Sedgwick. Built on the premise that scholars use theory pragmatically Using Key Passages to Understand Literature Theory and Criticism identifies problems puzzles and questions readers may encounter when they read a story watch a film or look at artwork. It explains in detail thirty concepts that help readers make sense of these works and invites students to apply the concepts to a range of writing and research projects. The textbook concludes by helping students read theory with an eye on finding productive passages and writing their own “theory chapter ” signaling a shift from student as critic to student as theorist. Used as a main text in introductory theory courses or as a supplement to any literature film theater or art course this book helps students read closely and think critically. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138561977

Using Lean for Faster Six Sigma ResultsA Synchronized Approach Which is the right approach for effective continuous improvement? While much has been written on merging Lean and Six Sigma initiatives this is the first book to detail a logical alternative - a no-nonsense strategy for maintaining the best of both initiatives without diluting either. In Using Lean for Faster Six Sigma Results Mark Nash Sheila Poling and Sophronia Ward lay out the differences between Lean and Six Sigma define the distinct power and focus of each and detail why and how to use them together in a synchronized and complementary way. While Lean focuses on the elimination of waste Six Sigma addresses variability and reliability. Organizations that initiate Lean early in their continuous improvement efforts create culture change immediate results and streamlined processes paving the way for faster and more effective Six Sigma results. This practical easy read shows how to choose the right projects approach people and toolset to achieve bottom-line results faster. Readers will benefit from the authors' years of experience implementing Lean with Six Sigma through detailed case studies from both manufacturing and service companies. If you are struggling with the dilemma of how to integrate Lean and Six Sigma or deciding which approach to use read this practical down-to-earth book to inspire and guide your strategy. Media > Books > E-books Productivity Press 9780429271076

Using Learning Contracts in Higher Education An introduction to learning contracts a new concept in education which encourages learners to plan monitor and review their progress. The contributors to this volume explain how learning contracts are being used in a number of UK universities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138163355

Using Literacy to Develop Thinking Skills with Children Aged 5 -7 These creative off-the-shelf activities will spark children's thinking skills through speaking listening reading and writing. Busy teachers wanting to shake up their lessons will find them indispensable. Includes: problem-solving; creative and critical thinking; emotional thinking; questioning skills and plan-do-review formats clear explanation of underpinning theory advice on differentiating activities links to the National Literacy Strategy Framework. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203064245

Using Literacy to Develop Thinking Skills with Children Aged 7-11 These creative off-the-shelf activities will spark children's thinking skills through speaking listening reading and writing. Busy teachers wanting to shake up their lessons will find them indispensable. Includes: problem-solving: creative and critical thinking; emotional thinking; questioning skills and plan-do-review formats clear explanation of underpinning theory advice on differentiating activities links to the National Literacy Strategy Framework. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138163409

Using Mass Spectrometry for Drug Metabolism Studies The first edition of this now classic work helped to establish mass spectrometry as the premier tool for drug metabolism studies. Completely rewritten from start to finish Using Mass Spectrometry for Drug Metabolism Studies Second Edition brings medicinal chemists and mass spectrometry professionals up to speed with the rapid advances in the field the emergence of cutting-edge approaches and ways to meet steadily increasing vendor demands. Written by international scientists who are experts in their respective disciplines this state-of-the-art reference effectively encapsulates current mass spectrometry best practices.The stand-alone chapters cover various topics – from metabolite identification to fast chromatography with UPLC – and in a style that is understandable to experts and field newcomers alike. The second edition of this bestseller includes coverage of new instrumentation and software as well as a wealth of updated information on the latest findings surrounding biomarkers and metabolomics and new chapters on both UPLC and DESI/DART. With more than 180 illustrations and an eight-page color insert this valuable reference explores multiple modern mass spectrometry techniques and strategies. It includes an excellent overview of the entire drug discovery process plus the latest developments on how mass spectrometry is used to support this endeavor. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384951

Using Medicines Information This CD-ROM contains the full text of "The Red Book" and "Making Sense of The Red Book". It includes NHS regulations amendments to the statutory instruments terms of service pharmaceutical regulations health service circulars and the white paper "The New NHS: Modern Dependable". There is also a special program called "The Red Book Expert" which works out the user's fees from basic information provided. Every reference is hyper-linked and the user's own notes can be added and are also fully searchable. This CD-ROM is licensed by the Department of Health. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315376776

Using Mental Imagery in Counselling and PsychotherapyA Guide to More Inclusive Theory and Practice The therapeutic potential of working with clients' mental images is widely acknowledged yet there is still little in the counselling and psychotherapy literature on more inclusive approaches to the clinical applications of mental imagery. Using Mental Imagery in Counselling and Psychotherapy is a unique accessible guide for counsellors and psychotherapists who wish to develop their expertise in this important therapeutic practice. Contemporary practitioners have at their disposal a large repertoire of imagery methods and procedures comprising the contributions from different therapeutic schools and clinical innovators. Valerie Thomas identifies some of the common features in these approaches and offers a transtheoretical framework that supports integrative practitioners in understanding and using mental imagery to enhance therapeutic processes. The book: Examines the development of the theory and practice of mental imagery within a wider context of the history of imagination as a healing modality; Describes the different ways that mental imagery has been incorporated into therapeutic practice and evaluates recent developments; Reviews explanations of the therapeutic efficacy of mental imagery and considers how recent theoretical concepts provide a means of understanding the role that mental images play in processing experience; Includes reflections on ways to develop more inclusive theory and proposes a model that can inform integrative practice. Using a wide range of clinical vignettes to illustrate theory and cutting-edge research Valerie Thomas proposes a new integrated model of practice. Providing clear and detailed guidance on applying the model to clinical practice the book will be essential reading for psychotherapists and counsellors both in practice and training who wish to harness the therapeutic efficacy of mental imagery. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415728867

Using Mental Imagery to Enhance Creative and Work-related Processes In Using Mental Imagery to Enhance Creative and Work-Related Processes Valerie Thomas explores the productive use of mental imagery skills to engage with the processes of creativity. Practical and original the book offers detailed guidance for a highly effective method that can provide rich insights into the development of a range of creative enterprises including artistic and work-related projects. In this accessible and innovative book Thomas pays equal attention to the theory and application of mental imagery. First she explains how imagination-based methods have been developed and theorised within the discipline of creative behaviour especially with regard to dual-processing theories of creativity. The book then considers mental imagery as a dialogical method informed by contemporary post-Cartesian theories of embodied cognition that reprise an earlier premodern understanding of imagination as a mediator between body and mind. Thomas introduces a particular approach to mental imagery that informed by a functional research-informed framework (the Interactive Communicative model of mental imagery) can be applied very effectively to creative processes. The second half of the book provides detailed guidance on how to apply this particular method and is copiously illustrated with case vignettes. It includes chapters on using imagery theorised as conceptual metaphors such as the plant image for representing creative capabilities and the building image for representing creative and work-related projects. It also explains how to use imagery to represent and work with the conceptual processes of undertaking qualitative research projects. This original and wide-ranging book advances the scope and use of creative image-work in diverse settings. It will be an essential resource for everyone who is interested in developing their own mental imagery skills for creative real-world applications and for all professionals such as coaches therapists and research educators who want to facilitate creativity in others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138731325

Using Metaphors In Psychotherapy First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138463059

Using Mindfulness Skills in Everyday LifeA practical guide In the last decade more mental health treatments have begun to incorporate mindfulness as a skill to help people with their problems. Despite this not everyone is sure how to incorporate mindfulness effectively into their daily lives. Giving simple explanations examples and exercises Using Mindfulness Skills in Everyday Life shows clearly how this is done. The book written by two NHS clinicians experienced in teaching mindfulness takes a down-to-earth approach providing straightforward answers to the most commonly asked questions. The authors give definitions of mindfulness and guide people through instructions on how to set up and evaluate simple practices. As each component is taught they provide examples of real-life situations so the reader can clearly see how to be more mindful as they face the ups and downs of modern living. This practical guide is essential reading for anyone who wants to learn mindfulness to help with difficulties and challenges. It is also the perfect book for therapists coaches teachers social workers nurses psychiatrists and psychologists to recommend to their clients. The book is ideal for students on clinical training courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138930841

Using Mindfulness to Improve Learning: 40 Meditation Exercises for School and Home Written by an experienced school and meditation teacher this book is packed with tried and tested mindfulness exercises and relevant follow-up wellbeing pastoral and academic activities for anyone working with young people. It includes discussions about education and wellbeing anecdotes from real life experience and numerous testimonies from students and teachers as well as easy to follow instructions and plenty of useful in-depth explanations. All activities in this book link to variety of school subjects including science maths philosophy music art and sport. Divided into two parts the book explores: What mindfulness and grounding are How mindfulness and grounding works at home in daily life and in education How teachers can use mindfulness and grounding in the classroom and how parents can support mindfulness and grounding at home What effects can be expected from mindfulness meditation This book is an invaluable resource for secondary teachers youth workers  therapists and parents and can be used in classrooms pastoral offices youth clubs or at home. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360556

Using Mobile Technology to Deliver Library ServicesA Handbook This is an essential practical guide for all information professionals who want to get to grips with or improve their use of mobile services. Packed with easy to implement ideas practical examples and international case studies this provides you with the ultimate toolkit exploring ideas as simple as renewals and reminders to the more complex such as access to e-books and virtual worlds. Jargon-free coverage of the background and context to mobile delivery will enable you to fully understand the challenges and embrace the opportunities getting to grips with critical issues such as what sort of services users really want. Key topics covered include: context including market penetration range and functionality of devices texting apps vs. mobile websites mobile information literacy vs. other information literacies mobiles in teaching linking the physical and virtual worlds via mobile devices E-books for mobiles the future of mobile delivery. Readership: This is an essential practical guide for all information professionals who want to get to grips with or improve their use of mobile services. It would also be invaluable for museum staff facing the same challenges. Library and information students and academics will find it a useful introduction to the topic. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856048095

Using Multi-Criteria Decision Analysis in Natural Resource Management Providing useful insights on the use of Multi-Criteria Decision Analysis (MCDA) in natural resource management this book examines a number of empirical applications for several countries and a variety of natural resources. It is shown that using MCDA in the management of water forestry wetland and other natural resources can substantially improve the design and implementation of natural resource and environmental policies. Stakeholder involvement is also an important determinant of successful resource management and MCDA provides a useful and effective framework for getting stakeholders involved in resource management decisions. Using Multi-Criteria Decision Analysis in Natural Resource Management gives in-depth analysis of the potential problems in applying these techniques including difficulties eliciting required information lack of suitable measures for environmental variables and the need to develop innovative methods to simplify the use of MCDA. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138378964

Using MurderThe Social Construction of Serial Homicide First published in 1994 this book investigates the social construction of serial homicide and assesses the concern that popular fears and stereotypes have exaggerated: the actual scale of multiple homcide. Jenkins has produced an innovative synthesis of approaches to social problem construction that includes an historical and social-scientific estimate of the objective scale of serial murder; a rhetorical analysis of the contruction of the phenomenom in public debate; a cultural studies-oriented analysis of the portrayal of serial murder in contemorary media. Chapters include: "The Construction of Problems and Panic " which covers areas such as comprehending murder dangerous outsiders and the rhetoric of perscution; "The Reality of Serial Murder " which discusses statistics stereotype examination and media patterns;"Popular Culture: Images of the Serial Killer"; "The Racial Dimension: Serial Murder as Bias Crime"; and "Darker than We Imagine"; "Cults and Conspiracies."  Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351328449

Using Museums as an Educational ResourceAn Introductory Handbook for Students and Teachers Visits to museums have long been an important aspect of the education of young people and in recent years it has been increasingly recognised that education is core to the purpose of the museum. Not only do they introduce students to the many and varied forms of our material culture they also introduce them to social historical and scientific encounters that are difficult to find elsewhere. The second edition of this popular book takes account of the ongoing changes in both museums and education to provide a comprehensive introduction for student teachers practising teachers and other educators to all that is required to make good educational use of museums. It explores what a museum is their value in primary and secondary education and why they require special teaching skills. It then goes on to look at the practicalities of planning preparing and conducting a visit including risk assessment. Next it introduces the basic skills involved in working with the resources that are required to make the best educational use of museums including online and digital resources. Finally the author considers ways of following-up work done outside the classroom including some of the longer term strategies that teachers should consider. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255357

Using Music in Child and Adolescent Psychotherapy There is growing evidence for the powerful role that music plays in enhancing children's cognitive social and emotional development. Written for a broad audience of mental health professionals this is the first book to provide accessible ways of integrating music into clinical work with children and adolescents. Rich case vignettes show how to use singing drumming listening to music and many other strategies to connect with hard-to-reach children promote self-regulation and create opportunities for change. The book offers detailed guidelines for addressing different clinical challenges including attachment difficulties trauma and behavioral emotional and communication problems. Each chapter concludes with concrete recommendations for practice; an appendix presents a photographic inventory of recommended instruments. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462539147

Using Music to Enhance Student LearningA Practical Guide for Elementary Classroom Teachers Integrating musical activities in the elementary school classroom can assist in effectively teaching and engaging students in Language Arts Science Math and Social Studies while also boosting mental emotional and social development. However many elementary education majors fear they lack the needed musical skills to use music successfully. Future elementary school teachers need usable practical musical strategies to easily infuse into their curriculum. Written for both current and future teachers with little or no previous experience in music Using Music to Enhance Student Learning Second Edition offers strategies that are not heavily dependent on musical skills. While many textbooks are devoted to teaching music theory skills this textbook is dedicated to pedagogy – the actual teaching of music – particularly in those schools without a separate music class in their curriculum. The ultimate goal is for future teachers to provide their elementary school classes with engaging learning experiences. These learning experiences are clearly presented to enable children to acquire knowledge in all subject areas within a joyful creative environment rich with music activities. New to the second edition are the animated listening maps more audio tracks a new guitar unit expanded coverage in the recorder unit a connection with visual art and music expanded activities in American history and math and updated research and statistics. SPECIAL FEATURES Animated "Listening Maps" help listeners focus on music selections through clear visual representations of sound. Group Activities reinforce the social aspects of music-making as well as the benefits of collaborative teaching and learning. A thorough integration of music in the curriculum establishes that music is essential in a child’s development and that the incorporation of music will enhance all other subjects/activities in the classroom. Learning Aids include "Tantalizing Tidbits of Research " which provide the justifications for why these activities are important as well as "Teaching Tips " and "Thinking It Through" activities. The Using Music Package Streamed listening selections from the Baroque Classical Romantic and Contemporary Periods Get America Singing… Again! Volume 1 (developed in association with the Music Educators National Conference now NAFME and other music organizations) with 43 songs that represent America’s varied music heritage of folk traditional and patriotic themes Appendices include a songbook with Hispanic folksongs a recorder music songbook and a guitar unit Companion website hosts various teaching and learning resources ISBN 978-0-367-11067-3 Using Music Second Edition set includes: ISBN 978-0-415-70936-1 Using Music Second Edition textbook  Get America Singing... Again! Volume 1 songbook ISBN 978-0-429-02487-0 Using Music Second Edition eBook is the textbok only. The songbook is only available with the print textbook and is not sold separately. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415709361

Using Narrative Inquiry as a Research MethodAn Introduction to Critical Event Narrative Analysis in Research Teaching and Professional Practice Using Narrative Inquiry as a Research Method is the ideal introduction to a growing field of study. A full and accessible guide that covers the theory and practical applications of this qualitative method it provides researchers with a rich framework through which they can investigate the ways people experience the world depicted through their stories. Looking at how this method can effectively be applied in a range of contexts it demonstrates the value and utility of employing narrative as a research tool in a range of teaching and learning settings. Connecting with the broader academic debate on the value of narrative as an alternative or addition to quantitative and other qualitative methods and updated to reflect changes in the field this book explores how to use narrative inquiry and gives tested and applied examples; builds on theory to consider practical applications; explores the narrative cross-boundaries between research and practice; and presents a selection of case studies of research on quality in higher education internationalisation and quality in cross-cultural contexts. Using Narrative Inquiry as a Research Method provides the ideal grounding for all students and researchers looking to learn more about narrative inquiry or use this method within their research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138354814

Using Narrative Inquiry for Educational Research in the Asia Pacific Narrative inquiry is being used more widely in the UK the USA Canada Australia New Zealand and Northern European countries to conduct research across a range of disciplines. It is gaining popularity in Hong Kong Macao and Mainland China but research in these contexts continues to be dominated by quantitative and more traditional qualitative approaches. Narrative inquirers in these areas can therefore find it problematic to have the value of their work acknowledged. This book demonstrates creatively accessibly and rigorously the ways in which narrative inquiry as a methodological approach already more firmly established in Australia and New Zealand is gaining a foothold in other parts of the Asia Pacific region. Contributors to the book write about their use of narrative inquiry in for example the Confucian heritage cultures (CHC) of Hong Kong Mainland China Singapore Macao and the Anglo-Celtic cultures of Australia and New Zealand. Chapters in the book include: Creative Non-Fiction Across Cultures in Asia Pacific Contexts Riding the Wave of Education Reform: Using a Reflecting Team to Explore the Professional Identities of School Counsellors in Hong Kong Is the Silent Mode On? Re-searching Teachers' Voices in Macao through Narrative Research Narrative Inquiry and the Exploration of Culture for Improving Teacher Education This book will appeal to researchers across all sectors of education in particular those who are exploring the use of qualitative research methods in their context. Those interested in comparative education and cross-cultural studies will also find this book valuable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815396864

Using National Data Bases in Educational Research This book's purpose is to enable educational researchers to make better use of the huge longitudinal and cross-sectional data files that are now readily available. Of value to experienced researchers and undergraduates alike the book focuses primarily on the planning and design of research rather than implementation of data base information. Its chapters address a variety of vital questions including: * What variables are present in each of the major national data bases? * What are the problems and dangers in making comparisons across data bases? * What factors invalidate comparisons of test scores across data bases? * In what ways can data from certain data bases be physically merged with data from other data bases? This text clearly demonstrates what can be done with large national data bases and perhaps equally important what cannot be done -- or done only if certain precautions are taken. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986633

Using Neuroscience in Trauma TherapyCreative and Compassionate Counseling Using Neuroscience in Trauma Therapy provides a basic overview of structure and function of the brain and nervous system with special emphasis on changes that occur when the brain is exposed to trauma. The book presents a unique and integrative approach that blends soma and psyche beyond the purview of traditional talk therapy and introduces a variety of trauma-informed approaches for promoting resilience. Each chapter includes case studies examples and practical and adaptable tools making Using Neuroscience in Trauma Therapy a go-to guide for information on applying lessons from neuroscience to therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138888128

Using New Technologies to Enhance Teaching and Learning in History Nearly all history teachers are interested in how new technology might be used to improve teaching and learning in history. However not all history departments have had the time expertise and guidance which would enable them to fully explore the wide range of ways in which ICT might help them to teach their subject more effectively. This much-needed collection offers practical guidance and examples of the ways in which new technology can enhance pupil engagement in the subject impact on knowledge retention get pupils learning outside the history classroom and help them to work collaboratively using a range of Web 2.0 applications. The chapters written by experienced practitioners and experts in the field of history education and ICT explore topics such as: how to design web interactivities for your pupils what can you accomplish with a wiki how to get going in digital video editing what to do with the VLE? making best use of the interactive whiteboard designing effective pupil webquests digital storytelling in history making full use of major history websites using social media. Using New Technologies to Enhance Teaching and Learning in History is essential reading for all trainee newly qualified and experienced teachers of history. It addresses many of the problems barriers and dangers which new technology can pose but it also clearly explains and exemplifies the wide range of ways in which ICT can be used to radically improve the quality of pupils’ experience of learning history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415688383

Using New Web Tools in the Primary ClassroomA practical guide for enhancing teaching and learning How can we ensure we use technology effectively with young children? Using New Web Tools in the Primary Classroom is for all teachers interested in the application of new web-based ICTs to primary teaching. It offers a justification for using Web 2.0 tools and explores tangible ways in which technologies such as blogs wikis podcasting media sharing and social networking sites can enhance classroom practice teaching and learning. Considering key issues such as how children learn curriculum policy and children’s prior experiences of ICT this book focuses on the expectations and needs of the child and how technology can be unlocked to meet those needs now and in the future. Key ideas considered include: Diverse views of social software in education Using web tools to create and reinforce stimulating learning environments Teacher skills and the availability of suitable technology Competing demands of government policies and curriculum Practical ideas for enriching learning through social software: Children as producers of knowledge as explorers and as communicators. Enhanced with reflective questions and tasks to support your own thinking and with practical ideas for using web-based ICTs in a range of subjects and in topic work Using New Web Tools in the Primary Classroom is a rich resource for all student and practising primary school teachers. Those on Education Studies courses interested in new internet technologies and their potential to enhance learning within primary schools will also find much food for thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415591041

Using Outdoor Learning to Improve Behaviour for AllTaking the Wellie Wednesday journey together Using Outdoor Learning to Improve Behaviour for All focuses on teachers parents and carers working together and creating environments in the classroom home and particularly outdoors where all children can experience positive feedback and develop good learning behaviours. It tells the story of the Wellie Wednesday project and the journeys children took with their families and schools to achieve success. Based on attachment theory and research in psychology and neuroscience this practical book will support practitioners parents carers and children who find themselves in negative cycles and situations to take steps forward to a positive future. Focusing on real situations and the needs of individual children and their families this accessible guide is divided into four sections: Making a difference: for individual children their parents carers and schools. Can I be included? Case studies including impact on family and school strategies used changes noticed and key questions raised. Addressing concerns: understanding behaviour as communication. How change happened: enriching learning to improve behaviour. Offering a wide collection of case studies and practical strategies Using Outdoor Learning to Improve Behaviour for All will be an essential resource for all teachers parents and carers wanting to support and guide children towards accessing education successfully. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138942882

Using Paired Text to Meet the Common CoreEffective Teaching across the K-8 Curriculum Teaching students to make connections across related texts promotes engagement and improves reading comprehension and content learning. This practical guide explains how to select and teach a wide range of picture books as paired text--two books related by topic theme or genre--in grades K-8. The author provides mini-lessons across the content areas along with hundreds of recommendations for paired text each linked to specific Common Core standards for reading literature and informational texts. In a large-size format for easy photocopying the book includes 22 reproducible graphic organizers and other useful tools. Purchasers also get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462518982

Using Peer Assessment to Inspire Reflection and Learning There is increasingly strong evidence that K-12 learners who assess each other’s work and then engage in related reflections discussions and negotiations benefit mutually from the process. In this practical volume Keith J. Topping provides suggestions for implementing effective peer assessment across many classroom contexts and subjects. Using Peer Assessment to Inspire Reflection and Learning offers pre- and in-service teachers a variety of teaching strategies to best fit their particular students and school environments along with straightforward tools to evaluate peer assessment’s impact on their classrooms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815367659

Using Peer Tutoring to Improve Reading SkillsA practical guide for teachers Using Peer Tutoring to Improve Reading Skills is a very practical guide offering a straightforward framework and easy-to-implement strategies to help teachers help pupils progress in reading.  A succinct introduction it shows how schools can make positive use of differences between pupils and turn them into effective learning opportunities. Outlining the evidence base supporting peer tutoring approaches it explores the components of the reading process and explains how peer tutoring in reading can be used with any method of teaching reading.  Core topics covered include: Planning and implementing peer tutoring Getting your school on board How to structure effective interaction Training peer tutors and tutees Paired Reading - cross-ability approaces One Book for Two -  fostering fluency reading comprehension and motivation Reading in Pairs - cross and same-year tutoring Supporting struggling readers Involving families in peer tutoring Evaluation and feedback. Illustrated throughout with practical examples from diverse schools across Europe Using Peer Tutoring to Improve Reading Skills is an essential introduction offering easy-to-use guidelines that will support teachers in primary and secondary schools as they enhance pupil motivation and improve reading standards. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138843295

Using Playful Practice to Communicate with Special Children Playfulness is important; it creates an alternative space where emotional cognitive and social dimensions can be explored and tested. This highly practical book explores the endless possibilities of using playful creative and interactive activities to meaningfully engage with children with multiple learning difficulties or autistic spectrum disorders. The author presents playfulness as ‘an experimental frame of mind’ and encourages practitioners to play with roles ideas words concepts and objects in order to enhance relationships and interventions. By providing accessible steps to playfulness this text explores some of the contemporary issues surrounding the education of children with severe learning needs in particular the use of ‘intensive interaction’. This text considers different areas of creative interactive work for practitioners to draw inspiration from including: Music Interactive Musical Movement Finger Dance Story and Drama Artwork Reflective Circle. The varied array of tried and tested original activities have been devised to encourage the development of social interaction cognition play experimentation and creativity in particular but not exclusively for children whose learning needs are more complex. The author also invites teachers working in mainstream particularly early years and primary education to investigate the creative possibilities inherent in playfulness and to use the activities in this book to enhance the learning environment. This text offers an abundance of advice practical strategies and tips for teachers working in special and mainstream early years and primary education. Practitioners such as therapists care workers community musicians and creative arts specialists will also find this book useful. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415687676

Using Positive Psychology Every DayLearning How to Flourish We are all looking to flourish to experience joy feel engaged with the world and experience meaningful lives. But the stresses and strains of our daily lives makes this a challenge. Using Positive Psychology Every Day: Learning How to Flourish is about (re)finding the art of living enabling you to flourish. Bringing together the best of positive psychology this book introduces eight evidence-based resources of well-being and flourishing: positive emotions the discovering and use of strengths optimism compassion post-traumatic growth positive relationships and spirituality. Each chapter has a concise simple theoretical introduction and several evidence-based easy-to-apply exercises. This book is for anyone experiencing stress distress or lower well-being as well as coaches and therapists who can use the book for clients in the context of guided self-help. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815362234

Using Positive Psychology to Enhance Student AchievementA schools-based programme for character education Positive psychology properly understood and applied offers a tremendous opportunity for improving student and teacher experiences and the overall success of any school. The connection between education and happiness is recognised to be mutually reinforcing; education helps students to be happy and happy students gain more from education. Research has confirmed what educators have long known - that happy students typically achieve more in the classroom and exam room than unhappy students and are more energetic persistent creative and better able to get on with others. Using Positive Psychology to Enhance Student Achievement is unique in translating a complex literature written by academic psychologists into a highly practical resource. The activities have been designed to provide a creative and engaging way of enabling students to discover their strengths both in terms of their cognitive abilities and `virtues’ i.e. character strengths. Throughout the programme students are introduced to the key insights of positive psychology: the importance of being connected to others; character training and metacognitive strategies; positive rather than reactive thinking and habits; developing the skills essential for building optimism and resilience; recognising and combating negative thoughts; and understanding that there are certain ways of thinking that can make their lives better. Easy-to-deliver sessions with comprehensive facilitator instructions and activity resources are provided. All lessons are interactive and based on group discussions and role play to ensure that students learn more about themselves and others. Students are encouraged to practise skills and ideas that are discussed during the sessions in their everyday lives with home practice in the form of `take away’ activities being a core element of the programme. This unique resource will be of real relevance and benefit to both staff and students at upper primary and lower secondary level and will give students the tools they need to achieve their full potential. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138791541

Using Projective Methods with ChildrenThe Selected Works of Steve Tuber Nominated for a 2018 Gradiva Award for Best Book by the National Association for the Advancement of Psychoanalysis Using Projective Methods with Children is an enhanced synthesis of Steve Tuber’s previously published research on the study of projective methods to assess the representations of self and others as well as the actual interpersonal experiences children internalize in the form of these representations. Integrating conceptual and empirical work with an emphasis on the Rorschach Inkblot Method (RIM) the book offers unique evidence-based information on the importance of assessing particular aspects of a child’s inner self. The studies cover a broad range of topics such as dreams anxiety disorders political oppression homelessness and multiculturalism and each is supplemented with an analytical introduction. A section that discusses future areas of research is also included. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371823

Using Public Relations Strategies to Promote Your Nonprofit Organization Learn how to strategically execute public relations assignments! In Using Public Relations Strategies to Promote Your Nonprofit Organization you will explore an easy-to-follow explanation on why nonprofit groups must take a more business-like approach in their communications. You will also discover instructions on how to make newsletters annual reports speaker's bureaus and board selection easy yet effective. As a marketing public relations or development professional you will gain effective public relations tools that are within your established budget parameters. Public relations expertise is becoming extremely important to the survival of nonprofit organizations as more and more nonprofits compete for dollars. Using Public Relations Strategies to Promote Your Nonprofit Organization recognizes that nonprofit professionals may wear many different hats and may have very limited public relations or marketing training. Therefore with Using Public Relations Strategies to Promote Your Nonprofit Organization you will find that even a novice communicator will be able to perform marketing and public relations tasks in an effective strategic manner. Some of the areas you will explore include: adopting a business strategy step-by-step guide to creating your annual report step-by-step guide to creating your nonprofit newsletter how to set up an effective speaker's bureau strategically market your speaker's bureau and monitor its effectiveness in generating revenue for your nonprofit organization writing speeches to promote your nonprofit organization using audiovisual aids and nonverbal communication in your speeches selecting and organizing a board of directors board of directors job description recruiting and retention Using Public Relations Strategies to Promote Your Nonprofit Organization explains why you must take a more business like approach to public relations write nonprofit groups and assists the novice public relations specialist with executing basic PR tasks that are pertinent to an organization's profits. You will gain step-by-step guidance on steering your nonprofit organization to financial success. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203707401

Using R and RStudio for Data Management Statistical Analysis and Graphics Improve Your Analytical SkillsIncorporating the latest R packages as well as new case studies and applications Using R and RStudio for Data Management Statistical Analysis and Graphics Second Edition covers the aspects of R most often used by statistical analysts. New users of R will find the book’s simple approach easy to understand while more sophisticated users will appreciate the invaluable source of task-oriented information. New to the Second EditionThe use of RStudio which increases the productivity of R users and helps users avoid error-prone cut-and-paste workflowsNew chapter of case studies illustrating examples of useful data management tasks reading complex files making and annotating maps "scraping" data from the web mining text files and generating dynamic graphicsNew chapter on special topics that describes key features such as processing by group and explores important areas of statistics including Bayesian methods propensity scores and bootstrappingNew chapter on simulation that includes examples of data generated from complex models and distributions A detailed discussion of the philosophy and use of the knitr and markdown packages for RNew packages that extend the functionality of R and facilitate sophisticated analysesReorganized and enhanced chapters on data input and output data management statistical and mathematical functions programming high-level graphics plots and the customization of plotsEasily Find Your Desired TaskConveniently organized by short clear descriptive entries this edition continues to show users how to easily perform an analytical task in R. Users can quickly find and implement the material they need through the extensive indexing cross-referencing and worked examples in the text. Datasets and code are available for download on a supplementary website. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367738464

Using R for Introductory Statistics The second edition of a bestselling textbook Using R for Introductory Statistics guides students through the basics of R helping them overcome the sometimes steep learning curve. The author does this by breaking the material down into small task-oriented steps. The second edition maintains the features that made the first edition so popular while updating data examples and changes to R in line with the current version. See What’s New in the Second Edition: Increased emphasis on more idiomatic R provides a grounding in the functionality of base R. Discussions of the use of RStudio helps new R users avoid as many pitfalls as possible. Use of knitr package makes code easier to read and therefore easier to reason about. Additional information on computer-intensive approaches motivates the traditional approach. Updated examples and data make the information current and topical. The book has an accompanying package UsingR available from CRAN R’s repository of user-contributed packages. The package contains the data sets mentioned in the text (data(package="UsingR")) answers to selected problems (answers()) a few demonstrations (demo()) the errata (errata()) and sample code from the text. The topics of this text line up closely with traditional teaching progression; however the book also highlights computer-intensive approaches to motivate the more traditional approach. The authors emphasize realistic data and examples and rely on visualization techniques to gather insight. They introduce statistics and R seamlessly giving students the tools they need to use R and the information they need to navigate the sometimes complex world of statistical computing. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781466590731

Using R for Item Response Theory Model Applications Item response theory (IRT) is widely used in education and psychology and is expanding its applications to other social science areas medical research and business as well. Using R for Item Response Theory Model Applications is a practical guide for students instructors practitioners and applied researchers who want to learn how to properly use R IRT packages to perform IRT model calibrations with their own data. This book provides practical line-by-line descriptions of how to use R IRT packages for various IRT models. The scope and coverage of the modeling in the book covers almost all models used in practice and in popular research including: dichotomous response modeling polytomous response modeling mixed format data modeling concurrent multiple group modeling fixed item parameter calibration modelling with latent regression to include person-level covariate(s) simple structure or between-item multidimensional modeling cross-loading or within-item multidimensional modeling high-dimensional modeling bifactor modeling testlet modeling two-tier modeling For beginners this book provides a straightforward guide to learn how to use R for IRT applications. For more intermediate learners of IRT or users of R this book will serve as a great time-saving tool for learning how to create the proper syntax fit the various models evaluate the models and interpret the output using popular R IRT packages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138542792

Using R for Modelling and Quantitative Methods in Fisheries Using R for Modelling and Quantitative Methods in Fisheries has evolved and been adapted from an earlier book by the same author and provides a detailed introduction to analytical methods commonly used by fishery scientists ecologists and advanced students using the open-source software R as a programming tool. Some knowledge of R is assumed as this is a book about using R but an introduction to the development and working of functions and how one can explore the contents of R functions and packages is provided. The example analyses proceed step-by-step using code listed in the book and from the book’s companion R package MQMF available from GitHub and the standard archive CRAN. The examples are designed to be simple to modify so the reader can quickly adapt the methods described to use with their own data. A primary aim of the book is to be a useful resource to natural resource practitioners and students. Featured Chapters: Model Parameter Estimation provides a detailed explanation of the requirements and steps involved in fitting models to data using R and mainly maximum likelihood methods. On Uncertainty uses R to implement bootstrapping likelihood profiles asymptotic errors and Bayesian posteriors to characterize any uncertainty in an analysis. The use of the Monte Carlo Markov Chain methodology is examined in some detail. Surplus Production Models applies all the methods examined in the earlier parts of the book to conducting a stock assessment. This included fitting alternative models to the available data characterizing the uncertainty in different ways and projecting the optimum models forward in time as the basis for providing useful management advice. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367469887

Using R for Numerical Analysis in Science and Engineering Instead of presenting the standard theoretical treatments that underlie the various numerical methods used by scientists and engineers Using R for Numerical Analysis in Science and Engineering shows how to use R and its add-on packages to obtain numerical solutions to the complex mathematical problems commonly faced by scientists and engineers. This practical guide to the capabilities of R demonstrates Monte Carlo stochastic deterministic and other numerical methods through an abundance of worked examples and code covering the solution of systems of linear algebraic equations and nonlinear equations as well as ordinary differential equations and partial differential equations. It not only shows how to use R’s powerful graphic tools to construct the types of plots most useful in scientific and engineering work but also: Explains how to statistically analyze and fit data to linear and nonlinear models Explores numerical differentiation integration and optimization Describes how to find eigenvalues and eigenfunctions Discusses interpolation and curve fitting Considers the analysis of time series Using R for Numerical Analysis in Science and Engineering provides a solid introduction to the most useful numerical methods for scientific and engineering data analysis using R. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439884485

Using Reading to Teach a World LanguageStrategies and Activities To help your students learn a world language don’t forget the power of reading! In this practical book from Donna Spangler and John Alex Mazzante you’ll gain a variety of strategies and activities that you can use to teach students to read in a world language boosting their comprehension vocabulary and fluency. Perfect for any age or proficiency level these classroom-ready activities can easily be adapted to suit your needs! Special features: A discussion of the challenges to teaching reading in the world language classroom A variety of adaptable pre-reading during-reading and post-reading strategies and activities for students across grade levels and languages Essential tips for cultivating vocabulary fluency and comprehension Reader’s Theater – a special chapter of strategies for implementing this exciting technique A list of helpful websites and apps for world language teachers Useful appendices including reproducible material for your classroom Busy world language teachers will love this book’s numerous classroom examples ready-to-use templates and free online reading sources. Bonus: The book includes eResources that are free to adapt and print for classroom use from our website http://www.routledge.com/books/details/9781138853515. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138853515

Using Relentless Empathy in the Therapeutic RelationshipConnecting with Challenging and Resistant Clients With a refreshing approach to resistance in therapy Using Relentless Empathy in the Therapeutic Relationship offers practical tools and tips to help therapists and clinicians across all modalities of counseling work with their most challenging clients. By illustrating the power of empathic responsiveness coupled with attachment science and interventions the author goes straight to the heart of what’s vital for building strong therapeutic alliances with even the most difficult clients. Using Relentless Empathy in the Therapeutic Relationship presents effective tools that clinicians and therapists can use to move away from pathological diagnostic labels toward engaging with people in their distress. This is a valuable resource to anyone in a helping profession teaching them to effectively use their most valuable instrument—themselves—by harnessing the power of relentless empathy to shape relationships with not only clients but also the outside world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367350444

Using Research InstrumentsA Guide for Researchers Clear accessible and practical this guide introduces the first-time researcher to the various instruments used in social research. It assesses a broad range of research instruments - from the well-established to the innovative - enabling readers to decide which are particularly well suited to their research.The book covers: questionnaires interviews content analysis focus groups observation researching the things people say and do. This book is particularly suitable for work-based and undergraduate researchers in education social policy and social work nursing and business administration. It draws numerous examples from actual research projects which readers can adapt for their own purposes. Written in a fresh and jargon-free style the book assumes no prior knowledge and is firmly rooted in the authors' own extensive research experience.Using Research Instruments is the ideal companion volume to The Researcher's Toolkit. Together they offer a superb practical introduction to conducting a social research project. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155558

Using SartreAn Analytical Introduction to Early Sartrean Themes Using Sartre is an introduction to the philosophy of Jean-Paul Sartre but it is not an ordinary introduction. It both promotes Sartrean views and adopts a consistently analytical approach to him. Concentrating on the early philosophy up to and including Sartre's masterwork Being and Nothingness Gregory McCulloch clearly shows how much analytic philosophy misses when it neglects Sartre and the continental tradition in philosophy.In the classic spirit of analytic philosophy this is a clear simple and appealingly short exposition of the early work of Sartre. Written specifically for beginners and non-specialists this book is sure to spark new interest in Sartre and the existentialists while making a significant contribution to the development of analytical philosophy of mind as well. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203047996

Using SAS for Data Management Statistical Analysis and Graphics Quick and Easy Access to Key Elements of Documentation Includes worked examples across a wide variety of applications tasks and graphics A unique companion for statistical coders Using SAS for Data Management Statistical Analysis and Graphics presents an easy way to learn how to perform an analytical task in SAS without having to navigate through the extensive idiosyncratic and sometimes unwieldy software documentation. Organized by short clear descriptive entries the book covers many common tasks such as data management descriptive summaries inferential procedures regression analysis multivariate methods and the creation of graphics. Through the extensive indexing cross-referencing and worked examples in this text users can directly find and implement the material they need. The text includes convenient indices organized by topic and SAS syntax. Demonstrating the SAS code in action and facilitating exploration the authors present example analyses that employ a single data set from the HELP study. They also provide several case studies of more complex applications. Data sets and code are available for download on the book‘s website. Helping to improve your analytical skills this book lucidly summarizes the features of SAS most often used by statistical analysts. New users of SAS will find the simple approach easy to understand while more expert SAS programmers will appreciate the invaluable source of task-oriented information. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138469846

Using Science to Develop Thinking Skills at Key Stage 3 This book presents a series of practical activities designed to help teachers build an effective science curriculum for more able children. It focuses on: developing higher order thinking skills using conceptual language; directed activities relating to text for developing higher order skills; and in-depth study topics that emphasize a "real product" outcome. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138164420

Using Science to Develop Thinking Skills at KS1 This work presents a series of practical activities designed to help teachers build an effective science curriculum for more able children. Activities range from short discussion topics and problems to solve to whole-day masterclasses. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138164109

Using Self-Assessment to Improve Student Learning Using Self-Assessment to Improve Student Learning synthesizes research on self-assessment and translates it into actionable guidelines and principles for pre-service and in-service teachers and for school leaders teacher educators and researchers. Situated beyond the simple how-to frameworks currently available for teachers and graduate students this volume illuminates self-assessment’s complexities and substantial promise to strategically move students toward self-regulated learning and internalized goals. Addressing theory empirical evidence and common implementation issues the book’s developmental approach to quality self-assessment practices will help teachers leaders and scholars maximize their impact on student self-regulation and learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138283374

Using Shakespeare's Plays to Explore Education Policy TodayNeoliberalism through the lens of Renaissance humanism Shakespeare is revered as the greatest writer in the English language yet education reform in the English-speaking world is informed primarily by the ‘market order’ rather than the kind of humanism we might associate with Shakespeare. By considering Shakespeare’s dramatisation of the principles that inform neoliberalism this book makes an important contribution to the debate on the moral failure of the market mechanism in schools and higher education systems that have adopted neoliberal policy. The utility of Shakespeare’s plays as a means to explore our present socio-economic system has long been acknowledged. As a Renaissance playwright located at the junction between feudalism and capitalism Shakespeare was uniquely positioned to reflect upon the nascent market order. As a result this book utilises six of his plays to assess the impact of neoliberalism on education. Drawing from examples of education policy from the UK and North America it demonstrates that the alleged innovation of the market order is premised upon ideas that are rejected by Shakespeare and it advocates Shakespeare’s humanism as a corrective to the failings of neoliberal education policy. Using Shakespeare's Plays to Explore Education Policy Today will be of key interest to researchers academics and students in the fields of education policy and politics educational reform social and economic theory English literature and Shakespeare. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138602571

Using Smartphones in Survey Research: A Multifunctional ToolImplementation of a Time Use App: A Feasibility Study Using smartphones and apps are innovative ways of collecting data among the public. The Netherlands Institute for Social Research SCP was involved in one of the first experiments to implement a smartphone application for collecting time use. This report describes the pilot study conducted by SCP and CentERdata (University of Tilburg) in 2011-2012 in the Netherlands to test use of smartphones as a data collection method.</p> Media > Books > Print Books Netherlands Institute for Social Research 9789037706802

Using Social Marketing for Public Emergency PreparednessSocial Change for Community Resilience Less than half of the public in the U.S. have taken the three steps to prepare for emergencies that are recommended by FEMA and the Red Cross: having a 3-day emergency kit a family communication plan and knowing where to get information during an emergency. Although emergency managers attempt to train the public often they are only able to distribute brochures and make public notifications. For a variety of reasons the public frequently ignores this guidance leaving people more vulnerable during emergencies. This book applies the process of social marketing which has been used widely in public health and other disciplines to the lack of public preparedness. Written for emergency managers in government and non-profit agencies students and volunteers the book provides enough background and resources to enable the user to carry out an effective emergency preparedness campaign in their community and maintain it over time. Unlike preparing one message for everyone social marketing involves working with smaller communities to identify what and how people want to learn training them and then maintaining that relationship to insure their preparedness. Because most emergency management agencies lack resources to take on such an initiative the book provides readers with low cost methods to begin a social marketing program. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765645784

Using Social Media Effectively in the ClassroomBlogs Wikis Twitter and More The rapid expansion of blogs Twitter wikis and virtual worlds has dramatically transformed the landscape of education. Through highly accessible networks these new media can integrate students into a learning community by enabling them to create customize and share content online. Using Social Media Effectively in the Classroom shows educators how to: utilize social media to best support learners resolve potential problems create a powerful sense of community within user-centered Web 2.0 technologies. Moving beyond basic explanations of technologies and how to use them this book provides research-based jargon-free practical examples of what works what doesn’t and why when it comes to social media. Organized according to the systematic process of instructional design contributors describe innovative strategies for incorporating social media into educational settings as well as significant issues to be taken into consideration at each phase of planning designing teaching and evaluation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415896801

Using SoundtrackProduce Original Music for Video DVD and Multimedia Covering the basics of producing great audio tracks to accompany video projects Using Soundtrack provides recording and editing tips and guidance on noise reduction tools audio effects and Final Cut Pro's powerful real-time audio mixer. Readers also learn how Soundtrack can be used to give video projects a professional finish with the addition of custom royalty-free scoring. Theory is presented on a need-to-know basis and practical tutorials provide hands-on techniques for common tasks including editing video to audio editing audio to video changing the length of a music bed editing dialog and mixing dialog with music and sound effects. The accompanying CDROM includes tutorial lessons and sample media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138468399

Using Sources EffectivelyStrengthening Your Writing and Avoiding Plagiarism Now in its fifth expanded edition Using Sources Effectively Fifth Edition targets the two most prominent problems in current research-paper writing: the increase in unintentional plagiarism and the ineffective use of research source material. Designed as a supplementary textbook for both undergraduate and graduate courses this book will help every student who uses research in writing. Included in this edition are coverage of research strategies and source selection (Chapter 2) a chapter on quoting sources effectively (Chapter 4) and a chapter on sentence patterns (Chapter 10). APA and MLA citation styles have been updated throughout the text. To the student: This book was written to give you the knowledge and tools you can use to make your research-based writing more powerful and effective. Here are some examples: Mini-Research Projects at the end of each chapter to sharpen your research and evaluation skills A set of practical useful rhetorical devices to help improve the clarity and impact of your writing Increased emphasis on synthesis writing—weaving source use into your own thinking—to give your writing more interest and persuasive power Instruction in close reading to help you better grasp what an author is discussing or arguing Strategies for organizing and positioning your sources to strengthen your central argument. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138289680

Using Space: Critical Geographies of Drugs and Alcohol The consumption of drugs and alcohol and the pleasures and problems arising from this consumption can be understood as embedded and constitutive elements of social family and recreational life. At the same time they are key sites of intervention for a broad array of state and non-state actors focused on regulation treatment and recovery. This edited volume showcases current research on the complex social and cultural geographies of drugs and alcohol. Taking an avowedly critical approach the authors draw from a variety of theoretical traditions to explore the socially and spatially embedded nature of alcohol and drug consumption regulation and treatment and the ways in which these give rise to particular lived experiences while foreclosing on others. Together the chapters question taken-for-granted assumptions about the nature of and motivations for drug and alcohol use and pay direct attention to both the intended and unintended consequences of regulation and treatment initiatives. Despite and in part because of this critical stance chapters hold immediate implications for drug and alcohol policy and public health interventions. This book was originally published as a special issue of Social and Cultural Geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383302

Using Spirituality in PsychotherapyThe Heart Led Approach to Clinical Practice Using Spirituality in Psychotherapy: The Heart Led Approach to Clinical Practice offers a means for therapists to integrate a spiritual perspective into their clinical practice. The book provides a valuable alternative to traditional forms of psychotherapy by placing an emphasis on purpose and meaning. Introducing a new spiritually-informed model Heart Led Psychotherapy (HLP) the book uses a BioPsychoSocialSpiritual approach to treat psychological distress. When clients experience challenges trauma or attachment difficulties this can create blocks and restrictions which result in repeated patterns of behaviours and subsequent psychological distress. Based on the premise that everyone is on an individual life journey HLP teaches clients to become an observer identifying the life lesson that they are being asked to understand or experience. The model can be used whether a client has spiritual beliefs or not enabling them to make new choices that are in keeping with their authentic selves and to live a more fulfilled and peaceful life. Illustrated by case studies to highlight key points and including a range of practical resource exercises and strategies this engaging book will have wide appeal to therapists and clinicians from a variety of backgrounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367141356

Using Statistics in Small-Scale Language Education ResearchFocus on Non-Parametric Data Assuming no familiarity with statistical methods this text for language education research methods and statistics courses  provides detailed guidance and instruction on principles of designing conducting interpreting reading and evaluating statistical research done in classroom settings or with a small number of participants. While three different types of statistics are addressed (descriptive parametric non-parametric) the emphasis is on non-parametric statistics because they are appropriate when the number of participants is small and the conditions for use of parametric statistics are not satisfied. The emphasis on non-parametric statistics is unique and complements the growing interest among second and foreign language educators in doing statistical research in classrooms. Designed to help students and other language education researchers to identify and use analyses that are appropriate for their studies taking into account the number of participants and the shape of the data distribution the text includes sample studies to illustrate the important points in each chapter and exercises to promote understanding of the concepts and the development of practical research skills. Mathematical operations are explained in detail and step-by-step illustrations in the use of R (a very powerful online freeware program) to perform all calculations are provided. A Companion Website extends and enhances the text with PowerPoint presentations illustrating how to carry out calculations and use R; practice exercises with answer keys; data sets in Excel MS-DOS format; and quiz midterm and final problems with answer keys. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415819947

Using Stories Art and Play in Trauma-Informed TreatmentCase Examples and Applications Across the Lifespan This book shows new and experienced therapists how to use meaningful therapeutic material in art stories and play to facilitate shifts in outlook and behavior. Using a wide variety of case studies Dr. Pernicano lays out a framework for problem clarification conceptualization trauma-informed intervention and positive therapeutic outcome with clients across the lifespan. Case examples include working with clients suffering from dissociation depression anxiety mood dysregulation adjustment to life change grief and loss and/or panic attacks. Replete with client-generated illustrations as well as practical tips and strategies Using Art Stories and Play in Trauma-Informed Treatment teaches therapists how to think conceptually plan systemically and intervene flexibly to improve treatment outcomes for diverse clients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138484726

Using Stories for Professional Development35 Tales to Promote Reflection and Discussion in Schools This book offers a selection of stories about teaching learning and school life that you can use in a variety of PD formats and settings. Grouped into four categories—students teachers administrators and parents—these tales offer a powerful entry point for thinking and reflecting on your school environment in a new and meaningful way. Each brief tale is presented to spark a 10–15 minute group discussion that will help educators think more deeply about the complex human problems they confront on a daily basis. Suggested questions and a brief commentary following each tale can be used to explore the issues embedded in the tale and thereby empower staff to generate creative responses to them. Ditch your "sit and get" professional development and "tap into the wisdom of the ages" by using these powerful tales to give educators the gift of time to think and talk about what it really means to educate hearts and minds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367203597

Using Story Telling as a Therapeutic Tool with Children This practical handbook begins with the philosophy and psychology underpinning the therapeutic value of story telling. It shows how to use story telling as a therapeutic tool with children and how to make an effective response when a child tells a story to you. It is an essential accompaniment to the "Helping Children with Feelings" series and covers issues such as: Why story telling is such a good way of helping children with their feelings? What resources you may need in a story-telling session? How to construct your own therapeutic story for a child? What to do when children tell stories to you? Things to do and say when working with a child's story. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138434189

Using Storytelling to Support Children and Adults with Special NeedsTransforming lives through telling tales This innovative and wide-ranging book shows how storytelling can open new worlds for learners with or without special educational needs. With sections that outline both therapeutic and educational approaches the leading practitioners who contribute to this practical resource draw on their extensive experience and distil their own approaches for the reader to use as inspiration for their own lessons. Providing a highly accessible combination of theory and practice the contributors to this book: define their own approach to storytelling describe the principles and theory that underpin their practice demonstrate how they work with different types of story provide extensive case-studies and assessment frameworks for a range of different special needs and age ranges provide some ‘top tips’ for practitioners who want to start using stories in this way. Using Storytelling to Support Children and Adults with Special Needs will be of interest to all education professionals as well as therapists youth workers counsellors and storytellers and theatre practitioners working in special education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415687751

Using Student Feedback for Successful Teaching Feedback from students to teachers has been shown to have a major influence on students’ achievement. Although the use of feedback from students requires little time and investment the exploration of this topic in recent years has focused primarily on that from teacher-to-student or teacher-to-teacher. This innovative book examines the much-neglected feedback path from student to teacher and provides an empirically founded and practice-oriented step-by-step guide for teachers who want to get feedback on their own teaching. Including a foreword by John Hattie the authors shed light on the benefits challenges impact and academic discussion of student feedback. Topics include: an outline of the current state of research about feedback including in the light of Visible Learning and the essentials for translating this research into implementation in the classroom; the advantages of student-to-teacher feedback and how it is connected to good effective teaching; the practicalities of putting student feedback into practice: finding the right questions to ask professional discussion and how to go about applying changes to your teaching; an exploration of combining digital technologies with the acquisition and evaluation of student feedback; the wider impact of feedback and how a "feedback culture" can transform not only individual teachers but whole schools. Using Student Feedback for Successful Teaching is an essential guide for experienced and newly-qualified teachers alike who are invested in their professional development and who strive to deliver the best quality teaching for their students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545816

Using Student Feedback to Improve Learning Materials The use of self-instructional learning materials presented through a wide range of media was becoming an increasingly pervasive and important part of the educational scene at all levels from infant school to university. Much had been written both theoretical and practical about various aspects of the techniques for developing such materials. However one phase of the development process while generally recognised to be critical in producing materials of high quality and educational effectiveness had been relatively neglected in the literature. This is the phase of trying out the materials in draft form on students collecting feedback and undertaking revision in the light of the ensuing data. Based on considerable practical experience this book originally published in 1980 examines the planning and executing of the collection of feedback from students on self-instructional learning materials concerned with various subject-matters and presented through various media both printed and audio-visual. A brief survey of the development of materials-based learning is provided in order to set the use of student feedback in context and to sort out some of the terminology in common use. The main part of the book illustrates a step by step method through all the stages of the try-out process from initial planning of the project to final revision of the materials. Thus a particular approach to the process of trying out draft materials is advocated which is outlined by means of a case study. Finally there is an examination of whether using student feedback to revise learning materials can actually improve their educational quality and effectiveness with particular reference to the approach described earlier. Incorporating a full bibliography this study combines a comprehensive review of what is known about this crucial phase of developing learning materials with an original ‘how to do it guide for practitioners which has itself been subject to extensive try-out. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815379768

Using Students' Assessment Mistakes and Learning Deficits to Enhance Motivation and Learning Being wrong is an integral part of the assessment process and understanding how to learn from those mistakes errors and misconceptions helps educators and students get the most from their learning experience. In this practical volume James H. McMillan shows why being wrong (sometimes) is an essential part of effective learning and how it can be used by teachers to motivate students and help develop positive achievement-related dispositions. The six concise chapters of Using Students’ Assessment Mistakes and Learning Deficits to Enhance Motivation and Learning show how mistakes affect students’ engagement self-regulation and knowledge and how teachers can most effectively contextualize supposed failures to help students grow. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138121515

Using Superheroes and Villains in Counseling and Play TherapyA Guide for Mental Health Professionals Through rich and research-grounded clinical applications Using Superheroes and Villains in Counseling and Play Therapy explores creative techniques for integrating superhero stories and metaphors in clinical work with children adolescents adults and families. Each chapter draws on the latest empirically supported approaches and techniques to address a wide range of clinical challenges in individual family and group settings. The chapters also explore important contextual issues of race gender culture age and ethnicity and provide case studies and practical tips that clinicians can use to support clients on their healing journey. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138613270

Using Surveys to Value Public GoodsThe Contingent Valuation Method Economists and others have long believed that by balancing the costs of such public goods as air quality and wilderness areas against their benefits informed policy choices can be made. But the problem of putting a dollar value on cleaner air or water and other goods not sold in the marketplace has been a major stumbling block. Mitchell and Carson for reasons presented in this book argue that at this time the contingent valuation (CV) method offers the most promising approach for determining public willingness to pay for many public goods---an approach likely to succeed if used carefully where other methods may fail. The result of ten years of research by the authors aimed at assessing how surveys might best be used to value public goods validly and reliably this book makes a major contribution to what constitutes best practice in CV surveys. Mitchell and Carson begin by introducing the contingent valuation method describing how it works and the nature of the benefits it can be used to measure comparing it to other methods for measuring benefits and examining the data-gathering technique on which it is based---survey research. Placing contingent valuation in the larger context of welfare theory the authors examine how the CV method impels a deeper understanding of willingness-to-pay versus willingness-to-accept compensation measures the possibility of existence values for public goods the role of uncertainty in benefit valuation and the question of whether a consumer goods market or a political goods market (referenda) should be emulated. In developing a CV methodology the authors deal with issues of broader significance to survey research. Their model of respondent error is relevant to current efforts to frame a theory of response behavior and bias typology will interest those considering the cognitive aspects of answering survey questions. Mitchell and Carson conclude that the contingent valuation method can obtain valid valuation information on public goods but only if the method is applied in a way that addresses the potential sources of error and bias. They end their book by providing guidelines for CV practitioners a list of questions that should be asked by any decision maker who wishes to use the findings of a CV study and suggestions for new applications of contingent valuation. Additional features include a comprehensive bibliography of the CV literature and an appendix summarizing more than 100 CV studies. Media > Books > E-books RFF Press 9781315060569

Using Technology in Human Services EducationGoing the Distance Make the most of what today’s technology has to offer in human services education!Distance education presents special challenges to social work education. Using Technology in Human Services Education: Going the Distance provides case studies and practical research on making the best use of this powerful new tool for teaching. Designed for both practitioners and educators this fascinating book examines the use of technology in education and practice in the field of social work and other human services. Because setting up distance-learning programs can be expensive Using Technology in Human Services Education suggests ways to reduce the impact on the budget including setting up a consortium to merge resources with other schools. It also shows how to integrate traditional instructional approaches with the new technologies how to make use of email and electronic discussion groups and how to use the Internet to hone practice-related skills. In addition it covers the current status of the technology itself.Using Technology in Human Services Education: Going the Distance explores ways to maximize the potential of distance education such as: a framework for designing distance education courses that fully utilize the unique environments these courses offer a discussion of the impact of technological tools in teaching specific course content ways that SACs (Site Advisory Committees) can increase students’ socialization into their new professions ways that students need to be supported in order to feel a connection to a distance-learning program the use of GIS (Geographic Information Systems) to help meet and identify the information needs of a field placement agencyUsing Technology in Human Services Education offers creative approaches and practical advice for making the best use of the technology. Whatever your level of computer skill from novice to hacker this book will give you ideas Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138461789

Using Technology in Teaching and Learning First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421219

Using Technology to Create ValueDesigning the Tools for the New HR Function How can technology enable effective delivery of the HR service and how can this technology be selected and implemented into your organization successfully? Beginning with an overview of the key roles within HR and how technology can support them Using Technology to Create Value part of the Gower HR Transformation Series provides a step-by-step guide detailing how to identify your requirements develop a compelling business case and ensure that the design of the selected technology solution addresses your HR and business priorities. The book includes suggestions on the skills required to implement HR technology (HRT) effectively along with case studies to illustrate the types of issues and decisions that need to be taken and shows solutions that have been developed within other organizations. About The Gower HR Transformation Series: The Human Resources function faces a continuing challenge to its role and purpose in many organizations it has suffered from serious under-representation at strategic board level. Yet faced with the challenges of globalism the need to innovate manage knowledge attract and retain the very best employees organizations need an HR function that can lead from the front. The process of transforming the function is complex and rarely linear. It involves applying and managing technology to manage risk knowledge and communication. All of which involves a highly complex and often painful process of change. The Gower HR Transformation Series will help; it uses a blend of conceptual frameworks practical advice and global case study examples to cover each of the main elements of the HR transformation process. The books in the series follow a standard format to make them easy to read and reference. Together the titles create a definitive guide from one of the leading specialist HR transformation consultancies; an organization that has been involved in HR transformation for clients as diverse as Bombardier Transportation Marks & Sp Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138433595

Using Technology to Support Evidence-Based Behavioral Health PracticesA Clinician's Guide The use of technology to provide cost-effective behavioral healthcare is emerging as a crucial aspect of treating a wide variety of behavioral health problems. However many behavioral health providers lack the knowledge and skills necessary to effectively integrate technology-based behavioral tools into their practice. In Using Technology to Support Evidence-Based Behavioral Health Practices the authors help providers implement technology-based behavioral health practices in various healthcare settings and with various mental health disorders. Divided into two parts the text first addresses specific disorders or problem areas then presents issues concerning implementation and evaluating such tools in clinical practice and important ethical issues to consider when doing so.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872950

Using Technology to Support Learning and Teaching The climate of Higher Education is changing rapidly. The students are more likely to see themselves as consumers and have increasingly high expectations regarding teaching and learning. Universities are in part aiming to meet this need by increasing the use of technology; for example whether to increase access to teaching materials outside the classroom or to make lectures more interactive. Although there is no illusion amongst Higher Education intuitions that technology is a panacea it is clear that technology is a vital tool in meeting expectations and one that will be used more and more. Consequently the context of this book is one in which technology needs to be understood as part of an overall teaching practice. Technology continues to move on a pace and is used increasingly within Higher Education to support and enhance teaching and learning. There are books which are steeped in technical detail and books which are steeped in theoretical pedagogy with little discussion about the impact on learning and student/teacher behaviour. Using Technology to Support Learning and Teaching fills a gap in the market by providing a jargon free (but pedagogically informed) set of guidance for teaching practitioners who wish to consider a variety of ways in which technology can enrich their practice and the learning of their students. It integrates a wide range of example cases from different kinds of HE institutions and different academic disciplines illustrating practicable pedagogies to a wide range of readers. It is full of advice hints and tips for practitioners wanting to use technology to support a style of teaching and learning that is also built on sound pedagogical principles. It will provide a quick user-friendly reference for practitioners wanting to incorporate technology into Higher Education in a way that adheres to their learning principles and values . This book is primarily for teaching practitioners particularly those who are new to the industry.This book would also prove useful on training courses for practitioners; such as the Postgraduate Certificate for Higher Education. The authors also intend that the book be of value to newer teachers (perhaps taking teacher training programmes) who wish to see where recommended approaches link to pedagogy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415630504

Using Television in the Primary School First published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420946

Using the Bible in Practical TheologyHistorical and Contemporary Perspectives Exploring how the Bible may be appropriately used in practical and public theology this book looks at types of modern practical theology with specific emphasis on the use of the Bible. Bennett juxtaposes the diversity of modern practical theology with the work of leading nineteenth-century public 'theologian' John Ruskin and then assesses the contribution of this analysis to some modern issues of public importance in which the Bible is used. The final chapter offers a framework for a biblically informed critical practical theology which draws on the writer's experience and invites the readers to engage their own. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472456229

Using the Biological LiteratureA Practical Guide Fourth Edition The biological sciences cover a broad array of literature types from younger fields like molecular biology with its reliance on recent journal articles genomic databases and protocol manuals to classic fields such as taxonomy with its scattered literature found in monographs and journals from the past three centuries. Using the Biological Literature: A Practical Guide Fourth Edition is an annotated guide to selected resources in the biological sciences presenting a wide-ranging list of important sources.This completely revised edition contains numerous new resources and descriptions of all entries including textbooks. The guide emphasizes current materials in the English language and includes retrospective references for historical perspective and to provide access to the taxonomic literature. It covers both print and electronic resources including monographs journals databases indexes and abstracting tools websites and associations—providing users with listings of authoritative informational resources of both classical and recently published works.With chapters devoted to each of the main fields in the basic biological sciences this book offers a guide to the best and most up-to-date resources in biology. It is appropriate for anyone interested in searching the biological literature from undergraduate students to faculty researchers and librarians. The guide includes a supplementary website dedicated to keeping URLs of electronic and web-based resources up to date a popular feature continued from the third edition. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466558571

Using the Bodies of the DeadLegal Ethical and Organisational Dimensions of Organ Transplantation First published in 1998 this unique timely book applies sociological concepts and analysis to the study of organ transplantation and related medical phenomena. It provides comparisons between differing transplantation systems and examines the ethical issues of organ transplantation organ donation and recipient selection. The author presents rich empirical materials and fertile theory with which to better understand a number of the current problems and developments related to organ transplantation and other high-tech medical developments. It also addresses important ethical issues. Dr. Nora Machado develops and applies an impressive range of new concepts and models in analyzing organ transplantation systems: the dissonance that appears to be endemic to these systems; the particular functions of a number of hospital roles rituals and discourses tin dealing with such dissonance and related conflict; the legal and normative regulation of body part extraction and allocation in large-scale systems; the cognitive and moral dilemmas which physicians nurses and next-of-kin face in the use of the bodies of the dead. Much of Dr. Machado’s theoretical work is of a highly general value and should be of considerable interest even to those not engaged in issues of organ transplantation or bio-medical developments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138387072

Using the Building Regulations As the Building Regulations and Approved Documents have become more and more complex they have become increasingly unfriendly for a professional user. Compliance is only possible by understanding a wide range of supporting documentation. Alternative approaches are implied but not described or analysed.This book examines Approved Document C on Site Preparation and takes the user through all the key stages of preparation compliance inspection and enforcement. It offers practical advice on using not just the traditional routes to compliance but also on the alternative approaches suggested but not explained in the Approved Documents. The advantages and disadvantages of each form of compliance are analysed in depth.Everything you need to know to prepare a site's fixtures against contamination and moisture is discussed including floors walls window frames door tresholds and roofs. This is an indispensable text for professional designers architects structural and other specialist engineers building control officers and students in construction building and architecture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157033

Using the Building Regulations: Administrative Procedures As the Building Regulations and Approved Documents have become more and more complex they have become increasingly unfriendly for a professional user. Compliance is only possible by understanding a wide range of supporting documentation. Alternative approaches are implied but not described or analysed.This series of books on individual Documents goes far beyond analysis of the Regulations and Documents themselves and offers practical advice on using not just the traditional routes to compliance but also on the alternative approaches suggested but not explained in the Approved Documents. The advantages and disadvantages of each form of compliance are analysed in depth.This book examines the background to the Building Regulations and their evolution to the complex documents of today. Inspection enforcement and compliance are described in detail. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154650

Using the Building Regulations: Part M Access This informative book takes the practitioner through the requirements for Part M of the Building Regulations explaining and expanding the guidance given in the Approved Document and comparing the advice in BS83000 and other relevant publications. Access statements are demystified and the implications for the building in use under the Disability Discrimination Act are clarified. It will inform all those working within the built environment enabling them to deal with a complex and evolving area of the law which directly affects everyone.As with the other books in the Using the Building Regulations series Part M Access goes far beyond analysis of the Regulations and Documents themselves and offers practical advice on using not just the traditional routes to compliance but also on the alternative approaches suggested but not explained in the Approved Documents. The advantages and disadvantages of each form of compliance are analysed in depth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138408685

Using the Engineering Literature With the encroachment of the Internet into nearly all aspects of work and life it seems as though information is everywhere. However there is information and then there is correct appropriate and timely information. While we might love being able to turn to Wikipedia® for encyclopedia-like information or search Google® for the thousands of links on a topic engineers need the best information information that is evaluated up-to-date and complete. Accurate vetted information is necessary when building new skyscrapers or developing new prosthetics for returning military veterans While the award-winning first edition of Using the Engineering Literature used a roadmap analogy we now need a three-dimensional analysis reflecting the complex and dynamic nature of research in the information age. Using the Engineering Literature Second Edition provides a guide to the wide range of resources available in all fields of engineering. This second edition has been thoroughly revised and features new sections on nanotechnology as well as green engineering. The information age has greatly impacted the way engineers find information. Engineers have an effect directly and indirectly on almost all aspects of our lives and it is vital that they find the right information at the right time to create better products and processes. Comprehensive and up to date with expert chapter authors this book fills a gap in the literature providing critical information in a user-friendly format. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439850022

Using the Expressive Arts with Children and Young People Who Have Experienced LossA Pocket Guide This guidebook has been created to be used alongside the storybook The Girl Who Lost the Light in Her Eyes. Using a relational approach it explores the themes of the story and offers guidance to the adult as they use expressive arts to give the child or young person a creative outlet for their emotions. The gentle guidance offered makes this an ideal tool for non-specialists working with children experiencing loss or bereavement. It guides the adult to respond appropriately and sensitively to the grief of the child whilst helping them journey through the grieving process. This book must be used alongside the illustrated storybook The Girl Who Lost the Light in Her Eyes. Both books are available to purchase as a set Supporting Children and Young People Who Experience Loss. The full set includes: • The Girl Who Lost the Light in Her Eyes a colourfully illustrated and sensitively written storybook designed to encourage conversation and support emotional literacy. • Using the Expressive Arts with Children and Young People Who Experience Loss a supporting guidebook that explores a relational approach and promotes creative expression as a way through loss or bereavement. Perfectly crafted to spark communication around a difficult topic this is an invaluable tool for practitioners educators parents and anybody else looking to support a child or young person through loss or bereavement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367524425

Using the Internet in Secondary Schools Whether a novice or a seasoned surfer this practical down-to-earth and straightforward guide should help readers to get to grips with the Internet in all aspects of teaching. It offers practical suggestions for improving the use of the Internet online resources and ICT in teaching and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421363

Using the Mathematics Literature This reference serves as a reader-friendly guide to every basic tool and skill required in the mathematical library and helps mathematicians find resources in any format in the mathematics literature. It lists a wide range of standard texts journals review articles newsgroups and Internet and database tools for every major subfield in mathematics and details methods of access to primary literature sources of new research applications results and techniques. Using the Mathematics Literature is the most comprehensive and up-to-date resource on mathematics literature in both print and electronic formats presenting time-saving strategies for retrieval of the latest information. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394271

Using the Media for Adult Basic Education Originally published in 1982 this volume examines some of the themes and issues involved in the combined use of broadcasting distance teaching methods and local tutorial or counselling provision for adult basic education. Particular emphasis is laid on identifying means of reaching groups and individuals with special needs in literacy  numeracy and social skills. Detailed case-studies are presented drawn from the UK France Denmark The Netherlands and Canary Islands.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367000882

Using the MMPI with Adolescents Originally published in 1987 the objective of this volume was to provide a clear and comprehensive review of the literature in the area of adolescents and the MMPI based on the research studies that had occurred in the previous 40 years. It was written to provide the reader with an appreciation and understanding of the research that had occurred as well as to highlight areas in which crucial research had essentially not occurred such as systematic and ongoing investigations of the accuracy of clinical descriptive statements for adolescents based on adolescent and adult correlate data. The volume also attempts to provide a developmental perspective through which to understand adolescent response patterns as well as a clear discussion of the empirical implications of using adult and adolescent norm conversions for adolescent respondents. A series of direct concrete recommendations are offered for the scoring and interpretation of adolescent response patterns along with the empirical foundations on which these suggestions are based. Finally this book provides a description of norm development projects at the time and future research directions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138951976

Using the Narcotrafico Threat to Build Public Administration Capacity between the US and Mexico The current drug trafficking crisis between the US and Mexico is a "perfect storm" that has caused deaths disappearances and widespread fear of violence and insecurity in the border area between these two countries. Current US drug control policies with Mexico are based on a militarized system of border control and characterized by domestic gridlock over drug control and immigration reform. However because drug trafficking and other underlying issues have both domestic and international consequences they cannot be resolved unless both countries work together. Using the "Narcotrafico" Threat to Build Public Administration Capacity between the US and Mexico explores how they can do exactly that. Co-edited by two public administration scholars from Mexico and the US and comprising chapters by 18 other experts from Mexico Canada and the US the book demonstrates how the current situation of drug trafficking and violence on top of the other existing perceptions and conditions creates a real opportunity for the US to build relationships with its Mexican counterparts at state local national and NGO levels. With chapters written by leading experts working in a broad spectrum of international and domestic US-Mexico policy issues the book covers immigration drug flow and conflict gun-running money laundering education and economic and community development in both countries.. Only by supporting bi-national drug policies based on mutual understanding of the border as something that both separates and unites the US and Mexico will it be possible to develop cooperative policies that can lead from militarization to regularization of the US-Mexico border. Twenty years after the signing of NAFTA (North American Free Trade Agreement) in 1994 it is time to recognize the link between effective drug control policies and the emergence of North America as a regional economic social and political powerhouse capable of successfully competing with the European Union China and other emerging regions in our increasingly globalized world this book offers concrete long-term solutions for building cooperative and shared public administrative capacity on both sides of the border. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781466571099

Using the Past to Serve the PresentHistoriography and Politics in Contemporary China An historiographical examination of the political debates of the 1980s over despotism in Chinese history and over Party history. The extent of popular culture and its reinterpretation of history is also assessed as governmental control of the media has decreased. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698397

Using the Pharmaceutical Literature Gathering information of critical importance for professionals in the pharmaceutical and medical device industries this guide provides a comprehensive overview of key resources such as databases on-line directories reports and periodicals-providing at-a-glance guidance and collection development tools for information professionals in this field. Each chapter corresponds to a key stage or component of the drug development processin a typical pharmaceutical company and covers the types of information typically required at that particular phase. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391133

Using the R CommanderA Point-and-Click Interface for R This book provides a general introduction to the R Commander graphical user interface (GUI) to R for readers who are unfamiliar with R. It is suitable for use as a supplementary text in a basic or intermediate-level statistics course. It is not intended to replace a basic or other statistics text but rather to complement it although it does promote sound statistical practice in the examples. The book should also be useful to individual casual or occasional users of R for whom the standard command-line interface is an obstacle. tinyurl.com/RcmdrBookThe site includes data files used in the book and an errata list. http://socserv.mcmaster.ca/jfox/Books/RCommander/Writing-Rcmdr-Plugins.pdf Writing R Commander Plug-in Packages   Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498741903

Using the Rorschach Performance Assessment System® (R-PAS®) From codevelopers of the Rorschach Performance Assessment System (R-PAS) this essential casebook illustrates the utility of R-PAS for addressing a wide range of common referral questions with adults children and adolescents. Compelling case examples from respected experts cover clinical issues (such as assessing psychosis personality disorders and suicidality); forensic issues (such as insanity and violence risk assessments child custody proceedings and domestic violence); and use in neuropsychological educational and other settings. Each tightly edited chapter details R-PAS administration coding and interpretation. Designed to replace the widely used Comprehensive System developed by John Exner R-PAS has a stronger empirical foundation is accurately normed for international use is easier to learn and use and reduces ambiguities in administration and coding among other improvements. Visit www.r-pas.org for more information. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462532537

Using the Skya dance In the mid 1990’s Deborah Hay’s work took a new turn. From her early experiments with untrained dancers and after a decade of focusing on solo work the choreographer began to explore new grounds of choreographic notation and transmission by working with experienced performers and choreographers. Using the Sky: a dance follows a similar path as Hay’s previous books—Lamb at the Altar and My Body the Buddhist—by exploring her unrelenting quest for ways to both define and rethink her choreographic imagery through a broad range of alternately intimate descriptive poetic analytical and often playful engagement with language and writing. This book is a reflection on the experiments that Hay set up for herself and her collaborators and the ideas she discovered while choreographing four dances If I Sing to You (2008) No Time to Fly (2010) A Lecture on the Performance of Beauty (2003) and the solo My Choreographed Body (2014). The works are revisited by unfolding a trove of notes and journal entries resulting in a dance score in its own right and providing an insight into Hay’s extensive legacy and her profound influence on the current conversations in contemporary performance arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138914353

Using the Socratic Method in CounselingA Guide to Channeling Inborn Knowledge Using the Socratic Method in Counseling shows counselors how to use the Socratic method to help clients solve life problems using knowledge they may not realize they have. Coauthored by two experts from the fields of philosophy and counseling the book presents theory and techniques that give counselors a client-centered and contextually bound method for better addressing issues of ethnicities genders cultures. Readers will find that Using the Socratic Method in Counseling is a thorough and useful text on a new theoretical orientation grounded in ancient philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415347556

Using the Visual Arts for Cross-curricular Teaching and LearningImaginative ideas for the primary school As schools are being encouraged to develop more flexible and creative approaches to education Using the Visual Arts for Cross-curricular Teaching and Learning provides practical guidance and ideas on using the visual arts as a starting point for imaginative effective learning across a wide range of curriculum subjects. Underpinned by established and current educational thinking it uses real-life examples to explore how this approach has been used successfully by individual class teachers and as whole-school projects. Offering proven strategies supporting the principles of personalized learning it will help you involve children in devising cross-curricular themes and setting their own lines of enquiry. Supplemented throughout with case studies and ideas for great artworks to get projects started as well as examples of children’s own work it explores: developing individual pupils' talent and respect for their own and other cultures; using a single painting as a starting point for learning in a range of subjects; finding inspiration for your own cross-curricular projects using the visual arts; underpinning all activities with educational purpose; planning for and assessing progression in learning; discovering and using art resources in your region. The tried and tested strategies in Using the Visual Arts for Cross-curricular Teaching and Learning will give all primary school teachers the confidence to explore the benefits of placing the visual arts at the centre of a creative appealing curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415508254

Using Trauma-Focused Therapy StoriesInterventions for Therapists Children and Their Caregivers Using Trauma-Focused Therapy Stories is a groundbreaking treatment resource for trauma-informed therapists who work with abused and neglected children ages nine years and older as well as their caregivers. The therapy stories are perfect accompaniments to evidence-based treatment approaches and provide the foundation for psychoeducation and intervention with the older elementary-aged child or early pre-teen. Therapists will also benefit from the inclusion of thorough guides for children and caregivers which illustrate trauma and developmental concepts in easy-to-understand terms. The psychoeducational material in the guides written at a third- to fourth-grade reading level may be used within any trauma-informed therapy model in the therapy office or sent-home for follow-up. Each therapy story illustrates trauma concepts guides trauma narrative and cognitive restructuring work and illuminates caregiver blind spots; the caregiver stories target issues that often become barriers to family trauma recovery. No therapist who works with young trauma survivors will want to be without this book and school-based professionals social workers psychologists and others committed to working with traumatized children will find the book chock-full of game-changing ideas for their practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415726924

Using Virtual Worlds in Educational SettingsMaking Learning Real The building of communities outside of the traditional brick-and-mortar base of a school or university is at a significant point in time; virtual worlds bridge the gap between 2D web spaces online and 3D physical spaces of the classroom providing teachers and students alike with opportunities to connect and collaborate in ways that were previously unimaginable. Providing insight into this new age of teaching Using Virtual Worlds in Educational Settings presents a collection of practical evidence-based ideas that illustrate the capacity for immersive virtual worlds to be integrated successfully in higher education and school settings.Examining research and stories from more than 1 000 students and six faculty members who introduced virtual worlds into their teaching and learning this book contains practical examples of how virtual worlds can be introduced and supported as well as reflections from faculty and students about their response to virtual worlds. This research will help teachers understand how to approach such a fundamental shift in pedagogy how to liberate themselves from teacher-focused instruction and how to help students to develop their skills through collaboration.Outlining how and why virtual worlds could be the shift in pedagogy that teachers have been waiting for Using Virtual Worlds in Educational Settings is an accessible practical resource for educators to support their use of virtual worlds in teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367607258

Using Web 2.0 for Health Information Working together is a particular strength of information professionals in all sectors. In the area of health information in particular the potential for using the internet for collaborative working is immense. Since it was first formally described in 2004 what is currently known as Web 2.0 has affected every library and information sector. Web 2.0 has tremendous potential to transform health information delivery still further. Although there have been any individual articles examining Web 2.0 applications and methods of working and there are many individual examples of best practice substantive works that synthesise this experience in one volume are rare. This new book is designed to meet this need by drawing together international case studies and reflections on using Web 2.0. The book blends practical insights theory and reflective approaches to offer a cohesive overview of how Web 2.0 is already changing health and medical information work. Main strands include: enhancing medical nursing and health education information literacy in a health information environment supporting research supporting clinical care developing a service presence using Web 2.0 using social networking to develop an outreach service. Readership: Although the focus of the book is health information it would be relevant to anyone who would like to gain an insight into this innovative and cost-effective method of delivering and sharing information. It is equally relevant for those new to Web 2.0 or those with more experience wishing to gain further insight into its application. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856047319

Using Words and ThingsLanguage and Philosophy of Technology This book offers a systematic framework for thinking about the relationship between language and technology and an argument for interweaving thinking about technology with thinking about language. The main claim of philosophy of technology—that technologies are not mere tools and artefacts not mere things but crucially and significantly shape what we perceive do and are—is re-thought in a way that accounts for the role of language in human technological experiences and practices. Engaging with work by Wittgenstein Heidegger McLuhan Searle Ihde Latour Ricoeur and many others the author critically responds to and constructs a synthesis of three "extreme" idealtype untenable positions: (1) only humans speak and neither language nor technologies speak (2) only language speaks and neither humans nor technologies speak and (3) only technology speaks and neither humans nor language speak. The construction of this synthesis goes hand in hand with a narrative about subjects and objects that become entangled and constitute one another. Using Words and Things thus draws in central discussions from other subdisciplines in philosophy such as philosophy of language epistemology and metaphysics to offer an original theory of the relationship between language and (philosophy of) technology centered on use performance and narrative and taking a transcendental turn. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595029

Using Workbooks in Mental HealthResources in Prevention Psychotherapy and Rehabilitation for Clinicians and Researchers The use of workbooks in therapy might represent one of the biggest breakthroughs that has occurred in decades. Using Workbooks in Mental Health: Resources in Prevention Psychotherapy and Rehabilitation for Clinicians and Researchers examines the effectiveness of mental health workbooks designed to address problems ranging from dementia and depression to addiction spousal abuse eating disorders and more. Compiled by Dr. Luciano L’Abate a leading authority on mental health workbooks this resource will help clinicians and researchers become aware of the supportive evidence for the use of workbooks. Using Workbooks in Mental Health examines workbooks designed to specifically help: clients affected by dementia or depression abused women gambling addicts women who have substance-abuse addictions incarcerated felons couples preparing for marriage children with school refusal disorder and more! An essential reference for mental health professionals graduate students administrators and researchers Using Workbooks in Mental Health also explores the role of workbooks in psychological intervention over the past decade. Although workbooks are not yet part of the mainstream of psychological intervention they are growing in popularity as their many advantages are recognized. They are easy to use by almost any client they are cost-effective to both therapist and client in terms of money and time they provide therapists with written assignments to use as homework for individuals couples and families and they can be used in any setting especially in computer-assisted offline or online interventions. In addition this book shows how workbooks can be used to administer therapy to previously unreachable clients such as: people who are reluctant to talk to an authoritative figure or a stranger people who cannot afford face-to-face treatments incarcerated offenders who have not been helped by talk therapies Internet users who are searching for help via computer rather than in person Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786049

Using Writing as a Therapy for Eating DisordersThe diary healer Using Writing as a Therapy for Eating Disorders: The diary healer uses a unique combination of evidence-based research and raw diary excerpts to explain the pitfalls and benefits of diary writing during recovery from an eating disorder. In a time when diary writing remains a largely untapped resource in the health care professions June Alexander sets out to correct this imbalance explaining how the diary can inspire heal and liberate provide a learning tool for others and help us to understand and cope with life challenges. The book focuses on the power of diary writing which may serve as a survival tool but become an unintended foe. With guidance patients who struggle with face-to-face therapy are able to reveal their thoughts through writing and construct a strong sense of self. The effects of family background and the environment are explored and the therapeutic value of sharing diaries to better understand illness symptoms and behaviours is discussed. Using Writing as a Therapy for Eating Disorders will be of interest to those who have recovered or are recovering from eating disorders or any mental illness as well as therapists clinicians and others working in the medical and healthcare professions.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138788374

Using Your Voice Effectively in the Classroom As a teacher you are required to use your voice more than any other professional! Your voice is the most important tool that you have at your disposal to inspire students and help them learn effectively. Using your voice powerfully and effectively is the key to becoming an outstanding teacher. Developing a strong vocal presence in the classroom influences everything else that you do helping to build your confidence and positive interactions with students. If you neglect your voice as a teacher you are more likely to end up stressed have a shorter teaching career and suffer from vocal health issues. This book explores how you can learn to use your voice effectively in the classroom linking together basic theory about vocal production and teacher identity with numerous practical tips tricks and exercises which you can apply to your own teaching. Covering all aspects of the voice and its employment both inside the classroom and its importance to daily life outside the book tackles topics such as: the philosophy of the voice how it develops and its role in creating your own identity the mechanical and mental skills required to develop a teaching voice acquiring confidence and an exploration of body language to underpin your vocal production the relationship between the student’s voice and the teacher’s voice the importance of practice for a teacher the practicality of caring for one’s voice. Using Your Voice Effectively in the Classroom offers a much-needed exploration and thorough examination of the voice in the classroom and will be an indispensable guide for trainee teachers as well as valuable reading for all practising teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138649798

US-Japan-North Korea Security RelationsIrrepressible Interests This book examines the major security and related issues between the United States Japan and North Korea (officially the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea - DPRK). Although focusing mainly on current issues this book also provides sufficient historical background to enable readers to appreciate the many nuances that have been ignored by policymakers analysts and the media. Where appropriate the book examines the security interests of other nations in Northeast Asia specifically South Korea China and Russia. The central purpose of the book is to objectively analyze the policymaking processes of Washington Tokyo and Pyongyang with respect to the DPRK's nuclear weapons and other important security issues and ultimately to provide practical ways to improve the security environment in Northeast Asia. Ongoing security-related issues include nuclear missile testing by the DPRK; its removal from the U.S. list of states sponsoring terrorism and the abduction of Japanese nationals by North Korean agents that occurred during the 1970s and 1980s. Unlike other books  which typically take the position that North Korea is a rogue state run by an irrational belligerent and autocratic leader this book reveals the fundamentals of Pyongyang’s security concerns in the region. This book will be of great interest to students of North East Asian politics Asian security studies US foreign policy and Security Studies/IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415723954

US-Pakistan RelationshipSoviet Invasion of Afghanistan Hilali provides an excellent study into the US-Pakistan partnership under the Reagan administration. The book explores the causes of Pakistan's involvement in the Afghanistan war and the United States' support to prevent Soviet adventurism. It shows that Pakistan was the principal channel through which assistance was provided to Afghan freedom fighters; it also provided access to its military bases to use against the Soviet Union. The study looks at the consequences of the war on Pakistan and explains how it became enmeshed within its domestic politics. Furthermore it evaluates the role of Pakistan as a key partner in the global coalition against terrorism and discusses how General Pervez Musharraf brought about Pakistan's development towards a progressive moderate and democratic society. Ideally suited to courses on foreign policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754642206

US-Pakistan RelationsPakistan�s Strategic Choices in the 1990s US foreign policy-making from the end of the Cold War to after 2001 is crucial to understanding the years of strong US engagement with Pakistan that would follow 9/11. This book explains Pakistan’s strategic choices in the 1990s by examining the role of the United States in the shaping of Islamabad’s security goals. Drawing upon a diverse range of oral history interviews as well as available written sources the book explains the American contribution to Pakistani security objectives during the presidency of Bill Clinton (1993-2001). The author investigates and explains the dynamics which drove Islamabad’s pursuit of nuclear weapons its support for the Taliban and its approach towards the indigenous uprising in Indian Kashmir. She argues that Clinton’s foreign policy contributed to the hardening of Islamabad’s security perspectives creating space for the Pakistani military establishment to pursue its regional security goals. The book also discusses the argument that US-Pakistan relations during this period were driven by a Cold War mindset causing a fissure between US global and Pakistan’s regional security goals. The Pakistani military and civilian leadership utilized these divergent and convergent trends to protect Islamabad’s India-centric strategic interests.The book addresses a gap in the relevant literature and moves beyond the available mono-causal explanations often distorted by a mixture of intellectual obfuscation and political rhetoric. It adds a Pakistani perspective and is a valuable contribution to the study of US-Pakistan relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874940

U-StatisticsTheory and Practice In 1946 Paul Halmos studied unbiased estimators of minimum variance and planted the seed from which the subject matter of the present monograph sprang. The author has undertaken to provide experts and advanced students with a review of the present status of the evolved theory of U-statistics and Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367580155

US-UK Counter-Terrorism after 9/11A qualitative approach This book provides a qualitative analysis of post-9/11 counter-terrorism strategy undertaken by the United Kingdom and United States of America. Since 9/11 both the UK and the U.S have significantly revamped their counter-terrorism approaches. The approaches apply to varying degrees three key policy instruments – intelligence law enforcement and military force. However the success or failure of these counter-terrorism strategies has never been satisfactorily validated. Analysts and policymakers alike have assumed success due to the inability of terrorists to conduct 7/7 and 9/11 respectively scale attacks upon each state. This assumption has existed despite the fact that it fundamentally underestimates the impact of transnational terrorism. This volume provides an in-depth qualitative assessment of the three primary policy instruments implemented to counter the transnational threat of terrorism during the period 2001-2011; an approach somewhat neglected by the current body of literature which focuses on a purely quantitative methodology. Drawing upon previously unpublished data collected from interviews with policymakers specialists and academics the book fills this lacuna by ascertaining and analysing both the UK’s and USA’s counter-terrorism strategies and developing a holistic approach to understanding these strategies. This book will be of interest to students of terrorism and counter-terrorism studies security studies and IR in general.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138940222

Utah Oil ShaleScience Technology and Policy Perspectives Utah’s Uinta Basin contains one of the largest oil shale resources in the United States. This book examines many of the issues surrounding oil shale development in the Uinta Basin. Focusing on research conducted by investigators associated with The University of Utah’s Institute for Clean and Secure Energy (ICSE) the chapters in this book build on each other across a range of scales and of disciplines to present a comprehensive picture of the opportunities and challenges facing this nascent industry. Scales range from the molecular analysis of kerogen to the basin-scale analysis of oil shale geology. Legal policy geologic chemical economic and engineering perspectives provide insight into the nature of the Uinta Basin oil shale resource and the potential costs (both financial and environmental) of its extraction. This book integrates the various analyses in two ways. First the Skyline 16 oil shale core which was drilled in the Uinta Basin as part of this research was the source of samples for much of the work that is discussed in this book. Second the latter chapters of this book incorporate models and data from the earlier chapters to (1) produce a suite of in situ simulation scenarios that study the effect of well arrangement on energy ratio and (2) evaluate costs and air quality issues associated with these scenarios. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367872984

Uterine Fibroids Uterine fibroids are a painful condition that may also create serious limitations on a patient's reproductive options. This new text from an acknowledged expert at a major regional referral center fully reviews the relevant diagnostic factors as well as the potential new medical treatments and current thinking about the various - sometimes controversial - surgical options available for management. Print versions of this book also include access to the eBook version with links to procedural videos. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498739207

Utilisation of Bioactive Compounds from Agricultural and Food Production Waste The large quantity of waste generated from agricultural and food production remains a great challenge and an opportunity for the food industry. As there are numerous risks associated with waste for humans animals and the environment billions of dollars are spent on the treatment of agricultural and food waste. Therefore the utilisation of bioactive compounds isolated from waste not only could reduce the risks and the costs for treatment of waste but also could potentially add more value for agricultural and food production. This book provides comprehensive information related to extraction and isolation of bioactive compounds from agricultural and food production waste for utilisation in the food cosmetic and pharmaceutical industries. The topics range from an overview on challenges and opportunities related to agricultural and food waste the bioactive compounds in the waste the techniques used to analyse extract and isolate these compounds to several specific examples for potential utilisation of waste from agricultural and food industry. This book also further discusses the potential of bioactives isolated from agricultural and food waste being re-utilised in the food cosmetic and pharmaceutical industries. It is intended for students academics researchers and professionals who are interested in or associated with agricultural and food waste. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498741316

Utilitarian BiopoliticsBentham Foucault and Modern Power The works of Foucault and Bentham have been regularly examined in isolation yet rarely has the relationship between them been discussed. This study traces the full breadth of that relationship within the fields of sexuality criminology ethics economics and governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138664494

Utilitarianism Surveying the historical development and the present condition of utilitarian ethics Geoffrey Scarre examines the major philosophers from Lao Tzu in the fifth century BC to Richard Hare in the twentieth. Utilitarianism traces the 'doctrine of utility' from the moralists of the ancient world through the Enlightenment and Victorian utilitarianism up to the lively debate of the present day. Utilitarianism today faces challenges on several fronts: it cannot warrant the drawing of adequate protective boundaries around the essential interests of individuals and it does not allow them the space to pursue the personal concerns which give meaning to their lives. Geoffrey Scarre considers these and other charges and concludes that whilst utilitarianism may not be a faultless moral doctrine its positions are relevant and significant today. Written with undergraduates in mind this is an ideal course book for those studying and those teaching moral philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150072

Utilitarianism and Malthus' Virtue EthicsRespectable Virtuous and Happy The die-hard image of Malthus the ogre has not completely disappeared yet. And yet Malthus showed no less concern than Adam Smith for the labouring poor. In order to make full sense of such expression of concern and to appraise their relevance in Malthus’s work we need to know what moral philosophy what view of natural science and what view of the "moral and political science" Malthus endorsed. This book reconstructs Malthus’s meta-ethics his normative ethics and his applied ethics on such topics as population poverty sexuality and war and slavery. They show how Malthus’s understanding of his own population theory and political economy was that of sub-disciplines of moral and political philosophy. Empirical enquiries required in order to be able to pronounce justified value judgments on such matters as the Poor Laws. But Malthus’s population theory and political economy were no value-free science and his non-utilitarian policy advice resulted from his overall system of ideas and was explicitly based on a set of familiar moral assumptions. It is mistaken to claim that Malthus’s explanation of disharmony by reference to Divine Wisdom is extraneous to analysis and without influence on the theory of policy; it is true instead that theological consequentialist considerations were appealed to in order to provide a justification for received moral rules but these were meant to justify a rather traditional normative ethics quite far from Benthamite ‘new morality’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669492

Utilitarianism and the Art School in Nineteenth-Century Britain The mid-nineteenth century saw the introduction of publicly funded art education as an alternative to the established private institutions. Quinn explores the ways in which members of parliament applied Bentham’s utilitarian philosophy to questions of public taste. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661936

Utilitarianism and the Ethics of War This book offers a detailed utilitarian analysis of the ethical issues involved in war. Utilitarianism and the Ethics of War addresses the two basic ethical questions posed by war: when if ever are we morally justified in waging war and if recourse to arms is warranted how are we permitted to fight the wars we wage? In addition it deals with the challenge that realism and relativism raise for the ethical discussion of war and with the duties of military personnel and the moral challenges they can face. In tackling these matters the book covers a wide range of topics—from pacifism to armed humanitarian intervention from the right of national defense to pre-emptive or preventive war from civilian immunity to the tenets of just war theory and the moral underpinnings of the rules of war. But what is distinctive about this book is that it provides a consistent and thorough-going utilitarian or consequentialist treatment of the fundamental normative issues that war occasions. Although it goes against the tide of recent work in the field a utilitarian approach to the ethics of war illuminates old questions in new ways by showing how a concern for well-being and the consequences of our actions and policies shape the moral constraints to which states and other actors must adhere. This book will be of much interest to students of the ethics of war just war theory moral philosophy war and conflict studies and IR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138998964

UtilitarianismA Contemporary Statement In this book first published in 1991 the author Dr Robin Barrow adopts the view that utilitarianism is the most coherent and persuasive ethical theory we have and argues in favour of a specific form of rule-utilitarianism. This book will be of interest to students of philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138925809

Utility of Gains and LossesMeasurement-Theoretical and Experimental Approaches This new monograph presents Dr. Luce's current understanding of the behavioral properties people exhibit (or should exhibit) when they make selections among alternatives and how these properties lead to numerical representations of those preferences. It summarizes and places in historical perspective the research Dr. Luce has done on utility theory for over 10 years. Included are axiomatic theoretical formulations experiments designed to test individual assumptions and analyses of the fit to bodies of data of numerical representations derived from the theory. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138003446

Utility-Based Learning from Data Utility-Based Learning from Data provides a pedagogical self-contained discussion of probability estimation methods via a coherent approach from the viewpoint of a decision maker who acts in an uncertain environment. This approach is motivated by the idea that probabilistic models are usually not learned for their own sake; rather they are used to make decisions. Specifically the authors adopt the point of view of a decision maker who(i) operates in an uncertain environment where the consequences of every possible outcome are explicitly monetized (ii) bases his decisions on a probabilistic model and(iii) builds and assesses his models accordingly.These assumptions are naturally expressed in the language of utility theory which is well known from finance and decision theory. By taking this point of view the book sheds light on and generalizes some popular statistical learning approaches connecting ideas from information theory statistics and finance. It strikes a balance between rigor and intuition conveying the main ideas to as wide an audience as possible. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367452322

Utilization of Agricultural Waste for the Production of High Valued Products The present book deals with the research work related to conversion and utilization of agricultural waste into useful products and to increase their economic values. The book mainly aims in analyzing the various application and research carried in the fields of potential utilization of agricultural wastes. The recycling and utilization of agricultural wastes is an important step forward towards environmental protection energy structure and agricultural development. The recycling and utilization pathway of agricultural wastes have also been discussed. The book also deals with the laws and regulations and strengthening of rural market. It will provide more comprehensive fundamental information for the recycling and utilization of agricultural wastes during the modernization and urbanization around the globe.Note: T& F does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. This title is co-published with New India Publishing Agency. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367469948

Utilization of Fish Waste The shortage of marine resources calls for the implementation of new technological processes for providing a better utilization of waste and by-products from fisheries and fish processing activities. Most of these by-products are currently used as raw materials for animal feed. It is estimated that their utilization in human foodstuffs nutraceuticals pharmacy or cosmetics would increase their value fivefold. This book discusses the opportunities for upgrading these materials by means of basic technologies such as hydrolysis membrane ultrafiltration and better handling techniques. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466585799

Utilizing Forensic Technologies for Unidentified Human RemainsDeath Investigation Resources Strategies and Disconnects In missing and unidentified investigations an abyss of dissonance seems to exist between law enforcement and the community they serve that all too often creates grating wounds that may never heal. Utilizing Forensic Technologies for Unidentified Human Remains: Death Investigation Resources Strategies and Disconnects bridges this abyss.This is the first book that provides comprehensive coverage of the tools for forensic law enforcement and investigative professionals to explain how to utilize the vast repositories of online databases of evidence that can help investigators solve cold cases.Bringing together crucial information in a single non-technical resource the book reviews the use of the NCIC CODIS NamUs IDENT IAFIS and NDIR databases. It employs a cross-disciplinary approach to forensic evidence and includes dozens of examples where these techniques have concluded in positive results.The book presents the material in a blended medium of both conceptual and nonfiction environments so that students educators investigators families and the public at large can easily understand. It includes dozens of examples that illustrate cases where current databases and investigative tools have yielded positive identification results.Helping to unite families and law enforcement this book will assuage future dissonance through understanding and transparency. After reading this book you will gain the understanding required to develop effective strategies for the investigation of unresolved cases with a deep sense of purpose for both family and law enforcement. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482263473

Utilizing New Information Technology in Teaching of International BusinessA Guide for Instructors Originally published in 1985 this book looks at the way in which some businesses in high technology manufacturing industry have organised their structures and processes in order to manage product innovation effectively. Including detailed case studies of both British and American companies the book gives examples of both effective and less effective practices. The author puts forward a general framework of good practice for the benefit of both practitioners and business studies students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138478985

Utilizing the 3Ms of Process Improvement in HealthcareA Roadmap to High Reliability Using Lean Six Sigma and Change Leadership Utilizing the 3Ms of Process Improvement in Healthcare supplies step-by-step guidance on how to use the 3Ms of change leadership to improve healthcare processes. Complete with forms templates and healthcare case studies it illustrates the proper application of the 3Ms. It weaves stories throughout the book of role models who have succeeded as well as some who have failed. It identifies the specific elements that were missing or defective in the failed attempts to teach readers about how the three elements work together. Arming you with a culture change method that is based on changing behaviors it provides a leadership and management guide to achieving your objectives. The 3Ms have worked for Ben Franklin Abraham Lincoln and the author’s teams across the globe. Now with this book you can put the power of the 3Ms to work for you in your quest towards improving processes providing better care and reducing costly errors. The author encourages reader interaction and feedback on his website: www.rpmexec.com. He also provides you with access to the forms and templates described in the book. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439895351

Utilizing the 3Ms of Process ImprovementA Step-by-Step Guide to Better Outcomes Leading to Performance Excellence Why is it that some improvement efforts succeed while others fail despite robust change management programs and the often do-or-die pressure to improve? Quite simply there are three elements that separate those that succeed from those that fail. They are the 3Ms—Measure Manage to Measure and Make-it-Easy. Complete with forms templates and case studies from the aviation and manufacturing industries Utilizing the 3Ms of Process Improvement supplies step-by-step guidance on how to use the 3Ms to achieve performance excellence that lasts. Suitable for a wide audience—including suppliers manufacturers and those who work in service organizations schools healthcare and government—it is as much about the science of process improvement as it is about how to lead process improvement utilizing the 3Ms. Illustrating applications of the 3Ms across a range of industries the book weaves stories throughout about role models who have succeeded as well as those who have failed. It identifies the specific elements that were missing or defective in the failed attempts to provide a clear understanding of how the three elements work together. Arming you with a culture change method based on changing behaviors it provides a leadership and management guide to achieving your objectives. The 3Ms have worked for Ben Franklin Abraham Lincoln and the author’s teams across the globe. Now with this book you can put the power of the 3Ms to work for you in your quest towards improving processes and reducing costs. The author encourages reader interaction and feedback on his website: www.rpmexec.com. He also provides you with access to the forms and templates described in the book. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439895603

Utopia and Dissent in West GermanyThe Resurgence of the Politics of Everyday Life in the Long 1960s Just as Chancellor Konrad Adenauer was seeking re-election on a campaign of "no experiments " art avant-garde groups in West Germany were reviving the utopian impulse to unite art and society. Utopia and Dissent in West Germany examines these groups and their legacy. Postwar artists built international as well as intergenerational networks such as Fluxus which was active in Düsseldorf Wiesbaden and Cologne and the Situationist International based in Paris. These groups were committed to undoing the compartmentalization of everyday life and the isolation of the artist in society. And as artists recast politics to address culture and everyday life they helped forge a path for the West German extraparliamentary left. Utopia and Dissent in West Germany traces these connections and presents a chronological map of the networks that fed into the extraparliamentary left as well as a geographical map of increasing radicalism as the locus of action shifted to West Berlin. These two maps show that in West Germany artists and their interventions in the structures of everyday life were a key starting point for challenging the postwar order. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662967

Utopia and RevolutionOn the Origins of a Metaphor The most comprehensive study of ideology and utopia since Karl Mannheim's work of the 1930s Utopia and Revolution can be understood as turning classical political theory on its head or perhaps inside out. Instead of the usual summary of how English radical theologies contributed to the revolutionary process Lasky shows how such political theology of the mid-seventeenth century became the backbone of the natural history of revolutionary disasters. In a remarkable feat of scholarship in intellectual history Lasky charts the course of this historic entanglement over some five turbulent centuries of Western history. In so doing he traces the ideological extension of the human personality through the writings of political theorists philosophers poets and historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540187

Utopia and Terror in Contemporary American Fiction This book examines the quest for/failure of Utopia across a range of contemporary American/transnational fictions in relation to terror and globalization through authors such as Susan Choi André Dubus Dalia Sofer and John Updike. While recent critical thinkers have reengaged with Utopia the possibility of terror — whether state or non-state external or homegrown — shadows Utopian imaginings. Terror and Utopia are linked in fiction through the exploration of the commodification of affect a phenomenon of a globalized world in which feelings are managed homogenized across cultures exaggerated or expunged according to a dominant model. Narrative approaches to the terrorist offer a means to investigate the ways in which fiction can resist commodification of affect and maintain a reasoned but imaginative vision of possibilities for human community. Newman explores topics such as the first American bestseller with a Muslim protagonist the links between writer and terrorist the work of Iranian-Jewish Americans and the relation of race and religion to Utopian thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138813953

Utopia AntiquaReadings of the Golden Age and Decline at Rome Utopia Antiqua is a fresh look at narratives of the Golden Age and decline in ancient Roman literature of the late Republic and imperial period. Through the lens of utopian theory Rhiannon Evans looks at the ways that Roman authors such as Virgil Ovid and Tacitus use and reinvent Greek myths of the ages considering them in their historical and artistic context. This book explores the meanings of the ‘Iron Age’ and dystopia for Roman authors as well as the reasons they give for this decline and the possibilities for a renewed Age of Gold. Using case studies it considers the cultural effects of importing luxury goods and the way that it gives rise to a rhetoric of Roman decline. It also looks at the idealisation of farmers soldiers and even primitive barbarians as parallels to the Golden Race and role models for now-extravagant Romans. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415518420

Utopia in the AnthropoceneA Change Plan for a Sustainable and Equitable World Utopia in the Anthropocene takes a cross-disciplinary approach to analyse our current world problems identify the key resistance to change and take the reader step by step towards a more sustainable equitable and rewarding world. It presents paradigm-shifting models of economics political decision-making business organization and leadership and community life. These are supported by psychological evidence utopian literature and inspirational changes in history.The Anthropocene is in crisis because human activity is changing almost everything about life on this planet at an unparalleled pace. Climate change the environmental emergency economic inequality threats to democracy and peace and an onslaught of new technology: these planetwide risks can seem too big to comprehend let alone manage. Our reckless pursuit of infinite economic growth on a finite planet could even take us towards a global dystopia. As an unprecedented frenzy of change grips the world the case for utopia is stronger than ever. An effective change plan requires a bold imaginative vision practical goals and clarity around the psychological values necessary to bring about a transformation. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of the environmental humanities sustainability studies ecological economics organizational psychology politics utopian philosophy and literature – and all who long for a better world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367614843

Utopia(s) - Worlds and Frontiers of the ImaginaryProceedings of the 2nd International Multidisciplinary Congress October 20-22 2016 Lisbo The idea of Utopia springs from a natural desire of transformation of evolution pertaining to humankind and therefore one can find expressions of “utopian” desire in every civilization. Having to do explicitly with human condition Utopia accompanies closely cultural evolution almost as a symbiotic organism. Maintaining its roots deeply attached to ancient myths utopian expression followed and sometimes preceded cultural transformation. Through the next almost five hundred pages (virtually one for each year since Utopia was published) researchers in the fields of Architecture and Urbanism Arts and Humanities present the results of their studies within the different areas of expertise under the umbrella of Utopia. Past present and future come together in one book. They do not offer their readers any golden key. Many questions will remain unanswered as they should. The texts presented in Proportion Harmonies and Identities - UTOPIA(S) WORLDS AND FRONTIERS OF THE IMAGINARY were compiled with the intent to establish a platform for the presentation interaction and dissemination of researches. It aims also to foster the awareness and discussion on the topics of Harmony and Proportion with a focus on different utopian visions and readings relevant to the arts sciences and humanities and their importance and benefits for the community at large. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138197480

Utopia: Social Theory and the Future In the light of globalization's failure provide the universal panacea expected by some of its more enthusiastic proponents and the current status of neo-liberalism in Europe a search has begun for alternative visions of the future; alternatives to the free market and to rampant capitalism. Indeed although these alternatives may not be conceived of in terms of being a 'perfect order' there does appear to be a trend towards 'utopian thinking' as people - including scholars and intellectuals - search for inspiration and visions of better futures. If as this search continues it transpires that politics has little to offer then what might social theory have to contribute to the imagination of these futures? Does social theory matter at all? What resources can it offer this project of rethinking the future? Without being tied to any single political platform Utopia: Social Theory and the Future explores some of these questions offering a timely and sustained attempt to make social theory relevant through explorations of its resources and possibilities for utopian imaginations. It is often claimed that utopian thought has no legitimate place whatsoever in sociological thinking yet utopianism has remained part and parcel of social theory for centuries. As such in addition to considering the role of social theory in the imagination of alternative futures this volume reflects on how social theory may assist us in understanding and appreciating utopia or utopianism as a special topic of interest a special subject matter a special analytical focus or a special normative dimension of sociological thinking. Bringing together the latest work from a leading team of social theorists this volume will be of interest to sociologists social and political theorists anthropologists and philosophers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274556

Utopian Adventure: The Corviale Void This book is about contemporary issues in architecture and urbanism taking the form of a project for The Corviale Void a one kilometre long strip of urban space immured in the notorious Corviale housing development in the Southwestern sector of Rome. Corviale is a bizarre object single-minded in its idea the history of Corviale can be traced to debates in Italian architecture culture of the 1960’s including Aldo Rossi’s objection to urbanisation as articulated in his books and projects. On the one hand the project for the Corviale Void begins with one of the original theorists of modern urbanisation and architecture Giovanni Battista Piranesi looking into his fascination with the insides of walls. On the other hand the project begins with a new material form The Air Grid. Like the forms appearing in Piranesi’s etchings Air Grid is made from a kind of hatching but Air Grid is hatched out of colour vectors literally drawn into the air. The human eye is easily mesmerised by the Air Grid scanning back and forth it reads the colour form as animated in some sense alive. At the same time as the Italian architects were engaged in those activities that would eventually give birth to the Corviale Void the painter Yves Klein was creating The Architecture of the Air. Klein’s work is of special interest to the project of the Corviale Void because of the important role of colour in the development of his thinking about architecture. By attending to Klein’s parallel inquiry Air Grid is brought into dialogue with the philosophy of Arthur Schopenhauer who was one of the first thinkers to develop a physiological theory of colour. The important thing about Schopenhauer’s thinking is the careful way he looked at physiological phenomena regarding them as directly informed by metaphysical powers; for Schopenhauer Architecture too is a physiological matter and hence metaphysical. The concluding proposal for the Corviale Void presents a metaphysical archite Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254503

Utopian and Dystopian Writing for Children and Young Adults This volume examines a variety of utopian writing for children from the 18th century to the present day defining and exploring this new genre in the field of children's literature. The original essays discuss thematic conventions and present detailed case studies of individual works. All address the pedagogical implications of work that challenges children to grapple with questions of perfect or wildly imperfect social organizations and their own autonomy. The book includes interviews with creative writers and the first bibliography of utopian fiction for children. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203953884

Utopian EnglandCommunity Experiments 1900-1945 England in the early part of the twentieth century was rich in utopian ventures - diverse and intriguing in their scope and aims. Two world wars an economic depression and the emergence of fascist states in Europe were all a spur to idealists to seek new limits - to escape from the here and now and to create sanctuaries for new and better lives.Dennis Hardy explores this fascinating history of utopian ideals the lives of those who pursued them and the utopian communities they created.Some communities were fired by a long tradition of land movements others by thoughts of more humane ways of building towns. In turn there were experiments devoted to the arts; to the promotion of religious doctrine; and to a variety of political causes. And some were just 'places of the imagination'.Utopian England is about just one episode in the perennial search for perfection but what is revealed has lessons that extend well beyond a particular time and place. So long as there are failings in society so long as rationality is not enough there will continue to be a place for thinking the impossible for going in search of utopia. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203856994

Utopian FantasyA Study of English Utopian Fiction since the End of the Nineteenth Century This book originally published in 1955 and reissued in 1973 is a study of the flourishing of an ancient literary form which had only recently been recognized and systematically studied as a proper genre – utopian fiction. Beginning with the imaginary journeys of writers like H. G. Wells at the end of the nineteenth century Professor Gerber traces the evolving themes and forms of the genre through their culmination in the sophisticated nightmares of Aldous Huxley and George Orwell. It is a two-fold transformation: On the one hand the optimism of social reformers whose visions of the future were nurtured by the theories of Darwin and the triumph of science and industry gradually gives way to the pessimism of moral philosophers alarmed at the power science and technology have put at the disposal of totalitarian rulers. On the other hand the earlier writers’ dependence on framing and distancing devices for their stories and heavy emphasis on technical details give way to the subtlety of complex psychological novels whose artistry makes the reader a citizen of the tragic worlds depicted. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367361228

Utopian Imagination and Eighteenth Century Fiction Utopian fiction was a particularly rich and important genre during the eighteenth century. It was during this period that a relatively new phenomenon appeared: the merging of utopian writing per se with other fictional genres such as the increasingly dominant novel. However while early modern and nineteenth and twentieth century utopias have been the focus of much attention the eighteenth century has largely been neglected. Utopian Imagination and Eighteenth Century Fiction combines these major areas of interest interpreting some of the most fascinating and innovative fictions of the period and locating them in a continuing tradition of utopian writing which stretches back through the Renaissance to the Ancient World.Begining with a survey of the recurrent topics in utopian writing - power structures in the state money food sex the role of women birth education and death - the book brings together canonical eighteenth century texts countaining powerful utopian elements such as Robinson Crusoe Gulliver's Travels and Rasselas and less familiar works to examine the reworking of these topics in a new context. The unfamiliar texts including Gaudentio di Lucca are described in detail to give students an idea of relevant material across a broad area. A section is devoted specifically to women writes an area which has become the focus of attention. The mixture of texts provides a useful cross-reference for students tackling the subject from various perspectives and the comprehensive bibliography provides a valuable tool for those with general or specific interests Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138418349

Utopian Movements Enactments and Subjectivities among Youth in the Global SouthEthnographic Perspectives Drawing on fine-grained ethnographies from Bissau Chile China Egypt Ecuador and Nepal this volume explores how politically religiously and (sub-)culturally inspired Utopias motivate youth in the Global South to imagine enact and embody what was missing in the past and present. As a fluid age cohort and a social category between childhood and adulthood – and hence with tenuous links to the status quo – youth are variously described as ‘at risk’ as victims of precarious and unpredictable circumstances or as agents of social change who embody the future. From this future-oriented generational perspective youth are often mobilised to individually and collectively imagine enact and embody Utopian futures as alternatives to reigning orders that moulded their subjectivities but simultaneously fail them. The contributions to this book look at how divergent Utopias inspire strategies whereby young people come together in transient communities to ‘catch’ a fleeting future cultivate alternative subjectivities and thus assume a sense of minimum control over their life trajectories if only momentarily. As youth enact and embody their aspirations for the future in the present this book will be of interest to those researching how utopian visions shape practices and subjectivities of youth in the present. This book was originally published as a special issue of Identities: Global Studies in Culture and Power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367355029

Utopian PoliticsCitizenship and Practice In the context of global problems such as the economic downturn escalating inequality terrorism resource depletion and climate change cynicism prevails in contemporary politics which need not be the case. Utopian Politics confronts a world intensely aware of the problems that we face and sadly lacking in solutions positing a utopian articulation of citizenship focused on community participation at a grassroots level. By re-examining central concepts and thinkers in political theory this book re-casts the concepts of utopia and citizenship both as part of the classical philosophical tradition and simultaneously as part of the cutting edge of radical alternatives. This book includes never-before published ethnographic research interviews and photographs from a range of autonomous UK communities to show how the boundaries of politics and citizenship can be questioned and proposes an innovative methodology inspired by classical and post-structural anarchism. By considering ideas and practices that are generally considered to be marginal to mainstream political theory and practice the book encourages readers to think about longstanding and central political debates in an entirely new and creative way. Utopian Politics will be of interest to students and scholars of political theory ethics and citizenship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415669016

Utopianism in Postcolonial Literatures Postcolonial Studies is more often found looking back at the past but in this brand new book Bill Ashcroft looks to the future and the irrepressible demands of utopia. The concept of utopia – whether playful satire or a serious proposal for an ideal community – is examined in relation to the postcolonial and the communities with which it engages. Studying a very broad range of literature poetry and art with chapters focussing on specific regions – Africa India Chicano Caribbean and Pacific – this book is written in a clear and engaging prose which make it accessible to undergraduates as well as academics. This important book speaks to the past and future of postcolonial scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138187801

Utopias and the Environment Utopias and the Environment explores the way in which the kind of ‘dreaming’ or re-visioning known as the ‘utopian imaginary’ takes environmental concerns into account. This kind of creative intervention is increasingly important in an era of ecological crisis as we witness the failure of governments worldwide to significantly change industrial civilization from a path of ‘business as usual.’ In this context it is up to the artists – in this case authors – to imagine new ways of being that respond to this imperative and immediate global issue. Concurrently it is also up to critics readers and thinkers everywhere to appraise these narratives of possibility for their complexities and internal conflicts as well as for their promise as we enter this new era of rapid change and adaptation. Because creative and critical thinkers must work together towards this goal the idea of the critical utopia coined by Tom Moylan in response to the fiction of the 1970s is now ingrained in the common argot and is one of the key ideas discussed in this book. This development in the genre which combines self-reflexivity and multiple perspectives within its dreaming represents the postmodern spirit in its most regenerative aspect. This book is testament to such hopes and potential realities. This book was originally published as a special issue of Green Letters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138294851

Utopias and UtopiansAn Historical Dictionary of Attempts to Make the World a Better Place and Those Who Were Involved Utopian ventures are worth close attention to help us understand why some succeed and others fail for they offer hope for an improved life on earth. Utopias and Utopians is a comprehensive guide to utopian communities and their founders. Some works look at literary utopias or political utopias etc. and others examine the utopias of only one country: this work examines utopias from antiquity to the present and surveys utopian efforts around the world. Of more than 600 alphabetically arranged entries roughly half are descriptions of utopian ventures; the other half are biographies of those who were involved. Entries are followed by a list of sources and a general bibliography concludes the volume. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315062709

Utopiates LSD belongs to the class of drugs that taken orally can produce dramatic psychological experiences. There appears to be a wide range of response to LSD. Commonly there are reports of sensory changes extreme variations in strong emotions new perspectives about oneself changed views of-and feelings toward-other people changes from prior chronic situations shifts in interest and new integrative experiences which may be delusional or mystically religious.The contributors to this volume which was first published in 1965 accent the culture that embraces LSD. They marshal evidence that the effects of any drug tend to be in keeping with the values of the culture or subculture in which it is used or if the user's wish is to express rebellion or dissidence the effect will stand in opposition to prevailing values. The same substance has different effects in different cultures; and the same effects may be achieved with different substances. In the past alcohol was hailed in much the same way as LSD. There was even a time when coffee was brought under the same kind of proscription that today holds for opiates.Such conflicts in values and morals continue with a new generation of drugs which makes this volume especially relevant. What could be done was an open issue at the time this book was first published. The contributors encourage citizens scientists physicians mystics ministers lawmakers and lawmen drug users and abstainers to learn and to think more about the phenomena of drug use and to develop plans for social action. This volume stresses the need to develop a policy regarding the handling of classes of drugs and drug users. Although LSD has fallen in favor as a drug of choice for those interested in experimentation the issues raised in this volume remain with us. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540194

UtopiaThe Potential and Prospect of the Human Condition Amid the twentieth century's seemingly overwhelming problems some thinkers dared to envisage a world order governed by utopian proposals that would eliminate--or at least alleviate--the evils of society and secure positive advantages for all human beings. Others found this utopian optimism a hopeless fantasy and predicted a utopian order only repressiveness boredom and the impoverishment of human experience. The unique gathering of articles in Utopia vividly demonstrates the tension existing between utopian ideas and their proponents and the severe criticism of their adversaries.Among utopia's enthusiastic supporters B. F. Skinner outlines the educational practices needed to sustain his concept of utopia while Margaret Mead sets forth a bold defense of utopian vision in her article "Towards More Vivid Utopias." In active opposition to modern utopian idealism Ralf Dahrendorf the prominent German sociologist and politician compares utopia with a cemetery and criticizes its fixed and uneventful life and J. L. Talmon predicts that since utopianism postulates absolute social cohesion there is no escape from dictatorship in the utopian design. Still another alternative is offered by Zbigniew Brzezinski who bases his futurist ideology on the trends of technology in the advanced countries of the world especially the United States. He sees in the conscious application of technical-scientific rationality by an intellectual elite the method by which the promises of modern knowledge can be made good.Underscoring the fact that the utopian tradition can make us look at the real world with new eyes George Kateb the editor of Utopia clarifies the terms of this long-standing debate and offers a thorough analysis of the "strong utopian impetus to save the world from as much of its confusion and disorder as possible." The work is an argument neither for utopian or anti-utopian visions. Rather it shows the possibilities of political norms in advancing the human condition in open societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540170

U-Value Conventions in PracticeWorked Examples using BR 443 The aims of this BRE Trust report are to support the implementation of building regulations on conservation of fuel and power and legislation on the energy performance of buildings to help raise awareness and understanding of U-values (thermal transmittances) and kappa-values (thermal mass values) and to encourage a unified consistent and up-to-date approach to calculating these. The calculation methods are explained using worked examples for a number of wall roof and floor designs. The examples can also be used to support training programmes for practitioners carrying out energy assessments and using U-value calculation software. Information is given about calculating U-values using standard simplified methods. Media > Books > Print Books IHS BRE Press 9781848061972

Uva's Guide To Cranes Dollies and Remote Heads Uva's Guide To Cranes Dollies and Remote Heads is a comprehensive guide to all the latest equipment-what it is how to use it and where to find it. This new book is designed to provide the more experienced professional with a streamlined reference to the equipment without the how-to information beginners require. Like the Grip Book 2E it lists standards and features of all the different types of equipment covered and with the recent explosion of new equipment introduced into the film industry this reference is invaluable!As a reference guide Uva's Guide To Cranes Dollies and remote heads provides must-have information for a larger group of film professionals. Producers directors and DPs and others responsible for securing equipment for a project will consider this an indispensable tool that will become an industry standard. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153943

Uva's Rigging Guide for Studio and Location Readers of Mike Uva's GRIP BOOK who are interested in more detailed information on the work of the grip department will welcome his new rigging manual clearly detailing all the ways to mount cameras and lights both on a set as well as on location. The book covers the latest truss systems rigging equipment and portable stages as well as lifts boom arms and camera mounts for every type of moving vehicle. The book is not limited to equipment specifications however; Uva offers tips and tricks throughout in order to make the process of setting up and shooting safer and more efficient. Grips often need to invent makeshift solutions in a short time and Uva shares many such devices developed over his years in the film and TV industry. This book will help grips and key grips move on to the bigger feature projects and commercials that require this equipment. It will also be useful for directors of photography and producers in pre-planning the required equipment for specific shots. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174764

UX on the GoA Flexible Guide to User Experience Design Designed with flexibility and readers’ needs in mind this purpose driven book offers new UX practitioners succinct and complete intructions on how to conduct user research and rapidly design interfaces and products in the classroom or the office. With 16 challenges to learn from this comprehensive guide outlines the process of a User Experience project cycle from assembling a team to researching user needs to creating and veryifying a prototype. Practice developing a prototype in as little as a week or build your skills in two- four- eight- or sixteen-week stretches. Gain insight into individual motivations connections and interactions; learn the three guiding principles of the design system; and discover how to shape a user’s experience to achieve goals and improve overall immediate experience satisfaction and well-being. Written for professionals looking to learn or expand their skills in user experience design and students studying technical communication information technology web and product design business or engingeering alike this accessible book provides a foundational knowledge of this diverse and evolving field. A companion website will include examples of contemporary UX projects material to illustrate key techniques and other resources for students and instructors. Access the material at uxonthego.com. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367228620

UX Style FrameworksCreating Collaborative Standards UX Style Frameworks is a practical guide for the hands-on creation of a Style Framework. This new and collaborative documentation format combines different departments’ standards and style guides into a single unified and accessible source for all employees. Marti Gold defines Style Frameworks for web and user experience designers showing what and how much information goes into a style framework. As UX designers and creative directors are charged with ensuring a business’s web and mobile output are in line with branding standards the unification of style guides code libraries and pattern libraries is an important aspect to dissolving "design siloes" and creating a unified brand. Each section in the book will identify the current pain points and common internal practices that result in standards documents being ignored and eventually becoming obsolete. UX Style Frameworks provides solutions on creating Style Frameworks that evolve to keep standards current ultimately resulting in more cohesive brand and product designs. Key features: Offers a fully functional companion website with a complete Style Framework showing all examples featured in the book and available for download so that users can start their own Style Framework. Each section includes information about addressing company politics and policies to help readers navigate those murky waters to ensure buy-in and establishment of Style Frameworks. Includes case studies that showcase success stories where Style Frameworks were implemented and not-so-successful stories where Style Frameworks were needed giving readers examples of different ways Style Frameworks can be incorporated into existing workflows. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138856486

Uyghur Conceptions of Family and SocietyHabits of the Uyghur Heart Contributing to existing literature on ethnic studies in China this book is a study of minority subjective experiences in China using Uyghur Muslims as a case study. By examining Uyghur conceptions of family and society it investigates whether or not ethnic minorities are culturally capable of understanding and internalizing global norms on equality community citizenship trust justice and wellbeing. Specifically it empirically examines Uyghur perceptions of issues such as spousal relations parenting community engagement and life satisfaction. Using data gathered from fieldwork in Ürümchi the author is able to show that there is in fact a high degree of Uyghur conformity to global norms on family and society. In the contemporary context of an Islamic revival and a recent resurgence of Uyghur nationalism the evidence presented in this book is particularly important to the understanding of the Uyghur ethnic group and other minorities in the region. Whilst making a valuable contribution to the fields of anthropology and sociology this book will be useful for students of Chinese studies Religious studies Ethnic studies and Social Psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367356156

Uzbekistan’s Foreign PolicyThe Struggle for Recognition and Self-Reliance under Karimov Uzbekistan’s foreign policy from 1991 to 2016 starting from independence right up to the death of its first president Islam Karimov is one of the more distinctive approaches to international politics since the end of the Cold War. This distinctiveness rests on the republic’s gradual struggle for self-reliance upon becoming independent. Authorities in Uzbekistan especially its President were sceptics of the norms that came to prevail across regional and broader international politics.This book addresses the making of Uzbekistan’s general foreign policy and its corresponding effects outside Central Asia particularly at the highest level among state officials heads of state and ministers. It shows how a particular set of promises slogans and attitudes became the pillars upon which Uzbekistan’s international role was shaped a role which then affected Tashkent’s twenty-five year relations with Russia the United States Germany and Turkey. The book argues that the Government of Uzbekistan sought to be recognised as a self-reliant power after independence but that the international norms of the post-Cold War order coupled with the conflicting aims of the partners with whom it interacted hindered acknowledgement and contributed to a twenty-year struggle for recognition.Providing a thorough assessment of President Karimov’s legacy in the foreign policy domain this book contributes to the developing field of role theory and recognition in International Relations. It will also be of interest to academics in the fields of Central Asian and Eurasian politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667597

Uzbekistan’s International Relations This book examines the development of Uzbekistan’s international relations since the collapse of the Soviet Union. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367347437

V. L. ParringtonThrough the Avenue of Art H. Lark Hall presents the first comprehensive biography of Vernon Louis Parrington (1871-1929). The recipient of the 1928 Pulitzer Prize in history for the first two volumes of his Main Currents in American Thought Parrington remains one of the most influential literary and historical scholars of the early twentieth century.Parrington was a man in search of a personal myth. He found his self-image successively mirrored in Victorian novels painting poetry populism religion the arts and crafts movement American literature and American history. These changes were also reflected in his teaching as a professor of English - at the College of Emporia the University of Oklahoma and the University of Washington. Published late in his career the two volumes of Main Currents represented the culmination of his search.Drawing upon his personal papers - including correspondence diaries and student course work Main Currents chapter drafts and other unpublished writings - Hall traces Parrington's intellectual development from his Midwestern childhood through his mid-life engagement with English poet and artist William Morris then from the radical impact of "the new history" to the tempered post World War One reflection of his career at the University of Washington. Hall's reinterpretation of Main Currents emphasizes Parrington's concern with the drama of the life of the mind and links his historical viewpoint to his own personal history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412842181

V. S. Naipaul (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1988 Peter Hughes explores the work of V. S. Naipaul and the interplay of fictional and non-fictional patters in what is his obsessive vision of human life. Hughes shows how Naipaul’s narratives pair off histories and novels travel-writing and psycho-biography reinforcing one another and Naipaul’s vision of ‘a world undoing itself’; a world of disorder and fantasy. He includes a reading of Naipaul’s texts usually considered highly traditional that shows their innovative side and points out ways that they can be illuminated through modern literary theory. A detailed analysis this companion to V. S. Naipaul’s writing will interest students of modern literature and those with an interest in Naipaul’s writing more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138804593

V. S. Naipaul: Displacement and Autobiography Originally published in 1995. V. S. Naipaul a Trinidadian of Indian descent living in the West has written in many forms. Through an analysis of five works by Naipaul written in different modes and periods of his life this study posits a relationship between a cultural condition and a choice of genre and narrative or more specifically between cultural displacement and the writing of autobiography. Examining an aspect of Naipaul’s development as a post-colonial writer this book is of interest in exploring the way that concepts of self determine the writing of texts. It considers ‘deflected autobiographies’ genre boundaries quests for origin and expression and Lacanian psychoanalytic theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138942042

V.A. Fock - Selected WorksQuantum Mechanics and Quantum Field Theory In the period between the birth of quantum mechanics and the late 1950s V.A. Fock wrote papers that are now deemed classics. In his works on theoretical physics Fock not only skillfully applied advanced analytical and algebraic methods but also systematically created new mathematical tools when existing approaches proved insufficient. This collection of Fock's papers published in various sources between 1923 and 1959 in Russian German French and English. These papers explore some of the fundamental notions of theoretical quantum physics such as the Hartree-Fock method Fock space the Fock symmetry of the hydrogen atom and the Fock functional method. They also present Fock's views on the interpretation of quantum mechanics and the fundamental significance of approximate methods in theoretical physics. V.A. Fock was a key contributor to one of the most exciting periods of development in 20th-century physics and this book conveys the essence of that time. The seminal works presented in this book are a helpful reference for any student or researcher in theoretical and mathematical physics especially those specializing in quantum mechanics and quantum field theory. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394301

Va Mycorrhiza This book discusses VA Mycorrhizae fungi its anatomy morphology and ecology as well as its taxonomy. The isolation and culture of VA Mycorrhizal (VAM) fungi is also discussed. Other topics include; Mycorrhizae in plant growth biological interactions with VA Mycorrhizal the physiology of VA Mycorrhizal associations inoculum production and field inoculation with VA Mycorrhizal fungi. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898414

Václav TrojanMusic Composition in Czech Animated Films This book explores the Czech composer Václav Trojan (1907-1983) and his compositions for Jiri Trnka's films a very influential puppet stop-motion animator. Trnka is regarded as one of the finest outcomes of Czech art in the aftermath of the Second World War and inspiration for contemporary directors like Tim Burton and companies such as Aardman or Laika. Trojan's music for animation sets a great artistic model in European animation at least as meaningful as Carl Stalling's music for Warner Bros. cartoons in the USA. Trojan was an eclectic artist which encompassed folk songs jazz and blues influences neoclassical symphonic and chamber works opera and more. Key Features: A historical overview of the origins and early development of Czech animation Biographical sketches and stylistic outline of both Trnka and Trojan An audiovisual analysis of all the available Trnka films Trojan wrote music for Filmography and bibliography Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815358527

Vacant Possession Vacant possession is an element of property law that ensures a property is left in good condition when it changes hands. Every time a property is sold or if tenants move out of rented property vacant possession is unavoidable; a vital part of the job of any property lawyer or surveyor. Yet this is the first book to look at this area in depth. If a property professional understands vacant possession they can make sure their cases move quickly and complete at a time that suits them. If they do not they are vulnerable to others who know it better and can use the law to frustrate proceedings for months or even years while their clients continue to pay money on rent or mortgage payments for properties they're not using. This book is essential reading for all property lawyers and surveyors. It is destined to be the definitive guide to vacant possession. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9781138424913

VacationscapeDeveloping Tourist Areas The third edition of this classic volume integrates the idea of balancing tourism with protection of the resources upon which it depends. The text stresses the role of the community identifies potential pitfalls and raises issues of developmental ethics. It includes topics such as environmental impact sustainability and ecotourism. Special emphasis is given to the growing need for business to implement environmental protection and ecological integrity as an essential part of economic development. The book is filled with many sketches functional diagrams and photographs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315820316

Vaccination Strategies of Tropical Diseases This work in the field of tropical medicine provides an in-depth review in the development of vaccines against some of the most debilitating tropical diseases. In this multi-contributed three-part book with clear and ample illustrations the reader will gather useful data and guidance to further his study in the field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203734513

Vaccinations and Public Concern in HistoryLegend Rumor and Risk Perception Vaccinations and Public Concern in History explores vernacular beliefs and practices that surround decisions not to vaccinate. Through the use of ethnographic media and narrative analyses this book explores the vernacular explanatory models used in inoculation decision-making. The research on which the book draws was designed to help create public health education programs and promotional materials that respond to patients’ fears understandings of risk concerns and doubts. Exploring the nature of inoculation distrust and miscommunication Dr. Andrea Kitta identifies areas that require better public health communication and greater cultural sensitivity in the handling of inoculation programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415887038

Vaccine AnxietiesGlobal Science Child Health and Society This book explores how parents understand and engage with childhood vaccination in contrasting global contexts. This rapidly advancing and universal technology has sparked dramatic controversy whether over MMR in the UK or oral polio vaccines in Nigeria. Combining a fresh anthropological perspective with detailed field research the book examines anxieties emerging as highly globalized vaccine technologies and technocracies encounter the deeply intimate personal and social worlds of parenting and childcare and how these are part of transforming science-society relations. It retheorizes anxieties about technologies integrating bodily social and wider political dimensions and challenges common views of ignorance risk trust and rumour - and related dichotomies between Northernrisk society and Southerndeveloping society - that dominate current scientific and policy debates. In so doing the book reflects critically on the stereotypes that at times pass forexplanations of public engagement with both routine vaccination and vaccine research. It suggests routes to improved dialogue between health professionals and the people they serve and new ways to address science-society relations in a globalized world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773690

VaccinesFrom Concept to Clinic: A Guide to the Development and Clinical Testing of Vaccines for Human Use Designed with academic vaccine researchers in mind this book presents a road map of how a vaccine develops from an idea in a researcher's imagination to the lab bench through preclinical evaluation and into the clinic for safety and immunogenicity. The result of the editors' own efforts to glean practical information on the steps necessary to manufacture bottle and test their vaccines for clinical trials this book provides answers to researcher questions such as:How do I identify antigens that would produce effective vaccines?Can I produce a clinical lot of vaccine in my laboratory?How should a vaccine be bottled?Which FDA expectations must I meet?What is an IND application and how do I file it?Which CFRs apply to production of a vaccine? Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400378

Vacuum and UltravacuumPhysics and Technology Vacuum technology has enormous impact on human life in many aspects and fields such as metallurgy material development and production food and electronic industry microelectronics device fabrication physics materials science space science engineering chemistry technology of low temperature pharmaceutical industry and biology. All decorative coatings used in jewelries and various daily products—including shiny decorative papers the surface finish of watches and light fixtures—are made using vacuum technological processes. Vacuum analytical techniques and vacuum technologies are pillars of the technological processes material synthesis deposition and material analyses—all of which are used in the development of novel materials increasing the value of industrial products controlling the technological processes and ensuring the high product quality. Based on physical models and calculated examples the book provides a deeper look inside the vacuum physics and technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498782043

Vacuum Technique Vacuum technology finds itself in many areas of industry and research. These include materials handling packaging gas sampling filtration degassing of oils and metals thin-film coating electron microscopy particle acceleration and impregnation of electrical components. It is vital to design systems that are appropriate to the application and with so many potential solutions this can become overwhelming.Vacuum Technique provides an overview of vacuum technology its different design methodologies and the underlying theory. The author begins with a summary of the properties of low-pressure gases then moves on to describe mathematical modeling of gas transfer in the vacuum system the operation of pumps and gauges computer-aided synthesis and analysis of systems and the design of different vacuum systems. In particular the author discusses the structure and characteristics of low middle high and superhigh vacuum systems as well as the characteristics of joints materials movement inputs and all aspects of production technology and construction standards.Using specific examples rather than describing the various elements Vacuum Technique supplies engineers technicians researchers and students with needed expertise and a comprehensive guide to designing selecting and using an appropriate vacuum system for a specific purpose. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138381308

VacuumScience Technology and Applications Vacuum plays an important role in science and technology. The study of interaction of charged particles neutrals and radiation with each other and with solid surfaces requires a vacuum environment for reliable investigations. Vacuum has contributed to major advancements made in nuclear science space metallurgy electrical/electronic technology chemical engineering transportation robotics and many other fields. This book is intended to assist students scientists technicians and engineers with understanding the basics of vacuum science and technology for application in their projects. The fundamental theories concepts devices applications and key inventions are discussed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367572068

Vadose Zone Hydrology Vadose Zone Hydrology describes the elements of the physical processes most often encountered by hydrogeologists and ground-water engineers in their vadose zone projects. It illustrates the application of soil physics to practical problems relevant to the characterization and monitoring of the vadose zone. It includes an introduction to physical processes including basic flow theory and provides examples of important field-scale processes that must be recognizable by hydrogeologists. Considerable attention is given to the concepts of recharge including how it is most accurately evaluated in the vadose zone. Field and laboratory methods for characterizing hydraulic properties in the vadose zone are also covered and case studies illustrating these methods are provided. New and emerging technologies for monitoring the vadose zone particularly for the purpose of detecting contaminants are highlighted. In the last section of the book additional case studies are presented demonstrating applications related to seepage detection landfill monitoring and soil gas investigations.This book is written from the perspective of hydrogeologists and is designed to be directly applicable and to maintain continuity and consistency between chapters. It will be an invaluable primer for environmental or geotechnical consultants regulators or students who have no prior formal academic training in unsaturated flow concepts. Because the text contains some of the latest advances in this field it will be an excellent reference for geologists and engineers currently working on problems of vadose zone hydrology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448783

Vagabond Causasus First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986640

Vagaries of ValueBasic Issues in Value Theory Pragmatism's founder C. S. Peirce initially envisioned philosophy as a means of rationally validating our beliefs and actions. Afterward William James changed pragmatism into a way of undermining commitment to rational cogency. With the subsequent turn of various contemporary pragmatisms to relativism and subjectivism such irrational tendencies have become still more prominent.Vagaries of Value aims to create a version of realistic and rationalistic pragmatism that is systemically viable and does justice to traditional pragmatism's salient insights. Nicholas Rescher strives to return pragmatism to its realistic and objectivistic roots in a detailed survey of issues across the whole board of philosophical thought action and evaluation.Rescher argues that the crisis of pragmatism created by today's subjective tendencies should be met by adopting not a revisionary but a reconstructive understanding of pragmatism keeping close to its Peircean roots. He argues that such a turning does not mitigate against the pragmatic program's practical orientation but provides an opportunity for sharpening our understanding of how pragmatism can and should be developed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517707

Vaginal Pessaries With mesh surgery for prolapse sometimes proving problematic there has been a resurgence of professional medical interest in more traditional methods for the management of prolapse and of stress urinary incontinence. This concise guide to the practical aspects of pessary use will be of interest to all gynecologists involved in the clinical management of the patient with these problems. Contents: Historical review * Pessaries for pelvic organ prolapse * Incontinence pessaries * Pessary fitting * Pessary care * Outcomes of pessary use * Current clinical studies on vaginal pessaries Cover image of vaginal pessaries © 2019 Rick Hicaro Jr. Chicago IL 60647 USA Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138394407

Vagrancy in Law and Practice under the Old Poor Law In eighteenth-century England the law surrounding vagrancy was complicated and practice stood in complex relationship to law. Drawing on extensive archival research and in-depth study of both statute law and local administrative records this book examines the complexities of vagrancy law and the realities of its practice during the long eighteenth century. It shows how settlement law and poor law provision failed to address both the changing demographic situation and the impact of wars leaving significant numbers without support. Focusing on the 1744 Vagrant Act the study traces how and why the law evolved from 1700 when vagrancy was first made a county charge and what changes followed in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. It explores how vagrancy law was used and to what effect how it was extended and adapted to plug gaps in both poor law provision and in dealing with petty crime not covered by statute law and how law and practice intersected with social reality. Using the Quarter Sessions records of six counties: Westmorland Cambridgeshire Dorset Hampshire Lancashire and Middlesex the book is able to give the first account of vagrancy law in provincial England rather than focusing on metropolitan areas thus also demonstrating the tensions between parishes justices and counties over the use of law and its financial impact. By detailed reference to cases of individual vagrants the book also shows what sorts of people were dealt with under vagrancy law what happened to them and how and why the justices discriminated between the unfortunate and the criminal elements among them. This analysis reveals the principal causes of the vagrancy problems and the misfit between the law and social reality with particular emphasis on the impact of wars and immigration from Ireland and Scotland. As the first full-length study of vagrancy law and practice in the eighteenth century this book will constitute an essential item in any collection of books on the old poor law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108738

Vagueness Vagueness volume XX contains twenty-seven essays with issues covered including: nihilism phenomenal sorites degrees of truth epistemicism higher-order vagueness contextualism and intuitionism. Written by leading contemporary philosophers these essays will be of interest to researchers in philosophy of language philosophical logic metaphysics and epistemology; as well as those in natural language semantics artificial intelligence and cognitive science more generally. A substantial introduction written by the editors provides a guide to the topic and to the essays in the volume. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315235158

Vagueness Logic and Ontology The topic of vagueness re-emerged in the twentieth century from relative obscurity. It deals with the phenomenon in natural language that manifests itself in apparent semantic indeterminacy - the indeterminacy for example that arises when asked to draw the line between the tall and non-tall or the drunk and the sober. An associated paradox emphasises the challenging nature of the phenomenon presenting one of the most resilient paradoxes of logic. The apparent threat posed for orthodox theories of the semantics and logic of natural language has become the focus of intense philosophical scrutiny amongst philosophers and non-philosophers alike. Vagueness Logic and Ontology explores various responses to the philosophical problems generated by vagueness and its associated paradox - the sorites paradox. Hyde argues that the theoretical space in which vagueness is sometimes ontologically grounded and modelled by a truth-functional logic affords a coherent response to the problems posed by vagueness. Showing how the concept of vagueness can be applied to the world Hyde's ontological account proposes a substantial revision of orthodox semantics metaphysics and logic. This book will be of particular interest to readers in philosophy linguistics cognitive science and geographic information systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258082

Vaisnavism Saivism and Minor Religious Systems (Routledge Revivals) Bhandarkar’s Vaisnavism Saivism and Minor Religious Systems first published in 1913 explores the origins of Vaishnavism by examining its sources of religion aspects of the Mahabharata and the Cult of Rama. Bhandarkar also discusses Saivism by exploring its origin and development. This text is ideal for students of theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138821088

Valenge WomenSocial and Economic Life of the Valenge Women of Portuguese East Africa When first published in 1933 this monograph shed new light on the life of the Valenge women of Portuguese East Africa. It discusses their social organisations family relationships education tribal customs and contains detailed information concerning initiation rites religion magic and sorcery. The volume collects a large number of native texts rituals and formulae thereby converting oral tradition into material of great value not only to students of Africcan ethnography but also to anthropologists more widely. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138595507

ValerianThe Genus Valeriana Valerian is an up-to-date treatment of all aspects of this very important genus of plants used in the traditional medicine of many parts of the world particularly as a sedative. It includes material written by experts dealing with a variety of aspects including the ethnobotany chemistry pharmacology cultivation analysis and commercial aspects of Valeriana.This book will be of interest to all those concerned with the study and use of medicinal and aromatic plants and provides a comprehensive and contemporary overview of the status of this particular genus. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203734483

Vale's Technique of Screen and Television Writing Vale's Technique of Screen and Television Writing is an updated and expanded edition of a valuable guide to writing for film and television. Mr. Vale takes the aspiring writer through every phase of a film's development from the original concept to the final shooting script. Teachers of the craft as well as writers and directors have acclaimed it as one of the best books ever written on how to write a screenplay. This book combines practical advice for the aspiring or established writer with a lucid overview of the unique features of this most contemporary art form distinguishing film and video from other media and other kinds of storytelling. It teaches the reader to think in terms of the camera and gives practical advice on the realities of filmmaking. At the same time Vale who began his own career as a scriptwriter for the great French director Jean Renoir provides a solid grounding in the history of drama from the Classical Greek theater through the great cinematic works of the twentieth century. Both philosophical and pragmatic this is a very readable book for students and active professionals who want to improve their writing skills and for film enthusiasts interested in knowing more about what they see on the screen.Mr. Vale is that rare combination a practitioner of great experience who can offer a lucid explanation of his craft.Eugene Vale was born in Switzerland and began his career in France in the 1930s. He was an award-winning novelist film and TV scriptwriter and teacher whose works include the bestselling novel The Thirteenth Apostle and the scripts for Francis of Assisi The Bridge of San Luis Rey and The Second Face. He also worked in many other areas of the motion picture industry including directing producing cutting distribution and finance. His archives are held by Boston University and University of Southern California. Mr. Vale died in 1997 shortly after he completed the updated version of this handbook. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138169470

Validated Cleaning Technologies for Pharmaceutical Manufacturing Written by an expert for those who must design validatable cleaning processes and then validate those processes this book discusses interdependent topics from various technical areas and disciplines. It shows how each piece of the cleaning process fits into the validation program making it more defensible in both internal quality audits and external regulatory audits. Designed for use in the overall validation program the book demonstrates how to build a comprehensive program and includes discussion and examples of cleaning systems regulatory requirements and special topics and issues. It provides an FDA cleaning validation guidance document and a comprehensive glossary. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398873

Validating a Best PracticeA Tool for Improvement and Benchmarking Sharing Best Practices across industries and functions is an accepted approach to continuous improvement. The Benchmarking trend of the 1990s has evolved with the help of competitive analysis performance excellence awards and other corporate recognition programs into an ongoing documentation of what works. Bob Camp introduced benchmarking against a Best Practice based on his work at Xerox in the 1980s. Case studies abound documenting Best Practice functions and processes. Some case studies use the words “Best Practice” without evidence that the process results or methods are indeed superior. What is missing is a comprehensive model for assessing and writing a Best Practice that provides sufficient information to use as an effective benchmark. This book provides that comprehensive model. Today’s consumers expect products and services to be of high quality reliable and user-friendly. This is the result of years of continuous improvement and innovation by producers. Although many organizations strive for excellent results there is still room for improvement. Unfortunately leaders don’t always have methods and tools to measure or assess that degree of excellence. If leaders could use a tool to discover how good their approaches and methods are and how excellent their achieved results are they could plan further improvements. The goal is to achieve excellent results. The tool described in this book guides leaders to achieve that excellence. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367443917

Validating BachelorhoodAudience Patriarchy and Charles Brockden Brown's Editorship of the Monthly Magazine and American Review This book explores images of single and married men in C.B. Brown's Monthly Magazine and concludes that Brown used his periodical as a vehicle for validating bachelorhood as a viable alternative form of masculinity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654746

Validating Corporate Computer SystemsGood IT Practice for Pharmaceutical Manufacturers One of the biggest computer validation challenges facing pharmaceutical manufacturers is the large corporate system. This book provides practical information and advice on good IT practice and validation principles. Written by experts it includes case studies on EDMSs EAM systems LIMSs and MRP II systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398569

Validating Pharmaceutical SystemsGood Computer Practice in Life Science Manufacturing All too often the words "computer validation" strike terror into the hearts of those new to the process and may even cause those familiar with it to tremble. Validating Pharmaceutical Systems: Good Computer Practice in Life Science Manufacturing delineates GCP GLP and GMP regulatory requirements and provides guidance from seasoned practitioners on how to fulfill them. John Andrews and his team tackle the perceived complexities surrounding the validation of a wide variety of automated systems.Sprinkled with case studies and real-life examples the book offers a step-by-step review of topics such as planning design auditing risk management and specification. The in-depth by example coverage demystifies the challenges of manufacturing execution systems(MES) laboratory information management systems(LIMS) and network qualification. The first section examines the different levels of automated systems used throughout the drug development manufacture and delivery lifecycle using the GAMP 4 lifecycle approach to their validation. The second section uncovers some real-life applications of GAMP 4 to different areas of the regulations such as GLP GCP GMP and GDP.The book explores some of the latest thinking on computer validation and reflects changes that have occurred in the industry since the early days of validation. The contributors are a deliberate blend of those who have faced the problems of the 1990s and the Y2K controversies and those who have more recently arrived on the scene and made an impact on the perception of validation of automated systems across the field of GxP. They do more than show you how to do the right thing; they show you how to do the right thing in compliance with regulations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392383

Validating StrategiesLinking Projects and Results to Uses and Benefits Organisations continue to struggle with their strategies; even when they have a strategy development process their plans rarely have the impact that was intended. Too many of their people don't know about the strategy don't understand it or can't translate it into what it means for their role. Validating Strategies addresses the taxonomy syntax and semantics of strategies; in other words: what does the strategy say how does it relate to other plans what are the causalities between the strategy and successful business outcomes and how should this all be expressed in a language that everyone in the organization can understand. The model at the heart of this book - Organisations run Projects that produce Results and enable people to Use them to create Benefits (PRUB) - offers an intuitive approach that links collaborative strategic planning and validation to project and programme management so as to create validate and implement strategies. The strategy development and validation model offered by Phil Driver addresses the struggle of organisations to realise their strategy replacing endless projects that don't quite seem to deliver what the organization needs with an easy-to-understand implementable methodology that can be validated with evidence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247956

Validation in Language Assessment Validation in Language Assessment contributes to the variety of validation approaches and analytical and interpretive techniques only recently adopted by language assessment researchers. Featuring selected papers from the 17th Language Testing Research Colloquium the volume presents diverse approaches with an international perspective on validation in language assessment. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203053768

Validation in PsychologyResearch Perspectives Why do we respond to others-both to their physical appearances and to their personalities? What are the social influences on face perception? Current research perspectives on physical appearance by distinguished behavioral scientists from around the world were brought together in a special issue of Current Psychology and are offered here in a useful compendium.Chapters and contributors include: "Assessing the State of Organizational Safety-Culture or Climate?" Kathryn J. Mearns and Rhona Flin; "Why Did It Happen to Me? Social Cognition Processes in Adjustment and Recovery from Criminal Victimization and Illness" by Malcolm D. MacLeod; "What's in a Name What's in a Place? The Role of Verbal Labels in Distinct Cognitive Tasks" by J.B. Deegowski D.M. Parker and P. George; "On Disregarding Deviants: Exemplar Typicality and Person Perception" by C. Neil Macrae Galen V. Bodenhausen Alan B. Milne and Luigi Castelli; "Mood in Chronic Disease: Questioning the Answers" by Marie Johnston; "The Emotional Impact of Faces (but not Names): Face Specific Changes in Skin Conductance Responses to Familiar and Unfamiliar People" by Hadyn D. Ellis Angela H. Quayle and Andrew W. Young; "Average Faces are Average Faces" by Jim Pollard John Shepard and Jean Shepard; "Computer Graphic Studies of the Role of Facial Similarity in Judgments of Attractiveness" by I.S. Penton-Voak D.I. Perrett and J.W. Peirce; "One Extreme or the Other or Perhaps the Golden Mean? Issues of Spatial Resolution in Face Processing" by Dennis M. Parker and Nicholas P. Costen; "The Impact of Character Attribution on Composite Production: A Real World Effect?" by Graham Davies and Heidi Oldman; "Repetition Priming of Face Gender Judgments: An Instance Based Explanation" by Dennis C. Hay.Validation in Psychology will benefit students researchers and practitioners of psychology criminology sociology and experts in organizational behavior who are concerned with the impact of physical appearance on health psychology crime organizational safety and above all person perception. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540217

Validation of Computerized Analytical Systems Validation of Computerized Analytical and Networked Systems provides the definitive rationales logic and methodology for validation of computerized analytical systems. Whether you are involved with formulation or analytical development laboratories chemical or microbiological quality control laboratories LIMS installations or any aspect of robotic in a healthcare laboratory this book furnishes complete validation details.International and FDA regulations and requirements are discussed and juxtaposed with numerous practical examples that show you how to cost-effectively and efficiently accomplish validation acceptable to FDA GCP/GLP/GMP NAMAS and EN45001 standards. The templates included provide documentation examples and the many checklists found throughout the book assure that all aspects of covered in a logical sequence. The chapters describe and explain such topics as the Product Life Cycle revalidation change control documentation requirements qualifications testing data validation and traceability inspection SOPs and many other that help streamline the validation process. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367401726

Validation of Dynamic Analyses of Dams and Their EquipmentEdited Contributions to the International Symposium on the Qualification of Dynami Validation of Dynamic Analyses of Dams and Their Equipment is the outcome of a three year cooperation program between CFBR (Comite Francais des Barrages et Reservoirs or French Committee on Large dams) and JCOLD (Japan Commission on Large Dams) and focusses on the dynamic behavior of concrete and embankment dams analyzed based on acceleration records of the JCOLD data base. The book covers a broad range of topics including simplified and detailed methods of dynamic analysis for the seismic response of concrete and embankment dams compared with measured behavior. The response of embankment dams subjected to a 1.0 g foundation acceleration time history is computed by several analytical methods and compared. The modelling of stress-strain behavior of compacted soils for seismic stability analysis of earth-fill dams and its application for a failed earthfill dam is described. The cracking of the face slab of four faced rockfill dams during earthquakes is analyzed. The seismic behavior of concrete arch dams is discussed by the comparison of numerical and experimental results. Displacement-based seismic assessment of concrete dams is presented. Finally the book contains a comparison between the Japanese and French design criteria of gates and a comparison of the analysis of gates and field measurements. Validation of Dynamic Analyses of Dams and Their Equipment will be useful to professional and academics involved or interested in dam engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138590175

Validation of Score Meaning for the Next Generation of AssessmentsThe Use of Response Processes Despite developments in research and practice on using examinee response process data in assessment design the use of such data in test validation is rare. Validation of Score Meaning in the Next Generation of Assessments Using Response Processes highlights the importance of validity evidence based on response processes and provides guidance to measurement researchers and practitioners in creating and using such evidence as a regular part of the assessment validation process. Response processes refer to approaches and behaviors of examinees when they interpret assessment situations and formulate and generate solutions as revealed through verbalizations eye movements response times or computer clicks. Such response process data can provide information about the extent to which items and tasks engage examinees in the intended ways. With contributions from the top researchers in the field of assessment this volume includes chapters that focus on methodological issues and on applications across multiple contexts of assessment interpretation and use. In Part I of this book contributors discuss the framing of validity as an evidence-based argument for the interpretation of the meaning of test scores the specifics of different methods of response process data collection and analysis and the use of response process data relative to issues of validation as highlighted in the joint standards on testing. In Part II chapter authors offer examples that illustrate the use of response process data in assessment validation. These cases are provided specifically to address issues related to the analysis and interpretation of performance on assessments of complex cognition assessments designed to inform classroom learning and instruction and assessments intended for students with varying cultural and linguistic backgrounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138898370

Validation Standard Operating ProceduresA Step by Step Guide for Achieving Compliance in the Pharmaceutical Medical Device and Biotech Industries Spanning every critical element of validation for any pharmaceutical diagnostic medical device or equipment and biotech product this Second Edition guides readers through each step in the correct execution of validating processes required for non-aseptic and aseptic pharmaceutical production. With 14 exclusive environmental performance evaluations it features 64 new protocols on topics such as sterility assurance media fill guidelines and environmental control. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390778

Validity GeneralizationA Critical Review This volume presents the first wide-ranging critical review of validity generalization (VG)--a method that has dominated the field since the publication of Schmidt and Hunter's (1977) paper "Development of a General Solution to the Problem of Validity Generalization." This paper and the work that followed had a profound impact on the science and practice of applied psychology. The research suggests that fundamental relationships among tests and criteria and the constructs they represent are simpler and more regular than they appear. Looking at the history of the VG model and its impact on personnel psychology top scholars and leading researchers of the field review the accomplishments of the model as well as the continuing controversies. Several chapters significantly extend the maximum likelihood estimation with existing models for meta analysis and VG. Reviewing 25 years of progress in the field this volume shows how the model can be extended and applied to new problems and domains. This book will be important to researchers and graduate students in the areas of industrial organizational psychology and statistics. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415653114

Validity Testing in Child and Adolescent AssessmentEvaluating Exaggeration Feigning and Noncredible Effort Thoroughly covering the "why" and "how" of validity testing with children and adolescents this book is edited and written by leaders in the field. Feigning or noncredible effort during psychological and neuropsychological assessments can have considerable repercussions for diagnosis treatment and use of resources. Practical guidance is provided for detecting and managing noncredible responding including vivid case material. The reasons that children may feign during testing are also explored. Along with information relevant to all assessment settings the book features specific chapters on educational medical sport-related forensic and Social Security Disability contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462521852

ValidityAn Integrated Approach to Test Score Meaning and Use Validity is a clear substantive introduction to the two most fundamental aspects of defensible testing practice: understanding test score meaning and justifying test score use. Driven by evidence-based and consensus-grounded measurement theory principles and terminology this book addresses the most common questions of applied validation the quality of test information and the usefulness of test results. Concise yet comprehensive this volume’s integrated framework is ideal for graduate courses on assessment testing psychometrics and research methods as well as for credentialing organizations licensure and certification entities education agencies and test publishers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367261382

Valois Tapestries First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315010953

Valorization of Food Processing By-Products Biotechnology has immense potential for resolving environmental problems and augmenting food production. Particularly it offers solutions for converting solid wastes into value-added items. In food processing industries that generate voluminous by-products and wastes valorization can help offset growing environmental problems and facilitate the sustainable use of available natural resources. Valorization of Food Processing By-Products describes the potential of this relatively new concept in the field of industrial residues management. The debut book in CRC Press’s new Fermented Foods and Beverages Series this volume explores the current state of the art in food processing by-products with respect to their generation methods of disposal and problems faced in terms of waste and regulation. It reviews the basic fundamental principles of waste recycling including process engineering economics and the microbiology and biochemical and nutritional aspects of food processing. It discusses fermentation techniques available for valorization of food processing by-products enzyme technologies and analytical techniques and instrumentation. Individual chapters examine the by-products of plant-based and animal-based food industries. The book also delves into socioeconomic considerations and environmental concerns related to food processing by-products. It surveys research gaps and areas ripe for further inquiry as well as future trends in the field. An essential reference for researchers and practitioners in the food science and food technology industry this volume is also poised to inspire those who wish to take on valorization of food by-products as a professional endeavor. A contribution toward sustainability valorization makes maximum use of agricultural produce while employing low-energy and cost-effective processes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199422

Valorization of Wine Making By-Products An overview of wine making by-products and their conventional and non-conventional uses Valorization of Wine Making By-Products gives you a deeper understanding of recovery processes that are a part of the new philosophy of sustainable agriculture. In line with the worldwide movement toward sustainable development this book examines how to convert waste into useful products and to recycle waste products. It provides the research underpinning the processes and highlights new value-adding valorization technologies. Although vine cultivation and vinification generate a significant amount of waste and several by-products generally only a very small portion of these materials are used. The book gives you a detailed overview of the typology of different by-products and describes several technological aspects of by-product utilization. It details regulatory legislative and sustainability issues before exploring marketing potential and future perspectives. The book highlights wine by-products as potential sources of bioactive phytochemicals which could be used for various purposes in the pharmaceutical cosmetic and food industries. Efficient utilization of food processing by-products represents challenges for the profitability of the food industry. In addition during the next few years the area of food processing waste management where wine industry plays a leading role will expand rapidly. This has resulted in the need for a detailed book on valorization of wine making by-products. In response this book provides you with a number of value-adding technologies for the valorization of those products. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482255331

Valuation and Sale of Residential Property Valuation and Sale of Residential Property is aimed at all those studying for a qualification or already practising as residential valuers surveyors and estate agents. It provides valuable information on all elements of the home sales process enabling professionals to give advice on market value the best means for sale condition and financial arrangements. Topics covered include: determinants of value and provision of the valuation agency auction and taking instructions mortgage valuation and survey legal process and types of tenure investment and return. The author considers these topics against a background of wide legislative change and draws on the standard guidelines set down by the RICS and NAEA. This third edition written at a time of rapid change in the home-selling market details the processes and procedures for dealing with this ever-evolving market. Whatever your level of seniority this book will help you stay ahead of the game and present sound advice to clients at any stage of the process. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9781138135697

Valuation of Corporate Growth OpportunitiesA Real Options Approach How can we value an enterprise like a young internet start-up company that has no earnings or cash flows so that traditional and conventional valuation techniques are therefore not applicable? One of the most notable recent industrial revolutions has been the emergence of Biotechnology and Internet companies. Most of these technology companies are predominantly young with no history of earnings or cash flows to evaluate. This book addresses the problem and presents a model for valuing enterprises that may have no existing assets but only growth opportunities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994010

Valuation of Hotels for Investors This book provides detailed up-to-date knowledge that will help property professionals become successful in the hotel market. The book includes a range of valuation practices and shows the reader the most effective way to read manage and work their way through this highly competitive market. The author focuses on current methodology and practice within the hotel market the market trends and legalities which will change or amplify those practices and further sets out property investment options with real examples. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9781138130821

Valuation of Regulating Services of EcosystemsMethodology and Applications Policy and management decisions are often made on financial grounds. However the economic value of the benefits that people derive from ecosystems that is ecosystem services may not be fully recognised and hence ecosystem considerations may not be incorporated adequately into decision-making processes. This is particularly true for regulating services the benefits obtained from the regulation of ecosystem processes the valuation of which requires an interdisciplinary approach. In essence valuation is a problem solving strategy and a problem is a problem it does not respect the boundary of any particular discipline. The valuation of regulating services is an evolving field of ecological economics. In this book Dr. Pushpam Kumar and Dr. Michael D. Wood have invited some of the foremost international experts in the field of ecosystem services valuation to contribute chapters on the valuation of regulating services and highlight some of the main obstacles to the implementation and acceptance of these methodologies in the context of decision-making. The contributors explore the theoretical underpinning of valuation of ecosystem services and demonstrate ways in which these theories can be applied to case-specific problems in order to inform decision-making processes. This collection clarifies some of the doubt and uncertainty regarding the valuation of regulating services. Innovative methodologies in this field have started to emerge and in coming years there may be much further discussion on this topic as methodologies and understanding continue to evolve. This is a highly active area of interdisciplinary research with far reaching social and environmental implications and this book should be of interest to those who are new to the field as well as established experts in moving both theory and practice forward.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415539821

Valuation Of Wildland Resource Benefits This book provides a comprehensive review of the advanced techniques in the valuation of wildland benefits. It discusses concepts and problems in wildland benefit valuation offering perspectives on the role of benefit-cost analysis as a decision-making tool in the formation of public land policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215750

Valuation: Special Properties & Purposes Each topic treated represents an area of specialism in its own right. This book helps fill the gap between the extremes of neglect and detailed consideration in existing texts by providing an authoritative and yet accessible treatment of several complex and technical subjects. Each chapter has been written by an acknowledged expert in the field with extensive practical experience and where appropriate is supported by comprehensive case studies and worked examples. What this book emphatically will not do is turn anyone into an expert in the specialist and even arcane worlds of the plant and machinery valuer or the valuation of milk quotas. What it will do however is give some indication of the problems and pitfalls associated with these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9781138150959

ValuationIts Nature and Laws First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884236

ValuationPrinciples into Practice The sixth edition of Valuation: Principles into Practice continues to be both a core text for all students undertaking surveying qualifications and a handy reference guide for valuers in practice. The new edition has been thoroughly updated with nine completely re-written chapters. The book provides extensive details of valuation principles and practices in agricultural commercial residential industrial and leisure sectors. The balance of academic and practicing contributors explore the law and regulation within the field of valuation and include chapters on valuations for financial investments taxation and rating insurance as well as useful case studies and detailed approaches to valuation procedures for a variety of properties from farms to public houses. With extensive market knowledge and the obvious benefit of his involvement with the five previous editions Richard Hayward brings the sixth edition well into the twenty-first century. The book continues it’s tried and tested melding of ‘town and gown’ and the twenty six contributors to the twenty three chapters are all leading specialists in their fields. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9781138132283

Value Capital and Growth Value Capital and Growth was written as a mark of honor to Sir John Hicks on the occasion of his retirement as Drummond Professor of Political Economy at the University of Oxford. As the title implies most of the essays are directed to the development of the three great topics of modern economic theory to which he contributed--Value Capital and Growth. More specifically there are important papers on general equilibrium aggregation and index numbers-- all topics of deep interest in international economics.The volume is particularly noteworthy for a number of papers exploring hitherto unrealized implications of general equilibrium models. There are also several papers dealing with mathematical economics as they relate to trade and development which will be of great interest to students of those fields. Few theorists possessed Hicks catholicity in economics and his interest in and appetite for all branches of applied economics and especially comparative economic history. His interests ranged from Italian Renaissance banking to academic publishing and the export and import of scholarly works The international eminence of the contributors and the quality of their work ensure that this volume is a fitting tribute to a great economist and that it will be studied carefully for many years. No effort was spared to present the work in a style and format worthy of the subject and of the occasion. The volume includes masterful contributions by Kenneth Arrow Jagdish Bhagwati Roy Harrod Paul A. Samuelson Robert M. Solow and Alan A. Walters among others and contains a full biographical and bibliographical data base on Hicks.J.N. Wolfe was professor of economics at the University of Edinburgh until his retirement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540224

Value Capital and Rent Knut Wicksell is acknowledged to be the precursor and prophet of modern macroeconomic theory and he provided some of its chief elements a generation before their power and significance were properly recognized. This book originally published in German in 1893 and in English in 1954 brought time into the previously timeless theory of value and income distribution. The theory of the real interest rate which he developed in Value Capital and Rent became a central and essential element when he began to explain what determines the general level of money prices and how the changes of this level come about. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138218109

Value Distribution and Capital This book explores some of the most important themes in neo-Ricardian economics. It explores the many contributions of Pierangelo Garengnani to modern economics including his work in capital theory the theory of effective demand and stability analysis. Contributors include Paul Samuelson John Eatwell Murray Milgate Edward Nell Alessandro Roncaglia and Ian Steedman. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138006959

Value Exploitation and Class First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780415869133

Value Technical Change and CrisisExplorations in Marxist Economic Theory This text brings together studies in various aspects of the theory of the capitalist economy. It focuses on major themes of the Marxist tradition that postulate the existence and importance of social relations and structures underlying the esoteric realm of economic categories: prices profits wages etc. The author takes a reappraising critical look at the concepts of the deep structure - value explitation immanent crisis - using the analytical tools of modern economics to improve those concepts. The book is divided into four parts. Part 1 explores the essential nature of capitalism re-examining problems in the theory of value and exploitation. Part 2 tackles the issue of capitalism-specific paths of growth and technical change putting forward a rigorous theory of biased technical change and non-steady-state growth. Part 3 examines the cyclical character of capitalist growth and the theory of crises. Finally Part 4 places capitalism in the wider framework of modes of production considering the theory of precapitalist formations and aspects of the theory and practical experience of socialism. The guiding theme is the combination or confrontation of rigorous quantitative analytical techniques with equally demanding qualitative and political-economic conceptualization. The book's premise is that this interface is essential to a progressive yet distinctively Marxist social theory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315489490

Value Added Tax Fraud Serving as an introduction to one of the "hottest" topics in financial crime the Value Added Tax (VAT) fraud this new and original book aims to analyze and decrypt the fraud and explore multi-disciplinary avenues thereby exposing nuances and shades that remain concealed by traditional taxation oriented researches. Quantifying the impact of the fraud on the real economy underlines the structural damages propagated by this crime in the European Union. The ‘fruadsters’ benefit when policy changes are inflicted in an economic space without a fully fledged legal framework. Geopolitical events like the creation of the Eurasian Union and 'Brexit' are analyzed from the perspective of the VAT fraud thereby underlining the foreseeable risks of such historical turnarounds. In addition this book also provides a unique collection of case studies that depict the main characteristics of VAT fraud. Introduction to VAT Fraud will be of interest to students at an advanced level academics and reflective practitioners. It addresses the topics with regards to banking and finance law international law criminal law taxation accounting and financial crime. It will be of value to researchers academics professionals and students in the fields of law financial crime technology accounting and taxation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582609

Value Analysis and Engineering ReengineeredThe Blueprint for Achieving Operational Excellence and Developing Problem Solvers and Innovators Thought leader Abate Kassa finds the U.S. government’s arbitrary cost-cutting directives of austerity measures or sequestration as a perfect example of moving in the wrong direction. Their system follows rule-sense rather than value-sense. In this book Mr. Kassa proposes reengineered value analysis/value engineering (VA/VE) as the way to deliver superior service at a minimum cost.By mastering the powerful re-engineered VA/VE problem-solving value methodology (PISERIA) outlined in this book any organization regardless of industry will be able to self-diagnose problems and self-discover solutions.The book is the product of Abate Kassa's dual lenses of experience and research over four decades. In the book Mr. Kassa updates and upgrades VA/VE by integrating popular improvement methodologies including Six Sigma Lean Manufacturing Total Quality Management Kaizen Business Process Reengineering and Project Management into the scientific method of the value methodology he dubbed PISERIA. By so doing the author hopes to positively disrupt the status quo of the siloed thinking of these fragmented methodologies.If you are engaged in the pursuit of excellence and are ready to make the leap from good to great while generating an immediate payback you will want to empower your people with an understanding of the reengineered VA/VE outlined in this book. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498737258

Value and Prices in Russian Economic ThoughtA journey inside the Russian synthesis 1890�1920 This book explores Russian synthesis that occurred in Russian economic thought between 1890 and 1920. This includes all the attempts at synthesis between classical political economy and marginalism; the labour theory of value and marginal utility; and value and prices. The various ways in which Russian economists have approached these issues have generally been addressed in a piecemeal fashion in history of economic thought literature. This book returns to the primary sources in the Russian language translating many into English for the first time and offers the first comprehensive history of the Russian synthesis.The book first examines the origins of the Russian synthesis by determining the condition of reception in Russia of the various theories of value involved: the classical theories of value of Ricardo and Marx on one side; the marginalist theories of prices of Menger Walras and Jevons on the other. It then reconstructs the three generations of the Russian synthesis: the first (Tugan-Baranovsky) the second  the mathematicians (Dmitriev Bortkiewicz Shaposhnikov Slutsky etc.) and the last (Yurovsky) with an emphasis on Tugan-Baranovsky’s initial impetus.This volume is suitable for those studying economic theory and philosophy as well as those interested in the history of economic thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871956

Value and RealityThe Philosophical Case for Theism This is a major work by one of the best-known philosophical writers representing the culmination of some twenty-five years’ work on the possibility of giving a rational defence of the claims of the religious man and specifically the theist in the face of modern criticisms. Dr Ewing’s object has been to fulfil what seem to him the two most important tasks for the philosopher in at least the present age namely to see if it is still possible to give a rational defence of a genuinely religious point of view and to do the same thing for an objective ethics a task he has attempted in other works and continues here. The conclusions are that while there can be no question of strict logical proof an ethical theism can be defended rationally as an explanatory metaphysical hypothesis and there are no grounds to reject as illusory the most fundamental intuitive convictions of religion. The book originally published in 1973 included a new theory of the ultimate criterion of truth for hypotheses a restatement of the case for a substantial self and for indeterminism a fresh treatment of the moral and certain other arguments for God some points in the discussion of the problem of evil and some speculations on time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986657

Value and the MediaCultural Production and Consumption in Digital Markets Value is seldom discussed in its own right though it is of utmost importance to our relations with media texts and cultural objects as we constantly make judgements of various kinds with respect to them. This book focuses on how value - aesthetic political and social and economic value - is produced in contemporary media and cultural production. Contending that value is not constituted by the essence of a thing but is rather produced in social relations through negotiations and justifications Value and the Media discusses changes in the cultural industries over the past two decades emphasising the rise of new digital media and the opportunities that these afford for the production and consumption of media texts and objects. Richly illustrated with examples from the UK USA and Europe this volume explores a range of media: both old mass media and new personal media with a constant focus on the importance of both for our understanding of the changes that have occurred on the media landscape and their implications for the production of value. As such this book will be of interest to social scientists and theorists working in the fields of cultural and media studies popular culture and consumption. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255371

Value and UnderstandingEssays for Peter Winch The voices in this volume those of philosophers from Britain Europe America and Australia speak in different tones of sumpathy and criticism of Winch and his conception of human conditioning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865333

Value and Waste in Lean Construction Non-value adding activities are otherwise known as ‘waste’ in the lean construction lexicon. The aim of this collection is to build a common understanding of the role and contribution of value-adding activities in achieving stipulated objectives and continuous improvement in construction projects and to contrast this with waste. Although the lean approach to construction projects has been widely covered this is the first book that explicitly provides the link between value and waste in the Architecture Engineering and Construction (AEC) sector. This internationally researched collection seeks to create a paradigm shift which will shape work processes and future directions for how value is conceptualized and operationalized in both the project management and business aspects of construction. The readers will gain an understanding of:  The value-adding paradigm in construction How to make value-supporting decisions Waste identification and control in practice With contributions from South Africa Brazil Norway and the USA the implications of this book are globally relevant. This is essential reading for all higher level students of construction management and economics and all professionals interested in value management.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138903708

Value Chains Social Inclusion and Economic DevelopmentContrasting Theories and Realities Lead firms development organisations donors and governments view value chains and voluntary standards as vital instruments for achieving millennium development goals through trade and market-related interventions. The precise foundations for these development strategies which suggest positive development outcomes from integration of poor actors into value chains are as yet underdeveloped. The interdisciplinary work in this volume shows how trade is managed and asks theory-driven questions about how value chains relate to locally-rooted development processes. Policy makers and development practitioners are increasingly using value chain analysis to frame pro-poor development interventions. This book offers multiple conceptualizations of development outcomes of inclusion of small producers firms and workers in value chains. Processes of inclusion at different scales are unpacked in order to identify the terms of participation of small producers firms and workers. As value chains are embedded the book further argues that inclusion can be conceptualized as the degree of alignment between value chain logics and the institutions and capacities in the local business system. The combination of inclusive governance and endogenous development informs a grounded debate on roles of development-oriented partnerships. Chapters in this volume draw on multiple strands of economics sociology political science geography and management studies; and for empirical grounding engage in comparative analysis of cases from Latin America SubSaharan Africa and East and South East Asia. These are combined with processes taking place at a global level such as the proliferation of standards and the growth of roundtables and multi-stakeholder partnerships. The contributions explore contrasts – between contexts between industries or commodities/products and between conceptual frameworks; and the context dependency of development impact necessitates cross-case investigations. This collection will be of interest to scholars in development studies economics business studies as well as to development policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138244009

Value co-creation in sport management This book offers new insights into value co-creation in the context of sport management. Based on recent developments in academia (e.g. service-dominant logic) and empirical evidence it highlights the significance of customers and other firms and organisations (service networks) for the creation of high quality products and services. Five articles shed more light on various aspects of value co-creation including a sport value framework customer-to-customer value co-creation platforms fan consumption communities value co-destruction and coopetition strategies. They also broaden our understanding of the processes that lead to joint value creation by different parties. In addition the authors present insights that can be helpful in practice and describe guidelines and strategies that are in line with the concept of value co-creation. In so doing this book helps to develop better theories and to provide guidance for sport managers for the design of value creation as a collaborative relational and dynamic process between multiple actors. This book was published as a special issue of European Sport Management Quarterly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138086203

Value Creation and the Internet of ThingsHow the Behavior Economy will Shape the 4th Industrial Revolution We live in a behavior economy an environment in which people no longer engage with companies just by purchasing things but they seek engagement with services that allow them to behave to leave a mark and to participate in the community of others. The economic model promoted by the behavior economy is a model where behavior is the only goal of our actions and where intrinsic motivation is the key to participation engagement and the satisfaction of multiple dimensions of value. Value Creation and the Internet of Things describes value delivery and consumption and the mechanisms by which new value is captured and created in enterprises dedicated to competing and prospering in this new environment. This book is significant in the context of the Internet of Things becoming mainstream forcing organizations to re-examine their value creation methodologies in light of new consumer behavior and expectations. The Internet of Things will reframe the existence of the ones enriched by it. It will do so not because it can but because our motivation will demand it. This is a book about reframing reality for new and incumbent organizations. The reality to reframe is not an imaginary one but the immediate reality in which one operates: the behavior economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367737900

Value Creation through Executive Development The ability of organisations to generate long-term value and growth depends to a very large extent on the capacity of the executive cohort to conceive and implement strategic initiatives through a well-motivated and enabled workforce. However generating consistent value in today’s volatile uncertain complex and ambiguous (VUCA) and rapidly evolving digital economic landscape can be challenging and therefore executives need to update their capabilities regularly to align with the changing value drivers required for long-term growth. To achieve the expected value and growth at a more sustainable level executive development must be managed as a strategic asset and optimised through effective design and implementation and the effects must be proactively evaluated through meaningful leading indicators and actual 'hard' measures. Value Creation through Executive Development therefore offers a well-supported and clearly structured approach to address the gap between executive development initiatives and the creation of long-term organisational value and growth. This book provides a valuable resource to executives and management development professionals who have experienced frustration about the lack of non-value-adding executive development programmes. It also serves as a professional resource for managers of executive and management development programmes organisational development departments and organisational development consultants allowing them to integrate this material into existing programmes to achieve value-centric outcomes and to achieve long-term performance targets. Additionally it serves as a teaching resource for participants in executive/management development courses or seminars globally; offering them the capacity to conduct value-centric initiatives and gain the capacity to influence the tactical operational and strategic dimensions of their organisational performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138575578

Value Dominant LogicHelping Individuals and Their Companies to Succeed Increasing disruption diminishing returns and demanding customers require business leaders to create more value remain relevant and stay ahead of competition. CEOs must evolve a "value creation" culture for the company in order to properly balance the interests of customers employees investors and the marketplace. People who succeed succeed because they create value but they do so unconsciously. Creating value consciously makes you create more value and destroy less value. Doing something good or improving the well-being of someone creates value. You buy and re-buy a product on a value basis. Value dominant logic is relevant to all of us. Value creation is used in all fields but is not well understood. This book takes value creation to the next level showing how value is basic to human endeavor and is not focused on enough even when we try to create value. Most books on value creation focus on creating monetary value for companies. This book suggests that value is greatly created and enhanced by creating value for others. To create value for customers one must first create value for the providers including employees suppliers and the society at large. The goal is to improve the quality of life and well-being. This book provides ways of implementing these thoughts and educates readers about value and how to create it. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367030575

Value Engineering Synergies with Lean Six SigmaCombining Methodologies for Enhanced Results Lean Six Sigma (LSS) Design for Six Sigma (DFSS) and Value Engineering (VE) have a proven track record of success for solving problems and improving efficiency. Depending on the situation integrating these approaches can provide results that exceed the benefits of each individual approach. Value Engineering Synergies with Lean Six Sigma: Combining Methodologies for Enhanced Results describes how to integrate these dynamic tools to achieve unprecedented improvements and break down the organizational stovepipes that can occur when different offices are assigned responsibility for different problem-solving methods. The book identifies opportunities where readers can integrate these approaches to go beyond what is currently possible with the individual approaches. Explaining the VE methodology it supplies a high-level discussion of LSS and DFSS. Next it compares VE with LSS and identifies the different opportunities for synergies that can provide your organization with a competitive edge. Includes detailed LSS-VE cross-reference charts Contains product- and process-oriented VE material designed for LSS black belt training Provides a list of the most commonly used LSS DFSS and VE tools The authors describe VE and LSS in a way that is different from but consistent with the current literature. To facilitate comparison the book graphically depicts VE and LSS and maps the two tools into one another to provide you with a clear understanding of the circumstances and types of problems where integrating these techniques will be most effective. The ideas and synergies presented in this book can help industry professionals and those in government accelerate the adoption of efficiencies in their operations. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466502017

Value EngineeringA Plan for Invention After more than 50 years as a manager and VE pioneer Richard J. Park presents Value Engineering: A Plan for Invention. Park demonstrates how to adopt VE as a thinking process that can enable you to increase your problem solving skills cultivate innovation reduce costs improve productivity and more. Features Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203734452

Value First then PriceQuantifying value in Business to Business markets from the perspective of both buyers and sellers Winner of the Overall Case Award 2014 The Case Centre best selling case 2013 - 2017 Value-based pricing—pricing a product according to its value to the customer rather than its cost—is the most effective and profitable pricing strategy. Buyers need to evaluate the monetary benefits of a product against the price of its competitors. Sellers justify their price points through documenting the value of a product emphasising its superiority against competitors and therefore justifying the premium price. Value First then Price is an innovative collection which proposes a quantitative methodology to value pricing and road-tests this methodology through a wide variety of real-life industrial cases. It provides a state-of-the art and best practice overview of how leading companies quantify and document value to customers. In doing so this book provides researchers with a method by which to draw invaluable data-driven conclusions and sales and marketing managers the theories and best practices they need to quantify the value of their products to demanding hard-nosed industrial purchasers. With contributions from global industry experts this book provides cutting edge research on value quantification and value quantification capabilities with real-life practical examples. It will be essential reading for sales and pricing specialists as well as business strategists in both research and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138101630

Value in Due DiligenceContemporary Strategies for Merger and Acquisition Success The recent financial crisis has thrown many of the mergers and acquisitions of recent years into sharp focus. Too many have failed to generate real value for shareholders and many others have only proved lukewarm successes. Although it is impossible to assess accurately the extent to which these failures may be the result of poor planning and execution they have raised considerable questions about the process breadth and effectiveness of traditional due diligence activities. Value in Due Diligence explores new applications for due diligence including areas such as corporate culture social responsibility and innovation. It also examines the due diligence process itself to draw out those elements that provide effective risk and opportunity management as opposed to simple compliance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398868

Value in MarketingRetrospective and Perspective Stance The concept of value has been at the heart of marketing thought and practice. Marketers strive to develop a unique value proposition to satisfy the needs of customers in order to create a differentiated offering to targeted customers be they end consumers or business users. It is the unique value delivered by products and services that defines firm’s competitive market positioning. Recent advances in marketing theory have enhanced the interpretation of value in terms of its types manifestations and determinants. Value in marketing is delivered to customers stakeholders shareholders ecosystems and society. While the literature has been unanimously emphasizing the economic interpretation of value measured in money terms marketing has been at the forefront of critical thinking bringing to the fore new meanings and interpretations of value that have unlocked the psychological emotional social and ecological value of products and services to customers. It is the marketing thought that has extended the understanding of value-in-use and has indisputably positioned value in context. Marketing has developed the notion of value delivered by intangible assets that can create much greater value than the tangible product and/or service. Marketing has unravelled the multi-layered nature of value to the customer and thus augmented the meanings and interpretations as well as the analytical and practical potential of this notion. Consequently we see the need to revisit the concept of value in marketing in order to address its complexity. This book sets to provide an insight in the concept of value in marketing in its contemporary interpretation and level of development. The aim is to offer an overview of debates and developments in our understanding of value in marketing that can raise the awareness of the scholarly and business communities of its pivotal importance for businesses and consumers. Value in Marketing presents reflections and analysis of value in marketing by consecutive generations of scholars who have made theoretical contribution to the contemporary understanding of the concept its interpretations dimensions and importance. The chapters address various issues including: customer value development implications and trajectories; intra-variable and inter-variable perspectives of value; the importance of the value concept in the international marketing context; value developed in networks that is intrinsically associated with knowledge creation in the internationalization meanings and interpretations of value in diverse contexts that help us develop further the dimensions of the concept. We trust the book will be of interest to researchers scholars and students in the fields of marketing management and international business and to people who wish to have a better understand what marketing really brings to consumers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367209483

Value in Social Theory First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315006451

Value in the ViewConserving Historic Urban Views Value in the View: Conserving Historic Urban Views presents readers with a comprehensive study of the ideas and philosophies at work in policies of view protection. The power of UNESCO’s policy of view protection is investigated through six studies of contemporary cities (London Dresden St Petersburg Istanbul and Vancouver). With the idea of ‘the view’ at its core this book examines how dominant international ideas of heritage are constructed maintained and reinforced and explores how they exert power over the urban and architectural form of contemporary cities. It’s a highly engaging guide that will aid practitioners in the implementation of policy and design of development within historic urban contexts as well as contributing to scholarly debate on the protection of views in architecture and planning. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859467305

Value Making in International Economic Law and RegulationAlternative Possibilities This book examines the contemporary production of economic value in today’s financial economies. Much of the regulatory response to the global financial crisis has been based on the assumption that curbing the speculative ‘excesses’ of the financial sphere is a necessary and sufficient condition for restoring a healthy economic system endowed with real values as distinct from those produced by financial markets. How though can the ‘intrinsic’ value of goods and services produced in the sphere of the so-called real economy be disentangled from the ‘artificial’ value engineered within the financial sphere? Examining current projects of international legal regulation this book questions the regulation of the financial sphere insofar as its excesses are juxtaposed to some notion of economic normality. Given the problem of neatly distinguishing these domains – and so more generally between economy and society and production and social reproduction – it considers the limits of our current conceptualization of value production and measurement with specific reference to arrangements in the areas of finance trade and labour. Drawing on a range of innovative work in the social sciences and attentive to the spatial and temporal connections that make the global economy as well as the racial gender and class articulations of the social reproductive field within it it further asks: what alternative arrangements might be able to affect and indeed alter the value-making processes that underlie our current international regulatory framework? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138565494

Value Management in Construction and Real EstateMethodology and Applications This cutting edge study explores alternative methods and tools to obtain value for money while maintaining quality in construction projects especially large and complex ones. Extensive references throughout will help the reader develop a deeper understanding of the methodology and self-study questions help to keep you on track. Ideal as a reference for practitioners and the perfect intro for students of construction or real estate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138852785

Value Management in Design and Construction This book looks at the transfer and further development of value management procedures as practised in North America in a United Kingdom and Commonwealth construction industry context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172678

Value Management in HealthcareHow to Establish a Value Management Office to Support Value-Based Outcomes in Healthcare "Nathan Tierney’s powerful storytelling is rarely seen in today’s health care business environment. We must redesign the health care delivery system---a team sport in service of patients hold it accountable with measurement to improve outcomes and quantify the resource costs over the full cycle of care. Value-based health care is a framework through which these goals are achieved and Tierney provides a detailed playbook to get your organization there. Outlined in incredible detail and clarity he presents core concepts and dives into the key metrics needed to build maintain and scale a successful value-based health care organization. Nathan shares a realistic vision of what any CEO should expect when developing their own Value Management Office. Nothing is more important to me than improving the lives of those I love. My personal mission is to create systemic change with an impact on the global stage. This playbook needs to be on the desk of every executive clinician and patient today."  -Mahek Shah MD Senior Researcher and Senior Project Leader Harvard Business SchoolOur current healthcare system’s broken. The Organization for Economic Co-Operation and Development (OECD) predicts health care costs could increase from 6% to 14% of GDP by 2060. The cause of this increase is due to (1) a global aging population (2) growing affluence (3) rise in chronic diseases and (4) better-informed patients; all of which raises the demand for healthcare. In 2006 Michael Porter and Elizabeth Teisberg authored the book ‘Redefining Health Care: Creating Value-Based Competition on Results.’ In it they present their analysis of the root causes plaguing the health care industry and make the case for why providers suppliers consumers and employers should move towards a patient-centric approach that optimizes value for patients. According to Porter "value for patients should be the overarching principle for our broken system." Since 2006  Professor Porter accompanied by his esteemed Harvard colleague Profesor Robert Kaplan have worked tirelessly to promote this new approach and pilot it with leading healthcare delivery organizations like Cleveland Clinic Mayo Clinic MD Anderson and U.S. Department of Veteran Affairs. Given the current state of global healthcare there is urgency to achieve widespread adoption of this new approach. The intent of this book is to equip all healthcare delivery organizations with a guide for putting the value-based concept into practice. This book defines the practice of value-based health care as Value Management. The book explores Profesor Porter’s Value Equation (Value = Outcomes/ Cost) which is central to Value Management and provides a step-by-step process for how to calculate the components of this equation. On the outcomes side the book presents the Value Realization Framework which translates organizational mission and strategy into a comprehensive set of performance measures and contextualizes the measures for healthcare delivery. The Value Realization Framework is based on Professor Kaplan's ground-breaking Balanced Scorecard approach but specific to healthcare organizations. On the costs side the book details the Harvard endorsed time-driven activity based costing (TDABC) methodology which has proven to be a modern catalyst for defining HDO costs. Finally this book covers the need and a plan to establish a Value Management Office to lead the delivery transformation and govern operations.This book is designed in a format where any organization can read it and acquire the fundamentals and methodologies of Value Management. It is intended for healthcare delivery organizations in need of learning the specifics of achieving the implementation of value-based healthcare. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367735661

Value ManagementTranslating Aspirations into Performance Change programmes in both private and public sectors have a poor record of delivering their intended value. The reasons given most often for their failure include lack of executive support or buy-in from key users loose requirements definition weak programme management and plain wishful thinking. They rarely include technical limitations. Value Management puts forward the view that the true problem lies in failing to understand the causal links between the intended stakeholder outcomes and the actual programme outputs. Repeating the pattern of failure can be avoided by asking two questions: - Before implementation what capabilities must a change programme deliver when and in what order so as to cause intended value against a defined purpose with speed and certainty? - During and after implementation what minor adjustments and/or major shifts are needed to be certain that the programme remains on purpose and on value? and two answers to be given: - Target time and align change programmes to deliver maximum intended value to stakeholders - the baseline business case - track and respond to changes during and beyond implementation to ensure that the programme actually delivers or exceeds intended value - value realisation. The authors show how by asking and answering these questions direction and delivery of any programme can be clarified and greater economic value achieved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247932

Value of Tolerance First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780714648156

Value Presuppositions in Theories of Human Development First published in 1986. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138417281

Value Stream Management for the Lean OfficeEight Steps to Planning Mapping & Sustaining Lean Improvements in Administrative Areas Bring Lean Improvements to the Administrative Areas of Your Organization! Extending their eight-step process to the realization of a lean office Tapping and Shuker use a customer service case studyto illustrate the effectiveness of the value stream storyboard.This popular volume provides organizations with a proven system for implementing lean principles in the office. In addition to providing a thorough overview of basic lean concepts this book details methods for identifying the administrative activities in need of attention. To address these it applies the eight-step process for removing waste and reorganizing workflow. Accompanying the book is a CD containing a lean assessment tool a storyboard template charts a team charter and worksheets. BONUS CD! Along with this book you receive a CD containing a lean assessment tool a storyboard template useful charts a team charter forms reports and worksheets! Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138438774

Value Stream ManagementEight Steps to Planning Mapping and Sustaining Lean Improvements The Value Stream Management System simplifies the planning process for lean implementation ensuring quick deployment and greater success. It links the metrics and reporting required by management with the lean tools needed on the manufacturing floor. The central feature of this illustrative and engaging book is the value stream management storyboard a tool representing an eight-step process for lean implementation. The storyboard brings together people tools metrics and reporting into one visual document. The authors stress the importance of reaching beyond single-point kaizens to ensure a sustainable lean implementation process. Many people use the value stream map as an individual tool but not within the context of a proven overall system. Value Stream Management: Eight Steps to Planning Mapping and Sustaining Lean Improvements shows you how to use mapping as part of a complete system for lean implementation. The final outcome of Value Stream Management is the creation of a complete visual plan for lean transformation - and the mastery of the skills required to implement that plan. Instead of just using Toyota Production System Tools the authors encourage you to create your own lean production system. Value Stream Management will help you to complete your process and sustain it! BONUS CD! Along with this book you receive a CD containing a lean assessment tool a storyboard template useful charts a team charter forms reports and worksheets. DVD Package (see Catalog No. PP7338) A training aid to implement those principles taught in the book a training video is available that teaches managers how to train lean teams. It starts with an overview of value stream management and the basics of lean. Subsequent lessons teach how to map current and future states; how to create action plans for implementation and follow-through; and how to develop a storyboard that communicates the entire process. Finally Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138438651

Value Stream Mapping for Healthcare Made Easy In no industry is the concept of quality more essential than it is in healthcare which is why the lean quality principles learned through the example of the Toyota Production System are so applicable. Two fundamental principles of Toyota‘s push for excellence are especially relevant to healthcare: ensuring quality at every step and keeping improvement processes simple enough that they are viable reproducible and teachable. Developed with the input of more than 60 healthcare organizations Value Stream Mapping for Healthcare Made Easy introduces healthcare managers to the essential method developed by Toyota known as the Value Stream Map (VSM). The first half of the book provides an introduction to VSMs that shows healthcare workers at all levels how to look at any process with eyes that probe all the value-added and non-value-added activities in the delivery of a requested service or product. This will allow all stakeholders the opportunity to evaluate create and communicate innovation in their workplace. The second half reviews real value stream maps at real healthcare facilities created by teams of administrators managers physicians and staff members. Most participants were not experienced with lean thinking and for many this was their first engagement with lean methods. What becomes clear through these examples is the importance of initiating realistic improvements that can quickly demonstrate successful change and encourage even more problem solving. This ability to be involved with creating a better way to work has been exceptionally well received by workers both at Toyota and now throughout the healthcare industry. Lean thinking involves employees in improving work that is meaningful to them at a level where they can see and appreciate the changes they have participated in creating. This satisfaction is essential to retaining good workers as well as to the everyday improvement of safety patient sat Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138432024

Value Stream Mapping for Lean DevelopmentA How-To Guide for Streamlining Time to Market Written by one of the worlds most respected consultants on Lean this work presents a methodology for value stream mapping that is appropriate for any organization whether it be service or product oriented. Over the past 25 years Locher has proven just how powerful this process is having employed it in healthcare transportation distribution education financial services and manufacturing environments. Illustrating his methodology through the example of the imaginary DevelopTek company he explains how to: Identify development waste Assess an organization‘s current state and develop a Current State Map Apply Lean principles to create a Future State Map Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138438576

Value Stream Mapping for the Process IndustriesCreating a Roadmap for Lean Transformation Providing a framework that highlights waste and its negative effects on process performance value stream maps (VSMs) are essential components for successful Lean initiatives. While the conventional VSM format has the basic structure to effectively describe process operations it must be adapted and expanded to serve its purpose in the process industry.This book describes in detail how to create a complete VSM for a process industry manufacturing operation. Detailing the unique features of process operations and why they require additions and adjustments to traditional VSMs the book walks readers through the steps in analyzing the map. It explains how to scope improvement projects prioritize them and then use future state VSMs to illustrate and motivate systemic improvement. In doing so it supplies readers with a roadmap for a complete Lean transformation. Describes how to analyze the map for waste and flow issues so that they can be reduced and even eliminated Provides examples of the calculations needed for the flow parameters in data boxes Explains how the VSM concept can be applied to the entire supply chain Includes strategies for engaging your entire workforce in map creation The book introduces a target manufacturing process and uses it to describe how to create a complete VSM. The target process is complex enough to illustrate the issues often encountered in mapping a process industry operation but straightforward enough to explain all of the mapping considerations and decisions.The book includes real examples of how VSMs brought much greater clarity to the real issues the processes faced and cases where the insight enabled management to avoid costly inappropriate investments. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482247688

Value Stream Mapping Poster This poster supports Enna’s Value Stream Mapping Program and is a great overview of the steps of Value Stream Mapping. The design of the poster is that of a roadmap looking onwards towards continuous improvement; it encompasses the fundamental steps behind Value Stream Mapping and is a great visual tool to promote continuous improvement in your organization. Use this poster during your VSM workshops and afterwards to make change more enjoyable for all involved. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780978097066

Value Stream Mapping: Facilitator Guide The Value Stream Mapping Facilitator Guide provides the structure to help guide the facilitator through the Value Stream Mapping process. This guide is the center of the VSM training package. Enna's Value Stream Mapping Facilitator Guide is designed to let you communicate and lead the process of developing your current and future state maps. This allows you to perform your workshops with confidence and lead your initiative internally. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780973750997

Value Systems and Social Process Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1968 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315014289

Value Theory in Philosophy and Social Science (RLE Social Theory) The annual Conferences on Value Inquiry bring together philosophers scientists and humanists to discuss the many facets of the problem of value in the experience of the individual and in contemporary society. One of the criteria in choosing papers for the Conference is the ability to stimulate discussion and clarification. The papers in the present volumes show deep concern with the problems and responsibilities in making choices of value. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986664

Value-Added Decision Making for Managers Developed from the authors’ longstanding course on decision and risk analysis Value-Added Decision Making for Managers explores the important interaction between decisions and management action and clarifies the barriers to rational decision making. The authors analyze strengths and weaknesses of the best alternatives enabling decision makers to improve on these alternatives by adding value and reducing risk. The core of the text addresses decisions that involve selecting the best alternative from diverse choices. The decisions include buying a car picking a supplier or home contractor selecting a technology picking a location for a manufacturing plant or sports stadium hiring an employee or selecting among job offers deciding on the size of a sales force making a late design change and sourcing to emerging markets. The book also covers more complex decisions arising in negotiations strategy and ethics that involve multiple dimensions simultaneously. Numerous activities interspersed throughout the text highlight real-world situations helping readers see how the concepts presented can be used in their own work environment or personal life. Each chapter also includes discussion questions and references. Web ResourceThe book’s website at http://ise.wayne.edu/research/decision.php offers tutorials of Logical Decisions software for multi-objective decisions and Precision Tree software for probabilistic decisions. Directions for downloading student versions of the DecisionTools Suite and Logical Decisions software can be found in the appendices. Password-protected PowerPoint presentations for each chapter and solutions to all of the numeric examples are available for instructors. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781420075724

Value-Added Services for Next Generation Networks In the NGN world no truer words are spoken than "the future is now." And the competition in the information networking arena will only intensify in the next 5-10 years. Choosing the correct NGN-VAS strategy now will set your company apart. Value Added Services for Next Generation Networks examines the quest for the real added value in modern communication systems. The author covers more than just the technology itself but also examines how it is being used and how it could be used to gain a strategic advantage. The book starts with a SOTW analysis for PSTN/GSM operators and new entrants and the threats they will undoubtedly face. The author examines the fundamentals of genuine communication services and the service providers' starting position then takes you on a tour through the landscape of NGN standards contrasting the 3GPP IMS architecture with that of IETF UMA and OMA. He discusses practical ways to build an NGN SDP and the essential business aspects involved in this enterprise. The book highlights how technically the NGN can be interconnected or glued to the existing GSM/PSTN infrastructure justifying the choice of protocols and network architecture. It also describes general concepts architectural requirements and technologies in modern VAS platform and new VAS for the NGN in terms of network implementation end user experience business scope and cost/revenue projections.But is NGN just a game of investments in equipment of CAPEX and OPEX savings? Is the so-called triple play just a matter of marketing partnerships and mergers? How will the market play out? Where will the NGN and VAS ultimately go? And more importantly what is your NGN-VAS strategy? By addressing these questions and more this book prepares you for success in the emerging telecommunications environment. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367403522

Value-based Human Resource Strategy Value-Based Human Resource Strategy demonstrates how HR strategy can be positioned and implemented to generate real shareholder value using case studies from BT Dyson Marks and Spencer and others.The following topics are covered:* Scope positioning process* Strategy techniques* Links with managing for value* Project managing HR strategy* Specific HR strategy issues and breakthroughs* Being an HR strategy consultantMany HR managers are trying to become more of a consultant than an HR administrator and don't know how to - this book addresses that need. It is practical and contains visual tools to work through HR issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175907

Value-creation in Middle Market Private Equity Value-creation in Middle Market Private Equity by John A. Lanier holistically examines the ecosystem relationships between middle market private equity firms and their portfolio companies. Small business is the job creating engine in the US economy and consequently is a prime target market for private equity investment. Indeed private equity backs over six of each 100 private sector jobs. Both the small businesses in which private equity firms invest and the private equity firms making the investments face inter- and intra-company fiduciary leadership challenges while implementing formulated strategy. The architecture of each private equity firm-portfolio company relationship must be uniquely crafted to capitalize on the projected return on investment that is memorialized in the investment thesis. Given the leveraged capital structure of portfolio companies the cost of a misstep is problematic. Individual private equity professionals are typically members of multiple investment teams for the firm. Not only may each investment team have its own unique leadership style but its diverse members have to assimilate styles for each team in which they participate relative to a specific portfolio company. Acquisitions and their subsequent integrations add exponential complexity for both private equity investment and portfolio company leadership teams; indeed cultural integration ranks among the most chronic acquisition obstacles. Accordingly the stakeholders of private equity transactions do well to embrace leadership best practices in applying value-creation toolbox best practices. The perspectives of both the private equity investment team and the portfolio company leadership team are within the scope of these chapters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879792

Valued Environments First published in 1982. People care about places. Inhabitants demand more participation in the changes proposed for their local environments activists urge greater protection of countryside and natural environments decision-makers feel threatened by the antagonism aroused by their powers and plans. The essays in this book have been drawn together to discover what lies behind these expressions of concern and discontent. Valued environments are places for which people feel commitment and affection places which support a sense of personal identity and well-being. The authors explore the character and constituents of valued environments asking how our experiences of environments may be enhanced. What is the impact of environmental change? How can the future be accommodated in both rural and urban environments without destroying their essential qualities? The reader will find substantive evidence from case studies of environments valued by inhabitants and outsiders which answer these questions. Examples are taken from wilderness areas fenland market towns and large cities commercial streets and residential neighbourhoods environments of the past and those imagined in science fiction. The essays are united in their focus on the meaning of places and landscapes. The subtle but highly significant role of valued environments is examined thoroughly in the book. It will be of interest to all who care deeply about their surroundings reflecting perhaps some of their own experiences as well as conveying information about the environmental experiences of others. Students of geography environmental planning and conservation should also find the book directly relevant to their interests in man-environment relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367190170

Value-Driven IT Management Value-Driven IT Management explains how huge sums are wasted by companies (and governments) on poorly aligned poorly justified and poorly managed IT projects based on 'wishful thinking' cost and benefit assumptions and that even 'successful' projects rarely seem to realise the benefits promised.The author contends that the root cause of the disappointment and disillusion often found in senior management with the value extracted from its IT investments is a complacent corporate culture that can actually foster uncommercial behaviours in both users and internal suppliers of IT solutions.The author sets out a detailed pragmatic framework for commercialising the internal IT Function and measuring its value to the business. This is not to be achieved by deploying conventional IT best practices or by making the IT Function look like an external service provider. Instead the author proposes that the IT Function should transform its value to the business by embracing a small set of best value practices that will engender more commercial behaviours in both IT staff and users and will focus the IT Function's energies on delivering successful business outcomes that will win the respect of senior management. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080474717

Values Economic Crisis and Democracy For the past decade European countries have undergone a severe economic crisis with severe consequences both for individuals and for governments. Unemployment and rising poverty have compelled individuals to reconsider their own priorities and goals while governments have been forced to rethink social policies on the national level as well as their international economic and political agreements. Some countries have been more deeply affected by the crisis than others and the impact of economic shortage on individuals and governments has differed not only because of the different magnitudes of the crisis but also because individuals react differently to the contextual changes.This book makes use of cross-national survey data to explore the impact of wealth and economic contexts on social values. Instead of attempting to explain how aggregate changes occur (as previous volumes have done) the chapters in this collection focus on micro-level effects to interrogate more deeply the interplay between attitudes and values – and the way both can change as a result of transformation of economic context. This book elaborates on several dimensions of value change:the measurement model and the way it changes under the impact of economic shortage;the connection between universal value orientations and attitudes towards different objects (e.g. the welfare state immigrants and ethnic groups);the effects of economic factors and vulnerability on values and attitudinal orientations;how particular political and economic contexts produce changes in political orientations.This book focuses on the interrelationship of social values attitudes and economic scarcity in the context of the last economic crisis experienced by many European countries. It will appeal to scholars and students of sociology political science and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597139

Values Education and the Adult (International Library of the Philosophy of Education Volume 16) In this study of the main conceptual and normative issues to which the education of the adult gives rise the author demonstrates that these issues can be understood and resolved only by coming to grips with some of the central and most contentious questions in epistemology philosophy of mind ethics and social philosophy.  A salient feature of the book is its searching examination of the different types of value judgement by which all educational discourse is permeated. The analysis of the nature and justification of educational judgements forms the basis of an overall philosophy of adult education which should provide a much needed axiological framework for the guidance of practitioners in this growing area of educational concern. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653121

Values Lifestyles and Psychographics This book showcases papers presented at the annual Advertising and Consumer Psychology Conference. The contributors -- active scholars with both practitioner and academic backgrounds -- share an interest in the general area of psychographics values and lifestyle in advertising. The interdisciplinary and international mix of authors bring a diverse perspective to this volume which is divided into four nonorthogonal sections. The first section deals with theoretical and conceptual issues in advertising research while the second section presents chapters devoted to improving methodology. The final two sections illustrate how value lifestyle and psychographic research have been used to understand differences among people. The first of these final two sections emphasizes differences among people at different times (commonly called trend research) and the second emphasizes differences among people across national boundaries. Collectively these chapters illustrate how practical state-of-the-art research in values lifestyles and psychographics can be. Thoughtful consideration of values lifestyles and psychographics as they are manifested in quality research can improve advertising and marketing practice and can help the business community deliver products and services that are more in line with consumers' needs. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138986671

Values Objectivity and Explanation in Historiography Bringing sophisticated philosophy to bear on real-life historiography Values Objectivity and Explanation in Historiography rekindles and invigorates the debate on two perennials in the theory and methodology of history. One is the tension between historians' values and the ideal—or illusion—of objective historiography. The other is historical explanation. The point of departure for the treatment of values and objectivity is an exceptionally heated debate on Cold War historiography in Denmark involving not only historians but also the political parties the national newspapers and the courts. The in-depth analysis that follows concludes that historians can produce accounts that deserve the label "objective " even though their descriptions are tinged by ineluctable epistemic instability. A separate chapter dissects the postmodern notion of situated truths. The second part of the book proffers a new take on historical explanation. It is based on the notion of the ideal explanatory text which allows for not only causal—including intentional—but also nomological structural and functional explanations. The approach which can accommodate narrative explanations driven by causal plots is ecumenical but not all-encompassing. Emergent social properties and supernatural entities are excluded from the ideal explanatory text making scientific historiography methodologically individualistic—albeit with room for explanations at higher levels when pragmatically justified—and atheist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367344481

Values Self and SocietyToward a Humanist Social Psychology In a tough opening statement M. Brewster Smith outlines his own life course and contrasts it with the agenda of social psychology in the present professional moment. "Today's journals textbooks and conferences represent a vigorous but narrow scientific specialty in psychology the practitioners of which are more closely focused on agendas that are primarily and often only intelligible within the subdiscipline than was the case when I formed my identity as a psychologist."</p> In contrast Smith sees himself and has long been seen by others as a social psychologist in the tradition of Gordon Allport Gardner and Lois Murphy Kurt Lewin and Muzafer Sherif. Smith's unique ability has been to contribute to the emergence of personality as a differentiated academic field and at the same time maintain strong interdisciplinary ties to a variety of fields ranging from sociology to philosophy. In recent years such concerns have made the author a central figure in the development of Humanistic Psychology as a part of the American Psychological Association.</p> Because of these wide ranging concerns the major statements of Brewster Smith have appeared in diverse places. Here brought into a unified and uniform frame of reference one has his work on values and selfhood humanistic psychology and the social sciences and humanism and social issues brought together for the first time. The picture is of a major thinker who is at home in the details of psychology and in the broad areas of public interest and social policy.</p> Brewster Smith discusses major issues in terms of the political processes involved in the public interest. These range from the issue of advocacy within social research to conceptualizing anew familiar issues within psychology. For the generalist interested in the broader meanings of social psychology to the specialist aiming to recapture the big issues with which the field was once identified this is a must volume.</p> Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412865562

Values Across the Curriculum The background to this book first published in 1986 and its underlying concern lies with those aspects of education which relate to values. Amongst these moral and social values are often thought of as central and they are the title’s primary concerns. The study also deals with the value aspects and implications of the major areas of the sec Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138694286

Values and Ethics in CounselingReal-Life Ethical Decision Making Many counselors learn about ethics in graduate school by applying formal step-by-step ethical decision-making models that require counselors to be aware of their values and refrain from imposing personal values that might harm clients. However in the real world counselors often make split-second ethical decisions based upon personal values. Values and Ethics in Counseling illustrates the ways in which ethical decisions are values—but more than that it guides counselors through the process of examining their own values and analyzing how these values impact ethical decision making. Each chapter presents ethical decision making as what it is: a very personal values-laden process one that is most effectively illustrated through the real-life stories of counselors at various stages of professional development—from interns to seasoned clinicians—who made value-based decisions. Each story is followed by commentary from the author as well as analysis from the editors to contextualize the material and encourage reflection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415898799

Values and Identities in EuropeEvidence from the European Social Survey Contrary to what is suggested in media and popular discourses Europe is neither a monolithic entity nor simply a collection of nation states. It is rather a union of millions of individuals who differ from one another in a variety of ways while also sharing many characteristics associated with their ethnic social political economic religious or national characteristics.This book explores differences and similarities that exist in attitudes beliefs and opinions on a range of issues across Europe. Drawing on the extensive data of the European Social Survey it presents insightful analyses of social attitudes organised around the themes of religious identity political identity family identity and social identity together with a section on methodological issues. A collection of rigorously analysed studies on national comparative and pan-European levels Values and Identities in Europe offers insight into the heart and soul of Europe at a time of unprecedented change. As such it will appeal to scholars across the social sciences with interests in social attitudes social change in Europe demographics and survey methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595456

Values and IntentionsA Study in Value-theory and Philosophy of Mind Professor Findlay in this book originally published in 1961 set out to justify and to some extent carry out a ‘material value-ethic’ ie. A systematic setting forth of the ends of rational action. The book is in the tradition of Moore Rashfall Ross Scheler and Hartmann though it avoids altogether dogmatic intuitive methods. It argues that an organised framework of ends of action follows from the attitude underlying our moral pronouncements and that this framework while allowing personal elaboration is not a matter for individual decision. The relations connecting our fundamental value-judgements with one another and the frames of mind behind them are not rigorously deductive but are sufficiently compelling to be called logical. Something of a ‘transcendental deduction’ of a well-ordered family for our basic heads of valuation is both possible and necessary. The work is further critical of the notion of obligation which has been extended far beyond legal contracts and understandings. The book also contains a chapter on religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138825680

Values and Knowledge It is widely recognized that a person's values will profoundly affect what that person attends to thinks about and remembers. Yet despite this psychologists have only begun to study and think about the deep connections between values and knowledge. This volume explores this important area in psychology by offering an overview of what is known about the developmental role of valuation in the acquisition of knowledge and also by examining a range of new ideas for understanding the intricate connection between evaluation and thinking. More specifically the text: provides a historical overview of philosophical and psychological theories relating the values and knowledge; reviews the importance of values for infants and their caretakers in the origins of both cognition and social relations; offers a provocative view of how the differences among families in their values may have profound affects on psychological development; explicates the development of a personal sphere within which one strives to shape one's own values; emphasizes the heterogeneity of valuation inherent in every culture and how conflicts of values are likely to be common and important to human development; presents eye-opening research on social-cognitive limitations of average people in respecting the points of view of others; and summarizes and critiques Piaget's theory of the role of values in development. For practitioners in the fields of developmental and social psychology and education this volume will introduce a number of important and current issues from multiculturality and gender to the differential roles of temperament and upbringing in development. The emphasis is placed squarely on developing individuals and how they shape themselves in a world that is structured by values as well as by facts. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138994027

Values and Moral Development in Higher Education Originally published in 1974 Values and Moral Development in Higher Education deals practically with various aspects of the impact of higher educational processes recognising a need for these to be inter-related and understood within a common framework. It takes the form of a set of contributions whose authors have sought to relate their perspectives and experiences by reference to John Wilson’s philosophical analyses of the nature of moral maturity and the possible aims of moral education and where possible to each other. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138335028

Values and Planning This book brings together a group of distinguished international authors to analyze and comment upon the various roles of evaluation and valued ideas in planning and education of planners. Topics covered include the nature of aesthetic judgement and of practical judgement the implications for planning of various theories of environmental ethics and the significance of key concepts such as heritage justice professional ethics and the public interest in orienting planning practice. Contributors relate their ideas about planning to a wide range of philosophical and social theories and debates including feminist writings discussions of post modernism critical theory and the work of Anglo-American analytical philosophers. These essays will prove stimulating not only to planning theorists and practitioners but to anyone interested in the way evaluations and key concepts contained in them can and should influence public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268951

Values and Professional Knowledge in Teacher Education Values and Professional Knowledge in Teacher Education provides distinctive insights into potential strengths to develop trainee teachers’ values within school-based training. Looking at the personal moral and political values of trainees as fundamental to strategic and critical professional knowledge the book considers a key question about training contexts: to what extent is teacher education embedded in the purpose and rationale of the school so that trainees’ values and consequently their autonomy and identity can flourish? The book is research focused and offers case studies that offer vicarious experiences which resonate with the professional needs and concerns of teacher educators. The book opens with a reflective narrative on the experience of a teacher educator in England. Further chapters explore international perspectives on values and professional knowledge in teacher education applied theoretical principles for developing the relationship between trainee teachers’ values and their professional knowledge the impact of university and school-based training contexts on the development of values-based professional knowledge and the challenge of a values-based professional knowledge to current teacher education practice.Values and Professional Knowledge in Teacher Education will be of great interest to academics and post-graduate students in the field of education university and school-based teacher educators trainee teachers researchers policymakers and school leaders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661854

Values and TechnologyReligion and Public Life In 1749 Jean-Jacques Rousseau's Discourse on the Arts and Sciences surprised leading Enlightenment thinkers who had enthusiastically upheld the positive benefits of humanity's technological advance. Voltaire who celebrated the ends of civilization mocked Rousseau's praise for an original creative state of nature in which man enjoyed an optimum level of freedom.Given the unprecedented intrusion of technology into our lives the question raised by Rousseau's critique may be even more pertinent. In this volume of Religion and Public Life contributors address some of the challenges to conventional morality brought on by the technological augmentation of the social structure. John Barker's essay explores how Luciano Floridi's philosophy of technology has complicated the conventional way of determining what ought to receive moral consideration. Fani Zlatarova provides a practical guide for incorporating ethical components into teaching computer technology.Grant Havers explores the controversies surrounding the biogenetic explosion through an examination of the competing philosophical perspectives and Christopher Vassilopolos examines the science-based justification for taking life. Gabriel R. Ricci looks at recent political history in the United States in order to highlight the sometimes uneasy relationship between science and social policy. Volume 37 is a welcome addition to the acclaimed Religion and Public Life series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540231

Values and the Curriculum In this volume educationists and experts on values including the Archbishop of Canterbury discuss the question of values and the curriculum in societies which are changing rapidly and in which disagreements about values are sometimes acrimonious. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203041291

Values and the Reflective Point of ViewOn Expressivism Self-Knowledge and Agency Values are inescapable. They pervade and shape our psychology our agency and our lives as reflective and self-knowing subjects. This book explores the crucial ways in which values figure within reflection and thereby shape our theoretical and practical lives against the backdrop of an expressivist moral psychology that is sensitive to the vicissitudes of valuing. Combining a discussion of the role that values play within reflection with a critique of a range of influential contemporary views in moral psychology and the theory of agency Dunn shows how such views obscure or distort the nature of that role and that there is a ’natural fit’ between an expressivist account of values and the best account of the role of values in the lives of reflective agents. Writers discussed include Simon Blackburn Michael E. Bratman Donald Davidson Harry Frankfurt Christine Korsgaard Thomas Nagel and J. David Velleman. The book is also an important addition to the literature on self-knowledge. Dunn argues that by reasoning about truth and values we possess a unique non-observational way of coming to know our own minds and hearts together with what we are going to make happen in the world. The discussion criticizes recent contributions to the theory of self-knowledge by Richard Moran and J. David Velleman. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264908

Values and Vaccine RefusalHard Questions in Ethics Epistemology and Health Care Parents in the US and other societies are increasingly refusing to vaccinate their children even though popular anti-vaccine myths – e.g. ‘vaccines cause autism’ – have been debunked. This book explains the epistemic and moral failures that lead some parents to refuse to vaccinate their children. First some parents have good reasons not to defer to the expertise of physicians and to rely instead upon their own judgments about how to care for their children. Unfortunately epistemic self-reliance systematically distorts beliefs in areas of inquiry in which expertise is required (like vaccine immunology). Second vaccine refusers and mainstream medical authorities are often committed to different values surrounding health and safety. For example while vaccine advocates stress that vaccines have low rates of serious complications vaccine refusers often resist vaccination because it is ‘unnatural’ and because they view vaccine-preventable diseases as a ‘natural’ part of childhood. Finally parents who refuse vaccines rightly resist the utilitarian moral arguments – ‘for the greater good’ – that vaccine advocates sometimes make. Unfortunately vaccine refusers also sometimes embrace a pernicious hyper-individualism that sanctions free-riding on herd immunity and that cultivates indifference to the interpersonal and social harms that unvaccinated persons may cause. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138478213

Values and Virtues in Higher Education Research.Critical perspectives Values and Virtues in Higher Education Research centres on practitioners studying and researching their practices in higher education settings in order to improve those practices for the benefit of others and themselves. Making research public is a key aspect of ensuring the quality of educational research and educational practices: Values and Virtues in Higher Education Research raises questions and develops conversations about why higher education practitioners should study and improve their work how this may be done and what might be some of the benefits of doing so. What we do as practitioners is influenced by and linked with what we value what we believe is good. Improving practices therefore involves becoming aware of and interrogating the values that enter into and inform those practices; a study of practices becomes a study of the relationships between the practices in question and their values base. From an international group of contributors in this growing field this book provides strong theoretical resources and case study material that shows how this transformation may be achieved including topics such as: Theorising practices to show personal and organisational accountability Developing inter-professional and inter-disciplinary dialogues for social transformation Establishing communities of inquiry in higher education and other workplace settings Reconceptualising professional education as research-informed practice Locating educational theory in the real world for human and environmental wellbeing Showing the evolution of theory through critical engagement this text will be a valuable companion for lecturers students and professional developers in higher education. This book will form core reading for those who are interested in engaging in practice-based research and as additional reading for those whose aim is to broaden their thinking in relation to the role of values and virtues in educational research. Jean McNiff is an independent researcher and writer Professor of Educational Research at York St John University and Visiting Professor at Oslo and Akershus University College Beijing Normal University and Ningxia Teachers University. She is also the author of key texts Action Research: Principles and Practice You and Your Action Research Project and Writing Up Your Action Research Project. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138916821

Values in Early Childhood EducationCitizenship for Tomorrow Dr Eva Johansson is Professor of Education at the Department of Early Childhood Education University of Stavanger Norway. Dr Johanna Einarsdottir is a Professor of Early Childhood Education and the Dean of School of Education at the University of Iceland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138230705

Values in Professional PracticeLessons for Health Social Care and Other Professionals Dentists and members of the dental practice team increasingly need to know how to deal with potential risks to patients dentists staff and premises; and how to manage risk with common sense procedures. This book shows the reader how. It addresses risk issues and helps dentists and dental professionals find the answers. It is a comprehensive guide including topics such as complaints claims consent health and safety dental records radiology treatment planning and finance management. The book can be read cover to cover or referred to as needed for specific topics. Icons help guide the reader through the text and exercises for individuals and team groups are also included. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315375571

Values in Social Work First published in 1999 this second edition of Values in Social Work has been extensively revised from the first edition incorporating new case study material and extended areas of analysis. Values in Social Work encourages the reader to critically examine social work values as they relate to the processes whereby individuals become ‘clients’ how values work in practice and the nature of social work practice in society. Michael Horne begins by describing and critically examining the central social work values of respect for persons and self-determination. He goes on to illustrate and examine what happens to these values in social work practice describing and analysing actual cases based on interviews with social workers. The author concludes with a theoretical framework that seeks to critically understand the nature of social work values in the context of the function and nature of social work in society. Thus Values in Social Work takes the subject of values often treated in an abstract and theoretical way firmly into the arena of contemporary social work practice. As such the book is a valuable resource to social workers social work students and the reader interested in a values based exploration of social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138359918

Values in Sustainable Development To enhance sustainable development research and practice the values of the researchers project managers and participants must first be made explicit. Values in Sustainable Development introduces and compares worldviews and values from multiple countries and perspectives providing a survey of empirical methods available to study environmental values as affected by sustainable development. The first part is methodological looking at what values are why they are important and how to include values in sustainable development. The second part looks at how values differ across social contexts religions and viewpoints demonstrating how various individuals may value nature from a variety of cultural social and religious points of view. The third and final part presents case studies ordered by scale from the individual and community levels through to the national regional and international levels. These examples show how values can motivate be incorporated into and be an integral part of the success of a project. This thought-provoking book gives researchers students and practitioners in sustainable development a wealth of approaches to include values in their research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138928367

Values in the Key of LifeMaking Harmony in the Human Community Values in the Key of Life is about values about conflicting values and about choices that the author has not merely written but composed into a "pleasing arrangement of parts" suggesting that harmony can be promoted with seven values which will build bonds between individuals and create a sense of community. By exploring these values in anecdotes quotations and essays Dr. Koppelman reveals why these are the key values for creating human harmony. The quotations and anecdotes are thought provoking and memorable and they have been selected from sources as diverse as the Bible Voltaire Chief Dan George and Alice Walker. The essays tell real stories about real people to help explore issues related to each of the seven key values. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138473898

Values in Youth Sport and Physical Education As sport has become more intense professional and commercialized so have the debates grown about what constitutes acceptable behaviour and fair play and how to encourage and develop ‘good’ sporting behaviour particularly in children and young people. This book explores the nature and function of values in youth sport and establishes a framework through which coaches teachers and researchers can develop an understanding of the decision-making processes of young athletes and how they choose between playing fairly or cheating to win. The traditional view of sport participation is that it has a beneficial effect on the social and moral development of children and young people and that it intrinsically promotes cultural values. This book argues that the research evidence is more subtle and nuanced. It examines the concept of values as central organizing constructs of human behaviour that determine our priorities guide our choices and transfer across situations and considers the value priorities and conflicts that are so useful in helping us to understand behaviour in sport. The book argues that teachers and professionals working with children in sport are centrally important agents for value transmission and change and therefore need to develop a deeper understanding of how sport can be used to encourage pro-social values and offers suggestions for developing a curriculum for teaching values through sport in differing social contexts. Spanning some of the fundamental areas of sport practice and research including sport psychology sport pedagogy practice ethics and positive youth development through sport and including useful values and attitudes questionnaires and guidance on their use and interpretation this book is important reading for any student researcher coach or teacher with an interest in youth sport or physical education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138940123

Values into Practice in Special Education First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420311

Values&Involv Gram Sch Ils 240 First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315008127

ValuesHow to Bring Values to Life in Your Business What matters to us? One way of answering that question is through the lens of values which have a powerful influence on our attitudes and behaviours. Yet it can be difficult for businesses to realize the true potential of values which is to engage staff customers and suppliers in an emotional way that touches on their own core motivations. Drawing on a range of case studies worldwide including “profit with purpose” businesses such as co-operatives this short guide reveals how to make a success of values. By unpacking what we mean by values and ethics and setting out a series of practical approaches Ed Mayo presents how values can become a natural part of commercial life. This book identifies both the pitfalls and the potential of bringing values into the heart of an organization from a bank that responds to an ethical crisis to a fast-growing worker co-operative founded on the values of equality. The values that guide your business are not necessarily the ones that are written down or that you would expect. There is no one right or wrong set of values but there is power and potential in making the most of the values that are right for the business you are in. By reading Values: How to Bring Values to Life in Your Business you will find out more about the business that you are and the business that you could be. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783535347

Valuing Climate ChangeThe Economics of the Greenhouse Within only a few years global warming has emerged from scientific speculation into an environmental threat of worldwide concern. Yet the scientific community remains uncertain as to the long-term trends and effects of climate change and this uncertainty has been seized on as justification for inaction by an international community reluctant to bear the costs of policies to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. Valuing Climate Change presents concrete economic evidence of the need for action. Fankhauser assesses the costs of a doubling of GHG emissions to be a significant percentage of gross world product; a figure which he then compares to the costs of reducing emissions. In his comparison he looks at regional as well as global estimates of damage and takes account of the non-climate change benefits of GHG reductions such as a switch in the energy sector to cleaner technologies or renewable fuels and the impacts on transport with reduced congestion and improved air quality. It is clear that the stakes are high and Fankhauser believes that tougher targets may be needed than those set out in the Framework Convention on Climate Change. He assesses the optimum policy responses to GHG reduction the likely instruments for achieving it and the potential for international cooperation in dealing with the problems. This is a major contribution to the rapidly changing debate on global warming. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138411371

Valuing Corporate ResponsibilityHow Do Investors Really Use Corporate Responsibility Information? Investors have taken a long time to pay attention to corporate responsibility. Despite the growing number of companies that were taking action to manage the social and environmental impacts of their activities and operations and that were reporting on their corporate responsibility performance mainstream investors' interest in governance issues was on the whole piqued only in those situations where a major accident or scandal hit the headlines.  This has changed dramatically. With over 600 large investment institutions including asset managers insurance companies and pension funds having signed the UN-backed Principles for Responsible Investment it can now be plausibly argued that "responsible investment" has become mainstream. This change is potentially of huge significance and the investment community is now widely seen as one of the key audiences for the thousands of corporate responsibility reports produced each year.  Yet the reality is that there is a striking lack of understanding among companies of investors' interests. The consequence has been that despite many companies identifying investors as one of the critical audiences for their corporate responsibility reports most investors – even those that have made commitments to responsible investment – see these reports as irrelevant to their investment decision-making. The problem is compounded by the singularly poor job that investors do of explaining to companies what sort of information they are really interested in and where corporate responsibility performance fits into their overall assessments of companies. This has led to frustrations on both sides. Investors have been accused of not paying sufficient attention to companies' corporate responsibility performance and companies have been accused of producing information that not only has no immediate relevance to investors but worse seems to have no relevance to the key business challenges that these companies face. Valuing Corporate Responsibility aims to address the "dialogue of the deaf" that characterizes too many of the discussions between companies and their investors on corporate responsibility issues through: 1. Explaining to companies what responsible investment looks like in practice and from this analysis explaining what sort of corporate responsibility information investors are interested in and how this information is used in practice. 2. Explaining to investors some of the practical difficulties faced by companies when preparing corporate responsibility reports and the implications for the quality and utility of the data provided in these reports. Valuing Corporate Responsibility also analyses how issues such as investors' views on materiality and investment time-frames influence the dialogue that investors have with companies on corporate responsibility matters. It concludes that there is a need for a major rethink of current approaches to responsible investment as the manner in which most investors are implementing their responsible investment commitments is unlikely to see them making a substantial contribution to improving corporate responsibility performance or to the wider goals of sustainable development.  Written by one of the world's leading experts on responsible investment Valuing Corporate Responsibility is one of the most important books to be written on corporate responsibility over the past decade. It is of relevance not only to companies and to responsible investment professionals but to all those interested in really understanding how companies and their investors relate to each other and the implications of this relationship for sustainable development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351278249

Valuing DataAn Open Framework The past decade has seen a dramatic increase in the amount and variety of information that is generated and stored electronically by business enterprises. Storing this increased volume of information has not been a problem to date but as these information stores grow larger and larger multiple challenges arise for senior management: namely questions such as "How much is our data worth?" "Are we storing our data in the most cost-effective way?" "Are we managing our data effectively and efficiently?" "Do we know which data is most important?" "Are we extracting business insight from the right data?" "Are our data adding to the value of our business?" "Are our data a liability?" "What is the potential for monetizing our data?" and "Do we have an appropriate risk management plan in place to protect our data?" To answer these value-based questions data must be treated with the same rigor and discipline as other tangible and intangible assets. In other words corporate data should be treated as a potential asset and should have its own asset valuation methodology that is accepted by the business community the accounting and valuation community and other important stakeholder groups. Valuing Data: An Open Framework is a first step in that direction. Its purpose is to: Provide the reader with some background on the nature of data Present the common categories of business data Explain the importance of data management Report the current thinking on data valuation Offer some business reasons to value data Present an "open framework"—along with some proposed methods—for valuing data The book does not aim to prescribe exactly how data should be valued monetarily but rather it is a "starting point" for a discussion of data valuation with the objective of developing a stakeholder consensus which in turn will become accepted standards and practices. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138297746

Valuing Development Environment and ConservationCreating Values that Matter Policy-makers are increasingly trying to assign economic values to areas such as ecologies the atmosphere even human lives. These new values assigned to areas previously considered outside of economic systems often act to qualify alter or replace former non-pecuniary values. Valuing Development Environment and Conservation looks to explore the complex interdependencies contradictions and trade-offs that can take place between economic values and the social environmental political and ethical systems that inform non-monetary valuation processes.Using rich empirical material the book explores the processes of valuation their components calculative technologies and outcomes in different social ecological and conservation domains. The book gives reasons for why economic calculation tends to dominate in practice but also presents new insights on how the disobedient materiality of things and the ingenuity of human and non-human agencies can combine and frustrate the dominant economic models within calculative processes.This book highlights the tension between on the one hand a dominant model that emphasises technical and ‘universalising’ criteria and on the other hand valuation practice in specific local contexts which is more likely to negotiate criteria that are plural incommensurable and political. This book is perfect for researchers and students within development studies environment geography politics sociology and anthropology who are looking for new insights into how processes of valuation take place in the 21st century and with what consequential outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665005

Valuing Disabled Children and Young PeopleResearch policy and practice Focusing on contemporary childhood disability issues and relevant to the lived experiences of disabled children and young people and their families this book addresses themes such as transition identity education inclusion and service provision. It also includes insightful contributions on participatory research and practice with disabled children and young people including an emphasis on capability voice and communicative spaces for those with life limiting and more severe levels of impairment. The contributions to this book are grounded in a commitment to the rights of disabled children and young people as explicitly recognised under the United Nations Conventions on the Rights of the Child (1989) and Rights of Persons with Disabilities (2006). However the authors also draw our attention to the detrimental impact of economic austerity and conflict on the extent to which these rights are being realised encouraging further consideration of issues relating to social justice inter-dependence and participation. Addressing the diversity of disabled children’s lives across service domains and international contexts this book provides an evidence base to support the realisation of the rights of disabled children and young people. This book was originally published as a special issue of Child Care in Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367028190

Valuing Ecosystem ServicesThe Case of Multi-functional Wetlands Ecosystem services can be broadly defined as the aspects of ecosystems that provide benefits to people. This book provides guidance on the valuation of ecosystem services using the case of multifunctional wetlands to illustrate and make recommendations regarding the methods and techniques that can be applied to appraise management options. It provides a review of ecosystem service valuation rationale including its importance from both a policy and project appraisal perspective and a useful reference when considering policy and appraisal of ecosystem management options. It shows how legal obligations and other high-level management targets should be taken into account in valuation exercises thus giving important policy context to the management options. The authors set out what they call an Ecosystem Services Approach to the full appraisal of the role of ecosystem services in the economy and society. Although concentrating on wetlands the approaches suggested provide an assessment framework that can be applied to other types of ecosystem assets. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773706

Valuing Food Safety And Nutrition This book focuses on the developing field of valuing food safety and nutrition. It evaluates the relative strengths weaknesses and requirements of the major methodologies employed in valuation research. The book includes a discussion on key factors such as information on consumer attitudes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215767

Valuing Health in PracticePriorities QALYs and Choice This title was first published in 2002. Most of those working in health services are aware of scarcity and the need for choice and many also know that health sector choices in the future may be made on a "cost per quality-adjusted-life-year" (QALY) basis. This volume explains health service choice focusing in particular on the QALY success story and the merits and drawbacks of this measure are explained. On the basis of some of the problems identified a new QALY-based approach to resource allocation is developed and other methods of priority setting are explained ranging from heart surgery to Alzheimer's Disease. The author explains the problems of health sector choice from first principles in an approach that should be particularly useful to healthcare professionals pharmaceutical industry managers and students of economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138721722

Valuing Historic Environments This volume brings together an interdisciplinary team of leading scholars to discuss frameworks of value in relation to the preservation of historic environments. Starting from the premise that heritage values are culturally and historically constructed the book examines the effects of pluralist frameworks of value on how preservation is conceived. It questions the social and economic consequences of constructions of value and how to balance a responsive democratic conception of heritage with the pressure to deliver on social and economic objectives. It also describes the practicalities of managing the uncertainty and fluidity of the widely varying conceptions of heritage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257436

Valuing Intellectual Property in Japan Britain and the United States As over half the assets of many major companies are now intangible assets there is an increasing need to assess more accurately the value of intellectual property (IP) from a wider interdisciplinary perspective. Re-evaluating risk and understanding the true value of intellectual property is a major problem particularly important for business practitioners including business analysts and investors venture capitalists accountants insurance experts intellectual property lawyers and also for those who hold intellectual property assets such as media publishing and pharmaceutical companies and universities and other research bodies. Written by the foremost authorities in the field from Britain Japan and the US this book considers the latest developments and puts forward much new thinking. The book includes thorough coverage of developments in Japan which is reviewing the value of IP at a much quicker pace than any other country and is registering ever-increasing numbers of patents in the course of inventing its way out of economic inertia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654753

Valuing Musical Participation Increasingly it is becoming evident that those involved in socio-musical studies must focus their investigative lens on musical practice and articulation of the self on music and community involvement and on music as a social medium for social relationships. What motivates people to be involved in musical performance and how do they articulate these needs and drives? What do performers gain from their involvement in musical activities? How do audience members perceive their relationship to the performer the music and the event? These questions and many more are addressed here with the benefit of detailed empirical work including case studies of a chamber music festival and a contemporary music summer school. Pitts investigates the value of musical participation for performers and audience members in a range of contexts using a multi-disciplinary approach to place new empirical data in the framework of existing theory and literature. Themes examined include: the shared musical experience; the social structures of performing societies; how people identify with music; the values implicit in musical preferences; the social responsibilities of the performer; the audience view of concerts and festivals; the social power of music and educational implications and responsibilities. Pitts draws upon literature from musicology sociology and psychology of music ethnomusicology music education and community music to demonstrate the diversity of enquiry about musical behaviours. The conclusions of the book are based upon empirical evidence gleaned through case studies with the data integrated thematically throughout to enable a greater depth of discussion than individual studies usually permit. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315548432

Valuing Natural AssetsThe Economics of Natural Resource Damage Assessment Assessing natural resource damages often requires the use of nonmarket valuation techniques that were developed for use in benefit-cost analyses. Natural resource damage assessment dramatically changes the context for applying them. Two aspects of this context are especially important. First damages are to be measured by the monetary value of the losses people experience including their use and nonuse values because of injuries to natural resources---a process requiring careful delineation of how the injuries connect to the resource's services. Second a single identified entry---not generalized anonymous taxpayers---must pay damages based on what is measured and evaluations of the measurement techniques take place not in agency meeting rooms but in courtrooms.Contributors to Valuing Natural Assets examine the ways in which requirements for damage assessment change how the measures are used presented received and defended. Drawing upon their personal involvement with the process and the research issues it has raised---both in providing analysis for defendants or plaintiffs in damage assessment cases and in writing for academic journals---their chapters reflect individual research programs that temper the rigorous demands of scholarship with the equally demanding standards of litigation. Media > Books > Print Books RFF Press 9781138423985

Valuing Natural CapitalFuture Proofing Business and Finance Companies that will succeed in the long-term are integrating natural and social capital into their business model now. Natural capital the resources and critical support services nature provides underpins our entire global economy. Yet despite its vast social and economic value the many benefits of natural capital are often assumed to be "free". The future shock for business is the potential for profit to be wiped out as natural capital is internalized through regulation and markets. Freshwater forests and biodiversity are being consumed at an alarming rate and critical support systems such as the ability to regulate climate are failing. As these and other sustainability challenges develop businesses and their investors need to understand their role in maintaining natural capital and their natural capital risks and opportunities. The language of finance provides a useful approach for communicating trade-offs and prioritizing sustainability at CFO CEO and board level: companies who "future-proof" now will position themselves to thrive in a resource-constrained world. They will mitigate risk secure their resource supplies create long-term value and enhance their resilience reputation and competitive advantage. This book provides a succinct introduction to natural capital: what natural capital is and how it links to other capitals; the business case for using it in decision-making; where natural capital accounting and valuation fit in the sustainability and financial toolbox; and what real life early adopters of natural capital in business are doing. Views from natural capital leaders across business finance accounting government research and NGO communities illustrate the theory with practice. Included: Quotes and case examples from CFOs CEOs and Heads of Sustainability in early adopter businesses (Kingfisher Group Dow Chemical Company The Crown Estate Patagonia® United Utilities and Marks & Spencer) and financial institutions (Inter-American Development Bank Citi Group and Credit Suisse). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781910174449

Valuing People in Construction Valuing People in Construction provides contemporary perspectives on the ‘glue’ that binds the construction process together; people. The book addresses people issues in the construction industry where behavioural outcomes impact upon business and project performance. The main proposition of the book is that as people continue to lead the completion of construction activities their health safety and well-being should be seen as a priority and valued by stakeholders. As employers and employees the role of people in construction must be to strive for the improvement of individual lives and society. This edited collection which is the first book to focus specifically on placing value on people in construction focuses on people at work gender at work conditions at work and respect at work. In addition to an editorial overview the book presents tested and refined empirical work and case studies by leading construction researchers from Africa Australia and Europe.Essential reading for researchers students and professionals interested in construction management the sociology of construction HRM in construction gender work and health studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735975

Valuing Profoundly Disabled PeopleFellowship Community and Ties of Birth Growing numbers of human beings live with profound and multiple learning difficulties and disabilities. Exploring the moral social and political implications of this trend Valuing Profoundly Disabled People addresses questions that are high on policy and practice agendas in numerous regions around the world including the UK and the EU the USA and Australasia. In this important work Vorhaus examines fundamental moral and social questions about profound disability and each chapter combines a comprehensive review of existing literature with thought-provoking and original philosophical arguments. Vorhaus argues that there is a pressing need to consider the moral and political claims of people whose lives are characterised by extensive impairments dependency and vulnerability. The book prompts readers to reflect on complex issues relating to the practices of caring teaching and treating people with profound disabilities in contexts such as education health care and social policy. Providing a much-needed contribution to the field this book will be of interest to postgraduates academics and researchers in a number of distinct and interrelated fields including disability and impairment human rights philosophy sociology health and social policy and education. The book will also be of great interest to practitioners and policymakers seeking to promote the aims of realising human potential and respecting disability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367192440

Valuing the Built EnvironmentGIS and House Price Analysis This book critically assesses the hedonic pricing technique as a method of imputing monetary values for the implicit attributes of housing. The hedonic technique is widely used particularly in the US but increasingly in Europe and Asia and has proved to yield important results and influence cost-benefit analysis. Scott Orford breaks new ground in this volume by exploring hedonic house price models within a geographical rather than purely economic context. He reevaluates the microeconomic theory of housing markets and concludes that only by treating housing market dynamics as inherently spatial can empirical results conform to the theory that underpins them. He also makes conclusions with respect to locational externalities which have important implications as to how the built environment is valued. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263697

Valuing the EnvironmentSix Case Studies This is the second in a pair of economic texts commissioned by the OECD in the field of environmental economics; The Pearce Report: Blueprint for a Green Economy puts the role which monetary evaluation of environmental costs and benefits can play firmly into the public eye. This book goes further and looks at six countries where such evaluation techniques are applied and at the obstacles to their further use. The case studies written by leading experts in each nation show how these methods are being taken up in the UK Norway and Italy and the ways in which they are already extensively in use in the USA Germany and the Netherlands. The authors also describe the obstacles to their use - the lack of knowledge of environmental economics at government level; the competition from other government priorities; and the failure of environmental groups to grasp the importance of financial evaluation to their cause. But as this book makes clear significant advances are being made both in the implementation of these economic techniques and above all in striking and yet further developments in economic thinking. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315066301

Valuing the FieldChild Welfare in an International Context This title was first published in 2000:  This text provides international perspectives on examples of best practice in child welfare and proposes organizational structures and policies to support this practice. Practice innovations span the range of child welfare services including prevention protection and out-of-family care. The contributors describe the child welfare context in each of their particular jurisdictions producing an addition to the literature comparing child welfare in different countries. Moreover existing books on the subject are primarily descriptive and examine overall child welfare legislation and policy. The work adopts an analytical approach proposing policies and focusing on the largely unexamined topic of excellence in child welfare practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138724532

Valuing U.S. National Parks and ProgramsAmerica’s Best Investment This book provides the first comprehensive economic valuation of U.S. National Parks (including monuments seashores lakeshores recreation areas and historic sites) and National Park Service (NPS) programs. The book develops a comprehensive framework to calculate the economic value of protected areas with particular application to the U.S. National Park Service. The framework covers many benefits provided by NPS units and programs including on-site visitation carbon sequestration and intellectual property such as in education curricula and filming of movies/ TV shows with case studies of each included. Examples are drawn from studies in Santa Monica Mountains National Recreation Area Golden Gate National Recreation Area Everglades National Park and Chesapeake Bay. The editors conclude with a chapter on innovative approaches for sustainable funding of the NPS in its second century. The framework serves as a blueprint of methodologies for conservationists government agencies land trusts economists and others to value public lands historical sites and related programs such as education. The methodologies are relevant to local and state parks wildlife refuges and protected areas in developed and developing countries as well as to national parks around the world. Containing a series of unique case studies this book will be of great interest to professionals and students in environmental economics land management and nature conservation as well as the more general reader interested in National Parks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138483125

Valuing Wildlife Resources In Alaska This book is a collection of papers written for a workshop on the economic value of Alaskan wildlife resources held at Denali National Park in September 1989. It provides resource managers and policy makers with enough background to address their own needs for economic information and analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215798

Valuing World Heritage Cities With its celebrated World Heritage List UNESCO steers the global heritage agenda through the definition and redefinition of what constitutes heritage and by offering the highest-level forum for heritage professionalism. While it is the national governments that nominate sites for inclusion in the World Heritage List and the intergovernmental World Heritage Committee that makes the final decision on inclusion or non-inclusion it is the International Council on Monuments and Sites (ICOMOS) for cultural heritage that determines whether the necessary level of ‘outstanding universal value’ is met. Focusing on the discourses of ICOMOS and their transmission to the local context this book is the first in-depth historical analysis of the construction of heritage value in the context of cities illustrated through a case study of Old Rauma in Finland. The book contributes to the understanding of the discursive and constructed nature of World Heritage values as opposed to intrinsic values critically scrutinizes the role of ICOMOS in making valuations concerning urban heritage and sheds light on the interactions and tensions of universal and local (urban) perspectives in the practice of heritage valuation. Valuing World Heritage Cities is the first in-depth historical analysis of the construction of heritage value in the context of cities in the transnational discourses of heritage. This unique and timely contribution will be of interest to scholars and students working in Heritage Studies Cultural Geography Urban Studies and Tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546905

Vampire In Europe First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994034

Van Dyke: Medieval Philosophy 4-vol. set The Middle Ages saw a great flourishing of philosophy. Now to help students and researchers make sense of the gargantuan—and often dauntingly complex—body of literature on the main traditions of thinking that stem from the Greek heritage of late antiquity this new four-volume collection is the latest addition to Routledge’s acclaimed Critical Concepts in Philosophy series. Christina Van Dyke of Calvin College USA and an editor of the Cambridge History of Medieval Philosophy has carefully assembled classic contributions as well as more recent work to create a one-stop ‘mini library’ of the best and most influential scholarship. With a comprehensive index and a useful synoptic introduction newly written by the editor Medieval Philosophy will be welcomed as an indispensable resource for reference and research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415829816

Van Gogh And GauguinElectric Arguments And Utopian Dreams Although Vincent van Gogh's and Paul Gauguin's artistic collaboration in the South of France lasted no more than two months their stormy relationship has continued to fascinate art historians biographers and psychoanalysts as well as film makers and the general public. Two great 19th century figures with powerful and often clashing sensibilities Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313807

Vandals Romans and BerbersNew Perspectives on Late Antique North Africa The birth growth and decline of the Vandal and Berber Kingdoms in North Africa have often been forgotten in studies of the late Roman and post-Roman West. Although recent archaeological activity has alleviated this situation the vast and disparate body of written evidence from the region remains comparatively neglected. The present volume attempts to redress this imbalance through an examination of the changing cultural landscape of 5th- and 6th-century North Africa. Many questions that have been central within other areas of Late Antique studies are here asked of the North African evidence for the first time. Vandals Romans and Berbers considers issues of ethnicity identity and state formation within the Vandal kingdoms and the Berber polities through new analysis of the textual epigraphic and archaeological record. It reassesses the varied body of written material that has survived from Africa and questions its authorship audience and function as well as its historical value to the modern scholar. The final section is concerned with the religious changes of the period and challenges many of the comfortable certainties that have arisen in the consideration of North African Christianity including the tensions between 'Donatist' Catholic and Arian and the supposed disappearance of the faith after the Arab conquest. Throughout attempts are made to assess the relation of Vandal and Berber states to the wider world and the importance of the African evidence to the broader understanding of the post-Roman world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252684

VanguardismIdeology and Organization in Totalitarian Politics Providing an innovative conceptualization to extremist political movements founded upon "world-historic" populations and vanguard party organizations Vanguardism sets out a new path in investigating the intellectual and historical influences that created extremist politics the totalitarian movements and regimes of the twentieth century and a framework for interpreting extremism in the present. Expanding its view across the turbulent intellectual currents of the nineteenth century Philip W. Gray illustrates how these ideas shaped the shared ideational and organizational structures that would develop into Leninism Fascism and Nazism in the early twentieth century. Moving beyond the Second World War the book explicates how vanguardism did not vanish with the war’s conclusion but was modified throughout the period of national liberation movements and Western extremist groups over the ensuing decades. Concluding in the present with an eye to the future Gray presents a framework for comprehending the extremist movement of today and how organizational shifts can give us clues to the forms of totalitarian politics of tomorrow. Original and provocative Vanguardism will become essential reading for everyone looking to understand totalitarianism and extremist politics of our time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367331665

Vanished Cities Of Arabia First published in 2008. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869691

Vanishing BordersProtecting the planet in the age of globalization The world is shrinking faster than ever. Goods money microbes pollution people and ideas are crossing boundaries ever more frequently. The implications for our future and for the health of the planet are profound. Vanishing Borders outlines the ecological challenges posed and then goes on to define the necessary strategies for tackling them. Presently national governments are singularly ill-equipped for tackling transitional environmental problems-from ozone depletion to soaring trade in commodities such as timbre- problems which are climbing ever higher on the international political agenda. Industrial and developing countries are on a collision course over climate change and water shortages are creating tensions in several parts of the world. The author argues that only a worldwide commitment to strengthening treaties and institutions needed to integrate ecological considerations into the rules of global commerce holds out hope. Over 200 international environmental treaties exist but most need more stringent conditions and enforcement and continuing support from NGO and business communities. Significantly the digital revolution integral in itself to processes to globalization offers channels through which powerful coalitions can effect change. The book provides a compelling and accessible analysis and a clear plan of action in pursuit of environmental stability. Originally published in 2000 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851947

Vanishing BordersThe New International Order of the 21st Century First published in 1998 the contributors to this book deal with the issue of vanishing borders from various perspectives some emphasising the economic others the political or social impacts of global interdependence and integration. Considering the enormous changes which have taken place including the end of the Cold War the collapse of the Soviet Union and increasing Globalisation the chapters within present a fairly holistic and exciting discussion of the new world order of the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138390362

Vanishing BoundariesHow Integrating Manufacturing and Services Creates Customer Value Second Edition Businesses need to become more consumer-centric efficient and quality conscious. Yet global competition and supply chain complexity are increasing so rapidly that managers must reach across the manufacturing and service boundary to gather more universally applicable ideas. Vanishing Boundaries: How Integrating Manufacturing and Services Creates Customer Value Second Edition addresses the unprecedented array of new conditions that today’s business managers must face. The book is a revision of the authors’ previous book New Methods of Competing in the Global Marketplace Critical Success Factors from Service and Manufacturing. The concepts underpinning the first edition continue to be relevant today and in this revised edition are complemented with coverage of additional emerging issues in today’s business environment. The basic theme of the book is captured in its title and illustrated with the addition of case studies of some of today’s most prominent companies. See What’s New in the Second Edition: The emerging relationship between risk management and supply management Risk management and its corollary crisis management Trends in outsourcing such as near-sourcing and in-sourcing Health care improvement programs to reduce cost and improve quality Sustainability – alternative energy infrastructure and the triple bottom line Integration of supply chain services to align goods information and funds flows Advances in information technology i.e. cloud computing videoconferencing Present and potential role of social media in attracting customers servicing customers and building network trading partners. This second edition creates greater awareness of the benefits that businesses can gain by sharing techniques and methodologies across the manufacturing/services boundary. The book emphasizes that successful change management requires a holistic focus on three levels of an organization - its technology infrastructure and organizational culture. It includes solutions and implementation strategies for risk and crisis management sourcing healthcare alternative energy infrastructure integration of supply chain services advances in IT social media and customer relationship building. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466505902

Vanishing Matter and the Laws of MotionDescartes and Beyond This volume explores the themes of vanishing matter matter and the laws of nature the qualities of matter and the diversity of the debates about matter in the early modern period. Chapters are unified by a number of interlocking themes which together enable some of the broader contours of the philosophy of matter to be charted in new ways. Part I concerns Cartesian Matter; Part II covers Matter Mechanism and Medicine; Part III covers Matter and the Laws of Motion; and Part IV covers Leibniz and Hume. Bringing together some of the world’s leading scholars of early modern philosophy as well as some exciting new researchers Vanishing Matter and the Laws of Motion stakes out new territory that all serious scholars of early modern philosophy and science will want to traverse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371915

Vapor Compression Heat Pumps with Refrigerant Mixtures Amidst tightening requirements for eliminating CFC’s HCFC’s halons and HFC’s from use in air conditioning and heat pumps the search began for replacements that are environmentally benign non-flammable and similar to the banned refrigerants in system-level behavior. Refrigerant mixtures are increasingly used as working fluids because they demonstrate desirable thermodynamic feasibility and safety characteristics. Vapor Compression Heat Pumps with Refrigerant Mixtures provides the first comprehensive single-source treatment of working fluid mixtures and their applications in vapor compression systems. The authors explain in detail the thermodynamics of refrigerant mixtures which is vastly more complex than that of individual refrigerants as well as the fundamentals of various refrigeration cycles and methods for improving their efficiency. They also include important discussions on heat transfer and pressure drop correlations experimental performance measurements and examples of using refrigerants and their mixtures and critical operational issues such as control issues refrigerant mixing and mass fraction shifts. Assembling reviews of the scattered literature on the subject and reflecting two decades of research by the authors Vapor Compression Heat Pumps with Refrigerant Mixtures prepares you to design and implement systems that take the best advantage of fluid mixtures confronting the challenges and grasping the opportunities that they present. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454111

Varia SocraticaFirst Series Published in 1987: The following essays form as their title-page shows only the first half of a collection which the writer hopes to complete in the course of a few months. Even when completed the whole work is designed to be merely preparatory to another on the interpretation of the Platonic Philosophy and the materials brought together in the following pages as well as those which it is trusted will form their continuation were originally intended to appear in the Introduction to that projected work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367150747

Variability in Human Performance Understanding the conditions under which variability in performance may arise and the processes related to its emergence gives us insight into the development of techniques for improving the quality of performance. Variability in Human Performance details the scientific and the practical implications of human performance variability by providing a broad perspective on how and why such variability occurs across a number of disciplinary domains. The text takes an approach that rests upon the idea of context or design specificity in performance namely that variability in performance is closely referenced to design factors in the environment in which performance is occurring. An exploration of the link between variability and related processes the book introduces a comprehensive framework for understanding human performance variability presented in terms of how human control of behavior is closely tied to design factors in the performance environment. The authors introduce empirical evidence as well as practical examples and application areas in support of this framework. The book begins with coverage of neurobiological and biomechanical basis of movement variability then examines rich and extensive empirical evidence available for context specificity in cognitive performance and learning as a basis for cognitive performance variability. The book then reviews the evidence for context specificity in: Student learning Displaced feedback conditions Human error behavior Affective performance Social and team performance The authors also explore work performance as influenced by complex sociotechnical systems and as a basis for performance variability applying control systems concepts to an interpretation of the nature and basis of performance variability in all of these domains. They conclude by taking an evolutionary perspective on the origins and behavioral significance of human performance variability. The book then provides strategies on how individuals groups and organizations can significantly reduce variability in human performance that often leads to systems failures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076020

Variable Quality in Consumer TheoryTowards a Dynamic Microeconomic Theory of the Consumer Examines consumer decision-making on products and services of variable quality at the level of retail markets. Addresses for the first time consumer-producer interaction at the level of the individual consumer; issues of quality consumption experience and willingness-to-pay as exhibited by individual consumers; and how these issues affect the decision-making process. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315501451

Variable Renewable Energy and the Electricity Grid The integration of renewable energy resources into the electricity grid presents an important challenge. This book provides a review and analysis of the technical and policy options available for managing variable energy resources such as wind and solar power. As well as being of value to government and industry policy-makers and planners the volume also provides a single source for scientists and engineers of the technical knowledge gained during the 4-year RenewElec (renewable electricity) project at Carnegie Mellon University the University of Vermont Vermont Law School and the Van Ness Feldman environmental law firm. The first part of the book discusses the options for large scale integration of variable electric power generation including issues of predictability variability and efficiency. The second part presents the scientific findings of the project. In the final part the authors undertake a critical review of major quantitative regional and national wind integration studies in the United States. Based on comparisons among these studies they suggest areas where improvements in methods are warranted in future studies areas where additional research is needed to facilitate future improvements in wind integration studies and how the research can be put into practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367173302

Variable Speed Generators Variable Speed Generators the second of two volumes in the Electric Generators Handbook provides extensive coverage of variable speed generators in distributed generation and renewable energy applications around the world. The book delves into the steady state transients control and design of claw-pole-rotor synchronous induction permanent-magnet-(PM)-assisted synchronous and switched reluctance starter alternators for electric hybrid vehicles. It discusses PM synchronous transverse flux PM and flux reversal PM generators for low-speed wind and hydro energy conversion. It also explores linear motion alternators for residential and spacecraft applications. Numerous design and control examples illustrate the exposition. Fully revised and updated to reflect the last decade’s worth of progress in the field this Second Edition adds new sections that: Address the ride-through control of doubly fed induction generators under unbalanced voltage sags Consider the control of stand-alone doubly fed induction generators under unbalanced nonlinear loads Detail a stand-alone squirrel cage induction generator (SCIG) with AC output and a low-rating pulse-width modulated (PWM) converter Present a twin stator winding SCIG with 50 percent rating inverter and diode rectifier and a dual stator winding induction generator with nested cage rotor Examine interior permanent magnet claw-pole-alternator systems for more vehicle braking energy recuperation and high power factor Vernier PM generators Depict a PM-assisted reluctance synchronous motor/generator for an electric hybrid vehicle and a double stator switched reluctance generator with segmented rotor Describe the grid to stand-alone transition motion-sensorless dual-inverter control of permanent magnet synchronous generators with asymmetrical grid voltage sags and harmonics filtering The promise of renewable sustainable energy rests on our ability to design innovative power systems that are able to harness energy from a variety of sources. Variable Speed Generators Second Edition supplies state-of-the-art tools necessary to design validate and deploy the right power generation technologies to fulfill tomorrow's complex energy needs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498723572

Variant Sexuality (Routledge Revivals)Research and Theory First published in 1987 this book presents contributions from international authorities reviewing major themes in variant sexuality. Genetic and evolutionary arguments are presented for the preponderance of paraphilia in males whilst Freudian and psychoanalytic theories are shown to have limited scientific basis. These and other topics are reviewed in an interesting book which will be of particular value to students of the psychology of sexuality evolutionary biology and psychiatry as well as those with a more general interest in the social behavioural and biological aspects of sexuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415729895

Variation and Change in French MorphosyntaxThe Case of Collective Nouns This book tests the hypothesis that plural agreement with collective nouns is becoming frequent in French. It addresses questions concerning the methodological challenges of studying variation and change in morphosyntax and the application of sociolinguistic generalisations to the French of France. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601980

Variation in EnglishMulti-Dimensional Studies Studies in Language and LinguisticsGeneral Editors- Geoffrey Leech Department of Modern English Language Lancaster University and Jenny Thomas School of English and Linguistics University of Wales BangorBroad-ranging and authoritative Studies in Language and Linguistics is an occasional seriesincorporating major new work in all areas of linguistics. Variation in English- Multi-Dimensional Studies provides both a comprehensive view into a relatively new technique for studying language and a diverse exciting collection of studies of variation in English. The first part of the book provides an explanation of multi-dimensional (MD) analysis a research technique for studying language variation. MD is a corpus-based approach developed by Doug Biber that facilitates large-scale studies of language variation and the investigation of research questions that were previously intractable. The second part of the book contains studies that apply Biber's original MD analysis of English to new domains. These studies cover the historical evolution of English; specialized domains such as medical writing and oral proficiency testing; and dialect variation including gender and British/American.The third part of the book contains studies that conduct new MD analyses covering adult/child language differences 18th century speech and writing and discourse complexity. Readers of this book will become familiar with the analytical techniques of multi-dimensional analysis with its applicability to a wide variety of language issues and with the findings of important studies previously published in diverse journals as well as new studies appearing for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153479

Variation in Linguistic Systems Tying together work on a number of languages and linguistic varieties in different locales this book provides students and researchers with a convenient unified overview of variationist analysis in linguistics. Variation in Linguistic Systems takes a theoretical and quantitative approach to the study of variation in language focusing on the role of language-internal constraints on variation and the relation of linguistic variation to linguistic theory.  It introduces the basic concepts of variationist linguistics and includes key discussions on language change language contact the different types of variation multivariate analysis with GoldVarb and variation in sound and grammatical systems. Here is an ideal textbook for an introductory course on variation as well as a useful resource for scholars with some background in linguistics who are interested in the study of language variation and its relation to the wider field of linguistics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203854204

Variational Analysis and Set OptimizationDevelopments and Applications in Decision Making This book contains the latest advances in variational analysis and set / vector optimization including uncertain optimization optimal control and bilevel optimization. Recent developments concerning scalarization techniques necessary and sufficient optimality conditions and duality statements are given. New numerical methods for efficiently solving set optimization problems are provided. Moreover applications in economics finance and risk theory are discussed.   Summary The objective of this book is to present advances in different areas of variational analysis and set optimization especially uncertain optimization optimal control and bilevel optimization. Uncertain optimization problems will be approached from both a stochastic as well as a robust point of view. This leads to different interpretations of the solutions which widens the choices for a decision-maker given his preferences. Recent developments regarding linear and nonlinear scalarization techniques with solid and nonsolid ordering cones for solving set optimization problems are discussed in this book. These results are useful for deriving optimality conditions for set and vector optimization problems. Consequently necessary and sufficient optimality conditions are presented within this book both in terms of scalarization as well as generalized derivatives. Moreover an overview of existing duality statements and new duality assertions is given. The book also addresses the field of variable domination structures in vector and set optimization. Including variable ordering cones is especially important in applications such as medical image registration with uncertainties. This book covers a wide range of applications of set optimization. These range from finance investment insurance control theory economics to risk theory. As uncertain multi-objective optimization especially robust approaches lead to set optimization one main focus of this book is uncertain optimization. Important recent developments concerning numerical methods for solving set optimization problems sufficiently fast are main features of this book. These are illustrated by various examples as well as easy-to-follow-steps in order to facilitate the decision process for users. Simple techniques aimed at practitioners working in the fields of mathematical programming finance and portfolio selection are presented. These will help in the decision-making process as well as give an overview of nondominated solutions to choose from. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138037267

Variational Methods in Image Processing Variational Methods in Image Processing presents the principles techniques and applications of variational image processing. The text focuses on variational models their corresponding Euler–Lagrange equations and numerical implementations for image processing. It balances traditional computational models with more modern techniques that solve the latest challenges introduced by new image acquisition devices. The book addresses the most important problems in image processing along with other related problems and applications. Each chapter presents the problem discusses its mathematical formulation as a minimization problem analyzes its mathematical well-posedness derives the associated Euler–Lagrange equations describes the numerical approximations and algorithms explains several numerical results and includes a list of exercises. MATLAB® codes are available online. Filled with tables illustrations and algorithms this self-contained textbook is primarily for advanced undergraduate and graduate students in applied mathematics scientific computing medical imaging computer vision computer science and engineering. It also offers a detailed overview of the relevant variational models for engineers professionals from academia and those in the image processing industry. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439849736

Variational Methods in Lorentzian Geometry Appliies variational methods and critical point theory on infinite dimenstional manifolds to some problems in Lorentzian geometry which have a variational nature such as existence and multiplicity results on geodesics and relations between such geodesics and the topology of the manifold. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367449438

Variational Problems in TopologyThe Geometry of Length Area and Volume Many of the modern variational problems in topology arise in different but overlapping fields of scientific study: mechanics physics and mathematics. In this work Professor Fomenko offers a concise and clean explanation of some of these problems (both solved and unsolved) using current methods and analytical topology. The author's skillful exposition gives an unusual motivation to the theory expounded and his work is recommended reading for specialists and nonspecialists alike involved in the fields of physics and mathematics at both undergraduate and graduate levels. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367456030

Variational Techniques for Elliptic Partial Differential EquationsTheoretical Tools and Advanced Applications Variational Techniques for Elliptic Partial Differential Equations intended for graduate students studying applied math analysis and/or numerical analysis provides the necessary tools to understand the structure and solvability of elliptic partial differential equations. Beginning with the necessary definitions and theorems from distribution theory the book gradually builds the functional analytic framework for studying elliptic PDE using variational formulations. Rather than introducing all of the prerequisites in the first chapters it is the introduction of new problems which motivates the development of the associated analytical tools. In this way the student who is encountering this material for the first time will be aware of exactly what theory is needed and for which problems.FeaturesA detailed and rigorous development of the theory of Sobolev spaces on Lipschitz domains including the trace operator and the normal component of vector fieldsAn integration of functional analysis concepts involving Hilbert spaces and the problems which can be solved with these concepts rather than separating the twoIntroduction to the analytical tools needed for physical problems of interest like time-harmonic waves Stokes and Darcy flow surface differential equations Maxwell cavity problems etc.A variety of problems which serve to reinforce and expand upon the material in each chapter including applications in fluid and solid mechanics Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367656645

Variational Theories for Liquid Crystals Essentially there are two variational theories of liquid crystals explained in this book. The theory put forward by Zocher Oseen and Frank is classical while that proposed by Ericksen is newer in its mathematical formulation although it has been postulated in the physical literature for the past two decades. The newer theory provides a better explanation of defects in liquid crystals especially of those concentrated on lines and surfaces which escape the scope of the classical theory. The book opens the way to the wealth of applications that will follow. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367449063

Variational-Hemivariational Inequalities with Applications This research monograph represents an outcome of the cross-fertilization between nonlinear functional analysis and mathematical modelling and demonstrates its application to solid and contact mechanics. Based on authors’ original results it introduces a general fixed point principle and its application to various nonlinear problems in analysis and mechanics. The classes of history-dependent operators and almost history-dependent operators are exposed in a large generality. A systematic and unified presentation contains a carefully-selected collection of new results on variational-hemivariational inequalities with or without unilateral constraints. A wide spectrum of static quasistatic dynamic contact problems for elastic viscoelastic and viscoplastic materials illustrates the applicability of these theoretical results. Written for mathematicians applied mathematicians engineers and scientists it is also a valuable tool for graduate students and researchers in nonlinear analysis mathematical modelling mechanics of solids and contact mechanics. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498761581

Variations and Variation Technique in the Music of Chopin While Chopin composed only a few works in variation form he employed variations and variation technique in the majority of his works. Multiple modified repetitions of musical units on different levels of a work are so typical of Chopin’s works that this may be considered one of the chief determinants of his style. Focusing on a broad range of Chopin’s works this book explores the extent to which Chopin’s oeuvre is suffused with variations the role that variation technique plays in his work to what extent it interacts with other techniques for developing and modifying musical material and how the variation technique itself evolved. Beginning with a comprehensively documented investigation of the concept of variation in its own right Zofia Chechlińska employs Riemannian and Schenkerian theory to consider in turn the ways in which Chopin constructs variations on the level of microstructure (motif and phrase) and macrostructure (thematic areas sections movements and form). This is the first English translation of one of the classics of musicological literature in Poland and is essential reading for scholars of Chopin and nineteenth-century music and music analysts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661113

Variations on Teaching and Supervising Group Therapy Learn effective techniques for teaching and supervising group therapy. This unique new volume brings together teaching and supervisory models for a host of theoretical orientations including psychodynamic family systems psychodrama gestalt and transactional analysis. Variations on Teaching and Supervising Group Therapy is essential reading for mental health professionals who currently conduct groups but who lack the specialized training for becoming a supervisor who currently teach group therapy from one theoretical orientation and want to learn about other modalities who teach academic courses on group therapy and want to expose students to a broader perspective of group modalities than the usual one or two models--psychoanalytic and activity groups--usually taught in schoolsThe contributing authors are social workers and professionals from other disciplines who represent a cross section of the teachers of the various types of groups being conducted in the United States today. They describe an exciting array of teaching formats--one-day workshops semester-long courses year-long training programs weekly supervision sessions and outside consultation--and settings including family service agencies child guidance centers short-term health maintenance organizations freestanding group training institutions and private practice.Some of the highlights of this practical book include an examination of the most commonly used format in group therapy today--psychodynamics a demonstration of using family systems theory to understand the group therapy participants and process the key concepts and history of psychodrama the key concepts and basic aspects of a gestalt training program for practicing therapists strategies for teaching social work students a look at the skills needed for conducting group therapy with children a model for training therapists who conduct short-term groups Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315804002

Varied VoicesOn Language and Literacy Learning "I can say with certainty that this book will add a compelling sense of depth and texture to the existing body of research in first and second language literacy." --Patricia Richard-Amato California State University at Los Angeles Varied Voices is an ethnographic study of language and literacy learning in a culturally and linguistically diverse Moroccan school. There children and teachers turn classrooms into social spaces as they work to build learning communities. Suitable for MATESOL courses and in-service training Varied Voices is a must-read for all instructors working with language minority students at the elementary and secondary school levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138406834

Variedades de la lengua española Variedades de la lengua española ofrece un panorama general de la variación dialectal y sociolingüística en el espacio hispanohablante presentado por uno de los más prestigiosos expertos en la materia. La lectura de este manual permitirá familiarizarse con los rasgos que distinguen las diferentes variedades geográficas del español con una comprensión adicional de las causas históricas y políticas de sus diferencias y de sus implicaciones sociales. Cada capítulo incluye sugerencias de lecturas complementarias y propone temas de debate e investigación así como un glosario que explica la terminología algo más especializada. Complementariamente el texto remite a materiales audiovisuales disponibles en la red que permiten una aproximación más directa a las variedades del español. Estas páginas son de interés tanto para los hispanohablantes nativos como para los no nativos interesados por la diversidad dialectal. Asimismo esta obra puede servir como texto primario de apoyo o complementario para los estudiantes el profesorado y los hispanistas interesados por el conocimiento de las variedades geográficas y sociales de la lengua española. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138385955

Variegated NeoliberalismEU varieties of capitalism and International Political Economy We know from the cost of the 2007-09 crisis that transnational finance does not operate in a realm removed from our everyday lives. Variegated Neoliberalism explains why its inequalities persist and how they undermine more social-minded policies towards finance in the EU. The book suggests that large financial groups capitalize on broader changes in capitalism and emerging assumptions about what benefits society at large. Those pushing these political-economic projects present policy change to cope with financial globalization as a new common sense. Macartney's argument then contests these assumptions through an analysis of the spatial relations of transnational actors and the political claims made within finance and research communities. Rather than relying on umbrella concepts like 'transnational capitalist class' Variegated Neoliberalism emphasises the national-domestic foundations for transnationalization and what we commonly understand as neoliberalism. The book provides comparative analyses of global and European banking communities and economic research centres in the UK France and Germany. It explains the constellations underpinning the current neoliberal order in global finance and the realms of possibility for challenges to it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138811874

Varieties of Alternative Economic SystemsPractical Utopias for an Age of Global Crisis and Austerity In this age of overlapping and mutually reinforcing deep global crises (financial convulsions global warming mass migrations militarism inequality selfish nation-states etc.) there needs to be more realistic dialogue about radical alternatives to the status quo. Most literature produced heretofore has focused on the surface causes of these crises without much attention given to the sorts of major societal changes needed in order to deal with the crises we face. This book moves the debate beyond the critiques and the false or not fully realised alternatives to focus on what can be termed "practical utopias". The contributors to this book outline a range of practical proposals for constructing pathways out of the global economic ecological and social crisis. Varieties of Alternative Economic Systems eschews a single blueprint but insists on dealing directly with the deep structural problems and contradictions of contemporary global capitalism. It provides a diverse array of complementary proposals and perspectives that can inform both theoretical thinking and practical action. This volume will be of interest to academics and students who study political science ecological economics international politics and socialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367250911

Varieties of Belief First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884304

Varieties of Capitalism Types of Democracy and Globalization This book combines two strands of international political economy; examining how capitalism and democracy shape and are shaped by each other. Although until now considered separately this path-breaking book proposes an innovative view of a political-economic system that inextricably links the model of capitalism to the type of democracy where continuation is mutually reinforced. Advanced countries have achieved post-war affluence by adopting one of two contrasting models of capitalism; liberal market economies or coordinated market economies and two opposing types of democracies: consensus or majoritarian democracies. Expert contributors in the field consider the question of whether and how globalization is transforming the post-war political–economic systems of advanced countries such as Britain France Germany Italy and Japan as well as the question of how it is shaping democracy and capitalism combinations in former socialist countries in Eastern Europe and the new "capitalist" China. The book examines various topics including party system change a political dilemma of the established party and corporate governance reforms to posit an original an innovative theory of international political economy. Variety of Capitalism Types of Democracy and Globalization will be of interest to students and scholars of comparative politics political economy and globalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138812482

Varieties of Capitalism and Business HistoryThe Dutch Case The financial crisis of 2008 brought new urgency to the question how best to organise national economies. This volume gives a business history perspective on the Varieties of Capitalism debate and considers the respective merits of the liberal and coordinated market economies. It looks at individual firms and business people as well as institutions and takes a long-term perspective by covering the whole 20th century. The authors examine both continuity and change with a particular focus on the Netherlands a nation with an open economy situated between two countries that oppose each other in the way they organize their economies: Germany and Great Britain. The Netherlands also provides an important case study with Dutch business maintaining strong links to the United States widely considered to be the ‘typical’ liberal market economy. Contributors address the main topics of the capitalism debate including labour relations corporate governance the firm and its leaders coordination between firms innovation multinationals as agents of change and economic performance. They show that the Netherlands moved from a mostly liberal market economy before 1914 towards a coordinated market economy from the 1930s onwards and – up to a certain extent – back again to a more liberal market economy. Under both varieties of capitalism the country experienced economic growth and stagnation but a more equal division of wealth occurred in the coordinated market economy only. Wars and international economic crises offered moments for revaluation and changes of tack. This book raises questions for every country around the globe: How is change being brought about? Can one see different results from a liberal or a more coordinated market economy? And most critically: which system is more effective in bringing prosperity and enabling enough people to share in the wealth? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138340923

Varieties of Capitalism in History Transition and EmergenceNew Perspectives on Institutional Development Economics tends to teach that developed countries have good institutions while developing countries do not and that this is the factor that constrains the latter's growth. However the picture is far messier than this explanation suggests.Building on the varieties of capitalism framework this book brings together the tools of institutional economics with historical analyses of institutional evolution of different kinds of property rights and legal systems protected by different kinds of state giving rise to distinct corporate governance structures. It constructs institutional development histories across leading liberal capitalisms in Britain and the United States compared with continental capitalisms in France and Germany and contemporary transitional capitalisms in China and Tanzania. This volume is innovative in combining both historical and economic insights and in combining developed country with developing country institutional emergence dispelling the prevailing sense of complacency about the inevitability of the path of institutional development for the developed areas of the world and the paths that developing countries are likely to follow.This volume will be of great importance to those who study international economics development economics and international business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869106

Varieties of Economic Inequality Recently the issue of inequality has regained attention in economic and political debates. Although this interest is welcome the debate is still mostly focused on income or wealth distribution which is an important aspect but does not present a complete view of inequality. Most of the theoretical and empirical studies produced by economists concern personal income distribution or factor income distribution. This is more evident in the studies of the evolution and characteristics of contemporary capitalism and globalization. Varieties of Economic Inequality considers both theoretical perspectives and empirical evidence of aspects such as income gender race technology power region education and class. Ultimately this text rejects the idea of supposed long run constant factor shares the positive effects of inequality and the greater importance of absolute level of income compared to its unequal distribution and instead reveals the structural inequalities that exist within societies. This book advocates a move away from the focusing on inequality at the level of the individual and suggests policy for eradicating these various forms of inequality. It is suitable for those who study political economy social inequality as well as economic theory and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367356859

Varieties of EnvironmentalismEssays North and South Until very recently studies of the environmental movement have been heavily biased towards the North Atlantic worlds. There was a common assumption amongst historians and sociologists that concerns over such issues as conservation or biodiversity were the exclusive preserve of the affluent westerner: the ultimate luxury of the consumer society. Citizens of the world's poorest countries ran the conventional wisdom had nothing to gain from environmental concerns; they were 'too poor to be green' and were attending to the more urgent business of survival. Yet strong environmental movements have sprung up over recent decades in some of the poorest countries in Asia and Latin America albeit with origins and forms of expression quite distinct from their western counterparts. In Varieties of Environmentalism Guha and Matinez-Alier seek to articulate the values and orientation of the environmentalism of the poor and to explore the conflicting priorities of South and North that were so dramatically highlighted at the Rio Earth Summit in 1992. Essays on the 'ecology of affluence' are also included placing ion context such uniquely western phenomena as the 'cult of wilderness' and the environmental justice movement. Using a combination of archival and field data . The book presents analyses of environmental conflicts and ideologies in four continents: North and South America Asia and Europe. The authors present the nature and history of environmental movements in quite a new light one which clarifies the issues and the processes behind them. They also provide reappraisals for three seminal figures Gandhi Georgescu-Roegen and Mumford whose legacy may yet contribute to a greater cross-cultural understanding within the environmental movements. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315070766

Varieties of Female Gothic This text offers scholarly and critical editions of significant novels of Gothic fiction from the Romantic period. It illustrates the various forms of female Gothic literature as a vehicle for representing the modern forms of subjectivity or complex and authentic inward experience and identity. The book is a valuable resource for those interested in Gothic fiction and literature from the Romantic period as well as those students of history and gender studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429354076

Varieties of Female Gothic Vol 1 This text offers scholarly and critical editions of significant novels of Gothic fiction from the Romantic period. It illustrates the various forms of female Gothic literature as a vehicle for representing the modern forms of subjectivity or complex and authentic inward experience and identity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349904

Varieties of Female Gothic Vol 2 This text offers scholarly and critical editions of significant novels of Gothic fiction from the Romantic period. It illustrates the various forms of female Gothic literature as a vehicle for representing the modern forms of subjectivity or complex and authentic inward experience and identity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349911

Varieties of Female Gothic Vol 3 This text offers scholarly and critical editions of significant novels of Gothic fiction from the Romantic period. It illustrates the various forms of female Gothic literature as a vehicle for representing the modern forms of subjectivity or complex and authentic inward experience and identity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349928

Varieties of Female Gothic Vol 4 This text offers scholarly and critical editions of significant novels of Gothic fiction from the Romantic period. It illustrates the various forms of female Gothic literature as a vehicle for representing the modern forms of subjectivity or complex and authentic inward experience and identity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349935

Varieties of Female Gothic Vol 5 This text offers scholarly and critical editions of significant novels of Gothic fiction from the Romantic period. It illustrates the various forms of female Gothic literature as a vehicle for representing the modern forms of subjectivity or complex and authentic inward experience and identity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349942

Varieties of Female Gothic Vol 6 This text offers scholarly and critical editions of significant novels of Gothic fiction from the Romantic period. It illustrates the various forms of female Gothic literature as a vehicle for representing the modern forms of subjectivity or complex and authentic inward experience and identity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349959

Varieties of Legal OrderThe Politics of Adversarial and Bureaucratic Legalism Across the globe law in all its variety is becoming more central to politics public policy and everyday life. For over four decades Robert A. Kagan has been a leading scholar of the causes and consequences of the march of law that is characteristic of late 20th and early 21st century governance. In this volume top sociolegal scholars use Kagan’s concepts and methods to examine the politics of litigation and regulation both in the United States and around the world. Through studies of civil rights law tobacco politics “Eurolegalism ” Russian auto accidents Australian coal mines and California prisons these scholars probe the politics of different forms of law and the complex path by which “law on the books” shapes social life. Like Kagan’s scholarship Varieties of Legal Order moves beyond stale debates about litigiousness and overregulation and invites us to think more imaginatively about how the rise of law and legalism will shape politics and social life in the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138090477

Varieties of Memory and ConsciousnessEssays in Honour of Endel Tulving These collected essays from leading figures in cognitive psychology represent the latest research and thinking in the field. The volume is organized around four "Endelian" themes: encoding and retrieval processes in memory; the neuropsychology of memory; classificatory systems for memory; and consciousness emotion and memory. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315801841

Varieties of Modern EnglishAn Introduction The 'story' of English is continually re-told and re-written as more and more people use the language and have a part in shaping the way it develops. Varieties of Modern English provides a critical introduction to the study of regional social gendered context- and medium-related varieties of the language and explores some of the debates concerning the role and impact of English in different parts of the world today. Beginning by outlining the main types of variation in language the book focuses on the link between language or dialect and the construction of both group and individual identities. Issues of identity are crucial to chapters on the roots of Modern English on gender and English on ethnicity and English and on English as an international language. As well as looking at a range of 'users' of the language Davies also explores many of its 'uses' and modes including the English of literary texts advertising newspaper reporting and commentary political speeches email and text messaging. Written in a discursive student-friendly style the book also provides: * A rich mix of illustrative material * End-of-chapter Activities and related Comments at the end of the book * Suggestions for further reading Varieties of Modern English provides a thought-provoking overview of its subject and will be invaluable reading for students of English Language and Linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173095

Varieties of Opposition to Gender Equality in Europe In contrast to the wealth of studies on progress towards gender equality opposition to gender equality is rarely studied which makes it difficult to understand the positive and negative dynamics of gender equality as a political project. The first of its kind this timely collection examines the potential and challenges of our current scholarship on understanding opposition to gender+ equality in Europe. Divided into three parts Mieke Verloo and her team of international experts begin Varieties of Opposition to Gender Equality in Europe by theorizing the dynamics of opposition to gender equality policies in Europe. Part Two highlights oppositional actors (politicians governments citizens policy makers churches) and political arenas (parliament courts Internet) as well as different and opposing visions of gender+ equality. Part Three concludes with a framework for understanding oppositional dynamics on gender equality change. Setting the agenda for future research this book will be useful for students of gender and politics social movements European integration and policy studies as well as for high-level policymakers students and feminist activists alike. It will be an inspiration to thinkers and doers and to scholars and political actors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138649613

Varieties of Personal TheologyCharting the Beliefs and Values of American Young Adults Varieties of Personal Theology starts from the premise that all human beings are folk theologians active not only in constructing selves but also in constructing worlds and guiding philosophies of life.Through fascinating indepth interviews and surveys David Gortner looks specifically at 'emerging adults' (aged 18-25) as young theologians who regardless of religious background wrestle with fundamental questions of place purpose ultimate cause and ultimate aims in life. This book charts the subtle and significant influences of social class family school work peer relationships religion and intrinsic attitudes and dispositions on young adults' personal theologies and traces the ways their personal theologies connect with choices they make in their daily lives - in education jobs leisure and relationships. Intentionally crossing boundaries between religious and social science fields Gortner combines perspectives from both to demonstrate how theological diversity persists in America despite some clear culturally dominant trends. This book reveals how American young adults are active theologians forging diverse ways of seeing and being in the world - shaped by their experiences and in turn continuing to shape their choices in life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277199

Varieties of Religious Establishment Advocacy for religious freedom has become a global project while religion and the management of religion has become of increasing interest to scholars across a wider range of disciplines. Rather than adopting the common assumption that religious freedom is simply incompletely realized the authors in this book suggest that the starting point for understanding religion in public life today should be religious establishment. In the hyper-globalized world of the politics of religious freedom today a focus on establishments brings into view the cultural assumptions cosmologies anthropologies and institutions which structure religion and religious diversity. Leading international scholars from a diverse range of disciplines explore how countries today live with religious difference and consider how considering establishments reveals the limitations of universal multicultural and interfaith models of religious freedom. Examining the various forms religion takes in Tunisia Canada Taiwan South Africa and the USA amongst others this book argues that legal protections for religious freedom can only be understood in a context of socially and culturally specific constraints. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253209

Varieties of Right-Wing Extremism in Europe Beginning with an analysis of the complex relationship between fascism and the post-war extreme right the book discusses both contemporary parties and the cultural and intellectual influences of the European New Right as well as patterns of socialization and mobilization. It then analyses the effects of a range of factors on the ideological development of right-wing extremism including anti-Semitism Islamophobia religious extremism and the approach towards Europe (and the European Union).The final sections investigate a number of activist manifestations of the extreme right from youth participation and the white power music scene to transnational rallies the Internet and football hooliganism. In the process the book questions the notion that the contemporary extreme right is either completely novel or fully populist in character. Drawing together a wide range of contributors this is essential reading for all those with an interest in contemporary extremism and fascism. The book is a companion volume to Mapping the Extreme Right (Routledge 2012) which has the same editors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415627177

Varieties of Secularism in AsiaAnthropological Explorations of Religion Politics and the Spiritual Varieties of Secularism is an ethnographically rich theoretically well-informed and intellectually coherent volume which builds off the work of Talal Asad Charles Taylor and others who have engaged the issue of secularism(s) and in socio-political life. The volume seeks to examine theories of secularism/secularity and examine concrete ethnographic cases in order to further the theoretical discussion. Whereas Taylor’s magisterial work draws up the conditions and problems of a belief in God in Western modernity it leaves unexplored the challenges posed by the spiritual in modernity outside of the North Atlantic rim. This anthology seeks to begin that task. It does so by suggesting that the kind of secularity described by Taylor is only one amongst others. By attending to the shifting relationship between proper religion and ‘bad faiths’; between politically valorised and embarrassing spiritual phenomena; between the new visibilities and silences of magic ancestors and religion in democratic politics this book seeks to outline the particular formations of secularism that have become possible in Asia from China to Indonesia and from Bahrain to Timor-Leste. This book will appeal to students and scholars of Asian religion politics and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138787957

Varieties of Seventeenth- and Early Eighteenth-Century English Radicalism in Context The essays in this collection explore a number of significant questions regarding the terms 'radical' and 'radicalism' in early modern English contexts. They investigate whether we can speak of a radical tradition and whether radicalism was a local national or transnational phenomenon. In so doing this volume examines the exchange of ideas and texts in the history of supposedly radical events ideologies and movements (or moments). Once at the cutting edge of academic debate radicalism had until very recently fallen prey to historiographical trends as scholars increasingly turned their attention to more mainstream experiences or reactionary forces. While acknowledging the importance of those perspectives Varieties of seventeenth- and early eighteenth-century English radicalism in context offers a reconsideration of the place of radicalism within the early modern period. It sets out to examine the subject in original and exciting ways by adopting distinctively new and broader perspectives. Among the crucial issues addressed are problems of definition and how meanings can evolve; context; print culture; language and interpretative techniques; literary forms and rhetorical strategies that conveyed or deliberately disguised subversive meanings; and the existence of a single continuous English radical tradition. Taken together the essays in this collection offer a timely reassessment of the subject reflecting the latest research on the theme of seventeenth-century English radicalism as well as offering some indications of the phenomenon's transnational contexts. Indeed there is a sense here of the complexity and variety of the subject although much work still remains to be done on radicals and radicalism - both in early modern England and especially beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138376397

Varieties of the Gaming Experience The games that human societies devised over the centuries can be considered one of the most comprehensive and fertile symbolic systems ever created by human ingenuity. In all societies members feel compelled to interact and communicate with each other as much as possible. As linguistic creatures humans use language to establish social and interpersonal contacts. Games are a device to enable such connections.Robert Perinbanayagam examines how players value games. He assesses games as systems that embody metaphysics and pragmatic action. He then examines various religious ideas and how participants reference respective approaches to game playing.Perinbanayagam argues that games are forms of activity in which the human agent as an actor engages with others in various interactional situations. Such engagement creates dramas in which agents assume identities give play to emotions and enrich their selves. He also examines the issue of game writing particularly how selected writers have used game structures as narrative devices in their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517721

Variety in Contemporary English First Published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160019

Vasari and the Renaissance Print Prints changed the history of art even as that history was first being written. In this study Sharon Gregory argues that this reality was not lost on Vasari; she shows that contrary to common opinion prints thoroughly pervade Vasari's history of art just as they pervade his own career as an artist. This volume examines Giorgio Vasari's interest as an art historian and as an artist in engravings and woodblock prints shedding new light not only on aspects of Vasari's career but also on aspects of sixteenth-century artistic culture and artistic practice. It is the first book to study his interest in prints from this dual perspective. Investigating how prints were themselves more often interpretive than strictly reproductive Gregory challenges the long-held view that Vasari's reliance on prints led to errors in his interpretation of major monuments. She demonstrates how like Raphael and later artists Vasari used engravings after his designs as a form of advertisement through which he hoped to increase his fame and attract influential patrons. She also explores how contributing illustrations for books by his scholarly friends Vasari participated in the contemporary exchange of intellectual ideas and concerns shared by Renaissance humanists and artists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270336

Vascular MalformationsAdvances and Controversies in Contemporary Management This new book on vascular malformations brings together international experts to present advances and discuss controversies in the multidisciplinary management of patients with congenital vascular malformations. Major advances in recent years in medical genetics and tremendous progress in the fields of imaging and minimally invasive percutaneous interventions have revolutionized both evaluation and management of vascular malformations. The six major parts of this state of the art book ensure that the reader has the most up to date valuable clinical information to ensure the delivery of world class clinical practice. Beautifully illustrated with color line drawings numerous photographs and informative tables the advances and controversies of the full spectrum of vascular malformations are presented in 90 definitive chapters. Vascular Malformations brings new information and unparalleled insights to vascular specialists and physicians trainees and allied health professionals who participate in the care of patients with vascular malformations either in a private practice setting or at a major institution in an interdisciplinary vascular center. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367250126

Vascular Manifestations of Systemic Autoimmune Diseases Not too long ago it was thought that inflammation of blood vessels was the sole manifestation of systemic autoimmune diseases. Today however we know that disorders of coagulation injuries to both neutrophils and endothelial cells and certain lipids and amino acids are all intricately involved in the development of vascular disease. How are all these processes linked? What strategies can we employ or develop to halt the progression of vascular damage? What are the best ways to control acute vasculitis and vasospasm therapeutically? What are the risks and benefits of various strategies for the prevention of clotting? How soon should we initiate preventive strategies that protect blood vessels from arteriosclerosis in people with acute rheumatic diseases? What should be the nature of those strategies?Vascular Manifestations of Systemic Autoimmune Diseases provides answers to all these questions. Ronald Asherson Richard Cervera Steven B. Abramson Jean-Charles Piette and Douglas Triplett- all international experts in the field-have assembled a collection of works that provide a comprehensive analysis of vascular irregularities. Now that most individuals survive the onset of acute systemic autoimmune diseases and live for decades more halting the long-term attack on vasculature is increasingly important. Vascular Manifestations of Systemic Autoimmune Diseases not only describes the clinical symptoms of vascular diseases; it also covers in one volume the many mechanisms involved in the pathogenesis of these disorders and addresses the newest treatments available for them. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397616

Vascular Organization of AngiospermsA New Vision This study of plant anatomy is based on newly available data on the structure and spatial organization of the vascular system of plants. For the first time by means of a new technique of intracellular moulding the vascular system can be observed in its length. Many examples are chosen from among the major groups of the plant kingdom to illustrate the vast field of applications of histological moulding: anatomical structures that have so far been little understood or unknown are described and hypotheses relative to the cambial functioning are presented. Following a summary of basic concepts of xylem anatomy the text is illustrated with many diagrams and photographs of moulds made for the most part with scanning electron microscope. The successive steps of the technical implementation of moulding are described with precision. The book is addressed not only to scientists and students but also to professionals concerned with wood trees and plants in general. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138407695

Vascular SurgeryPrinciples and Practice Fourth Edition Vascular surgery has seen a remarkable evolution. A discipline focused on the natural history and treatment of vascular disease by open operation is now primarily a minimally invasive specialty. Mastery of the basic pathophysiology has been retained while the transformation by improved imaging and endovascular intervention has been integrated into practice.This fourth edition of Vascular Surgery: Principles and Practice has incorporated these advances building on the specialty’s past assets. Knowledge of natural history and open surgery will always have an essential role in optimal care of patients with vascular diseases. The authors’ exposition of the old and the new will make this edition a valuable resource for vascular surgeons and all others dedicated to the care of vascular patients. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574123

VascularizationRegenerative Medicine and Tissue Engineering A Complex and Growing Field The study of vascularization in tissue engineering and regenerative medicine (TERM) and its applications is an emerging field that could revolutionize medical approaches for organ and tissue replacement reconstruction and regeneration. Designed specifically for researchers in TERM fields Vascularization: Regenerative Medicine and Tissue Engineering provides a broad overview of vascularization in TERM applications. This text summarizes research in several areas and includes contributions from leading experts in the field. It defines the difficulties associated with multicellular processes in vascularization and cell-source issues. It presents advanced biomaterial design strategies for control of vascular network formation and in silico models designed to provide insight not possible in experimental systems. It also examines imaging methods that are critical to understanding vascularization in engineered tissues and addresses vascularization issues within the context of specific tissue applications. This text is divided into three parts; the first section focuses on the basics of vascularization. The second section provides general approaches for promoting vascularization. The final section presents tissue and organ-specific aspects of vascularization in regenerative medicine. Presents Areas of Substantial Clinical and Societal Impact The material contains research and science on the process of vessel assembly with an emphasis on methods for controlling the process for therapeutic applications. It describes the tissue and organ-specific aspects of vascularization in regenerative medicine and refers to areas such as bone tissue engineering vascularization of encapsulated cells adipose tissue bone and muscle engineering. It also provides a mechanistic understanding of the process and presentation of experimental and computational approaches that facilitate the study of vascular assembly and includes enabling technologies such as nanotechnology drug delivery stem cells microfluidics and biomaterial design that are optimized for supporting the formation of extensive vascular networks in regenerative medicine. A guide for researchers developing new methods for modulating vessel assembly this text can also be used by senior undergraduate and graduate students taking courses focused on TERM. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076037

Vatican II and New Thinking about Catholic EducationThe impact and legacy of Gravissimum Educationis It is only in the years since Vatican II that the new thinking about Catholic education has crystalised into shape. Vatican II and New Thinking about Catholic Education provides an opportune moment to take stock of the impact of Vatican II on Catholic education. This volume considers the various ways in which Vatican II and its teaching on education has been received and engages with the challenges and testing times that beset faith-based education in the twenty-first century. With insights from an international range of leading and influential advocates of Catholic education the volume demonstrates the differing contexts of Catholic education and explores the ways in which Vatican II’s teaching on education has been received over the past four or five decades. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138386020

Vaughan Williams Essays Serious scholarship on the music of Ralph Vaughan Williams is currently enjoying a lively revival after a period of relative quiescence and is only beginning to address the enduring affection of concert audiences for his music. The essays that comprise this volume extend the study of Vaughan Williams's music in new directions that will be of interest to scholars performers and listeners alike. This volume contains the work of eleven North American scholars who have been recipients of the Ralph Vaughan Williams Fellowship based at the composer's own school Charterhouse which was created and has been supported by the Carthusian Trust since 1985. This wide-ranging and detailed collection of essays covers the spectrum of genres in which Vaughan Williams wrote including dance symphony opera song hymnody and film music. The contributors also employ a range of analytical and historical methods of investigation to illuminate aspects of Vaughan Williams's compositional techniques and influences musical literary and visual. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273733

VC++ MFC Extensions by Example Extend and modify MFC code to meet your needs! Author John Swanke delivers studied examples to give you a jump-start on creating more sophisticated and powerful applications. Each example is fully annotated and ready to insert into the your application -- Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138412408

VCD Spectroscopy for Organic Chemists Stimulated by the increasing importance of chiral molecules as pharmaceuticals and the need for enantiomerically pure drugs techniques in chiral chemistry have been expanded and refined especially in the areas of chromatography asymmetric synthesis and spectroscopic methods for chiral molecule structural characterization. In addition to synthetic chiral molecules naturally occurring molecules which are invariably chiral and generally enantiomerically enriched are of potential interest as leads for new drugs.VCD Spectroscopy for Organic Chemists discusses the applications of vibrational circular dichroism (VCD) spectroscopy to the structural characterization of chiral organic molecules. The book provides all of the information about VCD spectroscopy that an organic chemist needs in order to make use of the technique. The authors experts responsible for much of the existing literature in this field discuss the experimental measurement of VCD and the theoretical prediction of VCD. In addition they evaluate the advantages and limitations of the technique in determining molecular structure. Given the availability of commercial VCD instrumentation and quantum chemistry software it became possible in the late 1990s for chemists to use VCD in elucidating the stereochemistries of chiral organic molecules. This book helps organic chemists become more aware of the utility of VCD spectroscopy and provides them with sufficient knowledge to incorporate the technique into their own research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381202

Veblen in PerspectiveHis Life and Thought This work discusses the impact and contemporary relevance of the work of Thorstein Veblen as well as the source of his ideas. It suggests that he was one of the first modern sociologists of consumption whose analysis of contemporary display and fashion anticipated later theories and research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698700

Veblen's CenturyA Collective Portrait Thorstein Veblen has a place of honor reserved for truly important figures. Economist iconoclast social critic and moral judge of the American way of life he has continued to attract the attention of students and scholars alike. People from every spectrum of political thought and every branch of the social sciences have been drawn to his work-sometimes in praise other times in criticism but always with a sense of measuring what Veblen said and often how he said it.Veblen was in the final analysis an anthropologist of America as an advanced culture as much a figure of the young twentieth century of America triumphant as Tocqueville was a figure of the young nineteenth century of America ascending. We share with Veblen a sense of the observer peering at the complex foundation of behavior whether such behavior is defined in terms of attitudes toward work and leisure wealth and poverty and finally global war and peace.An examination of the contributors to the Veblen literature in this masterful volume serves to make clear just how vital Veblen was and remains to our cultural landscape. Whether the reader selects from or reads all of the statements by David Riesman Douglas Dowd Max Lerner E. Digby Baltzell Wesley Clair Mitchell C. Wright Mills Daniel Bell and the other outstanding participants in Veblen's Century the pulsating vitality of Veblen himself is well captured. Indeed a little bit of Veblen is encapsulated in and by his commentators.Veblen's Century originated as a project initiated in 1974 by Professor Horowitz to reissue the entire corpus of Veblen's writings in new editions with introductions written expressly with this larger purpose of bringing the master of economic theory to the attention of a new generation. That the project took more than a quarter century to complete is indicative of the care with which each new essay is crafted. In addition with Transaction being identified as the home of Veblen books on him were offered to Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351325165

Vector Analysis and Cartesian Tensors Third edition This is a comprehensive and self-contained text suitable for use by undergraduate mathematics science and engineering students. Vectors are introduced in terms of cartesian components making the concepts of gradient divergent and curl particularly simple. The text is supported by copious examples and progress can be checked by completing the many problems at the end of each section. Answers are provided at the back of the book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138442597

Vector Analysis and Cartesian TensorsThird Edition This is a comprehensive self-contained text suitable for use by undergraduate mathematics science and engineering students following courses in vector analysis. The earlier editions have been used extensively in the design and teaching of may undergraduate courses. Vectors are introduced in terms of Cartesian components an approach which is found to appeal to many students because of the basic algebraic rules of composition of vectors and the definitions of gradient divergence and curl are thus made particularly simple. The theory is complete and intended to be as rigorous as possible at the level at which it is aimed. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781315898421

Vector and Tensor Analysis Revised and updated throughout this book presents the fundamental concepts of vector and tensor analysis with their corresponding physical and geometric applications - emphasizing the development of computational skills and basic procedures and exploring highly complex and technical topics in simplified settings.;This text: incorporates transformation of rectangular cartesian coordinate systems and the invariance of the gradient divergence and the curl into the discussion of tensors; combines the test for independence of path and the path independence sections; offers new examples and figures that demonstrate computational methods as well as carify concepts; introduces subtitles in each section to highlight the appearance of new topics; provides definitions and theorems in boldface type for easy identification. It also contains numerical exercises of varying levels of difficulty and many problems solved. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402532

Vector Control of AC Drives Alternating current (AC) induction and synchronous machines are frequently used in variable speed drives with applications ranging from computer peripherals robotics and machine tools to railway traction ship propulsion and rolling mills. The notable impact of vector control of AC drives on most traditional and new technologies the multitude of practical configurations proposed and the absence of books treating this subject as a whole with a unified approach were the driving forces behind the creation of this book. Vector Control of AC Drives examines the remarkable progress achieved worldwide in vector control from its introduction in 1969 to the current technology. The book unifies the treatment of vector control of induction and synchronous motor drives using the concepts of general flux orientation and the feed-forward (indirect) and feedback (direct) voltage and current vector control. The concept of torque vector control is also introduced and applied to all AC motors. AC models for drive applications developed in complex variables (space phasors) both for induction and synchronous motors are used throughout the book. Numerous practical implementations of vector control are described in considerable detail followed by representative digital simulations and test results taken from the recent literature.Vector Control of AC Drives will be a welcome addition to the reference collections of electrical and mechanical engineers involved with machine and system design. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203734407

Vectors And Tensors In Engineering And PhysicsSecond Edition Vectors and Tensors in Engineering and Physics develops the calculus of tensor fields and uses this mathematics to model the physical world. This new edition includes expanded derivations and solutions and new applications. The book provides equations for predicting: the rotations of gyroscopes and other axisymmetric solids derived from Euler's equations for the motion of rigid bodies; the temperature decays in quenched forgings derived from the heat equation; the deformed shapes of twisted rods and bent beams derived from the Navier equations of elasticity; the flow fields in cylindrical pipes derived from the Navier-Stokes equations of fluid mechanics; the trajectories of celestial objects derived from both Newton's and Einstein's theories of gravitation; the electromagnetic fields of stationary and moving charged particles derived from Maxwell's equations; the stress in the skin when it is stretched derived from the mechanics of curved membranes; the effects of motion and gravitation upon the times of clocks derived from the special and general theories of relativity. The book also features over 100 illustrations complete solutions to over 400 examples and problems Cartesian components general components and components-free notations lists of notations used by other authors boxes to highlight key equations historical notes and an extensive bibliography. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367091965

Vectors in Physics and Engineering This text is an introduction to the use of vectors in a wide range of undergraduate disciplines. It is written specifically to match the level of experience and mathematical qualifications of students entering undergraduate and Higher National programmes and it assumes only a minimum of mathematical background on the part of the reader. Basic mathematics underlying the use of vectors is covered and the text goes from fundamental concepts up to the level of first-year examination questions in engineering and physics. The material treated includes electromagnetic waves alternating current rotating fields mechanisms simple harmonic motion and vibrating systems. There are examples and exercises and the book contains many clear diagrams to complement the text. The provision of examples allows the student to become proficient in problem solving and the application of the material to a range of applications from science and engineering demonstrates the versatility of vector algebra as an analytical tool. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138442672

Vectorworks for Entertainment DesignUsing Vectorworks to Design and Document Scenery Lighting Rigging and Audio Visual Systems Vectorworks for Entertainment Design covers the complete design process for using Vectorworks in entertainment industry from developing ideas visualizing ideas and evolving them for execution. This second edition has been extensively revised and updated covering the most current details of the Vectorworks software for scenery lighting sound and rigging; real and virtually. With a focused look at the production process from ideation to development to documentation required for proper execution the book encourages readers to better create their own processes and workflows through exercises that build on one another. This new edition introduces Braceworks SubDivision modeling and scripting using the Marionette tool and covers new tools such as Video Camera Deform Tool Camera Match Schematic Views and Object Styles. Fully illustrated with step-by-step instructions this volume contains inspirational and aspirational work from Broadway Concerts Regional Theatre Dance and Experiential Entertainment. Exploring both the technical how-to and the art of design this book provides Theatre Designers and Technicians with the tools to learn about the application and use it professionally. Vectorworks for Entertainment Design also includes access to downloadable resources such as exercise files and images to accompany projects discussed within the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367192945

Vedantic Hinduism in Colonial BengalReformed Hinduism and Western Protestantism This book explores the ways in which modern Hindu identities were constructed in the early nineteenth century. It draws parallels between sixteenth and eventeenth Cecntury Protestantism and the rise of modernity in the West and the Hindu reformation in the nineteenth century which contributed to the rise of Vedantic Hindu modernity discourse in India.  The nineteenth century Hindu modernity it is argued sought both individual flourishing and collective emancipation from Western domination. For the first time Hinduism began to be constructed as a religion of sacred texts. In particular texts belonging to what could be loosely called Vedanta: Upanishads and the Bhagavad Gita. In this way the main protagonists of this Vedantist modernity were imitating Western Protestantism but at the same time also inventing totally novel interpretations of what it meant to be Hindu. The book traces the major ideological paths taken in this cultural-religious reformation from its originator Rammohun Roy up to its last major influence Rabindranath Tagore. Bringing these two versions of modernity into conversation brings a unique view on the formation of modern Hindu identities. It will therefore be of great interest to scholars of religious Hindu and South Asian studies as well as religious istory and interreligious dialogue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367485740

Vedic Practice Ritual Studies and Jaimini’s MīmāṃsāsūtrasDharma and the Enjoined Subject Drawing on insights from Indian intellectual tradition this book examines the conception of dharma by Jaimini in his Mīmāṃsāsūtras assessing its contemporary relevance particularly within ritual scholarship. Presenting a hermeneutical re-reading of the text it investigates the theme of the relationship between subjectivity and tradition in the discussion of dharma bringing it into conversation with contemporary discourses on ritual. The primary argument offered is that Jaimini’s conception of dharma can be read as a philosophy of Vedic practice centred on the enjoinment of the subject whose stages of transformation possess the structure of a hermeneutic tradition. Offering both substantive and methodological insights into the contentions within the contemporary study of ritual this book will be of interest to researchers in the fields of Hindu studies ritual studies Asian religion and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367262211

Veena DhanammalThe Making of a Legend This book looks at the life and music of Veena Dhanammal (1866–1938) considered the embodiment of ‘classicism’ in Karnatik music. It locates her art within the cultural social and intellectual milieu she inhabited allowing readers to track the changing musical landscape of southern India as a process of urbanisation — beginning in the late nineteenth century — resulted in Karnatik music’s movement from a ritual and courtly location to a modern secular form of entertainment in the city space. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138178748

Vegas Pro 11 Editing Workshop Go beyond the mechanics of Vegas 11 with award-winning Vegas guru Douglas Spotted Eagle as he guides you through an industry-tested professional editing workflow.  Packed with hands-on tutorials this edition covers a complete range of essential tasks from installing the application to final output allowing you to gain practical knowledge regardless of your editing experience.  Vegas Movie Studio is also fully covered alongside Vegas 11 showing what you can accomplish in both programs.  Bonus materials on the DVD include training tutorials raw video footage  project files and detailed instructions enabling you to gain a working knowledge of Vegas including its compositing audio features and robust 3D workflow.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240823690

Vegas Pro 8 Editing Workshop Master the Vegas Pro 8 toolset including its industry-leading HD and audio capabilities. This comprehensive guide delivers the nuts and bolts of the essential tasks from installing the application to outputting together with practical editing techniques and real-world examples for working more efficiently.Packed with all the necessary materials including video footage sequences and detailed instructions this book and DVD combo gives you a working knowledge of Vegas Pro 8. Better expert advice simply can't be found. Key features include: Capturing video including HD HDV XDCAM and AVCHD Using editing tools transitions filters and third-party plug-ins Multicam production and editing Color correction titling and compositing Recording and editing audio; using audio plug-ins Creating and using Media Manager databases Web video workflow 24p HDCAM/DVCAM workflow for the independent filmmaker Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419445

Vegas Pro 9 Editing Workshop Go beyond the mechanics of Vegas X--learn a professional workflow from an award-winning professional. Packed with all the necessary materials including raw video footage sequences and detailed instructions this book and DVD combo lets you gain a working knowledge of Vegas X including its exceptional audio features and the DVD Architect toolset. Woven into this Editing Workshop are hands-on tutorials covering a complete range of essential tasks from installing the application to outputting. Novices learn the basics and experienced editors get practical techniques with real-world examples for working more efficiently and making better media. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780240813066

Vegetable Crop Science This book has been prepared to provide every production aspect of important vegetables along with information regarding origin and distribution composition and uses botany varieties climatic and soil requirement cultivation practices harvesting post-harvest management insect-pests and diseases along with their control measures. Its users would find this book very practical for raising vegetable crops profitably. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367572945

Vegetable Crops Breeding For improvement of crops information on its origin distribution and evolution of crop and its related species is very essential. Information on genetics and genetic resources is prerequisite to choose the appropriate breeding strategies to fulfill the objectives. Objectives of breeding vary with region and also purpose for which the product is used i.e. for fresh market for processing or dual purpose and how the crop is grown i.e. under protection open field cultivation or kitchen garden etc. Information on genetics and genetic diversity and objectives of breeding of vegetable crops is presented in the book. Depending on the objectives and genetics and genetic resources breeding methods or procedures can be adopted and it will results in useful varieties or hybrids. Information on breeding of vegetable crops is covered in very abridged form in this book. Origin and evolution genetics genetic resources breeding methods and varieties/hybrids developed is the sequence followed in presenting the information on each of the crops. Note: T&F does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. This title is co-published with NIPA. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367754808

Vegetable Plants and their Fibres as Building MaterialsProceedings of the Second International RILEM Symposium This book examines the state-of-the-art on plants and fibres as building materials for low cost construction emphasizing their use properties fabrication new procedures and future developments. It makes available research results on new techniques for fibre reinforcement and their use in concrete stabilized clay and other matrices. Procedures for making vegetable fibres and wood-based building materials in developing countries are also analysed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580117

Vegetables Fruits and Herbs in Health Promotion The use of dietary vegetables and medicinal herbs to improve health is a phenomenon that is taking society by storm. Herbal products are now a multi-billion dollar business. Even more important this business is built upon extremely little research data. The FDA is pushing the industry-with Congress' help- to base their claims and products on scientific phenomena. Vegetables Fruits and Herbs in Health Promotion discusses the most effective ways of conducting research geared toward deriving maximum nutritional benefit from vegetables fruits and herbs. The book addresses such questions as:o How much vegetables and herbs should be consumed? o Can extracts or components be useful replacements for vegetable consumption?o Does red wine reduce the risk of heart disease and if so what are the active agents and mechanisms?Increased consumption of vegetables and herbs promotes health increases longevity and reduces the risk of cancer and heart disease. Vegetables Fruits and Herbs in Health Promotion is an invaluable reference for providing you with the knowledge necessary for fostering positive changes in dietary habits. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398170

Vegetal PoliticsBelonging practices and places Cultural geography has a long and proud tradition of research into human–plant relations. However until recently that tradition has been somewhat disconnected from conceptual advances in the social sciences even those to which cultural geographers have made significant contributions. With a number of important exceptions plant studies have been less explicitly part of more-than-human geographies than have animal studies. This book aims to redress this gap recognising plants and their multiple engagements with and beyond humans. Plants are not only fundamental to human survival they play a key role in many of the most important environmental political issues of the century including biofuels carbon economies and food security. This innovative collection explores themes of belonging practices and places. Together the chapters suggest new kinds of ‘vegetal politics’ documenting both collaborative and conflictual relations between humans plants and others. They open up new spaces of political action and subjectivity challenging political frames that are confined to humans. The book also raises methodological questions and challenges for future research. This book was published as a special issue of Social and Economic Geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138204652

Vegetarian Nutrition and Wellness A large amount of research effort goes into assessing the health benefits of a plant-based diet resulting from human desire to consume a more sustainable diet that is less destructive of the earth’s natural resources. In addition a growing number of people are choosing the vegan or total vegetarian diet because of the potential to greatly reduce the risk of chronic diseases and mortality rates. Although this interest in plant-based eating is popular there exist concerns on the safety of some vegetarian diets especially a vegan diet. This book describes issues of the vegetarian diet and outlines ways to prevent nutrient deficiencies. Vegetarian Nutrition and Wellness focuses on synthesizing research around vegetarian diets and human health. A major section of the book deals with how a vegetarian diet protects population groups from the major chronic diseases such as cardiovascular diseases obesity and various cancers. Based upon ecological and clinical studies chapter authors explain the health-promoting properties of plant-based diets and compare/contrast health outcomes obtained from consuming omnivorous diets with a vegetarian or vegan diet. Fruits and vegetables figure prominently in vegetarian diets and provide a substantial effect in disease reduction and health-promoting properties of a plant-based diet. Vegetarian Nutrition and Wellness is written for the academic community registered dietitians health professionals and graduate students in nutrition and public health. Each chapter provides a comprehensive review of the scientific literature and includes a concise summary at the beginning of each chapter. The time is ripe for this book to update the scientific community with a collage of well-documented topics on vegetarian nutrition. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138035560

Vegetarianism and Animal Ethics in Contemporary Buddhism Buddhism is widely known to advocate a stance of total pacifism towards all sentient beings and because of this it is often thought that Buddhist doctrine would stipulate that non-violent food practices such as vegetarianism be mandatory. However the Pāli source materials do not encourage vegetarianism and most Buddhists do not practice it. Using research based on ethnographic evidence and interviews this book discusses this issue by presenting an investigation of vegetarianism and animal ethics within a Buddhist cultural domain. Focusing on Sri Lanka a place of great historical significance to Buddhism the book looks at how lay Buddhists and the clergy came to understand the role of vegetarianism and animal ethics in Buddhism. It analyses whether the Buddha preached a view that encouraged vegetarianism and how this squares with his pacifism towards animals. The book goes on to question how Buddhist food practices intersect with other secular activities such as traditional medicine as well as discussing the wider implications of Buddhist animal pacifism including vegetarian political movements and animal rights groups. Shedding light on a subject that until now has only been tangentially treated by scholars this interdisciplinary study will be of interest to those working in the fields of Buddhist Studies Religion and Philosophy as well as South Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138493360

Vegetation & Biogeographyof The Sand Seas Of Arabia First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870000

Vegetation and SoilsA World Picture Vegetation and Soils is an introduction to the study of vegetation and soil distribution. In this accessible work S. R. Eyre describes the distributions of these two important elements in the landscape. The book progresses regionally and the land areas of the earth are subdivided according to the distribution of their main vegetation and soil types. The author argues that the nature of the soil is not determined by vegetation any more than it is determined by climate but the nature of the vegetation always has some bearing on the nature of the soil and vice versa.Eyre studies the ways in which plant communities and soil profiles develop and the complexity of the vegetation-climatic relationship. The middle and high latitudes are examined as well as the tropical regions. In order to avoid broad generalizations of vast regions the example of the British Isles is used to show that vegetation and soil maps can be misleading on a continental scale. The book concludes with a series of vegetation maps which show the distribution of plant formations. Also included are tables providing climatic correlations with vegetation and a glossary of relevant terms.This classic work shows the intimate connection between vegetation development and soil development. For this reason this book is a major contribution to the study of the physical aspects of geography and will be of particular interest to students of geography botany and agriculture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412851565

Vehicle DesignAesthetic Principles in Transportation Design Vehicle Design guides readers through the methods and processes designers use to create and develop some of the most stunning vehicles on the road. Written by Jordan Meadows a designer who worked on the 2015 Ford Mustang the book contains interviews with design directors at firms including Fiat Chrysler Automobiles Hyundai Motor Group and Ford Motor Company amongst other professionals. Case studies from Ford Mazda and Jeep illustrate the production process from research to execution with more than 245 color behind-the-scenes images in order to help readers create vehicles drivers will cherish. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138685604

Vehicle Dynamics Stability and Control Anyone who has experience with a car bicycle motorcycle or train knows that the dynamic behavior of different types of vehicles and even different vehicles of the same class varies significantly. For example stability (or instability) is one of the most intriguing and mysterious aspects of vehicle dynamics. Why do some motorcycles sometimes exhibit a wobble of the front wheel when ridden "no hands" or a dangerous weaving motion at high speed? Why does a trailer suddenly begin to oscillate over several traffic lanes just because its load distribution is different from the usual? Other questions also arise: How do humans control an inherently unstable vehicle such as a bicycle and how could a vehicle be designed or modified with an automatic control system to improve its dynamic properties? Using mainly linear vehicle dynamic models as well as discussion of nonlinear limiting effects Vehicle Dynamics Stability and Control Second Edition answers these questions and more. It illustrates the application of techniques from kinematics rigid body dynamics system dynamics automatic control stability theory and aerodynamics to the study of the dynamic behavior of a number of vehicle types. In addition it presents specialized topics dealing specifically with vehicle dynamics such as the force generation by pneumatic tires railway wheels and wings. The idea that vehicles can exhibit dangerous behavior for no obvious reason is in itself fascinating. Particularly obvious in racing situations or in speed record attempts dynamic problems are also ubiquitous in everyday life and are often the cause of serious accidents. Using relatively simple mathematical models the book offers a satisfying introduction to the dynamics stability and control of vehicles. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466560857

Vehicle Electronic Systems and Fault Diagnosis The average car now contains much more electronic circuitry than would have been the case even five years ago. This leaves many technicians struggling to keep up with current developments in the repair and maintenance of these electronic systems. Often texts covering vehicle electronics dwell on unnecessary maths and general electronics principles. This practical guide discusses electronics ony within the context of the vehicle system under consideration and thus keeps theory to a minimum. Using numerous diagrams photographs and step by step instructions this book gives a clear description of vehicle electronic systems and fault diagnosos and than continues on to the testing and repair of these systems. Regular reviews and summaries help consolidate learning and make this book ideal for workshop and classroom use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180253

Vehicle Feedback and Driver Situation Awareness A potentially troubling aspect of modern vehicle design – some would argue - is a trend for isolating the driver and reducing vehicle feedback usually in the name of comfort and refinement but increasingly because of automation. There is little doubt cars have become more civilised over the years yet despite this the consequences of driver behaviour remain to a large extent anecdotal. Readers will have heard such anecdotes for themselves. They usually take the form of drivers of a certain age recalling their first cars from the 1970s or 80s in which "doing 70 mph really felt like it". The question is whether such anecdotes actually reflect a bigger more significant issue that could be better understood. Related questions have been explored in other domains such as aviation where the change to ‘fly-by-wire’ did indeed bring about some occasionally serious performance issues that were not anticipated. Despite some clear parallels automotive systems have been left relatively unstudied. The research described in this book aims to explore precisely these issues from a Human Factors perspective. This means connecting the topics of vehicle feel vehicle dynamics and automotive engineering with the latest research on driver situation awareness. The problem is explored experimentally from a variety of theoretical viewpoints but the outcomes are consistently practical. Here we have a promising new avenue along which the driver experience can be enhanced in novel and insightful ways. Tools and templates are provided so that engineers and designers can try different ways to boost vehicle safety efficiency and enjoyment from a human-centered perspective. Association of American Publishers (AAP) Finalist for the 2019 PROSE Award Features Diagnosis of how vehicle feel impacts driver situation awareness and how this could aid future vehicle designs Multi-theory approach to driver situation awareness and how different views of this important concept give rise to different insights Comprehensive analysis of situation awareness in driving the information requirements of drivers and how these needs can be supported Practical descriptions of how state-of-science Human Factors methods have been applied in practice Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781472426581

Vehicle Scheduling in Port AutomationAdvanced Algorithms for Minimum Cost Flow Problems Second Edition Container terminals are constantly being challenged to adjust their throughput capacity to match fluctuating demand. Examining the optimization problems encountered in today’s container terminals Vehicle Scheduling in Port Automation: Advanced Algorithms for Minimum Cost Flow Problems Second Edition provides advanced algorithms for handling the scheduling of automated guided vehicles (AGVs) in ports.The research reported in this book represents a complete package that can help readers address the scheduling problems of AGVs in ports. The techniques presented are general and can easily be adapted to other areas.This book is ideal for port authorities and researchers including specialists and graduate students in operation research. For specialists it provides novel and efficient algorithms for network flow problems. For students it supplies the most comprehensive survey of the field along with a rigorous formulation of the problems in port automation.This book is divided into two parts. Part one explores the various optimization problems in modern container terminals. The second part details advanced algorithms for the minimum cost flow (MCF) problem and for the scheduling problem of AGVs in ports.The book classifies optimization problems into five scheduling decisions. For each decision it supplies an overview formulates each of the decisions as constraint satisfaction and optimization problems and then covers possible solutions implementation and performance.The book extends the dynamic network simplex algorithm the fastest algorithm for solving the minimum cost flow problem and develops four new advanced algorithms. In order to verify and validate the algorithms presented the authors discuss the implementation of the algorithm to the scheduling problem of AGVs in container terminals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575595

Vehicle SimulationPerceptual Fidelity in the Design of Virtual Environments This book covers the problem of fidelity in the design of virtual environments with specific reference to the design of vehicle simulators. The default design goal has been on the physical replication of a given real-world environment and in the case of vehicles the specific appearance and function of vehicle components. This book discusses that perceptual rather than physical fidelity of a virtual environment should be the design goal and the principal purpose is to produce human behavior. This book provides the rationale and design guidance to maximize perceptual fidelity in the development of virtual environments and therefore maximize the costeffectiveness as well. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138094529

Vehicle-to-Vehicle and Vehicle-to-Infrastructure CommunicationsA Technical Approach This book focuses on the most critical technical aspects of vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) and vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I) communications. It covers the smart city concept and architecture and explains how V2V and V2I fit into it. It describes the wireless communication protocols for V2V and V2I. It then explains the hardware design process for vehicle communication transceiver and antenna systems. It explains next-generation wireless technologies and their requirements for vehicle communication protocols. Case studies provide the latest V2V and V2I commercial design details. Finally it describes how to implement vehicle communication protocol from practical hardware design angle. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367572020

Vehicular NetworksFrom Theory to Practice In spite of their importance and potential societal impact there is currently no comprehensive source of information about vehicular ad hoc networks (VANETs). Cohesively integrating the state of the art in this emerging field Vehicular Networks: From Theory to Practice elucidates many issues involved in vehicular networking including traffic engineering human factors studies and novel computer science research. Divided into six broad sections the book begins with an overview of traffic engineering issues such as traffic monitoring and traffic flow modeling. It then introduces governmental and industrial efforts in the United States and Europe to set standards and perform field tests on the feasibility of vehicular networks. After highlighting innovative applications enabled by vehicular networks the book discusses several networking-related issues including routing and localization. The following section focuses on simulation which is currently the primary method for evaluating vehicular networking systems. The final part explores the extent and impact of driver distraction with in-vehicle displays. Encompassing both introductory and advanced concepts this guide covers the various areas that impact the design of applications for vehicular networks. It details key research challenges offers guidance on developing future standards and supplies valuable information on existing experimental studies. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138116597

Vehicular NetworksTechniques Standards and Applications As Vehicular Networks technology enters a critical phase in its evolution academic institutions industry and governments worldwide are investing significant resources into large-scale deployment of such networks in order to leverage its benefits to communication road safety and improved traffic flow. Despite the current proliferation of conferences to address the technical policy and economic challenges associated with this exciting new technology notably absent is a self-contained book that integrates and covers these topics in sufficient detail.Vehicular Networks: Techniques Standards and Applications examines the latest advances in the evolution of vehicular networks presenting invaluable state-of-the-art ideas and solutions for professionals and academics at work on numerous international development and deployment projects. A versatile text it cross-references all key aspects including medium access scheduling mobility services market introduction and standard specifications. This informative guide:Describes the roles of networks operators car manufacturers service providers and governmental authorities in development of vehicular technologyIllustrates the benefits and real-life applications of vehicular networksAnalyzes possible business models for network deploymentExamines potential services and possible deployment architecturesExplores the technical challenges of deployment including use of MAC protocols routing data dissemination dynamic IP autoconfiguration mobility management security and driver/passenger privacy Illustrative Figures to Clarify Both Basic and Advanced ConceptsUsing simplified language this book elucidates the distinct behavior and characteristics that disti Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367385781

Vehicular Social Networks The book provides a comprehensive guide to vehicular social networks. The book focuses on a new class of mobile ad hoc networks that exploits social aspects applied to vehicular environments. Selected topics are related to social networking techniques social-based routing techniques applied to vehicular networks data dissemination in VSNs architectures for VSNs and novel trends and challenges in VSNs. It provides significant technical and practical insights in different aspects from a basic background on social networking the inter-related technologies and applications to vehicular ad-hoc networks the technical challenges implementation and future trends. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367573805

Veiled RealityAn Analysis Of Present- Day Quantum Mechanical Concepts By questioning the validity of some of our basic concepts such as space object and causality quantum physics contributes quite decisively to the dramatic changes now taking place in our world picture.This book is addressed not only to physicists at an early stage in their careers (the first or second year graduate student) but also to philosophers as well as to all the senior physicists interested in the interpretation problem. Beginning with a chapter that could be described as ?philosophy for physicists ? it presents an in-depth analysis of present-day quantum mechanical concepts an analysis of physicists and philosophers alike. Specifically it first offers an extensive critical analysis of such topics as the Einstein Podolsky Rosen reality criterion nonseparatability the quantum measurement riddle decoherence theory consistent histories approaches and ontologically interpretable theories. All this then naturally leads to philosophical questions concerning in particular intersubjective agreement and the limit of realism. And a thorough examination of this whole material finally leads to the view that distinguishing between empirical reality and a veiled man-independent reality yields an acceptable answer to the perplexing question of how to interpret quantum physics. Veiled Reality offers nonspecialists including students in physics philosophy and the history of science an accessible perspective on basic problems in the foundations of physics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367091989

Veiled WomenVolume I: The Disappearance of Nuns from Anglo-Saxon England There is no published account of the history of religious women in England before the Norman Conquest. Yet female saints and abbesses such as Hild of Whitby or Edith of Wilton are among the most celebrated women recorded in Anglo-Saxon sources and their stories are of popular interest. This book offers the first general and critical assessment of female religious communities in early medieval England. It transforms our understanding of the different modes of religious vocation and institutional provision and thereby gives early medieval women’s history a new foundation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315264196

Vein Pattern RecognitionA Privacy-Enhancing Biometric As one of the most promising biometric technologies vein pattern recognition (VPR) is quickly taking root around the world and may soon dominate applications where people focus is key. Among the reasons for VPR’s growing acceptance and use: it is more accurate than many other biometric methods it offers greater resistance to spoofing it focuses on people and their privacy and has few negative cultural connotations. Vein Pattern Recognition: A Privacy-Enhancing Biometric provides a comprehensive and practical look at biometrics in general and at vein pattern recognition specifically. It discusses the emergence of this reliable but underutilized technology and evaluates its capabilities and benefits. The author Chuck Wilson an industry veteran with more than 25 years of experience in the biometric and electronic security fields examines current and emerging VPR technology along with the myriad applications of this dynamic technology. Wilson explains the use of VPR and provides an objective comparison of the different biometric methods in use today—including fingerprint eye face voice recognition and dynamic signature verification. Highlighting current VPR implementations including its widespread acceptance and use for identity verification in the Japanese banking industry the text provides a complete examination of how VPR can be used to protect sensitive information and secure critical facilities. Complete with best-practice techniques the book supplies invaluable guidance on selecting the right combination of biometric technologies for specific applications and on properly implementing VPR as part of an overall security system. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138115316

VekhiLandmarks A collection of essays first published in Moscow in 1909. Writing from various points of view the authors reflect the diverse experiences of Russia's failed 1905 revolution. Condemned by Lenin and rediscoverd by dissidents this translation has relevance for discussions on contemporary Russia. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315287058

Vendors and Library Acquisitions This book first published in 1991 addresses the sometimes troublesome relationships between acquisitions librarians and the jobbers with whom they work. Various issues are explored to establish the most efficient and satisfactory methods of selecting a vendor the way to gain expertise in evaluating the system and the best ways to reach a successful relationship with the vendor and the public served by the library. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367375164

Veneration to the EldersÅšIVAKŌṬYÄ€CÄ€RYA’S VAḌḌĀRÄ€DHANE Åšivakōṭyācārya’s Vaḍḍārādhane (Veneration to the Elders) is the earliest extant prose work in Kannada language written by Åšivakōṭyācārya during 940 CE. This classical text reflects the oral tradition of narrating stories of legendary religious ascetics based on the gāhās which were taken from BhagavatÄ« Ä€rādhanā. This is a peculiar but commendable way of present­ing stories of the senior and respectable ascetics combining oral and written styles of narration. Thus Vaḍḍārādhane stands as an excellent example for an ancient classical text fit for linguistic and cultural study. Each story in this collection is wonderful in its own way. Generally religious stories do not evoke interest but present a series of dull events. However this text is full of incidents depicting human values ways of wicked people self-imposed vows violence and non-violence and human life with all types of experiences. Another distinguishing feature of Vaḍḍārādhane is that there is not a whiff of intolerance towards other religions or faiths or sects and this is most remarkable when we recall that most of our early writings indulge in belittling doctrines of faiths other than their own. This positive attitude in a sense makes this religious text absolutely liberal and almost secular. Vaḍḍārādhane is now rendered into contemporary English by a team of writers and linguists. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367676216

Vengeance in the Middle AgesEmotion Religion and Feud This volume aims to balance the traditional literature available on medieval feuding with an exploration of other aspects of vengeance and culture in the Middle Ages. A diverse assortment of interdisciplinary essays from scholars in Europe and North America contest or enlarge traditional approaches to and interpretations of vengeance in the Middle Ages. Each essay attempts to clarify the multifaceted experience of vengeance within a specific medieval context”a particular region a particular text a particular social movement. By asking what relationship a distinct factor like authorship or religion has with the concept of vengeance each author points towards the breadth of meanings of medieval vengeance and to the heart of the deeper and broader questions that spur scholarly interest in the subject. Geographically the essays in the volume highlight Western Europe (particularly the Anglo-Norman world) Scotland Ireland Spain and Portugal. Thematically the essays are concerned with heroic cultures of vengeance vengeance as a legal and political tool Christian justification and expression of vengeance literature and the distinction between discourse and reality and the emotions of vengeance. Methodologically these interdisciplinary studies incorporate tools borrowed from anthropology the study of emotion and modern social and literary theories. This volume is aimed at professional scholars and graduate students within the broad field of medieval studies including the subfields of history literature and religious studies and is intended to inspire further research on medieval vengeance. However this collection will also prove interesting to non-medievalists interested in the history of emotion the justification of human conflict and the concept of feud and its applicability to specific historical periods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367740122

Venice and the Cultural Imagination'This Strange Dream upon the Water' In the era of the Grand Tour Venice was the cultural jewel in the crown of Europe and the epitome of decadence. This edited collection of eleven essays draws on a range of disciplines and approaches to ask how Venice’s appeal has affected Western culture since 1800. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661561

Venous Access Made Easy This book provides simple and practical instructions on how to perform safe and easy venous cannulation and how to insert midlines and PICC lines using ultrasound. It aidsunderstanding of the relevant anatomy shows how to use the ultrasound machine and how to insert such lines using ultrasound guidance. Readers will feel confident and well prepared to deal with patients requiring difficult venous access giving them simple solutions that can be learned very quickly. These skills will also be globally beneficial for patients and healthcare institutions alike. Follows the trends of the NHS and riding the wave of the midline/PICC line revolution Compact and affordable highly relevant to daily practice Useful for specialists and generalists alike truly multi-disciplinary Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138335363

Venous and Lymphatic Diseases With an invaluable selection of color images this guide authoritatively covers the identification assessment pathophysiology epidemiology and treatment of disorders affecting the venous and lymphatic anatomy. Written by experts from several fields this source considers topics including the management of deep venous thrombosis chronic venous insufficiency venous trauma and surgical and pharmacologic therapies for these conditions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390853

Venous Ultrasound Venous Ultrasound 2e is the essential text for anyone involved in the treatment of chronic venous disease. It provides specific information on ultrasound as it is applied to chronic insufficiency including history general techniques examples of anatomy and protocols for performing ultrasound on patients and discussions on key aspects of interpretation of sonographic findings. Updated to include the outcome and impact of three recent studies the ATTRACT trial the EVRA study and the VIDIO imaging trial. An entire chapter is dedicated to iliac venous and stent imaging for those interested in expanding practice based on the mentioned studies. Also included is specific protocol for imaging of the pelvic area with focus on the pelvic congestion and reflux affecting this anatomic area. This text demonstrates that as imaging techniques improve so too will the understanding of venous pathologies increase and the burdens of their respective pathologies. Pelvic Congestion iliofemoral and late stage disease can be interrogated with a non-invasive approach using the techniques included prior to interventional procedures. This fully updated new edition includes coverage of new ablation techniques which include non- thermal and non- tumescent therapies for venous insufficiency – these have unique ultrasound properties on what to see look for and observe in intra and post- operative situations. Focusing on the fundamentals that every phlebologist needs to know the color illustrations and numerous line drawings complement the text for a complete learning experience. Key features: Covers anatomy related to venous insufficiency and obstruction Protocols with step by step approaches for those new to certain exams Includes useful diagrams and images to aid understanding Thoroughly up to date with all the latest information for those practicing venous therapies Venous Ultrasound 2e is valuable for sonographers and physicians alike; including phlebologists general and vascular surgeons physicians radiologists angiologists interventional cardiologist mid-levels and nurses who work in this area. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367354145

Ventilation and Airflow in BuildingsMethods for Diagnosis and Evaluation Energy efficiency in buildings requires among other things that ventilation be appropriately dimensioned: too much ventilation wastes energy and insufficient ventilation leads to poor indoor air quality and low comfort. Studies have shown that ventilation systems seldom function according to their commissioned design. They have also shown that airflow measurement results are essential in improving a ventilation system. This key handbook explains why ventilation in buildings should be measured and describes how to measure it giving applied examples for each measurement method. The book will help building physicists and ventilation engineers to properly commission ventilation systems and appropriately diagnose ventilation problems throughout the life of a building. Drawing on over 20 years of experience and the results of recent international research projects this is the definitive guide to diagnosing airflow patterns within buildings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986695

Ventilation for Healthy Buildings: Reducing the Impact of Urban Air Pollution This report provides practical guidance on developing effective ventilation strategies for reducing the ingress of external pollution into buildings while at the same time maintaining adequate ventilation. It takes into account relevant air pollutant sources (near and far) and assesses their combined impact before providing a potential ventilation strategy. Building designers are increasingly being encouraged to consider sustainable or low-energy ventilation as a primary design option for both new-build and refurbishment projects. Guidelines on ventilation requirements usually assume that the external air supply is fresh and largely free from pollutants. However incoming air may be contaminated by externally generated pollutants which can render the incoming air harmful and put the occupants' health at risk. The guidance concentrates on non-domestic buildings in urban areas since these contain the highest density of buildings and population and usually the highest external pollution loads. However the principles can be applied to domestic buildings and those in more open environments. It has been written primarily for the UK but it can be applied in other countries using appropriate data sources. Media > Books > Print Books IHS BRE Press 9781848061477

Ventilation SystemsDesign and Performance This comprehensive reference guide to ventilation systems provides up-to-date knowledge based on the experience of internationally-recognized experts to deal with current and future ventilation requirements in buildings. Presenting the most recent developments in ventilation research and its applications this book covers the fundamentals as well as more advanced topics. With rigorous coverage for researchers and a practical edge for building professionals Ventilation Systems is the one stop guide for the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367387921

Ventilator Management Strategies for Critical Care This state-of-the-art reference provides current and effective disease-specific strategies for the management of patients receiving mechanical ventilation-emphasizing weaning processes monitored sedation minimization of complications and infection and new modes of treatment for patients in critical care. Exploring ancillary approaches noninvasive positive pressure ventilation oxygenation and bronchodilator therapy as options to optimize cost and reduce injury Ventilator Management Strategies for Critical Care discusses methods to diagnose manage and avoid ventilator-associated pneumoniaconsequences of extubation failuremechanics of true closed-loop ventilationneuromuscular blocking agents and physiological disturbancestherapy for chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD)and more!With contributions by over 40 seasoned experts in the field Ventilator Management Strategies for Critical Care is a valuable resource for intensive or critical care and pulmonary or critical care specialists surgical critical care specialists anesthesiologists physiologists physiatrists and rehabilitation physicians respiratory therapists and medical school and graduate students in these disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397265

Ventilatory Support for Chronic Respiratory Failure As our population continues to grow more and more patients are becoming dependent on long-term ventilatory support. Therefore the need for quality options such as home mechanical ventilation is fast becoming a necessity. Ventilatory Support For Chronic Respiratory Failure (CRF) is the first resource to authoritatively address the needs of the acute or chronic respiratory patient through the transition from the hospital to the home-care setting. This reference covers best practices in the management of CRF patients who are:clinically stableventilator dependent in an institutional settingtransitioning back to the communitylikely to require home-based careCovering ethical and economic management issues as well as perspectives from renowned national and international specialists this guide:guides clinicians through transitional care stages from weaning in the acute care setting to long-term ventilation in the homediscusses topics rarely detailed in acute care texts such as physical therapy and secretion clearancecontains a chapter focused on the special care needs of the CRF patient including nutritional concerns pressure ulcers pneumonia and speech challenges Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387686

Venture Capital (Routledge Revivals)International Comparions First published in 1990 this is the first text to offer a goegraphicand regional study of venture capitalism. Although the importance of this type of capitalism in creating and nurturing small firms has long been recognized it does not have a uniform global character. Drawing on previously unused data Green's book offers a geographic comparison which displays the diverse forms of venture capitalist markets from the well established to the newly emerging and the rapidly dissapearing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415611091

Venture Capital and Firm PerformanceThe Korean Experience in a Global Perspective This book provides an analysis of the impact on underpricing and long-term performance of venture capital in IPOs and of the ownership characteristics of venture capital companies. It investigates the performance of IPOs in Korea during the dot-com bubble-and-bust period. The book looks at venture capital firms and their participation their reputation and conflicts of interests particularly in the context of the development of a new secondary stock market in an emerging market and these factors affect the pricing and performance effects of IPO firms.This book is a useful reference to those interested in promoting an active KOSDAQ type of stock market and understanding how venture capitalists and their institutional affiliation may reduce information asymmetry and add value of IPO firms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594749

Venture Capital InvestmentAn Agency Analysis of UK Practice Gavin Reid presents a systematic analysis of what drives investor-investee relations in venture capital markets. In the first analytical work to use a unified framework he draws upon a modern and general approach to contracting relations namely principal-agent analysis. This book establishes a clear theoretical framework involving risk management information handling and the 'trading' of risk and information. Using powerful modern theory as a general and coherent frame of reference to analyse an extensive body of new evidence the author shows how top investors manage risk and monitor investees and examines the best relationship between investor and investee. Exploring the principles governing high-risk/high-return investment this is a unique insight into the turbulent world of the venture capitalist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757430

Venture Capital PerformanceA Comparative Study of Investment Practices in Europe and the USA European venture capital (VC) funds have historically underperformed their US counterparts. This has resulted in reduced investment into European VC by the traditional institutional investors. This book investigates the factors that give rise to the performance difference. It is based on the author’s research at the Adam Smith Business School University of Glasgow which involved a qualitative study of some 64 VC firms in the UK continental Europe and the US supplemented by 40 interviews with other stakeholders including limited partner investors corporate venturers entrepreneurs and advisors. Readers will gain an in-depth understanding of the various structural operational and wider environmental factors that impact on the performance difference between UK/European and US VC funds. The study is unique in that it provides for the first time a holistic and extensive analysis of the entire investment process from sourcing deals to exiting deals specifically contrasting Europe and the US in terms of the variables pertaining to the investment process and the impact on the fund performance. Factors impacting on the performance differential are structural resulting from characteristics of the funds themselves operational such as the investment practices of the VC firms which manage the funds and environmental such as culture and attitude to risk and the wider ecosystem in which the funds operate. These factors are set out clearly for the reader. The characteristics of the better performing funds in Europe and the US are also investigated. The book is aimed at academics who are researching venture capital fund performance and investment practices and also at practitioners advisors and policymakers who want to learn about best VC investment practices. Whilst the book is focused on European and US VC investing the best practices are also pertinent for VC firms and funds setting up in other geographies particularly in emerging markets. To this end best practice guidelines based on the research are included. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367331610

Ventures in CriminologySelected recent papers Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1964 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869034

Venturing in International FirmsContexts and Cases in a High-Tech World This book gives students a new perspective on entrepreneurial venturing in an international context. By analyzing the dynamics in international companies they will be armed with the skills they need to build successful strategies for entering new international markets. Williams presents a framework built around four contexts for international venturing: headquarters-driven through internal capabilities; subsidiary-driven through peripheral capabilities; headquarters-driven through external capabilities; and subsidiary-driven though external capabilities. Through this students gain insight into the conditions that enable venturing in different types of MNEs the mechanisms by which MNEs pursue international opportunities and the leadership and managerial challenges of developing entrepreneurial capabilities across borders. Following a definition and analysis of each context the book synthesizes the outcomes in an integrative way providing implications for strategic leaders in international firms as well as for researchers and students. These contexts are used to frame the literature and engage with eight topical cases which are also published in full in the Appendix of the book. With case studies from around the world that focus both on smaller and larger enterprises Venturing in International Firms will give students of international entrepreneurship corporate entrepreneurship and international business an edge when venturing internationally in the real world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138731394

Venue 2 First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472969

Venus and AdonisCritical Essays This is the first collection of critical essays devoted exclusively to Shakespeare's first published work his long narrative poem Venus and Adonis which established his reputation as the literary darling of London and the heir of Ovid.  Particularly important is the book's coverage of the little-known presence of Venus and Adonis on stage.A substantial introduction of 65 pagessurveys the history of criticism about the poem and its significance and addresses such issues as the burdens of readership and the poem as a staged production. Following are 19 reprinted works from the 18th to late 20th centuries and seven original essays by leading scholars that examine the poem from a variety of theoretical and critical perspectives-Lacanian desire semiotics and Elizabethan wardship female readership mythology aesthetics and art history. An extensive chronological bibliography of scholarship editions and theatrical and literary reviews makes this volume indispensable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864306

Venus in the DarkBlackness and Beauty in Popular Culture In this second edition of the remarkable and now classic cultural history of black women’s beauty Venus in the Dark Janell Hobson explores the enduring figure of the "Hottentot Venus" and the history of critical and artistic responses to her by black women in contemporary photography film literature music and dance. In 1810 Sara Baartman was taken from South Africa to Europe where she was put on display at circuses salons museums and universities as the "Hottentot Venus." The subsequent legacy of representations of black women’s sexuality—from Josephine Baker to Serena Williams to hip-hop and dancehall videos—refer back to her iconic image. Via a new preface Hobson argues for the continuing influence of Baartman’s legacy as her image still reverberates through the contemporary marketization of black women’s bodies from popular music and pornography to advertising. A brand new chapter explores how historical echoes from previous eras map onto highly visible bodies in the twenty-first century. It analyzes fetishistic spectacles of the black "booty " with particular emphasis on the role of Beyoncé Knowles in the popularization of the "bootylicious" body and the counter-aesthetic the singer has gone on to advance for black women’s bodies and beauty politics. By studying the imagery of the "Hottentot Venus " from the nineteenth century to now readers are invited to confront the racial and sexual objectification and embodied resistance that make up a significant part of black women’s experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138237629

Verbal DeficitA Critique Originally published in 1981. Verbal deficit theories try to account for differential educational attainments in linguistic terms suggesting that children reach varying levels of success in school as a result of their ability or inability to express themselves and relate this to social class. This critique considers such theories especially in the form propounded by Bernstein primarily from a sociolinguistic viewpoint but with special attention to the historical and educational context behind the theories. It claims that verbal deficit theories are not only unscientific and non-linguistic but are educationally damaging as well and proposes instead a linguistic ‘difference’ theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138352872

Verbal Hygiene In Verbal Hygiene Deborah Cameron takes a serious look at popular attitudes towards language and examines the practices by which people attempt to regulate its use. Instead of dismissing the practice of ‘verbal hygiene’ as a misguided and pernicious exercise she argues that popular discourse about language values – good and bad right and wrong – serves an important function for those engaged in it. A series of case studies deal with specific examples of verbal hygiene: the regulation of ‘style’ by editors the teaching of English grammar in schools the movements for and against so-called ‘politically correct’ language and the advice given to women on how they can speak more effectively. This Routledge Linguistics Classic includes a new foreword which looks at how the issues covered in the case studies have developed over time and a new afterword which discusses new concerns which have emerged in the last 15 years from the regimentation of language in the workplace to panics about immigration and terrorism which are expressed in linguistic terms. Addressed to linguists to professional language-users of all kinds and to anyone interested in language and culture Verbal Hygiene calls for legitimate concerns about language and value to be discussed by experts and lay-speakers alike in a rational and critical spirit. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415696005

Verbal Protocols in Literacy ResearchNature of Global Reading Development This volume offers an updated analysis of the methodology of reading and reading research since 1995 when the landmark book Verbal Protocols of Reading: The Nature of Constructively Responsive Reading by Michael Pressley and Peter Afflerbach was published. It offers a thorough cross-analysis of the conscious processes experienced during reading the structure of reading comprehension and its application to more current initiatives such as Common Core State Standards and Response to Intervention. It also provides a detailed analysis of Constructively Responsive Reading through relevant online self-report studies in reading and reading comprehension behavior. It is a fresh and comprehensive volume that speaks not only to reading researchers but to literacy teachers at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138084810

Verbal Protocols of ReadingThe Nature of Constructively Responsive Reading Researchers from a variety of disciplines have collected verbal protocols of reading as a window on conscious reading processes. Because such work has occurred in different disciplines many who have conducted verbal protocol analyses have been unaware of the research of others. This volume brings together the existing literature from the various fields in which verbal protocols of reading have been generated. In so doing the authors provide an organized catalog of all conscious verbal processes reported in studies to date -- the most complete analysis of conscious reading now available in the literature. When the results of all of the studies are considered there is clear support for a number of models of reading comprehension including reader response theories schema perspectives executive processing models and bottom-up approaches such as the one proposed by van Dijk and Kintsch. The summary of results also demonstrates that none of the existing models goes far enough. Thus a new framework -- constructively responsive reading -- is described. This new model encompasses reader response schematic and executive processing and induction from word- and phrase-level comprehension to higher-order meaning. The important concept in this new model is that readers respond to bits and pieces of text as they are encountered all as part of the overarching goal of constructing meaning from text. This volume also includes a critical review of the thinking aloud methodology as it has been used thus far. This examination suggests that it continues to be an immature methodology and that much work is needed if a complete theory of conscious processing during reading is to be developed via verbal protocol analysis. Finally after reviewing what has been accomplished to date the authors provide extensive discussion of the work that remains to be done and the adequacy of the verbal protocol methodology for permitting telling conclusions about text processing. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203052938

Verbalising Visual MemoriesA Special Issue of the European Journal of Cognitive Psychology This special issue Verbalising Visual Memories comprises research on: (a) verbal interference and facilitation in face and person processing; (b) similarities and differences between effects of verbalisation and processing in the Navon task (Navon 1977); and (c) effects of verbalisation in visual imagery and object memory. It is clear that verbal processes influence the encoding storage and retrieval of visual information. Moreover different forms of verbal interference and facilitation are likely to be due to different mechanisms in different contexts. The state-of-the-art is that we are just beginning to understand the rich complexity of the problem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138877795

Verbal-Visual Configurations in Postcolonial LiteratureIntermedial Aesthetics Examining a range of contemporary Anglophone texts this book opens up postcolonial and transcultural studies for discussions of visuality and vision. It argues that the preoccupation with visual practices in Anglophone literatures addresses the power of images vision and visual aesthetics to regulate cultural visibility and modes of identification in an unevenly structured world. The representation of visual practices in the imaginative realm of fiction opens up a zone in which established orders of the sayable and visible may be revised and transformed. In 12 chapters the book examines narrative fiction by writers such as Michael Ondaatje Derek Walcott Salman Rushdie David Dabydeen and NoViolet Bulawayo who employ word-image relations to explore the historically fraught links between visual practices and the experience of modernity in a transcultural context. Against this conceptual background the examination of verbal-visual relations will illustrate how Anglophone fiction models alternative modes of re-presentation that reflect critically on hegemonic visual regimes and reach out for new more pluralized forms of exchange. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367360146

Verdi�s Exceptional Women: Giuseppina Strepponi and Teresa Stolz This investigation offers new perspectives on Giuseppe Verdi’s attitudes to women and the functions which they fulfilled for him. The book explores Verdi’s professional and personal relationship with women who were exceptional within the traditional socio-sexual structure of patria potestà in the context of women’s changing status in nineteenth-century Italian society. It focusses on two women; the singers Giuseppina Strepponi who supported and enhanced Verdi’s creativity at the beginning of his professional life and Teresa Stolz who sustained his sense of self-worth at its end. Each was an essential emotional benefactor without whom Verdi’s career would not have been the same. The subject of the Strepponi-Verdi marriage and the impact of Strepponi’s past deserve further detailed and nuanced discussion. This book demonstrates Verdi’s shifting power-balance with Strepponi as she sought to retain intellectual self-respect while his success and control increased. The negative stereotypes concerning operatic ‘divas’ do not withstand scrutiny when applied either to Strepponi or to Stolz. This book presents a revisionist appraisal of Stolz through close examination of her letters. Revealing Stolz’s value to Verdi they also provide contemporary operatic criticism and behind-the-scenes comment some excerpts of which are published here in English for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888534

VergilianaCritical Studies on the Texts of Publius Vergilius Maro In Vergiliana Egil Kraggerud collects together over 100 new revised and previously published discussions of textual issues in Vergil’s Eclogues Georgics and the Aeneid. Through these and in his Introduction the author argues for a less conservative approach to these texts than has been fashionable among 20th century editors and commentators. This profoundly learned engaging and valuable contribution is a critical resource for anyone working on the works of Vergil at both under- and postgraduate level written by one of the most respected scholars in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890209

Verification 1995Arms Control Peacekeeping And The Environment This fifth volume of annual reviews of developments in the implementation of arms control and environmental agreements and in peacekeeping activities covers recent developments. It discusses nuclear proliferation nuclear testing a fissile materials cut-off and the counter-proliferation concept. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215651

Verification 1996Arms Control Peacekeeping And The Environment This sixth issue of Verification on the aspects of international arms control and disarmament agreements documents the developments in the field during 1995. It discusses the anniversaries of the Second World War the atomic bombing on Hiroshima and Nagasaki and the United Nations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215668

Verification 1997The Vertic Yearbook Frequently consulted for its knowledge of international and national agreements and for its technical expertise VERTIC is the first port of call for many TV and radio journalists. The new 1997 volume is divided into two parts. The first half of the book contains twelve original essays analyzing the arms control peacekeeping and environmental issues in 1996. The second half contains a greatly expanded collection of twenty-one primary documents that scholars and policy practitioners will find indispensable--from the Cairo Declaration to the Declaration of the Moscow Nuclear Safety Summit to the complete text of the Comprehensive Test Ban Treaty and the attendant declarations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367098957

Verification and Validation of Rule-Based Expert Systems This book presents an innovative approach to verifying and validating rule-based expert systems. It features a complete set of techniques and tools that provide a more formal objective and automated means of carrying out verification and validation procedures. Many of the concepts behind these procedures have been adapted from conventional software while others have required that new techniques or tools be created because of the uniqueness of rule-based expert systems. Verification and Validation of Rule-Based Expert Systems is a valuable reference for electrical engineers software engineers artificial intelligence experts and computer scientists involved with object-oriented development expert systems and programming languages. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315214238

Verification in Economics and History (Routledge Revivals)A sequel to 'scientifization' Attitudes and methods derived from the hard sciences have become increasingly commonplace in the human and social sciences. Whilst this 'scientifization' process has undoubtedly fostered the growth of knowledge within history and economics these are disciplines where verification as practised in the pure sciences is not appropriate. This book first published in 1991 argues constructively for a new interpretation of scientific verification within economics and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415612074

VerificationHow Much is Enough? Originally published in 1985 the level of anxiety and suspicion between the USA and the USSR had rarely been higher. Many advocates of arms control believed that effective verification would reduce tensions and lessen the risk of war. This book analyses the two main issues of verification. One is technological: what are the present capabilities of various verification techniques and what is their potential? The devices and methods currently employed by the two major nuclear powers and by international organizations to monitor the compliance of states with arms control or disarmament treaties are examined. The second issue is political: how do US and Soviet approaches compare what are the roles of domestic and bureaucratic politics and on what criteria can a workable standard of adequacy be based? In short how much is enough? Although the study concludes that a number of significant arms control measures can already be adequately verified modern weapons are becoming more mobile and it is becoming easier to conceal them. There is a danger that the ability to hide weapons will outstrip the ability to find them. Verification cannot promise to detect all violations; a workable standard of adequacy in verification must derive from the ability to detect militarily significant violations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367523404

VerificationMonitoring Disarmament  Since 1957 the Pugwash Conferences have brought together influential scholars and public figures concerned with reducing the danger of nuclear war. Meeting in private as individuals rather than as representatives of their governments or institutions Pugwash participants exchange views with a combination of candour and flexibility seldom found i Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215804

Verifying Nuclear Disarmament Fifty years into the nuclear non-proliferation treaty (NPT) regime the risks of nuclear war terrorism and the threat of further proliferation remain. A lack of significant progress towards disarmament will cast doubt upon the viability of the NPT. By recognizing that certain fissile materials are essential to every nuclear weapon and that controlling their usage provides the foundation for international efforts to limit their spread this book presents a comprehensive framework for nuclear disarmament.Based upon phased reductions Shea provides a mechanism for the disposal of weapon-origin fissile material and controls on peaceful nuclear activities and non-explosive military uses. He explores the technological means for monitoring and verification the legal arrangements required to provide an enduring foundation and a financial structure which will enable progress. This book will be invaluable to professional organizations arms control NGOs government officials scientists and politicians. It will also appeal to academics and postgraduate researchers working on security studies disarmament diplomacy and the politics and science of verification. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586942

Verilog HDL Design Examples The Verilog language provides a means to model a digital system at many levels of abstraction from a logic gate to a complex digital system to a mainframe computer. The purpose of this book is to present the Verilog language together with a wide variety of examples so that the reader can gain a firm foundation in the design of the digital system using Verilog HDL. The Verilog projects include the design module the test bench module and the outputs obtained from the simulator that illustrate the complete functional operation of the design. Where applicable a detailed review of the theory of the topic is presented together with the logic design principles—including: state diagrams Karnaugh maps equations and the logic diagram. Numerous examples and homework problems are included throughout. The examples include logical operations counters of different moduli half adders full adders a carry lookahead adder array multipliers different types of Moore and Mealy machines and arithmetic logic units (ALUs). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138099951

Verilog HDLDigital Design and Modeling Emphasizing the detailed design of various Verilog projects Verilog HDL: Digital Design and Modeling offers students a firm foundation on the subject matter. The textbook presents the complete Verilog language by describing different modeling constructs supported by Verilog and by providing numerous design examples and problems in each chapter. Examples include counters of different moduli half adders full adders a carry lookahead adder array multipliers different types of Moore and Mealy machines and much more. The text also contains information on synchronous and asynchronous sequential machines including pulse-mode asynchronous sequential machines.In addition it provides descriptions of the design module the test bench module the outputs obtained from the simulator and the waveforms obtained from the simulator illustrating the complete functional operation of the design. Where applicable a detailed review of the topic's theory is presented together with logic design principles including state diagrams Karnaugh maps equations and the logic diagram. Verilog HDL: Digital Design and Modeling is a comprehensive self-contained and inclusive textbook that carries all designs through to completion preparing students to thoroughly understand this popular hardware description language. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219547

Vermeer's Family SecretsGenius Discovery and the Unknown Apprentice Johannes Vermeer one of the greatest Dutch painters and for some the single greatest painter of all produced a remarkably small corpus of work. In Vermeer's Family Secrets Benjamin Binstock revolutionizes how we think about Vermeer's work and life. Vermeer The Sphinx of Delft is famously a mystery in art: despite the common claim that little is known of his biography there is actually an abundance of fascinating information about Vermeer’s life that Binstock brings to bear on Vermeer’s art for the first time; he also offers new interpretations of several key documents pertaining to Vermeer that have been misunderstood. Lavishly illustrated with more than 180 black and white images and more than sixty color plates the book also includes a remarkable color two-page spread that presents the entirety of Vermeer's oeuvre arranged in chronological order in 1/20 scale demonstrating his gradual formal and conceptual development. No book on Vermeer has ever done this kind of visual comparison of his complete output. Like Poe's purloined letter Vermeer's secrets are sometimes out in the open where everyone can see them. Benjamin Binstock shows us where to look. Piecing together evidence the tools of art history and his own intuitive skills he gives us for the first time a history of Vermeer's work in light of Vermeer's life. On almost every page of Vermeer's Family Secrets there is a perception or an adjustment that rethinks what we know about Vermeer his oeuvre Dutch painting and Western Art. Perhaps the most arresting revelation of Vermeer's Family Secrets is the final one: in response to inconsistencies in technique materials and artistic level Binstock posits that several of the paintings accepted as canonical works by Vermeer are in fact not by Vermeer at all but by his eldest daughter Maria. How he argues this is one of the book's many pleasures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861335

Vernacular and Earthen Architecture: Conservation and SustainabilityProceedings of SosTierra 2017 (Valencia Spain 14-16 September 2017) Vernacular architecture in general and earthen architecture in particular with their rich variety of forms worldwide are custodians of the material culture and identity of the peoples who built them. In addition they are widely recognized as ancestral examples of sustainability in all their variants and interpretations and the architecture of the present ought to learn from these when designing the sustainable architecture of the future. The conservation of these architectures – seemingly simple yet full of wisdom – is to be undertaken now given their intrinsic value and their status as genuine examples of sustainability to be learnt from and interpreted in contemporary architecture. Vernacular and earthen architecture: Conservation and Sustainability will be a valuable source of information for academics and professionals in the fields of Environmental Science Civil Engineering Construction and Building Engineering and Architecture. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138035461

Vernacular Architecture and Regional Design Sustainable design requires that design practitioners respond to a particular set of social cultural and environmental conditions. 'Vernacular Architecture and Regional Design' defines a set of strategies for understanding the complexities of a regional setting. Through a series of international case studies it examines how architects and designers have applied a variety of tactics to achieve culturally and environmentally appropriate design solutions. • Shows that architecture and design are inextricably linked to social and environmental processes and are not just technical or aesthetic exercises.• Articulates a variety of methods to realise goals of socially responsible and environmentally responsive design.• Calls for a principled approach to design in an effort to preserve fragile environments and forge sustainable best practice. 'Vernacular Architecture and Regional Design' will appeal to educators and professional practitioners in the fields of architecture heritage conservation and urban design. Dr. Kingston Wm. Heath is Professor and Director of the Historic Preservation Program at the University of Oregon. Previously he was Professor of Architecture at the University of North Carolina Charlotte where he taught seminars on vernacular architecture and regional design theory. He holds graduate degrees from the University of Chicago and Brown University. In addition to numerous articles in scholarly journals he is the author of Patina of Place and winner of the Abbott Lowell Cummings Award from The Vernacular Architecture Forum for excellence in a scholarly work. He has earned an international reputation in the field of vernacular architecture and has directed field schools in Italy and Croatia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177208

Vernacular Architecture in the Pre-Columbian Americas Vernacular Architecture in the Pre-Columbian Americas reveals the dynamism of the ancient past where social relations and long-term history were created posthole by posthole brick by brick. This collection shifts attention away from the elite and monumental architectural traditions of the region to instead investigate the creativity subtlety and variability of common architecture and the people who built and dwelled in them. At the heart of this study of vernacular architecture is an emphasis on ordinary people and their built environments and how these everyday spaces were pivotal in the making and meaning of social and cultural dynamics.Providing a deeper and more nuanced temporal perspective of common buildings in the Americas the editors have deftly framed a study that highlights sociocultural diversity while at the same time facilitating broader comparative conversations around the theme of vernacular architecture. With diverse case studies covering a broad range of periods and regions Vernacular Architecture in the Pre-Columbian Americas is an important addition to the growing body of scholarship on the indigenous architecture of the Americas and is a key contribution to our archaeological understandings of past built environments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876517

Vernacular Architecture: Towards a Sustainable Future Sustainability is a concept that has monopolised a large number of the scientific debates in a wide range of spheres connected not only with architecture urban planning and construction but also with the product market tourism culture etc. However sustainability is indissolubly linked to vernacular architecture and the lessons this architecture of the past can teach us for the future. The concept of sustainability as it is presented is wide-reaching and encompasses not only environmental issues but also sociocultural and socioeconomic questions. The lessons we can learn from studying vernacular architecture in these three broad spheres are manifold and can help us not only to further the conservation and retrieval of this architecture already in existence but to rethink new architecture in the light of what we have learned. Vernacular Architecture: Towards a Sustainable Future will be a valuable source of information for academics and professionals in the fields of Environmental Science Civil Engineering Construction and Building Engineering and Architecture. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138026827

Vernacular Christian Rhetoric and Civil DiscourseThe Religious Creativity of Evangelical Student Writers Vernacular Christian Rhetoric and Civil Discourse seeks to address the current gap in American public discourse between secular liberals and religiously committed citizens by focusing on the academic and public writing of millennial evangelical Christian students. Analysis of such writing reveals that the evangelical Christian faith of contemporary college students—and the rhetorical practice motivated by it—is marked by an openness to social context and pluralism that offers possibilities for civil discourse. Based on case studies of evangelical Christian student writers contextualized within nationally-representative trends as reported by the National Study of Youth and Religion and grounded in scholarship from rhetorical theory composition studies folklore studies and sociology of religion this book offers rhetorical educators a new terministic screen that reveals the complex processes at work within our students’ vernacular constructions of religious faith. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815386568

Vernacular Heritage and Earthen Architecture In a continuously changing world there has been a growing interest in the protection of vernacular heritage and earthen architecture. The need to protect and enhance this fragile heritage via intelligent responses to threats from nature and the environment has become evident. Historically vernacular heritage research focussed on philosophical aspects and surveys while earthen architecture studies emphasized earthen material and construction techniques. However for these particular forms of heritage to survive academic research had to shift its focus so as to respond to new challenges. Vernacular Heritage and Earthen Architecture gathers contributions of key international researchers from 50 countries and covers a wide variety of topics: • Cultural heritage and building cultures • Materials and construction techniques • Territory and environmental adaptation • Energy effi ciency and sustainable design • Natural hazards and risk mitigation • Education and research focus Vernacular Heritage & Earthen Architecture: Contributions for Sustainable Development discusses the threats that vernacular and earthen heritage are facing and refl ects on their important contribution to sustainable development. The book will prove to be a valuable source of information for academics researchers and professionals in the fi elds of vernacular heritage conservation architecture civil engineering and construction and can be used as a reference text for undergraduate and post-graduate courses in vernacular heritage and earthen architecture. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138000834

Vernacular Literature and Current Affairs in the Early Sixteenth CenturyFrance England and Scotland This title was first published in 2000:  The printed writings of the most important authors of the sixteenth century are characterised by frequent references to current affairs. This collection brings together essays by literary scholars and historians of the era to discuss various ways in which those writing in the vernacular during the early sixteenth century responded to contemporary events. The papers in this volume also demonstrate how the spread of literacy was of fundamental significance for the economics of book production and for ways in which political power was exercised and expressed as well as for the development of new literary forms of critical and occasional writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138719620

Vernacular RegenerationLow-income Housing Private Policing and Urban Transformation in inner-city Johannesburg Urban regeneration is currently taking place in inner-city Johannesburg. This book presents an alternative multi-layered account for reading the process of urban change and renewal.The provision of social and affordable housing and the spread of private security are explored through the lenses of neoliberal urbanism gentrification the privatisation of public space and revanchist policing. This book interrogates these concepts and challenges their assumptions based on new qualitative and ethnographic evidence emerging out of Johannesburg. Dated concepts in Critical Urban Studies are re-evaluated and the book calls for an alternative adaptable approach focusing on how we develop a vocabulary and creative understanding of urban regeneration. This book is an outstanding contribution to theoretical and comparative approaches to understanding cities and processes of urban change. It offers practical insights and experiences which will be of considerable use to practitioners policy-makers and urban planning students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586355

Vernacular Religion in Everyday LifeExpressions of Belief Vernacular religion is religion as people experience understand and practice it. It shapes everyday culture and disrupts the traditional boundaries between 'official' and 'folk' religion. The book analyses vernacular religion in a range of Christian denominations as well as in indigenous and New Age religion from the nineteenth century to today. How these differing expressions of belief are shaped by their individual communal and national contexts is also explored. What is revealed is the consistency of genres the persistence of certain key issues and how globalization in all its cultural and technological forms is shaping contemporary faith practice. The book will be valuable to students of ethnology folklore religious studies anthropology and religious studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138940710

Vernacular Universals and Language ContactsEvidence from Varieties of English and Beyond In this book contributors have been brought together to discuss the role of two major factors shaping the grammars of different varieties of English (and of other languages) all over the world: so-called vernacular universals and contact-induced change. Rather than assuming a general typological perspective the studies in this volume focus on putative universal vernacular features – significant phonological or (morpho-) syntactic parallels found in non-standard varieties of English English-based Creoles and also varieties of other languages all of which represent widely differing sociolinguistic and historical backgrounds. These universals are then set against the other major explanatory factor: contact-induced change by which we understand both the possibility of dialect contact (or dialect diffusion) and language contact (including superstratal substratal and adstratal influences). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853293

Vernacular Verse Histories in Early Medieval England and FranciaThe Bard and the Rag-picker In a provocative take on Germanic heroic poetry Taranu reads texts like Beowulf Maldon and the Waltharius as participating in alternative modes of history-writing that functioned in a larger ecology of narrative forms including Latinate Christian history and the biblical epic. These modes employed the conceit of their participating in a tradition of oral verse for a variety of purposes: from political propaganda to constructing origin myths for early medieval nationhood or heroic masculinity and sometimes for challenging these paradigms. The more complex of these historical visions actively meditated on their own relationship to truthfulness and fictionality while also performing sophisticated (and often subversive) cultural and socio-emotional work for its audiences. By rethinking canonical categories of historiographical discourse from within medieval textual productions Vernacular Verse Histories in Early Medieval England and Francia: The Bard and the Rag-Picker aims to recover a part of the wide array of narrative poetic forms through which medieval communities made sense of their past and structured their socio-emotional experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367459710

Vernaculars in the ClassroomParadoxes Pedagogy Possibilities This book draws on applied linguistics and literary studies to offer concrete means of engaging with vernacular language and literature in secondary and college classrooms. The authors embrace a language-as-resource orientation countering the popular narrative of vernaculars as problems in schools. The book is divided into two parts with the first half of the book providing linguistic and pedagogical background and the second half offering literary case studies for teaching. Part I examines the historical and continued devaluing of vernaculars in schools incorporating clear usable explanations of relevant theories. This section also outlines the central myths and paradoxes surrounding vernacular languages and literatures includes productive ways for teachers to address those myths and paradoxes and explores challenges and possibilities for vernacular language pedagogy. In Part II the authors provide pedagogical case studies using literary texts written in vernacular Englishes from around the world. Each chapter examines a vernacular-related topic and concludes with discussion questions and writing assignments; an appendix contains the poems and short stories discussed and other teaching resources. The book provides a model of interdisciplinary inquiry that can be beneficial to scholars and practitioners in composition literature and applied linguistics as well as students of all linguistic backgrounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138286818

Versailles and After 1919-1933 Ruth Henig's fully revised and extended second edition of Versailles and After includes a new chapter on recent historiography of the subject and provides students with concise coverage of the following topics: * the terms of the Treaty of Versailles* the inadeqacies of the League of Nations as a supranational peacekeeping body* why hopes of long term stability gradually faded. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138132818

Verse and Poetics in George Herbert and John Donne Innovative and highly readable this study traces George Herbert's and John Donne's development of a distinct poetics through close readings of their poems references to their letters sermons and prose treatises and to other contemporary poets and theorists. In demonstrating a relationship between poetics and religious consciousness in Donne's and Herbert's verse Frances Cruickshank explores their attitudes to the cultural theological and aesthetic enterprise of writing and reading verse. Cruickshank shows that Donne and Herbert regarded poetry as a mode not determined by its social and political contexts but as operating in and on them with its own distinct set of aesthetic and intellectual values and that ultimately verse mattered as a privileged mode of religious discourse. This book is an important contribution to the ongoing scholarly dialogue about the nature of literary and cultural study of early modern England and about the relationship between the writer and the world. Cruickshank confirms Donne's reputation as a fascinating and brilliant poetic figure while simultaneously rousing interest in Herbert by noting his unique merging of rusticity and urbanity and tranquility and uncertainty allowing the reader to enter into these poets' imaginative worlds and to understand the literary genre they embraced and then transformed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379657

Versions of Censorship Censorship and all it implies in terms both of our historical understanding and of issues of enormous moment in contemporary life defies brief definition because it is an idea that always engages our prejudices penetrates to the dim regions where our manners and mores take form and shapes our attitude to the rule law while at the same time the responses it evokes whether pernicious or benevolent depend upon the actualities of the historical moment. Censorship is fascinating because its theory demands some decision on its practice whenever there is an intellectual or political crisis; it is a measure of individual rationality and liberalism. History which has accelerated so powerfully in recent decades has diffused our attention and we tend to overlook the most urgent of the threats to ourselves from ourselves.Censorship is one of the gauges of civilization and it has always aroused men's most passionate and partisan feelings. The issues involved exploded into the modern world with John Milton's Areopagitica in 1644 and have become ever more pressing as our world has grown smaller and smaller. This anthology is therefore of urgent relevance to our own lives and times.Milton's thesis rests upon the issue of religious belief and it introduces the book's first part "Censorship and Belief." With "Censorship and Fact " the book moves to the conflict of the interests of science and freedom of speech with those of the state. In "Censorship and the Imagination " the issue turns on the question of what art is and how it functions in society. And finally comes "Self-Censorship " with Dostoievsky and Freud opening up that modern vista where neurosis and politics meet. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540279

Versions of Primary Education Getting to the heart of primary education: six contrasting studies of teachers teaching learning and classroom discourse all set in a historical frame. Contains extended lesson transcripts for re-analysis. The five studies in this book span the tumultuous period from the mid 1980s to the mid 1990s. This was a time when the dominant educational ideas and practices of the previous two decades were being questioned and primary teachers were being catapulted from the Plowden era into the very different ethos of the National Curriculum.The first four studies portray the ideas practices and dilemmas of primary teaching at different points during this period. They also exemplify different approaches to classroom research though all of them stay close to the interactions between teacher and child which are central to learning. They thus raise educational questions which are perennial and fundamental rather than tied to policy or fashion. The final study uses a broader brush to provide a historical framework for understanding the particular blend of change and continuity which characterises English primary education as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138418448

VerstehenThe Uses of Understanding in the Social Sciences In late nineteenth-century German academic circles the term verstehen (literally understanding or comprehension) came to be associated with the view that social phenomena must be understood from the point of view of the social actor. Advocates of this approach were opposed by positivists who stressed the unity of method between the social and natural sciences and an external experimental and quantitative knowledge. Although modified over time the dispute between positivists and antipositivists--nowadays called naturalists and antinaturalists--has persisted and still defines many debates in the field of philosophy of social sciences. In this volume Michael Martin offers a critical appraisal of verstehen as a method of verification and discovery as well as a necessary condition for understanding.In its strongest forms verstehen entails subjectively reliving the experience of the social actor or at least rethinking his or her thoughts while in its weaker forms it only involves reconstructing the rationale for acting. Martin's opening chapter offers a reconsideration of the debate between the classical verstehen theorists--Wilhelm Dilthey Max Weber R.G. Collingwood--and the positivists. Chapters 2 and 3 deal with positivist critiques of verstehen as a method of social scientific verification and understanding. In the subsequent chapters Martin considers contemporary varieties of the verstehen position and argues that they like the classical positions they conflict with the pluralistic nature of social science. Chapter 4 discusses Peter Winch's and William Dray's variants of verstehen while chapters 5 through 9 consider recent theorists--Karl Popper Charles Taylor Clifford Geertz--whose work can be characterized in verstehenist terms: In his conclusion Martin defines the limitations of the classical and recent verstehen positions and proposes a methodological pluralism in which verstehen is justified pragmatically in terms of the purposes and contexts of inquiry. This volume is the only comprehensive and sustained critique of verstehen theory currently available. It will be of interest to sociologists philosophers political scientists and anthropologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517745

VertebratesStructures and Functions Describing the diversity and features of various vertebrate groups ranging from the oldest living fishes to the relatively more recent evolution of mammals this book covers anatomical systems including organs and tissues as well as their function and differentiation in various vertebrate groups. The authors also discuss the evolution of vertebrate groups from the earliest extinct ancestors to current living vertebrates. The book contains illustrations to clarify various issues as well as discussions of vertebrate features that enable adaptation to aquatic and terrestrial environments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138475908

Vertellingen Verhalen bieden ons bijzonder veelzijdige en duurzame inzichten in de menselijke conditie en hebben al sinds Aristoteles de aandacht van de filosofie getrokken.Het leidmotief van Vertellingen is dat dit digitale en naar verluidt 'postmoderne' tijdperk niet de ondergang van het verhaal aankondigt maar juist zelf een bron van nieuwe verhalen vormt.Richard Kearney filosoof en schrijver ontrafelt in een heldere en meeslepende stijl waarom verhalen deze uitwerking op ons hebben en betoogt dat het onvertelde leven niet waard is om geleefd te worden.Vertellingen is onmisbaar voor iedereen die helder wil nadenken over de rol van verhalen in ons leven en onze cultuur. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138436701

Vertical and Decline Shaft SinkingGood Practices in Technique and Technology International Mining Forum 2015 Shaft sinking for underground transportation purposes is a very complex technological process in mining and geotechnology which requires specific and specially designed technological equipment. This technological process is dealt with for a long time since mining is one of the oldest industries in the world.This book presents the technical papers that were presented at the International Mining Forum 2015. The International Mining Forum (IMF) is a meeting place of scientists and professionals who are engaged in confronting ideas and experience evaluating  solutions implemented and discussing new ideas that might change the image of the mining industry. The IMF is an international activity of the School of Underground Mining the major branch event organized both by the Mineral & Energy Economy Research Institute of the Polish Academy of Sciences and AGH–University of Science & Technology of Cracow which gathering approximately 500 people from Poland and other countries every year.This year's edition of the International Mining Forum was related to specialistic underground construction. Experts presented papers related to the implementation and operation of the vertical and decline shafts.  Experience from China Germany Serbia Slovenia and Poland were shared at the meeting. The topics of papers submitted include:Application of TBM for driving declines shaftsState-of-the-Art in Blind Shaft DrillingGround freezingTechnology of shaft sinking in low-strength rocks and high natural hazards probabilitiesStatic calculations of the shaft liningsDeterminants of forecasting deformation in a shaft Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367738457

Vertical Disintegration in the Corporate Hotel IndustryThe End of Business as Usual This book evaluates how and why vertical disintegration has occurred in the global corporate hotel industry as it undergoes a structural transformation. It provides a unique insight into the new competitive landscape. Underpinned by academic literature it includes first-hand accounts from the most eminent senior executives of firms in and around the industry. It provides an in-depth perspective of a modern industrial phenomenon and makes observations as to the profitable way forward for the industry. This text is an important read for those working advising and investing in the sector as well as for students graduates and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367362317

Vertical Integration and Technological InnovationA Transaction Cost Approach Originally published in 1994 this volume investigates the relationship between a firm's decision to integrate vertically and its research and development (R & D) strategy. Literature on vertical integration is reviewed and a framework presented to analyze the costs and benefits of vertical integration. The theoretical basis for the proposed hypostheses is investigated and the hypotheses tested empirically. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138315037

Vertical UrbanismDesigning Compact Cities in China Studies of compact cities have evolved along with the rising awareness of climate change and sustainable development. Relevant debates however reveal that the prevailing definitions and practices of compact cities are tied primarily to traditional Western urban forms.This book reinterprets "compact city" and develops a ground-breaking discourse of "Vertical Urbanism" a concept that has never been critically articulated. It emphasizes "Vertical Urbanism" as a dynamic design strategy instead of a static form distinguishing it from the stereotyped concept of "vertical city" or "towers in the park" dominant in China and elsewhere and suggests its adaptability to different geographic and cultural contexts. Using Chinese cities as laboratories of investigation this book explores the design ecological and sociocultural dimensions of building compact cities and addresses important global urban issues through localized design solutions such as the relationship between density and vitality the integration of horizontal and vertical dimensions of design and the ecological and social adaptability of combinatory mega-forms. In addition through discussions with scholars from the United States China and Japan this book provides an insight into the theoretical debates surrounding "compact city" and "Vertical Urbanism" in the global context. Scholars and students in architecture and urban planning will be attracted by this book. Also it will appeal to readers with an interest in urban development and Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591595

Vertically Moderated Standard SettingA Special Issue of applied Measurement in Education First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315045900

Vertigo Released in 1958 Vertigo is widely regarded as Alfred Hitchcock’s masterpiece and one of the greatest films of all time. This is the first book devoted to exploring the philosophical aspects of Vertigo. Following an introduction by the editor that places the film in context each chapter reflects upon Hitchcock’s film from a philosophical perspective. Topics discussed include: memory loss memorialisation and creativity mimetic or representational art and art as magic the nature of romantic love gender sexual objectification and identity looking "the gaze" and voyeurism film and psychoanalysis fantasy illusion and reality the phenomenology of colour. Including annotated further reading at the end of each chapter this collection is essential reading for anyone interested in Vertigo and an ideal resource for students of film and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415494472

Very Brief Cognitive Behavioural Coaching (VBCBC) In Very Brief Cognitive Behavioural Coaching Windy Dryden presents VBCBC: a unique approach to coaching from a cognitive behavioural perspective which takes place over the course of one to three sessions. The approach is designed to help coachees identify at least one major objective discuss and select ways to achieve it and if necessary deal with obstacles that they experience in pursuing it. The book presents the basic assumptions of the Very Brief Cognitive Behavioural Coaching (VBCBC) approach how it can be understood from the perspective of working alliance theory and recommendations concerning when it can be used and when not. Dryden begins by defining coaching and explaining the aims of VBCBC before examining the input factors which can increase its effectiveness and concluding with a seven-stage process view. The book also includes a transcript of a real VBCBC session with commentary. Written clearly and accessibly this will be essential reading for coaches of all backgrounds interested in brief approaches including those in training coaching psychologists and coach supervisors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138280137

Very Brief Psychotherapy As the fields of psychiatry and clinical psychology are increasingly driven by the economics of the HMO or Mental Health Center practitioners in any setting whether it be private practice or university clinic are now forced to develop more concrete procedures and models in order to practice more efficiently. This book presents a set of procedures for brief therapy that are based entirely on the four common dynamics of psychiatry. By following the model set forth in this book psychiatrists psychologists social workers psychiatric nurses and mental health workers will be able to build an entire brief therapy program based upon the initial conditions for each patient. In Very Brief Psychotherapy Dr. James Gustafson provides the reader with the tools and techniques to make a discernable difference in a patient's life in only a few moments. The majority of people seeking help from mental health professionals are not pathological but are most often stuck in self-imposed cyclical patterns of behavior from which they cannot escape. It is the first step in any situation that leads to the iteration of the familiar circle and it is in this single step that the clinician can effect decisive change. Given a window of only five or ten minutes the practitioner armed with this approach can help a patient break out of the repeating pattern move around the impasse and take the first step onto a new trajectory. Very Brief Psychotherapy can help the practitioner make meaningful interventions in real world time and in less than ideal circumstances will radically change the reader's concepts of what can be accomplished in a day in a clinical hour or even in a single moment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865043

Very Brief Therapeutic Conversations In Very Brief Therapeutic Conversations Windy Dryden demonstrates the therapeutic value of very brief interventions in counselling psychotherapy and coaching using a wide range of techniques and skills to bring this novel approach to life. The book provides an informative and innovative guide on 'how to do' very brief therapy in 30 minutes or less. The often fascinating and universal problems the volunteers discuss as well as the goal and guiding principles of this novel therapy are explored in the first half of this book. Inspired by Ellis’s therapeutic ‘Friday Night Workshops’ transcripts from Dryden’s own therapeutic conversations at his 'live sessions' with volunteers form the second half of the book. Very Brief Therapeutic Conversations is an accessible and entertaining read for all therapists whether in training or practice who want to see very clear examples of theory being put into practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138477360

Very Large Floating Structures Groundbreaking and comprizing articles by expert contributors this volume provides a comprehensive treatment of VLFSs and their relationship with the sea marine habitats the pollution of costal waters and tidal and natural current flow.It looks in-depth at:VLFS and the colonization of ocean space with their appearance in the waters off developed coastal citieswave properties which is essential for estimating the loading on the VLFS as well as for modelling structure-fluid interactionshydroelastic and structural analysis of VLFS at an overall level and the cell levelthe analysis and design of breakwaterssimulation models to understand the actual flow of water through the VLFS and to determine the drift forces for the mooring systemsanti-corrosion and maintenance systemsnew research and developments with emphasis on the Mega-Float a 1 km long floating test runway.Well-illustrated with photographs drawings equations for mathematical modelling and analysis and extensively referenced Very Large Floating Structures is ideal for professionals academics and students of civil and structural engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367388409

Very Soft Organic Clay Applied for Road EmbankmentModelling and Optimisation Approach UNESCO-IHE PhD Delft the Netherlands In this book strategies for using very soft organic clay as a fill material for road embankment constructions are compared and an optimisation scheme is presented. Computer programs for simulation of evaporative drying for simulation of consolidation and for slope stability calculation were used to analyse clay behaviour. Field and laboratory testing programs for a trial embankment were set up in order to study the relations of parameters to examine suitability and workability of the clay and to verify the improvement methods. An optimisation technique was applied as a rational method for using very soft organic clay for road embankments leading to an economic construction. Also recommendations are presented based on a rational method for conditioning and emplacing very soft organic clay in a safe and economic way. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138468573

Very Special MathsDeveloping Thinking and Maths Skills for Pupils with Severe or Complex Learning Difficulties All children require mathematical understanding to access as full a life as possible. This practical book explores the curriculum required to accommodate the various difficulties faced by children with severe and profound learning difficulties. It describes how children’s mathematical thinking first develops and how it can be nurtured to ensure real understanding and support essential life skills. Chapters explore key concepts including: quantity recognition and counting sequence and measurement comparisons space and shape time monetary value. Mindful of the diverse challenges faced by teachers and pupils the book explains the neurological and pedagogical theories that underpin the development of early mathematical thinking. It considers how mathematical skills that will best support children’s everyday functioning can be developed. Practical ideas and activities for application in the classroom are further supported by illustrative diagrams case studies and detailed online reading to deepen teachers’ understanding and confidence when working with pupils. An essential and inspiring guide for teachers special educational needs coordinators teaching assistants and parents this text proves that with the appropriate strategies each child is able to develop the mathematical skills essential to everyday living.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138195530

Vespasian From a pre-eminent biographer in the field this volume examines the life and times of the emperor Vespasian and challenges the validity of his perennial good reputation and universally acknowledged achievements. Levick examines how this plebeian and uncharismatic Emperor restored peace and confidence to Rome and ensured a smooth succession how he coped with the military political and economic problems of his reign and his evaluation of the solutions to these problems before she finally examines his posthumous reputation. Now updated to take account of the past 15 years of scholarship and with a new chapter on literature under the Flavians Vespasian is a fascinating study for students of Roman history and the general classical enthusiast alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367868611

Vesper and Compline Music for Five Principal Voices Part I This volume is part of a series of 25 full-score volumes of 17th-century Italian sacred music a repertoire that has largely been unavailable for study or performance. It includes a comprehensive historical and biographical introduction focuses on composers significant in their own time and offers modern notation for contemporary performers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203819586

Vesper and Compline Music for Four Principal VoicesAgostino Agazzari Giovanni Francesco Anerio Giovanni Battista Biondi da Cesena Maurizi First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203819579

Vesper and Compline Music for Multiple Choirs Classics of seventeenth-century Italian sacred music set in modern notation this second part of Vesper and Compline Music for Multiple Choirs features works by Francesco Cavalli Giovanni Legrenzi Natale Monferrato Agostino Steffani Lorenzo Penna Giovanni Paolo Colonna and Giovanni Paolo Colonna. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315790015

Vesper and Compline Music for Multiple Choirs First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315051215

Vesper and Compline Music for One Principal VoiceVesper & Compline Psalms & Canticles for One & Two Voices This volume is part of a series of 25 full-score volumes of 17th-century Italian sacred music a repertoire that has largely been unavailable for study or performance. It includes a comprehensive historical and biographical introduction focuses on composers significant in their own time and offers modern notation for contemporary performers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315050300

Vesper and Compline Music for Three Principal Voices First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315050973

Vesper and Compline Music for Two Principal Voices This volume is part of a series of 25 full-score volumes of 17th-century Italian sacred music a repertoire that has largely been unavailable for study or performance. It includes a comprehensive historical and biographical introduction focuses on composers significant in their own time and offers modern notation for contemporary performers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315050966

Vested InterestsCross-dressing and Cultural Anxiety Beginning with the bold claim "There can be no culture without the transvestite " Marjorie Garber explores the nature and significance of cross-dressing and of the West's recurring fascination with it. Rich in anecdote and insight Vested Interests offers a provocative and entertaining view of our ongoing obsession with dressing up--and with the power of clothes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203479728

Vestibular Processing Dysfunction in Children This collection of chapters is intended to help expand organize and enhance understanding of the scientific and clinical relevance of vestibular-related research. Articles present a well-developed body of research with both clinical and theoretical implications including a variety of studies contributed by individuals from different backgrounds and with diverse orientations. This collection contains anatomical investigations analyses of instruments designed to clinically assess spedcific functions descriptive bahavioral studies intervention research literature reviews and analyses which place the existing research within the broader contex of scientific literature. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708170

Veteran MPs and Conservative Politics in the Aftermath of the Great WarThe Memory of All That Between 1918 and 1939 448 men who performed uniformed service in the First World War became Conservative MPs. This relatively high-profile cohort have been under-explored as a distinct body yet a study of their experiences of the war and the ways in which they - and the Conservative Party - represented those experiences to the voting public reveals much about the political culture of Interwar Britain and the use of the Great War as political capital. Radicalised ex-servicemen have thus far been considered a rather continental phenomenon historiographically. And whilst attitudes to Hitler and Mussolini form part of this analysis the study also explores why there were fewer such types in Britain. The Conservative Party it will be shown played a crucial part in such a process - with British politics serving as a contested space for survivors' interpretations of what the war should mean. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409441038

Veterans' Journeys HomeLife After Afghanistan and Iraq Veterans' Journeys Home is a vivid portrayal of military life and its aftermath for US troops who have served in Iraq and Afghanistan. Highlighting the challenges US veterans face in today's changing military culture the book depicts the haunting and visceral memories of returning soldiers conversations with mental health providers and offers an alternative approach to healing the emotional wounds of war. For anyone seeking a deeper understanding of the human costs of recent wars this book is invaluable. It combines a moving narrative with a penetrating analysis of the welfare and post-conflict treatment of veterans. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612050522

Veterans of the First World WarEx-Servicemen and Ex-Servicewomen in Post-War Britain and Ireland This volume synthesises the latest scholarship on First World War veterans in post-war Britain and Ireland investigating the topic through its political social and cultural dynamics. It examines the post-war experiences of those men and women who served and illuminates the nature of the post-war society for which service had been given. Complicating the homogenising tendency in existing scholarship it offers comparison of the experiences of veterans in different regions of Britain including perspectives drawn from Ireland. Further nuance is offered by the assessment of the experiences of ex-servicewomen alongside those of ex-servicemen such focus deeping understanding into the gendered specificities of post-war veteran activities and experiences. Moreover case studies of specific cohorts of veterans are offered including focus on disabled veterans and ex-prisoners of war. In these regards the collection offers vital updates to existing scholarship while bringing important new departures and challenges to the current interpretive frameworks of veteran experiences in post-war Britain and Ireland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661304

Veterinary Clinical EpidemiologyFrom Patient to Population 4* Doody's Review! Ideal for veterinary students residents and clinicians the fourth edition of this bestselling textbook has been fully updated in line with developments in research and teaching. The logical chapter progression reflects the stages in a clinical case work-up and how epidemiological concepts and methods contribute. This new edition provides guidelines for improving patient and population health outcomes and detecting emerging diseases through systematic evaluation of patient encounters and electronic medical records incorporates new methodologies and concepts drawn from the recent veterinary practice literature updates chapter content including expanded coverage of risk statistical and economic analyses and surveillance for emerging diseases more than 60 examples of clinical research drawn from the international veterinary practice literature presented as structured abstracts; follow-up questions invite the reader to participate in the analysis of results online links to full text versions of more than half of structured abstracts and more than 40% of the book’s 174 literature citations updates the listing and review of public and private online resources including guidelines for online literature searching and critical evaluation of clinical reports. Today’s veterinary curricula places greater emphasis on experiential/problem-based learning versus discipline-oriented instruction. This fourth edition is ideally suited to introduce epidemiologic concepts and methodologies to veterinary students in the context of the patient encounter and should be of use at any point in the veterinary curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138392427

Veterinary Clinical PathologyA Case-Based Approach Veterinary Clinical Pathology: A Case-Based Approach presents 200 cases with questions for those interested in improving their skills in veterinary clinical pathology. It emphasises an understanding of basic pathophysiologic mechanisms of disease differential diagnoses and recognition of patterns associated with various diseases or conditions. Topics discussed include haematology clinical chemistry endocrinology acid-base and blood gas analysis haemostasis urinalysis biological variation and quality control. Species covered include the cat dog and horse with additional material on ruminants. Cases vary in difficulty allowing beginners to improve their clinicopathologic skills while more complicated cases or cases treating unfamiliar topics are included for experienced readers. This book is a helpful revision aid for those in training as well as for those in practice who are pursuing continuing education. It is also a valuable resource for veterinary nurses and technicians. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482225877

Veterinary CytologyDog Cat Horse and Cow: Self-Assessment Color Review Second Edition Key features: Full-colour with over 240 photomicrographs Covers the dog the cat the horse and the cow The new edition adds 89 brand new cases and updates all the existing content to ensure its continued relevance in practice Adds ‘Frequently Asked Questions’ at the end the book to further test the reader’s knowledge This highly visual book provides a comprehensive survey of cytological features and patterns as an aid to study revision and continuing education for veterinarians in practice and training. Illustrated in full-colour with over 240 photomicrographs the cases are presented randomly and appear as self-assessment questions with detailed explanatory answers. Species covered include the dog the cat the horse and the cow. The new edition adds 89 brand new cases and updates all the existing content to ensure its continued relevance in practice. It also includes ‘Frequently Asked Questions’ at the end the book to further test the reader’s knowledge. This fully-revised second edition continues to be an invaluable reference for veterinary practitioners veterinary students nurses and technicians. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498766715

Veterinary DentistrySelf-Assessment Color Review Second Edition This new edition in the established and well-respected series Veterinary Self-Assessment Color Reviews covers all aspects of veterinary dentistry. Each case consists of one or more questions illustrated by stimulating visual material including imaging and color clinical photographs. The 228 cases appear in random order just as they would in practice and are presented as self-assessment problems comprising integrated questions and detailed explanations designed to educate as well as to provide answers. Written by well-respected experts in the field this new edition of a bestseller has been completely updated and includes more than 50 new cases. The book is an excellent resource for exam preparation or for practitioners in their continuing professional development. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482225457

Veterinary EntomologyLivestock and Companion Animals Livestock production systems and some husbandry practices are prone to producing veterinary important entomological concerns. In addition various arthropod-borne diseases―such as West Nile and some types of encephalitis―can affect both humans and animals. To circumvent these problems successfully a solid understanding of veterinary entomology should be the foundation of comprehensive animal-health programs and production management practices. Veterinary Entomology: Livestock and Companion Animals is a comprehensive guide to the recognition biology importance and control of insects and related arthropods that may be encountered in animal husbandry practices and with companion animals. Unlike similar books this single-authored textbook is focused exclusively on the veterinary aspects of entomology. In 15 highly readable chapters it addresses the details of livestock/companion animal pest management within the current trends in pest management techniques and available technology such as pest surveillance and detection. Richly illustrated with more than 200 figures and a four-page color insert the book discusses pertinent information on host–pest relationships pest control methodology identification and biology of important pest groups emphasizing those arthropods specifically associated with livestock and poultry production systems and those affecting companion animals. Written by a leading entomological expert this book includes coverage of: Cattle Swine Sheep and goats Poultry Domestic pets Horses Veterinary Entomology: Livestock and Companion Animals is an excellent resource for all those involved with the handling and research of livestock and companion animals as well as students in entomology agriculture and veterinary science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138118188

Veterinary Forensic Medicine and Forensic Sciences While there are several recent books on this emerging field Veterinary Forensic Medicine and Forensic Sciences sets the bar covering all relevant aspects in a succinct easy-to-read comprehensive format designed to be taught in a single-semester course. Intended to be the premier textbook on veterinary forensic sciences the book covers the application of veterinary forensic medicine to cases including the medical perspective as well as law enforcement response crime scene management and evidence recovery issues. Coverage includes the scientific and legal principles for veterinary forensic evidence. This clearly delineates it from veterinary-only practices since the forensic aspects present additional challenges that include evidence recovery and preservation report writing and maintaining an evidentiary chain of custody all the way through expert witness testimony. Some emerging topics that are covered include DNA and genetic evidence entomological evidence in support of veterinary forensics animal fighting situational deaths including poisonings domestic violence and cruelty sharp and blunt force trauma gunshot and wound ballistics sexual assault nonhuman odontology and osteology and more.  Features  Details a process for forensic science case management for humane law enforcement agencies Presents multiple chapters on specific types of trauma analysis in animals Provides developments on current trends in forensic entomology as applied to wildlife crime and minimum postmortem interval determinations Explores national and international considerations in combating organized animal fighting Offers DNA applications for wildlife crime and environmental monitoring Outlines current animal and environmental forensic toxicology legal casework This text offers a straightforward presentation of current practices and includes several real-world case examples throughout to illustrate concepts. Fully illustrated with more than 280 full-color images Veterinary Forensic Medicine and Forensic Sciences provides the latest in advances and up-to-date field techniques applicable for student instruction in the classroom and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138563728

Veterinary ForensicsInvestigation Evidence Collection and Expert Testimony Veterinary Forensics: Investigation Evidence Collection and Expert Testimony will provide anyone involved in an investigation of an animal involved crime or civil action with the knowledge and tools that can give guidance for their actions in completing a forensic investigation. All 50 U.S. states and numerous countries around the world have laws against animal abuse and cruelty. Law enforcement agents veterinarians the judiciary attorneys and forensic scientists may be involved in cases of animal cruelty neglect or human crimes that may have an animal element. Additionally the animal can be the victim suspect or in some instances the witness of a crime. Given that acquittal or conviction is dependent upon the nature and veracity of the evidence the quality of the evidence in an animal-related crime investigation must be beyond reproach. The book begins with a discussion of animal abuse and crimes against animals crime scene investigation and from there discusses various types of forensic examinations of the animal culminating in a review of the judicial system and testimony in a court of law. All contributing authors are practicing professionals in law veterinary medicine and the private sector who provide current best-practice evidence collection and forensic techniques. Chapters provide in-depth detail about the forensic clinical examination and forensic necropsy of small and large animal species forensic radiology forensic toxicology bitemark analysis and animal behavior. Various relevant forensic disciplines such as bloodstain pattern analysis DNA analysis animal sexual abuse agroterrorism animal hoarding ritual crimes against animals and animal fighting are discussed. Key Features: Presents established and accepted police techniques in animal crime scene investigation including identification documentation and packaging of physical evidence and scene photography and videography Includes essential techniques to collect and preserve biological and DNA evidence for animal DNA testing Review of the forensic clinical examination and forensic necropsy of small and large animals Provides methods of evidence presentation in the courtroom the nature of court room testimony and the development of an expert report Veterinary Forensics: Investigation Evidence Collection and Expert Testimony fills the void of applied real-world investigative techniques for the collection and presentation of veterinary forensic medical and scientific information. It will be a welcome reference to both the student and professional in the understanding all relevant evidentiary investigative and legal elements of the discipline. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498763172

Veterinary ImmunologyPrinciples and Practice Second Edition Veterinary Immunology: Principles and Practice has become the adopted text in numerous veterinary schools throughout the world. Widely updated with advances in knowledge since 2011 this second edition reflects the rapid development in the field. The new edition presents expanded information on commonly used diagnostic test procedures and discusses newly arising diseases such as bovine neonatal pancytopenia. Maintaining the same reliable format as its predecessor the book includes: Learning objectives at the start of each chapter Key points at the end of each chapter 17 clinical case studies demonstrating clinical context for the material covered in the chapters Standard symbols in diagrams throughout the text to provide continuity Clinical examples and clinicopathological figures throughout A glossary of terms and list of commonly used abbreviations Exploring the immunological concerns of both large animals and small the book emphasizes immunological principles while applying them to the disease process and to clinical practice. It provides a practical textbook for veterinary students and a handy reference for practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482224627

Veterinary Medical Guide to Dog and Cat Breeds This book provides the veterinary practitioner student breeder and pet owner with a complete but quick reference to the diagnosis and management of breed-related medical conditions of dogs and cats. 171 recognized dog breeds and 42 cat breeds are included organized alphabetically with all information fully referenced and based on the most recent research. Appendices contain quick reference to condition by breed available genetic tests and registries. Veterinary Medical Guide to Dog and Cat Breeds is a must have for the general practitioner and an ideal client education tool. Anyone concerned with educating the general public about the medical problems associated with purebred dogs and cats should have this title in their library. Media > Books > Print Books Teton NewMedia 9781591610021

Veterinary MedicineA Guide to Historical Sources Veterinary medicine has long been recognized as one of the more neglected areas of medical history. One of the main stumbling blocks to research is the lack of comprehensive information regarding the survival and availability of primary source material. Veterinary Medicine: A Guide to Historical Sources redresses these issues for the first time offering researchers an unparalleled tool with which to approach the subject. The book opens with a brief history of veterinary medicine and the veterinary profession from the fourteenth to the beginning of the twenty first centuries identifying the key dates and events that shaped their development. There then follows a chapter on the nature and uses of the records covered by the book outlining the types of records found the type of information they contain and their likely uses by different types of researcher. A brief user's guide then explains how to use the book. After these preliminary sections comes the main body of the book the lists of records. It is here that the various practices and institutions covered by the book are listed together with the types of records they hold the dates they cover and where they are kept. A short biographical history is also included with each entry where appropriate. Taken as a whole this volume will prove to be an invaluable aid for any scholar researching the history of veterinary medicine in Britain. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315235103

Veterinary Medicines in the Environment Examine the Current State of the ScienceSurface water sampling programs across the globe have shown the presence of many different classes of medicines. The potential risks associated with the release of these medicines into the environment have become an increasingly important issue for environmental regulators. Effects of Veterinary Medicines in the Environment examines the current state of the science in evaluating the potential risks of veterinary medicines to aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems.International Panel Provide Guidance The book brings together more than 30 experts from eight countries with expertise in risk assessment environmental toxicology and chemistry and environmental policy and regulation. These experts provide guidance based on standard risk assessment approaches on how to assess the environmental effects of veterinary medicines. The text discusses pathways to the environment exposure and effects assessment and risk assessment and management in terrestrial and aquatic environments. It reviews classes of veterinary medicines and current regulations identifies the environmental fate of the medicines and assesses the use of read-across QSAR and other modeling approaches.Detailed Coverage of Technical ApproachesAn examination of the current state of the science the book provides integrated content in a single source. It provides detailed coverage of technical approaches that helps practitioners better understand the environmental risks of veterinary medicines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367386856

Veterinary Nursing Care PlansTheory and Practice This book is the first veterinary textbook dedicated to nursing care plans. It offers a broad overview of the theory and practice of care planning in veterinary nursing answering three key questions: What are nursing care plans? Why should nursing care plans be used in practice? How should nursing care plans be used in practice? Author Helen Ballantyne provides basic definitions and explanations which will be useful to those unfamiliar with nursing care plans. For those veterinary nurses and technicians who are using nursing care plans the content stimulates debate and discussion by covering some of the philosophical and theoretical aspects of nursing and drawing comparisons and contrasts between the veterinary and human nursing roles and contexts. There is a pressing need for veterinary nurses to establish themselves as professionals and develop their unique role within the veterinary care team. Nursing care plans are a core tool to support that development. It is hoped that veterinary nurses may borrow tools from the pages of this book or use it as a resource design their unique care plans: either way this practical guide will support the application of care planning no matter the species of the animal kingdom for whom you are caring. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498778664

Veterinary ParasitologySelf-Assessment Color Review This clinically oriented new volume in the Self-Assessment Colour Review series brings together a wide variety of cases and clinical situations which relate to diseases caused by parasitic agents primarily in small animals and domestic livestock. It also includes some cases involving some wild and exotic animals.The cases are presented randomly and illustrated in full color. Each case scenario includes key questions regarding diagnosis treatment and control of the infection. Detailed explanatory answers are given on the following page.The book offers an excellent resource for continuing professional development. It is of value to veterinary practitioners animal health advisors industry technical representatives livestock producers and veterinary students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781840761887

Veterinary Zootoxicology Only clinically oriented volume devoted to poisonous animals and venoms. Veterinary Zootoxicology provides an excellent overview of the state of the art in venom research. Clinical problems encountered in the United States are emphasized but situations that occur in other areas of the world are examined as well. The book describes clinical syndromes caused by poisonous animals and provides facts techniques methodologies and regimens designed to improve the clinical management of animals envenomated by other animals. Veterinary Zootoxicology is ideal for practicing veterinarians students instructors wildlife biologists and others who must know how to evaluate diagnose and treat envenomated animals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898438

VetiveriaThe Genus Vetiveria Vetiveria is one of the most versatile genera in plant kingdom. For example the species Vetiveria zizanoides produces oderous roots from which a precious essential oil is distilled and used in a variety of applications from perfumery to ethnopharmacology. The same roots give the plant particular characteristics that make it a valuable natural barrier against erosion. Vetiveria: The Genus Vetiveria describes the anatomy physiology biochemistry essential oil biogenesis and chemical composition ethnopharmacology and distillation. The book covers the production of plants for oil exploration the use of Vetiver as an ecological tool against erosion flood soil pollution and many other applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396381

Vetting and Monitoring EmployeesA Guide for HR Practitioners Most employers will at some time need to monitor record and read e-mails sent and received by their staff or check on their employees' use of the telephone and internet or access business correspondence received at work but addressed to a member of staff. There may also be clear cases where covert surveillance either by video camera or private investigators is considered as a means to collect evidence of criminal activity on site. The law in this area is complex and in some cases contradictory. Gillian Howard aims to set out the law clearly and give practical guidance both to employers as to their legal rights and to employees as to what safeguards to their privacy the law gives them. She provides precedents and useful examples of policies and procedures for monitoring employees at work. Vetting staff before taking them into employment can be equally fraught with legal issues. The Data Protection Act 1998 requires employers to obtain explicit consent from an employee before seeking and using certain sensitive information. This book gives guidance in this difficult area of employment law with practical advice precedents and policies and details of legal interpretations of the law by the Courts and Employment Tribunals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398875

Viable Utopian IdeasShaping a Better World Utopias - whether philosophical literary or actual experiments - are attempts to solve all social problems. In the wake of the attack on the World Trade Center unfolding corporate scandals and other devastating shocks it is natural to search for practical lessons in utopian literature. In this collection noted sociologists renew the call to develop an altruistic social order. They address a wide variety of topics as they look for viable utopian ideas that can be applied to today's society. Written in an engaging jargon-free style and directed to introductory sociology students as well as anyone concerned with social problems the book provides both visionary ideals and insights for pragmatic decision-making as we venture into an uncertain future. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698380

Vibe Merchants: The Sound Creators of Jamaican Popular Music Vibe Merchants offers an insider’s perspective on the development of Jamaican Popular Music researched and analysed by a thirty-year veteran with a wide range of experience in performance production and academic study. This rare perspective derived from interviews and ethnographic methodologies focuses on the actual details of music-making practice rationalized in the context of the economic and creative forces that locally drive music production. By focusing on the work of audio engineers and musicians recording studios and recording models Ray Hitchins highlights a music creation methodology that has been acknowledged as being different to that of Europe and North America. The book leads to a broadening of our understanding of how Jamaican Popular Music emerged developed and functions thus providing an engaging example of the important relationship between music technology and culture that will appeal to a wide range of scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472421869

Vibration Analysis Instruments and Signal Processing Provides Typical Abstract Representations of Different Steps for Analyzing Any Dynamic SystemVibration and dynamics are common in everyday life and the use of vibration measurements tests and analyses is becoming standard for various applications. Vibration Analysis Instruments and Signal Processing focuses on the basic understanding of vibration measurements and analysis. This book covers different areas of vibration measurements and analysis needed in practice and discusses theory application and a variety of methods in a simplified way. It communicates the fundamental principles of all three facets of vibration-based analysis and highlights four major points—theory instruments experiments and signal processing. Useful for everyday work the book dedicates several chapters to the day-to-day requirements involved in vibration measurements and analysis and addresses a number of topics useful for many day-to-day analyses and experiments. The book provides experimental examples in each chapter—considering basic theories and analysis methods instrumentations and signal processing methods and combined analysis—as well as experimental approaches and case studies. In addition it dedicates a complete chapter to case studies relating the basic theory types of instruments and measurements needed and requisite signal processing that ultimately result in a final diagnosis. Consisting of ten chapters this informative text:Provides the basic understanding and concept of the vibration theory mathematical modeling of structures and machines using the finite element (FE) method and the vibration response computation using the FE model for the load appliedDiscusses a simplified vibration theory through a single degree of freedom (SDOF) system of a mass and a spring Introduces the concept of FE modeling at a very basic level through a few simple examplesExplores how the equation of motion in matrix form for any system can be integrated to solve for the responses at all DOFs due to the time-varying external loadings Developed for diverse audiences interested in vibration analysis this book is suitable for every level of student engineer and scientist associated with vibration structural and rotor dynamics vibration-based diagnosis and vibration-based condition monitoring. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367738655

Vibration Analysis and Structural Dynamics for Civil EngineersEssentials and Group-Theoretic Formulations Appeals to the Student and the Seasoned Professional While the analysis of a civil-engineering structure typically seeks to quantify static effects (stresses and strains) there are some aspects that require considerations of vibration and dynamic behavior. Vibration Analysis and Structural Dynamics for Civil Engineers: Essentials and Group-Theoretic Formulations is relevant to instances that involve significant time-varying effects including impact and sudden movement. It explains the basic theory to undergraduate and graduate students taking courses on vibration and dynamics and also presents an original approach for the vibration analysis of symmetric systems for both researchers and practicing engineers. Divided into two parts it first covers the fundamentals of the vibration of engineering systems and later addresses how symmetry affects vibration behavior. Part I treats the modeling of discrete single and multi-degree-of-freedom systems as well as mathematical formulations for continuous systems both analytical and numerical. It also features some worked examples and tutorial problems. Part II introduces the mathematical concepts of group theory and symmetry groups and applies these to the vibration of a diverse range of problems in structural mechanics. It reveals the computational benefits of the group-theoretic approach and sheds new insights on complex vibration phenomena. The book consists of 11 chapters with topics that include: The vibration of discrete systems or lumped parameter models The free and forced response of single degree-of-freedom systems The vibration of systems with multiple degrees of freedom The vibration of continuous systems (strings rods and beams) The essentials of finite-element vibration modelling Symmetry considerations and an outline of group and representation theories Applications of group theory to the vibration of linear mechanical systems Applications of group theory to the vibration of structural grids and cable nets Group-theoretic finite-element and finite-difference formulations Vibration Analysis and Structural Dynamics for Civil Engineers: Essentials and Group-Theoretic Formulations acquaints students with the fundamentals of vibration theory informs experienced structural practitioners on simple and effective techniques for vibration modelling and provides researchers with new directions for the development of computational vibration procedures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415522564

Vibration Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2016 Vibration Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2016 goes beyond the standard software manual. It concurrently introduces the reader to vibration analysis and its implementation in SOLIDWORKS Simulation using hands-on exercises. A number of projects are presented to illustrate vibration analysis and related topics. Each chapter is designed to build on the skills and understanding gained from previous exercises. Vibration Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2016 is designed for users who are already familiar with the basics of Finite Element Analysis (FEA) using SOLIDWORKS Simulation or who have completed the book Engineering Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2016. Vibration Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2016 builds on these topics in the area of vibration analysis. Some understanding of structural analysis and solid mechanics is recommended. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630570125

Vibration Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2017 Vibration Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2017 concurrently introduces the reader to the basic concepts of vibration analysis and its implementation in SOLIDWORKS Simulation. This text uses hands-on exercises and projects to illustrate vibration analysis and related topics. Each chapter is designed to build on the skills and understanding gained from previous exercises. It is designed for users who are familiar with the basics of Finite Element Analysis (FEA) using SOLIDWORKS Simulation or who have completed the book Engineering Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2017. This work examines these topics in the context of vibration analysis a subject required by those studying Mechanical Civil and Aerospace Engineering. Some basic understanding of structural analysis and solid mechanics is recommended for those using the text. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630570811

Vibration Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2018 Vibration Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2018 goes beyond the standard software manual. It concurrently introduces the reader to vibration analysis and its implementation in SOLIDWORKS Simulation using hands-on exercises. A number of projects are presented to illustrate vibration analysis and related topics. Each chapter is designed to build on the skills and understanding gained from previous exercises. Vibration Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2018 is designed for users who are already familiar with the basics of Finite Element Analysis (FEA) using SOLIDWORKS Simulation or who have completed the book Engineering Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2018. Vibration Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2018 builds on these topics in the area of vibration analysis. Some understanding of structural analysis and solid mechanics is recommended. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630571597

Vibration Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2019 Vibration Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2019 goes beyond the standard software manual. It concurrently introduces the reader to vibration analysis and its implementation in SOLIDWORKS Simulation using hands-on exercises. A number of projects are presented to illustrate vibration analysis and related topics. Each chapter is designed to build on the skills and understanding gained from previous exercises. Vibration Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2019 is designed for users who are already familiar with the basics of Finite Element Analysis (FEA) using SOLIDWORKS Simulation or who have completed the book Engineering Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2019. Vibration Analysis with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2019 builds on these topics in the area of vibration analysis. Some understanding of structural analysis and solid mechanics is recommended. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630572433

Vibration and Oscillation of Hydraulic Machinery This volume is concerned with vibration-free and quiet operation of hydraulic machines. It deals with the problems caused by mechanical and hydraulic excitations in hydraulic machinery (except for transients which are treated in a separate volume). The invited authors from five continents are internationally recognized experts in their fields. The book looks at the fundamentals for analysis of fluid structure systems structural vibration shaft rotordynamics and system instability; noise and diagnosis are introduced with examples from practical experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267428

Vibration Damping Control and Design Reducing and controlling the level of vibration in a mechanical system leads to an improved work environment and product quality reduced noise more economical operation and longer equipment life. Adequate design is essential for reducing vibrations while damping and control methods help further reduce and manipulate vibrations when design strategies reach their limits. There are also useful types of vibration which may require enhancement or control. Vibration Damping Control and Design balances theoretical and application-oriented coverage to enable optimal vibration and noise suppression and control in nearly any system.Drawn from the immensely popular Vibration and Shock Handbook each expertly crafted chapter of this book includes convenient summary windows tables graphs and lists to provide ready access to the important concepts and results. Working systematically from general principles to specific applications coverage spans from theory and experimental techniques in vibration damping to isolation passive control active control and structural dynamic modification. The book also discusses specific issues in designing for and controlling vibrations and noise such as regenerative chatter in machine tools fluid-induced vibration hearing and psychological effects instrumentation for monitoring and statistical energy analysis. This carefully edited work strikes a balance between practical considerations design issues and experimental techniques.Complemented by design examples and case studies Vibration Damping Control and Design builds a deep understanding of the concepts and demonstrates how to apply these principles to real systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389260

Vibration of Plates Plates are integral parts of most engineering structures and their vibration analysis is required for safe design. Vibration of Plates provides a comprehensive self-contained introduction to vibration theory and analysis of two-dimensional plates. Reflecting the author's more than 15 years of original research on plate vibration this book presents new methodologies and demonstrates their effectiveness by providing comprehensive results. The text also offers background information on vibration problems along with a discussion of various plate geometries and boundary conditions including the new concepts of Boundary Characteristic Orthogonal Polynomials (BCOPs). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452483

Vibration Problems in MachinesDiagnosis and Resolution Vibration Problems in Machines: Diagnosis and Resolution explains how to infer information about the internal operations of rotating machines from external measurements. In doing so the book examines the vibration signals arising under various fault conditions such as rotor imbalance misalignment cracked rotors gear wear whirling instabilities and other problems. Covering a wide range of techniques required in the monitoring analysis and diagnosis of operational rotating machinery this text: Discusses topics ranging from the presentation of complex data to methods for reconciling model and plant data Describes the physical basis of fault signals as well as the necessary signal and data processing techniques Delivers fresh insight into misalignment phenomena and the future of smart machinery Vibration Problems in Machines: Diagnosis and Resolution includes case studies with real plant data MATLAB® scripts and functions for the modelling and analysis of rotating machines end-of-chapter questions and a solutions manual with qualifying course adoption. The book provides an invaluable resource for those seeking to optimize the use of complex and often apparently contradictory data. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138893832

Vibration Problems in MachinesDiagnosis and Resolution Vibration Problems in Machines explains how to infer information about the internal operations of rotating machines from external measurements through methods used to resolve practical plant problems. Second edition includes summary of instrumentation methods for establishing machine rundown data relationship between the rundown curves and the ideal frequency response function. The section on balancing has been expanded and examples are given on the strategies for balancing a rotor with a bend with new section on instabilities. It includes case studies with real plant data MATLAB® scripts and functions for the modelling and analysis of rotating machines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367367749

Vibrational Spectroscopy for Tissue Analysis A rapidly growing field vibrational spectroscopy has found applications in industries including pharmaceutical manufacture food and drug safety and process monitoring on production lines. In particular interest in clinical spectroscopy is rising rapidly as researchers recognize the potential of the vibrational spectroscopic techniques—Infrared (IR) and Raman Spectroscopy—as noninvasive tissue diagnosis tools. However the details of the characteristic peak frequencies and their relationship to specific functional groups present in the biological tissues have not been fully understood.Vibrational Spectroscopy for Tissue Analysis introduces IR and Raman Spectroscopy to those scientists who are either using these spectroscopic techniques to address clinical problems or planning to use spectroscopy to analyze clinical tissues and understand their chemical composition. By compiling the interpretations and understandings of the spectral peaks of the biological molecules in one place this book aids in the understanding of IR and Raman Spectroscopy and what these techniques can offer both in early diagnosis of the disease and monitoring of the progression of the disease. Despite the tremendous advances in the field of spectroscopy where new applications are emerging at the pace of development there are still areas of research that are crying for further exploration. This book bridges the gap between the spectroscopic research and medical applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367865160

Vibrational Spectroscopy of Biological and Polymeric Materials Used primarily for characterizing polymers and biological systems vibrational spectroscopy continues to uncover structural information pertinent to a growing number of applications. Vibrational Spectroscopy of Biological and Polymeric Materials compiles the latest developments in advanced infrared and Raman spectroscopic techniques that are applicable to both polymeric materials and biological compounds. It also presents instrumentation and experimental details that can be used by polymer chemists and biochemists in the design of their own experiments. The text starts by describing the application of static and dynamic FT-IR spectroscopies to liquid crystalline polyurethanes including a clear exposition of the theory behind the experiments. It discusses the measurement of static and dynamic linear dichroism and stress or strain in both single and multiple fiber composite materials. The book explains the roles of vibrational spectroscopy and the Langmuir-Blodgett technique in the study and preparation of high-quality ultrathin materials. Chapters rich in both theoretical and experimental details describe two-dimensional correlation spectroscopy and vibrational circular dichroism. Biomedically-oriented chapters describe the advances in IR imaging of tissues made possible by focal-plane arrays; as well as the use of ligand-gated FT-IR difference spectroscopy in neuropharmacology particularly in identifying ligands and modes of action for the large number of membrane receptors recently identified in the human genome. The final chapter discusses the application of time-resolved FT-IR spectroscopy to biological materials providing a detailed guide to the use of commercial step-scan instrumentation for examining sub-millisecond mechanistic details of photobiological processes. Written by eminent experts in these fields Vibrational Spectroscopy of Biological and Polymeric Materials is an ideal and practical reference for the broad spectrum of researchers interested in the analysis and integration of biological and polymeric materials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367577971

Vibrations and Waves The M.I.T. Introductory Physics Series is the result of a program of careful study planning and development that began in 1960. The Education Research Center at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (formerly the Science Teaching Center) was established to study the process of instruction aids thereto and the learning process itself with special reference to science teaching at the university level. Generous support from a number of foundations provided the means for assembling and maintaining an experienced staff to co-operate with members of the Institute's Physics Department in the examination improvement and development of physics curriculum materials for students planning careers in the sciences. After careful analysis of objectives and the problems involved preliminary versions of textbooks were prepared tested through classroom use at M.I.T. and other institutions re-evaluated rewritten and tried again. Only then were the final manuscripts undertaken. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138414082

VibrationsA Memoir David Amram has played and rambled and galloped and staggered through a remarkably broad sweep of American life experience and creative struggle. The Boston Globe has described him as "the Renaissance man of American Music." Amram and Jack Kerouac collaborated on the first-ever jazz poetry reading in New York City in 1957 as well as the subsequent legendary film Pull My Daisy in 1959 combining Amram's music with Kerouac's narration. Amram honored as the first Composer-in-Residence of the New York Philharmonic has composed more than 100 orchestral and chamber works written two operas and has collaborated with Leonard Bernstein Dizzy Gillespie Lionel Hampton Charles Mingus Dustin Hoffman Thelonious Monk Willie Nelson Nancy Griffith Johnny Depp and more. Vibrations is the story of one boy's adventures growing up on a farm in Pennsylvania working odd jobs misfitting in the U.S. Army barnstorming through Europe with the famous Seventh Army Symphony exiling in Paris scuffling on the Lower East Side day-laboring-often down but never out-finally emerging as a major musical force. With its stage-setting foreword by Douglas Brinkley and a new afterword by Kerouac biographer Audrey Sprenger this new edition is not to be missed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631301

Vibro-AcousticsFundamentals and Applications The subject of vibro-acoustics is important for the design of machine elements and structures to minimize sound generated by them. For better machine designing it is necessary for machine designers (mechanical engineers) to have a thorough knowledge of vibro-acoustics. Furthermore since the design cycles of machines have become shorter designers will have to design quiet machines at the drawing-board stage rather than applying "band-aid" techniques after the machine has been built. Although there is common ground in the treatment of acoustics the subject of vibration is not very fortunate. Those interested in low-frequency vibration are generally concerned with the modal approach of using natural frequencies and mode shapes whereas those interested in vibro-acoustics in medium and high frequencies are generally concerned with the wave approach. Since both modal and wave approaches have their advantages it is a good idea to study both together to get the best out of them. This is useful for a better understanding the physics of vibro-acoustics. Written for students and professionals interested in gaining knowledge this book systematically integrates the relevant aspects of vibro-acoustics from various viewpoints. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367736309

Vicarious ConsumersTrans-National Meetings between the West and East in the Mediterranean World (1730–1808) The birth of a mass consumer society in western Europe has been the subject of much scholarly debate in recent years. In order to come to a further understanding of the issue this book adopts an analytical approach paying special attention to the socio-cultural and economic transfers which occur when different commodities are introduced to territories with diverse values and identities. In particular it examines the role of merchants and their important influence on consumer decisions describing how they created demand for new necessities in local national and international markets of the western Mediterranean area. Through a systematic analysis of probate inventories from southern Spain the study reveals shifts in the patterns of consumption of new goods in urban and rural families underlining a growing interest in new exotic and foreign goods. By connecting these local desires aspirations and choices to a global movement in which human and material capital circulated trans-continentally broader patterns of consumption are revealed. By observing a southern European society such as Spain where the industrialization process was slower than that in Anglo-Saxon territories the book contributes to the on-going debates about 'industrious revolution' and 'trickle-down' theories and whether both occurred simultaneously or separately. The book also helps identify the socio-economic forces and agents that prompted the stimulus for new consumer aspirations as well as the cultural consequences that the new modern consumerism brought about. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254657

Vicarious Trauma and Disaster Mental HealthUnderstanding Risks and Promoting Resilience Vicarious Trauma and Disaster Mental Health focuses on the clinician and the impact of working with disaster survivors. Floods hurricanes tornadoes mass shootings terrorism and other large-scale catastrophic events have increased in the last decade and disaster resilience has become a national imperative. This book explores vicarious traumatization in mental health providers who respond to massive disasters by choice or by circumstance. What happens when clinicians share the trauma and vulnerability from the toll taken by a disaster with the victims they care for? How can clinicians increase resilience from disaster exposure and provide mental health services effectively? Vicarious Trauma and Disaster Mental Health offers insight and analysis of the research and theory behind vicarious trauma and compares and contrasts with other work-impact concepts such as burnout compassion fatigue and secondary traumatic stress. It proposes practical evidence-informed personal strategies and organizational approaches that address five cognitive schemas (safety esteem trust control and intimacy) disrupted in vicarious trauma. With an emphasis on the psychological health and safety of mental health providers in the post-disaster workplace this book represents a shift in perspective and provides a framework for the promotion of worker resilience in the standard of practice in disaster management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138793309

Vice Epistemology Some of the most problematic human behaviors involve vices of the mind such as arrogance closed-mindedness dogmatism gullibility and intellectual cowardice as well as wishful or conspiratorial thinking. What sorts of things are epistemic vices? How do we detect and mitigate them? How and why do these vices prevent us from acquiring knowledge and what is their role in sustaining patterns of ignorance? What is their relation to implicit or unconscious bias? How do epistemic vices and systems of social oppression relate to one another? Do we unwittingly absorb such traits from the process of socialization and communities around us? Are epistemic vices traits for which we can blamed? Can there be institutional and collective epistemic vices? This book seeks to answer these important questions about the vices of the mind and their roles in our social and epistemic lives and is the first collection of its kind. Organized into three parts chapters by outstanding scholars explore the nature of epistemic vices specific examples of these vices and case studies in applied vice epistemology including education and politics. Alongside these foundational questions the volume offers sophisticated accounts of vices both new and familiar. These include epistemic arrogance and servility epistemic injustice epistemic snobbishness conspiratorial thinking procrastination and forms of closed-mindedness. Vice Epistemology is essential reading for students of ethics epistemology and virtue theory and various areas of applied feminist and social philosophy. It will also be of interest to practitioners scholars and activists in politics law and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138504431

Vice Slang Are you a bit of a chairwarmer? Do you use the wins from a country straight to get scudded on snakebite in a blind tiger? Do you ride the waves on puddle or death drop? Vice Slang gently eases you into the language of gambling drugs and alcohol providing you with 3 000 words to establish yourself firmly in the world of corruption and wickedness. All words are illustrated by a reference from a variety of sources to prove their existence in alleys and dives throughout the English speaking world. This entertaining book will give you hours of reading pleasure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138834996

Vichy Law & the Holocaust Fran First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315079240

Vichy Law and the Holocaust in France The involvement of Vichy France with Nazi Germany's anti-Jewish policy has long been a source of debate and contention. At a time when France after decades of denial has finally acknowledged responsibility for its role in the deportation and murder of 75 000 Jews from France during the Holocaust Richard H. Weisberg here provides us with a comprehensive and devastating account of the French legal system's complicity with its German occupiers during the dark period known as 'Vichy'.As in Germany the exclusionary laws passed during the Vichy period normalized institutional antisemitism. Anti-Jewish laws entered the legal canon with little resistance and private lawyers quickly absorbed the discourse of exclusion into the conventional legal framework expanding the laws beyond their simple intentions their literal sense and even their German precedents.Drawing on newly-available archival sources personal interviews and historical research Weisberg reveals how legalized persecution actually operated on a practical level often exceeding German expectations. Further he presents a persuasive argument for Vichy law as an acquired Catholic response to a flase notion of Jewish Talmudism. The book also compares Vichy experience to American legal precedents and practices and opens up the possibility that postmodern modes of thinking ironically adopt the complexity of Vichy reasoning to a host of reading and thinking strategies.Vichy Law and the Holocaust in France raises fundamental and disturbing questions about the ease with which democratic legal systems can be subverted. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315078014

Vico in the Tradition of Rhetoric If among the many truths of Giambattista Vico's New Science there is one that is deepest it is the truth that language mind and society are but three modes of a common reality. In Vico's term that reality is the monde civile the world of man. It is a world of many guises and faces. If reflected in a mirror those faces would reveal an image of the full array of contemporary arts and sciences all the disciplines of learning and technique by which so Vico judged humanity attains its perfection. Humanity in its perfection however is so rare a moment so delicate and subtle a state that it is never to be found among the nations of the world -- or is found in so fragile a form that it threatens always to crack and fall to the ground. In the West a persistent line of thinking that has flourished from time to time holds that language is primary in culture metaphor a necessity and jurisprudence our highest achievement. This was the position of Vico who not only received and cherished the tradition but looked deeply into it saw what its principles implied and so made ready for the great social theorists of the nineteenth century. That is the thesis of this work. After an introductory chapter on Vico himself -- in which his intellectual world and his movements within it are sketched -- the work unfolds in three parts. These parts successively treat rhetoric pedagogy and culture each proceeding from a major Vichian text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994041

Vicos New Science Ancient Sign Jürgen Trabant reads the profound insights into human semiosis contained in Vico's 'sematology' as both a spirited rejection of Cartesian philosophy and an early critique of enlightened logocentricism. Sean Ward's translation makes this work available to an English-reading audience for the first time. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203455982

Vico's New Science of Ancient SignsA Study of Sematology Jürgen Trabant reads the profound insights into human semiosis contained in Vico's 'sematology' as both a spirited rejection of Cartesian philosophy and an early critique of enlightened logocentricism. Sean Ward's translation makes this work available to an English-reading audience for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415859974

Victim Support and the Welfare State This book provides a rich analysis of the history of Swedish victim support. With the majority of research on victim support centering on the Anglosphere this book offers a unique case study for considering the role of the victim in the criminal justice system. While Sweden has enacted many laws to support victims and victim assistance programs have grown rapidly welfare policy has become more restrictive and crime policy to some degree more punitive. Drawing on archival material and interviews with key representatives for the Swedish Association for Victim Support (BOJ) this book examines what role the victim movement has played in a changing welfare state. It argues that BOJ filled a function in the decentralization and privatization of the Swedish welfare state and explores distinctive features of the Swedish victim movement and the form it has taken as compared to that in other countries. This book will be of interest to scholars and students of criminology sociology social policy civil society studies and social work and those engaged in studies of victims and victimology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138584792

Victimhood and Vulnerability in 21st Century Fiction Editors Jean-Michel Ganteau and Susana Onega) have assembled a volume which addresses the relationship between trauma and ethics and moves one step further to engage with vulnerability studies in their relation to literature and literary form. It consists of an introduction and of twelve articles written by specialists from various European countries and includes an interview with US novelist Jayne Anne Philips conducted by her translator into French Marc Amfreville addressing her latest novel Quiet Dell through the victimhood-vulnerability prism. The corpus of primary sources on which the volume is based draws on various literary backgrounds in English from Britain to India through the USA. The editors draw on material from the ethics of alterity trauma studies and the ethics of vulnerability in line with the work of moral philosophers like Emmanuel Levinas as well as with a more recent and challenging tradition of continental thinkers virtually unknown so far in the English-speaking world represented by Guillaume Le Blanc Nathalie Maillard and Corinne Pelluchon among others. Yet another related line of thought followed in the volume is that represented by feminist critics like Catriona McKenzie Wendy Rogers and Susan Dodds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415788298

Victimhood in American Narratives of the War in Vietnam This book revisits the American canon of novels memoirs and films about the war in Vietnam in order to reassess critically the centrality of the discourse of American victimization in the country’s imagination of the conflict and to trace the strategies of representation that establish American soldiers and veterans as the most significant victims of the war. By investigating in detail the imagery of the Vietnamese landscape recreated by American authors and directors the volume explores the proposition that Vietnam has been turned into an American myth demonstrating that the process resulted in a dehistoricization and mystification of the conflict that obscured its historical and political realities. Against this background representations of the war’s victims—Vietnamese civilians and American soldiers—are then considered in light of their ideological meanings and uses. Ultimately the book seeks to demonstrate how in a relation of power the question of victimhood can become ideologized transforming into both a discourse and a strategy of representation—and in doing so to demythologize something of the "Vietnam" of American cultural narrative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367438036

Victimology Interest in victims of crime - victimology - has always spanned both the scholarly and practical realms. This volume combines a collection of essays covering the diversity of approaches towards victimology from the conceptual to the practical including evaluation and scrutiny of the basis on which we do justice. The volume is divided into four sections; the first part discusses the nature of victimisation and concepts of the nature of victimhood; the second part looks at the effects of victimisation and some of the ways in which victim support and assistance have developed and the views of victims on these. The third part considers the role that victims play in criminal justice and their reactions to those roles. Finally the book looks at responses to victimisation - including attempts to provide acknowledgement reparation and compensation - within the framework of criminal justice. Much of the research literature on victimology has previously stemmed from Europe and North America and has been influenced by an Anglo-American common law legal system and views of criminal justice whereas this collection incorporates different legal systems’ perspectives particularly those of mainland Europe. This book will serve as an important predicate to wider research in victimology and further development of this dynamic field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472439673

Victimology This book covers the scope of crime victims’ suffering in the U.S. offering a history of victims and the measurement of victimization an explanation of the victim’s role in the criminal justice process and a recounting of the issues crime victims face as a result of crime and the criminal justice process. Doerner and Lab both well-regarded scholars write compellingly about how the current criminal’s justice system can be transformed into a victim’s justice system. Theory is woven together with the description of each topic and specific examples illustrate each point. The book goes on to address the full impact of victimization and a final section details specific types of victimization ranging from violent crimes including child and elder abuse to property crime to crime in the school and in the workplace. The authors explain how obstacles hinder the pursuit of justice and provide significant policy and programming suggestions to render the system more victim-friendly. Appropriate for undergraduate as well as early graduate students in Victimology courses in Criminology Criminal Justice Sociology and Justice Studies programs this book offers rich pedagogical features and online student resources as well as test bank PowerPoint lecture slides and sample syllabus for instructors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367418137

Victimology (Routledge Revivals)The Victim and the Criminal Justice Process First published in 1989 this book provides a comprehensive introduction to the study of the victims of crime and the way in which they are treated in society generally and in the criminal justice process in particular. The study of victims of crime is important to academics the wider community of policy initiation and implementation and to the political arena. Sandra Walklate examines the nature of this interest and the contributions of victim-related research and criminal victimization surveys in order to be able to provide the reader with a critical assessment of the issues involved. This book will be of interest to students of criminology sociology social policy and law as well as victim support workers probation officers social workers police officers and all those interested in the plight of victims of crime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415820103

Victimology and Victim RightsInternational comparative perspectives This book examines the international regional and domestic human rights frameworks that establish victim rights as a central force in law and policy in the twenty-first century. Accessing substantial source material that sets out a normative framework of victim rights this work argues that despite degrees of convergence victim rights are interpreted on the domestic level in accordance with the localised interests of victims and individual states. The transition of the victim from peripheral to central stakeholder of justice is demonstrated across various adversarial inquisitorial and hybrid systems in an international context. Examining the standing of victims globally this book provides a comparative analysis of the role of the victim in the International Criminal Court the ad hoc tribunals leading to the development of the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia and the International Criminal Tribunal for Rwanda together with the Extraordinary Chambers of the Courts of Cambodia Special Panels of East Timor (Timor Leste) and the Internationalised Panels in Kosovo. The instruments of the European Parliament and Council of Europe with the rulings of the European Court of Justice and the European Court of Human Rights interpreting the European Convention of Human Rights are examined. These instruments are further contextualised on the local domestic level of the inquisitorial systems of Germany and France and mixed systems of Sweden Austria and the Netherlands together with common law systems including England and Wales Ireland Scotland USA Australia Canada New Zealand India South Africa and the hybrid systems of Japan and Brazil. This book organises the authoritative instruments while advancing debate over the positioning of the victim in law and policy as influenced by global trends in criminal justice and will be of great interest to scholars of international law criminal law victimology and socio-legal studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138606395

VictimologyVictimisation and Victims' Rights How should the needs of victims of crime be met by the criminal justice system? Have the rights of victims been neglected in order to ensure that a defendant is brought to 'justice'? Who are the victims of crime and why are they targeted? This new book examines the theoretical arguments concerning victimization before examining who victims actually are and the measures taken by the criminal justice system to enhance their position. Particular attention is paid to the victimization of women LGBT persons minority ethnic persons and the elderly. The book engages in a detailed exposition of the law’s response to such victimization focusing on the measures adopted in international human rights law by the Council of Europe and in English law and policy. It also assesses alternative models of victim participation in criminal proceedings in European jurisdictions such as Germany Sweden and the Netherlands. Adopting an interdisciplinary approach which encompasses law criminology and social policy the book is ideal for undergraduates taking an option in victimology race and crime or gender and crime whatever their disciplinary background. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138147324

Victims Atrocity and International Criminal JusticeLessons from Cambodia While international criminal courts have often been declared as bringing ‘justice’ to victims their procedures and outcomes historically showed little reflection of the needs and interests of victims themselves. This situation has changed significantly over the last sixty years; victims are increasingly acknowledged as having various ‘rights’ while their need for justice has been deployed as a means of justifying the establishment of international criminal courts. However it is arguable that the goals of political and legal elites continue to be given precedence and the ability of courts to deliver ‘justice to victims’ remains contested. This book contributes to this important debate through an examination of the role of victims as civil parties within the Extraordinary Chambers in the Courts of Cambodia. Drawing on a series of interviews with civil parties court practitioners and civil society actors the book explores the way in which both the ECCC and the role of victims within it are shaped by specific political economic and legal contexts; examining the ‘gap’ between the legitimising value of the ‘imagined victim’ and the extent to which victims are able to further their interests within the courtroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367895471

Victims Gender and Jouissance Victimization has a long cross-cultural history. The status of the victim has been the source of active and stirring controversy in cultural theory criminology and legal theory philosophy and psychoanalysis; it is of particular interest within feminist theory. Can the victim relation be refused? Are we all victims? The aim of this book is to analyze the intersection of gender and the victim and the role of a libidinal enjoyment (jouissance) in knotting this relation. The enduring link between the construct of the victim and the sacrificial processes at its heart reveals something ultimately compelling about sacrifice. Legislating victimization out of existence will fail because the victim relation is central to the very formation of human subjectivity and implicated in the reproduction of social life. Lacanian psychoanalysis is used to interrogate the limits to arguments for resolving the problem of sacrificial violence: from Girard to Bataille from Butler to Kristeva from de Sade to Nietzsche. However without denying the inevitable structuring power of the signifier only its relentless reversion or undoing will expose the myths that sustain it and create an opening within the social beyond this impasse. Such a break is theorized through a confrontation of Lacan with Baudrillard. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754538

Victims and Perpetrators of TerrorismExploring Identities Roles and Narratives This volume examines how both victims and perpetrators of terrorism are relevant to our understanding of political violence. While the perpetrators of political violence have been the subject of significant academic research victims of terrorism and political violence have rarely featured in this landscape. In an effort to capture the vast complexity of terrorism and to widen the scope of the agenda that informs terrorism research this book presents a series of analyses that examines the role of the perpetrators the experience of the victims the public and media perceptions of both and given the inherent intricacy of the phenomenon how we might think about engaging with perpetrators in an effort to prevent further violence. By considering the role of the many actors who are central to our understanding and framing of terrorism and political violence this book highlights the need to focus on how the interactivity of individuals and contexts have implications for the emergence maintenance and termination of campaigns of political violence. The volume aims to understand not only how former perpetrators and victims can work in preventing violence in a number of contexts but more broadly the narratives that support and oppose violence the construction of victimisation the politicisation of victimhood the justifications for violence and the potential for preventing and encouraging desistance from violence. This book will be of much interest to students of terrorism and political violence victimology criminology security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367338770

Victims and Policy-MakingA Comparative Perspective Victims of crime are now the subjects of intense policy attention and reform across most developed nations whilst also receiving sustained attention at the highest levels of the United Nations the Council of Europe and many other transnational organizations. Such moves have been fostered by the continued development of the international victims' movement and driven by a host of complex and interacting drivers which span jurisdictions. This volume sets out to contrast and compare the development of policies related to victims of crime and their place within the criminal justice systems in nine separate jurisdictions (the USA the Netherlands England and Wales Scotland the Republic of Ireland Australia New Zealand Canada and South Africa). Based on first hand interviews with those responsible for formulating such policies as well as detailed grounded and document analysis across these jurisdictions this book exposes the national and transnational policy networks surrounding victims of crime and in particular examines how the provision of victim care is becoming globalized. In so doing it represents a rare comparative evaluation of the underlying rationales and influences which have influenced the creation of such policies and places them in their true global context. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9780203810309

Victims and Restorative Justice Restorative justice aims to address the consequences of crime by encouraging victims and offenders to communicate and discuss the harm caused by the crime that has been committed. In the majority of cases restorative justice is facilitated by direct and indirect dialogue between victims and offenders but it also includes support networks and sometimes involves professionals such as police lawyers social workers or prosecutors and judges. In theory the victim is a core participant in restorative justice and the restoration of the harm is a first concern. In practice questions arise as to whether the victim is actively involved in the process what restoration may entail whether there is a risk of secondary victimisation and whether the victim is truly at the heart of the restorative response or whether the offender remains the focal point of attention. Using a combination of victimological literature and empirical data from a European research project this book considers the role and the position of the victim in restorative justice practices focusing on legislative organisational and institutional frameworks of victim-offender mediation and conferencing programmes at a national and local level as well as the victims’ personal needs and experiences. The findings are essential reading for academics and students engaged in the study of justice victimology and law. The publication will also be valuable to policymakers and professionals such as social workers lawyers and mediators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138065826

Victims as Security ThreatsRefugee Impact on Host State Security in Africa The refugee phenomenon is a major force in international politics. This is more so in sub-Saharan Africa where refugees are major actors in the affairs of their home and host countries. But are refugees just victims of insecurity or also major causes of insecurity? Mogire analyses how and why refugees victims of insecurity caused by persecution and the many incessant conflicts which continue unabated have come to be viewed by scholars and practitioners as security threats. Using Kenya and Tanzania as empirical case studies this volume examines the nature of this threat its projection and responses. Moreover it highlights how if at all these threats are different or similar to other security threats faced by these countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138376557

Victims of Crime Over the last thirty years victims of crime have become a staple topic of media interest and policy-making discourse.Drawing on an extensive programme of first-hand empirical data gathered at some 300 English criminal trials this book examines the practical outcomes of this reform agenda and assesses the meaning implications and impact of the government's pledge to put victims 'at the heart' of the criminal justice system.The study also draws on in-depth interviews with barristers and solicitors as well as court administrators and other Local Criminal Justice Board members. The book delves into the policy-making process behind these reforms based on interviews conducted at key government departments and offers a model for what a genuinely 'victim centred' criminal justice system might look like in the twenty-first century drawing on the psychological and sociological literature on narrative responses to traumatic events. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415628099

Victims of Crime and the Victimization Process First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878518

Victims of Environmental HarmRights Recognition and Redress Under National and International Law In recent years the increasing focus on climate change and environmental degradation has prompted unprecedented attention being paid towards the criminal liability of individuals organisations and even states for polluting activities. These developments have given rise to a new area of criminological study often called ‘green criminology’. Yet in all the theorising that has taken place in this area there is still a marked absence of specific focus on those actually suffering harm as a result of environmental degradation. This book represents a unique attempt to substantively conceptualise and examine the place of such ‘environmental victims’ in criminal justice systems both nationally and internationally. Grounded in a comparative approach and drawing on critical criminological arguments this volume examines many of the areas traditionally considered by victimologists in relation to victims of environmental crime and more widely environmental harm. These include victims’ rights compensation treatment by criminal justice systems and participation in that process. The book approaches the issue of ‘environmental victimisation’ from a ‘social harms’ perspective (as opposed to a ‘criminal harms’ one) thus problematising the definitions of environmental crime found within most jurisdictions. Victims of Environmental Harm concludes by mapping out the contours of further research into a developing green victimology and how this agenda might inform criminal justice reform and policy making at national and global levels.This book will be of interest to researchers across a number of disciplines including criminology international law victimology socio-legal studies and physical sciences as well as professionals involved in policy making processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415814973

Victims of TerrorismA Comparative and Interdisciplinary Study This book examines the politicisation of victims of terrorism and the reality of the victimisation experience within the broader field of terrorism and the resulting conflict. Victims of terrorism are a unique group of individuals whose experience is overlooked in the current literature on terrorism. Since 9/11 terrorism has risen to global prominence and has become a key topic of interest with regards to media attention and national security. As a result many European countries (as well as the USA) have had to take active steps to protect and provide for the victims of terrorism particularly given the nature of victimisation post-3/11 (Madrid) and 7/7 (London). Recently we have also seen an increase in the political currency of the terrorist victim; for example the lobbying activities and political involvement of the victims of ETA terrorism and the exceptionally powerful lobby in the USA that sees the involvement of victims of terrorism and their families in policy-making and law-enforcement transformations. This book is based on extensive field work in Northern Ireland London and Spain and presents the results which focus on the needs and experiences of victims of terrorism and political violence and critically analyses these findings comparatively and in their own right. The aim is to assess the provision of support initiatives in Northern Ireland mainland UK and Spain and understand if victims' needs are being met by these initiatives but most importantly to construct a picture of the local and international interpretation of the experience of victimisation by terrorism. This book will be of much interest to students of terrorism and political violence victimology criminology security studies and IR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138200678

Victims of the System This important new book on criminology is a major attempt to evaluate actual victim compensation programs as well as their political and economic contexts through the eyes of the victims themselves.Elias traces the experiences of violent-crime victims throughout the entire criminal justice process comparing New York's and New Jersey's victim compensation programs. He shows how programs differ when compensation is viewed essentially as welfare and when it is viewed as a right. The study uses extensive interviews with officials and with violent crime victims.The study indicates victim compensation programs largely fail to achieve their stated goals of improving attitudes toward the criminal-justice system and the government. The programs produce poor attitudes toward government and criminal justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540286

Victims of Violence and Restorative PracticesFinding a Voice Restorative justice occupies an important place in criminological literature and criminal justice policies and is about facilitating communication between victims offenders and communities in search of conciliation. Research shows that victims of crime are generally highly satisfied with their participation in a restorative intervention such as victim-offender mediation family group conferencing and victim-offender encounters. In order to maintain good restorative practice the reasons why restorative justice is appreciated need to be clearly understood. In this book Tinneke Van Camp identifies and explores the factors that contribute to victims’ appreciation of restorative practices in order to advance insight into why restorative justice works for victims.Based on original research and qualitative interviews with victims of violent crime this book draws on procedural justice theory and socio-psychological studies and analyses how victims value restorative interventions. The findings shed a light on the factors that contribute to victim satisfaction with restorative interventions and show how they relate to procedural fairness as well as allow an exploration of how the timing of the restorative intervention in the criminal justice proceedings affects victim appreciation. With its use of in-depth interviews and case descriptions this book will be of interest to academics practitioners and students alike. It will be of particular interest to those engaged in the study of victims and victim concerns restorative justice and procedural justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138666085

VictimsTrauma testimony and justice The study of victims of crime is a central concern for criminologists around the world. In recent years some victimologists have become increasingly engaged in positivist debates on the differences between victims and non-victims how these differences can be measured and what could be done to improve the victims' experience of the criminal justice system. Written by experts in the field this book embraces a much wider understanding of social harms and asks which victims' voices are heard and why.McGarry and Walklate break new ground with this innovative and accessible book; it offers a broad discussion of social harms the role of the victim in society and the inter-relationship between trauma testimony and justice and asks: how has harm been understood and under what circumstances have those harms been recognised? how and under what circumstances are those harms articulated? how and under what circumstances are the voices of those who have been harmed listened to? Each chapter draws on case studies and a range of questions designed to assist in reflection and critical engagement. This book is perfect reading for students taking courses on victimology victims and society victims’ rights and criminal justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415856348

Victor Frankenstein the Monster and the Shadows of TechnologyThe Frankenstein Prophecies In Victor Frankenstein the Monster and the Shadows of Technology: The Frankenstein Prophecies Romanyshyn asks eight questions that uncover how Mary Shelley’s classic work Frankenstein haunts our world. Providing a uniquely interdisciplinary assessment Romanyshyn combines Jungian theory literary criticism and mythology to explore answers to the query at the heart of this book: who is the monster? In the first six questions Romanyshyn explores how Victor’s story and the Monster’s tale linger today as the dark side of Frankenstein’s quest to create a new species that would bless him as its creator. Victor and the Monster are present in the guises of climate crises the genocides of our "god wars " the swelling worldwide population of refugees the loss of place in digital space the Western obsession with eternal youth and the eclipse of the biological body in genetic and computer technologies that are redefining what it means to be human. In the book’s final two questions Romanyshyn uncovers some seeds of hope in Mary Shelley’s work and explores how the Monster’s tale reframes her story as a love story. This important book will be essential reading for academics and students of Jungian and post-Jungian theory literature philosophy and psychology psychotherapists in practice and in training and for all who are concerned with the political social and cultural crises we face today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367137328

Victor Hugo Jean-Paul Sartre and the Liability of Liberty Victor Hugo Jean-Paul Sartre and the Liability of Liberty Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603649

Victor Hugo Romancier de l'AbimeNew Studies on Hugo's Novels "This study of Victor Hugo's work aims to uncover the diversity the thematic and narrative singularity and the shifting ironies and resistance to interpretative closure of his writing. Novels examined include: ""Notre-Dame de Paris"" ""Les Miserables"" ""Les Travailleurs de la Mer"" ""Quatre vingt-treize"" and ""L'Homme qui Rit"". The 11 essays in the volume bring together various critical approaches from French British and American scholars in an attempt to provide a new point of departure and to provoke discussion of Victor Hugo's novels. This publication marks the bicentenary of Hugo's birth in 1802." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351197991

Victoria Welby and the Science of SignsSignifics Semiotics Philosophy of Language Victoria Welby (1837–1912) dedicated her research to the relationship between signs and values. She exchanged ideas with important exponents of the language and sign sciences such as Charles S. Peirce and Charles S. Ogden. She examined themes she believed crucially important both in the use of signs and in reflection on signs. But Welby's research can also be understood in ideal dialogue with authors she could never have met in real life such as Mikhail Bakhtin Susanne Langer and Genevieve Vaughan.Welby contends that signifying cannot be constrained to any one system type of sign language field of discourse or area of experience. On the contrary it is ever more developed enhanced and rigorous the more it develops across different fields disciplines and areas of experience. For example to understand meaning Welby evidences the advantage of translating it into another word even from the same language or resorting to metaphor to express what would otherwise be difficult to conceive.Welby aims for full awareness of the expressive potential of signifying resources. Her reflections make an important contribution to problems connected with communication expression interpretation translation and creativity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412854924

Victorian and Edwardian Responses to the Italian Renaissance The historiography of the Italian Renaissance has been much studied but generally in the context of a few key figures. Much less appreciated is the extent of the enthusiasm for the subject in the 19th and early 20th centuries when the subject was 'discovered' by travellers and men and women of letters historians artists architects and photographers and by collectors on both sides of the Atlantic. The essays in Victorian and Edwardian Responses to the Italian Renaissance explore the breadth of the responses stimulated by the encounter between the British the Americans and the Italians of the Renaissance. The volume approaches the subject from an interdisciplinary perspective. While recognising the abiding importance of the familiar 'great names' it seeks to draw attention to a wider cast of people many of whom led colourful energetic lives knew Italy well and wrote eloquently about the country and its Renaissance. Several essays show that 'Renaissance studies' became a field in which female historians could explore areas of relevance to the 'New Woman'. Other chapters examine the aims and politics of collecting and the place of the collector in literature and in the rediscovery of Renaissance artists. The contribution of teachers and other less formal champions of the Italian Renaissance is explored as is the role of photographers who re-framed and re-viewed Florence - the Renaissance city - for Victorian and later eyes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315235080

Victorian Animal DreamsRepresentations of Animals in Victorian Literature and Culture The Victorian period witnessed the beginning of a debate on the status of animals that continues today. This volume explicitly acknowledges the way twenty-first-century deliberations about animal rights and the fact of past and prospective animal extinction haunt the discussion of the Victorians' obsession with animals. Combining close attention to historical detail with a sophisticated analytical framework the contributors examine the various forms of human dominion over animals including imaginative possession of animals in the realms of fiction performance and the visual arts as well as physical control as manifest in hunting killing vivisection and zookeeping. The diverse range of topics analyzed from a contemporary perspective makes the volume a significant contribution to Victorian studies. The conclusion by Harriet Ritvo the pre-eminent authority in the field of Victorian/animal studies provides valuable insight into the burgeoning field of animal studies and points toward future studies of animals in the Victorian period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246430

Victorian Artists' Autograph ReplicasAuras Aesthetics Patronage and the Art Market This book is a wide-ranging exploration of the production of Victorian art autograph replicas a painting’s subsequent versions created by the same artist who painted the first version. Autograph replicas were considered originals not copies and were highly valued by collectors in Britain America Japan Australia and South Africa. Motivated by complex combinations of aesthetic and commercial interests replicas generated a global and especially transatlantic market between the 1870s and the 1940s and almost all collected replicas were eventually donated to US public museums giving replicas authority in matters of public taste and museums’ modern cultural roles. This book will be of interest to scholars in art history museum studies and economic history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367145828

Victorian AspirationsThe Life and Labour of Charles and Mary Booth First published in 1972 Victorian Aspirations is the story of the personal struggles and achievements of Charles and Mary Booth as remembered by their families and as revealed in private family papers especially in their letters to each other. Charles Booth started his investigations into the social conditions of the English lower classes at the critical moment in the history of social reform. From this work he produced Life and Labour of the People in London a comprehensive and instructive account of the condition of the London poor. All seventeen volumes were carefully revised and corrected by his wife Mary. This book reveals a detailed and fascinating picture of the way of life of the late Victorian intelligentsia and provides interesting glimpses of many well-known figures of English public life who were relatives and friends of the Booths such as Macaulay and the Webbs. It will be of particular interest to students of Victorian social history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138644816

Victorian Attitudes to Race First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708026

Victorian BiographyIntellectuals and the Ordering of Discourse This book rethinks Victorian biography and some of its major practitioners from the perspectives of Bakhtinian and Foucauldian discourse theory. A re-reading of the writings of Thomas Carlyle particularly "Sartor Resartus" and Oliver Cromwell's "Letters and Speeches" provides the basis for the central argument of the book: that the biographical writings of late-19th-century figures such as John Morley Frederick Harrison Leslie Stephen and J.R. Seeley need to be seen as an argument against Carlyle's writing practices and as an attempt to impose cultural discipline on reading practices. The book contends that biography is a key genre for understanding debates between 19th-century intellectuals about the circulation and use of "literary" and "historical" discourse. As such it is also a timely intervention in the current debate about the emergence of the disciplines of "literature" and "history" in the 19th century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160064

Victorian Britain (Routledge Revivals)An Encyclopedia First published in 1988 this encyclopedia serves as an overview and point of entry to the complex interdisciplinary field of Victorian studies. The signed articles which cover persons events institutions topics groups and artefacts in Great Britain between 1837 and 1901 have been written by authorities in the field and contain bibliographies to provide guidelines for further research. The work is intended for undergraduates and the general reader and also as a starting point for graduates who wish to explore new fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415669726

Victorian ContagionRisk and Social Control in the Victorian Literary Imagination Victorian Contagion: Risk and Social Control in the Victorian Literary Imagination examines the literary and cultural production of contagion in the Victorian era and the way that production participated in a moral economy of surveillance and control. In this book I attempt to make sense of how the discursive practice of contagion governed the interactions and correlations between medical science literary creation and cultural imagination. Victorians dealt with the menace of contagion by theorizing a working motto in claiming the goodness and godliness in cleanliness which was theorized realized and radicalized both through practice and imagination. The Victorian discourse around cleanliness and contagion including all its treatments and preventions developed into a culture of medicalization a perception of surveillance a politics of health an economy of morality and a way of thinking. This book is an attempt to understands the literary and cultural elements which contributed to fear and anticipation of contagion and to explain why and how these elements still matter to us today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367360641

Victorian Conversion Narratives and Reading Communities Because Victorian authors rarely discuss conversion experiences separately from the modes in which they are narrated Emily Walker Heady argues that the conversion narrative became in effect a form of literary criticism. Literary conventions in turn served the reciprocal function as a means of discussing the nature of what Heady calls the 'heart-change.' Heady reads canonical authors such as John Henry Newman Charles Dickens Charlotte Brontë George Eliot and Oscar Wilde through a dual lens of literary history and post-liberal theology. As Heady shows these authors question the ability of realism to contain the emotionally freighted and often jarring plot lines that characterize conversion. In so doing they explore the limits of narrative form while also shedding light on the ways in which conversion narratives address and often disrupt the reading communities in which they occur. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272347

Victorian Coral Islands of Empire Mission and the Boys’ Adventure Novel Attending to the mid-Victorian boys’ adventure novel and its connections with missionary culture Michelle Elleray investigates how empire was conveyed to Victorian children in popular forms with a focus on the South Pacific as a key location of adventure tales and missionary efforts. The volume draws on an evangelical narrative about the formation of coral islands to demonstrate that missionary investments in the socially marginal (the young the working class the racial other) generated new forms of agency that are legible in the mid-Victorian boys’ adventure novel even as that agency was subordinated to Christian values identified with the British middle class. Situating novels by Frederick Marryat R. M. Ballantyne and W. H. G. Kingston in the periodical culture of the missionary enterprise this volume newly historicizes British children’s textual interactions with the South Pacific and its peoples. Although the mid-Victorian authors examined here portray British presence in imperial spaces as a moral imperative our understanding of the "adventurer" is transformed from the plucky explorer to the cynical mercenary through Robert Louis Stevenson who provides a late-nineteenth-century critique of the imperial and missionary assumptions that subtended the mid-Victorian boys’ adventure novel of his youth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367235505

Victorian Crime Madness and Sensation Beginning with Victoria's enthronement and an exploration of sensationalist accounts of attacks on the Queen and ending with the notorious case of a fin-de-siècle killer Victorian Crime Madness and Sensation throws new light on nineteenth-century attitudes toward crime and 'deviance'. The essays which draw on both canonical and liminal texts examine the Victorian fascination with criminal psychology and pathology engaging with real life cases alongside fictional accounts by writers as diverse as Ainsworth Stevenson and Stoker. Among the topics are shifting definitions of criminality and the ways in which discourses surrounding crime changed during the nineteenth century the literal and social criminalization of particular sex acts and the gendering of degeneration and insanity. As fascinated as they were with criminality the Victorians were equally concerned with solving crime and this collection also focuses on the forces of law enforcement and nineteenth-century attempts to "read" the criminal body as revealed in Victorian crime fiction and reportage. Contributors engage with the detective figure and his growing professionalization while examining the role of science and technology - both at home and in the Empire - in solving cases. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246669

Victorian Culture and the Origin of Disciplines Current studies in disciplinarity range widely across philosophical and literary contexts producing heated debate and entrenched divergences. Yet despite their manifest significance for us today seldom have those studies engaged with the Victorian origins of modern disciplinarity.  Victorian Culture and the Origin of Disciplines adds a crucial missing link in that history by asking and answering a series of deceptively simple questions: how did Victorians define a discipline; what factors impinged upon that definition; and how did they respond to disciplinary understanding?  Structured around sections on professionalization university curriculums society journals literary genres and interdisciplinarity Victorian Culture and the Origin of Disciplines addresses the tangled bank of disciplinarity in the arts humanities social sciences and natural sciences including musicology dance literature and art history; classics history archaeology and theology; anthropology psychology; and biology mathematics and physics.  Chapters examine the generative forces driving disciplinary formation and gauge its success or failure against social cultural political and economic environmental pressures.  No other volume has focused specifically on the origin of Victorian disciplines in order to track the birth death and growth of the units into which knowledge was divided in this period and no other volume has placed such a wide array of Victorian disciplines in their cultural context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367228422

Victorian Divorce First published in 1985. Beginning from the first documented British divorce in 1670 Professor Horstman traces the development of divorce the different means by which it came about and the relation of practice to moral attitudes. Many cases are presented in summary form and give a vivid picture of the patterns of behaviour and the agonies of conscience that accompanied this last resort solution. Written in a vivid style the book casts an often startling light on the behaviour of our ancestors of little more than a century ago. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138639096

Victorian Dramatic Criticism Originally published in 1971. The Victorian Age was one of popular theatre and increasingly popular journalism. One manifestation of this journalism was the emergence of the dramatic critic from the anonymity and brevity which had previously characterized periodical treatment of the theatre. If Victorian theatre is regarded as existing essentially thirty years before Victoria acceded and continuing until the outbreak of war in 1914 the names of Lamb Leigh Hunt and Hazlitt at one end and of Beerbohm and MacCarthy at the other can be added to a list that includes Lewes James Archer Walkley Shaw and Montague. All these writers and others less famous are represented in this selection. By selecting the articles on the basis of the play in performance rather than the play as literature and by arranging them according to various aspects of the theatrical process this book builds up a skilful and lively picture of the contemporary theatre at work in the words of its leading commentators. The anthology successfully conveys the qualities of abundance and vitality to characteristic of Victorian theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138936591

Victorian Education and the Ideal of Womanhood This study first published in 1980 argues that higher education for women was accepted by the end of the nineteenth-century and higher education was becoming a desirable preparation for teachers in girls’ schools. By accepting the opponents’ claim that higher education for women had the potential to revolutionise relations between the sexes this fascinating book demonstrates how the relevance of the nineteenth-century serves to enhance our understanding of the contemporary women’s movement. This title will be of interest to students of history and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138215238

Victorian EnglandAspects of English and Imperial History 1837-1901 This clear and thought-provoking examination of the years from Queen Victoria's accession to the close of the century pays particular attention to the post-1875 period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176478

Victorian Fairy TalesThe Revolt of the Fairies and Elves First published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173477

Victorian Fiction and the Cult of the Horse The horse was essential to the workings of Victorian society and its representations which are vast ranging and often contradictory comprise a vibrant cult of the horse. Examining the representational emblematic and rhetorical uses of horses in a diversity of nineteenth-century texts Gina M. Dorré shows how discourses about horses reveal and negotiate anxieties related to industrialism and technology constructions of gender and sexuality ruptures in the social fabric caused by class conflict and mobility and changes occasioned by national "progress" and imperial expansion. She argues that as a cultural object the horse functions as a repository of desire and despair in a society rocked by astonishing social economic and technological shifts. While representations of horses abound in Victorian fiction Gina M. Dorré's study focuses on those novels by Charles Dickens Elizabeth Braddon Anna Sewell and George Moore that engage with the most impassioned controversies concerning horses and horse-care such as the introduction of the steam engine popular new methods of horse-taming debates over the tight-reining of horses and the moral furor surrounding gambling at the race track. Her book establishes the centrality of the horse as a Victorian cultural icon and explores how through it dominant ideologies of gender and class are created promoted and disrupted. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263093

Victorian Household Management (ES 5-vol. set) A facsimile collection of six household and cookery manuals published in mid-Victorian Britain. An extremely valuable source of information for those studying Victorian life / culture and history of women. From the preface by Nicola Humble--- The nineteenth century saw a dramatic increase in the number of manuals of cookery and household management published in Britain with such books becoming a significant part of the publishing industry the mainstay of many an entrepreneurial publisher’s list. The most famous is Beeton’s Book of Household Management (1861) which sold more than 60 000 copies in its first year of publication and nearly two million by 1868 but many other such manuals appeared in this century particularly in the period from the 1840s to the 1880s. Works such as Eliza Acton’s Modern Cookery for Private Families (1845) (from which Isabella Beeton copied widely and unashamedly) Alexis Soyer’s The Modern Housewife (1849) and Henry Southgate’s Things a Lady Would Like to Know (1874). A new market for such books existed because of the extreme and all-embracing social changes that took place during these decades. More and more of the population moved into large towns or to the rapidly growing suburbs on their outskirts. They lost touch with the rural economy with its virtuous circle of food production and consumption and were faced with a vast and increasing array of commercial food products many imported from the colonies. The new rising middle class to whom most of these publications were addressed lived very different lives from their parents and grandparents in tall narrow townhouses where the industrial soot and grime necessitated extra cleaning where food of unknown origin was supplied by numerous potentially unreliable tradespeople and where neighbours were strangers to each other unless an elaborate system of calls was initiated. Husbands travelled into the centre of London and other large cities to work and took their midday and often their evening meal in town in the chop-houses that were growing up to service this new commuter class. Women in the mid-century needed advice on how to manage every detail of their homes and lives because it was all so unfamiliar and the well-meaning guidance of the past simply did not apply any more. The new household manuals speak to that anxiety reassuring and explaining offering new systems and strategies and dealing with the all-important task of managing servants. The middle class tripled in size between 1851 and 1871 and the vast majority of these newly middle-class people were at the very lowest end of the middle class living on annual household incomes of between £100 and £300. They were almost certainly the first generation of their families to have employed servants and were extremely anxious about the process. One of the main functions of the household manual was to simplify and demystify this new role. Another major function of the household manual was also intimately connected to class: that of consolidating and maintaining the family’s social position. It was very clear to all mid-Victorians that economic and social status could ‘turn on a sixpence’: that a calamitous fall in social status was as likely as a miraculous rise. Household manuals and cookbooks for the middle classes devote a considerable amount of space to the activity of entertaining which was seen as a crucial element in advancing both the husband’s career and the social status of the family. A significant proportion of the household’s monthly income would be devoted to this activity and enormous anxiety is felt not unreasonably about getting it right. It is for this reason that there are so many scenes of disastrous dinner parties in Victorian novels – not because the dinner party was a commonplace event but precisely because it was new and awkward and desperately important – a key social ritual for which the rules were still evolving. Household manuals seek to lay down those rules to determine the right way of doing it and to remove some of the anxiety from the proceedings (though the very detailed instructions seem as likely to have had the opposite effect). The household manuals and cook books of the nineteenth century are unlike their modern equivalents in their inclusivity. They are more like bibles than coffee-table books in that each aims to cover every p Media > Books > Print Books Edition Synapse 9784905211013

Victorian Jewelry Identity and the NovelPrisms of Culture In this study of Victorian jewels and their representation Jean Arnold explores the role material objects play in the cultural cohesion of the West. Diamonds and other gems Arnold argues symbolized the most closely held beliefs of the Victorians and thus can be considered "prisms of culture." Mined in the far reaches of the empire they traversed geographical space and cultural boundaries representing monetary value and evoking empire class lineage class membership gender relations and aesthetics. Arnold analyzes the many roles material objects fill in Western culture and surveys the cross-cultural history of the Victorian diamond uncovering how this object became both preeminent and representative of Victorian values. Her close readings of Wilkie Collins's The Moonstone George Eliot's Middlemarch William Makepeace Thackeray's The Great Hoggarty Diamond and Anthony Trollope's The Eustace Diamonds show gendered aesthetic economic fetishistic colonial legal and culturally symbolic interpretations of jewelry as they are enacted through narrative. Taken together these divergent interpretations offer a holistic view of a material culture's affective attachment to objects. As the assigned meanings of jewels turn them into symbols of power personal relationships and valued ideas human interactions with gems elicit emotional responses that bind the materialist culture together. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268500

Victorian Labour HistoryExperience Identity and the Politics of Representation First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007192

Victorian LiteratureCriticism and Debates Victorian Literature: Criticism and Debates offers a comprehensive and critically engaging introduction to the study of Victorian literature and addresses the most popular and vibrant topics in the field today. Separated into twelve sections this anthology investigates issues as diverse as neo-formalism sensationalism religion evolution psychology gender and sexuality colonialism imperialism and economics. Each section contains at least three classic essays from leading scholars which offer a variety of approaches and theories from the liveliest areas of current criticism and debate in the field. Each section concludes with a newly written essay from a subject expert that reflects on this work and looks forward to new directions. A sign-posted introduction to the key critical contributions in Victorian studies from the past twenty-five years sets the reader on their path. Providing both the essential criticism along with clear introductions and analysis this book is the perfect guide for students and scholars of Victorian literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415830980

Victorian Magic First published in 1976. This title brings the Victorian era to life with stories of its spectacular leading magicians conjurers illusionists escapologists scientific experimenters and tricksters. Geoffrey Lamb describes the kind of people they were and the kind of things they did whilst keeping intact the mystery surrounding their feats. This skilful reconstruction of this branch of nineteenth-century entertainment gives us a fascinating insight into Victorians and how they liked to be amused. This title will be of interest to students of history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138193772

Victorian Narrative Technologies in the Middle East Victorian Narrative Technologies tells the story of how the British who wanted nothing to do with the Suez Canal during the decades in which it was being internationally planned and invested came to own it. It stands to reason that the nation that prided itself on its engineering prowess and had more to gain than any other in the construction of a direct route to India would have played a role in its making. Yet the British shied away from any participation in the international project—only to swoop down on the finished project and claim it as their own when they purchased it in 1875 an event which led directly to Egypt’s colonization in 1882. Murray uncovers the little-known story of Britain’s swing from ambivalence about to acceptance of what would become a potent symbol of Western imperialism. Beginning with the railway mania of the 1840s and concluding with the opening of the new global routes of the 1870s Murray argues that changes in notions about character investment and technology propagated in the novel form over this period enabled Britain to lay claim to the globe. Arguing that literary genre was itself a technology that spread imperialism Murray shows how roads canals and novels together colonized the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415540797

Victorian Narratives of Failed EmigrationSettlers Returnees and Nineteenth-Century Literature in English In her study of the unsuccessful nineteenth-century emigrant Tamara S. Wagner argues that failed emigration and return drive nineteenth-century writing in English in unexpected culturally revealing ways. Wagner highlights the hitherto unexplored subgenre of anti-emigration writing that emerged as an important counter-current to a pervasive emigration propaganda machine that was pressing popular fiction into its service. The exportation of characters at the end of a novel indisputably formed a convenient narrative solution that at once mirrored and exaggerated public policies about so-called 'superfluous' or 'redundant' parts of society. Yet the very convenience of such pat endings was increasingly called into question. New starts overseas might not be so easily realizable; emigration destinations failed to live up to the inflated promises of pro-emigration rhetoric; the 'unwanted' might make a surprising reappearance. Wagner juxtaposes representations of emigration in the works of Charles Dickens Wilkie Collins Frances Trollope and Charlotte Yonge with Australian New Zealand and Canadian settler fiction by Elizabeth Murray Clara Cheeseman and Susanna Moodie offering a new literary history not just of nineteenth-century migration but also of transoceanic exchanges and genre formation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881153

Victorian Oxford First published in 1965 this book explores Oxford in the Victorian period providing accounts of the development in the constitutional organisation of the city and the political standing and the studies of the university. Employing a wide range of original material this work paints a detailed and fascinating picture of nineteenth century Oxford. This work will be of interest to those studying the history of universities and Victorian cities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138657915

Victorian PaintingEssays and Reviews: Volume One 1832-1848 First published in 1980. This anthology of fifty-three essays drawn from eleven weekly monthly and quarterly periodicals was assembled in order to reproduce in convenient form some of the more important articles on British painting published from 1832 to 1848 in Great Britain. Reviews of major exhibitions form a large part of the collection but essays treating individual artists discussions of the effect of state patronage of the arts and attempts to assess the uniqueness of the English tradition of painting are also included. This title will be of great interest to students of Art History Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366497

Victorian PaintingEssays and Reviews: Volume Two 1849-1860 First published in 1983. This anthology of sixty-nine essays drawn from fourteen different journals was assembled in order to reproduce in convenient form some of the more important articles on British painting published from 1849 to 1860 in Great Britain. Reviews of major exhibitions form a large part of the collection but essays treating individual artists discussions of the effect of state patronage of the arts and attempts to assess the uniqueness of the English tradition of painting are also included. This title will be of great interest to students of Art History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366633

Victorian Perceptions of Renaissance Architecture In the mid-1880s The Builder an influential British architectural journal published an article characterizing Renaissance architecture as a corrupt bastardization of the classical architecture of Greece and Rome. By the turn of the century however the same journal praised the Renaissance architect Filippo Brunelleschi as the ’Christopher Columbus of modern architecture.’ Victorian Perceptions of Renaissance Architecture 1850-1914 examines these conflicting characterizations and reveals how the writing of architectural history was intimately tied to the rise of the professional architect and the formalization of architectural education in late nineteenth-century Britain. Drawing on a broad range of evidence including literary texts professional journals university curricula and census records Victorian Perceptions reframes works by seminal authors such as John Ruskin Walter Pater John Addington Symonds and Geoffrey Scott alongside those by architect-authors such as William J. Anderson and Reginald Blomfield within contemporary architectural debates. Relevant for architectural historians as well as literary scholars and those in Victorian studies Victorian Perceptions reassesses the history of Renaissance architecture within the formation of a modern British architectural profession. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547544

Victorian Photography Literature and the Invention of Modern MemoryAlready the Past Invented during a period of anxiety about the ability of human memory to cope with the demands of expanding knowledge photography not only changed the way the Victorians saw the world but also provided them with a new sense of connection with the past and a developing language with which to describe it. Analysing a broad range of texts by inventors cultural critics photographers and novelists Victorian Photography Literature and the Invention of Modern Memory: Already the Past argues that Victorian photography ultimately defined the concept of memory for generations to come –including our own. In addition to being invaluable for scholars working within the emerging field of research at the intersection of photographic and literary studies this book will also be of interest to students of Victorian and modernist literature visual culture and intellectual history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350143067

Victorian PoetryPoetry Poetics and Politics In Victorian Poetry: Poetry Poetics and Politics Isobel Armstrong rescued Victorian poetry from its longstanding sepia image as ‘a moralised form of romantic verse' and unearthed its often subversive critique of nineteenth-century culture and politics. In this uniquely comprehensive and theoretically astute new edition Armstrong provides an entirely new preface that notes the key advances in the criticism of Victorian poetry since her classic work was first published in 1993. A new chapter on the alternative fin de siècle sees Armstrong discuss Michael Field Rudyard Kipling Alice Meynell and a selection of Hardy lyrics. The extensive bibliography acts as a key resource for students and scholars alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415525886

Victorian PublishingThe Economics of Book Production for a Mass Market 1836-1916 Drawing on research into the book-production records of twelve publishers-including George Bell & Son Richard Bentley William Blackwood Chatto & Windus Oliver & Boyd Macmillan and the book printers William Clowes and T&A Constable - taken at ten-year intervals from 1836 to 1916 this book interprets broad trends in the growth and diversity of book publishing in Victorian Britain. Chapters explore the significance of the export trade to the colonies and the rising importance of towns outside London as centres of publishing; the influence of technological change in increasing the variety and quantity of books; and how the business practice of literary publishing developed to expand the market for British and American authors. The book takes examples from the purchase and sale of popular fiction by Ouida Mrs. Wood Mrs. Ewing and canonical authors such as George Eliot Wilkie Collins and Mark Twain. Consideration of the unique demands of the educational market complements the focus on fiction as readers arithmetic books music geography science textbooks and Greek and Latin classics became a staple for an increasing number of publishing houses wishing to spread the risk of novel publication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258600

Victorian Railwaymen First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880740

Victorian RevolutionariesSpeculations on Some Heroes of a Culture Crisis The Victorian era is rightly associated with the industrial revolution in Britain and the ascendancy of a materialist commercially-oriented middle class. The threat to spiritual values was felt strongly in the realm of religion but also in the secular realm of the arts and literature. This volume analyzes the drive toward cultural transcendence in the lives and works of such eminent Victorians as Tennyson Carlyle Browning the aesthetics of the Pre-Raphaelites and the romantic origins of anthropology. The various modes of escape from the Victorian era helps illuminate present concerns about culture and society.First published in 1970 Victorian Revolutionaries represents a major effort in the intellectual rehabilitation of Victorian art and thought. Peckham's readings of In Memoriam and Idylls of the King show Tennyson at odds with Christianity except with the notion of the immortality of the soul. The terror of meaninglessness that he discerns here is echoed in the chapter on Carlyle who views human life as issuing from mystery and proceeding in chaos protected only by self-deception. For Browning the perceived lack of meaning or purpose results in an existential poetics of the world as theater and the individual as actor. Peckham's chapter on the Pre-Raphaelites anticipates their later rehabilitation by arguing that their work properly understood constitutes a challenge to the institutional modernism of the late twentieth century just as they had in turn challenged the academic values of the Royal Academy.The West is once more living in a culturally critical period today. Any help we can get in understanding how to deal with it is bound to be of value. Not the particular strategies of these men but the general pattern of their search in social and anthropological theory is probably the most useful thing they have to offer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540293

Victorian School Manager First published in 1974. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company.  Graham Balfour in a lecture delivered in February 1921 first drew attention to the growing importance of the elementary school manager in the system of educational administration during the period with which this study is concerned: “Local administrators of education other than trustees a hundred years ago there were none. Indeed it is very curious how imperceptibly that important figure of the latter half of the nineteenth century the School Manager steals into existence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881105

Victorian Science and Literature Part I This eight-volume reset edition in two parts collects rare primary sources on Victorian science literature and culture. The sources cover both scientific writing that has an aesthetic component – what might be called 'the literature of science' – and more overtly literary texts that deal with scientific matters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848930919

Victorian Science and Literature Part I Vol 1 This eight-volume reset edition in two parts collects rare primary sources on Victorian science literature and culture. The sources cover both scientific writing that has an aesthetic component – what might be called 'the literature of science' – and more overtly literary texts that deal with scientific matters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138765795

Victorian Science and Literature Part I Vol 2 This eight-volume reset edition in two parts collects rare primary sources on Victorian science literature and culture. The sources cover both scientific writing that has an aesthetic component – what might be called 'the literature of science' – and more overtly literary texts that deal with scientific matters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138765801

Victorian Science and Literature Part I Vol 3 This eight-volume reset edition in two parts collects rare primary sources on Victorian science literature and culture. The sources cover both scientific writing that has an aesthetic component – what might be called 'the literature of science' – and more overtly literary texts that deal with scientific matters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138765818

Victorian Science and Literature Part I Vol 4 This eight-volume reset edition in two parts collects rare primary sources on Victorian science literature and culture. The sources cover both scientific writing that has an aesthetic component – what might be called 'the literature of science' – and more overtly literary texts that deal with scientific matters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138765825

Victorian Science and Literature Part II This eight-volume reset edition in two parts collects rare primary sources on Victorian science literature and culture. The sources cover both scientific writing that has an aesthetic component – what might be called 'the literature of science' – and more overtly literary texts that deal with scientific matters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848930926

Victorian Science and Literature Part II vol 5 This eight-volume reset edition in two parts collects rare primary sources on Victorian science literature and culture. The sources cover both scientific writing that has an aesthetic component – what might be called 'the literature of science' – and more overtly literary texts that deal with scientific matters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138765832

Victorian Science and Literature Part II vol 6 This eight-volume reset edition in two parts collects rare primary sources on Victorian science literature and culture. The sources cover both scientific writing that has an aesthetic component – what might be called 'the literature of science' – and more overtly literary texts that deal with scientific matters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138765849

Victorian Science and Literature Part II vol 7 This eight-volume reset edition in two parts collects rare primary sources on Victorian science literature and culture. The sources cover both scientific writing that has an aesthetic component – what might be called 'the literature of science' – and more overtly literary texts that deal with scientific matters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138765856

Victorian Science and Literature Part II vol 8 This eight-volume reset edition in two parts collects rare primary sources on Victorian science literature and culture. The sources cover both scientific writing that has an aesthetic component – what might be called 'the literature of science' – and more overtly literary texts that deal with scientific matters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138765863

Victorian SecrecyEconomies of Knowledge and Concealment Whether commercial personal political professional or spiritual knowledge was capital for the Victorians in their ongoing project of constructing a modern information-based society. Victorian Secrecy explores the myriad ways in which knowledge was both zealously accumulated and jealously guarded by individuals institutions and government entities in Victorian Britain. Offering a wide variety of critical approaches and disciplinary perspectives the contributors examine secretive actors with respect to a broad range of subjects including the narrator in Tess of the d'Urbervilles John Henry Newman's autobiographical novel Loss and Gain Richard Dadd's The Fairy Feller's Masterstroke modes of detection in Bleak House the secret history of Harriet Martineau's role in the repeal of the Corn Law and Victorian stage magicians. Taken together the essays provide a richly textured account of which modes of hiding and revealing articulate secrets in Victorian literature and culture; how social relations are formed and reformed in relationship to secrecy; and what was at stake individually aesthetically and culturally in the Victorians' clandestine activities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250543

Victorian Servants Class and the Politics of Literacy In this volume Fernandez brings the under-examined figure of the Victorian servant out of obscurity in order to tell the story of his or her encounter with literacy as imagined and represented in nineteenth-century fiction autobiography pamphlets and diaries. A vast body of writing is uncovered on the management of servant literacy in Victorian periodicals advice manuals cartoons sermons books on household management and pornography thereby revealing that the domestic sphere was a crucial war zone in the battle over mass literacy. By attending to how fictional and nonfictional texts of the age feature literate servant narrators she demonstrates how the issue of servant literacy as a cultural phenomenon has profound implications for our understanding of the nexus between class mass literacy voice and narrative power in the nineteenth century. The study reads canonical fiction by Mary Wollstonecraft Emily Bronte Elizabeth Gaskell Wilkie Collins and R.L. Stevenson alongside popular detective fiction by Catherine Crowe the Diaries of Hannah Cullwick and best-selling pamphlets of the age while introducing to Victorian scholarship hitherto little known or unknown servant autobiographies that address life history as an engagement with literacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878143

Victorian Settler NarrativesEmigrants Cosmopolitans and Returnees in Nineteenth-Century Literature This edited collection from a distinguished group of contributors explores a range of topics including literature as imperialist propaganda the representation of the colonies in British literature the emergence of literary culture in the colonies and the creation of new gender roles such as ‘girl Crusoes’ in works of fiction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138664432

Victorian Spectacular Theatre 1850-1910 Originally published in 1981. This study concentrates on one aspect of Victorian theatre production in the second half of the nineteenth century – the spectacular which came to dominate certain kinds of production during that period. A remarkably consistent style it was used for a variety of dramatic forms although surrounded by critical controversy. The book considers the theories and practice of spectacle production as well as the cultural and artistic movements that created the favourable conditions in which spectacle could dominate such large areas of theatre for so many years. It also discusses the growth of spectacle and the taste of the public for it examining the influence of painting archaeology history and the trend towards realism in stage production. An explanation of the working of spectacle in Shakespeare pantomime and melodrama is followed by detailed reconstructions of the spectacle productions of Irving’s Faust and Beerbohm Tree’s King Henry VIII. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138936607

Victorian StudiesA Research Guide First published in 2006 this work is a valuable guide for the researcher in Victorian Studies. Updated to include electronic resources this book provides guides to catalogs archives museums collections and databases containing material on the Victorian period. It organises the vast array of reference sources by discipline to help researchers tailor their investigations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138659353

Victorian Sustainability in Literature and Culture From a growing awareness of the depletion of energy resources and the perils of environmental degradation to the founding of self-sufficient communities and the establishment of the National Trust the concept of sustainability began to take on a new importance in the Victorian period. An emerging sense of the fragility and instability of human and natural resources and the deeply complex interweaving of the two led many Victorians to consider how to preserve or protect what they valued and how individuals communities (or even nations) could survive and flourish in a world of finite resources. This collection explores not only nascent understandings of sustainability in ecological or environmental contexts but also encompasses consideration of the problem of psychological sustainability and emotional wellbeing in response to the upheavals of modernity. With chapters by scholars working in literary studies history cultural studies and sustainability studies the volume encompasses a wide diversity of topics objects and authors ranging from the 1850s to the early twentieth century. Victorian Sustainability offers new perspectives on debates about sustainability in the present by showing how our current concerns derive from an earlier historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881160

Victorian Theatrical Burlesques First published in 2003. Wildly popular in their own day Victorian burlesques are now little read scarcely studied and never performed. Giving long overdue emphasis to an unjustly neglected theatrical tradition this critical edition - the first to focus on Victorian burlesques of Victorian plays - represents a valuable scholarly tool for students and scholars of modern drama theatre history and nineteenth-century popular culture. Victorian Theatrical Burlesques includes a 'state-of-the-art' introduction which provides a general overview of theatrical burlesques in the Victorian era emphasising performance history. Sustained reference is made to burlesques other than those presented in the anthology. Through its general introduction prefaces and annotations to individual plays checklist of burlesque plays and bibliography the unique volume allows both specialist and non-specialist readers to see Victorian burlesques as a rich historical record of shifting attitudes toward drama and the theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138644335

Victorian TransformationsGenre Nationalism and Desire in Nineteenth-Century Literature Proposing the concept of transformation as a key to understanding the Victorian period this collection explores the protean ways in which the nineteenth century conceived of responded to and created change. The volume focuses on literature particularly issues related to genre nationalism and desire. For example the essays suggest that changes in the novel's form correspond with shifting notions of human nature in Victor Hugo's Notre-Dame de Paris; technical forms such as the villanelle and chant royal are crucial bridges between Victorian and Modernist poetics; Victorian theater moves from privileging the text to valuing the spectacles that characterized much of Victorian staging; Carlyle's Past and Present is a rallying cry for replacing the static and fractured language of the past with a national language deep in shared meaning; Dante Gabriel Rossetti posits unachieved desire as the means of rescuing the subject from the institutional forces that threaten to close down and subsume him; and the return of Adelaide Anne Procter's fallen nun to the convent in "A Legend of Provence" can be read as signaling a more modern definition of gender and sexuality that allows for the possibility of transgressive desire within society. The collection concludes with an essay that shows neo-Victorian authors like John Fowles and A. S. Byatt contending with the Victorian preoccupations with gender and sexuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409411871

Victorian Types Victorian Shadows (Routledge Revivals)Biblical Typology in Victorian Literature Art and Thought The importance of typology in the study of early modern literature has long been accepted yet students of Victorian culture have paid little attention to it. First published in 1980 this study demonstrates how biblical typology an apparently arcane interpretative mode had profound effects on the secular culture of the Victorian age: its art literature and thought. George Landow considers the way in which the average English believer learned to read their Bible in terms of the types and shadows of Christ the various ways in which Victorian poetry and hymns employed certain imagery and the use of typological symbolism in narrative poetry prose fiction dramatic monologue and non-fiction. In a concluding chapter he investigates the particularly complex and often ironic combinations of typological image and typological structure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138796171

Victorian Urban SettingsEssays on the Nineteenth-Century City and Its Contexts First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864269

Victorian ValuesPersonalities and Perspectives in Nineteenth Century Society Victorian Values is an absorbing portrait of Victorian society and culture presenting different aspects of the age through profiles of representative or pioneering figures - among them Dickens Pugin Mary Kingsley Lord Leighton Gladstone and Joseph Chamberlain. It illuminates Victorian attitudes to a range of issues from education health and self-help to civic ideals and sexual identity. Widely used and enjoyed by students teachers and general readers alike it has now been extended with four new essays and the Introduction comparing the Victorian age with our own has been updated and rewritten. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157132

Victorian Vocalists Victorian Vocalists is a masterful and entertaining collection of 100 biographies of mid- to late-19th-century singers and stars. Kurt Gänzl paints a vivid picture of the Victorian operatic and concert world  revealing the backgrounds journeys successes failures and misdemeanours of these singers. This volume is not only an outstanding reference work for anyone interested in vocalists of the era but also a compelling meticulously researched picture of life in the vast shark tank that was Victorian music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735708

Victorian VulgarityTaste in Verbal and Visual Culture Originally describing language use and class position vulgarity became over the course of the nineteenth century a word with wider social implications. Variously associated with behavior the possession of wealth different races sexuality and gender the objects displayed in homes and ways of thinking and feeling vulgarity suggested matters of style taste and comportment. This collection examines the diverse ramifications of vulgarity in the four areas where it was most discussed in the nineteenth century: language use changing social spaces the emerging middle classes and visual art. Exploring the dynamics of the term as revealed in dictionaries and grammars; Mayhew's London Labour and the London Poor; fiction by Dickens Eliot Gissing and Trollope; essays journalism art and art reviews the contributors bring their formidable analytical skills to bear on this enticing and divisive concept. Taken together these essays urge readers to consider the implications of vulgarity's troubled history for today's writers critics and artists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250949

Victorian Women and the Economies of Travel Translation and Culture 1830–1870 Both travel and translation involve a type of journey one with literal and metaphorical dimensions. Judith Johnston brings together these two richly resonant modes of getting from here to there as she explores their impact on culture with respect to the work of Victorian women. Using the metaphor of the published journey whether it involves actual travel or translation Johnston focusses particularly on the relationships of various British women with continental Europe. At the same time she sheds light on the possibility of appropriation and British imperial enhancement that such contact produces. Johnston's book is in part devoted to case studies of women such as Sarah Austin Mary Busk Anna Jameson Charlotte Guest Jane Sinnett and Mary Howitt who are representative of women travellers translators and journalists during a period when women became increasingly robust participants in the publishing industry. Whether they wrote about their own travels or translated the foreign language texts of other writers Johnston shows women were establishing themselves as actors in the broad business of culture. In widening our understanding of the ways in which gender and modernity functioned in the early decades of the Victorian age Johnston's book makes a strong case for a greater appreciation of the contributions nineteenth-century women made to what is termed the knowledge empire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245839

Victorian Women Poets Through her selection of fourteen essays Tess Cosslett charts the rediscovery by feminist critics of the Victorian Women Poets such as Emily Brontë Elizabeth Barrett Browning and Christina Rossetti and the subsequent developments as critics use a range of modern theoretical approaches to understand and promote the work of these non-canonical and marginalised poets. While the essays chosen for this volume focus on these three major figures work is also included on less well-known poets who have only recently been brought into critical prominence. The introduction clarifies for the reader the themes problems and preoccupations that inform the criticism and provides a useful guide to the debates surrounding poetry and feminism investigating such questions as how feminist are these poems and does a women s tradition really exist? The advantages and disadvantages of applying different critical approaches such as psychoanalytic and historicist to the understanding of this period and genre are also fully explored. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138165595

Victorian Women PoetsAn Annotated Anthology There has been a huge revival of interest in Victorian women's poetry in the last ten years and it has led to a major reconfiguration of the English poetic landscape of the nineteenth century. This title offers a key selection of poems by 13 Victorian women poets from Christina Rosetti and Felicia Hemans to the witty iconoclastic May Kendall. The book starts with a substantial general Introduction which places the work of the poets into a context both historical (that of the poems' production) and modern (that of their past and present reception). Each poet's work is introduced by an expansive headnote which tells the story of her life and writing career. The poems all have full explanatory notes to help readers unfamiliar with the period. A Bibliography lists general sources as well as useful further readings. Written in an engaging and accessible manner the extensive annotations throughout Victorian Women Poets ensure that this fascinating poetry is enjoyable for undergraduate and non-specialist readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836648

Victorian Women's FictionMarriage Freedom and the Individual Focusing on the ways in which female novelists have in their creative work challenged or scrutinised contemporary assumptions about their own sex this book's critical interest in women’s fiction shows how mid-nineteenth-century women writers confront the conflict between the pressures of matrimonial ideologies and the often more attractive alternative of single or professional life. In arguing that the tensions and dualities of their work represent the honest confrontation of their own ambivalence rather than attempted conformity to convention it calls for a fresh look at patterns of imaginative representation in Victorian women’s literature. Making extensive use of letters and non-fiction this study relates the opinions expressed there to the themes and methods of the fictional narratives. The first chapter outlines the social and ideological framework within which the authors were writing; the subsequent five chapters deal with the individual novelists Craik Charlotte Bronté Sewell Gaskell and Eliot examining the works of each and also pointing to the similarities between them thus suggesting a shared female ‘voice’. Dealing with minor writers as well as better-known figures it opens up new areas of critical investigation claiming not only that many nineteenth-century female novelists have been undeservedly neglected but also that the major ones are further illuminated by being considered alongside their less familiar contemporaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752305

Victorian Working WomenAn historical and literary study of women in British industries and professions 1832-1850 This book was first published in 1929. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759335

Victorian Writers and the EnvironmentEcocritical Perspectives Applying ecocritical theory to the work of Victorian writers this collection explores what a diversity of ecocritical approaches can offer students and scholars of Victorian literature at the same time that it critiques the general effectiveness of ecocritical theory. Interdisciplinary in their approach the essays take up questions related to the nonhuman botany landscape evolutionary science and religion. The contributors cast a wide net in terms of genre analyzing novels poetry periodical works botanical literature life-writing and essays. Focusing on a wide range of canonical and noncanonical writers including Charles Dickens the Brontes John Ruskin Christina Rossetti Jane Webb Loudon Anna Sewell and Richard Jefferies Victorian Writers and the Environment demonstrates the ways in which nineteenth-century authors engaged not only with humans’ interaction with the environment during the Victorian period but also how some authors anticipated more recent attitudes toward the environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346447

Victorians This book will support children as they: * Write a school report for a Victorian pupil * Compile the biography of a real-life circus performer- "The Human Canon Ball" * Produce a letter to complain about the after-effects of the Victorian remedy carbolic smoke balls! Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138161443

Victorians The innovative Creative History Activity Packs series is designed to help teachers bring history topics to life through imaginative creative arts activities. Each pack includes ten laminated double-sided cards printed in full color. Each card describes in detail activities that recreate aspects of life in a particular historical period using art drama and dance. Each activity is based on historically researched authentic practices of the time. Ideal for whole class or small group sessions the packs are an inspiration for busy teachers looking for new ways to approach project work at Key Stage 2 - and are easily applicable for Key Stage 1 classes. Victorian activities in this pack include making decorative objects - penwipers fans cornucopias - based on original Victorian patterns; sewing samplers; making miniature gardens; original Victorian parlor games based on both wordplay and physical activity; and an upstairs/downstairs drama. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203819555

Victorians and Their AnimalsBeast on a Leash Victorians and Their Animals: Beast on a Leash investigates the notion that British Victorians did see themselves as a naturally dominant species over other humans and over animals. They were conscientiously hegemonically determined to rule those beneath them and the animal within themselves albeit with varying degrees of success and failure. The articles in this collection apply posthumanism and other theories including queer postcolonialist deconstructionist and Marxist approaches in their exploration of Victorian attitudes toward animals. They study the biopolitical relationships between human and nonhuman animals in several key Victorian literary works. Some of this book’s chapters deal with animal ethics and moral aesthetics. Also being studied is the representation of animals in several Victorian novels as narrative devices to signify class status and gender dynamics either to iterate socially acceptable mores to satirize hypocrisy or breach of behavior or to voice social protest. All of the chapters analyze the interdependence of people and animals during the nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664053

Victorians at Home and Away First published in 1978 this book explores everyday Victorian likes and dislikes manners fashions ideals and illusions. It discusses their changing attitudes to women children the poor the common soldier and their country. It explains the rise and fall of home entertainment the growth of soccer racing and cricket to national sports the rise of public schools and new professions as well as the appeal of missionary work. It is argued that all this happened not because the Victorians were fools hypocrites or villains but because they sensibly adapted themselves to peculiar and novel circumstances. This title will be of interest to students of history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138194847

Victorians in the MountainsSinking the Sublime In her compelling book Ann C. Colley examines the shift away from the cult of the sublime that characterized the early part of the nineteenth century to the less reverential perspective from which the Victorians regarded mountain landscapes. And what a multifaceted perspective it was as unprecedented numbers of the Victorian middle and professional classes took themselves off on mountaineering holidays so commonplace that the editors of Punch sarcastically reported that the route to the summit of Mont Blanc was to be carpeted. In Part One Colley mines diaries and letters to interrogate how everyday tourists and climbers both responded to and undercut ideas about the sublime showing how technological advances like the telescope transformed mountains into theatrical spaces where tourists thrilled to the sight of struggling climbers; almost inevitably these distant performances were eventually reenacted at exhibitions and on the London stage. Colley's examination of the Alpine Club archives periodicals and other primary resources offers a more complicated and inclusive picture of female mountaineering as she documents the strong presence of women on successful expeditions in the latter half of the century. In Part Two Colley turns to John Ruskin Gerard Manley Hopkins and Robert Louis Stevenson whose writings about the Alps reflect their feelings about their Romantic heritage and shed light on their ideas about perception metaphor and literary style. Colley concludes by offering insights into the ways in which expeditions to the Himalayas affected people's sense of the sublime arguing that these individuals were motivated as much by the glory of Empire as by aesthetic sensibility. Her ambitious book is an astute exploration of nationalism as well as theories of gender spectacle and the technicalities of glacial movement that were intruding on what before had seemed inviolable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272552

Victory at StalingradThe Battle That Changed History  Victory at Stalingrad tells the gripping strategic and military story of that battle. The hard-won Soviet victory prevented Hitler from waging the Second World War for another ten years and set the Germans on the road to defeat. The Soviet victory also prevented the Nazis from completing the Final Solution the wholesale destruction of European Jewry which began with Hitler’s "War of Annihilation" against the Soviets on the Eastern Front. Geoffrey Roberts places the conflict in the context of the clash between two mighty powers:their world views and their leaders. He presents a great human drama highlighting the contribution made by political and military leaders on both sides. He shows that the real story of the battle was the Soviets’ failure to achieve their greatest ambition: to deliver an immediate war-winning knockout blow to the Germans.This provocative reassessment presents new evidence and challenges the myths and legends that surround both the battle and the key personalities who led and planned it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150751

Victory in Europe?Britain and Germany since 1945 With the debate about Europe constantly in the headlines this examination of the important and tricky post-war relationship between German and Britain compares their different roles outlook and development.  In the wake of a devastated continent this relationship has been one of the central axes of the development of post-war Europe and crucial in terms of recent British history. Sabine Lee considers broad issues such as the comparative senses of national identity destiny and direction and the respective roles of Germany and Britain in Europe and in the world community at large. With Germany now reunited and at the head of the new Europe and Britain in the process of devolution and struggling to retain the special relationship with the United States this is an important and topical book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160347

VictoryHow a Progressive Democratic Party Can Win the Presidency The author of this book is an unabashed liberal democrat. He argues that there are a number of myths and half-truths about American politics that need to be properly understood if progressives and the Democratic party are to win the presidency and govern effectively. The book has three parts: myths and realities of public opinion; current party coalitions - their strengths and weaknesses; a programme for progressive Democrats. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315486017

Video Speech and Audio Signal Processing and Associated Standards Now available in a three-volume set this updated and expanded edition of the bestselling The Digital Signal Processing Handbook continues to provide the engineering community with authoritative coverage of the fundamental and specialized aspects of information-bearing signals in digital form. Encompassing essential background material technical details standards and software the second edition reflects cutting-edge information on signal processing algorithms and protocols related to speech audio multimedia and video processing technology associated with standards ranging from WiMax to MP3 audio low-power/high-performance DSPs color image processing and chips on video. Drawing on the experience of leading engineers researchers and scholars the three-volume set contains 29 new chapters that address multimedia and Internet technologies tomography radar systems architecture standards and future applications in speech acoustics video radar and telecommunications. This volume Video Speech and Audio Signal Processing and Associated Standards provides thorough coverage of the basic foundations of speech audio image and video processing and associated applications to broadcast storage search and retrieval and communications. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219820

Video War and the Diasporic Imagination Video War and the Diasporic Imagination is an incisive study of the loss and (re)construction of collective and personal identities in ethnic migrant communities. Focusing on the Croatian and Macedonian Communities in Western Australia Dona Kolar-Panov documents the social and cultural changes that affected these diasporic groups on the fragmentation of Yugoslavia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007000

Video and Filmmaking as PsychotherapyResearch and Practice While film and video has long been used within psychological practice researchers and practitioners have only just begun to explore the benefits of film and video production as therapy. This volume describes a burgeoning area of psychotherapy which employs the art of filmmaking and digital storytelling as a means of healing victims of trauma and abuse. It explores the ethical considerations behind this process as well as its cultural and developmental implications within clinical psychology. Grounded in clinical theory and methodology this multidisciplinary volume draws on perspectives from anthropology psychiatry psychology and art therapy which support the use and integration of film/video-based therapy in practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138286962

Video Art HistoricizedTraditions and Negotiations Video art emerged as an art form that from the 1960s and onwards challenged the concept of art - hence art historical practices. From the perspective of artists critics and scholars engaged with this new medium art was seen as too limiting a notion. Important issues were to re-think art as a means for critical investigations and a demand for visual reconsiderations. Likewise art history was argued to be in crisis and in need of adapting its theories and methods in order to produce interpretations and thereby establish historical sense for moving images as fine art. Yet as this book argues video art history has evolved into a discourse clinging to traditional concepts ideologies and narrative structures - manifested in an increasing body of texts. Video Art Historicized provides a novel insightful and also challenging re-interpretation of this field by examining the discourse and its own premises. It takes a firm conceptual approach to the material examining the conceptual theoretical and methodological implications that are simultaneously contested by both artists and authors yet intertwined in both the legitimizing and the historicizing processes of video as art. By engaging art history’s most debated concepts (canon art and history) this study provides an in-depth investigation of the mechanisms of the historiography of video art. Scrutinizing various narratives on video art the book emphasizes the profound and widespread hesitations towards but also the efforts to negotiate traditional concepts and practices. By focusing on the politics of this discourse theoretical issues of gender nationality and particular themes in video art Malin Hedlin Hayden contests the presumptions that inform video art and its history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138563209

Video Camera Techniques Video Camera Techniques is an ideal starter guide for anyone owning a camcorder newcomers to the field of broadcast or corporate video-making or students who all wish to make videos to professional standards. Written in Gerald Millserson's easy to understand style this step by step guide will help you to master the operation of your camera and quickly develop your own style and imaginative skills.This new edition now covers the latest types of video camera and gives guidance on camera handling and picture making form basics to advanced techniques.Gerald Millerson's books on video and television have long been acknowledged as among the best ever published. For more in-depth coverage of all aspects of video production his highly acclaimed Video Production Handbook is the definitive work on the subject. He is the author of two other titles in the Media Manuals series - Lighting for Video and Effective TV Production. His other books published by Focal Press are The Technique of TV Production (now in its 12th edition) The Techniques of Lighting for TV and Film and TV Scenic Design Handbook. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138130920

Video CataloguingStructure Parsing and Content Extraction The arrival of the digital age has created the need to be able to store manage and digitally use an ever-increasing amount of video and audio material. Thus video cataloguing has emerged as a requirement of the times. Video Cataloguing: Structure Parsing and Content Extraction explains how to efficiently perform video structure analysis as well as extract the basic semantic contents for video summarization which is essential for handling large-scale video data.This book addresses the issues of video cataloguing including video structure parsing and basic semantic word extraction particularly for movie and teleplay videos. It starts by providing readers with a fundamental understanding of video structure parsing. It examines video shot boundary detection recent research on video scene detection and basic ideas for semantic word extraction including video text recognition scene recognition and character identification.The book lists and introduces some of the most commonly used features in video analysis. It introduces and analyzes the most popular shot boundary detection methods and also presents recent research on movie scene detection as another important and critical step for video cataloguing video indexing and retrieval.The authors propose a robust movie scene recognition approach based on a panoramic frame and representative feature patch. They describe how to recognize characters in movies and TV series accurately and efficiently as well as how to use these character names as cataloguing items for an intelligent catalogue.The book proposes an interesting application of highlight extraction in basketball videos and concludes by demonstrating how to design and implement a prototype system of automatic movie and teleplay cataloguing (AMTC) based on the approaches introduced in the book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138894136

Video Coding for Wireless Communication Systems "Explains the transmission of image and video information over wireless channels. Describes MPEG-4 the latest video coding standard. Discusses error resilient combined source channel image and video coders and multiple access spread spectrum and future generation wireless video communication systems." Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315214467

Video CommunicationsThe Whole Picture Case studies document how in businesses all across this country people are communicating via videoconferences with broadcast quality reception. The authors detail how the proliferation of IP networks has driven quality improvements and cost savings in Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138412460

Video Editing with Avid: Media Composer Symphony Xpress This is the first comprehensive guide to editing on Avid from a PAL standpoint also including NTSC information where appropriate making this book a worldwide manual.If you are already using Media Composer Symphony or Xpress and want to improve and consolidate your basic methods or if you need to learn these systems from scratch then this book is for you. This invaluable reference source explains from beginner to intermediate level the similarities and differences of these three packages and will ensure you get the most out of your Avid system.Based on his experience as a film and video editor and trainer Roger Shufflebottom imparts all the information you need in a clear accurate and easy to follow format. He provides a comprehensive guide to all the main editing tools of Media Composer Symphony and Xpress. The text covers Media Composer versions 7-10 Xpress versions 2-4 and Symphony versions 1-3. Extra information is also included on Media Composer version 10.5 Symphony version 3.5 and Xpress version 4.5. Specific Apple Mac and Windows NT information is included.Moving beyond basic editing 2D effects 3D effects and graphic import are explained in detail. By working through the text you will be able to complete an Avid project competently and intuitively and you will learn some efficient and powerful working techniques.Roger Shufflebottom has been an editor since 1974 began training in 1993 and has run courses for major broadcasters including the BBC Carlton BskyB Pearson Television and the American Forces Network as well as many facility companies. He is an Avid Certified Instructor and has written many articles for 'Avid User' magazine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138426047

Video Ethnography Video Ethnography provides a thought-provoking guided framework to ethnographic filmmaking. It examines how this kind of filmmaking can be a means of approximating mediating and evoking lived experience. Functioning as a kind of sensory extension of the videographer video ethnography arises directly out of lived experience as a process of dynamic encounters mobile situations and embodied approaches that include senses and choices of the videographer and the participants of the ethnography. The book will help describe and develop students‘ sensibility and awareness of this crucial aspect of video ethnography so they can craft their own video ethnographies with a fully conscious awareness of how certain skilled and attuned approaches to audiovisual techniques can help facilitate the fullest and most dynamic encounters possible. This book is suitable for classes in ethnographic filmmaking video ethnography and visual anthropology / sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367173531

Video Field Production and Editing In the eighth revised edition of this book Ronald J. Compesi offers a comprehensive and in-depth introduction to the  aesthetics of small-scale single-camera video production in field environments from planning through postproduction in a range of different programming formats. Written in an accessible student-friendly style this new edition has been significantly updated and revised throughout to reflect current technology and industry practices including shooting with DSLR cameras in HD and on smartphones new methods and channels of distribution and much more. Key features and updates to the eighth edition include: A focus on small-scale video production involving a minimum amount of field equipment and a small crew offering creative solutions for video producers with limited resources and personnel; Discussions of HD and 4K technology/acquisition LED lighting shooting with DSLR cameras and smartphones new online distribution channels; Over 300 photos and line art in full-color for the first time illustrating production processes technical issues and equipment and illuminating key aesthetic elements; An eResource with downloadable production planning documents links to further online resources production project exercises and sample test questions. With over 40 years of teaching and production experience Ronald J. Compesi offers an up-to-date and essential introduction to the art of small-scale video production in field environments in the new edition of this groundbreaking text in print since 1985. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138584563

Video Game LawEverything you need to know about Legal and Business Issues in the Game Industry Video Game Law is aimed at game developers and industry professionals who want to better understand the industry or are in need of expert legal guidance. Given the rise in international competition the increasing complexity of video game features and the explosive growth of the industry in general game developers can quickly find themselves in serious trouble becoming vulnerable to copyright infringement claims piracy and even security breaches. Not every video game company has the financial resources to retain in-house counsel–which Video Game Law seeks to address by discussing many of the common pitfalls legal questions and scenarios facing the industry. S. Gregory Boyd Brian Pyne and Sean F. Kane the most prominent sought after and respected video game attorneys in the country break down the laws and legal concepts that every game developer and industry professional needs to know in order to better protect their game and grow their company. KEY FEATURES:• Provides a solid understanding of intellectual property (IP) concepts and laws includingcopyright trademark trade secret and other protections that apply to video games andhow each can be employed to protect a company’s unique and valuable IP• Explores cutting edge legal issues that affect the gaming industry including gambling virtual currency privacy laws the Digital Millennium Copyright Act tax incentives andrelevant piracy laws• Provides an overview of legal and privacy vocabulary and concepts needed to navigateand succeed in an industry that is constantly growing and evolving• Provides illustrative examples and legal concepts from the video game industry in everychapter Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138058491

Video Game MarketingA student textbook The video game industry has been one of the fastest-growing cultural phenomena of our times with market conditions that demand a specific skill set from its marketers. To a new generation of "indie gamers" being a game developer isn’t just about design and production a successful video game demands entrepreneurial skills and astute business acumen. The creators need to know what their customers want how to reach those customers and how to sell to them.   Video Game Marketing: A student textbook is for development students or aspiring developers who want to know how to promote and sell the results of their efforts. This book is a much-needed guide to:   • the essentials of marketing strategy; • video games as products or services; • marketing research for game development; • branding video games; • marketing through game: gamification advergames.   Replete with pedagogy to aid learning such as objectives and discussion questions for each chapter this book is all that aspiring video game developers will need to unleash the potential of their games. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138812277

Video Game PolicyProduction Distribution and Consumption This book analyzes the effect of policy on the digital game complex: government industry corporations distributors players and the like. Contributors argue that digital games are not created nor consumed outside of the complex power relationships that dictate the full production and distribution cycles and that we need to consider those relationships in order to effectively "read" and analyze digital games. Through examining a selection of policies e.g. the Australian government’s refusal (until recently) to allow an R18 rating for digital games Blizzard’s policy in regards to intellectual property Electronic Arts’ corporate policy for downloadable content (DLC) they show how policy that is to say the rules governing the production distribution and consumption of digital games has a tangible effect upon our understanding of the digital game medium. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815396376

Video Game WorldsWorking at Play in the Culture of EverQuest As massively multiplayer online (MMO) games grow in scope and popularity what are the characteristics of their emerging gaming culture? How is this culture shaped by the decisions made by game designers and the collective interpretations of a game’s player base? In this book Timothy Rowlands brings a diverse mix of ethnographic semiotic and analytical approaches to the virtual world of EverQuest. Through first-hand player experiences and interviews of other gamers Rowlands analyzes a gaming environment that as time goes on looks less like leisure and more like a workspace. This groundbreaking fusion of sociology and the world of MMOs is a must read for scholars and gamers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611320688

Video Gamers Video gaming is economically educationally culturally socially and theoretically important and has in a relatively short period of time firmly cemented its place within contemporary life. It is fair to say however that the majority of research to date has focused most specifically on either the video games themselves or the direct engagement of gamers with a specific piece of game technology. In contrast Video Gamers is the first book to explicitly and comprehensively address how digital games are engaged with and experienced in the everyday lives social networks and consumer patterns of those who play them. In doing so the book provides a key introduction to the study of gamers and the games they play whilst also reflecting on the current debates and literatures surrounding gaming practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415674416

Video Games and Gaming Culture Video and interactive computer games now constitute an enormous industry that rivals television and film. Moreover gaming is of growing importance in spheres beyond mere entertainment; games and gaming technology are increasingly applied to other ends including for educational political and military purposes. Perhaps unsurprisingly therefore the cultural social and economic significance of games and gaming is now profound and ripe for scholarly scrutiny and study. As research continues to flourish as never before this major new reference resource from Routledge’s Critical Concepts in Media and Cultural Studies series offers a multi-dimensional overview of games and gaming culture and brings together in four volumes the very best foundational and cutting-edge scholarship. Edited by the field’s leading scholar Mark J. P. Wolf the collection encompasses the socio-cultural political and economic dimensions of gaming from a wide variety of perspectives. The materials gathered explore issues of game design and development provide close analysis of games as cultural artefacts and address issues of policy such as those related to race class gender and sexuality. Video Games and Gaming Culture is supplemented by a comprehensive index and includes a full introduction newly written by the editor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138811256

Video Games and Interactive MediaA Glimpse at New Digital Entertainment This book explores the development of the video game as a new form of interactive media and a template for future modes of entertainment. While television programs and movies are predominantly passive enterprises video games engage the audience and provide not only audio-visual stimulation but also an enriching interaction that creates a heightened sense of immersion. Through a detailed discussion of gameplay and game design principles Natkin explores the nature of this interaction and its impact on the entertainment industry. He explains the developmental process behind game design and the new concepts of narration and entertainment it has introduced. He then considers the future of gameplay with its potential for developing new means of artistic expression and its liability to be abused as an outlet for propaganda and coercion. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138427976

Video Games and Social Competence Despite their popularity online video games have been met with suspicion by the popular media and academic community. In particular there is a growing concern that online video game play may be associated with deficits in social functioning. Due to a lack of empirical consistency the debate surrounding the potential impact of online video game play on a user’s sociability remains an active one. This book contributes to this debate by exploring the potential impact of online video game involvement on social competence outcomes theoretically and empirically. Through empirical research Kowert examines the relationships between online video game involvement social goals and social skills and discusses the underlying mechanisms of these effects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548978

Video Games and the Law The video game industry is big business not only in terms of the substantial revenue generated through retail sales of games themselves but also in terms of the size and value of parallel and secondary markets. Consider any popular video game today and you most likely are looking at a franchise that includes not only the game itself and all of its variants but also toys books movies and more with legions of fans that interact with the industry in myriad ways. Surveying the legal landscape of this emergent industry Ron Gard and Elizabeth Townsend-Gard shed light on the many important topics where law is playing an important role. In examining these issues Video Games and the Law is both a legal and a cultural look at the development of the video game industry and the role that law has played so far in this industry’s ability to thrive and grow. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367607449

Video Games as CultureConsidering the Role and Importance of Video Games in Contemporary Society Video games are becoming culturally dominant. But what does their popularity say about our contemporary society? This book explores video game culture but in doing so utilizes video games as a lens through which to understand contemporary social life. Video games are becoming an increasingly central part of our cultural lives impacting on various aspects of everyday life such as our consumption communities and identity formation. Drawing on new and original empirical data – including interviews with gamers as well as key representatives from the video game industry media education and cultural sector – Video Games as Culture not only considers contemporary video game culture but also explores how video games provide important insights into the modern nature of digital and participatory culture patterns of consumption and identity formation late modernity and contemporary political rationalities. This book will appeal to undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as postdoctoral researchers interested in fields such Video Games Sociology and Media and Cultural Studies. It will also be useful for those interested in the wider role of culture technology and consumption in the transformation of society identities and communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138655119

Video GamesA Medium That Demands Our Attention This entry in the BEA Electronic Media Research Series born out of the April 2017 BEA Research Symposium takes a look at video games outlining the characteristics of them as cognitive emotional physical and social demanding technologies and introduces readers to current research on video games. The diverse array of contributors in this volume offer bleeding-edge perspectives on both current and emerging scholarship. The chapters here contain radical approaches that add to the literature on electronic media studies generally and video game studies specifically. By taking such a forward-looking approach this volume aims to collect foundational writings for the future of gaming studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733995

Video GamesA Popular Culture Phenomenon From their inception video games quickly became a major new arena of popular entertainment. Beginning with very primitive games they quickly evolved into interactive animated works many of which now approach film in terms of their visual excitement. But there are important differences as Arthur Asa Berger makes clear in this important new work. Films are purely to be viewed but video involves the player moving from empathy to immersion from being spectators to being actively involved in texts. Berger a renowned scholar of popular culture explores the cultural significance of the expanding popularity and sophistication of video games and considers the biological and psychoanalytic aspects of this phenomenon.Berger begins by tracing the evolution of video games from simple games like Pong to new powerfully involving and complex ones like Myst and Half-Life. He notes how this evolution has built the video industry which includes the hardware (game-playing consoles) and the software (the games themselves) to revenues comparable to the American film industry. Building on this comparison Berger focuses on action-adventure games which like film and fiction tell stories but which also involve culturally important departures in the conventions of narrative. After defining a set of bipolar oppositions between print and electronic narratives Berger considers the question of whether video games are truly interactive or only superficially so and whether they have the potential to replace print narratives in the culture at large.A unique dimension of the book is its bio-psycho-social analysis of the video game phenomenon. Berger considers the impact of these games on their players from physical changes (everything from neurological problems to obesity) to psychological consequences with reference to violence and sexual attitudes. He takes these questions further by examining three enormously popular games-Myst/Riven Tomb Raider and Half-Life-for their attitudes toward power gender violence and guilt. In his conclusion Berger concentrates on the role of violence in video games and whether they generate a sense of alienation in certain addicted players who become estranged from family and friends. Accessibly written and broad-ranging in approach Video Games offers a way to interpret a major popular phenomenon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540309

Video in Social Science ResearchFunctions and Forms In this digital age the use of video in social science research has become commonplace. As sophistication has increased along with usability as spiralling staff costs push out direct observation the researchers training today are grasping video as a means of coming to terms with the continued pressure to produce accessible research. However the ‘fit’ of technology with research is far from simple. Ideally placed to offer guidance to developing researchers this new text draws together the theoretical methodological and practical issues of effectively using video across the social sciences. This book concentrates on how researchers can benefit from the use of video in their own research whether it is: Video as representation Video as an aid to reflection Video that generates participation Video voice and articulation or Video that acts as a provocation. In turn each of these five central functions is discussed in relation to different stages of the research process consisting of: Research design Fieldwork and data collection Analysis of data and findings Dissemination. As a practical research tool this book shows how why and when video should be used representing an invaluable guide for postgraduate and doctoral students conducting research in the social sciences as well as any researchers academics or professionals interested in developing technologically informed research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415467865

Video Journalism for the WebA Practical Introduction to Documentary Storytelling As newspapers and broadcast news outlets direct more resources toward online content print reporters and photojournalists are picking up video cameras and crafting new kinds of stories with their lenses. Creating multimedia video journalism requires more than simply adapting traditional broadcast techniques: it calls for a new way of thinking about how people engage with the news and with emerging media technologies. In this guide Kurt Lancaster teaches students and professional journalists how to shoot better video and tell better stories on the web providing a strong understanding of cinematic storytelling and documentary production so their videos will stand out from the crowd. Video Journalism for the Web introduces students to all the basic skills and techniques of good video journalism and documentary storytelling from shots and camera movements to sound and editing—as well as offering tips for developing compelling character-driven narratives and using social media to launch a successful career as a "backpack journalist." Shooting editing and writing exercises throughout the book allow students to put these techniques into practice and case studies and interviews with top documentary journalists provide real-world perspectives on a career in video journalism. This book gives aspiring documentary journalists the tools they need to get out in the field and start shooting unforgettable multimedia stories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415892674

Video MethodsSocial Science Research in Motion This interdisciplinary collection provides a set of innovative and inventive approaches to the use of video as a research method. Building on the development of visual methods across the social sciences it highlights a range of possibilities for making and working with video data. The collection showcases different video methods including video diaries video go-alongs time-lapse video mobile devices multi-angle video recording video ethnography and ethnographic documentary. Each method is presented through a case study showing how it can be used in practice. The authors offer pragmatic advice and discuss practical issues including equipment techniques and skills analysis and presentation. They also show how video methods can be used in a range of different contexts – at train stations on bicycles in schools outdoors and in museums – to investigate worlds that are visible audible tangible and in motion. In doing so they illuminate the theoretical possibilities that video methods offer for researching the body identity everyday life affect time and space. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138393219

Video Over IPIPTV Internet Video H.264 P2P Web TV and Streaming: A Complete Guide to Understanding the Technology Video Over IP gives you everything you need to know to choose from among the many ways of transferring your video over a network. The information is presented in an easy to read format with comparison charts provided to help you understand the benefits and drawbacks of different technologies for a variety of practical applications. This new edition is expanded to fully cover HD and wireless technologies and new case studies.Whether your background is video networking broadcast or telecommunications you will benefit from the breadth of coverage that this book provides. Real-life application examples give readers successful examples of a variety of Video over IP networks that are up and running today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138129375

Video Pedagogy in ActionCritical Reflective Inquiry Using the Gradual Release of Responsibility Model Combining video analysis with the well-known Gradual Release of Responsibility (GRR) model this book offers teacher educators a fresh perspective and a new tool for supporting teachers’ learning and reflection. The clearly articulated and useful framework shifts the focus away from children and toward teachers’ thinking about their own teaching practice. Interwoven with practical examples of the framework in use this book identifies ways that teachers and teacher educators can foster more productive kinds of reflection about video-recorded classroom interactions and support preservice and inservice teachers. Offering key tools such as templates for reflection video viewing guides self-analysis checklists and activities this book moves the field forward and establishes video reflection and the GRR process as critical tools for teacher reflection professional development and effective teaching and learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138039803

Video Production Handbook This new edition of the Video Production Handbook walks students through the full video production process from inception of idea to final distribution. Concentrating on the techniques and concepts behind the latest equipment this book demonstrates the fundamental principles needed to create good video content on any kind of budget. Ideal for students the new edition features a new chapter on directing and updated information on the latest DSLR and cinema cameras LED lighting and much more. A companion website with additional resources for professors rounds out this full-color highly visual text to meet all of your video production learning needs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138693494

Video Production TechniquesTheory and Practice from Concept to Screen Video Production Techniques is an essential guide to the art and craft of video production. It introduces students to the theoretical foundations as well as the practical skills needed to make a successful video project. The opening chapter introduces the reader to the language of motion pictures and sets the stage for effective visual storytelling. Unit I guides students through the theory techniques and processes of writing shooting and editing video productions. Unit II expands on these basic principles to explore the crafts of sound recording/design lighting and directing. Unit III surveys the industries formats and methods for creating fiction and nonfiction programs. The final unit of the text examines options for distribution and career opportunities in video production. Newly updated and revised the second edition of Video Production Techniques unifies theory and practice for instructors and students. It is a great tool for use in introductory-level video production courses and for the independent learner. The accompanying companion website features instructor resources including a sample syllabus quiz bank sample assignments and PowerPoint slides for each chapter alongside illustrative video demonstrations for students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138484566

Video Production WorkshopDMA Series Video Production Workshop is the first book written to be accessible and appealing to a younger digitally savvy audience interested in learning the full range of skills involved in planning and executing a video project. It introduces all the digital tools and basic techniques in sequence for readers to build proficiency and gain a well-rounded mastery of the art and craft of video production. Author Tom Wolsky begins with lessons in video editing and camera handling and then moves on to scripting and storyboarding a production. Readers then step through a series of exercise projects. Separate chapters explore how to light different types of scenes as well as how to obtain well-recorded sound. The book is designed both for independent students as well as for classroom use and it includes lessons on video journalism and its rights responsibilities and ethics. Related techniques for interviewing and working in a live studio are also presented. The book concludes with lessons in post-production techniques especially motion graphics and special effects. The companion DVD is packed with DV footage for projects plus demo plug-ins and free software. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138460522

Video ProductionDisciplines and Techniques The revised twelfth edition of Video Production: Disciplines and Techniques introduces readers to the operations underlying video production. It provides thorough coverage of the theory and techniques readers need to know balancing complexity with practical how-to information about detailed subjects in a concise conversational style. The book has been updated to incorporate recent changes in the video production pipeline—emphasizing digital video non-linear video production streaming platforms and mobile production—while maintaining the foundational nuanced teamwork-based approach that has made the book popular. Each chapter includes key takeaways review questions  and on-set exercises and a comprehensive glossary defines all the key production terms discussed. An accompanying eResource includes downloadable versions of the forms and paperwork used in the book in addition to links to further online resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138051812

Video Recording TechnologyIts Impact on Media and Home Entertainment Video recording has recently become an important phenomenon. Although the majority of American homes have at least one video recording set not much is known about video recording's past and about its continual effect on affiliated industries. This text documents the history of magnetic recording stressing its importance in consumer as well as commercial applications from the advent of magnetism through the invention of such new technologies as Digital Audio Tape (DAT) High Definition Television (HDTV) and a multitude of sophisicated Digital Video Cassette Recorders. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203052297

Video Research in the Learning Sciences Video Research in the Learning Sciences is a comprehensive exploration of key theoretical methodological and technological advances concerning uses of digital video-as-data in the learning sciences as a way of knowing about learning teaching and educational processes. The aim of the contributors a community of scholars using video in their own work is to help usher in video scholarship and supportive technologies and to mentor video scholars so that video research will meet its maximum potential to contribute to the growing knowledge base about teaching and learning. This volume contributes deeply to both to the science of learning through in-depth video studies of human interaction in learning environments—whether classrooms or other contexts—and to the uses of video for creating descriptive explanatory or expository accounts of learning and teaching. It is designed around four themes—each with a cornerstone chapter that introduces and synthesizes the cluster of chapters related to it: Theoretical frameworks for video research; Video research on peer family and informal learning; Video research on classroom and teacher learning; and Video collaboratories and technological futures. Video Research in the Learning Sciences is intended for researchers university faculty teacher educators and graduate students in education and for anyone interested in how knowledge is expanded using video-based technologies for inquiries about learning and teaching. Visit the Web site affiliated with this book: www.videoresearch.org Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203877258

Video ShooterMastering Storytelling Techniques "Show me a world I haven’t seen before!" These words from veteran cinematographer Barry Braverman will resonate as you read (and re-read) this revamped edition of Video Shooter. The third edition takes you beyond the technicalities of sensors lenses and tripods to instill a practical and inspired appreciation for the craft of both the camera and the stories you choose to tell. Braverman draws from decades of personal experience on high-profile documentaries and feature films to explain the makings of a compelling visual storyteller. This is no ordinary dull-as-dishwater camera book! With wit and humor Video Shooter Third Edition explores the discipline of the 2D and 3D imagemaker from the need to maintain a clear point of view and eyeline to the emotional impact of lens choice and color palette. You’ll learn to avoid generic shots and angles and apply the principle of exclusion to maintain rigorous control of the frame. You’ll understand how close-ups can drive a story and how composition selective focus and simple lighting direct the viewer’s eye inside the frame. Most of all you’ll learn not to make it too easy — by challenging your viewers you’ll elevate the value of your work and your reputation as a craftsman. Whether you shoot with a sophisticated 4K camcorder large-sensor DSLR or an iPhone the lessons of Video Shooter Third Edition will enhance your storytelling skills by helping you exploit a camera’s capabilities to the maximum. New to Video Shooter Third Edition: * 3D storytelling and techniques fundamentals of image capture and stereo production with an emphasis on simple integrated one-piece 3D camcorders* Video storytelling with DSLRs how to get the best look out of these large sensor cameras despite the compromises* Post-camera imaging filtering stabilizing* Outputting your show to the Web or DVD* Insights into the working life of a video shooter — how to identify and land your ideal job and work successfully with ego-crazed collaborators* End of chapter study guides with review questions for educators A companion website provides supplemental materials including video tutorials based on the lessons in the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240825175

Video Surveillance and Social Control in a Comparative Perspective This edited collection reports the results of a comparative study of video surveillance/CCTV in Germany Poland and Sweden. It investigates how video surveillance as technologically mediated social control is affected by national characteristics with a specific concern for recent political history. The book is motivated by asking what makes video surveillance "tick" in three very different cultural settings two of which (Poland and Sweden) are virtually unexplored in the literature on surveillance. The selection of countries is motivated by an interest in societies with recent experiences of authoritarianism and how they respond to the global trend towards intensified technical means of control. With thorough empirical studies the book constitutes an important contribution to security studies surveillance studies and post-communist area studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138920620

Video Systems in an IT EnvironmentThe Basics of Professional Networked Media and File-based Workflows Audio/Video (AV) systems and Information Technology (IT) have collided. IT is being leveraged to create compelling networked media and file-based workflows. Video Systems in an IT Environment has helped thousands of professionals in broadcast post and other media disciplines to understand the key aspects the AV/IT "tapeless” convergence. World-renowned educator and speaker Al Kovalick adds his conversational and witty style to this text making the book an enjoyable learning experience. Now in its second edition this book includes: basics of networked media storage systems for AV MXF and other file formats Web services and SOA software platforms 14 methods for high availability design element management security AV technology transition issues real-world case studies and much more. Each chapter weaves together IT and AV techniques providing the reader with actionable information on the issues best practices processes and principles of seamless AV/IT systems integration. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080927879

Video-Based Rendering Driven by consumer-market applications that enjoy steadily increasing economic importance graphics hardware and rendering algorithms are a central focus of computer graphics research. Video-based rendering is an approach that aims to overcome the current bottleneck in the time-consuming modeling process and has applications in areas such as computer games special effects and interactive TV. This book offers an in-depth introduction to video-based rendering a rapidly developing new interdisciplinary topic employing techniques from computer graphics computer vision and telecommunication engineering. Providing an overview of the state-of-the-art of video-based rendering and details of the fundamental VBR algorithms the author discusses the advantages the potential as well as the limitations of the approach in the context of different application scenarios. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367659431

Video-based Research in EducationCross-disciplinary Perspectives The rapid development of video technology in the last decade has changed the ways in which people communicate how they learn and how research is done. Video technology offers rich potential in capturing complex social interactions over a prolonged period of time and in supporting teacher professional learning and development. This book explores the ontological epistemological methodological and ethical challenges associated with the different uses of video in research ranging from video as a tool for investigating social interactions and for stimulating participants’ reflection to the use of video for engaging varied communities and social groups in the process of teaching learning and research. Each chapter presents the authors’ critical reflection on the ways in which video was employed the research decisions made the methodological challenges faced and the consequences for how educational practices were understood. As such it illustrates a wide range of philosophical and theoretical standpoints with respect to video-based research approaches. This book will stimulate broad and rich discussion among education researchers who are interested in video research and contributes to: advancing knowledge of the field; developing approaches to dealing with emergent ethical theoretical and methodological issues; and generating new protocols and guidelines for conducting video-based research across a variety of disciplinary areas in education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138089457

Videoconferencing for the Real WorldImplementing Effective Visual Communications Systems "John Rhodes' Videoconferencing for the Real World is a one of the world's most comprehensive blueprints on the awesome power of videoconferencing."From the Foreword by Brad CaldwellChairman ICIA and President ofIntegrated Media Services Anaheim CADesigned to be useful to both technical and non-technical managers Video-Conferencing for the Real World demystifies the subject of video communications. It provides easy-to-follow guidelines for deploying a cost-effective video-conferencing solution tailored to an organization's specific needs.Developed to flexible to the readers need Video Conferencing for the Real World offers dynamic problem-solving techniques for the communication challenges facing managers today. Examining the technical economic and organizational aspects of each requirement and solution this book offers a sound base of technical information and provides practical solutions based on a wealth of professional experience. Combining his own ideas with the input of system managers and users service providers consultants and manufacturers the author has developed a guide that will help readers make more informed investments of their time and money. Special attention is paid to conducting an effective needs analysis and the development of solutions that will adapt easily to future changes in organizational requirements.Covering a variety of solutions this book explores the advantages and disadvantages of desktop systems set-top systems rollabout systems and room systems. In addition to compression multipoint conferencing and data conferencing this book also addresses topics such as pilot projects the preparation of RFPs service contracts training content creation and convergence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138408333

VideoconferencingThe Whole Picture First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425774

Videogames In the few decades since they first blipped their way onto television screens videogames have become one of the most culturally socially and economically significant media forms. Newman’s volume considers how we might approach videogames as media texts to be read experiences to be played and played with systems and simulations to be decoded and interrogated and performances to be captured codified and preserved. The updated second edition examines the emergence of new platforms as well as changing patterns of production and consumption in its analysis of Wii Xbox 360 PS3 and mobile gaming. The new final chapter explores recent developments in games scholarship with particular focus falling on the study of gameplay as socially situated ‘lived experience’ and on strategies for game history heritage and preservation. In drawing attention to the fragility and ephemerality of hardware software and gameplay this new edition encourages readers and players not only to consider how games might be studied but also what can will and should be left behind for the next generation of games researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415669160

Videogames Identity and Digital Subjectivity This book argues that games offer a means of coming to terms with a world that is being transformed by digital technologies. As blends of software and fiction videogames are uniquely capable of representing and exploring the effects of digitization on day-to-day life. By modeling and incorporating new technologies (from artificial intelligence routines and data mining techniques to augmented reality interfaces) and by dramatizing the implications of these technologies for understandings of identity nationality sexuality health and work games encourage us to playfully engage with these issues in ways that traditional media cannot.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885359

Videogames and Education Video games challenge our notions of identity creativity and moral value and provide a powerful new avenue for teaching and learning. This book is a rich and provocative guide to the role of interactive media in cultural learning. It searches for specific ways to interpret video games in the context of human experience and in the field of humanities research. The author shows how video games have become a powerful form of political ethical and religious discourse and how they have already influenced the way we teach learn and create. He discusses the major trends in game design the public controversies surrounding video games and the predominant critical positions in game criticism. The book speaks to all educators scholars and thinking persons who seek a fuller understanding of this significant and video games cultural phenomenon. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698373

VideojournalismMultimedia Storytelling Videojournalism is a new field that has grown out of traditional print photojournalism slideshows that combine sound and pictures public radio documentary filmmaking and the best of television news features. This amalgam of traditions has emerged to serve the Internet's voracious appetite for video stories. Videojournalism is written for the new generation of "backpack" journalists. The solo videojournalist must find a riveting story; gain access to charismatic characters who can tell their own tales; shoot candid clips; expertly interview the players; record clear clean sound; write a script with pizzazz; and finally edit the material into a piece worthy of five minutes of a viewer's attention. Videojournalism addresses all of these challenges and more - never losing sight of the main point: telling a great story. This book based on extensive interviews with professionals in the field is for anyone learning how to master the art and craft of telling real short-form stories with words sound and pictures for the Web or television. The opening chapters cover the foundations of multimedia storytelling and the book progresses to the techniques required to shoot professional video and record high quality sound and market the resulting product. WebsiteVideojournalism also has its own website - go to just one URL --http://kobreguide.com/content/videojournalism --and find all the stories mentioned in the book. You also will find various "how-to" videos on the site. To keep up with the latest changes in the field such as new cameras new books new stories or editing software check the site regularly and "like" www.facebook.com/KobreGuide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240814650

Videology and UtopiaExplorations in a New Medium When this book was originally published in 1976 video represented a new instrument a new medium and a new field of research with largely unrealized potential. The video-taperecorder was an addition to the technology of mass communications a handy gadget for recording synchronized images and sound on magnetic tapes for storage or simultaneous playback. But the authors of this study look at it as also mirror relay and catalyst offering creative possibilities of exploration and criticism of active analysis and transformation of self-discovery and communication. They discern a liberating potential of video an antidote to the dominance of centralized TV in consumer society and ultimately a means towards the progressive social reappropriation of the media of communication. The authors draw on their experience working with school-children teenagers and a variety of cultural political and community groups to illustrate the versatility of video in approaching diverse situations of everyday life whether from the viewpoint of ‘cultural animation’ sociological research or a surrealistic game. These projects and interviews with other practitioners present here the basis for a first typology of styles and approaches in using video and for a ‘videology’: a language a set of concepts and a theory comprehending process and praxis image and action. This is a fascinating snapshot now looking back at these early ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986725

Video-Reflexive Ethnography in Health Research and Healthcare ImprovementTheory and Application This innovative practical guide introduces researchers to the use of the video reflexive ethnography in health and health services research. This methodology has enjoyed increasing popularity among researchers internationally and has been inspired by developments across a range of disciplines: ethnography visual and applied anthropology medical sociology health services research medical and nursing education adult education community development and qualitative research ethics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815370338

Videotex JournalismTeletext Viewdata and the News Originally published in 1983. Videotex technology (the capacity to deliver computer-stored textual information and graphics electronically to the home television screen) was becoming widespread in the 1980s. This book looks at how this affected journalists and other news media and how the flow of news existed in society at the time. Based on observations and interviews with journalists the book addresses technological political and economic questions as well as provides a concise description of teletext and viewdata systems in various countries. The findings presented offer a fascinating view of the opinions and actions of journalists working in the 1980s not only on teletext systems. For example questionnaire results are presented on how journalists saw the role of their job and what actions they felt appropriate such as hidden cameras and phone taps. These issues of greater Comparisons with news in printed newspapers are also made and the book ends with recommendations for changes in reporting practices finances and regulation at the time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138928374

VidyasagarThe Life and After-life of an Eminent Indian This book offers a new interpretation of the life and legacy of the Indian reformer and intellectual Ishvarchandra Vidyasagar (1820–91). Drawing upon autobiography biography secondary criticism and a range of Vidyasagar’s original writings in Bengali the book interrogates the role of history memory and controversy and emphasises the key challenge of pinning down the identity of an enigmatic and multi-faceted figure. By examining lesser-known works of Vidyasagar (including several pseudonymous and posthumous works) alongside the evidence of his public career the author calls attention to the colonial transformation of intellectual and social life the nature of life writing the limits of standard biographies and the problem of modern Indian identity as such. Based on decades of research and an original perspective this book will be especially useful to scholars of modern Indian history biographical studies comparative literature and those interested in Bengal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780415736305

Vietnam Territoriality and the South China SeaParacel and Spratly Islands The conflict in the South China Sea especially the sovereignty over Paracel and Spratly Islands is of international interest and significance. Territorial claims from various countries impact on maritime freedom and result in the exploitation of natural resources in either international waters or other claimant countries’ exclusive economic zones.This book analyses Vietnam’s claim of sovereignty over Paracel and Spratly Islands. Based on a book originally published in Vietnamese the author offers a historical analysis to examine the sovereignty of the islands from multiple perspectives.Written in English on the topic and based on rigorous analysis of historical legal and technical evidence the book makes the case for Vietnam’s sovereignty over Paracel and Spratly Islands. It also provides an investigation of how Vietnam has affirmed its claim of sovereignty over the islands and a discussion of how Vietnam’s claim has been received by the international community particularly by China.The book touches on a very sensitive topical issue of international importance with wide-ranging and serious consequences. It will be of interest to academics in the fields of Asian security studies and Southeast Asian history and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584795

Vietnam and the South China SeaPolitics Security and Legality Studies of the escalating tensions and competing claims in the South China Sea overwhelmingly focus on China and its increasingly assertive approach while the position of the other claimants is overlooked. This book focuses on the attitude of Vietnam towards the South China Sea dispute. It examines the position from a historical perspective shows how Vietnam’s position is affected by its wish to maintain good relations with China on a range of issues and outlines how Vietnam has occasionally made overtures to both the United States and Japan in order to bolster its position and considered the possibility so far resisted of taking China to formal arbitration under the auspices of the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea. The book concludes by assessing the future prospects for Vietnam’s position in the dispute. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367186180

Vietnam And The Soviet UnionAnatomy Of An Alliance Examining the long and turbulent relationship between Vietnam and the Soviet Union Douglas Pike traces its political economic and diplomatic history from the Bolshevik Revolution to today's deep and intricate alliance. He not only explores this extraordinary relationship but also outlines its great geopolitical significance for the entire region Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429266966

Vietnam DocumentsAmerican and Vietnamese Views Fifty documents including Vietnam's declaration of independence in 1945 the final declaration of the 1954 Geneva Conference CIA reports US presidential addresses anti-war leaflets thoughts by Vietnamese and American intellectuals and statements by the Vietnamese government and NLF. Paper edit Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698366

Vietnam in a Changing World The last two decades saw Vietnam largely isolated in the world but during this time economic reform and development slowly gathered pace. Recent events have led to Vietnams rapid re-emergence into the world and an escalation of economic changes. A unique insight into these changes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315026145

Vietnam Joins the WorldAmerican and Japanese Perspectives Ten American and Japanese specialists offer a comprehensive analysis of one of the most dramatic developments in Asia today: the re-emergence of Vietnam - not as the belligerent champion of a militant ideology and socialist cause but as an open friendly country seeking a respected place in the world community. Basing their observations on five years of study visits to Vietnam and numerous interviews with knowledgeable officials scholars and businessmen there and in the United States and Japan the authors evaluate the political ecnomic social and foreign policy changes that have been taking place in Vietnam over the past decade trace the responses of the United States and Japan and offer a policy prescription for responding to the challenges of the future. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315479293

Vietnam Tourism Explore the travel/tourism possibilities of this exotic yet tourist-friendly countryVietnam Tourism presents a unique ethnographic-semiotic analysis of some of the most important touristic icons in Vietnamese culture. In addition it offers a firsthand analysis of many aspects of daily life in Vietnam and a semiotic analysis of Vietnam’s dominant cultural symbols. A twelve-page photo section brings vibrant images of this unique country to life.Vietnam Tourism also presents an essential overview of what Vietnam has to offer tourists looking at the exciting possibilities—and the potential pitfalls—of visiting this extraordinary country. Although Vietnam is a Third World country it has excellent tourism companies and many wonderful sites—from Halong Bay and Hue to extraordinary temples and beautiful beaches. The book paints a vivid portrait of this country’s hidden gems and popular tourist destinations exploring the problems and possibilities Vietnam faces in developing its tourism industry.In Vietnam Tourism you’ll find information that is essential for anyone who needs to be “in the know” about this increasingly popular tourist destination. This reader-friendly book will leave you better informed about: the rapid construction of hotels in important tourist sites: there are now hotels of all kinds—from super luxurious ones to middle-range three-star hotels down to very primitive hotels—in most of the country’s important tourist venues daily life in Vietnam’s teeming cities in its religious enclaves and in its unique rural areas the meaning and relevance (semiotics) of commonplace objects in Vietnam including Pho (a traditional soup that is often eaten for breakfast and is found everywhere in the country) conical straw hats spring rolls pith helmets dong (Vietnamese currency) water puppetry etc. important sites that tourists often visit including the Ho Chi Minh museum Ha Noi the Cu Chi Tunnels the unforgettable Cao Dai Cathedral at Tay Ninh the Mekong Delta and Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon) images of Vietnam created by travel writers—what the tourist guidebooks have to say and how they relate to the reality of the author’s personal experience in VietnamAfter reading Vietnam Tourism you (and your students) will have a wealth of knowledge to draw upon. This is an ideal book to read before visiting Vietnam yourself—or recommending/planning a trip for others. The fresh insights it presents will help make any trip to the region more rewarding for the traveler. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203050873

Vietnam Trauma in American Foreign Policy1945-75 This study of ten fateful decisions made on Indochina between 1961-75 highlights the ascent of the civilian militarists and of strategy over diplomacy in United States policymaking and reveals the inexorably interlinked and escalating character of the decisions and the central purpose of American presidents: not to have to face the expected domestic political consequences of defeat in Indochina. As a result we were led into a prolonged stalemate in which "acting" and the management of programs became a more important preoccupation than thinking about our purposes and values in which analysis become wholly subjective and therefore defective and in which decision-making occurred in a closed system which did not allow for divergent inputs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138539389

Vietnam War SlangA Dictionary on Historical Principles In 2014 the US marks the 50th anniversary of the Gulf of Tonkin Resolution the basis for the Johnson administration’s escalation of American military involvement in Southeast Asia and war against North Vietnam. Vietnam War Slang outlines the context behind the slang used by members of the United States Armed Forces during the Vietnam War. Troops facing and inflicting death display a high degree of linguistic creativity. Vietnam was the last American war fought by an army with conscripts and their involuntary participation in the war added a dimension to the language.  War has always been an incubator for slang; it is brutal and brutality demands a vocabulary to describe what we don’t encounter in peacetime civilian life.  Furthermore such language serves to create an intense bond between comrades in the armed forces helping them to support the heavy burdens of war.  The troops in Vietnam faced the usual demands of war as well as several that were unique to Vietnam – a murky political basis for the war widespread corruption in the ruling government untraditional guerilla warfare an unpredictable civilian population in Vietnam and a growing lack of popular support for the war back in the US.  For all these reasons the language of those who fought in Vietnam was a vivid reflection of life in wartime. Vietnam War Slang lays out the definitive record of the lexicon of Americans who fought in the Vietnam War.  Assuming no prior knowledge it presents around 2000 headwords with each entry divided into sections giving parts of speech definitions glosses the countries of origin dates of earliest known citations and citations. It will be an essential resource for Vietnam veterans and their families students and readers of history and anyone interested in the principles underpinning the development of slang. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415839419

Vietnam War StoriesInnocence Lost The Gulf War and its aftermath have testified once again to the significance placed on the meanings and images of Vietnam by US media and culture. Almost two decades after the end of hostilities the Vietnam War remains a dominant moral political and military touchstone in American cultural consciousness. Vietnam War Stories provides a comprehensive critical framework for understanding the Vietnam experience Vietnam narratives and modern war literature. The narratives examined - personal accounts as well as novels - portray a soldier's and a country's journey from pre-war innocence through battlefield experience and consideration to a difficult post-war adjustment. Tobey Herzog places these narratives within the context of important cultural and literary themes including inherent ironies of war the "John Wayne syndrome" of pre-war innocence and the "heavy Heart-of-Darkness trip" of the conflict itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180949

VietnamA Guide to Economic and Political Developments Winning the Vietnam War proved easier than winning the peace. Since 1975 the reunited country has faced the problem of how a poorer planned economy in which state ownership and control could successfully absorb a more advanced capitalist economy. In addition the collapse of communism and the end of the Cold War heralded a new age in Vietnam’s internal and external relations. Vietnam traces developments since the end of the Vietnam War including recent economic reforms the politics of the Communist Party and the re-establishment of relations with the United States. It gives a comprehensive and informative overview of the current political and economic situation in Vietnam today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415512480

Vietnam’s Socialist ServantsDomesticity Class Gender and Identity Since Vietnam introduced economic reforms in the mid-1980s domestic service has become an established sector of the labour market and domestic workers have become indispensable to urban life in the rapidly changing country. This book analyzes the ways in which the practices and discourses of domestic service serve to forge and contest emerging class identities in post-reform Vietnam. Drawing on a rich and diverse range of qualitative data including ethnographies interviews and narratives it shows that such practices and discourses are rooted in cultural notions of gender and rural-urban difference and enduring socialist structures of feeling which in turn clash with the realities of growing differentiation. Domestic workers’ experiences reveal negotiations with class boundaries actively set by the urban middle class who seek distinction through emerging notions and practices of domesticity. These boundaries are nevertheless riddled with gender and class anxiety on the side of the latter partly because of the very struggles and contestations of the domestic workers. More broadly Minh T. N. Nguyen links the often invisible intimate dynamics of class formation in the domestic sphere with wider political economic processes in a post-socialist country embarking on marketization while retaining the political control of a party-state. As a pioneering ethnographic study of domestic service in Vietnam today this book will be of great interest to students and scholars of Southeast Asian culture & society social anthropology gender studies human geography and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138091955

VietnamAn American Ordeal Now in its 7th edition Vietnam: An American Ordeal continues to provide a thorough account of the failed American effort to create a viable non-Communist state in Southern Vietnam. Unlike most general histories of U.S. involvement in Vietnam which are either conventional diplomatic or military histories this volume synthesizes the perspectives to explore both dimensions of the struggle in greater depth elucidating more of the complexities of the U.S.-Vietnam entanglement. It explains why Americans tried so hard for so long to stop the spread of Communism into Indochina and why they failed. In this new edition George Donelson Moss expands and refines key moments of the Vietnam War and its aftermath including the strategic and diplomatic background for United States’ involvement in Indochina during World War II; how the French with British and American support regained control in southern Vietnam Saigon and the vicinity in the fall 1945; the account for the formation of SEATO; and the account of the Sino-Vietnamese War of 1979. The text has also been revised and updated to align with recently published monographic literature on the time period. The accessible writing will enable students to gain a solid understanding of how and why the United States went to war against The Democratic Republic of Vietnam and why it lost the long bitter conflict. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of American history the history of foreign relations and the Vietnam War itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367630133

Vietnamese AmericansPatterns Of Resettlement And Socioeconomic Adaptation In The United States As of November 1978 more than 170 000 Indochinese refugees had come to the United States after a traumatic flight from their native land arriving with little preparation for the changes they would face. This book documents and analyzes this unique migration and employing data from a national sample reports on the changing socioeconomic status of the Vietnamese refugees. Dr. Montero presents and analyzes data on the refugees' employment education income receipt of federal assistance and proficiency in the English language; his model of Spontaneous International Migration (SIM) places the Vietnamese immigration experience in a broader sociohistorical context. He has found that despite the myriad of problems the newcomers have faced they have been adapting successfully to life in the United States and in only three years have made remarkable social and economic progress. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429266973

Vietnamese Beginner's Course A complete course for beginners reflecting a multiplicity of roles. It has a slight bias towards the spoken language with most of the course based on dialogue format but also provides notes on relevant linguistic points on a sufficiently detailed level so that it can be used as a self-teaching material for independent learners with the help of tapes and instructions on tape. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138156678

Vietnamese Communism In Comparative Perspective This book focuses on how the Vietnam Communist party adapted to its environment in order to achieve and exercise power and to what degree these adaptations made the Vietnamese revolution distinctive. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215712

Vietnamese SupernaturalismViews from the Southern Region The beliefs and practices surrounding the meanings and symbols of the spirit world in Vietnam are explored in detail in this innovative study on popular religion in the country. The author shows an abiding interest in the 'subconscious life' at a grassroots level alongside rational formations of cosmological understanding which effect politics and economics on a national scale. By bringing together oral histories reports and fiction writing alongside more conventional documented sources this book reveals an area of history which has been largely neglected. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863101

Vietnamese ToneA New Analysis This new book offers research that will affect further study of tone in Vietnamese and other tonal languages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861366

VietnameseAn Essential Grammar Vietnamese: An Essential Grammar is a concise and user-friendly reference guide to modern Vietnamese. It presents a fresh and accessible description of the language in short readable sections. Features include: Clear and up-to-date examples of modern usage. Special attention to those points which often cause problems to English-speaking learners. Vietnamese / English comparisons and contrasts highlighted throughout. The final section covers pronunciation providing an introduction to the syllable structure of Vietnamese and highlighting common errors made by English-speaking learners. Accompanying audio tracks for this chapter are available at www.routledge.com/9781138210707. Vietnamese: An Essential Grammar is ideal for learners involved in independent study and for students in schools colleges universities and adult classes of all types. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138210707

Vietnamese-Chinese Relationships at the BorderlandsTrade Tourism and Cultural Politics Ever since China and Vietnam resumed diplomatic contacts and reopened the border in 1991 the borderland region has become part of the vibrant growing economies of both countries and drawn many from the interior provinces to the borderland for new economic adventures. This book examines Chinese-Vietnamese relationships at the borderland through every day cross-border interaction in trade and tourism activities. It looks into the historical underlining of bilateral relations of the two countries which often shape people’s perceptions of the ‘other’ and interpretation of intentions of acts in their daily interaction. Albeit Chinese and Vietnamese have lived side by side for centuries their interaction in the space of trade and modern tourism in post-war and post-reform China and Vietnam is something novel to both people. The book provides a ‘bottom-up’ approach to examine the localized experiences of inter-state relations. It illustrates the changes the vibrant economic process has brought to the borderland communities and how the revived contacts and interaction have generated a contested space for examining Vietnamese-Chinese relationships and demonstrating trans-border cultural politics. A novel study of the strategic development of the borderland within the new political economy at China-Southeast Asia border region this book is of interest to academics in the field of Anthropology Border Studies Social and Cultural Studies and Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138578692

Vietnamese-English BilingualismPatterns of Code-Switching This book is concerned with three central issues: the universality of constraints on code-switching the nature of the relation between language contact and bilingualism and the social and linguistic components that facilitate code-switching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986732

VietnamPast and Present Recent U.S. military interventions in Kosovo and Iraq have stirred public memories of the long and costly Vietnam conflict. Scholars and strategists military leaders and media continue to raise questions such as what motivated the Vietnamese to wage a protracted conflict first against the French and later against the Americans at such great econom Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319205

Vietnam's Political ProcessHow education shapes political decision making In a system that is known for its covert political style Vietnam’s decision making process is often described as either consensus-based or simply confusing and inexplicable. This book provides an approach to understanding political decision making in Vietnam by recognizing enduring values that are derived from State-controlled education and official historical narratives. The nation’s official historical narrative has led to the development of protected values that are called upon during political decision making. In order to secure these values such as regime stability national independence and social order officials must act within accepted rules of appropriate political behavior. The book shows that through State-run education mandatory defense training and membership in mass organizations Vietnamese citizens are taught social and political ethics and their identity is moulded in concert with this process. Using textbooks and education to understand the underlying values within Vietnam’s society is used as the contextual framework for two case studies - the problem of landmines and the on-going threat of avian influenza - which examine how authorities frame problems negotiate and deal with potential crises. This book will be of great interest of academics and students within Asian studies but also for policy makers involved with the country and those doing business in Vietnam including non-governmental organizations private businesses and charitable groups. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415666107

Vietnam's Rural Transformation Since the mid-1980s Vietnam has experienced remarkable economic political and social change. This is the first study in English to focus on rural Vietnam?where nearly 80 percent of Vietnam's people live much of its economic production occurs and political upheavals earlier this century changed the course of history.Analyzing the impact of econ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313814

View Camera Technique Now in its seventh edition View Camera Technique is a unique comprehensive book that presents clearly and precisely the features operations and applications of view cameras. It details camera movements image formation exposure control and information concerning lenses and accessories. Diagrams comparison charts and more than 500 photographs and illustrations by distinguished professional photographers provide the reader with the tools necessary to analyze a picture situation set up and manipulate the camera and portray the subject to meet the expectations of the professional photographer. This text has been completely revised and updated to include over 100 brand-name view cameras and offers comparison tables to assist readers in choosing cameras lenses and view-camera digital backs. This latest edition offers expanded coverage of the newest technology including electronic features that simplify the use of view cameras for conventional photography and digital view cameras that eliminate the need for film and make it possible to modify the digital images with image-processing computer software programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138295537

Viewing Pleasure and Being a ShowgirlHow Do I Look? Drawing on interviews with a breadth of different showgirls from shows in Paris Las Vegas Berlin and Los Angeles as well as her own artworks and those by other contemporary and historical artists this book examines the experiences of showgirls and those who watch them to challenge the narrowness of representations and discussions around what has been termed ‘sexualisation’ and ‘the gaze’. An account of the experience of being ‘looked at’ the book raises questions of how the showgirl is represented the nature of the pleasure that she elicits and the suspicion that surrounds it and what this means for feminism and the act of looking. An embodied articulation of a new politics of looking Viewing Pleasure and Being a Showgirl engages with the idea (reinforced by feminist critique) that images of women are linked to selling and that women’s bodies have been commodified in capitalist culture raising the question of whether this enables particular bodies – those of glamorous women on display – to become scapegoats for our deeper anxieties about consumerism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367607111

Viewing the Islamic OrientBritish Travel Writers of the Nineteenth Century The Islamic Orient studies the travel accounts of four British travelers during the nineteenth century. Through a critical analysis of these works the author examines and questions Edward Said’s concept of "Orientalism" and "Orientalist" discourse: his argument that the orientalist view had such a strong influence on westerners that they invariably perceived the orient through the lens of orientalism. On the contrary the author argues no single factor had an overwhelming influence on them. She shows that westerners often struggled with their own conceptions of the orient and being away for long periods from their homelands were in fact able to stand between cultures and view them both as insiders and outsiders. The literary devices used to examine these writings are structure characterization satire landscape description and word choice as also the social and political milieu of the writers. The major influences in the author’s analysis are Said Foucault Abdel-Malek and Marie Louise Pratt. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138662339

Viewing The World Ecologically  During the last 20 years the American public has become increasingly aware of environmental problems and resource scarcities. This study focuses on the rapid emergence of an ecological social paradigm which appears to be replacing the technological social paradigm that has dominated American culture throughout most of the 20th century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215774

Views Beyond the Border CountryRaymond Williams and Cultural Politics First Published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158429

Views of Ancient Egypt since Napoleon BonaparteImperialism Colonialism and Modern Appropriations This book addresses some of the main themes of the study of Egypt during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. In a combination of case studies and discursive chapters the status of Egypt as an important example of traditional Asian scholarship and as an ancient model of imperialism itself is examined. Contributions range from studies of nineteenth century antiquarianism and the collecting of Egyptian antiquities as an extension of the territorial ambitions and rivalries of the European powers to explorations of how Egypt is understood and interpreted in contemporary societies. Views of Ancient Egypt also considers the way in which Ancient Egypt has been adopted by less privileged members of some societies as a cultural icon of past greatness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138404373

Views On Ericksonian Brief Therapy Eight papers from the Fourth International Congress on Ericksonian Approaches to Hypnosis and Psychotherapy held December 1988 San Francisco California. No index. Annotation copyright Book News Inc. Portland Or. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203776889

Views on Hindu Dharma by M.K. Gandhi Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi took pride in calling himself a Sanatani Hindu. He lived by what he professed. Indeed he spiritualized his entire political existence and his very opinion world view and discourse was weighted with morality and ethics born of Hindu Dharma.This timely compilation of Mahatma Gandhi’s views on Hindu Dharma is a remarkable and systematically arranged compendium of his ideas on every aspect of India’s social and political life.Gandhi’s views – disseminated through many short essays in Harijan and other journals of his time – on Sanatan Dharma idol worship Rama as a God compulsory teaching of Gita in schools conversion cow-slaughter and protection varnashramas untouchability and other aspects are presented here in his own words.This volume is indispensable for scholars of Modern South Asian History Gandhian Thought Colonialism and Religious Studies. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138095496

Vigilante Gender ViolenceSocial Class the Gender Bargain and Mob Attacks on Women Worldwide In recent years mob attacks on women by men have drawn public attention to an emerging social phenomenon. This book draws upon concepts from critical race theory and sociocultural evolutionary theory to examine this specific form of gender violence which takes place outside the law and is a vigilante form of enforcing traditional gender norms. The author positions vigilante gender violence as a global issue produced during specific periods of sociocultural change in conditions marked by intensified social stratification. The catalyst for vigilante gender violence is the formal state’s breaching of the "gender bargain " the tacit psychological wage even non-elite men earn by at least not being female. When the state threatens to end the gender bargain by promoting women’s rights the die is cast for low-status men to enforce this bargain themselves in mob attacks against women who are perceived to be violating the patriarchal order. Seen through independent case studies in different national settings this book provides empirical evidence that demonstrates the existence of vigilante gender violence in times when societies are shifting from one phase to another and the social hierarchies present within are disrupted. With greater understanding of when and how to predict the occurrence of this phenomenon the author posits notable ways to prevent it from happening altogether. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367249083

Vigilantism against Migrants and Minorities This edited volume traces the rise of far right vigilante movements – some who have been involved in serious violence against minorities migrants and other vulnerable groups in society whereas other vigilantes are intimidating but avoid using violence. Written by an international team of contributors the book features case studies from Western Europe Eastern Europe North America and Asia. Each chapter is written to a common research template examining the national social and political context the purpose of the vigilante group how it is organised and operates its communications and social media strategy and its relationship to mainstream social actors and institutions and to similar groups in other countries. The final comparative chapter explores some of the broader research issues such as under which conditions such vigiliantism emerges flourishes or fails policing approaches masculinity the role of social media responses from the state and civil society and the evidence of transnational co-operation or inspiration. This is a groundbreaking volume which will be of particular interest to scholars with an interest in the extreme right social movements political violence policing and criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138493926

Vijayanagara VoicesExploring South Indian History and Hindu Literature The Vijayanagara Empire flourished in South India between 1336 and 1565. Conveying the depth and creativity of Hindu religious and literary expression during that time Vijayanagara Voices explores some of the contributions made by poets singer-saints and philosophers. Through translations and discussions of their lives and times Jackson presents the voices of these cultural figures and reflects on the concerns of their era looking especially into the vivid images in their works and their legends. He examines how these images convey both spiritual insights and physical experiences with memorable candour. The studies also raise intriguing questions about the empire's origins and its response to Muslim invaders its 'Hinduness' and reasons for its ultimate decline. Vijayanagara Voices is a book about patterns in history literature and life in South India. By examining the culture's archetypal displays by understanding the culture in its own terms and by comparing associated images and ideas from other cultures this book offers unique insights into a rich and influential period in Indian history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266490

Viking DNAThe Wirral and West Lancashire Project This book details a genetic survey that has taken place focusing on men from old families from Wirral and West Lancashire. These 'Viking hot spots' in North West England exhibit many archaeological and historical features proving them to have had a clear Viking presence. The book explains—with the help of full color illustrations—what DNA is and how DNA methods can be used to probe both individual and population ancestry and how information such as Henry VIII’s tax rolls can be used to help establish the volunteer base for specific regions of northern England. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466590854

Viking Silver Hoards and ContainersThe Archaeological and Historical Context of Viking-Age Silver Coin Deposits in the Baltic c. 800–1050 It is widely accepted that the Viking Age (c. 800–1050) stimulated the development of long-distance regional and local trade and exchange networks. The clearest archaeological evidence for these contacts is mainly in the form of silver artefacts predominantly found in hoards in Northern and Central Europe – the Baltic zone. However beyond occasional national- or regional-level research there have been no attempts at a historically guided comparative archaeological survey of the Baltic zone as a whole.By investigating silver hoards and the context of their deposition Viking Silver Hoards and Containers seeks to understand the variety of functions performed by hoards; the differences in function within regions; the hoards’ relationship with trade; and the nature and function of emporia. It also examines the extent to which the findings mesh with literary evidence and the nature of the different societies benefiting from the influx of silver in the Viking Age. Crucially the book features a catalogue which provides a thorough overview and update of Baltic-zone hoards.Viking Silver Hoards and Containers is intended for use by students of and specialists in early medieval Viking and Slavic history and archaeology. However it will also be a useful teaching resource for other general courses in archaeology anthropology and material culture numismatics economic history religious studies GIS and statistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662486

Viking-Age TradeSilver Slaves and Gotland That there was an influx of silver dirhams from the Muslim world into eastern and northern Europe in the ninth and tenth centuries is well known as is the fact that the largest concentration of hoards is on the Baltic island of Gotland. Recent discoveries have shown that dirhams were reaching the British Isles too. What brought the dirhams to northern Europe in such large numbers? The fur trade has been proposed as one driver for transactions but the slave trade offers another – complementary – explanation. This volume does not offer a comprehensive delineation of the hoard finds or a full answer to the question of what brought the silver north. But it highlights the trade in slaves as driving exchanges on a trans-continental scale. By their very nature the nexuses were complex mutable and unclear even to contemporaries and they have eluded modern scholarship. Contributions to this volume shed light on processes and key places: the mints of Central Asia; the chronology of the inflows of dirhams to Rus and northern Europe; the reasons why silver was deposited in the ground and why so much ended up on Gotland; the functioning of networks – perhaps comparable to the twenty-first-century drug trade; slave-trading in the British Isles; and the stimulus and additional networks that the Vikings brought into play. This combination of general surveys presentations of fresh evidence and regional case studies sets Gotland and the early medieval slave trade in a firmer framework than has been available before. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138293946

Viking-Age TransformationsTrade Craft and Resources in Western Scandinavia The Viking Age was a period of profound change in Scandinavia. As kingdoms were established Christianity became the encompassing ideological and cosmological framework and towns were formed. This book examines a central backdrop to these changes: the economic transformation of West Scandinavia. With a focus on the development of intensive and organized use of woodlands and alpine regions and domestic raw materials together with the increasing standardization of products intended for long-distance trade the volume sheds light on the emergence of a strong interconnectedness between remote rural areas and central markets. Viking-Age Transformations explores the connection between legal and economic practice as the rural economy and monetary system developed in conjunction with nascent state power and the legal system. Thematically the book is organized into sections addressing the nature and extent of trade in both marginal and centralized areas; production and the social legal and economic aspects of exploiting natural resources and distributing products; and the various markets and sites of trade and consumption. A theoretically informed and empirically grounded collection that reveals the manner in which relationships of production and consumption transformed Scandinavian society with their influence on the legal and fiscal division of the landscape this volume will appeal to scholars of archaeology the history of trade and Viking studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367085476

Vikings This innovative series is designed to help teachers bring history topics to life through imaginative creative arts activities. Each pack includes 10 laminated double-sided cards printed in full color. Every card describes in detail activities that recreate aspects of life in a particular historical period using art drama and dance. All activities are based on historically researched authentic practices of the time. Ideal for whole class or small group sessions the packs are an inspiration for busy teachers looking for new ways to approach project work at Key Stage 2 - and can also easily be used with Key Stage 1 classes. Viking activities in this pack include recreating a Viking celebration through drama and dance; writing kennings and drapas; making Viking jewelry brooches and armbands; runic writing to recreate magical charms; dyeing wool with plants and weaving tapestries; Viking food - making festival loaves; and Viking games - morels and chess. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203819548

Vikings Across BoundariesViking-Age Transformations – Volume II This volume explores the changes that occurred during the Viking Age as Scandinavian societies fell in line with the larger forces that dominated the Insular world and Continental Europe absorbing the powerful symbiosis of Christianity and monarchy adapting to the idea of royal lineage and supremacy and developing a buzzing urbanism coupled with large-scale trade networks. Presenting research on the grand context of the Viking Age alongside localised studies it contributes to the furthering of collaborations between local and ‘outsider’ research on the Viking Age. Through a diversity of approaches on the Viking homelands and the wider world of the Vikings it offers studies of a range of phenomena including urban and rural settlements; continuity in the use of places as well as new types of places specific to the Viking Age; the social significance of change; the construction and maintenance of social identity both within the ‘homelands’ and across large territories; ethnicity; and ideas of identity and the creation and recreation of identity both at home and abroad. As such it will appeal to historians and archaeologists with interests in Viking-Age studies as well as scholars of Scandinavian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367364526

Viktor Frankl's Contribution to Spirituality and Aging Use Frankl's insights and techniques to improve life for your aging clients or parishioners. Viktor Frankl a holocaust survivor who experienced firsthand the horrors of Auschwitz saw man as “a being who continuously decides what he is: a being who equally harbors the potential to descend to the level of an animal or to ascend to the life of a saint. Man is that being who after all invented the gas chambers; but at the same time he is that being who entered into those same gas chambers with his head held high and with the 'Our Father’or the Jewish prayer of the dying on his lips.”Dr. Frankl's insights led him to found the therapeutic system of logotherapy which views man as a spiritual being rather than simply as a biological construct. Logotherapy has come to be called the Third Viennese School of Psychotherapy (after Freud's psychoanalysis and Adler's individual psychology). He left a rich legacy of theory and insights especially relevant to the search for meaning in later life. The tenets of logotherapy provide many clues and approaches to what an ever-increasing body of evidence suggests regarding the crisis of aging as a crisis of meaning. Frankl’s insightful work increased man’s understanding of the spiritual dimension of humanity and the dignity and worth of every person in the face of what he called “the tragic trial of human existence: pain guilt and death.”Viktor Frankl's Contribution to Spirituality and Aging presents an essential overview of logotherapy and explores: the search for and the will to meaning in later life the connection between logotherapy and pastoral counseling—bringing psychology and theology together to effectively counsel the aging the role of logotherapy in the treatment of adult major depression aspects of meaning and personhood in dementia the search for meaning in long-term care settingsViktor Frankl's Contribution to Spirituality and Aging represents varying professional perspectives on the application of Frankl's logotherapy for ministry with older adults. The chapter authors represent diverse professional backgrounds in medicine pastoral theology the behavioral sciences and pastoral ministry. They address issues such as death and dying dementia and depression and the spiritual meaning of aging as well as Frankl's conception of the nature of humanity. Everyone interested in the connection between theology and psychology in the context of the aging will want to own this book. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821436

Viktor SimovStanislavsky’s Designer Viktor Simov is the first English-language biography of Konstantin Stanislavsky’s principal scenic designer at the Moscow Art Theatre from the company’s formation in 1898. His ground-breaking work included the designs for the premieres of Anton Chekhov’s major stage plays and his approach to theatre design still influences contemporary scenography. Translated from the original Russian text written by author editor and literary critic Yuri Ivanovich Nekhoroshev the book provides a revealing insight into the staging and technical practices of one of the world’s most influential theatre companies. Supported by 60 illustrations representing the full range of Simov’s designs this volume provides a historical account of Simov’s career and a vivid description and critical assessment of his work. The book traces the artist’s development from his early years as a painter to his later experiments in early silent film design including his work for the classic Russian science fiction film Aelita Queen of Mars (1924). Written for theatre scholars and students of Scenic Design and Drama courses Viktor Simov: Stanislavsky’s designer re-establishes Simov as one of the most influential theatre designers of the 20th century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366510

Vilfredo Pareto This collection examines the work of the Italian economist and social theorist Vilfredo Pareto highlighting the extraordinary scope of his thought which covers a vast range of academic disciplines. The volume underlines the enduring and contemporary relevance of Pareto's ideas on a bewildering variety of topics; while illuminating his attempt to unite different disciplines such as history and sociology in his quest for a 'holistic' understanding of society. Bringing together the world's leading experts on Pareto this collection will be of interest to scholars working in the fields of sociology and social psychology monetary theory and risk analysis philosophy and intellectual history and political science and rhetoric. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315548180

Vilfredo Pareto’s SociologyA Framework for Political Psychology Vilfredo Pareto is a key figure in the history of economics and sociology. His sociological works attempted to merge these two disciplines through a psychologistic analysis of society economy and politics. This is the first book to rethink Pareto's contribution to classical sociology by focusing upon its psychological underpinning. The author locates the origins of Pareto's psychologistic approach both within the history of Italian thought and within Pareto's own experiences of business and politics. He evaluates Pareto's sociology through the lens of contemporary social science examining whether its explanatory power is growing rather than diminishing as levels of social and epistemological complexity rise. The volume also explores Pareto's assumptions about personality through the lens of contemporary psychology. It concludes with a psychometric study of Westminster MPs which clarifies and attests to Pareto's contemporary relevance and indicates that even practitioners of politics may gain much from reading Pareto. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277687

Vilfredo ParetoBeyond Disciplinary Boundaries This collection examines the work of the Italian economist and social theorist Vilfredo Pareto highlighting the extraordinary scope of his thought which covers a vast range of academic disciplines. The volume underlines the enduring and contemporary relevance of Pareto's ideas on a bewildering variety of topics; while illuminating his attempt to unite different disciplines such as history and sociology in his quest for a 'holistic' understanding of society. Bringing together the world's leading experts on Pareto this collection will be of interest to scholars working in the fields of sociology and social psychology monetary theory and risk analysis philosophy and intellectual history and political science and rhetoric. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602079

Village Market and Well-Being First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604745

Village Life In China First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405837

Village Life in South IndiaCultural Design and Environmental Variation The traditional South Indian village pictures the entire universe as an entity in which all living things and human beings play a necessary and effective role. The stability of this worldview is based on a close relationship among human beings grain crops and cattle which has permitted the continuous exploitation of agricultural lands over several centuries. Taken as a whole the life of South Indian villagers represents a subtle and complicated adaptation to complex and variable environmental circumstances. It now faces the challenge of adjusting to modernization.After a fascinating description of the traditional South Indian worldview Alan R. Beals describes the settlement patterns and social structures that characterize village life the agricultural technology and ecology and the techniques of population regulation that have traditionally operated to maintain appropriate man-to-land ratios. He then explains the relationships among villages including marriage and economic exchanges and the omnipresent influence of hierarchies of caste and social ranking.Over the past 2 000 years South Indian civilization has undergone constant change and modification. Empires have risen and fallen famine and plague have swept the land and cities have been built and forgotten. But through all these years of change the traditional South Indian village has maintained its basic character adjusting to a variety of environments and countless conquests yet always adhering to a single basic pattern of life. Village Life in South India originally published in 1974 provides the reader not only with a still-valid description of a particular and distinctive way of life but also with an explanation of how life is explained in ecological theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412842730

Village Song & CultureA Study Based on the Blunt Collection of Song from Adderbury North Oxfordshire Originally published in 1982. The songs on which this study is based were once vibrant in the throats and ears and minds of living people. This book examines the songs and their meanings in relation to the lives of those people and relates them to the cultural tradition and practice of which they were an integral part. The art of village song represents a sense of cohesiveness and mutual identity around local patterns of kinship social groupings territorial orientations and cultural relationships. The actual ways in which songs were part of village life is of course highly problematic but this book endeavours most of all to present an understanding of the place of song in the social life of villagers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138122710

Village Viability In Contemporary Society This book on the important question of village viability arose from several organizational innovations. It presents the important experience of intensive village studies conducted by anthropologists and sociologists and describes it with the views of development economists and administrators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215736

Villagers of the Sierra de GredosTranshumant Cattle-raisers in Central Spain This is the first study of a transhumant cattle-raising community in Spain. Transhumance is the seasonal moving of livestock to another region. This book shows the social and economic factors upon which the continued vitality of this mountain village is based: the use of communal summer pastures; the transhumant groups which walk the cattle to the winter pastures over the mountains; and the system of taking turns for many tasks within the village. The book analyses the sharp divisions between the more rigid organization of life within the village and the organization of life outside the village in the transhumant group which goes to the winter pastures in Extramadura. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003134954

Villain or Visionary?R. A. S. Macalister and the Archaeology of Palestine The author is an important but controversial figure in the history of Palestinian archaeology. This volume celebrates the centennial of the publication of his excavations at Tel Gezer (1912) conducted under the auspices of the PEF. This excavation was the most ambitious one of its time in the land yielding important architectural remains and thousands of artefacts including the well-known Gezer Calendar.  The contributions of several eminent  scholars reflect on the man and his work and also report on how his work influenced the understanding of the sites he excavated in Palestine all of which are currently being re-investigated. It is also richly illustrated with images from the PEF archives.Evaluations of Macalister's work vary tremendously and are reflected here. Many learnt from him others deplored his methods and record keeping. As one contributor puts it 'an industrious archaeologist but an awful excavator' and a man who was both admired and intensely disliked: regarded as both a villain and a visionary. But it is generally agreed that he is a figure who cannot be ignored and anyone interested in Palestinian archaeology will find a great deal to learn from this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885953

Villains - Foster "Villians" provides a rare insight into local and family traditions of petty crime. It looks at attitudes to crime and law enforcement and the relationship of those attitudes to the culture in which they are expressed. This book should be of interest to students and teachers in police studies ethnomethodology and women's studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138415782

Villard's LegacyStudies in Medieval Technology Science and Art in Memory of Jean Gimpel Villard's Legacy is in memory of the celebrated iconoclastic historian Jean Gimpel and represents a fundamental contribution to the new AVISTA series with Ashgate Publishing. AVISTA was the brainchild of Gimpel a genius at making the right people meet to advance knowledge through a confluence of ideas drawn equally from the practical and scholarly domains. Sixteen papers and a tribute to Gimpel underscore this confluence of technology science and art within medieval culture. Appropriately six papers offer new interpretations on aspects of Villard de Honnecourt's portfolio which Gimpel rightly recognized and promoted as a unique and precious record of pre-modern technology and culture. This thirteenth-century manuscript is now known to a wider public as the earliest testimony left by a master builder in Gothic Europe. Of particular significance for the first time in eight centuries a Compagnon du Devoir initiated in the same oral tradition as Villard opens the door to interpreting these remarkable drawings. Three papers address previously ignored aspects in the construction of French and English Gothic churches from the engineering of aerodynamic spires to the elastic materials of vault webbing to the social conventions of formal design. Three other contributors treat essential elements of a broader technological culture such as the horse harness and the minting of coins as well as the applicability of medieval technology to the modern world in particular third world countries a project pioneered by Gimpel. Four papers conclude the volume by treating the sciences of measure and their cultural expression in medieval Europe embracing both the concepts of space and time geometry as a mathematical discipline and the graphic expression of scientific data. These interdisciplinary studies are comprehensive in chronological and geographic range extending from the 8th to 15th centuries from Ireland across Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273016

Vinaya Texts This is a subset of F. Max Mullers great collection The Sacred Books of the East. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315029207

Vincent Novello (1781–1861)Music for the Masses Today Vincent Novello (1781-1861) is remembered as the father of the music-publishing firm. Fiona Palmer's evaluation of Novello the man and the musician in the marketplace draws on rich primary sources. It is the first to provide a rounded view of his life and work and the nature of his importance both in his own time and to posterity. Novello's early musical training particularly his experience of music-making in London's embassy chapels influenced him profoundly. His practical experience as director of music at the Portuguese Embassy Chapel in Mayfair informed his approach to editing and arranging. Fundamental moral and social attitudes underpinned Novello's progress. Ideas on religion education and the function of family and friendship within society shaped his life choices. The Novello family lived in turbulent times and was widely-read discussing politics and religion and not only the arts at its social gatherings. Within Vincent and Mary Novello's close circle were radical thinkers with republican views - such as Leigh Hunt and Charles Cowden Clarke - who saw sociability as a means of reorganizing society. Thematic studies focus on Novello as practical musician and educator as editor and as composer. His connections with institutions such as the Covent Garden and Pantheon Theatres the Philharmonic Society and Moorfields Chapel together with his adjudicating and teaching activities are examined. In his wide-ranging editorial work Novello found his true vocation positioning himself as preservationist pioneer and philanthropist. His work as composer though unremarkable in quality mirrored the demands and expectations of his consumers. Novello emerges from this study as a visionary who single-mindedly pursued greater musical knowledge for the benefit of everyone. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277977

Vincenzo Bellini and the Aesthetics of Early Nineteenth-Century Italian Opera First published in 1989. This study explores Italian attitudes to opera while Vincenzo Bellini was studying and composing. It draws mainly on Italian critical and aesthetic writing dating from the end of an era that was still dominated by the Italian bel canto. Many of the writers considered are unfamiliar today but they express the accepted views on music opera and singing that dominated a particularly insular tradition. This title will be of interest to students of Italian and Music History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366015

Vincenzo BelliniA Guide to Research This comprehensive bibliography and research guide details all the works currently available on Vincenzo Bellini the Italian opera composer best known for his work Norma which is still regularly performed today at Covent Garden and by regional opera companies. 2001 the bicentennial anniversary of Bellini's death saw several concerts and recordings of his work raising his academic profile. This volume aims to meet the research needs of all students of Bellini in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870284

Vincenzo Scamozzi and the Chorography of Early Modern Architecture The first English-language overview of the contributions to Renaissance architectural culture of northern Italian architect Vincenzo Scamozzi (1548-1616) this book introduces Anglophone architects and historians to a little-known figure from a period that is recognized as one of the most productive and influential in the Western architectural tradition. Ann Marie Borys presents Vincenzo Scamozzi as a traveler and an observer the first Western architect to respond to the changing shape of the world in the Age of Discovery. Pointing out his familiarity with the expansion of knowledge in both natural history and geography she highlights that his truly unique contribution was to make geography and cartography central to the knowledge of the architect. In so doing she argues that he articulated the first fully realized theory of place. Showing how geographic thinking influences his output Borys demonstrates that although Scamozzi's work was conceived within an established tradition it was also influenced by major cultural changes occurring in the late 16th century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409455806

Vindicating Socio-Economic RightsInternational Standards and Comparative Experiences Notwithstanding the widespread and persistent affirmation of the indivisibility and equal worth of all human rights socio-economic rights continue to be treated as the "Cinderella" of the human rights corpus. At a domestic level this has resulted in little appetite for the explicit recognition and judicial enforcement of such rights in constitutional democracies. The primary reason for this is the prevalent apprehension that the judicial enforcement of socio-economic rights is fundamentally at variance with the doctrine of the separation of powers. This study drawing on comparative experiences in a number of jurisdictions which have addressed (in some cases more explicitly than others) the issue of socio-economic rights seeks to counter this argument by showing that courts can play a substantial role in the vindication of socio-economic rights while still respecting the relative institutional prerogatives of the elected branches of government. Drawing lessons from experiences in South Africa India Canada and Ireland this study seeks to articulate a "model adjudicative framework" for the protection of socio-economic rights. In this context the overarching concern is to find some role for the courts in vindicating socio-economic rights while also recognising the importance of the separation of powers and the primary role that the elected branches of government must play in protecting and vindicating such rights. The text incorporates discussion of the likely impact and significance of the Optional Protocol to the International Covenant on Economic Social and Cultural Rights and looks at the implications of the Mazibuko decision for the development of South Africa’s socio-economic rights jurisprudence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415730518

Vinnie the DoveTargeting the v Sound Vinnie loves to dive in water but it always makes him so cold! Join him on his mission to find a way to finally get warmed up. This picture book targets the /v/ sound and is part of Speech Bubbles 2 a series of picture books that target specific speech sounds within the story. The series can be used for children receiving speech therapy for children who have a speech sound delay/disorder or simply as an activity for children’s speech sound development and/or phonological awareness. They are ideal for use by parents teachers or caregivers. Bright pictures and a fun story create an engaging activity perfect for sound awareness. Picture books are sold individually or in a pack. There are currently two packs available – Speech Bubbles 1 and Speech Bubbles 2. Please see further titles in the series for stories targeting other speech sounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367648497

Vintage Game ConsolesAn Inside Look at Apple Atari Commodore Nintendo and the Greatest Gaming Platforms of All Time Vintage Game Consoles tells the story of the most influential videogame platforms of all time including the Apple II Commodore 64 Nintendo Entertainment System Game Boy Sega Genesis Sony PlayStation and many more. It uncovers the details behind the consoles computers handhelds and arcade machines that made videogames possible. Drawing on extensive research and the authors’ own lifelong experience with videogames Vintage Game Consoles explores each system’s development history fan community its most important games and information for collectors and emulation enthusiasts. It also features hundreds of exclusive full-color screenshots and images that help bring each system’s unique story to life. Vintage Game Consoles is the ideal book for gamers students and professionals who want to know the story behind their favorite computers handhelds and consoles without forgetting about why they play in the first place – the fun! Bill Loguidice is a critically acclaimed technology author who has worked on over a dozen books including CoCo: The Colorful History of Tandy’s Underdog Computer written with Boisy G. Pitre. He’s also the co-founder and Managing Director for the popular Website Armchair Arcade. A noted videogame and computer historian and subject matter expert Bill personally owns and maintains well over 400 different systems from the 1970s to the present day including a large volume of associated materials. Matt Barton is an associate professor of English at Saint Cloud State University in Saint Cloud Minnesota where he lives with his wife Elizabeth. He’s the producer of the "Matt Chat " a weekly YouTube series featuring in-depth interviews with notable game developers. In addition to the original Vintage Games which he co-authored with Bill he’s author of Dungeons & Desktops: The History of Computer Role-Playing Games and Honoring the Code: Conversations with Great Game Designers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415856003

Vintage Games 2.0An Insider Look at the Most Influential Games of All Time  Super Mario Bros. Doom. Minecraft. It’s hard to imagine what life would be like today without video games a creative industry that now towers over Hollywood in terms of both financial and cultural impact. The video game industry caters to everyone with games in every genre for every conceivable electronic device--from dedicated PC gaming rigs and consoles to handhelds mobile phones and tablets. Successful games are produced by mega-corporations independent studios and even lone developers working with nothing but free tools. Some may still believe that video games are mere diversions for children but today’s games offer sophisticated and wondrously immersive experiences that no other media can hope to match. Vintage Games 2.0 tells the story of the ultimate storytelling medium from early examples such as Spacewar! and Pong to the mind blowing console and PC titles of today. Written in a smart and engaging style this updated 2nd edition is far more than just a survey of the classics. Informed by hundreds of in-depth personal interviews with designers publishers marketers and artists--not to mention the author’s own lifelong experience as a gamer--Vintage Games 2.0 uncovers the remarkable feats of intellectual genius but also the inspiring personal struggles of the world’s most brilliant and celebrated game designers--figures like Shigeru Miyamoto Will Wright and Roberta Williams. Ideal for both beginners and professionals Vintage Games 2.0 offers an entertaining and inspiring account of video game’s history and meteoric rise from niche market to global phenomenon. Credit for the cover belongs to Thor Thorvaldson. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138899131

Vintage GamesAn Insider Look at the History of Grand Theft Auto Super Mario and the Most Influential Games of All Time Vintage Games explores the most influential videogames of all time including Super Mario Bros. Grand Theft Auto III Doom The Sims and many more. Drawing on interviews as well as the authors' own lifelong experience with videogames the book discusses each game's development predecessors critical reception and influence on the industry. It also features hundreds of full-color screenshots and images including rare photos of game boxes and other materials. Vintage Games is the ideal book for game enthusiasts and professionals who desire a broader understanding of the history of videogames and their evolution from a niche to a global market. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138428515

Vinyl LeavesWalt Disney World And America Walt Disney World is a pilgrimage site filled with utopian elements craft and whimsy. It’s a pedestrian’s world where the streets are clean the employees are friendly and the trains run on time. All of its elements are themed presented in a consistent architectural decorative horticultural musical even olfactory tone with rides shows r Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215828

Vinyl: A History of the Analogue Record Vinyl: A History of the Analogue Record is the first in-depth study of the vinyl record. Richard Osborne traces the evolution of the recording format from its roots in the first sound recording experiments to its survival in the world of digital technologies. This book addresses the record's relationship with music: the analogue record was shaped by and helped to shape the music of the twentieth century. It also looks at the cult of vinyl records. Why are users so passionate about this format? Why has it become the subject of artworks and advertisements? Why are vinyl records still being produced? This book explores its subject using a distinctive approach: the author takes the vinyl record apart and historicizes its construction. Each chapter explores a different element: the groove the disc shape the label vinyl itself the album the single the b-side and the 12" single and the sleeve. By anatomizing vinyl in this manner the author shines new light on its impact and appeal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472434333

VinylThe Analogue Record in the Digital Age Recent years have seen not just a revival but a rebirth of the analogue record. More than merely a nostalgic craze vinyl has become a cultural icon. As music consumption migrated to digital and online this seemingly obsolete medium became the fastest-growing format in music sales. Whilst vinyl never ceased to be the favorite amongst many music lovers and DJs from the late 1980s the recording industry regarded it as an outdated relic consigned to dusty domestic corners and obscure record shops. So why is vinyl now experiencing a ‘rebirth of its cool’?Dominik Bartmanski and Ian Woodward explore this question by combining a cultural sociological approach with insights from material culture studies. Presenting vinyl as a multifaceted cultural object they investigate the reasons behind its persistence within our technologically accelerated culture. Informed by media analysis urban ethnography and the authors’ interviews with musicians DJs sound engineers record store owners collectors and cutting-edge label chiefs from a range of metropolitan centres renowned for thriving music scenes including London New York Tokyo Melbourne and especially Berlin what emerges is a story of a modern icon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780857856616

Violations of TrustHow Social and Welfare Institutions Fail Children and Young People The past few decades have brought to light increasing evidence of systemic and repeated institutional abuse of children and young people in many western nations. Government enquiries research studies and media reports have begun to highlight the widespread nature of sexual physical and emotional abuse of vulnerable children and young people. However while public attention has focused on 'episodic-dramatic' representations of institutional abuse comparatively little emphasis has been given to the more mundane routinized and systemic nature of abuse that has occurred. This book documents comprehensively a full range of abuse occurring in 'caring' and 'protective' institutions with particular reference to the Australian case. The dominant theme is 'betrayal' and in particular the ways in which agencies charged with the care and protection of children and young people become the sites of abusive practices. The authors draw on a range of theoretical frameworks to explore issues of trust and betrayal in the context of the professional and ethical obligations which workers have to those in their charge. The authors argue that it is not sufficient merely to report on accounts of institutional abuse or the consequences of particular practices; rather it is necessary to locate the prevalence of institutional abuse in the wider context of institutional practices as they relate to the 'governance' of particular sections of the population. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263956

Violence Using discourses from across the conceptual and geographical board Toby Miller argues for a different way of understanding violence one that goes beyond supposedly universal human traits to focus instead on the specificities of history place and population as explanations for it. Violence engages these issues in a wide-ranging interdisciplinary form examining definitions and data psychology and ideology gender nation-states and the media by covering several foundational questions: how has violence been defined historically and geographically? has it decreased or increased over time? which regions of the world are the most violent? does violence correlate with economies political systems and religions? what is the relationship of gender and violence? what role do the media play? This book is a powerful introduction to the study of violence ideal for students and researchers across the human sciences most notably sociology American and area studies history media and communication studies politics literature and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367197605

Violence Civil Strife and Revolution in the Classical City (Routledge Revivals)750-330 BC Violent conflict between individuals and groups was as common in the ancient world as it has been in more recent history. Detested in theory it nevertheless became as frequent as war between sovereign states. The importance of such ‘stasis’ was recognised by political thinkers of the time especially Thucydides and Aristotle both of whom tried to analyse its causes. Violence Civil Strife and Revolution in the Classical City first published in 1982 gives a conspectus of stasis in the societies of Greek antiquity and traces the development of civil strife as city-states grew in political social and economic sophistication. Aristocratic rivalry tensions between rich and poor imperialism and constitutional crisis are all discussed while special consideration is given to the attitudes of the participants and the theoretical explanations offered at the time. In conclusion civil strife in the ancient world is compared to more recent conflicts both domestic and international. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138019751

Violence Elections and Party Politics As the United States and the countries of Western Europe have sought to promote democratic rule in those parts of the world that have not enjoyed the blessings of liberty they have failed to consider an important factor. Competitive elections the sine qua non of democratic government often gives rise to serious bouts of political violence: mob riots inter-party fighting and internal wars. The essays collected in this volume evaluate the relationship between terrorist activity and electoral politics. Do democratic elections themselves undermine the development and stability of the democratic institutions the United States and its allies seek to promote? Under what conditions are democratic elections effective at bringing terrorist organizations into the political process thereby quelling violence? When and how might terrorist organizations use democratic elections to foment violence? This book was published as a special issue of Terrorism and Political Violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415705653

Violence Law and the Impossibility of Transitional Justice The field of transitional justice has expanded rapidly since the term first emerged in the late 1990s. Its intellectual development has however tended to follow practice rather than drive it. Addressing this gap Violence Law and the Impossibility of Transitional Justice pursues a comprehensive theoretical inquiry into the foundation and evolution of transitional justice. Presenting a detailed deconstruction of the role of law in transition the book explores the reasons for resistance to transitional justice. It explores the ways in which law itself is complicit in perpetuating conflict and asks whether a narrow vision of transitional justice – underpinned by a strictly normative or doctrinal concept of law – can undermine the promise of justice. Drawing on case material as well as on perspectives from a range of disciplines including law political science anthropology and philosophy this book will be of considerable interest to those concerned with the theory and practice of transitional justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138481879

Violence Memory and HistoryWestern Perceptions of Kristallnacht This edited collection delves into the horrors of November 1938 and to what degree they portended the Holocaust demonstrating the varied reactions of Western audiences to news about the pogrom against the Jews. A pattern of stubborn governmental refusal to help German Jews to any large degree emerges throughout the book. Much of this was in response to uncertain domestic economic conditions and underlying racist attitudes towards Jews. Contrasting this was the outrage expressed by ordinary people around the world who condemned the German violence and challenged the policy of Appeasement being advanced by Great Britain and France towards Adolf Hitler’s Nazi German government at the time. Contributors employ multiple media sources to make their arguments and compare these with official government records. For the first time a collection on Kristallnacht has taken a truly transnational approach giving readers a fuller understanding of how the events of November 1938 were understood around the Western world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383135

Violence Prejudice and Sexuality The binary model of sexuality can be devastating and even fatal for people left outside the category of heterosexuality. Essentialist categories of sexuality and gender are often enforced by harassment and violence as is clear in the case of violence directed against sexual minorities such as homosexual men. This book investigates why men launch assaults on sexual minorities why these attacks are so vicious and frequently irrational the identities of perpetrators and their victims and why such violence seems to have some acceptance in fields such as law psychiatry the media and popular opinion. Tomsen discusses the theoretical and research literatures on models of understanding human sexuality and gender and the nature of hate violence and prejudice in contemporary societies and also provides an analysis from his own original research to draw out the contradictory nature of both sexual identity and violence and the significance of viewing both fields as linked domains. This text makes an important contribution to current and future discussions of the nature of social prejudice and its ties to legal rulings collective beliefs and mainstream culture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203882900

Violence Sex Offenders and Corrections Sex offenders remain the most hated group of offenders subject to a myriad of regulations and punishments beyond imprisonment including sex offender registries chemical and surgical castration and global positioning electronic monitoring systems. While aspects of their experiences of imprisonment are documented less is known about how sex offenders experience prison and community corrections spaces – and the implications of their status on their treatment and safety in such environments. Violence Sex Offenders and Corrections critically assesses what is meant by the term ‘sex offender’ and acknowledges that such meanings are socially constructed situated and contingent. The book explores the person crime penal space sexual orientation legislation and the community experiences of labelled sex offenders as well as the experiences of correctional officers working with said custodial populations. Ricciardelli and Spencer use conceptions of gender and embodiment to analyze how sex offenders are constituted as objects of fear and disgust and as deserving subjects of abjection and violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367227142

Violence Society and Radical TheoryBataille Baudrillard and Contemporary Society Shedding light on the relationship between violence and contemporary society this volume explores the distinctive but little-known theories of violence in the work of Georges Bataille and Jean Baudrillard applying these to a range of violent events - events often labelled ’inexplicable’ - in order to show how even the most extreme of acts can be seen as socially meaningful. The book offers an understanding of violence as fundamental to social relations and social organisation departing from studies that focus on individual offenders and their psychological states to concentrate instead on the symbolic relations or exchanges between agents and between agents and the structures they find themselves inhabiting. Developing the notion of symbolic economies of violence to emphasise the volatility and ambivalence of social exchanges Violence Society and Radical Theory reveals the importance to our understanding of violence of the relationship between the structural or systemic violence of consumer capitalist society and forms of ’counter-violence’ which attack this system. A theoretically rich yet grounded expansion of that which can be considered meaningful or thinkable within sociological theory this ground-breaking book will appeal to scholars and students of social and political theory and contemporary philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267145

Violence Torture and Memory in Sri LankaLife after Terror Drawing on original ethnographic field-research conducted primarily with former guerrilla insurgents in southern and central Sri Lanka this book analyses the memories and narratives of people who have perpetrated political violence. It explores how violence is negotiated and lived with in the aftermath and its implications for the self and social relationships from the perspectives of those who have inflicted it. The book sheds ethnographic light on a largely overlooked and little-understood conflict that took place within the majority Sinhala community in the late 1980s known locally as the Terror (Bheeshanaya). It illuminates the ways in which the ethical charge carried by violence seeps into the fabric of life in the aftermath and discusses that for those who have perpetrated violence the mediation of its memory is ethically tendentious and steeped in the moral carrying important implications for notions of the self and for the negotiation of sociality in the present. Providing an important understanding of the motivations meanings and consequences of violence the book is of interest to students and scholars of South Asia Political Science Trauma Studies and War Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138575493

Violence Visual Culture and the Black Male Body From early photographs of disfigured slaves to contemporary representations of bullet-riddled rappers images of wounded black men have long permeated American culture. While scholars have fittingly focused on the ever-present figure of the hypermasculine black male little consideration has been paid to the wounded black man as a persistent cultural figure. This book considers images of wounded black men on various stages including early photography contemporary art hip hop and new media. Focusing primarily on photographic images Jackson explores the wound as a specular moment that mediates power relations between seers and the seen. Historically the representation of wounded black men has privileged the viewer in service of white supremacist thought. At the same time contemporary artists have deployed the figure to expose and disrupt this very power paradigm. Jackson suggests that the relationship between the viewer and the viewed is not so much static as fluid and that wounds serve as intricate negotiations of power structures that cannot always be simplified into the condensed narratives of victims and victimizers. Overall Jackson attempts to address both the ways in which the wound has been exploited to patrol and contain black masculinity as well as the ways in which twentieth century artists have represented the wound to disrupt its oppressive implications Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851978

Violence Against Black BodiesAn Intersectional Analysis of How Black Lives Continue to Matter Violence Against Black Bodies argues that black deaths at the hands of police are just one form of violence that black and brown people face daily in the western world. Through the voices of scholars from different academic disciplines this book gives readers an opportunity to put the cases together and see that violent deaths in police custody are just one tentacle of the racial order—a hierarchy which is designed to produce trauma and discrimination according to one’s perceived race and ethnicity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138222106

Violence Against Children in the Criminal Justice SystemGlobal Perspectives on Prevention Children who come into conflict with the law are more likely to have experienced violence or adversity than their non-offending peers. Exacerbating the deleterious effects of this childhood trauma children’s contact with the criminal justice system poses undue risks of physical sexual and psychological violence. This book examines the specific forms of violence that children experience through their contact with the criminal justice system. Comprising contributions from leading scholars and practitioners in children’s rights and youth justice this book profiles evidence-based prevention strategies and case studies from around the world. It illustrates the diversity of contexts in which various forms of violence against children unfold and advances knowledge about both the nature and extent of violence against children in criminal justice settings and the specific situational factors that contribute to or inhibit the successful implementation of violence prevention strategies. It demonstrates that specialised child justice systems in which children’s rights are upheld are crucial in preventing the violence inherent to conventional criminal justice regimes. Written in a clear and accessible style this book will be of interest to students and researchers engaged in studies of criminology and criminal justice youth justice victimology crime prevention and children’s rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138340220

Violence Against ChildrenMaking Human Rights Real Violence Against Children adopts in its title the exhortation of Nobel Laureate Amartya Sen "Making Human Rights Real " which also represents the leitmotif of the book. It examines the prevalence of violence against children in Africa the Asia Pacific Region Europe Latin America and the Caribbean and in the United States and explores major ways of its prevention. Making human rights real engenders the challenge of helping all children to be free from violence and to lead a life replete with genuine nurture and the elimination of all violence. Only in this manner will the goal of the United Nations 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development —target 16.2—be achieved and the child as a rights-bearing individual realized in her/his fullness. The specially commissioned chapters that make up the volume have been written by renowned scholars researchers and advocates. They coalesce to provide an overview of the challenges facing children exposed to violence worldwide and they advance discussions of the measures which are available and necessary for the prevention of violence against children. The book is intended for policy-makers researchers and students of the social sciences and human rights who are interested in ending all the widespread maltreatment of children in our societies and our time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138563261

Violence against Women and GirlsUnderstanding Responses and Approaches in the Indian Health Sector This book discusses the pervasiveness of violence against women (VAW) in India and traces its evolution as a public health concern. It highlights the fundamental relationship between health and violence and identifies institutional gaps which hinder comprehensive healthcare and support to VAW survivors.The volume brings together in-depth case studies from various states and civil society organisations on their initiatives to help bring adequate support and health services to women affected by VAW. These include engagement with hospitals to increase awareness and sensitivity among health service providers and community-run health clinics for marginalised women. The book documents the mobilising efforts of feminists community-based organisations state institutions and CSOs in developing comprehensive healthcare responses and bringing violence against women into the public health discourse. It provides insights into the lack of guidelines for responding to sexual violence in medical and nursing education and the way that the police and the justice system function in India.This book will be of interest to public health professionals and students and researchers in public health gender studies social work and sociology. It will also be useful for policymakers and for professionals working for thinktanks or CSOs working on developing health system responses to VAW. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367134723

Violence Against Women and the Law This book examines the strength of laws addressing four types of violence against women--rape marital rape domestic violence and sexual harassment--in 196 countries from 2007 to 2010. It analyzes why these laws exist in some places and not others and why they are stronger or weaker in places where they do exist. The authors have compiled original data that allow them to test various hypotheses related to whether international law drives the enactment of domestic legal protections. They also examine the ways in which these legal protections are related to economic political and social institutions and how transnational society affects the presence and strength of these laws. The original data produced for this book make a major contribution to comparisons and analyses of gender violence and law worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612051482

Violence Against Women in Asian SocietiesGender Inequality and Technologies of Violence Violence against women is a violation of women's human rights and a priority public health issue. It is endemic worldwide. While much has been written about it in industrialized societies there has been relatively little attention given to such violence in Asian societies. This book addresses the structural and interpersonal violences to which women are subject both under conditions of conflict and disruption and where civil society is relatively ordered. It explores sexual violence and coercion domestic violence and violence within the broader community and the state avoiding sensationalised accounts of so-called cultural' practices in favour of nuanced explorations of violences as experienced in Cambodia Thailand Burma Indonesia Malaysia the Philippines Bangladesh and India. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315029634

Violence against Women in India Women in India constitute nearly half of its population of over a billion people and this book is a rigorous social scientific examination of the issue of violence against women in India. It draws from the latest criminological research on the nature and extent of such violence; discusses cultural myths and practices that underlie the problem; and examines policies and programs that respond to it. This collection will advance research justice and social action to tackle this heartbreaking problem. The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of Comparative and Applied Criminal Justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592837

Violence Against Women in Legally Plural settingsExperiences and Lessons from the Andes This book addresses a growing area of concern for scholars and development practitioners: discriminatory gender norms in legally plural settings. Focusing specifically on indigenous women this book analyses how they often in alliance with supporters and allies have sought to improve their access to justice. Development practitioners working in the field of access to justice have tended to conceive indigenous legal systems as either inherently incompatible with women’s rights or alternatively they have emphasised customary law’s advantageous features such as its greater accessibility familiarity and effectiveness. Against this background – and based on a comparison of six thus far underexplored initiatives of legal and institutional change in Ecuador Peru and Bolivia – Anna Barrera Vivero provides a more nuanced ethnographic understanding of how women navigate through context-specific constellations of interlegality in their search for justice. In so doing moreover her account of ongoing political debates and local struggles for gender justice grounds the elaboration of a comprehensive conceptual framework for understanding the legally plural dynamics involved in the contestation of discriminatory gender norms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138092815

Violence against Women in Pornography Violence against Women in Pornography illuminates the ways in which adult pornography hurts many women both on and off screen. A growing body of social scientific knowledge shows that it is strongly associated with various types of violence against women in intimate relationships. Many women who try to leave abusive and/or patriarchal men also report that pornography plays a role in the abuse inflicted on them by their ex-partners. On top of these harms male pornography consumption is strongly correlated with attitudes supporting violence against women. Many researchers practitioners and policy makers believe that adult pornography is a major problem and offer substantial evidence supporting this claim. Violence against Women in Pornography unlike books written mainly for scholarly and general audiences specifically targets students enrolled in undergraduate criminology deviance women’s studies masculinities studies human sexuality and media studies courses. Thoughtful discussion questions are placed at the end of each chapter and appropriate PowerPoint slides and suggestions for classroom exercises will be available to aid student understanding. The main objective of this book is to motivate readers to think critically about adult pornography and to take progressive steps individually and collectively to curb the production and consumption of hurtful sexual media including that from the "dark side of the Internet." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781455775422

Violence against WomenCriminological perspectives on men’s violences Violence against women is an enduring problem around the globe yet very few books look at the full range of men’s violences against women – perpetrated in relationships in the family in public spaces and in institutions. While books that look at different types of violence such as domestic violence ‘honour’ based violence and rape in isolation are useful for depth it is only by looking across these different spheres that the true extent of men’s violences against women becomes clear. This book usefully covers all of the main forms of violence against women looking at it from a research policy and practice perspective. Including discussion of fifteen different types of violence against women this book is original in offering an introduction to such a broad range of topics and for including chapters on violences that have rarely been written about as well as those that are more commonly discussed and those that have been sidelined in recent years. By bringing together work on violence against women committed by partners family members strangers acquaintances institutions and businesses this book widens the lens through which we view men’s violences against women. Violence against Women is essential reading for criminologists and sociologists who want to be up to date with cutting-edge knowledge on this topic. It is also an invaluable text for those training to enter or become qualified in the specialist domestic and sexual violence sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781843923985

Violence and Abuse In and Around Organisations This international collection examines violence and abuse in and around organisations. The collection documents the causes specifically from the perspective of human relations and of the workplace conditions. It also highlights the specific risks associated with high-risk professions or working environments.The first section considers types of violence and abuse their relative frequencies potential individual and workplace antecedents costs to individuals family’s organisations and societies the fact both are increasing in frequency with new types (e.g. terrorism) appearing and why addressing these has become increasingly important for individuals and organisations. The second section considers violence in interpersonal relationships such as bullying incivility bias and harassment and toxic leadership. The third section examines unsafe workplaces accidents injuries and deaths. The fourth section considers exploitive work conditions and arrangements such as precarious employment the exploitation of immigrants and human slavery. The final section offers suggestions on ways to address violence and abuse in and around organisations. These include aggression preventative supervisor behaviours in health care suicide prevention in the workplace dealing with disgruntled employees and former employees and workplace interventions that address stress reduction more broadly.As with other titles in the Psychological and Behavioural Aspects of Risk Series this research-based collection is firmly grounded in the boundary between work and society and offers important insights into how social and cultural problems are manifest in the workplace and how poor and abusive workplace practice in turn spills out into wider life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735272

Violence and Aggression in the WorkplaceA Practical Guide for All Healthcare Staff This is a practical guide that will support primary care members through the process of change towards PCT status and assist those with PCT status. The contributors present real solutions to the many unique issues faced in this new stage of NHS development. Endorsed by the National Association of Primary Care it is an authoritative guide for the present and for future development. All members of the new primary care organisations and those supporting them will find this handbook to be an enlightening and indispensable guide. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378299

Violence and American Cinema First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203700570

Violence and Candidate Nomination in Africa This comprehensive volume brings together a diverse set of scholars to analyse candidate nomination intra-party democracy and election violence in Africa. Through a combination of comparative studies and country-specific case studies spanning much of Sub-Saharan Africa including Kenya Zambia and South Africa the authors shed light on violence during candidate nomination processes within political parties. The book covers several cases that vary significantly in terms of democracy party dominance and competitiveness and the institutionalization and inclusiveness of candidate selection processes. The authors investigate how common violence is during candidate nomination processes; whether the drivers of nomination violence are identical to those of general election violence; whether nomination violence can be avoided in high risk cases such as dominant party regimes with fierce intra-party competition for power; and which subnational locations are most likely to experience nomination violence. Through its focus on violence in nomination processes this book firmly places the role of political parties at the centre of the analysis of African election violence. While adding to our theoretical and empirical understanding of nomination violence the book contributes to the literature on conflict the literature on democratization and democratic consolidation and the literature on African political parties.This book was originally published as a special issue of the journal Democratization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663797

Violence and CommunityLaw Space and Identity in the Ancient Eastern Mediterranean World Violence and community were intimately linked in the ancient world. While various aspects of violence have been long studied on their own (warfare revolution murder theft piracy) there has been little effort so far to study violence as a unified field and explore its role in community formation. This volume aims to construct such an agenda by exploring the historiography of the study of violence in antiquity and highlighting a number of important paradoxes of ancient violence. It explores the forceful nexus between wealth power and the passions by focusing on three major aspects that link violence and community: the attempts of communities to regulate and canalise violence through law the constitutive role of violence in communal identities and the ways in which communities dealt with violence in regards to private and public space landscapes and territories. The contributions to this volume range widely in both time and space: temporally they cover the full span from the archaic to the Roman imperial period while spatially they extend from Athens and Sparta through Crete Arcadia and Macedonia to Egypt and Israel. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595180

Violence and Crime in Nineteenth Century EnglandThe Shadow of our Refinement This book illuminates the origins and development of violence as a social issue by examining a critical period in the evolution of attitudes towards violence. It explores the meaning of violence through an accessible mixture of detailed empirical research and a broad survey of cutting-edge historical theory. The author discusses topics such as street fighting policing sports community discipline and domestic violence and shows how the nineteenth century established enduring patterns in views of violence. Violence and Crime in Nineteenth-Century England will be essential reading for advanced students and researchers of modern British history social and cultural history and criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010215

Violence and Emotions in Early Modern Europe Violence and Emotions in Early Modern Europe examines the purposes for which specific forms of violence and particular emotional states functioned how they operated in relation to each other or indeed how one provoked sustained or diminished the other.These twelve original essays demonstrate the complexities of violence and emotions and the myriad possibilities of their inter-relationships. They emphasize the great efforts that were made by early modern societies to control modes of violence and emotional regimes to achieve positive as well as negative effects such as creating order healing and bringing individuals and communities together around productive identities.Authors consider legal documents news reports memoirs letters confraternity statutes and medical consultations to investigate the bodily and textual practices in which violent and emotional acts were created supported and disseminated to investigate the power aims effect and outcomes of relationships between violence and emotions. The chapters look at a range of topics and countries including Renaissance Italy and sixteenth-century Germany France in the grip of the religious wars and England’s Civil Wars as well as a wide range of topics including murder punishment community healing insults threats prophecy and medical and devotional practices. This collection will be essential reading for students and scholars of the history of emotions or violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872304

Violence and Gender in the Globalized WorldThe Intimate and the Extimate Violence and Gender in the Globalized World expands the critical picture of gender and violence in the age of globalization by introducing a variety of uncommonly discussed geo-political sites and dynamics. The volume hosts methodologically and disciplinarily diverse contributions from around the world discussing various contexts including Chechnya Germany Iraq Kenya Malaysia Nicaragua Palestine the former Yugoslavia Syria South Africa the United States and the Internet. Bringing together scholars’ and activists’ historicized and site-specific perspectives this book bridges the gap between theory and practice concerning violence gender and agency. In this revised and updated edition the scope of inquiry is expanded to incorporate phenomena that have recently come to the forefront of public and scholarly scrutiny such as Internet-based discourses of violence female suicide bombers and the Islamic State’s violence against women. At the same time new data and developments are brought to bear on earlier discussions of violence against women across the globe in order to bring them fully up to date. With an international team of contributors comprising eminent scholars activists and policy-makers this volume will be of interest to anyone conducting research in the areas of gender and sexuality human rights cultural studies law sociology political science history post-colonialism and colonialism anthropology philosophy and religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598204

Violence and Gender in the Globalized WorldThe Intimate and the Extimate Violence and Gender in the Globalized World expands the present discourse on gender and violence discovering new ways to address the complexities encountered in academic research on the topic. Through the introduction of a variety of uncommonly discussed geopolitical sites and dynamics the book redefines the critical picture of gender violence in the age of globalization adopting diverse methodological approaches and various disciplinary praxes in its investigation of the question of violence against women across the globe. With an international team of contributors comprising both scholars and activists this volume bridges the gap between academic and activist perspectives on gender violence. As such it will be of interest to anyone conducting research in the areas of gender and sexuality human rights cultural studies political science history postcolonialism and colonialism sociology anthropology philosophy and religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593834

Violence and Gender in the Globalized WorldThe Intimate and the Extimate Violence and Gender in the Globalized World expands the critical picture of gender and violence in the age of globalization by introducing a variety of uncommonly discussed geo-political sites and dynamics. The volume hosts methodologically and disciplinarily diverse contributions from around the world discussing various contexts including Chechnya Germany Iraq Kenya Malaysia Nicaragua Palestine the former Yugoslavia Syria South Africa the United States and the Internet. Bringing together scholars’ and activists’ historicized and site-specific perspectives this book bridges the gap between theory and practice concerning violence gender and agency. In this revised and updated edition the scope of inquiry is expanded to incorporate phenomena that have recently come to the forefront of public and scholarly scrutiny such as Internet-based discourses of violence female suicide bombers and the Islamic State’s violence against women. At the same time new data and developments are brought to bear on earlier discussions of violence against women across the globe in order to bring them fully up to date. With an international team of contributors comprising eminent scholars activists and policy-makers this volume will be of interest to anyone conducting research in the areas of gender and sexuality human rights cultural studies law sociology political science history post-colonialism and colonialism anthropology philosophy and religion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315548142

Violence and MessianismJewish Philosophy and the Great Conflicts of the Twentieth Century Violence and Messianism looks at how some of the figures of the so-called Renaissance of "Jewish" philosophy between the two world wars - Franz Rosenzweig Walter Benjamin and Martin Buber - grappled with problems of violence revolution and war. At once inheriting and breaking with the great historical figures of political philosophy such as Kant and Hegel they also exerted considerable influence on the next generation of European philosophers like Lévinas Derrida and others. This book aims to think through the great conflicts in the past century in the context of the theory of catastrophe and the beginning of new messianic time. Firstly it is a book about means and ends – that is about whether good ends can be achieved through bad means. Second it is a book about time: peace time war time time it takes to transfer from war to peace etc. Is a period of peace simply a time that excludes all violence? How long does it take to establish peace (to remove all violence)? Building on this it then discusses whether there is anything that can be called messianic acting. Can we – are we capable of or allowed to – act violently in order to hasten the arrival of the Messiah and peace? And would we then be in messianic time? Finally how does this notion of messianism – a name for a sudden and unpredictable event – fit in for example with our contemporary understanding of terrorist violence? The book attempts to understand such pressing questions by reconstructing the notions of violence and messianism as they were elaborated by 20th century Jewish political thought.Providing an important contribution to the discussion on terrorism and the relationship between religion and violence this book will appeal to theorists of terrorism and ethics of war as well as students and scholars of Philosophy Jewish studies and religion studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888503

Violence and Non-Violence across TimeHistory Religion and Culture This book probes the complex interweaving across time and cultures of violence and non-violence from the perspective of the present. One of the first of its kind it offers a comprehensive examination of the interpenetration of violence and non-violence as much in human nature as in human institutions with reference to different continents cultures and religions over centuries. It points to the present paradox that even as violence of unprecedented lethality threatens the very survival of humankind non-violence increasingly appears as an unlikely feasible alternative. The essays presented here cover a wide cultural–temporal spectrum — from Vedic sacrifice early Jewish–Christian polemics the Crusades and medieval Japan to contemporary times. They explore aspects of the violence–non-violence dialectic in a coherent frame of analysis across themes such as war jihad death salvation religious and philosophical traditions including Buddhism Christianity Judaism Hinduism Islam mysticism monism and Neoplatonism texts such as Ramayana Mahabharata and Quran as well as issues faced by Dalits and ethical imperatives for clinical trials among others. Offering thematic width and analytical depth to the treatment of the subject the contributors bring their disciplinary expertise and cultural insights ranging from the historical to sociological theological philosophical and metaphysical as well as their sensitive erudition to deepening an understanding of a grave issue. The book will be useful to scholars and researchers of history peace and conflict studies political science political thought and cultural studies as well as those working on issues of violence and non-violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367479237

Violence and Phenomenology This book pursues the problem of whether violence can be understood to be constitutive of its own sense or meaning as opposed to being merely instrumental. Dodd draws on the resources of phenomenological philosophy and takes the form of a series of dialogues between figures both inside and outside of this tradition. The central figures considered include Carl von Clausewitz Carl Schmitt Hannah Arendt Jean-Paul Sartre Ernst Jünger and Martin Heidegger and the study concludes with an analysis of the philosophy of Jan Patocka. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851961

Violence and PoliticsGlobalization's Paradox First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315023403

Violence and Power in Ancient EgyptImage and Ideology before the New Kingdom Violence and Power in Ancient Egypt examines the use of Egyptian pictures of violence prior to the New Kingdom. Starting with the assertion that making and displaying such images served as a tactic of power related to but separate from the actual practice of violence the book explores the development and deployment of this imagery across different contexts. By comparatively utilizing violent images from a variety of other times and cultures the book asks that we consider not only how Egyptian imagery was related to Egyptian violence but also why people create pictures of violence and place them where they do and how such images communicate what to whom. By cataloging and querying Egyptian imagery of violence from different periods and different contexts—royal tombs divine temples the landscape portable objects and private tombs—Violence and Power highlights the nuances of the relationship between aspects of royal ideology art and its audiences in the first half of pharaonic Egyptian history.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878542

Violence and Racism in FootballPolitics and Cultural Conflict in British Society 1968–1998 This study based on government records newspaper articles and fanzines explores the complex interaction between politicians police and the perpetrators of football violence. Bebber looks at how successive governments tried to impose law and order on football ‘hooligans’ whilst inadvertently escalating the violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661806

Violence and ReligionAttitudes towards militancy in the French civil wars and the English Revolution Integrating her extensive knowledge of sixteenth and seventeenth century literature Judy Sproxton examines the expression of a recurring theme in history that of the tension between religious faith and political and militant action. Violence and Religion offers a detailed and fascinating study of the writings of some of the major figures of the time including Calvin D'Aubigné Cromwell Winstanley and the poet Andrew Marvell. Looking at texts written during two periods of major political upheaval and civil unrest in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries she explores the division between their understanding of the self-interest of humanity and the will of God. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755955

Violence and Resistance in Sikh Gendered Identity This book examines the constructions and representations of male and female Sikhs in Indian and diasporic literature and culture through the consideration of the role of violence as constitutive of Sikh identity. How do Sikh men and women construct empowering identities within the Indian nation-state and in the diaspora? The book explores Indian literature and culture to understand the role of violence and the feminization of baptized and turbaned Sikh men as well as identity formation of Sikh women who are either virtually erased from narratives bodily eliminated through honor killings or constructed and represented as invisible. It looks at the role of violence during critical junctures in Sikh history including the Mughal rule the British colonial period the Partition of India the 1984 anti-Sikh riots in India and the terror of 9/11 in the United States. The author analyzes how violence reconstitutes gender roles and sexuality within various cultural and national spaces in India and the diaspora. She also highlights questions related to women’s agency and their negotiation of traumatic memories for empowering identities. The book will interest scholars researchers and students of postcolonial English literature contemporary Indian literature Sikh studies diaspora studies global studies gender and sexuality studies religious studies history sociology media and films studies cultural studies popular culture and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138281493

Violence and Responsibility Originally published in 1980 this book argues that we are all responsible for the harm we could have prevented and explores the effect of this conclusion on a morality which makes fundamental the belief that we ought not to harm others if we can possibly avoid it. A theory of responsibility is developed and defended which has consequences for the way we live as well as for a number of problems in contemporary moral political and social philosophy and in jurisprudence. In particular the author attacks the view that there is a moral difference between killing and letting die and proposes a radical conception of violence. Among other controversial issues covered in the book are neutrality the ethics of organ transplants and the allocation of scarce resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367468972

Violence and Serious TheftDevelopment and Prediction from Childhood to Adulthood In this volume top experts in the field of delinquency discuss the implications of the findings of the Pittsburgh Youth Study for current conceptualizations of antisocial behavior. Violence and Serious Theft is unique in that it combines the strengths of three disciplines to explain delinquency in young people: developmental psychopathology criminology and public health. The book addresses questions in two main areas: serious offending as an outcome over time and developmental aspects of serious offending; and factors which explain why some young males become violent and/or commit serious crime while others do not. Violence and Serious Theft is a resource for researchers practitioners and students in developmental school and counseling psychology; psychopathology psychiatry public health and criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138004085

Violence and Sex Work in Britain This book is concerned with violence in the sex industry. It aims to provide an understanding of the nature of violence against sex workers and the relationship between violence government legislation and policy and law enforcement practices - an essential task in view particularly of the 2006 Ipswich murders and the public and media response to this which illustrated how poorly the context of violence in the sex industry is understood. The book describes the incidence of violence against sex workers culminating in some cases in murder. It shows how the risk of violence is strongly dependent on the physical and legal context in which sex workers operate; how repressive policing tactics exacerbate vulnerability and how discourses of abhorrence towards sex work promote perceptions of sex workers as worthless human beings. It also examines how inadequacies in the criminal justice system lead to failures in investigations and prosecutions and failures to prevent violence from known offenders; and how the stereotyping of sex workers their clients and perpetrators of violence in the media and in other spheres of academic debate distorts reality leading to inappropriate or harmful public responses. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843926887

Violence and Sexual Abuse at HomeCurrent Issues in Spousal Battering and Child Maltreatment Violence and abuse that occur behind closed doors are not just personal concerns or issues. Family violence is a major mental health social service health care and criminal justice problem that society cannot continue to ignore. Violence and Sexual Abuse at Home gives you the facts of spouse/partner and child maltreatment an analysis of the intervention and prevention techniques commonly used and alternative approaches and theories for understanding and reducing instances of family abuse.The factors behind maltreatment are multiple and diverse. Because there are so many approaches to treating perpetrators and victims choosing a treatment strategy can sometimes feel overwhelming. Use Violence and Sexual Abuse at Home to help you decide which treatment models will be most effective in particular situations. Don’t risk low success rates with your patients. This comprehensive guidebook can help you refine your treatment strategies as you better your understanding of: mutual combat the ethical issues and legal mandates involved in reporting family maltreatment biological issues and aggression the causes of the physical maltreatment of children maltreatment of children with disabilities the debate surrounding “parent alienation syndrome” difficulties in diagnosing incest offenders the impact of child sexual maltreatment on the survivor’s sexuality and sexual functioning the repression dissociation and delayed recall of traumatic eventsViolence and Sexual Abuse at Home shows clinicians researchers advocates and other professionals the importance of broadening their perspectives of all types of family maltreatment. Anyone working with people who abuse and/or with adults and children who are or have been abused should understand the developmental social psychological cultural and biological issues at play in violent home environments. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315801148

Violence and Social Injustice Against Lesbian Gay and Bisexual People Violence and Social Injustice Against Lesbian Gay and Bisexual People helps you look past the stereotypical picture of violence against sexual minorities--the public physical assaults on gay lesbian bisexual and transgendered youth by hypermasculine male thugs--and directs you toward the many daily acts of quiet violence that go on unhindered in the workaday settings of our legal social educational and law-enforcement institutions. You’ll learn about the frightening prevelance of complacency homophobic ignorance and apathy that pervades our police departments courts high schools and churches. Also armed with this critical insight and statistical research you’ll be better equipped to wage a non-violent war of fairness and mutual respect against the daily senseless violence of policy and practice that threatens to render gay lesbian bisexual and transgendered people unwelcome and battered citizens in their own communities.You’ll find that Violence and Social Injustice Against Lesbian Gay and Bisexual People is ideal for aiding social workers counselors teachers and criminal justice officials in removing the unseen acts of violence from the policies and practices of the public sector. These and other specific areas will give you the information and the fortitude necessary to evoke positive change in your community: legal issues relating to same-sex marriage the connection between social injustice and violence violence against sexual minority youth sexual identity and ethnic minorities practice and policy recommendationsAs this book shows violence against sexual minorities can be subtly woven into the very fabric of some of our most long-standing respected social institutions. For too long the sexual minorities of color for example and the lesbian who suffers physical assault at the hands of a partner have had little or no help from social workers law enforcement or education for fear of receiving either complete negligence or increased antagonism. But now in Violence and Social Injustice Against Lesbian Gay and Bisexual People you’ll find the facts and tools necessary for turning the ugliness of communal violence into social justice for people of all sexual orientations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809526

Violence And Suicidality : Perspectives In Clinical And Psychobiological ResearchClinical And Experimental Psychiatry First published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884434

Violence and the Pornographic ImaginaryThe Politics of Sex Gender and Aggression in Hardcore Pornography No cultural product reveals our collective fascination with sexual violence more candidly than popular heterosexual pornographies. They showcase scenes of intense sexual aggression and cruelty that are gendered in repetitive patterned configurations—configurations that are designed to arouse. Purcell uses comparative critical analyses of popular pornographic movies to explore common fantasies of sexual violence and how they have changed over the past forty years. Adopting a thick descriptive approach she moves beyond the mere observation and recording of instances of sexism and violence elucidating the changing aesthetics themes and conventions of depicted sexual aggression and showing how they have emerged in specific socio-historical contexts. Purcell also draws from a range of industry publications and fan forums to examine the fabric and function of misogyny and violence in viewers’ fantasies and everyday lives. By documenting how popular pornographies have changed over time this study sheds new light the evolving desires and anxieties of the genre’s growing U.S. audience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138653603

Violence and the Sacred in the Modern World How is symbolic violence related to the real acts of religious violence around the modern world? The authors of this book first published in 1992 explore this question with reference to some of the most volatile religious and political conflicts of the day: Hezbollah in Lebanon Sikhs in India militant Jewish groups in Israel and Muslim movements from the Middle East to Indonesia. In addition to providing valuable insights into these important incidents the authors – social scientists and historians of comparative religion – are responding to the theoretical issues articulated by René Girard in Violence and the Sacred (1977). The present volume is the first book of essays to test Girard’s theories about the social significance of religious symbols of violence against real rather than symbolic acts. In some cases his theories are found to be applicable; in other cases the authors provide alternative theories of their own. In a concluding essay co-authored by Mark Anspach Girard provides a response. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367030896

Violence and the Third World in International Relations Violence and the Third World in International Relations is intended as a contribution to the decolonization of international relations and especially of international security studies much of which is dominated by a self-sustaining Eurocentrism. Rather than focusing on the motivations of violence this volume is concerned with the devastating and debilitating consequences of war against the Third World. Contributors delve into the violent structuring of Third World societies during colonialism the Cold War and globalization. A wide range of topics are systematically examined including but not restricted to the role of racism in the construction of the international system; evangelical universalism and colonial conquest in Africa; American civilizational security as Grand Strategy in Asia; the colonial roots of guerrilla war in India; the widespread suffering and death inflicted on Iraqis through sanctions; violence against indigenous peoples in Colombia related to ‘war capitalism’; the complicated legacies of genocide in Cambodia; the Saudi-led (US and UK backed) war against Yemen; the relationalities between violence in the US and the Third World during Obama’s presidency; the structural location of gang violence in Central America in the aftermath of foreign intervention; and a broader understanding of security and insecurity in the Caribbean. Violence and the Third World in International Relations will be of particular interest to scholars of postcolonial and decolonial international relations international security studies and race and international relations. This book was originally published as a special issue of Third World Quarterly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367370114

Violence and War in Culture and the MediaFive Disciplinary Lenses This edited volume examines theoretical and empirical issues relating to violence and war and its implications for media culture and society. Over the last two decades there has been a proliferation of books films and art on the subject of violence and war. However this is the first volume that offers a varied analysis which has wider implications for several disciplines thus providing the reader with a text that is both multi-faceted and accessible. This book introduces the current debates surrounding this topic through five particular lenses: the historical involves an examination of historical patterns of the communication of violence and war through a variety sources the cultural utilises the cultural studies perspective to engage with issues of violence visibility and spectatorship the sociological focuses on how terrorism violence and war are remembered and negotiated in the public sphere the political offers an exploration into the politics of assigning blame for war the influence of psychology on media actors and new media political communication issues in relation to the state and the media the gender-studies perspective provides an analysis of violence and war from a gender studies viewpoint. Violence and War in Culture and the Media will be of much interest to students of war and conflict studies media and communications studies sociology security studies and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415721349

Violence and Warfare among Hunter-Gatherers How did warfare originate? Was it human genetics? Social competition? The rise of complexity? Intensive study of the long-term hunter-gatherer past brings us closer to an answer. The original chapters in this volume examine cultural areas on five continents where there is archaeological ethnographic and historical evidence for hunter-gatherer conflict despite high degrees of mobility small populations and relatively egalitarian social structures. Their controversial conclusions will elicit interest among anthropologists archaeologists and those in conflict studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611329407

Violence as Seen Through a Prism of Color So many parts of society target citizens of color for violence--what can be done? Violence as Seen Through a Prism of Color examines violence from a structural perspective including violence in prisons schools and colleges churches homes and within political/corporate structures.This unique hard-hitting book argues that individual violence stems from the structure of our society and its institutions. Most of the contributors are African- American educators and practitioners who have a thorough understanding of structural violence. Some have experienced political violence; others have expert knowledge of structural violence within the criminal justice system educational institutions and elsewhere--even in churches and homes. Their writings are undeniably unflinchingly authentic--it is impossible not to be moved and enraged by what they have to say. The good news is that in addition to calling attention to the structural violence in our society they provide excellent insights on how the situation might be resolved.Violence as Seen Through a Prism of Color shows: that much of the violence within the criminal justice system stems from decisions made at the highest levels of government that minority offenders are much more frequently convicted and more harshly sentenced than their white counterparts how cultural racism contributes to the construction of motives for lynching hate crime and police violence against Americans of color such as Abner Louima Amadou Diallo and Rodney King how the judicial system encourages black on black violence by neglecting to halt criminal activities in non-white neighborhoods how in the words of Mahatma Gandhi ”Poverty is the worst form of violence”You’ll also learn: how corporations are amassing great wealth through privatizing prisons and conscripting the labor of non-violent African-American prisoners how racial profiling affects people of color how the media has exploited black men imprisoned for minor drug offenses how and why violence occurs in and against the black churchHelpful charts and tables (like one that names the corporations that use prison labor) supplement the material--you’ll be surprised at what you learn! Extensive references are included at the end of each chapter. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865065

Violence Assessment and InterventionThe Practitioner's Handbook Violence Assessment and Intervention: The Practitioner’s Handbook now in its third edition provides a proven methodology grounded in the current empirical research and the authors’ experience in successfully assessing and managing thousands of cases in a variety of contexts and environments for analyzing concerning behaviors and potential threatening situations and taking action in these challenging dynamic environments before tragedy occurs. Threat and violence assessment and management is an essential process in reducing violence and its consequences. The ongoing challenge for those assessors particularly in common workplace environments (e.g. educational settings public agency settings and business settings) is applying the applicable behavioral science research in a practical and effective manner to maximize safety. The book begins by demonstrating the threat and violence assessment process from the point of the initial call and proceeds through the steps that quantify the situation and determine the appropriate response. The next section covers information gathering victimology and formulas and tools for risk assessment. Finally the book explores organizational influences school violence ethics security and consultation issues; the formation and running of threat management teams and relevant laws related to violence assessment. This book is a valuable reference for human resource professionals security professionals mental health practitioners law enforcement personnel and lawyers who are members of threat assessment teams provide threat and violence assessment and management consultations as well as expert witnesses in cases involving workplace violence school violence security negligence; or wrongful termination or disputed school disciplinary actions related to aggressive threatening or violent behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367361792

Violence at SeaPiracy in the Age of Global Terrorism Violence at Sea is an overview of maritime piracy examining threats that piracy poses to global security and commerce as well as measures and policies to mitigate the threat. The essays analyze piracy activities in key shipping lanes (including the African coast the Arabian Sea the Bay of Bengal and the Straits of Malacca-South China Sea); piratical groups and their capabilities; case studies on overlaps between piracy terrorism and organized crime; legal and policy hurdles to combating piracy; tactical recommendations for combating piracy; and new trends and developments in the area. The counter response to maritime terrorism has been slow in coming hampered by issues rooted in sovereignty the laws of the sea and the inherent challenges of international coordination. Yet given the likelihood that threats posed by piracy will not recede but rather increase all actors affected by maritime security will sooner or later need to address these challenges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415505468

Violence at Work Workplace violence has emerged as a growing concern in today's interdependent political economy and increasing attention is being paid to the phenomenon both by business and in the academic world to identifying its causes and to devise strategies to prevent it. In this book a distinguished international team composed of both academics and practitioners identify and address the key issues. It reviews the earlier literature on workplace violence identifying and assessing key trends and patterns of violence at work and reapplying traditional theories of victimisation and approaches to prevention security and safety. Particular attention is paid to case studies which reflect innovative practice in prevention strategies and in assessing informal frameworks which have been developed in response to this. Overall this book provides a foundation on which to base ways of better explaining predicting understanding and preventing workplace violence. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9781138994065

Violence ExpressedAn Anthropological Approach Violence Expressed explores the diverse expressions and manifestations through which the meaning of violent experiences and events is (re)produced. As language alone does not always suffice for the description of violence this book focuses not only on the verbal and discursive expressions of violence but also on the performative acts material culture and the spaces that constitute these expressions. Such an approach provides a method of more comprehensively registering and understanding the manifestations and long-lasting effects of violence whilst exploring violence both as an extreme subjective experience and the ’ultimate truth’ thus overcoming a common epistemological antagonism in researching violence. Offering a variety of analytical approaches and methodological perspectives Violence Expressed presents the latest empirical studies ranging from the 'everyday' violence experienced by children stories of rape social memory and the discrepancy between private and public narratives to rumours and silences or the iconography of violence. A compelling contribution to ongoing discussions on anthropological writing this book will be of interest to anthropologists and social scientists working on violence gender collective representations and memory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255838

Violence for Equality (Routledge Revivals)Inquiries in Political Philosophy Violence for Equality first published in 1989 questions the morality of political violence and challenges the presuppositions inconsistencies and prejudices of liberal-democratic thinking. This book should be of interest to teachers and students of philosophy and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138830004

Violence from Slavery to #BlackLivesMatterAfrican American History and Representation Violence from Slavery to #BlackLivesMatter brings together perspectives on violence and its representation in African American history from slavery to the present moment. Contributors explore how violence signifying both an instrument of the white majority’s power and a modality of black resistance has been understood and articulated in primary materials that range from slave narrative through "lynching plays" and Richard Wright’s fiction to contemporary activist poetry and from photography of African American suffering through Blaxploitation cinema and Spike Lee’s films to rap lyrics and performances. Diverse both in their period coverage and their choice of medium for discussion the 11 essays are unified by a shared concern to unpack violence’s multiple meanings for black America. Underlying the collection too is not only the desire to memorialize past moments of black American suffering and resistance but in politically timely fashion to explore their connections to our current conjuncture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367359317

Violence in AmericaGroup therapists reflect on causes and solutions Violence is a growing problem in American society and hardly a day goes by that we don’t hear about yet another heart-wrenching episode of mass violence. Such events unfortunately are only the most public manifestation of violence in America. The full nature and extent of daily violence the various and pervasive forms it takes and the enormous social emotional moral and economic consequences that result remain largely outside of our awareness. More importantly our ability to identify the root causes and know how best to effectively intervene remains limited. Most investigations in this field have focused on the individual psychodynamic characteristics of the perpetrators. The underlying group dynamic factors that include consideration of broader social cultural socioeconomic and historical variables have received less attention. This volume brings together for the first time a collection of distinguished group psychotherapists all of whom have been trained to recognize both individual psychodynamic characteristics and group dynamic factors to apply the lessons learned through years of clinical practice to arrive at a deeper understanding of the etiology treatment and prevention of violence. This book was originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of Group Psychotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367077037

Violence in CanadaSociopolitical Perspectives Many people consider Canada particularly in comparison to its southern cousin as a "peaceable kingdom." However as the historical record demonstrates Canadians have never been a thoroughly non-violent people. Violence in Canada highlights from an interdisciplinary perspective the major areas and contexts where violence takes place.Consisting of thirteen contributions the book forms an indispensable guide to the subject. All of the authors are experts in their field many with international reputations and are drawn from the fields of sociology political science history and criminology. The foreword by Ted Robert Gurr author of Violence in America is followed by an historical analysis of violence on the Canadian western frontier. Other scholars describe contemporary violence: by and against indigenous peoples women children and the elderly; in labor-related disputes; homicide; police and prison violence; terrorism; and discuss government responses and policy implications. Each chapter specifically addresses the sociological and political dimensions of violence. The authors make ample use of statistics and empirical research. Jeffrey Ian Ross's introduction outlines the sociopolitical dynamics of violence and his summary chapter offers directions for future research. When the book was first published in 1995 it was widely praised by scholarly journals and has since become a standard text in the study of violence and modern Canadian cultural studies.The book is all the more valuable as its new introduction places its findings in the context of research that has been produced since the original publication. Violence in Canada will be of interest to sociologists criminologists and political scientists.Jeffrey Ian Ross is an associate professor in the Division of Criminology Criminal Justice and Social Policy and fellow with the Center for Comparative and International Law University of Baltimore. His work has appeared in many academic journals and chapters in academic texts as well as articles in popular magazines in Canada and the United States. He is the author co-author editor or co-editor of eight books.Ted Robert Gurr is Distinguished University Professor at the University of Maryland. Among his books are Why Men Rebel and Violence in America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540323

Violence in ChildrenUnderstanding and Helping Those Who Harm This book increases the reader's understanding of violent children and the value and vicissitudes of their psychoanalysis and psychoanalytic psychotherapy. It explores various aspects of violence and the attendant emotional psychological biological and social features in children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329570

Violence in Gay and Lesbian Domestic Partnerships Violence in Gay and Lesbian Domestic Partnerships provides a comprehensive analysis of same-sex domestic violence addressing the major theoretical and treatment issues for both its victims and perpetrators. Its contents raise awareness among social service providers of the problem of same-sex domestic violence and emphasize the need for special services for both victims and perpetrators. The publication of Violence in Gay and Lesbian Domestic Partnerships signifies the growing official recognition of domestic violence within lesbian and gay relationships as a social problem worthy of serious attention and intervention.Editors Renzetti and Miley begin by providing readers with an overview of the problem of same-sex domestic violence and the responses of the domestic violence movement and other social service providers. Chapters then move to discussions of the current scarcity of services available to lesbian and gay victims and perpetrators of domestic violence and then evaluate specific treatment modalities for these client groups. Significantly the special needs of lesbians and gays of color and those with HIV/AIDS are discussed. Chapters contain: an historical overview of the study of same-sex domestic violence a review and evaluation of theoretical explanations of same-sex domestic violence an analysis of major problems in service provisions to gay and lesbian victims of domestic violence suggestions for and evaluations of specific treatment modalities an analysis of how racism intersects with homophobia to exacerbate the consequences of domestic violence an analysis of the role of HIV/AIDS in same-sex domestic violenceContributors to this volume were actively addressing the problem of same-sex domestic violence before it was officially “discovered.” Some were motivated by their experiences as victims and survivors of same-sex domestic violence others by their concern about domestic violence in general. As a compilation of the writings of academics clinicians advocates and activists Violence in Gay and Lesbian Domestic Partnerships bridges disciplinary and occupational boundaries and promotes a dialogue across fields and specialties.Violence in Gay and Lesbian Domestic Partnerships is unique in that it is the only book available which comprehensively addresses the social service needs of gay and lesbian domestic violence victims and perpetrators. Specific suggestions are offered for improving service providers’ responses to gay and lesbian victims of domestic violence. Social workers counselors practitioners and clinicians will find it especially useful given that it addresses the effectiveness of particular treatment modalities for lesbian and gay victims and perpetrators. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315876795

Violence in Late AntiquityPerceptions and Practices 'Violence' is virtually synonymous in the popular imagination with the period of the Later Roman Empire-a time when waves of barbarian invaders combined with urban mobs and religious zealots to bring an end to centuries of peace and serenity. All of these images come together in the Visigothic sack of the city of Rome in A.D. 410 a date commonly used for the fall of the entire empire. But was this period in fact as violent as it has been portrayed? A new generation of scholars in the field of Late Antiquity has called into question the standard narrative pointing to evidence of cultural continuity and peaceful interaction between "barbarians" and Romans Christians and pagans. To assess the state of this question the fifth biennial 'Shifting Frontiers' conference was devoted to the theme of 'Violence in Late Antiquity'. Conferees addressed aspects of this question from standpoints as diverse as archaeology and rhetoric anthropology and economics. A selection of the papers then delivered have been prepared for the present volume along with others commissioned for the purpose and a concluding essay by Martin Zimmerman reflecting on the theme of the book. The four sections on Defining Violence 'Legitimate' Violence Violence and Rhetoric and Religious Violence are each introduced by a theme essay from a leading scholar in the field. While offering no definitive answer to the question of violence in Late Antiquity the papers in this volume aim to stimulate a fresh look at this age-old problem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887896

Violence in Medieval Courtly LiteratureA Casebook Although courtly literature is often associated with a chivalrous and idyllic life the fifteen original essays in this collection demonstrate that the quest for love in the world of medieval courtly literature was underpinned by violence. Lovers were rejected mistrust ruled rape was a rampant problem and marriage was often characterized by brutality. Albrecht Classen brings together an outstanding group of historical cultural and literary scholars in this volume to investigate the complicated nuanced and often surprising unions of love and violence in courtly medieval literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415762694

Violence in Medieval Europe The European Middle Ages have long attracted popular interest as an era characterised by violence whether a reflection of societal brutality and lawlessness or part of a romantic vision of chivalry. Violence in Medieval Europe engages with current scholarly debate about the degree to which medieval European society was in fact shaped by such forces. Drawing on a wide variety of primary sources Warren Brown examines the norms governing violence within medieval societies from the sixth to the fourteenth century over an area covering the Romance and the Germanic-speaking regions of the continent as well as England. Scholars have often told the story of violence and power in the Middle Ages as one in which 'private' violence threatened and sometimes destroyed 'public' order. Yet academics are now asking to what degree violence that we might call private in contrast to the violence wielded by a central authority might have been an effective social tool. Here Brown looks at how private individuals exercised violence in defence of their rights or in vengeance for wrongs within a set of clearly understood social rules and how over the course of this period kings began to claim the exclusive right to regulate the violence of their subjects as part of their duty to uphold God's order on earth. Violence in Medieval Europe provides both an original take on the subject and an illuminating synthesis of recent and classic scholarship. It will be invaluable to students and scholars of history medieval studies and related areas for the light it casts not just on violence but on the evolution of the medieval political order. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425408

Violence in Place Cultural and Environmental Wounding Human life is intimately woven into place. Through nations and homelands monuments and sacred sites it becomes the anchorage point for ethnic cultural and national identities. Yet it is also place that becomes the battlefield war zone mass grave desecrated site and destroyed landscape in the midst or aftermath of cultural wounding. Much attention has been given to the impact of trauma and violence on human lives across generations but what of the spaces in which it occurs? How does culturally prescribed violence impact upon place? And how do the non- human species with whom we coexist also suffer through episodes of conflict and violence? By identifying violence in place as a crisis of our times and by encouraging both the witnessing and the diagnosing of harm this book reveals the greater effects of cultural wounding. It problematises the habit of separating human life out from the ecologies in which it is held. If people and place are bound through kinship whether through necessity and survival or choice and abiding love then wounding is co- terminus. The harms done to one will impact upon the other. Case studies from Australia North and South America Europe and the Pacific illustrate the impact of violence in place while supporting a campaign for methodologies that reveal the fullness of the relational bond between people and place. The book will appeal to students and practitioners alike with interests in cultural and human geography anthropology environmental humanities and moral ecology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546462

Violence in Post-Conflict SocietiesRemarginalization Remobilizers and Relationships This book compares post-civil war societies to look at the presence or absence of organized violence analysing why some ex-combatants return to organised violence and others do not. Even though former fighters have been identified as a major source of insecurity there have been few efforts to systematically examine why some ex-combatants re-engage in organized violence while others do not. This book compares the presence or absence of organized violence in different ex-combatant communities – former fighters that used to belong to the same armed faction and who share a common horizontal identity based on shared war-and peacetime experiences – in the Republic of Congo (ex-Cobras Cocoyes and Ninjas) and Sierra Leone (ex-Armed Forces Revolutionary Council Civil Defense Force and Revolutionary United Front). The main determinants of ex-combatant violence are whether former fighters have access to elites and to second-tier individuals – such as former mid-level commanders – who can act as intermediaries between the two. By utilizing relationships based on selective incentives and social networks these two kinds of remobilizers are able to generate the needed enticements and feelings of affinity trust or fear to convince ex-combatants to resort to arms. These findings demonstrate that the outbreak of ex-combatant violence can only be understood by more clearly incorporating an actor perspective focusing on three levels of analysis: the elite midlevel and grass-root. This book will be of much interest to students of peacebuilding civil wars post-conflict reconstruction war and conflict studies security studies and IR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138825437

Violence in South AsiaContemporary Perspectives This volume explores new perspectives on contemporary forms of violence in South Asia. Drawing on extensive fieldwork and case studies it examines the infiltration of violence at the societal level and affords a comparative regional analysis of its historical cultural and geopolitical origins in South Asia. Featuring essays from Sri Lanka to Nepal and from Afghanistan to Burma it sheds light on issues as wide-ranging as lynching and mob justice hate speech caste violence gender-based violence and the plight of the Rohingyas among others. Lucid and engaging this book will be an invaluable source of reference as well as scholarship to students and researchers of postcolonial studies anthropology sociology cultural geography minority studies politics and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367321321

Violence in Southern Africa Violence in southern Africa has occurred in a variety of modes including ethnic confrontation liberation struggles and cross-border aggression and crime. This volume examines the degree to which violence however defined has influenced political change across the region. The contributions include analyses of the ramifications of violent disorder in Angola and Mozambique the impact on the political economy of both states and the prospects for lasting peace following the end of civil war. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315037592

Violence in the FamilyAn annotated bibliography In the early 1970s the problem of abuse within the family unit began to surface on a large scale and 1975 was a particularly significant year for the recognition of interfamilial violence. This recognition provided the impetus for more concern and investigation of the issue and significant literature on family violence began to emerge during this period. First published in 1984 this bibliography contains information published in English on domestic violence and abuse from 1960-1982. It is arranged alphabetically by author or by the first significant word in the title if no author is given. A concise subject index and an author index follow the bibliography itself. This book will be a valuable resource to those studying social work health care mental health sociology women’s studies and law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138673687

Violence in the Lives of Black WomenBattered Black and Blue Break the silence surrounding Black women's experiences of violence! Written from a Black feminist perspective by therapists researchers activists and survivors Violence in the Lives of Black Women: Battered Black and Blue sheds new light on an understudied field. For too long Black women have been suffering the effects of violence in painful silence. This book—winner of the Carolyn Payton Early Career Award for its contribution to the understanding of the role of gender in the lives of Black women—provides a forum where personal testimony and academic research meet to show you how living at the intersection of many kinds of oppression shapes the lives of Black women. With moving case studies in-depth discussions of activism and resistance and helpful suggestions for treatment and intervention this book will help you understand the impact of violence on the lives of Black women. Topics you'll find in Violence in the Lives of Black Women include: using the arts to deal with sexual aggression in the Black community racial aspects of sexual harassment the consequences of head and brain injuries stemming from abuse domestic violence in African-American lesbian relationships strategies Black women use to escape violent living situations lifelong effects of childhood sexual abuse on Black women's mental health references and resources to help you learn more! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315808796

Violence In The WorkplaceMyth & Reality Visit www.geraldlewis.com for more information. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781315783390

Violence in Today's School WorkplaceProtecting Teachers and School Employees in a Violent Age Increasingly headlines today report out-of-control student violence occurring in our schools and colleges. Yet so little concrete action is being taken to protect the bystanding victims of this trauma the school worker. Classroom teachers administrators coaches school bus drivers cafeteria workers custodians and other school employees a Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429271212

Violence on TelevisionAn Analysis of Amount Nature Location and Origin of Violence in British Programmes Television is often accused of showing too much violence. However it is rare that anyone stops to ask what this statement means. Violence on Television provides an objective analysis of the violence on television how much there is and what form it takes.It presents findings from the largest ever sudy of the depiction of violence on television carried out in Britain funded by the British Broadcasting Corporation and the Independent Television Commission. As well as presenting a quantitative analysis of the amount of violence on television this research places great emphasis on investigating the character of violent portrayals and the contexts in which they occur.Barrie Gunter and Jackie Harrison present a detailed literature review which examines previous research from around the world. They then explain the methodology and look at the problems of measuring and quantifying violence on television. They examine the specific attributes of violence including the form it takes its physical setting its motives and consequences and the nature of the characters involved as either aggressors or victims. They also examine the amount and nature of violent portrayals in different programme genres such as films and drama entertainment programming news and factual programmes and children's programmes.The book will be of interest to students and researchers in psychology communication studies and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986756

Violence or Dialogue?Psychoanalytic Insights on Terror and Terrorism Our understanding of terrorism since the events of September 11th 2001 has usually been channelled through the two dimensional lens of religion and politics. This important new work contributes a richer understanding of terrorism by examining a third dimension of individual and group psychology and demonstrates how insights garnered from the human Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367322786

Violence Within The FamilySocial Psychological Perspectives Perhaps one-fifth of all marriages are tainted by violence and an equal number of children are harmed by parents. Abuse of elderly relatives is just beginning to be recognized as a major social problem but the most common form of family violence occurs between siblings. Violence Within the Family connects the study of child partner sibling and Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313821

ViolenceA Guide for the Caring Professions First published in 1985 this book is designed to help professionals in caring professions understand and deal with the problem of violent behaviour. It explains how theoretical ideas may be translated into practical strategies for the reduction or elimination of violence. It also highlights the issues and problems involved in the evaluation of intervention strategies aimed at dealing with aggressive behaviour. Although the book is based firmly on scientific research the emphasis is on the practical problem of dealing with violence. As such it will be of interest to those studying social care and social work but also those whose professional duties bring them face to face with violent behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138671300

ViolenceA Public Health Menace and a Public Health Approach This book provides practical information to design specific intervention strategies aimed at preventing the escalation of violence in any community. It provides both practical advice and theoretical stimulation for introductory students and for senior practitioners of forensic psychotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329563

ViolenceDiverse Populations and Communities Understand violence within its cultural context!To reduce violence we need to understand what it is where it comes from and what it means in cultural context. Violence: Diverse Populations and Communities provides new empirical research and theoretical models to help you understand the impact of violence on various ethnic and cultural groups. From the effects of abuse on Latino children to aged Korean-American women's perceptions of elder mistreatment this comprehensive volume covers all ages many ethnic groups and multiple types of violence.Violence: Diverse Populations and Communities looks at such neglected populations as Mexican Korean Vietnamese and Cambodian immigrants as well as Black Caucasian and Latino cultures. The forms of violence studied range from the devastation of war to keeping elders isolated for long periods of time and culturally specific forms of abuse. This comprehensive volume also includes a thorough literature review stressing the need for more research especially into the needs and experiences of neglected populations and suggesting fruitful areas for further inquiry. Violence: Diverse Populations and Communities asks and answers complex questions including: Is war or street violence more traumatic for adolescent refugees from the Khmer Rouge? What social support benefits do street gangs offer their members? How do cultural expectations of male and female roles affect dating violence? What culturally sensitive interventions best address the needs of a Latina rape survivor? How do women of various Asian cultures respond to spousal battering? How can practitioners working with elder abuse victims define their roles objectives and interventions to accommodate cultural differences?The groundbreaking research in Violence: Diverse Populations and Communities provides an illuminating exploration into the cultural meaning of violence. By questioning standard assumptions and discovering what violence means to those who suffer from it and perpetrate it practitioners can better serve multicultural client populations. This book will change the way you see violence by helping you understand its manifestations within various cultural contexts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043678

ViolenceEthnographic Encounters Violence takes many forms. From large-scale acts of terrorism to assaults on single individuals violence is a defining force in shaping human experience and a central theme in anthropological study. Violence: Ethnographic Encounters presents a set of vivid first-hand accounts of fieldwork experiences of violence. The examples range across Latin America Asia the Middle East and Africa and illustrate instances of state terror insurgency communal violence war prison violence class conflict security measures and sexual violence. How do these anthropologists come to know a place through such violent experience? Why do they not leave such scenes? What insights follow from such experience? Violence: Ethnographic Encounters offers readers a broad anthropological study of violence through personal encounters. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003087311

ViolenceFrom Theory to Research Brings together theoretical and empirical papers prepared by noted researchers and theoreticians. The first part includes chapters by criminological theorists who apply their theory of crime particularly to violence. The second part contains chapters by researchers who look at the substantive area of their expertise through the lens of theories of violence. Each chapter is original and was written specifically for this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781583605615

ViolencePrevention and Treatment in Groups This informative and thoughtful book demonstrates the value of social group work concepts applied to domestic and other forms of violence. Written by social work practitioners each chapter focuses on a different form of violence and the appropriate models of social work with groups. Using detailed accounts of their own practice and research professionals explain behavioral interactional and humanistic approaches toward varying service service populations--including perpetrators as well as victims or “survivors.” The samples of creative interventions with victims of childhood sexual abuse rape and domestic battering will inspire sympathy and reflection among all professionals who too often see the consequences of victimization in their own practices. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315791661

Violent AdolescentsUnderstanding the Destructive Impulse This volume looks at the reasons behind adolescent violence and illuminates the earlier disturbances in the life history of the adolescent which contribute to violent behaviour. The contributors look beyond the "why" of the behaviour and offer solutions on how to handle the situation. The contributors are all experienced practitioners and draw fr Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329587

Violent and Sexual OffendersAssessment Treatment and Management Building on the success of the first edition and the growth of research in the field over the past decade this book offers an authoritative overview of the assessment treatment and management of violent and sexual offenders. This new and expanded edition reflects the considerable developments in research and empirical data and captures the increasing breadth of risk assessment approaches the wider range of empirically based therapies and the more creative means of considering management. The second edition captures key developments in this area with new chapters drawing on a range of pressing contemporary issues such as female offenders Internet offenders terrorists young people involved in harmful sexual behaviour and protective factors for aggression. There is also extended coverage of the management of offenders within secure settings and in the community referring to a wider variety of approaches and the incorporation of technology. This book will be of considerable interest to academics practitioners and students engaged with understanding and/or treating violence and aggression sex crime forensic psychology and the assessment treatment and management of offenders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138233102

Violent Conflict and PeacebuildingThe Continuing Crisis in Darfur This book examines the continuing devastation in the Darfur region of Sudan from the perspective of a multiplicity of conflicts of distinct types. The crisis reached its peak in 2003–2004 when certain Arab militias joined forces with the Sudan armed forces in a campaign against insurgent resistance movements. Engulfed in the tumult Darfurians experienced systematic slaughter sexual violence and internal displacement on a massive scale. Although the violence has waned in recent years the fighting continues to this day. The authors cast this crisis as a complex web of four distinct yet interlacing conflict types: long-standing disputes between farmers and herders and between different herder communities political struggles between the local elite leaders of the resistance movements and those between traditional leaders (elders) and younger aspiring leaders long-standing grievances of marginalized groups against those at the national centre of power cross-border conflicts primarily the proxy war waged between Chad and Sudan The crisis in South Sudan is also examined through the lens of conflict complementarity. This book will be of interest to students of African politics genocide political violence ethnic conflict war and conflict studies peacebuilding and IR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415748131

Violent Conflicts in IndonesiaAnalysis Representation Resolution Indonesia is currently affected by many serious conflicts which have arisen as a result of a variety of ethnic religious and regional tensions. Presenting important new thinking on violent conflict in the world’s largest Muslim-majority nation this book examines a selection of conflicts in detail and discusses the nature of violence and the reasons behind violent outbreaks. Chapters include analysis of conflicts in Aceh East Timor Maluku Java West Kalimantan West Papua and elsewhere. The contributors provide analysis of political ethnic and nationalistic killings with a concentration on the post-Suharto era. The book goes on to examine vital questions concerning the way in which violence in Indonesia is represented in the media and explores ways in which violent conflicts could be resolved or prevented. The last section turns the focus onto victims of violence and forms of justice and retribution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415666886

Violent DeathResilience and Intervention Beyond the Crisis This book pulls together a definitive collection of work on the theory and practice of clinical spiritual and emotional support after the experience of violent death - counseling beyond the crisis. Over the past decade there have been countless publications devoted to crisis response crisis intervention and counseling disaster mental health services and support for victims of traumatic events but almost none devoted to the response planning and community care for those individuals who continue to struggle with trauma and grief issues for more than a few months after a violent death. The chapters in this volume written by national and international experts in the field provide the reader with the theoretical and clinical bases necessary for planning and implementing clinical and spiritual services to meet the needs of survivors witnesses family and community members of violent death. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861250

Violent Extremism OnlineNew Perspectives on Terrorism and the Internet This book explores the interface between terrorism and the internet and presents contemporary approaches to understanding violent extremism online. The volume focuses on four issues in particular: terrorist propaganda on the internet; radicalisation and the internet; counter campaigns and approaches to disrupting internet radicalisation; and approaches to researching and understanding the role of the internet in radicalisation. The book brings together expertise from a wide range of disciplines and geographical regions including Europe the US Canada and Australia. These contributions explore the various roles played by the Internet in radicalisation; the reasons why terroristic propaganda may or may not influence others to engage in violence; the role of political conflict in online radicalisation; and the future of research into terrorism and the internet. By covering this broad range of topics the volume will make an important and timely addition to the current collections on a growing and international subject. This book will be of much interest to students and researchers of cyber-security internet politics terrorism studies media and communications studies and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138498556

Violent GeographiesFear Terror and Political Violence "Violent Geographies is essential to understanding how the politics of fear terror and violence in being largely hidden geographically can only be exposed in like manner. The 'War on Terror' finally receives the coolly critical analysis its ritual invocation has long required." —John Agnew Professor of Geography UCLA "Urgent passionate and deeply humane Violent Geographies is uncomfortable but utterly compelling reading. An essential guide to a world splintered and wounded by fear and aggression—this is geography at its most politically engaged historically sensitive and intellectually brave." —Ben Highmore University of Sussex "This is what a ‘public geography’ should be all about: acute analysis of momentous issues of our time in an accessible language. Gregory and Pred have assembled a peerless group of critical geographers whose essays alter conventional understandings of terror violence and fear. No mere gazetteer Violent Geographies shows how place space and landscape are central components of the real and imagined practices that constitute organised violence past and present. If you thought terror violence and fear were the professional preserve of security analysts and foreign affairs experts this book will force you to think again." —Noel Castree School of Environment and Development Manchester University "A studied passionate and moving examination of the way in which the violent logics of the ‘War on Terror’ have so quickly shuttered and reorganized the spaces of this planet on its different scales. From the book emerges a critical new cartography that clearly charts an archipelago of a large multiplicity of ‘wild’ and ‘tamed’ places as well as ‘black holes’ within and between which we all struggle to live."—Eyal Weizman Director Goldsmiths College Centre for Research Architecture Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203944585

Violent GlobalismsConflict in Response to Empire During the post-cold war world the world's only superpower has encountered an unprecedented challenge: a non-state enemy that is challenging its hegemony and is using violence as a strategic means. Given the international nature of this phenomenon a structured explanation such as this is given added necessity and urgency. Cornelia Beyer provides a structured explanation for terrorism and its links with the 'Global War on Terror' as it relates to the latter's broader context causes and implications. She offers a comprehensive understanding of the phenomenon of international terrorism and proposes effective policies to counter it. She also remedies the current undertheorized nature of the subject area and in doing so opens up new modes of thinking about and struggling against global terrorism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315548111

Violent MemoriesMayan War Widows In Guatemala This local study of the impact of political violence on a Maya Indian village is based on intensive fieldwork in the department of El Quich Guatemala during 1988-1990. It examines the processes of fragmentation and realignment in a community undergoing rapid and violent change and relates local social cultural and psychological phenomena to the Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313838

Violent Non-State ActorsFrom Anarchists to Jihadists Given the importance of violent non-state actors (VNSA) and their evolving role in global politics dynamic frameworks of analysis are needed both to trace historical trajectories in the evolution of violent non-state actorness and to identify emerging patterns by examining modern day cases. This book examines the defining characteristics and evolutionary dynamics of VNSAs and introduces a framework based on their autonomy representation and influence providing a comparative analysis of the late 19th and early 20th centuries’ Anarchist movement and the modern-day Jihadist network. It explores the distinct characteristics of the Anarchists and Jihadists as VNSAs with global potential not just describing them but also seeking to understand what they are instances of. With a longitudinal analysis the book also considers the types of changes that have occurred in the past 150 years and the possible role VNSAs may play in current and future power polity shifts away from states toward non-state actors. It concludes with both theoretical implications for the study of non-state actors and transnational relations and practical implications for government agencies or private groups tasked with finding ways of countering such violent non-state actors. This important book will be of interest to students and scholars of international relations political science and terrorism/security studies. It will also be of interest to practitioners in the security services including think-tank analysts and government security analysts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138598409

Violent Protest Contentious Politics and the Neoliberal State This volume of cutting-edge research comparatively analyzes violent protest and rioting furthering our understanding of this increasingly prevalent form of claim making. Hank Johnston and Seraphim Seferiades bring together internationally recognized experts in the field of protest studies and contentious politics to analyze the causes and trajectories of violence as a protest tactic. Crossnational comparisons from North America Britain France Germany Greece Iran Thailand and elsewhere contribute to the volume's theoretical elaboration while several case studies add depth to the discussion. This title will be of key importance to scholars across the social sciences including sociology political science geography and criminology. Johnston and Seferiades's exciting book is a significant contribution to the study of rioting and violent protest in the contemporary neoliberal state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247307

ViolinsLocal Meanings Globalized Sounds Violins: Local Meanings Globalized Sounds examines the violin as an object of meaning in a variety of cultural and historical contexts and as a vehicle for introducing anthropological issues. Each chapter highlights concepts as taught in lower-level anthropology courses and includes teaching and learning tools. Chapters range from a memoir-like social biography of a single instrument to explorations of violins in relation to technology labor the environment migration globalization childhood cultural understandings of talent and virtuosity and prestige. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138605145

Viotti and the ChinnerysA Relationship Charted Through Letters The Italian violinist and composer Giovanni Battista Viotti (1755-1824) is considered today to have been one of the most significant forces in the history of violin playing. In 1792 he met Margaret and William Chinnery a wealthy English couple with strong connections in the world of arts and letters. From that point onwards Viotti's life became inextricably bound up with theirs; he moved into their home and became a second father to their children forming a remarkably successful ménage à trois. Henceforth all Viotti's career decisions were taken with this family's welfare in mind. The Chinnery Family Papers feature over 100 Viotti letters and other documents. Drawing extensively on these papers this book investigates the new light that they cast on Viotti's life and career as well as the context in which he lived and worked. Fresh insights are given into the reception of Viotti's concertos in London and the solo performances he gave while in England together with new information on his role as a music teacher in the Chinnery household and his relationship with Mme de Staël and the Philharmonic Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258440

VIPVoice Impact Profile The "VIP" is a user-friendly point-in-time assessment tool which provides an 'at a glance' vocal profile for the clinician voice coach and client. It examines the potential impact of a number of specific factors on the voice: general health; vocal history; vocal health; voice care; vocal status; voice genogram; anxiety and stress; social functioning; vocal demand; and environmental factors and offers an overview of the theory to support this choice. The questions have been carefully designed to elicit easily-recorded information from the client about a range of factors that are known to affect vocal quality. The tick-box answers then translate into the Vocal Impact Profile a visual presentation of the areas of greatest impact on voice. In addition to offering a point-in-time profile the "VIP" may also be used as a template for achieving change in a specific area of vulnerability and provide a robust visual reinforcement of that change over time. It is therefore helpful as a therapy-monitoring tool and as an evaluation of client awareness behavioural change and clinical effectiveness. Self-administered by the client the questionnaire should take approximately ten to fifteen minutes to complete. The clinician or voice coach enters the responses into the computer programme (supplied on CD-ROM) or transfers them manually on to the hard copy thus offering a clear visual representation of the results. Worked examples of the VIP are included presenting six clients with very different aetiologies and with a range of vocal problems. These examples clearly demonstrate the value of the Profile and its visual impact. As a clinical tool the "VIP" provides a subjective qualitative measure which may be used as an adjunct to other assessment procedures. In addition it provides a concrete method of determining and ordering the factors to be targeted in terms of therapy or voice work. Using the "VIP" should shorten the time necessary for completion of case history in the case of a voice therapy client and when used by a voice coach the profile will identify areas for further discussion. The Profile is not time-sensitive so it may be repeated to evaluate client awareness of vocal change and implementation of agreed strategies. The "VIP" provides the clinician or voice coach with an efficient and effective means of auditing the therapy or coaching process and promotes a holistic partnership model of intervention. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315149028

Viral Cytopathology This book is for the guidance of those wishing to use stained cultures for virus studies.In this manual sufficient illustrations are presented that may not be otherwise readily available to the reader and indicate the wide range of cytopathic changes. However it has been necessary to limit the size of the pictures to a minimum - enough to convince the reader that the technique can be of great practical value for the recognition of many different viruses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898445

Viral DiagnosticsAdvances and Applications This book illustrates a variety of challenges that bug hunters try to solve. It is an outstanding collection of the insights and expertise of an interdisciplinary group of researchers from all walks of life: virologists physicians immunologists electrochemists physicists computer scientists biotechnologists epidemiologists and molecular biologists all working at the forefront of diagnostics in fields that cross scientific boundaries. Notwithstanding a dire moment as that of the recent Ebola outbreak in West Africa that saddens us all we must more than ever peregrinate across oceans and take the fight to them as these invisible and exotic but deadly enemies know no barriers and constantly invade our lives. The coming epidemics and killer pandemics require us to continuously innovate in areas of prevention detection and therapy. The present volume focuses on creating virus alerts or hand-held detectors to bring to the field during an epidemic when possible or tools for the healthcare worker to rapidly diagnose the patient’s ailment. The authors describe the conventional cell cultures and molecular biology methodologies while introducing state-of-the-art multidisciplinary biosensors. This book is not a manual set of protocols or a textbook; it is a glimpse into the advances of virus diagnostic research. Included are a variety of topics that encompass world health issues local folklore such as associating outbreaks with witchcraft problems in getting healthcare workers to the outbreak areas and insights in viral diagnostic pitfalls. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814364430

Viral Genome Methods Molecular biology and genetics techniques now dominate viral research in attempts to cure diseases such as AIDS. Viral Genome Methods is a practical guide to the newest molecular techniques providing step-by-step protocols to be used in the laboratory. Recognized authorities and pioneers in viral research pass on their expertise to you. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138452831

Viral Hemorrhagic Fevers Viral hemorrhagic fevers have captured the imagination of the public and made their way into popular books and movies by virtue of their extreme virulence and mysterious origins. Since 2001 concerns have grown about the potential use of many hemorrhagic fever viruses as biological weapons. This has led to a resurgence in research to develop improved diagnostics vaccines and therapeutics—both for biodefense purposes and to treat naturally exposed persons. Written by international experts Viral Hemorrhagic Fevers represents a major contribution to the virological literature and updates the state of knowledge of these dangerous illnesses.Topics include:A historical perspective and information on pathogenesis and immune responsesAnimal models which are critical to the development of vaccines and therapeuticsThe roles of high-containment facilities and specially trained scientists in researchPrevention and control including diagnostics and vaccine developmentOld World Lassa and Lujo viruses and the New World Junin and Machupo virusesGuanarito viruses and their cellular receptorsBunyaviruses including Rift Valley Fever Crimean– Congo hemorrhagic fever and hantaviruses that cause hemorrhagic fever with renal syndromeThe Ebola and Marburg filovirusesFlaviviruses including dengue fever yellow fever Kyanasur Forest Alkhurma and Omsk hemorrhagic fever viruses and other flaviviruses with hemorrhagic potentialVirologists clinicians biomedical researchers microbiologists and others needing a rapid overview of the nature of these illnesses will find this book an essential resource on clinical and basic science aspects of many viral hemorrhagic fevers. The book will also provide researchers with a springboard to further inquiry in combating what has become a major global threat.

Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367379797

Viral NanoparticlesTools for Material Science and Biomedicine This book overviews the applications of viral nanoparticles (VNPs) in areas ranging from materials science to biomedicine. It summarizes the many different VNP building blocks and describes chemistries that allow one to attach entrap or display functionalities on VNPs. The book outlines the strategies for the construction of 1- 2- and 3-D arrays highlights the achievements in utilizing VNPs as tools for novel biosensors and nanoelectronic devices and describes efforts in designing VNPs for biomedical applications including their use as gene delivery vectors novel vaccines imaging modalities and applications in targeted therapeutics. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814267458

Viral Nanotechnology Viral Nanotechnology presents an up-to-date overview of the rapidly developing field of viral nanotechnology in the areas of immunology virology microbiology chemistry physics and mathematical modeling. Its chapters are by leading researchers and practitioners making it both a comprehensive and indispensable resource for study and research. The field of viral nanotechnology is new and quickly expanding due to increasing demand of the applications already developed. The editors identify viral nanotechnology as a significant science that concerns itself with how to use the molecular modules that the distinctly different science of molecular engineering only constructs. The current potential applications of viral technology are manifold with opportunities to revolutionize practices in photonics catalysis electronics energy biomedicine health care and public health. This book emphasizes using viral nanotechnology to improve health. A special emphasis is placed upon using viral nanotechnology for developing vaccines. In addition it documents viral nanotechnology’s use as a powerful tool for developing drugs and genetic therapies. There is also great potential in its use as a means for diagnostics including the development of diagnostic reagents and novel imaging technologies for detecting disease and infectious agents. Viral nanotechnology’s rapid and exciting growth is due to the need for new tools in the prevention diagnosis and treatment of disease. The contributors to this volume approach each chapter with the hope that their research and practices will contribute to an improvement in health and life on an unprecedented scale in human history. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466583528

Viral PandemicsFrom Smallpox to COVID-19 Written by a public health practitioner and a medical historian Viral Pandemics explores the terrifying world of viruses as the cause of all acute pandemics since 1900 including the COVID-19 pandemic. The book illuminates the critical dual roles of viral biology and increasing global interconnectedness that have resulted in an escalating pandemic spiral.  Viral Pandemics is the first book to focus exclusively on pandemics caused by viruses and the first to report the COVID-19 pandemic. In each chapter the historiographic narrative follows the path of the virus from its original detection through its first appearance as the cause of disease to its emergence as an explosive pandemic. Scientific information is presented in an accessible straightforward style in compelling narratives that introduce the extraordinary universe of diverse opportunistic viruses whose remarkable capacities make them formidable adversaries. The book makes it clear that global viral disease challenges are a persistent reality with the potential to cause catastrophic loss of life and major social and economic damage. A summary chapter draws together lessons learned and develops a proposed multidisciplinary global response. Viral Pandemics is the only book that provides a complete historical narrative focused on viral pandemics. This comprehensive survey is designed for students and scholars in biology epidemiology public health global history and the history of medicine as well as general readers interested in the science of pandemics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367439651

Viral Pathogenesis in Diagrams Viral Pathogenesis in Diagrams is the first book of its kind to illustrate viral pathogenesis on a comparative basis. The text covers the pathogenesis of viral diseases including vertebrates invertebrates plants and protists. The diagrams summarize and integrate large numbers of observations from electron microscopy to clinical data into a single picture or a few related drawings.Organized alphabetically by virus family or groups this book covers the complete domain of virology. Transcending photographs and experimental data the diagrams are ideally suited to illustrate the pathogenesis of viral diseases from infection to host defenses and cell death. Included are two chapters describing general pathogenesis in vertebrate virus infections and illustrating the spread of viruses through the body as well as cytopathology and host defenses. One chapter illustrates the pathogenic behavior of 19 vertebrate virus families especially herpesviruses and retroviruses. The 268 diagrams in Viral Pathogenesis in Diagrams were selected from over 800 diagrams of English and French virological literature including one derived from a famous drawing by Leonardo da Vinci. This up-to-date reference will promote understanding and future research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138452015

Viral Pollution of the Environment In the decades ahead as virus detection technology continues to improve we may expect greater attention to the problem of water transmission of these agents. This books' contributors will discuss the developing knowledge and technology for the detection and measurement of viruses in waters and wastewaters in dealing with the problem presented by that presence. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898452

Viral Regulatory Structures And Their Degeneracy First Published in 2018. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367313845

Viral Therapy of Human Cancers Featuring contributions from nearly 30 leading authorities this pioneering work gauges the potential for viruses to act as oncolytic and anti-tumor agents for the treatment of cancers in humans-detailing the cancer-combative properties exhibited by viruses in nature genetically engineered viruses and viral oncolysates as evidenced in basic and experimental studies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393342

Virgil ThomsonA Reader: Selected Writings 1924-1984 This essential reader includes Thomson's essays on making a living as a musician; his articles on classic composers; his relation to his contemporaries; his articles on newcomers in the music world including John Cage and Pierre Boulez; his autobiographical writings and commentary on his own works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986763

Virgil's Golden Egg and Other Neapolitan MiraclesAn Investigation into the Sources of Creativity Neapolitans are considered the cleverest most imaginative most romantic and the most entertaining people in Italy. The world's finest men's fashions Italy's most celebrated popular songs and plays and a high proportion of popular and operatic singers are all from Naples. Past Italian literary awards portray an amazingly high proportion of Neapolitans receiving the greatest honours.Neapolitan creativity survived centuries of foreign occupation widespread misery the end of its role as a great capital city repeated natural catastrophes and terrible epidemics. What accounts for the creativity of Naples? The sorcerer Virgil is said to have created a Golden Egg inside a crystal sphere to save Naples from natural catastrophe. The egg locked in an iron cage was buried beneath a castle—still known as the "Egg Castle"—to maintain stability and to give eternal life to Naples. Michael A. Ledeen suggests some other surprising answers in a highly original exploration of Neapolitan life and death that ranges from religion to organized crime war and violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412854795

Virgil's Homeric Lens Virgil’s Homeric Lens reevaluates the traditional view of the Aeneid’s relationship to Homer’s Iliad and Odyssey. Almost since the death of Virgil there has been an assumption that the Aeneid breaks into two discrete halves: Virgil’s Odyssey and Virgil’s Iliad. Although modified in various ways over the centuries this neat dichotomy has generally diminished the complexity and resonance of the connection between the two canonical epic poets. This work offers an alternate approach in which Virgil uses the transformative power of the Odyssey as a precise filter through which to read the Iliadic experience. By examining the ways in which Virgil bases his own epic project on the dynamic interaction between the two Homeric poems themselves Edan Dekel proposes a system in which the Aeneid uses the Odyssey both as a conceptual model for writing an intertextual epic and as a powerful refracting lens for the specific interpretation of the Iliad and its consequences. The traditional view of the Homeric poems as static sources for the construction of distinct "Odyssean" and "Iliadic" halves of the Aeneid is supplanted by an analysis which emphasizes the active and persistent influence of the Odyssey as a guide to processing the major thematic concerns of the Iliad and exploring the multiple aftermaths of the Trojan war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138802292

Virgin Sacrifice in Classical ArtWomen Agency and the Trojan War The Trojan War begins and ends with the sacrifice of a virgin princess. The gruesome killing of a woman must have captivated ancient people because the myth of the sacrificial virgin resonates powerfully in the arts of ancient Greece and Rome. Most scholars agree that the Greeks and Romans did not practice human sacrifice so why then do the myths of virgin sacrifice appear persistently in art and literature for over a millennium? Virgin Sacrifice in Classical Art: Women Agency and the Trojan War seeks to answer this question.This book tells the stories of the sacrificial maidens in order to help the reader discover the meanings bound up in these myths for historical people. In exploring the representations of Iphigeneia and Polyxena in Greek Etruscan and Roman art this book offers a broader cultural history that reveals what people in the ancient world were seeking in these stories. The result is an interdisciplinary study that offers new interpretations on the meaning of the sacrificial virgin as a cultural and ideological construction. This is the first book-length study of virgin sacrifice in ancient art and the first to provide an interpretive framework within which to understand its imagery. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415301350

Virginia and the Panic of 1819The First Great Depression and the Commonwealth Argues that the Panic of 1819 was America's first experience with a modern boom-bust cycle and most importantly much more than a banking panic resulting from the mismanagement of the newly created second Bank of the United States and a number of state chartered banks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663633

Virginia SatirFoundational Ideas “Amid these [world] changes is the growing conviction that human beings must evolve a new consciousness that places a high value on being human that leads toward cooperation that enables positive conflict resolution and that recognizes our spiritual foundations. Can we accept as a given that the self of the therapist is an essential factor in the therapeutic process? If this turns out to be true it will alter our way of teaching therapists as well as treating patients.” (Virginia Satir in The Use of Self in Therapy The Haworth Press Inc. 1987Virginia Satir an internationally renowned educator and master therapist and a pioneer in the field of family therapy altered the way therapists are taught and patients are treated. This landmark volume focuses on the important contributions that she made to the therapy profession. Written and edited by therapists who trained and worked closely with her Virginia Satir: Foundational Ideas reflects her most basic ideas about the healing quality of respect for all people and the emphasis on the personal aspects of treatment rather than the technical. It also addresses the necessity of emotional honesty between the therapist and the patient and illustrates these therapists’impact on therapy as it is practiced today.The legacy left by Dr. Satir includes her profound insight into the behavior of human beings and the guidelines for the application of universal principles in such a way as to enhance human growth and unite individuals. Her impact on therapists around the world is apparent upon reading this triumphant volume. Scholars and practitioners address some of the fundamental tenets of therapy as developed by Dr. Satir and explain how they have integrated these basic foundations into their own practices. The highlights of her professional contributions that are discussed in this exhaustive volume include: the basic patterns of communication that are common to all people and the relationship of communication and self-esteem the triad concept and strategies for teaching people to exist in this basic unit of humankind in a healthy way the parts party and how this process for integrating various aspects of a person can be used with couples as well the model for change process and the ways in which it can be used with individuals couples and the world family reconstruction and the value of acting out the past with the therapist as guideVirginia Satir: Foundational Ideas is a sharp clear focus on the person and work of this great master. It is necessary reading for all professionals around the world who seek to better understand the therapy process and the keys to its success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994072

Virginia Woolf Rachel Bowlby's anthology of articles conjures up the enormous richness and variety of recent work that returns to Woolf not so much for final answers as for insights into questions about writing literary traditions and the differences of the sexes. The collection includes pieces by such well-known writers as Gillian Beer Mary Jacobus Peggy Kamuf and Catharine Stimpson. With a substantial Introduction headnotes to each piece and full supporting material this volume provides an ideal guide to Woolf and her place in modern literary and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138163300

Virginia Woolf Originally published in 1962 Virginia Woolf provides a commentary on the literary work of Virginia Woolf – examining not only her the novels but also the considerable body of criticism surrounding her work. Along with the essential biographical details of Woolf the books recreates the atmosphere of ‘the Bloomsbury Group’ and gives us a valuable insight into a very rich period of English literature involving such figures as Leslie Stephen Leonard Woolf Clive Bell Desmond MacCarthy Christopher Isherwood David Garnett and others. The book provides a comprehensive account of Virginia Woolf’s body of work and will be of interest to academics and students alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815358473

Virginia Woolf and the Madness of Language Originally published in 1990 Virginia Woolf and the Madness of Language explores the relationship between madness and the disruption of linguistic and structural norms in Virginia Woolf’s modernist novels opening new ground in Woolfian studies as well as in psychoanalytic criticism. Focusing on Mrs Dalloway The Waves To the Lighthouse and Between the Acts it investigates narrative strategies showing that Woolf’s writings question their own origins and connection with madness and suicide. By combining textual analysis with an original use of autobiographical material the books cause us to reconsider the full complexity of the articulation between an author’s life and work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138541016

Virginia Woolf and the Poetry of Fiction Originally published in 1990 Virginia Woolf and the Poetry of Fiction provides a stylistic study of the fiction of Virginia Woolf. The book examines what is generally described as a ‘traditional novel’ examining such works as Jacob’s Room and the way in which meaning is nonetheless conveyed poetically. The book argues that her early novels are shown to contain writing of considerable sophistication and maturity and how her major works of fiction are approached in a more specific way: Mrs Dalloway through its poetic rhythms To the Lighthouse as a multi-perspectival exploration of a reality embodied in a single image and The Waves as a play-poem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815359531

Virginia Woolf in the Age of Mechanical Reproduction First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986770

Virginia WoolfA Guide to Research Originally published in 1984 Virginia Woolf: Guide to Research is a bibliographic guide to the writings and critical reception of the works of Virginia Woolf. The guide is a simply organized guide that makes easily accessible a diversified body of critical works on Virginia Woolf. The scholarship is organised into key collections based around Woolf’s major works of fiction and contains studies from a variety of content including periodicals articles book chapters as well as foreign-language books. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138476028

Virginia Woolf’s Good Housekeeping Essays In the mid-twentieth century Virginia Woolf published ‘Six Articles on London Life’ in Good Housekeeping magazine a popular magazine where fashion cookery and house decoration is largely featured. This first book-length study of what Woolf calls ‘little articles’ proposes to reassess the commissioned essays and read them in a chronological sequence in their original context as well as in the larger context of Woolf’s work. Drawing primarily on literary theory intermedial studies periodical studies and philosophy this volume argues the essays which provided an original guided tour of London are creative and innovative works combining several art forms while developing a photographic method. Further investigation examines the construct of Woolf’s essays as intermedial and as partaking both of theory and praxis; intermediality is closely connected here with her defense of a democratic ideal itself grounded in a dialogue with her forebears. Far from being second-rate the Good Housekeeping essays bring together aesthetic and political concerns and come out as playing a pivotal role: they redefine the essay as intermedial signal Woolf’s turn to a more openly committed form of writing and fit perfectly within Woolf’s essayistic and fictional oeuvre which they in turn illuminate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666125

Virginia Woolf's Common Reader In the first comprehensive study of Virginia Woolf's Common Reader Katerina Koutsantoni draws on theorists from the fields of sociology sociolinguistics philosophy and literary criticism to investigate the thematic pattern underpinning these books with respect to the persona of the 'common reader'. Though these two volumes are the only ones that Woolf compiled herself they have seldom been considered as a whole. As a result what they reveal about Woolf's position with regard to the processes of writing reading and critical analysis has not been fully examined. Koutsantoni challenges the critical commonplace that equates Woolf's strategy of self-effacement and personal removal from her works as a necessary compromise that allowed her to achieve authorial recognition in a male-dominated context. Rather Koutsantoni argues that an investigation of impersonality in Woolf's essays reveals the potential of the genre to function both as a vehicle for the subjective and dialogic expression of the author and reader and as a venue for exploring topics with which the ordinary reader can relate. As she explores and challenges the meaning of impersonality in Woolf's Common Reader Koutsantoni shows how the related issues of subjectivity authority reader-response intersubjectivity and dialogism offer useful perspectives from which to examine Woolf's work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315548081

Virginia WoolfThe Patterns of Ordinary Experience In her timely contribution to revisionist approaches in modernist studies Lorraine Sim offers a reading of Virginia Woolf's conception of ordinary experience as revealed in her fiction and nonfiction. Contending that Woolf's representations of everyday life both acknowledge and provide a challenge to characterizations of daily life as mundane Sim shows how Woolf explores the potential of everyday experience as a site of personal meaning social understanding and ethical value. Sim's argument develops through readings of Woolf's literary representations of a subject's engagement with ordinary things like a mark on the wall a table or colour; Woolf's accounts of experiences that are both common and extraordinary such as physical pain or epiphanic 'moments of being'; and Woolf's analysis of the effect of new technologies for example motor-cars and the cinema on contemporary understandings of the external world. Throughout Sim places Woolf's views in the context of the philosophical and lay accounts of ordinary experience that dominated the cultural thought of her time. These include British Empiricism Romanticism Platonic thought and Post-Impressionism. In addition to drawing on the major novels particularly The Voyage Out Mrs. Dalloway and To the Lighthouse Sim focuses close attention on short stories such as 'The Mark on the Wall' 'Solid Objects' and 'Blue & Green'; nonfiction works including 'On Being Ill' 'Evening over Sussex: Reflections in a Motor-car' and 'A Sketch of the Past'; and Woolf's diaries. Sim concludes with an account of Woolf's ontology of the ordinary which illuminates the role of the everyday in Woolf's ethics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315548098

Virilio for Architects Paul Virilio is an innovative figure in the study of architecture space and the city. Virilio for Architects primes readers for their first encounter with his crucial texts on some of the vital theoretical debates of the twenty-first century including: Oblique Architecture and Bunker Archeology Critical Space and the Overexposed City The Ultracity and Very High Buildings Grey Ecology and Global Hypermovement In exploring Virilio’s most important architectural ideas and their impact John Armitage traces his engagement with other key architectural and scientific thinkers such as Claude Parent Benoit B. Mandelbrot and Bernard Tschumi. Virilio for Architects allows students researchers and non-academic readers to connect with Virilio’s distinctive architectural theories critical studies and fresh ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415819039

Viroid LifePerspectives on Nietzsche and the Transhuman Condition Nietzsche's vision of the 'overman' continues to haunt the postmodern imagination. His call that 'man is something that must be overcome' can no longer be seen as simple rhetoric. Our experiences of the hybrid realities of artificial life have made the 'transhuman' a figure that looks over us all. Inspired by this vision Keith Ansell Pearson sets out to examine if evolution is 'out of control' and machines are taking over.In a series of six fascinating perspectives he links Nietzsche's thought with the issues at stake in contemporary conceptions of evolution from the biological to the technological. Viroid Life; Perspectives on Nietzsche and the Transhuman Condition considers the hybrid 'inhuman' character of our future with the aid of Nietzsche's philosophy. Keith Ansell Pearson contrasts Nietzsche and Darwin before introducing the more recent figures such as Giles Deleuze and Guy Debord to sketch a new thinking of technics and machines and stress the ambiguous character of our 'machine enslavement'. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203047033

Virtual Character Design for Games and Interactive Media While the earliest character representations in video games were rudimentary in terms of their presentation and performance the virtual characters that appear in games today can be extremely complex and lifelike. These are characters that have the potential to make a powerful and emotional connection with gamers. As virtual characters become more intricate and varied there is a growing need to examine the theory and practice of virtual character design. This book seeks to develop a series of critical frameworks to support the analysis and design of virtual characters. Virtual Character Design for Games and Interactive Media covers a breadth of topics to establish a relationship between pertinent artistic and scientific theories and good character design practice. Targeted at students researchers and professionals the book aims to show how both character presentation and character performance can be enhanced through careful consideration of underlying theory. The book begins with a focus on virtual character presentation underpinned by a discussion of biological artistic and sociological principles. Next it looks at the performance of virtual characters encompassing the psychology of emotion and personality narrative and game design theories animation and acting. The book concludes with a series of applied virtual character design examples. These examples examine the aesthetics of player characters the design and performance of the wider cast of game characters and the performance of characters within complex hyperreal worlds. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781466598195

Virtual Coaching to Improve Group RelationshipsProcess Consultation Reimagined Process consultation invented by Edgar Schein is both a skill and an organization development change effort. As a skill process consultation means the ability to observe and provide feedback about small group dynamics to a work group about how well group members interact and how to improve that interaction. Just as facilitators devote their time to (in one word) asking process consultants devote their time to (in one word) watching—at an expert level. As a change effort process consultation is a concerted effort to help members of a group work together more effectively. For that reason the word "process" in this context should be interpreted to mean "interpersonal interaction in small groups." Historically process consultation has focused attention on face-to-face groups and their group dynamics. But times are changing. More work is done online or in blended (online and onsite) groups than face-to-face alone. A 2017 survey of over 25 000 workers in 12 countries revealed that 62% of global workers are now working flexibly—with some residential work and some virtual work. The same survey found that workers believe that flexible work arrangements make them more productive and that 48% of survey respondents reported that their virtual interactions include representatives of other cultures. It is true that for workers who can discipline themselves and manage distractions at home virtual work can be more productive when commuting time is eliminated and workplace distractions are minimized. Virtual work has the advantage of reducing the need for childcare slashing work wardrobe costs and cutting unproductive stressful commuting time. Despite how modes of working together have changed over the years—ranging from face-to-face to some degree of virtual (video conference audio conference print-only collaboration and many blended combinations)—and the growing need for finding ways to help people work together more effectively there has been no practical guideline of process consultation in a virtual or mixed work setting since Schein’s process consultation initially focused on group dynamics in face-to-face settings. Therefore this book aims to provide practical approaches to process consultation helping group members discover more effective ways of working together in blended virtual/residential and cross-cultural settings. Essentially this book provides a practical how-to guide for virtual coaching using step-by-step procedural approaches cases and helpful platforms/technologies and tools. It also provides information about how to use technology to support the process of improving virtual or mixed group relationship. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367403744

Virtual Communities: 2014 Written for both scholars and practitioners this volume focuses on the design management use and impacts of Virtual Communities (VCs) from technological social and economic perspectives. It brings together peer-reviewed research articles that give an in-depth review of the state-of-the-art practices and also shows opportunities for research and practice in and around VCs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765626530

Virtual EthnicityRace Resistance and the World Wide Web Where is the ethnic minority presence in cyberspace? In this book Linda Leung makes a pioneering exploration of ethnic minority presence in cyberspace. She finds that despite the apparent white Western male middle class profile of cyberspace there is significant ethnic minority activity. The work draws on the author’s empirical research amongst ethnic minority women and incorporates discussion of media and web-texts from the US Canada Britain and Australia. This is a fascinating interdisciplinary examination of the web-participation of ethnic communities which sheds light on how ethnic identities are articulated in cyberspace and contemporary society in both predictable and surprising ways. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266681

Virtual Freedoms Terrorism and the Law This book examines the risks to freedom of expression particularly in relation to the internet as a result of regulation introduced in response to terrorist threats. The work explores the challenges of maintaining security in the fight against traditional terrorism while protecting fundamental freedoms particularly online freedom of expression. The topics discussed include the clash between freedom of speech and national security; the multijurisdictional nature of the internet and the implications for national sovereignty and transnational legal structures; how to determine legitimate and illegitimate association online; and the implications for privacy and data protection. The book presents a theoretical analysis combined with empirical research to demonstrate the difficulty of combatting internet use by terror organizations or individuals and the range of remedies that might be drawn from national and international law. The work will be essential reading for students researchers and policy makers in the areas of Constitutional law; Criminal Law European and International law Information and Technology law and Security Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367486709

Virtual GeographiesBodies Space and Relations This book examines the interrelationship between telecommunications and tourism in shaping the nature of space place and the urban at the end of the twentieth century. They discuss how these agents are instrumental in the production of homogenous world-spaces and how htese in turn presuppose new kinds of political and cultural identity.Virtual Geographies explores how new communication technologies are being used to produce new geographies and new types of space. Leading contributors from a wide range of disciplines including geography sociology philosophy and literature:* investigate how visions of cyberspace have been constructed* offer a critical assessment of the status of virtual environments and geographies* explore how virtual environments reshape the way we think and write about the world. This book sets recent technological developments in a historical and geographical perspective to offer a clearer view of the new vistas ahead. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203169421

Virtual GlobalizationVirtual Spaces/Tourist Spaces This book examines the interrelationship between telecommunications and tourism in shaping the nature of space place and the urban at the end of the twentieth century. They discuss how these agents are instrumental in the production of homogenous world-spaces and how these in turn presuppose new kinds of political and cultural identity. This work will be of essential interest to scholars and students in the fields of sociology geography cultural studies and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880085

Virtual HistoryHow Videogames Portray the Past Virtual History examines many of the most popular historical video games released over the last decade and explores their portrayal of history. The book looks at the motives and perspectives of game designers and marketers as well as the societal expectations addressed through contingency and determinism economics the environment culture ethnicity gender and violence. Approaching videogames as a compelling art form that can simultaneously inform and mislead the book considers the historical accuracy of videogames while also exploring how they depict the underlying processes of history and highlighting their strengths as tools for understanding history. The first survey of the historical content and approach of popular videogames designed with students in mind it argues that games can depict history and engage players with it in a useful way encouraging the reader to consider the games they play from a different perspective. Supported by examples and screenshots that contextualize the discussion Virtual History is a useful resource for students of media and world history as well as those focusing on the portrayal of history through the medium of videogames. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138069091

Virtual HumansToday and Tomorrow Virtual Humans provides a much-needed definition of what constitutes a ‘virtual human’ and places virtual humans within the wider context of Artificial Intelligence development. It explores the technical approaches to creating a virtual human as well as emergent issues such as embodiment identity agency and digital immortality and the resulting ethical challenges. The book presents an overview of current research and practice in this area and outlines the major challenges faced by today’s developers and researchers. The book examines the possibility for using virtual humans in a variety of roles from personal assistants to teaching coaching and knowledge management and the book situates these discussions around familiar applications (e.g. Siri Cortana Alexa) and the portrayal of virtual humans within Science Fiction.FeaturesPresents a comprehensive overview of this rapidly developing field Provides an array of relevant real-life examples from expert practitioners and researchers from around the globe in how to create the avatar body mind senses and ability to communicateIntends to be broad in scope yet practical in approach so that it can serve the needs of several different audiences including researchers teachers developers and anyone with an interest in where these technologies might take usCovers a wide variety of issues which have been neglected in other research texts; for example definitions and taxonomies the ethical challenges of virtual humans and issues around digital immortalityIncludes numerous examples and extensive references Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367656621

Virtual Learning This title was first published in 2001: Since the early 1980s successive governments have realized the importance of computers and computing and made significant investment in schools. The most recent initiative the National Grid for Learning seeks to place online learning facilities at the heart of the curriculum for both teachers and students and use it as a vehicle for lifelong learning. The impact of ICT in the classroom transforms management organization and conventional pedagogic approaches. However many teachers still struggle with ICT in the classroom. Since the mid-1990s a significant number of students have gained access to a PC at home. They ways in which they have learnt to use machines and the uses to which they are put are shaped by input from peers and personal experience other than teachers. The education systems struggle to meet the demands and expectations of these young people and those without technology at home are doubly disadvanted if their schools and teachers cannot compensate. In this research the author examines patters of computer ownership and use among young people as well as teacher use and teacher attitudes. The results demonstrate the disparity between student computer ownership and use and that of their teachers with profound implications for the education system as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138704015

Virtual LiteraciesInteractive Spaces for Children and Young People The growth of interest in virtual worlds and other online spaces for children and young people raises important issues for literacy educators and researchers. This book is a timely and much-needed collection of current research in the area. It provides a synthesis of knowledge and understanding and will be a key resource for scholars students and teachers particularly those interested in digital literacies. The work presents a coherent vision of current knowledge and some of the most engaging empirical research being undertaken on virtual worlds and online spaces in and beyond educational institutions. It contains international studies from the UK North America and Australasia. This is an important time for those researching virtual worlds videogaming and Web 2.0 technologies since there is growing professional interest in their significance in the education and development of children and young people. Whether these technologies are solely associated with informal learning or whether they should be incorporated into classroom contexts is hotly debated. This book provides a principled evaluation and appreciation of the learning teaching and instruction that can occur in digital environments showing children young people and those who work with them as active agents with possibilities to navigate new paths. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138810594

Virtual Machining Using CAMWorks 2016 This book is written to help you learn the core concepts and steps used to conduct virtual machining using CAMWorks. CAMWorks is a virtual machining tool designed to increase your productivity and efficiency by simulating machining operations on a computer before creating a physical product. CAMWorks is embedded in SOLIDWORKS as a fully integrated module. CAMWorks provides excellent capabilities for machining simulations in a virtual environment. Capabilities in CAMWorks allow you to select CNC machines and tools extract or create machinable features define machining operations and simulate and visualize machining toolpaths. In addition the machining time estimated in CAMWorks provides an important piece of information for estimating product manufacturing cost without physically manufacturing the product. The book covers the basic concepts and frequently used commands and options you’ll need to know to advance from a novice to an intermediate level CAMWorks user. Basic concept and commands introduced include extracting machinable features (such as 2.5 axis features) selecting machine and tools defining machining parameters (such as feedrate) generating and simulating toolpaths and post processing CL data to output G-codes for support of CNC machining. The concept and commands are introduced in a tutorial style presentation using simple but realistic examples. Both milling and turning operations are included. One of the unique features of this book is the incorporation of the CL (cutter location) data verification by reviewing the G-codes generated from the toolpaths. This helps you understand how the G-codes are generated by using the respective post processors which is an important step and an ultimate way to confirm that the toolpaths and G-codes generated are accurate and useful. This book is intentionally kept simple. It primarily serves the purpose of helping you become familiar with CAMWorks in conducting virtual machining for practical applications. This is not a reference manual of CAMWorks. You may not find everything you need in this book for learning CAMWorks. But this book provides you with basic concepts and steps in using the software as well as discussions on the G-codes generated. After going over this book you will develop a clear understanding in using CAMWorks for virtual machining simulations and should be able to apply the knowledge and skills acquired to carry out machining assignments and bring machining consideration into product design in general. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630570873

Virtual Machining Using CAMWorks 2019 This book is written to help you learn the core concepts and steps used to conduct virtual machining using CAMWorks. CAMWorks is a virtual machining tool designed to increase your productivity and efficiency by simulating machining operations on a computer before creating a physical product. CAMWorks is embedded in SOLIDWORKS as a fully integrated module. CAMWorks provides excellent capabilities for machining simulations in a virtual environment. Capabilities in CAMWorks allow you to select CNC machines and tools extract or create machinable features define machining operations and simulate and visualize machining toolpaths. In addition the machining time estimated in CAMWorks provides an important piece of information for estimating product manufacturing cost without physically manufacturing the product. The book covers the basic concepts and frequently used commands and options you’ll need to know to advance from a novice to an intermediate level CAMWorks user. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630572310

Virtual Machining Using CAMWorks 2020 This book is written to help you learn the core concepts and steps used to conduct virtual machining using CAMWorks. CAMWorks is a virtual machining tool designed to increase your productivity and efficiency by simulating machining operations on a computer before creating a physical product. CAMWorks is embedded in SOLIDWORKS as a fully integrated module. CAMWorks provides excellent capabilities for machining simulations in a virtual environment. Capabilities in CAMWorks allow you to select CNC machines and tools extract or create machinable features define machining operations and simulate and visualize machining toolpaths. In addition the machining time estimated in CAMWorks provides an important piece of information for estimating product manufacturing cost without physically manufacturing the product. The book covers the basic concepts and frequently used commands and options you’ll need to know to advance from a novice to an intermediate level CAMWorks user. Basic concepts and commands introduced include extracting machinable features (such as 2.5 axis features) selecting machine and tools defining machining parameters (such as feed rate) generating and simulating toolpaths and post processing CL data to output G-codes for support of CNC machining. The concepts and commands are introduced in a tutorial style presentation using simple but realistic examples. Both milling and turning operations are included. One of the unique features of this book is the incorporation of the CL (cutter location) data verification by reviewing the G-codes generated from the toolpaths. This helps you understand how the G-codes are generated by using the respective post processors which is an important step and an ultimate way to confirm that the toolpaths and G-codes generated are accurate and useful. This book is intentionally kept simple. It primarily serves the purpose of helping you become familiar with CAMWorks in conducting virtual machining for practical applications. This is not a reference manual of CAMWorks. You may not find everything you need in this book for learning CAMWorks. But this book provides you with basic concepts and steps in using the software as well as discussions on the G-codes generated. After going over this book you will develop a clear understanding in using CAMWorks for virtual machining simulations and should be able to apply the knowledge and skills acquired to carry out machining assignments and bring machining consideration into product design in general. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630573225

Virtual MusicHow the Web Got Wired for Sound Virtual Music: How the Web Got Wired for Sound is a personal story of how one composer has created new music on the web a history of interactive music and a guide for aspiring musicians who want to harness the new creative opportunities offered by web composing. Also includes a 4-page color insert. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203626160

Virtual Reality Augmented Reality and Artificial Intelligence in Special EducationA Practical Guide to Supporting Students with Learning Differences New technologies and ongoing developments in the fields of Virtual reality augmented reality and artificial intelligence are changing the ways in which we facilitate learning. Recognising the positive role these technologies can play in the learning and progress of students assessed as having special educational needs this practical guide explains the characteristics benefits risks and potential applications of new technologies in the classroom. An innovative and timely resource Virtual Reality Augmented Reality and Artificial Intelligence in Special Education offers a background in the evidence-based theory and practice of using new technologies in an educational context. Accessible and free of complex jargon chapters provide information on the development intended uses and most current terminology used in relation to technologies and explains how modern equipment approaches and possibilities can be used to promote improved communication skills independent learning and heightened self-esteem amongst students diagnosed with SEND. Offering a wealth of practical tips downloadable resources and ideas for engaging with technology in the classroom the text will support teachers to ensure that students can benefit from exciting technological advances and learn to use them appropriately. Demystifying a complex and varied field this practical resource will inspire and inform teachers SENCOs and practitioners working with children and students with SEND as they harness the use of technology in the classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367024536

Virtual Reality and the Built Environment Like the first edition the central question this book addresses is how virtual reality can be used in the design production and management of the built environment. The book aims to consider three key questions. What are the business drivers for the use of virtual reality? What are its limitations? How can virtual reality be implemented within organizations? Using international case studies it answers these questions whilst addressing the growth in the recent use of building information modelling (BIM) and the renewed interest in virtual reality to visualize and understand data to make decisions. With the aim of inspiring and informing future use the authors take a fresh look at current applications in the construction sector situating them within a broader trajectory of innovation. The new edition expands the scope to consider both immersive virtual reality as a way of bringing professionals inside a building information model and augmented reality as a way of taking this model and related asset information out to the job-site. The updated edition also considers these technologies in the context of other developments that were in their infancy when the first edition was written â€“ such as laser scanning mobile technologies and big data. Virtual Reality in the Built Environment is essential reading for professionals in architecture construction design surveying and engineering and students on related courses who need an understanding of BIM CAD and virtual reality in the sector. Please follow the book's Twitter account: @vrandbe http://buildingvr.blogspot.co.uk/ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138668768

Virtual Reality and Virtual EnvironmentsA Tool for Improving Occupational Safety and Health Virtual reality (VR) techniques are becoming increasingly popular. The use of computer modeling and visualization is no longer uncommon in the area of ergonomics and occupational health and safety. This book explains how studies conducted in a simulated virtual world are making it possible to test new solutions for designed workstations offering a high degree of ease for introducing modifications and eliminating risk and work-related accidents. Virtual reality techniques offer a wide range of possibilities including increasing the cognitive abilities of the elderly adapting workstations for people with disabilities and special needs and remote control of machines using collaborative robots. Detailed discussions include: Testing protective devices safety systems and the numerical reconstruction of work accidents Using computer simulation in generic virtual environments On the one hand it is a self-study book made so by well-crafted and numerous examples. On the other hand through a detailed analysis of the virtual reality from a point of view of work safety and ergonomics and health improvement. Ewa Grabska Jagiellonian University Kraków Poland Noteworthy is the broad scope and diversity of the addressed problems ranging from training employees using VR environments with different degrees of perceived reality; training and rehabilitation of the elderly; to designing testing modifying and adapting workplaces to various needs including those of disabled workers; to simulation and investigation of the cause of accidents at a workplace. Andrzej Krawiecki Warsaw University of Technology Warsaw Poland Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367489946

Virtual Reality CinemaNarrative Tips and Techniques Award-winning cine-maVRicks Eric R. Williams Carrie Love and Matt Love introduce virtual reality cinema (also known as 360° video or cine-VR) in this comprehensive guide filled with insider tips and tested techniques for writing directing and producing effectively in the new medium. Join these veteran cine-VR storytellers as they break down fundamental concepts from traditional media to demonstrate how cine-VR can connect with audiences in new ways. Examples from their professional work are provided to illustrate basic intermediate and advanced approaches to crafting modern story in this unique narrative space where there’s no screen to contain an image and no specific stage upon which to perform. Virtual Reality Cinema will prepare you to approach your own cine-VR projects via: Tips and techniques for writing directing and producing bleeding-edge narrative cine-VR projects; More than a hundred photos and illustrations to explain complex concepts; Access to more than two hours of on-line cine-VR examples that you can download to watch on your own HMD; New techniques developed at Ohio University’s Game Research and Immersive Design (GRID) Lab including how to work with actors to embrace Gravity and avoid the Persona Gap how to develop stories with the Story Engagement Matrix and how to balance directorial control and audience agency in this new medium. This book is an absolute must read for any student of filmmaking media production transmedia storytelling and game design as well as anyone already working in these industries that wants to understand the new challenges and opportunities of virtual reality cinema. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367463397

Virtual Reality Designs Virtual Reality is not real life. Instead it is life-like creations using computer-generated scenarios. Human behavior is replicated in virtual scenarios where every detail is controlled by computers and in situations that can be repeated under the same conditions. Based on technology and design the user can experience presence. In the virtual world users are embodied in avatars that represent them and are the means to interact with the virtual environment. Avatars are graphical models that behave on behalf of the human behind them. The user avatar is a proxy that also backs interaction with others allowing computer-mediated interactions. Analyses directed to understand people’s perceptions personal and social behavior in computer mediated interactions comprise a multidisciplinary area of study that involves among others computer science psychology and sociology. In the last two decades a number of studies supported by Virtual Reality have been conducted to understand human behavior in some cases the implications of the technology or to reproduce artificial human behavior. This book presents a collection of studies from recognized researchers in the area. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367894979

Virtual Reality FilmmakingTechniques & Best Practices for VR Filmmakers Virtual Reality Filmmaking presents a comprehensive guide to the use of virtual reality in filmmaking including narrative documentary live event production and more. Written by Celine Tricart a filmmaker and an expert in new technologies the book provides a hands-on guide to creative filmmaking in this exciting new medium and includes coverage on how to make a film in VR from start to finish. Topics covered include: The history of VR; VR cameras; Game engines and interactive VR; The foundations of VR storytelling; Techniques for shooting in live action VR; VR postproduction and visual effects; VR distribution; Interviews with experts in the field including the Emmy-winning studios Felix & Paul and Oculus Story Studio Wevr Viacom Fox Sports Sundance’s New Frontier and more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138233966

Virtual Reality Headsets - A Theoretical and Pragmatic Approach The purpose of virtual reality is to make possible a sensorimotor and cognitive activity for a user in a digitally created artificial world. Recent advances in computer technology have led to a new generation of VR devices such as VR headsets. Accordingly virtual reality poses many new scientific challenges for researchers and professionals. The aim of this book a manual meant for both designers and users of virtual reality is to present the current state of knowledge on the use of VR headsets in the most complete way possible. The book is divided into 13 chapters. The objective of the first chapter is to give an introduction to VR and clarify its scope. The next chapter presents a theoretical approach to virtual reality through our Immersion and Interaction methodology also known as "3I² model’’. Then a chapter about human senses is necessary to understand the sensorimotor immersion especially vision. These chapters are followed by several chapters which present the different visual interfaces and the VR headsets currently available on the market. These devices can impart comfort and health problems due to sensorimotor discrepancies. A chapter is devoted to these problems followed by a chapter that gives a detailed discussion of methods and 32 solutions to dispel or at least to decrease VR sickness. The following three chapters present different VR applications that use VR headsets (behavioural sciences industrial uses and Digital Art) and the final chapter provides conclusions and discusses future VR challenges. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367888350

Virtual Reality in Curriculum and PedagogyEvidence from Secondary Classrooms Virtual Reality in Curriculum and Pedagogy explores the instructional ethical practical and technical issues related to the integration of immersive virtual reality (VR) in school classrooms. The book’s original pedagogical framework is informed by qualitative and quantitative data collected from the first-ever study to embed immersive VR in secondary school science ICT and drama classrooms. Students and scholars of technology-enhancing learning curriculum design and teacher education alike will find key pedagogical insights into leveraging the unique properties of VR for authentic metacognitive and creative learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367262006

Virtual Reality in Geography The ideas and techniques of virtual reality are now being made available for the creation of artificial or virtual geographies (a virtual geography refers to the creation of artificial geographies for use in research and teaching using ideas and techniques from the field of virtual reality (VR)). Such virtual geographies are currently being constructed and used at a number of sites and include virtual cities landscape visualization visualizing past and future geographies visualizing abstract concepts and taking people on virtual field courses.Virtual Reality in Geography covers 'through the window' VR systems 'fully immersive' VR systems and hybrids of the two types. The authors examine the Virtual Reality Modeling Language approach and explore its deficiencies when applied to real geographic environments. This book will be of great interest to geographers computer scientists and all those interested in multimedia and computer graphics. There is an accompanying CD-ROM containing a rich selection of images and pieces of virtual reality software.This is a totally unique book covering an area of geography that is rapidly becoming used in all aspects of the field. It covers all the major uses and methods of virtual reality used by geographers and the lack of anything else written about the subject to date should ensure a wide readership. The authors have produced a CDROM that comes with the book of virtual reality images that will be a fascinating companion to the text. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396664

Virtual Reality in Health and Rehabilitation This edited book focuses on the role and use of VR for healthcare professions in both health and rehabilitation settings. It is also offers future trends of other emerging technology within medicine and allied health professions. This text draws on expertise of leading medical practitioners and researchers who utilise such VR technologies in their practices to enhance patient/service user outcomes. Research and practical evidence is presented with a strong applied emphasis to further enhance the use VR technologies within the community the hospital and in education environment(s). The book may also be used to influence policymakers on how healthcare delivery is offered. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367367718

Virtual Reality: Concepts and Technologies A manual for both designers and users comprehensively presenting the current state of experts' knowledge on virtual reality (VR) in computer science mechanics optics acoustics physiology psychology ergonomics ethics and related area. Designed as a reference book and design guide to help the reader develop a VR project it presents the reader with the importance of the user’s needs and various aspects of the human computer interface (HCI). It further treats technical aspects of VR hardware and software implementations and details on the sensory and psycho-sensory interfaces. Providing various concepts and technologies including mathematics and modelling techniques it allows the reader to formalize conceptualize and construct a virtual reality project from original thought to application. This book is intended for engineers computer scientists and computer game developers working on various VR applications. It can further serve as an educational tool in Virtual Reality courses for senior graduate and postgraduate students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415684712

Virtual Screening in Drug Discovery Virtual screening can reduce costs and increase hit rates for lead discovery by eliminating the need for robotics reagent acquisition or production and compound storage facilities. The increased robustness of computational algorithms and scoring functions the availability of affordable computational power and the potential for timely structural determination of target molecules have provided new opportunities for virtual screening and made it more practical. Why then isn’t everyone using virtual screening? Examining the scope and limitations of this method Virtual Screening in Drug Discovery explores the algorithms involved and how to actually use them. Part I offers perspectives on both ligand-based and docking-based virtual screens. The authors of these chapters frame many of the challenges currently facing the field. Part II considers the choice of compounds that are best suited as drug leads. Part III discusses ligand-based approaches including descriptor-based similarity traditional pharmacophore searching and similarity based 3D-pharmacophore fingerprints. The final two sections are devoted to molecular docking. Part IV outlines some important and practical considerations relating to the energetics of protein-ligand binding and target-site topography whereas specific docking algorithms and strategies are discussed in Part V. Notwithstanding this list of subjects the book does not overwhelm you with more information than you need—many of the strategies outlined will transcend the specifics of any given method. Nor does the book purport to offer single best ways to use the programs. What it does is provide a snapshot of virtual screening that gives you easy access to strategies and techniques for lead discovery.Daniel E. Levy editor of the Drug Discovery Series is the founder of DEL BioPharma a consulting service for drug di Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393182

Virtual SlavicaDigital Libraries Digital Archives Get an inside view of producing digital information projectsDigital technology has provided great opportunities as well as colossal challenges for information professionals at Slavic libraries collections and archives. Virtual Slavica: Digital Libraries Digital Archives presents leading information experts exploring the monumental task of converting Slavic manuscripts and books for presentation in the digital realm. Readers get a clear inside view of how to conquer the various challenges that arise within digital library and archive projects through detailed descriptions of specific projects discussed in easy-to-understand language.Slavic studies present innate problems when attempts are made to allow access to the material over the Internet. The Cyrillic alphabet is just one of the huge stumbling blocks standing in the way of universal access to this important material. Virtual Slavica: Digital Libraries Digital Archives provides practical strategies for anyone looking for answers to problems within their own virtual information project. Copyright issues digital reference text encoding online translation presentation issues and use of grant funding are some the topics comprehensively discussed to give information professionals clear solutions to the issues they may be facing. The book is carefully referenced.Virtual Slavica: Digital Libraries Digital Archives examines: the persistence of multiple standards for digitally handling the Cyrillic alphabet presenting the Comintern archives online FEB-web—its structure the creation of digital editions its plans for the future copyright issues in the twenty-first century Meeting of Frontiers—the reorganization of the text content of the international collaborative digital library project at the Library of Congress standardized encoding practical and theoretical programming issues the unforeseen difficulties—and solutions—to complete a grant-funded digital Slavic project and moreVirtual Slavica: Digital Libraries Digital Archives is of keen interest to librarians archivists Slavic studies academics and library and information science educators and students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051030

Virtual Social Identity and Consumer Behavior The creation and expression of identity (or of multiple identities) in immersive computer-mediated environments (CMEs) is rapidly transforming consumer behavior. The various social networking and gaming sites have millions of registered users worldwide and major corporations are beginning to attempt to reach and entice the growing flood of consumers occupying these virtual worlds. Despite this huge potential however experts know very little about the best way to talk to consumers in these online environments. How will well-established research findings from the offline world transfer to CMEs? That's where "Virtual Social Identity and Consumer Behavior" comes in. Written by two of the leading experts in the field it presents cutting-edge academic research on virtual social identity explores consumer behavior in virtual worlds and offers important implications for marketers interested in working in these environments. The book provides special insight into the largest and fastest growing group of users - kids and teens. There is no better source for understanding the impact of virtual social identities on consumers consumer behavior and electronic commerce. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698342

VIRTUAL STATES First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138163973

Virtual Topology and Functor Geometry Intrinsically noncommutative spaces today are considered from the perspective of several branches of modern physics including quantum gravity string theory and statistical physics. From this point of view it is ideal to devise a concept of space and its geometry that is fundamentally noncommutative. Providing a clear introduction to noncommutative topology Virtual Topology and Functor Geometry explores new aspects of these areas as well as more established facets of noncommutative algebra. Presenting the material in an easy colloquial style to facilitate understanding the book begins with an introduction to category theory followed by a chapter on noncommutative spaces. This chapter examines noncommutative lattices noncommutative opens sheaf theory the generalized Stone space and Grothendieck topology. The author then studies Grothendieck categorical representations to formulate an abstract notion of "affine open". The final chapter proposes a dynamical version of topology and sheaf theory providing at least one solution of the problem of sheafification independent of generalizations of topos theory.By presenting new ideas for the development of an intrinsically noncommutative geometry this book fosters the further unification of different kinds of noncommutative geometry and the expression of observations that involve natural phenomena. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138430297

Virtual Vernacular Learn to see the patterns and relationships in visual mediums and buildings as you push the boundaries of design. Sarah Bonser’s Virtual Vernacular breaks the barriers between architectural theory and game design. The text explores the way in which architecture can convey history culture and emotion to occupants audience members and players. Divided into three sections the text guides the reader on how to tackle creative problem solving and development strategy. Key Features: Architectural theory is hard to navigate and this approach is an accessible way to start learning it. Learn more specifically how pop culture parodies these design theories. Find ways to solve abstract design problems by using the built environment as a case study. Learn about technical limitations on the built environment that visually impact the look and feel of spaces. Each piece of architectural theory comes with abstracts and applications which is a more organized and network-style way to teach an otherwise long-winded subject.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367002190

Virtual Vixens3D Character Modeling and Scene Placement Features software workshops for 3ds Max Maya CINEMA 4D Lightwave and Softimage XSI.Hot hotter hottest. See how today's leading modeling artists create 3D characters that sizzle and get the techniques you'll need to create your own virtual vixens.Steven Stahlberg Liam Kemp Marco Patrito and Sze Jones from Blur Studio are just a few of the 3D artists who share their secrets for making the fantasy females you wish were real. You'll get their personal stories insights into the profession and new ways to conceive and construct your own 3D characters.Then seven hands-on workshops demonstrate the complete work cycle of modeling 3D characters to bring your own fantasies to life-from making the first sketch and preparing the template to modeling and texturing characters and lighting and rendering. You can use the techniques with any of the major software tools including 3ds Max Lightwave Softimage XSI Maya or Cinema 4D. Since the workshops don't use any previously made objects you'll get to start from scratch with your imagination as the only limit.Participants:Andrea BertacciniMax Edwin WahyudiSze JonesLiam KempArndt von KoenigsmarckK. C. LeeDaniel Moreno DiazMarco PatritoSteven StahlbergFrancois de Swardt Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080551210

Virtual WaterImplications for Agriculture and Trade Virtual Water explores the role of "virtual water" – the water embedded in a product – in ongoing conversations of agriculture trade and sustainability in an increasingly inter-connected world. A pervasive theme throughout the book is the general lack of knowledge of the use of water in producing and consuming food. The chapters arising from a workshop supported by the OECD Co-operative Research Programme: Biological Resources Management for Sustainable Agricultural Systems on virtual water agriculture and trade at the University of Nebraska-Lincoln consider questions of gaps in knowledge why sustainability matters and the policy implications of virtual water trade. Contributors show how water is a lens through which to examine an array of vital issues facing humanity and the planet: human and animal health; food production; environmental management; resource consumption; climate change adaptation and mitigation; economic development trade and competitiveness; and ethics and consumer trust. Virtual Water will be of great interest to scholars of water resource management and consumption the environmental aspects of development agriculture and food production. It originally published as a special issue of Water International. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367408077

Virtual WorkingSocial and Organisational Dynamics This book addresses the social and organisational dynamics which underlie recent technological and work developments within organisations. often referred to as 'virtual working'. It seeks to go beyond a mere description of this new work phenomenon in order to provide more rigorous ways of analysing and understanding the issues raised. In addition to providing accounts of developments such as web-based enterprises and virtual teams each contributor focuses on the empolyment of information technology to transcend the boundaries between and within organisations and the consequences this has for social and organisationaL relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159198

Virtual World Design Learn How to Create Immersive Virtual Environments Written by an award-winning designer with 20 years of experience designing virtual environments for television and online communities Virtual World Design explores the intertwining disciplines of 2D graphics 3D models lighting sound and storytelling. It illustrates how these disciplines come together by design in the creation of an accessible virtual environment for teaching research and entertainment. The book gives anyone the tools and techniques to design virtual environments that support their message and are accessible by all. With 200 illustrations and 12 step-by-step projects the book delivers hours of creative challenges for people working in public virtual worlds or on private grids. Using the modular components available for download on the author’s website readers learn by building such things as a virtual classroom an "all-access" terrain and a sound-based game. This book can be the foundation for class work in distance learning simulation and other learning technologies that use virtual environments. It shows both novices and advanced users how 3D composition color lighting and sound design are used in the creation of an immersive virtual environment. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781466579613

VirtualismA New Political Economy We live in a time of economic virtualism whereby our lives are made to conform to the virtual reality of economic thought. Globalization transnational capitalism structural adjustment programmes and the decay of welfare are all signs of the growing power of economics one of the most potent forces of recent decades. In the last thirty years economics has ceased to be just an academic discipline concerned with the study of economy and has come to be the only legitimate way to think about all aspects of society and how we order our lives. Economic models are no longer measured against the world they seek to describe but instead the world is measured against them found wanting and made to conform.This profound and dangerous change in the power of abstract economics to shape the lives of people in rich and poor countries alike is the subject of this interdisciplinary study. Contributors show how economics has come to portray a virtual reality - a world that seems real but is merely a reflection of a neo-classical model - and how governments the World Bank and the IMF combine to stamp the world with a virtual image that condemns as irrational our local social and cultural arrangements. Further it is argued that virtualism represents the worrying emergence of new forms of abstraction in the political economy of which economics is just one example. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135807

Virtualization and Private Cloud with VMware Cloud Suite To help readers understand virtualization and cloud computing this book is designed to cover the theories and concepts enough to understand the cutting-edge technology. Meanwhile in this book the reader can gain hands-on skills on VMware Cloud Suite to create a private cloud. With the academic support from VMware readers can use the VMware supported software to create various virtualized IT infrastructures sophisticated enough for various sized enterprises. Then the virtualized IT infrastructure can be made available to an enterprise through the private cloud services. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781498784320

Virtue Narrative and SelfExplorations of Character in the Philosophy of Mind and Action Virtue Narrative and Self connects two philosophical areas of study that have long been treated as distinct: virtue theory and narrative accounts of personal identity. Chapters address several important issues and neglected themes at the intersection of these research areas. Specific examples include the role of narrative in the identification differentiation and cultivation of virtue the nature of practical reasoning and moral competence and the influence of life’s narrative structure on our conceptions of what it means to live and act well. This volume demonstrates how recent work from the philosophy of mind and action concerning narrativity and our understanding of the self can shed new light on questions about the nature of virtue practical wisdom and human flourishing. This book will be of interest to scholars and advanced students working in virtue theory moral philosophy philosophy of mind and action and moral education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367418205

Virtue and EconomyEssays on Morality and Markets Interest in Aristotelianism and in virtue ethics has been growing for half a century but as yet the strengths of the study of Aristotelian ethics in politics have not been matched in economics. This ground-breaking text fills that gap. Challenging the premises of neoclassical economic theory the contributors take issue with neoclassicism’s foundational separation of values from facts with its treatment of preferences as given and with its consequent refusal to reason about final ends. The contrary presupposition of this collection is that ethical reasoning about human ends is essential for any sustainable economy and that reasoning about economic goods should therefore be informed by reasoning about what is humanly and commonly good. Contributions critically engage with aspects of corporate capitalism managerial power and neoliberal economic policy and reflect on the recent financial crisis from the point of view of Aristotelian virtue ethics. Containing a new chapter by Alasdair MacIntyre and deploying his arguments and conceptual scheme throughout the book critically analyses the theoretical presuppositions and institutional reality of modern capitalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472412560

Virtue and KnowledgeAn Introduction to Ancient Greek Ethics Originally published in 1991 this book focuses on the concept of virtue and in particular on the virtue of wisdom or knowledge as it is found in the epic poems of Homer some tragedies of Sophocles selected writings of Plato Aristotle and the Stoic and Epicurean philosophers. The key questions discussed are the nature of the virtues their relation to each other and the relation between the virtues and happiness or well-being. This book provides the background and interpretative framework to make classical works on Ethics such as Plato’s Republic and Aristotle’s Nicomachean Ethics accessible to readers with no training in the classics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138697393

Virtue and the Quiet Art of ScholarshipReclaiming the University Virtue and the Quiet Art of Scholarship offers a fresh perspective on what it is to be a ‘good knower’ in a social and educational environment dominated by the market order. It explores how narrowly conceived epistemic virtues might be broadened out by seeing those who work and study in the university in their full humanity. In an era characterized by deep and enduring social and cultural divisions it offers a timely accessible and critical perspective on the perils of retreating behind disciplinary boundaries reminding readers of the need to remain open to the other in a time of increased social and political polarization.Drawing on the work of Leonard Cohen Ali Smith Italo Calvino and Raymond Carver the book seeks to move across disciplines and distort the line between the humanities and the social sciences as a way of bringing them closer together. It explores virtue in the context of scholarship and research particularly how the ‘virtues of unknowing’ challenge traditional notions of the ‘good knower’. The book offers the framework within which to bridge the gap between ‘us’ and ‘them’ in relation to developments in the university sector addressing the urgent need for a form of language that promotes unity over division.Virtue and the Quiet Art of Scholarship will be vital reading for academics researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of philosophy of education sociology of education research methods in education and education policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584924

Virtue EcclesiologyAn Exploration in The Good Church Critiquing a paradigm of growth within the church this book contends that the church’s growth ethic should be replaced by one based on virtue. Drawing on the work of Sennett Fromm and Hauerwas John Fitzmaurice argues that an approach taking growth to be the overriding task of the church is found to be shallow and risks infantilising the faith it purports to proclaim. MacIntyre’s proposal for a recovery of a virtue-based ethic is examined and interpreted theologically through the concepts of narrative theology community sacraments and sanctification; the role of ’practices’ in developing virtuous character is central. The nature of a virtuous organisation is explored through a lens of organisational psychodynamics; this understanding informs a model of church as a community of interpretation. Fitzmaurice suggests that it is in and though sacramental practices that the transitional space for these virtues to be formed is created. Tracing a similar corrosion of character within secular institutions that have opted for an overriding focus on growth this book offers an alternative based on the formation of corporate as well as individual virtuous character and considers the implications of a virtue-based growth ethic on theological education and ministerial formation as well as in terms of public theology and the manner of the church’s engagement with society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597276

Virtue Ethics Explorations about and around the ethics of virtue dominated philosophical thinking in the ancient world and recent moral philosophy has seen a massive revival of interest in virtue ethics as a rival to Kantian and utilitarian approaches. To help users make sense of the gargantuan—and often dauntingly complex—body of literature on the subject this new four-volume collection is the latest addition to Routledge’s acclaimed Critical Concepts in Philosophy series. The editor has carefully assembled classic contributions as well as more recent work to create a one-stop ‘mini library’ of the best and most influential scholarship. While Volume I (‘Ancient Virtue Ethics’) focuses on the Greek and Roman founding fathers it also brings together key works that examine the roots of virtue ethics in Christian Asian and other traditions. Volume II is organized around ‘Religious Virtue Ethics’ especially in the last sixty years or so and Volume III brings together ‘Modern Virtue Ethics’. The final volume in the collection (‘Applied Virtue Ethics’) assembles major works on topics such as the beginning and end of life; the environment; animal rights; business ethics; sports ethics; the virtues and the economy; the virtues and political life; studies of particular virtues; and debates about whether particular traits are indeed virtues. With a comprehensive index and a useful synoptic introduction newly written by the editor Virtue Ethics will be welcomed as an indispensable resource for both reference and research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415640886

Virtue Ethics and Confucianism This volume presents the fruits of an extended dialogue among American and Chinese philosophers concerning the relations between virtue ethics and the Confucian tradition.  Based on recent advances in English-language scholarship on and translation of Confucian philosophy the book demonstrates that cross-tradition stimulus challenge and learning are now eminently possible. Anyone interested in the role of virtue in contemporary moral philosophy in Chinese thought or in the future possibilities for cross-tradition philosophizing will find much to engage with in the twenty essays collected here. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138933606

Virtue Ethics and Moral Education This collection of original essays on virtue ethics and moral education seeks to fill this gap in the recent literature of moral education combining broader analyses with detailed coverage of:* the varieties of virtue* weakness and integrity* relativism and rival traditions* means and methods of educating the virtuesThe rare collaboration of professional ethical theorists and educational philosophers provides a ground-breaking work and an exciting new focus in a growing area of research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866713

Virtue Ethics and Moral KnowledgePhilosophy of Language after MacIntyre and Hauerwas We live in a time of moral confusion: many believe there are no overarching moral norms and we have lost an accepted body of moral knowledge. Alasdair MacIntyre addresses this problem in his much-heralded restatement of Aristotelian and Thomistic virtue ethics; Stanley Hauerwas does so through his highly influential work in Christian ethics. Both recast virtue ethics in light of their interpretations of the later Wittgenstein's views of language. This book systematically assesses the underlying presuppositions of MacIntyre and Hauerwas finding that their attempts to secure moral knowledge and restate virtue ethics both philosophical and theological fail. Scott Smith proposes alternative indications as to how we can secure moral knowledge and how we should proceed in virtue ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273023

Virtue Ethics in Social Work Practice Using evidence from research with practitioners integrated with wider material about virtue ethics in the helping professions this book explores important types of virtue that are central to developing and sustaining excellence in social work. Comprised of ten chapters and drawing on extensive research with social workers as well as wider debates and analysis the discussion carefully concentrates on everyday experiences and achievements. This approach enables the book to avoid an idealized and prescriptive approach by making clear that virtues vary between contexts and individuals while at the same time clearly marking out qualities and characteristics of social work that are foundational to the development of practitioners and of the profession as a whole. It will be required reading for students on all BSc/BSW and MSc/MSW courses on professional ethics or preparation for practice. It will also be of interest to practitioners in other professions including human services health education and social development or development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367434342

Virtue EthicsA Contemporary Introduction This volume provides a clear and accessible overview of central concepts positions and arguments in virtue ethics today. While it focuses primarily on Aristotelian virtue ethics it also includes discussion of alternative forms of virtue ethics (sentimentalism and pluralism) and competing normative theories (consequentialism and deontology). The first six chapters are organized around central questions in normative ethics that are of particular concern to virtue ethicists and their critics: What is virtue ethics? What makes a trait a virtue? Is there a link between virtue and happiness? What is involved in being well-motivated? What is practical wisdom? What makes an action right? The last four chapters focus on important challenges or objections to virtue ethics: Can virtue ethics be applied to particular moral problems? Does virtue ethics ultimately rely on moral principles? Can it withstand the situationist critique? What are the prospects for an environmental virtue ethics? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415836166

Virtue in MediaThe Moral Psychology of Excellence in News and Public Relations This work establishes a contemporary profile of virtue in professional media practice. Author Patrick Lee Plaisance examines the experiences perspectives moral stances and demographic data of two dozen professional exemplars in journalism and public relations. Plaisance conducted extensive personal "life story" interviews and collected survey data to assess the exemplars’ personality traits ethical ideologies moral reasoning skills and perceived workplace climate. The chosen professionals span the geographic United States and include Pulitzer Prize winners and trendsetting PR corporate executives ranging from rising stars to established veterans. Their thoughts opinions and experiences provide readers with an insider’s perspective on the thought process of decision makers in media. The unique observations in this volume will be stimulating reading for practitioners researchers and students in journalism and public relations. Virtue in Media establishes a key benchmark and sets an agenda for future research into the moral psychology of media professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415707442

Virtue’s ReasonsNew Essays on Virtue Character and Reasons Virtues and reasons are two of the most fruitful and important concepts in contemporary moral philosophy. Many writers have commented upon the close connection between virtues and reasons but no one has done full justice to the complexity of this connection. It is generally recognized that the virtues not only depend upon reasons but also sometimes provide them. The essays in this volume shed light on precisely how virtues and reasons are related to each other and what can be learned by exploring this relationship.   Virtue’s Reasons is divided into three sections each of them devoted to a general issue regarding the relationship between virtues and reasons. The first section analyzes how the virtues may be related to or linked with normative reasons in ways that improve our understanding of what constitutes virtuous character and ethical agency. The second section explores the reasons moral agents have for cultivating the virtues and how the virtues impact moral responsiveness or development. The final section examines how reasons can be employed in understanding the nature of virtue and how specific virtues like modesty and practical wisdom interact with reasons. This book will be of major interest to scholars working on virtue theory the nature of moral character and normative ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367258443

Virtues And RightsThe Moral Philosophy Of Thomas Hobbes This book is a timely interpretation of the moral and political philosophy of Thomas Hobbes. Staying close to Hobbes's text and working from a careful examination of the actual <i>substance</i> of the account of natural law R. E. Ewin argues that Hobbes well understood the importance of moral behavior to civilized society. This interpretation stands as a much-needed corrective to readings of Hobbes that emphasize the rationally calculated self-interested nature of human behavior. It poses a significant challenge to currently fashionable game theoretic reconstructions of Hobbesian logic. It is generally agreed that Hobbes applied what he took to be a geometrical method to political theory. But as Ewin forcefully argues modem readers have misconstrued Hobbes's geometric method and this has led to a series of misunderstandings of Hobbes's view of the relationship between politics and morality. Important implications of Ewin's reading are that Hobbes never thought that "the war of each against all" was an empirical possibility for citizens; that his political theory actually presupposes moral agency; and that Hobbes's account of natural law forces us to the conclusion that Hobbes was a virtue theorist. This major contribution to Hobbes studies will be praised and criticized welcomed and challenged but it cannot be ignored. All philosophers political theorists and historians of ideas dealing with Hobbes will need to take account of it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215866

Virtues and Virtue Education in Theory and PracticeAre Virtues Local or Universal? Virtues and Virtue Education in Theory and Practice explores questions about the locality versus the universality of virtues from a number of theoretical and practical perspectives. Written by leading international scholars in the field it considers the relevance of these debates for the practice of virtue and character education. This volume brings together experts from education philosophy and psychology to consider how different disciplines might learn from each other and how insights from theory and practice can be integrated. It shows that questions about virtue relativity or universality have not only theoretical significance but also important practical ramifications. The chapters explore different complexities of virtue ethics and different approaches to nurturing virtue and beyond questioning how well virtues travel across geographical and cultural borders. By examining the philosophical literature and making links between theory and practice in an original way the book offers scholarly research-informed suggestions for practice. It will be of great interest to researchers and academics and students in educational philosophy character education ethics and psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367356491

Virtues as Integral to Science EducationUnderstanding the Intellectual Moral and Civic Value of Science and Scientific Inquiry By investigating the re-emergence of intellectual moral and civic virtues in the practice and teaching of science this text challenges the increasing professionalization of science; questions the view of scientific knowledge as objective; and highlights the relationship between democracy and science.   Written by a range of experts in science the history of science education and philosophy the text establishes the historical relationship between natural philosophy and the Aristotelian virtues before moving to the challenges that the relationship faces with the emergence and increasing hegemony brought about by the professionalization of science. Exploring how virtues relate to citizenship technology and politics the chapters in this work illustrate the ways in which virtues are integral to understanding the values and limitations of science and its role in informing democratic engagement. The text also demonstrates how the guiding virtues of scientific inquiry can be communicated in the classroom to the benefit of both individuals and wider societies.   Scholars in the fields of Philosophy of Science Ethics and Philosophy of Education as well as Science Education will find this book to be highly useful. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367421397

Virtues in the Public SphereCitizenship Civic Friendship and Duty Virtues in the Public Sphere features seventeen chapters by experts from a variety of different perspectives on the broad theme of virtue in the public sphere. Spanning issues such as the notion of civic friendship and civic virtue it sheds light on the role that these virtues play in the public sphere and their importance in safeguarding communities from the threats of a lack of concern for truth poor leadership charlatanism and bigotry. This book highlights the theoretical complexity of putting virtue ethics into practice in the public domain at a time when it has been shaken by unpredictable political social technological and cultural developments.With contributions from internationally acclaimed scholars in the fields of philosophy psychology sociology and education this book highlights the main issues both theoretical and practical of putting virtue ethics into practice in the public domain. Split into three sections – "Virtues and vices in the public sphere" "Civic friendship and virtue" and "Perspectives on virtue and the public sphere" – the chapters offer a timely commentary on the roles that virtues have to play in the public sphere.This timely book will be of great interest to researchers academics and post-graduate students in the fields of education character and virtue studies and will also appeal to practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582524

Virtues of Independence and Dependence on Virtues Debate about the concept of virtue is a persistent theme in academic discourse. One strand of thinking attempts to examine and reconstruct ethical theories with the aim of formulating a new morality or ethics. A second strand of thought more strongly represented in this work attempts to explore the social and political world deploying the concept of virtue. Thus this volume crosses the established borders of academic disciplines in order to provide a richer and more comprehensive understanding of the place of virtues in contemporary western societies.The editors hold that the dominating virtue of our culture and society is the virtue of independence. Yet independence or individual autonomy is contingent upon a diverse and so far ill-understood set of cultural biological economic ethical and political practices. The idea of individuality is in other words supervening on a web of formal and informal relations. This volume therefore attempts to improve our understanding of the prevailing ethos of independence as well as of the mechanisms and practices sustaining it.Virtues are examined in specific contexts. Authors explore what we can learn about our dependence on virtues from the archaic Greek culture. They examine the relevance of virtue-ethics to the understanding of day-to-day practices. And they look at the place of virtues in understanding the norms of independence and liberty. Other contributions attend to the virtues of independence and its challenges examining possible philosophical challenges questioning whether independence is always a virtue and how the virtues of justice fare given a commitment to the virtues of independence.The final portion of the book explore the empirical consequences of the virtues of independence. Among the questions addressed are how personal independence affects political and economic institutions and the connections between norms of independence and the growth of modernity. This volume is an important contribution to contemporary understanding of what constitutes virtuous and ethical behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517776

Virtues of OpennessEducation Science and Scholarship in the Digital Age The movement toward greater openness represents a change of philosophy ethos and government and a set of interrelated and complex changes that transform markets altering the modes of production and consumption ushering in a new era based on the values of openness: an ethic of sharing and peer-to-peer collaboration enabled through new architectures of participation. These changes indicate a broader shift from the underlying industrial mode of production—a “productionist” metaphysics—to a postindustrial mode of consumption as use reuse and modification where new logics of social media structure different patterns of cultural consumption and symbolic analysis becomes a habitual and daily creative activity. The economics of openness constructs a new language of “presuming” and “produsage” in order to capture the open participation collective co-creativity communal evaluation and commons-based production of social and public goods. Information is the vital element in the “new” politics and economy that links space knowledge and capital in networked practices and freedom is the essential ingredient in this equation if these network practices are to develop or transform themselves into 'knowledge cultures'. <i>The Virtues of Openness</i> investigates the social processes and policies that foster openness as an overriding educational value evidenced in the growth of open source open access and open education and their convergences that characterize global knowledge communities. The book argues that openness seems also to suggest political transparency and the norms of open inquiry indeed even democracy itself as both the basis of the logic of inquiry and the dissemination of its results.<br><br><i>The Virtues of Openness</i> examines the complex history of the concept of the open society before beginning a systematic investigation of openness in relation to the book the “open text” and the written word. These changes are discussed in relation to the development of new open spaces of scholarship with their impact upon open journal systems open peer review open science and the open global digital economy.<br> Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594516863

Virtuous ImbalancePolitical Philosophy between Desirability and Feasibility Which kind of methodology should political philosophy endorse to jointly meet its theoretical and practical commitments? Virtuous Imbalance: Political Philosophy between Desirability and Feasibility assesses three paradigmatic cases to explore and explain political philosophy's attempts to answer this important question. Rawls's realistic utopianism Machiavelli's realism and Plato's utopianism are examined and explored as Francesca Pasquali presents the proper methodology political philosophy should endorse when attempting to attain equilibrium between the practical and the theoretical. These models are investigated with reference to desirability and feasibility; the former concerning the adequacy of normative principles the latter the practical possibility of enacting them. Both realism and utopianism are shown to perform important and relevant functions with utopianism providing the criteria for judging political practices and realism developing principles for orienting political actors' conduct. An innovative version of realistic utopianism develops avoiding the shortfalls detected in previous formulations whilst presenting a methodological strategy that enables political philosophy to play a proper public role without dismissing theoretical concerns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261549

Virtuous PagansUnreligious People in America This book first published in 1991 examines the unreligious of America. Most sociologists of religion viewed religious belief and behaviour as having strong positive function for individual well-being – with the implicit assumption that unreligious individuals would lack meaning in life. This book applies statistical approaches to modelling causality as it analyses a controversial topic in American sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367024796

Virtuous PolicingBridging America's Gulf Between Police and Populace "It pulls no punches shuns no controversial topic and glosses over no issues or problems that beset America’s law enforcement community in our day. For those who may be prone to suspect the motives of these self-confessed lovers of cops and warriors the title of this book…should be sufficient to allay such concerns."—John C. Hall Supervisory Special Agent FBI (Retd.) from the Foreword Virtuous Policing: Bridging America’s Gulf Between Police and Populace is a vigorous assessment and commentary on governmental uses of force whether by civilian law enforcement officers in the United States or by military service members overseas. In the wake of recent controversies such as events in Ferguson Missouri and Baltimore Maryland this book presents strategies to ease rising tensions in citizen–law enforcement relations. The book particularly addresses the growing division between members of the police and citizenry due to a number of factors including the effects of some press members who are more interested in cultivating sensational stories of "rogue" cops than in discovering and disseminating facts. Also with the abundance of information—true and false—available on the Internet and the increasing utilization of social media technology contributes to the rising friction between citizens and police. Rather than make unrealistic arguments for curtailing media and technology it suggests solutions that are reasonable practical and most importantly peaceful. The authors examine law enforcement policies procedures and leadership methods in relation to four cardinal virtues: self-control justice competency and moral courage. Case studies illustrate ethical legal psychological and tactical issues that law enforcement and the military have to address in establishing and maintaining good and peaceable governance. With an eye toward minimizing or avoiding future violent confrontations between citizens and those who have sworn to protect them Virtuous Policing makes recommendations on how law enforcement and military leaders can better train and lead their subordinates. It provides legitimate leadership guidance and peaceful solutions to the growing gap between America’s citizenry and its police. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498723503

Virus Life in Diagrams This atlas presents 233 virus diagrams selected for their scientific content clarity originality and historic didactic and aesthetic value. Virus Life in Diagrams assembles the many diagrams of viral life cycles particle assembly and strategies of nucleic acid replication that are scattered throughout the literature. The diagrams cover vertebrate invertebrate plant bacterial fungal and protozoal viruses viroids and prions. They offer a dynamic illustration of the time course of viral life cycles not available in photographs. They also offer speculative elements that project the possible results of future research as well as historical documentation that shows the development of virology. This valuable reference book for virologists microbiologists molecular biologists geneticists and students in these areas is the first atlas to compile illustrations of viral morphogenesis in one complete source. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400538

Virus of Invertebrates The 300 known viruses that affect invertebrates mostly insects are important for research and for pest control. Twelve studies review the advances in the knowledge and use of these viruses made possible by biotechnological processes. Special attention is given to the baculoviridae family but othe Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203734322

VirusesBiology Applications and Control Viruses: Biology Application and Control is a concise textbook for advanced undergraduate and graduate students covering the essential aspects of virology included in biomedical science courses. It is an updated and expanded version of David Harper’s Molecular Virology Second Edition. Focusing on key mechanisms and developments Viruses presents many new recent scientific advances including virus evolution emerging infections virus extinction control of infections antiviral drugs gene therapy bacteriophage therapy and diagnostics. The first chapters introduce the reader to the structure and nature of viruses including their classification and evolution. As viruses cause widespread and serious disease the ensuing chapters explain how they interact with the immune system and the different ways we try to defeat them: vaccines antiviral drugs and immunotherapy. Laboratory methods for viral detection and laboratory diagnosis are also covered. While viruses do cause disease many do not and their special biology means they can have beneficial uses and this aspect of viruses is emphasized. One of the most interesting areas in virology given extensive coverage here is how new viruses emerge and establish themselves. Viruses: Biology Application and Control is a rigorous treatment of the molecular side of virology and its conceptual approach makes it an essential text for students and non-specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9780815341505

Viscous Fluid Flow "With the appearance and fast evolution of high performance materials mechanical chemical and process engineers cannot perform effectively without fluid processing knowledge. The purpose of this book is to explore the systematic application of basic engineering principles to fluid flows that may occur in fluid processing and related activities.In Viscous Fluid Flow the authors develop and rationalize the mathematics behind the study of fluid mechanics and examine the flows of Newtonian fluids. Although the material deals with Newtonian fluids the concepts can be easily generalized to non-Newtonian fluid mechanics. The book contains many examples. Each chapter is accompanied by problems where the chapter theory can be applied to produce characteristic results.Fluid mechanics is a fundamental and essential element of advanced research even for those working in different areas because the principles the equations the analytical computational and experimental means and the purpose are common. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399245

Visible and Near Infrared Absorption Spectra of Human and Animal Haemoglobin determination and application The bright colour of haemoglobin has from the very beginning played a significant role in both the investigation of this compound as well as in the study of blood oxygen transport. Numerous optical methods have been developed for measuring haemoglobin concentration oxygen saturation and the principal dyshaemoglobins in vitro as well as in vivo. Modern applications include pulse oximeters fibre optic oximeters multiwavelength haemoglobin photometers ('co-oximeters') and instruments for near infrared spectroscopy in vivo. Knowledge of the light absorption spectra of the common haemoglobin derivatives is a prerequisite for the development and understanding of these techniques. In the 1960s a reference method based on the absorptivity of a single derivative (haemiglobincyanide; HiCN) at a single wavelength (540 nm) was established for measuring the total haemoglobin concentration. Thus an anchor value was provided on which the absorptivity spectra of all other haemoglobin derivatives could be based. This monograph presents absorption spectra and absorptivity data in the wavelength range of 480 to 1000 nm of the major haemoglobin derivatives for human adult and foetal haemoglobin and for haemoglobin of several animals (cow dog horse pig rat and adult and foetal sheep). A detailed description of the methods used to acquire these data has been included to allow future investigators to reproduce and expand on the data. The second part of the monograph includes chapters on the principles and development in historical perspective of the principal methods for measuring total haemoglobin concentration for two three and multi-component analysis of haemoglobin derivatives and for blood oxygen saturation measurement. Accurate quantitative data pertaining to haemoglobin in human blood are presented together with a description of methods for measuring haemoglobin oxygen capacity and oxygen affinity. These chapters have been written with a view to foster Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447403

Visible FictionsCinema: Television: Video This revised edition of a standard textbook combines an examination of the cinema and television industries with a detailed analysis of their aesthetic and semiotic characteristics. John Ellis draws on his experience as an independent television producer to provide a comprehensive and challenging overview of the place of film television and video in our daily lives and their future prospects in a changing media landscape. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138835047

Visible HandsTaking Responsibility for Social Development This volume is a compilation of an United Nations research institute for social development report for Geneva in 2000. It provides a comprehensive analysis of the progress to date exploring efforts to reassert the value of equity and social cohesion in an increasingly individualistic world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471528

Visible Infrared Imager Radiometer SuiteA New Operational Cloud Imager The Visible Infrared Imager Radiometer Suite (VIIRS) is the next-generation multispectral imaging instrument to fly on US operational polar-orbiting meteorological satellites. VIIRS will gather data across 22 spectral bands and be used to create products for a variety of applications including weather forecasting and climate change studies. VIIRS consolidates the best features of heritage instruments including near-constant resolution and nighttime visible imagery. Visible Infrared Imager Radiometer Suite: A New Operational Cloud Imager provides the first comprehensive guide on the design and exploitation of cloud data collected by the VIIRS.Expert researchers Hutchison and Cracknell discuss the fundamental principles necessary to interpret surface and cloud features in multispectral meteorological satellite imagery. They begin by tracing the evolution of satellite meteorology and detailing previous instruments on which VIIRS is based. Next they examine the user requirements for VIIRS data products and the studies used to convert these requirements into sensor design parameters. The focus then shifts to the principles and techniques used to exploit VIIRS cloud data. The book ends with a comprehensive discussion of automated processes to retrieve 3-dimensional cloud fields from a variety of algorithms some of which were developed for the VIIRS.Supplying material for both experienced researchers and those new to the field Visible Infrared Imager Radiometer Suite is a must-read for anyone interested in evaluating and using the data gathered from the VIIRS project. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453954

Visible Knowledge for Flawless DesignThe Secret Behind Lean Product Development Visible knowledge is a tool nearly lost in the West but it has been used to great effect by Toyota in its 50-year march from noncompetitiveness to its current status as the second largest automobile company in the world. It is key for the 50% growth in market share Toyota plans for this decade despite worldwide overcapacity in the auto business. This book presents the reader with a systematic approach to create capture and display knowledge in a way that allows development teams to optimize the design of their products and production processes. Visible knowledge not only applies to knowledge management but provides a means of collaboration to facilitate better decision-making in the development process. This book has evolved out of a manuscript that Allen Ward the foremost U.S. expert on lean product development was writing at the time of his untimely death. It is not intended to be a treatise of Lean product development methods. Quite the opposite—it is focused on one small piece "visible knowledge." It is however one technique that Dantar Oosterwal and Durward Sobek have found to be very effective at Harley-Davidson and other places and a tool that can make a difference whether used by itself or as a starting point for a larger journey into Lean product development. In completing this work Oosterwal and Sobek kept the aim true to Allen’s original intent. The preface and first three chapters are essentially Allen’s original intellectual contribution. They have made editorial changes to improve readability and clarity of explanation. Throughout they have attempted to preserve Allen’s voice in the writing even keeping the narrative in first person as it was originally written. They have also added a fourth chapter that highlights some practical ways to apply the ideas presented in earlier chapters illustrated with case examples from their experience. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138577282

Visible Learning and the Science of How We Learn On publication in 2009 John Hattie’s Visible Learning presented the biggest ever collection of research into what actually work in schools to improve children’s learning. Not what was fashionable not what political and educational vested interests wanted to champion but what actually produced the best results in terms of improving learning and educational outcomes. It became an instant bestseller and was described by the TES as revealing education’s ‘holy grail’. Now in this latest book John Hattie has joined forces with cognitive psychologist Greg Yates to build on the original data and legacy of the Visible Learning project showing how it’s underlying ideas and the cutting edge of cognitive science can form a powerful and complimentary framework for shaping learning in the classroom and beyond. Visible Learning and the Science of How We Learn explains the major principles and strategies of learning outlining why it can be so hard sometimes and yet easy on other occasions. Aimed at teachers and students it is written in an accessible and engaging style and can be read cover to cover or used on a chapter-by-chapter basis for essay writing or staff development. The book is structured in three parts – ‘learning within classrooms’ ‘learning foundations’ which explains the cognitive building blocks of knowledge acquisition and ‘know thyself’ which explores confidence and self-knowledge. It also features extensive interactive appendices containing study guide questions to encourage critical thinking annotated bibliographic entries with recommendations for further reading links to relevant websites and YouTube clips. Throughout the authors draw upon the latest international research into how the learning process works and how to maximise impact on students covering such topics as: teacher personality; expertise and teacher-student relationships; how knowledge is stored and the impact of cognitive load; thinking fast and thinking slow; the psychology of self-control; the role of conversation at school and at home; invisible gorillas and the IKEA effect; digital native theory; myths and fallacies about how people learn. This fascinating book is aimed at any student teacher or parent requiring an up-to-date commentary on how research into human learning processes can inform our teaching and what goes on in our schools. It takes a broad sweep through findings stemming mainly from social and cognitive psychology and presents them in a useable format for students and teachers at all levels from preschool to tertiary training institutes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415704991

Visible Learning for TeachersMaximizing Impact on Learning In November 2008 John Hattie’s ground-breaking book Visible Learning synthesised the results of more than fifteen years research involving millions of students and represented the biggest ever collection of evidence-based research into what actually works in schools to improve learning. Visible Learning for Teachers takes the next step and brings those ground breaking concepts to a completely new audience. Written for students pre-service and in-service teachers it explains how to apply the principles of Visible Learning to any classroom anywhere in the world. The author offers concise and user-friendly summaries of the most successful interventions and offers practical step-by-step guidance to the successful implementation of visible learning and visible teaching in the classroom. This book: links the biggest ever research project on teaching strategies to practical classroom implementation champions both teacher and student perspectives and contains step by step guidance including lesson preparation interpreting learning and feedback during the lesson and post lesson follow up offers checklists exercises case studies and best practice scenarios to assist in raising achievement includes whole school checklists and advice for school leaders on facilitating visible learning in their institution now includes additional meta-analyses bringing the total cited within the research to over 900 comprehensively covers numerous areas of learning activity including pupil motivation curriculum meta-cognitive strategies behaviour teaching strategies and classroom management. Visible Learning for Teachers is a must read for any student or teacher who wants an evidence based answer to the question; ‘how do we maximise achievement in our schools?’ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415690157

Visible Learning for TeachersMaximizing Impact on Learning Arabic Edition In November 2008 John Hattie’s ground-breaking book Visible Learning synthesised the results of more than fifteen years research involving millions of students and represented the biggest ever collection of evidence-based research into what actually works in schools to improve learning. Visible Learning for Teachers takes the next step and brings those ground breaking concepts to a completely new audience. Written for students pre-service and in-service teachers it explains how to apply the principles of Visible Learning to any classroom anywhere in the world. The author offers concise and user-friendly summaries of the most successful interventions and offers practical step-by-step guidance to the successful implementation of visible learning and visible teaching in the classroom. This book: links the biggest ever research project on teaching strategies to practical classroom implementation champions both teacher and student perspectives and contains step by step guidance including lesson preparation interpreting learning and feedback during the lesson and post lesson follow up offers checklists exercises case studies and best practice scenarios to assist in raising achievement includes whole school checklists and advice for school leaders on facilitating visible learning in their institution now includes additional meta-analyses bringing the total cited within the research to over 900 comprehensively covers numerous areas of learning activity including pupil motivation curriculum meta-cognitive strategies behaviour teaching strategies and classroom management. Visible Learning for Teachers is a must read for any student or teacher who wants an evidence based answer to the question; ‘how do we maximise achievement in our schools?’ Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003024477

Visible Learning Guide to Student AchievementSchools Edition Visible Learning Guide to Student Achievement critically examines the major influences shaping student achievement today. A revision of the International Guide to Student Achievement this updated edition provides readers with a more accessible compendium of research summaries – with a particular focus on the school sector. As educators throughout the world seek to enhance learning the information contained in this book provides practitioners and policymakers with relevant material and research-based instructional strategies that can be readily applied in classrooms and schools to maximize achievement. Rich in information and empirically supported research it contains seven sections each of which begins with an insightful synthesis of major findings and relevant updates from the literature since the publication of the first Guide. These are followed by key entries all of which have been recently revised by the authors to reflect research developments. The sections conclude with user-friendly tables that succinctly identify the main influences on achievement and practical implications for educators. Written by world-renowned bestselling authors John Hattie and Eric M. Anderman this book is an indispensable reference for any teacher school leader and parent wanting to maximize learning in our schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815367246

Visible Learning Insights Visible Learning Insights presents a fascinating ‘inside view’ of the ground-breaking research of John Hattie. Together the authors John Hattie and Klaus Zierer embark on a mission to build on the internationally renowned work and combine the power and authority of the research with the real ‘coal face’ experience of schools. Offering a concise introduction into the ‘Visible Learning Story’ the book provides busy teachers with a guide to why the Visible Learning research is so vital and the difference it can make to learning outcomes. It includes: An in-depth dialogue between John Hattie and Klaus Zierer. Clearly structured chapters that focus on the core messages of ‘Visible Learning’ and infer practical consequences for the everyday job of teaching. FAQs to Visible Learning that provide an invaluable introduction to the language of learning and success in schools. An overview of the current data set with over 1 400 meta-analyses. Intended for teachers teacher students education researchers parents and all who are interested in successful learning teaching and schooling this short and elegant introduction outlines just what is required to translate Hattie’s research into improved school performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138549692

Visible Learning into ActionInternational Case Studies of Impact Recently at the Visible Learning Conference Professor John Hattie stood up in his opening address and said "I’m looking at you all and thinking ‘What if I got this wrong?’" I feel the same way when educators ask to visit and I always end up in the same place – that Keilor Views is a living breathing example that he didn’t. -- Charles Branciforte Principal of Keilor Views Primary School Melbourne Australia Visible Learning into Action takes the next step in the evolving Visible Learning story. It translates one of the biggest and most critically acclaimed education research projects ever undertaken into case studies of actual success stories implementing John Hattie’s ideas in the classrooms of schools all around the world. The evidenced case studies presented in this book describe the Visible Learning journeys of fifteen schools from Australia USA Hong Kong UK Sweden New Zealand and Norway and are representative of the VL international community of schools in their quest to ensure all of their students exceed their potential for academic success. Each school’s story will inform and inspire bringing to life the discussions actions and reflections from leaders teachers students and families. This book features extensive interactive appendices containing study guide questions to encourage critical thinking annotated endnotes with recommendations for further reading and links to YouTube and relevant websites. Drawing on the latest research into the major principles and strategies of learning this essential resource is structured into five parts: Know thy impact; Effective feedback; Visible learners; Inspired and passionate teachers; The Visible Learning School. Visible Learning into Action is aimed at any student teacher or parent requiring an up-to-date commentary on how research into human learning processes can inform our teaching and what goes on in our schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138642294

Visible Learning: Feedback Feedback is arguably the most critical and powerful aspect of teaching and learning. Yet there remains a paradox: why is feedback so powerful and why is it so variable? It is this paradox which Visible Learning: Feedback aims to unravel and resolve. Combining research excellence theory and vast teaching expertise this book covers the principles and practicalities of feedback including: the variability of feedback the importance of surface deep and transfer contexts student to teacher feedback peer to peer feedback the power of within lesson feedback and manageable post-lesson feedback. With numerous case-studies examples and engaging anecdotes woven throughout the authors also shed light on what creates an effective feedback culture and provide the teaching and learning structures which give the best possible framework for feedback. Visible Learning: Feedback brings together two internationally known educators and merges Hattie’s world-famous research expertise with Clarke’s vast experience of classroom practice and application making this book an essential resource for teachers in any setting phase or country. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138599895

Visible Light Communication Based Indoor Localization This book demonstrates the research on VLC based indoor localization in four aspects: first it constructs the concept and model of the system; second positioning algorithms as the main issue in indoor localization are detailed; third many approaches are proposed to further improve the positioning performance; fourth challenges will be detailed.  Impulse response with multipath reflections are analyzed. Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) is proposed and positioning performance is largely improved compared to On-off-keying (OOK) modulation. The readers will get a broad view of VLC based indoor localization from the background to the future challenges. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138617476

Visible Light CommunicationsTheory and Applications Visible Light Communications written by leading researchers provides a comprehensive overview of theory stimulation design implementation and applications. The book is divided into two parts – the first devoted to the underlying theoretical concepts of the VLC and the second part covers VLC applications. Visible Light Communications is an emerging topic with multiple functionalities including data communication indoor localization 5G wireless communication networks security and small cell optimization. This concise book will be of valuable interest from beginners to researchers in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367878108

Visible MindMovies modernity and the unconscious Why is the moving image so important in our lives? What is the link between the psychology of Jung Freud and films? How do film and psychology address the problems of modernity? Visible Mind is a book about why film is so important to contemporary life how film affects us psychologically as individuals and how it affects us culturally as collective social beings. Since its inception film has been both responsive to historical cultural conditions and reflective of changes in psychological and emotional needs. Arising at the same moment over a century ago both film and psychoanalysis helped to frame the fragmented experience of modern life in a way that is still with us today. Visible Mind pays attention to the historical context of film for what it can tell us about our inner lives past and present. Christopher Hauke discusses a range of themes from the perspective of film and analytical psychology these include: The Face The Shadow Narrative and Story Reality in Film Cinema and the American Psyche the use of Movies in the Psychotherapy Session and Archetypal themes in popular film. Unique to Visible Mind six interviews with top film professionals from different departments both unlocks the door on the role of the unconscious in their creative process and brings alive the reflexive critical thinking on modernity postmodernity and Jungian psychology found throughout Visible Mind. Visible Mind is written for academics filmmakers and students who want to understand what Jung and Freud's psychology can offer on the subject of filmmaking and the creative process for therapists of any background who want to know more about the significance of movies in their work and for film lovers in general who are curious about what makes movies work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415692526

Visible NumbersEssays on the History of Statistical Graphics Bringing together scholars from around the world this collection examines many of the historical developments in making data visible through charts graphs thematic maps and now interactive displays. Today we are used to seeing data portrayed in a dizzying array of graphic forms. Virtually any quantified knowledge from social and physical science to engineering and medicine as well as business government or personal activity has been visualized. Yet the methods of making data visible are relatively new innovations most stemming from eighteenth- and nineteenth-century innovations that arose as a logical response to a growing desire to quantify everything-from science economics and industry to population health and crime. Innovators such as Playfair Alexander von Humboldt Heinrich Berghaus John Snow Florence Nightingale Francis Galton and Charles Minard began to develop graphical methods to make data and their relations more visible. In the twentieth century data design became both increasingly specialized within new and existing disciplines-science engineering social science and medicine-and at the same time became further democratized with new forms that make statistical business and government data more accessible to the public. At the close of the twentieth century and the beginning of the twenty-first an explosion in interactive digital data design has exponentially increased our access to data. The contributors analyze this fascinating history through a variety of critical approaches including visual rhetoric visual culture genre theory and fully contextualized historical scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815386506

Vision Mental Imagery and the Christian LifeInsights from Science and Scripture This book uniquely explores how the notion of vision is presented in modern science and the Bible and how it can be applied to contemporary Christian contexts. The word "vision" our ability to see has been described by an increasing body of scholarship in the social sciences as our capacity for mental imagery and imagination. As such this unique cognitive capability has been utilised in many fields for a variety of purposes from arts and psychotherapy to politics and business management and even for performance enhancement in sports. The current book argues that a better understanding of vision can have far-reaching practical implications for Christian life and ministry by helping people to align themselves with God’s specific purposes. After a theoretical overview that integrates scientific and theological insights the final chapters present a variety of strategies that can help believers to discern God’s call through the use of mental imagery and then to develop and cultivate the perceived vision. The book examines the scientific and biblical principles of vision in a comprehensive manner with a special emphasis on the practical implications of the issue. As such it will be of great interest to scholars of Theology Biblical Studies and Church Growth/Leadership as well as Organisational Behaviour Business Management and Psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138478336

Vision Reality and ComplexJung Politics and Culture Vision Reality and Complex brings together a rich selection of Thomas Singer’s scholarship on the development of the cultural complex theory and explores the relationship between vision reality and illusion in politics and psyche. The chapters in this book discuss the basic principles of the cultural complex theory in various national and international contexts that span the Clinton Bush Obama and Trump eras. Each chapter grounds this theory in practical examples such as race and healthcare in the United States or in specific historical and international conflicts between groups whether they be ethnic racial gender local national or global. With chapters on topics including mythology leadership individuation revolution war and the soul Singer’s work provides unique insights into contemporary culture activism and politics. This collection of essays demonstrates how the cultural complex theory applies in specific contexts while simultaneously having cross-cultural relevance through the reemergence of complexes throughout history. It is essential reading for academics and students of Jungian and post-Jungian ideas politics sociology and international studies as well as for practicing and trainee analysts alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367538187

Vision 2020 This revised edition of the classic text of the period provides both the student and the specialist with an informative account of post-Roman English society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138164444

Vision and CharacterPhysiognomics and the English Realist Novel As readers we develop an impression of characters and their settings in a novel based on the author’s description of their physical characteristics and surroundings. This process known as physiognomy can be seen throughout history including in the English Realist novels of the 19th and 20th centuries. Vision and Character: Physiognomics and the English Realist Novel offers a study into the physiognomics and aesthetics as presented by some of the best known authors in this genre like Virginia Woolf Joseph Conrad Charles Dickens and Jane Austen. In this highly original approach to the issues of representation visuality and aesthetics in the nineteenth-century realist novel and even the question of literary interpretation Eike Kronshage argues that physiognomics has enabled writers to access their characters’ inner lives without interfering in an authoritative way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887360

Vision and DifferenceFeminism Femininity and Histories of Art Griselda Pollock provides concrete historical analyses of key moments in the formation of modern culture to reveal the sexual politics at the heart of modernist art. Crucially she not only explores a feminist re-reading of the works of canonical male Impressionist and Pre-Raphaelite artists including Edgar Degas and Dante Gabriel Rossetti but also re-inserts into art history their female contemporaries - women artists such as Berthe Morisot and Mary Cassatt. Pollock discusses the work of women artists such as Mary Kelly and Yve Lomax highlighting the problems of working in a culture where the feminine is still defined as the object of the male gaze. Now published with a new introduction Vision and Difference is as powerful as ever for all those seeking not only to understand the history of the feminine in art but also to develop new strategies for representation for the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138129160

Vision and MindModeling Mental Functions The usual method for studying mental processes entails taking words in linguistics -- or concepts in logic -- and establishing the connections and relationships between them. Thus the traditional approach to semantic problems -- those of meaning and understanding -- is through language. Most researchers agree that thought and language are generated by deep-seated semantic structures determined by the structure of the brain. Until now however all attempts at constructing semantic models have been made on the basis of linguistic material alone without taking brain structure into account. Analysis of these models shows them to be as inadequate as those based on the method of the black box. This book approaches the problem of the organization of higher psychological functions a different way -- by analyzing the functional organization of the neural structures that gradually form universal categories from "raw" sensory material. At the higher levels of the brain's operation these universals correspond to the basic categories of thought and language. The visual system provides rewarding material for such an approach both because it is relatively well researched and because it is the main source of sensory information in humans. With this in mind this monograph examines the whole process of the transformation and description -- the coding of visual information. The most important aspect of this process is the transition from the description of visual space to the description of individual objects and the relationships between them. This transition is made possible by the existence in the visual system of various mechanisms that developed during evolution as a result of environmental influences. Written for a wide circle of investigators in disciplines associated with different aspects of the functioning of the brain -- physiologists and psychologists -- this book is also of importance to engineers and mathematicians working on the problems of artificial intelligence and linguists and philosophers interested in the deep structures that form the universals of thought and language. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138986787

Vision and SocietyTowards a Sociology and Anthropology from Art The sociology of art is now an established sub-discipline of sociology. But little work has been done to explore the implications not of society on art but of art on the nature and principles of sociology itself. Vision and Society explores the ways in which art (here mainly understood as visual art) structures in fundamental ways the constitution of society the relations between societies and the ways in which society and culture should be theorized. Building initially on an unfulfilled project by the French sociologist of art Nathalie Heinich to derive a sociology from art this book pushes this idea in unconventional directions. Rethinking the relationships between the study of art and the study of sociology and anthropology this book explores how this rethinking might impact sociological theory in general and certain aspects of it in particular – especially the study of social movements social change the urban the constitution of space and the ways in which human social relationships are mediated and expressed.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367868932

Vision and Strategy in Indian PoliticsJawaharlal Nehru’s Policy Choices and the Designing of Political Institutions The 1950s in India were a crucial transition phase where the legacy and institutions of British rule had to be transformed to fit the needs of a post-colonial state. This period is closely associated with India’s first Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru (1947 – 64). Selecting three key policies closely associated with him the book traces the political origins of the Panchasheela Agreement with China in 1954 the Hindu Code Bills of 1955 and 1956 and the founding of the Planning Commission in 1950. Each provides a window into the compulsions of Indian domestic politics at the time as well as the parameters of parliamentary debate. The book goes on to discuss how these policies correspond to the pillars of Nehru’s vision for a modern independent India that encapsulated socialism nonalignment and secularism and assesses their long-run impact in Indian politics. With a growing recognition of the resilience of India’s political arrangements the analysis is particularly relevant to those interested in the politics of transition and modernisation and contributes to studies on Political Institutions and South Asian Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138102484

Vision and Value in Health Information Vision and Value in Health Information offers a significant challenge: to find a place for health information in the modernization of health services in the UK. It comprises a collection of key essays from eminent contributors on the innovative use and development of information in health care. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315375380

Vision and Values in Managing EducationSuccessful Leadership Principles and Practice Originally published in 1995. This book argues that in order to fulfil its task of moving schools and colleges forward to meet the demands of the future the management of education must be inspired by both value and vision applied to the actual management of people and resources. Part 1 examines key critical issues that should guide principles of school and college management. Part 2 identifies key aspects of the management and leadership of people including case studies of effective team leadership. Part 3 deals with the management of all educational resources to achieve improvement and success in schools and colleges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545281

Vision in ContextHistorical and Contemporary Perspectives on Sight Vision and the gaze are key issues in the analysis of racism sexism and ethnocentrism. In recent radical theory generally and French theory in particular vision has been seen as a means of control. But this view is often unnuanced. It bypasses questions such as: Why is it that contemporary theories have been so critical of vision and generous towards listening (in psychoanalysis) and language (in philosophy)? This collection of original essays brings together historical studies and contemporary theoretical perspectives on vision. The historical papers focus in turn on Ancient Greece medieval theology the Renaissance the Enlightenment and the nineteenth century. These historical studies are themselves thoroughly informed by poststructuralist theory. They provide a rigorous background for several new exciting articles on vision and its bearings for feminism race sexual orientation film and art. This collection is the first of its kind in juxtaposing historical and contemporary Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203390245

Vision in Japanese EntrepreneurshipThe Evolution of a Security Enterprise The service sector occupies a dominant position in the Japanese economy yet few studies have looked at the way the industry developed. This book first published in 1992 focuses on the growth and development of a major world security and communications corporation SECOM. The success of the company has been rooted in the management strategies of Makoto Iida who has shaped the company from a small localized business to an international industry at the forefront of innovation. The book first looks at the background of Makoto Iida offering an insight into the nature of an entrepreneur and the issues this raises within the context of Japanese management styles. It then follows the company development stage by stage assessing the importance of individual creativity in adapting and implementing traditional management techniques. It shows how strategies for human resources service quality new technology globalization and corporate restructuring evolve within the context of a growing organization and includes an analysis of the innovative marketing techniques and product development processes needed to sell security services to one of the world’s safest countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138351417

Vision of Education in India The present volume seeks to review education in India through a matrix of nation-building democratization process identity power social and economic divisions and social hierarchies. The book revisits the vision of education of some of the great Indian philosophers and leaders deconstructs some of the seminal documents on education in India brings out the significant role played by the people’s movement in shaping education and analyses the trends and progress in the implementation of educational programmes and policies. Please note: This title is co-published with Aakar Books New Delhi. Print edition not for sale in South Asia (India Sri Lanka Nepal Bangladesh Pakistan Maldives or Bhutan) Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367643904

Vision Poster The poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138071063

Visionary DrearinessReadings in Romanticism's Quotidian Sublime Visionary Dreariness: Readings in Romanticism’s Quotidian Sublime undertakes a reconceptualization of the theoretical and experiential framework of the Romantic sublime by shifting the focus from Burke’s and Kant’s prescriptions of natural vastness and grandeur to the narrower but no less wondrous spaces objects and experiences of everyday life. This shift is defined as a descent from mountaintops to an encounter in William Blake’s terms with 'a World in a Grain of Sand.' The purpose of this book is to sift the literature of the Romantic everyday both prose and poetry canonical and noncanonical for such grains. In order to define the inherently amorphous and subsumptive sphere called 'everyday life ' the author draws upon two main theoretical threads: the first based on the phenomenological poetics of Gaston Bachelard serves to elucidate the depth and diversity of everyday household space; the second comprising the work of Henri Lefebvre and Michel de Certeau defines the generative potential what de Certeau glosses as the 'everyday creativity ' of some of the most basic human activities such as walking reading and washing to name but a few. The role of the everyday in Romantic literature has in recent years received greater scholarly attention particularly from critics dissatisfied with the perpetuation of what Karina Williamson characterizes as a 'debased Romanticism which rules there is a category of experience and expression which is poetic and all the rest is ordinary and inadmissible.' The present study serves to map the intersections of these categories of experience and expression—the sublime and the quotidian—and thereby to challenge our assumptions about the aesthetic value of the everyday not only in the Romantic period but also in our own. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138813595

Visioning Multicultural EducationPast Present Future Organized by the National Association of Multicultural Education (NAME) this volume explores the organic relationship between the past present and future of the discipline. In particular the book addresses the various forms of recent social upheaval from educational inequities and growing economic divides to extreme ideological differences and immigration conflicts. Written by a group of eminent and emerging scholars chapters draw lessons from the past two decades and celebrate present accomplishments in order to ambition a better future through multicultural education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367558987

Visioning New and Minority ReligionsProjecting the future Rather than being ephemeral fads new religious movements (NRMs) have always been and will always be with us. So will their study. Offering an assessment of the state-of-the-field of the study of NRMs Visioning New and Minority Religions begins by considering the analytical tools for the study of new or minority religions drawing on the perspectives of diverse academic disciplines. The second part focuses on individual groups in a variety of geographical settings. Chapters in this section review the histories of particular groups in order to extrapolate future developments. They cover new religions that have persisted well past the first generation such as the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints and the Christian Scientists and groups with comparatively shorter histories such as various forms of contemporary Paganism Soka Gakkai and the Diamond Way Buddhist group. This volume will be of interest to scholars from across religious studies and sociology as well as members of new and minority religious groups and those in "cult watching" groups. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472465887

Visioning TechnologiesThe Architectures of Sight Visioning Technologies brings together a collection of texts from leading theorists to examine how architecture has been and is reframed and restructured by the visual and theoretical frameworks introduced by different ‘technologies of sight’ – understood to include orthographic projection perspective drawing telescopic devices photography film and computer visualization amongst others. Each chapter deals with its own area and historical period of expertise organized sequentially to mark out and analyse the historical evolution of how architecture has been transformed by technologically induced shifts in human perception from the 15th century until today. This book underlines the way in which architectural forms and design processes have developed historically in conjunction with the systems of sight we manufacture technologically and suggests this continues today. Paradoxically it is premised on the argument that these technological systems tend in their initial formulations to obtain ever greater realism in our visualizations of the physical world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138616684

Visions and Ideas of Europe during the First World War Given the destruction and suffering caused by more than four years of industrialised warfare and economic hardship scholars have tended to focus on the nationalism and hatred in the belligerent countries holding that it led to a fundamental rupture of any sense of European commonality and unity. It is the central aim of this volume to correct this view and to highlight that many observers saw the conflict as a ‘European civil war’ and to discuss what this meant for discourses about Europe. Bringing together a remarkable range of compelling and highly original topics this collection explores notions images and ideas of Europe in the midst of catastrophe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138055520

Visions For a New American DreamProcess Principles and an Ordinance to Plan and Design Small Communities This book shows you how to combine the best design principles of the past with the technological advances of the present to achieve a more satisfying community environment.Anton Nelessen advocates design by democracy: involving citizens and public officals in planning and designing their own communities. He describes techniques Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367330279

Visions for a Sustainable Energy Future This book offers a unique insight into the corporate health of energy companies in an evolving landscape of deregulation. Cutting across both historical and present-day situations it demonstrates important elements vital to the success of energy companies coming out of a safe regulated structure and dealing with a new competitive environment. Targeted at corporate executives energy professionals the financial and investment communities strategic planners and regulators readers will find this resource helpful to understand how energy companies can meet the challenges of a competitive environment what it will take to evolve into healthy energy companies the impacts of deregulation and assessment of successful and unsuccessful strategies for energy companies the role of technology in business/product reinvention and a successful business model and the differences and similarities of electricity to other commodities-the challenges to generation power delivery environmental science and end-use sectors of the business. Media > Books > E-books Fairmont Press 9781003151289

Visions in Psychotherapy Research and PracticeReflections from Presidents of the Society for Psychotherapy Research The Society for Psychotherapy Research (SPR) is devoted to the development and dissemination of research as well as the integration of empirical theoretical and clinical knowledge in psychotherapy. A highlight of the SPR annual meeting is the presidential address wherein the president delivers what many view as the most important presentation of their career. In Visions of Psychotherapy Bernhard Strauss Jacques Barber and Louis Castonguay three recent past presidents compile the preceding 20 presidential addresses from SPR into a single volume. Then the living presidents (19 of the 20) comment on how the visions they described in their addresses have developed over time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415506809

Visions of Aesthetics the Environment & Developmentthe Legacy of Joachim F. Wohlwill Derived from a conference honoring the legacy of Joachim Wohlwill this volume is designed to reflect as many facets of the late scholar's wide-ranging work as possible. As its title indicates the book identifies three broad areas in which Wohlwill made significant contributions: art and aesthetics human-environment interaction and concepts of development. In each of these areas Wohlwill made seminal contributions helping to shape maintain and even change the direction of research and thought. Specific topics addressed here by his colleagues students and contemporaries include: the shape of development the intermingling of perception and cognition the balance between innate and acquired processes the relation between environmental and ecological psychology the development of the ability to use external representations of the physical environment and the way world views underpin beliefs about the nature of development. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138873292

Visions of AgapéProblems and Possibilities in Human and Divine Love This book brings together philosophical and theological perspectives on agapistic love. The aim of the text is to illuminate the nature of unlimited love by distinct and integrative approaches to the intersection of the divine and the human. Various scientific approaches to human forms of love seem to shed light on our nature as social beings. But to what extent are the natural desires for affection sexual love and friendship augmented revised perfected or replaced by the gift of grace? In other words we can ask how is it that agapé modifies or shapes the natural loves? Diverse theological and moral traditions address the question in quite startling contrast. Thomists follow the dictum that 'Grace does not destroy nature but perfects it'. Lutherans draw a sharp contrast between law and Gospel while Wesleyans see charity as the sanctifying power of the Holy Spirit. Some feminist theorists see the idea of self-giving love as contrary to genuine self-fulfilment while the neo-Kantians see love as a duty to others and some Kierkegaardians see the command to love as an unusual manifestation of divine command ethics. These diverse approaches in light of contemporary research in the natural and social sciences can provide fertile ground for the exploration of the intersection of human and divine love. To date there is no text available that brings scholars from various theological and philosophical backgrounds together to engage in interdisciplinary dialogue on this important and much neglected aspect of research into the human and divine loves. This book offers a significant attempt to remedy the situation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234977

Visions of an Unseen WorldGhost Beliefs and Ghost Stories in Eighteenth Century England A study of the production circulation and consumption of English ghost stories during the Age of Reason. This work examines a variety of mediums: ballads and chapbooks newspapers sermons medical treatises and scientific journals novels and plays. It relates the telling of ghost stories to changes associated with the Enlightenment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663466

Visions of Community in the Post-Roman WorldThe West Byzantium and the Islamic World 300–1100 This volume looks at 'visions of community' in a comparative perspective from Late Antiquity to the dawning of the age of crusades. It addresses the question of why and how distinctive new political cultures developed after the disintegration of the Roman World and to what degree their differences had already emerged in the first post-Roman centuries. The Latin West Orthodox Byzantium and its Slavic periphery and the Islamic world each retained different parts of the Graeco-Roman heritage while introducing new elements. For instance ethnicity became a legitimizing element of rulership in the West remained a structural element of the imperial periphery in Byzantium and contributed to the inner dynamic of Islamic states without becoming a resource of political integration. Similarly the political role of religion also differed between the emerging post-Roman worlds. It is surprising that little systematic research has been done in these fields so far. The 32 contributions to the volume explore this new line of research and look at different aspects of the process with leading western Medievalists Byzantinists and Islamicists covering a wide range of pertinent topics. At a closer look some of the apparent differences between the West and the Islamic world seem less distinctive and the inner variety of all post-Roman societies becomes more marked. At the same time new variations in the discourse of community and the practice of power emerge. Anybody interested in the development of the post-Roman Mediterranean but also in the relationship between the Islamic World and the West will gain new insights from these studies on the political role of ethnicity and religion in the post-Roman Mediterranean. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277212

Visions of DevelopmentFaith-based Initiatives Visions of Development presents first-hand stories of groups and movements from many different religious and spiritual traditions that are working with impoverished communities in Africa Asia and Latin America. It provides unique insights into how people's beliefs and spirituality can help to inform not only what they perceive 'development' to be but also how they go about achieving it. Through real-life examples of courageous and innovative work the stories challenge much of the theory and practice of mainstream development agencies while also showing how religious inspiration can be a force for radical and positive change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252790

Visions of Energy FuturesImagining and Innovating Low-Carbon Transitions This book examines the visions fantasies frames discourses imaginaries and expectations associated with six state-of-the-art energy systems—nuclear power hydrogen fuel cells shale gas clean coal smart meters and electric vehicles—playing a key role in current deliberations about low-carbon energy supply and use.  Visions of Energy Futures: Imagining and Innovating Low-Carbon Transitions unveils what the future of energy systems could look like and how their meanings are produced often alongside moments of contestation.  Theoretically it analyzes these technological case studies with emerging concepts from various disciplines: utopianism (history of technology) symbolic convergence (communication studies) technological frames (social construction of technology) discursive coalitions (discourse analysis and linguistics) sociotechnical imaginaries (science and technology studies) and the sociology of expectations (innovation studies future studies). It draws from these cases to create a synthetic set of dichotomies and frameworks for energy futures based on original data collected across two global epistemic communities— nuclear physicists and hydrogen engineers—and experts in Eastern Europe and the Nordic region stakeholders in South Africa and newspapers in the United Kingdom. This book is motivated by the premise that tackling climate change via low-carbon energy systems and practices is one of the most significant challenges of the twenty-first century and that success will require not only new energy technologies but also new ways of understanding language visions and discursive politics. The discursive creation of the energy systems of tomorrow are propagated in polity hoping to be realized as the material fact of the future but processed in conflicting ways with underlying tensions as to how contemporary societies ought to be ordered. This book will be essential reading for students and scholars of energy policy energy and environment and technology assessment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367112004

Visions Of European Unity Surveying the ideals and visions held by the founders of the European Community this timely book also assesses the concepts and theories surrounding the European Union today. This volume is the first to explore the theoretical cleavages among Monnet Spinelli the federalists and the functionalists together with the views of the Socialist Labour Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216023

Visions of God and Ideas on Deification in Patristic Thought This volume illustrates the complexity and variety of early Christian thought on the subject of the image of God as a theological concept and the difficulties that arise even in the interpretation of particular authors who gave a cardinal place to the image of God in their expositions of Christian doctrine. The first part illustrates both the presence and the absence of the image of God in the earliest Christian literature; the second examines various studies in deification both implicit and explicit; the third explores the relation between iconography and the theological notion of the image Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884666

Visions of PeaceAsia and The West Visions of Peace: Asia and the West explores the diversity of past conceptualizations as well as the remarkable continuity in the hope for peace across global intellectual traditions. Current literature prompted by September 11 predominantly focuses on the laws and ethics of just wars or modern ideals of peace. Asian and Western ideals of peace before the modern era have largely escaped scholarly attention. This book examines Western and Asian visions of peace that existed prior to c.1800 by bringing together experts from a variety of intellectual traditions. The historical survey ranges from ancient Greek thought early Christianity and medieval scholasticism to Hinduism classical Confucianism and Tokuguwa Japanese learning before illuminating unfamiliar aspects of peace visions in the European Enlightenment. Each chapter offers a particular case study and attempts to rehabilitate a 'forgotten' conception of peace and reclaim its contemporary relevance. Collectively they provide the conceptual resources to inspire more creative thinking towards a new vision of peace in the present. Students and specialists in international relations peace studies history political theory philosophy and religious studies will find this book a valuable resource on diverse conceptions of peace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269965

Visions of Political Violence In this book Vincenzo Ruggiero offers a typology of different forms of political violence. From systemic and institutional violence to the behaviour of crowds to armed conflict and terrorism Ruggiero draws on a range of perspectives from criminology social theory political science critical legal studies and literary criticism to consider how these forms of violence are linked in an interdependent field of forces. Ruggiero argues that systemic violence encourages more institutional violence which in turn weakens the ability of citizens to set up political agendas for change. He advocates for a reduction of all types of violence which can be enacted through fairer distribution of resources and the provision of political space for contention and negotiation. This book will be of interest to all those engaged in research on violence terrorism armed conflict and the crimes of the powerful. It makes an important contribution to criminological and social theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367261030

Visions of Precarity in Japanese Popular Culture and Literature Recent natural as well as man-made cataclysmic events have dramatically changed the status quo of contemporary Japanese society and following the Asia-Pacific war’s never-ending ‘postwar’ period Japan has been dramatically forced into a zeitgeist of saigo or ‘post-disaster.’ This radically new worldview has significantly altered the socio-political as well as literary perception of one of the world’s potential superpowers and in this book the contributors closely examine how Japan’s new paradigm of precarious existence is expressed through a variety of pop-cultural as well as literary media. Addressing the transition from post-war to post-disaster literature this book examines the rise of precarity consciousness in Japanese socio-cultural discourse. The chapters investigate the extent to which we can talk about the emergence of a new literary paradigm of precarity in the world of Japanese popular culture. Through careful examination of a variety of contemporary texts ranging from literature manga anime television drama and film this study offers an interpretation of the many dissonant voices in Japanese society. The contributors also outline the related social issues in Japanese society and culture providing a comprehensive overview of the global trends that link Japan with the rest of the world. Visions of Precarity in Japanese Popular Culture and Literature will be of great interest to students and scholars of contemporary Japan Japanese culture and society popular culture and social and cultural history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138104181

Visions of Suburbia Suburbia. Tupperware television bungalows and respectable front lawns. Always instantly recognisable though never entirely familiar. The tight semi-detached estates of thirties Britain and the infenced and functional tract housing of middle America. The elegant villas of Victorian London and the clapboard and brick of fifties Sydney. Architecture and landscapes may vary from one suburban scene to another but the suburb is the embodiment of the same desire; to create for middle class middle cultures middle spaces in middle America Britain and Australia. Visions of Suburbia considers this emergent architectural space this set of values and this way of life. The contributors address suburbia and the suburban from the point of view of its production its consumption and its representation. Placing suburbia centre stage each essay examines what it is that makes suburbia so distinctive and what it is that has made suburbia so central to contemporary culture. _ Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203351321

Visions of SustainabilityStakeholders Change and Indicators This title was first published in 2000:  Sustainable development has grown to compass cultural socio-economic political and environmental issues and the use of Sustainability indicators (SIs) is seen by many as central to its implementation. After all how can one ’do’ sustainable development unless one knows when it has been attained? The adoption of SIs in such a context is logical but does present a number of practical difficulties. So far much of the published material consists of theoretical SI frameworks with little practical experience on their use in development scenarios. In contrast this volume is based on the results of a six year project designed to develop and evaluate the use of SLs in a Nigerian village. For the first time this takes into consideration the views and perspectives of the local population and in doing so addresses key issues that are vital for anyone attempting to put sustainable development into practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138713130

Visions of the CityUtopianism Power and Politics in Twentieth Century Urbanism First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870496

Visions of Venice in Shakespeare Despite the growing critical relevance of Shakespeare's two Venetian plays and a burgeoning bibliography on both The Merchant of Venice and Othello few books have dealt extensively with the relationship between Shakespeare and Venice. Setting out to offer new perspectives to a traditional topic this timely collection fills a gap in the literature addressing the new historical political and economic questions that have been raised in the last few years. The essays in this volume consider Venice a real as well as symbolic landscape that needs to be explored in its multiple resonances both in Shakespeare's historical context and in the later tradition of reconfiguring one of the most represented cities in Western culture. Shylock and Othello are there to remind us of the dark sides of the myth of Venice and of the inescapable fact that the issues raised in the Venetian plays are tremendously topical; we are still haunted by these theatrical casualties of early modern multiculturalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367882556

Visions Of Virtue In Popular Film A work in both aesthetics and ethics this book proceeds from the interplay of film and philosophy. It examines a group of first-rate popular movies to show how films which wonderfully entertain audiences also contain developed and important conceptions of virtue. By interpreting popular movies from this philosophical viewpoint the book deepens our Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313852

Visions of Yesterday Film is an important source of social history as well as having been a popular art form from the early twentieth century. This study shows how a society consciously or unconsciously is mirrored in its cinema. It considers the role of the cinema in dramatizing popular beliefs and myths and takes three case studies – American populism British imperialism German Nazism – to explain how a nation’s pressures tensions and hopes come through in its films. Examining the American cinema is accomplished by analysing the careers of three great directors John Ford Frank Capra and Leo McCarey while the British and German cinemas are studied by theme. The analysis of the British Empire as seen in film broke exciting new ground with a pioneering account of ‘the cinema of Empire’ when it was first published in 1973. With full filmographies and a carefully selected bibliography it is an outstanding work of reference and its lively approach makes it a delight to read. Reviews of the original edition: ‘A work of considerable force and considerable wit.’ – Clive James Observer ‘…a work that is original mentally stimulating and most pleasurable to read.’ – Focus on Film Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994089

VisionsNotes on the Seminar Given in 1930-1934 For Jung the beautiful and brilliantly creative 28-year old Christiana Morgan was an inspired force whose path in self-analysis paralleled his own quest for personal knowledge. By teaching Morgan the trance-like technique of active imagination Jung helped her embark on a series of archetypal adventures which she depicted in paintings of great virtuosity and he candidly recounted at a seminar given to some of his closest followers. Through his eloquent description of the fiery mythic visions of a woman discovering her repressed sexuality and feminine power Jung reveals how deeply this encounter challenged his understanding of feminine psychology.These two volumes bring together for the first time colour reproductions of Morgan's paintings with a complete transcript of the seminar. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315788234

Visitor Attractions and EventsLocations and linkages Both visitor attractions and events play pivotal roles in the appeal of tourism destination regions to visitors by virtue of being the main motivator of tourist trips and determining consumers’ choices. However more recently visitor attractions have become more multifaceted have proliferated and fragmented in terms of form location scale and style and their role is undergoing major changes in a post-modern world as a result of consumer demands and competitive innovations. Visitor Attractions and Events for the first time theoretically and empirically explores the relations between events and attractions to offer new thinking of the role of space and place in shaping development   management practices and strategies in the sector as well as future implications. The book reveals how location is pivotal in the development planning and management of visitor attractions and events. Whereas the location of natural attractions is relatively fixed in space and their locations cannot be predetermined or relocated human-made or contrived attractions are more influenced by the planning process in the context of the locational decision-making process. Competition and cooperation between visitor attractions and the aspects which shape these relations including complementarities compatibility knowledge spill overs and diffusion of innovations product similarities and spatial proximity remain largely ignored in the visitor attraction sector and thus are major elements in the focus of this book. Comparative examples ranging from small to major attractions in a wide variety of locations are included. This significant volume will appeal widely to all those interested in the visitor sector such as tourism events leisure studies destination management and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138824713

Visitor Encounters with the Great Barrier ReefAesthetics Heritage and the Senses Visitor Encounters with the Great Barrier Reef explores how visitor encounters have shaped the history and heritage of the Reef. Moving beyond the visual aesthetic significance the book highlights the importance of multi-sensuous experiences in understanding the region as a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Drawing on archival and ethnographic research the book describes how visitors have experienced the Great Barrier Reef through personal embodied encounters and the mechanisms they have used to understand access and share these experiences with others. Illustrating how such experiences contribute to a knowledge of place Pocock also explores the vital role of reproduction and photography in sharing experiences with those who have never been there. The second part of the book analyses visitor experiences and demonstrates how they underpin three key frames through which the Reef is understood and valued: the islands as paradise the underwater coral gardens and the singular Great Barrier Reef. Acknowledging that these constructs are increasingly removed from human experience Pocock demonstrates that they are nevertheless integral to recognition of the region as a World Heritage Site. Demonstrating how experiences of the Reef have changed over time Visitor Encounters with the Great Barrier Reef should be of interest to academics and students working in the fields of heritage studies history and tourism. It should also be of interest to heritage practitioners working around the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138049918

Visitor Management 'Visitor Management' is an innovative collection of case studies taken from cultural World Heritage Sites. Using examples from the world's most significant archaeological and architectural legacies this book identifies the problems involved with site management. Cultural World Heritage Sites are extremely attractive to contemporary visitors. This poses many problems for site management notably the need to preserve a delicate balance between interpretation conservation and the provision of visitor facilities.This contributed title takes examples from a range of UNESCO World Heritage Sites and shows models of good practice looking at the functions of the different organizations involved and the range of variation among sites. The contributors have international expertise and draw on first-hand knowledge at a practical level.'Visitor Management: Case studies from World Heritage Sites' is ideal for practitioners and students involved in heritage management and conservation management. Undergraduate and postgraduate students in tourism leisure and hospitality will also find this book an invaluable read.Myra Shackley is Professor of Culture Resource Management and Head of the Centre for Tourism and Visitor Management at Nottingham Trent University. Her research interests lie in the management of cultural and wildlife tourism particularly in relation to Protected Areas and World Heritage Sites. She has published eleven previous books of which the last was 'Wildlife Tourism' (International Thompson Business Press 1996) and has extensive research and consultancy interests within the field of visitor management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138146228

Vistas in Nanofabrication This book provides several examples of how diverse nanofabrication techniques are being used by researchers across the world to fabricate useful materials and devices. A number of research groups present their cutting-edge work on fabricating a variety of nanoscale structures such as split rings wires gaps trenches and holes. The innovative techniques described in this book will be of interest to all who are engaged in research and development of nanofabrication technologies. The book mainly covers application areas in electronics and photonics but the techniques are general enough to be applied to other areas. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814364560

Visual Narrative and Creative Research MethodsApplication reflection and ethics Visual research methods are quickly becoming key topics of interest and are now widely recognised as having the potential to evoke emphatic understanding of the ways in which other people experience their worlds. Visual Narrative and Creative Research Methods examines the practices and value of these visual approaches as a qualitative tool in the field of social science and related disciplines. This book is concerned with the process of applying visual methods as a tool of inquiry from design to production to analysis and dissemination. Drawing on research projects which reflect real world situations you will be methodically guided through the research process in detail enabling you to examine and understand the practices and value of visual narrative and creative approaches as effective qualitative tools. Key topics include: techniques of data production including collage mapping drawing and photographs; the practicalities of application; the positioning of the researcher; interpretation of visual data; images and narratives in public spaces; evaluative analysis of creative approaches. Visual Narrative and Creative Research Methods will be an invaluable companion for researchers postgraduate students and other academics with an interest in visual and creative methods and qualitative research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138024328

Visual Acuity and the Arts of Communication in Early Modern Germany During the early modern period visual imagery was put to ever new uses as many disciplines adopted visual criteria for testing truth claims representing knowledge or conveying information. Religious propagandists political writers satirists cartographers the scientific community and others experimented with new uses of visual images. Artists writers preachers musicians and performers among others often employed visual images or conjured mental images to connect with their audiences. Contributors to this interdisciplinary collection creatively explore how the exponential growth in images especially prints impacted the intellectual horizons and the visual awareness of viewers in early modern Germany. Each of the chapters serves as a case study for one or more of the volume’s sub-themes: art visual literacy and strategies of presentation; audience and the art of persuasion; the art of envisioning; the ephemeral arts and theatricality; the built environment and spatial settings; and the history of the visual. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547605

Visual Alchemy: The Fine Art of Digital Montage Catherine McIntyre like many fine artists created traditional art for decades before encountering the versatility of digital imaging technology. Free of her Rotring pens and scalpel she now uses Photoshop to create her montages. Visual Alchemy explores McIntyre’s sources of inspiration as well as her methods offering an aesthetic guide to composition color texture and all of the other means of communication that artists have at their disposal. While these concepts and techniques make use of Photoshop they will apply to any digital imaging program and indeed to any medium whether traditional or digital. Featuring McIntyre’s own art as well as that of artists around the globe Visual Alchemy is an invitation to discover the artistic possibilities of picture making through digital montage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415816571

Visual AllusionsPictures of Perception In this book a leading researcher and artist explores how we see pictures and how they can communicate messages to us both directly and indirectly by making allusions to objects in space or to stored images in our minds. Originally published in 1990 Dr Wade provides fascinating examples of pictures that communicate hidden messages either by implying something else or by a shape or portrait which is carried covertly within another design. He analyses image processing stages in vision demonstrating that the various stages may be related to styles in representational art. He shows how the way we have been taught to look at and recognise objects affects the way we see them. The book lavishly illustrates with original examples of visual allusions and includes detailed practical advice on how photographers and designers can create them. Essential reading for photographers designers artists people in film and television and anyone involved in visual science visual communication and advertising. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138205130

Visual Analytics for ManagementTranslational Science and Applications in Practice This book provides students with an in-depth understanding of the concepts frameworks and processes used to analyze and present visual data for better decision-making. Expert contributors provide guidance in translating complex concepts from large data sets and how this translation drives management practice. The book’s first part provides a descriptive consideration of state-of-the-art science in visual design. The second part complements the first with a rich set of cases and visual examples illustrating development and best practice to provide students with real-world context. Through their presentation of modern scientific principles the editors inspire structured discussions of audience and design recognizing differences in need bias and effective processes across contexts and stakeholders. This cutting-edge resource will be of value to students in business analytics business communication and management science classes who will learn to be capable managers through the effective and direct visual communication of data. Researchers and practitioners will also find this an engaging and informative book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138190726

Visual and Multimodal Research in Organization and Management Studies This volume brings together two hitherto disparate domains of scholarly inquiry: organization and management studies on the one hand and the study of visual and multimodal communication on the other. Within organization and management studies it has been recognized that organizational reality and communication are becoming increasingly visual and more generally multimodal whether in digital form or otherwise. Within multimodality studies it has been noted that many forms of contemporary communication are deeply influenced by organizational and managerial communication as formerly formal and bureaucratic types of communication increasingly adopt promotional language and multimodal document presentation. Visual and Multimodal Research in Organization and Management Studies integrates these two domains of research in a way that will benefit both. In particular it conceptually and empirically connects recent insights from visual and multimodality studies to ongoing discussions in organization and management theory. Throughout the book shows how a visual/multimodal lens enriches and extends what we already know about organization organizations and practices of organizing but also how concepts from organization and management studies can be highly productive in further developing insights on visual and multimodal communication. Due to its essentially interdisciplinary objectives the book will prove inspiring for academics and scholars of management the sociology of organizations as well as related disciplines such as applied linguistics and visual studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138210578

Visual and Non-Visual Effects of LightWorking Environment and Well-Being The introduction of artificial lighting extends the time of wakefulness after dark and enables work at night thus disturbing the human circadian rhythm. The understanding of the physiological mechanisms of visual and non-visual systems may be important for the development and use of proper light infrastructure and light interventions for different workplace settings especially for shift work conditions. Visual and Non-Visual Effects of Light: Working Environment and Well-Being presents the impact of lighting in the working environment on human health well-being and visual performance. The physiological explanation of the visual and non-visual effects of light on humans which discusses the biological bases of image and non-image forming vision at the cellular level may be of particular interest to any professional in the field of medicine physiology and biology. It is one of the intentions of this book to put forward some recommendations and examples of lighting design which take into account both the visual and non-visual effects of light on humans. These may be of particular interest to any professional in the field of lighting occupational safety and health and interior design. "What effects on health can a light ‘overdose’ or light deficiency have? What is bad light? The authors of the monograph provide answers to these questions. Just as for a physicist the dual nature of light comprises an electromagnetic wave and a photon the duality of light for a physician comprises visual and non-visual effects." --------------------------------------------------------Prof Jacek Przybylski Medical University of Warsaw   "This is a unique publication in the field of lighting technology. The authors have skillfully combined both the technical and biomedical aspects involved which is unprecedented in the literature available. As a result an important study has been created for many professional groups with a significant impact on the assessment of risks associated with LED sources." --------------------------------------------Prof Andrzej Zając Military University of Technology Warsaw Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367444198

Visual Arts Management 2nd Edition The arts sector is of vital importance to the global economy and students aspiring to a career in the visual arts are increasingly required to gain an understanding of the business side of the arts world. This textbook introduces the field of arts management with a focus on visual arts. Visual Arts Management provides the first comprehensive textbook to the art business. The book covers the full range of the art world from contemporary galleries secondary market auction houses art fairs and museums. Topics include overviews of the distinct sectors of the business but also delves in to technical topics: curatorship antiques cultural heritage compliance marketing art criticism taxation customs insurance transportation appraising conservation and connoisseurship. Each chapter concludes with a real-world case study to provide cautionary tales of the dangers and pitfalls of the art business. This unique textbook authored by an experienced instructor presents a global perspective on the rapidly developing art business in a way that is relevant for arts management classes and art professionals worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138684713

Visual Arts with Young ChildrenPractices Pedagogies and Learning Featuring the work of leading scholar-practitioners Visual Arts with Young Children raises critical questions about the situated nature of the visual arts and its education in early childhood. Innovative chapters explore the relationship of place to art practice and pedagogy culturally-responsive and justice-oriented perspectives as well as critical and reconceptualist approaches to materials technology and media. Ideal for researchers and students of both early childhood education and arts integration programs this volume is an essential step towards a deeper understanding of how visual arts are understood valued and practiced in the early years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367896775

Visual Attention and Consciousness Consciousness is perhaps one of the greatest mysteries in the universe. This ambitious book begins with a philosophical approach to consciousness examining some key questions such as what is meant by the term "conscious " and how this applies to vision. The book then explores major visual phenomena related to attention and conscious experience—including filling-in processes aftereffects multi-stability forms of divided attention models of visual attention priming effects types of attentional blindness and various visual disorders. For each phenomenon the biological and cognitive level research is reviewed. Themes touched upon throughout are the relation between consciousness and attention automatic vs. willful processes singularity vs. multiplicity and looking without seeing. The book concludes with an evolutionary approach describing possible functions that visual consciousness may serve and how those may affect the way we see. The systematic review of key topics and the multitude of perspectives make this book an ideal primary or ancillary text for graduate courses in perception vision consciousness or philosophy of mind. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848726192

Visual Basic 2005 Made Simple Visual Basic .NET is the most recent version of Microsoft's language for creating Windows programs and developing Internet applications. Visual Basic .NET forms part of the .NET Framework the development environment now used for all Microsoft programming languages.Visual Basic .NET is an enhanced edition of this popular language incorporating all the functionality of Visual Basic 6 but with the addition of new object oriented features. Some of the terminology has changed in this new version of the product and the development environment has been enhanced but the main principles remain the same.Visual Basic .NET Made Simple is intended for new programmers as well as those who are upgrading from earlier versions of Visual Basic and those who have worked in different languages or environments and need to acquire new skills. No previous knowledge of Visual Basic other languages or object oriented programming is required. However readers are expected to have a basic knowledge of Windows and its operation.Main topics covered include: Creating applications for Windows XP Writing and testing Visual Basic .NET code Accessing external databases Developing Internet applications Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138436343

Visual Character Development in Film and TelevisionYour Character is Your Canvas This book takes a unique look at visual character development in motion pictures and television by using famous works of art combined with modern works of film and television to demonstrate how to weave a visual tale. In a single shot or scene what should we reveal about a character? What should we conceal? How can we show a character’s progression over time? In Visual Character Development in Film and Television authors Michael Hanly and Elisabeth Rowney explain how to create compelling visual characters for the screen by analyzing fine art aesthetics and combining them with modern cinematic techniques. Full-color chapters cover character-driven approaches to costume design and makeup application production design cinematography and lighting plot development editing considerations and more. By exploring how surroundings habits lifestyles – even the color of a sweater – can tell us more about a character on the screen than what can be said in dialogue alone this book will prove a valuable resource for anyone wanting to take their filmmaking to the next level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138186538

Visual Coding and Adaptability First published in 1980. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315803043

Visual Communication for Architects and DesignersConstructing the Persuasive Presentation Visual Communication for Architects and Designers teaches you the art of designing a concise clear compelling and effective visual and verbal presentation. Margaret Fletcher has developed a reference manual of best practices that gives you the necessary tools to present your work in the best way possible. It includes an impressive 750 presentation examples by over 180 designers from 24 countries in North America South America Europe the Middle East Asia Oceania and Africa. This book offers actionable advice to solve a variety of complex presentation challenges. You will learn how to: Understand differences in communication design representation design and presentation design and know how to use these skills to your advantage; Structure the visual and verbal argument in your presentation; Design your presentation layouts architectural competitions boards and digital presentations; Manage issues related to the presentation of architectural and design ideas; Present yourself professionally. Your ability to communicate your design ideas to others is an invaluable and important skill. Visual Communication for Architects and Designers shows you how to develop and implement these skills and gain command of your presentations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367134631

Visual Communication for Social Work PracticePower Culture Analysis How are we to understand how the dominance of visual images and representations in late modernity affects Social Work practice research and education? Social workers are increasingly using still and moving images to illustrate their work to create new knowledge and to further specific groups’ interests. As a profession in which communication is central visual practices are becoming ever more significant as they seek to carry out their work with and for the marginalised and disenfranchised. It is time for the profession to gain more critical analytical and practical knowledge of visual culture and communication in order to use and create images in accordance with its central principle of social justice. That requires an understanding of them beyond representation. As important as this is it is also where the profession’s scholarly work in this area has remained and halted and thus understanding of the work of images in our practices is limited. In order to more fully understand images and their effects – both ideologically and experientially – social workers need to bring to bear other areas of study such as reception studies visual phenomenology and the gaze. These other analytical frames enable a consideration not only of images per se but also of their effect on the viewer the human spectators and the subjects at the heart of Social Work. By bringing understandings and experiences in Film Media and Communications Visual Communication for Social Work Practice provides the reader with a wide range of critically analytical frames for practitioners activists educators and researchers as they use and create images. This invites a deeper knowledge and familiarity with the power dimensions of the image thus aligning with the social justice dimension of Social Work. Examples are provided from cinema popular media but more importantly from Social Work practitioners themselves to demonstrate what has already been made possible as they create and use images to further the interpersonal communal and justice dimensions of their work. This book will be of interest to scholars students and social workers particularly those with an interest in critical and creative methodologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586348

Visual Communication on the Web Most web design books developed for the trade market are a series of exercises without a theoretical aesthetic or historic framework. In this book Visual Communication on the Web web design exercises are accompanied by concise introductions that relate history design principles and visual communication theories to the practice of designing for the web. Over the course of its 14 chapters Visual Communication on the Web teaches the reader to develop one dynamic web page using Dreamweaver. Incorporating a cumulative-learning approach exercises build upon each other so the reader creates and revises the work while learning new code and tools. In addition predictable mistakes are purposely included so that readers learn to 'fix' the project while working on it—an invaluable skill for anyone interested in coding. By the end of this course-in-a-book readers will have created a web page with a centered container div a Lightbox image gallery and an external style sheet using HTML CSS and copy-pasted and modified code. This package includes a free one-year subscription to an enhanced Interactive eTextbook and provides short videos of burrough detailing some of the more complex step-by-step instructions along with original chapter introductions by Lester. Users of the eTextbook may also engage in a traditional assessment exercise to test their knowledge of new material. For those who aren’t reading electronically many of these resources are freely available on the book’s blog viscommontheweb.wordpress.com. With its easy to follow instruction and witty introductions Visual Communication on the Web makes an excellent companion to xtine burrough's Digital Foundations and Net Works as well as Paul Martin Lester's Visual Communication: Images with Messages. Key features of the interactive eTextbook: Includes one-year access to the interactive eTextbook Anytime anywhere access - Made possible by a partnership between Routledge and VitalSource® your interactive eTextbook is accessible via VitalSource’s Bookshelf the most used eTextbook platform in the world. Narrated videos by Lester to introduce chapters End-of-chapter interactive exercises; multiple-choice exercises to encourage students to test their understanding of key concepts Note-taking and sharing function Clickable glossary definitions Hyperlinked "further reading" section with links to key websites selected by the authors A full-colour version of the text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415521482

Visual ControlsApplying Visual Management to the Factory An effective visual communication system can help manufacturing employees eliminate significant waste from daily tasks. From work-zone color coding to posted metrics visual controls clarify and simplify the path to enhanced processes and profits. Leaving little to chance Visual Controls: Applying Visual Management to the Factory provides a detailed explanation of how to apply the Lean principles of 5S to convert your factory to a fully functioning Visual Workplace. It covers the range of methods that collectively compose an effective visual management system and clearly explains management's role in creating a Lean strategy to accomplish the transformation. This book: Considers visual Kanban material replenishment and the implementation of a visual maintenance department Details management's role in implementing and sustaining a visual factory Covers the range of visual tools including tool boards shadow boards metrics communication boards and tool check cards From plant layout and department setup to visual tools and parts this book facilitates the comprehensive understanding required to initiate positive change through visual communication. The authors supply authoritative insight on how to hasten the required cultural changes as well as step-by-step instruction for creating visual shadow boards. They also highlight time-tested methods for measuring progress and performance with improved accuracy. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138464186

Visual Cryptography and Secret Image Sharing With rapid progress in Internet and digital imaging technology there are more and more ways to easily create publish and distribute images. Considered the first book to focus on the relationship between digital imaging and privacy protection Visual Cryptography and Secret Image Sharing is a complete introduction to novel security methods and sharing-control mechanisms used to protect against unauthorized data access and secure dissemination of sensitive information. Image data protection and image-based authentication techniques offer efficient solutions for controlling how private data and images are made available only to select people. Essential to the design of systems used to manage images that contain sensitive data—such as medical records financial transactions and electronic voting systems—the methods presented in this book are useful to counter traditional encryption techniques which do not scale well and are less efficient when applied directly to image files. An exploration of the most prominent topics in digital imaging security this book discusses: Potential for sharing multiple secrets Visual cryptography schemes—based either on the probabilistic reconstruction of the secret image or on different logical operations for combining shared images Inclusion of pictures in the distributed shares Contrast enhancement techniques Color-image visual cryptography Cheating prevention Alignment problems for image shares Steganography and authentication In the continually evolving world of secure image sharing a growing number of people are becoming involved as new applications and business models are being developed all the time. This contributed volume gives academicians researchers and professionals the insight of well-known experts on key concepts issues trends and technologies in this emerging field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076044

Visual Culture In Visual Culture the 'visual' character of contemporary culture is explored in original and lively essays. The contributors look at advertising film painting and fine art journalism photography television and propaganda. They argue that there is only a social not a formal relation between vision and truth. A major preoccupation of modernity and central to an understadning of the postmodern 'vision' and the 'visual' are emergent themes across sociology cultural studies and critical theory in the visual arts. Visual Culture will prove an indispensable guide to the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138137691

Visual Culture and Decolonisation in Britain First published in 2006 this volume provides the first in-depth analysis of the place of visual representations within the process of decolonisation during the period 1945 to 1970. The chapters trace the way in which different visual genres – art film advertising photography news reports and ephemera – represented and contributed to the political and social struggles over Empire and decolonisation during the mid-Twentieth century. The book examines both the direct visual representation of imperial retreat after 1945 as well as the reworkings of imperial and ‘racial’ ideologies within the context of a transformed imperialism. While the book engages with the dominant archive of artists exhibitions newsreels and films it also explores the private images of the family album as well as examining the visual culture of anti-colonial resistance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138394148

Visual Culture and Gender Issues and themes in and around gender and visual culture have generated a huge and complex scholarly literature. Now to enable users to make sense of an explosion of scholarship  this new title from Routledge’s Major Works publishing programme answers the need for an authoritative reference work. In four volumes the collection's editor has carefully curated the foundational and the very best cutting-edge research. With a full index and thoughtful introduction newly written by the editor Visual Culture and Gender traces the progress of research in this field and highlights the challenges for future explorations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415830041

Visual Culture and Mathematics in the Early Modern Period During the early modern period there was a natural correspondence between how artists might benefit from the knowledge of mathematics and how mathematicians might explore through advances in the study of visual culture new areas of enquiry that would uncover the mysteries of the visible world. This volume makes its contribution by offering new interdisciplinary approaches that not only investigate perspective but also examine how mathematics enriched aesthetic theory and the human mind. The contributors explore the portrayal of mathematical activity and mathematicians as well as their ideas and instruments how artists displayed their mathematical skills and the choices visual artists made between geometry and arithmetic as well as Euclid’s impact on drawing artistic practice and theory. These chapters cover a broad geographical area that includes Italy Switzerland Germany the Netherlands France and England. The artists philosophers and mathematicians whose work is discussed include Leon Battista Alberti Nicholas Cusanus Marsilio Ficino Francesco di Giorgio Leonardo da Vinci and Andrea del Verrocchio as well as Michelangelo Galileo Piero della Francesca Girard Desargues William Hogarth Albrecht Dürer Luca Pacioli and Raphael. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367334161

Visual Culture and Public PolicyTowards a visual polity? Traditionally images have played an important role in politics and policy making mostly in relation to propaganda and public communication. However contemporary society is inundated with visual material due to the increasing ubiquity of media and visual technologies that facilitate the production distribution and consumption of images in new and innovative ways. As such a visual culture has emerged and a number of authors have written on visual culture and the technologies which underlie it. However a clear link to policy making is still lacking. This books links the emergence of this visual culture to policy making and explores how visual culture (and the growing number of technologies used to create and distribute images) influence the course content and outcome of public policy making. It examines how visual culture and policy making in contemporary society are intertwined elaborating concepts such as power framing and storytelling. It then links this to technology and the way this can enhance power transparency registration surveillance and communication. Dealing with the entire cycle of public policy making from agenda-setting to policy design decision making to evaluation the book contains diverse international case studies including water management risk management live-stock diseases minority integration racism freedom of speech healthcare disaster evaluation and terrorism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138497382

Visual Culture and the Revolutionary and Napoleonic Wars Individually and collectively the essays in this cross-disciplinary collection explore the impact of the revolutionary and Napoleonic Wars on European visual culture from the outbreak of the pan-European conflict with France in 1792 to the aftermath of the Battle of Waterloo in 1815. Through consideration of a range of media from academic painting to prints drawings and printed ephemera this book offers fresh understanding of the rich variety of ways in which warfare was mediated in visual cultures in Britain and continental Europe. The fourteen essays in the collection are grouped thematically into three sections each focusing on a specific type of visual communication. Thus Part One engages with historically specific ways of transmitting messages about war and conflict including maps prints silhouette imagery and war games produced in France and Germany; Part Two considers popular and elite imagining of war between 1793 and 1815 encompassing readings of paintings by Turner Girodet and Goya Portuguese anti-French drawings and British satirical book illustrations; while Part Three concentrates on visual cultures of commemoration addressing British theatrical reenactments and museum collections and British and Dutch paintings of the Battle of Waterloo. As such the volume uncovers fascinating new visual material and throws fresh light on some of the more canonical visual representations of conflict during the first ‘Total War’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138353343

Visual Culture in OrganizationsTheory and Cases Vision and visuality are two concepts widely discussed and debated in philosophy and social science literature. Some authors even suggest that the entire Western intellectual tradition is strongly shaped by the paradigm of vision; the inspection and analysis of specimens collected from social reality are regarded as the only legitimate source of truth. However in organizations a variety of visual practices are employed in for instance science-based innovation in for instance the pharmaceutical industry and in architect work. Such visual practices include the use of various technoscientific machinery and tools to more mundane uses of full-scale models and photos in architect work. In comparison to the various linguistic perspectives on organizations vision and visuality remain surprisingly little theorized and examined in the organization literature. Visual Culture in Organizations offers an introduction to the literature on vision and visuality that is relevant to organizational theory (comparing and contrasting it to the well-documented area of linguistic theory in organizations) proposes a theoretical framework for visual culture in organizations and provides empirical illustrations to the theoretical framework. The book shows that visual practices are a central procedure in the day-to-day routines of organizations and are long overdue for close examination. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653145

Visual Culture in the Northern British ArchipelagoImagining Islands This edited collection including contributors from the disciplines of art history film studies cultural geography and cultural anthropology explores ways in which islands in the north of England and Scotland have provided space for a variety of visual-cultural practices and forms of creative expression which have informed our understanding of the world. Simultaneously the chapters reflect upon the importance of these islands as a space in which and with which to contemplate the pressures and the possibilities within contemporary society. This book makes a timely and original contribution to the developing field of island studies and will be of interest to scholars studying issues of place community and the peripheries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815374275

Visual Cultures of Foundling Care in Renaissance Italy The social problem of infant abandonment captured the public’s imagination in Italy during the fifteenth century a critical period of innovation and development in charitable discourses. As charity toward foundlings became a political priority the patrons and supporters of foundling hospitals turned to visual culture to help them make their charitable work understandable to a wide audience. Focusing on four institutions in central Italy that possess significant surviving visual and archival material Visual Cultures of Foundling Care in Renaissance Italy examines the discursive processes through which foundling care was identified conceptualized and promoted. The first book to consider the visual culture of foundling hospitals in Renaissance Italy this study looks beyond the textual evidence to demonstrate that the institutional identities of foundling hospitals were articulated by means of a wide variety of visual forms including book illumination altarpieces fresco cycles institutional insignia processional standards prints and reliquaries. The author draws on fields as diverse as art history childhood studies the history of charity Renaissance studies gender studies sociology and the history of religion to elucidate the pivotal role played by visual culture in framing and promoting the charitable succor of foundlings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138316171

Visual Delight in ArchitectureDaylight Vision and View Visual Delight in Architecture examines the many ways that our lives are enriched by the presence of natural daylight and window views within our buildings. It makes a compelling case that daily exposure to the rhythms of daylight is essential to our health and well-being tied to the very genetic foundations of our physiology and cognitive function. It describes all the subtlety beauty and pleasures of well-daylit spaces and attractive window views and explains how these are woven into the fabric of both our everyday sensory experience and enduring cultural perspectives. All types of environmental designers along with anyone interested in human health and well- being will fi nd new insights offered by Visual Delight in Architecture. The book is both accessible and provocative full of personal stories and persuasive research helping designers to gain a deeper understanding of the scientific basis of their designs scientists to better grasp the real-world implications of their work and everyone to more fully appreciate the role of windows in their lives. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003097594

Visual Design Concepts For Mobile Games This book is geared towards both students as well as professionals who are looking to enter the mobile (tablet/smartphone) and PC (personal computer) industry as concept artists (for both 2D and 3D production pipelines) or 2D production artists (game-ready assets). This book is not specifically focused on game design or game development and is also not a 3D modeling or animation guide. However certain aspects of game design game development and 3D modeling and animation will impact the visual development and art creation process. So at points throughout we will explore topics such as game engine performance and game mechanics though at a very high-level bird's-eye vantage point and only as they pertain to the visual development of the various assignments throughout this book. Through the completion of the exercises and assignments contained within Visual  Development for Web & Mobile Games readers will be guided through the  visual development process and execution of a variety of concepts and assets  (final game art). This includes categories such as characters props and backgrounds   within an isometric design template. The categories themselves will relate more to their  function within a very simple game design template than their completed visual  representation (e.g. the "big build-able" category could be anything from a town square to a fire breathing dragon as long as it fits within the bare bones parameters of the asset types functionality). The concept theme and style of these assets as well as the world they inhabit will be completely up to the individual artist.   Key Features Weaves knowledge of classic visual development principles and web/mobile game art production practices. Assignments and exercises at the end of every chapter allow the reader to create a game art project from start to finish. Examines both 2D/3D game art pipelines. Includes a companion website with project files asset downloads & author created video tutorials. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138806924

Visual Effects for Film and Television * An invaluable insight into the use of visual effects in film and television* Fully illustrated with diagrams to show you step-by-step techniques* Covers visual effects processes from front-of-camera to post-production* Integrated approach to film video and digital techniques* Redefines the rules of photography so that they can be broken for effects* Shows the line of development from the oldest to the newest processes* A must for cinematographers editors designers and students of VFX alike * Everything you need to know to plan and supervise visual effects shots* Essential reading for anyone working in commercials/advertising photography or effectsWritten by an experienced professional this manual is the essential guide to understanding the principles and background of modern visual effects.Visual effects are at the forefront of a digital revolution in the film and video industry and are becoming more and more important to movie language. This book teaches the practical techniques and skills required to incorporate effects successfully into both film and television production. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155893

Visual Environmental Communication In 2008 the editors published a well-cited journal paper arguing that while scholarly work on media representations of environmental issues had made substantial progress in textual analysis there had been much less work on visual representations. This is surprising given the increasingly visual nature of media and communication and in light of emerging evidence that the environment is visualized through the use of increasingly symbolic and iconic images. Addressing these matters this volume marks out the present state of the field and contains chapters that represent fresh and exciting high quality scholarly work now emerging on visual environmental communication. These include a range of fascinating and often alarming topics which draw on a variety of methods and forms of visual communication. The book demonstrates that research needs to think much more widely about what we mean by the ‘visual’ which plays a massive yet under-researched role in the politics and ideology of public understanding and misunderstanding of and the environment and environmental problems.  The book is of relevance to students and researchers in media and communication studies cultural studies film and visual studies geography sociology politics and other disciplines with an interest in the politics of visual environmental communication.This book was published as a special issue of Environmental Communication: A Journal of Nature and Culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367738716

Visual Ergonomics Handbook Viewing an electronic display screen varies significantly from reading text on paper and human eyes often suffer for it. Featuring cutting-edge research in the field of visual ergonomics Visual Ergonomics Handbook focuses on vision and eye-care issues in both the office and industrial setting including eye safety issues in industrial plants and construction sites. The text integrates the knowledge of leading experts in the fields of optometry ergonomics eye safety and occupational medicine into a comprehensive easy-to-read volume that also analyzes the economic benefits of developing a workplace visual ergonomics program. Written at a level that makes the information easily accessible the chapter authors provide a simplified but thorough discussion of the process of eyesight and the components of the visual system. They explore the technology behind computer displays discuss environmental issues surrounding eye symptoms and vision in the workplace and examine lighting glare monitor position vision distances and other issues in detail. The chapter on glare in the workplace clarifies the role of anti-glare filters for display and the chapter on eye examinations covers the information that is critical to describe to the doctor. A discussion of the economic impact of ergonomic programs wraps up the main volume of the book. The book's multidisciplinary chapter authors give you wide ranging coverage of the issues and the editorial guidance of Jeffrey Anshel ensures that redundancies are weeded out. The first comprehensive handbook on visual ergonomics it presents information that is adequately straightforward and technical. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392611

Visual EthicsA Guide for Photographers Journalists and Filmmakers Visual Ethics addresses the need for critical thinking and ethical behavior among professionals responsible for visual messages in photography and photojournalism film and digital media. From the author of Photojournalism: An Ethical Approach published more than 20 years ago this book goes beyond photojournalism ethics. It discusses crucial contemporary concerns including persuasion stereotyping global perspectives graphic design decisions multimedia production social media and more. Written for an ever-growing discipline author Paul Martin Lester gives serious ethical consideration to the complex field of visual communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138210509

Visual ExperiencesA Concise Guide to Digital Interface Design   Visual Experiences: A Concise Guide to Digital Interface Design provides step-by-step examples to enable readers to create an interface guiding them from sketching an idea to creating an interactive prototype. This creation of a visual experience is achieved in three steps: thought design and interaction. This book focuses on the visual experience of digital interface design from the initial idea to end-user prototype.   Key Features Shows how to design visual digital interface experiences: a concise guide to creating successful prototypes without programming. Teaches the whole process of how to sketch design and create interactions. Unlike other books this book does not just give a list of terminologies but workable examples and methods. Includes a wide range of basic to advanced exercises geared towards professionals and students alike. Includes many illustrations throughout the book guiding the reader through the process. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498770538

Visual Fields via the Visual Pathway Visual Fields via the Visual Pathway presents the varying visual field deficits occurring with lesions of the visual pathway. The book covers anatomy pathology and signs and symptoms plus visual field defects associated with specific parts of the visual pathway. Also covered is the basic theory of visual field assessment. This new edition includes updated methods of visual field assessment additional descriptions of how individual visual field results should be interpreted an updated review of the pros and cons of the various available test programs and recent research advances and recommendations on baseline assessment diagnosis and re-assessment options to promote good clinical practice decisions. The book expands on the previous edition to consider further types of perimetry and also updates existing perimetry information. The Octopus 900 perimetry introduced since the first edition features alongside Goldmann and Humphrey perimeters. Artefacts of testing are discussed as well as their identification versus actual visual field deficit. A section on differential diagnosis is also included. Chapters include numerous illustrations of visual field results colour plates of associated fundus images and neuroimaging scans. References and further reading lists are also provided with key articles and up-to-date literature. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482299632

Visual Form Detection in Three-dimensional Space Published in the year 1982 Visual Form Detection in Three-dimensional Space is a valuable contribution to the field of Cognitive Psychology. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203781166

Visual Global Politics We live in a visual age. Images and visual artefacts shape international events and our understanding of them. Photographs film and television influence how we view and approach phenomena as diverse as war diplomacy financial crises and election campaigns. Other visual fields from art and cartoons to maps monuments and videogames frame how politics is perceived and enacted. Drones satellites and surveillance cameras watch us around the clock and deliver images that are then put to political use. Add to this that new technologies now allow for a rapid distribution of still and moving images around the world. Digital media platforms such as Twitter YouTube Facebook and Instagram play an important role across the political spectrum from terrorist recruitment drives to social justice campaigns. This book offers the first comprehensive engagement with visual global politics. Written by leading experts in numerous scholarly disciplines and presented in accessible and engaging language Visual Global Politics is a one-stop source for students scholars and practitioners interested in understanding the crucial and persistent role of images in today’s world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415726078

Visual IdentityPromoting and Protecting the Public Face of an Organization Brands companies and organizations much like people have personalities and most of what we know and think about their personalities comes through visual identity. A visual identity is the strategically planned and purposeful presentation of the brand or organization in order to gain a positive image in the minds of the public including - but not limited to - its name logo tagline color palette and architecture and even sounds. This practical guide explores visual identity from an organizational brand perspective (corporate non-profit etc.) rather than a product brand perspective. It not only helps readers to understand the meaning and value of an organization's visual identity but also provides hands-on advice on how to promote and protect the identity. Each chapter draws from current research and also contains real-world examples and case studies that illustrate the key concepts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698335

Visual Impairment and WorkExperiences of Visually Impaired People This book traces the development of paid work for visually impaired people in the UK from the 18th century to the present day. It gives a voice to visually impaired people to talk about their working lives and documents the history of employment from their experience an approach which is severely lacking in the current literature about visual impairment and employment. By analysing fifty in-depth face-to-face interviews with visually impaired people talking about their working lives (featuring those who have worked in traditional jobs such as telephony physiotherapy and piano tuning to those who have pursued more unusual occupations and professions) and grouping them according to occupation and framed by documentary historical research these stories can be situated in their broader political economic ideological and cultural contexts. The themes that emerge will help to inform present day policy and practice within a context of high unemployment amongst visually impaired people of working age. It is part of a growing literature which gives voice to disabled people about their own lives and which adds to the growing academic discipline of disability studies and the empowerment of disabled people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595357

Visual ImpairmentAccess to Education for Children and Young People First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138148239

Visual Interface Design for Digital Cultural HeritageA Guide to Rich-Prospect Browsing Browsing for information is a significant part of most research activity but many online collections hamper browsing with interfaces that are variants on a search box. Research shows that rich-prospect interfaces can offer an intuitive and highly flexible alternative environment for information browsing assisting hypothesis formation and pattern-finding. This unique book offers a clear discussion of this form of interface design including a theoretical basis for why it is important and examples of how it can be done. It will be of interest to those working in the fields of library and information science human-computer interaction visual communication design and the digital humanities as well as those interested in new theories and practices for designing web interfaces for library collections digitized cultural heritage materials and other types of digital collections. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250307

Visual LeapA Step-by-Step Guide to Visual Learning for Teachers and Students Visual Leap is a how-to book for teachers students and parents interested in making learning easier. In step-by-step fashion it presents an effective universal visual method to teach students how to think independently and critically and how to organize their ideas for any instructional purpose. The visual strategies are rooted in the science of human learning and are effective because they tap into the ways that we learn naturally. The Visual Leap method simplifies teaching the skills of the Common Core State Standards and gives teachers explicit ways to differentiate instruction to meet the needs of all learners. The strategies work across many grade levels and subject areas and for a wide variety of instructional objectives across the curriculum such as vocabulary acquisition reading comprehension writing speaking and listening. Visual Leap offers easy ways to foster dynamic creative and critical thinking in the classroom and provides teachers and students with a toolkit of problem-solving and learning strategies designed to serve them throughout their academic and professional lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781942108078

Visual Literacy for LibrariesA practical standards-based guide This book will give you an understanding of how images fit into your critical practice and how you can advance student learning with your own visual literacy. The importance of images and visual media in today's culture is changing what it means to be literate in the 21st century. Digital technologies have made it possible for almost anyone to create and share visual media. Yet the pervasiveness of images and visual media does not necessarily mean that individuals are able to critically view use and produce visual content. This book provides you with the tools strategies and confidence to apply visual literacy in a library context. You will learn ways to develop students’ visual literacy and how to use visual materials to make your own teaching more engaging. Ideal for the busy librarian who needs ideas activities and teaching strategies that are ready to implement this book: shows how to challenge students to delve into finding images using images in the research process interpreting and analysing images creating visual communications and using visual content ethically provides ready-to-use learning activities for engaging critically with visual materials offers tools and techniques for increasing one's own visual literacy confidence gives strategies for integrating engaging with and advocating for visual literacy in libraries. With this book's guidance you can help students master visual literacy a key competency in today's media-saturated world while also enlivening your teaching with visual materials. Readership: Visual Literacy for Libraries will be essential reading for librarians information professionals and managers in all sectors students of library and information science school and higher education teachers and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783301447

Visual MarketingFrom Attention to Action This comprehensive volume aims to further research and theory development in visual marketing. By bringing together leading researchers in the field it strives to contribute to the establishment of visual marketing as a coherent discipline. The chapters represent an array of issues in visual marketing. They address three areas in theory: attention and perception visual cognition and action and choice. The chapters go beyond what is known and offer in many cases a more speculative and visionary account of the directions that visual marketing research could and should take.Rather than being confined to advertising only this new volume shows how visual marketing permeates almost all consumer and marketing activities. It will be of interest to undergraduate and graduate students in marketing management industrial design and consumer and social psychology. Professional practitioners especially those involved with marketing communications retail and in store marketing and market research will also benefit from the empirically based and innovative ideas put forth in this book. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780367866679

Visual Media in IndonesiaVideo Vanguard In the age of digital communication and global capitalism people’s mental social and natural environments are interconnected in complex and often unpredictable ways. This book focuses on the visual media one of the key factors in shaping the contemporary ecology of colliding environments. Case-studies include video artists community media activists television programme makers and literary authors in the fourth most populous country in the world Indonesia. The author demonstrates that these actors are part of an international creative and social vanguard that reflect on criticise and rework the multidimensional impact of the visual media in imaginative and innovative ways. Their work explores alternative and more sustainable presents and futures for Indonesia and the world. This research is urgent and timely as Indonesia has emerged in recent years as one of the world’s most vibrant hubs for contemporary art and media experimentation. Using an innovative interdisciplinary framework of visual culture analysis that derives from a wide range of academic fields the book will be of interest to academics in the field of Southeast Asian Studies Media Studies Cultural Studies and Art History Anthropology and Sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138347595

Visual MerchandisingThe Image of Selling Situated at the crossroads of visual culture and consumerism this essay collection examines visual merchandising as both a business and an art. It seeks to challenge that scholarly ambivalence that often celebrates the spectacle but denies the agenda of consumerism. The volume considers strategies in the imaging of selling from the mid nineteenth century to the present in terms of the visual interaction that occurs between the commodity and the consumer and between body and space. Under the categories of Promotion Product and Place contributors to the volume examine the strategies in the presentation of retail goods and environments that range from print advertising to product design to store display and architecture. Visual Merchandising: The Image of Selling is located directly at the nexus of business practice and cultural myth where the spectator never loses sight of their status as buyer and the object of desire is always still a commodity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247161

Visual Methods in the FieldPhotography for the Social Sciences The use of images particularly photography has been steadily gaining popularity in academia but there has not yet been a book that deals with the act and process of photo-taking in the field. Drawing upon 21 years of photographic experience and sociological research Terence Heng’s immersive and narrative style will: introduce photography as a qualitative method; discuss the intricacies of challenges in and opportunities for using a camera in the field; explore common themes and topics in social science research including photographing rituals space people and objects; advise on navigating the always evolving technological landscapes of traditional digital and mobile photography. Visual Methods in the Field: Photography for the Social Sciences is a photography guide written for researchers by a researcher. Using in-depth ethnographic case studies from research done in various urban environments this book will act as a crucial bridge for students in geography sociology education media studies and other social sciences to incorporate photography into their research repertoire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138810334

Visual NavigationFrom Biological Systems To Unmanned Ground Vehicles All biological systems with vision move about their environments and successfully perform many tasks. The same capabilities are needed in the world of robots. To that end recent results in empirical fields that study insects and primates as well as in theoretical and applied disciplines that design robots have uncovered a number of the principles of navigation. To offer a unifying approach to the situation this book brings together ideas from zoology psychology neurobiology mathematics geometry computer science and engineering. It contains theoretical developments that will be essential in future research on the topic -- especially new representations of space with less complexity than Euclidean representations possess. These representations allow biological and artificial systems to compute from images in order to successfully deal with their environments. In this book the barriers between different disciplines have been smoothed and the workings of vision systems of biological organisms are made clear in computational terms to computer scientists and engineers. At the same time fundamental principles arising from computational considerations are made clear both to empirical scientists and engineers. Empiricists can generate a number of hypotheses that they could then study through various experiments. Engineers can gain insight for designing robotic systems that perceive aspects of their environment. For the first time readers will find: * the insect vision system presented in a way that can be understood by computational scientists working in computer vision and engineering; * three complete working robotic navigation systems presented with all the issues related to their design analyzed in detail; * the beginning of a computational theory of direct perception as advocated by Gibson presented in detail with applications for a variety of problems; and * the idea that vision systems could compute space representations different from perfect metric descriptions -- and be used in robotic tasks -- advanced for both artificial and biological systems. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138876545

Visual Object ProcessingA Cognitive Neuropsychological Approach Originally published in 1987 this book attempted to bring together work by researchers concerned with the functional and neurological mechanisms underlying visual object processing and the ways in which such mechanisms can be neurologically impaired. The editors termed it a ‘Cognitive Neuropsychological’ approach because they believed it tried to relate evidence from neurological impairments of visual object processing to models of normal performance in a new and important way. Two broad aims are apparent. One is to test models of normal performance by evaluating how well the models account for the patterns of impairment and preservation of abilities that can occur following brain damage. The other is to use models of normal performance to further their understanding of acquired disorders of visual object processing. These aims distinguish the approach from neuropsychological work whose primary aim is to relate acquired deficits to the sites of damage and from work in the field of cognitive psychology which attempts only to develop models of normal performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138209763

Visual Perception and Cognition in infancy The chapters in this book are based on papers presented at the 23rd Carnegie Mellon Symposia on Cognition. At this exciting event speaker after speaker presented new discoveries about infants' visual perception in areas ranging from sensory processes to visual cognition. The field continues to make significant progress in understanding the infant's perceptual world. Several advances have come from the development of new methods for exploring infant perception and cognition that have brought new empirical findings. Advances have also been made in understanding the mechanisms underlying perceptual development. Outstanding examples of this ongoing progress can be seen in the chapters of this volume. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203763032

Visual Perception and Control of Underwater Robots Visual Perception and Control of Underwater Robots covers theories and applications from aquatic visual perception and underwater robotics. Within the framework of visual perception for underwater operations image restoration binocular measurement and object detection are addressed. More specifically the book includes adversarial critic learning for visual restoration NSGA-II-based calibration for binocular measurement prior knowledge refinement for object detection analysis of temporal detection performance as well as the effect of the aquatic data domain on object detection. With the aid of visual perception technologies two up-to-date underwater robot systems are demonstrated. The first system focuses on underwater robotic operation for the task of object collection in the sea. The second is an untethered biomimetic robotic fish with a camera stabilizer its control methods based on visual tracking. The authors provide a self-contained and comprehensive guide to understand underwater visual perception and control. Bridging the gap between theory and practice in underwater vision the book features implementable algorithms numerical examples and tests where codes are publicly available. Additionally the mainstream technologies covered in the book include deep learning adversarial learning evolutionary computation robust control and underwater bionics. Researchers senior undergraduate and graduate students and engineers dealing with underwater visual perception and control will benefit from this work. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367695781

Visual Perception from a Computer Graphics Perspective This book provides an introduction to human visual perception suitable for readers studying or working in the fields of computer graphics and visualization cognitive science and visual neuroscience. It focuses on how computer graphics images are generated rather than solely on the organization of the visual system itself; therefore the text provides a more direct tie between image generation and the resulting perceptual phenomena. It covers such topics as the perception of material properties illumination the perception of pictorial space image statistics perception and action and spatial cognition. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367659288

Visual PerceptionAn Introduction 3rd Edition Does the world appear the same to everyone? Does what we know determine what we see? Why do we see the world as we do? Vision is our most dominant sense. From the light that enters our eyes to the complex cognitive processes that follow we derive most of our information about what things are where they are and how they move from our vision. Visual Perception takes a refreshingly different approach to this enigmatic sense. From the function that vision serves for an active observer to the history of visual perception itself the third edition has been extensively revised updated and expanded while still preserving the essential features of historical context neurophysiology and independent thought that made the earlier editions so engaging. Covering the perception of location motion object recognition and with up-to-date information on the workings of the visual brain the 3rd edition looks at how our ideas have been shaped not just by psychology but by art optics biology and philosophy. The emphasis on understanding vision as a basis for action in the real world has also been expanded to cover seeing representations of all sorts whether they are pictures or computer-generated displays. The 3rd Edition of Visual Perception is a readable accessible and truly relevant introduction to the world of perception and will be welcomed by students of visual perception as well as anyone with a general interest in the mysteries and wonder of vision. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848720435

Visual PerceptionPhysiology Psychology and Ecology This comprehensively updated and expanded revision of the successful second edition continues to provide detailed coverage of the ever-growing range of research topics in vision. In Part I the treatment of visual physiology has been extensively revised with an updated account of retinal processing a new section explaining the principles of spatial and temporal filtering which underlie discussions in later chapters and an up-to-date account of the primate visual pathway.Part II contains four largely new chapters which cover recent psychophysical evidence and computational model of early vision: edge detection perceptual grouping depth perception and motion perception. The models discussed are extensively integrated with physiological evidence. All other chapters in Parts II III and IV have also been thoroughly updated. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203427248

Visual PhenomenologyEncountering the Sublime Through Images This volume—the second in Max Van Manen’s Phenomenology of Practice series—brings together personal narrative human research methodology and an extensive knowledge of aesthetic discourse to redefine the sublime in terms of direct and immediate experience. Erika Goble first traces the concept’s origin and development in Western philosophy revealing how efforts to theorize aesthetic quality in axiomatic or objective frameworks fail to account for the variety of experiential paradoxes that can be evoked by a single image. She then examines several first-person descriptions of encounters with the sublime in order to reflect on a series of questions that have escaped aesthetic philosophy so far: What makes an experience uniquely sublime? What does this experience reveal about the human phenomenon of sublimity when it is evoked by an image? What does the experience of the sublime reveal about ourselves as being in the world with images? Goble’s book is a corrective to the rampant philosophizing in contemporary discussions of the sublime and an invaluable contribution to phenomenological research.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138208414

Visual Politics and North KoreaSeeing is Believing In the realm of international relations there are seemingly few states like North Korea. Whether it is the country’s human rights situation its precarious everyday life or its so-called foreign policy of coercion and nuclear brinkmanship no matter what this ‘pariah’ nation says and does it affects the state and stability of regional and global politics. But what do we know about North Korea and how do we come to know it? This book argues that visual imagery plays a decisive role in this operation. By discussing two exemplary areas – everyday photography and satellite imagery – the book takes into account the role of images in the way that particular issues related to North Korea are understood in contemporary geopolitics. Images work. They do something by evoking a particular perspective of what is shown in them allowing only specific ways of seeing and knowing. In this sense images are deeply political. Individual methodological usages in the book can provide a procedural basis from which to start or rethink further studies on visuality both in IR and beyond. It also opens an innovative path for future studies on East Asia making the book attractive to a range of specialists and thus holding an appeal beyond the boundaries of a single discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138125995

Visual PollutionAdvertising Signage and Environmental Quality In recent years there has been considerable interest in the problems that public spaces face because of the design of commercial signs. The negative consequences that commercial signs can have on the visual quality of urban areas and further more on people's quality of life has been studied from both architectural planning and psychological perspectives. While the issue of visual pollution as this phenomenon is commonly described has been widely debated there is as yet no clear conclusion as to how best to control commercial signage and whether different urban contexts and people from different backgrounds and cultures have universal or distinct preferences. Several different commenrcial signage approaches are currently applied to different historic cities but these initiatives are not based on principles derived from the perception and evaluation of users. Drawing on a range of comparative and contrasting empirical studies of historic city centres in the UK and Brazil this book examines questions of commercial signage control management the preservation of historic heritage and user preference and satisfaction. The author takes an environment behaviour approach to this research involving theories concepts and methodologies related to environmental psychology architecture planning and urban design. In doing so it argues that there are in fact visual preferences common to the majority of people independent of their urban context and that these common views can be useful to the development of a general theory of how to control commercial signage. In conclusion the book suggests that the best way of controlling signage is not only to recommend general guidelines related to the operation of commercial signage but also to recommend design principles that can create commercial streetscapes evaluated positively by different users. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273764

Visual Processes in Reading and Reading Disabilities Over the last 25 years reading processes have been the focus of an enormous amount of research in experimental psychology as well as in other disciplines. The theories and models emerging from this research have greatly advanced understanding of both normal acquisition and of reading disabilities. Although great progress has been made there are certain aspects that have been relatively neglected in the current understanding. Specifically the role of visual factors has received less attention than that of other component processes. This is particularly surprising since reading and writing are distinct from the other language processes of speaking and listening in large part by virtue of the fact that a visual dimension is involved. Relevant research is broadly scattered both geographically and in terms of disciplines and there have been no major reviews or books concerned with the visual dimension of reading and reading disabilities. The purpose of this book is to bring together a broad range of evidence that concerns the role of visual information in reading and reading disabilities. Because reading processes are of central interest to cognitive scientists neuropsychologists psycholinguists clinicians and educators this book should draw a very broad readership. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203052501

Visual Propaganda Exhibitions and the Spanish Civil War Visual Propaganda Exhibitions and the Spanish Civil War is a history of art during wartime that analyzes images in various media that circulated widely and were encountered daily by Spaniards on city walls in print and in exhibitions. Tangible elements of the nation’s past”monuments cultural property and art-historical icons”were displayed in temporary exhibitions and museums as well as reproduced on posters and in print media to rally the population define national identity and reinvent distant and recent history. Artists political-party propagandists and government administrators believed that images on the street in print and in exhibitions would create a community of viewers brought together during the staging of public exhibitions to understand their own roles as Spaniards. This book draws on extensive archival research brings to light unpublished documents and examines visual propaganda exhibitions and texts unavailable in English. It engages with questions of national self-definition and historical memory at their intersections with the fine arts visual culture exhibition history tourism and propaganda during the Spanish Civil War and immediate post-war period as well as contemporary responses to the contested legacy of the Spanish Civil War. It will be of interest to scholars in art history visual and cultural history history and museum studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138295605

Visual Public RelationsStrategic Communication Beyond Text This book brings together a broad and diverse range of new and radical approaches to public relations focussing on the increasingly vital role that visual sensory and physical elements factors play in shaping communication. Engaging with recent developments in critical and cultural theories it outlines how non-textual and non-representational forces play a central role in the efficacy and reception of public relations.Challenging the dominant accounts of public relations which center on the purely representational uses of text and imagery the book critiques the suitability of accepted definitions of the field and highlights future directions for conceptualizing strategic communication within a multi-sensory environment. Drawing on the work of global researchers in public relations visual culture and communication design and cultural theory it brings a welcome inter-disciplinary approach which pushes the boundaries of public relations scholarship in a global cultural context. This exciting analysis will be of great interest to public relations scholars advanced students of strategic communication as well as communication researchers from cultural media and critical studies exploring PR as a socio-cultural phenomenon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666897

Visual Representations in ScienceConcept and Epistemology Visual representations (photographs diagrams etc.) play crucial roles in scientific processes. They help for example to communicate research results and hypotheses to scientific peers as well as to the lay audience. In genuine research activities they are used as evidence or as surrogates for research objects which are otherwise cognitively inaccessible. Despite their important functional roles in scientific practices philosophers of science have more or less neglected visual representations in their analyses of epistemic methods and tools of reasoning in science. This book is meant to fill this gap. It presents a detailed investigation into central conceptual issues and into the epistemology of visual representations in science. Chapter 4 of this book are freely available as downloadable Open Access PDFs  under a CC-BY 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781138089938_CCBYoachapter4.pdf Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367487058

Visual Research Methods in Design (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1991 this book is about applications and issues relating to the visual environment. The content pertains to the understanding of human behaviour in the environment by recording behaviour and actions or by direct interaction with people. The author examines research and planning methods that primarily stress the visual features of the physical environment. Traditionally environmental research has relied on verbal descriptions and perceptions of the physical environment virtually ignoring the visual component and the potential application of the social sciences for gathering this data. Various strategies that can expand the visual information base have been explored here: diagramming photo-interviewing photo-sorting mapping notation simulation videotaping and CADD. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138688421

Visual Research MethodsAn Introduction for Library and Information Studies Visual research methods (VRM) comprise a collection of methods that incorporate visual elements such as maps drawings photographs videos as well as three-dimensional objects into the research process. In addition VRM including photo-elicitation photovoice draw-and-write techniques and cognitive mapping are being leveraged to great effect to explore information experiences to investigate some of the central questions in the field; expand theoretical discussions in LIS; and improve library services and spaces. Visual Research Methods: An Introduction for Library and Information Studies is the first book to focus on visual methods in LIS providing a comprehensive primer for students educators researchers and practitioners in the field. Contributed chapters in the book showcase examples of VRM in action and offer the insights inspirations and experiences of researchers and practitioners working with visual methods. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783304561

Visual ResearchA Concise Introduction to Thinking Visually Visual Research: A Concise Introduction to Thinking Visually is the first text to present a concise overview of the significant ethical theoretical and practical considerations for conducting research with images. The capacity to take photos and video on handheld devices and the ability to store post and share such imagery online all offer tremendous opportunities for social research. The rapid development and popularity of such technology means that little technological proficiency is required and even less theoretical and ethical consideration. This book provides an accessible introduction to doing visual research in the social sciences. Beginning with ethical considerations this book highlights the importance of thinking visually before engaging in visual research. Further themes involve creating organizing and using images and are presented so as to help readers think about and work with their own visual data. Boxed case studies and further reading suggestions enhance the utility of this primer. Concise and highly focused Visual Research will be an invaluable resource for visual media and communications students and researchers and others interested in visual research in the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780857852069

Visual RevelationsGraphical Tales of Fate and Deception From Napoleon Bonaparte To Ross Perot To function in modern society complex data must be absorbed and understood at a breakneck pace. The most efficient way to do this is through data-based graphics. This book is an exploration and celebration of graphical methods of data presentation. Visual Revelations' principal purpose is to enlighten inform and amuse the reader regarding the shortcomings of common graphical practices; particularly how they can misinform while simultaneously providing models of wonderful graphics. There are many examples of the best graphic practice graphs that go beyond conveying facts and structure to be able to carry emotion as well. Aimed at an educated lay audience this volume benefits anyone who must either convey or receive quantitative information including designers statisticians and people in the media. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138003651

Visual Rhetoric and Early Modern English Literature Early modern printed books are copiously illustrated with charts diagrams and other kinds of images that represent systems of thought and ways of doing things. Visual Rhetoric and Early Modern English Literature shows how these images fostered what Elizabeth Eisenstein called brainwork related to concepts of space truth art and nature and reveals their importance to poetry by Andrew Marvell and John Milton and Aphra Behn’s Oroonoko. The genres of illustration considered in this book include military strategy and tactics garden design instrumentation Bibles scientific schema drawing instruction natural history comparative anatomy and Aesop’s Fables. The argument produces unique insights into the ways in which visual rhetoric affected verbal expression and the book develops novel methods of using printed images as evidence in the interpretation of the rich strange and beautiful literature of early modern England. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259850

Visual Science and EngineeringModels and Applications This work examines a broad spectrum of the latest topics in visual science relating basic studies to applications and delineating points of intersection among the various disciplines that study the mechanisms of vision. It discusses among other topics: the Purkinje-image eyetracker; the principles of high-definition television; and the role of stabilized-image technology in revealing how eye movements control both luminous and chromatic perceptions. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315215617

Visual Search and AttentionA Special Issue of Visual Cognition This special issue of Visual Cognition collects some 30 articles on Visual Search and Attention by leading experts from a variety of disciplines including experimental psychology neuropsychology neurophysiology and computational modelling. The articles are updated versions of papers presented at the 2003 Munich Visual Search Symposium. The symposium’s goal carried forward in this collection was to foster an interdisciplinary dialogue in order to identify important shared issues and consider ways of how these can be resolved using convergent methodologies. Reflecting the symposium discussions the Special Issue is divided into four thematic sections: preattentive processing and role of memory in visual search brain mechanisms and computational modelling of visual search. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138877665

Visual Security StudiesSights and Spectacles of Insecurity and War The present volume engages visuality in security from a variety of angles and explores what the subfield of Visual Security Studies might be. To structure this experimentation and to encourage a more careful and multifaceted approach to visuality and security the main conceptual move in this volume is to envision three different transversal meeting points between security and visuality: visuality as a modality (active in representations and signs of security) visuality as practice (active in enacting security) and visuality as a method (active in investigating security). These three approaches structure the book together with three areas in which we see visuality as especially pertinent in relation to security: in security technologies that (en)vision security and are themselves the objects of visions of security; in spectacles of security and security spectatorship; and in ways of making security visible. In this way the volume works to sensitize International Relations research to visual forms of knowledge and practice by examining visual aspects of security. At the same time it allows for debate on how this particular modality of the sensible not only affects what is visible and what is not but also how authority and truth-claims come about and how they are compared and evaluated. Through engagement with security via the ‘language’ or ‘code’ of the visual it is possible to interrogate how scholars in the field understand visuality as well as the economy grammar and performativity of visual articulation and the production of knowledge. The volume also examines how visuality can be used as a method in doing research and as a way of presenting research results. Visual Security Studies is not a new theory of security or its study; instead the present volume suggests that visuality should be envisioned as an aspect of security studies that can be incorporated into pre-existing approaches. The aim is to highlight how much of contemporary practice is visual and to foster an increased attentiveness to visuality in security politics security practice and to the possibilities of employing visual research methods in security scholarship. This book will be of much interest to students of critical security media studies surveillance studies visual sociology and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367457624

Visual Social CognitionA Special Issue of Visual Cognition It is widely recognized that visual processes modulate many social interactions. For example the eye-gaze of another person is a powerful cue to guide attention to a particular part of the visual field. Conversely a direct gaze may indicate potential threat or the opportunity for a sexual encounter. In addition the social or affective significance of a stimulus as well as the mood state of the observer can have profound effects on basic attentional and perceptual processes. This special issue is aimed at elucidating the role of visual processes in social interactions by linking work on the basic cognitive mechanisms mediating vision with work on the social and emotional context in which the processing takes place. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138883345

Visual Sociology Visual sociology has been part of the sociological vocabulary since the 1970s but until now there has not been a comprehensive text that introduces this area. Written by one of the founding fathers in the field Visual Sociology explores how the world that is seen photographed drawn or otherwise represented visually is different from the world that is represented through words and numbers. Doug Harper’s exceptional photography and engaging lively writing style will introduce: visual sociology as embodied observation visual sociology as semiotics visual sociology as an approach to data: empirical narrative phenomenological and reflexive visual sociology as an aspect of photo documentary visual sociology and multimedia. This definitive textbook is made up of eleven chapters on the key topics in visual sociology. With teaching and learning guidance as well as clear accessible explanations of current thinking in the field this book will be an invaluable resource to all those with an interest in visual sociology research methods cultural geography cultural theory or visual anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415778961

Visual Space Perception and ActionA Special Issue of Visual Cognition Vision is not an end in itself. Instead it has evolved to assure survival in a dynamic environment. Vision - as well as the other senses - evolved from the necessity to act in this environment. Therefore perceptual processes and action planning are much more interlocked than evident at first sight. This special issue examines the basic processes of space perception and how these processes interact with action planning and motor control. The tasks under consideration range from the simple localization of a single object to the coordination of a series of events in natural scenes. The contributions were written by various experts in the field ranging from experimental psychologists neurophysiologists to computational modellers and philosophers. Each contribution introduces new concepts and ideas that explain how visual space is being established and represented. The overarching question is whether vision and action are based on a single spatial map or on different interacting spatial representations. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138878006

Visual Spatial EnquiryDiagrams and Metaphors for Architects and Spatial Thinkers Visual Spatial Enquiry explores visual and textual ways of working within spatial research. Architects and spatial thinkers from the arts social sciences and humanities present rich case studies from remote and regional settings in Australia to the suburbs of Los Angeles and from gallery and university settings to community collaborations in Mongolia. Through these case studies the authors reappraise and reconsider research approaches methods and processes within and across their fields. In spatial research diagramming can be used as a method to synthesise complex concepts into a succinct picture whereas metaphors can add the richness of lived experiences. Drawing on the editors’ own architectural backgrounds this volume is organised into three key themes: seeing doing and making space. In seeing space chapters consider observational research enquiries where developing empathy for the context and topic is as important as gathering concrete data. Doing space explores generative opportunities that inform new and innovative propositions and making space looks at ways to rethink and reshape spatial and relational settings.Through this volume Creagh and McGann invite readers to find their own understandings of the value and practices of neighbouring fields including planning geography ethnography architecture and art. This exploration will be of value to researchers looking to develop their cross-disciplinary literacy and to design practitioners looking to enhance and articulate their research skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732226

Visual StudiesA Skeptical Introduction In his latest book James Elkins offers a road map through the field of visual studies describing its major concerns and its principal theoretical sources. Then with the skill and insight that have marked his successful books on art and visuality Elkins takes the reader down a side road where visual studies can become a more interesting place. Why look only at the same handful of theorists? Why exclude from one's field of vision non-Western art or the wealth of scientific images? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203700587

Visual Thought in Russian Religious PhilosophyPavel Florensky's Theory of the Icon This book considers a movement within Russian religious philosophy known as "full unity" (vseedinstvo) with a focus on one of its main representatives Pavel Florensky (1882–1937). Often referred to as "the Russian Leonardo " Florensky was an important figure of the Russian religious renaissance around the beginning of the twentieth century. This book shows that his philosophy conceptualized in his theory of the icon brings together the problem of the "religious turn" and the "pictorial turn" in modern culture as well as contributing to contemporary debates on religion and secularism. Organized around the themes of full unity and visuality the book examines Florensky’s definition of the icon as "energetic symbol " drawing on St. Gregory Palamas before offering a theological reading of Florensky’s theory of the pictorial space of the icon. It then turns to Florensky’s idea of space in the icon as Non-Euclidean. Finally the icon is placed within wider debates provoked by Bolshevik cultural policy which extend to current discussions concerning religion modernity and art. Offering an important contribution from Russian religious philosophy to issues of contemporary modernity this book will be of interest to scholars of religious philosophy Russian studies theology and the arts and the medieval icon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367206826

Visual Tracking in Conventional Minimally Invasive Surgery Visual Tracking in Conventional Minimally Invasive Surgery introduces the various tools and methodologies that can be used to enhance a conventional surgical setup with some degree of automation. The main focus of this book is on methods for tracking surgical tools and how they can be used to assist the surgeon during the surgical operation. Various notions associated with surgeon–computer interfaces and image-guided navigation are explored with a range of experimental results.The book starts with some basic motivations for minimally invasive surgery and states the various distinctions between robotic and non-robotic (conventional) versions of this procedure. Common components of this type of operation are presented with a review of the literature addressing the automation aspects of such a setup. Examples of tracking results are shown for both motion and gesture recognition of surgical tools which can be used as part of the surgeon–computer interface. In the case of marker-less tracking where no special visual markers can be added to the surgical tools the tracking results are divided into two types of methodology depending on the nature and the estimate of the visual noise. Details of the tracking methods are presented using standard Kalman filters and particle filters.The last part of the book provides approaches for tracking a region on the surgical scene defined by the surgeon. Examples of how these tracking approaches can be used as part of image-guided navigation are demonstrated. This book is designed for control engineers interested in visual tracking computer vision researchers and system designers involved with surgical automation as well as surgeons biomedical engineers and robotic researchers.  Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367574307

Visual Typologies from the Early Modern to the ContemporaryLocal Contexts and Global Practices Visual Typologies from the Early Modern to the Contemporary investigates the pictorial representation of types from the sixteenth to the twenty- first century. Originating in longstanding visual traditions including street crier prints and costume albums these images share certain conventions as they seek to convey knowledge about different peoples. The genre of the type became widespread in the early modern period developing into a global language of identity. The chapters explore diverse pictorial representations of types customs and dress in numerous media including paintings prints postcards photographs and garments. Together they reveal that the activation of typological strategies including seriality repetition appropriation and subversion has produced a universal and dynamic pictorial language. Typological images highlight the tensions between the local and the international the specific and the communal and similarity and difference inherent in the construction of identity. The first full- length study to treat these images as a broader genre Visual Typologies gives voice to a marginalized form of representation. Together the chapters debunk the classification of such images as unmediated and authentic representations offering fresh methodological frameworks to consider their meanings locally and globally and establishing common ground about the operations of objects that sought to shape embody or challenge individual and collective identities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138200135

Visual Word Recognition Volume 1Models and Methods Orthography and Phonology Word recognition is the component of reading which involves the identification of individual words. Together the two volumes of Visual Word Recognition offer a state-of-the-art overview of contemporary research from leading figures in the field. This first volume outlines established theory new models and key experimental evidence used to investigate visual word recognition: lexical decision and word naming. It also considers methodological concerns: new developments in large databases and how these have been applied to theoretical questions; and control considerations when dealing with words as stimuli. Finally the book considers the visual-orthographic input to the word recognition system: from the left and right-hand sides of vision through the processing of letters and their proximity to the similarity and confusability of words and the contribution of the spoken-phonological form of the word. The two volumes serve as a state-of-the-art comprehensive overview of the field. They are essential reading for researchers of visual word recognition as well as undergraduate and postgraduate students of cognition and cognitive psychology specifically the psychology of language and reading. They will also be of use to those working in education and speech-language therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138110137

Visual Word Recognition Volume 2Meaning and Context Individuals and Development Word recognition is the component of reading which involves the identification of individual words. Together the two volumes of Visual Word Recognition offer a state-of-the-art overview of contemporary research from leading figures in the field. This second volume examines how research on word recognition has been linked to the study of concepts and meaning such as how morphemes affect word recognition how the meaning of words affects their processing and the effect of priming on the processing of words. The book also discusses eye-movement research the reading of whole sentences and passages how bilinguals recognize words in different languages individual differences in visual word recognition and the development of visual word recognition difficulties in developmental dyslexia. The two volumes serve as a state-of-the-art comprehensive overview of the field. They are essential reading for researchers of visual word recognition and students on undergraduate and postgraduate courses in cognition and cognitive psychology specifically the psychology of language and reading. They will also be of use to those working in education and speech-language therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138116986

Visual Word Recognition Volumes 1 and 2 Word recognition is the component of reading which involves the identification of individual words. Together the two volumes of Visual Word Recognition offer a state-of-the-art overview of contemporary research from leading figures in the field. This first volume outlines established theory new models and key experimental evidence used to investigate visual word recognition: lexical decision and word naming. It also considers methodological concerns: new developments in large databases and how these have been applied to theoretical questions; and control considerations when dealing with words as stimuli. The second volume examines how research on word recognition has been linked to the study of concepts and meaning such as how morphemes affect word recognition how the meaning of words affects their processing and the effect of priming on the processing of words. The two volumes serve as a state-of-the-art comprehensive overview of the field. They are essential reading for researchers of visual word recognition and students on undergraduate and postgraduate courses in cognition and cognitive psychology specifically the psychology of language and reading. They will also be of use to those working in education and speech-language therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848721050

Visual WordsArt and the Material Book in Victorian England First Published in 2002   Visual Words provides a unique and interdisciplinary evaluation of the relationship between images and words in this period.Victorian England witnessed a remarkable growth in literacy culminating in the new literary nationalism that emerged at the beginning of the twentieth century. Each chapter explores a different aspect of this relationship: the role of Dickens as the heroic author the book as an iconic object the growing graphic presence of the text the role of the graphic trace the ’Sister Arts/ pen and pencil’ tradition and the competition between image and word as systems of communication. Examining the impact of such diverse areas as advertising graphic illustration narrative painting frontispiece portraits bibliomania and the merchandising of literary culture Visual Words shows that the influence of the ’Sister Arts’ tradition was more widespread and complex than has previously been considered. Whether discussing portraits of authors the uses of iconography in Ford Madox Brown’s painting Work or examining why the British Library was equipped with false bookcases for doors Gerard Curtis looks at artistic and literary culture from an art historical and ’object’ perspective to gain a better understanding of why some Victorians called their culture ’hieroglyphic’. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429202766

Visual Workplace Visual ThinkingCreating Enterprise Excellence Through the Technologies of the Visual Workplace Second Edition Visual Workplace/Visual Thinking (VWVT) was written by the acknowledged leading expert in workplace visuality. While other books touch upon visual workplace tools and practices no other author has addressed the topic with the clarity and depth presented here. This is a seminal book considered by many the definition of the field itself. First published by a small independent press in 2005 the book won the prestigious Shingo Research Prize in the same year. It was then and remains the only book of its kind that describes the conceptual and practical foundation for workplace visuality derived from dozens of hands-on implementations in some of the world’s best or most challenging companies. Written not by an academic but by a hands-on practitioner who has worked for three decades with companies in various phases of visual transformation the work carries the reader from the usual starting point of 5S through to the full power of the visual-lean® alliance. The book’s 11 chapters are in four sections. The first defines the visual workplace in relation to operational excellence along with the eight building blocks of visual thinking. The next section which targets the cultural conversion is unexpectedly thrilling as it describes the genuine transformation of both company and employee which is at the heart of every visual conversion. Section 3 maps the logic and sequence of Dr. Galsworth’s 10-Doorway template as you learn about the visual side of 5S visual standards visual scheduling visual material control visual metrics visual problem-solving visual leadership as well as the visual machine® and visual-lean®office. The final section of VTVW places visual management within the visual continuum shows you how to use the ten doorways to assess your own company and concludes with a discussion of the visual-lean alliance illustrated through a conversion case study. With over 25 full-color albums of visual solutions 50+ graphs and charts a detailed table of contents and in-depth Index this 277-page book positions the technologies of the visual workplace as a premier improvement strategy on every company’s journey to operational excellence. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138684683

Visual Worlds As many observers have noted the world is becoming increasingly visually mediated with the rise of computers and the internet being central factors in the emergence of new tools and conventions. Exploring the social structure of visuality this volume contains a collection of essays by internationally renowned artists and scholars from a variety of fields (including art history literary theory and criticism cultural studies film and television studies intellectual history and sociology). It was conceived to address a bold query: how is our experience and understanding of vision and visual form changing under pressure from the various social economic and cultural factors that are linked under the term 'globalization'. The essays overlap in their considerations of the tensions between cultures and worlds political life everyday social experience and war. The resulting conversation that develops between the chapters touches on points from many visual worlds and provides a unique opportunity for considering the changing character of visual experience today. This book will attract readers from a wide range of academic disciplines and will especially be valuable as a textbook for graduate and undergraduate courses in visual culture and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759113

Visual-Gestural CommunicationA Workbook in Nonverbal Expression and Reception Visual-Gestural Communication is a truly unique volume in non-language communication devoted to the study of universal gestures facial expressions body language and pantomime. Readers develop the skill and confidence to interact -- sans shared language -- with individuals  such as someone who is deaf or hard of hearing or who speaks a foreign language. The text and accompanying online resources feature a wealth of icebreakers sequenced yet modular activities and assignments as well as resources student exercises and teacher-guided tasks that explore aspects and amalgamations of nonverbal communication theatre and sign language. It is a tremendous resource for students of visual-gestural communication sign language interpretation American Sign Language (and other foreign sign languages) nonverbal communication theatre and performance studies as well as community educators in deaf awareness and advocacy. In addition to the text's vital use in the theatrical arena it is also applicable to teachers who wish to help their students maximize the use of their facial expressions gestures and body language as a prerequisite to learning ASL. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138605862

Visualisation in Popular Fiction 1860-1960Graphic Narratives Fictional Images Visualisation in Popular Fiction 1860-1960 explores the important but neglected tradition of illustrated fiction in English. It suggests new analytical approaches for its study by offering detailed discussions of a range of representative texts including Mary Webb's Gone to Earth and Daphne du Maurier's Rebecca. Among the issues and genres Sillars explores are:* Victorian `narrative' paintings* Edwardian fictional magazines* comic strips * illustrated children's stories* the translation of novels into film An insightful and highly informative work Visualisation in Popular Fiction will be of value to students of literature cultural studies visual art and film. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867306

Visualising Business TransformationPictures Diagrams and the Pursuit of Shared Meaning Business transformation typically involves a wide range of visualisation techniques from the templates and diagrams used by managers to make better strategic choices to the experience maps used by designers to understand customer needs the technical models used by architects to propose possible solutions and the pictorial representations used by change managers to engage stakeholder groups in dialogue. Up until now these approaches have always been dealt with in isolation in the literature as well as in practice. This is surprising because although they can look very different and tend to be produced by distinct groups of people they are all modelling different aspects of the same thing. Visualising Business Transformation draws them together for the first time into a coherent whole so that readers from any background can expand their repertoire and understand the context and rationale for each technique across the transformation lifecycle. The book will appeal to a broad spectrum of readers involved in change whether that is by creating change models themselves (strategists architects designers engineers business analysts developers illustrators graphic facilitators etc.) interpreting and using them (sponsors business change managers portfolio/programme/project managers communicators change champions etc.) or supporting those involved in change indirectly (trainers coaches mentors higher education establishments and professional training facilities). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138308244

Visualising Health Care Practice ImprovementInnovation from Within Why is it that in spite of all the health policy reforms clinical practice innovations increasing intersectoral interdependencies and new medical and information technologies so little has changed in the way we research and evaluate health care? Don't these changes cry out for new ways of being studied and appraised? And don't our approaches to clinical practice innovation cry out for being reinvented too? Surely we cannot continue to wheel out research and evaluation paradigms improvement approaches and methods that were designed for 20th century problems and 20th century health care and assume they will be able to make sense of the problems we experience and the care we provide in the 21st century? These changes necessitate a new paradigm of health service research evaluation and improvement and this new model adopts approaches and methods that embrace complexity. The approaches and methods can account for the vicissitudes of front-line care the activities of front-line staff and the experiences of patients and families - where care happens. Visualising Health Care Practice Improvement draws on years of video feedback research shaping an approach that enables not only a retrospective understanding but also a view into the future of what might be possible. It presents the argument that change is not principally about adopting solutions from elsewhere but that it is conditional on people exploring whether proposed solutions suit existing habituations. It involves a process of exploration discovery secession and renewal. Health care managers policy makers and shapers will find this book enlightening. It will also be empowering to all health care professionals and front-line staff. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846194504

Visualising Intangibles: Measuring and Reporting in the Knowledge Economy Despite the now widely recognized importance of intangible assets and intellectual capital they still appear to be poorly understood by both academics and practitioners. Indeed the necessity for adopting a fresh approach to their reporting measurement and management is today generally clear and accepted. This book gives room to new perspectives which broaden the scope and depth of the investigation whilst also opening up innovative methods and opportunities for practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315547947

Visualising Place Memory and the Imagined This book probes into how communities and social groups construct their understanding of the world through real and imagined experiences of place. The book seeks to connect the dots of the factual and the imaginary that form affective networks of identities which help shape local memory and sense of self and community as well as a sense of the past. It exploits the concept of make-believe spaces – in the environment storytelling and mnemonic narratives – as a social framework that aligns and informs the everyday memory worlds of communities. Drawing upon fieldwork in cultural heritage community archaeology social history and conflict history and anthropology this text offers a methodological framework within which social groups may position and enact the multiple senses of place and senses of the past inhabited and performed in different cultural contexts. This book serves to illustrate a useful visualisation methodology which can be used in participatory fieldwork and thus will be of interest to heritage specialists ethnographers and cultural geographers and oral history practitioners who will particularly find the methodology cheap easy to replicate and enjoyable for community-based projects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138052277

Visualising SkyscapesMaterial Forms of Cultural Engagement with the Heavens Above the land and its horizon lies the celestial sphere that great dome of the sky which governs light and darkness critical to life itself yet its influence is often neglected in the archaeological narrative. Visualising Skyscapes captures a growing interest in the emerging field of skyscape archaeology. This powerful and innovative book returns the sky to its rightful place as a central consideration in archaeological thought and can be regarded as a handbook for further research. Bookended by a foreword by archaeologist Gabriel Cooney and an afterword by astronomer Andrew Newsam its contents have a wide-reaching relevance for the fields of archaeology anthropology ethnography archaeoastronomy astronomy heritage and cultural studies. The volume balances six chapters on theory and methodology which elaborate on the history and practice of the field with six other chapters focused on case studies from around the world. Visualising Skyscapes captures the growing interest in the multidisciplinary study of skyscapes and will be of interest to academics students and the general public as well as having international appeal. It is topical timely and relevant to current debates and will hopefully stimulate further interest in this exciting and relatively new area of investigation. The contributions showcase the work of distinguished academics in the field and the chapters are all enhanced by numerous photographs and images. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138303614

Visualising the Empire of Capital Methods of visualising modernity and capitalism have been central to classical social science. Those methods of seeing specifically in the work of Marx were attempts to capture visually the fragmenting edifice of capital in its death throes and were part of a project to hasten its demise - yet capitalism persisted and perpetuated itself in new forms such that its demise now looks less likely than it did 150 years ago. This book argues for a new way of understanding Marx and a new way of approaching both capitalist modernity and Marx’s Capital by rethinking the nature of vision. Through studies of visualisation in relation to machines and the monstrous memory mirrors and optics and the invisible Visualising the Empire of Capital offers a new way of thinking about what capital is and its future. A new reading of - and against - Marx this volume argues for new forms of sensual utopia while initiating antagonism to the empire of capital itself. As such it will appeal to social theorists social anthropologists and sociologists with interests in critical theory visual culture and aesthetics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367197834

Visuality/MaterialityImages Objects and Practices Two of the key theoretical shifts over the past two decades of critical work have been the 'visual turn' and the 'material turn'. This book argues that these hitherto distinct fields should be understood as in continual dialogue and co-constitution and focuses on reconceptualising the visual as an embodied material and often politically-charged realm. This edited volume elaborates this conceptual argument through a series of contemporary case studies drawn from the disciplines of Architecture Sociology Media Studies Geography and Cultural Studies. The case studies included are paired around four themes: consumption translation practice and ethics. As well as exploring the bringing together of visuality and materiality studies the contributors raise questions of social identity and social critique and also focus on the ethics of material visualities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252516

Visualization Analysis and Design Learn How to Design Effective Visualization Systems Visualization Analysis and Design provides a systematic comprehensive framework for thinking about visualization in terms of principles and design choices. The book features a unified approach encompassing information visualization techniques for abstract data scientific visualization techniques for spatial data and visual analytics techniques for interweaving data transformation and analysis with interactive visual exploration. It emphasizes the careful validation of effectiveness and the consideration of function before form. The book breaks down visualization design according to three questions: what data users need to see why users need to carry out their tasks and how the visual representations proposed can be constructed and manipulated. It walks readers through the use of space and color to visually encode data in a view the trade-offs between changing a single view and using multiple linked views and the ways to reduce the amount of data shown in each view. The book concludes with six case studies analyzed in detail with the full framework. The book is suitable for a broad set of readers from beginners to more experienced visualization designers. It does not assume any previous experience in programming mathematics human–computer interaction or graphic design and can be used in an introductory visualization course at the graduate or undergraduate level. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781466508910

Visualization and Engineering Design Graphics with Augmented Reality Third Edition This book is designed as a learning tool to help the aspiring engineer learn the language of engineering graphics. In this regard this book is hardly unique as there have been literally hundreds of books published in the past that had a similar goal. The main challenge faced by engineering graphics books comes from the difficulty of representing and describing three dimensional information on paper which is a consequence of the two dimensional nature of printed materials. What makes this book invaluable is the use of Augmented Reality a technology that will allow you to escape the limitations of traditional materials enabling you the student to truly visualize the objects being described in full 3D. To take full advantage of this book you will need a smartphone tablet or computer with a camera along with the apps provided.*   Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630572693

Visualization and Verbalization of Data Visualization and Verbalization of Data shows how correspondence analysis and related techniques enable the display of data in graphical form which results in the verbalization of the structures in data. Renowned researchers in the field trace the history of these techniques and cover their current applications. The first part of the book explains the historical origins of correspondence analysis and associated methods. The second part concentrates on the contributions made by the school of Jean-Paul Benzécri and related movements such as social space and geometric data analysis. Although these topics are viewed from a French perspective the book makes them understandable to an international audience. Throughout the text well-known experts illustrate the use of the methods in practice. Examples include the spatial visualization of multivariate data cluster analysis in computer science the transformation of a textual data set into numerical data the use of quantitative and qualitative variables in multiple factor analysis different possibilities of recoding data prior to visualization and the application of duality diagram theory to the analysis of a contingency table. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781466589803

Visualization in the Age of Computerization Digitalization and computerization are now pervasive in science. This has deep consequences for our understanding of scientific knowledge and of the scientific process and challenges longstanding assumptions and traditional frameworks of thinking of scientific knowledge. Digital media and computational processes challenge our conception of the way in which perception and cognition work in science of the objectivity of science and the nature of scientific objects. They bring about new relationships between science art and other visual media and new ways of practicing science and organizing scientific work especially as new visual media are being adopted by science studies scholars in their own practice. This volume reflects on how scientists use images in the computerization age and how digital technologies are affecting the study of science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600419

Visualizing Africa in Nineteenth-Century British Travel Accounts This study examines and explains how British explorers visualized the African interior in the latter part of the nineteenth century providing the first sustained analysis of the process by which this visual material was transformed into the illustrations in popular travel books. At that time central Africa was effectively a blank canvas for Europeans unknown and devoid of visual representations. While previous works have concentrated on exploring the stereotyped nature of printed imagery of Africa this study examines the actual production process of images and the books in which they were published in order to demonstrate how why and by whom the images were manipulated. Thus the main focus of the work is not on the aesthetic value of pictures but in the activities interaction and situations that gave birth to them in both Africa and Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415699624

Visualizing Baseball Visualizing Baseball provides a visual exploration of the game of baseball. Graphical displays are used to show how measures of performance at the team level and the individual level have changed over the history of baseball. Graphs of career trajectories are helpful for understanding the rise and fall of individual performances of hitters and pitchers over time. One can measure the contribution of plays by the notion of runs expectancy. Graphs of runs expectancy are useful for understanding the importance of the game situation defined by the runners on base and number of outs. Also the runs measure can be used to quantify hitter and pitch counts and the win probabilities can be used to define the exciting plays during a baseball game. Special graphs are used to describe pitch data from the PitchFX system and batted ball data from the Statcast system. One can explore patterns of streaky performance and clutch play by the use of graphs and special plots are used to predict final season batting averages based on data from the middle of the season. This book was written for several types of readers. Many baseball fans should be interested in the topics of the chapters especially those who are interested in learning more about the quantitative side of baseball. Many statistical ideas are illustrated and so the graphs and accompanying insights can help in promoting statistical literacy at many levels. From a practitioner’s perspective the chapters offer many illustrations of the use of a modern graphics system and R scripts are available on an accompanying website to reproduce and potentially improve the graphs in this book. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498782753

Visualizing Climate ChangeA Guide to Visual Communication of Climate Change and Developing Local Solutions Carbon dioxide and global climate change are largely invisible and the prevailing imagery of climate change is often remote (such as ice floes melting) or abstract and scientific (charts and global temperature maps).  Using dramatic visual imagery such as 3D and 4D visualizations of future landscapes community mapping and iconic photographs this book demonstrates new ways to make carbon and climate change visible where we care the most in our own backyards and local communities. Extensive color imagery explains how climate change works where we live and reveals how we often conceal misinterpret or overlook the evidence of climate change impacts and our carbon usage that causes them.  This guide to using visual media in communicating climate change vividly brings to life both the science and the practical solutions for climate change such as local renewable energy and flood protection. It introduces powerful new visual tools (from outdoor signs to video-games) for communities action groups planners and other experts to use in engaging the public building awareness and accelerating action on the world’s greatest crisis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844078202

Visualizing DifferencePerformative Audiencing in the Intersectional Classroom In the wealth of literature on intersectionality as a concept theory political option and methodology little has been written on how it might be taught. Proceeding from theory to practice Visualizing Difference fills in this lacuna and offers an original approach to a visual pedagogy that recognizes the necessity of integrating difference whilst also inspiring the reader to convey meanings from visuals that directly bear influence upon their lives. This innovative volume proposes a novel approach to empirical investigation of the visual. So far it has not been demonstrated how interconnections between various social differentials such as gender disability sexuality race ethnicity and nationality intersect in a particular lived experience and shape the reception of visual texts. Oleksy thus focuses on documenting how critical analysis of films empowers students and gives them incentive to oppose normalizing power effects. Through students’ personal narratives the reader will witness how subjectivity is indicative of the retrospective look at their own lives which classroom experiences of watching and discussing the films have stimulated. This intriguing book will appeal to undergraduate and postgraduate students and postdoctoral researchers interested in Film Audience Intersectionality Sociology Pedagogy and Gender Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367350949

Visualizing Haiti in U.S. Culture 1910–1950 From the late 1910s through the 1950s particularly the Caribbean nation of Haiti drew the attention and imaginations of many key U.S. artists yet curiously while significant studies have been published on Haiti's history and inter-American exchanges none analyze visual representations with any depth. The author calls not only on the methodologies of art history but also on the interdisciplinary eye of visual culture studies anthropology literary theory and tourism studies to examine the fine arts in relation to popular arts media social beliefs and institutional structures. Twa emphasizes close visual readings of photographs illustrations paintings and theatre. Extensive textual and archival research also supports her visual analysis such as scrutinizing the personal papers of this study's artists writers and intellectuals. Among the literary and artistic luminaries of the twentieth century that Twa includes in her discussion are Richmond Barthé Eldzier Cortor Aaron Douglas Katherine Dunham Langston Hughes Zora Neale Hurston Alexander King Jacob Lawrence James Weldon Johnson Loïs Mailou Jones Eugene O’Neill and William Edouard Scott. Twa argues that their choice of Haiti as subject matter was a highly charged decision by these American artists to use their artwork to engage racial social and political issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248137

Visualizing Jews Through the AgesLiterary and Material Representations of Jewishness and Judaism This volume explores literary and material representations of Jews Jewishness and Judaism from antiquity to the twenty-first century. Gathering leading scholars from within the field of Jewish Studies it investigates how the debates surrounding literary and material images within Judaism and in Jewish life are part of an on-going strategy of image management - the urge to shape direct authorize and contain Jewish literary and material images and encounters with those images - a strategy both consciously and unconsciously undertaken within multifarious arenas of Jewish life from early modern German lands to late twentieth-century North London late Antique Byzantium to the curation of contemporary Holocaust exhibitions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367263805

Visualizing Law in the Age of the Digital BaroqueArabesques & Entanglements Visualizing Law in the Age of the Digital Baroque explores the profound impact that visual digital technologies are having on the practice and theory of law. Today lawyers judges and lay jurors face a vast array of visual evidence and visual argument. From videos documenting crimes and accidents to computer displays of their digital simulation increasingly the search for fact-based justice inside the courtroom is becoming an offshoot of visual meaning making. But when law migrates to the screen it lives there as other images do motivating belief and judgment on the basis of visual delight and unconscious fantasies and desires as well as actualities. Law as image also shares broader cultural anxieties concerning not only the truth of the image but also the mimetic capacity itself the human ability to represent reality. What is real and what is simulation? This is the hallmark of the baroque when dreams fold into dreams like immersion in a seemingly endless matrix of digital appearances. When fact-based justice recedes laws proliferate within a field of uncertainty. Left unchecked this condition of ontological and ethical uneasiness threatens the legitimacy of law’s claim to power. Visualizing Law in the Age of the Digital Baroque offers a jurisprudential paradigm that is equal to the challenge that current cultural conditions present. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415612937

Visualizing Medieval Medicine and Natural History 1200–1550 Images in medieval and early modern treatises on medicine pharmacy and natural history often confound our expectations about the functions of medical and scientific illustrations. They do not look very much like the things they purport to portray; and their actual usefulness in everyday medical practice or teaching is not obvious. By looking at works as diverse as herbals jewellery surgery manuals lay health guides cinquecento paintings manuscripts of Pliny's Natural History and Leonardo's notebooks Visualizing Medieval Medicine and Natural History 1200-1550 addresses fundamental questions about the interplay of art and science from the thirteenth to the mid-sixteenth century: What counts as a medical illustration in the Middle Ages? What are the purposes and audiences of the illustrations in medieval medical pharmaceutical and natural history texts? How are images used to clarify expand authenticate and replace these texts? How do images of natural objects observed phenomena and theoretical concepts amplify texts and convey complex cultural attitudes? What features lead us to regard some of these images as typically 'medieval' while other exactly contemporary images strike us as 'Renaissance' or 'early modern' in character? Art historians medical historians historians of science and specialists in manuscripts and early printed books will welcome this wide-ranging interdisciplinary examination of the role of visualization in early scientific inquiry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270831

Visualizing ResearchA Guide to the Research Process in Art and Design Visualizing Research guides postgraduate students in art and design through the development and implementation of a research project using the metaphor of a 'journey of exploration'. For use with a formal programme of study from masters to doctoral level the book derives from the creative relationship between research practice and teaching in art and design. It extends generic research processes into practice-based approaches more relevant to artists and designers introducing wherever possible visual interactive and collaborative methods. The Introduction and Chapter 1 'Planning the Journey' define the concept and value of 'practice-based' formal research tracking the debate around its development and explaining key concepts and terminology. ’Mapping the Terrain’ then describes methods of contextualizing research in art and design (the contextual review using reference material); ’Locating Your Position’ and ’Crossing the Terrain’ guide the reader through the stages of identifying an appropriate research question and methodological approach writing the proposal and managing research information. Methods of evaluation and analysis are explored and of strategies for reporting and communicating research findings are suggested. Appendices and a glossary are also included. Visualizing Research draws on the experience of researchers in different contexts and includes case studies of real projects. Although written primarily for postgraduate students research supervisors managers and academic staff in art and design and related areas such as architecture and media studies will find this a valuable research reference. An accompanying website www.visualizingresearch.info includes multimedia and other resources that complement the book. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315547923

Visualizing Spanish Modernity While the simultaneously creative and destructive forces of modernity in Western Europe have been well studied the case of Spain has often been overlooked. Visualizing Spanish Modernity concentrates on the time period 1868-1939 which marks not only the beginning of the formation of a modern economy and the consolidation of the liberal state but also the growth of urban centers and spaces made possible by electricity transportation mass production and the emergence of an entertainment industry. The authors examine how mass print culture early cinema popular drama photography fashion painting museums and urban planning played a role in the way that Spanish society saw itself and was in turn seen by the rest of the world. Assessing how new cultural forms were instrumental in shaping Spaniards into citizens of the modern world the authors consider such subjects as the spectacle of the body notions of race and gender the changing meanings of time space and motion the relationship between technology and everyday life and popular culture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135890

Visualizing Statistical Models And Concepts Examines classic algorithms geometric diagrams and mechanical principles for enhancing visualization of statistical estimation procedures and mathematical concepts in physics engineering and computer programming. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447052

Visualizing the Body in Art Anatomy and Medicine since 1800Models and Modeling This book expands the art historical perspective on art’s connection to anatomy and medicine bringing together in one text several case studies from various methodological perspectives. The contributors focus on the common visual and bodily nature of (figural) art anatomy and medicine around the central concept of modeling (posing exemplifying and fabricating). Topics covered include the role of anatomical study in artistic training the importance of art and visual literacy in anatomical/medical training and in the dissemination (via models) of medical knowledge/information and artistic representations of the medical body in the contexts of public health and propaganda. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367731847

Visualizing the Nineteenth-Century HomeModern Art and the Decorative Impulse The nineteenth century - the Era of the Interior - witnessed the steady displacement of art from the ceilings walls and floors of aristocratic and religious interiors to the everyday spaces of bourgeois households subject to their own enhanced ornamentation. Following the 1863 Salon des refuses the French State began to channel mediocre painters into the decorative arts. England too launched an extensive reform of the decorative arts resulting in more and more artists engaged in the production and design of complete interiors. America soon followed. Present art historical scholarship - still indebted to a modernist discourse that sees cultural progress to be synonymous with the removal of ornament from both utilitarian objects and architectural spaces - has not yet acknowledged the importance of the decorative arts in the myriad interior spaces of the 1800s. Nor has mainstream art history reckoned with the importance of the interior in nineteenth-century life and thought. Aimed at an interdisciplinary audience including art and design historians historians of the modern interior interior designers visual culture theorists and scholars of nineteenth-century material culture this collection of essays studies the modern interior in new ways. The volume addresses the double nature of the modern interior as both space and image blurring the boundaries between arts and crafts decoration and high art two-dimensional and three-dimensional design trompe-l'oeil effects and spatial practices. In so doing it redefines the modern interior and its objects as essential components of modern art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138353404

Visualizing TheorySelected Essays from V.A.R. 1990-1994 Visualizing Theory is a lavishly illustrated collection of provocative essays occasional pieces and dialogues that first appeared in Visual Anthropology Review between 1990 and 1994. It contains contributions from anthropologists from cultural literary and film critics and from image makers themselves. Reclaiming visual anthropology as a space for the critical representation of visual culture from the naive realist and exoticist inclinations that have beleaguered practitioners' efforts to date Visualizing Theory is a major intervention into this growing field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315021614

Visualizing VeniceMapping and Modeling Time and Change in a City Visualizing Venice presents the ways in which the use of innovative technology can provide new and fascinating stories about places and times within history. Written by those behind the Visualizing Venice project this book explores the variety of disciplines and analytical methods generated by technologies such as 3D images and interoperable models GIS mapping and historical cartography databases video animations and applications for mobile devices and the web. The volume is one of the first collections of essays to integrate the theory and practice of visualization technologies with art architectural and urban history. The chapters demonstrate how new methodologies generated by technology can change and inform the way historians think and work and the potential that such methods have to revolutionize research teaching and public-facing communication. With over 30 images to support and illustrate the project’s work Visualizing Venice is ideal for academics and postgraduates of digital history digital humanities and early modern Italy.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885717

Visualizing WarEmotions Technologies Communities Wars have always been connected to images. From the representation of war on maps panoramas and paintings to the modern visual media of photography film and digital screens images have played a central role in representing combat military strategy soldiers and victims. Such images evoke a whole range of often unexpected emotions from ironic distance to boredom and disappointment. Why is that? This book examines the emotional language of war images how they entwine with various visual technologies and how they can build emotional communities. The book engages in a cross-disciplinary dialogue between visual studies literary studies and media studies by discussing the links between images emotions technology and community. From these different perspectives the book provides a comprehensive overview of the nature and workings of war images from 1800 until today and it offers a frame for thinking about the meaning of the images in contemporary wars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367322731

Visualizing with Text Visualizing with Text uncovers the rich palette of text elements usable in visualizations from simple labels through to documents. Using a multidisciplinary research effort spanning across fields including visualization typography and cartography it builds a solid foundation for the design space of text in visualization. The book illustrates many new kinds of visualizations including microtext lines skim formatting and typographic sets that solve some of the shortcomings of well-known visualization techniques. Key features: More than 240 illustrations to aid inspiration of new visualizations Eight new approaches to data visualization leveraging text Quick reference guide for visualization with text Builds a solid foundation extending current visualization theory Bridges between visualization typography text analytics and natural language processing The author website including teaching exercises and interactive demos and code can be found here. Designers developers and academics can use this book as a reference and inspiration for new approaches to visualization in any application that uses text. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367259266

Visuo-spatial Working Memory Representation of the visual and spatial properties of our environment is a pivotal requirement of everyday cognition. We can mentally represent the visual form of objects. We can extract information from several of the senses as to the location of objects in relation to ourselves and to other objects nearby. For some of those objects we can reach out and manipulate them. We can also imagine ourselves manipulating objects in advance of doing so or even when it would be impossible to do so physically. The problem posed to science is how these cognitive operations are accomplished and proffered accounts lie in two essentially parallel research endeavours working memory and imagery. Working memory is thought to pervade everyday cognition to provide on-line processing and temporary storage and to update moment to moment our representation of the current state of our environment and our interactions with that environment. There is now a strong case for the claims of working memory in the area of phonological and articulatory functions all of which appear to contribute to everyday activities such as counting arithmetic vocabulary acquisition and some aspects of reading and language comprehension. The claims for visual and spatial working memory functions are less convincing. Most notable has been the assumption that visual and spatial working memory are intimately involved in the generation retention and manipulations of visual images. There has until recently been little hard evidence to justify that assumption and the research on visual and spatial working memory has focused on a relatively restricted range of imagery tasks and phenomena. In a more or less independent development the literature on visual imagery has now amassed a voluminous corpus of data and theory about a wide range of imagery phenomena. Despite this few books on imagery refer to the concept of working memory in any detail or specify the nature of the working memory system that might be involved in mental imagery. This essay follows a line of reconciliation and positive critiquing in exploring the possible overlap between mental imagery and working memory. Theoretical development in the book draws on data from both cognitive psychology and cognitive neuropsychology. The aim is to stimulate debate to address directly a number of assumptions that hitherto have been implicit and to assess the contribution of the concept of working memory to our understanding of these intriguing core aspects of human cognition. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138876934

Visuo-spatial Working Memory and Individual Differences In this timely and comprehensive text Cesare Cornoldi and Tomaso Vecchi describe their recently developed experimental approach to the investigation of visuo-spatial cognition based upon the analysis of individual differences. A review of the most influential theoretical advances in the study of visuo-spatial cognition is presented including both critical analysis and comparisons between the distinct approaches. In addition the authors describe recent research into memory for spatial configurations mental manipulation and the active integration of visuo-spatial information. This includes studies on the effects of congenital blindness on mental imagery abilities developmental and age-related modifications gender effects and the role of genetic syndromes in determining visuo-spatial abilities. The authors draw together these distinct areas of research and integrate the findings within an innovative framework of working memory.This text will be a valuable resource for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students of psychology as well as researchers in the fields of cognitive psychology neuropsychology and neuroscience. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877429

Vital ContactDownclassing Journeys in American Literature from Melville to Richard Wright The book analyzes American literature about middle or upper class characters who voluntarily descend the class ranks to experience "vital contact" by living or associating temporarily with the poor. The motivations of these characters--and historical figures such as John Reed and Walter Wyckoff--range from straightforward bohemian slumming among the "exotics" to more complex and psychologically wrought investigations of cross-class empathy. The study begins by charting downclasing processes in works of canonical nineteenth-century authors including Melville Hawthorne James Howells and Jewett. It then undertakes an original analysis of John Reed's involvement with the 1913 Paterson silk workers' strike as a context for understanding Ernest Poole's (now forgotten but then best-selling) fictionalization of the strike in his novel The Harbor. In other richly historicized chapters it analyzes distillations of class radicalism in several works by Upton Sinclair in the early drama of Eugene O'Neill and in feminist novels of the 1910s by Elia Peattie and Clara Laughlin. The concluding chapter looks at sophisticated treatments of "vital contact" in fiction of the 1930s by Dos Passos Steinbeck and Richard Wright. The book provides Americanists with important new ways of thinking about various forms of class identification as they developed in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869508

Vital Memory and AffectLiving with a difficult past Vital Memory and Affect takes as its subject the autobiographical memories of ‘vulnerable’ groups including survivors of child sexual abuse adopted children and their families forensic mental health service users and elderly persons in care home settings. In particular the focus is on a particular class of memory within this group: recollected episodes that are difficult and painful sometimes contested but always with enormous significance for a current and past sense of self. These ‘vital memories’ integral and irreversible can come to appear as a defining feature of a person’s life. In Vital Memory and Affect authors Steve Brown and Paula Reavey explore the highly productive way in which individuals make sense of a difficult past situated as they are within a highly specific cultural and social landscape. Via an exploration of their vital memories the book combines insights from social and cognitive psychology to open up the possibility of a new approach to memory one that pays full attention to the contextual conditions of all acts of remembering. This path-breaking study brings together a unique set of empirical material and maps out an agenda for research into memory and affect that will be important reading for students and scholars of social psychology memory studies cultural studies philosophy and other related fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415684019

Vital Signs 1997-1998The Trends That Are Shaping Our Future The sixth annual guide to the environmental economic and social trends which are shaping the future this text presents the good news the bad news and a few surprises about the state of our planet. n Part One facing pages of text and graphs provide information on 40 carefully selected indicators mapping changes in food supplies; agriculture; the atmosphere energy and transport; natural resources; the global economy; society and health; and the millitary. Part Two of the text contains special features on less celebrated trends including ten new vital signs indicators such as violence against women how the environment impacts on the insurance industry and the proliferation of landmines. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315071084

Vital Signs 1998-1999The Environmental Trends That Are Shaping Our Future First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315071213

Vital Signs 1999-2000The Environmental Trends That Are Shaping Our Future This annual volume shows key trends that should be integrated into the planning of our global future. It enables readers to track key indicators that show social economic and environmental progress or the lack of it into 45 vital signs of our time. Each trend is presented as an overview using both text and graphics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315071459

Vital Signs 2000-2001The Environmental Trends That Are Shaping Our Future This ninth annual edition of Vital Signs takes the world's pulse by compiling a wide-ranging collection of trends that identify both problems and progress in the quest for a sustainable society. It highlights both alarming situations and encouraging developments. Part One is a comprehensive presentation of the key indicators in areas such as food agriculture energy atmosphere economics transport and the military. Part Two provides in-depth special feature articles on: environmental features such as transgenic crops and paper recycling; economic features such as environmental taxes and corporate mergers; and social features such as tuberculosis prisons and women in politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315071800

Vital Signs 2001-2002The Trends That Are Shaping Our Future This annual volume from the Worldwatch Institute gives prominence to key trends that too often escape the attention of the news media world leaders and economic experts. By distilling 45 vital signs of our times from thousands of government industrial and scientific sources the volume allows readers to track key indicators that show social economic and environmental progress or the lack or it. Each trend is presented in both text and graphics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315071909

Vital Signs 2005-2006The Trends that are Shaping our Future 'VITAL SIGNS does for the environment what stock market indicators do for the City. But it says more about the future of our world than the FTSE ever can ' BBC Wildlife Magazine 'VITAL SIGNS is a sharply focused snapshot of the world� Ideal for dipping into � it makes fascinating reading ' New Agriculturalist 'The scope of the book is vast ... the presentation is clean and seamless ' Humanitarian Affairs Review 'An enlightening insight into the relationship between the environment and human activity ' Green Futures VITAL SIGNS 2005�2006 provides up-to-the-minute information on global warming population growth military spending HIV/AIDS economic equity the trade in drugs and a whole range of other environmental developmental social political and economic issues. By distilling 25 'vital signs' of our times from thousands of governmental industrial and scientific sources this book allows reader s to track key indicators that show our progress in issues that too often escape the attention of the news media world leader s and economic experts . Each theme is presented in both text and two colour graphics providing a thorough well-documented and very accessible over view. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138372009

Vital SignsPsychological Responses to Ecological Crisis This anthology illustrates the range and diversity of responses from the psychological world to the multiple ecological crises with which our society is faced. “Vital signs” are the basic physiological measures of functioning which health practitioners use to assess how ill a patient is. This book focuses not on our physical predicament with so many of the earth’s systems severely stressed and beginning to fail but on our psychological predicament. As news of this very serious situation slowly penetrates our defences we struggle as individuals and as a society to find an adequate response. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490489

Vitamin Analysis for the Health and Food Sciences Employing a uniform easy-to-use format Vitamin Analysis for the Health and Food Sciences Second Edition provides the most current information on the methods of vitamin analysis applicable to foods supplements and pharmaceuticals. Highlighting the rapid advancement of vitamin assay methodology this edition emphasizes the use of improved Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429129209

Vitamin B12Advances and Insights Cobalamin (vitamin B12) was discovered in the first half of the 20th century. Vast amount of information on the role of the vitamins in human health and disease became available. Cobalamin science was however based on theoretical concepts that have been accepted without further proof of facts and hypotheses. Recently the breath-taking pace of development in research technologies has changed our understanding for the role of nutrients and the complex interaction between diet environment and diseases. Conditions like aging diet and drugs increase the risk of developing cobalamin deficiency probably because of diminished ability to liberate absorb or distribute the food-derived vitamin. From a basic science point of view understanding of the transport and function of the vitamin may pave the road for using this system for drug delivery. This book represents up-to-date literature on the discoveries and developments in the field of cobalamin. It includes multifaceted aspects of the vitamin in health and disease conditions. The book has been written by leading scientists who have significant contributions in this field and represents therefore a timely unique encyclopaedia on cobalamin. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498706995

Vitamin CNew Biochemical and Functional Insights Vitamin C holds a unique place in scientific and cultural history. In this book a group of leading scientific researchers describe new insights into the myriad ways vitamin C is employed during normal physiological functioning. In addition the text provides an extensive overview of the following: the rationale for utilizing vitamin C in the clinic updates on recent uses of vitamin C in cancer treatment through high-dose intravenous therapies the role vitamin C plays in the treatment of sepsis and infectious disease management of the ways vitamin C can improve stem cell differentiation as well as vitamin C use in other important health situations. Features Includes chapters from a team of leading international scholars Reviews the history and recent research on the functions benefits and uses of vitamin C Focuses special attention on the way vitamin C can be used in the treatment of cancers Discusses how vitamin C can be employed against infectious disease Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138337992

Vitamin CVolume I The factors affecting blood vitamin C levels are described in detail in this series. Many factors such as aging smoking infection trauma surgery hemolysis hormone administration heavy metals pregnancy alcohol ionizing radiation and several medicines have been found to cause a disturbance of ascorbic acid metabolism and to reduce blood vitamin C levels. Indeed abnormalities of ascorbic acid metabolism due to factors such as smoking occur much more frequently than does dietary vitamin C deficiency today.It is now known that low blood vitamin C levels are associated with histaminemia (high blood histamine levels) and also that ascorbate-responsive histaminemia is common in apparently healthy people. High blood histamine levels are believed to cause small hemorrhages within the inner walls of the blood vessels and these may lead to the deposition of cholesterol as an aberrant form of wound healing. Ascorbic acid not only reduces blood histamine levels but also aids the conversion of cholesterol to bile acids in the liver. The clinical pathological and chemical changes observed in ascorbic acid deficiency are discussed in detail. Several diseases and disorders associated with low blood vitamin C levels are also described. Possible toxic effects resulting from the oxidation of ascorbic acid are noted and reasons for the use of D-catechin or other chelating fiber to prevent or minimize the release of ascorbate-free radical are detailed. An excellent reference for physicians nutritionists and other scientists Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898469

Vitamin CVolume II The factors affecting blood vitamin C levels are described in detail in this series. Many factors such as aging smoking infection trauma surgery hemolysis hormone administration heavy metals pregnancy alcohol ionizing radiation and several medicines have been found to cause a disturbance of ascorbic acid metabolism and to reduce blood vitamin C levels. Indeed abnormalities of ascorbic acid metabolism due to factors such as smoking occur much more frequently than does dietary vitamin C deficiency today.It is now known that low blood vitamin C levels are associated with histaminemia (high blood histamine levels) and also that ascorbate-responsive histaminemia is common in apparently healthy people. High blood histamine levels are believed to cause small hemorrhages within the inner walls of the blood vessels and these may lead to the deposition of cholesterol as an aberrant form of wound healing. Ascorbic acid not only reduces blood histamine levels but also aids the conversion of cholesterol to bile acids in the liver. The clinical pathological and chemical changes observed in ascorbic acid deficiency are discussed in detail. Several diseases and disorders associated with low blood vitamin C levels are also described. Possible toxic effects resulting from the oxidation of ascorbic acid are noted and reasons for the use of D-catechin or other chelating fiber to prevent or minimize the release of ascorbate-free radical are detailed. An excellent reference for physicians nutritionists and other scientists Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898476

Vitamin CVolume III The factors affecting blood vitamin C levels are described in detail in this series. Many factors such as aging smoking infection trauma surgery hemolysis hormone administration heavy metals pregnancy alcohol ionizing radiation and several medicines have been found to cause a disturbance of ascorbic acid metabolism and to reduce blood vitamin C levels. Indeed abnormalities of ascorbic acid metabolism due to factors such as smoking occur much more frequently than does dietary vitamin C deficiency today.It is now known that low blood vitamin C levels are associated with histaminemia (high blood histamine levels) and also that ascorbate-responsive histaminemia is common in apparently healthy people. High blood histamine levels are believed to cause small hemorrhages within the inner walls of the blood vessels and these may lead to the deposition of cholesterol as an aberrant form of wound healing. Ascorbic acid not only reduces blood histamine levels but also aids the conversion of cholesterol to bile acids in the liver. The clinical pathological and chemical changes observed in ascorbic acid deficiency are discussed in detail. Several diseases and disorders associated with low blood vitamin C levels are also described. Possible toxic effects resulting from the oxidation of ascorbic acid are noted and reasons for the use of D-catechin or other chelating fiber to prevent or minimize the release of ascorbate-free radical are detailed. An excellent reference for physicians nutritionists and other scientists Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898483

Vitamin DOxidative Stress Immunity and Aging Vitamin D insufficiency/deficiency is a worldwide public health problem in both developed and developing countries. Rickets among infants has reemerged. Low levels of vitamin D are associated with increased risk and mortality from cancer. At the same time the beneficial effects of vitamin D on a host of conditions have recently been discovered. Focusing on areas not extensively covered in other comparable books Vitamin D: Oxidative Stress Immunity and Aging highlights the most recent research findings on the impact of this nutrient in oxidative stress immunity and aging. A state-of-the-art compilation of essential information this book explores: Vitamin D and its genomic and nongenomic effects the role of therapeutic analogs in treating disease and the production of vitamin D by the body The role vitamin D plays in modulating oxidative stress—with emphasis on cancer stress-mediated diseases photo-protection of the skin and energy metabolism Beneficial effects of vitamin D in regulating the immune response and its importance in protecting against autoimmune infectious and inflammatory diseases The role vitamin D plays in the regulation of the aging process—including aspects of oxidative stress senescence and mortality as well as its role in protection against cardiovascular disease and nervous system disorders This book represents an important contribution toward understanding the mechanisms by which vitamin D promotes health increasing awareness of the importance that vitamin D plays during development at birth and throughout the aging process. It is a valuable reference for researchers in academia nutrition medicine and industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199446

Vitamin E in Health and DiseaseBiochemistry and Clinical Applications Probes developments and trends in research and clinical applications of vitamin E discussing its chemistry and biochemistry and natural occurence in nuts seeds whole grains and vegetable and fish-liver oils. The book covers new findings on the role of vitamin E as a biological response modifier. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402631

Vitamin-Binding ProteinsFunctional Consequences Diverse in chemical nature water soluble and lipid soluble vitamins are essential micronutrients that react with specific protein entities and are transported to sites for participation in intracellular events both at the genomic and non-genomic levels. Thus metabolic pathways and intracellular signaling are influenced by vitamins or their derivatives through vitamin binding to specific proteins. Vitamin-Binding Proteins: Functional Consequences examines the function of various vitamins based on this binding as well as their role as antioxidants leading to effects on intracellular mechanisms. This book explores the resulting functional consequences at the level of cells tissues and organs as well as the neurological endocrine and immune systems.The text addresses the effects that lead to both normal physiological function and pharmacological activity with significant therapeutic potential in a wide spectrum of disease processes. Leading experts discuss various vitamins including the function of retinoids in development immunity and obesity; the role of vitamin D in the immune system infectious processes and cardiovascular disease; and the effects of vitamins E C and K on the vascular system.Chapters cover the therapeutic potential of the vitamin B6 vitamer pyridoxamine and the lipid-soluble B1analogue benfotiamine. They also describe various functions of biotin as well as gene transcriptional regulation through biotin and biotin-binding proteins. The text addresses folate receptor-mediated therapeutics vitamin B12 derivatives in tumor targeting and implication of ascorbic acid in different disorders. Expounding newer areas of vitamin function this book explores the interface of physiological vitamin function and pharmacological vitamin action offering a broad perspective of possible vitamin binding therapeutics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367379711

Vitamins and Minerals in the Prevention and Treatment of Cancer This book provides researchers and practitioners with a unique collection of current research on the role of vitamins and micronutrients in cancer prevention and treatment. New theories are discussed including a hypothesis that dietary factors may protect against genetically predisposed cancers. Mechanisms by which different vitamins and minerals appear to inhibit carcinogenesis or cell transformation are described including vitamins A C E and selenium protection against oxidative stress by induction of enzymes as catalase and dismutase or inteference with free radical mechanisms; organosulfur compound inhibition of P450 activation enzymes or enhancement of detoxification enzymes; metal ion effects in the modulation of gene expression by site-specific binding of Zn-finger loop domains; B-carotene metabolite up-regulation of gap junctional communication between cells; and vitamin D3 elimination of amplified oncogenes or drug resistant genes. The book also reviews literature implicating a possible relationship between potassium and the control of cancer. Other information presented includes a discussion of contemporary technologies and data associating lipotrope deficiencies with alterations in xenobiotic metabolism nucleic acid methylation purine and pyrimidine synthesis signal transduction and chromosome anomalies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898490

Vitiation of Contractual Consent The validity of a contract can be undermined by factors affecting contractual consent. Issues of contractual validity frequently arise for consideration in all types of litigation not least commercial disputes. This book provides practitioners and academics with an invaluable reference tool which will enable them to navigate the complex issues of vitiation of contract. When contractual disputes arise there are a variety of vitiating factors which may be relied on to undermine a contract’s validity. This book provides a comprehensive examination of all the factors vitiating contractual consent from fraud misrepresentation non-disclosure and mistake to duress undue influence unconscionable bargains and includes chapters on incapacity and unfairness. Each chapter gives a thorough account of the law on each of these vitiating factors together with an overview of the remedies available. The book’s introduction considers the theoretical foundations of the law in this area. The book will be an invaluable reference tool for lawyers involved in all types of contractual disputes. It will also be a useful reference for academics and postgraduate students of commercial law. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780367736804

Vitreoretinal Disorders in Primary Care Emergency ophthalmology is an area full of pitfalls for the unwary primary care practitioner. Vitreoretinal disorders make up the majority of emergency sight-threatening conditions and a wide and increasingly varied range of conditions of the eye present in primary care settings. Correct diagnosis at initial presentation and appropriate and speedy referral are extremely important. This book is therefore an essential reference for the primary care physician who is often the first to see these patients and is in a position of responsibility for decision-making. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138628113

Vitreoretinal Surgical Techniques Second Edition Vitreoretinal Surgical Techniques Second Edition provides basic and comprehensive coverage of all aspects of surgery for the vitreous and retina. It provides an array of techniques useful not only to ophthalmologist in training but also to the practicing vitreoretinal specialist. This superb and invaluable text is both authoritative and practical as experienced practitioners explain their surgical approach in step-by-step illustrations of operative techniques.This new edition contains 87 chapters with almost 900 illustrations most of which are in color. Vitreoretinal Surgical Techniques Second Edition will be essential for vitreoretinal specialists comprehensive ophthalmologists residents and fellows as well as in training programs and libraries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203734315

Vitrification in Assisted Reproduction Vitrification in Assisted Reproduction presents standard and new cryopreservation techniques in detail outlining those that have resulted in success and providing recommended means for overcoming typically encountered problems. This new edition provides a much broader range of clinical application and data to demonstrate its contribution to the use of vitrified oocytes and embryos. The book also discusses new areas in the field of assisted reproductive technology such as oocyte banking preimplantion diagnostics at the blastocyst stage and the burgeoning adoption of elective single embryo transfer. Written by expert scientists and clinical embryologists this book will help you to consistently and predictably apply vitrification as an important therapeutic strategy in assisted reproduction. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482242577

Vittoria Colonna and the Spiritual Poetics of the Italian Reformation Vittoria Colonna was one of the best known and most highly celebrated female poets of the Italian Renaissance. Her work went through many editions during her lifetime and she was widely considered by her contemporaries to be highly skilled in the art of constructing tightly controlled and beautifully modulated Petrarchan sonnets. In addition to her literary contacts Colonna was also deeply involved with groups of reformers in Italy before the Council of Trent an involvement which was to have a profound effect on her literary production. In this study Abigail Brundin examines the manner in which Colonna's poetry came to fulfil in a groundbreaking and unprecedented way a reformed spiritual imperative disseminating an evangelical message to a wide audience reading vernacular literature and providing a model of spiritual verse which was to be adopted by later poets across the peninsula. She shows how through careful management of an appropriate literary persona Colonna's poetry was able to harness the power of print culture to extend its appeal to a much broader audience. In so doing this book manages to provide the vital link between the two central facets of Vittoria Colonna's production: her poetic evangelism and her careful construction of a gendered identity within the literary culture of her age. The first full length study of Vittoria Colonna in English for a century this book will be essential reading for scholars interested in issues of gender literature religious reform or the dynamics of cultural transmission in sixteenth-century Italy. It also provides an excellent background and contextualisation to anyone wishing to read Colonna's writings or to know more about her role as a mediator between the worlds of courtly Petrachism and religious reform. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315547916

Viva Practice for the FRCS(Urol) and Postgraduate Urology Examinations This is the first revision book to be published specifically for candidates sitting the FRCS(Urol) examination which tests the required standard of a recognised Urology specialist. It provides a selection of common clinical scenarios together with a guide to answering the FRCS(Urol) questions. Each chapter is written by Consultant Urological Surgeons or Senior Urology Trainees who have already been successful in passing the examination. This second edition responds to continual changes in practice: The chapters on urological cancers including prostate cancer bladder cancer and renal cancer have important updates due to emergence of new evidence and changes in NICE EAU and AUA guidelines. Substantial revisions to other sections such as paediatric urology female urology urinary stone disease benign prostatic hyperplasia and uro-technology to meet standards of current best practice. Adds an extra chapter on the TNM classification of urological cancers. The book remains an invaluable revision tool for the FRCS(Urol) and will also be useful for individuals sitting the FEBU and equivalent postgraduate urological examinations in the USA Australia and Asia. Established consultants will also find value in the text as a ‘refresher’ in areas outside their subspecialist interest. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815366218

Vivaldi Since 1978 the 300th anniversary of Vivaldi's death there has been an explosion of serious writing about his music life and times. Much of this has taken the form of articles published in academic journals or conference proceedings some of which are not easy to obtain. The twenty-two articles selected by Michael Talbot for this volume form a representative selection of the best writing on Vivaldi from the last 30 years featuring such major figures in Vivaldi research as Reinhard Strohm Paul Everett Gastone Vio and Federico Maria Sardelli. Aspects covered include biography Venetian cultural history manuscript studies genre studies and musical analysis. The intention is to serve as a 'first port of call' for those wishing to learn more about Vivaldi or to refresh their existing knowledge. An introduction by Michael Talbot reviews the state of Vivaldi scholarship past and present and comments on the significance of the articles. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315084176

Vivaldi's Music for Flute and Recorder Federico Maria Sardelli writes from the perspective of a professional baroque flautist and recorder-player as well as from that of an experienced and committed scholar in order to shed light on the bewildering array of sizes and tunings of the recorder and transverse flute families as they relate to Antonio Vivaldi's compositions. Sardelli draws copiously on primary documents to analyse and place in context the capable and surprisingly progressive instrumental technique displayed in Vivaldi's music. The book includes a discussion of the much-disputed chronology of Vivaldi's works drawing on both internal and external evidence. Each known piece by him in which the flute or the recorder appears is evaluated fully from historical biographical technical and aesthetic standpoints. This book is designed to appeal not only to Vivaldi scholars and lovers of the composer's music but also to players of the two instruments students of organology and those with an interest in late baroque music in general. Vivaldi is a composer who constantly springs surprises as even today new pieces are discovered or old ones reinterpreted. Much has happened since Sardelli's book was first published in Italian and this new English version takes full account of all these new discoveries and developments. The reader will be left with a much fuller picture of the composer and his times and the knowledge and insights gained from minutely examining his music for these two wind instruments will be found to have a wider relevance for his work as a whole. Generous music examples and illustrations bring the book's arguments to life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315084169

VivaWomen and Popular Protest in Latin America. First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144408

Vivir Bien as an Alternative to Neoliberal GlobalizationCan Indigenous Terminologies Decolonize the State? Presenting an ethnographic account of the emergence and application of critical political alternatives in the Global South this book analyses the opportunities and challenges of decolonizing and transforming a modern hierarchical and globally-immersed nation-state on the basis of indigenous terminologies.Alternative development paradigms that represent values including justice pluralism democracy and a sustainable relationship to nature tend to emerge in response to – and often opposed to – the neoliberal globalization. Through a focus on the empirical case of the notion of Vivir Bien (‘Living Well’) as a critical cultural and ecological paradigm Ranta demonstrates how indigeneity – indigenous peoples’ discourses cultural ideas and worldviews – has become such a denominator in the construction of local political and policy alternatives. More widely the author seeks to map conditions for and the challenges of radical political projects that aim to counteract neoliberal globalization and Western hegemony in defining development. This book will appeal to critical academic scholars development practitioners and social activists aiming to come to grips with the complexity of processes of progressive social change in our contemporary global world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592233

Vladimir Markov and Russian PrimitivismA Charter for the Avant-Garde Hailed as a brilliant theoretician Voldemārs Matvejs (best known by his pen name Vladimir Markov) was a Latvian artist who spearheaded the Union of Youth a dynamic group championing artistic change in Russia 1910-14. His work had a formative impact on Malevich Tatlin and the Constructivists before it was censored during the era of Soviet realism. This volume introduces Markov as an innovative and pioneering art photographer and assembles for the first time five of his most important essays. The translations of these hard-to-find texts are fresh unabridged and authentically poetic. Critical essays by Jeremy Howard and Irena Buzinska situate his work in the larger phenomenon of Russian ’primitivism’ i.e. the search for the primal. This book challenges hardening narratives of primitivism by reexamining the enthusiasm for world art in the early modern period from the perspective of Russia rather than Western Europe. Markov composed what may be the first book on African art and Z.S. Strother analyzes both the text and its photographs for their unique interpretation of West African sculpture as a Kantian ’play of masses and weights’. The book will appeal to students of modernism orientalism ’primitivism’ historiography African art and the history of the photography of sculpture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367433185

Vladimir Nabokov This set comprises of 40 volumes covering nineteenth and twentieth century European and American authors. These volumes will be available as a complete set mini boxed sets (by theme) or as individual volumes. This second set compliments the first 68 volume set of Critical Heritage published by Routledge in October 1995. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849661

Vladimir Putin and Russia's Imperial Revival Discerning the early stages of the rebirth of a new Russian empire from the ashes of the Soviet Union Vladimir Putin and Russia’s Imperial Revival argues that Russia’s recent overtly aggressive actions and foreign policy doctrines have signaled a renewal of the Cold War. At the least Russia’s actions represent the potential for renewal. This book explains these developments in a historical context. The book begins by describing Russia’s initial policy of rapprochement after the collapse of the Soviet Union and its development into a foreign policy of threatened or actual armed aggression. It identifies today’s Russia as a nation determined to re-establish itself as a political and military force. As a prominent figure in the development and continuation of its current foreign policy Vladimir Putin plays a central role in the topics covered. Previous literature often treats Putin as an individual phenomenon examining his connections to corruption or the secret police but here David E. McNabb examines him as the latest in a long history of Russian despots who followed similar expansionist policies. He details some of the tactics Putin uses to instill fear and dominate political policies of republics newly independent from Russia. These tactics include the use of energy as a weapon cyber terrorism and military support for ethnic Russian separatists in other sovereign nations most recently exemplified by Russia’s annexation of Crimea from Ukraine via armed invasion. In an attempt to demystify Russia’s re-emergence as an international political force Vladimir Putin and Russia’s Imperial Revival grounds its analyses in history. It explores as far back as the establishment of the first Russian empire and regards Putin as a leader determined to establish a fifth imperial incarnation. It provides a nuanced understanding of how Russia arrived at its current position through recent and distant internal and international events. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498711982

VLSI Architectures for Modern Error-Correcting Codes Error-correcting codes are ubiquitous. They are adopted in almost every modern digital communication and storage system such as wireless communications optical communications Flash memories computer hard drives sensor networks and deep-space probing. New-generation and emerging applications demand codes with better error-correcting capability. On the other hand the design and implementation of those high-gain error-correcting codes pose many challenges. They usually involve complex mathematical computations and mapping them directly to hardware often leads to very high complexity. VLSI Architectures for Modern Error-Correcting Codes serves as a bridge connecting advancements in coding theory to practical hardware implementations. Instead of focusing on circuit-level design techniques the book highlights integrated algorithmic and architectural transformations that lead to great improvements on throughput silicon area requirement and/or power consumption in the hardware implementation.The goal of this book is to provide a comprehensive and systematic review of available techniques and architectures so that they can be easily followed by system and hardware designers to develop en/decoder implementations that meet error-correcting performance and cost requirements. This book can be also used as a reference for graduate-level courses on VLSI design and error-correcting coding. Particular emphases are placed on hard- and soft-decision Reed-Solomon (RS) and Bose-Chaudhuri-Hocquenghem (BCH) codes and binary and non-binary low-density parity-check (LDPC) codes. These codes are among the best candidates for modern and emerging applications due to their good error-correcting performance and lower implementation complexity compared to other codes. To help explain the computations and en/decoder architectures many examples and case studies are included.More importantly discussions are provided on the advantages and drawbacks of different implementation approaches and architectures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367738037

VLSI Design Very Large Scale Integration (VLSI) has become a necessity rather than a specialization for electrical and computer engineers. This unique text provides Engineering and Computer Science students with a comprehensive study of the subject covering VLSI from basic design techniques to working principles of physical design automation tools to leading edge application-specific array processors.Beginning with CMOS design the author describes VLSI design from the viewpoint of a digital circuit engineer. He develops physical pictures for CMOS circuits and demonstrates the top-down design methodology using two design projects - a microprocessor and a field programmable gate array. The author then discusses VLSI testing and dedicates an entire chapter to the working principles strengths and weaknesses of ubiquitous physical design tools. Finally he unveils the frontiers of VLSI. He emphasizes its use as a tool to develop innovative algorithms and architecture to solve previously intractable problems.VLSI Design answers not only the question of "what is VLSI " but also shows how to use VLSI. It provides graduate and upper level undergraduate students with a complete and congregated view of VLSI engineering. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315274201

VLSI Micro- and NanophotonicsScience Technology and Applications Addressing the growing demand for larger capacity in information technology VLSI Micro- and Nanophotonics: Science Technology and Applications explores issues of science and technology of micro/nano-scale photonics and integration for broad-scale and chip-scale Very Large Scale Integration photonics. This book is a game-changer in the sense that it is quite possibly the first to focus on "VLSI Photonics". Very little effort has been made to develop integration technologies for micro/nanoscale photonic devices and applications so this reference is an important and necessary early-stage perspective on this field. New demand for VLSI photonics brings into play various technological and scientific issues as well as evolutionary and revolutionary challenges—all of which are discussed in this book. These include topics such as miniaturization interconnection and integration of photonic devices at micron submicron and nanometer scales. With its "disruptive creativity" and unparalleled coverage of the photonics revolution in information technology this book should greatly impact the future of micro/nano-photonics and IT as a whole. It offers a comprehensive overview of the science and engineering of micro/nanophotonics and photonic integration. Many books on micro/nanophotonics focus on understanding the properties of individual devices and their related characteristics. However this book offers a full perspective from the point of view of integration covering all aspects of benefits and advantages of VLSI-scale photonic integration—the key technical concept in developing a platform to make individual devices and components useful and practical for various applications. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221328

VLSI Risc Architecture and Organization First Published in 2017. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203734292

VLSICircuits for Emerging Applications Recently the world celebrated the 60th anniversary of the invention of the first transistor. The first integrated circuit (IC) was built a decade later with the first microprocessor designed in the early 1970s. Today ICs are a part of nearly every aspect of our daily lives. They help us live longer and more comfortably and do more faster. All this is possible because of the relentless search for new materials circuit designs and ideas happening on a daily basis at industrial and academic institutions around the globe. Showcasing the latest advances in very-large-scale integrated (VLSI) circuits VLSI: Circuits for Emerging Applications provides a balanced view of industrial and academic developments beyond silicon and complementary metal–oxide–semiconductor (CMOS) technology. From quantum-dot cellular automata (QCA) to chips for cochlear implants this must-have resource: Investigates the trend of combining multiple cores in a single chip to boost performance of the overall system Describes a novel approach to enable physically unclonable functions (PUFs) using intrinsic features of a VLSI chip Examines the VLSI implementations of major symmetric and asymmetric key cryptographic algorithms hash functions and digital signatures Discusses nonvolatile memories such as resistive random-access memory (Re-RAM) magneto-resistive RAM (MRAM) and floating-body RAM (FB-RAM) Explores organic transistors soft errors photonics nanoelectromechanical (NEM) relays reversible computation bioinformatics asynchronous logic and more VLSI: Circuits for Emerging Applications presents cutting-edge research design architectures materials and uses for VLSI circuits offering valuable insight into the current state of the art of micro- and nanoelectronics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076051

Vluchtelingen en immigratie Michael Dummett eminent filosoof en scherpzinnig maatschappijcriticus pleit al vele jaren voor een eerlijke behandeling van immigranten en vluchtelingen in Europa. In dit inzichtelijke boek heeft hij voor de eerste keer al zijn gedachten over deze belangrijke kwestie gebundeld.Na een eerste verkenning van de verwarde en vaak zeer onrechtvaardige opvattingen over immigratie onderwerpt Dummett de principes en rechtvaardigingen van het desbetreffende overheidsbeleid aan een nauwkeurig onderzoek waarbij hij erop wijst dat dit beleid vaak in strijd is met de rechten van vluchtelingen zoals die in het Verdrag van Gen zijn neergelegd. Aan de hand van confronterende en vaak aangrijpende voorbeelden wijst Vluchtelingen en immigratie de weg naar een nieuwe meer menswaardige benadering van een probleem dat wij niet mogen negeren. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138458970

VMware Certified Professional Test Prep Written by VM-certified instructors with years of professional and teaching experience VMware Certified Professional Test Prep is the ultimate guide to the VCP exam. Its organized and highly practical approach will help administrators successfully complete the exam while also maximizing their ability to apply this tool on the job. The guide covers the body of knowledge required of a VMware certified professional provides the tools needed to keep that knowledge current and helps develop the wherewithal to apply that knowledge to real solutions. Covering the ESX 3.0.x through ESX 3.5.x releases that are the focus of the VCP test this volume: Reproduces many of the real-world examples that have proven very helpful to students in the authors’ classroomsApplies step-by-step instructions to more than 700 software screenshots providing a virtual hands-on experience Points to Web resources that will keep the reader current with the latest advances Includes logistical information on the test including costs and class location Covers background information on various topics such as storage and networking to provide a complete understanding on the implementation of a VMWare VI3 solutionProvides questions at the end of the chapters that cover the important concepts Also of great use to those administrators who have already received their certification this book includes solutions to many of the common gotchas that they are certain to encounter in virtual environments. In particular capacity-planning concepts reveal the specific details needed to make full use of VMware’s unique resource management capabilities. Troubleshooting tips appear throughout the book making it a useful resource in the virtualized datacenter. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367386726

Vocabularies of International Relations after the Crisis in Ukraine The conflict in Ukraine and Russia's annexation of Crimea has undoubtedly been a pivotal moment for policy makers and military planners in Europe and beyond. Many analysts see an unexpected character in the conflict and expect negative reverberations and a long-lasting period of turbulence and uncertainty the de-legitimation of international institutions and a declining role for global norms and rules. Did these events bring substantial correctives and modifications to the extant conceptualization of International Relations? Does the conflict significantly alter previous assumptions and foster a new academic vocabulary or does it confirm the validity of well-established schools of thought in international relations? Has the crisis in Ukraine confirmed the vitality and academic vigour of conventional concepts? These questions are the starting points for this book covering conceptualisations from rationalist to reflectivist and from quantitative to qualitative. Most contributors agree that many of the old concepts such as multi-polarity spheres of influence sovereignty or even containment are still cognitively valid yet believe the eruption of the crisis means that they are now used in different contexts and thus infused with different meanings. It is these multiple conceptual languages that the volume puts at the centre of its analysis. This text will be of great interest to students and scholars studying international relations politics and Russian and Ukrainian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472488602

Vocabulary Routledge Language Workbooks are practical introductions to specific areas of language for absolute beginners. They provide comprehensive coverage of the area as well as a basis for further study. Language Workbooks can be used for independent study or as part of a taught class.Vocabulary:* covers issues such as the power of words to influence our perceptions* looks at the origins of words from English and other languages* explores the relationships between the meanings and shapes of words* examines the correlation of different kinds of words with different style levels* uses striking and entertaining examples to make fundamental points about the words we use* lays the groundwork for further study in morphology lexical semantics historical linguistics and lexicography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138166523

Vocabulary Although there is a long history of research on vocabulary the vast majority of studies have appeared over the last 30 years. This new reference work will provide a comprehensive source of the most influential findings that will be both a useful starting point for developing knowledge of the field as well as a valuable database that can be relied upon when researching vocabulary. Comprised of 4 volumes the collection will cover 4 key areas. Volume 1 will focus on the core issues related to vocabulary knowledge. The focus of volume 2 is on incidental vocabulary learning. Volume 3 explores the deliberate instruction of vocabulary and volume 4 looks at formulaic language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138838611

Vocabulary Although there is a long history of research on vocabulary the vast majority of studies have appeared over the last 30 years. This new reference work will provide a comprehensive source of the most influential findings that will be both a useful starting point for developing knowledge of the field as well as a valuable database that can be relied upon when researching vocabulary. Comprised of 4 volumes the collection will cover 4 key areas. Volume 1 will focus on the core issues related to vocabulary knowledge. The focus of volume 2 is on incidental vocabulary learning. Volume 3 explores the deliberate instruction of vocabulary and volume 4 looks at formulaic language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138838628

Vocabulary Although there is a long history of research on vocabulary the vast majority of studies have appeared over the last 30 years. This new reference work will provide a comprehensive source of the most influential findings that will be both a useful starting point for developing knowledge of the field as well as a valuable database that can be relied upon when researching vocabulary. Comprised of 4 volumes the collection will cover 4 key areas. Volume 1 will focus on the core issues related to vocabulary knowledge. The focus of volume 2 is on incidental vocabulary learning. Volume 3 explores the deliberate instruction of vocabulary and volume 4 looks at formulaic language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138838642

Vocabulary Although there is a long history of research on vocabulary the vast majority of studies have appeared over the last 30 years. This new reference work will provide a comprehensive source of the most influential findings that will be both a useful starting point for developing knowledge of the field as well as a valuable database that can be relied upon when researching vocabulary. Comprised of 4 volumes the collection will cover 4 key areas. Volume 1 will focus on the core issues related to vocabulary knowledge. The focus of volume 2 is on incidental vocabulary learning. Volume 3 explores the deliberate instruction of vocabulary and volume 4 looks at formulaic language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138838635

Vocabulary Although there is a long history of research on vocabulary the vast majority of studies have appeared over the last 30 years. This new reference work will provide a comprehensive source of the most influential findings that will be both a useful starting point for developing knowledge of the field as well as a valuable database that can be relied upon when researching vocabulary. Comprised of 4 volumes the collection will cover 4 key areas. Volume 1 will focus on the core issues related to vocabulary knowledge. The focus of volume 2 is on incidental vocabulary learning. Volume 3 explores the deliberate instruction of vocabulary and volume 4 looks at formulaic language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138838604

Vocabulary and English for Specific Purposes ResearchQuantitative and Qualitative Perspectives This volume provides an important contribution to the study of vocabulary and its relationship to English for Specific Purposes (ESP) research and teaching.Focussing on quantitative and qualitative approaches this book draws on a wide range of literature to explores key issues that include: how to identify and categorise specialised vocabulary; and the role and value of word list research in English for Academic Purposes (EAP) and ESP. This book features: An analysis of material in a range of different contexts that include secondary school education pre-university and university-based education professional and occupational ESP and the trades.inclusion of many examples of specialised vocabulary from research in Aotearoa/New Zealand and from many other areas in the world. a review of the application of vocabulary research to professional and pedagogical practicesuggestions for future directions for research. Written by a leading researcher Vocabulary and English for Specific Purposes Research provides key reading for those working in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594473

Vocabulary and Language Teaching The material in this book reviews work dating back to the vocabulary control movement in the 1930s and also refers to more recent work on the role of lexis in language learning. Two chapters describe the main foundations of lexical semantics and relevant research and pedagogical studies in vocabulary and lexicography; and a further chapter discusses recent advances in the field of lexis and discourse analysis. There is also a series of specially commissioned articles which investigate the structure and functions of the modern English lexicon in relation to its exploitation for classroom vocabulary teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145689

Vocabulary and the Four SkillsPedagogy Practice and Implications for Teaching Vocabulary This edited volume provides a single coherent overview of vocabulary teaching and learning in relation to each of the four skills (reading writing listening speaking). Each of the four sections presents a skill area with two chapters presented by two leading experts in the field relating recent advances in the field to the extent that each skill area relates differently to vocabulary and how this informs pedagogy and policy. The book opens with a summary of recent advances in the field of vocabulary and closes by drawing conclusions from the skill areas covered. The chapters respond to emerging vocabulary research trends that indicate that lexical acquisition needs to be treated differently according to the skill area. The editors have chosen chapters to respond to recent research advances and to highlight practical and pedagogical application in a single coherent volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367249977

Vocabulary Assessment to Support InstructionBuilding Rich Word-Learning Experiences Vocabulary development is essential for learning but conventional vocabulary assessments lack the range and flexibility to support K–12 classroom teachers in making instructional decisions. Drawing on linguistics educational psychology and educational measurement this book offers a fresh perspective on word learning and describes powerful precise assessment strategies. Guidelines are presented for selecting which words to teach evaluating the depth and richness of students' word knowledge and their ability to apply it in complex contexts designing effective instructional practices and using technology to create adaptive and scalable assessments. User-friendly features include sample test items classroom examples a glossary and suggested print and online resources. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462530793

Vocabulary at the CoreTeaching the Common Core Standards Vocabulary at the Core the expanded and updated edition of Vocabulary at the Center (© 2009) is the definitive guide for every teacher engaged in helping students learn essential academic vocabulary.  In clear precise language Benjamin and Crow explain why vocabulary is at the core of all learning and communicating and why word study should play a more significant role in English class and across the curriculum—as emphasized by the Common Core State Standards. You will learn... How words get learned and stay learned. Why teachers must emphasize useful academic words. Why rote memorization doesn’t work and why students need opportunities for deep processing. How and why to teach derivations collocations register idioms and gender. How and why to teach context clues fluency and pronunciation. The benefits of graphic organizers and word games in the classroom. Each chapter includes engaging easy-to-implement classroom applications that are correlated to the Common Core State Standards and will fit seamlessly into your lesson plans. BONUS! Vocabulary at the Core also provides ideas for formative and summative assessments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781596672116

Vocabulary Enrichment ProgrammeEnhancing the Learning of Vocabulary in Children This book helps to enhance the understanding and use of vocabulary in secondary school students and young adults. Specifically designed for older children and young adults with language and communication needs this practical language programme was created by a specialist speech & language therapist with input from secondary school teachers and students. The Vocabulary Enrichments Programme: focuses on enhancing the understanding and expression of vocabulary and word meanings in students aged from 8 to 18 aims to create an awareness of how improved vocabulary knowledge can be used to enhance learning in school and social interactions in school and home environments encourages an awareness and interest in words and language introduces the concept of words and meanings and identifies their role and use in language communication and social interaction introduces the word map and explore the rich networks of information attached to each word including the meanings and make up of words using root and base words suffixes and prefixes synonyms and antonyms and the etymology (origins) of words focuses on themes taken from the National Curriculum including living and non living organisms planet Earth and the world the human body emotions healthy living and occupations enhances the understanding and use of figurative and idiomatic language as well as more compound and complex sentence structures introduces a range of cueing techniques to aid in word retrieval. This book provide effective strategies for word learning to encourage independent word learning skills. It teaches an effective efficient and realistic use of the dictionary as a tool for word learning and explore the role of the thesaurus in enhancing oral and written work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863887987

Vocabulary in Language Teaching This module focuses on the pivotal role of vocabulary in language acquisition communication and instruction. It first reviews the nature of vocabulary knowledge the mental lexicon and different contexts of vocabulary learning. It then explains how we acquire vocabulary and refine vocabulary knowledge over time. The primary emphasis is on how language instructors can promote evidence-based vocabulary instruction in the classroom. To this effect the module highlights telling research on the effects of specific tasks (e.g. sentence writing and copying target words) and different ways of presenting target words (e.g. having multiple talkers instead of a single talker producing the target words). It also outlines an effective approach to teaching vocabulary one that emphasizes multiple presentations of target vocabulary specificity in the relationship between task type and learning outcomes and the gradual build-up of language-specific vocabulary knowledge over time. A sample lesson based on this approach is also provided. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138500884

Vocabulary Instruction for Struggling Students Addressing a key skill in reading writing and speaking this comprehensive book is grounded in cutting-edge research on vocabulary development. It presents evidence-based instructional approaches for at-risk students including English language learners and those with learning difficulties. Coverage ranges from storybook reading interventions for preschoolers to direct instruction and independent word-learning strategies for older students. Guidance is provided on using word lists effectively and understanding how word features influence learning. The book also reviews available vocabulary assessment tools and describes how to implement them in a response-to-intervention framework. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462502820

Vocabulary InstructionResearch to Practice This highly regarded work brings together prominent authorities on vocabulary teaching and learning to provide a comprehensive yet concise guide to effective instruction. The book showcases practical ways to teach specific vocabulary words and word-learning strategies and create engaging word-rich classrooms. Instructional activities and games for diverse learners are brought to life with detailed examples. Drawing on the most rigorous research available the editors and contributors distill what PreK-8 teachers need to know and do to support all students' ongoing vocabulary growth and enjoyment of reading. New to This Edition*Reflects the latest research and instructional practices.*New section (five chapters) on pressing current issues in the field: assessment authentic reading experiences English language learners uses of multimedia tools and the vocabularies of narrative and informational texts.*Contributor panel expanded with additional leading researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462503971

Vocabulary Strategies That WorkDo This—Not That! Update your vocabulary practices to meet the Common Core and improve students' word knowledge! This new clearly-structured guide shows you how. It's packed with engaging research-based classroom-ready strategies for teaching vocabulary.  Topics include... Selecting meaningful words for direct instruction Strategies for engaging students in word study Helping students come up with their own definitions Authentic vocabulary assessment Greek and Latin word study Bringing vocabulary to life using symbols and pictures Using a word wall effectively Teaching vocabulary all the time Creating opportunities for wide reading Using and expecting academic language For each vocabulary recommendation you'll learn the research behind it how it relates to the Common Core and how to implement it in your classroom. The practical ideas for teaching vocabulary will benefit all of your students including your English language learners with specific connections to ELLs included throughout the book. This is a must-have resource for teaching vocabulary and meeting the Common Core standards! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781596672291

VocabularyApplied Linguistic Perspectives How do we teach and learn vocabulary? How do words work in literary texts? In this book Ronald Carter provides the necessary basis for the further study of modern English vocabulary with particular reference to linguistic descriptive frameworks and educational contexts. Vocabulary: Applied Linguistic Perspectives includes an introductory account of linguistic approaches to the analysis of the modern lexicon in English and discusses key topics such as vocabulary and language teaching dictionaries and lexicography and the literary stylistic study of vocabulary. This Routledge Linguistics Classic includes a substantial new introductory chapter situating the book in the current digital age covering changes and developments in related fields from lexicography and corpus linguistics to vocabulary testing and assessment as well as additional new references. Vocabulary: Applied Linguistic Perspectives has been widely praised since first publication for the breadth depth and clarity of its approach and is a key text for postgraduate students and researchers studying vocabulary within the fields of English Language Applied Linguistics and Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415699341

Vocal Music and Contemporary IdentitiesUnlimited Voices in East Asia and the West Looking at musical globalization and vocal music this collection of essays studies the complex relationship between the human voice and cultural identity in 20th- and 21st-century music in both East Asian and Western music. The authors approach musical meaning in specific case studies against the background of general trends of cultural globalization and the construction/deconstruction of identity produced by human (and artificial) voices. The essays proceed from different angles notably sociocultural and historical contexts philosophical and literary aesthetics vocal technique analysis of vocal microstructures text/phonetics-music-relationships historical vocal sources or models for contemporary art and pop music and areas of conflict between vocalization "ethnicity " and cultural identity. They pinpoint crucial topical features that have shaped identity-discourses in art and popular musical situations since the1950s with a special focus on the past two decades. The volume thus offers a unique compilation of texts on the human voice in a period of heightened cultural globalization by utilizing systematic methodological research and firsthand accounts on compositional practice by current Asian and Western authors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108035

Vocation and DesireGeorge Eliot's Heroines First published in 1989. Generations of critics have seen George Eliot as a conservative Victorian high moralist and sybil. Vocation and Desire questions that image and finds in her work elements of anger feminism subversiveness revenge iconoclasm wit and eroticism – elements that we have been taught not to expect. After looking at the development of the sybilline image and the gradual eclipse of the subversive George Eliot – which Eliot herself initiated – Dorothea Barrett goes on to investigate the evidence of the novels themselves and finds an alternative emphasis. Her study of the heroines of the six major novels and issues of language and desire provides a refreshing and acute analysis of the contradictions and strengths of Eliot’s work. She also considers the reception of George Eliot by feminist critics and the broader implications of her work for contemporary feminism. This title will be of interest to students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138182226

Vocational Education at a DistanceInternational Perspectives Drawing on case studies this volume highlights the common problems encountered by educators who must provide vocational training at a distance from their pupils. The contributors discuss the impact of modern technology on education and consider the future role of distance education methods. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315041377

Vocational Education in the Nordic CountriesLearning from Diversity Vocational Education in the Nordic Countries: Learning from Diversity is the second of two books that disseminates new and systematic knowledge on the strengths and weaknesses of the different models of vocational education and training (VET) in four Nordic countries. Vocational education in Europe has resisted standardisation to a higher degree than other fields of education and during the last decade there has been a growth in international comparative VET research. While the Nordic countries provide an ideal case for comparative education studies the literature in English on the Nordic VET systems is at present very limited. This book provides thorough examinations of VET in Sweden Denmark Norway and Finland. Each section examines the current challenges for VET compares how these challenges are managed and explores recent reforms and institutional innovations. Contributors also analyse institutions and policies at the national level and include comparative studies of two occupations at the micro-level in the four countries. The book explores what can be learned from the diversity of the VET systems in the Nordic countries which otherwise have many similarities and share a common heritage in education policy. This volume will help strengthen the knowledge base required for transnational policy learning and for developing vocational education internationally for the future. As a result the book will be of interest to researchers academics and postgraduate students involved in the study of vocational education educational studies and educational policy as well as policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367487812

Vocational Education in the Nordic CountriesThe Historical Evolution Vocational Education in the Nordic Countries: The Historical Evolution is the first of two books that disseminate new and systematic knowledge on the strengths and weaknesses of the different models of vocational education and training (VET) in four Nordic countries. Vocational education in Europe has resisted standardisation to a higher degree than other fields of education and during the last decade there has been a growth in international comparative VET research. While the Nordic countries provide an ideal case for comparative education studies the literature in English on the Nordic VET systems is at present very limited. This first book provides thorough examinations of VET in Sweden Denmark Norway and Finland over 150 years. Each section examines the historical evolution of VET at upper secondary level in one of the four Nordic countries. Contributors also analyse how each country have tried to reform their respective VET systems and compare the paths which each nation has taken. The book explores what can be learned from the diversity of the VET-systems in the Nordic countries which otherwise have many similarities and share a common heritage in education policy. This volume will help strengthen the knowledge base required for transnational policy learning and for developing vocational education internationally for the future. It will be of interest to researchers academics and postgraduate students involved in the study of vocational education educational studies and educational policy education planners and teachers educators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367487829

Vocational Education of Female Entrepreneurs in ChinaA multitheoretical and multidimensional analysis of successful businesswomen's everyday lives This book examines the ways in which formal and non-formal education can contribute to women’s successful design development and operation of small businesses in rural settings. Calling on varied pertinent social theories the book examines profitable businesses operated by Dongxiang Muslim women in the southern Gansu province of northwestern China. The author explains the multifaceted formula for women's challenges and successes in their business endeavours and goal for financial security. It argues that informal learning is the most important type of education to employ knowledge and skills to earn a living in general and design and operate small businesses by women in rural areas in particular. The book concludes with an original timely and necessary model for education that could be utilized by the women in this work; one that positions informal education as the primary conduit for successful entrepreneurial work and combines elements of both formal and non-formal educational principles and practices thus offering support for the successful operation of women's businesses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138580176

Vocational EducationInternational Approaches Developments and Systems Vocational education and training (VET) have a key role to play in raising skill levels and improving a society’s productivity. In this important new book a team of international experts argue that too often national VET policy has been formulated in ignorance of historical and political developments in other countries and without proper consideration of the social objectives that it might help achieve. Examining a wide range of contrasting international approaches and development strategies this book demonstrates the central role of the state in implementing an effective system of VET and assesses the extent to which different VET policies can promote equality in the labour market and social justice. Key themes include: the broader educational and social aims of VET the nature of learning in vocational contexts the historical development of VET in the UK US Australia France Germany the Netherlands and elsewhere. Including a full range of case-studies and practical examples this book is essential reading for all students researchers and practitioners with an interest in vocational education and training industrial and labour relations or social policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203815298

Vocational Interests in the WorkplaceRethinking Behavior at Work Vocational Interests in the Workplace is an essential new work tying together past literature with contemporary research to present the most comprehensive coverage on vocational interests to date. With increasing recognition of the importance of vocational interests and their relevance to the workplace this book emphasizes the strong links between vocational interests and work behavior. It proposes new models and approaches that facilitate thorough exploration of the implications of this relationship between interests and practice. The authors drawing on knowledge and experience from a range of professional backgrounds cover essential topics including: interest measurement; personnel selection; motivation and performance; expertise; meaningful work; effects of a global business environment; diversity; and the ongoing development of interests through adulthood to retirement. Endorsed by the Society for Industrial and Organizational Psychology board this book is a valuable resource for researchers professionals and educators in the fields of human resources organizational behaviour and industrial or organizational psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138932883

Vocational Philanthropy and British Women's Writing 1790�1810Wollstonecraft More Edgeworth Wordsworth Patricia Comitini's study compels serious rethinking of how literature by women in the late-eighteenth and early-nineteenth centuries should be read. Beginning with a description of the ways in which evolving conceptions of philanthropy were foundational to constructions of class and gender roles Comitini argues that these changes enabled a particular kind of feminine benevolence that was linked to women's work as writers. The term 'vocational philanthropy' is suggestive of the ways that women used their status as professional writers to instruct men and women in changing gender relations and to educate the middling and laboring classes in their new roles during a socially and economically turbulent era. Examining works by Hannah More Mary Wollstonecraft Maria Edgeworth and Dorothy Wordsworth whose writing crosses generic political and social boundaries Comitini shows how women from diverse backgrounds shared a commitment to philanthropy - fostering the love of mankind - and an interest in the social nature of literacy. Their writing fosters sentiments that they hoped would be shared between the sexes and among the classes in English society forging new reading audiences among women and the lower classes. These writers and their writing exemplify the paradigm of vocational philanthropy which gives people not money but texts to read in order to imagine societal improvement. The effect was to permit the emergence of middle-class values linking private notions of morality family and love to the public needs for good citizens industrious laborers and class consolidation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367882426

Vocational Studies Lifelong Learning and Social ValuesInvestigating Education Training and NVQs Under the New Deal Published in 1999. Lifelong learning is the slogan with which the Labour Government has chosen to publicise and popularise its values and policies for post-16 education and training under the new administration. Dr. Hyland’s book subjects New Labour policy - particularly developments surrounding the University for Industry and the New Deal - to searching scrutiny and offers a number of recommendations designed to upgrade vocational education and training (VET). If we are to create a high status and high quality VET system comparable to those of our European competitors we will need Dr. Hyland argues to move towards a unified curriculum in the post-school sector bringing with it the abolition of the present three-track model of NVQs GNVQs and GCSEs/A Levels. More significantly it is argued that all vocational learning - both work-based and college-based - needs to be underpinned by a common core of knowledge and understanding and crucially be located within a values framework which gives due attention to social justice and community interests rather than simplistic and utilitarian economistic objectives and employability skills. Moreover the aesthetic and moral dimensions of vocational studies are not optional extras but areas of vocational learning experience which are essential and foundational if vocational education and training is to be enhanced in order to satisfy current lifelong learning criteria. Dr. Hyland’s challenging account provides one of the first comprehensive philosophical and policy critiques of New Labour VET developments and will be of interest to those committed to high quality vocational studies on all sides of education and industry as well as to lecturers tutors trainers and students working in post-compulsory education and training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360938

Vocational Training in General Dental PracticeThe Handbook for Trainers Vocational training is the preferred method for developing practical and other workplace dental skills. It is mandatory for all UK dental graduates under the guidance of the Committee on Vocational Training (CVT). This book is for all dentists who have an interest in vocational training and is particularly useful for trainers VDPs and VT advisers/regional advisors. This is a unique and comprehensive guide to training in practice. All aspects of training and teaching methods are included and practical advice given on topics such as communication and presentation skills finance barriers to training and assessment. The book also covers the latest developments in clinical governance and legal matters. Clear straightforward and free of jargon it will enable dental practitioners to become competent educators with ease. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315379104

Vocational TrainingInternational Perspectives The last decade has given rise to a strong public discourse in most highly industrialized economies about the importance of a skilled workforce as a key response to the competitive dynamic fostered by economic globalisation. The challenge for different training regimes is twofold: attracting young people into the vocational training system while continuing to train workers already in employment. Yet on the whole most countries and their training systems have failed to reach those goals. How can we explain this contradiction? Why is vocational training seen to be an "old" institution? Why does vocational training not seem to be easily adapted to the realities of the 21st century? This book seeks to respond to these important questions. It does so through an in-depth comparative analysis of the vocational training systems in ten different countries: Australia Canada Denmark France Germany Korea Mexico Morocco the United Kingdom and the USA. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138959750

Vocationalism in Further and Higher EducationPolicy Programmes and Pedagogy Vocationalism in Further and Higher Education presents a collection of research-based papers on the ‘English model’ of vocationalism and higher education. It argues that negative societal and political perceptions have hindered the debate about the significance and relevance of vocational education and training provision to learning work and the economy. In this book the writers offer unique solutions to the difficult questions that have emerged from their investigations into vocationalism in England. This edited collection brings together a group of academic experts to report and discuss their findings from many years of evidence-based research on vocationalism at three levels: macro (national and policy-making) meso (programmes and organization) and micro (individual learning and teaching). Chapters explore the key issues relating to the topic such as policies curriculum learning and teaching and work contexts. The book reflects on the diversity of related programmes and discusses the applicability and relevance of the term ‘vocationalism’ in the light of current developments relating to higher vocational education including occupation employability and professionalism. This book is a timely contribution to the debate on the ‘English model’ of vocational education and will be an essential resource for researchers practitioners and postgraduate students in the fields of vocational education technical and vocational education and training (TVET) work-based learning politics and policy of education teaching and learning higher education and curriculum and pedagogy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138498655

Voice & VisionA Creative Approach to Narrative Filmmaking Develop your creative voice while acquiring the practical skills and confidence to use it with this new and fully updated edition of Mick Hurbis-Cherrier’s filmmaking bible Voice & Vision. Written for independent filmmakers and film students who want a solid grounding in the tools techniques and processes of narrative film this comprehensive manual covers all of the essentials while keeping artistic vision front and center. Hurbis-Cherrier walks the reader through every step of the process—from the transformation of an idea into a cinematic story to the intricacies of promotion and distribution—and every detail in between. Features of this book include: Comprehensive technical information on video production and postproduction tools allowing filmmakers to express themselves with any camera in any format and on any budget An emphasis on the collaborative filmmaking process including the responsibilities and creative contributions of every principal member of the crew and cast A focus on learning to work successfully with available resources (time equipment budget personnel etc.) in order to turn limitations into opportunities Updated digital filmmaking workflow breakdowns for Rec. 709 HD Log Format and D-Cinema productions Substantial coverage of the sound tools and techniques used in film production and the creative impact of postproduction sound design An extensive discussion of digital cinematography fundamentals including essential lighting and exposure control tools common gamma profiles the use of LUTs and the role of color grading Abundant examples referencing contemporary and classic films from around the world Indispensible information on production safety team etiquette and set procedures. The third edition also features a robust companion website that includes eight award-winning example short films; interactive and high-resolution figures; downloadable raw footage; production forms and logs for preproduction production and postproduction; video examples that illustrate key concepts found within the book and more. Whether you are using it in the classroom or are looking for a comprehensive reference to learn everything you need to know about the filmmaking process Voice & Vision delivers all of the details in an accessible and reader-friendly format. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415739986

Voice and Involvement at WorkExperience with Non-Union Representation In the last decade nonunion employee representation (NER) has become a much discussed topic in the fields of human resource management employment relations and employment/labor law. This book examines the purpose structure and performance of various types of employee representation bodies created by companies in non-union settings to promote collective forums for voice and involvement at the workplace. This unique volume presents the first longitudinal evidence on the performance success and failure of NER plans over an extended time period. Consisting of twelve detailed in-depth case studies of actual NER plans in operation across four countries this volume provides unparalleled evidence on such matters as: the motives behind the initial establishment of NER different organizational forms of NER in industry key success and failure factors over the long-term pro and con evaluations for employers and employees and more. Voice and Involvement at Work captures an unequalled international and comparative perspective through a wide cross-section of different NER forms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138340947

Voice and Participation in Global Food Politics As awareness of the commodification of food for profit at the expense of our health and the planet grows this book foregrounds the communicative dimensions of resistance by food movements. Voice and participation are argued by the author to be the means through which rural and urban communities can and in many cases do resist the capture of value by corporate actors and work to democratise their foodscapes. Her critical analysis of meaning-making under neo-liberalism suggests that agroecology as a socially activating form of agriculture within a food sovereignty framework provides an example of social learning relevant across rural/urban and North/South divides. Embracing indigenous knowledge gender equity and postcolonial theory this approach mobilises growers and eaters to contest the power structures that shape their food environments and also to focus on social and economic justice within their communities particularly in the context of climate change.Participatory ecologies that incorporate these forms of social learning encourage the co-creation of inclusive foodscapes and politicise food justice. Such a positive framing of resistance through horizontal pedagogy participation communication and social learning processes contrasts with the vertical dissemination structure of the corporatised food regime and takes vital steps towards a more democratic food system. Voice and Participation in Global Food Politics will be of interest to scholars of agri-food transdisciplinary food studies and political economy of food systems. It will also be of relevance to NGOs and policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730758

Voice and Power in Africa's DemocracyInstitutions Participation and Accountability Africa has made notable progress in its nascent democracy but with uneven performance across countries. However across the board challenges abound. Central to Africa’s checkered democratic narrative is the weakness of its democratic institutions participatory mechanisms and accountability platforms. This book interrogates these elements with the role and capacity of the parliament political parties media freedom of information law trade union movements gender empowerment mechanisms and accountability methods and processes all under examination. The weakness of democratic institutions has had a corrosive effect on political accountability and limits the scope for popular participation in governance. In many countries innovative practices and new social and political encounters are emerging that challenge old institutional cultures promote reforms and demand accountability from the governing elite. The book captures these varied innovative patterns of democratic change. With first hand knowledge and expertise of the continent the contributors analyze the issues trends problems and challenges in these critical areas of Africa’s democratic growth. The conclusion is that strengthening democratic institutions opening up the political space for enhanced political participation and ensuring political accountability will determine the course prospects and quality of Africa’s budding democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367340933

Voice and Speech in the Theatre This is a classic book on voice and speech designed for actors at all levels. One of the great voice teachers of his day J. Clifford Turner here uses simple and direct language to impart the necessary technical 'basics' of speech and voice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315059730

Voice Box The Voice Box offers a complete resource of instantly accessible ideas for use by voice specialists including professional voice users teachers speech and language therapists actors and occupational voice users. It is intended as a practical resource for use in clinics and classrooms in studio and on stage. Voice exercises which may be used both for remedial and training purposes are provided on accessible A5 cards. Each exercise is carefully explained and supported by sound theoretical knowledge where appropriate. Vocal Information cards are also included and provide invaluable information and advice on remediation intervention and voice training. The cards are comprehensive and unique and are intended to be part of the practical resources of every voice practitioner. Contents: Vocal Hygiene; Posture; Relaxation; De-constriction; Breathing; Voicing; Onset of the Note; Exploration of Pitch; Muscular Flexibility; Projection; Safe Shouting; Working for Variety; Resonance; Development and Control of Volume; and Role Play. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889387

Voice of the Muslim BrotherhoodDa'wa Discourse and Political Communication In the wake of the 25 January revolution and the coup that followed in 2013 Egyptian bookstores recorded a significant increase in demand for books by and about the Muslim Brotherhood. However despite the burgeoning literature on the Brotherhood knowledge about the movement is still rather limited particularly with regard to its most strategic tool – media and communications. This book offers a fresh and close look into the communication strategy of the group focusing on published periodicals biographies and websites that represent the voice of the Brotherhood. The book analyses the core mission of the Brotherhood namely its daᶜwa (call invitation to faith) â€“ how it is articulated and how it is defined by the movement as an ideology and a process. Have the media represented a coherent voice of the Brotherhood over the past decades? What can they communicate regarding the Brothers’ perception of the needs of their audiences? How have the media served to sustain preserve and distinguish the movement for nine decades? The book argues that the Brotherhood media speak with an intermittent voice and deliver an incoherent message whose tone is changeable and fluctuating and cannot be claimed to truly represent the heterogeneity of the group. Adopting an interdisciplinary approach that integrates Media Studies and Social Movement Theory the book provides a fresh analysis of the Brotherhood movement as an interpretive community and will be a valuable resource for anyone studying Egypt or the Muslim Brotherhood.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138078659

Voice of the Oppressed in the Language of the OppressorA Discussion of Selected Postcolonial Literature from Ireland Africa and America This book examines works from twelve authors from colonized cultures who write in English: William Butler Yeats James Joyce Joseph Conrad Chinua Achebe Maxine Hong Kinston Amy Tan Toni Morrison Alic Walker Sandra Cisneros Ana Castillo Louise Erdrich and Leslie Marmon Silko. The book fins connection among these writers and their respective works. Patsy Daniels argues that the thinkers and writers of colonized culture must learn the language of the colonizer and take it back to their own community thus making themselves translators who occupy a manufactured hybdid space between two cultures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860987

Voice Over Frame Relay Voice Over Frame Relay - the next practical way to reduce your network costs! Savings from putting voice tie lines on frame relay data networks can pay back the additional investment in voice equipment in just months. Savings on international circuits are large enough to threaten present tariff structures (with some help from the FCC). From being 'impossible ' VoFR has become an essential element to be considered by network designers. This includes those who historically worked with data as well as those concerned primarily with voice. The goal of this book is to make it easy for anyone with a voice or data background to understand this new fusion technology VOFR ; Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138412194

Voice StudiesCritical Approaches to Process Performance and Experience Voice Studies brings together leading international scholars and practitioners to re-examine what voice is what voice does and what we mean by "voice studies" in the process and experience of performance. This dynamic and interdisciplinary publication draws on a broad range of approaches from composing and voice teaching through to psychoanalysis and philosophy including: voice training from the Alexander Technique to practice-as-research; operatic and extended voices in early baroque and contemporary underwater singing; voices across cultures from site-specific choral performance in Kentish mines and Australian sound art to the laments of Kraho Indians Korean pansori and Javanese wayang; voice embodiment and gender in Robertson’s 1798 production of Phantasmagoria Cathy Berberian radio show and Romeo Castellucci’s theatre; perceiving voice as a composer listener or as eavesdropper; voice technology and mobile apps. With contributions spanning six continents the volume considers the processes of teaching or writing for voice the performance of voice in theatre live art music and on recordings and the experience of voice in acoustic perception and research. It concludes with a multifaceted series of short provocations that simply revisit the core question of the whole volume: what is voice studies? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138809352

Voice Technology in HealthcareLeveraging Voice to Enhance Patient and Provider Experiences The healthcare industry is on the cutting edge of voice-user interface (VUI) design and making great progress to improve patient care through developing technologies literally transforming the voice of the industry. The advantages of VUI extend far beyond simple conveniences for patients or a healthcare employee's saved phone call. VUI has a profound impact on care improvement. Just like a person a well-designed VUI can use tone of voice inflection and other elements in conversation to shape behaviors or calm nerves. With VUI physicians and patients become empowered to make informed decisions about healthcare. The use of voice technology across smart speakers IoT clinical and home devices and wearables for improving the patient experience and clinical outcomes was recently identified as one of most significant emerging technologies in healthcare. Smart speakers are the #1 selling consumer item in the world and major competition is heating up between Amazon Alexa Apple Siri Microsoft Cortana Google Voice Assistant and a host of other specialty platforms specific to healthcare. From Orbita and Macadamia to voice-enabled robotics from Pillo Intuitive Vivify and RealView Imaging voice technology is pervasive across the gamut of levels of devices. Voice technology is not just pervasive in smart speakers and smart phones – it is finding its way into wearables vehicles homes and even consumer and clinical medical devices. We even have smart jewelry emerging with health wellness and safety features built in. Best of all this trend spans intergenerational health and wellness that goes beyond clinical care into long term health and wellbeing and the potential for increased patient engagement. In this book the editors review information from the top thought-leaders in this space and examine real-world case studies of the outcomes and potential of voice technology in healthcare. Topics include a market survey clinical use cases home health use cases health and wellness topics – fitness nutrition and wellbeing; next generation fitness facilities; voice and wearables in smart connected communities; voice technology in social companions/robots; voice technology in the future surgical suites; a roadmap for the future from top technology; standards in voice technology; and the future of voice technology and artificial intelligence. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367403867

Voice Terminal Echo (Routledge Revivals)Postmodernism and English Renaissance Texts First published in 1986 this title examines a set of English Renaissance texts by Shakespeare Spenser Herbert Marvell and Milton within the theoretic framework of postmodern thought. Following an opening chapter that argues for the value of this conjunction as a way of understanding literary history subsequent chapters draw upon Jacques Derrida’s deconstruction of photocentrism and Jacques Lacan’s analysis of the agency of the letter to offer fully theorized readings. Throughout there is a sustained concern with the transformations of such Ovidian figures as Narcissus and Echo Perseus and Medusa Orpheus and Eurydice and with the echo effects of Virgilian pastoral as paradigms for the interplay of voice and writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138823624

Voice: Onstage and Off Voice: Onstage and Off is a comprehensive guide to the process of building mastering and fine-tuning the voice for performance. Every aspect of vocal work is covered from the initial speech impulse and the creation of sound right through to refining the final product in different types of performance. This highly adaptable course of study empowers performers of all levels to combine and evolve their onstage and offstage voices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138918580

Voice-Over for Animation Voice Over for Animation takes animation and voice-over students and professionals alike through the animated voice-over world. The book provides information exercises and advice from professional voice-over artists. Now you can develop your own unique characters and learn techniques to exercise your own voice gain the versatility you need to compete. You can also learn how to make a professional sounding demo CD and find work in the field. Author MJ Lallo opened her own studio in 2000. She is a VO artist director producer and casting director casting from her own VO roster. She teaches VO as well and hires pros in the industry to guest direct. She just cast a video game for DreamWorks and also cast and contributed character reads to a Houghton-Mifflin American history book. The accompanying CD is professionally recorded and features:1. Improvization in character development 2. Examples of how to make an animation demo from beginning to final product.3. Adapting your characters to animation scripts4. Animation Talent Agent interviews5. Casting Director interviews6. Interviews with Animation Voice-Over Artistsa. Nancy Cartwright (Bart The Simpsons)b. Cathy Cavadini (Blossom Power Puff Girls)c. Bill Farmer (Goofy) Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080927770

Voice-OversA Practical Guide with CD Voice-Overs is an insider's guide to voicing radio and television commercials. Bernard Graham Shaw draws upon his nearly 20 years of voice-work experience to teach valuable studio skills and offers practical advice on how to build a voice-over career. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138473089

Voices and Texts in Early Modern Italian Society This book studies the uses of orality in Italian society across all classes from the fifteenth to the seventeenth century with an emphasis on the interrelationships between oral communication and the written word. The Introduction provides an overview of the topic as a whole and links the chapters together. Part 1 concerns public life in the states of northern central and southern Italy. The chapters examine a range of performances that used the spoken word or song: concerted shouts that expressed the feelings of the lower classes and were then recorded in writing; the proclamation of state policy by town criers; songs that gave news of executions; the exercise of power relations in society as recorded in trial records; and diplomatic orations and interactions. Part 2 centres on private entertainments. It considers the practices of the performance of poetry sung in social gatherings and on stage with and without improvisation; the extent to which lyric poets anticipated the singing of their verse and collaborated with composers; performances of comedies given as dinner entertainments for the governing body of republican Florence; and a reading of a prose work in a house in Venice subsequently made famous through a printed account. Part 3 concerns collective religious practices. Its chapters study sermons in their own right and in relation to written texts the battle to control spaces for public performance by civic and religious authorities and singing texts in sacred spaces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367882136

Voices and VeilsFeminism and Islam in French Women's Writing and Activism Voices and Veils: Feminism and Islam in French Women's Writing and Activism Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604875

Voices FoundFree Jazz and Singing Voices Found: Free Jazz and Singing contributes to a wave of voice studies scholarship with the first book-length study of free jazz voice. It pieces together a history of free jazz voice that spans from sound poetry and scat in the 1950s to the more recent wave of free jazz choirs. The author traces the developments and offers a theory derived from interviews with many of the most important singers in the history of free jazz voice of how listeners have experienced and evaluated the often unconventional vocal sounds these vocalists employed. This theory explains that even audiences willing to enjoy harsh sounds from saxophones or guitars often resist when voices make sounds that audiences understand as not-human. Experimental poetry and scat were combined and transformed in free jazz spaces in the 1960s and 1970s by vocalists like Yoko Ono (in solo work and her work with Ornette Coleman and John Stevens) Jeanne Lee (in her solo work and her work with Archie Shepp and Gunter Hampel) Leon Thomas (in his solo work as well as his work with Pharoah Sanders and Carlos Santana) and Phil Minton and Maggie Nicols (who devoted much of their energy to creating unaccompanied free jazz vocal music). By studying free jazz voice we can learn important lessons about what we expect from the voice and what happens when those expectations are violated. This book doesn't only trace histories of free jazz voice it makes an attempt to understand why this story hasn't been told before with an impressive breadth of scope in terms of the artists covered drawing on research from the US Canada Wales Scotland France The Netherlands and Japan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138341036

Voices from American PrisonsFaith Education and Healing Voices From American Prisons: Faith Education and Healing is a comprehensive and unique contribution to understanding the dynamics and nature of penal confinement. In this book author Kaia Stern describes the history of punishment and prison education in the United States and proposes that specific religious and racial ideologies - notions of sin evil and otherness - continue to shape our relationship to crime and punishment through contemporary penal policy. Inspired by people who have lived worked and studied in U.S. prisons Stern invites us to rethink the current ‘punishment crisis’ in the United States. Based on in-depth interviews with people who were incarcerated as well as extensive conversations with students teachers corrections staff and prison administrators the book introduces the voices of those who have participated in the few remaining post-secondary education programs that exist behind bars. Drawing on individual narrative and various modern day case examples Stern focuses on dehumanization resistance and community transformation. She demonstrates how prison education is essential can provide healing and yet is still not enough to interrupt mass incarceration. In short this book explores the possibility of transformation from a retributive punishment system to a system of justice. The book’s engaging human accounts and multidisciplinary perspective will appeal to criminologists sociologists historians theologians and scholars of education alike. Voices from American Prisons will also capture general readers who are interested in learning about a timely and often silenced reality of contemporary modern society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138819870

Voices from Criminal JusticeInsider Perspectives Outsider Experiences Voices from Criminal Justice Second Edition gives students rich insight into the criminal justice system from the point of view of practitioners as well as outsiders—citizens clients jurors probationers or inmates. These qualitative and teachable articles cover all three components of the criminal justice system ensuring students will be better informed about the daily realities of criminal justice professionals in law enforcement courts and corrections. At the same time the juxtaposition of insider and outsider views allows students to look beyond the actual content of the articles and develop their own views about the functions and flaws of the criminal justice system on a societal level. This innovative reader now with seven new articles designed to stimulate discussions and promote critical thought is perfect for undergraduate criminal justice courses in the United States and has proven to be an effective companion or alternative to traditional introductory textbooks. Voices from Criminal Justice Second Edition also offers a framework for more advanced students in special issues or capstone courses to synthesize information from earlier courses and develop their own view of American justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138193475

Voices From FatherhoodFathers Sons & Adhd First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869493

Voices from the BorderlandRe-Imagining Cross-Cultural Urban Theology in the Twenty-First Century Urban theology affirms the importance of context - notably the place of the city - in theological reflection. However it has often been confined to particular contexts or theological camps and thus failed to engage with the fluidity of contemporary urban societies. 'Voices from the Borderland' presents an overview of urban theology arguing that the twenty-first century demands a dialogical model of theology that enacts progressive change. The volume draws on studies of the multicultural and multi-faith British urban experience and situates these within the wider international context. The works of influential theologians in the field are examined and the dialogue between theology globalisation post-colonialism postmodernism and "post-religious" urban culture critically explored. The volume is unique in bringing together urban liberation theology urban black theology reformist urban theology globalisation urban theology and post-religious urban theology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315539478

Voices From the FieldGroup Work Responds Voices From the Field is the book to challenge you from your cozy position of complacency! By simply opening its pages you will learn about fascinating developments in group work sequences in group care empowerment groups in action and a whole spectrum of practice and education-oriented themes you may have never considered before. A compilation of work from the XVI Annual Symposium of the Association for the Advancement of Social Work with Groups this book reflects on social work’s rich tradition of diversity and offers you insight that will expand your horizons and encourage you to incorporate different techniques into your repertory. You will learn about contemporary practice the profession’s historic mission and commitment and the evolution of group work practice and techniques with different populations. This practical collection allows you to examine a broad spectrum of professional practice and educational themes. Chapters in Voices From the Field explore theory building qualitative research mutual aid time-limited groups adventure groups psychodrama groups for addicted persons and their families group work with adolescents and skill development. At the same time you refresh your grounding in the basic principles of social work you will learn about: a group work forum on-line the importance of empowering individuals through group experiences group treatment for alcoholism group work with juvenile sex offenders international contemporary practices of social group work establishing group norms in conflictual situationsClinicians neighborhood and community activists students professors researchers therapists old timers and newcomers will find Voices From the Field an extraordinary compilation of the basic principles and concepts underlying group work contemporary practice and applications for group social work and ways for enhancing practice knowledge and skills. Whether you are reading it as a reference text in a methods course or reading it independently you will find this book reminds you of certain fundamentals long-forgotten yet also inspires you to take on new challenges and different techniques for meeting the challenges of group social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986800

Voices from the GodsSpeaking with Tongues Glossolalia (paranormal speaking in tongues) and zenolalia (paranormal speaking in allegedly foreign languages) are features of many sub-cultures and religions. The most obvious example is Pentecostalism where every believer in many denominations is expected to speak in tongues at least once – the gift in other cultures being limited to individuals shamans and mediums. This book first published in 1978 surveys the practice of ‘speaking in tongues’ in anthropology Christianity and spiritualism and provides an analysis of the psychological theological and linguistic considerations of the phenomenon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367074197

Voices from the Japanese Women's Movement An insider's view of the world of contemporary Japanese women. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698328

Voices from the NorthNew Trends in Nordic Human Geography While contemporary human geography has widely acknowledged that knowledge has both contingent and contextual character international literature has tended to blot out differences and reproduce hegemonic Anglo-Saxon discourses. Any interest in destabilizing such power-knowledge systems calls upon interventions from other voices. Nordic voices in particular have not been well represented in current human geography. This book redresses the balance by offering a unique assessment of the geographical research being undertaken in the Nordic countries and by demonstrating the way in which these voices contribute to international debate. It brings together a range of Nordic authors each of whom has made a significant contribution to such debates and considers the relationship between production and social institutions in local development. It also examines the ambiguous role of the welfare state in the Nordic countries issues of social practice and identity and their relationship to spatiality new approaches to landscape and environment and the significance of difference and relations of power. Theoretical discussion illustrated by empirical examples reveals the interweaving in Nordic human geography of international affiliations and Nordic situatedness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138416093

Voices from the PeripherySubalternity and Empowerment in India In India as elsewhere peripheries have frequently been viewed through the eyes of the centre. This book aims at reversing the gaze presenting the perspectives of low castes tribes or other subalterns in a way that amplifies their ability to voice their own concerns. This volume takes a multidimensional perspective citing political economic and cultural factors as expressions of the autonomous assertions of these groups. Questioning the exclusive definitions of the Brahmanical folk and tribal elements the articles bring together the empowering possibilities enabled by three recent theoretical developments: of anthropologies questioning the fringes of mainstream society in India; critically engaged histories from below which problematize subaltern identities; and a conceptual emphasis on everyday ethnography as an arena for negotiations and transactions which contest wider networks of power and hegemony. This book will be useful to those in sociology anthropology politics history study of religions minority studies cultural studies and those interested in social development and issues of marginality tribes and subaltern identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138662452

Voices from the Shifting Russo-Japanese BorderKarafuto / Sakhalin In the nineteenth century as the Russian empire expanded eastwards and the Japanese empire expanded onto the Asian continent the Russo-Japanese border became contested on and around the island of Sakhalin its Russian name or Karafuto as it is known in Japanese. Then in the wake of the Second World War  Russia seized control of the island and the Japanese inhabitants were deported. Sakhalin’s history as a border zone makes it a lynchpin of Russo-Japanese relations and as such it is a rich case study for exploring the key themes of this book: life in the borderlands migration repatriation historical memory multiculturalism and identity. With a focus on cross-border dialogue Voices from the Shifting Russo-Japanese Border reveals the lives of the ordinary people in the border regions between Russia and Japan and how they and their communities have been affected by shifts in the Russo-Japanese border over the past century-and-a-half. Examining the lives and experiences of repatriates from Karafuto/Sakhalin in contemporary Hokkaido and their contribution to the multicultural society of Japan’s northernmost island the chapters cover the border shifts in Karafuto/Sakhalin up until 1945 the immediate aftermath the Second World War the commemorative practices and memories of those in both Japan and Eastern Russia and finally postwar lives by drawing extensively on interviews with people in the communities affected most by the shifting border. This interdisciplinary book will be of huge interest to students and scholars across a broad range of subjects including Russo-Japanese relations Northeast Asian history border studies migration studies and the Second World War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138104044

Voices from the Shop FloorDramas of the Employment Relationship This title was first published in 2001. This edition presents the view that strategies which aim for team building without recognizing the importance of diversity are likely to have limited success. This volume makes use of the an ethnographic account of an occupational industry based around lock manufacturing in England plus a number of ethnographically informed industrial relations accounts from the developing world. The book presents some examples from the lock industry ethnographies exploring the experience of work on the assembly line in a lock factory from both the perspective of an ethnographic observer and then from the perspective of two assembly line workers themselves. It also presents a developing world example. The ethnographic observer's view is complemented and challenged by the accounts of the people rersearched. The accounts provided give a small glimpse of the many themes that arise in the workplace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138720657

Voices in a RevolutionThe Collapse of East German Communism Afeatured article in Die Zeit the leading German weekly begins with "Melvin du hast gewonnen"--Mel you have won! In his extraordinary account of the final days of the German Democratic Republic (DDR) we see the reckoning of a regime and also the vindication of a life-long devotee of European democracy. It is unlikely that any comparable memoir will be written since Lasky's career spanned the entire history of wartime and postwar Germany especially in divided and Wall-torn Berlin.Voices in a Revolution now in paperback offers an in-depth portrayal of the Communist police state before the breakdown followed by a blow-by-blow account of the drama of breakdown and regime transformation. Characters in the everyday cultural world of Germany come alive as harbingers and heralds of the end of the old and the necessity of the new.Lasky understands the role of accident as well as of necessity. The West Germans had all but abandoned the slogan of One People One Nation when they were faced with the immense task of supervising just such a reintegration. The work ends with the awakening conscience at the very point that the Berlin Wall came tumbling down. This is a memorable work--one likely to sear the conscience of lovers of freedom and analysts of tyranny alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540330

Voices in Disability and Spirituality from the Land Down UnderOutback to Outfront An excellent source of information and ideas on the relationship between disability and spirituality—and how to improve itThis one-of-a-kind collection explores the relationship between spirituality and disability from a variety of Australian religious and spiritual viewpoints. Authors from a wide range of backgrounds—some with disabilities some without—draw remarkable insights from Christian Jewish Buddhist (and even non-religious) spirituality. These uniquely Australian perspectives provide practical and spiritual lessons that can be applied in any part of the world.Voices in Disability and Spirituality from the Land Down Under presents an unflinching look at the shortcomings of many established church ministries when it comes to serving people with disabilities. There’s also an extraordinary interview with a severely disabled nonreligious woman in the final stage of her life and her caretaker which presents a very revealing look at the essence of human spirituality as it exists even in the absence of religious dogma. In addition you’ll find a revealing case study focusing on the Uniting Church in Australia (UCA) which looks at the gap between its official theology and its actual policy and practice and outlines a project designed to move the Church forward to more inclusive practices.Additionally Voices in Disability and Spirituality from the Land Down Under: Outback to Outfront examines: why platitudes that are intended to give comfort like “God has chosen this for you ” “It’s a test of your faith ” or “We all have our crosses to carry” are at best problematic and at worst damaging—with suggestions for pastoral responses that offer alternatives to “God-is-on-your-side” clichés the spiritual meaning and importance of community for people with disabilities and the impact of community on their vitality and resiliency the Buddhist teaching called sunyata or emptiness and its potential to positively impact the lives of people with intellectual disabilities and those who know them wisdom contained in the ancient Jewish system of laws called Halacha—and its potential for empowering people with disabilities today how a pastoral care program that is flexible accommodating and relevant for disabled people was created at a small metropolitan school in New South Wales—and the effect of the program on the community the work of the Personal Advocacy Service which recruits volunteers to be companions to people with intellectual disabilities the role of religion and philanthropy in the creation of educational programs for blind or vision-impaired students and more Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864600

Voices in the Legal Archives in the French Colonial World“The King is Listening” Voices in the Legal Archives in the French Colonial World: "The King is Listening" offers through the contribution of thirteen original chapters a sustained analysis of judicial practices and litigation during the first era of French overseas expansion. The overall goal of this volume is to elaborate a more sophisticated "social history of colonialism" by focusing largely on the eighteenth century extending roughly from 1700 until the conclusion of the Age of Revolutions in the 1830s. By critically examining legal practices and litigation in the French colonial world in both its Atlantic and Oceanic extensions this volume of essays has sought to interrogate the naturalized equation between law and empire an idea premised on the idea of law as a set of doctrines and codified procedures originating in the metropolis and then transmitted to the colonies. This book advances new approaches and methods in writing a history of the French empire one which views state authority as more unstable and contested. Voices in the Legal Archives proposes to remedy the under-theorized state of France’s first colonial empire as opposed to its post-1830 imperial expressions empire which have garnered far more scholarly attention. This book will appeal to scholars of French history and the comparative history of European empires and colonialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367508067

Voices of African-American Teen FathersI'm Doing What I Got to Do Find out what it’s like to be young African-American . . . and a fatherVoices of African-American Teen Fathers is an insightful look at adolescent pregnancy and parenthood through the eyes of fathers aged 14 to 19. This unique book features candid interviews with thirty teens who talk about “doing what I got to do”—handling their responsibilities as best they can given their perceptions limitations and life experiences. Teens talk about how and why they became fathers how they handle being a parent their perceptions of fatherhood the relationships they have with their parents and the mothers of their children and how they deal with the everyday struggles demands and concerns they face. Nearly one million girls between the ages of 15 and 19 become pregnant each year in the United States and most of the available research on adolescent parenthood focused on them. We know little about African-American adolescent fathers or about their perspectives on the cultural and socioeconomic conditions that define their experience. Voices of African-American Teen Fathers provides an understanding of these young fathers on their own terms and suggests theoretical frameworks assessment tools and effective interventions to develop a plan of action to help African-American adolescent fathers fulfill their roles. Helpful appendixes including an interview guide and biographies of the particpants are included as are six tables that make complex information easy to access and understand.Voices of African-American Teen Fathers examines tough issues including: intimate amicable or antagonistic relationships with their children’s mothers relationships with their own mothers and fathers racism and discrimination child support loss of independence transportation problems drugs socioeconomic issues and much moreVoices of African-American Teen Fathers is an invaluable resource for counselors family educators social service organizations community practitioners and social scientists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051153

Voices of BereavementA Casebook for Grief Counselors Voices of Bereavement presents counselors with specific sometimes unusual bereavement situations and their subsequent treatment. Joan Beder blends theoretical content with suggestions for intervention helping the reader appreciate how theory informs practice. In addition a section on counselor struggles focuses on what feelings were provoked in the counselor during each case and how these feelings were managed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203503058

Voices of ConflictDesegregating South African Universities The South African higher education system has historically been characterized by racial and gender inequities inherited from the discriminatory policies of the apartheid era. Emerging from a higher education history plagued with deeply entrenched racial disparities Voices of Conflict examines how academic programs and structures at the historically white universities have responded to the increasing enrollment of black students since the enactment of the Universities Amendment Act in 1983. Dr. Mabokela specifically seeks to understand the perceptions and attitudes of students faculty and administrators and to determine how these respective constituents have responded to changes in student demographics. Her study brings to light with clarity and thoroughness many too often overlooked and neglected issues in higher education in South Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986817

Voices of DeclineThe Postwar Fate of US Cities [FOR HISTORY CATALOGS]Drawing on the pronouncements of public commentators this book portrays the 20th century history of U.S. cities focusing specifically on how commentators crafted a discourse of urban decline and prosperity peculiar to the post-World War II era. The efforts of these commentators spoke to the foundational ambivalence Americans have toward their cities and in turn shaped the choices Americans made as they created and negotiated the country's changing urban landscape. [FOR GEOG/URBAN CATALOGS]Freely crossing disciplinary boundaries this book uses the words of those who witnessed the cities' distress to portray the postwar discourse on urban decline in the United States. Up-dated and substantially re-written in stronger historical terms this new edition explores how public debates about the fate of cities drew from and contributed to the choices made by households investors and governments as they created and negotiated America's changing urban landscape. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203951903

Voices of DeterminationChildren That Defy the Odds Voices of Determination tells the stories of ten children who overcame extraordinarily difficult circumstances to get an education and end the cycle of generational poverty. It debunks the myth that children are victims of circumstance. In this moving work Kevin P. Chavous argues that children can and will succeed if the educational system provides them with the opportunity to learn.Many of these narratives depict public schools at their worst. Chavous argues that poor communities routinely hire inexperienced teachers lack resources and pass kids along until they drop out. Once out of school these youngsters quickly find out that they are unprepared for the job market. This he claims leads many young people to drift into anti-social behavior and turn to gangs drugs and unproductive lifestyles. In addition the narratives in this volume also address such social issues as immigration bad neighborhoods poor health care addiction and child abuse. Chavous highlights how hope for a better future enabled the children whose stories make up this volume to achieve a better life.There are potential challenges at every stage of a child's development and the adults around them need to be nearby and ready to act effectively. Chavous concludes that the need to strengthen families and to rebuild surrounding communities should be the top priorities for society as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517783

Voices of Early Modern JapanContemporary Accounts of Daily Life During the Age of the Shoguns In this newly revised and updated 2nd edition of Voices of Early Modern Japan Constantine Nomikos Vaporis offers an accessible collection of annotated historical documents of an extraordinary period in Japanese history ranging from the unification of warring states under Tokugawa Ieyasu in the early seventeenth century to the overthrow of the shogunate just after the opening of Japan by the West in the mid- nineteenth century. Through close examination of primary sources from "The Great Peace " this fascinating textbook offers fresh insights into the Tokugawa era: its political institutions rigid class hierarchy artistic and material culture religious life and more demonstrating what historians can uncover from the words of ordinary people. New features include: • An expanded section on religion morality and ethics; • A new selection of maps and visual documents; • Sources from government documents and household records to diaries and personal correspondence translated and examined in light of the latest scholarship; • Updated references for student projects and research assignments. The first edition of Voices of Early Modern Japan was the winner of the 2013 Franklin R. Buchanan Prize for Curricular Materials. This fully revised textbook will prove a comprehensive resource for teachers and students of East Asian Studies history culture and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367437244

Voices of East AsiaEssential Readings from Antiquity to the Present Voices of East Asia provides significant yet accessible readings in translation chosen to stimulate interest in the long and rich cultural history of East Asia the countries of China Japan and Korea. The readings range from ancient to modern elite to popular and include poetry stories essays and drama. Each section begins with a broad but brief overview of that country’s political and cultural history. Each reading is preceded by a concise explanation of its literary and cultural context. As expertise in East Asian studies has exploded in the West in recent decades a novice could be overwhelmed by all the materials available now. In this volume however the reader will find a manageable set of texts that may be read on their own as part of a world literature course or as supplementary readings for an East Asian history class. As economic and political news from East Asia sweeps across the world this anthology aims to provide a taste of the enduring traditions upon which contemporary East Asia is built a glimpse into the hopes and fears love and sorrow in the hearts of the people behind the headlines. This anthology will be welcomed by students and scholars of Asian history culture society and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765638342

Voices of Feminist Liberation 'Voices of Feminist Liberation' brings together a wide range of scholars to explore the work of Rosemary Radford Ruether one of the most influential feminist and liberation theologians of our time. Ruether's extraordinary and ground-breaking thinking has shaped debates across liberation theology feminism and eco-feminism queer theology social justice and inter-religious dialogue. At the same time her commitment to practice and agency has influenced sites of local resistance around the world as well as on globalised strategies for ecological sustainability and justice. 'Voices of Feminist Liberation' examines the potential of Ruether's thinking to mobilize critical theology social theory and cultural practice. The scholars gathered here present their personal engagements with Ruether's thinking and teaching. The book will be invaluable to scholars policy-makers and activists seeking to understand how colonial and patriarchal oppression in the name of religion can be confronted and defeated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108615

Voices of Feminist Therapy Feminist therapy was created in the late 1960s concurrent with the founding of The Association for Women in Psychology. Its early practitioners had diverse lifestyles backgrounds and often unconventional training but all had a common and radical goal of providing an alternative therapy for women whose mental health was still defined in terms of male-pleasing behaviours and rigid social roles. Originally published in 1995 the contributors share the personal experiences and reflections that helped them revolutionize therapy for women particularly poignant and instructive at the time as psychotherapy evolved from client-centred and individualistic to bureaucratic and socially and politically conservative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138941519

Voices of First Nations PeopleHuman Services Considerations Be a more effective human service provider when working with native peoples! Voices of First Nations People contains extensive information on how issues such as gambling drinking homelessness health and parenting affect Native Americans. This text will help you more effectively provide and direct services administer programs develop policies and conduct research on topics that are relevant to native peoples. Through research and case studies this book explores the specific needs of Native Americans and aids human service professionals in creating more successful services for these clients. Since practitioner effectiveness relies on the awareness of cultural identity this text gives you insight into factors that form the Native American identity to help you understand Native Americans’ emotional and social interactions. With this knowledge you will be able to offer the most appropriate services possible. Voices of First Nations People illustrates many of the challenges concerning Native Americans and discusses significant research findings in these areas. This book covers many related issues including: the gambling habits of adolescents and the relationship revealed between gambling other high-risk behaviors and self-esteem the components of alcohol recovery for Native American women The Seventh Generation Program an intervention program that blends mainstream alcoholism prevention approaches with American Indian culture for urban American Indian youth the deleterious effects out-of-home placement has on children such as psychiatric disorders trauma and alcohol abuse and dependence how cultural factors contribute to resiliency among oppressed populations and using the Ethnic Culture and Religion/Spirituality Questionnaire (ECR) Scale the effects of historical trauma on parenting skills of particular tribes and two intervention methods—facilitating parental awareness to life span and communal trauma across generations and reattaching the individual to traditional tribal values the differences between urban Native Americans’ acculturation styles and identity attitudes Voices of First Nations People also gives you insight into the specific health problems of Native Americans including the increasing mortality rates due to alcohol and drug abuse suicide homicide motor vehicle accidents cancer and child abuse and neglect. With suggestions on how you can help combat and alleviate the causes of these problems Voices of First Nations People will help you successfully provide culturally sensitive services to Native Americans. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986824

Voices of Guatemalan Women in Los AngelesUnderstanding Their Immigration First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994096

Voices of InnovationFulfilling the Promise of Information Technology in Healthcare We can all point to random examples of innovation inside of healthcare information technology but few repeatable processes exist that make innovation more routine than happenstance. How do you create and sustain a culture of innovation? What are the best practices you can refine and embed as part of your organization's DNA? What are the potential outcomes for robust healthcare transformation when we get this innovation mystery solved? Loaded with numerous case studies and stories of successful innovation projects this book helps the reader understand how to leverage innovation to help fulfill the promise of healthcare information technology in enabling superior business and clinical outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498769686

Voices of Inquiry in Teacher Education This book is an attempt to show that preservice teacher knowledge is substantive and should be part of the wider database of knowledge about teaching and learning in the field of teacher education. From the perspectives of five prospective teacher interns and a teacher educator this volume brings the experiences of students conducting research during preservice teacher education to life. Charged to conduct a semester long study in the school the intern-authors studied classroom scenes and their own work and wrote case studies depicting their experiences. Their pieces -- in their entirety -- compose the central chapters of the book and serve as examples of preservice teacher research. The surrounding chapters examine the interns' experiences of conducting research during their preservice internship year primarily from the perspective of a teacher educator who studied them and the scene throughout the experience. The teacher educator examines the interns' approaches to research and the processes they employed to conduct and complete their studies the interns' professional growth as a result of their participation in the study and the impact the project had on the program. This book fills the gaps that exist in the present literature on the use of teacher research during preservice by including the inquiry works of preservice teachers as examples of legitimate important preliminary research in their own rights and by addressing the complex issues of conducting this type of study during preservice from multiple perspectives not just that of the university researcher. While some texts include the perspectives of students and even include portions of students' own work this text takes the step of co-authorship sharing the academic discourse with intern teachers who have produced experience and knowledge that are informative for the field of education as a whole and specifically for teacher education. The text attempts to combine many voices into one thorough narrative approach ultimately urging the reader to consider the possibilities of teacher research for advancing knowledge in the field and for enhancing the professional development of the participants. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315045153

Voices of Inquiry in Teacher Education This book is an attempt to show that preservice teacher knowledge is substantive and should be part of the wider database of knowledge about teaching and learning in the field of teacher education. From the perspectives of five prospective teacher interns and a teacher educator this volume brings the experiences of students conducting research during preservice teacher education to life. Charged to conduct a semester long study in the school the intern-authors studied classroom scenes and their own work and wrote case studies depicting their experiences. Their pieces -- in their entirety -- compose the central chapters of the book and serve as examples of preservice teacher research. The surrounding chapters examine the interns' experiences of conducting research during their preservice internship year primarily from the perspective of a teacher educator who studied them and the scene throughout the experience. The teacher educator examines the interns' approaches to research and the processes they employed to conduct and complete their studies the interns' professional growth as a result of their participation in the study and the impact the project had on the program. This book fills the gaps that exist in the present literature on the use of teacher research during preservice by including the inquiry works of preservice teachers as examples of legitimate important preliminary research in their own rights and by addressing the complex issues of conducting this type of study during preservice from multiple perspectives not just that of the university researcher. While some texts include the perspectives of students and even include portions of students' own work this text takes the step of co-authorship sharing the academic discourse with intern teachers who have produced experience and knowledge that are informative for the field of education as a whole and specifically for teacher education. The text attempts to combine many voices into one thorough narrative approach ultimately urging the reader to consider the possibilities of teacher research for advancing knowledge in the field and for enhancing the professional development of the participants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994102

Voices of South AsiaEssential Readings from Antiquity to the Present An ideal supplement for any course treating the history or culture of South Asia this collection offers a cross-section of South Asia's ancient and modern classics of thought and expression. It includes a unique mix of poetry novels drama and political and philosophical treatises each accompanied by a detailed introductory essay on the specific historical context the author and the work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765620729

Voices of Southeast AsiaEssential Readings from Antiquity to the Present Spanning more than a millennium this anthology gathers literary sources from across the entire region of Southeast Asia. Its 24 selections derive from a variety of genres and reflect the diverse range of cultural influences the region has experienced. The literary excerpts illustrate the impact of religious and ideological currents from early Buddhism to Islam and Roman Catholicism. The selections reveal how cultural influences from South Asia China the Arabic world and Europe arrived in Southeast Asia and left their marks in the realms of literature society and culture. The readings include religious works folklore epic poems short stories and the modern novel. They range from the Cambodian medieval version of the Ramayana to the 16th century Javanese tales to modern Thai short stories and include selections from Cambodia Thailand Indonesia Laos Philippines and Burma. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765620767

Voices of the Korean Minority in Postwar JapanHistories Against the Grain Shedding new light on how the histories of zainichi Koreans have been written consumed and discussed this book addresses the roots of postwar debates concerning the wartime experiences of Koreans in Japan.Providing an overview of the complicated historiography it explores the experiences of Koreans located at Ground Zero in Hiroshima and Nagasaki as well as the history and processes that coerced Korean women into military prostitution. These debates and controversies continue to attract attention regionally and globally and as this book demonstrates they are deeply embedded in ideas dating back decades earlier. By tracing the roots of these debates in historical writings from local history groups to zainichi and Japanese scholars we may see how written histories have been used for particular social political or cultural purposes and how they have lent support to certain interpretations and memories of past events across the political spectrum. Interdisciplinary at its core Voices of the Korean Minority in Postwar Japan will appeal to audiences including those interested in modern Japanese and Korean history historiography and methodology and memory studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663384

Voices of the Massachusetts General Hospital 1950-2000Wit Wisdom and Untold Tales Voices of the Massachusetts General Hospital 1950-2000 contains revealing quotations intimate and previously untold stories of many of the physicians nurses and other clinicians who dedicated themselves to the pursuit of excellence on behalf of their patients and families their colleagues and the world beyond the hospital.  What started as an email solicitation for stories and anecdotes turned into a moving and instructive portrait of the daily life of a storied institution in the last half of the 20th century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781942108023

Voices of the OtherChildren's Literature and the Postcolonial Context This book offers a variety of approaches to children's literature from a postcolonial perspective that includes discussions of cultural appropriation race theory pedagogy as a colonialist activity and multiculturalism.The eighteen essays divide into three sections: Theory Colonialism Postcolonialism. The first section sets the theoretical framework for postcolonial studies; essays here deal with issues of "otherness" and cultural difference as well as the colonialist implications of pedagogic practice. These essays confront our relationships with the child and childhood as sites for the exertion of our authority and control. Section 2 presents discussions of the colonialist mind-set in children's and young adult texts from the turn of the century. Here works by writers of animal stories in Canada the U.S. and Britain works of early Australian colonialist literature and Frances Hodgson Burnett's A Little Princess come under the scrutiny of our postmodern reading practices. Section 3 deals directly with contemporary texts for children that manifest both a postcolonial and a neo-colonial content. In this section the longest in the book we have studies of children's literature from Canada Australia Africa the Caribbean and the United States. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653152

Voices of the PoorSelections from the "Morning Chronicle" "Labour and the Poor" First Published in 1971. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986831

Voices of the SurvivorsTestimony Mourning and Memory in Post-Dictatorship Argentina (1983-1995) First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986848

Voicing DissentAmerican Artists and the War on Iraq Voicing Dissent presents a unique and original series of interviews with American artists (including Guerrilla Girls on Tour Tony Shalhoub Shepard Fairey Sean Astin and many others) who have voiced their opposition to the war in Iraq. Following Pierre Bourdieu's example these discussions are approached sociologically and provide a thorough analysis of the relationships between arts and politics as well as the limits and conditions of political speech and action. These painters and graphic artists musicians actors playwrights theatre directors and filmmakers reveal their perceptions of politics war security and terrorism issues the Middle East their experiences with activism as well as their definition of the artist's role and their practice of citizenship. Addressing the crucial questions for contemporary democracies - such as artists' function in society the crisis of political legitimacy and representation the rise of new modes of contestation and the limits to free public speech - this book will be of interest to scholars in sociology politics and the arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654777

Voicing DissentThe Ethics and Epistemology of Making Disagreement Public Disagreement is for better or worse pervasive in our society. Not only do we form beliefs that differ from those around us but increasingly we have platforms and opportunities to voice those disagreements and make them public. In light of the public nature of many of our most important disagreements a key question emerges: How does public disagreement affect what we know? This volume collects original essays from a number of prominent scholars—including Catherine Elgin Sanford Goldberg Jennifer Lackey Michael Patrick Lynch and Duncan Pritchard among others—to address this question in its diverse forms. The book is organized by thematic sections in which individual chapters address the epistemic ethical and political dimensions of dissent. The individual contributions address important issues such as the value of disagreement the nature of conversational disagreement when dissent is epistemically rational when one is obligated to voice disagreement or to object the relation of silence and resistance to dissent and when political dissent is justified. Voicing Dissent offers a new approach to the study of disagreement that will appeal to social epistemologists and ethicists interested in this growing area of epistemology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592981

Voicing Girlhood in Popular MusicPerformance Authority Authenticity This interdisciplinary volume explores the girl’s voice and the construction of girlhood in contemporary popular music visiting girls as musicians activists and performers through topics that range from female vocal development during adolescence to girls’ online media culture. While girls’ voices are more prominent than ever in popular music culture the specific sonic character of the young female voice is routinely denied authority. Decades old clichés of girls as frivolous silly and deserving of contempt prevail in mainstream popular image and sound. Nevertheless girls find ways to raise their voices and make themselves heard. This volume explores the contemporary girl’s voice to illuminate the way ideals of girlhood are historically specific and the way adults frame and construct girlhood to both valorize and vilify girls and women. Interrogating popular music childhood and gender it analyzes the history of the all-girl band from the Runaways to the present; the changing anatomy of a girl’s voice throughout adolescence; girl’s participatory culture via youtube and rock camps and representations of the girl’s voice in other media like audiobooks film and television. Essays consider girl performers like Jackie Evancho and Lorde and all-girl bands like Sleater Kinney The Slits and Warpaint as well as performative 'girlishness' in the voices of female vocalists like Joni Mitchell Beyoncé Miley Cyrus Taylor Swift Kathleen Hanna and Rebecca Black. Participating in girl studies within and beyond the field of music this book unites scholarly perspectives from disciplines such as musicology ethnomusicology comparative literature women’s and gender studies media studies and education to investigate the importance of girls’ voices in popular music and to help unravel the complexities bound up in music and girlhood in the contemporary contexts of North America and the United Kingdom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873578

Voicing PowerConversations With Visionary Women This collection brings together a number of key interviews with some of the most interesting visionary and thought-provoking feminist theorists and activists now working in the United States. It provides a detailed exploration into their responses to feminist paradigm shifts their analyses of the future of the women's movement and their globall Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313876

Voicing the PopularOn the Subjects of Popular Music How does popular music produce its subject? How does it produce us as subjects? More specifically how does it do this through voice--through "giving voice"? And how should we understand this subject--"the people"--that it voices into existence? Is it singular or plural? What is its history and what is its future? Voicing the Popular draws on approaches from musical interpretation cultural history social theory and psychoanalysis to explore key topics in the field including race gender authenticity and repetition. Taking most of his examples from across the past hundred years of popular music development--but relating them to the eighteenth- and nineteenth-century "pre-history"--Richard Middleton constructs an argument that relates "the popular" to the unfolding of modernity itself. Voicing the Popular renews the case for ambitious theory in musical and cultural studies and against the grain of much contemporary thought insists on the progressive potential of a politics of the Low. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203036228

VoIP HandbookApplications Technologies Reliability and Security The number of worldwide VoIP customers is well over 38 million. Thanks to the popularity of inexpensive high-quality services  it's projected to increase to nearly 250 million within the next three years. The VoIP Handbook: Applications Technologies Reliability and Security captures the state of the art in VoIP technology and serves as the comprehensive reference on this soon-to-be ubiquitous technology. It provides: A step-by-step methodology to evaluate VoIP performance prior to network implementation An invaluable overview of implementation challenges and several VoIP multipoint conference systems Unparalleled coverage of design and engineering issues such VoIP traffic QoS requirements and VoIP flow As this promising technology’s popularity increases new demands for improved quality reduced cost and seamless operation will continue to increase. Edited by preeminent wireless communications experts Ahson and Illyas the VoIP Handbook guides you to successful deployment. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315218793

Vol Soc Serv Snce 1918 Ils 195 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863797

Volatile Bodies Volatile Bodies is based on a risky wager: that all the effects of subjectivity psychological depth and inferiority can be refigured in terms of bodies and surfaces. It uses transforms and subverts the work of a number of distinguished male theorists of the body (Freud Lacan Merleau-Ponty Schilder Nietzsche Foucault Lingis and Deleuze) who while freeing the body from its subordination to the mind are nonetheless unable to accomodate the specificities of women's bodies. Volatile Bodies explores various dissonances in thinking the relation between mind and body. It investigates issues that resist reduction to these binary terms - psychosis hypochondria neurological disturbances perversions and sexual deviation - and most particularly the enigmatic status of body fluids and the female body. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003118381

Volatile Compounds in Foods and Beverages Collects the information available in the literature on volatile compounds in foods and beverages. This information is given in 17 chapters each dealing with a specific product or product group. Only compounds that are major constituents and/or contribute significantly to the flavor of the relevant Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203734285

Volatile Organic Compound Analysis in Biomedical Diagnosis Applications This volume presents a thought-provoking state-of-the-art picture of how volatile compounds are used in metabolomics currently a hot topic in the metabolomics field. It provides a thorough description of what volatile organic compounds (VOCs) are why they are important in biomedicine and what the analytical platforms are used. It also looks at multivariate analysis and databases needs. Because VOCs are end-up compounds of metabolic processes volatiles can be linked to different diseases or pathologies for both diagnosis and prognosis. The authors provide authoritative information and guidance on the analytical and statistical techniques used and how to identify and they review the main current areas of application which include breath metabolomics cancer diagnosis and microbial volatiles. Key Features: Presents a thorough overview of volatile research in biomedical applications Examines both gold standard techniques (metabolomics based) and artificial olfactory systems Reviews all aspects of volatile metabolites in biomedicine research from origin to detection platforms Describes relevant diseases diagnosis and prognosis achievements including cancer Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887441

Volatility Surface and Term StructureHigh-profit Options Trading Strategies This book provides different financial models based on options to predict underlying asset price and design the risk hedging strategies. Authors of the book have made theoretical innovation to these models to enable the models to be applicable to real market. The book also introduces risk management and hedging strategies based on different criterions. These strategies provide practical guide for real option trading. This book studies the classical stochastic volatility and deterministic volatility models. For the former the classical Heston model is integrated with volatility term structure. The correlation of Heston model is considered to be variable. For the latter the local volatility model is improved from experience of financial practice. The improved local volatility surface is then used for price forecasting. VaR and CVaR are employed as standard criterions for risk management. The options trading strategies are also designed combining different types of options and they have been proven to be profitable in real market. This book is a combination of theory and practice. Users will find the applications of these financial models in real market to be effective and efficient. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138916265

Volcanic Rock MechanicsRockMechanics and Geo-engineering in Volcanic Environments Volcanic Rock Mechanics includes papers and special lectures of the 3rd International Workshop on Volcanic Rocks Rock Mechanics and Geo-Engineering in Volcanic Environments which was held within the framework of the Congress �Cities on Volcanoes6-Tenerife 2010� (Puerto de la Cruz Tenerife Spain 31 May � 4 June 2010). The book is a comprehensive collection of the most relevant topics related to rock mechanics and geo-engineering in volcanic environments including: - Geomechanical characterization of volcanic materials;- Instabilities in volcanic islands: Slope stability large landslides and collapse phenomena;- Geoengineering and infrastructures in volcanic environments;- Construction materials. Volcanic Rock Mechanics is of interests to academics engineers consultants designers contractors and professionals involved in rock mechanics and geo-engineering in volcanic environments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138410923

Volcanic Rocks and Soils Volcanic rocks and soils show a peculiar mechanical behaviour at both laboratory and in-situ scale due to their typical structural characters. Volcanic rocks and soils contains keynote lectures and papers from the International Workshop held in Ischia (Italy) 24-25 September 2015. The book deals with recent developments and advancements as well as case histories in the geotechnical characterization and engineering applications related to volcanic formations. It covers a variety of themes including: • Geotechnical characterization under both static and cyclic/dynamic loading conditions with special regard to structural properties at different scales (microstructural features; field and laboratory characterization; construction materials); • Geotechnical aspects of natural hazards (slope stability; seismic risk); • Geotechnical problems of engineering structures (foundations; embankments; excavations and tunnels). Volcanic Rocks and Soils is of interest to scientists and practitioners in the fields of rock and soil mechanics geotechnical engineering engineering geology and geology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138028869

Volcanic RocksProceedings of ISRM Workshop W2 Ponta Delgada Azores Portugal 14-15 July 2007 Environmental issues are high on the public agenda and engineering projects need to take environmental concerns on board. Volcanic Rocks contains papers from the ISRM Workshop W2 (Ponta Delgada Azores Portugal 14-15 July 2007) and focuses specifically on problems associated with construction activities in areas of volcanic rock. The book highlights novel approaches and solutions to engineering problems in volcanic areas covering a variety of topical themes which include: characterization of volcanic formations; case studies; construction materials; earthquake engineering and rock dynamics; foundations; slope stability and tunnelling. Volcanic Rocks will be invaluable to researchers professionals and students in Geology Civil Engineering Engineering Geology and Geotechnical Engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138465794

Volcano and Geothermal TourismSustainable Geo-Resources for Leisure and Recreation There are over 1300 active volcanoes worldwide and many more dormant or extinct. Some are developed as tourist destinations; others are not but have great potential. Mount Fuji in Japan attracts over 100 million visitors per year and has immense cultural and spiritual significance while a number of volcanic areas in national parks for example Teide in Spain Yellowstone in the US Vesuvius in Italy and Tongariro in New Zealand attract between one to four million tourists each year. In the last decade the designation of nearly 50 geoparks around the world has highlighted their potential for tourism development. This book provides the first global review and assessment of the sustainable use of active and dormant volcanic and geothermal environments for geotourism. The volcano-based tourism sector is further augmented through a closely linked range of geothermal resources and attractions such as geysers and hot springs which are discussed in detail throughout individual chapters covering all key volcanic and geothermal regions around the world. It is shown that volcano and geothermal tourism is a subsection of nature-based geotourism and incorporates a variety of other tourism categories such as adventure tourism extreme tourism ecotourism green tourism educational tourism and hot spring tourism. This comprehensive book covers the most important issues of this growing tourism sector whilst incorporating relevant global research making it an essential resource for all in the field. Includes colour plates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138994119

Volition Rhetoric and Emotion in the Work of Pascal This study identifies and analyzes a compelling theory and practice of persuasion that integrates the complexity of human desire. It demonstrates how the philosophical component in Pascal's description of the will makes a seamless integration into a vehicle of persuasion and poetics providing a privileged viewpoint for understanding the author's complete works arguing that the notion of will is of fundamental importance in Pascal's anthropology as well as in his rhetoric. This avenue of interpretation is both fruitful and difficult because the word "volonte" means very different things in Pascal and in modern French. Beginning by contextualizing the notion of 'volonte' and explaining its expanded use in the seventeenth-century lexicon the author then endeavors to show that Pascal borrows an essentially Augustinian paradigm of desire to create a depiction of the will divided against itself surreptitiously yearning for what its bearer does not want. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542531

Voltaire This book first published in 1929 is an assessment of Voltaire’s life and works. It contains valuable biographical details as well as studies of his works philosophy poetry plays and literary criticism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367135812

Voltaire's Jews and Modern Jewish IdentityRethinking the Enlightenment Harvey Mitchell’s book argues that a reassessment of Voltaire’s treatment of traditional Judaism will sharpen discussion of the origins of and responses to the Enlightenment. His study shows how Voltaire’s nearly total antipathy to Judaism is best understood  by stressing his self-regard as the author of an enlightened and rational universal history which found  Judaism’s memory of its past incoherent and in addition failed to meet the criteria of objective history—a project in which he failed. Calling on an array of Jewish and non-Jewish figures to reveal how modern interpretations of Judaism may be traced to the core ideas of the Enlightenment this book concludes that Voltaire paradoxically helped to foster the ambiguities and uncertainties of Judaism’s future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138789265

Volterra and Functional Differential Equations This book contains twenty four papers presented at the conference on Volterra and Functional Differential Equations held in Virginia in 1981 on various topics including Liapunov stability Volterra equations integral equations and functional differential equations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138441682

Volume 1 Tome I: Kierkegaard and the Bible - The Old Testament Exploring Kierkegaard's complex use of the Bible the essays in this volume use source-critical research and tools ranging from literary criticism to theology and biblical studies to situate Kierkegaard's appropriation of the biblical material in his cultural and intellectual context. The contributors seek to identify the possible sources that may have influenced Kierkegaard's understanding and employment of Scripture and to describe the debates about the Bible that may have shaped perhaps indirectly his attitudes toward Scripture. They also pay close attention to Kierkegaard's actual hermeneutic practice analyzing the implicit interpretive moves that he makes as well as his more explicit statements about the significance of various biblical passages. This close reading of Kierkegaard's texts elucidates the unique and sometimes odd features of his frequent appeals to Scripture. This volume in the series devotes one tome to the Old Testament and a second tome to the New Testament. Tome I considers the canonically disputed literature of the Apocrypha. Although Kierkegaard certainly cited the Old Testament much less frequently than he did the New passages and themes from the Old Testament do occupy a position of startling importance in his writings. Old Testament characters such as Abraham and Job often play crucial and even decisive roles in his texts. Snatches of Old Testament wisdom figure prominently in his edifying literature. The vocabulary and cadences of the Psalms saturate his expression of the range of human passions from joy to despair. The essays in this first tome seek to elucidate the crucial rhetorical uses to which he put key passages from the Old Testament the sources that influenced him to do this and his reasons for doing so. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253506

Volume 1 Tome II: Kierkegaard and the Bible - The New Testament Exploring Kierkegaard's complex use of the Bible the essays in this volume use source-critical research and tools ranging from literary criticism to theology and biblical studies to situate Kierkegaard's appropriation of the biblical material in his cultural and intellectual context. The contributors seek to identify the possible sources that may have influenced Kierkegaard's understanding and employment of Scripture and to describe the debates about the Bible that may have shaped perhaps indirectly his attitudes toward Scripture. They also pay close attention to Kierkegaard's actual hermeneutic practice analyzing the implicit interpretive moves that he makes as well as his more explicit statements about the significance of various biblical passages. This close reading of Kierkegaard's texts elucidates the unique and sometimes odd features of his frequent appeals to Scripture. This volume in the series devotes one tome to the Old Testament and a second tome to the New Testament. As with the Old Testament Kierkegaard was aware of new developments in New Testament scholarship and troubled by them. Because these scholarly projects generated alternative understandings of the significance of Jesus they impinged directly on his own work. It was crucial for Kierkegaard that Jesus is presented as both the enactment of God's reconciliation with humanity and as the prototype for humanity to emulate. Consequently Kierkegaard had to struggle with the proper way to explicate persuasively the significance of Jesus in a situation of decreasing academic consensus about Jesus. He also had to contend with contested interpretations of James and Paul two biblical authors vital for his work. As a result Kierkegaard ruminated about the proper way to appropriate the New Testament and used material from it carefully and deliberately. The authors in the present New Testament tome seek to clarify different dimensions of Kierkegaard's interpretive theory and practice as he sought to avoid the twin pitfalls of academic skepticism and passionless biblical traditionalism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234915

Volume 10 Tome I: Kierkegaard's Influence on TheologyGerman Protestant Theology Kierkegaard has always enjoyed a rich reception in the fields of theology and religious studies. This reception might seem obvious given that he is one of the most important Christian writers of the nineteenth century but Kierkegaard was by no means a straightforward theologian in any traditional sense. He had no enduring interest in some of the main fields of theology such as church history or biblical studies and he was strikingly silent on many key Christian dogmas. Moreover he harbored a degree of animosity towards the university theologians and churchmen of his own day. Despite this he has been a source of inspiration for numerous religious writers from different denominations and traditions. Tome I is dedicated to the reception of Kierkegaard among German Protestant theologians and religious thinkers. The writings of some of these figures turned out to be instrumental for Kierkegaard's breakthrough internationally shortly after the turn of the twentieth century. Leading figures of the movement of 'dialectical theology' such as Karl Barth Emil Brunner Paul Tillich and Rudolf Bultmann spawned a steadily growing awareness of and interest in Kierkegaard's thought among generations of German theology students. Emanuel Hirsch was greatly influenced by Kierkegaard and proved instrumental in disseminating his thought by producing the first complete German edition of Kierkegaard's published works. Both Barth and Hirsch established unique ways of reading and appropriating Kierkegaard which to a certain degree determined the direction and course of Kierkegaard studies right up to our own times. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269903

Volume 10 Tome II: Kierkegaard's Influence on TheologyAnglophone and Scandinavian Protestant Theology Kierkegaard has always enjoyed a rich reception in the fields of theology and religious studies. This reception might seem obvious given that he is one of the most important Christian writers of the nineteenth century but Kierkegaard was by no means a straightforward theologian in any traditional sense. He had no enduring interest in some of the main fields of theology such as church history or biblical studies and he was strikingly silent on many key Christian dogmas. Moreover he harbored a degree of animosity towards the university theologians and churchmen of his own day. Despite this he has been a source of inspiration for numerous religious writers from different denominations and traditions. Tome II is dedicated to tracing Kierkegaard's influence in Anglophone and Scandinavian Protestant religious thought. Kierkegaard has been a provocative force in the English-speaking world since the early twentieth century inspiring almost contradictory receptions. In Britain before World War I the few literati who were familiar with his work tended to assimilate Kierkegaard to the heroic individualism of Ibsen and Nietzsche. In the United States knowledge of Kierkegaard was introduced by Scandinavian immigrants who brought with them a picture of the Dane as much more sympathetic to traditional Christianity. The interpretation of Kierkegaard in Britain and America during the early and mid-twentieth century generally reflected the sensibilities of the particular theological interpreter. Anglican theologians generally found Kierkegaard to be too one-sided in his critique of reason and culture while theologians hailing from the Reformed tradition often saw him as an insightful harbinger of neo-orthodoxy. The second part of Tome II is dedicated to the Kierkegaard reception in Scandinavian theology featuring articles on Norwegian and Swedish theologians influenced by Kierkegaard. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249646

Volume 10 Tome III: Kierkegaard's Influence on TheologyCatholic and Jewish Theology Kierkegaard has always enjoyed a rich reception in the fields of theology and religious studies. This reception might seem obvious given that he is one of the most important Christian writers of the nineteenth century but Kierkegaard was by no means a straightforward theologian in any traditional sense. He had no enduring interest in some of the main fields of theology such as church history or biblical studies and he was strikingly silent on many key Christian dogmas. Moreover he harbored a degree of animosity towards the university theologians and churchmen of his own day. Despite this he has been a source of inspiration for numerous religious writers from different denominations and traditions. Tome III explores the reception of Kierkegaard's thought in the Catholic and Jewish theological traditions. In the 1920s Kierkegaard's intellectual and spiritual legacy became widely discussed in the Catholic Hochland Circle whose members included Theodor Haecker Romano Guardini Alois Dempf and Peter Wust. Another key figure of the mid-war years was the prolific Jesuit author Erich Przywara. During and especially after World War II Kierkegaard's ideas found an echo in the works of several trend-setting Catholic theologians of the day such as Hans Urs von Balthasar Henri de Lubac and the popular spiritual author Thomas Merton. The second part of Tome III focuses on the reception of Kierkegaard's thought in the Jewish theological tradition introducing the reader to authors who significantly shaped Jewish religious thought both in the United States and in Israel. These theologians represent a variety of religious and political backgrounds: the spiritual world of Hasidism Modern Orthodox Judaism of Mithnaggedic origin and Modern Religious Zionism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257375

Volume 11 Tome I: Kierkegaard's Influence on PhilosophyGerman and Scandinavian Philosophy Kierkegaard's relation to the field of philosophy is a particularly complex and disputed one. He rejected the model of philosophical inquiry that was mainstream in his day and was careful to have his pseudonymous authors repeatedly disassociate themselves from philosophy. But although it seems clear that Kierkegaard never regarded himself as a philosopher there can be no doubt that his writings contain philosophical ideas and insights and have been profoundly influential in a number of different philosophical traditions. The present volume documents these different traditions of the philosophical reception of Kierkegaard's thought and the articles featured demonstrate the vast reach of Kierkegaard's writings in philosophical contexts that were often quite different from his own. Tome I is dedicated to exploring the reception of Kierkegaard in Germanophone and Scandinavian philosophy. Kierkegaard has been a major influence for such different philosophical projects as phenomenology hermeneutics dialogical thinking critical theory Marxism logical positivism and ordinary language philosophy. Similarly in Denmark and Norway Kierkegaard's writings have been more or less constantly discussed by important philosophers despite the later dominance of analytic philosophy in these countries. The present tome features articles on the leading Germanophone and Scandinavian philosophers influenced by Kierkegaard's thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253797

Volume 11 Tome II: Kierkegaard's Influence on PhilosophyFrancophone Philosophy Kierkegaard's relation to the field of philosophy is a particularly complex and disputed one. He rejected the model of philosophical inquiry that was mainstream in his day and was careful to have his pseudonymous authors repeatedly disassociate themselves from philosophy. But although it seems clear that Kierkegaard never regarded himself as a philosopher there can be no doubt that his writings contain philosophical ideas and insights and have been profoundly influential in a number of different philosophical traditions. The tomes in this volume seek to document the different traditions of the philosophical reception of Kierkegaard's thought and the articles demonstrate the reach of Kierkegaard's writings in philosophical contexts that were often different from his own. The present volume attempts to document these different traditions of the philosophical reception of Kierkegaard's thought. The articles featured here aim to demonstrate the vast reach of Kierkegaard's writings in philosophical contexts that were often quite different from his own. Tome II is dedicated to exploring Kierkegaard's influence on Francophone philosophy. The French intellectual tradition squares well with Kierkegaard's eclectic profile since its leading figures are often difficult to classify unambiguously as philosophers theologians literary critics or simply writers. Kierkegaard's thinking was highly influential for many generations of French philosophers right up to the present. It was not just existentialism that tried to co-opt Kierkegaard for its own purposes; he has also been influential in the context of almost every modern school of French thought: phenomenology feminism structuralism post-structuralism semiotics and deconstruction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267022

Volume 11 Tome III: Kierkegaard's Influence on PhilosophyAnglophone Philosophy Kierkegaard's relation to the field of philosophy is a particularly complex and disputed one. He rejected the model of philosophical inquiry that was mainstream in his day and was careful to have his pseudonymous authors repeatedly disassociate themselves from philosophy. But although it seems clear that Kierkegaard never regarded himself as a philosopher there can be no doubt that his writings contain philosophical ideas and insights and have been profoundly influential in a number of different philosophical traditions.The present volume attempts to document these different traditions of the philosophical reception of Kierkegaard's thought. Tome III traces Kierkegaard's influence on Anglophone philosophy. It has long been thought that Kierkegaard played no role in this tradition which for years was dominated by analytic philosophy. In this environment it was common to dismiss Kierkegaard along with the then current European philosophers who were influenced by him. However a closer look reveals that in fact there were several thinkers in the US Canada and Great Britain who were inspired by Kierkegaard even during the heyday of analytic philosophy. Today it can be said that Kierkegaard has made some serious inroads into mainstream Anglophone philosophy with many authors seeking inspiration in his works for current discussions concerning ethics personal identity philosophy of religion and philosophical anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279070

Volume 12 Tome I: Kierkegaard's Influence on Literature Criticism and ArtThe Germanophone World While Kierkegaard is primarily known as a philosopher or religious thinker his writings have also been used extensively by literary writers critics and artists worldwide who have been attracted to his creative mixing of genres his complex use of pseudonyms his rhetoric and literary style and his rich images parables and allegories. The goal of the present volume is to document this influence in different language groups and traditions. Tome I explores Kierkegaard’s influence on literature and art in the Germanophone world. He was an important source of inspiration for German writers such as Theodor Fontane Thomas Mann Rainer Maria Rilke Alfred Andersch and Martin Walser. Kierkegaard’s influence was particularly strong in Austria during the generation of modernist authors such as Rudolf Kassner Karl Kraus Robert Musil and Hermann Broch. Due presumably in part to the German translations of Kierkegaard in the Austrian cultural journal Der Brenner Kierkegaard continued to be used by later figures such as the novelist and playwright Thomas Bernhard. His thought was also appropriated in Switzerland through the works of Max Frisch and Friedrich Dürrenmatt. The famous Czech author Franz Kafka identified personally with Kierkegaard’s love story with Regine Olsen and made use of his reflections on this and other topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279742

Volume 12 Tome II: Kierkegaard's Influence on Literature Criticism and ArtDenmark While Kierkegaard is primarily known as a philosopher or religious thinker his writings have also been used extensively by literary writers critics and artists worldwide who have been attracted to his creative mixing of genres his complex use of pseudonyms his rhetoric and literary style and his rich images parables and allegories. The goal of the present volume is to document this influence in different language groups and traditions. Tome II is dedicated to the use of Kierkegaard by later Danish writers. Almost from the beginning Kierkegaard’s works were standard reading for these authors. Danish novelists and critics from the Modern Breakthrough movement in the 1870s were among the first to make extensive use of his writings. These included the theoretical leader of the movement the critic Georg Brandes who wrote an entire book on Kierkegaard and the novelists Jens Peter Jacobsen and Henrik Pontoppidan. The next generation of writers from the turn of the century and through the First World War also saw in Kierkegaard important points of inspiration. These included Ernesto Dalgas and Harald Kidde who used elements of Kierkegaard’s thought in their novels. Modern Danish writers such as Karen Blixen Martin A. Hansen and Villy Sørensen have continued to incorporate Kierkegaard into their works. There can be no doubt that Kierkegaard has indelibly stamped his name on Danish literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270961

Volume 12 Tome III: Kierkegaard's Influence on Literature Criticism and ArtSweden and Norway While Kierkegaard is primarily known as a philosopher or religious thinker his writings have also been used extensively by literary writers critics and artists. This use can be traced in the work of major cultural figures not just in Denmark and Scandinavia but also in the wider world. They have been attracted to his creative mixing of genres his complex use of pseudonyms his rhetoric and literary style and his rich images parables and allegories. The present volume documents this influence in the different language groups and traditions. Tome III investigates the works of Swedish and Norwegian writers and artists inspired by Kierkegaard. In Sweden the novelist Victoria Benedictsson made use of Kierkegaard during the period of the so-called Modern Breakthrough as did the playwright August Strindberg. Later Swedish writers have continued to draw on his thought such as Selma Lagerlof Lars Ahlin Lars Gyllensten and Carl-Henning Wijkmark. The Norwegian reception of Kierkegaard also began remarkably early and was shaped by the leading names in Norwegian cultural life. Despite his coy responses to questions about his relation to Kierkegaard Henrik Ibsen clearly seems to have been inspired by the Dane in works such as Brand. Norwegian writer and poet Bjornstjerne Bjornson who was influenced by the Modern Breakthrough movement was also deeply inspired by Kierkegaard. Finally the celebrated Norwegian artist Edvard Munch (1863-1944) closely studied key Kierkegaardian concepts such as anxiety and his influence is notable in his iconic paintings such as The Scream. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276673

Volume 12 Tome IV: Kierkegaard's Influence on Literature Criticism and ArtThe Anglophone World While Kierkegaard is primarily known as a philosopher or religious thinker his writings have also been used extensively by literary writers critics and artists. This use can be traced in the work of major cultural figures not just in Denmark and Scandinavia but also in the wider world. They have been attracted to his creative mixing of genres his complex use of pseudonyms his rhetoric and literary style and his rich images parables and allegories. The present volume documents this influence in the different language groups and traditions. Tome IV examines Kierkegaard’s surprisingly extensive influence in the Anglophone world of literature and art particularly in the United States. His thought appears in the work of the novelists Walker Percy James Baldwin Flannery O’Connor William Styron Don Delillo and Louise Erdrich. He has also been used by the famous American literary critics George Steiner and Harold Bloom. The American composer Samuel Barber made use of Kierkegaard in his musical works. Kierkegaard has also exercised an influence on British and Irish letters. W.H. Auden sought in Kierkegaard ideas for his poetic works and the contemporary English novelist David Lodge has written a novel Therapy in which Kierkegaard plays an important role. Cryptic traces of Kierkegaard can also be found in the work of the famous Irish writer James Joyce. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279759

Volume 12 Tome V: Kierkegaard's Influence on Literature Criticism and ArtThe Romance Languages Central and Eastern Europe While Kierkegaard is primarily known as a philosopher or religious thinker his writings have also been used extensively by literary writers critics and artists. This use can be traced in the work of major cultural figures not just in Denmark and Scandinavia but also in the wider world. They have been attracted to his creative mixing of genres his complex use of pseudonyms his rhetoric and literary style and his rich images parables and allegories. The present volume documents this influence in the different language groups and traditions. Tome V treats the work of a heterogeneous group of writers from the Romance languages and from Central and Eastern Europe. Kierkegaard has been particularly important for Spanish literature: the Argentine writers Jorge Luis Borges Leonardo Castellani and Ernesto Sábato the Mexican writer Carlos Fuentes and the Spanish essayist and philosopher María Zambrano were all inspired to varying degrees by him. The Dane also appears in the work of Romanian writer Max Blecher while the Portuguese author Fernando Pessoa was almost certainly inspired by Kierkegaard’s use of pseudonyms. Kierkegaard has also influenced diverse literary figures from Central and Eastern Europe. His influence appears in the novels of the contemporary Hungarian authors Péter Nadas and Péter Esterházy the work of the Russian writer and literary critic Mikhail Bakhtin the Polish writer Witold Gombrowicz and the Czech novelist Ivan Klíma. Tome V also examines how Kierkegaard’s treatment of the story of Abraham and Isaac in Fear and Trembling interested the Polish-born Israeli novelist Pinhas Sadeh. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279773

Volume 13: Kierkegaard's Influence on the Social Sciences Kierkegaard has long been known as a philosopher and theologian but his contributions to psychology anthropology and sociology have also made an important impact on these fields. In many of the works of his complex authorship Kierkegaard presents his intriguing and unique vision of the nature and mental life of human beings individually and collectively. The articles featured in the present volume explore the reception of Kierkegaard's thought in the social sciences. Of these fields Kierkegaard is perhaps best known in psychology where The Concept of Anxiety and The Sickness unto Death have been the two most influential texts. With regard to the field of sociology social criticism or social theory Kierkegaard's Literary Review of Two Ages has also been regarded as offering valuable insights about some important dynamics of modern society.. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271531

Volume 14: Kierkegaard's Influence on Social-Political Thought While scholars have long recognized Kierkegaard's important contributions to fields such as ethics aesthetics philosophy of religion philosophical psychology and hermeneutics it was usually thought that he had nothing meaningful to say about society or politics. Kierkegaard has been traditionally characterized as a Christian writer who placed supreme importance on the inward religious life of each individual believer. His radical view seemed to many to undermine any meaningful conception of the community society or the state. In recent years however scholars have begun to correct this image of Kierkegaard as an apolitical thinker. The present volume attempts to document the use of Kierkegaard by later thinkers in the context of social-political thought. It shows how his ideas have been employed by very different kinds of writers and activists with very different political goals and agendas. Many of the articles show that although Kierkegaard has been criticized for his reactionary views on some social and political questions he has been appropriated as a source of insight and inspiration by a number of later thinkers with very progressive indeed visionary political views. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261617

Volume 15 Tome I: Kierkegaard's ConceptsAbsolute to Church Kierkegaard’s Concepts is a comprehensive multi-volume survey of the key concepts and categories that inform Kierkegaard’s writings. Each article is a substantial original piece of scholarship which discusses the etymology and lexical meaning of the relevant Danish term traces the development of the concept over the course of the authorship and explains how it functions in the wider context of Kierkegaard’s thought. Concepts have been selected on the basis of their importance for Kierkegaard’s contributions to philosophy theology the social sciences literature and aesthetics thereby making this volume an ideal reference work for students and scholars in a wide range of disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472417497

Volume 15 Tome II: Kierkegaard's ConceptsClassicism to Enthusiasm Kierkegaard’s Concepts is a comprehensive multi-volume survey of the key concepts and categories that inform Kierkegaard’s writings. Each article is a substantial original piece of scholarship which discusses the etymology and lexical meaning of the relevant Danish term traces the development of the concept over the course of the authorship and explains how it functions in the wider context of Kierkegaard’s thought. Concepts have been selected on the basis of their importance for Kierkegaard’s contributions to philosophy theology the social sciences literature and aesthetics thereby making this volume an ideal reference work for students and scholars in a wide range of disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472428394

Volume 15 Tome III: Kierkegaard's ConceptsEnvy to Incognito Kierkegaard’s Concepts is a comprehensive multi-volume survey of the key concepts and categories that inform Kierkegaard’s writings. Each article is a substantial original piece of scholarship which discusses the etymology and lexical meaning of the relevant Danish term traces the development of the concept over the course of the authorship and explains how it functions in the wider context of Kierkegaard’s thought. Concepts have been selected on the basis of their importance for Kierkegaard’s contributions to philosophy theology the social sciences literature and aesthetics thereby making this volume an ideal reference work for students and scholars in a wide range of disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472434326

Volume 15 Tome IV: Kierkegaard's ConceptsIndividual to Novel Kierkegaard’s Concepts is a comprehensive multi-volume survey of the key concepts and categories that inform Kierkegaard’s writings. Each article is a substantial original piece of scholarship which discusses the etymology and lexical meaning of the relevant Danish term traces the development of the concept over the course of the authorship and explains how it functions in the wider context of Kierkegaard’s thought. Concepts have been selected on the basis of their importance for Kierkegaard’s contributions to philosophy theology the social sciences literature and aesthetics thereby making this volume an ideal reference work for students and scholars in a wide range of disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472444639

Volume 15 Tome V: Kierkegaard's ConceptsObjectivity to Sacrifice Kierkegaard’s Concepts is a comprehensive multi-volume survey of the key concepts and categories that inform Kierkegaard’s writings. Each article is a substantial original piece of scholarship which discusses the etymology and lexical meaning of the relevant Danish term traces the development of the concept over the course of the authorship and explains how it functions in the wider context of Kierkegaard’s thought. Concepts have been selected on the basis of their importance for Kierkegaard’s contributions to philosophy theology the social sciences literature and aesthetics thereby making this volume an ideal reference work for students and scholars in a wide range of disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472453891

Volume 15 Tome VI: Kierkegaard's ConceptsSalvation to Writing Kierkegaard’s Concepts is a comprehensive multi-volume survey of the key concepts and categories that inform Kierkegaard’s writings. Each article is a substantial original piece of scholarship which discusses the etymology and lexical meaning of the relevant Danish term traces the development of the concept over the course of the authorship and explains how it functions in the wider context of Kierkegaard’s thought. Concepts have been selected on the basis of their importance for Kierkegaard’s contributions to philosophy theology the social sciences literature and aesthetics thereby making this volume an ideal reference work for students and scholars in a wide range of disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472461797

Volume 16 Tome I: Kierkegaard's Literary Figures and MotifsAgamemnon to Guadalquivir While Kierkegaard is perhaps known best as a religious thinker and philosopher there is an unmistakable literary element in his writings. He often explains complex concepts and ideas by using literary figures and motifs that he could assume his readers would have some familiarity with. This dimension of his thought has served to make his writings far more popular than those of other philosophers and theologians but at the same time it has made their interpretation more complex. Kierkegaard readers are generally aware of his interest in figures such as Faust or the Wandering Jew but they rarely have a full appreciation of the vast extent of his use of characters from different literary periods and traditions. The present volume is dedicated to the treatment of the variety of literary figures and motifs used by Kierkegaard. The volume is arranged alphabetically by name with Tome I covering figures and motifs from Agamemnon to Guadalquivir. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472441362

Volume 16 Tome II: Kierkegaard's Literary Figures and MotifsGulliver to Zerlina While Kierkegaard is perhaps known best as a religious thinker and philosopher there is an unmistakable literary element in his writings. He often explains complex concepts and ideas by using literary figures and motifs that he could assume his readers would have some familiarity with. This dimension of his thought has served to make his writings far more popular than those of other philosophers and theologians but at the same time it has made their interpretation more complex. Kierkegaard readers are generally aware of his interest in figures such as Faust or the Wandering Jew but they rarely have a full appreciation of the vast extent of his use of characters from different literary periods and traditions. The present volume is dedicated to the treatment of the variety of literary figures and motifs used by Kierkegaard. The volume is arranged alphabetically by name with Tome II covering figures and motifs from Gulliver to Zerlina. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472448842

Volume 17: Kierkegaard's Pseudonyms One of the elements that many readers admire in Kierkegaard’s skill as a writer is his ability to create different voices and perspectives in his works. Instead of unilaterally presenting clear-cut doctrines and theses he confronts the reader with a range of personalities and figures who all espouse different views. One important aspect of this play of perspectives is Kierkegaard’s controversial use of pseudonyms. The present volume is dedicated to exploring the different pseudonyms and authorial voices in Kierkegaard’s writing. The articles featured here try to explore each pseudonymous author as a literary figure and to explain what kind of a person is at issue in each of the pseudonymous works. The hope is that by taking seriously each of these figures as individuals we will be able to gain new insights into the texts which they are ostensibly responsible for. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472457639

Volume 18 Tome I: Kierkegaard Secondary LiteratureCatalan Chinese Czech Danish and Dutch In recent years interest in the thought of Kierkegaard has grown dramatically and with it the body of secondary literature has expanded so quickly that it has become impossible for even the most conscientious scholar to keep pace. The problem of the explosion of secondary literature is made more acute by the fact that much of what is written about Kierkegaard appears in languages that most Kierkegaard scholars do not know. Kierkegaard has become a global phenomenon and new research traditions have emerged in different languages countries and regions. The present volume is dedicated to trying to help to resolve these two problems in Kierkegaard studies. Its purpose is first to provide book reviews of some of the leading monographic studies in the Kierkegaard secondary literature so as to assist the community of scholars to become familiar with the works that they have not read for themselves. The aim is thus to offer students and scholars of Kierkegaard a comprehensive survey of works that have played a more or less significant role in the research. Second the present volume also tries to make accessible many works in the Kierkegaard secondary literature that are written in different languages and thus to give a glimpse into various and lesser-known research traditions. The six tomes of the present volume present reviews of works written in Catalan Chinese Czech Danish Dutch English Finnish French Galician German Greek Hebrew Hungarian Italian Japanese Norwegian Polish Portuguese Romanian Russian Slovak Spanish and Swedish. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472476227

Volume 18 Tome II: Kierkegaard Secondary LiteratureEnglish A - K In recent years interest in the thought of Kierkegaard has grown dramatically and with it the body of secondary literature has expanded so quickly that it has become impossible for even the most conscientious scholar to keep pace. The problem of the explosion of secondary literature is made more acute by the fact that much of what is written about Kierkegaard appears in languages that most Kierkegaard scholars do not know. Kierkegaard has become a global phenomenon and new research traditions have emerged in different languages countries and regions. The present volume is dedicated to trying to help to resolve these two problems in Kierkegaard studies. Its purpose is first to provide book reviews of some of the leading monographic studies in the Kierkegaard secondary literature so as to assist the community of scholars to become familiar with the works that they have not read for themselves. The aim is thus to offer students and scholars of Kierkegaard a comprehensive survey of works that have played a more or less significant role in the research. Second the present volume also tries to make accessible many works in the Kierkegaard secondary literature that are written in different languages and thus to give a glimpse into various and lesser-known research traditions. The six tomes of the present volume present reviews of works written in Catalan Chinese Czech Danish Dutch English Finnish French Galician German Greek Hebrew Hungarian Italian Japanese Norwegian Polish Portuguese Romanian Russian Slovak Spanish and Swedish. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472477248

Volume 18 Tome III: Kierkegaard Secondary LiteratureEnglish L-Z In recent years interest in the thought of Kierkegaard has grown dramatically and with it the body of secondary literature has expanded so quickly that it has become impossible for even the most conscientious scholar to keep pace. The problem of the explosion of secondary literature is made more acute by the fact that much of what is written about Kierkegaard appears in languages that most Kierkegaard scholars do not know. Kierkegaard has become a global phenomenon and new research traditions have emerged in different languages countries and regions. The present volume is dedicated to trying to help to resolve these two problems in Kierkegaard studies. Its purpose is first to provide book reviews of some of the leading monographic studies in the Kierkegaard secondary literature so as to assist the community of scholars to become familiar with the works that they have not read for themselves. The aim is thus to offer students and scholars of Kierkegaard a comprehensive survey of works that have played a more or less significant role in the research. Second the present volume also tries to make accessible many works in the Kierkegaard secondary literature that are written in different languages and thus to give a glimpse into various and lesser-known research traditions. The six tomes of the present volume present reviews of works written in Catalan Chinese Czech Danish Dutch English Finnish French Galician German Greek Hebrew Hungarian Italian Japanese Norwegian Polish Portuguese Romanian Russian Slovak Spanish and Swedish. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472477415

Volume 18 Tome IV: Kierkegaard Secondary LiteratureFinnish French Galician and German In recent years interest in the thought of Kierkegaard has grown dramatically and with it the body of secondary literature has expanded so quickly that it has become impossible for even the most conscientious scholar to keep pace. The problem of the explosion of secondary literature is made more acute by the fact that much of what is written about Kierkegaard appears in languages that most Kierkegaard scholars do not know. Kierkegaard has become a global phenomenon and new research traditions have emerged in different languages countries and regions. The present volume is dedicated to trying to help to resolve these two problems in Kierkegaard studies. Its purpose is first to provide book reviews of some of the leading monographic studies in the Kierkegaard secondary literature so as to assist the community of scholars to become familiar with the works that they have not read for themselves. The aim is thus to offer students and scholars of Kierkegaard a comprehensive survey of works that have played a more or less significant role in the research. Second the present volume also tries to make accessible many works in the Kierkegaard secondary literature that are written in different languages and thus to give a glimpse into various and lesser-known research traditions. The six tomes of the present volume present reviews of works written in Catalan Chinese Czech Danish Dutch English Finnish French Galician German Greek Hebrew Hungarian Italian Japanese Norwegian Polish Portuguese Romanian Russian Slovak Spanish and Swedish. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472477767

Volume 18 Tome V: Kierkegaard Secondary LiteratureGreek Hebrew Hungarian Italian Japanese Norwegian and Polish In recent years interest in the thought of Kierkegaard has grown dramatically and with it the body of secondary literature has expanded so quickly that it has become impossible for even the most conscientious scholar to keep pace. The problem of the explosion of secondary literature is made more acute by the fact that much of what is written about Kierkegaard appears in languages that most Kierkegaard scholars do not know. Kierkegaard has become a global phenomenon and new research traditions have emerged in different languages countries and regions. The present volume is dedicated to trying to help to resolve these two problems in Kierkegaard studies. Its purpose is first to provide book reviews of some of the leading monographic studies in the Kierkegaard secondary literature so as to assist the community of scholars to become familiar with the works that they have not read for themselves. The aim is thus to offer students and scholars of Kierkegaard a comprehensive survey of works that have played a more or less significant role in the research. Second the present volume also tries to make accessible many works in the Kierkegaard secondary literature that are written in different languages and thus to give a glimpse into various and lesser-known research traditions. The six tomes of the present volume present reviews of works written in Catalan Chinese Czech Danish Dutch English Finnish French Galician German Greek Hebrew Hungarian Italian Japanese Norwegian Polish Portuguese Romanian Russian Slovak Spanish and Swedish. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472477774

Volume 18 Tome VI: Kierkegaard Secondary LiteraturePortuguese Romanian Russian Slovak Spanish and Swedish In recent years interest in the thought of Kierkegaard has grown dramatically and with it the body of secondary literature has expanded so quickly that it has become impossible for even the most conscientious scholar to keep pace. The problem of the explosion of secondary literature is made more acute by the fact that much of what is written about Kierkegaard appears in languages that most Kierkegaard scholars do not know. Kierkegaard has become a global phenomenon and new research traditions have emerged in different languages countries and regions. The present volume is dedicated to trying to help to resolve these two problems in Kierkegaard studies. Its purpose is first to provide book reviews of some of the leading monographic studies in the Kierkegaard secondary literature so as to assist the community of scholars to become familiar with the works that they have not read for themselves. The aim is thus to offer students and scholars of Kierkegaard a comprehensive survey of works that have played a more or less significant role in the research. Second the present volume also tries to make accessible many works in the Kierkegaard secondary literature that are written in different languages and thus to give a glimpse into various and lesser-known research traditions. The six tomes of the present volume present reviews of works written in Catalan Chinese Czech Danish Dutch English Finnish French Galician German Greek Hebrew Hungarian Italian Japanese Norwegian Polish Portuguese Romanian Russian Slovak Spanish and Swedish. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472477781

Volume 19 Tome I: Kierkegaard BibliographyAfrikaans to Dutch The long tradition of Kierkegaard studies has made it impossible for individual scholars to have a complete overview of the vast field of Kierkegaard research. The large and ever increasing number of publications on Kierkegaard in the languages of the world can be simply bewildering even for experienced scholars. The present work constitutes a systematic bibliography which aims to help students and researchers navigate the seemingly endless mass of publications. The volume is divided into two large sections. Part I which covers Tomes I-V is dedicated to individual bibliographies organized according to specific language. This includes extensive bibliographies of works on Kierkegaard in some 41 different languages. Part II which covers Tomes VI-VII is dedicated to shorter individual bibliographies organized according to specific figures who are in some way relevant for Kierkegaard. The goal has been to create the most exhaustive bibliography of Kierkegaard literature possible and thus the bibliography is not limited to any specific time period but instead spans the entire history of Kierkegaard studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138209404

Volume 19 Tome II: Kierkegaard BibliographyEnglish The long tradition of Kierkegaard studies has made it impossible for individual scholars to have a complete overview of the vast field of Kierkegaard research. The large and ever increasing number of publications on Kierkegaard in the languages of the world can be simply bewildering even for experienced scholars. The present work constitutes a systematic bibliography which aims to help students and researchers navigate the seemingly endless mass of publications. The volume is divided into two large sections. Part I which covers Tomes I-V is dedicated to individual bibliographies organized according to specific language. This includes extensive bibliographies of works on Kierkegaard in some 41 different languages. Part II which covers Tomes VI-VII is dedicated to shorter individual bibliographies organized according to specific figures who are in some way relevant for Kierkegaard. The goal has been to create the most exhaustive bibliography of Kierkegaard literature possible and thus the bibliography is not limited to any specific time period but instead spans the entire history of Kierkegaard studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138209459

Volume 19 Tome III: Kierkegaard BibliographyEstonian to Hebrew The long tradition of Kierkegaard studies has made it impossible for individual scholars to have a complete overview of the vast field of Kierkegaard research. The large and ever increasing number of publications on Kierkegaard in the languages of the world can be simply bewildering even for experienced scholars. The present work constitutes a systematic bibliography which aims to help students and researchers navigate the seemingly endless mass of publications. The volume is divided into two large sections. Part I which covers Tomes I-V is dedicated to individual bibliographies organized according to specific language. This includes extensive bibliographies of works on Kierkegaard in some 41 different languages. Part II which covers Tomes VI-VII is dedicated to shorter individual bibliographies organized according to specific figures who are in some way relevant for Kierkegaard. The goal has been to create the most exhaustive bibliography of Kierkegaard literature possible and thus the bibliography is not limited to any specific time period but instead spans the entire history of Kierkegaard studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138209466

Volume 19 Tome IV: Kierkegaard BibliographyHungarian to Korean The long tradition of Kierkegaard studies has made it impossible for individual scholars to have a complete overview of the vast field of Kierkegaard research. The large and ever increasing number of publications on Kierkegaard in the languages of the world can be simply bewildering even for experienced scholars. The present work constitutes a systematic bibliography which aims to help students and researchers navigate the seemingly endless mass of publications. The volume is divided into two large sections. Part I which covers Tomes I-V is dedicated to individual bibliographies organized according to specific language. This includes extensive bibliographies of works on Kierkegaard in some 41 different languages. Part II which covers Tomes VI-VII is dedicated to shorter individual bibliographies organized according to specific figures who are in some way relevant for Kierkegaard. The goal has been to create the most exhaustive bibliography of Kierkegaard literature possible and thus the bibliography is not limited to any specific time period but instead spans the entire history of Kierkegaard studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138209497

Volume 19 Tome V: Kierkegaard BibliographyLatvian to Ukrainian The long tradition of Kierkegaard studies has made it impossible for individual scholars to have a complete overview of the vast field of Kierkegaard research. The large and ever increasing number of publications on Kierkegaard in the languages of the world can be simply bewildering even for experienced scholars. The present work constitutes a systematic bibliography which aims to help students and researchers navigate the seemingly endless mass of publications. The volume is divided into two large sections. Part I which covers Tomes I-V is dedicated to individual bibliographies organized according to specific language. This includes extensive bibliographies of works on Kierkegaard in some 41 different languages. Part II which covers Tomes VI-VII is dedicated to shorter individual bibliographies organized according to specific figures who are in some way relevant for Kierkegaard. The goal has been to create the most exhaustive bibliography of Kierkegaard literature possible and thus the bibliography is not limited to any specific time period but instead spans the entire history of Kierkegaard studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138209510

Volume 19 Tome VI: Kierkegaard BibliographyFigures A to H The long tradition of Kierkegaard studies has made it impossible for individual scholars to have a complete overview of the vast field of Kierkegaard research. The large and ever increasing number of publications on Kierkegaard in the languages of the world can be simply bewildering even for experienced scholars. The present work constitutes a systematic bibliography which aims to help students and researchers navigate the seemingly endless mass of publications. The volume is divided into two large sections. Part I which covers Tomes I-V is dedicated to individual bibliographies organized according to specific language. This includes extensive bibliographies of works on Kierkegaard in some 41 different languages. Part II which covers Tomes VI-VII is dedicated to shorter individual bibliographies organized according to specific figures who are in some way relevant for Kierkegaard. The goal has been to create the most exhaustive bibliography of Kierkegaard literature possible and thus the bibliography is not limited to any specific time period but instead spans the entire history of Kierkegaard studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138209572

Volume 19 Tome VII: Kierkegaard BibliographyFigures I to Z The long tradition of Kierkegaard studies has made it impossible for individual scholars to have a complete overview of the vast field of Kierkegaard research. The large and ever increasing number of publications on Kierkegaard in the languages of the world can be simply bewildering even for experienced scholars. The present work constitutes a systematic bibliography which aims to help students and researchers navigate the seemingly endless mass of publications. The volume is divided into two large sections. Part I which covers Tomes I-V is dedicated to individual bibliographies organized according to specific language. This includes extensive bibliographies of works on Kierkegaard in some 41 different languages. Part II which covers Tomes VI-VII is dedicated to shorter individual bibliographies organized according to specific figures who are in some way relevant for Kierkegaard. The goal has been to create the most exhaustive bibliography of Kierkegaard literature possible and thus the bibliography is not limited to any specific time period but instead spans the entire history of Kierkegaard studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138210110

Volume 2 Tome I: Kierkegaard and the Greek World - Socrates and Plato The articles in this volume employ source-work research to trace Kierkegaard's understanding and use of authors from the Greek tradition. A series of figures of varying importance in Kierkegaard's authorship are treated ranging from early Greek poets to late Classical philosophical schools. In general it can be said that the Greeks collectively constitute one of the single most important body of sources for Kierkegaard's thought. He studied Greek from an early age and was profoundly inspired by what might be called the Greek spirit. Although he is generally considered a Christian thinker he was nonetheless consistently drawn back to the Greeks for ideas and impulses on any number of topics. He frequently contrasts ancient Greek philosophy with its emphasis on the lived experience of the individual in daily life with the abstract German philosophy that was in vogue during his own time. It has been argued that he modeled his work on that of the ancient Greek thinkers specifically in order to contrast his own activity with that of his contemporaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276307

Volume 2 Tome II: Kierkegaard and the Greek World - Aristotle and Other Greek Authors The articles in this volume employ source-work research to trace Kierkegaard's understanding and use of authors from the Greek tradition. A series of figures of varying importance in Kierkegaard's authorship are treated ranging from early Greek poets to late Classical philosophical schools. In general it can be said that the Greeks collectively constitute one of the single most important body of sources for Kierkegaard's thought. He studied Greek from an early age and was profoundly inspired by what might be called the Greek spirit. Although he is generally considered a Christian thinker he was nonetheless consistently drawn back to the Greeks for ideas and impulses on any number of topics. He frequently contrasts ancient Greek philosophy with its emphasis on the lived experience of the individual in daily life with the abstract German philosophy that was in vogue during his own time. It has been argued that he modeled his work on that of the ancient Greek thinkers specifically in order to contrast his own activity with that of his contemporaries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234656

Volume 20: The Auction Catalogue of Kierkegaard's Library This volume is a revised and improved edition of the auction catalogue of Kierkegaard’s private library. The catalogue has long served as one of the most valuable tools in Kierkegaard studies and has been actively used by commentators translators and researchers for tracing the various sources of Kierkegaard’s thought. With the catalogue in hand one can determine with some degree of probability what books he read and what editions he used for his information about specific authors. The present volume represents the fourth printing of the catalogue and it differs from its predecessors in many respects. The previous editions contained incomplete erroneous and inconsistent bibliographical information about the works in the catalogue. The primary goal of the present edition was to obtain all of the books and check their title pages for the precise bibliographical information. The result is an accurate and reliable edition of the catalogue that conforms to the needs of Kierkegaard studies in the digital age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138384040

Volume 21 Tome I: Cumulative IndexIndex of Names A-K This last volume of Kierkegaard Research: Sources Reception and Resources is a cumulative index to all the volumes of the series. The series was originally designed in a systematic fashion in order to make it as easily usable and accessible as possible. The individual parts of the series and the individual volumes have been organized to make it generally fairly simple to locate the main articles relevant for one’s research interests. However the placement of some individual articles might not always be completely self-evident. Moreover the sheer mass of material and information provided by the series makes a cumulative index a necessary accompanying resource. Further given the scope of the series it was inevitable that some names or topics are mentioned more than once in the series in different places beyond the main article ostensibly dedicated to them. The purpose of these indices is thus to help the readers to find an easy and direct way to the topics of their interest in the rich universe of Kierkegaard research. The material of the indices is divided into three tomes: Tome I is the Index of Names from A to K Tome II covers the Index of Names from L to Z while Tome III consists of the Index of Subjects and includes a complete overview of all the volumes tomes and articles of the series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138080874

Volume 21 Tome II: Cumulative IndexIndex of Names L-Z This last volume of Kierkegaard Research: Sources Reception and Resources is a cumulative index to all the volumes of the series. The series was originally designed in a systematic fashion in order to make it as easily usable and accessible as possible. The individual parts of the series and the individual volumes have been organized to make it generally fairly simple to locate the main articles relevant for one’s research interests. However the placement of some individual articles might not always be completely self-evident. Moreover the sheer mass of material and information provided by the series makes a cumulative index a necessary accompanying resource. Further given the scope of the series it was inevitable that some names or topics are mentioned more than once in the series in different places beyond the main article ostensibly dedicated to them. The purpose of these indices is thus to help the readers to find an easy and direct way to the topics of their interest in the rich universe of Kierkegaard research. The material of the indices is divided into three tomes: Tome I is the Index of Names from A to K Tome II covers the Index of Names from L to Z while Tome III consists of the Index of Subjects and includes a complete overview of all the volumes tomes and articles of the series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138080911

Volume 21 Tome III: Cumulative IndexIndex of Subjects Overview of the Articles in the Series This last volume of Kierkegaard Research: Sources Reception and Resources is a cumulative index to all the volumes of the series. The series was originally designed in a systematic fashion in order to make it as easily usable and accessible as possible. The individual parts of the series and the individual volumes have been organized to make it generally fairly simple to locate the main articles relevant for one’s research interests. However the placement of some individual articles might not always be completely self-evident. Moreover the sheer mass of material and information provided by the series makes a cumulative index a necessary accompanying resource. Further given the scope of the series it was inevitable that some names or topics are mentioned more than once in the series in different places beyond the main article ostensibly dedicated to them. The purpose of these indices is thus to help the readers to find an easy and direct way to the topics of their interest in the rich universe of Kierkegaard research. The material of the indices is divided into three tomes: Tome I is the Index of Names from A to K Tome II covers the Index of Names from L to Z while Tome III consists of the Index of Subjects and includes a complete overview of all the volumes tomes and articles of the series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138080980

Volume 3: Kierkegaard and the Roman World While Kierkegaard's use of the Greek authors particularly Plato and Aristotle has attracted considerable attention over the years his use of the Roman authors has by contrast remained sadly neglected. This neglect is somewhat surprising given the fact that Kierkegaard was extremely well read in Latin from his early youth when he attended the Borgerdyd School in Copenhagen. Kierkegaard's interest in the Roman authors is perhaps best evidenced by his book collection. In his private library he had a long list of Latin titles and Danish translations of the standard Roman authors in any number of different genres. His extensive and frequent use of writers such as Cicero Horace Terence Seneca Suetonius and Ovid clearly warrants placing them in the select group of his major sources. The chapters in this volume demonstrate that Kierkegaard made use of the Roman sources in a number of different ways. His readings from the Borgerdyd school seem to have stuck with him as an adult. He constantly refers to Roman authors such as Livy Nepos and Suetonius for colourful stories and anecdotes. In addition he avails himself of pregnant sayings or formulations from the Roman authors when appropriate. But his use of these authors is not merely as a rhetorical source. He is also profoundly interested in the Roman philosophy of Cicero Seneca and Marcus Aurelius. Similarly just as he is fascinated by Tacitus' portrayal of the early Christians so also he is amused by the humour of Terence and Apuleius. In short the Roman authors serve to enrich any number of different aspects of Kierkegaard's authorship with respect to both content and form. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265844

Volume 4: Kierkegaard and the Patristic and Medieval Traditions This volume features articles which employ source-work research to trace Kierkegaard's understanding and use of authors from the Patristic and Medieval traditions. It covers an extraordinarily long period of time from Cyprian and Tertullian in the second century to Thomas à Kempis in the fifteenth. Despite its heterogeneity and diversity in many aspects this volume has a clear point of commonality in all its featured sources: Christianity. Kierkegaard's relation to the Patristic and Medieval traditions has been a rather neglected area of research in Kierkegaard studies. This is somewhat surprising given the fact that the young Kierkegaard learned about the Patristic authors during his studies at the University of Copenhagen and was clearly fascinated by many aspects of their writings and the conceptions of Christian religiosity found there. With regard to the medieval tradition in addition to any number of theological issues medieval mysticism medieval art the medieval church troubadour poetry and the monastic movement were all themes that exercised Kierkegaard during different periods of his life. Although far from uncritical he seems at times to idolize both the Patristic tradition and the Middle Ages as contrastive terms to the corrupt and decadent modern world with its complacent Christianity. While he clearly regards the specific forms of this Medieval appropriation of Christianity to be misguided he is nonetheless positively disposed toward the general understanding of it as something to be lived and realized by each individual. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234625

Volume 5 Tome I: Kierkegaard and the Renaissance and Modern Traditions - Philosophy The long period from the Renaissance to the nineteenth century supplied numerous sources for Kierkegaard's thought in any number of different fields. The present rather heterogeneous volume covers the long period from the birth of Savonarola in 1452 through the beginning of the nineteenth century and into Kierkegaard's own time. The Danish thinker read authors representing vastly different traditions and time periods. Moreover he also read a diverse range of genres. His interests concerned not just philosophy theology and literature but also drama and music. The present volume consists of three tomes that are intended to cover Kierkegaard's sources in these different fields of thought. Tome I is dedicated to the philosophers of the early modern period and the Enlightenment who played a role in shaping Kierkegaard's intellectual development. He was widely read in German and French philosophy of the sixteenth seventeenth and eighteenth centuries making reference to the leading rationalist philosophers Descartes Spinoza and Leibniz in his journals and published works. Further connections have also been pointed out between his thought and the writings of the French thinkers Montaigne Pascal and Rousseau who share with Kierkegaard a form of philosophy that is more interested in life and existence than purely conceptual analysis. Through the works of the authors explored here Kierkegaard became acquainted with some of the major philosophical discussions of the modern era such as the beginning of philosophy the role of doubt the status of autonomy in ethics and religion human freedom the problem of the theodicy found in thinkers such as Bayle and Leibniz and the problem of the relation of philosophy to religion as it appears in the German writers Jacobi and Lessing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275416

Volume 5 Tome II: Kierkegaard and the Renaissance and Modern Traditions - Theology The long period from the Renaissance to the nineteenth century supplied numerous sources for Kierkegaard's thought in any number of different fields. The present rather heterogeneous volume covers the long period from the birth of Savonarola in 1452 through the beginning of the nineteenth century and into Kierkegaard's own time. The Danish thinker read authors representing vastly different traditions and time periods. Moreover he also read a diverse range of genres. His interests concerned not just philosophy theology and literature but also drama and music. The present volume consists of three tomes that are intended to cover Kierkegaard's sources in these different fields of thought. Tome II is dedicated to the wealth of theological and religious sources from the beginning of the Reformation to Kierkegaard's own day. It examines Kierkegaard's relations to some of the key figures of the Reformation period from the Lutheran Reformed and Catholic traditions. It thus explores Kierkegaard's reception of theologians and spiritual authors of various denominations most of whom are known to history primarily for their exposition of practical spirituality rather than theological doctrine. Several of the figures investigated here are connected to the Protestant tradition of Pietism that Kierkegaard was familiar with from a very early stage. The main figures in this context include the "forefather" of Pietism Johann Arndt the Reformed writer Gerhard Tersteegen and the Danish author Hans Adolph Brorson. With regard to Catholicism Kierkegaard was familiar with several popular figures of Catholic humanism Post-Tridentine theology and Baroque spirituality such as François Fénelon Ludwig Blosius and Abraham a Sancta Clara. He was also able to find inspiration in highly controversial and original figures of the Renaissance and the early Modern period such as Girolamo Savonarola or Jacob Böhme the latter of whom was at the time an en vogue topic among trendsetting philosophers and theologians such as Hegel Franz von Baader Schelling and Hans Lassen Martensen. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234601

Volume 5 Tome III: Kierkegaard and the Renaissance and Modern Traditions - Literature Drama and Music The long period from the Renaissance to the nineteenth century supplied numerous sources for Kierkegaard's thought in any number of different fields. The present rather heterogeneous volume covers the long period from the birth of Savonarola in 1452 through the beginning of the nineteenth century and into Kierkegaard's own time. The Danish thinker read authors representing vastly different traditions and time periods. Moreover he also read a diverse range of genres. His interests concerned not just philosophy theology and literature but also drama and music. The present volume consists of three tomes that are intended to cover Kierkegaard's sources in these different fields of thought. Tome III covers the sources that are relevant for literature drama and music. Kierkegaard was well read in the European literature of the seventeenth and eighteenth century. He was captivated by the figure of Cervantes' Don Quixote who is used as a model for humor and irony. He also enjoyed French literature represented here by articles on Chateaubriand Lamartine and Mérimée. French dramatists were popular on the Danish stage and Kierkegaard demonstrated an interest in among others Moliére and Scribe. Although he never possessed strong English skills this did not prevent him from familiarizing himself with English literature primarily with the help of German translations. While there is an established body of secondary material on Kierkegaard's relation to Shakespeare little has been said about his use of the Irish dramatist Sheridan. It is obvious from among other things The Concept of Irony that Kierkegaard knew in detail the works of some of the main writers of the German Romantic movement. However his use of the leading figures of the British Romantic movement Byron and Shelley remains largely unexplored terrain. The classic Danish authors of the eighteenth century Holberg Wessel and Ewald were influential figures who prepared the way for the Golden Age of Danish poetry. Kierkegaard constantly refers to their dramatic characters whom he often employs to illustrate a philosophical idea with a pregnant example or turn of phrase. Finally while Kierkegaard is not an obvious name in musicology his analysis of Mozart's Don Giovanni shows that he had a keen interest in music on many different levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266018

Volume 6 Tome I: Kierkegaard and His German Contemporaries - Philosophy This volume explores in detail Kierkegaard's various relations to his German contemporaries. Kierkegaard read German fluently and made extensive use of the writings of German-speaking authors. Apart from his contemporary Danish sources the German sources were probably the most important in the development of his thought generally. This volume represents source-work research dedicated to tracing Kierkegaard's readings and use of the various German-speaking authors in the different fields in a way that is as clearly documented as possible. The volume has been divided into three tomes reflecting Kierkegaard's main areas of interest with regard to the German-speaking sources namely philosophy theology and a more loosely conceived category which has here been designated "literature and aesthetics." This first tome treats the German philosophical influences on Kierkegaard. The dependence of Danish philosophy on German philosophy is beyond question. In a book review in his Hegelian journal Perseus the poet playwright and critic Johan Ludvig Heiberg laments the sad state of philosophy in Denmark while lauding German speculative philosophy. Moreover Kierkegaard's lifelong enemy the theologian Hans Lassen Martensen claims without exaggeration that the Danish systems of philosophy can be regarded as the "disjecta membra" of earlier German systems. All of the major German idealist philosophers made an impact in Denmark: Kant Fichte Schelling and most significantly Hegel. Kierkegaard was widely read in the German philosophical literature which he made use of in countless ways throughout his authorship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273269

Volume 6 Tome II: Kierkegaard and His German Contemporaries - Theology This volume explores in detail Kierkegaard's various relations to his German contemporaries. Kierkegaard read German fluently and made extensive use of the writings of German-speaking authors. Apart from his contemporary Danish sources the German sources were probably the most important in the development of his thought generally. This volume represents source-work research dedicated to tracing Kierkegaard's readings and use of the various German-speaking authors in the different fields in a way that is as clearly documented as possible. The volume has been divided into three tomes reflecting Kierkegaard's main areas of interest with regard to the German-speaking sources namely philosophy theology and a more loosely conceived category which has here been designated "literature and aesthetics." This second tome of the present volume is dedicated to Kierkegaard's main theological influences. In theology the German and the Danish traditions had long been closely connected via their common source: Luther. In Kierkegaard's time the main influence on theology was probably German philosophy and specifically Hegelianism. Most of the German theologians were in some way in a critical dialogue with this movement. Another important influence was Schleiermacher who visited Copenhagen in 1833 and was important for several Golden Age thinkers. From his student days Kierkegaard kept abreast of the German theological literature from which he drew much inspiration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273627

Volume 6 Tome III: Kierkegaard and His German Contemporaries - Literature and Aesthetics This volume explores in detail Kierkegaard's various relations to his German contemporaries. Kierkegaard read German fluently and made extensive use of the writings of German-speaking authors. It can certainly be argued that apart from his contemporary Danish sources the German sources were probably the most important in the development of his thought generally. The volume has been divided into three tomes reflecting Kierkegaard's main areas of interest with regard to the German-speaking sources namely philosophy theology and a more loosely conceived category which has here been designated "literature and aesthetics." This third tome is dedicated to the German literary sources that were significant for Kierkegaard; in particular the work of authors from German Classicism and Romanticism. Important forerunners for many of Kierkegaard's literary motifs and characters can be found in the German literature of the day. His use of pseudonyms and his interest in irony were both profoundly influenced by German Romanticism. This volume demonstrates the extent to which Kierkegaard's views of criticism and aesthetics were decisively shaped by the work of German authors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265608

Volume 7 Tome I: Kierkegaard and his Danish Contemporaries - Philosophy Politics and Social Theory The period of Kierkegaard's life corresponds to Denmark's "Golden Age " which is conventionally used to refer to the period covering roughly the first half of the nineteenth century when Denmark's most important writers philosophers theologians poets actors and artists flourished. Kierkegaard was often in dialogue with his fellow Danes on key issues of the day. His authorship would be unthinkable without reference to the Danish State Church the Royal Theater the University of Copenhagen or the various Danish newspapers and journals such as The Corsair Fædrelandet and Kjøbenhavns flyvende Post which played an undeniable role in shaping his development. The present volume features articles that employ source-work research in order to explore the individual Danish sources of Kierkegaard's thought. The volume is divided into three tomes in order to cover the different fields of influence. Tome I is dedicated to exploring the sources that fall under the rubrics "Philosophy Politics and Social Theory." With regard to philosophy Kierkegaard read the works of all the foremost Danish thinkers of the time and their German antecedents in particular Kant Schilling and Hegel. While he was sympathetic to individual ideas offered by this tradition he was generally keen to criticize the German model of philosophy and to propose a new paradigm for philosophical thought that was more in tune with lived existence. Kierkegaard also experienced the dynamic period in history that saw the great upheavals throughout Europe in connection with the revolutions of 1848 and the First Schleswig War. While it has long been claimed that Kierkegaard was not interested in politics recent research supports a quite different picture. To be sure he cannot be regarded as a political scientist or social theorist in a traditional sense but he was nonetheless engaged in the issues of his day and in his works one can certainly find material that can be insightful for the fields of politics and social theory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234557

Volume 7 Tome II: Kierkegaard and His Danish Contemporaries - Theology The period of Kierkegaard's life corresponds to Denmark's "Golden Age " which is conventionally used to refer to the period covering roughly the first half of the nineteenth century when Denmark's most important writers philosophers theologians poets actors and artists flourished. Kierkegaard was often in dialogue with his fellow Danes on key issues of the day. His authorship would be unthinkable without reference to the Danish State Church the Royal Theater the University of Copenhagen or the various Danish newspapers and journals such as The Corsair Fædrelandet and Kjøbenhavns flyvende Post which played an undeniable role in shaping his development. The present volume features articles that employ source-work research in order to explore the individual Danish sources of Kierkegaard's thought. The volume is divided into three tomes in order to cover the different fields of influence. Tome II is dedicated to the host of Danish theologians who played a greater or lesser role in shaping Kierkegaard's thought. In his day there were a number of competing theological trends both within the church and at the Faculty of Theology at the University of Copenhagen and not least of all in the blossoming free church movements. These included rationalism Grundtvigianism and Hegelianism. In this quite dynamic period in Danish ecclesial history Kierkegaard was also exercised by a number of leading personalities in the church as they attempted to come to terms with key issues such as baptism civil marriage the revision of the traditional psalm book and the relation of church and state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266032

Volume 7 Tome III: Kierkegaard and His Danish Contemporaries - Literature Drama and Aesthetics The period of Kierkegaard's life corresponds to Denmark's "Golden Age " which is conventionally used to refer to the period covering roughly the first half of the nineteenth century when Denmark's most important writers philosophers theologians poets actors and artists flourished. Kierkegaard was often in dialogue with his fellow Danes on key issues of the day. His authorship would be unthinkable without reference to the Danish State Church the Royal Theater the University of Copenhagen or the various Danish newspapers and journals such as The Corsair Fædrelandet and Kjøbenhavns flyvende Post which played an undeniable role in shaping his development. The present volume features articles that employ source-work research in order to explore the individual Danish sources of Kierkegaard's thought. The volume is divided into three tomes in order to cover the different fields of influence. Tome III is dedicated to the diverse Danish sources that fall under the rubrics "Literature Drama and Aesthetics." The Golden Age is known as the period when Danish prose first established itself in genres such as the novel; moreover it was also an age when some of Denmark's most celebrated national poets flourished. Accordingly this tome contains articles on Kierkegaard's use of the great Danish poets and prose writers whose works are frequently quoted and alluded to throughout his writings. Kierkegaard regularly attended dramatic performances at Copenhagen's Royal Theater which was one of Europe's leading playhouses at the time. In this tome his appreciation for the art of Denmark's best-known actors and actresses is traced. Finally this tome features articles on the leading literary critics and aesthetic theorists of the Golden Age who served as foils for Kierkegaard's own ideas. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234533

Volume 8 Tome I: Kierkegaard's International Reception - Northern and Western Europe Although Kierkegaard's reception was initially more or less limited to Scandinavia it has for a long time now been a highly international affair. As his writings were translated into different languages his reputation spread and he became read more and more by people increasingly distant from his native Denmark. While in Scandinavia the attack on the Church in the last years of his life became something of a cause célèbre later many different aspects of his work became the object of serious scholarly investigation well beyond the original northern borders. As his reputation grew he was co-opted by a number of different philosophical and religious movements in different contexts throughout the world. The three tomes of this volume attempt to record the history of this reception according to national and linguistic categories. Tome I covers the reception of Kierkegaard in Northern and Western Europe. The articles on Denmark Norway Sweden Finland and Iceland can be said to trace Kierkegaard's influence in its more or less native Nordic Protestant context. Since the authors in these countries (with the exception of Finland) were not dependent on translations or other intermediaries this represents the earliest tradition of Kierkegaard reception. The early German translations of his works opened the door for the next phase of the reception which expanded beyond the borders of the Nordic countries. The articles in the section on Western Europe trace his influence in Great Britain the Netherlands and Flanders Germany and Austria and France. All of these countries and linguistic groups have their own extensive tradition of Kierkegaard reception. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261914

Volume 8 Tome II: Kierkegaard's International Reception - Southern Central and Eastern Europe Although Kierkegaard's reception was initially more or less limited to Scandinavia it has for a long time now been a highly international affair. As his writings were translated into different languages his reputation spread and he became read more and more by people increasingly distant from his native Denmark. While in Scandinavia the attack on the Church in the last years of his life became something of a cause célèbre later many different aspects of his work became the object of serious scholarly investigation well beyond the original northern borders. As his reputation grew he was co-opted by a number of different philosophical and religious movements in different contexts throughout the world. The three tomes of this volume attempt to record the history of this reception according to national and linguistic categories. Tome II covers the reception of Kierkegaard in Southern Central and Eastern Europe. The first set of articles under the rubric 'Southern Europe' covers Portugal Spain and Italy. A number of common features were shared in these countries' reception of Kierkegaard including a Catholic cultural context and a debt to the French reception. The next rubric covers the rather heterogeneous group of countries designated here as 'Central Europe': Hungary the Czech Republic Slovakia and Poland. These countries are loosely bound in a cultural sense by their former affiliation with the Habsburg Empire and in a religious sense by their shared Catholicism. Finally the Orthodox countries of 'Eastern Europe' are represented with articles on Russia Bulgaria Serbia and Montenegro Macedonia and Romania. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273276

Volume 8 Tome III: Kierkegaard's International Reception – The Near East Asia Australia and the Americas Although Kierkegaard's reception was initially more or less limited to Scandinavia it has for a long time now been a highly international affair. As his writings were translated into different languages his reputation spread and he became read more and more by people increasingly distant from his native Denmark. While in Scandinavia the attack on the Church in the last years of his life became something of a cause célèbre later many different aspects of his work became the object of serious scholarly investigation well beyond the original northern borders. As his reputation grew he was co-opted by a number of different philosophical and religious movements in different contexts throughout the world. The three tomes of this volume attempt to record the history of this reception according to national and linguistic categories. Tome III is the most geographically diverse covering the Near East Asia Australia and the Americas. The section on the Near East features pioneering articles on the Kierkegaard reception in Israel Turkey Iran and the Arab world. The next section dubbed 'Asia and Australia' features articles on the long and rich traditions of Kierkegaard research in Japan and Korea along with the more recent ones in China and Australia. A final section is dedicated to Americas with articles on Canada the United States hispanophone South America Mexico and Brazil. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257320

Volume 9: Kierkegaard and Existentialism There can be no doubt that most of the thinkers who are usually associated with the existentialist tradition whatever their actual doctrines were in one way or another influenced by the writings of Kierkegaard. This influence is so great that it can be fairly stated that the existentialist movement was largely responsible for the major advance in Kierkegaard's international reception that took place in the twentieth century. In Kierkegaard's writings one can find a rich array of concepts such as anxiety despair freedom sin the crowd and sickness that all came to be standard motifs in existentialist literature. Sartre played an important role in canonizing Kierkegaard as one of the forerunners of existentialism. However recent scholarship has been attentive to his ideological use of Kierkegaard. Indeed Sartre seemed to be exploiting Kierkegaard for his own purposes and suspicions of misrepresentation and distortions have led recent commentators to go back and reexamine the complex relation between Kierkegaard and the existentialist thinkers. The articles in the present volume feature figures from the French German Spanish and Russian traditions of existentialism. They examine the rich and varied use of Kierkegaard by these later thinkers and most importantly they critically analyze his purported role in this famous intellectual movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252318

Volume One. Conservative Party General Election Manifestos 1900-1997 This volume brings together for the first time the British Conservative Political Party General Election Manifestos dating back to 1900 and including the most recent General Election manifesto of 1997. The project provides an indispensible source of data about the Conservative Party's political ideologies and policy positions as well as charting their changes over time. The volume has a new introduction written by Alistair B. Cooke who was Deputy Director of the Conservative Research Department from 1985 to 1997 and the Director of the Conservative Political Centre from 1988 to 1997. During that time he edited some 300 pamphlets for the Conservative Party along with 6 volumes of its comprehensive record policy the Campaign Guide and collections of Margaret Thatcher and John Major's speeches. He is also the editor of The Conservative Party: Seven Historical Studies 1680 to the 1990s. In addition to the new introduction the volume will include a comprehensive index making it easy to use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852913

Volume Three. Liberal Party General Election Manifestos 1900-1997 This volume brings together for the first time the British Liberal Political Party General Election Manifestos dating back to 1900 and including the most recent General Election manifesto of 1997. The project provides an indispensible source of data about the Liberal Party's political ideologies and policy positions as well as charting their changes over time. The volume has a new introduction written by Duncan Brack who is Programmes Director at the Royal Institute of International Affairs. He was previously the Policy Director for the Liberal Democrats and editor of the Dictionary of Liberal Biography published by Politicos in February 1999. In addition to the new introduction the volume has a comprehensive index making it easy to use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874077

Volume Two. Labour Party General Election Manifestos 1900-1997 This volume brings together for the first time the British Labour Political Party General Election Manifestos dating back to 1900 and including the most recent General Election manifesto of 1997.The project provides an indispensible source of data about the Labour Party's political ideologies and policy positions as well as charting their changes over time.The volume has a new introduction written by Dennis Kavanagh who is Professor of Politics at Liverpool University and who has already published Political Science and Political Behaviour with Routledge.In addition to the new introduction the volume includes a comprehensive index making the volume easy to use. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203023754

Volumetric Discrete Geometry Volume of geometric objects plays an important role in applied and theoretical mathematics. This is particularly true in the relatively new branch of discrete geometry where volume is often used to find new topics for research. Volumetric Discrete Geometry demonstrates the recent aspects of volume introduces problems related to it and presents methods to apply it to other geometric problems. Part I of the text consists of survey chapters of selected topics on volume and is suitable for advanced undergraduate students. Part II has chapters of selected proofs of theorems stated in Part I and is oriented for graduate level students wishing to learn about the latest research on the topic. Chapters can be studied independently from each other. Provides a list of 30 open problems to promote research Features more than 60 research exercises Ideally suited for researchers and students of combinatorics geometry and discrete mathematics Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367223755

Volunt Work&Welf State Ils 197 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863803

Voluntary Action (Works of William H. Beveridge)A Report on Methods of Social Advance It is the author’s contention that an abundance of voluntary action outside the citizen’s home both individually and collectively for bettering his own and his fellows’ lives are the distinguishing marks of a truly free society. This volume is a study of how such action can be kept alive in the face of the inevitable development of State action and suggests the new forms which co-operation between the State and voluntary Organizations may take leaving a maximum of freedom and responsibility to the individual. Voluntary Action is a text of unique value because Beveridge here develops his vision of how a large ‘voluntary action’ sector could function as a type of buffer zone between the state and the market. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138828810

Voluntary Annual Report Disclosure by Listed Dutch Companies 1945-1983 This book first published in 1997 analyses the development of Dutch financial reporting. A process of change in international financial reporting began in the early 1960s and this book examines the roles of voluntary and legislated improvements on financial information disclosure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367499020

Voluntary Associations A vast and complicated array of subject matter is subjected to analysis comment and speculation by fifteen contributors representing three separate but contiguous disciplines. Their approaches are as various as one would expect. One is concerned with the bonds that hold associations together and another with the tendency for the private to become public. One sees associations as interferences with democratic political processes while another is more impressed by their positive values. Still another shows that the way in which they operate in the political process depends not only on the kind of association but also upon the political context within which they operate.Pennock and Chapman say that the theorist's job is to speculate and to interpret the facts as he sees them. It is also the theorist's job to suggest hypotheses for testing: to point to lines of inquiry that should be pursued. One cannot read the essays in this volume without having his eyes opened--or opened wider--both to the paucity of information about the political features of voluntary associations and to the wide variety of aspects from which the subject needs to be approached.The kinds of questions that need to be examined can be grouped in categories. The first focuses on the individual: What kinds of memberships does he have? Even more what is the effect upon him of membership in each kind of association? The second examines internal composition and workings of organizations. The third focuses on the state as a whole and the effect of organized groups upon it the political processes of the associational structure of the society and modes of behavior of these associations.Organized groups play an intermediate role in the polity. At the same time the state and those charged at any particular time with the performance of its functions must look primarily to new associations within it to secure compliance with its law and for guidance in shaping those laws. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540347

Voluntary Associations in the Graeco-Roman World Based upon a series of detailed case studies of associations such as early synagogues and churches philosophical schools and pagan mystery cults this collection addresses the question of what can legitimately be termed a 'voluntary association'.Employing modern sociological concepts the essays show how the various associations were constituted the extent of their membership why people joined them and what they contributed to the social fabric of urban life. For many those groups were the most significant feature of social life beyond family and work. All of them provided an outlet of religious as well as social commitments.Also included are studies of the way in which early Jewish and Christian groups adopted and adapted the models of private association available to them and how this affected their social status and role. Finally the situation of women is discussed as some of the voluntary associations offered them a more significant recognition than they received in society at large. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415513531

Voluntary Carbon MarketsAn International Business Guide to What They Are and How They Work The global carbon markets are growing at a staggering rate. The growth prospects for business are enormous and the potential positive impacts for greenhouse gas emission reductions climate policy options renewable energy investment development projects and efficiency gains are increasingly apparent. A unique part of the market in greenhouse gas emissions is the rapidly growing voluntary carbon market driven by companies organizations and individuals committed to efficiency profitability and rapid action on climate change. The second edition of this groundbreaking book draws together all the key information on international voluntary carbon markets with commentary from leading practitioners and business people. It covers all aspects of voluntary carbon markets around the world: what they are how they work and most critically their business potential to help slow climate change. This new fully revised second edition provides key updates on relevant trends standards suppliers and growth in the marketplace and is the indispensable guide for anyone seeking to understand voluntary carbon markets and capitalize on the opportunities they present for economic and environmental benefit. Second edition updates: * Contains updated data on credit prices transaction volumes major industry players and other quantitative data through 2008 as well as revised analysis reflecting these shifts * Includes explanations of additional offset project type categories providing prospective buyers and project developers with a more detailed understanding of the suite of offset projects available * Contains revised explanations and analyses by market experts of the key issues affecting the voluntary markets * Provides an updated 'glance into the future' of the voluntary carbon markets reflecting market and policy trends that emerged through early 2008. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851985

Voluntary Environmental AgreementsProcess Practice and Future Use Voluntary environmental agreements (VEAs) – generally agreements between government and business – have been regarded by many as a key new instrument for meeting environmental objectives in a flexible manner. Their performance to date has however also led to considerable criticism with several parties arguing that they are methods for avoiding real action that goes beyond "business-as-usual". Is either of these positions justified? The aim of this book is to highlight and learn the lessons from existing experience looking not just at results but also at specific elements of agreements and also at the process of the agreement itself. Lessons are drawn from experience from across the world covering the full range of environmental challenges and from the perspective of key stakeholder groups. Importantly the book also presents tools for assessing and improving existing agreements and includes recommendations and guidelines for future agreements in key areas such as climate change. It also deals at length with the problem of how such agreements might be used in developing and transitional economies. The overall view of the book is that there is a real potential for the future use of VEAs as part of the policy mix and as a tool for sharing the responsibility for meeting environmental objectives. For the agreements to play this role however significant steps are needed to ensure that they are effective efficient equitable and appropriately linked to a portfolio of other instruments. The book is divided into four sections. First existing agreements their development and efficacy are considered; second the prospects for voluntary agreements in developing and transitional economies are discussed; third a range of authors examine the role of VEAs as part of the policy mix to combat climate change; and finally the book concludes with an examination of how new tools for evaluating and improving VEAs could be utilized in the future. Voluntary Environmental Agreements will be of interest not only to academics governments and businesses wishing to understand this specific instrument but also to those already implementing or considering applying VEAs to meet their environmental objectives. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351282284

Voluntary Environmental ManagementThe Inevitable Future A shift from government oversight to private sector self-regulation appears to be the future of environmental management. This will be a complex and complicated transition as individual companies attempt to balance their needs against that of the surrounding communities - and world.Voluntary Environmental Management: The Inevitable Future explores how business and industry are preparing for this dramatic shift in responsibility and accountability.John Morelli pinpoints companies that have already adopted environmental auditing and management tools; examines the deficiencies of government-imposed environmental regulations; and shows how businesses can become more proactive in monitoring and managing their environmentally affective activities.The role of global marketplace forces receives substantial emphasis in Voluntary Environmental Management: The Inevitable Future especially in light of the widespread international acceptance of new ISO 14000 standards. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579197

Voluntary Organizations and Innovation in Public Services The innovative capacity of voluntary organizations has become a touchstone for their role in providing public services. Across the world there are increasing pressures on voluntary organizations to improve the quality and effectiveness of public services through innovation and change. This volume uses original research to assess the innovative capacity of voluntary organizations. It provides: * a conceptual framework for understanding the innovative capacity of voluntary organizations* empirical evidence detailing the nature and extent of innovation* an analysis of successful innovators in personal social services* the applicability of the for-profit model of innovation to non-profit organizations* an account of the contingent nature of voluntary organizations' relationship to their external environment and particularly their main funders. The development of a theory of innovation in non-market and nonprofit conditions makes this volume an important addition to organizational studies literature. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203068014

Voluntary Organizations and Public Service Delivery Voluntary Organizations and Public Sector Delivery examines how aspects of voluntary sector employment are affected by its engagement with the growing trend to the market-based outsourcing in the delivery of public services within industrialized countries. The volume draws together a team of well-recognized academic contributors from the UK Canada Australia and the United States to explore how the process of outsourcing is impacting the internal and external labor markets of voluntary organizations and the implications for the policy objectives underlying the externalization of the delivery of public services to them. These themes of change in employment are covered in depth in the UK with dedicated chapters exploring workforce patterns and skill needs HR policies and practices recruitment and selection graduate recruitment unionization pay and conditions and psychological contracts in organizations. The book also contains a significant international comparative dimension with individual chapter analysis of employment issues in Australia Canada and the United States as well as an Anglo-German comparison. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415874731

Voluntary Servitude and the Erotics of FriendshipFrom Classical Antiquity to Early Modern France Focusing primarily on three early modern French authors this book explores the erotics and politics of "voluntary servitude" in classical antiquity and the early modern period. These authors-Étienne de La Boétie Michel de Montaigne and Marie de Gournay-pursue related inquiries into voluntary servitude and self-control in marriage friendship pederasty and politics. Marc Schachter shows how Montaigne's intimate textual relationship with La Boétie provides him the opportunity to honor his beloved friend while transforming many of his ideas. Similarly Marie de Gournay's editorial voluntary servitude to Montaigne provides her the occasion to authorize her own practice as a woman author and to engage critically with Montaigne's ideas even as she celebrates her friendship with him. Schachter's analyses are pursued particularly through the lens of Michel Foucualt's concept of governmentality which like voluntary servitude operates on three interrelated scales: self-control control in interpersonal relationships and political control. Schachter argues that thinking about the function of voluntary servitude through the lens of governmentality leads to a more nuanced understanding both of Foucault's late work and of the transformational possibilities offered by friendship and voluntary servitude in early modern France. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274396

Voluntary Societies and Social Policy First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868617

Volunteer Police Choosing to ServeExploring Comparing and Assessing Volunteer Policing in the United States and the United Kingdom Volunteer Police Choosing to Serve provides an in-depth comparison between volunteer policing in the United States and in the United Kingdom and explores the shared past and similar—yet sometimes divergent—evolution of special constables auxiliaries and reserves. It discusses the history of volunteer policing contemporary authority functions and training. The book also examines part-time auxiliary and special constable policing roles around the globe. The text contains original research comparing British and American volunteer police and concludes with a discussion of the future of volunteer policing in the UK and US contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367429591

Volunteer Tourism in the Global SouthGiving Back in Neoliberal Times This work explores the increasingly popular phenomenon of volunteer tourism in the Global South paying particular attention to the governmental rationalities and socio-economic conditions that valorise it as a noble and necessary cultural practice. Combining theoretical research with primary data gathered during volunteering programs in Guatemala and Ghana the author argues that although volunteer tourism may not trigger social change provide meaningful encounters with difference or offer professional expertise as the brochure discourse and the scholarly literature on tourism and hospitality often promises the formula remains a useful strategy for producing the subjects and social relations neoliberalism requires. Vrasti suggests that the value of volunteer tourism should not to be assessed in terms of the goods and services it delivers to the global poor but in terms of how well the practice disseminates entrepreneurial styles of feeling and action. Analysing the key effects of volunteer tourism it is demonstrated that far from being a selfless and history-less rescue act volunteer tourism is in fact a strategy of power that extends economic rationality particularly its emphasis on entrepreneurship and competition to the realm of political subjectivity. Volunteer Tourism in the Global South provides a unique and innovative analysis of the relationship between the political and personal dimensions of volunteer tourism and will be of great interest to scholars and students of international relations cultural geography tourism and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138851405

Volunteer TourismPopular Humanitarianism in Neoliberal Times Crossing disciplinary and chronological boundaries Volunteer Tourism: Popular Humanitarianism in Neoliberal Times is the first full-length treatment of volunteer tourism from a longitudinal ethnographic perspective. Volunteer tourism one of the fastest growing niche tourism markets in the world is a type of tourism in which tourists pay to participate in conservation humanitarian or development oriented projects. Volunteer Tourism is a comprehensive and comparative study of the perspectives of Thai host community members NGO practitioners and international volunteer tourists. The book thus shines an ethnographic lens onto the complexities and contradictions of the volunteer tourism experience in northern Thailand. Drawing on cross-disciplinary perspectives in geography and anthropology as well as development tourism and cultural studies Volunteer Tourism illustrates how a focus on sentimentality in the volunteer tourism encounter obscures the structural inequalities on which the experience is based. Such a focus situates volunteer tourism within the commodification and sentimentalization of development and global justice agendas which hail the new moral consumer and reframe questions of structural inequality as questions of individual morality. As a result albeit inadvertently the practice of volunteer tourism serves the continued expansion of the cultural logics and economic practices of neoliberalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138082526

Volunteer TourismThe lifestyle politics of international development Just a generation ago the notion that holidays should be invested with ethical and political significance would have sounded odd. Today it is part of the lifestyle political landscape. Volunteer tourism is indicative of the growth of lifestyle strategies intended to exhibit care and responsibility towards others less fortunate strategies aligned closely with developing one’s ethical identity and sense of global responsibility. It sits alongside telethons pay-per-click Fair Trade and ethical consumption generally as a way to “make a difference”. Volunteer tourism involves a personal mission to address the political question of development. It draws upon the private virtues of care and responsibility and disavows political narratives beyond this. Critics argue that this leaves the volunteers as unwitting carriers of damaging neoliberal or postcolonial assumptions whilst advocates see it as offering creative and practical ways to build a new ethical politics. By contrast this volume analyses volunteer tourism as indicative of a retreat from public politics into the realm of private experience and as an expression of diminished political and moral agency.  This thought provoking book draws on development political and sociological theory and is essential reading for students researchers and academics interested in the phenomenon of volunteer tourism and the politics of lifestyle that it represents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138080539

Volunteer TourismTheoretical Frameworks and Practical Applications Volunteer Tourism is one of the major growth areas in contemporary tourism where tourists for various reasons seek alternative goodwill experiences and activities. To meet this demand there has been a surge in volunteer programmes offered in range of destinations organized by a variety of charities and tour operators which is predicted to continue to grow in the future. Volunteer Tourism provides an in-depth analysis of the complex issues associated with traditional and contemporary volunteer tourism. Reflecting the growth in this phenomenon this book provides a cohesive collection of chapters written from a range of international expert scholars and researchers. The theoretically rich practically applied and empirically grounded contributions are based on current and diverse research in the area. This groundbreaking volume explores topics which have not been addressed in the literature before such as the impact on host communities introducing new areas and ideas to the field. The diverse range of themes are identified and addressed including volunteer tourism and sustainability to uniquely the examination of volunteer tourism stakeholders – volunteers themselves the host-to-guest exchange and the organizations – and management of volunteers. These themes are examined in a range of international case studies demonstrating the wide range of issues associated with volunteer tourism. This volume is a timely addition offering an innovative approach to the area. Volunteer Tourism will be of interest to both students and researchers interested in tourism leisure and development as well as non-academics practitioners NGOs government officials at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138883567

Volunteerism in Geriatric Settings Volunteerism in Geriatric Settings is an instructional tool for activity directors and others interested in successful volunteer program management. It examines three dimensions of volunteerism: the distinctive dynamics of the volunteer program within the geriatric setting; the behaviors and attitudes managers and volunteers bring to the program; and the responsibility managers have for the nature and scope of programs offered.The innovative programs and approaches that are described in Volunteerism in Geriatric Settings lend themselves to replication. Readers will benefit from the wealth of information on understanding volunteers program management guidance models and activities on program enhancement and recommendations for corrective action.Volunteerism in Geriatric Settings explores the internal arrangements and organizational procedures of typical programs as well as forces and trends that influence volunteers and volunteer programs. The contributors cover: Understanding volunteerism: describes the concept of caring and the motivation that drives the volunteer experience Planning: describes the mechanics of the volunteer program; explores the recruitment training recognition and retention of volunteers Administration: describes those management styles most often observed in geriatric settings and offers strategies for successful management practices Creative Programming: offers innovative programs and activities that can be adopted with relative ease Keys to Success: outlines recommendations for successful managementFor those who desire to begin or enhance programs which use volunteers--activity directors recreation and rehabilitation staff gerontologists college and university instructors geriatric care managers--Volunteerism in Geriatric Settings provides many insights and ideas for volunteer managers at federal local and private levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986855

Volunteerism MarketingNew Vistas for Nonprofit and Public Sector Management Explore the personality traits values and characteristics to look for in volunteers! Volunteerism Marketing: New Vistas for Nonprofit and Public Sector Management is an excellent research tool for volunteer organizers academic researchers and reference librarians in the disciplines of business education administration health care psychology public administration and sociology. This book will give you a better understanding of what kind of people to look for when seeking volunteers in hospitals hospices for organ donation and for public education. Through studies and tests such as the Myers-Briggs Type Indicator this book explores the personality traits and characteristics of volunteers in various fields. In Volunteerism Marketing you will discover the characteristics that separate volunteers from non volunteers and the segmented characteristics of volunteers for differing venues. This information will assist you in attracting training and retaining the right volunteers for your organization. Some of the areas you will explore include: the differences between hospice volunteers and other types of volunteers the unique characteristics of hospital volunteers such as these three social-lifestyle variables: the average number of hours served in a volunteer’s primary organization the number of volunteer organizations in which the volunteer serves and the volunteer’s frequency of attendance at religious services encouraging human organ donation with financial incentives exploring research that examines volunteerism as a part of social marketing utilizing the concept of market exchange to attract non-parents and the community as a whole as volunteers in public educationVolunteerism Marketing: New Vistas for Nonprofit and Public Sector Management is the single most current and comprehensive guide to the subject of volunteerism. This exceptional reference provides you with decisionmaking support in a wide variety of nonprofit settings and gives guidelines for future research. The segmented and descriptive case studies charts and graphs found in this valuable book will assist you in understanding the characteristics of volunteers for differing fields while giving you an edge on recruiting and retaining them! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865256

Volunteers in Sport: International perspectives Volunteers are central to providing opportunities to play sport whether helping to run sports clubs helping in school sport or at sports events. This volume focuses on the volunteers who support clubs. Approximately 150 000 sports clubs in the UK are supported by volunteers in roles such as coaches treasurers membership secretaries and other formal roles as well as a myriad of other volunteers who help on a more informal basis. This structure of clubs run by volunteers is common to other countries; such as Germany Canada Finland and Australia. It is a valuable community resource; not only for the opportunities it provides for sports participation but also the more general contribution to the quality of communities. This club structure has been central to government policy to increase sports participation and has developed from the second half of the 19th century. Yet its maintenance relies on a nucleus of core volunteers in each club who take the major roles. Recruiting new volunteers – especially for these core roles – is always difficult. Despite central government in the UK having a commitment to developing volunteering clubs are having to adjust to new relationships with local government as funding and subsidy of facility use is reduced. Trends in sports participation are away from the traditional team sports and towards more individual participation. Club members may demand an experience benchmarked against private or local government providers; regarding the club as providing a service as much as an organisation they contribute to. The chapters in this book contribute an international perspective to understanding these issues. It will be of great value to community sport leaders and scholars of sport sociology and leisure studies. This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of Sport Policy and Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377905

Vortex Laser Beams This book deals with theoretical bases of the modern optics division concerned with coherent light fields with singularities characterized by phase uncertainty. Singular light fields include laser vortex beams or beams that carry orbital angular momentum. Laser vortex beams that have been introduced in optics in recent years are discussed in detail. Among them of special notice are families of asymmetric laser vortex beams that while being devoid of radial symmetry remain unchanged upon propagation. What makes the laser vortex beams especially interesting is the ability to preserve their structure while propagating in a scattering medium or through a turbulent atmosphere. The orbital angular momentum is an extra degree of freedom of laser vortices because beams with different topological charge can be utilized as independent channels for data transmission in wireless communications. Laser vortex beams are generated from conventional Gaussian beams using liquid crystal light modulators which are now readily available at any optical laboratory. Provide a framework for the comparative analysis of the efficiency of different vortex beams for micromanipulation. Includes detailed illustrations enabling the vortex structure to be easily understood even by non-experts. Presents detailed descriptions of more than a dozen most popular types of vortex laser beams. Explores how optical vortices have been used in many practical applications including conventional and quantum wireless communications micromanipulation optical measurements with super-resolution spiral interferometry microscopy and atom cooling. Presents in a systematic and detailed form many analytical and numerical results for the propagation vortex optical beams (chiefly in the linear propagation regime). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138542112

Voters and Parties in the Spanish Political Space This book deals with the structure of Spanish politics: how citizens and parties locate themselves in political space and how these actors make decisions based on their positions in the various dimensions this space consists of. The authors of this volume address the questions surrounding the dimensions of Spanish politics the effect of the nationalist issue (Catalonia and the Basque Country) in Spanish political competition the reasons for which the Catalans and the Basques appear as more left-wing than the rest of Spain the ways in which Spanish voters make their choices the political issues that are more polarizing in Spain the background behind why the two main parties hold such similar positions on redistribution whether the territorial conflict has an impact on preferences for redistribution and how the immigration issue alters political competition. All of these questions rely on the spatial theory of politics for their analyses. The data used in all the chapters come from a survey that was especially designed with the aim of addressing all these topics that are examined in the book. This is the first exhaustive and rigorous explanation of how Spanish politics work based on the positions that parties and citizens occupy in the political space. This book was published as a special issue of South European Society and Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415870634

Votes Money And The Clinton Impeachment The politics of impeachment have been explained in either partisan or ethical terms. Morris argues that most legislators-and nearly all Democrats-simply voted their constituents' preferences on the Clinton impeachment and conviction. Those who voted against their constituencies did so for a variety of reasons but all expected to be able to raise s Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313883

Votes Party Systems and Democracy in Asia This book looks at the link between voters and political party systems in Asian democracies focusing on India Indonesia Korea and the Philippines. It discusses this link in terms of three distinct elements: the formation of voters preferences the translation of preferences into votes and the translation of votes into seats. The book goes on to discuss how far the general rules of political party systems and their underlying causal mechanisms such as strategic voting are apparent in these Asian democracies. In particular it explores the extent to which electoral rules and social structural variables affect the process of transforming preferences into a political party system within the context of Asian politics.The extensive areas covered by the book overcome the traditional sub-regional division of Asia namely East Southeast and South Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138205796

Votes and More for WomenSuffrage and After in Connecticut This fascinating book demonstrates the diversity of Connecticut’s women’s feminist activities in pre- and post-suffrage eras and refutes the notion that feminist activism died out with the passage of the Nineteenth Amendment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986862

Voting and Migration Patterns in the U.S. In recent years political scientists and journalists have taken a great interest in the question of whether the American electorate is "sorting" into communities based on partisan affiliation. That is there is concern that American communities are becoming increasingly politically homogenous and this is because Americans are considering politics explicitly when determining where to live. Academics have since debated the degree to which this is a real phenomenon and if it is whether it has important normative implications. However little empirical research has examined which factors turned some closely-contested counties into Republican enclaves and others into Democratic strongholds. Examining individual and aggregate data and employing a large number of statistical methods George Hawley explores the increasing political homogenization of small geographic units and explains the causal mechanisms driving this phenomenon as well as its consequences for individual political attitudes and behavior among residents residing in these geographic units. He argues that some partisans are self-selecting into communities of likeminded partisans causing some areas to become overwhelmingly Republican and others to become overwhelmingly Democratic. The book also notes that the migratory patterns of Republicans and Democrats differ in systematic ways for other reasons due to the different demographic and economic characteristics of these partisan groups. At a time when many studies argue that a large percentage of the electorate is self-selecting into communities based on their political preferences this bookshelf essential presents a much needed account on the different migratory patterns of Republicans and Democrats and how these patterns are shaping the geography of American politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138100435

Voting for DemocracyWatershed Elections in Contemporary Anglophone Africa First published in 1999 the essays in this book examine the context and conduct of a series of watershed elections held in Anglophone Africa in the first half of the 1990s. These elections crystallized a wider process of democratization underway in much of sub-Saharan Africa during the last decade in which attempts were made to shift from various forms of authoritarian rule (colonial or racial oligarchies military regimes one-party states or presidential rule) to pluralist parliamentary politics. This volume brings together for the first time studies of these events in countries sharing a comparable legacy of British colonialism an acquaintance with the Westminster constitutional tradition and related experiences of decolonization and democratic struggle. Written from a variety of perspectives by contributors with first-hand knowledge and long experience of research in Africa the papers situate each election in its wider political context examining the political forces at work and the events which gave rise to reform. All indicate that despite Western pressure for reform and the influence of the collapse of the Soviet Bloc in Eastern Europe internal African demands for democracy provided the primary driving force for change. Not all the elections fulfilled the hopes invested in them. In Nigeria they were annulled before all the votes had been counted. In Kenya the disarray of the opposition ensured the return to power of the old order. Even where they produced a successful regime transition the democratic credentials of the new governments were sometimes seriously flawed. Yet for all these limitations these watershed elections signalled important progress for African democracy. They brought a formal end to colonial rule in Namibia and to three centuries of racial discrimination in South Africa. They brought changes of government through the ballot box in Zambia and Malawi among the first instances in Africa of such change being accomplished without the use of force. Above all they provided African electorates with an opportunity to pass judgement on long-serving authoritarian regimes – with unequivocal results: in every case when given the chance to vote Africans voted for democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138370371

Voting For WomenHow The Public Evaluates Women Candidates Women comprise an ever-increasing percentage of the candidate pool for elective office in the United States. Public opinion surveys profess strong support for female candidates yet many of these same candidates still encounter skepticism (at best) or hostility (at worst) from the public. The role of candidate gender in elections is a complex one. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313890

Voting in Old and New Democracies Voting in Old and New Democracies examines voting behavior and its determinants based on 26 surveys from 18 countries on five continents between 1992 and 2008.  It systematically analyzes the impact on voting choice of factors rooted in the currently dominant approaches to the study of electoral behavior but adds to this analysis factors introduced or reintroduced into this field by the Comparative National Elections Project (CNEP)—socio-political values and political communication through media personal discussion and organizational intermediaries.  It demonstrates empirically that these long-neglected factors have significant political impact in many countries that previous studies have overlooked while "economic voting" is insignificant in most elections once long-term partisan attitudes are taken into consideration.  Its examination of electoral turnout finds that the strongest predictor is participation by other family members demonstrating the importance of intermediation. Another chapter surveys cross-national variations in patterns of intermediation and examines the impact of general social processes (such as socioeconomic and technological modernization) country-specific factors and individual-level attitudinal factors as determinants of those patterns. Complementing its cross-national comparative analysis is a detailed longitudinal case study of one country over 25 years. Finally it examines the extent of support for democracy as well as significant cross-national differences in how democracy is understood by citizens. Written in a clear and accessible style Voting in Old and New Democracies significantly advances our understanding of citizen attitudes and behavior in election settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138913325

Voting Rights in the Age of Globalization This book discusses how the extension of voting rights beyond citizenship (i.e. to non-national immigrants) and residence (i.e. to expatriates) can be interpreted in the light of democratization processes in both Western countries and in developing regions. It does so by inserting the globalization-specific extension of voting rights to immigrants and expatriates within the long-term series of historical waves of democratization. Does the current extension enhance democracy by granting de facto disenfranchised immigrants and emigrants political rights or does it jeopardize the very functioning of democracy by undermining its legitimacy through the removal of territorial and national boundaries? The book offers a preliminary synthesis in a broad comparative perspective covering both alien and external voting rights in Europe Sub-Saharan Africa and Latin America. It shows that reforms toward more expansive electorates vary considerably and that their effects on the inclusion of migrants largely depend on the specific regulations and the socio-political context in which they operate. The book was originally published as a special issue of Democratization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138392137

Vowel/Glide Alternation in a Theory of Constraint Interaction First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138997417

Voyage Charters Widely regarded as the leading authority on voyage charters this book is the most comprehensive and intellectually-rigorous analysis of the area is regularly cited in court and by arbitrators and is the go-to guide for drafting and disputing charterparty contracts. Voyage Charters provides the reader with a clause-by-clause analysis of the two major charterparty forms: the Gencon standard charterparty contract and the Asbatankvoy form. It also delivers thorough treatment of COGSA and the Hague and Hague-Visby Rules a comparative analysis of English and United States law and a detailed section on arbitration awards. Key features of the fourth edition: The only textbook to deal specifically with this key area of maritime law Written by an impressive team of highly-regarded maritime authorities from both sides of the Atlantic Contains a wealth of updated English and American case law and arbitrations as well as addressing broader issues such as Rome II Regulation Convention regarding the conflict of laws Practical user-friendly guide which is accessible not only to lawyers but also shipping professionals A new detailed United States law section on COGSA This book is an indispensable practical guide for both contentious and non-contentious shipping law practitioners and postgraduate students studying this area of law. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780415833608

Voyage into LanguageSpace and the Linguistic Encounter 1500–1800 In this new study author David Paxman demonstrates that ordinary spatial concepts together with the changing sense of the earth's space brought about by exploration navigation and mapping exerted a strong influence on linguistic thought. Paxman illuminates how our thinking about language as a whole as well as our exploration of languages developed in ways parallel to our thinking about and exploration of the space we live in our planet. To the factors to which scholars have generally attributed language thought in the early modern period-the refinement of tools in phonetics grammar and linguistic history and the increasing exposure to diverse languages as the world was explored and colonized-Paxman here adds another: spatial exploration and the novel application of spatial concepts. He suggests that language was an unfamiliar space that Europe entered and navigated facing challenges similar to those posed by terrestrial navigation. He argues that spatial experience influenced linguistic thought in two ways. First ordinary spatial experience-terrain and boundaries near and far journeys and paths etc.-provided conceptual structures often novel or inventive that guided those who investigated the properties of language. Second expanding horizons the sense of terrestrial space and recognition of the difficulties of representing and navigating a spherical earth contributed directly to language thought by offering conceptual structures applicable to this different and equally challenging domain. While Voyage into Language does contribute to the history of linguistics more broadly it is a treatment of intellectual and cultural history and an application of cognitive science to language study of the past. As such it holds appeal for historians and literary scholars as well as linguists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234472

Voyage to Guinea Brazil and the West Indies in HMS Swallow and Weymouth First published in 1735 this account focuses on the customs food languages and religions of the peoples in the islands and settlements visited. It also has remarks on the gold ivory and slave trades. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760805

VR Developer Gems This book takes the practicality of other "Gems" series such as "Graphics Gems" and "Game Programming Gems" and provide a quick reference for novice and expert programmers alike to swiftly track down a solution to a task needed for their VR project. Reading the book from cover to cover is not the expected use case but being familiar with the territory from the Introduction and then jumping to the needed explanations is how the book will mostly be used. Each chapter (other than Introduction) will contain between 5 to 10 "tips" each of which is a self-contained explanation with implementation detail generally demonstrated as pseudo code or in cases where it makes sense actual code. Key Features Sections written by veteran virtual reality researchers and developers Usable code snipits that readers can put to immediate use in their own projects. Tips of value both to readers entering the field as well as those looking for solutions that expand their repertoire. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138030121

V-Ray My WayA Practical Designer's Guide to Creating Realistic Imagery Using V-Ray & 3ds Max V-Ray My Way: A Practical Designers Guide to Creating Realistic Imagery Using V-Ray & 3ds Max is a practical hands-on guide to creating some of the most stunning computer-generated images possible. It caters to the design masses; architects engineers interior designers industrial designers photographers and enthusiasts will find this book essential in their quest to express themselves through visual communication. V-Ray My Way is an accumulation of 13 years of experimental experience and will have you creating content within minutes help grow your company help develop your portfolio and help you make that career leap. Additional resources and exercises are available at the book’s companion website http://routledgetextbooks.com/textbooks/_author/wylde-9780415709637/ . Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415709637

Vrbes ExtinctaeArchaeologies of Abandoned Classical Towns Core tourist sites for the classical world are the ruins of those many and scattered examples of 'lost' and abandoned towns - from Pompeii to Timgad to Ephesus and Petra. Usually studied for their peaks and growth rarely are their ends explored in detail to consider the processes of loss and also to trace their 'afterlives' when they were often robbed for materials even if still hosting remnant populations.This volume breaks new ground by examining the phenomenon of urban loss and abandonment from Roman to medieval times across the former Roman Empire. Through a series of case studies two main aspects are examined: firstly the sequences and chronologies of loss of sites roles structures people identity; and secondly the methodologies of study of these sites - from early discoveries and exploitation of such sites to current archaeological and scientific approaches (notably excavation urban survey georadar and geophysics) to studying these crucial centres and their fates. How can we determine the causes of urban failure - whether economic military environmental political or even religious? How drawn out was the process of urban decay and abandonment? What were the natures of the afterlives of these sites which archaeology is beginning to trace? How far does scrutiny of these 'extinct' sites help in discussion of archaeological trajectories of sites that persisted? The fourteen core chapters in this collection consider specific examples and case studies of such 'lost' classical cities from across the many Roman provinces in order to address these questions. Bringing together an array of archaeological and historical voices to share views on and findings from excavations and surveys of 'failed' towns this volume offers much to scholars of Roman late antique and early medieval and medieval archaeology and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888053

Vsevolod Meyerhold Vsevolod Meyerhold considers the life and work of the extraordinary twentieth-century director and theatre-maker. This compact well-illustrated volume includes: a biographical introduction to Meyerhold’s life a clear explanation of his theoretical writings an analysis of his masterpiece production Revisor or The Government Inspector a comprehensive and usable description of the ‘biomechanical’ exercises he developed for training the actor. As a first step towards critical understanding and as an initial exploration before going on to further primary research  Routledge Performance Practitioners offer unbeatable value for today's student. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815378334

VSM - Current StateVSM - Current State Enna’s Value Stream Mapping Quick Guide covers the basics of VSM Iconography with in-depth yet easy to understand definitions of the symbols used in creating a Value Stream Map. Along with these explanations comes a step-by-step workflow for creating a useful Current State Value Stream Map. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781926537740

VSM Data Boxes (Spanish) NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138078932

VSM Facilitator Guide (Spanish) If you are new to the topic of Value Chain Mapping (VSM) you will learn in this text exactly how to guide participants from start to finish using proven methods created by experienced professionals who specialize in Lean implementation. Si es nuevo en el tema del Mapeo de la Cadena de Valor (VSM) aprenderá en este texto exactamente cómo guiar a los participantes de principio a fin utilizando métodos probados creados por profesionales experimentados que se especializan en la implementación Lean. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363638

VSM Forms All 5 (Spanish) NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138078970

VSM Histogram Analysis (Spanish) NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138078994

VSM Kaizen Bursts (Spanish) NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079007

VSM Office Form Solution Pack - All 5 This package consists of five pads one pad of each form. It is provided at a value price to encourage continuous Value Stream Mapping Workshops by helping to ensure the highest success rate possible for your VSM initiative. All the forms included are part of of our Value Stream Mapping Office Workflow Training Package. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079397

VSM Office Histogram Analysis Sheet The Histogram form is used to consider demand cycles when designing value streams. Using this form ensures the consideration of demand profiles for office workflow. A pad consists of 25 – 11×14 forms with cardboard backing. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079403

VSM Office Pareto Analysis Form The Pareto form (P/Q Analysis) considers volume and quantity in the analysis of your value streams. By using this form your team focuses on the highest volume information products when designing their value streams. A pad consists of 25 – 11×14 forms with cardboard backing. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079410

VSM Office Product Family Matrix This form is central to Value Stream Mapping’s analytical approach; it is used to help the workshop team analyze workflow into workflow families based on similar processes. A pad consists of 25 – 11×14 forms with cardboard backing. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079427

VSM Office Workflow Refill Pack This package consists of six pads; one pad of each form including Data Boxes and Kaizen Bursts as well as Workshop Feedback Forms plus eight participant workbooks. It is provided at a value price to encourage continuous Value Stream Mapping Office Workshops by helping to ensure the highest success rate for you and your company. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079700

VSM Office Workflow: Facilitator Guide The Value Stream Mapping Facilitator Guide provides the structure needed to help guide the Facilitator through the VSM Office process. It is designed to let you communicate and lead the process of developing your Current and Future State Maps. This allows you to perform your workshops with confidence and lead change internally. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780978097004

VSM Office Workflow: Participant WorkbookParticipant Workbook The VSM Office Participant Workbook is designed to be used during the Value Stream Mapping Office Workshop. This workbook systematically follows the trainer through the presentation and workshop. The workbook should be personalized and retained by each participant for continued reference after the training is finished. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138069558

VSM Office Workflow: Training PackageTraining Package Value Stream Mapping for the Office is used for the documentation and analysis of the flow of materials and information through the office or administrative department. The VSM Office Training Package is the most effective and powerful way to first understand and document then improve your office. This comprehensive training package is action oriented to ensure successful learning and facilitate the communication of Value Stream Mapping Principles tailored to your office. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780978097073

VSM Participant Workbook (Spanish) Un libro de trabajo sobre VSM (español). A workbook on VSM (Spanish). Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138069602

VSM Product Family Matrix (Spanish) NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079014

VSM Quick Study Guide - Future State Enna’s Value Stream Mapping Quick Guide covers the basics of VSM Iconography along with in-depth yet easy to understand definitions of the symbols used in creating a Value Stream Map. Along with these explanations comes a step-by-step workflow for creating a useful Future State Value Stream Map. Along with definitions of each step and instructions for calculating the necessary values when you flip the quick guide over you will be presented with a clear visual outline for creating your own Future State Map. Quickly reference the numbers from one side to the other to both see and understand how each part of the Value Stream Map is created.   Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781926537757

VSM Refill Pack The VSM Refill Pack is designed to replenish your Value Stream Mapping Solution Package in preparation for subsequent training sessions. It is provided at a value price to encourage continuous value stream mapping workshops to ensure the highest success rate for you and your company. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079670

VSM Spanish Poster NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363614

VSM Spanish Refill Pack NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079663

VSM Training Package (Spanish) Value Stream Mapping is used for the documentation and analysis of the flow of materials and information which bring a product or service to market. Covering the foundational elements and outlining how to properly Value Stream Map the VSM Training Package is the most effective and powerful way to first understand and document then improve your workplace. This comprehensive training package is action oriented to ensure successful learning and facilitate the communication of Value Stream Mapping Principles. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363621

VSM: Data BoxesData Boxes Data Boxes are used as the basis for all collection of data in Value Stream Mapping. Data Boxes standardize information gathering and keep the user focused on accurate collection. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079380

VSM: Form Solution Pack - All 5Form Solution Pack - All 5 This package consists of 5 pads one pad of each form. It is provided at a value price to encourage using them to ensure the highest success rate possible for your Value Stream Mapping initiative. All the forms included are part of of our Value Stream Mapping Training Package. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079335

VSM: Histogram Analysis SheetHistogram Analysis Sheet The Histogram form is used to consider demand cycles when designing value streams. Using this form ensures the consideration of demand profiles for products. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079342

VSM: Pareto Analysis Form (Spanish)Pareto Analysis Form (Spanish) NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079021

VSM: Pareto Analysis FormPareto Analysis Form The Pareto form considers volume and quantity P/Q Analysis in the analysis of your value streams. By using this form your team focuses on the highest volume products when designing their value streams. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079359

VSM: Participant WorkbookParticipant Workbook The VSM Participant Workbook should be used during the Value Stream Mapping Workshop. This workbook allows the participant to systematically follow the facilitator through the presentation and workshop. The workbook should be personalized and retained for continued reference long after the VSM training is finished. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138069565

VSM: Product Family MatrixProduct Family Matrix Enna’s Value Stream Mapping Forms are designed for practicality. A pad consists of 25 – 11×14 forms with cardboard backing. They also are geared towards three purposes: involvement documentation and presentation. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079373

VSM: Training PackageTraining Package ofValue Stream Mapping is used for the documentation and analysis of the flow of materials and information which bring a product or service to market. Covering the foundational elements and outlining how to properly Value Stream Map the VSM Training Package is the most effective and powerful way to first understand and document then improve your workplace. This comprehensive training package is action oriented to ensure successful learning and facilitate the communication of Value Stream Mapping Principles. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780978097080

Vue 7From the Ground Up: The Official Guide Create lush terrains and atmospheres in Vue and enhance your knowledge of all the features in this software such as lighting cameras and Python scripting. Ami and Vladimir Chopine from GeekAtPlay.com guide you through 17 stand-alone tutorials each with a different focus on the key components of Vue. The companion website includes brand new video tutorials from Geekatplay as well as materials atmosphere settings image maps models project files and completed images and animations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138456259

Vulnerabilities Care and Family Law While in the past family life was characterised as a "haven from the harsh realities of life" it is now recognised as a site of vulnerabilities and a place where care work can go unacknowledged and be a source of social and economic hardship. This book addresses the strong relationships that exist between vulnerability and care and dependency in particular contexts where family law and social policy have a contribution to make. A fundamental premise of this collection is that vulnerability needs to be analysed in a way that gets at the heart of the differential power relationships that exist in society particularly in respect of access to family justice including effective social policy and law targeted at the specific needs of families in mutually dependent caring relationships. It is therefore crucial to critically examine the various approaches taken by policy makers and law reformers in order to understand the range of ways that some families and some family members may be rendered more vulnerable than others. The first book of its kind to provide an intersectional approach to this subject Vulnerabilities Care and Family Law will be of interest to students and practitioners of social policy and family law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138924697

Vulnerability Autonomy and Applied Ethics Vulnerability is an important concern of moral philosophy political philosophy and many discussions in applied ethics. Yet the concept itself—what it is and why it is morally salient—is under-theorized. Vulnerability Autonomy and Applied Ethics brings together theorists working on conceptualizing vulnerability as an action-guiding principle in these discussions as well as bioethicists medical ethicists and public policy theorists working on instances of vulnerability in specific contexts. This volume offers new and innovative work by Joel Anderson Carla Bagnoli Samia Hurst Catriona Mackenzie and Christine Straehle who together provide a discussion of the concept of vulnerability from the perspective of individual autonomy. The exchanges among authors will help show the heuristic value of vulnerability that is being developed in the context of liberal political theory and moral philosophy. The book also illustrates how applying the concept of vulnerability to some of the most pressing moral questions in applied ethics can assist us in making moral judgments. This highly innovative and interdisciplinary approach will help those grappling with questions of vulnerability in medical ethics—both theorists and practitioners—by providing principles along which to decide hard cases. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875756

Vulnerability and Marginality in Human Services Vulnerability has traditionally been conceived as a dichotomised status where an individual by reason of a personal characteristic is classified as vulnerable or not. However vulnerability is not static and most if not all people are vulnerable at some time in their lives. Similarly marginality is a social construct linked to power and control. Marginalised populations are relegated to the perimeters of power by legal and political structures and limited access to resources. Neither are fixed or essential categories.This book draws on international research and scholarship related to these constructs exploring vulnerability and marginality as they intersect with power and privilege. This exploration is undertaken through the lenses of intimacy and sexuality to consider vulnerability and marginality in the most personal of ways. This includes examining these concepts in relation to a range of professions including social work psychology nursing and allied health. A strong emphasis on the fluidity and complexity of vulnerability and marginality across cultures and at different times makes this a unique contribution to scholarship in this field.This is essential reading for students and researchers involved with social work social policy sociology and gender and sexuality studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595067

Vulnerability and Security in Human Rights Literature and Visual Culture This book responds to the failures of human rights—the way its institutions and norms reproduce geopolitical imbalances and social exclusions—through an analysis of how literary and visual culture can make visible human rights claims that are foreclosed in official discourses. Moore draws on theories of vulnerability precarity and dispossession to argue for the necessity of recognizing the embodied and material contexts of human rights subjects. At the same time she demonstrates how these theories run the risk of reproducing the structural imbalances that lie at the core of critiques of human rights. Pairing conventional human rights genres—legal instruments human rights reports reportage and humanitarian campaigns—with literary and visual culture Moore develops a transnational feminist reading praxis of five sites of rights and their violation over the past fifty years: UN human rights instruments and child soldiers in Nigerian literature; human rights reporting and novels that address state-sponsored ethnocide in Zimbabwe; the international humanitarian campaigns and disaster capitalism in fiction of Bhopal India; the work of Médecins Sans Frontières in the Sahel Afghanistan Democratic Republic of Congo and Burma as represented in various media campaigns and in photo/graphic narratives; and finally the human rights campaigns fiction and film that have brought Indonesia’s history of anti-leftist violence into contemporary public debate.These case studies underscore how human rights norms are always subject to conditions of imaginative representation and how literature and visual culture participate in that cultural imaginary. Expanding feminist theories of embodied and imposed vulnerability Moore demonstrates the importance of situating human rights violations not only in the context of neo-liberal development policies but also in relation to the growth of security networks that serve the nation-state often at the expense of th Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872748

Vulnerability and the Legal Organization of Work This book uses the concepts of vulnerability and resilience to analyze the situation of individuals and institutions in the context of the employment relationship. It is based on the premise that both employer and employee are vulnerable to various social economic and political forces although differently so. It demonstrates how in responding to those complementary institutional relationships of employer and employee the state unequally and inequitably favors employers over employees. Several chapters included in this collection also consider how the state shapes creates and maintains through law the social identities of employer and employee and how that legal regime operates as the allocation of power and privilege. This unique and fundamental role of the state in defining the employment relationship profoundly affects the respective abilities and degree of resiliency of actual employers and employees. Other chapters explore how attention to the respective vulnerability and resilience of those who do and those who direct work in assessing the employment relationship can raise fundamental questions of social justice and suggest new avenues for critical engagement with labor and employment law. Collectively these pieces articulate a framework for imaging what would constitute an appropriately "Responsive State" in the employment context and how those interested in social justice might begin to use the concepts of vulnerability and resilience in their arguments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138698826

Vulnerability in Police CustodyPolice decision-making and the appropriate adult safeguard This book provides a nuanced and timely contribution to the question of vulnerability in police custody. It addresses the implementation of the appropriate adult safeguard in respect of adult suspects and explores police decision-making in this context. Drawing on empirical research carried out in England the work takes a socio-legal approach to examine how and why police custody officers implement or not the appropriate adult safeguard. The book’s core arguments are addressed within three parts. Part I examines how vulnerability is constructed philosophically and practically firstly within the broader literature thereafter at common law and in statute and finally by police custody officers. Part 2 discusses how vulnerability is identified and how decisions are made in response to vulnerability. Part 3 critically assesses the theoretical understandings of police decision-making and criminal justice. Here it is argued that current theories on police decision-making hold explanatory power yet have significant shortcomings in relation to vulnerability and the appropriate adult safeguard. The book thus presents new theoretical insights and on the basis of these insights asserts that the current regime of regulation must be reconsidered while police compliance may only be ensured if vulnerability is radically reconceptualised. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662424

Vulnerability Management Vulnerability management (VM) has been around for millennia. Cities tribes nations and corporations have all employed its principles. The operational and engineering successes of any organization depend on the ability to identify and remediate a vulnerability that a would-be attacker might seek to exploit. What were once small communities became castles. Cities had fortifications and advanced warning systems. All such measures were the result of a group recognizing their vulnerabilities and addressing them in different ways. Today we identify vulnerabilities in our software systems infrastructure and enterprise strategies. Those vulnerabilities are addressed through various and often creative means. Vulnerability Management demonstrates a proactive approach to the discipline. Illustrated with examples drawn from Park Foreman’s more than three decades of multinational experience the book demonstrates how much easier it is to manage potential weaknesses than to clean up after a violation. Covering the diverse realms that CISOs need to know and the specifics applicable to singular areas of departmental responsibility he provides both the strategic vision and action steps needed to prevent the exploitation of IT security gaps especially those that are inherent in a larger organization. Completely updated the second edition provides a fundamental understanding of technology risks—including a new chapter on cloud vulnerabilities and risk management—from an interloper’s perspective. This book is a guide for security practitioners security or network engineers security officers and CIOs seeking understanding of VM and its role in the organization. To serve various audiences it covers significant areas of VM. Chapters on technology provide executives with a high-level perspective of what is involved. Other chapters on process and strategy although serving the executive well provide engineers and security managers with perspective on the role of VM technology and processes in the success of the enterprise. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367235147

Vulnerability to DepressionFrom Cognitive Neuroscience to Prevention and Treatment Providing a cutting-edge examination of the mechanisms underlying depression this volume integrates important areas of research that have largely remained separate. The authors explore both the cognitive and neurological processes that make some people more vulnerable than others to developing depression and experiencing recurrent episodes. They also probe how these processes interact—how negative life experiences maladaptive belief systems and patterns of thinking may actually affect neural circuitry and vice versa. Explaining sophisticated theory and research in an accessible style the book highlights the implications for improving clinical practices and patient outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781609182557

Vulnerability to PsychosisA Psychoanalytic Study of the Nature and Therapy of the Psychotic State This book postulates that the trigger of the psychotic condition is located in the basic processes which structure the first emotional relations. It presents some of the reasons why patients succumb to the attraction of a course doomed to result in the permanent derangement of their minds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329600

Vulnerability to PsychosisFrom Neurosciences to Psychopathology Early clinical intervention in psychosis is now a major objective of mental health services and the development of specialist intervention services has greatly facilitated research on the early phases of this disorder. In this book contributors provide a review of the neurobiological research in people at high risk of psychosis focusing on the transition from being at a high risk state to their first episode. Contributors consider unaffected family members and twin studies as well as the individual’s data before and after the onset of the illness. The environmental factors that contribute to a psychotic episode are also examined. Vulnerability to Psychosis presents neurobiological findings in the context of what is now known about the psychopathology and cognitive impairments that are evident in people at high risk of psychosis. It will be essential reading for clinicians working with this client group and will interest academics looking for state of the art information in this field. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848720879

VulnerabilityChallenging Bioethics Alongside globalization the sense of vulnerability among people and populations has increased. We feel vulnerable to disease as new infections spread rapidly across the globe while disasters and climate change make health increasingly precarious. Moreover clinical trials of new drugs often exploit vulnerable populations in developing countries that otherwise have no access to healthcare and new genetic technologies make people with disabilities vulnerable to discrimination. Therefore the concept of ‘vulnerability’ has contributed new ideas to the debates about the ethical dimensions of medicine and healthcare. This book explains and elaborates the new concept of vulnerability in today’s bioethics. Firstly Henk ten Have argues that vulnerability cannot be fully understood within the framework of individual autonomy that dominates mainstream bioethics today: it is often not the individual person who is vulnerable rather that his or her vulnerability is created through the social and economic conditions in which he or she lives. Contending that the language of vulnerability offers perspectives beyond the traditional autonomy model this book offers a new approach which will enable bioethics to evolve into a global enterprise. This groundbreaking book critically analyses the concept of vulnerability as a global phenomenon. It will appeal to scholars and students of ethics bioethics globalization healthcare medical science medical research culture law and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138652675

VulnerabilityReflections on a New Ethical Foundation for Law and Politics Martha Albertson Fineman’s earlier work developed a theory of inevitable and derivative dependencies as a way of problematizing the core assumptions underlying the ’autonomous’ subject of liberal law and politics in the context of US equality discourse. Her ’vulnerability thesis’ represents the evolution of that earlier work and situates human vulnerability as a critical heuristic for exploring alternative legal and political foundations. This book draws together major British and American scholars who present different perspectives on the concept of vulnerability and Fineman's ’vulnerability thesis’. The contributors include scholars who have thought about vulnerability in different ways and contexts prior to encountering Fineman’s work as well as those for whom Fineman’s work provided an introduction to thinking through a vulnerability lens. This collection demonstrates the broad and intellectually exciting potential of vulnerability as a theoretical foundation for legal and political engagements with a range of urgent contemporary challenges. Exploring ways in which vulnerability might provide a new ethical foundation for law and politics the book will be of interest to the general reader as well as academics and students in fields such as jurisprudence philosophy legal theory political theory feminist theory and ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472421630

Vulnerable BodiesGender the UN and the Global Refugee Crisis Examining the response of the United Nations to forced displacement in three cases this insightful work lays bare the breach between advances in global policy on gender equality and humanitarianism and the implementation of these policies. In this book Erin Baines uses the examples of Bosnia Rwanda and Guatemala to explore the interplay between the global the national and the local level. By providing critical empirical data feminist propositions can be tested against experience. Vulnerable Bodies will form an excellent resource for courses in international relations gender studies development studies comparative politics and for UN policymakers and government practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258761

Vulnerable Consumers and the LawConsumer Protection and Access to Justice This book charts the difficulties encountered by vulnerable consumers in their access to justice through the contributions of prominent authors (academic practitioners and consultants) in the field of consumer law and access to justice. It demonstrates that despite the development of ADR access to justice is still severely lacking for the vulnerable consumer. The book highlights that a broad understanding of access to justice which encompasses good regulation and its public enforcement is an essential ingredient alongside access to the mechanisms of traditional private justice (courts and ADR) to protect the vulnerable consumer. Indeed many of the difficulties are linked to normative obstacles and lack of access to justice is primarily a vulnerability in itself that can exacerbate existing ones. In addition because it may contribute to ‘pushing’ already vulnerable consumers into social exclusion it is not simply about economic justice but also about social justice. The book shows that lack of access to justice is not irreversible nor is it necessarily linked to consumer apathy. New technologies could provide solutions. The book concludes with a plea for developing ‘inclusive’ justice systems with more emphasis on public enforcement alongside effective courts systems to offer the vulnerable with adequate means to defend themselves. This book will be suitable for both students and practitioners and all those with an interest in the justice system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367204686

Vulnerable Daughters in IndiaCulture Development and Changing Contexts In India girls are aborted on a massive scale merely because they are girls. Underlying this widespread problem is the puzzling fact that daughters have become vulnerable in a time of general improvement of welfare female status and deep economic and social changes. The findings centre on a contradiction between the continued importance of the cultural factors which for so long have established that a son is necessary and socio-economic changes that are challenging the importance of these very same factors. This contradiction entails an uncertainty over sons fulfilling expectations which has rather than tilt the balance in favour of daughters instead increased the relative importance of sons and intensified negative consequences for daughters. The original findings are based on set theoretic systematic comparisons of eight villages in Himachal Pradesh that facilitate a reconceptualization and an alternative analysis that takes contextual differences into account. It builds on extensive fieldwork and collection of both qualitative and quantitative data. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138664968

Vulnerable People Vulnerable StatesRedefining the Development Challenge Over five decades of economic and technical assistance to the countries of Africa and the Middle East have failed to improve the life prospects for over 1.4 billion people who remain vulnerable. Billions of dollars have been spent on such assistance and yet little progress has been made. Persistent hunger and hopelessness threaten more than individuals and families. These conditions foster political alienation that can easily metastasize into hostility and aggression. Recent uprisings in the Middle East are emblematic of this problem. Vulnerable people give rise to vulnerable states. This book challenges the dominant catechism of development assistance by arguing that the focus on economic growth (and fighting poverty) has failed to bring about the promised "convergence." Poor people and poor countries have clearly not closed the gap on the rich industrialized world. Pursuing convergence has been a failure. Here we argue that development assistance must be reconstituted to focus on creating economic coherence. People are vulnerable because the economies in which they are embedded do not cohere. The absence of economic coherence means that economic processes do not work as they must if individual initiative is to result in improved livelihoods. Weak and vulnerable states must be strengthened so that they can become partners in the process of creating economic coherence. When economies do not cohere countries become breeding grounds for localized civil conflicts that often spill across national borders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415534543

Vulnerable South AsiaPrecarities Resistance and Care Communities This innovatively organized volume brings together reflections on crisis and community in South Asia by some of the most important authors and scholars writing about the Indian subcontinent today. The various pieces including the foreword the poetic interludes the nine different essays on a range of topics as well as the afterword all seek to understand the precarious state of our planet and its population and the ways to resist – through both writing and teaching – the forces that render us vulnerable; to create "care communities" in which we look out for and after each other on egalitarian rather than authoritarian terms. Turning to literary and cultural criticism in precarious times reveals the immense value of the humanities including volumes such as this one. This collection is a significant intervention in the on-going global conversation on precarity vulnerability and suffering not only because these issues have preoccupied the human race through the ages but also because our present moment – the now – is characterized by pervasive hazard that writers readers teachers and humanists must call out talk and write about and thus resist. The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of the journal South Asian Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367506667

Vulnerable WorkersHealth Safety and Well-being The leading academic authorities contributing to this book have been involved in major studies carried out for international organisations individual governments and national trades' union organisations; in Vulnerable Workers they consider the growth of job insecurity the prevalence of flexible or temporary work and the emergence of precarious forms of self-employment. They look at the new market economies of post-communist Eastern Europe and China where economic development may occur at the expense of workers' lives and health; 'misclassification' by employers of workers as 'contractors' denying them access to rights; and the plight of migrant transient and 'invisible' workers. The impact of supply chain business strategies on the most vulnerable workers; and on the complex relationships between levels of job security and the presence of different kinds of risks are similarly assessed. The contributors also propose responses to the challenges they highlight. The role of employee representatives is examined together with the potential to enhance worker capability through organisational change. New legislative approaches and changes to traditional compensation and social security systems are considered. Academics and researchers policy makers regulators trades unionists and occupational health professionals - and wise employers - will all find a use for this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261341

VulturesTheir Evolution Ecology and Conservation This book reexamines current knowledge on the evolution ecology and conservation biology of both New World vultures (Cathartidae) and Old World vultures (Accipitridae) and seeks answers to past and present regional extinctions colorizations and conservation questions. Extinct species of both families are examined as is the disputed evidence for familial similarities and differences currently under review by geneticists and ornithologists. Conservation questions concern the extent to which recent land cover change (deforestation urbanization and desertification) wildlife depletions and pollution have affected scavenging vultures. Such changes are examined as both positive and negative for vultures—a growing body of literature hints at the positive impacts of urban waste more open forests forest fires landscape cultivation road kills and shore development especially with increased attention to bird adaptation and "new" theories of adaptive management in conservation. These are contrasted with the conservation of other raptors and scavengers. Within new trends in conservation with emphases on animal/human shared co-evolution in intensely habituated spaces vulture conservation requires important new perspectives that contrast with the needs of other species conservation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367738105

Vulval Dermatologic DiagnosisDiagnosis by Clinical Presenting Sign Rather than categorizing vulvar disorders by standard classifications such as neoplastic inflammatory or infective this book describes the disorders by key presenting symptoms—such as erythema bullae plaques cysts or ulcers. This approach allows clinicians to quickly formulate a correct diagnosis. Vulval Dermatologic Diagnosis: Diagnosis by Clinical Presenting Sign combines clinical images with short concise descriptions to facilitate the timely and correct identification of various vulvar disorders. The book includes hundreds of color clinical photographs for ease of diagnosis. For many disorders a clinical description etiology epidemiology diagnosis differential diagnosis and treatment are also included. Written by leaders in the field with extensive clinical expertise in the area these distinguished physicians and scientists consolidate decades of experience into one single volume. This book is a valuable and useful resource for dermatologists gynecologists family physicians and medical students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482226416

Vulvovaginal Infections Vulvovaginal Infections presents new knowledge to help clinicians accurately diagnose and treat their patients and highlights for researchers remaining unsolved problems and the most promising areas for continued investigation. Clinical gynecologists will find practical advice and extensive insight into solving real-life clinical scenarios. The book opens by presenting information on the microbiology of the vagina and vaginal immunology. It then discusses the diagnosis of vulvovaginal disease including physical examination screening processes and laboratory testing. Diagnosis is followed by covering various vulvovaginal infections including bacterial vaginosis Candida vulvovaginitis Trichomonas vaginalis vaginitis genital herpes human papillomavirus genital infections allergic vulvovaginitis menopausal vulvovaginitis cytolytic vaginosis aerobic vaginitis and more. For each of these conditions the book presents information on its background microbiology immunology prevention diagnosis and treatment. Therapy details are provided with an emphasis on nuances that can be applied to women who fail to respond to medication prescribed or who respond and then become symptomatic once treatment has ended. This new edition discusses major advances in the characterization of endogenous microbiota that populate the genital tract in women of all ages. It also provides a more sophisticated appreciation of immune mechanisms found in the healthy female genital tract and alterations that increase both susceptibility and consequences of various infectious and noninfectious disorders. A major impetus for writing this new edition is to help the busy clinician resident or fellow by explaining advances in individual disorders in a manner that is relevant to their practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482257526

Vygotsky and MarxToward a Marxist Psychology This important book fills two interrelated gaps in the field of psychology first by developing a Marxist orientation to psychology and second by explaining how psychological pioneer Lev Vygotsky contributed greatly to this trend. Through outlining core principles in Marxist psychology the book offers a framework for continuing Vygotsky’s Marxist legacy in new areas of the field. This book first documents the neglect in Vygotskyian studies of his deep use of Marxist concepts and then subsequent chapters overcome this neglect. They explain the use of many Marxist concepts in his theoretical and methodological writings demonstrating how Vygotsky utilized specific Marxist meanings in his work on consciousness signs development imagination creativity secondary language acquisition and unit of analysis. Chapters also address how Vygotsky dealt with incompatible theories and methodologies illustrating how Marxist and Vygotskyian psychology can grow from anti-Marxist anti-Vygotskyian approaches to psychology such as psychoanalysis.This book marks an original contribution to the field of psychology offering a new understanding of both Vygotsky’s work and cultural and Marxist psychology. Furthermore it expands the field of Marxism to include psychology. It will be of interest to all students and researchers of cultural educational and developmental psychology as well as the history of psychology. It will also appeal to social theorists and Marxist scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138244818

Vygotsky and Pedagogy The Routledge Classic Edition of Daniels’ influential 2001 text Vygotsky and Pedagogy explores the growing interest in Vygotsky and the pedagogic implications of the body of work that is developing under the influence of his theories. With a new preface from Harry Daniels this book explores the growing interest in Vygotsky and the pedagogic implications of the body of work that is developing under the influence of his theories. It provides an overview of the ways in which the original writing has been extended and identifies areas for future development. The author considers how these developments are creating new and important possibilities for the practices of teaching and learning in school and beyond and illustrates how Vygotskian theory can be applied in the classroom. The book is intended for students and academics in education and the social sciences and will be of interest to all those who wish to develop an analysis of pedagogic practice within and beyond the field of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138670556

Vygotsky and Sociology Building on earlier publications by Harry Daniels Vygotsky and Sociology provides readers with an overview of the implications for research of the theoretical work which acknowledges a debt to the writings of L.S. Vygotsky and sociologists whose work echoes his sociogenetic commitments particularly Basil Bernstein. It provides a variety of views on the ways in which these two conceptually linked bodies of work can be brought together in theoretical frameworks which give new possibilities for empirical work. This book has two aims. First to expand and enrich the Vygotskian theoretical framework; second to illustrate the utility of such enhanced sociological imaginations and how they may be of value in researching learning in institutions and classrooms. It includes contributions from long-established writers in education psychology and sociology as well as relatively recent contributors to the theoretical debates and the body of research to which it has given rise presenting their own arguments and justifications for forging links between particular theoretical traditions and in some cases applying new insights to obdurate empirical questions. Chapters include: Curriculum and pedagogy in the sociology of education; some lessons from comparing Durkheim and Vygotsky Dialectics politics and contemporary cultural-historical research exemplified through Marx and Vygotsky Sixth sense second nature and other cultural ways of making sense of our surroundings: Vygotsky Bernstein and the languaged body Negotiating pedagogic dilemmas in non-traditional educational contexts Boys skills and class: educational failure or community survival? Insights from Vygotsky and Bernstein. Vygotsky and Sociology is an essential text for students and academics in the social sciences (particularly sociology and psychology) student teachers teacher educators and researchers as well as educational professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415678223

Vygotsky at Work and Play Vygotsky at Work and Play is an intimate portrayal of the Vygotskian-inspired approach to human development known as ‘social therapeutics’ and ‘the psychology of becoming’. Holzman provides an accessible practical-philosophical portrayal of a unique performance-based methodology of development and learning that draws upon a fresh reading of Vygotsky.   This expanded edition includes new content dealing with how Lev Vygotsky’s work can be applied to profound social issues of our times including worsening police/community relations authoritarianism in schools the medical-model approach to social/emotional life and the erosion of play in Western cultures. Holzman also weaves together Vygotsky’s discoveries with qualitative case studies from organizations that practice the approach in psychotherapy offices classrooms outside-of-school programs corporate workplaces and virtual learning environments.   The new edition of Vygotsky at Work and Play poses a practical-critical challenge to more traditional conceptions and methods of psychology and education introducing performance as a new ontology and the author’s own activist research performance as a new way to do psychology. It is an essential read for researchers and professionals in educational and developmental psychology psychotherapy cultural historical activity social science performance studies and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138937857

Vygotsky’s Theory in Early Childhood Education and ResearchRussian and Western Values Drawing upon in-depth analyses of Lev Vygotsky’s theories of early childhood and investigating the ways in which his ideas are reflected in contemporary educational settings this book brings into sharp relief the numerous opportunities for preschool learning and development afforded by Vygotskian approaches. Discussion of recent developments in the understanding and implementation of Vygotsky’s ideas in Western and Russian contexts facilitates comparison and provides readers with fresh impetus to integrate elements into their own practice. Chapters are clearly structured and address the multitude of aspects touched upon by Vygotsky including cognitive development communication and interaction play literacy and the quality of preschool settings. Providing a comprehensive exploration of current stances on Vygotsky's ideas in diverse cultural-historical contexts Vygotsky's Theory in Early Childhood Education and Research will be of interest to researchers practitioners educators and politicians involved in early years education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138299054

VygotskyAn Intellectual Biography – The most famous Russian psychologist whose life and ideas are least known? – A pioneer of psychology who said virtually nothing new? – A simple man who became a genius after he died? This fundamentally novel intellectual biography offers a 21st-century account of the life and times of Lev Vygotsky who has long been considered a pioneer in the field of learning and human development. The diverse Vygotskian literature has created many distinct images of this influential scientist which has led many researchers to attempt to unearth ‘the real Vygotsky’. Rather than join this quest to over-simplify Vygotsky’s legacy this book attempts to understand the development of ‘the multiple Vygotskies’ by exploring a number of personae that Vygotsky assumed at different periods of his life. Based on the most recent archival textological and historical investigations in original uncensored Russian the author presents a ground-breaking account that is far from the shiny success story that is typically associated with ‘the cult of Vygotsky’. This book will be an essential contribution to Vygotskian scholarship and of interest to advanced students and researchers in history of psychology history of science Soviet/Russian history philosophical psychology and philosophy of science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138806740

Vygotsky's Developmental and Educational Psychology Vygotsky is widely considered one of the most significant and influential psychologists of the twentieth century. Nevertheless true appreciation of his theories has been hindered by a lack of understanding of the background to his thought. Vygotsky's Developmental and Educational Psychology aims to demonstrate how we can come to a new and original understanding of Vygotsky's theories through knowledge of their cultural philosophical and historical context. Beginning with the main philosophical influences of Marxist and Hegelian thought this book leads the reader through Vygotsky's life and the development of his own psychology. Central areas covered include: * The child the levels and consciousness* Motivation and cognition* The relevance of Vygotsky's theories to current research in developmental psychology. This comprehensive survey of Vygotsky's thought will prove an invaluable resource for those studying developmental psychology or education. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415653176

W. B. Yeats and T. Sturge MooreTheir Correspondence 1901-1937 The letters in this book first published in 1953 throw light on the literary scene at a time in which William Butler Yeats and Thomas Sturge Moore regularly corresponded. In the early days of their friendship Yeats and Sturge Moore often saw each other in London where they both played an active part in the literary and artistic scene. When Yeats later lived chiefly in Ireland and Sturge Moore spent much of his time in the country and abroad they met less often but kept in touch by letter. Many of these letters and therefore a record of their friendship has been preserved and presented in this book. This title will be of interest to students of literature and literary history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138687615

W. B. Yeats: The Tragic PhaseA Study of the Last Poems In this study first published in 1951 the author examines the poetry of Yeats’s last years that poetry which reached and held to the ‘intensity’ which he had striven for all his life. Vivienne Koch explores the ways in which the great but troubled poems derive their energy from suffering and examines thirteen of his last poems in detail each with a slightly different focus. This title will be of interest to students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138687127

W. B. YeatsA Census of the Manuscripts This title first published in 1990 is a census of the manuscripts of William Butler Yeats. The census includes not only his books plays and poetry but also the whereabouts of many of Yeats’s letters and speeches and will be of particular interest to students of literature. For further reading please refer to Conrad A. Balliet’s chapter ‘A Supplement to W. B. Yeats: A Census of the Manuscripts’ in Richard J. Finnerman’s (Editor) Yeats: An Annual of Critical and Textual Studies (Volume XIII 1995 The University of Chicago Press). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138201224

W. B. YeatsA Critical Introduction This chief aim of this title first published in 1965 is to present a comprehensive picture of Yeats’s achievement and some of the means for an evaluation of that achievement. To this end both the poems and plays have been examined and some of Yeats’s critical ideas have been briefly discussed. Professor Rajan’s study provides a compact introduction to Yeats’s work and will be of interest to the general reader as well as to students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138687561

W. E. B. Du Bois on Africa W. E. B. Du Bois is arguably the most important Black intellectual of the twentieth century and among the most important intellectual figures in modern African social thought. One of the founders of Pan-Africanism and a key figure in the postwar African liberation movement he was champion of Africa and its people throughout his life. Despite this fact his work on Africa has been underemphasized in scholarly writing about him. This book brings together for the first time Du Bois’s writings on Africa from the beginning of the twentieth century to his death in the early 1960s. Including over 50 magazine and journal articles poems and book chapters the works included in this volume clearly show not only Du Bois’s genius as a writer but his profound understanding of how the quest for racial equality involved all of the people of African origin who suffered under colonial rule in Africa and in the Black disapora. The editors include a historical introduction headnotes and a bibliography of Du Bois’s work on Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611321814

W. E. B. Du BoisBlack Radical Democrat 'Marable's biography of Du Bois is the best so far available.' Dr. Herbert Aptheker Editor The Correspondence of W.E.B. Du Bois 'Marable's excellent study focuses on the social thought of a major black American thinker who exhibited a 'basic coherence and unity' throughout a multifaceted career stressing cultural pluralism opposition to social inequality and black pride.' Library Journal Distinguished historian and social activist Manning Marable's book W. E. B. Du Bois: Black Radical Democrat brings out the interconnections unity and consistency of W. E. B. Du Bois's life and writings. Marable covers Du Bois's disputes with Booker T. Washington his founding of the NAACP his work as a social scientist his life as a popular figure and his involvement in politics placing them into the context of Du Bois's views on black pride equality and cultural diversity. Marable stresses that as a radical democrat Du Bois viewed the problems of racism as intimately connected with capitalism. The publication of this updated edition follows more than one hundred celebrations recently marking the 100th anniversary of Du Bois's The Souls of Black Folk. Marable broadens earlier biographies with a new introduction highlighting Du Bois's less-known advocacy of women's suffrage socialism and peace and he traces his legacy to today in an era of changing racial and social conditions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631264

W. Somerset Maugham This set comprises of 40 volumes covering nineteenth and twnetieth century European and American authors. These volumes will be available as a complete set mini boxed sets (by theme) or as individual volumes. This second set compliments the first 68 volume set of Critical Heritage published by Routledge in October 1995. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849463

W. Stanley JevonsSelected Works in Variorum Editions This is the first variorum edition of the works of William Stanley Jevons (1835-1882) covering The Coal Question and The Theory of Political Economy two of the most important books in economics and the social history of Victorian Britain. Both books were revised by Jevons during his life time and this variorum edition includes meticulously studied textual comparisons not only between the different editions revised by Jevons himself but also with the ones posthumously published such as the 2nd and 3rd editions of The Coal Question the 2nd to 5th editions The Theory of Political Economy and the edition edited by R. D. Collison Black. The comparisons cover the statistical data and various charts as well as the texts all of which reveal the flow of ideas of Jevons according to the social changes. Including a new introduction by the editor a complete bibliography and name index this collection will be an indispensable research resource for students and scholars of the history of economic thought and of nineteenth-century England. Media > Books > Print Books Edition Synapse 9780367110291

W.B. Yeats This set comprises of 40 volumes covering nineteenth and twentieth century European and American authors. These volumes will be available as a complete set mini boxed sets (by theme) or as individual volumes. This second set compliments the first 68 volume set of Critical Heritage published by Routledge in October 1995. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315005935

W.B. Yeats Ezra Pound and the Poetry of Paradise Emphasizing the interplay of aesthetic forms and religious modes Sean Pryor's ambitious study takes up the endlessly reiterated longing for paradise that features throughout the works of W. B. Yeats and Ezra Pound. Yeats and Pound define poetry in terms of paradise and paradise in terms of poetry Pryor suggests and these complex interconnections fundamentally shape the development of their art. Even as he maps the shared influences and intellectual interests of Yeats and Pound and highlights those moments when their poetic theories converge Pryor's discussion of their poems' profound formal and conceptual differences uncovers the distinctive ways each writer imagines the divine the good the beautiful or the satisfaction of desire. Throughout his study Pryor argues that Yeats and Pound reconceive the quest for paradise as a quest for a new kind of poetry a journey that Pryor traces by analysing unpublished manuscript drafts and newly published drafts that have received little attention. For Yeats and Pound the journey towards a paradisal poetic becomes a never-ending quest at once self-defeating and self-fulfilling - a formulation that has implications not only for the work of these two poets but for the study of modernist literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383968

W.B. Yeats and World LiteratureThe Subject of Poetry Arguing for a reconsideration of William Butler Yeats’s work in the light of contemporary studies of world literature Barry Sheils shows how reading Yeats enables a fuller understanding of the relationship between the extensive map of world literary production and the intensities of poetic practice. Yeats’s appropriation of Japanese Noh theatre his promotion of translations of Rabindranath Tagore and Shri Purohit Swãmi and his repeated ventures into American culture signalled his commitment to moving beyond Europe for his literary reference points. Sheils suggests that a reexamination of the transnational character of Yeats's work provides an opportunity to reflect critically on the cosmopolitan assumptions of world literature as well as on the politics of modernist translation. Through a series of close and contextual readings the book demonstrates how continuing global debates around the crises of economic liberalism and democracy fanaticism asymmetric violence and bioethics were reflected in the poet's formal and linguistic concerns. Challenging orthodox readings of Yeats as a late-romantic nationalist W.B. Yeats and World Literature: The Subject of Poetry makes a compelling case for reading Yeats’s work in the context of its global modernity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880071

W.D. & H.O. Wills and the development of the UK tobacco Industry1786-1965 This independent and critical study in economic and social history is based on free access to the records of W.D. & H.O. Wills. Dr Alford traces the history of the firm from its origin to its transformation into a constituent part of a larger company. Having played such a leading role in the development of the UK tobacco industry Willis’ book is more than the history of a single firm it also provides an important study of a leading consumer goods industry. Drawing on aspects of economic theory the author examines the firm's development in the light of general aspects of business history. This major study was first published in 1973. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138861749

W.E.B. Du Bois Housed in one handy volume for the first time are several of the seminal essays on W.E.B. Du Bois's contributions to sociology and critical social theory: from Du Bois as inventor of sociology of race to Du Bois as the first sociologist of American religion; from Du Bois as a pioneer of urban and rural sociology to Du Bois as innovator of sociology of gender and culture; and finally from Du Bois as groundbreaking sociologist of education and critical criminologist to Du Bois as dialectical critic of the disciplinary decadence of sociology and the American academy. What this volume offers that is wholly innovative and distinctive is that it brings together the watershed work of classical and contemporary male and female black and white national and international sociologists and social theorists with the express intent of creating critical inventories and thoroughly interrogating what has been included and what has been excluded when we come to W.E.B. Du Bois's contributions to the discipline of sociology. Unlike any other anthologies on Du Bois this volume offers an excellent overview of the critical commentary on arguably one of the most imaginative and innovative perceptive and prolific founders of the discipline of sociology. It will therefore be of interest to scholars and students not just in sociology but also Africana studies American studies cultural studies ethnic studies gender studies and postcolonial studies as well as "traditional" disciplines such as history philosophy political science economics education and religion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234441

W.E.B. Du Bois on Crime and JusticeLaying the Foundations of Sociological Criminology This is the first book to discern the contribution of Du Bois' work to criminology and criminal justice through a comprehensive review of his papers articles and books. Beginning with reflections from his childhood the author traces Du Bois' ideas on crime and justice throughout his life. This includes a unique analysis of Du Bois' experience as an object of the criminal justice system a review of his FBI file his 1951 trial and his pioneering social scientific research program at Atlanta University. The book illustrates the depth of Du Bois' interest in the field and reveals how he was a pioneer in key areas of criminology and criminal justice. The book contains five appendices which include four original papers written by Du Bois as well as maps from The Philadelphia Negro. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264656

W.E.B. Du Bois on Race and Culture Interpreting Du Bois' thoughts on race and culture in a broadly philosophical sense this volume assembles original essays by some of today's leading scholars in a critical dialogue on different important theoretical and practical issues that concerned him throughout his long career: the conundrum of race the issue of gender equality and the perplexities of pan-Africanism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203379509

W.E.B. Du BoisThe Quest for the Abolition of the Color Line Based on careful reading of Du Bois' writings and with a combination of analytical and narrative approaches the author probes the reasons and dynamics behind the changes of Du Bois strategies concerning the solution to the American race problem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415762281

W.H. Auden This set comprises of 40 volumes covering nineteenth and twentieth century European and American authors. These volumes will be available as a complete set mini boxed sets (by theme) or as individual volumes. This second set compliments the first 68 volume set of Critical Heritage published by Routledge in October 1995. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852685

W.H. Auden As both a politically engaged and stylistically versatile poet W.H. Auden is one of the most influential writers of the twentieth century. His work is not only widely studied and read but has been used in musical scores and quoted in Hollywood films. This guide to Auden’s compelling work offers: an accessible introduction to the contexts and many interpretations of Auden’s texts from publication to the present an introduction to key critical texts and perspectives on Auden’s life and work situated in a broader critical history cross-references between sections of the guide in order to suggest links between texts contexts and criticism suggestions for further reading. Part of the Routledge Guides to Literature series this volume is essential reading for all those beginning detailed study of W.H. Auden and seeking not only a guide to his works but also a way through the wealth of contextual and critical material that surrounds them. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787749

W.J.T. Mitchell's Image TheoryLiving Pictures W.J.T. Mitchell â€“ one of the founders of visual studies – has been at the forefront of many disciplines such as iconology art history and media studies. His concept of the pictorial turn is known worldwide for having set new philosophical paradigms in dealing with our vernacular visual world. This book will help both students and seasoned scholars to understand key terms in visual studies – pictorial turn metapictures literary iconology image/text biopictures or living pictures among many others – while systematically presenting the work of Mitchell as one of the discipline's founders and most prominent figures. As a special feature the book includes three comprehensive authoritative and theoretically relevant interviews with Mitchell that focus on different stages of development of visual studies and critical iconology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876562

W.M.Thackery and the Mediated TextWriting for Periodicals in the Mid-Nineteenth Century This title was first published in 2000:  Thackeray's "minor writings" remain caught in a debate about what constitutes "literature" and whether magazine writing and journalism might be construed as such. This debate was present during the inception of the mass periodical press in the 1830s when Thackeray began his career and forms part of the context of reasoning within and techniques of Thackeray's work. Throughout his career Thackeray was enmeshed in critical arguments about periodicals novels "realism" and commercialism. He was himself both (and neither) journalist and literary artist and was at once a product of and critical of emerging writing practices. This book argues that an understanding of Thackeray's writings for periodicals and the literary and commercial context of these is central to an understanding of his literary achievement. Focusing principally on the foundational part of his career from 1833-1847 but relating this to the novels particularly "Pendennis" and "The Adventures of Philip" and the "Cornhill Magazine" of the 1860s the book explores Thackeray's ambiguous response to the burgeoning periodical press and considers his negotation and critique of the market-place through a variety of publishing media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138713444

W.R. BionBetween Past and Future A collection of papers on and about the work of Wilfred Bion and its continuing development. Most were presented at the International Centennial Conference on the work of Bion in Turin in 1997. Contributors include Francesca Bion Andre Green James Grotstein and many others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329617

W.S. Gilbert and the Context of ComedyThe Progress of Fun To what extent is a great comic writer the product of his time? How far is he (or she) influenced by factors of personal psychology upbringing and environment? To what is the writing actually part of a long continuum in which there is continuity within change and change within continuity? The Progress of Fun considers principally the last of these areas focussing on the case of W.S. Gilbert and challenging the frequently held view that he is pre-eminently a typical Victorian. This it does by tracing his roots back to Ancient Greek comedy and to the various comedic developments that have dominated Western Europe thereafter. Also included is a careful examination of the constraints and limitations that in various forms have long affected comedy-writing and an evaluation of Gilbert’s particular skills and legacy within the on-going process. The whole is a suitable prelude to a second volume (Pipes and Tabors) which will consider Genre in W.S. Gilbert again relating it to comedic precedents and the universally timeless within the particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138311084

W.V.O.Quine The most influential philosopher in the analytic tradition of his time Willard Van Orman Quine (1908-2000) changed the way we think about language and its relation to the world. His rejection of the analytic/synthetic distinction his scepticism about modal logic and essentialism his celebrated theme of the indeterminacy of translation and his advocacy of naturalism have challenged key assumptions of the prevailing orthodoxy and helped shape the development of much of recent philosophy. This introduction to Quine's philosophical ideas provides philosophers students and generalists with an authoritative analysis of his lasting contributions to philosophy. Quine's ideas throughout are contrasted with more traditional views as well as with contemporaries such as Frege Russell Carnap Davidson Field Kripke and Chomsky enabling the reader to grasp a clear sense of the place of Quine's views in twentieth-century philosophy and the important criticisms of them. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315710754

Wadi Hydrology The literature of hydrology abounds with texts on the hydrological and water resource problems in humid regions. However this is not the case for the arid or semi arid regions. The situation is exemplified by the fact a concrete definition for the term “wadi” as accepted by UNESCO for describing these areas is difficult to find.Arguably the first book devoted entirely to examining this important resource Wadi Hydrology presents methodologies for sustainable management of wadis and their water resources. Through unique physical approaches field cases sample interpretations and various applications to different models this book provides an in-depth understanding of these systems that illustrates the efficiency of harnessing water from wadis. The author compiles the most up-to-date information on arid region hydrology including specific techniques for hydrological calculations and desertification assessments and includes examples and solved problems in each chapter. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387600

Wage & Employment Patterns in Labor Contracts First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753661

Wage Differentials and Economic Growth (Routledge Revivals) This book which was first published in 1980 is concerned with one particular branch of growth theory namely descriptive growth theory. It is typically assumed in growth theory that both the factors and goods market are perfectly competitive. In particular this implies amongst other things that the reward to each factor is identical in each sector of the economy. In this book the assumption of identical factor rewards is relaxed and the implications of an intersectoral wage differential for economic growth are analysed. There is also some discussion on the short-term and long-run effects of minimum wage legislation on growth. This book will serve as key reading for students of economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138852570

Wage Distribution Fairness in Post-Socialist CountriesSituation and Socialization Fairness of wage distribution – or the perception of such – is a phenomenon crucial for the stability of new democracies. While theories exist about how change of the political system trickles down to the attitudinal level the systematic analysis of the effect of economic transition on public attitudes has been neglected to a large extent.Wage Distribution Fairness in Post-Socialist Countries proposes a conceptual framework to measure the fairness of wage distribution. Indeed looking particularly at wage distribution fairness in three post-socialist societies (Hungary East Germany Czech Republic) since the transition in 1989 this challenging monograph also aims to understand if and to what extent the experience of a socialist regime motivates individuals to consider wage distribution as fair.Contributing to our understanding of the relevance of socialization and other situational factors influencing economic legitimacy Wage Distribution Fairness in Post-Socialist Countries will appeal to undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as postdoctoral researchers interested in fields including: Sociology Eastern European Studies and Political Economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884680

Wage Labour in Developing AgricultureRisk Effort and Economic Development Published in 1998 this books is an examination of farm decision-making incorporating the elements of risk in both production and off-farm or casual wage labour. Farm household decision-making is studied and issues of wage determination pricing commodity price stabilization and producer income and output are also explored. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138359734

Wage Policy Income Distribution and Democratic Theory This book explores the relationship between wage policy distribution of income and ultimately how that distribution impacts on democratic theory. In doing so it examines the types of policies that are critical to the maintenance of a sustainable democracy. Wage policy long the domain of economists (particularly neoclassical economists whose focus has been their impact on labour markets and income distribution) has largely been ignored by democratic theorists. Levin-Waldman argues that because wage policy can shape overall income distribution it has a significant effect on equality levels and is therefore core to democratic theory. Its potential to enhance individual autonomy which is a necessary condition for democratic participation is another reason why wage policy should be at the centre of democratic theory. This book argues that the evolution in wage policy has paralleled economic transformations which democratic theory has evolved to accommodate. Through a careful analysis of democratic theory and empirical analysis of the impact of wage policy on income distribution this book concludes that wage policy is an important component in the maintenance of democratic society. A wage policy that raises the wages of those at the bottom can give workers more independence and power as they are placed on more equal footing with managers. This in and of itself can be a source of empowerment effectively enhancing their autonomy. By doing so workers feel less exploited and income inequality is reduced. This significant contribution explores the meaning of democratic theory and how it has evolved along with the meaning and specific forms of wage policy providing invaluable new insights into their connections. This book will be of interest to postgraduates and researchers in economics and political science as well as policy practitioners interested in issues of income inequality or democratic theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415750110

Wage Restraint and the Control of InflationAn International Survey Since 1945 preventing runaway wage inflation has been regarded as a key policy in managing an economy in a successful way. The exact nature of pay control has varied from country to country and from time to time. This book originally published in 1987 examines pay control policies in major Western economies. It surveys developments from 1945 and explores the aims of pay policies and discusses the problems of implementation comparing the different kinds of policies. By comparing the performance of these different approaches the book assesses the merits and pitfalls of the different approaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138652552

Wage-Fixing (Routledge Revivals)Stagflation - Volume 1 This reissue first published in 1982 is the first of two volumes on the causes and cure of Stagflation - the two-headed monster that combines mass unemployment with rapid inflation which affected contemporary economies across the industrially developped world in the 1970s. Professor Meade outlines the nature of the problem contrasting the Great Slump of the 1930s with the Great Stagflation of the 1970s and comparing the Orthodox Keynesian and Monetarist approaches with the New Keynesian strategy. Various proposals for the reform of wage-fixing institutions are discussed including the limitation of trade-union bargaining powers an official incomes policy labour management and ownership in business and tax or subsidy measures to discourage inflationary rises in wages and prices.   The book will be essential reading for all concerned with both the theory and policy of contemporary macroeconomics industrial relations labour economics and labour law. It has been written so that the general argument in the main text is accessible to the general reader as well as of interest to the professional economist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415670487

Wages Bonuses and Appropriation of Profit in the Financial IndustryThe working rich The 2008 financial crisis led the whole world to ask questions of the financial industry. Why are wages in the financial industry so high? Are bonuses responsible for the financial crisis? Where do bonuses come from? Politicians and others urged people to believe that the crisis was the price of Wall Street’s greed and blamed the "bonus culture" prevalent in the financial industry. However despite widespread condemnation and the threat of tighter regulation bonuses in the industry have proven remarkably resilient. Wages Bonuses and Appropriation of Profit in the Financial Industry provides an in-depth inquiry into the bonus system. Drawing on examples from France the City and Wall Street it explains how and why workers in the financial industry can receive such large bonuses. The book examines issues around incentives morality and wealth-sharing among employees including the rise of "the working rich" â€“ those who have benefited the most from the high wages and large bonuses on offer to some employees. These people have achieved wealth through their work thanks to new forms of exploitation in our ever-more dematerialised economy. This book shows how the most mobile employees holding the most mobile assets can exploit the most immobile stakeholders. In a world where inequalities are rising sharply this book is therefore an important study of one of the key contemporary issues. It will be of vital interest to those studying finance banking or political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138343801

Wages Race Skills and SpaceLessons from Employers in Detroit's Auto Industry First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984417

Wages and Employment in Africa This title was first published in 2002: Analyzing labour market trends in sub-Saharan Africa since 1970 this volume employs data collected from the International Labor Organization (ILO) United Nations Industrial Development Organisation (UNIDO) and World Bank (the RPED surveys). It examines the economics of the labour market against the presistent decline in real wages over some 20 years in some of these countries. Setting the African story against the background of wage-employment trends in other regions of the world the author proceeds to examine the impact of this decline on the rural-urban earnings gap. The consequences of the declining wage levels on the lifetime earnings of workers and on trends in labour productivity are then discussed followed by an analysis of the employment and wage structure in African manufacturing firms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138728097

Wages and Employment Policy 1936-1985 First published in 1987. This fascinating study provides an understanding of the failings of the post-war era of active macroeconomic policy-making and only by a better comprehension of past failings can we hope to provide the successful policies for the present and future. The book takes as its primary bench mark an analysis of Keynes’s conception of the wages problem at or near full employment in The General Theory of Employment Interest and Money. It then depicts the developments in official thinking and policy with regard to this problem as the confidence in Keynesian principles waxed and waned over the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367024949

Wages and Wants of Science Work First Published in 1970. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866041

Wages of EmpireNeoliberal Policies Repression and Women's Poverty Corporate globalization has intensified in recent years taking a terrible toll on the lives of ordinary women in the global North and South. This book investigates the related processes of neoliberal economic restructuring and increased militarization tracking policy and its enforcement to its impact on low-income women. This interdisciplinary volume provides rich analyses of the oppressive working and living conditions of urban and rural women rightward shifts in public policies and women's resistance to these developments. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631257

Waging Gendered WarsU.S. Military Women in Afghanistan and Iraq Waging Gendered Wars examines through the analytical lens of feminist international relations theory how U.S. military women have impacted and been affected by the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan. Although women were barred from serving formally in ground combat positions within the U.S. armed forces during both wars U.S. female soldiers are being killed in action. By examining how U.S. military women's agency as soldiers veterans and casualties of war affect the planning and execution of war Whaley Eager assesses the ways in which the global world of international politics and warfare has become localized in the life and death narratives of female service personnel impacted by combat experience homelessness military sexual trauma PTSD and the deaths of fellow soldiers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605421

Waging War Making PeaceReparations and Human Rights Humans are good at making war—and much less successful at making peace. Genocide torture slavery and other crimes against humanity are gross violations of human rights that are frequently perpetrated and legitimized in the name of nationalism militarism and economic development. This book tackles the question of how to make peace by taking a critical look at the primary political mechanism used to "repair" the many injuries suffered in war. With an explicit focus on reparations and human rights it examines the broad array of abuses being perpetrated in the modern era from genocide to loss of livelihood. Based on the experiences of anthropologists and others who document abuses and serve as expert witnesses case studies from around the world offer insight into reparations proceedings; the ethical struggles associated with attempts to secure reparations; the professional and personal risks to researchers victims and human rights advocates; and how to come to terms with the political compromises of reparations in the face of the human need for justice. Waging War Making Peace promises to be a major contribution to public policy political science international relations and human rights and peace research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315415895

Wagner in Russia Poland and the Czech LandsMusical Literary and Cultural Perspectives Richard Wagner has arguably the greatest and most long-term influence on wider European culture of all nineteenth-century composers. And yet among the copious English-language literature examining Wagner's works influence and character research into the composer’s impact and role in Russia and Eastern European countries and perceptions of him from within those countries is noticeably sparse. Wagner in Russia Poland and the Czech Lands aims to redress imbalance and stimulate further research in this rich area. The eight essays are divided in three parts - one each on Russia the Czech lands and Poland - and cover a wide historical span from the composer’s first contacts with and appearances in these regions through to his later reception in the Communist era. The contributing authors examine his influences in a wide range of areas such as music literary and epistolary heritage politics and the cultural histories of Russia the Czech lands and Poland in an attempt to establish Wagner’s place in a part of Europe not commonly addressed in studies of the composer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276666

Waiting and the Temporalities of Irregular Migration This edited volume approaches waiting both as a social phenomenon that proliferates in irregularised forms of migration and as an analytical perspective on migration processes and practices. Waiting as an analytical perspective offers new insights into the complex and shifting nature of processes of bordering belonging state power exclusion and inclusion and social relations in irregular migration. The chapters in this book address legal bureaucratic ethical gendered and affective dimensions of time and migration. A key concern is to develop more theoretically robust approaches to waiting in migration as constituted in and through multiple and relational temporalities. The chapters highlight how waiting is configured in specific legal material and socio-cultural situations as well as how migrants encounter incorporate and resist temporal structures. This collection includes ethnographic and other empirically based material as well as theorizing that cross-cut disciplinary boundaries. It will be relevant to scholars from anthropology and sociology and others interested in temporalities migration borders and power. The Open Access version of this book available at http://www.tandfebooks.com has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367368470

Waiting at the GateCreativity and Hope in the Nursing Home Here is the result of over ten years of hands-on clinical experience by two experts wha have worked with the elderly. The authors explore the contributions of the creative arts therapies specifically movement and drama therapy to the individual and communal welfare of residents in nursing homes. Waiting at the Gate: Creativity and Hope in the Nursing Home eloquently demonstrates how movement and drama therapy facilitate the preservation of life of meaning and of hope by seeking the beautiful and playful aspects of the self and valuing humor flexibility and spontaneity in relationships with others. The authors show how these values challenge the “waiting to die” phenomenon of the custodial nursing home and offer lively alternatives to the resident in the new institution of the 1990s. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315820828

Waiting for the End of the World?New Perspectives on Natural Disasters in Medieval Europe Waiting for the End of the World? addresses the archaeological architectural historical and geological evidence for natural disasters in the Middle Ages between the 11th and 16th centuries. This volume adopts a fresh interdisciplinary approach to explore the many ways in which environmental hazards affected European populations and in turn how medieval communities coped and responded to short- and long-term consequences. Three sections which focus on geotectonic hazards (Part I) severe storms and hydrological hazards (Part II) and biophysical hazards (Part III) draw together 18 papers of the latest research while additional detail is provided in a catalogue of the 20 most significant disasters to have affected Europe during the period. These include earthquakes landslides tsunamis storms floods and outbreaks of infectious diseases. Spanning Europe from the British Isles to Italy and from the Canary Islands to Cyprus these contributions will be of interest to earth scientists geographers historians sociologists anthropologists and climatologists but are also relevant to students and non-specialist readers interested in medieval archaeology and history as well as those studying human geography and disaster studies. Despite a different set of beliefs relating to the natural world and protection against environmental hazards the evidence suggests that medieval communities frequently adopted a surprisingly ‘modern’ well-informed and practically minded outlook. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367902636

Waiting To Be FoundPapers on Children in Care This book explores the importance of relationship between child and care system child and clinician or other practitioner practitioners with practitioners or individuals with the organisation in which they work. It presents the analytic and multifaceted centrality of relationship concept. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490663

Wake Me When It's Time to Work This wisdom-filled and often amusing book prepares you for virtually every unpleasant business experience imaginable. Originally written as a father's advice to his children as they entered the workforce it tellss what really awaits you behind office doors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138454040

Wake of ArtCriticism Philosophy and the Ends of Taste First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315078687

Wake Up Little SusieSingle Pregnancy and Race Before Roe v. Wade First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147140

Walking Landscape and Environment Walking Landscape and Environment explores walking as a method of research and practice in the humanities and creative arts emerging from a recent surge of growth in urban and rural walking. This edited collection of essays from leading figures in the field presents an enquiry into and a critique of the methods and results of cutting-edge ‘walking research’. Walking negotiates the intersections between the human self place and space offering a cross-disciplinary collaborative method of research which can be utilised in areas such as ecocriticism landscape architecture literature cultural geography and the visual arts. Bringing together a multitude of perspectives from different disciplines on topics including health and wellbeing disability studies social justice ecology and gender this book provides a unique appraisal of the humanist perspective on landscape. In doing so it challenges Romantic approaches to walking applying new ideas in contemporary critical thought and alternative perspectives on embodiment and trans-corporeality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138630109

Walking a TightropeMeeting the Challenges of Work and Family This title was first published in 2000:  Both the world of work and the sphere of family life are "greedy" demanding time and energy of participants. These demands often conflict so that people have to make choices and balance requirements of both. This book explores ways families meet the challenges of work and family balance in modern societies. Drawing from work of researchers in nine countries on four continents the complex interaction of workplace practices social policies and family values is highlighted. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138705265

Walking Cities: London Walking Cities: London (second edition) brings together a new interdisciplinary field of artists writers architects musicians human geographers and philosophers to consider how a city walk informs and triggers new processes of making thinking researching and communicating. In particular the book examines how the city contains narratives knowledge and contested materialities that are best accessed through the act of walking. The varied contributions take the form of short stories illustrated essays personal reflections and accounts of walks both real and fictional. While artist and RCA tutor Rut Blees Luxemburg and philosopher Jean-Luc Nancy recount a nocturnal journey from Shoreditch to the City of London; architect Peter St John of the practice Caruso St John offers a detailed and personal reflection on the Holloway Road; and architect and author Douglas Murphy examines what he calls London’s ‘more politically charged locations’ in his account of a solitary walk through an area of South London. Ultimately Walking Cities: London seeks to understand the wider significance of changing geographies to generate critical questions and creative perspectives for navigating the social and political impact of rapid urban change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367407896

Walking in the European CityQuotidian Mobility and Urban Ethnography Sociologists have long noted that dynamism is an essential part of the urban way of life. However walking as a significant social activity and crucial research method (in spite of its ubiquity as part of urban life) has often been overlooked. This volume considers walking in the city from a variety of perspectives in a variety of places and with a variety of methods to engage with the question of how walking can contribute to the sociological imagination and reveal sociological knowledge. Bringing together new research on sites across Europe Walking in the European City addresses the nature of everyday mobility in contemporary urban settings shedding light not only on the ways in which walking relates to other social institutions and practices but also as a method for studying urban life. With attention to intersections of race and ethnicity gender and class as well as the manner in which processes of gentrification transform urban space this book examines questions of access to public places exploring the ways in which urban dwellers’ use of and relation to neighbourhood spaces are shaped by inequalities of status and power. As such it will appeal to scholars of sociology geography and anthropology with interests in urban studies mobility and research methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272781

Walking into the VoidA Historical Sociology and Political Anthropology of Walking The book starts by discussing the significance of walking for the experience of being human including a comparative study of the language and cultures of walking. It then reviews in detail relying on archaeology two turning points of human history: the emergence of cave art sanctuaries and a new cultural practice of long-distance ‘pilgrimages’ implying a descent into such caves thus literally the ‘void’; and the abandonment of walking culture through settlement at the end of the Ice Age around the time when the visiting of cave sanctuaries also stopped. The rise of philosophy and Christianity is then presented as two returns to walking. The book closes by looking at the ambivalent relationship of contemporary modernity to walking where its radical abandonment is combined with attempts at returns. The book ventures an unprecedented genealogy of walking culture bringing together archaeological studies distant in both time and place and having a special focus on the significance of the rise of representative art for human history. Our genealogy helped to identify settlement not as the glorious origin of civilisation but rather as a source of an extremely problematic development. The findings of the book should be relevant for social scientists as well as those interested in walking and its cultural and civilisational significance or in the direction and meaning of human history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138214491

Walking London's Medical History Second Edition Highly Commended BMA Medical Book Awards 2013 The history of health care is complex confusing and contested. It involves more than just the creation of hospitals and dispensaries infirmaries and health centers. There are also royal colleges trades unions medical schools nurses’ homes coroners’ courts nursing sisterhoods ambulance stations patients’ organizations and medical missions. Usually to enhance our understanding we sit and read books or nowadays surf the Internet. But it’s more fun to go out visit the buildings where events unfolded and transport yourself back in time. The story of how health care has developed from medieval times to the present day is told through seven walks in central London each with a key theme such as: Competition between the church crown and city for control Changing fortunes of particular districts Radical reform between 1840 and 1880 Individual creativity and entrepreneurship Hospitals’ unavoidable choice between merger or migration Transformation of health care trades into professions Development of primary care The book takes as much interest in one of the six ambulance stations build in 1915 by the London County Council as it does in the grandest teaching hospital. Although some important buildings have been destroyed and others are threatened many remain. The walks aim to help preserve our legacy as increasingly former health care buildings are converted into hotels offices homes and shops. Awareness of their original functions is in danger of being lost. The book also aims to increase our understanding of the current challenges we face in trying to improve health care. For there are many lessons to be learnt from the past. Packed full of curious and surprising facts about medicine and beautifully illustrated with maps photographs and images this is the perfect guide book for anyone with a passion for urban walks the history of London and of course medicine. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444172430

Walking Methodologies in a More-than-human WorldWalkingLab As a research methodology walking has a diverse and extensive history in the social sciences and humanities underscoring its value for conducting research that is situated relational and material. Building on the importance of place sensory inquiry embodiment and rhythm within walking research this book offers four new concepts for walking methodologies that are accountable to an ethics and politics of the more-than-human: Land and geos affect transmaterial and movement. The book carefully considers the more-than-human dimensions of walking methodologies by engaging with feminist new materialisms posthumanisms affect theory trans and queer theory Indigenous theories and critical race and disability scholarship. These more-than-human theories rub frictionally against the history of walking scholarship and offer crucial insights into the potential of walking as a qualitative research methodology in a more-than-human world. Theoretically innovative the book is grounded in examples of walking research by WalkingLab an international research network on walking (www.walkinglab.org). The book is rich in scope engaging with a wide range of walking methods and forms including: long walks on hiking trails geological walks sensory walks sonic art walks processions orienteering races protest and activist walks walking tours dérives peripatetic mapping school-based walking projects and propositional walks. The chapters draw on WalkingLab’s research-creation events to examine walking in relation to settler colonialism affective labour transspecies participation racial geographies and counter-cartographies youth literacy environmental education and collaborative writing. The book outlines how more-than-human theories can influence and shape walking methodologies and provokes a critical mode of walking-with that engenders solidarity accountability and response-ability. This volume will appeal to graduate students artists and academics and researchers who are interested in Education Cultural Studies Queer Studies Affect Studies Geography Anthropology and (Post)Qualitative Research Methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367264956

Walking MethodsResearch on the Move This book introduces and critically explores walking as an innovative method for doing social research showing how its sensate and kinaesthetic attributes facilitate connections with lived experiences journeys and memories communities and identities. The book situates walking methods historically sociologically and in relation to biographical and arts-based research as well as new work on mobilities the digital spatial and the sensory. The book is organised into three sections: theorising; experiencing; and imagining walking as a new method for doing biographical research. There is a key focus upon the Walking Interview as a Biographical Method (WIBM) on the move to usefully explore migration memory and urban landscapes as part of participatory visual and ethnographic research with marginalised communities and artists and as re-formative and transgressive. The book concludes with autobiographical walks taken by the authors and a discussion about the future of the walking interview as biographical method. Walking Methods combines theory with a series of original ethnographic and participatory research examples. Practical exercises and a guide to using walking as a method help to make this a rich resource for social science researchers students walking artists and biographical researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138182486

Walking the Dog This collection of short wordless picture books helps to support children with speech language and communication needs as they develop their expressive sentence and narrative skills through storytelling. Each book is comprised of six colourful images that follow a simple everyday routine such as ‘Brushing Teeth’ ‘Having a Haircut’ and ‘Walking the Dog’. Unlike traditional picture books they follow a film scroll effect showing the progression of time and allowing the child to follow the story to its resolution. Because of their simplicity the books can support children as they move from simple to intermediate sentence levels as well as encouraging them to consider additional elements of language such as cause and effect sequencing and inference. This resource includes: Ten beautifully illustrated picture books each following a simple pattern of routine disruption and resolution An accompanying guidebook including story scripts cue questions and prompts for using the resource to support additional skills Although developed specifically to help children with speech language and communication needs this set is suitable for any child who requires support and practice in developing their speech. It is an invaluable resource for speech and language therapists teaching staff and caregivers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429323645

Walking the TalkHow Transactional Analysis is Improving Behaviour and Raising Self-Esteem First Published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145955

Walking the TalkThe Business Case for Sustainable Development Ten years on from the Rio Earth Summit world leaders will gather again in Johannesburg for the World Summit on Sustainable Development in September. As planetary anxieties about globalization poverty and climate change grow where does the international business community stand? Are they a barrier to change or an engine for it?  One outcome of Rio was Changing Course the hugely influential book by Swiss industrialist Stephan Schmidheiny which argued that business needed to be part of the solution to global environmental degradation. Now Schmidheiny has joined with fellow prime movers in the World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD – the key business organization focusing on policy research and development in this crucial area) Chad Holliday Chairman and CEO of DuPont; and Philip Watts Chairman of Shell; to spell out the real business case for addressing sustainable development as a key strategic issue.  The results are ground-breaking. For the first time leading industrialists are arguing that not only is sustainable development good for business the solving of environmental and social problems is essential for future growth. Drawing on a wealth of case studies and personal interviews from business leaders operating around the world Walking the Talk clearly demonstrates that the vanguard who have operationalized leading-edge environmental and social initiatives are benefiting in a myriad of ways that benefit the bottom line – and the planet. The book argues that the time for rhetoric is over. The business of business has changed.  Even more remarkably the authors insist that a global partnership – between governments business and civil society – is essential if accelerating moves towards globalization are to maximize opportunities for all – especially the world's poor. As Chad Holliday recently stated in an address to the United Nations: "Given existing technology and products for all six billion people on the planet to live like the average American we would require the equivalent of three planet Earths to provide the material create the energy and dispose of the waste." Such an option is evidently not available and the book argues that far more eco-efficient and socially equitable modes of development must be pursued in order to allow poorer nations to raise their standards of living. The solution provided by Walking the Talk is to mobilize markets in favour of sustainability leveraging the power of innovation and global markets for the benefits of everyone – not just the developed world. This means a further liberalization of the market-a move that would be condemned by anti-globalization protestors. Yet as the authors argue business cannot succeed in failing societies. When the global market fails poor countries where most of the world's people live it will also eventually fail business. Subsidies for rich countries' products and tariffs against poor countries' products do not constitute a "free" market or one that best serves people or business. Similarly governments cannot subsidize fossil fuels or water and expect businesses or ordinary citizens to use them efficiently. So a new fair and equitable market is needed. A market that can work for all. The authors therefore call on protestors against globalization to stop protesting against the market and instead to campaign instead against the perverse policies that impoverish people and their environment. Walking the Talk explores the opportunities and challenges inherent in eco-efficiency (producing more with less) corporate social responsibility and a transparent "wired" world where reputations can be irreversibly damaged – or enhanced – in real time. It also devotes a chapter to ways in which corporations can and must "learn to change". It examines the new partnerships needed among companies governments and civil society to produce real change and the ways in which these alliances can work for all concerned. And it argues that consumer choice and consumer information should be encouraged as a positive force for sustainable development. Only what is valued is carefully used and so creating markets for environmental goods and services may be the best way to protect scarce resources. This is especially true in efforts to mitigate the effects of climate change where business-like approaches such as the development of carbon trading offer workable solutions to policy-makers.  Whether small medium or large all businesses must innovate and change to meet the social and environmental challenges of the coming years. Walking the Talk provides a broad set of proven roadmaps to success as well as real-life inspiration for business to embrace the real challenge – to build a global economy that works for all the world's people. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351281966

Walking Through Social Research As an ethnographic method walking has a long history but it has only recently begun to attract focused attention. By walking alongside participants researchers have been able to observe experience and make sense of a broad range of everyday practices. At the same time the idea of talking and walking with participants has enabled research to be informed by the landscapes in which it takes place. By sharing conversations in place and at the participants’ pace sociologists are beginning to develop both a feel for and a theoretical understanding of the transient embodied and multisensual aspects of walking. The result as this collection demonstrates is an understanding of the social world evermore congruent with people’s lived experiences of it.   This interdisciplinary collection comprises a unique journey through a variety of walking methodologies. The collection highlights a range of possibilities for enfolding sound smell emotion movement and memory into our accounts illustrating the sensuousness skill pitfalls and rewards of walking as a research practice. Each chapter draws on original empirical research to present ways of walking and to discuss the conceptual practical and technical issues that walking entails. Alongside feet on the ground the devices and technologies that make up hybrid research mobilities are brought to attention. The collection is bookended by two short pedestrian essays that take the reader on illustrative urban walks suggesting routes through the city as well as ways in which the reader might make their own path through walking methods. An innovative title Walking Through Social Research will be of interest to undergraduate and postgraduate students researchers and academics who are interested in Sociology Geography Cultural Studies Urban Studies and Qualitative Research Methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138393141

Walking with PilgrimsThe Kanwar Pilgrimage of Bihar Jharkhand and the Terai of Nepal This volume makes a contribution to understanding pilgrimage not as a transient activity at the margins of daily life but as an event grounded firmly in the physical symbolic and social experience of the everyday world. The vital relationship between pilgrimage and society is explored via a focus on a specific pilgrimage – the Kanwar pilgrimage of Bihar and Jharkhand in India and the southeast Terai of Nepal.The rising popularity of this old but relatively unknown pilgrimage is striking and reflects profound changes in caste class and gender relation­ships subjectivity and notions of work in a modern economy. Through the lens of pilgrimage and pilgrims the book explores the everyday context of life in parts of rural Bihar and southeast Nepal questions about agency and desire in Hinduism and the meaning given to symbolic life in a changing world. This requires an integrative approach looking beyond the performance of the pilgrimage to the historical economic and social-cultural context. The volume underscores the role of popular and local history in understanding the life and popularity of a complex phenomenon such as the pilgrimage today. Equal importance is given to the geography and climatic conditions for natural rhythms such as that of rains rivers planetary movements were and still are intimately entwined with the agricultural socio-economic and ritual cycles. The particular experience of the world that this engenders and its relationship to the pilgrimage is described through the active voice of the pilgrims and descriptions of rites some new and many fast  disappearing. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367422202

Wall Memorials and HeritageThe Heritage Industry of Berlin's Checkpoint Charlie Analysing the transformation of Berlin’s former Allied border control point "Checkpoint Charlie " into a global heritage industry this volume provides an introduction to and a theoretically informed structuring of the interdisciplinary international heritage debate. This crucial case study demonstrates that an unregulated global heritage industry has developed in Berlin which capitalizes on the internationally very attractive – but locally still very painful – heritage of the Berlin Wall. Frank explores the conflicts that occur when private commercial interests in interpreting and selling history to an international audience clash with traditional institutionalized public forms of local and national heritage-making and commemorative practices and with the victims’ perspectives. Wall Memorials and Heritage illustrates existing approaches to heritage research and develops them in dialogue with Berlin’s traditions of conveying history and the specific configuration of the heritage industry at "Checkpoint Charlie". Productively integrating theory with empirical evidence this innovative book enriches the international literature on heritage and its economic and political contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815346722

Wall Street Reforming the UnreformableAn Ethical Perspective McClean argues that a collective move towards stewardship within the financial industry is necessary to restore ethical behaviour and public confidence. Drawing on practical examples and offering new policy recommendations this unique philosophical study paints a picture of what a truly ethical trading culture of the future might look like. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668938

Wall Street's Just Not That into YouAn Insider's Guide to Protecting and Growing Wealth Do you consider yourself a long-term investor? If so chances are you have parked your money with an advisor and pay little attention to its performance and even less to the amount of risk in your portfolio. You may be told by Wall Street to buy stocks or funds and hold them or to create a diverse portfolio to protect yourself from risk and downturns in the market. Truth be told new studies show this approach may not be serving the long-term investor well.  In his new book Roger Davis reveals point-blank that Wall Street's just not that into you. Drawing on an investment career spanning more than two decades Davis delivers a dynamic and deadly accurate analysis of Wall Street's "one-size-fits-all" approach--and why even wealthy investors should be wary.  Davis who has two decades of experience managing funds raises valid questions about traditional investment techniques exposing the inherent dangers of relying on any one technique as a primary risk management tool. As a reader you will be taught critical innovative strategies like how to stress test your portfolio and "lose your losers." Davis reveals that most investors are less concerned about making a sizeable return on their investments than they are about protecting their wealth; yet many investors have the same unprotected exposure to the stock market that they did in 2008. This book offers investors specific steps they can take to reduce investment risk and the right questions to ask of their current advisors to understand whether they should make a change. Refreshingly candid and highly informative Wall Street's Just Not That Into You offers a bold and thought-provoking alternative to the many books that offer up the same old principles of years gone by. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629561172

Wallace and ICognition Consciousness and Dualism in David Foster Wallace’s Fiction Though David Foster Wallace is well known for declaring that "Fiction’s about what it is to be a fucking human being " what he actually meant by the term "human being" has been quite forgotten. It is a truism in Wallace studies that Wallace was a posthumanist writer and too theoretically sophisticated to write about characters as having some kind of essential interior self or soul. Though the contemporary posthuman model of the embodied brain is central to Wallace’s work so is his critique of that model: the soul is as vital a part of Wallace’s fiction as the bodies in which his souls are housed. Drawing on Wallace’s reading in the science and philosophy of mind this book gives a rigorous account of Wallace’s dualism and of his humanistic engagement with key postmodern concerns: authorship; the self and interiority; madness and mind doctors; and free will. If Wallace’s fiction is about what it is to be a human being this book is about the human ‘I’ at the heart of Wallace’s work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138354470

Wallace Stevens This set comprises of 40 volumes covering nineteenth and twentieth century European and American authors. These volumes will be available as a complete set mini boxed sets (by theme) or as individual volumes. This second set compliments the first 68 volume set of Critical Heritage published by Routledge in October 1995. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415850858

Wallace Stevens New York and Modernism This unique essay collection considers the impact of New York on the life and works of Wallace Stevens. Stevens lived in New York from 1900 to 1916 working briefly as a journalist going to law school laboriously starting up a career as a lawyer getting engaged and married gradually mixing with local avant-garde circles and eventually emerging as one of the most exciting and surprising voices in modern poetry. Although he then left the city for a job in Hartford Stevens never saw himself as a Hartford poet and kept gravitating toward New York for nearly all things that mattered to him privately and poetically: visits to galleries and museums theatrical and musical performances intellectual and artistic gatherings shopping sprees and gastronomical indulgences. Recent criticism of the poet has sought to understand how Stevens interacted with the literary artistic and cultural forces of his time to forge his inimitable aesthetic with its peculiar mix of post-romantic responses to nature and a metropolitan cosmopolitanism. This volume deepens our understanding of the multiple ways in which New York and its various aesthetic attractions figured in Stevens’ life both at a biographical and poetic level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138656635

Wallace Stevens and Pre-Socratic PhilosophyMetaphysics and the Play of Violence This book studies Wallace Stevens and pre-Socratic philosophy showing how concepts that animate Stevens’ poetry parallel concepts and techniques found in the poetic works of Parmenides Empedocles and Xenophanes and in the fragments of Heraclitus. Tompsett traces the transition of pre-Socratic ideas into poetry and philosophy of the post-Kantian period assessing the impact that the mythologies associated with pre-Socratism have had on structures of metaphysical thought that are still found in poetry and philosophy today. This transition is treated as becoming increasingly important as poetic and philosophic forms have progressively taken on the existential burden of our post-theological age. Tompsett argues that Stevens’ poetry  attempts to ‘play’ its audience into an ontological ground in an effort to show that his ‘reduction of metaphysics’ is not dry philosophical imposition but is enacted by our encounter with the poems themselves. Through an analysis of the language and form of Stevens’ poems Tompsett uncovers the mythology his poetry shares with certain pre-Socratics and with Greek tragedy. This shows how such mythic rhythms are apparent within the work of Friedrich Nietzsche Martin Heidegger and Hans-Georg Gadamer and how these rhythms release a poetic understanding of the violence of a ‘reduction of metaphysics.’ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110175

Walling Boundaries and LiminalityA Political Anthropology of Transformations Contemporary challenges related to walls borders and encirclement such as migration integration and endemic historical conflicts can only be understood properly from a long-term perspective. This book seeks to go beyond conventional definitions of the long durée by locating the social practice of walling and encirclement in the broadest context of human history integrating insights from archaeology and anthropology. Such an approach far from being simply academic has crucial contemporary relevance as its focus on origins helps to locate the essential dynamics of this practice and provides a rare external position from which to view the phenomenon as a transformative exercise with the area walled serving as an artificial womb or matrix. The modern world with its ingrained ideas of borders nation states and other entities often makes it is very difficult to gain a critical distance and detachment to see beyond conventional perspectives. The unique approach of this book offers an antidote to this problem. Cases discussed in the book range from Palaeolithic caves the ancient walls of Göbekli Tepe Jericho and Babylon to the foundation of Rome the Chinese Empire medieval Europe and the Berlin Wall. The book also looks at contemporary developments such as the Palestinian wall Eastern and Southern European examples Trump’s proposed Mexican wall the use of Greece as a bulwark containing migration flows and the transformative experience of voluntary work in a Calcutta hospice. In doing so the book offers a political anthropology of one of the most fundamental yet perennially problematic human practices: the constructing of walls. As such it will appeal to scholars of sociology anthropology and political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367479053

Walling Out the InsidersControlling Access to Improve Organizational Security Insider threats are everywhere. To address them in a reasonable manner that does not disrupt the entire organization or create an atmosphere of paranoia requires dedication and attention over a long-term. Organizations can become a more secure but to stay that way it is necessary to develop an organization culture where security concerns are inherent in all aspects of organization development and management. While there is not a single one-size-fits-all security program that will suddenly make your organization more secure this book provides security professionals and non-security managers with an approach to protecting their organizations from insider threats. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138031609

Walls Built On SandMigration Exclusion And Society In Kuwait When Iraq invaded Kuwait in 1990 the sight of tens of thousands of non-Kuwaiti Arabs Indians East Asians and Westerners fleeing or trapped under occupation made the outside world suddenly aware of a singular fact of Kuwaiti society that Kuwaitis are an absolute minority in their own country. Basing her analysis on extensive fieldwork and archi Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313906

Walls of IndifferenceImmigration and the Militarization of the Us-Mexico Border This ethnography documents and explores the social political and material consequences of militarization in the borderlands of Arizona. Based on two years of fieldwork in Phoenix Tucson and other communities along the US-Mexico border the author identifies militarization as a social and political phenomenon that gradually reconfigures both individuals and communities. Through ethnographic instances she explores how the vocabularies of race nationalism and patriotism decrease political engagement and simultaneously increase conflict within the borderland communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612057491

Walls That RemainEastern and Western Germans Since Reunification The Walls That Remain explores the trauma of German reunification in 1990 as it affected ordinary Eastern and Western Germans. Told mainly in their own words this book features the voices of those Germans who have suffered as well as profited from the transformations in German society since the fall of the Berlin Wall in 1989 and Germany's reunification in October 1990. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631233

Walsingham and the English Imagination Drawing on history art history literary criticism and theory gender studies theology and psychoanalysis this interdisciplinary study analyzes the cultural significance of the Shrine of our Lady of Walsingham medieval England's most significant pilgrimage site devoted to the Virgin Mary which was revived in the twentieth century and in 2006 voted Britain's favorite religious site. Covering Walsingham's origins destruction and transformations from the Middle Ages to the present Gary Waller pursues his investigation not through a standard history but by analyzing the "invented traditions" and varied re-creations of Walsingham by the "English imagination"- poems fiction songs ballads musical compositions and folk legends solemn devotional writings and hostile satire which Walsingham has inspired by Protestants Catholics and religious skeptics alike. They include in early modern England Erasmus Ralegh Sidney and Shakespeare; then during Walsingham's long "protestantization" from the sixteenth through nineteenth centuries ballad revivals archeological investigations and writings by Agnes Strickland Edmund Waterton and Hopkins; and in the modern period writers like Eliot Charles Williams Robert Lowell and A.N. Wilson. The concluding chapter uses contemporary feminist theology to view Walsingham not just as a symbol of nostalgia but a place inviting spiritual change through its potential sexual and gender transformation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409405092

Walsingham in Literature and Culture from the Middle Ages to Modernity Walsingham was medieval England's most important shrine to the Virgin Mary and a popular pilgrimage site. Following its modern revival it is also well known today. For nearly a thousand years it has been the subject of or referred to in music poetry and novels (by for instance Langland Erasmus Sidney Shakespeare Hopkins Eliot and Lowell). But only in the last twenty years or so has it received serious scholarly attention. This volume represents the first collection of multi-disciplinary essays on Walsingham's broader cultural significance. Contributors to this book focus on the hitherto neglected issue of Walsingham's cultural impact: the literary historical art historical and sociological significance that Walsingham has had for over six hundred years. The collection's essays consider connections between landscape and the sacred the body and sexuality and Walsingham's place in literature music and more broadly especially since the Reformation in the construction of cultural memory. The historical range of the essays includes Walsingham's rise to prominence in the later Middle Ages its destruction during the English Reformation and the presence of uncanny echoes and traces in early modern English culture including poems ballads music and some of the plays of Shakespeare. Contributions also examine the cultural dynamics of the remarkable revival of Walsingham as a place of pilgrimage and as a cultural icon in the Victorian and modern periods. Hitherto scholarship on Walsingham has been almost entirely confined to the history of religion. In contrast contributors to this volume include internationally known scholars from literature cultural studies history sociology anthropology and musicology as well as theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138382787

Walt Disney and the Quest for Community During the final months of his life Walt Disney was consumed with the world-wide problems of cities. His development concept at the time of his death on December 15th 1966 would be his team’s conceptual response to the ills of the inner cities and the sprawl of the megalopolis: the Experimental Prototype Community of Tomorrow or as it became known EPCOT. This beautifully written instantly engrossing volume focuses on the original concept of EPCOT which was conceived by Disney as an experimental community of about 20 000 people on the Disney World property in central Florida. With its radial plan 50-acre town center enclosed by a dome themed international shopping area greenbelt high-density apartments satellite communities monorail and underground roads the original EPCOT plan is reminiscent of post-war Stockholm and the British New Towns as well as today's transit-oriented development theory. Unfortunately Disney himself did not live long enough to witness the realization of his model city. However EPCOT's evolution into projects such as the EPCOT Center and the town of Celebration displays a remarkable commitment by the Disney organization to the original EPCOT philosophy one which continues to have relevance in the fields of planning and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269682

Walt Whitman This set comprises of 40 volumes covering nineteenth and twentieth century European and American authors. These volumes will be available as a complete set mini boxed sets (by theme) or as individual volumes. This second set compliments the first 68 volume set of Critical Heritage published by Routledge in October 1995. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852104

Walt Whitman and British Socialism�The Love of Comrades� This is the first sustained examination of Walt Whitman’s influence on British socialism. Harris combines a contextual historical study of Whitman’s reception with focused close readings of a variety of poems books articles letters and speeches. She calls attention to Whitman’s own demand for the reader to ‘himself or herself construct indeed the poem argument history metaphysical essay’ linking Whitman’s general comments about active reading to specific cases of his fin de siècle British socialist readership. These include the editorial aims behind the Whitman selections published by William Michael Rossetti Ernest Rhys and W. T. Stead and the ways that Whitman was interpreted and appropriated in a wide range of grassroots texts produced by individuals or groups who responded to Whitman and his poetry publicly in socialist circles.Harris makes full use of material from the C. F. Sixsmith and J. W. Wallace and the Bolton Whitman Fellowship collections at John Rylands the Edward Carpenter collection in the Sheffield Archives and the Archives of Swan Sonnenschein & Co. at the University of Reading. Much of this archive material – little of which is currently available in digital form – is discussed here in full for the first time. Accordingly this study will appeal to those with interest in the archival history of nineteenth-century literary culture as well as the connections to be made between literary and political culture of this era more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870515

Walt Whitman and Modern MusicWar Desire and the Trials of Nationhood Walt Whitman's poetry especially his Civil War poetry attracted settings by a wide variety of modern composers in both English- and German-speaking countries. The essays in this volume trace the transformation of Whitman's nineteenth-century texts into vehicles for confronting twentieth-century problems-aesthetic social and political. The contributors pay careful attention to music and poetry alike in examining how the Whitman settings become exemplary means of dealing with both the tragic and utopian faces of modernism. The book is accompanied by a CD recording by Joan Heller and Thomas Stumpf of complete Whitman cycles composed by Kurt Weill George Crumb and Lawrence Kramer and the first recording of four Whitman songs composed in the 1920s by Marc Blitzstein. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870321

Walter Benjamin and Architecture The essays compiled in this book explore aspects of Walter Benjamin’s discourse that have contributed to the formation of contemporary architectural theories. Issues such as technology and history have been considered central to the very modernity of architecture but Benjamin’s reflection on these subjects has elevated the discussion to a critical level. The contributors in this book consider Walter Benjamin's ideas in the context of digitalization of architecture where it is the very technique itself that determines the processes of design and the final form. This book was published as a special issue of Architectural Theory Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415851992

Walter Benjamin’s First PhilosophyExperience Ephemerality and Truth This book provides a study of Walter Benjamin’s first philosophy in two senses: it focuses on his early philosophy as a source of insight into his later works and it explores his thinking about the nature of truth method experience the relation of body and mind and the limits of human knowledge. While most attention is paid to Benjamin’s later works his writings from roughly 1914-1925 explore philosophical themes and develop a critical method. This book argues that this early work founds a series of original and lasting questions and insights. Benjamin understands experience as a broken continuum of diverse forms of spiritual expression each of which is ephemeral. This leads Benjamin to a series of thought figures: the notion of language as a medium of experience; a philosophy of perception based in the natural history of the human body; an emphasis on mimesis as a faculty of creative assimilation; and a discovery of memory as a power for excavation of meaning in past experience. This book demonstrates that the need for a new understanding of the metaphysical structure of experience as well as a new conception of truth play a special role in shaping Benjamin’s subsequent work. Walter Benjamin’s First Philosophy will be of interest to scholars and advanced students working on the thought of Walter Benjamin 20th-century Continental philosophy comparative literature and modern German thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367613242

Walter Benjamin's Concept of the Image In this book Alison Ross engages in a detailed study of Walter Benjamin’s concept of the image exploring the significant shifts in Benjamin’s approach to the topic over the course of his career. Using Kant’s treatment of the topic of sensuous form in his aesthetics as a comparative reference Ross argues that Benjamin’s thinking on the image undergoes a major shift between his 1924 essay on ‘Goethe’s Elective Affinities ’ and his work on The Arcades Project from 1927 up until his death in 1940. The two periods of Benjamin’s writing share a conception of the image as a potent sensuous force able to provide a frame of existential meaning. In the earlier period this function attracts Benjamin’s critical attention whereas in the later he mobilises it for revolutionary outcomes. The book gives a critical treatment of the shifting assumptions in Benjamin’s writing about the image that warrant this altered view. It draws on hermeneutic studies of meaning scholarship in the history of religions and key texts from the modern history of aesthetics to track the reversals and contradictions in the meaning functions that Benjamin attaches to the image in the different periods of his thinking. Above all it shows the relevance of a critical consideration of Benjamin’s writing on the image for scholarship in visual culture critical theory aesthetics and philosophy more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138699083

Walter Benjamin's PhilosophyDestruction and Experience This collection explores in Adorno's description `philosophy directed against philosophy'. The essays cover all aspects of Benjamin's writings from his early work in the philosophy of art and language through to the concept of history. The experience of time and the destruction of false continuity are identified as the key themes in Benjamin's understanding of history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862202

Walter BenjaminThe Colour of Experience This book analyzes the development of Walter Benjamin's concept of experience in his early writings showing that it emerges from an engagement with visual experience and in particular the experience of colour. It represents Benjamin as primarily a thinker of the visual field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142350

Walter Hawkesworth's LabyrinthusAn Edition with a Translation and Commentary Volume I Originally compiled and published in 1988 this vole contains the full text and translation of Walter Hawkesworth's Labyrinthus alongside textual and critical notes including essays on the author the staging and the style and language. This is the first of two volumes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367190316

Walter Hawkesworth's LabyrinthusAn Edition with a Translation and Commentary Volume II Originally compiled and published in 1988 this vole contains the full text and translation of Walter Hawkesworth's Labyrinthus alongside textual and critical notes including essays on the author the staging and the style and language. This is the second of two volumes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367190361

Walter Lippmann and the American Century Walter Lippmann began his career as a brilliant young man at Harvardstudying under George Santayana taking tea with William James a radical outsider arguing socialism with anyone who would listen and he ended it in his eighties writing passionately about the agony of rioting in the streets war in Asia and the collapse of a presidency. In between he lived through two world wars and a depression that shook the foundations of American capitalism.Walter Lippmann (1889-1974) has been hailed as the greatest journalist of his age. For more than sixty years he exerted unprecedented influence on American public opinion through his writing especially his famous newspaper column "Today and Tomorrow." Beginning with The New Republic in the halcyon days prior to Woodrow Wilson and the First World War millions of Americans gradually came to rely on Lippmann to comprehend the vital issues of the day.In this absorbing biography Ronald Steel meticulously documents the philosophers and politics the friendships and quarrels the trials and triumphs of this man who for six decades stood at the center of American political life. Lippmann's experience spanned a period when the American empire was born matured and began to wane a time some have called "the American Century." No one better captured its possibilities and wrote about them so wisely and so well no one was more the mind the voice and the conscience of that era than Walter Lippmann: journalist moralist public philosopher. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540354

Walter Pater and the Language of Sculpture Walter Pater and the Language of Sculpture is the first monograph to discuss the Victorian critic Walter Pater's attitude to sculpture. It brings together Pater's aesthetic theories with his theories on language and writing to demonstrate how his ideas of the visual and written language are closely interlinked. Going beyond Pater's views on sculpture as an art form this study traces the notion of relief (rilievo) and hybrid form in Pater and his view of the writer as sculptor a carver in language. Alongside her treatment of rilievo as a pervasive trope Lene Østermark-Johansen also employs the idea of rivalry (paragone) more broadly examining Pater's concern with positioning himself as an art critic in the late Victorian art world. Situating Pater within centuries of European aesthetic theories as never before done Walter Pater and the Language of Sculpture throws new light on the extraordinary complexity and coherence of Pater's writing: The critic is repositioned solidly within Victorian art and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256781

Walter Pater: an Imaginative Sense of FactA Collection of Essays First Published in 1981. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138165915

Walter PaterThe Critical Heritage First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867818

Walter Scott First published in 1968 this study is an exciting and challenging introduction to the writings of Sir Walter Scott. The author discusses the more striking features of Scott’s style — his use of language and characterisation — and also evaluates the contemporary moral and political attitudes portrayed in the novels. The use of literary conventions of the time is examined with reference to Scott’s work and extracts exemplify in particular the use of the Heroic. While admitting Scott’s faults as a writer the author presents a general view of him as one whose works deserve deeper study than was the prevailing opinion at the time. This book will be of interest to students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138675391

Walter Scott and the Historical Imagination First published in 1979. This study explores the main critical issues that arise out of a modern reading of Scott’s work and treats the major novels in detail. It tackles the questions of Scott’s place in literary history and his problems in pioneering the historical novel. As well as examining the greater novels of the Scottish series the author also deals with the relation between historical fiction and reality with reference to the Waverley Novels and Scott’s own attitude to history. Also discussed are some of the possible reasons for Scott’s failure to depict conflicts in his contemporary society. This book would be of interest to students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138649156

Walter Scott's BooksReading the Waverley Novels Scott's Books is an approachable introduction to the Waverley Novels. Drawing on substantial research in Scott's intertextual sources it offers a fresh approach to the existing readings where the thematic and theoretical are the norm. Avoiding jargon and moving briskly it tackles the vexed question of Scott's 'circumbendibus' style head on suggesting that it is actually one of the most exciting aspects of his fiction: indeed what Ian Duncan has called the 'elaborately literary narrative' at first sight a barrier is in a sense what the novels are primarily 'about'.The book aims to show how inventive witty and entertaining Scott's richly allusive style is; how he keeps his varied readership on board with his own inexhaustible variety; and how he allows proponents of a wide range of positions to have their say using a detached ironic but never cynical narrative voice to undermine the more rigid and inhumane rhetoric.The Introduction outlines this approach and sets the book in the context of earlier and current Scott criticism. It also deals with some practical issues including forms of reference and the distinctive use of the term 'Authorial'. The four chapters are designed to zoom in progressively from the general to the particular. 'Resources' explores the printed material available to Scott in his library and gives an overview of the way he uses it in his fiction. 'Style' confronts objections to the 'circumbendibus' Scott and shows how his Ciceronian style with its penchant for polysyllables enables him to embrace a wide range of rhetoric relayed in a detached but not cynical Authorial voice. 'Strategies' explores how he keeps his very wide audience on board by a complex bonding between characters readers and Author and stresses the extraordinary variety of exuberant inventiveness with which he handles intertextual allusions. 'Mottoes' examines the most remarkable of Scott's intertextual devices the chapter epigraphs bringing i Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884772

Walter ScottThe Critical Heritage The Critical Heritage gathers together a large body of critical sources on major figures in literature. Each volume presents contemporary responses to a writer's work enabling students and researchers to read for themselves for example comments on early performances of Shakespeare's plays or reactions to the first publication of Jane Austen's novels.The carefully selected sources range from landmark essays in the history of criticism to journalism and contemporary opinion and little published documentary material such as letters and diaries. Significant pieces of criticism from later periods are also included in order to demonstrate the fluctuations in an author's reputation.Each volume contains an introduction to the writer's published works a selected bibliography and an index of works authors and subjects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415756662

Walter the Chancellor’s The Antiochene WarsA Translation and Commentary First published in 1999 this edition of Walter the Chancellor’s account of the wars of the Antiochenes against the Muslims in the early twelfth century is a vivid first-hand account of a dramatic yet less well-known period in the history of the northern Crusader states and an important balance to the more usual focus on Jerusalem. As a highly-placed Antiochene official Walter was able to write the most authoritative account of the principality's fortunes and internal workings and his book also sheds light on the relationship between Latin settlement in the Levant and contemporary Western perceptions of Islam and Eastern Christianity. Here it has for the first time been translated into English (from the Latin edition of H. Hagenmeyer). It is prefaced by a substantial introduction discussing the author and his work in the context of the history and historiography of the Latin settlement and is followed by a selection of comparative sources. Walter the Chancellor’s history will be of interest both to students of the Crusades and to a wider readership for its perspective on life in a medieval frontier society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362208

Waltharius and Ruodlieb Published in 1984: The Waltharius and Ruodlieb are considered by many scholars to be among the finest works of medieval Latin literature. Both the Waltharius composed by an anonymous eleventh-century poet from Southern Germany are heroic narratives that provide examples of the creative transformation of the Latin epic tradition into a vehicle for expression of Christian values. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367181888

Walther von der VogelweideThe Single-Stanza Lyrics First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986879

Walzer Just War and IraqEthics as Response In recent years questions of ethical responsibility and justice in war have become increasingly significant in international relations. This focus has been precipitated by United States (U.S.) led invasions in Afghanistan and Iraq. In turn Western conceptions of ethical responsibility have been largely informed by human rights based understandings of morality. This book directly addresses the question of what it means to act ethically in times of war by drawing upon first-hand accounts of U.S. war fighting in Iraq during the 2003 invasion and occupation. The book focuses upon the prominent rights based justification of war of Michael Walzer. Through an in-depth critical reading of Walzer’s work this title demonstrates the broader problems implicit to human rights based justifications of war and elucidates an alternative account of ethical responsibility: ethics as response. Putting forward a compelling case for people to remain troubled and engaged with questions of ethical responsibility in war this work will be of great interest to students and scholars in a range of areas including international relations theory ethics and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138933880

Wanderers Across LanguageExile in Irish and Polish Literature of the Twentieth Century Wanderers Across Language Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604929

Wandering KnightsChina Legacies Lived and Recalled A memoir of China during World War II when Barnett a US airman shared friendship and scholarly interests with a young Chinese historian. They translated part of an ancient Chinese history and met again in 1982. Annotation copyright Book News Inc. Portland Or. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315492490

Wandering the WardsAn Ethnography of Hospital Care and its Consequences for People Living with Dementia Wandering the Wards provides a detailed and unflinching ethnographic examination of life within the contemporary hospital. It reveals the institutional and ward cultures that inform the organisation and delivery of everyday care for one of the largest populations within them: people living with dementia who require urgent unscheduled hospital care. Drawing on five years of research embedded in acute wards in the UK the authors follow people living with dementia through their admission shadowing hospital staff as they interact with them during and across shifts. In a major contribution to the tradition of hospital ethnography this book provides a valuable analysis of the organisation and delivery of routine care and everyday interactions at the bedside  which reveal the powerful continuities and durability of ward cultures of care and their impacts on people living with dementia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350078451

Wanderings Among the Falashas in AbyssiniaTogether with Descriptions of the Country and its Various Inhabitants First published in 1862 this is a narrative of the life led in the islolated Ethiopia of a century ago. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986886

Wang Shiwei and Wild LiliesRectification and Purges in the Chinese Communist Party 1942-1944 This work investigates a case of political persecution that occurred over 50 years ago (the Wang case) but which still raises profound issues for the relationship between revolutionary regimes and the intellectuals who serve them. Song Jinshou has compiled a list of the documents of the Wang case. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059639

Want Waste or War?The Global Resource Nexus and the Struggle for Land Energy Food Water and Minerals In addition to environmental change the structure and trends of global politics and the economy are also changing as more countries join the ranks of the world’s largest economies with their resource-intensive patterns. The nexus approach conceptualized as attention to resource connections and their governance ramifications calls attention to the sustainability of contemporary consumer resource use lifestyles and supply chains. This book sets out an analytical framework for understanding these nexus issues and the related governance challenges and opportunities.  It sheds light on the resource nexus in three realms: markets interstate relations and local human security. These three realms are the organizing principle of three chapters before the analysis turns to crosscutting case studies including shale gas migration lifestyle changes and resource efficiency nitrogen fertilizer and food systems water and the Nile Basin climate change and security and defense spending. The key issues revolve around competition and conflict over finite natural resources. The authors highlight opportunities to improve both the understanding of nexus challenges and their governance. They critically discuss a global governance approach versus polycentric and multilevel approaches and the lack of those dimensions in many theories of international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138784598

Wanton Wenches and Wayward WivesPeasants and Illicit Sex in Early Seventeenth Century England Originally published in 1979. This highly detailed study of illicit sex amongst the peasantry of Somerset between 1601 and 1660 recreates the atmosphere of the period and questions a number of previously accepted hypotheses. Based on the depositions presented to the county and regional courts during this period it sheds as much light on prevailing village attitudes as it does on the specific discussion matter. Outlining the precarious existence of the peasant and the supervision of sexual morality the book looks at pre-marital sex pregnancy prostitution masturbation contraception rape homosexuality and incest along with the prevailing punishments of the time.This extensively researched work combines both demographic and literary-based analyses with analytical and anecdotal approaches to the subject. It presents a rich source of social history examining and questioning the role of Christian morality as an important factor in influencing the sexual habits of the peasant. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367174743

War Agriculture and FoodRural Europe from the 1930s to the 1950s Between the 1930s and the 1950s rural life in Europe underwent profound changes partly as a result of the Second World War and partly as a result of changes which had been in progress over many years. This book examines a range of European countries from Scandinavia to Spain and Ireland to Hungary during this crucial period and identifies the common pressures to which they all responded and the features that were unique to individual countries. In particular it examines the processes of agricultural development over western Europe as a whole the impact of the war on international trading patterns the relationships between states and farmers and the changing identities of rural populations. It presents a bold attempt to write rural history on a European scale and will be of interest not only to historians and historical geographers but also to those interested in the historical background to the Common Agricultural Policy of the European Union to which the changes discussed here provided a dramatic prologue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110434

War Clausewitz and the Trinity Today the ideas of Carl von Clausewitz (1780-1831) are employed almost ubiquitously in strategic studies military history and defence literatures but often in a manner which distorts their true meaning. In this book Waldman explores Clausewitz’s central theoretical device for understanding war - the ’remarkable trinity’ of politics chance and passion. By situating the great Prussian in historical context he presents a conception truer to Clausewitz’s intention. Seeking to achieve this through an in-depth reinterpretation of On War and Clausewitz’s other writings conducted through the prism of the trinity this book draws on existing studies but argues that there is room for clarification. It presents fresh perspectives into aspects of Clausewitz's thought and emphasises elements of his theory that have often been neglected. Furthermore it provides a solid basis from which debate on the nature of modern war can move forward. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409451396

War Conflict and Human RightsTheory and Practice War Conflict and Human Rights is an innovative inter-disciplinary textbook combining aspects of law politics and conflict analysis to examine the relationship between human rights and armed conflict. This third edition has been fully revised and updated and contains a completely new chapter on business conflict and human rights. Making use of both theoretical and practical approaches the authors: examine the tensions and complementarities between protection of human rights and resolution of conflict – the competing political demands and the challenges posed by internal armed conflict and the increasing role of nonstate actors including corporations in armed conflicts; explore the scope and effects of human rights violations in contemporary armed conflicts such as in Sierra Leone Sudan South Sudan the Democratic Republic of Congo and the former Yugoslavia; assess the legal and institutional accountability mechanisms developed in the wake of armed conflict to punish violations of human rights law and international humanitarian law such as the ad hoc tribunals for the former Yugoslavia and Rwanda hybrid or internationalized tribunals and the International Criminal Court; discuss continuing and emergent global trends and challenges in the fields of human rights and conflict analysis. This volume will be essential reading for students of war and conflict studies human rights and international humanitarian law and highly recommended for students of conflict resolution peacebuilding international security transitional justice and international relations generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138234291

War Culture and Society in Early Modern South Asia 1740-1849 This book argues that the role of the British East India Company in transforming warfare in South Asia has been overestimated. Although it agrees with conventional wisdom that before the British the nature of Indian society made it difficult for central authorities to establish themselves fully and develop a monopoly over armed force the book argues that changes to warfare in South Asia were more gradual and the result of more complicated socio-economic forces than has been hitherto acknowledged. The book covers the period from 1740 when the British first became a major power broker in south India to 1849 when the British eliminated the last substantial indigenous kingdom in the sub-continent. Placing South Asian military history in a global comparative context it examines military innovations; armies and how they conducted themselves; navies and naval warfare; major Indian military powers - such as the Mysore and Khalsa kingdoms the Maratha confederacy - and the British explaining why they succeeded. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415728362

War Economy and the Military Mind Originally published in 1976 this book explores the relationship between European society and the military institutions it fostered from 1815–1918. In the period from the fall of Napoleonic imperialism to the outbreak of the First World War armies and navies grew in complexity cost and size. The first half of this book investigates these institutions from within and looks at some of the factors which held them together in an increasingly difficult and hostile world at their self-image and at the pressures upon them from society at large. As the role of military institutions within society increased in importance analysts began to look for the effects which this interpenetration had on society. Part 2 is concerned with the effects of this growing dominance of society by its defenders. By the end of period covered by this book the age of total mobilisation for the war effort was upon us. In a sense this second part of the book reinforces the conclusions of the first that military institutions are separate from the societies which surround them and between the two a growing gap of misunderstanding and incomprehension yawned. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367616434

War Ethics and JusticeNew Perspectives on a Post-9/11 World This edited volume addresses the key issues of ethics war and international relations in the post-9/11 world. There is a lively debate in contemporary international relations concerning the relationship between statist obligations to one’s own political community and cosmopolitan duties to distant others. This volume contributes to this debate by investigating aspects of the ethics of national military and security and intelligence policies in the post-9/11 environment. The discursive transformation of national militaries into ‘forces for good’ became normalized as the Cold War subsided. While the number of humanitarian military interventions and operations rose considerably in the immediate post-Cold War period the advent of the ‘war on terror’ raised questions about exactly what we mean by ethical behaviour in terms of military and security policies. This volume interrogates this key question via a focus that is both distinctive and illuminating – on national military ethics; femininities masculinities and difference; and intelligence ethics. The key objectives are to demonstrate the important linkages between areas of international relations that are all too often treated in isolation from one another and to investigate the growing tension between cosmopolitan and communitarian conceptions of intelligence and security and the use of armed force. This book will be of much interest to students of security studies ethics gender studies intelligence studies and international relations in general. Mark Phythian is Professor of Politics in the Department of Politics and International Relations at the University of Leicester. He is the author or editor/co-editor of ten books. Annika Bergman-Rosamond is Senior Researcher at the Danish Institute for International Studies in Copenhagen. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415642019

War Exile and the Music of AfghanistanThe Ethnographer’s Tale In the 1970s John Baily conducted extensive ethnomusicological research in Afghanistan principally in the city of Herat but also in Kabul. Then with Taraki’s coup in 1978 came conflict war and the dispersal of many musicians to locations far and wide. This new publication is the culmination of Baily’s further research on Afghan music over the 35 years that followed. This took him to Afghanistan Pakistan Iran the USA Australia and parts of Europe - London Hamburg and Dublin. Arranged chronologically the narrative traces the sequence of political events - from 1978 through the Soviet invasion to the coming of the Taliban and finally the aftermath of the US-led invasion in 2001. He examines the effects of the ever-changing situation on the lives and works of Afghan musicians following individual musicians in fascinating detail. At the heart of his analysis are privileged vignettes of ten musical personalities - some of friends and some newly discovered. The result is a remarkable personal memoir by an eminent ethnomusicologist known for his deep commitment to Afghanistan Afghan musicians and Afghan musical culture. John Baily is also an ethnographic filmmaker. Four of his films relating to his research are included on the DVD that accompanies the text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138205116

War Identity and the Liberal StateEveryday Experiences of the Geopolitical in the Armed Forces War Identity and the Liberal State critically examines the significance of gender race and sexuality to wars waged by liberal states and the soldiers who wage them. Drawing on original fieldwork research with British soldiers it offers insights into how their lived experiences are shaped by and shape a politics of gender race and sexuality that not only underpin power relations in the military but a wider geopolitics of war. It explores how shared and collectively mediated knowledge on gender race and sexuality facilitates certain claims about the nature of governing in liberal states and about why and how such states wage war against ‘illiberal’ ones in pursuit of global peace and security. In linking the politics of daily life to the international this book insists that it is vital to explore how geopolitical events and practices are co-constituted reinforced and contested in everyday experiences practices and spaces. The book also urges scholars interested in the linguistic construction of geopolitics to consider the ways in which everyday objects spaces and bodies also reinforce particular ideas about war identity and statehood and some of their violent consequences. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of international studies security gender and feminist studies and critical and social theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138712874

War Morality and AutonomyAn Investigation in Just War Theory Just War Theory is the governing moral doctrine for all of the major democratic militaries and indeed beyond. This book is a close study of a critical component of Just War theory the moral status of noncombatants. In this post September 11th 2001 time of cascading unconventional or 'dirty' wars issues of treatment of noncombatants - whether as incidental casualties during grey area operations or as prisoners swept up by preventative security measures - have resonance across national lines. Whether or not the democracies and other states pursue their national security interests within the limits of Just War reasoning and laws or break out of these limits in prosecuting war and security measures against terrorist organizations is one of the top security issues of the day. Zupan examines the flaws that this complex body of moral reasoning often exhibits arguing that many of the shortcomings of Just War theory can be resolved using Kantian methodology and the theory of autonomy. According to this conception human beings have unconditional worth which imposes moral constraints upon the actions of other human beings. From this understanding Zupan generates principles that serve as moral guidelines for the use of force which establish a presumption against harming any human being and greatly restrict the conditions under which we may justify any unintended collateral harm that may affect those who do not intend our harm. Considering the work of moral theorists such as Onora O'Neill T. M. Scanlon Michael Walzer Paul Christopher and G. E. M. Anscombe and such issues as the Doctrine of Double Effect autonomy and supreme emergency Zupan concludes that if we ever are justified in targeting the innocent it will only be under very rare conditions where the innocent themselves should accept the principle that permitted their being killed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398899

War Nationalism and Peasants: Java Under the Japanese Occupation 1942-45Java Under the Japanese Occupation 1942-45 A comprehensive analysis of the Japanese occupation of Java. The book explores the human drama that cannot be simply explained in terms of nationalism and fascism. The totality of Indonesian society is addressed including the politics and daily lives of peasants. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698274

War Peace And The Social Order This book is the author's attempt to translate his knowledge of peace studies into the language of sociology so that the former can be grasped as a more complete whole. It aims to increase interest among sociologists in issues of war and peace because they provide food for sociological thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215934

War Peace and International Order?The Legacies of the Hague Conferences of 1899 and 1907 The exact legacies of the two Hague Peace Conferences remain unclear. On the one hand diplomatic and military historians who cast their gaze to 1914 traditionally dismiss the events of 1899 and 1907 as insignificant footnotes on the path to the First World War. On the other experts in international law posit that The Hague’s foremost legacy lies in the manner in which the conferences progressed the law of war and the concept and application of international justice. This volume brings together some of the latest scholarship on the legacies of the Hague Peace Conferences in a comprehensive volume drawing together an international team of contributors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138332027

War Peace and International RelationsAn introduction to strategic history War Peace and International Relations provides an introduction to the strategic history of the past two centuries showing how those 200 years were shaped and reshaped extensively by war. The book takes a broad view of what was relevant to the causes courses and consequences of wars. Written by leading strategist Professor Colin Gray the book provides students with a good grounding in the contribution of war to the development of the modern world from the pre-industrial era to the age of international terrorism and smart weapons. This second edition has been thoroughly revised and updated: It is the first one-volume strategic history textbook on the market; It covers all the major wars of the past two centuries; It is up to date and comprehensive including a new section on the American Civil War a new chapter on geography and strategy and completely rewritten chapters on Iraq and Afghanistan in the 2000s and on irregular warfare. This textbook will be essential reading for students of strategic studies security studies war studies international relations and international history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415594875

War Peace and Progress in the 21st CenturyDevelopment Violence and Insecurity The history of development is one marked by insecurities violence and persistent conflict. It is not surprising therefore that development is now thought of as one of the central challenges of world politics. However its complexities are often overlooked in scholarly analysis and among policy practitioners who tend to adopt a technocratic approach to the crisis of development and violence. This book brings together a wide range of contributions aimed at investigating different aspects of the history of development and violence and its implications for contemporary efforts to consolidate the development-security nexus. From environmental concerns through vigilante citizenship to the legacies of armed conflicts during and after decolonization the different chapters reconstruct the contradictory history of development and critically engage contemporary responses and their implications for social and political analyses. In examining violence and insecurity in relation to core organising principles of world politics the contributors engage the problems associated with the nation state and the inter-state system and underlying assumptions of the promises of progress. The book offers a range of perspectives on the contradictions of development and on how domination violence and resistance have been conceived. At the same time it exemplifies the relevance of alternative methodological and conceptual approaches to contemporary challenges of development. This book was published as a special issue of Third World Quarterly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415661171

War Peace and Terror in the Middle East A collection of articles about the fateful issues of war and peace in the Middle East especially the evasive brands of war - terrorism and incitement.Horrific words of incitement followed by atrocious acts of terror have occurred during the past few years. These have significantly eroded hope in the peace process that had been initiated by Sadat and Begin a quarter-century ago (1977).All efforts to duplicate that feat between Israel and Palestinians have ended in frustration so far and it now seems that a tremendous amount of ground-work will have to be done before a new peace venture.This volume focuses on these themes and brings to bear both the benefit of the hindsight gained since the articles were published and the insight that the current world crisis occasioned by the terrorism and broadsides against Western culture that al-Qai'da and its allies have launched. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039428

War Police and Assemblages of Intervention This book reflects on the way in which war and police/policing intersect in contemporary Western-led interventions in the global South. The volume combines empirically oriented work with ground-breaking theoretical insights and aims to collect for the first time thoughts on how war and policing converge amalgamate diffuse and dissolve in the context both of actual international intervention and in understandings thereof. The book uses the caption WAR:POLICE to highlight the distinctiveness of this volume in presenting a variety of approaches that share a concern for the assemblage of war-police as a whole. The volume thus serves to bring together critical perspectives on liberal interventionism where the logics of war and police/policing blur and bleed into a complex assemblage of WAR:POLICE. Contributions to this volume offer an understanding of police as a technique of ordering and collectively take issue with accounts of the character of contemporary war that argue that war is simply reduced to policing. In contrast the contributions show how – both historically and conceptually – the two are ‘always already’ connected. Contributions to this volume come from a variety of disciplines including international relations war studies geography anthropology and law but share a critical/poststructuralist approach to the study of international intervention war and policing. This volume will be useful to students and scholars who have an interest in social theories on intervention war security and the making of international order. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138239845

War Power and the EconomyMercantilism and state formation in 18th-century Europe War Power and the Economy contains a comparative history of Great Britain France and Spain the three rival empires of the 1700s. It explores how the states prepared for war what kind of economic means they had what institutional changes they implemented and how efficient this was. As such the book presents the first comparative synthesis aiming to understand the outcome of the global confrontation in the eighteenth century.  Faced with the challenge of paying for new and more costly wars some countries found flexible ways to get more money and better supplies whereas others did not. The development of freer colonial markets the increase of consumption and its taxation the problems of venal administration or the different systems of patronage with contractors are some of the factors explaining the divergences that were made clear by 1815. This book explores political and economic dimensions of the eighteenth-century European state in order to explain why and how changes in power as an outcome of war depended upon the available means and the way they were obtained and used. The book takes the idea that making war or preparing for it obliged governments to make important changes in their institutions so that during the eighteenth century the state in many ways formed itself through war efforts. Ultimately this study aims to show how closely political and military success was entwined with economic interests. This volume is of great interest to those who study economic history political economy and European history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872458

War Religion and ServiceHuguenot Soldiering 1685–1713 During the Glorious Revolution of 1688 Huguenot soldiers were at the forefront of William of Orange's army. Their role was an important one and they are with justification best remembered for this act among British historians and the public alike. Yet Huguenot soldiering existed long before this event and French Protestants and their descendants featured prominently in European armies long afterwards. This volume is the first attempt to bring together in a scholarly study essays treating the Huguenots as soldiers in Europe and globally. Their story is often fascinating and sometimes poignant as they aided international Protestantism against Catholic foes across Europe and in the New World while remaining 'under the cross' in their homeland of France. The book is divided into three sections the first analysing the period prior to the 1685 Revocation of the Edict of Nantes which sealed their fate in France. Their role as mercenaries and freedom fighters receives attention as does the complex political motivation that underscored their involvements abroad in the pre-Revocation era. Chapters examine the Huguenot rationale for foreign service and the dynamics of the Protestant international of which they were such a prominent part. Their role in European armies after that date is covered in the second section of the volume with a number of expert studies of Huguenot refugees in the armies of Britain the Netherlands and Russia. A third section treats the Huguenot legacy focusing on the aging generation of refugees and their descendants' contributions to the countries of their adoption. This book contains studies of the Huguenots serving in armies in various countries and examines the lives and actions of a number of individual French refugee commanders who led armies consisting of their compatriots. By combining biographical studies of eminent figures with broader considerations of group experience the volume presents a wide-ranging and thought provoking collection of material making this the first study of its kind to consistently treat the military contribution made by the Huguenots to Europe at the high point of their importance as a historical group. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275751

War Revolution and Japan The end of the Cold War years has brought tumultuous change. Revolutionary changes however are not new to the Japanese. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405974

War Science and TerrorismFrom Laboratory to Open Conflict Describes the application of research to the evolution of weapons. It shows how natural engineering information and environmental sciences are exploited how even social science is applied to recruitment battlefield and logistical management and careful preparation of terroristic acts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203045848

War Strategy and Intelligence Investigating the logic conduct and nature of war on the highest political and strategic levels these essays put less emphasis on operational and tactical aspects. They look at the impact of technology on warfare the political nature of war and the limits of rational analysis in studying war. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203043554

War Strategy and the Modern State 1792–1914 This book is a comparative study of military operations conducted my modern states between the French Revolution and World War I. It examines the complex relationship between political purpose and strategy on the one hand and the challenge of realizing strategic goals through military operations on the other. It argues further that following the experience of the Napoleonic Wars military strength was awarded a primary status in determining the comparative modernity of all the Great Powers; that military goals came progressively to distort a sober understanding of the national interest; that a genuinely political and diplomatic understanding of national strategy was lost; and that these developments collectively rendered the military and political catastrophe of 1914 not inevitable yet probable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138330092

War Survival Units and CitizenshipA Neo-Eliasian Processual-Relational Perspective In this ground-breaking book the author proposes a new theory of state formation based upon a rethinking of the nexus war state and citizenship. He seeks to move beyond explanations provided by traditional approaches by discussing and presenting alternative state-society and state theories arguing that a relational-processual understanding of the states has been neglected in existing literature. The book begins with a critical discussion of the concept of the state and society in social and political theory. The author suggests an alternative theoretical-methodological framework based upon German relational theory (such as Hegel Clausewitz Carl Schmitt and in particular Norbert Elias). Drawing upon the concepts of survival unit and figuration the book provides a political historical and sociological comparative analysis of the relation between war state and citizenship in France England and Germany from the Middle Ages to the mid-17th century with emphasis on the 16th and 17th centuries. In addition the book addresses two puzzles in social theory. First the author addresses the question: why is the world divided into a multiple number of units? Will it remain like this or can we expect one unit – one world state – in the future? Second the author looks into why and how this divided world is maintained: what makes the demarcation between states and how is this demarcation upheld? The issues discussed in the book are central to political and historical sociology and will be of interest to scholars and students working in both these fields as well as to those working in political science and IR social theory and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754649526

War Terror and Carriage by Sea War Terror and Carriage by Sea provides a comprehensive legal analysis of the law and practice relating to the impact of war or war related risks terrorism and piracy on international commercial shipping. It includes a detailed review of: • International Hull Clauses the Institute War and Strikes Clauses and by the P&I Associations and War Risk Associations in respect of war war related terrorist and associated risks • The impact of the threat oroccurrence of such risks on international carriage by sea including a review of the principal time and voyagecharter forms • A detailed review of the December 2002 amendments to the SOLAS 1974 Convention and the regulations and provisions contained in the ISPS Code Media > Books > E-books Informa Law from Routledge 9780203720554

War the Holocaust and Stalinism First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986923

War the State and International Law in Seventeenth-Century Europe One of the great paradoxes of post-medieval Europe is why instead of bringing peace to a disorganised and violent world modernity instead produced a seemingly endless string of conflicts and social upheavals. Why was it that the foundation and institutionalisation of secured peace and the rule of law seemed to go hand-in-hand with the proliferation of war and the violation of individual and collective rights? In order to try to better understand such profound questions this volume explores the history and theories of political thought of international relations in the seventeenth century a period in which many of the defining features and boundaries of modern Europe where fixed and codified. With the discovery of the New World and the fundamental impact of the Reformation the complexity of international relations increased considerably. Reactions to these upheavals resulted in a range of responses intended to address the contradictions and conflicts of the anarchical society of states. Alongside the emergence of "modern" international law the equation of international relations with the state of nature and the development of the "balance of power" diplomatic procedures and commercial customs arose which shaped the emerging (and current) international system of states. Employing a multidisciplinary approach to address these issues this volume brings together political scientists philosophers historians of political thought jurists and scholars of international relations. What emerges is a certain tension between the different strands of research which allows for a fruitful new synthesis. In this respect the assembled essays in this volume offer a sophisticated and fresh account of the interactions of law conflict and the nation state in an early-modern European context. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315547688

War Violence and Social JusticeTheories for Social Work This book analyses the role of war and violence (in both its physical and symbolic forms) for social work in a time of neoliberal globalisation from a social justice perspective. It argues that the consequences of wars in both their old and new forms and the exercise of symbolic violence for the practices of social work at national and global levels have been ignored. This work explores the relationship between recent neoliberal and global transformations and their consequences for intensifying ’new wars’ and conflicts in non-Western countries on the one hand and the increasing symbolic violence against marginalised people with immigrant and non-Western background in many Western countries on the other. The analytical approach of the book based on the theories of multiple modernities and symbolic violence is unique since no other work has applied such theoretical perspectives for analysing inequalities in relation to the condition of lives of non-Western people living in Western and non-Western countries. This is a necessary contribution for social work education and research since the discipline needs new theoretical perspectives to be able to meet the new challenges raised by recent global transformations and neoliberal globalisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599294

War Women and Children in Ancient Rome (Routledge Revivals) J.K. Evans’ pioneering work explores the profound changes in the social economic and legal condition of Roman women which it is argued were necessary consequences of two centuries of near-continuous warfare as Rome expanded from city-state to empire. Bridging the gap that has isolated the specialised studies of Roman women and children from the more traditional political and social concerns of historians J.K. Evans’ investigation ranges from Cicero’s wife Terentia to the anonymous spouse of the peasant-soldier Ligustinus charting the severe erosion of the very institutions that kept women and children in thrall. War Women and Children in Ancient Rome will be interest not only to classicists and historians of antiquity but also to sociologists and anthropologists while it will similarly prove an indispensable reference work for historians of women and the family. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415739917

War & Revolution in Asiatic Russia Part diary part journalistic dispatches this volume originally published in 1918 is a short history of the Caucasus campaign and connects the events that were taking place in the Middle East with the past history of Central Asia. Witnessing the effects of the Russian Revolution on the Asiatic provinces the author reveals the real state of Asiatic Russia in the months preceding the Russian Revolution and shows how the Russian reaction was in part responsible for the disastrous state of affairs in Armenia and was contributing with the Turkish Government to bring that country to the verge of ruin. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138633100

War Aims and Strategic Policy in the Great War 1914-1918 (RLE The First World War) Recent research has largely destroyed the fallacy that most of the powers declared war in 1914 without any clear perception of why and to what ultimate end. War aims were the subject of frequent examination although decisions to publicise the results depended on a number of factors affecting both national and alliance politics. This book is a collection of original essays by six distinguished scholars dealing with the problem of the major powers’ political aims and military strategies during World War I. The contributors write from the viewpoint of their own special interests and research and so offer a broad spectrum of ideas on the main theme of the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138997431

War and Border Societies in the Middle Ages The frontier or `marcher' societies flourished in the Middle Ages and their influence has lasted well into modern times. In this study of Anglo-Scottish relations and of border society the contributors examine the infrastructure beneath societies which were permanently `organized for war'. They draw on Anglo-Scottish archival material to argue that the issues which feature in other frontier societies - acculturation and the creation of special institutions - appeared also on the Anglo-Scottish frontier. The book uses the celebrated Battle of Otterburn as a starting-point for a major reassessment of border society challenging the view put forward in popular ballads that the borders were isolated and self-contained. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138006676

War and Democracy: A Comparative Study of the Korean War and the Peloponnesian WarA Comparative Study of the Korean War and the Peloponnesian War A comparison of the cultural and political/institutional dimensions of war's impact on Greece during the Peloponnesian War and the United States and the two Koreas North and South during the Korean War. It demonstrates the many underlying similarities between the two wars. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698298

War and DemocracyEssays on the Causes and Prevention of War Originally published in 1938 this book consists of a group of papers considering widely different subjects but all bearing upon one social problem – the causation and prevention of war. The authors all occupy the same general political position they are democratic socialists and active members of the Labour Party. The book falls into three rough divisions although all the papers are self-contained. The first part of the book is psychological and attempts to summarise and analyse the non-historical evidence (ecological psychological and anthropological) about the causes of fighting. The second part is historical. It surveys the different causes of international war in the nineteenth century and then discusses the relation between nationalism and capitalism during the same period. The third part is political and first considers the relation of the use of force to the preservation of peace. Then analyses the choices of foreign policy for a pacific power confronted by the threat of aggressive military dictatorship. It concludes with a review and assessment of the various available policies for the prevention of war in general and under the specific contemporary conditions of the time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367243487

War and DemocratizationLegality Legitimacy and Effectiveness Promotion of democracy in post-war and post-conflict societies became a topic during the 1990s. The book deals with the legality legitimacy and effectiveness of military interventions where the international community of states not only felt impelled to engage in military humanitarian or peace-building missions but also in long-term state- and democracy-building. External actors particularly engaged in four modes namely enforcing democratization by enduring post-war occupation (mode 1); restoring an elected government by military intervention (mode 2); intervening in on-going massacres and civil war with military forces (‘humanitarian intervention’) and thereby curbing the national sovereignty of those countries (mode 3) and forcing democracy on rogue states by ‘democratic intervention’ in other words democracy through war (mode 4). The contributions link juridical and philosophical reflections on just war ad bellum with empirical evidence post bellum in Afghanistan Georgia Serbia Croatia Cambodia and East Timor. All empirical analyses stress the complexity and difficulties to establish democracy in post-conflict societies driven or monitored by external actors. Such an endeavour implies a comprehensive agenda of political social and economic methods of peace-building. However if external actors withdraw before the roots of democracy are deep enough and before democratic institutions are strong enough to stand alone then the entire endeavour may fail. This book was originally published as a special issue of Democratization. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315876320

War and Diplomacy First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138997424

War and Diplomacy in East and WestA Biography of Józef Retinger The New York Times said of Józef Hieronim Retinger that he was on intimate terms with most leading statesmen of the Western World including presidents of the United States. He has been repeatedly acknowledged as one of the principle architects of the movement for European unity after the World War II and one of the outstanding creative political influences of the post war period. He has also been credited with being the dark master behind the so-called "Bilderberg Group " described variously as an organization of idealistic internationalists and a malevolent global conspiracy. Before that Retinger involved himself in intelligence activities during World War II and given the covert and semi-covert nature of many of his activities it is little wonder that no biography has appeared about him. This book draws on a broad range of international archives to rectify that. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367275365

War and Displacement in the Twentieth CenturyGlobal Conflicts Human displacement has always been a consequence of war written into the myths and histories of centuries of warfare. However the global conflicts of the twentieth century brought displacement to civilizations on an unprecedented scale as the two World Wars shifted participants around the globe. Although driven by political disputes between European powers the consequences of Empire ensured that Europe could not contain them. Soldiers traversed continents and civilians often followed them or found themselves living in territories ruled by unexpected invaders. Both wars saw fighting in Europe Africa the Middle East and the Far East and few nations remained neutral. Both wars saw the mass upheaval of civilian populations as a consequence of the fighting. Displacements were geographical cultural and psychological; they were based on nationality sex/gender or age. They produced an astonishing range of human experience recorded by the participants in different ways. This book brings together a collection of inter-disciplinary works by scholars who are currently producing some of the most innovative and influential work on the subject of displacement in war in order to share their knowledge and interpretations of historical and literary sources. The collection unites historians and literary scholars in addressing the issues of war and displacement from multiple angles. Contributors draw on a wealth of primary source materials and resources including archives from across the world military records medical records films memoirs diaries and letters both published and private and fictional interpretations of experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415719810

War and DrugsThe Role of Military Conflict in the Development of Substance Abuse War and Drugs explores the relationship between military incursions and substance use and abuse throughout history. For centuries drugs have been used to weaken enemies stimulate troops to fight and quell post-war trauma. They have also served as a source of funding for clandestine military and paramilitary activity. In addition to offering detailed geopolitical perspectives this book explores the intergenerational trauma that follows military conflict and the rising tide of substance abuse among veterans especially from the Vietnam and Iraq-Afghan eras. Addiction specialist Bergen-Cico raises important questions about the past and challenges us to consider new approaches in the future to this longest of US wars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594518959

War and Embodied MemoryBecoming Disabled in Sierra Leone How do you become an 'amputee' 'war-wounded' 'victim' or 'disabled' person? This book describes how an amputee and war-wounded community was created after a decade long conflict (1991-2002) in Sierra Leone. Beginning with a general socio-cultural and historical analysis of what is understood by impairment and disability it also explains how disability was politically created both during the conflict and post-conflict as violence became part of the everyday. Despite participating in the neoliberal rebuilding of the nation state ex-combatants and the security of the nation were the government’s main priorities not amputee and war-wounded people. In order to survive people had to form partnerships with NGOs and participate in new discourses and practices around disability and rights thus accessing identities of 'disabled' or 'persons with disabilities'. NGOs charities and religious organisations that understood impairment and disability were most successful at aiding this community of people. However since discourse and practice on disability were mainly bureaucratic top-down and not democratic about mainstreaming disability neoliberal organisations and INGOs have caused a new colonisation of consciousness and amputee and war-wounded people have had to become skilled in negotiating these new forms of subjectivities to survive. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247192

War and EmpireThe Expansion of Britain 1790-1830 The years 1790 to 1830 saw Britain engage in an extensive period of war-waging and empire-building which transformed its position as an imperial state established its reputation as a distinctive military power and secured naval preeminence. Despite this apparent success Britain did not become a world super power in the conventional sense. Instead as Professor Collins demonstrates it operated as an enclave power influencing or dominating many regions of the world without ever asserting global hegemony. Even in the 1820s Britain still had to fight to maintain influence and sometimes struggled to assert dominance on the borderlands of the empire. By locating naval and military power at the heart of Britain's relationship with the wider world Bruce Collins offers an insightful reinterpretation of the interaction between military and naval war-making the expansion of the empire and the nature of the British regime. Using examples of conflicts ranging from continental Europe and Ireland to North America Africa and India he argues that the state‘s effectiveness in war was crucial to its imperial expansion and gives new significance to British military conduct in an age of revolution and war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138408043

War and IdeasSelected Essays This book collects the key essays together with updating notes and commentary of Professor John Mueller on war and the role of ideas and opinions. Mueller has maintained that war (and peace) are in essence merely ideas and that war has waned as the notion that 'peace' is a decidedly good idea has gained currency. The first part of the book extends this argument noting that as ideas have spread war is losing out not only in the developed world but now in the developing one and that even civil war is in marked decline. It also assesses and critiques theories arguing that this phenomenon is caused by the rising acceptance of democracy and/or capitalism. The second part argues that the Cold War was at base a clash of ideas that were seen to be threatening not of arms balances domestic systems geography or international structure. It also maintains that there has been a considerable tendency to exaggerate security threats—currently in particular the one presented by international terrorism—and to see them in excessively military terms. The third section deals with the role public opinion plays in foreign policy and argues that many earlier conclusions about opinion during the Korean and Vietnam Wars including especially ones concerning the importance of casualties in determining popular support for war apply to more recent military ventures in the Persian Gulf Bosnia Iraq and Afghanistan. It also assesses the difficulties leaders and idea entrepreneurs often encounter when they try to manage or manipulate public opinion. This book will be of much interest to students of international relations security studies foreign policy and international history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415781770

War and Ideology Why do nations go to war? Is war an institutionalized outlet for our aggressive instincts? Or is it a cultural invention rather than a biological necessity? Originally published in 1990 Eric Carlton looking across a number of societies investigates why men and women go to war and how they are able to commit atrocities against their enemy. He believes that central to these issues is the perception of the enemy and the ways in which this is ‘converted’ – consciously or unconsciously – into an ideology of aggression. Military training and ideology are based upon the definition of the enemy as ‘the other’ and studies in the text reveal the importance of the stereotyped image of the enemy when soldiers carry out atrocities. Dr Carlton explores the underlying problem of how and why societies resort to war by analysing the motivations usually religious and ideological which legitimize warlike policies and activities. Fascinating case studies consider the ways in which the enemy has been seen in various historical and comparative contexts: for instance to ancient Egyptians the enemy were non-people to Romans uncouth barbarians to Maoists class antagonists. These studies underline the fact that perceptions of the adversary determine the nature of warfare more than any other single factor. The book is unique in its discussion of the idea of the enemy in warfare and military ideology and in its use of an historical method to comment on situations which are still relevant to the modern world. Its historical and comparative perspective and its extensive case studies make it of great value and interest to students of history sociology and politics as well as to those engaged in war studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367609191

War and Independence In Spanish America During the period from 1808 to 1826 the Spanish empire was convulsed by wars throughout its dominions in Iberia and the Americas. The conflicts began in Spain where Napoleon’s invasion triggered a war of national resistance. The collapse of the Spanish monarchy provoked challenges to the colonial regime in virtually all of Spain's American provinces and colonial demands for autonomy and independence led to political turbulence and violent confrontation on a transcontinental scale. During the two decades after 1808 Spanish America witnessed warfare on a scale not seen since the conquests three centuries earlier. War and Independence in Spanish America provides a unified account of war in Spanish America during the period after the collapse of the Spanish government in 1808. McFarlane traces the courses and consequences of war combining a broad narrative of the development and distribution of armed conflict with analysis of its characteristics and patterns. He maps the main arenas of war traces the major campaigns by and crucial battles between rebels and royalists and places the military conflicts in the context of international political change. Readers will come away with a fully realized understanding of how war and military mobilization affected Spanish American societies and shaped the emerging independent states. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857287837

War and Intervention in Lebanon (Routledge Revivals)The Israeli-Syrian Deterrence Dialogue Despite the bitter conflict that divided Jerusalem and Damascus a fascinating process of indirect – through the United States – and tacit understandings emerged with regard to Lebanon in the 1970s. This derived largely from the Israeli deterrence posture which held in check Syrian military involvement in Lebanon. This book first published in 1987 traces the development of the Israeli and Syrian involvement in Lebanon between 1975 and 1985 and of the deterrence dialogue which evolved between them. It also places this dialogue within the larger context of the overall Israeli-Syrian deterrence equation. War and Intervention in Lebanon is a fascinating and relevant work of great value to those with an interest in International Relations and Middle Eastern history politics and diplomacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415834025

War and Intervention in the Transnational Public SphereProblem-solving and European identity-formation The post-Cold War era saw an unexpected increase in intra-state violence against ethnic and religious groups brutal civil wars and asymmetric conflicts. Those crises posed fundamental questions for the European Union and its member states to which Europe has so far proven unable to develop satisfactory answers. This book contends that public debates over wars and humanitarian military interventions after the Cold War represent an evolving process of comprehension and collective interpretation of new realities. Employing innovative computer-linguistic methods it examines the dynamics of this debate across Europe and compares it to that of the United States. In doing so it argues that transnational political communication has shaped European identity-formation in significant ways and that in trying to come to terms with important crises and institutional events shared understandings of Europe have emerged. Looking at evidence from a wide range of countries including Austria France Germany Ireland the Netherlands and the United Kingdom and spanning a continuous period of 16 years this book empirically analyses these shared understandings of the EU as a problem-solving and ethical community. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of international relations EU politics security studies comparative politics political communication and European integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309906

War and MigrationSocial Networks and Economic Strategies of the Hazaras of Afghanistan Focusing on the case of the Hazaras a population from central Afghanistan this book shows how migration studies and transnationalism are at the heart of theoretical and methodological debates which animate anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654784

War and Nationalism in China: 1925-1945 In 1937 the Nationalists under Chiang Kaishek were leading the Chinese war effort against Japan and were lauded in the West for their efforts to transform China into an independent and modern nation; yet this image was quickly tarnished. The Nationalists were soon denounced as militarily incompetent corrupt and antidemocratic and Chiang Kaishek the same. In this book van de Ven investigates the myths and truths of Nationalist resistance including issues such as: the role of the US in East Asia during the Second World War the achievements of Chiang Kaishek as Nationalist leader the respective contributions of the Nationalists and the Communists to the defeat of Japan the consequences of the Europe First strategy for Asia. War and Nationalism in China offers a major new interpretation of the Chinese Nationalists placing their war of resistance against Japan in the context of their prolonged efforts to establish control over their own country and providing a critical reassessment of Allied Warfare in the region. This groundbreaking volume will interest students and researchers of Chinese History and Warfare. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415514996

War and Nationalism in South AsiaThe Indian State and the Nagas This book presents and analyses the oldest sub-national war of postcolonial South Asia between the Indian state and the Nagas of Northeast India. It offers a serious and thorough political history on the Naga region over three periods pre-colonial colonial and post-colonial. Drawing on a wealth of primary sources and comparative and theoretical literature Marcus Franke demonstrates that agency and identity-formation are an on-going process that neither started nor ended with colonialism. Although the interaction of the local population with colonialism produced a Naga national élite it was the emergence of the Indian political class with access to superior means of nation and state-building that was able to undertake the modern Indo-Naga war. This war firmly made the Nagas into a 'nation' and that set them onto the road to independence. War and Nationalism in South Asia fundamentally revises our understanding of the existing 'histories' of the Nagas by exposing them to be influenced by colonial or post-colonial narratives of domination. Furthermore by placing the region into the longue durée of state formation with its involved technique of imperial rule the book presents a new approach to the study of nationalism and war in South Asia in general. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of politics history anthropology and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415502160

War and Peace in Europe 1815-1870 Published in 1963: The three essays bound together in ths book are based upon lectures given by the author as a Univesity Lecturer in Modern History at Oxford. The Lectures were not intended as a substitute for the excellent textbooks of modern European history published in recent years. The choice of subject and more of treatment were determined by the questions of students and others attempting to find in this history of modern Europe something more than a chronicale of events a list of dates and names a catalogue of political and consititutional changes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367150587

War and Peace in Jewish TraditionFrom the Biblical World to the Present The transition between the reality of war and a hope for peace has accompanied the Jewish people since biblical times. However the ways in which both concepts are understood have changed many times over the ages and both have different implications for an independent nation in its own land than they do for a community of exiles living as a minority in foreign countries. This book explores the concepts of war and peace throughout the history of Judaism. Combining three branches of learning - classical Jewish sources from the Bible to modern times; related academic disciplines of Jewish studies humanities social and political sciences; and public discussion of these issues on political military ideological and moral levels - contributors from Israel and the USA open new vistas of investigation for the future as well as an awareness of the past. Chapters touch on personal and collective morality in warfare survival though a long and often violent history and creation of some of the world’s great cultural assets in literature philosophy and religion as well as in the fields of community life and social autonomy. An important addition to the current literature on Jewish thought and philosophy this book will be of considerable interest to scholars working in the areas of Jewish Studies theology modern politics the Middle East and biblical studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367865146

War and Peace in Qajar PersiaImplications Past and Present With new and existing evidence being reconsidered this edited collection takes a multidisciplinary approach to discussing the Qajar system within the context of the wars that engulfed it and the periods of peace that ensued. It throws new light on the decision-making processes the restraints on action and the political exigencies at play during the Qajar years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869806

War and Peace In SudanA Tale of Two Countries First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986893

War and Peace in the Baltic 1560-1790 First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415513173

War and PeaceObservations on Our Times In more than 100 essays written over a three-year period for the "New York Observer" Howard Fast looks with horror at the official violence inflicted on Nicaragua El Salvador Grenada Panama and Iraq and the unofficial violence that is taking place in the cities of the United States. In "War and Peace" Fast summons us to face the wars and the social disintegration that degraded the Reagan and Bush years with all the explanations and excuses stripped away. He dwells on the monumental folly of the Cold War and shows us repeatedly what we could have done with the billions spent on planes bombs and guns if we had spent them on the education and safety of our children on housing medical care rebuilding the cities - and what we can still do in the future. As in Swift Yahoos populate the essays of this book: the drug dealers; the local political hacks; the anti-Semites; the racists; the women-bashers; the arms traffickers: the whole unsavory cast. As in Mencken boobs run loose in the White House and in the halls of Congress. From time to time a Candide-like character named D'emas (Yiddish for the "the truth") appears and asks embarrassing questions about the ways of our civilisation which his interlocutor is hard-pressed to answer. And yet after Howard Fast recounts the inanity and brutality of these years he offers a humane vision of what America and the rest of the world could be. These essays should hold a place in 20th-century letters as a statement of unsurpassed passion on the theme: war and peace. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315484976

War and PhotographyA Cultural History Drawing on the work of Barthes Eco Foucault Baudrillard Burgin and Tagg and on the historians of mentalities War and Photography presents a theoretical approach to the understanding of press photography in its historical and contemporary context.Brothers applies her argument with special reference to French and British newspaper images of the Spanish Civil War a selection of which is presented in the book. Rejecting analyses based upon the content of the images alone she argues that photographic meaning is largely predetermined by its institutional and cultural context. Acting as witnesses despite themselves photographs convey a wealth of information not about any objective reality but about the collective attitudes and beliefs particular to the culture in which they operate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415513517

War and ProgressBritain 1914-1945 This is an account of how the daily lives of ordinary peoples were changed profoundly and permanently by these three momentous decades 1914-1945. Often depicted in negative terms Peter Dewey finds a much more positive pattern in the wealth of evidence he lays before us. His is a story of economic achievement and the emergence of a new sense of social community in the nation rather than a saga of disenchantment and decline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154995

War and RapeLaw Memory and Justice Wartime rape has been virulent in wars of sovereignty territory conquest religion ideology and liberation yet attention to this crime has been sporadic throughout history. Rape remains ‘unspeakable’ particularly within law. Moreover rape has not featured prominently in post-conflict collective memory. And even when rape is ‘remembered’ it is often the subject of political controversy and heated debate. In this book Henry asks some critical questions about the relationship between mass rape politics and law. In what ways does law contribute to the collective memory of wartime rape? How do ‘counter-memories’ of victims compete with the denialism of wartime rape? The text specifically analyses the historical silencing of rape throughout international legal history and the potential of law to restore these silenced histories it also examines the violence of law and the obstacles to individual and collective redemption. Tracing the prosecution of rape crimes within contemporary courts Henry seeks to argue that politics underscores the way rape is dealt with by the international community in the aftermath of armed conflict. Providing a comprehensive overview of the politics of wartime rape and the politics of prosecuting such crimes within international humanitarian law this text will be of great interest to scholars of gender and security war crimes and law and society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203836194

War and RedemptionTreatment and Recovery in Combat-related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Much has rightly been written about the physiological and psychological symptoms known as posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) suffered by combat veterans and their treatment. Much less has been written about the moral spiritual and existential pain that soldiers experience as a consequence of carrying through the stated purpose of war for the common soldier - kill the enemy until the war is won. Based on his 20+ years' experience of treating combat veterans Dr Larry Dewey explores the war trauma and life adaptation of combatants over two decades of intensive treatment. He addresses moral spiritual and existential issues while also attending to the important physiological and psychological symptoms. Using case material thoughts experiences and literally the words of 65 veterans of various wars he portrays in depth and with meaningful detail the process of successful treatment and the eventual positive adaptation for these veterans. The volume explores the deep pain and burden of killing and the role of propaganda and love in starting and maintaining war. Through the veterans' stories the author portrays the personal war of the ordinary combatant and the burden of guilt grief and pain they often carry afterwards. The second part tackles the actual healing process and part three explores the concepts of sin confession mercy forgiveness redemption and love and how veterans have used them in aiding their own recovery from war's grief and moral pain. War and Redemption provides an invaluable tool in the understanding and treatment of PTSD for therapists veterans and their families. It will also be a fascinating and valuable resource for all those interested in PTSD more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604516

War and Religion after Westphalia 1648–1713 Many historians consider the Peace of Westphalia which ended the Thirty Years' War in 1648 to mark a watershed in European international relations. It is generally agreed that Westphalia brought to an end more than a century of religious conflicts and marked the beginning of a new era in which secular power politics was the prime motivating factor in international relations and warfare. The purpose of this volume is to question this assumption and reconceptualise the relationship between war foreign policy and religion during the period 1648 to 1713. Some of the contributions to the volume directly challenge the idea that religion ceased to play a role in war and foreign policy. Others confirm the traditional view that religion did not play a dominant role after 1648 but seek to re-evaluate its significance and thereby redefine religious influences on policy in this period. By exploring this issue from various perspectives the volume offers a unique opportunity to reassess the influence of religion in international politics. It also yields deeper insights into concepts of secularisation and complements the research of many social and cultural historians who have begun to challenge the idea of a decline in the influence of religion in domestic politics and society. By matching the relationship between conflict and religion with this scholarship a more nuanced appreciation of the European situation begins to emerge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249769

War and Religion in the Secular AgeFaith and Interstate Armed Conflict Onset Is religion a factor in initiating interstate armed conflict and do different religions have different effects? Breaking new ground in political science this book explores these questions both qualitatively and quantitively concluding that the answer is yes. Previous studies have focused on conflict within states or interstate aggression with overtly religious motivations; in contrast Brown shows how religion affects states’ propensities to militarize even disputes that are not religious in nature. Different religions are shown to have different influences on those propensities and those influences are linked to the war ethics inculcated in those religions. The book analyses and classifies war ethics contained in religious scripture and other religious classics teachings of religions’ contemporary epistemic communities and religions’ historical narratives. Using data from the new Religious Characteristics of States dataset project qualitative studies are combined with empirical measurements of governments’ institutional preferences and populations’ cultures. This book will provide interesting insights to scholars and researchers in international security studies political science international law sociology and religious studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138337480

War and Revolution in the CaucasusGeorgia Ablaze The South Caucasus has traditionally been a playground of contesting empires. This region on the edge of Europe is associated in Western minds with ethnic conflict and geopolitical struggles in August 2008. Yet another war broke out in this distant European periphery as Russia and Georgia clashed over the secessionist territory of South Ossetia. The war had global ramifications culminating in deepening tensions between Russia on the one hand and Europe and the USA on the other. Speculation on the causes and consequences of the war focused on Great Power rivalries and a new Great Game on oil pipeline routes and Russian imperial aspirations. This book takes a different tack which focuses on the domestic roots of the August 2008 war. Collectively the authors in this volume present a new multidimensional context for the war. They analyse historical relations between national minorities in the region look at the link between democratic development state-building and war and explore the role of leadership and public opinion. Digging beneath often simplistic geopolitical explanations the authors give the national minorities and Georgians themselves the voice that is often forgotten by Western analysts. This book was based on a special issue of  Central Asian Survey. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415518208

War and Revolution in Vietnam Written for undergradaute courses on postwar American foreign policy Southeast Asian history the Cold War the Vietnam war international relations decolonization and third world communism this introduction uses the wealth of recent research to place the Vietnam war within the contexts of European colonization American Cold War strategy and Vietnam's own political history Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154926

War and SemioticsSigns Communication Systems and the Preparation Legitimization and Commemoration of Collective Mass Violence Wars create their own dynamics especially with regard to images and language. The semiotic and semantic codes are redefined according to the need to create an enemy image or in reference to the results of a war that are post-event defined as just or reasonable. The semiotic systems of wars are central to the discussion of the contributions within this volume which highlight the interrelationship of semiotic systems and their constructions during wars in different periods of history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367504069

War And Society In Africa First Published in 1970. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138432543

War and Society in Britain 1899-1948 Rex Pope reassesses the impact of war on the political and social structures of British society during the first half of the twentieth century and introduces the reader to current debates about the relationship between war and change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837409

War and Society in Early Modern Europe1495-1715 War and Society in Early Modern Europe takes a fresh approach to military history. Rather than looking at tactics and strategy it aims to set warfare in social and institutional contexts. Focusing on the early-modern period in western Europe Frank Tallett gives an insight into the armies and shows how warfare had an impact on different social groups as well as on the economy and on patterns of settlement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138136502

War and Society in the Greek World The role of warfare is central to our understanding of the ancient Greek world. In this book and the companion work War and Society in the Roman World the wider social context of war is explored. This volume examines its impact on Greek society from Homeric times to the age of Alexander and his successors and discusses the significance of the causes and profits of war the links between war piracy and slavery and trade and the ideology of warfare in literature and sculpture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138136953

War and Society in the Roman World This volume focuses on the changing relationship between warfare and the Roman citizenry; from the Republic when war was at the heart of Roman life through to the Principate when it was confined to professional soldiers and to the Late Empire and the Roman army's eventual failure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173576

War and Society Volume 1A Yearbook of Military History Originally published in 1975 this volume filled a gap in existing scholarship by providing a comprehensive group of essays on the historical study of war and armed forces and their relationship with society. These volumes include articles ranging from the Renaissance to the era of total war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138921696

War and Society Volume 2A Yearbook of Military History Originally published in 1977 this volume filled a gap in existing scholarship by providing a comprehensive group of essays on the historical study of war and armed forces and their relationship with society. These volumes include articles ranging from the Renaissance to the era of total war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138921719

War and State Formation in SyriaCemal Pasha's Governorate During World War I 1914-1917 During the First World War Cemal Pasha attempted to establish direct control over Syrian and thereby reaffirm Ottoman authority there through various policies of control including the abolishment of local intermediaries. Elaborating on these Ottoman policies of control this book assesses Cemal Pasha’s policies towards different political groups in Syrian society including; Arabists Zionists Christian clergymen and Armenian immigrants. The author then goes on to analyse Pasha’s educational activities the conscription of Syrians- both Muslim and Christian and the reconstruction of the major Syrian cities assessing how these policies contributed to his attempt to create ideal Ottoman citizens. An important addition to existing literature on the social and political history of World War I and contributing a new understanding of Ottoman Syria and its transformation into a nation-state this book will be of interest to students and scholars with an interest in state formation Politics and History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138290358

War and Strategy in the Modern WorldFrom Blitzkrieg to Unconventional Terror This volume brings together some of Professor Azar Gat's most significant articles on the evolution of strategic doctrines and the transformation of war during the 20th and early 21st centuries.It sheds new light on the rise of the German Panzer arm and the doctrine of Blitzkrieg between the two world wars; explores the factors behind the formation of strategic policy and military doctrine in the world war era and during the cold war; and explains why counterinsurgency has become such a problem. The book concludes with the spread of peace in the developed world challenged as it is by the rise of the authoritarian-capitalist great powers – China and Russia – and by the chilling prospect of unconventional terrorism. This last essay summarizes the author's latest research and has not previously been published in article form.This collection will be of much interest to students of strategic studies military history and international relations.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666989

War and the BodyMilitarisation Practice and Experience This edited volume places the body at the centre of critical thinking about war and its consequences. War is fundamentally embodied. The reality of war is not just politics by any other means but politics incarnate politics written on and experienced through the thinking feeling bodies of men and women. From steeled combatants to abject victims war occupies innumerable bodies in a multitude of ways profoundly shaping lives and ways of being human. Giving the body an analytic recognition that it warrants and has often been denied in conventional war studies this book brings together new interdisciplinary scholarship that explores the numerous affective sensory and embodied practices through which war lives and breeds. It focuses on how war is prepared enacted and reproduced through embodied action suffering and memory. As such the book promotes new directions in theorising war and transformations in warfare via an explicit focus on the body. This book will be of much interest to students and scholars of war studies security studies sociology anthropology military studies politics and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138924949

War and the City Cities have evolved from small urban systems designed to withstand attack from without. The demands of the modern city have shifted the focus to the dangers of internal violence. War and the City analyses the role of cities in war and the effects of war on cities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755573

War And The MarxistsSocialist Theory And Practice In Capitalist Wars 1848-1918 A study of Marxist and socialist theory and its relationship to war. A history of the attempt to find a unified socialist position relating to capitalist wars. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429267178

War and the Militarization of British Army Medicine 1793–1830 This study demonstrates the emergence and development of the identity of the ‘military medical officer’ and places their work within the broader context of changes to British medicine during the first half of the nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661592

War and the State (RLE The First World War)The Transformation of British Government 1914-1919 This volume gives students and researchers an insight into British central government in 1914 how and why it altered during the war years and what permanent changes remained when the war was over. The war saw the scope of governmental intervention widened in an unprecedented manner. The contributors to this book analyse the reasons for this expansion and describe how the changes affected the government machine and the lives of the citizens. They consider why some innovations did not survive the coming of peace while others permanently transformed the duties and procedures of government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986916

War and Trade in the West Indies First Published in 1963. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138432406

War and Tropical ForestsConservation in Areas of Armed Conflict Explore the conservation implications of recent armed conflicts in the tropical forest regions of Asia Africa and Latin America! From the lowland rainforests of the Colombian Amazon to the rugged habitat of Rwanda's mountain gorillas civil ethnic and international wars have had severe impacts on tropical forests and the communities they sustain. The reemergence of war and the persistence of its impacts have led many conservationists to reassess their efforts and adapt their strategies to a new set of responsibilities and urgent challenges. War and Tropical Forests: Conservation in Areas of Armed Conflict explores these challenges and the lessons learned by conservationists working in conflict zones around the world. It combines case studies and comparative analyses by leading experts in ecological research environmental policy and conservation field programs to provide insight into the environmental dimensions of recent social political and humanitarian crises. War and Tropical Forests reviews lessons learned from conflict zones around the world and explores: the potential of conservation to reduce the frequency duration and impact of war preparation of conservation programs and local communities for crises strategies for maintaining conservation capacity during times of conflict the underlying political and economic factors that fuel war legal mechanisms for addressing wartime damage to tropical forests building partnerships amidst civil strife and political upheaval This essential book also examines: the Indonesian military's role in illegal logging and deforestation violent conflict and gorilla poaching in the Democratic Republic of Congo armed movements and forest conservation in Nicaragua's largest protected area and much more! War and Tropical Forests also addresses the role of militaries in the inequitable control and illicit use of forest resources the environmental impact of refugees the growing social and environmental costs of efforts to eradicate drug crops and the impact of conflict on protected area management in the habitat of Africa's endangered great apes. War and Tropical Forests is an essential resource for conservation practitioners and policymakers as well as anyone involved with human rights conflict resolution rural development international law or foreign relations. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003075219

War and Warfare since 1945 Beginning with an exploration into the question of what war is War and Warfare since 1945 provides a chronological analysis of military history since the end of World War II extending through to an analysis of the limits of modern warfare in the nuclear age with the purpose of examining why war occurs and how it is carried out. Among the types of conflict considered within the book are: state conflicts civil wars proxy wars terrorism and counterterrorism insurgency genocide. Both theoretical and historical War and Warfare since 1945 also explores the definitions ethics morals and effects of the use of militaries in and after war and puts forward important questions about how wars are resolved. The wars discussed include the first Arab-Israeli War the Chinese Civil War the Korean War the Cold War the Vietnam War and the Iraq war. The book concludes with an investigation into modern war and speculation on the changing face of warfare. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138828193

War as BusinessTechnological Change and Military Service Contracting The privatization of defence assets and the outsourcing of military services from the armed forces to the private sector is an increasing trend. This book approaches the issue of military privatization by linking it to the transformation of the defence industries since the early 1990s and shows the extent to which many military functions and activities ranging from military research to military consulting/training to operational support services have already been outsourced in the US and in Europe. This detailed study provides new and updated information on the ongoing privatization of the defence sector and offers an original theoretical explanation as to why the most modern armed forces throughout the world have come increasingly to rely on private companies for nearly everything they do. Contributing to a better understanding of military privatization and its close connection to technological change the book explains the complexity of the whole phenomenon and discusses its implications for national and international security. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315547725

War as ExperienceContributions from International Relations and Feminist Analysis This book is a major new contribution to our understanding of war and international relations (IR). Divided into two sections the first part surveys the state of war and war studies in international relations security studies and in feminist international relations. The second part addresses a missing area of IR studies of war that feminism is well-placed to fill in: the emotional and physical aspects of war. The author examines a wide variety of conflict situations such as the Israel/Palestine dispute the Cold War Vietnam Nicaragua wars of liberation in Africa genocidal war in Rwanda; humanitarian interventionist war in the Balkans the recent wars in Afghanistan and Iraq and the 'war on terror'. Drawing on the latest feminist thinking the author demonstrates how war is experienced as a body-based politics and in so doing provides an innovative and challenging corrective to traditional theories of war in international relations. This will be essential reading for all those with an interest in gender war and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415775991

War at the Top of the WorldThe Struggle for Afghanistan Kashmir and Tibet What will the post-Taliban government of Afghanistan look like? How will the war in Afghanistan affect the already unstable politics of Central Asia? In War at the Top of the World veteran foreign correspondent Eric Margolis presents a revelatory history of the complicated and volatile conflicts that have entangled Afghanistan Pakistan the United States the Soviet Union and many others. By 1999 Pakistan had proven they have medium-range nuclear weapons and now the threat that their government could be taken over by a radical Islamic fundamentalist faction is stronger than ever. In fact Osama bin Laden has already claimed to have a nuclear weapon. How could this have happened? Margolis plays witness to the escalating conflicts of the past decade tracing disputes over Afghanistan as well as those ever neighboring Kashmir and Tibet back to their Cold War roots exploring clashes that continue to threaten to destabilize the region today.Combining vivid first-hand accounts of a war correspondent with a historical and strategic overview of the region Margolis guides the reader through the geopolitical complexities of the area and its key players. He offers a clear concise analysis of a complicated and little-understood part of the world that is home to a quarter of the world's population. Fascinating and now more timely than ever War at the Top of the World is an extraordinary read for anyone interested in the current global balance of power. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203819524

War Beyond the Battlefield In an effort to make sense of war beyond the battlefield in studying the wars that were captured under the rubric of the "War on Terror" this special issue book seeks to explore the complex spatial relationships between war and the spaces that one is not used to thinking of as the battlefield. It focuses on the conflicts that still animate the spaces and places where violence has been launched and that the war has not left untouched. In focusing on war beyond the battlefield it is not that the battlefield as the place where war is waged has gone in smoke or has borne out of importance it is rather the case that the battlefield has been dis-placed re-designed re-shaped and rethought through new spatializing practices of warfare. These new spaces of war – new in the sense that they are not traditionally thought of as spaces where war takes place or is brought to – are television screens cellular phones and bandwidth George W. Bush’s ranch in Crawford Texas videogames popular culture sites news media blogs and so on. These spaces of war beyond the battlefield are crucial to understanding what goes on the battlefield in Iraq Afghanistan or in other fronts of the War on Terror (such as the homeland) – to understand how terror has globally been waged beyond the battlefield. This book was originally published as a special issue of Geopolitics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107267

War by Others’ MeansDelivering Effective Partner Force Capacity Building A new era of great power competition places a strategic premium on the efficiency with which states can pursue their aims. There is therefore likely to be an expanded scope for partnered operations. Partner force capacity building has a long history with very mixed results yet there is little historical memory in the institutions tasked with carrying it out. War by Others’ Means uses archival research interviews with practitioners and observation of capacity building to understand why states undertake it how they should select train and equip their partners and how they should manage the generation and withdrawal of trainers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367766405

War ComicsA Postcolonial Perspective This book focuses on non-fictional visual narratives (including comics; graphic narratives; animated documentaries and online interactive documentaries) that attempt to represent violent experiences primarily in the Levant. In doing so it explores from a philosophical perspective the problem of representing trauma when language seems inadequate to describe our experiences and how the visual narrative form may help us with this. The book uses the concept of the ineffable to expand the notion of representation beyond the confines of a western individualist notion of trauma as event based. In so doing it engages a postcolonial perspective of trauma which treats violence as ongoing and connected to several incidents of violence across time and space. This book demonstrates how the formal qualities of visual non-fiction may help close the gap between representation and experience through the process of ‘dark’ writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367533151

War Economies and Post-war Crime Even when armed conflicts formally end the transition to peace is not clear-cut. This comprehensive volume explores the mounting evidence which suggests that it is rather ‘unlikely to see a clean break from violence to consent from theft to production from repression to democracy or from impunity to accountability’. The authors analyse the complex endeavour of transitioning out of war studying how it is often interrelated with other transformations such as changes in the political regime (democratisation) and in the economy (opening of markets to globalisation). They explore how in the same way as wars and conflicts reflect the societies they befall post-war orders may replicate and perpetuate some of the drivers of war-related violence such as high levels of instability institutional fragility corruption and inequality. This book thus suggests that even in the absence of a formal relapse into war and the re-mobilisation of former insurgents many transitional contexts are marked by the steady and ongoing reconfiguration of criminal and illegal groups and practices. This book will be of great interest to students and researchers of political science and peace studies. It was originally published as an online special issue of Third World Thematics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367203351

War Experience and Memory in Global Cultures Since 1914 This edited collection explores and develops representations of war experience from 1914 to the ongoing conflicts of the 21st century through the specific lens of memory. It builds on recent explorations of the importance of war experience in shaping cultural memory that have focused on the aftermath of the First World War and the Second World War particularly through Holocaust studies. These essays by a range of international and interdisciplinary scholars broaden the scope considerably examining the alternate spaces of the First World War and those that followed it through a range of different media offering an artistic trajectory to the centennial commemorations of 2014-18. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590840

War Gothic in Literature and Culture In the context of the current explosion of interest in Gothic literature and popular culture this interdisciplinary collection of essays explores for the first time the rich and long-standing relationship between war and the Gothic. Critics have described the global Seven Year’s War as the "crucible" from which the Gothic genre emerged in the eighteenth century. Since then the Gothic has been a privileged mode for representing violence and extreme emotions and situations. Covering the period from the American Civil War to the War on Terror this collection examines how the Gothic has provided writers an indispensable toolbox for narrating critiquing and representing real and fictional wars. The book also sheds light on the overlap and complicity between Gothic aesthetics and certain aspects of military experience including the bodily violation and mental dissolution of combat the dehumanization of "others " psychic numbing masculinity in crisis and the subjective experience of trauma and memory. Engaging with popular forms such as young adult literature gaming and comic books as well as literature film and visual art War Gothic provides an important and timely overview of war-themed Gothic art and narrative by respected experts in the field of Gothic Studies. This book makes important contributions to the fields of Gothic Literature War Literature Popular Culture American Studies and Film Television & Media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874391

War in Eleventh-Century Byzantium War in Eleventh-Century Byzantium presents new insights and critical approaches to warfare between the Byzantine Empire and its neighbours during the eleventh century. Modern historians have identified the eleventh century as a landmark era in Byzantine history. This was a period of invasions political tumult financial crisis and social disruption but it was also a time of cultural and intellectual innovation and achievement. Despite this the subject of warfare during this period remains underexplored. Addressing an important gap in the historiography of Byzantium the volume argues that the eleventh century was a period of important geo-political change when the Byzantine Empire was attacked on all sides and its frontiers were breached. This book is valuable reading for scholars and students interested in Byzantium history and military history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367192549

War in Heaven/Heaven on EarthTheories of the Apocalyptic The apocalypse is a motif that lies behind many religious beliefs and practices. 'War in Heaven/Heaven on Earth' theorizes the apocalyptic as it has arisen in a variety of religious traditions from Native American religion to Islam in Northern Nigeria and new terrorist movements. Millennial theory and history are explored from the perspective of social psychology sociology and post-modern philosophy. The volume is unique in applying an analysis of millennial themes to a comparative study of religion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315710402

War in International Society Is war an institution of international society and how is it constituted as such across the evolution of international society? This book is an inquiry into the purpose of war as a social institution as originally put forward by Hedley Bull. It offers a comprehensive examination of what is entailed in thinking of war as a social institution and as a mechanism for order. Since the terrorist attacks of 9/11 the subject of war has become increasingly relevant with questions about who can wage war against whom the way war is fought and the reasons that lead us to war exposing fundamental inadequacies in our theorisation of war. War has long been considered in the discipline of International Relations in the context of the problem of order. However the inclusion of war as an ‘institution’ is problematic for many. How can we understand an idea and practice so often associated with coercion destruction and disorder as contributing to order and coexistence? This study contends that an understanding of the core elements that establish the character of war as an institution of modern international society will give us important insights into the purpose if any of war in contemporary international relations. This ground-breaking book will be of strong interest to students and scholars of international relations international relations theory the English school security studies and warfare. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138712256

War in Palestine 1948Israeli and Arab Strategy and Diplomacy Arab involvement in the Jewish-Palestine conflict had started during the late 1930s but it was only in the wake of the UN Partition Resolution of 29 November 1947 that active military intervention was considered. The Arab League tried to form a unified army that would prevent the implementation of the Partition Resolution but failed. In Egypt the government and the army opposed the idea of dispatching an expeditionary force to Palestine but the pressure of public opinion and King Farouq's insistence carried the day. The order was given and in May 1948 Egyptian forces crossed the international border with Palestine. The author analyses the reasons for the decisive victory enjoyed by Israel over a larger opponent; and the successes and failures that were sealed in the Egyptian-Israeli General Armistice Agreement signed in Rhodes in March 1948. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761376

War in SpainAppeasement Collective Insecurity and the Failure of European Democracies Against Fascism This work covers the international importance of the War in Spain through the two organizations that marked the multilateral action towards the conflict: The League of Nations and the Non-Intervention Committee. France and the United Kingdom diverted both deliberations as well as decision-making processes and mechanisms from Geneva. Non-intervention was appeasement’s specific variable applied to Spain. Despite its name it meant an intervention depriving the Spanish government from its own defense while the fascist governments provided massive and regular support to the rebels. The League was damaged in its authority through the violation of its Covenant in Manchuria and Abyssinia. Once the War in Spain began non-intervention was articulated with the main objective to confine the conflict to the Spanish borders. To this end the designation of the conflict as a civil war (not a mere nominal nor anecdotal issue) in both London and Geneva was essential. By abandoning the Spanish democracy and foreclosing the collective security system European democracies were also removing all that stood between their own societies and another world war. The failure of the collective security system that the League was supposed to safeguard prompted by the impossibility of reconciling the British-led policy of appeasement with active anti-fascism led to a climate of collective insecurity during which arose a Second World War. This was precisely the main objective to avoid in the international order established in 1919 after the major collective catastrophe on a worldwide scale – soon to be overcome as that.The scholarship herein will prove essential for scholars of the interwar years’ crisis twentieth-century Spanish history and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367148041

War In The Early Modern World 1450-1815 This book presents a collection of essays charting the developments in military practice and warfare across the world in the early modern period. It also considers the nature and role of technological change and the relationship between military developments and state-building. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151161

War In The GulfImplications For Israel  A study by a team of researchers at the Jaffee Centre for Strategic Studies at Tel Aviv University. It assesses the strategic ramifications for Israel of military political economic and social aspects of the Gulf War and concludes with a set of policy recommendations for Israel. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216085

War in the History of Economic ThoughtEconomists and the Question of War Even after the experience of WWII and despite the existence of various institutions such as United Nations to avoid conflict between nations we have not succeeded in making a world free from war. The Cold War the Vietnam War the intervention of the superpowers in local conflicts and the spread of terrorism have made this all too clear. This volume brings together contributions by leading international scholars of various countries and reconstructs how economists have dealt with issues that have been puzzling them for nearly three centuries: Can a war be 'rational'? Does international commerce complement or substitute war? Who are the real winners and losers of wars? How are military expenses to be funded? The book offers a refreshing approach to the subject and how we think about the relations between economics and war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367350734

War in the Iberian Peninsula 700–1600 War in the Iberian Peninsula 700–1600 is a panoramic synthesis of the Iberian Peninsula including the kingdoms of Leon and Castile Aragon Portugal Navarra al-Andalus and Granada. It offers an extensive chronology covering the entire medieval period and extending through to the sixteenth century allowing for a very broad perspective of Iberian history which displays the fixed and variable aspects of war over time. The book is divided kingdom by kingdom to provide students and academics with a better understanding of the military interconnections across medieval and early modern Iberia. The continuities and transformations within Iberian military history are showcased in the majority of chapters through markers to different periods and phases particularly between the Early and High Middle Ages and the Late Middle Ages. With a global outlook coverage of all the most representative military campaigns sieges and battles between 700 and 1600 and a wide selection of maps and images War in the Iberian Peninsula is ideal for students and academics of military and Iberian history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399995

War in the Modern World 1990-2014 In War in the Modern World 1990-2014 Jeremy Black looks at the most modern of conflicts from the perspective that war is a central feature of the modern world. Arguing that understanding non-Western developments is crucial if the potential of Western war-making is to be assessed accurately the book also asserts that  knowing the history of conflict can only help future generations. Black argues for the need to emphasise the variety of military circumstances as well as the extent to which the understanding of force and the definitions of victory and defeat are guided by cultural assumptions. War has a multi-faceted impact in the modern world and this book shows its significance. As the latest volume in the Warfare and History series this title takes a global and historical perspective on modern warfare enabling the reader to approach familiar conflicts through a new analytical framework. This book is an invaluable resource for all students of the history of modern warfare. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138803619

War in the Modern World since 1815 Conflict is central to human history. It is often the cause course and consequence of social cultural and political change. Military history therefore has to be more than a technical analysis of armed conflict. War in the Modern World since 1815 addresses war as a cultural phenomenon discusses its meaning in different socities and explores the various contexts of military action. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315012704

War Memoirs 1917-1919Second Edition Bion's War Memoirs is perhaps the most exceptional piece of autobiography yet written by a psychoanalyst. The first section of the book is documentary consisting of the entire text of the diaries which the author wrote as a young man to record his experiences on the Western Front in 1917-1919 and this volume also includes the photographs and diagrams with which he illustrated his recollections. The diaries are followed by two later essays in which he reflects upon his wartime experiences. The author has long been renowned as one of the great psychoanalysts his career spanning much of the twentieth century and making him one of the most influential names in the field. The author's war diary which he kept with him during combat covered his years fighting in France during the First World War. He was just twenty years old when he began writing it. War Memoirs constitutes the final part of the author's autobiography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203582

War Memory and Commemoration In a period characterised by an unprecedented cultural engagement with the past individuals groups and nations are debating and experimenting with commemoration in order to find culturally relevant ways of remembering warfare genocide and terrorism. This book examines such remembrances and the political consequences of these rites. In particular the volume focuses on the ways in which recent social and technological forces including digital archiving transnational flows of historical knowledge shifts in academic practice changes in commemorative forms and consumerist engagements with history affect the shaping of new collective memories and our understanding of the social world.  Presenting studies of commemorative practices from Africa Asia Australia Europe and the Middle East War Memory and Commemoration illustrates the power of new commemorative forms to shape the world and highlights the ways in which social actors use them in promoting a range of understandings of the past. The volume will appeal to scholars of sociology history cultural studies and journalism with an interest in commemoration heritage and/or collective memory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367362997

War Movies and EconomicsLessons from Hollywood’s Adaptations of Military Conflict War Movies and Economics: Lessons from Hollywood’s Adaptations of Military Conflict applies ongoing research in the relatively new genre of economics in popular media to Hollywood’s war movies. Whether inadvertently or purposefully these movies provide numerous examples of how economic principles often play an important role in military conflict. The authors of the chapters included in this edited collection work to illustrate economics lessons portrayed in adaptations such as Band of Brothers Conspiracy The Dirty Dozen Dunkirk Memphis Belle Saving Private Ryan Schindler’s List Spartacus Stalag 17 and Valkyrie. Aspects of these stories show how key economic principles of scarcity limited resources and incentives play important roles in military conflict. The movies also provide an avenue for discussion of the economics of public goods provision the modern economic theory of bureaucracy and various game-theoretic concepts such as strategic moves and commitment devices. Where applicable lessons from closely related fields such as management are also provided. This book is ideal reading for students of economics looking for an approachable route to understanding basic principles of economics and game theory. It is also accessible to amateur and professional historians and any reader interested in popular culture as it relates to television movies and military history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367275617

War Of IdeasThe U.s. Propaganda Campaign In Vietnam This book describes and appraises American use of propaganda in Vietnam (l965-l972) as an instrument of foreign policy. In an effort to point out pitfalls to be avoided and successful techniques worthy of emulation in future psychological operations the case study shows how some proven and time-honored prescriptions for effective propaganda were observed in Vietnam and how many others were ignored. Accordingly strengths and weaknesses and successes and failures are highlighted. Ninety-five illustrations and numerous quotations of American leaflets and posters are included. These were selected to provide the reader a "feeling" or "flavor" of the propaganda campaign. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216054

War on Terrorism President George W. Bush maintained in his address of 20 September 2001 that the successful prosecution of the war against terrorism will require the judicious use of 'every resource at our command - every means of diplomacy every tool of intelligence every instrument of law enforcement every financial influence and every necessary weapon of war'. Unlike the Cold War the War on Terrorism is neither a battle against some ideology nor bounded by physical boundaries or conventional political units such as nation-states. The War on Terrorism is the internationalisation or rather globalisation of previous wars. Terror is not a nation and the enemies in such wars are not nations; any regime such as Libya simply by repudiating terrorism can become an ally of the anti-terror coalition. Regimes that continue to practice terrorism against domestic opponents qualify to participate in the wider war if they conform to certain norms in external affairs. The 28 articles reprinted here consider aspects of that most amorphous of animals - the War on Terrorism. They do not set out to provide all of the answers; nor do they radiate a unified vision of what constitutes the war on terrorism; the pieces begin from a range of political and intellectual outlooks. Taken as a group however the difficulties of determining the limits and nature of the war on terrorism receive important attention. The authors address several major themes within the war on terrorism: what falls within its perimeters its shifting manifestations implications responses and future directions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234403

War on the FamilyMothers in Prison and the Families They Leave Behind In this timely book renowned criminologist and activist Renny Golden sheds light on the women behind bars and the 350 000 children they leave behind. In exposing the fastest growing prison population-a direct result of Reagan's War on Drugs-Golden sets up new framework for thinking about how to address the situation of mothers in prison the risks and needs of their children and the implications of current judicial policies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203942833

War Over the Family One of the most surprising and controversial social debates of the past two decades has been about the meaning and importance of marriage and the family in contemporary American life. Referred to by some as a culture "war over the family " the debate has pitted those concerned about the weakening of the traditional married-parent nuclear family especially in its impact on children against those arguing that nothing has gone wrong with families--that they are merely "diversifying." David Popenoe has been one of the most influential figures in laying out for a wide audience the importance of "family decline " and what it means for our children our society and our future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540378

War PhotographyRealism in the British Press What makes news patriotic? How is photojournalism used in wartime? In a national crisis the press operates under various forms of censorship. Within these constraints it continues to produce news in line with what is considered newsworthy. Everyday ‘human interest’ photographs and stories which tell of bizarre comic or tragic events are turned to patriotic ends. The subject of death is transformed by its use in saving the nation; it is accompanied and displaced by more comforting ideas. Originally published in 1991 with the help of full-page illustrations from newspapers and journals John Taylor looks at the special truth of war news how it is built on established ways of storytelling and how photography is used to make it seem real. Taking examples from the First and Second World Wars the Falklands campaign and present-day accounts of terrorism and crime within the United Kingdom Taylor shows that aside from legal controls the press’s own methods bring it close to the official perspective. Drawing on history sociology and photo-history War Photography is a well-illustrated account of the place of photojournalism in the news industry and the use of news in creating national identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367609856

War Plans and Alliances in the Cold WarThreat Perceptions in the East and West This essential new volume reviews the threat perceptions military doctrines and war plans of both the NATO alliance and the Warsaw Pact during the Cold War as well as the position of the neutrals from the post-Cold War perspective. Based on previously unknown archival evidence from both East and West the twelve essays in the book focus on the potential European battlefield rather than the strategic competition between the superpowers. They present conclusions about the nature of the Soviet threat that could previously only be speculated about and analyze the interaction between military matters and politics in the alliance management on both sides with implications for the present crisis of the Western alliance. This new book will be of much interest for students of the Cold War strategic history and international relations history as well as all military colleges. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203390207

War Plays by WomenAn International Anthology This anthology consists of ten plays from countries involved in the First World War including plays from Germany and France never before available in translation. Representing a range of dramatic forms from radio play to street-epic from comic sketch to musical this anthology includes plays from: Gertrude Stein Muriel Box Marion Wentworth Craig Dorothy Hewett Berta Lask Marie Leneru Wendy Lill Alice Dunbar Nelson and Christina Reid. Highly successful in their day these plays demonstrate how women have attempted to use theatre to achieve social change. The collection explores the historical development of theatrical conventions and genres and the historical context of social and gender issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315011097

War Poets and Other Subjects In the opening section of these related studies of modern literature Bernard Bergonzi considers the poetry and fiction of two World Wars including discussions of Wilfred Owen Richard Aldington’s Death of a Hero Pat Barker’s Regeneration and the poetry of the Desert War of the 1940s. The second section deals with a number of prominent twentieth-century authors. Among other subjects it looks at Ford Madox Ford’s The Good Soldier as a novel anticipating the Great War the treatment of memory in Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty-Four and aspects of the poetry of T.S. Eliot responding to arguments about its anti-semitism. The final section is on Catholic writers from Hopkins and Chesterton to Graham Greene and David Lodge. The book continues Bergonzi’s extensive career as a critic and literary historian of the modern period and takes a fresh look at the subjects of some of the earlier books such as Hopkins Eliot Wells and the literature of war. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234397

War StoriesThe Culture of Foreign Correspondents What are the influences on war correspondents as they report on news in war-torn countries? Originally published in 1995 Mark Pedelty explores the lives work and culture of an international press corps. He writes about the reporters who covered El Salvador’s civil war. Going beyond those specifics to look at the institutions practices myths and rituals that pattern the work of journalists everywhere. He tells us the stories of war correspondents at work and at play as they cover the news. The myth developed in part from the movies we watch and from CNN is that war is reported from the front lines. More often it is reported from the front office as journalists sit around waiting for something "big" to happen. Pedelty looks at the context in which they construct their reports. "Unnamed" diplomats in the US Embassy feed stories to reporters who are careful not to alienate these crucial sources by adding background information that might be perceived as ideological. Reporters are also constrained by the pens and preferences of editors who work to narrow the focus of news reporting removing necessary context in the process. By examining how news stories are actually produced Pedelty highlights the elusiveness of the goal of "objective" journalism. We see how the biases of war correspondents are connected to structures of power and how these biases affect actual journalistic practices. Pedelty also explores alternative possibilities for war reporting including emerging alternative international news services and ways to deepen reporters’ understandings of the countries and problems they cover. Influenced by anthropology communication studies cultural studies and sociology this book will interest scholars and students in those fields as well as journalists and anyone who watches reads or listens to news. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367569938

War TimeFirst World War Perspectives on Temporality The International Society for First World War Studies’ ninth conference ‘War Time’ drew together emerging and leading scholars to discuss reflect upon and consider the ways that time has been conceptualised both during the war itself and in subsequent scholarship. War Time: First World War Perspectives on Temporality stemming from this 2016 conference offers its readers a collection of the conference’s most inspiring and thought-provoking papers from the next generation of First World War scholars. In its varied yet thematically-related chapters the book aims to examine new chronologies of the Great War and bring together its military and social history. Its cohesive theme creates opportunities to find common ground and connections between these sub-disciplines of history and prompts students and academics alike to seriously consider time as alternately a unifying divisive and ultimately shaping force in the conflict and its historiography. With content spanning land and air the home and fighting fronts multiple nations and stretching to both pre-1914 and post-1918 these ten chapters by emerging researchers (plus an introductory chapter by the conference organisers and a foreword by John Horne) offer an irreplaceable and invaluable snapshot of how the next generation of First World War scholars from eight countries were innovatively conceptualising the conflict and its legacy at the midpoint of its centenary.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588922

War Trauma and Its WakeExpanding the Circle of Healing Decades after Charles Figley’s landmark Trauma and Its Wake was published our understanding of trauma has grown and deepened but we still face considerable challenges when treating trauma survivors. This is especially the case for professionals who work with veterans and active-duty military personnel. War Trauma and Its Wake then is a vital book. The editors—one a Vietnam veteran who wrote the overview chapter on treatment for Trauma and Its Wake the other an Army Reserve psychologist with four deployments—have produced a book that addresses both the specific needs of particular warrior communities as well as wider issues such as battlemind guilt suicide and much much more. The editors’ and contributors’ deep understanding of the issues that warriors face makes War Trauma and Its Wake a crucial book for understanding the military experience and the lessons contained in its pages are essential for anyone committed to healing war trauma. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415506823

War Veterans and the World after 1945Cold War Politics Decolonization Memory This book examines war veterans’ history after 1945 from a global perspective. In the Cold War era in most countries of the world there was a sizeable portion of population with direct war experience. This edited volume gathers contributions which show the veterans’ involvement in all the major historical processes shaping the world after World War II. Cold War politics racial conflict decolonization state-building and the reshaping of war memory were phenomena in which former soldiers and ex-combatants were directly involved. By examining how different veterans’ groups movements and organizations challenged or sustained the Cold War strived to prevent or to foster decolonization and transcended or supported official memories of war the volume characterizes veterans as largely independent and autonomous actors which interacted with societies and states in the making of our times. Spanning historical cases from the United States to Hong-Kong from Europe to Southern Africa from Algeria to Iran the volume situates veterans within the turbulent international context since World War II. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591670

War without EndThe Rise of Islamist Terrorism and Global Response This book provides the historical and political context to explain acts of terror including the September 11th and the bombing of American Embassies in Nairobi and Dar as Salaam and the West's responses. Providing a brief history of Islam as a religion and as socio-political ideology Dilip Hiro goes on to outline the Islamist movements that have thrived in Egypt Saudi Arabia and Afghanistan and their changing relationship with America. It is within this framework that the rising menace of Osama bin Laden and his Al Qaida network is discussed.The Pentagon's amazingly swift victory over the Taliban in Afghanistan is examined along with implications of the Bush Doctrine encapsulated in his declaration 'so long as anybody is terrorizing established governments there needs to be a war' - a recipe for war without end. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315015682

War Without FrontsThe American Experience In Vietnam This book is a unique source of information about U.S. troop involvement in South Vietnam from 1965 to 1972. It stresses that Vietnam was a war without fronts or battle lines—a war different from any that the United States had previously fought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215910

War: Its Nature Cause and Cure First published in 1923 this book examines the causes and evils of War. Being published soon after the First World War this becomes the basis for much of the volume's experience. The author G. Lowes Dickinson argues that war and civilisation are incompatible and that the pursuit of war will end in the destruction of mankind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138958739

WarContemporary Perspectives on Armed Conflicts around the World War: Contemporary Perspectives on Armed Conflicts around the World presents a broad variety of interdisciplinary and social scientific perspectives on the causes processes cultural representations and social consequences of the armed conflicts between and within nations and other politically organized communities. This book provides theoretical views of armed conflict and its impact on people and institutions around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138932531

Ward Milledge and West’s High Altitude Medicine and Physiology This pre-eminent work has developed over six editions in response to man's attempts to climb higher and higher unaided and to spend more time at altitude for both work and recreation. Building on this established reputation the new and highly experienced authors provide a fully revised and updated text that will help doctors continue to improve the health and safety of all people who visit live or work in the cold thin air of high mountains.The sixth edition remains invaluable for any doctor accompanying an expedition or advising patients on a visit to altitude those specialising in illness and accidents in high places and for physicians and physiologists who study our dependence on oxygen and the adaptation of the body to altitude. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367001353

Warfare Crusade and Conquest in the Middle Ages This volume brings together a series of articles by John France published over a span of more than forty years covering a number of aspects of the military and crusading history of the Middle Ages both in Europe and the Near East. An interest in understanding how war worked and why informs a first group of articles ranging from Carolingian armies to the organisation of war in the 13th century. The focus then turns to the Crusades the most ambitious conquests of the era with a set of studies on the First Crusade and others on the manner and conduct of warfare in the territories of the Latin East. The volume also includes a major unpublished analysis co-authored with Nicholas Morton of the problems faced by the local Islamic powers in the early Crusading period reminding us that an army is only as strong as its enemies permit and suggesting that the crusaders should be seen in this light. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879471

Warfare Loyalty and RebellionThe Grand Duchy of Lithuania and the Great Northern War 1709–1717 This book examines the politics of the Grand Duchy of Lithuania during the crucial period between the Russian tsar Peter the Great’s victory over Sweden at the battle of Poltava and the 1717 Silent Sejm the Polish-Lithuanian parliament’s session which is traditionally seen as responsible for opening the way to Russian domination of Polish-Lithuanian politics. It not only challenges the accepted view of the passivity of the Lithuanian gentry and their subservience to the Russians but also presents a clear view of how the Lithuanian economy and political system were functioning in 1710–1717 factors which have never been studied in depth in any language. Šapoka argues that much more blame for the Confederations of Vilnius and Tarnogród that had led to the Silent Sejm can be attributed to the Polish king Augustus II than is argued by the conventional scholarship. By so completely and deliberately ignoring the Commonwealth’s institutions and refusing to work within them the Polish king provoked justified suspicion that by destroying the basis of the consensual political system he wanted to introduce absolute monarchy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594596

Warfare State And Society In The Byzantine World 565-1204 Warfare State and Society in the Byzantine World is the first comprehensive study of warfare and the Byzantine world from the sixth to the twelfth century. The book examines Byzantine attitudes to warfare the effects of war on society and culture and the relations between the soldiers their leaders and society. The communications logistics resources and manpower capabilities of the Byzantine Empire are explored to set warfare in its geographical as well as historical context. In addition to the strategic and tactical evolution of the army this book analyses the army in campaign and in battle and its attitudes to violence in the context of the Byzantine Orthodox Church. The Byzantine Empire has an enduring fascination for all those who study it and Warfare State and Society is a colourful study of the central importance of warfare within it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138141780

Warfare State and Society on the Black Sea Steppe 1500-1700 This crucial period in Russia's history has up until now been neglected by historians but here Brian L. Davies' study provides an essential insight into the emergence of Russia as a great power. For nearly three centuries Russia vied with the Crimean Khanate the Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth and the Ottoman Empire for mastery of the Ukraine and the fertile steppes above the Black Sea a region of great strategic and economic importance â€“ arguably the pivot of Eurasia at the time. The long campaign took a great toll upon Russia's population economy and institutions and repeatedly frustrated or redefined Russian military and diplomatic projects in the West. The struggle was every bit as important as Russia's wars in northern and central Europe for driving the Russian state-building process forcing military reform and shaping Russia's visions of Empire. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203961766

Warfare and the Making of Early Medieval Italy (568–652) Devastated by two decades of war and ravaged by the spread of the plague large parts of Italy fell quickly into the hands of a group known to history as the Lombards. By the early 570s the Lombards were firmly established in Italy which they ruled without ever fully unifying it. The events of the late sixth century shaped early medieval Italy. They also affected how Italian history was written: the Lombards were blamed for plunging the peninsula into the darkness of the Middle Ages finally ending Roman civilization. But was it really a ‘barbarian invasion’ that created medieval Italy? What was the role of the imperial authorities and the papacy? In Warfare and the Making of Early Medieval Italy Eduardo Fabbro brings a new take on the changes that shook Italy at the end of the sixth century. Moving past traditional narratives of barbarians and battles the book re-evaluates the impact of war in creating early medieval Italy. Fabbro brings to the fore a complex picture that includes not only invading barbarians but also rebelling soldiers disgruntled farmers vexed commanders and cunning adventurers trying to make the best of a bad situation. Through a complete reassessment of contemporary and later sources this book rewrites the history of the first decades of Lombard rule and shows that warfare’s impact went far beyond battles and invasions; it rewired the social and political links that bound the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233662

Warfare and Tracking in Africa 1952–1990 During the decolonization wars in East and Southern Africa tracking became increasingly valuable as a military tactic. Drawing on archival research and interviews Stapleton presents a comparative study of the role of tracking in insurgency and counter-insurgency across Kenya Zimbabwe and Namibia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599027

Warfare in China Since 1600 Warfare has shaped the modern history of China more than any other single factor. This book brings together the best recent English language scholarship on warfare in China over the last four centuries and situates warfare within the broader sweep of China's modern historical development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234366

Warfare in China to 1600 Chinese military history has emerged as one of the most promising and radical fields of Chinese studies. China's rapidly increasing military power make understanding the place of war in Chinese culture as well as the role of the military and Chinese strategic thought vital to dealing with this possible threat. The recent flourishing of scholarship in this area has begun to allow an equivalent comparison with western and world military history leading to a new understanding of war as a historical and cultural phenomenon as well as revising earlier analyses of the significance of war in Chinese history. Assembled in this volume is a selection of articles that present earlier approaches to Chinese military history as well as the most recent trends in research. The introductory essay provides an overview of the field of Chinese military history and its significance in the study of China as well as pointing out encouraging new developments in recent scholarship. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234359

Warfare in Early Modern Europe 1450–1660 The early modern period saw gunpowder weapons reach maturity and become a central feature of European warfare on land and at sea. This exciting collection of essays brings together a distinguished and varied selection of modern scholarship on the transformation of war”often described as a ’military revolution’”during the period between 1450 and 1660. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234342

Warfare in Europe 1650�1792 Scholars have tended to underrate the importance of war in the period 1650-1792 as there is a feeling that periods before and after were more consequential for military development. This collection of essays sets out to address this problem probing the nature of warfare throughout Europe from the middle of the seventeenth century to the end of the eighteenth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398905

Warfare in Europe 1792�1815 This collection of essays provides a broad strategic interpretation of European warfare from 1792-1815. Unlike traditional military histories which focus on a revolution in military affairs from the French view this volume offers a general European perspective placing the armies and the wars in historical context while addressing substantive changes to respective military systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398912

Warfare in Europe 1815�1914 The history of nineteenth-century European warfare is framed by the end of the Napoleonic Wars in 1815 and the outbreak of the First World War in 1914. The Crimean War and the struggles for Italian and German unification divide this century in two. In the first half armies struggled to emerge from the shadow of Napoleon amidst an era of financial retrenchment political unrest and accelerating technological change. The mid-century wars left an equally problematic legacy including aspects that pointed towards 'total war'. The 26 essays in this volume examine these changes from a variety of innovative and fresh perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398929

Warfare in Europe 1919–1938 Although ostensibly a time of peace one of the richest and most fascinating periods in military history falls between the two world wars. With good reason even today military theorists look to these years for relevant lessons. The articles and papers collected together in this volume highlight the major themes and developments of interwar military affairs in Europe including the new doctrines of tank warfare air power German "Blitzkrieg" and Soviet operational art. They also demonstrate the important place of the major armed conflicts of the period such as the Russian and Spanish Civil Wars in European history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234335

Warfare in Japan Warfare in Japan from the fourth to the nineteenth century has caused much controversy among Western military and political historians. This volume assembles key articles written by specialists in the field on military organization the social context of war battle action weapons and martial arts. The focus is on the transformation of patterns of warfare that arose from endogenous as well as exogenous factors. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234328

Warfare in Medieval Europe c.400-c.1453 Warfare in Medieval Europe c. 400-c.1453 provides a thematic discussion of the nature and conduct of war including its economic technological social and religious contexts from the late Roman Empire to the end of the Hundred Years’ War. The geographical scope of this volume encompasses Latin Europe from Iberia to Poland and from Scandinavia and Britain to Sicily and includes the interaction between Europe and the eastern Mediterranean particularly in the context of the crusading movement. Bernard and David Bachrach explore the origins of the institutions physical infrastructure and intellectual underpinnings of medieval warfare and trace the ways in which medieval warfare was diffused beyond Europe to the Middle East and beyond. Written in an accessible and engaging way and including chapters on military topography military technology logistics strategy and combat this is a definitive synthesis on medieval warfare. The book is accompanied by a companion website which includes interactive maps of the chief military campaigns chapter resources a glossary of terms and an interactive timeline which provides a chronological backbone for the thematic chapters in the book. Warfare in Medieval Europe is an essential resource for all students of medieval war and warfare. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138887664

Warfare in Pre-British India – 1500BCE to 1740CE This book presents a comprehensive survey of warfare in India up to the point where the British began to dominate the sub-continent. It discusses issues such as how far was the relatively bloodless nature of pre-British Indian warfare the product of stateless Indian society? How far did technology determine the dynamics of warfare in India? Did warfare in this period have a particular Indian nature and was it ritualistic? The book considers land warfare including sieges naval warfare the impact of horses elephants and gunpowder and the differences made by the arrival of Muslim rulers and by the influx of other foreign influences and techniques. The book concludes by arguing that the presence of standing professional armies supported by centralised bureaucratic states have been underemphasised in the history of India. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815358022

Warfare in the Dark Ages The articles in this volume explore the way in which military developments helped to sculpt out of very strange and diverse components our familiar Europe. The period studied covers the fall of the Western Roman Empire the rise of the Carolingian Empire and its eventual collapse leaving a vacuum in the heart of Europe into which flowed new forces: the Vikings from outside and the great lords from within. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234311

Warfare in the Middle East since 1945 From the end of the Second World War and throughout the era that came to be known as the Cold War the Middle East was a battleground for Great Power rivalries and constant wars. These were fought between Israelis and Arabs Arabs and Iranians Arabs and Arabs and also between regional players and outside powers; the region was also the scene of several intense civil wars and insurgencies. The essays gathered in this volume focus on some of the most important facets of these Middle Eastern conflicts. Following a general introduction the essays are then organised under three major sections. The first focuses on the Arab-Israeli conflict; the second on the Gulf Wars and the third section concentrates on insurgencies. Together these essays all of which were written by leading experts will provide the reader with a good introduction to warfare in the modern Middle East and show how conflict has shaped the region. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234304

Warfare in the USA 1784�1861 This unprecedented compilation provides the fullest examination anywhere available of the crucial social-political and strategic and policy-level issues of American military history between the Revolution and the Civil War: civil-military relations and the military‘s place in American society and politics; westward expansion and the diverse peacetime missions assigned the military especially constabulary missions and operations; force structure mobilization and the formation of military strategy in support of national objectives; and military preparedness administration reform and professionalization. The introduction links all of these issues pointing to the increasing scale scope and organization and the growing dominance of national forces in American military institutions and operations during this important period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398943

Warfare in the Western World 1882-1975 In this companion volume to "Western Warfare 1775-1882 " Jeremy Black takes his analysis of modern warfare into the twentieth century. As before a distinctive feature of the author's approach is the coverage of both land and naval warfare as well as conflict within the West and between Western and non-Western powers. Beginning with the British conquest of Egypt in 1882 this book goes on to examine the Spanish-American War of 1898 the Boer War and the Balkan conflicts leading to world war in 1914. A revisionist account of the First World War is followed by a discussion of Western expansionism in the period to 1936. Chapters on the interwar years and the Second World War lead on to a discussion of the retreat from empire and the advent of Cold War. The narrative closes with the end of the Vietnam War in 1975 and a discussion of the limitations of Western military technique doctrine and technology. Throughout the themes of military change and modernization are brought into sharp focus and the revolutionary characteristics of the machination of war in this period are questioned. Jeremy Black offers a new and challenging interpretation of modern warfare that will be required reading not only for students of military history but for all those interested in the impact of war in the making of the modern world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315710709

Warfare Since the Second World War Warfare Since the Second World War presents a wealth of analysis and data about one of the most pressing questions of our time: why does war continue to plague us fifty years after World War II? This book argues that the nature of war has shifted from inter-state conflicts toward internal conflicts above all civil war. Low-intensity conflict helps explain the constant increase in wars over the last fifty years and makes it probable this trend will continue. Gantzel and Schwinghammer argue that modern warfare reflects a continuation of the nation-state-building process begun in nineteenth-century Europe.In their analysis economic modernization and social integration destroy traditional relations and create instability in the developing world. While these forces were successfully harnessed by the modern state in Europe and North America economic and political globalization make a similar resolution considerably more complex. In addition to their insightful analysis the authors provide a detailed list of all wars fought from 1945 to 1995. The authors' lucid explanatory commentaries are accompanied by lists tables and charts. In addition to a detailed war register upon which all statistical data and analyses for the volume are based there are appendices with directories useful for locating specific wars as well as several supplementary lists. An afterword brings the reader closer to the world situation as we conclude the twentieth century; including the impact of political developments in Eastern Europe.Beyond its historical dimension this book offers a policy-relevant empirical demonstration of the ongoing increase in internal (civil) wars and addresses the inability of modern society to prevent this scourge. Warfare Since the Second World War is an indispensable resource for anyone concerned with issues of war and peace development and the future of international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517790

Wari This is the first major study of any Chapakuran language and makes an important contribution to linguistic theory. This study is especially timely as the Chapakuran languages of Western Brazil and Eastern Bolivia are endangered and less than 2 000 known speakers of Wari and its related dialects are left in existence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415844796

Warmth Of The WelcomeThe Social Causes Of Economic Success In Different Nations And Cities This book examines how the economic performance of immigrants is shaped by national and urban social institutions. In the United States particularly in the high-immigration cities most immigrant-origin groups have significantly lower earnings than do their counterparts in Canadian or Australian cities. Immigration policy is not a factor however; Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313913

Warp Knitted Fabrics Construction The aim of this book is to provide the background of the warp knitting patterning with a large amount of simulated 3D images of the structures corresponding to the modern available tools for this. The warp knitted structures can have very complex architectures and very limited understanding exists on how they are built. The pattern book will allow the readers to look at complex pattern with marked separated yarns with different colours to understand how they are bound while searching for relations between the architectures and their properties. It also includes architecture of the warp knitted structures along with technical know-how of production of these structures on machines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498780162

Warrant for GenocideKey Elements of Turko-Armenian Conflict Warrant for Genocide provides a unique interdisciplinary approach to understanding the underlying causes of the World War I Armenian genocide. It traces genocide to the origin and history of the long-standing Turko-Armenian discord with the massacres treated as a means to resolve the conflict between a powerful dominant group and a weak vulnerable minority.The World War I destruction of the Armenian people in the Ottoman Empire was neither an accident nor an aberration. The seeds of the large-scale deportations and massacres of Armenians can be found in the 1919u1920 Turkish Courts Martial documents of leaders of the Young Turk Ittihadist regime. These were replete with xenophobic nationalism calls for the use of arms to achieve that end and references to Islam to incite the masses against Armenians. The utmost secrecy camouflage and deflection with respect to their plans were evident in what was not said. This was a drastic departure by the regime from its publicly proclaimed posture of egalitarianism heralding the dawn of a new era of multiethnic harmony and accord in the decaying empire.Dadrian carefully details these calculated deliberations and the concomitant shift from Ottomanism to Turkism in the radical wing of the regime. He illustrates how this rekindled enmities between dominant Turks and subject minorities. The desire to neutralize or eliminate the opposition helped pave the way to a new and radical nationality policy. To Dadrian the act of genocide was a draconian method of resolving a lingering conflict.No analysis of the Armenian genocide can be adequate without understanding the origin elements evolution and escalation of the Turko-Armenian conflict. Dadrian details this admirably showing that in the final analysis the Armenian genocide was a cataclysmic by-product of this conflict. Genocide and Holocaust scholars Armenian area specialists and human rights activists will consider this an essential addition to the literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540385

Warranties in Marine Insurance For centuries warranties have played a significant role in the law of marine insurance and in this book Baris Soyer offers a comprehensive and authoritative examination of warranties in marine insurance. The book sets out the current law on marine insurance warranties as well as exploring the legal remedies available when a marine insurance warranty is breached. The third edition is brought up to date with significant discussion of recent case law including: Kosmar Villa Holidays v. Trustees of Syndicate; Pratt v Aigaion Insurance Co; Argo Systems FZE v. Liberty Insurance (Pte); The Buana Dua The Princess of the Stars The Nancy and Garnat Trading & Shipping (Singapore) Pte Ltd v. Baominh Insurance Corporation with a view to identifying their impact on established legal principles. The third edition also goes on to evaluate the impact of the changes that will be introduced in this area by the Insurance Act 2015. This Act will alter the warranty regime significantly but it is also expected to have an impact on other risk alteration clauses such as condition precedents suspensory warranties and exclusion clauses.       This book is essential reading for postgraduate students and academics in international commercial law and marine insurance law as well as insurers and legal practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138613966

Warranty and Preventive Maintenance for Remanufactured ProductsModeling and Analysis The exponential increase in the development of technology coupled with the customers’ immense desire to possess the newest technological products makes for truncated product lifespans which instigates a substantial upsurge in their rate of disposal. Attempts have been made to establish specialized product recovery facilities with the intention of diminishing the volume of accumulated waste delivered to landfills using product recovery procedure such as remanufacturing. The economic benefits produced by remanufacturing also portray the role of product recovery in a more attractive light. The quality of a remanufactured product is uncertain for some consumers. Therefore these consumers possess insecurities in deciding whether or not the remanufactured products will render the same expected performance. This ambiguity regarding a remanufactured product could possibly result in the consumer deciding against its purchase. With such consumer apprehension remanufacturers often seek market mechanisms that provide reassurance as to the stable durability that these products still maintain. One strategy that the remanufacturers often use is the utilization of the premise of offering product warranties with preventive maintenance on their products. This book is concerned with the practice and theory of warranty management and preventive maintenance particularly in relation to remanufactured products’ warranties. Models developed in this book can be used for making the right decisions in offering renewable nonrenewable one and two dimensional warranty policies and for managerial decision in considering maintenance contracts or outsourcing maintenance for remanufactured components and products. Features Discusses a variety of warranty policies and preventive maintenance of remanufactured products (first book to do so) Presents mathematical models and applications for warranty policies using examples and simulation results Considers cost and optimization problems from the remanufacturer's and buyer's points of views Provides a foundation for academicians interested in building models in the area of warranty and preventive maintenance analysis of remanufactured products Offers the essential methodology needed by practitioners involved with warranty and preventive maintenance analysis along with extensive references for further research Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138097513

Warranty Claims ReductionA Modern Approach with Continuous Improvement Techniques Reduced market share lack of repeat customers and added costs are just a few ways warranty claims can hurt an organization. Avoiding complex mathematics or accounting terminology Warranty Claims Reduction: A Modern Approach with Continuous Improvement Techniques explains how to boost profits through the reduction of warranty expenses in your organization.Outlining a multifunctional approach for reducing claims the book begins by summarizing the traditional and most common strategies for warranty cost reduction. Next it explains how you can reduce warranty costs even further by taking a more complete approach. The comprehensive approach described arms you with less conventional yet powerful approaches for reducing warranty costs such as improving warranty processing productivity clarifying installation and usage instructions and streamlining supply chain management.The book emphasizes the improvement of efficiencies and productivity in addition to cost reductions. It outlines methods that can help you reduce warranty costs improve processing activity reduce wasted time and improve training of OEM and warranty service personnel. It also describes methods for providing feedback to those in the engineering manufacturing and quality control departments.The text details methods that are fully compatible with ISO 9001 systems and its sector-specific variations like AS 9100 and TS 16949. Covering concepts that are applicable across all industries and retail markets it is an ideal reference for anyone involved in the management of warranty claims processing.The multifaceted approach described in the book will help you broaden your view on how warranty costs can be controlled—allowing you to achieve more cost reductions than are possible through conventional thinking. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482209129

Warranty Cost Analysis Considers cost and optimization problems from the manufacturer's and the buyer's points of view. The work discusses a variety of warranty policies and the mathematical models for the analysis of related engineering and management issues. All standard consumer product warranties are covered. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367810856

Warring with WordsNarrative and Metaphor in Politics Scholars in many of the disciplines surrounding politics explicitly utilize either a narrative perspective or a metaphor perspective (though rarely the two in combination) to analyze issues -- theoretical and practical domestic and international -- in the broad field of politics. Among the topics they have studied are: competing metaphors for the state or nation which have been coined over the centuries in diverse cultures; the frequency with which communal and international conflicts are generated at least in part by the clashing religious and historical narratives held by opposing groups; the cognitive short-cuts employing metaphor by which citizens make sense of politics; the need for political candidates to project a convincing self-narrative; the extent to which the metaphors used to formulate social issues determine the policies which will be developed to resolve them; the failure of narratives around the security of the nation to take account of the individual experiences of women and children. This volume is the first in which eminent scholars from disciplines as diverse as social psychology anthropology political theory international relations feminist political science and media studies have sought to integrate the narrative and the metaphor perspectives on politics. It will appeal to any scholar interested in the many ways in which narrative and metaphor function in combination as cognitive and rhetorical instruments in discourse around politics. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848725683

Warrior Courtier SingerGiulio Cesare Brancaccio and the Performance of Identity in the Late Renaissance Giulio Cesare Brancaccio was a Neapolitan nobleman with long practical experience of military life first in the service of Charles V and later as both soldier and courtier in France and then at the court of Alfonso II d'Este at Ferrara. He was also a virtuoso bass singer whose performances were praised by both Tasso and Guarini - he was even for a while the only male member of the famous Ferrarese court Concerto delle dame who established a legendary reputation during the 1580s. Richard Wistreich examines Brancaccio's life in detail and from this it becomes possible to consider the mental and social world of a warrior and courtier with musical skills in a broader context. A wide-ranging study of bass singing in sixteenth- and early seventeenth-century Italy provides a contextual basis from which to consider Brancaccio's reputation as a performer. Wistreich illustrates the use of music in the process of 'self-fashioning' and the role of performance of all kinds in the construction of male noble identity within court culture including the nature and currency of honour chivalric virtù and sixteenth-century notions of gender and virility in relation to musical performance. This fascinating examination of Brancaccio's social world significantly expands our understanding of noble culture in both France and Italy during the sixteenth century and the place of music-making within it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263000

Warrior's DishonourBarbarity Morality and Torture in Modern Warfare The characteristic act of men at war is not killing. It is killing by committing shocking and unspeakable atrocities when circumstances permit. What drives ordinary people into hatred genocide inhumanity and evil? What turns friends and neighbours against each other with such savagery? Where does such barbarity come from? This collection examines the anarchy cruelty and overwhelming confusion of modern warfare. In particular it analyzes: ¢ what happens when morality vanishes from the battlefield and why torture is endemic in modern warfare; ¢ how human rights in times of war lose meaning as a set of principles; ¢ whether official propaganda and enemy demonization make barbaric behaviour easier; ¢ how we can develop cultures opposed to torture that damage the legitimacy of our societies. Through a wealth of case studies that have been carefully selected in terms of their themes approaches and methodologies this comprehensive volume provokes discussion and enhances understanding from a variety of disciplinary perspectives. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315547640

Warriors in PeacetimeNew Directions for US Policy The Military and Democracy in Latin America What should military warriors do in peacetime? Such was the theme of an international conference at the Inter-American Defense College in 1992 which brought together diplomats military officials and distinguished academics to discuss the purpose of military institutions in Latin America in the new world order. The most important message of this book is that the order has by no means eliminated the need for armed forces. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203043943

Wars Revolutions and DictatorshipsStudies of Historical and Contemporary Problems from a Comparative Viewpoint First Published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company.   We can define war as organised fighting between groups of individuals belonging to the same species but occupying distinct territories thus distinguishing war from fights between isolated individuals as well as from struggles between groups living intermingled within the same territory which can be classified as rebellions revolutions riots and so on.The articles included in this volume were written in the 1970s and 1980s and published in very diverse journals and proceedings of  conferences in one case only in German. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873582

Wars and Peace Treaties1816 to 1991 First published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986909

Wars of German Unification 1864 - 1871 The In his last book the late William Carr provides a masterly account of the origins and impact of the three major wars fought by Prussia in creating the Bismarckian Reich of 1871. He begins with a study of the development of nationalism and liberalism from the late eighteenth century to the 1860's before turning to a detailed examination of the Schleswig-Holstein Conflict of 1864; the `Six Weeks War' of 1866; and the Franco-Prussia War of 1870--71. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153042

Wars Of Imperial Conquest First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315072555

Wars of Terror Analyzing the role of rhetoric and ideology in the western ‘war on terror’ and Islamic ‘jihad’ in the aftermath of 9/11 Gabriele Marranci shows that we are not experiencing a ‘clash of civilizations’ but a clash among ‘civilizers’ who believe they have the power to define how to be human. Seeing themselves as ‘under attack’ from a globalizing world that threatens to dilute their identity and very existence both sides employ a civilizational rhetoric to support its recourse to political violence. Examining why some individuals are radicalized to take violent action while the majority are not the author compares the case of self-identified crusader Anders Breivik with an example from his own fieldwork. He shows that emotions such as indignation sense of injustice and reaction to the killing of civilians play an important role in underpinning violent acts – as do the views presented by the ‘civilizers’ on the other side. Over time this leads to ever-greater escalation as one side calls for more jihad and the other for greater anti-terrorism measures drone attacks and bombings. Based on twelve years of research and fieldwork in western countries as well as South and Southeast Asia Wars of Terror shows the impact labels stigma conspiracy theories and stereotypes have in maintaining this ongoing global conflict. A fascinating anthropological study which makes a vital contribution to our understanding of one of the most important issues of our time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780857851055

Wartime Origins and the Future United Nations The creation of the UN system during World War II is a largely unknown or forgotten story among contemporary decision makers international relations specialists and policy analysts. This book aims to recover the wartime history of the United Nations and explore how the forgotten past can shed light on a possible and more desirable future. To achieve this each chapter takes three snapshots: "Then " the imaginative and transnational thinking about solutions to post-war problems demonstrated a realization that victory in WW II required an intergovernmental "system" with enough power and competence to work—that is the UN was not established as a liberal plaything and public relations ploy but rather as a vital necessity for post-war order and prosperity. "Now " which often seems a pale imitation of wartime thinking that nonetheless reflects a growing and widespread recognition of the fundamental disconnect between the nature of trans-boundary problems and current solutions seen as feasible by 193 UN member states. "Next steps " or the collective wisdom about the range of new thinking and new institutions that in fact may well have antecedents in wartime thinking and experimentation and could be labelled blue-prints for a "third generation" of intergovernmental organizations. This work will be essential reading for all students and scholars of the United Nations International Organizations and Global Governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415712675

Wartime Shanghai Wartime Shanghai is a lively account of the political and social situation between 1937 and 1946. It explores the deep political rivalries between Nationalist groups the intrigue of international espionage and how Shanghai society from European administrators to Chinese film makers collaborated with or resisted the Japanese occupation.Drawing on archival and published sources in English French Chinese and Japanese the authors show the diversity of groups and communities that made up wartime Shanghai. This book is an engaging collection of essays written on an exciting but often neglected episode of Chinese history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757287

Was Mao Really a Monster?The Academic Response to Chang and Halliday’s "Mao: The Unknown Story" Mao: The Unknown Story by Jung Chang and Jon Halliday was published in 2005 to a great fanfare. The book portrays Mao as a monster – equal to or worse than Hitler and Stalin – and a fool who won power by native cunning and ruled by terror. It received a rapturous welcome from reviewers in the popular press and rocketed to the top of the worldwide bestseller list. Few works on China by writers in the West have achieved its impact. Reviews by serious China scholars however tended to take a different view. Most were sharply critical questioning its authority and the authors’ methods arguing that Chang and Halliday’s book is not a work of balanced scholarship as it purports to be but a highly selective and even polemical study that sets out to demonise Mao. This book brings together sixteen reviews of Mao: The Unknown Story – all by internationally well-regarded specialists in modern Chinese history and published in relatively specialised scholarly journals. Taken together they demonstrate that Chang and Halliday’s portrayal of Mao is in many places woefully inaccurate. While agreeing that Mao had many faults and was responsible for some disastrous policies they conclude that a more balanced picture is needed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203875148

Was Stalin Really Necessary? (Routledge Revivals)Some Problems of Soviet Economic Policy First published in 1964 Was Stalin Really Necessary? is a thought-provoking work which deals with many aspects of the Soviet political economy planning problems and statistics. It discusses the possible political consequences of the search for greater economic efficiency. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415684965

Was the Industrial Revolution Necessary? Was the Industrial Revolution Necessary? takes an innovative look at this much studied subject. The contributors ask new questions explore new issues and use new data in order to stimulate interest and elicit new responses. By looking at it from such previously unexplored angles the book brings a new understanding to the Industrial Revolution and opens a new debate. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203059432

Wasafiri Issue 100 Winter 2019. An Island Full of Voices: Writing Britain Now. 35th Anniversary IssueWasafiri: International Contemporary Writing Wasafiri encourages readers and writers to travel the world via the word. Since 1984 the magazine has been publishing the best international contemporary writing from a diverse range of cultures across the UK and beyond. Wasafiri challenges established literary canons by creating a unique space for distinctive new work that transcends borders and labels. The dynamic fresh writing we feature stimulates cross-cultural dialogues which are brought to life through innovative live events. Wasafiri is well known for finding ‘the best of tomorrow’s writers today’ whilst simultaneously celebrating those who have gone on to become global literary voices. The magazine publishes literary articles interviews creative writing reviews and illustrated essays on the visual arts in both general and Special Issues. The many wonderful contributors to this issue require little introduction. Given the years we have been publishing and the richness of our archives it would have perhaps been easy to mark this anniversary with a special number featuring the ‘best of the last 35 years’. Yet in the true spirit of the magazine which aims with each issue to make new tracks it instead focuses on the current moment in Britain. While Britain is becoming an ever-smaller island what is not reduced in sound or stature are the voices of its writers. Writers and critics old and new some long associated with the magazine’s history and who have shared in its literary and political journey were therefore invited to come together. They proclaim that this island is not only ‘full of voices’ but full of languages and literatures too which continue to engage a new generation of writers and readers. Wasafiri 100 An Island Full of Voices: Writing Britain Now is the last anniversary issue of Susheila Nasta's editorship after 35 years. We continue to welcome original submissions from new and established voices from all cultural backgrounds which are peer-reviewed prior to acceptance. We are particularly keen to receive lively essays on recent work by contemporary writers or interviews with them. We are also open to proposals for Special Issues of the magazine. For submission guidelines and more information visit our website. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003016915

Wasafiri Issue 101 Spring 2020: General IssueWasafiri: International Contemporary Writing Since 1984 Wasafiri has been publishing the best international contemporary writing from a diverse range of cultures across the UK and beyond. This issue contains the same mix of global voices regular readers have come to expect with short fiction set in Nigeria and Trinidad and articles on Pakistani artist Naiza Khan (in Venice) the legacy of Andrea Levy and New Beacon Books. Wasafiri encourages readers and writers to travel the world via the word. Since 1984 the magazine has been publishing the best international contemporary writing from a diverse range of cultures across the UK and beyond. Wasafiri challenges established literary canons by creating a unique space for distinctive new work that transcends borders and labels. The dynamic fresh writing we feature stimulates cross-cultural dialogues which are brought to life through innovative live events. Wasafiri is well known for finding ‘the best of tomorrow’s writers today’ whilst simultaneously celebrating those who have gone on to become global literary voices. The magazine publishes literary articles interviews creative writing reviews and illustrated essays on the visual arts in both general and Special Issues. We continue to welcome original submissions from new and established voices from all cultural backgrounds which are peer-reviewed prior to acceptance. We are particularly keen to receive lively essays on recent work by contemporary writers or interviews with them. We are also open to proposals for Special Issues of the magazine. For submission guidelines and more information visit our website. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003051916

Wasafiri Issue 102 Summer 2020. Japan: Literatures of Remembering. Guest edited by Elizabeth Chappell Hiromitsu Koiso and Yasuhiko OgawaWa In this issue seventy-five years since the end of the Second World War we introduce creative reflections on the way memories are made and re-made in the contemporary literary scene in Japan. Many of the texts collected are new translations into English: polyvocal interpretations that have come into being via some of the world’s best translators from Japanese and the issue hosts a range of poets fiction writers and essayists both from within and beyond Japan’s islands to reflect on different associations of ‘Japan’ with ‘memory’ and ‘remembering’. Wasafiri encourages readers and writers to travel the world via the word. Since 1984 the magazine has been publishing the best international contemporary writing from a diverse range of cultures across the UK and beyond. Wasafiri challenges established literary canons by creating a unique space for distinctive new work that transcends borders and labels. The dynamic fresh writing we feature stimulates cross-cultural dialogues which are brought to life through innovative live events. Wasafiri is well known for finding ‘the best of tomorrow’s writers today’ whilst simultaneously celebrating those who have gone on to become global literary voices. The magazine publishes literary articles interviews creative writing reviews and illustrated essays on the visual arts in both general and Special Issues. We continue to welcome original submissions from new and established voices from all cultural backgrounds which are peer-reviewed prior to acceptance. We are particularly keen to receive lively essays on recent work by contemporary writers or interviews with them. We are also open to proposals for Special Issues of the magazine. For submission guidelines and more information visit our website. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003097129

Wasafiri Issue 103 Autumn 2020. General IssueWasafiri: International Contemporary Writing This general issue includes a special section exploring the theme ‘writing whiteness’. Inviting complexity the special section pieces reflect on racial coding racist discourse and all things to do with writing (and re-writing) whiteness. The special section then spins and reorients how we read everything else featured in the issue. Wasafiri encourages readers and writers to travel the world via the word. Since 1984 the magazine has been publishing the best international contemporary writing from a diverse range of cultures across the UK and beyond. Wasafiri challenges established literary canons by creating a unique space for distinctive new work that transcends borders and labels. The dynamic fresh writing we feature stimulates cross-cultural dialogues which are brought to life through innovative live events. Wasafiri is well known for finding ‘the best of tomorrow’s writers today’ whilst simultaneously celebrating those who have gone on to become global literary voices. The magazine publishes literary articles interviews creative writing reviews and illustrated essays on the visual arts in both general and Special Issues. We continue to welcome original submissions from new and established voices from all cultural backgrounds which are peer-reviewed prior to acceptance. We are particularly keen to receive lively essays on recent work by contemporary writers or interviews with them. We are also open to proposals for Special Issues of the magazine. For submission guidelines and more information visit our website. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003139232

Wasafiri Issue 104 Winter 2020. Human Rights Cultures: Rwanda Kenya Colombia and Argentina. Guest Edited by Billy Kahora and Zoe Norridge Wasafiri encourages readers and writers to travel the world via the word. Since 1984 the magazine has been publishing the best international contemporary writing from a diverse range of cultures across the UK and beyond. Wasafiri challenges established literary canons by creating a unique space for distinctive new work that transcends borders and labels. This special issue exploring human rights cultures showcases some of the existing connections between East Africa and Latin America and reveals areas where cross-continental collaborations might generate new insights into creative and academic work. The dynamic fresh writing we feature stimulates cross-cultural dialogues which are brought to life through innovative live events. Wasafiri is well known for finding ‘the best of tomorrow’s writers today’ whilst simultaneously celebrating those who have gone on to become global literary voices. The magazine publishes literary articles interviews creative writing reviews and illustrated essays on the visual arts in both general and Special Issues. We continue to welcome original submissions from new and established voices from all cultural backgrounds which are peer-reviewed prior to acceptance. We are particularly keen to receive lively essays on recent work by contemporary writers or interviews with them. We are also open to proposals for Special Issues of the magazine. For submission guidelines and more information visit our website. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003170921

Wasafiri Issue 97 Spring 2019: General IssueWasafiri: International Contemporary Writing Wasafiri encourages readers and writers to travel the world via the word. Since 1984 the magazine has been publishing the best international contemporary writing from a diverse range of cultures across the UK and beyond. Wasafiri challenges established literary canons by creating a unique space for distinctive new work that transcends borders and labels.  The dynamic fresh writing we feature stimulates cross-cultural dialogues which are brought to life through innovative live events. Wasafiri is well known for finding ‘the best of tomorrow’s writers today’ whilst simultaneously celebrating those who have gone on to become global literary voices. The magazine publishes literary articles interviews creative writing reviews and illustrated essays on the visual arts in both general and Special Issues.  This general issue of Wasafiri (No. 97) is the first of 2019. It marks our thirty-fifth year of publication and the beginning of a year of celebration that will mark the magazine’s past achievements as well as build on the new. In keeping with Wasafiri’s broad mission to platform cultural dialogues open new literary worlds and promote literary exchange the contents here draw on writers and artists from Nigeria to Scotland from the Caribbean to Pakistan as well as several other regions and countries. Many interwoven threads connect the generous offerings in this issue — not only geographic but those dealing with social and political matters too which emphasise again the power of words and our collective voices. We welcome original submissions from new and established voices from all cultural backgrounds which are peer-reviewed prior to acceptance. We are particularly keen to receive lively essays on recent work by contemporary writers or interviews with them. We are also open to proposals for Special Issues of the magazine. For submission guidelines and more information visit our website. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429294570

Wasafiri Issue 98 Summer 2019: Queer Worlds/Global QueerWasafiri: International Contemporary Writing Wasafiri encourages readers and writers to travel the world via the word. Since 1984 the magazine has been publishing the best international contemporary writing from a diverse range of cultures across the UK and beyond. Wasafiri challenges established literary canons by creating a unique space for distinctive new work that transcends borders and labels. The dynamic fresh writing we feature stimulates cross-cultural dialogues which are brought to life through innovative live events.Wasafiri is well known for finding ‘the best of tomorrow’s writers today’ whilst simultaneously celebrating those who have gone on to become global literary voices. The magazine publishes literary articles interviews creative writing reviews and illustrated essays on the visual arts in both general and Special Issues.  This issue of Wasafiri (No. 98) ‘Queer Worlds/Global Queer edited by Dean Atta and Andrew van der Vlies assembles materials – critical as well as creative performative and self-reflexive – that attempt to do some measure of justice to a range of work and ideas animating creative and scholarly labour and praxis in multiple queer worlds now. The range of the authors’ geographical focus is not exhaustive but it includes scholarly accounts of creative writing that engages with the experience of Indonesian domestic workers in Hong Kong (in Kate Houlden’s essay) young men in an unnamed Arab country in the wake of the Arab Spring (in Nadia Atia’s) and Indians before the historic ruling by the Indian Supreme Court in September 2018 that Section 377 of the colonial-era penal code (that criminalised sodomy) was unconstitutional (Ulka Anjaria). We welcome original submissions from new and established voices from all cultural backgrounds which are peer-reviewed prior to acceptance. We are particularly keen to receive lively essays on recent work by contemporary writers or interviews with them. We are also open to proposals for Special Issues of the magazine. For submission guidelines and more information visit our website. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429344725

Wasafiri Issue 99 Autumn 2019: General IssueWasafiri: International Contemporary Writing Wasafiri encourages readers and writers to travel the world via the word. Since 1984 the magazine has been publishing the best international contemporary writing from a diverse range of cultures across the UK and beyond. Wasafiri challenges established literary canons by creating a unique space for distinctive new work that transcends borders and labels. The dynamic fresh writing we feature stimulates cross-cultural dialogues which are brought to life through innovative live events. Wasafiri is well known for finding ‘the best of tomorrow’s writers today’ whilst simultaneously celebrating those who have gone on to become global literary voices. The magazine publishes literary articles interviews creative writing reviews and illustrated essays on the visual arts in both general and Special Issues. Translation and the vexed issue of the relationship between writing and politics are not unfamiliar subjects in the pages of this magazine. This third issue of our thirty-fifth anniversary year is no exception. As will be evident many essays interviews poems and reviews speak directly to the politics of our times and foreground the challenges facing writers however different their backgrounds in confronting the ethics of representing the legacies of past and present histories of suffering violence and loss. The writing collected here spans a number of different regional geographies and periods and demonstrate that stories written within repressive and unpalatable political contexts often shift into myth and fantasy. This issue also features the winning entries of the 2018 Wasafiri New Writing Prize — Deirdre Shanahan (Fiction) Len Lukowski (Life-Writing) and Danie Shokoohi (Poetry). We welcome original submissions from new and established voices from all cultural backgrounds which are peer-reviewed prior to acceptance. We are particularly keen to receive lively essays on recent work by contemporary writers or interviews with them. We are also open to proposals for Special Issues of the magazine. For submission guidelines and more information visit our website. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003004059

Waste Age and Recycling TimesRecycling Handbook This definitive Handbook authored by the publishing division of the leading and the largest association in the field of waste management provides information on virtually every aspect of recycling. The chapters written by leading international authorities cover such topics as collection of recyclables recycling costs safety in recycling facilities available technology for collection and processing of waste products and profitability of waste products. Introductory material in the form of "waste profiles" is included at the beginning of the Handbook providing an excellent general reference on all of the various recyclables from newspapers to batteries. The Handbook also covers legislative issues related to recycling including legislation in Germany France Britain and Canada and how these overseas regulations affect recycling in the United States. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367811976

Waste and ConsumptionCapitalism the Environment and the Life of Things This book examines the link between waste and consumption through a cultural approach that integrates environmental concerns with reflections on the role that consumption has come to occupy in our contemporary capitalist societies. The mutual relationship between capitalism and consumption is addressed along with early critiques of industrialization that exposed environmental problems. Toxic waste and its illegal dumping are examined along with the problem of abuse of poorere areas and nations when it comes to disposing of toxic material. The question of solutions to the problems created by consumption and waste is raised and the claim is advanced that we do not necessarily need to stop being consumers.  This timely book can be used in introductory sociology social problems and classes on environment and sustainability. This book is part of the Framing 21st Century Social Issues Series which offers readable teachable "thinking frames" on today’s social problems and social issues by leading scholars all in short 60 page or shorter formats and available for view on http://routledge.customgateway.com/routledge-social-issues.html. For instructors teaching a wide range of courses in the social sciences the Routledge Social Issues Collection now offers the best of both worlds: originally written short texts that provide "overviews" to important social issues as well as teachable excerpts from larger works previously published by Routledge and other presses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149328

Waste and Distributive Justice in AsiaIn-Ward Waste Disposal in Tokyo Conflicts over waste disposal facility siting is a pressing issue not only in developed countries but also in fast-growing countries that face drastic waste increase and rapid urbanisation. How to address distributive justice has been one of the biggest concerns.This book examines what determines the influence of distributive justice in siting policy. In the 23 wards of Tokyo one idea of distributive justice known as "In-Ward Waste Disposal" (IWWD) emerged amid the ongoing garbage crisis in the early 1970s. IWWD was adopted as a significant principle but its influence waxed and waned over time until the idea was finally abandoned in 2003.To unravel causes and mechanisms behind the changing influence of IWWD this book adopts a framework that considers not only ideational causes but also the power struggles between rationally calculating actors as well as the influence of external events and environments. By combining an in-depth case study with an integrative theoretical framework this book tells a thought-provoking story of the changing influence of IWWD in a deep comprehensive and consistent way. This book provides significant insights and lessons for both academics and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891510

Waste and Environmental Policy This research deals with the increasingly complex issues of waste generation waste management and waste disposal that in less developed industrialised countries present diverse but critical concerns. It takes a socio-economic and policy-oriented perspective and provides empirical evidence at EU and regional level. The EU and Italy are taken as relevant case studies given the disparities in environmental performances between less and more developed areas. The rich and various empirical evidence shows that a robust delinking between waste generation and economic growth is still not present thus future policies should directly address the problem at the source by targeting waste generation in EU countries. Some structural factors like population density and urbanisation present themselves as relevant drivers of both waste management and landfill diversion. Nevertheless economic and structural factors alone are not sufficient to improve waste performances. Though waste policies are to be redesigned by covering the entire area of waste management some first signals of policy effectiveness are arising. This work will be of most interest to those students of environmental economics and environmental sciences as well as policy makers waste utility managers and companies in the waste management sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415619783

Waste and RecyclingTheory and Empirics As "business as usual" has become the mantra of today's world it's unlikely to see a decrease in hazardous waste generated from greater economic growth. Written by renowned experts the book suggests a solution supported by theoretical arguments to this waste problem. The book discusses how main problems for waste management can be addressed through appropriate policies adopted by governments in OECD countries. The book also raises thoughtful questions on how household waste management services should be privatized and who should pay for the disposal and recycling costs. It attempts to answer these questions. The book considers several factors hindering the first-best optimal outcome and highlights two crucial ones. It elaborates further with models and the solutions on how to overcome these obstacles. The book covers not only traditional resource economics and waste management but also the recent problem of Electric waste (E-waste) and illustrates in details how the environments of developing countries are inevitably polluted even with the Basel ban Amendment in place. The book proposes an alternative international trading regulation to address E-waste. This book will certainly appeal to industry decision-makers policy makers and legislators.          Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415702911

Waste and Urban RegenerationAn Urban Ecology of Seoul’s Nanjido Post-landfill Park Waste and Urban Regeneration examines the Nanjido region of Seoul and its transformation from Nanjido Landfill to the World Cup Park and its relation to the urban ecology within the context of the city’s urban development during the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. The study analyses the urban ecological meanings of the site’s two distinct forms by consolidating them with the Lefebvrian urban theory and relational ecological theories. This book looks at environmental transformations and their link to South Korea’s political and economic changes; how Seoul City controlled waste populations the borderline characterisations of the inhabited landfill and its community the regeneration of the landfill into the post-landfill park and site-specific artworks which explored the conflict between the invisible presence of the landfill’s garbage and its history. As one of the first accounts of a landfill and landfill-turned-park of South Korea this study is a must-read for academics and researchers interested in waste management ecology landscape theory and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367356408

Waste Disposal In The OceansMinimizing Impact Maximizing Benefits After a decade of attempts to control pollution with broad sweeping legislation on a national scale recent efforts have recognized the need to evaluate waste disposal on a case-by-case or regional basis incorporating new knowledge about the consequences of disposal. This book examines the major uses and effects of waste disposal in the ocean paying particular attention to California's coastal waters. The contributors representing public agencies academe and research institutions take into account environmental concerns while they focus on developing management strategies of using the oceans for waste disposal. The book is a result of the 1982 symposium "Ocean Disposal in the 1980s " which was sponsored by the Southern California Academy of Sciences Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429267246

Waste Management This book focuses on the impact of waste disposal to land providing an outline of the underpinning knowledge of processes associated with contaminant sorption transport and plant uptake. It presents case studies highlighting waste management technologies used in the Australasia-Pacific region. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446604

Waste Management and Resource Recovery This book provides a basic understanding of waste management problems and issues faced by modern society. Scientific technical and environmental principles are emphasized to illustrate the processes of municipal and industrial solid wastes and liquid wastes and the nature of impacts resulting from waste dispersal and disposal in the environment. Economic social legal and political aspects of waste management are also addressed.Environmental issues and concerns receive thorough coverage in discussing waste reduction resource recovery and efficient and practical waste disposal systems. Other specific topics include recycling physical and chemical processing the biological treatment of waste solids incineration pyrolysis and energy recover hazardous wastes and landfill management.The role of government and other institutions in waste management and resource recovery matters is also detailed. Discussion questions worked examples and end-of-chapter problems reinforce important concepts.Waste Management and Resource Recovery is particularly suitable as a text in waste management courses in environmental science or engineering programs. It also works well as a reference for practitioners in the waste management field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448936

Waste Management and Sustainable ConsumptionReflections on consumer waste The accelerated pace of global consumption over the past decades has meant that governments across the world are now faced with significant challenges in dealing with the dramatically increased volume of waste. While research on waste management has previously focused on finding technological solutions to the problem this book uniquely examines the social and cultural views of waste shedding new light on the topic by emphasising the consumer perspective throughout. Drawing on a wide variety of disciplines including environmental economic social and cultural theories the book presents philosophical reflections practical examples and potential solutions to the problem of increasing waste. It analyses and compares case studies from countries such as Sweden Japan the USA India Nigeria and Qatar bringing out valuable insights for the international community and generating a critical discussion on how we can move towards a more sustainable society. This book will be of great interest to post-graduate students and researchers in environmental policy waste management social marketing and consumer behaviour as well as policymakers and practitioners in consumer issues and business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138797260

Waste Management and ValorizationAlternative Technologies This title includes a number of Open Access chapters. Edited by a leading researcher in the field this book provides an overview of waste valorization and includes the editor’s research in addition to other experts and recent and relevant studies on this critical topic. It covers treatment and pretreatment technologies and methodologies energy recovery from solid wastes recycling and reuse additional cutting-edge valorization methodologies. Primarily aimed at researchers and advanced students in biochemical engineering and environmental fields this book should also provide a valuable reference for municipal legislators and industry practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771883061

Waste Management in Spatial Environments The increasing scarcity of land and the ever-rising amount of waste produced worldwide coupled with the consequent change of focus by policy makers from waste disposal and recovery to waste prevention is boosting research in the 'economics of waste'. This volume addresses waste-management and waste-disposal issues embedding them in spatial systemic and trade-related frameworks. The collection is policy oriented including socio-economic and political science perspectives in order to provide an understanding of real world phenomena and thus maximize its value for policy making. The book includes contributions on the linkages between income and waste generation and landfilling (such as the ‘waste Kuznets curve’ conceptual framework) in addition to papers that bring together policy-oriented analysis of instrument effectiveness and the spatial nature of waste phenomena. On top of this there are pieces of research emphasizing technological spillovers and trade at interregional and intercountry levels. The comparative analysis of policy effectiveness and efficiency at the regional and country levels is also covered including the assessment of the potential role of illegal management of waste in determining waste performance. To give a spatial and comparative flavour the book includes work on the evaluation of waste-related externalities with examples covering household industrial and special waste. The wide set of methodologies and issues included in this book make it a comprehensive starting point for scholars and policy makers interested in waste-related research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138904903

Waste Management PracticesMunicipal Hazardous and Industrial Second Edition   Waste Management Practices: Municipal Hazardous and Industrial Second Edition addresses the three main categories of wastes (hazardous municipal and "special" wastes) covered under federal regulation outlined in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) an established framework for managing the generation transportation treatment storage and disposal of several forms of waste. Focusing on integrating the technical and regulatory complexities of waste management this book covers the historical and regulatory development of waste management and the management of municipal solid wastes. It also addresses hazardous wastes and their management from the perspectives of identification transportation and requirements for generators as well as the treatment storage and disposal facilities. Features: Covers the three main categories of wastes under regulation in the United States Incorporates an extensive set of problems presented at the end of several chapters as appendices Includes numerous review/homework questions at the end of each chapter Highlights special categories of waste that may not fit precisely into either RCRA Subtitle D (Solid Wastes) or Subtitle C (Hazardous Wastes) In addition to the end-of-chapter problems provided in all chapters of this book the text also contains practical exercises using data from field situations. Waste Management Practices: Municipal Hazardous and Industrial Second Edition is an ideal textbook or reference guide for students and professionals involved in the management of all three categories of wastes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466585188

Waste MattersAdaptive Reuse for Productive Landscapes For thousands of years humans have experimented with various methods of waste disposal—from burning and burying to simply packing up and moving in search of an unscathed environment. Habits of disposal are deeply ingrained in our daily lives so casual and continual that we rarely ever stop to ponder the big-picture effects on social spatial and ecological orders. Rethinking the ways in which we produce collect discard and reuse our waste whether it’s materials spaces or places is essential to ensure a more feasible future. Waste Matters: Adaptive Reuse for Productive Landscapes presents a series of historical and contemporary design ideas that reimagine a range of repurposed materials at diverse scales and in various contexts by exploring methods of hacking disassembly reassembly recycling adaptive reuse and preservation of the built environment. Waste Matters will inspire designers to sample and rearrange bits of artifacts from the past and present to produce culturally relevant and ecologically sensitive materials objects architecture and environments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138592360

Waste MattersUrban margins in contemporary literature How do those pushed to the margins survive in contemporary cities? What role do they play in today’s increasingly complex urban ecosystems? Faced with stark disparities in human and environmental wellbeing what form might more equitable cities take? Waste Matters argues that contemporary literature and film offer an insightful and timely response to these questions through their formal and thematic revaluation of urban waste. In their creation of a new urban imaginary which centres on discarded things degraded places and devalued people authors and artists such as Patrick Chamoiseau Chris Abani Dinaw Mengestu Suketu Mehta and Vik Muniz suggest opportunities for an inclusive urban politics that demands systematic analysis. Waste Matters assesses the utopian promise and pragmatic limitations of their as yet under-examined work in light of today’s pressing urban challenges. This book will be of great interest to scholars and students of English Literature Postcolonial Studies Urban Studies Environmental Humanities and Film Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367271220

Waste Prevention Policy and BehaviourNew Approaches to Reducing Waste Generation and its Environmental Impacts As prosperity levels rise so too does the number of products and services being consumed. For policy makers in waste management facing a growing challenge it is vital to understand the complex relationship between waste prevention policies and individual behaviour regarding waste generation. This book examines that interplay taking a close look at the role of motivation difficulties values and constraints. The first part of the book explores the theoretical framework policy barriers and facilitators for waste prevention behaviour. The second part presents in-depth case studies from three cities (Sao Paulo Sheffield and Tokyo) examining the contextual factors behavioural variations among them and the role of motivation and constraints in their populations. The book provides a detailed picture of how waste prevention policies enter the private domestic sphere offering insights for generating behavioural change at the household level and thus moving larger communities towards sustainable waste management. The book will be of interest to students and researchers in the areas of environmental policy management sociology psychology geography technology and waste studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138225992

Waste Production and Utilization in the Metal Extraction Industry Increasingly stringent environmental regulations and industry adoption of waste minimization guidelines have thus stimulated the need for the development of recycling and reuse options for metal related waste. This book therefore gives an overview of the waste generation recycle and reuse along the mining beneficiation extraction manufacturing and post-consumer value chain. This book reviews current status and future trends in the recycling and reuse of mineral and metal waste and also details the policy and legislation regarding the waste management health and environmental impacts in the mining beneficiation metal extraction and manufacturing processes.This book is a useful reference for engineers and researchers in industry policymakers and legislators in governance and academics on the current status and future trends in the recycling and reuse of mineral and metal waste. Some of the key features of the book are as follows:Holistic approach to waste generation recycling and reuse along the minerals and metals extraction.Detailed overview of metallurgical waste generation.Practical examples with complete flow sheets techniques and interventions on waste management.Integrates the technical issues related to efficient resources utilization with the policy and regulatory framework.Novel approach to addressing future commodity shortages. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367573508

Waste to Sustainable EnergyMFCs – Prospects through Prognosis With no emissions and water as a byproduct the globe could imagine a sustainable and resilient human kind that obliterates any possible chances of future climate change. With increased globalization there has been an unprecedented escalation in production processes thus generating valued products and byproducts. A significant quantum of the waste materials generated can be transformed into fuels with the help of MFCs. MFC’s utilities would bring about a paradigm shift built on the principles of sustainability encompassing closed loop biorefinery approach. A MFC’s bio-refinery ensures complete allocation of products and byproducts in various processes yielding zero waste. Such efforts would not only help in managing waste but also contribute to generation of renewable fuel and valued products that fosters sustainable development. To cater to the needs of the present challenges in waste management bioenergy and bio product recovery and commercial sustainability this book on MFCs will emphasize and throw light on various mechanisms routes and reaction engineering approaches for complete transformation of waste to wealth. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138328211

Waste Treatment in the Food Processing Industry Many standard industrial waste treatment texts sufficiently address a few major technologies for conventional in-plant environmental control strategies in the food industry. But none explore the complete range of technologies with a focus on new developments in innovative and alternative technology design criteria effluent standards managerial decision methodology and regional and global environmental conservation specific to the food industry. Until now. Waste Treatment in the Food Processing Industry provides in-depth coverage of environmental pollution sources waste characteristics control technologies management strategies facility innovations process alternatives costs case histories effluent standards and future trends. It delineates methodologies technologies and the regional and global effects of important pollution control practices. The book highlights major food processing plants or installations that have significant effects on the environment. Since the areas of food industry waste treatment are broad no one can claim to be an expert in all of them. Reflecting this the editors recruited collective contributions from specialists in their respective topics rather than relying on a single author's expertise. The topics covered include dairies seafood processing plants olive oil manufacturing factories potato processing plants soft drink production plants bakeries and various other food processing facilities. Professors students and researchers in the environmental civil chemical sanitary mechanical and public health engineering and science fields will find valuable educational materials in this book. The extensive bibliographies for each type of food waste treatment or practice will be invaluable to environmental managers or researchers who need to trace follow duplicate or improve on a specific food waste treatment practice. Comprehensive in scope the book provides solutions that are directly applicable Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392024

Waste Treatment in the Metal Manufacturing Forming Coating and Finishing Industries Comprehensive in its scope and directly applicable to daily waste management problems of specific industries Waste Treatment in the Metal Manufacturing Forming Coating and Finishing Industries covers hazardous industrial waste treatment renovation and reuse in the metal manufacturing forming coating enameling and finishing industries. It Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429145896

Waste Treatment in the Service and Utility Industries This volume provides in-depth coverage of environmental pollution sources waste characteristics control technologies management strategies facility innovations process alternatives costs case histories effluent standards and future trends in the process industries. It delineates methodologies technologies and the regional and global effects of important pollution control practices. The authors focus on new developments in innovative and alternative technologies design criteria effluent standards managerial decision methodology and regional and global environmental conservation specific to process industries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781420072372

Wasted: Performing Addiction in America Departing from the scholarly treatment of addiction as a form of rhetoric or discursive formation Wasted: Performing Addiction in America focuses on the material lived experience of addiction and the ways in which it is shaped by a ’metaphor of waste’ from the manner in which people describe the addict the experience of inebriation or his or her systematic exclusion from various aspects of American culture. With analyses of scientific and popular cultural texts such as novels and films scholarly or medical models of addiction reality television TV drama public health and anti-addiction campaigns and the lives of celebrities who struggled with addiction this book recovers the sense of materiality in which the experience of substance abuse is anchored revealing addiction to be a set of socio-cultural practices historically-contingent events and behaviours. Exploring the ways in which addiction as an identity construct as a social problem and as a lived experience is always and already circumscribed by the metaphor of waste Wasted: Performing Addiction in America advances the idea that addiction constitutes a site of social control beyond the individual through which American citizenship is regulated and the ’nation’ itself is imagined demarcated and contained. As such it will appeal to scholars of popular culture cultural and media studies performance studies sociology and American culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597528

WastedCounting the Costs of Global Consumption Sustainable development cannot be achieved solely at the international level. Without the creation of more sustainable livelihoods it will remain a utopian and elusive goal. Yet given the huge differences in economic development and levels of consumption between North and South how might this be brought about? Taking the 1992 Rio Summit as its point of departure Wasted examines what we now need to know and what we need to do to live within sustainable limits. One of the key issues is how we use the environment: converting natural resources into human artifices commodities and services. In the process of consuming we also create sinks. Today these sinks - the empty back pocket in the global biogeographical system - are no longer empty. The fate of the global environment is indissolubly linked to our consumption: particularly in the energy-profligate North. To understand and overcome environmental challenges we need to build the outcomes of our present consumption rates into our future behavior: to accept sustainable development as a normative goal for societies; one that is bound up with our everyday social practices and actions. In this absorbing new book Michael Redclift argues that the way we understand and think about the environment conditions our responses and our ability to meet the challenge and discusses tangible policies for increased sustainability that are grounded in recent research and practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315066141

WastedCounting the costs of global consumption Sustainable development cannot be achieved solely at the international level. Without the creation of more sustainable livelihoods it will remain a utopian and elusive goal. Yet given the huge differences in economic development and levels of consumption between North and South how might this bebrought about?Taking the 1992 Rio Summit as its point of departure Wasted examines what we now need to know and what we need to do to live within sustainable limits. One of the key issues is how we use the environment: converting natural resources into human artifices commodities and services. In the process of consuming we also create sinks. Today these sinks - the empty back pocket in the global biogeographical system - are no longer empty. The fate of the global environment is indissolubly linked to our consumption: particularly in the energy-profligate North.To understand and overcome environmental challenges we need to build the outcomes of our present consumption rates into our future behaviour: to accept sustainable development as a normative goal for societies; one that is bound up with our everyday social practices and actions. In this absorbing book Michael Redclift argues that the way we understand and think about the environn1ent conditions our responses and our ability to meet the challenge and discusses tangible policies for increased sustainability that are grounded in recent research and practice.MICHAEL RedcliftIs Professor of International Environmental Policy at the Department of Geography King's College London. He was previously Professor of International Environmental Policy at the University of Keele and before that Professor of Environmental Sociology at Wye College University of London and Director of the ESRC Global Environmental Change Programme. He is author and editor of numerous books including Sustainable Development: Exploring the Contradictions (1987) Social Theory and the Global Environment (1994) and Sustainability: Life Chances and Lifestyles (1999).Originally published in 1996 Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003076667

WASTES 2015 - Solutions Treatments and OpportunitiesSelected papers from the 3rd Edition of the International Conference on Wastes: Solutio This volume presents a selection of papers from the WASTES 2015 conference a platform for scientists and industries from the waste management and recycling sectors from around the world who shared experiences and knowledge at the meeting. Covering discussions regarding the balance between economic environmental and social outcomes the development of innovative techniques tools and strategies on how wastes can be transformed into good ideas. Improving both the overall environmental performance and the understanding of the industry impact on the environment as well as the options analysis for its improvement were key objectives of this conference.With this publication it is expected to take the scope of this event beyond the limits of its physical occurrence by providing both scientists professionals and the general public with an instrument that is the materialization of the main contributions to WASTES 2015. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367737856

WASTES – Solutions Treatments and Opportunities IISelected Papers from the 4th Edition of the International Conference on Wastes: Solutions Wastes: Solutions Treatments and Opportunities II contains selected papers presented at the 4th edition of the International Conference Wastes: Solutions Treatments and Opportunities that took place 25-26 September 2017 at the Faculty of Engineering of the University of Porto Porto Portugal. The Wastes conference which takes place biennially is a prime forum for academics and industry representatives from the waste management and recycling sectors around the world to share their experience and knowledge with all in attendance.The published papers focus on a wide range of topics including: Wastes as construction materials Wastes as fuels Waste treatment technologies MSW management Recycling of wastes and materials recovery Wastes from new materials (nanomaterials electronics composites etc.) Environmental economic and social aspects in waste management and Circular economy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367735869

Wastes: Solutions Treatments and Opportunities IIISelected Papers from the 5th International Conference Wastes 2019 September 4-6 2019 L Wastes: Solutions Treatments and Opportunities III contains selected papers presented at the 5th edition of the International Conference Wastes: Solutions Treatments and Opportunities that took place on 3-6 September 2019 in Costa da Caparica Portugal.The Wastes conference which takes place biennially is a prime forum for sharing innovation technological development and sustainable solutions for the waste management and recycling sectors around the world counting with the participation of experts from academia and industry.The papers included in this book cover a wide range of topics including: Wastes as construction materials; Wastes as fuels; Waste treatment technologies; MSW management; Recycling of wastes and materials recovery; Environmental economic and social aspects in waste management; Life cycle assessment; Circular economy and wastes refineries; Logistics policies regulatory constraints and markets in waste management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367257774

Waste-to-Energy Technologies and Global Applications Through Waste-to-Energy (WtE) technology plants use waste as a renewable fuel to co-produce electricity heating and cooling for urban utilization. This professional book presents the latest developments in WtE technologies and their global applications. The first part of the book covers thermal treatment technologies including combustion novel gasification plasma gasification and pyrolysis. It then examines 35 real-world WtE case studies from around the world analyzing technical information behind planning execution goals and national strategies. Results through the years show the benefits of the technology through the life cycle of the products. The book also examines financial and environmental aspects. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138035201

Wastewater Analysis for Substance Abuse Monitoring and Policy Development This book addresses how to estimate substance use and thereby evaluate policies intended to reduce the harms caused by drugs and other substances. Wastewater analysis (WWA) can provide efficient affordable fine-grained and objective data on population substance use trends on a very large scale. The authors discuss the potential implications of WWA as a new method for understanding substance use in a variety of settings and ignite a discourse with policy makers criminologists epidemiologists and other disciplines about the need for collaboration with WWA scientists. The book also features an explanation of the costs and harms of substance use with academic literature from criminological and epidemiological sources and reports from lead agencies. Additional features include: Details on the origin of wastewater analysis in environmental science Description of analytical chemistry methods for tracing a wide variety of substances including illicit drugs alcohol tobacco and other chemicals Exploration of the major empirical problems in estimating population consumption of alcohol tobacco and drugs at the international and national level Examination of the principles of human research ethics and their application to wastewater analysis Wastewater Analysis for Substance Abuse Monitoring and Policy Development is a valuable tool for analytical chemists wastewater scientists and criminologists as well as researchers and policy makers across disciplines who work in drug sectors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367132903

Wastewater and Public HealthBacterial and Pharmaceutical Exposures This compendium volume is an indispensable source of information on the ways in which wastewater can impact public health. The editor a well-respected expert in his field has collected the most recent and pertinent investigations into this serious issue. Included are studies involving: • The presence of various human enteric viruses in wastewater which reach the public through drinking and daily use water agriculture and through fishing waters • Antibiotic resistance produced by genetic changes in wastewater bacterial communities affecting both human and animal health • The presence of antidepressants in water consumed by the public • Possible methods of treatment for removing bacteria and pharmaceuticals from wastewater This threat to public health calls urgently for the development of new treatment technologies. The research in this volume provides state-of-the-art information about recent advances in wastewater treatment and it points the way toward future productive research. Civil engineers graduate-level research students and scientific research labs will all find valuable information. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771881647

Wastewater and Shale Formation DevelopmentRisks Mitigation and Regulation This title includes a number of Open Access chapters. The number of tight oil and shale gas wells continues to rise primarily in the US but also worldwide. The US has vast reserves of oil and natural gas which now are commercially reachable as a result of advances in horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing technologies. But as hydraulic fracturing is increasingly used concerns have been raised about potential stress on surface water and groundwater supplies from the withdrawal of water used in the process. Equally important is the growing volume of wastewater generated from hydraulically fractured oil and gas wells requiring recycling treatment and disposal. Wastewater and Shale Formation Development: Risks Mitigation and Regulation examines four major issues taking a scientific look from different perspectives at water use in shale gas development potential environmental effects of wastewater from fracking how to mitigate potential risks associated with wastewater from shale development and regulatory approaches to the wastewater management problem With chapters from researchers in the field this compendium volume sheds light on the important issues and challenges surrounding natural gas extraction using hydraulic fracturing and may be of interest to researchers and public policymakers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771881609

Wastewater Management for IrrigationPrinciples and Practices The reuse of wastewater in irrigation is being practiced only recently to solve water scarcity problems in agriculture. Management of water soil crop and operational procedures including precautions to protect farm workers play an important role in the successful use of sewage effluent for irrigation. Appropriate water management practices must be followed to prevent salinization. If salt is not flushed out of the root zone by leaching and removed from the soil by effective drainage salinity problems can build up rapidly. Leaching and drainage are thus two important water management practices to avoid salinization of soils. One of the options that may be available to farmers is the blending of treated sewage with conventional sources of water to obtain a blended water of acceptable salinity level. This important book focuses on the use of wastewater as a valuable resource for agricultural micro irrigation purposes. It covers effective wastewater management practices in a variety of climates including semi-arid regions and others; how to perform effective evaluations to gauge the quality of the water on plants including potatoes maize and eggplant; and the cost–benefit of using wastewater. It addresses the sources of wastewater for irrigation and the problems along with challenges including water quality clogging soil quality and more. The mission of this compendium is to serve as a reference manual for professionals in biological and civil engineering horticulture soil and crop science and agronomy as well as for graduate and undergraduate students in related fields. It will be a valuable reference for professionals who work with micro irrigation/wastewater and water management for technical agricultural centers irrigation centers agricultural extension services and other agencies that work with micro irrigation programs. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771881203

Wastewater Organisms A Color Atlas Wastewater Organisms contains 210 high-quality full-color micrographs to help you identify organisms found in sewage and sludge. These photos provide the maximum level of detail and will help you better understand the form and dimension of the organisms. Subjects depicted in the micrographs include bacteria eggs amoeba parasitic protozoa tardigrada (water bears) rotifers ciliates parasitic helminths pollen grain free-living nematodes algae flagellates and more. There is a chapter on enumeration which provides literature and techniques for fixing and staining techniques often required for identification to the species level. The book also contains a valuable glossary and index to make the book even easier to use. Wastewater Organisms is an indispensable reference for wastewater managers and supervisors wastewater operators environmental consultants practicing engineers regulatory agency personnel at all levels of government and libraries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138474833

Wastewater PurificationAerobic Granulation in Sequencing Batch Reactors A newcomer to the scene aerobic granulation is on its way to becoming the hot new technology for high-efficiency wastewater treatment. Thus far intensive research has been conducted with regard to the understanding of the mechanism of aerobic granulation in sequencing batch reactors (SBR) and its application in treating a wide variety of municipal and industrial wastewater. This basic research has promoted the technology from laboratory-study all the way to the present pilot- and full-scale application. The time is right for a reference that discusses the technology and its application in wastewater purification. Wastewater Purification: Aerobic Granulation in Sequencing Batch Reactors discusses state-of-the-art research and application of this environmental biotechnology tailored to enhanced wastewater purification. The seventeen chapters provide a systematic and comprehensive understanding of aerobic granulation in SBR by incorporating fundamental principles of aerobic granulation with the basis of process operation under various conditions. The book clearly explains what aerobic granules are and how they form. It elucidates key factors that influence aerobic granulation and addresses common problems encountered and their solutions. This is the first book-length exploration of aerobic granulation. Other books that cover it are smaller less comprehensive less in depth and less up to date. This book provides first-hand information derived from the authors’ research and presents a newly-developed theory for aerobic granulation that offers a deep understanding into the essence of current aerobic granulation technology. Using this book as a platform the technology can be developed further and quickly applied in the wastewater treatment industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452834

Wastewater Reuse and Watershed ManagementEngineering Implications for Agriculture Industry and the Environment Water is a finite resource and the demand for clean water is constantly growing. Clean freshwater is needed to meet irrigation demands for agriculture for consumption and for industrial uses. The world produces billions of tons of wastewater every year. This volume looks at a multitude of ways to capture treat and reuse wastewater and how to effectively manage watersheds. It presents a selection of new technologies and methods to recycle reclaim and reuse water for agricultural industrial and environmental purposes. The editor states that more than 75–80% of the wastewater we produce goes back to nature without being properly treated leading to pollution and all sorts of negative health and productivity consequences. Topics cover a wide selection of research including molluscs as a tool for river health assessment flood risk modeling biological removal of toxins from groundwater saline water intrusion into coastal areas urban drainage simulations rainwater harvesting irrigation topics and more. Key features:• explores the existing methodologies in the field of reuse of wastewater• looks at different approaches in integrated water resources management• examines the issues of groundwater management and development• discusses saline water intrusion in coastal areas• presents various watershed management approaches• includes case studies and analyses of various water management efforts Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887465

Wastewater Stabilization Ponds Ponds (lagoons) have been used for centuries with great success in the treatment of wastewater. Ponds created for treatment known as stabilization ponds model the physical and biochemical interactions that occur in natural ponds. Easy to build and manage stabilization ponds can accommodate large fluctuations in flow and provide results that are comparable to conventional systems at a much lower cost. Wastewater Stabilization Ponds examines the use of this natural and highly effective process. The text is centered on wastewater pond management processes and operation procedures that provide passive treatment with a minimum of energy-driven mechanical elements. It highlights the environmental principles practices engineering and mathematics involved in the design and operation of conventional wastewater stabilization ponds. It also explores the major processes procedures and design methods relevant to wastewater treatment ponds. This includes the basic processes in-pond design evolution and enhancements oxygen addition and modifications that require energy nutrient removal as well as effluent total suspended solids removal. Emphasizing the design construction and operation of wastewater ponds the book serves as a valuable resource for anyone seeking information on pond construction and operation knowledge of pond operation and assistance in certification exam preparation and study. Presents a design of wastewater stabilization ponds Includes a complete description of pond process elements Provides descriptions of pond insect macroinvertebrates Incorporates pond morphometry calculations Contains extensive pond-related math problems Sustainability and energy conservation are underlying themes throughout the text and the authors offer valuable information on potential renewable energy sources. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466593183

Wastewater Treatment In an exhaustive compilation of current knowledge Wastewater Treatment covers subjects that run the gamut from wastewater sources characteristics and monitoring to chemical treatments and nutrient removal. Thoroughly examining basic and advanced topics this resource has it all. The wealth of easy-to-use tables and illustrations provides quick and clear references making it indispensable. Schematic drawings of equipment and devices explain the technology and techniques. With the level of detail included you can count on finding both introductory material and very technical answers to complex questions.It's seamless style clearly delineates what can and must be done to continue to improve the quality of our water. Wastewater Treatment is a valuable resource; appropriate for engineers and students but readable enough for anyone interested in the discipline.Béla G. Lipták speaks on Post-Oil Energy Technology on the AT&T Tech Channel. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399122

Wastewater Treatment and Reuse Theory and Design Examples Volume 1Principles and Basic Treatment This book will present the theory involved in wastewater treatment processes define the important design parameters involved and provide typical values of these parameters for ready reference; and also provide numerical applications and step-by-step calculation procedures in solved examples. These examples and solutions will help enhance the readers’ comprehension and deeper understanding of the basic concepts and can be applied by plant designers to design various components of the treatment facilities. It will also examine the actual calculation steps in numerical examples focusing on practical application of theory and principles into process and water treatment facility design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138300897

Wastewater Treatment and Reuse Theory and Design Examples Volume 2:Post-Treatment Reuse and Disposal This book will present the theory involved in wastewater treatment processes define the important design parameters involved and provide typical values of these parameters for ready reference; and also provide numerical applications and step-by-step calculation procedures in solved examples. These examples and solutions will help enhance the readers’ comprehension and deeper understanding of the basic concepts and can be applied by plant designers to design various components of the treatment facilities. It will also examine the actual calculation steps in numerical examples focusing on practical application of theory and principles into process and water treatment facility design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138300941

Wastewater Treatment and Reuse: Theory and Design Examples(Two-Volume Set) "This book integrates the fundamental principles related to wastewater treatment plant design and operation with an extensive set of design examples emphasizing the issues that engineering professionals are likely to face in the field. It is one of the most valuable books for wastewater treatment plant design—equally useful to students educators and practicing engineers."—Syed A. Hashsham Michigan State University USA   "This book provides an excellent overview of critical concepts needed to solve many environmental challenges in the twenty-first century. It includes solved examples needed to understand critical concepts and contains many topics relevant to addressing water sustainability." —Ramesh Goel University of Utah USA   Wastewater Treatment and Reuse: Theory and Design Examples presents a state-of-the-art integrated approach to all aspects of wastewater treatment and reuse. It covers a wide-range of topics from public health protection and regulatory requirements to coverage of facility planning design and implementation. A unique feature of the book is a collection of over 700 illustrative theory and design examples and in-depth solutions that provide readers deep understanding of current and advanced technologies in wastewater treatment and reuse. The book serves as a consolidated resource on emerging treatment technologies new research developments and future trends suitable for sustainable economic growth. It addresses the needs of students educators consultants researchers and other professionals who are involved in planning design review permitting and enforcement of wastewater treatment and reuse facilities. Features: Includes an exceptional collection of step-by-step procedures to apply and design various components of wastewater treatment facilities Provides a cross-section of simple-to-advanced numerical examples and solutions that enhance the readers’ comprehension and deeper understanding of the basic concepts Serves as an excellent learning tool to master the problem-solving techniques needed for professional engineering (PE) exams An invaluable hands-on resource for both beginning and experienced professionals for use throughout their careers   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498762007

Wastewater Treatment by a Natural Wetland: the Nakivubo Swamp Uganda Uganda's Nakivubo swamp has been receiving wastewater from Kampala for over 30 years and consists of a floating root mat. It's potential to remove nutrients and pathogens from wastewater in a sustainable way while maintaining ecological quality and biodiversity is investigated in this work. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138453111

Wastewater Treatment by Reverse Osmosis Process Wastewater Treatment by Reverse Osmosis Process provides a one-stop-shop for reverse osmosis (RO) outlining its scope and limitations for the removal of organic compounds from wastewater. This book covers the state-of-the-art on RO processes and describes ten RO process models of different features and complexities. It also covers the advanced model-based techniques for RO process operations including various rigorous methods for process modelling simulation and optimization at the lowest energy cost as well as advanced tools such as genetic algorithms for achieving the same. • Highlights different types of physico–chemical and biological wastewater treatment methods including hybrid systems• Provides an overview of membrane processes focuses on different types of membrane processes for water treatment and explains characteristics of membrane modules• Introduces the importance and challenges of process modelling for simulation design and optimization and offers examples across various industries •Describes the concept of different types of genetic algorithms for process optimisation and provides the state-of-the art of the GA method in terms of its application in water desalination and wastewater treatment •Emphasizes economic aspects of RO processes for wastewater treatment With its focus on the challenges posed by an increasing demand for fresh water and the urgent need to recycle wastewater at minimum cost this work is an invaluable resource for engineers and scientists working within the field of wastewater treatment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367819347

Wastewater Treatment PlantsPlanning Design and Operation Second Edition Step-by-step procedures for planning design construction and operation: * Health and environment * Process improvements* Stormwater and combined sewer control and treatment* Effluent disposal and reuse* Biosolids disposal and reuse* On-site treatment and disposal of small flows* Wastewater treatment plants should be designed so that the effluent standards and reuse objectives and biosolids regulations can be met with reasonable ease and cost. The design should incorporate flexibility for dealing with seasonal changes as well as long-term changes in wastewater quality and future regulations. Good planning and design therefore must be based on five major steps: characterization of the raw wastewater quality and effluent pre-design studies to develop alternative processes and selection of final process train detailed design of the selected alternative contraction and operation and maintenance of the completed facility. Engineers scientists and financial analysts must utilize principles from a wide range of disciplines: engineering chemistry microbiology geology architecture and economics to carry out the responsibilities of designing a wastewater treatment plant. The objective of this book is to present the technical and nontechnical issues that are most commonly addressed in the planning and design reports for wastewater treatment facilities prepared by practicing engineers. Topics discussed include facility planning process description process selection logic mass balance calculations design calculations and concepts for equipment sizing. Theory design operation and maintenance trouble shooting equipment selection and specifications are integrated for each treatment process. Thus delineation of such information for use by students and practicing engineers is the main purpose of this book. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203734209

Wastewater TreatmentAdvanced Processes and Technologies Due to the heterogeneous nature of water streams from diverse domestic and industrial sources and the equally diverse nature of pollutants that can be physical chemical and biological in nature their treatment methods also must be varied in nature. Responding to this complex situation Wastewater Treatment: Advanced Processes and Technologies presents important concepts technologies and issues essentially distilling the information into actionable treatment methods for various types of pollutants. Edited by experts in the field the book explores recent advances in wastewater treatment by various technologies such as chemical methods biochemical methods membrane separation techniques and by application of Fenton and solar photo Fenton methods. It emphasizes new technologies that produce clean water and energy from the wastewater treatment process and addresses sustainable water reclamation biomembrane treatment processes and advanced oxidation processes for wastewater treatment. The editors and chapter authors judiciously blend coverage of treatment processes and technologies making the diverse subject matter as comprehensible as possible. They tackle the difficulties of covering the gamut of advanced processes and technologies available concisely without losing the rigor and details required for the information to be useful and applicable. Equations figures photographs tables case studies examples and references support the information provided in the text. These features combine to make the book an authoritative resource and practical tool for resolving wastewater treatment issues. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439860441

Wastewater TreatmentOccurrence and Fate of Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs) Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs) are a group of semi-volatile organic compounds that are formed during the incomplete burning of gas coal oil wood garbage or other organic substances. PAHs are a concern because a number of them have been identified as genotoxic and/or carcinogenic. They pose a threat to ecological systems and can cause health problems. A significant source of PAHs is the effluent of wastewater treatment plants. This book explores the occurrence and the treatability of PAHs in wastewater treatment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138893900

Wastewater TreatmentTroubleshooting and Problem Solving Wastewater Treatment is another indispensable work from the author of Water Treatment. Both books are helpful tools for crisis identification and most importantly resolution. Tillman writes in a concise well organized format - perfect for fast reference.This operator's guide presents basic troubleshooting and problem solving information for typical problems that can occur during the operation of processes used at municipal and industrial wastewater treatment plants. Common problems and the recommended operator responses are listed in tabular form for individual unit processes. Entry level operators will benefit greatly from the problems Tillman addresses while experienced operators will appreciate it as a handy reference.The information compiled in this volume has been collected from various equipment manfacturers' operation and maintenance manuals U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) technology transfer documents the authors personal experience as a plant Operations and Maintenance manual writer and his experience as a plant manager and operator. He includes only the most common wastewater treatment unit processes. He gives an overview of the treatment objective of the unit process and then provides each with a troubleshooting table divided into Indicators/Observations: Possible Cause; Check or Monitor; Possible Solutions columns.Wastewater Treatment reads like the best of training manuals. Tillman's know-how combined with his clarity make this book required occupational reading. The brief straightforward format and easy-to-read tables make the guide an accessible problem solving reference. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203734216

Wasting the Rain (Routledge Revivals)Rivers People and Planning in Africa First published in 1992 this title offers an experienced and constructive evaluation of the ways in which water resources have been developed in Africa. Adams argues that the best hope of productive development lies in working and engaging with local people and using local knowledge of the environment effectively. Modern large-scale developments that have largely been ineffective are examined and emphasis is placed on the importance of using the skills and concerns of those affected such as small farmers to develop ingenious water projects – an approach that can be applied worldwide. This is an interesting and relevant title which will be of particular value to those with an interest in the developments in water resource conservation over the past two decades. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415718806

Watch ItThe Risks And Promises Of Information Technologies For Education Watch IT is an examination of several critical issues in the potential of new information technology (IT) for education. IT already central to many aspects of our lives is rapidly becoming an integral part of teaching and learning. This book takes a close look at the positive and negative consequences of new technologies in the classroom. In a se Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313920

Watching BabylonThe War in Iraq and Global Visual Culture Groundbreaking and compelling Watching Babylon examines the experience of watching the war against Iraq on television on the internet in the cinema and in print media. Mirzoeff shows how the endless stream of images flowing from the Gulf has necessitated a new form of visual thinking one which recognises that the war has turned images themselves into weapons. Drawing connections between the history and legend of ancient Babylon the metaphorical Babylon of Western modernity and everyday life in the modern suburb of Babylon New York Mirzoeff explores ancient concerns which have found new resonance in the present day. In the tradition of Walter Benjamin Watching Babylon illuminates the Western experience of the Iraqi war and makes us re-examine the very way we look at images of conflict. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203482827

Watching DallasSoap Opera and the Melodramatic Imagination Dallas one of the great internationally-screened soap operas offers us first and foremost entertainment. But what is it about Dallas that makes that entertainment so successful and how exactly is its entertainment constructed? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138133877

Watching English ChangeAn Introduction to the Study of Linguistic Change in Standard Englishes in the 20th Century Examines the ways language has changed in the twentieth century. It concentrates on standard English and takes a historical rather than sociolinguistic view of the changes which have occurred. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154445

Watching Human RightsThe 101 Best Films In order to be able to protect human rights it is first necessary to see the denial of those rights. Aside from experiencing human rights violations directly either as a victim or as an eyewitness more than any other medium film is able to bring us closer to this aspect of the human experience. Yet notwithstanding its importance to human rights film has received virtually no scholarly attention and thus one of the primary goals of this book is to begin to fill this gap. From an historical perspective human rights were not at all self-evident by reason alone but had to gain standing through an appeal to human emotions found in novels as well as in works of moral philosophy and legal theory. Although literature continues to play an important role in the human rights project film is able to take us that much further by universalizing the particular experience of others different from ourselves the viewers. Watching Human Rights analyzes more than 100 of the finest human rights films ever made-documentaries feature films faux documentaries animations and even cartoons. It will introduce the reader to a wealth of films that might otherwise remain unknown but it also shows the human rights themes in films that all of us are familiar with. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612051413

Watching Police Watching Communities From the early 80s community policing has been held up as a new commitment to the ideals of service and the rejection of coercive policing styles. The idea was to encourage a partnership between the public and police in which community needs would be met by officers on local beats. Today Government ministers and senior police officers depict Neighbourhood Watch the centrepiece of the scheme as a great success. However Watching Police Watching Communities reveals that most schemes are dormant or dead. The authors trace the causes of scheme failure to the lack of commitment to community policing by police forces. Most importantly they find a police rank-and-file culture which celebrates aggression machismo and the assertion of authority especially against areas occupied by ethnic minorities and other disadvantaged groups. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986954

Watching SportAesthetics Ethics and Emotion Do we watch sport for pure dumb entertainment? While some people might do so Stephen Mumford argues that it can be watched in other ways. Sport can be both a subject of high aesthetic values and a valid source for our moral education. The philosophy of sport has tended to focus on participation but this book instead examines the philosophical issues around watching sport. Far from being a passive experience we can all shape the way that we see sport. Delving into parallels with art and theatre this book outlines the aesthetic qualities of sport from the incidental beauty of a well-executed football pass to the enshrined artistic interpretation in performed sports such as ice-skating and gymnastics. It is argued that the purist literally sees sport in a different way from the partisan thus the aesthetic perception of the purist can be validated. The book moves on to examine the moral lessons that are to be learned from watching sport depicting it as a contest of virtues. The morality of sport is demonstrated to be continuous with rather than separate from the morality in wider life and so each can inform the other. Watching sport is then recognized as a focus of profound emotional experiences. Collective emotion is particularly considered alongside the nature of allegiance. Finally Mumford considers why we care about sport at all. Addressing universal themes this book will appeal to a broad audience across philosophical disciplines and sports studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415857994

Watching the OlympicsPolitics Power and Representation Global sporting events involve the creation management and mediation of cultural meanings for consumption by massive media audiences. The apotheosis of this cultural form is the Olympic Games. This challenging and provocative new book explores the Olympic spectacle from the multi-media bidding process and the branding and imaging of the Games to security surveillance and control of the Olympic product across all of its levels. The book argues that the process of commercialization directed by the IOC itself has enabled audiences to interpret its traditional objects in non-reverential ways and to develop oppositional interpretations of Olympism. The Olympics have become multi-voiced and many themed and the spectacle of the contemporary Games raises important questions about institutionalization the doctrine of individualism the advance of market capitalism performance consumption and the consolidation of global society. With particular focus on the London Games in 2012 the book casts a critical eye over the bidding process Olympic finance promises of legacy and development and the consequences of hosting the Games for the civil rights and liberties of those living in their shadow. Few studies have offered such close scrutiny of the inner workings of Olympism’s political and economic network and therefore this book is indispensible reading for any student or researcher with an interest in the Olympics sport's multiple impacts or sporting mega-events. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415578332

Watching with The SimpsonsTelevision Parody and Intertextuality Using our favourite Springfield family as a case study Watching with The Simpsons examines the textual and social role of parody in offering critical commentary on other television programs and genres. Jonathan Gray brings together textual theory discussions of television and the public sphere and ideas of parody and comedy. Including primary audience research it focuses on how The Simpsons has been able to talk back to three of television’s key genres - the sitcom adverts and the news - and on how it holds the potential to short-circuit these genre’s meanings power and effects by provoking reinterpretations and offering more media literate recontextualizations. Examining television and media studies theory the text of The Simpsons and the show’s audience Gray attempts to fully situate the show’s parody and humour within the lived realities of its audiences. In doing so he further explores the possibilities for popular entertainment television to discuss issues of political and social importance. A must read for any student of media studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203961360

Water This exciting topic-based series offers early years practitioners collections of activities based on familiar themes. The activities can be easily implemented and readily incorporated into curriculum planning through links made to the Foundation Stage curriculum. Each book includes: activities that can be used on their own or as part of a themed program ideas for enjoying an all round curriculum approach guidance on expanding existing ideas and resources linked ideas to be carried out at home. The activities in Water provide a good foundation for science awareness. The theme is popular with boys and girls and is particularly good for motivation. Because of the no-fail activities it's particularly useful for SEN teaching. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203769287

Water Agriculture and the Environment in Spain: can we square the circle? "The world water problems are a due to bad governance not to physical water scarcity."This book is inspired by this statement and explores whether it holds in a specific country Spain where climatic conditions – Spain is one of the most arid countries of the European Union - would fully justify saying that water problems are due to physical water scarcity. The metrification of water uses and their monetary value is a first important step in understanding how reallocation of water among users could help mitigating many of current water problems in Spain. However water reallocation among users or from users to nature is far from simple. Initiatives portrayed as the solution to the water governance ‘jigsaw’ – e.g. water trade improved water use efficiency users collective action public participation – are not free of difficulties and shortcomings. The book explores the growing need for maintaining Spain’s natural capital and the human component of water governance – people’s needs wishes (vested) interests aspirations – that often determine the result of decisions and sometimes lead water management to a deadlock. This book takes a step forward in showing a more complex - and also closer to reality - picture of water governance in Spain. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076075

Water Climate Change and the Boomerang EffectUnintentional Consequences for Resource Insecurity In line with COP21 agreements state-led climate change mitigation and adaptation actions are being undertaken to transition to carbon-neutral green economies. However the capacity of many countries for action is limited and may result in a ‘boomerang effect’ defined as the unintended negative consequences of such policies and programmes on local communities and their negative feedbacks on the state. To avoid this effect there is a need to understand the policy drivers decision-making processes and impacts of such action in order to determine the ways and means of minimizing negative effects and maximizing mutually beneficial policy outcomes. This book directly engages the policy debates surrounding water resources and climate actions through both theoretical and comparative case studies. It develops the ‘boomerang effect’ concept and sets it in relation to other conceptual tools for understanding the mixed outcomes of state-led climate change action for example ‘backdraft’ effect and ‘maldevelopment’. It also presents case studies illustrative of the consequences of ill-considered state-led policy in the water sector from around the world. These include Africa China South Asia South America the Middle East Turkey and Vietnam and examples of groundwater hydropower development and forest hydrology where there are often transboundary consequences of a state's policies and actions. In this way the book adds empirical and theoretical insights to a still developing debate regarding the appropriate ways and means of combating climate change without undermining state and social development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588144

Water Creativity and MeaningMultidisciplinary understandings of human-water relationships At a time of great turmoil and crisis environmentally socially and politically water has emerged as a topic of huge global concern. Moreover many argue that what is needed in order to change our relationship with the environment is a cultural paradigm shift. To this end this volume brings together diverse approaches to exploring human relationships with the watery world and the other living things that rely upon it. Through exploring multiple creative ways of engaging with water and people the volume adds to the current zeitgeist of writing about water by expanding the discussion about this vital substance and how as humans we relate to it. Chapters focus on creative explorations and explorations of creativity in relation to developing these understandings including concepts such as hydrocitizenship and responses to drought and flooding. Drawing on the in-depth research and experience of arts practitioners including participatory artists as well as academics from a variety of fields including geography anthropology health studies and environmental humanities the book provides a rich and multidisciplinary perspective on water and creative ways of engaging and understanding human–water relationships. It represents a valuable source and inspiration for academics arts practitioners and those involved in environmental policy and governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587888

Water Democracy and Neoliberalism in IndiaThe Power to Reform Since the early 1990s the achievement of ‘good governance’ has been a dominant discourse in the pursuit of social and economic development. This book presents a critical challenge to the contemporary development paradigm of good governance. Based on original ethnographic fieldwork on urban water governance reforms in south India (Karnataka) the book examines the two propositions that underlie the current good governance debate. The first refers to a claim that good governance is both democratic and pro-market. The second to the claim that commercially-oriented water services whether private or public are good for poor and marginalised citizens. The book analyses these propositions as they intersect on three levels: policy practice (process) and outcome. It argues that a number of tensions and contradictions exist within and between what the discourse promises the everyday practises of how good governance policies are implemented and in the outcomes of such. It reveals the networks of power and the complexity of local reforms and their relation to global discourses as well as the motivations and every day practises of those who currently possess the power to reform. The book is of interest to academics in the fields of Development Studies Asian Studies and Comparative Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138575370

Water Environmental Security and Sustainable Rural DevelopmentConflict and cooperation in Central Eurasia This co-edited volume provides a unified scholarly treatment of intensifying debates on the relationship between water scarcity and environmental security in Central Eurasia. Using discussions of sustainable rural development as its conceptual backdrop the chapters in this volume combine solid empirical investigation with critical analysis of key concepts such as ‘scarcity’ ‘expert knowledge’ and ‘efficiency’. The central theme emerging from the contributions emphasizes the need to reevaluate accepted wisdom in resource studies that considers distributional conflicts over water usage as inherently zero-sum outcomes in which one player’s gains inevitably correspond to another player’s losses. Instead the empirical and critical analyses in this book demonstrate that effective management of water resources can be re-conceptualized as the basis for regional cooperation and sustainable rural development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415746854

Water Food and Poverty in River BasinsDefining the Limits Conventional wisdom says that the world is heading for a major water crisis. By 2050 global population will increase from 7 billion to a staggering 9.5 billion and the demands this will place on food and water systems will inevitably push river basins over the edge. The findings from this book present a different picture. While it is convenient to visualize an inevitable global water and food crisis in which increasing demands result in increasing poverty food insecurity and conflict the reality is far more nuanced and revolves around the politics of equitable and sustainable development of resources. The first part of this book provides detailed insight into conditions of water flows within nine river basins. In the second part authors summarize and re-analyze the outcome of the nine basins providing a coherent global picture of water water productivity and development. They assess the impacts of variations of these attributes on development and approaches for poverty alleviation and explore the institutional factors that support or obstruct change. How people will manage river systems while protecting vital ecosystem functions will make the difference between catastrophe and survival. As Prof Asit Biswas points out "... the world is facing a water crisis not because of physical scarcity of water but because of poor management practices in nearly all countries of the world." The book is based on the four years (2006-2010) of extensive research into the state of ten of the world’s major river basins carried out under the CGIAR Challenge Program for Water and Food’s Basin Focal Project. This book was published as a special issue of Water International. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415538916

Water Knowledge and the Environment in AsiaEpistemologies Practices and Locales The dramatic transformation of our planet by human actions has been heralded as the coming of the new epoch of the Anthropocene. Human relations with water raise some of the most urgent questions in this regard. The starting point of this book is that these changes should not be seen as the result of monolithic actions of an undifferentiated humanity but as emerging from diverse ways of relating to water in a variety of settings and knowledge systems.  With its large population and rapid demographic and socioeconomic change Asia provides an ideal context for examining how varied forms of knowledge pertaining to water encounter and intermingle with one another. While it is difficult to carry out comprehensive research on water knowledge in Asia due to its linguistic political and cultural fragmentation the topic nevertheless has relevance across boundaries. By using a carefully chosen selection of case studies in a variety of locations and across diverse disciplines the book demonstrates commonalities and differences in everyday water practices around Asia while challenging both romantic presumptions and Eurocentrism.  Examples presented include class differences in water use in the megacity of Delhi India; the impact of radiation on water practices in Fukushima Japan; the role of the King in hydraulic practices in Thailand and ritual irrigation in Bali Indonesia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367335144

Water Power and IdentityThe Cultural Politics of Water in the Andes This book addresses two major issues in natural resource management and political ecology: the complex conflicting relationship between communities managing water on the ground and national/global policy-making institutions and elites; and how grassroots defend against encroachment question the self-evidence of State-/market-based water governance and confront coercive and participatory boundary policing (‘normal’ vs. ‘abnormal’).  The book examines grassroots building of multi-layered water-rights territories and State market and expert networks’ vigorous efforts to reshape these water societies in their own image – seizing resources and/or aligning users identities and rights systems within dominant frameworks. Distributive and cultural politics entwine. It is shown that attempts to modernize and normalize users through universalized water culture ‘rational water use’ and de-politicized interventions deepen water security problems rather than alleviating them. However social struggles negotiate and enforce water rights. User collectives challenge imposed water rights and identities constructing new ones to strategically acquire water control autonomy and re-moralize their waterscapes.  The author shows that battles for material control include the right to culturally define and politically organize water rights and territories. Andean illustrations from Peru Ecuador Bolivia and Chile from peasant-indigenous life stories to international policy-making highlight open and subsurface hydro-social networks. They reveal how water justice struggles are political projects against indifference and that engaging in re-distributive policies and defying ‘truth politics ’ extends context-particular water rights definitions and governance forms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138628922

Water Sanitary and Waste Services for Buildings Water sanitary and waste services represent a substantial proportion of the cost of construction averaging 10% of the capital costs of building and with continuing costs in operation and maintenance. Nevertheless they are often regarded as a 'Cinderella' within the building process. Parts of many different codes and regulations impact on these services making an overall viewpoint more difficult to get.This new edition of this classic text draws together material from a variety of sources to provide the comprehensive coverage not available elsewhere. It is a resource for the sound design operation and maintenance of these services and should be on the bookshelf of every building services engineer and architect. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367578596

Water Security and U.S. Foreign Policy The prosperity and national security of the United States depend directly on the prosperity and stability of both partner and competing countries around the world. Today U.S. interests are under rising pressure from water scarcity extreme weather events and water-driven ecological change in key geographies of strategic interest to the U.S. Those water-driven stresses are undermining economic productivity weakening governance systems and fraying social cohesion in scores of countries and in the process undermining the vitality of rural livelihoods fostering local and ethnic conflicts driving broad migratory movements and contributing to the growth of insurgencies and terrorist networks. While the U.S. intelligence community has steadily expanded natural resource concerns in their global threat analyses our overseas development assistance remains locked into provision of water and hygienic services rather than responding to the full sweep of global water challenges including governance and policy failures growing conflicts over water and the need for promoting sustainable transboundary water arrangements in partner countries. A fundamental departure from the past is urgently needed. Based on 18 case studies Water Security and U.S. Foreign Policy provides an analytical framework to help policy makers scholars and researchers studying the intersection of U.S. foreign policy with the environment and sustainability issues interpret the impacts of water-driven social disruptions on the stability of partner governments and U.S. interests abroad. The book also delivers specific recommendations to reorient U.S. development and diplomatic engagements that can forestall and prevent social disruptions and ensuing threats to U.S. prosperity and national security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138051515

Water Sovereignty and Borders in Asia and Oceania This book restores water both fresh and salt to its central position in human endeavour ecology and environment. Water access and the environmental and social problems of development are major issues of concern in this century. Drawing on water's many formations in debating human relationship with a major source of life and a major factor in contemporary politics this book covers oceans and rivers to lagoons billabongs and estuaries in Asia Oceania and the West Pacific. In an interdisciplinary and cross-disciplinary analysis of the water problem the contributors address the physical descriptors of water and water flow and they interrogate the politicised administrations of water in closely corresponding regions. Water Sovereignty and Borders in Asia and Oceania identifies new discursive possibilities for thinking about water in theory and in practice. It presents those discourses that seem most useful in addressing the multiple crises the region is facing and thus should be of interest to scholars of Asian Studies Geography Environmental and Cultural Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986978

Water Sustainable Development and the NexusResponse to Climate Change Water is intricately linked with food security energy security and sustainable development. As the world is moving towards sustainable development goals it is critical to recognize the role of water in attaining these goals. The Water-Energy-Food Nexus draws attention to the complex and interrelated nature of global resource systems and forces us to think about how a decision in one sector impacts other interlinked sectors as well. This book looks at the three dimensions of sustainable developmentenvironment economics and society â€“ and how water is linked with them and explores the nexus approach as a framework to look at the issues and identify solutions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498786515

Water Technology and the Nation-State Just as space territory and society can be socially and politically co-constructed so can water and thus the construction of hydraulic infrastructures can be mobilised by politicians to consolidate their grip on power while nurturing their own vision of what the nation is or should become. This book delves into the complex and often hidden connection between water technological advancement and the nation-state addressing two major questions. First the arguments deployed consider how water as a resource can be ideologically constructed imagined and framed to create and reinforce a national identity and secondly how the idea of a nation-state can and is materially co-constituted out of the material infrastructure through which water is harnessed and channelled. The book consists of 13 theoretical and empirical interdisciplinary chapters covering four continents. The case studies cover a diverse range of geographical areas and countries including China Cyprus Egypt Ethiopia France Nepal and Thailand and together illustrate that the meaning and rationale behind water infrastructures goes well beyond the control and regulation of water resources as it becomes central in the unfolding of power dynamics across time and space. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367506117

Water Wastewater and Sludge Filtration A comprehensive and up-to-date account of filtration in solid-liquid separation processes with a sharp focus on the influence of pro-cess variables on performance and specific applications is pre-sented in this volume. With contribu-tions from researchers with significant industrial experi-ence as well as by senior academics this publication fea-tures a deep bed filtration overview with informa-tion on mathematical modeling and application in wastewater treat-ment. Pre-treatment filtration techniques such as cartridge filters pre-coat filters and micro screening are included. Membrane filtration processes to remove dis-solved and suspended solids for the recovery of valuable ma-terials and the provision of high quality water are covered. Sludge de-watering methods such as centrifuga-tion and vacuum and pressure filtration are described. Application status data tables figures and diagrams are also included. This volume is of special interest to practicing engineers and technolo-gists dealing with treatment problems requiring filtration solu-tions and to graduate students in environmental engineering. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003068655

Water Wastewater and Stormwater Infrastructure Management Urban water services are building blocks for healthy cities and they require complex and expensive infrastructure systems. Most of the infrastructure is out of sight and tends to be taken for granted but an infrastructure financing crisis looms in the United States because the systems are aging and falling behind on maintenance. A road map for public works and utility professionals Water Wastewater and Stormwater Infrastructure Management Second Edition provides clear and practical guidance for life-cycle management of water infrastructure systems. Grounded in solid engineering and business principles the book explains how to plan budget design construct and manage the physical infrastructure of urban water systems. It blends knowledge from management fields such as facilities finance and maintenance with information about the unique technical attributes of water wastewater and stormwater systems. Addresses how to make a business case for infrastructure funding Demonstrates how to apply up-to-date methods for capital improvement planning and budgeting Outlines the latest developments in infrastructure asset management Identifies cutting-edge developments in information technology applied to infrastructure management Presents a realistic view of how risk management is applied to urban water infrastructure settings Explains the latest maintenance and operations methods for water wastewater and stormwater systems The author describes current thinking on best management practices and topics such as asset management vulnerability assessment and total quality management of infrastructure systems. Expanded and updated throughout this second edition reflects the considerable advances that have occurred in infrastructure management over the past ten years. Useful as a reference and a professional development guide this unique book offers tools to help you lower costs and mitigate the rate shocks associated with managing infrastructure for growth deterioration and regulatory requirements. What’s New in This Edition The latest infrastructure management and maintenance technologies Information on the inventories of systems and the configuration of infrastructure New design and construction methods such as building information modeling (BIM) New approaches to rate setting accounting methods and cost accounting to help you assess the full cost of infrastructure Advances in SCADA systems Expanded coverage of risk management and disaster preparedness Material on the use of GIS in water and sewer management New laws related to infrastructure including the U.S. EPA’s efforts to develop a distribution system rule   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439881835

Water & the Environment This compilation of papers provides useful insights on the differing approaches to water quality and the diversity of strategies in water quality management worldwide. Considering the current situation and looking to the future the aim of this publication is to provide a sensible addition to the literature by concentrating on several important aspects of water and the environment. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203867068

Water & Wastewater InfrastructureEnergy Efficiency and Sustainability A critical aspect of sustainability associated with water and wastewater systems is to maintain and manage infrastructure in the most efficient and economical manner while complying with environmental regulations and keeping rates at acceptable levels. Given the high cost of fuel our growing population and the associated increase in energy needs it is important to address energy use and future energy availability for the treatment of the water we drink and the water we pollute. Water & Wastewater Infrastructure: Energy Efficiency and Sustainability addresses these issues detailing the processes that can assist facilities to become more energy efficient and providing guidance to ensure their sustainability.The text begins with brief descriptions of the water and wastewater treatment industries. It then describes some of the basics of energy and discusses what planning for a sustainable energy future in water and wastewater treatment plants entails. The author explores energy-saving options and provides case studies to demonstrate how some facilities have used equipment technology and operating strategies to save money and reduce their impact. The energy-efficient technologies include combined heat and power (CHP) gas turbines microturbines reciprocating engines steam turbines and fuel cells. The author also addresses biomass power and biogas.The section on sustainability and renewable energy covers hydropower solar power and wind power as well as energy conservation measures for treating wastewater. Nine appendices provide individual case studies that present evaluations of energy conservation measures results payback analysis and conclusions. This book addresses the challenges faced by water and wastewater treatment facilities by examining how they can operate in ways that provide economic and environmental benefits save money reduce environmental impact and lead to sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138382213

Water ActivityTheory and Applications to Food This book presents the proceedings of the Tenth Basic Symposium sponsored by the Institute of Food Technologists and the International Union of Food Science and Technology. The key aim of the Symposium was to explore some basic principles relating to the influences of water activity on food quality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367451493

Water Allocation Law in New ZealandLessons from Australia This book analyses water allocation law and policy in New Zealand and offers a comparative analysis with Australia. In New Zealand it is generally accepted that water allocation law has failed to be adequately addressed and New Zealand is now faced with the problem of over-allocation in many catchments. In comparison Australia has extensive experience in reforming its water law and policy over the last 20 years. This book provides a comparative and critical analysis of the lessons that New Zealand can learn from the Australian experience and offers guidance for the improvement of water allocation outcomes in New Zealand. Starting with the background of water allocation law and policy in New Zealand the book traces the evolution of legal policies including the 1967 Water and Soil Conservation Act and the 1991 Resource Management Act and examines the role they have played in current water allocation issues. The book situates these findings within global challenges such as the impact of climate change and the global scarcity of and increasing demand for freshwater resources. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars researching water law and policy natural resource management and environmental law more broadly. It will also be of use to policy makers and professionals involved in developing and implementing water allocation laws and policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367896621

Water and Agricultural Sustainability Strategies According to the United Nations 77 million people are expected to face water shortage by 2025 if people continue to use water at the current rate. More water than available would be needed to grow the world’s food during the next decade. As a result of scarcity of water global annual food production losses could reach 350 million tons by 2025.Divided into six main sections this volume outlines strategies to conserve soil and water resources to help ensure both water and food security:- Challenges to ensure water and agricultural sustainability- Sustainable strategies for managing water and soil resources and groundwater recharge technologies- Soil-quality issues- Water-quality issues with special reference to groundwater pollution with arsenic- Management in different agroclimatic environments with particular reference to rainfed agriculture- Biotechnological applications for drought-tolerant crop varieties with improved water use efficiency water conservation strategies and sustainable agronomic alternatives.This guide on agricultural sustainability is intended for scientists and advanced students in agronomy soil science agricultural engineering agricultural economics plant breeding plant genetics plant biotechnology water resources hydrology geography and other agriculture-related fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384388

Water And Agriculture In The Western U.S.Conservation Reallocation And Markets One of the major questions facing the western U.S. is whether irrigation water can be conserved and reallocated to help meet increasing nonagricultural water demands. This book based on interdisciplinary research in several states identifies and analyzes the legal political economic and social issues involved in a "conserve-and transfer" strategy. After providing an overview and policy framework for considering the role of conservation in water management the authors use case studies to illustrate for example why water conservation is not a neutral policy or principle (demonstrating how other legitimate values can be adversely affected by a single-purpose pursuit of conservation); the various options available for conservation; how reallocation occurs in market transactions; and the legal restrictions on the sale of conserved surplus water. Although formal market mechanisms are found to be rudimentary or lacking in most areas of the West the authors contend that more proficient markets will evolve to measure the economic value of agricultural water. They conclude that a "conserve-and-transfer" strategy is selectively workable through the use of incentives but that a number of tradeoffs social concerns and institutional constraints which have not been adequately recognized to date will have to be dealt with by policymakers if the strategy is to have wider application. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429267253

Water and Cereals in Drylands This topic is central to contemporary concerns for more sustainable agricultural development. This is a well-written and clear book with excellent data tables and illustrations addressing issues of water use climate change poverty and small farmers. The authors are highly respected and complement each other's acknowledged international expertise.' Professor Jules Pretty University of Essex UK 'This useful guide shows that there is great potential for increasing the productive capacity of smallholder farms in the drylands via a range of water management techniques from the simple to the more complex. Providing a theoretical grounding and a practical guide Water and cereals in the drylands will appeal to workers on-location as well as students researchers and policymakers.' New Agriculturalist Cereals are by far the most important source of food throughout the world either directly for human consumption or indirectly in the form of animal feed for livestock products consumed as food. With world population set to rise to nine billion by 2050 there is an urgent need to examine ways to increase cereal production. Indeed recently the future of cereal production and consumption has been complicated by rising energy prices and the economics of biofuels which are competing for the use of cereals. One way to increase cereal production is by the more effective use of marginal dryland areas. This book reviews the potential for increased cereal production in drylands across the world from the USA Australia and Southern Europe to Asia and Africa. It describes how improved water conservation water harvesting and investment options can contribute to this and suggests policies for the more efficient use of existing natural resources in order to lessen the dependence of agriculture on further irrigation development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773744

Water and Cities in Latin AmericaChallenges for Sustainable Development Approximately 80 per cent of the population of Latin America is concentrated in urban centres. Pressure on water resources and water management in cities therefore provide major challenges. Despite the importance of the issues there has been little systematic coverage of the topic in book form. This work fills a gap in the literature by providing both thematic overviews and case study chapters. It reviews key aspects of why water matters in cities and presents case studies on topics such as groundwater management green growth and water services inequalities in water supply the financing of water services and flood management. Detailed examples are described from Argentina Brazil Colombia Ecuador Mexico and Peru and there is also a chapter comparing lessons which might be learnt from US cities. Contributing authors are drawn from both within and outside the region including from the Inter-American Development Bank OECD and World Bank to set the issues in a global context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138364233

Water and Climate Change in AfricaChallenges and Community Initiatives in Durban Maputo and Nairobi In the coming decades countries around the world will face increasingly severe challenges related to global climate change. While the details vary from country to country the impacts will be especially grave for marginalized people whose access to food potable water and safe shelter may be threatened due to fluctuations in rainfall and temperature and to extreme weather events. Because weather extremes are the main way that climate change manifests itself water governance is a crucial aspect of climate change resilience. Following an overview of the ways climate change is affecting three cities in Africa Water and Climate Change in Africa: Challenges and Community Initiatives in Durban Maputo and Nairobi discusses the equity and climate justice implications and then gives examples of ways in which a range of local community organizations are extending their current activities to address these challenges through innovative new programs and initiatives at the grassroots. This approach has implications for communities worldwide; it is a process of building on existing organizations’ aptitudes and strengths in the light of local knowledge of climate challenges and creating partnerships to build equity-enhancing new methods of protecting people’s subsistence. This book should be of interest to climate change scholars activists and policy-makers as well as development studies researchers and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138926820

Water and Disasters This book is the first major attempt to address comprehensively and in-depth the many issues associated with water and disasters. It is particularly relevant and topical in view of the increasing frequency and intensity of water-triggered disasters that have afflicted the world in recent years among them the Indian Ocean Tsunami and Hurricane Katrina. Water and Disasters is a global survey - and assessment of the causes consequences and post-recovery policies - concerning water disasters. The chapters include empirical studies case histories conceptual-theoretical investigations policy perspectives institutional analysis and risk analysis among others. The book features a comprehensive discussion of the 2004 Indian Ocean Tsunami as well as major floods and droughts in England Wales China and the western United States. It also includes chapters on advances in decision support systems for flood disaster management and rainfall insurance. This volume should be of special interest to disaster management planners and practitioners globally primarily in the domain of water in crafting creative solutions for tackling the disasters effectively efficiently and rapidly. This book was previously published as a special issue of International Journal of Water Resources Development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203609262

Water and Fertigation Management in Micro Irrigation This important volume the ninth in the Research Advances in Sustainable Micro Irrigation book series provides an invaluable addition to the literature and knowledge on the ever-growing need for sustainable irrigation for agricultural crops in many water-scarce parts of the world. The book specifically covers advances in fertigation for water management in general as well as for specific crops such as peaches maize and citrus crops. Specific topics include: • The design of various surface and subsurface water emitters • Using information from weather stations for irrigation purposes • Ultra low drip irrigation technology • The management of weeds in crops using micro irrigation • New technology and advances in fertigation With chapters from researchers and practitioners in agricultural engineering water research and technology soil conservation and other fields this compendium provides a wealth of useful information that can be put into practice to enhance crop production. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771881067

Water and Post-Conflict Peacebuilding Water is a basic human need and despite predictions of "water wars " shared waters have proven to be the natural resource with the greatest potential for interstate cooperation and local confidence building. Indeed water management plays a singularly important role in rebuilding trust after conflict and in preventing a return to conflict. Featuring nineteen case studies and analyses of experiences from twenty eight countries and territories in Africa Asia Europe the Americas and the Middle East and drawing on the experiences of thirty-five researchers and practitioners from around the world this book creates a framework for understanding how decisions governing water resources in post-conflict settings can facilitate or undermine peacebuilding. The lessons will be of value to practitioners in international development and humanitarian initiatives policy makers students and others interested in post-conflict peacebuilding and the nexus between water management and conflict. Water and Post-Conflict Peacebuilding is part of a global initiative to identify and analyze lessons in post-conflict peacebuilding and natural resource management. The project has generated six edited books of case studies and analyses with contributions from practitioners policy makers and researchers. Other books in this series address high-value resources land livelihoods assessing and restoring natural resources and governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849712323

Water and Rural CommunitiesLocal Politics Meaning and Place The overall theme of this book concerns the multiplicity and complexities of discursive constructions of water in Western economies in relation to irrigation communities. The authors argue that the politics of place is given meaning in relation to local knowledges and within multiple and multiscalar institutional frameworks involved with the social physical economic and political practices associated with water. They are particularly concerned with water at the local level including how it is exchanged managed and given meaning. Using case studies from Australia and the United States of America it is shown how water use and community relations particularly during times of drought are central to developing understandings about how communities challenge adapt and respond to policy developments. The book also brings to light how unequal distribution of resources and risk conspicuously come to the surface during times of drought illustrating that water is a political subject occupying a unique position moving between the natural and social worlds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367227555

Water and Sanitation in the World's CitiesLocal Action for Global Goals 'This is surely the most impressive and important publication to come out of the UN system for many years.' Peter Adamson founder New Internationalist and author and researcher of UNICEF's The State of the World's Children from 1980 to 1995 The world's governments agreed at the Millennium Summit to halve by 2015 the number of people who lack access to safe water. With rapidly growing urban populations the challenge is immense. Water and Sanitation in the World's Cities is a comprehensive and authoritative assessment of the problems and how they can be addressed. This influential publication by the United Nations Human Settlements Programme (UN-HABITAT) sets out in detail the scale of inadequate provision of water and sanitation. It describes the impacts on health and economic performance showing the potential gains of remedial action; it analyses the proximate and underlying causes of poor provision and identifies information gaps affecting resource allocation; it outlines the consequences of further deterioration; and it explains how resources and institutional capacities - public private and community - can be used to deliver proper services through integrated water resource management. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849774284

Water and Sanitation ServicesPublic Policy and Management Substantially reducing the number of human beings who lack access to clean water and safe sanitation is one of the key Millennium Development Goals. This book argues and demonstrates that this can only be achieved by a better integration of the technical and social science approaches in the search for improved organization and delivery of these essential services. It presents a historical analysis of the development of water and sanitation services in both developed and developing countries which provides valuable lessons for overcoming the obstacles facing the universalization of these services.  Among the key lessons emerging from the historical analysis are the organizational and institutional diversity characterizing the development of water and sanitation internationally and the central role played by the public sector particularly local authorities in such development. It also explores the historical role played by cooperatives and other non-profit institutions in reaching rural and peri-urban areas as well as the emergence of new forms of organization and provision particularly in poor countries where aid and development agencies have been promoting the self-organization of water systems by local communities. The book provides a critical exploration of these different institutional options including the interaction between the public and private sectors and the irreplaceable role of public funding as a condition for success.  The book is divided into two parts: the first reviews theoretical and conceptual issues such as the political economy of water services financing the interfaces between water and sanitation services and public health and the systemic conditions that influence the provision of these services including the diversity of organizational and institutional options characterizing the governance and management of water and sanitation services. The second section presents a number of country or regional case studies each one chosen to highlight a particular problem approach or strategy. These case studies are drawn from Africa the Americas Asia and Europe covering a wide range of socio-economic and political contexts. The book will be of great interest to advanced students researchers professionals and NGOs in many disciplines including public policy and planning environmental sciences environmental sociology history of technology civil and environmental engineering public health and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415507035

Water and Security in Central AsiaSolving a Rubik's Cube Examining the water development and security linkages in Central Asia can feel a bit like solving a Rubik’s cube. The Rubik’s cube starts to usually find structure and the different pieces find their places when its solver adopts a systematic approach. Still solving the whole cube takes time and perseverance. This is also the case with water and security in Central Asia as demonstrated by the chapters in this book. In the case of water and security in Central Asia there are many "faces" including not only the Central Asian states but also the neighbouring countries and other players of global geopolitics; "stickers" such as policies practices causes and impacts; and "colours" such as the different stakeholders ranging from the micro and meso levels to the macro level. Understanding all these or getting clarity on the nexus can seem extremely challenging. Even though none of the chapters alone answers the question of what constitutes water and security in Central Asia each of them gives thoughtful ideas and information on the complexity of the issue. This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of Water Resources Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138692718

Water and Society from Ancient Times to the PresentResilience Decline and Revival As water availability management and conservation become global challenges there is now wide consensus that historical knowledge can provide crucial information to address present crises offering unique opportunities to appreciate the solutions and mechanisms societies have developed over time to deal with water in all its forms from rainfall to groundwater. This unique collection explores how ancient water systems relate to present ideas of resilience and sustainability and can inform future strategy. Through an investigation of historic water management systems  along with the responses to and impact of various water-driven catastrophes contributors to this volume present tenable solutions for the long-term use of water resources in different parts of the world. The discussion is not limited to issues of the past seeking instead to address the resonance and legacy of water histories in the present and future.Water and Society from Ancient Times to the Present speaks to an archaeological and non-archaeological scholarly audience and will be a useful primary reference text for researchers and graduate students from a variety of disciplinary backgrounds including archaeology anthropology history ecology geography geology architecture and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586966

Water and the CityRisk Resilience and Planning for a Sustainable Future As a vital human need water has been absolutely critical to decisions as to where cities originate how much they grow and the standard of living of the inhabitants. The relationship is complex however; we need both continual availability and protection from its potential impacts.  Over recent decades flooding and scarcity episodes have become commonplace in even the most advanced countries – and these events cannot be disassociated from the socio-economic context within which they occur; being directly related to how we live where we live and how we govern. This book draws together information on a host of connected subjects from population growth to water scarcity to the relationship between humanity and nature then demonstrates how utilizing notions of risk and resilience could help improve the relationship between the city and its most precious resource. Combining discussions of risk water and spatial planning it provides an invaluable text for planning geography and urban studies students on how to address urban water problems within a rapidly changing world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203848319

Water and the EnvironmentInnovation Issues in Irrigation and Drainage Water and Environment addresses imbalances between availability and demand degradation of surface and ground waters inter-sectorial inter-regional and international competition in water management. With contributions from internationally distinguished experts at the first Inter-Regional Conference on Environment-Water: Innovative Issues in Irrigation and Drainage.Water and Environment will be invaluable to policy-makers planners irrigation engineers researchers and postgraduate students specializing in irrigation and canal engineering water pollution and water quality. It will be indispensable to libraries and universities with courses in water quality pollution and environmental engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367865597

Water and Urbanism in Roman BritainHybridity and Identity The establishment of large-scale water infrastructure is a defining aspect of the process of urbanisation. In places like Britain the Roman period represents the first introduction of features that can be recognised and paralleled to our modern water networks. Writers have regularly cast these innovations as markers of a uniform Roman identity spreading throughout the Empire and bringing with it a familiar modern sense of what constitutes civilised urban living. However this is a view that has often neglected to explain how such developments were connected to the important symbolic and ritual traditions of waterscapes in Iron Age Britain. Water and Urbanism in Roman Britain argues that the creation of Roman water infrastructure forged a meaningful entanglement between the process of urbanisation and significant local landscape contexts. As a result it suggests that archetypal Roman urban water features were often more related to an active expression of local hybrid identities rather than alignment to an incoming continental ideal. By questioning the familiarity of these aspects of the ancient urban form we can move away from the unhelpful idea that Roman precedent is a central tenet of the current unsustainable relationship between water and our modern cities. This monograph will be of interest to academics and students studying aspects of Roman water management urbanisation in Roman Britain and theoretical approaches to landscape. It will also appeal to those working more generally on past human interactions with the natural world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138634695

Water and Wastewater ConveyancePumping Hydraulics Piping and Valves Water and Wastewater Conveyance: Pumping Hydraulics Piping and Valves provides fundamental basic information on the conveyance of water and wastewater. Written in straight-forward and easy-to-understand language for professionals and non-professionals alike it provides the techniques to assist water and wastewater operators to better understand basic pump operations and applications maintenance regimens and troubleshooting procedures. Addressing a multitude of water quality issues it provides an introduction to water hydraulics piping systems tubes hoses and ancillaries as well as valves and the maintenance requirements of each. It also discusses common operational problems and their appropriate corrective actions. Definitions of key terms and self-examination questions are provided at the end of each chapter. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498771726

Water and Wastewater Examination Manual This new manual is an indispensable working lab guide and reference for water/wastewater quality analysis. Based on procedures from "Standard Methods" and "Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Waste (EPA) " and other pertinent references the Water and Wastewater Examination Manual is an excellent complement to these references-that you will want to keep at your fingertips. Written especially for use by water quality laboratory technicians and water/wastewater operators managers and supervisors-who will use this practical manual every day. Procedures are included for parameters frequently used in water quality analysis. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203734131

Water and Wastewater Finance and PricingThe Changing Landscape Fourth Edition A Strategy Guide for Water Utility Managers and Executives and a Compendium of Best Financial Practices for Utility Financial Leaders a "How-To" Guide for Rate and Finance Technicians and a Reference Point for Policymakers Detailing utility financial plans and rate structures and highlighting how they align with community sustainability goals and utility objectives is the focus of the fourth edition of Water and Wastewater Finance and Pricing: The Changing Landscape. Working from a historical perspective this revised and updated text addresses the current pricing and financial management challenges involved in the water and wastewater industry. It builds on the concepts used in the standard manuals of the American Water Works Association and the Water Environment Federation and offers additional insight into the long-term sustainability of water systems. Provides Practical Applications of Finance and Pricing Approaches This comprehensive guide to financial and pricing practices delves into a number of factors that have impacted how utility finances its capital program and how it structures rates to recover revenue requirements. Among numerous management challenges the book addresses such issues as reduced per capita usage and customer demand a weak economy social media balancing community environmental sustainability with financial sufficiency an increased focus on water demand management and efficiency and the concern over rate affordability. The author factors in the rate-setting process implementing a cost-of-service and rate model as key input in each chapter and also presents a strong financial and rate plan for achieving long-term sustainability. What’s New in the Fourth Edition: Presents cutting-edge management approaches and initiatives and the importance of strong financial management in addressing strategic financial and pricing goals Expands the discussion on traditional financing options factoring in the current economic climate Explores in detail how to integrate risk considerations into the development of effective financial and rate plans. Includes techniques for projecting demand by retail wholesale and other customer classes Provides methodologies for the development of water reuse wholesale and wheeling rates Contains computer models that include scenario builders rate dashboards and graphical presentations of key rate and financing concepts Discusses effective public education approaches to gain stakeholder support of a utility’s financial and rate plan Introduces "triple bottom line" concepts into selecting an appropriate financial and rate plan Expands the concepts of water and wastewater financial planning into the stormwater discipline Water and Wastewater Finance and Pricing: The Changing Landscape Fourth Edition focuses on water and wastewater financial management and pricing and is geared toward professionals assigned to develop water and wastewater financial plans and rates senior managers with the responsibility for the long term financial sustainability of the utility investors evaluating the financial strength of utilities engineers/consultants planning water and wastewater facilities academics teaching financial and pricing principles as a part of public policy curriculum regulators needing to understand the financial viability of utilities under their purview and policy makers desiring to support effective financial and rate plans for their constituencies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466577305

Water and Wastewater TreatmentA Guide for the Nonengineering Professional Second Edition Lauded for its engaging highly readable style the best-selling first edition became the premier guide for nonengineers involved in water and wastewater treatment operations. Water and Wastewater Treatment: A Guide for the Nonengineering Professional Second Edition continues to provide a simple nonmathematical account of the unit processes used to treat both drinking water and wastewater. Completely revised and expanded this second edition adds new material on technological advances regulatory requirements and other current issues facing the water and wastewater industries. Using step-by-step jargon-free language the authors present all the basic unit processes involved in drinking water and wastewater treatment. They describe each unit process the function of the process in water or wastewater treatment and the basic equipment used in each process. They also explain how the processes fit together within a drinking water or wastewater treatment system and discuss the fundamental concepts that constitute water and wastewater treatment processes as a whole. Avoiding mathematics chemistry and biology the book includes numerous illustrations for easy comprehension of concepts and processes. It also contains chapter summaries and an extensive glossary of terms and abbreviations for quick reference. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439854006

Water as a Catalyst for PeaceTransboundary Water Management and Conflict Resolution Examining international water allocation policies in different parts of the world this book suggests that they can be used as a platform to induce cooperation over larger political issues ultimately settling conflicts. The main premise is that water can and should be used as a catalyst for peace and cooperation rather than conflict.   Evidence is provided to support this claim through detailed case studies from the Middle East and the Lesotho Highlands in Africa. These international cases – including bilateral water treaties and their development and formation process and aftermath â€“ are analyzed to draw conclusions about the outcomes as well as the processes by which these outcomes are achieved. It is demonstrated that the perception of a particular treaty as being equitable and fair is mainly shaped by the negotiation process used to reach certain outcomes rather than being determined mechanistically by the quantitative allocation of water to each party.  The processes and perceptions leading to international water conflict resolutions are emphasized as key issues in advancing cooperation and robust implementation of international water treaties. The key messages of the book are therefore relevant to the geo-political and hydro-political aspects of water resources in the context of bilateral and multilateral conflicts and the trans-boundary management of water resources which contributes insights to political ecology geo-politics and environmental policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138574755

Water as a Human Right for the Middle East and North Africa Access to safe drinking water and proper sanitation is essential for human survival and for maintenance of a decent quality of life. Currently more than a billion people do not have access to safe drinking water and more than two billion people lack proper sanitation. In 1992 the United Nations proclaimed that water should be considered to be a human right. This position however has not been accepted by many developed and developing countries. This book systematically and comprehensively analyzes the legal development of the concept of water as a human right; implications for the national governments and international and national organizations for the implementation of this concept; progress made in different Middle East and North African countries to provide every individual access to clean water and sanitation constraints faced to assure universal access to water-related services and how these constraints can be overcome and an overall research agenda in areas where more knowledge is necessary. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315879321

Water at InterfacesA Molecular Approach Water with its simple molecular structure reveals a complex nature upon interaction with other molecules and surfaces. Water at Interfaces: A Molecular Approach provides a broad multidisciplinary introduction to water at interfaces focusing on its molecular characteristics. The book considers interfaces at different length scales from single water molecules to involvement of large numbers of water molecules and from one-dimensional to three-dimensional interfaces. It begins with individual water molecules describing their basic properties and the fundamental concepts that form the basis of this book.The text explores the main interfaces involving pure and ion-free condensed (liquid and solid) water including water vapor/liquid water liquid/oil and liquid/solid interfaces. It examines water molecules on ideal surfaces—well-ordered (crystalline) and defect-free—covering topics such as electronic structure using frontier orbitals and substrate-induced structuring. The book discusses the affinity of water to surfaces hydrophobicity and hydrophilicity emphasizing two extreme cases of affinity. It then addresses real solid surfaces where water/solid interfaces play a key role in actual working conditions examining water purification photocatalytic activity corrosion and degradation and atmospheric agents.The final chapter deals with the interaction of water with the heterogeneous and complex surfaces of biomolecules which can both influence the structure of the surrounding water and be modulated by the surrounding liquid. The author discusses simple to more complex biomolecules from peptides to proteins nucleic acids and membranes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138374508

Water Bankruptcy in the Land of Plenty As the American Southwest faces its deepest drought in history this book explores the provocative notion of “water bankruptcy” with a view towards emphasizing the diversity and complexity of water issues in this region. It bridges between the narratives of growth and the strategies or policies adopted to pursue competing agendas and circumvent the inevitable. A window of opportunity provided by this current long-term drought may be used to induce change by dealing with threats that derive from imbalances between growth patterns and available resources the primary cause of scarcity. A first of its kind this book was developed through close collaboration of a broad range of natural scientists social scientists and resource managers from Europe and United States. It constitutes a collective elaboration of a transdisciplinary approach to unveiling the inner workings of how water was fought for allocated and used in the American Southwest with a focus on Arizona. Specifically it offers an innovative scientific perspective that produces a critical diagnostic evaluation of water management with a particular view to identifying risks for the Tucson region that is facing continuous urban sprawl and economic growth. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138029699

Water ChemistryGreen Science and Technology of Nature's Most Renewable Resource This important new reference addresses the principles and calculations dealing with the hydraulics of water systems. Hydraulics for Operators includes what is necessary for a basic understanding of water and wastewater utility operations and it emphasizes practical applications of these principles. This practical reference covers a wide variety of important subjects such as mass density and flow pressure open channel flow pumping friction loss and flow measurement. Hydraulics for Operators is loaded with graphics and sample exercises are included to ensure this new book is an easily understood reference. It is a must for your operator library. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138475274

Water CityPractical Strategies for Climate Change Water City offers practical solutions to some of the environmental challenges facing 21st-century cities as a result of climate change. The dense compact nature of the contemporary city makes it difficult to generate urban resilience to the effects of climate change particularly coastal and pluvial flooding. This book describes a design-led remediation methodology that draws on catchment planning and GIS mapping and analysis to redefine the city as a series of hydrological and ecological systems. Six case studies test the presented methodology two greenfield and four brownfield sites based in the UK USA New Zealand and China. Each case study is illustrated with GIS maps and perspectives. Specific solutions to the environmental problems that will be intensified by climate change are presented. Water City describes adaptation strategies to help practitioners in the urban landscape tackle these issues and make our cities better places to live. This practical guide is a key read for professionals and stakeholders in landscape architecture urban design planning and all those interested in how climate change will affect the future of our cities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367425067

Water Co-Management Co-management is a highly dynamic evolving adaptive and forward looking process. This edited volume covers theoretical background and includes supporting lessons learnt from field experiences. The book has case studies from both North and South America (co-management of fisheries resilience in near-shore waters of the Great Lakes basin water level management in Lake Ontario and case studies from Chile and Brazil) Europe (Tisza river coastal management and examples of rivers from the Netherlands and from Uzbekistan) Africa (Lake Victoria) and Asia (Pushkar Lake in India). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466578432

Water Conflicts in IndiaA Million Revolts in the Making Water conflicts in India have now percolated to every level. They are aggravated by the relative paucity of frameworks policies and mechanisms to govern the use of water resources. Based on the premise that understanding and documenting different types of water conflict cases in all their complexity would contribute to informed public debate and facilitate their resolution Forum for Policy Dialogue on Water Conflicts in India a collaborative initiative of the WWF project ‘Dialogue on Water Food and Environment’ documented a number of such case studies. One of its kind in India this book brings together an impressive sixty-three case studies – summarized status of the conflicts the issues involved and their current position – and gives us a glimpse into ‘the million revolts’ that are brewing around water. While recognizing that each conflict is a microcosm of wider conflicts the editors have classified these cases into eight broad themes that try to capture the dominant aspect of the conflict. These are: contending water uses; dams and displacement; equity-access-allocations; micro-level conflicts; water quality; trans-boundary conflicts; privatization; sand excavation and mining. With a mix of academics and activists as contributors the book makes an important contribution to a new discourse on water in general and water conflicts and conflict resolution in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138376755

Water Conflicts in Northeast India Northeast India apart from being the rainiest in India is drained by two large river systems of the world – the Brahmaputra and the Barak (Meghna) – both transnational rivers cutting across bordering countries. The region known for its rich water resources has been witnessing an increasing number of conflicts related to water in recent years. This volume documents the multifaceted conflicts and contestations around water in Northeast India analyses their causes and consequences and includes expert recommendations. It fills a major gap in the subject by examining wide-ranging issues such as cultural and anthropological dimensions of damming rivers in the Northeast and Eastern Himalayas; seismic surveys oil extractions and water conflicts; discontent over water quality and drinking water; floods river bank erosion embankments; water policy; transboundary water conflicts; and hydropower development. It also discusses the alleged Chinese efforts to divert the Brahmaputra River. With its analytical and comprehensive coverage 18 case studies and suggested approaches for conflict resolution this book will be indispensable for scholars and researchers of development studies governance and public policy politics and international relations water resources environment geography climate change area studies economics and sociology. It will also be an important resource for policymakers bureaucrats development practitioners civil society groups the judiciary and media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367277727

Water Contamination and HealthIntegration of Exposure Assessment Toxicology and Risk Assessment This volume examines every potential means of exposure to water contaminants provides in-depth discussions on toxicology and explains up-to-date techniques for evaluating human health risk. It develops a methodology for assessing the cumulative absorbed dose of contaminants through all routes of exposure including ingestion inhalation and dermal. Federal and state efforts to monitor and treat water are examined. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003067047

Water Crises and GovernanceReinventing Collaborative Institutions in an Era of Uncertainty Water Crises and Governance critically examines the relationship between water crises and governance in the face of challenges to provide water for growing human demand and environmental needs. Water crises threaten the assumptions and accepted management practices of water users managers and policymakers. In developed and developing world contexts from North America and Australasia to Latin America Africa and China existing institutions and governance arrangements have unintentionally provoked water crises while shaping diverse often innovative responses to management dilemmas. This volume brings together original field-based studies by social scientists investigating water crises and their implications for governance. Contributors to this collection find that water crises degrade environments place untenable burdens on stakeholders and produce or exacerbate social conflict undermining ecological and social conditions that sustain effective collaboration. At the same time water crises can promote institutional change that "resets" governance promoting unusual and creative responses appropriate for local contexts. The studies in this volume provide evidence that while water crises pose serious threats to environments and societies they also provide opportunities to learn from experience and recraft water governance with coherent visions of more ecologically and socially sustainable futures. This volume was originally published as a special issue of Society & Natural Resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233969

Water Demand for Steam Electric Generation (Routledge Revivals) In this book first published in 1965 the authors identify the technological opportunities and costs of water recirculation and water quality adjustment in thermal plants relating them to the possibilities for minimal expenditure and maximum efficiency in the use of water for servicing an entire region with thermal power. Water Demand for Steam Electric Generation will be of interest to students of environmental studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138857476

Water DiplomacyA Negotiated Approach to Managing Complex Water Networks Water is the resource that will determine the wealth welfare and stability of many countries in the twenty-first century. This book offers a new approach to managing water that will overcome the conflicts that emerge when the interactions among natural societal and political forces are overlooked. At the heart of these conflicts are complex water networks. In managing them science alone is insufficient and so is policy-making that doesn't take science into account. Solutions will only emerge if a negotiated or diplomatic approach that blends science policy and politics is used to manage water networks.  The authors show how open and constantly changing water networks can be managed successfully using collaborative adaptive techniques to build informed agreements among disciplinary experts water users with conflicting interests and governmental bodies with countervailing claims.  Shafiqul Islam is an engineer with over twenty-five years of practical experience in addressing water issues. Lawrence Susskind is founder of MIT's Environmental Policy and Planning Program and a leader of the Program on Negotiation at Harvard Law School. Together they have developed a text that is relevant for students and experienced professionals working in a variety of engineering science and applied social science fields. They show how new thinking about water conflict can replace the zero-sum battles that pit experts politicians and stakeholders against each other in counter-productive ways. Their volume not only presents the key elements of a theory of water diplomacy; it includes excerpts and commentary from more than two dozen seminal readings as well as practice exercises that challenge readers to apply what they have learned. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781617261039

Water Distribution System MonitoringA Practical Approach for Evaluating Drinking Water Quality To keep drinking water safe involves more than following the letter of the law. This book introduces a comprehensive perspective and a proactive step-by-step approach to maintaining drinking water quality in distribution systems and aids in delivering verifiably safe and economical water to end users. This second edition is updated throughout and reflects the latest processes for improving drinking water quality in water systems and bringing those systems into compliance with the Lead and Copper Rule the Disinfection By-Products Rule and the Total Coliform Rule. It also presents the latest techniques for calming discolored water issues keeping microbiological growth and biofilm formation in check and preventing the formation of pinhole leaks in copper pipes. The book also aids in determining side effects of treatment chemicals achieving simultaneous compliance with multiple regulations and optimizing treatment chemical dosages.  A typical water distribution system is complex and chaotic with varying piping configurations water flows chemical reactions and microbiological activity. It is therefore no surprise that monitoring and assessing water quality can be a daunting task. Water Distribution System Monitoring: A Practical Approach for Evaluating Drinking Water Quality simplifies this task by providing the tools for well-defined and measurable control of water quality. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138064034

Water Engineering inAncient Civilizations5 000 Years of History This new book offers an engineer's perspective on the history of water technology and its impact on the development of civilisation. A Second Edition and translation into English of the French book "L'Hydraulique dans les Civilisations Anciennes". Water professionals engineers scientists and students will find this book fascinating and invaluable to their understanding of the fundamental role of water engineering in the development of civilization. The book abounds with descriptions of hydraulic techniques in the civilizations of the classical era and the Middle Ages including illustrations and translated descriptions of ancient observers and authors. The work is unique in offering an engineer's perspective not only on the history of water technology but also demonstration of the genesis of ideas and the transmissions of ideas and technology from one age and civilization to the next. The book is especially noteworthy for its efforts to situate hydraulic developments in their historical and intellectual context. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138474475

Water EthicsA Values Approach to Solving the Water Crisis Fully revised and updated this second edition of Water Ethics continues to consolidate water ethics as a key dimension of water-related decisions. The book introduces the idea that ethics are an intrinsic dimension of any water policy program or practice and that understanding what ethics are being acted out in water policies is fundamental to an understanding of water resource management. Alongside updated references and the introduction of discussion questions and recommended further reading this new edition discusses in depth three significant developments since the publication of the first edition in 2013. The first is the growing awareness of the climate crisis as an existential threat and associated concern about adaptive strategies for sustainable water management and ways of using water management for climate mitigation (e.g. practically through agricultural soil management and conceptually through ethics awareness). Second there has been increased clarity among the religious community Indigenous leaders and progressive academics that ethics needs to become an arena for application and action (e.g. the Vatican encyclical Laudato Si protests at Standing Rock and Flint Michigan in the US and climate demonstrations worldwide). Thirdly there have been new normative water standards ranging from "water stewardship" (industry initiative) water charters (Berlin) and the on-going initiative to develop a global water ethics charter. Drawing on case studies from countries including Australia India the Philippines South Africa and the United States this textbook is essential reading for students of environmental ethics and water governance and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815392026

Water Flow In Soils The new edition of a bestseller Water Flow in Soils bridges the fields of soil physics-where descriptions of water flow tend to be microscopic- and hydrology - where they tend to be macroscopic. Unlike other physics laden texts this work conveys the fundamental concepts of water flow in soils with clear and essentially nonmathematical explanations. Using abundant illustrations figures and equations the author introduces soil water flow taking both a phenomenological and analytical approach. He elegantly elucidates the basic and advanced principles of water movement in soils. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392437

Water Footprint AssessmentA Guide for Business As business risks associated with water intensify – for example risks to oeprations supply chains and reputation â€“ many corporate sustainability professionals are seeking practical tools to help them understand and assess these risks. Water Footprint Assessment tools developed primarily by the research sector are gaining attention in this context. However there is debate among experts and non-experts about the merits of this approach. Water Footprint Assessment: A Business Guide is a concise and comprehensive digest of emerging concepts tools and arguments around water footprint approaches. Specifically aimed at business audiences this definitive short guide to the issues distils the latest in scientific and policy literature helps sustainability leaders understand what they can and can't do with water footprint tools includes practical experience and case studies and outlines the pros and cons of using Water Footprint Assessment and similar approaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781910174562

Water For a Starving World This book describes the role of water in development and illustrates water problems in different parts of the world with particular emphasis on the problems of the starving continents. It shows what tools will be needed and what can be done to bring the world's water under human control. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367215996

Water for Energy and Fuel Production Water in all its forms may be the key to an environmentally friendly energy economy. Water is free there is plenty of it plus it carries what is generally believed to be the best long-term source of green energy—hydrogen. Water for Energy and Fuel Production explores the many roles of water in the energy and fuel industry. The text not only discusses water’s use as a direct source of energy and fuel—such as hydrogen from water dissociation methane from water-based clathrate molecules hydroelectric dams and hydrokinetic energy from tidal waves off-shore undercurrents and inland waterways—but also: Describes water’s benign application in the production of oil gas coal uranium biomass and other raw fuels and as an energy carrier in the form of hot water and steam Examines water’s role as a reactant reaction medium and catalyst—as well as steam’s role as a reactant—for the conversion of raw fuels to synthetic fuels Explains how supercritical water can be used to convert fossil- and bio-based feedstock to synthetic fuels in the presence and absence of a catalyst Employing illustrative case studies and commercial examples Water for Energy and Fuel Production demonstrates the versatility of water as a provider of energy and fuel conveying the message that as energy demand and environmental concerns grow so should our vigilance in pursuing the role of water in the energy landscape. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076068

Water for Food in a Changing World There is not enough water globally for all the things humans need and want water to do for us. Water supply bubbles are bursting in China the Middle East and India with potentially serious implications for the global economy and for political stability. Even the United States is depleting groundwater on average 25% faster than it is being replenished. Our thirst for water grows with our population but the amount of fresh water available on Earth is fixed. If we assume "business as usual" by 2050 about 40% of the projected global population of 9.4 billion is expected to be facing water stress or scarcity. With increasing climate variability being predicted by global climate models we are likely also to have more people without adequate water more of the time even in water-rich regions. Irrigation productivity rose dramatically over the past 40 years as a result of the Green Revolution. However even if we disregard the environmental impacts caused by that revolution we are no nearer to achieving global food security than we were 40 years ago as every time we come close to filling the food production gap population growth and ecosystem decline associated with water diversions to human purposes set us back. Our natural and agricultural ecosystems are trying to tell us something. This book pursues these overarching themes connecting to water and food production at global and regional scales. The collection offers a comprehensive discussion of all relevant issues and offers a wide-ranging discussion with the aim of contributing to the global debate about water and food crises. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138807662

Water for Food Security Nutrition and Social Justice This book is the first comprehensive effort to bring together Water Food Security and Nutrition (FSN) in a way that goes beyond the traditional focus on irrigated agriculture. Apart from looking at the role of water and sanitation for human well-being it proposes alternative and more locally appropriate ways to address complex water management and governance challenges from the local to global levels against a backdrop of growing uncertainties. The authors challenge mainstream supply-oriented and neo-Malthusian visions that argue for the need to increase the land area under irrigation in order to feed the world’s growing population. Instead they argue for a reframing of the debate concerning production processes waste food consumption and dietary patterns whilst proposing alternative strategies to improve water and land productivity putting the interests of marginalized and disenfranchized groups upfront. The book highlights how accessing water for FSN can be challenging for small-holders vulnerable and marginalized women and men and how water allocation systems and reform processes can negatively affect local people’s informal rights. The book argues for the need to improve policy coherence across water land and food and is original in making a case for strengthening the relationship between the human rights to water and food especially for marginalized women and men. It will be of great interest to practitioners students and researchers working on water and food issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138729186

Water for Food Security and Well-being in Latin America and the CaribbeanSocial and Environmental Implications for a Globalized Economy This volume provides an analytical and facts-based overview on the progress achieved in water security in Latin America and the Caribbean (LAC) region over during the last decade and its links to regional development food security and human well-being. Although the book takes a regional approach covering a vast of data pertaining to most of the LAC region some chapters focus on seven countries (Argentina Brazil Chile Colombia Costa Rica Mexico and Peru). A full understanding of LAC’s trends progress requires framing this region in the global context: an ever more globalized world where LAC has an increasing geopolitical power and a growing presence in international food markets. The book’s specific objectives are: (1) exploring the improvements and links between water and food security in LAC countries; (2) assessing the role of the socio-economic ‘megatrends’ in LAC identifying feedback processes between the region’s observed pattern of changes regarding key biophysical economic and social variables linked to water and food security; and (3) reviewing the critical changes that are taking place in the institutional and governance water spheres including the role of civil society which may represent a promising means to advancing towards the goal of improving water security in LAC. The resulting picture shows a region where recent socioeconomic development has led to important advances in the domains of food and water security. Economic growth in LAC and its increasingly important role in international trade are intense in terms of use of natural resources such as land water and energy. This poses new and important challenges for sustainable development. The reinforcement of national and global governance schemes and their alignment on the improvement of human well-being is and will remain an inescapable prerequisite to the achievement of long-lasting security. Supporting this bold idea with facts and science-based conclusions is the ultimate goal of the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138618237

Water for Food SecurityChallenges for Pakistan Pakistan’s water management is at a critical watershed. Water shortages are growing rapidly as a result of growing demand across all water-using sectors. Rapid population growth from 175 million people in 2010 to an estimated 236 million by 2030 and 280 million by 2050 and international food-price spikes create pressure to increase agricultural production of staples; but demand for cash crops is also growing rapidly to raise rural incomes and generate rural employment to absorb the relatively young rapidly growing rural population. Water management is also increasingly affected by climate change – including an increased number of flood and drought events – and by growing energy shortages which affect how water is being sourced and used. Last but not least Pakistan’s political situation is fragile which has reduced incentives to invest in enhanced agricultural water (and other) technologies. How Pakistan addresses these challenges will be decisive for its future water and food security economic growth and environmental sustainability. It will also affect water and food outcomes globally due to the interconnectedness of global food trade. This book is geared toward researchers policymakers and investors in the water energy and food sectors who want to learn about key drivers that affect Pakistan’s water and food security and have an interest to contribute to water and related solutions several of which are presented in the book. This book was published as a special issue of Water International. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138693142

Water for Food Water for LifeA Comprehensive Assessment of Water Management in Agriculture Managing water resources is one of the most pressing challenges of our times - fundamental to how we feed 2 billion more people in coming decades eliminate poverty and reverse ecosystem degradation. This Comprehensive Assessment of Water Management in Agriculture involving more than 700 leading specialists evaluates current thinking on water and its interplay with agriculture to help chart the way forward. It offers actions for water management and water policy - to ensure more equitable and effective use. This assessment describes key water-food-environment trends that influence our lives today and uses scenarios to explore the consequences of a range of potential investments. It aims to inform investors and policymakers about water and food choices in light of such crucial influences as poverty ecosystems governance and productivity. It covers rainfed agriculture irrigation groundwater marginal-quality water fisheries livestock rice land and river basins. Ample tables graphs and references make this an invaluable work for practitioners academics researchers and policymakers in water management agriculture conservation and development. Published with IWMI. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773799

Water for the AmericasChallenges and Opportunities The chapters in this volume are peer reviewed editions of the papers presented at the 7th meeting of the Rosenberg International Forum on Water Policy which was held in Buenos Aires Argentina on November 15-17 2010. The theme for Forum VII was Water for the Americas: Challenges and Opportunities. This Forum was unique in examining the water problems of the Americas and identifying water management experience gleaned in other parts of the world that might be useful in addressing the problems of the Americas. The sessions illustrated how the water problems of the Americas are common problems differing only in degree from basin to basin. There was unanimity among the participants about the need for all inhabitants of the Americas to work together to ensure that everyone has access to adequate quantities of healthy water supplies and to appropriate sanitation services. This volume’s approach is to identify different responses and policies that address common issues and learn from contrasts and experiences. The value and potential that this approach affords is that it provides critical judgments about what has worked well and what needs to be done to gain a better future for the Americas’ water resources and society. Some issues covered in the volume are so pressing and urgent chief among them is serving the unserved that any delays putting out new facilities in many a rural areas of Central America may cost lives and reduce the outlook for children. Additionally the volume makes clear that the outlook for the poorest and the future of hundreds of growing cities are threatened by climate change. This book looks into the future by analyzing present and relevant data and gains insight from the different developmental stages of the hemisphere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669430

Water for Western Agriculture This title originally published in 1982 examines the importance of western irrigation to U.S. agriculture and the impacts of the changing water supply situation on the development of western irrigation. Past trends water supply conditions water institutions economic forces technological alternatives and environmental factors are examined for their impacts on the course of western irrigation. Water for Western Agriculture will be of particular interest for students studying environmental issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138962279

Water Governance Policy and Knowledge TransferInternational Studies on Contextual Water Management In an increasingly global community of researchers and practitioners new technologies and communication means have made the transfer of policies from one country or region to another progressively more prevalent. There has been a lot of attention in the field of public administration paid to policy transfer and institutional transplantation. This book aims to create a better understanding of such transfers in the water management sector. These include the adoption of modern water management concepts such as integrated water resources management and forms of water governance which are strongly promoted and sometimes also imposed by various international organizations. Transfers also occur within the scope of development aid or for the purpose of creating business opportunities. In addition many research organisations consultancies and governmental agencies are involved in cross-border work. The purpose of this book is therefore to present practical examples of the transfer of modern water management from one locality to another and to critically discuss the transferability of policy and governance concepts by analysing the contextual needs and factors. Case studies are included from North America Europe the Middle East and Asia. It is argued that in many cases context matters in water management and that there is no panacea or universal concept that can be applied to all countries or regions with different political economic cultural and technological contexts. Yet it is also shown that some countries are facing pressing and similar water management issues that cut across national borders and hence the transfer of knowledge may be beneficial. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573895

Water Governance and Civil Society Responses in South Asia This book addresses paradigm shifts in water policy and governance and examines the role of civil society organizations in influencing public policy while focusing on social equity and democratic participation. It illustrates a range of interesting developments in policy formulation donor–state nexus and interventions by civil society and voluntary organizations. The collection of articles provides a comprehensive and current narrative of the state–society relations in South Asia under neoliberal governance reforms their implications and key responses with regard to water policies. Using case studies it closely investigates the impact effectiveness drawbacks and challenges faced by voluntary organizations and social movements working at various levels in the water sector. The work will interest researchers and students of development studies environmental studies natural resource management water governance and public administration as also water sector professionals policymakers civil society activists and governmental and non-governmental organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367253127

Water Governance and Collective ActionMulti-scale Challenges Collective Action is now recognized as central to addressing the water governance challenge of delivering sustainable development and global environmental benefits. This book examines concepts and practices of collective action that have emerged in recent decades globally. Building on a Foucauldian conception of power it provides an overview of collective action challenges involved in the sustainable management and development of global freshwater resources through case studies from Africa South and Southeast Asia and Latin America. The case studies link community-based management of water resources with national decision-making landscapes transboundary water governance and global policy discussion on sustainable development justice and water security. Power and politics are placed at the centre of collective action and water governance discourse while addressing three core questions: how is collective action shaped by existing power structures and relationships at different scales? What are the kinds of tools and approaches that various actors can take and adopt towards more deliberative processes for collective action? And what are the anticipated outcomes for development processes the environment and the global resource base of achieving collective action across scales? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138040595

Water Governance as Connective Capacity Water is becoming one of the world's most crucial concerns. A third of the world's population has severe water shortage while three quarters of the global population lives in deltas which run the risk of severe flooding. In addition many more face problems of poor water quality. While it is apparent that drastic action should be taken in reality water problems are complex and not at all easy to resolve. There are many stakeholders involved - industries local municipalities farmers the recreational sector environmental organisations and others - who all approach the problems and possible solutions differently. This requires delicate ways of governing multi-actor processes. This book approaches the concept of 'water management' from an interdisciplinary and non-technical but governance orientation. It departs from the fragmented nature of water management showing how these lack cooperation joint responsibility and integration and instead argues that the capacity to connect to other domains levels scales organizations and actors is of utmost importance. Connective capacity revolves around connecting arrangements (such as institutions) actors (for instance individuals) and approaches (such as instruments). These three carriers of connectedness can be applied to different focal points (the objects of fragmentation and integration in water management). The book distinguishes five different focal points: (1) government layers and levels; (2) sectors and domains; (3) time orientation of the long and the short term; (4) perceptions and actor frames; (5) public and private spheres. Each contributor pays attention to a specific combination of one focal point and one connective carrier. Bringing together case studies from countries including The Netherlands United Kingdom Romania Sweden Finland Italy India Canada and the United States the book focuses on the question of how to deal with the various sources of fragmentation in water governance by organizing meaningful connections and developing 'connective capacity'. In doing so it provides useful scientific and practical insights into how 'connective capacity' in water governance can be enhanced. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252059

Water Governance for Sustainable DevelopmentApproaches and Lessons from Developing and Transitional Countries Good management of water resources - universally identified as a key aspect of poverty reduction agriculture and food security - has proven in practice as difficult to achieve as it is eagerly sought. This book edited and authored by leading authorities on water resource management examines the recent changes in governance institutions economics and policies of water covering developing transitional and developed countries with special emphasis on southern African case studies. The book examines how water policies institutions and governance have shifted in recent years from supply-driven quantitative centrally controlled management to more demand-sensitive decentralized participatory approaches. Such a move often also implies cost recovery principles resource allocation among competing sectors and privatization. The case studies demonstrate that the new policies and legal frameworks have been difficult to implement and often fall short of initial expectations. Using an accessible multidisciplinary approach that integrates economics sociology geography and policy analysis the book untangles the issues and presents best practices for policy- and decision-makers governments and regulators NGOs and user groups service providers and researchers. The overall aim is to show how good water governance structures can be developed and implemented for the benefit of all. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852029

Water Hammer ResearchAdvances in Nonlinear Dynamics Modeling This book provides a broad understanding of the main computational techniques used for water hammer research in water systems. The theoretical background to a number of techniques is introduced and general data analysis techniques and examining the application of techniques in an industrial setting including current practices and current research are considered. The book also provides practical experience of commercially available systems and includes small-scale water systems related projects. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895314

Water Harvesting in Sub-Saharan Africa Agriculture in Sub-Saharan Africa is constrained by highly variable rainfall frequent drought and low water productivity. There is an urgent need heightened by climate change  for appropriate technologies to address this problem through managing and increasing the quantity of water on farmers’ fields – water harvesting. This book defines water harvesting as a set of approaches which occupy an intermediate position along the water-management spectrum extending from in situ moisture conservation to irrigated agriculture. They generally comprise small-scale systems that induce collect store and make use of local surface runoff for agriculture.  The authors review development experience and set out the state of the art of water harvesting for crop production and other benefits in Sub-Saharan Africa. This includes an assessment of water harvesting schemes that were initiated two or three decades ago when interest was stimulated by the droughts of the 1970s and 1980s. These provide lessons to promote sustainable development of dryland agriculture in the face of changing environmental conditions. Case studies from eight countries across Sub-Saharan Africa provide the evidence base. Each follows a similar format and is based on assessments conducted in collaboration with in-country partners with a focus on attempts to promote adoption of water harvesting both horizontally (spread) and vertically (institutionalization). Introductory cross-cutting chapters as well as an analytical conclusion are also included. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415537865

Water Histories of South AsiaThe Materiality of Liquescence This book surveys the intersections between water systems and the phenomenology of visual cultures in early modern colonial and contemporary South Asia. Bringing together contributions by eminent artists architects curators and scholars who explore the connections between the environmental and the cultural the volume situates water in an expansive relational domain. It covers disciplines as diverse as literary studies environmental humanities sustainable design urban planning and media studies. The chapters explore the ways in which material cultures of water generate technological and aesthetic acts of envisioning geographies and make an intervention within political  social and cultural discourses. A critical interjection in the sociologies of water in the subcontinent the book brings art history into conversation with current debates on climate change by examining water’s artistic architectural engineering religious scientific and environmental facets from the 16th century to the present. This is one of the first books on South Asia’s art architecture and visual history to interweave the ecological with the aesthetic under the emerging field of eco art history. The volume will be of interest to scholars and general readers of art history Islamic studies South Asian studies urban studies architecture geography history and environmental studies. It will also appeal to activists curators art critics and those interested in water management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138285316

Water HyacinthEnvironmental Challenges Management and Utilization The water hyacinth is a disruptive factor in aquatic ecosystem management and ecosystem services and causes problems in fisheries transportation waterways irrigation hydropower generation and water resources. To address these concerns it is necessary to integrate past studies with current research and innovations to identify where the knowledge gap is and to creatively assess and solve the problems in a global context. This book provides comprehensive coverage of new research and technological innovations for the application of controlling managing harvesting postharvest processing and utilizing the water hyacinth. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498743891

Water Hydraulics Control Technology This work introduces the principles of water hydraulics technology and its benefits and limitations and clarifies the essential differences between water and oil hydraulics. It discusses basic components and systems including hydraulic power generators (pumps) hydraulic control components or modulators (valves) hydraulic transmission lines (tubes hoses and fittings) and hydraulic actuators (single- or double-acting cylinders and rotary motors). A listing of water hydraulics components/systems manufacturers is provided. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367401542

Water In A Developing WorldThe Management Of A Critical Resource This book focuses on the questions of how best to manage water resources in the face of growing demand. It explores various water management problems encountered by developing countries with an emphasis on institutional and human factors that affect economic growth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216009

Water in a Dry LandPlace-Learning Through Art and Story Water in a Dry Land is a story of research about water as a source of personal and cultural meaning. The site of this exploration is the iconic river system which forms the networks of natural and human landscapes of the Murray-Darling Basin Australia. In the current geological era of human induced climate change the desperate plight of the system of waterways has become an international phenomenon a symbol of the unsustainable ways we relate to water globally. The Murray-Darling Basin extends west of the Great Dividing Range that separates the densely populated east coast of Australia from the sparsely populated inland. Aboriginal peoples continue to inhabit the waterways of the great artesian basin and pass on their cultural stories and practices of water albeit in changing forms. A key question informing the book is: What can we learn about water from the oldest continuing culture inhabiting the world’s driest continent? In the process of responding to this question a team of Indigenous and non-Indigenous researchers formed to work together in a contact zone of cultural difference within an emergent arts-based ethnography. Photo essays of the artworks and their landscapes offer a visual accompaniment to the text on the Routledge Innovative Ethnography Series website http://www.innovativeethnographies.net/. This book is perfect for courses in environmental sociology environmental anthropology and qualitative methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415503976

Water in Central AsiaPast Present Future Central Asia is the cluster of countries located in the basin of the "Great Aral Sea". It originates from the ancient civilizations of the IV-III millennium B.C. known as “Ariana” and is an important geopolitical centre today where the USA Russia China EU Iran and India participate in the regional water game. The Aral Sea Basin has always been a subject of interest to outside powers as a target of travel or political blame. At the same time it was a source of prosperity and a place of work love history and strong cultural traditions for almost 100 million people.  At present the Aral Sea Basin is shared by independent states with different interests but at the same time in need of close collaboration for their survival. Much has been written about this region but few writers have discovered the deeper roots of the historical transformations that have caused the present situation of environmental degradation. The extremely arid character of the region is a cause of very sensitive natural and social conditions; a very fragile balance that is easily disturbed by any important impact from the outside or innovations from the inside. Only a thorough analysis of both the positive ambitions of the region and their possible negative consequences can provide the necessary understanding of why important development initiatives of the recent past have always produced the negative consequences as they did. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367383084

Water in the Macro EconomyIntegrating Economics and Engineering into an Analytical Model This title was first published in 2001. Providing a new methodology to analyze the fundamental interrelationship between the sustainable management of a country’s water resources and the formulation of effective strategies for socio-economic development this book captures the complex nature of water and its effect on a macro economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138711594

Water In The Middle EastConflict Or Cooperation? The scarcity and rapid depletion of water in one of the world's driest regions continues to be a major determinant of the domestic and external policies of the major actors in the Middle East. Israel Jordan and the West Bank will have exhausted virtually all their renewable sources of fresh water by 1995 if current patterns of consumption are not radically altered. This study examines the hydrological historical legal and strategic dimensions of water problems in the Middle East and discusses their implications for the future. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429267284

Water Infrastructure Water infrastructure is an essential element in water management. Together with institutions policies and regulation it provides basic services to growing populations especially in developing countries where much of the growth is taking place. In the Asia-Pacific region for instance populations are growing not only in size but also in affluence straining further the existing infrastructure and demanding urgently the development of a new one. While 79% of total water use in Asia occurs in agriculture the fastest increases in demand are emanating from industry and from urban areas. This trend is a natural consequence of the fastest industrialization and urbanization process in history. By 2030 more than 55% of Asia’s population will live in urban areas an increase of 1.1 billion people. Nevertheless water infrastructure is of concern not only in the global South but also in the North where much of the drinking-water infrastructure needs upgrading or replacement a significant undertaking as infrastructure is more than a hundred years old in many cases. The American Water Works Association estimates that changing all of the water pipes in the United States would cost more than USD 1 trillion. In this book in-depth case studies on water infrastructure challenges and policy solutions are presented from different parts of the world. This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of Water Resources Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085749

Water Law This revised second edition is essential to everyone involved with water and water resources-complying with the myriad federal state and local laws and regulations that govern the use and management of water in our attempts to maintain clean usable water. It includes the law of water diversion and distribution; water resources development and protection; water treatment and land use; ocean dumping; oil and hazardous substances cleanup; riparian and non-riparian systems; Eastern permit systems; beneficial use; water codes; prior appropriation; surface and ground water; channel modifications; municipal water supply; irrigation; California Water Management Districts; Bureau of Reclamation; Corps of Engineers; Water Resources Development Act of 1986; SCS TVA BPA NEA CERCLA CWA SDWA RCRA and their substantial changes in the last four years; water resources planning and research; public use; ownership of beds and banks; wild and scenic rivers; river corridor and instream flow protection; flood insurance Section 404 and Section 208; the Supreme Court and water conservation; heat dischargers; quality-based effluent limitations; state ground water programs; pretreatment; funding; enforcement; citizen suits; and many more vital topics. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003069829

Water Law for the Twenty-First CenturyNational and International Aspects of Water Law Reform in India In the face of growing freshwater scarcity most countries of the world are taking steps to conserve their water and foster its sustainable use. Water crises range from concerns of drinking water availability and/or quality the degradation or contamination of freshwater and the allocation of water to different users. To meet the challenge many countries are undergoing systemic changes to the use of freshwater and the provision of water services thereby leading to greater commercialization of the resource as well as a restructuring of the legal regulatory technical and institutional frameworks for water. The contributions to this book critically analyse legal issues arising under international law such as environment and human rights provisions concerning the economic environmental and social consequences of proposed water regulatory changes and their implementation at the national level. The book examines the situation in India which is currently in the midst of implementing several World Bank led water restructuring projects which will have significant impacts on the realisation of the right to water and all other aspects of water regulation for decades to come. In analysing the situation in India the volume is able to detail the interactions between international law and national law in the field of water and to ask broader questions about the compliance with international law at the national level and the relevance of international law in national law and policy-making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415685597

Water Loss Assessment in Distribution NetworksMethods Applications and Implications in Intermittent Supply Water utilities worldwide lose 128 billion cubic meters annually causing annual monetary losses estimated at USD 40 billion. Most of these losses occur in developing countries (74%). This calls for rethinking the challenges facing water utilities in developing countries foremost of which is the assessment of water losses in intermittent supply networks. Water loss assessment methods were originally developed in continuous supply systems and their application in intermittently operated networks (in developing countries) is hindered by the widespread use of household water tanks and unauthorised consumption. This study provides an extensive review of existing methods and (software) tools for water loss assessment. In addition several new methods were developed which offer improved water loss assessment in intermittent supply. As the volume of water loss varies monthly and annually according to the amount of supplied water this study proposes procedures to normalise the volume of water loss in order to enable water utilities to monitor and benchmark their performance on water loss management. The study also developed a novel method of estimating apparent losses using routine data of WWTP inflows enabling future real-time monitoring of losses in networks. Different methods have also been suggested to estimate the unauthorised consumption in networks. This study found that minimum night flow analysis can still be applied in intermittent supply if an area of the network is supplied for several days. Furthermore this study concluded that water meter performance is enhanced in intermittent supply conditions. However continuous supply in the presence of float-valves significantly reduces the accuracy of water meters. Finally this study provides guidance and highlights several knowledge gaps in order to improve the accuracy of water loss assessment in intermittent supply. Accurate assessment of water loss is a prerequisite for reliable leakage modelling and minimisation as well as planning for and monitoring of water loss management in distribution networks. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367766559

Water Loss Management: Tools and Methods for Developing CountriesUNESCO-IHE PhD Thesis Water losses occur in all water distribution systems worldwide and high levels are indicative of poor governance and poor physical condition of the system. Water losses vary from 3% of system input volume in the developed countries to 70% in the developing countries. This high contrast suggests that probably the existing tools and methodologies are not appropriate or cannot be directly applied for water loss reduction in the developing countries. This study highlights the challenges and prospects of managing water losses in developing countries and provides a toolbox of appropriate tools and methodologies to help water utilities in the developing countries assess inefficiencies in their water distribution systems and take corrective action. Included is a step-by-step approach for water accountability performance improvement through benchmarking techniques economic optimization techniques for minimizing revenue losses due to metering inaccuracies pressure management planning for proactive leakage control and strategic planning for water loss reduction based on multi-criteria decision analysis. The developed tools and methodologies have been tested and validated in practice on real case studies in Uganda. It is envisaged that this thesis will be of considerable value to utility managers researchers and other agencies involved in managing water distribution losses in developing countries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415636483

Water Management Food Security and Sustainable Agriculture in Developing Economies This book addresses strategies for food security and sustainable agriculture in developing economies. The book focuses primarily on India a fast developing economy whose natural resource base comprising land and water supporting agricultural production is not only under enormous stress but also complex and not amenable to a uniform strategy. It critically reviews issues which continue to dominate the debate on water management for agricultural and food production.  The book examines the validity of the claim that large water resources projects cause serious social and environmental damages using global and national datasets. The authors examine claims that the future of Indian agriculture is in rain-fed farming supported by small water harvesting. They question whether water-abundant eastern India could become the granary of India through a groundwater revolution with the right policy inputs. In the process they look at the less researched aspect of the food security challenge which is land scarcity in eastern India.  The book analyzes the physical economic and social impacts of large-scale adoption of micro irrigation systems using a farming system approach for north Gujarat. Through an economic valuation of the multiple use benefits from tank systems in western Orissa it shows how value of water from large public irrigation systems could be enhanced.  The book also looks at the reasons for the limited success in bringing about the much needed institutional reforms in canal irrigation for securing higher productivity and equity using case studies of Gujarat Madhya Pradesh and Maharashtra. Finally it addresses how other countries in the developing world particularly Sub-Saharan Africa could learn from Indian experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138900516

Water Management and Agricultural DevelopmentA Case Study of the Cuyo Region of Argentina First Published in 2011. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books RFF Press 9781315064727

Water Management and Climate ChangeDealing with Uncertainties To plan successfully and manage the increased uncertainties posed by likely future climate change knowledge needs to advance much more for the water profession beyond what it is now available. Meeting these challenges does not depend exclusively on advances in climatological-hydrologic models. Policies for adaptation and strategies for mitigation measures have to be formulated on the basis of what are likely to be the potential impacts. These will have to be regularly fine-tuned and implemented according to changing needs and as more reliable knowledge and data become available. Even more challenging will be the politics of policy making and implementation which will require a quantum leap from current policy-making and implementation processes. One can even say that in addition to the development of more reliable models the politics of climate change and water management remains one of the greatest uncertainties for the water profession. This book addresses water management practices and how these should and could be modified to cope with climatic and other related uncertainties over the next two to three decades; the types of strategies and good practices that may be available or have to be developed to cope with the current and expected uncertainties in relation to climate change; and the types of knowledge information and technological developments needed to incorporate possible future climate change impacts within the framework of water resources management. Decision making in the water sector under changing climate and related uncertainties and societal water security under altering and fluctuating climate are also discussed. Several case studies are included from several basins cities regions and countries in both developed and non-developing countries. This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of Water Resources Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138693036

Water Management Challenges in Global ChangeProceedings of the 9th Computing and Control for the Water Industry (CCWI2007) and the Sustainab Water Management Challenges in Global Change contains the proceedings of the 9th Computing and Control for the Water Industry (CCWI2007) and the Sustainable Urban Water Management (SUWM2007) conferences. The rationale behind these conferences is to improve the management of urban water systems through the development of computerbased methods. Issues such as economic globalisation climate changes and water shortages call for a new approach to water systems management which addresses the relevant technical social and economic aspects. This collection represents the views of academic and industrial experts from a number of countries who provide technical solutions to current water management problems and present a vision for addressing the global questions. The themes underlying many of the contributions include energy and material savings water savings and the integration of different aspects of water management. The papers are grouped into three themes covering water distribution systems sustainable urban water management and modelling of wastewater treatmentplants.The water distribution topics cover asset and information management planning monitoring and control hydraulic modelling of steady state and transients water quality and treatment demand and leakage management optimisation design and decision support systems as well as reliability and security of water distribution systems. The sustainable urban water management topics include urban drainage systems water reuse social aspects of water management and also selected facets of water resources and irrigation. Computer control of wastewater treatment plants has been seen as less advanced than that of clean water systems. To address this imbalance this book presents a number of modelling techniques developed specifically for these plants.Water Management Challenges in Global Change will prove to be invaluable to water and environmental engineering researchers and academics; managers engineers and planners; and postgraduate students. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003061076

Water management for sustainable agriculture There is increasing competition for water resources in the face of declining aquifer reserves and increasing risk in many areas of drought related to climate change. At the same time poor water management is damaging agriculture with problems such as salinization waterlogging erosion and run-off. This volume summarises the wealth of research on understanding and better management of water resources for agriculture. Part 1 reviews fundamental issues such as plant water use and soil water retention. Part 2 discusses ways of mapping and monitoring groundwater and surface water resources whilst Part 3 covers other sources such as rain and floodwater waste and brackish water. Part 4 surveys developments in irrigation techniques such as drip irrigation and fertigation. The final sections in the book discuss ways of using water resources more efficiently such as site-specific and deficit irrigation techniques. With its distinguished editor and international team of expert authors this wlll be a standard reference for agronomists scientists involved in water and irrigation science as well as government and non-governmental organisations responsible for agriculture and water resource management. Media > Books > E-books Life Science (Burleigh Dodds) 9781351114608

Water Management in China’s Power Sector This book examines water resource management in China’s electric power sector and the implications for energy provision in the face of an emerging national water crisis and global climate change. Over 75% of China’s current electricity comes from coal. Coal-fired power plants are reliant on water with plants using significant volumes of water every year yet water resources are unevenly distributed. In the face of serious environmental concerns and increasing electricity demand this book examines the environmental impacts that coal power plants have on water resources and the impact water availability has on the electricity sector in a country with a significant number of water-scarce provinces and a large number of power plants located on inland waterways. It discusses the water impacts and constraints for transforming the electric power sector away from coal to renewable energy sources such as hydropower and concentrated solar power. The book adopts a mix-method approach combining a plant-level quantitative analysis on water impacts and dependencies in China’s electricity sector and a qualitative analysis of relevant institutions in both sectors. By reviewing policy and institution cases in China’s water and electricity sectors the book provides important recommendations calling for coordinated institutions to shift away from the current paradigm where water and electricity are governed independently. Enriching the water-energy nexus literature this book will be of great interest to students and scholars working on water resource management energy industries and Chinese environmental policy as well as policymakers and practitioners in those fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367350055

Water Management in Megacities Efficient and equitable water wastewater and stormwater management for the megacities is becoming an increasingly complex task. The special issue will focus on water management in its totality for megacities including their technical social economic legal institutional and environmental dimensions through a series of specially invited case studies from different megacities of the world. At present around one out of two of the earth’s 6.3 billion people live in urban areas. Each year the world population grows by around 80 millions. Practically all of this growth is urban primarily due to migration. World’s urban population is expected to reach 5 billion by 2030 which is nearly 2/3rd more than in 2000 and would mean that 60% of world’s population will live in urban areas. The case studies analysed include some of the most interesting and challenging megacities of this planet Dhaka Istanbul Jakarta Johannesburg México City Riyadh and São Paulo. They assess different aspects of how water is intermingled in the overall development milleau. The special issue will considers the magnitudes nature and extent of the present and future challenges and how these could be meet in socially acceptable and cost-effective ways. The contributors are all acknowledged water experts from different parts of the world. This book was previously published as a special issue of the International Journal of Water Resource s Development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315878645

Water Management Innovations in England As pressures on water resources have increased problems of water quality have claimed high priority in national concern and governmental policy. In this book first published in 1969 Lyle E. Craine describes how Great Britain enacted new governmental procedures for studying planning and executing water management programmes. Although the physical and social characteristics of the United States’ water resources problems differ from those of England this analysis of the British institutional arrangements for water management suggests constructive insights for managing water resources within the individual states. This title is a valuable resource for students interested in environment and sustainability issues national water resources problems and government policy making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138945081

Water ManagementSocial and Technological Perspectives Exponential growth in population and improved standards of living demand increasing amount of freshwater and are putting serious strain on the quantity of naturally available freshwater worldwide. Water Management: Social and Technological Perspectives discusses developments in energy-efficient water production management wastewater treatment and social and political aspects related to water management and re-use of treated water. It features a scientific and technological perspective to meeting current and future needs discussing such technologies as membrane separation using reverse osmosis the use of nanoparticles for adsorption of impurities from wastewater and the use of thermal methods for desalination. The book also discusses increasing the efficiency of water usage in industrial agricultural and domestic applications to ensure a sustainable system of water production usage and recycling. With 30 chapters authored by internationally renowned experts this work offers readers a comprehensive view of both social and technological outlooks to help solve this global issue. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138067240

Water Mist Fire Protection in OfficesExperimental Testing and Development of a Test Protocol This report describes an experimental study that provides research information and data to assist with understanding the mechanisms for successful water mist fire protection systems in offices. Water mist systems are increasingly being considered and used in the UK for the fire protection of buildings including commercial premises such as hotels offices and retail units. They can provide property and asset protection by limiting the extent of damage associated with a fire and thereby limiting unnecessary wastage of resources time salvage and re-instatement operations.However the acceptability of water mist systems is often unproven the limits of their effectiveness are largely unknown and appropriate acceptance criteria are not well established. Successful water mist performance can only be achieved by carefully engineered designs to meet particular applications. The objectives of this study were to:• characterise the mechanisms and factors that govern the effectiveness of water mist fire protection systems • define a fire test protocol for evaluating water mist fire protection systems for commercial office applications.• address some of the identified gaps in knowledge with respect to water mist systems.It is only with this knowledge and understanding that fixed water mist suppression systems can be assessed and confidence given that they will be effective in protecting property and life. Media > Books > Print Books IHS BRE Press 9781848061729

Water Policy Imagination and InnovationInterdisciplinary Approaches This book explores creative interdisciplinary and potentially transformative solutions to the current stalemate in contemporary water policy design. A more open policy conversation about water than exists at present is proposed – one that provides a space for the role of the imagination and is inclusive – of the arts and humanities relevant stakeholders including landholders and Indigenous peoples as well as science law and economics. Written for a wide audience including practitioners and professional readers as well as scholars and students the book demonstrates the value of multiple disciplines voices perspectives knowledges and different ways of relating to water. It provides a fresh and timely response to the urgent need for water policy that works to achieve sustainability and may be better able to resolve complex environmental social and cultural water issues. Utilising a broad range of evidentiary sources and case studies from Australia New Zealand Canada and elsewhere the authors of this edited collection demonstrate how new ways of thinking and imagining water are not only possible but already practised and growing in saliency and impact. The current dominance of narrower ways of conceptualising our relationship with water is critiqued including market valuation and water privatisation and more innovative alternatives are described including those that recognise the importance of place-based stories and narratives adopt traditional ecological knowledge and relational water appreciations and apply cutting-edge behavioural and ecological systems science. The book highlights how innovative approaches drawing on a wide range of views may counter prevailing policy myopia enable reflexive governance and transform water policy towards addressing water security questions and the broader challenges posed by the Anthropocene and the UN Sustainable Development Goals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367352271

Water Policy Tourism and RecreationLessons from Australia This book explores the complicated interrelationships between freshwater resources and tourism and recreation. The focus is on Australia but comparisons with the experience of other countries are also made throughout. Yet Australia has been at the forefront of conflicts over drought and water use particularly for irrigated agriculture as well as of the design of policies and institutions for water policy so there are many lessons which can be applied to other parts of the world. The authors examine in detail the relationships between water economics and supply and the needs for tourism and recreation. The book discusses water use and access and the conflict between urban and recreational demands. It considers the institutional arrangements around water and the significance of property rights including water markets and water pricing. Theoretical and practical models for increasing collaboration and cooperation such as the use of trusts are also developed and water trusts in the USA are examined. Specific chapters highlight the role of interest groups such as the boating industry to influence policy thinking and the practical trade-offs between access to urban water supplies and the requirements of recreation. Tourist behavior in relation to water use and pricing is also assessed. Media > Books > Print Books RFF Press 9781138380059

Water Policy and Governance in South AsiaEmpowering Rural Communities Dr. Hossen carried out an exceptional program of research in Bangladesh which focused on water governance in relation to human rights international water law and environmental sustainability. His major argument is that eco-agricultural system encounters major disruptions due to a number of factors including regional hydropolitics and neoliberal and highly centralized approaches to water resource management that follow the principles of "ecocracy." In this context Dr. Hossen explores three major questions: (i) How can local ecological knowledge be incorporated into national water policy? (ii) What strategies and reforms are required at the international watershed governance level? and (iii) How can human rights principles including the principle of water as a human right be used to formulate more effective water policy and governance principles? To answer these questions Dr. Hossen explores the effects of regional hydropolitics on water management focusing on three large engineering projects the Farakka Barrage built by India on the Ganges River and the Ganges-Kobodak (GK) and Gorai River Restoration (GRR) Projects in Bangladesh. This analysis is based on his research into local knowledge and farming practices during a year of fieldwork in 2011-12 focus group discussions in-depth case studies and social survey methods. In addition to this primary data he looks at extensive secondary documents from the government of Bangladesh pertaining to water management agricultural modernization and institutional structures. The arguments herein are applicable particularly to the Ganges-Brahmaputra Basin countries in South Asia but also to the river basins of other parts of the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138367401

Water Policy and Management in Spain Spain is facing an increasingly difficult situation in terms of water stress. This is an issue that is due mostly to poor management practices in all sectors. Large amounts of water have been used for agricultural purposes at very low prices for too long; there is an uncontrolled use of most aquifers in rural areas which result from ineffective control by the public administration; per capita consumption continues increasing as well as water used for industrial and energy generation the construction and tourism sectors and for recreation activities. In fact they have all exerted additional pressure on available water resources. In order to face the above challenges water policy has made a gradual shift towards more rational and sustainable management of water resources. This has also been influenced by the European Water Framework Directive about which as the book discusses there are both myths and misunderstandings. This book analyses the very complex position of all sectors in the country the alternatives available and the challenges ahead. In so doing  it makes an important contribution to the literature on water resources management. This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of Water Resources Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138693098

Water Policy and Planning in a Variable and Changing Climate Water Policy and Planning in a Variable and Changing Climate addresses the current challenges facing western water planners and policy makers in the United States and considers strategies for managing water resources and related risks in the future. Written by highly-regarded experts in the industry the book offers a wealth of experience and explains the physical socioeconomic and institutional context for western water resource management. The authors discuss the complexities of water policy describe the framework for water policy and planning and identify many of the issues surrounding the subject. A provocative examination of policy issues surrounding western water resources this book: Considers the implications of natural climate variability and anthropogenic climate change for the region’s water resources and explains limitations on the predictability of local-scale changes Stresses linkages between climate patterns and weather events and related hydrologic impacts Describes the environmental consequences of historical water system development and the challenges that climate change poses for protection of aquatic ecosystems Examines coordination of drought management by local state and national government agencies Includes insights on planning for climate change adaptation from case studies across the western United States Discusses the challenges and opportunities in water/energy/land system management and its prospects for developing climate change response strategies Presents evidence of changes in water scarcity and flooding potential in the region and identifies a set of adaptation strategies to support the long-term sustainability of irrigated agriculture and urban communities Draws upon Colorado’s experience in defining rights for surface and tributary groundwater use to explain potential conflicts and challenges in establishing fair and effective coordination of water rights for these resources Assesses the role of policy in driving flood losses Explores policy approaches for achieving equitable and environmentally responsible planning outcomes despite multiple sources of uncertainty Water Policy and Planning in a Variable and Changing Climate describes patterns of water availability existing policy problems and the potential impacts of climate change in the western United States and functions as a practical reference for the student or professional invested in water policy and management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138490864

Water Policy in AustraliaThe Impact of Change and Uncertainty In the last twenty years policy makers in Australia have been forced to acknowledge that it is not possible to perpetually supply more water at a low cost. Consequently the country has begun to focus on water resource management through legislative and institutional change attempting to allocate water in a more economically efficient and socially and environmentally acceptable manner. This book provides insight into the challenges of institutional change as well as valuable lessons on the design of property rights for complex resources. Contributors from across disciplines address pertinent issues such as irrigation in the Murray-Darling basin one of Australia's largest drainage divisions; the progression from common law riparian rights to share-based entitlements that encourage sustainable water use; and the potential outcomes of the recent National Water Initiative a wide-ranging strategy to improve water management and simultaneously maintain healthy groundwater and river systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781933115986

Water Policy in MinnesotaIssues Incentives and Action Minnesota has a unique role in U.S. water policy. Hydrologically it is a state with more than 12 000 lakes an inland sea and the headwaters of three major river systems: the St Lawrence the Red River of the North and the Mississippi. Institutionally Minnesota is also unique. All U.S. states use Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) approaches to addressing impaired waters. Every TMDL requires a substantial investment of resources including data collection modeling stakeholder input and analysis a watershed management plan as well as process and impact monitoring. Minnesota is the only state in the union that has passed legislation (the 2007 Clean Water Legacy Act) providing significant resources to support the TMDL process. The book will be an excellent guide for policymakers and decision makers who are interested in learning about alternative approaches to water management. Non-governmental organizations interested in stimulating effective water quality policy will also find this a helpful resource. Finally there are similarities between the lessons learned in Minnesota and the goals of water policy in several other states and nations where there are competing uses of water for households agriculture recreation and navigation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781617260865

Water Policy in New MexicoAddressing the Challenge of an Uncertain Future This book addresses water management issues in the State of New Mexico. It focuses on our current understanding of the natural world capabilities in numerical modeling existing and evolving regulatory frameworks and specific issues such as water quality endangered species and the evolution of new water management institutions. Similar to its neighboring states New Mexico regularly experiences cycles of drought. It is also experiencing rapid economic growth while at the same time is experiencing a fundamental climate shift. These factors place severe demands on its scarce water resources. In addition to historical uses by the native inhabitants of the region and the agricultural sector new competitive uses have emerged which will require reallocation. This effort is complicated by unadjudicated water rights the need to balance the ever-increasing needs of growing urban and rural populations and the requirements of the ecosystem and traditional users. It is clear that New Mexico as with other semi-arid states and regions must find efficient ways to reallocate water among various beneficial uses. This book discusses how a proper coordination of scientific understanding modeling advancements and new and emerging institutional structures can help in achieving improved strategies for water policy and management. To do so it calls upon the expertise of academics from multiple disciplines as well as officials from federal and state agencies to describe in understandable terms the issues currently being faced and how they can be addressed via an iterative strategy of adaptive management. Media > Books > Print Books RFF Press 9781933115993

Water Policy in Spain Though the modern Spanish State was formed in the mid Fifteenth Century historical records show that water works statues and the utilization of water dates back to centuries BC. As a semi-arid country the effort to control store and assure water supplies to cities and fields is present in numerous historical and political landmarks. Water policy in Spain has been the focus of Spanish-speaking scholars for decades yet a comprehensive treatment of the subject has never before been published in English. Water Policy in Spain fills this gap by providing readers with a comprehensive detailed account of the history of water policy in Spain from the beginnings of the 20th century to the present day. Part one presents a synopsis of the physical economic environmental and climatic bases of Spain also covering corresponding political topics. Part two reviews the major constraints and opportunities that are relevant to face major water policy challenges. And part three is an in-depth account of water policy in the country. The issues closely examined include the way in which old water laws and institutions have been able to adapt to new sentimental and institutional challenges including the significant change in the last decade to comply with the European Union’s Water Framework Directive (WFD). Like many semi-arid countries climate change drought risks and water pollution are cause for growing concerns in Spain and the country is still struggling to define a consistent and widely accepted set of policies to combat these threats. Spain’s current water policy is unique because it entails a complete tour de force with respect to what the country has been doing on water matters for centuries. As the WFD must be enforced in 27 States (representing 500 million Europeans) the lessons that can be learnt from the Spanish experience should catch the attention of water practitioners around the world. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138114432

Water Policy in TexasResponding to the Rise of Scarcity As a water-scarce state with deep cultural attachments to private property rights Texas has taken a unique evolutionary path with regard to water management. This new resource surveys past and current challenges for managing both groundwater and surface water telling a comprehensive story about water policy in Texas and identifying opportunities for improving future governance. Texas is the U.S. state that has experimented most thoroughly with water markets. In Water Policy in Texas experts from broad disciplinary perspectives describe and analyze Texas water laws and management agencies and the practices of water marketing and rate making in Texas. They explore the unique cases of the Edwards and Ogallala aquifers the science and policy of environmental water stewardship the extensive history of formalized water sharing with neighboring states and Mexico and the opportunities for harnessing new technologies that might aid in addressing scarcity. This multidimensional interdisciplinary book will be a valuable resource for students and researchers of Texas water policy as well as for water managers worldwide particularly those working within contexts of water scarcity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781936331888

Water Policy Processes in IndiaDiscourses of Power and Resistance The privatization of water is a keenly contested issue in an economically-liberalizing India. Since the 1990s large social groups across India's diverse and disparate peoples have been re-negotiating their cultural relationships with each other as to whether they support or oppose pro-privatization water policy reforms. These claims and counter claims are seen as an impending war over water resources one that includes many different players with many different agendas located across a wide variety of sites whose actions and interactions shape policy production in India. This book is the first to assess the dynamics of water policy processes in India. Using the case study of Delhi’s water situation this book analyses emergent dynamics of policy process in India in general and more specifically in the post-economic reform era. Taking as its starting point a critique of linear version of policy making the author explains both how and why particular types of knowledge practices and values get established in policy as well as the complex interplay of knowledge power and agency in water policy processes. Water Policy Processes in India covers a critical gap in the literature by analyzing how governments in practice make policies that greatly affect the welfare of their people; the process through which policies are developed and implemented; investigating the aims and motives behind policies; and identifying the potential areas of intervention in order to improve the policy process in both its development and implementation stages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415627405

Water PolicyAllocation and management in practice This book examines some of the successes and failures of actual implementation of modern water policy options in the light of the principles and concepts which have emerged from the Rio Earth Summit the Dublin Statement and other international consensus. The book attempts to share real practical experience at all levels: local regional national and international emphasising the co-operation between different professions and sectors that must take place to ensure adequate supplies of fresh water in future. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448462

Water Politics and Spiritual EcologyCustom environmental governance and development As water resources diminish with increasing population and economic pressures as well as global climate change this book addresses a subject of ever increasing local and global importance. In many areas water is not only a vital resource but is also endowed with an agency and power that connects people spirit beings place and space. The culmination of a decade of ethnographic research in Timor Leste this book gives a critical account of the complex social and ecological specificities of a water-focused society in one of the world’s newest nations. Comparatively framed by international examples from Asia South America and Africa that reveal the need to incorporate and foreground cultural diversity in water governance it provides deep insight into the global challenge of combining customary and modern water governance regimes. In doing so it addresses a need for sustained critical ecological inquiry into the social issues of water governance. Focusing on the eastern region of Timor Leste the book explores local uses beliefs and rituals associated with water. It identifies the ritual ecological practices contexts and scales through which the use negotiation over and sharing of water occurs and its influence on the entire sociocultural system. Building on these findings the book proposes effective conceptual and methodological tools for advancing community engagement and draws out lessons for more integrated and sustainable water governance approaches that can be applied elsewhere. This book will be of great interest to students and researchers in environmental studies environmental policy and governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138700741

Water PoliticsGovernance Justice and the Right to Water Scholarship on the right to water has proliferated in interesting and unexpected ways in recent years. This book broadens existing discussions on the right to water in order to shed critical light on the pathways pitfalls prospects and constraints that exist in achieving global goals as well as advancing debates around water governance and water justice. The book shows how both discourses and struggles around the right to water have opened new perspectives and possibilities in water governance fostering new collective and moral claims for water justice while effecting changes in laws and policies around the world. In light of the 2010 UN ratification on the human right to water and sanitation shifts have taken place in policy legal frameworks local implementation as well as in national dialogues. Chapters in the book illustrate the novel ways in which the right to water has been taken up in locations drawn globally highlighting the material politics that are enabled and negotiated through this framework in order to address ongoing water insecurities. This book reflects the urgent need to take stock of debates in light of new concerns around post-neoliberal political developments the challenges of the Anthropocene and climate change the transition from the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) to the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) as well as the mobilizations around the right to water in the global North. This book is essential reading for scholars and students of water governance environmental policy politics geography and law. It will be of great interest to policymakers and practitioners working in water governance as well as the human right to water and sanitation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138320031

Water Pollution and Fish Physiology This book provides a concise synthesis of how toxic chemical pollutants affect physiological processes in teleost fish. This Second Edition of the well-received Water Pollution and Fish Physiology has been completely updated and chapters have been added on immunology and acid toxicity. The emphasis as in the first edition is on understanding mechanisms of sublethal effects on fish and their responses to these environmental stressors. The first chapter covers the basic principles involved in understanding how fish respond in general to environmental alterations. Each subsequent chapter is devoted to a particular organ system or physiological function and begins with a short overview of normal physiology of that system/function. This is followed by a review of how various toxic chemicals may alter normal conditions in fish. Chapters covering environmental hypoxia behavior cellular enzymes and acid toxicity are also included. The book closes with a discussion on the practical application of physiological and biochemical measurements of fish in water pollution control in research and regulatory settings. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448929

Water Pollution ControlA Guide to the Use of Water Quality Management Principles This is a handbook for policy makers and environmental managers in water authorities and engineering companies engaged in water quality programmes especially in developing countries. It is also suitable for use as a textbook or as training material for water quality management courses. It is a companion volume to Water Quality Assessment and Water Quality Monitoring. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138474543

Water PollutionEconomics Aspects and Research Needs Public agencies and industry will probably spend tens of billions of dollars on new water pollution abatement facilities in the next few decades. Added billions will be spent for the operation of new and existing facilities. How can physical science research reduce the cost of achieving objectives? And how can social science research make sure that the right objectives are being efficiently pursued? This title first published in 1962 is directed to the orientation of the research effort and the tool used for this purpose is an economic framework. This book will be of interest to students of economics and environmental studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138935679

Water PovertyThe Next “Oil” Crisis A water crisis on our immediate horizon is destined to hurt even kill millions of children and the window of opportunity to do something about it is rapidly closing. There is however a glimmer of hope that could turn into rays of sunshine. Water is a commodity and we have just come through some painful times dealing with the shortage of another commodity—energy. For those who lived through the "energy crisis " this book offers a brief trip down memory lane. Media > Books > Print Books Fairmont Press 9781498796439

Water Pricing and Public-Private Partnership There is no question that water pricing and public-private partnership can improve water management practices in the future. However this concept is neither the cure-all many proponents argue nor the disaster its opponents forecast. Providing a comprehensive and objective assessment of what does and does not work where why and under what circumstances this informative collection assesses the social economic equity and institutional implications. This cohesive set of carefully selected essays the result of The Third World Centre for Water Management and the Inter-American Development Bank's decision to objectively and critically assess the experiences in these areas transcends the current dogmatic debate on these complex issues. Providing an in-depth analysis and assessment of the main issues and constraints of water pricing private sector participation and their affect on water supply the collection draws on illustrative case studies from Argentina Brazil the USA and Western European countries amongst others. This is a special issue of the Journal of Water Resource Development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203970249

Water Productivity in Rainfed AgricultureUNESCO-IHE PhD Thesis The challenge of water scarcity as a result of insufficient seasonal rainfall and dry spell occurrences during cropping seasons is compounded by inefficient agricultural practices by smallholder farmers where insignificant soil and water conservation efforts are applied. The hypothesis of this research is that many of the past research efforts have taken a fragmented approach to deal with the challenges facing subsistence farmers in rainfed systems. The research has been conducted in the semi-arid Makanya catchment of northern Tanzania and has successfully applied different analytical techniques to better understand soil and water interactions at field scale. It has been demonstrated that there is indeed scope to increase crop water productivity provided the local farmers adopt more efficient cultivation techniques. Substantial yield increases occur as a result of diverting runoff and these further improve when other techniques such as ripping application of manure and cover cropping are introduced. This confirms that no single solution exists to solve the problem of low yields in rainfed farming systems. However even with these promising results the research has shown that there is room to further improve the efficiency of crop water use through improvement in research approaches and exploration of better techniques. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138474598

Water Productivity of Sunflower under Different Irrigation Regimes at Gezira Clay Soil Sudan The Gezira Scheme is Sudan's oldest and largest gravity irrigation system. The scheme has played an important role in the economic development of the country and is a major source of foreign exchange. The farming system of the Gezira Scheme is dominated by crop production. The main crops grown are sorghum wheat groundnut and the oilseed crop sesame. Sunflower (Helianthus annuus L.) is an important oil crop in the world and a new edible oil crop in Sudan. Knowledge of the effects of irrigation scheduling on sunflower production and water productivity under water stress conditions is becoming increasingly important. Irrigation scheduling is particularly important since many field crops are more sensitive to water deficit at specific phonological stages. Sunflower has several growth stages: emergence vegetative reproductive flowering seed formation and maturity. Water stress in each stage results in reduction in seed yield and oil content. The treatments in the test plots which were conducted to study the effect of water stress at different growth stages showed that sunflower was significantly affected by water stress that occurred in the sensitive flowering and seed formation stages. Highest seed yield was obtained when water stress was avoided during these stages. The AquaCrop model was used to simulate the seed yield and water productivity. The model was able to precisely simulate seed yield but overestimated water productivity under different irrigation treatments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138029149

Water Quality & Pollution Set This book provides information on the U. S. government's Occupational Safety and Health Administration's safety programs. It details how to start and maintain a safety program in a municipal or industry-based water or wastewater plant with special emphasis on the practical elements of implementation. Revisions include the changing OSHA regulations and recommendations and new sections on ergonomics hypochlorites and bisulfites and confined space entry techniques and new information on health hazards. Highlights include: safety programs recordkeeping safety training safety equipment and safe work practices for wastewater treatment facilities. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429333156

Water Quality AssessmentsA guide to the use of biota sediments and water in environmental monitoring Second Edition This guidebook now thoroughly updated and revised in its second edition gives comprehensive advice on the designing and setting up of monitoring programmes for the purpose of providing valid data for water quality assessments in all types of freshwater bodies. It is clearly and concisely written in order to provide the essential information for all agencies and individuals responsible for the water quality. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003062103

Water Quality Concepts Sampling and Analyses As water quality becomes a leading concern for people and ecosystems worldwide it must be properly assessed in order to protect water resources for current and future generations. Water Quality Concepts Sampling and Analyses supplies practical information for planning conducting or evaluating water quality monitoring programs. It presents the latest information and methodologies for water quality policy regulation monitoring field measurement laboratory analysis and data analysis.The book addresses water quality issues water quality regulatory development monitoring and sampling techniques best management practices and laboratory methods related to the water quality of surface and ground waters. It also discusses basic concepts of water chemistry and hydrology related to water sampling and analysis; instrumentation; water quality data analysis; and evaluation and reporting results.Discussing an array of water quality topics from water quality regulations and criteria to project planning and sampling activities this book outlines a framework for improving water quality programs. Using this framework you can easily put the proper training and tools in place for better management of water resources. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367383510

Water Quality DataAnalysis and Interpretation Water Quality Data emphasizes the interpretation of a water analysis or a group of analyses with major applications on ground-water pollution or contaminant transport. A companion computer program aids in obtaining accurate reproducible results and alleviates some of the drudgery involved in water chemistry calculations.The text is divided into nine chapters and includes computer programs applicable to all the main concepts presented. After introducing the fundamental aspects of water chemistry the book focuses on the interpretation of water chemical data. The interrelationships between the various aspects of geochemistry and between chemistry and geology are discussed. The book describes the origin and interpretation of the major elements and some minor ones that affect water quality.Readers are introduced to the elementary thermodynamics necessary to understand the use and results from water equilibrium computer programs. The book includes a detailed overview of organic chemistry and identifies the simpler and environmentally important organic chemicals. Methods are given to estimate the distribution of organic chemicals in the environment. The author fully explains all accompanying computer programs and presents this complex topic in a style that is interesting and easy to grasp for anyone. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203734117

Water Quality ManagementPresent Situations Challenges and Future Perspectives The global attention in recent years has focused primarily on water quantity and allocation issues. Water quality has received significantly less attention than water quantity. Commendable progress has been made by the developed world to control point sources of pollution but commensurate progress in reducing non-point sources has not been made. In the third world countries both point and non-point sources of pollution are becoming increasingly a serious concern. Already nearly all water bodies in such countries near and around urban centres have been severely polluted with very high health and environmental costs. The book assesses the current status of water quality management in both developed and developing worlds as well as analysing the effectiveness of economic instruments and legal and institutional frameworks to control water contamination. It outlines the importance of building up social and political awareness to reverse the trend of continuing water quality deterioration which is likely to be a most challenging task in the coming years. This book was published as a special issue of International Journal of Water Resources Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138798076

Water Quality ModelingApplication to Estuaries Volume III This volume to discussing the various aspects of estuarine water quality modeling. Topics considered include fundamental principles estuarine mass transport BOD/DO and eutrophication model kinetics kinetics on toxicants and sediment-water interactions. The book also discusses mixing zone modeling and how to integrate estuarine hydrodynamic and water quality models. Many case studies demonstrating successful model applications are discussed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367449803

Water Quality Modelling Published in 1992 this book concentrates on recent developments applications and aspects relating to numerical hydraulic models for predicting flow and water quality parameters in coastal estuarine and river waters and river systems. The various chapters cover a range of different types of models and discuss the role of such numerical models for environmental impact assessment studies. The book is based on papers presented by leading experts in the field at a symposium held on 13 November 1991 organized by the Tyne and Humber Branch of the Institution of Water and Environmental Management. It covers the latest developments in modelling techniques and approaches and also the concepts of water quality modelling as required and seen from the viewpoints of regulatory agencies such as the NRA consulting engineers and specialist modelling laboratories such as HR Wallingford and WRc. As well as an up-to-date review it provides an understanding of the problems relating to water quality modelling and the scope and requirements for using water quality models in the water industry. Readership includes practising engineers and scientists in the water industry including consulting engineers water companies and the NRA and other government departments university and polytechnic libraries staff and students and all other members of the water engineering profession._ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138352230

Water Quality MonitoringA practical guide to the design and implementation of freshwater quality studies and monitoring programmes Water quality monitoring is an essential tool in the management of water resources and this book comprehensively covers the entire monitoring operation.This important text is the outcome of a collborative programme of activity between UNEP and WHO with inputs from WMO and UNESCO and draws on the international standards of the International Organization of Standardization. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003062110

Water Quality Policy and Management in Asia Asia's 48 countries have an estimated 1.757 billion urban population and 2.4 billion people in rural areas (or approximately 60 per cent of the global population). Divided into central eastern southern south-eastern and western regions the continent is also extremely heterogeneous in terms of water quality conditions. The policies and management practices vary significantly from one country to another and even within one country depending on specific economic political social environmental legal and institutional factors. In order to appreciate the complexities associated with water quality policy and management it is important to acknowledge the multiplicity of interrelated and often conflicting events issues actors and interests both within and outside the water sector that impact them. This complexity alongside institutional inability for systematic and coordinated collaboration are potent reasons as to why in the second decade of the 21st century formulation and implementation of efficient water quality management policies benefitting humankind and the environment have still not been achieved. The book was originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of Water Resources Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138850590

Water Quality SystemsGuide For Facility Managers An excellent guide for anyone with a water system or water system problem Water Quality and Systems provides an A-Z reference for improving water quality meeting new regulations and reducing costs. Every page contains a time- and money-saving tip. The book covers water purity renovations design construction equipment systems cost reduction maintenance and more. Media > Books > E-books Fairmont Press 9781003151081

Water RegimesBeyond the public and private sector debate In recent years the water sector has undergone profound institutional economic and political transformations. Some countries have encouraged privatization of water services but in many cases this has provoked adverse reaction to such a neoliberal and market-based approach to this common shared but essential resource.  This book goes beyond the ideology of the public versus private water regime debate by focusing on the results of these types of initiatives to provide better water services particularly in urban settings. It provides numerous examples of alternative models to show who is responsible for implementing such systems and what are their social institutional and technical-scientific characteristics. Policies are analysed in terms of their implications for employees and residents.  The book presents a new combinatory approach of water regimes based on several international case studies (Argentina Bolivia China France Germany India South Africa and the USA plus a comparison of three cities in Africa) presenting specific challenges for water models. These case studies demonstrate the successes and problems of a range of private sector involvements in the provision of water services and provide examples of how small-scale systems can compare with larger-scale more technical systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367227630

Water Regulations In Brief Water Regulations in Brief is a unique reference book providing all the information needed to comply with the regulations in an easy to use full colour format. Crucially unlike other titles on this subject this book doesn‘t just cover the Water Regulations it also clearly shows how they link in with the Building Regulations Water Bylaws and the Wiring Regulations providing the only available complete reference to the requirements for water fittings and water systems. Structured in the same logical time saving way as the author‘s other bestselling in Brief books Water Regulations in Brief will be a welcome change to anyone tired of wading through complex jargon heavy publications in search of the information they need to get the job done. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138408661

Water Resource Management in South Asia This cluster of books presents innovative and nuanced knowledge on water resources based on detailed case studies from South Asia—India Bangladesh Bhutan Nepal Pakistan and Sri Lanka. In providing comprehensive analyses of the existing economic demographic and ideological contexts in which water policies are framed and implemented the volumes argue for alternative informed and integrated approaches towards efficient management and equitable distribution of water. These also explore the globalization of water governance in the region particularly in relation to new paradigms of neoliberalism civil society participation integrated water resource management (IWRM) public–private partnerships privatization and gender mainstreaming. These volumes will be indispensable for scholars and students of development studies environmental studies natural resource management governance and public administration particularly those working on water resources in South Asia. They will also be useful for policymakers and governmental and non-governmental organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780415735940

Water Resource Management IssuesBasic Principles and Applications Drinking Water Safety: Basic Principles and Applications examines the technical and scientific as well as regulatory ethical and emerging issues of pollution prevention sustainability and optimization for the production and management of safe drinking water to cope with environmental pollution population growth increasing demand terrorist threats and climate change pressures. It presents a summary of conventional water and wastewater treatment technologies in addition to the latest processes. Features include: ï‚· Provides a summary of current and future of global water resources and availability. ï‚· Summarizes key U.S. regulatory programs designed to ensure protection of water quality and safe drinking water supplies with details on modern approaches for water utility resilience. ï‚· Examines the latest water treatment technologies and processes including separate chapters on evaporation crystallization nanotechnology membrane-based processes and innovative desalination approaches. ï‚· Reviews the specialized literature on pollution prevention sustainability and the role of optimization in water treatment and related areas as well as references for further reading. ï‚· Provides illustrative examples and case studies that complement the text throughout as well as an appendix with sections on units and conversion constants. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367183851

Water Resources and Agricultural Development in the Tropics First published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144613

Water Resources and Decision-Making Systems Water data and information are essential to support efforts to understand manage allocate utilize and protect water resources. The linkages between Water Information Systems and needs of decision makers are complex but can be encapsulated in a Driving Force (Policy Needs) – Monitoring – Data Management – Reporting framework. The rapid development in water policy reforms in many sectors and growing emphasis on demand-side policy solutions to water resources management has created an information imbalance. This imbalance can be characterised in terms of an inverted pyramid with implementation of many water policy initiatives supported by little data and information especially related to economic and financial elements to help guide decision makers toward more effective and efficient water resources management strategies. Additionally as stress and demands on water systems increase and water becomes a more valued resource this tends to increase the value of water information both for water providers and users. Nevertheless many countries are reporting that the capacity to collect water information is being undermined by a lack of resources while expertise to collect analyse and interpret water data for decision makers is being lost. Finally the impact of climate change on hydrological regimes represents a key potential stress on water systems. This issue could be the catalyst for adapting policies to provide more efficient and effective use and management of water resources and advance institutional and governance reforms in the water sector. This book is based on a special issue of the International Journal of Water Resources Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138693104

Water Resources and Economic Processes Water exploitation has increased notably in the world during the last 250 years since the onset of industrialisation. The relationships between economic processes and water use are complex and include many interwoven drivers such as: technological development dietary choices and food production climate change demographic change and policy reforms among others. Ensuring food water and energy for the growing population remains a common global challenge. Taking on a multi- and inter-disciplinary viewpoint Water Resources and Economic Processes offers an up-to-date collection of contributions from leading scholars and works to gather research on important aspects of relevant fields and methodologies including: Historical and long-term overview of the relations between income growth water use and technological development; Water markets and collaborative actions’ promise and threats in the fight against water stress; Impact of climate change on water productivity including inter- and intra-annual variations; Urban reforms and surveys on the attitude of citizens towards private and public mitigation and preservation measures; Regional national and global comparative case-studies; International trade migration conf licts and the globalisation of water; Methodological and empirical challenges of building future scenarios. This book is a key reference text for those studying water governance and management. It is suited to PhD students national institutions and NGO as well as other professionals interested in understanding sustainable water use at the local national and international scales. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367111403

Water Resources and EnvironmentProceedings of the 2015 International Conference on Water Resources and Environment (Beijing 25-28 July 2015) The 2015 International Conference on Water Resource and Environment (WRE2015) aims to provide a platform where scholars from different countries can exchange ideas opinions and views. This book is divided into four main themes:1. Hydrology and water resources;2. Water pollution; 3. Water treatment methods and4. Freshwater ecosystems. Exploring topics such as water-energy-food nexus water purification solutions chemical hydrology south to north water diversion projects and the aligning of water resources needs with the conservation of habitats and species this book is of interest to professionals and academics involved in hydraulic engineering and related fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138029095

Water Resources Management In Latin America And The Caribbean This book is the latest in a long line of Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean studies on water resources in Latin America and the Caribbean which focus on questions relating to the management of water resource systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216160

Water Resources Management in the People's Republic of China Chinese water resource managers face a challenge that is both immense and unique. They must balance limited water supplies against the needs of the world’s largest population; demands for rapid economic growth with calls for improved environmental management; and the desire for a market-based approach to the allocation of water with a history of State ownership and strict government control of all resources. In China changes are occurring in water resources management that are representative of many of the fundamental changes occurring within Chinese society on issues such as property rights community participation improved environmental management and the shift towards market-based decision making. This book describes the development of a water rights system in the People’s Republic of China. It covers different aspects of water resources management in China – including water planning the provision of environmental flows urban water management and irrigation district management – and examines how these are being addressed through a rights-based approach. The book includes several detailed examples of the Chinese application of water rights as they address the diverse challenges of different basins across China. This book previously appeared as a special issue of the International Journal of Water Resources Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852036

Water Resources Policies in South Asia Falling or stagnant agricultural growth increasing dependence on groundwater climate variability swift industrialization and unplanned and unregulated urbanization in South Asia have spawned a variety of challenges for water resources governance management and use: groundwater overdraft; insufficient ill-managed and poor-quality freshwater supply vis-à-vis escalating demand; and water pollution. Water policies in each of the South Asian countries thus call for a more holistic understanding for the efficient management equitable distribution and sustainable use of this scarce resource.Analyzing the economic demographic and ideological context in which water policies are framed and implemented this book argues for an integrated framework in formulating and implementing water policies in South Asia. It also highlights some common missing links in the national policies: problems of techno-centric and blueprint approach to water management growing influence of international donor agencies and inadequate concern for issues such as equity sustainability gender sensitivity accountability regional diversity in property rights regimes and water management practices and regional conflicts over water access. The innovative and nuanced knowledge on water resources produced from detailed case studies in India Bangladesh Bhutan Nepal Pakistan and Sri Lanka will be useful for professionals academics policymakers and activists as well as those in development studies environmental studies natural resource management and public administration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138660281

Water Resources Strategies to Increase Food Production in the Semi-Arid TropicsUNESCO-IHE PhD Thesis Water demand in southern Africa continues to rise as urban areas expand and as agricultural water demand rises to meet the millennium development food security goals. Water resource availability in the northern Limpopo Basin has declined over the last 30 years and will decline further under climate change. In this study water resources modelling is used to quantify the effect of water resources strategies and climatic conditions on water resources availability. This is coupled with water balance modelling to evaluate the potential of alluvial aquifers which form the beds of sand rivers. The greatest benefit for the least impact comes from strategies providing for better land and soil/water management such as changing from maize to small grains production of livestock fodder and conservation agriculture. Small dams are a key resource to rural communities and change to Multiple Use Systems through abstraction of water for irrigation has clear benefits locally. There is also great potential for the exploitation of alluvial aquifers for water supply. Better management of existing large dams together with conjunctive use of alluvial groundwater and several reservoirs could increase productive use of water and significantly improve livelihoods without the construction of new reservoirs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138001428

Water ResourcesAn Integrated Approach Now in its second edition Water Resources: An Integrated Approach provides students with a comprehensive overview of natural processes associated with water and the modifications of these processes by humans through climate change and land management water-related health issues engineering approaches to water and socio-economic processes of huge importance to water resources. The book contains chapters written by 24 specialist contributors providing expert depth of coverage to topics. The text introduces the basic properties of water and its importance to society and the nature of the different regional imbalances between water resource availability and demand. It guides the reader through the changing water cycle impacted by climate and land management water flows in river basins surface water quality groundwater and aquatic ecosystems and covers the role of water in human health and associated hazards before turning to engineering solutions to water and wastewater treatment and reuse. The book deals with physical and social management strategies required for water resource planning the economics of water and treatment of issues associated with conflict over water. The concept of virtual water is covered before the text concludes with a chapter considering the challenges of predicting future water issues in a rapidly changing world and where environmental systems can behave in a non-linear way. The need to work across disciplines to address challenges that are connected at both local and global scales is highlighted. Water Resources also includes global examples from both the developing and developed world. There are 58 case study boxes. Each chapter is supplemented with these case studies and with reflective questions project ideas and further reading as well as links to a glossary of terms. The book is richly illustrated throughout with over 160 full-colour diagrams and photographs. The text provides a novel interdisciplinary approach to water in a changing world from an environmental change perspective and interrelated social political and economic dimensions. It will be an indispensable guide to undergraduates studying water resources and management geography of water and water in the environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138329225

Water ResourcesHealth Environment and Development This collection addresses the complexities of water management and the impact of environmental developments such as dams reservoirs and irrigation schemes on public health.The main focus of the book is on vector-borne diseases such as malaria arboviruses (dengue and encephalitides) and snail- borne schistosomiasis. These are examined from a wide range of intersectoral perspectives which encompass disciplines with often conflicting interests for instance agriculture aquaculture urban development social development water management and recreation. The book explains developmental processes such as the construction of man-made lakes and addresses broad practical and policy-making issues. Most importantly the book offers many innovative solutions to assist readers who work in the water industry whether through administration or science and engineering disciplines.Contributions from an international team of experts provide numerous case studies from around the world (Australia Indonesia Thailand USA) which illustrate both poor and successful water management. The contributors provide historical and current coverage of the environmental and health issues prevalent in the field but also gaze prospectively on the future development of constructed wetlands aquaculture urban development and funding agency policies with the view to managing water resources more effectively and safely.This authoritative and comprehensive book is written in an accessible non-technical manner and will be of interest to those involved in various aspects of water management and delivery whether biologically skilled or not. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367866419

Water Reuse Policies for Potable Use As water demand has increased globally and resources have become more limited because of physical scarcity over-exploitation and pollution it has been necessary to develop more options for water supplies. These options include the production at large scale of high-quality reused water from municipal sources for potable uses. Their economic social and environmental benefits have been many as they have addressed supply scarcity efficient resource use and environmental and public health considerations. This book includes discussions on potable water reuse history; emerging contaminants and public health; public-private partnerships in the water reuse sector; regulatory frameworks for reused water in the United States and Europe; experiences in Australia China in general and Beijing in particular Singapore and Windhoek; narratives and public acceptance and perceptions of alternative water sources. The main constraints on implementation of water reuse projects in different parts of the world seem to have been lack of full public support due to perceived health hazards and environmental impacts. A main handicap has been that governments and water utilities have been slow to understand public concerns and perceptions. After several backlashes public information communication and awareness campaigns broader participation and educational programmes have become integral parts of development policy and decision-making frameworks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367109547

Water Rights and Social Justice in the Mekong Region The Mekong Region has come to represent many of the important water governance challenges faced more broadly by the mainland Southeast Asian region. This book focuses on the complex nature of water rights and social justice in the Mekong region. The chapters delve into the diverse social political and cultural dynamics that shape the various realities and scales of water governance in the region in an effort to bring to the forefront some of the local nuances required in the formulation of a larger vision of justice in water governance. It is hoped that this contextualized analysis will deepen our understanding of the potential of and constraints on water rights in the region particularly in relation to the need to realize social justice. The authors show how vitally important it is that water governance is democratized to allow a more equitable sharing of water resources and counteract the pressures of economic growth that may pose risks to social welfare and environmental sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138579064

Water Scarcity Livelihoods and Food SecurityResearch and Innovation for Development This volume reviews the evolution of ten years’ learning and discovery about water scarcity livelihoods and food security within the CGIAR Challenge Program on Water and Food. It draws on the experiences of over 100 projects conducted in ten river basins in the developing world.  The book describes how the program’s design evolved from an emphasis on water scarcity water productivity and water access to an emphasis on using water innovations to improve livelihoods and address development challenges in specific river basins. It shows how the research was used to foster change in stakeholder behavior linking it to improved knowledge attitudes and skills which were fostered by stakeholder participation innovation dialogue and negotiation.  The authors describe development challenges their drivers and their political context how to address them through technical institutional and policy innovations; and the consequences of change at different scales time frames on equity resilience and ecosystem services. Overall the work represents a major synthesis and landmark publication for all concerned with water resource management and sustainable development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415728478

Water Science and TechnologyAn Introduction Water has become one of the most important issues of our time intertwined with global warming and population expansion. The management of water supplies and the conservation of water resources remains one of the most challenging yet exciting issues of our time. Water and wastewater treatment technologies are constantly evolving creating an increasingly sustainable industry that is one of the world's largest and most interdisciplinary sectors employing chemists microbiologists botanists zoologists as well as engineers computer specialists and a range of different management professionals.   This accessible student textbook introduces the reader to the key concepts of water science and technology by explaining the fundamentals of hydrobiology aquatic ecosystems water treatment and supply wastewater treatment and integrated catchment management. This fourth edition is extensively changed throughout with new coverage of the effects of climate change environmental assessment sustainability and the threat to biodiversity.   The text serves as a primer for both undergraduate and graduate students in either science or engineering who have an interested in freshwater biology/hydrobiology or environmental engineering. It is also useful as a unified transitional course for those who want to span the traditional areas of engineering biology chemistry microbiology or business. Professionals and consultants will also find the book a useful reference. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498753456

Water SecurityPrinciples Perspectives and Practices The purpose of this book is to present an overview of the latest research policy practitioner academic and international thinking on water security—an issue that like water governance a few years ago has developed much policy awareness and momentum with a wide range of stakeholders. As a concept it is open to multiple interpretations and the authors here set out the various approaches to the topic from different perspectives.  Key themes addressed include: Water security as a foreign policy issue  The interconnected variables of water food and human security Dimensions other than military and international relations concerns around water security  Water security theory and methods tools and audits.  The book is loosely based on a masters level degree plus a short professional course on water security both given at the University of East Anglia delivered by international authorities on their subjects. It should serve as an introductory textbook as well as be of value to professionals NGOs and policy-makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415534710

Water Sheikhs and Dam BuildersStories of People and Water in the Middle East Francesca de Chatel explores the problems and paradoxes of water resources in the Middle East and North Africa. She takes an entirely new angle on the much-discussed question of water scarcity by examining the history and culture of water from a human perspective. Unlike other books on the subject that provide specialized geopolitical economic and hydrological analyses this book presents the reality of water scarcity through the eyes of those confronting the problem on a daily basis.The author provides a colorful and diverse portrait of a resource that is inextricably entwined with the history and future of the region and its peoples. Using research obtained in her travels she combines lively character sketches interviews travel descriptions historical anecdotes and hard facts to reveal the complexity of this invaluable resource.Besides identifying the causes of the current water crisis the book also discusses the reason for a lack of awareness among the general public and deals with a variety of themes: the role of water in religions and ideologies the impact of large-scale water projects on people's perception of the resource and the politics of water pricing. In exploring the past present and future of water in the region de Chatel exposes the roots of the current water crisis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412855815

Water Stewardship and Business ValueCreating Abundance from Scarcity The tangible value of increased water efficiency reuse and recycling and improved social license to operate are moving more companies to adopt water stewardship strategies. This book frames an expanded strategy for water stewardship and business value creation including brand value that benefits a range of stakeholders including consumers customers investors and employees. The book shows that until recently the linkage between full business value and water stewardship has been missing from the corporate agenda. This linkage and value creation from a leading water strategy is increasingly important to socially responsible investors and "aspirationals" who value companies that have a social mission or focus to their overall business strategy. In general the largest portion of a company’s market capitalization is intangible value and understanding how a water strategy contributes to this intangible value is essential.  The authors include cases studies and a framework or path forward to guide companies as they seek to build leading water strategy that goes beyond water stewardship to drive full business value from this investment. The book establishes the linkages and value from an integrated water and business strategy and an approach for companies to follow. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138642553

Water Stress: Some Symptoms and CausesA Case Study of Ta'iz Yemen Why is the bread basket of Arabia importing more water via grain than is pumped locally by all sectors and why does nobody notice? How can the same water be sold to different users at prices varying by five orders of magnitude? How can the biggest names in development throw millions of dollars at supplying water to a city and not an extra drop has emerged? Why do some of the wealthiest companies in the Middle East and their multinational associates get away with polluting water resources? This book presents the complex and fascinating account of Ta'iz Yemen a city embroiled in severe water stress as a consequence of environmental degradation political facades conflicting legal systems military intervention and institutional incompetence. The result is a remarkable compelling and controversial book which will be essential reading for academics development agencies and NGOs around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258068

Water Supply and Demand Management in the GalápagosA Case Study of Santa Cruz Island Water resources in tourist islands have been severely threatened especially in the Galápagos Islands where the increased local population has generated attractive income from the tourist services. In addition the data regarding water supply and demand are scarce. This study investigates water supply and demand in Santa Cruz the most populated island of Galápagos. The research encompasses a thorough assessment of the water supply crisis as well as the quantification of water demand from different categories (domestic tourist restaurants and laundries) through surveys in the absence of water metering. Also specific water demand was assessed by installing 18 water meters. The results yield a wide range of water consumption questioning the current assumption of water scarcity. Furthermore a prognosis of water supply and demand was carried out and also several intervention strategies were proposed such as rainwater harvesting greywater recycling leakage reduction water meter installation water demand reduction as well as seawater desalination to cope with the future population growth. Due to the fragility of the ecosystem these strategies were assessed through a Multi-Criteria Decision Analysis considering environmental technical economic and social aspects as well as relevant stakeholders’ perspectives. finally the water supply network of Puerto Ayora was evaluated in order to understand the need of the current intermittent supply regime. A methodology was developed to estimate the overflow of the domestic roof tanks (a common incidence amongst local population). The results question the practicality of individual household storage. The final results show that the current situation in terms of the lack of water quantity may not be real as it has been thought for the last decades. The water issues refer more importantly to the water quality as well as to the lack of proper water management practices. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815372479

Water Supply And Environmental Management In the light of the need for decisionmakers in developing countries to adopt a systematic and rational approach to water supply planning this book provides a comprehensive and balanced treatment of water policy analysis and planning in the context of environmentally sustainable development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216290

Water Supply Byelaws Guide First published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167070

Water Supply Development for Membrane Water Treatment Facilities Based on new primary and secondary drinking water standards this detailed manual presents water treatment methods that are considered the "best available technology" by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). It examines the design of water supplies for membrane water treatment plants including reverse osmosis membrane filtration and electrodialysis methods and it explains process design and the water quality problems associated with each process. It also considers significant aspects of membrane process and groundwater and surface water supply development. Information necessary to operate water supplies and evaluate problems in the system are provided in addition to specific well construction details necessary for the water wells used to supply membrane plants. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898537

Water SustainabilityA Global Perspective Using the latest mapping techniques J.A.A. Jones Chair of the IGU Commission for Water Sustainability examines water availability the impact of climate change and the problems created for water management worldwide as well as possible solutions.Water Sustainability: A Global Perspective is one of the first textbook to meld the physical and human aspects affecting the world's water resources. Part One outlines the challenges and investigates the human factors: population growth; urbanization and pollution; the commercialization of water including globalization and privatization; and the impacts of war terrorism and the credit crunch. Part Two examines the physical aspects: the restless water cycle the impact of past and future climate change and the problems change and unreliability create for water management. Part Three discusses current and future solutions including improved efficiency and water treatment systems desalination weather modification and rainwater harvesting and improved legal and administrative frameworks. Jones concludes by asking how far technical and financial innovations can overcome the limitations of climatic resources and examining the human and environmental costs involved in such developments.This book is the ideal text for any student of water sustainability whether approaching the subject from the point of view of international relations geography or environmental management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167940

Water TechA Guide to Investment Innovation and Business Opportunities in the Water Sector This book unveils how the world in the twenty-first century will need to manage our most fundamental resource need water. It outlines how stakeholders can improve water use in their homes their businesses and the world.  In particular it focuses on the role of stakeholders in crafting a twenty-first century paradigm for water. Investors not only drive innovation through direct investment in new technologies but also by highlighting risk and driving reporting and disclosure within the business community.  Water Tech highlights the business drivers to address water related issues. These include business disruption regulatory risk and reputational risk along with opportunities in the commercialization of innovative technologies such as desalination and water reuse and treatment. The authors argue that through increased attention on water scarcity through activities such as reporting and disclosure we are now accelerating innovation in the water industry. They show how we are just now capturing the true cost and value of water and this is creating opportunities for investors in the water sector. The text takes the reader through key aspects of emerging innovative technologies along with case studies and key issues on the path to commercialization. A roadmap of the opportunities in the water sector is presented based on interviews with leading authorities in the water field including innovators investors legal regulatory experts and businesses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849714730

Water Tower of the Yellow River in a Changing ClimateToward an Integrated Assessment Mountains are water towers of our world but their role in global water resources may be altered due to changing climate. This book provides an integrated assessment of the spatial and temporal variability of both recent and future climate change impacts in the Yellow River source region (YRSR) with specific focus on extremes. The book is structured across four different topics from detecting contemporary hydro-climatic changes comparing three different statistical downscaling methods assessing elevation dependency of expected changes in temperature and projecting future climate-induced hydrologic changes in the YRSR. The detection of historical hydro-climatic changes in recent decades indicates that climate change may already be happening and may pose a serious threat to water availability in this region. However an ensemble of climate change projections for the periods 2046–2065 and 2081–2100 based on two GCMs and three emission scenarios demonstrates that the future water availability of this region would increase due to climate change. This discrepancy suggests that contemporary hydro-climatic experience based on past records alone may not always provide a reliable guide to the future. This study makes an important contribution toward an improved understanding of climate change impacts in the YRSR. The knowledge generated has major implications for water resources management in the Yellow River and will be instructive for climate change impacts studies in other mountain areas. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138027145

Water Trading and Global Water ScarcityInternational Experiences Water scarcity is an increasing problem in many parts of the world yet conventional supply-side economics and management are insufficient to deal with it. In this book the role of water trading as an instrument of integrated water resources management is explored in depth. It is also shown to be an instrument for conflict resolution where it may be necessary to reallocate water in the context of increasing scarcity.  Recent experiences of implementation in different river basins have shown their potential as instruments for improving allocation. These experiences however also show that there are implementation challenges and some limitations to trading that need to be considered. This book explores the various types of water trading formulas through the experience of using them in different parts of the world. The final result is varied because in most cases trading is conditioned by the legal and institutional framework in which the transactions are carried out. The role of government and the definition of water rights and licenses are critical for the success of water trading.  The book studies the institutional framework and how transactions have been undertaken drawing some lessons on how trading can improve. It also analyses whether trading has really been a positive instrument to manage scarcity and improve water ecosystems and pollution emission problems in those parts of the world which are most affected. The book concludes by making policy proposals to improve the implementation of water trading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573109

Water Transport and Biological MembranesVolume 2 The main purpose of this book is to provide in-depth presentation of physical techniques for measuring water transport and their applications to a variety of biological membranes from model membrane systems to cell membranes and then from isolated cells to multicellular barrier systems such as epithelia or even whole organisms. This survey of water transport in such a broad range of membrane systems will hopefully contribute to understanding of the structure-function relationships and molecular mechanisms of water permeation. Moreover the description of various techniques together with a review of literature will enable the readers to assess whether a technique would be useful in helping to solve his or her particular problem of research and will also expand their competence in these techniques. The book consists of two volumes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898551

Water Transport in Brick Stone and Concrete This book provides a unified description of transport processes involving saturated and unsaturated flow in inorganic building materials and structures. It emphasizes fundamental physics and materials science mathematical description and experimental measurement as a basis for engineering design and construction practice. Water Transport in Brick Stone and Concrete brings together in a unified manner current information and guidance on a complex subject. Durability of much of the built infrastructure depends on how water reacts with the construction material concerned yet the underlying science of deterioration processes is not yet well understood. This book by the two leading researchers in the field will provide a central point of reference for the future.The second edition includes many references to new publications and gives new analyses of important topics in water transport notably on the evaporation-driven moisture dynamics of built structures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367659356

Water Treatment in Developed and Developing NationsAn International Perspective UN studies show that high-income developed nations treat about 70 percent of their wastewater. However in low-income developing nations only 8 percent of wastewater undergoes any kind of treatment. Inadequate water treatment has serious consequences for both human health and the environment. The articles in this compendium provide a representative cross sample of both developing and developed nations' water treatment facilities. Included are the following topics: Reclaimed water for irrigation reuse in developing countries Sludge-handling practices in Micronesia The removal of phthalate esters from Chinese water sources Disposal of domestic wastewater in Nigeria Ameba-enrichment in a South African water treatment plant Bioenergy from wastewater produced by a Brazilian meat-processing plant The presence of various pharmaceutical contaminants in the River Thames Wastewater recycling in Greece The impact on surface water from contaminants released from German water treatment plants A Canadian constructed wetland's effectiveness for the removal of various contaminants from wastewater Accessing irrigation from treated wastewater in the United States The spacial distribution of fecal indicator bacteria in the groundwater beneath two American water treatment plants Detection of contamination from retinoid acid reception agonists in Japanese water treatment plants The editor a respected international expert in the field has selected investigations that offer essential information for ongoing research at the graduate and professional levels as well as for environmental engineers and others responsible for choosing the most efficient water treatment technologies. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771882415

Water Treatment Unit ProcessesPhysical and Chemical The unit process approach common in the field of chemical engineering was introduced about 1962 to the field of environmental engineering. An understanding of unit processes is the foundation for continued learning and for designing treatment systems. The time is ripe for a new textbook that delineates the role of unit process principles in environmental engineering. Suitable for a two-semester course Water Treatment Unit Processes: Physical and Chemical provides the grounding in the underlying principles of each unit process that students need in order to link theory to practice. Bridging the gap between scientific principles and engineering practice the book covers approaches that are common to all unit processes as well as principles that characterize each unit process. Integrating theory into algorithms for practice Professor Hendricks emphasizes the fundamentals using simple explanations and avoiding models that are too complex mathematically allowing students to assimilate principles without getting sidelined by excess calculations. Applications of unit processes principles are illustrated by example problems in each chapter. Student problems are provided at the end of each chapter; the solutions manual can be downloaded from the CRC Press Web site. Excel spreadsheets are integrated into the text as tables designated by a "CD" prefix. Certain spreadsheets illustrate the idea of "scenarios" that emphasize the idea that design solutions depend upon assumptions and the interactions between design variables. The spreadsheets can be downloaded from the CRC web site.The book has been designed so that each unit process topic is self-contained with sidebars and examples throughout the text. Each chapter has subheadings so that students can scan the pages and identify important topics with little effort. Problems references and a glossary are found at the end of each chapter. Most chapters contain downloadable Excel spreadsheets integrated into the text and appendices with additional information. Appendices at the end of the book provide useful reference material on various topics that support the text. This design allows students at different levels to easily navigate through the book and professors to assign pertinent sections in the order they prefer. The book gives your students an understanding of the broader aspects of one of the core areas of the environmental engineering curriculum and knowledge important for the design of treatment systems. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315276052

Water Vapor MeasurementMethods and Instrumentation Offering all aspects of humidity measurement and instrumentation this work includes rudiments and theory common applications advantages and limitations of frequently-used sensors and techniques and guidelines for installation maintenance and calibration. The disk is intended for easy conversions of humidity parameters and units. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367401016

Water Wave Scattering The theory of water waves is most varied and is a fascinating topic. It includes a wide range of natural phenomena in oceans rivers and lakes. It is mostly concerned with elucidation of some general aspects of wave motion including the prediction of behaviour of waves in the presence of obstacles of some special configurations that are of interest to ocean engineers. Unfortunately even the apparently simple problems appear to be difficult to tackle mathematically unless some simplified assumptions are made. Fortunately one can assume water to be an incompressible in viscid and homogeneous fluid. The linearised theory of water waves is based on the assumption that the amplitude of the motion is small compared to the wave length. If rotational motion is assumed then the linearised theory of water waves is essentially concerned with solving the Laplace equation in the water region together with linearised boundary condition. There are varied classes of problems that have been/are being studied mathematically in the literature within the framework of linearised theory of water waves for last many years. Scattering by obstacles of various geometrical configurations is one such class of water wave problems. This book is devoted to advanced mathematical work related to water wave scattering. Emphasis is laid on the mathematical and computational techniques required to study these problems mathematically.The book contains nine chapters. The first chapter is introductory in nature. It includes the basic equations of linearised theory for a single layer fluid a two-layer fluid solution of dispersion equations and a general idea on scattering problems and the energy identity in water with a free surface. Chapter 2 is concerned with wave scattering involving thin rigid plates of various geometrical configurations namely plane vertical barriers or curved barriers inclined barriers horizontal barrier and also thin elastic vertical plate. For the horizontal case the barrier is submerged below an ice-cover modelled as a thin elastic plate floating on water. Chapter 3 discusses wave scattering by a rectangular trench by using Galerkin technique. Chapter 4 involves wave scattering by a dock by using Carleman singular integral equation followed by reduction to Riemann-Hilbert problems. Chapter 5 involves several wave scattering problems involving discontinuities at the upper surface of water by using the Wiener-Hopf technique by reduction to Carleman singular integral equations. Chapter 6 considers scattering by a long horizontal circular cylinder either half immersed or completely submerged. In chapter 7 some important energy identities are derived for scattering problems in a single-layer and also in a two-layer fluid. Chapter 8 is concerned with wave scattering in a two-layer fluid by a thin vertical plate and by a long horizontal circular cylinder submerged in either of the two layers. Chapter 9 is the final chapter which considers a number of wave scattering problems in a single-layer or a two-layer fluid with variable bottom topography by using a simplified perturbation analysisIt is hoped that this book will be useful to researchers on water waves. The several wave scattering problems presented in the book are mostly based on the research work carried out by the authors and their associates. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367738303

Water Well RehabilitationA Practical Guide to Understanding Well Problems and Solutions Well rehabilitation techniques have been the focus of major advancements in recent times. Environmental engineers can keep pace with those changes with the book Water Well Rehabilitation.Written from a microbiological viewpoint the text outlines proven solutions to production problems in all types of wells.That perspective frequently yields new ideas and concepts contrary to prevalent thoughts in mainstream literature on the subject. This is especially true in discussion of iron related bacterial sources and details concerning unsafe bacterial samples and the contamination of wells. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400088

Water Wells - Monitoring Maintenance RehabilitationProceedings of the International Groundwater Engineering Conference Cranfield Institut Throughout the world boreholes and tubewells operate inefficiently or have been abandoned. Diagnosis of the problems requires hydrogeological and operational information which is often not available because appropriate monitoring has not taken place. Guidelines on cost effective monitoring and maintenance need to be established; information on successful rehabilitation techniques is needed. This book forms the proceedings of a conference organised to exchange practical experience and scientific knowledge on these aspects of water wells. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367863500

Water Worlds: Human Geographies of the Ocean Our world is a water world. Seventy percent of our planet consists of ocean. However geography has traditionally overlooked this vital component of the earth's composition. The word 'geography' directly translates as 'earth writing' and in line with this definition the discipline has preoccupied itself with the study of terrestrial spaces of society and nature. This book challenges human geography's preoccupation with the terrestrial investigating the terra incognita of the seas and oceans. Linking to new theoretical debates shaping the geographic discipline (such as affect assemblage emotion hybridity and the more-than-human) this volume unlocks new knowledge concerning the human geographies of ocean space. The book casts adrift stable bounded and fixed conceptions of space and advances geographical understanding based on the world as 'becoming' changing mobile and processional. This ontology supports the notion that the oceans are not simply fluid in a literal way but also in a conceptual sense suggesting that the seas have their own fluid natures - their own capacities and agencies - which are co-fabricated with social and cultural life. This book features twelve chapters authored by key academics contributing to this growing field of research. The book is divided into three sections including an Introduction by the editors and a foreword by Prof. Philip E. Steinberg the leading scholar in the field of maritime geographies. The first section of the book considers the ways in which different watery spaces from the Atlantic Ocean to the Mediterranean Sea have been conceptualized theorized and ’known’ through metaphors voyages of discovery and scientific endeavour. The second section examines how oceans are experienced; through various activities including driving on water kayaking in water and diving under water. The final section explores the relations between human life and the nature of the sea as a material mobile and more-than-human spa Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248656

Water: A way of lifeSustainable water management in a cultural context Why do many water management projects begun with the best of intentions still fail? How is it that large infrastructural water works often encounter opposition? Is it perhaps among other things the lack of attention for the cultural context? These and other intriguing questions are dealt with in this book. The authors having 20 years of experience on water and sanitation in an international context have investigated the relationship between water and culture world-wide in order to find new keys to successful and sustainable water management. This book is based on extensive research and is intended to form a cultural road towards new sustainable water management practices. "Water: a way of life" takes the reader on a water journey through time and across the world’s continents. Along the way it explains the past and present ways in which different cultures around the world both traditional and modern view and manage water in response to the distinct environment they inhabit. As beliefs and values are at the heart of any culture it also highlights the views of the main world religions on water and its use. A better understanding of cultural water beliefs and practices may lead to new concepts for future sustainable water management - from flood management to water supply sanitation and irrigation management.The book will be useful to water professionals exporting knowledge and technologies to foreign countries where the challenge is to create sustainable solutions for water management by taking into account local cultural factors. It is also intended to encourage world leaders politicians and decision-makers responsible for water management to use their power knowledge and influence to really make a change for the benefit of the people they represent. In this way water can become a source of cooperation rather than a source of conflict. The authors trust that this book about water and culture intended for a truly international audience will be a source of inspiration. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367577353

Water: Economics Management and Demand This book forms the proceedings of the 18th European conference on irrigation and drainage. Water is not a free commodity and demand is becoming more and more intense for its allocation. This book focuses on the role of irrigation and drainage in the debate on water and will be used by planners designers and policy makers internationally. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447830

WaterA Source of Conflict or Cooperation? This volume describes various scenarios of conflict and cooperation over water resources among stakeholders in a variety of settings. It discusses treaty making over international rivers bilateral cooperation on river development between South Africa and Lesotho the political economy of water supply in the Pacific Island region the establishment of the Mekong River Commission in Southeast Asia comparative river basin management in the United States and South Korea and the International Joint Commission formed by Canada and the United States to resolve boundary water conflicts. The book also explores national domestic conflicts over water resources in Bangladesh and China Cold War hydropolitics in Southern Africa water management conflicts in the Niger River Basin of West Africa and water as commodity and source of conflict in Australia. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367388904

Waterbirth StoriesMidwifery Reflections Drawing on years of midwifery experience of waterbirth this collection of stories based on real-life events illuminates a rewarding way of birth and emphasises the theoretical knowledge skills understanding and resilience needed to practice well. Waterbirth Stories includes chapters on the criteria for use of water in labour and birth on the different stages of labour and on some more serious or unusual situations such as shoulder dystocia postpartum haemorrhage breech presentation and other unexpected maternal and neonatal events. Each chapter includes several stories from a midwife’s perspective told in the context of evidence-based guidelines available for this topic. The stories end with learning points to help readers reflect on their own practice. Ideal for student and practising midwives with an interest in waterbirth this research-informed book is enjoyable challenging and informative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138541542

Waterborne Diseases in the US This book examines in both a current and historical context water-related illness in the U.S. Emphasis is placed upon the transmission of infectious diseases through contaminated drinking water supplies and those deficiencies in water supply systems which allow waterborne outbreaks to occur. Chapters have been included on the important etiologic agents responsible for waterborne outbreaks in the U.S. surveillance activities regulations water treatment to prevent the occurrence of waterborne outbreaks and procedures for investigating waterborne outbreaks. For completeness discussion have been included on illnesses contracted by ingestion of contact with waters for bathing swimming or wading and chronic ingestion of low levels of chemical contaminants in drinking water; however because of space limitations there are necessarily brief and the reader is directed toward the provided references which discuss these subjects in more depth. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898568

Waterborne Pageants and Festivities in the RenaissanceEssays in Honour of J.R. Mulryne As the first book-length study of waterborne festivities in Renaissance and early modern Europe this collection of essays draws on a rich array of sources many previously un-researched to explore aspects of scenography choreography music fashion painting sculpture architecture stage-and personnel-management and urban planning as evinced in spectacles staged on water. Bodies of water in all their variety are explored here: seas rivers fountains lakes and canals and flooded improvised locations within or adjacent to great buildings all provided stages for elaborate and costly performances utilising the particular qualities of water to reflect light and distort sound. The volume encompasses festivals marking a wide range of occasions from the election of civic officials the welcome of a monarch an investiture or coronation to ambassadorial visits or the arrival of a royal or ducal bride or bridegroom. Often taking the form of re-enactments of naval battles or legendary seaborne quests these festivals seek to buttress civic and national pride make claims to mastery over the sea and landscape and explore the imaginative as well as practical life of performance space which has been a hallmark of the research and publication of this volume's honorand J.R. (Ronnie) Mulryne. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277014

Waterfowl and WetlandsToward Bioeconomic Analysis Originally published in 1974 Waterfowl and Wetlands analyses waterfowl hunting patterns in the late sixties in the hopes of protecting waterfowl resources such as wetlands. Wetlands are obviously an important resource for migratory waterfowl however they are often drained for agricultural purposes which can have dramatic effects on waterfowl population. This study aims to explore the issues surrounding waterfowl and wetlands in an attempt to determine their value to hunters farmers and the general public. This study will be of interest to students of Environmental Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138963023

Waterfront RegenerationExperiences in City-building Waterfront regeneration and development represents a unique opportunity to spatially and visually alter cities worldwide. However its multi-faceted nature entails city-building with all its complexity including the full range of organizations involved and how they interact. This book examines how more inclusive stakeholder involvement has been attempted in the nine cities that took part in the European Union funded Waterfront Communities Project. It focuses on analyzing the experience of creating new public realms through city-building activities. These public realms include negotiation arenas in which different discourses meet and are created â€“ including those of planners urban designers and architects politicians developers landowners and community groups – as well as physical environments where the new city districts' public life can take place drawing lessons for waterfront regeneration worldwide. The book opens with an introduction to waterfront regeneration and then provides a framework for analyzing and comparing waterfront redevelopments which is followed by individual case study chapters highlighting specific topics and issues including land ownership and control decision making in planning processes the role of planners in public space planning visions for waterfront living citizen participation design-based waterfront developments a social approach to urban waterfront regeneration and successful place making. Significant findings include the difficulty of integrating long term 'sustainability' into plans and the realization that climate change adaptation needs to be explicitly integrated into regeneration planning. The transferable insights and ideas in this book are ideal for practising and student urban planners and designers working on developing plans for long-term sustainable waterfront regeneration anywhere in the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844076734

Waterfronts in Post-Industrial Cities Most books on waterfronts deal with a relatively narrow collection of cities and projects; one might describe them as the 'top ten' list of waterfront revitalisation projects. For instance Boston and Baltimore are now the stuff of waterfront redevelopment legend. Waterfronts in Post-Industrial Cities is a second generation waterfront publication which reflects on recent and contemporary developments. Amsterdam Boston Genoa Sydney and Vancouver are successful examples of cities that faced considerable challenges in their revitalisation efforts. Bilbao Havana Las Palmas de Gran Canaria and Shanghai are contemporary examples that represent the emerging contexts for waterfront revitalisation today.Four themes form the basis of this book and provide a structure for considering particular aspects of waterfront redevelopment - connection to the waterfront remaking the city image on the waterfront port and city relations and the new waterfronts in historic cities. Broad issues that might be applicable to a variety of situations are dealt with alongside specific city case studies. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138136373

Waterfronts RevisitedEuropean ports in a historic and global perspective Waterfronts Revisited addresses the historical evolution of the relationship between port and city and re-examines waterfront development by looking at the urban territory and historical city in their complexity and entirety. By identifying guiding values urban patterns and typologies and local needs and experiences cities can break the isolation of the harbor by reconnecting it to the urban structure; its functions spaces and forms. Using the UNESCO recommendation for the "Historic Urban Landscape" as the guiding concept and a tool for managing urban preservation and change this collection of essays illustrates solutions to issues of globalisation commercialization of space and commoditisation of culture in waterfront development. Through sixteen selected case studies Editors Heleni Porfyriou and Marichela Sepe offer planners and urban designers a broad spectrum of alternative solutions to waterfront regeneration interventions and redevelopments addressing sustainability regional cultural diversity and the debate between conservation and transformation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138595095

WaterGlobal Common and Global Problems Water is one of the most essential element for the survival of living beings. With the increase in demand and decreasing quality and quantity water has become one of the major issues and problems in the world today. It is unevenly distributed geographically and temporally resulting in surpluses for some people and a threat for others. This book c Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429063787

Water-Insoluble Drug Formulation Properties and Formulation: From Theory to Real-World Application Scientists have attributed more than 40 percent of the failures in new drug development to poor biopharmaceutical properties particularly water insolubility. Issues surrounding water insolubility can postpone or completely derail important new drug development. Even the much-needed reformulation of currently marketed products can be significantly affected by these challenges. More recently it was reported that the percentage increased to 90% for the candidates of new chemical entities in the discovery stage and 75% for compounds under development. In the most comprehensive resource on the topic this third edition of Water-Insoluble Drug Formulation brings together a distinguished team of experts to provide the scientific background and step-by-step guidance needed to deal with solubility issues in drug development. Twenty-three chapters systematically describe the detailed discussion on solubility theories solubility prediction models the aspects of preformulation biopharmaceutics pharmacokinetics regulatory and discovery support of water-insoluble drugs to various techniques used in developing delivery systems for water-insoluble drugs. This book includes more than 15 water-insoluble drug delivery systems or technologies illustrated with case studies and featuring oral and parenteral applications. Highlighting the most current information and data available this seminal volume reflects the significant progress that has been made in nearly all aspects of this field. The aim of this book is to provide a handy reference for pharmaceutical scientists in the handling of formulation issues related to water-insoluble drugs. In addition this book may be useful to pharmacy and chemistry undergraduate students and pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical graduate students to enhance their knowledge in the techniques of drug solubilization and dissolution enhancement. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498729413

Waterjetting Technology Waterjet technology is used in a variety of industries including civil engineering mining geotechnical engineering tunnelling defence construction and conservation. This book is essential reading for all those engaged in waterjet technology - from manufacturers of the equipment through to Government Contracting Officers who let the awards to the individual contractors and their engineers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367449186

Waterlogged WealthWhy waste the world's wet places? Don't drain the swamp! Man's traditional response to swamps marshes and bogs has been to drain them. But wetlands are not wastelands. Coastal marshes are among the world's most productive ecosystems. They make many commercial fisheries possible and protect coasts from floods and storm surges. Wetlands are pollution filters water reservoirs. They are among the last wild places on earth offering homes to endangered plants birds and animals. Attitudes to wetlands are changing but not fast enough. As scientists are documenting the wealth in wet places governments and developers are draining them damming them logging them and building resort hotels where ' they once were. Destruction is usually a poor trade-off: well-managed wetlands in Louisiana are producing fortunes in seafood and timber. Waterlogged wealth examines the value of swamps and marshes as well as the threats against them. In doing so it takes the reader to some of the world's most bizarre landscapes: the 'inland delta' of the Niger River in drought-stricken Mali; the wildlife-rich Okavango swamps of Botswana; the waterlogged Sunderban forests of India and Bangladesh where tigers eat fish and crabs. Civilisation began around wetlands; today's civilisation has good reason to leave them wet and wild. Dr Edward Maltby is a lecturer in geography at the University of Exeter(UK). He has done extensive research on wetlands both in the North (UK US Canada) and the South (Fiji Jamaica India and the Falklands/Malvinas Islands). He is on the IUCN Wetland Programme Advisory Committee. Originally published in 1986 Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315066776

Watershed Development and LivelihoodsPeople’s Action in India This book analyses the empowerment process of the Bhil as a result of the implementation of the watershed project in Jhabua. This visionary project planned and implemented by the Bhil community has put in place an integrated strategy that has given them control over their livelihood. It is examined against the backdrop of a framework that links three important aspects-biophysical (resource management and ecological balance) socio-economic (productivity agricultural growth and livelihood support) and institutional (sustainable resource use equity and benefit-cost sharing); and their complex interactions. This will be useful to scholars and researchers in development studies environment agriculture sociology economics and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138384187

Watershed Health MonitoringEmerging Technologies Watershed Health Monitoring: Emerging Technologies is a concise reference that defines the concept of watershed health and explains that monitoring the health of watersheds is a critical precursor to adaptive resource management on a watershed basis. The focus of the text is a clear description of an innovative "Closed Loop" model that specifies four key aspects of successful monitoring programs: political linkages and support sound scientific assessment techniques a community education and awareness component; and a sustainable cost-recovery framework achieved through partnership.Divided into two sections the book begins with an introduction that defines watershed health explains how monitoring fits into watershed planning and management describes frequent shortfalls of monitoring programs around the world (with an emphasis on North America) and proposes a "Closed Loop" approach that will help ensure successful programs. Subsequent chapters detail each component of the "Closed Loop" model with special emphasis on scientific assessment. The second part features a set of six case studies that describe successful real-world applications of the "Closed Loop" approach to watershed monitoring.Written in an easily understood manner with the practitioner in mind Watershed Health Monitoring balances the need for a detailed yet concise treatment of the topic of watershed health monitoring. It is the first book to recognize the multidisciplinary nature of successful monitoring programs-programs that go far beyond science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396114

Watershed Hydrology Management and Modeling The book provides a comprehensive insight into watersheds and modeling of the hydrological processes in the watersheds. It covers the concepts of watershed hydrology and watershed management in depth. The basic types of soil erosion and its measurement and estimation of runoff and soil loss from the small and large watersheds are discussed. Recent advances in the watershed management like the application of remote sensing and GIS and hydrological models are a part of the book. The book serve as a guide for professional and competitive examinations for undergraduate students of Agriculture and Agricultural Engineering and graduate students of Soil Science Soil and Water Engineering Agricultural Physics Hydrology and Watershed Management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138365643

Water-Soluble Synthetic PolymersVolume I: Properties and Behavior Although several monographs and reviews have appeared on individual polymers of this type and their applications and other technical aspects have also been discussed this is apparently the first book to deal with the physical chemistry of water-soluble synthetic polymers as a group. This collective survey enables their properties and behaviour to be compared and to be correlated with their molecular structures for predictive purposes. However this has made it necessary to critically re-appraise much of the earlier fundamental work so that current discussion of more recent work can be put on ta proper basis. Thus of the 1800 or so references cited the middle two-thirds related to the twenty-year period centred on about 1968. Nevertheless sufficient key recent references have also been included so that the existing ‘state of the art is delineated. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898575

Water-Soluble Synthetic PolymersVolume II: Properties and Behavior Although several monographs and reviews have appeared on individual polymers of this type and their applications and other technical aspects have also been discussed this is apparently the first book to deal with the physical chemistry of water-soluble synthetic polymers as a group. This collective survey enables their properties and behaviour to be compared and to be correlated with their molecular structures for predictive purposes. However this has made it necessary to critically re-appraise much of the earlier fundamental work so that current discussion of more recent work can be put on ta proper basis. Thus of the 1800 or so references cited the middle two-thirds related to the twenty-year period centred on about 1968. Nevertheless sufficient key recent references have also been included so that the existing ‘state of the art is delineated. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898520

Water-Supply and Public Health Engineering This volume traces the evolution of the concept of Public Health and reveals the importance of political will and public spending in this field of civil engineering. Design construction operation and maintenance of water-supply and main drainage works are discussed. The period covered extends from Roman engineering through to the early 20th century with examples from Europe America and Japan. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234274

WaterThe Forgotten Biological Molecule The main objective of this book is to bring together multidisciplinary contributions from leading authorities on the properties and roles of water in cell systems which are otherwise dispersed in the literature and difficult to gather. The authors are drawn from areas of physics chemistry biology and physiology where water plays a central role. Media > Books > E-books Pan Stanford Publishing 9780429066214

WaterThe International Crisis Only 3 per cent of the world's water is freshwater and about one third of that is inaccessible. The rest is very unevenly distributed parts of Canada and the Amazon for example are both more than amply suppied. Terrible and permanent water stress can be seen among other places in the drylands of Africa caused not just by drought but by poverty leading to poor land management and over-population.;As with so many other things those most badly affected are the poor nations of the world who are frequently faced with an impossible dilemma: they must either limit their water use to decreasingly available unused water or they must make do with used but untreated and therefore dangerous water. They cannot afford the technology to recycle safely. In rural regions increased populations and frequent droughts mean that in addition to the lack of fresh clean water for human consumption there are inadequate supplies for crop irrigation.;An enormous proportion of the world's population lives in countries which share their primary sources of water with other nations for example 12 countries depend on the Danube 10 on the Niger 9 on the Nile. Water is essential to development both in poor countries and in rich the use made of a major river in one country can affect seriously the possibilities open to another. Hence the international shortage is a major threat to world security. To take but one example if Turkey goes ahead with its plan to damn the Euphrates then Iraq and Syria already water-stressed countries could be in even more serious trouble - they are hardly likely to accept the situation.;This book describes the world situation addresses the nature of the problems shows the ways in which they have been shamefully neglected in all development and economic thinking and proposes some solutions often simple and well-tried but which could ensure water security for the whole world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315070261

Waterways and the Cultural Landscape Water control and management have been fundamental to the building of human civilisation. In Europe the regulation of major rivers the digging of canals and the wetland reclamation schemes from the sixteenth to nineteenth centuries generated new typologies of waterscapes with significant implications for the people who resided within them. This book explores the role of waterways as a form of heritage culture and sense of place and the potential of this to underpin the development of cultural tourism. With a multidisciplinary approach across the social sciences and humanities chapters explore how the control and management of water flows are among some of the most significant human activities to transform the natural environment. Based upon a wealth and breadth of European case studies the book uncovers the complex relationships we have with waterways the ways that they have been represented over recent centuries and the ways in which they continue to be redefined in different cultural contexts. Contributions recognise not only valuable assets of hydrology that are at the core of landscape management but also more intangible aspects that matter to people such as their familiarity affecting what is understood as the fluvial sense of place. This highly original collection will be of interest to those working in cultural tourism cultural geography heritage studies cultural history landscape studies and leisure studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367362263

Watts Pocket Handbook Back in print for the first time in years the Watts Pocket Handbook renews its commitment to share industry knowledge by providing technical and legal information across a comprehensive spread of property and construction topics. Compiled by the Watts Technical Director the Handbook provides specialist information and guidance on a vast selection of construction related subjects including: Contracts and procurement Insurance Materials and defects Environmental and sustainability issues Watts Pocket Handbook remains the must-have reference book for professionals and students engaged in construction building surveying service engineering property development and much more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138665958

Wave OpticsBasic Concepts and Contemporary Trends Wave Optics: Basic Concepts and Contemporary Trends combines classical optics with some of the latest developments in the field to provide readers with an appreciation and understanding of advanced research topics. Requiring only a basic knowledge of electromagnetic theory and mathematics this book:Covers the fundamentals of wave optics such as oscillations scalar and vector waves reflection and refraction polarization interference and diffraction and rays and beamsFocuses on concepts related to advances in negative materials and superresolution reflectionless potentials plasmonics spin-orbit interaction optical tweezers Pendry lensing and moreIncludes MATLAB® codes for specific research problems offering readers a behind-the-scenes look at the computational practices as well as an opportunity to extend the researchDrawing parallels with corresponding quantum problems whenever possible to broaden the horizon and outlook Wave Optics: Basic Concepts and Contemporary Trends gives readers a taste of what is happening in modern optics today and shows why wave optics remains one of the most interesting and challenging areas of physics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377359

Wave Propagation Analysis of Smart Nanostructures Wave Propagation Analysis of Smart Nanostructures presents a mathematical framework for the wave propagation problem of small-scale nanobeams and nanoplates manufactured from various materials including functionally graded composites smart piezoelectric materials smart magneto-electro-elastic materials smart magnetostrictive materials and porous materials. In this book both classical and refined higher-order shear deformation beam and plate hypotheses are employed to formulate the wave propagation problem using the well-known Hamilton’s principle. Additionally the influences of small-scale nanobeams on the mechanical behaviors of nanostructures are covered using both nonlocal elasticity and nonlocal strain gradient elasticity theories. Impacts of various terms such as elastic springs of elastic foundation damping coefficient of viscoelastic substrate different types of temperature change applied electric voltage and magnetic potential and intensity of an external magnetic field on the dispersion curves of nanostructures are included in the framework of numerous examples. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367226954

Wave Propagation in Materials and Structures This book focuses on basic and advanced concepts of wave propagation in diverse material systems and structures. Topics are organized in increasing order of complexity for better appreciation of the subject. Additionally the book provides basic guidelines to design many of the futuristic materials and devices for varied applications. The material in the book also can be used for designing safer and more lightweight structures such as aircraft bridges and mechanical and structural components. The main objective of this book is to bring both the introductory and the advanced topics of wave propagation into one text. Such a text is necessary considering the multi-disciplinary nature of the subject. This book is written in a step-by step modular approach wherein the chapters are organized so that the complexity in the subject is slowly introduced with increasing chapter numbers. Text starts by introducing all the fundamental aspects of wave propagations and then moves on to advanced topics on the subject. Every chapter is provided with a number of numerical examples of increasing complexity to bring out the concepts clearly The solution of wave propagation is computationally very intensive and hence two different approaches namely the Finite Element method and the Spectral Finite method are introduced and have a strong focus on wave propagation. The book is supplemented by an exhaustive list of references at the end of the book for the benefit of readers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482262797

Wavelet Analysis and Multiresolution Methods This volume contains papers selected from the Wavelet Analysis and Multiresolution Methods Session of the AMS meeting held at the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. The contributions cover: construction analysis computation and application of multiwavelets; scaling vectors; nonhomogenous refinement; mulivariate orthogonal and biorthogonal wavelets; and other related topics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138442665

Wavelet Analysis in Civil Engineering Wavelets as a Powerful Signal Processing Tool The principles of wavelets can be applied to a range of problems in civil engineering structures such as earthquake-induced vibration analysis bridge vibrations and damage identification. This book is particularly useful for graduate students and researchers in vibration analysis especially those dealing with random vibrations. Wavelet Analysis in Civil Engineering explains the importance of wavelets in analyzing nonstationarities in ground motions. The example of a tank is considered to develop the problem and the model (based on linear assumptions) and several case studies are explored—fixed base flexible base lateral and rocking motions of foundations with and without fluid—to explain how to account for ground motion nonstationarities. Bridge vibrations caused by vehicle passage are explored as is structural damage identification. Wavelet analytic techniques starting from single degree of freedom systems to multiple degree of freedom systems are set out and detailed solutions of more complicated problems involving soil and fluid interactions are presented. Separate chapters have been devoted to explaining the basic principles of the wavelet-based random nonstationary vibration analysis of nonlinear systems including probabilistic analysis. Comprised of seven chapters this text: Introduces the concept and utility of wavelet transform Describes the discretization of ground motions using wavelet coefficients Explains how to characterize nonstationary ground motions using statistical functionals of wavelet coefficients of seismic accelerations Develops the formulation of a linear single-degree-of-freedom system Shows stepwise development of the formulation of a structure idealized as a linear multi-degree-of-freedom system in terms of wavelet coefficients Defines wavelet domain formulation of a nonlinear single-degree-of-freedom system Introduces the concept of probability in wavelet-based theoretical formulation of a nonlinear two-degree-of-freedom system Covers a variety of case studies highlighting diverse applications Wavelet Analysis in Civil Engineering explains the importance of wavelets in terms of non-stationarities of ground motions explores the application of wavelet analytic techniques and is an excellent resource for users addressing wavelets for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138893955

Wavelet Analysis with Applications to Image Processing Wavelet analysis is among the newest additions to the arsenals of mathematicians scientists and engineers and offers common solutions to diverse problems. However students and professionals in some areas of engineering and science intimidated by the mathematical background necessary to explore this subject have been unable to use this powerful tool.The first book on the topic for readers with minimal mathematical backgrounds Wavelet Analysis with Applications to Image Processing provides a thorough introduction to wavelets with applications in image processing. Unlike most other works on this subject which are often collections of papers or research advances this book offers students and researchers without an extensive math background a step-by-step introduction to the power of wavelet transforms and applications to image processing.The first four chapters introduce the basic topics of analysis that are vital to understanding the mathematics of wavelet transforms. Subsequent chapters build on the information presented earlier to cover the major themes of wavelet analysis and its applications to image processing. This is an ideal introduction to the subject for students and a valuable reference guide for professionals working in image processing. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367811310

Wavelet Based Approximation Schemes for Singular Integral Equations Many mathematical problems in science and engineering are defined by ordinary or partial differential equations with appropriate initial-boundary conditions. Among the various methods boundary integral equation method (BIEM) is probably the most effective. It’s main advantage is that it changes a problem from its formulation in terms of unbounded differential operator to one for an integral/integro-differential operator which makes the problem tractable from the analytical or numerical point of view. Basically the review/study of the problem is shifted to a boundary (a relatively smaller domain) where it gives rise to integral equations defined over a suitable function space. Integral equations with singular kernels areamong the most important classes in the fields of elasticity fluid mechanics electromagnetics and other domains in applied science and engineering. With the advancesin computer technology numerical simulations have become important tools in science and engineering. Several methods have been developed in numerical analysis for equations in mathematical models of applied sciences. Widely used methods include: Finite Difference Method (FDM) Finite Element Method (FEM) Finite Volume Method (FVM) and Galerkin Method (GM). Unfortunately none of these are versatile. Each has merits and limitations. For example the widely used FDM and FEM suffers from difficulties in problem solving when rapid changes appear in singularities. Even with the modern computing machines analysis of shock-wave or crack propagations in three dimensional solids by the existing classical numerical schemes is challenging (computational time/memory requirements). Therefore with the availability of faster computing machines research into the development of new efficient schemes for approximate solutions/numerical simulations is an ongoing parallel activity. Numerical methods based on wavelet basis (multiresolution analysis) may be regarded as a confluence of widely used numerical schemes based on Finite Difference Method Finite Element Method Galerkin Method etc. The objective of this monograph is to deal with numerical techniques to obtain (multiscale) approximate solutions in wavelet basis of different types of integral equations with kernels involving varieties of singularities appearing in the field of elasticity fluid mechanics electromagnetics and many other domains in applied science and engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367199173

Wavelet Methods for Solving Partial Differential Equations and Fractional Differential Equations The main focus of the book is to implement wavelet based transform methods for solving problems of fractional order partial differential equations arising in modelling real physical phenomena. It explores analytical and numerical approximate solution obtained by wavelet methods for both classical and fractional order partial differential equations. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138053816

Wavelet Subdivision MethodsGEMS for Rendering Curves and Surfaces Prevalent in animation movies and interactive games subdivision methods allow users to design and implement simple but efficient schemes for rendering curves and surfaces. Adding to the current subdivision toolbox Wavelet Subdivision Methods: GEMS for Rendering Curves and Surfaces introduces geometry editing and manipulation schemes (GEMS) and covers both subdivision and wavelet analysis for generating and editing parametric curves and surfaces of desirable geometric shapes. The authors develop a complete constructive theory and effective algorithms to derive synthesis wavelets with minimum support and any desirable order of vanishing moments along with decomposition filters.Through numerous examples the book shows how to represent curves and construct convergent subdivision schemes. It comprehensively details subdivision schemes for parametric curve rendering offering complete algorithms for implementation and theoretical development as well as detailed examples of the most commonly used schemes for rendering both open and closed curves. It also develops an existence and regularity theory for the interpolatory scaling function and extends cardinal B-splines to box splines for surface subdivision.Keeping mathematical derivations at an elementary level without sacrificing mathematical rigor this book shows how to apply bottom-up wavelet algorithms to curve and surface editing. It offers an accessible approach to subdivision methods that integrates the techniques and algorithms of bottom-up wavelets. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452315

Wavelets and Fractals in Earth System Sciences The subject of wavelet analysis and fractal analysis is fast developing and has drawn a great deal of attention in varied disciplines of science and engineering. Over the past couple of decades wavelets multiresolution and multifractal analyses have been formalized into a thorough mathematical framework and have found a variety of applications with significant impact in several branches of earth system sciences. Wavelets and Fractals in Earth System Sciences highlights the role of advanced data processing techniques in present-day research in various fields of earth system sciences. The book consists of ten chapters providing a well-balanced blend of information about the role of wavelets fractals and multifractal analyses with the latest examples of their application in various research fields. By combining basics with advanced material this book introduces concepts as needed and serves as an excellent introductory material and also as an advanced reference text for students and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367379193

Wavelets and Other Orthogonal Systems A bestseller in its first edition Wavelets and Other Orthogonal Systems: Second Edition has been fully updated to reflect the recent growth and development of this field especially in the area of multiwavelets. The authors have incorporated more examples and numerous illustrations to help clarify concepts. They have also added a considerable amount of new material including sections addressing impulse trains an alternate approach to periodic wavelets and positive wavelet s. Other new discussions include irregular sampling in wavelet subspaces hybrid wavelet sampling interpolating multiwavelets and several new statistics topics.With cutting-edge applications in data compression image analysis numerical analysis and acoustics wavelets remain at the forefront of current research. Wavelets and Other Orthogonal Systems maintains its mathematical perspective in presenting wavelets in the same setting as other orthogonal systems thus allowing their advantages and disadvantages to be seen more directly. Now even more student friendly the second edition forms an outstanding text not only for graduate students in mathematics but also for those interested in scientific and engineering applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397814

Wavelets in Medicine and Biology Considerable attention from the international scientific community is currently focused on the wide ranging applications of wavelets. For the first time the field's leading experts have come together to produce a complete guide to wavelet transform applications in medicine and biology. Wavelets in Medicine and Biology provides accessible detailed and comprehensive guidelines for all those interested in learning about wavelets and their applications to biomedical problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367448592

WaveletsA Primer The Wavelet Transform has stimulated research that is unparalleled since the invention of the Fast Fourier Transform and has opened new avenues of applications in signal processing image compression radiology cardiology and many other areas. This book grew out of a short course for mathematics students at the ETH in Zurich; it provides a solid mathematical foundation for the broad range of applications enjoyed by the wavelet transform. Numerous illustrations and fully worked out examples enhance the book. Media > Books > E-books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781315275543

Waves Particles and FieldsIntroducing Quantum Field Theory Choice Outstanding Title September 2020 This book fills a gap in the middle ground between quantum mechanics of a single electron to the concept of a quantum field. In doing so the book is divided into two parts; the first provides the necessary background to quantum theory extending from Planck’s formulation of black body radiation to Schrodinger’s equation; and the second part explores Dirac’s relativistic electron to quantum fields finishing with an description of Feynman diagrams and their meaning. Much more than a popular account yet not too heavy so as to be inaccessible this book assumes no prior knowledge of quantum physics or field theory and provides the necessary foundations for readers to then progress to more advanced texts on quantum field theory. It will be of interest to undergraduate students in physics and mathematics in addition to an interested general audience. Features: Provides an extensive yet accessible background to the concepts Contains numerous illustrative diagrams Presents in-depth explanations of difficult subjects Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367198763

Waves and Optics This book covers all aspects of waves and optics ranging from one dimensional waves in a vibrating string two dimensional waves in a vibrating membrane both of which are transverse three dimensional electromagneticwaves generated by radiating antennas and longitudinal sound/pressure waves in an air column. Note: T&F does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367754990

Waves and Oscillations in NatureAn Introduction Waves and oscillations are found in large scales (galactic) and microscopic scales (neutrino) in nature. Their dynamics and behavior heavily depend on the type of medium through which they propagate. Waves and Oscillations in Nature: An Introduction clearly elucidates the dynamics and behavior of waves and oscillations in various mediums. It presents different types of waves and oscillations that can be observed and studied from macroscopic to microscopic scales. The book provides a thorough introduction for researchers and graduate students in assorted areas of physics such as fluid dynamics plasma physics optics and astrophysics. The authors first explain introductory aspects of waves and electromagnetism including characteristics of waves the basics of electrostatics and magnetostatics and Maxwell’s equations. They then explore waves in a uniform media waves and oscillations in hydrodynamics and waves in a magnetized medium for homogeneous and nonhomogeneous media. The book also describes types of shock waves such as normal and oblique shocks and discusses important details pertaining to waves in optics including polarization from experimental and observational points of view. The book concludes with a focus on plasmas covering different plasma parameters quasilinear and nonlinear aspects of plasma waves and various instabilities in hydrodynamics and plasmas. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466590939

Waves and Oscillations in Plasmas Waves and Oscillations in Plasmas addresses central issues in modern plasma sciences within the context of general classical physics. The book is working gradually from an introductory to an advanced level. Addressing central issues in modern plasma sciences including linear and nonlinear wave phenomena this second edition has been fully updated and includes the latest developments in relevant fluid models as well as kinetic plasma models including a detailed discussion of for instance collisionless Landau damping linear as well as non-linear. The book is the result of many years of lecturing plasma sciences in Norway Denmark Germany and also at the Unites States of America. Offering a clear separation of linear and nonlinear models the book can be tailored for students of varying levels of expertise in plasma physics in addition to areas as diverse as the space sciences laboratory experiments plasma processing and more. Features: Presents a simple physical interpretation of basic problems is presented where possible Supplies a complete summary of classical papers and textbooks placed in the proper context Includes worked examples exercises and problems with general applicability Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138591295

Waves in Focal RegionsPropagation Diffraction and Focusing of Light Sound and Water Waves Using numerous mathematical and numerical techniques of diffraction theory Waves in Focal Regions: Propagation Diffraction and Focusing of Light Sound and Water Waves provides a full and richly illustrated description of waves in focal regions. Unlike most books the author treats electromagnetic acoustic and water waves in one comprehensive volume. After an introductory section the book describes approximate diffraction theories and efficient numerical methods to study the focusing of various kinds of waves. It then covers the physical interpretation of the theories their accuracy and the computational savings obtained emphasizing uniform asymptotic results that remain valid in the vicinity of shadow boundaries and caustics. The next part deals with the focusing of scalar waves including thorough theoretical analyses and detailed contour maps of diffraction patterns in focal regions for a variety of different system parameters such as f-number Frensel number aperture shape amplitude distribution and wavefront aberration. The author proceeds to explore the diffraction and focusing of electromagnetic waves. First solutions are derived for fields radiated by sources reflected and refracted at plane interfaces or diffracted by apertures in plane screens and then these solutions are applied to study the focusing in homogeneous media and through a plane dielectric interface. In both cases the author includes many computed results of the electromagnetic field distribution near focus. Presenting both theoretical and experimental results the following part examines the focusing of sound and water waves by means of zone-plate lenses. The book concludes with a detailed study of the diffraction and focusing of water waves and a comparison of the results of both linear and nonlinear theories with those of experiments. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203733998

Waves of DemocracySocial Movements and Political Change Second Edition The second edition of this classic text covers contemporary democracy movements including the Arab Spring and its aftermath Occupy and new nations as well as old issues from the Balkans to Africa from Latin America to Ukraine. The author has traveled widely around the world to take the pulse of transition and to profile journeys toward democracy and journeys away from democracy too. At the same time the book addresses important challenges that have emerged in even well-established democracies. These show up in declining voting rates diminished membership in political parties and in some countries including the United States negative views of central democratic institutions (like the US Congress). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612052939

Waves of RancorTuning into the Radical Right The airwaves in America are being used by armed militias conspiracy theorists survivalists the religious right white supremacists neo-Nazis and other radical groups to reach millions with their messages of hate and fear. Waves of Rancor examines the origin nature and impact of right-wing electronic media including radio television cable the internet and even music CDs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315503172

Wax DepositionExperimental Characterizations Theoretical Modeling and Field Practices Wax Deposition: Experimental Characterizations Theoretical Modeling and Field Practices covers the entire spectrum of knowledge on wax deposition. The book delivers a detailed description of the thermodynamic and transport theories for wax deposition modeling as well as a comprehensive review of laboratory testing for the establishment of appropriate field control strategies. Offering valuable insight from academic research and the flow assurance industry this balanced text: Discusses the background of wax deposition including the cause of the phenomenon the magnitude of the problem and its impact on petroleum production Introduces laboratory techniques and theoretical models to measure and predict key parameters of wax precipitation such as the wax appearance temperature and the wax precipitation curve Explains how to conduct and interpret laboratory experiments to benchmark different wax deposition models to better understand wax deposition behaviors and to predict wax deposit growth for the field Presents various models for wax deposition analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of each and evaluating the differences between the assumptions used Provides numerous examples of how field management strategies for wax deposition can be established based on laboratory testing and modeling work Wax Deposition: Experimental Characterizations Theoretical Modeling and Field aids flow assurance engineers in identifying the severity and controlling the problem of wax deposition. The book also shows students and researchers how fundamental principles of thermodynamics heat and mass transfer can be applied to solve a problem common to the petroleum industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466567665

Wax Tablets of the MindCognitive Studies of Memory and Literacy in Classical Antiquity In this volume the author argues that literacy is a complex combination of various skills not just the ability to read and write: the technology of writing the encoding and decoding of text symbols the interpretation of meaning the retrieval and display systems which organize how meaning is stored and memory. The book explores the relationship between literacy orality and memory in classical antiquity not only from the point of view of antiquity but also from that of modern cognitive psychology. It examines the contemporary as well as the ancient debate about how the writing tools we possess interact and affect the product why they should do so and how the tasks required of memory change and develop with literacy's increasing output and evoking technologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986985

Wax Trash and Vinyl Treasures: Record Collecting as a Social Practice The term 'record collecting' is shorthand for a variety of related practices. Foremost is the collection of sound recordings in various formats - although often with a marked preference for vinyl - by individuals and it is this dimension of record collecting that is the focus of this book. Record collecting and the public stereotypes associated with it is frequently linked primarily with rock and pop music. Roy Shuker focuses on these broad styles but also includes other genres and their collectors notably jazz blues exotica and 'ethnic' music. Accordingly the study examines the history of record collecting; profiles collectors and the collecting process; considers categories - especially music genres - and types of record collecting and outlines and discusses the infrastructure within which collecting operates. Shuker situates this discussion within the broader literature on collecting along with issues of cultural consumption social identity and 'the construction of self' in contemporary society. Record collecting is both fascinating in its own right and provides insights into broader issues of nostalgia consumption and material culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472464279

Way Beyond Monochrome 2eAdvanced Techniques for Traditional Black & White Photography including digital negatives and hybrid printing Photo Techniques Magazine stated: "All our readers need to know about this very useful book." Indeed there is no other compendium that is as in-depth as this for the beauty and magic of fine-art black-and-white photography. With 560 pages and over 1 000 illustrations Way Beyond Monochrome starts with conceptual lessons of composition and takes you through image capture exposure controlling tonality variable-contrast paper archival printing mounting framing and presentation with simple concepts to an advanced level. This new edition has been completely revised and heavily expanded adding over 250 pages to the original edition with new chapters on print mounting spotting framing digital negatives utilizing digital technologies for alternative processes and fabulous do-it-yourself projects. Overall the authors have created a thoroughly researched technologically sound yet aesthetically pleasing inspirational bible for monochrome photography. New to this edition: almost double the content a new section discussing the path from visualization to print illustrating the interaction between eye and brain explaining the rules of composition and when to break them to produce photographs with impact a new section on presentation including hands-on mounting matting spotting and framing image capture has a more in-depth focus now covering pinhole photography and digital capture now includes making and printing with digital negatives a new section discussing the pros and cons of typical image-taking and image-making equipment plus new do-it-yourself projects including many darkroom tools and an electronic shutter tester a useful collection of templates to copy cut-out and take with you in your camera bag or use in the darkroom an appendix with all the recipes to make your own darkroom chemicals from scratch all illustrations improved and updated improved index with 1 400 references Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138297371

Wayfinding Consumption and Air Terminal Design This book investigates how international air terminals organize passenger movement and generate spending. It offers a new understanding of how their architecture and artworks operate visually to guide people through the space and affect their behaviour. Menno Hubregtse’s research draws upon numerous airport visits and interviews with architects and planners as well as documents and articles that address these terminals’ development construction and renovations. The book establishes the main concerns of architects with respect to wayfinding strategies and analyzes how air terminal architecture artworks and interior design contribute to the airport’s operations. The book will be of interest to art historians architectural historians practising architects urban planners airport specialists and geographers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367352561

Wayfinding and Critical Autoethnography Wayfinding and Critical Autoethnography is the first critical autoethnography compilation from the global south bringing together indigenous non-indigenous Pasifika and other diverse voices which expand established understandings of autoethnography as a critical creative methodology. The book centres around the traditional practice of ‘wayfinding’ as a Pacific indigenous way of being and knowing and this volume manifests traditional knowledges genealogies and intercultural activist voices through critical autoethnography. The chapters in the collection reflect critical autoethnographic journeys that explore key issues such as space/place belonging decolonizing the academy institutional racism neoliberalism gender inequity activism and education reform. This book will be a valuable teaching and research resource for researchers and students in a wide range of disciplines and contexts. For those interested in expanding their cultural personal and scholarly knowledge of the global south this volume foregrounds the vast array of traditional knowledges and the ways in which they are changing academic spaces and knowledge creation through braiding old and new. This volume is unique and timely in its ability to highlight the ways in which indigenous and allied voices from the diverse global south demonstrate the ways in which the onto-epistemologies of diverse cultures and the work of critical autoethnography function as parallel and mutually informing projects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367343798

Ways Around Modernism Stephen Bann examines the arguments for the centrality of French modernist painting. He begins by focusing particularly on the notion of the modernist break as it has been interpreted with regard to painters like Manet and Ingres. He argues that ‘curiosity’ with its origins in the seventeenth-century world-view can be a valid concept for understanding some aspects of contemporary art that contest the modern suggesting ways of sidetracking the modern by adopting a lengthier historical view. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203943564

Ways into LiteratureStories Plays and Poems for Pupils with SEN By fostering an emotional engagement with literature teachers can encourage children to make subsequent critical evaluations. Ways into Literature is in line with current guidelines and will help practitioners get started straight away by using the book's storylines character maps and story frames. It will also help practitioners learn from the experiences of real children and fellow practitioners. Ways into Literature contains photocopiable and CD ROM resources. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138143715

Ways of AttendingHow our Divided Brain Constructs the World Attention is not just receptive but actively creative of the world we inhabit. How we attend makes all the difference to the world we experience. And nowadays in the West we generally attend in a rather unusual way: governed by the narrowly focussed target-driven left hemisphere of the brain. Forget everything you thought you knew about the difference between the hemispheres because it will be largely wrong. It is not what each hemisphere does – they are both involved in everything – but how it does it that matters. And the prime difference between the brain hemispheres is the manner in which they attend. For reasons of survival we need one hemisphere (in humans and many animals the left) to pay narrow attention to detail to grab hold of things we need while the other the right keeps an eye out for everything else. The result is that one hemisphere is good at utilising the world the other better at understanding it. Absent present detached engaged alienated empathic broad or narrow sustained or piecemeal attention has the power to alter whatever it meets. The play of attention can both create and destroy but it never leaves its object unchanged. How you attend to something – or don’t attend to it – matters a very great deal. This book helps you to see what it is you may have been trained by our very unusual culture not to see. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781781815335

Ways of Being MaleRepresenting Masculinities in Children's Literature Given the substantial impact of feminism on children’s literature and culture during the last quarter century it comes as no surprise that gender studies have focused predominantly on issues of female representation. The question of how the same patriarchal ideology structured representations of male bodies and behaviors was until very recently a marginal discussion. Now that masculinity has emerges as an overt theme in children’s literature and film critical consideration of the subject is timely if not long overdue Ways of Being Male addresses this new concern in an unprecedented collection of essays examining how contemporary debates about masculinity are reflected in fiction and film for young adults. An outstanding team of scholars elucidates the ways in which different versions of male identity are constructed and presented to young audiences. The contributors drawn from a variety of academic disciplines employ international discourses in literary criticism feminism social sciences film theory psychoanalytic criticism and queer theory in their wide-ranging exploration of male representation. With its illuminating array of perspectives this pioneering survey brings a long neglected subject into sharp focus. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203953488

Ways of Knowing about Human Rights in Asia This innovative multidisciplinary collection brings together the latest research on human rights issues in the Asian region by leading scholars with a deep familiarity with the languages and cultures of the region. The contributors bring a range of disciplinary approaches or ‘ways of knowing’ to the study of human rights: history memory studies gender and sexuality studies cultural studies and translation studies. Issues canvassed in the book include linguistic rights debates on prenatal testing transnational campaigns for redress of past wrongs campaigns for sexual rights and modes of human rights advocacy in East and Southeast Asia. This book will be of interest to general and specialist readers in the fields of Asian Studies cultural studies gender and sexuality studies legal studies and history. This book was published as a special issue of Asian Studies Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379572

Ways of Knowing in Early Modern GermanyJohannes Praetorius as a Witness to his Time Gerhild Scholz Williams's Ways of Knowing in Early Modern Germany: Johannes Praetorius as a Witness to His Time reviews key discourses in eight of Praetorius's works. She introduces the modern reader to the kinds of subjects the intellectual and spiritual approaches to them and the genres that this educated and productive German scholar and polymath presented to his audience in the seventeenth century. By relating these individual works to a number of contemporaneous writings Williams shows how Praetorius constructed a panorama in print in which wonders the occult the emerging scientific way of thinking family and social mores are recurrent themes. Included in Praetorius's portrait of the mid-seventeenth-century are discussions of Paracelsus's scientific theories and practice; early modern German theories on witchcraft and demonology and their applications in the seventeenth century. Furthermore we read about the early modern beginnings of ethnography anthropology and physical geography; gender theory early modern and contemporary notions of intellectual property and competing and sometimes conflicting early modern scientific and theological explanations of natural anomalies. Moreover throughout his work and certainly in those texts chosen for this study Praetorius appears before us as an assiduous reporter of contemporary European and pan-European events and scientific discoveries a critic of common superstitions as much a believer in occult causes and signs and in God's communication with His people. In his writings in his way of telling he offers strategies by which to comprehend the political social and intellectual uncertainties of his century and in so doing identifies ways to confront the diverse interpretive authorities and the varieties of structures of knowledge that interacted and conflicted with each other in the public arena of knowing. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234267

Ways of Knowledge and Experience Originally published in 1961. This book is a study of some important ways of knowledge and experience and of the symbols through which they become articulate. Both ‘knowledge’ and ‘experience’ are interpreted in wide senses which are sanctioned by common use – though not always by the usage of philosophers and scientists. The four main fields considered are: the arts religion moral knowledge and our knowledge of one another. These fields though distinguishable are nevertheless found to be interrelated in subtle and interesting ways and it is contended that increase of ‘wisdom’ or ‘educated understanding’ can be achieved only through acceptance and assimilation of all their many-sided disciplines into personal insight. The book deals in a new way with questions of perennial interest which because they are fundamental are difficult. Nevertheless the writing is lucid and untechnical and addressed to a wide range of readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138909014

Ways of LearningLearning Theories for the Classroom While most teachers are skilled in providing opportunities for the progression of children’s learning it is sometimes without fully understanding the theory behind it. With greater insight into what is currently known about the processes of learning and about individual learners teachers are better equipped to provide experiences and situations that are more likely to lead to effective acquisition of knowledge concepts and skills. Ways of Learning has been widely used and now fully updated it seeks to provide further insight into the ways in which learning takes place which teachers can make use of in their planning and teaching including: â–  an overview of learning â–  behaviourism and the beginning of theory â–  cognitive and constructivist learning â–  multiple intelligences and learning styles â–  difficulties with learning â–  the influence of neuropsychology â–  other theories philosophies and names â–  relating theory to practice. The fourth edition of this book includes developments in areas covered in the preceding editions as well as expanding on certain topics to bring about a wider perspective; most notably a new consideration of learning styles and a new chapter detailing important thinkers and writers from the history of education and their continuing influence along with other theories ideas and thoughts not included in the rest of the book. The book also reflects changes in government policy and is closely related to new developments in practice. Written for trainee teachers serving teachers and others interested in learning for various reasons Ways of Learning serves as a valuable introduction for students setting out on higher degree work who are in need of an introduction to the topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138207943

Ways of Meeting and the Theology of Religions Exploring the different points of view and 'tones of voice' adopted in theology for the meeting of religions this book presents a contemporary philosophical and theological engagement with key issues of how different faiths might meet of comparative philosophy of religion of the use of aesthetics of inter-religious ethics and issues relating to the self. Providing a critical evaluation of contemporary liberal post-liberal and conservative voices and an engagement with movements such as Radical Orthodoxy and Scriptural Reasoning to mention a few this book highlights the use of the creative imagination and explores new ideas for the meeting of religions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754663591

Ways of ReadingAdvanced Reading Skills for Students of English Literature Ways of Reading is a best-selling textbook for undergraduate students of English Language and English Literature providing readers with the tools to analyse and interpret the meanings of literary and non-literary texts. Six sections comprising twenty five self-contained units cover: techniques of analysis and problem-solving language variation attributing meaning poetic uses of language narrative drama and performance texts   The book combines the linguistic and literary background to each topic with discussion of examples from books poems magazines and online sources and links those examples to follow-up practical activities and a list of titles for further reading. This fourth edition has been redesigned and updated throughout with many fresh examples and exercises. Further reading suggestions have been brought up to date and new material on electronic sources and the Internet has been integrated. Ways of Reading continues to be the core resource for students of English Language and Literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415677479

Ways of Residing in TransformationInterdisciplinary Perspectives Profound transformations in residential practices are emerging in Europe as well as throughout the urban world. They can be observed in the unfolding diversity of residential architecture and spatially restructured cities. The complexity of urban and societal processes behind these changes requires new research approaches in order to fully grasp the significant changes in citizens lifestyles their residential preferences capacities and future opportunities for implementing resilient residential practices. The international case studies in this book examine why ways of residing have changed as well as the meaning and the significance of the social economic political cultural and symbolic contexts. The volume brings together an interdisciplinary range of perspectives to reflect specifically upon the dynamic exchange between evolving ways of residing and professional practices in the fields of architecture and design planning policy-making facilities management property and market. In doing so it provides a resourceful basis for further inquiries seeking an understanding of ways of residing in transformation as a reflection of diversifying residential cultures. This book will offer insights of interest to academics policy-makers and professionals as well as students of urban studies sociology architecture housing planning business and economics engineering and facilities management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573406

Ways of Re-Thinking Literature Ways of Re-Thinking Literature creates a unique platform where leading literary thinkers and practitioners provide a multiplicity of views into what literature is today. The texts gathered in this extraordinary collection range from philosophy to poetry to theater to cognitive sciences to art criticism to fiction and their authors rank amongst the most significant figures in their fields in France the United States and the United Kingdom. Topics covered include an assessment of the role of literary narratives in contemporary writing new considerations on the novel a redefinition of the "poetic" factor in poetry and life and a discussion of how literature engages with contemporary forms of individuality. Under the auspices of literary luminaries Hélène Cixous and the late John Ashbery these new pieces of writing bring to light contributions by innovative and well-established authors from the English-speaking sphere as well as never-before translated prominent new voices in French theory. Featuring original work from some of today’s most influential authors Ways of Re-Thinking Literature is an indispensable tool for anybody interested in the future and possibilities of literature as an endeavor for life thought and creativity. With special cover artwork by Rita Ackermann the volume includes contributions from Emily Apter Philippe Artières John Ashbery Paul Audi Dodie Bellamy Tom Bishop Hélène Cixous Laurent Dubreuil Tristan Garcia  Stathis Gourgouris Donatien Grau Boris Groys Shelley Jackson Wayne Koestenbaum Camille Laurens Vanessa Place Maël Renouard Peter Schjeldahl Adam Thirlwell and Camille de Toledo. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138675759

Ways of SensingUnderstanding the Senses In Society Ways of Sensing is a stimulating exploration of the cultural historical and political dimensions of the world of the senses. The book spans a wide range of settings and makes comparisons between different cultures and epochs revealing the power and diversity of sensory expressions across time and space. The chapters reflect on topics such as the tactile appeal of medieval art the healing power of Navajo sand paintings the aesthetic blight of the modern hospital the role of the senses in the courtroom and the branding of sensations in the marketplace. Howes and Classen consider how political issues such as nationalism gender equality and the treatment of minority groups are shaped by sensory practices and metaphors. They also reveal how the phenomenon of synaesthesia or mingling of the senses can be seen as not simply a neurological condition but a vital cultural mode of creating social and cosmic interconnections. Written by leading scholars in the field Ways of Sensing provides readers with a valuable and engaging introduction to the life of the senses in society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415697156

Ways of the DesertBecoming Holy Through Difficult Times Discover how negative experiences such as loneliness depression and anxiety can be opportunities for personal growth!Ways of the Desert: Becoming Holy Through Difficult Times analyzes the similarities and differences between spiritual and psychological experiences. This book shows religious professionals and others interested in spiritual development how suffering can foster growth. You will explore the so-called “negative” desert experiences--depression anxiety loneliness guilt and anger--and learn how they can be opportunities for spiritual growth. This book explains why opposites are necessary and related parts of healthy and holy development and that especially in a spiritual life the positive and negative are related. Ways of the Desert will take you on a journey through the “deserts” and “promised lands” of adolescence adulthood and the elderly years. In most Western cultures the acceptance of opposites as a necessary and related part of healthy and holy growth is not common and its rejection can engender spiritual stagnation. Ways of the Desert offers suggestions on creating lifelong spirituality including: understanding the need for both “clock” time for functional order and “sacred” time to redeem us from the boredom of our daily challenges understanding the languages of the desert or the messages that are primarily nonverbal ambiguous or ambivalent using effective communication when expressing feelings such as shame frustration anger or anguish examining the similarities and differences between psychological and spiritual activity comparing psychological twelve-step help programs to spiritual growth journeysThis extraordinary book works to help you make sense of your life when you feel lost trapped depressed or lonely. You will attain spiritual guidance to assist you on your journey through life and help you understand that the deserts of negative experiences that we sometimes wander into can be illuminating opportunities for spiritual progress. Ways of the Desert will guide you through difficult and challenging times and help you achieve spiritual satisfaction and happiness in life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809373

Ways of WalkingEthnography and Practice on Foot Despite its importance to how humans inhabit their environments walking has rarely received the attention of ethnographers. Ways of Walking combines discussions of embodiment place and materiality to address this significant and largely ignored 'technique of the body'. This book presents studies of walking in a range of regional and cultural contexts exploring the diversity of walking behaviours and the variety of meanings these can embody. As an original collection of ethnographic work that is both coherent in design and imaginative in scope this primarily anthropological book includes contributions from geographers sociologists and specialists in education and architecture offering insights into human movement landscape and social life. With its interdisciplinary nature and truly international appeal Ways of Walking will be of interest to scholars across a range of social sciences as well as to policy makers on both local and national levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138244627

Ways of WarAmerican Military History from the Colonial Era to the Twenty-First Century From the first interactions between European and native peoples to the recent conflicts in Afghanistan and Iraq military issues have always played an important role in American history. Now in its updated second edition Ways of War comprehensively explains the place of the military within the wider context of the history of the United States showing its centrality to American culture economics and politics. The fifteen chapters provide a complete survey of the American military's evolution that is designed for semester-length courses. Features of the revised and fully-updated second edition include: • Chronological and comprehensive coverage of North American conflicts in the seventeenth century and all wars undertaken by the United States; • New or expanded sections on Non-English Colonization in Northeast North America the Beaver Wars Pontiac’s War causes of the American Revolution borderlands conflict from 1848 to 1865 causes of the American Civil War Reconstruction the Meuse-Argonne Campaign Barack Obama’s second term as president the Syrian Civil War and the rise of the Islamic State; • 50 revised maps 20 new images chapter timelines identifying key events and text boxes providing biographical information and first-person accounts; • A companion website featuring a testbank of essay and multiple choice questions for instructors as well as student study resources such as an interactive timeline chapter summaries annotated further readings links to online resources flashcards and a glossary of key terms. Extensively illustrated and written by experienced instructors the second edition of Ways of War remains essential reading for all students of American Military History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138681620

We Are But WomenWomen in Ireland's History We Are But Women sets the history of Irish women in the context of the broad sweep of Irish history dealing even-handedly with the diverse traditions of unionism and nationalism. Through an examination of exemplar individuals and organisations the book traces the growth of Irish awareness of such `women's issues' as emancipation divorce and abortion. Above all it acknowledges the key role played by women in finding a solution to the Irish Question. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009257

We Are Not AloneA Teenage Boy's Personal Account of Child Sexual Abuse from Disclosure Through Prosecution and Treat Any teenage boy who discloses sexual abuse is facing an emotional ordeal. However the workbook We Are Not Alone: A Teenage Boy’s Personal Account of Child Sexual Abuse from Disclosure Through Prosecution and Treatment can help him understand and endure the process. As it tells the first-person story of Joe whose neighbor molested him it offers an opportunity to discuss emotional issues learn the facts of the process and gain the sense of solidarity and support so crucial to the recovery of abused children. This helpful book deals with gender-specific issues as well as the universal problems of any sexually traumatized teenager. We Are Not Alone: A Guidebook for Helping Professionals and Parents Supporting Adolescent Victims of Sexual Abuse is also available as a companion volume for therapists teachers legal and law enforcement professionals and parents of the victim. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161078

We Are Not AloneA Teenage Girl's Personal Account of Incest from Disclosure Through Prosecution and Treatment This step-by-step guide is designed to help sexually abused teenage girls through the legal and emotional processes of dealing with what has been done to them. We Are Not Alone: A Teenage Girl's Personal Account of Incest from Disclosure Through Prosecution and Treatment tells the first-person story of Jane whose father molested her. It addresses emotional issues clarifies the legal process and helps readers understand their reactions to abuse. This helpful book can help readers gain the strength they need to heal from the confusion loneliness and shame of having been the victim of a sexual predator. We Are Not Alone: A Guidebook for Helping Professionals and Parents Supporting Adolescent Victims of Sexual Abuse is also available as a companion volume for therapists teachers legal and law enforcement professionals and parents of the victim. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315782553

We Are Not Garbage!The Homeless Movement in Tokyo 1994-2002 This book offers a full history of a homeless movement in Tokyo that lasted nearly a decade. It shows how homeless people and their external supporters in the city combined their scarce resources to generate and sustain the movement. The study advocates a more nuanced analysis of movement gains to appreciate how poor people can benefit by acting collectively. It also draws attention to potential difficulties faced by lower-stratum movements aided by external allies. In particular the study highlights how actions of the state can undermine the relations between aggrieved allies in such a way as to limit gains. The book is the first in English to detail homeless mobilization in Japan. It also addresses the origins of increased homelessness and development of homelessness policy in the country. Besides homelessness it covers a number of current social issues including economic globalization social exclusion and politics over space. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203959909

We are the Champions: The Politics of Sports and Popular Music Sports and popular music are synergistic agents in the construction of identity and community. They are often interconnected through common cross-marketing tactics and through influence on each other's performative strategies and stylistic content. Typically only studied as separate entities popular music and sport cultures mutually 'play' off each other in exchanges of style ideologies and forms. Posing unique challenges to notions of mind - body dualities nationalism class gender and racial codes and sexual orientation Dr Ken McLeod illuminates the paradoxical and often conflicting relationships associated with these modes of leisure and entertainment and demonstrates that they are not culturally or ideologically distinct but are interconnected modes of contemporary social practice. Examples include how music is used to enhance sporting events such as anthems chants/cheers and intermission entertainment music that is used as an active part of the athletic event and music that has been written about or that is associated with sports. There are also connections in the use of music in sports movies television and video games and important though critically under-acknowledged similarities regarding spectatorship practice and performance. Despite the scope of such confluences the extraordinary impact of the interrelationship of music and sports on popular culture has remained little recognized. McLeod ties together several influential threads of popular culture and fills a significant void in our understanding of the construction and communication of identity in the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256804

We Can Do I.T. TooUsing Computers in Activity Programmes for People with Dementia Using computers as part of activity programmes for people with dementia. Many people feel that computers and people with dementia don't mix. However computers and other digital gadgets such as cameras and phones are part of our lives and so it is important that people with dementia engage with these IT driven activities. This book demystifies the use of computers and other information technologies and provides a multitude of ideas and case-studies demonstrating how IT can be used effectively. Using computers in a variety of ways with people with dementia is extremely rewarding and benefits individuals staff and family members.  Based on real experiences this book is designed to inspire people working in any dementia service. It discusses why this is important the multitude of uses and the practicalities of introducing I.T. activities. Recording people's lives - digital life story books; diary making things - calendars; photo albums; reminders helping with conversations - word finding; topics communicating with friends (email; Skype social networking/discussion forums); helping with planning - personal planning; care plans; using services. It is suitable for care workers and managers occupational and speech language therapists specialist activity works and volunteers working people's homes in day care voluntary organisations or care homes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863888328

We Can Take It! `We Can Take It!' shows that the British remember the war in a peculiar way thanks to a mix of particular images and evidence. Our memory has been shaped by material which is completely removed from historical reality. These images (including complete inventions) have combined to make a new history. The vision is mostly cosy and suits the way in which the Britons conceive of themselves: dogged good humoured occasionally bumbling unified and enjoying diversity. In fact Britons load their memory towards the early part of the war (Dunkirk Blitz Battle of Britain) rather than when we were successful in the air or against Italy and Germany with invasions. This suits our love of being the underdog fighting against the odds and being in a crisis. Conversely the periods of the war during which Britain was in the ascendant are perversely far more hazy in the public memory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315836096

We Count We MatterVoice Choice and the Death of Distance This book examines the meaning of Brexit the election of Trump and the rising tide of populist revolt on the right amidst the collapse of the left. Exploring the reaction against the establishment or ‘the system’ the author contends that we are witnessing a new divide between those who wish to see an interconnected world and those who seek distance: as transport and technology shrink the world we witness a backlash that favours protectionism and opposes immigration. Distance is the new frontier: for some remote players are rejected in favour of identities closer to home. This divide plays out in relation to the notion of ‘face’ as individuals react to ‘faceless’ organisations and processes such as globalisation and automation responding to a sense of alienation on social media and developing a conception of themselves as networked individuals. Thus we move towards a type of society characterised not by honour and dishonour or right and wrong but by voice and choice. A fascinating and very accessible analysis of the divisions and transformations that have come to dominate the contemporary landscape this book will appeal to political leaders and social scientists with interests in globalisation social movements and social theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367369507

We Deserve Better VillainsA Video Game Design Survival Guide We Deserve Better Villains is a highly accessible how-to guide for video game designers no matter what level of experience to understand what is needed to be successful in the development cycle of any video game from concept to supporting the game live. Each chapter outlines a period in a video games development cycle what key concepts need to be on a designers mind and how they can work to improve themselves every step of the way. To help visualize the journey the chapters start with a section centered on the reader as a hero character in a fictitious adventure video game that faces the trials and tribulations of the development cycle to completing the game. We all deserve better games better heroes and villains which starts with learning what it takes to survive in the game development system as a videogame designer. Key Features Accessible enough for novices insightful enough for veteran game designers Allows readers of at any level of video game knowledge to connect with the struggle of making a video game Concepts are delivered in a short specific approach followed with practical exercises to follow to getting the reader into action to improve their skills Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367184797

We Europeans?Mass-Observation Race and British Identity in the Twentieth Century We Europeans is the first book-length study of the original mass observation project. It is also the first detailed historical study of the formation of ordinary people's 'racial' attitudes in Britain. Drawing upon historical literary cultural and anthropological approaches this book examines the sources of cultural identity in Britain in the twentieth century and how these were shaped through the influences of family education and everyday 'high' and 'low' culture. The examination focuses on the archives of the British social-anthropological organization Mass-Observation and is the first detailed history of it to be published. Founded in the 1930s by poets psychoanalysts surrealists and sociologists among others the purpose of the organization was to create an anthropology of the British people by the 'natives' themselves through the use of diaries directives and special surveys. The organization was active from 1937 to 1951 then revived in the 1980s when a new group of Mass-Observers were recruited to keep diaries and respond to directives. Both the historical archive of Mass-Observation and the more recent material provide fascinating insight into the everyday lives and formation of identities of ordinary people in Britain. Kushner places the material from these archives in the context of other contemporary writings; through them he explores grassroots identities in Britain in relation to the outside world especially Europe but also the former Empire and the USA. This study will be of interest to scholars of sociology cultural studies literary studies and history who are particularly interested in 'race' race relations immigration and cultural difference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275812

We Find Ourselves in Other People’s StoriesOn Narrative Collapse and a Lifetime Search for Story We Find Ourselves in Other People’s Stories: On Narrative Collapse and a Lifetime Search for Story is a collection of five essays that dissolves the boundary between personal writing and academic writing a longstanding binary construct in the discipline of composition and writing studies in order to examine the rhetorical effects of narrative collapse on the stories we tell about ourselves and others. Taken together the essays theorize the relationships between language and violence between narrative and dementia between genre and certainty and between writing and life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138393288

We Give Our Hearts to Dogs to TearIntimations of Their Immortality More than a hauntingly beautiful memoir about small dogs in Big Sky country this book is a wise account of the relationships among dogs humans and the land that surrounds them. It is the story of successive generations of Jack Russell terriers their animal friends and their human companions. Alston Chase searches for the immortality of dogs what makes them unique companions and why we humans willingly give them our hearts knowing that someday they will be broken. This book will resonate with anyone who has ever loved a dog.Chase muses that dogs are the embodiment of spirit over mortality and through the window of their brief lives we glimpse eternity. This eternal includes the Earth the land and the bonds forged between people and dogs over thousands of years. Chase sees threats in the decline of rural life unbridled urbanization and in dog breeders who judge by conformation to breed standards and fashion rather than ability and health.An uplifting tribute to the dogs we love and a reflection on the limitations of life this book shows a triumph of the spirit. Rich in poetic citations it is an environmental cry for help a naturalistic appreciation of a dissolving world and a deeply spiritual reminder that nothing loved is ever lost. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412854023

We Gotta Get Out of This PlacePopular Conservatism and Postmodern Culture First Published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138156005

We Japanese First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138986992

We Men Who Feel Most GermanA Cultural Study of the Pan-German League 1886-1914 Originally published in 1984 this volume presents the first systematic analysis of the cultural sources of the Pan German League’s appeal and influence in Imperial Germany. It focuses on the symbolic dimensions of the League’s literature and activities in order to explain the attraction of the League’s aggressive ideology to certain social groups. In addition it examines the relationship between the League and other patriotic societies in Imperial Germany and analyses the processes by which the organization succeeded on the eve of the First World War in mobilizing a broad ‘national opposition’ to the German government. The study draws on concepts from psychology and anthropology and its documentary foundation includes archival material from both the former East and West Germany. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367230371

We the PeoplesA UN for the Twenty-First Century During his momentous time as Secretary-General of the UN Kofi Annan played a decisive role in launching the Millennium Development Goals establishing the International Criminal Court and articulating the Responsibility to Protect as a guiding principle for international action. In 2001 - just after 9/11 - he and the UN jointly received the Nobel Peace Prize 'for their work for a better organized and more peaceful world.' These and other crucial events - including the crises over Kosovo and East Timor and the war in Iraq - are encapsulated in this book of Kofi Annan's key speeches from throughout his term of office. The selection gives a broad view of Annan's most pressing concerns and the eloquence with which he addressed them. Covering subjects from development health and climate change to the prevention of genocide and the ideal of diversity these statements show how deeply involved the UN was in the most important issues of the era. We the Peoples is a timely and much-needed reminder of Annan's ideas and priorities; his words on war peace humanity and 'man's inhumanity to man' still resonate today. This book will offer many pointers for maintaining and developing the UN as a vital instrument for humanity in the coming decades. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612055589

We the PeopleSocial Protests Movements and the Shaping of American Democracy We the People: Social Protest Movements and the Shaping of American Democracy uses a historical and a contemporary focus to demonstrate the integral role that social protest movements play in challenging social and structural inequality along the intersecting axis of identity politics socioeconomic status and ability and why social protest movements should matter to social workers.The book examines how social protest movements influence progressive social policy and elucidates the social conditions that give rise to protest how protest creates social movements and the functions and goals of social protest movements. By exploring various theoretical perspectives it brings both a historical and a contemporary lens to the examination of social protest movements and elucidates the critical role that social protest movements play in American democracy.With a discussion of emerging trends and the future of social protest movements We the People explains and offers strategies for both students and social workers to develop the skills to think critically and take part in social protest movements as policy practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362888

We the PeopleThe Economic Origins of the Constitution Charles A. Beard's An Economic Interpretation of the United States Constitution was a work of such powerful persuasiveness as to alter the course of American historiography. No historian who followed in studying the making of the Constitution was entirely free from Beard's radical interpretation of the document as serving the economic interests of the Framers as members of the propertied class. Forrest McDonald's We the People was the first major challenge to Beard's thesis. This superbly researched and documented volume restored the Constitution as the work of principled and prudential men. It did much to invalidate the crude economic determinism that had become endemic in the writing of American history. We the People fills in the details that Beard had overlooked in his fragmentary book. MacDonald's work is based on an exhaustive comparative examination of the economic biographies of the 55 members of the Constitutional Convention and the 1 750 members of the state ratifying conventions. His conclusion is that on the basis of evidence Beard's economic interpretation does not hold. McDonald demonstrates conclusively that the interplay of conditioning or determining factors at work in the making of the Constitution was extremely complex and cannot be rendered intelligible in terms of any single system of interpretation. McDonald's classic work while never denying economic motivation as a factor also demonstrates how the rich cultural and political mosaic of the colonies was an independent and dominant factor in the decision making that led to the first new nation. In its pluralistic approach to economic factors and analytic richness We the People is both a major work of American history and a significant document in the history of ideas. It continues to be an essential volume for historians political scientists economists and American studies specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540392

We the TikopiaA sociological study of kinship in primitive Polynesia Recognized as a major work when first published this title has over the years become a classic. Forming the basis of modern social anthropology We the Tikiopia stands in the forefront of its literature. The book is an excellent example of fieldwork analysis of a primitive society; a complete account of the working of a primitive kinship system; and an exhaustive and sophisticated study of Polynesian social institutions. First published in 1936. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415511285

Weak and Measure-Valued Solutions to Evolutionary PDEs This book provides a concise treatment of the theory of nonlinear evolutionary partial differential equations. It provides a rigorous analysis of non-Newtonian fluids and outlines its results for applications in physics biology and mechanical engineering Media > Books > E-books Chapman & Hall 9780367810771

Weak ConstitutionalismDemocratic Legitimacy and the Question of Constituent Power It has been frequently argued that democracy is protected and realized under constitutions that protect certain rights and establish the conditions for a functioning representative democracy. However some democrats still find something profoundly unsettling about contemporary constitutional regimes. The participation of ordinary citizens in constitutional change in the world's most "advanced" democracies (such as the United States Canada and the United Kingdom) is weak at best: the power of constitutional reform usually lies in the exclusive hands of legislatures. How can constitutions that can only be altered by those occupying positions of power be considered democratically legitimate? This book argues that only a regime that provides an outlet for constituent power to manifest from time to time can ever come to enjoy democratic legitimacy. In so doing it advances a democratic constitutional theory one that combines a strong or participatory conception of democracy with a weak form of constitutionalism. The author engages with Anglo-American constitutional theory as well as examining the theory and practise of constituent power in different constitutional regimes (including Latin American countries) where constituent power has become an important part of the left’s legal and political discourse. Weak Constitutionalism: Democratic Legitimacy and the Question of Constituent Power will be of particular interest to legal/political theorists and comparative constitutional lawyers. It also provides an introduction to the theory of constituent power and its relationship to constitutionalism and democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415741484

Weak Neutral CurrentsThe Discovery Of The Electro-weak Force This book attempts to trace the key experimental developments that led to the discovery of weak neutral currents in 1973 and the W Z bosons in 1983 all of the results of which culminated in the identification of the unified-electroweak force. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367216139

Weak States and Spheres of Great Power Competition This book explains the development of the international system’s present-day balance of power by exploring three central questions: (1) Under what conditions has the international system order evolved from a unipolar system to the current multipolar system? (2) What are its major states? (3) How do weak powers affect great power competition? It puts forward the following hypotheses: (1) if China and Russia are expanding their military political and economic influence into weaker states globally then the unipolar American order is unraveling; and (2) if the international system is multipolar then great power balancing may enhance international security. However balancing may be made difficult because of weak state aid-seeking behavior. When weak states engage competing great powers they become spheres of competition. This book delves into these states. Whether in Africa Latin America the Middle East Central Asia East Asia or Eastern Europe great powers hope to establish some control over weaker units for security economic and at times prestige purposes. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of political science and IR security studies and IPE as well as members of the think tank community and policy analysts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367505820

Weak States in the International System This work defines weak states and their strengths and weaknesses. It examines why they are weak and their position in different international systems as well as their economic positions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315035468

Weakening Processes in the History of Spanish Consonants (RLE Linguistics E: Indo-European Linguistics) Raymond Harris-Northall uses the distinctive features of generative phonology to present synchronic and diachronic rules but exploits the evidence of the history of the Spanish sound system to show that the ‘simplicity’ required by the generativists often obscures rather than illuminates the way in which changes develop from small beginnings. Instead he illustrates the essential need to recognise the relevance of syllable structure constraints which allied with a complex but justified and helpful presentation of the relevant strength hierarchies allow him not only to describe but to explain how changes began in the most suitable phonetic environments and then spread to subsequent items on the hierarchy over time. The result is the most serious and detailed application of strength hierarchy theory that has yet been made to a coherent body of historical data from two millennia of attestations data that is interesting in its own right and amenable to the theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987005

Weakly Connected Nonlinear SystemsBoundedness and Stability of Motion Weakly Connected Nonlinear Systems: Boundedness and Stability of Motion provides a systematic study on the boundedness and stability of weakly connected nonlinear systems covering theory and applications previously unavailable in book form. It contains many essential results needed for carrying out research on nonlinear systems of weakly connected equations.After supplying the necessary mathematical foundation the book illustrates recent approaches to studying the boundedness of motion of weakly connected nonlinear systems. The authors consider conditions for asymptotic and uniform stability using the auxiliary vector Lyapunov functions and explore the polystability of the motion of a nonlinear system with a small parameter. Using the generalization of the direct Lyapunov method with the asymptotic method of nonlinear mechanics they then study the stability of solutions for nonlinear systems with small perturbing forces. They also present fundamental results on the boundedness and stability of systems in Banach spaces with weakly connected subsystems through the generalization of the direct Lyapunov method using both vector and matrix-valued auxiliary functions.Designed for researchers and graduate students working on systems with a small parameter this book will help readers get up to date on the knowledge required to start research in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367380632

Weakly Stationary Random Fields Invariant Subspaces and Applications The first book to examine weakly stationary random fields and their connections with invariant subspaces (an area associated with functional analysis). It reviews current literature presents central issues and most important results within the area. For advanced Ph.D. students researchers especially those conducting research on Gaussian theory. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367572723

Wealth This title first published in 1920 is an excellent introduction to the fundamentals of economics including explanations of production distribution and capital. Kirkaldy further highlights the economic problems of trade commerce exchanges and finances. This title will be a valuable resource to students of Business and Economics and is equally suitable for general readers interested in learning the basics of economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138187993

Wealth Inclusive Growth and Sustainability The excessive pursuit of economic interests has resulted in severe environmental and social problems such as climate change biodiversity loss and inequality and disparity. There is an urgent need for broader measures of progress to complement Gross Domestic Product (GDP). This book provides a wide range of economic evaluations of environmental and societal issues including climate change emission problem from garbage landfills and income inequality. The book explains that sustainability indicators and well-being measures can be effective guide for policy making and how they can strike a balance between economic environmental and societal interests.This book summarizes current practices and theories of economic evaluation for sustainability and provides understanding of emerging trends in this area. It also stresses the importance of environmental policies and business actions in achieving sustainable growth and puts forth why countries should take natural capital and other conventional inputs into consideration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662264

Wealth Welfare and the Global Free MarketA Social Audit of Capitalist Economics Can the free market system continue to operate in a traditional way in a world that is now globally connected financially dysfunctional and becoming environmentally damaged by excessive consumption? Can an alternative approach that respects human culture and values at least as much as it does profit be readily identified? In this rigorous critique the author who is a former member of a World Bank mission and adviser to the Turkish Prime Minister suggests that the answer to both questions is 'No'. Emphasizing the distinction between wealth and welfare Ozer Ertuna recognises that the search for a helpful way forward based on classical economic concepts models and arguments is likely to prove fruitless. In this challenging book you are invited to consider that different approaches are needed. Using a mixture of theory and practical examples Professor Ertuna examines markets and international trade in the era of globalization from scientific economic cultural philosophical and faith-based viewpoints. He explains how what he describes as 'The Science of the 21st Century' may be part of any new emergent order. His survey of the different perspectives details what is being proposed by the 'Post Autistic Economics' movement; the Nobel laureates of the Santa Fe Institute; 'critical theoreticians'; environmentalists; and others. Vedic philosophy other belief systems and the significance of Anatolian culture may not be part of the usual discourse for business leaders but as the role of business in society becomes ever more critical an understanding of the range of perspectives brought to us by this book becomes increasingly essential. Those with an academic interest in the issues addressed here as well as business and community leaders policy makers and those in government and non-governmental organizations will want to read this valuable addition to Gower's highly respected Corporate Social Responsibility Series. Media > Books > E-books Gower 9781315547572

Wealth and FreedomTaiwan's New Political Economy First published in 1998 this volume examines the ‘economic miracle’ of Taiwan’s remarkable transition from poverty to one of the world’s most affluent economies ten years after its emergence from martial law. Gerald A. McBeath explores Taiwan from its time as a country barely recovered from Japanese occupation and wartime damage to a nation filled with new office buildings and skyscrapers where few think twice about frequenting expensive restaurants. Beginning with the State of Taiwan between 1945 and 1986 McBeath progresses through the transformation of the Party-State the changing status of economic interests policy-making in the democratic era and Taiwan’s internationalisation campaigns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362277

Wealth and Life (Routledge Revivals)A Study in Values First published in 1930 this book endeavours to trace and express the relations between economic and human values between wealth and life. Hobson studies everything from the role of production processes and consumption in the determination of human welfare; to the changing attitudes of economic science towards ethical considerations; as well as the tendency of organised society to exercise a control of economic processes in the interests of equity humanity and social order. Part I of the book deals with an attempt to provide an intelligible and consistent meaning for human value and welfare. Part II sketches the emergence of an economic science and its formal relations to ethics. Part III discusses the ethical significance of certain basic factors in the modern economic system especially property and market processes. Part IV is addressed to the notion of industrial peace and progress in the light of modern humanism with especial regard to the new problems emerging in a world becoming conscious of its widening unity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415521277

Wealth and Poverty in Close Personal RelationshipsMoney Matters At a time of global and domestic economic crisis the financial aspects of domestic and familial relationships are more important and more strained than ever before. The focus of this book is on the distribution of wealth and poverty in traditional and non-traditional familial relationships. The volume takes an interdisciplinary approach to explore the way in which money matters are structured and governed within close personal relationships and the extent to which they have an impact on the nature and economic dynamics of relationships. As such the key areas of investigation are the extent to which participation in the labour market unpaid caregiving inheritance pensions and welfare reform have an impact on familial relationships. The authors also explore governmental and legal responses by investigating the privileging of certain types of domestic relationships through fiscal and non-fiscal measures and the differential provision on relationship breakdown. The impact of budget and welfare cuts is also examined for their effect on equality in domestic relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595036

Wealth CreationA New Framework for Rural Economic and Community Development A new approach to rural development is emerging. Instead of being about attracting companies that might create jobs over which communities have no control the emerging paradigm is about connecting the unique underutilized assets of place with market opportunity to grow assets that are owned and controlled by and for the benefit of low-wealth people and places. But asset development is about more than bricks and mortar or narrowly defined financial assets. There are many kinds of assets that communities require to thrive – such as social capital natural capital political capital and intellectual capital. The emerging new approach to rural development is then about broadening the definition of "wealth " engaging underutilized assets and a key third element: harnessing the power of the market – rather than relying solely on philanthropy and government. Wealth Creation provides a conceptual guide with practical examples for policymakers practitioners of economic and community development community organizers environmentalists funders investors and corporations seeking a values-based framework for identifying self-interests across sectors that can lead to opportunities to transform existing systems for the collective good. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367257422

Weaponizing MapsIndigenous Peoples and Counterinsurgency in the Americas Maps play an indispensable role in indigenous peoples' efforts to secure land rights in the Americas and beyond. Yet indigenous peoples did not invent participatory mapping techniques on their own; they appropriated them from techniques developed for colonial rule and counterinsurgency campaigns and refined by anthropologists and geographers. Through a series of historical and contemporary examples from Nicaragua Canada and Mexico this book explores the tension between military applications of participatory mapping and its use for political mobilization and advocacy. The authors analyze the emergence of indigenous territories as spaces defined by a collective way of life--and as a particular kind of battleground. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462519910

Weapons Of InfluenceThe Legislative Veto American Foreign Policy And The Irony Of Reform  When the justices of the Supreme Court ruled the legislative veto unconstitutional in the 1983 case of "Immigration and Naturalization Service versus Chadha" they removed a device that had allowed Congress to delegate policymaking authority to the executive while retaining oversight over the ultimate use of that authority. In this book the autho Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216146

Weapons of Mass Destruction and International Order First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138452589

Weapons of Mass Destruction and US Foreign PolicyThe strategic use of a concept This book examines the use of concepts – specifically ‘weapons of mass destruction’ (WMD) – in US foreign policy discourse. Current analysis of WMD definition has made headway into identifying the repercussions that the conceptual conflation of such diverse weapons – typically understood as a reference to nuclear biological and chemical weapons – has for international security. While the concept assumes these weapons are ‘equal’ the vast disparity between them and their disparity from the conventional weapons from which they are supposedly distinct means this approach is seen as unreflective of reality causing miscalculations in security policy. Not least this has highlighted that the issue of WMD definition is a priority concern where this has direct implications for strategy. In contrast Weapons of Mass Destruction and US Foreign Policy argues that this approach does not accurately portray conceptual meaning particularly where it overlooks how political language is constructed. In demonstrating this the book presents a conceptual history of WMD detailing how this has been defined and used since its emergence into political discourse c.1945. Specifically it argues that definition is an inherently strategic act; policymakers have deliberately included (or excluded) certain weapons and threats from the classification in order to shape foreign policy dialogues. As such understanding the WMD concept is not a search for a single interpretation but an analysis that seeks to comprehend what the concept means at any given time especially where this relates to the political circumstances of its use. By identifying a variety of ways in which WMD has been defined the book constructs a dynamic view of conceptual meaning that recognises and more importantly explains the inherent diversity in interpretation as the consequence of epistemic and institutional context and the strategic response of policymakers. This book will be of much interest to students of Weapons of Mass Destruction US foreign and security policy security studies political narratives and IR.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415830188

Weapons Under Fire First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315050096

Wear of Rock Cutting ToolsImplications for the Site Investigation of Rock Dredging Projects This text deals with the dredging of rock by large cutter suction dredgers. The rock properties influencing the mechanical cutting of rock and the wear of cutting teeth are examined and to verify the model of mechanical rock excavation developed case studies of dredging projects were performed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203733981

Wear of Rock Cutting ToolsLaboratory Experiments on the Abrasivity of Rock This text provides an insight into the wear processes which take place during the cutting of rock with steel cutting tools. Rock cutting experiments in different rock types leading to a new approach to the estimation of rock cutting tool wear are described. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003077886

Wearable Solar Cell Systems Smartwatch? Fitness tracker? Portable ECG? Smartphone? Posture monitor? Hearing aid? MP3 player? E-reader? Wireless headset? Hiking watch? Gaming headset? Sleep monitor? Laptop computer? Tablet? Indeed a dizzying array of portable and wearable electronic devices is available to the modern consumer. Not surprisingly as the number of devices an individual chooses to wear or carry increases so does the energy required to power those devices. Judging by the increasing popularity of portable power banks waiting to recharge many of these devices using standard wall outlets is no longer a standard practice. Wearable Solar Cell Systems looks at the possibilities for supporting the energy demand of these devices without the need to return to the dreaded wall outlet for recharging. While crystalline silicon dominates world markets second- or third-generation solar cell technologies may be more suitable to wearable systems. Array size architecture and management must also be chosen to best serve portable and wearable devices and harvest light energy from different light sources under a broad range of input conditions. This book is intended to serve a wide audience from students who desire a basic introduction to solar (photovoltaic) cell technology to professionals seeking a holistic picture of wearable solar cells and systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367023478

Wearable Systems and Antennas Technologies for 5G IOT and Medical Systems Due to progress in the development of communication systems it is now possible to develop low-cost wearable communication systems. A wearable antenna is meant to be a part of the clothing or close to the body and used for communication purposes which include tracking and navigation mobile computing and public safety. Examples include smartwatches (with integrated Bluetooth antennas) glasses (such as Google Glass with Wi-Fi and GPS antennas) GoPro action cameras (with Wi-Fi and Bluetooth antennas) etc. They are increasingly common in consumer electronics and for healthcare and medical applications. However the development of compact efficient wearable antennas is one of the major challenges in the development of wearable communication and medical systems. Technologies such as printed compact antennas and miniaturization techniques have been developed to create efficient small wearable antennas which are the main objective of this book. Each chapter covers enough mathematical detail and explanations to enable electrical electromagnetic and biomedical engineers and students and scientists from all areas to follow and understand the topics presented. New topics and design methods are presented for the first time in the area of wearable antennas metamaterial antennas and fractal antennas. The book covers wearable antennas RF measurements techniques and measured results in the vicinity of the human body setups and design considerations. The wearable antennas and devices presented in this book were analyzed by using HFSS and ADS 3D full-wave electromagnetics software. Explores wearable medical systems and antennas Explains the design and development of wearable communication systems Explores wearable reconfigurable antennas for communication and medical applications Discusses new types of metamaterial antennas and artificial magnetic conductors (AMC) Reviews textile antennas Dr. Albert Sabban holds a PhD in Electrical Engineering from the University of Colorado at Boulder USA (1991) and an MBA from the Faculty of Management Haifa University Israel (2005). He is currently a Senior Lecturer and researcher at the Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering at Kinneret and Ort Braude Engineering Colleges. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367409135

Wearing Gauss’s Jersey Wearing Gauss’s Jersey focuses on "Gauss problems " problems that can be very tedious and time consuming when tackled in a traditional straightforward way but if approached in a more insightful fashion can yield the solution much more easily and elegantly. The book shows how mathematical problem solving can be fun and how students can improve their mathematical insight regardless of their initial level of knowledge. Illustrating the underlying unity in mathematics it also explores how problems seemingly unrelated on the surface are actually extremely connected to each other. Each chapter starts with easy problems that demonstrate the simple insight/mathematical tools necessary to solve problems more efficiently. The text then uses these simple tools to solve more difficult problems such as Olympiad-level problems and develop more complex mathematical tools. The longest chapters investigate combinatorics as well as sequences and series which are some of the most well-known Gauss problems. These topics would be very tedious to handle in a straightforward way but the book shows that there are easier ways of tackling them. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367380113

Weary PolicemanAmerican Power in an Age of Austerity As another presidential election looms the America’s role in global affairs and security has emerged as one of the campaign’s great battle lines. The struggle not just to define but also to preserve American power is no modern phenomenon: questions of intervention and projection have dominated the nation’s politics from the days of the Founding Fathers. Then as now the old centres of power were shifting. Nor is economic stress an unfamiliar factor for policymakers. But in 2012 these problems are compounded by the on-going financial crisis in Europe which together with the overstretch and fatigue from two wars has sapped the strength of America’s chief allies. While it may urge its NATO partners to shoulder more of the security burden the US finds them less willing and occasionally unable to share the strain. This Adelphi examines the myriad challenges America must confront if it is to uphold and spread its values. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415644877

Weather Climate Culture Throughout history the weather has been both feared and revered for its powerful influence over living creatures. Not only does it control our moods activities and fashions but it has also played a crucial role in broader issues of cultural identity concepts of time and economic development. In fact the weather has become so ingrained in our everyday routines that many of us forget just how profoundly this omnipotent force shapes culture. With the continuing rise in global warming and consequential change in weather patterns our awareness and understanding of this topic has never been so important. This fascinating book is the first to explore our close relationship with the weather. From folklore to visual representations agricultural and health practices and unusual weather events Weather Climate Culture demonstrates that the way we discuss and interpret meteorological phenomena concerns not only the events in question but more complexly the cultural political and historical framework in which we discuss them. Why is it politically safe to discuss current weather conditions but highly controversial to discuss long-term climate change? Why are the British renowned for talking about the weather and why in the eighteenth century was this regarded as genteel? How can accounts of cultural or moral change be associated with narratives of changing climate and vice-versa?Drawing on a wide range of case studies from around the world this pioneering book provides an original and lively perspective on a subject that continues to have an incalculable impact on the way we live. It will serve as a landmark text for years to come. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003103264

Weather Climate and Climate ChangeHuman Perspectives A timely and accessible analysis of one of the most crucial and contentious issues facing the world today – the processes and consequences of natural and human induced changes in the structure and function of the climate system.Integrating the latest scientific developments throughout the text centres on climate change control addressing how weather and climate impact on environment and society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315847757

Weather Climate and Human Affairs (Routledge Revivals)A Book of Essays and Other Papers This wide-ranging collection of essays is written by one of the world’s foremost experts on weather and climate. Six of the chapters have not been published before. The rest taken from a variety of sources have been thoroughly revised and brought right up to date – taking account for example of the Chernobyl disaster the risks of nuclear power and the ozone controversy. Hubert Lamb is able to provide a mature assessment of the effect of weather on people and vice versa. His is a uniquely authoritative voice in the current debates about today’s environment and the prospects for the future.After a general introduction the book is divided into three parts. The first part consists of a chronological series of portraits of climate and its impact on human affairs and the environment. These extend from the warm climates of the geological past to the current drought in Africa. There are several studies of the last few centuries and in particular of the various effects of the so-called ‘little Ice Age’. The second part is concerned with the causes and mechanisms of climate and weather changes including chapters discussing Christmas weather fronts and volcanoes. In the final part Hubert Lamb looks to the future and attempts to put into perspective some of the pessimistic forecasts currently available. The text which is consistently authoritative but always readable is augmented by numerous maps diagrams and photographs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415682244

Weather Migration and the Scottish DiasporaLeaving the Cold Country Why did large numbers of Scots leave a temperate climate to live permanently in parts of the world where greater temperature extreme was the norm? The long nineteenth century was a period consistently cooler than now and Scotland remains the coldest of the British nations. Nineteenth-century meteorologists turned to environmental determinism to explain the persistence of agricultural shortage and to identify the atmospheric conditions that exacerbated the incidence of death and disease in the towns. In these cases the logic of emigration and the benefits of an alternative climate were compelling. Emigration agents portrayed their favoured climate in order to pull migrants in their direction. The climate reasons pressures and incentives that resulted in the movement of people have been neither straightforward nor uniform. There are known structural features that contextualize the migration experience chief among them being economic and demographic factors. By building on the work of historical climatologists and the availability of long-run climate data for the first time the emigration history of Scotland is examined through the lens of the nation’s climate. In significant per capita numbers the Scots left the cold country behind; yet the ‘homeland’ remained an unbreakable connection for the diaspora. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367350642

Weather Religion and Climate Change Weather Religion and Climate Change is the first in-depth exploration of the fascinating way in which the weather impacts on the fields of religion art culture history science and architecture. In critical dialogue with meteorology and climate science this book takes the reader beyond the limits of contemporary thinking about the Anthropocene and explores whether a deeper awareness of weather might impact on the relationship between nature and self. Drawing on a wide range of examples including paintings by J.M.W. Turner medieval sacred architecture and Aristotle’s classical Meteorologica Bergmann examines a geographically and historically wide range of cultural practices religious practices and worldviews in which weather appears as a central sacred force of life. He also examines the history of scientific meteorology and its ambivalent commodification today as well as medieval "weather witchery" and biblical perceptions of weather as a kind of "barometer" of God’s love. Overall this volume explores the notion that a new awareness of weather and its atmospheres can serve as a deep cultural and spiritual driving force that can overcome the limits of the Anthropocene and open a new path to the "Ecocene" the age of nature. Drawing on methodologies from religious studies cultural studies art history and architecture philosophy environmental ethics and aesthetics history and theology this book will be of great interest to all those concerned with studying the environment from a transdisciplinary perspective on weather and wisdom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367358808

Weather Architecture Weather Architecture further extends Jonathan Hill’s investigation of authorship by recognising the creativity of the weather. At a time when environmental awareness is of growing relevance the overriding aim is to understand a history of architecture as a history of weather and thus to consider the weather as an architectural author that affects design construction and use in a creative dialogue with other authors such as the architect and user. Environmental discussions in architecture tend to focus on the practical or the poetic but here they are considered together. Rather than investigate architecture’s relations to the weather in isolation they are integrated into a wider discussion of cultural and social influences on architecture. The analysis of weather’s effects on the design and experience of specific buildings and gardens is interwoven with a historical survey of changing attitudes to the weather in the arts sciences and society leading to a critical re-evaluation of contemporary responses to climate change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415668613

Weather ModificationTechnology And Law This dialogue between scientists and lawyers builds on the issues identified at the 1976 Conference on the Legal and Scientific Uncertainties of Weather Modification held at Duke University. It provides an in-depth consideration of the prospects for a usable weather modification technology in the near future and of the legal problems that will be r Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367213466

Weather Radar Polarimetry This book presents the fundamentals of polarimetric radar remote sensing through understanding wave scattering and propagation in geophysical media filled with hydrometers and other objects. The text characterizes the physical statistical and electromagnetic properties of hydrometers and establishes the relations between radar observables and physical state parameters. It introduces advanced remote sensing techniques (such as polarimetric phased array radar) and retrieval methods for physical parameters. The book also illustrates applications of polarimetric radar measurements in hydrometer classification particle size distribution retrievals microphysical parameterization and weather quantification and forecast. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367866532

Weather: Spaces Mobilities and Affects This book delves into the everyday spaces diverse mobilities and affective potency of weather. It presents cutting-edge research into the multiplicity of weather phenomena and analyses the lived experiences of humans in conjunction with contemporary issues notably climate change. The book considers how everyday experiences of weather in the mundane lives of people are linked to broader changes in weather patterns and climate change. Heat dust ice snow precipitation sunlight clouds tides and fog are states of weather that impact on the ways in which humans become intertwined with landscapes. Our experiences with weather are diverse and ever-changing and engaging with weather entangles humans with mobilities materials and landscapes. This book thus explores affective and sensory resonances drawing upon a variety of theoretical empirical and creative material to investigate how weather is perceived in different social and cultural contexts. Key themes focus on the mobilities generated by weather the affective and sensual potency of weather and the diverse cultural forms and practices that exemplify how weather is historically geographically and artistically represented. Offering a social and cultural understanding of weather events this book contributes to a growing literature on weather across various disciplines including human geography and cultural geography and will thus appeal to students and scholars of geography sociology humanities cultural studies and the arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367406394

Weathering the Storm in China and IndiaComparative Analysis of Societal Transformation under the Leadership of Xi and Modi China and India have in recent years seen a change in leadership with each wanting to make an impact on their respective societies by bringing about significant changes in governance. This book looks at the impact of major institutional disruptions on large- medium- and small-sized enterprises in China and India. The book endeavours to systematically assess the impact of major institutional policy changes that seek to transform and overhaul the status quo at institutional social and business levels. It also provides a holistic understanding of the impact of a major and turbulent policy shift on Asia’s two giant economies. This book is a must-read for those interested in gaining insights into the two dominant powers in Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138586086

Weathering the StormsPsychotherapy for Psychosis This book focuses on the study and treatment of patients with psychotic illnesses. It draws on Kleinian concepts and Scandinavian clinical experience to show how a psychotherapeutic approach can through a combination of empathy and sound theory stabilise contain integrate and tame the psychosis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329648

Weathering: An Introduction to the Scientific Principles Our landscape is constantly changing but before the dramatic effects of erosion and mass movement take place more subtle forces work on the rocks minerals and soils around us. Weathering is the initial process which exposes the top few layers of the Earth to the potential for change.   This book provides an introduction to the scientific principles behind mechanical chemical and biological weathering. Starting with a consideration of the chemical and physical properties of rocks and water the authors proceed to an accessible explanation of the weathering processes themselves concluding with a review of weathering rates and intensities and a survey of the effects of weathering on the landscape. Assuming little background knowledge the authors develop ideas from first principles to provide a straightforward introduction to weathering for students of geography geology and earth and environmental science. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315824918

Weatherization and Energy Efficiency Improvement for Existing HomesAn Engineering Approach Providing a proven set of energy efficiency measures and opportunities for saving energy and reducing operating costs for existing homes this volume presents general tools and procedures for performing home weatherization such as insulation improvements as well as methods to reduce air leakage. The author describes several techniques and technologies that can reduce energy use or operating costs including methods to retrofit existing homes to be net-zero energy buildings. Each chapter contains simplified calculation methods used to evaluate the effectiveness of various efficiency measures. The final chapter offers a series of case studies including examples of weatherized homes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076082

Weaving Knowledge TogetherWriting Centers and Collaboration First published in 1998. In a 1996 review article in College English Elizabeth Rankin contrasted the method and epistemology of two recent books on writing pedagogy describing one as "grounded in the experience of student writers and teachers" and the other as "academic." Rankin’s labels highlight one of the leading sources of tension in composition research—the tension between practice and theory—a tension that echoes in writing center research and publications. This collection of chapters seeks to build on the inherent collaborativeness of writing centers capturing the voices of the student writers and tutors who are at the core of writing center work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315061009

Weaving Libraries into the WebOCLC 1998-2008 The year 1997 found the members of the OCLC (Online Computer Library Center) cooperative in an expansive mood. More than 1 000 library leaders attended the OCLC President’s Luncheon in San Francisco where they celebrated OCLC’s 30th anniversary. There were more than 25 000 libraries participating in the cooperative including nearly 3 000 libraries in 62 countries outside the U.S. and the WorldCat database contained more than 37 million bibliographic records. Over the next ten years the global digital library would indeed emerge but in a form that few could have predicted. Against a backdrop of continuous technological change and the rapid growth of the Internet the OCLC cooperative’s WorldCat database continued to grow and was a central theme of the past decade. As the chapters in this book show OCLC’s chartered objectives of furthering access to the world’s information and reducing the rate of rising library costs continue to resonate among libraries and librarians as the OCLC cooperative enters its fifth decade. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Library Administration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415518666

Weaving of 3D FabricsA Critical Appreciation of the Developments This book volume 41.1 of the journal Textile Progress critically reviews the various developments that have taken place in weaving 3D fabrics. It explains how fabrics can be woven with different structures and profiles to fit specific requirements for a variety of end-use applications. The text highlights the unique features of each method and points out the major differences between the 2D and 3D methods of weaving including the use of 3D fabrics in technical applications. It also explores how methods have evolved for producing 3D fabrics to be used as advanced composite performs as well as a bifurcated vascular prosthesis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138458833

Web 2.0 Web 2.0 is a highly accessible introductory text examining all the crucial discussions and issues which surround the changing nature of the World Wide Web. It not only contextualises the Web 2.0 within the history of the Web but also goes on to explore its position within the broader dispositif of emerging media technologies. The book uncovers the connections between diverse media technologies including mobile smart phones hand-held multimedia players "netbooks" and electronic book readers such as the Amazon Kindle all of which are made possible only by the Web 2.0. In addition Web 2.0 makes a valuable contribution towards understanding the new developments in mobile computing as it integrates various aspects of social networking whilst also tackling head-on the recent controversial debates that have arisen in a backlash to the Web 2.0. Providing valuable insight into this emerging area of the World Wide Web Web 2.0 is a key supplementary text for undergraduate students of media studies sociology philosophy and other related disciplines as well as being an informative read for anyone with an interest in this key contemporary issue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415780407

Web 2.0 and BeyondPrinciples and Technologies Web 2.0 and Beyond: Principles and Technologies draws on the author’s iceberg model of Web 2.0 which places the social Web at the tip of the iceberg underpinned by a framework of technologies and ideas. The author incorporates research from a range of areas including business economics information science law media studies psychology social informatics and sociology. This multidisciplinary perspective illustrates not only the wide implications of computing but also how other areas interpret what computer science is doing. After an introductory chapter the book is divided into three sections. The first one discusses the underlying ideas and principles including user-generated content the architecture of participation data on an epic scale harnessing the power of the crowd openness and the network effect and Web topology. The second section chronologically covers the main types of Web 2.0 services—blogs wikis social networks media sharing sites social bookmarking and microblogging. Each chapter in this section looks at how the service is used how it was developed and the technology involved important research themes and findings from the literature. The final section presents the technologies and standards that underpin the operation of Web 2.0 and goes beyond this to explore such topics as the Semantic Web cloud computing and Web Science. Suitable for nonexperts students and computer scientists this book provides an accessible and engaging explanation of Web 2.0 and its wider context yet is still grounded in the rigour of computer science. It takes readers through all aspects of Web 2.0 from the development of technologies to current services. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439828670

Web Accessibility for People with Disabilities Key Benefits Comply with all legal mandates and standards Master HTML enhancements for accessibility Employ the best accessibility tools Make your Web site accessible to everyone! This definitive resource provides Internet and Web administrators and devel Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138412316

Web Based Energy Information and Control SystemsCase Studies and Applications Advances in new equipment new processes and new technology are the driving forces in improvements in energy management energy efficiency and energy cost control. The purpose of this book is to document the operational experience with web based systems in actual facilities and in varied applications and to show how new opportunities have developed for energy and facility managers to quickly and effectively control and manage their operations. You'll find information on what is actually happening at other facilities and see what is involved for current and future installations of internet-based technologies. The case studies and applications described should greatly assist energy facility and maintenance managers as well as consultants and control systems development engineers. Media > Books > E-books Fairmont Press 9781003151173

Web Based Enterprise Energy and Building Automation SystemsDesign and Installation The capability and use of IT and web based energy information and control systems has expanded from single facilities to multiple facilities and organizations with buildings located throughout the world. This book answers the question of how to take the mass of available data and extract from it simple and useful information which can determine what actions to take to improve efficiency and productivity of commercial institutional and industrial facilities. The book also provides insight into the areas of advanced applications for web based EIS and ECS systems and the integration of IT/web based information and control systems with existing BAS systems. Media > Books > E-books Fairmont Press 9781003151234

Web CartographyMap Design for Interactive and Mobile Devices Web mapping technologies continue to evolve at an incredible pace. Technology is but one facet of web map creation however. Map design aesthetics and user-interactivity are equally important for effective map communication. From interactivity to graphical user interface design from symbolization choices to animation and from layout to typeface and color selection Web Cartography offers the first comprehensive overview and guide for designing beautiful and effective web maps for a variety of devices. Written for those with a basic understanding of mapmaking but who may not have an in-depth knowledge of web design this book explains how to create effective interaction animation and layouts for maps in online and mobile platforms. Concept-driven this reference emphasizes cartographic principles for web and mobile map design over specific software techniques. It focuses on key design concepts that will remain true regardless of software technologies used. The book is supplemented with a website providing links to stellar web maps video tutorials and lectures do-it-yourself labs map critique exercises and links to others’ tutorials. Approachable clear and concise the book provides a nontechnical approachable guide to map design for the web. It provides best practices for map communication based on spatial data visualization and graphic design theory. By carefully avoiding overly technical jargon it provides a solid launching pad from which students practitioners and innovators can begin to design aesthetically pleasing and intuitive web maps. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439876220

Web Marketing for the Music Business Learn to create a powerful online presence that captures your audience by exposing them to the sights and sounds of your band or music project and allowing them to easily become paying fans. Web Marketing for the Music Business second edition includes updated basics and advice on website creation: * Setting up your website and website design * Selecting your domain name and host * Using HTML Java widgets Flash and RSS to charge up your website New! * Using search engine optimization (SEO) methods for the best search engine rankings New! * Maximizing social media sites like Facebook YouTube and Twitter for easy sharing by fans * Monitoring site traffic and using analytic tools * Adding audio and video to your site * Choosing and using commercial download services * Creating and managing an online store * Finding your market online * Creating a mobile website and mobile media campaign Market your band using sites like Facebook SonicBids and ReverbNation where fan interaction is key and fan-generated content can be encouraged. Learn techniques to coordinate your offline and online promotions for maximum impact. Drawing on his own experience and the knowledge of industry experts author Tom Hutchison brings you solid marketing advice. The companion website for the book www.focalpress.com/cw/hutchison gives you more on the ever-changing world of online promotion. This is the perfect book for do-it-yourself musicians managers and labels who want to maximize sales and exposure or industry professionals seeking information on new media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240823706

Web Metrics for Library and Information Professionals A practical guide to using web metrics to measure impact and demonstrate value. The web provides an opportunity to collect a host of different metrics from those associated with social media accounts and websites to more traditional research outputs. This book is a clear guide for library and information professionals as to what web metrics are available and how to assess and use them to make informed decisions and demonstrate value. As individuals and organizations increasingly use the web in addition to traditional publishing avenues and formats this book provides the tools to unlock web metrics and evaluate the impact of this content. Key topics covered include: Introduction to web metrics Bibliometrics webometrics and web metrics Data collection tools Evaluating impact on the web Evaluating social media impact Investigating relationships between actors Exploring traditional publications in a new environment Web metrics and the web of data The future of web metrics and the library and information professional. Readership: This book will provide a practical introduction to web metrics for a wide range of library and information professionals from the bibliometrician wanting to demonstrate the wider impact of a researcher's work than can be demonstrated through traditional citations databases to the reference librarian wanting to measure how successfully they are engaging with their users on Twitter. It will be a valuable tool for anyone who wants to not only understand the impact of content but demonstrate this impact to others within the organization and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856048743

Web Metrics for Library and Information Professionals A practical guide to using web metrics to measure impact and demonstrate value. This book will provide a practical introduction to web metrics for a wide range of library and information professionals from the bibliometrician wanting to demonstrate the wider impact of a researcher's work than can be demonstrated through traditional citations databases to the reference librarian wanting to measure how successfully they are engaging with their users on Twitter. It will be a valuable tool for anyone who wants to not only understand the impact of content but demonstrate this impact to others within the organization and beyond. The web provides an opportunity to collect a host of different metrics from those associated with social media accounts and websites to more traditional research outputs. This book is a clear guide for library and information professionals as to what web metrics are available and how to assess and use them to make informed decisions and demonstrate value. As individuals and organizations increasingly use the web in addition to traditional publishing avenues and formats this book provides the tools to unlock web metrics and evaluate the impact of this content. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783303052

Web Programming for BusinessPHP Object-Oriented Programming with Oracle Web Programming for Business: PHP Object-Oriented Programming with Oracle focuses on fundamental PHP coding giving students practical enduring skills to solve data and technical problems in business. Using Oracle as the backend database the book is version-neutral teaching students code that will still work even with changes to PHP and Oracle. The code is clean clearly explained and solutions-oriented allowing students to understand how technologies such as XML RSS or AJAX can be leveraged in business applications. The book is fully illustrated with examples and includes chapters on: Database functionality Security programming Transformation programming to move data Powerpoint slides applied exam questions and the raw code for all examples are available on a companion website. This book offers an innovative approach that allows anyone with basic SQL and HTML skills to learn PHP object-oriented programming. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415818056

Web RadioRadio Production for Internet Streaming Anyone wanting to set up a low cost web radio station will benefit from the advice and information provided by this book. Not only will you gain technical and practical know-how to enable your station to go live but also an appreciation of the legal and copyright implications of making radio potentially for international audiences and in the rapidly evolving environment of the web.To succeed your radio content will need to be carefully planned and your station properly promoted. Advice is given on taking advantage of the scalability web radio introduces for building audiences in line with your resources for scheduled live output and for making programmes available on demand including music news speech radio and audience participation. Case studies from around the world are provided to demonstrate how different radio organisations are applying the new flexibility web radio has to offer in a wide range of situations. Together with its associated website www.web-radio-book.com the book also acts as a starting point for locating a range of sources for further advice and lines of research. Learn how to: - go live with your own low cost web radio station (either managing the server yourself or using a host service) - assess the right server set-up to handle the number of simultaneous listeners expected - get the best sound quality to your listeners- take account of the range of devices available for receiving web radio- plan your station programming and associated website - identify and reach your audience - build audience feedback and data into your station's strategy- tackle the additional legal and ethical dimensions of radio on the web - source more detailed information Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147485

Web SecurityA WhiteHat Perspective In late 2013 approximately 40 million customer debit and credit cards were leaked in a data breach at Target. This catastrophic event deemed one of the biggest data breaches ever clearly showed that many companies need to significantly improve their information security strategies. Web Security: A White Hat Perspective presents a comprehensive guide to web security technology and explains how companies can build a highly effective and sustainable security system. In this book web security expert Wu Hanqing reveals how hackers work and explains why companies of different scale require different security methodologies. With in-depth analysis of the reasons behind the choices the book covers client script security server applications security and Internet company security operations. It also includes coverage of browser security cross sites script attacks click jacking HTML5/PHP security injection attacks authentication session management access control web frame security DDOS leaks Internet transactions security and the security development lifecycle. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781466592612

Web TechnologyTheory and Practice This book intends to expound the complete concept of Web in Theory Web in Research and Web in Practice with the help of worked out examples for better understanding. Planned as a comprehensive reading for beginners and a reference for advanced learners the book includes latest developments and approaches related to the World Wide Web. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138550438

Web WisdomHow to Evaluate and Create Information Quality on the Web Third Edition The World Wide Web has undergone tremendous growth since the first edition of Web Wisdom: How to Evaluate and Create Information Quality on the Web was conceived and written in the mid to late 1990s. The phenomenal global expansion of the internet together with the increasing sophistication of online technologies and software applications requires us to be more savvy Web users especially given the growing complexity of Web-based information. This new edition of Web Wisdom covers key issues that users and creators of Web resources need to know regarding reliable and useful information on the Web including social media content. Written in a straightforward and accessible format the book also provides critical evaluation techniques and tools to enhance Web-based research and the creation of high quality content. Features Includes checklists comprised of basic questions to ask when evaluating or creating web resources Provides an expanded discussion of copyright trademark and other related issues with specific reference to web authoring Contains a chapter devoted exclusively to social media applications and their unique evaluation challenges Presents a new section that addresses the evaluation challenges that are related to combining traditional and social media content Offers a new section focused on computer-generated text and its allied evaluation challenges Introduces a revised and expanded companion website that provides a variety of supplemental materials related to the evaluation and creation of web content as well as links to additional examples This book demonstrates how to adapt and apply the five core traditional evaluation criteria (authority accuracy objectivity currency coverage) originally introduced in the first edition to the modern-day Web environment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138501584

Web-Based and Traditional Outsourcing In today’s increasingly competitive business environment organizations must be able to adapt to the ever-changing business landscape where traditional business concepts no longer ensure success. The future will be driven by value and competing ideas—creating an environment where old alignments and equations will be replaced by a global network of projects and brand equity can evaporate quickly. Scale business relationships or perish is becoming the new mantra. Written by a team of authors from the world's largest software outsourcer Web-Based and Traditional Outsourcing explains how to leverage the Web to effectively manage and deploy people resources and competencies—regardless of their location. It introduces ground-breaking business models and frameworks that add significant value to outsourcing. This cutting-edge reference:Integrates sourcing acquisition payment and sales into a single end-to-end solutionAddresses outsourced project management as well as the offer and acceptance of technology servicesDetails how to reduce costs and improve delivery times in software projects through reuse Explains risk sharing co-ownership win-win business approaches and equity-based contracts Examining emerging trends and the future of outsourcing the text provides authoritative insights into what are becoming the new ways of doing business. The authors supply the enterprise-wide vision of corporate capabilities needed to address contemporary outsourcing issues and include helpful tools for evaluating offshore vendors and determining the best location for your infrastructure needs. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367381875

Web-Based Education in the Human ServicesModels Methods and Best Practices A much-needed look at innovative and effective methods for creating virtual learning environments for human servicesWeb-Based Education in the Human Services reflects the vitality and diversity of Web-based courses currently delivered within human services. Unlike previous texts that have combined technologies such as Interactive Television (ITV) and two-way audio where Web involvement was minimal this unique book focuses on Web-based models tools and techniques used in courses where the majority of the content is delivered online. The book’s contributors emphasize the social aspects of learning examining topical areas not usually associated with Web-based education as they remind us of the need to move beyond the similarities between WBE and face-to-face (FTF) approaches.Web-Based Education in the Human Services documents a course delivery method coming of age in its desire to create virtual learning environments that incorporate a variety of techniques and strategies. These environments use concepts and tools beyond what packages such as WebCT currently offer highlighting the power of designing a complete Web-based curriculum rather than viewing each course separately. Many of the most successful approaches presented in this invaluable book don’t involve sophisticated tools or programming but the creative design of interactive scenarios emotional content and feedback mechanisms that reinforce the instructor’s role as the crucial ingredient for success. Web-Based Education in the Human Services examines: adult learning theories teaching practice skills through Web-based technology how to bridge the gap between theory and practice faculty perceptions of the effectiveness of Web-based instruction compared to face-to-face instruction the accessibility of Web-based education the significance of emotion in learning Web-based delivery of a graduate professional training program the creation delivery and evaluation of a pilot course using Blackboard 6™ the development of a Web-based undergraduate child welfare course the use of Web-based video clips for counselor skills training the design development pilot and revision of a Web-based social work practice course an online format for agency-based field instruction the design of a Web-based graduate program in counseling psychology and much more!Web-Based Education in the Human Services is an invaluable resource for social work and human services educators including education nursing and psychology Web-course developers and college and university administrators. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821191

Web-Based Learning in K-12 ClassroomsOpportunities and Challenges Make sure your students get the most from their online learning experiencesEven though nearly every K-12 public school in the United States has broadband Internet access the Web’s vast potential as a teaching and learning tool has still not been realized. Web-based learning opportunities have been expensive slow to develop and time-consuming to implement despite pressure on schools to adopt technology solutions that will cure their educational ills. Web-Based Learning in K-12 Classrooms: Opportunities and Challenges chronicles the up and downs of online learning and offers unique insights into its future providing a comprehensive curriculum-wide treatment of K-12 content areas (reading science mathematics social studies) special education counseling virtual schools exemplary schools implementation issues and educational Web sites.The Internet represents a powerful complex set of technologies that offers your students access to unlimited knowledge—but that access doesn’t replace the human interactions found in classrooms. Placing a student in front of a computer monitor is a supplement to classroom learning not a substitute for it. Academics and education professionals address questions surrounding the key issues involved in successfully incorporating the wide range of Web-based learning opportunities (formal courses demonstrations simulations collaborations searches) into the classroom including technology content and implementation.Web-Based Learning in K-12 Classrooms examines: inquiry-based learning online interaction displaying student work online Internet accessibility for students with disabilities initiating school counselors into e-learning technologies the role of government in virtual schools Web-based schools in California Virginia Pennsylvania Vermont and Texas a 13-category classification system for online educational resources the ATLAS model for program implementation evaluations of more than 1 000 pieces of online information (articles research reports news and statistics) and 900 Web applications (tutorials drills games and tests) with evaluation criteriaWeb-Based Learning in K-12 Classrooms is a vital resource for educators interested in online learning applications across the K-12 curriculum. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315808574

Web-Based LearningTheory Research and Practice Web-Based Learning: Theory Research and Practice explores the state of the art in the research and use of technology in education and training from a learning perspective. This edited book is divided into three major sections:*Policy Practice and Implementation Issues -- an overview of policy issues as well as tools and designs to facilitate implementation of Web-based learning;*Theory and Research Issues -- a look at theoretical foundations of current and future Web-based learning; the section also includes empirical studies of Web-based learning; and*Summary and Conclusions -- highlights key issues in each chapter and outlines a research and development agenda.Within this framework the book addresses several important issues including: the primacy of learning as a focus for technology; the need to integrate technology with high standards and content expectations; the paucity of and need to support the development of technology-based curriculum and tools; the need to integrate assessment in technology and improve assessment through the use of technology; and the need for theory-driven research and evaluation studies to increase our knowledge and efficacy.Web-Based Learning is designed for professionals and graduate students in the educational technology human performance assessment and evaluation vocational/technical and educational psychology communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653183

Web-based Virtual Environments for Decision Support in Water Based Systems User interface is one of the most important components for decision support systems since it directly faces to the end users: decision makers and stakeholders. Implementation of modern visualization and interaction techniques can fill the gap between models and information in order to assist the end user to achieve appropriate knowledge. Web-based interactive maps and construction of virtual environments are mainly described in this research. Combining with several case studies the advantages and disadvantages of 2D and 3D visualization have been revealed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138024755

Webb's Physics of Medical Imaging Since the publication of the best-selling highly acclaimed first edition the technology and clinical applications of medical imaging have changed significantly. Gathering these developments into one volume Webb’s Physics of Medical Imaging Second Edition presents a thorough update of the basic physics modern technology and many examples of clinical application across all the modalities of medical imaging. New to the Second Edition Extensive updates to all original chapters Coverage of state-of-the-art detector technology and computer processing used in medical imaging 11 new contributors in addition to the original team of authors Two new chapters on medical image processing and multimodality imaging More than 50 percent new examples and over 80 percent new figures Glossary of abbreviations color insert and contents lists at the beginning of each chapter Keeping the material accessible to graduate students this well-illustrated book reviews the basic physics underpinning imaging in medicine. It covers the major techniques of x-radiology computerised tomography nuclear medicine ultrasound and magnetic resonance imaging in addition to infrared electrical impedance and optical imaging. The text also describes the mathematics of medical imaging image processing image perception computational requirements and multimodality imaging. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780750305730

Webcasting WorldwideBusiness Models of an Emerging Global Medium Webcasting Worldwide tackles one of the most timely topics in mass communication today—the delivery of audio and video content via the Web or webcasting—employing a global perspective to explore the subject. It is unique in providing a theoretical framework by which to analyze business models of emerging media and it also examines the business practices of leading webcasters in the world’s most developed broadband markets. With webcasting in its early development the approaches discussed in this volume set the standards for the webcasting industry. Representing the major broadband markets in the world this text is an authoritative and valuable reference for both researchers and practitioners. The chapters relate the business practices of webcasting to the media market environment and established media industries such as television and radio as well as government and non-profit organizations. A CD-ROM accompanies the book offering PowerPoint charts for use in training education and research along with tables graphs screenshots and hyperlinks. Webcasting Worldwide is essential reading for academic researchers and media industry practitioners and the volume will be a useful text in advanced courses addressing media technology media management and international communication. For updates about the book chapters and latest commentaries on topics related to webcasting business models please visit the Webcasting Business Models Blog at http://webcastingworldwide.blogspot.com Winner of The Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication Picard Award for Media Management and Economics 2007. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410614506

Weber Schumpeter and Modern CapitalismTowards a General Theory This book provides the groundwork for a general theory of modern capitalism by reinterpreting Max Weber’s work on the origins and institutional underpinnings of modern capitalism and Joseph Schumpeter’s thought on the mechanisms and functioning of the capitalist economy. Focusing on the lesser-known works of both figures particularly in the case of Weber whose writings on economics and economic history are frequently overlooked the author contends that a combination of Schumpeter’s and Weber’s theoretical schemas incorporating their many valuable insights provides the basis of a unified overall theory of modern capitalism that is comprehensive coherent and persuasive. With attention to the important theoretical connections between Weber and Schumpeter and the respective contributions of both with regard to the nature and workings of capitalism the author explores the compatibility of the two approaches arguing that the full significance of the contributions of the two writers has not been adequately appreciated. A systematic and sympathetic comparison and synthesis of the contributions of two of the central figures in social and economic theory which highlights the enduring relevance of their work in times of political and economic crisis Weber Schumpeter and Modern Capitalism will appeal to scholars across the social sciences with interests in social and economic theory classical sociology and economic history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367208004

Weber & Islam V 7 This volume contributes to the modern study of Islam and provides a full-length review of Weber's sociology of Islam. It examines modern scholarship which questions the relevance of Weber to the contemporary role of Islam in global politics. It is useful for students of the sociology of religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757331

Weber & Marxist World V 6 This volume provides the student of Weber with the only comprehensive account of the communist critique of Weber. It discusses a question of fundamental importance to the entire discussion and critique of Weberian thinking by Marxist theorists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757324

Weber and DurkheimA Methodological Comparison Weber and Durkheim: A methodological comparison is a systematic comparative analysis of the methodologies of Max Weber and Émile Durkheim. Jensen shows how Weber and Durkheim analyse Protestants and Catholics in practice in The Protestant Ethic and Suicide respectively. The very different ways that Weber and Durkheim carry out their analyses are then used to describe analyse and contrast their methodological principles and points of view raising fundamental questions in sociological and social science analysis such as: What constitutes the object of sociology? How are concepts developed? What status can be attributed to laws? Which possibilities – and limitations – do we have for producing scientific insight into society? What are we to think of the relationship between ‘Is’ and ‘Ought’ – and how can social science deal with values? How are social phenomena to be explained? This book will be a valuable resource for students and scholars of sociology social methodology political theory political science social theory and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415696159

Weber and ToenniesComparative Sociology in Historical Perspective This collection of selected essays by Werner J. Cahnman brings together out of scattered dispersion his writings about Max Weber Ferdinand Toennies and historical sociology. The great theoretical range and depth of his intellect and mastery of sociological thinking is apparent as he discusses the impact of romanticism on modern thought and how Weber and Toennies both analysed and reacted to modernity.Cahnman places Weber (1864-1920) the dominant figure in twentieth-century sociology in the midst of the methodological controversies so characteristic of contemporary social science and he fully discusses the overarching importance of Weberian ideal-type theory. Although less well-known than Weber Toennies (1855-1936) was also a sociologist of the first rank. He is best remembered for his enormously influential twin concepts Gemeinschaft and Gesellschaft which contributed to our understanding of the historical and sociological basis for the change from premodern to modern societies. The essays in this volume establish Toennies' intellectual connections to Karl Marx Max Weber Emile Durkheim and Herbert Spencer and clarify his influence upon American sociology.Cahnman stood against strict separations between history and sociology and his essays are all informed by a wonderful admixture of the theoretical and the concrete. They demonstrate how a genuine historical sociology not unlike that of Weber and Toennies can find and explain linkages between seemingly disparate events spanning time and place. This volume will be of interest to sociologists political scientists and intellectual historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412857086

WebGL Insights Given its ubiquity plugin-free deployment and ease of development the adoption of WebGL is on the rise. Skilled WebGL developers provide organizations with the ability to develop and implement efficient and robust solutions—creating a growing demand for skilled WebGL developers.WebGL Insights shares experience-backed lessons learned by the WebGL community. It presents proven techniques that will be helpful to both intermediate and advanced WebGL developers.By focusing on current and emerging techniques the book demonstrates the breadth and depth of WebGL. Readers will gain practical skills to solve problems related to performance engine design shader pipelines rendering mobile devices testing and more.Throughout the book experienced WebGL engine and application developers GPU vendors browser developers researchers and educators share their unique expertise based on their real-world experiences. This includes hardware vendors sharing performance and robustness advice for mobile browser developers providing deep insight into WebGL implementations and testing and WebGL-engine developers presenting design and performance techniques for many of the most popular WebGL engines. The companion WebGL Insights website contains helpful tips sample content  code and other resources. It is also the place to find announcements about future volumes: http://www.webglinsights.com/ Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781498716079

Webs of Resistence in a Newly Privatized Polish FirmWorkers React to Organizational Transformation First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879874

Web-Weaving Intranets and Extranets are the fastest growing use of internet technology and are being adopted by a large number of organizations. `Web-Weaving' is a book for managers which illustrates the benefits and pitfalls of using technology to enhance internal and external connections. The book brings together a number of the hottest subjects in IT and Organizational Development using contributions from innovative thinkers and practitioners in both areas. The first section defines what web-weaving actual is describing the huge range of communication technology available to organizations at the moment. The second section reviews web-weaving in practice using case studies of companies using intranet and extranet technology. The third section brings together commentaries from leading players in both the IT and Human Resources fields to predict the future of web-weaving and the huge impact it will have on the way organizations and the people within them will work together in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435070

Wedding Planning and ManagementConsultancy for Diverse Clients This third edition of Wedding Planning and Management: Consultancy for Diverse Clients provides students consultants engaged couples vendors and scholars with a comprehensive introduction to the business of weddings. Looking through an event management lens this is the only book to thoroughly explore the fundamentals of weddings including historical and cultural foundations practice and the business of wedding planning in one volume. Diversity and inclusivity are emphasized through the integration of wedding traditions from cultures around the globe and international case studies that inspire and set standards for best practice. Key features of the third edition include: Updated research reflecting trends in areas such as technology social media marriage equality legislation LGBTQ+ weddings celebrity influences destination weddings DIY essentials and planning eco-friendly weddings. Cutting-edge innovations in areas such as "green" venues themed menus fusion stationery sustainable floral décor and distinctive site layout all of which are highlighted by top wedding vendors. Budget management tips timeline specifics and guidelines for starting and marketing a wedding consulting business. Over 100 international case studies exploring cultural traditions vendor relations and best practice. A companion website for instructors including updated PowerPoint slides syllabus guidelines real-world assignments and a comprehensive test bank. This full-color book is visually stunning with over 150 images by top wedding photojournalist Rodney Bailey. End-of-chapter checklists review questions and practical scenarios support readers' knowledge as they progress. Maggie Daniels and Carrie Wosicki bring a combination of over 45 years of industry practice and teaching experience. They have written a book that is the ideal guide to successful wedding planning and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367227845

Wedding Planning and ManagementConsultancy for Diverse Clients Wedding Planning and Management: Consultancy for Diverse Clients 2nd Edition provides students consultants vendors scholars and engaged couples with a comprehensive introduction to the business of weddings. Looking through an event management lens this is the only book to thoroughly explore the fundamentals of weddings including historical and cultural foundations practice and the business of wedding planning in one volume. An emphasis on diversity traditions from cultures around the globe are integrated throughout with over 80 international case studies that inspire and set standards for best practice. Since the first edition there have been many changes in the business of weddings and this second edition has been updated in the following ways: Updated content to reflect recent issues and trends in areas such as family dynamics media influences impacts of technology legislation and the global economy. Every chapter is updated with the most recent research statistics vendor information and consultant guidelines. New international case studies explore current research cultural traditions vendor relations and consulting best practice.  New companion website for instructors that includes PowerPoint slides case study solutions additional discussion ideas and assignments. The book is illustrated in full color and contains over 150 images by top wedding photojournalist Rodney Bailey end-of-chapter checklists practical scenarios and review questions to test readers' knowledge as they progress. Maggie Daniels and Carrie Loveless bring a combination of over 40 years of industry practice and teaching experience and have written a book that is the ideal guide to successful wedding planning and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415644457

Weed Control Methods for Public Health Applications This volume includes measures of control of aquatic vegetation that harms human health since water-related diseases exist in this environment. Although malaria has receded internationally due to the combined chemotherapeutic-insecticidal programs recently it has resisted both medicines and insecticide control. Active malaria cases in the U.S. were fewer than a dozen before the Vietnam War but in 1973 the figure was ab out 700 almost all traceable to returning military personnel. The disease could again become prevalent. Other diseases exist whose transmission is indirectly affected by aquatic weed conditions including filariasis and various trematodiases especially from the schistosomes Chinese liver fluke cattle liver fluke Guinea worm giant intestinal fluke Asiatic lung fluke and broad tapeworm. Waterweeds also support disease-pest arthropods i.e. snipe flies tabanids (horse gad deer and greenheads) Clear Lake gnats Mayflies black flies sandflies and sewage flies.Ecosystem studies of impounded water research and development of herbivorous fish and utilization of herbivorous fish in China are also included in this volume. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898599

Weed Control Methods For Recreation Facilities Management It is the purpose of this volume to survey and assess the management problems of recreation waters and to present case problems from the field in which the technical data published literature and the operations mechanics are given in sufficient detail to provide a format for practical analysis and application. Special emphasis has been given to measures of control of Eurasian watermilfoil.The primary and secondary uses of a body of water determine the need frequency and kind of aquatic plant control required to meet the needs of a specific situation. That is to say a given body of water may be used primarily or even exclusively for such activities as fishing boating or swimming and the water itself may be used for domestic (potable water) industrial production and/or agriculture. These uses may seem to be incompatible in themselves but it is incumbent upon management to supply the optimum conditions for total water use. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898605

Weed Control Methods for Rights of Way Management This volume describes in detail methods of control and related data including (1) all vegetation on industrial sites paved highways and railroad ballast (2) woody vegetation along roadsides utility lines and fire breaks and (3) aquatic vegetation on rivers and stream banks waterways ponds reservoirs irrigation and drainage channels. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898612

Weed Control Methods for River Basin Management Aquatic plants continue to create problems associated with navigation flood control agriculture irrigation and drainage values of lands conservation of wildlife and fisheries and water resource supply. While much research is being done to find more effective and economic control measures there is now a great need to apply known facts to achieve a measure of control by the means available. It is the purpose of this volume to provide a scientifically documented treatise of the known facts as they apply to the control of aquatic weeds in river basins and their allied waterways with particular emphasis on alligator weed and water hyacinth. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898629

Weed ControlSustainability Hazards and Risks in Cropping Systems Worldwide In light of public concerns about sustainable food production the necessity for human and environmental protection along with the evolution of herbicide resistant weeds call for a review of current weed control strategies. Sustainable weed control requires an integrated approach based on knowledge of each crop and the weeds that threaten it. This book will be an invaluable source of information for scholars growers consultants researchers and other stakeholders dealing with either arable row cash vegetables orchards or even grassland-based production systems. The uniqueness of this book comes from the balanced coverage of herbicide effects on humans and environment in relation to best weed control practices of the most important cropping systems worldwide. Furthermore it amalgamates and discusses the most appropriate judicious and suitable weed control strategies for a wide range of crops. It reviews the available information and suggests solutions that are not merely feasible but also optimal. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498787468

Weed PhysiologyVolume 2: Herbicide Physiology Volume 2 deals with the mechanisms of herbicide action and of resistance and tolerance to herbicides. The first five chapters of this volume cover the effects of herbicides and adjuvants on the physiology of plants. Professor Black‘s chapter begins by covering the effects of herbicides on photosynthesis including photosynthetic assimilation of nitrogen sulfur and phosphorus. This is followed by Dr. Morelands chapter on herbicide interactions with plant respiration. The third chapter by Professor Bartels deals with the effects of herbicides on chloroplast and cellular development with emphasis on correlating physiological information with ultrasound effects. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898636

Weed PhysiologyVolume I: Reproduction and Ecophysiology Weeds are plants existing at places and/or times at which they are considered undesirable by man. Thys man‘s primary interest in weeds is in dinging methods for eliminating their presences. Understanding the physiology of weeds and how it differs from that of crop plants is becoming increasingly important in discovering new chemical genetic and cultural methods of controlling weeds. The two volumes of this book will aim to discuss the following; the physiology of weed production the ecophysiology of weeds the mechanisms of herbicide action and the mechanisms of herbicide resistance and tolerance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898643

Weeding and Maintenance of Reference Collections Here is unique volume offering practical advice on weeding and maintaining reference collections. It covers different types of libraries--academic corporate public--and problems and librarians describe in detail methods and criteria used by their libraries in weeding their reference collections. Dr. Pierce has organized the topics of her book into relevant chapters. These chapters bound to appeal to a variety of needs address and discuss the problems and management of growing reference collections. As many librarians find weeding reference books a difficult task most reference departments suffer from a lack of space as a result. Collection growth reduces shelf and seating space and both books and people are lost in the clutter. In reading this essential book reference supervisors will come to understand the importance of allowing reference area growth combined with effective weeding to promote an attractive and well-stocked reference area. Heads of reference will find Weeding and Maintenance of Reference Collections full of useful information from the specific criteria and detailed methods contributed by several librarians who have found success in weeding their reference collections to the practical hints on planning and evaluating collection contents and organization. Students and faculty of library schools and information studies will gain insight into successful management of increasing amounts of reference material as the Information Age gathers momentum into the 1990s. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203057711

Weeding of Collections in Sci-Tech Libraries In this book first published in 1986 experts from the various specialties describe the weeding process in corporate academic and university libraries. Factors affecting the weeding of materials - lack of space a desire to place materials in a more suitable library changing goals of the library - are explored. Discussions concerning the choices for the disposal of items are insightful and innovative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367362485

Weep Not for Your ChildrenEssays on Religion and Violence Violence remains endemic in today's society. Religious morality and social prejudice can lead to many acts of violence going unnoticed. 'Weep Not for Your Children' presents a selection of essays that examine the ways in which religion and violence interconnect. The presence of violence in the origins of cultural and religious norms is examined. The essays cover a wide range of examples of violence: from the Holocaust to domestic violence and from the violence created by economic systems to that created by the construction of gender itself. 'Weep Not for Your Children' challenges and provokes the reader to think beyond traditional associations of good and evil. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315478616

Weighing the EvidenceHow is Birthweight Determined? Rationalization is concerned with making the most effective use of the resources available. In many places where this process is taking place it is plagued with public opposition and misunderstanding. Hitherto rationalization in the acute care sector has primarily been concerned with closing sites closing beds moving beds between services and moving beds from one site to another. This book discusses the need for rationalization in the context of health service reforms and future strategy. It considers recent changes in the health service the case for rationalization health care needs the role of public relations the future of the acute care hospital site and facilities appraisal and the costs of rationalization. The text is essential reading for managers and clinicians involved in acute care services non-executive members of boards and trusts and students of health services management. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315385501

Weight Matters for ChildrenA Complete Guide to Weight Eating and Fitness This work provides a concise and up-to-date account of endocrine therapy for breast cancer. It covers historical development basic physiology of female sex hormones role of hormones in breast cancer aetiology selective oestrogen receptor modules ovarian ablation and chemoprevention. The book aims to provide a concise and up-to-date medical guide to medical and surgical oncologist working in the field of breast cancer and reflects recent advances in molecular biology of the oestrogen receptor including descriptions of ongoing trials involving hormonal manipulation. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315383927

Weight Matters for Young PeopleA Complete Guide to Weight Eating and Fitness Official publication of Obesity Awareness Week 2006 If only weight didn't matter to young people! But it does - and in reality it should. So how can today's youngsters overcome the relentless hype to look like a cool stick insect and combat the enormous pressure from the food industry to eat vast quantities of junk? What can families do to help a teenager that has low self esteem or may even be struggling with an eating disorder? Weight Matters for Young People takes an in depth look at how young people can assume responsibility for their own health ranging from the various factors that influence teenage decisions right through to practical nutrition. The TOP teen Health Plan assesses the strengths and weaknesses of current lifestyle whilst the Food Frequency Framework solves family meal dilemmas. Common dieting regimes are assessed to see which are safe or worthwhile there is a chapter on eating disorders and finally an A to Z of common weight-related conditions. Weight Matters for Young People is a complete reference book that will put young people confidently in charge of their own health. Health workers will find safe evidence-based nutritional information plus answers to common weight-related queries and plenty of further resources. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315377285

Weight WisdomAffirmations to Free You from Food and Body Concerns In this powerful guide Kingsbury and Williams equip readers with simple reflections vignettes and everyday analogies that they have successfully used with their own clients to counter destructive feelings and shatter distorted ideas of food and weight. Pithy and positive statements replace compulsive perfectionist rules with new strategies to cope with blame guilt vulnerability and self-criticism. Concrete activities help people with eating problems get off the scales get in touch with their feelings and make friends with their bodies. Written by experienced therapists who understand the needs and fears of people with eating problems the book is a refreshing guide to lasting change and recovery. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180772

Weighty IssuesFatness and Thinness as Social Problems First Published in 2017. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351328289

Weimar and Nazi GermanyContinuities and Discontinuities Weimar and Nazi Germany presents the history of the country in these periods in a unique way. Examining the continuities and discontinuities between the Third Reich and the Weimar Republic it also contextualises these two regimes within modern German and European history. After a broad introduction to 1919-1945 four general surveys examine the economy society internal politics and foreign policy. A third section treats specific key themes including women and the family big business race the SPD the extreme Right and Anglo-German relations. This innovative text assembles major scholars of Germany. It will prove vital reading for all those interested in twentieth century history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315839981

Weimar Cinema Embodiment and HistoricityCultural Memory and the Historical Films of Ernst Lubitsch In its retrieval and (re)construction the past has become interwoven with the images and structure of cinema. Not only have mass media—especially film and television—shaped the content of memories and histories but they have also shaped their very form. Combining historicization with close readings of German director Ernst Lubitsch's historical films this book focuses on an early turning point in this development exploring how the medium of film shaped modern historical experience and understanding—how it moved embodied audiences through moving images. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887056

Weimar Cinema and AfterGermany's Historical Imaginary German cinema of the 1920s is still regarded as one of the 'golden ages' of world cinema. Films such as The Cabinet of Dr Caligari Dr Mabuse the Gambler Nosferatu Metropolis Pandora's Box and The Blue Angel have long been canonised as classics but they are also among the key films defining an image of Germany as a nation uneasy with itself. The work of directors like Fritz Lang F.W. Murnau and G.W. Pabst which having apparently announced the horrors of fascism while testifying to the traumas of a defeated nation still casts a long shadow over cinema in Germany leaving film history and political history permanently intertwined.Weimar Cinema and After offers a fresh perspective on this most 'national' of national cinemas re-evaluating the arguments which view genres and movements such as 'films of the fantastic' 'Nazi Cinema' 'film noir' and 'New German Cinema' as typically German contributions to twentieth century visual culture. Thomas Elsaesser questions conventional readings which link these genres to romanticism and expressionism and offers new approaches to analysing the function of national cinema in an advanced 'culture industry' and in a Germany constantly reinventing itself both geographically and politically.Elsaesser argues that German cinema's significance lies less in its ability to promote democracy or predict fascism than in its contribution to the creation of a community sharing a 'historical imaginary' rather than a 'national identity'. In this respect he argues German cinema anticipated some of the problems facing contemporary nations in reconstituting their identities by means of media images memory and invented traditions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203388334

Weimar CitiesThe Challenge of Urban Modernity in Germany 1919–1933 Weimar Cities explores Germany's efforts to come to grips with its great cities after World War I; by extension the book measures the feasibility of the postwar experiment that was the Weimar Republic. The book focuses particularly on the weakness both local and national that resulted from the disjunct between the cities’ perceived and actual power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415762502

WeimarA Cultural History The term "Weimar culture " while generally accepted is in some respects unsatisfactory if only because political and cultural history seldom coincides in time. Expressionism was not born with the defeat of the Imperial German army nor is there any obvious connection between abstract painting and atonal music and the escape of the Kaiser nor were the great scientific discoveries triggered off by the proclamation of the Republic in 1919. As the eminent historian Walter Laqueur demonstrates the avant-gardism commonly associated with post-World War One precedes the Weimar Republic by a decade.It would no doubt be easier for the historian if the cultural history of Weimar were identical with the plays and theories of Bertolt Brecht; the creations of the Bauhaus and the articles published by the Weltbühne. But there were a great many other individuals and groups at work and Laqueur gives a full and vivid accounting of their ideas and activities. The realities of Weimar culture comprise the political right as well as the left the universities as well as the literary intelligentsia. It would not be complete without occasional glances beyond avant-garde thought and creation and their effects upon traditional German social and cultural attitudes and the often violent reactions against "Weimar" that would culminate with the rise of Hitler and the fall of the republic in 1933.This authoritative work is of immense importance to anyone interested in the history of Germany in this critical period of the country's life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412818438

Welcome Home!An International and Nontraditional Adoption Reader Examine the pros and cons of nontraditional adoption! Welcome Home! An International and Nontraditional Adoption Reader is an essential guide to the process pros and cons of adopting children from outside the United States with special needs and/or from a different racial/cultural background. The book documents every aspect of the adoption procedure—from working with “facilitators ” adoption agencies and attorneys to mixed reactions over a child’s possible loss of heritage as the result of a transracial or multicultural adoption. Parents and adoptees offer unique firsthand perspectives on the cautions and benefits of nontraditional adoption. Americans adopted more than 20 000 children from other countries in 2001 a number that reflects humanitarian motives the desire to adopt a child from a specific country and/or frustration with the domestic adoption system. Including a foreword by United States Representative Ted Strickland Welcome Home! is a practical resource for anyone thinking of establishing a family or adding to their own. The book provides insight into the adoption process open adoption biracial adoption adopting a special needs child cultural attitudes and how to handle an adopted child’s questions in later years. It also addresses specific adoption issues including: how to verify an agency’s credentials; how an agency negotiates with the birth mother; state and country laws and practices; tax benefits; and expenses including legal and medical costs; and includes research findings on the Northeast-Northwest Collaborative Adoption Projects (N2CAP) Welcome Home! tells the stories of: Naomi and Fred an intermarried couple (she’s Jewish he’s not) who adopted a Greek baby in 1962 “Tina” and “Lee ” a lesbian couple who adopted a baby from China Marianne a professor of child and adolescent psychiatry at the University of Lund in Sweden who adopted babies from Iran and Thailand—several years after her divorce Pamela a divorced mother of four biological children who has adopted babies from Viet Nam and China All of her biological children Mildred—Pamela’s mother and the children’s grandmother Karen adoptive mother and national chairperson for Families for Russian and Ukrainian adoption (FRUA) William adoptive father of miracle sisters from Romania and many more! Welcome Home! is an invaluable source of unusual insight for psychologists psychiatrists marriage and family therapists adoption agencies counselors social workers attorneys physicians academics and of course anyone considering adoption. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043906

Welcome to GoodCoUsing the Tools of Business to Create Public Good This second edition of Welcome to GoodCo updates the author's critically acclaimed analysis of how the tools of business are being (and ought to be) used to help tackle the great problems of both the planet and of local communities. In exploring the increasingly politically relevant issue of 'responsible capitalism' - and its variations - he asks what it means where it came from why politicians are so timid around the issue and what exactly are the obstacles this crusade will have to face. He argues that business doing good has to be supported by a business case as that is what makes it sustainable but that huge benefits can be reaped. As 60 of the world's top 100 economies are corporates not countries businesses that are not helping to create solutions become part of the problem. Added topics in the 2015 edition include: the growth of social value in the commissioning of services and what business can learn from this; the Social Progress Index as an alternative to GDP; and the role for greater corporate citizenship as a way of enhancing employee engagement with all the benefits that this can bring to a company. It updates the stories and data which made the first edition so readable. In a world in which businesses of all sizes frequently find some of their practices at odds with the basic principles of their customer or citizen promise Welcome to GoodCo offers a realistic commercially hard-nosed approach to reframing business in society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472469830

Welcome to the JungleNew Positions in Black Cultural Studies Welcome to the Jungle brings a black British perspective to the critical reading of a wide range of cultural texts events and experiences arising from volatile transformations in the politics of ethnicity sexuality and "race" during the 1980s. The ten essays collected here examine new forms of cultural expression in black film photography and visual art exerging with a new generation of black British artists and interprets this prolific creativity within a sociological framework that reveals fresh perspectives on the bewildering complexity of identity and diversity in an era of postmodernity. Kobena Mercer documents a wealth of insights opened up by the overlapping of Asian African and Caribbean cultures that constitute Black Britain as a unique domain of diaspora. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203700594

Welcome to the RevolutionUniversalizing Resistance for Social Justice and Democracy in Perilous Times When the Women’s March gathered millions just one day after Trump’s inauguration a new era of progressive action was born. Organizing on the far Right led to Trump’s election bringing authoritarianism and the specter of neo-fascism and intensifying corporate capitalism’s growing crises of inequality and injustices. Yet now we see a new universalizing resistance among progressive and left movements for truth dignity and a world based on democracy equality and sustainability. Derber ​offers the first comprehensive guide to this new era and an original vision and strategy for movement success. He convincingly shows how only a new ​universalizing​ wave a ​progressive​ and revolutionary "movement of movements " can counter the world-universalizing economic and cultural forces of intensifying corporate and far-right power. Derber explores the crises and eroding legitimacy of the globalized​ capitalist system ​and the right wing movements​ that helped create the Trump era​​. He shows​ how​ left universalizing movements can--and must—converge ​ to propel a​ mass base that can prevent societal economic or ecological collapse stop a resurgent Right and build a democratic social alternative. He describes tactics and strategies for ​this​new progressive movement. Brief guest "interludes" by Medea Benjamin Noam Chomsky Ralph Nader Bill Fletcher Juliet Schor Gar Alperovitz Chuck Collins Matt Nelson Janet Wallace and other prominent figures tell how to coalesce and universalize activism into a more powerful movement wave—at local community national and international levels. Vivid and highly accessible this​ book is for activists students and all ​citizens concerned about the erosion of justice and democracy. It thoroughly illuminates the rationale theory practice ​humanism love ​and joy of ​the​ ​social transformation that we urgently need. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138648203

Welcoming LGBT ResidentsA Practical Guide for Senior Living Staff Welcoming LGBT Residents is the first comprehensive guide to working with LGBT older adults in senior living settings. The LGBT older adult population represents one of the fastest-growing subpopulations within our aging society. Despite the increasing demand for LGBT-affirming services there is an absence of training books for care providers. This dual-purpose text is appropriate for training and as a guide to answer questions that may come up during daily tasks. It is based on the most recent research and includes stories and testimonials from LGBT older adults and providers in the field. Chapters include: LGBT-inclusive intake and conversations; Gender identity and expression; Memory care and LGBT people; Navigating family dynamics; Addressing conflict between residents; Staff opinions beliefs and training. This timely book will be of interest to professional care providers from long-term care nurses and assisted living administrators to staff in retirement communities as well as students in gerontology health care administration and social work courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367027346

Welcoming StrangersNonviolent Re-Parenting of Children in Foster Care Jane Hall Fitz-Gibbon and Andrew Fitz-Gibbon have cared for more than 100 children in a foster care career spanning more than three decades. They developed a method "loving nonviolent re-parenting " to best care for foster children. "Re-parenting" represents the complex task of caring for children who have been parented already often inadequately and mostly involving physical emotional and/or systemic violence. Welcoming Strangers analyses the violence foster children suffer and raises ethical questions—why violence is morally problematic what philosophers have said about human nature and violence and what moral good should be pursued in childcare. Drawing on an ancient form of ethics sometimes known as "virtue ethics " this book focuses on the traits required to become a loving nonviolent re-parent. The Fitz-Gibbons tell of their journey in the foster care system with candour humour and grace. Covering subjects as diverse as teens sex discipline and the carer's own well-being they describe the difficulties of foster care and the sometimes impossible task of restoring dignity and joy to young lives deeply damaged by violence. This book will be of immense help to foster carers adopters caseworkers case managers policymakers and any parent who wants to integrate nonviolent practices into the way they care for children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412863209

Welding Practice The book is aimed at those wishing to gain a basic knowledge of the practical aspects of the four most widely used welding processes: manual metal arc (MMA) metal inert/active gas (MIG/AG) tungsten inert gas (TIG) and oxy-acetylene welding and cutting. In addition to a detailed treatment of these four methods further sections deal with the various angles at which welding can be carried out the effect of the different materials and quality assessment. Important safety information is collected into a preliminary section whilst highlighted safety warnings carry the safety theme through the entire text. Features to aid comprehension include a glossary of welding terms and symbols self-assessment questions and a guide to current welder qualifications in the light of recent European standardisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144576

Welfare Ethnicity and AltruismNew Data and Evolutionary Theory Welfare Ethnicity and Altruism applies the controversial theory of 'Ethnic Nepotism' first formulated by Irenäus Eibl-Eibesfeldt and Pierre van den Berghe to the modern welfare state (both are authors in this volume). This theory states that ethnic groups resemble large families whose members are prone to cooperate due to 'kin altruism'. Recent empirical findings in economics and political science offer confirmatory evidence. The book presents two separate studies that compare welfare expenditures around the world both indicating that the more ethnically mixed a population becomes the greater is its resistance to redistributive policies. These results point to profound inconsistencies within ideologies of both left and right regarding ethnicity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203499757

Welfare Inequality and Resource DepletionA Reassessment of Brazilian Economic Growth This book breaks new ground by accounting for the welfare implications of both severe inequality and environmental degradation and developing a sustainable development indicator that incorporates changes over time in each of these dimensions. The model is applied to data from Brazil spanning the 1965 -1998 period. The book's findings cast significant doubt on the proposition that rapid economic growth in Brazil has resulted in comparable welfare gains. The evidence presented more generally illustrates the often unsustainable nature of rapid GDP growth phases as well as the general unreliability of GDP growth as an indicator of well-being improvement. The specific policy implication is that Brazil should discontinue - or at least severely curtail - the regressive and resource intensive economic policies it has followed in recent decades in the interest of welfare improvement not only for the poorer groups in society but for future generations of Brazilians as well. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264182

Welfare Meaning and Worth Welfare Meaning and Worth argues that there is more to what makes a life worth living than welfare and that a good life does not consist of what is merely good for the one who lives it. Smuts defends an objective list theory that states that the notion of worth captures matters of importance for which no plausible theory of welfare can account. He puts forth that lives worth living are net high in various objective goods including pleasure meaning knowledge and loving relationships. The first part of the book presents a theory of worth a mental statist account of welfare and an objectivist theory of meaning. The second part explores the implications for moral theory the popularity of painful art and the viability of pessimism about the human condition. This book offers an original exploration of worth as a combination of welfare and meaning that will be of interest to philosophers and ethicists who work on issues in well-being and positive psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594381

Welfare the Working Poor and Labor This volume analyses poverty and welfare reform within a context of low-wage work and the contours of the labour market that welfare recipients are entering. It aims to bring labour into the discussion of welfare reform and creates a bridge between the domains of labour and welfare. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698267

Welfare & Competition Dealing with general economic theory other than employment theory the book discusses the theory of pure and monopolistic competition - with a special emphasis upon welfare aspects. Beginning with an analysis of the consumer and of the individual firm the main stress is nevertheless placed on the analysis of the economic system as a whole. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315016986

Welfare and Families in Europe Originally published in 2005. The primary focus of this work is the relationship between family work and the welfare system. Focusing on Denmark Sweden Germany France and the United Kingdom the study draws comparisons between societies which represent different types of welfare mix between state market and civil society. Three important issues in the transformation of the European welfare state systems are considered: The conditions for social citizenship in European welfare states and how they have changed in relation to family and work; Changes in the provision of social welfare and how they have affected the interrelationship between the welfare state the market and civil society; The impacts of constraints on public expenditure and the financing of the welfare state. The authors discuss the question of whether the welfare states of these countries have profoundly changed over the last ten to fifteen years and examine how this might provide insights into the contemporary welfare state. The framework developed by the authors can be applied in other specific areas of the development and transformation of welfare states. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398967

Welfare and Old Age in Europe and North AmericaThe Development of Social Insurance Over the last twenty years historians have become increasingly interested in the role of non-state organizations in the development of welfare services. This study is particularly focused on the role of friendly societies and other insurance bodies in the provision of aid for the elderly and the sick. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661615

Welfare And PolicyResearch Agendas and Issues First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315041261

Welfare and Religion in 21st Century EuropeVolume 1: Configuring the Connections Historically European churches have played a large part in the provision of welfare. Responsibility however has gradually shifted to the state - a shift that forms an integral part of the process of secularization and one that has been readily accepted by European populations. But what happens when the state itself begins to recede - a process that is occurring in most if not all European societies for a wide variety of reasons? The implications for welfare are considerable not least for the role of the churches which begin to resume the responsibilities previously shed but in new and different ways. This book looks at the connections between religion and welfare in Europe exploring in detail eight European societies - Finland Norway Sweden England Germany France Italy and Greece. The different theological traditions different church-state relationships and different welfare regimes are all examined. The analysis is based on first hand empirical research which considers not only the changing situation on the ground but attitudes towards this within a range of different constituencies - the churches local government and the general public. Particular attention is paid to the significance of gender in both the process of change and in attitudes towards this. Welfare and Religion in 21st Century Europe: Volume 1 represents comparative research at its best and highlights key policy implications for the future. A companion book Welfare and Religion in 21st Century Europe: Volume 2 explores thematically the changing nature of religion and welfare and the new relationships that are emerging between the religious and the secular and between church and state in the 21st century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315547558

Welfare and Religion in 21st Century EuropeVolume 2: Gendered Religious and Social Change Historically European churches have played a large part in the provision of welfare. Responsibility however has gradually shifted to the state - a shift that forms an integral part of the process of secularization and one that has been readily accepted by European populations. But what happens when the state itself begins to recede - a process that is occurring in most if not all European societies for a wide variety of reasons? The implications for welfare are considerable not least for the role of the churches which begin to resume the responsibilities previously shed but in new and different ways. This book looks at the connections between religion and welfare in Europe exploring in detail eight European societies - Finland Norway Sweden England Germany France Italy and Greece. The different theological traditions different church-state relationships and different welfare regimes are all examined. The analysis is based on first hand empirical research which considers not only the changing situation on the ground but attitudes towards this within a range of different constituencies - the churches local government and the general public. Particular attention is paid to the significance of gender in both the process of change and in attitudes towards this. Welfare and Religion in 21st Century Europe: Volume 1 represents comparative research at its best and highlights key policy implications for the future. A companion book Welfare and Religion in 21st Century Europe: Volume 2 explores thematically the changing nature of religion and welfare and the new relationships that are emerging between the religious and the secular and between church and state in the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754661085

Welfare and Religion in 21st Century EuropeVolume 2: Gendered Religious and Social Change Historically European churches have played a large part in the provision of welfare. Responsibility however has gradually shifted to the state - a shift that forms an integral part of the process of secularization and one that has been readily accepted by European populations. But what happens when the state itself begins to recede - a process that is occurring in most if not all European societies for a wide variety of reasons? The implications for welfare are considerable not least for the role of the churches which begin to resume the responsibilities previously shed but in new and different ways. This book looks at the connections between religion and welfare in Europe exploring in detail eight European societies - Finland Norway Sweden England Germany France Italy and Greece. The different theological traditions different church-state relationships and different welfare regimes are all examined. The analysis is based on first hand empirical research which considers not only the changing situation on the ground but attitudes towards this within a range of different constituencies - the churches local government and the general public. Particular attention is paid to the significance of gender in both the process of change and in attitudes towards this. Welfare and Religion in 21st Century Europe: Volume 1 represents comparative research at its best and highlights key policy implications for the future. A companion book Welfare and Religion in 21st Century Europe: Volume 2 explores thematically the changing nature of religion and welfare and the new relationships that are emerging between the religious and the secular and between church and state in the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754661078

Welfare and Social Protection in Contemporary Latin America Social protection serves as an important development tool helping to alleviate deprivation reduce social risks raise household income and develop human capital. This book brings together an interdisciplinary team of international experts to analyse social protection systems and welfare regimes across contemporary Latin America. The book starts with a section tracking the expansion of social assistance and social insurance in Latin America through the state-led development era the neoliberal era and the pink-tide. The second section explores the role played by local and external actors modelling social policy in the region. The third and final section addresses a variety of contemporary debates and challenges around social protection and welfare in the region such as gender roles and the empowerment of CCT beneficiaries and welfare provision for rural outsiders. The book touches on key topics such as conditional cash transfer programmes trade union inclusionary strategies transnational social policy state-led versus market-led welfare provision explanatory factors in the emerging dualism of social protection institutions social citizenship rights as a consequence of changing social policy architecture and different poverty reduction strategies. This interdisciplinary volume will be of interest to economists political scientists sociologists anthropologists and historians working on social protection in Latin America or interested in welfare systems in the global south. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367731137

Welfare and the Welfare StateCentral Issues Now and in the Future The welfare state is still very much central in people’s everyday lives. The welfare state is at the same time contested and debated and has often been argued to be in a crisis not only in the wake of the financial crisis. Welfare and welfare states used to be a national issue and prerogative. Today welfare and welfare states are influenced by national as well as regional and global decisions. However nation states play a decisive role influenced by national preferences and ideas and in recent years populism and welfare chauvinism. This book provides an overview of the central concepts through the lenses of the state market and civil society. It also provides the reader with knowledge on distribution in societies and how this interacts and influences different groups and their position in society. There are also chapters dealing specifically with central sectors in the welfare states such as health long-term care and education. The book uses a comparative approach as this better enables one to understand one’s own country's welfare as well as helping to underline and see the linkages to the impact of global and regional issues on welfare states and their development. Finally the book presents challenges and future perspectives for welfare states and their development. The book’s focus on core concepts and the variety of international welfare state regimes and mechanisms for delivering social policy provides a much-needed introduction to the rapidly changing concept of welfare for students on social policy social studies sociology and politics courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367356996

Welfare and the Well-Being of Children An analysis of eight of the largest US welfare programmes affecting children. These programmes include Aid to Families with Dependent Children the Food Stamp Program. Medicaid housing assistance supplemental feeding programmes such as WIC and School Lunch Head Start and the Earned Income Tax Credit. Despite the fact that these programmes were designed to serve children most discussion of welfare reforms focuses on the incentives that the welfare system creates for parents. This analysis represents an evaluation of the evidence regarding the effects of welfare programmes on the children themselves. Programmes such as Medicaid and Head Start have a larger effect on measures of child well-being than cash transfer programs such as AFDC. This suggests an economic rationale for the recent trend towards providing a larger proportion of assistance in-kind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138165762

Welfare and the Well-Being of Children First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780415869102

Welfare BushedSocial Care in Rural Australia First published in 1998 this volume explores the Australian welfare system in the 1980s through the lens of being ‘bushed’: lost tired confused and don’t know which way to go. Numerous key factors have hindered the development of Australia’s welfare system along with the ability of rural Australians to access formal welfare services which have frequently been inappropriate to their needs and lifestyles. These include a fragmented and centralised policy and service system for decision making information control and accountability a highly professionalised welfare workforce and a ‘provision’ approach to social care built on the assumption that it is best provided by a network of formal services which are largely disconnected from natural sources of support. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138358997

Welfare Conditionality Welfare conditionality has become an idea of global significance in recent years. A ‘hot topic’ in North America Australia and across Europe it has been linked to austerity politics and the rise of foodbanks and destitution. In the Global South where publicly funded welfare protection systems are often absent conditional approaches have become a key tool employed by organisations pursuing human development goals. The essence of welfare conditionality lies in requirements for people to behave in prescribed ways in order to access cash benefits or other welfare support. These conditions are typically enforced through benefit ‘sanctions’ of various kinds reflecting a new vision of ‘welfare’ focused more on promoting ‘pro-social’ behaviour than on protecting people against classic ‘social risks’ like unemployment. This new book in Routledge’s Key Ideas series charts the rise of behavioural conditionality in welfare systems across the globe its appeal to politicians of Right and Left and its application to a growing range of social problems. Crucially it explores why in the context of widespread use of conditional approaches as well as apparently strong public support both the efficacy and the ethics of welfare conditionality remain so controversial. As such Welfare Conditionality is essential reading for students researchers and commentators in social and public policy as well as those designing and implementing welfare policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138119918

Welfare EconomicsAn Interpretive History Although it was an important specialization in economics in the mid-twentieth century welfare economics has received less attention in the twenty-first century. This book explores the history of welfare economics with a view to explaining its rise and subsequent decline.Drawing on both philosophy and economics this book offers a new and original perspective on the history of welfare economics starting with Pigou and charting the trajectory of applied and theoretical welfare economics throughout the twentieth century.This book will be of interest to students and researchers of philosophy economics and history of economic thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729592

Welfare in an Idle Society?Reinventing Retirement Work Wealth Health and Welfare The modern welfare state is indeed one of the greatest achievements of the post-war 20th century. With its key aims of eradicating the five giant social ills of Want Ignorance Disease Squalor and Idleness it aimed to providing a minimum standard of living with all people of working age paying a weekly contribution; in return benefits would be paid to anyone who was sick unemployed retired or widowed. The modern welfare state therefore is about maintaining a delicate equilibrium between dependent social groups on the one hand and the active working classes on the other. In the case of old-age security this balance is being achieved (or not) by the so-called Generation Contract. This social pact is more of an implicit unwritten and unspecified social contract. This ground-breaking book demonstrates how countries are addressing population-ageing challenges in depth using the case study of Austria to gain the required complexity and differentiation in a comparative European framework of empirical evidence. This is a broad social science study in political economy and sociology not an economic analysis. Though focusing on pensions it centres on the (im)balance between work and non-work issues of health work ability employability and benefit receipt from old-age security to disability allowance. It will be required reading for all sociologists and social policy experts and academics working within this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472416971

Welfare in the United StatesA History with Documents 1935–1996 Welfare has been central to a number of significant political debates in modern America: What role should the government play in alleviating poverty? What does a government owe its citizens and who is entitled to help? How have race and gender shaped economic opportunities and outcomes? How should Americans respond to increasing rates of single parenthood? How have poor women sought to shape their own lives and influence government policies? With a comprehensive introduction and a well-chosen collection of primary documents Welfare in the United States chronicles the major turning points in the seventy-year history of Aid to Families with Dependent Children (AFDC). Illuminating policy debates shifting demographics institutional change and the impact of social movements this book serves as an essential guide to the history of the nation's most controversial welfare program. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203707418

Welfare Law This title was first published in 2001: Welfare law is a legal field integral to most jurisprudential formulations whether artificially designated as doctrinal theoretical or practical. At its core legal discourse regarding welfare challenges the formulations traditionally viewed as ’pre-legal’ the ’background rules’ of property tort and contract law. In addition it affects a large percentage of the world’s population highlights the social construction of identities and perhaps more than any other area of law graphically epitomizes the intersection of class race and gender distinctions. However within both the legal academy and practice welfare law has been marginalized and viewed as a field that does not connect to any but a small sector of lawyers and legal clients. Isolated as an arcane domain of either statutory and regulatory legal minutiae or jurisprudential insignificance welfare law has never realized its potential as a major hub for legal theoretical discourse. The articles in this volume seek to expose the roots of the essentialized view of welfare law as nonessential and re-establish its value and importance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138634046

Welfare Medicine in AmericaA Case Study of Medicaid The present study was undertaken for three reasons: Medicaid is a vital program-in the early 1970s it provided care for over one tenth of the American population. It is a huge program-in the same period it consumed over nine billion dollars of public funds. And Medicaid is in many ways the most direct involvement with the provision of medical care undertaken by either the federal government or the states. But until the publication of this book Medicaid had not been studied in depth or in a systematic way. Welfare Medicine in America is the complete history of Medicaid. The authors carefully examine the program's historical antecedents its strengths and its weaknesses. In part one "The Coming of Medicaid " the hows and whys of the establishment of Medicaid are discussed as are the basic provisions of the program. In part two "The Euphoric Demise: July 1965-January 1968 " the focus is on how Medicaid is administered in the states. In part three "The Storm: January 1968-July 1970 " specific amendments to Medicaid the costs involved and other health programs are examined. And in part four "Benign Neglect: July 1970-June 1973 " the role of the courts in administering Medicaid and its future are the primary subjects. This history of Medicare however goes beyond the specific government program itself and offers a paradigm for inquiring into the problems of medical care in general and the nature and limitations of public medical services. Welfare Medicine in America is a profound analysis of Medicaid and welfare systems and will be of great use to policymakers students of welfare and government and to those working within the medical profession. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540415

Welfare Reform in East AsiaTowards Workfare In many Western countries social welfare payments are increasingly being made conditional on recipients doing voluntary work or attending job training courses a system known as "welfare-to-work" or "workfare". Although social welfare in Asia is very different to the West with much smaller social welfare budgets a strong self-reliance and a much higher dependency on family networks to provide support the workfare approach is also being adopted in many Asian countries. This is the first book to provide a comprehensive overview of how welfare reform around work is implemented in leading East Asian. Based on the experiences of seven East Asian economies - including China Japan South Korea Taiwan Singapore Hong Kong and Macau - this book critically analyses current trends; the social economic and political factors which lead to the implementation of workfare; compares the similarities and differences of workfare in the different polities and assesses their effectiveness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415728379

Welfare ReformA Comparative Assessment of the French and U. S. Experiences Since the late 1980s welfare policies in France and the United States have increasingly been shaped by a strong emphasis on citizens' obligations to work and be independent and a weakening of entitlements to income maintenance. Throughout the advanced industrialized nations welfare reforms incorporate work-oriented measures such as financial incentives insertion contracts training and requirements to search for and accept jobs. The evidence in this volume suggests that while the details may vary welfare reforms in France and the United States have more in common than is often acknowledged. Welfare Reform provides an in-depth analysis of the development and structure of modern welfare programs and how they function. The dynamics of welfare reform are illuminated by focusing on two programs: the Revenu Minimum d'Insertion in France and Temporary Assistance for Needy Families in the United States. Taking various analytic approaches contributors examine the relations between poverty and work how U.S. and French models of income support have been transformed in recent times the relative impacts of economic growth and policy reforms on rates of welfare participation and what happens to recipients who leave the welfare rolls. Welfare Reform will help researchers and policymakers gain perspective on where they are headed and how best to get there as they journey down the highway of welfare reform. Neil Gilbert is Chernin Professor of Social Welfare at the School of Social Welfare University of California at Berkeley and co-director of the Center for Child and Youth Policy (CCYP). His numerous publications include 25 books and over 100 articles that have appeared in The Public Interest Society Commentary and other leading academic journals. Antoine Parent is associate professor of economics at the University of Paris 8 associate researcher at MATISSE University of Paris 1--Sorbonne and research program manager at the Research Division of the French Ministry of Social Affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540422

Welfare Rights and Social Policy  Welfare Rights and Social Policy provides an introduction to social policy through a discussion of welfare rights which are explored in historical comparative and critical context. At a time when the cause of human rights is high on the global political agendathe authorasks why the status of welfare rights as an element of human rights remains ambiguous. Rights to social security employment housing education health and social care are critical to human well-being. Yet they are invariably subordinate to the civil and political rights of citizenship they are often fragile and difficult to enforce and because of their conditional nature they may be implicated in the social control of individual behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154049

Welfare State and Democracy in CrisisReforming the European Model This title was first published in 2001. This text looks at the welfare state democracy and globalization with a focus on Europe. It covers the concepts and limitations of democracy and ponders the fate of the welfare state in Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138702646

Welfare State and Welfare SocietyIllusion and Reality Originally published in 1976 Welfare State and Welfare Society breaks away from the prevailing notion that the welfare state is mainly concerned with the well-being of the entire nation. The book distinguishes the welfare state from the welfare society and shows that there is often a yawning gulf between public policy and how people feel think and behave. The book examines critically the policies which have been adopted or advocated as relevant to a welfare state and inquires how far the hopes and expectations centred on it have been realised. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138311701

Welfare State Capitalst Society First published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467149

Welfare State Transformation in the Yugoslav Successor StatesFrom Social to Unequal Welfare states are the product of economic political and social interactions and undergo changes as these interactions transform. Existing welfare state theories mainly tend to explain the emergence and development of the welfare state in the western industrialized and capitalist world. While the states of Central and Eastern Europe have recently been integrated in the academic discourse the countries of the former Yugoslavia have been predominantly excluded from comparative analysis. Issues of nationalism and ethnic polarization have been prevalent there while socio-economic issues have been put on the back burner. This book explores what happened to the strong social states and relatively equal societies which existed in Slovenia Croatia Serbia and Macedonia and looks into what accounts for these diverse outcomes. By investigating the applicability of the theories on welfare state development and typologization it fills in the gap in the welfare state literature. It offers an original typology of social citizenship that takes into account the diversity of welfare policy formations across the region. The aim of this typology is not to compete with existing ones but rather to offer a framework for better understanding of states that do not necessarily fit into known explanatory categories. In a global context of changing economic circumstances and contending political responses macroeconomic policy and welfare state reform become order of the day. By featuring the ways that states adjust to new pressures this book’s arguments may come in handy to those trying to make sense of the crisis and the powers that drive the policy solutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367347307

Welfare to Work in PracticeSocial Security and Participation in Economic and Social Life Welfare to Work in Practice brings together some of the leading international social security experts to discuss the rationale for welfare to work policies their limitations and problems encountered in practice. Contributors include Jane Millar Neil Gilbert Martin Werding Jonathan Bradshaw and Einar Overbye who address topics ranging from the linkages between social security and the labour market to how the welfare to work agenda is responding to the needs of special groups such as lone parents the long-term unemployed and those with a disability. The book puts the arguments and ideas that underlie the new welfare reform agenda under the microscope and explains how it is being implemented in an international context. Several new data sets are analyzed in a collection that covers developments in Australia Belgium Denmark Estonia Germany Norway the UK and the US as well as several comparative studies. In doing so this volume helps to bridge the gap between research and policy and demonstrates how policy can respond to the challenges it faces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266735

Welfare Trends in the Scandinavian Countries Discusses important aspects of the development of the welfare state in the Scandinavian countries and Iceland since the mid-1970s. It focuses on societal changes during a period of modest economic growth. Topics include labour market benefits education and social mobility class and inequality income distribution and trajectories and health. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315488295

Welfare Work with Immigrants and Refugees in a Social Democratic Welfare State Welfare Work with Immigrants and Refugees in a Social Democratic Welfare State provides an ambiguous yet disturbing portrait of the inner workings of the Danish welfare state and its implications in a context of globalisation and migration.Through a sociological interview-study with welfare workers this book describes how processes of othering are undercurrents of welfare work. The processes construct immigrants and refugees as a kind of people who are not only culturally different but also behind deficient and weak and thus assigned the potential to benefit from welfare work. These processes are designated to advance a racial welfare dynamic of remedial circularity which keeps the immigrant and refugee on the threshold of modern living and democracy. It is thus depicted how welfare work is intertwined not with a biological framework but with a cultural framework naturalising and ontologising cultural differences. The book examines how welfare work tends to appreciate immigrants and refugees as dislocated people with a cultural lack and how it abides by the dictums of civilising expansions and humanitarian imperialism within the modern state. This book will be useful for every scholar who wants to reconsider and think differently about how the welfare state is going to proceed in a global society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661830

Welfare's Forgotten PastA Socio-Legal History of the Poor Law That ‘poor law was law’ is a fact that has slipped from the consciousness of historians of welfare in England and Wales and in North America. Welfare's Forgotten Past remedies this situation by tracing the history of the legal right of the settled poor to relief when destitute. Poor law was not simply local custom but consisted of legal rights duties and obligations that went beyond social altruism. This legal ‘truth’ is however still ignored or rejected by some historians and thus ‘lost’ to social welfare policy-makers. This forgetting or minimising of a legal enforceable right to relief has not only led to a misunderstanding of welfare’s past; it has also contributed to the stigmatisation of poverty and the emergence and persistence of the idea that its relief is a 'gift' from the state. Documenting the history and the effects of this forgetting whilst also providing a ‘legal’ history of welfare Lorie Charlesworth argues that it is timely for social policy-makers and reformists â€“ in Britain the United States and elsewhere â€“ to reconsider an alternative welfare model based on the more positive legal aspects of welfare’s 400-year legal history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9780415685788

Welfare-to-WorkNew Labour and the US Experience There has been a major transformation in labour market policy in the United Kingdom since the mid 1990s. The obligation of unemployed people to actively seek employment has been strengthened and the receipt of social security benefit has been tied to participation in active job search and job placement programmes. The experience of the United States in experimenting with and implementing welfare to work programmes dating back to the early 1980s has been pivotal in shaping labour market and welfare reform programmes in the UK. In this timely work the authors track the influence of US ideology and experience on New Labour's reforms. They present the results of their pioneering examination of over fifty policy experiments in the US checking whether the correct lessons were learned. An interview-based study of what British policy makers actually used from US experience builds upon this analysis and the book draws US and UK experiences together to understand what kind of programmes work most effectively for which groups. Welfare-to-Work offers readers a unique combination of policy evaluation and the analysis of policy making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138623194

Well WomenThe Gendered Nature of Health Care Provision This title was first published in 2002.This invaluable collection of essays critically evaluates the treatment received by women as recipients and providers of health care. It looks at how their role and needs are perceived and constructed by the law by health care organizations by the health care professions and by commercial organizations operating in the health care sector. In doing so it constitutes a significant advancement in the current research in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138728202

Wellbeing The politics of wellbeing and the new science of happiness have shot up the agenda since Martin Seligman coined the phrase "positive psychology". After all who does not want to live the good life? So ten years on why is it that much of this otherwise welcome debate sounds like as much apple-pie - "work less" "earn enough" "keep fit" "find meaning" "enjoy freedoms"? The reason is not ultimately cynicism. Rather it is because a central tricky question is being glossed over: just what is wellbeing? Mark Vernon argues that positive psychology has overlooked and sidelined the ancient wisdom on wellbeing notably from the Greek philosophers. Now is the time to pay it proper attention.Vernon shows surprisingly that wellbeing is not found in a focus on pleasure or even the pursuit of happiness itself. Rather it is a question of meaning and responding to the great challenge of our day: the search for transcendence. For at root the life that is going well cultivates a way of life based upon love: it is that which draws you out of yourself - in friends hopes and ultimately the contemplation of mystery - and orientates a life towards that which is good. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175297

Wellbeing Education and Contemporary Schooling Wellbeing Education and Contemporary Schooling examines the role of wellbeing in schools and argues that it should be integral to core policy objectives in health and education. The whole school focus chosen is conducive to the review of wellbeing in schools and assists in better understanding the complex relationships between learners and teachers in policy contexts where every teacher has a responsibility for learners’ wellbeing. By exploring a range of debates about the nature of wellbeing the book shows how a child’s wellbeing is inseparable from their overall capacity to learn and achieve and to become confident self-assured and active citizens. Drawing on international curriculum developments it considers the ways in which wellbeing could reshape educational aims in areas such as outdoor learning and aesthetic imagination helping to inform programmes of professional learning for teachers. Separated into six parts the book covers: philosophical perspectives on wellbeing policy perspectives on wellbeing professional perspectives on wellbeing practice perspectives on wellbeing future prospects for wellbeing a personal perspective on wellbeing. Examining ways in which wellbeing can become a central component of the ethos culture and environment of contemporary schools Wellbeing Education and Contemporary Schooling is an invaluable guide for all students teachers researchers and policy makers with an interest in learning teaching and children’s wellbeing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138668492

Wellbeing Justice and Development Ethics The question of the meaning of progress and development is back on the political agenda. How to frame this discontent and search for new alternatives when either socialism or liberalism no longer provides a satisfactory framework? This book introduces in an accessible way the capability approach first articulated by Amartya Sen in the early 1980s. Written for an international audience but rooted in the Latin American reality - a region with a history of movements for social justice - the book argues that the capability approach provides to date the most encompassing and promising ethical framework with which to construct action for improving people’s wellbeing and reducing injustices in the world. Comprehensive practical and nuanced in its treatment of the capability approach this highly original volume gives students researchers and professionals in the field of development an innovative framing of the capability approach as a 'language' for action and provides specific examples of how it has made a difference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415720243

Well-being and Performance at WorkThe role of context Psychology has been interested in the well-being and performance of people at work for over a century but our knowledge about both issues and how they relate to each other is still evolving. This important new collection provides new understandings on what it means to work productively while also feeling happy socially related and healthy. Including contributions from a range of international experts the book begins with a conceptual framework for understanding both concepts before showing how a variety of different contexts both organizational and personal impact upon well-being and performance. The book includes chapters on specific job roles from creative work to service positions as well as the importance of HR policies and how the individual worker can determine their own well-being and performance. Also featuring a chapter on researching this fascinating area Well-being and Performance at Work will be essential reading for all students and researchers of organizational or occupational psychology HRM and business and management. It is also hugely relevant for any professionals interested in the productivity and well-being of their organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848721647

Wellbeing and Place The last twenty years have witnessed an important movement in the aspirations of public policy beyond meeting merely material goals towards a range of outcomes captured through the use of the term 'wellbeing'. Nonetheless the concept of wellbeing is itself ill-defined a term used in multiple different contexts with different meanings and policy implications. Bringing together a range of perspectives this volume examines the intersections of wellbeing and place including immediate applied policy concerns as well as more critical academic engagements. . Conceptualisations of place context and settings have come under critical examination and more nuanced and varied understandings are drawn out from both academic and policy-related research. Whilst quantitative and some policy approaches treat place as a static backdrop or context others explore the interrelationships of emotional social cultural and experiential meanings that are both shape place and are shaped in place. Similarly wellbeing may be understood as a relatively stable and measurable entity or as a more situation-dependent and relational effect. The book is structured into two sections: essays that explore the dynamics that determine wellbeing in relation to place and essays that explore contested understandings of wellbeing both empirically and theoretically. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254749

Wellbeing Champions: A Complete Toolkit for Schools This book shows how to create a mentally healthy school by empowering young people to champion emotional wellbeing and positive mental health. It provides a practical toolkit to recruit and train Wellbeing Champions so that they can help to create an ethos and culture of positive mental health that ensures early access to the support and help needed. It explains how by focusing on emotions selfcare resilience communication and support systems schools can identify what’s working well and address areas for development. The detailed and user-friendly resources support every stage and include lessons and activities supervision and training sessions risk assessments application forms feedback forms and certificates. Wellbeing Champions is for primary and secondary schools who want to take a whole-school approach to improve the wellbeing of both students and staff at KS2 KS3 and KS4.    Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367429867

Wellbeing for Sustainability in the Global Workplace Wellbeing in the workplace is an essential element in fostering a worker’s sense of being valued ensuring their engagement and ultimately leading to higher levels of productivity and organizational performance. This important book specifically adds to the discussion by taking a global perspective and evaluates wellbeing in the workplace in different countries identifying both universal issues and specific cultural issues. Chapter authors have been drawn from across five continents and eleven countries to provide ground-breaking research in wellbeing from different regional perspectives looking at both developed and developing world scenarios. What is clear throughout the book is that organizations that are not people-centered undermine their capacity to attain and maintain quality standards high performance and competitiveness. Organizational concerns about workers' wellbeing are growing exponentially due to the global VUCA (volatile uncertain complex ambiguous) environment. In this environment organizational success is no longer simply based on short-term revenue maximization capital investments or sales but increasingly depends on people’s wellbeing human capital and the development of human talent to ensure sustained and sustainable growth and performance. This book presents a collection of studies that address current and forthcoming organizational challenges and offer realistic solutions to support leaders and managers seeking to balance and value the contribution of people with long-term organizational performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734190

Wellbeing in Higher EducationCultivating a Healthy Lifestyle Among Faculty and Students Academic staff and students within higher education settings are confronted by a learning environment that is academically stimulating informative career-focused and socially rich which can be intensely competitive and highly charged. Within this learning environment academic staff and students are often at risk of compromising their wellbeing in their pursuit of academic excellence. This book provides an examination of the key areas that are important to the sustenance of wellbeing within higher education settings with a view to promoting healthy learning environments. The chapter authors are predominantly working in the Asia-Pacific rim but the book also includes more universal perspectives. The synthesis of the issues covered in the book is crucial to the understanding of higher education as not only an environment for gaining knowledge and skills relevant for success in academic and career domains but also as an environment for developing socially adept and authentic communication skills. The ideas presented in this book will further assist academic staff and students to consider ways to more fully participate in their learning environment so that they can optimize their valuable contributions to the professional communities they serve. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367375874

Wellbeing in InteriorsPhilosophy Design and Value in Practice This 4-colour practical guide explores how the design of interior spaces impacts wellbeing. In the built environment this topic is generally overlooked even though it is one of the most important topics in sustainable building. This book will enable project teams to understand how specific decisions about sustainable design and materials can be implemented on a day to day basis. Each Part ends by placing each issue into context exploring how it is a part of sustainable design and includes practical examples. This books raises awareness of the impact interior environments have on wellbeing and provide details and guidance on how to immediately apply the knowledge in this book to short and long term projects. It also quantifies the impacts in financial and other value terms making this book immediately useful in a designer's day-to-day work. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859465790

Well-Being of Older People in Ageing Societies Well-Being of Older People in Ageing Societies poses answers to the question of how we can measure and conceptualize the well-being of older people. It focuses on the future research agenda and policy reforms that will be necessary to maintain a decent well-being for older people given the context of our ageing populations. This book draws on longitudinal datasets and empirical research on the multidimensional measures of older people‘s welfare providing a comparative analysis of social assistance and pensions for older people in the UK and The Netherlands. This title will be essential reading to anyone with an interest in gerontology and the effect society public policy and governance can have on the welfare of older people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138401464

Wellbeing of Transnational Muslim FamiliesMarriage Law and Gender This book examines the needs aspirations strategies and challenges of transnational Muslim migrants in Europe with regard to family practices such as marriage divorce and parenting. Critically re-conceptualizing ‘wellbeing’ and unpacking its multiple dimensions in the context of Muslim families it investigates how migrants make sense of and draw on different norms laws and regimes of knowledge as they navigate different aspects of family relations and life in a transnational social space. With attention to issues such as registration of marriage civil versus religious marriage spousal roles and rights polygamy parenting child wellbeing and everyday security the authors offer national and comparative case studies of Muslim families from different parts of the world covering different family bonds and relations within both extended and nuclear families. Based on empirical research in the Nordic region and further afield this volume affords a more complete understanding of the practices of transnational migrant families as well as the processes through which family relations and rights are negotiated between family members and with state institutions and laws whilst contributing to the growing literature on migrant wellbeing. As such it will appeal to scholars of sociology and social policy with interests in migration and transnational communities wellbeing and the family. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138293670

Well-BeingPositive Development Across the Life Course This volume derived from original presentations given at a conference in Atlanta Georgia under the auspices of the Center for Child Well-Being. Scholars practitioners public health professionals and principals in the child development community convened to address a science-based framework for elements of well-being and how the elements might be developed across the life course. Integrating physical cognitive and social-emotional domains Well-Being is the first scientific book to consider well-being holistically. Focusing on a set of core strengths grouped within these three domains the book also includes a fourth section on developmental strengths through adulthood that broadly examines a continuum of health and development as well as transitions in well-being. This volume takes a developmental perspective across the life course describing foundational strengths for well-being--the capacities that can be actively developed supported or learned. These foundational strengths--problem solving emotional regulation and physical safety--are the positive underpinnings of early child health and development as well as ongoing well-being across the life course. Working together and blending their respective disciplinary perspectives and expertise 53 experts in psychology sociology child development and medicine have contributed to the book. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415653190

Well-Founded BeliefNew Essays on the Epistemic Basing Relation Epistemological theories of knowledge and justification draw a crucial distinction between one’s simply having good reasons for some belief and one’s actually basing one’s belief on good reasons. While the most natural kind of account of basing is causal in nature—a belief is based on a reason if and only if the belief is properly caused by the reason—there is hardly any widely accepted counterexample-free account of the basing relation among contemporary epistemologists. Further inquiry into the nature of the basing relation is therefore of paramount importance for epistemology. Without an acceptable account of the basing relation epistemological theories remain both crucially incomplete and vulnerable to errors that can arise when authors assume an implausible view of what it takes for beliefs to be held on the basis of reasons. Well-Founded Belief brings together 16 essays written by leading epistemologists to explore this important topic in greater detail. The chapters in this collection are divided into two broad categories: (i) the nature of the basing relation; and (ii) basing and its applications. The chapters in the first section are concerned principally with positively characterizing the epistemic basing relation and criticizing extant accounts of it including extant accounts of the relationship between epistemic basing and propositional and doxastic justification. The latter chapters connect epistemic basing with other topics of interest in epistemology as well as ethics including: epistemic disjunctivism epistemic injustice agency epistemic conservativism epistemic grounding epistemic genealogy practical reasoning and practical knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138503755

Wellington after Waterloo First published in 1986. In this book Neville Thompson traces Wellington’s life after 1815 using then new archival and documentary records. The work examines the development of Wellington’s character and outlook and assesses the significance of his persistent involvement in politics over three decades. It shows the Duke was a crucial figure in the development of the compromise between reform and the preservation of traditional institutions and practices. This title will be of interest to students of history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138638686

Wellington Sears Handbook of Industrial Textiles The Wellington Sears Handbook of Industrial Textiles has been a widely used textile industry reference for more than 50 years. Now a completely updated new edition has been published. It was prepared by a team of industrial textile specialists at Auburn University to provide both technical and management personnel with a comprehensive resource on the current technology and applications of today's industrial textiles.All aspects of industrial textiles are covered: man-made and natural materials manufacturing and finishing methods and all applications. There are also sections on properties testing waste management computers and automation and standards and regulations. The appendices provide extensive reference data: properties specifications manufacturers and trade names mathematical equations and measurement units. The text is organized for easy reference and well illustrated with hundreds of schematics and photographs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203733905

Wellington's MasterpieceThe Battle and Campaign of Salamanca The Peninsular war was not only one of the great periods in British military history it was also a war in which guerillas exerted a major influence and as such has continued relevance today. Salamanca established Wellington as one of the great military commanders of any age and it is one of the battles which produced significant results. As well as the battle the campaign contains two of the most memorable sieges ever under-taken by British arms those of Ciudad Rodrigo and Badajoz. This book originally published in 1972  uses eye-witness accounts with the result that the reader can hear the principal characters explain their actions and see the battlefield through the eyes of the men who were there. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138930445

Well-Known Trade MarksA Comparative Study of Japan and the EU This book considers the effectiveness of well-known trade mark protection at an international level. It particularly considers EU trade mark law from Japanese perspectives and provides a practical and critical overview of trade mark law in Japan including the historical development of the law and the recent development on cases and policy. The book includes detailed coverage of the Japanese Unfair Competition Prevention Act and contains the first systematic analysis of Japanese jurisprudence and legislative amendments of law in relation to well-known trade marks and unfair competition. The book goes on to comparatively analyse Japanese trade mark law alongside that of the European Community Trade Mark system. The book critically considers the difficulties in comprehensively defining a ‘well-known trade mark’ in the relevant international trade mark instruments. In breaking down the traditional definition of the ‘well-known trade mark’ the book works to address existing theoretical ambiguities in the application of trade mark law.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138713338

Wellness in WhitenessBiomedicalization and the Promotion of Whiteness and Youth among Women The Open Access version of this book available at https://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/9781351234146 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. This book analyses the social and ethical implications of the globalization of emerging skin-whitening and anti-ageing biotechnology. Using an intersectional theoretical framework and a content analysis methodology drawn from cultural studies the sociology of knowledge the history of colonial medicine and critical race theory it examines technical reports as well as print and online advertisements from pharmaceutical and cosmetics companies for skin-whitening products. With close attention to the promises of ‘ageless beauty’ ‘brightened’ youthful skin and solutions to ‘pigmentation problems’ for non-white women the author reveals the dynamics of racialization and biomedicalization at work. A study of a significant sector of the globalized health and wellness industries – which requires the active participation of consumers in the biomedicalization of their own bodies – Wellness in Whiteness will appeal to social scientists with interests in gender race and ethnicity biotechnology and embodiment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815377443

Wellness Issues for Higher EducationA Guide for Student Affairs and Higher Education Professionals Wellness Issues for Higher Education is an essential resource that addresses a range of student wellness issues confronting professionals in college and university settings. Organized around five dimensions of Wellness—Emotional Social Intellectual Physical and Spiritual—this book comprehensively covers key topics that contribute to students’ success in college. Each topical chapter includes proactive wellness advice and is designed to prepare the reader to better understand the facts issues and strategies appropriate for addressing the issue. Each Chapter Features: Background information theory and research Historical and emerging issues Common questions controversies challenging situations and misconceptions Practical applications for the campus This practical guide prepares practitioners to understand and deal with the wellness and health promotion issues contributing to their students’ overall success and well-being. Armed with this valuable resource higher education and student affairs professionals can work to improve academic performance retention satisfaction and quality of life. This thorough resource will guide those working at any level in residence life student activities orientation health education student leadership advising instruction and other areas of student development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138020979

Wellness TourismA Destination Perspective Core values of society health and wellbeing impact today on all aspects of our lives and have also increasingly influenced patterns of tourism consumption and production. In this context wellness has developed into a significant dimension of tourism in a number of new and long established destinations. However although it is consistently referred to as one of the most rapidly growing forms of tourism worldwide there still remains a dearth of academic literature on this topic.This book uniquely focuses on the supply side of wellness tourism from a destination perspective in terms of the generation and delivery of products and services for tourists who seek to maintain and improve their health. This approach provides a better understanding of how wellness tourism destinations develop and explores the specific drivers of that growth in a destination context and how destinations successfully compete against each other in globalised market place. A range of wellness destination development and management issues are examined including the importance of authenticity an appropriate policy framework delivery of high quality goods and services participation of a broad range of stakeholders and the development of networks and clusters as well as collaborative strategies essential for a successful development and management of a wellness tourism destination. International case studies and examples from established and new wellness tourism destinations are integrated throughout.This timely volume written by leaders in this sector will be of interest to tourism and hospitality students and academics internationally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138082007

Well-Preserved BoundariesFaith and Co-Existence in the Late Ottoman Empire Cappadocia was a place of co-habitation of Christians and Muslims until the Greco-Turkish Population Exchange (1923) terminated the Christian presence in the region. Using an interdisciplinary approach drawing on history political science and anthropology this study investigates the relationship between tolerance co-habitation and nationalism. Concentrating particularly on Orthodox-Muslim and Orthodox-Protestant practices of living together in Cappadocia during the last fifty years of the Ottoman Empire it responds to the prevailing romanticism about the Ottoman way of handling diversity. The study also analyses the transformation of the social identity of Cappadocian Orthodox Christians from Christians to Greeks through various mechanisms including the endeavour of the elite to utilise education and the press and through nationalist antagonism during the long war of 1912 to 1922. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367273385

Wells Of Ibn Saud First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870017

Welsh SyntaxA Government-Binding Approach This book first published in 1988 proposes an analysis of Welsh syntax within the theory of Government and Binding (GB). The main focus of the study is the theory of empty elements and the role of agreement phenomena in relation to empty categories. The study of the Celtic family of languages has emerged as an increasingly fruitful area of research both inside and outside GB theory. Written within the GB framework this book provides a substantial description of some areas of Welsh syntax. Successive chapters deal with basic word order in main and embedded clauses the null subject constructions cliticisation and agreement relative clauses topicalisation and wh-questions and passivisation. This title will be of interest to students of language and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138698543

Wendy WassersteinA Casebook Wendy Wasserstein: A Casebook contains in-depth discussions of the playwright's major works including her recent play 1 An American Daughter. Wasserstein's plays and essays are explored within diverse traditions including Jewish storytelling women's writing and classical comedy. Critical perspectives include feminist Bakhtinian and actor/director. Comparisons with other playwrights such as Rachel Crothers Caryl Churchill and Anton Chekhov provide context and understanding. An interview with the playwright and an annotated bibliography are included. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987012

Were Early Modern Lives Different?Writing the Self in the Renaissance Should we assume that people who lived some time ago were quite similar to us or should we assume that they need to be thought of as alien beings with whom we have little in common? This specially commissioned collection explores this important issue through an analysis of the lives and work of a number of significant early modern writers. Shakespeare is analysed in a number of essays as authors ask whether we can learn anything about his life from reading the Sonnets and Hamlet. Other essays explore the first substantial autobiography in English that of the musician and poet Thomas Wythorne (1528-96); the representation of the self in Holbein’s great painting The Ambassadors; whether we have a window into men's and women's souls when we read their intimate personal correspondence; and whether modern studies that wish to recapture the intentions and inner thoughts of early modern people who left writings behind are valuable aids to interpreting the past. This book was originally published as a special issue of Textual Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415824491

We're No Fun AnymoreHelping Couples Cultivate Joyful Marriages Through the Power of Play In the 21st century we tend to expect more than ever from our relationships without knowing how to sustain them. Often a married couple juggling the many demands of life work and children take their bond for granted. They fail to cultivate and nurture the positive interactions they share neglecting the fun playful and sexy side of the relationship. Over time this neglect creates an increasing spiral of dysfunction. We’re No Fun Anymore reminds therapists and the couples they treat that marriage does not have to mean forfeiting the passion playfulness and joy in a relationship. With 50 combined years of clinical experience backing it the program outlined in this book will help to build up a relationship without first tearing it down examining its weaknesses or trying to fix its problems. Integrating findings from neuroscience social psychology positive psychology and marriage research We’re No Fun Anymore shows couple therapists how to create and magnify positive energy between their clients to refortify the foundation of their relationship and help it stand strong even in times of strife and crisis. Readers will find a practical (and fun) plan to get their marriage out of the rut that’s robbing it of fun recapture the pleasure of dating romance and love and revive the playful quality of sex that makes it the pleasurable and enjoyable experience it’s supposed to be. Clinicians will also get the bonus of increasing the fun that they have in their personal lives and in their clinical work with clients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415871884

Were They Pushed Or Did They Jump?Individual Decision Mechanisms In Education Like few other decisions in life educational choices must be made by virtually every-one growing up in industrial societies. The consequences of these choices for individual lives are momentous yet decisions about schooling can be treacherous. They are made during the teen years at a time when personal preferences are unstable and there is littl Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216306

Were We The Enemy? American Survivors Of Hiroshima In August 1945 the first atomic bombs were dropped on Hiroshima and Nagasaki. What is hardly known is that 4 000 Nisei (Japanese Americans) the sons and daughters of Japanese immigrants who had been sent back to Japan to be educated before World War II erupted were caught in the Hiroshima bombing. This extraordinary book commemorates the 3 000 Nisei who died from the atomic blast in Hiroshima and documents the plight of another 1 000 hibakusha (survivors of the bomb) who returned to the West Coast after the war.Branded as ?foreigners? in wartime Japan and as ?enemies? in postwar United States their existence as victims of the atomic blast has not been recognized by either the Japanese or the U.S. government both of which have refused to alleviate the medical and political problems of the survivors. Drawing on primary sources and rich interview data Rinjiro Sodei has contributed an original scholarly work to the literature on World War II and the Asian-American experience. This book bears witness to the human calamities of the nuclear age and to the dignity of these Japanese Americans striving to obtain their rights and sustain their bicultural identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096489

Wesley Whitefield and the 'Free Grace' ControversyThe Crucible of Methodism When approaching the most public disagreement over predestination in the eighteenth century the ‘Free Grace’ controversy between John Wesley and George Whitefield the tendency can be to simply review the event as a row over the same old issues. This assumption pervades much of the scholarly literature that deals with early Methodism. Moreover much of that same literature addresses the dispute from John Wesley’s vantage point often harbouring a bias towards his Evangelical Arminianism. Yet the question must be asked: was there more to the ‘Free Grace’ controversy than a simple rehashing of old arguments? This book answers this complex question by setting out the definitive account of the ‘Free Grace’ controversy in first decade of the Evangelical Revival (1739-49). Centred around the key players in the fracas John Wesley and George Whitefield it is a close analysis of the way in which the doctrine of predestination was instrumental in differentiating the early Methodist societies from one another. It recounts the controversy through the lens of doctrinal analysis and from two distinct perspectives: the propositional content of a given doctrine and how that doctrine exerts formative pressure upon the assenting individual(s). What emerges from this study is a clearer picture of the formative years of early Methodism and the vital role that doctrinal pronouncement played in giving a shape to early Methodist identity. It will therefore be of great interest to scholars of Methodism Evangelicalism Theology and Church History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138317352

Wesley and AldersgateInterpreting Conversion Narratives Despite being widely recognized as John Wesley’s key moment of Christian conversion Aldersgate has continued to mystify regarding its exact meaning and significance to Wesley personally. This book brings clarity to the impact this event had on Wesley over the course of his lifetime by closely examining all of Wesley’s writings pertaining to Aldersgate and framing them within the wider context of contemporary conversion narratives. The central aim of this study is to establish Wesley’s interpretation of his Aldersgate experience as it developed from its initial impressions on the night of 24 May 1738 to its mature articulation in the 1770s. By paying close attention to the language of his diaries letters journals sermons tracts and other writings fresh insights into Wesley‘s own perspective are revealed. When these insights are brought into wider context of other conversion narratives in the Christian milieu in which Wesley worked and wrote this book demonstrates that this single event contributed in significant ways to the ethos of the Methodist movement and many other denominations even up to the present day.This is a unique study of the conversion of one of history’s most influential Christian figures and the impact that such narratives still have on us today. As such it will be of great use to scholars of Methodism theology religious history and religious studies more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587437

Wesleyan-Holiness Churches in AustraliaHallelujah under the Southern Cross Most Wesleyan-Holiness churches started in the US developing out of the Methodist roots of the nineteenth-century Holiness Movement. The American origins of the Holiness movement have been charted in some depth but there is currently little detail on how it developed outside of the US. This book seeks to redress this imbalance by giving a history of North American Wesleyan-Holiness churches in Australia from their establishment in the years following the Second World War as well as of The Salvation Army which has nineteenth-century British origins. It traces the way some of these churches moved from marginalised sects to established denominations while others remained small and isolated.Looking at The Church of God (Anderson) The Church of God (Cleveland) The Church of the Nazarene The Salvation Army and The Wesleyan Methodist Church in Australia the book argues two main points. Firstly it shows that rather than being American imperialism at work these religious expressions were a creative partnership between like-minded evangelical Christians from two modern nations sharing a general cultural similarity and set of religious convictions. Secondly it demonstrates that it was those churches that showed the most willingness to be theologically flexible even dialling down some of their Wesleyan distinctiveness that had the most success. This is the first book to chart the fascinating development of Holiness churches in Australia. As such it will be of keen interest to scholars of Wesleyans and Methodists as well as religious history and the sociology of religion more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591540

Wessex from 1000 AD The prehistory and early history of Somerset Dorset Wiltshire Hampshire Berkshire Avon and the city of Bristol. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138408067

Wessex to 1000 AD Wessex -- the ancient counties of Dorset Somerset Wiltshire Hampshire and Berkshire -- is remarkable for its economic and social cohesion as a region and for the extraordinary wealth of its ancient remains. In this authoritative survey Barry Cunliffe sets the great monuments and famous sites in their full cultural context. His chief concern however is to interpret the landscape of the region and the people who over so many centuries created it. In his hands it becomes an archaeological artefact as eloquent as Avebury and Stonehenge themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159945

West & Smith's Law of Dilapidations First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9781138461277

West Africa and the U.S. War on Terror Since the terrorist attacks on the American homeland on September 11 2001 fighting the menace has become the frontier issue on the U.S.’ national security agenda. In the case of the African Continent the United States has and continues to accord major attention to the West African sub-region. This book : Evaluates where we can place West Africa within the broader crucible of the U.S. war on terrorism Establishes the key elements of the U.S.’ counter-terrorism policy in West Africa? Examines the U.S. counter-terrorism strategies in West Africa and evaluates if they are being pursued both at the bilateral and multilateral levels in the region Interrogates the relationship between stability in the sub-region and the waging of the U.S.’ war on terrorism.   Specifically the book examines the crises of underdevelopment—cultural economic environmental political security and social—in the sub-region especially their impact on shaping the conditions that provide the taproots of terrorism. Clearly addressing these multidimensional crises of underdevelopment is pivotal to the success of the U.S. war on terrorism in the sub-region. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of terrorism homeland security African Studies conflict management and political violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138851436

West Africa before the Colonial EraA History to 1850 This is a survey of pre-colonial West Africa written by the internationally respected author and journalist Basil Davidson. He takes as his starting point his successful textA History of West Africa 1000-1800 but he has reworked his new text specially for a wider international readership. In the process he offers a fascinating introduction to the rich societies and cultures of Africa before the coming of the Europeans. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174474

West Africa Before the EuropeansArchaeology & Prehistory This book covers the whole range of West African archaeology to the arrival of the Portugese on the Guinea coast. Parts of this territory are very ill-explored and emphasis is accordingly laid on the better-known regions: Ghana Nigeria the middle Niger valley and Western Senegal. After introducing the geographical background and chronology subsequent chapters deal with the Palaeolithic Neolithic and early iron ages ending with a brief account of the protohistoric period. Published in 1967. Includes map and topographical index. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817548

West African CityA Study of Tribal Life in Freetown Originally published in 1957 this volume deals with the issue of large scale immigration into Freetown Sierra Leone from the rural areas in the 1950s and the problems which arose as a result. It analyzes the way traditional social systems had to adjust to the demands of urban life and charts the growth of Freetown from its foundation in the 18th Century. The ethnic composition of its population  and the character of the rural districts from which the migrants come are also discussed along with the motives for migration the nature of housing and employment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138488038

West African Kingdoms in the Nineteenth Century Originally published in 1967 this volume presents studies of 10 West African kingdoms which have played an important part in the economic political and cultural life of the region. Ranging geographically from the kingdom of Benin in southern Nigeria to the Wolof kingdom of Kayor in Senegal they inlcude the Oyo Yoruba Dahomey Hausa Maradi Kom in West Cameroon the Mossi Ashanti and Gonja and the Mende chiefdoms of Sierra Leone. Each outlines the historical origins and development of the kingdom and analyses its organization in the nineteenth century. It includes accounts of the economic basis and resources of the state and the significance of tribute and trade of the social categories among its population the administrarive machinery and communnications the judicial and military organization and external relations. It also considers the importance of the ideology and rituals of kingship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138589452

West African Studies Contains important eye-witness accounts by English traders who had many years experience in the Delta area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760867

West African TradeA Study of Competition Oligopoly and Monopoly in a Changing Economy This groundbreaking work from the hugely influential economist P. T. Bauer first published in 1954 and reissued with a new introduction in 1963 is a thorough and detailed analysis of the findings of the Colonial Economic Research Committee from their investigation into the structure of West African Trade and especially the monopolistic tendencies inherent within it. Materials for the study were collected and analysed between 1949 and 1952 offering an invaluable insight into dominant features of contemporary West African Economies and an analysis of their implications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852067

West African WorldsPaths Through Socio-Economic Change Livelihoods and Development West African Worlds provides a critical assessment of social economic and political change in Africa’s most populous and arguably most externally focused region. With an emphasis on globalisation and modernisation case studies and commentary are integrated throughout to highlight the concerns and issues of the region.Enriched by an impressive mix of West African voices this text combines theory and application with policy and practice to address socio-economic change the pursuit of livelihoods and development within West Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138164390

West Bengal under the Left1977-2011 This book makes a critical analysis of West Bengal's Left Front regime (1977-2011) and explores the causes of its collapse under three sgments; inquiry into issues of political management; evaluation of various policy initiatives; and examination of development in civil society. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in South Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348502

West European City Ils 179 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868563

West German Foreign Policy 1949-1979 This collection of original papers by prominent political and academic figures from both sides of the Atlantic focuses on the political economic military-strategic and domestic dimensions of West Germany's foreign policy. The authors first consider the changing constraints and opportunities that have shaped West German foreign policy. Succeeding chapters examine Germany's relationship with the United States the Soviet Union Eastern Europe and the Third World; the evolution and development of Germany's Eastern European policy; the role of Germany in a changing political strategic and economic environment; arms proliferation and control; and prospects for the future. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429267451

West Germans and the Nazi Legacy This book constitutes a new history of the complex memory cultures that persisted within post-war West Germany examining the attitudes of ordinary people to the second wave of Nazi war crimes trials ushered in during the 1960s. It explores responses to the prospect of continuing investigations the reception afforded to the defendants and the sheer resonance that such proceedings could generate within a local community. Drawing upon case studies from across the Federal Republic it bridges a gap between the current historiography and localised memory studies and analyses of war crimes trials. Far from viewing the 1960s as an uncomplicated decade of change this book emphasises the range of voices that were competing to make themselves heard during this period whether they came from survivors’ groups crusading journalists and students or from former prisoners of war veterans’ organisations and the war widowed. This diversity of opinion and experience enabled the persistence of silences distortions and mythologies that could afford some level of distance to be imposed between the perpetrators of the Nazi genocide and the ordinary West German population. The process of ‘coming to terms with the past’ was thus complicated and protracted. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415892407

West Germany (RLE: German Politics)Politics and Society This book originally published in 1981  provides the student and general reader alike with a fascinating account of the dynamic re-emergence of Germany after the Second World War as one of the world’s leading and most powerful states. The book gives extensive coverage to all aspects of the former West Germany’s political social and economic arrangements. As well as dealing with the Basic Law parties Bundestag and government it also discusses neglected subjects such as education the armed forces welfare services the role of women the economy and industrial relations and the mass media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138847576

West Germany Today (RLE: German Politics) This authoritative study written by experts in their fields and originally published in 1989 provides a comprehensive introduction to aspects of West German society politics and economics. Individual chapters investigate West German politics education industrial relations the media and the relations between the two German states. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138847699

West Indian MigrationThe Monserrat Case West Indian migration has attracted considerable attention in recent years. There is a growing body of sociological literature dealing with various aspects of the adjustment of West Indian as well as other immigrants in Britain. This book looks at the continuing relationships these migrants maintain with the societies they have left. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135432

West SouthwestVertebrate Life in Southern California West Southwest: Vertebrate Life in Southern California celebrates an amazingly diverse fauna with description evolutionary background geographic insight and ecological detail. Southern California is a vast region of very different habitats – all with an abundance of unique species of plants and animals and all within a day’s drive. Southern California shares an evolutionary history with other areas of the Southwest but it has its own identity. The book is not a field identification guide. Instead the book provides the evolutionary history of species groups details where the individual species occur and their habitat preferences and how they avoid the perils of predation and human impact.   Key Selling Features: Summarizes the evolutionary background and ecology of southern California’s vertebrates: freshwater fish amphibians turtles snakes lizards birds and mammals. Reviews the history of southern California’s biotic communities from the coast to the deserts and their association with other areas of the Southwest. Discusses vertebrate design and how it affects performance and lifestyle. Extends and enhances the content of regional field identification guides. Includes 120 maps figures and color plates. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138496965

Western Arabia & The Red Sea First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653213

Western Bankers in ChinaInstitutional Change and Corporate Governance When China’s economic reforms were beginning there was an expectation in the west that China’s financial markets would be opened to western banks and that China’s banks would be reformed along western lines. Joint ventures between Chinese banks and western banks minority shareholding by western banks and the involvement of western banking personnel in assisting Chinese banks with their reforms were all seen as moves towards reform along western lines. This book analyses the role which western bankers have played in China’s economic reforms focusing on their influence on institutional change and corporate governance. Based on extensive original research the book shows that while components of western models of corporate governance have been widely adopted the motivation for these changes seems to have been legitimacy-seeking by Chinese banks and that whilst there has been relatively rapid change in the formal legislative environment informal organisational practices are changing at a much slower pace. Alliances between Chinese and western banks are woven with contradictions and power games and so many actors in the Chinese banking sector seek to resist manipulation by their western counterparts. The financial crisis weakened the idea that western banks are a universally correct model and strengthened China’s resolve to keep control of its banking sector and manage it along Chinese lines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585211

Western Civilization and Its ProblemsA Dialogue Between Weber Elias and Habermas First published in 1999 this volume represents Kit-Man Li’s attempt to wrestle with the complicated issues and ideas drawn from Habermas’ theory of communicative action Weber’s studies of western civilization and Elias’ insights on sociological theory. Li examines Weber Habermas and Elias in turn in order to refine our understanding of modern Western civilization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138369962

Western Civilization in Southern AfricaStudies in Culture Contact The book is structured as follows: · An introduction of old Bantu culture · An account of modern Bantu life · Discussion of the influence exerted by Christianity and Education upon communal life of the Bantu · Examination of special aspects of Bantu culture as they have been modified by Western civilization: language and music · The economic political and legal positions of the native tribes in South Africa are also covered. First published in 1934. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138861947

Western Civilization: A Global and Comparative ApproachVolume I: To 1715 Featuring the one author one voice approach this text is ideal for instructors who do not wish to neglect the importance of non-Western perspectives on the study of the past. The book is a brief affordable presentation providing a coherent examination of the past from ancient times to the present. Religion everyday life and transforming moments are the three themes employed to help make the past interesting intelligible and relevant to contemporary society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765622532

Western Civilization: A Global and Comparative ApproachVolume II: Since 1600 Featuring the one author one voice approach this text is ideal for instructors who do not wish to neglect the importance of non-Western perspectives on the study of the past. The book is a brief affordable presentation providing a coherent examination of the past from ancient times to the present. Religion everyday life and transforming moments are the three themes employed to help make the past interesting intelligible and relevant to contemporary society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765622549

Western Dominance in International Relations?The Internationalisation of IR in Brazil and India Since the 1970s a 'critical' movement has been developing in the humanities and social sciences denouncing the existence of 'Western dominance' over the worldwide production and circulation of knowledge. However thirty years after the emergence of this promising agenda in International Relations (IR) this discipline has not experienced a major shift. This volume offers a counter-intuitive and original contribution to the understanding of the global circulation of knowledge. In contrast to the literature it argues that the internationalisation of social sciences in the designated 'Global South' is not conditioned by the existence of a presumably 'Western dominance'. Indeed although discriminative practices such as Eurocentrism and gate-keeping exist their existence does not lead to a unipolar structuration of IR internationalisation around ‘the West’. Based on these empirical results this book reflexively questions the role of critique in the (re)production of the social and political order. Paradoxically the anti-Eurocentric critical discourses reproduce the very Eurocentrism they criticise. This book offers methodological support to address this paradox by demonstrating how one can use discourse analysis and reflexivity to produce innovative results and decentre oneself from the vision of the world one has been socialised into. This work offers an insightful contribution to International Relations Political Theory Sociology and Qualitative Methodology. It will be useful to all students and scholars interested in critical theories international political sociology social sciences in Brazil and India knowledge and discourse Eurocentrism as well as the future of reflexivity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367540104

Western Enterprise in Far Eastern Economic Development Western Enterprise in Far Eastern Economic Development charts the activities of Western firms in China and Japan from the middle of the nineteenth century when those countries were opened to foreign trade until recently. The organization of the Western business undertakings the types of firms concerned and relations between the Westerners and the Japanese and Chinese economies are all discussed. Among the economic activities covered are: merchant banking finance manufacturing mining shipping and domestic transport. A dominant theme is the contrast presented by China and Japan in their response to Western enterprise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878594

Western Enterprise in Indonesia and Malaysia This book demonstrates exact scholarship (and an) understanding of the way in which business works...(it has) a capacity to reduce a mass of apparently unrelated facts into the neat shape of theory."The Economist Describing and analyzing the part played by Western firms and governments in the economic development of Indonesia and Malaysia the period covered by this survey extends from the early decades of the nineteenth century to the 1950s. Special attention is given to the changes that have taken place since the Second World War. The intricate economic relations between Westerners and Asians and the results of changes in those relations are fully discussed. Comparisons and contrasts with the economic activities of Westerners in the development of China and Japan are also examined. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138861558

Western EsotericismA Brief History of Secret Knowledge Esotericism is the search for an absolute but hidden knowledge accessed through mystical vision the mediation of higher beings or personal experience. In Western cultural history esoteric approaches to religion have often been in conflict with - and suffered at the hands of - more established forms of religious belief and practice. 'Western Esotericism' presents a very broad and engaging history of the people and ideas which have shaped occult history from antiquity to today. Throughout the history of esotericism the dynamic of concealment and revelation has characterized the search for secret knowledge. Pursued both publically and privately esotericism has come to influence more mainstream religious practice and culture and has significantly shaped our understanding of modernity. Today esotericism continues to be practised by a range of both established and new religious movements. 'Western Esotericism' presents the essential guide to one of the most fascinating provocative and sustained of religious traditions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315538693

Western Europe 2012 The definitive survey of the countries and territories of Western Europe comprising expert analysis and commentary. Includes up-to-date economic and socio-political data along with specially sourced directory information. New content for the 2012 edition includes: coverage of significant developments in the region over the last twelve months including the Irish financial settlement within the EU and the IMF the Portuguese bail-out and the effects of the Middle Eastern turmoil in France detailed analysis of the Finnish general election plus results and commentary on state elections in Germany and coverage of the elections in Portugal in June a newly commissioned essay on the rise of the populist far right in Western Europe. Key Features: authoritative analysis of the issues confronting this important region contributions from around forty acknowledged experts thoroughly revised directory and statistical information on each country and territory. General Survey introductory articles by leading authorities cover issues of regional importance. Topics include developments in the European Union the politics of migration environmental issues the challenges surrounding Western Europe's defence policies relations with the developing world Islam in Western Europe the rise of the populist far right  and an economic survey of the region. Country Surveys Individual chapters on each country which comprise: an introductory survey containing essays on the geography history and economy of each country which includes a full chronology and map an extensive economic and demographic survey of the latest available statistics on area and population health and welfare agriculture forestry fishing mining industry finance trade transport tourism communications media and education a full directory section with names addresses contact numbers and e-mail and internet addresses covering the constitution government election commissions political organizations diplomatic representation religious groups the media finance trade and industry tourism defence and education a select bibliography containing suggestions for further research. Regional Information includes a directory of research institutes specializing in the region and bibliographies of books and periodicals covering Western Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857436259

Western Europe 2013 The definitive survey of the countries and territories of Western Europe comprising expert analysis and commentary up-to-date economic and socio-political data and extensive directory information. New for 2013: analysis of the issues confronting Western Europe contributions from acknowledged experts thoroughly revised directory and statistical information. General Survey Essays by leading experts cover issues of regional importance. Topics include political and economic developments in the region and issues including immigration the environment defence Islam relations with the BRICS and the rise of the populist right. Country Surveys Individual chapters on each country comprising: an introductory survey containing essays on the geography history and economy of each country including a chronology and map. an extensive statistical survey of economic and demographic indicators including area and population health and welfare agriculture forestry fishing mining industry finance trade transport tourism communications media and education. a comprehensive directory of names and contact details covering the most significant political and commercial institutions. Regional Information a directory of research institutes specializing in the region bibliographies of books and periodicals covering the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857436617

Western Europe 2014 The definitive survey of the countries and territories of Western Europe comprising expert analysis and commentary up-to-date economic and socio-political data and extensive directory information. New for 2014: coverage of the ongoing economic crisis in the eurozone and its effect on the politics and economies of countries in the region major political developments are analysed including the legislative elections in Austria Germany Italy Norway and other countries and territories in the region comprehensively updated directory sections including new heads of state in Belgium and the Netherlands following the abdication of their respective monarchs and Vatican City with the election of the new Pope. General Survey Essays by leading experts on the area cover issues of regional importance. Country Surveys Individual chapters on each country comprising: an introductory survey containing essays on the geography history and economy of each country including a chronology and map. an extensive statistical survey of economic and demographic indicators including area and population health and welfare agriculture forestry fishing mining industry finance trade transport tourism communications media and education. a comprehensive directory of names and contact details covering the most significant political and commercial institutions. Regional Information a directory of research institutes specializing in the region bibliographies of books and periodicals covering the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857437034

Western Europe 2015 The definitive survey of the countries and territories of Western Europe comprising expert analysis and commentary up-to-date economic and socio-political data and extensive directory information. New for 2015: new essays examining energy security in Western Europe and mainstream parties and immigration and fully revised essays on the European Union the economies of the eurozone the region’s defence policies Western Europe and emerging economies the environment and parties of the populist right   analysis of recent elections in the region including Belgium and Sweden details of cabinet reorganizations and new heads of state in the region General Survey Essays by leading experts on the area cover issues of regional importance. Country Surveys Individual chapters on each country comprising: an introductory survey containing essays on the geography history and economy of each country including a chronology and map. an extensive statistical survey of economic and demographic indicators including area and population health and welfare agriculture forestry fishing mining industry finance trade transport tourism communications media and education. a comprehensive directory of names and contact details covering the most significant political and commercial institutions. Regional Information a directory of research institutes specializing in the region bibliographies of books and periodicals covering the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857437386

Western Europe 2016 The definitive survey of the countries and territories of Western Europe comprising expert analysis and commentary up-to-date economic and socio-political data and extensive directory information. General Survey Essays by leading experts on the area cover issues of regional importance. Country Surveys Individual chapters on each country comprising: an introductory survey containing essays on the geography history and economy of each country including a chronology and map. an extensive statistical survey of economic and demographic indicators including area and population health and welfare agriculture forestry fishing mining industry finance trade transport tourism communications media and education. a comprehensive directory of names and contact details covering the most significant political and commercial institutions. Regional Information a directory of research institutes specializing in the region bibliographies of books and periodicals covering the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857437881

Western Europe 2017 The definitive survey of the countries and territories of Western Europe comprising expert analysis and commentary up-to-date economic and socio-political data and extensive directory information. General Survey Essays by leading experts on the area cover issues of regional importance. Country Surveys Individual chapters on each country comprising: an introductory survey containing essays on the geography history and economy of each country including a chronology and map. an extensive statistical survey of economic and demographic indicators including area and population health and welfare agriculture forestry fishing mining industry finance trade transport tourism communications media and education. a comprehensive directory of names and contact details covering the most significant political and commercial institutions. Regional Information a directory of research institutes specializing in the region bibliographies of books and periodicals covering the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857438499

Western Europe 2018 The definitive survey of the countries and territories of Western Europe comprising expert analysis and commentary up-to-date economic and socio-political data and extensive directory information. General Survey Essays by leading experts on the area cover issues of regional importance. Country Surveys Individual chapters on each country comprising: an introductory survey containing essays on the geography history and economy of each country including a chronology and map. an extensive statistical survey of economic and demographic indicators including area and population health and welfare agriculture forestry fishing mining industry finance trade transport tourism communications media and education. a comprehensive directory of names and contact details covering the most significant political and commercial institutions. Regional Information a directory of research institutes specializing in the region bibliographies of books and periodicals covering the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857438802

Western Europe 2019 The definitive survey of the countries and territories of Western Europe comprising expert analysis and commentary up-to-date economic and socio-political data and extensive directory information. General Survey Essays by leading experts on the area cover issues of regional importance. Country Surveys Individual chapters on each country comprising: an introductory survey containing essays on the geography history and economy of each country including a chronology and map. an extensive statistical survey of economic and demographic indicators including area and population health and welfare agriculture forestry fishing mining industry finance trade transport tourism communications media and education. a comprehensive directory of names and contact details covering the most significant political and commercial institutions. Regional Information a directory of research institutes specializing in the region bibliographies of books and periodicals covering the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857439458

Western Europe 2020 The definitive survey of the countries and territories of Western Europe comprising expert analysis and commentary up-to-date economic and socio-political data and extensive directory information. General Survey Essays by leading experts on the area cover issues of regional importance. Country Surveys Individual chapters on each country comprising: an introductory survey containing essays on the geography history and economy of each country including a chronology and map. an extensive statistical survey of economic and demographic indicators including area and population health and welfare agriculture forestry fishing mining industry finance trade transport tourism communications media and education. a comprehensive directory of names and contact details covering the most significant political and commercial institutions. Regional Information a directory of research institutes specializing in the region bibliographies of books and periodicals covering the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367175344

Western Europe 2021 The definitive survey of the countries and territories of Western Europe comprising expert analysis and commentary up-to-date economic and socio-political data and extensive directory information. General Survey Essays by leading experts on the area cover issues of regional importance. Country Surveys Individual chapters on each country comprising: an introductory survey containing essays on the geography history and economy of each country including a chronology and map. an extensive statistical survey of economic and demographic indicators including area and population health and welfare agriculture forestry fishing mining industry finance trade transport tourism communications media and education. a comprehensive directory of names and contact details covering the most significant political and commercial institutions. Regional Information a directory of research institutes specializing in the region bibliographies of books and periodicals covering the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367440626

Western Europe In Soviet Global Strategy  Soviet global strategy long established and well understood by the Kremlin leaders is to intimidate weak and fearful governments exploit indigenous difficulties disrupt social order and promote communist revolutions. In this volume European and American scholars describe the USSR's land and sea targets on and surrounding West Europe where t Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216313

Western European Economy This book explores the evolution of the Western European economy since 1945 and considers some of the salient features of capital labour and the state. It provides a broad review of the major features of economic development in Western Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138859609

Western EuropeEconomic and Social Change since 1945 This major new text offers a clearly structured introduction to the economic and social development of Western Europe since the Second World War. A team of experts explore key aspects of postwar Europe's economy and society in a number of thematic chapters with a regional and strongly comparative focus and these are followed by specific national studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148338

Western EuropeGeographical Perspectives Western Europe provides a balanced appraisal of common characteristics and shared problems of the eighteen states lying to the west of the former Iron Curtain. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315844619

Western Foreign Policy and the Middle East This book examines Western foreign policy towards the Middle East and the extent to which the promotion of democracy has been in conflict with or supported by other goals (geo-strategic economic and cultural) in the policies of the major actors towards the Middle East. Does the Arab Spring provide a new opening for cooperation with the region? Contributions are offered by scholars with research interests in Middle Eastern politics and by those analysing the policies and interests of external actors. Against the backdrop of the recent ‘War on Terror’ the comparative and interdisciplinary outlook of the book will offer the opportunity for much needed intellectual exchanges between political scientists contemporary historians and international relations scholars from Europe North America and the Middle East. Since it coincides with and/or follows the final phases of US and British withdrawal from Iraq and Afghanistan this book will be highly relevant to both academics and policy-makers in the UK and abroad making a significant contribution not only to the scholarly investigation of Western foreign policies but also to the study of the Middle East in general. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Cambridge Review of International Affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138060043

Western Geopolitical Thought in the Twentieth Century (Routledge Library Editions: Political Geography) This book surveys the development of geo-political thought in the twentieth century and relates it to international political developments as well as examining how sound geopolitical theories are. It considers the work of Mackinder Hartshorne and Haushofer and his disciples in Germany who influenced the Nazis; and of more recent developments including Marxist geographical writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138813311

Western India in the Nineteenth Century Hinduism flourished in the districts around Poona in Bombay to a far greater extent than in the rest of India hence the problems facing the British administrators of Maharashtra were quite different from those confronting them in other parts of India. The solutions they proposed and the policies which emerged determined the social changes which took place in the Maharashtra in the nineteenth century. This book analyses these changes by focussing on the rise of new social groups and the dissemination of new values and shows how these social groups and values interacted with the traditional order in Maharashtra to create a stable regional society. Originally published in 1968. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878730

Western Intelligence and the Collapse of the Soviet Union1980-1990: Ten Years that did not Shake the World In 1991 the Soviet Union collapsed. It was an event of major historic and global dimensions yet it took the entire world totally by suprise. In this book the authors interview dozens of people who dealt with Soviet affairs in the 1980s all of who admit to having been caught off guard. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138011175

Western Interactions With JapanExpansions the Armed Forces and Readjustment 1859-1956 Remarkable insights into the profound Japanese concern 'for defending the cherished Japanese values amid an era of fantastic change' writes Peter Lowe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405691

Western Mainstream Media and the Ukraine CrisisA Study in Conflict Propaganda This book explores contemporary propaganda and mainstream Western news media with reference to the Ukraine crisis. It examines Western media narratives of the immediate causes of the crisis the respective roles of those who participated in or otherwise supported the demonstrations of 2013–2014 – including US-backed NGOs and rightist militia – and the legitimacy or otherwise of the destabilization of the democratically elected Yanukovych government. It considers how the crisis was contextualized with reference to broader themes of competition for power over Eurasia and the Washington Consensus. It assesses accounts of the role of Russia and of ethnic Russian Ukrainians in Crimea Odessa and the Donbass and traces how Western mainstream media went out of their way to demonize Vladimir Putin. The book deconstructs prevailing Western narratives as to the reasons for the shooting down of Malaysian Airways flight MH17 in July 2014 and counters Western media concentration on the issue of culpability for the attack with an alternative narrative of egregious failure to close down civilian air space over war zones. From analysis of these discourses the book identifies principles of post-2001 Western conflict propaganda as these appeared to play out in Ukraine. This book will be of much interest to students of propaganda media and communication studies Russian and Eastern European politics security studies and IR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138579897

Western Maternity and Medicine 1880-1990 The contributors to this collection look into the experiences of women in the Western world going through pregnancy and birth over the last hundred years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663008

Western Military Interventions After The Cold WarEvaluating the Wars of the West This book offers an examination of the effectiveness of Western military interventions in the post-Cold War era. It constitutes a comprehensive interdisciplinary analysis of the conditions conduct and consequences of post-Cold War armed conflicts in which Western states acting as a multinational coalition were engaged in a combat role as an intervening force not as an impartial peacekeeper. The volume identifies and analyses the causes justifications and goals of the interventions as well as the results of such engagements. The main objective is to assess the effectiveness of the military actions of Western states in these armed conflicts. Apart from the chapters devoted to particular conflicts – such as the Gulf War the Balkans Afghanistan Iraq and Libya – it also includes chapters in which experts summarise the legal political military and economic implications of all such Western-led interventions. As a result the book helps us to understand why these military interventions happened how they were executed and what the results were. Taking into account the impact of these military expeditions on global security the book offers an explanation for some of the central questions concerning the current shape of international order and power distribution on a global scale.This book will be of much interest to students of military and strategic studies conflict studies foreign policy and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665159

Western Muslims and Conflicts AbroadConflict Spillovers to Diasporas This book explains why reactive conflict spillovers (political violence in response to conflicts abroad) occur in some migrant-background communities in the West. Based on survey data statistical datasets more than sixty interviews with Muslim community leaders and activists ethnographic research in London and Detroit and open-source data this book develops a theoretical explanation for how both differences in government policies and features of migrant-background communities interact to influence the nature of foreign-policy focused activism in migrant communities. Utilizing rigorous mixed-methods case study analysis the author comparatively analyses the reactions of the Pakistani community in London and the Arab Muslim community in Detroit to the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq during the decade following 9/11. Both communities are politically mobilized and active. However while London has experienced reactive conflict spillover Detroit has remained largely peaceful. The key findings show that with regards to activism in response to foreign policy events Western Muslim communities primarily politically mobilize on the basis of their ethnic divisions. Nevertheless one notable exception is the Arab-Israeli conflict which is viewed through the Islamic lenses; and the common Islamic identity is important in driving mobilization domestically in response to Islamophobia and counterterrorism policies and practices perceived to be discriminatory. Certain organizational arrangements involving minority community leaders law enforcement and government officials help to effectively contain excitable youth who may otherwise engage in deviant behavior. Overall the following factors contribute to the creation of an environment where reactive conflict spillover is more likely to occur: policies allowing immigration of violent radicals poor economic integration without extensive civil society inter-group ties the presence of radical groups and connections with radical networks abroad. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815370680

Western Mysticism First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863576

Western Perceptions Of Soviet GoalsIs Trust Possible? This study investigates Western views on the potential future developments in the U.S.S.R. It traces the facts figures fears and ideological prejudices that have contributed to the mutual mistrust between the East and the West over long-range political goals and recommends ways of reducing it. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429267468

Western Plainchant in the First MillenniumStudies in the Medieval Liturgy and its Music Taking up questions and issues in early chant studies this volume of essays addresses some of the topics raised in James McKinnon's The Advent Project: The Later Seventh-Century Creation of the Roman Mass the last book before his untimely death in February 1999. A distinguished group of chant scholars examine the formation of the liturgy issues of theory and notation and Carolingian and post-Carolingian chant. Special studies include the origins of musical notations nuances of early chant performance (with accompanying CD) musical style and liturgical structure in the early Divine Office and new sources for Old-Roman chant. Western Plainchant in the First Millenium offers new information and new insights about a period of crucial importance in the growth of the liturgy and music of the Western Church. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315084114

Western Psychological and Educational Theory in Diverse Contexts This book examines aspects of Western psychological and educational theory in relation to educational practice around the world and considers the extent to which current understandings are truly applicable to a range of diverse settings. In so doing it also seeks to question where appropriate existing orthodoxies within Western educational systems. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315878553

Western Public Lands And Environmental Politics An explanation of changes in US Congress policies that affect the management of rangeland timber energy mineral and wilderness resources in the West of the country. The contributors examine policy decisions within the context of political economic and demographic forces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096526

Western Responses to Terrorism This volume combines case studies of national responses to terrorism with analyses of conceptual political economic and data-collection problems surrounding the control of terrorism in democratic societies over the last 25 years. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203043837

Western SaharaInternational Law Justice and Natural Resources As the Spanish were preparing to leave colonized Western Sahara in 1975 Morocco invaded sparking a war with the Western Saharan Polisario Front. About 70% of Western Sahara was occupied by Morocco which stations up to 140 000 soldiers in the territory primarily along a 1700 kilometre long sand berm that is protected by one of the world’s largest fields of landmines. In 1991 Morocco and the Polisario Front agreed to a truce ahead of a referendum on Western Sahara’s future. However Morocco has since refused to allow the referendum to take place and has begun the extensive exploitation of Western Sahara’s non-renewable natural resources. This has both highlighted the plight of the Saharawi people who live in refugee camps in Algeria and in occupied Western Sahara and pushed the Polisario Front back to a position where it is openly canvassing for a return to war. This book was originally published as a special issue of Global Change Peace and Security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138502611

Western Society After The Holocaust Based on an International Scholars' Symposium convened to recall the infamous Kristallnacht in Hitler's Germany this book represents an effort to distill from the ensuing Holocaust experience the lessons that seem most applicable to the contemporary world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216207

Western Society in Transition An enormous acceleration of history has occurred in the current decade thereby radically changing world society in many respects. The core countries - grouped around the triad formed by the United States Japan and the European Union - have experienced successive waves of change marked by phases of ascent unfolding and decay of societal models. What seemed stable and predictable in past decades came close to collapse or broke down entirely. As a result we are now living through a crisis of legitimation characterized by acute contradictions. A new order with a fresh basic consensus around an overarching set of norms that allows problems to be solved efficiently has not yet crystallized.Western Society in Transition examines the succession of societal models of the Western world and indications of its probable shape in the future. Bornschier characterizes the 1985-1995 period as a decade of Third World debt and depression; continued economic decline in the United States; a steady ascent of Japan; Western Europe's move toward political union and the collapse of the Soviet Union. Against this background he sketches various elements of a theoretical perspective he calls evolutionary conflict theory. The primary focus of interest of this theory is not on single societies but on measures of social transformation at the core of world society. Western Society in Transition deals with fundamental questions: How does social order arise and why does it dissolve? What provides social cohesion? What makes society progress? Institutional spheres of Western society such as technology firms the market state building education power conflict and social movements are analyzed in detail.Peter Lengyel editor emeritus of the International Social Science Journal says of Western Society in Transition "I have never seen such a succinct clear and persuasive treatment which adroitly draws together elements from economics history sociology and technology into a strictly contemporary kind of political economy." This timely assessment of the Western world will be of interest to social scientists historians economists and international relations scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517837

Western Strategic Interests in Saudi Arabia Pbdirect This book analyses the interrelations between Western and Saudi strategic concerns and argues that pressure from the Israeli lobby within US domestic politics must not be allowed to interfere within the proper provisioning of the Saudi armed forces especially the air force. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138846760

Western Theatre in Global ContextsDirecting and Teaching Culturally Inclusive Drama Around the World Western Theatre in Global Contexts explores the junctures tensions and discoveries that occur when teaching Western theatrical practices or directing English-language plays in countries that do not share Western theatre histories or in which English is the non-dominant language. This edited volume examines pedagogical discoveries and teaching methods how to produce specific plays and musicals and how students who explore Western practices in non-Western places contribute to the art form. Offering on-the-ground perspectives of teaching and working outside of North American and Europe the book analyzes the importance of paying attention to the local context when developing theatrical practice and education. It also explores how educators and artists who make deep connections in the local culture can facilitate ethical accessibility to Western models of performance for students practitioners and audiences. Western Theatre in Global Contexts is an excellent resource for scholars artists and teachers that are working abroad or on intercultural projects in theatre education and the arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367204976

Western Translation Theory from Herodotus to NietzscheFrom Herodotus to Nietzsche Douglas Robinson offers the most comprehensive collection of translation theory readings available to date from the Histories of Herodotus in the mid-fifth century before our era to the end of the nineteenth century. The result is a startling panoply of thinking about translation across the centuries covering such topics as the best type of translator problems of translating sacred texts translation and language teaching translation as rhetoric translation and empire and translation and gender. This pioneering anthology contains 124 texts by 90 authors 9 of them women. Sixteen texts by 4 authors appear here for the first time in English translation; 17 texts by 9 authors appear in completely new translations. Every entry is provided with a bibliographical headnote and footnotes. Intended for classroom use in History of Translation Theory History of Rhetoric or History of Western Thought courses this anthology will also prove useful to scholars of translation and those interested in the intellectual history of the West. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138132603

Western Visions of the Far East in a Transpacific Age 1522–1657 Bringing to bear the latest developments across various areas of research and disciplines this collection provides a broad perspective on how Western Europe made sense of a complex multi-faceted and by and large Sino-centered East and Southeast Asia. The volume covers the transpacific period--after Magellan's opening of the transpacific route to the Far East and before the eventual dominance of the region by the British and the Dutch. In contrast to the period of the Enlightenment during which Orientalist discourses arose this initial period of encounters and conquest is characterized by an enormous curiosity and a desire to seize--not only materially but intellectually--the lands and peoples of East Asia. The essays investigate European visions of the Far East--particularly of China and Japan--and examine how and why particular representations of Asians and their cultural practices were constructed revised and adapted. Collectively the essays show that images of the Far East were filtered by worldviews that ranged from being on the one hand universalistic and relatively equitable towards cultures to the other extreme unilaterally Eurocentric. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109049

Western Warfare 1775-1882 This is a wide-ranging and comprehensive survey of warfare from the outbreak of the American War of Independence to the British conquest of Egypt. Drawing on both primary and secondary sources this book offers an unrivalled account of civil and international conflicts involving Western powers integrating both naval and land warfare. This book covers military capability as well as conflict social and political contexts as well as weaponry tactics and strategy. As well as examining such major conflicts as the Napoleonic Wars the Crimean War the American Civil War and the Wars of German Unification this book redresses the imbalance of previous treatments by examining other important conflicts for example those in Latin America as well as insurgency and counter-insurgency in Europe. This book's global perspective provides for a more reliable assessment of what constitutes military capability. In so doing the author challenges the technological determinism and linear conceptions of developments in military science that continue to characterise much of military history. Instead the author reveals a much more complex dynamic indeed going so far as to question the idea of 'modernity' itself. Bold in scope and cutting-edge in its interpretations this book offers much for the student general reader and professional historian alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315710761

Western Warfare In The Age Of The Crusades 1000-1300 In 1095 the First Crusade was launched establishing a great military endeavour which was a central preoccupation of Europeans until the end of the thirteenth century. In Western warfare in the age of the Crusades 1000-1300 John France offers a wide-ranging and challenging survey of war and warfare and its place in the development of European Society culture and economy in the period of the Crusades. Placing the crusades in a wider context this book brings together the wealth of recent scholarly research on such issues as knighthood siege warfare chivalry and fortifications into an accessible form. Western warfare in the age of the Crusades 1000-1300 examines the nature of war in the period 1000-1300 and argues that it was primarily shaped by the people who conducted war - the landowners. John France illuminates the role of property concerns in producing the characteristic instruments of war: the castle and the knight. This authoritative study details the way in which war was fought and the reasons for it as well as reflecting on the society which produced the crusades. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178557

Western Warfare in the Age of the Crusades 1000-1300 First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987029

Western Women NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780824027469

Western-Educated Elites in Kenya 1900-1963The African American Factor Western-educated Elites in Kenya proposes to conduct a critical examination of the emergence of the American-educated Kenyan elites (the Asomi) and their role in the nationalist movement and eventually their Africanization of the Civil and Private sectors in Kenya. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653220

WesternsFilms through History First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203700600

WesternsThe Essential 'Journal of Popular Film and Television' Collection For nearly two centuries Americans have embraced the Western like no other artistic genre. Creators and consumers alike have utilized this story form in literature painting film radio and television to explore questions of national identity and purpose. Westerns: The Essential Collection comprises the Journal of Popular Film and Television’s rich and longstanding legacy of scholarship on Westerns with a new special issue devoted exclusively to the genre. This collection examines and analyzes the evolution and significance of the screen Western from its earliest beginnings to its current global reach and relevance in the 21st century. Westerns: The Essential Collection addresses the rise fall and durability of the genre and examines its preoccupation with multicultural matters in its organizational structure. Containing eighteen essays published between 1972 and 2011 this seminal work is divided into six sections covering Silent Westerns Classic Westerns Race and Westerns Gender and Westerns Revisionist Westerns and Westerns in Global Context. A wide range of international contributors offer original critical perspectives on the intricate relationship between American culture and Western films and television series. Westerns: The Essential Collection places the genre squarely within the broader aesthetic socio-historical cultural and political dimensions of life in the United States as well as internationally where the Western has been reinvigorated and reinvented many times. This groundbreaking anthology illustrates how Western films and television series have been used to define the present and discover the future by looking backwards at America’s imagined past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415783248

Westland and the British Helicopter Industry 1945-1960Licensed Production versus Indigenous Innovation This study explains how Westland dominated British helicopter production and why government funding and support failed to generate competitive "all-British" alternatives. In doing so the book evaluates broader historiographic assumptions about the purported "failure" of british aircraft procurement during the early post-war period and considers the scope and limitations of licensed production as a government-mandated procurement strategy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987036

Westminster Abbey Reformed1540–1640 Title first published in 2003. Westminster Abbey occupies a unique position in the religious and royal landscape of the United Kingdom and Commonwealth. As the scene of coronations and other great public occasions it has been the continuing focus of the nation's religious life for half the Christian era. Yet the building itself would not have survived the upheavals of the Protestant Reformation had the institution running it not been itself 'reformed' from monastery into collegiate church. These nine studies discuss ways in which Westminster's new corporate structure evolved in the first century of its existence and look at some of the personalities who played a part in that process. New research much of it in the Abbey's own rich archive opens up previously unseen views of this great church's internal affairs its relationship with the Crown and its place in its own locality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138709911

Westminster Part I: The Art Architecture and Archaeology of the Royal Abbey The British Archaeological Association’s 2013 conference was devoted to the study of Westminster Abbey and the Palace of Westminster. It also embraced Westminster School which was founded at the Reformation in the Abbey precinct. Collectively these institutions occupy a remarkable assemblage of medieval and later buildings most of which are well documented. Although the Association had held a conference at Westminster in 1902 this was the first time that the internationally important complex of historic buildings was examined holistically and the papers published here cover a wide range of subject matter. Westminster came into existence in the later Anglo-Saxon period and by the mid-11th century when Edward the Confessor’s great new abbey was built it was a major royal centre two miles south-west of the City of London. Within a century or so it had become the principal seat of government in England and this series of twenty-eight papers covers new research on the topography buildings art-history architecture and archaeology of Westminster’s two great establishments — Abbey and Palace. Part I begins with studies of the topography of the area an account of its Roman-period finds and an historiographical overview of the archaeology of the Abbey. Edward the Confessor’s enigmatic church plan is discussed and the evidence for later Romanesque structures is assembled for the first time. Five papers examine aspects of Henry III’s vast new Abbey church and its decoration. A further four cover aspects of the later medieval period coronation and Sir George Gilbert Scott’s impact as the Abbey’s greatest Surveyor of the Fabric. A pair of papers examines the development of the northern precinct of the Abbey around St Margaret’s Church and the remarkable buildings of Westminster School created within the remains of the monastery in the 17th and 18th centuries. Part II part deals with the Palace of Westminster and its wider topography between the late 11th century and the devastating fire of 1834 that largely destroyed the medieval palace. William Rufus’s enormous hall and its famous roofs are completely reassessed and comparisons discussed between this structure and the great hall at Caen. Other essays reconsider Henry III’s palace St Stephen’s chapel the king’s great chamber (the ‘Painted Chamber’) and the enigmatic Jewel Tower. The final papers examine the meeting places of Parliament and the living accommodation of the MPs who attended it the topography of the Palace between the Reformation and the fire of 1834 and the building of the New Palace which is better known today as the Houses of Parliament. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781910887240

Westminster Part II: The Art Architecture and Archaeology of the Royal Palace Westminster came into existence in the later Anglo-Saxon period and by the mid-11th century when Edward the Confessor’s great new abbey was built it was a major royal centre two miles south-west of the City of London. Within a century or so it had become the principal seat of government in England and this series of twenty-eight papers covers new research on the topography buildings art-history architecture and archaeology of Westminster’s two great establishments — Abbey and Palace. Part I begins with studies of the topography of the area an account of its Roman-period finds and an historiographical overview of the archaeology of the Abbey. Edward the Confessor’s enigmatic church plan is discussed and the evidence for later Romanesque structures is assembled for the first time. Five papers examine aspects of Henry III’s vast new Abbey church and its decoration. A further four cover aspects of the later medieval period coronation and Sir George Gilbert Scott’s impact as the Abbey’s greatest Surveyor of the Fabric. A pair of papers examines the development of the northern precinct of the Abbey around St Margaret’s Church and the remarkable buildings of Westminster School created within the remains of the monastery in the 17th and 18th centuries. Part II part deals with the Palace of Westminster and its wider topography between the late 11th century and the devastating fire of 1834 that largely destroyed the medieval palace. William Rufus’s enormous hall and its famous roofs are completely reassessed and comparisons discussed between this structure and the great hall at Caen. Other essays reconsider Henry III’s palace St Stephen’s chapel the king’s great chamber (the ‘Painted Chamber’) and the enigmatic Jewel Tower. The final papers examine the meeting places of Parliament and the living accommodation of the MPs who attended it the topography of the Palace between the Reformation and the fire of 1834 and the building of the New Palace which is better known today as the Houses of Parliament. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781910887264

Westminster: The Art Architecture and Archaeology of the Royal Abbey and Palace The British Archaeological Association’s 2013 conference was devoted to the study of Westminster Abbey and the Palace of Westminster. It also embraced Westminster School which was founded at the Reformation in the Abbey precinct. Collectively these institutions occupy a remarkable assemblage of medieval and later buildings most of which are well documented. Although the Association had held a conference at Westminster in 1902 this was the first time that the internationally important complex of historic buildings was examined holistically and the papers published here cover a wide range of subject matter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781910887288

Westrigg:Soc Cheviot Ils 180 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863711

Wet Scrubbers A basic technical book on the design and application of gas cleaning technologies that use liquids first published in the 1980's and used by plant and environmental engineers regulatory personnel and others concerned with air pollution. The second edition enlarges the discussion on the theory of Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138459502

Wet Site Archaeology This volume the result of an International Conference on Wet Site Archaeology funded by the National Endowment for the Humanities explores the rewards and responsibilities of recovering unique assemblages from water-saturated deposits. Characteristics common to all archaeological wet sites are identified from Newfoundland to Chile Polynesia to Florida and from the Late Pleistocene to the Twentieth Century. Topics include innovative excavation and preservation methods; the need for adequate funding to preserve and analyze the abundant biological and cultural remains recovered only at archaeological wet sites; expanded knowledge of past environments subsistence technologies artistic expressions skeletal structure and pathologies; the urgency to inform developers and governmental bodies about the invisible heritage entombed in wetlands that is often destroyed before it can be investigated; a formula for establishing priorities for excavating wet sites; and how to determine when enough of a wet site has been sampled.Many famous sites and discoveries are described in this volume including Herculaneum Hoko River Hontoon Island Key Marco Monte Verde Ozette Somerset Levels Windover bog bodies of Northern Europe and lake dwellers of Switzerland. Professional and amateur archaeologists as well as anyone interested in archaeology or the significance of wet site archaeology will find this book fascinating. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898650

Wetenschap Kan de wetenschap alles verklaren? Brian Ridley zelf een natuurkundige zoekt een antwoord op deze en andere vragen in deze boeiende studie naar zowel de reikwijdte als de grenzen van de wetenschap. Volgens Ridley ligt aan het wetenschappelijke denken een wereld van 'magische idee ten grondslag en hij betoogt dan ook dat wetenschap meer overeenkomst met magie heeft dan wij vaak aannemen.In het boek wordt ook ingegaan op de vaak veronachtzaamde relatie tussen natuurwetenschap en wiskunde. De auteur koppelt dit op elegante wijze aan een fascinerende bespreking van relativiteit en kwantumtheorie aldus onderstrepend dat er binnen de wetenschap vele perspectieven mogelijk zijn. Wetenschap is boeiende lectuur voor iedereen die ge eresseerd in de huidige stand van zaken in de wetenschap en de richting waarin zij zich ontwikkelt. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466319

Wetland and Water Resource Modeling and AssessmentA Watershed Perspective As a wetland of international importance located in China the Poyang Lake Basin's incredible topographical and biological diversity has provided a congregating point for scientists from around the world to engage in cross-disciplinary research. In particular the International Conference on Poyang Lake Complex Environment System was instrumental in bringing together scholars from China North America and Europe to explore the latest innovations in water resource science and watershed management. Featuring cutting-edge research in watershed management presented at this landmark event Wetland and Water Resource Modeling Assessment pairs the accounts of Poyang Lake with additional information on the important watersheds of North America and Asia to help facilitate the development of decision support tools. The book explains that successful ecosystem assessment and modeling requires three key criteria:1. Large spatial scales in data collection and analysis must be used to encompass major watershed features2. Landscape features are needed to appropriately characterize hydrological processes and ecosystem components3. Management decisions must be linked to results to facilitate ecosystem assessmentThrough the study of the diverse watersheds featured in Wetland and Water Resource Modeling Assessment such as Poyang Lake government academia and Industry can obtain the innovative technical tools needed to stay on top of this active field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367388003

Wetland IndicatorsA Guide to Wetland Formation Identification Delineation Classification and Mapping Second Edition Understand the current concept of wetland and methods for identifying describing classifying and delineating wetlands in the United States with Wetland Indicators - capturing the current state of science's role in wetland recognition and mapping.Environmental scientists and others involved with wetland regulations can strengthen their knowledge about wetlands and the use of various indicators to support their decisions on difficult wetland determinations. Professor Tiner primarily focuses on plants soils and other signs of wetland hydrology in the soil or on the surface of wetlands in his discussion of Wetland Indicators.Practicing - and aspiring - wetland delineators alike will appreciate Wetland Indicators' critical insight into the development and significance of hydrophytic vegetation hydric soils and other factors. Features Color images throughout illustrate wetland indicators. Incorporates analysis and coverage of the latest Army Corps of Engineers delineation manual. Provides over 60 tables including extensive tables of U.S. wetland plant communities and examples for determining hydrophytic vegetation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439853696

Wetland Landscape CharacterizationPractical Tools Methods and Approaches for Landscape Ecology Second Edition Wetlands are by their very nature ephemeral and transitional which makes them challenging to characterize. Yet the need for characterizing wetlands continues to grow particularly as we develop a better understanding of the wealth of ecosystem services that they provide. Wetland Landscape Characterization: Practical Tools Methods and Approaches for Landscape Ecology Second Edition shows how wetland characterization tools methods and approaches can be integrated to more effectively address twenty-first-century wetland issues. A Practical Toolbox for Integrated Wetland Landscape Characterization The book explains how to locate identify and map the extent of wetlands to learn more about their importance to society and the larger landscape. It examines jurisdictional regulatory and practical applications from the scientific engineering and lay perspectives. Fully updated the second edition reflects an emerging infrastructural ecosystem goods-and-services perspective to better assist readers who may encounter these concepts and challenges as they assess and characterize wetlands. Examples and case studies illustrate a variety of situations and solutions highlighting the use of current techniques to assess inventory and monitor natural resources under changing conditions. These examples offer lessons and ideas for the issues encountered every day by wetland landscape ecology practitioners. The book also refers readers to additional resources to help them solve specific challenges. New in This Edition Updates of practical geospatial methods More project-driven examples A description of the pitfalls of using ecological data at landscape scales along with solutions Alternative techniques for a variety of practitioners Linkages between field and landscape ecological practices Online resources for practitioners New illustrations This book helps readers develop the concepts skills and understanding of how to best achieve project goals in the rapidly changing disciplines of landscape science and wetland ecology and management. A valuable resource it provides practical tools methods and approaches for conceptualizing designing and implementing broad-scale wetland projects that take into account critical societal linkages. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076099

Wetland Management and Sustainable Livelihoods in Africa In this book the authors argue for a paradigm shift in the way African wetlands are considered. Current policies and wetland management are too frequently underpinned by a perspective that views agriculture simply as a threat and disregards its important contribution to livelihoods. In rural areas where people are entrenched in poverty wetlands (in particular wetland agriculture) have a critical role to play in supporting and developing peoples' livelihoods. Furthermore as populations rise and climate change takes grip they will be increasingly important.  The authors argue that an approach to wetland management that is much more people focused is required. That is an approach that instead of being concerned primarily with environmental outcomes is centred on livelihood outcomes supported by the sustainable use of natural wetland resources.  The authors stress the need for Integrated Water Resource Management and landscape approaches to ensure sustainable use of wetlands throughout a river catchment and the need for wetland management interventions to engage with a wide range of stakeholders. They also assess the feasibility of creating incentives and value in wetlands to support sustainable use. Drawing on nine empirical case studies this book highlights the different ways in which sustainable use of wetlands has been sought each case focusing on specific issues about wetlands agriculture and livelihoods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849714129

Wetland PlantsBiology and Ecology A detailed account of the biology and ecology of vascular wetland plants and their applications in wetland plant science Wetland Plants: Biology and Ecology presents a synthesis of wetland plant studies and reviews from biology physiology evolution genetics community and population ecology environmental science and engineering. It provides a Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429149016

Wetland SoilsGenesis Hydrology Landscapes and Classification Second Edition A Major Revision of the Previous Edition Wetland Soils: Genesis Hydrology Landscapes and Classification Second Edition contains 11 new chapters and additional updates written by new authors with a broad range of related field and academic experience. This revised work augments the previous material on wetland functions and restorations while maintaining the field-oriented focus of the first book. The reworked text includes current coverage of hydric soil field indicators wetland soils chemistry of wetland soils and wetland hydrology. This book explains how wetland soils are formed described and identified defines the functions they perform and serves to assist decision-making in the field. A specialized book specifically geared toward environmental consultants and governmental wetland regulators the text: Reviews general properties of wetland soils including hydrology redox chemistry organic matter dynamics and biology. Provides examples of major types of wetlands across the United States Highlights USDA Hydric Soil Field Indicators the most current and universal indicators of wetlands soils Summarizes technical standards Evaluates wetland functions methods of assessment and restoration techniques Wetland Soils: Genesis Hydrology Landscapes and Classification Second Edition explains how wetland soils form are described and can be identified in the field and is an ideal resource for professionals students or anyone dedicated to the understanding and conservation of wetlands. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439896983

Wetlands and Habitats Authored by world-class scientists and scholars The Handbook of Natural Resources Second Edition is an excellent reference for understanding the consequences of changing natural resources to the degradation of ecological integrity and the sustainability of life. Based on the content of the bestselling and CHOICE-awarded Encyclopedia of Natural Resources this new edition demonstrates the major challenges that the society is facing for the sustainability of all well-being on the planet Earth. The experience evidence methods and models used in studying natural resources are presented in six stand-alone volumes arranged along the main systems of land water and air. It reviews state-of-the-art knowledge highlights advances made in different areas and provides guidance for the appropriate use of remote sensing and geospatial data with field-based measurements in the study of natural resources. Volume 3 Wetlands and Habitats provides fundamental information on wetlands and their integral functions as a productive ecosystem. The topics it covers include wetlands biodiversity wetlands classification and monitoring floods river ecosystems pollution and more. New to this edition are discussions on wetland vegetation assessment of current wetland health status restoration sea-level rises and coastal storm vulnerability to human impacts and lakes and wetlands remote sensing. This volume demonstrates the key processes methods and models used through many case studies from around the world. Written in an easy-to-reference manner The Handbook of Natural Resources Second Edition as individual volumes or as a complete set is an essential reading for anyone looking for a deeper understanding of the science and management of natural resources. Public and private libraries educational and research institutions scientists scholars and resource managers will benefit enormously from this set. Individual volumes and chapters can also be used in a wide variety of both graduate and undergraduate courses in environmental science and natural science at different levels and disciplines such as biology geography earth system science and ecology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138334199

Wetlands: Market and Intervention FailuresFour case studies Wetlands are vital and valuable resources both as rich and unique wildlife habitats and for the functions they fulfil - providing flood and sediment control and coastal protection as carbon sinks and pollution buffers for their role in storing and recycling nutrients as well as for their recreational value. Too often however their true value has been overlooked or underestimated and they have been mismanaged or destroyed as a result. This volume commissioned by the OECD presents four case studies of the management policies of wetland environments in the UK USA France and Spain. They show how both markets and direct intervention have resulted in failure severely reducing the amount of wetland and jeopardizing the remainder and they set out measures that will mitigate damage in the future .Turner and Jones have produced an essential work in the growing area of environmental economics. Originally published in 1991 Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315066318

Wetlands: Monitoring Modelling and Management Wetlands are complex and dynamic ecological systems incorporating two important inter-linked components: hydrology and vegetation. Modelling wetland components and processes reveals the nature of wetland systems and helps to predict the effects of environmental change. The main goal of much current research is the construction of a vigorous and sp Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429082108

WetlandsEnvironmental Gradients Boundaries and Buffers An understanding of environmental gradients (physical chemical hydrological and biological) is a prerequisite to the accurate delineation of wetland boundaries. Presenting the wide-ranging views of academicians environmentalists policy makers consultants planners engineers hydrologists biologists geochemists ecologists and conservationists Wetlands: Environmental Gradients Boundaries and Buffers focuses on current topics and research related to wetland delineation; summarizes the main issues of concern; and provides recommendations on research needs.In addition to integrating the most important research and theoretical aspects this book includes a strong prescriptive component providing practicing professionals with specific guidance on defining the true dimensions of a wetland area. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448615

Wetting and Spreading Dynamics Second Edition Wetting and Spreading Dynamics explains how surface forces acting at the three-phase contact line determine equilibrium hysteresis contact angles and other equilibrium and kinetics features of liquids when in contact with solids or with other immiscible liquids. It examines the interaction of surface forces capillary forces and properties of the transition zone between the bulk liquid and solid substrate. Significantly revised and updated the Second Edition features new chapters that cover spreading of non-Newtonian liquids over porous substrates hysteresis of contact angles on smooth homogeneous substrates equilibrium and hysteresis contact angles on deformable substrates and kinetics of simultaneous spreading and evaporation. Drawing together theory and experimental data while presenting over 150 figures to illustrate the concepts Wetting and Spreading Dynamics Second Edition is a valuable resource written for both newcomers and experienced researchers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138584075

Wetting Experiments  Wetting Experiments contains experimental wetting studies related to biological problems polymers and catalysts. An understanding of wetting is important for numerous practical applications such as preparing self-cleaning surfaces manufacturing artificial blood vessels and developing new lubricants and nonadhesive dishes. As part of Wetting: Theory and Experiments Two-Volume Set this volume provides new insights into wetting experiments and fills a need not addressed by other books. Biology-related studies are devoted to the problem synthetic materials selection for use in biological media. Polymers are examined to estimate various surface characteristics such as the ability of polymeric solids to alter their surface structures between different environments to minimize their interfacial free energy. Aimed at engineers physical scientists and materials scientists this volume addresses the key areas of wetting providing insights valuable to the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138393332

Wetting Theory  Wetting Theory discusses the numerous practical applications of wetting such as preparing self-cleaning surfaces manufacturing artificial blood vessels and developing new lubricants and nonadhesive dishes. As part of Wetting: Theory and Experiments Two-Volume Set this volume provides new critical insights into the theory of wetting. Chapters are arranged to allow readers to follow the development of a suggested approach (static and dynamic properties of wetting) and how these tools are applied to specific problems. Main attention is given to nanoscale wetting (nanodrops on solid surfaces liquid in the nanoslit) on the basis of microscopic density functional theory and fluid dynamics on solid surfaces on the basis of hydrodynamic equations. Aimed at engineers physical scientists and materials scientists this volume addresses the key areas of wetting providing invaluable insights to the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138393301

Wetting: Theory and Experiments Two-Volume Set  Wetting: Theory and Experiments collates papers published by Professor Eli Ruckenstein and his coworkers on the theoretical and experimental investigation of wetting of solid surfaces. It contains six chapters each of which is preceded by a short introduction. The papers are selected according to the specific features being considered and they are arranged in logical rather than chronological order. The book focuses on wetting on the nanoscale (nanodrops on solid surfaces liquid in the nanoslit) considered on the basis of microscopic density functional theory and to dynamics of fluid on the solid surface considered on the basis of hydrodynamic equations. Along with this experimental studies of wetting related to various applications are presented. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138594081

Whales and DolphinsCognition Culture Conservation and Human Perceptions Whales and dolphins are icons for the conservation movement. They are the most conspicuous ambassadors for entire marine ecosystems and possibly even for the biosphere as a whole. Concurrent with our realisation of impending threats to their environment is a growing scientific understanding of the social and cognitive complexity of many of these species. This book brings together experts in the relevant diverse fields of cetacean research to provide authoritative descriptions of our current knowledge of the complex behaviour and social organization of whales and dolphins. The authors consider this new information in the context of how different human cultures from around the world view cetaceans and their protection including attitudes to whaling. They show how new information on issues such as cetacean intelligence culture and the ability to suffer warrants a significant shift in global perceptions of this group of animals and how these changes might be facilitated to improve conservation and welfare approaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849712255

Whales and Elephants in International Conservation Law and PoliticsA Comparative Study Whales and elephants are iconic giants of the marine and terrestrial animal world. Both are conspicuous representatives of wildlife conservation.  The issues of whaling and the ivory trade are closely linked both legally and politically in many ways; some obvious and some surprising. The treatment of both whales and elephants will be politically and legally contentious for years to come and is of great significance to conservation in general.  This book examines the current state of international environmental law and wildlife conservation through a comparative analysis of the treatment of whales and elephants. In particular it describes the separate histories of international governance of both whales and elephants presenting the various treaties through which conservation has been implemented. It is shown that international environmental law is influenced and shaped by important political actors – many with opposing views on how best conservation and sustainable development principles are to be implemented. Modern environmental treaties are changing as weaknesses and loopholes are exposed in older and possibly outdated treaties such as the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES) and the International Convention for the Regulation of Whaling (ICRW). Such weaknesses can be seen in the efforts made by some states to circumvent or weaken CITES and the International Whaling Commission and to resume commercial whaling and further in the efforts of countries to resume trade in ivory. The argument is made that the Convention on Biological Diversity could be used to begin reconciling opposed views and to focus conservation efforts. The argument is made that effective conservation of species cannot be achieved through individual treaties but only through a synergistic approach involving multilateral environmental agreements – 'ecosystems of legal instruments'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415659062

Wharfie AnimatorHarry Reade The Sydney Waterfront and the Cuban Revolution This book examines the life of the Australian artist Harry Reade (1927–1998) and his largely overlooked contribution to animation. It constitutes a biography of Reade tracing his life from his birth to his period of involvement with animation between 1956 and 1969. It explores the forces that shaped Reade and chronicles his experiences as a child his early working life the influence of left-wing ideology on his creative development his introduction to animation through the small but radical Waterside Workers’ Federation Film Unit (WWFFU) and the influence he had on the development of Cuban animation as an educational tool of the Revolution. Key Features The text offers an alternative framework for considering the political social and cultural themes that characterised 1950s Australia and 1960s Cuba. A rare look into the cultural heritage of labor organizations and the populist power of animation to stimulate radical social consciousness. The book also crosses a range of intellectual disciplines including Animation Studies Art History Cinema Studies and the Social and Political Histories of Australia and Cuba.   Max Bannah lives on Queensland’s Sunshine Coast. Between 1976 and 2010 he worked in Brisbane as an animator producing television commercials short films and cartoon graphics. He also lectured in Animation History and Practice and Drawing for Animation at the Queensland University of Technology where in 2007 he completed his Masters by Research thesis "A Cause for Animation: Harry Reade and the Cuban Revolution." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367639587

What a Body Can Do In What a Body Can Do Ben Spatz develops for the first time a rigorous theory of embodied technique as knowledge. He argues that viewing technique as both training and research has much to offer current debates over the role of practice in the university including the debates around "practice as research."  Drawing on critical perspectives from the sociology of knowledge  phenomenology dance studies enactive cognition and other areas Spatz argues that technique is a major area of historical and ongoing research in physical culture performing arts and everyday life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138854109

What a Man's Gotta DoThe Masculine Myth in Popular Culture What is masculinity? Drawing on psychoanalysis and an understanding of ideology Easthope shows how the masculine myth forces men to try to be masculine and only masculine denying their feminine side. In an original contribution to the understanding of gender he analyzes masculinity as it is represented in a wide range of mass media --films television newspapers pop music and pop novels. Why are two men in a John Wayne western more concerned with each other than with the women in their lives? Is aggressive male banter a sign that men hate or love each other? Why does a jealous man always have to see his rival? Written in lively witty and accessible style What a Man's Gotta Do is certain to become controversial but essential reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143234

What an Architecture Student Should Know It's not just you. Every architecture student is initially confused by architecture school - an education so different that it doesn't compare to anything else. A student’s joy at being chosen in stiff competition with many other applicants can turn to doubt when he or she struggles to understand the logic of the specific teaching method. Testimony from several schools of design and architecture in different countries indicates that many students feel disoriented and uncertain. This book will help you understand and be aware of: Specific working methods at architecture schools and in the critique process so you'll feel oriented and confident. How to cope with uncertainty in the design process. How to develop the ability to synthesize the complexity of architecture in terms of function durability and beauty. This book is about how architects learn to cope with uncertainty and strive to master complexity. Special attention is given to criticism which is an essential part of the design process. The author a recipient of several educational awards has written this book for architecture students and teachers to describe how each student can adopt the architect's working method. Key concepts are defined throughout and references at the end of each chapter will point you to further reading so you can delve into topics you find particularly interesting. Jadwiga Krupinska is professor emerita at the School of Architecture of the Royal Institute of Technology (KTH) in Stockholm Sweden. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415702331

What Anthropologists Do What is Anthropology? Why should you study it? What will you learn? And what can you do with it? What Anthropologists Do answers all these questions. And more.Anthropology is an astonishingly diverse and engaged subject that seeks to understand human social behaviour. What Anthropologists Do presents a lively introduction to the ways in which anthropology's unique research methods and cutting-edge thinking contribute to a very wide range of fields: environmental issues aid and development advocacy human rights social policy the creative arts museums health education crime communications technology design marketing and business. In short a training in Anthropology provides highly transferable skills of investigation and analysis.The book will be ideal for any readers who want to know what Anthropology is all about and especially for students coming to the study of Anthropology for the first time. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003087359

What Anyone Can DoHow Surrounding Yourself with the Right People Will Drive Change Opportunity and Personal Growth Most of us don’t seek advice or reach out to others for help very easily. In part it’s because we’re conditioned to see life as an individual endeavor rather than a team sport. Or because we believe that asking for help makes us look weak or incapable. We regard self-help as by-yourself-help. News flash: no one in the history of the world has ever achieved any level of happiness or success totally by themselves.   In his 1976 book The Long Run Solution Joe Henderson suggested that becoming truly accomplished at running (or at anything) doesn’t typically require us to perform superhuman feats. In fact success is frequently realized by those who simply do the things anyone can do that most of us never will. In What Anyone Can Do with the help of Leo Bottary’s Year of the Peer podcasts guests (and playful illustrations by Ryan Foland) you’ll discover that if you surround yourself with the right people you’ll do the things anyone can do far more often. And when you do that you and the people around you will realize more of what you want out of business and life. It’s that simple. The Power of Peers (2016) made a strong case for how and why formal peer groups are so effective. This book steps outside the formal peer group arena to examine all the important relationships we have in our lives (parents teachers spouses mentors children mentees etc.) and provides a practical approach and specific framework for harnessing their power for your benefit (and theirs). It’s what anyone can do. You’re anyone right? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138558205

What Architecture MeansConnecting Ideas and Design What Architecture Means introduces you to architecture and allows you to explore the connections between design ideas and values across time space and culture. It equips you to play an active and informed role in architecture either as a professional or as a consumer client and citizen. By analyzing famous and everyday buildings while presenting and questioning the positions of important architects and theorists this book will help you to evaluate and decide what qualities ideas and values you believe are important in architecture. You'll learn: -How various definitions of "architecture" establish different relationships with all buildings and even non-buildings; -How buildings express and accommodate ideas of the sacred the family and the community; -What an architect is and what priorities they bring to design and construction; -How an architect’s expertise relates to that of the engineer and why these are distinct disciplines; -About values like beauty originality structural expression and cultural memory and their purpose in architectural design; -About the interests and ethical values that architects and architecture serves and promotes. Topics include sacred spaces the house the city architects and engineers aesthetics and design originality and method technology and form memory and identity and power and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415739047

What are Archives?Cultural and Theoretical Perspectives: a reader This collection of essays breaks new ground in archival studies in the UK where professional archival texts have traditionally concentrated on the how not the why of archival work. Studies of the theoretical role of for example the archive and the text or the archive and political power have meanwhile been undertaken in other academic disciplines where there is an established forum for the discussion of related issues. This book invites the archivist to join that arena of debate whilst appealing to all those interested in archives from other disciplines; the authors encourage archivists to step away from the practicalities of keeping archives to consider what it is they actually do in the cultural context of the early 21st century. The wider context of technological innovation and the internet form the backdrop to this collection. The book explores change and continuity in the archival paradigm the textual nature of archives and asks if views of manuscripts and personal papers are changing; it looks at specific developments in community archives at concepts of identity and culture in archives and it presents the fruits of innovative studies of users of archives. Taken together these essays written by leading experts in the field provide a new understanding of the role of the archive today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399612

What are Perversions?Sexuality Ethics Psychoanalysis This book explores what we mean when we use the term "perversion." Are we dealing with a sexological classification a mental disturbance an ethical deviation a hedonistic style or an historical-cultural artifact? The book retraces some of the fundamental stages in the field of psychoanalytic thought-from Freud to Masud Khan Stoller and Lacan-and proposes an original approach: that "paraphilias" today are taken as an ethical failure of the sexual relationship with the other. The perversions signal a specific relationship with the other who is treated not simply as a sexual object but someone whose subjectivity is ably exploited precisely in order to get a perverse pleasure. Acts if considered perverse are understood as a metaphorical re-edition of a trauma above all sexual in which the subject (as a child) suffered the bitter experience of exclusion or jealousy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203278

What are the Questions and Other EssaysFurther Contributions to Modern Economics A study of environmental degradation this work presents the environmental problems of South Korea. The effects of rapid industrialisation and modernisation are documented along with the choices and actions which are available to the country. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315496337

What Are We Doing When We Pray?On Prayer and the Nature of Faith Vincent Brümmer's classic book on prayer from 1984 provides a comprehensive philosophical analysis of central issues regarding the nature and practice of prayer. What do we do when we ask things of other people when we thank them or praise them when we express penitence for what we have done to them and ask their forgiveness? And how does doing these things in relation to God differ from when we do them in relation to other people? And what does this entail for the existence and nature of the God to whom we pray? This new edition has been substantially revised and updated. Three new chapters have been added which develop in detail a hint by G.K. Chesterton that faith 'is not a thing like a theory but a thing like a love affair.' Since prayer is the expression of this 'love affair' it is also the clue to understanding the nature of faith. These chapters contribute significantly to the current academic interest in spirituality by showing how Brümmer's analysis of prayer helps us to understand the nature of spirituality of faith and religious belief and of theology. Spirituality is not aimed at achieving religious 'experiences' or mystical 'knowledge' about God; it is primarily aimed at attaining the religious form of life and at coming to see the world in the light of faith. Religious belief is not merely a cognitive enterprise like science; it cannot be divorced from spirituality and the life of faith and is therefore fundamentally existential and not merely intellectual. Serving as a valuable core text for students this book also contributes to a number of current debates in theology and philosophy of religion: the debates on realism and religious belief on the rationality of faith and the nature of theology on the relation between religious belief and morality on the relation between science and religion and the lively debate among evangelical Christians in America on the 'openness of God.' Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234151

What are You Feeling Doctor?Identifying and Avoiding Defensive Patterns in the Consultation Guidelines are powerful instruments of assistance to clinicians capable of extending the clinical roles of nurses and pharmacists. Purchasers and managers perceive them as technological tools guaranteeing treatment quality. Guidelines also offer mechanisms by which doctors and other health care professionals can be made more accountable to their patients. But how can clinicians tell whether a guideline has authority and whether or not it should be followed? Does the law protect doctors who comply with guidelines? Are guideline developers liable for faulty advice? This timely book provides a comprehensive and accessible analysis of the many medical and legal issues arising from the current explosion of clinical guidelines. Featuring clear summaries of relevant UK US and Commonwealth case law it is vital reading for all doctors health care workers managers purchasers patients and lawyers. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315384436

What are you Reading?The World Market and Indian Literary Production This book offers a material critique on various aspects of Indian literary production and its reception by its audiences. Taking a historical and contemporary lineage into account the author variously discusses the social political and economic factors that impact upon and determine choices in the publishing world. Examining the constructions of the archive of postcolonial works by Indian writers in relation to nationalist histories language wars and the relationship between economic policies and literature the book forcefully argues that why we read what we read is more than coincidental. Placing the rights of minoritized and disadvantaged communities at the heart of the analysis of India’s decolonization and industrial projects the book attempts to address not just inequalities in the publishing world but also social inequities engendered by global capitalism. Offering a critique of academics who act as cultural gatekeepers of intellectual production the book finally underscores the disconnect between the academic theory and practice of scholars of postcolonial studies who argue against inequality and marginalization while simultaneously supporting hegemonic academic practices. This book will be of interest to scholars of development studies cultural studies literature postcolonial studies economics and those studying globalization as well as the interested lay reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138662483

What Becomes of Pollution?Adversary Science and the Controversy on the Self-Purification of Rivers in Britain 1850-1900 Originally published in 1987 this volume examines the ideals and realities of river use in 19th Century Britain and the failure of legal and technological remedies for river pollution. It deals with the involvement of scientists particularly chemists in pollution inquiries and considers the effects on the normal workings of the scientific community of scientists’ participation in the adversary forums in which water and sewage policy was made. It discusses 19th ideas of decomposition disease causation and purification and examines the gap between the abilities of science and the needs of society that developed as the existence of water-borne disease became increasingly clear. It also deals with the politicization of water bacteriology and the emergence of a technology of biological sewage treatment from a political context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367362089

What Business Really Wants from IT Business expectations of their IT departments are simple: Deliver IT without fuss get involved in achieving business results and provide leadership. But while business emphasis is on business results and leadership IT is focused on the technology.How to get your IT Department to Add Real Value to Business presents a practical framework that defines the roles and activities for the CIO to meet business expectations. It introduces a new approach to IT in large organizations which shifts the focus from day to day technological operations to three critical areas of performance for IT: IT management business results and information leadership.The concepts are simple and elegant but the implementation is increasingly demanding. However these changes are essential if in-house IT functions are to survive and prosper in organizations.The author's framework has already proven itself in changing business and IT perspectives significantly. Large organisations have commenced the implementation process and are reporting significant results. The book offers ground-breaking perspectives on the role of IT in organisations. These perspectives are finding favour with business and IT people alike. The book offers practical and anecdotal examples and plans to assist in implementing the framework. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435391

What Can I Do to Help Heal the Environmental Crisis? The culmination of over three decades of writing by environmental scientist and writer Haydn Washington this book examines the global environmental crisis and its solutions. Many of us know that something is wrong with our world that it is wounded. At the same time we often don’t know why things have gone wrong – or what can be done. Framing the discussion around three central predicaments – the ecological the social and the economic – Washington provides background as to why each of these are in crisis and presents steps that individuals can personally take to heal the world. Urging the reader to accept the reality of our problems he explores practical solutions for change such as the transition to renewable energy rejection of climate denial and the championing of appropriate technology as well as a readjustment in ethical approaches. The book also contains 19 ‘solution boxes’ by distinguished environmental scholars. With a focus on positive personal solutions this book is an essential read for students and scholars of environmental science and environmental philosophy and for all those keen to heal the world and contribute towards a sustainable future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367342531

What Can I Know? What can I Know? introduces and assesses what many consider to be the most important of all Kant’s great questions set out in his Critique of Pure Reason and one of the most important in philosophy itself: what are the bounds of knowledge?  Michelle Grier begins with a helpful survey of the question prior to Kant in particular the arguments of the rationalists Descartes Spinoza and Leibniz and the empiricists above all Hume. She describes in a clear and engaging style   how Kant attempted to find a middle path between the two and what led to the famous "Copernican turn" in his philosophy. She explains the fundamental theories at the heart of Kant’s epistemology: the distinction between appearances and ‘things in themselves’; the transcendental unity of apperception; and Kant’s arguments concerning space and time. In the second part of the book Grier introduces the main criticisms of Kant’s philosophy including those of Hegel and Nietzsche. The final part situates Kant’s epistemology in the context of contemporary philosophical debates including those in cognitive science. These include a priori knowledge correspondence versus coherentist theories of knowledge ‘naturalized’ epistemology and perception. Including helpful chapter summaries and guides to further reading What Can I Know? Is an outstanding introduction to Kant's epistemology and the legacy of Kant's question itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415782937

What Can the Matter Be?Therapeutic Interventions with Parents Infants and Young Children This book describes the particular approach to clinical work with under fives that has been developed at the Tavistock Clinic. It sets out new approaches in the understanding and treatment of psychological disturbance in children adolescents and adults both as individual and in families. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329693

What Colour is your Building?Measuring and reducing the energy and carbon footprint of buildings Defining and reducing the carbon footprint of a new or refurbished building can be a daunting task. There are lots of tools to measure the environmental impact of buildings but they all measure energy and CO2 in different ways and they do not measure the whole carbon footprint. What Colour is your Building? provides practical and pragmatic guidance on how to calculate and then compare the whole carbon footprint of buildings using one simple method looking at operating embodied and transport energy. It will equip designers building owners occupiers planners and policy makers with the tools and knowledge that they will need to make decisions early on about where the big impacts will be in terms of reducing the carbon footprint of the building including: A new simple approach to understanding the whole carbon impact of buildings Benchmarking data for operating energy performance A clear transparent method of separating landlord energy performance from tenant energy performance Simple diagrams and numbers to put renewable energy into perspective. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859464472

What Comes After Postmodernism in Educational Theory? Marking the fiftieth anniversary of the Educational Philosophy and Theory journal this book brings together the work of over 200 international scholars who seek to address the question: ‘What happened to postmodernism in educational theory after its alleged demise?’. Declarations of the death knell of postmodernism are now quite commonplace. Scholars in various disciples have suggested that if anything postmodernism is at an end and has been dead and buried for some time. An age dominated by playfulness hybridity relativism and the fragmentary self has given way to something else—as yet undefined. The lifecycle of postmodernism started with Derrida’s 1966 seminal paper ‘Structure Sign and Play in the Discourse of the Human Sciences’; its peak years were 1973–1989; followed by uncertainty and reorientation in the 1990s; and the aftermath and beyond (McHale 2015). What happened after 2001? This collection provides responses by over 200 scholars to this question who also focus on what comes after postmodernism in educational theory. This book was originally published as a special issue of the journal Educational Philosophy and Theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367897710

What Connected Educators Do Differently Todd Whitaker Jeffrey Zoul and Jimmy Casas are widely acclaimed experts on teaching and leading and are pioneers in the education twitterverse and now they are sharing their best practices! In What Connected Educators Do Differently they show how being a connected educator—by using social media to connect with peers across the country and even across the globe—will greatly enhance your own learning and your success in a school or classroom. You’ll find out how to create a personal and professional learning network to share resources and ideas gain support and make an impact on others. By customizing your professional development in this way you’ll be able to learn what you want how you want when you want. Best of all you’ll become energized and inspired by all the great ideas out there and how you can contribute benefiting both you and your students. Whether you are a teacher or school leader you will come away from this book with step-by-step advice and fresh ideas to try immediately. Being a connected educator has never been easier or more important than it is right now! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138832008

What Connected Educators Do DifferentlyArabic Edition Todd Whitaker Jeffrey Zoul and Jimmy Casas are widely acclaimed experts on teaching and leading and are pioneers in the education twitterverse and now they are sharing their best practices! In What Connected Educators Do Differently they show how being a connected educator—by using social media to connect with peers across the country and even across the globe—will greatly enhance your own learning and your success in a school or classroom. You’ll find out how to create a personal and professional learning network to share resources and ideas gain support and make an impact on others. By customizing your professional development in this way you’ll be able to learn what you want how you want when you want. Best of all you’ll become energized and inspired by all the great ideas out there and how you can contribute benefiting both you and your students. Whether you are a teacher or school leader you will come away from this book with step-by-step advice and fresh ideas to try immediately. Being a connected educator has never been easier or more important than it is right now! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003024422

What Curriculum for the Information Age First Published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315060255

What Designers Know Each chapter deals with a different technique from which we can best represent and make explicit the forms of knowledge used by designers. The book explores whether design knowledge is special and attempts to get to the root of where design knowledge comes from. Crucially it focuses on how designers use drawings in communicating their ideas and how they ‘converse’ with them as their designs develop. It also shows how experienced designers use knowledge differently to novices suggesting that design ‘expertise’ can be developed. Overall this book builds a layout of the kinds of skill knowledge and understanding that make up what we call designing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174115

What Did The Baby Boomers Ever Do For Us? First published in 2010 this book explores the legacy of the baby boomers: the generation who born in the aftermath of the Second World War came of age in the radical sixties where for the first time since the War there was freedom money and safe sex. In this book Francis Beckett argues that what began as the most radical-sounding generation for half a century turned into a random collection of youthful style gurus sharp-toothed entrepreneurs and management consultants who believed revolution meant new ways of selling things; and Thatcherites who thought freedom meant free markets not free people. At last it found its most complete expression in New Labour. The author argues that the children of the 1960s betrayed the generations that came before and after and that the true legacy of the swinging decade is in ashes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138947436

What Did You Do During the War?The Last Throes of the British Pro-Nazi Right 1940-45 This book is a sequel to Richard Griffiths’s two highly successful previous books on the British pro-Nazi Right Fellow Travellers of the Right: British Enthusiasts for Nazi Germany 1933-39 and Patriotism Perverted: Captain Ramsay the Right Club and British Anti-Semitism 1939-1940. It follows the fortunes of his protagonists after the arrests of May-June 1940 and charts their very varied reactions to the failure of their cause while also looking at the possible reasons for the Government’s failure to detain prominent pro-Nazis from the higher strata of society. Some of the pro-Nazis continued with their original views and even undertook politically subversive activity here and in Germany. Others finding that their pre-war balance between patriotism and pro-Nazism had now tipped firmly on the side of patriotism fully supported the war effort while still maintaining their old views privately. Other people found that events had made them change their views sincerely. And then there were those who frightened by the prospect of detention or disgrace tried to hide or even to deny their former views by a variety of subterfuges including attacking former colleagues. This wide variety of reactions sheds new light on the equally wide range of reasons for their original admiration for Nazism and also gives us some more general insight into what could be termed ‘the psychology of failure’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138888999

What do Boys and Girls Read?An Investigation into Reading Habits with Some Suggestions about the Teaching of Literature in Secondary and Sen Originally published in 1940. This book studies the facts regarding the actual reading of children aged 12 to 15 years but is no mere compendium. It analyses the number and sorts of newspapers books magazines poems and plays which are read during one month by boys and girls in senior and secondary schools either in school or at home. The children's characteristic tastes and the changes in their tastes as they grow from 12 to 15 are clearly set out. The author identifies that the teacher's main function should be to supply and open up an ample range of literature suitable to the given age and that private reading in school is the realm where the teacher may exert the most exemplary influence. An excellent insight into the history of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815373902

What Do I Do?How to Care for Comfort and Commune With Your Nursing Home Elder Revised and Illustrated Edition Help families of institutionalized elders with this compassionate and practical manual. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987043

What Do Mothers Want?Developmental Perspectives Clinical Challenges What do mothers want and need from their parenting partners their extended families their friends colleagues and communities? And what can mental health professionals do to help them meet their daunting responsibilities in the contemporary world? The talented contributors to What Do Mothers Want? address these questions from perspectives that encompass differences in marital status parental status gender and sexual orientation. Traversing the biological psychological cultural and economic dimensions of mothering they provide a compelling brief on the perplexing choices confronting mothers in the contemporary world. Of course mothers most basically want their children to be safe and healthy. But to this end they want and need many things: caring partners intergenerational and community support a responsive workplace public services and opportunities to share their experiences with other mothers. And they want their feelings and actions as mothers to be understood and accepted by those around them and by society at large. The role of psychotherapy in reaching these latter goals is taken up by many of the contributors. They reflect on the special psychological challenges of pregnancy birth and the arrival of a newborn into a couple’s (whether hetero- or homosexual) life and they address new venues of therapeutic assistance such as brief low-cost therapy for at-risk mothers and infants and group interventions to help couples grow into the new role of parental couples. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009875

What Do Our Terms Mean?Explorations Using Psychoanalytic Theories and Concepts This book focuses on theoretical and clinical progress in psychoanalysis through various thematic proposals developed by authors from diverse geographical areas in order to open possibilities of generating a productive debate within the psychoanalytic world and related professional circles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491837

What do Patients Want?Psychoanalytic Perspectives from the Couch This book allows patients to speak for themselves about their psychoanalytic experiences. It challenges the preconceived perception that the analytic practitioner "knows best" when it comes to treatment and responds to the growing sophistication of those seeking the treatment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329686

What Do Psychoanalysts Want?The Problem of Aims in Psychoanalytic Therapy Defining the aims of psychoanalysis was not initially a serious complex problem. However when Freud began to think of the aim as being one of scientific research and added the different formulations of aim (for example that the aim was to make the patient's unconscious conscious) it became an area of tension which affected the subsequent development of psychoanalysis and the resolution of which has profound implications for the future of psychoanalysis. In What Do Psychoanalysts Want? the authors look at the way psychoanalysts have defined analysis both here and in America from Freud down to the present day. From this basis they set out a theory about aims which is extremely relevant to clinical practice today discussing the issues from the point of view of the conscious and unconscious processes in the psychoanalyst's mind. Besides presenting a concise history of psychoanalysis its conflicts and developments which will be of interest to a wide audience of those interested in analysis this book makes important points for the clinician interested in researching his or her practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203013809

What Do Unions Do?A Twenty-year Perspective One of the best-known and most-quoted books ever written on labor unions is What Do Unions Do? by Richard Freeman and James Medoff. Published in 1984 the book proved to be a landmark because it provided the most comprehensive and statistically sophisticated empirical portrait of the economic and socio-political effects of unions and a provocative conclusion that unions are on balance beneficial for the economy and society.The present volume represents a twentieth-anniversary retrospective and evaluation of What Do Unions Do? The objectives are threefold: to evaluate and critique the theory evidence and conclusions of Freeman and Medoff; to provide a comprehensive update of the theoretical and empirical literature on unions since the publication of their book; and to offer a balanced assessment and critique of the effects of unions on the economy and society. Toward this end internationally recognized representatives of labor and management cover the gamut of subjects related to unions.Topics covered include the economic theory of unions; the history of economic thought on unions; the effect of unions on wages benefits capital investment productivity income inequality dispute resolution and job satisfaction; the performance of unions in an international perspective; the reasons for the decline of unions; and the future of unions. The volume concludes with a chapter by Richard Freeman in which he assesses the arguments and evidence presented in the other chapters and presents his evaluation of how What Do Unions Do? stands up in the light of twenty years of additional experience and research. This highly readable volume is a state-of-the-art survey by internationally recognized experts on the effects and future of labor unions. It will be the benchmark for years to come. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540446

What Do We Owe Each Other?Rights and Obligations in Contemporary American Society What Do We Owe Each Other? includes essays by some of the finest social and political policy researchers in the United States. They address critical issues in contemporary American society. These range from the making of public opinion the nature of the presumed social contract between government and its people the special place of corporate governance and institutional investors with respect to social stability the search for educational equality in a world of growing income disparities the huge run up in prison populations and the decline of American citizenship and not least the ethical issues of selfless and selfish motivations with respect to organ transplants and the sale of body parts.Although the volume is clearly focused on the United States of the past and present it offers a long view of how social trends take on distinctive moral characteristics. The opening essay by Katherine Newman of Princeton University and Elisabeth Jacobs of Harvard University carefully documents how the political and social goals of the New Deal era outstripped the public opinion views of the time. They rise to a special level of analysis on how the policy processes can be uneven in one era and yet translate into a general good in later periods. Economic recovery and ideological dispositions were not in sync during the New Deal. As the contributors show such disparities remain true of the American political process as a whole.The contributors display a wide diversity of opinion but the volume is unified by the belief that ethical concerns play as large a role in defining American society as do economic interests. The book should attract the attention of political scientists sociologists economists and above all those people interested in how policy analysis is fused with moral considerations at the start as well as at the close of decision making as such. Howard L. Rosenthal is a professor of politics at New York University. He is the author of many journal articles and coauthor with Alberto Alesina of Partisan Politics Divided Government and the Economy and coauthor with Keith T. Poole of Ideology and Congress (available from Transaction). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517844

What Do You Say When...?Best Practice Language for Improving Student Behavior Do you remember a time when you used the right words at the right moment and they made all the difference? With the aim of helping you repeat that experience every day this book provides hundreds of examples of what we call “Best Practice Language” (BPL) a research-based technique designed to help teachers use words to improve student behavior – in the classroom and beyond. In their years of working at the K-12 levels educators Hal Holloman and Peggy H. Yates have identified the exact phrases and key words you can use to handle: recurring disruptions inappropriate outbursts and students’ low self-confidence among other classroom realities. BPL will enable you to: Set your expectations clearly on the first day of school Prevent and resolve conflicts between students Create a safe haven for shy apprehensive students Establish meaningful relationships with students built on trust Help students foster a respect for themselves their peers and for adults Maintain a positive classroom environment that encourages personal responsibility Whether you're a new teacher a veteran teacher a pre-service teacher or school administrator the tools in this book will help you use words effectively in ways that resonate with students and provide them with clear and promising direction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174450

What Does Understanding Mathematics Mean for Teachers?Relationship as a Metaphor for Knowing This book opens up alternative ways of thinking and talking about ways in which a person can "know" a subject (in this case mathematics) leading to a reconsideration of what it may mean to be a teacher of that subject. In a number of European languages a distinction is made in ways of knowing that in the English language is collapsed into the singular word know. In French for example to know in the savoir sense is to know things facts names how and why things work and so on whereas to know in the connaître sense is to know a person a place or even a thing—namely an other— in such a way that one is familiar with or in relationship with this other. Primarily through phenomenological reflection with a touch of empirical input this book fleshes out an image for what a person’s connaître knowing of mathematics might mean turning to mathematics teachers and teacher educators to help clarify this image. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138017764

What Does Your Wife Do?Gender And The Transformation Of Family Life In the past a woman would routinely be asked what her husband did for a living. Increasingly a man is likely to be asked what his wife does for a living. It's a small switch but it signifies a revolution in gender roles and family life. Leonard Beeghley uses historical and international data to explain the dramatic changes in the way women and m Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313937

What Don't Kill Us Makes Us StrongerAfrican American Women and Suicide A close look at black women’s physical mental and social circumstances reveals harmful social disparities. Yet for decades black women’s suicide rates have remained virtually nonexistent compared to the rest of the American population baffling social scientists. In this book black women speak for themselves about their life struggles and their notions of suicide. Within a framework that explores racial and gender inequalities Spates uses interviews to uncover reasons for the racial suicide paradox. Her analysis offers a deeper understanding of the positive life strategies including family and faith that underlie black women’s resilience. -Provides insights into the impact of a variety of racial and gender inequalities-Vivid use of qualitative approaches to shed light on a statistical paradox-Highlights a positive image of black women and their resilience Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612050423

What Drawing and Painting Really MeanThe Phenomenology of Image and Gesture There are as many meanings to drawing and painting as there are cultural contexts for them to exist in. But this is not the end of the story. Drawings and paintings are made and in their making embody unique meanings that transform our perception of space-time and sense of finitude. These meanings have not been addressed by art history or visual studies hitherto and have only been considered indirectly by philosophers (mainly in the phenomenological tradition). If these intrinsic meanings are explained and further developed then the philosophy of art practice is significantly enhanced. The present work accordingly is a phenomenology of how the gestural and digital creation of visual imagery generates self-transformation through aesthetic space. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367331443

What Drives China’s EconomyEconomic Socio-Political Historical and Cultural Factors The spectacular economic growth experienced by China since 1978 has often been hailed as the "China Miracle". Many economists have tried to understand the forces behind China’s phenomenal growth and the explanations can be divided into two broad schools of economic thought — one school of thought which includes Nobel Laureate Paul Krugman explains that market mechanism and deregulation led to China’s success while the other school of thought which include Justin Yifu Lin the former Chief Economist and Senior Vice-President of the World Bank explains that China’s growth miracle is a unique model to itself defined by the Chinese government’s prominent role. The Chinese government has been responsible in identifying and investing in industries that have contributed to economic growth. Some economists in the latter school even claim that the China Miracle cannot be explained by mainstream economics. This book examines both schools of thought and attempts to provide a synthesis of the two schools to explain the China Miracle. It looks at the Solow-Swan growth model the Harrod-Domar model and transaction cost theory. It provides insights into whether and how China can sustain its growth and how developing countries may replicate China’s success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367179755

What Else Works?Creative Work with Offenders What Else Works? has developed out of a growing awareness amongst practitioners that centralized notions of what works and ‘one size fits all’ approaches to work with offenders and other groups is inevitably limited in its scope and effectiveness. The book seeks to dispel the view of probation service users as 'offenders' and socially excluded people as 'problems' to be managed and treated and instead considers more creative alternatives to reduce both re-offending and social exclusion. These include working separately with women black and minority ethnic groups local community-focussed projects in education and nature and conservation programmes. The reader is encouraged to think about past and current policy practice and the relationship between practitioners and offenders or other socially excluded people. Questions are raised as to whether and how practice could be different and contributors explore the theme of creative and change-focussed practice or focus on a particular approach to a practice. This book will appeal to students on criminal justice criminology and social work courses professionals operating in these fields as well as the wider audience of professionals and academics who may engage with these ‘service users’ from a range of policy and practice perspectives. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843927686

What English Language Teachers Need to Know Volume IIFacilitating Learning Designed for pre-service and novice teachers in ELT  What English Language Teachers Need to Know Volumes I  II and III are companion textbooks organized around the key question: What do teachers need to know and be able to do in order to help their students to learn English?  In the Second Edition of Volume II Murray and Christison return to this essential question and cover the three main facets of teaching: planning instructing and assessing L2 English instruction. Addressing new skills and strategies that ESL and EFL teachers require to meet the needs of their shifting student populations who are impacted by changing demographics different learning contexts and digital environments this book offers a strong emphasis on practical applications for classroom teaching that is grounded in current research.  This updated and expanded Second Edition features: a new section on teacher learning including a chapter on exploring digital technologies in ELT new and updated classroom examples throughout discussions of how teachers can prepare for contemporary challenges such as population mobility and globalization. The comprehensive texts work for teachers across different contexts—where English is the dominant language an official language or a foreign language; for different levels—elementary/primary secondary university or adult education; and for different learning purposes—general English workplace English English for academic purposes or English for specific purposes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367225773

What English Language Teachers Need to Know Volume IIIDesigning Curriculum What English Teachers Need to Know a set of companion texts designed for pre-service teachers and teachers new to the field of ELT addresses the key question: What do English language teachers need to know and be able to do in order for their students to learn English? These texts work for teachers across different contexts (countries where English is the dominant language one of the official languages or taught as a foreign language); different levels (elementary/primary secondary college or university or adult education); and different learning purposes (general English workplace English English for academic purposes or English for specific purposes). Volume I on understanding learning provides the background information that teachers need to know and be able to use in their classroom. Volume II on facilitating learning covers the three main facets of teaching: planning instructing and assessing.  Volume III on designing curriculum covers the contexts for processes in and types of ELT curricula—linguistic based content-based learner-centered and learning-centered. Throughout the three volumes the focus is on outcomes that is student learning.  Features â€¢  Situated in current research in the field of English language teaching and other disciplines that inform it â€¢  Sample data including classroom vignettes â€¢  Three kinds of activities/tasks:  Reflect Explore and Expand Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415662550

What English Language Teachers Need to Know Volume IUnderstanding Learning Designed for pre-service teachers and teachers new to the field of ELT  What English Teachers Need to Know Volumes I  II and III are companion textbooks organized around the key question: What do teachers need to know and be able to do in order for their students to learn English?  In the Second Edition of Volume I Murray and Christison return to this essential question and call attention to emerging trends and challenges affecting the contemporary classroom. Addressing new skills and strategies that EFL teachers require to meet the needs of their shifting student populations who are impacted by changing demographics digital environments and globalization this book which is grounded in current research offers a strong emphasis on practical applications for classroom teaching. This updated and expanded Second Edition features: a new chapter on technology in TESOL new and updated classroom examples throughout discussions of how teachers can prepare for contemporary challenges such as population mobility and globalization The comprehensive texts work for teachers across different contexts—where English is the dominant language an official language or a foreign language; for different levels—elementary/primary secondary university or adult education; and for different learning purposes—general English workplace English English for academic purposes or English for specific purposes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815351979

What Every Engineer Should Know About Business Communication Engineers must possess a range of business communication skills that enable them to effectively communicate the purpose and relevance of their idea process or technical design. This unique business communication text is packed with practical advice that will improve your ability to Market ideas Write proposals Generate enthusiasm for research Deliver presentations Explain a design Organize a project team Coordinate meetings Create technical reports and specifications Focusing on the three critical communication needs of engineering professionals‘speaking writing and listening the book delineates critical communication strategies required in many group settings and work situations. It demonstrates how to integrate a marketing strategy into every facet of engineering communication from presentations visual aids proposals and technical reports to e-mail and phone calls. Using situational examples the book also illustrates how to use computers graphics and other engineering tools to effectively communicate with other engineers and managers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138423077

What Every Engineer Should Know About Career Management Thanks to their education experience and general philosophical orientation many engineers fail to notice critical issues in the workplace that can directly impact their career advancement and day-to-day job satisfaction. This text focuses on career management and the accompanying importance of human and social interactions in the office. Although framed in the engineering environment it provides observations on people skills relevant to all occupations. Using an informal yet professional style the author takes a mentorship approach by offering suggestions and anecdotes devoid of lecturing. Broken Into Two Distinct Parts Part I specifically addresses the life and career advancement of the engineer beginning with school student and advancing to the seasoned professional. Along the way it explores various stops diversions and alternatives including a view of the corporation as a living organism with its own unique personality that responds to stimuli of the world. Part II discusses engineering projects product development schedules budgets and related topics. This portion of the book is not about project management but rather the interaction of engineers and managers working on projects in a corporate environment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138423152

What Every Engineer Should Know about Computational Techniques of Finite Element Analysis Finite element analysis (FEA) has become the dominant tool of analysis in many industrial fields of engineering particularly in mechanical and aerospace engineering. This process requires significant computational work divided into several distinct phases. What Every Engineer Should Know About Computational Techniques of Finite Element Analysis of Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429130274

What Every Engineer Should Know about Concurrent Engineering This work offers a step-by-step approach to the overall concurrent engineering (CE) development process presenting both fundamental principles and advanced concepts while focusing on rapid product development and cost-effective designs. The book also provides an introduction to Cost Driven Design with specific examples on how to minimize expenses by understanding the basis of product costs. The process of concurrent engineering is explained from initial planning to production start-up. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203733868

What Every Engineer Should Know About Cyber Security and Digital Forensics Most organizations place a high priority on keeping data secure but not every organization invests in training its engineers or employees in understanding the security risks involved when using or developing technology. Designed for the non-security professional What Every Engineer Should Know About Cyber Security and Digital Forensics is an overview of the field of cyber security. Exploring the cyber security topics that every engineer should understand the book discusses: Network security Personal data security Cloud computing Mobile computing Preparing for an incident Incident response Evidence handling Internet usage Law and compliance Security and forensic certifications Application of the concepts is demonstrated through short case studies of real-world incidents chronologically delineating related events. The book also discusses certifications and reference manuals in the area of cyber security and digital forensics. By mastering the principles in this volume engineering professionals will not only better understand how to mitigate the risk of security incidents and keep their data secure but also understand how to break into this expanding profession. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466564527

What Every Engineer Should Know about Data Communications This book discusses the fundamentals of data communications the most important element in an engineer's daily function. It examines the technologies and methodologies now available in the marketplace to effect the exchange of information. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003065586

What Every Engineer Should Know About Decision Making Under Uncertainty Covering the prediction of outcomes for engineering decisions through regression analysis this succinct and practical reference presents statistical reasoning and interpretational techniques to aid in the decision making process when faced with engineering problems. The author emphasizes the use of spreadsheet simulations and decision trees as important tools in the practical application of decision making analyses and models to improve real-world engineering operations. He offers insight into the realities of high-stakes engineering decision making in the investigative and corporate sectors by optimizing engineering decision variables to maximize payoff. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447007

What Every Engineer Should Know About Developing Real-Time Embedded Products You can find them in your wristwatch or MP3 player; they perform specific functions in washing machines traffic lights and even pacemakers. Embedded systems are pervasive ubiquitous and widespread throughout our daily lives. Developing these real-time embedded products requires an understanding of the interactions between different disciplines such as circuit design power cooling packaging software and human interface. This volume provides the knowledge and insight engineers need to make critical design decisions and offers a clear guide for preparing and developing projects in different markets.The book begins by laying the basic groundwork for effective processes covering smaller self-contained devices and subsystems ranging from handheld devices to appliances. Highly detailed case studies which include designing instruments for space flight implanted medical devices and military support equipment illustrate industry best practices and managerial issues. Each case study is detailed in terms of concept market standards integration manufacturing and phases. With schedule and estimation templates this highly functional text presents numerous examples of design tradeoffs critical to successful project development. Offering even coverage and clarification of the entire development process What Every Engineer Should Know about Developing Real-Time Embedded Products provides engineers and industrial designers with practical tools to make important decisions from deciding whether to buy or build subsystems to determining the appropriate kinds of field testing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138413443

What Every Engineer Should Know About Excel Understanding the powerful computational and graphics capabilities of Microsoft Excel is an enormous benefit to engineers and technical professionals in almost any field and at all levels of experience. What Every Engineer Should Know About Excel is a practical guide to unlocking the features and functions of this program using examples and screenshots to walk readers through the steps to build a strong understanding of the material. This second edition is updated to reflect the latest version of Excel (2016) and expands its scope to include data management connectivity to external data sources and integration with "the cloud" for optimal use of the Excel product. It also introduces the ribbon bar navigation prevalent in Microsoft products beginning with the 2007 version of MS Office. Covering a variety of topics in self-contained chapters this handy guide will also prove useful for professionals in IT finance and real estate. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138035300

What Every Engineer Should Know about Inventing This book provides the reader with the information they need to develop into a person who seeks creative opportunities and responds with elegant inventions. It is intended for young inventor and to all those who have the talent and the desire to invent. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451998

What Every Engineer Should Know about MATLAB® and Simulink® MATLAB can be used to execute many mathematical and engineering calculations as well as a handheld computer can if not better. Moreover like many other computer languages it can perform tasks that a handheld computer cannot. Compared to other computer languages MATLAB provides many built-in functions that make learning easier and reduce prototyping time. Simulink is a toolbox that extends the possibilities of MATLAB by providing a graphical interface for modeling and simulating dynamical processes. Using examples from mathematics mechanical and electrical engineering and control and signal processing What Every Engineer Should Know About MATLAB and Simulink provides an introduction to these two computer environments and examines the advantages and limitations of MATLAB. It first explores the benefits of how to use MATLAB to solve problems and then process and present calculations and experimental results. This book also briefly introduces the reader to more advanced features of the software such as object-oriented programming (OOP) and it draws the attention to some specialized toolboxes. Key features of the book include demonstrations of how to: Visualize the results of calculations in various kinds of graphical representations Write useful script files and functions for solving specific problems Avoid disastrous computational errors Convert calculations into technical reports and insert calculations and graphs into either MS Word or LaTeX This book illustrates the limitations of the computer as well as the implications associated with errors that can result from approximations or numerical errors. Using selected examples of computer-aided errors the author explains that the set of computer numbers is discrete and bounded a feature that can cause catastrophic errors Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138422124

What Every Engineer Should Know About Modeling and Simulation This practical book presents fundamental concepts and issues in computer modeling and simulation (M&S) in a simple and practical way for engineers scientists and managers who wish to apply simulation successfully to their real-world problems. It offers a concise approach to the coverage of generic (tool-independent) M&S concepts and enables engineering practitioners to easily learn evaluate and apply various available simulation concepts. Worked out examples are included to illustrate the concepts and an example modeling application is continued throughout the chapters to demonstrate the techniques. The book discusses modeling purposes scoping a model levels of modeling abstraction the benefits and cost of including randomness types of simulation and statistical techniques. It also includes a chapter on modeling and simulation projects and how to conduct them for customer and engineer benefit and covers the stages of a modeling and simulation study including process and system investigation data collection modeling scoping and production model verification and validation experimentation and analysis of results. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498753098

What Every Engineer Should Know about Patents "This useful authoritative volume focuses on all aspects of intellectual property law with particular emphasis on patent laws enabling the reader to avoid such pitfalls as a loss of rights and establish valid rights in inventions trademarks and writings. " Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203733851

What Every Engineer Should Know About Project Management Covering the roles and responsibilities of the project manager this second edition describes requirement specifications work breakdown structures project control and risk management and offers new information on motivation matrix arrangements and project records. Discussing the anatomy of a project planning and control and techniques the authors describe the project manager's entire range of responsibilities from initial planning to directing personnel controlling work and reporting results. The appendices cover work breakdown structure paradigms cost versus time profiles and checklists to assess work done. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367401948

What Every Engineer Should Know about Reliability and Risk Analysis "Examining reliability availability and risk analysis and reviewing in probability and statistics essential to understanding reliability methods this outstanding volume describes day-to-day techniques used by practicing engineers -- discussing important reliability aspects of both components and complex systems. " Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402594

What Every Engineer Should Know about Software Engineering Do youUse a computer to perform analysis or simulations in your daily work?Write short scripts or record macros to perform repetitive tasks?Need to integrate off-the-shelf software into your systems or require multiple applications to work together?Find yourself spending too much time working the kinks out of your code?Work with software engineers on a regular basis but have difficulty communicating or collaborating?If any of these sound familiar then you may need a quick primer in the principles of software engineering. Nearly every engineer regardless of field will need to develop some form of software during their career. Without exposure to the challenges processes and limitations of software engineering developing software can be a burdensome and inefficient chore.In What Every Engineer Should Know about Software Engineering Phillip Laplante introduces the profession of software engineering along with a practical approach to understanding designing and building sound software based on solid principles. Using a unique question-and-answer format this book addresses the issues and misperceptions that engineers need to understand in order to successfully work with software engineers develop specifications for quality software and learn the basics of the most common programming languages development approaches and paradigms. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138468535

What Every Engineer Should Know About Starting a High-Tech Business Venture Written by an experienced business lawyer in the technology scientific and engineering community this publication is for the engineer with an innovative high-tech idea or concept who needs those crucial business insights and strategies to move that idea forward. It offers key analysis on how to leave a current employer gain access to technologies and potential talent and considers other issues that can reduce problems down the road. It even includes a step-by-step guide for accessing and protecting intellectual property at the earliest stages. To assist in the fundraising process this resource explores all the available options to capitalize a business � from self-funding to bootstrapping to angel investors to venture capital to government grants to bank loans to joint ventures. It also looks at the best ways to form a company so as to take advantage of various tax and business strategies discusses compensation of employees with stock options or restricted stock plans explains how an emerging company can expand internationally and covers some key exit strategies such as an IPO or a merger/acquisition. It covers most everything a new technology business will face including hiring firing contracts leases loans and product warranties. As you read you will find this book is full of the stuff that engineers love: statistics data tools spreadsheets and research. But it also full of the anecdotal evidence and practical advice needed to stay the course. Now is a tremendous time for entrepreneurship. Although there have been periodic slowdowns in the economy if you believe in a future high-tech is the future in which to believe. This book is part of the Taylor and Francis/CRC Press series "What Every Engineer Should Know About� . Like the other books in the series it is designed to provide you with important knowledge that will help you along your career path. This one will also help y Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138423145

What Every Engineer Should Know about Threaded FastenersMaterials and Design This book is designed to serve the needs of engineers technicians designers and technologists concerned with standards materials design and elementary formulas for the selection procurement and quality control of threaded fasteners. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451578

What Every Teacher Needs to Know about Assessment This is the second edition of a highly successful book previously titled Better Instruction Through Assessment: What Your Students Are Trying to Tell You. The revision was undertaken to respond to the No Child Left Behind legislation which has changed the way we must look at students' achievement data. This book shows you how to: - get the most out of your state's high stakes standardized tests - use test results to make the right decisions about how to teach the students in your class - avoid becoming a victim of accountability systems - infuse "test savvy" into everyday instruction. It covers a wide variety of types of assessments from classroom-based teacher created tests to state-mandated high stakes standardized tests both selected response and performance assessment. Unlike traditional "textbooks " this book was written specifically for practicing teachers and administrators. It contains real-world examples which demonstrate the role of assessment in a teacher's daily work. It is filled with actual student responses and scenarios based on real life situations faced by teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435650

What Every Therapist Needs to Know About Anxiety DisordersKey Concepts Insights and Interventions What Every Therapist Needs to Know About Anxiety Disorders is an integrated and practical approach to treating anxiety disorders for general psychotherapists. What is new and exciting is its focus on changing a patient’s relationship to anxiety in order to enable enduring recovery rather than merely offering a menu of techniques for controlling symptoms. Neither a CBT manual nor an academic text nor a self-help book What Every Therapist Needs to Know About Anxiety Disorders offers page after page of key insights into ways to help patients suffering from phobias panic attacks unwanted intrusive thoughts compulsions and worries. The authors offer a rich array of therapist-patient vignettes case examples stories and metaphors that will complement the work of trainees and experienced clinicians of every orientation. Readers will come away from the book with a new framework for understanding some of the most frustrating clinical challenges in anxiety disorders including "reassurance junkies " endless obsessional loops and the paradoxical effects of effort. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415828994

What Expert Teachers DoEnhancing Professional Knowledge for Classroom Practice How do expert teachers do it? How do they enhance student learning? How do they manage the dilemmas and tensions inherent in working with 25 different students in every lesson? Internationally respected teacher educator John Loughran argues that teachers’ knowledge of what they do is largely tacit and often misunderstood. In this book he distils the essence of professional practice for classroom teachers. Drawing on the best research on pedagogy he outlines the crucial principles of teaching and learning and shows how they are translated into practice using real classroom examples. He emphasises that teaching procedures need to be part of an integrated approach so that they are genuinely meaningful and result in learning. Throughout he shows how teachers can engage their students in ways that create a real ‘need to know’ and a desire to become active learners. What Expert Teachers Do is for teachers who want to become really accomplished practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138171039

What Forever Means After the Death of a ChildTranscending the Trauma Living with the Loss List of Tables. List of Figures. Series Editor's Foreword. Preface. Prologue. Acknowledgements. What It Means to Be a Parent After a Child Had Died. The "Mothers Now Childless" Study: Research Design and Findings. When a Child Dies Does Grieving Ever End? One Death - A Thousand Strands of Pain: Finding the Meaning of Suffering. Bereaved Parents' Search for Understanding: The Paradox of Healing. Confronting a Spiritual Crisis: Where is God When Bad Things Happen? Confronting an Existential Crisis: Can Life Have Purpose Again? Deciding to Survive: Reaching Bottom - Climbing Up. Remembering With Love: Bereaved Parents as Biographer. Reaching Out to Help Others: Wounded Healers. Reinventing the Self: Parents Ask "Who Are We Now?". The Legacy of Loss. References. Resources. Appendices. Index. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140165

What Great Coaches Do Differently11 Elements of Effective Coaching This book describes the beliefs behaviors and attitudes of great athletic coaches. Where do they focus their attention? How do they spend their time and energy? And how can others gain the same advantages? Here Rob Haworth and Todd Whitaker describe the qualities of champion athletes coaches and parents. Applying and extending the concepts presented in Whitaker's What Great Teachers Do Differently and What Great Principals Do Differently this book demonstrates how effective coaching calls for "people skills" that the best coaches practice every day. Perfect for the coaches of your favorite school sports teams! "Plenty of real sports examples! The authors present a positive approach to understanding what great coaches do differently." -- Gene Shelkett Principal Eisenhower High School Lawton OK Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138136090

What Great Principals Do DifferentlyTwenty Things That Matter Most What are the attitudes and actions that make great principals stand out? In this internationally renowned bestseller Todd Whitaker reveals the 20 keys to effective school leadership. This essential third edition features helpful new strategies for recruiting talent through better interview and reference questions as well as tips for retaining talent. It also offers a new section on how leadership is not an event but rather requires a consistent approach to affect the climate and eventually shape the culture of your school. Perfect for new and experienced principals for independent professional reading or for leadership courses this practical book will leave you feeling inspired and ready to do the things that matter most for the people who ultimately matter most—the students. Media > Books > Print Books Eye on Education 9780367344672

What Great Teachers Do Differently Facilitator's Guide Written to accompany the second edition DVD of Todd Whitaker’s best-selling title What Great Teachers Do Differently this facilitator’s guide is a practical resource for teacher workshops study groups PLCs and school improvement teams. It features thoughtful discussion questions to help educators reflect on and apply the concepts from the DVD to their own schools or classrooms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147515

What Great Teachers Do DifferentlyNineteen Things That Matter Most What are the beliefs and behaviors that set great teachers apart? In this internationally renowned bestseller Todd Whitaker reveals 19 keys to becoming more effective in the classroom. This essential third edition features new sections on why it’s about more than relationships how to focus on a consistent engaging learning environment and the importance of choosing the right mode—business parent child—to improve your classroom management. Perfect for educators at any level of experience for independent reading or for schoolwide book studies this practical book will leave you feeling inspired and ready to do the things that matter most for the people who matter most—your students.   Media > Books > Print Books Eye on Education 9780367344641

What Happened To Fairbanks?The Effects Of The Trans-alaska Oil Pipeline On The Community Of Fairbanks Alaska This book describes what Fairbanks was like during trans-Alaska oil pipeline construction and how the community responded to the project and assesses the unplanned negative effects that in many cases outweighed the positive ones. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216214

What Happened to Planning? (Routledge Revivals) This title was first published in 1986 during a recession much like that faced in recent years which placed immense pressure on the British planning system and led to social unrest in the inner cities and in many disadvantaged areas. Within this context Peter Ambrose outlines the features of land development and explores the circumstances of post-war planning. The central section of the book deals with the key forces at work in land development – finance the construction industry and the local and central state – and explains how they interact. Using a number of case-studies including the greenfield urban fringe and London’s docklands as well as examples drawn from other countries Ambrose provides an essential background to the British planning system and the problems still faced by it today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415730303

What Happened to the Republican Party?And What It Means for American Presidential Politics As the 2016 election campaign attests the Grand Old Party—once moderate and even magnanimous—has fallen into a prison of its own making when it comes to presidential politics. After the debacle of the George W. Bush presidency and the rout of the Romney candidacy Republicans said they must broaden their base become more inclusive and return to the warmth of Reagan idealism. Instead what we have is a bitter backbiting and race- and gender-baiting campaign with a candidate more exclusive than any before him. How did we get here and how do we get out? This book tracks the modern history of the Republican Party and shows its decline even while shining a light on its high points and urging it back in a positive direction. Every reader interested in the US presidential election the primary process and the clash of politics and culture will find something enlightening in John White’s exposition. Above all he puts the Age of Trump into perspective looking back as well as forward in his analysis. Who is this book for? Students of American government political parties campaigns & elections Scholars in political science and political history General readers interested in the current presidential campaign and the health of American democracy Features 1. Current. Anticipates the current state of the Republican Party at odds with itself as much as with the American public. Includes 2014 midterm election data with an eye toward the 2016 presidential contest. 2. A broad historical sweep. Covers a broad historical period from the 1950s (Eisenhower era) to the present with a strong emphasis on the Reagan years which represent the GOP at its zenith. 3. Efficient use of polling and demographic data. Takes a broad swath of historical data (including polling data) and presents it in a condensed readable format. At the same time the reader is not inundated by polling and demographic data. 4. Bold. Any reader will come away from this book understanding that the GOP predicament is likely to last for some time to come. The problems Republicans face are both intellectual and political. They are not likely to be solved by any one candidate or election and will be compounded and confounded by the events of 2016. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612059228

What Happened Where First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315072609

What Happens to HistoryThe Renewal of Ethics in COntemporary Thought While the questions of ethics have become increasingly important in recent years for many fields within the humanities there has been no single volume that seeks to address the emergence of this concern with ethics across the disciplinary spectrum. Given this lack in currently available critical and secondary texts and also the urgency of the issues addressed by the critics assembled here the time is right for a collection of this nature. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203760802

What Happens When the Analyst DiesUnexpected Terminations in Psychoanalysis What Happens When the Analyst Dies explores the stories of patients who have experienced the death of their analyst. The book prioritizes the voices of patients letting them articulate for themselves the challenges and heartache that occur when grappling with such a devastating loss. It also addresses the challenges faced by analysts who work with grieving patients and/or experience serious illness while treating patients. Claudia Heilbrunn brings together contributors who discuss their personal experiences with bereavement and/or serious illness within the psychoanalytic encounter. Chapters include memoirs written by patients who describe not only the aftermath of an analyst’s death but also how the analyst’s ability or inability to deal with his or her own illness and impending death within the treatment setting impacted the patient’s own capacity to cope with their loss. Other chapters broach the challenges that arise (1) in ‘second analyses’ (2) for the ill analyst and (3) for those who face the death of an analyst or mentor while in training. Aiming to give prominence to the often neglected and unmediated voices of patients as well as analysts who have dealt with grieving patients and serious illness What Happens When the Analyst Dies strives to highlight and encourage discussion about the impact of an analyst’s death on patients and the ways in which institutes and therapists could do more to protect those in their care. It will be of interest to psychoanalysts psychotherapists counselors gerontologists trainees and patients who are currently in treatment or whose therapist has passed away. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367261085

What Holds Us TogetherPopular Culture and Social Cohesion Faced by the increasing divisiveness and volatility of electoral politics and the rise of illiberal fundamentalisms the social sciences may seem to lack the imagination necessary to make sense of the world. In this unusual book of political psychology based on the idea that we hold ourselves together through a combination of restraint and release the author draws on psychoanalysis and its creative interpretations of everyday experience to consider the current malaise of politics in relation to the huge vitality of popular culture. In a wide-ranging analysis that links topics as diverse as our experience of public utilities the rise of counselling and the weakened impact of sexual scandal he concludes with the proposal that a reconstruction of nationalism could make an important contribution to the renewal of democratic politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201236

What Holism Can Do for Social Theory This book reconsiders the nature of positivist philosophy in social science theory based on classical and medieval thought in what later became "Europe." It argues that social theory is being held back by antagonistic debates over science positivism objectivity and universal law - debates which appear unnecessary narrow and acontextual when their origins are examined. Positing that solutions to these impasses can be found by moving to alternative holistic epistemology and looking at issues in terms of interrelations rather than parts the book shows the promise of a social theory that provides a unit of analysis that mediates between local and global relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138485037

What I Believe Along with Why I Am Not a Christian this essay must rank as the most articulate example of Russell's famed atheism. It is also one of the most notorious. Used as evidence in a 1940 court case in which Russell was declared unfit to teach college-level philosophy What I Believe was to become one of his most defining works. The ideas contained within were and are controversial contentious and - to the religious - downright blasphemous. A remarkable work it remains the best concise introduction to Russell's thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138127005

What I Believe The author is widely regarded as one of the greatest philosophers of the twentieth century and a brilliant writer and commentator on social and political affairs. What I Believe offers a lucid and concise insight into the author's thinking on issues that preoccupied him throughout his life: atheism religious morality and the impact of science on society. With the addition of two further essays 'Why I Took to Philosophy' and 'How I Write' this is a superb example of the author as his very best.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415854764

What I Believe (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1966 this book looks at life and its purpose. It is made up of eighteen pieces by individuals from a wide range of backgrounds who discuss their thoughts and beliefs on the subject. Contributors come from varied disciplines including literature theology politics journalism and science. Some affirm their faith in the human spirit and in life-enhancing activity some including a distinguished surgeon see their lives in terms of service or are more concerned with current social questions and some focus on the importance of the individual. What I Believe is an intriguing text that becomes as one reads it a growing revelation of how men and women find the meaning of life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415821827

What if China Doesn't Democratize?Implications for War and Peace Exploring one of the most dynamic and contested regions of the world this series includes works on political economic cultural and social changes in modern and contemporary Asia and the Pacific. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698229

What if it happens in my classroom?Developing skills for expert behaviour management Why can’t I stop my students from being noisy as they leave my classroom? What can I do when a student is texting on their phone in my lesson? How can I stop a student from constantly tapping their pen while I am talking? Sound familiar? Chewing gum dropping litter swearing late homework and disruptive behaviour in class are just a few of the issues that teachers have to face every day in the classroom. How you choose to respond to these incidents however minor they may first seem can have a dramatic impact on the overall quality of your lessons. There is no one answer to behaviour and classroom management as different approaches have to be taken depending on the lesson the groups of students and even the time of day. This highly practical book guides you through the choices that you need to make when confronted with the sorts of issues that you might face in your classroom. Dealing with the nitty gritty reality of behaviour management it covers the common problems teachers encounter on a day to day basis and provides a series of realistic and practical solutions and their likely outcomes. Placing you at the centre of the decision making process it allows you to experiment with a range of options in a reflective and engaging manner to see which of your choices may work and why others may not. This scenario based approach not only lets you explore the various options available to you but also enables you to see the consequence of your actions. Written by an experienced teacher this fun and interactive book is essential reading for all trainee and qualified teachers who want a fresh approach to behaviour management in their classrooms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415687140

What If the American Political System Were Different? First Published in 2015. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698212

What If There Were No Significance Tests? This book is the result of a spirited debate stimulated by a recent meeting of the Society of Multivariate Experimental Psychology. Although the viewpoints span a range of perspectives the overriding theme that emerges states that significance testing may still be useful if supplemented with some or all of the following -- Bayesian logic caution confidence intervals effect sizes and power other goodness of approximation measures replication and meta-analysis sound reasoning and theory appraisal and corroboration. The book is organized into five general areas. The first presents an overview of significance testing issues that sythesizes the highlights of the remainder of the book. The next discusses the debate in which significance testing should be rejected or retained. The third outlines various methods that may supplement current significance testing procedures. The fourth discusses Bayesian approaches and methods and the use of confidence intervals versus significance tests. The last presents the philosophy of science perspectives. Rather than providing definitive prescriptions the chapters are largely suggestive of general issues concerns and application guidelines. The editors allow readers to choose the best way to conduct hypothesis testing in their respective fields. For anyone doing research in the social sciences this book is bound to become "must" reading. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315827353

What If There Were No Significance Tests?Classic Edition The classic edition of What If There Were No Significance Tests? highlights current statistical inference practices. Four areas are featured as essential for making inferences: sound judgment meaningful research questions relevant design and assessing fit in multiple ways. Other options (data visualization replication or meta-analysis) other features (mediation moderation multiple levels or classes) and other approaches (Bayesian analysis simulation data mining qualitative inquiry) are also suggested. The Classic Edition’s new Introduction demonstrates the ongoing relevance of the topic and the charge to move away from an exclusive focus on NHST along with new methods to help make significance testing more accessible to a wider body of researchers to improve our ability to make more accurate statistical inferences. Part 1 presents an overview of significance testing issues. The next part discusses the debate in which significance testing should be rejected or retained. The third part outlines various methods that may supplement significance testing procedures. Part 4 discusses Bayesian approaches and methods and the use of confidence intervals versus significance tests. The book concludes with philosophy of science perspectives. Rather than providing definitive prescriptions the chapters are largely suggestive of general issues concerns and application guidelines. The editors allow readers to choose the best way to conduct hypothesis testing in their respective fields. For anyone doing research in the social sciences this book is bound to become "must" reading. Ideal for use as a supplement for graduate courses in statistics or quantitative analysis taught in psychology education business nursing medicine and the social sciences the book also benefits independent researchers in the behavioral and social sciences and those who teach statistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138892477

What If...Collected Thought Experiments in Philosophy What If. . .Collected Thought Experiments in Philosophy is a brief collection of over 100 classic and contemporarythought experiments each exploring an important philosophical argument. These thought experiments introduce students to the kind of disciplined thought required in philosophy and awaken their intellectual curiosity. Featuring a clear and conversational writing style that doesn't dilute the ideas the value of the book is in its simplicity in both format and tone. Each thought experiment is accompanied by commentary from the author that explains its importance and provides thought-provoking questions all encapsulated on two pages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138457454

What If?Thought Experimentation in Philosophy Thought experimentation has been a staple of philosophical methodology since classical antiquity when Xenophanes of Colophon speculated that if horses had gods they would be equine in form. Nicholas Rescher's What If? undertakes a systematic survey of the role and utility of thought experiments in philosophy. After surveying the historical issues Rescher examines the principles involved and explains the conditions under which thought experimentation can validly yield instructive results in philosophy. The reader gains understanding of the differences between scientific and philosophical experiments.What If? begins by examining the nature of thought experiments. It presents an overview of how thought experiments have figured in natural science and in historical studies before moving on to examine how they function as an instrument of philosophical inquiry. After examining thought experiments from the pre-Socratics to the present day Rescher turns from history to analysis and examines the modes of reasoning involved in the use of speculative hypotheses in philosophical problem solving. He shows the limitations of speculative ontology showing that thought experimentation can lead readily to paradox in a way that increasingly diminishes its usefulness. The book concludes by arguing and illustrating how and when it becomes pointless to push speculation or thought experimentation beyond the limits of intelligibility and cogent sense.Among the principal features of Rescher's book is its elaborate analysis of the appropriate conditions for philosophical thought experimentation. Its cardinal thesis is that there indeed are limits to the appropriateness of this important methodological resource and that transgressing these limits destroys the prospect of drawing any valid lessons for the philosophical enterprise. What If? will be of interest to philosophers students of philosophy and theorists of logic and reasoning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517851

What in the World is Music? - Enhanced E-Book What in the World is Music? is an undergraduate interactive e-textbook that incorporates more than 300 video and audio links to music from around the world. The text investigates the nature and meaning of music as a universal human practice while providing students with strong points of connection to the ways it affects their own lives. Merging the study of Western music tradition along with the ethnomusicological approach to non-Western music and with a range of examples from both What in the World is Music? explores how humans organize and experience sound and the contexts in which music takes place.  What in the World is Music? is set within a thematic framework that highlights similarities across cultures and examines shared musical practices. Unit 1: The Foundations of Music presents an inquiry-guided approach to understanding and engaging with music based on four fundamental questions: What is music? (Definitions) What is it made of? (Elements) Where does it come from? (Origins) and What is it for? (Functions).   Unit 2: Music and Identity examines how music operates in the shaping negotiating and projecting of human identity. The discussion is organized around four broad conceptual frames: the individual the group hybridity and conflict. Unit 3: Music and the Sacred considers how music is used in religious practices throughout the world: for chanting sacred texts and singing devotional verses for inspiring religious experience such as ecstasy and trance and for marking and shaping ritual space and time. Unit 4: Music and Social Life explores the uses of music in storytelling theater and film; delves into the contributions of sound recording and digital technologies; and looks at the many ways music enhances nightlife public ceremonies and festivals. This is the online e-text only (978-1-315-76430-6)  which is also available in a textbook package (978-1-138-79025-4) that includes the supplemental print book. Please view this informercial video featuring the authors: https://www.routledgetextbooks.com/textbooks/9781138790254/infomercial.php Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315764306

What in the World is Music? - Enhanced E-Book & Print Book Pack What in the World is Music? is an undergraduate interactive e-textbook that incorporates more than 300 video and audio links to music from around the world. The text investigates the nature and meaning of music as a universal human practice while providing students with strong points of connection to the ways it affects their own lives. Merging the study of Western music tradition along with the ethnomusicological approach to non-Western music and with a range of examples from both What in the World is Music? explores how humans organize and experience sound and the contexts in which music takes place.  What in the World is Music? is set within a thematic framework that highlights similarities across cultures and examines shared musical practices. Unit 1: The Foundations of Music presents an inquiry-guided approach to understanding and engaging with music based on four fundamental questions: What is music? (Definitions) What is it made of? (Elements) Where does it come from? (Origins) and What is it for? (Functions).   Unit 2: Music and Identity examines how music operates in the shaping negotiating and projecting of human identity. The discussion is organized around four broad conceptual frames: the individual the group hybridity and conflict. Unit 3: Music and the Sacred considers how music is used in religious practices throughout the world: for chanting sacred texts and singing devotional verses for inspiring religious experience such as ecstasy and trance and for marking and shaping ritual space and time. Unit 4: Music and Social Life explores the uses of music in storytelling theater and film; delves into the contributions of sound recording and digital technologies; and looks at the many ways music enhances nightlife public ceremonies and festivals. This Routledge interactive textbook package 978-1-138-79025-4 includes a printed book to supplement the online e-text which is also available as a stand-alone under ISBN 978-1-315-76430-6. Please view this informercial video featuring the authors: https://www.routledgetextbooks.com/textbooks/9781138790254/infomercial.php Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138790254

What is a Child?Childhood Psychoanalysis and Discourse This book unravels the different notions of time and history that are implicit in the history of child psychoanalysis and in the clinical approach to childhood. It is based in part on topics that have been addressed in the seminar Psychoanalysis and the Child. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490557

What Is A Group?A New Look at Theory in Practice This volume on groups emphasises the importance of a psychoanalytic analysis as opposed to a behaviourist account. Work by Foulkes and Bion is reconsidered in the light of current clinical practice by Robin Cooper and Michael Halton and the American scene is represented through an essay by Otto Kernberg using Freud's work on group psychology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429484841

What is an Animal? This book offers a unique interdisciplinary challenge to assumptions about animals and animality deeply embedded in our own ways of thought and at the same time exposes highly sensitive and largely unexplored aspects of the understanding of our common humanity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315539126

What is Architecture? Architecture can influence the way we feel and can help us along as we go about our lives or sabotage our habitual ways of doing things. The essays collected here challenge and help to define a view of architecture which ranges from the minimal domesticity of Diogenes' barrel to the exuberant experiments of the contemporary avant-garde. There are essays by philosophers architects and art historians including Roger Scruton Bernard Tschumi Demetri Pophyrios Kenneth Frampton Diane Ghirardo and David Goldblatt. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315012933

What is Asia to Us? (Routledge Revivals)Russia's Asian Heartland Yesterday and Today This book first published in 1990 considers the uneasy relationship between Russia and Soviet Central Asia. Chapters examine both the significance of Asia to the Russian mind and the place that Asia has occupied in Russian geopolitical thinking in the last hundred years showing that outbreaks of violence are simply a manifestation of a long-standing tension. This is a remarkable and comprehensive study which will be of great value to those concerned with the history and future of Central Asia and Siberia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415702713

What Is at Stake in Building “Non-Western” International Relations Theory? International Relations (IR) as a discipline is often deemed to be “too Western” centric. It has been argued that much of mainstream IR theory is “simply an abstraction of Western history.” In this respect many IR scholars have called for “broadening” the theoretical horizon of IR while problematising the Western parochialism of the discipline and it is increasingly acknowledged that IR needs to embrace a wider range of histories experiences and theoretical perspectives particularly those outside of the West. However despite such a meaningful debate over broadening the theoretical and practical horizons of IR several critical questions remain unclear and under-explored. For example does IR need to embrace pluralism? If so how much? To what extent and in what sense is IR parochial? Should IR promote dialogue across theoretical and spatial divides? If so how? Yong-Soo Eun addresses these questions. He undertakes a literature review and an empirical analysis of the extent to which the field has actually become diverse and pluralistic. This investigation considers diversity beyond the current limited focus on the geographical origins of theory. Yong-Soo also draws attention to the mechanisms and processes of knowledge production and transmission in IR. More importantly he addresses what is probably the most acute issue associated with the “non-Western” IR theory-building enterprise; namely fragmentation and dialogue. In conclusion Yong-Soo notes that the role of unsettling the present hierarchical structure of the discipline falls to reflexive individual agents. He argues that in order for their agential power to be more fully harnessed in the opening up of IR critical “self”-reflection and “collective” empathy and collaboration among marginalised scholars are all essential. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367375645

What Is Authentic Educational Reform?Pushing Against the Compassionate Conservative Agenda "In response to the nationwide attacks on education in the name of educational reform packaged in No Child Left Behind general analyses and local accounts of these attacks as well as arguments on behalf of 'authentic educational reform' are badly needed.... This volume offers a useful combination of specific case studies theory and policy." - Gerald Coles educational psychologist US Challenging the compassionate conservative agenda for educational reform -- an agenda which seeks to improve American education through a business model focused on scripted lessons lock-step approaches to teaching high stakes-testing and rigid accountability measures -- this book critiques the assumptions of this agenda examines the problems that have riddled its implementation in schools and suggests constructive alternatives. Educational theorists and researchers including Joel Spring Sonia Nieto Bill Ayers and Susan Ohanian classroom teachers and parents offer a mix of perspectives on: the social and political contexts of current educational reform initiatives; the impact of the compassionate conservative agenda on educational policies and practices; the ways in which children and teachers are affected by this agenda and its policies; and approaches that hold out hope for implementing authentic education reform. Intended for education professionals students and scholars What Is Authentic Educational Reform? poses more questions than it answers but taken together these questions constitute a foundation for a more informed and thoughtful public conversation about how to refocus reform efforts in a direction that will truly strengthen American public education for all children and their families. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987050

What Is Cosmopolitical Design? Design Nature and the Built Environment The scale of ecological crises made us realize that every kind of politics has always been cosmopolitics politics of a cosmos. Cosmos embraces everything including the multifarious natural and material entities that make humans act. The book examines cosmopolitics in its relation to design practice. Abandoning the modernist idea of nature as being external to the human experience - a nature that can be mastered by engineers and scientists from outside the cosmpolitical thinking offers designers to embark in an active process of manipulating and reworking nature ’from within.’ To engage in cosmopolitics this book argues means to redesign create instigate and compose every single feature of our common experience. In the light of this new understanding of nature we set the questions: What is the role of design if nature is no longer salient enough to provide a background for human activities? How can we foster designers’ own force and make present what causes designers to think feel and act? How do designers make explicit the connection of humans to a variety of entities with different ontology: rivers species particles materials and forces? How do they redefine political order by bringing together stars prions and people? In effect how should we understand design practice in its relation to the material and the living world? In this volume anthropologists science studies scholars political scientists and sociologists rethink together the meaning of cosmopolitics for design. At the same time designers architects and artists engage with the cosmopolitical question in trying to imagine the future of architectural and urban design. The book contains original empirical chapters and a number of revealing interviews with artists and designers whose practices set examples of ’cosmopolitically correct design’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138297081

What is Criminology About?Philosophical Reflections Since its inception criminology has had trouble answering the question of what it is about. But although many consider the answer to this question to be self-evident this book pursues the provocative possibility that criminology does not know what the object of its study is; it merely knows what it is called. Aiming to foster dissent among those who claim to know what criminology is about – and those who don’t – writers from different schools of thought come together in this collection to answer the question "what is criminology about?" Building on a resurgence of interest in the nature of the object of criminology their responses aim to deepen and to expand the current debate. This book will then be of considerable interest to contemporary proponents and students of criminology and law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241558

What Is Critical in Language StudiesDisclosing Social Inequalities and Injustice This volume examines the notion of criticality in language studies. Drawing on the work of the Frankfurt School – Adorno Habermas Horkheimer and Marcuse among others – the chapters in the volume examine a variety of linguistic contexts: from gender activism to web journalism from the classroom to the open streets. It also presents theoretical and methodological guidelines to researchers interested in • Expanding their critical outlook for meaning brought on by the notion of criticality in contemporary language studies. • Understanding criticality in languages through historical political and social perspectives. • Using linguistics and language studies as tools to dissect and disclose social injustices. This book will be of great interest to scholars and researchers of language studies and linguistics philosophy politics and sociology and social policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367858025

What Is Curriculum Theory? This primer for prospective and practicing teachers asks students to question the historical present and their relation to it and in so doing reflect on their own understandings of what it means to teach to study to educate and to become educated in the present moment in the places we inhabit. Not only the implementation of objectives to be assessed by standardized tests curriculum is communication among older and younger generations informed by academic knowledge and characterized by educational experience. Pinar’s concept of currere–the Latin infinitive of curriculum–is invoked to provide an autobiographical method for self-study enabling both individuals and groups to understand teaching as passionate participation in the complicated conversation that is the curriculum. New to the Third Edition: A new allegory-of-the-present: the Harlem Renaissance New section on technology New section on the future of curriculum Expanded section on Freedom Schools Educators depicted as truth-tellers in this "post-truth" era of "fake news" Provocative compelling and controversial What Is Curriculum Theory? remains indispensable for scholars and students of curriculum studies teacher education educational policy and the foundations of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138649842

What Is Democracy? In this sequel to A Critique of Modernity Alain Touraine questions the social and cultural content of democracy today. At a time when state power is being increasingly eroded by the economic might of transnational capital what possible value can we ascribe to a democratic idea that is defined merely as a set of guarantees against the totalitarian Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313944

What is Digital Journalism Studies? What is Digital Journalism Studies? delves into the technologies platforms and audience relations that constitute digital journalism studies’ central objects of study outlining its principal theories the research methods being developed its normative underpinnings and possible futures for the academic field. The book argues that digital journalism studies is much more than the study of journalism produced distributed and consumed with the aid of digital technologies. Rather the scholarly field of digital journalism studies is built on questions that disrupt much of what previously was taken for granted concerning media journalism and public spheres asking questions like: What is a news organisation? To what degree has news become separated from journalism? What roles do platform companies and emerging technologies play in the production distribution and consumption of news and journalism? The book reviews the research into these questions and argues that digital journalism studies constitutes a cross-disciplinary field that does not focus on journalism solely from the traditions of journalism studies but is open to research from and conversations with related fields. This is a timely overview of an increasingly prominent field of media studies that will be of particular interest to academics researchers and students of journalism and communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367200909

What is Dispute Resolution? This work explains the various methods of resolving disputes what they involve how they differ and their benefits and drawbacks. It seeks to enable the reader to make the best decision about: which method to use; how to approach the resolution process; and who to appoint to represent you. It examines the processes involved in litigation arbitration and mediation including courts and tribunals so the reader may prepare themselves for what will happen when your dispute is heard. It features plain English terminology and practical aids - such as sample letters - and should give those about to embark on the dispute resolution process the help they need to make important decisions and face the process with confidence. Media > Books > E-books Informa Law from Routledge 9781003123248

What is Economic Development?A Comparative Performance of Indian States Development performance is not merely economic growth and prosperity but includes a multitude of goals. This monograph makes an attempt to conceptualize development consisting of eight dimensions – material prosperity education health economic security personal security environmental conditions political voice and social connections. The authors implement this multidimensional concept to design not only an overall index of development (DI) for Indian states but also three sub indices human development (HD) security (SEC) and voice and confidence (VC) that broadly represent three distinct aspects of development. The results clearly show that state level performances vary considerably across the various dimensions of development. No state does uniformly well or badly across all levels thereby exposing the fallacy of branding the development experience of a particular state as ideal based on its achievement on some aspects of development. Since good performance in one dimension does not ensure doing well on other dimensions too it would be inappropriate to ignore the performances on the three sub-indices and the eight dimensions. Recognition of such diversity of performance is particularly important in a federal structure like India where different states may have different development priorities. This study will enable states to reflect on whether they have been performing according to their priorities and if not they may choose to tweak their policies or their development strategies. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367137298

What is Enlightenment? "Have the courage to use your own understanding! - that is the motto of enlightenment." - Immanuel Kant The Enlightenment is one of the most important and contested periods in the history of philosophy. The problems it addressed such as the proper extent of individual freedom and the challenging of tradition resonate as much today as when they were first debated. Of all philosophers it is arguably Kant who took such questions most seriously addressing them above all in his celebrated short essay An Answer to the Question: What is Enlightenment? In this engaging and lucid book Samuel Fleischacker first explains and assesses Kant’s philosophy of Enlightenment. He then considers critics of Kant’s views - from Burke and Hegel to Horkheimer and Adorno - and figures he regards as having extended Kant’s notion of enlightenment such as Feuerbach Marx Habermas Foucault and Rawls. Throughout he demonstrates how Kant holds two distinct theories of enlightenment. On the one hand Kant proposes a ‘minimal’ view where to be enlightened is simply to engage in critical public discussion allowing diversity of opinion to flourish. On the other he argues that Kant elsewhere calls for a ‘maximal’ view of enlightenment where for example an enlightened person cannot believe in a traditional religion. With great skill Fleischacker shows how these two views are taken in a multitude of directions by both critics and advocates of Kant’s philosophy. Arguing that Kant’s minimal enlightenment is a precondition for a healthy proliferation of cultures religious faiths and political movements What is Enlightenment? is a fascinating introduction to a key aspect of Kant’s thought and a compelling analysis of philosophical thinking about the Enlightenment. Including helpful chapter summaries and guides to further reading it is ideal for anyone studying Kant or the philosophy of the Enlightenment as well as those in related disciplines such as politics history and religious studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415497817

What is Food?Researching a Topic with Many Meanings This volume brings together contributions that provide a snapshot of current food research. What is Food? acknowledges the many dimensions of food including its social cultural symbolic and sensual qualities while also being material in that it is fundamental to our survival.The collection addresses contemporary challenges and reflects the concerns of funders and researchers working in the broad field of the sociology of food: dietary health sustainability food safety and food poverty. Reflecting broader academic trends the chapters are moreover concerned with interdisciplinarity the analysis of change data reuse and the use of social media as data. The book includes empirical evidence from around the UK Denmark Sweden Switzerland and Taiwan and addresses food both as a lens through which to examine these wider social relationships processes and social change and as a primary subject.The contributions will be of interest to a wide range of students and researchers looking for a cutting-edge insight into how to frame and study food in areas related to the sociology of food health risk poverty sustainability and research methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367726669

What Is Global Studies?Theory & Practice What is Global Studies and how does it relate to globalization? Responding to this frequently asked question Manfred B. Steger and Amentahru Wahlrab provide the first comprehensive overview of this emerging field. Authoritative and accessible this primer speaks to students and instructors interested not only in key theories but also in applied teaching and learning programs designed to educate "global citizens" to meet the concrete challenges of the twenty-first century. Linking the influential arguments of major thinkers in Global Studies to their own framework the authors discuss the "Four Pillars of Global Studies": globalization transdisciplinarity space and time and critical thinking. The book with instructive appendix materials will appeal to readers seeking a deeper understanding of Global Studies—one of the most popular fields of study in major universities around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415684835

What is Heterodox Economics?Conversations with Leading Economists Since the Global Financial Crisis economics has been under greater public scrutiny revealing a crisis in the discipline. This represented a potential turning point on how economics should be thought and taught. Heterodox economics has played a prominent role in these discussions revolving around new economics thinking and pluralism in economics. Yet its identity aspirations and pedagogy remain underexplored contested and somewhat opaque.This volume brings together sixteen interviews with leading economists to understand what heterodox economics is. How and why does an economist become heterodox? In which way do heterodox economists see themselves as ‘different’ from mainstream economics? The interviews shed light on what problems heterodox economists perceive in the mainstream; elucidate the different contexts under which they operate in higher education; and provide insights on their ontology and methodology. The reader will also find answers to the following questions about the nature and state of heterodox economics: Do heterodox economists have particular intellectual journeys motives and aspirations? Is this reflected in their teaching practices and strategies to achieve social change? What is the relation between heterodox economics and the humanities and arts?Appealing to a diverse audience including philosophers sociologists and historians of economic thought the book will be of great interest to anyone keen to find out more about the internal discussions in the economics discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729981

What is Humanism and Why Does it Matter? We live in a world of social political economic and religious rupture. Ideologies polarise to fuel confrontation within communities nations and regions of the world. At this point in the twenty-first century humanism's focus on reason ethics and justice offers the potential to rethink and re-engage in new ways. "What Is Humanism and Why Does It Matter?" brings together leading humanist thinkers and activists to examine humanism and how it can work in the world. Humanism is often misunderstood. The movement includes both atheists and agnostics who seek to make ethical sense of the world based on shared human values and a concern for human welfare happiness and fulfillment. "What Is Humanism and Why Does It Matter?" presents an overview and exploration of the meaning and nature of humanism both as a philosophy and as a way of engaging with the challenges of the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844656608

What is Islamic Philosophy? What is Islamic Philosophy? offers a broad introduction to Islamic thought from its origins to the many challenging issues facing Muslims in the contemporary world. The chapters explore early Islamic philosophy and trace its development through key themes and figures up to the twenty-first century. Topics covered include: ethical issues such as just war abortion women’s rights homosexuality and cloning questions in political philosophy regarding what kind of Islamic state could exist and how democratic can (or should) Islam really be the contribution of Islam to ‘big questions’ such as the existence of God the concept of the soul and what constitutes truth. This fresh and original book includes a helpful glossary and suggestions for further reading. It is ideal for students coming to the subject for the first time as well as anyone wanting to learn about the philosophical tradition and dilemmas that are part of the Islamic worldview. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415632034

What is 'It'? This therapeutic story focuses on low mood associated with bereavement. Sam feels low and fed up but doesn't understand why he feels this way. Everyone else has an opinion on the change in his behaviour. His teacher thinks he is being lazy and can't be bothered to finish his work his mum thinks he is moody and bad tempered his friends think he is no fun any more and turning into a bore. Comments like 'Cheer up it might never happen' ' What has got into you?' and 'Do you want to talk about it?' just upset him even more.  He doesn't know what the 'it' is that is making him feel this way. He didn't even feel this bad when his cousin died a year ago! When he is kept behind in class for not completing his work he tells the teacher how confused and sad he feels. Connections are made between his feelings and the looming anniversary of his cousin's death. Sam is helped to understand that thoughts and feelings associated with bereavement can come and go for a long time and can cause strong emotions. He is shown how to notice and share his feelings and to think about things he can do when he feels this way. He makes a memory box so he can also remember all the happy things about his cousin. In the 'Let's talk about sadness and loss' section feelings associated with bereavement and helpful coping strategies are shared. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301788

What is Land For?The Food Fuel and Climate Change Debate In recent decades agricultural commodity surpluses in the developed world have contributed to a mantra of 'land surplus' in which set-aside extensification alternative land uses and 'wilding' have been key terms in debates over land. Quite suddenly all this has changed as a consequence of rapidly shifting commodity markets. Prices for cereals oil seeds and other globally traded commodities have risen sharply. A contributor to this has been the shift to bioenergy cropping fuelled by concerns over post-peak oil and climate change. Agricultural supply chain interests have embraced the 'new environmentalism' of climate change with enthusiasm proudly proclaiming the readiness of the industry to produce both food and energy crops and to do so with a neo-liberal confidence in markets to determine the balance between food and non-food crops in land use. But policy and politics have not necessarily caught up with these market and industry-led changes and some environmentalists are beginning to challenge the assumptions of the new 'productivism'. Is it necessarily the case they ask that agriculture's best contribution to tackling climate change is to grow bioenergy crops or invest in anaerobic-digesters or make land over for windfarms? Might not there be an equally important role in maximising the carbon sequestration or water-holding properties of biodiverse land? What is Land For? tackles these key cutting-edge issues of this new debate by setting out a baseline of evidence and ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881228

What is Microhistory?Theory and Practice This unique and detailed analysis provides the first accessible and comprehensive introduction to the origins development methodology of microhistory – one of the most significant innovations in historical scholarship to have emerged in the last few decades. The introduction guides the reader through the best-known example of microstoria The Cheese and the Worms by Carlo Ginzburg and explains the benefits of studying an event place or person in microscopic detail. In Part I István M. Szijártó examines the historiography of microhistory in the Italian French Germanic and the Anglo-Saxon traditions shedding light on the roots of microhistory and asking where it is headed. In Part II Sigurður Gylfi Magnússon uses a carefully selected case study to show the important difference between the disciplines of macro- and microhistory and to offer practical instructions for those historians wishing to undertake micro-level analysis. These parts are tied together by a Postscript in which the status of microhistory within contemporary historiography is examined and its possibilities for the future evaluated. What is Microhistory? surveys the significant characteristics shared by large groups of microhistorians and how these have now established an acknowledged place within any general discussion of the theory and methodology of history as an academic discipline.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415692090

What is Mormonism?A Student's Introduction What is Mormonism? A Student’s Introduction is an easy-to-read and informative overview of the religion founded by Joseph Smith in 1830. This short and lively book covers Mormonism’s history core beliefs rituals and devotional practices as well as the impact on the daily lives of its followers. The book focuses on the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints the Salt Lake City-based church that is the largest and best-known expression of Mormonism whilst also exploring lesser known churches that claim descent from Smith’s original revelations. Designed for undergraduate religious studies and history students What is Mormonism? provides a reliable and easily digestible introduction to a steadily growing religion that continues to befuddle even learned observers of American religion and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138794603

What is Music Literacy? What is Music Literacy? attempts to redefine music literacy with a more expansive meaning than is commonly in use and to articulate the potential impact of these ideas on music teaching practice. The notion of music literacy has involved the ability to read and write music scores. However this understanding does not extend theory to identify all music texts nor to offer a thorough treatment of what impact an expanded notion of music literacy might have on music instruction in the classroom and in ensembles. This book provides a formal expansive redefinition of music literacy. The author offers practical ideas for attending more effectively to music literacy in classroom instruction. The book highlights common elements in the music classroom: the music score the conductor surrounding ensemble members the musical model the musical instrument and presentations/recordings. It also describes four orientations that correspond to the National Core Music Standards (2014) and that characterize humans’ interactions with music: creator performer responder and connector. What is Music Literacy? uses these orientations along with a focus on authentic music texts and literacies to present literacy-based guidelines for music education along with numerous vignettes that describe actual literacy instructional events. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138299160

What is Music Production?A Producers Guide: The Role the People the Process To complete an album a producer needs to know what goes into capturing great music and teasing out inspirational performances from artists. As a producer you are guiding not only the music but also the business and the technical aspects of an album. What Is Music Production? is a "guide to this guidance."Formed from a blend of solid information extracted from detailed interviews the book focuses on the process of music production providing insight into how the producer guides this process and molds the final product.Whether you are a student or just starting your professional career What is Music Production? explains what you need to know-from working with artists songs pre-production mixing and mastering to the finance and budgeting-to glean a professional result. Combining the "how to" with online assets and interviews this book arms you with vital insight into the business of being a music producer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138468979

What is Neoclassical Economics?Debating the origins meaning and significance Despite some diversification modern economics still attracts a great deal of criticism. This is largely due to highly unrealistic assumptions underpinning economic theory explanatory failure poor policy framing and a dubious focus on prediction. Many argue that flaws continue to owe much of their shortcomings to neoclassical economics. As a result what we mean by neoclassical economics remains a significant issue. This collection addresses the issue from a new perspective taking as its point of departure Tony Lawson’s essay ‘What is this ‘school’ called neoclassical economics?’.  Few terms are as controversial for pluralist and heterodox economists as neoclassical economics. This controversy has many aspects because the term itself has different specifications and connotations. Within this multiplicity what we mean by neoclassical matters to pluralist and heterodox economists for two primary reasons. First because it informs how we view and critique the mainstream; second because the relationship between heterodox and mainstream economics influences how heterodox economists model apply methods and construct theory. The chapters in this collection each have different things to say about these matters with contributions ranging across the work of key thinkers such as Thorstein Veblen and Kenneth Arrow applied issues of non-linear modelling of dynamic systems and key events in the history of economics. This book will be of use to those interested in methodology political economy heterodoxy and the history of economic thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138962095

What is Past is PrologueCost Accounting in the British Industrial Revolution 1760-1850 This volume originally published in 1997 reports the findings of extensive archival and contextual research into the surviving accounting and business records of some 200 British Industrial Revolution enterprises. This study presents an overview of cost accounting and cost management practices whilst investigating these methods in the three dominant industries of the period – iron textiles and mining. In addition it provides two organisational case studies – the Carron Company and Boulton & Watt. Finally it explores two issues central to Industrial Revolution costing – the relationship between technological change and cost management and the paradigmatic approaches that have predominated in costing historiography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138055544

What is Pluralism? Is pluralism inherent to the human condition? Does it have its origins in the diversity of cultures? Are disagreements among individuals the same as disagreements among societies? Focusing on these critical questions essential to the understanding of modern societies this book traces the origins of pluralism in contemporary political thought and presents new original interpretations of the idea by contemporary philosophers. The chapters in the volume bring clarity into an ongoing fractious debate and reveal the underlying roots and fissures in our understanding of a dynamic and contested idea. Drawing on the works of John Rawls Jürgen Habermas and other major political philosophers they delve into the different strands of the concept their possible real-world political outcomes  and popular misconceptions. A key text this volume will be essential reading for scholars and researchers of politics political theory and philosophy and social theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367410599

What Is Psychoanalysis? First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875555

What Is Psychoanalysis?100 Years after Freud's 'Secret Committee' 2020 American Board & Academy of Psychoanalysis (ABAPsa) book award winner! In a radically powerful interpretation of the human condition this book redefines the discipline of psychoanalysis by examining its fundamental assumptions about the unconscious mind the nature of personal history our sexualities and the significance of the "Oedipus Complex". With striking originality Barratt explains the psychoanalytic way of exploring our inner realities and criticizes many of the schools of "psychoanalytic psychotherapy" that emerged and prospered during the 20th century. In 1912 Sigmund Freud formed a "Secret Committee" charged with the task of protecting and advancing his discoveries. In this book Barratt argues both that this was a major mistake making the discipline more like a religious organization than a science and that this continues to infuse psychoanalytic institutes today. What is Psychoanalysis? takes each of the four "fundamental concepts" that Freud himself said were the cornerstones of his science of healing and offers a fresh and detailed re-examination of their contemporary importance. Barratt's analysis demonstrates how the profound work as well as the playfulness of psychoanalysis provides us with a critique of the ideologies that support oppression and exploitation on the social level. It will be of interest to advanced students of clinical psychology or philosophy as well as psychoanalysts and psychotherapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415692748

What is Psychology? This clear and lively introduction to psychology assumes no prior knowledge of the subject. Extensively revised and updated this third edition describes psychology as it is taught at universitues. Examples are used throughout to illustrate fundamental ideas with a self-assessment quiz focusing readers' minds on a number of intriguing psychological problems. The differences betwen psychology psychiatry and psychoanalysis are explained and the professions and careers associated with psychology are explored. Suggestions for further reading and useful internet sites are included. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787930

What is Psychotherapeutic Research? This book marks an important watershed in the development of psychotherapy. It provides examples of how psychotherapeutic research and the abilities to carry it out can help the practising psychotherapist. A lack of relative knowledge of research in psychotherapy a history of apparent defensiveness is being evaluated and a reluctance to work with Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328252

What Is Religion? Starting from the premise that religion is a human endeavour that can be analysed and compared across time and cultures What Is Religion? brings the most up-to-date scholarship to bear on humankind’s most enduring creation. Religious belief is one of the most pervasive and ubiquitous characteristics of human society. Religion has influenced human lives since prehistoric times shaping the world views of cultures from isolated tribes to vast empires. The book opens with a brief history of the idea of religion then divides the study of religion into four essential topics – types representations practices and institutions – and concludes with a final eye-opening chapter on religion today. Packed with case studies from a wide range of religions past and present What Is Religion? offers a very current comprehensive yet intellectually challenging overview of the history theories practices and study of religion. Thoroughly updated throughout this second edition provides an accessible wide-ranging engaging and concise book for undergraduate students in the study of religion. It is also invaluable for students of anthropology history psychology sociology and theology as well as anyone interested in how and why humans became and continue to be religious. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138586345

What Is Right for Children?The Competing Paradigms of Religion and Human Rights Combining feminist legal theory with international human rights concepts this book examines the presence participation and treatment of children in a variety of contexts. Specifically through comparing legal developments in the US with legal developments in countries where the views that children are separate from their families and potentially in need of state protection are more widely accepted. The authors address the role of religion in shaping attitudes about parental rights in the US with particular emphasis upon the fundamentalist belief in natural lines of familial authority. Such beliefs have provoked powerful resistance in the US to human rights approaches that view the child as an independent rights holder and the state as obligated to proved services and protections that are distinctly child-centred. Calling for a rebalancing of relationships within the US family to become more consistent with emerging human rights norms this collection contains both theoretical debates about and practical approaches to granting positive rights to children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251083

What is Scenography? The third edition of Pamela Howard’s What is Scenography? expands on the author’s holistic analysis of scenography as comprising space text research art performers directors and spectators to examine the changing nature of scenography in the twenty-first century. The book includes new investigations of recent production projects from Howard’s celebrated career including Carmen and Charlotte: A Tri-Coloured Play with Music full-colour illustrations of her recent work and updated commentary from a wide spectrum of contemporary theatre makers. This book is suitable for students in Scenography and Theatre Design courses along with theatre professionals.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138504783

What is Science?Myths and Reality In a multitude of ways science affects the life of almost every person on earth. From medicine and nutrition to communication and transportation the products of scientific research have changed human life. These changes have mostly taken place in the last two centuries so rapidly that the average person is unable to keep informed. A consequence of this "information gap" has been the increasing suspicion of science and scientists. The lack of true understanding of science especially of "fundamental" research motivates this effort to narrow this gap by explaining scientific endeavor and the data-driven worldviews of scientists. Key Features Fills an existing void in the understanding of science among the general population Is written in a nontechnical language to facilitate understanding Covers a wide range of science-related subjects: The value of "basic research" How scientists work by sharing results and ideas How science is funded by governments and private entities Addresses the possible dangers of research and how society deals with such risks Expresses the viewpoint of an author with extensive experience working in laboratories all over the world Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367465230

What is Scientific Knowledge?An Introduction to Contemporary Epistemology of Science What Is Scientific Knowledge? is a much-needed collection of introductory-level chapters on the epistemology of science. Renowned historians philosophers science educators and cognitive scientists have authored 19 original contributions specifically for this volume. The chapters accessible for students in both philosophy and the sciences serve as helpful introductions to the primary debates surrounding scientific knowledge. First-year undergraduates can readily understand the variety of discussions in the volume and yet advanced students and scholars will encounter chapters rich enough to engage their many interests. The variety and coverage in this volume make it the perfect choice for the primary text in courses on scientific knowledge. It can also be used as a supplemental book in classes in epistemology philosophy of science and other related areas. Key features: *  an accessible and comprehensive introduction to the epistemology of science for a wide variety of students (both undergraduate- and graduate-level) and researchers * written by an international team of senior researchers and the most promising junior scholars * addresses several questions that students and lay people interested in science may already have including questions about how scientific knowledge is gained its nature and the challenges it faces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138570153

What is Shi'i Islam?An Introduction For the public at large Shi’ism often implies a host of confused representations suggesting more often than not obscurantism intolerance political violence and other ignominies running hot or cold in response to world events. In fact for many people Shi’ism stands for "radical Islam" or – worse – "Islamic terrorism". In some respects nothing is more familiar than Shi’ism and yet nothing is more misunderstood. For some twenty years the media have increased their coverage of the phenomenon. Never or only rarely do they formulate the question we ask here: what is Shi’ism? What is this belief that inspires millions of people dispersed throughout the world? This book provides a broad based introduction to Shi’i Islam. It examines what the Shi’i believe how they see themselves and how they view the world. It includes a thorough examination of doctrine philosophy the Shi’i approach to the Qur’an and the historical evolution of Shi’ism as a branch of Islam. Too often and too quickly the conclusion is drawn that Shi’ism is a marginal heretical sect fundamentally alien to the deeper truth of the great religion of Islam thrust by historical accident onto the political stage. Shi’ism either speaks the truth of Islam meaning that it is a truth of terror or it is entirely foreign to Islam and therefore merits outright rejection as Islamic fundamentalists and some individuals repeatedly claim. This book intends to explain why such common misunderstandings of Shi’ism have taken root. Written in an accessible format and providing a thorough overview of Shi’ism this book will be an essential text for students and scholars of Islamic Studies or Iranian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138093737

What is Soul? Rooted in the metaphysics of bygone times the notion of soul in our Western tradition is packed with associations and meanings that are incompatible with the anthropological and naturalistic thinking that prevails in modernity. Whereas treatises of old conceived of the soul as an infinite immaterial substance which was the ground of man’s hope for eternal salvation modern psychology has for the most part discarded the concept in favor of more tangible touchstones such as the emotions desires and attachments which characterize man as a finite bodily-existing positive fact. An exception to this trend has been the analytical psychology of C. G. Jung. Against the positivistic spirit of his times Jung insisted upon a "‘psychology with soul ’ that is a psychology based upon the hypothesis of an autonomous mind." In this volume Wolfgang Giegerich once again takes up the Jungian commitment to a psychology with soul. Agreeing with Jung that the soul concept is indispensable for a truly psychological psychology he supplements and re-orients the Jungian approach to both this concept and the phenomenology of the soul by means of a whole series of nuanced discussions that are as rigorous as they are thoroughgoing. The result is nothing short of a tour de force. Tarrying with the negative Giegerich’s particular contribution resides in his showing the movement against the soul to be the soul’s own doing. In animus moments of itself consciousness in the form of philosophy and Enlightenment reason turned upon itself as religion and metaphysics. Far from abolishing the soul however these incisive negations were themselves negated. As if dancing upon its own demise the soul came home to itself not as an invisible metaphysical substance but more invisibly still as the logically negative evaporation of that substance into the form of subject or even better said into psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367477189

What is Sustainable Technology?Perceptions Paradoxes and Possibilities Designers of technology have a major responsibility in the current age. Their designs can have tremendous effects on society in both the short and the long term. In fact sustainable development itself has all the characteristics of a design project albeit a vast one. But a failed product design here will be not just be unsuccessful in the market – it will have far-reaching consequences. It is our common responsibility to make the project successful.  Technology has played an important role in creating the problems that we now face; but it will also play an important role in solving them. But this does not mean the technological fix will be easy. How do we allocate resources and attention when there are myriad issues under the umbrella of "sustainable development" currently in competition with one another? How do we arrive at precise specifications for the sustainable technologies that are to be developed and furthermore reach consensus on these specifications? What if our sustainable technological solutions aggravate other problems or create new ones? And because sustainable development is all about the long-term consequences of our actions how do we assess the effects of modifying existing landscapes infrastructures and patterns of life?How could we be sure in advance that the changes that new technologies bring will make our society more sustainable?  These dilemmas and paradoxes are the subject of this provocative book.  Sometimes the claim that a technology is sustainable is made in order to make the technology acceptable in the political process as in the case of nuclear energy production where the claims of "sustainability" refer to the absence of CO2 emissions. In the case of biofuels claims of sustainability have led to a "fuel or food" debate showing that sustainability has counteracting articulations. And the well-known rebound effect is observed when increased resource efficiency can create a stimulus for consumption. What is Sustainable Technology? illustrates that the sustainability impact of a technology is often much more complicated and ambivalent than one might expect.  Making improvements to existing designs is not the technological challenge that will lead to real solutions. We mustn't look to change a part of a machine but rather the machine as a whole – or even the whole system in which it functions. It is these system innovations that have the potential to make a genuine contribution to sustainable development. What is Sustainable Technology? will help all those involved in designing more sustainable technologies in determining their strategies. It does so by presenting case studies of different technologies in contrasting contexts. Each case asks: 1. What articulations of sustainability played a role in the design process? 2. What sustainability effects did this technology lead to? 3. Who was affected where and when? 4. Could the designer have foreseen these consequences? 5. How did the designer anticipate them? 6. How was societal interaction dealt with during the design process? Finally the authors reflect on future options for the sustainable technology designer. They argue that an important first step is an awareness of the multitude of sustainable development challenges that play a role in production use recycling and end-of-life disposal. What is Sustainable Technology? will be essential reading for product designers engineers material scientists and others involved in the development of sustainable technologies as well as a wide academic audience interested in the complexities of the sustainable design process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781906093501

What is the Bible? First published in 1904 this volume questioned whether the Bible is in its entirety the literal Word of God. The author’s strong background in evangelical Christianity led them to question numerous theological experts and ministers on the topic and conclude that the Bible is as purely and entirely a human production as any other work of literature. Ruth argues instead that humanity’s knowledge of God has come about through developing the faculties with which God has endowed them and that the Bible is a history of humanity’s discovery of God. First considering whether the Bible can be considered the Word of God the author moves on to cover topics including the evolution of Hebrew monotheism the Bible canon contraditions and miracles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138609440

What is the Future for a Primary Care-Led NHS? Tax planning can lead to considerable efficiencies but few GPs have been trained as businessmen. This book in "The Business Side of General Practice" series provides a guide to the regulations identifies the pitfalls and opportunities and shows how to maximize the income retained by the practice. John Dean is known for his writing on financial management in general practice and has also written "Making Sense of Practice Finance" (Radcliff). Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315384726

What is the Human Being? Philosophers anthropologists and biologists have long puzzled over the question of human nature. It is also a question that Kant thought about deeply and returned to in many of his writings. In this lucid and wide-ranging introduction to Kant’s philosophy of human nature - which is essential for understanding his thought as a whole - Patrick R. Frierson assesses Kant’s theories and examines his critics. He begins by explaining how Kant articulates three ways of addressing the question ‘what is the human being?’: the transcendental the empirical and the pragmatic. He then considers some of the great theorists of human nature who wrestle with Kant’s views such as Hegel Marx Darwin Nietzsche and Freud; contemporary thinkers such as E.O.Wilson and Daniel Dennett who have sought biological explanations of human nature; Thomas Kuhn Michel Foucault and Clifford Geertz who emphasize the diversity of human beings in different times and places; and existentialist philosophers such as Sartre and Heidegger. He argues that whilst these approaches challenge and enrich Kant’s views in significant ways all suffer from serious weaknesses that Kant’s anthropology can address. Taking a core insight of Kant’s - that human beings are fundamentally free but finite - he argues that it is the existentialists particularly Sartre who are the most direct heirs of his transcendental anthropology. The final part of the book is an extremely helpful overview of the work of contemporary philosophers particularly Christine Korsgaard and Jürgen Habermas. Patrick R. Frierson explains how these philosophers engage with questions of naturalism historicism and existentialism while developing Kantian conceptions of the human being. Including chapter summaries and annotated further reading What is the Human Being? is an outstanding introduction to some fundamental aspects of Kant’s thought and a judicious assessment of leading theories of human nature. It is essential reading for all students of Kant and the philosophy of human nature as well as those in related disciplines such as anthropology politics and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415558457

What is the Kingdom of Heaven? (Routledge Revivals) Written as the First World War was finally drawing to a close A. Clutton-Brock’s reflections on the Kingdom of Heaven examine this challenging theological concept in light of the great religious political and moral uncertainties thrown up by the conflict. In particular Clutton-Brock contends that historically Christian orthodoxy has not sufficiently emphasised the role of the Kingdom in salvation given its importance in the ministry and teaching of Christ. To preserve a religious vision capable of interacting with the modern industrial world Christian orthodoxy must carefully consider the scope and importance of political practice the role of the individual in the realisation of the Kingdom and the profound implications of reconciling the facts of the universe with the most sincerely held beliefs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415742597

What is the Theatre? What is the Theatre? is one of the most coherent and systematic descriptions and analyses of the theatre yet compiled. Theatre is above all spectacle. It is a fleeting performance delivered by actors and intended for spectators. It is a work of the body an exercise of voice and gesture addressed to an audience most often in a specific location and with a unique setting. This entertainment event rests on the delivery of a thing promised and expected â€“ a particular and unique performance witnessed by spectators who have come to the site of the performance for this very reason. To witness theatre is to take into account the performance but it is also to take into account the printed text as readable object and a written proposition. In this book Christian Biet and Christophe Triau focus on the practical theoretical and historical positions that the spectator and the reader have had in relation to the locations that they frequent and the texts that they handle. They adopt two approaches: analysing the spectacle in its theatrical and historical context in an attempt to seek out the principles and paradigms of approaching the theatre experience on one hand and analysing the dramaturgy of a production in order to establish lines of interpretation and how to read represent and stage a text on the other. This approach allows us to better understand the ties that link those who participate in the theatre to the practitioners who create theatrical entertainment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138701656

What is Theatre?An Introduction and Exploration This major introductory textbook is from one of the leading educators working in theatre today. What Is Theatre? will make its reader a better playgoer responding more fully to performance with a keener appreciation of all the resources of theatre-acting design direction organization theatre buildings and audiences. By focusing on the best professional practice and the most helpful learning processes Dr. Brown shows how to read a play-text and to see and hear its potential for performance. Throughout this book suggestions are given for student essays and class discussions to help both instructor and reader to clarify their thoughts on all aspects of theatre-going. While the main focus is on present-day theatre in North America history is used to illuminate current practice. Theatres in Europe and Asia also feature in the discussion. A view is given of all contributors to performance with special emphasis placed on actors and the plays they perform. This textbook is not tied to a few specific play-texts but designed to be effective regardless of which play a student sees or reads. In Part Two leading practitioners of different generations and cultural backgrounds describe their own work providing a variety of perspectives on the contemporary theatre. All this is supplemented by nearly 100 black and white and color illustrations from productions working drawings and plans. This new text engages its readers in the realities of the theatre; it is up-to-date comprehensive and packed with practical advice for understanding how theatre works and how plays come alive in performance. John Russell Brown is professor of Theatre at the University of Michigan Ann Arbor and has taught at a variety of colleges including New York and Stanford Universities. For 15 years he was an associate director of the National Theatre in London and he has directed plays in many other theatres including Cincinnati Playhouse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138473317

What Is This Management? (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1944 this title analyses the qualities that contribute to a successful manager. Receiving widespread praise from the business and academic community on publication Walter Puckey discusses what the personal organizational and technical qualities required of a good manager are; the social responsibilities of the manager; and provides advice on how to train and select managers and considers a possible future for management. This is a timely reissue that will be of particular value to business students with an interest in the basic principles of the managerial role as well as those concerned with the promotion of good management within their own organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415722650

What is this Professor Freud Like?A Diary of an Analysis with Historical Comments In 1921 a young female doctor started analysis with Sigmund Freud. In a diary she recorded what moved her. The present volume not only contains a full translation of these records but also collects four essays by two psychoanalysts and two analytical historians who take their cue from the young doctor's notes to think about Freud and his methods. The discovery of the diary marks a small sensation for the history of social science. Three factors make the document unique: first it records not a training analysis but the analysis of an actual patient second the analysis took place before Freud fell ill with cancer and third the analysand obviously noted down what was said in the practice word by word. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204145

What is this thing called Ethics? What is morality? How do we define what is right and wrong? How does moral theory help us deal with ethical issues in the world around us? This second edition provides an engaging and stimulating introduction to philosophical thinking about morality. Christopher Bennett provides the reader with accessible examples of contemporary and relevant ethical problems before looking at the main theoretical approaches and key philosophers associated with them. Topics covered include: life and death issues such as abortion and global poverty; the meaning of life; whether life is sacred and which lives matter; major moral theories such as utilitarianism Kantian ethics and virtue ethics; critiques of morality from Marx and Nietzsche. What is this Thing Called Ethics? has been thoroughly revised and updated throughout with a new final chapter on meta-ethics. With boxed case studies discussion questions and further reading included within each chapter this textbook is the ideal introduction to ethics for philosophy students coming to the subject for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415832335

What is this thing called Global Justice? What is this thing called Global Justice? explores the core topics covered on the increasingly popular undergraduate modules on global justice including: world poverty economic inequality nationalism human rights humanitarian intervention immigration global democracy and governance climate change international justice. Centered on real world problems this textbook helps students to understand that global justice is not only a field of philosophical inquiry but also of practical importance. Each chapter concludes with a helpful summary of the main ideas discussed study questions and a further reading guide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138831971

What is this thing called Knowledge? What is knowledge? Where does it come from? What kinds of knowledge are there? Can we know anything at all? What is the practical relevance of learning about epistemology? This lucid and engaging introduction grapples with these central questions in the theory of knowledge offering a clear non-partisan view of the main themes of epistemology. Both traditional issues and contemporary ideas are discussed in twenty easily digestible chapters each of which conclude with a useful summary of the main ideas discussed study questions annotated further reading and a guide to internet resources. Each chapter also features text boxes providing bite-sized summaries of key concepts and major philosophers and clear and interesting examples are used throughout. The book concludes with an annotated guide to general introductions to epistemology a glossary of key terms and a summary of the main examples used in epistemology. This an ideal first textbook in the theory of knowledge for undergraduates coming to philosophy for the first time. The fourth edition has been revised and updated throughout and features four new chapters on applied epistemology covering the relationship between the theory of knowledge and technology education law and politics. In addition the text as a whole has been refreshed to keep it up to date with current developments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138225800

What is This Thing Called Love?A Guide to Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy with Couples What is This Thing Called Love? provides a clear how-to guide for carrying out psychotherapy with couples from a psychoanalytic perspective. The book draws on both early and contemporary psychoanalytic knowledge explaining how each theory described is useful in formulating couple dynamics and in working with them. The result is an extremely practical approach with detailed step-by-step instructions on technique illuminated throughout by vivid case studies. The book focuses on several key areas including: An initial discussion about theories of love. Progression of therapy from beginning to termination. Transference and countertransference and their unique manifestations in couples therapy. Comparisons between couples therapy and individual therapy. Step-by-step instruction on technique. What is This Thing Called Love? is enlivened with humour and humanness. It is crucial reading for psychoanalytic therapists psychologists psychiatrists couples therapists and students who want to learn about--or augment their skills in--this challenging modality. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787565

What is this thing called Metaethics? Are moral standards relative to cultures? Are there any moral facts? What is goodness? If there are moral facts how do we learn about them? These are all questions in metaethics the branch of ethics that investigates the status of morality the nature of ethical facts and the meaning of ethical statements. To the uninitiated it can appear abstract and far removed from its two more concrete cousins ethical theory and applied ethics yet it is one of the fastest-growing and most exciting areas of ethics. What is this thing called Metaethics? demystifies this important subject and is ideal for students coming to it for the first time. Beginning with a brief historical overview of metaethics and the development of a "conceptual toolkit " Matthew Chrisman introduces and assesses the following key topics: • ethical reality: including questions about naturalism and non-naturalism moral facts and the distinction between realism and antirealism • ethical language: does language represent reality? What mental states are expressed by moral statements? • ethical psychology: the Humean theory of motivation and the connection between moral judgement and motivation • ethical knowledge: intuitionist and coherentist moral epistemologies and theories of objectivity and relativism in metaethics • new directions in metaethics including non-traditional theories and extensions to metaepistemology and metanormative theory. Additional features such as chapter summaries questions of understanding and a glossary make this an ideal introduction to metaethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138827622

What is this thing called Metaphysics? How did our universe come to be? Does God exist? Does time flow? What are we? Do we have free will? What is truth? Metaphysics is concerned with the nature of ourselves and the world around us. This clear and accessible introduction covers the central topics in metaphysics in a concise but comprehensive way. Brian Garrett discusses the crucial concepts and arguments of metaphysics in a highly readable manner. He addresses the following key areas of metaphysics: • God • Existence • Modality • Universals and particulars • Facts • Causation • Time • Puzzles of material constitution • Free will & determinism • Fatalism • Personal identity • Truth This third edition has been thoroughly revised. Most chapters include new and updated material and there are now two chapters devoted to attacks on free will and fatalism. What is this thing called Metaphysics? contains many helpful student-friendly features such as a glossary of important terms study questions annotated further reading and a guide to web resources. Text boxes provide bite-sized summaries of key concepts and major philosophers and clear and interesting examples are used throughout. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138832251

What is this thing called Philosophy of Language? Philosophy of language explores some of the most abstract yet most fundamental questions in philosophy. The ideas of some of the subject's great founding figures such as Gottlob Frege Ludwig Wittgenstein and Bertrand Russell as well as of more recent figures such as Saul Kripke and Hilary Putnam are central to a great many philosophical debates to this day.  In this clear and carefully structured introduction to the subject Gary Kemp explains the following key topics: the basic nature of philosophy of language its concepts and its historical development Frege’s theory of sense and reference; Russell's theory of definite descriptions  Wittgenstein's Tractatus Ayer and the Logical Positivists recent perspectives including Kripke Kaplan and Putnam; arguments concerning necessity indexicals rigid designation and natural kinds The pragmatics of language including speech-acts presupposition and conversational implicature Davidson’s theory of language the ‘principle of charity’ and the indeterminacy of interpretation puzzles surrounding the propositional attitudes (sentences which ascribe beliefs to people) Quine’s naturalism and its consequences for philosophy of language. The challenges presented by the later Wittgenstein Contemporary directions including contextualism fictional objects and the phenomenon of slurs This second edition has been thoroughly revised to include new key topics and updated material. Chapter summaries annotated further reading and a glossary make this an indispensable introduction to those teaching philosophy of language and will be particularly useful for students coming to the subject for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138225824

What is this thing called Philosophy of Religion? What is this thing called Philosophy of Religion? grapples with the core topics studied on philosophy of religion undergraduate courses including: the meaning of religious language including 20th century developments the nature of the Divine including divine power wisdom and action  arguments for the existence of the Divine challenges to belief in the Divine including the problems of evil divine hiddenness and religious diversity believing without arguments arguments for life after death including reincarnation. In addition to the in-depth coverage of the key themes within the subject area Elizabeth Burns explores the topics from the perspectives of the five main world religions introducing students to the work of scholars from a variety of religious traditions and interpretations of belief. What is this thing called Philosophy of Religion? is the ideal introduction for those approaching the philosophy of religion for the first time containing many helpful student-friendly features such as a glossary of important terms study questions and further reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817784

What is this thing called Philosophy? What is this thing called Philosophy? is the definitive textbook for all who want a thorough introduction to the field. It introduces philosophy using a question-led approach that reflects the discursive nature of the discipline. Edited by Duncan Pritchard each section is written by a high-profile contributor focusing on a key area of philosophy and contains three or four question-based chapters offering an accessible point of engagement. The core areas of philosophy covered are: Ethics Political Philosophy Aesthetics Epistemology Philosophy of Mind Metaphysics Philosophy of Science Philosophy of Religion The Meaning of Life. The accompanying Routledge companion website features valuable online resources for both instructors and students including links to audio and video material multiple-choice questions interactive flashcards essay questions and annotated further reading. This is the essential textbook for students approaching the study of philosophy for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415839778

What is this thing called The Meaning of Life? What are we asking when we ask "What is the meaning of life?"? Can there be meaning without God? Is a happy life a meaningful life? Can an immoral life be meaningful? Does our suffering have meaning? Does death threaten meaning? What is this thing called The Meaning of Life? provides an engaging and stimulating introduction to philosophical thinking about life’s meaning. Goetz and Seachris provide the reader with accessible examples before looking at the main theoretical approaches to meaning and key philosophers associated with them. Topics covered include: What does the question "What is the meaning of life?" even mean? Does life have a purpose? What is valuable? Do we matter? Does life (or my life) make any sense? Is there any meaning in suffering? Does death threaten meaning? Would immortality be good or bad news for us? With boxed summaries of key concepts and noteworthy examples discussion questions and suggestions for further reading included within each chapter this book is the ideal introduction to life’s meaning for philosophy students coming to the subject for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415786775

What is Truth? First published in 1997 this volume advances the view that the nature of truth in so far as truth has a ‘nature’ lies in the manner of its occurrence. Edo Pivčevicì argues that truth is an vent i.e. it does not exist until it occurs and survives only as long as the requisite conditions for its occurrence are in place. Positing that language sets traps for the unwary Pivčevicì states that calling ‘x’ true involves a property ascription does so only in the sense that ‘x’ enters into truth and is part of a ‘truth event’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138359123

'What is Truth?'Towards a Theological Poetics In a culture where institutional religion is in decline there is a pressing need for new theological strategies. Andrew Shanks argues for a fresh 'theological poetics' providing an eloquent first step towards meeting these needs and an alternative strategy for reconciling Christian theology with poetic truth. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315012810

What is Value?An Essay in Philosophical Analysis First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822686

What Journalists Are OwedHow Structures Systems and Audiences Enable News Work Today The study of news and news practice is rich in examinations of what journalists owe to society. However this book looks at what journalists can expect from society: what roles ownership structures colleagues governments and audiences should play so journalists can do their jobs well – and safely. What Journalists Are Owed draws on a variety of research perspectives – legal and ethical analysis surveys interviews and content analysis – in different national settings to look at how those relationships among stakeholders are developing in a time of rapid and often unsettling chance to the political and economic environments that surround journalism. Journalism can be a risky business. This book opens some discussions on those risks can be described and mitigated. There’s no shortage of writing about what journalists owe society – but if society wants journalism done well what does it owe journalists in return? This volume opens a discussion on the cultural legal-system and professional agreements that societies should provide so journalists can do their jobs in increasingly hostile political environments. This book was originally published as a special issue of Journalism Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367437909

What Kind of Democracy?Participation Inclusiveness and Contestation The broad expansion of non-electoral political participation is considered one of the major changes in the nature of democratic citizenship in the 21st century. Most scholars – but also governments transnational and subnational political institutions and various foundations – have adopted the notion that contemporary democratic societies need a more politically active citizenry. Yet contemporary democracies widely differ in the extent to which their citizens get involved in politics beyond voting. Why is political activism other than voting flourishing in the United States but is less common in Britain and almost non-existent in post-communist countries like Bulgaria? The book shows that the answer does not lie in citizen’s predispositions social capital or institutions of consensual democracy. Instead the key to understanding cross-country differences in political activism beyond voting rests in democratic structures that combine inclusiveness and contestation. What Kind of Democracy? is the first book to provide a theoretically driven empirical analysis of how different types of democratic arrangements affect individual participation in non-electoral politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367000233

What Made Freud LaughAn Attachment Perspective on Laughter In her characteristically engaging style Nelson explores a topic that has fascinated and frustrated scholars for centuries. Initially drawn to the meaning of laughter through her decades of work studying crying from an attachment perspective Nelson argues that laughter is based in the attachment system which explains much about its confusing and apparently contradictory qualities. Laughter may represent connection or detachment. It can invite closeness or be a barrier to it. Some laughter helps us cope with stress other laughter may serve as a defense and represent resistance to growth and change. Nelson resolves these paradoxes and complexities by linking attachment-based laughter with the exploratory/play system in infancy and the social/affiliative system the conflict/appeasement sexual/mating and fear/wariness systems of later life. An attachment perspective also helps to explain the source of different patterns and uses of laughter suggests how and why they may vary according to attachment style and explain the multiple meanings of laughter in the context of the therapeutic relationship. As she discovers attachment has much to teach us about laughter and laughter has much to teach us about attachment. This lively book sheds light on the ways in which we connect grow and transform and how through shared humor play and delight we have fun doing so. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415998338

What Made Korea’s Rapid Growth Possible? Korea’s experience of rapid economic growth represents both hope and a challenge to many developing countries. The conventional wisdom inside and outside Korea has been that the government’s policies such as export promotion industrial targeting  and so on  made the rapid growth possible. This book investigates the effects of the policies and concludes that Korea’s growth experience does not corroborate the view. Rather it points to the tremendous growth in size of the world market as an important factor that has been overlooked in the discussion of nations’ economic growth in the post-World War II era. It was roughly 100 times bigger in the early 1960s than it was in the middle of the First Industrial Revolution. The potential "gains from trade" were that much greater; while the Korean economy had not been realizing the potential gains it began to as soon as a major reform of the foreign exchange system in 1961 removed the impediments to foreign trade. Explosive export expansion and rapid growth of the economy immediately followed. The "Korean Miracle" may be better understood as a process whereby the economy realized its huge potential. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138801264

What Makes a Good Healthcare System?Comparisons Values Drivers First Published in 2018. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. What Makes a Good Health Care System? Examines the various assumptions that underpin the different views of what makes a good health care system. The national systems in the UK Australia and Canada are thoroughly examined. Each country has a different view of what a good health care system is trying to achieve and the book elucidates these by highlighting key policy documents and comments from key stakeholders. Case studies emphasise the diverse needs and expectations of individuals examining and comparing concepts of health needs quality as a measure of 'good-ness' and the various ideas on Gold Standards. This book will be valuable reading for all healthcare managers and clinicians with management responsibilities as well as policy makers and shapers and all those with a general interest in health. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315376189

What Makes a Good Primary School Teacher?Expert classroom strategies We know that successful teachers need to use a range of teaching strategies but what are they? Bringing together fascinating first-hand accounts of teaching assessment and feedback strategies used by 'expert' teachers this Routledge Classic Edition is an indispensable guide for teachers and trainee teachers looking to extend their skills and improve their practice. With a brand new foreword from Margaret Brown to contextualise the book within the field today this accessible and concise text illustrates good teaching practice offering a range of rich case studies and first-hand narratives. Chapters investigate a number of key areas including the most common lesson patterns and when to use them how teaching strategies are varied according to subject and how assessment and feedback can encourage pupils to learn. Based on extensive fieldwork by highly respected researchers and authors What Makes a Good Primary School Teacher? is essential reading for trainee and practising teachers and will be particularly useful for those seeking fresh inspiration for successful approaches to assessment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138101746

What Makes a Good Primary School Teacher?Expert Classroom Strategies A fascinating account of the range of teaching assessing and feedback strategies used by individual 'expert' teachers. The book describes:*the most common lesson patterns why and when they are used*how teaching strategies are varied according to subjects*how assessment and feedback information can encourage pupils to learn*the differences in teaching seven year olds and eleven year olds Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147317

What Makes a Philosopher Great?Thirteen Arguments for Twelve Philosophers This book is inspired by a single powerful question. What is it to be great as a philosopher? No single grand answer is presumed to be possible; instead rewardingly close studies of philosophical greatness are developed. This is a scholarly yet accessible volume blending metaphilosophy with the long history of philosophy and traversing centuries and continents. The result is a series of case studies by accomplished scholars each chapter trying to understand and convey a particular philosopher’s greatness: Lloyd P. Gerson on Plato Karyn Lai on Zhuangzi David Bronstein on Aristotle Jonardon Ganeri on Buddhaghosa Jeffrey Hause on Aquinas Gary Hatfield on Descartes Karen Detlefsen on du Châtelet Don Garrett on Hume Allen Wood on Kant (as a moral philosopher) Nicholas F. Stang on Kant (as a metaphysician) Ken Gemes on Nietzsche Cheryl Misak on Peirce David Macarthur on Wittgenstein This also serves a larger philosophical purpose. Might we gain increased clarity about what philosophy is in the first place? After all in practice we individuate philosophy partly through its greatest practitioners’ greatest contributions. The book does not discuss every philosopher who has been regarded as great. The point is not to offer a definitive list of The Great Philosophers but rather to learn something about what great philosophy is and might be from illuminated examples of past greatness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138936164

What Makes the Systems Engineer Successful? Various Surveys Suggest An Answer This book offers a survey of successful attributes of the systems engineer. It focuses on the key positive attributes of what today’s systems engineer should be and puts a model in place for achievement and behavior for future systems engineers. The book in survey form provides a description of how and why systems engineers can be and have been successful. It offers successful attributes focuses on the key positive qualities and drills down to the success features to aim for and the failure characteristics to avoid. The ending result is that it sets a model for achievement and behavior for future systems engineers to follow a successful path. This book will be helpful to systems engineers industrial engineers mechanical engineers general engineers and those in technical management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367545499

What Makes Us Human: How Minds Develop through Social Interactions "How do you go from a bunch of cells to something that can think?" This question asked by the 9-year-old son of one of the authors speaks to a puzzle that lies at the heart of this book. How are we as humans able to explore such questions about our own origins the workings of our mind and more? In this fascinating volume developmental psychologists Jeremy Carpendale and Charlie Lewis delve into how such human capacities for reflection and self-awareness pinpoint a crucial facet of human intelligence that sets us apart from closely related species and artificial intelligence. Richly illustrated with examples including questions and anecdotes from their own children they bring theories and research on children’s development alive. The accessible prose shepherds readers through scientific and philosophical debates translating complex theories and concepts for psychologists and non-psychologists alike. What Makes Us Human is a compelling introduction to current debates about the processes through which minds are constructed within relationships. Challenging claims that aspects of thinking are inborn Jeremy Carpendale and Charlie Lewis provide a relationally grounded way of understanding human development by showing how the uniquely human capacities of language thinking and morality develop in children through social processes. They explain the emergence of communication within the rich network of relationships in which babies develop. Language is an extension of this earlier communication gradually also becoming a tool for thinking that can be applied to understanding others and morality. Learning more about the development of what is right in front of us such as babies’ actions developing into communicative gestures leads to both greater appreciation of the children in our lives and a grasp of what makes us human. This book will be of interest to anyone curious about the nature of language thinking and morality including students parents teachers and professionals working with children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367537937

What Makes Us Stay Together?Attachment and the Outcomes of Couple Relationships In recent years commentators have speculated on the "collapse" of the couple and the family highlighting the increasing fragility of couple relationships making them vulnerable to crises and break ups. Now more than ever and prompted by changes that have shaken our assumptions about socio/cultural context the reasons that make couple relationships unstable are sought in the negotiations and redefinitions required by the changes themselves. New types of families are emerging and consequently new issues are being raised about the dynamics of family relationships. This book underlines the role of attachment as a central motivational system in couple relationships and focuses on the relationship between past and present experiences in determining choices perceptions and feelings in couple relationships. It considers what other motivational systems interact with attachment in constituting a couple's dynamics and looks at aspects more directly experienced by couples: in particular how they feel about their relationship especially in terms of the degree of intimacy between them (something that attachment theorists might look at in evaluating how "good" a relationship is). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200581

What Makes Variables RandomProbability for the Applied Researcher What Makes Variables Random: Probability for the Applied Researcher provides an introduction to the foundations of probability that underlie the statistical analyses used in applied research. By explaining probability in terms of measure theory it gives the applied researchers a conceptual framework to guide statistical modeling and analysis and to better understand and interpret results. The book provides a conceptual understanding of probability and its structure. It is intended to augment existing calculus-based textbooks on probability and statistics and is specifically targeted to researchers and advanced undergraduate and graduate students in the applied research fields of the social sciences psychology and health and healthcare sciences.Materials are presented in three sections. The first section provides an overall introduction and presents some mathematical concepts used throughout the rest of the text. The second section presents the basic structure of measure theory and its special case of probability theory. The third section provides the connection between a conceptual understanding of measure-theoretic probability and applied research. This section starts with a chapter on its use in understanding basic models and finishes with a chapter that focuses on more complicated problems particularly those related to various types and definitions of analyses related to hierarchical modeling. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367573713

What Matters in Probation The What Works initiative is having a profound impact on the work of the National Probation Service and much has been invested in new accredited programmes - both in terms of the numbers of offenders planned to complete these programmes and their anticipated impact upon offending. Yet there has been little scholarly or professional discussion of the nature and risks of the new paradigm: it is important that it is subjected to critical debate and scrutiny. This book aims to provide a critical overview of What Works providing a wider set of perspectives on a project which is vital for the future of the National Probation Service. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9781138175365

What May I Hope? The concept of hope plays a fascinating yet overlooked role in Kant's thought. Whilst his emphasis on reason and enlightened thought may be seen to leave little room for hope it is a question that sits at the heart of his writings on religion and political philosophy.  What May I Hope?  introduces and assesses Kant's answers to this compelling question and also places hope in a contemporary philosophical context. Andrew Chignell begins by introducing accounts of hope before Kant including those of Plato Aristotle St. Paul Augustine and Aquinas. He then explains how Kant’s metaphysics provides the background to his account of hope before examining the relationship between belief and hope in particular Kant’s argument that it is rational for human beings to hope not only that God exists but that we legitimately hope for political ends such as the ideal republic the ‘kingdom of ends’ and peace. He also shows how hope motivates a theme at the centre of Kant’s work as a whole: that we progress towards enlightenment and autonomy. He then considers early criticisms of Kant’s theory of belief and faith in the work of Jacobi Fichte Schelling and Feuerbach before considering the two most important critics of Kant’s philosophy of hope Hegel and Marx. He also examines the criticisms levelled against Kant by Kierkegaard for whom faith is much more important than hope and Schopenhauer who in contrast promotes a philosophical hopelessness before considering pragmatists such as John Dewey and Richard Rorty who accorded an important place to hope.The final part of the book asks what we may hope for today. Chignell asks what place hope has in the face of inequality human suffering and genocide and asks whether religion may promote false hope leading us away from political action. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415495936

What Might Have BeenThe Social Psychology of Counterfactual Thinking Within a few short years research on counterfactual thinking has mushroomed establishing itself as one of the signature domains within social psychology. Counterfactuals are thoughts of what might have been of possible past outcomes that could have taken place. Counterfactuals and their implications for perceptions of time and causality have long fascinated philosophers but only recently have social psychologists made them the focus of empirical inquiry. Following the publication of Kahneman and Tversky's seminal 1982 paper a burgeoning literature has implicated counterfactual thinking in such diverse judgments as causation blame prediction and suspicion; in such emotional experiences as regret elation disappointment and sympathy; and also in achievement coping and intergroup bias. But how do such thoughts come about? What are the mechanisms underlying their operation? How do their consequences benefit or harm the individual? When is their generation spontaneous and when is it strategic? This volume explores these and other numerous issues by assembling contributions from the most active researchers in this rapidly expanding subfield of social psychology. Each chapter provides an in-depth exploration of a particular conceptual facet of counterfactual thinking reviewing previous work describing ongoing cutting-edge research and offering novel theoretical analysis and synthesis. As the first edited volume to bring together the many threads of research and theory on counterfactual thinking this book promises to be a source of insight and inspiration for years to come. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315806419

What Moves You?Shaping your dissertation in dance Every dissertation is individual and unique - particularly for dance students who must combine a wide range of approaches into a tailor-made research methodology. What Moves You? fosters a creative approach to dissertations and final projects. By guiding the development of a personal study program this volume encourages dance students to take ownership of their artistic and academic work a skill essential both to successful undergraduate study and to making the first steps towards a career in dance. Rather than propose a prescriptive step-by-step mantra Charlotte Nichol and Lise Uytterhoeven draw upon contributions from students teachers examiners and practitioners to broaden the notion of ‘research’ and demystify the purpose of the dissertation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138857308

What News?The Market Politics and the Local Press A survey of the role and the future prospects of the local press in the 1990s. The authors also take into account the radical changes the local press have been through with new technology and the proliferation of free newspapers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879591

What Objects MeanAn Introduction to Material Culture Arthur Asa Berger author of an array of texts in communication popular culture and social theory is back with the second edition of his popular user-friendly guide for students who want to understand the social meanings of objects. In this broadly interdisciplinary text Berger takes the reader through half a dozen theoretical models that are commonly used to analyze objects. He then describes and analyzes eleven objects many of them new to this edition—including smartphones Facebook hair dye and the American flag—showing how they demonstrate concepts like globalization identity and nationalism. The book includes a series of exercises that allow students to analyse objects in their own environment. Brief and inexpensive this introductory guide will be used in courses ranging from anthropology to art history pop culture to psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611329049

What Painting Is In this classic text James Elkins communicates the experience of painting beyond the traditional vocabulary of art history. Alchemy provides a strange language to explore what it is a painter really does in the studio—the smells the mess the struggle to control the uncontrollable the special knowledge only painters hold of how colors will mix and how they will look. Written from the perspective of a painter-turned-art historian this anniversary edition includes a new introduction and preface by Elkins in which he further reflects on the experience of painting and its role in the study of art today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138319882

What Photography Is In What Photography Is James Elkins examines the strange and alluring power of photography in the same provocative and evocative manner as he explored oil painting in his best-selling What Painting Is. In the course of an extended imaginary dialogue with Roland Barthes's Camera Lucida Elkins argues that photography is also about meaninglessness--its apparently endless capacity to show us things that we do not want or need to see--and also about pain because extremely powerful images can sear permanently into our consciousness. Extensively illustrated with a surprising range of images the book demonstrates that what makes photography uniquely powerful is its ability to express the difficulty--physical psychological emotional and aesthetic--of the act of seeing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415995696

What Postcolonial Theory Doesn’t Say This book reclaims postcolonial theory addressing persistent limitations in the geographical disciplinary and methodological assumptions of its dominant formations. It emerges however from an investment in the future of postcolonial studies and a commitment to its basic premise: namely that literature and culture are fundamental to the response to structures of colonial and imperial domination. To a certain extent postcolonial theory is a victim of its own success not least because of the institutionalization of the insights that it has enabled. Now that these insights no longer seem new it is hard to know what the field should address beyond its general commitments. Yet the renewal of popular anti-imperial energies across the globe provides an important opportunity to reassert the political and theoretical value of the postcolonial as a comparative interdisciplinary and oppositional paradigm. This collection makes a claim for what postcolonial theory can say through the work of scholars articulating what it still cannot or will not say. It explores ideas that a more aesthetically sophisticated postcolonial theory might be able to address focusing on questions of visibility performance and literariness. Contributors highlight some of the shortcomings of current postcolonial theory in relation to contemporary political developments such as Zimbabwean land reform postcommunism and the economic rise of Asia. Finally they address the disciplinary geographical and methodological exclusions from postcolonial studies through a detailed focus on new disciplinary directions (management studies international relations disaster studies) overlooked locations and perspectives (Palestine Weimar Germany the commons) and the necessity of materialist analysis for understanding both the contemporary world and world literary systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547698

What Predicts Divorce?The Relationship Between Marital Processes and Marital Outcomes This book details years of research involving questionnaires and observations of married couples in pursuit of the determinants of both marital happiness and divorce. It will be of interest to family and clinical psychologists and methodologists. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315806808

What Price the Poor?William Booth Karl Marx and the London Residuum In this fascinating book Ann Woodall investigates and compares the work and thought of William Booth and Karl Marx who both arrived in London in 1849. She draws comparisons between their responses to the intractability of the poverty of the 'submerged tenth' of London's population and argues that Booth's pioneering work in establishing the Salvation Army and the development of Marx's economic theory began in their interactions with the London residuum. Each recognised that much of the suffering was caused by the workings of laissez-faire capitalism and that its total solution required a challenge to the existing economic system. What Price the Poor? raises important questions about the relationship between theological discourse and the sociological imagination and it firmly places the development of theoretical and practical social analysis and application within the context of social history. It will appeal to all with interests in classical sociology and the history of social activism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266612

What Psychiatry Left Out of the DSM-5Historical Mental Disorders Today Choice Recommended Read What Psychiatry Left Out of the DSM-5: Historical Mental Disorders Today covers the diagnoses that the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) failed to include along with diagnoses that should not have been included but were. Psychiatry as a field is over two centuries old and over that time has gathered great wisdom about mental illnesses. Today much of that knowledge has been ignored and we have diagnoses such as "schizophrenia" and "bipolar disorder" that do not correspond to the diseases found in nature; we have also left out disease labels that on a historical basis may be real. Edward Shorter proposes a history-driven alternative to the DSM. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138830899

What Really Works in Special and Inclusive EducationUsing Evidence-Based Teaching Strategies This fully revised and updated third edition presents teachers with a range of up-to-date evidence-based strategies they can use to tackle the challenges of inclusive education. An essential resource for the busy educator each of the twenty-nine strategies explored in this book has a substantial research base drawn from a range of countries a strong theoretical rationale and clear guidelines on their implementation as well as cautionary advice where necessary. Key features of the third edition include: An easy to follow structure divided into four categories: behavioural approaches social strategies cognitive strategies and mixed strategies Eight new chapters focusing on topical areas such as neuroscience social and emotional education visual learning and communication and the transition from school to post-school environments Updated chapters that consider the most diverse and up-to-date research in education psychology health and technology Whilst the focus of this book is on children with special educational needs the strategies are universally applicable making this essential reading for all classroom teachers school leaders teacher educators and students educational psychologists special needs coordinators and consultants and educational researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138393158

What Schools Don't Teach20 Ways to Help Students Excel in School and Life Are we adequately preparing students for life beyond school doors? Schools teach students not to be competitive and never to fail. Yet in the real world people compete for jobs and they often fail many times before reaching success. In this thought-provoking book authors Johnson and Sessions describe 20 skills that are overlooked in schools and in educational standards but that are crucial to real-world success. They describe how you can develop these skills in your students no matter what subject area or grade level you teach. You’ll learn how to promote leadership; allow competition; encourage meaningful engagement; help students find their voice; incorporate edutainment and pop culture; motivate towards excellence hold students accountable and responsible; foster perseverance and the ability to learn from failure; teach effective communication; and much more! Each chapter includes insightful research thought-provoking stories and practical strategies that you can take back to your own classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138803404

What Schools Should Do to Help Kids Stop Smoking This book identifies successful tobacco intervention programs and strategies which have been implemented at schools across the country. It shows principals counselors and other educators how to implement a school-based program with direct links to the community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138470620

What Science Tells Us about Autism Spectrum DisorderMaking the Right Choices for Your Child What have scientists learned about the causes of autism spectrum disorder? Why do different kids have such different symptoms and what are the best ways to deal with them? Will there ever be a cure? From leading autism researchers this accessible guide helps you put the latest advances to work for your unique child. Separating fact from fiction about causes treatments and prevention the book guides you to make lifestyle choices that support the developing brain. From the impact of sleep exercise diet and technology to which type of professional help might be the right fit the authors cover it all with expertise and compassion. Learn about the choices you face--and the steps you can take--to build a happier healthier life for your child and family. Winner (Second Place)--American Journal of Nursing Book of the Year Award Consumer Health Category Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462536078

What Seems to be the Trouble?Stories in Illness and Healthcare This is published in association with the Nuffield Trust. There is a foreword By Sir Kenneth Calman Vice Chancellor Durham University and former Chief Medical Officer. 'Excellent. [The book's] analytical and methodological approach is invaluable. It is a real privilege to listen to the stories of patients and their families to hear details of personal events comedies and tragedies and to use the skills of listening and interpreting to make sense of the story. I have written elsewhere that the history of medicine is simply the re-classification of disease. Here are some new ways of classifying the issues with which we are faced in an effort to assist in the process of healing.' - Sir Kenneth Calman in the Foreword. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315382890

What Shakespeare Teaches Us About PsychoanalysisA Local Habitation and a Name Using Shakespeare's work to expand our understanding of what it is to be human this book of applied psychoanalysis furthers the study of Shakespeare literary theory dramatic arts and psychoanalytic theory. It is also accessible to readers theatre-goers and those who have an interest in the human condition. With intellectual rigour and close textual analysis it values the insights of many creative writers such as T. S. Eliot James Joyce W. H. Auden Samuel Taylor Coleridge as well as Sigmund Freud Heinz Kohut and D.W. Winnicott. For the clinician this book introduces new theories in psychoanalysis based upon the text and clinical experience. Psychoanalysts looking at literature are at a disadvantage as the value system belongs solely to the realm of literary theory proper. Literary theory in turn often finds what the scholar seeks. It is not surprising that this potentially enriching combination of literary theory and psychoanalysis has had difficulty sustaining its relevance and tends towards reductionism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201366

What Should Armies Do?Armed Forces and Civil Security Clarke examines the role of North American and European armed forces in support of civil authorities in domestic contingencies. He seeks to answer the question of what roles are - and are not - appropriate for contemporary armed forces in carrying out task and functions within national borders. The book takes as its starting point two key elements in the North American and European security debate: the decline of both the external threats to most North American and European states and that of budgetary resources available for defense. These twin declines are coupled with a desire on the part of civil leaders to engage the military in more domestic tasks and the desire of senior military leaders to preserve force structure resulting in a dynamic in which civil leaders will ask their militaries to do more and military leaders will be more inclined to say yes. As such this book focuses on the enormous increase in the provision of non-military services and support asked of North American and European military establishments. Looking at the historical context for how North America's and Europe’s armed forces have been employed in the past this book establishes guidelines for their employment in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472445261

What Should I Believe?Why Our Beliefs about the Nature of Death and the Purpose of Life Dominate Our Lives Suddenly in the twenty-first century religion has become a political power. It affects us all whether we’re religious or not. If we’re not in danger of being blown up by a suicide bomber we’ve got leaders to whom God speaks ordering them to start a war. We’re beset by people who demand that we give ourselves to Jesus while they smugly assure us of their own superiority and inherent goodness. We’re surrounded by those who noisily reject science while making full use of the benefits science brings; by the ‘spiritual’ ones; the ones who believe in magic; and there’s the militant atheists berating us all for our stupidity. We wouldn’t object to what people believed if only they’d keep it to themselves. We want to make up our own minds about what we believe but it’s difficult to do this. Everyone has to face the dilemma that we all die but no one knows for certain what death actually is. Is it the end of our identity or a doorway to another life? Whichever we choose our choice is a fantasy that determines the purpose of our life. If death is the end of our identity we have to make this life satisfactory whatever ‘satisfactory’ might mean to us. If it is a doorway to another life what are the standards we have to reach to go to that better life? All religions promise to overcome death but there’s no set of religious or philosophical beliefs that ensures that our life is always happy and secure. Moreover for many of us what we were taught about a religion severely diminished our self-confidence and left us with a constant debilitating feeling of guilt and shame. Through all this turmoil comes the calm clear voice of eminent psychologist Dorothy Rowe. She separates the political from the personal the power-seeking from the compassionate. She shows how if we use our beliefs as a defence against our feelings of worthlessness we feel compelled to force our beliefs on to other people by coercion or aggression. However it is possible to create a set of beliefs expressed in the religious or philosophical metaphors most meaningful to us which allow us to live at peace with ourselves and other people to feel strong in ourselves without having to remain a child forever dependent on some supernatural power and to face life with courage and optimism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151475

What Should I Do? Of all his contributions to philosophy it is perhaps Kant's writings on ethics that are the most widely read. Kant himself posed the famous question: What should I do? In this engaging and lucid book Julian Wuerth explores the question that frames Kant's moral philosophy and places it in a contemporary context offering a stimulating and direct path into Kant's moral thought. He opens with a helpful introduction to the main traditions in ethics prior to Kant before outlining Kant’s theory of human nature - particularly his division of the soul into the faculties of cognition feeling and desire - which is essential for understanding his moral theory. He then introduces Kant’s arguments in his famous Groundwork of the Metaphysics of Morals above all for his famous ‘categorical imperative’ explaining the roles of humanity self-consciousness and freedom in Kant's moral philosophy and Kant's identification of moral action with autonomy. The second part of the book considers criticisms of Kant’s moral philosophy including those of Sidgwick and Hegel and asks whether Kant’s categorical imperative can provide moral guidance before turning to the dominant constructivist interpretations of Kant's ethics today as defended by leading philosophers such as O’Neill and Korsgaard. Julian Wuerth argues that constructivist interpretations overlook central features of Kant's account of moral agency and so conflate the demands of virtue and happiness - in effect ascribing to Kant a view that he repeatedly targeted in previous ethical traditions. The final part of the book considers Kant’s moral philosophy from a contemporary perspective. Despite important differences between them Kant's ethics is shown to resemble virtue ethics in addressing our development as persons advocating a lifelong process of the cultivation of both our sensible and intellectual cognitive and emotional capacities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415492577

What Social Workers Need to KnowA Psychoanalytic Approach Social work deals with the heavy end of human difficulties such as cruelty self-destructiveness and severe and enduring mental health problems. How do social workers make sense of the emotional difficulties which come with the realities of practice? Understanding our clients is the best way of dealing with complex situations and avoiding burnout and stress. The contributors to this book argue that psychoanalysis provides a theory of development and behaviour capable of formulating a realistic model for understanding emotional difficulties and disturbances in both clients and ourselves. The chapters demonstrate a way of thinking for the practitioner that can be used in all situations. The book examines in detail some of the difficult and disturbing conversations that social workers have with clients of all ages. It provides a psychoanalytic framework for understanding circumstances which may be puzzling stressful or frightening and a theory whose value for many social work problems is well underpinned by research evidence. Written by senior practitioners who are all still working in the front line this book puts complex real life experiences into words to help the social worker become a more effective practitioner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138905665

What Species MeanA User's Guide to the Units of Biodiversity Everyone uses species. All human cultures whether using science or not name species. Species are the basic units for science from ecosystems to model organisms. Yet there are communication gaps between the scientists who name species called taxonomists or systematists and those who use species names—everyone else. This book opens the "black box" of species names to explain the tricks of the name-makers to the name-users. Species are real and have macroevolutionary meaning and it follows that systematists use a broadly macroevolution-oriented approach in describing diversity. But scientific names are used by all areas of science including many fields such as ecology that focus on timescales more dominated by microevolutionary processes. This book explores why different groups of scientists understand and use the names given to species in very different ways and the consequences for measuring and understanding biodiversity.   Key selling features: Explains the modern multi-disciplinary approach to studying species evolution and species discovery and the role of species names in diverse fields throughout the life sciences Documents the importance and urgent need for high-quality taxonomic work to address today’s most pressing problems Summarises controversies in combining different—sometimes quite different—datasets used to estimate global biodiversity Focusses throughout on a central theme—the disconnect between the makers and the users of names—and seeks to create the rhetorical foundation needed to bridge this disconnect Anticipates the future of taxonomy and its role in studies of global biodiversity Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498799379

What Successful Principals Do!199 Tips for Principals Take charge of your school today with What Successful Principals Do! In this friendly energetic and engaging book Franzy Fleck draws on his experience as a principal to share dozens of practical strategies for running a successful school. Organized into manageable chapters Fleck’s advice is both powerful and realistic. In this second edition you’ll find 30 additional tips covering the most timely issues as well as 13 bonus tips! You’ll learn how to: Effectively use social media Enhance relationships with students parents and staff Manage complex decision-making Develop HR and personnel leadership Deal with grief trauma and crisis Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138671676

What Successful Principals Do169 Tips for Principals "Here are practical insights from an experienced principal about how to run a successful school. Organized into three sections (Beginning the School Year During the School Year and Ending the School Year) these tips are powerful and attainable. Each one is introduced by an inspiring quote followed by practical advice on how to implement the strategy. The 169 tips include: Encourage Staff to Set Improvement Goals – Take Staff on Neighbourhood – Visits Call Parents with Good News Early – Learn What Parents and Students Want – Give Messages That Students Are Safe – Stress Procedures Early – Be Visible Daily – Keep No Secrets from Your Staff – Don't Make Decisions to Keep Friends – Don't Wait for Group Consensus – Praise Twice – Be a Nurturing Leader – Use Peer Pressure – Let Kids Work It Out – Have Family Night Activities – Admit Mistakes – Learn to Handle Complaints to Your Superiors – Have Written Goals and Update Them Regularly – See the School through the Parent's Eyes – It Is Better to Do a Few Things Well" Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472723

What Teachers Can Learn From Sports CoachesA Playbook of Instructional Strategies The strategies used by winning coaches on the field can bring success to classrooms too! In What Teachers Can Learn From Sports Coaches you’ll uncover that the athletic arena and the classroom have more in common than you think. Author Nathan Barber demonstrates how many of the principles of coaching can be used by teachers to motivate students build community and enhance teaching. You’ll learn valuable lessons on… Communicating effectively Harnessing the power of teamwork Making work meaningful Embracing technology Building a winning tradition Teaching life lessons Seeking continual improvement And more! The book is filled with insightful quotes from well-known coaches along with suggestions on how to apply the ideas to your own classroom. You’ll come away with strategies that you can use immediately to bring success to your own team—your students! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415738279

What Tends to BeThe Philosophy of Dispositional Modality People tend to enjoy listening to music or watching television sleeping at night and celebrating birthdays. Plants tend to grow and thrive in sunlight and mild temperatures. We also know that tendencies are not perfectly regular and that there are patterns in the natural world which are reliable to a degree but not absolute. What should we make of a world where things tend to be one way but could be another? Is there a position between necessity and possibility? If there is what are the implications for science knowledge and ethics?This book explores these questions and is the first full-length treatment of the philosophy of tendencies. Anjum and Mumford argue that although the philosophical language of tendencies has been around since Aristotle there has not been any serious commitment to the irreducible modality that they involve. They also argue that the acceptance of an irreducible and sui generis tendential modality ought to be the fundamental commitment of any genuine realism about dispositions or powers. It is the dispositional modality that makes dispositions authentically disposition-like. Armed with this theory the authors apply it to a variety of key philosophical topics such as chance causation epistemology and free will. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590871

What the Ancients Offer to Contemporary Epistemology This book encourages renewed attention by contemporary epistemologists to an area most of them overlook: ancient philosophy. Readers are invited to revisit writings by Plato Aristotle Pyrrho and others and to ask what new insights might be gained from those philosophical ancestors. Are there ideas questions or lines of thought that were present in some ancient philosophy and that have subsequently been overlooked? Are there contemporary epistemological ideas questions or lines of thought that can be deepened by gazing back upon some ancient philosophy? The answers are 'yes' and 'yes' according to this book’s 13 chapters written by philosophers seeking to enrich contemporary epistemology through engaging with ancient epistemology.  Key features: Blends ancient epistemology with contemporary epistemology each reciprocally enriching each. Conceptually sensitive chapters by scholars of ancient epistemology. Historically sensitive chapters by scholars of contemporary epistemology. Clearly written chapters guiding readers at once through central elements both of ancient and of contemporary epistemology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367361402

What the Dying Teach UsLessons on Living What the Dying Teach Us: Lessons on Living is a spiritual approach to health care that teaches the reader about values hope and faith through actual experiences of terminally ill persons. This unique approach to health care teaches the living how to deal with grief and the bereavement process through faith and prayer. Priests pastors chaplains and psychotherapists will learn how to treat parishioners or patients with the values the dying leave behind allowing part of their deceased loved one’s beliefs and teachings to guide them through the grieving process. In the end you will also become aware of your spiritual self while helping others heal and renew their soul.While What the Dying Teach Us concentrates on the values you can learn from the terminally ill the author includes his own views on: how our tears manifest the depth into which our relationship with a deceased loved one travels how dimensions of reality lead us to appreciate the present experiencing events in life without judgment or comparison the role faith may play in health care as a healer of the terminally ill how the strength of prayer can drastically change livesWhat the Dying Teach Us celebrates the spirit loved ones leave behind and teaches you how to surrender into an eternal relationship with them. Furthermore because of this experience you will be able to find a new and deeper realization of your own existence. What the Dying Teach Us will help you spiritually connect with yourself as well as with deceased loved ones that continue to live on through faith. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809694

What the Music SaidBlack Popular Music and Black Public Culture First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203700617

What the New Breed of CMOs Know That You Don't This book should be viewed as a primer for any new or aspiring CMO C-suite peer to marketing or marketer looking to ’up their game’ and as such it provides a range of ideas concepts approaches and considerations from a wide range of CMOs who are driving significant transformation within their organizations. The chief marketing officer is arguably the least understood role in the C-suite by both the outside world and internal audiences. Job specifications differ widely - much more than for the chief executive officer (CEO) chief financial officer (CFO) or chief talent officer. This book helps to define parameters for both B2C and B2B marketers and points to some game-changing strategies designed to lead change and deliver success. Following the success of her first book The Changing MO of the CMO MaryLee Sachs has drawn on her research and interviews with some of the most inventive new CMOs from companies in established and emerging markets. What the New Breed of CMOs Know that You Don’t speaks to the future of marketing the strategic value of the function and the role of the CMO. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271883

What the Persian Media saysA Coursebook What the Persian Media Says: A Coursebook is a comprehensive and stimulating course for intermediate to advanced students of Persian. Presenting many exercises based on authentic Persian newspaper texts the course thoroughly introduces students to the language of the news in Iran. Real cultural content is featured throughout and there is a strong focus on enabling students to gain familiarity with day-to-day modern Persian discourse. Features include: A wide range of interesting and challenging exercises presented throughout including activities designed to both test students’ knowledge in a classroom setting and to search online for further Persian news resources Usage of authentic texts from the Iranian media written for native speakers with sources including Ettelā’āt Keyhān Sharq E’temād Irān and Mardomsālāri Coverage of topics highly relevant to modern day Persian society including the Arts divorce violence problems of youth unemployment politics and economic issues enabling cultural engagement and knowledge of complex expressions and idioms used in the media A comprehensive bilingual glossary of journalistic and non-journalistic terminology used in the newspaper texts provided at the back of the book for easy access All the newspaper texts and their corresponding audio files available for free download at http://routledgetextbooks.com/textbooks/9781138825567/ What the Persian Media Says combines modern and more traditional techniques of language teaching. With all the newspaper texts and their corresponding audio files available for free on the Routledge website students can read the texts in digital form and listen to the audio while working on exercises in the book enabling full and exciting engagement with the course materials. Written by an experienced instructor this will be an invaluable resource for intermediate to advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students of Persian. It can also be used by self-learners and by instructors and students on intensive courses and summer language programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138825567

What Therapists Say and Why They Say ItEffective Therapeutic Responses and Techniques What Therapists Say and Why They Say It  Third Edition is one of the most practical and flexible textbooks available to counseling students. The new edition includes more than one hundred techniques and more than a thousand specific therapeutic responses that elucidate not just why but also how to practice good therapy. Transcripts show students how to integrate and develop content during sessions and practice exercises help learners develop discuss combine and customize various approaches to working with clients. Specific additions have been added to address the use of technology in therapy as well as basic core competencies expected for all therapists. "Stop and Reflect" sections have been introduced to chapters along with guidance on the level of skill associated with each individual technique. Designed specifically for use as a main textbook What Therapists Say and Why They Say It is also arranged to help students make clear connections between the skills they learn in pre-practicum practicum and internship with other courses in the curriculum—especially the eight core Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs (CACREP) areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367355302

What Therapists Say and Why They Say ItEffective Therapeutic Responses and Techniques What Therapists Say and Why They Say It 2nd ed is one of the most practical and flexible textbooks available to counseling students. The new edition includes more than one hundred techniques and more than a thousand specific therapeutic responses that elucidate in the most concrete possible way not just why but how to practice good therapy. Transcripts show students how to integrate and develop content during sessions and practice exercises help learners develop discuss combine and customize various approaches to working with clients. The second edition is designed specifically for use as a main textbook and it includes more detailed explanations of both different counseling modalities and the interaction between techniques and the counseling process—for example the use of Socratic and circular questions within the art therapy process. What Therapists Say and Why They Say It 2nd ed is also designed to help students make clear connections between the skills they learn in prepracticum and practicum with other courses in the curriculum—especially the 8 core CACREP areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138790643

What They Didn't Teach at the AcademyTopics Stories and Reality beyond the Classroom While professional courses and how-to manuals can prepare us for expected events that will occur in the course of our careers there remains an untapped reservoir of life experience that cannot be prepared for in training or study. These events and experiences give texture and meaning to our work and shape our character. Filled with stories of courage and inspiration What They Didn't Teach at the Academy: Topics Stories and Reality Beyond the Classroom looks at experiences encountered by public safety and military professionals that were not necessarily encompassed in their training or realistically portrayed in simulations. Topics raised in the stories include: A doctor confronting her own debilitating and potentially fatal disease Cultural awareness and safe travel Suicide among law enforcement officers Departmental harassment of a new police recruit Coping with an addicted spouse Posttraumatic stress disorder Life as a K-9 handler The effect of work obligations on marriage and family Conflicts between moral beliefs and professional principles Debunking myths about Islam The book also examines coping mechanisms for stress and discusses the importance of observation perception and communication in facing challenging encounters. Through this collection of vignettes and philosophies the contributors demonstrate that the lessons of life are not taught in colleges universities and academies but through hard experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781439869192

What To Do If the Mind Does Not DevelopA Psychoanalytic Study of Pervasive Developmental Disorders The result of three decades of psychoanalytic work with children and adolescents this book takes a fresh and empathic look on the pervasive developmental disorders in childhood and adolescence describing their many manifestations through the presentation of particularly representative clinical cases in pages of high scientific rigour but also of simple and poetic language. What To Do if the Mind Does Not Develop speaks both to the specialist and researcher and to the reader who is simply interested in the topic thanks also to a glossary of the more difficult technical terms. The text offers valuable psychoanalytic observations on the cognitive and emotional difficulties of these patients that may help physicians teachers and parents to develop a better and deeper understanding of their true psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204039

What to Do When Children Clam Up in PsychotherapyInterventions to Facilitate Communication Therapists who work with children and adolescents are frequently faced with nonresponsive reticent or completely nonverbal clients. This volume brings together expert clinicians who explore why 4- to 16-year-olds may have difficulty talking and provide creative ways to facilitate communication. A variety of play art movement and animal-assisted therapies as well as trauma-focused therapy with adolescents are illustrated with vivid clinical material. Contributors give particular attention to the neurobiological effects of trauma how they manifest in the body when children "clam up " and how to help children self-regulate and feel safe. Most chapters conclude with succinct lists of recommended practices for engaging hard-to-reach children that therapists can immediately try out in their own work. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462530427

What to Say to Kids When Nothing Seems to WorkA Practical Guide for Parents and Caregivers *Finalist for Best Overall Non-Fiction and Best Parenting & Family Book in the 2020 International Book Awards!* What to Say to Kids When Nothing Seems to Work offers parents an effective step-by-step guide to some of the most common struggles for kids aged 5–12. Written by mental health professionals with over 30 years’ experience listening to kids’ thoughts and feelings this book provides a framework to explore new ways of responding to your child that will help them calm down faster and boost their resilience to stress.  With a dose of humor and plenty of real-life examples the authors will guide you to "build a bridge" into your child’s world to make sense of their emotions and behavior. Sample scenarios and scripts are provided for you to customize based on your caregiving style and your child’s personality. These are then followed by concrete support strategies to help you manage current and future situations in a way that leaves everyone feeling better. Chapters are organized by common kid-related issues so you can quickly find what’s relevant to you.  Suitable for parents grandparents and other caregivers of children and pre-teens as well as professionals working closely with families What to Say to Kids When Nothing Seems to Work is an accessible resource for efficiently navigating the twists turns and sometimes total chaos of life with kids.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138344631

What We Ought and What We Can Are we able to do everything we ought to do? According to the important but controversial Ought Implies Can principle the answer is yes. In this book Alex King sheds some much-needed light on this principle. She argues that it is flawed because we are obligated to perform some actions that we cannot perform and goes on to present a suggested theory for anyone who would deny the principle. She examines the traditional motivations for Ought Implies Can and finds that they to a large degree do not support it. Using examples like gay rights addiction and disability she argues that we can preserve many of the motivations that led us to the principle by thinking more about what we as individuals or institutions can fairly demand of ourselves and each other. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815366096

What We See and What We SayUsing Images in Research Therapy Empowerment and Social Change Image-based research methods such as arts-based research can fill the absence of the voice of impoverished under-privileged populations. In What We See and What We Say Ephrat Huss argues that images are deep and universally psycho-neurological constructs through which people process their experiences. The theoretical model demonstrated in this book demonstrates that images can be used to enable three different levels of communication: with self with others similar to oneself and with others who differ in terms of culture and power. Dr. Huss centers her argument on a case study of impoverished Bedouin women’s groups in Israel who used art as self-expression and includes many additional examples such as unemployed women and teenage girls in slums women who have underwent sexual abuse and the experiences of illegal immigrants. Ultimately the author points to how the inherent structural characteristics of images help to intensify the voices of marginalized groups in research therapy empowerment and social action. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108110

What Will We Do?Preparing a School Community to Cope with Crises The second edition of ""What Will We Do? Preparing A School Community to Cope With Crises"" is a guidebook for educators and parents who wish to understand the importance of both pre- and post-intervention programs in our schools to assist all parties in coping with crises that arise. The book examines the scope and effects (including the potential benefits and possible risks) of programs that target such issues as loss illness death grief war and violence. It presents specific steps that can be taken to help prepare a school community to cope with possible future crises. Today's news has shown us with dramatic effect that a crisis can occur at any time often without warning. Educators and parents must work together if they wish to help young people and each other when such a crisis occurs. What Will We Do? is a major step in that direction. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315231167

What Will You Do With My Story? The author uses her popular columns from The Independent to explore the therapeutic process. Successful analysis she argues is less about following pre-formulated theory and more about being led by the experience of what is actually happening. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855757929

What Women WantEvidence from British Social Attitudes Over the last few decades families in many highly developed nations (such as Great Britain) have been held together by grandparents. Yet as single motherhood spreads into this generation extended families without men or work are becoming more common. The proportion of single mothers with daughters who are also state-dependent single mothers is growing. The British underclass has arrived. Women who can see this happening around them and understand its roots are the ones most able to revive traditional values but policymakers are looking the other way. This fuels alienation from mainstream political parties.What Women Want argues that sociology and social policy in Britain have failed to recognize how women's orientation to paid work and a career remains different from men's. Most women now have paid jobs but the happiest are those working only part time with plenty of time to enjoy motherhood and being a homemaker. A revised sexual division of labor has emerged; and the author argues that denial of this in Britain may be contributing to the breakdown of family life.A working male partner is a major factor in making women happy. The least content are single mothers dependent on state welfare who know that the state expects them to repay its support by becoming full-time workers when their children reach a certain age. Many single mothers may be victims of policies prioritizing work for women. Single motherhood has grown alongside male male breadwinners. This is a new edition of a book previously distributed only in the United Kingdom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412842983

What Works (and Doesn't) in Reducing Recidivism What Works (and Doesn’t) in Reducing Recidivism offers criminologists and students an evidence-based discussion of the latest trends in corrections. Experts Latessa Johnson and Koetzle translate the research and findings about what works and doesn’t work in reducing recidivism into understandable concepts and terms presenting them in a way that illustrates the value of research to practice. Over the last several decades research has clearly shown that rehabilitation efforts can be effective in reducing recidivism among criminal offenders but it is clear that treatment is not a one-size-fits-all approach. Offenders vary by gender age crime type and/or addictions to name but a few ways and these individual needs must be addressed by providers. Finally issues such as leadership quality of staff and evaluation efforts affect the quality and delivery of treatment services. While other texts have addressed issues regarding treatment in corrections this text is unique in that it not only discusses the research on "what works" but also addresses the implementation issues faced as practitioners move from theory to practice as well as the importance of staff leadership and evaluation efforts. This book synthesizes the vast research for the student interested in correctional rehabilitation as well as for the practitioner working with offenders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367357214

What Works for Whom?A Critical Review of Treatments for Children and Adolescents The standard reference in the field this acclaimed work synthesizes findings from hundreds of carefully selected studies of mental health treatments for children and adolescents. Chapters on frequently encountered clinical problems systematically review the available data identify gaps in what is known and spell out recommendations for evidence-based practice. The authors draw on extensive clinical experience as well as research expertise. Showcasing the most effective psychosocial and pharmacological interventions for young patients they also address challenges in translating research into real-world clinical practice. New to This Edition *Incorporates over a decade of research advances and evolving models of evidence-based care. *New chapter topic: child maltreatment. *Separate chapters on self-injurious behavior eating disorders and substance use disorders (previously covered in a single chapter on self-harming disorders). *Expanded chapters on depression anxiety and conduct disorder. *Includes reviews of the burgeoning range of manualized psychosocial "treatment packages" for children. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462525928

What Works in Probation and Youth Justice Both probation and youth justice have undergone massive changes in recent years and continue to face important new challenges. A key emphasis of new developments has been on developing effective evidence-based practice and disseminating this throughout the Probation and Youth Justice services - reviewed in this book. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9781138150119

What Works with Children and Adolescents?A Critical Review of Psychological Interventions with Children Adolescents and their Families What Works with Children and Adolescents? fulfils the need for a concise empirically-based study of the types of psychological treatments that may be effective for common psychological problems in childhood and adolescence.Providing a solid foundation for evidence-based practice in the treatment of children and adolescents the book offers evidence from over 150 rigorously conducted research trials. Examining problems which are of central concern to practising clinicians - including child abuse enuresis and encopresis ADHD childhood conduct problems adolescent violence drug abuse anxiety and depression anorexia and bulimia nervosa paediatric pain and post-divorce adjustment problems - it also highlights priority areas for future research on the treatment of children and adolescents' psychological problems. What Works with Children and Adolescents? complements The Handbook of Child and Adolescent Clinical Psychology (Carr 2006) and will be valuable to professionals in training. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203754818

What Works With Women Offenders The number of women prisoners has been growing rapidly during recent years and in many places has more than doubled in the past decade significantly outstripping increases in the number of male prisoners and with particular consequences for minority ethnic black and aboriginal women who constitute disproportionate levels of prison populations in many countries including Canada the United States the UK and Australia. What Works with Women Offenders provides a comprehensive analysis of the issues relating to work with women offenders. Chapters are written by academics and professionals with a high degree of expertise in their specific field and its practical focus is designed to make it relevant to those working with women offenders. Imprisoning women offenders does not solve the problems that underlie the involvement of women in the criminal justice system and a particular concern of this book is to identify and develop alternative responses that offer appropriate support and intervention to address womens underlying problems and reduce re-offending. The increase in womens imprisonment is very much an international phenomenon and the book also aims to share knowledge and experiences from different jurisdictions to be shared more widely and for the lessons learnt from good practice to be more widely disseminated. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843924944

What WorksA New Approach To Program And Policy Analysis What Works is a concise methods text that represents a new approach for policy program analysis. The authors Meier and Gill combine statistics with normative concerns. They consider how things might be and they focus on subsets of cases that differ from the norm. Their approach uses regression and methods in a qualitative yet rigorous manner.In Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313951

What You Really Need to Know about Counselling and Psychotherapy TrainingAn essential guide Becoming a counsellor or psychotherapist is a transformative and life-changing experience. Some trainees manage this process well while others struggle to come to terms with the personal impact of their training. In What You Really Need to Know about Counselling and Psychotherapy Training Cathy McQuaid provides an in-depth but accessible guide to the processes of understanding individual motivations for wanting to undertake training and choosing the most appropriate course. Backed by extensive research the book explains the training process from beginning to end covering topics including: entry requirements course curriculum and terms and conditions of training; the training relationship and group process; the challenges of training; the outcomes of counselling and psychotherapy training. McQuaid leads the reader through the process of choosing a course working with the course leader and with a group of peers and considering potential employment prospects upon completion. Prompting the reader to consider their own personal professional and educational needs within the framework of training this is essential reading for anyone thinking of training as a counsellor or psychotherapist and for trainers and training course providers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415813341

What You Think ADD/ADHD Is It Isn'tSymptoms and Neuropsychological Testing Through Time ADD/ADHD is not as easily diagnosed or clear-cut as many believe; in fact it very often acts as a masking agent for other underlying contributing disorders. It’s important that we understand ADD/ADHD better. What You Think ADD/ADHD Is It Isn’t: Symptoms and Neuropsychological Testing Through Time is the culmination of the author’s years of research involving clinical experience and testing resulting in the first all-encompassing examination of the ADD/ADHD disorder. Debunking common myths and shedding light upon the way this disorder truly impacts people this volume: Presents the results of the largest clinical research study for ADD/ADHD compiling 20 years of testing Distinguishes the inattentive form of ADD from ADHD and additional disorders using neuropsychological testing Provides statistical analysis from neuropsychological evaluations and self-reporting questionnaires from parents teachers adolescents and adults Demonstrates how anxiety frequently masks itself as hyperactivity and increases through the lifespan Addresses the issue of ADHD misdiagnosis Explains the importance of diagnosing additional comorbid disorders that impact medication management and treatment Offers statistics showing the manner in which ADHD symptoms and additional issues affect people differently through the lifespan Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138374409

What’s Happened To The University?A sociological exploration of its infantilisation The radical transformation that universities are undergoing today is no less far-reaching than the upheavals that it experienced in the 1960s. However today when almost 50 per cent of young people participate in higher education what occurs in universities matters directly to the whole of society. On both sides of the Atlantic curious and disturbing events on campuses has become a matter of concern not just for academics but also for the general public. What is one to make of the growing trend of banning speakers? What’s the meaning of trigger warnings cultural appropriation micro-aggression or safe spaces? And why are some students going around arguing that academic freedom is no big deal? What's Happened To The University? offers an answer to the questions of why campus culture is undergoing such a dramatic transformation and why the term moral quarantine refers to the infantilising project of insulating students from offence and a variety of moral harms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138212930

What’s the Buzz with Teenagers?A universal social and emotional literacy resource Pre-teens and teenagers are faced with a continually changing and complex social world that not only involves face-to-face action but also online and social media interaction. What’s the Buzz with Teenagers? offers a highly practical programme designed to explicitly teach young people to get along and maintain healthy relationships with their friends family and the broader community. Embracing current thinking on ‘self-awareness and behaviour transformation’ in adolescents it uses highly interactive role plays film-making thinking exercises quizzes group discussions and confidence-building games to improve social skills and promote inclusion in a fun effective and appealing way. Easy to implement in upper primary and middle schools in healthcare settings and beyond What’s the Buzz with Teenagers?: is a deeply structured resource to teach young people in the 12- to 15-year-old developmental range; offers a connecting approach to bring young people together to learn without the pressure of ‘getting social interaction right’ all the time; aims to normalise the anxieties sensitivities and loneliness that many young people experience during adolescence by sharing thoughts and exploring this common ground; explicitly teaches how to ‘read’ the emotional needs of others show empathy and build relationships; and uses a developmental model that ensures relevance and inclusion to young people with a broad range of backgrounds abilities and challenges. The programme provides lessons that educators and health professionals can adapt to suit their individual circumstances and time frames and creates a framework for a warm engaging and interactive space in which learning is optimised. The book is complemented by the website www.whatsthebuzz.net.au which offers online downloadable resources and a further six lessons. Also available are What’s the Buzz?: A Social Skills Enrichment Programme for Primary Students and What’s the Buzz? For Early Learners: A Complete Social Skills Foundation Course. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367149789

What’s the Story? The Director Meets Their ScreenplayAn Essential Guide for Directors and Writer-Directors A structured perspective on the crucial interface of director and screenplay this book encompasses twenty-two seminal aspects of the approach to story and script that a director needs to understand before embarking on all other facets of the director’s craft. Drawing on seventeen years of teaching filmmaking at a graduate level and on his prior career as a director and in production at the BBC Markham shows how the filmmaker can apply rigorous analysis of the elements of dramatic narrative in a screenplay to their creative vision whether of a short or feature TV episode or season. Combining examination of such fundamental topics as story premise theme genre world and setting tone structure and key images with the introduction of less familiar concepts such as cultural social and moral canvas narrative point of view and the journey of the audience What’s The Story? The Director Meets Their Screenplay applies the insights of each chapter to a case study—the screenplay of the short film Contrapelo nominated for the Jury Award at Tribeca in 2014. This book is an essential resource for any aspiring director who wants to understand exactly how to approach a screenplay in order to get the very best from it and an invaluable resource for any filmmaker who wants to understand the important creative interplay between the director and screenplay in bringing a story to life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367415877

What’s Transgressive about Trans* Studies in Education Now? During the past few years a nascent body of theoretical conceptual and empirical research in the field of higher education has emerged regarding transgender students faculty and staff. An exciting trend among some of this work is the use of critical and poststructural paradigms data collection methods and analytical tools through which to make sense of and articulate findings. In this special issue authors push the boundaries of what is understood to be the queer theoretical canon. Additionally they explore the experience of transgender people in higher education environments from methodological theoretical and empirical perspectives   foregrounding the recent scholarship from some of the leading scholars in the field of higher education doing transgender-related research. This book was originally published as a special issue of International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589264

What’s Wrong With Leadership?Improving Leadership Research and Practice Leadership practitioners and those who seek to develop leadership are concerned with whether they are using evidence-based best practices to develop leadership capacity in themselves and others. Are we indeed using best practices in the study practice and development of leadership? This book seeks to draw attention to the limitations of extant work on leadership and to provide suggestions for a way forward. Presenting chapters on topics ranging from research methodology gender and cross-cultural issues in leadership studies and the role of the humanities in our understanding of leadership the book represents a rigorous multidisciplinary collaboration. This is a must-read for graduate students studying leadership leadership consultants and trainers leadership scholars and anyone who practices teaches or seeks to develop leadership. It will help expand the horizons of how we think about and practice leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138059405

Whatever Happened to Class?Reflections from South Asia Class explains much in the differentiation of life chances and political dynamics in South Asia; scholarship from the region contributed much to class analysis. Yet class has lost its previous centrality as a way of understanding the world and how it changes. This outcome is puzzling; new configurations of global economic forces and policy have widened gaps between classes and across sectors and regions altered people’s relations to production and produced new state-citizen relations. Does market triumphalism or increased salience of identity politics render class irrelevant? Has rapid growth in aggregate wealth obviated long-standing questions of inequality and poverty? Explanations for what happened to class vary from intellectual fads to global transformations of interests. The authors ask what is lost in the move away from class and what South Asian experiences tell us about the limits of class analysis. Empirical chapters examine formal and informal-sector labor social movements against genetic engineering and politics of the "new middle class." A unifying analytical concern is specifying conditions under which interests of those disadvantaged by class systems are immobilized diffused coopted -- or autonomously recognized and acted upon politically: the problematic transition of classes in themselves to classes for themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987067

Whatever Happened to Monetarism?Economic Policy Making and Social Learning in the United Kingdom Since 1979 First published in 1997 this volume responds to the Conservative intention of conducting economic policy along monetarist lines after winning the General Election in May 1979. Michael J. Oliver argues that the monetarist strategy was rejected for several reasons during the 1980s including the recession of the early 1980s the change in attitude to the role of the exchange rate and disagreements between politicians and policy-makers. It is shown that the disputes between Chancellor Nigel Lawson Lady Thatcher and her economic adviser Sir Alan Walters are central to explaining why macroeconomic policy-making evolved considerably from the mid-1980s. This book is the first attempt by an economic historian to apply a social learning model to the post-1979 period. By adopting an inter-disciplinary approach Oliver has made both an accessible addition to the debate on the conduct of economic policy since 1979 and a major contribution to the growing interest in social learning amongst social scientists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362666

Whatever Happened to the Leisure Society? The idea of a ‘leisure society’ was in its heyday in the 1960s and 1970s when it was predicted that the pattern of falling working hours which had been experienced in Western societies in the first half of the twentieth century would continue indefinitely. The leisure society has clearly not been realised. On the contrary: contemporary industrial societies seem to be characterised by a shortage of time experienced as ‘time squeeze’ and stress. The leisure society idea can be seen as the modern version of the age-old dream of a ‘life of ease and plenty’. This analytically and empirically rich book traces the idea in history through biblical classical Greek medieval and nineteenth century utopian writings and into twentieth century concerns with dystopia and the impact of rapid technological change. The ‘leisure society’ concept turns out to have been an elusive and short-lived phenomenon. For a variety of reasons the trend towards shorter working hours ran out of steam in the last quarter of the twentieth century. However while leisure scholars have deserted the topic a diverse range of activists including environmentalists economists and feminists continue to make the case for reducing working hours. Whatever Happened to the Leisure Society? concludes that the on-going ‘struggle for time’ should be supported for the sake of human health and well-being and for the sake of the planet. This is a valuable resource for students and academics in the fields of leisure studies cultural studies history economics sociology and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367519933

What's A Peasant To Do? Village Becoming Town In Southern China Since China entered the post-Mao "Reform Era" in the late 1970s and early 1980s the Chinese economy has taken off as few economies ever have. Labor migration rural enterprises rising production and globalization have all combined to end the isolation of the Chinese countryside. Yet although China's unsurpassed economic boom has produced reams of impressive statistics has this economic growth led to improving the livelihood of the average Chinese person? Has development accompanied economic growth? Has the promise of "opening to the outside" been fulfilled in providing a better life for China's 1.2 billion-plus people? In this book which is based on field work Guldin presents and explores some of the changes sweeping through China in the 1990s that are affecting hundreds of millions of people. Guldin looks at the growth of town and village enterprises labor mobility and the other aspects of rural urbanization to investigate the connection between economic growth and development in contemporary China. The political changes at the village level the swelling flows of capital data goods and people new ways of thinking and behaving and a significant surge in social inequalities are all topis for chapter discussions. Guldin invites readers to face the same question that former Chinese peasants must face namely how to respond as their villages are transformed forever. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096571

What's Become of Australian Cultural Studies?The Legacies of Graeme Turner Cultural studies face a complicated yet rich future proving both flexible and resilient in many countries. Against this backdrop this book offers a fresh perspective on the state of the field of cultural studies via an evaluation of the work of one of its key thinkers – Graeme Turner – and the traditions of Australian cultural studies which have been influential on the formation of the field. Thinking with Turner and being informed by his practice can help orient us in the face of new challenges and contexts across culture media and everyday life; teaching and pedagogy; the relation of research to the new politics of public engagement policy management and universities; the internationalization of cultural studies and the reconfiguration of nationalism; the changing concepts and relations of culture; the development of important new areas in cultural studies such as celebrity studies; and the emergence of digital media studies. This lively and provocative volume is essential reading for anyone interested in where cultural studies has come from where it’s heading to and what kinds of ideas – not least from Graeme Turner – will help scholars and students alike make sense of and reconfigure the discipline. This book was originally published as a special issue of Cultural Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367191436

What's Critical About Critical Realism?Essays in Reconstructive Social Theory What's Critical About Critical Realism?: Essays in Reconstructive Social Theory draws together 4 major articles that are situated at the intersection of philosophy and sociology. Preceded by a general presentation of Bhaskar´s work  critical realism is used to reconstruct the generative structuralism of Pierre Bourdieu warn about the dangers of biocapitalism theorize about social movements and explore the hermeneutics of internal conversations. Together the essays form a logical sequence that starts with a search for a solid conception of social structure through a realist critique of Bourdieu´s rationalist epistemology proceeds to an ideology critique of posthumanism through an investigation of Actor-Network Theory extends critical realism to social movements through an investigation of the constitution of collective subjectivities and engages in a sustained dialogue with Margaret Archer through an attempt to reconnect hermeneutics and pragmatism to critical realism. The result is an ongoing dialogue between British critical realism French historical epistemology German critical theory and American pragmatism. As suits a collection of essays in social theory this book will address a broad audience of sociologists philosophers social psychologists and anthropologists who are interested in contemporary social theory at the cutting edge. Academics and advanced students who relate to critical realism and critical theory epistemology and philosophy of the social sciences hermeneutics and pragmatism or anyone else who follows the work of Roy Bhaskar Pierre Bourdieu Bruno Latour or Margaret Archer will find a keen interest in some of the theoretical questions the book raises. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138798571

What's Fair?The Problem of Equity in Journalism What's fair? It is an old question in journalism. In 1999 it seems more difficult to answer than ever. The cycle of story spin and counterspin that surrounds the White House is only the most obvious part of the problem. In the past 25 years the practice of journalism has changed enormously--particularly in the United States. The demarcation of public and private life that once ruled certain kinds of stories out-of-bounds has eroded leaving reporters with the unenviable challenge of having to cover events whose seaminess inevitably taints all who touch them. Commercial pressures and a tidal wave of information and entertainment media have engulfed the news business--leaving the definitions of journalism and journalistic standards vague and uncertain. And the technology of news reporting is speeding up news cycles in ways that leave little time for sober and measured judgments.What's Fair? is a collection of essays from experts in the field that are sure to spark compelling questions and ideas about journalism and its place in our time. In "Fairness--A Struggle " journalists explore a subject that they normally share only with close friends and colleagues--their own struggles with fairness that occurred in places as different as South Africa Washington and the South Bronx. In "Fairness--A History " nine contributors examine the history of the fairness question specifically the establishment of the Hutchins Commission report of 1947 which is evaluated here by a historian a journalist and a First Amendment authority. In a comparative vein two authorities on international communications law examine British regulations for fairness in broadcasting at the end of the 20th century. In "Fairness--A Goal " contributors explore what struggles for fairness mean in a variety of contexts from American newsrooms to post-Communist Poland to Northern Ireland.Many discussions of fairness are either numbingly abstract or impossibly righteous. To avoid those hazards Robert Giles and Robert Snyder have grounded this volume in stories--the kind of stories journalists tell each other and the kind of stories people tell about journalism. This volume is a testament to journalism that is free yet fair probing yet credible and authoritative in content yet open to many voices.Robert Giles is editor-in-chief of Media Studies Journal senior vice president of the Freedom Forum and executive director of Media Studies Center. Formerly the editor and publisher of The Detroit News he is the author of Newsroom Management: A Guide to Theory and Practice.Robert W. Snyder is editor of the Media Studies Journal a historian and most recently author of Transit Talk: New York's Bus and Subway Workers Tell Their Stories. He has taught at Princeton University and New York University from which he holds a doctorate in history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540460

What's in a Name?Advertising and the Concept of Brands This is a completely rewritten and updated version of one of the true classic books in the field of marketing and advertising. What's in a Name? Advertising and the Concept of Brands analyzes brands from the point of view of modern marketing theory. It deals in detail with the role of advertising in creating building and maintaining strong brands - the lifeblood of any long-term marketing campaign. The work is empirically based and is supported by the best research from both the professional and academic fields. The authors describe the birth and maturity of brands and dissect the patterns of consumer purchasing of repeat-purchase goods. In addition to all new research findings and examples this new edition of What's in a Name? includes first time coverage of the short-term medium-term and long-term effects of advertising on sales of brands. The book concludes with new recommendations on how to develop and disseminate better advertising. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698205

What's in a RelativeHousehold and Family in Formentera In this ground-breaking study based on ethnographic research in Formentera in the Balearic Islands the author demonstrates that European kinship can become central to anthropological explanation once it is understood from a symbolic and cultural perspective. This book is an outstanding example of ethnographic analysis which is sensitive to the findings of demographic and historical research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003134992

What's in a Word-list?Investigating Word Frequency and Keyword Extraction The frequency with which particular words are used in a text can tell us something meaningful both about that text and also about its author because their choice of words is seldom random. Focusing on the most frequent lexical items of a number of generated word frequency lists can help us to determine whether all the texts are written by the same author. Alternatively they might wish to determine whether the most frequent words of a given text (captured by its word frequency list) are suggestive of potentially meaningful patterns that could have been overlooked had the text been read manually. This edited collection brings together cutting-edge research written by leading experts in the field on the construction of word-lists for the analysis of both frequency and keyword usage. Taken together these papers provide a comprehensive and up-to-date survey of the most exciting research being conducted in this subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266254

What's Left in Latin America?Regime Change in New Times This book concerns recent and current political developments in Latin America related to the emergence of left-leaning regimes riding the waves of anti-neoliberalism and a primary commodities boom. Based on five years of field research and a critical engagement with social movements in the region the book documents the short-term advances and strategic weaknesses of these left-leaning regimes highlighting their failure to take advantage of favourable economic and political conditions. The authors profile four cases of recent and current political developments and the prospects for socialism in Argentina Bolivia Cuba and Venezuela. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315547404

What's Left?Women in Culture and the Labour Movement First published in 1990. What had been left out of Left thought? What had allowed the Left to substitute nostalgia for programme and action and to continue to address itself exclusively to labouring men despite insistent demands for inclusion from others – notably women – who recognised themselves as belonging to the Left? What’s Left? a feminist challenge to the male-dominated ideology of the Labour Party took shape under the pressure of two crucial events: the third successive election defeat of Labour by the Conservative Party and the death of Raymond Williams. Swindells and Jardine analyse the difficulties the Left had including women in its account of class to clarify general problems in British Left thought. They conclude that there was a serious and widely-perceived discrepancy between the Labour Party’s model of working-class consciousness and the experiences of the contemporary workforce as a whole. An important exploration of the intellectual history of the Labour Movement What’s Left? looks critically at the Left from within the Left. It will be fascinating reading for students of cultural studies history politics and women’s studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138334359

What's Love Got to Do with It?Emotions and Relationships in Pop Songs What do pop songs have to say about love? Surprisingly this book shows that most popular love songs express much more about alienation infatuation estrangement jealousy and heartbreak than about love. Scheff takes the reader on a tour of popular lyrics from 80 years of American song to reveal the emotional and relational meaning of lyrics. He shows that popular love songs typically steer listeners away from a healthy connection to the emotions surrounding love. Readers will gain a deeper understanding of love songs while appreciating the author's suggestions for how listeners and artists could enrich the art of the love song. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594518164

What's Missing?: Colorcards2nd Edition What’s Missing? Second Edition is designed to promote observation visual and auditory skills including the development of descriptive language. Comprising 48 fully-updated colour flashcards depicting 24 everyday scenes each card shows a complete scene and another with five items missing. The scenes are presented with increasing levels of difficulty to allow for selection when working with students of different ages and abilities. Missing items may be categorised as either having no influence on a situation causing an inconvenience preventing the functioning of an object or not being possible in real life – both encouraging basic reasoning and the development of problem solving skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815393122

What's Next?The Problems and Prospects of Journalism The future of journalism isn't what it used to be. As recently as the mid-1960s few would have predicted the shocks and transformations that have swept through the news business in the last three decades: the deaths of many afternoon newspapers the emergence of television as people's primary news source and the quicksilver combinations of cable television VCRs and the Internet that have changed our ways of reading seeing and listening.The essays in this volume seek to illuminate the future prospects of journalism. Mindful that grandiose predictions of the world of tomorrow tend to be the fantasies and phobias of the present written large-in the 1930s and 1940s magazines such as Scribner's Barron's and Collier's forecast that one day we would have an airplane in every garage-the authors of What's Next? have taken a more careful view.The writers start with what they know-the trends that they see in journalism today-and ask where will they take us in the foreseeable future. For some media such as newspapers the visible horizon is decades away. For others particularly anything involving the Internet responsible forecasts can look ahead only for a matter of years. Where the likely destinations of present trends are not entirely clear the authors have tried to pose the kinds of questions that they believe people will have to address in years to come.While being mindful of the tremendous influence of technology one must remember that computers punditry or market share will not ordain the future of journalism. Rather it will be determined by the sum of countless actions taken by journalists and other media professionals. These essays with their hopes and fears cautions and enthusiasms questions and answers are an effort to create the best possible future for journalism. This volume will be of interest to media professionals academics and others with an interest in the future of journalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540477

What's Right with the Trinity?Conversations in Feminist Theology The doctrine of the Trinity poses a series of problems for feminist theology. At a basic level the androcentric nature of trinitarian language serves to promote the male as more fully in the image of God and as the archetype of humanity pushing women to the margins of personhood. It is no surprise then that feminist scholarship on this doctrine has often focused on what's wrong with the Trinity setting out the problems raised by the use of traditional androcentric trinitarian language. This book brings together a discussion of feminist theological methodology with a critical exploration of the doctrine of the Trinity. Focussing on what's right with the Trinity as opposed to what's wrong with the Trinity it considers the usefulness of this doctrine for feminist theology today. It replaces a stress on trinitarian language with an emphasis on trinitarian thought exploring how we might effectively think rather than speak God in light of feminist concerns. In particular it asks how a trinitarian understanding of God might support and be supported by key values which underpin a feminist way of doing theology specifically values which underpin the methodological use of women's experience in feminist theology. The central argument is that thinking God as Trinity need not serve to reinforce patriarchal values and ideals but may in fact promote the subjectivity and personhood of women. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315547398

What's So Funny?Sketches from My Life First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315079127

What's the Buzz? For Early LearnersA complete social skills foundation course For many social thinking is hard-wired at birth and strengthens quite naturally through progressive experiences and encounters with others. However for a variety of reasons some children find it harder to think socially develop socially and use their social tools suitably when it really counts. ‘What’s the Buzz?’ is the original social skills programme and became an instant best-seller used by practitioners around the globe with children and young people helping them to successfully transfer these skills into their everyday lives. What’s the Buzz? For Early Learners : is a simple structured programmes to teach students in early learning and early primary school settings within the 4 to 7 year age range. is designed to bring children together including those who may be on the autistic spectrum explicitly demonstrates methods of how children can get along with one another and nurture friendship groups. Uses a developmental model to ensure its relevance throughout By drawing on the modelling of targeted social skills role play explicit guidance feedback and games this resource is imaginative very practical and is enhanced with visual materials and worksheets to accompany each lesson. http://www.whatsthebuzz.net.au Also available from Routledge: Mark Le Messurier and Madhavi Nawana Parker (2011) What’s the Buzz: A Social Skills Enrichment Programme for Primary Students Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138777040

What's the Buzz? for Primary StudentsA Social and Emotional Enrichment Programme What’s the Buzz? is an internationally renowned series of programmes designed to help children and young people develop social and emotional awareness. Now available in a revised second edition What’s the Buzz for Primary Students is a sixteen-lesson programme targeting everyday social challenges faced by primary aged children such as peer pressure and bullying style behaviours; competition and handling disappointment; feelings and wellbeing and self-awareness. Each lesson is designed around the SAFE criteria (Sequenced; Active; Focused; Explicit) and includes: A new and beautifully illustrated ‘Archie’ story in which the popular character faces a new and relatable social challenge A series of lively and exciting games and activity suggestions Role-plays and discussion points so that children can put their skills into practice in a supportive environment Having already proven to appeal to teachers and support staff counsellors and psychologists worldwide this resource is suitable for anybody looking to enrich the social lives of children. Resources and training modules to support this book can be found on the website www.whatsthebuzz.net.au. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138080317

What's the Matter with Today's Experimental Music?Organized Sound Too Rarely Heard First Published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138453180

What's the Point of International Relations? What’s the Point of International Relations casts a critical eye on what it is that we think we are doing when we study and teach international relations (IR). It brings together many of IR’s leading thinkers to challenge conventional understandings of the discipline’s origins history and composition. It sees IR as a discipline that has much to learn from others which has not yet lived up to its ambitions or potential and where much work remains to be done. At the same time it finds much that is worth celebrating in the discipline’s growing pluralism and views IR as a deeply political critical and normative pursuit. The volume is divided into five parts: • What is the point of IR? • The origins of a discipline • Policing the boundaries • Engaging the world • Imagining the future Although each chapter alludes to and/or discusses central aspects of all of these components each part is designed to capture the central thrust of the concerns of the contributors. Moving beyond western debate orthodox perspectives and uncritical histories this volume is essential reading for all scholars and advanced level students concerned with the history development and future of international relations.    Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138707313

What's the Score This innovative resource is a must have for all youth offending teams and professionals working with young people. The game provides an excellent opportunity for the young person to focus quickly on where they are at the present time understand their situation and the choices they can make to change it (either negative or positive). The young person and his worker can immediately identify areas of progress or regression which promotes discussion on how to move forward what difficulties are being experienced or how far they have moved on. The game begins with the young person understanding their situation by identifying where they are on the board from which a progress plan can be made. The game can then be used at future sessions to assess progress and prompt/encourage/reassess goals. The use of Risk and Safety cards clearly identifies for the young person positive and negative activities and their likely outcomes. Contents Game board; and cards instruction booklet. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863888304

What's the StoryEssays about art theater and storytelling Anne Bogart is an award-winning theatre maker and a best-selling writer of books about theatre art and cultural politics. In this her latest collection of essays she explores the story-telling impulse and asks how she as a ‘product of postmodernism’ can reconnect to the primal act of making meaning and telling stories. She also asks how theatre practitioners can think of themselves not as stagers of plays but ‘orchestrators of social interactions’ and participants in an on-going dialogue about the future.   We dream. And then occasionally we attempt to share our dreams with others. In recounting our dreams we try to construct a narrative... We also make stories out of our daytime existence. The human brain is a narrative creating machine that takes whatever happens and imposes chronology meaning cause and effect... We choose. We can choose to relate to our circumstances with bitterness or with openness. The stories that we tell determine nothing less than personal destiny. (From the introduction)  This compelling new book is characteristically made up of chapters with one-word titles: Spaciousness Narrative Heat Limits Error Politics Arrest Empathy Opposition Collaboration and Sustenance. In addition to dipping into neuroscience performance theory and sociology Bogart also recounts vivid stories from her own life. But as neuroscience indicates the event of remembering what happened is in fact the creation of something new. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415750004

What's Wrong With Ethnography? This stimulating and refreshing study written by one of the leading commentators in the field provides novel answers to these crucial questions. "What's Wrong With Ethnography provides a fresh look at the rationale for and distinctiveness of ethnographic research in sociology education and related fields and succeeds in slaying a number of currently fashionable sacred cows. Relativism critical theory the uniqueness of the case study and the distinction between qualitative and quantitative research are all examined and found wanting as a basis for informed ethnography. The policy and political implications of ethnography are a particular focus of attention. The author compels the reader to reexamine some basic methodological assumptions in an exciting way" Martin Bulmer London School of Economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138168084

What's Wrong With Microphysicalism? 'Microphysicalism' the view that whole objects behave the way they do in virtue of the behaviour of their constituent parts is an influential contemporary view with a long philosophical and scientific heritage. In What's Wrong With Microphysicalism? Andreas Hüttemann offers a fresh challenge to this view.Hüttemann agrees with the microphysicalists that we can explain compound systems by explaining their parts but claims that this does not entail a fundamentalism that gives hegemony to the micro-level. At most it shows that there is a relationship of determination between parts and wholes but there is no justification for taking this relationship to be asymmetrical rather than one of mutual dependence. Hüttemann argues that if this is the case then microphysicalists have no right to claim that the micro-level is the ultimate agent: neither the parts nor the whole have 'ontological priority'. Hüttemann advocates a pragmatic pluralism allowing for different ways to describe nature.What's Wrong With Microphysicalism? is a convincing and original contribution to central issues in contemporary philosophy of mind philosophy of science and metaphysics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873841

What's Wrong with Sociology? Since the 1950s sociology has experienced a decline in prestige when compared with the other social sciences. In some highly publicized cases some universities have retrenched their sociology departments others are contemplating either retrenchment or downsizing of their departments. Although there are some practitioners of the discipline who believe that it has never been in better shape many sociologists have come to believe that there are very serious problems both in the cognitive and social organization of the discipline. This book contains sixteen essays by sociologists who believe that their discipline faces very serious problems which must be overcome if the discipline is to survive and prosper. The contributors were selected to represent diverse views and thus there is substantial disagreement among them over what the problems are that sociology faces and how they may be remedied. In this highly provocative book readers is likely to find some essays they agree with and others they disagree with; but all the essays present important problems faced by the discipline which must be addressed.Although the authors of the sixteen essays do not agree on what is wrong with the discipline there are some themes which appear frequently. In his introduction Cole summarizes and comments on these themes. His introduction centers on the question of whether sociology is entirely socially constructed. Is what we believe to be true about society constrained by empirical evidence or is it a result of our ideology power authority and other social processes? One theme which appears in many of the essays is that sociology has become too ideological and as a result has lost credibility among university administrators politicians and the general public. Many of the essays also stress the view that there are very low levels of consensus in sociology and that it is hard to see evidence of progress. Others criticize the discipline for not dealing with the really important social issues and see much of the work published as being parochial and trivial. Questions are also raised about why the use of causal models has failed to generate solutions to most of the problems the discipline addresses. Some authors believe that the discipline adheres to an overly rational model of human behavior and has failed to keep up with some of the advances introduced by post-modernist theories.This highly readable set of essays should be of interest to all those are concerned about the current state of sociology. They will also be useful in introducing graduate students to some of the most important issues currently being debated in the field.Stephen Cole is currently professor of sociology at the State University of New York at Stony Brook and professor of sociology at the University of Queensland Australia. He is the author of Making Science: Between Nature and Society and with Jonathan R. Cole Social Stratification in Science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517882

What's Your Business?Corporate Design Strategy Concepts and Processes What’s Your Business? offers a comprehensive pathway through the subject of corporate design clarifying the relationship between corporate design and corporate strategy and the terms identity brand image communication and reputation. The book explores the impact of developing digital technology on brand creation and positioning in a marketplace through symbolic and coherent design. A local market trader may buy a van promote his business on a blackboard and proclaim ’daily special offers’. Corporations use computers design websites and communicate with global clients through social media. Yet each business started with an idea and developed a distinctive existence. What’s Your Business? helps you turn a business idea into reality by establishing its existence ethos message and activities. By integrating corporate and design strategy with creative inputs Claire Tomlins illustrates the subject’s diversity. She ensures businesses set goals strategies and plans whilst ensuring they recognise an identity that sparks the corporate design strategy and creative inputs that manifests the company’s aesthetic for marketing purposes; including design management Intellectual Property topics and measures. Business people wishing to know how design can provide added value to their organisation will find this book useful including where they could contribute. Academic concepts and definitions are updated and explanations are provided to business and design students on where each of their skillsets can contribute to a business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879181

What's Your Problem? Identifying and Solving the Five Types of Process Problems Typically root cause analysis is taught by explaining a variety of tools that require users to gain considerable experience before being able to apply them correctly in the proper settings. What's Your Problem? Identifying and Solving the Five Types of Process Problems simplifies process problem solving and outlines specific techniques to help you identify the various types of process problems and solve them effectively and efficiently.Arguing that there are only five types of process problems the book explains that the Six Sigma methodology—define measure analyze improve control (DMAIC)—can be vastly simplified for learning applying teaching and mentoring. It identifies the five types of process problems and describes how to solve them using a three-step procedure: Identify the type of problem Find the root cause Address the root cause Describing how to maximize ROI for Lean Six Sigma initiatives the book: Facilitates the application of Lean and Six Sigma principles to both self-learning and teaching others process improvement Presents time-tested methods to help you reduce start-to-finish improvement/project times Identifies techniques that can shorten the time it takes to complete projects reduce documentation of projects and increase overall understanding of your projects Outlining proven approaches for seamlessly integrating Lean and Six Sigma methodologies with learning and teaching process improvement the book will help to improve your courses so that participants acquire essential skills quicker and at lower costs. For the self-initiated this book will get you identifying and solving the two most common process problems within hours rather than days or weeks. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466552692

Wheat Blast Wheat Blast provides systematic and practical information on wheat blast pathology summarises research progress and discusses future perspectives based on current understanding of the existing issues. The book explores advance technologies that may help in deciding the path for future research and development for better strategies and techniques to manage the wheat blast disease. It equips readers with basic and applied understanding on the identification of disease its distribution and chances of further spread in new areas its potential to cause yield losses to wheat the conditions that favour disease development disease prediction modelling resistance breeding methods and management strategies against wheat blast. Features: Provides comprehensive information on wheat blast pathogen and its management under a single umbrella Covers disease identification and diagnostics which will be helpful to check introduction in new areas Discusses methods and protocol to study the different aspects of the disease such as diagnostics variability resistance screening epiphytotic creation etc. Gives deep insight on the past present and future outlook of wheat blast research progress This book’s chapters are contributed by experts and pioneers in their respective fields and it provides comprehensive insight with updated findings on wheat blast research. It serves as a valuable reference for researchers policy makers students teachers farmers seed growers traders and other stakeholders dealing with wheat. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138599970

WheatChemistry and Utilization "This book meets the need for a comprehensive up-to-date review of wheat chemistry processing and uses. It provides the reader with extensive new information on wheat components that will be useful in better commercial utilization of wheat and the formulation of new and upgraded wheat-based food products. The book serves as a one-volume information resource for all those involved in the research development formulation and evaluation of wheat-based food products. From the Authors' PrefaceWheat continues to be one of the world's most important grains especially as a food where the unique properties of its products can be utilized to advantage. It provides an excellent example of a natural product from which a wide range of useful by-products can be made. This book discusses the components of the wheat kernel which provide interesting examples of study of carbohydrate and protein chemistry as well as lipids minerals and vitamins. This book should serve as a useful reference for the cereal chemist as well as chemists and food technologists in those industries in which by-products of flour are used e.g. the confectionery industry in which modified starches and starch syrups are used. In addition nutritionists dieticians and many kinds of researchers will find chapters of interest. Particular attention is given to particle-size determinations an important area in food processing and to the role of wheat proteins in gluten intolerance and wheat allergy. . . . Both the milling of wheat and flour quality are discussed in order to give the reader an idea of the distribution of the major components and the importance of proper size reduction. The book also has a chapter on wet milling of wheat flour . . . and chapters on the properties and uses of wheat starch starch syrups and chemically modified wheat starch. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367812713

Wheelchair Housing Design Guide The Wheelchair Housing Design Guide explains how to design and detail a home that is fully manageable by wheelchair users and maximises their independence. This fully-updated activity-based guide discusses design considerations requirements and recommendations for various activities carried out within the home; provides design solutions and good practice examples of how to comply with the building accessibility regulations and Building Regulations Part M; reflects and promotes the values and principles of existing strategies for social inclusion and promotes the long-term cost benefits of designing to wheelchair accessibility standards. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859468289

Wheelchair Skills Assessment and Training This book provides a wide spectrum of readers with comprehensive but easily understandable protocols for the assessment and training of wheelchair skills. The Wheelchair Research Team at Dalhousie University and the Capital District Health Authority in Halifax (lead by the author) have focused on wheelchair safety and performance for three decades as exemplified through the Wheelchair Skills Program. This is considered the top such program in the world. This new book is largely based on this program which has been accessed and utilized by over 75 000 people in 177 countries since 2007. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498738811

Wheels and DealsThe Automotive Industry in Twentieth-Century Australia This title was first published in 2001. The emergence and development of automobile production in Australia was a long drawn out and costly business for car buyers and taxpayers. Wheels and Deals is the story of some of the causes and effects of Australian Government policies on the local development of one of the most significant industries of the 20th century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138712706

Wheels in the HeadEducational Philosophies of Authority Freedom and Culture from Confucianism to Human Rights In this popular text Joel Spring provocatively analyzes the ideas of traditional and non-traditional philosophies from Confucianism to human rights regarding the contribution of education to the creation of a democratic society.  The goal is to explore how governments use education to control and manage their populations and to examine forms of education that claim to free people from authoritarian control. A critically original work it is widely used as a text for courses on philosophical social political and historical foundations of education and critical issues in education. Reflecting its global relevance a Chinese translation was published by the University of Peking Press in 2005. New in the third edition: Expanded analysis of the use of education by authoritarian states Revisions to more clearly relate educational ideas to the theme of “wheels in the head” – a phrase coined by philosopher Max Stirner - to describe the use of schools by modern governments to control their citizens New sections on liberation education and on human rights education   Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203857182

Wheels of Progress?Motor transport pollution and the environment. Originally published in 1973 and based on papers published in The International Journal of Environmental Studies this book discusses the impact of road vehicles on the environment. Particular stress is laid on the design of towns and vehicles economic problems associated with these the responsibility of planners and the integration of transport planning and environmental planning at local regional and national levels. Subsequent sections cover the science of accident research and legislation particularly dealing with global pollution control. Many of the problems discussed remain as pressing today as when this book was first published. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367364892

When a Baby Dies of SIDSThe Parents’ Grief and Search for Reason The cause of the number-one killer of apparently healthy infants between the ages of one week and one year Sudden Infant Death Syndrome (SIDS) continues to defy science. This cruel mystery intensifies an already painful experience for bereaved parents who frequently blame themselves for their baby‘s death. This book explores how parents grieve the meanings and casual explanations they attribute to a SIDS death the effects of their grief on family relationships and the strategies they use to cope and carry on. Karen Martin‘s grounded theory study describes in detail the experiences of mothers and fathers whose babies died of SIDS ranging from less than one to over twenty-five years after the baby‘s death. Her work makes an important contribution to health fields and to the social science of medicine and is a critical resource for family doctors public health nurses counsellors ministers and all those working with grieving parents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138403536

When a Child Has Been AbusedTowards Psychoanalytic Understanding and Therapy This important and wide-ranging book explores the world of a child or young person who has been abused or neglected. It seeks to understand their world to ease the pain from which they suffer and to heal the wounds that the abuse has left. Examining how abuse always takes place in the context of relationships and involves a misuse of power that causes a traumatic overwhelming of the child or adolescent abuse also evokes strong countertransference. This affects interventions particularly when clinicians struggle with feelings of which they may feel ashamed. A difficulty in coming to terms with and addressing child abuse relates to unconscious factors which by freezing the emotional area surrounding the abuse (or by blinding the area of personality) makes some thoughts unthinkable. Considering traditional and novel ways of helping children who feel they have been maltreated the book offers suggestions for individual treatment as well as describing the successful work carried out with child refugees. It also offers a glimpse into what child psychoanalysts interpret and do with children who feel a parent hates them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138324015

When a Child Has Been MurderedWays You Can Help the Grieving Parents "When a Child Has Been Murdered: Ways You Can Help the Grieving Parents" is a concise easy- to-read guide that begins with a general discussion of the types of grief that result from death and non-death losses. Then using statements made by parents whose children were murdered it discusses the specifics of murdered-child grief including: the complex emotions felt by the grieving parents how the necessity of interacting with the criminal justice system can alter and enhance these emotions short- and long-term methods these parents employ to work through the grieving process and to reconstruct their shattered lives and how anyone who comes in contact with the parents can help them survive their grief. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415785358

When A Community WeepsCase Studies In Group Survivorship When a Community Weeps provides a model for effective counselor intervention in bereaved communities. Individual chapters have been written by traumatologists psychiatrists psychologists social workers and family members who have witnessed the effects of traumatic events first hand. Each chapter presents a specific traumatic event and gives perspectives on how these events affected the individuals involved as well as the community as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005129

When A Young Man Falls in LoveThe Sexual Exploitation of Women in New Comedy When A Young Man Falls in Love examines the plays of New Comedy to reveal how the sexual relationships between the male and female protagonists are essentially exploitative. It poses important questions about the dramatic portrayal of women in the Greek and Roman worlds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415642798

When Ads WorkNew Proof That Advertising Triggers Sales The "accepted wisdom" in advertising is that ad campaigns are good for building brand recognition and good will but not for immediate sales impact. "When Ads Work" argues the opposite - that well-planned and well-executed advertising campaigns can and should have an immediate impact on sales. Featuring numerous examples from recent ad campaigns the new edition of this popular book is a model for any successful advertising research program. With a device he calls STAS (Short Term Advertising Strength) - a measure of the immediate effect of advertising on sales - the author demonstrates that the strongest ad campaigns can triple sales while the weakest campaigns can actually cause sales to fall by more than 50 percent. He exposes sales promotions as wasteful especially when they are unsupported by advertising and also demonstrates the strong synergy that can operate between advertising and promotion when they are planned and executed in an integrated fashion. "When Ads Work" offers eye-opening research and practical information that no one who studies advertising or spends advertising dollars can afford to ignore. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698199

When All the Friends Have GoneA Guide for Aftercare Providers This volume is a collection of writings from pioneers who have created aftercare programs. The perspectives they offer are wide - from the practical how-to's in developing a program to the more personal stories that enlighten the reader on the motivation behind those who founded the programs. The chapters include information on funeral home based programs as well as those based in schools hospitals and the military. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315223384

When Art Therapy Meets Sex TherapyCreative Explorations of Sex Gender and Relationships Appropriate for both sex therapists and art therapists When Art Therapy Meets Sex Therapy explores sexuality and gender through the use of art making connecting relevant theories and research from both fields. It begins with a historical review of how explorations of anatomy physiology and sexual identity manifested in art making in different cultures and discusses why a clinician must take these spiritual medical and socioeconomic factors in account to offer effective and culturally competent therapy. The second part of the book discusses clinically effective treatments in art and sex therapy and contains numerous case illustrations. Included are interventions for important issues in therapy such as exploring gender identity sexual health and shame processing sexual abuse couples' intimacy parenting concerns regarding their children's sexuality and treating sex addiction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138913134

When Care Work Goes GlobalLocating the Social Relations of Domestic Work Women who migrate into domestic labour and care work are the single largest female occupational group migrating globally at present. Their participation in global migration systems has been acknowledged but remains under-theorized. Specifically the impacts of women migrating into care work in the receiving as well as the sending societies are profound altering gendered aspects of both societies. We know that migration systems link the women who migrate and the households and organizations that employ domestic and care workers but how do these migration systems work and more importantly what are their impacts on the sending as well as the receiving societies? How do sending and receiving societies regulate women’s migration for care work and how do these labour market exchanges take place? How is reproductive labour changed in the receiving society when it is done by women who are subject to multifaceted othering/racializing processes? A must buy acquisition When Care Work Goes Global will be an extremely valuable addition for course adoption in migration labour and gender courses taught in Sociology Anthropology Geography Women's Studies Area Studies and International Development Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600471

When Cats Reigned Like KingsOn the Trail of the Sacred Cats In her fascinating exploration of feline history Georgie Anne Geyer explores the connections between the royal and sacred felines of ancient civilizations and the beloved domestic cats of today. Chasing an irresistible mystery across the globe Geyer conducts exhaustive research into the little-known puzzle of how cats came to occupy their unique position in the lives of humans. Treated with the tenacity resourcefulness and narrative instinct of a seasoned foreign correspondent the investigation yields unexpected answers and poses tantalizing new questions.It was Geyer's curiosity about her own cats that inspired her to study the history of human-feline relations and especially the exalted status of cats among the ancients as royal or sacred beings. In Egypt Geyer learned of the cat-goddess Bastet and of the cat's role in the transmigration of souls. In Myanmar she saw Leonardo DiCaprio Ricky Martin and the other incongruously named cats of the Nga Phe Kyaung monastery trained by the monks to jump through hoops. She even met a family who dutifully guards the heritage of the Japanese Bobtail cultivating the line in—of all places—rural Virginia.Richly illustrated with photographs of Geyer's journeys and historical cat images When Cats Reigned Like Kings describes forty-one recognized modern cat breeds plus other popular cats. Every cat lover can thus trace his or her cat to these breeds and their many relatives. The result is a remarkable book bound to delight and amaze cat fanciers and adventure seekers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412847346

When Children Refuse SchoolA Prescriptive Treatment Approach In this workshop Dr. Albano discusses a prescriptive treatment approach to treating school refusal behavior in children. Dr. Albano begins her workshop with a definition of school refusal and she reviews the four primary reasons underlying school refusal behavior.  She also discusses the most evidence-based methods for assessing these conditions. The workshop focuses on several strategies (e.g. creating routines reinforcement procedures creating contracts etc.) that have been demonstrated to work for effectively engaging parents and school personnel in a partnership to return the child to full school functioning. Runtime: 259 minutes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415841504

When Citizens Talk About Politics This book offers novel insights into the way in which people talk about politics across various countries. Drawing on focus groups research in nine countries including ‘mature’ democracies post-communist ‘new’ democracies and post-authoritarian ‘new’ democracies it offers comparative reflection on how talk about political activity is shaped by peoples’ perceptions of specific opportunities to participate the issues that concern them and the broader political environment. It thus examines citizens’ views of major issues and political grievances in their own words and helps to shed new light on reasons for engagement in political acts whether through electoral or protest channels or political disengagement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138312180

When Crime AppearsThe Role of Emergence In recent years the idea of emergence which suggests that observed patterns in behavior and events are not fully reductive and stem from complex lower-level interactions has begun to take hold in the social sciences. Criminologists have started to use this framework to improve our general understanding of the etiology of crime and criminal behavior. When Crime Appears: The Role of Emergence is concerned with our ability to make sense of the complex underpinnings of the end-stage patterns and events that we see in studying crime and offers an early narrative on the concept of emergence as it pertains to criminological research. Collectively the chapters in this volume provide a sense of why the emergence framework could be useful outlines its core conceptual properties provides some examples of its potential application and presents some discussion of methodological and analytic issues related to its adoption. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415883054

When Democracies CollapseAssessing Transitions to Non-Democratic Regimes in the Contemporary World While the process of democratization is nowadays an established scholarship the reverse process of de-democratization has generated less attention even when the regression or even breakdown of democracy occurred on a regular basis over past decades.This book investigates both the different combination of explanatory factors triggering the transition from democratic rule as well as the role of the actors’ involved in the process. It aims to integrate different levels of analysis and explanatory factors through a comparative analysis of the phenomenon since the beginning of the third wave of democratization. As such it addresses the existing divide between the approaches focused on the conditions and those focused on the processes of change using a mixed-method research design.This text will be of key interest to scholars and students of comparative politics democracy democratization and de-democratization political theory and comparative political institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888572

When Did We All Become Middle Class? In When Did We All Become Middle Class? Martin Nunlee discusses how a lack of class identity gives people a false sense of their relationship to power which has made the US population accept the myth that they live in a meritocracy. This book examines social class within the framework of psychological tendencies everyday interactions institutions and pervasive cultural ideas  to show how Americans have shifted from general concerns of social and economic equality to fragmented interests groups. Written in a conversational style this book is a useful tool for undergraduate courses covering social class such as inequality stratification poverty and social problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138655256

When Does Terrorism Work? This book examines the question of when terrorism works. Determining if political violence is effective and if at all possible when it is effective is vital for both intellectual and practical reasons. The volume contains chapters from scholars who have been at the forefront of the efficaciousness debate and argues that terrorism can be effective in delivering tactical returns but is largely ineffective in realizing strategic goals. The book considers the pros and cons of choosing coercive intimidation to serve political ends from both a theoretical perspective and case study approach. It also outlines some of the methodological problems inherent in the academic debate that has taken place thus far on the subject and suggests ways forward for making future scholarship in this area more inclusive systematic and dialogically fruitful than it has been to date. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589288

When Dreams Came TrueClassical Fairy Tales and Their Tradition First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203949672

When Dreams Came TrueClassical Fairy Tales and Their Tradition For centuries fairy tales have been a powerful mode of passing cultural values onto our children and for many these stories delight and haunt us from cradle to grave. But how have these stories become so powerful and why? In When Dreams Came True Jack Zipes explains the social life of the fairy tale from the sixteenth century on into the twenty-first. Whether exploring Charles Perrault or the Brothers Grimm Hans Christian Andersen or The Thousand and One Nights The Happy Prince or Pinocchio L. Frank Baum or Hermann Hesse Zipes shows how the authors of our beloved fairy tales used the genre to articulate personal desires political views and aesthetic preferences within particular social contexts. Above all he demonstrates the role that the fairy tale has assumed in the civilizing process—the way it imparts values norms and aesthetic taste to children and adults. This second edition of one of Jack Zipes’s best-loved books includes a new preface and two new chapters on J.M. Barrie’s Peter Pan and E.T.A. Hoffman’s The Nutcracker and the Mouse King. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203942246

When Dreams Don't WorkProfessional Caregivers and Burnout When Dreams Don't Work: Professional Caregivers and Burnout presents a fresh perspective on burnout. This book examines the origins and qualities of the dreams (visions) of professional caregivers and the ways those very qualities are risk factors for burnout. ""When Dreams Don't Work: Professional Caregivers and Burnout"" also looks at the institutions in which professional caregivers (medical educational pastoral law enforcement and firefighting) invest their professional dreams and how those institutions contribute to the burnout process. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315231143

When Economic Crises Endure This work represents the French Regulation School approach to the study of economics. Regulationists focus on the long-term evolution of capitalist economies with a strong emphasis on cross-country comparisons. Methodologically their approach is flexible and innovative. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315286334

When Economies Change HandsA Survey of Entrepreneurship in the Emerging Markets of Europe from the Balkans to the Baltic States Gain a comprehensive understanding of the development of entrepreneurship across Eastern Europe Throughout Eastern Europe post-Communist countries transitioning to market-based economies are obtaining a variety of results due to diverse policy approaches. When Economies Change Hands evaluates the nature of entrepreneurship in this region the consequences of central planning the reasons for internal subsistence activity and the emergence of the sex trade in Eastern Europe. The wealth of information in this resource is clearly presented and includes thought-provoking policy prescriptions for the future.It is challenging to predict the direction emerging markets will take particularly when dealing with the wide-ranging social and economic situations taking place in post-Communist Eastern Europe. When Economies Change Hands can help. This reference volume for policymakers educators investors and researchers provides a much-needed and timely survey of the transitioning markets of post-Communist Europe. It examines the historical sociocultural and economic impacts of market transition. The text includes a discussion of the creation and distribution of wealth in the countries of Eastern Europe that will leave you better informed about the dynamics of transitioning economies and the growth of entrepreneurship across Eastern Europe. In addition the book demonstrates the problems and advantages of both slow reform and rapid reform models in a thorough and easy-to-read manner. When Economies Change Hands includes vivid photos of notable entrepreneurs and a sophisticated trail of references for academics that complements the useful and meaningful information you will find in the text.When Economies Change Hands examines how various policies affect the economies of transitioning countries by incorporating and discussing: detailed definitions and comparisons of formal and parallel economies an in-depth study of entrepreneurship in the Republic of Albania the Eastern Bloc of Comecon The Baltic States and the Commonwealth of Independent States pluralism in the former Yugoslav Republics analyses of governmental programs and policy prescriptions for the future and much more!As the market economies of Eastern Europe develop and expand the value of this meticulous yet accessible text will continue to increase. Whether you are a policymaker an educator an investor or a researcher When Economies Change Hands is a resource that you’ll return to again and again as you work to understand and predict the future of post-Communist economies in Eastern Europe. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203049013

When Empire Meets NationalismPower Politics in the US and Russia This innovative study presents an in-depth political and sociological analysis of the internal power politics and imperial forms developed by the Russian neo-eurasianists and the neo-conservatives in the United States. It traces the growth of nationalism and the concept of 'Empire' in relation to the ideologies and foreign policy of both Russia and the USA. Beginning with a genealogy of the two movements the authors present the intricacy of imperial rhetoric and nationalist ideologies in modern states compared with the distinctive definition of Empire as a politico-historical form. The extent to which these ideas have shaped the foreign policy of Russia and the USA is then related to events in Central Asia Afghanistan Iran Iraq Saudi Arabia and Turkey. The analysis of each case provides a better understanding of the imperial character of these foreign policies in relation to their nationalist foundations. The combination of political theory and geopolitics makes this cutting-edge research a must read to all interested in the evolving discourse surrounding Empire. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315547367

When For-Profit Meets NonprofitEducating Through the Market This study addresses the increasing tumult over the commercialization of higher education - a battle over profit and principle money and mission. While many issues in higher education encompass the mission and values of the university the operation of for-profit subsidiaries by nonprofit universities provides the potential for an especially contentious clash. Some faculty have been especially vocal in this debate claiming that the culture of the academy is being irreparably altered as traditional values are being replaced by a corporate style of management or by some hybrid. By answering the questions of why for-profit subsidiaries of nonprofit universities were created how they are governed and managed and what the nature of the relationship with their nonprofit parent is this book contributes to a better understanding of the larger controversy over whether universities have become too business-like too market oriented and whether they have sold their souls and values in the process. In essence the book provides a window into whether it is possible to do business like a business - a trend afoot in the academy - and still retain allegiance to core values. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203942871

When Gay Parents DivorceA Practitioner’s Guide for Understanding and Working with Blended and Reconstructed LGBT Families When Gay Parents Divorce helps mental health practitioners navigate the myriad issues related to same-sex divorce. This book covers such wide-ranging topics as: the mechanics of divorce; how to collaborate on child custody; how to help families educate school personnel pediatricians and lawyers on the unique structure and culture of same-sex families; how to help families navigate the heteronormative legal system; how to consciously co-parent in blended families; and more. Case examples offer actionable advice to mental health professionals who are working to help solve issues that confront gay families and "Tips for Practitioners" at the end of each chapter summarize key information and related techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138658431

When Giants ConvergeRole of US-Japan Direct Investment This text presents an analysis of how international direct investment since World War II has played an important role in the process by which industrial countries generate technology and productivity growth. It covers the complex relations between the US and Japan since 1945. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315485850

When Greeks and Turks MeetInterdisciplinary Perspectives on the Relationship Since 1923 The relationship between the history culture and peoples of Greece Turkey and Cyprus is often reduced to an equation which defines one side in opposition to the other.The reality is much more complex and while there have been and remain significant divisions there are many and arguably more areas of overlap commonality and common interest.This book addresses a gap in the scholarly literature by bringing together specialists from different disciplinary traditions - history sociology anthropology linguistics literature ethnomusicology and international relations so as to examine the relationship between Greeks and Turks as well as between Greek Cypriots and Turkish Cypriots since the founding of the Republic of Turkey in 1923. When Greeks and Turks Meet aims to contribute to current critical and comparative approaches to the study of this complex relationship in order to question essentialist representations stereotypes and dominant myths and understand the context and ideology of events processes and experience. Starting from this interdisciplinary perspective and taking both diachronic and synchronic approaches the book offers a fresh coverage of key themes including memory history and loss; the politics of identity language and culture; discourses of inclusion and exclusion. Contributors focus on the geographical areas of Greece Turkey and Cyprus and on the modern historical period (since 1923) up to the present day offering in some cases an informed perspective that looks towards the future. When Greeks and Turks Meet will be essential reading for students and researchers working on the cross-roads of Greece Turkey and Cyprus on South-East Europe and the Middle East more generally. It will also be a valuable resource for students and researchers in inter-cultural communication cultural and media studies language and education international relations and politics refugee and migration studies conflict and post-conflict studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409446019

When Greeks think about TurksThe View from Anthropology Drawing upon anthropological studies that document culturally specific ways of perceiving ethic Others in Greece and Cyprus this book explores the cultural boundaries of the categories ‘Greek’ and ‘Turk’ and compares views on what it means to be one of these ethnic groups or both. The contributors examine the opinions of diverse social groups such as ordinary middle-class citizens intellectuals army officers children villagers refugees from Asia Minor and Greek-and-Turkisj-Cypriots. They also investigate the local attitudes to international politics and highlight the contextual – as opposed to immutable and essentialist – meaning of evaluations about nations such as Greece Turkey and Cyprus and their citizens. When Greeks think about Turks carefully unpacks the cultural meaning of popular metaphors stereotypes and versions of history as these are articulated in the context of discussions about the Turks in Greece. It sets the template for understanding how local perceptions of resemblance and difference provide a conceptual framework for defining and negotiating ethnic identity at the local national and international level. It sheds valuable light on the politics of identity-making and the constitution of nationalism in Greece and Cyprus. This book was previously published as a special issue of South European Society and Politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315878706

When Groups MeetThe Dynamics of Intergroup Contact Research and theory on intergroup contact have become one of the fastest advancing and most exciting fields in social psychology in recent years. The work is exciting because it combines basic social psychological concerns -- human interaction situational influences on behavior -- with an effective means of improving intergroup relations at a time when the world is witnessing widespread intergroup hatred and strife. This volume provides an overview of this rapidly progressing area of investigation – its origins and early work its current status and recent developments along with criticisms of this work and suggestions for future directions. It covers a range of research findings involving contact between groups drawn from the authors’ extensive meta-analysis of 515 published studies on intergroup contact. This meta-analysis together with the authors’ renowned research on intergroup contact provides a solid foundation and broad overview of the field to which have been added discussions of research extensions and emerging directions. When Groups Meet is a rich comprehensive overview of classic and contemporary work on intergroup contact  and provides insights into where this work is headed in the future. For research specialists this volume not only serves as a sourcebook for research and theory on intergroup contact it also provides the entire 515-item bibliography from the meta-analysis. The clear structure and accessible writing style will also appeal to advanced undergraduate and graduate students in psychology and other social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781841697659

When Happiness Had a Holiday: Helping Families Improve and Strengthen their RelationshipsA Professional Resource For effective use this book should be purchased alongside the storybook. Both books can be purchased together as a set When Happiness Had a Holiday: Helping Families Improve and Strengthen their Relationships [9780367860547] Designed to be used alongside the storybook When Happiness Had a Holiday this colourful practical resource provides therapists with a variety of activities to engage and support family members as they work towards improving and strengthening their family relationships. Healthy and supportive family relationships are essential to mental health and as referrals to Child and Adolescent Mental Health Services continue to rise growing research demonstrates the benefit of involving families in the treatment of children and young people facing emotional and mental health difficulties. This resource takes a solution-focused brief therapy approach to working with families providing professionals with a variety of tools to help family members to recognise their strengths as individuals and as a family and harness these as they search for solutions together. This book features: A range of worksheets with activities to help families recognise difficulties discover solutions and celebrate successes Games focused on encouraging families to recognise their individual and family strengths Guidance for professionals as they use the resource. Fully photocopiable and beautifully illustrated this is a vital resource for social workers counsellors mental health professionals and individual and family psychotherapists working with families and children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367473761

When Happiness Had a Holiday: Helping Families Improve and Strengthen their RelationshipsA Professional Resource and Therapeutic Storybook This beautifully illustrated set contains a storybook and accompanying workbook designed to be used with children and families working to re-build family relationships. Healthy and supportive family relationships are essential to mental health and as referrals to Child and Adolescent Mental Health services continue to rise growing research demonstrates the benefit of involving families in the treatment of children and young people facing emotional and mental health difficulties. This resource takes a solution-focused brief therapy approach to supporting families providing professionals with a variety of tools to help family members to recognise their strengths as individuals and as a family and harness these as they search for solutions together. This resource includes: An engaging and attractive storybook telling the story of an average family who have been visited by ‘shouting’ and must work together to bring happiness back to their home A colourful workbook with a range of photocopiable activities and guidance for the professional Developed out of the author’s 20 years’ experience of working with families in different settings across social care and mental health this is a vital resource for social workers counsellors mental health professionals and individual and family psychotherapists working with families and children. Each book is also available to purchase individually. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367860547

When Happiness Had a Holiday: Helping Families Improve and Strengthen their RelationshipsA Therapeutic Storybook For effective use this book should be purchased alongside the professional guidebook. Both books can be purchased together as a set When Happiness Had a Holiday: Helping Families Improve and Strengthen their Relationships [9780367860547] This beautifully illustrated therapeutic storybook has been designed to support children and families to strengthen their relationships using solution-focused brief therapy. Healthy and supportive family relationships are essential to mental health and as referrals to Child and Adolescent Mental Health Services continue to rise growing research demonstrates the benefit of involving families in the treatment of children and young people facing emotional and mental health difficulties. The storybook explores the struggles faced by a typical family in which relationships have become more tense and conflictual. It can be used to spark discussion about the struggles faced by a family and the ways in which these struggles can be overcome when they work together. This book features: An engaging story with attractive illustrations enabling difficult issues to be explored in a child-friendly manner An accessible and relateable narrative that allows for a discussion of family difficulties without assigning blame Several suggestions for practical steps that can be taken to allow happiness to return to a family. This is a vital resource for social workers counsellors mental health professionals and individual and family psychotherapists working with families and children. Also available is an accompanying workbook with resources and activities: When Happiness Had a Holiday: Helping Families Improve and Strengthen their Relationships: A Professional Resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367473778

When Hens Begin To CrowGender And Parliamentary Politics In Uganda Among African countries Uganda is unique in its affirmative action program for women. In the late 1980s President Yoweri Museveni announced his belief that Uganda's successful development depended on increased gender equity and backed his opinions by setting several women-centered policies in motion including a 1989 rule that at least 39 seats i Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313968

When Honour's at the Stake (Routledge Revivals) Renaissance ideas of honour had a profound influence on the English people who formed Shakespeare’s audiences. In When Honour’s at the Stake first published in 1973 Norman Council describes the increasing importance of these ideas to the themes and structure of a number of Shakespeare’s major plays. The validity of the most widely approved code of honour was being challenged on a variety of fronts yet both personal standards of behaviour and public affairs were habitually understood in terms of honour. A series of tragedies are given their basic form by dramatizing the pernicious effects of man’s disobedience to the various demands of honour; in Julius Caesar Troilus and Cressida Hamlet Othello and King Lear honour is among the principal motives of tragedy. In this way the modern reader’s comprehension of the plays can be greatly enhanced by reference to Elizabethan honour codes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138780538

When Hurt RemainsRelational Perspectives on Therapeutic Failure This book illustrates the myriad of ways in which hurt was created. It presents an integrative picture of relational psychotherapists working analytically dynamically and somatically with therapeutic failures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782202073

When Husbands Come Out of the Closet The discovery that one’s husband is gay or bisexual is a surprise for which most women are totally unprepared. With no guidelines and few professionals able to provide adequate help both partners but especially the wives are apt to feel enormous isolation and confusion. When Husbands Come Out of the Closet based on the results of a landmark study and years of clinical experience is a poignant and compassionate look at the conflicting emotions experienced by women who learn of their husbands’homosexuality. Focusing on the wives’perspectives author Jean Schaar Gochros offers support encouragement and practical advice for coping with the stigma fear and stress experienced by women trying to cope with their husbands’homosexuality. She addresses the often harmful myths surrounding these wives husbands and marriages and questions the quality of help that women usually receive from friends and professionals alike.Combining comprehensive research and personal case histories she has developed crucial guidelines for helping professionals who counsel such couples. This readable book is informative and fascinating reading for both the professional and lay person. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315804071

When Ideas FailEconomic Thought the Failure of Transition and the Rise of Institutional Instability in Post-Soviet Russia In the history of Russian economic ideas a peculiar mix of anthropocentrism and holism provided fertile breeding ground for patterns of thought that were in potential conflict with the market. These patterns did not render the emergence of capitalism in Russia impossible. But they entailed a deep intellectual division between adherents and opponents of Russia’s capitalist transformation that made Russia’s social evolution unstable and vulnerable to external shocks. This study offers an ideational explanation of Russia’s relative failure to establish a functioning market economy and thus sets up a new and original perspective for discussion. In post-Soviet Russia a clash between imported foreground ideas and deep domestic background ideas has led to an ideational division among the elite of the country. Within economic science this led to the emergence of two thought collectives (in the sense of Ludvik Fleck) with entirely different understandings of social reality. This ideational division translated into incoherent policy measures the emergence of institutional hybrids and thus all in all into institutional instability. Empirically the book is based on a systematic qualitative analysis of the writings of Soviet/Russian economists between 1987 and 2012. This groundbreaking book makes an important contribution to Central Eastern and Eastern European area studies and to the current debate on ideas and institutions in the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891121

When Ideas MatteredA Nathan Glazer Reader Sociologist Nathan Glazer's remarkably long and productive career as a New York intellectual spans seven decades from the Great Depression era to the late twentieth century. A voracious intellect with a perpetual sense of curiosity he defies easy labelling. When Ideas Mattered is a critical volume but it also contains autobiographical essays Glazer has written over the years to explain the evolution of his own thought.The book is a sensitive and nuanced examination of a towering intellectual figure on the American scene. It is organized into sections corresponding to Glazer's wide ranging interests: ethnicity race social policy and urbanism and architecture. He has written on the myth of the American melting pot the nature of American communism the perils and importance of affirmative action and the limits of social policy. Because Glazer's work has influenced succeeding generations of thinkers and scholars in a number of fields the editors have included appraisals and assessments by several of these writers written especially for this volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412864169

When is Regional “Beautiful”?Implications for Knowledge Flows Entrepreneurship and Innovation This book focuses on the importance of geography and space in explaining knowledge flows entrepreneurship and innovation. During the last few decades spatial perspectives have enjoyed a growing attention outside the specific discipline of geography both in academic economics and among practitioners of policy and planning. This book constitutes a selection of empirical contributions based on data from Canada the Netherlands Sweden Switzerland and the United Kingdom. The studies address issues of the characteristics of intra- vs. interregional knowledge flows (Weterings and Ponds) the restructural process when a large pharmaceutical (Pharmacia) closes activities (Dahlgren and Valentin) the different structure of university-industry relationships in three countries with differential types of universities (Broström McKelvey and Sandström) the locational organization of knowledge-intensive business services (KIBS) in a metropolitan region (Shearmur and Doloreux) the background of individuals in KIBS start-ups (Andersson and Hellerstedt) and give a critical scrutiny of attempts to create Regional Innovation Systems (Nuur Gustavsson and Laestadius).The contributions thus address relevant contemporary issues regarding the structure of the service economy the role of academia and renewal of industries. They provide valuable information useful to policy-makers planners and academics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874060

When It's Time to Leave Your LoverA Guide for Gay Men When It's Time to Leave Your Lover: A Guide for Gay Men is for people who need help ending a gay male relationship that is no longer viable or for friends and family who want to support a gay man experiencing a breakup. This book provides tips on how to successfully cope with the post-breakup period and how to grow emotionally from the experience. You will discover how to tell a lover good-bye while learning about the psychological and social changes to be anticipated in this situation. When It's Time to Leave Your Lover gives you helpful practical advice on how to cope with ending a relationship in a positive and constructive manner.This unique book contains actual interviews with gay men and vignettes that clearly illustrate the topics. They provide you with a deeper understanding of all aspects of the break-up period. When It's Time to Leave Your Lover is a unique how-to book that gives you helpful and practical advice on such important issues as: making an assessment of your relationship to determine if it is no longer viable constructively leaving your partner and making it a positive experience coping with the uncoupling experience by using specific techniques to avoid common mistakes such as the rebound relationship growing from your uncoupling experience so you can enjoy more fulfilling relationships in the future managing the social and psychological effects of a breakup through use of your support system of family and friends seeking support through specific organizations available in several different cities that help gay men deal with breakupsSincere and full of knowledgeable advice When It's Time to Leave Your Lover offers proven suggestions that will help you revisit the mistakes you made during your relationship preparing you for more satisfying relationships in the future that are based on compatibility respect and trust. A valuable and reader-friendly book When It's Time to Leave Your Lover will enhance your understanding of the break-up experience and will help you understand learn from and get past the heartache of ending a relationship. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809656

When Leaders Face Personal CrisisThe Human Side of Leadership This book examines a relatively unexplored area of leadership research – personal aspects of leadership – by considering the impact of leaders navigating their own personal crises on their relationships with teams peers and supervisors. Through original research as well as an integrative review of the literature Hickman and Knouse focus on the "leader-as-person in crisis " including the real-life personal crises and experiences of leaders. This important volume offers a detailed and thoughtful description of intersecting factors that contribute to the ways in which leaders experience and cope with personal crises to spur additional research attention to this neglected area. This book also offers current and prospective leaders advice and direction on effectively navigating personal crises. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367345655

When Living HurtsDirectives For Treating Depression First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315784571

When Love Is Not EnoughThe Management of Covert Dynamics in Organizations That Treat Children and Adolescents When Love Is Not Enough relates how a multitude of factors--the competence of staff; the safety nurturing and protective elements of the emotional physical and political setting; and all overt and covert organizational dynamics--determine whether or not a treatment setting accomplishes its therapeutic aims. Authors in When Love Is Not Enough continue the emphasis on the group-as-a-whole “Group Relation” model of organizational and group processes begun with Wilfred Bion’s work at the Tavistok Clinic in London in the 1940s. This model helps those providing services to children and adolescents evaluate their treatment programs and make the necessary changes toward improvement.Chapters in When Love Is Not Enough are dedicated to improving the psychological treatment of children and adolescents in postmodern society a society in which life in interdependent communities is becoming increasingly important for the health and survival of all persons. Topics covered include: the Tavistok approach to understanding group and organizational behavior the emphasis on group-as-a-whole in problem solving and treatment design narrowing the gap between plan and outcome the dynamics involved in the psychiatric treatment of children issues of staff selection training and development in programs designed to treat children countertransference responses in the treatment of children and adolescents revitalizing organizations the subjective experience of school lifeWhen Love Is Not Enough helps organizations realize the ways in which they may inadvertently undermine the emotional and cognitive functioning of the staff or the identified patients and set serious limits on the growth of members of the organization staff and patients alike. It urges organizations to conduct an ongoing self-scrutiny concerning their rational and irrational processes as this self-examination is crucial to the health and vitality of the treatment offered to others. The book also promotes thinking of the conscious and unconscious dynamics of the group-as-a-whole to more completely inform organizational decisions concerning changes that may enhance the treatment of children and adolescents.When Love Is Not Enough serves as an invaluable guide for mental health professionals who treat children and adolescents group therapists hospital and clinic administrators psychoanalysts nurses social workers psychologists and psychiatrists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315801001

When Marriages FailSystemic Family Therapy Interventions and Issues Leading experts reveal systemic and integrative approaches to family therapyWhen Marriages Fail: Systemic Family Therapy Interventions and Issues presents several leading experts in the field discussing the full spectrum of clinical interventions and family therapy for troubled and divorcing families. This comprehensive resource presents a broad overview of the literature that provides a foundation for the entire field then narrows its focus to clearly review clinical assessment models and the special issues that may be factors in conflicted families. Therapists psychologists counselors and social workers learn cutting-edge recommendations for policies protecting the well-being of children involved in divorce plus practical specific systemic treatment interventions that are illustrated with case studies.When Marriages Fail is separated into three logically organized sections. Part one provides a helpful overview of the field’s evolving literature as it stands now and gives tools to therapists and their clients to explore their internal and dyadic processes in considering whether or not to divorce. The second part presents two systemic models that explore the dynamics of conflicted couples moving toward divorce and considers specific family circumstances that affect the entire divorce process such as family violence disclosure of gender orientation and the unhappiness of the family’s children. Part three discusses in detail specific and practical treatment interventions considering factors involved when diverse families separate divorce and remarry.The text also provides a fitting tribute to William C. Nichols a pioneer of marital and family therapy.Topics in When Marriages Fail include: the therapist’s choices in helping couples process their own choices an ecosystemic look at the rights of children in divorce interventions for mourning adulterous triangles incongruent goals cultural differences or family of origin disclosing gay or lesbian orientation in marriage domestic violence issues children’s trauma in the parental break-up family therapy interventions through three systemic stages of divorce remarriage of the first spouse in post-divorce families trauma of the betrayed spouse parent loss and serial relationships “gay divorces” and more! With Forewords by Douglas Sprenkle and Augustus Y. Napier as well as several international contributors who shed light on how this compelling subject is addressed outside of the United States When Marriages Fail is an invaluable source of the latest knowledge and interventions for family therapists counselors social workers and psychologists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315808482

When Marx MatteredAn Intellectual Odyssey A beautifully written trenchant and moving memoir When Marx Mattered follows Harold J. Bershady's odyssey from childhood through his coming of intellectual age. The wounds and pleasures of his childhood include fear of Nazis poverty the joys and constraints of Jewishness his caring family and love of music and the confusion surrounding World War II. In this book Bershady describes his teenage encounter with Marxism and how it provided some understanding of the world and hope for peace.Bershady gives us a serious portrayal of the evolution of scholarly judgment but also a social history of the second half of the twentieth century refracted through the author's own experiences in which Jewish Americans played an important but under-appreciated part. Along the way the author corrects the misapprehension that Jewish or non-Jewish American political radicals only evolve into conservatives. Through his own mistakes and hard-won lessons Bershady shows the power importance and morality that intellectual standards play in enabling an intellectual to achieve sound and fair judgments.Bershady firmly believes that his achievements in the social sciences are grounded in the fact that he also studied philosophy literature and history all of which immeasurably deepened his understanding of social life. The generational portrait in this book is both an homage to those who preceded him and a hope for educational broadening of social science in the generation to come. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517905

When Media Succumbs to Rising AuthoritarianismCautionary Tales from Venezuela’s Recent History This book provides a transversal scholarly exploration of the multiple changes exhibited around Venezuelan media during the Chávez regime. Bringing together a body of original research by key scholars in the field the book looks at the different processes entailed by Chavismo’s relationship with the media extending their discussion beyond the boundaries of the specific cases or examples and into the entire articulation of a nearly-perfect communicational hegemony.  It explores the wide-ranging transformations in the national mediascape such as how censorship of journalistic endeavors has impacted news consumption/production in the country to the complexities of Venezuelan filmmaking during Chavismo from the symbolic postmortem persistence of Chávez to the profound transformations undergone by telenovelas from the politically induced migration of online audiences to the reinvention of media spaces for cultural journalism as forms of resistance.  Allowing readers to engage not only with the particular case studies or exemplars presented but with the underlying cultural economic political societal and technical aspects that come into play and which allow the extrapolation of this body of research onto other national or international contexts this book will be an important resource for scholars and students of journalism communication media studies and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367616168

When Men Revolt and Why The environment within which humans interact has changed dramatically since the Industrial Revolution. However their expectations stem from the same hopes and dreams people have had from the beginning of humankind. When Men Revolt and Why encourages readers to look closer and more deeply into the relationships between humans and the institutions that have originated to help them realize their full potential.The contributors not only examine people but also the need to change institutions that have outworn their usefulness. When institutions inhibit rather than facilitate everyone's desire to live a full life the result is likely to be violence. This book offers the ideas of many people who have tried to dig deeper into basic causes of violence. Included in this volume are selections by Aristotle Tocqueville./Marx and Engels and Brinton. The ideas they espoused still hold vitality.In his new introduction James Davies talks about the circumstances under which this book was originally published. In Vietnam a people were fighting for their autonomy. In the United States many Americans were protesting against American involvement in the Vietnam War. Blacks were marching for their civil rights. Women were fighting for equality. Time has tempered these conflicts.Davies maintains that we remain ignorant of the elemental forces that impel people and nations to resort to violence. We are usually surprised by their anger and shocked by their violence. Davies asserts that we need to learn more about how humans respond to change so as to prepare ourselves for such responses to change. When Men Revolt and Why is as timely as ever as we deal with uncertainty in various areas of the world - the former Yugoslavia the Middle East and Ireland among others. It is especially pertinent for political scientists historians and sociologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540491

When Men Were MenMasculinity Power and Identity in Classical Antiquity When Men Were Men questions the deep-set assumption that men's history speaks and has always spoken for all of us by exploring the history of classical antiquity as an explicitly masculine story.With a preface by Sarah Pomeroy this study employs different methodologies and focuses on a broad range of source materials periods and places. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203759417

When Minds Meet: The Work of Lewis Aron This extraordinary volume offers a sampling of Lewis Aron’s most important contributions to relational psychoanalysis. One of the founders of relational thinking Aron was an internationally recognized psychoanalyst sought after teacher lecturer and the Director of the New York University Postdoctoral Program in Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis. His pioneering work introduced and revolutionized the concepts of mutuality the analyst’s subjectivity and the paradigm of mutual vulnerability in the analytic setting. During the last few years of his life Aron was exploring the ethical considerations of writing psychoanalytic case histories and the importance of self-reflection and skepticism not only for analysts with their patients but also as a stance towards the field of psychoanalysis itself. Aron is known for his singular highly compelling teaching and writing style and for an unparalleled ability to convey complex often comparative theoretical concepts in a uniquely inviting and approachable way. The reader will encounter both seminal papers on the vision and method of contemporary clinical practice as well as cutting edge newer writing from the years just before his death. Edited and with a foreword by Galit Atlas each chapter is preceded by a new introduction by some of the most important thinkers in our field: Jessica Benjamin Michael Eigen Jay Greenberg Adrienne Harris Stephen Hartman Steven Kuchuck Thomas Ogden Joyce Slochower Donnel Stern Merav Roth Chana Ullman and Aron himself. This book will make an important addition to the libraries of experienced clinicians and psychoanalytic scholars already familiar with Aron’s work as well as students newer professionals or anyone seeking an introduction to relational psychoanalysis and one of its most stunning vibrant voices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367622121

When Music MigratesCrossing British and European Racial Faultlines 1945�2010 When Music Migrates uses rich material to examine the ways that music has crossed racial faultlines that have developed in the post-Second World War era as a consequence of the movement of previously colonized peoples to the countries that colonized them. This development which can be thought of in terms of diaspora can also be thought of as postmodern in that it reverses the modern flow which took colonizers and sometimes settlers from European countries to other places in the world. Stratton explores the concept of ’song careers’ referring to how a song is picked up and then transformed by being revisioned by different artists and in different cultural contexts. The idea of the song career extends the descriptive term ’cover’ in order to examine the transformations a song undergoes from artist to artist and cultural context to cultural context. Stratton focuses on the British faultline between the post-war African-Caribbean settlers and the white Britons. Central to the book is the question of identity. For example how African-Caribbean people have constructed their identity in Britain can be considered through an examination of when ’Police on My Back’ was written and how it has been revisioned by Lethal Bizzle in its most recent iteration. At the same time this song written by the Guyanese migrant Eddy Grant for his mixed-race group The Equals crossed the racial faultline when it was picked up by the punk-rock group The Clash. Conversely ’Johnny Reggae’ originally a pop-ska track written about a skinhead by Jonathan King and performed by a group of studio artists whom King named The Piglets was revisioned by a Jamaican studio group called The Roosevelt Singers. After this the character of Johnny Reggae takes on a life of his own and appears in tracks by Jamaican toasters as a Rastafarian. Johnny’s identity is then totally transformed. It is this migration of music that will appeal not only to those studying popular music but Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879426

When Older Women SpeakAging Emotional Distress and the Self Studying the interaction of gender class race/ethnicity and aging in the depression experience of older women provides a unique opportunity to understand how aging plays a significant role in shaping conceptions of self and emotional health trajectories for women. Based on author interviews with mostly working-class depressed elderly women this book contributes to the theoretical understanding of femininity and aging and the practical implications for policy and effective health care treatment. Cultivating an "alternative self" can reduce older women’s suffering and provide the emotional resources to change their inner worlds even if the outer world stretches beyond their control. Depression affects women twice as often as men. Up to 40 percent of older adults respond poorly to depression treatment and depression is linked to higher morbidity and mortality rates and cognitive decline. Older adults with depression have 50 percent higher health care costs yet depression is accurately recognized in less than one half of older adults in primary care. While older men are more likely to die by suicide older women are two to three times more likely to attempt suicide and depression is the best predictor of suicide in older adults. Latina and African American women have lower rates of depression treatment compared to non-minority women. From issues of health care access to the stigma of depression older Latinas and African American women are at an increased risk for untreated depression. This book seeks to address some of the significant gaps in our knowledge of late-life depression in women especially in ethnic minorities ranging from detection and efficacy of depression treatment to informal influences (e.g. family) on formal depression care seeking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367442019

When One Wants Out And The Other Doesn'tDoing Therapy With Polarized Couples For anyone who practices marriage and family therapy the author says they have one kind of client population that seems to be a modal or predominating type. For three decades he has experienced more marital situations where one of the couple wants “out” of the marriage and the other wants to “stay in” than any other type. The idea for this collection of first-person therapy methodologies developed after two successive national meetings of the American Association for Marriage and Family Therapy (AAMFT) in New York (1985) and Orlando (1986). The cases that were discussed were characterized by the presence of alcoholism and drug and other addictions rather than  presentations that dealt with a polarized couple wherein the marriage had simply become a devitalized ho-hum relationship.  This volume seeks to address the balance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009523

When Organization FailsWhy Authority Matters When Organization Fails: Why Authority Matters develops the study of authority as an area of investigation in organizational communication and management. As a research topic authority has rarely been addressed in depth in the management and organizational communication literature. It is critical however to maintaining unity of purpose and action of the organization and it is frequently cited by organizational members themselves. Utilizing two case studies examined in depth and based on the accounts of the individuals involved authors James R. Taylor and Elizabeth J. van Every explore the pathology of authority when it fails. They develop a theoretical foundation that aims to illuminate authority by positioning it in communication theory. This volume sets the stage for a new generation of scholars who can make their reputations as experts on authority and is intended for scholars and graduate students in organizational communication leadership and discourse analysis. It also offers practical insights to consultants and management experts worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415741668

When Parents DieLearning to Live with the Loss of a Parent The death of a parent marks an emotional and psychological watershed in a person's life. For children and teenagers the loss of a parent if not handled sensitively can be a lasting trauma and for adults too a parent's death can be a tremendous blow. When Parents Die speaks to bereaved children of all ages. Rebecca Abrams draws on her personal and professional understandings of parental loss as well as the experiences of many other adults teenagers and children to provide the reader with an honest compassionate and insightful exploration of the experience of losing a parent. The book covers the entire course of grieving from the immediate aftermath of a parent's death through to the point of recovery paying particular attention to the many circumstances that can prolong and complicate mourning including sudden death. An indispensible aid to the bereaved and the many professionals who work with them this book is written in a clear and sympathetic style. It has been fully revised for this third edition to take recent research into account. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415590129

When Power CorruptsAcademic Governing Boards in the Shadow of the Adelphi Case "It is often said that the American academic protected by tenure is free to do pretty much as he or she pleases. Lewis argues that this freedom is largely an illusion. Faculty actions are greatly limited by governing boards and the academic administrators they appoint who control institutional resources. Although ostensibly independent professionals in many ways faculty have no more autonomy than most employees. Indeed what power they have derives from faculty-student relationships. Lay governing boards ultimately control how money is spent and who spends it. This volume addresses issues relating to current debates over the most appropriate and effective method of academic governance.When Power Corrupts details the conflict between the governing board and administration and faculty at Adelphi University in Garden City New York between 1985 and 1996. This conflict culminated in the removal of the Board of Trustees by the New York State Board of Regents. The new trustees in turn removed the president. Although the book focuses on board administration-faculty relations at one university its findings have implications for almost all other institutions of higher learning in the United States. Lewis draws on the nearly 8 000-page transcript of the hearings of the Regents. These eleven volumes of exhibits include hundreds of documents obtained from individuals and organizations.Lewis suggests that academic administrators have more control of governing boards than is generally recognized. Besides influencing who is asked to join a board administrators may largely determine the information boards receive and on which they must make decisions. When faced with decisions boards often defer to academic administrators or acquiesce to a campus president's suggestions. Because conflict over governance all too often takes precedence over academic work on American campuses the implications for higher learning are profound. Faculty academic administrators members of governing boards college students and their parents and general readers concerned about problems relating to American higher education will find this book provocative and informative.Lionel S. Lewis is professor emeritus of sociology and adjunct professor of higher education at SUNY/Buffalo. He has written more than 150 research articles essays and reviews. He is the author of Cold War on Campus: A Study of the Politics of Organizational Control and The Cold War and Academic Governance: The Lattimore Case at Johns Hopkins. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517912

When Professionals WeepEmotional and Countertransference Responses in Palliative and End-of-Life Care When Professionals Weep speaks to the humbling and often transformational moments that clinicians experience in their careers as caregivers and healers—moments when it is often hard to separate the influence of our own emotional responses and worldviews from the patient’s or family’s. When Professionals Weep addresses these poignant moments—when the professional's personal experiences with trauma illness death and loss can subtly often stealthily surface and affect the helping process. This edition like the first both validates clinicians’ experiences and also helps them process and productively address compassion fatigue burnout and secondary traumatic stress. New material in the second edition includes increased emphasis on the burgeoning fields of hospice and palliative care organizational countertransference mindfulness and compassionate practice. It includes thought-provoking cases self-assessments and exercises that can be used on an individual dyadic or group basis. This volume is an invaluable handbook for practitioners in the fields of medicine mental health social work nursing chaplaincy the allied health sciences psychology and psychiatry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884540

When Psychological Problems Mask Medical DisordersA Guide for Psychotherapists Widely regarded as a standard clinical resource this book helps practitioners think outside the mental health box and recognize when a client may need a medical evaluation. Part I provides an accessible overview of symptoms that can be observed in a standard mental status examination and may point to medical illness. Engaging case vignettes and interviewing pointers help readers hone their diagnostic skills. Part II presents concise facts--including basic medical information and physical and mental symptoms--on more than 60 diseases and syndromes. An easy-to-read chart in Part III cross-tabulates all of the disorders and symptoms for quick reference and comparison.New to This Edition*Reflects more than 15 years of advances in medical and mental health knowledge. *Updated throughout for DSM-5.*Additional medical disorders: celiac disease traumatic brain injury heavy-metal toxicity and others.*Updated links to further reading on each health condition. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462521760

When Race Meets ClassAfrican Americans Coming of Age in a Small City A rare 15-year ethnography this book follows the lives of individual low-income African American youth from the beginning of high school into their early adult years. Levine shows how their interaction and experience with multiple institutions (family school community) and individuals (parents friends teachers coaches strangers) shape their hopes fears aspirations and worldviews. The intersectionality of their social identities—how race class and gender come together to influence how they come to think about who they are—influences many behaviors that directly contradict their stated aspirations. Affected too by limited access to resources these youths often take a path profoundly different from their stated values and life goals. Levine explores the volatility and constraints underlying their decision-making and behaviors. The book reveals the critical junctures and turning points shaping life trajectories challenging many long-held assumptions about the persistence of racial inequality by offering new insights on the educational and occupational barriers facing young African Americans. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367134891

When Rape was LegalThe Untold History of Sexual Violence during Slavery When Rape was Legal is the first book to solely focus on the widespread rape perpetrated against enslaved black women by white men in the United States. The routine practice of sexual violence against enslaved black women by white men the motivations for this rape and the legal context that enabled this violence are all explored and scrutinized. Enlightening analysis found that rape was not merely a result of sexual desire and opportunity or simply a form of punishment and racial domination but instead encompassed all of these dimensions as part of the identity of white masculinity. This provocative text highlights the significant role that white women played in enabling sexual violence against enslaved black women through a variety of responses and at times through their lack of response to the actions of the white men in their lives. Significantly this book finds that sexual violence against enslaved black women was a widespread form of oppression used to perform white masculinity and reinforce an intersectional hierarchy. Additionally white women played a vital role by enabling this sexual violence and perpetuating the subordination of themselves and those subordinate to them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138629684

When Sex Became Gender When Sex Became Gender is a study of post-World War II feminist theory from the viewpoint of intellectual history. The key theme is that ideas about the social construction of gender have its origins in the feminist theorists of the postwar period and that these early ideas about gender became a key foundational paradigm for both second and third wave feminist thought. These conceptual foundations were created by a cohort of extraordinarily imaginative and bold academic women. While discussing the famous feminist scholars—Simone de Beauvoir Margaret Mead—the book also hinges on the work of scholars who are lesser known to American audiences—Mirra Komarovsky Viola Klein and Ruth Herschberger The postwar years have been an overlooked period in the development of feminist theory and philosophy and Tarrant makes a compelling case for this era being the turning point in the study of gender. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203819494

When Small Countries Crash The public is fascinated with financial crashes. Historians portray the roar of an angry mob toppling presidents or prime ministers and destroying the property of those who are regarded as malefactors. And certainly financial crisis is often a factor in political change. It is often overlooked but nonetheless significant that one of the major causes for the French Revolution was the poor state of finances with the nation coming to bankruptcy.Large systemic financial crises create history. Various actors big and small become caught in the drama contributing to it in their own special way. When Small Countries Crash seeks to capture some of the drama of financial collapses and their impact on small countries which the authors define as populations under 10 million generally 5-6 million. MacDonald and Novo have selected countries that have had a financial crisis in the national economy; that included key actors; and where access to reliable data is available.As the authors demonstrate the story of small countries suffering the costs of financial missteps is long and painful. They argue that smaller economies tend to be more vulnerable to economic shocks many of which are externally generated. Small economies confront particular challenges in terms of economies of scale diversification and depth of expertise and workforce. The chapters in this absorbing book focus on Iceland Latvia Ireland the Caribbean Scotland Finland and Albania. This in-depth study is unique in its close look at financial disasters in countries that have until now been overlooked. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517929

When Soldiers Say NoSelective Conscientious Objection in the Modern Military Traditionally few people challenged the distinction between absolute and selective conscientious objection by those being asked to carry out military duties. The former is an objection to fighting all wars - a position generally respected and accommodated by democratic states while the latter is an objection to a specific war or conflict - theoretically and practically a much harder idea to accept and embrace for military institutions. However a decade of conflict not clearly aligned to vital national interests combined with recent acts of selective conscientious objection by members of the military have led some to reappraise the situation and argue that selective conscientious objection ought to be legally recognised and permitted. Political social and philosophical factors lie behind this new interest which together mean that the time is ripe for a fresh and thorough evaluation of the topic. This book brings together arguments for and against selective conscientious objection as well as case studies examining how different countries deal with those who claim the status of selective conscientious objectors. As such it sheds new light on a topic of increasing importance to those concerned with military ethics and public policy within military institutions government and academia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246058

When Someone You Love Suffers from Posttraumatic StressWhat to Expect and What You Can Do For trauma survivors struggling with intense memories and emotions it often feels like life won't ever be ""normal"" again. Effective treatments are out there but the needs of family members are often overlooked. Will the person you love ever get better? What can you do to promote healing? Where can you turn when you just can't cope? From experienced trauma specialists Drs. Claudia Zayfert and Jason C. DeViva this compassionate guide is packed with information support vivid stories and specific advice. Learn to navigate the rough spots day by day and help your loved one find a brighter tomorrow. Mental health professionals see also the related treatment manual Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for PTSD. Association for Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies (ABCT) Self-Help Book of Merit Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781609180652

When States Take Rights BackCitizenship Revocation and Its Discontents When States Take Rights Back draws on contributions by international experts in history law political science and sociology offering a rare interdisciplinary and comparative examination of citizenship revocation in five countries revealing hidden government rationales and unintended consequences. Once considered outdated citizenship revocation – also called deprivation or denationalization – has come back to the political center in many Western liberal states. Contributors scrutinize the positions of stakeholders (e.g. civil servants representatives of civil society judges supranational institutions) and their diverse rationales for citizenship revocation (e.g. allegations of terrorism treason espionage criminal behaviour and fraud in the naturalisation process). The volume also uncovers the variety of tools that national governments have at their disposition to change existing citizenship revocation laws and policies and the constraints that they are faced with to actually implement citizenship revocation in daily operations. Finally contributors underscore the extraordinary severity of sanctions implied by citizenship revocation and offer a nuanced picture of the material and symbolic forms of exclusion not only for those whose citizenship is withdrawn but also for minority groups (wrongly) associated with the aforementioned allegations. Indeed revocation policies target not merely individuals but specific collective categories which tend to be ethno-racially constructed and attributed specific location within the international status hierarchy of nation-states. International and interdisciplinary in scope When States Take Rights Back will be of great interest to scholars of politics international law sociology and political and legal history and Human Rights. The chapters were originally published in Citizenship Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367896454

When the Bough Breaks...Our children our environment TO ACCOMPANY A MAJOR ITV DOCUMENTARY We are poisoning our planet and destroying the lives of our children. In the west arguments rage over how much nuclear radiation and toxic dumping is safe while children continue to breath filthy air and eat food full of pesticides. In the third World over four million children die each year from drinking unclean water. Adults make the decisions but children pay the highest price. They are physically vulnerable and politically powerless. When the Bough Breaks... is about the world we are creating for our children. For too long we have used what we want from our planet now refusing to think about the future. But it may still not be too late. The book sets out what must be done and describes how people throughout the world are uniting to clean up the mess we have made. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852074

When the Bubble BurstsClinical Perspectives on Midlife Issues There are common midlife events that account for the special narcissistic vulnerabilities of this period of life and Eda Goldstein ably reviews these events and the theoretical perspectives commonly brought to bear on them.   In When the Bubble Bursts however Goldstein's special concern is those individuals who come to midlife with heightened narcissistic vulnerabilities that make the navigation of this stage of life more difficult still.  In understanding the latter such patients and devising a treatment approach appropriate to their "self" issues Goldstein adopts a broadly self-psychological frame of reference.  It is a matter she finds again and again of understanding how current stressors frustrate healthy self needs and trigger narcissistic vulnerabilities.  Self-psychologically informed treatment which in Goldstein's pragmatic purview embraces modalities that are to varying degrees supportive psychodynamic and psychoanalytic reworks and strengthens self structures in helping patients find new ways of affirming their sense of self.  Her substantive case studies which accompany the reader through all the chapters in her study draw on personal and supervisory experiences to illustrate crucial foci of the treatment process with a range of midlife patients in psychotherapy.  Eda Goldstein presents a study that comprises an admirable blend of theoretical astuteness clinical wisdom and personal honesty.  Her clinical study of midlife narcissistic pathology is bracketed by her balanced discussion of theoretical perspectives on adult development and her concluding consideration of the countertransference issues elicited by midlife patients in midlife therapists.  When the Bubble Bursts is an edifying contribution to the literatures of psychodynamic psychotherapy self psychology and adult development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005655

When the Caregiver Becomes the PatientA Journey from a Mental Disorder to Recovery and Compassionate Insight Examine a compelling account of a professional caregiver’s inspirational struggle with a mind/body illness and the renewed sense of compassion his recovery provides.This uplifting narrative is the story of a caregiving professional stricken by panic attacks a wounded healer desperate to be healed. When the Caregiver Becomes the Patient is the candid and compassionate first-hand account of Daniel Langford’s struggle with the anxiety disorder that signals a physical cognitive and emotional crisis that paralyzes him despite his extensive background as a health care professional social worker and pastoral minister. His journey from the disorder’s horrifying onset to the understanding and acceptance of its roots and finally to an insight that evokes a renewed appreciation for the human spirit is an inspirational guide to healing and recovery.The anecdotal form of When the Caregiver Becomes the Patient lends itself to a personal retelling of Langford’s struggle detailing his sessions with family physician Dr. David Betat and colleague and co-author Dr. Emil Authelet as they explore the biopsychosocial and spiritual dimension of Langford’s attacks. Their informal dialogues serve as a model of how a lateral relationship between colleagues can create an environment for healing and recovery that can be passed on to others. The book also critiques and reviews existing literature on panic attacks and anxiety disorders related to the author’s search for understanding.When the Caregiver Becomes the Patient examines: panic attacks--cause treatment and recovery a critique of existing literature on panic attacks clinical and spiritual perspectives on anxiety disorders critical elements of the healing process effects on the caregiver’s relationship with his/her client a fresh model for the caregiver/patient relationshipAn essential resource for caregivers counselors and therapists educators physicians and health care and religious professionals as well as those searching for an understanding of anxiety disorders When the Caregiver Becomes the Patient reassures those who receive care that the care giver struggles with life as well. That understanding of the mutuality of pain and recovery creates a connection that helps ease the isolation that often accompanies suffering. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786223

When the Golden Bough BreaksStructuralism or Typology? This original provocative study first published in 1973 presents a new method of interpretation of mythology and reveals the wide-ranging implications of this universal phenomenon for many disciplines. The volume begins with a sympathetic but critical examination of Lévi-Strauss’s interpretation of mythology. Professor Munz points out the deficiencies in structuralist interpretations and takes Lévi-Strauss’s neglect of the historicity of all myths as a starting-point for an alternative approach to mythology. Myths he argues come in typological series. If the whole series is read forward to the most specific version the myths will reveal their inherent meaning typologically. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138641877

When the Moon Waxes RedRepresentation Gender and Cultural Politics In this new collection of her provocative essays on Third World art and culture Trinh Minh-ha offers new challenges to Western regimes of knowledge. Bringing to her subjects an acute sense of the many meanings of the marginal she examines topics such as Asian and African texts the theories of Barthes questions of spectatorship the enigmas of art and the perils of anthropology. When the Moon Waxes Red is an extended argument against reductive analyses even those that appear politically adroit. The multiply-hyphenated peoples of color are not simply placed in a duality between two cultural heritages; throughout Trinh describes the predicament of having to live "a difference that has no name and too many names already." She argues for multicultural revision of knowledge so that a new politics can transform reality rather than merely ideologize it. By rewriting the always emerging already distorted place of struggle such work seeks to "beat the master at his own game." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203700624

When The Opposite Sex Isn'tSexual Orientation In Male-to-Female Transgender People When there is uncertainty about the gender identity or social gender role of an individual determining exactly who the opposite sex is can be a complicated question for both the transgender person and for those who seek to relate to her. Written in both an enlightened and a reader friendly style interspersed with vignettes When the Opposite Sex Isn’t offers a combination of insights and common sense understanding of the diversity of the human condition together with concepts of gender and sexuality that expand the horizons of any mental health professional regardless of the clinical focus of his or her work. Samons challenges concepts once taken for granted thus providing stimulus for creative thinking which many lay readers will also find interesting and entertaining whether or not they are (thus far) acquainted with a transgender person. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203843703

When the Past Is Always PresentEmotional Traumatization Causes and Cures When the Past Is Always Present: Emotional Traumatization Causes and Cures  introduces several new ideas about trauma and trauma treatment. The first of these is that another way to treat disorders arising from the mind/brain may be to use the senses. This idea which is at the core of psychosensory therapy forms what the author considers the "third pillar" of trauma treatment (the first and second pillars being psychotherapy and psychopharmacology). Psychosensory therapy postulates that sensory input—for example touch—creates extrasensory activity that alters brain function and the way we respond to stimuli. The second idea presented in this book is that traumatization is encoded in the amygdala only under special circumstances. Thus by understanding what makes an individual resistant to traumatization we can offer a way of preventing it. The third idea is that traumatization occurs because we cannot find a haven during the event. This is the cornerstone of havening the particular form of psychosensory therapy described in the book. Using evolutionary biological principles and recently published neuroscientific studies this book outlines in detail how havening touch de-links the emotional experience from a trauma essentially making it just an ordinary memory. Once done the event no longer causes distress. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872615

When the Soul Remembers ItselfAncient Greece Modern Psyche Do the ancient Greek poets playwrights philosophers and mythologies have anything to say to modern human beings? Is their time finished or do their insights have as much relevance to the human condition as they did 2 500 years ago? When the Soul Remembers Itself continues the exploration of the connections between ancient and modern psyche with a resounding affirmation of its ongoing relevance.   Uniquely combining poetry drama and storytelling in a pioneering collection an international selection of contributors each explore a character myth or theme from ancient Greece in the context of its relevance to the modern psyche. Each author enters an imaginative dialogue that pieces and bridges together fragments of the past with the present exploring themes such as initiation war love paranoia tragedy and the soul’s journey through the vicissitudes of life on earth through characters such as Ajax Persephone Orpheus Electra the Apostle Paul Perpetua and Jocasta. Understanding myth is crucial in Jungian analysis and by connecting the modern person with the age-old questions of life and death the contributors bring truly archetypal narratives to life and speak to the human condition throughout the ages. When the Soul Remembers Itself will be of great interest to academics and students of Jungian and post-Jungian studies classics ancient religion archetypal studies and mythology. As the contributors’ conclusions apply to both contemporary theory and clinical practice it will also appeal to Jungian analysts and psychotherapists in practice and training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138310759

When the Spirit Says Sing!The Role of Freedom Songs in the Civil Rights Movement First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987081

When the Sun Fell Out of the SkyA Short Tale of Bereavement and Loss This beautifully illustrated therapeutic picture book tells the story of Stan the Giraffe. Stan loves the sun and to feel its warmth on his long back; but one day it suddenly and unexpectedly falls from the sky and disappears from his life. Stan experiences many different and difficult emotions throughout the story reflecting the seven stages of grief. The story aims to normalise these feelings which for children and those around them can be frightening. This storybook has been written to support key adults in helping bereaved children to find a way to cope manage and make it through their grief. The resource Supporting Children through Bereavement and Loss has been written to accompany the storybook providing information guidance and ideas for anyone supporting a grieving child in school or at home. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360440

When the Wall Came DownReactions to German Unification First Published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175723

When the World Closed Its DoorsStruggling to Escape Nazi-occupied Europe "[A] memoir of one couple's escape from the Nazis ...[full of] ingenuity and determination." Michael R. Marrus Professor of Holocaust Studies University of Toronto At the beginning of World War II the US and other countries erected a "paper wall"-- a bureaucratic maze that prevented all but a small number of Jewish refugees from emigrating from Nazi-Occupied Europe.When the World Closed Its Doors tells the true story of a young couple who like many European Jews were caught between the Nazis and the "paper wall". Ida Piller-Greenspan was married in Belgium on May 9 1940. That night the Nazis invaded Belgium. She and her new husband survived the next four months hitchhiking through occupied territory hiding in barns and tunnels dodging bombs near Dunkirk crossing the Pyrenees on foot and enduring weeks with little food and no money. Ultimately they arrived in Portugal certain they would find sanctuary somewhere in the world beyond Europe's borders. But their trials were not over. It took nine anxious months for them to find a country that would let them in -- months spent watching in horror as most refugees were forced back to uncertain lives in their home countries. Forty years later Ida an accomplished artist created a pictorial diary of their journey. Her prints -- lyrical haunting and compelling -- are accompanied by a page-turning narrative that bears witness to this treacherous and largely forgotten chapter of World War II history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631158

When Theories TouchA Historical and Theoretical Integration of Psychoanalytic Thought This book aims to deconstruct the different theoretical perspectives of psychoanalysis and reconstruct these concepts in a language that is readily understood. Wherever possible this is meant not to do away with terms that are meaningful but to attempt to clarify terms and concepts. The book comes in three sections. The first examines Freud's Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329730

When Therapists CryReflections on Therapists’ Tears in Therapy When Therapists Cry addresses one of the most authentic and singularly human experiences a therapist can have in therapy: crying. While therapist crying in therapy is the explicit focus of this book it is used as a springboard for understanding the various ways in which therapists’ emotions come alive—and become visible—in the therapy room. In depth clinical examples and conceptualizations from expert contributors illustrate what the experience of therapist crying looks and feels like: why therapists cry how crying impacts the therapist and the treatment what therapists feel about their tears and the many ways in which therapists may engage with their own tears in order to facilitate therapeutic progress ensure appropriate professional conduct and deepen their clinical work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138927315

When Things Go WrongForeign Policy Decision Making under Adverse Feedback What happens when a government begins a major foreign policy commitment and then later receives new information that it is failing? The question of how to deal with adverse feedback to high-stakes foreign policy speaks to a number of important current scenarios in international relations. Indeed how to handle signs that major prior commitments are not working as intended is common to every aspect of human existence—from the owner of an old car who has to decide whether to make additional repairs after a critical breakdown to management deciding what course to follow when a new investment fails. Important work has been undertaken on this decision dilemma in a variety of fields. This book brings many of these insights to bear on the especially challenging circumstances where life and death and international politics can add dramatically to the costs of ineffective reactions. The esteemed contributors to this book offer explanations and illustrative case studies of these critical choice points in foreign and national security policy. They offer alternative theoretical frameworks for determining if and when policy will change in response to evidence of failing efforts. Competing theories from several of disciplines—primarily psychology political science and management—offer insight into a subject that has been rarely studied in foreign policy yet is as current as today’s headlines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415895293

When to Use What Research Design Systematic practical and accessible this is the first book to focus on finding the most defensible design for a particular research question. Thoughtful guidelines are provided for weighing the advantages and disadvantages of various methods including qualitative quantitative and mixed methods designs. The book can be read sequentially or readers can dip into chapters on specific stages of research (basic design choices selecting and sampling participants addressing ethical issues) or data collection methods (surveys interviews experiments observations archival studies and combined methods). Many chapter headings and subheadings are written as questions helping readers quickly find the answers they need to make informed choices that will affect the later analysis and interpretation of their data.   Useful features include: *Easy-to-navigate part and chapter structure. *Engaging research examples from a variety of fields. *End-of-chapter tables that summarize the main points covered. *Detailed suggestions for further reading at the end of each chapter. *Integration of data collection sampling and research ethics in one volume. *Comprehensive glossary. See also Vogt et al.'s Selecting the Right Analyses for Your Data which addresses the next steps in coding analyzing and interpreting data. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462503537

When War EndsBuilding Peace in Divided Communities This volume critically examines what happens when war formally ends the difficult and complex challenges and opportunities for winning the peace and reconciling divided communities. By reviewing a case study of the West African state of Sierra Leone potential lessons for other parts of the world can be gained. Sierra Leone has emerged as a 'successful' model of liberal peacebuilding that is now popularly advertised and promoted by the international community as a powerful example of a country that they finally got right. Concerns about how successful a model Sierra Leone actually is are outlined in this project. As such this volume: - Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271029

When Welfare DisappearsThe Case for Economic Human Rights This groundbreaking new book offers a history of welfare an accurate portrayal of welfare recipients and an understanding of the diverse characteristics of lone-mother-headed families affected by welfare reform. Through detailed research award-winning author Kenneth J. Neubeck offers a unique comparison of other industrialized nation's welfare policies compared to ours and presents a new argument for curtailing the end of welfare as we know it: the case for respecting economic human rights. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203955284

When Women Won The VoteThe Final Decade 1910-1920 When Women Won the Vote focuses on the final decade (1910–1920) of American women’s fight for the vote—a fight that had already been underway for more than sixty years and which culminated in the passage of the 19th amendment in 1920. Sandra Opdycke reveals how woman suffragists campaigned in communities across the country building a mass movement and tirelessly publicizing their cause. Meanwhile in Washington DC the main suffrage organization led by Carrie Chapman Catt courted the President and Congress with diplomatic skill while the smaller National Woman’s Party headed by Alice Paul intensified political pressure with confrontational picketing and demonstrations. Supported by primary documents and online eResources this book adds context by describing the historical events that shaped this crucial decade in American women’s fight for the vote. The story of how American women won the vote is a compelling chapter in US women’s history and in the story of American democracy. This book is essential reading for students of American Political or Women’s History Gender Studies or Progressivism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138044883

When Work Takes ControlThe Psychology and Effects of Work Addiction The purpose of this book is to explain first what happens when we become too involved in our work and second how we avoid being controlled by our work and how we prevent family members friends colleagues or employees from being so. In addition it is hoped that the book will help bring about a debate about our work habits and initiate thought and discussion about our values and how much space work should be allowed to take up in our lives. The book is addressed to everyone who deals with the psychological working environment among them business managers and counsellors who treat people with work-related problems. In addition anyone who wishes to establish a better balance between their work life and private life would benefit from reading the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106058

When Worry Came to Visit This resource is designed primarily for use with children between the ages of 6 and 11 years old who experience significant difficulties with anxiety. It assists child care professionals to externalise the child's anxiety making it more possible for the child to make changes with the help and support of their family members and others. The resource consists of: a therapeutic story that externalises anxiety; worksheets to assist the therapist to guide the child through the process of externalising the anxiety; and a board game which can assist with both assessment and treatment. This can be played either by the worker and child or by family members. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889875

When Your Spouse Comes OutA Straight Mate's Recovery Manual Effective therapeutic self-help techniques for a straight mate’s recovery One of the most traumatic events that can happen in a marriage is discovering your mate is gay. When Your Spouse Comes Out: A Straight Mate’s Recovery Manual is a comprehensive exploration of the trauma that provides practical steps that successful individuals have taken to keep this event from ruining their future. This guide offers solid therapeutic techniques for self-help and presents poignant true stories that illustrate that the damage is not irreparable. The book examines the various reactions to the coming-out event the personal challenges and obstacles often experienced and shares lessons learned and some of the secrets of transformation. When this crisis hits home isolation depression anger grief and self-recrimination take root. When Your Spouse Comes Out: A Straight Mate’s Recovery Manual presents role models analysis practices and activities promoting long-term emotional recovery for heterosexual men and women whose intimate partners are gay. The text includes integrated exercises helpful for class work and student discussion and case studies of people who recount their stories and explain their recovery. Topics in When Your Spouse Comes Out: A Straight Mate’s Recovery Manual include: different straight spouse responses to the coming out event diverse ways gay mates approach coming out typical stages of coping by straight spouses health risks how to tell the children helping children with the resulting challenges paths toward healing recreating family and more When Your Spouse Comes Out: A Straight Mate’s Recovery Manual offers a self-directed path to recovery which can be used individually or in the context of a support group. This guide is invaluable for straight spouses working alone or in groups therapists counselors group facilitators librarians families of gays/lesbians and their mates. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203052082

When-Clauses and Temporal Structure Tense is one of the central issues of linguistics and has been the focus of much attention in recent years. In this book Declerck offers a detailed discussion of the temporal structures that are expressed by the combination of tense forms with the conjunction when. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987098

Where Analysis Meets the ArtsThe Integration of the Arts Therapies with Psychoanalytic Theory This book provides the reader with a theoretical framework that considers how psychoanalysis can enrich the clinical application of the arts therapies. Five specialist arts therapies used in contemporary psychotherapy are examined: drama psychodrama art dance movement and music. Although the contributors represent a variety of orientations and practices it is the theme of integration which makes this book most stimulated and original demonstrating how both psychoanalysis and the arts therapies may benefit from a meeting of minds. Contributors: Jeremy Holmes; Joy Schaverien; Mary Levens; Marina Jenkins; Paul Holmes; Kedzie Penfield; Helen Odell-Miller; Jocelyn James; Yvonne Searles; and Isabelle Streng. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367104986

Where are Europe’s New Borders?Critical Insights into Contemporary European Bordering Europe’s borders have always been historically ambiguous and dynamic whereby borders shift and change character and new borders replace older ones. By focusing upon the title question ‘where are Europe’s new borders’ this volume looks at the present state of European bordering and questions the often taken for granted relationships between borders borderers and the bordered. While each chapter concentrates on a different (but overlapping) border issue or perspective they are united through their focus on the level of everyday bordering practices and experiences as well as the meaning that borders have upon all stakeholders and the relationships between them. To talk about border meaning (including the perspective of the researchers themselves) and how that meaning continually (re)creates and is (re)created by bordering practices is to critically question where important borders lie why and for whom do they matter and how are they imposed maintained and resisted. As a result the chapters engage with issues of border violence the power of maps and symbols (carto-politics) migrant mobility gender and the rise of the far right in Europe. Taken together this edited collection will be of interest to border scholars as well as students of European politics more generally. This book was previously published as a special issue of the Journal of Contemporary European Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367191429

Where are Poor People to Live?Transforming Public Housing Communities This groundbreaking book shows how major shifts in federal policy are spurring local public housing authorities to demolish their high-rise low-income developments and replace them with affordable low-rise mixed income communities. It focuses on Chicago and that city's affordable housing crisis but it provides analytical frameworks that can be applied to developments in every American city. "Where Are Poor People to Live?" provides valuable new empirical information on public housing framed by a critical perspective that shows how shifts in national policy have devolved the U.S. welfare state to local government while promoting market-based action as the preferred mode of public policy execution. The editors and chapter authors share a concern that proponents of public housing restructuring give little attention to the social political and economic risks involved in the current campaign to remake public housing. At the same time the book examines the public housing redevelopment process in Chicago with an eye to identifying opportunities for redeveloping projects and building new communities across America that will be truly hospitable to those most in need of assisted housing. While the focus is on affordable housing the issues addressed here cut across the broad policy areas of housing and community development and will impact the entire field of urban politics and planning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698182

Where are the Dead?Exploring the idea of an embodied afterlife Where are the dead? What are they doing? What kind of a process is dying? What relationships exist among the dead themselves and between the dead and those in the world they have left behind? Modern philosophers argue that the idea of disembodied survival - to which many believers pay lip service - is incoherent and that there can be evidence neither for nor against something incoherent. By contrast this book argues the idea of an embodied survival (albeit a form of embodiment differing from our present embodiment) makes perfect sense in itself and fits much better with the alleged evidence for post-mortem survival. Exploring post-mortem survival Where are the Dead? uses a variety of empirical data alongside mythological legendary and purely fictional material to illustrate how the less familiar idea of embodied post-mortem survival might actually ’work’ in some real afterlife environment. By asking questions about the nature and whereabouts of the afterlife and about what it might be like to be dead the book explores themes nowadays relatively neglected even in disciplines explicitly concerned with ideas about death dying and life after death. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881436

Where Are they Now?A Tenth-anniversary Retrospective:a Special Issue of the journal of Education for Students Placed at Risk First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419810

Where Authentic Leaders DAREFrom Professional Competence to Inspiring Leadership This book demonstrates complete with practical exercises how to be successful in both your work and your personal life by becoming a truly authentic leader and empathic influencer. Above all it shows you how to do this with the positive intention of successful connected communication and through honouring the other person’s perspective. The book is of particular value to managers and leaders who are very proficient in their areas of expertise and are looking for ways to improve team and personal performance further by developing their leadership and authentic influencing skills. The book provides you with: Clear reasons why authentic leadership and empathic influencing will help in work and personal relationships. How to develop these influencing skills and remain authentic. The evidence including the relevant neuroscience as to why this is important. A 'how to' guide. If you are looking for some practical exercises to help develop authentic leadership then you can go straight here. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367197674

Where Did All The Men Go?Female-headed/female-supported Households In Cross-cultural Perspective This book examines female-headed/female-supported households in a wide variety of local contexts and links them to wider economic social and political processes. It focuses on the importance of culture and the ways in which culture interacts with race class and gender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216283

Where Did We Go Wrong?Industrial Performance Education and the Economy in Victorian Britain This series of edited papers first published in 1981 examines Britain’s industrial and commercial performance in the 19th and 20th centuries against the background of the development of state education. The performance of certain key 19th century manufacturing industries are analysed and the reasons for their relative decline in the face of foreign competition is assessed. This title will be of interest to students of history and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138217072

Where Do We Come From? Is Darwin Correct?A Philosophical and Critical Study of Darwin's Theory of “Natural Selection” First published in 1911. The first chapter in this fascinating study devotes itself to a short preliminary introduction to Darwin’s ideas and some remarks on the thoughts of the ancients on the subject and how matters stood in the period immediately preceding the appearance of Darwin himself. The second and third chapters discuss Darwin’s theory and a suggested alternative hypothesis. The concluding chapter is devoted to the philosophical aspect of the case and to some general reflections after a close perusal of Darwin’s works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138496514

Where Have All The Fascists Gone? The Intellectual European New Right (ENR) also known as the nouvelle droite is a cultural school of thought with origins in the revolutionary Right and neo-fascist milieux. Born in France in 1968 it situated itself in a Gramscian mould exclusively on the cultural terrain of political contestation in order to challenge the apparent ideological hegemony of dominant liberal and leftist elites. It also sought to escape the ghetto status of a revolutionary Right milieu wedded to violent extra-parliamentary politics and battered by the legacies of Fascism and Nazism. This study traces the cultural philosophical political and historical trajectories of the French nouvelle droite in particular and the ENR in general. It examines the ENR worldview as an ambiguous synthesis of the ideals of the revolutionary Right and New Left. ENR themes related to the loss of cultural identity and immigration have appealed to anti-immigrant political parties throughout Europe. In a post 9/11 climate as well as an age of rising economic globalization and cultural homogenization its anti-capitalist ideas embedded within the framework of cultural preservation might make further political inroads into the Europe of the future. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234137

Where Inner and Outer Worlds MeetPsychosocial Research in the Tradition of George W Brown The importance of George Brown's sustained contribution to medical sociology through his longitudinal studies of psychiatric disorder and its relationship to social context is widely recognised. This collection of seventeen chapters exemplifies a particular way of working as a medical sociologist which focuses on the understanding of the meaning of social experiences as the key to an individual's health status. It combines the biographical richness of qualitative analysis and thus reach conclusions on the basis of statistical significance. The contributors mainly focus on conditions of depression and anxiety relating these to the meanings including both demographic aspects such as gender parity lifestyle employment refugee/immigration status humiliation entrapment loss and also more interpersonal stresses such as neglect abuse and critical or unsupportive relationships. This is a book which offers a rich treasury of information for all researchers interested in understanding the complex relationship between our inner and outer worlds; it captures the essence of George Brown's unique way of working. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757706

Where is Britain Going? (Routledge Revivals) First Published in 1926 Where is Britain Going? focuses on the historical factors and circumstances which were to define Britain’s development in the midst of social unrest at that time. The book considers the future of Britain in an age when the working classes were being driven into confrontation with the state under the impact of the world crisis of capitalism. Writing over eighty years ago Trotsky concentrates on the decline of British imperialism in his analysis of the Bolshevik Revolution. In a brilliant polemic that exposes all the treachery of the Labour leaders in the year before the General strike  he recalls the revolutionary traditions of the working class and draws on the historical lessons of the English Civil War and Chartism. Rejecting the parliamentary road and stripping bare the pretensions of Fabian socialism Where is Britain going? outlines perspectives of revolution which continue to retain their validity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415626125

Where is Creativity?A Multi-disciplinary Approach Where is Creativity? A Multi-disciplinary Approach goes beyond the orthodox image of creativity as laying inside the brain-mind to explore how and why it also emerges from relationships between people from physical spaces such as workplaces and cities as a result of new media technology and the Web and due to the effects of broad contexts of the economy and industry. It explores contemporary psychological sociological anthropological economic and philosophical debates concerning creativity in an accessible way which non-specialist and creative practitioners can appreciate culminating in a picture of the anatomy of creativity which seeks to provide a concrete guide to the 'doing' of creativity to complement a deeper understanding of its nature and origins.The book will be useful for teaching staff and students; businesses and practitioners; and professionals and policy-makers working within a wide range of creative and innovation-based industries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605957

Where is Language?An Anthropologist's Questions on Language Literature and Performance Language is central to human experience and our understanding of who we are whether written or unwritten sung or spoken. But what is language and how do we record it? Where does it reside? Does it exist and evolve within written sources in performance in the mind or in speech? For too long ethnographic aesthetic and sociolinguistic studies of language have remained apart from analyses emerging from traditions such as literature and performance. Where is Language? argues for a more complex and contextualized understanding of language across this range of disciplines engaging with key issues including orality literacy narrative ideology performance and the human communities in which these take place. Eminent anthropologist Ruth Finnegan draws together a lifetime of ethnographic case studies reading and personal commentary to explore the roles and nature of language in cultures across the world from West Africa to the South Pacific. By combining research and reflections Finnegan discusses the multi-modality of language to provide an account not simply of vocabulary and grammar but one which questions the importance of cultural settings and the essence of human communication itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472590930

Where is Nato Going? Since the end of the Cold War and especially since September 11 2001 the future of NATO has been the subject of intense debate. This book brings together a group of international relations specialists in order to offer fresh perspectives on the Alliance’s current and future purposes and roles. Rather than revisiting long-standing debates in areas such as NATO enlargement the contributors focus instead on relevant contemporary issues. These include the prospects for NATO ‘going global’ NATO’s role in the US-led ‘war on terror’ and the challenges posed by the transatlantic ‘capabilities gap’ and the emergence of a military dimension to the European Union. The paradox facing NATO today is that whilst it is busier than it has ever been before it still does not appear to many observers to have found a viable core role or roles in the contemporary international security arena. By exploring key issues and debates on NATO’s current agenda this book helps us to better understand the prospects for its long-term survival and viability. This book was previously published as a special issue of the leading journal Contemporary Security Policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315878867

Where is Queer?Museums & Social Issues 3:1 Thematic Issue This book addresses heteronormativism a concept that is extremely important for understanding visitors' ability to feel welcome in our spaces. It looks at homophobia and queer identities: the lack of a material culture to represent what is unique about sexual identity in society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138404601

Where Land Meets SeaCoastal Explorations of Landscape Representation and Spatial Experience Drawing together philosophical empirical and academic thinking this book focuses on generating awareness of the relationship forged between self and surroundings. It details research undertaken at two coastal sites the South Wall in Dublin city and the Maharees peninsula in Co. Kerry Ireland. Sixty-two participants were engaged in photography and drawing to enable this exploration of spatial experience. The participants' photographs and drawings present how spatial sensibilities can be revealed by becoming more attentive to the immediacy of bodily knowledge: our more-than-cognitive experience. Their communications resonate with the philosophers and theorists considered including Merleau-Ponty Edward Casey Gilles Deleuze Dalibor Vesely and contemporary cultural geographers. From exploring the experienced spatiality of the meeting of land and sea this book begins to suggest an alternative politics of the coast. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250574

Where Medicine Fails This fifth edition of Where Medicine Fails like previous editions argues for a broader definition of society's responsibilities to the ill than is commonly perceived to be the case. The authors examine the moral and economic implications of medical technology especially in regard to fetal tissue transplant cancer survival childbirth and dying and provide a thoughtful assessment of the issues and challenges facing American hospitals. Seventeen chapters are new to this edition. The aim of this volume is to encourage serious examination of the current structure of health services and of the complicated facets of health care reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540507

Where Music Helps: Community Music Therapy in Action and Reflection This book explores how people may use music in ways that are helpful for them especially in relation to a sense of wellbeing belonging and participation. The central premise for the study is that help is not a decontextualized effect that music produces. The book contributes to the current discourse on music culture and society and it is developed in dialogue with related areas of study such as music sociology ethnomusicology community psychology and health promotion. Where Music Helps describes the emerging movement that has been labelled Community Music Therapy and it presents ethnographically informed case studies of eight music projects (localized in England Israel Norway and South Africa). The various chapters of the book portray "music's help" in action within a broad range of contexts; with individuals groups and communities - all of whom have been challenged by illness or disability social and cultural disadvantage or injustice. Music and musicing has helped these people find their voice (literally and metaphorically); to be welcomed and to welcome to be accepted and to accept to be together in different and better ways to project alternative messages about themselves or their community and to connect with others beyond their immediate environment. The overriding theme that is explored is how music comes to afford things in concert with its environments which may suggest a way of accounting for the role of music in music therapy without reducing music to a secondary role in relation to the "therapeutic " that is being "just" a symbol of psychological states a stimulus or a text reflecting socio-cultural content. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315084084

Where No Man has Gone BeforeEssays on Women and Science Fiction How do women writers use science fiction to challenge assumptions about the genre and its representations of women? To what extent is the increasing number of women writing science fiction reformulating the expectations of readers and critics? What has been the effect of this phenomenon upon the academic establishment and the publishing industry? These are just some of the questions addressed by this collection of original essays by women writers readers and critics of the genre. But the undoubted existence of a recent surge of women’s interest in science fiction is by no means the full story. From Mary Shelley onwards women writers have played a central role in the shaping and reshaping of this genre irrespective of its undeniably patriarchal image. Through a combination of essays on the work of writers such as Doris Lessing and Ursula Le Guin with others on still-neglected writers such as Katherine Burdekin and C. L. Moore and a wealth of contemporaries including Suzette Elgin Gwyneth Jones Maureen Duffy and Josephine Saxton this anthology takes a step towards redressing the balance. Perhaps above all what this collection demonstrates is that science fiction remains as particularly well-suited to the exploration of woman as ‘alien’ or ‘other’ in our culture today as it was with the publication of Frankenstein in 1818. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752268

Where State Education Fails Despite being published in the early part of the twentieth century many of the issues this volume discusses are still being debated in education today. The author maintains that state education is not functioning as it should – that the output is not commensurate with the outlay that education has become too narrow in its focus and that more importance should be given to the teaching of younger children. The balance between a traditional academic education versus the skills needed for practical trades is also discussed as is the disparity between the types of education available to rich and poor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415750523

Where the Meanings Are (Routledge Revivals)Feminism and Cultural Spaces First published in 1990 this collection of essays in literary criticism feminist theory and race relations was named one of the top twenty-five books of 1988 by the Voice Literary Supplement. The title covers such subjects as black literature; the reconstruction of culture changing arts letters and sciences to include the topics of women and gender; and the nature of family and the changing roles of women within society. As such Catharine Stimpson employs a transdisciplinary approach to encourage greater understanding of the differences among women and thus socially-constructed differences in general. Where the Meanings Are tells of some of the arguments within feminism during the re-designing and designing of cultural spaces as post-modernism began to change the boundaries of race class and gender. It will therefore be of great value to students and general readers with an interest in the relationship between gender and culture sex and gender difference feminist theory and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138812949

Where the Waters MeetConvergence and Complementarity in Therapy and Theology Where the Waters Meet offers the reader a new way of viewing an old subject. So often psychology and counselling therapies have been and still are seen as competitors or even enemies vying for supremacy as the true religion. This book invites us to take a fresh look at these two fields each with their own experience and dogma and Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329747

Where the Wild Things Are NowDomestication Reconsidered Domestication has often seemed a matter of the distant past a series of distinct events involving humans and other species that took place long ago. Today as genetic manipulation continues to break new barriers in scientific and medical research we appear to be entering an age of biological control. Are we also writing a new chapter in the history of domestication? Where the Wild Things Are Now explores the relevance of domestication for anthropologists and scholars in related fields who are concerned with understanding ongoing change in processes affecting humans as well as other species. From the pet food industry and its critics to salmon farming in Tasmania the protection of endangered species in Vietnam and the pigeon fanciers who influenced Darwin Where the Wild Things Are Now provides an urgently needed re-examination of the concept of domestication against the shifting background of relationships between humans animals and plants. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003087373

Where Troubadours were BishopsThe Occitania of Folc of Marseille (1150-1231) Using one man as a lens a man known variously as Folquet Folques Folco and Folc it will examine some of the important changes and developments of the period from a new more human perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864954

Where we Came InSeventy Years of the British Film Industry Originally published in 1964 this book tells the history of the British cinematograph industry for the first time. It describes moments of splendid triumph and others of shattering failure. The mood switches from reckless optimism to demoralising pessimism from years in which British films won the highest international awards to those when they were dismissed with scorn. It recalls a score of productions still ranked among the world's best and the stars whose reputation was established in them. Attention is focused on the directors those who kept to the fore during two and three decades and those with only one major success to their name. Behind them the men are identified who strove often to their considerable financial loss to gain a worthy place for British films in the world’s markets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987104

Where We StandClass Matters Drawing on both her roots in Kentucky and her adventures with Manhattan Coop boards Where We Stand is a successful black woman's reflection--personal straight forward and rigorously honest--on how our dilemmas of class and race are intertwined and how we can find ways to think beyond them. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203905104

Where's Mummy Mouse?Targeting the m Sound Molly mouse wakes to find her Mummy has vanished so she sets off to find her – meeting some interesting creatures along the way. This picture book targets the /m/ sound and is part of Speech Bubbles 1 a series of picture books that target specific speech sounds within the story. The series can be used for children receiving speech therapy for children who have a speech sound delay/disorder or simply as an activity for children’s speech sound development and/or phonological awareness. They are ideal for use by parents teachers or caregivers. Bright pictures and a fun story create an engaging activity perfect for sound awareness. Please see other titles in the series for stories targeting other speech sounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367185312

Where's the Wonder in Elementary Math?Encouraging Mathematical Reasoning in the Classroom This book argues that even in today's high-stakes testing environment  'teaching to the test' need not be teachers’ only focus as they introduce young children to mathematics. Judith McVarish demonstrates how building a community of learners and using problem solving to engage students can help teachers encourage students’ disposition to creative thinking and reasoning—skills that can otherwise become lost due to the pressure of the many other expectations placed upon both teachers and students. This book offers strategies for infusing mathematics learning and reasoning into elementary school classrooms while meeting curriculum and testing mandates. The teacher researcher component of each chapter provides a vehicle for teachers to bring their own expertise and questions back into the teaching and learning equation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203940037

Which Contract?Choosing The Appropriate Building Contract Since the first edition published in 1989 Which Contract? Choosing the Appropriate Building Contract has been the most reliable and essential comparative analysis of the standard forms of building contract available in the UK. Which Contract? provides architects and other construction professionals with indispensable guidance on how to identify the most appropriate procurement strategy and contract for any given set of circumstances. The sixth edition has been updated to cover the latest UK building contracts as well as brand new coverage of international contracts used by global companies. Presented in an accessible and user-friendly style Which Contract? helps to break down your contract options with expert analysis comparative tables and diagrams. The 6th edition of Which Contract? Choosing the Appropriate Building Contract 6th Edition is an essential desktop companion to any built environment trying to navigate the contemporary procurement landscape before starting a new project. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859468586

Which WorldGlobal Destinies Regional Choices - Scenarios for the 21st Century ?Today humanity faces a fundamentally different challenge ? that of managing a planet and a global human civilization in ways that will sustain both indefinitely. What makes this task less than easy are the pace and complexity of change. Over the next half century human society will undergo a profound demographic transformation experience fundamental shifts in the global balance of economic and political power and cope with nearly continuous technological change. These transformations are inevitable ? the forces that compel them are already in place ? but their outcomes are far from fixed? This book is about the future but not in the sense of making predictions. Rather it suggests how to think about the future. Because human destiny is not predetermined this book explores not just one but several possible worlds each embodying a very different vision of the future. Implicit in these contrasting visions is a choice: which world do we prefer; which world do we want to pass on to our children and grandchildren?? From chapter 1 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987111

While Spring and Summer Sang: Thomas Beecham and the Music of Frederick Delius Sir Thomas Beecham is often described as having 'championed' the music of Frederick Delius and this is no exaggeration. From the moment he heard Delius's music as a young man Beecham was captivated by its strange romantic beauty and its hold on him remained firm. During the next 50 years he promoted Delius's music through a series of unrivalled performances unearthing early pieces arranging others and recording most of them sometimes more than once. Lyndon Jenkins provides the first in-depth study of this extraordinary creative relationship. Starting with the first meeting of the composer and conductor in 1907 Jenkins charts Beecham's gradual introduction of Delius's compositions to British and foreign audiences the operatic premières and revivals the Delius festivals that he organized in 1929 and 1946 and the formation of the Delius Trust upon the composer's death in 1934. Also described is Beecham's continuing crusade for Delius's music up to his own death in 1961 which included a model edition of the scores a biography and an internationally celebrated recorded legacy. The book includes a critical discography. Lyndon Jenkins provides a vivid account of an achievement that remains without parallel in the history of British music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272989

Whistleblowing and Organizational Social ResponsibilityA Global Assessment Establishing a policy and building a culture that helps to protect organizations from financial wrong-doing criminal or civil liability and permanent damage to corporate reputation has become a central theme of contemporary corporate policies towards 'whistleblowing'. This book is amongst the first to provide a detailed and full-length analysis of the meaning and various justifications of whistleblowing policies. While the legitimization of organizational whistleblowing suggests an adaptation of organizations to public opinion this book examines the wider legitimization whistleblowing policies have been given considering whether the establishment of 'policies' genuinely leads to the implicit institutionalization of whistleblowing itself. The book's particular focus is upon what kinds of 'whistleblowing' societies and organizations actually want and whether policies developed as a result meet expectations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315547299

Whistleblowing At WorkTough Choices In Exposing Fraud Waste And Abuse On The Job This book explores the fundamental questions about whistleblowing and summarizes what we know about the experiences of whistleblowers. It provides a detailed summary of the current legal protection for whistleblowers and some general guidelines for reporting misconduct. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216245

WhistleblowingIn Defense of Proper Action This latest volume in this important international series discusses practical errors and wrongdoing considered under the action theory (praxiological) umbrella linking these to ethical behavior. Human actions related to the conduct of business should be effective and efficient. But such praxiological criteria are of secondary importance to norms that should also be taken into account. The primary norm is ethical behavior which defines the morality of business activities on the basis of the good; these are the presupposed foundations for the human actions in business.The articles in this volume discuss whistleblowing or the exposure of behavior that violates the ethical foundations of business. They are written from different angles and present a variety of experiences adding new value to both the subject of praxiology as well as ethics as it relates to economic activity in its social and global context. The issues problems and questions raised by this international group of eminent scholars have much to add to the contemporary debate induced by the present economic crises. These crises have revealed practical errors and hypocrisy of those responsible for leadership and management primarily of financial institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517936

Whistling WomenA Study of the Lives of Older Lesbians Gain first-hand knowledge of how today's lesbians aged 60 and over survived the 20th century! “I didn’t know we were lesbians. We lived together 13 years!” Whistling Women is a unique candid collection of the life experiences of 44 lesbians between 62 and 82 years of age. This book explores new ground with interviews about their memories feelings and thoughts on a diversity of perspectives—from growing up during the Depression and World War II to retirement and old age at the height of the gay liberation movement. This unprecedented resource captures a first-person view of lesbian history and documents the struggles and achievements of the women who lived it. “All my schooling was women-oriented…so I was able to see what women and girls could give to each other.” In Whistling Women these older women share their views on: childhood and young adulthood—family social factors religion schooling marriage—husbands children divorce lesbian relationships—coming out/closet relationships role playing butch and fem practices conventional politics—party affiliation activities concerns degree of feminism work and money—financial arrangements home ownership investment properties life after 60—retirement health activities communities and much more! “I dated. I went along. I did it because basically it was the thing to do. But I had crushes on girls.” Whistling Women offers you unprecedented statistics on these women and comparisons with statistics gathered in other analyses on lesbian and heterosexual women. This research includes studies of: socioeconomic class in childhood mid-life and at retirement level of education of participants number and duration of long-term relationships—both heterosexual marriages and lesbian lover relationships age of first lesbian relationship retirement statistics—year retired age at retirement economic resources after retirement (compared to general US population) “If we had these things in the 1950s [gay bookstores and publications] how different life would be for a lot of people. But we had to pave the way.” This book is significant for sociologists gay and lesbian researchers and gerontologists as well as anyone interested in women’s history. It also presents recollections of lesbian/mixed bars—some famous—starting in the 1930s memories of the notorious Greenwich Village the early development of lesbian social groups and lesbian friendships with gay men. Whistling Girls identifies many of the organizations that cater specifically to older lesbians such as OLOC (Old Lesbians Organizing for Change) and SOL (Slightly Older Lesbians). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203050446

White Poor and AngryWhite Working Class Families in Johannesburg This title was first published in 2003. A fascinating insight into the economic social and political processes that shaped the lives of white workers in Johannesburg between the beginning of deep level mining (c. 1890) and the 1922 Rand Revolt miners' strike. The book examines four related topics: the formation of working class families working class accommodation the constitution of social networks in the working class neighbourhoods and the political and ideological aspects of white workers' unemployment. The main argument presented here is that the class experience of white workers in Johannesburg had a very important role in fostering a sense of community between English and Afrikaner workers and their families. It is this sense of community that plays an important part in understanding the solidarity that emerged between English and Afrikaner workers during the 1922 Rand Revolt. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138726673

White Bird Black Serpent Red BookExploring the Gnostic Roots of Jungian Psychology through Dreamwork This book is principally about what is commonly referred to as Gnosticism and its influence on Jung's analytical psychology. It is intended for anyone who are interested in Jungian studies and /or Gnosticism both the scholar and the general enthusiast and transpersonal psychology community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204282

White Boys White Noise: Masculinities and 1980s Indie Guitar Rock To what extent do indie masculinities challenge the historical construction of rock music as patriarchal? This key question is addressed by Matthew Bannister involving an in-depth examination of indie guitar rock in the 1980s as the culturally and historically specific production of white men. Through textual analysis of musical and critical discourses Bannister provides the first book-length study of masculinity and ethnicity within the context of indie guitar music within US UK and New Zealand 'scenes'. Bannister argues that past theorisations of (rock) masculinities have tended to set up varieties of working-class deviance and physical machismo as 'straw men' oversimplifying masculinities as 'men behaving badly'. Such approaches disavow the ways that masculine power is articulated in culture not only through representation but also intellectual and theoretical discourse. By re-situating indie in a historical/cultural context of art rock he shows how masculine power can be rearticulated through high avant-garde bohemian culture and aesthetic theory: canonism negation (Adorno) passivity voyeurism and camp (Andy Warhol and the Velvet Underground) and primitivism and infantilism (Lester Bangs Simon Reynolds). In a related vein he also assesses the impact of Freud on cultural theory arguing that reversing binary conceptions of gender by associating masculinities with an essentialised passive femininity perpetuates patriarchal dualism. Drawing on his own experience as an indie musician Bannister surveys a range of indie artists including The Smiths The Jesus and Mary Chain My Bloody Valentine and The Go-Betweens; from the US R.E.M. The Replacements Dinosaur Jr Hüsker Dü Nirvana and hardcore; and from NZ Flying Nun acts including The Chills The Clean the Verlaines Chris Knox Bailter Space and The Bats demonstrating broad continuities between these apparently disparate scenes in terms of gender aesthetic theory and approaches to popular musical history. The result is a book which raises some important questions about how gender is studied in popular culture and the degree to which alternative cultures can critique dominant representations of gender. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351218023

White Counsellors – Black ClientsTheory Research and Practice Published in 1999. British cross-cultural counselling practice issues are examined through a survey of the attitudes of white British Counsellors and their self-reported practices with African-Caribbean and South Asian clients. The book has sections which review the literature on cross-cultural counselling and the relative significance of 'race' ethnicity and culture the white counsellor-black client relationship the concept of racialized transference and the importance of training and supervision when working cross-culturally. The book also presents a profile of a sample of British Counsellors’ levels of training qualification and experience as well as interviews with practitioners and Counsellors’ in training responses to video vignette material. Recommendations for the supervision and training of Counsellors are made. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367075125

White Ethics and Black PowerThe Emergence of the West Side Organization The disparity between the ideal a democratic America and the reality racial oppression and poverty is so great that serious voices among blacks students and others challenged the ethical foundations of the nation in the 1960s. Local political organizations emerging out of black ghettos led a black revolt asserting a revolutionary black nationalism rather than social reform and integration. For those blacks white America could no longer dictate right and wrong and certainly could no longer tell blacks how best to pursue their goals. This feeling was so strong among the adherents of the new militant movements formed under the political symbolism of "black power" that they questioned all white ethical institutions. These new movements bargained and contended with whites even worked closely with them for many purposes but always with suspicion and caution.White Ethics and Black Power describes racial relations during this period. It examines the careers and philosophies of the leadership of a community organization illuminating the complex relationship between white America and the new black power movements between America and its interpretation of itself on the one hand and the experience of black and oppressed peoples in America on the other. Redefining social science as a means--through education and research--of improving the quality of American life William Ellis derides non-participatory social science as a hoax and asks the social scientist to make clear his moral commitment: to the people he studies or to the establishment that funds him.Controversial in its ideology its passion and its scorn of racist America this volume remains the only openly partisan social scientific analysis into the nature of this American crisis. Readers may not agree with the views expressed by the author but they cannot ignore this book's relevance to any understanding of black-white relationships. Unique in the literature White Ethics and Black Power not only explains black power but offers hope for meaningful change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540514

White FolksRace and Identity in Rural America White Folks explores the experiences and stories of eight white people from a small farming community in northern Wisconsin. It examines how white people learn to be ‘white’ and reveals how white racial identity is dependent on people of color—even in situations where white people have little or no contact with racial others. Drawing on in-depth interviews with Delores Frank William Erin Robert Libby and Stan as well as on his own experiences growing up in this same rural community Lensmire creates a portrait of white people that highlights how their relations to people of color and their cultures are seldom simple and are characterized not just by fear and rejection but also by attraction envy and desire. White Folks helps readers recognize the profound ambivalence that has characterized white thinking and feeling in relation to people of color for at least the last two hundred years. There is nothing smooth about the souls of white folks. Current antiracist work is often grounded in a white privilege framework that has proven ineffective — in part because it reduces white people to little more than the embodiment of privilege. Lensmire provides an alternative that confronts the violence at the core of white racial selves that has become increasingly visible in American society and politics but that also illuminates conflicts and complexities there. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138747036

White Hip Hoppers Language and Identity in Post-Modern America This book examines language and identity among White American middle and upper-middle class youth who affiliate with Hip Hop culture. Hip Hop youth engage in practices that range from the consumption of rap music and fashion to practices like MC-ing (writing and performing raps or "rhymes") DJ-ing (mixing records to produce a beat for the MC) graffiti tagging and break-dancing. Cutler explores the way in which these young people stylize their speech using linguistic resources drawn from African American English and Hip Hop slang terms. She also looks at the way they construct their identities in discussions with their friends and how they talk about and use language to construct themselves as authentic within Hip Hop. Cutler considers the possibility that young people experimenting with AAVE-styled speech may improve the status of AAVE in the broader society. She also addresses the need for educators to be aware of the linguistic patterns found in AAVE and Hip Hop language and ways to build on Hip Hop skills like rhyming and rapping in order to motivate students and promote literacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138549067

White IdentitiesAn Historical & International Introduction White Identities provides a comprehensive overview of this debate drawing together the various strands of recent research into an accessible but challenging introduction. The author argues that 'White Studies' as it is presently conceived is an American project reflecting American interpretations of race and history. However the book shows that the impact of white identities is international in scope and significance. Thus only a thorough historical and international perspective on whiteness can provide a proper introduction to the subject an introduction that has relevance to students worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160828

White InkInterviews on Sex Text and Politics Helene Cixous is widely regarded as one of the world's most influential feminist writers and thinkers. "White Ink" brings together her most revealing interviews available in English for the first time. Spanning over four decades and including a new interview with the editor Susan Sellers this collection presents a brilliant running commentary on the subjects at the heart of Cixous' writing.Here Cixous discusses her books and her creative process her views on and insights into literature philosophy theatre politics aesthetics faith and ethics human relations and the state of the world. As she responds to interviewers' questions Cixous is prompted to reflect on her roles and activities as poet playwright feminist theorist professor of literature philosopher woman Jew. Each interview is a remarkable performance an event in language and thought where Cixous' celebrated intellectual and poetic force can be witnessed 'in action'. The accessibility of the interview format provides an excellent starting-point for readers new to Cixous while those already familiar with her work will find unexpected insights and fresh elucidations of her thought. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711706

White LiesRace Class Gender and Sexuality in White Supremacist Discourse White supremacist groups have traditionally been viewed as "fringe" groups to be ignored dismissed or at most observed warily. White Lies investigates the white supremacist imagination and argues instead that the ideology of these groups is much closer to core American values than most of us would like to believe. The book explores white supremacist ideology through an analysis of over 300 publications from a variety of white supremacist organizations. It examines the discourse of these publications and the ways in which "whites " "blacks " and "Jews" are constructed within that discourse. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203760420

White LiesRace and Uncertainty in the Twilight of American Religion White Lies considers African-American bodies as the site of cultural debates over a contested "white religion" in the United States. Rooting his analysis in the work of W.E.B. DuBois and James Baldwin Christopher Driscoll traces the shifting definitions of "white religion" from the nineteenth century up to the death of Michael Brown and other racial controversies of the present day. He engages both modern philosophers and popular imagery to isolate the instabilities central to a "white religion " including the inadequacy of this framing concept as a way of describing and processing death. The book will be of interest to students and scholars interested in African-American Religion philosophy and race and Whiteness Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138910997

White M. Weiner M. The Theory And Practice Of Self Psycholog First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138004467

White Masculinity in Contemporary AustraliaThe Good Ol’ Aussie Bloke Spanning the disciplines of sociology history media and cultural studies and popular culture this book offers a historical exploration of Australian masculine tropes and an examination of contemporary representations of masculinity in the media. With attention to a range of thematic issues including race gender sexuality mythmaking media representation class and nationality it draws on new qualitative research and interview material to investigate the ways in which everyday Australian men take up or reject such ideas. White Masculinity in Contemporary Australia thus explores the contradictory resistance to and adoration of ideals of masculinity forms of Othering used to differentiate the practice of "good" masculinity from that of "bad" masculinity the relationship between heterosexuality masculinity and Australian sporting culture as central to ideals of masculinity and the existence of differing pressures to be masculine. As such it will appeal to scholars across the social sciences with interests in gender and sexuality Australian studies and contemporary popular culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138633285

White NationFantasies of White Supremacy in a Multicultural Society Anthropologist and social critic Ghassan Hage explores one of the most complex and troubling of modern phenomena: the desire for a white nation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138131903

White Nativism Ethnic Identity and US Immigration Policy ReformsAmerican Citizenship and Children in Mixed Status Hispanic Families Analysing US immigration and deportation policy over the last twenty years this book illustrates how US immigration reform can be conceived as a psychological legal policy-driven tool which is inexorably entwined with themes of American identity national belonging and white nativism. Focusing on Hispanic immigration and American-born children of Mexican parentage the author examines how engrained historical individual and collective social constructions and psychological processes related to identity formation can play an instrumental role in influencing political and legal processes. It is argued that contemporary American immigration policy reforms need to be conceptualized as a complex conscious and unconscious White Nativist psychological legal defence mechanism related to identity preservation and contestation. Whilst building on existing theoretical frameworks the author offers new empirical evidence on immigration processes and policy within the United States as well as original research involving the acculturation and identity development of children of Mexican immigrant parentage. It brings together themes of race ethnicity and American national identity under a new integrated sociopolitical and psychological framework examining macro and micro implications of recent US immigration policy reform. Subsequently this book will have broad appeal for academics professionals and students who have an interest in political psychology childhood studies American immigration policy constructions of national identity critical race and ethnic studies and the Mexican diaspora. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367430986

White NewsWhy Local News Programs Don't Cover People of Color Is TV news racist? If the purpose of local news is to cover individual communities and to present issues of interest and concern to local audiences why are local newscasts so similar in markets around the country? These are the questions that motivated Heider's research leading to the development of this book. Recognizing that local news is the outlet through which most people get their news Heider ventured into the local television newsrooms in two moderate-size culturally diverse U.S. markets to observe the news process. In this report he uses his insider's perspective to examine why local television news coverage of people of color does not occur in more meaningful ways. Heider examines the perceptions of racism and ethnicity and addresses such dichotomies as "white" news (content determined by white managers) being delivered by non-white news anchors thus giving the appearance of "non-white" news. He also considers how coverage of minorities influences viewers' perceptions of their minority neighbors. Heider then sets forth a new theoretical concept--incognizant racism--as a way of explaining how news workers consistently ignore news in significant portions of the communities they cover. This contribution to the minorities and media discussion provides important insights into the newsroom decision-making process and the sociology and structure of newsrooms. It is required reading for all who are involved in news reporting mass communication media and minority studies and cultural issues in today's society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410606105

White Nile ArabsPolitical Leadership and Economic Change Volume 53 This book is an account of the changing social and political structure of the Hassaniya and Hissinat two Sudanese Arabic speaking tribes inhabiting the northern part of the White Nile Province in the Sudan. The account is based on field research over 15 months between June 1969 and November 1970 among these groups. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003136200

White Noise Distribution Theory Learn the basics of white noise theory with White Noise Distribution Theory. This book covers the mathematical foundation and key applications of white noise theory without requiring advanced knowledge in this area. This instructive text specifically focuses on relevant application topics such as integral kernel operators Fourier transforms Laplacian operators white noise integration Feynman integrals and positive generalized functions. Extremely well-written by one of the field's leading researchers White Noise Distribution Theory is destined to become the definitive introductory resource on this challenging topic. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579616

White OutThe Continuing Significance of Racism What does it mean to be white? This remains the question at large in the continued effort to examine how white racial identity is constructed and how systems of white privilege operate in everyday life. White Out brings together the original work of leading scholars across the disciplines of sociology philosophy history and anthropology to give readers an important and cutting-edge study of "whiteness". Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203412107

White Party White GovernmentRace Class and U.S. Politics White Party White Government examines the centuries-old impact of systemic racism on the U.S. political system. The text assesses the development by elite and other whites of a racialized capitalistic system grounded early in slavery and land theft and its intertwining with a distinctive political system whose fundamentals were laid down in the founding decades. From these years through the Civil War and Reconstruction to the 1920s the 1930s Roosevelt era the 1960s Johnson era through to the Ronald Reagan George H.W. Bush and Barack Obama presidencies Feagin exploring the effects of ongoing demographic changes on the present and future of the U.S. political system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415889834

White Politics and Black Australians Today whichever party is in power Aboriginal issues are very much part of the national agenda. No account of the nature of Australian politics or discussion of the future of Australian society can be complete without consideration of the Aboriginal interest. Citizens whatever their political preferences are learning that the Aboriginal demand for a full role in society has a profound impact on public life. In White Politics and Black Australians Scott Bennett coolly and dispassionately describes how the aspirations of Aboriginal Australians are expressed through a political system designed first and foremost for the white majority. Mabo Wik Native Title Stolen Generation - these are just some of the issues discussed here. In a field so often characterised by rhetoric rather than analysis here is an account which acknowledges the day-to-day reality of political contest. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003137375

White Prescriptions?The Dangerous Social Potential for Ritalin and Other Psychotropic Drugs to Harm Black Males For all the debates about black males and their role in American society there has been little attention to a dangerous and growing trend: the overprescription of Ritalin and other behavioral drugs. This book reveals how and why black males are disproportionately targeted and controlled by American schools in ways that hamper and endanger their educational success. Fitzgerald shows how the government medical practitioners and the pharmaceuticals industry have facilitated this oppressive trend setting it against a larger historical backdrop of racism in American education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631141

White PrivilegePsychoanalytic Perspectives White Privilege: Psychoanalytic Perspectives looks at race and the significant role it plays in society and in clinical practice. Much of the effort going into racial consciousness-raising rests on the concept of unearned "white privilege". In this book Neil Altman looks deeply into this notion suggesting that there are hidden assumptions in the idea of white privilege that perpetuate the very same racially prejudicial notions that are purportedly being dismantled. The book examines in depth the structure of racial categories polarized between white and black that are socially constructed resting on fallacious ideas of physical or psychological differences among peoples. Altman also critically examines such related concepts as privilege guilt and power. It is suggested that political positions are also artificially polarized into categories of "liberal" "left" and "conservative" "right" in ways that contribute to stereotyping between people with different political leanings foreclosing mutual respect dialogue and understanding. Finally White Privilege: Psychoanalytic Perspectives explores the implications for the theory and practice of psychoanalytic psychotherapy discussing these ideas in detail and depth with clinical illustrations. Drawing on Altman’s rich clinical experience and many years of engaging with racial and societal problems this book offers a new agenda for understanding and offering analytic practice in contemporary society. It will appeal to clinicians psychoanalytic therapists and anyone with an interest in social problems and how they manifest in society and in therapy today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367503505

White RacismThe Basics This book incorporates a range of new material on racist events and incidents across the United States. It includes a few new concepts and some of the original concepts about individual and institutionalized racism in the United States. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003061625

White Roses on the Floor of HeavenNature and Flower Imagery in Latter-Day Saints Women's Literature 1880-1920 First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987128

White Screens/Black ImagesHollywood From the Dark Side First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138165038

White SettlersThe Impact of Rural Repopulation in Scotland First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179516

White Space Is Not Your EnemyA Beginner's Guide to Communicating Visually Through Graphic Web & Multimedia Design White Space Is Not Your Enemy is a practical graphic design and layout guide that introduces concepts and practices necessary for producing effective visual communication across a variety of formats—from web to print. Sections on Gestalt theory color theory and WET layout are expanded to offer more in-depth content on those topics. This new edition features new covering current trends in web design—Mobile-first UI/UX design and web typography—and how they affect a designer’s approach to a project. The entire book will receive an update using new examples and images that show a more diverse set of graphics that go beyond print and web and focus on tablet mobile and advertising designs. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138804647

White Supremacy in Children's LiteratureCharacterizations of African Americans 1830-1900 This penetrating study of the white supremacy myth in books for the young adds an important dimension to American intellectual history. The study pinpoints an intersecting adult and child culture:  it demonstrates that many children's stories had political literary and social contexts that paralleled the way adult books schools churches and government institutions similarly maligned black identity culture and intelligence. The book reveals how links between the socialization of children and conservative trends in the 19th century foretold 20th century disregard for social justice in American social policy.  The author demonstrates that cultural pluralism an ongoing corrective to white supremacist fabrications is informed by the insights and historical assessments offered in this study. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203905111

White TrashRace and Class in America First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203700648

White Voters in 21st Century America The United States is experiencing remarkable demographic changes that are having an important impact on the American electorate. As the minority share of the voting-eligible population continues to grow the political clout of non-Hispanic whites will further decline. The 2012 election demonstrated that the Democratic Party can secure an Electoral College victory even when it loses badly in the aggregate among non-Hispanic whites. This does not mean that white voters are unimportant however. The political behavior of whites in the decades ahead will largely determine the direction of American politics. This book examines the political behavior of non-Hispanic whites. It considers the trends within the white vote how white voters differ geographically and the primary fault lines among white voters. It also examines how white political behavior changes in response to diversity.  It considers whether or not the day is approaching when whites consolidate into a largely homogenous voting bloc or whether whites will remain politically heterogeneous in the decades ahead Whereas other books have examined the political behavior of specific social classes within the non-Hispanic white community (working class whites for example) this is the first book to examine whites as a whole and provide a useful summary of recent trends within this group and thoughtful speculation about its future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138066243

White-Collar Crime in Late Nineteenth and Early Twentieth-Century Britain This book throws new light on white-collar crime criminals and criminality in late nineteenth and early twentieth-century Britain. It does so by considering the life of one man Jesse Varley (1869–1929) who embezzled more than £80 000 from Wolverhampton Corporation and for a decade and more enjoyed an ostentatiously extravagant lifestyle. He was discovered and despite serving a period of penal servitude he turned again to white-collar crime (this time in Sheffield). Sentenced again to penal servitude he died a few years later in Liverpool in what were said to be 'very poor circumstances'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138319011

White-Collar CrimeAn Opportunity Perspective White-Collar Crime: An Opportunity Perspective analyzes white-collar crime within a coherent theoretical framework. Using the opportunity perspective which assumes that all crimes depend on offenders recognizing an opportunity to commit an offense the authors uncover the processes and situational conditions that facilitate white-collar crimes. In addition they offer potential solutions to this persistent and widespread social problem without being reductive in their treatment of the difficulties of control. With this third edition Benson and Simpson have added substantive online teaching materials and expanded their coverage with up-to-date case studies and discussions of recent investigations into white-collar crime and control. These timely updates reaffirm this accessible and rigorous book as a core resource for courses on white-collar crime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138288898

White-collar CriminalThe Offender in Business and the Professions In his presidential address to the American Sociological Society more than a quarter of a century ago Edwin H. Sutherland advanced the idea that crime was being perpetrated by members of society that were considered "normal " "affluent " and "well-adjusted". This notion of a new criminal class played havoc with the traditional theories of crime causation and directed considerable research away from the criminal at war with society to the criminal nestled snugly in society's lap. Since then the concept of "white-collar crime" has become even more important for the understanding not only of criminal behavior but of the total social and moral structure of American society as well.White-Collar Criminal brings together for the first time since the concept was enunciated the major classic and contemporary writings in this rapidly expanding area of investigation. The book provides a provocative array of studies of the crimes committed on the upper echelons of American life-embezzlement business theft consumer fraud antitrust violations and many others-as well as the most significant theoretical writings on the subject.The book is both absorbing and intellectually challenging. Teachers seeking to give their students an understanding of this basic segment of criminological thought and research will find this volume a unique combination of empirical data and theoretical analysis in highly readable form.Gilbert Geis is currently professor emeritus in the department of Criminology Law and Society at the University of California Irvine. He has been project director on grants from the National Institute of Mental Health and the Walter E. Meyer Research Institute of Law and research director of an Office of Economic Opportunity program employing former narcotic addicts in street work with addicts and as classroom assistants in junior high schools. Geis has served as chairman of the section on Crime and Delinquency of the Society for the Study of Social Problems and as secretary-treasurer of the criminology section of the American Sociological Association. He has been a consultant to the President's Commission on Law Enforcement and Administration of Justice; in this capacity he was responsible for draft statements on white-collar crime and on compensation to victims of violent crime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540521

White-Collar Offenders and Desistance from CrimeFuture selves and the constancy of change The MPs’ expenses scandal in England and Wales and the international banking crisis have both brought into focus a concern about ‘elite’ individuals and their treatment by criminal justice systems. This interest intersects with a well-established concern within criminology for the transgressions of such offenders. However up until now there has been little sustained consideration of what happens to such offenders following conviction and little discussion of how they attempt to avoid reoffending in the wake of their punishment. This study rectifies this omission by drawing upon white-collar offenders’ own accounts of their punishment and their attempts to make new lives in the aftermath of it. Detailing the impact of imprisonment on white-collar offenders their release from prison and efforts to be successful again this book outlines the particular strategies white-collar offenders used to cope with the difficulties they encountered and also analyses the ways they tried to work out ‘who they were’ in the post-release worlds they found themselves in. Representing the first sustained qualitative study of white-collar offenders and desistance from crime this book will be of interest to academics and students engaged in the study of white-collar crime desistance from crime and prison. The insights it offers into a particular group of offenders’ experience of criminal justice would also make it useful for criminal justice practitioners and anyone who wishes to understand the challenges faced by a group of offenders who are assumed to have many advantages when it comes to desisting from crime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138288553

Whitehall and the Suez Crisis This review of the Suez Crisis gives a chapter each to such key players as the Chief of the Imperial General Staff and the Secretary to the Cabinet. It incorporates 1956 releases from the Public Record Office to reassess the role of officials and the process of policymaking. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203045121

Whiteness Pedagogy and Youth in AmericaCritical Whiteness Studies in the Classroom This book employs a narrative approach to recount and interpret the story of an innovative teaching and learning project about whiteness. By offering a first-hand description of a nationally-recognized high school-based Youth Participatory Action Research project—The Whiteness Project—this book draws out the conflicts and complexities at the core of white students’ racial identities. Critical of the essentializing frameworks traditionally given to address white privilege this volume advances a distinctive and theoretically robust account of ‘second-wave critical whiteness pedagogy’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367341190

Whiteness and Nationalism Naming whiteness is becoming an increasingly pressing issue across a variety of social and political contexts. In this book an international set of authors discuss how and why this has come to be the case. Studying whiteness as either a social identity or political ideology is a relatively recent area of scholarship. Unusually within the fields of race and ethnicity it is a concept that sits at an intersection between historical privilege and identity. At the same time ‘white privilege’ is not universally shared in (or can be distant to) how many white people feel they experience their identities. Whiteness as a site of privilege is therefore not absolute but rather cross-cut by a range of other concerns too. Nonetheless recent political developments serve to illustrate the political potency of appeals to whiteness in a way that suggests whiteness coupled with nationhood is a central social and political topic. In this book authors from the USA Australia and Europe consider the contemporary relationships between whiteness and national identity by focusing on mainstream electoral politics the ‘normalisation’ of white supremacy and where whiteness stands in relation to pluralised national identities. The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of the journal Identities: Global Studies in Culture and Power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367895419

Whiteness and Postcolonialism in the Nordic RegionExceptionalism Migrant Others and National Identities This book examines the influence of imperialism and colonialism on the formation of national identities in the Nordic countries exploring the manner in which contemporary discourses in Nordic society are rendered meaningful or obscured by references to past events and tropes related to the practices and ideologies of colonialism. Against the background of Nordic 'exceptionalism' it explores the manner in which the interwoven racial gendered and nationalistic ideologies associated with the colonial project form part of contemporary Nordic identities. An important challenge to national identities that can become increasingly inward looking Whiteness and Postcolonialism in the Nordic Region sheds light on the ways in which certain notions and structural inequalities understood as residue from the colonial period become recreated or projected onto different groups. Presenting a variety of case studies drawn from Sweden Finland Norway Greenland Denmark and Iceland this book will be of interest to scholars across the social sciences and humanities conducting research in the fields of race and ethnicity identity and belonging media representations of 'the other' and colonialism and postcolonialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266971

Whiteness and Teacher Education Due to the rise of internet use and a move toward globalization it may be assumed that white millennial college students are more accepting of cultural diversity and are more likely to be advocates for social justice than generations that have come before them. This project shows that while many white students know how to speak the language of "correctness" and to some degree even believe in what they are saying their limited personal experiences with those who are racially different from themselves often bump against their beliefs about racial acceptance and equality. This project investigates the ways that one facet of identity whiteness influences teachers’ understanding of their roles in the schools and informs their decision making within their practice. It explores several life stories of five teacher candidates all born after 1985. Through these stories we get a sense of how white prospective teachers imagine themselves as teachers of diverse students and how they imagine developing equitable practices. This work advocates that teacher educators help pre-service teachers unpack and understand their biases in order to facilitate their students in balancing their life experiences with whom they imagine themselves to be as teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138378063

Whiteness and White Privilege in Psychotherapy This unprecedented interdisciplinary collection focuses on gender whiteness and white privilege and sheds light on this understudied subject matter in the context of clinical psychology in both theories and applications. Psychologists especially therapists are often trained to look for issues that are not readily visible cannot be spoken and that are commonly taken for granted. Feminist and multi-cultural researchers and practitioners further seek to expose the power structures that benefit them or that unfairly advantage some groups over others. Whiteness has been investigated by sociologists and critical race theorists but has been largely overlooked by psychologists and psychotherapists even those who deal with feminist and multi-cultural issues. This volume explores the ways in which gender whiteness and white privilege intersect in the therapy room bringing to light that which is often unseen and thus unnamed while examining issues of epistemology theory supervision and practice in feminist therapies. The various contributions encompass theory history empirical research personal reflections and practical teaching strategies for the classroom. The authors remind us that whiteness and other forms of privilege are situated among multiple other forces structures identities and experiences and cannot be examined alone without context. This book was originally published as a special issue of Women & Therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138393943

Whiteness Fractured Whiteness Fractured examines the many ways in which whiteness is conceptualized today and how it is understood to operate and to effect social relationships. Exploring the intersections between whiteness social class ethnicity and psychosocial phenomena this book is framed by the question of how whiteness works and what it does. With attention to central concepts and the history of whiteness it explains the four ways in which whiteness works. In its examination of the outward and inward fractures of whiteness the book sheds light on both its connections with social class and ethnicity and with the 'epistemology of ignorance' and the psychoanalytic. Representing the long career of whiteness on the one hand and investigating its expansion into new areas on the other Whiteness Fractured reflects the growing maturity of critical whiteness studies. It undertakes a critical analysis of approaches to whiteness and proposes new directions for future action and enquiry. As such it will appeal to scholars across the social sciences with interests in race and ethnicity intersectionality colonialism and post-colonialism and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250765

WhiteTwentieth Anniversary Edition Now twenty years since its initial release Richard Dyer’s classic text White remains a groundbreaking and insightful study of the representation of whiteness in Western visual culture. White explores how while racial representation is central to the organisation of the contemporary world white people have remained a largely unexamined category in sharp contrast to the many studies of images of black and Asian peoples. Looking beyond the apparent unremarkability of whiteness Dyer demonstrates the importance of analysing images of white people. Dyer places this representation within the contexts of Christianity ‘race’ and colonialism. In a series of absorbing case studies he shows the construction of whiteness in the technology of photography and film as part of a wider ‘culture of light’; discusses heroic white masculinity in muscle-man action cinema from Tarzan and Hercules to Conan and Rambo; analyses the stifling role of white women in end-of-empire fictions like Jewel in the Crown and traces the associations of whiteness with death in Falling Down horror movies and cult dystopian films such as Blade Runner and the Aliens trilogy. This twentieth anniversary edition includes a new introductory chapter by Maxime Cervulle entitled ‘Looking into the light: Whiteness racism and regimes of representation’. This new introduction illuminates how Dyer has made a major contribution to the study of contemporary regimes of representation by unveiling the cultural mechanisms that have formed and reinforced white hegemony mechanisms under which white people have come to represent what is ordinary neutral even universal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138683044

WhiteucationPrivilege Power and Prejudice in School and Society This important volume explores how racism operates in schools and society while also unpacking larger patterns of racist ideology and white privilege as it manifests across various levels of schooling. A diverse set of contributors analyze particular contexts of white privilege providing key research findings connections to policy and exemplars of schools and universities that are overcoming these challenges. Whiteucation provides a multi-level and holistic perspective on how inequitable power dynamics and prejudice exist in schools ultimately encouraging reflection dialogue and inquiry in spaces where white privilege needs to be questioned interrogated and dismantled. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815368953

Whither Chinese HRM?Paradigms Models and Theories This symposium explores Chinese people-management as an academic subject looking at where it is currently going and the likely direction of its progress. After the economic reforms introduced by Deng Xiaoping in 1978 China saw the introduction of Human Resource Management (HRM). This book discusses the specific issues which are relevant to its evolution in China in particular whether there is a dominant ‘paradigm’ in the field and whether there might be a new one in the making. It looks at the possibility of a ‘theory of Chinese management’ or ‘Chinese theory of management’. This comprehensive volume covers a wide range of topics including charismatic leadership employee commitment creativity ‘guanxi’ job security knowledge-generation mentorship national identity and organizational innovation all in the context of Chinese HRM. The contributors are experts in their respective fields of management organizational behaviour psychology sociology and related disciplines and cover a wide range of themes models and specialisms. This book was originally published as a special issue of The International Journal of Human Resource Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377691

Whither Islam:Orientalism V 9 First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415513739

Whither Marxism?Global Crises in International Perspective First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138457478

'Whither regional studies?' Regional studies are at a vibrant conjuncture. ‘Regions’ continue to provide a conceptual and analytical focus for often overlapping concerns with economic social political cultural and ecological change. In the context of increased interest in inter- and multi-disciplinary approaches ‘regions’ remain an arena in which synthesis across disciplines – economics geography planning politics and sociology – can take place. Yet recent work has raised fundamental questions about how we think about and research ‘regions’ and regional change ‘development’ governance and regulation. First emergent conceptual ideas have introduced new thinking about space place and scale that interprets ‘regions’ as ‘unbounded’ relational spaces. This work has disturbed notions of ‘regions’ as bounded territories and questioned hierarchical systems of scale through more complex multi-scalar approaches. Second research methodology has grown in sophistication and sensitivity but remains somewhat polarised between the binaries of positivist often quantitative and more theoretically diverse typically qualitative approaches. Last regional governance policy and politics are wrestling with the conceptual methodological and political complexities of new modes and geographies of governance and emergent multi-agent and multi-level institutional architectures. This book brings together important voices in regional studies to contribute to and reflect upon these current issues and debates. While we are at an early stage in beginning to think through what such conceptual theoretical methodological governance policy and political innovations and developments mean for regional studies the magnitude and resonance of such issues underpin the vitality of research on the region. This book was published as a special issue of Regional Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852081

Whither South East Asian Management?The First Decade of the New Millennium This book examines the directions in which various structures and processes of management and business are moving in South East Asia covering Indonesia Malaysia Thailand and Vietnam. It aims to update previous works in the field covering management and business in these countries. It goes on to deal with a wide variety of themes and issues functional and practice areas sectors and organisational types. Many key sectors are also covered such as finance retailing telecoms etc. The types or organisations covered range from multinational companies to state-owned enterprises. The contributors cover current and ongoing developments of these themes particularly in the context of globalization. The book also addresses the future directions management may be moving in this important part of the international economy. The authors are all experts in their fields and are all based in universities and business schools in the region within the respective countries involved. The work is aimed at undergraduate and postgraduate students in business administration especially those on MBA programmes development economics management studies and related fields as well as lecturers in those subjects and researchers in the field. This book was published as a special issue of Asia Pacific Business Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852098

Whither the Child?Causes and Consequences of Low Fertility Birth rates are falling and fertility rates are well below replacement levels. At the same time the economic crisis has forced governments to scale back public spending reduce child support and raise the retirement age causing immense social conflict. Taking a step outside the disciplinary comfort zone Whither the Child? asks how demography affects individuals and society. What does it feel like to live in a low fertility world? What are the consequences? Is there even a problem - economically culturally and morally? No other book confronts so many dimensions of the low fertility issue and none engage with the thorny issues of child psychology parenting family and social policy that are tackled head-on here. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612050942

Whither Ukraine?Weapons State Building and International Cooperation This title was first published in 2002. Examining the development of and rationale behind the Ukrainian export control system this text uses an original theoretically informed case study methodology to explain how and why Ukraine has continued to emphasize the importance of not only maintaining but augmenting its export control system. Furthermore it assesses the utility of four international relations approaches in explaining non-proliferation export control development. This ground-breaking study on Ukrainian politics and economics is ideally suited to audiences of European Ukrainian and US policy-makers academics and specialists in security and political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138717220

Whitman's Ecstatic UnionConversion and Ideology in Leaves of Grass Whitman's Ecstatic Union rereads the first three editions of Leaves of Grass within the context of a nineteenth-century antebellum evangelical culture of conversion. Though Whitman intended to write a new American Bible and "inaugurate a religion " contemporary scholarship has often ignored the religious element in his poetry. But just as evangelists sought the redemption of America through the reconstruction of individual subjects in conversion Leaves of Grass sought to redeem the nation by inducing ecstatic regenerating experiences in its readers. Whitman's Ecstatic Union explores the ecstasy of conversion as a liminal moment outside of language and culture and-employing Althusser's model of ideological interpellation and anthropological models of religious ritual-shows how evangelicalism remade subjects by inducing ecstasy and instilling new narratives of identity. The book analyzes Whitman's historical relationship to preaching and conversion and reads the 1855 "Song of Myself" as a conversion narrative. A focus on the 1856 edition and the poem "To You" explores the sacred seductions at the heart of Whitman's poetry. "Crossing Brooklyn Ferry" and Whitman's vision of a world of perfect miracles are then connected to a conception of universal affection uncannily paralleling Jonathan Edward's ideal of "love to being in general." A conclusion looks toward the transformations of Whitman's vision in the 1860 edition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867160

Who What When Where Colorcards -Interrogative PronounsWh Questions Who What When Where Why? Colorcards Understanding Interrogative Pronouns What are interrogative pronouns? Where can I find a set of cards that will help me understand them? The answers can be found in the carefully selected set of cards which will provide endless opportunities to discover understand and practise interrogative pronouns. While each card is directly concerned with a specific question all the images included provide multiple opportunities to develop this key skill. Examples of card usage include: Who ...works here? ...won the race? What ...happens here? ...can you see? When ...is it time for lunch? ...when will the cake be baked? Where ...is the red shirt? ...is my pen? Why ...has the bus stopped? ...are they laughing? The cards can be used in groups or one-to-one situations and are designed to help the development of key skills of exploring and understanding through language. Age: All ages Contents: 36 A5 cards; accompanying booklet detailing ways to use the cards boxed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301139

Who am I?Alex Kelly The Talkabout 'Who am I?' cards have been designed to be used with an individual or small group to practice good communication and social skills. The cards could be used in a number of ways such as a warm up game group cohesion activity or a closing game. They could be used to gel a new group or for players to get to know one another by asking appropriate questions. The cards will therefore help to stimulate group conversation and allow people to practice and improve good social skills with others. Use these cards to improve individual and group social skills in a stimulating manner. One-set of card - several uses these cards can adapted to be used for several different objectives ensuring maximum benefit. Additional uses provide greater value for money as there is an opportunity for extension activities including Memory Survey and Investigation. Contents: 4 group game cards. A description is given for four activities to play using these cards 36 illustrated cards. These include prompts for sharing likes and dislikes facts and opinions about themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889929

Who are the Europeans Now? Challenging the orthodox view that European integration is eroding national identity this groundbreaking volume links identity citizenship and democratic legitimacy in a unique way by focusing on key themes: ¢ the suggestion that the EMU project is much more than an economic enterprise: it will invade national sovereignty and destroy cherished national symbols. ¢ relating assertive regional and ethnic identities to evolving concepts of EU citizenship and a European identity. ¢ the danger the whole European project may be in if a genuine EU-level citizenship is not created. The role of frontiers in the integration process is ambiguous and double-edged. Frontier zones once had a life of their own and ironically integration emphasizes frontiers in a new way. Written by authors of different nationalities and disciplines this timely volume is accessible for readers from many backgrounds and will lead them to a clearer understanding of the metamorphosing ’New Europe’. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234120

Who Bit My Tail?Targeting the t Sound Tiger wakes from a dream to find a big bite on his tail – but can he discover who is the culprit? This picture book targets the /t/ sound and is part of Speech Bubbles 1  a series of picture books that target specific speech sounds within the story. The series can be used for children receiving speech therapy for children who have a speech sound delay/disorder or simply as an activity for children’s speech sound development and/or phonological awareness. They are ideal for use by parents teachers or caregivers. Bright pictures and a fun story create an engaging activity perfect for sound awareness. Please see other titles in the series for stories targeting other speech sounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367185206

Who Calls the TuneA Psychodramatic Approach to Child Therapy This book explains how the powerful technique of psychodrama can be safely used in working with the child who has been badly traumatized. It presents practical examples of work with children suffering from a range of problems including language disorder depression and abuse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158061

Who Cares in Europe?A comparison of long-term care for the over-50s in sixteen European countries As in many other European countries the sustainability of the long-term care system is a key issue in the Dutch policy debate. In order to shed light on this issue this book compares the way elderly persons are supported in sixteen European countries. Based on the latest SHARE data it provides an assessment of long-term care institutions individual care needs and their underlying risk factors the availability of network care and the paid and nonpaid care people actually receive. Media > Books > Print Books Netherlands Institute for Social Research 9789037706819

Who Cares?Christianity and Modern Problems Originally published in 1981 Who Cares? Christianity and Modern Problems explores a wide range of social problems and how they relate to Christianity. The book covers a variety of topics including family poverty money race work war leisure government sex and marriage and religion. In each case it draws connections to Christian teaching and reflects the facts and attitudes of the time in which it was written. Adopting a flexible approach to study the chapters and subjects discussed can be read in any order. The book is also equipped with a selection of exam questions set by various examining boards at the time of original publication. Who Cares? Christianity and Modern Problems will appeal to those with an interest in social history religious history and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367623654

Who Cares?Rediscovering Community A wonderfully engaging and accessible book Who Cares? emphasizes finding humane responses to developmentally and physically disabled individuals that are community driven rather than solely reliant on problem-solution oriented social service organizations. David Schwartz examines the roles of both informal communities and sectarian communities for Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313975

Who Cares?The Great British Health Debate First Published in 2018. CRC Press is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. This book looks behind the headlines and explains in a simple straightforward way what has happened to our NHS and what future waits in store. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315384870

Who Decides Who Becomes a Teacher?Schools of Education as Sites of Resistance Who Decides Who Becomes a Teacher? extends the discussions and critiques of neoliberalism in education by examining the potential for Schools of Teacher Education to contest policies that are typical in K-12 schooling. Drawing on a case study of faculty collaboration this edited volume reimagines teacher preparation programs as crucial sites of resistance to and refusal of unsound education practices and legislation. This volume also reveals by example how education faculty can engage in collaborative scholarly work to investigate the anticipated and unanticipated effects of policy initiatives on teaching and learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138284357

Who Decides Who Decides?Enabling Choice Equity Access Improved Performance and Patient Guaranteed Care This book makes the case for 'ordinary' people to get the health and social care which the state has promised them for over 60 years but which has not been delivered. What is the case for choice? How can choice be made real for the individual? What impact can genuine individually financially-empowered choice have on effective funding purchasing delivery and outcomes? How can a genuine market grow and thrive? How can the quest for choice include the large numbers of NHS and social care staff on whom success depends? The book urges individual financial empowerment through a life-long health savings account for all NHS and social services. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315385150

Who Do We Think We Are?Race and Nation in the Modern World This text offers a provocative explanation of the force and place of race in modern history showing that race and nation have a linked history. The author seeks to show the close historical connection of race and nation as each interrelates with the other in shaping and carrying social and institutional practices over many centuries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698175

Who Gains from Free TradeExport-Led Growth Inequality and Poverty in Latin America The issue of the pros and cons of free trade from the point of view of developing countries refuses to dissipate and in Latin America the debate rages most fiercely. Argentina is still licking its wounds after a catastrophic past five years and Brazil and others have hardened their line – even going so far as to initiate the influential new G20 group of the most powerful LDCs. Who Gains from Free Trade examines the extent to which trade reforms have been an important source of the slowdown of economic growth rising inequality and rising poverty as observed in many parts of the region. This volume presents a comprehensive analysis of this important topic utilizing: research based on sixteen country narratives of policy reform and economic performance rigorous general equilibrium (CGE) modelling of the economy-wide effects of trade reform for all country cases application of an innovative method of microsimulations to assess the employment and factor income distribution impact of policy reforms on poverty and inequality at the household level. This important study a valuable resource for postgraduate students of development economics and political economy examines all the current issues and brings together some of the world’s leading experts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415632386

Who is My Neighbor?Communicating and Organizing to End Homelessness Who Is My Neighbor? is a compelling account of the author's ten-year journey as a volunteer at the St. Francis Center a homeless shelter in Denver Colorado. A retired Professor of Communication Phil Tompkins marshals his considerable experience as a participant observer in recording the voices of the guests of the shelter as they teach us about their situation. We learn about their hopes for regaining a home and their fears as they are victimized-in some cases even murdered. Tompkins shows how effective communication and organization can contribute to finding an end to homelessness and establishing a movement toward protective action especially when a proactive local government gets involved. In addition to giving voice to homeless people Who Is My Neighbor? explores Denver Mayor John Hickenlooper's ambitious Commission to End Homelessness. This remarkable social experiment now called Denver's Road Home is two years into implementing an innovative plan for ending homelessness. It provides a model for other cities nationwide where persistent homelessness has defied resolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631127

Who is Nursing Them? It is UsNeoliberalism HIV/AIDS and the Occupational Health and Safety of South African Public Sector Nurses This book explores the impacts of HIV/AIDS and neoliberal globalization on the occupational health of public sector hospital nurses in KwaZulu-Natal South Africa. The story of South African public sector nurses provides multiple perspectives on the HIV/AIDS epidemic-for a workforce that played a role in the struggle against apartheid women who deal with the burden of HIV/AIDS care at work and in the community and a constituency of the new South African democracy that is working on the frontlines of the HIV/AIDS epidemic. Through case studies of three provincial hospitals in KwaZulu-Natal set against a historical backdrop this book tells the story of the HIV/AIDS epidemic in the post-apartheid period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784399

Who Is the Dreamer Who Dreams the Dream?A Study of Psychic Presences In Who Is the Dreamer Who Dreams the Dream? A Study of Psychic Presences James Grotstein integrates some of his most important work of recent years in addressing fundamental questions of human psychology and spirituality. He explores two quintessential and interrelated psychoanalytic problems: the nature of the unconscious mind and the meaning and inner structure of human subjectivity. To this end he teases apart the complex tangled threads that constitute self-experience delineating psychic presences and mystifying dualities subjects with varying perspectives and functions and objects with different often phantasmagoric properties. Whether he is expounding on the Unconscious as a range of dimensions understandable in terms of nonlinear concepts of chaos complexity and emergence theory; modifying the psychoanalytic concept of psychic determinism by joining it to the concept of autochthony; comparing Melanie Klein's notion of the archaic Oedipus complex with the ancient Greek myth of the labyrinth and the Minotaur; or examining the relationship between the stories of Oedipus and Christ Grotstein emerges as an analyst whose clinical sensibility has been profoundly deepened by his scholarly use of mythology classical thought and contemporary philosophy. The result is both an important synthesis of major currents of contemporary psychoanalytic thought and a moving exploration of the nature of human suffering and spirituality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005495

Who is the Scientist-Subject?Affective History of the Gene This book explores two disparate sets of debates in the history and philosophy of the life sciences: the history of subjectivity in shaping objective science and the history of dominance of reductionism in molecular biology. It questions the dominant conception of the scientist-subject as a neo-Kantian ideal self – that is the scientist as a unified and wilful self-determined self-regulated active and autonomous rational subject wilfully driven by social and scientific ethos – in favour of a narrative that shows how the microcosm of reductionism is sustained adopted questioned or challenged in the creative struggles of the scientist-subject. The author covers a century-long history of the concept of the gene as a series of "pioneering moments" through an engagement with life-writings of eminent scientists to show how their ways of being and belonging relate with the making of the science. The scientist-self is theorized as fundamentally a feeling experiencing and suffering subject split between the conscious and unconscious and constitutive of personality aspects that are emotional/psychological "situated" (cultural and ideological) metaphysical intersubjective and existential at the same time. An engaging interdisciplinary interpretation of the dominance of reductionism in genetic science this book will be of major interest to scholars and researchers of science history and philosophy alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367734435

Who Keeps the Score on the London Stages? How does one become a theater critic in London? What do the theater critics think of their profession? How are they judged by those they critique? What do both critics and theatre-makers think of their mutual object of desire - the British Theatre?Who Keeps the Score on the London Stages? sets out to find the answers to these questions and many more in this long overdue publication on Britain's current theatre scene. Included are comprehensive interviews with more than fifty major London theatre critics and theater-makers including Sir Alan Ayckbourn Stephen Berkoff Michael Billington Martin Coveney Nicholas de Jongh Sir Richard Eyre Sir Peter Hall Sir Cameron Mackintosh Adrian Noble Sir Trevor Nunn and Irving Wardle. The author has gathered together a lively discussion about the contrmporary state of the British theatre drawing a picture of its strengths weaknesses and the problems it faces today. This volume serves as a long overdue guide to the Theatre critics' profession in Britain. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315079905

Who Killed ShakespeareWhat's Happened to English Since the Radical Sixties First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203819463

Who Knew?Inside the Complexity of American Health Care Despite all the writing and the research America’s health care industry continues to fail at providing health care that is accessible and affordable with measurable quality. The fundamental reason we have failed is that health care is not only a complex business but the most complex in our economy. Other industries are disrupted some readily adapt to new markets; some leverage information technology and innovative and cost-saving ways. But to date health care has resisted. The customary approaches tried in other industries seem not to apply to health care. Why? Why is the health care industry so politically divisive? Why is the quality of health care services so difficult to measure? Why do patients often fail to understand their own health care? Why are security and privacy such unique challenges in health care? Why is the payment process for health care services so complicated and challenging? This book seeks to answer these questions. This book written by a well know industry ‘insider’ with 35+ years working at senior levels in hospital operations and information technology discusses nine major factors that in combination contribute to health care’s complexity. The author concludes that until we understand why health is so complex we will continue to see books complaining about the poor state of health care in the U.S. and proposals for change that are generally unsuccessful and innovative technology products that fail to deliver expected results. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138353022

Who Lives Who Dies Who Decides?Abortion Assisted Dying Capital Punishment and Torture Who Lives Who Dies Who Decides? looks at several of the most contentious issues in many societies. The book asks whose rights are protected? How do these rights and protections change over time and who makes those decisions? This book explores the fundamentally sociological processes which underlie the quest for morality and justice in human societies. The author sheds light on the social movements and social processes at the root of these seemingly personal moral questions. The third edition contains a new chapter on torture entitled "Taking Life and Inflicting Suffering." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138296244

Who Needs Experts?Counter-mapping Cultural Heritage Taking the significant Faro Convention on the Value of Cultural Heritage for Society (Council of Europe 2005) as its starting point this book presents pragmatic views on the rise of the local and the everyday within cultural heritage discourse. Bringing together a range of case studies within a broad geographic context it examines ways in which authorised or 'expert' views of heritage can be challenged and recognises how everyone has expertise in familiarity with their local environment. The book concludes that local agenda and everyday places matter and examines how a realignment of heritage practice to accommodate such things could usefully contribute to more inclusive and socially relevant cultural agenda. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248182

Who Needs Nuclear Power Who Needs Nuclear Power challenges conventional thinking about the role of civil nuclear power in a rapidly changing energy context where new energy carriers are penetrating markets around the world. Against the backdrop of a global energy transition and the defining issue of Climate Change Chris Anastasi assesses new nuclear build in a fast-moving sector in which new technologies and practices are rapidly emerging. He considers various countries at different stages of nuclear industry development and  discusses  their political legal and technical institutions that provide the framework for both existing nuclear facilities and new build as well as a country’s technical capability. He also highlights the critical issue of nuclear safety culture exploring how organisations go about instilling it and maintaining it in their operations and encouraging it in their supply chains; the critical role played by independent regulators and international institutions in ensuring the integrity of the industry is also highlighted. This book provides a balanced and holistic view of nuclear power for both an expert and non-expert audience  and a realistic assessment of the potential for this technology over the critical period to 2050 and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367266936

Who Needs the Past?Indigenous Values and Archaeology This book offers a critique of the all pervasive Western notion that other communities often live in a timeless present. Who Needs the Past? provides first-hand evidence of the interest non-Western non-academic communities have in the past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154797

Who Owns Football?Models of Football Governance and Management in International Sport The commercialization of sport since the 1990s has had a number of consequences. The market forces that have defined commercialization notably pay-per-view television whilst initially welcomed as important new sources of revenue have also had the unanticipated consequences of de-stabilizing many sporting competitions and institutions undermining the financial future of clubs in their traditional role as key social and cultural institutions. This has been manifested in the paradox of chronic financial loss-making amongst professional sports’ clubs in an era of exponential revenue growth a trend exemplified by the experience of Italy’s Series A and the English Premier League – both cases examined in detail in this book. But at the same time some traditional sporting organizations have sought with some success to chart a middle way retaining traditional sporting movement objectives whilst also embracing a form of commercialism. The Gaelic Athletic Association in Ireland the supporter-owned FC Barcelona football club and New Zealand rugby union offer illustrative examples of such strategies examined in detail. This book explores the background to this clash of commercial and traditional sporting objectives and debates the consequences for wider sports governance. This book was published as a special issue of Soccer and Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415661249

Who Owns Jung? This book has a similar though not identical format to Who Owns Psychoanalysis? in being divided into sections as follows: academic clinical history philosophy science. Who Owns Jung aims to be a celebration of the diversity and interdisciplinary thinking that is a feature of the international Jungian community. Many of t Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329761

Who Owns Knowledge?Knowledge and the Law Who Owns Knowledge? explores the emerging linkages between the extension of knowledge and the law. It anticipates that the legal system will not only be called upon to adjudicate in matters of creative minds but will be expected to do so to an ever increasing degree.Linkages between the legal system and knowledge are bound to multiply in modern societies. Ironically while increasingly relying on knowledge we are simultaneously investing significant resources into controlling this same knowledge. This includes developing a system of legal governance over how knowledge is extended or enlarged. Such modes of governance may take the form of regulatory legal codes or legal challenges and judgments that shape the evolution of modern society and potentially transform knowledge itself as a productive force. Who Owns Knowledge? asks such questions as: What is the appropriate balance of public and private interests involved in this process? How can creative powers natural resources and indigenous knowledge be protected from either public or private exploitation? Does the law have the power to prevent this exploitation or is adaptive technology needed? Also in this identity theft conscious age how can the rights of the individual be protected against policies allowing access to any kind of information especially confidential information? The editors and contributors demonstrate that the relationship between knowledge and the law needs to be further researched and discussed. Who Owns Knowledge? is a must-read for those interested in the subjects of intellectual property the history and development of modern legal and economic systems and their entanglements and how judicial systems make choices between the legal and economic systems and especially between the public and private good and their often opposing interests. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517950

Who Owns Our Bodies?Making Moral Choices in Health Care This book explores the controversial dilemmas which meet at the intersection of medicine philosphy and law - questions concerning killing and not killing which are faced daily in health care. They embrace euthanasia abortion the care of the elderly and the demented the care of the mentally ill children and those in a persistent vegative state. Who Owns our Bodies? identifies a crisis both in ethics and in empowerment as people face often neccessarily wretched choices. It seeks a framework of guidance for practical decision-making and focuses on two key issues. First who decides on an individual's quality of life and thus on their health care treatments? Second how can patients be empowered with a structure to enable choice self-realization self-reflection and self-responsibility? John Spiers with characteristic clarity and verve offers a fundamental choice between health care experienced as hierarchy and control and the alternative of choice and self-responsibilty. He argues that health care must rely on patients deciding how much power they have not on professionals deciding how much to grant them. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315379517

Who Owns Psychoanalysis? So who does own psychoanalysis? Equally pertinent what is psychoanalysis? Even before the death of Sigmund Freud psychoanalysis was splintering into different groups each convinced of their superiority to the other. There was little co-operation between them plus a great deal of resentment recrimination and suspicion. The status quo has been Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329778

Who Owns Sport? This fascinating collection of essays explores the complex economic political cultural and social claims over sport from multi-disciplinary perspectives including philosophy history political science and management. The book seeks to uncover some of the tensions and dilemmas wrapped up within aspects of owning sport and attempts to make sense of the place role meaning and function of sport when set against the broad notion of ownership. It considers the relationships between individuals organisations and institutions and investigates the power of grassroots participants from the bottom up. In presenting contemporary analyses from many viewpoints not simply the commercial it asks the reader to think of sport differently. Important reading for scholars and students with an interest in sport and society sport management policy or development as well as those studying political science economics philosophy and development studies this is also a useful resource for practitioners managers and those working strategically with sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730062

Who Participates in Global Governance?States bureaucracies and NGOs in the United Nations Why are non-state actors sometimes granted participation rights in international organizations? This book argues that IOs and the states that compose them systematically pursue their interests when granting participation rights to NSAs. This book demonstrates that NSAs have long been participants in global governance institutions and that states and bureaucracies have not always resisted their inclusion. At the same time this study encourages skepticism of the assumption that increasing participation should be expected with the passage of time. The result is a study that challenges some commonly held assumptions about the interests of IOs and states while providing an interesting comparison of secretariat and state interests with regard to one particular aspect of IO institutional rule and practice: the participation of non-state actors. Addressing the regular assumption that the power of states and the efficacy of multilateral governance have simply wilted in the heat of globalization while NSAs have flourished this work features analysis of key institutions such as UNCEF UNDP and the Environment Programme. It will be of great interest to students and scholars of international relations the United Nations and NGOs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138896680

Who Pays For Clean Water?The Distribution Of Water Pollution Control Costs This book examines changes in public-sector budgets resulting from the Water Pollution Control Act. It suggests that clean water can be financed in two ways—public agencies can pay or industries can recover their expenditures through increased prices to consumers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429267529

Who Plays? Who Pays? Who Cares?A Case Study in Applied Sociology Political Economy and the Community Menta Health Centers Movement This work provides a detailed look at the concept of community in the literature of the community mental health centers (CMHC) movement from the 1960s to the 1990s. The author takes the analysis well beyond a history of the movement into the realm of applied theory. The purpose of the book is to explore the interwoven dynamics of state policy market trends and applied theory. "Who Plays? Who Pays? Who Cares?" breaks new ground in its systematic examination of structural functional and conflict sociology underlying American social psychiatry. The work also provides support for the argument that state policy and market conditions significantly limit and direct the applications of theory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315231006

Who Put the Spell into Spelling?An Illustrated Storybook to Support Children with Fun Rules for Tricky Spellings *This storybook should be used alongside the workbook Supporting Children With Fun Rules for Tricky Spellings* This beautifully illustrated storybook has been created to support learners who after acquiring the basics of reading and writing have struggled to organically grasp the rules that govern spelling in the English language. The colourful storybook tells the story of the ‘Super Spelling School for Letters’ and the teacher who helps all the students come together to make words. Twenty-two of the most important spelling rules are explored and given meaning through the engaging story; each followed by a ‘quick quiz’ to help solidify the rule in the long-term memory. Additionally there is an activity for each rule which includes reading spelling and writing in context. This is in the workbook Fun Rules for Tricky Spellings available within this set. Key features include: An engaging story that connects the spelling rules together and gives them meaning making them easier to remember Quirky and colourful illustrations allowing children to visualise the spelling rules and the way they work in the English language Developed with feedback from teachers and students this is an invaluable resource for teachers and parents looking to support learners who find spelling a challenge or who are learning English as an additional language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367435059

Who Ran the Cities?City Elites and Urban Power Structures in Europe and North America 1750–1940 The question of who actually ran cities in the eighteenth nineteenth and twentieth centuries has been increasingly debated in recent years. As well as trying to understand the distribution of political power and the rise of broad political participation urban historians have questioned how and whether elites retained influence in municipal government. The essays in this collection provide a detailed examination of the relationship between urban elites and the exercise of 'power' bringing together economic social and cultural history with the political history of power resources and decision-making. The volume challenges common perceptions of a monolithic urban elite by looking at specific case studies. Collectively these essays provide a more sophisticated view of the exercise of urban power as the negotiation of various elite groups defined by their economic social political or cultural privilege. To contribute to this complex account of the history of cities elites and their influence the collection applies a range of methodological approaches to studying European and American cities as well as the wider world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274051

Who Reads Ulysses?The Common Reader and the Rhetoric of the Joyce Wars First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203954140

Who Shall Be Educated? Ils 241 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864084

Who Should Run the Health Service?Realignment and Reconstruction This study examines management systems and their appropriateness to the National Health Service. The text considers the role of clinicians in management recommending increased involvement by clinicians and arguing that they must take on a greater management role in the reformed health service. The author suggests that conultants are best placed to manage the NHS efficiently and cost-effectively. In a system where non-clinical staff have come to dominate NHS management and where purchasers determine what services are to be provided and the Patient's Charter defines the parameters of practice doctors have genuine reasons to be hostile to the idea of involvement in hospital management. However the author of this book warns of the danger to the health service and to patient care if consultants are sidelined. He considers management systems and the most suitable roles of clinicians in practice. In proposing models for change he aims to transform the professional lives of clinicians. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315381015

Who to Release? This book is concerned to explore the changing role of the Parole Board across the range of its responsibilities including the prediction of risk and deciding on the release (or continued detention) of the growing number of recalled prisoners and of those subject to indeterminate sentences. In doing so it aims to rectify the lack of attention that has been given by lawyers academics and practitioners to back door sentencing (where the real length of a sentence is decided by those who take the decision to release) compared to front door sentencing' (decisions taken by judges or magistrates in court). Particular attention is given in this book to the important changes made to the role and working of the Parole Board as a result of the impact of the early release scheme of the Criminal Justice Act 2005 with the Parole Board now deciding in Panels concerned with determinate sentence prisoners lifers and recalled prisoners. A wide range of significant issues and case law has arisen as a result of these changes which the contributors to this book leading authorities in the field aim to explore. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415628105

Who was Who at WaterlooA Biography of the Battle Everyone knows about the Battle of Waterloo – or do they?This book presents the battle as never before: through the personal stories of over 150 people present at the battle or its immediate aftermath. A reference book a biographical dictionary and a myth-busting expose Who was Who at Waterloo is an indispensable guide to history's most famous battle.Arranged in alphabetical order and with entries highlighted throughout the text like links in a website the book boasts a colourful cast of soldiers politicians peasants surgeons artists novelists poets scientists entrepreneurs and more. It provides many sorties into nineteenth century culture politics medicine and science. It also provides a thorough look at the sources identifying myths irregularities and cover-ups. The book demonstrates how little we can really know about Waterloo. And yet it also demonstrates just how much can be said about the battle's participants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425309

Who Was William Hickey?A Crafted Life in Georgian England and Imperial India This book analyzes an example of life-writing an autobiography that was written in the early nineteenth century and will appeal to readers of many disciplines who are interested in understanding the interconnectedness of memory textual narrative and ideas of selfhood. Moreover this book reasserts the importance of the individual in history. It explains how personal narratives reveal the individual as a purposeful social actor pursuing particular objectives but framed by cultural and social contexts in this case by eighteenth-century London and Imperial India. The author of this autobiography William Hickey projects a sense of self formed by a combination of an interiorized self-consciousness (an awareness of himself as an autonomous individual although not one prone to deep self-reflection) and a socially-turned self-fashioning. Like so many autobiographers of his time Hickey’s self is realized through the production of a narrative his self fixed and defined through the act of writing. As he wrote his memoirs Hickey was engaged in purposeful textual representation to satisfy his perceived sense of place in that culture (above all as a gentleman) while tacitly reflecting the constraints of that culture imposed upon the form and content of the text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367331191

Who We Could Be at Work First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138454033

Who’s Who and What’s What in Wagner Who‘s Who and What‘s What in Wagner aims to fill a notable gap in the extensive literature surrounding the works of Richard Wagner. It is a comprehensive reference work in which all the many complexities of character plot and language in Wagner‘s operas from Die Feen to Parsifal are elucidated. For ease of reference the book is arranged alphabetically in the style of an encyclopaedia. Herein will be found succinct synopses of all the operas; in-depth biographies of all the characters; a lexicon of difficult words and phrases; plus an appendix comprising a select bibliography and discography. Whether the reader be a casual opera lover or specialist involved in the production or performance of Wagner‘s works this book will prove to be an invaluable companion. Contents include: Alphabetical Listing including: 86 in-depth character studies; Synopsis for each of the 13 operas; Over 1 000 further entries about names places and artifacts that feature in Wagner‘s works; Index. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138455481

Whole Body VibrationsPhysical and Biological Effects on the Human Body Whole Body Vibrations: Physical and Biological Effects on the Human Body allows an understanding about the qualities and disadvantages of vibration exposure on the human body with a biomechanical and medical perspective. It offers a comprehensive range of principles methods techniques and tools to provide the reader with a clear knowledge of the impact of vibration on human tissues and physiological processes. The text considers physical mechanical and biomechanical aspects and it is illustrated by key application domains such as sports and medicine. Consisting of 11 chapters in total the first three chapters provide useful tools for measuring generating simulating and processing vibration signals. The following seven chapters are applications in different fields of expertise from performance to health with localized or global effects. Since unfortunately there are undesirable effects from the exposure to mechanical vibrations a final chapter is dedicated to this issue. Engineers researchers and students from biomedical engineering and health sciences as well as industrial professionals can profit from this compendium of knowledge about mechanical vibration applied to the human body. Provides biomechanical and medical perspectives to understanding the qualities and disadvantages of vibration exposure on the human body Offers a range of principles methods techniques and tools to evaluate the impact of vibration on human tissues and physiological processes Explores mechanical vibration techniques used to improve human performance Discusses the strong association between health and human well-being Explores physical mechanical and biomechanical aspects of vibration exposure in domains such as sports and medicine Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138500013

Whole Earth Thinking and Planetary CoexistenceEcological wisdom at the intersection of religion ecology and philosophy Like never before in history humans are becoming increasingly interconnected with one another and with the other inhabitants and habitats of Earth. There are numerous signs of planetary interrelations from social media and international trade to genetic engineering and global climate change. The scientific study of interrelations between organisms and environments Ecology is uniquely capable of addressing the complex challenges that characterize our era of planetary coexistence. Whole Earth Thinking and Planetary Coexistence focuses on newly emerging approaches to ecology that cross the disciplinary boundaries of sciences and humanities with the aim of responding to the challenges facing the current era of planetary interconnectedness. It introduces concepts that draw out a creative contrast between religious and secular approaches to the integration of sciences and humanities with religious approaches represented by the "geologian" Thomas Berry and the whole Earth thinking of Stephanie Kaza and Gary Snyder and the more secular approaches represented by the "geophilosophy" of poststructuralist theorists Gilles Deleuze and Félix Guattari. This book will introduce concepts engaging with the ecological challenges of planetary coexistence to students and professionals in fields of environmental studies philosophy and religious studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138743557

Whole Energy System DynamicsTheory modelling and policy In order to address the twenty-first-century challenges of decarbonisation energy security and cost-effectiveness it is essential to understand whole energy systems and the interconnection and interaction between different components. An integrated language is therefore needed to assist energy policymakers and to help industrial stakeholders assess future energy systems and infrastructure and make realistic technical and economic decisions. Whole Energy System Dynamics provides an interdisciplinary approach to whole energy systems; providing insights and understanding of it in the context of challenges opportunities and solutions at different levels and time steps. It discusses approaches across disciplinary boundaries as well as existing issues within three main themes: theory modelling and policy and their interlinkage with geopolitics markets and practice. Spataru argues that there is an urgent need for a whole energy system integration. This is necessary for effective analysis design and control of the interactions and interdependencies involved in the technical economic regulatory and social dimensions of the energy system. This book is essential reading for students interested in the area of energy systems policy and modelling. It is also a valuable read for policymakers professionals researchers academics engineers and industrial stakeholders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138799905

Whole GrainsProcessing Product Development and Nutritional Aspects Whole grains play an important role in healthy diets due to their potential role in minimizing the risk factors for several diseases. Thus the need for a comprehensive work that addresses all aspects of whole grain technology including processing product development and nutrition values. This book covers the technological nutritional and product development aspects of all whole grains including wheat rice barley rye sorghum millet maize and oats among others. The book will review and summarize current knowledge in whole grains with the intent of being helpful to the food industry in the development of high-quality whole grain products. Key Features: Covers the technology for whole grain processing Promotes the utilization of whole grain products Provides the information about the nutritional components of whole grains Explores the health benefits of whole grains Presents the latest trends and safety concerns of whole grains The chapters include amaranth barley brown rice buckwheat maize millets oats quinoa rye sorghum and wheat. In addition current trends in processing technology and product development for whole grains are explained in detail in a separate chapter. The last chapter deals with the food safety management of whole grains. Contributions from global experts in this field make this book a key reference material for all aspects of whole grains. This book is suitable for students scientists and professionals in food science food engineering food technology food processing product development food marketing nutrition and other health sciences. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815382423

Whole Life Costing for Sustainable Building Whole life costing is now integral to building procurement both for new buildings and major refurbishments. It is key when assessing investment scenarios for estates as well as individual buildings and has become a tool for justifying higher capital cost items. Standard whole life costing methods combine capital cost facilities costs operational costs income and disposal costs with a “single action–single benefit” approach. Costing based on this type of single attribute assessment misses out on realising value from the intricacies of the interactions buildings have with their occupants users and the location in which they are placed. In contrast the multi-attribute approach presented by the author of this book explains how to analyse the whole cost of a building while also taking into account secondary and tertiary values of a variety of actions that are deemed important for the project owners and decision-making stakeholders. The process is an effective tool for presenting a good business case within the opportunities and constrains of real life. For example it presents the interdependencies of how: Building location affects servicing strategies which impact on maintainability and control and by extension on occupant comfort; Material selection affects time on site building maintainability as well as overall building quality and the environment; Building shape impacts on servicing strategies as well as operating costs. The reader will be shown how to incorporate this method of whole life valuation into standard cost models allowing for a more robust decision making process. This is done by breaking down project aims into their most basic aspects and adopting the methods of simple quantitative risk analysis the functionality of which is based on real data. Written by an author immersed in project team collaboration to identify the interdependencies of design decisions throughout her professional life this is the most practical guide available on the topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138775558

Whole Life CostingA New Approach Whole life costing has been a subject waiting to come of age for many years. What was previously of mainly academic interest is now becoming a key business tool in the procurement and construction of significant projects. With the advent of PPP and in particular of PFI details of the project life need to be assessed and tied in to funding and operation plans. Many of these projects run to millions of pounds and are of high political or social importance so the implications of the life of materials is crucial. A fundamental requirement of these procurement routes has been that the whole enterprise should be included within the bid so that a company takes on not only the construction but also the running and maintenance of any building. Additionally as sustainability has emerged and grown in importance so has the need for a whole life time costing approach partly driven by governmental insistence. At the heart of sustainability is an understanding of what the specification means for the future of the building and how it will affect the environment. Whole life costing considers part of this and provides an understanding of how materials may perform and what allowances are needed at the end of their life. This book sets out the practical issues involved in the selection of materials their performance and the issues that need to be taken into account. The emphasis unlike in other publications is not to formularise or to package the issues but to leave the reader with a clear understanding and a sensible practical way of arriving at conclusions in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415434232

Whole Life Sustainability Whole Life Costing (WLC) needs to become a tool in the design process: that is the argument of this new title by Ian Ellingham and William Fawcett. For too long WLC has been misunderstood considered too complicated for designers to undertake on a readily practical basis. But techniques are changing and Whole Life Sustainability presents a selection of simple analytical tools that architects can use to arm themselves with confident and qualitative justifications for making sustainable decisions. Increasing numbers of clients are demanding that environmental design is balanced with financial and long-term cost issues and WLC is a way of finding common currency for making decisions. Whole Life Sustainability shows a number of approaches for doing so steering clear of number-crunching and instead using simple 'back-of-the-envelope' techniques and easy self-assessment tools for the architect to evaluate and understand the whole life of their building. Whole Life Sustainability is a simple route to more insightful better-quality analysis in the design process Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859464502

Whole System DesignAn Integrated Approach to Sustainable Engineering Whole System Design is increasingly being seen as one of the most cost-effective ways to both increase the productivity and reduce the negative environmental impacts of an engineered system. A focus on design is critical as the output from this stage of the project locks in most of the economic and environmental performance of the designed system throughout its life which can span from a few years to many decades. Indeed it is now widely acknowledged that all designers - particularly engineers architects and industrial designers - need to be able to understand and implement a whole system design approach. This book provides a clear design methodology based on leading efforts in the field and is supported by worked examples that demonstrate how advances in energy materials and water productivity can be achieved through applying an integrated approach to sustainable engineering. Chapters 1-5 outline the approach and explain how it can be implemented to enhance the established Systems Engineering framework. Chapters 6-10 demonstrate through detailed worked examples the application of the approach to industrial pumping systems passenger vehicles electronics and computer systems temperature control of buildings and domestic water systems. Published with The Natural Edge Project the World Federation of Engineering Organizations UNESCO and the Australian Government. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849773775

Whole Therapist Whole PatientIntegrating Reich Masterson and Jung in Modern Psychotherapy Integrating the work of Reich Masterson and Jung Whole Therapist Whole Patient is a step-by-step guidebook for professionals to learn about the psychology of their patients and conduct treatment in a dynamic way. This text combines Reich’s character analyses Masterson’s work on personality disorders and Jung’s dream analyses to create a clear typology of character types that therapists can use to understand themselves and their patients. Also included are case management techniques and guidance for working with difficult patients. In addition readers can turn to the book’s online resources to access a downloadable patient package case presentation guide and psychological history form. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138562363

Whole World of MusicA Henry Cowell Symposium First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315079530

Whole-Body SexSomatic Sex Therapy and the Lost Language of the Erotic Body Weaving together somatic psychotherapy dance/movement therapy and sex therapy approaches this uniquely interdisciplinary and practical book offers guidance on how to strengthen your connection with pleasure receptivity and ecstasy in an embodied way. Melissa Walker contextualizes the erotic body as being embedded in a sex-negative culture. Taking an experiential somatic approach this book helps readers map the erotic self to establish a whole-body sexuality becoming an important sexuality ally in a larger social movement toward erotic inclusiveness. This groundbreaking text illuminates how to shed the harmful messages that an individual has internalized about their sexuality to learn the language of their somatic self and begin to build a whole-body appreciation for their creative potential. Filled with questions guided experientials and map-building practices that help readers learn more about themselves this book is essential reading for sex therapists to navigate the vast map of sexuality to create true health and sexual evolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367276720

Whole-of-Society Peacebuilding The complex problems of peace security and development in societies affected by conflict increasingly demand innovative ideas and comprehensive strategies to tackle the diverse simultaneous and daunting challenges faced in trying to rebuild states and communities after war. This comprehensive collection sets out a ‘Whole-of-Society’ (WoS) approach which focuses on the social contexts within which conflict resolution and prevention take place. The aim of WoS is to grasp the complexity both within local society and in the relations between external peacebuilders and the people they set out to help. The book argues that by understanding multiple actors their relationships and the conditions in which they operate complexity becomes an opportunity to be grasped not simply an impediment to building peace. Chapter 6 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9780367236885_oachapter6.pdf Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729882

Wholesale Distribution ChannelsNew Insights and Perspectives Bert Rosenbloom has brought together leading academic scholars on wholesale distribution who present state-of-the-art analyses and research on the subject. Their chapters clarify readers’insight and deepen their understanding of this two trillion dollar industry with a wide range of topics. Among those covered in Wholesale Distribution Channels are:improving sales force effectiveness power relationships in wholesale distribution channels wholesalers’liability for defective products the impact of dominant buyers on wholesaling wholesalers as marketing experts transportation cost-effectiveness profitability of wholesalers in vertical marketsReaders will find objective treatment of key issues based on research that provides evidence not opinion. Many of the authors provide practical recommendations for applying the findings to wholesaling practice. The issues focused on in this book are based on input from the boards of directors representing major wholesale trade associations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315863788

Whores and Other Feminists Whores and Other Feminists fleshes out feminist politics from the perspective of sex workers--strippers prostitutes porn writers producers and performers dominatrices--and their allies. Comprising a range of voices from both within and outside the academy this collection draws from traditional feminisms postmodern feminism queer theory and sex radicalism. It stretches the boundaries of contemporary feminism holding accountable both traditional feminism for stigmatizing sex workers and also the sex industry for its sexist practices. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203700655

Who's Afraid of AAC?The UK Guide to Augmentative and Alternative Communication Who's Afraid of AAC? is a clear and concise guide to Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) in the UK and will be an essential resource for all Speech and Language Therapists educators parents and carers supporting children with non-verbal communication. This book sets out to demystify AAC by demonstrating that you already have the skills necessary to use AAC successfully. Key features include: an overview of the different types of AAC analysis of the best available approaches tools to give you the context you need to make specific recommendations and choices thorough sections on different settings including Home Early Years Primary Secondary and Special Schools so that guidance is relevant to individual needs numerous practical examples templates and activities to help you implement AAC in all settings summaries of recent research and hot topics including eye-gaze technology using AAC in exams and internet safety so that you have the most up-to-date guidance at your fingertips. Created by a Speech and Language Therapist who specialises in AAC training for therapists educators and individuals with communication needs as well as parents and carers this is the only book of its kind written for a UK audience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911186175

Who's Afraid of Agatha Christie First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987135

Who's Afraid of Children?Children Conflict and International Relations Brocklehurst's impressive work breaks new ground in normative international political theory. It develops a new theoretical framework which exposes how children are present in international relations and security practices using an empirical and comparative assessment of the role of children and youth in a range of conflicts including Nazi Germany Mozambique South Africa Northern Ireland the Cold War and the British Empire. The author argues powerfully that concepts of children are partial and 'contained' through their construction as non-political. Global in scope this book is a timely and important contribution given the growing visibility of children in international relations evident after September 11. The political and ethical question at the heart of this book is: will international relations dare to catch up? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266599

Who's At The Helm?Lessons Of Lebanon  The author underlines what he considers to be the "lessons of Lebanon" for US foreign policy in the greater Middle East and in the world at large. He suggests that the President must take the lead in policy formulation and interagency coordination; diplomacy and force must both be a part of balanced foreign policy; and "loose cannons" like Robert Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216450

Who's Behind the Couch?The Heart and Mind of the Psychoanalyst What is it like to be a working psychoanalyst? And what is it like to be held in the mind of one? These were the questions that led Winer and Malawista to interview seventeen notable analysts from around the world. Who's Behind the Couch?: The Heart and the Mind of the Psychoanalyst explores the analyst's mind at work not so much from a theoretical perspective but rather from the complexities and richness inherent in every moment-to-moment clinical encounter. As analysts we are all continually challenged to find what might work best with a particular patient. Yet we don't often hear senior analysts share their personal struggles feelings and sensibilities. To understand the internal experience of analysts the authors posed questions such as: What is it like for analysts to manage rough spots to lose ground and try to recapture it? To feel appreciated and then to feel devalued? To feel betrayed? To feel responsibility for someone's life while working to maintain their own balance? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200727

Who's Listening?The Story of BBC Audience Research This book first published in 1974 is the story of BBC Audience Research a behind-the-scenes activity that has always been the subject of some curiosity. It describes the early tentative experiments designed both to develop ways of applying the techniques of social research to broadcasting and to win the confidence of BBC staff. The way World War II which deprived programme planners of many of their familiar landmarks acted as a fillip to audience research which emerged at the end of the war as an established and accepted adjunct to broadcasting is described in detail. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138215689

Who's Running America?The Obama Reign A classic of American government Who's Running America? continues to demonstrate how power is concentrated in large institutions no matter who inhabits the White House. The eighth edition of this best-selling text focuses on the Obama administration and the ways in which it is different from but also similar to administrations that have come before. Based on years of exhaustive data compilation and analysis Who's Running America? explores the influence and impact of governmental leaders corporate officials and other elites both inside and outside the United States. Employing an oligarchic model of national policymaking Tom Dye doesn't just lay out theory and data. He very consciously "names names" in describing the people who inhabit the White House the Cabinet the leaders of Congress members of the Supreme Court as well as the board rooms of the nation's largest corporations and banks including leading media lights as well as "fat cat" political contributors. Dye argues that big institutions run America but also that these institutions are made up of real people. Who's Running America? puts the flesh and bones on the statistics and delivers the inside scoop on the Obama reign. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612055558

Who's That Girl? Who's That Boy?Clinical Practice Meets Postmodern Gender Theory Hailed on publication as "an impressive integration of postmodernism and relational psychoanalysis" (James Hansel) and "an intelligent and stimulating account of where the issues of identity gender and difference are joined" (Jessica Benjamin) Lynne Layton's Who's That Girl? Who's That Boy? is a major contribution to the postmodern understanding of gender issues. This new edition under the aegis of the Bending Psychoanalysis Book Series includes a Foreword by Series Editor Jack Drescher and an Afterword in which Lynne Layton addresses the evolution of her thinking since the book's publication in 1998. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145924

Who's Who in Christianity Who's Who in Christianity is an invaluable reference guide to the leading men and women who have influenced the course of Christian history including the founding fathers monarchs popes saints philanthropists heretics theologians and missionaries. The book encompasses the Eastern and Western Churches and the lives and opinions of personalities who have shaped the past twenty Christian centuries from Jesus of Galilee to Pope John Paul II Paul of Tarsus to Mother Teresa. Who's Who in Christianity provides: * an accessible and user-friendly A-Z layout * detailed bibliographical information on each prominent figure * a glossary of technical terms * a chronological table of the chief historical events * an invaluable guide for scholars teachers clergy students and general readers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203135808

Who'S Who in Contemporary Gay and Lesbian History First published in 2004. With subjects drawm from politics the arts and popular culture Who's Who in Contemporray Gay & Lesbian History includes 500 entries from a large team of expert international contributors. The geographical scope takes in the whole of the Western world.  Includes fascinating information about little-known figures as well as cult icons from World War II to the present day. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003060215

Who's Who in Contemporary Gay and Lesbian HistoryFrom World War II to the Present Day Provides a comprehensive modern biographical survey of homosexuality in the Western world. Among those included are:* controversial political activists - Peter Tatchell; Guy Hocquenghem; Harvey Milk* pop icons - David Bowie; k d lang; Boy George* groundbreaking artists writers and filmmakers - Pier Paolo Pasolini; Derek Jarman; David Hockney* intellectuals who have shaped and changed the modern understanding of sexuality - Michel Foucault; Simone de Beauvoir; Alfred Kinsey* over 500 entries - clear informative and enjoyable to read - build up a superbly thorough overview of gay and lesbian life in our time. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003058977

Who's Who in Contemporary Women's Writing Unique in its breadth of coverage Who's Who in Contemporary Women's Writing is a comprehensive authoritative and enjoyable guide to women's fiction prose poetry and drama from around the world in the second half of the twentieth century. Over the course of 1000 entries by over 150 international contributors a picture emerges of the incredible range of women's writing in our time from Toni Morrison to Fleur Adcock- all are here. This book includes the established and well-loved but also opens up new worlds of modern literature which may be unfamiliar but are never less than fascinating. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315006000

Who's Who in Dickens Who's Who in Dickens is an accessible guide to the many characters in Charles Dickens' fiction. Dickens' characters are strikingly portrayed and have become a vital part of our cultural heritage - Scrooge has become a by-word for stinginess Uriah Heep for unctuousness. From the much loved Oliver Twist to the fact-grubbing Mr Gradgrind the obstinate Martin Chuzzlewit to the embittered Miss Havisham this book covers the famous and lesser known characters in Dickens.The book contains a physical and psychological profile of each character a critical look at his characters by past and present influential commentators and over forty illustrations of major characters drawn by Dickens' contemporaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153974

Who's Who in Gay and Lesbian HistoryFrom Antiquity to the Mid-Twentieth Century Who's Who in Gay and Lesbian History: From Antiquity to the Mid-Twentieth Century is a comprehensive and fascinating survey of the key figures in gay and lesbian history from classical times to the mid-twentieth century. Among those included are:* Classical heroes - Achilles; Aeneas; Ganymede* Literary giants - Sappho; Christopher Marlowe; Arthur Rimbaud; Oscar Wilde* Royalty and politicians - Edward II; King James I; Horace Walpole; Michel de Montaigne.Over the course of some 500 entries expert contributors provide a complete and vivid picture of gay and lesbian life in the Western world throughout the ages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147645

Who's Who in International Affairs 2013 This eighth edition of Who's Who in International Affairs provides in one volume biographical information on more than 6 000 people prominent in the fields of international politics diplomacy law and economic affairs throughout the world. As well as politicians and diplomats the book also includes academics think tank analysts and journalists among others who are active in or relevant to the world of foreign affairs. Who's Who in International Affairs is thus an invaluable guide to the lives and careers of the most important figures in international affairs today. Each entry is clearly laid out with the international figure’s personal details education career publications and contact information conveniently divided into sections. In addition to the biographical information an extensive index section is included where entrants are listed once by nationality and for many by selected organizations for which they work. Also provided is the Directory of Diplomatic Missions appendix that lists by country all embassies and diplomatic missions to other countries around the world including missions to the United Nations. Listings include contact information and names of ambassador or head of mission. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857436570

Who's Who in International Affairs 2015 This ninth edition of Who's Who in International Affairs provides in one volume biographical information on more than 6 000 people prominent in the fields of international politics diplomacy law and economic affairs throughout the world. As well as politicians and diplomats the book also includes academics think tank analysts and journalists among others who are active in or relevant to the world of foreign affairs. Who's Who in International Affairs is thus an invaluable guide to the lives and careers of the most important figures in international affairs today. Each entry is clearly laid out with the international figure’s personal details education career publications and contact information conveniently divided into sections. In addition to the biographical information an extensive index section is included where entrants are listed once by nationality and for many by selected organizations for which they work. Also provided is the Directory of Diplomatic Missions appendix that lists by country all embassies and diplomatic missions to other countries around the world including missions to the United Nations. Listings include contact information and names of ambassador or head of mission. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857437089

Who's Who in International Affairs 2017 This tenth edition of Who's Who in International Affairs provides in one volume biographical information on nearly 7 000 people prominent in the fields of international politics diplomacy law and economic affairs throughout the world. As well as politicians and diplomats the book also includes academics think tank analysts and journalists among others who are active in or relevant to the world of foreign affairs. Who's Who in International Affairs is thus an invaluable guide to the lives and careers of the most important figures in international affairs today. Each entry is clearly laid out with the international figure’s personal details education career publications and contact information conveniently divided into sections. In addition to the biographical information an extensive index section is included where entrants are listed once by nationality and for many by selected organizations for which they work. Also provided is the Directory of Diplomatic Missions appendix that lists by country all embassies and diplomatic missions to other countries around the world including missions to the United Nations. Listings include contact information and names of ambassador or head of mission. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857438383

Who's Who in International Affairs 2019 This eleventh edition of Who's Who in International Affairs provides in one volume biographical information on nearly 7 000 people prominent in the fields of international politics diplomacy law and economic affairs throughout the world. As well as politicians and diplomats the book also includes academics think tank analysts and journalists among others who are active in or relevant to the world of foreign affairs. Who's Who in International Affairs is thus an invaluable guide to the lives and careers of the most important figures in international affairs today. Each entry is clearly laid out with the international figure’s personal details education career publications and contact information conveniently divided into sections. In addition to the biographical information an extensive index section is included where entrants are listed once by nationality and for many by selected organizations for which they work. Also provided is the Directory of Diplomatic Missions appendix that lists by country all embassies and diplomatic missions to other countries around the world including missions to the United Nations. Listings include contact information and names of ambassador or head of mission. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857439489

Who's Who in International Affairs 2021 This twelfth edition of Who's Who in International Affairs provides in one volume biographical information on nearly 7 000 people prominent in the fields of international politics diplomacy law and economic affairs throughout the world. As well as politicians and diplomats the book also includes academics think tank analysts and journalists among others who are active in or relevant to the world of foreign affairs. Who's Who in International Affairs is thus an invaluable guide to the lives and careers of the most important figures in international affairs today. Each entry is clearly laid out with the international figure’s personal details education career publications and contact information conveniently divided into sections. In addition to the biographical information an extensive index section is included where entrants are listed once by nationality and for many by selected organizations for which they work. Also provided is the Directory of Diplomatic Missions appendix that lists by country all embassies and diplomatic missions to other countries around the world including missions to the United Nations. Listings include contact information and names of ambassador or head of mission. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367440442

Who's Who in Military HistoryFrom 1453 to the Present Day The Routledge Who's Who in Military History looks at those men and women who have shaped the course of war. It concentrates on all those periods about which the reader is likely to want information - the eighteenth-century wars in Europe the American Revolution the Napoleonic Wars and the major conflicts of the nineteenth-century. There is full coverage of the First and Second World Wars and the many post-war struggles up to and including the Gulf War. It provides: * detailed biographies of the most interesting and important figures in military history from about 1450 to the present day * a series of maps showing the main theatres of war * a glossary of common words and phrases * an accessible and user-friendly A-Z layout The Routledge Who's Who in Military History will be a unique and invaluable source of information for the student and general reader alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174955

Who's Who in Modern History Who's Who in Modern History is a unique reference book which examines those individuals who have shaped the political world since 1860. Coverage is truly global including the most important figures in Europe Asia North America Latin America Africa and Australasia.It provides: an easy-to-use A-Z layout authoritative detailed biographies of the most important figures since 1860 from Clemenceau and Chief Buthelezi to King Fahd and Benazir Bhutto bibliographical references for each entry to aid further research extensive cross-referencing an essential guide for students researchers and the general reader alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138475847

Who's Who in Nazi Germany Who's Who in Nazi Germany looks at the individuals who influenced every aspect of life in Nazi Germany. It covers a representative cross-section of German society from 1933-1945 and includes:* Nazi Party leaders; SS Wehrmacht and Gestapo personalities; civil service and diplomatic personnel* industrialists churchmen intellectuals artists entertainers and sports personalities* resistance leaders political dissidents critics and victims of the regime* extensive biographical information on each figure extending into the post-war period* analysis of their role and significance in Nazi Germany* an accessible easy to use A-Z layout* a glossary and comprehensive bibliography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138171558

Who's Who in Non-Classical Mythology First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160415

Who's Who in Shakespeare Who's Who in Shakespeare presents a complete and handy guide to the men and women who throng Shakespeare's plays. It provides:* detailed biographical information on each leading figure* analyses of the role and significance of each minor figure* a reliable guide to the huge Shakespearian canon for student and teacher* quotations from famous critics* useful information on some of Shakespeare's sources.From Antonio to Yorick Macbeth to Mercutio this book embraces the breadth and depth of the world's most important playwright. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315013107

Who's Who in the Greek World Was there such a person as Homer? Who were the key figures in the first democracy of the Western World? Who is the father of tragedy? Who is the father of history?Of all the world's ancient civilisations it is perhaps the Ancient Greece that has the strongest hold over the modern imagination. The history philosophy and literature continue to intrigue and enthral. Now John Hazel has compiled the definitive biographical guide to the Greek and Hellenistic world from 750 BC to the end of the Roman Empire.The lives of Alexander the Great Socrates and Plato are opened up but so too are those of lesser-known figures: Bacchylides the lyric poet; Chares the general; and the traitor Ephialtes giving a thorough and fascinating overview of life in Ancient Greece. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203027714

Who's Who in the New Testament Who's Who in The New Testament is the most complete and detailed reference book of its kind. Paying close attention to the places linked with the major events of Jesus's life it provides: over 300 extensive entries covering every major character detailed biographical information on each character including exactly where to find them in the Bible the complete historical geographical and archaeological context of each entry an extremely accessible and easy to use A-Z layout extensive geographical entries focusing on the growth of the Christian Church and the key locations in the New Testament comprehensive interpretative analysis of the varying versions of the Gospels and the characters of the authors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138453982

Who's Who in the Old Testament Who's Who in the Old Testament brings vividly to life the thousands of characters in the Old Testament and provides:* nearly 3000 extensive entries covering every character* detailed biographical information on each character including exactly where to find them in the Bible* the complete historical geographical and archaeological context of each entry* comprehensive chronology of the times* a section on the Apocrypha - the collection of works that bridges the gap between the Old and New Testaments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151031

Who's Who in Verdi This title was first published in 2001. Concentrating exclusively on the dramatic content of Verdi's opera this text illuminates the characters and plot scenarios that inspired one of the greatest composers of opera. Organized alphabetically the reference contains over 250 entries with synopses and first performance and cast details. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138736627

Whose Body is it Anyway?A sociological reflection upon fitness and wellbeing There is a widespread interest in wellbeing the healthy body and public health. However there are also many simplistic and uncritical interpretations of what wellbeing or a healthy body should ‘look like’. By focusing upon wellbeing through examples taken from fitness-related activities which are often considered unproblematic routes to achieving wellbeing and greater public health this book explores contemporary understandings of the body and the conflicting ways in which it is considered in different contexts times and spaces either as the possession of the individual or that of society (or both). Whose Body Is It Anyway? adopts an embodied approach employing sociological theory along with examples drawn from empirical research collected through participation (by the author) in an intense period of physical training. The intention is to explore the embodied experiences of ‘doing’ an intensive period of physical activity and subsequently attempt to understand in more depth the range of personal social psychological and physical factors that undoubtedly contribute to engaging in such an activity. The emerging story reveals much about the physical and emotional experience of a body being put through intensive exercise not only in terms of contrasting forms of pleasure and pain but also various socio-cultural ‘issues’ relating to relationships of power trust and the role of ‘expert’ health advisor. Written in a clear and engaging style the book provides an accessible introduction of more complex theoretical explanations which will appeal to academics and practitioners involved in broad aspects of sport physical activity health and wellbeing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138959514

Whose Choice?Contentious Issues for Those Working with People with Learning Difficulties First published in 1996. Three major and topical issues which affect the lives of people with learning difficulties and those who work and live with them are sexuality integration and age appropriateness. These issues are contentious and controversial and there are no simple solutions. In this book preconceived established and sometimes narrow views of what constitutes integration sexuality and age appropriateness are challenged and a discussion of thought-provoking alternatives are explored from the perspective of the child or adult with learning difficulties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138593435

Whose God? Which Tradition?The Nature of Belief in God Philosophy of Religion is marked by controversy over which philosophical accounts do justice to core religious beliefs. Many Wittgenstinian philosophers are accused by analytic philosophers of religion of distorting these beliefs. In Whose God? Which Tradition? the accusers stand accused of the same by leading philosophers in the Thomist and Reformed traditions. Their criticisms alert us to the dangers of uncritical acceptance of dominant philosophical traditions and to the need to do justice to the conceptual uniqueness of the reality of God. The dissenting voices breathe new life into the central issues concerning the nature of belief in God. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234090

Whose Knowledge Counts in Government Literacy Policies?Why Expertise Matters Accountability in the form of standardized test scores is built into many government literacy policies with severe consequences for schools and districts that fail to meet ever-increasing performance levels. The key question this book addresses is whose knowledge is considered in framing government literacy policies? The intent is to raise awareness of the degree to which expertise is being ignored on a worldwide level and pseudo-science is becoming the basis for literacy policies and laws. The authors all leading researchers from the U.S. U.K. Scotland France and Germany have a wide range of views but share in common a deep concern about the lack of respect for knowledge among policy makers. Each author comes to the common subject of this volume from the vantage point of his or her major interests ranging from an exposition of what should be the best knowledge utilized in an aspect of literacy education policy to how political decisions are impacting literacy policy to laying out the history of events in their own country. Collectively they offer a critical analysis of the condition of literacy education past and present and suggest alternative courses of action for the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415858014

Whose Music?Sociology of Musical Languages Whose Music? combines historical musicological and sociological materials and styles of analysis in ways that connect to the field of sociology. The analyses of social class systems presented here speak in translatable ways to analyses of musical forms. Not only that both are connected to an understanding of the organizations through which works are distributed to their audiences. Perhaps most importantly for the contemporary reader this book depicts the part of the process by which dominant class groups justify their domination--cultural and otherwise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540545

Whose Tradition?Discourses on the Built Environment In seeking to answer the question Whose Tradition? this book pursues four themes: Place: Whose Nation Whose City?; People: Whose Indigeneity?; Colonialism: Whose Architecture?; and Time: Whose Identity?Following Nezar AlSayyad’s Prologue contributors addressing the first theme take examples from Indonesia Myanmar and Brazil to explore how traditions rooted in a particular place can be claimed by various groups whose purposes may be at odds with one another. With examples from Hong Kong a Santal village in eastern India and the city of Kuala Lumpur contributors investigate the concept of indigeneity the second theme and its changing meaning in an increasingly globalized milieu from colonial to post-colonial times. Contributors to the third theme examine the lingering effects of colonial rule in altering present-day narratives of architectural identity taking examples from Guam Brazil and Portugal and its former colony Mozambique. Addressing the final theme contributors take examples from Africa and the United States to demonstrate how traditions construct identities and in turn how identities inform the interpretation and manipulation of tradition within contexts of socio-cultural transformation in which such identities are in flux and even threatened. The book ends with two reflective pieces: the first drawing a comparison between a sense of ‘home’ and a sense of tradition; the second emphasizing how the very concept of a tradition is an attempt to pin down something that is inherently in flux. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367140960

Whose Urban Renaissance?An international comparison of urban regeneration strategies The desire of governments for a 'renaissance' of their cities is a defining feature of contemporary urban policy. From Melbourne and Toronto to Johannesburg and Istanbul government policies are successfully attracting investment and middle-class populations to their inner areas. Regeneration - or gentrification as it can often become - produces winners and losers. There is a substantial literature on the causes and unequal effects of gentrification and on the global and local conditions driving processes of dis- and re-investment. But there is little examination of the actual strategies used to achieve urban regeneration - what were their intents did they 'succeed' (and if not why not) and what were the specific consequences? Whose Urban Renaissance? asks who benefits from these urban transformations. The book contains beautifully written and accessible stories from researchers and activists in 21 cities across Europe North and South America Asia South Africa the Middle East and Australia each exploring a specific case of urban regeneration. Some chapters focus on government or market strategies driving the regeneration process and look closely at the effects. Others look at the local contingencies that influence the way these strategies work. Still others look at instances of opposition and struggle and at policy interventions that were used in some places to ameliorate the inequities of gentrification. Working from these stories the editors develop a comparative analysis of regeneration strategies with nuanced assessments of local constraints and counteracting policy responses. The concluding chapters provide a critical comparison of existing strategies and open new directions for more equitable policy approaches in the future. Whose Urban Renaissance? is targeted at students academics planners policy-makers and activists. The book is unique in its geographical breadth and its constructive policy emphasis offering a succinct critical and timely exploration of urban regeneration strategies throughout the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860710

Whose Welfare First Published in 1986. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467675

Whose World Order?Uneven Globalization And The End Of The Cold War In this book the authors describe different aspects of globalization and deliberations concerning the effects of the end of the Cold War. They share regional perspectives on questions about peace and security economic growth and welfare and democracy and civil society in the post-Cold War world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216580

Who-Who-Who Goes Hoo-Hoo-Hoo This beautifully illustrated storybook has been written for children who stutter and their parents carers and teachers. It tells the story of a young hedgehog who stutters and his encounters with several woodland creatures some of whom stutter and others who do not. In the end they all work together to defeat a monster who lurks in the wood. The story makes clear that it is more important to listen to what someone says rather than the way they say it. It offers a positive message to children who stutter and shows other people both adults and children how best to react when talking to a child who stutters and the kind of responses to avoid. The book includes information about stuttering for adults and list of relevant organisations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889226

Why Adults LearnTowards a Theory of Participation in Adult Education Originally published in 1992 this book looks at the phenomenon of adult education by exploring the nature of the motivation that moves people to return to school or to seek involvement inorganized learning activities. The book challenges the psychological emphasis of much research on adult learning. It concentrates on the concept of social participation and its implications for a reinterpretation of adult learning as an aspect of a person's involvement with his or her community or society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138350724

Why Architects MatterEvidencing and Communicating the Value of Architects Why Architects Matter examines the key role of research- led ethical architects in promoting wellbeing sustainability and innovation. It argues that the profession needs to be clear about what it knows and the value of what it knows if it is to work successfully with others. Without this clarity the marginalization of architects from the production of the built environment will continue preventing clients businesses and society from getting the buildings that they need. The book offers a strategy for the development of a twenty-first-century knowledge-led built environment including tools to help evidence develop and communicate that value to those outside the field. Knowing how to demonstrate the impact and value of their work will strengthen practitioners’ ability to pitch for work and access new funding streams. This is particularly important at a time of global economic downturn with ever greater competition for contracts and funds driving down fees and making it imperative to prove value at every level. Why Architects Matter straddles the spheres of ‘Practice Management and Law’ ‘History and Theory’ ‘Design’ ‘Housing’ ‘Sustainability’ ‘Health’ ‘Marketing’ and ‘Advice for Clients’ bringing them into an accessible whole. The book will therefore be of interest to professional architects architecture students and anyone with an interest in our built environment and the role of professionals within it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138783935

Why are Most Buildings Rectangular?And Other Essays on Geometry and Architecture This book brings together a dozen of Philip Steadman’s essays and papers on the geometry of architectural and urban form written over the last 12 years. New introductions link the papers and set them in context. There are two large themes: a morphological approach to the history of architecture and studies of possibility in built form. Within this framework the papers cover the geometrical character of the building stock as a whole; histories of selected building types; analyses of density and energy in relation to urban form; and systematic methods for enumerating building plans and built forms. They touch on a range of key topics of debate in architectural theory and building science. Illustrated with over 200 black and white images this collection provides an accessible and coherent guide to this important work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138226555

Why Are Our Babies Dying?Pregnancy Birth and Death in America Syracuse New York in the late 1980s led U.S. cities in African American infant deaths. Even today in this "all American city " infants of color die more than two times as often as white babies. Infant mortality is too often addressed as if it were an isolated problem rather than part of a systemic and repeating pattern of embedded racism and structural violence. The clearing of whole neighborhoods during urban renewal coupled with the collapse of industry brought unintended consequences. Dilapidated rental housing abandoned houses and empty lots provide the conditions for lead poisoning gonorrhea and illicit drug use. Inadequate education unemployment and racially biased arrest and sentencing underpin the epidemic of African American male incarceration. Inmate fathers cannot provide financial support and only limited emotional support during collect calls from jail or prison. Supermarkets fled the inner city where corner stores sell cigarettes malt liquor lottery tickets and drug paraphernalia in place of healthy food. The stories and the data in this book show that low birth weight premature birth and infant death are a part of life patterns resulting from systemic discrimination increasing risk over a lifetime and in some cases reaching the next generation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631103

Why are Some People Healthy and Others Not? Each topical chapter in this volume crystallizes the findings of a five-year study under the auspices of the Population Health Program of the Canadian Institute for Advanced Research that probed the links between social hierarchy the -macroenvironmental- factors in illness patterns the quality of the -microenvironmental - and other determinants of health. In its aggregate this volume will prove essential to an understanding of the underlying public health issues for the next several decades. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315135755

Why are the British Bad at Manufacturing? This book first published in 1983 offers a new explanation for the poor performance of British manufacturing since 1950. Rather than invoke orthodox economic theory or general social factors the book analyses four national conditions – enterprise control over the labour process; market structure and the composition of demand; the relation of manufacturing enterprise to financial institutions like banks and stock exchanges; and the relation of manufacturing enterprise to government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815372899

Why Are We Conscious?A Scientist’s Take on Consciousness and Extrasensory Perception There are two huge gaps in scientific theory. One the contradiction between classical and quantum mechanics is discussed in many publications. The other the total failure to explain why anything made of atoms (such as ourselves) can be conscious has little acknowledgement. The main thesis of this book is that to be conscious at all you need an unconscious mind. The author explores the idea that this mind sometimes makes contact with a whole unknown world sporadically revealed by paranormal effects but perhaps discoverable by hitherto uninvented scientific instruments. The book looks at the notion of the unconscious mind one of the most important hypotheses of the twentieth century. Psychiatrists often deploy it rather informally but there is no accepted theory of it. No region of the human brain seems to hold it. The author delves into the notion that the unknown world exists and is very weakly coupled to the physical world. He ponders the properties it may have to allow this coupling looks at several paranormal effects scientifically and points out that many of them seem to imply brief but dramatic changes of the forces between atoms—a possible effect of the unknown world unexamined by physical science. No existing publication seeks to talk both about paranormal mysteries and scientific theory. If scientists know about the gaps in existing knowledge they might initiate research into such gaps or notice experimental oddities they now gloss over. If the general public was aware of the gaps in physical theory they would be less overwhelmed by the intellectual diktats of some scientists. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774321

Why are We Reading Ovid's Handbook on Rape?Teaching and Learning at a Women's College Why Are We Reading Ovid's Handbook on Rape? raises feminist issues in a way that reminds people why they matter. We eavesdrop on the vivid student characters in their hilarious frustrating and thought-provoking efforts to create strong and flexible selves against the background of representations of women in contemporary and classical Western literature. Young women working together in a group make surprising choices about what to learn and how to go about learning it. Along the way they pose some provocative questions about how well traditional education serves women. Equally engaging is Kahn's own journey as she confronts questions that are fundamental to women to teachers to students and to parents: Why do we read? What can we teach? and What does gender have to do with it? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631097

Why aren't Economists as Important as Garbagemen? This volume which evolved from a number of conversations with economists includes a collection of essays that have two themes: a positive one and a negative one. The positive theme of the essays is that economic analysis if kept in perspective is enormously powerful. It provides a way of uncovering the workings of real-world phenomena that fit the perceptions many people have. The negative theme is that economic analysis is not being kept in perspective by economists and that loss of perspective means that much of what comes out under the name of economic research has little or no value for society. But even this negative theme has positive overtones in demonstrating the power of economic analysis. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315489056

Why Art Photography? The second edition of Why Art Photography? is an updated expanded introduction to the ideas behind today’s striking photographic images. Lively accessible discussions of key issues such as ambiguity objectivity fiction authenticity and photography’s expanding field are supplemented with new material around timely topics such as globalization selfie culture and photographers’ use of advanced digital technologies including CGI and virtual reality. The new edition includes: an expanded introduction extended chapters featuring emerging trends a larger selection of images including new color images an improved and expanded bibliography. This new edition is essential for students looking to enrich their understanding of photography as a complex and multi-faceted art form.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138282636

Why Borders MatterWhy Humanity Must Relearn the Art of Drawing Boundaries Western society has become estranged from the borders and social boundaries that have for centuries given meaning to human experience. This book argues that the controversy surrounding mass migration and physical borders runs in parallel and is closely connected to the debates surrounding the symbolic boundaries people need to guide on the issues of everyday life. Numerous commentators claim that borders have become irrelevant in the age of mass migration and globalisation. Some go so far as to argue for ‘No Borders’. And it is not merely the boundaries that divide nations that are under attack! The traditional boundaries that separate adults from children or men from women or humans from animals or citizens and non-citizens or the private from the public sphere are often condemned as arbitrary unnatural and even unjust. Paradoxically the attempt to alter or abolish conventional boundaries coexists with the imperative of constructing new ones. No-Border campaigners call for safe spaces. Opponents of cultural appropriation demand the policing of language and advocates of identity politics are busy building boundaries to keep out would-be encroachers on their identity. Furedi argues that the key driver of the confusion surrounding borders and boundaries is the difficulty that society has in endowing experience with meaning. The most striking symptom of this trend is the cultural devaluation of the act of judgment which has led to a loss of clarity about the moral boundaries in everyday life. The infantilisation of adults that runs in tandem with the adultification of children offers a striking example of the consequence of non-judgmentalism. Written in a clear and direct style this book will appeal to students and scholars in cultural sociology sociology of knowledge philosophy political theory and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367416829

Why Bother with History?Ancient Modern and Postmodern Motivations .Why Bother With History? argues for an increasingly important role for a revitalised historical study. Examining the motivations of past historians the author rejects the ancient aspiration to a 'history for its own sake' and argues that historians' importance lies in their own adoption of a moral standpoint from which a story of the past can be told that facilitates the attainment of a future we desire. Inevitably controversial in that it challenges many of the assumptions of modernist history this is an interdisciplinary book which draws in particular on psychology and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836839

Why Can't I Help this Child to Learn?Understanding Emotional Barriers to Learning The book outlines theories of child development from the point of view of the kinds of relationships children make with adults and the effects of their relationships on their learning. In addition anxieties that some children show about reading writing and arithmetic are described. In exploring these issues the book draws on Attachment Theory and on Psychoanalytic theories of emotional development. It includes detailed case studies to illustrate ways in which children's learning can be hindered by their difficulties in relating to teachers and the feelings and fantasies that some children have about words and letters. There has been recent political concern that children should all learn to read in their early years at school and extra help should be offered to those who are falling behind. The expectation in political circles seems to be however that straightforward extra help with reading will be sufficient in all cases to enable a child who has fallen behind to catch up. There has been no general recognition of the need to address underlying emotional problems in some cases such as those described in this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855757875

Why Can't We Make Money in Aviation? Seemingly since the beginning of aviation history there has been discussion and speculation on the remarkable inability of the industry to generate profits. This is even more so the case now when a number of the world's airlines are bankrupt. The failure of aviation or at least of airlines to produce a reasonable rate of return on investments has been a fact pondered by many at great length but never satisfactorily understood. Somehow the industry seems to violate the most basic principles of economics and business. The question as to how this is the case and how the industry managed to survive let alone actually grow and prosper so far is the subject of this book. It details the historical performance of the industry and critically explores the various theories proposed to explain its lack of profitability. Summarizing the analysis the book also looks to the future combining lessons from the past and recommendations regarding the better management of airlines. In conclusion it offers a prediction on the future of the global airline industry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315547244

Why CISOs FailThe Missing Link in Security Management--and How to Fix It This book serves as an introduction into the world of security and provides insight into why and how current security management practices fail resulting in overall dissatisfaction by practitioners and lack of success in the corporate environment. The author examines the reasons and suggests how to fix them. The resulting improvement is highly beneficial to any corporation that chooses to pursue this approach or strategy and from a bottom-line and business operations perspective not just in technical operations. This book transforms the understanding of the role of the CISO the selection process for a CISO and the financial impact that security plays in any organization. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138197893

Why Cities ChangeUrban Development and Economic Change in Sydney During the 1970s accelerating change accompanied by dramatic developments in finance technology and energy usage had a profound impact on the processes of urban development throughout the Western world. Why Cities Change explores the relationship between urban growth and economic change in Sydney particularly ini the 1970s. It concentrates on the major productive sectors of economic activity and investigates the various roles of government - local state and federal. The social consequences of urban change are considered and policy options evaluated. Sydney is the focus of the book as a particularly interesting example of patterns and problems to be found in most major Western cities. This book was first published in 1982.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759632

Why Conservatives Tell Stories and Liberals Don'tRhetoric Faith and Vision on the American Right Why do conservatives tell stories? Because it helps them win elections and assail liberal policies like health care reform and economic stimulus. "Why" is important but the "what" and the "how" behind the stories that conservatives tell are equally interesting and in this new book David Ricci reveals all. He shows how conservative activists and candidates tell many tales that come together to project a large-scale story; a cultural narrative; a vision of what America is and what it should do to prosper socially economically and politically. Liberals by contrast tend to look for theories rather than stories for mathematical explanations rather than theological axioms for data rather than anecdotes and for statistics rather than homilies. The difference is paradoxical. Liberals are unlikely to fashion sweeping narratives that capture the public s attention and commitment. Yet conservatives may tell attractive stories like the ones that got us into Iraq that momentarily capture voter support but end up costing the country more than it can afford." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631080

Why Constitutions Matter As countries in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries change from colonialist to independent rule or from a socialist to a democratic society the need for a written constitution becomes apparent. Countries in the former Soviet Union Africa or nations once part of the British Empire face social economic and humanitarian problems as they experiment with democratic rule. Such issues as clearly defining where sovereignty lies how much power is given to the people and what rights are possessed by a nation's citizenry are new to these countries. While a constitution being a man-made document is subject to interpretation and does not always delineate in a lucid framework its parameters for future generations it is clear that constitutions do matter.This volume compiled under the direction of the City University of Stockholm is an important study on the significance of constitutions and constitutional law in a democratic society. A number of scholars in law political science and economics have contributed to this volume. They include: James Buchanan Aleksander Peczenik Mats Lundstrom Joakim Nergelius Sverker Hard Niclas Berggren Peter Kurrild-Klitgaard Wolfgang Kasper and Erik Moberg. All add to the understanding of the intertwining roles of politics and the social sciences in a modern democratic state.They explore why a constitution is essential; the relationship between a constitution and a rational political system; the democratic principle of majority rule; why constitutional constraints are needed in a democratic state; recent constitutional reforms in the United Kingdom; the electoral system and its centrality in a democracy; evolution in constitutional change; competition within a federal structure; and the connection between politics and economics. Why Constitutions Matter is a fascinating and timely study of constitutionalism and will be of interest to students of politics law economics and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540552

Why Crime?Some Causes and Remedies from the Psychological Standpoint Originally published in 1945. This book presents the developing opinions contemporary to the post-war period of the social and psychological roots of criminal actions as seen through the viewpoint of a practising magistrate. Looking at the psychological treatment of delinquents in particular using actual case experiences various causes are illustrated and future preventative interventions are suggested and categorised. Early childhood developmental effects leading to characteristic criminality are distinguished from those societal factors with later and lesser influence in the opinion of the author. The book discusses the court systems for judging family disputes and divorce in comparison to criminal cases amongst its investigation into the cause of criminality. The author’s ground-breaking work led to much reform in the UK judicial system and this book is a fascinating insight to the history of psychology law and criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367136208

Why Customers Would Rather Have a Smartphone than a CarRelationship Retailing as an Opportunity Why Customers Would Rather Have a Smartphone than a Car explores some of the fundamental changes in consumer behaviour: Why do we buy less in shops and more on the internet? Why do we spend more on gadgets smartphones and apps and not more on food holidays or clothing? Why do most business people only look at symptoms and not the causes of changing customer behaviour? The new generation buys differently from the baby boomers; they have different priorities and preferences. The internet has changed us in the way we think act and communicate. Whilst many retailers now understand the need for change few of them have established convincing or sustainable models for the future. Cor Molenaar argues that by understanding the drivers behind these new consumer behaviours retailers can identify the opportunities this represents and adapt their offering accordingly. The kind of relationship retailing he advocates involves the way the retailer interacts with their customer; the new environment that they need to sustain along with their ability to relate customer data technology and new services. The author interweaves examples from traditional and virtual retailing with his research on consumer psychology and buying behaviour to offer a sophisticated and at times challenging guide for all those involved in retailing as well as those responsible for planning and designing social and retail space. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472466563

Why Did Ancient Civilizations Fail? Ideas abound as to why certain complex societies collapsed in the past including environmental change subsistence failure fluctuating social structure and lack of adaptability. Why Did Ancient Civilizations Fail? evaluates the current theories in this important topic and discusses why they offer only partial explanations of the failure of past civilizations. This engaging book offers a new theory of collapse that of social hubris. Through an examination of Mesopotamian Egyptian Roman Maya Inca and Aztec societies Johnson persuasively argues that hubris blinded many ancient peoples to evidence that would have allowed them to adapt and he further considers how this has implications for contemporary societies. Comprehensive and well-written this volume serves as an ideal text for undergraduate courses on ancient complex societies as well as appealing to the scholar interested in societal collapse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629582832

Why Did the Soviet Union Collapse?Understanding Historical Change Taking the Soviet collapse - the most cataclysmic event of the recent past - as a case study this text engages students in the exercise of historical analysis interpretation and explanation. In exploring the question posed by the title the author introduces and applies such organizing concepts as great power conflict imperial decline revolution ethnic conflict colonialism economic development totalitarian ideology and transition to democracy in a most accessible way. Questions and controversies and extracts from documentary and literary sources anchor the text at key points. This book is intended for use in history and political science courses on the Soviet Union or more generally on the 20th century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315503974

Why Did the United States Invade Iraq? This edited volume presents the foremost scholarly thinking on why the US invaded Iraq in 2003 a pivotal event in both modern US foreign policy and international politics. In the years since the US invasion of Iraq it has become clear that the threat of weapons of mass destruction was not as urgent as the Bush administration presented it and that Saddam Hussein was not involved with either Al Qaeda or 9/11. Many consider the war a mistake and question why Iraq was invaded. A majority of Americans now believe that the public were deliberately misled by the Bush administration in order to bolster support for the war. Public doubt has been strengthened by the growing number of critical scholarly analyses and in-depth journalistic investigations about the invasion that suggest the administration was not candid about its reasons for wanting to take action against Iraq. This volume begins with a survey of private scholarly views about the war’s origins then assesses the current state of debate by organising the best recent thinking by foreign policy and international relations experts on why the US invaded Iraq. The book covers a broad range of approaches to explaining Iraq – the role of the uncertainty of intelligence cognitive biases ideas Israel and oil highlighting areas of both agreement and disagreement. This book will be of much interest to students of the Iraq War US foreign and security policy strategic studies Middle Eastern politics and IR/Security Studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415782135

Why Do I Need a Teacher When I've got Google?The essential guide to the big issues for every teacher Why do I need a teacher when I’ve got Google? is just one of the challenging controversial and thought-provoking questions Ian Gilbert poses in this urgent and invigorating book. Questioning the unquestionable this fully updated new edition will make you re-consider everything you thought you knew about teaching and learning such as: • Are you simply preparing the next generation of unemployed accountants? • What do you do for the ‘sweetcorn kids’ who come out of the education system in pretty much the same state as when they went in? • What’s the real point of school? • Exams – So whose bright idea was that? • Why ‘EQ’ is fast becoming the new ‘IQ’. • What will your school policy be on brain-enhancing technologies? • Which is the odd one out between a hamster and a caravan? With his customary combination of hard-hitting truths practical classroom ideas and irreverent sense of humour Ian Gilbert takes the reader on a breathless rollercoaster ride through burning issues of the twenty-first century considering everything from the threats facing the world and the challenge of the BRIC economies to the link between eugenics and the 11+. As wide-ranging and exhaustively-researched as it is entertaining and accessible this book is designed to challenge teachers and inform them – as well as encourage them – as they strive to design a twenty-first century learning experience that really does bring the best out of all young people. After all the future of the world may just depend on it Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415709590

Why Do I Need Research and Theory?A Guide for Social Workers This book is based on the idea that social work as a profession can do better with advancing our mission if practitioners are knowledgeable skilled critical thinkers that use research to inform practice. This is a user-friendly student directed book form to help students understand the connection between knowledge social work research and social work practice. This short text will support students in their research course by offering insights as to why research is important how to help students understand how research affects their own future social work practice how their beliefs impact successful learning and practical tips for being successful in research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138833364

Why Do We Still Talk About Race? The main objective of this edited collection is to provide an insight into key facets of contemporary research and scholarship on race and ethnicity. The various chapters were presented at a conference to celebrate the 40th Anniversary of the international journal Ethnic and Racial Studies. Given this context contributors reflect on the evolution of scholarship over the past five decades and look forward to the range of issues that we shall need to research and understand more fully in the future. In doing so they both provide an overview of the shifting boundaries of the field of ethnic and racial studies and display an engagement with emerging fields of scholarship and research. The volume brings together leading scholars who have experience of researching race and ethnicity in various parts of the globe and combines conceptual reflection with empirically focused analysis. This book was originally published as a special issue of Ethnic and Racial Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664442

Why Does Development Fail in Resource Rich EconomiesThe Catch 22 of Mineral Wealth There has been a lot of interest within the scientific and policy communities in the ‘resource curse’; that is the tendency of mineral rich economies to turn into development failures. Yet after more than 20 years of intensive research and action ‘the curse’ still lingers as a very real global problem because of volatile mineral prices bad governance and conflict. This book incorporates current original research on the resource curse (from some of the most prominent contributors to this literature) combined with a critical reflection on the current stock of knowledge. It is a unique attempt to provide a more holistic and interdisciplinary picture of the resource curse and its multi-scale effects. This edited volume reflects the current academic diversity that characterises the resource curse literature with a mix of different methodological approaches (both quantitative and qualitative analyses) and a diverse geographical focus (Latin America Sub-Saharan Africa global). Taken together the studies emphasize the complexities and conditionalities of the ‘curse’ – its presence/intensity being largely context-specific depending on the type of resources socio-political institutions and linkages with the rest of the economy and society. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Development Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367321871

Why Does Policy Change?Lessons from British Transport Policy 1945-99 The tension between policy stability and change is a key political phenomenon but its dynamics have been little understood. Why Does Policy Change? examines and explains the dynamics of major policy change by looking at case studies from British Transport policy since 1945. The significant contrasts between road and rail policies in this period lend themselves perfectly to the authors' theories of what brings about policy turnabout. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882218

Why Don't I Feel Good Enough?Using Attachment Theory to Find a Solution Why Don’t I Feel Good Enough? Using Attachment Theory to Find a Solution offers a guide to how early emotional bonds affect our adult relationships and how psychological theory can help us to find the origin and solution to a number of life’s problems.   Bringing a wealth of therapeutic experience and the latest scientific research Helen Dent introduces the benefits that understanding attachment theory can bring to all areas of life. You will find this particularly helpful if you struggle with everyday relationships and have difficulties managing your emotions. Using practical guidance real-life examples and questionnaires to help you locate your own 'attachment style' she provides the tools and guidance to help you move on and develop secure positive attachments.   Why Don’t I Feel Good Enough? will be an important guide and resource for psychotherapists counsellors clinical psychologists and their clients. It provides a good introduction to attachment theory for professionals in training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138943513

Why Don't Psychotherapists Laugh?Enjoyment and the Consulting Room The capacity for humour is one of life's blessings. So why is it so lacking in the theory and even the practice of analysis and therapy? Why Don’t Psychotherapists Laugh? is the first book of its kind about a neglected and even taboo topic: the place of enjoyment and good humour in psychotherapy. Why Don’t Psychotherapists Laugh? traces the development of professional psychotherapy and its almost exclusive focus on life's tragedies. This may naturally suit some practitioners; others may learn that a proper therapeutic persona is serious even solemn. But what are they and their clients missing? Ann Shearer draws on ideas about humour and its functions from antiquity to contemporary stand-up comedy and beyond to explore how it works in both mind and body. Shearer demonstrates how even the blackest humour may yield psychological information and how humour can help build therapeutic relationships and be a catalyst for healing. Through real-life stories from consulting rooms told by both therapists and clients the author shows how a sense of enjoyment and good humour can restore life to people in distress- and how destructive a lack of these may become. This book offers food for thought about the theory and practice of psychotherapy. It encourages analysts and therapists from different schools to look again at some of the assumptions on which they base their practice and teaching and provides a resource for further reflection on the therapeutic task. Taking a psychological look at where humour comes from what it's about and why we need it this book will also intrigue anyone who wants to know more about the kinds of people psychotherapists are what they do and why.   Written in a highly accessible style Why Don't Psychotherapists Laugh? will appeal to psychotherapists with a range of trainings and allegiances their teachers in vocational and academic institutions and their clients as well as to readers with an interest in psychotherapy humour and psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138899612

Why Don't We Defend Better?Data Breaches Risk Management and Public Policy The wave of data breaches raises two pressing questions: Why don’t we defend our networks better? And what practical incentives can we create to improve our defenses? Why Don't We Defend Better?: Data Breaches Risk Management and Public Policy answers those questions. It distinguishes three technical sources of data breaches corresponding to three types of vulnerabilities: software human and network. It discusses two risk management goals: business and consumer. The authors propose mandatory anonymous reporting of information as an essential step toward better defense as well as a general reporting requirement. They also provide a systematic overview of data breach defense combining technological and public policy considerations. Features Explains why data breach defense is currently often ineffective Shows how to respond to the increasing frequency of data breaches Combines the issues of technology business and risk management and legal liability Discusses the different issues faced by large versus small and medium-sized businesses (SMBs) Provides a practical framework in which public policy issues about data breaches can be effectively addressed Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815356622

Why Economics is Not Yet a Science First published in 1983.  A collection of papers directed at those outside the field of Economics to open up discussions around the scientific worth of Economics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315495972

Why Fairy Tales StickThe Evolution and Relevance of a Genre In his latest book fairy tales expert Jack Zipes explores the question of why some fairy tales "work" and others don't why the fairy tale is uniquely capable of getting under the skin of culture and staying there. Why in other words fairy tales "stick." Long an advocate of the fairy tale as a serious genre with wide social and cultural ramifications Jack Zipes here makes his strongest case for the idea of the fairy tale not just as a collection of stories for children but a profoundly important genre. Why Fairy Tales Stick contains two chapters on the history and theory of the genre followed by case studies of famous tales (including Cinderella Snow White and Bluebeard) followed by a summary chapter on the problematic nature of traditional storytelling in the twenty-first century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203700662

Why Garden in Schools? This book delves into the complex history of the gardening movement in schools and examines the question why gardens should be built in schools. It offers practical guidance for teachers to begin thinking about how to approach educational gardening. A resurgence of interest in school gardens is linked to concerns about children’s health food knowledge lack of outdoor play and contact with the natural world. This book warns against simplistic one-best approaches and makes a case about the complexity of gardening in schools. It is the first critical attempt to address the complex and conflicting notions about school gardens and to tackle the question ‘what is the problem to which school gardens are the answer?’ Examining the educational theory in which gardening has been explained and advocated the book explores the way contemporary gardens research has been conducted with specific questions such as ‘what works well in school gardens?’ Based on case studies of a school establishing a garden and another one maintaining a garden chapters look at the way in which schools come to frame their gardens. The authors suggest that there are four issues to consider when setting up a school garden or evaluating a pre-existing one â€“ wider social context public policy the whole school and the formal and informal curriculum. The book ends with a call for consideration of the ways in which school gardens can be built the myriad practices that constitute an educational garden space and the challenges of maintaining a school garden over the long term. It will be of interest to teachers in primary schools as well as a key point of reference for scholars academics and students researching school gardens. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367207588

Why Group Therapy Works and How to Do ItA Guide for Health and Social Care Professionals This book describes how group treatment offers a unique opportunity for group members to learn and to change as they interact with other group members. The group structure presents a social microcosm of relationships that people who seek psychotherapeutic treatment find problematic in their private and public lives. In groups the participants can observe each other provide feedback to each other and practice change strategies. In short group treatment has a powerful healing and supportive function. Based on the authors’ many years of education and experience in academia the private and public sectors specific guidance is offered to group leaders on participation organization and communication in group treatment. The authors describe the history and characteristics of group treatment how to organize a treatment group the roles and responsibilities of the group leader methods of group treatment and typical responses of participants. Given its purpose and methodology this book takes an original perspective on group treatment aimed ultimately at improving healing processes in healthcare and social care. This book will provide a helpful introduction and guide for a range of professionals who work in primary healthcare company healthcare somatic care psychiatric and social care and the non-profit sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367439682

Why Guattari? A Liberation of Cartographies Ecologies and Politics This book examines Félix Guattari the French psychoanalyst philosopher and radical activist renowned for an energetic style of thought that cuts across conceptual political and institutional spheres. Increasingly recognised as a key figure in his own right Guattari’s influence in contemporary social theory and the modern social sciences continues to grow. From the ecosophy of hurricanes to the micropolitics of cinema the book draws together a series of Guattarian motifs which animate the complexity of one of the twentieth century’s greatest and most enigmatic thinkers. The book examines techniques and modes of thought that contribute to a liberation of thinking and subjectivity. Divided thematically into three parts – ‘cartographies’ ‘ecologies’ and ‘micropolitics’ – each chapter showcases the singular and pragmatic grounds by which Guattari’s signature concepts can be found to be both disruptive to traditional modes of thinking and generative toward novel forms of ethics politics and sociality.This interdisciplinary compendium on Guattari’s exciting experimental and enigmatic thought will appeal to academics and postgraduates within Social Theory Human Geography and Continental Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729943

Why Human Rights Still Matter in Contemporary Global Affairs This book elucidates why human rights still matter in contemporary global affairs and what can lead to better protection of international human rights in a post-liberal order. It blends theoretical empirical and normative perspectives while providing much-needed analysis in light of the perils of populism authoritarianism and toxic nationalism as well as highlighting the hopes with which people around the world view human rights in the new millennium. Systematically combining theoretical perspectives from across the disciplines with numerous case studies it demonstrates not only the complexities of the domestic conditions involved but also the ways in which human dignity can be preserved and promoted during periods of rapid change and uncertainty. Finally the book addresses the question of how to protect human rights in such a world in which the active promotion of democratic values and enforcement of human rights may not be necessarily aligned with evolving economic and geopolitical interests of many great and diverse powers on the global scene. As such it is a timely intervention for human rights as a concept as it has been attacked and eroded by the instability in our world today. This book will be of key interest to scholars and students of human rights in politics law philosophy sociology and history and to humanitarian bodies practitioners and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367901455

Why Human Security MattersRethinking Australian foreign policy Sea level rises pose a greater long term threat to Australia's coastline and major capital cities than a military attack by a foreign power. Citizens are more likely to experience a pandemic virus than a nuclear threat. Food shortages have already occurred as a result of flood or drought and the tentacles of international trade in drugs money laundering and human trafficking already reach far into Australian communities.Why Human Security Matters argues that Australian external relations needs to treat the 'soft' issues of security as seriously as it treats the 'hard' realities of military defence but also the many complex situations in-between whether it be civil war political upheaval terrorism or piracy. Australia needs to do this first and foremost in our region but also in relation to the unresolved regional and global security issues as we confront an increasingly uncertain and turbulent world.With contributions from leading thinkers in foreign policy and strategic studies Why Human Security Matters is essential reading for anyone seeking a thoughtful and thought-provoking analysis of Australia's place in an age of transition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781743312025

Why I am not a Christianand Other Essays on Religion and Related Subjects While its tone is playful and frivolous this book poses tough questions over the nature of religion and belief. Religion provides comfortable responses to the questions that have always beset humankind - why are we here what is the point of being alive how ought we to behave? Russell snatches that comfort away leaving us instead with other more troublesome alternatives: responsibility autonomy self-awareness. He tells us that the time to live is now the place to live is here and the way to be happy is to ensure others are happy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138457553

Why I Don't Work Here AnymoreA Leader’s Guide to Offset the Financial and Emotional Costs of Toxic Employees You have likely heard stories from friends family members and colleagues who quit a job because of a toxic person—an individual who belittles shames humiliates shames or bullies. You may not have realized that these individuals not only take their tolls on our emotional psyches but the financial outcomes of their organizations as well. Through this book’s many case examples as well as evidence-based practices and templates each chapter singles out one main issue and how to resolve it with respect and clarity. Dr. Kusy presents concrete practices that will restore civility and respect into your organization as well as with increased financial performance. Some of these practices include: Calculating the real financial cost of toxic people in your organization. Providing direct and respectful feedback to a toxic peer direct report and even your boss. Replacing traditional exit interviews -- that often don’t work very well -- with a method for dealing with toxic chameleons who "knock down and kiss up." Hiring engaging talent and even firing people based on a new approach to values-based performance management. You will emerge with a newfound understanding that restores personal well-being and increased financial performance. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138303263

Why I Hate You and You Hate MeThe Interplay of Envy Greed Jealousy and Narcissism in Everyday Life This book considers the experience of envy greed jealousy and narcissism and how they operate between parents and children brothers and sisters. It focuses on the object of these harmful emotions what attracts malice to them and how they may arouse it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490328

Why I'm a JournalistPersonal Stories from Those Who Cover the News Why be a journalist? It can be a difficult job with long hours hard work and an uncertain future. Journalists face relentless criticism and an industry in transition. Aaron Chimbel has put together a collection of essays from working journalists who answer the question â€” why be a journalist? â€” with their personal stories of coming up toiling in the field and writing important career-defining stories. These journalists come from different platforms beats and locations offering varying accounts of the travails and rewards of being a working journalist across changing landscapes and timelines. The essays in Why I’m a Journalist offer encouragement and wisdom about the path to being a reporter a broadcaster an editor or a media professional. This is a collection for students interested in the field early upstarts engaged with building their careers and seasoned pros looking to learn from their colleagues.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415349222

Why India Votes? Why India Votes? offers a fascinating account of the Indian electorate through a series of comprehensive ethnographic explorations conducted across the country — Delhi Uttar Pradesh Bihar West Bengal Chhattisgarh Madhya Pradesh Tamil Nadu Kerala Maharashtra Gujarat and Rajasthan. It probes the motivations of ordinary voters what they think about politicians the electoral process democracy and their own role within it. This book will be useful to scholars and students of political science anthropology and sociology those in media and politics and those interested in elections and democracy as also the informed general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138019713

Why Ireland StarvedA Quantitative and Analytical History of the Irish Economy 1800-1850 Technical changes in the first half of the nineteenth century led to unprecedented economic growth and capital formation throughout Western Europe; and yet Ireland hardly participated in this process at all. While the Northern Atlantic Economy prospered the Great Irish Famine of 1845–50 killed a million and a half people and caused hundreds of thousands to flee the country. Why the Irish economy failed to grow and ‘why Ireland starved’ remains an unresolved riddle of economic history. Professor Mokyr maintains that the ‘Hungry Forties’ were caused by the overall underdevelopment of the economy during the decades which preceded the famine. In Why Ireland Starved he tests various hypotheses that have been put forward to account for this backwardness. He dismisses widespread arguments that Irish poverty can be explained in terms of over-population an evil land system or malicious exploitation by the British. Instead he argues that the causes have to be sought in the low productivity of labor and the insufficient formation of physical capital – results of the peculiar political and social structure of Ireland continuous conflicts between landlords and tenants and the rigidity of Irish economic institutions. Mokyr’s methodology is rigorous and quantitative in the tradition of the New Economic History. It sets out to test hypotheses about the causal connections between economic and non-economic phenomena. Irish history is often heavily coloured by political convictions: of Dutch-Jewish origin trained in Israel and working in the United States. Mokyr brings to this controversial field not only wide research experience but also impartiality and scientific objectivity. The book is primarily aimed at numerate economic historians historical demographers economists specializing in agricultural economics and economic development and specialists in Irish and British nineteenth-century history. The text is nonetheless free of technical jargon with the more complex material relegated to appendixes. Mokyr’s line of reasoning is transparent and has been easily accessible and useful to readers without graduate training in economic theory and econometrics since ists first publication in 1983. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315019765

Why is There No Socialism In the United States Why is the United States the only advanced capitalist country with no labor party? This question is one of the great enduring puzzles of American political development and it lies at the heart of a fundamental debate about the nature of American society. Tackling this debate head-on Robin Archer puts forward a new explanation for why there is no American labor party-an explanation that suggests that much of the conventional wisdom about "American exceptionalism" is untenable. Conventional explanations rely on comparison with Europe. Archer challenges these explanations by comparing the United States with its most similar New World counterpart-Australia. This comparison is particularly revealing not only because the United States and Australia share many fundamental historical political and social characteristics but also because Australian unions established a labor party in the late nineteenth century just when American unions against a common backdrop of industrial defeat and depression came closest to doing something similar. Archer examines each of the factors that could help explain the American outcome and his systematic comparison yields unexpected conclusions. He argues that prosperity democracy liberalism and racial hostility often promoted the very changes they are said to have obstructed. And he shows that it was not these characteristics that left the United States without a labor party but rather the powerful impact of repression religion and political sectarianism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315496894

Why It's Hard To Be Good In a series of brief chapters Al Gini lays out ideas for 'stepping out of the shadow of the self' - an argument for stopping thinking of yourself as the centre of the universe. It's hard to be good he explains until we realize that being good only has meaning in relation to other people. Ideas of justice fairness and ethical behavior are just that - abstract ideas - until they are put into action with regard to people outside ourselves.We may worry too much about good versus evil - big concepts that give us plenty of room to sit on the right side of the equation he argues. Instead we need to be thinking about how being good involves an active relationship toward others. Being good all by yourself may not be good enough. This warm and generous book is for anyone who wants to know how to use ethical thinking as way to live work and be with others. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203958599

Why It's OK to Be of Two Minds Most of us experience the world through competing perspectives. A job or a religion seems important and fulfilling when looked at in one way but from a different angle they seem tedious or ridiculous. A friend is obtuse from one point of view wise from another. Continuing to hold both views at once can be unsettling highlighting conflicts between our own judgments and values and undermining our ability to live purposefully and effectively. Yet as Jennifer Church argues in this book inner conflict can be a good thing and not just as a temporary road bump on the road to resolution. This book describes several desirable types of “double consciousness” – or being of two minds – and explains why and how they should be maintained. Church looks critically at some common ideas about identity including a popular belief about narratives that suggests our lives should “make sense” as a story. She also examines how empathy can helpfully cause us to be of two minds and how various forms of irony and laughter enable us to benefit from holding onto opposing views. Finally Church shows the merit of acknowledging reality while sometimes being guided by fantasy. Why It’s OK to Be of Two Minds is for anyone who’s held two opposing views simultaneously which is to say it’s for everyone. Key Features • Argues against a long-standing philosophical idea: that it is important to resolve inner conflicts that result from competing systems of beliefs. • Examines the role of empathy and friendship in maintaining a valuable form of double consciousness. • Considers how irony and laughter allow us to dedicate ourselves to our particular projects while acknowledging their ultimate insignificance. • Shows how fantasies that conflict with our beliefs can make a positive contribution to the way we live our lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367898625

Why It's OK to Enjoy the Work of Immoral Artists The #metoo movement has forced many fans to consider what they should do when they learn that a beloved artist has acted immorally. One natural thought is that fans ought to give up the artworks of immoral artists. In Why It’s OK to Enjoy the Work of Immoral Artists Mary Beth Willard argues for a more nuanced view. Enjoying art is part of a well-lived life so we need good reasons to give it up. And it turns out good reasons are hard to find. Willard shows that it’s reasonable to believe that most boycotts of artists won’t succeed so most of the time there’s no ethical reason to join in. Someone who manages to separate the art from the artist isn’t making an ethical mistake by buying and enjoying their art. She then considers the ethical dimensions of canceling artists and the so-called "cancel culture " arguing that canceling is ethically risky because it encourages moral grandstanding. Willard concludes by arguing that the popular debate has overlooked the power of art to change our lives for the good. It’s of course OK to decide to give up the artwork of immoral artists but – as Willard shows in this provocative little volume – it’s OK to continue to enjoy their art as well. Key Features Offers accessible discussions of complicated philosophical topics like aesthetic value collective action problems and epistemic justice Provides a unique perspective and underexplored argument on the popular issue of cancellation Explores the role of aesthetic value in our lives including its relation to our ethical decisions and our well being Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367898649

Why It's OK to Ignore Politics Do you feel like you’re the only person at your office without an "I Voted!" sticker on Election Day? It turns out that you're far from alone – 100 million eligible U.S. voters never went to the polls in 2016. That’s about 35 million more than voted for the winning presidential candidate. In this book Christopher Freiman explains why these 100 million need not feel guilty. Why It’s OK to Ignore Politics argues that you’re under no obligation to be politically active. Freiman addresses new objections to political abstention as well as some old chestnuts ("But what if everyone stopped voting?"). He also synthesizes recent empirical work showing how our political motivations distort our choices and reasoning. Because participating in politics is not an effective way to do good Freiman argues that we actually have a moral duty to disengage from politics and instead take direct action to make the world a better place. Key Features: Makes the case against a duty of political participation for a non-expert audience Presupposes no knowledge of philosophy or political science and is written in a style free of technical jargon Addresses the standard much-repeated arguments for why one should vote (e.g. one shouldn’t free ride on the efforts of others) Presents the growing literature on politically motivated reasoning in an accessible and entertaining way Covers a significant amount of new ground in the debate over a duty of political participation (e.g. whether participating absolves us of our complicity in state injustice) Challenges the increasingly popular argument from philosophers and economists that swing state voting is effective altruism Discusses the therapeutic benefits of ignoring politics—it’s good for you your relationships and society as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138389007

Why It's OK to Make Bad Choices If we are kind people we care about others including others who tend to hurt themselves. We all have friends or family members who have potential but squander or even ruin their lives from things like drug abuse unwise spending decisions or poor dietary habits. Concern for others often motivates us to endorse laws or private interventions meant to keep people from harming themselves even if that’s what they want to do in the moment. However it is far from clear that such paternalistic measures are on net benign and they tend to violate an understanding that we should let adults make their own decisions. In this little book William Glod argues that it’s OK to allow people to make bad choices. It’s OK even if those choices risk causing a lot of harm. Most defenders of paternalism agree that some bad choices are not harmful enough to require laws to stop them. However Glod goes further. He argues that some people might want – and deserve – the freedom to make truly bad choices because such freedom is the only way they can act responsibly.  He also argues that some "bad" choices may not even be bad even if we can't know with confidence a person's true desires. In addition the book explores choices that are bad because they might impose high monetary costs on others arguing that mandatory insurance may be a better solution than eliminating the choice. Finally it explores the potential pitfalls of paternalistic laws and policies – and how unintended costly consequences can sabotage the most well-intended plans. Key Features Introduces key concepts for understanding paternalism and freedom of choice for undergraduates and general readers Discusses how many of our preferences are not easily understood by others and shows how assumptions of what our true preferences can often backfire Explores ways in which people may want the freedom to make mistakes Examines the unintended consequences and associated problems of many paternalistic laws and regulations Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367195175

Why It's OK to Speak Your Mind Political protests debates on college campuses and social media tirades make it seem like everyone is speaking their minds today. Surveys however reveal that many people increasingly feel like they’re walking on eggshells when communicating in public. Speaking your mind can risk relationships and professional opportunities. It can alienate friends and anger colleagues. Isn’t it smarter to just put your head down and keep quiet about controversial topics? In this book Hrishikesh Joshi offers a novel defense of speaking your mind. He explains that because we are social creatures we never truly think alone. What we know depends on what our community knows. And by bringing our unique perspectives to bear upon public discourse we enhance our collective ability to reach the truth on a variety of important matters. Speaking your mind is also important for your own sake. It is essential for developing your own thinking. And it’s a core aspect of being intellectually courageous and independent. Joshi argues that such independence is a crucial part of a well-lived life.  The book draws from Aristotle John Stuart Mill Friedrich Nietzsche Bertrand Russell and a range of contemporary thinkers to argue that it’s OK to speak your mind.  Key Features Shows that we have not just a right but a moral duty to publicly share what we know. Argues that discussing your unique ideas with others is essential for developing as a critical thinker. Explores the value of intellectual honesty and independence in the writings of John Stuart Mill and Friedrich Nietzsche and connects their thinking to contemporary problems. Argues that avoiding cultural blind spots today is important for the fate of future generations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367141721

Why It's OK to Want to Be Rich Finger-wagging moralizers say the love of money is the root of all evil. They assume that making a lot of money requires exploiting others and that the best way to wash off the resulting stain is to give a lot of it away. In Why It’s OK to Want to Be Rich Jason Brennan shows that the moralizers have it backwards. He argues that in general the more money you make the more you already do for others and that even an average wage earner is productively “giving back” to society just by doing her job. In addition wealth liberates us to have the best chance of leading a life that’s authentically our own. Brennan also demonstrates how money-based societies create nicer more trustworthy and more cooperative citizens. And in another chapter that takes on the new historians of capitalism Brennan argues that wealthy nations became wealthy because of their healthy institutions not from their horrific histories of slavery or colonialism. While writing that the more money one has the more one should help others Brennan also notes that we weren’t born into a perpetual debt to society. It’s OK to get rich and it’s OK to enjoy being rich too. ---  Key Features Shows how the desire to become wealthy in an open and fair market helps maximize cooperation and lessens the chance of violence and war Argues that it is much easier for the average for-profit business to add value to the world than it is for the average non-profit Demonstrates that the kinds of virtues (e.g. conscientiousness thoughtfulness hard work) that lead to desirable personal and civic states (e.g. happy marriages stable families engaged citizens) also make people richer Argues that living in small clans for most of their history has given humans a negative attitude towards anyone acquiring more than her "fair share " an attitude that’s ill-suited for our market-driven globally connected world In a final provocative chapter maintains that ideal economic growth is infinite. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138389021

Why Johnny Can't WriteHow to Improve Writing Skills The authors of this book both experienced teachers examine the controversy surrounding two popular methods for teaching writing -- the "process" approach and its offspring Writing Across the Curriculum. Both have recently been called into question for their ineffectiveness. An alternative lesser-known procedure called "sentence combining " which has been proven successful in numerous studies over the past fifteen years finally is gaining the attention it deserves. Using the sentence combining approach the authors present a rationale for re-thinking and re-tooling the English classroom and consequently making the entire educational system work more effectively. This book is useful for teachers at any level especially those involved in writing instruction. It is also worthwhile reading for those wishing to improve their writing skills. Doing the sample exercises will strengthen writing skills and provide a solid foundation for a lifelong program of language growth. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203052488

Why Knowledge Matters in CurriculumA Social Realist Argument What should we teach in our schools and vocational education and higher education institutions? Is theoretical knowledge still important?  This book argues that providing students with access to knowledge should be the raison d’être of education. Its premise is that access to knowledge is an issue of social justice because society uses it to conduct its debates and controversies. Theoretical knowledge is increasingly marginalised in curriculum in all sectors of education particularly in competency-based training which is the dominant curriculum model in vocational education in many countries. This book uses competency-based training to explore the negative consequences that arise when knowledge is displaced in curriculum in favour of a focus on workplace relevance. The book takes a unique approach by using the sociology of Basil Bernstein and the philosophy of critical realism as complementary modes of theorising to extend and develop social realist arguments about the role of knowledge in curriculum. Both approaches are increasingly influential in education and the social sciences and the book will be helpful for those seeking an accessible introduction to these complex subjects. Why Knowledge Matters in Curriculum is a key reading for those interested in the sociology of education curriculum studies work-based learning vocational education higher education adult and community education tertiary education policy and lifelong learning more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415522007

Why Lawyers Behave As They Do Over the past five years the American Bar Association and legal educators themselves have been expanding the discussion of professional responsibility. Traditionalists state that lawyers must maximize the gain for their client regardless of whether that means turning a blind eye to behavior or facts which may serve justice but hinder the client's Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313982

Why London is LabourA History of Metropolitan Politics 1900-2020 This book answers the question why London has been a stronghold for the Labour Party for relatively long periods of the last century and continues to be so to this day to an extent that surprises contemporaries. The book draws on evidence from history and political sociology as well as the personal experience of the author in London local government during the 1980s. It argues that while changes in the London economy plus the ability of the party to forge cross-class alliances can go some way to explain the success of the Labour Party in London a range of other demographic and social factors need to be taken into account especially after the year 2000. These include the size of London’s growing black and ethnic minority communities; higher concentrations of well-educated younger people with socially liberal values; the increasing support of the middle-classes; the impact of austerity after 2008; and the degree of poverty in London compared to non-metropolitan areas. This book will be of key interest to readers interested in the history of the Labour Party the politics of London Socialist politics/history British politics/history government political sociology and urban studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367175238

Why Love MattersHow affection shapes a baby's brain Why Love Matters explains why loving relationships are essential to brain development in the early years and how these early interactions can have lasting consequences for future emotional and physical health. This second edition follows on from the success of the first updating the scientific research covering recent findings in genetics and the mind/body connection and including a new chapter highlighting our growing understanding of the part also played by pregnancy in shaping a baby’s future emotional and physical well-being. The author focuses in particular on the wide-ranging effects of early stress on a baby or toddler’s developing nervous system. When things go wrong with relationships in early life the dependent child has to adapt; what we now know is that his or her brain adapts too. The brain’s emotion and immune systems are particularly affected by early stress and can become less effective. This makes the child more vulnerable to a range of later difficulties such as depression anti-social behaviour addictions or anorexia as well as physical illness.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415870535

Why Market Socialism?Voices from Dissent A collection of essays on market socialism originally published in Dissent between 1985 and 1993. Among other topics they take issue with the traditional view that socialism means rejecting the use of markets to organise economic activities and question the reliance upon markets. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315286693

Why Men Buy SexExamining sex worker clients Sex work has been a contentious issue in a variety of ways throughout history – socially morally ethically religiously and politically. Traditionally noted as one of the oldest professions in the world sex work has commonly been demonised and is often viewed as a social disgrace. While sex work involves both providers of sexual services most commonly women and purchasers of sexual services most commonly men providers have attracted the most social commentary. Recent research shows that a limited number of studies have been conducted since 1990 concerning men who procure sexual services. This book aims to help reset this balance. In this book Philip Birch examines the procurement of female sexual services with a focus on the personal and social aspects of men who procure such exchanges and offers insight into the demographics amongst men who purchase sexual services alongside an analysis of the reasons why they purchase sex. This book brings together existing literature with analyses of new data to develop a multi-factor model reflecting men’s procurement of sexual services and demonstrates the complexities surrounding the procuration of these sexual services in exchange for money. The book considers what contribution the understanding of the personal and social aspects of men who procure sexual services has on re-theorising the purchasing of sex in the 21st Century and will be of interest to academics and students involved in the study of criminology criminal justice social policy law sociology sexuality and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138288522

Why Men Fight Also published under the title of Principals of Social Reconstruction and written in response to the devastation of World War I Why Men Fight lays out Bertrand Russell's ideas on war pacifism reason impulse and personal liberty. He argues that the individualistic approach of traditional liberalism has reached its limits and that when individuals live passionately they will have no desire for war or killing. Conversely excessive restraint or reason causes us to live unnaturally and with hostility toward those who are unlike ourselves. This formidable work greatly contributed to Russell’s fame as a formidable social critic and anti-war activist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138137127

Why Men Rebel Why Men Rebel was first published in 1970 after a decade of political violence across the world. Forty years later serious conflicts continue in Africa Asia and the Middle East. Ted Robert Gurr reintroduces us to his landmark work putting it in context with the research it influenced as well as world events. Why Men Rebel remains highly relevant to today's violent and unstable world with its holistic people-based understanding of the causes of political protest and rebellion. With its close eye on the politics of group identity this book provides new insight into contemporary security challenges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594519147

Why Minorities Play or Don't Play SoccerA Global Exploration Soccer the most popular mass spectator sport in the world has always remained a marker of identities of various sorts. Behind the façade of its obvious entertainment aspect it has proved to be a perpetuating reflector of nationalism ethnicity community or communal identity and cultural specificity. Naturally therefore the game is a complex representative of minorities’ status especially in countries where minorities play a crucial role in political social cultural or economic life. The question is also important since in many nations success in sports like soccer has been used as an instrument for assimilation or to promote an alternative brand of nationalism. Thus Jewish teams in pre-Second World War Europe were set up to promote the idea of a muscular Jewish identity. Similarly in apartheid South Africa soccer became the game of the black majority since it was excluded from the two principal games of the country – rugby and cricket. In India on the other hand the Muslim minorities under colonial rule appropriated soccer to assert their community-identity. The book examines why in certain countries minorities chose to take up the sport while in others they backed away from participating in the game or alternatively set up their own leagues and practised self-exclusion. The book examines European countries like the Netherlands England and France the USA Africa Australia and the larger countries of Asia – particularly India. This book was previously published as a special issue of Soccer and Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415518154

Why Muslim Women and SmartphonesMirror Images Using an assemblage approach to study how Muslim women in Norrebro Denmark use their phones Karen Waltorp examines how social media complicates the divide between public and private in relation to a group of people who find this distinction of utmost significance. Building on years of ethnographic fieldwork Waltorp's ethnography reflects the trust and creativity of her relationships with these women which in turn open up nuanced discussions about both the subject at hand and best practice in conducting anthropological research. Combining rich ethnography with theoretical contextualization Waltorp's book alternates between ethnography and analysis to illuminate a thoroughly modern community and reveals the capacity of image-making technology to function as an infrastructure for seeing thinking and engaging in fieldwork as an anthropologists. Waltorp identifies a series of important issues around anthropological approaches to new media contributing to new debates around the anthropology of automation data and self-tracking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350127357

Why Nations Go to WarA Sociology of Military Conflict The United States has been involved in many wars sometimes for noble causes like defeating Nazism and at other times it has compromised its own ideals leading to a lot of soul searching and regrets. Some wars are celebrated as glorious achievements (World War II) some are ‘forgotten’ (Korea) and some are ‘ignored’ (Afghanistan). The current wars in the Middle East represent a complex interplay of motivations challenges and threats to America’s role as the world’s democratic leadership. In the case of Afghanistan we find that during the Cold War the US defense and intelligence apparatus directly and indirectly created an incalculable number of radical extremists that have now turned their sights on their former benefactor. The invasion of Iraq represents a different calculus: under the multitude of rationalizations rests a simple political-economic case of a master nation punishing a disobedient subject. In this brief book America’s relationship with war is explored with an eye toward changes in capitalism from industrialism to post-industrialism America’s involvement in the Cold War nuclear proliferation terrorism torture culture and ideology. The goal of this new unique Series is to offer readable teachable "thinking frames" on today’s social problems and social issues by leading scholars all in short 60 page or shorter formats and available for view on http://routledge.customgateway.com/routledge-social-issues.html For instructors teaching a wide range of courses in the social sciences the Routledge Social Issues Collection now offers the best of both worlds: originally written short texts that provide "overviews" to important social issues as well as teachable excerpts from larger works previously published by Routledge and other presses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173736

Why Nations Put to SeaTechnology and the Changing Character of Sea Power in the Twenty-First Century Originally published in 2000 this book describes the relation between technology and the exercise of sea power. It emphasizes the importance of mastering and maintaining technology for the means of exercising maritime power whether the USA is at peace or in a time of conflict. The changing character of maritime power is evaluated through an examination of current trends historical precedent and deductive logic. Many factors influence sea power but it is the exponential growth in the use of science and technology which the author believes is the key to understanding the future of sea power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138324237

Why Nations RealignForeign Policy Restructuring in the Postwar World This book originally published in 1982 analyzes the process of radical foreign policy change – how states restructure their foreign relations and why they do so. Using a common analystical framework the authors examine Bhutan Burma Canada Child China and Tanzania. They distinguish between piecemeal foreign policy change and adaptation and the fundamental re-ordering of foreign policy. Their analysis underlines the extent to which non-military and sometimes imagined threats such as dependency and external economic and cultural penetration can constitute an important cause of radical realignment activity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138940086

Why Noise MattersA Worldwide Perspective on the Problems Policies and Solutions Is noise the most neglected green issue of our age? This book argues compellingly that it is and tells you all you need to know about noise as a social cultural environmental and health issue. Across the world more people are disturbed by noise in their day-today lives than by any other pollutant on Earth. From the shanty towns of Mumbai to the smart boulevards of Paris noise is a problem. It is damaging people's health costing billions and threatening the world's natural sound systems in the same way that climate change is altering its eco-systems. Drawing on evidence from all over the world this book showcases policies and strategies that have worked to decrease noise pollution and offers lessons for policymakers and environmental health professionals campaigners and any individual affected by noise. Written by a renowned noise campaigner and experts in law and health this book tells you all you need to know about noise as a social cultural and environmental issue and how we can act to build a more peaceful world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849712576

Why Not Capitalism? Most economists believe capitalism is a compromise with selfish human nature. As Adam Smith put it "It is not from the benevolence of the butcher the brewer or the baker that we expect our dinner but from their regard to their own interest." Capitalism works better than socialism according to this thinking only because we are not kind and generous enough to make socialism work. If we were saints we would be socialists. In Why Not Capitalism? Jason Brennan attacks this widely held belief arguing that capitalism would remain the best system even if we were morally perfect. Even in an ideal world private property and free markets would be the best way to promote mutual cooperation social justice harmony and prosperity. Socialists seek to capture the moral high ground by showing that ideal socialism is morally superior to realistic capitalism. But Brennan responds ideal capitalism is superior to ideal socialism and so capitalism beats socialism at every level.  Clearly engagingly and at times provocatively written Why Not Capitalism? will cause readers of all political persuasions to re-evaluate where they stand vis-à-vis economic priorities and systems—as they exist now and as they might be improved in the future.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415732970

Why Not Preempt?Security Law Norms and Anticipatory Military Activities Anticipatory military activities which include both preemptive and preventive military actions are at the centre of American strategic doctrine - however states rarely use these activities. Rachel Bzostek puts forward an integrated analysis to help understand why states have or have not undertaken such activities in the past. By exploring what kinds of strategic or structural elements compel states or leaders to take anticipatory military action as well as how these concepts are viewed in both international law and the just war tradition this book uses case studies to examine those elements that have played an influential role in the decision-making process. Ideal as a course reader for upper division undergraduate and graduates in security studies international law US foreign policy and those involved in the teaching and training of the military. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315547213

Why Organizational Change FailsRobustness Tenacity and Change in Organizations Change in organizations can arise spontaneously or it can begin in response to a planned process of change. Even planned change is not as predictable as one might like it to be; it is often partial or incomplete or the results of change may not be what one hoped. The aspects of an organization that resist change can be vital to an organization’s success helping to keep it firm stable and robust. Why Organizational Change Fails aims to make change managers and OD consultants sensitive to signals of the robust part of an organization helping them to see something different than they usually see: signs of change. The authors distinguish two aspects of stability in organisations: robustness and tenacity. Robustness is the ability of organisations to remain stable under changing conditions. Tenacity is the reaction of a robust system to planned change. Each of these aspects has its own unique qualities and value within organizations. In the book the authors describe three aspects of robustness: social cognitive and political. They also describe healthy and unhealthy forms. Tenacity is described in three patterns: bouncing back smothering and calculating. Each chapter of the book is preceded by an essay written by a leading scientist designed to help provide real-world context for the process of change and offering insights for the reader on either side of the change equation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138959910

Why People Go to Psychiatrists This is the first examination in depth of the reasons and ways that people seek psychiatric help. Viewing contemporary metropolitan life from the standpoint of an experienced social analyst Charles Kadushin deals with such issues as why people believe they have emotional problems what types of problems send them to psychiatrists how why and by whom potential patients are told they are disturbed why people choose psychiatry over other healing methods and why many people do not receive treatment from the sources to which they apply.The author develops a new theory of social circles describing how people move in a network of friends and acquaintances with varying degrees of knowledge of and interest in psychiatry. This factor affects decisions to obtain professional help and also has bearing on the types of problems presented. The study encompasses a wide variety of persons in a complex community environment--New York City the psychotherapy capital of the world. The basic data were obtained from 1 500 patients in ten psychiatric clinics in three major treatment areas medical analytic and religio-psychiatric.The book provides new insights into the motivations of the patients as well as information about their social setting. It is an informative and engrossing work for students and scholars; for sociologists in the areas of medicine and mental health; for psychiatrists clinical psychologists and social workers actively engaged in treatment and casework; and for all professionals in the community health field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540576

Why People StayHelping Your Employees Feel Seen Safe and Valued Why People Stay is the result of a doctoral study that revealed participants’ sense of commitment (to the organization to the team to the mission or to something else). This was in spite of numerous experiences of antisocial workplace behavior or AWB reported by each participant. The incidents reported included perceptions of disrespect and subtle discourtesy appropriation of credit for work not performed deliberate poor work performance racial harassment abusive language abusive supervision bullying and threats of violence to other demeaning behaviors. Over 70 unique instances were reported in all by just 11 participants over the course of some 30 hours of interviews. Yet they all stayed in their workplace. Why? And what does this choice suggest about employee engagement in toxic workplaces or work groups? This book explores these questions and more and sounds an alarm to executives and culture monitors that the root cause of your human capital losses is that your people do not feel seen safe and valued and you can change that. It looks at organizational commitment and organizational engagement in an environment where it can be difficult to remain authentically committed in the presence of AWB. The participants in this study were queried as to just why they stayed under such conditions. The aim of this book is to share their surprising results. This positive book about negative experiences is essential reading for executives HR and organizational development professionals as well as students at both postgraduate and undergraduate levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138210318

Why Perestroika Failed Perestroika was acclaimed in the west but brought empty shelves in the east. Why Perestroika Failed argues that this was inevitable because it was not based on a sound understanding of market and political processes. Even if the perestroika programme had been carried out to the full it would have failed to bring about the structural changes necessary to transform what was the Soviet economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880870

Why Policy Representation MattersThe consequences of ideological proximity between citizens and their governments Elections are a fundamental element of democracy since elected governments reflect voter preferences. At the same time it is inevitable that policies pursued by any government closely resemble the preferences of some citizens while alienating others who hold different views. Previous works have examined how institutional settings facilitate or hinder policy proximity between citizens and governments. Building on their findings the book explores a series of "so what" questions: how and to what extent does the distance between individual and government positions affect citizens' propensity to vote protest believe in democracy and even feel satisfied with their lives? Using cross-national public opinion data this book is an original scholarly research which develops theoretically grounded hypotheses to test the effect of citizen-government proximity on three dependent variables. After introducing the data (both public opinion surveys and country-level statistics) and the methodology to be used in subsequent chapters one chapter each is devoted to how proximity or the absence thereof affects political participation satisfaction with democracy and happiness. Differences in political attitudes and behavior between electoral winners and losers and ideological moderates and radicals are also discussed in depth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367366032

Why Psychology? Psychology has been the fastest growing student discipline in recent years and in Why Psychology? the unique essence attraction and diversity of the subject is introduced for the uninitiated in an accessible and attractive way. It will be suitable for school students considering studying psychology in college or university for those considering a change in career for parents careers officers and others who advise students of all ages. It will also be required reading for anyone who has ever wondered just what psychology involves but was not sure where to find out. Why Psychology? will be the starting point for a whole generation of new psychologists at the stage where they are asking the fundamental question about their academic future -- which subject should I study? It provides an intelligent and accessible answer as to why psychology might be for them. What it means to study and practise psychology is explained in this introduction to an often misunderstood field. It provides a broad view of the scope of psychology and shows its rich diversity and depth in an accessible introductory style. The book is intended for "A"-level students considering their degree options; careers advisors; degree-level students with a subsidiary choice to make; and general low-level psychology market. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203769454

Why Race and Gender Still MatterAn Intersectional Approach Intersectionality the attempt to bring theories on race gender disability and sexuality together has existed for decades as a theoretical framework. The essays in this volume explore how intersectionality can be applied to modern philosophy as well as looking at other disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663107

Why Reading Books Still MattersThe Power of Literature in Digital Times Bringing together strands of public discourse about valuing personal achievement at the expense of social values and the impacts of global capitalism mass media and digital culture on the lives of children this book challenges the potential of science and business to solve the world’s problems without a complementary emphasis on social values. The selection of literary works discussed illustrates the power of literature and human arts to instill such values and foster change. The book offers a valuable foundation for the field of literacy education by providing knowledge about the importance of language and literature that educators can use in their own teaching and advocacy work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138629752

Why REDD will Fail Reducing Emissions from Deforestation and forest Degradation (REDD) attempts to address climate change from one angle – by paying developing countries to slow or stop deforestation and forest degradation. Trumpeted as a way to both mitigate climate change and assist countries with development REDD was presented as a win-win solution. However there have been few attempts to understand and analyse the overall framework. Why REDD Will Fail argues that the important goals will not be met under the existing REDD regime unless the actual drivers of deforestation and forest degradation are diminished. The book delves into the problematic details of the regime ranging from; national capacity to monitor results the funding mechanism the definition of a forest leakage and the impetus behind the drivers of deforestation and forest degradation. As the international community rallies around REDD and developed countries and companies are willing to commit substantial amounts to implement the scheme this books seeks to address whether REDD has the potential to achieve its purported goals. This is an important resource for academics and students interested in the policy and management aspects of mitigating climate change environmental policy international relations and development studies as well as policy makers involved in the REDD process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415729260

Why Regions Matter: Small Worlds in Comparative Perspective Bringing together experts on regionalism and federalism this collection explores the impact of legislative regions on parties and voters. It reflects on the 1980 publication of Small Worlds by David Elkins and Richard Simeon which outlined how and why voters and policies differ across Canadian provinces. Using recent data the essays in this collection provide a comparative re-examination of the impact of regions. The book explores attitude divergence in Canada and in the US the role and impact of regional parties in Quebec Scotland and Bavaria the impact of multi-level governance on how citizens understand and discharge their duties and the capacity of sub-state political systems to influence general political attitudes. The result is an empirical and analytical contribution to regionalism and federalism studies that demonstrates how and why regions matter. This book was published as a special issue of Regional and Federal Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415668910

Why Safety Cultures DegenerateAnd How To Revive Them From Chernobyl to Fukushima have we come full circle where formalisation has replaced ambiguity and a decadent style of management to the point where it is becoming counter-productive? Safety culture is a contested concept and a complex phenomenon which has been much debated in recent years. In some high-risk activities like the operating of nuclear power plants transparency traceability and standardisation have become synonymous with issues of quality. Meanwhile the experience-based knowledge that forms the basis of manuals and instructions is liable to decline. In the long-term arguably it is the cultural changes and its adverse impacts on co-operation skill and ability of judgement that will pose the greater risks to the safety of nuclear plants and other high-risk facilities. Johan Berglund examines the background leading up to the Fukushima Daiichi accident in 2011 and highlights the function of practical proficiency in the quality and safety of high-risk activities. The accumulation of skill represents a more indirect and long-term approach to quality oriented not towards short-term gains but (towards) delayed gratification. Risk management and quality professionals and academics will be interested in the links between skill quality and safety-critical work as well as those interested in a unique insight into Japanese culture and working life as well as fresh perspectives on safety culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606015

Why Science Needs ArtFrom Historical to Modern Day Perspectives Why Science Needs Art explores the complex relationship between these seemingly polarised fields. Reflecting on a time when art and science were considered inseparable and symbiotic pursuits the book discusses how they have historically informed and influenced each other before considering how public perception of the relationship between these disciplines has fundamentally changed. Science and art have something very important in common: they both seek to reduce something infinitely complex to something simpler. Using examples from diverse areas including microscopy brain injury classical art and data visualization the book delves into the history of the intersection of these two disciplines before considering current tensions between the fields. The emerging field of neuroaesthetics and its attempts to scientifically understand what humans find beautiful is also explored suggesting ways in which the relationship between art and science may return to a more co-operative state in the future. Why Science Needs Art provides an essential insight into the relationship between art and science in an appealing and relevant way. Featuring colorful examples throughout the book will be of interest to students and researchers of neuroaesthetics and visual perception as well as all those wanting to discover more about the complex and exciting intersection of art and science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138959231

Why Should We Be Called ‘Coolies’?The End of Indian Indentured Labour What are the dynamics of the abolition of the Indian indentureship system? Why was it ended? Who were the main players in the final end of the labour scheme? Were Indian labourers and/or the Indian middle classes actively involved in the processes leading towards complete abolition? This book examines the end of a labour system which lasted from 1838 until 1920 in various territories throughout the British Empire. It looks at methods of agitations which had their genesis in the territories of the Indian Ocean and compare/contrast these with those of other territories such as the British West Indies.The volume provides a comparative study of the abolition of the Indian indentureship system and shows the global interconnectedness of abolition with a strong subaltern focus. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367676117

Why Siblings MatterThe Role of Brother and Sister Relationships in Development and Well-Being Many people grow up with at least one sibling. These siblings are often ‘fellow travellers’ through adversity or significant life events; they can act as a source of support for some children while a source of conflict for others. For these reasons siblings are a potentially powerful influence on development and this book is one of the first of its kind to provide an overview of cutting-edge psychological research on this important relationship. Why Siblings Matter is a cornerstone text on siblinghood. Integrating findings from a 10 year longitudinal study alongside wider research it provides a lifespan perspective examining the impact of sibling relationships on children’s development and well-being. This text situates siblings in their historical developmental and family context considers the influence of siblings on children’s development and adjustment and provides an introduction to new research on siblings in diverse contexts. The authors discuss sibling relationships in varied populations such as siblings with disabilities siblings in different cultures and siblings in non-traditional families while also considering the practical implications of research. Covering both classical studies and new results this book offers take-home messages for promoting positive sibling interactions. It will be invaluable reading for students and researchers in developmental psychology and family studies and professionals in education health and social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138641457

Why Simple Wins Toolkit As a tactical ancillary to the book Why Simple Wins this toolkit is designed with 13 tools to enable leaders and teams to move beyond the cycle of busywork and toward a culture where valuable essential work is the norm. By learning how to eliminate redundancies communicate with clarity and make simplification a habit we can recognize which activities are time-sucks and which create lasting value. Eliminating low-value work translates into individuals who feel less overwhelmed more empowered and able to spend each day doing things that matter. The Why Simple Wins Toolkit includes the following 13 tools techniques and tips to help you do more valuable work every day: —Leadership Complexity Quiz—Complexity Diagnostic—Simplicity Vision Statement—Leadership Task Log—50 Questions for Simplifying—Simplification Worksheet—Killing Complexity—Kill a Stupid Rule—Simplification Tactics—Simplification Metrics—Simplification Code of Conduct—Interview Questions for Hiring Simplifiers—Simplification Resources Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629562025

Why Simple WinsEscape the Complexity Trap and Get to Work That Matters Imagine what you could do with the time you spend writing emails every day.  Complexity is killing companies' ability to innovate and adapt and simplicity is fast becoming the competitive advantage of our time. Why Simple Wins helps leaders and their teams move beyond the feelings of frustration and futility that come with so much unproductive work in today's corporate world to create a corporate culture where valuable essential meaningful work is the norm. By learning how to eliminate redundancies communicate with clarity and make simplification a habit individuals and companies can begin to recognize which activities are time-sucks and which create lasting value.  Lisa Bodell's simplification method has several unique principles:  Simplification is a skill that's available to us all yet very few leaders use it. Simplification is the right thing to do--for our customers for our company and for each other. Operating with simplification as our core business model will make it easier to be respectful of each other's time. Simplification drives culture and culture in turn drives employee engagement customer relations and overall productivity. This book is inspired by Bodell's passion for eliminating barriers to innovation and productivity. In it she explains why change and innovation are so hard to achieve--and it's not what you might expect. The reality is this: we spend our days drowning in mundane tasks like meetings emails and reports. These are often self-created complexities that prevent us from getting to the meaningful work that truly matters.  Using simple stories and techniques Why Simple Wins shows that by using simplicity as an operating principle we can eliminate the busy work that puts a chokehold on us every day and instead spend time on the work that we value. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629561295

Why So Serious: On Philosophy and Comedy The Western philosophical tradition shows a marked fondness for tragedy. From Plato and Aristotle through German idealism to contemporary reflections on the murderous violence of the twentieth century philosophy has often looked to tragedy for resources to make suffering grief and death thinkable. But what if showing a preference for tragedy philosophical thought has unwittingly and unknowingly aligned itself with a form of thinking that accepts injustice without protest?This collection explores possibilities for philosophical thinking that refuses the tragic model of thought and turns instead to its often-overlooked companion: comedy. Comprising of a series of experiments ranging across the philosophical tradition the essays in this volume propose to break or at least suspend the use of tragedy as an index of truth and philosophical worth. Instead they explore new conceptions of solidarity sympathy critique and justice.In addition the essays collected here provide ample reason to believe that philosophical thinking aligned with comedy is capable of important and original insights discoveries and creations. The prejudicial acceptance of tragic seriousness only impoverishes the life of thought; it can be rejuvenated and renewed by laughter and the comic. This book was originally published as a special issue of Angelaki. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892111

Why Statues WeepThe Best of the "Skeptic" First Published in 2016. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161573

Why String Theory? Physics World's 'Book of the Year' for 2016 An Entertaining and Enlightening Guide to the Who What and Why of String Theory now also available in an updated reflowable electronic format compatible with mobile devices and e-readers. During the last 50 years numerous physicists have tried to unravel the secrets of string theory. Yet why do these scientists work on a theory lacking experimental confirmation? Why String Theory? provides the answer offering a highly readable and accessible panorama of the who what and why of this large aspect of modern theoretical physics. The author a theoretical physics professor at the University of Oxford and a leading string theorist explains what string theory is and where it originated. He describes how string theory fits into physics and why so many physicists and mathematicians find it appealing when working on topics from M-theory to monsters and from cosmology to superconductors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482242478

Why Study Linguistics Why Study Linguistics is designed to help anyone with an interest in studying language understand what linguistics is and what linguists do. Exploring how the scientific study of language differs from other ways of investigating this uniquely human behavior Why Study Linguistics:  explores the various topics that students of linguistics study including sound systems of language the structure of words and sentences and their meanings and the wider social context of language change and language variation;  explains what you might do with a degree in linguistics and the kinds of jobs and careers that studying linguistics prepares you for; is supported by a list of links to additional resources available online.  This book is the first of its kind and will be essential reading for anyone considering a course of study in this fascinating subject as well as teachers advisors student mentors and anyone who wants to know more about the scientific study of language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138925885

Why the Middle Ages MatterMedieval Light on Modern Injustice The word "medieval" is often used in a negative way when talking about contemporary issues. Why the Middle Ages Matter refreshes our thinking about this historical era and our own by looking at some pressing concerns from today’s world asking how these issues were really handled in the medieval period and showing why the past matters now. The contributors here cover topics such as torture marriage sexuality imprisonment refugees poverty work the status of women disability race political leadership and end of life care. They focus on a variety of regions from North Africa and the Middle East through Western and Central Europe to the British Isles. This collection challenges many negative stereotypes of medieval people revealing a world from which for instance much could be learned about looking after the spiritual needs of the dying and about integrating prisoners into the wider community through an emphasis on reconciliation between victim and criminal. It represents a new level of engagement with issues of social justice by medievalists and provides a highly engaging way into studying the middle ages. All the essays are written so as to be accessible to students and each is accompanied by a list of further readings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415780650

Why the TheatreIn Personal Essays College Teachers Actors Directors and Playwrights Tell Why the Theatre Is So Vital to Them Why the Theatre is a collection of 26 personal essays by college teachers actors directors and playwrights about the magnetic pull of the theatre and its changing place in society. The book is divided into four parts examining the creative role of the audience the life of the actor director and playwright in performance ways the theatre moves beyond the playhouse and into the real world and theories and thoughts on what the theatre can do when given form onstage. Based on concrete highly personal examples experiences and memories this collection offers unique perspectives on the meaning of the theatre and the beauty of weaving the world of the play into the fabric of our lives. Covering a range of practices and plays from the Greeks to Japanese Butoh theatre from Shakespeare to modern experiments this book is written by and for the theatre instructor and theatre appreciation student. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367861957

Why the United States Does Not Have a National Health Program This book shows how the insurance industry and the medical industrial complex are the major influences in the health policy of the United States. They and not the people are those who determine the policies of the U.S. government. The volume shows how the United States could indeed provide comprehensive and universal health benefits coverage to the majority of the U.S. population at lower costs than the current health care nonsystem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415785600

Why the World Needs Anthropologists Why does the world need anthropology and anthropologists? This collection of essays written by prominent academic practising and applied anthropologists aims to answer this provocative question. In an accessible and appealing style each author in this volume inquires about the social value and practical application of the discipline of anthropology. Contributors note that the problems the world faces at a global scale are both new and old unique and universal and that solving them requires the use of long-proven tools as well as innovative approaches. They highlight that using anthropology in relevant ways outside academia contributes to the development of a new paradigm in anthropology one where the ability to collaborate across disciplinary and professional boundaries becomes both central and legitimate. Contributors provide specific suggestions to anthropologists and the public at large on practical ways to use anthropology to change the world for the better. This one-of-a-kind volume will be of interest to fledgling and established anthropologists social scientists and the general public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350147133

Why Therapists Choose to Become TherapistsA Practice-Based Enquiry Almost two decades ago the psychoanalyst Sussman concluded that the therapist's motivation for practicing was a neglected area. Is this maybe a question best left alone? This book revisits the question. The authors support Sussman's rationale for raising the issue in the first place and wonder if much has changed since he referred to it as a 'neglected' area twenty years ago? This is an inquiry that moves from personal musing to collaborative and systematic inquiry. At the heart of the book lie six separate accounts as told by counsellors and psychotherapists in a reflective writing- and peer support group. Each therapist represent a different modality and all come with very different backgrounds. These accounts are put into context of ongoing literature and viewed with reference to a survey where 238 other therapists provide their perspective on the question. Like in the case of for instance Feltham (1999) Rowan & Jacobs (2003) and Val Wosket (1999) 'the therapist's use of self' is a key theme. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106942

Why Things MatterThe Place of Values in Science Psychoanalysis and Religion In this book David M. Black asks questions such as 'why do we care?' and 'what gives our values power?' using ideas from psychoanalysis and its adjacent sciences such as neuroscience and evolutionary biology in order to do so. Why Things Matter explores how the comparatively new scientific discipline of consciousness studies requires us to recognize that subjectivity is as irreducible a feature of the world as matter and energy. Necessarily inter-disciplinary this book draws on science philosophy and the history of religion to argue that there can be influential values which are not based exclusively on biological need or capricious life-style choices. It suggests that many recent scientific critics of religion including Freud have failed to see clearly the issues at stake. This book will be key reading for psychoanalysts and psychotherapists as well as counsellors with an interest in the basis of religious feeling and in moral and aesthetic values. The book will also be of interest to scholars of psychoanalysis philosophy and religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415493710

Why Traditional Chinese Philosophy Still MattersThe Relevance of Ancient Wisdom for the Global Age Traditional Chinese philosophy if engaged at all is often regarded as an object of antiquated curiosity and dismissed as unimportant in the current age of globalization. Written by a team of internationally renowned scholars this book however challenges this judgement and offers an in-depth study of pre-modern Chinese philosophy from an interdisciplinary perspective. Exploring the relevance of traditional Chinese philosophy for the global age it takes a comparative approach analysing ancient Chinese philosophy in its relation to Western ideas and contemporary postmodernist theories. The conversation extends over a broad spectrum of philosophical areas and themes ranging from metaphysics hermeneutics political theory religion and aesthetics to specific philosophical schools including Confucianism Daoism and Buddhism. By engaging many time-honoured philosophical issues from a comparative perspective this book bridges the gap between Eastern and Western thought and emphasises the need for a newly fortified global humanism and a deeper appreciation of different philosophical and religious values in an age gripped by large-scale crises. Arguing that traditional Chinese philosophy has immediate relevance to the many challenges of modern life this book will be useful to students and scholars of Asian Philosophy and Asian Studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367356125

Why Vote?Essential Questions About the Future of Elections in America For nearly 200 years Americans have pinned the democratic character of their system on elections. In many ways we have become an election-crazed nation ever-hoping that the next grand contest or the next great candidate will save the day. But tectonic shifts abound – changes that are distorting the nature of the process. From the rise of fear-centered partisanship new limits on voter access to the polls the omnipotence of social media declining standards of objectivity Russian interference the reemergence of the partisan press the growing weight of elites and more elections – our "grand democratic feasts" – are transforming before our eyes. We’ve reached a precarious intersection and it is no stretch to say the future of the republic is at stake. Written by one of the nation’s leading parties and elections scholars Why Vote? Essential Questions About the Future of Elections in America explores a range of topics. Each chapter is set by a guiding question and concludes with a novel often surprising argument. Who or what is to blame for the rise of rabid hate-centered polarization? Can a third party really save our system? Should we even try to limit money in campaigns? Do elections stifle other more potent forms of engagement? Who’s to blame for the growing number of voter access restrictions? Might attitudes toward immigration and race form a "unified theory" of voter coalitions? This lively accessible book is sure to inspire robust discussion and debate. The election process in the United States is coming apart at the seams and Why Vote? tees up a new way of thinking about the future. This book will be of particular interest to students and scholars of US politics and elections and to general interest readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138617926

Why Wars WidenA Theory of Predation and Balancing This work explains how wars are most likely to escalate when the effects of warfare are limited. The author demonstrates that total wars during the modern era were very violent and were far less likely to spread yet the cost of warfare is falling making future conflicts more likely to spread. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761383

Why We Argue (And How We Should)A Guide to Political Disagreement in an Age of Unreason Why We Argue (And How We Should): A Guide to Political Disagreement in an Age of Unreason presents an accessible and engaging introduction to the theory of argument with special emphasis on the way argument works in public political debate. The authors develop a view according to which proper argument is necessary for one’s individual cognitive health; this insight is then expanded to the collective health of one’s society. Proper argumentation then is seen to play a central role in a well-functioning democracy. Written in a lively style and filled with examples drawn from the real world of contemporary politics and questions following each chapter to encourage discussion Why We Argue (And How We Should) reads like a guide for the participation in and maintenance of modern democracy. An excellent student resource for courses in critical thinking political philosophy and related fields Why We Argue (And How We Should) is an important contribution to reasoned debate. What’s New in the Second Edition: Updated examples throughout the book including examples from the 2016 U.S. election and first years of the Trump presidency; Expanded coverage of dialectical fallacies including coverage of new types of fallacies and of sites where such fallacies thrive (e.g. cable news social media); Revised For Further Thought questions and definitions of Key Terms included at the end of each chapter; The addition of five new chapters: Deep Disagreement Argument by Analogy Argument between the Ads The Owl of Minerva (or weaponizing metalanguage) Argumentative Responsibility and Repair. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138087422

Why We Eat How We EatContemporary Encounters between Foods and Bodies Why We Eat How We Eat maps new terrains in thinking about relations between bodies and foods. With the central premise that food is both symbolic and material the volume explores the intersections of current critical debates regarding how individuals eat and why they eat. Through a wide-ranging series of case studies it examines how foods and bodies both haphazardly encounter and actively engage with one another in ways that are simultaneously material social and political. The aim and uniqueness of this volume is therefore the creation of a multidisciplinary dialogue through which to produce new understandings of these encounters that may be invisible to more established paradigms. In so doing Why We Eat How We Eat concomitantly employs eating as a tool - a novel way of looking - while also drawing attention to the term 'eating' itself and to the multiple ways in which it can be constituted. The volume asks what eating is - what it performs and silences what it produces and destroys and what it makes present and absent. It thereby traces the webs of relations and multiple scales in which eating bodies are entangled; in diverse and innovative ways contributors demonstrate that eating draws into relationships people places and objects that may never tangibly meet and show how these relations are made and unmade with every mouthful. By illuminating these contemporary encounters Why We Eat How We Eat offers an empirically grounded richness that extends previous approaches to foods and bodies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246942

Why We EvaluateFunctions of Attitudes As the first book to examine the psychological motivations underlying people's attitudes as well as why people form attitudes this volume presents empirical research describing theoretical perspectives and practical applications. The editors assembled the leaders in the field to examine the topics of attitude function persuasion individual-differences approaches and the role of motivation within a variety of psychological disciplines including social personality consumer and environmental. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138002944

Why We KillUnderstanding Violence Across Cultures and Disciplines Capital punishment serial killings war terrorism abortion honour killings euthanasia suicide bombings war and genocide: all involve the taking of life. Put most simply all involve killing other people. However cultural context heavily influences heavily how people perceive these acts and most people reading this paragraph will likely disagree on the extent to which these "count" as killing. For such an evolved species humans can be violent far beyond the point of humanity. Why We Kill examines this violence in its many forms exploring how culture plays a role in people’s understanding and definition of violent action. From the first chapter which examines "conventional" homicide to the final chapter’s bone-chilling account of the Rwandan genocide this fascinating book makes compelling reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367271664

Why We Love and Exploit AnimalsBridging Insights from Academia and Advocacy This unique book brings together research and theorizing on human-animal relations animal advocacy and the factors underlying exploitative attitudes and behaviors towards animals. Why do we both love and exploit animals? Assembling some of the world’s leading academics and with insights and experiences gleaned from those on the front lines of animal advocacy this pioneering collection breaks new ground synthesizing scientific perspectives and empirical findings. The authors show the complexities and paradoxes in human-animal relations and reveal the factors shaping compassionate versus exploitative attitudes and behaviors towards animals. Exploring topical issues such as meat consumption intensive farming speciesism and effective animal advocacy this book demonstrates how we both value and devalue animals how we can address animal suffering and how our thinking about animals is connected to our thinking about human intergroup relations and the dehumanization of human groups. This is essential reading for students scholars and professionals in the social and behavioral sciences interested in human-animal relations and will also strongly appeal to members of animal rights organizations animal rights advocates policy makers and charity workers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815396659

Why We RemakeThe Politics Economics and Emotions of Film and TV Remakes This examination of film and television remakes focuses explicitly on why – since the dawn of cinema – studios have remade films over and over again. Each chapter provides insight into the business of Hollywood the motivations of filmmakers and also the pleasures for audiences and offers a separate explanation for the whys of remaking. Utilizing an interdisciplinary approach the author draws from existing literature close readings of films and a dataset of hundreds of film reviews to provide a taxonomy and deep-dive into six unique rationales for remaking premade titles: the better remake the economic remake the nostalgic remake the Americanized remake the creative remake the fashionable remake. This unique examination of the industrial activity of remaking will be of great interest to academics and students working in the areas of film and adaptation studies narrative media discourse transmedia storytelling American cinema and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367419134

Why We Take DrugsSeeking Excess and Communion in the Modern World In older cultures the use of intoxicant drugs was integrated into the rhythms of social existence and bounded by rituals and taboos that ensured their dangerous forces were contained and channelled. In modern western societies by contrast the state and the institutions of society have washed their hands of any responsibility for assimilating the desire for intoxication into social existence and by doing so have sponsored a free-for-all that has often had disastrous consequences for individuals and communities alike. Why We Take Drugs provides a timely intervention in the growing debate about the wisdom of the ongoing ‘war on drugs’. Rather than adopting the assumption that drug and alcohol use is a problem that poses a threat to society this book makes a case for the idea that society is a problem for intoxicant drug use and that it is society that poses a threat by denying those who seek intoxication a legitimate and socially sanctioned space in which to experience these altered states. Scholarly yet approachable it provides a new understanding of the meaning and role of intoxicant drug use in contemporary society setting an in-depth phenomenological analysis of intoxication as an embodied experience within a wide sociological anthropological and historical context. These ideas are brought to life by intimate and revealing accounts of ordinary drug users’ experiences with a wide range of substances. This book will appeal to a wide range of students and scholars throughout the social sciences particularly in the areas of drug and alcohol studies body studies cultural studies anthropology and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138020078

Why We WriteThe Politics and Practice of Writing for Social Change First Published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203958735

Why Women RebelUnderstanding Women's Participation in Armed Rebel Groups Why Women Rebel presents a global analysis of the extent to which women are engaged in armed organized rebellions and why they choose to join such rebellions. Henshaw has collected and analyzed data on women’s participation in over 70 post-Cold War rebel groups. The book provides a theoretical analysis drawing upon both mainstream literature in the social sciences and critical feminist inquiry on women and political violence to offer a new gendered theory on why women rebel. The book reveals that women are active in over half of all rebel groups sampled and that while the majority of rebel groups have women serving in support roles away from direct combat approximately a third of these groups employ women in the conduct of armed attacks and just over a quarter have women in a leadership capacity. Henshaw reaffirms the idea that women are more likely to be engaged in left-wing political organizations but does suggest that more conservative or traditional movements may also successfully incorporate women by appealing to concerns about community rights. Addressing several gaps in the current literature on this topic this book will be of interest to academics in the fields of political science international relations security studies and gender and women’s studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367221522

Why Women Should Be Taken More Seriously in the Boardroom Historically there has been a lack of parity between women and men in senior corporate roles particularly in major companies with the biggest market capitalisation. This can be partly explained by inequalities of career opportunity and also women’s self-perceptions. Yet there are plenty of examples in business and other worlds notably politics that women can perform effectively in the highest leadership roles. Some countries have actively encouraged greater female representation on the boards of major companies. This is a positive step forward. When women join the boards of top companies the decision-making climates of these bodies can change for the better. When women are appointed as leaders of poorly performing companies they can turn them around and convert them into success stories every bit as often as male appointees. Women have been dismissed as lacking the character for business leadership. Sometimes women are their own worst enemies and feel uncomfortable when members of their own gender act more like men. Yet self-belief can strengthen their perceived suitability for top jobs. Women do need to act tougher to get to the top but this does not mean abandoning their femininity or having a fulfilling life outside business. Why Women Should Be Taken More Seriously in the Boardroom is a useful tool for business students as well as those in the corporate world looking to gain a deeper understanding of gender balance within leadership roles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138205451

Why Won't My Teenager Talk to Me? Do you wish your son or daughter would tell you more about what is happening in their life and that they would open up to you more often? Are you worried about them as they seem to be spending more and more time in their bedroom and on their smart phone? The teenage years can be a time of concern and worry for parents and carers from all backgrounds. However Why Won’t My Teenager Talk to Me? offers the parent and care-giver insightful and practical advice as to how to encourage positive and respectful two-way communication between you and your teenager. The new edition of this essential book offers a positive way of thinking about the teenage years. So much has changed in the last five years since the book first appeared. Our knowledge of the human brain has increased and this new edition includes a whole chapter devoted to the changing teenage brain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138560475

Wicked DeedsMurder in America To most Americans homicide appears to be a random act one committed by a deranged and irrational killer in a haphazard unpredictable manner. Murder is seen as a chaotic disorganized act beyond the realm of reason. In Wicked Deeds James O'Kane shows that homicide is actually rather predictable and patterned with respect to its assailants and victims the circumstances in which it takes place the time and location where it occurs and the motives which precipitate the murderous act. Engagingly written and solidly grounded in evidence this is a definitive study of murder in the United States.O'Kane explores the phenomena of homicide illustrating the journalists' "who what why when and where" of murder. He differentiates criminal homicide such as murder in the first and second degree from other types of killings including legal and quasi-legal killings. These include suicide abortion accidental death terrorism and other non-criminal types of homicide such as justifiable and excusable homicide. The author's focus is criminal homicide and he uses age sex race and socioeconomic status as well as demographic data to explain ever-recurring patterns of murder in the United States.Wicked Deeds analyzes numerous categories of murder: intimate partner homicide child and family murders multiple victim killings including mass murder and serial homicide. Each type of murder is illustrated by accounts of actual murders reported in the media and on internet sites. Approximately 200 cases illustrate the typical homicides as well as the bizarre ones.In portraying the patterns and regularities of murder in the United States Wicked Deeds is an essential treatment of a subject too often given over to sensationalism. It will be of keen interest to professionals and students of criminal justice as well as those interested in American culture and the general reader who wants to grasp the patterns underlying the headlines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517967

Wicked ValuationsPeople and Landed Property Traditional valuation approaches are increasingly recognised as being insufficient to address the wicked valuation problems of the diverse peoples and groups that inhabit the globe from north south east to west. This book demonstrates the limitations of science and in particular economics as the foundation on which valuations are traditionally based. It demonstrates the importance of and provides justification for the personal cultural values and norms which underpin our assessment of "value" and the fact that these vary across the world. In Wicked Valuations Michael McDermott develops a means of engaging with highly complex valuation problems. His autoethnography provides a lens to draw on knowledge and experience from his 40 years in land valuation in Africa and the Asia-Pacific while documentary analysis is used to draw in the views of other valuation practitioners and scholars who are becoming increasingly aware of the need to develop ways to adapt land valuation processes to the complexity of our contemporary landscapes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138584785

Wicked WorldComplex Challenges and Systems Innovation Wicked World advocates the need to acknowledge the complex contexts in which managers professionals and policymakers operate. Conventional tools do not serve us well in these new contexts and regularly aggravate the situation. This book offers a systemic perspective in exploring complex challenges and a sensemaking framework to deal with interconnected persistent problems. Looking beyond the problem; seeking deeper patterns and linkages to other problems; realizing that cause and effect may not be obvious or close by; and that small changes can have major impacts…these are essential steps in operating in a wicked world. It is time for new perceptions and concepts that can support us. Systems and complexity theories are a starting point for this book. A comprehensive sensemaking framework can guide us in dealing with challenges such as digitalization and robotization impacting businesses institutions homes and society as a whole; social inequity and polarizing discourses; obesity burn-out and cybersecurity. The first step is to become ‘systems savvy’ – Wicked World takes you on this journey. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9789001296964

Wickedness To look into the darkness of the human soul is a frightening venture. Here Mary Midgley does so with her customary brilliance and clarity. Midgley's analysis proves that the capacity for real wickedness is an inevitable part of human nature. This is not however a blanket acceptance of evil. Out of this dark journey she returns with an offering to us: an understanding of human nature that enhances our very humanity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138127012

Wickedness and CrimeLaws of Homicide and Malice The criminal legal system defines and authoritatively enacts the boundaries of permissible and impermissible behaviour with a focus on that which is prohibited or transgressive. Wickedness and Crime: Laws of Homicide and Malice seeks to expose the ways in which criminal law communicates and sanctions particular models of wickedness. This book illuminates the intimate relationship of crime and definitions of wrongdoing. A central contention of the book is that if a criminal legal system empty of normative content is undesirable and implausible then we must think critically about the types of models of wickedness that are communicated by criminal legal doctrine. Through historical and contemporary analysis of the legal concept of malice Penny Crofts examines the types of models of wickedness that are established through criminal legal doctrine. The book draws upon literature philosophy and jurisprudence to place wickedness at the centre of an account of criminal law. Arguing that the current dominant idea of wickedness communicated in criminal law lacks nuance and clarity this book examines the implications in terms of the legal subject social responsibility and the jurisdiction of the legal system. Through historical accounts of malice the book provides resources to enrich a contemporary jurisprudence of blaming. A fascinating contribution to the study of law this book will interest criminal legal scholars who seek a deeper understanding of the complexity of the relationship between law and morality. The book also provides a resource for legal theorists and philosophers of wickedness supplying a sustained example and analysis of the implications of types of models of culpability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138915114

Wicking in Porous MaterialsTraditional and Modern Modeling Approaches A comprehensive presentation of wicking models developed in academia and industry Wicking in Porous Materials: Traditional and Modern Modeling Approaches contains some of the most important approaches and methods available from the traditional Washburn-type models to the latest Lattice-Boltzmann approaches developed during the last few years. It provides a sound conceptual framework for learning the science behind different mathematical models while at the same time being aware of the practical issues of model validation as well as measurement of important properties and parameters associated with various models. Top experts in the field reveal the secrets of their wicking models. The chapters cover the following topics: Wetting and wettability Darcy’s law for single- and multi-phase flows Traditional capillary models such as the Washburn-equation based approaches Unsaturated-flow based methodologies (Richard’s Equation) Sharp-front (plug-flow) type approaches using Darcy’s law Pore network models for wicking after including various micro-scale fluid-flow phenomena Studying the effect of evaporation on wicking using pore network models Fractal-based methods Modeling methods based on mixture theory Lattice-Boltzmann method for modeling wicking in small scales Modeling wicking in swelling and non-rigid porous media This extensive look at the modeling of porous media compares various methods and treats traditional topics as well as modern technologies. It emphasizes experimental validation of modeling approaches as well as experimental determination of model parameters. Matching models to particular media the book provides guidance on what models to use and how to use them. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076105

Wide Bandgap Semiconductor Spintronics This book is focused on the spintronic properties of III–V nitride semiconductors. Particular attention is paid to the comparison between zinc blende GaAs- and wurtzite GaN-based structures where the Rashba spin–orbit interaction plays a crucial role in voltage-controlled spin engineering. The book also deals with topological insulators a new class of materials that could deliver sizable Rashba spin splitting in the surface electron spectrum. Electrically driven zero-magnetic-field spin splitting of surface electrons is discussed with respect to the specifics of electron-localized spin interaction and voltage-controlled ferromagnetism. The book covers generic topics in spintronics without entering into device specifics since the overall goal of the enterprise is to provide theoretical background for most common concepts of spin-electron physics and give instructions to be used in solving problems of a general and specific nature. The book is intended for graduate students and may serve as an introductory course in this specific field of solid-state theory and applications. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814669702

Wide CrossingThe West Africa Rice Development Association in Transition 1985-2000 This title was first published in 2001. The West Africa Rice Development Association (WARDA) was established in the early 1970s to help farmers increase rice production. Africa is the only continent whose population has grown faster than its food production; this shortfall provokes the syndrome of poverty hunger and violence there. WARDA first attempted to alleviate the food deficit by introducing high-yielding imported crop varieties. This strategy drove green revolution in Asia and Latin America but failed in Africa. This book recounts WARDA's revival after nearly succumbing in the 1980s. Not only did the programme have to deal with a harsh agricultural environment but also with severe economic political and social constraints. WARDA made crucial advances in rice research and also coped successfully with non-scientific challenges. WARDA serves as a thriving example of a combined international research center and a regional organization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138721883

Wideband Circuit Design Wideband Circuit Design starts at a foundational level and proceeds at a carefully gauged pace to advanced topics providing a self-sufficient text for specialization in wideband analog circuit design for the fields of telecommunications and related areas. Basic theory and comprehensive circuit analysis methods (oriented for application to general network computer programs) are detailed and then extended to applicational topics such as filters delay structures equalizers matching networks broadband amplifiers and microwave components.Novel and simplified approaches to such fundamental topics as linear circuit time domain response synthesis of cascaded networks and the construction of Chebychev and elliptic transfer functions are given. For the first time in book form a unified presentation of analytic matching and gain-bandwidth theory integrated with the numerical Real Frequency design technique (originally published by the authors) is delineated. Wideband Circuit Design presents all the concepts techniques and procedures you need to gain the broad understanding necessary for finding creative solutions to wideband circuit design problems. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203733790

Wide-Band Slow-Wave SystemsSimulation and Applications The field of electromagnetics has seen considerable advances in recent years based on the wide applications of numerical methods for investigating electromagnetic fields microwaves and other devices. Wide-Band Slow-Wave Systems: Simulation and Applications presents new technical solutions and research results for the analysis synthesis and design of slow-wave structures for modern electronic devices with super-wide pass-bands. It makes available for the first time in English significant research from the past 20 years that was previously published only in Russian and Lithuanian. The authors examine electrodynamics multiconductor lines and numerical methods for the modeling simulation analysis and design of various super-wide-band slow-wave structures including helical meander and gutter-type systems. The book features: The electrodynamic method for analysis of helical structures containing periodical inhomogeneities The multiconductor line method for analysis of complex helical meander and gutter-type wide-band slow-wave structures The method of moments for modeling and analysis of multiconductor lines containing a limited number of lines and meander structures with limited length Use of powerful software systems Microwave Office® MICROWAVE STUDIO® and MATLAB® for modeling analysis and design A synergy of various methods for investigating and designing wide-band slow-wave structures Solution of specific problems related to the design of wide-band and super-wide-band electrodynamic delay and deflection systems Principles of computer-aided design of slow-wave structures Presenting the theory principles properties and applications of wide-band and super-wide-band slow-wave structures this book will be of interest to students engineers researchers and designers in the fields of electronic and microwave engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076112

Widening Income Distribution in Post-Handover Hong Kong Before the handover to China in 1997 Hong Kong’s economic growth was very strong and the unemployment rate dropped to a record low of 2.2 per cent. In recent years the widening income dispersion in Hong Kong has caught public attention. This book investigates the economic development and changes in income distribution of Hong Kong from different perspectives. Based on latest empirical evidence of Hong Kong the book examines the relationship between economic restructuring and rising income disparity. Public housing programmes in Hong Kong affect half of the population directly and the other half indirectly. This book assesses the redistributive effect of public rental housing on income distribution. Moreover Hong Kong embarked an ambitious expansion programme of tertiary education in 1989. The expansion represents an exogenous increase in the supply of university graduates and the book evaluates the impact on income distribution. It also investigates the income dispersion among and between natives and immigrants. Researchers politicians and policy makers should be interested to learn about the causes of rising income dispersion in post-handover Hong Kong uncovered in this book. Although economic restructuring is named as the prime suspect that caused rising income inequality the empirical evidence proves otherwise. The book will be of interest to policy makers with implications on social security system and income disparity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138910362

Widening the CircleCulturally Relevant Pedagogy for American Indian Children Recognizing the need for a pedagogy that better serves American Indian students Beverly J. Klug and Patricia T. Whitfield construct a pedagogical model that blends native and non-native worldviews and methods. Among the building blocks of this new culturally relevant education are language-based approaches to literacy development the use of oral histories to supplement traditional texts and a re-evaluation of the knowledge base these students need for success in tribal enterprises. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203616703

Widening the World of International RelationsHomegrown Theorizing Current international relations (IR) theories and approaches which are almost exclusively built in the West are alien to the non-Western contexts that engender the most hard-pressing problems of the world and ultimately unhelpful in understanding or addressing the needs surrounding these issues. Our supposedly revolutionary new concepts and approaches remain largely insufficient in explaining what happens globally and in offering lessons for improvement. This deficiency can only be addressed by building more relevant theories. For theory to be relevant in accounting for contemporary international relations we argue it should not only apply to but also emanate from different corners of the current political universe. In other words diversity and dialogue can only come about when periphery scholars do not just "meta-theorize" but also "theorize."  Aydinli and Biltekin propose a new form of theorizing through this collection of work one that effectively blends peripheral outlooks with theory production. They call this form "homegrown theorizing " or original theorizing in the periphery about the periphery. Arguing that disciplinary culture is oblivious to the diversity that might be achieved by theorizing based on indigenous ideas and/or practices this book intends to highlight that potential showing diversity in the background of the authors because wherever one looks at the world from paints the picture that is being seen. Therefore we bring together scholars from Eastern Europe to South Africa from Iran to Japan to cover the extant diversity in ideas. This work will be essential reading for all students and scholars concerned with the future of international relations theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367471736

Wide-Range Antennas Expanding the range of antenna frequency is the main objective of this book. Solutions proposed are based on the development of new theoretical methods for analyzing and synthesizing antennas. The book shows that concentrated capacitive loads connected along linear and V-antennas provide a high level of matching with a cable over a wide frequency range and improves directional characteristics of antennas i.e. increases the communication distance. New theoretical methods are proposed for analysis and synthesis of antennas under consideration: 1) method of calculating directional characteristics of radiators with a given current distribution and 2) method of electrostatic analogy for calculating mutual and total fields of complex multi-element radiating structures. These methods allow us to obtain optimal directional characteristics for director-type antennas (arrays of Yagi-Uda) and log-periodic antennas with concentrated capacitances and show that use of capacitors makes it possible to extend the frequency range of the director antennas and to decrease dimensions of the log-periodic antennas Multi-element (flat and three-dimensional) self-complementary antennas with different variants of connecting generator poles and cable wires to antenna elements are proposed which improves the matching with a cable. Characteristics of flat structures are compared with characteristics of volume structures: conical parabolic and located on a pyramid edges. The book describes new versions of transparent antennas antennas for cellular communication multi-tier and multi-radiator antennas and much more.     Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138487444

Widow Inheritance and Contested Citizenship in Kenya This book examines the practice of widow inheritance in order to explore the intersection between power gender and sexualities in Kenya. Using widow inheritance amongst the Luo of Kenya as a case study the book explores the role of body politics in the construction of gendered subjects and nations. Widow Inheritance and Contested Citizenship in Kenya unpacks how ‘respectable femininities’ and ‘wayward sexualities’ become the ‘sites’ within which national and state politics are ritualized and where tensions resulting from non-hegemonic performances of both gender and sexuality are ‘resolved’. The empirical research that underpins this book is qualitative and grounded in feminist methodology challenging the erasure of women’s narratives in hegemonic epistemologies. Widow Inheritance and Contested Citizenship in Kenya will be of interest to students and scholars of African gender studies and women's rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367077679

Widow to WidowHow the Bereaved Help One Another Widow to Widow shares the experiences of widows who have found comfort and continuity in mutual-help and community support programs. In the second edition of her pioneering text Phyllis Silverman brings the success of the original widow-to-widow program into the 21st century preparing a new generation of community leaders clergy counselors hospice staff social workers and the widowed themselves to organize and implement mutual-help programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138415300

WidowerWhen Men are Left Alone In "Widower: When Men are Left Alone" a journalist and a social worker explore the grief process as men experience it. The book contains the oral histories of twenty men ranging in age from 30 to 94 who have lost their wives to a range of causes including cancer alcohol murder and suicide. Taken together the stories guide the reader through the journey of widowhood from the raw despair of the early weeks to the resolved perspective thirteen years later offered by the only true authority on the subject - the men who have survived it. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315084060

Widowhood and Visual Culture in Early Modern Europe Whereas recent studies of early modern widowhood by social economic and cultural historians have called attention to the often ambiguous yet also often empowering experience and position of widows within society Widowhood and Visual Culture in Early Modern Europe is the first book to consider the distinct and important relationship between ritual and representation. The fifteen new interdisciplinary essays assembled here read widowhood as a catalyst for the production of a significant body of visual material-representations of for and by widows whether through traditional media such as painting sculpture and architecture or through the so-called 'minor arts ' including popular print culture medals religious and secular furnishings and ornament costume and gift objects in early modern Austria England France Germany Italy and Spain. Arranged thematically this unique collection allows the reader to recognize and appreciate the complexity and contradiction iconicity and mutability and timelessness and timeliness of widowhood and representation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256576

Widowhood in an American City Widowhood in an American City focuses on the roles and lifestyles of urban American widows fifty years of age or older. These women form a segment of two generations of one society; they present a historical instance of people born and brought up under conditions that are not likely to be duplicated. Not only the U.S. but many other countries are undergoing modifications in the degrees and forms of urbanization industrialization and social complexity.Helena Znaniecki Lopata argues that the way women re-engage society following the death of a husband is different due to their location in the modern social system. She notes that the trends in social structure are toward increasingly voluntaristic engagement in achieved functionally oriented social roles that are performed in large groups and contain secondary social relations. The cultural background of many societal members prevents the utilization of most resources of the complex urban world restricting them to a small social life space with almost automatically prescribed social relations.Those who argue that the elderly are socially isolated contend that this is a result of the natural process of withdrawal of the person and the society from each other. These arguments focus on those who are isolated or lonely and those who lack the skills money health and transportation for engaging or re-engaging society. Lopata's study indicates that this assumption is false for many widows. If such people are to be helped a fresh view of the relation between the urban industrial and complex modern world and its residents is required and new action programs must be creatively developed. This is a timely ground-breaking work that addresses and shatters common myths associated with growing old alone in an urban society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540583

Widowhood in Medieval and Early Modern Europe This new collection of essays brings together brand new research on widowhood in medieval and early modern Europe. The volume opens with an introductory chapter by the Editors which looks generally at the conditions and constructions of widowhood in this period. This is followed by a range of essays which illuminate different dimensions of widowhood across Europe - in England Italy France Germany and Spain. A particular attraction of the volume is the attention given to widowers and the comparisons made between the male and female experience of widowhood. It is an exciting reinterpretation of the subject which will do much to undo the traditional stereotype of the widow.Contributing to the volume are: Jodi Bilinkoff Giulia Calvi Sandra Cavallo Isabelle Chabot Julia Crick Amy Erikson Dagmar Freist Elizabeth Foyster Margaret Pelling Pamela Sharpe Tim Stretton Barbara Todd and Lyndan Warner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178939

Widows and Divorcees in Later LifeOn Their Own Again Get a fresh perspective on how older women adapt to life without a spouse! Widows and Divorcees in Later Life: On Their Own Again examines new perspectives on the problems older women face adjusting to life without a spouse. The book examines the transition from the togetherness of marriage to the solitude of being suddenly single exploring how older widows and divorcees adapt. A multidisciplinary panel of practitioners researchers and academics addresses the challenges facing elderly women after a divorce or the death of a spouse including issues of physical and psychological well-being (clinical depression nutrition) economics (reduced Social Security benefits loss of pension income health care costs) social support (public policy counseling) and living arrangements. Widows and Divorcees in Later Life: On Their Own Again presents fresh insights into the challenges single women face as they age including disability and chronic health problems threats to economic security and the need for assistance with normal activities of daily living. The book examines the increased hospitalization risk for widowed older women the protective efforts of social contacts the impact of minority group status on projected retirement income care arrangement choices coping with bereavement and the changing balance between co-residence with families and institutional care. Interviews data projections and research studies offer particular focus on women of Mexican-American and African-American descent and women living in England and Wales Africa and the north and south Pacific. Widows and Divorcees in Later Life: On Their Own Again addresses: the importance of family support the importance of religion and spirituality in coping with loss maintaining social connections maintaining independence the baby boom cohort and much more! Widows and Divorcees in Later Life: On Their Own Again is an insightful examination of the concerns issues and problems facing older women who live without a spouse but within specific social and cultural networks from which they receive support. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864778

Widows and their families One of the first books to be published in the UK on bereavement this ground-breaking study presents the results of a survey of widows in London. Focussing on younger women whose husbands had died the book deals first with grief and mourning then examines the consequences of bereavement through the help of relatives and friends and the changes it brings about to the widow's family life. Throughout the book the consequences of widowhood are discussed with relevance to psychological theory and to national policy. Originally published in 1958. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138861893

Wi-Fi Enabled Healthcare Focusing on its recent proliferation in hospital systems Wi-Fi Enabled Healthcare explains how Wi-Fi is transforming clinical work flows and infusing new life into the types of mobile devices being implemented in hospitals. Drawing on first-hand experiences from one of the largest healthcare systems in the United States it covers the key areas associated with wireless network design security and support.Reporting on cutting-edge developments and emerging standards in Wi-Fi technologies the book explores security implications for each device type. It covers real-time location services and emerging trends in cloud-based wireless architecture. It also outlines several options and design consideration for employee wireless coverage voice over wireless (including smart phones) mobile medical devices and wireless guest services.This book presents authoritative insight into the challenges that exist in adding Wi-Fi within a healthcare setting. It explores several solutions in each space along with design considerations and pros and cons. It also supplies an in-depth look at voice over wireless mobile medical devices and wireless guest services.The authors provide readers with the technical knowhow required to ensure their systems provide the reliable end-to-end communications necessary to surmount today’s challenges and capitalize on new opportunities. The shared experience and lessons learned provide essential guidance for large and small healthcare organizations in the United States and around the world.This book is an ideal reference for network design engineers and high-level hospital executives that are thinking about adding or improving upon Wi-Fi in their hospitals or hospital systems. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781466560406

Wig Making and StylingA Complete Guide for Theatre & Film Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film Second Edition is the one-stop shop for the knowledge and skills you need to create and style wigs. Covering the basics from styling tools to creating beards it ramps up to advanced techniques for making measuring coloring and cutting wigs from any time period. Whether you’re a student or a professional you‘ll find yourself prepared for a career as a skilled wig designer with tips on altering existing wigs multiple approaches to solving wig-making problems and industry best practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138819184

Wigmore Castle North HerefordshireExcavations 1996 and 1998 Excavations at Wigmore Castle were carried out in 1996 and 1998 as a precursor to repair and consolidation of the castle by English Heritage. Wigmore Castle North Herefordshire details the results of that excavation providing the most up-to-date archaeological information yet available on this interesting site. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909662193

Wigs and Make-up for Theatre TV and Film First Published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177703

WikipediaA New Community of Practice? During its brief existence Wikipedia has proved astonishingly successful with 2.8 million articles in English alone available freely to all with access to the internet. The online encyclopedia can be seen as the 21st century’s version of earlier historical attempts to gather the world’s knowledge into one place - this unique book offers a description of some of these earlier attempts. O’Sullivan follows with a thorough analysis of Wikipedia itself suggesting how to approach and contribute to the site and what can be gained from using it. Writing in an accessible style the author takes a socio-historical approach and argues that by looking at communities of practice in the past we can come to understand the radical even political nature of Wikipedia. The book will have a broad appeal to anyone interested in the development of this unique project including information management professionals but also historians sociologists educators and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267749

Wikis for School LeadersUsing Technology to Improve Communication and Collaboration Maximize the effectiveness of your professional activities through the use of wikis and raise student achievement in turn! With strategies from online educator and technology expert Stephanie Sandifer this book provides how-to advice on the way in which wikis result in a more efficient use of time better communication and increased adult learning for the members of your school community. Inside you'll find out how to promote collaboration and productivity in your school all while contributing to improved student learning. Topics include: The Dos and Don'ts of Wikis Social Networking Tools and Wikis Wikis for Leadership and Administration Wikis in the Classroom Wikis for Home-to-School Communications Implement each of these practical innovative ideas and "wikify" your school today! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781596671843

Wild Animal EthicsThe Moral and Political Problem of Wild Animal Suffering Though many ethicists have the intuition that we should leave nature alone Kyle Johannsen argues that we have a duty to research safe ways of providing large-scale assistance to wild animals. Using concepts from moral and political philosophy to analyze the issue of wild animal suffering (WAS) Johannsen explores how a collective institutional obligation to assist wild animals should be understood. He claims that with enough research genetic editing may one day give us the power to safely intervene without perpetually interfering with wild animals’ liberties. Questions addressed include: In what way is nature valuable and is intervention compatible with that value? Is intervention a requirement of justice? What are the implications of WAS for animal rights advocacy? What types of intervention are promising? Expertly moving the debate about human relations with wild animals beyond its traditional confines Wild Animal Ethics is essential reading for students and scholars of political philosophy and political theory studying animal ethics environmental ethics and environmental philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367275709

Wild Animal Skins in Victorian BritainZoos Collections Portraits and Maps What did the 13th Earl of Derby his twenty-two-year-old niece Manchester’s Belle Vue Zoo and even some ordinary laborers all have in common? All were avid collectors and exhibitors of exotic and frequently unruly specimens. In her study of Britain’s craze for natural history collecting Ann C. Colley makes extensive use of archival materials to examine the challenges preoccupations and disordered circumstances that attended the amassing of specimens from faraway places only vaguely known to the British public. As scientific institutions sent collectors to bring back exotic animals and birds for study and classification by anatomists and zoologist it soon became apparent that collecting skins rather than live animals or birds was a relatively more manageable endeavor. Colley looks at the collecting exhibiting and portraying of animal skins to show their importance as trophies of empire and representations of identity. While a zoo might display skins to promote and glorify Britain’s colonial achievements Colley suggests that the reality of collecting was characterized more by chaos than imperial order. For example Edward Lear’s commissioned illustrations of the Earl of Derby’s extensive collection challenge the colonial’s or collector’s commanding gaze while the Victorian public demonstrated a yearning to connect with their own wildness by touching the skins of animals. Colley concludes with a discussion of the metaphorical uses of wild skins by Gerard Manley Hopkins and other writers exploring the idea of skin as a locus of memory and touch where one’s past can be traced in the same way that nineteenth-century mapmakers charted a landscape. Throughout the book Colley calls upon recent theories about the nature and function of skin and touch to structure her discussion of the Victorian fascination with wild animal skins. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472427786

Wild Animals and LeisureRights and Wellbeing Wild animals form an integral component of the human leisure experience. They are a significant part of the leisure industry and are economically valuable entities. However as sentient beings animals also have rights and welfare needs and like humans may also have their own leisure desires and requirements. This collection provides an in-depth analysis of the rights and welfare of humans and wild animals as the two relate to one another within the sphere of leisure studies. It examines a wide array of animals such as wolves elephants dolphins and apes in a diverse range of leisure settings in international locations from captive wild animals in zoos hunting swimming with dolphins and animals used as educators and for tourist entertainment. This book provides a forum for future considerations of wild animals and leisure and a voice for animal welfarist agendas that seek to improve the conditions under which wild animals interact with and are engaged with by humans. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592356

Wild ChildHow You Can Help Your Child with Attention Deficit Disorder (ADD) and Other Behavioral Disorders How can you help the ADD child in your life?Attention deficit disorder (ADD) is one of the most discussed yet least understood childhood disorders today. Here is a book that delivers the answers people are looking for!Wild Child explains the symptoms thinking patterns and behavior of children and adolescents with ADD in terms that are understandable by parents and grandparents yet relevant to the professionals who deal with these children. It outlines specific strategies that you can use to cope with the vast array of behavior hyperactivity and inattention problems experienced by children with ADD. The concepts outlined in Wild Child will show you how to bond more closely with children who tend to alienate them and help children feel better about themselves aiding them in their quest to master their specific challenges. Because this book is written from the inside explaining what the symptoms feel like from the perspective of someone with ADD as well as from the perspective of someone with an ADD child readers will easily identify with the author.This valuable book will help you and the ADD child in your life by helping you to: build your personal confidence in dealing with ADD children and teens through knowledge and understanding deal with specific problems in your family or patients build esteem and sound emotional infrastructures in ADD children and empower them to take control of their livesWild Child features: tables and motivational charts that illustrate how to work with an ADD child checklists that adults can use if the suggested interventions fail with a particular childADD is truly a hidden disability and the children suffering with it are usually labeled wild crazy or stupid. This of course leads to low self-esteem and underachievement but Wild Child stresses that new learning can and does take place when proper motivators are applied. This book provides concrete advice regarding what those motivators are and how and when to use them. Teaching adults to empower the children in their care is an important part of Wild Child. Without appropriate intervention children with ADD frequently end up chemically addicted or in trouble with the law. This book can help prevent these things from occurring. This is a valuable resource for everyone who knows a child with ADD. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809274

Wild Desires and Mistaken IdentitiesLesbianism and Psychoanalysis This groundbreaking book provides a challenging exploration of psychoanalytic ideas about lesbians and lesbianism. Based on the authors' clinical experience as psychoanalytic psychotherapists it offers a new and thoughtful framework that does not inevitably pathologise or universalise all lesbianism. A wide range of psychoanalytic ideas are sur Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329792

Wild Edible Underutilized PlantsNutritional Antinutritional and Nutraceutical Aspects Wild Edible Underutilized Plants explores the role of wild plants in human nutrition—a topic that continues to take precedence in various fields of research. Despite the increasing evidence on past and present nutritional roles of wild edible plants the use of these resources is often overlooked and neglected in countless policy areas. This book emphasizes the importance of these plants and explores their relevance to sustainable agriculture biodiversity and public health in different agro-ecological regions. The book implements a conceptual approach to wild plants focusing on the benefits of incorporating these plants into people’s diets and daily lives and the advantage they will provide to future generations. The book also addresses widespread issues of scarcity proposing solutions that promote food sovereignty and security. The book begins by first discussing the nutritional aspects of wild edible plants to explore their value as a source of vitamins antioxidants fiber minerals and other nutrients. It then continues to elaborate on the anti-nutritional elements of these plants providing a comprehensive overview of their utility. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887717

Wild flowers of Majorca Minorca and Ibiza Visitors to these islands in search of sun and sea are often surprised by theglorious wild flowers abundant particularly in the spring and late autumn.Many are curious to know more about them.This book offers a means of identification on three levels.For the complete beginner there are illustrations of most of the more strikingwild plants (and of a few cultivated ones).For those who wish to go further there is help in the form of a botanical key (abasic skill for would-be botanists and what better place than a sunny holidayisland to learn it in).For those who already have this skill here is a key to all the wild floweringplants ( except those waiting to be discovered - what a challenge for aninteresting holiday!). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203733776

Wild Law - In Practice Wild Law - In Practice aims to facilitate the transition of Earth Jurisprudence from theory into practice. Earth Jurisprudence is an emerging philosophy of law coined by cultural historian and geologian Thomas Berry. It seeks to analyse the contribution of law in constructing maintaining and perpetuating anthropocentrism and addresses the ways in which this orientation can be undermined and ultimately eliminated. In place of anthropocentrism Earth Jurisprudence advocates an interpretation of law based on the ecocentric concept of an Earth community that includes both human and nonhuman entities. Addressing topics that include a critique of the effectiveness of environmental law in protecting the environment developments in domestic/constitutional law recognising the rights of nature and the regulation of sustainability Wild Law - In Practice is the first book to focus specifically on the practical legal implications of Earth Jurisprudence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138944930

Wild Onion NurseA Collection of 25 Years of the Poetry of Nursing in a College of Medicine Literary Journal The wild onion is an everyday plant but rewardingly flavorsome and beautiful when closely examined - hence the choice of 'Wild Onions' as the title of the literary journal for and by Pennsylvania State University College of Medicine students in which nurse and poet Judy Schaefer's work was first published in 1984. In the years since Schaefer has become a key figure both as a nurse-poet in her own right and in showcasing poetry and creative writing by other nurses providing insights into the experience of delivering healthcare in a system burdened by cost and regulation. Here she selects a quarter of a century of her own poetry first published in 'Wild Onions' a collection which will be essential reading for nurses students and researchers in the medical humanities and all readers with an interest in poetry or healthcare. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315378190

Wild PlantsThe Treasure of Natural Healers This book offers a broad summary of the wild plants and their usage as well as the growing interest in ethnopharmacology research. The book comprises of important issues such as diversity of wild plants with emphasis on medicinal and food plants threats to wild plants and traditional ethnobotanical knowledge their uses in skin diseases snake-bites in cosmeceuticals etc. Moreover the ethnopharmacological relevance of wild plants in Latin America has been discussed. The chapters include a wide range of case studies giving updated evidence on the importance of their wild plant resources from different countries including Peru Nepal Bangladesh India Pakistan Brazil. In addition some specific species are used to explain their potential properties as well as the dangers of their use without guidance of trained natural healers. The book discusses traditional usage and properties of wild plants and is entirely different from other related publications and useful for the researchers working in the areas of conservation biology botany ethnobiology ethnopharmacology policymakers etc. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367820879

Wild Product GovernanceFinding Policies that Work for Non-Timber Forest Products Products from the wild also known as non-timber forest products (NTFPs) are used as medicines foods spices and a multitude of other purposes. They contribute substantially to rural livelihoods generate revenue for companies and governments and have a range of impacts on biodiversity conservation. However there is little information available for those seeking to develop effective policy frameworks and regulation.  This book addresses that shortage with information and recommendations on the drafting content and implementation of NTFP policies and the broader issues of governance associated with these products. It reviews the diverse elements that combine to create laws and policies that promote sustainable and equitable management trade and use of species. Drawing on a wealth of unique case studies from around the world this volume examines experiences with NTFP regulation including its sometimes unintended consequences. It looks at economic factors the interface between traditional and western knowledge and legal systems and relationships between NTFP regulation land tenure and resource rights as well as power and equity imbalances. The volume includes a review of available literature and resources plus an annotated bibliography linked to the People and Plants International website (www.peopleandplants.org).  Published with People and Plants International Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415507134

Wild ScienceReading Feminism Medicine and the Media Wild Science investigates the world-wide boom in 'health culture'. While self-help health books and medical dramas are popular around the globe we are bombarded with daily media images of DNA research and news reports about cloning the fight against AIDS cancer and depression. With popular culture now the principal means through which the non-scientific population encounters science why do certain images of science get promoted above others?Contributors examine the public meanings of science revealing the frictions and contradictions within popular representations of what medicine can and should do. Focusing on the visual culture of medicine they show how representations of science have a direct impact on popular perceptions of the limits of science and ultimately on health education funding and research and examine the belief that media literacy in popular representations of medicine makes an ethical public discourse on the aims of science possible.With sections addressing the new visual technologies which make the human body into a virtual territory the diagnostic and medical practices centered around women's bodies and popular debates around genetics and identity Wild Science argues that science is a practice bound in values and institutions and argues for a responsible engagement with the public cultures of science and health. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315008851

Wild Thoughts Searching for a ThinkerA Clinical Application of W.R. Bion's Theories Freud Klein and Bion have provided the most relevant and substantial contributions to psychoanalytical theory and praxis. Klein was very much Freudian and Bion was both. There is undoubtedly a progressive epistemological evolution in their creativity; it will be similar to observe the same phenomenon by changing the objective of a microscope from a lower to a higher resolution power. It will be of lesser advantage for the understanding of the mind to disregard this analogy and to accept as true that psychoanalysis like religion represents different beliefs. There is only one mind but different viewers. Wild Thoughts Searching for a Thinker is essentially a clinical book that explores the connections between some of Bion's novel theories and those from Classical Psychoanalysis mainly contributions from Freud Klein and Winnicott. It also represents a substantial endeavour to make Bion not only more accessible to readers but also and very important to see his theories at work in direct practical use during the here and now interaction throughout the consulting hour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105556

Wild/livesTrickster Place and Liminality on Screen Wild/lives draws on myth popular culture and analytical psychology to trace the machinations of 'trickster' in contemporary film and television. This archetypal energy traditionally gravitates toward liminal spaces – physical locations and shifting states of mind. By focusing on productions set in remote or isolated spaces Terrie Waddell explores how key trickster-infused sites of transition reflect the psychological fragility of their willing and unwilling occupants. In differing ways the selected texts – Deadwood Grizzly Man Lost Solaris The Biggest Loser Amores Perros and Repulsion – all play with inner and outer marginality. As this study demonstrates the dramatic potential of transition is not always geared toward resolution. Prolonging the anxiety of change is an increasingly popular option. Trickster moves within this wildness and instability to agitate a form of dialogue between conscious and unconscious processes. Waddell's imaginative interpretation of screen material and her original positioning of trickster will inspire students of media cinema gender and Jungian studies as well as academics with an interest in the application of Post-Jungian ideas to screen culture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787619

Wilde StyleThe Plays and Prose of Oscar Wilde This new study of the major prose and plays of Oscar Wilde argues that his dominant aesthetic category is not art but style. It is this major emphasis on style and attitude which helps mark Wilde so graphically as our contemporary. Beginning with a survey of current Wilde criticism the book demonstrates the way his own critical essays anticipate much contemporary cultural theory and inform his own practice as a writer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167704

Wilde’s Other Worlds Taking its cue from Baudelaire’s important essay "The Painter of Modern Life " in which Baudelaire imagines the modern artist as a "man of the world " this collection of essays presents Oscar Wilde as a "man of the world" who eschewed provincial concerns cultural conventions and narrow national interests in favor of the wider world and other worlds—both real and imaginary geographical and historical physical and intellectual—which provided alternative sites for exploration and experience often including alternative gender expression or sexual alterity. Wilde had an unlimited curiosity and a cosmopolitan spirit of inquiry that traveled widely across borders ranging freely over space and time.  He entered easily and wholly into other countries other cultures other national literatures other periods other mythologies other religions other disciplines and other modes of representation and was able to fully inhabit and navigate them quickly apprehending the conventions by which they operate. The fourteen essays in this volume offer fresh critical-theoretical and historical perspectives not just on key connections and aspects of Wilde’s oeuvre itself but on the development of Wilde’s remarkable worldliness in dialogue with many other worlds: contemporary developments in art science and culture as well as with other national literatures and cultures.  Perhaps as a direct result of this cosmopolitan spirit Wilde and Wilde’s works have been taken up across the globe as the essays on Wilde’s reception in India Japan and Hollywood illustrate. Many of the essays gathered here are based on groundbreaking archival research including some never-seen-before illustrations. Together they have the potential to open up important new comparative transnational and historical perspectives on Wilde that can shape and sharpen our future understanding of his work and impact. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666576

Wilderness Wilderness provides a multidisciplinary introduction into the diverse ways in which we make sense of wilderness: how we conceptualise it experience it interact with and imagine it. Drawing upon key theorists philosophers and researchers who have contributed important knowledge to the topic this title argues for a relational and process based notion of the term and understands it as a keystone for the examination of issues from conservation to more-than-human relations.  The text is organized around themed chapters discussing the concept of wilderness and its place in the social imagination wilderness regulation and management access travel and tourism representation in media and arts and the use of wilderness for education exploration play and therapy as well as its parcelling out in parks reserves or remote "wastelands". The book maps out the historical transformation of the idea of wilderness highlighting its intersections with notions of nature and wildness and teasing out the implications of these links for theoretical debate. It offers boxes that showcase important recent case studies ranging from the development of adventure travel and eco-tourism to the practice of trekking to the changing role of technology use in the wild. Summaries of key points further readings Internet-based resources short videos and discussion questions allow readers to grasp the importance of wilderness to wider social cultural political economic historical and everyday processes. Wilderness is designed for courses and modules on the subject at both postgraduate and undergraduate levels. The book will also assist professional geographers sociologists anthropologists environmental and cultural studies scholars to engage with recent and important literature on this elusive concept. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138830998

Wilderness CityThe Post-War American Urban Novel from Nelson Algren to John Edger Wideman The books seeks to examine changes in the U.S.--literary aesthetic and social--as represented in novels set in an environment where the gamut of ethnicities and their often differing views of literature and culture that make up the U.S. are more generally found using the theories and concepts of Mikhail Bakhtin particularly his concept of the chronotope or spacetime. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203959367

Wilderness of Wildlife Tourism Wildlife tourism is a growing multimillion-dollar industry within the hospitality and tourism industry. Wildlife tourism in its simplest sense is the creation of tour packages for watching wild animals in their natural habitats and is particularly important in African and South American countries Australia India Canada Indonesia Bangladesh Malaysia Sri Lanka and Maldives among others. This new book brings together the best voices in the field of wildlife tourism and provides a key understanding of wildlife tourism. It explores many important aspects of wildlife to date with related implications for various sectors such as technology education corporations and policymaking.   Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771884815

Wilderness Therapy for WomenThe Power of Adventure Wilderness Therapy for Women offers women risktaking adventure activities in the outdoors as an alternative to traditional therapy. The contributing authors illustrate the empowerment confidence and self-esteem women can derive from adventure and experiential activities. This is the first book of its kind devoted to the symbolic value of wilderness accomplishments to women’s mental health. Wilderness Therapy for Women unites women with nature and each other by lifting the social constraints surrounding women in adventure pursuits. It offers women a new method of healing while developing an appreciation for the uniqueness of the environment. Daring experiences in the outdoors rekindles a sense of strength and a respect for the provider of that strength. A therapeutic experience from the outdoors provides women with an awareness of their capabilities to strengthen and preserve themselves and their surroundings. This book is divided into four parts: Theoretical Perspectives Wilderness Therapy in Action Special Populations and Personal Narratives. Readers will find many topics of interest including: Body image and wilderness therapy The therapeutic value of the wilderness Ethical considerations of experiential therapy Ropes courses for women All-women’s river trips Special populations: rape and incest survivors welfare mothers and mid-life women. Intended as a guide book Wilderness Therapy for Women is ideal for mental health professionals who are either practicing wilderness therapy or merely inquisitive about it. Outfitters and professional outdoor leaders will benefit from chapters on theory applications and special populations. Outdoor program administrators and educators who must remain on the cutting edge of their industry will also profit from this book. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315801131

Wilderness WanderingsProbing Twentieth-century Theology And Philosophy Wilderness Wanderings slashes through the tangled undergrowth that Christianity in America has become to clear a space for those for whom theology still matters. Writing to a generation of Christians that finds itself at once comfortably ?at home? yet oddly fettered and irrelevant in America Stanley Hauerwas challenges contemporary Christians to reimagine what it might mean to ?break back into Christianity? in a world that is at best semi-Christian. While the myth that America is a Christian nation has long been debunked a more urgent constructive task remains; namely discerning what it may mean for Christians approaching the threshold of the twenty-first century to be courageous in their convictions. Ironically reclaiming the church's identity and mission may require relinquishing its purported ?gains??which often amount to little more than a sense of comfort the seduction of feeling ?at ease in Zion?? to take up again the risk and adventure of life ?on the way.? Accordingly this book gives no comfort to the religious right or left which continues to think Christianity can be made compatible with the sentimentalities of democratic liberalism.Such a re-visioned church will not establish itself through conquest or in a reconstituted Christendom but rather must develop within its own life the patient attentive skills of a wayfaring people. At least a church seasoned by a peripatetic life stands a better chance of noticing the changing directions of God's leading. The wilderness therefore ought not to appear to contemporary Christians in America as a foreboding and frightening possibility but as an opportunity to rediscover the excitement and spirit but also the rigorous discipline of faithful itinerancy. At such a crucial time as this Hauerwas challenges Christians to eschew the insidious dangers that attend too permanent a habitation in a place called America and to assume instead the holy risks and hazards characteristic of people called out set apart Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096151

Wildfire and PowerPolicy and Practice This book brings together perspectives from sociology political science gender studies and history to produce new ways of analysing wildfire preparedness and policy in Australia. Drawing on data from hundreds of interviews with residents volunteers and emergency services professionals living and working in wildfire-prone areas the authors focus on issues of power and inequality the contested nature of community and the relationship between citizens and the state.The book questions not only existing policy approaches but also the central concepts on which they are founded. In doing so the aim is to create a more conceptually robust and academically contextualised discussion about the limitations of current wildfire policy approaches in Australia and to provide further evidence of the need for disaster studies to engage with a variety of social science approaches.Wildfire and Power: Policy and Practice will be of most interest to higher degree by research students other academics and policy makers examining the evolving patterns and politics of work employment management and industrial relations as well as those involved in emergency and disaster management service delivery. It would be most suited to academic and public libraries as well as organisations in the field of emergency and disaster management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733087

Wildfire PolicyLaw and Economics Perspectives During the five decades since its origin law and economics has provided an influential framework for addressing a wide array of areas of law ranging from judicial behaviour to contracts. This book will reflects the first-ever forum for law and economics scholars to apply the analysis and methodologies of their field to the subject of wildfire. The only modern legal work on wildfire the book brings together leading scholars to consider questions such as: How can public policy address the effects of climate change on wildfire and wildfire on climate change? Are the environmental and fiscal costs of ex ante prevention measures justified? What are the appropriate levels of prevention and suppression responsibility borne by private state and federal actors? Can tort liability provide a solution for realigning the grossly distorted incentives that currently exist for private landowners and government firefighters? Do the existing incentives in wildfire institutions provide incentives for efficient private and collective action and how might they be improved? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781933115955

Wildlife Landscape Use and SocietyRegional Case Studies in Japan A comprehensive analysis of the various terrestrial natural landscapes and habitats within Japan and the efforts to sustain and conserve them and sustain landscape services. In 2011 Conservation International designated the Japanese islands collectively as one of the world’s biodiversity hotspots. They are rich in biodiversity but also densely populated and so human impacts have led to many species being classed as endangered though few have become extinct during recent decades. Sugimura evaluates the effects of landscape changes government policies and economy on the forest ecosystems and services of Japan. He then contemplates how a rich variety of wildlife species have been able to survive albeit in limited numbers despite the rapid expansion of Japanese economic activities in the 20th century. In addition there appear to be correlations between uniqueness of biodiversity types of landscape use and the attitudes of local communities towards natural landscapes. A vital introduction for international environmentalists geographers and environmental scientists looking to understand Japan’s unique ecosystems and their experiences with human activities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367333812

Wildlife Conservation in ChinaPreserving the Habitat of China's Wild West Very little is known about the issue of wildlife conservation within China. Even China specialists get a meager ration of stories about pandas giving birth in zoos or poachers in some remote setting being apprehended. But what does the future hold for China's wildlife? In this thoughtful work the leading U.S. expert on wildlife projects in Western China presents a multi-faceted assessment of the topic. Richard B. Harris draws on twenty years of experience working in China and incorporates perspectives ranging from biology through Chinese history and tradition to interpret wildlife conservation issues in a cultural context. In non-technical language Harris shows that particularly in its vast western sections where most species of wildlife still have a chance to survive China has adopted a strongly preservationist "hands-off" approach to wildlife without confronting the larger and more difficult problem of habitat loss. This policy treats wildlife conservation as a strictly technical problem - and thus prioritizes captive breeding to meet the demand for animal products - while ignoring the manifold cultural social and economic dimensions that truly dictate how wild animals will fare in their interaction with the physical and human environments. The author concludes that any successes this policy achieves will be temporary. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698168

Wildlife Forensic InvestigationPrinciples and Practice Wildlife forensics is the application of forensic science to the conservation and protection of non-domesticated animals both in the wild and in captivity. Providing an in-depth introduction to this rapidly evolving field Wildlife Forensic Investigation: Principles and Practice also chronicles aspects of the history of management conservation and environmental protection with an emphasis on their global importance in the twenty-first century. The book examines the crucial role of wildlife forensic investigation with regard to live animals dead animals and samples and covers national regional and international legislation. While the text particularly focuses on forensic science as it relates to wild animals it also includes mention of plants and habitats because of their relevance to conservation. The book discusses animal welfare as well as the damage that can be inflicted on humans and property by wildlife. Offering access to sound evidence based on good science and obtained using the best available practices the book is enhanced by case studies from experts who describe some of their own work. This resource is essential for those involved in a range of endeavours including investigating wildlife crime identifying animal remains ascertaining the circumstances of death of wild species and other legal proceedings and activities concerning wildlife. The forensic skills described in this book can be applied to a wide range of activities (not necessarily involving the legal process) including environmental impact assessments insurance claims governmental and other enquiries checking of trading standards and the inspection of (for instance) pet-shops animal boarding establishments and zoological collections. The authors point out that one of the most important requirements of those persons involved in wildlife forensic work is to retain an open mind. Such personnel should also be conscious of new developments and evolving techniques and be able to anticipate situations where their investigative and scientific skills might be used to advantage—so-called "horizon scanning". Examples of these are given. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439813744

Wildlife Habitat ManagementConcepts and Applications in Forestry Second Edition Shortlisted for the 2018 TWS Wildlife Publication Awards in the authored book category In recent years conflicts between ecological conservation and economic growth forced a reassessment of the motivations and goals of wildlife and forestry management. Focus shifted from game and commodity management to biodiversity conservation and ecological forestry. Previously separate fields such as forestry biology botany and zoology merged into a common framework known as conservation biology and resource professionals began to approach natural resource problems in an interdisciplinary light. Wildlife Habitat Management: Concepts and Applications in Forestry presents an integrated reference combining silvicultural and forest planning principles with principles of habitat ecology and conservation biology. With extensive references and case studies drawn from real situations this book begins with general concepts such as habitat selection forest composition influences on habitat patterns and the dynamics of disturbance ecology. It considers management approaches for specific habitats including even-aged and uneven-aged systems riparian areas and dead wood and highlights those approaches that will conserve and manage biodiversity. The author discusses assessment and prioritization policies monitoring techniques and ethical and legal issues that can have worldwide impact. Detailed appendices provide a glossary scientific names and tools for measuring and interpreting habitat elements. Writing in a species-specific manner the author emphasizes the need to consider the potential effects of management decisions on biodiversity conservation and maintains a holistic approach throughout the book. Drawing from the author’s more than 30 years working and teaching in natural resources conservation Wildlife Habitat Management: Concepts and Applications in Forestry provides a synopsis of current preservation techniques and establishes a common body of knowledge from which to approach the conservation of biodiversity in the future. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439878569

Wildlife in AsiaCultural Perspectives Drawing on anthropological and historical data this book examines human-wildlife relations in China Tibet Japan Bhutan Indonesia the Philippines Malaysia India Thailand and Vietnam. The volume initially focuses on the various ways in which wild animals are exploited as a resource for food medicine and crop-picking labour before examining animals termed as pests or predators that are deemed to be harmful and dangerous. Bringing together anthropologists and historians this book analyses the range variability and historical mutability of human sensibilities towards animals in Asia and will be of interest to Asianists and anthropologists alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865203

Wildlife Issues in a Changing World Students of conservation encounter some of the most complex issues on our planet. The resolution of existing problems become more complex when humans create further stresses on the natural balance. Moulton and Sanderson brought the challenging issues in wildlife conservation into greater clarity in Wildlife Issues in a Changing World.The Second Edition of this definitive reference focuses more closely on the causes of wildlife issues. The examination of Jared Diamond's "Evil Quartet" (the four principal causes of extinction) provides a framework for categorizing and resolving these issues. The authors encourage the use of the scientific method basis for resolution - especially where environmental laws have failed.The three new chapters provide further counterpoints to preconceived notions. A two-part history of wildlife in the U.S. shows how wildlife had already been decimated by the year 1900. "Can Humans Manage Wildlife?" questions efforts to revive endangered species acts which may inadvertently jeopardize the survival of other life.Viewing the natural order from prehistoric times to the present Wildlife Issues in a Changing World Second Edition gives students and instructors an all-encompassing introduction to past relations between humans and nature; explorations of current threats to species and their habitats; and recent "novel solutions " where humanity and industry have made adjustments to protect the natural order. Professionals will also find invaluable reminders of the importance of their work - the continuation and endurance of wildlife everywhere on Earth. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138458307

Wildlife Medicine and RehabilitationSelf-Assessment Color Review Veterinarians increasingly encounter wildlife casualties in practice and have a duty of care for the welfare of the animals. This comprehensive and easy-to-use self assessment book contains some 208 clinical cases with 325 illustrations. It has been compiled by authors with a wide range of experience and expertise in this area. Common conditions seen in wildlife species are covered with cases from Europe North America the Middle East and Australia. The selection of cases is presented randomly and covers scenarios relevant to most readers. The book is of value to veterinarians in practice and training and to all those working directly with wildlife who wish to expand their knowledge in this field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781840761467

Wildlife ScienceConnecting Research with Management Despite the potential synergy that can result from basing management applications on results from research there is a polarization of cultures between wildlife managers and wildlife researchers. Wildlife Science: Connecting Research with Management provides strategies for bridging cultural and communication gaps between these groups.Contributors present case studies highlighting the role of state and federal agencies and private organizations in management and research; the lingering disconnects between grassland birds quail and deer research and management; as well as the development of management techniques from field research rangelands management and ranch management. Case Studies:The Disconnect between Quail Research and Quail ManagementSage-Grouse (Centrocercus urophasianus) and the Disconnect between Research and Management on Public Lands in the American WestEcological Goals not Standardized Methods are needed to Create and Maintain Habitat for Grassland BirdsA Historic Perspective of the Connectivity between Waterfowl Research and Management Deer in the Western United StatesWhitetail deer (Odocoileus virginianus) in the Eastern United StatesImpacts of Wind Energy Development on Wildlife: Challenges and Opportunities for Integrated Science Management and PolicyThe Role of Joint Ventures in Bridging the Gap between Research and ManagementDeveloping Management Strategies from Research: the Pushmataha Forest  Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381325

Wildlife ScienceLinking Ecological Theory and Management Applications Consciously or not wildlife managers generally act from a theoretical basis although they may not be fully versed in the details or ramifications of that theory. In practice the predictions of the practitioners sometimes prove more accurate than those of the theoreticians. Practitioners and theoreticians need to work together but this proves difficult when new management ideas and cutting-edge ecological theory are often published in separate scientific outlets with distinctly different readerships. A compilation of the scientific papers presented at the Caesar Kleberg Wildlife Research Institute's 25th Anniversary Conference of April 2006 Wildlife Science: Linking Ecological Theory and Management Applications brings together these two often separate approaches to elucidate the theoretical underpinnings of wildlife management and to apply evolving ecological concepts to changes and adaptations in management practices. Gathering many of the best and greatest minds in wildlife science this volume addresses the critically important theme of linking ecological theory and management applications. Divided into five parts the first two parts deal with the landscape ecology of birds and mammals respectively demonstrating the need for applied theory in gamebird management and the preservation of the cougar. Part three highlights the role of climate when applying ecological theory to habitat management and discusses the emergence of ecosystem management in managing wildlife at the ecosystem scale. Part four considers the management of wildlife disease and reveals the increasing importance of genetics in conservation and ecology. Finally the economic and social issues affecting wildlife science round out the coverage in part five.Applying emerging ecological theory for the advancement of wildlife management Wildlife Science: Linking Ecological Theory and Management Applications provides a long awaited cooperative look at the future of ecosystem manage Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367388959

Wildlife ToxicologyEmerging Contaminant and Biodiversity Issues Updating the extremely successful Wildlife Toxicology and Population Modeling (CRC Press 1994) Wildlife Toxicology: Emerging Contaminant and Biodiversity Issues brings together a distinguished group of international contributors who provide a global assessment of a range of environmental stressors including pesticides environmental contaminants and other emerging chemical threats and their impact on wildlife populations. Addresses Emerging Wildlife Threats in One Concise VolumeA decade ago many of these threats existed but were either unrecognized or considered minor issues and all have now snowballed into major challenges for the conservation of wildlife populations. This is the first book to address these dangers in a single volume and recommend proven mitigation techniques to protect and sustain Earth’s wildlife populations.Examines Species Range Shifts Ocean Acidification Coral Bleaching & Impacts of Heightened UV InfluxThis comprehensive reference identifies and documents examples of chemical stressor exposures and responses among ecosystem receptors worldwide. Chapters discuss emerging diseases and the expansion of pesticide/contaminant use as well as agricultural trends and biofuels and the widespread use of munitions and explosives from military and industrial-related activities. With the aid of several solid case studies the book also addresses atmospheric contaminants and climate change population modeling and emerging transnational issues in ecotoxicology. Wildlife Toxicology: Emerging Contaminant and Biodiversity Issues stimulates dialogue among the academic and research communities and environmental public policy decision makers. The book challenges these groups to think more globally about environmental contaminants and their potential impacts on biodiversity and environmental degradation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384081

Wilfred Bion Thinking and Emotional Experience with Moving ImagesBeing Embedded Wilfred Bion’s theories of dreaming of the analytic situation of reality and everyday life and even of the contact between the body and the mind offer very different and highly fruitful perspectives on lived experience. Yet very little of his work has entered the field of visual culture especially film and media studies. Kelli Fuery offers an engaging overview of Bion’s most significant contribution to psychoanalysis- his theory of thinking- and demonstrates its relevance for why we watch moving images. Bion’s theory of thinking is presented as an alternative model for the examination of how we experience moving images and how they work as tools which we use to help us ‘think’ emotional experience. ‘Being Embedded’ is a term used to identify and acknowledge the link between thinking and emotional experience within the lived reception of cinema. It is a concept that everyone can speak to as already knowing already having felt it - being embedded is at the core of lived and thinking experience. This book offers a return to psychoanalytic theory within moving image studies contributing to the recent works that have explored object relations psychoanalysis within visual culture (specifically the writings of Klein and Winnicott) but differs in its reference and examination of previously overlooked but highly pivotal thinkers such as Bion Bollas and Ogden. A theorization of thinking as an affective structure within moving image experience provides a fresh avenue for psychoanalytic theory within visual culture. Wilfred Bion Thinking and Emotional Experience with Moving Images will appeal to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists as well as scholars and students of film and media studies cultural studies and cultural sociology and anthropology visual culture media theory philosophy and psychosocial studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138590816

Wilfred BionLos Angeles Seminars and Supervision Wilfred Bion's unpublished lectures at the Los Angeles Psychoanalytic Society and Institute in April in 1967 represent a unique opportunity for students either new to or continuing in the study of the author's unique psychoanalytic vertex. Here one can both read - and hear - the author's clear exposition of his clinical and theoretical thinking to an audience of primarily Freudian trained American analysts most of whom were new to his ideas. The first lecture sets out the author's ideas on 'memory and desire' in a paper that set the benchmark in the origins of contemporary Kleinian clinical technique. The author discusses the various factors that facilitate optimal listening receptivity in the analyst for example how one differentiates the 'K' link vis-a-vis 'transformations in O.' In the second lecture the author defined projective identification container/contained and 'beta elements'- and how these ideas serve as an orienting template for the analyst's understanding of 'proto-mental' states of mind either in psychotic borderline or neurotic patients. He clarifies these ideas while engaging with the queries of renowned American analysts such as Ralph Greenson. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491943

Wilfred Owen (Routledge Revivals)Selected Poetry and Prose First published in 1988 this annotated selection of Wilfred Owen’s poetry and prose provides a comprehensive one-volume text of his best work. As well as the war poems it includes illuminating early pieces such as ‘Impressionist’ and ‘Little Claus and Big Claus’ which illustrate Owen’s early command of satire and narrative. The prose includes Owen’s well-known draft Preface and a wide range of his letters showing the devotion he felt for his mother his poetic development after meeting Siegfried Sassoon and above all his war experiences. With a detailed introduction and helpful commentary this timely reissue will be of particular value to A-Level and undergraduate students with an interest in the work of Wilfred Owen his contemporaries and the context of the First World War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138789623

Wilfrid Sellars Wilfrid Sellars (1912-89) has been called "the most profound and systematic epistemological thinker of the twentieth century" (Robert Brandom). He was in many respects ahead of his time and many of his innovations have become widely acknowledged for example his attack on the "myth of the given" his functionalist treatment of intentional states his proposal that psychological concepts are like theoretical concepts and his suggestion that attributions of knowledge locate the knower "in the logical space of reasons". However while many philosophers have begun to acknowledge Sellars's inspiration in their work their interpretation of his thought has not always been the most accurate. His writings are difficult. Individually his essays are complex and sometimes rely on doctrines and arguments he put forward elsewhere. Each of his articles is deepened and strengthened by seeing it in its systematic context but he never wrote a unified exposition of his system which therefore has to be pieced together from numerous disparate sources. Willem deVries addresses these difficulties specifically and provides a careful reading and remarkable overview of Sellars's systematic philosophy that will become the standard point of reference for all philosophers seeking to understand Sellars's hugely significant body of work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315712161

Wilfrid Sellars and Buddhist PhilosophyFreedom from Foundations The aim of this book is to address the relevance of Wilfrid Sellars’ philosophy to understanding topics in Buddhist philosophy. While contemporary scholars of Buddhism often take Sellars as a touchstone for philosophical analysis and while many take Sellars’ corpus as their entrée into current philosophical discourse fewer contemporary philosophers have crossed the bridge in the other direction using Sellarsian ideas as a way of entering into Buddhist philosophy. The essays in this volume written by both philosophers and Buddhist Studies scholars are divided into two sections organized around two of Sellars’ essays that have been particularly influential in Buddhist Studies: "Philosophy and the Scientific Image of Man" and "Empiricism and the Philosophy of Mind." The chapters in Part I generally address questions concerning the two truths while those in Part II concern issues in epistemology and philosophy of mind. The volume will be of interest to Sellars scholars to scholars interested in the contemporary interaction of Buddhist philosophy and Western philosophy and to scholars of Buddhist Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367112097

Wilfrid Sellars and Twentieth-Century Philosophy This collection features eleven original essays divided into three thematic sections which explore the work of Wilfrid Sellars in relation to other twentieth-century thinkers. Section I analyzes Sellars’s thought in light of some of his influential predecessors specifically Ludwig Wittgenstein Rudolf Carnap John Cook Wilson and Kazimierz Ajdukiewicz. The second group of essays explores from different perspectives Sellars’s place within the analytic tradition including his relation with analytic Kantianism and analytic pragmatism. The book’s final section extracts some of the most significant lessons Sellars’s work has to offer for contemporary philosophy. These chapters address his views on inference his views on truth and its connection to recent discussions about truth-relativism and truth-pluralism his conception of self-knowledge and his theory of perceptual experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815384991

Wilhelm RaabeGlobal Themes - International Perspectives Wilhelm Raabe Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603656

Wilkie Collins's American Tour 1873-4 In the autumn of 1873 Wilkie Collins followed the example of fellow literary celebrities Dickens and Thackeray and began a six-month reading tour of America. This book places this tour within the American lyceum movement of the later nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663732

Wilkie CollinsThe Critical Heritage First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415756778

Will Imagination and ReasonBabbitt Croce and the Problem of Reality Will Imagination and Reason sets forth a new understanding of reality and knowledge with far-reaching implications for the study of man and society. Employing a systematic approach Claes Ryn goes to the philosophical depths to rethink and reconstitute the epistemology of the humanities and social sciences. He shows that will and imagination together constitute our basic outlook on life and that reason derives its material and general orientation from the interaction between them.The imaginative master-minds novelists poets composers painters and others powerfully affect the sensibility and direction of society. Sometimes a distorting self-serving willfulness at the base of their visions draws civilization including reason into dangerous illusion. More penetrating and balanced vision and rationality spring from a different quality of will. Ryn explains the kind of interplay between will imagination and reason that is conducive to a deepened sense of reality and to intellectual understanding. He argues that human life and self-knowledge are inescapably historical. In developing his dialectical view of intellect he draws from Irving Babbitt Benedetto Croce and other philosophers to refute positivistic formalistic and ahistorical theories of knowledge and to develop his alternative.Advancing a systematic epistemological argument Ryn throws much new light on the nature of reason but also on central issues of ethics and aesthetics. This trenchant and original work is indispensable to philosophers social political and cultural theorists literary scholars and historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540590

Will AlsopThe Noise The design process of Will Alsop acts as a conduit for the dreams and aspirations of others. Moving from public consultation to the privacy of his painting studio – here ideas are born in the liquidity of paint the serendipity of collage and the flourish of line resulting in the avant-garde and vibrant designs that Alsop is particularly well known for. Whether the world approves of these designs or not does not devalue the creative and artistic process which produces so rich varied challenging and inspirational outcomes. Focusing on the refreshing process of design with which Will Alsop engages Tom Porter reveals and traces the process from public consultation to private studio from paint to line to model and in doing so uncovers a treasure trove of ideas for transforming the process of architectural design. Whether a working architect or a student embarking on the first steps towards creating your own design process this book offers an insight and example into how engaging with the public before painting the way into architecture can offer the most stimulating solutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144590

Will Sustainability Fly?Aviation Fuel Options in a Low-Carbon World While international negotiations to reduce greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions have been less than satisfactory there is a presumption that a significant level of multi-lateral commitment will be realized at some point. International air and marine travel have been left to one side in past talks because the pursuit of agreement proceeds on the basis of commitment by sovereign nations and the effects of these specific commercial activities are by their nature difficult to corral and assign to specific national jurisdictions. However air travel is increasing and unless something is done emissions from this segment of our world economy will form a progressively larger percentage of the total especially as emissions fall in other activities. This book focuses on fuel. The aim is to provide background in technical and policy terms from the broadest reliable sources of information available for the necessary discourse on society's reaction to the evolving aviation emissions profile. It considers what policy has been why and how commercial air travel is committed to its current liquid fuel how that fuel can be made without using fossil-source materials and the barriers to change. It also advances some elements of policy remedies that make sense in providing an environmentally and economically sound way forward in a context that comprehends a more complete vision of sustainability than 'renewable fuels' traditionally have. The goal of Will Sustainability Fly? is to broaden and contextualize the knowledge resource available to academics policy makers air industry leaders and stakeholders and interested members of the public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670030

Will the Circle Be Unbroken?Family and Sectionalism in the Virginia Novels of Kennedy Caruthers and Tucker 1830-1845 First published in 2002. This work examines eight Virginia novels against the background of the political and social concerns of the Jacksonian years in which they were written arguing that the authors used familial processes as a metaphor to discuss issues that they regarded as critical. Each chapter focuses on a single novel - Swallow Barn Kentuckian in New York Cavaliers of Virginia Horse-Shoe Robinson George Balcombe The Partisan Leader and Knights of the Horseshoe - and examines its connections to the social and political tensions of the time of its publication - generational progress sectional unity executive authority class relations the nature of the ideal leader relations among sections and states socialist and perfectionist communities and westward expansion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415762366

Will the WolfTargeting the w Sound Will sits and watches the world go by feeling all alone. Will he be alone forever? This picture book targets the /w/ sound and is part of Speech Bubbles 2 a series of picture books that target specific speech sounds within the story. The series can be used for children receiving speech therapy for children who have a speech sound delay/disorder or simply as an activity for children’s speech sound development and/or phonological awareness. They are ideal for use by parents teachers or caregivers. Bright pictures and a fun story create an engaging activity perfect for sound awareness. Picture books are sold individually or in a pack. There are currently two packs available – Speech Bubbles 1 and Speech Bubbles 2. Please see further titles in the series for stories targeting other speech sounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367648787

Will There Really Be a Morning?Life: A Guide - Poems for Key Stage 2 with Teaching Notes This is a book about the power of poetry to speak about the central themes of what it is to be a human being. The first part is an anthology of specially selected poems. The second part provides detailed notes for teachers on how to use these poems in the classroom. The poems in the book are about morality: how we get on or don't get on with each other; how we feel when we are alone; the destruction of the world we live in; childhood; celebration; fear; death; and mystery. Sharing these poems helps us to understand ourselves and to express ourselves. The poems are selected to help to break down the barriers between curriculum subjects and to be especially useful for religious education and personal social and moral education. There is a mixture of the classic the traditional and the new here but all of the selected poems show the true power of poetry to express feelings about things that matter. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9781315069487

Willi MünzenbergFighter against Fascism and Stalinism Willi Münzenberg was a towering figure in the anti-fascist movement during the first half of the twentieth century. He was acquainted with many of the leading left wing activists and thinkers of his day including Lenin Rosa Luxemburg Karl Liebknecht and Karl Radek. He also played a foundational role in several important transnational organisations such as the Socialist Youth International the largest anti-war movement in opposition to the First World War the International Workers’ Relief organisation and the League against Colonialism and for National Independence. As a film distributor and promoter he brought modern Soviet films to western Europe. As a publicist and manager he built up the most influential left-wing media empire in the Weimar Republic and initiated the pioneering use of photography and photo montage. He was also a long-time member of the Reichstag. He was a pioneer in the use of a variety of media and the way he gained the support and collaboration of progressive politicians artists and intellectuals ensured that he would become the leading and most effective opponent of Hitler’s and Goebbels’ propaganda machine as he exposed the venality and brutality of the Nazis. Late in life his turn against Stalinism almost certainly led to his mysterious death. This is the first detailed biography in English to give coverage to the full range of Münzenberg's activism. There are valuable lessons to be learnt from the book about the best ways to counter fascism which are powerfully relevant to our contemporary political situation. It should be of great interest to activists scholars and those studying the history of the radical left. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367344726

William AlwynA Research and Information Guide William Alwyn: A Research and Information Guide is a catalogue discography and annotated bibliography of the nearly 500 works of this twentieth-century British composer. It will be invaluable to twentieth-century British composer researchers and aficionados music history courses and film music courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415886055

William Appleman WilliamsLearning From History Williams' controversial volumes The Tragedy of American Diplomacy Contours of American History and other works have established him as the foremost interpreter of US foreign policy. Both Williams and others deeply influenced by him have recast not only diplomatic history but also the story of pioneer America's westward movement and studies in the culture of imperialism. At the end of the Cold War when the US no longer faces any great enemy the lessons of William Appleman Williams' life and scholarship have become more urgent than ever before. This study of his life and major works offers readers an opportunity to introduce or re-introduce themselves to a major figure of the last half-century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315021843

William B. GillFrom the Goldfields to Broadway First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138997455

William Blake The collection of essays presented in this volume represents some of the best recent critical work on William Blake as poet prophet visual artist and social and political critic of his time.The critical range that is represented includes examples of Marxist New Historicist Feminist and Psychoanalytical approaches to Blake. Taken together the essays consider all areas and moments of Blake's career as poet from the early lyrics to his later epic poems and they have been chosen to reveal not only the range of Blake's concerns but also to alert the reader to the rich variety of contemporary criticism that is devoted to him. Although the majority of essays are devoted to Blake as poet others consider his work as printmaker illustrator and visionary artist. However severely individual essays choose to judge him ultimately all the contributions to this book affirm Blake as one of the great geniuses of English art and letters.William Blake provides a valuable introduction by one of Britain's foremost critics and will be welcomed by students wanting to familiarise themselves with the work of Blake. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315843490

William Blake and the Art of Engraving Sung closely examines William Blake’s extant engraved copper plates and arrives at a new interpretation of his working process. Sung suggests that Blake revised and corrected his work more than was previously thought. This belies the Romantic ideal that the acts of conception and execution are simultaneous in the creative process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663701

William Blake and the Cultures of Radical Christianity This study traces the links between William Blake's ideas and radical Christian cultures in late eighteenth-century England. Drawing on a significant number of historical sources Robert W. Rix examines how Blake and his contemporaries re-appropriated the sources they read within new cultural and political frameworks. By unravelling their strategies the book opens up a new perspective on what has often been seen as Blake's individual and idiosyncratic ideas. We are also presented with the first comprehensive study of Blake's reception of Swedenborgianism. At the time Blake took an interest in Emanuel Swedenborg the mystical and spiritual writings of the theosophist had become a platform for radical and revolutionary politics as well as numerous heterodox practices among his followers in England. Rix focuses on Swedenborgianism as a concrete and identifiable sub-culture from which a number of essential themes in Blake's works are reassessed. This book will appeal not only to Blake scholars but to anyone studying the radical and sub- culture religious intellectual and cultural history of this period. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234076

William Blake and the Digital HumanitiesCollaboration Participation and Social Media William Blake’s work demonstrates two tendencies that are central to social media: collaboration and participation. Not only does Blake cite and adapt the work of earlier authors and visual artists but contemporary authors musicians and filmmakers feel compelled to use Blake in their own creative acts. This book identifies and examines Blake’s work as a social and participatory network a phenomenon described as zoamorphosis which encourages — even demands — that others take up Blake’s creative mission. The authors rexamine the history of the digital humanities in relation to the study and dissemination of Blake’s work: from alternatives to traditional forms of archiving embodied by Blake’s citation on Twitter and Blakean remixes on YouTube smartmobs using Blake’s name as an inspiration to protest the 2004 Republican National Convention and students crowdsourcing reading and instruction in digital classrooms to better understand and participate in Blake’s world. The book also includes a consideration of Blakean motifs that have created artistic networks in music literature and film in the twentieth and the twenty-first centuries showing how Blake is an ideal exemplar for understanding creativity in the digital age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138858527

William Blake and the Productions of Time Challenging the idea that a writer’s work reflects his experiences in time and place Andrew M. Cooper locates the action of William Blake’s major illuminated books in the ahistorical present an impersonal spirit realm beyond the three-dimensional self. Blake Cooper shows was a formalist who exploited eighteenth-century scientific and philosophical research on vision sense and mind for spiritual purposes. Through irony dialogism two-way syntax and synesthesia Blake extended and refined the prophetic method Milton forged in Paradise Lost to bring the performativity of traditional oral song and storytelling into print. Cooper argues that historicist attempts to place Blake’s vision in perspective as opposed to seeing it for oneself involve a deeply self-contradictory denial of his performativity as a poet-artist. Rather Blake’s expansion of linear reading into a space of creative self-conscious collaboration laid the basis for his lifelong critique of dualism in religion and science and anticipated the non-Euclidean geometrics of twentieth-century Modernism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409444411

William Blake's EpicImagination Unbound First published in 1986 this book starts from the premise that Blake’s poem Jerusalem is in effect his defence of human imagination. The formal categories are literary but the aim is the philosophical one of Creating a System. The philosophic meaning emerges from the structure since its form is that of an epic poem. The argument proceeds plate by plate and topologically within each plate of the illuminated text but does not aim to answer every last question about Jerusalem- only to show how the system is created. The author demonstrates how Blake interprets modifies and incorporates certain principles and their consequences to fashion an epic in which he opposes the prevailing aesthetic system and constructs his own. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138939295

William ByrdA Research and Information Guide First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987142

William ByrdA Research and Information Guide This comprehensive research guide surveys the most significant published materials relating to William Byrd. This new edition includes research since the publication of the last edition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415875592

William ByrdGentleman of the Chapel Royal This is the first comprehensive study of William Byrds life (1540-1623) and works to appear for sixty years and fully takes into consideration recent scholarship. The biographical section includes many newly discovered facts about Byrd and his family while in the chapters dealing with his music an attempt is made for the first time to outline the chronology of all his compositions. The book begins with a detailed account of Byrd's life based on a completely fresh examination of original documents which are quoted extensively. Several previously known documents have now been identified as being in Byrds hand and some fresh holographs have been discovered. A number of questions such as his parentage and date of birth have been conclusively settled. The book continues with a survey of Byrds music which pays particular attention to its chronological development and links it where possible to the events and background of his life. A series of appendices includes additional texts of important documents and a summary catalogue of works. A bibliography and index complete the book. Besides musical illustrations there is a series of plates illustrating documents and places associated with Byrd. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315084053

William Carlos Williams This set comprises of 40 volumes covering nineteenth and twentieth century European and American authors. These volumes will be available as a complete set mini boxed sets (by theme) or as individual volumes. This second set compliments the first 68 volume set of Critical Heritage published by Routledge in October 1995. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852128

William Cecil and Episcopacy 1559–1577 The figure of William Cecil dominates the court of Elizabeth I and next to the queen herself no one did more to shape the political religious and economic landscape of late sixteenth century England. Nowhere is this influence more evident than in the ecclesiastical settlements that Elizabeth imposed on a country wracked by religious divisions and uncertainty. At the very heart of this settlement lay the question of the role of the bishops and it is to this problem that Cecil was to devote much time and energy. Broadening our understanding of the Elizabethan Church this study utilises a number of hitherto underused primary sources to re-examine the vexed issue of the role of bishops. It addresses the question of why certain men were appointed bishops whilst others often seemingly better qualified were passed over. Taking a broadly chronological approach this book argues that Cecil a committed protestant hoped to remodel espiscopacy along 'reformed' continental lines. Rather than great princes of the church Cecil envisaged 'superintendents' shorn of much of their traditional temporal power and wealth. Charting the first two decades of Elizabeth's reign it is shown how Cecil tried to convince the queen to abandon the established economic foundations of 'prelacy' in favour of a properly funded superintendency. In this he failed. Yet as long as Cecil remained a dominating voice at the council table the Church of England through the mediation of a bench of conscientious and hard-working (if often hard-pressed) bishops was assured of a broad base and an evangelical future. The remainder of Cecil's career from 1577 to 1598 will be dealt with in a subsequent volume Lord Burghley and Episcopacy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234052

William Clark Russell and the Victorian Nautical NovelGender Genre and the Marketplace William Clark Russell wrote more than forty nautical novels. Immensely popular in their time his works were admired by contemporary writers such as Conan Doyle Stevenson and Meredith while Swinburne considered him 'the greatest master of the sea living or dead'. Based on extensive archival research Nash explores this remarkable career. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875923

William Cobbett Romanticism and the EnlightenmentContexts and Legacy William Cobbett was one of the greatest journalists of his day. Humbly born in Surrey following a career in the British army in Canada from 1784 he cut his journalistic teeth as the loyalist 'Peter Porcupine' in the United States defending all things British against the French Revolution and its supporters. Following his return to England in 1800 he became the major critic of corruption and a principal advocate of parliamentary reform and press freedom. It led to prosecution prison and temporary exile but also to the eventual triumph of reform and his persistent defence of the rights of the poor. This is the first essay collection devoted to Cobbett and contains essays from scholars from a wide variety of disciplines. It will be of interest to those researching the literature and culture of the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries including the works of Paine Rousseau Swift and Hazlitt and the Chartist movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848935426

William CongreveThe Critical Heritage The Critical Heritage gathers together a large body of critical sources on major figures in literature. Each volume presents contemporary responses to a writer's work enabling student and researcher to read the material themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415756686

William CowperThe Task and Selected Other Poems Having previously suffered neglect as a result of Pope's dominance of the period William Cowper (1731-1800) has now become a far more important figure in eighteenth-century literature. Following the successful format of the series Professor Sambrook's edition consists of a comprehensive contextual editor's introduction together with substantial annotation on the page. The Task (1785) is the principal text discussed together with a selection of Cowper's other poems which cover a wide range of his subjects moods and styles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158139

William Crookes (1832–1919) and the Commercialization of Science William Crookes' long life was one of unbroken scientific and business activity culminating in his appointment as President of the Royal Society in 1913. Throughout his career he was an important science journalist the discoverer of thallium the inventor of the radiometer investigator of cathode rays and the vacuum a spectroscopist of significance in rare earth chemistry and a spokesman for a chemical solution to the problems with the world's food supplies. He was also and perhaps most controversially an occultist who played a significant role in spiritualism in the 1870s and was involved with D.D. Home (Browning's Mr Sludge) and other notable mediums of the day. Previous literature on Crookes has tended to focus on his involvement with the spiritualists sometimes to the detriment of his many scientific achievements. This the first biography of William Crookes gives us the whole man: one of the most complex public and interesting figures in the history of science. Professor Brock guides us through the abundant catalogue of Crookes' accomplishments placing his scientific activities in the context of the business of making a living from science - something that Crookes did principally as a science journalist and editor with his Chemical News (the model for today's Nature) and by business enterprises ranging from water analysis sewerage schemes and goldmining to the design of electric light bulbs. We also see Crookes in the lab as an independent researcher and learn the processes behind his discovery of thallium his investigations into matter and energy and his crucial work on cathode rays. We see the public man the celebrity who was much sought after for his opinions on the latest discovery and who was widely regarded as Britain's leading scientist at the beginning of the twentieth century. Scientist spiritualist entrepreneur: Sir William Crookes' extraordinary life and many endeavours provide a unique window into Victorian and Edwardian science and industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259881

William Davenant’s The Platonic Lovers First published in 1987 this 23rd volume in the Renaissance Imagination series had the objective of establishing the text of William Davenant’s The Platonick Lovers that most closely represents the author’s final vision for his work. Wendell W. Broom Jr documents the history of the publication of The Platonick Lovers and the manner in which the present text was produced. Copies of all relevant editions have been collated and curated to bring together the definitive authorial version of the text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367022952

William Dean Howells and the Ends of Realism Despite efforts at revival by John Updike and others William Dean Howells still remains in the shadows of his close friends Mark Twain and Henry James. This book works against decades of unfavorable comparisons with these literary giants. William Dean Howells and the Ends of Realism helps us to see him as a writer very much aware of his limitations and of his enormous importance in the development of an American literary tradition. A close look at his late works gives us a richer understanding of this powerful moment of transition in American literature a moment when Howells and his venerable friends were inspiring and anointing a new generation of writers and taking a long hard look at their own legacies and contributions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987159

William Dilthey First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315006468

William EmpsonProphet Against Sacrifice William Empson: Prophet Against Sacrifice provides the most coherent account of Empson's diverse career to date. While exploring the richness of Empson's comic genius Paul H. Fry serves to discredit the appropriation of his name in recent polemic by the conflicting parties of deconstruction and politicized cultural criticism. He argues that Empson is a larger more important figure than the orthodox in either camp can acknowledge deserving to be considered alongside such versatile critics as Walter Benjamin Kenneth Burke and Roland Barthes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009080

William EmpsonThe Man and His Work This volume of commemorative and celebratory essays first published in 1974 concentrates on William Empson – the critic the poet and friend. The papers range from the biographical to the academic but what every one suggests is the impossibility of separating the man from his work and the ‘life’ from the ‘thought’. This book constitutes an important study of Empson his work and his impact upon people and literary studies of our time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138683570

William Faulkner This set comprises of 40 volumes covering nineteenth and twentieth century European and American authors. These volumes will be available as a complete set mini boxed sets (by theme) or as individual volumes. This second set compliments the first 68 volume set of Critical Heritage published by Routledge in October 1995. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415848626

William Faulkner's 'Absalom Absalom!A Critical Casebook Originally published in 1984. William Faulkner is the most studied American author of our time. This volume presents a collection of some of the best critical essays on William Faulkner’s ninth novel Absalom Absalom!. Numerous approaches are represented; among them are theme studies close readings psychological studies source studies structural studies and analyses of style and narrative technique. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138505193

William Faulkner's CharactersAn Index to the Published and Unpublished Fiction Originally published in 1981. This index to characters and names in the published and unpublished fiction of William Faulkner is in two parts. The first divided into novels short stories and unpublished fiction lists the characters within each individual work. The second is an index of all named characters. Within each division of the first part of the index works are listed alphabetically. The characters and names in each work are divided into fictional unnamed historical Biblical and literary/mythic. The Master Index of named characters is a conflation of all the fictional characters as well as historical/Biblical/literary/mythic characters and names which appear in all the fiction. All characters are identified as clearly and succinctly as possible without interpretation of their roles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138298675

William Forsythe First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173620

William Forsythe and the Practice of ChoreographyIt Starts From Any Point William Forsythe’s reinvigoration of classical ballet during his 20-year tenure at the Ballett Frankfurt saw him lauded as one of the greatest choreographers of the postwar era. His current work with The Forsythe Company has gone even further to challenge and investigate fundamental assumptions about choreography itself. William Forsythe and the Practice of Choreography presents a diverse range of critical writings on his work with illuminating analysis of his practice from an interdisciplinary perspective. The book also contains insightful working testaments from Forsythe’s collaborators as well as a contribution from the choreographer himself. With essays covering all aspects of Forsythe’s past and current work readers are provided with an unparalleled view into the creative world of this visionary artist as well as a comprehensive resource for students scholars and practitioners of ballet and contemporary dance today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203832233

William GagerThe Complete Works Published in 1994: This book represents the Latin Playwright’s work of the Tudor period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367196691

William GladstoneNew Studies and Perspectives William Ewart Gladstone (1809-98) was the outstanding statesman of the Victorian age. He was an MP for over sixty years a long serving and exceptional Chancellor of the Exchequer and four times Prime Minister. As the leader of the Liberal party over three decades he personified the values and policies of later Victorian Liberalism. Gladstone however was always more than just a politician. He was also a considerable scholar a dedicated Churchman and had a range of interests and connections that made him in many respects the quintessential Victorian. Yet important aspects of Gladstone's life have received relatively little recent attention from historians. This study reappraises Gladstone by focusing on five themes: his reputation; his representation in visual and material culture; his personal life; his role as an official; and the ethical and political basis of his international policies. This collection of original often multidisciplinary studies provides new perspectives on Gladstone's public and private life. As such it illustrates the many-sided nature of his career and the complexities of his personality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110076

William Godwin and the Theatre William Godwin is one of the most important figures of the Romantic period. He wrote four plays at the end of the 18th/beginning of the 19th centuries. This book has two main objectives: to provide the first comprehensive discussion of these four plays and to consider the notion of theatricality in relation to Godwin’s political project. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661325

William Holman Hunt and Typological Symbolism (Routledge Revivals) In this study first published in 1979 Landow contends that Hunt’s version of Pre-Raphaelitism concerned itself primarily with an elaborate system of painterly symbolism rather than with a photographic realism as has been usually supposed. Like Ruskin Hunt believed that a symbolism based on scriptural typology – the method of finding anticipations of Christ in Hebrew history – could produce an ideal art that would solve the problems of Victorian painting. According to Hunt this elaborate symbolism could simultaneously avoid the dangers of materialism inherent in a realistic style the dead conventionalism of academic art and the sentimentality of much contemporary painting. George Landow examines Hunt’s work in the context of this argument and drawing on much unknown or previously inaccessible material shows how he used texts frames and symbols to create a complex art of mediation that became increasingly visionary as the artist grew older. This book is ideal for students of art history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138849587

William Hunter and his Eighteenth-Century Cultural WorldsThe Anatomist and the Fine Arts The eminent physician and anatomist Dr William Hunter (1718-1783) made an important and significant contribution to the history of collecting and the promotion of the fine arts in Britain in the eighteenth century. Born at the family home in East Calderwood he matriculated at the University of Glasgow in 1731 and was greatly influenced by some of the most important philosophers of the Scottish Enlightenment including Francis Hutcheson (1694-1746). He quickly abandoned his studies in theology for Medicine and in 1740 left Scotland for London where he steadily acquired a reputation as an energetic and astute practitioner; he combined his working life as an anatomist successfully with a wide range of interests in natural history including mineralogy conchology botany and ornithology; and in antiquities books medals and artefacts; in the fine arts he worked with artists and dealers and came to own a number of beautiful oil paintings and volumes of extremely fine prints. He built an impressive school of anatomy and a museum which housed these substantial and important collections. William Hunter’s life and work is the subject of this book a cultural-anthropological account of his influence and legacy as an anatomist physician collector teacher and demonstrator. Combining Hunter’s lectures to students of anatomy with his teaching at the St Martin’s Lane Academy his patronage of artists such as Robert Edge Pine George Stubbs and Johan Zoffany and his associations with artists at the Royal Academy of Arts the book positions Hunter at the very centre of artistic scientific and cultural life in London during the period presenting a sustained and critical account of the relationship between anatomy and artists over the course of the long eighteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472424426

William Hunter's WorldThe Art and Science of Eighteenth-Century Collecting Despite William Hunter's stature as one of the most important collectors and men of science of the eighteenth century and the fact that his collection is the foundation of Scotland's oldest public museum The Hunterian until now there has been no comprehensive examination in a single volume of all his collections in their diversity. This volume restores Hunter to a rightful position of prominence among the medical men whose research and amassing of specimens transformed our understanding of the natural world and man's position within it. This volume comprises essays by international specialists and are as diverse as Hunter's collections themselves dealing as they do with material that ranges from medical and scientific specimens to painting prints books and manuscripts. The first sections focus upon Hunter's own collection and his response to it while the final section contextualises Hunter within the wider sphere. A special feature of the volume is the inclusion of references to the Hunterian's web pages and on-line databases. These enable searches for items from Hunter's collections both from his museum and library. Locating Hunter's collecting within the broader context of his age and environment this book provides an original approach to a man and collection whose importance has yet to be comprehensively assessed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548343

William Huskisson and Liberal Reform First published in 1967 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760447

William III William III William of Orange (1650-1702) is a key figure in English history. Grandson of Charles I and married to Mary eldest daughter of James II the pair became the object of protestant hopes after James lost the throne. Though William was personally unpopular - his continental ties the source of suspicion and resentment - Tony Claydon argues that William was key to solving the chronic instability of seventeenth-century Britain and Ireland.  It took someone with a European vision and foreign experience of handling a free political system to end the stand-off between ruler and people that had marred Stuart history. Claydon takes a thematic approach to investigate all these aspects in their wider context and presents William as the crucial factor in Britain's emergence as a world power and as a model of open and participatory government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138146440

William III the Stadholder-KingA Political Biography In Britain the name of William III is synonymous with sectarianism and Orangism. Ever since he burst onto the English political landscape in 1688 to take the throne of his catholic uncle James II William has tended to be viewed within a largely domestic sphere. Yet it has been acknowledged that William's main motivation in accepting the English crown was to aid the ongoing struggles of the United Provinces against the might of Louis XIV's France. Whilst both the British and European aspects of William's activities have been studied before there has until now been no English language book that draws together both his Dutch and British concerns. In this book made available in English for the first time Wout Troost exploits his detailed knowledge of Dutch English Scottish and Irish sources to paint a holistic and convincing political analysis of William's reign. Beginning with a brief biography of William the real strength of this book lies in its analysis of the first part of William's reign before the events of 1688. It is this crucial period that has been most neglected by English-speaking historians despite the fact that it is crucial to understanding the events that follow. For without an appreciation of William's formative years as Stadholder and soldier his actions and decisions relating to the English crown cannot be properly construed. Providing a truly balanced insight into the political career of William this book will be welcomed by all those with in interest in European history or who wish to better understand the political and religious geography of modern Britain. The translation of this book was made possible by a generous subsidy from NWO the Nederlandse Organisatie voor Wetenschappelijk Onderzoek. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234038

William James and The Varieties of Religious ExperienceA Centenary Celebration William James's The Varieties of Religious Experience was an intellectual landmark paving the way for current study of psychology philosophy and religious studies. In this new companion to the Varieties key international experts provide contemporary responses to James's book exploring its seminal historical importance and its modern significance. Locating the Varieties within the context of James's other works and exploring James's views on psychology mysticism religious experience emotion and truth the sixteen articles offer new analyses of the Varieties from the perspectives of postcolonial theory history social theory and philosophy. As the only critical work dedicated to the cross-disciplinary influence of The Varieties of Religious Experience this book testifies to William James's genius and ongoing legacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653244

William James Pragmatism in Focus This book presents William James's Pragmatism together with critical commentary and focuses on the theories of meaning and truth central to Pragmatism. It includes several articles three of which were roughly contemporaneous with the publication of Pragmatism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755368

William James: Essays and Lectures Part of theLongman Library of Primary Sources in Philosophy this edition of the William James' Selected Essays is framed by a pedagogical structure designed to make this important work of philosophy more accessible and meaningful for undergraduates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138457393

William James's Hidden Religious ImaginationA Universe of Relations This book offers a radical new reading of William James’s work on the idea of ‘religion.’ Moving beyond previous psychological and philosophical interpretations it uncovers a dynamic imaginative and critical use of the category of religion. This work argues that we can only fully understand James’s work on religion by returning to the ground of his metaphysics of relations and by incorporating literary and historical themes. Author Jeremy Carette develops original perspectives on the influence of James’s father and Calvinism on the place of the body and sex in James on the significance of George Eliot’s novels and Herbert Spencer’s ‘unknown ’ revealing a social and political discourse of civil religion and republicanism and a poetic imagination at the heart of James understanding of religion. These diverse themes are brought together through a post-structural sensitivity and a recovery of the importance of the French philosopher Charles Renouvier to James’s work. This study pushes new boundaries in Jamesian scholarship by reading James with pluralism and from the French tradition. It will be a benchmark text in the reshaping of James and the nineteenth-century foundations of the modern study of ‘religion.’ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547087

William L. Rowe on Philosophy of ReligionSelected Writings William Rowe is one of the leading thinkers in contemporary philosophy of religion. Although he is best known for his contributions to the problem of evil he has produced innovative and influential work across a wide array of subjects at the interface between philosophy and religion. He has for example written extensively on the existentialist theologian Paul Tillich on the challenging problem of divine freedom and on the traditional arguments in support of the existence of God. His work in these areas is distinguished by its clarity rigour originality and sensitivity towards the claims of his theistic opponents. Indeed Rowe's work has played a pivotal role in the remarkable revival of analytic philosophy of religion since the 1970s. The present collection brings together for the first time Rowe's most significant contributions to the philosophy of religion. This diverse but representative selection of Rowe's writings will provide students professional scholars as well as general readers with stimulating and accessible discussions on such topics as the philosophical theology of Paul Tillich the problem of evil divine freedom arguments for the existence of God religious experience life after death and religious pluralism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234021

William Langland's Piers PlowmanA Book of Essays First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138997462

William Lawes (1602-1645)Essays on His Life Times and Work First published in 1998 this volume comprises papers given at a conference on Lawes and his music held at Oxford in September 1995 to commemorate the 350th anniversary of his death. They examine not only Lawes’s music but the milieu in which he worked. Part One examines the musical life of the English Court in Lawes’s day noting his activities there and his involvement with companies of players. Manuscript studies and a detailed account of the fatal battle are also included. Part Two comprises seven essays exploring the wide range of his instrumental and vocal music. William Lawes is acknowledged as the most exciting and innovative composer working in England during the reign of Charles I. His tragic early death at the Siege of Chester in 1645 only served to heighten his reputation among his contemporaries lending him also the cloak of martyrdom in the service of his king. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138370227

William Loring Andrews on Bookbinding History ‘William Loring Andrews on Bookbinding History’ is a collection of two works by Loring including ‘A Short Historical Sketch of the Art of Bookbinding’ and ‘Bibliopegy in the United States and Kindred Subjects’. This work is a part of ‘The History of Bookbinding Technique and Design’-A series of reprint volumes original monographs and translations relating to the history of bookbinding. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315056043

William Maginn and the British PressA Critical Biography The first scholarly treatment of the life of William Maginn (1794-1842) David Latané’s meticulously researched biography follows Maginn’s life from his early days in Ireland through his career in Paris and London as political journalist and writer and finally to his sad decline and incarceration in debtor’s prison. A founding editor of the daily Standard (1827) Maginn was a prodigal author and editor. He was an early and influential contributor to Blackwood’s Edinburgh Magazine and a writer from the Tory side for The Age New Times English Gentleman Representative John Bull and many other papers. In 1830 he launched Fraser’s Magazine for Town and Country the early venue for such Victorians as Thackeray and Carlyle and he was intimately involved with the poet 'L.E.L.' In 1837 he wrote the prologue for the first issue of Bentley’s Miscellany edited by Dickens. Through painstaking archival research into Maginn’s surviving letters and manuscripts as well as those of his associates Latané restores Maginn to his proper place in the history of nineteenth-century print culture. His book is essential reading for nineteenth-century scholars historians of the book and periodical and anyone interested in questions of authorship in the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409449416

William Marshal David Crouch’s William Marshal now in its third edition depicts this intriguing medieval figure as a ruthless opportunist astute courtier manipulative politician and a brutal but efficient soldier. Born the fourth son of a minor baron he ended his days as Earl of Pembroke and Regent of England and was the only medieval knight to have a contemporary biography written about him. Using this biography in addition to the many other primary sources dedicated to him the author provides a narrative of William Marshal and a survey of the times in which he lived and also considers the problems and questions posed by the History. The third edition has been extensively updated and revised and now includes: expanded sections on the reality of medieval tournaments and warfare as it is described in the biography an in-depth study of Marshal’s family life and children based on the latest research including material from the new edition of the Marshal family acts and letters more on Marshal’s royal patrons and contemporaries in particular the relationship between Marshal and his nemesis King John. William Marshal explores the world of medieval knighthood and the the aristocratic life of the times in engaging readable prose and is a unique resource for students of medieval history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138939332

William Morris Art and Socialist Movements: A Collection of Contemporary Pamphlets William Morris one of Britain's leading writers and artists of the Victorian era was strongly connected to the socialist movement of 19th century Britain and both his literary work and decorative art were widely influenced by its ideas. He was a founding member of the Socialist League and many of his writings were originally published in the League's official newspapers and pamphlets. This 3-volume set is a facsimile reprint of a collection of 47 small booklets written or edited by Morris and his colleagues in the socialist movement most of which are rare and difficult to access . The first volume contains all issues of the two major pamphlet series of the Socialist League as well as his historical documents relating to its foundation including conference reports and broadsides. Many of them feature beautiful illustrations by Water Crane a Victorian book illustrator which are all reproduced in the volume. The second volume includes booklets on socialism published by authors close to Morris as well as by himself. There are also songbooks that he edited. The third volume is devoted to his lectures of art and socialism which he published by himself using the Golden Type he designed. The facsimile reprint of these items visualizes the essence of Morris's thought and art and will provide a deeper understanding of what William Morris tried to contribute to the Victorian society through his literary and art works. Media > Books > Print Books Edition Synapse 9784861662102

William Morris and the Society for the Protection of Ancient Buildings The Society for the Protection of Ancient Buildings founded by artist and craftsman William Morris in 1877 sought to preserve the integrity of historic buildings by preventing unnecessary repairs and additions. William Morris's intention and that of the SPAB as outlined by the original manifesto was that buildings of any period had a life that was best protected through the conservative repair of what was falling into ruin and the prevention of injury to buildings by safeguarding them as much as possible and practical. This practice became known as historic preservation. In this study Donovan  relying upon many original documents from the SPAB archives in London traces the history of the SPAB from its foundation in nineteenth-century England to its current activities in England and Western Europe.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878389

William MorrisThe Critical Heritage First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867900

William of Orange and the Revolt of the Netherlands 1572-84 The figure of Prince William of Orange (1572-84) dominates the political landscape of the sixteenth century Netherlands and in many ways personifies the Dutch revolt against Spanish hegemony. Yet despite the European significance of his struggle there has not been a major English-language study of William since C.V. Wedgwood's biography published in 1944. As such scholars will welcome this publication of Koen Swart's distinguished and authoritative biography of the first of the hereditary stadholders of the United Provinces. Originally available only in Dutch this edition provides an English speaking audience for the first time with a detailed account of William's role in the Dutch Revolt that reflects the vast amount of scholarship undertaken in the field of European political and religious history over the last few decades. In the book Swart explores the means by which William established his rule in Holland and Zeeland in the 1570s and provides an analysis of William's relations with the provincial states the States-General and the towns and the creation of a new system of government and finance. Within this framework of national history he is always careful to locate the subject in its broad international context thus adding to our wider understanding of this turbulent period. Moreover Swart avoids the uncritical glorification of William evident in some previous works and asks searching and pertinent questions concerning the wisdom of William's decisions such as that to break up the pre-1572 unity of the Habsburg Netherlands. In so doing Swart provides a much more balanced view than has hitherto been available that not only takes Protestant views into account but also contemplates the Revolt form the perspective of the Catholic population and shows sympathy for Charles V's and Philip II's predicament. In so doing this book provides the most important revision of William for a century and will undoubtedly have repercussions upon many studying the history of Europe in the age of Reformations. Published posthumously this book also includes introductory material written by leading scholars H.F.K. van Nierop M.E.H.N. Mout J. Israel and A.C. Duke. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234014

William Percy's Mahomet and His HeavenA Critical Edition William Percy's Mahomet and His Heaven (1601) is extraordinary. Not only is it the only early modern play purportedly based upon the Qur'an but it is also the first to place the Prophet Muhammad on the stage. While there existed a remarkable range of texts concerning Islamic characters and themes in Renaissance England from chronicles and pamphlets to popular drama the publication of this edition of Mahomet and His Heaven represents a major step forward in the study of Islam on the early modern stage. Roughly contemporary with Shakespeare's Othello William Percy makes the remarkable and potentially highly provocative gesture of locating the Prophet as its central character presiding over an apocalyptic drought to chastise the sins of mankind. The play takes place in around the mosques of 'Medina' and the action mirrors early Christian 'translations' of the Qur'an the Islamic holy text that was rarely available in England at the time. Furthermore the play provides a fascinating insight into the way that Islamic characters were portrayed on the early modern stage containing as it does remarkably detailed stage directions stipulating for example that the Prophet wears 'all greene and greene his Turban' and that his Angels are 'rainbow powdered'. Such details offer an entirely new perspective upon this aspect of early modern stagecraft. Matthew Dimmock presents here the play in its entirety with a critical introduction which introduces some of its key themes and places it in a textual and social context. A section of detailed explanatory scholarly notes follow the play containing a full translation of the short Latin sections and references to the many political and literary parallels. This book should be required reading for historians literary scholars and students dealing with notions of race religion magic astrology and stagecraft in early modern England. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315234007

William Pitt the Younger William Pitt the Younger re-examines Pitt's career in the light of recent research and emphasizes that it should not be stereotyped as having a `reformist' phase in the years to 1793 and a `reactionary' phase thereafter. His treatment includes explanation of: * Pitt's rapid rise to power* the importance of his relations with George III* contemporary party politics including his own description of himself as an `independent Whig'* his administrative and financial reforms in the 1780s* his foreign policy and war strategy* his plans for assuring a satisfactory political union with Ireland and why they were frustrated. This volume by Eric J. Evans includes a complete historical background to the leader's political career and analyses his achievements. The author outlines Pitt's economic domestic and foreign policy as well as detailing the changes in party politics and monarchy during the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138138056

William Reid Dick Sculptor William Reid Dick (1878-1961) was one of a generation of British sculptors air-brushed out of art history by the Modernist critics of the late twentieth century. This long-overdue monograph adds to the recent revival of interest in this group of forgotten sculptors by describing the life and work of arguably the leading figure of the group in unprecedented depth. The facts of Reid Dick's life and his most important works are presented against a backdrop of the historical social and aesthetic changes taking place during his lifetime. Dennis Wardleworth elucidates why Reid Dick's reputation plummeted so quickly and why his position in the history of British art deserves to be restored. This study draws upon a wealth of previously unpublished material including over 2000 letters and press cuttings and photographs in the Tate Archive as well as letters and photographs held by Reid Dick's family. It traces the sculptor's story from his birth in the Gorbals in Glasgow to his election to the Royal Academy and knighting by George V to the decline of his career and his late-life connection with American millionaire and art collector Huntington Hartford. The first monograph on Reid Dick since 1945 the book also includes images of over 40 of his works and a listing of over 200 works identified by the author. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409439714

William Robert Broughton's Voyage of Discovery to the North Pacific 1795-1798 Edited and richly annotated by Lt Cdr Andrew David this volume offers for the first time a complete transcript of the handwritten journal kept by William Broughton on his voyage to the North Pacific (1795-1798) together with supplementary letters and the journal of Broughton's journey across Mexico (1793). An extensive introduction by Professor Barry Gough places the voyage in its historical context. Broughton had first visited the North Pacific in 1792 in command of the brig Chatham during Vancouver's voyage. When negotiations between Vancouver and Juan Francisco Bodega y Quadra reached an impasse Broughton was sent back to London to seek fresh instructions travelling across Mexico and returning to Europe in Spanish ships. Back in London in July 1793 he was appointed in command of the sloop Providence with orders to rejoin Vancouver in the Pacific taking with him the astronomer John Crosley. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315547121

William ShakespeareThe Critical Heritage Volume 1 1623-1692 The Critical Heritage gathers together a large body of critical sources on major figures in literature. Each volume presents contemporary responses to a writer's work enabling students and researchers to read for themselves for example comments on early performances of Shakespeare's plays or reactions to the first publication of Jane Austen's novels. The carefully selected sources range from landmark essays in the history of criticism to journalism and contemporary opinion and little published documentary material such as letters and diaries. Significant pieces of criticism from later periods are also included in order to demonstrate the fluctuations in an author's reputation.<BR> Each volume contains an introduction to the writer's published works a selected bibliography and an index of works authors and subjects. The Collected Critical Heritage set will be available as a set of 68 volumes and the series will also be available in mini sets selected by period (in slipcase boxes) and as individual volumes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203197837

William ShakespeareThe Critical Heritage Volume 2 1693-1733 The Critical Heritage gathers together a large body of critical sources on major figures in literature. Each volume presents contemporary responses to a writer's work enabling students and researchers to read for themselves for example comments on early performances of Shakespeare's plays or reactions to the first publication of Jane Austen's novels. The carefully selected sources range from landmark essays in the history of criticism to journalism and contemporary opinion and little published documentary material such as letters and diaries. Significant pieces of criticism from later periods are also included in order to demonstrate the fluctuations in an author's reputation. Each volume contains an introduction to the writer's published works a selected bibliography and an index of works authors and subjects. The Collected Critical Heritage set will be available as a set of 68 volumes and the series will also be available in mini sets selected by period (in slipcase boxes) and as individual volumes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203197875

William ShakespeareThe Critical Heritage Volume 5 1765-1774 The Critical Heritage gathers together a large body of critical sources on major figures in literature. Each volume presents contemporary responses to a writer's work enabling students and researchers to read for themselves for example comments on early performances of Shakespeare's plays or reactions to the first publication of Jane Austen's novels. The carefully selected sources range from landmark essays in the history of criticism to journalism and contemporary opinion and little published documentary material such as letters and diaries. Significant pieces of criticism from later periods are also included in order to demonstrate the fluctuations in an author's reputation.<BR> Each volume contains an introduction to the writer's published works a selected bibliography and an index of works authors and subjects.The Collected Critical Heritage set will be available as a set of 68 volumes and the series will also be available in mini sets selected by period (in slipcase boxes) and as individual volumes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203197998

William Stanley Jevons and the Cutting Edge of Economics The impressive young scholar Bert Mosselmans analyzing the theory and policy of Jevons a major figure in the field of the history of economics has put together a volume with broad international appeal particularly in Europe North America and Japan that offers a synthetic approach to Jevons’ economic theory applied economics and economic policy. Adopting a relativist approach to his subject Mosselmans focuses on all aspects of Jevons’ theory tying the different strands together where appropriate and discriminating where necessary. Examining the relation between theory and practise he situates Jevons within the history of economic thought and in relation to his logic ethics religion and aesthetics. Ideal for scholars working in the fields of philosophy and history as well as economics this ambitious and insightful work offers a comprehensive analysis of one of the founding fathers of modern economic thought whose work marked a new chapter in its history bridging the gap between classical and neo-classical economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863063

William ThackerayThe Critical Heritage The Critical Heritage gathers together a large body of critical sources on major figures in literature. Each volume presents contemporary responses to a writer's work enabling student and researcher to read the material themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415756761

William Tinsley (1831-1902): Speculative PublisherSpeculative Publisher This title was first published in 2001. An account of the activities of 19th-century publisher William Tinsley particularly in relation to his authors and his chosen way of making a living. In considering the library-publishing system that dominated all aspects of fiction in the latter part of the 19th century when down-payments rather than loyalties were the rewards of novelists it may be surprising to find how wide were the variations in prices that publishers paid for such work. Differences appeared when individual publishers developed soft spots for particular authors and in consequence they sometimes made fools of themselves. William Tinsley certainly did so on several occasions but was blessed at least in later life with the grace of never seriously regretting any of his mistakes. Examples of the nature of this good-hearted man are found in these pages. This account relies to an extent on Tinsley's two volumes of memoirs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138719675

William Trevor (Routledge Revivals)A Study of His Fiction William Trevor is a master of contemporary fiction. He writes with equal authority about the frustrations of life in remote corners of Ireland and the hollowness of life is prosperous London suburbs. An Anglo-Irishman Trevor is admired on both sides of the Atlantic and both sides of the Irish Sea. In William Trevor: A Study of His Fiction first published in 1990 Gregory Schirmer analyses Trevor’s novels (such as A Standard of Behaviour and Fools of Fortune) and short stories in detail. He argues that Trevor’s writing is important both in terms of its mastery of fictional techniques and of the profoundly moral vision that informs it. His view of twentieth-century men and women is subtle and complex generated by the tension between a humanistic faith in compassion and "connection" and an opposing more realistic assessment of contemporary society as alienated and disconnected. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138821439

William Wickham Master SpyThe Secret War Against the French Revolution A biography of William Wickham (1761-1840) Britain's master spy on the Continent for more than five years during the French Revolutionary wars. It follows Wickham's career to narrate the rise and fall of his secret service community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663770

William Wordsworth and the Invention of Tourism 1820-1900 In her study of the opening of the English Lake District to mass tourism Saeko Yoshikawa examines William Wordsworth’s role in the rise and development of the region as a popular destination. For the middle classes on holiday guidebooks not only offered practical information but they also provided a fresh motive and a new model of appreciation by associating writers with places. The nineteenth century saw the invention of Robert Burns’s and Walter Scott’s Borders Shakespeare’s Stratford and the Brontë Country as holiday locales for the middle classes. Investigating the international cult of Wordsworthian tourism Yoshikawa shows both how Wordsworth’s public celebrity was constructed through the tourist industry and how the cultural identity of the Lake District was influenced by the poet’s presence and works. Informed by extensive archival work her book provides an original case study of the contributions of Romantic writers to the invention of middle-class tourism and the part guidebooks played in promoting the popular reputations of authors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472420138

William Wordsworth and the Theology of Poverty Exploring the relationship between poverty and religion in William Wordsworth’s poetry Heidi J. Snow challenges the traditional view that the poet’s early years were primarily irreligious. She argues that this idea based on the equation of Christianity with Anglicanism discounts the richly varied theological landscape of Wordsworth’s youth. Reading Wordsworth’s poetry in the context of the diversity of theological views represented in his milieu Snow shows that poems like The Excursion reject Anglican orthodoxy in favor of a meld of Quaker Methodist and deist theologies. Rather than support a narrative of Wordsworth’s life as a journey from atheism to orthodoxy or even from radicalism to conservatism therefore Wordsworth’s body of work consistently makes a case for a sensitive approach to the problem of the poor that relies on a multifaceted theological perspective. To reconstruct the religious context in which Wordsworth wrote in its complexity Snow makes extensive use of the materials in the record offices of the Lake District and the religious sermons and congregational records for the orthodox Anglican evangelical Anglican Methodist and Quaker congregations. Snow’s depiction of the multiple religious traditions in the Lake District complicates our understanding of Wordsworth’s theological influences and his views on the poor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409465911

William WordsworthThe Poetry of Grandeur and of Tenderness First published in 1982. In this study of Wordsworth’s major poetry the author explores the conflict between the poet’s celebration of an impersonal earth and his concern for the most intensely personal relationships. The opening chapter concentrates on Wordsworth’s struggle to describe the natural world and the extraordinary claims he makes for the natural landscape — which are shown to derive not from vague mysticism but precisely articulated common sense. The close readings of Michael The Idiot Boy Tintern Abbey and The Ruined Cottage and poems as passages on solitaries are supported by generous quotations and discussion of other critical views. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138670228

Williams on South Asian Religions and ImmigrationCollected Works The dual foci for this collection of the author's most important writings are Swaminarayan Hinduism and South Asian immigrants in the United States. Both are topics of wide and growing interest in India and in many countries where South Indians have settled. Swaminarayan Hinduism's growth in the past few decades in India and among Indians abroad has been remarkable: one subsect now has 8100 centers around the world where weekly meetings are held. The second focus is on the religions of South Asian immigrants: Hindus Muslims Jains Sikhs and Christians. The first section is introductory and sets the stage through an analysis of the transmission of religious traditions. The second section moves from the development of Swaminarayan Hinduism and its leadership in India to its development in the United States as exemplified in Chicago. The third section analyzes the impact South Asian religions are having in the United States and the effects that migration and modernization are having on the religions of the immigrants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138357976

Williams SyndromeA Special Double Issue of developmental Neuropsychology The articles in this special issue form three overlapping themes: papers concerned with language development other aspects of cognition and interpersonal relations and personality. The papers provide strong evidence of the importance of the study of individuals with neurodevelopmental genetic disorders for enhancing the understanding of the complex manner in which initial genetic differences impact on both behavior (performance) and processing strategies from infancy through adulthood. Much work remains to be done not only from a psychological or a biological perspective but most importantly from an integrated psychological-biological perspective. The hope is that these articles will motivate future studies informed by the genetic-developmental approach both on Williams syndrome and on other neurodevelopmental genetic disorders. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203764800

Williamson on Modality Timothy Williamson is one of the most influential living philosophers working in the areas of logic and metaphysics. His work in these areas has been particularly influential in shaping debates about metaphysical modality which is the topic of his recent provocative and closely-argued book Modal Logic as Metaphysics (2013). This book comprises ten essays by metaphysicians and logicians responding to Williamson’s work on metaphysical modality as well as replies by Williamson to each essay. In addition it contains an original essay by Williamson ‘Modal science ’ concerning the role of modal claims in natural science. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Canadian Journal of Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367229887

Willmore Energy and Willmore Conjecture This book is the first monograph dedicated entirely to Willmore energy and Willmore surfaces as contemporary topics in differential geometry. While it focuses on Willmore energy and related conjectures it also sits at the intersection between integrable systems harmonic maps Lie groups calculus of variations geometric analysis and applied differential geometry. Rather than reproducing published results it presents new directions developments and open problems. It addresses questions like: What is new in Willmore theory? Are there any new Willmore conjectures and open problems? What are the contemporary applications of Willmore surfaces? As well as mathematicians and physicists this book is a useful tool for postdoctoral researchers and advanced graduate students working in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498744638

Willy and the Wobbly HouseA Story for Children Who are Anxious or Obsessional This is a story for children who are anxious or obsessional. Willy is an anxious boy who experiences the world as a very unsafe wobbly place where anything awful might happen at any time. Joe the boy next door is too ordered and tidy to be able to ever really enjoy life. Follow their adventures with the Puddle People who help them break out of their fixed patterns and find far richer ways of living in the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138434141

Wilson and China: A Revised History of the Shandong QuestionA Revised History of the Shandong Question Drawing on sources in Japanese Chinese and American archives and libraries this book reassesses another facet of Woodrow Wilson's agenda at the 1919 Paris Peace Conference at the end of World War I. Breaking with accepted scholarly opinions the author argues that Wilson did not "betray" China as many Chinese and Western scholars have charged; rather Wilson successfully negotiated a compromise with the Japanese to ensure that China's sovereignty would be respected in Shandong Province. Rejecting the compromise Chinese negotiators refused to sign the Treaty of Versailles creating conditions for the Soviet Union's entry into China and its later influence over the course of the Chinese revolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698151

Wilsonian Approaches to American ConflictsFrom the War of 1812 to the First Gulf War This book explores US foreign policy specifically the history of America’s entry into the War of 1812 the First World War the Korean War and the First Gulf War. Using a historical case study approach it demonstrates how the Wilsonian Framework can give us a unique understanding of why the United States chose to go to war in those four conflicts. Cox argues that the Wilsonian Framework is an important concern for decision makers in the US and that democracy promotion and the concept of international law are driving factors in each of these decisions to go to war. The realist and economic explanations of these conflicts are not sufficient and we must draw on Wilsonianism to gain a clear understanding of these conflicts. Drawing on the history of American liberalism and the work of Walter Russel Mead and Tony Smith the book presents a definition of Wilsonianism that represents a broad span of the history of The Republic in order to show consistency across time. It also establishes why the realist and economic explanations fail to provide sufficient explanatory power and how the Wilsonian Framework can give important insights into these conflicts. This book will be of interest to international historians and international relations scholars at both postgraduate and scholar level. It will also be of use to those wishing to conduct future research into the motivations that drive the foreign and security policies of the United States. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138226692

WiMAX/MobileFiAdvanced Research and Technology WiMAX is bringing about a worldwide revolution in broadband wireless access including both fixed and mobile handsets. The IEEE 802.16 working group standardized most aspects of WiMAX signaling messages. However several algorithms were left unspecified opening the door for innovations in protocol engineering for 802.16/802.20-based broadband wireless systems. Get Connected to the WiMAX Revolution WiMAX/MobileFi: Advanced Research and Technology brings together the world’s leading WiMAX researchers to present progressive techniques in the design analysis and optimization of protocols for WiMAX. This ground-breaking previously unpublished collection of papers addresses topics such as connection admission control integration with WiFi Networks QoS support handoff management scheduling algorithms and load-balancing just to name a few.  Written under the leadership of editor Yang Xiao member of the IEEE 802.11 working group WiMAX/MobileFi: Advanced Research and Technology represents the most cutting-edge survey of WiMAX technologies. It provides a foundation to support currently emerging applications as well as fuel the development of future innovations. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367388027

WiMAXA Wireless Technology Revolution The demand for broadband connectivity is growing rapidly but cannot be met effectively by existing wireline technology. WiMAX has the potential to provide widespread Internet access that can usher in economic growth better education and healthcare and improved entertainment services. Examining the technology's global development and deployment activities WiMAX: A Wireless Technology Revolution presents its unique features and evaluates its revolutionary approach over contemporary technologies. The book covers the mission product and services of WiMAX as well as specific features such as security and mobility. It discusses the implementation of the IEEE 802.16 standard and also explores how WiMax stacks up to 3G and 4G and the economic and opportunity costs. This reference also analyzes the future prospects of WiMAX and its contribution to the wireless and mobile communication technology field. It is a must-have resource for those who are either intrigued or involved with this standards-based technology that has the ability to provide high-throughput broadband connections over long distances. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367452896

WiMAXApplications As the demand for broadband services continues to grow worldwide traditional solutions such as digital cable and fiber optics are often difficult and expensive to implement especially in rural and remote areas. The emerging WiMAX system satisfies the growing need for high data-rate applications such as voiceover IP video conferencing interactive gaming and multimedia streaming. WiMAX deployments not only serve residential and enterprise users but can also be deployed as a backhaul for Wi-Fi hotspots or 3G cellular towers. By providing affordable wireless broadband access the technology of WiMAX will revolutionize broadband communications in the developed world and bridge the digital divide in developing countries. Part of the WiMAX Handbook this volume focuses on the applications of WiMAX. The book describes the logical architecture of IEEE 802.16 introduces some of the main IEEE 802.16 family standards compares WiMAX to Wi-Fi and studies the feasibility of supporting VoIP over WiMAX. It also looks at the residential use of WiMAX as well as the strategies of using WiMAX in remote locales and rural communities. In addition the book examines the backhaul requirements of a large fixed wireless network and the problem of centralized routing and scheduling for IEEE 802.16 mesh networks.With the revolutionary technology of WiMAX the lives of many will undoubtedly improve thereby leading to greater economic empowerment. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219899

WiMAXStandards and Security As the demand for broadband services continues to grow worldwide traditional solutions such as digital cable and fiber optics are often difficult and expensive to implement especially in rural and remote areas. The emerging WiMAX system satisfies the growing need for high data-rate applications such as voiceover IP video conferencing interactive gaming and multimedia streaming. WiMAX deployments not only serve residential and enterprise users but can also be deployed as a backhaul for Wi-Fi hotspots or 3G cellular towers. By providing affordable wireless broadband access the technology of WiMAX will revolutionize broadband communications in the developed world and bridge the digital divide in developing countries. Part of the WiMAX Handbook this volume focuses on the standards and security issues of WiMAX. The book examines standardized versus proprietary solutions for wireless broadband access reviews the core medium access control protocol of WiMAX systems and presents carriers' perspectives on wireless services. It also discusses the main mobility functions of the IEEE 802.16e standard describes how to speed up WiMAX handover procedures presents the 802.16 mesh protocol and surveys the testing and certification processes used for WiMAX products. In addition the book reviews the security features of both IEEE 802.16 and WiMAX.With the revolutionary technology of WiMAX the lives of many will undoubtedly improve thereby leading to greater economic empowerment. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219912

WiMAXTechnologies Performance Analysis and QoS As the demand for broadband services continues to grow worldwide traditional solutions such as digital cable and fiber optics are often difficult and expensive to implement especially in rural and remote areas. The emerging WiMAX system satisfies the growing need for high data-rate applications such as voiceover IP video conferencing interactive gaming and multimedia streaming. WiMAX deployments not only serve residential and enterprise users but can also be deployed as a backhaul for Wi-Fi hotspots or 3G cellular towers. By providing affordable wireless broadband access the technology of WiMAX will revolutionize broadband communications in the developed world and bridge the digital divide in developing countries. Part of the WiMAX Handbook this volume focuses on the technologies behind WiMAX its performance capabilities and its control mechanisms. The book introduces programmable baseband processors suited for WiMAX systems describes an innovative methodology for the design of multi-band WiMAX antennas addresses space-time block codes and reviews space-frequency/space-time-frequency code design criteria. It also proposes a combined call admission control and scheduling scheme focuses on the performance analysis of the IEEE 802.16 mesh mode and analyzes the performance of both single-input-single-output and space-time-block-coded OFDM systems in mobile environments. The final section establishes a framework of an ideal reservation period controller examines the ecosystem in which scheduling for IEEE 802.16e systems must be performed and presents a fuzzy logic controller for admission control.With the revolutionary technology of WiMAX the lives of many will undoubtedly improve thereby leading to greater economic empowerment. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219905

Wind and Earthquake Resistant BuildingsStructural Analysis and Design Developed as a resource for practicing engineers while simultaneously serving as a text in a formal classroom setting Wind and Earthquake Resistant Buildings provides a fundmental understanding of the behavior of steel concrete and composite building structures. The text format follows in a logical manner the typical process of designing a building from the first step of determining design loads to the final step of evaluating its behavior for unusual effects. Includes a worksheet that takes the drudgery out of estimating wind response.The book presents an in-depth review of wind effects and outlines seismic design highlighting the dymamic behavior of buildings. It covers the design and detailing the requirements of steel concrete and composite buidlings assigned to seismic design categories A through E. The author explains critical code specific items and structural concepts by doing the nearly impossible feat of addressing the history reason for existence and intent of major design provisions of the building codes. While the scope of the book is intentionally broad it provides enough in-depth coverage to make it useful for structural engineers in all stages of their careers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393496

Wind and Solar Energy Transition in China This book explores the mobilisation of China’s wind and solar industries and examines the implications of this development to energy generation and distribution innovation and governance. Unlike other publications that focus mainly on the formal policy landscape and statistics of industry development this book delves deeper into the ways in which the wind and solar industries have evolved through negotiations made by the involved stakeholders and how these industries play into larger Chinese development and policymaking interests. Overall it sheds new light on the strategic development of China’s renewable energy industry the flexible governance methods employed and the internal struggles which Chinese local regional and central policymakers and state-owned and private enterprises have faced. This book will be of great relevance to students and scholars of renewable energy technologies energy policy and sustainability transitions as well as policymakers with a specific interest in China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367194185

Wind Energy – The FactsA Guide to the Technology Economics and Future of Wind Power Wind power is often held up as the most accessible and cost-effective route to reducing our reliance on fossil fuels and improving our energy independence yet knowledge of what it offers is often clouded by myths and misunderstandings which can hamper its adoption. This new book the result of an ambitious project coordinated by the European Wind Energy Association aims to present the facts about wind energy. It includes six sections discussing: technology grid integration economics of wind its industry and markets its environmental impacts the scenarios and targets for wind energy. Contributions are drawn from nine leading research bodies across Europe and the material is global in its scope. It is therefore an essential resource and reference for those whose work or study demands an in-depth examination of the subject and for anyone who wants detailed accurate and up-to-date information on this key energy source. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881266

Wind Energy and LandscapeProceedings of the international workshop WEL Genova Italy 26-27 June 1997 Arising from an international workshop these papers discuss aspects of wind turbines and the landscape. Topics: Harmonization of wind turbines with landscape; Visual and audio impact of wind turbines; Interference with telecommunication; Impact of wind turbines on birds; Real experiences in different countries; Offshore wind farms; Wind turbines in coastal and mountainous areas; Wind turbines thunderstorms and lightning; Economic and social impact of wind turbines; Insurance policies regarding wind turbines; Greater public acceptance of wind turbines. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078159

Wind Energy Design Wind Energy Systems is designed for undergraduate engineering courses with a focus on multidisciplinary design of a wind energy system. The text covers basic wind power concepts and components - wind characteristics and modeling rotor aerodynamics lightweight flexible structures wind farms aerodynamics wind turbine control acoustics energy storage and economics. These topics are applied to produce a new conceptual wind energy design showing the interplay of various design aspects in a complete system. An ongoing case study demonstrates the integration of various component topics and MATLAB examples are included to show computerized design analysis procedures and techniques. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138096028

Wind Energy Pocket Reference Prepared and peer-reviewed by some of the foremost experts in the field this easy-to-use pocket reference offers a wealth of information relating to wind energy and wind energy technologies. Topics covered range from wind resources to wind turbines covering offshore and onshore power both stand-alone and grid-connected. The book also includes vital information on international economic support schemes and incentives and environmental issues and is peppered throughout with helpful illustrations equations and explanations. Renewable energy professionals students and wind energy entrepreneurs amongst others will find a host of answers in this essential book â€“ a practical assimilation of data fundamentals and guidelines for application. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315781372

Wind Energy SystemsControl Engineering Design Presenting the latest developments in the field Wind Energy Systems: Control Engineering Design offers a novel take on advanced control engineering design techniques for wind turbine applications. The book introduces concurrent quantitative engineering techniques for the design of highly efficient and reliable controllers which can be used to solve the most critical problems of multi-megawatt wind energy systems. This book is based on the authors’ experience during the last two decades designing commercial multi-megawatt wind turbines and control systems for industry leaders including NASA and the European Space Agency. This work is their response to the urgent need for a truly reliable concurrent engineering methodology for the design of advanced control systems. Outlining a roadmap for such a coordinated architecture the authors consider the links between all aspects of a multi-megawatt wind energy project in which the wind turbine and the control system must be cooperatively designed to achieve an optimized reliable and successful system. Look inside for information about the QFT Control Toolbox for Matlab the software developed by the author to facilitate the QFT robust control design (see also the link at codypower.com). The textbook’s big-picture insights can help students and practicing engineers control and optimize a wind energy system in which large flexible aerodynamic structures are connected to a demanding variable electrical grid and work automatically under very turbulent and unpredictable environmental conditions. The book covers topics including robust QFT control aerodynamics mechanical and electrical dynamic modeling economics reliability and efficiency. It also addresses standards certification implementation grid integration and power quality as well as environmental and maintenance issues. To reinforce understanding the authors present real examples of experimentation with commercial multi-megawatt direct-drive wind turbines as well as on-shore offshore floating and airborne wind turbine applications. They also offer a unique in-depth exploration of the quantitative feedback theory (QFT)—a proven successful robust control technique for real-world applications—as well as advanced switching control techniques that help engineers exceed classical linear limitations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439821794

Wind Energy SystemsSolutions for Power Quality and Stabilization Unlike conventional power plants wind plants emit no air pollutants or greenhouse gases—and wind energy is a free renewable resource. However the induction machines commonly used as wind generators have stability problems similar to the transient stability of synchronous machines. To minimize power frequency and voltage fluctuations caused by network faults or random wind speed variations control mechanisms are necessary. Wind Energy Systems: Solutions for Power Quality and Stabilization clearly explains how to solve stability and power quality issues of wind generator systems. Covering fundamental concepts of wind energy conversion systems the book discusses several means to enhance the transient stability of wind generator systems. It also explains the methodologies for minimizing fluctuations of power frequency and voltage. Topics covered include: An overview of wind energy and wind energy conversion systems Fundamentals of electric machines and power electronics Types of wind generator systems Challenges in integrating wind power into electricity grids Solutions for power quality problems Methods for improving transient stability during network faults Methods for minimizing power fluctuations of variable-speed wind generator systems This accessible book helps researchers and engineers understand the relative effectiveness of each method and select a suitable tool for wind generator stabilization. It also offers students an introduction to wind energy conversion systems providing insights into important grid integration and stability issues. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076129

Wind Energy: Renewable Energy and the Environment The utilization of wind power and other renewable energy sources has been growing at a phenomenal rate. Wind Energy Third Edition explores the wind industry from its inception in the 1970s to today; presents the design aerodynamics operation control applications as well as different types of wind turbines. An overview of energy examines world consumption and use of fossil fuels and includes a section on global climate change. It covers the characteristics of wind such as shear power potential and turbulence and discusses the measurement and siting of individual wind turbines and wind farms. It also discusses the political and economic factors regarding the adoption of wind as an energy source. Features Includes updates throughout and adds new material on wind forecasting offshore wind decommissioning and repowering wind farms and more Illustrates the need for a shift to renewable energy through discussions on energy use and the order of magnitude estimates for the lifetime of fossil fuels Discusses the interconnection of wind turbines to utility grids regulations on installation and operation and the related environmental concerns Presents important economic considerations for the development of wind farms Provides an abundance of examples that highlight the real-world advantages of wind energy over fossil fuels Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138615342

Wind EnergyAn Introduction Wind Energy: An Introduction covers wind energy system types operation modeling analysis integration and control. Beginning with a history of the development of wind energy this comprehensive book: Explains the aerodynamic theories that govern the operation of wind turbines Presents wind energy statistics to address the stochastic nature of wind speed Employs the statistical modeling of wind speed to evaluate sites for wind energy generation Highlights the differences between the most common types of wind turbines Analyzes the main power electronic circuits used in wind energy Details the induction synchronous and permanent magnet generators from the basic principle of induced voltage to the steady-state and dynamic models Explores the operation stability control and protection of type 1 2 3 and 4 wind turbines Discusses the main integration challenges of wind energy systems with electric utility systems Features numerous models illustrations real-world examples and exercise problems Includes a solutions manual and figure slides with qualifying course adoption Wind Energy: An Introduction requires a basic knowledge of electric circuit theory making it an ideal text for students at the senior-undergraduate and graduate levels. In addition the book provides practicing engineers with a handy professional reference. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482263992

Wind Loading of Structures Wind forces from extreme wind events are the dominant loading for many parts of the world exacerbated by climate change and the continued construction of tall buildings and structures. This authoritative source for practising and academic structural engineers and graduate students ties the principles of wind loads on structures to the relevant aspects of meteorology bluff-body aerodynamics probability and statistics and structural dynamics. This new edition covers: Climate change effects on extreme winds – particularly those from tropical cyclones hurricanes and typhoons Modelling of potential wind vulnerability and damage Developments in extreme value probability analysis of extreme wind speeds and directions Explanation of the difference between ‘return period’ and ‘average recurrence interval’ as well as ‘bootstrapping’ techniques for deriving confidence limits Wind over water and profiles and turbulence in non-synoptic winds An expanded chapter on internal pressures produced by wind for various opening and permeability scenarios Aerodynamic shaping of high- and low-rise buildings Recent developments in five major wind codes and standards A new chapter on computational fluid dynamics (CFD) as applied to wind engineering A greatly expanded appendix providing the basic information on extreme wind climates for over 140 countries and territories Additional examples for many chapters in this book Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367273262

Wind Power and Power PoliticsInternational Perspectives The aim of the book is to analyse the factors that have influenced wind power outcomes in a range of countries which have featured significant wind power deployment programmes. A central theme is the relationship between patterns of ownership and the outcomes. These flow from different social environments but they are associated with different types of planning outcome and deployment rates. Grass roots ownership is more widespread than is commonly thought although it is not a panacea for effective wind power programmes. Financial policies used to promote wind power also have important influences of the rates of deployment. However what seems to be most important for wind power deployment is a double coincidence of widespread social support for wind power deployment and effective financial support systems for wind power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653251

Wind Power and Public EngagementCo-operatives and Community Ownership Adopting an interdisciplinary social science approach this book examines community reactions to wind farms to form a new understanding of what facilitates social acceptance. Based on empirical research Wind Power and Public Engagement investigates opposition to wind energy and considers the advantages as well as the limits of the co-operative model of wind farm community ownership. Giuseppe Pellegrini-Masini compares the role of co-operative schemes with community benefits schemes in increasing acceptability and also sheds light on the impact of social factors including pro-environmental attitudes perceived benefits and costs place attachment trust as well as individuals’ resources such as information and income. Five research cases are investigated in England and Scotland including the first local community-owned wind farm co-operative in the UK. Critically reviewing existing social research theories the book offers a new viewpoint integrating rational choice and environmental attitudinal theories from which to assess and understand the social acceptability of wind energy. It also highlights new opportunities for raising consensus in communities around locally proposed wind farms. The book will be of great interest to students and scholars of renewable energy energy policy environmental sociology environmental psychology environmental planning and sustainability in general as well as policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138589100

Wind Power for the WorldInternational Reviews and Developments In part 2 of Wind Power for the World the editors have collected reports and overviews of wind power status and history in various countries several written by individuals who have made valuable contributions to the successful emergence of wind power. The chapters cover the uphill struggle; wind energy strategies and policies that paved the way; and the creative persons in politics agencies institutes and the industry. It also examines the world societies at large and how solutions to the challenges were found in different countries. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814411899

Wind Power for the WorldThe Rise of Modern Wind Energy This book sheds light on how the modern 3-bladed wind turbine came into being and who how and what in the proceeding period caused the success. It looks back over three decades to find the roots of this exciting development a long cavalcade of developers inventors and manufacturers including the Danish authors who themselves were part of the breakthrough. Written for non-specialists the book covers minimal science emphasizing the story of how wind power became a worldwide 30-billion-euro business employing nearly one million people. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814364935

Wind Power in ChinaAmbiguous Winds of Change in China's Energy Market Whilst China’s growing economy is widely regarded as being responsible for severe environmental degradation and a high reliance on energy from fossil fuels China is emerging as a potential leader in new green energy technologies. Outlining the extraordinary growth in China’s wind power capacity since 2005 this book explores the deliberate creation of a whole industry and the strategy of transitioning the power sector to renewable energy by accelerated experimentation and through literally pushing the emerging wind power sector to its limits. Investigating how wind power may not always be considered as sustainable in a wider Chinese developmental context the book traces the struggle China has had in getting this high technology sector to qualify as truly Chinese scientific development whilst often being opaquely at the mercy of foreign expertise technology and certification. The book furthermore exposes the surprising nuances dynamics and potency of unexpected players in Chinese wind power marketisation. Complex interplays are revealed between wind turbine control systems algorithms in critical software technology relationships between suppliers wind farm developers financiers the electrical grid itself the coal lobby the broader Chinese state and much more. The book has important implications far beyond wind power and contemporary China studies highlighting the much wider story of China’s fragmented and experimental style of innovating upgrading and greening. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583156

Wind Power ProjectsTheory and Practice Wind power has developed rapidly in terms of the number of new wind power plants now installed in more than hundred countries around the world. This renewable energy source has become competitive and to be able to combat climate change much more has to be installed in coming years. This also makes it necessary for policy makers NGOs research scientists industry and the general public to have a basic understanding of wind power. The majority of texts on wind power are written primarily for engineers or policy analysts. This book specifically targets those interested in or planning to develop wind power projects. It can be understood by both specialists and non-specialists interested in wind power project development. Having outlined the background of wind power and its development explained wind resources and technology the author explores the interactions between wind power and society and the role of wind power in the electric power system. Finally the main aspects of project development including siting economics and legislation are explained. This book will be an essential reference or even a manual for professionals developing new sites and for government officials and consultants involved in the planning or permission process. It can also be used as a textbook on wind power at schools and universities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138780453

Wind PowerThe Struggle for Control of a New Global Industry The wind power business has grown from a niche sector within the energy industry to a global industry that attracts substantial investment. In Europe wind has become the biggest source of new power generation capacity while also successfully competing with the gas coal and nuclear sectors in China and the US. Wind Power looks at the nations companies and people fighting for control of one of the world’s fastest growing new industries and how we can harness one of the planet’s most powerful energy resources. The book examines the challenges the sector faces as it competes for influence and investment with the fossil fuel industry across the globe. Over the course of this volume Backwell analyses the industry climbers the investment trends and the technological advancements that will define the future of wind energy. This second edition is revised throughout and contains new material on frontier wind markets and industry consolidation as well as the cost reductions and market gains that led to 2015 being a landmark year for the big wind turbine companies. This is an important resource for professionals working in wind and wider renewable industries energy finance conventional energy companies and government as well as researchers students journalists and the general public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138082427

Wind Resources and Future Energy SecurityEnvironmental Social and Economic Issues This title includes a number of Open Access chapters. Wind power is one of the fastest developing sources of renewable energy. It makes substantial contributions to power grids around the globe and it promises to play a prominent role in the world’s future energy security. Given that reality there is an ongoing need for research that investigates the potential of specific regions for wind-farm development combined with the social economic and environmental impacts of that development. This compendium contains the most recent research on these topics from around the world. The chapters are organized into three parts: The potential of wind power in selected regions of the world Social economic and environmental factors that influence wind development Current trends within the wind industry and the challenges it must face to contribute to the world’s future energy security With its distinguished editor and international team of contributors this book is a valuable resource for researchers and university-level students investigating this expanding field of study. It will also be a useful reference book for wind-power engineers technicians and planners. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771881449

Wind Tunnel Testing of High-Rise Buildings Since the 1960s wind tunnel testing has become a commonly used tool in the design of tall buildings. It was pioneered in large part during the design of the World Trade Center Towers in New York. Since those early days of wind engineering wind tunnel testing techniques have developed in sophistication but these techniques are not widely understood by the designers using the results. As a direct result the CTBUH Wind Engineering Working Group was formed to develop a concise guide for the non-specialist. The primary goal of this guide is to provide an overview of the wind tunnel testing process for design professionals. This knowledge allows readers to ask the correct questions of their wind engineering consultants throughout the design process. This is not an in-depth guide to the technical intricacies of wind tunnel testing  it focusses instead on the information the design community needs including: a unique methodology for the presentation of wind tunnel results to allow straightforward comparison of results from different wind tunnel laboratories. advice on when a tall building is likely to be sufficiently sensitive to wind effects to benefit from a wind tunnel test background for assessing whether design codes and standards are applicable details of the types of tests that are commonly conducted descriptions of the fundamentals of wind climate and the interaction of wind and tall buildings This unique book is an essential guide for all designers of tall buildings and anyone else interested in the process of wind tunnel testing for tall buildings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415714594

Wind Turbine Technology Highlighting the capabilities limitations and benefits of wind power Wind Turbine Technology gives you a complete introduction and overview of wind turbine technology and wind farm design and development. It identifies the critical components of a wind turbine describes the functional capabilities of each component and examines the latest performance parameters and procurement specifications for these components. From cutting-edge design aspects to experimental data this comprehensive reference contains eight chapters—each dedicated to a specific design aspect of wind turbine technology. It examines potential wind turbine installation configurations along with the structural requirements for the tower and nacelle. The book also: Presents site wind speed prediction techniques Addresses the integration of wind farms into the electrical power system including power quality and system stability Describes wind speed frequency distribution and the structure of turbulence Details design and analysis techniques as well as the functions of wind turbine controllers The book uses a conventional nomenclature and consistent sets of symbols and units throughout to present the information in a manner that’s easy to understand. It also explains how to compare electrical energy generation costs from wind turbine installation with those of other renewable energy sources. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138115330

Wind Turbine TechnologyPrinciples and Design This title includes a number of Open Access chapters. This important book presents a selection of new research on wind turbine technology including aerodynamics generators and gear systems towers and foundations control systems and environmental issues. This informative book: • Introduces the principles of wind turbine design • Presents methods for analysis of wind turbine performance • Discusses approaches for wind turbine improvement and optimization • Covers fault detection in wind turbines • Describes mediating the adverse effects of wind turbine use and installation Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880152

Window Functions and Their Applications in Signal Processing Window functions—otherwise known as weighting functions tapering functions or apodization functions—are mathematical functions that are zero-valued outside the chosen interval. They are well established as a vital part of digital signal processing. Window Functions and their Applications in Signal Processing presents an exhaustive and detailed account of window functions and their applications in signal processing focusing on the areas of digital spectral analysis design of FIR filters pulse compression radar and speech signal processing. Comprehensively reviewing previous research and recent developments this book: Provides suggestions on how to choose a window function for particular applications Discusses Fourier analysis techniques and pitfalls in the computation of the DFT Introduces window functions in the continuous-time and discrete-time domains Considers two implementation strategies of window functions in the time- and frequency domain Explores well-known applications of window functions in the fields of radar sonar biomedical signal analysis audio processing and synthetic aperture radar Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076136

WindowframesLearning the Art of Gestalt Play Therapy the Oaklander Way How do children emotionally heal and regain equilibrium after suffering trauma? How do adults understand and help them in a therapeutic relationship? These questions are at the heart of Violet Oaklander's approach to play therapy and her methods for training adults to work with children and adolescents. In this text Peter Mortola uses qualitative and narrative methods of analysis to document and detail Oaklander's work in a two-week summer training attended by child therapists from around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Gestalt Press 9781138134959

Windows Assembly Language and Systems Programming16- and 32-Bit Low-Level Programming for the PC and Windows #NOM? Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138412538

Windows into a RevolutionEthnographies of Maoism in India and Nepal Windows into a Revolution edited by Alpa Shah and Judith Pettigrew the first book in the series offers glimpses into the spread of Maoism in India and Nepal by tracing some of its effects on the lives of ordinary people living amidst the revolutions. Weaving through the nostalgic reflections of former Bengali Naxalites; the resurgence of ancestral conflicts in the spread of the Maoists in the remote hills of western Nepal; the disillusionments of dalits of central Bihar in the policies of the cadres; to the complexities of the interrelationship between non-aligned civilians and insurgents in central Nepal the book offers a series of windows into different stages of mobilization and transformation into what are were or may become revolutionary strongholds. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138503984

Windows into Today's Group TherapyThe National Group Psychotherapy Institute of the Washington School of Psychiatry The Washington School of Psychiatry in Washington D.C. has long been on the leading-edge of theoretical changes in psychotherapy having offered a certification program in group psychotherapy The Group Psychotherapy Training Program since the mid-1960's. This program trained a generation of skilled group psychotherapists and formed a model for comprehensive group training. In 1994 the National Group Psychotherapy Institute emerged from this program. With an emphasis on experiential and didactic learning the Institute continues the tradition of challenging the frontiers of psychodynamic group psychotherapy. This volume is a collection of papers by the Institute members and reflects the mission and recent research and developments of the Institute. Originally delivered by faculty members and visiting presenters at the Washington School of Psychiatry they represent the various vertices from which modern group psychotherapy can be studied. Organized according to theoretical position the volume contains work by the top group theorists and clinicians in the field. Windows into Today's Group Therapy would provide both an important historical perspective on group therapy as a response to managed care as well as a timely collection of the leading research in the field today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881693

Windows Media 9 Series by Example Videographers can harness the potential that WM9 offers to deliver high-quality video and multimedia via DVD and over the Internet. Illustrated examples and tutorials demonstrate the basic functionality of WM9 as well as the options available to advanced users who wish to design new applications with the software development kit. Professional videographers will find this book to be a practical way to learn how to set up players encoders and servers and how to capture and compress video so they can use WM9 with the applications they use every day including Powerpoint Premiere After Effects and Avid. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425798

Windows Networking ToolsThe Complete Guide to Management Troubleshooting and Security Windows Networking Tools: The Complete Guide to Management Troubleshooting and Security explains how to use built-in Windows networking tools and third-party networking products to diagnose network problems address performance issues and enhance the overall security of your system and network. It starts with a review of the major components of the TCP/IP protocol suite as well as IP and MAC addressing to provide a clear understanding of the various networking tools and how they are used in a LAN and a TCP/IP networking environment. Although the book focuses on built-in Windows networking tools it also investigates a number of third-party products that can enhance the performance of your computer. It identifies tools to help you to understand the traffic flow and operational status of your network illustrates the use of numerous tools and shows you several methods to protect your computers from malicious software. It also examines one of the best programs for examining the flow of data on a network—Wireshark—and explains how to use this program to scan for open ports and discover vulnerability issues. In addition to helping you gain insight into existing problems the text highlights built-in Windows networking tools that can help to determine if you can expect future bandwidth bottlenecks or other problems to occur under different growth scenarios. Placing the proven methods of an industry veteran at your fingertips the book includes a chapter devoted to software programs that can enhance the security of your network. It explains how to negate the operation of unwanted advertisement trackers as well as how to minimize and alleviate the various types of hacking—from keyboard loggers to network viruses. In the event your computational device is lost or stolen a cryptographic program is described that results in data becoming meaningless to the person or persons attempting to read your stored information. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781466511064

Windows on Justice in Northern Iberia 800�1000 Although it has a rich historiography and from the late ninth century is rich in textual evidence northern Iberia has barely featured in the great debates of early medieval European history of recent generations. Lying beyond the Frankish world in a peninsula more than half controlled by Muslims Spanish and Portuguese experience has seemed irrelevant to the Carolingian Empire and the political fragmentation (or realignment) that followed it. But Spain and Portugal shared the late Roman heritage which influenced much of western Europe in the early middle ages and by the tenth century records and practice in the Christian north still shared features with parts farther east. What is interesting in the wider European context is that some of the so-called characteristics of the Carolingian world â€“ the public court collective judgment – are as characteristic of the Iberian world. The suggestion that they disappeared in the Frankish world to be replaced by 'private' mechanisms has played a major role in debates about the changing nature of power in the central middle ages: what happened in judicial courts has been central to the grand narratives of Duby and successive historians for they are a powerful lens into the very real issues of politics and power. Looking at the practice of judicial courts in Europe west of Frankia allows us to think again about the nature of the public; identifying all the records of that practice allows us to adjust the balance between monastic and lay activity. What these show is that peasants like other lay people used the courts to seek redress and gain advantages. Records were not entirely framed nor practice entirely dominated by ecclesiastical interests. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367882327

Windows onto Jewish Legal Culture Volume 1Fourteen Exploratory Essays This book opens windows onto Jewish legal culture by offering fourteen exploratory essays each of which focuses on an aspect of Jewish law broadly understood. Each chapter is a self-contained journey as it were into a feature of the Jewish legal landscape. In other words rather than taking a structural approach and attempting to neatly circumscribe and define ‘every’ element of Jewish law Windows onto Jewish Legal Culture takes a dynamic and holistic approach describing diverse manifestations of Jewish legal culture without seeking to fit them into a single structure. Given this approach readers have a number of options: they can focus on those chapters of particular interest to them; read the chapters in whatever order appeals to them; or go through the chapters in order. Reading even a handful of chapters should provide the reader with a good sense of the mind-set characteristic of Jewish legal thinking. Jewish legal culture spans two millennia and evolved in geographic centers that were often very distant from one another both geographically and socio-culturally. It encompasses the Talmud and talmudic literature the law codes the rulings of rabbinical courts the responsa literature extra-judicial decisions taken by judges and communal leaders study of the law in talmudic academies the local study hall and the home. But Jewish legal culture reaches well beyond legal and quasi-legal institutions; it addresses and is reflected in every aspect of daily life from meals and attire to interpersonal and communal relations. The book gives the reader a taste of the tremendous weight of Jewish legal culture within Jewish life. Windows onto Jewish Legal Culture is divided into five sections. The opening section presents two distinguishing features of Jewish legal culture namely its toleration and even encouragement of controversy and its preference for formalistic formulations. These features are often misunderstood and been subjected to severe critique. Indeed Jewish legal culture is often parodied as nit-picking hair-splitting argument for the sake of argument. Exploring Jewish legal culture’s partiality to controversy and formalism in its proper context however yields a very different picture. The second section "Law and Ethics " gives readers a first-hand look at the way Jewish legal culture relates to three moral issues of importance to any society: equity charity and euthanasia. The third section focuses on the judicial process a central topic in the general analysis of law and even more so in Jewish law where the judicial branch takes precedence over the legislative. The fourth section addresses questions pertaining to the role of the individual in the administration of justice—self help and the individual’s obligation to defend himself and others against a pursuer. The closing section is devoted to private law exploring the interface between Jewish legal culture and free market competition unjust enrichment agency and labor law. This book will appeal to students at the advanced level scholars and interested laypeople; the primary target audience is academic. It is suitable for use as a textbook. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203007754

Windows onto Jewish Legal Culture Volume 2Fourteen Exploratory Essays This book opens windows onto Jewish legal culture by offering fourteen exploratory essays each of which focuses on an aspect of Jewish law broadly understood. Each chapter is a self-contained journey as it were into a feature of the Jewish legal landscape. In other words rather than taking a structural approach and attempting to neatly circumscribe and define ‘every’ element of Jewish law Windows onto Jewish Legal Culture takes a dynamic and holistic approach describing diverse manifestations of Jewish legal culture without seeking to fit them into a single structure. Given this approach readers have a number of options: they can focus on those chapters of particular interest to them; read the chapters in whatever order appeals to them; or go through the chapters in order. Reading even a handful of chapters should provide the reader with a good sense of the mind-set characteristic of Jewish legal thinking. Jewish legal culture spans two millennia and evolved in geographic centers that were often very distant from one another both geographically and socio-culturally. It encompasses the Talmud and talmudic literature the law codes the rulings of rabbinical courts the responsa literature extra-judicial decisions taken by judges and communal leaders study of the law in talmudic academies the local study hall and the home. But Jewish legal culture reaches well beyond legal and quasi-legal institutions; it addresses and is reflected in every aspect of daily life from meals and attire to interpersonal and communal relations. The book gives the reader a taste of the tremendous weight of Jewish legal culture within Jewish life. Windows onto Jewish Legal Culture is divided into five sections. The opening section presents two distinguishing features of Jewish legal culture namely its toleration and even encouragement of controversy and its preference for formalistic formulations. These features are often misunderstood and been subjected to severe critique. Indeed Jewish legal culture is often parodied as nit-picking hair-splitting argument for the sake of argument. Exploring Jewish legal culture’s partiality to controversy and formalism in its proper context however yields a very different picture. The second section "Law and Ethics " gives readers a first-hand look at the way Jewish legal culture relates to three moral issues of importance to any society: equity charity and euthanasia. The third section focuses on the judicial process a central topic in the general analysis of law and even more so in Jewish law where the judicial branch takes precedence over the legislative. The fourth section addresses questions pertaining to the role of the individual in the administration of justice—self help and the individual’s obligation to defend himself and others against a pursuer. The closing section is devoted to private law exploring the interface between Jewish legal culture and free market competition unjust enrichment agency and labor law. This book will appeal to students at the advanced level scholars and interested laypeople; the primary target audience is academic. It is suitable for use as a textbook. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003126027

Windows onto Jewish Legal CultureFourteen Exploratory Essays This book opens windows onto various aspects of Jewish legal culture. Rather than taking a structural approach and attempting to circumscribe and define ‘every’ element of Jewish law Windows onto Jewish Legal Culture takes a dynamic and holistic approach describing diverse manifestations of Jewish legal culture and its general mind-set without seeking to fit them into a single structure. Jewish legal culture spans two millennia and evolved in geographic centers that were often very distant from one another both geographically and socio-culturally. It encompasses the Talmud and talmudic literature the law codes the rulings of rabbinical courts the responsa literature decisions taken by communal leaders study of the law in talmudic academies the local study hall and the home. But Jewish legal culture reaches well beyond legal and quasi-legal institutions; it addresses and is reflected in every aspect of daily life from meals and attire to interpersonal and communal relations. Windows onto Jewish Legal Culture gives the reader a taste of the tremendous weight of Jewish legal culture within Jewish life. Among the facets of Jewish legal culture explored are two of its most salient distinguishing features namely toleration and even encouragement of controversy and a preference for formalistic formulations. These features are widely misunderstood and Jewish legal culture is often parodied as hair-splitting argument for the sake of argument. In explaining the epistemic imperatives that motivate Jewish legal culture however this book paints a very different picture. Situational constraints and empirical considerations are shown to provide vital input into legal determinations at every level and the legal process is revealed to be attentive to context and sensitive to cultural concerns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415500494

Windows Upon Planning History Windows Upon Planning History delves into a wide range of perspectives on urbanism from Europe Australia and the USA to investigate the effects of changing perceptions and different ways of seeing cities and urban regions. Fischer Altrock and a team of 13 distinguished authors examine how and why the ideologies and the processes of city making changed in modern and post-modern times. Illustrated with over 45 images the themes addressed in the book range from the changing outlook on Berlin’s historic apartment districts and their demolition salvation and gentrification to how planning was deployed to support dictatorship; from the shattering of myths like democracies totally departing from preceding dictatorships to the model of the post-war modern city and its fate towards the end of the twentieth century. The volume combines case studies of cities on three continents with reflections on the historiography and the state of planning history. With a foreword by Stephen V. Ward this book will appeal to a wide readership interested in the histories of planning architecture and cities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472469564

Windpower Ownership in SwedenBusiness models and motives Windpower is a modular technology and compared to most other power plants also rather small scale. Wind turbines are installed to the distribution grid which is called distributed generation. Ownership and revenues can be distributed as well using the right ownership models. Several different ownership models used in different countries like windpower cooperatives local limited companies net-accounting models etc. are described. These models can be used to make windpower become community power and/or consumer owned power and produce power for these owners at cost price. To wait for the international community to agree on international treaties to create a renewable energy system takes too long. The climate disaster will inevitably happen. To speed up the transition to a renewable energy system development has to come from below from local communities which can initiate and invest in windpower and other renewables. At the same time to get off from the oligopolistic electric power market and produce power at cost price is a good business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138021112

Windrush (1948) and Rivers of Blood (1968)Legacy and Assessment This volume looks at Britain since 1948 – the year when the Empire Windrush brought a group of 492 hopeful Caribbean immigrants to the United Kingdom. “Post-war Britain” may still be the most common label attached to studies in contemporary British history but the contributors to this book believe that “post-Windrush Britain” has an explanatory power which is equally useful. The objective is to study the Windrush generation and Enoch Powell’s now infamous speech not only in their original historical context but also as a key element in the political social and cultural make-up of today’s Britain. Contributions to the book use a diversity of approaches: from the lucid forward-looking assessment by Trevor Phillips which opens the volume; through Patrick Vernon’s account of the legacy of Powell’s speech in Birmingham and how it inspired him to launch a national campaign for Windrush Day; to the plea from novelist and playwright Chris Hannan for a fully inclusive national conversation to help overturn deeply ingrained prejudice in all parts of our society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367229696

Wine Food and Tourism Marketing Get the advantage you need to compete in the worldwide food and wine tourism marketplace! Wine Food and Tourism Marketing is an overview of contemporary practices and trends in food and wine tourism marketing. International in scope the book draws on studies from Canada England France New Zealand South Africa and Scotland for analyses of contemporary practices and trends that help you develop implement and maintain strategic competitive advantages. The book looks at case studies of business operations seasonality destination image and the development of business networks. Equally valuable as a professional resource for practitioners and as a textbook for upper-level and graduate students in tourism hospitality and wine and food studies Wine Food and Tourism Marketing examines the importance of food and wine tourism to rural regional development. The book presents destination management planning and marketing initiatives for specific markets that can be easily adapted and applied to a wider range of wine tourism settings. Tourism marketing researchers and academics address vital issues such as the importance of collective marketing strategies viticulture design factors for online tourism information and the use of food images in promotional material and positioning strategies. The book includes: a 2001 research study on French public sector management of wine tourism an examination of the cider industry in Somerset England a look at the implications of non resident tourist markets on British Columbia’s emerging wine tourism industry an analysis of the types of food images used in French regional tourism brochures a national study of seasonality issues on wine tourism in New Zealand a look at post-apartheid tourism trends on South Africa’s Western Cape a survey of eight wineries on the Niagara Falls wine route with implications for marketing strategies a study of the use of local and regional food for destination marketing of South Africa a look at how food-related tourism in the United Kingdom is being promoted using the World Wide Web Wine Food and Tourism Marketing is an essential read for practitioners and educators involved in tourism and hospitality marketing food and wine studies and rural regional development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043395

Wine Terroir and UtopiaMaking New Worlds Wine Terroir and Utopia critically explores these three concepts from multi-disciplinary and intersecting perspectives focusing on the ways in which they collide to make new worlds new wines new places and new peoples. Wine terroir and utopia are all rooted in natural spatial and temporal realities yet all are unable to exist without purposeful human intervention. This edited volume highlights the theoretical and analytical lens of diverse scholars who critically discuss a dazzling array of intersecting realities and imaginaries – economic political cultural social and geological – and in doing this challenge many of our deeply-held responses to utopia. Drawing on an impressive range of international examples from South Africa to Bordeaux to New Zealand the chapters adopt a range of theoretical and methodological approaches. This volume will be of great interest to upper level students researchers and academics in the fields of Sociology Geography Tourism Hospitality Wine Studies and Cultural Studies. It will also greatly appeal to practitioners and enthusiasts in the worlds of wine production consumption and marketing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138588141

Wine & Wine Offering In The Religion Of Ancient Egypt First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760119

Wine and IdentityBranding Heritage Terroir In an increasingly competitive global market winemakers are seeking to increase their sales and wine regions to attract tourists.  To achieve these aims there is a trend towards linking wine marketing with identity. Such an approach seeks to distinguish wine products – whether wine or wine tourism – from their competitors by focusing on cultural and geographical attributes that contribute to the image and experience. In essence marketing wine and wine regions has become increasingly about telling stories – engaging and provocative stories which engage consumers and tourists and translate into sales. This timely book examines this phenomena and how it is leading to changes in the wine and tourism industries for the first time. It takes a global approach drawing on research studies from around the world including old and new world wine regions. The volume is divided into three parts. The first – branding – investigates cases where established regions have sought to strengthen their brands or newer regions are striving to create effective emerging brands. The second – heritage – considers cases where there are strong linkages between cultural heritage and wine marketing. The third section – terroir – explores how a ‘sense of place’ is inherent in winescapes and regional identities and is increasingly being used as a distinctive selling proposition. This significant volume showcasing the connections between place identity variety and wine will be valuable reading for students researchers and academics interested in tourism marketing and wine studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138082083

Wine Marketing Whilst Wine Marketing: a practical guide also looks at theory and existing research the main focus of this book is on the practicalities of wine marketing. Each chapter includes the following invaluable features:* 'How to' and 'how not to' case studies based on international examples* A guide to further reading and websites* 'Issues to consider when marketing' section as a means of self-evaluation'Wine Marketing' systematically outlines the major issues involved in the production and marketing of wine. Its accessible and clear-sighted approach makes it an invaluable guide for everyone in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138133921

Winemaking Basics Here is an informative guide for the winemaker and connoisseur seeking a better and more basic understanding of what the science associated with winemaking is about!Written by one of the country's leading enologists Winemaking Basics explains in easily understandable language the fundamental processes of making table wines. The author discusses the conditions equipment and basic materials used to make table wine. Handy as a step-by-step guide or a general reference this practical book explores the crucial aspects of :an introduction to growing and harvesting grapesprocessing grapesfermentation and wine compositionclarification and fining of winesstabilizationaging bottling and storageadditives and contaminantsrequired methods of analysissensory evaluationsetting up and maintaining home winery facilities and equipmentWinemaking Basics offers various options on making table wines. It also gives the winemaker some insight into why certain treatments have desired--or undesired--effects. Winemakers will learn techniques to change the style of their wine avoid pitfalls and correct or prevent expensive and frustrating problems.The bibliography covers most of the current texts that should be of interest to the winemaker. Although not heavily referenced this informative guide mentions a few key books and articles for the reader who wishes to pursue the science aspects more deeply. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203733752

WinemakingBasics and Applied Aspects Wine is one of the oldest forms of alcoholic beverages known to man. Estimates date its origins back to 6000 B.C. Ever since it has occupied a significant role in our lives be it for consumption social virtues therapeutic value its flavoring in foods etc. A study of wine production and the technology of winemaking is thus imperative. The preparation of wine involves steps from harvesting the grapes fermenting the must maturing the wine stabilizing it finally to getting the bottled wine to consumers. The variety of cultivars methods of production and style of wine along with presentation and consumption pattern add to the complexity of winemaking. In the past couple of decades there have been major technological advances in wine production in the areas of cultivation of grapes biochemistry and methods of production of different types of wines usage of analytical techniques has enabled us to produce higher quality wine. The technological inputs of a table wine dessert wine or sparkling wine are different and has significance to the consumer. The role played by the killer yeast recombinant DNA technology application of enzyme technology and new analytical methods of wine evaluation all call for a comprehensive review of the advances made. This comprehensive volume provides a holistic view of the basics and applied aspects of wine production and technology. The book comprises production steps dotted with the latest trends or the innovations in the fields. It draws upon the expertise of leading researchers in the wine making worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138490918

Wings Across EuropeTowards an Efficient European Air Transport System Airlines like most industries contain a mixture of good and badly managed companies (and perhaps more important lucky and unlucky companies). More important in the longer-run is the institutional structure in which the companies offer their services. Air transport is a major industry in its own right. But it is also the fastest growing mode of transport for both passengers and freight a large employer of labour at the forefront of many technological developments and often a pioneer in adopting such innovations. It is the source of important economic stimuli for local economic development. This book examines the current state of European airlines - mainly but not exclusively those within the EU and the European Economic Area (EEA). It seeks in particular to determine if the current institutional structure provides a sustainable basis for the continued vitality of air transport as a facilitator of economic development and it can serve as an input into wider matters involving the social and political integration within Europe. It also includes material on airports slots and security. It provides the opportunity to look at factors that currently influence the efficiency of European airlines and to see how the industry has moved to meet these challenges. The book is also designed to be accessible with a glossary at the end definitions of key terms and concepts a list of abbreviations and acronyms and two annexes that provide more details of the European air transport market within the wider international regulatory system. The readership includes all concerned with airline and airport management including regulators and government departments of transportation and researchers in air transport. While of main interest to those in Europe it is also important to all who are dealing with similar questions in other continents and all concerned with inter-continental air transport provision. In the current aviation context the key features of the book are: " Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276512

Winifred Holtby's Social Vision'Members One of Another' Winifred Holtby (1898–1935) is best-known today for her friendship with fellow feminist and pacifist Vera Brittain and for her last novel South Riding. This is the first monograph to provide a literary criticism of Holtby’s social philosophy and presents in-depth readings of all her major works as well as some of her less well-known writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138664456

Winners and Losers in the ‘Arab Spring’Profiles in Chaos This book looks at the way primarily external actors influenced and were influenced by the revolutionary chaos that erupted in the Arab Middle East in 2011. The Arab revolutions radically altered the Middle East dynamic and particularly the strategic standing of key actors both locally and globally. The ‘winners’ are leaders with strategic understanding of the region and a scheme for exploiting the chaos–Putin Netanyahu and Iran’s Qasem Soleimani–along with strikingly the very institution of Arab monarchy. The ‘losers’ are the Arab autocrats who were deposed in Egypt Libya and Yemen. The Palestinians seemingly bypassed by the dynamic of Arab revolution are also losers. So are the American presidents—Bush 43 and Obama—whose disastrous strategic decision-making catalyzed Arab state fragmentation and opened the gates of the Levant to Iran’s drive for regional hegemony. Western democratic society suffered too—from waves of Islamist terrorism and the effects of Muslim migration generated at least in part by Arab chaos. Only in the case of two leaders was the jury still out by 2019. The effects of the high-risk policies of Saudi Arabia’s crown prince Mohamed bin Salman and the strategically incoherent policies of US President Trump remain to be seen. Winners and Losers in the ‘Arab Spring’ takes a global look at a massive regional upheaval that is far from over. It is an essential read for everybody interested in the Arab revolutions Middle East and international strategic affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367227531

Winners and Losers on the Russian Road to Capitalism Aiming to explain many Russians' ambivalence to recent changes this work examines the unequal distribution of the costs and benefits of reform its impact on the socioeconomic structure of the population and the ways in which these changes violate social perceptions of equity and fairness. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315481135

Winners and LosersThe pursuit of social justice in Australian history What is a fair wage? Is there a right to work? Is there a right to shelter or to good health? What are the entitlements of those who cannot work? Can opportunities be equal? For women? For Aborigines?For more than a century Australians have addressed expectations of social justice to their governments and have had to live with the consequences.This book looks at how changing circumstances have generated changing popular aspirations and how these in turn have been translated into public policy. It argues that social justice has no single meaning and is in fact the site of conflicting and divergent endeavours. Precisely for this reason it has a special relevance for the age of consensus.The first part of this book uses these shifting interpretations of social justice as a lodestar to chart a new course through the history of this country. The second part shows how it operates today as a focus of debate in areas ranging from education to Aboriginal land rights.The book therefore offers a new perspective on the past and a trenchant analysis of the present. It draws together a wide range of material and presents it by means of case studies that assume no specialist knowledge. It will appeal to students of Australian history public policy and social welfare; and it is addressed to all readers with an interest in the future of their country. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003118404

Winnicott and 'Good Enough' Couple TherapyReflections of a couple therapist Claire Rabin innovatively applies the Winnicottian theory of the ‘good enough mother’ to couple therapy redirecting attention to the therapeutic relationship and the therapist’s self-awareness regardless of the methods used. Using this lens even the therapist’s mistakes become an opportunity for repairing both the therapeutic relationship and the partners’ own personal maturity. The intensity and pressure of couple therapy can make each case a test of the therapist’s competence. The need for neutrality constitutes on-going pressure on the therapist and the proliferation of therapeutic methods can cause confusion about which might be most useful in each situation. Applying theory effectively is easier said than done within the context of the powerful emotions unleashed in sessions which can result in a catastrophic atmosphere. These factors can make it hard for therapists to utilise their own skills and knowledge within sessions of couple therapy.  The book explores how therapists and couples can unintentionally further ‘false selves’ without realising how the very tools of change may counter authenticity. Featuring interviews with an international range of couple therapists and case studies from the author’s own experiences the key aspects of the ‘good enough’ concept are elaborated. Rabin shows how these ideas can strengthen therapists’ sense of security and safety in using their lived experience and intuition.  Winnicott and Good Enough Couple Therapy is the ideal book for clinicians seeking an overarching framework for working with couples or families as well as those concerned with the importance of the client-helper relationship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415530170

Winnicott and Kohut on Intersubjectivity and Complex DisordersNew Perspectives for Psychoanalysis Psychotherapy and Psychiatry Given the complexity of scientific developments inside and outside the psychoanalytic field traditional definitions of basic psychoanalytic notions are no longer sufficiently comprehensive. We need conceptualizations that encompass new clinical phenomena observed in present-day patients and that take into account contributions inside outside and on the boundaries of our practice. This book discusses theoretical concepts which explain current clinical expressions that are as ineffable as they are commonplace. Our patients resort to these expressions when they feel distressed by their perception of themselves as unreal empty fragile non-existent non-desiring doubtful about their identity beset by feelings of futility and apathy and emotionally numb. The book aims at contrasting the ideas of Winnicott and Kohut which are connected with a clinical practice that sees each patient as unique and are moreover in direct contact with empirical facts and applies them to the benefit of complex patients. These ideas facilitate the expansion of paths in both the theory and the practice of our profession. Uniquely contrasting the works of two seminal thinkers with a Latin American perspective Winnicott and Kohut on Intersubjectivity and Complex Disorders will be invaluable to clinicians and psychoanalysts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367483647

Winnicott and the Psychoanalytic TraditionInterpretation and Other Psychoanalytic Issues This book focuses on two themes: the first theme is the true self and the resonance of Winnicott's thinking with the contributions of other major psychoanalysts of the past half century; the second theme emerges from the first: the pursuit of authenticity whether by patient or analyst. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329808

Winnicott Studies The Squiggle Foundation's aims are to study and disseminate the work of Winnicott with a particular emphasis on application. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328269

Winnicott Studies The Squiggle Foundation's aims are to study and disseminate the work of Winnicott with a particular emphasis on application. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429485084

Winnicott Studies. No 8 The Squiggle Foundation's aims are to study and disseminate the work of Winnicott with a particular emphasis on application. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367328283

Winnicott's Babies and Winnicott's PatientsPsychoanalysis as Transitional Space Winnicott's thinking continues to grow in importance in psychoanalysis today. This book can be described as a clinical primer: by presenting her own personal responses to Winnicott and her initial understanding of his thinking Margaret Boyle Spelman aims to help others develop their own 'Winnicott' to assist with their clinical thinking. This book makes explicit the parallel in Winnicott's thinking between the situation of the baby and the 'nursing couple' and the patient and the 'analytic couple'. There are two helpful baby observation pieces which are aimed at first giving something of the experience of completing a baby observation and then of the reporting of it. In addition to these there are chapters that treat Winnicott's thinking and the comparison of the original baby with the one who appears in the course of an adult therapy. Winnicott's thinking is first situated historically. Then each of his three stages of dependence are explored in detail: absolute dependence relative dependence and going towards independence. These are looked at from the viewpoint of the patient/baby and the mother/therapist in both developmental and clinical situations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200444

Winnicott's ChildrenIndependent Psychoanalytic Approaches With Children and Adolescents Winnicott’s Children focuses on the use we make of the thinking and writing of DW Winnicott; how this has enhanced our understanding of children and the settings where we work and how it has influenced the way in which we do that work. It is a volume by clinicians concerned about how as well as why we engage with particular children in particular ways. The book begins with a scholarly and accessible exposition of the place of Winnicott in his time in relation to his contemporaries – Melanie Klein Anna Freud John Bowlby – and the development of his thinking. The dual focus on the earliest experience of the infant and its consequences plus the ‘how’ of engaging with children – as good-enough mothers or good enough therapists – is picked up in the chapters that follow. The role of play is central to a chapter on supervision; struggling through the doldrums can be part of the adolescent’s experience and that of those who engage with him; the role of psychotherapy in a Winnicottian therapeutic community and an inner city secondary school is explored; and a chapter on radio work links us personally with Winnicott and his desire to talk plainly and helpfully to parents. There is a richness in the collection of subjects in this book and in the experience of the writers. It will appeal to those who work with children – in child and family mental health settings schools hospitals colleges and social care settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415672917

Winnicott's Theory of the Maturational Processes This book presents an in-depth wide-ranging and rigorous investigation of Winnicott's central theory of maturational processes and its interrelation with psychic disorders. It provides the framework from which different aspects of the study of human nature can be developed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203643

Winning and LosingThe Changing Geography of Europe's Rural Areas Instigated by technological and political change Europe's rural areas have undergone profound and all-pervasive restructuring processes. Although the impact of these processes has often been depicted negatively this is not always the case. Bringing together a range of comparative case studies from France Finland Germany Greece Ireland Spain Sweden Portugal the UK and other countries this book provides a comprehensive and balanced picture of rural change over the past five decades. It explores which aspects of the European countryside have benefited and which have suffered as a consequence of the often contradictory forces of restructuring. The book looks into economic aspects as well as into the social impact of rural change. The final part examines regional issues and illustrates how different rural areas have responded to the transformative pressures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399025

Winning at Collaboration Commerce "Real time Collaboration Enterprise" is the new business model for market domination. Billions of dollars will be spent in this field and by 2007 the majority of Global 1000 enterprises will be deploying real-time collaboration business processes to be a core of their business portfolios. Based on their extensive experience with cutting-edge technology the authors discuss how to successfully implement collaboration commerce solutions reporting lessons learned from leading companies such as P&G Astra Zeneca SAP and Microsoft. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435384

Winning Business in the Property Sector This book reviews a variety of aspects of the specific task of selling successfully as it applies to those working in the property sector. It provides guidelines and approaches that will enable one to sharpen their sales skills and maximise the results they produce. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9781138461352

Winning Elections with Political Marketing Find out the real impact political marketing has on the democratic processWinning Elections with Political Marketing is a unique look at the election process on both sides of the Atlantic providing rare insight into how modern political communication and marketing strategies are used in the United States and the United Kingdom. The leading political researchers present a cross-section of their latest findings augmented with easy-to-read tables charts and figures and reinforced with extensive references and bibliographies. The book addresses the key issues that define the interplay between political marketing and the electorate in both countries including advertising research methods and cross-cultural research results political choice behavior imagery management the integration of business and social science theory and the impact of political marketing on democracy.While the national election cycles of the two countries may be fundamentally different their election processes share one thing in common-a trend toward “permanent campaigning” through embedded marketing tactics that’s becoming standard practice in the United States and the United Kingdom. Winning Elections with Political Marketing examines the theoretical underpinnings of policy development the characteristics of a successful political candidate political marketing from the perspective of the voters campaign finance regulations and the effects of technological changes on political communication. Winning Elections with Political Marketing looks at: The Political Triangle determining market intelligence class rhetoric and candidate portrayal voter perceptions the role of President as party leader lobbying constituent communication voter behavior grass roots campaigns political consulting the Internet and e-newsletters the advantages of public funding and a study of the United States presidential primaries from 1976 to 2004Winning Elections with Political Marketing is an essential resource for political practitioners researchers and scholars candidates seeking political office lobbyists political action groups public relations professionals journalists fundraisers advertising specialists and anyone with an interest in the political process. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051764

Winning Research Funding This book gives advice on writing and successful publication following completion of the research project and features real-life case studies and interviews throughout. It explains how to build and maintain a relationship with the research partner thereby assisting future research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138470774

Winning the Battle to Lose the War?Brazilian Electronics Policy Under US Threat of Sanctions A US/Brazil trade conflict on the Brazilian protectionist electronics policy developed during 198589. In that period and under the threat of trade sanctions a few changes were made in the Brazilian policy. Major consequences of the conflict were felt after its conclusion. It was one important political factor among the forces that pushed for the opening of the Brazilian electronics market in the early 1990s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419148

Winning the Knowledge Game Winning the Knowledge Game focuses on the thinking and attitudes required to remain knowledgeable competitive and high performing.Topics include: having a winning strategy improving collaboration and teamwork creating a smarter business competitive intelligence protecting intellectual property keeping talent leveraging the latest digital technology increasing customer loyalty and measuring the impact of your people on performance market value and society.Winning the Knowledge Game provides practical advice on the strategies tactics and systems you need to remain capable and agile in this rapidly changing business world.To help you meet this challenge Winning the Knowledge Game explores three questions: How do you open the hearts and minds of people tosmarter learning? How do you grow competitive advantage? How do you sustain and ensure lasting success?All managers need to learn the skill of acquiring and putting knowledge to work if they are to successful. Most of all they need to learn how to play the knowledge game every day of their life.Do not leave things to chance discover the ideas and tips that will deliver a measurable improvement to your business leadership performance and career. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435162

Winning the Presidency 2008 The presidential election of 2008 is unique in a history of memorable campaigns for the highest office in the U.S. Never before has an African American captured the nomination of a major political party. Never before have the Republicans nominated a woman for vice president. Never before has a woman come so close to capturing the nomination of a major party. And with at once one of the oldest and youngest candidates contending for the office never before has the campaign been stretched over such a range of voters and issues. Add to that the multiple threats to the U.S. economy and the longest war the country has ever waged and the electoral context is set. This book is the first to describe and assess these monumental developments with original analysis by an all-star cast of contributors. No other book captures both the range and depth of this one in its early look at the meaning of the most significant election in years-one with unprecedented institutional constitutional and policy consequences for all of us. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631066

Winning the Presidency 2012 In this first scholarly reflection on the 2012 elections a distinguished cast of contributors enlightens students scholars and serious political readers about the issues involved in one of the most polarised presidential elections in history. The book includes groundbreaking research on e-politics and online fund-raising the role of race class and gender and the influence of the Tea Party Occupy the economic crisis and other actors and factors in the election. Characterised by diversity liveliness and data-informed analysis Winning the Presidency 2012 captures the highlights as well as looking ahead. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612052083

Winning the Presidency 2016 The presidential election of 2016 was unlike any in modern American history. Donald Trump a successful businessman well known reality television host and a political novice with no clear policy views or political attachments ran for the presidency. His opponent was Hillary Clinton a candidate with a long and impressive career in politics. She was the first woman nominee of a major political party and should she have won the first woman president of the United States. No one gave Trump much of a chance. Yet he won the election. How did he do it? What explains his political success? What can we expect from a Trump presidency? This book answers these questions. It presents a clear and definitive overview of his campaign it controversies and setbacks and its successes. Winning the Presidency 2016 identifies who voted for Donald Trump and why. It explains why Hillary Clinton lost. Essential reading for understanding a campaign with no precedents and a presidential election that could have seismic consequences for the conduct of American government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138654365

Winning the Publications GameThe smart way to write your paper and get it published Fourth Edition The publications game can seem tricky: knowing where to start how to plan and draft a paper who to pitch it to and how to present it can appear difficult enough. With the advent of e-publishing and ever-tougher regulatory frameworks surrounding research the picture can seem even more intimidating. In this classic guide Tim Albert demystifies the process of getting research published in his characteristically clear and engaging style. From the initial brief to final manuscript and beyond all is explained in jargon-free no-nonsense and encouraging terms providing indispensable guidance to clinicians scientists and academics in giving their research the platform it deserves. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781785230110

Winning the Uncertainty GameTurning Strategic Intent into Results with Wargaming This book is about the challenges that emerge for organizations from an ever faster changing world. While useful at their time several management tools including classic strategic planning processes will no longer suffice to address these challenges in a timely and comprehensive fashion. While individual management tools are still valid to solve specific problems they need to be employed based on a clear understanding of what the greater challenge is and how they need to be combined and prioritized with other approaches. In order to do so companies can apply the clarity of thinking from the military with regard to which leadership level is responsible for what and how these levels need to interact in order to produce a single aligned response to an outside opportunity or threat. Finally the tool of business wargaming while known for some time proves to be an ideal approach to quickly and effectively bring all leadership levels together align them around a common objective and lay the groundwork for effective implementation of targeted responses that will keep the organization competitive and in the game for the long run. The book offers a comprehensive introduction to business wargaming including a historical account a classification of different types of games and a number of specific real-world examples. This book is targeted at practicing managers dealing with the aforementioned challenges as well as for students of business and strategy at every level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367418526

Winning Ways for Your Mathematical Plays Volume 2 In the quarter of a century since three mathematicians and game theorists collaborated to create Winning Ways for Your Mathematical Plays the book has become the definitive work on the subject of mathematical games. Now carefully revised and broken down into four volumes to accommodate new developments the Second Edition retains the original's wealth of wit and wisdom. The authors' insightful strategies blended with their witty and irreverent style make reading a profitable pleasure. In Volume 2 the authors have a Change of Heart bending the rules established in Volume 1 to apply them to games such as Cut-cake and Loopy Hackenbush. From the Table of Contents: - If You Can't Beat 'Em Join 'Em! - Hot Bottles Followed by Cold Wars - Games Infinite and Indefinite - Games Eternal--Games Entailed - Survival in the Lost World Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138427570

Winning Ways for Your Mathematical Plays Volume 3 In the quarter of a century since three mathematicians and game theorists collaborated to create Winning Ways for Your Mathematical Plays the book has become the definitive work on the subject of mathematical games. Now carefully revised and broken down into four volumes to accommodate new developments the Second Edition retains the original's wealth of wit and wisdom. The authors' insightful strategies blended with their witty and irreverent style make reading a profitable pleasure. In Volume 3 the authors examine Games played in Clubs giving case studies for coin and paper-and-pencil games such as Dots-and-Boxes and Nimstring. From the Table of Contents: - Turn and Turn About - Chips and Strips - Dots-and-Boxes - Spots and Sprouts - The Emperor and His Money - The King and the Consumer - Fox and Geese; Hare and Hounds - Lines and Squares Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138427563

Winning Ways for Your Mathematical Plays Volume 4 In the quarter of a century since three mathematicians and game theorists collaborated to create Winning Ways for Your Mathematical Plays the book has become the definitive work on the subject of mathematical games. Now carefully revised and broken down into four volumes to accommodate new developments the Second Edition retains the original's wealth of wit and wisdom. The authors' insightful strategies blended with their witty and irreverent style make reading a profitable pleasure. In Volume 4 the authors present a Diamond of a find covering one-player games such as Solitaire. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138427556

Winning Ways for Your Mathematical PlaysVolume 1 This classic on games and how to play them intelligently is being re-issued in a new four volume edition. This book has laid the foundation to a mathematical approach to playing games. The wise authors wield witty words which wangle wonderfully winning ways. In Volume 1 the authors do the Spade Work presenting theories and techniques to "dissect" games of varied structures and formats in order to develop winning strategies. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138427587

Winning With DataCRM and Analytics for the Business of Sports For many years sports rights owners have had an ‘if you build it they will come’ attitude suggesting they take their fans for granted. Combined with advances in broadcasting quality digital marketing and social media this has resulted in diminishing attendances and participation levels. The use of CRM (Customer Relationship Management) BI (Business Intelligence) and Data Analytics has therefore become integral to doing business in sports emulating the approach used by brands such as Amazon Netflix and Spotify. Technology has made the world a smaller place; clubs and teams can now connect with their fans anywhere in the world allowing them to grow their marketplace but they operate in an ‘attention economy’ where there’s too much choice and engagement is key. This book sets out to share the processes and principles the sports industry uses to capitalise on the natural loyalty it creates. Case studies and commentary from around the world are used to demonstrate some of the practices implemented by the world’s leading sports brands including clubs Arsenal and the San Antonio Spurs. the governing bodies of UEFA and Special Olympics International and the MLS and NHL. With a focus on our unique challenges coupled with the opportunities the use of data creates this book is essential reading for professionals within the sports industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138090637

Winning Your RebidHow to Retain Contracts through Successful Competitive Rebids Losing contracts at rebid can have a major impact on a business: the loss of turnover and profit of customers skills people and potentially reduced morale and confidence. Investment in retaining rebids can underpin significant increases in growth at a lower cost than focussing only on chasing new business. Average retention rate of contracts at rebid is 60-70% across many companies with others retaining as little as 50% or less. However there are proven approaches that can improve any company's chances of winning. Winning Your Rebid will help incumbent contractors increase their chances of retaining an existing contract. Whilst it includes the skills of bidding for new contracts rebidding requires a significantly different set of actions and processes. The book takes you through all the preparations throughout a contract that will put you in the best position to win your rebid and includes valuable advice techniques case studies and ideas on how to run and deliver it successfully. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261723

Winslow Quiz BookA Speechmark Social Activity Manual for Groups Book 1 This completely revised edition of Winslow's bestselling Quiz Book contains more than 2 000 questions categorised into 40 stimulating subjects. It is aimed at adolescents and adults alike and features questions that are all realistically within the scope of the average person. Designed for those who use quizzes as a group activity the questions are grouped into three ability levels with a layout that enables the organiser to rapidly locate the required topic. Its topics cover areas such as cookery animals sport home spellings history and general knowledge. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315172828

Winsor McCayHis Life and Art This volume is the only existing biography of one of America's greatest and most influential cartoonists. Winsor McCay (1867-1934) is universally acknowledged as the first master of both the comic strip and the animated cartoon. Although invented by others both genres were developed into enduring popular art of the highest imagination through McCay's innovative genius. Included are new materials found since the previous publication of the book such as new comic strips of Little Nemo in Slumberland and new sketches of Gertie the Dinosaur.   Key Features In the book the author reviews and fully analyzes mcCay's achievements in print and film while examining his work in relation to his life family and to American culture and values of the period. This painstakingly thorough biography begins with mcCay's childhood in Michigan to his seat as one of the greatest of the early animators. Originally published in 1987 it is now back in print in a new expanded and revised edition. Included are new amterials found since the previous publication of the book such as new comic strips of Little Nemo inSlumberland and new sketches of Gertie the Dinosaur. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138578869

Winstanley and the Diggers 1649-1999 This collection of essays explore the the Diggers a group of 17th century men who shared a vision of a society based on collective ownership of the land. The themes discussed include the continuing power of leader Winstanley's writings ideas on civil liberty and the economic background. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315810195

Winston ChurchillAt War and Thinking of War before 1939 Although remembered and even lauded in the public mind as the British prime minister during the Second World War who played a major role in Allied victory over the Axis Powers and Japan Winston Churchill had a life and political career before 1939 conditioned by fighting other wars and in peacetime thinking about war. While historians debate his achievements and failures between 1939 and 1945 a less explored dimension is Churchill’s earlier connexion with war and warfare. This book explores Churchill’s earlier experience in fighting wars as a soldier and politician. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662363

Winter Blues Survival GuideA Workbook for Overcoming SAD If you have seasonal affective disorder (SAD) take heart. A range of effective treatments and preventive measures can help you feel healthy and productive even on the darkest days. Yet when depression kicks in it's tough to mobilize yourself to find and use the information you need to feel better. That's where this skillfully crafted workbook comes in. Leading SAD expert Dr. Norman E. Rosenthal guides you step by step to: *Record your symptoms such as low moods fatigue sleep problems and food cravings. *Gain awareness of your seasonal patterns--to anticipate problems before they arise. *Determine which remedies to try including light therapy meditation lifestyle changes antidepressants and psychotherapy. *Keep track of what works and how long it takes for symptoms to improve. *Spend your high-energy months equipping yourself for the times when energy is low. By working through the book's simple checklists and fill-in-the-blank forms (you can download and print additional copies as needed) you'll create your own blueprint for greater well-being all year long. Let there be light! See also Dr. Rosenthal's Winter Blues Fourth Edition which provides a comprehensive overview of SAD and its treatment.   Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462512324

Winter BluesEverything You Need to Know to Beat Seasonal Affective Disorder "A 'landmark book.'"--The New York Times*When the dark days of winter approach do you feel sluggish and slow? Is it a struggle to get out of bed each morning?*Do you have difficulty focusing at work or in relationships feel down in the dumps or worse still get really depressed?*Does it get harder than ever to stick to a healthy diet and control your weight?If you answered yes to one or more of these questions you may be one of the millions of people who suffer from seasonal affective disorder (SAD). Picking up this book is the first step toward feeling more energized productive and alive--all year long. Dr. Norman E. Rosenthal's engaging compassionate style and rich store of scientific wisdom have made this trusted guide a perennial bestseller. Dr. Rosenthal explains how to evaluate your own level of seasonality get the most out of light boxes and other effective self-help options and make informed decisions about antidepressants and psychotherapy. The thoroughly updated fourth edition features a new chapter on different meditation practices and their benefits. Packed with information and insights this is a tried-and-true survival kit for weathering the winter blues.See also Dr. Rosenthal's Winter Blues Survival Guide a step-by-step workbook that helps you craft a customized SAD treatment plan. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781609181857

Winter PassagesReflections on Theatre and Society Winter Passages is Robert Brustein's nineteenth book of criticism. It includes his considerations of culture and politics over the past four years of American life demonstrating how the imperfections of the government and economy have plunged the country into an artistic winter in which there is a troubling lack of support for and understanding of America's arts and artists.In a section on "Cultural Passages " Brustein includes chapters on compromised theatre institutions auteur productions the American musical generational idiosyncrasies and China's growing theatre culture which contrasts with American culture. The second section "Dramatic Passages " addresses twenty-seven great playwrights from Aeschylus to August Wilson and demonstrates how they have influenced our sense of history and human character.In "Laudatory Passages " Brustein discusses great American artists living and dead who continue to influence our sense of self as a nation and as individuals. Brustein concludes that we will be judged like all cultures by the quality of our arts and artists and by our willingness to allow their insights to influence our behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517974

Winter WarfareRed Army Orders and Experiences Based on German and Soviet military archival material this book provides an insight into the tactics and planning for combat in a winter climate. It also studies the mechanisms for change in an army during the course of battle.The first part of the book looks at the tactical pamphlet 'People's Commissar for Defence Order No. 109' as passed by Red Army units on 4 March 1941 which provided regulations for combat in Winter. The second part of the book using material from the Soviet military archives reveals Red Army General Staff supplements to the winter regulation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315036427

Wired and MobilizingSocial Movements New Technology and Electoral Politics This book highlights how online networking offers potential for new forms of activist mobilizing repertoires participatory democracy direct action fundraising and civic engagement. It calls for a re-conceptualization of some of the main tenets of contentious and electoral politics which were originally constructed to describe and analyze face-to-face forms of mobilization in order to more accurately analyze contemporary forms of protest electoral processes and civil society organizing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415811033

Wired CitizenshipYouth Learning and Activism in the Middle East Wired Citizenship examines the evolving patterns of youth learning and activism in the Middle East and North Africa (MENA). In today’s digital age in which formal schooling often competes with the peer-driven outlets provided by social media youth all over the globe have forged new models of civic engagement rewriting the script of what it means to live in a democratic society. As a result state-society relationships have shifted—never more clearly than in the MENA region where recent uprisings were spurred by the mobilization of tech-savvy and politicized youth. Combining original research with a thorough exploration of theories of democracy communications and critical pedagogy this edited collection describes how youth are performing citizenship innovating systems of learning and re-imagining the practices of activism in the information age. Recent case studies illustrate the context-specific effects of these revolutionary new forms of learning and social engagement in the MENA region.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853941

Wired YouthThe Online Social World of Adolescence This fully updated new edition offers a research-based analysis of the online social world of adolescence incorporating additional research findings that have appeared during the last decade. Talmud and Mesch take a realistic sociological approach to online adolescents’ communication demonstrating how online sociability is embedded in the larger social structure and in technological affordances. Combining perspectives from sociology psychology and education with a focus on social constructionism technological determinism and social networking the authors present an empirically anchored review of the field. The book covers topics such as youth sociability relationship formation online communication and cyberbullying to examine how young people use the Internet to construct or maintain their inter-personal relationships. This new edition also incorporates new research findings on online adolescents' behaviour in general and specifically in relation to social apps providing a more updated outlook regarding various dimensions of adolescents' online interactions. Wired Youth is essential reading for advanced students of adolescent psychology youth studies media studies and the psychology and sociology of interpersonal relationships as well as undergraduate students in developmental psychology social psychology youth studies media studies and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815378846

Wireless Networking Radar Sensor Array Processing and Nonlinear Signal Processing Now available in a three-volume set this updated and expanded edition of the bestselling The Digital Signal Processing Handbook continues to provide the engineering community with authoritative coverage of the fundamental and specialized aspects of information-bearing signals in digital form. Encompassing essential background material technical details standards and software the second edition reflects cutting-edge information on signal processing algorithms and protocols related to speech audio multimedia and video processing technology associated with standards ranging from WiMax to MP3 audio low-power/high-performance DSPs color image processing and chips on video. Drawing on the experience of leading engineers researchers and scholars the three-volume set contains 29 new chapters that address multimedia and Internet technologies tomography radar systems architecture standards and future applications in speech acoustics video radar and telecommunications. This volume Wireless Networking Radar Sensor Array Processing and Nonlinear Signal Processing provides complete coverage of the foundations of signal processing related to wireless radar space–time coding and mobile communications together with associated applications to networking storage and communications. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219844

Wireless Ad Hoc and Sensor NetworksManagement Performance and Applications Although wireless sensor networks (WSNs) have been employed across a wide range of applications there are very few books that emphasize the algorithm description performance analysis and applications of network management techniques in WSNs. Filling this need Wireless Ad Hoc and Sensor Networks: Management Performance and Applications summarizes not only traditional and classical network management techniques but also state-of-the-art techniques in this area.The articles presented are expository but scholarly in nature including the appropriate history background a review of current thinking on the topic and a discussion of unsolved problems. The book is organized into three sections. Section I introduces the basic concepts of WSNs and their applications followed by the summarization of the network management techniques used in WSNs.Section II begins by examining virtual backbone-based network management techniques. It points out some of the drawbacks in classical and existing methods and proposes several new network management techniques for WSNs that can address the shortcomings of existing methods. Each chapter in this section examines a new network management technique and includes an introduction literature review network model algorithm description theoretical analysis and conclusion.Section III applies proposed new techniques to some important applications in WSNs including routing data collection data aggregation and query processing. It also conducts simulations to verify the performance of the proposed techniques. Each chapter in this section examines a particular application using the following structure: brief application overview application design and implementation performance analysis simulation settings and comments for different test cases/scenario configurations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367379681

Wireless Ad hoc and Sensor NetworksProtocols Performance and Control With modern communication networks continuing to grow in traffic size complexity and variety control systems are critical to ensure quality and effectively manage network traffic. Providing a thorough and authoritative introduction Wireless Ad hoc and Sensor Networks: Protocols Performance and Control examines the theory architectures and technologies needed to implement quality of service (QoS) in a wide variety of communication networks. Based on years of research and practical experience this book examines the technical concepts underlying the design implementation research and invention of both wired and wireless networks. The author builds a strong understanding of general concepts and common principles while also exploring issues that are specific to wired cellular wireless ad hoc and sensor networks. Beginning with an overview of networks and QoS control he systematically explores timely areas such as Lyapunov analysis congestion control of high-speed networks admission control based on hybrid system theory distributed power control of various network types link state routing using QoS parameters and predictive congestion control. The book also provides a framework for implementing QoS control using mote hardware. Providing a deeply detailed yet conveniently practical guide to QoS implementation Wireless Ad hoc and Sensor Networks: Protocols Performance and Control is the perfect introduction for anyone new to the field as well as an ideal reference guide for seasoned network practitioners. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221441

Wireless Ad Hoc NetworkingPersonal-Area Local-Area and the Sensory-Area Networks The rapid progress of mobile wireless communication and embedded micro-sensing MEMS technologies has brought about the rise of pervasive computing. Wireless local-area networks (WLANs) and wireless personal-area networks (WPANs) are now common tools for many people and it is predicted that wearable sensor networks will greatly improve everyday life as we know it. By integrating these technologies into a pervasive system we can access information and use computing resources anytime anywhere and with any device. Wireless Ad Hoc Networking: Personal-Area Local-Area and the Sensory-Area Networks covers these key technologies used in wireless ad hoc networks. The book is divided into three parts each providing self-contained chapters written by international experts. Topics include networking architectures and protocols cross-layer architectures localization and location tracking time synchronization QoS and real-time security and dependability applications modeling and performance evaluation implementation and experience and much more.The book is novel in its single source presentation of ad hoc networking and related key technologies and applications over the platforms of personal area sensory area and local area networks. It is a valuable resource for those who work in or are interested in learning about the pervasive computing environment. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367389314

Wireless and Guided Wave ElectromagneticsFundamentals and Applications Wireless communications allow high-speed mobile access to a global Internet based on ultra-wideband backbone intercontinental and terrestrial networks. Both of these environments support the carrying of information via electromagnetic waves that are wireless (in free air) or guided through optical fibers. Wireless and Guided Wave Electromagnetics: Fundamentals and Applications explores the fundamental aspects of electromagnetic waves in wireless media and wired guided media. This is an essential subject for engineers and physicists working with communication technologies mobile networks and optical communications. This comprehensive book: Builds from the basics to modern topics in electromagnetics for wireless and optical fiber communication Examines wireless radiation and the guiding of optical waves which are crucial for carrying high-speed information in long-reach optical networking scenarios Explains the physical phenomena and practical aspects of guiding optical waves that may not require detailed electromagnetic solutions Explores applications of electromagnetic waves in optical communication systems and networks based on frequency domain transfer functions in the linear regions which simplifies the physical complexity of the waves but still allows them to be examined from a system engineering perspective Uses MATLAB® and Simulink® models to simulate and illustrate the electromagnetic fields Includes worked examples laboratory exercises and problem sets to test understanding The book’s modular structure makes it suitable for a variety of courses for self-study or as a resource for research and development. Throughout the author emphasizes issues commonly faced by engineers. Going a step beyond traditional electromagnetics textbooks this book highlights specific uses of electromagnetic waves with a focus on the wireless and optical technologies that are increasingly important for high-speed transmission over very long distances. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077874

Wireless Body Area NetworksTechnology Implementation and Applications With contributions from experts this book explores the latest WBAN systems technologies and applications. It covers the basic techniques for designing and building WBAN systems. It explains the deployment issues and then moves into the application areas. The remaining chapters focus on the development of hardware signal processing algorithms and wireless communication and network design for wearable and implantable body sensors used in WBAN applications. The book discusses antenna design propagation in and around the body channel modeling coexistence and power management issues which are other critical design components for successful hospital deployment. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814316712

Wireless Crime and Forensic Investigation Security is always a concern with any new technology. When we think security we typically think of stopping an attacker from breaking in or gaining access. However based on the broad reach of wireless stopping someone from passively listening is just as critical. Intrusion detection systems firewalls and forensics are just a few of the key areas that must be understood and applied to proactively solve the wireless problem. From short text messaging to war driving Wireless Crime and Forensic Investigation explores all aspects of wireless technology how it is used in daily life and how it will be used in the future. The book provides a one-stop resource on the types of wireless crimes that are being committed and forensic investigation techniques for wireless devices and wireless networks. The author's straightforward and easy to read style seamlessly integrates the topics of wireless security and computer forensics. He provides a solid understanding of modern wireless technologies wireless security techniques and wireless crime techniques as well as conducting forensic analysis on wireless devices and networks. Each chapter while part of a greater whole can stand on its own making researching wireless technologies security crime or forensics easy.With a problem space as big and complex as wireless proactive measures must be put in place and put in place immediately. To protect your organization you need to be well versed in the new technology sooner rather than later. You can pay now or you can pay later. Later always costs more. This book not only has all the information required to become proficient in wireless technology but also provides the information required for conducting a forensic analysis in a wireless environment. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367389420

Wireless Medical Systems and AlgorithmsDesign and Applications Wireless Medical Systems and Algorithms: Design and Applications provides a state-of-the-art overview of the key steps in the development of wireless medical systems from biochips to brain–computer interfaces and beyond. The book also examines some of the most advanced algorithms and data processing in the field. Addressing the latest challenges and solutions related to the medical needs electronic design advanced materials chemistry wireless body sensor networks and technologies suitable for wireless medical devices the text: Investigates the technological and manufacturing issues associated with the development of wireless medical devices Introduces the techniques and strategies that can optimize the performances of algorithms for medical applications and provide robust results in terms of data reliability Includes a variety of practical examples and case studies relevant to engineers medical doctors chemists and biologists Wireless Medical Systems and Algorithms: Design and Applications not only highlights new technologies for the continuous surveillance of patient health conditions but also shows how disciplines such as chemistry biology engineering and medicine are merging to produce a new class of smart devices capable of managing and monitoring a wide range of cognitive and physical disabilities. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138585003

Wireless Mesh Networks Wireless mesh networking is a new technology that has the potential to revolutionize how we access the Internet and communicate with co-workers and friends. Wireless Mesh Networks examines the concept and explores its advantages over existing technologies. This book explores existing and future applications and examines how some of the networking protocols operate.The text offers a detailed analysis of the significant problems affecting wireless mesh networking including network scale issues security and radio frequency interference and suggests actual and potential solutions for each problem.Although the book's primary focus is the potential use of wireless mesh networks in the commercial marketplace it enables readers to gain an appreciation for use of the technology in the office at government agencies on campus and in the home. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367454104

Wireless Multimedia Communication SystemsDesign Analysis and Implementation Rapid progress in software hardware mobile networks and the potential of interactive media poses many questions for researchers manufacturers and operators of wireless multimedia communication systems. Wireless Multimedia Communication Systems: Design Analysis and Implementation strives to answer those questions by not only covering the underlying concepts involved in the design analysis and implementation of wireless multimedia communication systems but also by tackling advanced topics such as mobility management security components and smart grids. Offering an accessible treatment of the latest research this book: Presents specific wireless multimedia communication schemes that have proven to be useful Discusses important standardization processing activities regarding wireless networking Includes wireless mesh and multimedia sensor network architectures protocols and design optimizations Highlights the challenges associated with meeting complex connectivity requirements Contains numerous figures tables examples references and a glossary of acronyms Providing coverage of significant technological advances in their initial steps along with a survey of the fundamental principles and practices Wireless Multimedia Communication Systems: Design Analysis and Implementation aids senior-level and graduate-level engineering students and practicing professionals in understanding the processes and furthering the development of today’s wireless multimedia communication systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076143

Wireless Multimedia CommunicationsConvergence DSP QoS and Security With the rapid evolution of multimedia communications engineers and other professionals are generally forced to hoard a plethora of different texts and journals to maintain a solid grasp on essential ideas and techniques in the field. Wireless Multimedia Communications provides researchers and students with a primary reference to help readers take maximum advantage of current systems and uncover opportunities to propose new and novel protocols applications and services. Extract the Essentials of System Design Analysis ImplementationA complete technical reference the text condenses the essential topics of core wireless multimedia communication technologies convergence QoS and security that apply to everything from networking to communications systems signal processing and security. From extensive existing literature the authors distill the central tenets and primary methods of analysis design and implementation to reflect the latest technologies and architectural concepts. The book addresses emerging challenges to inform the system standardization process and help engineers combat the high error rates and stringent delay constraints that remain a significant challenge to various applications and services. Keep Pace with Detailed Techniques to Optimize TechnologyThe authors identify causes of information loss in point-to-point signal transmission through wireless channels and then they discuss techniques to minimize that loss. They use examples that illustrate the differences in implementing various systems ranging from cellular voice telephony to wireless Internet access. Each chapter has been carefully organized with the latest information to serve dual purposes as an easy-to-reference guide for professionals and as a principal text for senior-level university students. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221663

Wireless Network Performance Enhancement via Directional Antennas: Models Protocols and Systems Directional antenna technologies have made significant advancements in the last decade. These advances have opened the door to many exciting new design opportunities for wireless networks to enhance quality of service (QoS) performance and network capacity. In this book experts from around the world present the latest research and development in wireless networks with directional antennas. Their contributed chapters provide detailed coverage of the models algorithms protocols and applications of wireless networks with various types of directional antennas operating at different frequency bands.Wireless Network Performance Enhancement via Directional Antennas: Models Protocols and Systems identifies several interesting research problems in this important field providing an opportunity to learn about solid solutions to these issues. It also looks at a number of practical hardware designs for the deployment of next-generation antennas as well as efficient network protocols for exploitation of directional communications. The book is organized into six sections:Directional Antennas – covers the hardware design of different types of antennasDirectional MAC – focuses on the principles of designing medium access control (MAC) protocols for directional networksMillimeter Wave – explores different design aspects of millimeter wave (mm-Wave) systems which operate in higher-frequency bands (such as 60 GHz)MIMO – explains how to establish a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) antenna system and describes how it operates in a cognitive radio networkAdvanced Topics – looks at additional topics such as beamforming in cognitive radio networks multicast algorithm development network topology management for connectivity and sensor network lifetime issuesApplications – illustrates some important applications such as military networks and airborne networking that benefit from directional networking designsWith this book researchers and engineers will be well-equipped to advance the research and development in this important field. If you’re new to this field you will find this book to be a valuable reference on basic directional networking principles engineering design and challenges. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575243

Wireless Network SecuritySecond Edition Wireless communications have become indispensable part of our lives. The book deals with the security of such wireless communication. The technological background of these applications have been presented in detail. Special emphasis has been laid on the IEEE 802.11x-standards that have been developed for this technology. A major part of the book is devoted to security risks encryption and authentication. Checklists have been provided to help IT administrators and security officers to achieve the maximum possible security in their installations when using wireless technology. This is the second edition of the book. The updates include the latest the IEEE 802.11-standard an updated chapter on PDA the increased relevance of smart phones and tablets widespread use of WLAN with increased security risks. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138093799

Wireless Networks and Mobile Computing Wireless communication is one of the fastest growing industry segments today. Many types of wireless networks are now being used for applications such as personal communication entertainment rural and urban healthcare smart home building inventory control and surveillance. This book introduces the basic concepts of wireless networks and mobile computing to give engineering students at the undergraduate/graduate level a solid background in the field. It also looks at the latest research and challenging problems in the field to serve as a reference for advanced-level researchers. Wireless Networks and Mobile Computing begins with an introduction to the different types of wireless networks including Wi-Fi ZigBee cellular mobile ad hoc cognitive radio wireless mesh and wireless sensor. Subsequent chapters address more advanced topics such as: Mobility bandwidth and node location management issues in mobile networks Message communication techniques and protocols in ad hoc networks Recent research and future direction of wireless local area networks (WLANs) Deployment of sensor nodes in wireless sensor networks (WSNs) Energy-efficient communication in wireless networks Security aspects of wireless communication The book includes exercises at the end of every chapter to help give students a better insight into the topics presented. It includes a number of advanced-level exercises which are research problems that may be taken up by researchers in the respective areas. This book provides a valuable reference for classroom study/teaching as well as for technology development and research in the relevant areas. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482227932

Wireless Quality of ServiceTechniques Standards and Applications Focusing on an important and complicated topic in wireless network design Wireless Quality of Service: Techniques Standards and Applications systematically addresses the quality-of-service (QoS) issues found in many types of popular wireless networks. In each chapter the book presents numerous QoS challenges encountered in real-world applications and delineates ways to overcome these obstacles. Some of the challenges explored are performance impairments in WLAN hotspots video streaming applications and broadband wireless access. The techniques and mechanisms covered to tackle these problems include medium access and call admission control techniques a parameter tuning algorithm the QoS-enabling features of IEEE 802.11e a Markov chain model a probe-based distributed admission control mechanism topology-transparent scheduling protocols and a novel multicast congestion control mechanism. Addressing advanced topics and future directions the expert contributors acknowledge the need for more research to solve several open issues. In the meantime they offer innovative solutions to solve current QoS problems. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367386924

Wireless Security and CryptographySpecifications and Implementations As the use of wireless devices becomes widespread so does the need for strong and secure transport protocols. Even with this intensified need for securing systems using cryptography does not seem to be a viable solution due to difficulties in implementation. The security layers of many wireless protocols use outdated encryption algorithms which have proven unsuitable for hardware usage particularly with handheld devices. Summarizing key issues involved in achieving desirable performance in security implementations Wireless Security and Cryptography: Specifications and Implementations focuses on alternative integration approaches for wireless communication security. It gives an overview of the current security layer of wireless protocols and presents the performance characteristics of implementations in both software and hardware. This resource also presents efficient and novel methods to execute security schemes in wireless protocols with high performance. It provides the state of the art research trends in implementations of wireless protocol security for current and future wireless communications. Unique in its coverage of specification and implementation concerns that include hardware design techniques Wireless Security and Cryptography: Specifications and Implementations provides thorough coverage of wireless network security and recent research directions in the field. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315222202

Wireless Sensor Multimedia NetworksArchitectures Protocols and Applications Wireless sensor networks (WSNs) are a special class of ad hoc network in which network nodes composed of tiny sensors pass data such as temperature pressure and humidity through the network to a central location. Wireless sensor multimedia networks (WSMNs) are a special category of WSNs in which the sensor nodes are small cameras and microphones that can send voice image or video data through the network. This book presents the latest advances and research in WSMN architecture algorithms and protocols.WSMNs are attracting great attention from academia and industry due to the variety of applications in which they can be deployed. Wireless Sensor Multimedia Networks: Architectures Protocols and Applications explores the many benefits of WSMNs and the variety of applications in which they can be used—surveillance traffic monitoring advanced healthcare (blood pressure and heart rate monitoring) habitat monitoring and localization services (finding missing children or wanted criminals).The contributed chapters in this book explore current research into key areas such asNew quality-of-service-aware routing protocols that support a high data rate in WSMNsCognitive radio capability that increases efficiency of spectrum utilization and decreases the probability of collision and contentionMultimedia streaming optimization techniquesNew security schemes for real-time video streamingVarious ways of optimizing power consumption in WSMNsWireless Sensor Multimedia Networks: Architectures Protocols and Applications discusses open research issues and future trends in WSMNs. With this book academic researchers engineers and graduate students will be well-equipped to advance the research in this emerging field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575366

Wireless Sensor NetworksA Cognitive Perspective With classical techniques for data transmission soon reaching their limitations cognitive approaches may offer a solution to user requirements for better coverage connectivity security and energy efficiency at lower cost. Wireless Sensor Networks: A Cognitive Perspective presents a unified view of the state of the art of cognitive approaches in telecommunications. A benchmark in the field it brings together research that has previously been scattered throughout conference and journal papers. Cutting-Edge Topics in Cognitive Communications After a review of the cognitive concept and approaches the book outlines a generic architecture for cognition in wireless sensor networks. It then targets specific issues that need to be addressed through cognition from cognitive radio and spectrum access to routing protocols. The book also explores how to use weighted cognitive maps to improve network lifetime through optimizing routing medium access and power control while fulfilling end-to-end goals. The final chapter discusses the implementation of hardware for GPS/INS-enabled wireless sensor networks. This addresses an important need for real-time node position information in many wireless sensor network applications and communication protocols. Real-World Applications of Wireless Sensor Networks using the Cognitive Concept Written in a tutorial style the book supplies an in-depth survey of each topic accompanied by detailed descriptions of the algorithms and protocols. It also provides a step-by-step analysis of the various communications systems through extensive computer simulations and illustrations. Examples cover environmental monitoring vehicular communications tracking and more. A comprehensive overview of cognitive communications in wireless sensor networks this work lays the foundations for readers to participate in a new era of research in this emerging field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076150

Wireless Sensor NetworksCurrent Status and Future Trends Wireless sensor networks (WSNs) utilize fast cheap and effective applications to imitate the human intelligence capability of sensing on a wider distributed scale. But acquiring data from the deployment area of a WSN is not always easy and multiple issues arise including the limited resources of sensor devices run with one-time batteries. Additional WSN concerns include the external environment routing data aggregation and ensuring quality of service (QoS) and security. Solutions have been developed for various types of application scenarios but many problems still remain as open research challenges. Wireless Sensor Networks: Current Status and Future Trends covers the various issues associated with WSNs including their structure activities and applications. Bringing together the contributions of researchers and experts in the field this book explores: Applications of WSNs data-centric storage environmental forest monitoring and the fundamentals of wireless body area networks Mobile medium access control (MAC) protocols cooperative diversity sensor systems and WSNs operating in IEEE 802.11 networks Location and position estimation in WSNs techniques used in localization algorithms and localization schemes Energy-centric simulation and design space exploration The fundamentals of MAC protocols and specific requirements and problems Protocols and data gathering Privacy and security issues in WSNs solutions based on watermarking and proposed work on intrusion detection systems (IDS) in WSNs Reviewing current trends in research and development as well as future expectations in the relevant areas this book is a valuable reference for students graduates academics researchers of computer science and engineers whether working in professional organizations or research institutions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199873

Wireless Sensor NetworksDeployment Strategies for Outdoor Monitoring Wireless Sensor Networks overcome the difficulties of other monitoring systems. However they require further efficiencies for Outdoor Environment Monitoring (OEM) applications due to their harsh operational conditions huge targeted areas limited energy budget and required 3D setups. A fundamental issue in defeating these practical challenges is deployment planning. The deployment plan is a key factor of many intrinsic properties of OEM networks summarized in connectivity lifetime fault-tolerance and cost-effectiveness. This book investigates the problem of WSNs deployments that address these properties in order to overcome the unique challenges and circumstances in OEM applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367572334

Wireless Sensor NetworksEvolutionary Algorithms for Optimizing Performance Wireless Sensor Networks: Evolutionary Algorithms for Optimizing Performance provides an integrative overview of bio-inspired algorithms and their applications in the area of Wireless Sensor Networks (WSN). Along with the usage of the WSN the number of risks and challenges occurs while deploying any WSN. Therefore to defeat these challenges some of the bio-inspired algorithms are applied and discussed in this book.    Discussion includes a broad integrated perspective on various challenges and issues in WSN and also impact of bio-inspired algorithms on the lifetime of the WSN. It creates interdisciplinary theory concepts definitions models and findings involved in WSN and Bio-inspired algorithms making it an essential guide and reference. It includes various WSN examples making the book accessible to a broader interdisciplinary readership.   The book offers comprehensive coverage of the most essential topics including: Evolutionary algorithms Swarm intelligence  Hybrid algorithms Energy efficiency in WSN Load balancing of gateways Localization Clustering and routing Designing fitness functions according to the issues in WSN.   The book explains about practices of shuffled complex evolution algorithm shuffled frog leaping algorithm particle swarm optimization and dolphin swarm optimization to defeat various challenges in WSN. The author elucidates how we must transform our thinking illuminating the benefits and opportunities offered by bio-inspired approaches to innovation and learning in the area of WSN. This book serves as a reference book for scientific investigators who shows an interest in evolutionary computation and swarm intelligence as well as issues and challenges in WSN. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367342418

Wireless Sensor NetworksFrom Theory to Applications Although there are many books available on WSNs most are low-level introductory books. The few available for advanced readers fail to convey the breadth of knowledge required for those aiming to develop next-generation solutions for WSNs.Filling this void Wireless Sensor Networks: From Theory to Applications supplies comprehensive coverage of WSNs. In order to provide the wide-ranging guidance required the book brings together the contributions of domain experts working in the various subfields of WSNs worldwide.This edited volume examines recent advances in WSN technologies and considers the theoretical problems in WSN including issues with monitoring routing and power control. It also details methodologies that can provide solutions to these problems. The book’s 25 chapters are divided into seven parts: Data Collection Physical Layer and Interfacing Routing and Transport Protocols Energy-Saving Approaches Mobile and Multimedia WSN Data Storage and Monitoring Applications The book examines applications of WSN across a range of fields including health military transportation and mining. Addressing the main challenges in applying WSNs across all phases of our life it explains how WSNs can assist in community development. Complete with a list of references at the end of each chapter this book is ideal for senior undergraduate and postgraduate students researchers scholars academics industrial researchers and practicing engineers working on WSNs. The text assumes that readers possess a foundation in computer networks wireless communication and basic electronics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138198821

Wireless Sensors and InstrumentsNetworks Design and Applications Advances such as 3-G mobile communications networks demonstrate the increasing capability of high-quality data transmission over wireless media. Adapting wireless functionality into instrument and sensor systems endows them with unmatched flexibility robustness and intelligence. Wireless Sensors and Instruments: Networks Design and Applications explains the principles state-of-the-art technologies and modern applications of this burgeoning field.From underlying concepts to practical applications this book outlines all the necessary information to plan design and implement wireless instrumentation and sensor networks effectively and efficiently. The author covers the basics of instruments measurement sensor technology communication systems and networks along with the theory methods and components involved in digital and wireless instruments. Placing these technologies in context the book also examines the principles components and techniques of modern communication systems followed by network standards protocols topologies and security.Building on these discussions the book uses examples to illustrate the practical aspects of constructing sensors and instruments. Finally the author devotes the closing chapter to applications in a broad array of fields including commercial human health and consumer products applications.Filled with up-to-date information and thorough coverage of fundamentals Wireless Sensors and Instruments: Networks Design and Applications supplies critical hands-on tools for efficiently effectively and immediately implementing advanced wireless systems. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220512

Wireless TechnologiesCircuits Systems and Devices Advanced concepts for wireless technologies present a vision of technology that is embedded in our surroundings and practically invisible. From established radio techniques like GSM 802.11 or Bluetooth to more emerging technologies such as Ultra Wide Band and smart dust motes a common denominator for future progress is the underlying integrated circuit technology. Wireless Technologies responds to the explosive growth of standard cellular radios and radically different wireless applications by presenting new architectural and circuit solutions engineers can use to solve modern design problems.This reference addresses state-of-the art CMOS design in the context of emerging wireless applications including 3G/4G cellular telephony wireless sensor networks and wireless medical application. Written by top international experts specializing in both the IC industry and academia this carefully edited work uncovers new design opportunities in body area networks medical implants satellite communications automobile radar detection and wearable electronics.The book is divided into three sections: wireless system perspectives chip architecture and implementation issues and devices and technologies used to fabricate wireless integrated circuits. Contributors address key issues in the development of future silicon-based systems such as scale of integration ultra-low power dissipation and the integration of heterogeneous circuit design style and processes onto one substrate.Wireless sensor network systems are now being applied in critical applications in commerce healthcare and security. This reference which contains 25 practical and scientifically rigorous articles provides the knowledge communications engineers need to design innovative methodologies at the circuit and system level. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315222318

Wireless TechnologyProtocols Standards and Techniques Vast complex technologies countless relevant topics seemingly limitless documentation of standards and recommendations… In a field as dynamic as wireless technology how is one to keep up when the very task of deciding which publications to read and which resources belong on your shelf can be daunting?Wireless Technology: Protocols Standards and Techniques has sorted it out for you. From basic principles to the state of the art it furnishes clear concise descriptions of second and third generation wireless technologies. The bestselling author of the Foundations of Mobile Radio Engineering has gathered together the most up-to-date networking standards techniques and protocols and incorporated clear concise treatments of the necessary background material to form the most current and complete wireless reference available.However bumpy the road may seem the migration to a wireless world is inevitable. Whether you are a communications engineer network analyst or designer electrical engineer or computer engineer keeping up in this rapidly evolving field is imperative. This book will help you stay at the forefront of your field and contribute to making the wireless world a reality. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220123

Wireless Transceiver CircuitsSystem Perspectives and Design Aspects Modern transceiver systems require diversified design aspects as various radio and sensor applications have emerged. Choosing the right architecture and understanding interference and linearity issues are important for multi-standard cellular transceivers and software-defined radios. A millimeter-wave complementary metal–oxide–semiconductor (CMOS) transceiver design for multi-Gb/s data transmission is another challenging area. Energy-efficient short-range radios for body area networks and sensor networks have recently received great attention. To meet different design requirements gaining good system perspectives is important. Wireless Transceiver Circuits: System Perspectives and Design Aspects offers an in-depth look at integrated circuit (IC) design for modern transceiver circuits and wireless systems. Ranging in scope from system perspectives to practical circuit design for emerging wireless applications this cutting-edge book: Provides system design considerations in modern transceiver design Covers both systems and circuits for the millimeter-wave transceiver design Introduces four energy-efficient short-range radios for biomedical and wireless connectivity applications Emphasizes key building blocks in modern transceivers and transmitters including frequency synthesizers and digital-intensive phase modulators Featuring contributions from renowned international experts in industry and academia Wireless Transceiver Circuits: System Perspectives and Design Aspects makes an ideal reference for engineers and researchers in the area of wireless systems and circuits. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138894006

WirelessHART™Filter Design for Industrial Wireless Networked Control Systems This book presents a guideline for EWMA filter design for industrial wireless networked control system both theoretically and practically. The filter’s key advantages are simple effective low computational overhead. This book also provides a guideline for practical implementation of EWMA filter for improving networked control performance of various process plants. It further discusses not only the advantages of the filter but also the limitations and how to avoid them when implementing the filter from practical point of view. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367657512

WirelessStrategically Liberalizing the Telecommunications Market The revolution of wireless communications has only just begun to transform the telecommunications industry worldwide. This book offers insight into the possible options for corporate strategists and government policymakers as they look to harness the expansion of wireless communications to meet the goals of sustainable telecommunications development. Using a multidisciplinary approach which combines policy research legal analysis business economics and models of sustainability from the environmental sciences the book compares the development of wireless communications in four countries: the United States the United Kingdom Russia and Brazil. The comparative analysis points to common themes and opportunities including: * breaking down the barriers between wireless and wireline access by changing the regulatory design which constrains service providers; * targeting the development potential of wireless access through the utilization of new technologies and service models; and * using wireless access as the basis for full facilities-based competition in both developing and developed world markets. No other book today offers this broad a context for a discussion of wireless communications and its potential impact on the evolution of the telecommunications industry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003064213

Wiring Regulations in Brief Tired of trawling through the Wiring Regs? Perplexed by Part P? Confused by cables conductors and circuits? Then look no further! This handy guide provides an on-the-job reference source for Electricians Designers Service Engineers Inspectors Builders Students DIY enthusiastsTopic-based chapters link areas of working practice – such as cables installations testing and inspection special locations – with the specifics of the Regulations themselves. This allows quick and easy identification of the official requirements relating to the situation in front of you.The requirements of the regulations and of related standards are presented in an informal easy-to-read style that strips away confusion. Packed with useful hints and tips and highlighting the most important or mandatory requirements this book is a concise reference on all aspects of the seventeenth edition IEE Wiring Regulations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415526876

Wiring Regulations in Brief This newly updated edition of Wiring Regulations in Brief provides a user-friendly guide to the newest amendments to BS 7671 and the IET Wiring Regulations. Topic-based chapters link areas of working practice – such as earthing cables installations testing and inspection and special locations – with the specifics of the Regulations themselves. This allows quick and easy identification of the official requirements relating to the situation in front of you. The requirements of the regulations and of related standards are presented in an informal easy-to-read style to remove confusion. Packed with useful hints and tips and highlighting the most important or mandatory requirements this book is a concise reference on all aspects of the eighteenth edition of the IET Wiring Regulations. This handy guide provides an on-the-job reference source for electricians designers service engineers inspectors builders and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367431983

Wisdom Analytics and Wicked ProblemsIntegral Decision Making for the Data Age The challenges faced by 21st-century businesses organizations and governments are characterized as being fundamentally different in nature scope and levels of impact from those of the past. As problems become increasingly complex and wicked conventional reductive approaches and data-based solutions are limited. The authors argue that practical wisdom is required.This book provides an integral and practical model for incorporating wisdom into management decision making. Based on a cross-disciplinary conceptualization of practical wisdom the authors distinguish systematically between data information knowledge and wisdom-based decision making. While they suggest that data analytics information and knowledge can assist decision-makers to better deal with complex and wicked problems they argue that data-based systems cannot replace optimized human decision-making capabilities. These capabilities the authors explain include a range of qualities and characteristics inherent in philosophical psychological and organizational conceptions of practical wisdom.Accordingly in this book the authors introduce a model that identifies the specific qualities and processes involved in making wise decisions especially in management. The model is based on the empirical fi ndings of the authors’ studies in the areas of wisdom and management.This book is a practical resource for professionals practitioners and consultants in both the private and public sectors. The theoretical discussions critical arguments and practical guidelines provided in the book will be extremely valuable to students at the undergraduate and postgraduate levels as well as upper-level postdoctoral researchers looking at business management strategies. Media > Books > Print Books Gower 9780367733056

Wisdom Attachment and Love in Trauma TherapyBeyond Evidence-Based Practice Wisdom Attachment and Love in Trauma Therapy focuses on the creation of the therapist as healing presence rather than technique administrator—in other words how to be rather than what to do. Trauma survivors need wise therapists who practice with the union of intellect knowledge and intuition. Through self-work therapists can learn to embody healing qualities that foster an appropriate corrective and loving experience in treatment that transcends any technique. This book shows how Eastern wisdom teachings and Western psychotherapeutic modalities combine with modern theory to support a knowledgeable compassionate and wise therapist who is equipped to help even the most traumatized person heal.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138289758

Wisdom Information and WonderWhat is Knowledge For? In this book one of Britain's leading philosophers tackles a question at the root of our civilisation: What is knowledge for? Midgley rejects the fragmentary and specialized way in which information is conveyed in the high-tech world and criticizes conceptions of philosophy that support this mode of thinking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138141261

Wisdom and Compassion in PsychotherapyDeepening Mindfulness in Clinical Practice Bringing together leading scholars scientists and clinicians this compelling volume explores how therapists can cultivate wisdom and compassion in themselves and their clients. Chapters describe how combining insights from ancient contemplative practices and modern research can enhance the treatment of anxiety depression trauma substance abuse suicidal behavior couple conflict and parenting stress. Seamlessly edited the book features numerous practical exercises and rich clinical examples. It examines whether wisdom and compassion can be measured objectively what they look like in the therapy relationship their role in therapeutic change and how to integrate them into treatment planning and goal setting. The book includes a foreword by His Holiness the Dalai Lama. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462518869

Wisdom and Management in the Knowledge Economy Today there are more technology technologists knowledge and experts than at any time in human history; but from a global perspective it is difficult to argue that this accumulation of knowledge and technology has put the world in an unambiguously better position than it was in the past. Business is not getting any easier to do and major corporate collapses based on poor decisions poor conduct and poor judgement continue to occur. In public administration too basic institutions and services (education health transport) seem to be continually undergoing “crises” of inadequate delivery and excessive pressure. Wisdom and Management in the Knowledge Economy explains why unwise managerial practice can happen in a world characterized by an excess of information and knowledge. Drawing on Aristotle’s idea of practical wisdom the book develops a theory of social practice wisdom that addresses important social psychological and sociological dynamics that underpin wise management and organizations. As well as providing a detailed theory of social practice wisdom this book considers practical issues in organizational communication behavior culture change and knowledge as well as in HRM leadership ethics strategy international business business education and wisdom research. By introducing the notion of social practice wisdom aspects of social structure organizational culture and organizational communication needed for wisdom to flourish are for the first time rendered visible in a way that opens new possibilities for wiser management wiser organizations and wisdom research.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138008830

Wisdom and WarThe Royal Naval College Greenwich 1873–1998 Opened in 1873 in buildings constructed by Charles II to house retired sailors the Royal Naval College was founded with the aim of providing officers with 'the highest possible scientific instruction in all branches of study bearing upon their profession'. For more than 125 years it taught officers ranging in rank from Sub Lieutenants to Vice Admiral providing the technical instruction that equipped a corps of naval architects to build some of the most advanced warships in the world and in later years trained the Royal Navy's nuclear engineers. Despite the College's undoubted contribution towards both the education of Royal Navy personnel and technical research more broadly this is the first book to address the history of the institution from its Victorian roots to its closure in the aftermath of the Cold War. Taking a chronological approach the book traces the history of the College from its establishment in 1873 a period during which technical training for a steam-powered navy was increasingly vital. It then shows how during the First World War academic staff at the College made a vital contribution to the development of naval weapons systems and its medical school initiated a vaccine production programme that later produced major improvements in the public health of the nation. During the Second World War damaged by enemy action that set London's docklands ablaze the College provided the first taste of naval life for more than 27 000 men and women called from civilian life to serve on shore and at sea. Later chapters conclude with an exploration of the College's post-war role focusing particularly on the establishment in 1959 of the Department of Nuclear Science and Technology (DNST) which ran a nuclear reactor on site until the College was closed in 1998. Both as a history of the Royal Naval College itself and as an exploration of the Navy's attitude toward research and education this book provides a fascinating insight into what is arguably one of Britain's most significant educational establishments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271753

Wisdom in Early Confucian and Israelite Traditions Wisdom is an integratal part of all philosophical and religious traditions in the world. Focusing on the concept of wisdom this book examines the difficulties and problems facing comparative studies of the early Confucian and Israelite traditions by exploring the cosmological and ethical implications of wisdom in the older layers of Christian and Confucian texts. Presenting a detailed discussion of how wisdom was understood in philosophical religious and social contexts by the writers of the so-called early Confucian and Israelite wisdom texts this book offers an invaluable contribution to our understanding of the significance of wisdom in the East and West and to our knowledge of different and yet related ways of life as understood in their literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272477

Wisdom in the University This provocative and challenging book questions how people think about what universities should seek to do and how they should respond to the grave problems of our age. It addresses issues such as: What is wisdom? Ought universities to seek promote and teach wisdom and what would this involve? Does it mean we need a revolution in the aims and methods of academic inquiry? What implications would the pursuit of wisdom have for science for social inquiry and the humanities for education? Is it reasonable to ask of universities that they take up the task of helping humanity learn how to create a wiser world? Is there a religious dimension to wisdom? What can non-academics do to encourage universities to take wisdom seriously? Would the pursuit of wisdom be possible given that universities are increasingly subjected to commercial pressures? With contributions from leading experts in various fields Wisdom in the University is essential reading for all those interested in the future of universities and philosophy of education. This book was previously published as a special issue of London Review of Education   Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315878171

Wisdom Leadership in Academic Health Science CentersLeading Positive Change 'Patient-centered care is really about finding the thread that connects us as human beings with our patients. Compassion meaning gratitude joy these are all aspects of that thread that we share. This thread is what connects us to one another in the best possible way...This book on leadership is all about how we as leaders can foster capacities that can help us and our health-care communities to be our best selves together.' From the Preface This inspiring new book from the Culture Context and Quality in Health Sciences Research Education Leadership and Patient Care Series directly confronts the challenging times in which the business of health care finds itself. With a specific focus on the concept of wisdom it considers the critical role of leadership in fostering and developing culture in health care. Each of the chapters reflect a key component of wisdom and ways to nurture wisdom in both individuals and organizations. It features personal accounts interviews and case studies demonstrating the benefits of working together as one. Fully referenced and passionately written this book offers practical solutions for healthcare educators and leaders at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846195716

Wisdom LearningPerspectives on Wising-Up Business and Management Education In traditional business circles wisdom is viewed with a certain scepticism which is in part due to its historical associations with wisdom traditions and spiritual cultures. However in business today wisdom is emerging not only as a viable but also a necessary organizational and management practice. In particular practical wisdom is being updated and retranslated for today’s issues and concerns in organizations. In recent years leadership and organizational studies have initiated important changes in the way in which business-as-usual is conducted. In response to the increasingly complex and uncertain conditions of our international business environment a growing community of ‘scholar-practitioners’ are pushing the boundaries of traditional organizational and leadership thinking and acting making inroads into processes and applications of practical wisdom and ways of wise leading and managing. Given the unprecedented levels of challenges dynamics and uncertainties that today’s organizations are exposed to there is a need for a more integrative and sustainable approach to managing. Following the need for a reconsideration and revival of the meaning of wisdom the editors explore vitalizing possibilities for the learning of wise practices in organizing and leading. This expansive range of domains where wisdom is currently being explored suggests a promising number of perspectives and possibilities for future inquiries and explorations into the nexus of wisdom and organization leadership/management education and learning that benefits from cross-disciplinary synergies. This book will be of interest to those seeking to understand the growing significance of wisdom in relation to learning and teaching especially in business and management education. Media > Books > Print Books Gower 9780367881306

Wisdom of the PsycheBeyond neuroscience The first edition of Wisdom of the Psyche engaged with one of the main dilemmas of contemporary psychology and psychotherapy: how to integrate findings and insights from neuroscience and medicine into an approach to healing founded upon activation of the imagination. In this revised edition Ginette Paris re-focuses her attention on the modern lack of desire to become adult and updates the book with brand new neuroscientific research. Paris uses cogent and passionate argument as well as stories from patients to demonstrate that the human psyche seeks to destroy relationships and lives as well as to sustain them. She makes clear that the way out of those destructive states does not start with an upward positive wilful effort of the ego but with an opening of the imagination and aims to foster the dialogue between psychotherapists and neuroscientists. In clear and accessible language Paris describes how depth psychology can be seen as a subject of the humanities rather than the sciences and explains how gaining an understanding of neuroscience will not necessarily make us psychologically wiser.A unique and powerful book Wisdom of the Psyche will be fascinating reading for Jungian and depth psychologists psychotherapists analysts and others in the helping professions as well as students and those in training and readers with an interest in psychology and neuroscience who want to create an inner life worth living. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138900868

Wisdom of TitansSecrets of Success from Entrepreneurs Who Rose to the Top Becoming a successful entrepreneur takes energy and drive. Less than 20% make it beyond the first three years. Achieving the next level the status of business titan -- the upper echelon of leadership -- takes an unrelenting commitment to turn an idea into a plan a plan into a startup venture and a venture into a successful business. The chances of getting to the top are slim at best relying on a particular set of skills and attributes. In The Wisdom of Titans William Ferguson shares how 10 famous titans from Bill Marriott to Julia Stewart made it to the top for every entrepreneur to learn from and follow. The book describes the challenges of leading service organizations in particular where managing and motivating thousands of people can make or break the business. The book provides advice for those just starting out as well as business leaders looking to take their enterprise to the next level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781937134587

Wisdom: The Collected Articles of Norman Whybray This collection of articles confirms Norman Whybray's place as one of the foremost contributors to scholarship on wisdom literature in the last three decades of the twentieth century. A former President of the Society for Old Testament Study and winner of the British Academy's Burkitt Medal Whybray wrote extensively on Proverbs and Ecclesiastes and his interests extended to Job Ben Sira and wider areas of concern such as the relationship of wisdom to other Old Testament books and genres. Including a Foreword by David Clines and an Introduction by Katharine J. Dell this collection brings together for the first time all of Norman Whybray's articles in this subject thus not only inspiring afresh but also providing a useful resource for scholars interested in that enigmatic group of writings that make up the wisdom literature of the Old Testament. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233970

Wise LeadershipA Toolbox for Sustainable Success Wise Leadership provides current and emerging leaders with a grounded intuitive framework to help them understand and master multiple leadership identities allowing them to adapt seamlessly to different leadership settings and challenges. Anchored in a wisdom-based approach Kessler digs into leadership’s philosophical core to uncover the six fundamental challenges leaders face and presents the corresponding set of six synergistic competencies or tools that readers can develop to solve them. Bridging scholarship with practice each part of this leadership toolbox is outlined in a clear and consistent way so that readers can learn exactly when why and how to use it. The user-friendly format also eases comparison and customization of the different approaches along with a consideration of their strengths and dangers. Incorporating colorful examples and practical guidelines this book will equip both students and professionals with a dynamic repertoire of flexible leadership skills that will help them succeed in any situation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138498839

Wise WomenReflections of Teachers at Mid-Life First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786841

Wise Words PbdirectEssays on the Proverb This book is the first volume in the Garland Folklore Casebook series. It contains 20 essays on various aspects of proverb studies. These 20 essays touch upon the major concerns of paremiology and they are representative results of the trends and themes of modem proverb scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138845664

Wise Words: How Susan Isaacs Changed Parenting "Harassed" writes: "Your answers to correspondents are exceedingly clear and when I read them I say ‘That is just the answer I should think of’ though I believe I should have great difficulty when it came actually to putting it into words! However I cannot answer my own problems so will you please help me?" (20 August 1930) This much-needed collection brings together the columns of parenting adviser Ursula Wise "agony aunt" for The Nursery World between 1929 and 1936 and pseudonym for the eminent educationalist and pioneering psychoanalyst Susan Isaacs. Wise’s replies informed by theories in education psychology and psychoanalysis provide an insight into the development of modern child-centred attitudes to parenting with remarkably fresh and relevant advice. The letters are passionate urgent occasionally provocative sometimes funny and always thoughtful. Topics from behaviour and temperament anxieties and phobias to play and education are explored and each theme is introduced and contextualised in contemporary parenting approaches. Bringing pivotal theories from the fields of education child psychology and psychoanalysis into dialogue this is an essential read for early years practitioners teachers course leaders and those studying in the field of early years education and child psychoanalysis. The continued relevance of Isaacs’ advice for modern parenting also makes this an enjoyable and informative read for parents. It is also an excellent resource for those interested in social history and the little known contributions made by women pioneers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138096790

Wish-fulfilment in Philosophy and PsychoanalysisThe tyranny of desire Wish-fulfilment as a singular means of satisfying ineluctable desire is a pivotal concept in classical psychoanalysis. Freud argued that it was the thread that united dreams daydreams phantasy omnipotent thinking neurotic and some psychotic symptoms such as hallucinations and delusions art myth and religious illusions. The concept's theoretical exploration has been largely neglected within psychoanalysis since but contemporary philosophers have recognised it as providing an explanatory model for much of the kind of irrational behaviour so problematic for psychiatry social psychology and the philosophy of mind.   Although critically neglected in contemporary psychological and psychoanalytic thought the concept remains clinically fundamental under different labels: it encompasses the processes of omnipotent phantasy symbolic or substitutive satisfaction actualisation in transference and acting out symptom formation and defenses such as projective identification. Wish-fulfilment can be shown to be a specifically psychoanalytic compartment of a common-sense psychological theory of action that illuminates not just clinical material but also the paradoxes of irrationality – such as weakness of will and self-deception – that preoccupy philosophers.   The first half of this book develops a comprehensive and novel theory of wish-fulfilment explores its radical implications for the structure of mind and locates it against the backdrop of both contemporary psychoanalytic and philosophical thought. In the second half the book applies the theory to illuminate important features of self-deception and delusion religion insanity defences creative writing and the exclusion of mind and intention in the biological drift of modern psychiatry.   The book will be essential to philosophers of mind psychoanalysts psychiatrists psychologists social theorists and students in these disciplines; as well as readers interested in understanding how the mind works in mental illness self-deception religion and creative writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138637511

Wit And Its Relation To The Unconscious First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875586

Wit and Wisdom in Morocco (Routledge Revivals)A Study of Native Proverbs First published in 1930 this is the final of Edward Westermarck’s trilogy of titles that explore the society culture and customs of Morocco. Compiled from years of personal research and interviews conducted with local people this collection of native proverbs addresses such cultural and ideological concepts as marriage and family hospitality goodness and arrogance as well as sayings relating to certain periods agriculture and weather. With a detailed introductory essay from Westermarck this is a fascinating work that will provide invaluable insight for students and those with a general interest in Moroccan and North African history and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415726177

Witch Hunting and Witch Trials (RLE Witchcraft)The Indictments for Witchcraft from the Records of the 1373 Assizes Held from the Home Court Originally published in 1929 the author presents a formidable collection of facts brought together in a scholarly manner. This is an examination of the general history of witchcraft its changing laws and legal procedures as well as methods of interrogation and punishment. This book must be considered an essential reference work for every student of witch lore. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987166

Witchcraft Exorcism and the Politics of Possession in a Seventeenth-Century Convent'How Sister Ursula was once Bewiched and Sister Margaret Twice' Presenting a remarkable set of previously unpublished papers this book concerns the bewitchment possession and exorcism of two seventeenth-century nuns living in exile in an English convent in the Spanish Netherlands. The two women left behind an extensive set of personal writing that reveals unprecedented detail about their devotional lives and spiritual states before during and after exorcism. Unlike other similar cases here the women write for themselves; for the first time in 350 years this book allows their voices - and their silences - to resound in all their vibrancy.  An extensive introduction discusses the politics of piety and possession at a time when exorcism had become increasingly contentious amidst conflicting claims for rival church reform. The book includes both autobiographical and biographical material written by the nuns and about them and casting new light on processes of female self-writing at just the time when the 'modern subject' is often said to have emerged. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138357983

Witchcraft Healing and Popular DiseasesNew Perspectives on Witchcraft Magic and Demonology Witchcraft and magical beliefs have captivated historians and artists for millennia and stimulated an extraordinary amount of research among scholars in a wide range of disciplines. This new collection from the editor of the highly acclaimed 1992 set Articles on Witchcraft Magic and Demonology extends the earlier volumes by bringing together the most important articles of the past twenty years and covering the profound changes in scholarly perspective over the past two decades. Featuring thematically organized papers from a broad spectrum of publications the volumes in this set encompass the key issues and approaches to witchcraft research in fields such as gender studies anthropology sociology literature history psychology and law. This new collection provides students and researchers with an invaluable resource comprising the most important and influential discussions on this topic. A useful introductory essay written by the editor precedes each volume. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203055847

Witchcraft Madness Society and Religion in Early Modern GermanyA Ship of Fools H.C. Erik Midelfort has carved out a reputation for innovative work on early modern German history with a particular focus on the social history of ideas and religion. This collection pulls together some of his best work on the related subjects of witchcraft the history of madness and psychology demonology exorcism and the social history of religious change in early modern Europe. Several of the pieces reprinted here constitute reviews of recent scholarly literature on their topics while others offer sharp departures from conventional wisdom. A critique of Michel Foucault’s view of the history of madness proved both stimulating but irritating to Foucault’s most faithful readers so it is reprinted here along with a short retrospective comment by the author. Another focus of this collection is the social history of the Holy Roman Empire where towns peasants and noble families developed different perceptions of the Protestant and Catholic Reformations and of the options the religious revolutions of the sixteenth century offered. Finally this collection also brings together articles which show how Freudian psychoanalysis and academic sociology have filtered and interpreted the history of early modern Germany. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409457336

Witchcraft Magic and Superstition in England 1640–70 This study examines the relationship between élite and popular beliefs in witchcraft magic and superstition in England analyzing such beliefs against the background of political religious and social upheaval characteristic of the Civil War Interregnum and Restoration periods. Belief in witchcraft received new impulses because of the general ferment of religious ideas and the tendency of participants in the Civil Wars to resort to imagery drawn from beliefs about the devil and witches; or to use portents to argue for the wrongs of their opponents. Throughout the work the author stresses that deeply held superstitions were fundamental to belief in witches the devil ghosts apparitions and supernatural healing. Despite the fact that popular superstitions were often condemned it was recognized that their propaganda value was too useful to ignore. A host of pamphlets and treatises were published during this period which unashamedly incorporated such beliefs. Valletta here explores the manner in which political and religious authorities somewhat cynically used demonic imagery and language to discredit their opponents and to manipulate popular opinion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233956

Witchcraft Sorcery and Social Categories Among the Safwa Originally published in 1970 this book explores the role of concepts of disease in the social life of the Safwa of Tanzania particularly through beliefs concerning witchcraft and sorcery. Examining Safwa ideas about the cuasation of disease and death and the use of aetiological terms in actual cases it demonstrates a parallel between these ideas and terms on the one hand and the Safwa system of social categories on the other. A descrption of the Safwa environment way of life and social system is followed by an account of the concepts of death and disease and of their causes as revealed in ancestor rites divination and autopsy. An analysis of case histories demonstrates that the cause assigned to a particular instance of illness or death depends upon the status relationship between discputing parties who are associated with the patient. The way in which the parallel between aetiological and social categoeis helps to control the outcome of disputes is also examined. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138594203

Witchcraft the Devil and Emotions in Early Modern England This book represents the first systematic study of the role of the Devil in English witchcraft pamphlets for the entire period of state-sanctioned witchcraft prosecutions (1563-1735). It provides a rereading of English witchcraft one which moves away from an older historiography which underplays the role of the Devil in English witchcraft and instead highlights the crucial role that the Devil often in the form of a familiar spirit took in English witchcraft belief. One of the key ways in which this book explores the role of the Devil is through emotions. Stories of witches were made up of a complex web of emotionally implicated accusers victims witnesses and supposed perpetrators. They reveal a range of emotional experiences that do not just stem from malefic witchcraft but also and primarily from a witch’s links with the Devil. This book then has two main objectives. First to suggest that English witchcraft pamphlets challenge our understanding of English witchcraft as a predominantly non-diabolical crime and second to highlight how witchcraft narratives emphasized emotions as the primary motivation for witchcraft acts and accusations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367204549

Witchcraft Accusations from Central IndiaThe Fragmented Urn This book unravels the institutions surrounding witchcraft in the central Indian state of Chhattisgarh through theoretical and empirical research on witchcraft violence and modernity in contemporary times. The author pieces together ‘fragments’ of stories gathered utilising ethnographic methods to examine the meanings associated with witches and witchcraft and how they connect with social relations gender notions of agency law media and the state. The volume uses the metaphor of the shattered urn to tell the story of the accusations punishment rescue and the aftermath of the events of the trial of women accused of being witches. It situates the á¹­onhÄ«  or witch as a key elaborating symbol that orders behaviour to determine who the socially included and excluded are in communities. Through the personal interviews and other ethnographic methods conducted over the course of many years the author delves into the stories and practices related to witchcraft its relations with modernity and the relationship between violence and ideological norms in society. Insightful and detailed this book will be of great interest to academics and researchers of anthropology development studies sociology history violence gender studies tribal studies and psychology. It will also be useful for readers in both historic and contemporary witchcraft practices as well as policy makers.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367023102

Witchcraft and Gender in Early Modern SocietyFinland and the Wider European Experience How could a woman be three times accused of witchcraft and go on running a successful farmstead? Why would men use a frying pan for cattle magic? Why did witches keep talking about the children? What kind of a relation did Finnish witches have with authority and power? These are among the questions Raisa Maria Toivo addresses in this study as she explores the gender implications of the complex system of household management and public representation in which seventeenth-century Finnish women and men negotiated their positions. From specific case studies Toivo broadens her narrative to include historiographical discussion on the history of witchcraft on women's and gender history and on early modern social history shedding new light on each theme. Toivo contributes to the on-going discussion in the European historiography about whether the early modern period witnessed an improvement decline or simply alteration in the conditions of oppression of women within patriarchal households by using a multidimensional set of roles that could be adopted by women. Finally she demonstrates convincingly that members of the solid peasant class were not only subject of the newly forming states but also avid users of the court system which they manipulated and put to work in the interests of their own individual household and collective affairs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233963

Witchcraft and Hysteria in Elizabethan LondonEdward Jorden and the Mary Glover Case Witchcraft was at its height in Elizabethan London. Edward Jorden showed that hysteria and not demons lay behind the witch-craze. Edward Jorden's Briefe Discourse of a Disease Called the Suffocation of the Mother (1603) is said to have reclaimed the demoniacally possessed for medicine and to have introduced the concept of hysteria into English psychiatry. The aim of this book is to reassess the reasons why Jorden wrote his famous pamphlet and to set it in its actual historical context. This book brings Jorden's pamphlet together with two works by Jorden's adversaries John Swann's A True and Breife Report of Mary Glovers Vexation and Stephen Bradwell's `Mary Glovers late Woeful Case' which has never before been published. Both of these concern the incident that provoked Jorden's Briefe Discourse and they show that his pamphlet was in fact prompted by a bitter religious and political controversy over the case. Michael MacDonald in his introduction provides a fresh and realistic analysis of the politics of credulity and scepticism in early modern England and Jorden's part in them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861922

Witchcraft and Sorcery in East Africa Containing ten essays by anthropologists on the beliefs and practices associated with witches and sorcerers in Eastern Africa the chapters in this book are all based on field research and new information which is studied within its wider social context. First published in 1963. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852135

Witchcraft and Sorcery in Rhodesia Originally published in 1967 this book is a study of witchcraft and sorcery among the Shona Ndebele and Kalanga peoples of Zimbabwe. It analyses in their social context verbatim evidence and confessions from a comprehensive series of judicial records. It provides the first systematic demonstration of the importance and the exstent to which such sources can be used to make a detailed analysis of the character and range of beliefs and motives. The main emphasis is on witchcraft and sorcery beliefs the nature of accusations confessions and divination btoh traditional and as practised by members of the Pentecostal Church. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138542273

Witchcraft Confessions and Accusations Historians as well as anthropologists have contributed to this volume of studies on aspects of witchcraft in a variety of cultures and periods from Tudor England to twentieth-century Africa and New Guinea. Contributors include: Mary Douglas Norman Cohn Peter Brown Keith Thomas Alan Macfarlane Alison Redmayne R.G. Willis Edwin Ardener Robert Brain Julian Pitt-Rivers Esther Goody Peter Rivière Anthony Forge Godfrey Lienhardt I.M. Lewis Brian Spooner G.I. Jones Malcolm Ruel and T.O. Beidelman. First published in 1970. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708545

Witchcraft in Continental EuropeNew Perspectives on Witchcraft Magic and Demonology First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203055816

Witchcraft in Early Modern England Witchcraft in Early Modern England provides a fascinating introduction to the history of witches and witchcraft in England from the sixteenth to the eighteenth century. Witchcraft was a crime punishable by death in England during this period and this book charts the witch panics and legal persecution of witches that followed exploring topics such as elite attitudes to witchcraft in England the role of pressures and tensions within the community in accusations of witchcraft the way in which the legal system dealt with witchcraft cases and the complex decline of belief in witchcraft. Revised and updated this new edition explores the modern historiographical debate surrounding this subject and incorporates recent findings and interpretations of historians in the field bringing it right up-to-date and in particular offering an extended treatment of the difficult issues surrounding gender and witchcraft. Supported by a range of compelling primary documents this book is essential reading for all students of the history of witchcraft. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138831162

Witchcraft in the British Isles and New EnglandNew Perspectives on Witchcraft Magic and Demonology First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203055823

Witchcraft in the Modern WorldNew Perspectives on Witchcraft Magic and Demonology First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203055755

Witchcraft Myths in American Culture A fascinating examination of how Americans think about and write about witches from the 'real' witches tried and sometimes executed in early New England to modern re-imaginings of witches as pagan priestesses comic-strip heroines and feminist icons.The first half of the book is a thorough re-reading of the original documents describing witchcraft prosecutions from 1640-1700 and a re-thinking of these sources as far less coherent and trustworthy than most historians have considered them to be. The second half of the book examines how these historical narratives have transformed into myths of witchcraft still current in American society writing and visual culture. The discussion includes references to everything from Increase Mather and Edgar Allan Poe to Joss Whedon (the writer/director of Buffy the Vampire Slayer which includes a Wiccan character) and The Blair Witch Project. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203941980

Witchcraft: The Basics Witchcraft: The Basics is an accessible and engaging introduction to the scholarly study of witchcraft exploring the phenomenon of witchcraft from its earliest definitions in the Middle Ages through to its resonances in the modern world. Through the use of two case studies this book delves into the emergence of the witch as a harmful figure within western thought and traces the representation of witchcraft throughout history analysing the roles of culture religion politics gender and more in the evolution and enduring role of witchcraft. Key topics discussed within the book include:  The role of language in creating and shaping the concept of witchcraft The laws and treatises written against witchcraft The representation of witchcraft in early modern literature The representation of witchcraft in recent literature TV and film Scholarly approaches to witchcraft through time The relationship between witchcraft and paganism With an extensive further reading list summaries and questions to consider at the end of each chapter Witchcraft: The Basics is an ideal introduction for anyone wishing to learn more about this controversial issue in human culture which is still very much alive today.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138779976

Witches Westerners and HIVAIDS and Cultures of Blame in Africa A witch's curse an imperialist conspiracy a racist plot—HIV/AIDS is a catastrophic health crisis with complex cultural dimensions. From small villages to the international system explanations of where it comes from who gets it and who dies are tied to political agendas religious beliefs and the psychology of devastating grief. Frequently these explanations conflict with science and clash with prevention and treatment programs. In Witches Westerners and HIV Alexander Rödlach draws on a decade of research and work in Zimbabwe to compare beliefs about witchcraft and conspiracy theories surrounding HIV/AIDS in Africa. He shows how both types of beliefs are part of a process of blaming others for AIDS a process that occurs around the globe but takes on local culturally specific forms. He also demonstrates the impact of these beliefs on public health and advocacy programs arguing that cultural misunderstandings contribute to the failure of many well-intentioned efforts. This insightful book provides a cultural perspective essential for everyone interested in AIDS and cross-cultural health issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315415734

Witches (RLE Witchcraft)Investigating An Ancient Religion Clues to T.C. Lethbridge’s books lie in their subtitles. Witches: Investigating an Ancient Religion is no exception. In his study of the old pagan gods of Britain Lethbridge believed that witch cults had their roots in prehistory and eventually became a religion of the suppressed classes.Similarities between eastern and ancient western religions provided him with evidence of ancient collusion. He believed Britain’s island status acted as a filter for external inflences and ideas. No belief on the continent ever arrived intact which made the study of British customs so intriguing.His study of Dianic belief and the transmigration of souls led him to believe in a universal controlling intelligence. He linked the concept of the evolving mind with the Laws of Karma the Avatars and other religious teachings of the world and concluded that Druidic belief was not a million miles away from modern psychical research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987173

Witch-Hunting in ScotlandLaw Politics and Religion Shortlisted for the 2008 Katharine Briggs Award Witch-Hunting in Scotland presents a fresh perspective on the trial and execution of the hundreds of women and men prosecuted for the crime of witchcraft an offence that involved the alleged practice of maleficent magic and the worship of the devil for inflicting harm on their neighbours and making pacts with the devil. Brian P. Levack draws on law politics and religion to explain the intensity of Scottish witch-hunting. Topics discussed include: the distinctive features of the Scottish criminal justice system the use of torture to extract confessions the intersection of witch-hunting with local and national politics the relationship between state-building and witch-hunting and the role of James VI Scottish Calvinism and the determination of zealous Scottish clergy and magistrates to achieve a godly society. This original survey combines broad interpretations of the rise and fall of Scottish witchcraft prosecutions with detailed case studies of specific witch-hunts. Witch-Hunting in Scotland makes fascinating reading for anyone with an interest in witchcraft or in the political legal and religious history of the early modern period. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203089507

With Culture in MindPsychoanalytic Stories This is a new kind of anthology. More conversation than collection it locates the psychic and the social in clinical moments illuminating the analyst's struggle to grasp a patient's internal life as voiced through individual political social and material contexts. Each chapter is a single detailed case vignette in which aspects of race gender sexual orientation heritage ethnicity class â€“ elements of the sociopolitical matrix of culture – are brought to the fore in the transference-countertransference dimension demonstrating how they affect the analytic encounter. Additionally discussions by three senior analysts further deconstruct patients' and analysts' cultural embeddedness as illustrated in each chapter. For the practicing clinician as well as the seasoned academic this highly readable and intellectually compelling book clearly demonstrates that culture saturates subjective experience â€“ something that all mental health professionals should keep in mind.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415884877

With Music in MindActivity Cards to Support Children with Neurodegenerative Conditions including Visual Impairment With Music in Mind supports parents and professionals as they use music to enhance the lives of children with neurodegenerative disease including vision impairment. Illustrated cards outline practical activities using an ability-led model to encourage active participation in music and sound-making at the different stages of neurodegenerative disease. In a portable format with accessible language designed for non-specialists this innovative resource empowers parents and professionals to use music pedagogically therapeutically and recreationally in day-to-day life with their child. The activities cover two broad areas: Music activities. These follow the Sounds of Intent framework of musical development to focus on music itself and for its own sake. These include listening playing and singing and making music with others. Beyond music activities. These explore ways of engaging with music to promote wider development and to foster a sense of wellbeing. They cover topics such as socialising feeling communicating and understanding. Based on pioneering research promoted by The Amber Trust and undertaken at the Applied Music Research Centre at the University of Roehampton by Professor Adam Ockelford With Music in Mind supports carers as they scaffold the acquisition of skills and offer rich musical experiences both early on and in the later stages of a child’s life. They can be used in conjunction with the micro-songs available on The Amber Trust’s website (www.ambertrust.org). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367472603

With The Empress Dowager Of Chin Published in the year 1986 With The Empress Dowager Of Chin is a valuable contribution to the field of Asian Studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203061121

With Words and KnivesLearning Medical Dispassion in Early Modern England The practice of medicine in the days before the development of anaesthetics could often be a brutal and painful experience. Many procedures especially those involving surgery must have proved almost as distressing to the doctor as to the patient. Yet in order to cure the medical practitioner was often required to inflict pain and the patient to endure it. Some level of detachment has always been required of the doctor and especially of the surgeon. It is the construction of this detachment or dispassion in early modern England with which this work is concerned. The book explores the idea of medical dispassion and shows how practitioners developed the intellectual verbal and manual skill of being able to replace passion with equanimity and distance. As the skill of 'dispassion' became more widespread it was both enthusiastically promoted and vehemently attacked by scientific and literary writers throughout the early modern period. To explain why the practice was so controversial and aroused such furor this study takes into account not only patterns of medical education and clinical practice but wider debates concerning social philosophical and religious ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257177

Wither Iran?Reform Domestic Politics and National Security Terrorism and the Middle East are often connected. The fear that these will be a future source of threat with weapons of mass destruction notably nuclear or biological weapons has grown in recent years. This book looks at the politics of one important state in the region - Iran - and concludes that political reform in that country is changing it in ways that are reducing it as a threat to its neighbours and to international security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138452077

Within and Beyond CitizenshipBorders Membership and Belonging Within and Beyond Citizenship brings together cutting-edge research in sociology and social anthropology on the relationship between immigration status rights and belonging in contemporary societies of immigration. It offers new insights into the ways in which political membership is experienced spatially and bureaucratically constructed and actively negotiated and contested in the everyday lives of citizens and non-citizens. Themes concepts and ideas covered include: The shifting position of the non-citizen in contemporary immigration societies; The intersection of human mobility immigration control and articulations of citizenship; Activism and everyday practices of membership and belonging; Tension in policy and practice between coexisting traditions and regimes of rights; Mixed status families belonging and citizenship; The ways in which immigration status (or its absence) intersects with social cleavages such as age class gender and ‘race’ to shape social relations. This book will appeal to academics and practitioners working in the disciplines of Social and Political Anthropology Sociology Social Policy Human Geography Political Sciences Citizenship Studies and Migration Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138352025

Within Her PowerPropertied Women in Colonial Virginia This is an engaging and comprehensive study of property-owning women in the colony of Tidewater VA during the 17th & 18th centuries. It examines the social restrictions on women's behaviour and speech opportunities and difficulties these women encountered in the legal system the economic and discretionary authority they enjoyed the roles they played in the family business their roles in the later trans-Atlantic trading framework and the imperial context within which these colonial women lived making this a welcome addition to both colonial and women's history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203951064

Within Reach?Managing Chemical Risks in Small Enterprises Examines regulatory and other strategies for improving chemical risk management in small enterprises in the European Union. This book considers what supports are necessary to secure the implementation of these strategies and is particularly concerned with the role of chemical product supply as envisaged by REACH. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784405

Within School Walls Drawing from her in-depth ethnographic study of a London comprehensive school the author shows how gender formation for both girls and boys is mediated by disciplinary control sexuality and the curriculum. Her findings for girls and boys – with their important emphases – are revealed. So are the responses and perspectives of the teachers. Prior to publication of this volume much feminist writing depicted the subordination of girls as a function of patriarchal control both in terms of the teaching the girls receive and the behaviour of the boys around them. The author’s narrative implicitly and explicitly challenges some of these views. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415750684

Within the Four SeasThe Dialogue of East and West First published in 1969. Contains some of Joseph Needham's most significant essays lectures and broadcasts on the history of Chinese science technology and culture. Also included are some more personal thoughts stimulated by his own travels and experiences in China including a number of poems. The book discusses the valuable social and intellectual influences which have flowed to Europe from South as well as East Asia and suggests that the events of the twentieth century were a natural development of Chinese history not a deviation from it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138997479

Within Time and Beyond TimeA Festschrift for Pearl King This book is dedicated to Pearl King who is something of an institution in herself within psychoanalysis as well as an important contributor to the development of the institution of psychoanalysis. She is the co-author with Riccardo Steiner of the monumental The Freud-Klein Controversies (1941-1945) detailing the "Controversial Discussions" of the Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329662

Without Answers Vol 8 First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823447

Without ApologyAndrea Dworkin's Art And Politics  This is the first-ever book-length analysis of Dworkins feminist politics and the first critical analysis to examine her controversial political ideas in light of the literary dimensions of her prose. Cindy Jenefsky with Ann Russo looks at Dworkin’s major nonfiction works including Woman Hating Pornography: Men Possessing Women and Intercourse Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216511

Without CondomsUnprotected Sex Gay Men and Barebacking After years of activism risk awareness and AIDS prevention increasing numbers of gay men are not using condoms and new infections of HIV are on the rise. Using case studies and exhaustive survey research this timely groundbreaking book allows men who have unprotected sex a practice now known as "barebacking " to speak for themselves on their willingness to risk it all. Without Condoms takes a balanced look at the profound needs that are met by this seemingly reckless behavior while at the same time exposing the role that both the Internet and club drugs like crystal methamphetamine play in facilitating high-risk sexual encounters. The result is a compassionate sophisticated and nuanced insight into what for many people is one of the most perplexing aspects of today's gay male culture and life style. Michael Shernoff digs deep and forces us to see that the AIDS epidemic is not over. We must now ask the hard questions and listen to the voices that answer. The stakes are too high to ignore. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151833

Without Justice For AllThe New Liberalism And Our Retreat From Racial Equality Without Justice for All: The New Liberalism and Our Retreat from Racial Equality questions examines and explains the way a new orthodoxy of American leaders has contributed to the social stratification and inequality which plagues America today. By looking at the history of our social policies since the New Deal as well as the status of specific Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313999

Withstanding Hitler First published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867474

Witness and MemoryThe Discourse of Trauma This is a collection within the anthropology of violence and witness studies a discipline inaugurated in the 1980s. It accomplishes a tight focus while tackling seemingly disparate topics: from Rigoberat Menchu to O.J. Simpson and from feminist poetry to Hiroshima Mon Amour. With approaches ranging from anthropological and historical to literary and philosophical this collection is engaging in both subject matter and writing style. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203446638

Witness in PalestineA Jewish Woman in the Occupied Territories Anna Baltzer a young Jewish American went to the West Bank to discover the realities of daily life for Palestinians under the occupation. What she found would change her outlook on the conflict forever. She wrote this book to give voice to the stories of the people who welcomed her with open arms as their lives crumbled around them. For five months Baltzer lived and worked with farmers Palestinian and Israeli activists and the families of political prisoners traveling with them across endless checkpoints and roadblocks to reach hospitals universities and olive groves. Baltzer witnessed firsthand the environmental devastation brought on by expanding settlements and outposts and the destruction wrought by Israel's "Security Fence " which separates many families from each other their communities their land and basic human services. What emerges from Baltzer's journal is not a sensationalist tale of suicide bombers and conspiracies but a compelling and inspiring description of the trials of daily life under the occupation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315631042

Witnesses and ScholarsStudies in Musical Biography First Published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315074832

Witnesses to Faith?Martyrdom in Christianity and Islam 11 September 2001 in New York; 11 March 2004 in Madrid; 7 July 2005 in London: these dates remind us that suicide bombings or 'martyrdom operations' have become the common coin of international politics in the West. What exactly is meant by 'martyrdom' today whether in Islam or Christianity? This book tries to give an answer. Muslim and Christian scholars come together to find a common understanding based on the scriptures and traditions of each faith of martyrdom in today's violent world. Part One presents the historical background and contemporary relevance of each tradition. Part Two asks whether martyrs from one tradition could be recognized as such by the other as well as discussing the practice of 'venerating' martyrs and examining two dramas of martyrdom by twentieth century writers. Part Three includes a study of martyrdom in Shia Islam and some short studies of past and present suicidal operations. Three appendices reproduce some classic discussions of martyrdom frequently referred to in the book plus a plea for non-violent options within the Muslim tradition. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233949

Witnesses to the Russian Revolution This volume originally published in 1964 presents a series of slides illustrating the major events of the Russian Revolution. Gathering together many accounts from the memoirs of innumerable people from every walk of life and political frame of mind: communists and tsarists foreign journalists and ambassadors in Petrograd Russian soldiers at the front and peasants in the countryside. The accounts of the witnesses allow the reader to relive the chaos and the high drama of the revolution through their eyes and experiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138232358

Witnessing Australian StoriesHistory Testimony and Memory in Contemporary Culture This book is about how Australians have responded to stories about suffering and injustice in Australia presented in a range of public media including literature history films and television. Those who have responded are both ordinary and prominent Australians politicians writers and scholars. All have sought to come to terms with Australia's history by responding empathetically to stories of its marginalized citizens.Drawing upon international scholarship on collective memory public history testimony and witnessing this book represents a cultural history of contemporary Australia. It examines the forms of witnessing that dominated Australian public culture at the turn of the millennium. Since the late 1980s witnessing has developed in Australia in response to the increasingly audible voices of indigenous peoples migrants and more recently asylum seekers. As these voices became public they posed a challenge not only to scholars and politicians but also most importantly to ordinary citizens.When former Prime Minister Kevin Rudd delivered his historic apology to Australia's indigenous peoples in February 2008 he performed an act of collective witnessing that affirmed the testimony and experiences of Aboriginal Australians. The phenomenon of witnessing became crucial not only to the recognition and reparation of past injustices but to efforts to create a more cosmopolitan Australia in the present. This is a vital addition to Transaction's critically acclaimed Memory and Narrative series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517981

Witnessing PartitionMemory History Fiction This book interrogates representations – fiction literary motifs and narratives – of the Partition of India. Delving into the writings of Khushwant Singh Balachandra Rajan Attia Hosain Abdullah Hussein Rahi Masoom Raza and Anita Desai among many others it highlights the modes of ‘fictive’ testimony that sought to articulate the inarticulate – the experiences of trauma and violence of loss and longing and of diaspora and displacement. The author discusses representational techniques and formal innovations in writing across three generations of twentieth-century writers in India and Pakistan invoking theoretical debates on history memory witnessing and trauma. With a new afterword the second edition of this volume draws attention to recent developments in Partition studies and sheds new light as regards ongoing debates about an event that still casts a shadow on contemporary South Asian society and culture. A key text this is essential reading for scholars researchers and students of literary criticism South Asian studies cultural studies and modern history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367210366

Witnessing PartitionMemory History Fiction This book deals with the representation of the Partition of India — the experience of trauma and violence — through fiction literary motifs and narratives and shows that in examining the nature of such testimony through history cultural memory has a significant role to play. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138662612

Witnessing PsychoanalysisFrom Vienna back to Vienna via Buchenwald and the USA This book contains a collection of articles on social psychology the psychology of terror and violence psychoanalytic psychotherapy and the history of psychoanalysis. It also includes Federn's moving memoir of his encounter with Bruno Bettelheim in Buchenwald. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329815

Witnessing Sadism in Texts of the American SouthWomen Specularity and the Poetics of Subjectivity Looking at works by Carrie Mae Weems Toni Morrison Emily Dickinson Flannery O'Connor Dorothy Allison Carson McCullers and Zora Neale Hurston Claire Raymond uncovers a pattern of femininity constructed around representations of sadistic violence in American women's literature and photography from the late nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Dickinson's poetry is read through its relationship to the Southern Agrarian critics who championed her work. While the representations of violence found in Carrie Mae Weems's installation From Here I Saw What Happened and I Cried Morrison's Beloved Dickinson’s poetry O'Connor's 'A View of the Woods' and 'A Good Man Is Hard to Find ' Allison's Bastard Out of Carolina McCullers' Ballad of the Sad Café and Hurston's Mules and Men are diverse in terms of artistic presentation all allude to or are set in the antebellum and Jim Crow South. In addition all involve feminine characters whose subjectivity is shaped by the practice of seeing acts of violence inflicted where there can be no effective resistance. While not proposing an equivalence between representing violence in visual images and written text Raymond does suggest that visual images of violence can be interpreted in context with written evocations of violent imagery. Invoking sadism in its ethical sense of violence enacted on a victim for whom self-defense and recourse of any kind are impossible Raymond's study is ultimately an exploration of the idea that a femininity constructed by the positioning of feminine characters as witnesses to sadistic acts is a phenomenon distinctly of the American South that is linked to the culture's history of racism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409451051

Wit's PilgrimageTheatre and the Social Impact of Education in Early Modern England This title was first published in 2000:  England experienced something of a social revolution in the years from the early 16th century to the Civil War. This work seeks to add a new dimension to the discussion of this phenomena by focusing on the emerging role and function of social behaviour as a means of signalling social identity and rank. Noting the even greater emphasis placed on manners customs and ordinary behaviour during that time period Darryll Grantley demonstrates the interrelation of two key elements - education and drama - in the reconstruction of social identity. By examining the relationship between education and drama Grantley contributes important perspectives on the ways in which drama functioned in society. He explores education as a prominent motif in the aristocratically patronized drama of the 16th century; the contribution of the academy to the evolution of public modes of drama; education and the playwrights; education and the audience; and the representations of learning and social behaviour on the public stage. Throughout the study explores the increasing social significance of education in 16th- and 17th-century England and the reflection of that cultural change in the drama of the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138723344

Wittgenstein Ludwig Wittgenstein (1889-1951) is considered by most philosophers - even those who do not share his views - to be the most influential philosopher of the 20th century. His contributions to the philosophy of language mind meaning and psychology - as well as to logic mathematics and epistemology - permanently altered the philosophical landscape and his Tractatus Logico Philosophicus and Philosophical Investigations continue to be studied in philosophy departments around in the world. In this superb introduction and overview of Wittgenstein’s life and work William Child discusses: Wittgenstein’s early work Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus including his account of language and thought Wittgenstein’s subsequent rejection of some of the central doctrines of the Tractatus Wittgenstein’s later philosophy intentionality and rule-following philosophy of mind and psychology in Philosophical Investigations knowledge and certainty and Wittgenstein’s final work philosophy of religion the legacy and influence of Wittgenstein’s ideas in philosophy and beyond. Including a chronology glossary and helpful conclusions to each chapter Wittgenstein is essential reading for anyone coming to Wittgenstein's philosophy for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415312066

Wittgenstein No serious philosopher or student of philosophy can afford to neglect Wittgenstein's work. Professor Fogelin provides an authoritative critical evaluation of both the Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus and Philosophical Investigations enabling the reader to come to grips with these difficult yet key works.Fogelin explains Wittgenstein's attempt in the Tractatus to combine a picture theory of propositional structure and also explores Wittgenstein's own criticisms of the Tractarian synthesis. He gives particular attention to topics in the philosophy of language logic psychology and the foundations of mathematics examining Wittgenstein's work on these fields and arguing that Wittgenstein's criticisms in these areas form the basis for a radically new standpoint in philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138130982

Wittgenstein Aesthetics and Philosophy Although universally recognised as one of the greatest of modern philosophers Wittgenstein's work in aesthetics has been unjustly neglected. This is the first book exclusively devoted to Wittgenstein's aesthetics exploring the themes developed by Wittgenstein in his own writing on aesthetics as well as the implications of Wittgenstein's wider philosophical views for understanding central issues in aesthetics. Drawing together original contributions from leading international scholars this book will be an important addition to studies of Wittgenstein's thought but its discussion of issues in literature music and performing art and criticism will also be of interest to many students of literary and cultural studies. Exploring three key themes - the capacity of the arts to illuminate our lives; the nature of the particular responses involved in understanding and appreciating works of art; the role of theory and principle in artistic and critical practice - the contributors address issues raised by contemporary philosophers of art and seek to make connections between Wittgenstein's work and that of other significant philosophies of art in the Western tradition. Displaying the best practice of modern philosophical writing - clarity cogency respect for but not blind obedience to common sense argument illustrated with detailed examples rejection of speculation and pretension - this book demonstrates how philosophy can make a valuable contribution to understanding the arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277328

Wittgenstein Anti-foundationalism Technoscience and Philosophy of EducationAn Educational Philosophy and Theory Reader Volume VIII This book is a collection of essays motivated by a "cultural" and biographical reading of Wittgenstein. It includes some new essays and some that were originally published in Educational Philosophy and Theory. The book focuses on the concept of “technoscience” and the relevance of Wittgenstein’s work for philosophy of technology which amplifies Lyotard’s reading and provides a critique of education as an increasingly technology-led enterprise. It includes a distinctive view on the ethics of reading Wittgenstein and the ethics of suicide that shaped him. It also examines the reception and engagement with Wittgenstein’s work in French philosophy with a chapter on post-analytic philosophy of education as a choice between Richard Rorty and Jean-François Lyotard. Peters examines Wittgenstein’s academic life at Cambridge University and his involvement as a student and faculty member in the Moral Sciences Club. Finally the book provides an understanding of Wittgensteinian styles of reasoning and the concept of worldview. Is it possible to escape the picture that holds us captive? This constitutes a challenging introduction to Wittgenstein’s work for academics researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of education technology and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367861254

Wittgenstein Politics and Human Rights Do human rights make sense? They have been central to post-war political life and our picture of moral self. But this is being eroded Holt argues and with it the viability of human rights discourse. The pre-social individual and its mental armoury is being challenged by an increasing awareness of genealogical forces in which the self is less a lone claimant than an exponent or rebel.Using Wittgenstein's philosophy this book considers the liberal position on human rights along with the communitarian and pragmatic attacks and challenges the intelligibility of each from the perspective of what it is to be a language user. Wittgenstein Politics and Human Rights argues that moral relations are not dead; but that their life resides with the on-going relations of selves governed by universal principles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757065

Wittgenstein among the SciencesWittgensteinian Investigations into the 'Scientific Method' Engaging with the question of the extent to which the so-called human economic or social sciences are actually sciences this book moves away from the search for a criterion or definition that will allow us to sharply distinguish the scientific from the non-scientific. Instead the book favours the pursuit of clarity with regard to the various enterprises undertaken by human beings with a view to dissolving the felt need for such a demarcation. In other words Read pursues a 'therapeutic' approach to the issue of the status and nature of these subjects. Discussing the work of Kuhn Winch and Wittgenstein in relation to fundamental question of methodology 'Wittgenstein among the Sciences' undertakes an examination of the nature of (natural) science itself in the light of which a series of successive cases of putatively scientific disciplines are analysed. A novel and significant contribution to social science methodology and the philosophy of science and 'the human sciences' this book will be of interest to social scientists and philosophers as well as to psychiatrists economists and cognitive scientists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246478

Wittgenstein and Heidegger Ludwig Wittgenstein and Martin Heidegger are arguably the two most influential philosophers of the twentieth century. Their work not only reshaped the philosophical landscape but also left its mark on other disciplines including political science theology anthropology ecology mathematics cultural studies literary theory and architecture. Both sought to challenge the assumptions governing the traditions they inherited to question the very terms in which philosophy’s problems had been posed and to open up new avenues of thought for thinkers of all stripes. And despite considerable differences in style and in the traditions they inherited the similarities between Wittgenstein and Heidegger are striking. Comparative work of these thinkers has only increased in recent decades but no collection has yet explored the various ways in which Wittgenstein and Heidegger can be drawn into dialogue. As such these essays stage genuine dialogues with aspects of Wittgenstein’s elucidations answering or problematizing aspects of Heidegger’s and vice versa. The result is a broad-ranging collection of essays that provides a series of openings and provocations that will serve as a reference point for future work that draws on the writings of these two philosophers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138942998

Wittgenstein and Merleau-Ponty Maurice Merleau-Ponty and Ludwig Wittgenstein are two of the most important philosophers of the twentieth century yet their work is generally regarded as standing in contrast to one another. However as this outstanding collection demonstrates they both reject a Cartesian picture of the mind and sought to offer an alternative that does justice to the role played by bodily action language and our membership within a community that shares a way of life. This is the first collection to compare and contrast the work of these two major philosophers. Fundamental topics and problems discussed include the role of community in their philosophies; Merleau-Ponty on description and depiction and Wittgenstein on saying and doing; the role of language; their treatment of expression; their relation to the philosophy of the Vienna Circle; solipsism; and rule-following. It is essential reading for anyone studying the work of Wittgenstein and Merleau-Ponty as well as those interested in phenomenology philosophy of mind and philosophy of language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367372392

Wittgenstein and Modern Philosophy First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823508

Wittgenstein and Moral Philosophy (Routledge Revivals) Wittgenstein’s philosophical achievement lies in the development of a new philosophical method rather than in the elaboration of a particular philosophical system. Dr Paul Johnston applies this innovative method to the central problems of moral philosophy: whether there can be ‘truth’ in ethics or what the meaning of objectivity might mean in the context of moral deliberation. Wittgenstein and Moral Philosophy first published in 1989 represents the first serious and rigorous attempt to apply Wittgenstein’s method to ethics. The conclusions arrived at differ radically from those dominating contemporary ethical discussion revealing an immense discrepancy between the ethical concepts employed in everyday moral decision-making and the way in which these are discussed by philosophers. Dr Johnston examines ways of eliminating this discrepancy in order to gain a clearer picture of the proper nature of moral claims and at the same time provides new insights into Wittgenstein’s conception of philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138777590

Wittgenstein and Naturalism Wittgenstein was centrally concerned with the puzzling nature of the mind mathematics morality and modality. He also developed innovative views about the status and methodology of philosophy and was explicitly opposed to crudely "scientistic" worldviews. His later thought has thus often been understood as elaborating a nuanced form of naturalism appealing to such notions as "form of life" "primitive reactions" "natural history" "general facts of nature" and "common behaviour of mankind". And yet Wittgenstein is strangely absent from much of the contemporary literature on naturalism and naturalising projects. This is the first collection of essays to focus explicitly on the relationship between Wittgenstein and naturalism. The volume is divided into four sections each of which addresses a different aspect of naturalism and its relation to Wittgenstein's thought. The first section considers how naturalism could or should be understood. The second section deals with some of the main problematic domains—consciousness meaning mathematics—that philosophers have typically sought to naturalise. The third section explores ways in which the conceptual nature of human life might be continuous in important respects with animals. The final section is concerned with the naturalistic status and methodology of philosophy itself. This book thus casts a fresh light on many classical philosophical issues and brings Wittgensteinian ideas to bear on a number of current debates-for example experimental philosophy neo-pragmatism and animal cognition/ethics-in which naturalism is playing a central role. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593452

Wittgenstein and Other MindsRethinking Subjectivity and Intersubjectivity with Wittgenstein Levinas and Husserl A compelling new approach to the problem that has haunted twentieth century philosophy in both its analytical and continental shapes. No other book addresses as thoroughly the parallels between Wittgenstein and leading Continental philosophers such as Levinas Husserl and Heidegger. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203940365

Wittgenstein and Perception Throughout his career Wittgenstein was preoccupied with issues in the philosophy of perception. Despite this little attention has been paid to this aspect of Wittgenstein's work. This volume redresses this lack by bringing together an international group of leading philosophers to focus on the impact of Wittgenstein's work on the philosophy of perception. The ten specially commissioned chapters draw on the complete range of Wittgenstein's writings from his earliest to latest extant works and combine both exegetical approaches with engagements with contemporary philosophy of mind. Topics covered include: perception and judgement in the Tractatus aspect-perception the putative intentionality of perception representationalism. The book also includes an overview which summarises the evolution of Wittgenstein's views on perception throughout his life. With an outstanding array of contributors Wittgenstein and Perception is essential reading for students and scholars of Wittgenstein’s work as well as those working in philosophy of mind and philosophy of perception. Contributors: Yasuhiro Arahata Michael Campbell William Child Daniel Hutto Michael O’Sullivan Marie McGinn Michel terHark Charles Travis and José Zalabardo. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138574021

Wittgenstein and Phenomenology This volume of new essays explores the relationship between the thought of Wittgenstein and the key figures of phenomenology: Husserl Heidegger Levinas Merleau-Ponty and Sartre. It is the first book to provide an overview of how Wittgenstein’s philosophy in its different phases including his own so-called phenomenological phase relates to the variety of phenomenological approaches developed in continental Europe. In so doing the volume seeks to throw light on both sides of the comparison and to clarify more broadly the relations between analytic and phenomenological philosophy. However rather than treating the interpretation of either phenomenological philosophy or Wittgenstein as an already settled issue several chapters in the volume examine and question received views regarding them and develop alternatives to such views. Wittgenstein and Phenomenology will be of interest to scholars working in philosophical methodology and metaphilosophy the philosophy of mind philosophy of language and logic and ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590185

Wittgenstein and PsychologyA Practical Guide Wittgenstein made use of his insights into the nature and powers of language to search out the source of conceptual confusions in the foundations of mathematics and in philosophy of psychology. Once he has established the use account of language his Philosophical Investigations opens out into an extensive coverage of psychological phenomena and the concepts with which we identify and manage them. In this book Harr nd Tissaw display Wittgenstein's analysis of the 'grammar' of the most important of these concepts in a systematic and accessible way. Previous studies of the psychological aspects of Wittgenstein's writings admirable as exegeses of his thought have paid little attention to the relevant psychology. Here the 'adjacent' theories and empirical investigations from mainstream psychology have been described in sufficient detail to show how Wittgenstein's work impinges on psychology as it has actually been practiced. In using this book philosophers will be able to get a sense of the relevance of Wittgenstein's philosophical psychology to the development of psychology as a science. Psychologists will be able to see how to use Wittgenstein's insights to enrich and discipline their attempts to gain an understanding of human thinking feeling acting and perceiving the domain of psychology as science. The book includes an historical overview of the sources of Wittgenstein's philosophy in the Vienna of the last years of Austro-Hungary as well as a brief presentation of the main themes of his Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus as it anticipated computational models of cognition. Student use is emphasized with frequent summaries and self-test questionnaires. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399049

Wittgenstein and Scepticism Wittgenstein is arguably the greatest philosopher of the last hundred years and scepticism is one of the central problems that modern philosophy faces. This collection is the first to be devoted to an examination of how that great philosopher's work bears on this fundamental philosophical problem. Wittgenstein's reaction to scepticism is complex articulating both a sense that sceptical problems are ultimately unreal and a sense that scepticism teaches us something about the fundamental character of the human predicament. The essays specially written for this collection by distinguished philosophers and commentators on Wittgenstein explore that reaction addressing in particular scepticism about the existence of the external world and of other minds. In doing so it explores issues not only in theory of knowledge but also in metaphysics the philosophy of mind language perception and literature as well as raising questions about the nature of philosophy itself. Several of the papers address the work of Stanley Cavell perhaps the most influential commentator on the work of Wittgenstein and Cavell replies in the final pieces to four of those papers. This collection is essential reading for students and scholars of Wittgenstein and anyone interested in the debate surrounding scepticism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653268

Wittgenstein and Scientism Wittgenstein criticised prevailing attitudes toward the sciences. The target of his criticisms was ‘scientism’: what he described as ‘the overestimation of science’. This collection is the first study of Wittgenstein’s anti-scientism - a theme in his work that is clearly central to his thought yet strikingly neglected by the existing literature.The book explores the philosophical basis of Wittgenstein’s anti-scientism; how this anti-scientism helps us understand Wittgenstein’s philosophical aims; and how this underlies his later conception of philosophy and the kind of philosophy he attacked.An outstanding team of international contributors articulate and critically assess Wittgenstein’s views on scientism and anti-scientism making Wittgenstein and Scientism essential reading for students and scholars of Wittgenstein’s work on topics as varied as the philosophy of mind and psychology philosophical practice the nature of religious belief and the place of science in modern culture.Contributors: Jonathan Beale William Child Annalisa Coliva David E. Cooper Ian James Kidd James C. Klagge Danièle Moyal-Sharrock Rupert Read Genia Schönbaumsfeld Severin Schroeder Benedict Smith and Chon Tejedor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871703

Wittgenstein and the Idea of a Critical Social TheoryA Critique of Giddens Habermas and Bhaskar This book uses the philosophy of Wittgenstein as a perspective from which to challenge the very idea of critical social theory represented preeminently by Giddens Habermas and Bhaskar. Renouncing the quest for an alternative Wittgensteinian theory of social and political life the author shows that Wittgenstein nevertheless has considerable significance for critical thought and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757584

Wittgenstein and the Limits of Language The limit of language is one of the most pervasive notions found in Wittgenstein’s work both in his early Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus and his later writings. Moreover the idea of a limit of language is intimately related to important scholarly debates on Wittgenstein’s philosophy such as the debate between the so-called traditional and resolute interpretations Wittgenstein’s stance on transcendental idealism and the philosophical import of Wittgenstein’s latest work On Certainty. This collection includes thirteen original essays that provide a comprehensive overview of the various ways in which Wittgenstein appeals to the limit of language at different stages of his philosophical development. The essays connect the idea of a limit of language to the most important themes discussed by Wittgenstein—his conception of logic and grammar the method of philosophy the nature of the subject and the foundations of knowledge—as well as his views on ethics aesthetics and religion. The essays also relate Wittgenstein’s thought to his contemporaries including Carnap Frege Heidegger Levinas and Moore. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815385011

Wittgenstein and the Nature of Violence How do we explain violence? What is so significant of modern forms of violence that it has produced such large-scale destruction in its wake? This volume builds on the political philosophy of Wittgenstein his notions of peace and violence to explore how violence in any form is contained in culturally or ideologically formed institutions. Drawing on Wittgenstein’s work on language it explores the link between language and violence everydayness and culture. It examines everyday instances of micro-violence that we sometimes forget to recall. This book puts forth the claim that any theory of violence will have to touch on the myriad – both micro and macro â€“ political social and cultural interactions that make up the human condition. The author further comments on the unseen ways violence has been instrumentalized in modern history’s many stages to create a spectacle of power to reinforce authority. The volume will be of great interest to students and scholars of peace and conflict studies political philosophy linguistics and modern history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367368913

Wittgenstein and the Turning Point in the Philosophy of Mathematics First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823492

Wittgenstein on Mathematics This book offers a detailed account and discussion of Ludwig Wittgenstein’s philosophy of mathematics. In Part I the stage is set with a brief presentation of Frege’s logicist attempt to provide arithmetic with a foundation and Wittgenstein’s criticisms of it followed by sketches of Wittgenstein’s early views of mathematics in the Tractatus and in the early 1930s. Then (in Part II) Wittgenstein’s mature philosophy of mathematics (1937-44) is carefully presented and examined. Schroeder explains that it is based on two key ideas: the calculus view and the grammar view. On the one hand mathematics is seen as a human activity — calculation — rather than a theory. On the other hand the results of mathematical calculations serve as grammatical norms. The following chapters (on mathematics as grammar; rule-following; conventionalism; the empirical basis of mathematics; the role of proof) explore the tension between those two key ideas and suggest a way in which it can be resolved. Finally there are chapters analysing and defending Wittgenstein’s provocative views on Hilbert’s Formalism and the quest for consistency proofs and on Gödel’s incompleteness theorems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844658626

Wittgenstein on Sensation and Perception This book offers two novel claims about Wittgenstein’s views and methods on perception as explored in the Philosophical Investigations. The first is an interpretive claim about Wittgenstein: that his views on sensation and perception including his critique of private language have their roots in his reflections on sense-datum theories and on what Hymers calls the misleading metaphor of phenomenal space. The second is a major philosophical claim: that Wittgenstein’s critique of the misleading metaphor of phenomenal space is of ongoing relevance to current debates concerning first-person authority and the problem of perception because we are still tempted to draw inferences about the phenomenal that only apply to the physical. Many contemporary discussions of these topics are thus premised on the very confusions Wittgenstein sought to dispel. This book will appeal to Wittgenstein scholars who are interested in the Philosophical Investigations and to philosophers of perception who may think that Wittgenstein’s views are mistaken irrelevant or already adequately appreciated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595487

Wittgenstein on Thought Language and PhilosophyFrom Theory to Therapy This title was first published in 2000:  What was Wittgenstein's relation to "theory of meaning" in his post-1937 writings and what was his characterization of "philosophy" ? How does "philosophy" in Wittgenstein's later writings differ from what is usually accepted in modern academic 'analytic' philosophy? This book discusses problems encountered in looking at Wittgenstein's texts after-1937 focusing particularly on whether the problem of philosophy amounts to a systematic or a theoretical activity. Arguing that philosophy can be characterized as a form of conceptual investigation Gefwert aims to demonstrate that a theoretical view does not correspond to Wittgenstein's conception of philosophy. For example philosophy is not transcendental as he thought it was before 1929. Neither is philosophical language universal as Wittgenstein 1929-1936 thought it was. Proposing that a philosophical conceptual investigation is analogous to a psychotherapeutical session of Freud with the common aim to dissolve the conceptual problems in language that haunt us in our everyday life Gefwert's examination of the post-1937 writings of Wittgenstein concludes that "philosophical investigation" is a very different activity than that assumed by the Logical Positives and others adhering to a theoretical view. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138738850

Wittgenstein on Thought and Will This book examines in detail Ludwig Wittgenstein’s ideas on thought thinking will and intention as those ideas developed over his lifetime. It also puts his ideas into context by a comparison both with preceding thinkers and with subsequent ones. The first chapter gives an account of the historical and philosophical background discussing such thinkers as Plato Descartes Berkeley Frege and Russell. The final chapter looks at the legacy of and reactions to Wittgenstein. These two chapters frame the central three chapters devoted to Wittgenstein’s ideas on thought and will. Chapter 2 discusses the sense in which both thought and will represent or are about reality; Chapter 3 considers Wittgenstein’s critique of the picture of an "inner process" and the role that behaviour and context play in his views on thought and will; while Chapter 4 centres on the question "What sort of thing is it that thinks or wills?" in particular examining Wittgenstein’s ideas concerning the first person ("I") and concerning statements like "I am thinking" or "I intend to do X". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138346765

Wittgenstein: A Religious Point Of View? Ludwig Wittgenstein once said: 'I am not a religious man but I cannot help seeing every problem from a religious point of view.' This study the last work of the distinguished philosopher Norman Malcolm is a discussion of what Wittgenstein may have meant by this and its significance for philosophy. The book concludes with a critical discussion of Malcolm's essay by Peter Winch. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160965

Wittgenstein: Rethinking the Inner The idea of the Inner is central to our concept of a person and yet is far from being philosophically understood. This book offers a comprehensive account of Wittgenstein's work on the subject and presents a forceful challenge to contemporary views. Written in a non-technical and accessible style it throws new light both on Wittgenstein's work and on the problem of the Inner self. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415756204

WittgensteinA Critique First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823232

WittgensteinA Way of Seeing In Wittgenstein's Way of Seeing Judith Genova provides a an illuminating introduction to two surprisingly neglected aspects of his work: his conception of philosophy and his search for a style to embody his revolutionary practice. Genova examines the nuances contours and texture of logical twists of language. She elucidates Wittgenstein's reliance on the work of Kant and Freud and presents how words are acts for Wittgenstein. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822242

Wittgenstein’s Liberatory PhilosophyThinking Through His Philosophical Investigations In this book Rupert Read offers the first outline of a resolute reading following the highly influential New Wittgenstein ‘school’ of the Philosophical Investigations. He argues that the key to understanding Wittgenstein’s later philosophy is to understand its liberatory purport. Read contends that a resolute reading coincides in its fundaments with what building on ideas in the later Gordon Baker he calls a liberatory reading. Liberatory philosophy is philosophy that can liberate the user from compulsive (and destructive) patterns of thought freeing one for possibilities that were previously obscured. Such liberation is our prime goal in philosophy. This book consists in a sequential reading along these lines of what Read considers the most important and controversial passages in the Philosophical Investigations: 1 16 43 95 & 116 & 122 130–3 149–151 186 198–201 217 and 284–6. Read claims that this liberatory conception is simultaneously an ethical conception. The PI should be considered a work of ethics in that its central concern becomes our relation with others. Wittgensteinian liberations challenge widespread assumptions about how we allegedly are independent of and separate from others. Wittgenstein’s Liberatory Philosophy will be of interest to scholars and advanced students working on Wittgenstein and to scholars of the political philosophy of liberation and the ethics of relation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367547684

Wittgenstein’s Moral Thought Wittgenstein’s work early and later contains the seeds of an original and important rethinking of moral or ethical thought that has so far yet to be fully appreciated. The ten essays in this collection all specially commissioned for this volume are united in the claim that Wittgenstein’s thought has much to contribute to our understanding of this fundamental area of philosophy and of our lives. They take up a variety of different perspectives on this aspect of Wittgenstein’s work and explore the significance of Wittgenstein’s moral thought throughout his work from the Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus and Wittgenstein’s startling claim there that there can be no ethical propositions to the Philosophical Investigations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367372422

Wittgenstein-Arg Philosophers First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510622

Wittgensteinian Values: Philosophy Religious Belief and Descriptivist MethodologyPhilosophy Religious Belief and Descriptivist Methodology This title was first published in 2001. This work examines the self-renouncing dimension which Wittgensteinian philosophy subscribes to ethico-religious ideals. "Wittensteinian values" are explored through a range of literary and cultural illustrations from Wittgenstein's own European milieu. The book also highlights an alternative model of self-renouncing faith which has methodological implications for how a Wittgensteinian descriptivist approach should be carried out. Wittgensteinian assumptions about the nature of self-renunciation the religious believer's orientation to the world and the place of the metaphysical in religion are among some of the elements that need to be reappraised. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138716339

Wittgensteinian ValuesPhilosophy Religious Belief and Descriptivist Methodology This title was first published in 2001. This work examines the self-renouncing dimension which Wittgensteinian philosophy subscribes to ethico-religious ideals. "Wittensteinian values" are explored through a range of literary and cultural illustrations from Wittgenstein's own European milieu. The book also highlights an alternative model of self-renouncing faith which has methodological implications for how a Wittgensteinian descriptivist approach should be carried out. Wittgensteinian assumptions about the nature of self-renunciation the religious believer's orientation to the world and the place of the metaphysical in religion are among some of the elements that need to be reappraised. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138716346

WittgensteinKey Concepts Wittgenstein's complex and demanding work challenges much that is taken for granted in philosophical thinking as well as in the theorizing of art theology science and culture. Each essay in this collection explores a key concept involved in Wittgenstein's thinking relating it to his understanding of philosophy and outlining the arguments and explaining the implications of each concept. Concepts covered include grammar meaning and meaning-blindness language-games and private language family resemblances psychologism rule-following teaching and learning avowals Moore's Paradox aspect seeing the meter-stick and criteria. Students new to Wittgenstein and readers interested in developing their understanding of specific aspects of his philosophical work will find this book very welcome. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711584

WittgensteinMaking Sense of Other Minds Originally published in 1999 Wittgenstein: Making Sense of Other Minds explores human relations and the issues raised by one immensely influential response to the problems generated by the claims about the existence and properties of other minds. How do we justify the interpretations which we place on other people's behaviour? Is my mind the only real mind? Is there a difference between the way in which I understand m mind and that of another person? This book explores Wittgenstein's theories critiquing and analysing them including chapters on the concept of criteria grammar in the middle and late period and the blue book and later work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367136369

Wittgenstein's Art of Investigation Wittgenstein's Art of Investigation is one of the first to focus on and provide an original and detailed analysis of Wittgenstein's grammatical investigations. Beth Sarkey offers us new insight into the historical context and influences on method which will help students understand the intricacies and depth of his work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757454

Wittgenstein's Enduring Arguments Fifty years after Wittgenstein's death his philosophy and the arguments it embodied remain vital and applicable. Wittgenstein's Enduring Arguments illustrates the use of Wittgenstein's thought for continuing philosophical debates old and new. Featuring essays by leading international philosophers the collection examines the key theme of representation in Wittgenstein's philosophy. Organised into three clear parts the book considers representation in cognition in language and in what cannot be represented - the absolute. The first part applies Wittgenstein to leading questions concerning qualia the grammar of phenomenology and developmental psychology. The second part applies Wittgenstein to vexing knots in the philosophy of language like language and concept acquisition the normativity of meaning and linguistic understanding. The final section addresses Wittgenstein's unique philosophical approach to logic self religion and ethics. Each specially commissioned chapter demonstrates the successful application of Wittgenstein's philosophy; collectively they express a confidence that Wittgenstein's arguments and his philosophy will endure. Wittgenstein's Enduring Arguments is essential reading for those seeking to examine and assess the philosopher's lasting contribution to modern thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761949

Wittgenstein's Intentions (Routledge Revivals) Wittgenstein’s Intentions first published in 1993 presents a series of essays dedicated to the great Wittgenstein exegete John Hunter. The problematic topics discussed are identified not only by Wittgenstein’s own philosophical writings but also by contemporary scholarship: areas of ambiguity perhaps even confusion as well as issues which the father of analytic philosophy did not himself address. The difficulties involved in speaking cogently about religious belief suspicion consciousness the nature of the will the coincidence of our thoughts with reality and transfinite numbers are all investigated as well as a variety of other intriguing questions: why can’t a baby pretend to smile? How do I know what I was going to say? Wittgenstein’s Intentions is an invaluable resource for students of Wittgenstein as well as scholars and opens up a wide horizon of philosophical questioning for those as yet unfamiliar with this style of reasoning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138775435

Wittgenstein's Novels Analyzing features of Wittgenstein's philosophical work and including in-depth textual analyses this study investigates the impact of Ludwig Wittgenstein's work on contemporary German and French novelists. Drawing upon aesthetics architectural history philosophy of science and photography the book offers readings of the work of Thomas Bernhard W.G. Sebald Jacques Roubaud and Ernst-Wilhelm Händler. In each case Klebes shows Wittgenstein’s reflections on language and world to be the conduit for an exploration of the question of representation as it bridges the realms of literature and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415535953

Wittgenstein's Philosophical InvestigationsText and Context First published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755849

Wittgenstein's Philosophy of LanguageSome Aspects of its Development First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823942

Wittgenstein's Philosophy of Mathematics Wittgenstein's role was vital in establishing mathematics as one of this century's principal areas of philosophic inquiry. In this book the three phases of Wittgenstein's reflections on mathematics are viewed as a progressive whole rather than as separate entities. Frascolla builds up a systematic construction of Wittgenstein's representation of the role of arithmetic in the theory of logical operations. He also presents a new interpretation of Wittgenstein's rule-following considerations - the `community view of internal relations'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861960

Wittgenstein's Philosophy of Mind (Routledge Revivals) Philosophers since Descartes have felt themselves compelled to make a choice between mind and body. Wittgenstein’s Philosophy of Mind first published in 1986 argues that there is no genuine epistemological problem of mind and that the widespread philosophical scepticism with regard to our knowledge of other minds is without foundation. Ashok Vohra applies Wittgenstein’s method to show that the problem has arisen through a tendency to over-philosophise our simple experiences. Vohra presents a positive account of Wittgenstein’s philosophy of mind arguing that to consider his philosophy entirely destructive is misleading. He shows that knowledge of mind is gained through a large complex of intersubjectively identifiable factors such as the linguistic and non-linguistic past present and future behaviour of the person concerned. He thus justifies the belief on which psychology and psychoanalysis are based that mind is not a mystery to which only the owner has privileged access. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138024489

Wittgenstein's Philosophy of Psychology (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1989 this book tackles a relatively little-explored area of Wittgenstein’s work his philosophy of psychology which played an important part in his late philosophy. Writing with clarity and insight Budd traces the complexities of Wittgenstein’s thought and provides a detailed picture of his views on psychological concepts. A useful guide to the writings of Wittgenstein the book will be of value to anyone concerned with his work as a whole as well as those with a more general interest in the philosophy of psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415705523

Wittgenstein's Vienna Revisited Fin de siecle Vienna was once memorably described by Karl Kraus as a "proving ground for the destruction of the world." In the decades leading to the World War that brought down the Austro-Hungarian empire the city was at once an operetta dream world masking social and political problems and tension as well as a center for the far-reaching explorations and innovations in music art science and philosophy that would help to define modernity. One of the most powerful critiques of the retreat into fantasy was that of the philosopher Ludwig Wittgenstein whose early career in Vienna has helped frame debates about ethical and aesthetic values in culture. In Wittgenstein's Vienna Revisited Allan Janik expands upon his work Wittgenstein's Vienna (co-authored with Stephen Toulmin) to amplify a number of significant points concerning the genesis of Wittgenstein's thought the nature of Viennese culture and criticism of contemporary culture.Although Wittgenstein is the central figure in this volume Janik places considerable emphasis on other influential figures both Viennese and non-Viennese in order to break down some of the persistent stereotypes about the philosopher and his surrounding culture especially the myths of "carefree" Vienna and Wittgenstein the positivist. The persistence of these myths in Janik's view stems in part from the inability of many historians to differentiate past from present in the evaluation of intellectual currents. Janik reviews a number of figures overlooked in assessing Wittgenstein: Otto Weininger Kraus Schoenberg Nietzsche Wagner Ibsen Offenbach and Georg Trakl. All of these Janik demonstrates are absolutely necessary to understand what was at stake in the debates on aestheticism and the critique of a modern culture.Wittgenstein's efforts to recognize the limits of thought and language and thus to be fair to science religion and art account for his place of honor among critical modernists. These essays elucidate Wittgenstein's perspective on our culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138517998

WittgensteinTo Follow a Rule First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823249

Wives Widows Mistresses and Nuns in Early Modern ItalyMaking the Invisible Visible through Art and Patronage Through a visually oriented investigation of historical (in)visibility in early modern Italy the essays in this volume recover those women - wives widows mistresses the illegitimate - who have been erased from history in modern literature rendered invisible or obscured by history or scholarship as well as those who were overshadowed by male relatives political accident or spatial location. A multi-faceted invisibility of the individual and of the object is the thread that unites the chapters in this volume. Though some women chose to be invisible for example the cloistered nun these essays show that in fact their voices are heard or seen through their commissions and their patronage of the arts which afforded them some visibility. Invisibility is also examined in terms of commissions which are no longer extant or are inaccessible. What is revealed throughout the essays is a new way of looking at works of art a new way to visualize the past by addressing representational invisibility the marginalized or absent subject or object and historical (in)visibility to discover who does the 'looking ' and how this shapes how something or someone is visible or invisible. The result is a more nuanced understanding of the place of women and gender in early modern Italy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276291

WMD Arms Control in the Middle EastProspects Obstacles and Options The Middle East is a hot spot of proliferation. It contains one state assumed to possess nuclear weapons several states that tried and failed to develop a military nuclear capability one state under suspicion of trying to do so and it is the world region that witnessed the most frequent and severe employment of chemical weapons since the end of World War I. Notwithstanding not a single arms control regime concerning weapons of mass destruction (WMD) covers the region as a whole. Instead we have seen several proliferation-related military operations which have rather contributed to destabilization than served non-proliferation. This volume written under the auspices of the EU Consortium for Non-Proliferation and Disarmament determines the current state of diplomatic efforts to establish a WMD free zone in the Middle East. In doing so it provides insights into central actors’ conflicting political positions thereby explaining the stalemate of efforts to negotiate a WMD-free zone. Chapters written by renowned experts from academia and policy-oriented think tanks as well as by next-generation Middle East and arms control experts introduce the subject to the reader give background information about arms control initiatives provide technical expertise and endeavour to make proposals for arms control measures in support of the creation of a Middle East WMD-free zone. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472435934

Wolf and Stanley on Environmental Law Written with real clarity by authors teaching and researching in the field Wolf and Stanley on Environmental Law offers an excellent starting point for both law and non-law students encountering this diverse and controversial subject for the first time. Topics covered include administration and enforcement waste management EU environmental law  pollution control environmental permitting contaminated land environmental torts and private regulation. The book is supported by a range of learning features designed to help students: Consolidate your learning: Chapter learning objectives and detailed summaries clarify and highlight key points Understand how the law works in practice: ‘Law in Action’ features demonstrate the application of pollution control law Plan your research: Detailed end of chapter further reading sections outline articles books and online resources that provide next steps for your research This sixth edition has been updated and revised to take into account recent developments in the subject including coverage of the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010; developments in the Environment Agency enforcement and sanctions policy documents; and updates relating to the defence of statutory authority in the tort of private nuisance. Suitable for students of environmental law and the wider environmental studies Wolf and Stanley on Environmental Law is a valuable guide to this wide-ranging subject. Susan Wolf is Principal Lecturer in Law at the University of Northumbria. Neil Stanley is Lecturer in Law at the University of Leeds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415685160

Wolf in Cio's Clothing Machiavellians are few in number in IT. The massive pressure on CIOs continues to increase as the opportunities to use technology in business become more prevalent and more competitive. As CIOs often find themselves at the center of business conflict they must not only familiarize themselves with Machiavellian tactics as a defensive weapon but also learn to use them as an offensive weapon in extreme situations so that they can increase IT's contribution to their enterprises.  As Italian political philosopher Niccolo Machiavelli implied you're either predator or prey and the animal you most resemble determines your position on the food chain. In The Wolf in CIO's Clothing Gartner analyst and author Tina Nunno expands on Machiavelli's metaphor examining seven animal types and the leadership attributes of each. Nunno posits the wolf -- a social animal with strong predatory instincts -- as the ideal example of how a leader can adapt and thrive.  Technology may be black and white but successful leadership demands an ability to exist in the grey. Drawing on her experience with hundreds of CIOs Nunno charts a viable way to master the Machiavellian principles of power manipulation love and war. Through compelling case studies her approach demonstrates how CIOs and IT leaders can adjust their leadership styles in extreme situations for their own success and that of their teams. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629560878

Wolfhart Pannenberg on Human Destiny Based on one of the greatest living theologians Wolfhart Pannenberg this book is the first comprehensive study of 'human destiny'. Mapping out the movement of humanity over the course of its history to its common destiny from creation through sin and ethics to eschatology the book also examines the extent to which scholars such as Herder have influenced Pannenberg's work in this important area and shows how Pannenberg's project on ethics is related to human destiny. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233901

Wollheim Wittgenstein and Pictorial RepresentationSeeing-as and Seeing-in Pictorial representation is one of the core questions in aesthetics and philosophy of art. What is a picture? How do pictures represent things? This collection of specially commissioned chapters examines the influential thesis that the core of pictorial representation is not resemblance but 'seeing-in' in particular as found in the work of Richard Wollheim.We can see a passing cloud as a rabbit but we also see a rabbit in the clouds. 'Seeing-in' is an imaginative act of the kind employed by Leonardo’s pupils when he told them to see what they could - for example battle scenes - in a wall of cracked plaster. This collection examines the idea of 'seeing-in' as it appears primarily in the work of Wollheim but also its origins in the work of Wittgenstein. An international roster of contributors examine topics such as the contrast between seeing-in and seeing-as; whether or in what sense Wollheim can be thought of as borrowing from Wittgenstein; the idea that all perception is conceptual or propositional; the metaphor of figure and ground and its relation to the notion of 'two-foldedness'; the importance in art of emotion and the imagination.Wollheim Wittgenstein and Pictorial Representation: Seeing-as and Seeing-in is essential reading for students and scholars of aesthetics and philosophy of art and also of interest to those in related subjects such as philosophy of mind and art theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876470

Wollstonecraft's GhostThe Fate of the Female Philosopher in the Romantic Period Focusing on the ways in which women writers from across the political spectrum engage with and adapt Wollstonecraft's political philosophy in order to advocate feminist reform Andrew McInnes explores the aftermath of Wollstonecraft's death the controversial publication of William Godwin's memoir of his wife and Wollstonecraft's reception in the early nineteenth century. McInnes positions Wollstonecraft within the context of the eighteenth-century female philosopher figure as a literary archetype used in plays poetry polemic and especially novels to represent the thinking woman and address anxieties about political religious and sexual heterodoxy. He provides detailed analyses of the ways in which women writers such as Mary Hays Elizabeth Hamilton Amelia Opie and Maria Edgeworth negotiate Wollstonecraft's reputation as personal political and sexual pariah to reformulate her radical politics for a post-revolutionary Britain in urgent need of reform. Frances Burney's The Wanderer and Jane Austen's Mansfield Park McInnes suggests work as state-of-the-nation novels drawing on Wollstonecraft's ideas to explore a changing England. McInnes concludes with an examination of Mary Shelley's engagement with her mother throughout her career as a novelist arguing that Shelley gradually overcomes her anxiety over her mother's stature to address Wollstonecraft's ideas with increasing confidence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890179

WOLSEY Through a thematic and broadly chronological approach Wolsey offers a fascinating insight into the life and legacy of a man who was responsible for building Henry VIII’s reputation as England’s most impressive king. The book reviews Thomas Wolsey’s record as the realm’s leading Churchman Lord Chancellor and political patron and thereby demonstrates how and why Wolsey became central to Henry’s government for 20 years. By analysing Wolsey’s role in key events such as the Field of Cloth of Gold the study highlights how significant Wolsey was in directing and conducting England’s foreign relations as the king’s most trusted advisor. Based on up-to-date research Richardson not only newly appraises the circumstances of Wolsey’s fall but also challenges accusations of treason made against him. This study provides a new appreciation of Wolsey’s importance as a cultural and artistic patron as well as a royal administrator and politician; roles which helped to bring both Henry VIII and England to the forefront of foreign relations in the early-sixteenth century. Presenting Wolsey in his contemporary and historiographical contexts more fully than any currently available study Wolsey is perfect for students of Tudor England. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415684477

Wom Pol Perf S/Afr Thre Vol 2 First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138428744

Wom Pol Perf S/Afr Thtre Vol 3 This title available in eBook format. Click here for more information.Visit our eBookstore at: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138428751

Woman Abuse in Rural Places This book chronicles key contemporary developments in the social scientific study of various types of male-to-female abuse in rural places and suggests new directions in research theory and policy. The main objective of this book is not to simply provide a dry recitation of the extant literature on the abuse of rural women in private places. To be sure this material is covered but rural women’s experiences of crimes of the powerful like genocidal rape and corporate violence against female employees are also examined. Written by a celebrated expert on the subject this book considers woman abuse in a broad context covering forms of violence such as physical and sexual assault coercive control genocidal rape abortion bans forced pregnancy and corporate forms of violence. It offers a broad research agenda that examines the multidimensional nature of violence against rural women. Drawing on decades of work in the shelter movement with activist organizations and doing government research DeKeseredy punctuates the book with stories and voices of perpetrators and survivors of abuse. Additionally what makes this book unique is that it focuses on the plight of rural women around the world and it introduces a modified version of Liz Kelly’s original continuum of sexual violence. An accessible and compelling read this book will appeal to students and scholars of criminology sociology women’s studies cultural studies policing geography and all those interested in learning about the abuse women face in rural areas. Walter S. DeKeseredy is Anna Deane Carlson Endowed Chair of Social Sciences Director of the Research Center on Violence and Professor of Sociology at West Virginia University. He has published 26 books over 100 refereed journal articles and 90 scholarly book chapters on issues such as woman abuse rural criminology and criminological theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367443719

Woman Cancer Sex Woman Cancer Sex  Second Edition is an accessible and comprehensive resource for women living with and surviving cancer as they navigate specific challenges related to sex and sexuality. Women who have survived cancer remain sexual beings despite the challenges of cancer treatment and they often have nowhere to go with their questions and concerns. This text interweaves stories from clinical practice with evidence-based tips and interventions for a range of physical and emotional side effects resulting from cancer and its treatment. Each chapter describes the experience of a woman with a particular kind of cancer and a variety of related problems including loss of libido physical pain body image issues depression and struggles communicating with a partner and health care providers. Written by a leading voice in the field of cancer and sexuality this book offers essential guidance surrounding questions about sexual health for women diagnosed with cancer. It will also be of use to health care providers including social workers and sex and couple therapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367548360

Woman in ItalyFrom the Introduction of the Chivalrous Service of Love to the Appearance of the Professional Actress First published in 1910 this study in social evolution from the 13th to the 16th century functioned as a successor to Jacob Burckhardt’s The Civilisation of the Renaissance in Italy (1860). The author developed Burckhardt’s idea of studying continuous trends over time whilst challenging his idea that Early Modern women enjoyed extraordinary freedom in comparison to their Medieval predecessors. Boulting contrasts the idealization of women with real women at home and in life portraying women as expanding from protective bondage due to economic progress alongside what contemporary scholars saw as the degeneration of the Catholic Faith during and following the Counter Reformation. He explores various roles of Renaissance women including maidens married women housewives motherhood widowhood styles of dress nuns saints courtesans and academics. In doing so Boulting hoped to demonstrate how very substantial yet how wholly partial the emergence of women was during this Late Medieval and Early Modern period and that this coincided with the complete amelioration of humanity and an increase in kindliness and sense of duty among both men and women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138609396

Woman in Transition Originally published in 1907. The woman movement is one of the greatest problems of our age and those who travel with their eyes open known that it may be studied in every book and corner of our globe. This book contains chapters on girlhood in many lands the young wife thoughts on motherhood and the eventuality of widowhood. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429290961

Woman’s Identity and Rethinking the Hadith The Prophet Muhammad’s reported traditions have evolved significantly to affect the social cultural and political lives of all Muslims. Though centuries of scholarship were spent on the authentication and trustworthiness of the narrators there has been less study focused on the contents of these narratives known as Hadith or Sunnah and their corroboration by the Qur`an. This book is a first step in a comprehensive attempt to contrast Hadith with the Qur`an in order to uncover some of the unjust practices by Muslims concerning women and gender issues. Using specific examples the author helps the reader appreciate and understand the magnitude of the problem. It is argued that the human rights and the human development of Muslim women will not progress in a meaningful and sustainable manner until the Hadith is re-examined in a fresh new approach from within the Islamic framework shifting the discourse in understanding Islam from a dogmatic religious law to a religio-moral rational worldview. The author argues that such re-examination requires the involvement of women in order to affirm their authority in exegetical and practical leadership within Muslim societies and she encourages Muslim women to stand up for their rights to effect change in understanding the role of sunnah in their own life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138303973

Woman-Defined Motherhood Finally here is an enlightening and empowering book that defines motherhood from a feminist perspective and then explores the implications of that definition. Feminist authors examine some of women’s full rich and varied thoughts and experiences about motherhood. In contrast to the too often accepted male notions of what constitutes a “good’mother or a “normal” family this important book presents a comprehensive and balanced view of motherhood--as women have observed and experienced it. The major issues surrounding motherhood today are closely examined--the pervasive problem of mother-blaming and mother-hating and solutions to overcome it; ageism sexism and motherhood; relationships between mothers and daughters; relationships between stepmothers and stepchildren; motherhood and sex roles within the family; adoption; infertility; and childlessness. Special insight is also provided into the concerns of women who are mothers--lesbians women of color mothers of biracial children and adoptive mothers of children from different cultures. Woman-Defined Motherhood is must reading for women including both mothers and daughters for therapists and other professionals supporting women and for anyone interested in mothering. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315801490

Womanhood In The MakingDomestic Ritual And Public Culture In Urban South India In this book Mary Hancock challenges readers to rethink the notions of tradition and modernity that have figured centrally in anthropological discussions of social change in South Asia. She shows tradition and modernity to be categories created deployed and objectified by Tamil Brahmans as they produce their own class gender national and sect Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367314002

Womanism Literature and the Transformation of the Black Community 1965-1980 This book examines how cultural and ideological reactions to activism in the post-Civil Rights Black community were depicted in fiction written by Black women writers 1965–1980. By recognizing and often challenging prevailing cultural paradigms within the post-Civil Rights era writers such as Toni Morrison Alice Walker Toni Cade Bambara and Paule Marshall fictionalized the black community in critical ways that called for further examination of progressive activism after the much publicized 'end' of the Civil Rights Movement. Through their writings the authors’ confronted marked shifts within African American literature politics and culture that proved detrimental to the collective 'wellness' of the community at large. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415540803

Womanizing NietzschePhilosophy's Relation to the "Feminine" In Womanizing Nietzsche Kelly Oliver uses an analysis of the position of woman in Nietzsche's texts to open onto the larger question of philosophy's relation to the feminine and the maternal. Offering readings from Nietzsche Derrida Irigaray Kristeva Freud and Lacan Oliver builds an innovative foundation for an ontology of intersubjective relationships that suggests a new approach to ethics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865966

WomankindBeyond the Stereotypes A stereotype can be defined as a rendering by consensus. Since WOMANKIND: BEYOND THE STEREOTYPES first appeared in 1971 a turbulent decade has passed. In launching a new edition after such an interval it seems appropriate to ask how far society has moved: be-yond the stereotypes. Such motion is a critical gauge of the status of women for the power to define can also be the power to destroy; as long as the second sex is culturally prepackaged its biographical destiny will be preprogrammed and perilous. Looking backward then to 1971 it is clear that the liberation movement has affected consciousness; it has even subverted received doctrine. On the other hand the stereotypes have not disappeared; they have simply gone underground. At the explicit level one can point to new patterns; at the implicit level traditional definitions persist and continue to be both determinative and destructive.Actualizing the architecture of this book I set out to examine fixed positions related to a) stereotypes of role and b) assumptions of thought. In this edition I have added a section called "Interpenetrations " where I undertake to analyze in terms of current metamorphosis what has hap-pened in the private and in the public spheres. The chapter entitled "Sex and Gender " deals with the characteristic interweaving of present im-peratives and past prototypes in relation to biography. The chapter en-titled "The Politics of Power " deals with the same characteristic inter-weaving in relation to history. In a transitional period transformation proceeds unevenly: old and new are a continuing part of contemporary reality. In sum I have attempted to harmonize what is unprecedented with what is familiar and to dissect meaningful strands from the tangle of paradoxical precepts. Embarking on such venturesome thought I have been mindful of the caveat of Jacob Bronowski: "If today we want to find relief from the uncertainties of a changing world in some cozy arbitrary doctrine then we had better face the likelihood that tomorrow the Dark Ages will return." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540613

Woman's Mysteries of a Primitive PeopleThe Ibibios of South Nigeria First Published in 1968. Woman's Mysteries of A Primitive People is a collection of observations of the Ibibios women of the Eket District in Southern Nigeria. Initially written and available in 1915 this is an account of the author and her sisters travel account with a 'woman's point of view' . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010932

Woman's Role in Economic Development 'Boserup's contribution to our thinking on women's role in development cannot be underestimated. Her keen observations her use of empirical data and her commitment to greater gender equality are still an inspiration to students researchers and activists who are interested in a better and more equal world.' From the new Introduction by Nazneen Kanji Su Fei Tan and Camilla Toulmin 'Women's Role in Economic Development has become a key reference book for anyone - student scholar or practitioner - interested in gender and development analyses. This book is important not only because it provided the intellectual underpinning of the Women in Development (WID) analysis but also because of the lasting influence it had on the development of theoretical conceptual and policy thinking in the fields of women gender and development. The re-editing of Women's Role in Economic Development with its new introduction ensures students academics and practitioners continued access to an essential reference for those interested in the women and development literature.' - Gender and Development This classic text by Ester Boserup was the first investigation ever undertaken into what happens to women in the process of economic and social growth throughout the developing world thereby serving as an international benchmark. In the context of the ongoing struggle for women's rights massive urbanization and international efforts to reduce poverty this book continues to be a vital text for economists sociologists development workers activists and all those who take an active interest in women's social and economic circumstances and problems throughout the world. A substantial new Introduction by Nazneen Kanji Su Fei Tan and Camilla Toulmin reflects on Boserup's legacy as a scholar and activist and the continuing relevance of her work. This highlights the key issue of how the role of women in economic development has or has not changed over the past four decades in developing countries and covers crucial current topics including: women and inequality international and national migration conflict HIV and AIDS markets and employment urbanization leadership property rights global processes including the Millennium Development Goals and barriers to change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138131507

Women First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138426146

Women Accounting and NarrativeKeeping Books in Eighteenth-Century England In the early eighteenth century the household accountant was traditionally female. However just as women were seen as financial accountants they were also deeply associated with the literary and narrative accounting inherent in letters and diaries. These are examined alongside property originality and the development of the early novel. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415513630

Women Agency and the State in GuineaSilent Politics This book examines how women in Guinea articulate themselves politically within and outside institutional politics. It documents the everyday practices that local female actors adopt to deal with the continuous economic political and social insecurities that emerge in times of political transformations. Carole Ammann argues that women’s political articulations in Muslim Guinea do not primarily take place within women’s associations or institutional politics such as political parties; but instead women’s silent forms of politics manifest in their daily agency that is when they make a living study marry meet friends raise their children and do household chores. The book also analyses the relationship between the female population and the local authorities and discusses when and why women’s claim making enjoys legitimacy in the eyes of other men and women as well as representatives of ‘traditional’ authorities and the local government. Paying particular attention to intersectional perspectives this book will be of interest to scholars of African studies social anthropology political anthropology the anthropology of gender urban anthropology gender studies and Islamic studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189594

Women Agency and the Law 1300–1700 Based on close readings of both public and private documents – court records churchwarden accounts depositions diaries letters and pamphlets – this collection of essays presents the largely untold story of non-elite women and their dealings with the law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138662179

Women Aging and Ageism Here is a unique text that examines the lives of middle-aged and old women. Women Aging and Ageism in response to the lack of literature that focuses on aging women presents timely and definitive research that illustrates the implications of ageism and sexism. This landmark volume challenges powerful myths and dangerous stereotypes and identifies the damaging restrictions that society forces upon aging women. In extending feminist research to middle and old age the chapters taken together comprise a critique of the conditions of the last third of women’s lives. The authors use analytical tools and methodologies developed and modified by feminists to explore questions previously unasked. They focus on issues of deep concern to women at midlife and beyond including the politics of reproduction sexuality social isolation violence against women equal opportunity and the feminization of poverty.Women Aging and Ageism is available for classroom adoption. Ideal for students and helping professionals working with middle-aged and old women and their families this book provides models of effective interventions grounded in field research and clinical practice. For all readers concerned about middle-aged and old women and the quality of their lives Women Aging and Ageism is a rich resource filled with ideas and information and an affirmative new volume about the limitless possibilities of women’s achievement in midlife and old age. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877228

Women Art and Architecture in Northern Italy 1520–1580Negotiating Power Expanding interdisciplinary investigations into gender and material culture Katherine A. McIver here adds a new dimension to Renaissance patronage studies by considering domestic art - the decoration of the domestic interior - as opposed to patronage of the fine arts (painting sculpture and architecture). Taking a multidimensional approach McIver looks at women as collectors of precious material goods as organizers of the early modern home and as decorators of its interior. By analyzing the inventories of women's possessions McIver considers the wide range of domestic objects that women owned such as painted and inlaid chests painted wall panels tapestries fine fabrics for wall and bed hangings and elaborate jewelry (pendant earrings brooches garlands for the hair necklaces and rings) as well as personal devotional objects. Considering all forms of patronage opportunities open to women she evaluates their role in commissioning and utilizing works of art and architecture as a means of negotiating power in the court setting in the process offering fresh insights into their lives limitations and the possibilities open to them as patrons. Using her subjects' financial records to track their sources of income and the circumstances under which it was spent McIver thereby also provides insights into issues of Renaissance women's economic rights and responsibilities. The primary focus on the lives and patronage patterns of three relatively unknown women Laura Pallavicina-Sanvitale Giacoma Pallavicina and Camilla Pallavicina provides a new model for understanding what women bought displayed collected and commissioned. By moving beyond the traditional artistic centers of Florence Venice and Rome analyzing instead women's artistic patronage in the feudal courts around Parma and Piacenza during the sixteenth century McIver nuances our understanding of women's position and power both in and out of the home. Carefully integrating extensive archival Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275737

Women Art And Power And Other Essays Women Art and Power?seven landmark essays on women artists and women in art history?brings together the work of almost twenty years of scholarship and speculation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367094850

Women Art and Architectural Patronage in Renaissance MantuaMatrons Mystics and Monasteries Analyzing the artistic patronage of famous and lesser known women of Renaissance Mantua and introducing new patronage paradigms that existed among those women this study sheds new light the social cultural and religious impact of the cult of female mystics of that city in the late fifteenth and early sixteenth century. Author Sally Hickson combines primary archival research contextual analysis of the climate of female mysticism and a re-examination of a number of visual objects (particularly altarpieces devoted to local beatae saints and female founders of religious orders) to delineate ties between women both outside and inside the convent walls. The study contests the accepted perception of Isabella d'Este as a purely secular patron exposing her role as a religious patron as well. Hickson introduces the figure of Margherita Cantelma and documents concerning the building and decoration of her monastery on the part of Isabella d'Este; and draws attention to the cultural and political activities of nuns of the Gonzaga family particularly Isabella's daughter Livia Gonzaga who became a powerful agent in Mantuan civic life. Women Art and Architectural Patronage in Renaissance Mantua provides insight into a complex and fluid world of sacred patronage devotional practices and religious roles of secular women as well as nuns in Renaissance Mantua. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268678

Women Art and the Politics of Identity in Eighteenth-Century Europe The eighteenth century is recognized as a complex period of dramatic epistemic shifts that would have profound effects on the modern world. Paradoxically the art of the era continues to be a relatively neglected field within art history. While women's private lives their involvement with cultural production the project of Enlightenment and the public sphere have been the subjects of ground-breaking historical and literary studies in recent decades women's engagement with the arts remains one of the richest and most under-explored areas for scholarly investigation. This collection of new essays by specialist authors addresses women's activities as patrons and as "patronized" artists over the course of the century. It provides a much needed examination with admirable breadth and variety of women's artistic production and patronage during the eighteenth century. By opening up the specific problems and conflicts inherent in women's artistic involvements from the perspective of what was at stake for the eighteenth-century women themselves it also acts as a corrective to the generalizing and stereotyping about the prominence of those women which is too often present in current day literature. Some essays are concerned with how women's involvement in the arts allowed them to fashion identities for themselves (whether national political religious intellectual artistic or gender-based) and how such self-fashioning in turn enabled them to negotiate or intervene in the public domains of culture and politics where "The Woman Question" was so hotly debated. Other essays examine how men's patronage of women also served as a vehicle for self-fashioning for both artist and sponsor. Artists and patrons discussed include: Carriera; Queen Lovisa Ulrike and Chardin; the Bourbon Princesses Mlle Clermont Mme Adélaïde and Nattier; the Duchess of Osuna and Goya; Marie-Antoinette and Vigée-Lebrun; Labille-Guiard; Queen Carolina of Naples Prince Stanislaus Poniatowski of Poland and Kauffman; David and his students Mesdames Benoist Lavoisier and Mongez. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233666

Women Beauty and Fashion SPECIAL INTRODUCTORY PRICE! (Valid until three months after publication.) Co-published by Routledge and Edition Synapse the History of Feminism series makes key archival source material readily available to scholars researchers and students of women’s and gender studies women’s history and women’s writing as well as those working in allied and related fields. Selected and introduced by expert editors the gathered materials are reproduced in facsimile giving users a strong sense of immediacy to the texts and permitting citation to the original pagination. This new title in the series brings together in six volumes a unique range of Victorian and Edwardian texts on Women Beauty and Fashion. The learned editor has organized the set around three principal thematic categories (‘Personal Beauty and Care’ ‘Beauty Fashion and Health’ and ‘Beauty Education and Self-Management’) which move chronologically from the late 1830s to the 1910s. The materials gathered here are representative of the body of texts written on beauty and fashion with reference to women’s (self-) perception and (self-) definition. Combining the issues of fashion with those of economy education and physical culture the collection offers a range of diverging views. The diversity of the gathered materials is mirrored in their generic range and in the varied professional background of their authors. The collection includes but is not limited to religious treatises and dress reformers’ pamphlets personal-care manuals by society ladies advice books by (alleged) specialists and manufacturers’ attempts at self-advertising. Making readily available materials which are currently very difficult for scholars researchers and students across the globe to locate and use Women Beauty and Fashion is a veritable treasure-trove. The gathered works are reproduced in facsimile giving users a strong sense of immediacy to the texts and permitting citation to the original pagination. Each volume is also supplemented by substantial introductions newly written by the editor which contextualize the material. And with a detailed appendix providing data on the provenance of the gathered works the collection is destined to be welcomed as a vital reference and research resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415680400

Women Children and Addiction This proposed book draws on the expertise of 35 experts in the field of Addiction Medicine to provide the reader with a current and comprehensive view of addiction as related to women pregnancy newborns infants and children. The volume begins by placing current attitudes towards addicted women in a historical context and continues with contributions on the relationship of gender to substance abuse research addiction as a general health issue in women and ethical dilemmas faced when approaching drug use during pregnancy. The volume discusses high-risk pregnancies and HIV infection related to maternal drug abuse. It details specific pharmacotherapy such as methadone and buprenorphine and assesses society’s punitive view toward illicit drug using women. Finally the book describes outcomes of newborns infants and children born following intrauterine drug exposure. Health providers in many related disciplines specialists in Addiction Medicine social workers and ethicists are among those who will gain insight into the complex interdisciplinary matrix of abuse in women its unique relationship to pregnancy and its impact on drug-exposed children. This book was published as a special issue in the Journal of Addictive Diseases. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878051

Women Civil Society and the Geopolitics of Democratization Over the past decade democratization and civil society promotion became key variables in preserving global security and the liberal economic market. This book examines the prevalence of democratization policies as a hegemonic geopolitical tool; these policies represent a concerted political effort in which civil society organizations are manipulated through funding strategies. Denise Horn offers a fresh innovative feminist-constructivist perspective by arguing that Western gender norms—i.e. those norms that determine degrees of participation within civil society—inform the policies of hegemonic powers and transform the foundations of civil society in transitional states. This powerful volume will be of interest to students and scholars in Gender and Women’s Studies Political Science and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415810579

Women Consumption and Paradox Women are the world’s most powerful consumers yet they are largely marketed to erroneously through misconceptions and patriarchal views that distort the reality of women’s lives bodies and work. This book examines the contradictions and mismatches between women’s everyday experiences and market representations. It considers how women themselves exhibit paradoxical behaviour in both resisting and supporting conflicting messages. The volume emphasizes paradox as a form of agency and negotiation through which women develop dialogical meanings. The contributions highlight the ways in which women transform inconsistencies and contradictions in advertising and marketing global consumption practices and material consumption into positive practices for living. The rich range of ethnographic accounts drawn from countries including the United States Brazil Mexico Denmark Japan and China provide readers with a valuable perspective on consumer behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367186128

Women Crime and Forgiveness in Early Modern Portugal Looking at the experiences of women in early modern Portugal in the context of crime and forgiveness this study demonstrates the extent to which judicial and quasi-judicial records can be used to examine the implications of crime in women’s lives whether as victims or culprits. The foundational basis for this study is two sets of manuscript sources that highlight two distinct yet connected experiences of women as participants in the criminal process. One consists of a collection of archival documents from the first half of the seventeenth century a corpus called 'querelas ' in which formal accusations of criminal acts were registered. This is a rich source of information not only about the types of crimes reported but also the process that plaintiffs had to follow to deal with their cases. The second primary source consists of a sampling of documents known as the ’perdão de parte.’ The term refers to the victim’s pardon unique to the Iberian Peninsula which allowed individuals implicated in serious conflicts to have a voice in the judicial process. By looking at a sample of these pardons found in notary collections from the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries Abreu-Ferreira is able to show the extent to which women exercised their agency in a legal process that was otherwise male-dominated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472442314

Women Crime and Criminal JusticeA Global Enquiry Women Crime and Criminal Justice is the winner of the Division of International Criminology’s Distinguished Book Award 2014 and the Academy of Criminal Justice Sciences International Section's 2015 Outstanding Book Award and the first fully internationalised book to focus on women as offenders victims and justice professionals. It provides background as well as specialized information that allows readers to comprehend the global forces that shape women and crime; analyze different types of violence against women (in peacetime and in armed conflict); and grasp the challenges faced by women in justice professions such as the police the judiciary and international peacekeeping. Provocative highly topical engaging and written by an expert in the field this book examines the role of women in crime and criminal justice internationally. Topics covered include: the role of globalization and development in patterns of female offending and victimization how a human rights framework can help explain women´s crime victimization and the criminal justice response global women’s activism international perspectives on violence against women including femicide violence in conflict and post conflict settings sex work and sex trafficking women’s access to justice as well as the increased role of women in international criminal justice settings. This book will be essential reading for those involved in the study of development human rights governance security sector reform international relations and public health as debates about these subjects are intrinsically linked to the issues surrounding women crime and justice. It will also be useful for students taking courses on gender crime and criminal justice violence against women international criminal justice and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415856362

Women Crime and Criminology (Routledge Revivals)A Feminist Critique First published in 1977 Women Crime and Criminology presents a feminist critique of classical and contemporary theories of female criminality. It addresses the issue that criminology literature has throughout history been predominantly male-oriented always treating female criminality as marginal to the ‘proper’ study of crime in society. Carol Smart explores a new direction in criminology and the sociology of deviance by investigating female crime from a committed feminist position. Examining the types of offences committed by female offenders Smart points to the fallacies inherent in a reliance on official statistics and shows the deficiencies of the popular argument that female emancipation has caused an increase in female crime rates. She deals with studies of prostitution and rape and considers the treatment of women – as offenders and victims – by the criminal law the police and courts and the penal system. Particular attention is given to the question of lenient treatment for female offenders with the conclusion that women and girls are in some important instances actually discriminated against in our legal and penal systems. The relationship between female criminality and mental illness is discussed and the author concludes by dealing with some of the problems inherent in developing a feminist criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415644211

Women Crime And The Courts In Early Modern England First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138997509

Women Culture and the January 2011 Egyptian Revolution This book comes at a time when the Egyptian nation is facing deep divisions about the notion and definition of ‘revolution’. The articles here aim to look at the 2011 Egyptian Revolution and the central role of women within it from a critical perspective. Our objective is not to glorify the revolution or inflate the role of Egyptian women within its parameters but to analyse and critique both the achievements and setbacks of this revolution and the contributions of various strata of women to the revolutionary process which is still unfolding. Women’s participation is part of a broader picture and needs to be considered as an essential element of the ongoing struggle for freedom and social justice not in isolation of it. The reader will soon realise that the authors in this book perhaps agree on one profound aspect of the 2011 Revolution: the struggle is ongoing and the revolutionary process is still being shaped and recreated. The story of the Egyptian Revolution still resists any kind of closure despite the ascendance of the military regime once again to power. The years to come will no doubt witness an expansion of the political and cultural archive of the Egyptian and Arab uprisings accompanied by much academic work on their impact and significance. Women’s roles and contributions need to occupy a central position in these academic analyses. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal for Cultural Research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367028213

Women Diplomacy and International Politics since 1500 Women Diplomacy and International Politics since 1500 explores the role of women as agents of diplomacy in the trans-Atlantic world since the early modern age. Despite increasing evidence of their involvement in political life across the centuries the core historical narrative of international politics remains notably depleted of women. This collection challenges this perspective. Chapters cover a wide range of geographical contexts including Europe Russia Britain and the United States and trace the diversity of women’s activities and the significance of their contributions. Together these essays open up the field to include a broader interpretation of diplomatic work such as the unofficial avenues of lobbying negotiation and political representation that made women central diplomatic players in the salons courts and boudoirs of Europe. Through a selection of case studies the book throws into new perspective the operations of political power in local and national domains bridging and at times reconceptualising the relationship of the private to the public. Women Diplomacy and International Politics since 1500 is essential reading for all those interested in the history of diplomacy and the rise of international politics over the past five centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415714655

Women Disability and Mental Distress Over recent decades an increasing amount of attention has been paid to identifying and meeting the individual support needs of mental health service users and people with physical impairments in the UK. Evidence of this can be seen within the literature that considers mental health and physical impairment from a wide range of perspectives as well as the increased range of service provision for individuals within both categories. However the support needs of individuals who fall into both categories have largely been overlooked by social care and health service providers practitioners and organisations for whom the main focus is either mental health or physical impairment. The lack of attention that has been given in theory and in practice to the mental health support needs of disabled women who experience mental distress has resulted in an insufficient knowledge base of how to support disabled women who may require some form of mental health support. For this group of women this has meant that their needs have arguably continued to be neglected and subsequently left unmet. Writing from her position as both a social worker and a service user Julia Smith has written an innovative and important text which both discusses a neglected area of personal experience and makes an original contribution to knowledge with regard to both policy and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599744

Women Education and Development in AsiaCross-National Perspectives First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315047522

Women Education and Development in AsiaCross-National Perspectives This reissue (1996) examines four interrelated aspects of schooling for women in ten Asian countries: the development experience of a country and how it affects education and women’s status; the types of educational opportunities available to women; if the greater exposure to education results in greater participation in the public sphere; the impact of education and economic participation on women’s domestic status. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138505865

Women Educational Policy-Making and Administration in EnglandAuthoritative Women Since 1800 The role of women in policy-making has been largely neglected in conventional social and political histories. This book opens up this field of study taking the example of women in education as its focus. It examines the work attitudes actions and philosophies of women who played a part in policy-making and administration in education in England over two centuries looking at women engaged at every level from the local school to the state. Women Educational Policy-Making and Administration in England traces women's involvement in the establishment and management of schools and teacher training; the foundation of the school boards; women's representation on educational commissions and their rising professional profile in such roles as school inspector or minister of education. These activities highlight vital questions of gender class power and authority and illuminate the increasingly diverse and prominent spectrum of political activity in which women have participated. Offering a new perspective on the professional and political role of women this book represents essential reading for anybody with an interest in gender studies or the social and political history of England in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987241

Women Emancipation and the German Novel 1871-1910Protest Fiction in its Cultural Context This book shows that the novel of German women's emancipation in the late nineteenth century has been marginalized precisely because of its engagement with politics and protest and its communication to a wide public of challenging ideas for social reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601997

Women Enlightenment and CatholicismA Transnational Biographical History Women Enlightenment and Catholicism explores for the first time the uncharted territory of women’s religious Enlightenment. Each chapter offers a biographical insight into the social and cultural context of female Enlighteners and how Catholic women in Europe used the thought and values of Enlightenment to articulate their beliefs about how to live their faith in the world. The collection of portraits within this book offers a closer look into the new understanding of womanhood that emerged from Enlightenment culture and was conceived independently from marital relationships. They also highlight the distinctive contributions that women made to political and religious philosophy spirituality and mysticism and the efforts to bring scientific knowledge to the attention of other women. Guiding readers through the complex religious intellectual and global connections influenced by the Enlightenment Women Enlightenment and Catholicism brings the achievements of Enlightenment women to the foreground and restores them to their rightful place in intellectual history. It is ideal reading for scholars and students of Enlightenment history early modern religion and early modern women’s history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138687639

Women Ethnicity and Nationalisms in Latin America The relationship between gender and nationalism is a compelling issue that is receiving increasing coverage in the scholarly literature. With case studies covering Argentina Ecuador Bolivia and Mexico this is the first book to explore these links in the context of Latin America. It includes contributions from Latin American scholars to offer a unique and revealing view of the most important political and cultural issues. The work opens by outlining four dimensions in the relationship between gender and nationalism. These are: the contribution of women to nation building and their exclusion from it by the state and its institutions; the role of women in contemporary ethnic and nationalist movements; the place of the female body in the myths and traditions surrounding the nation; and the role of women in forging the intellectual and artistic culture of the nation. It then provides both theoretical and empirical explorations of these themes with chapters covering the debate on multiculturalism and gender in the construction of the nation the struggles of ethnic women to participate politically in their communities and studies of the first Mexican filmmaker Mimi Derrba and the indigenous heroine Dolores Cacuango from Ecuador. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247178

Women Families and Feminist PoliticsA Global Exploration Women and their roles within families must be understood within the context of ethnic traditions religion and culture. Women Families and Feminist Politics: A Global Exploration combines all of these aspects to evaluate the similarities and differences of women around the world. Readers will learn about diverse theories relating to women and their familial roles the different categories of feminism and how cultures and ethnic traditions shape and sometimes restrict a woman’s identity. Using feminist and sociocultural theories to critically examine the role of adult women within their families Women Families and Feminist Politics offers ideas and suggestions on what has to be done in order for all of women’s experiences and concerns to be valued and looked upon as important. In addition to providing you with an understanding of how customs and cultures contribute to societal standards set for women Women Families and Feminist Politics discusses several factors that contribute to the formation of women’s roles and identity including: the economic situation of the family and the country in which the woman lives (a developed or developing country) cultural diversity in monogamous heterosexual marriage relations and specific marriage traditions such as dowries family structures such as nonnuclear extended polygamous mixed religion relationships mixed race relationships or same-sex relationships reproduction and sexual standards in relation to religion government policies and world population gender equity in the workplace and programs for women in global development the health care needs of women and how they vary depending on culture political philosophies and resources women and violence in societal and family contexts from war rapes female circumcision and footbinding to battery and sexual harassmentWomen Families and Feminist Politics looks at the daily challenges and concerns of adult women within the context of family to help you understand the different needs of women in relation to their culture and ethnic background. Focusing on the importance of views concerning the meaning of women’s social status power and success Women Families and Feminist Politics contains case studies and statistical data that identify critical issues pertaining to you personally and to all women throughout the world. By understanding how women’s families help shape their identities you will be able to learn about the vast experiences of women and the inequalities we have yet to overcome. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809670

Women Families and the British Army 1700–1880 Vol 2 This series concentrates on women and the soldiers in the ranks whose lives they shared assembling a wide body of evidence of their romantic entanglements and domestic concerns. The new military history of recent decades has demanded a broadening of the source base beyond elite accounts or those that concentrate solely on battlefield experiences. Armies did not operate in isolation and men’s family ties influenced the course of events in a variety of ways. Campfollowing women and children occupied a liminal space in campaign life. Those who travelled "on the strength" of the army received rations in return for providing services such as laundry and nursing but they could also be grouped with prostitutes and condemned as a ‘burden’ by officers. Parents wives and offspring left behind at home remained in soldiers’ thoughts despite an army culture aimed at replacing kin with regimental ties. Soldiers’ families’ suffering both on the march and back in Britain attracted public attention at key points in this period as well. This series provides for the first time in one place a wide body of texts relating to common soldiers’ personal lives: the women with whom they became involved their children and the families who cared for them. It brings hitherto unpublished material into print for the first time and resurrects accounts that have not been in wide circulation since the nineteenth century. The collection combines the observations of officers government officials and others with memoirs and letters from men in the ranks and from the women themselves. It draws extensively on press accounts especially in the nineteenth century. It also demonstrates the value of using literary depictions alongside the letters diaries memoirs and war office papers that form the traditional source base of military historians. This second volume covers the period during the French Revolutionary and Napoleonic War era Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766129

Women Families and the British Army 1700–1880 Vol 3 This series concentrates on women and the soldiers in the ranks whose lives they shared assembling a wide body of evidence of their romantic entanglements and domestic concerns. The new military history of recent decades has demanded a broadening of the source base beyond elite accounts or those that concentrate solely on battlefield experiences. Armies did not operate in isolation and men’s family ties influenced the course of events in a variety of ways. Campfollowing women and children occupied a liminal space in campaign life. Those who travelled "on the strength" of the army received rations in return for providing services such as laundry and nursing but they could also be grouped with prostitutes and condemned as a ‘burden’ by officers. Parents wives and offspring left behind at home remained in soldiers’ thoughts despite an army culture aimed at replacing kin with regimental ties. Soldiers’ families’ suffering both on the march and back in Britain attracted public attention at key points in this period as well. This series provides for the first time in one place a wide body of texts relating to common soldiers’ personal lives: the women with whom they became involved their children and the families who cared for them. It brings hitherto unpublished material into print for the first time and resurrects accounts that have not been in wide circulation since the nineteenth century. The collection combines the observations of officers government officials and others with memoirs and letters from men in the ranks and from the women themselves. It draws extensively on press accounts especially in the nineteenth century. It also demonstrates the value of using literary depictions alongside the letters diaries memoirs and war office papers that form the traditional source base of military historians. This third volume includes personal accounts of service in the Napoleonic Wars Era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766136

Women Families and the British Army 1700–1880 Vol 4 This series concentrates on women and the soldiers in the ranks whose lives they shared assembling a wide body of evidence of their romantic entanglements and domestic concerns. The new military history of recent decades has demanded a broadening of the source base beyond elite accounts or those that concentrate solely on battlefield experiences. Armies did not operate in isolation and men’s family ties influenced the course of events in a variety of ways. Campfollowing women and children occupied a liminal space in campaign life. Those who travelled "on the strength" of the army received rations in return for providing services such as laundry and nursing but they could also be grouped with prostitutes and condemned as a ‘burden’ by officers. Parents wives and offspring left behind at home remained in soldiers’ thoughts despite an army culture aimed at replacing kin with regimental ties. Soldiers’ families’ suffering both on the march and back in Britain attracted public attention at key points in this period as well. This series provides for the first time in one place a wide body of texts relating to common soldiers’ personal lives: the women with whom they became involved their children and the families who cared for them. It brings hitherto unpublished material into print for the first time and resurrects accounts that have not been in wide circulation since the nineteenth century. The collection combines the observations of officers government officials and others with memoirs and letters from men in the ranks and from the women themselves. It draws extensively on press accounts especially in the nineteenth century. It also demonstrates the value of using literary depictions alongside the letters diaries memoirs and war office papers that form the traditional source base of military historians. This fourth volume covers the period from the Treaty of Paris to the Declaration of War in 1854. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766143

Women Families and the British Army 1700–1880 Vol 6 This series concentrates on women and the soldiers in the ranks whose lives they shared assembling a wide body of evidence of their romantic entanglements and domestic concerns. The new military history of recent decades has demanded a broadening of the source base beyond elite accounts or those that concentrate solely on battlefield experiences. Armies did not operate in isolation and men’s family ties influenced the course of events in a variety of ways. Campfollowing women and children occupied a liminal space in campaign life. Those who travelled "on the strength" of the army received rations in return for providing services such as laundry and nursing but they could also be grouped with prostitutes and condemned as a ‘burden’ by officers. Parents wives and offspring left behind at home remained in soldiers’ thoughts despite an army culture aimed at replacing kin with regimental ties. Soldiers’ families’ suffering both on the march and back in Britain attracted public attention at key points in this period as well. This series provides for the first time in one place a wide body of texts relating to common soldiers’ personal lives: the women with whom they became involved their children and the families who cared for them. It brings hitherto unpublished material into print for the first time and resurrects accounts that have not been in wide circulation since the nineteenth century. The collection combines the observations of officers government officials and others with memoirs and letters from men in the ranks and from the women themselves. It draws extensively on press accounts especially in the nineteenth century. It also demonstrates the value of using literary depictions alongside the letters diaries memoirs and war office papers that form the traditional source base of military historians. This sixth volume covers the period 1856-1880. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766167

Women Families and the British Army 1700–1880 This series concentrates on women and the soldiers in the ranks whose lives they shared assembling a wide body of evidence of their romantic entanglements and domestic concerns. The new military history of recent decades has demanded a broadening of the source base beyond elite accounts or those that concentrate solely on battlefield experiences. Armies did not operate in isolation and men’s family ties influenced the course of events in a variety of ways. Campfollowing women and children occupied a liminal space in campaign life. Those who travelled "on the strength" of the army received rations in return for providing services such as laundry and nursing but they could also be grouped with prostitutes and condemned as a ‘burden’ by officers. Parents wives and offspring left behind at home remained in soldiers’ thoughts despite an army culture aimed at replacing kin with regimental ties. Soldiers’ families’ suffering both on the march and back in Britain attracted public attention at key points in this period as well. This series provides for the first time in one place a wide body of texts relating to common soldiers’ personal lives: the women with whom they became involved their children and the families who cared for them. It brings hitherto unpublished material into print for the first time and resurrects accounts that have not been in wide circulation since the nineteenth century. The collection combines the observations of officers government officials and others with memoirs and letters from men in the ranks and from the women themselves. It draws extensively on press accounts especially in the nineteenth century. It also demonstrates the value of using literary depictions alongside the letters diaries memoirs and war office papers that form the traditional source base of military historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848935945

Women Families and the British Army 1700–1880 This series concentrates on women and the soldiers in the ranks whose lives they shared assembling a wide body of evidence of their romantic entanglements and domestic concerns. The new military history of recent decades has demanded a broadening of the source base beyond elite accounts or those that concentrate solely on battlefield experiences. Armies did not operate in isolation and men’s family ties influenced the course of events in a variety of ways. Campfollowing women and children occupied a liminal space in campaign life. Those who travelled "on the strength" of the army received rations in return for providing services such as laundry and nursing but they could also be grouped with prostitutes and condemned as a ‘burden’ by officers. Parents wives and offspring left behind at home remained in soldiers’ thoughts despite an army culture aimed at replacing kin with regimental ties. Soldiers’ families’ suffering both on the march and back in Britain attracted public attention at key points in this period as well. This series provides for the first time in one place a wide body of texts relating to common soldiers’ personal lives: the women with whom they became involved their children and the families who cared for them. It brings hitherto unpublished material into print for the first time and resurrects accounts that have not been in wide circulation since the nineteenth century. The collection combines the observations of officers government officials and others with memoirs and letters from men in the ranks and from the women themselves. It draws extensively on press accounts especially in the nineteenth century. It also demonstrates the value of using literary depictions alongside the letters diaries memoirs and war office papers that form the traditional source base of military historians. This fifth volume covers The Crimean War (1854-56). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766150

Women Families and the British Army 1700–1880 This series concentrates on women and the soldiers in the ranks whose lives they shared assembling a wide body of evidence of their romantic entanglements and domestic concerns. The new military history of recent decades has demanded a broadening of the source base beyond elite accounts or those that concentrate solely on battlefield experiences. Armies did not operate in isolation and men’s family ties influenced the course of events in a variety of ways. Campfollowing women and children occupied a liminal space in campaign life. Those who travelled "on the strength" of the army received rations in return for providing services such as laundry and nursing but they could also be grouped with prostitutes and condemned as a ‘burden’ by officers. Parents wives and offspring left behind at home remained in soldiers’ thoughts despite an army culture aimed at replacing kin with regimental ties. Soldiers’ families’ suffering both on the march and back in Britain attracted public attention at key points in this period as well. This series provides for the first time in one place a wide body of texts relating to common soldiers’ personal lives: the women with whom they became involved their children and the families who cared for them. It brings hitherto unpublished material into print for the first time and resurrects accounts that have not been in wide circulation since the nineteenth century. The collection combines the observations of officers government officials and others with memoirs and letters from men in the ranks and from the women themselves. It draws extensively on press accounts especially in the nineteenth century. It also demonstrates the value of using literary depictions alongside the letters diaries memoirs and war office papers that form the traditional source base of military historians. This first volume covers the period up to the outbreak of war with revolutionary France. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766112

Women Family and ClassThe Lillian Rubin Reader For more than 40 years Lillian Rubin's work has stood as a model for the integration of the psychological and the sociological in studies of class male-female relationships and friendships women and aging the sexual revolution and the contemporary crisis of the American family. Worlds of Pain: Life in the Working-Class Family and her other books have been enormously influential. This new book brings together articles and book excerpts that reflect Rubin's revolutionary style and her distinct analytic contributions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594516306

Women Family and Community in Colonial AmericaTwo Perspectives The influence of women in the colonial family and the community is examined using tax and probate records of southside Colonial Virginia. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203727140

Women Family and Society in Byzantium Angeliki Laiou (1941-2008) one of the leading Byzantinists of her generation broke new ground in the study of the social and economic history of the Byzantine Empire. Women Family and Society in Byzantium the first of three volumes to be published posthumously in the Variorum Collected Studies Series brings together eight articles published between 1993 and 2009. Demonstrating Professor Laiou's characteristic attention to the relationship between ideology and social practice the first five articles concern the status of women as evidenced through legal narrative hagiographical and archival sources while the final three investigate conceptions of law and justice the vocabulary and typology of peasant rebellions and the and the form and evolution of political agreements in Byzantine society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409432043

Women Femininity and Public Space in European Visual Culture 1789–1914 Focusing on images of or produced by well-to-do nineteenth-century European women this volume explores genteel femininity as resistant to easy codification vis-à-vis the public. Attending to various iterations of the public as space sphere and discourse sixteen essays challenge the false binary construct that has held the public as the sole preserve of prosperous men. By contrast the essays collected in Women Femininity and Public Space in European Visual Culture 1789-1914 demonstrate that definitions of both femininity and the public were mutually defining and constantly shifting. In examining the relationship between affluent women femininity and the public the essays gathered here consider works by an array of artists that includes canonical ones such as Mary Cassatt and François Gérard as well as understudied women artists including Louise Abbéma and Broncia Koller. The essays also consider works in a range of media from fashion prints and paintings to private journals and architectural designs facilitating an analysis of femininity in public across the cultural production of the period. Various European centers including Madrid Florence Paris Brittany Berlin and London emerge as crucial sites of production for genteel femininity providing a long-overdue rethinking of modern femininity in the public sphere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138310179

Women Feminism and Family Therapy Women Feminism and Family Therapy encourages sensitivity to feminist perspectives and challenges many traditional notions held by therapists clients and society. One of the few guides that takes into account feminist ideals and the changing status of women in society this provocative new book explores a feminist approach to theory clinical applications training and supervision in family therapy. Topics in this exciting and though-provoking book include women in alcoholic families women and abuse in the family context lesbian daughters and mothers and women and eating disorders. Editor Lois Braverman and the other expert contributors are practicing psychotherapists who have struggled with the problems of integrating a feminist perspective with the practice of family therapy. Their discussions--both theoretical and practical in scope--provide professionals with actual treament interventions as well as a frank discussion of theoretical dilemmas. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315804200

Women Gender and Social Psychology First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802442

Women Gender Remittances and Development in the Global South This book endeavours to take the conceptualisation of the relationship between transnational remittance exchanges and gender to a new level. Thus inevitably it provides a number of case studies of relationships between gender and remittances from around the world highlighting different processes and practises. Thereby the authors seek to understand the impact of remittances on gender and gender relations both at the sending as well as at the receiving end. For each case study authors ask how remittances affect gender identities and relationships but also vice versa. By itself this already adds a wealth of insights to a field that is remarkably understudied despite a volume of studies on gender and the feminization of migration in developing contexts. Chapters take an open explorative approach to the relationship between gender and remittance behaviour with the aid of case studies focusing on transnational flows between migrants and countries of origin. With the wide variety of cases this book is able to provide conceptual insights to better understand how remittances affect gender identity roles and relations (at both the receiving and sending end) and give specific attention to the roles of various actors directly and indirectly involved in remittance sending in current collectively organized remittance schemes from around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472446206

Women Gender and Art in Asia c. 1500-1900 Women Gender and Art in Asia c. 1500–1900 brings women's engagements with art into a pan-Asian dialogue with essays that examine women as artists commissioners collectors and subjects from India Southeast Asia Tibet China Korea and Japan from the sixteenth to the early twentieth century. The artistic media includes painting sculpture architecture textiles and photography. The book is broadly concerned with four salient questions: How unusual was it for women to engage directly with art? What factors precluded more women from doing so? In what ways did women's artwork or commissions differ from those of men? And what were the range of meanings for woman as subject matter? The chapters deal with historic individuals about whom there is considerable biographical information. Beyond locating these uncommon women within their socio-cultural milieux contributors consider the multiple strands that twined to comprise their complex identities and how these impacted their works of art. In many cases the woman's status-as wife mother widow ruler or concubine (and multiple combinations thereof) as well as her religion and lineage-determined the media style and content of her art. Women Gender and Art in Asia c. 1500–1900 adds to our understanding of works of art their meanings and functions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138353411

Women Gender and Conditional Cash TransfersInterdisciplinary Perspectives from Studies of Bolsa Família Conditional Cash Transfer Programs have been widely used throughout less developed countries to fight poverty and foster socioeconomic development. In Women Gender and Conditional Cash Transfers a multidisciplinary group of feminist scholars use survey data analysis in-depth interviews and ethnographic and archival research to explore the extent to which Bolsa Familia in Brazil contributes to women´s autonomy and improves gender relations. Comprised of nine chapters written by authors from different regions of Brazil this book captures perspectives from across Brazil to explain these regional social inequalities and provide historical and up-to-date insights of this program from a feminist perspective. The authors are able to move beyond conventional feminist knowledge on CCTs women and gender relations through considering questions of gender raised in the specialized literature related to Bolsa Familia and by addressing concerns of intersectional categories such as race ethnicity age and geographic location Women Gender and Conditional Cash Transfers will be of great interest not only to scholars of Latin American politics but also to students of development policy public policy and gender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367251161

Women Gender and Identity in Third Intermediate Period EgyptThe Theban Case Study Women Gender and Identity in Third Intermediate Period Egypt clarifies the role of women in Egyptian society during the first millennium BCE allowing for more nuanced discussions of women in the Third Intermediate Period. It is an intensive study of a corpus that is both geographically and temporally localized around the city of Thebes which was the cultural and religious centre of Egypt during this period and home to a major national necropolis. Unlike past studies which have relied heavily on literary evidence Li presents a refreshing material culture-based analysis of identity construction in elite female burial practices. This close examination of the archaeology of women’s burial presents an opportunity to investigate the social professional and individual identities of women beyond the normative portrayals of the subordinate wife mother and daughter.Taking a methodological and material culture-based approach which adds new dimensions to scholarly and popular understandings of ancient Egyptian women this fascinating and important study will aid scholars of Egyptian history and archaeology and anyone with an interest in women and gender in the ancient world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876371

Women Gender and Labour MigrationHistorical and Cultural Perspectives Approximately half of all migrants today are female. The contributors to this volume consider the ways in which attention to gender is moving debates away from old paradigms such as the push/pull motivation which used to dominate the field of migration studies. The authors consider women's experience of migration especially in long distance transnational moves. They examine the extent to which labour migration is a social and strategic decision for women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510752

Women Gender and the Legacy of Slavery and Indenture The age of imperialism ushered in a new phenomenon of large-scale organized migration of labourers through the systems of slavery and indenture which were devised to feed the colonial political-economy. Another feature of such migrations was that it led to the permanent settlement of the uprooted African and Asian labourers in the new lands. These developments in the long run intertwined the histories of the ‘ruler’ and the ‘ruled’ the so-called ‘civilized’ and the ‘uncivilized’ along with the people from various continents thus giving rise to plural societies. The narratives however remained dominated by the colonial legacies and frames of reference. Today such historical colonial narratives are being challenged and clarified through multi-disciplinary academic engagements. The authors in this volume take gender as a prominent analytical category and raise new questions and understandings in the way we conceptualize document and write about gendered migrations in the diaspora. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367676230

Women Gender Equality and Post-Conflict TransformationLessons Learned Implications for the Future The end of formal hostilities in any given conflict provides an opportunity to transform society in order to secure a stable peace. This book builds on the existing feminist international relations literature as well as lessons of past cases that reinforce the importance of including women in the post-conflict transition process and are important to our general understanding of gender relations in the conflict and post-conflict periods. Post-conflict transformation processes including disarmament demobilization and reintegration (DDR) programs transitional justice mechanisms reconciliation measures and legal and political reforms which emerge after the formal hostilities end demonstrate that war and peace impact and are impacted by women and men differently. By drawing on a strong theoretical framework and a number of cases this volume provides important insight into questions pertaining to the end of conflict and the challenges inherent in the post-conflict transition period that are relevant to students and practitioners alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367221454

Women Girls and AddictionCelebrating the Feminine in Counseling Treatment and Recovery Women Girls and Addiction is the first book on the efficacy of treatment approaches and interventions that are tailored to working with addicted women and the first publication of any kind to provide a feminist approach to understanding addiction from the female perspective. Part one provides an overview of feminist theory and addiction counseling followed by an historical look at women and addiction. Part two gives an in-depth look at the biological psychological and social factors. The final section presents a series of chapters spanning the lifespan which each feature age-specific special issues treatment strategies interventions and commonly encountered topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884403

Women Girls & PsychotherapyReframing Resistance Adolescent girls’special needs in the teen-age years are thoroughly examined in Women Girls & Psychotherapy a compelling book focusing on the vitality of resistance in young girls. Drawing on studies of women’s and girls’development clinical work with girls and women and their personal experiences the voices of adolescent girls are used to reframe and greater understand their resistance against debilitating conventions of feminine behavior. As adolescent girls are often overlooked in feminist books in psychotherapy this is an important volume as it looks positively at resistance both as a political strategy and a health-sustaining process.The chapters cover such diverse topics as reconceptualizations of women’s and girls’psychological development and the psychotherapy relationship; adolescent female sexuality; new approaches to psychological problems commonly seen in girls and women; female adolescent health; and diverse perspectives and experiences of growing up female. The voices of young women are increasingly important in the exploration of the field of psychotherapy and among the voices included are those from African-Americans Asian-Americans and lesbians. An enlightening look at resistance in females in the growing up years this volume provides valuable insight on their experiences. The work of many researchers therapists and educators with diverse backgrounds Women Girls & Psychotherapy is an informative book on distinct psychological issues facing young females. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987272

Women Global Protest Movements and Political AgencyRethinking the Legacy of 1968 This volume analyses and historicises the memory of 1968 (understood as a marker of an emerging will for social change around the turn of that decade rather than as a particular calendar year) focusing on cultural memory of the powerful signifier '68' and women’s experience of revolutionary agency. After an opening interrogation of the historical and contemporary significance of "1968" – why does it still matter? how and why is it remembered in the contexts of gender and geopolitics? and what implications does it have for broader feminist understandings of women and revolutionary agency? – the contributors explore women’s historical involvement in "1968" in different parts of the world and the different ways in which women’s experience as victims and perpetrators of violence are remembered and understood. This work will be of great interest to students and scholars of protest and violence in the fields of history politics and international relations sociology cultural studies and women’s studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367471828

Women Health and Public Services in IndiaWhy are states different? Why are inter-state differences in human development in India so high? What explains regional patterns where overall the southern region has some of the best human development outcomes in the country while the states in the northernheartland have the worst? In addressing these important questions this volume provides a detailed analysis of heal Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367177157

Women Horseracing and GenderBecoming 'One of the Lads' How do the class and gender inequalities found in horseracing affect the working practices of women within the industry? Drawing on the work of Bourdieu and his concepts of field capital and habitus this book shows the inequalities that are prevalent within the world of racing both historically and currently by illustrating the classed and gendered nature of racing and how it has developed since the eighteenth century when it was the sport of the aristocracy. Using research obtained through her year-long ethnographic study of a racing yard Deborah Butler demonstrates that the racing field is an arena of power conflicts and that men and women who work in racing acquire a contradictorily gendered racing habitus. This is achieved by learning certain elements in a formal setting but mainly informally by ‘doing’ developing practical skills and participating in a (gendered) community of practice. For female stable staff this means adapting their behaviour and working practices in order to be accepted as ‘one of the lads’. This book will appeal to both scholars and students of the sociology of sport the sociology of work and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367208097

Women Identities and Communities in Early Modern Europe Addressing a key challenge facing feminist scholars today this volume explores the tensions between shared gender identity and the myriad social differences structuring women's lives. By examining historical experiences of early modern women the authors of these essays consider the possibilities for commonalities and the forces dividing women. They analyse individual and collective identities of early modern women tracing the web of power relations emerging from women's social interactions and contemporary understandings of femininity. Essays range from the late medieval period to the eighteenth century study women in England France Germany Ireland Italy and Sweden and locate women in a variety of social environments from household neighbourhood and parish to city court and nation. Despite differing local contexts the volume highlights continuities in women's experiences and the gendering of power relations across the early modern world. Recognizing the critical power of gender to structure identities and experiences this collection responds to the challenge of the complexity of early modern women's lives. In paying attention to the contexts in which women identified with other women or were seen by others to identify contributors add new depth to our understanding of early modern women's senses of exclusion and belonging. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233635

Women Identity and India's Call Centre Industry This book examines the concept of globalised identities and the way in which agency is exercised over identity construction by women working in India’s transnational call centre industry. Drawing on qualitative empirical data and extensive original fieldwork the book provides a nuanced analysis of the experiences of Indian women call centre workers and the role of women’s participation in the global labour market. The author uses social cultural and historical factors to create a framework for examining the processes of identity construction. Within this framework the book explores the impact of the call centre labour process on the social landscape of urban centres in India and the way in which this has impacted upon transformations and shifts in society with relation to gendered sexual and generational relationships. Highlighting the significance of identity in a globalised world the author argues that identity acts as one of the most powerful constructs in transforming global ‘scapes’ and flows of culture and economics. This book will be of interest to academics working on South Asia gender and labour studies and issues of globalization identity and social change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415627412

Women Imagination and the Search for Truth in Early Modern France Grounded in medical juridical and philosophical texts of sixteenth- and seventeenth-century France this innovative study tells the story of how the idea of woman contributed to the emergence of modern science. Rebecca Wilkin focuses on the contradictory representations of women from roughly the middle of the sixteenth century to the middle of the seventeenth and depicts this period as one filled with epistemological anxiety and experimentation. She shows how skeptics including Montaigne Marie de Gournay and Agrippa von Nettesheim subverted gender hierarchies and/or blurred gender difference as a means of questioning the human capacity to find truth; while "positivists" who strove to establish new standards of truth for example Johann Weyer Jean Bodin and Guillaume du Vair excluded women from the search for truth. The book constitutes a reevaluation of the legacy of Cartesianism for women as Wilkin argues that Descartes' opening of the search for truth "even to women" was part of his appropriation of skeptical arguments. This book challenges scholars to revise deeply held notions regarding the place of women in the early modern search for truth their role in the development of rational thought and the way in which intellectuals of the period dealt with the emergence of an influential female public. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233628

Women Incarceration and Human Rights ViolationsFeminist Criminology and Corrections A rich examination of the neglect and abuses occurring to women in correctional facilities Women Incarceration and Human Rights Violations draws upon a wealth of case studies from around the world and class action lawsuits to shed light on ’covert’ abuse such as sexual or physical abuse as well as ’overt’ abuse such as the denial of medical treatment. Adopting a feminist framework this book offers a comparative evaluation of abuse in domestic and international correctional facilities demonstrating the extent to which women are at high risk of being sexually abused and re-victimized in the correctional system where pregnancy and other specific medical and health issues are consistently ignored. Calling attention to the necessity of addressing the gender-specific needs of women who are incarcerated Women Incarceration and Human Rights Violations offers a review of current policy laws and regulation bearing on the issue while providing concrete recommendations and policy changes to address abuses. As such it will appeal to sociologists criminologists and policymakers concerned with questions of gender penology and institutional abuse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267183

Women Inequality and Media Work Women Inequality and Media Work investigates how women experience gender inequality in film and television production industries. Examining women’s place in the production of media is vital to understanding the broader and related question of how women are (mis)represented in media content. This book goes behind the camera to explore the world of women working in media industries and unpacks the systemic gender inequality that they experience at work. It argues that women internalize their experience of gender inequality by adopting various beliefs: whether it is that gender does not matter in the workplace; that the workplace is now post-feminist; or by adopting a sense of self as liminal neither fully included nor excluded from the industry. Drawing on detailed academic research and empirical investigation Women Inequality and Media Work is an important and timely book for students researchers and those working in media industries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138352315

Women Infanticide and the Press 1822-1922News Narratives in England and Australia In her study of anonymous infanticide news stories that appeared from 1822 to 1922 in the heart of the British Empire in regional Leicester and in the penal colony of Australia Nicola Goc uses Critical Discourse Analysis to reveal both the broader patterns and the particular rhetorical strategies journalists used to report on young women who killed their babies. Her study takes Foucault’s perspective that the production of knowledge of 'facts' and truth claims and the exercise of power are inextricably connected to discourse. Newspaper discourses provide a way to investigate the discursive practices that brought the nineteenth-century infanticidal woman - known as ’the Infanticide’ - into being. The actions of the infanticidal mother were understood as a fundamental threat to society not only because they subverted the ideal of Victorian womanhood but also because a woman’s actions destroyed a man’s lineage. For these reasons Goc demonstrates infanticide narratives were politicised in the press and woven into interconnected narratives about the regulation of women women's rights the family the law welfare and medicine that dominated nineteenth-century discourse. For example the Times used individual stories of infanticide to argue against the Bastardy Clause in the Poor Law that denied unmarried women and their children relief. Infanticide narratives often adopted the conventions of the courtroom drama with the young transgressive female positioned against a body of male authoritarian figures a juxtaposition that reinforced male authority over women. Alive to the marked differences between various types of newspapers Goc's study offers a rich and nuanced discussion of the Victorian press's fascination with infanticide. At the same time infanticide news stories shaped how women who killed their babies were known and understood in ways that pathologised their actions. This in turn influenced medical judicial and welfare policies regar Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251557

Women Islam and Education in Iran Drawing on the complexities and nuances in women’s education in relation to the aftermath of the 1979 Iranian Revolution this edited collection examines implications of religious-based policies on gender relations as well as the unanticipated outcomes of increasing participation of women in education. With a focus on the impact of the Islamic Republic’s Islamicization endeavor on Iranian society specifically gender relations and education this volume offers insight into the paradox of increasing educational opportunities despite discriminatory laws and restrictions that have been imposed on women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660352

Women Islam and Everyday LifeRenegotiating Polygamy in Indonesia This book examines Islam and women’s everyday life focusing in particular on the highly controversial issue of polygamy. It discusses the competing interpretations of the Qur’anic verses that are at the heart of Muslim controversies over polygamy with some groups believing that Islam enshrines polygamy as a male right others seeing it as permitted but discouraged in favour of monogamy and other groups arguing that Islam implicitly prohibits polygamy. Based on detailed fieldwork conducted in Indonesia it provides an empirically-based account of women’s lived experiences in polygamous marriages describing the different perceptions of the practice and strategies in dealing with it. It also considers the impact of changing public policy in particular Indonesia’s 1974 Marriage Law which restricted the practice of polygamy. It shows that in fact this law has not resulted in widespread adherence and considers how public policy could be modified to increase its effectiveness in affecting behaviour in everyday life. Overall the book argues that polygamy has been a source of injustice towards women and children that this is against Islamic teaching and that a just Islamic law would need to call for the abolition of polygamy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415673877

Women Judging and the JudiciaryFrom Difference to Diversity Women Judging and the Judiciary examines debates about gender representation in the judiciary and the importance of judicial diversity. It offers a fresh look at the role of the (woman) judge and the process of judging and provides a new analysis of the assumptions which underpin and constrain debates about why we might want a more diverse judiciary and how we might get one. Through a theoretical engagement with the concepts of diversity and difference in adjudication Women Judging and the Judiciary contends that prevailing images of the judge are enmeshed in notions of sameness and uniformity: images which are so familiar that their grip on our understandings of the judicial role are routinely overlooked. Failing to confront these instinctive images of the judge and of judging however comes at a price. They exclude those who do not fit this mould setting them up as challengers to the judicial norm. Such has been the fate of the woman judge. But while this goes some way to explaining why despite repeated efforts our attempts to secure greater diversity in our judiciary have fallen short it also points a way forward. For by getting a clearer sense of what our judges really do and how they do it we can see that women judges and judicial diversity more broadly do not threaten but rather enrich the judiciary and judicial decision-making. As such the standard opponent to measures to increase judicial diversity – the necessity of appointment on merit – is in fact its greatest ally: a judiciary is stronger and the justice it dispenses better the greater the diversity of its members so if we want the best judiciary we can get we should want one which is fully diverse. Women Judging and the Judiciary will be of interest to legal academics lawyers and policy makers working in the fields of judicial diversity gender and adjudication and more broadly to anyone interested in who our judges are and what they do. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9780415630016

Women Knowledge and RealityExplorations in Feminist Philosophy This second edition of Women Knowledge and Reality continues to exhibit the ways in which feminist philosophers enrich and challenge philosophy. Essays by twenty-five feminist philosophers seventeen of them new to the second edition address fundamental issues in philosophical and feminist methods metaphysics epistemology and the philosophies of science language religion and mind/body. This second edition expands the perspectives of women of color of postmodernism and French feminism and focuses on the most recent controversies in feminist theory and philosophy. The chapters are organized by traditional fields of philosophy and include introductions which contrast the ideas of feminist thinkers with traditional philosophers. The collected essays illustrate both the depth and breadth of feminist critiques and the range of contemporary feminist theoretical perspectives. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203760635

Women Labour and the Economy in IndiaFrom Migrant Menservants to Uprooted Girl Children Maids The last available census estimated around 10 per cent of total urban working women in India are concentrated in the low paid domestic services such as cleaning cooking and taking care of the children and the elderly. This is found to be much higher in certain parts of India emerging as the single most important avenue for urban females surpassing males in the service since the 1980s. By applying an imaginative and refreshing mix of disciplinary approaches ranging from economic models of the household empirical analysis and literary conventions this book analyses the changing labour economy in post-partition West Bengal. It explains how and why women and girl children have replaced this traditionally male bias in the gender segregated domestic service industry since the late 1940s and addresses the question of whether this increase in vulnerable individuals working in domestic service the growth of the urban professional middle class in the post liberalization period and the increasing incidences of reported abuses of domestics in urban middleclass homes in the recent years are related. Covering five decades of the history of gender and labour in India this book will be of interest to scholars working in the fields of gender and labour relations development studies economics history and women and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367110574

Women Land and Power in Asia Across the world women constitute an integral part of the agricultural sector. This volume is based on feminist responses to farming women’s struggle for economic rights and social justice in Asia and seeks to provide a greater understanding of the development consequences of women’s marginal limited ownership rights to land and other productive assets. Using comprehensive analyses quantitative and qualitative data and case studies from India China Bangladesh Bhutan Nepal and other countries of the Asia-Pacific region this volume brings together scholars and activists engaged with women’s unmediated entitlement to land and productive assets. While generally taking a position in favour of asset redistribution the volume addresses two major issues: first the conflict between legal measures and socio-cultural norms in a context where laws that seek to secure gender equality and women’s economic empowerment are often overruled by norms that favour men; and second how changes in the global economy in relation to traditional farming practices have adversely impacted women’s rights especially in regions where they previously enjoyed more customary rights in asset control and management. The book draws attention to issues of economic security gender equitable access to resources and asset-building human rights and law land-based livelihoods caste and ethnic diversity and voices in the women’s movements.This book will be useful to policy makers civil society organisations researchers and students of gender and women’s studies development studies sociology economics and agriculture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138659858

Women Land Rights and Rural DevelopmentHow Much Land Does a Woman Need? The failure to include gender in the economic history of rural development has severely limited our understanding of privatizing collectivist and colonial economic policies that disrupted and transformed the lives of rural women and men in the modern world. This book is unique in its focus on female economic agency and in its exploration of the latter virtue in comparative historical perspective. It presents the apparently disparate cases of 17th-century England 20th-century Russia and the Soviet Union and 20th-century Kenya as their top-down modernization projects were implemented in similar fashion --particularly in the case of women. The female half of the population was largely absent from contemporary economic databases but nevertheless stereotyped as obstacles to rational economic decision-making. Introducing rural women and their innovations into male-centered narratives of economic history lays the foundation for a more demographically balanced and realistic understanding of rural behavior and rural development. In this study women’s labor and land claims are the lens through which both female agency and the delegitimizing of women’s land claims become more visible. Both policy-makers and their leading critics deployed virtually identical language to describe backward unruly and invariably “unsightly” peasant women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884376

Women Language and LinguisticsThree American Stories from the First Half of the Twentieth Century Rather than the standard American story of an increasingly triumphant march of scientific inquiry towards structural phonology Women Language and Linguistics reveals linguistics where its purpose was communication; the appeal of languages lay in their diversity; and the authority of language lay in its speakers and writers. Julia S Falk explores the vital part which women have played in preserving a linguistics based on the reality and experience of language; this book finally brings to light a neglected perspective for those working in linguistics and the history of linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415756600

Women Literacy and Development Women's literacy is often assumed to be the key to promoting better health family planning and nutrition in the developing world. This has dominated much development research and has led to women's literacy being promoted by governments and aid agencies as the key to improving the lives of poor families. High dropout rates from literacy programmes suggest that the assumed link between women's literacy and development can be disputed. This book explores why women themselves want to learn to read and write and why all too often they decide that literacy classes are not for them. Bringing together the experiences of researchers policy makers and practitioners working in more than a dozen countries this edited volume presents alternative viewpoints on gender development and literacy through detailed first-hand accounts. Rather than seeing literacy as a set of technical skills to be handed over in classrooms these writers give new meaning to key terms such as 'barriers' 'culture' 'empowerment' and 'motivation'. Divided into three sections this text examines new research approaches a gendered perspective on literacy policy and programming and implementation of literacy projects in African Asian and South American contexts. With new insights and groundbreaking research this collection will interest academics and professionals working in the fields of development education and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866577

Women Literature and Development in Africa This book is a powerful exploration of the role of women in the evolution of African thinking and narratives on development from the precolonial period right through to the modern day. Whilst the book identifies women’s oppression and marginalization as significant challenges to contemporary Africa’s advancement it also explores how new written narratives draw on traditional African knowledge systems to bring deep-rooted and sometimes radical approaches to progress. The book asserts that Africans must tell their own stories expressed through the complex meanings and nuances of African languages and often conveyed through oral traditions and storytelling in which women play an important role. The book’s close examination of language and meaning in the African narrative tradition advances the illumination and elevation of African storytelling as part of a viable and valid knowledge base in its own right rather than as an extension of European paradigms and methods. Anthonia C. Kalu's new edition of this important book fully revised throughout will also include fresh analysis of the role of digital media  education and religion in African narratives. At a time when the prominence and participation of African women in development and sociopolitical debates is growing this book's exploration of their lived experiences and narrative contribution will be of interest to students of African literature gender studies development history and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367136536

Women Livestock Ownership and MarketsBridging the Gender Gap in Eastern and Southern Africa This book provides empirical evidence from Kenya Tanzania and Mozambique and from different production systems of the importance of livestock as an asset to women and their participation in livestock and livestock product markets. It explores the issues of intra-household income management and economic benefits of livestock markets to women focusing on how types of markets the types of products and women’s participation in markets influence their access to livestock income.  The book further analyses the role of livestock ownership especially women’s ownership of livestock in influencing household food security though increasing household dietary diversity and food adequacy. Additional issues addressed include access to resources information and financial services to enable women more effectively to participate in livestock production and marketing and some of the factors that influence this access.  Practical strategies for increasing women’s market participation and access to information and services are discussed. The book ends with recommendations on how to mainstream gender in livestock research and development if livestock are to serve as a pathway out of poverty for the poor and especially for women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377103

Women Love and Commodity Culture in British Romanticism Offering a new understanding of canonical Romanticism Daniela Garofalo suggests that representations of erotic love in the period have been largely misunderstood. Commonly understood as a means for transcending political and economic realities love for several canonical Romantic writers offers instead a contestation of those realities. Garofalo argues that Romantic writers show that the desire for transcendence through love mimics the desire for commodity consumption and depends on the same dynamic of delayed fulfillment that was advocated by thinkers such as Adam Smith. As writers such as William Blake Lord Byron Sir Walter Scott John Keats and Emily Brontë engaged with the period's concern with political economy and the nature of desire they challenged stereotypical representations of women either as self-denying consumers or as intemperate participants in the market economy. Instead their works show the importance of women for understanding modern economics with women's desire conceived as a force that not only undermines the political economy's emphasis on productivity growth and perpetual consumption but also holds forth the possibility of alternatives to a system of capitalist exchange. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279476

Women Madness and Sin in Early Modern EnglandThe Autobiographical Writings of Dionys Fitzherbert A fascinating case study of the complex psychic relationship between religion and madness in early seventeenth-century England the narrative presented here is a rare detailed autobiographical account of one woman's experience of mental disorder. The writer Dionys Fitzherbert recounts the course of her affliction and recovery and describes various delusions and confusions concerned with (among other things) her family and her place within it; her relation to religion; and the status of the body death and immortality. Women Madness and Sin in Early Modern England presents in modern typography an annotated edition of the author's manuscript of this unusual and compelling text. Also included are prefaces to the narrative written by Fitzherbert and others and letters written shortly after her mental crisis which develop her account of the episode. The edition will also give a modernized version of the original text. Katharine Hodgkin supplies a substantial introduction that places this autobiography in the context of current scholarship on early modern women addressing the overarching issues in the field that this text touches upon. In an appendix to the volume Hodgkin compares the two versions of the text considering the grounds for the occasional exclusion or substitution of specific words or passages. Women Madness and Sin in Early Modern England adds an important new dimension to the field of early modern women studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233611

Women Madness and the LawA Feminist Reader This book explores for the first time in an edited collection the intersection of three key  research areas - women madness and the law - and advances the debates on how law and the 'psy' sciences play a critical role in regulating and controlling women's lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138163188

Women Manuscripts and Identity in Northern Europe 1350–1550 Author Joni M. Hand sheds light on the reasons women of the Valois courts from the mid-fourteenth to the mid-sixteenth century commissioned devotional manuscripts. Visually interpreting the non-text elements-portraits coats of arms and marginalia-as well as the texts Hand explores how the manuscripts were used to express the women’s religious political and/or genealogical concerns. This study is arranged thematically according to the method in which the owner is represented. Recognizing the considerable influence these women had on the appearance of their books Hand interrogates how the manuscripts became a means of self-expression beyond the realm of devotional practice. She reveals how noblewomen used their private devotional manuscripts as vehicles for self-definition to reflect familial political and social concerns and to preserve the devotional and cultural traditions of their families. Drawing on documentation of women’s book collections that has been buried within the inventories of their fathers husbands or sons Hand explores how these women contributed to the cultural and spiritual character of the courts and played an integral role in the formation and evolution of the royal libraries in Northern Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246515

Women Media and Consumption in Japan First book of its kind to examine images of women in Japanese consumerism. Explores a variety of media targeted at women - in particular magazines but also television popular literature and consumer trends. Covers visual and print media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153028

Women Medicine Ethics and the Law This title was first published in 2002: A collection of articles focused on women within a general study of medicine ethics and the law. Topics covered include: areas where the institutions of medicine ethics and the law intersect in women's reproductive and sexual lives; the impact of legal policies and dominant ethical beliefs on many aspects of women's health; and the health practices and policies of bioethics and health law. The editors recognise that it is important not to lose sight of social differences other than gender such as race ethnicity class age sexuality religion level of physical and mental ability and family relationships. In their approach they seek to consider the lives and experiences of women as primary. Hence they focus on the question of how women's encounters with the health-care system are structured by gender and other socially significant dimensions of their lives (rather than the question of how women differ from the male "norm"). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138730489

Women Medicine Ethics and the Law This title was first published in 2002: A collection of articles focused on women within a general study of medicine ethics and the law. Topics covered include: areas where the institutions of medicine ethics and the law intersect in women's reproductive and sexual lives; the impact of legal policies and dominant ethical beliefs on many aspects of women's health; and the health practices and policies of bioethics and health law. The editors recognise that it is important not to lose sight of social differences other than gender such as race ethnicity class age sexuality religion level of physical and mental ability and family relationships. In their approach they seek to consider the lives and experiences of women as primary. Hence they focus on the question of how women's encounters with the health-care system are structured by gender and other socially significant dimensions of their lives (rather than the question of how women differ from the male "norm"). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138730403

Women Medicine and Theatre 1500–1750Literary Mountebanks and Performing Quacks Well illustrated accessibly presented and drawing on a comprehensive range of historical documents including British German and other European images and literary as well as non-literary texts (many previously unconsidered in this context) this study offers the first interdisciplinary gendered assessment of early modern performing itinerant healers (mountebanks charlatans and quacksalvers). As Katritzky shows quacks male or female combined in widely varying proportions three elements: the medical the itinerant and the theatrical. Above all they were performers. They used theatricality in its widest possible sense to attract customers and to promote and advertise their pharmaceuticals and health care services. Katritzky investigates here the performative aspects of quack marketing and healing methods and their profound links with the rise of Europe’s professional actresses fields of enquiry which are only now beginning to attract significant attention from historians of medicine economics or the theatre. Women Medicine and Theatre also recovers women’s roles in the economy of the itinerant quack stage. Women associated with mountebank troupes were medically and theatrically active at every level from major stage celebrities to humble urine sample collectors but also included sedentary relatives non-performing assistants door- and bookkeepers wardrobe mistresses prop and costume loaners landladies spectators patrons and clients. Katritzky’s study of the whole range of women who supported the troupes contextualizes the activities of their male counterparts and rehabilitates a broad spectrum of diversely occupied women. The strength of this title’s research method lies in its comparative examination of documents that are generally examined from the point of view of either their performative or their medical aspects by historians of respectively the theatre and medicine. Taken as a whole these handbills literary descriptions a Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251397

Women Men and EunuchsGender in Byzantium The collected papers in this volume present a unique introduction both to the history of women of men and eunuchs or the third sex in Byzantium and to the various theoretical and methodological approaches through which the topic can be examined. The contributors use evidence from both texts and images to give a wide-ranging picture of the place of women and Byzantine society and the perceptions of women held by that society.Women Men and Eunuchs offers a unique and valuable exploration of the issue of gender in Byzantium which will fascinate anyone interested in ancient and medieval history and gender studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203350812

Women Men and LanguageA Sociolinguistic Account of Gender Differences in Language Women Men and Language has long been established as a seminal text in the field of language and gender providing an account of the many ways in which language and gender intersect. In this pioneering book bestselling author Jennifer Coates explores linguistic gender differences introducing the reader to a wide range of sociolinguistic research in the field. Written in a clear and accessible manner this book introduces the idea of gender as a social construct and covers key topics such as conversational practice same sex talk conversational dominance and children’s acquisition of gender-differentiated language discussing the social and linguistic consequences of these patterns of talk. Here reissued as a Routledge Linguistics Classic this book contains a brand new preface which situates this text in the modern day study of language and gender covering the postmodern shift in the understanding of gender and language and assessing the book’s impact on the field. Women Men and Language continues to be essential reading for any student or researcher working in the area of language and gender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138948785

Women Men and Politeness Women Men and Politeness focuses on the specific issue of the ways in which women and men express politeness verbally.Using a range of evidence and a corpus of data collected largely from New Zealand Janet Holmes examines the distribution and functions of a range of specific verbal politeness strategies in women's and men's speech and discusses the possible reasons for gender differences in this area. Data provided on interactional strategies 'hedges and boosters' compliments and apologies demonstrates ways in which women's politeness patterns differ from men's with the implications of these different patterns explored for women in particular in the areas of education and professional careers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836419

Women Microenterprise and the Politics of Self-Help Theories on the eradication of poverty abound. Self-help self-reliance and self-sufficiency are touted as solutions and are indeed critical to an economically stable life. Yet for economically disadvantaged women (America’s poorest citizens) self-help is not as simple as grabbing sturdy boot straps or climbing elusive ladders. Creative ideas for self-sufficiency do not flower and flourish in environments that are void of resources. This book first published in 1995 examines the questions raised around the concept of self-help by introducing microenterprise and exploring its relevance to poor women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138280618

Women Microfinance and the State in Neo-liberal India This book discusses women-oriented microfinance initiatives in India and their articulation vis-is state developmentalism and contemporary neo-liberal capitalism. It examines how these initiatives encourage economically disadvantaged rural women to make claims upon state-provided microcredit and connect with multiple state institutions and agencie Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367177249

Women Migration and CitizenshipMaking Local National and Transnational Connections Given the recent and rapid changes to migration patterns and citizenship processes this volume provides a timely compelling empirical and theoretical study of the gendered implications of such developments. More specifically it draws out the multiple connections between migration and citizenship concerns and practices for women. The collection features original research that examines women's diverse im/migrant and refugee experiences and exposes how gender ideologies and practices organize migrant citizenship in its various dimensions at the local national and transnational levels. The volume contributes to theoretical debates on gender migration and citizenship and provides new insights into their interrelation. It includes rich case studies that range from the Philippines and Somalia to the Caribbean and from Australasia to Canada and Britain. Designed to have a multidisciplinary appeal it is suitable for courses on migration diversity gender race ethnicity law and public policy comparative politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367740191

Women Mission and Church in UgandaEthnographic encounters in an age of imperialism 1895-1960s This volume recounts the experiences of female missionaries who worked in Uganda in and after 1895. It examines the personal stories of those women who were faced with a stubbornly masculine administration representative of a wider masculine administrative network in Westminster and other outposts of the British Empire. Encounters with Ugandan women and men of a range of ethnicities the gender relations in those societies and relations between the British Protectorate administration and Ugandan Christian women are all explored in detail. The analysis is offset by the author’s experience of working in Uganda at the close of British Protectorate status in the 1960s employed by the Uganda Government Education Department in a school founded by the Uganda Mission. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367275341

Women Mobility and IncarcerationLove and Recasting of Self across the Bangladesh-India Border This book explores how Bangladeshi women from poor and undereducated/semi-educated backgrounds who have crossed the Indo-Bangladesh border find themselves in prisons serving sentences under the Foreigners Act 1946. Drawing on original fieldwork this book explores these women’s understanding of borders and state sovereignty and how the women - from conservative rural and semi-rural backgrounds which impose a strict moral code - adjust to the socio-cultural context of an Indian prison where being an inmate is "dishonourable" in their community. This book examines the implicit challenge in these women’s action and decisions to these codes of honour to accepted social norms of their religion and community and ultimately the dominantly patriarchal system that marks South Asian society. Further it focuses on the negotiations that the Bangladeshi women make with the social and political borders they encounter in the process of crossing the Indo-Bangladesh border without requisite documents needed by the state for entry into a "foreign" land; how they cope with the daily challenges of living during their imprisonment in a correctional home; and their feelings about their impending return to Bangladesh. Women who are apprehended and criminalised for crossing borders must negotiate with not only the normative understanding of borders which is inherently masculine in nature but also the gender biased lens through which female mobility is viewed: therefore they not only cross political borders but also social borders. This book maps the associations between women’s experiences of mobility and incarceration and their linkages with social and political borders and the fraught experiences of being in a ‘foreign’ territorial space. It will be important reading for criminologists sociologists and those engaged in penology women’s studies and migration studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138039292

Women Modernism and British Poetry 1910–1939Resisting Femininity Primarily a literary history Women Modernism and British Poetry 1910-1939 provides a timely discussion of individual women poets who have become or are becoming well-known as their works are reprinted but about whom little has yet been written. This volume recognizes the contributions overlooked previously of such British poets as Anna Wickham Nancy Cunard Edith Sitwell Mina Loy Charlotte Mew May Sinclair Vita Sackville-West and Sylvia Townsend Warner; and the impact of such American poets as H.D. Amy Lowell Edna St. Vincent Millay Marianne Moore and Laura Riding on literary practice in Britain. This book primarily maps the poetry scene in Britain but identifies the significance of the network of writers between London New York and Paris. It assesses women's participation in the diversity of modernist developments which include avant-garde experiments quiet but subtly challenging formalism and assertive 'new woman' voices. It not only chronicles women's poetry but also their publications and involvement in running presses bookshops and writing criticism. Although historically situated it is written from the perspective of contemporary debates concerning the interface of gender and modernism. The author argues that a cohering aesthetic of the poetry is a denial of femininity through various evasions of gendered identity such as masking male and female impersonations and the rupturing of realist modes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256453

Women Modernity and Landscape Architecture Modernity was critically important to the formation and evolution of landscape architecture yet its histories in the discipline are still being written. This book looks closely at the work and influences of some of the least studied figures of the era: established and less well-known female landscape architects who pursued modernist ideals in their designs. The women discussed in this volume belong to the pioneering first two generations of professional landscape architects and were outstanding in the field. They not only developed notable practices but some also became leaders in landscape architectural education as the first professors in the discipline or prolific lecturers and authors. As early professionals who navigated the world of a male-dominated intellectual and menial work force they were exponents of modernity. In addition many personalities discussed in this volume were either figures of transition between tradition and modernism (like Silvia Crowe Maria Teresa Parpagliolo) or they fully embraced and furthered the modernist agenda (like Rosa Kliass Cornelia Oberlander). The chapters offer new perspectives and contribute to the development of a more balanced and integrated landscape architectural historiography of the twentieth century. Contributions come from practitioners and academics who discuss women based in USA Canada Brazil New Zealand South Africa the former USSR Sweden Britain Germany Austria France and Italy. Ideal reading for those studying landscape history women’s studies and cultural geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415745888

Women Monstrosity and Horror FilmGynaehorror Women occupy a privileged place in horror film. Horror is a space of entertainment and excitement of terror and dread and one that relishes the complexities that arise when boundaries – of taste of bodies of reason – are blurred and dismantled. It is also a site of expression and exploration that leverages the narrative and aesthetic horrors of the reproductive the maternal and the sexual to expose the underpinnings of the social political and philosophical othering of women. This book offers an in-depth analysis of women in horror films through an exploration of ‘gynaehorror’: films concerned with all aspects of female reproductive horror from reproductive and sexual organs to virginity pregnancy birth motherhood and finally to menopause. Some of the themes explored include: the intersection of horror monstrosity and sexual difference; the relationships between normative female (hetero)sexuality and the twin figures of the chaste virgin and the voracious vagina dentata; embodiment and subjectivity in horror films about pregnancy and abortion; reproductive technologies monstrosity and ‘mad science’; the discursive construction and interrogation of monstrous motherhood; and the relationships between menopause menstruation hagsploitation and ‘abject barren’ bodies in horror. The book not only offers a feminist interrogation of gynaehorror but also a counter-reading of the gynaehorrific that both accounts for and opens up new spaces of productive radical and subversive monstrosity within a mode of representation and expression that has often been accused of being misogynistic. It therefore makes a unique contribution to the study of women in horror film specifically while also providing new insights in the broader area of popular culture gender and film philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367208066

Women Mothers SubjectsNew Explorations of The Maternal This collection drawn from twelve years of the influential journal Studies in Gender and Sexuality offers a groundbreaking advance in thinking and theorizing about what happens to women when they become mothers. It explores how women are changed and shaped by interaction with their children and the cultural constructs about motherhood in which they are embedded. Distinguished psychoanalysts philosophers feminists gender and cultural theorists explore the meeting place of cultural representations of motherhood maternal theory and mothers interacting in the clinical setting and with their children to illuminate how the process of becoming a mother creates and informs female subjectivity identity desire expression aggression ambition shame envy and relationships. Contributors find mothers to be complex subjects negotiating rich hybrid identities that explode received notions of maternal and even female subjectivity in their complexity. They create an exciting and very accessible new set of ideas and templates for thinking about mothers and women that will be of value to clinicians academics and mothers alike. This book was originally published as a special issue of Studies in Gender and Sexuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377073

Women Murder and Equity in Early Modern England This book presents the first comprehensive study of over 120 printed news reports of murders and infanticides committed by early modern women. It offers an interdisciplinary analysis of female homicide in post-Reformation news formats ranging from ballads to newspapers. Individual cases are illuminated in relation to changing legal religious and political contexts as well as the dynamic growth of commercial crime-news and readership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542562

Women Music CultureAn Introduction Women Music Culture: An Introduction Third Edition is the first undergraduate textbook on the history and contributions of women in a variety of musical genres and professions ideal for students in Music and Gender Studies courses. A compelling narrative accompanied by 112 guided listening experiences brings the world of women in music to life. The author employs a wide array of pedagogical aides including a running glossary and a comprehensive companion website with links to Spotify playlists and supplementary videos for each chapter. The musical work of women throughout history—including that of composers performers conductors technicians and music industry personnel—is presented using both art music and popular music examples. New to this edition: An expansion from 57 to 112 listening examples conveniently available on Spotify. Additional focus on intersectionality in art and popular music. A new segment on Music and #MeToo and increased coverage of protest music. Additional coverage of global music. Substantial updates in popular music. Updated companion website materials designed to engage all learners. Visit the author's website at www.womenmusicculture.com Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367138127

Women Oppression and Social WorkIssues in Anti-Discriminatory Practice First published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155961

Women Patronage and Salvation in Renaissance FlorenceLucrezia Tornabuoni and the Chapel of the Medici Palace Long obfuscated by modern definitions of historical evidence and art patronage Lucrezia Tornabuoni de’ Medici’s impact on the visual world of her time comes to light in this book the first full-length scholarly argument for a lay woman’s contributions to the visual arts of fifteenth-century Florence. This focused investigation of the Medici family’s domestic altarpiece Filippo Lippi’s Adoration of the Christ Child is broad in its ramifications. Mapping out the cultural network of gender piety and power in which Lippi’s painting was originally embedded author Stefanie Solum challenges the received wisdom that women played little part in actively shaping visual culture during the Florentine Quattrocento. She uses visual evidence never before brought to bear on the topic to reveal that Lucrezia Tornabuoni - shrewd power-broker pious poetess and mother of the 'Magnificent' Lorenzo de’ Medici - also had a profound impact on the visual arts. Lucrezia emerges as a fascinating key to understanding the ways in which female lay religiosity created the visual world of Renaissance Florence. The Medici case study establishes at long last a robust historical basis for the assertion of women’s agency and patronage in the deeply patriarchal and artistically dynamic society of Quattrocento Florence. As such it offers a new paradigm for the understanding and future study of female patronage during this period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138310360

Women Peace and Security in MyanmarBetween Feminism and Ethnopolitics This book describes women’s efforts as agents for change in Myanmar and examines the potential of the peace process as an opportunity for women’s empowerment. Following decades of political turbulence the volume describes the contributions of women in Myanmar in the midst of a difficult peace process and reflects on the significance of the Women Peace and Security agenda in this context. The book examines how women have mobilized for peace while also addressing women’s participation in the conflict and investigates the perspectives and aims of women’s organizations and the challenges and aspirations of women activists in Myanmar’s ethnic areas. Contributions in the volume discuss and critically assess the argument that war and peacebuilding add momentum to the transformation of gender roles. By presenting new knowledge on women’s disempowerment and empowerment in conflict and their participation in peacebuilding this book adds important insights into the debate on gender and political change in societies affected by conflict. This book will be of interest to students of peace and conflict studies gender studies and security studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367250447

Women Peace and Security in NepalFrom Civil War to Post-Conflict Reconstruction This book sheds new light on the important but diverse roles of women in the civil war in Nepal (1996-2006) and the post-conflict reconstruction period (2006-2016). Engaging critically with the women peace and security literature  Women Peace and Security in Nepal questions the potential of peace processes to become a window of opportunity for women’s empowerment while insisting on the vital importance of a gender perspective in the study of conflict security and peace. After the signing of the 2006 Comprehensive Peace Accord Nepal experienced a huge leap in women’s political representation in the subsequent Constituent Assembly often portrayed as a landmark victory for women’s empowerment in the context of South Asia. Nepali women’s mobilization played a key role in this success story though similar mobilization has failed to produce the same outcomes elsewhere in South Asia. How does Nepal differ from the other cases? Presenting studies of war-time and post-conflict Nepal through a gender lens this book critically assesses the argument that war and peacebuilding can add momentum to the transformation of gender roles. Contributing new knowledge on women’s disempowerment and empowerment in conflict and peacebuilding the book also offers insights for contemporary debate on gender and political change in conflict-affected societies. This book will be of great interest to students of peace and conflict studies gender security South Asia and international relations in general as well as policy-makers and NGOs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138067349

Women Peace and SecurityAn Introduction This book offers an accessible overview of the multiple interdependent issues related to the Women Peace and Security (WPS) global agenda. The first introductory overview of the WPS agenda as articulated in multiple national and international resolutions statements and initiatives the book provides a link between the general public and security practitioners to an important but still largely unknown set of global objectives regarding gender equality and long-term peace and stability. Within the context of the changing nature of warfare and through consideration of empirical evidence the volume examines the definitions theoretical underpinnings and methodological challenges associated with WPS. It then discusses with more specificity violence against women women civilians in war the role of women in peacemaking women in the military and in development and women politicians. The book concludes with a look to the future and number of action items from the macro to the micro level. While challenges and opportunities related to the WPS agenda are global US policy action and inaction related to WPS and gender equality are provided as examples of what politically needs to be done has been done and obstacles to WPS furtherance potentially to be encountered by all countries. This book will be of much interest to students of peace studies security studies gender studies and IR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138344051

Women Peace and SecurityTranslating Policy into Practice This book provides a critical assessment of the impact of UN Resolution 1325 by examining the effect of peacebuilding missions on increasing gender equality within conflict-affected countries. UN Resolution 1325 was adopted in October 2000 and was the first time that the security concerns of women in situations of armed conflict and their role in peacebuilding was placed on the agenda of the UN Security Council. It was an important step forward in terms of bringing women’s rights and gender equality to bear in the UN’s peace and security agenda. More than a decade after the adoption of this Resolution its practical reality is yet to be substantially felt on the ground in the very societies and regions where women remain disproportionately affected by armed conflict and grossly under-represented in peace processes. This realization in part led to the adoption in 2008 and 2009 of three other Security Council Resolutions on sexual violence in conflict violence against women and for the development of indicators to measure progress in addressing women peace and security issues. The book draws together the findings from eight countries and four regional contexts to provide guidance on how the impact of Resolution 1325 can be measured and how peacekeeping operations could improve their capacity to effectively engender security. This book will be of much interest to students of peacebuilding gender studies the United Nations international security and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415532495

Women Philosophy and Literature New work on women thinkers often makes the point that philosophical conceptual thought is where we find it examples such as Simone de Beauvoir and the nineteenth century Black American writer Anna Julia Cooper assure us that there is ample room for the development of philosophy in literary works but as yet there has been no single unifying attempt to trace such projects among a variety of women novelists. This book articulates philosophical concerns in the work of five well known twentieth century women writers including writers of color. Duran traces the development of philosophical themes - ontological ethical and feminist - in the writings of Margaret Drabble Virginia Woolf Simone de Beauvoir Toni Cade Bambara and Elena Poniatowska presenting both a general overview of the author's work with an emphasis on traditional philosophical questions and a detailed feminist reading of the work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272514

Women Pleasure and the Gambling Experience Drawing on a broad range of historical and sociological literature this book traces the everyday gambling experiences of a diverse group of women. It provides fascinating and original insights into the pleasures afforded to women through their gambling participation and draws on a variety of feminist literature to understand women's motivations and experience of play and to examine the ways in which women negotiate their right to gamble without reprimand. Since gambling tends to be framed within moral discourses of danger and excess this book offers a defence of women's decisions to gamble against an often hostile backdrop. It rewrites claims that gambling is 'meaningless' and reckless spending by pointing instead to the highly complex strategies that women who gamble employ. Importantly it adds to contemporary feminist debates about women's leisure by showing how women seize control of their lives in order to carve out a time and space for the pursuit of pleasure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266926

Women Policing and Male Violence (Routledge Revivals)International Perspectives First published in 1989 this book focuses on the policing of male violence against women. It is an issue that has been criticised substantially in the past and the book shows how even police themselves have sometimes admitted that women have received inadequate treatment. The book includes contributions from North America Australia and Western Europe and looks at different approaches that have been taken by states in intervening into the violence of men against women. Chapters explore the differences and similarities of policing practices in western societies at the time surrounding the book’s original publication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415829397

Women Portraiture and the Crisis of Identity in Victorian EnglandMy Lady Scandalous Reconsidered Exploring the concept of portrait as memoir Women Portraiture and the Crisis of Identity in Victorian England: My Lady Scandalous Reconsidered examines the images and lives of four prominent Victorian women who steered their way through scandal to forge unique identities. The volume shows the effect of celebrity and even notoriety on the lives of Mary Elizabeth Braddon Lady Dilke Millicent Garrett Fawcett and Sarah Grand. For these women their portraits were more than speaking likenesses-whether painted or photographic they became crucial tools the women used to negotiate their controversial identities. Women Portraiture and the Crisis of Identity in Victorian England shows that the fascinating power of celebrity - and specifically its effects on women - was as much of a phenomenon in Victorian times as it is today. Colleen Denney explores how these women used their portraits as tools of persuasion performing a domestic masquerade to secure privacy and acceptance or sites of resistance tearing down male constructions of female propriety and fighting Victorian stereotypes of intellectual women. Questioning the classic Victorian notions of "separate spheres " this volume celebrates women's search for self within the constraints of the nineteenth century as well as within the world of present-day academia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253667

Women Power and EthnicityWorking Toward Reciprocal Empowerment Powerful women aren't just men walking around in dresses!As women continue to assume positions of social leadership in increasing numbers the dynamics of the social construction of power need to be examined. Have women adopted traditionally male patterns of behavior in an effort to gain and maintain power in business industry politics academics etc.? And if not what kind of power are women practicing? The authors of Women Power and Ethnicity: Working Toward Reciprocal Empowerment endeavored to find out by conducting a research study on how women from various racial and ethnic backgrounds compare and contrast the attributes associated with existing power paradigms (traditional empowerment personal authority) with an alternate model of power--reciprocal empowerment.Reciprocal empowerment is a discursive and behavioral style of interaction grounded in reciprocity initiated by people who feel a sense of personal authority. Reciprocal empowerment enables people with mutual self-interests to rise above obstacles based on social and political structures and to use personal authority to discuss and act on issues openly and honestly in order to effect change. Using a qualitative methodology Women Power and Ethnicity includes the results of surveys and interviews with women from seven different ethnic groups in the United States to determine if the concept or reciprocal empowerment resonates with them. The answer: Yes!Women Power and Ethnicity is organized by surveys and interview findings on women from seven cultural groups living in the United States (African Asian Caribbean European Latin Middle Eastern Native American). Each chapter includes: analyses of ethnographic findings surveys and interviews concise historical information effects of immigration where applicable tables and diagrams direct quotes and much more!Women Power and Ethnicity examines women's attitudes toward power in several social forums--home job religion politics and society in general. The book is an essential resource for teachers and students of communication studies women studies gender studies ethnic studies and social sciences. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865218

Women Power and Political Systems In their analyses of the role of women in politics political scientists had tended to neglect the family and the labour market thus ignoring a crucial aspect of women’s political activity. Originally published in 1981 this book shows that the family and the labour market are political institutions directly relevant to the distribution of power and to economic and social development. Because the political functions of these two institutions are ignored political systems are misunderstood with serious consequences for the implementation of policy. The studies in the book which relate to widely different political systems and which cross disciplinary boundaries all concentrate on the crucial activities of women. They serve to increase our understanding of the political implications of the family of the sexual divisions of both domestic and wage labour and of the role of education in these inequalities at the time. They show the fundamental comparability of the problems posed by patriarchy as well as the diversity of their manifestations in different political and economic systems. Further the studies show an unexpected dependence of male-dominated institutions such as the military and high technology on women’s traditional gender roles. Ways of empowering the powerless through law political activity and employment are also discussed. By extending the scope of discussion this book is a valuable contribution to our understanding of politics and of the centrality of women to political structures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138388260

Women Power and Politics in 21st Century Iran This book examines the women's movement in Iran and its role in contesting gender relations since the 1979 revolution. Looking at examples from politics law employment environment media and religion and the struggle for democracy this book demonstrates how material conditions have important social and political consequences for the lives of women in Iran and exposes the need to challenge the dominant theoretical perspectives on gender and Islam. A truly fascinating insider's look at the experiences of Iranian women as academics political and civil society activists this book counters the often inaccurate and misleading stereotyping of Iranian women to present a vibrant and diverse picture of these women's lives. A welcome and unique addition to the vibrant and growing literature on women Islam development democracy and feminisms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409402046

Women Power and Subversion (Routledge Revivals)Social Strategies in British Fiction 1778-1860 First published in 1981 this book explores the reactions of some female writers to the social effects of industrial capitalism between 1778 and 1860. The period set in motion a crisis over the status of middle-class women that culminated in the constructed idea of "women’s proper sphere". This concept disguised inequities between men and women first by asserting the reality of female power and then by restricting it to self-sacrificing influence. In this book Judith Newton analyses novels such as Fanny Burney’s Evelina Jane Austin’s Pride and Prejudice Charlotte Brontë’s Villette and George Eliot’s The Mill on the Floss in order to demonstrate how some female writers reacted to the issue by covertly resisting inequities of power and reconciling ideologies in their art. She argues that in this time period novels became increasingly rebellious as well as ambivalent . Heroines were endowed with power and emphasis was given to female ability rather than to feminine influence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415637039

Women Practice Architecture‘Resigned Accommodation’ and ‘Usurpatory Practice’ The image of the architect is undeniably gendered. While the male architect might be celebrated as the ideal man in Hollywood romantic comedies blessed with practicality and creativity in equal measure to impeccable taste and an enviable lifestyle the image of the woman architect is not so clear cut. While women have been practicing and excelling in architecture for more than a hundred years their professional identity as constructed in the media is complex and sometimes contradictory. This book explores the working lives and aspirations of women in architectural practice but more than this it explores how popular media – newspapers magazines and websites – serve to define and describe who a woman architect should be what she should look like and how she should behave. Looking further into the way that professional characteristics are reinforced through awards like the Pritzker Prize the book demonstrates how idealised characteristics such as sensitivity and vision are seen to be neither entirely masculine nor feminine but instead a complex hybrid owing much to historic concepts of genius. Drawing on history sociology media analysis and feminist theories of architectural practice the book will be of interest to all of those who seek to better understand the image and identity of the architect. This book was published as a double special issue of Architectural Theory Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415745192

Women Punishment and Social JusticeHuman Rights and Penal Practices The prison has often been the focus for concerns about human rights violations and campaigns aimed at achieving social justice for those with an interest in the criminalisation of women. To reduce the number of women imprisoned a range of policy initiatives have been developed to increase the use of community-based responses to women in conflict with the law. These initiatives have tended to operate alongside reforms to the prison estate and are often defined as ‘community punishment’ ‘community sanctions’ and ‘alternatives to imprisonment’. This book challenges the contention that improved regimes and provisions within the criminal justice system are capable of addressing human rights concerns and the needs of the criminalised woman. This book aims to provide a critical analysis of approaches and experiences of penal sanctions human rights and social justice as enacted in different jurisdictions within and beyond the UK. Drawing on international knowledge and expertise the contributors to this book challenge the efficacy of gender-responsive interventions by examining issues affecting women in the criminal justice system such as mental health age and ethnicity. Crucially the book will engage with the paradox of implementing rights within a largely punishment-orientated system. This book will be of interest to those taking undergraduate and post-graduate courses that examine punishment gender and justice and which lend themselves to an international / comparative aspect such as criminal justice/criminology (international) criminal justice courses; sociology as well as professional training for practitioners (criminal justice social work health) who work with women in the criminal justice system.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415637176

Women Quotas and Politics This is the first world-wide comparative study of the controversial new trends of gender quotas now emerging in global politics presenting a comprehensive overview of changes in women’s parliamentary representation across the world. This is important reading for all those working to increase women’s influence in politics because it scrutinizes under what circumstances gender quotas do increase women’s representation – and why they sometimes fail. These distinguished international scholars also show how gender balance in politics has become important to a nation’s international image and why quotas are being introduced in many post-conflict countries. They present key case studies of Afghanistan Iraq Argentina Sweden South Africa Belgium covering almost all major regions of the world: Latin America Africa the Arab world South Asia the Balkans The Nordic countries and Europe New Zealand Australia and the USA - and Rwanda which in 2003 unexpectedly surpassed Sweden as the number one country in the world in terms of women’s parliamentary representation. Using a comparative perspective this book contains analyses of the discursive controversies around quotas; it gives an overview over various types of quotas in use from candidate quotas to reserved seat systems and it throws light over the troublesome implementation process. When do gender quotas lead to actual increase in the number of women parliament? When are quotas merely a symbolic gesture? What does it imply to be elected as a ‘quota woman’? Tackling these and many more key questions this is a major new contribution to the field. Making an important contribution to our knowledge of gender politics worldwide this book will be of interest to NGOs students and scholars of democracy policy-making comparative politics and gender studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203099544

Women 'Race' and Writing in the Early Modern Period First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203388891

Women Reading and the Cultural Politics of Early Modern England A study of the representation of reading in early modern Englishwomen's writing this book exists at the intersection of textual criticism and cultural history. It looks at depictions of reading in women's printed devotional works maternal advice books poetry and fiction as well as manuscripts for evidence of ways in which women conceived of reading in sixteenth- and early seventeenth-century England. Among the authors and texts considered are Katherine Parr Lamentation of a Sinner; Anne Askew The Examinations of Anne Askew; Dorothy Leigh The Mothers Blessing; Elizabeth Grymeston Miscelanea Meditations Memoratives; Aemelia Lanyer Salve Deus Rex Judaeorum; and Mary Wroth The First Part of the Countess of Montgomery's Urania. Attentive to contiguities between representations of reading in print and reading practices found in manuscript culture this book also examines a commonplace book belonging to Anne Cornwallis (Folger Folger MS V.a.89) and a Passion poem presented by Elizabeth Middleton to Sarah Edmondes (Bod. MS Don. e.17). Edith Snook here makes an original contribution to the ongoing scholarly project of historicizing reading by foregrounding female writers of the early modern period. She explores how women's representations of reading negotiate the dynamic relationship between the public and private spheres and investigates how women might have been affected by changing ideas about literacy as well as how they sought to effect change in devotional and literary reading practices. Finally because the activity of reading is a site of cultural conflict - over gender social and educational status and the religious or national affiliation of readers - Snook brings to light how these women when they write about reading are engaged in structuring the cultural politics of early modern England. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383753

Women Reconciliation and the Israeli-Palestinian ConflictThe Road Not Yet Taken Women Reconciliation and the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict explores the most prominent instances of women’s political activism in the occupied Palestinian territories and in Israel focussing primarily on the last decade. By taking account of the heterogeneous narrative identities existing in such a context the author questions the effectiveness of the contributions of Palestinian and Israeli Jewish women activists towards a feasible renewal of the ‘peace process’ founded on mutual recognition and reconciliation. Based on feminist literature and field research this book re-problematises the controversial liaison between ethno-national narratives feminist backgrounds and women’s activism in Palestine/Israel. In detail the most relevant salience of this study is the provision of an additional contribution to the recent debate on the process of making Palestinian and Israeli women activists more visible and the importance of this process as one of the most meaningful ways to open up areas of enquiry around major prospects for the end of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. Tackling topical issues relating to alternative resolutions to the Israeli-Palestinian conflict this book will be a valuable resource for both academics and activists with an interest in Middle East Politics Gender Studies and Conflict Resolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138368125

Women Religion and Space in ChinaIslamic Mosques & Daoist Temples Catholic Convents & Chinese Virgins What enables women to hold firm in their beliefs in the face of long years of hostile persecution by the Communist party/state? How do women withstand daily discrimination and prolonged hardship under a Communist regime which held rejection of religious beliefs and practices as a patriotic duty? Through the use of archival and ethnographic sources and of rich life testimonies this book provides a rare glimpse into how women came to find solace and happiness in the flourishing female-dominated traditions of local Islamic women’s mosques Daoist nunneries and Catholic convents in China. These women passionately – often against unimaginable odds – defended sites of prayer education and congregation as their spiritual home and their promise of heaven but also as their rightful claim to equal entitlements with men. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853309

Women Religion and Culture in Iran Investigates how women religion and culture have interacted in the context of 19th and 20th century Iran covering topics as seemingly diverse as the social and cultural history of Persian cuisine the work and attitudes of 19th century Christian missionaries the impact of growing female literacy and the consequences of developments since 1979. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415515313

Women Religion and Education in Early Modern England Women Religion and Education in Early Modern England is a study of the nature and extent of the education of women in the context of both Protestant and Catholic ideological debates. Examining the role of women both as recipients and agents of religious instruction the author assesses the nature of power endowed in women through religious education and the restraints and freedoms this brought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757461

Women Religion and LeadershipFemale Saints as Unexpected Leaders Women Religion and Leadership focuses on women from the traditional context of women as leaders with chapters observing various aspects of leadership from specifically chosen religious female leaders and going on to examine the legacies they leave behind.   This book seeks to identify and analyse the gendered issues underlying the structural lack of recognition for women within the church and to examine the culturally constructed narratives related to these women for evidence of their leadership despite the exclusionary rules applied to force their submission to the dominating forces. Finally this book intends to draw out of these women’s stories the various lessons of leadership that invoke current relevancies among prevailing leadership paradigms.Written by experts from disciplines as varied as leadership and communication studies to sociology and history to medievalist and English scholars; Women Religion and Leadership will prove key reading for scholars academics and researchers is these and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890124

Women Religion and the Body in South AsiaLiving with Bengali Bauls Noted for their haunting melodies and enigmatic lyrics Bauls have been portrayed as spiritually enlightened troubadours traveling around the countryside in West Bengal in India and in Bangladesh.As emblems of Bengali culture Bauls have long been a subject of scholarly debates which center on their esoteric practices and middle class imaginaries of the category Baul. Adding to this literature the intimate ethnography presented in this book recounts the life stories of members from a single family shining light on their past and present tribulations bound up with being poor and of a lowly caste. It shows that taking up the Baul path is a means of softening the stigma of their lower caste identity in that religious practice where women play a key role renders the body pure. The path is also a source of monetary income in that begging is considered part of their vocation. For women the Baul path has the added implication of lessening constraints of gender. While the book describes a family of singers it also portrays the wider society in which they live showing how their lives connect and interlace with other villagers a theme not previously explored in literature on Bauls.A novel approach to the study of women the body and religion this book will be of interest to undergraduates and graduates in the field of the anthropology. In addition it will appeal to students of everyday religious lives as experienced by the poor through case studies in South Asia. The book provides further evidence that renunciation in South Asia is not a uniform path despite claims to the contrary. There is also a special interest in Bauls among those familiar with the Bengali speaking region. While this book speaks to that interest its wider appeal lies in the light it sheds on religion the body life histories and poverty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591151

Women Rhetoric and Drama in Early Modern Italy Sixteenth-century Italy witnessed the rebirth of comedy tragedy and tragicomedy in the pastoral mode. Traditionally we think of comedy and tragedy as remakes of ancient models and tragicomedy alone as the invention of the moderns. Women Rhetoric and Drama in Early Modern Italy suggests that all three genres were in fact remarkably new if dramatists’ intriguingly sympathetic portrayals of and sustained investment in women as vibrant and dynamic characters of the early modern stage are taken into account. This study examines the role of rhetoric and gender in early modern Italian drama in itself and in order to explore its complex interrelationship with the rise of women writers and the role women played in Italian culture and society while at the same time demonstrating just how closely intertwined history culture and dramatic writing are. Author Alexandra Coller focuses on the scripted/erudite plays of the sixteenth and first half of the seventeenth centuries which she argues are indispensable for a balanced view of the history of drama and its place within contemporary literary and women’s studies. As this book reveals the ascendancy of comedy tragedy and tragicomedy in the vernacular seems to have been not only inextricably linked to but also dependent on the rise of women as prominent stage characters and eventually as authors in their own right. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881818

Women Rites and SitesAboriginal women's cultural knowledge This book challenges a number of widespread preconceptions about Aboriginal society and its interaction with the wider non-Aboriginal society. It builds on recent scholarship that has drastically changed the view of Aboriginal women propagated by nineteenth and early twentieth century reports. These reporters unconsciously based their assessments on their knowledge of their own society; they could not conceive of women undertaking autonomous economic activity. These observations were made by men and some women imposing their cultural values on Aboriginal society and dealing primarily with Aboriginal men. They were influenced by the fact that in white society political and religious power was in the hands of men; they shared the common assumption that the female roles of wife and mother carried as little power and authority in Aboriginal society as they did in western society.This collection of essays which includes accounts ranging from traditional societies to societies reacting to decades of interaction with non-Aboriginal culture explores the active role of women in Aboriginal cultural and religious life.It demonstrates the cultural authority possessed by women; it records the pivotal role of women as repositories of cultural knowledge and in the struggle to maintain or rebuild the means of passing on that knowledge.Women Rites & Sites should be read by all people interested in Aboriginal-white relations in Aboriginal culture and women's studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003118428

Women Science and TechnologyA Reader in Feminist Science Studies Women Science and Technology is an ideal reader for courses in feminist science studies. This third edition fully updates its predecessor with a new introduction and twenty-eight new readings that explore social constructions mediated by technologies expand the scope of feminist technoscience studies and move beyond the nature/culture paradigm. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415521109

Women Sex and MadnessNotes from the Edge Covering a wide variety of subjects and points of inquiry on women's sexuality from genital anxieties about pubic hair to constructions of the body in the therapy room this book offers a ground-breaking examination of women sex and madness drawing from psychology gender and sexuality studies and cultural studies. Breanne Fahs argues that women’s sexuality embodies a permanent state of tension between cultural impulses of destruction and selfishness contrasted with the fundamental possibilities of subversiveness and joy. Emphasizing cultural social and personal narratives about sexuality Fahs asks readers to imagine sex bodies and madness as intertwined and to see these narratives as fluid contested and changing. With topics as diverse as anarchist visions of sexual freedom sexualized emotion work lesbian haunted houses and the insidious workings of capitalism Fahs conceptualizes sexuality as a force of regressive moral panics and profound inequalities—deployed in both blatant and more subtle ways onto the body—while also finding hope and resistance in the possibilities of sexuality. By integrating clinical case studies cultural studies qualitative interviews and original essays Fahs offers a provocative new vision for sexuality that fuses together social anxieties and cultural madness through a critical feminist psychological approach. Fahs provides an original and accessible volume for students and academics in psychology gender and sexuality studies and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138614086

Women Sex and Marriage in Early Modern Venice Women Sex and Marriage in Early Modern Venice is the first study to investigate systematically the moral policies of both Church and State in the age of Counter-Reformation confessionalisation in Venice. Examining ecclesiastical and civil lawsuits related to illicit sex broken marriage promises and disrupted marriages of artisan and ordinary women and men Daniela Hacke can convincingly show how central sexual morality was to the patriarchal society of sixteenth and seventeenth century Venice. Drawing on a wide range of archival sources the author skilfully reconstructs what gender difference meant in daily life in courtship rituals marital disputes and in sexual relations. In the streets and in the courts women and men fought not only over proper gender behaviour within and outside marriage but also about the meaning of conjugality and of domestic patriarchy. Neighbours played an active role in mediating between distressed partners and between children and parents. Their interventions and perceptions reveal much about the moral values and the networks of support within a fascinatingly heterogeneous community such as early modern Venice. The study makes important contributions to the fields of gender history social history and the history of crime and sexuality. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233574

Women Sexual Violence and the Indonesian Killings of 1965-66 The Indonesian massacres of 1965-1966 claimed the lives of an estimated half a million men women and children. Histories of this period of mass violence in Indonesia’s past have focused almost exclusively on top-level political and military actors their roles in the violence and their movements and mobilization of perpetrators. Based on extensive interviews with women survivors of the massacres and detention camps this book provides the first in-depth analysis of sexualised forms of violence perpetrated against women and girl victims during this period. It looks at the stories of individual women caught up in the massacres and mass arrests focusing on their testimonies and their experiences of violence and survival. The book aims not only to redress the lack of scholarly attention but also to provide significant new analysis on the gendered and gendering effects of sexual violence against women and girls in situations of genocidal violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138576919

Women Soccer and Transnational Migration Estimated participation figures of almost 30 million worldwide make soccer the most prominent team sport amongst girls and women. However making a living as a female player is only deemed possible in approximately 20 out of around 150 FIFA-listed women’s soccer countries. This has led to a situation where highly skilled sports women have to migrate from their homelands to find employment with a professional team. Women Soccer and Transnational Migration represents a substantial contribution to our knowledge on the development of women’s soccer to research into sports labor migration and sport and globalization more broadly. The book consists of three parts. Firstly it provides an overview and an analysis of migration in women's soccer from its earliest forms until now. It then presents several case studies delivered by scholars from around the world illustrating how female players are increasingly being drawn to the USA Northern Europe and Scandinavia due to their ability to support professional leagues. Finally all the themes and patterns of these case studies are drawn together to be able to compare and contrast migration in women's soccer to sport migration and globalization more broadly. This study not only makes recommendations for future researchers but may also serve as an important source of information for those in charge of policy. As such it is essential reading for students lecturers researchers and practitioners involved in sports migration and women's sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138654242

Women Space and Utopia 1600–1800 The first full length study of women's utopian spatial imagination in the seventeenth and eigtheenth centuries this book explores the sophisticated correlation between identity and social space. The investigation is mainly driven by conceptual questions and thus seeks to link theoretical debates about space gender and utopianism to historiographic debates about the (gendered) social production of space. As Pohl's primary aim is to demonstrate how women writers explore the complex (gender) politics of space specific attention is given to spaces that feature widely in contemporary utopian imagination: Arcadia the palace the convent the harem and the country house. The early modern writers Lady Mary Wroth and Margaret Cavendish seek to recreate Paradise in their versions of Eden and Jerusalem; the one yearns for Arcadia the other for Solomon's Temple. Margaret Cavendish and Mary Astell redefine the convent as an emancipatory space dismissing its symbolic meaning as a confining and surveilled architecture. The utopia of the country house in the work of Delarivier Manley Sarah Scott and Mary Hamilton will reveal how women writers resignify the traditional metonym of the country estate. The study will finish with an investigation of Oriental tales and travel writing by Ellis Cornelia Knight Lady Mary Montagu Elizabeth Craven and Lady Hester Stanhope who unveil the seraglio as a location for a Western specifically masculine discourse on Orientalism despotism and female sexuality and offers their own utopian judgment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264816

Women Sport SocietyFurther Reflections Reaffirming Mary Wollstonecraft During the last four decades women’s and gender history have become vibrant fields including studies of attitudes regarding the limited physical and other abilities of females as well as studies of the accomplishments of notable female athletes. We have become increasingly aware that women have made contributions to physical education dance and sport that go far beyond being teachers athletes and coaches. They have created and implemented an astonishing variety of programs intended to serve the needs of large numbers of children and youth sometimes organizing student health services as well as chairing departments of physical education. They have worked as directors of sport physical education and dance running playgrounds and recreational facilities and have created and/or served as important officers of a variety of sporting organizations. This book explores the contributions and achievements of women in a variety of historical and geographical contexts which not surprisingly opens opportunities for additions revisions and counter-narratives to accepted histories of physical education and sport science. It seeks to broaden our understandings about the backgrounds motivations and achievements of dedicated women working to improve health and bodily practices in a variety of different arenas and for often different purposes. This book was previously published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415661232

Women Sport and Exercise in the Asia-Pacific RegionDomination Resistance Accommodation Although socio-cultural issues in relation to women within the fields of sport and exercise have been extensively researched this research has tended to concentrate on the Western world. Women Sport and Exercise in the Asia-Pacific Region moves the conversation away entirely from Western contexts to discuss these issues with a sole focus on the geographic Asia-Pacific region. Presenting a diverse range of empirical case studies from bodybuilding in Kazakhstan and Thailand karate in Afghanistan and women’s rugby in Fiji to women’s soccer in North Korea and netball in Papua New Guinea the book demonstrates how sports may be used as a lens to examine the historical socio-cultural and political specificities of non-Western and post-colonial societies. It also explores the complex ways in which non-Western women resist as well as accommodate sport and exercise-related sociocultural oppression helping us to better understand the nexus of sport exercise gender sexuality and power in the Asia-Pacific area. This is a fascinating and important resource for students of sports studies sports management sport development social sciences and gender studies as well as an excellent read for academics and researchers with an interest in sport exercise gender and post-colonial studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367896249

Women Stress and Heart Disease The issue of women's health has long been neglected. This applies to many medical areas but it has become most evident in the field of cardiology. For a long time cardiology has been a medical specialty which seemed to be created for men by men--particularly in research but also in intensive clinical care units where male patients have been most visible and dominating. Furthermore the clinical cardiologists--their doctors--have been predominantly male. It is easy to understand that most women think they will die from cancer rather than from heart disease but this is not true. Heart disease is the leading cause of death for women as it is for men. Female patients are frequently encountered in the cardiology department but they are older and seem to get less visibility and attention than the male patients. Research on risk factors for heart disease has also been almost entirely focused on men. This is true for psychosocial/behavioral aspects of cardiovascular risk. Aiming to fill this gap this volume contains contributions from outstanding international and national researchers from different fields such as sociology psychology epidemiology cardiology clinical medicine and physiology. These professionals gathered together for an interdisciplinary seminar on women stress and heart disease held at the Swedish Society of Medicine. Based on the seminar this book provides a solid foundation for empirically based scientific conclusions on this important subject. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138002579

Women Sustainable Entrepreneurship and the EconomyA Global Perspective When a woman decides to become an ‘entrepreneur ’ she starts her business with a sense of excitement freedom wealth happiness prestige; however these feelings can soon turn to fears over debt difficulties unpaid invoices stress and uncertainty. Being an entrepreneur means taking risks making decisions adapting management styles in line with developmental needs clashing with rivals being more agile than competitors negotiating risky scenarios following business trends capturing new opportunities before and being better than the competition. If a woman wants to be successful as an entrepreneur she needs to have a business education undergo continued professional development and have patience and emotional intelligence. Supporting women in their entrepreneurial activities has been shown to positively affect the economy which is why governments pay special attention to opening new funding opportunities and training programs for women who want to start or develop a business. Female entrepreneurship has individual characteristics because of those aspects of the business which are affected by cultural technological legislative social and historical developments. This book discusses the relationship between female entrepreneurship and the economy and academic authors from developing countries such as Brazil Turkey Albania Kosovo Portugal and Malaysia analyze the developments encompassing women and entrepreneurship in their respective countries. The authors discuss the regulatory frameworks of each country to show how these either help or hinder female entrepreneurship and consequently the place of women in the economy. Women and entrepreneurship is an emerging theme and this book is a must-read for researchers from both developing and developed countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815381624

Women Television and Everyday Life in KoreaJourneys of Hope Fusing audience research and ethnography the book presents a compelling account of women’s changing lives and identities in relation to the impact of the most popular media culture in everyday life: television. Within the historically-specific social conditions of Korean modernity Youna Kim analyzes how Korean women of varying age and class group cope with the new environment of changing economical structure and social relations. The book argues that television is an important resource for women stimulating them to research their own lives and identities. Youna Kim reveals Korean women as creative energetic and critical audiences in their responses to evolving modernity and the impact of the West. Based on original empirical research the book explores the hopes aspirations frustrations and dilemmas of Korean women as they try to cope with life beyond traditional grounds. Going beyond the traditional Anglo-American view of media and culture this text will appeal to students and scholars of both Korean area studies and media and communications studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203029336

Women Texts and Authority in the Early Modern Spanish World This is the first essay collection to examine the relation between text and gender in Spain from a broad geographical social and cultural perspective covering more than 300 years. The contributors examine women and the construction of gender thematically dealing with the areas of politics law religion sexuality literature and economics and in a variety of social categories from Christians and Moriscas queens and merchants peasants and visionaries heretics and madwomen. The essays cover different regions in the Spanish monarchy including Andalusia Aragon Castile Catalonia Valencia and Spanish America from the fifteenth century through to the eighteenth century. Women Texts and Authority in Early Modern Spain focuses on two central themes: gender relations in the shaping of family and community life and women's authority in spheres of power. The representation of women in a variety of texts such as poetry court cases or even account books illustrate the multifaceted world in which women lived constantly choosing and negotiating their identities. The appeal of this collection is not limited to scholars of Spanish history and literature; it is deliberately designed to address the issue of how gender relations were constructed in the formation of modern society and therefore will be of interest to scholars of women's and gender history generally. Because of the emphasis on how this construction occurs in texts the collection will also be attractive to scholars interested in literary studies and/or print culture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233550

Women Texts and Histories 1575-1760 First published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159365

Women Travel Writing and Truth The issue of truth has been one of the most constant complex and contentious in the cultural history of travel writing. Whether the travel was undertaken in the name of exploration pilgrimage science inspiration self-discovery or a combination of these elements questions of veracity and authenticity inevitably arise. Women Travel and Truth is a collection of twelve essays that explore the manifold ways in which travel and truth interact in women's travel writing. Essays range in date from Lady Mary Wortley Montagu in the eighteenth century to Jamaica Kincaid in the twenty-first across such regions as India Italy Norway Siberia Austria the Orient the Caribbean China and Mexico. Topics explored include blurred distinctions of fiction and non-fiction; travel writing and politics; subjectivity; displacement and exile. Students and academics with interests in literary studies history geography history of art and modern languages will find this book an important reference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869649

Women Violence and Social Change Women Violence and Social Change demonstrates how refuges and shelters stand as the core of the battered women's movement providing a basis for pragmatic support political action and radical renewal. From this base movements in Britain and the United States have challenged the police courts and social services to provide greater assistance to women. The book provides important evidence on the way social movements can successfully challenge institutions of the State as well as salutatory lessons on the nature of diverted and thwarted struggle. Throughout the book the Dobashes' years of researching violence against women is illustrated in the depth of their analysis. They maintain the tradition established in their first book Violence Against Wives which was widely accalimed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174023

Women Vulnerabilities and Welfare Service Systems This book studies welfare systems in Europe and beyond from the standpoint of women in vulnerable positions in society. These systems are under major transformations with new models of service delivery and management austerity measures requirements for cost-effectiveness marketization and the prioritization of services. Divided into three parts: Welfare service systems (not) responding to vulnerable situations of women Women’s encounters with the welfare service system Contradictions of informal support this book considers the experiences and encounters with the service system of women in poverty homeless women women with substance use problems women sentenced of crime girls and young women in care and refugees and asylum-seeking women. Drawing upon research and critical discussions from Finland Canada Israel Slovenia Spain and the UK this book provides new empirical findings and critical insights and a valuable resource for the academics and students in social work social policy sociology and gender studies but also for policy makers and professionals in social and health care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367228026

Women War Violence and Learning This anthology provides fresh theorization of gendered dimensions of learning war and violence with a view to offering new insights on the impact of violence on women’s learning and well being. The collection is an important contribution to emerging interdisciplinary approaches to the role and effectiveness of civil society especially women’s NGOs working in war and post-conflict zones and to the relationship between neoliberal global ‘feminist’ projects and the re-emergence of colonial and imperial feminisms. This collection is also an exploration of the plausibility of current peace education strategies augmenting the political and leadership role of women and their civic engagement. This collection is designed to create a space for conversation across disciplines on such issues as how to advance our conceptualization of gender-related education and conflict; how to provide empirically-based case studies and transnational analyses that improves our understanding of the impact of war and violence on women’s learning; and how to contribute to national and international policy analyses to improve education for women and girls through related policy reforms or humanitarian aid programs in post-war reconstruction efforts. This book was published as a special issue in the International Journal of Lifelong Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415633963

Women Wealth and Community in Perpignan c. 1250–1300Christians Jews and Enslaved Muslims in a Medieval Mediterranean Town Women Wealth and Community in Perpignan c. 1250-1300 investigates the gender system at work in medieval Perpignan. Using a series of notarial registers - unique as surviving records for the social history of the thirteenth-century realms of Aragon and Majorca the political confederations to which this town belonged - Rebecca L. Winer opens a window onto the experiences of women and their families. Her interpretive framework reveals medieval assumptions about the distinct natures of Christian Jewish and enslaved Muslim women by analyzing which actions were curbed controlled or fostered in these different groups. Sensitive to questions of social rank and marital status the book departs from traditional women's history by asking how a woman's religious identity factored in determining her economic and legal options in this society. As a frontier town Perpignan lends itself well to an analysis of relations among Christians Jews and Muslim slaves. The later thirteenth century also provides an ideal focus for this inquiry since the politics of Christian expansion and the economics of the western Mediterranean meant that Jewish communities flourished. In contrast Christian/Muslim relations unfolded particularly tensely due to intermittent conflict and both groups' slave trade almost exclusively in each other's people. Winer reconstructs how the members of these three communities negotiated shared space conducting all manner of exchanges making (endogamous) marriages wills commercial contracts and arranging for the care of children whose fathers were lost to war or disease. The first section of the book focuses on women's legal status work and control of financial resources in the two dominant communities Christian and Jewish across the social spectrum. It goes on to compare the ways in which mothers' relationships to their children were understood in the Christian and Jewish communities. The book concludes by entering the homes of Christian Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233543

Women Wives MothersValues and Options One of the most important series of events in modern times--the restructuring of sex roles to adapt them to modern life--is here chronicled from the perspective of a lifetime of studying and writing about women. In this lively lucid book Jessie Bernard examines with concern and expertise the dramatic changes in values experienced by women of all ages in all classes of society and how these changes affect the options available to women today--as women as wives as mothers.Bernard begins her five-part examination with a critical overview of research on sex differences pointing out the sexism that is implicit in most of this research and suggesting what kinds of research should be done. She discusses the paradox involved in preparing girls for the most demanding of all roles--motherhood--by fostering weakness in them rather than strength. She writes of the ages and stages of motherhood and the momentous changes now in process in the roles of wife and mother as more women combine labor force participation with marriage and motherhood. Bernard contrasts the positions of the nineteenth- and twentieth-century feminist movements with respect to class and reports on the influence of the feminist movement on working class and African-American women.The last part of the book tells of the bitter fruits of extreme sex role specialization both for women and for society and examines policy-relevant research on motherhood. Bernard explores the many new potentialities open to women and finally the societal forms that will be necessary in order for women to plan their lives with wider latitude. Both the general reader and students of women's studies will be delighted and informed by Jessie Bernard's enlightening report on where women have been and where they are going in American society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540675

Women Work and GlobalizationChallenges and Opportunities Women increasingly make up a significant percentage of the labor force throughout the world. This transformation is impacting everyone's lives. This book examines the resulting gender role work and family issues from a comparative worldwide perspective. Working allows women to earn an income acquire new skills and forge social connections. It also brings challenges such as simultaneously managing domestic responsibilities and family relationships. The social political and economic implications of this global transformation are explored from an interdisciplinary perspective in this book. The commonalities and the differences of women’s experiences depending on their social class education and location in industrialized and developing countries are highlighted throughout. Practical implications are examined including the consequences of these changes for men. Engaging vignettes and case studies from around the world bring the topics to life. The book argues that despite policy reforms and a rhetoric of equality women still have unique experiences from men both at work and at home. Women Work and Globalization explores: Key issues surrounding work and families from a global cross-cultural perspective. The positive and negative experiences of more women in the global workforce. The spread of women’s empowerment on changes in ideologies and behaviors throughout the world.  Key literature from family studies IO sociology anthropology and economics. The changing role of men in the global work-family arena. The impact of sexual trafficking and exploitation care labor and transnational migration on women. Best practices and policies that have benefited women men and their families. Part 1 reviews the research on gender in the industrialized and developing world global changes that pertain to women’s gender roles women’s labor market participation globalization and the spread of the women’s movement. Issues that pertain to women in a globalized world including gender socialization sexual trafficking and exploitation labor migration and transnational motherhood and the complexities entailed in care labor are explored in Part 2. Programs and policies that have effectively assisted women are explored in Part 3 including initiatives instituted by NGOs and governments in developing countries and (programs) policies that help women balance work and family in industrialized countries. The book concludes with suggestions for global initiatives that assist women in balancing work and family responsibilities while decreasing their vulnerabilities. Intended as a supplemental text for advanced undergraduate and/or graduate courses in Women/Gender Issues Work and Family Gender and Families Global/International Families Family Diversity Multicultural Families and Urban Sociology taught in psychology human development and family studies gender and/or women’s studies business sociology social work political science and anthropology. Researchers policy makers and practitioners in these fields will also appreciate this thought provoking book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415883382

Women Work and PovertyWomen Centered Research for Policy Change Find out how welfare reform has affected women living at the poverty levelWomen Work and Poverty presents the latest information on women living at or below the poverty level and the changes that need to be made in public policy to allow them to rise above their economic hardships. Using a wide range of research methods including in-depth interviews focus groups small-scale surveys and analysis of personnel records the book explores different aspects of women’s poverty since the passage of the 1986 welfare reform bill. Anthropologists economists political scientists sociologists and social workers examine marriage divorce children and child care employment and work schedules disabilities mental health and education and look at income support programs such as welfare and unemployment insurance. Women Work and Poverty illuminates the changes in the causes of women’s poverty following welfare reform in the United States using up-to-date research that’s both qualitative and quantitative. Taking racial and ethnic diversity into account the book’s contributors examine new findings on the feminization of poverty the role of children and the lack of child care as an obstacle to employment labor market policies that can reduce poverty and improve gender wage equality sex and race segregation in the labor market and the low quality of jobs available to low income women.Women Work and Poverty examines: marriage motherhood and work pay equity and living wage reforms community resources welfare status and child care acquiring higher education advancing women of color income security repaying debt after divorce gender differences in spendable income women’s job lossWomen Work and Poverty is an invaluable aid for academics working in social work social policy women’s studies economics sociology and political science and for policy researchers anti-poverty activists and women’s leaders. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203726112

Women Work and ProtestA Century of U.S. Women's Labor History As paid work becomes increasingly central in women’s lives the history of their labor struggles assumes more and more importance. This volume represents the best of the new feminist scholarship in twentieth-century U.S. women’s labor history. Fourteen original essays illuminate the complex relationship between gender consciousness and working-class activism and deepen historical understanding of the contradictory legacy of trade unionism for women workers. The contributors take up a wide range of specific subjects and write from diverse theoretical perspectives. Some of the essays are case studies of women’s participation in individual unions organizing efforts or strikes; others examine broader themes in women’s labor history focusing on a specific time period; and still others explore the situation of particular categories of women workers over a longer time span. This collection extends the scope of current research and interpretation in women’s labor history both conceptually and in terms of periodization – emphasis is placed on the post-World War I period where the literature is sparse. This book will be valuable for scholars students and general readers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138008090

Women Work and Care in the Asia-Pacific This book provides a comparative analysis of the social economic industrial and migration dynamics that structure women’s paid work and unpaid care work experience in the Asia-Pacific region. Each country-focused chapter examines the formal and informal ways in which work and care are managed the changing institutional landscape gender relations and fertility concerns employer and trade union responses and the challenges policy makers face and the consequences of their decisions for working women. By covering the entire region including Australia and New Zealand the book highlights the way different national work and care regimes are linked through migration with wealthier countries looking to their poorer neighbours for alternative sources of labour. In addition  the book contributes to debates about the barriers to women’s participation in the workforce the valuation of unpaid care the gender wage gap social protection and labour regulation for migrant workers and gender relations in developing Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367186173

Women Work and Care of the Elderly First published in 1999 this book is based on social policy research taking a particular view of the nature of social policy one that focuses on the direct impact of all public policies on the welfare of citizens and which defines policy as inclusive of all areas of policy development and implementation. The view of policy which clients and customers provide is thus a significant dimension of social policy. The research is one of the few studies which focuses specifically on carers who are also in the paid work force and want to remain in paid work and to fulfil their caring responsibilities. An overriding concern of the research is how workplaces government policy and community attitudes can be changed to foster a better and more supportive environment for workers who are caring. The research points to the need to change workplace policies and organisational cultures to confer legitimacy on the felt obligation and responsibility to care for older relatives. The responsibility of employers are explored and the knowledge competencies and time management skills demonstrated in unpaid caring work are found to match the 'skill get' generally required of a modern manager thereby offering important lessons for employer and employee alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138359161

Women Work and Family First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142282

Women Work and MigrationNursing in Australia This book looks at the migration and work experiences of six women who have migrated to Australia from China; Zimbabwe; South Korea; the United Kingdom; India and the Philippines. It sets their journeys out into three distinct periods of migration including the first period of their lives when they reflect on their experiences growing up with their immediate families and the factors that encouraged them to gravitate towards a nursing career. The second period covers time when each of these women begin to think about where their career in nursing might taken them. During this phase these women take their first steps to leave their home country and migrate to Australia often after several countries in between. The final section allows the reader to understand how these women initially experienced Australia when they first arrived and how they faced challenges both personally and professionally after arrival in their new place to call home. The discussions within these three sections cover both professional and personal/familial reflections where differences in nursing identity between sending and destination country is discussed alongside the adjustments that the women needed to make to overcome loneliness and to successfully integrate into new organizational environments. Each chapter analyses migration as a life course which considers why nurses leave their home country and find a new place to call home. Furthermore if they find themselves thinking about returning to their country of birth; how or if they maintain transnational links and how identity and ethnicity shape these responses. These life trajectories are underscored by an historical context setting of nursing migration to Australia in the opening chapter offering unique insights into the changing process of migration accreditation registration and settlement of nurses in Australia. The book will be of value to researchers academics and students interested in gender studies career and migration health and nursing and international HRM. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367140649

Women Work And Sexual Politics In Eighteenth-Century England The author offers a reassessment of how women's experience of work in 18th- century England was affected by industrialization and other elements of economic social and technological change.; This study focuses on the household the most important unit of production in the 18th century. Hill examines the work done by the women of the household not only in "housework" but also in agriculture and manufacturing and explains what women lost as the household's independence as a unit of economic production was undermined.; Considering the whole range of activities in which women were involved - including many occupations unrecorded in censuses which have therefore been largely ignored by historians - Hill charts the increasing sexual division of labour and highlights its implications. She also discusses the role of service in husbandry and apprenticeship as sources of training for women and the consequences of their decline.; The final part of the book considers how the changing nature of women's work influenced courtship marriage and relations between the sexes. Among the topics discussed are the importance of the women's contribution to setting up and maintaining a household; labouring women's attitudes to marriage and divorce and the customary alternatives to them; and the role of spinsters and widows. The author concludes by asking to what extent the industrial revolution improved the overall position of women and the opportunities open to them.; This series aims to re-establish women's history and to challenge the assumptions of much mainstream history. Focusing on the modern period and encouraging perspectives from other disciplines it seeks to concentrate upon areas of focal importance in the history of Britain and continental Europe.; Bridget Hill is the author of "Eighteenth-Century Women: An Anthology" and "The First English Feminist". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179714

Women Work and Trade Unions First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138997523

Women Workers and Race in LIFE MagazineHansel Mieth’s Reform Photojournalism 1934-1955 The tension between social reform photography and photojournalism is examined through this study of the life and work of German émigré Hansel Mieth (1909-1998) who made an unlikely journey from migrant farm worker to Life photographer. She was the second woman in that role after Margaret Bourke-White. Unlike her colleagues Mieth was a working-class reformer with a deep disdain for Life's conservatism and commercialism. In fact her work often subverted Life's typical representations of women workers and minorities. Some of her most compelling photo essays used skillful visual storytelling to offer fresh views on controversial topics: birth control vivisection labor unions and Japanese American internment during the Second World War. Her dual role as reformer and photojournalist made her a desirable commodity at Life in the late 1930s and early 40s but this role became untenable in Cold War America when her career was cut short. Today Mieth's life and photographs stand as compelling reminders of the vital yet overlooked role of immigrant women in twentieth-century photojournalism. Women Workers and Race in LIFE Magazine draws upon a rich array of primary sources including Mieth's unpublished memoir oral histories and labor archives. The book seeks to unravel and understand the multi-layered often contested stories of the photographer's life and work. It will be of interest to scholars of photography history women's studies visual culture and media history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548367

Women & Film "Written with unequivocal enthusiasm for film feminism and theory "Women and Film" is a welcome and useful guide to a complex area."--"The Arts" Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173545

Women & Romanticism Vol1 First published in 2006. Women and Romanticism’s first two volumes gather material from the vast body of work produced around the subjects of education and employment. VOLUME I covers Education and Employment in the Early Romantic Period. Until the 1980s a five-volume collection of materials on ‘Women and Romanticism’ would have been inconceivable since Romantic studies largely restricted itself to a consideration of the major male poets of the period (William Blake William Wordsworth Samuel Taylor Coleridge Lord Byron Percy Bysshe Shelley and John Keats) When women were present in accounts of Romanticism they were considered in terms of their literary function (as objects of representation) or in relation to their domestic (as mothers daughters wives and lovers of the authors). Indeed the first Romantic women writers to enter academic discourse were those with familial connections to the canonized poets: Mary Wollstonecraft Mary Shelley and Dorothy Wordsworth. Other writers of interest in the 1970s included Frances Burney and Jane Austen. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349379

Women & Romanticism Vol2 First published in 2006. Women and Romanticism’s first two volumes gather material from the vast body of work produced around the subjects of education and employment. VOLUME II covers Education and Employment in the Later Romantic Period Until the 1980s a five-volume collection of materials on ‘Women and Romanticism’ would have been inconceivable since Romantic studies largely restricted itself to a consideration of the major male poets of the period (William Blake William Wordsworth Samuel Taylor Coleridge Lord Byron Percy Bysshe Shelley and John Keats) When women were present in accounts of Romanticism they were considered in terms of their literary function (as objects of representation) or in relation to their domestic (as mothers daughters wives and lovers of the authors). Indeed the first Romantic women writers to enter academic discourse were those with familial connections to the canonized poets: Mary Wollstonecraft Mary Shelley and Dorothy Wordsworth. Other writers of interest in the 1970s included Frances Burney and Jane Austen. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349386

Women & Romanticism Vol3 First published in 2006.  Women and Romanticism’s third volume covers Poetics the Novel and Authorship and brings together work on poetics the novel and authorship. Joanna Baillie and Elizabeth Hamilton wrote manifestoes not terribly different in kind from those produced by William Wordsworth and Samuel Taylor Coleridge and excerpts from their work are included here. But Romantic-era women writers more often make statements about art and poetics covertly in poems and in tales as well as in biographical writing and the editor acknowledges this tendency in the third volume by drawing upon these genres. Until the 1980s a five-volume collection of materials on ‘Women and Romanticism’ would have been inconceivable since Romantic studies largely restricted itself to a consideration of the major male poets of the period (William Blake William Wordsworth Samuel Taylor Coleridge Lord Byron Percy Bysshe Shelley and John Keats) When women were present in accounts of Romanticism they were considered in terms of their literary function (as objects of representation) or in relation to their domestic (as mothers daughters wives and lovers of the authors). Indeed the first Romantic women writers to enter academic discourse were those with familial connections to the canonized poets: Mary Wollstonecraft Mary Shelley and Dorothy Wordsworth. Other writers of interest in the 1970s included Frances Burney and Jane Austen. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349393

Women & Romanticism Vol4 First published in 2006. Women and Romanticism’s fourth volume covers The Only Child; or Portia Bellenden. Amelia Alderson Opie the author of Portia Bellenden; or the Only Child the novel that comprises the fourth volume of this collection was born in 1769 making her ten years younger than Mary Wollstonecraft and twenty-eight years older than Mary Shelley; however Opie outlived both mother and daughter. She died in 1853 at the age of 84 two years after her final trip to London and a visit to one of Victorian London’s grandest achievements the Great Exhibition. Until the 1980s a five-volume collection of materials on ‘Women and Romanticism’ would have been inconceivable since Romantic studies largely restricted itself to a consideration of the major male poets of the period (William Blake William Wordsworth Samuel Taylor Coleridge Lord Byron Percy Bysshe Shelley and John Keats) When women were present in accounts of Romanticism they were considered in terms of their literary function (as objects of representation) or in relation to their domestic (as mothers daughters wives and lovers of the authors). Indeed the first Romantic women writers to enter academic discourse were those with familial connections to the canonized poets: Mary Wollstonecraft Mary Shelley and Dorothy Wordsworth. Other writers of interest in the 1970s included Frances Burney and Jane Austen. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349409

Women & Romanticism Vol5 First published in 2006.  Women and Romanticism’s fifth volume covers The Golden Violet with its Tales of Romance and Chivalry: and Other Poems. The collection reproduces work by Letitia Landon and thus addresses yet another gap in current accounts of women and Romanticism. Although Landon is now readily acknowledged as a significant author of the period it is also the case that critical examinations of her life and work have tended to reinforce her own carefully crafted image as a poetess.Until the 1980s a five-volume collection of materials on ‘Women and Romanticism’ would have been inconceivable since Romantic studies largely restricted itself to a consideration of the major male poets of the period (William Blake William Wordsworth Samuel Taylor Coleridge Lord Byron Percy Bysshe Shelley and John Keats) When women were present in accounts of Romanticism they were considered in terms of their literary function (as objects of representation) or in relation to their domestic (as mothers daughters wives and lovers of the authors). Indeed the first Romantic women writers to enter academic discourse were those with familial connections to the canonized poets: Mary Wollstonecraft Mary Shelley and Dorothy Wordsworth. Other writers of interest in the 1970s included Frances Burney and Jane Austen. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349416

Women & Schooling This book begins with an analysis of the gradual extension of educational opportunities for women since the nineteenth century with special attention given to the period since 1944. There is careful exploration of the interaction between the family and the school and an examination of their role as institutions which help to maintain the existing class relations sexual division of labour and ideology of a capitalist society. Rosemary Deem also looks at how these institutions differentiate the socialization culture and education of girls from that of boys and considers the implications of the Sex Discrimination Act and the Equal Opportunities Commission for education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415750653

Women Activating Agency in AcademiaMetaphors Manifestos and Memoir Women Activating Agency in Academia seeks to create and expand safe spaces for scholarly professional and personal stories and assemblages of agency. It provides readers with the opportunity to connect with the strategies women are using to navigate academe and the core values linked to trust relationship wellbeing and ethics of care they live by. The collection offers the stories of women academics from around the globe and across disciplines and showcases their efforts to meaningfully listen and converse in order to resist self-audit and diminished identities. Reflections come from a range of responsive personal and aesthetic techniques including writing groups guided autobiography auto-ethnography collective activism and slow scholarship. Chapters engage with themes and ideas such as agency neoliberalism ontological security androcentricity identity and collegial support which manifest in unique ways for female academics. The focus in this volume is what really matters to women in the academy as they share their efforts to ‘be’ themselves in their work to ‘care for themselves and others’ and to ‘count what isn’t counted’. It aims to prove how collaborative storytelling and discussion can empower female academics to preserve and achieve these ambitions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890957

Women Against SlaveryThe British Campaigns 1780-1870 This comprehensive study of women anti-slavery campaigners fills a serious gap in abolitionist history. Covering all stages of the campaign Women Against Slavery uses hitherto neglected sources to build up a vivid picture of the lives words and actions of the women who were involved and their distinctive contribution to the abolitionist movement. It looks at the way women's participation influenced the organisation activities policy and ideology of the campaign and analyses the impact of female activism on women's own attitudes to their social roles and their participation in public life. Exploring the vital role played by gender in shaping the movement as a whole this book makes an important contribution to the debate on `race' and gender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142824

Women and Ageing in British Society since 1500 Women have always made up the majority of older people: this examination of the lives of elderly women in Britain in the period 1500 to the present reveals attitudes towards the ageing process. It sheds light on household structures as well as wider issues - including the history of the family the process of industrialisation the poor law and welfare provision - and questions many common beliefs about elderly women particularly that female old age was a time of poverty and want. An important book for students of history and sociology alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179028

Women and AgeingPrivate Meaning Social Lives This edited collection considers the ways older women’s life narratives redefine culturally imposed conceptions of what it means to grow older. Drawing on research from age studies as well as social and cultural gerontology the contributors explore the subjective accounts and diverse voices of older women. In doing so they examine the tensions between older women’s social identities versus their individual narratives. In their chapters the contributors acknowledge explore and contextualise women’s experiences of growing older thus counterbalancing the often one-sided negative representations of ageing perpetuated by dominant cultural discourse. They focus on diverse forms of life writing including memoirs and (auto)biography digital and visual forms of life narrative as well as autoethnographic accounts. As the chapters in this collection demonstrate life writing by and about older women often necessitates opening out literary forms and modes of critique searching for narrative and performative strategies and creating spaces in which to inscribe subjective experiences. Relationships intergenerational connections and visual and material cues are often integral to these analyses which assert the richness of older women’s life narratives. The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of Life Writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367562168

Women and Aging InternationalDiversity Challenges and Contributions According to a recent population report by the United Nations "in most countries older women greatly outnumber older men. In many cases the difference is so large that the concerns of the older population should in fact be viewed primarily as the concerns of older women." Internationally the concerns of older women emanate from the unique gendered challenges they experience because they are more likely to be widowed poor have lower educational attainment fewer skills restricted inheritance and land ownership and have fewer sexual rights. To add to this negative scenario ageist and sexist attitudes in both developed and developing societies throughout the world tend to categorize older women as non-contributing burdens even though they are in fact often highly productive and bear most of the burdens of family caregiving responsibilities. In spite of their majority status and list of concerns older women are less likely to be equally represented in the literature on aging. This edited book introduces the reader to the diversity challenges and contributions of older women in several of the major regions of the world. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Ethnic and Cultural Diversity in Social Work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118409

Women and AgingCelebrating Ourselves In our youth-oriented patriarchal society aging and older women often find themselves either ignored pitied or feared. Women and Aging is a valuable guide to help women break through the negative stereotypes of old age and find personal fulfillment through the stages of maturity. Full of warmth and support Women and Aging strongly enables women to take and remain in control of their lives instead of passively letting others make life-changing--and possibly harmful--decisions for them. This essential guide for aging will help women increase the vitality of their old age as it urges them to continue to plan for the future keep and develop strong relationships increase their overall wellness and not be afraid to take risks. Truly a celebration of aging the author’s illuminating descriptions of her own aging and how she has overcome society’s restrictions are sure to be a source of inspiration for all women--no matter what their ages.Women and Aging begins by addressing cultural attitudes toward women including appearance language behavior and “women’s work.” The middle section encourages women to face their fears and limitations and express their emotions while the concluding chapters are a virtual “guide to life ” showing how to live life to the fullest and find inner fulfillment while aging. Along with her own continuing narrative the author includes a multitude of personal glimpses into the aging processes of other women. This uplifting helpful book will be of great value not only for aging women but for women of all ages who are interested in taking active control of their own lives. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315801353

Women and AIDSNegotiating Safer Practices Care and Representation For many women the advice “Use a condom!” is not enough to help protect them from HIV infection. As Women and AIDS reveals “negotiating” safer sex practices is a very complex issue for women who are involved in relationships where they do not enjoy physical social or economic equality. The book’s authors maintain that the key to curbing the spread of HIV and to caring for those already infected--is communication. Women and AIDS is the first volume to address HIV/AIDS and women from a communication perspective.This helpful guidebook addresses how women might achieve safer sexual and drug injection practices with partners but it also explores women’s negotiation of the health care system as patients medical research subjects and caregivers. It challenges traditional assumptions about the relationship between care providers and patients and the meaning of patient compliance and raises important questions about gender race and class that are exacerbated by the epidemic. Designed to ground interventions in the realities of women’s lives Women and AIDS discusses what women can do to get around communication and health care obstacles. To this end you will learn about: using the media for HIV-related social action and to promote women’s views of HIV and sexuality prison health care for HIV-positive women cultural constructions of sex and drug sharing in a variety of communities long-term changes that will empower women delivering an HIV-positive diagnosis to patients gender roles and caregiving the language we use to talk about “Third World” women and “Asian AIDS” women AIDS filmmakers/videographersFor the benefit of AIDS activists health care providers and counselors Women and AIDS discusses women and their communication and awareness from virtually every angle. This book analyzes situations where communication breaks down--from the woman who can’t openly discuss safe sex with her partner to the drunk college student who “hooks up ” to the doctor who gives an HIV-positive diagnosis without compassion--and offers communication solutions. This will help women avoid such risks establish communication and safety in their lives and construct meaningful roles in relationship to HIV/AIDS. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315783741

Women and AusterityThe Economic Crisis and the Future for Gender Equality Austerity has become the new principle for public policy in Europe and the US as the financial crisis of 2008 has been converted into a public debt crisis. However current austerity measures risk losing past progress towards gender equality by undermining important employment and social welfare protections and putting gender equality policy onto the back burner. This volume constitutes the first attempt to identify how the economic crisis and the subsequent austerity policies are affecting women in Europe and the US tracing the consequences for gender equality in employment and welfare systems in nine case studies from countries facing the most severe adjustment problems. The contributions adopt a common framework to analyse women in recession which takes into account changes in women’s position and current austerity conditions. The findings demonstrate that in the immediate aftermath of the financial crisis employment gaps between women and men declined — but due only to a deterioration in men’s employment position rather than any improvements for women. Tables are set to be turned by the austerity policies which are already having a more negative impact on demand for female labour and on access to services which support working mothers. Women are nevertheless reinforcing their commitment to paid work even at this time of increasing demands on their unpaid domestic labour. Future prospects are bleak. Current policy is reinforcing the same failed mechanisms that caused the crisis in the first place and is stalling or even reversing the long term growth in social investment in support for care. This book makes the case for gender equality to be placed at the centre of any progressive plan for a route out of the crisis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415815376

Women and Authorship in Revolutionary America Exploring the wealth of writings by early American women in a broad spectrum of genres Women and Authorship in Revolutionary America presents one of the few synthetic approaches to early US women’s writing. Through an examination of the strategic choices writers made as they constructed their authorial identities at a moment when ideals of both Author and Woman were in flux Angela Vietto argues that the relationship between gender and authorship was dynamic: women writers drew on available conceptions of womanhood to legitimize their activities as writers and often simultaneously drew on various conceptions of authorship to authorize discursive constructions of gender. Focusing on the half-century surrounding the Revolution this study ranges widely over both well-known and more obscure writers including Mercy Otis Warren Judith Sargent Murray Sarah Wentworth Morton Hannah Griffitts Annis Boudinot Stockton Elizabeth Graeme Fergusson Deborah Gannett and Sarah Pogson Smith. The resulting analysis complicates and challenges a number of critical commonplaces presenting instead a narrative of American literary history that presents the novel as women’s entrée into authorship; dichotomized views of civic and commercial authorship and of manuscript and print cultures; and a persistent sense that women of letters constantly struggled against a literary world that begrudged them entrance based on their gender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262942

Women and Belief 1852–1928 Co-published by Routledge and Edition Synapse Over recent years research into religious belief during the Victorian period and the early twentieth century has grown in diversity and importance. The centrality of faith-based discourses to women of the period has long been recognized by scholars in the field. But until now relatively little significance has been attached to the fundamental relationship between women’s faith and women’s rights. This new title in the History of Feminism series remedies that omission. Women and Belief 1852–1928 is a six-volume collection of primary materials covering a wide range of opinions about women their self-identity and the combination of their spiritual and political beliefs. Addressing the most debated aspects of women’s religious social cultural and political rights the collection adopts an historical overview of the period and provides an authoritative representation of the wide body of literature written by and about women’s faith. Beginning with an example of how religious discourse provided a model for acceptable female behaviour and a satirical take on women’s rights and spiritualism and ending with an economist’s psychoanalytic study of female belief from 1928 Women and Belief 1852–1928 provides a unique collection of different viewpoints. It brings together the work of women writers theologians philosophers and economic and cultural historians to illustrate the multiplicity of voices and opinions on the issues of suffrage and religious faith. This diversity is equally reflected in the broad geographical coverage of the collection which draws on works not only from the United Kingdom and United States but also includes materials from Canada and India and moves beyond the Christian into the spheres of theosophy Islam Hinduism Buddhism and Judaism. The gathered materials include works of non-fiction poetry analytical works satires pamphlets sermons spiritual (auto)biography and periodical articles. Making readily available such materials—which are currently very difficult for scholars researchers and students across the globe to locate and use—Women and Belief 1852–1928 is a veritable treasure-trove. The gathered works are reproduced in facsimile giving users a strong sense of immediacy to the texts and permitting citation to the original pagination. And with detailed and comprehensive introductory biographical and contextual material in each volume illustrating the ways in which the materials chart the gradual evolution of feminist thinking about belief spirituality and faith that directly fed into the emerging discourses of political and social rights for women the collection is destined to be welcomed as a vital reference and research resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415472180

Women and BisexualityA Global Perspective Get a global perspective on bisexuality from a women's viewpoint! Women and Bisexuality: A Global Perspective reflects the growing contribution bisexuals and especially bisexual women make to queer culture on an international level. This unique book presents a collection of thoughtful essays studies and reviews that combine to help develop a language that reflects the reality of bisexuality from a feminine/feminist viewpoint. Authors map the inroads made by bisexual studies into conventional disciplines including anthropology sociology health literature film history and biography and analyze the situations of bisexual women in areas as diverse as France North America Germany Australia and Africa. The rich and varied contributions to Women and Bisexuality: A Global Perspective track the spread of bisexuality from the urban and metropolitan centers of gay culture to more peripheral areas as the movement becomes more and more hospitable to transnational and transcultural people. The book's main themes—bisexuality's ability to disrupt categories and the resulting feeling of alienation many bisexuals experience—are manifested in approaches that include critical theory deconstruction textual analysis cognitive psychology personal essay review essay reportage and qualitative study. Topics addressed include: the impact of feminism and women's communities on the appearance of bisexual women multi-sexual relationships as border existence in Australia a South African perspective on bisexuality understanding bisexuality's invisibility Lillian Hellmann's bisexual fantasies and much more! Women and Bisexuality: A Global Perspective follows bisexuality to the crossroads of academics and activism presenting a wide scope of refreshing and insightful thought that reflects more than an identity or practice. The diverse mix of ideas is an essential read for anyone interested in literature on sexuality. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877020

Women and BullfightingGender Sex and the Consumption of Tradition This book investigates the popularity and success of contemporary women performers in bullfighting culture which has been framed by a discourse of 'traditionalist' masculinity. This examination of the changing situation of women in the bullfighting world is used to explore the ways in which gender is represented enacted and negotiated in contemporary Spain. The bullfight in the 1990s is in an ambiguous position: it is a 'traditional' performance in a changing consumer society. In order to survive it needs to adapt itself to a wider social context and in particular to international media coverage. It is in this context that the current success of women performers is located. However women performers are a contested phenomenon in the bullfighting world: there is heated debate over their acceptability much of which focuses on the body. Moreover the entry of women into the bullfight questions existing definitions of the sport's ritual structure and of gender relations in Spain. Thoroughly researched and compelling to read Women and Bullfighting addresses these issues and argues that existing traditionalist approaches to gender bullfighting and ritual in Spain need to be revised in order to locate women bullfighters in the context of a richly varied culture which is increasingly affected by the media and contemporary patterns of consumption. This provocative book will be of interest to researchers and students of anthropology gender studies sociology cultural studies media studies and Spanish studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003087403

Women and Business OwnershipEntrepreneurs in Dallas First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987197

Women and CareersTransnational Studies in Public Policy and Employment Equity The unifying theme of Women and Careers is women’s educational and employment success with the objective of profiling supportive public policy in global contexts from Atlantic Canada to Western Europe Australia and China. It takes up the career processes of women from marginalized groups who have been underrepresented historically: women who are the first generation to graduate from university in both Atlantic Canada (New Brunswick) and China and rural women from the eastern most Canadian province (Newfoundland and Labrador). It examines the situation of marginalized Protestant women in Belfast Northern Ireland who benefit from a European Union program that supports their political and social involvement in an economically underdeveloped region and previously unimagined in a country once wrought by sectarian violence. A policy analysis of an Atlantic Canadian region after the dominant forestry industry leaves takes up policy options and women’s possible agency should economic support return for small business networks and social enterprise e.g. credit unions food and social housing cooperatives. Proactive employment equity programs in Finland’s Applied Science Institute and Switzerland’s Forestry Institute provide cutting edge examples of diversity and inclusion policies in education and academia. A comparative study of Canada and Australia of two leading public service employers illustrates incremental outcomes for women managers and professionals but raises the ultimate question of the pace and necessary political will required to remove barriers to gender equality in countries with major gender inequities.  Women and Careers examines a series of institutional contexts transnationally and the impact of policies programs and economic re-structuring on careers outcomes. It displays the latest research on the topic and will be of interest both to students at an advanced level academics reflective practitioners and diversity managers. It addresses the topics with regard to women’s education and employment and will interest researchers academics and policymakers in the fields of women’s employment and career studies diversity programs organization studies development policy gender studies and globalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732851

Women and CareerThemes and Issues In Advanced Industrial Societies Addresses the difficulties faced by women who embark on careers in the professions and considers the future of equal opportunties policies at a time of recession and high unemployment. It also explores the need to de-gender the concept of career in order to encompass women's expectations Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138475601

Women and Cartography in the Progressive Era In the twenty-first century we speak of a geospatial revolution but over one hundred years ago another mapping revolution was in motion. Women’s lives were in motion: they were playing a greater role in public on a variety of fronts. As women became more mobile (physically socially politically) they used and created geographic knowledge and maps. The maps created by American women were in motion too: created shared distributed as they worked to transform their landscapes. Long overlooked this women’s work represents maps and mapping that today we would term community or participatory mapping critical cartography and public geography. These historic examples of women-generated mapping represent the adoption of cartography and geography as part of women’s work. While cartography and map use are not new the adoption and application of this technology and form of communication in women’s work and in multiple examples in the context of their social work is unprecedented. This study explores the implications of women’s use of this technology in creating and presenting information and knowledge and wielding it to their own ends. This pioneering and original book will be essential reading for those working in Geography Gender Studies Women’s Studies Politics and History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367245306

Women and Children First (Routledge Revivals)International Maternal and Infant Welfare 1870-1945 First published in 1992 this book explores the efforts to counteract the high maternal and infant death rates present between the end of the nineteenth century and the Second World War. It looks at the problem in five different continents and shows the varying approaches used by the governments institutions and individuals in those countries. Contributors display how policy and practice have been shaped by the structure of maternity services nationalism the conflict of colonization and cultural factors. In doing so they illustrate how welfare policy and funding were moulded throughout the world in the times considered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415834308

Women and Citizenship in Central and Eastern Europe The transformations seen in women's active citizenship in Central and Eastern Europe mirror the social political and economic transformations in the region since the fall of communism at the end of the 1980s. This book challenges the universal notion of 'citizenship' by focusing on the diversity of situations women in this region have found themselves in since the end of the 1980s looking at the challenges and struggles they have faced to assert themselves as citizens and their citizenship rights. Featuring detailed case studies which demonstrate the social and political discrimination between women that still exists the book will be of interest to academics and post-graduate students in women's/gender studies political sociology and European studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603908

Women and Civil Society in TurkeyWomen's Movements in a Muslim Society Focusing on three important interrelated issues Women and Civil Society in Turkey challenges the classical definition developed in the West of civil society as an equivalent of the public sphere in which women are excluded. First it shows how feminist movements have developed a new definition of civil society to include women. Second it draws attention to the role of women in the modernization of Turkey with special reference to the debate on the possibility of an indigenous feminist movement. Finally it underlines the contribution of feminist Islamic and Kurdish women’s movements in the transition from an ideologically constructed uniform public sphere to a multi-public domain. Giving attention to the influence of diverse women’s movements over Turkish political values this book sheds light into the issue of how a feminine civil society has been constructed as part of a plural public space in Turkey. Ömer Çaha argues that this new public realm is the product of values and institutions which have been developed by diverse women’s groups who have succeeded in eliminating the traditional barricades between public and domestic spheres and in steering women into public life without sacrificing their own values. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272361

Women and Climate Change in Bangladesh Bangladesh is by no means a high emitter of carbon but it is nevertheless one of the countries most critically affected. There is a significant risk of damage to lives and livelihoods due to climate change in the form of cyclones flooding and storm surges and slow-onset impacts such as droughts sea level rises and river basin erosion. Moreover Bangladeshis are especially vulnerable as a high proportion of people live in extreme poverty. This book assesses the impact of climate change in Bangladesh and presents the findings of a three-year in-depth study undertaken at village level in different districts of the country. It examines national policies contrasting them with what is actually happening at village level. It outlines the impact of climate change on livelihood strategies and health and focuses particularly on the impact on gender relations showing that although women have a significant role to play in helping communities cope with the effects of climate change cultural customs and practices often work against this. The book argues for and puts forward policy proposals for recognising women’s active contribution and supporting gender equality as a critical strategy in global adaptation to climate challenges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815361732

Women and Comedy in Solo PerformancePhyllis Diller Lily Tomlin and Roseanne This work examines the dramatic changes in America women's comedy performance in the years 1955-1995.The study focuses on the standup of Phyllis Diller and Roseanne andon the character comedy of Lily Tomlin. As the historical arc of women's comedy unfolds it outlines a change from the traditional vaudevillian style of standup as represented by Diller (50s-70s) to a more satiric comedy represented by Tomlin (60s-80s) and Roseanne (80s-90s). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653275

Women and Conflict in India This book analyses the impact that prolonged socio-political conflict in India has had on political and social spaces for women. Focusing in particular on Assam in the North East of India it looks at how the conflict can be restricting and yet can also have the potential to expand these spaces for women owing to the collapsing of boundaries of gender roles thereby creating niche areas that may be leveraged for socio-political transformation. Based on empirical material collected from in-depth interviews with individuals on both sides of the conflict the book locates the analysis in both a legal and political context. It examines the causes dynamics and impact of the ethno-political conflicts in Assam as well as the efficacy and outcomes of ‘capacity building’ programmes aimed at rehabilitating the surrendered militants as well as assisting affected women. The book goes on to look at the role played by civil society especially the Mahila Shanti Sena (Women Peace Corp) towards conflict transformation. It highlights the preventive mitigative and adaptive measures taken by the women and their role as agents of peace in the volatile zones of North East India. Analysing the changing role of women in conflict situations as well as the legal measures and regulatory mechanisms in place for women in vulnerable pockets of India this book is a useful contribution to Gender Studies Peace and Conflict Studies and South Asian Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138098282

Women and CongressRunning Winning and Ruling Explore the effects women have had on Congress!Containing vital insights into the role women play in Congress Women and Congress: Running Winning and Ruling is a unique look into the political standing of female candidates and congresswomen. Chapters written by noted political scientists consider the challenges of being a congresswoman in the male-dominated political arena illustrate the fundamental and advanced techniques vital to winning an election and show how congresswomen have been most effective once in office.Women and Congress brings you thoughtful discussions of: how campaign finance speaking on the floor introducing new legislation and political action committees have contributed to the success of women politicians the effect of media on election outcomes including the media’s portrayal of women and the ways female candidates present themselves to the media discrimination against women in media coverage differences in the ways Democratic and Republican women view political issues the political glass ceiling (how incumbency gender and strategy play a role in elections) and much more! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203049051

Women and CreativityA Psychoanalytic Glimpse Through Art Literature and Social Structure This book addresses aspects of how creativity is viewed in psychoanalytic theory and worked with in the consulting room with particular reference to human generativity and the life cycle within the arts in the broadest sense and its workings in society and culture in the widest sense. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201458

Women and CreditResearching the Past Refiguring the Future Credit can be instrumental in equalizing opportunity and alleviating poverty yet historically men and women have not had the same access. Partly because of this women have been excluded from many previous economic histories. This book fills a significant gap in exploring the vexed relationship between the women and credit across time and space.Providing examples of credit agencies and initiatives in both the developing and developed world Women and Credit raises important policy issues and makes valuable suggestions for reconfiguring the relationship between women and credit. It also answers questions previously ignored by scholars yet of vital significance to women's studies and economic history. What contribution did women make to the development of industrial capitalism? How does women's access to credit vary across time and cultures? How has the development of mico-credit initiatives affected women's economic position and what role will such initiatives play in the future?This book is an invaluable resource for anyone in the fields of Women's studies economic history anthropology or development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003103233

Women and Crime First published in 1981. In the last few decades interest in the study of crimes by women has increased. This interest has coincided with the accelerated momentum of the feminist movement and has led to claims that a rising female crime rate is somehow linked with the changing status of women. But are women committing more crimes? And if so can this be attributed to the impact of the women’s movement? In this book nine essays survey aspects of the relationship between women and the criminal justice system. The contributors include historians criminologists lawyers ex-prisoners and political scientists. Women and Crime will be of interest to students of criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138186569

Women and Cross Dressing 1800–1939 First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203300862

Women and DepressionAntecedents Consequences and Interventions The purpose of this book is to present a spectrum of women's experiences with depression. The book is unique in presenting both qualitative and quantitative studies on various stages of women's experiences with depression including its psychological and social antecedents its adverse consequences and the impact of psychological and community interventions. Our aim has been to present some of the recurrent themes and vital links in this chain of experiences. One such common theme has to do with the importance of acquiring and maintaining control over the evaluation of self-worth by the individual. Stressful circumstances and negative social encounters may produce the greatest harm and consequent depression by depriving individuals' control over the processes involved in the evaluation of self-worth. This book will be of interest to clinical psychologists counsellors psychiatrists mental health practitioners and community service providers. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Prevention and Intervention in the Community. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877525

Women and Development in the Third World For all societies the common denominator of gender is female subordination. For women of the Third World the effects of this position are worsened by economic crisis the legacy of colonialism as well as patriarchal attitudes and economic crises.Feminist critique has introduced the gender factor to development theory arguing that the equal distribution of the benefits of economic development can only be achieved through a radical restructuring of the process of development. This important new book reviews both policy and practice in Latin America Africa and Asia and raises thought-provoking questions concerning the role of development planning and the empowerment of women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138417038

Women and Deviance: Issues in Social Conflict and ChangeAn Annotated Bibliography This book first published in 1984 is a selective annotated bibliography on women and deviance that includes historical cross cultural sociological psychological political legal philosophical and social policy perspectives. This title is concerned with the origins change conflict and consequences of deviant behaviour and "women’s adaptation to their changing roles." It encompasses monographs journal articles books and government documents in English. This title will be of particular interest to students of sociology and criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138186422

Women and DionysusAppearances and Exile in History Culture and Myth Women and Dionysus links repression of the Dionysian spirit in Western culture with the rise of the patriarchy over the course of two millennia. It effectively draws aconnection between Dionysus and women throughout history with examples from cultures both past and present and the author’s own experiences. Maggy Anthony explores Dionysus’ role as god of the vine creativity and passion and his impact on art and literature. The book examines the Dionysian influence on creative older women including Georgia O’Keeffe Martha Graham and Marguerite Duras; examines Dionysus in mythology history and religion; and considers connections to mysticism and the Renaissance. Anthony goes on to explore how women’s expressions of creativity through healing wine-drinking and dancing were condemned in history and how modern African and Latin American rites contrast with Western traditions. Finally the book looks at ‘outbreaks’ of modern Dionysian spirit - from Haight-Ashbury to the Burning Man festival - and speculates on its future. This unique study will be essential reading for academics and scholars of Jungian and post-Jungian studies and for analytical and depth psychologists particularly those with an interest in female individuation creativity and spirituality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138610446

Women and DisabilityThe Double Handicap The special needs of women with disabilities have been disregarded in a wide variety of vital areas. Issues pertain to women as wives and mothers. Studies of the effects on female sexuality of such conditions as renal disease and diabetes are lacking though the sexual functioning of men with these diseases has been researched. On the economic front the Federal-State Vocational Rehabilitation system and the regulations concerning disability benefits under Social Security provide less adequately for women than for men. Hopefully this volume will raise the consciousness of its readers to the special status of women with disabilities as a minority group experiences multiple sources of discriminations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138518001

Women and Disasters in South AsiaSurvival security and development South Asia is one of the most vulnerable areas of an increasingly disaster-impacted world with cyclones earthquakes floods and droughts causing several casualties and disrupting lives and livelihoods every year. Yet the impacts of disasters are not equally distributed across the peoples of the region.Women and men experience disaster differently Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367177140

Women and Distance EducationChallenges and Opportunities This book provides valuable insights into the situation of women in distance education around the world. A wide variety of evidence from different countries supports the conclusion that open and distance learning has the potential to provide equal opportunities in higher and continuing education and that these are currently being missed. The author provides conclusive evidence that distance education while involving a degree of risk to the stability of families and relationships etc. nevertheless offers women a chance which on balance is worth taking. The author says that it is up to distance education policy makers to provide a framework for women students which will limit the risks and maximise the opportunities. Drawing on fascinating case study material this book presents vital information for these policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866478

Women and Domestic Violence in BangladeshSeeking A Way Out of the Cage After the independence of Bangladesh in 1971 the country has experienced large-scale transformations owing to national and international migration urbanization the development of many national and international non-governmental organizations (NGOs) and economic dynamism. Globalization and economic liberalization have created opportunities to develop sustainable social policies by strengthening the national economy of the country. Major progress has been made in closing the gender gap and the Constitution of Bangladesh provides equality of status and opportunity to all its citizens irrespective of sex. However domestic violence perpetuated against women is a common phenomenon in Bangladesh.This book is a study about domestic violence against women in Bangladeshi society. It delineates in particular why and how some women become the victims of domestic violence in the changing socio-economic setting of Bangladesh. The author explores the multiple contexts in which domestic violence occurs by focusing on the everyday experience of women subjected to this violence. The book shows how changing socio-economic setting urbanization and the growing demand for female labor influences the phenomenon and experience of domestic violence. It demonstrates that domestic violence is entangled in a complex web of institutionalized social relations that necessitates a structural and contextual understanding of the production of such violence in family kinship and gender relations. Finally it identifies factors that cause perpetuate and mitigate domestic violence or give strength to women to struggle and raise their voices or take shelter in the law against the perpetrators of domestic violence.A novel contribution to our understanding of how gender relationships are differently constituted and contested in the everyday lives of Bangladeshi women both in natal and affinal families this book will be of interest to academics in the field of Sociology Gender and Law and South Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591250

Women and Domestic Violence Law in IndiaA Quest for Justice This book critically examines domestic violence law in India. It focuses on women’s experiences and perspectives as victims and litigants with regard to accessibility to law and justice. It also reflects on the manner in which the legal process reproduces gender hierarchies. This volume: Analyzes the legal framework from a gender perspective to pinpoint the inherent stereotypes prejudices and discriminatory practices that come into play while interpreting the law; Includes in-depth interviews and case studies and explores critical themes such as marriage rights family violence property and the state; Presents alternatives beyond the domain of law such as qualitative medical care and legal aid facilities shelter homes short-stay homes childcare facilities and economic and social security provisions to survivors and their children. Drawing on extensive testimonies and ethnographic studies situated in a theoretical framework of law this book will be of great interest to scholars and researchers of law gender human rights women’s studies sociology and social anthropology and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138366145

Women and Domestic ViolenceAn Interdisciplinary Approach You can come to understand the nature causes consequences and treatments for domestic violence!In reading Women and Domestic Violence: An Interdisciplinary Approach you'll come to see the need for a more transdisciplinary attack on one of the world's greatest and most historically prevalent social crimes: spouse abuse. This collection of legal psychological criminological and law enforcement approaches to this long-standing problem will expand your range of understanding and more directly focus your efforts to stamp out family abuse in your neighborhood.Overall Women and Domestic Violence will show you how spousal abuse has damaged our society since the times of Homer rocked our families since the colonists settled in America and strained our prisons since the days of Julius Caesar. Also more importantly you'll explore current data regarding police handlings of domestic abuse calls and see what today's psychological literature is saying about the developments of this behavioral disorder. Specifically you'll read about: the history of wife abuse the latest trends in civil legal relief an overview of how police deal with domestic violence calls the impact of batterer counseling on the frequency of domestic assault incidentsEveryone including chiefs of police family science educators law professors judges and psychologists interested in stemming the rising tide of domestic assault occurrences will want to read Women and Domestic Violence. Its timely and up-to-date contents will help steer your community away from repeating history's shameful mistakes and you'll find what you can do in your field to restore discipline and contentment to the families in your neighborhood. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203062555

Women and Dramatic Production 1550 - 1700 There is a traditional view that women were absent from the field of dramatic production in the early modern period because of their exclusion from professional theatre. Women and Dramatic Production 1550-1700 challenges this view and breaks new ground in arguing that far from writing in closeted retreat a select number of women took an active part in directing and controlling dramatic self-representations. Examining texts from the mid-sixteenth century through to the end of the seventeenth the chapters trace the development of a women-centred aesthetic in a variety of dramatic forms. Plays by noblewomen such as Mary Sidney Elizabeth Cary Mary Wroth Rachel Fane and the women of the Cavendish family form an alternative dramatic tradition centred on the household. The powerful directorial and performative roles played by queens in royal progresses and masques are explored as examples of women's dramatic production in the royal court. The book also highlights women's performances in alternative venues such as the courtroom and the pulpit arguing that the practices of martyrs like Margaret Clitherow or visionaries like Anna Trapnel call into question traditional definitions of theatre. The challenges faced by women who were admitted to the professional theatre companies after 1660 are explored in two chapters which deal with the plays of Katherine Philips Elizabeth Polwhele Aphra Behn and Mary Pix among others. By considering the theatrical dimensions of a wide range of early modern women's writing this book reveals the breathtaking panorama of women's dramatic production and will be essential reading for students of women's writing and renaissance drama. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138166011

Women and Employment in Nineteenth- to Early Twentieth-Century Britiain (ES 5-vol. set) The Industrial Revolution in Britain from the eighteenth to the nineteenth century had profound effects on social and economic conditions; the working conditions of women were not an exception. Trade for women which had been rather confined to a small area such as nurses or governesses changed and British society began to permit more opportunities for women to take jobs in trades which used to be dominated by male workers. They included not only the manual labour but also the professions such as medicine. We often see those women workers in Victorian novels and authors like Charles Dickens Elizabeth Gaskell and others treated the issue of the working conditions or vocational education of women as important topics for their works and the subject is now being widely studied by literary scholars as well as historian on Victorian society. This set of facsimile reprints includes eleven key contemporary publications which cover a wide range of the issues of women and trade in nineteenth-century England from various different perspectives. A pamphlet by Josephine Butler and a collection of essays by Frances Cobb James Stuart and George Butler handbooks and educational books for women looking for jobs official reports and statistics etc. are collected here as well as a rare guidebook for young women and men published by The Apprenticeship and Skilled Employment Association in the early twentieth century. All together it represents a very useful primary source of information for scholars on Victorian social history culture and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Edition Synapse 9784902454727

Women And EmpowermentStrategies For Increasing Autonomy First Published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315061412

Women and EntrepreneurshipFemale Durability Persistence and Intuition at Work Women and Entrepreneurship comes from two authors with especially rich experience in this field of research. Embracing experience in a range of developed and developing countries and examining both dependent and independent roles Beatrice Avolio and Mirjana Radovi-Markovi profile women entrepreneurs and consider their motivations together with the obstacles and challenges that they face and often overcome. A focus on emerging forms of entrepreneurship leads to a concentration on what is happening in newly developing economies with a major case study set in a South American context. The authors deal in particular with how rural entrepreneurship virtual entrepreneurship and project-based and home-based businesses particularly lend themselves to providing opportunities for women. The authors’ findings reveal that increased participation of women in business leadership has brought about completely new ways of business communication; new business strategies and company development models; and is imposing a new behavioural style on businesses. What is particularly encouraging is the evidence that female kinds of durability persistence and intuition are producing business advantage. This means that the authors can clearly identify success factors and propose guidelines for the benefit of female entrepreneurs female-led businesses and business in general. This book will serve the needs of an academic audience of researchers in the growing field of studies into entrepreneurship; as well as those teaching or studying business or women’s studies topics. It will of course appeal particularly to women owning and running businesses or aspiring to do so. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247444

Women and Epistolary Agency in Early Modern Culture 1450�1690 Women and Epistolary Agency in Early Modern Culture 1450–1690 is the first collection to examine the gendered nature of women’s letter-writing in England and Ireland from the late-fifteenth century through to the Restoration. The essays collected here represent an important body of new work by a group of international scholars who together look to reorient the study of women’s letters in the contexts of early modern culture. The volume builds upon recent approaches to the letter both rhetorical and material that have the power to transform the ways in which we understand study and situate early modern women’s letter-writing challenging misconceptions of women’s letters as intrinsically private domestic and apolitical. The essays in the volume embrace a range of interdisciplinary approaches: historical literary palaeographic linguistic material and gender-based. Contributors deal with a variety of issues related to early modern women’s correspondence in England and Ireland. These include women’s rhetorical and persuasive skills and the importance of gendered epistolary strategies; gender and the materiality of the letter as a physical form; female agency education knowledge and power; epistolary networks and communication technologies. In this volume the study of women’s letters is not confined to writings by women; contributors here examine not only the collaborative nature of some letter-writing but also explore how men addressed women in their correspondence as well as some rich examples of how women were constructed in and through the letters of men. As a whole the book stands as a valuable reassessment of the complex gendered nature of early modern women’s correspondence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881849

Women and European Employment This is the first comprehensive and up-to-date study of the contribution of women and men to changing European economic activity patterns covering all fifteen member states. Based on the work of the European Commission's network of experts on women's employment it draws on both national and European data sources. The book links trends in the structures of employment with new comparative data on the role of systems of welfare provision in order to explore economic activity patterns by gender. Participation patterns of women still vary widely within Europe so much attention is paid to the institutions - both in the labour market and welfare - which help to explain these variations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203978269

Women and ExerciseThe Body Health and Consumerism Exercise for women is a heavily-laden social and embodied experience. While exercise promotion has become an increasingly visible part of health campaigns obesity among women is rising and studies indicate that women are generally less physically active than men. Women’s (lack of) exercise therefore has become a public concern and physiological and psychological research has attempted to develop more effective exercise programs aimed at women. Yet women have a complex relationship with embodiment and physical activity that is difficult for quantitative scientific approaches to explore. This book addresses this neglect by providing a much-needed feminist qualitative social analysis of women and exercise. The contributors drawn from across Europe and North America investigate the ways women experience exercise within the context of the global fitness industry. All the authors take a specifically feminist perspective in their analysis of the fit feminine body exploring media images and the global branding of fitness products the relationship between exercise and fat the construction of physical activity within health discourse and the lived experience of the exercising body. The collection explores the diversity of women’s experiences of exercise in relation to age ethnicity and body size. The book is essential for anyone interested in health promotion sport and exercise or the social and cultural study of gender and embodiment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415811507

Women and FundamentalismIslam and Christianity First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873391

Women and Gender in Central and Eastern Europe Russia and EurasiaA Comprehensive Bibliography Volume I: Southeastern and East Central Euro This is the first comprehensive multidisciplinary and multilingual bibliography on "Women and Gender in East Central Europe and the Balkans (Vol. 1)" and "The Lands of the Former Soviet Union (Vol. 2)" over the past millennium. The coverage encompasses the relevant territories of the Russian Hapsburg and Ottoman empires Germany and Greece and the Jewish and Roma diasporas. Topics range from legal status and marital customs to economic participation and gender roles plus unparalleled documentation of women writers and artists and autobiographical works of all kinds. The volumes include approximately 30 000 bibliographic entries on works published through the end of 2000 as well as web sites and unpublished dissertations. Many of the individual entries are annotated with brief descriptions of major works and the tables of contents for collections and anthologies. The entries are cross-referenced and each volume includes indexes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698144

Women and Gender in Medieval EuropeAn Encyclopedia From women's medicine and the writings of Christine de Pizan to the lives of market and tradeswomen and the idealization of virginity gender and social status dictated all aspects of women's lives during the middle ages. A cross-disciplinary resource Women and Gender in Medieval Europe examines the daily reality of medieval women from all walks of life in Europe between 450 CE and 1500 CE i.e. from the fall of the Roman Empire to the discovery of the Americas. Moving beyond biographies of famous noble women of the middles ages the scope of this important reference work is vast and provides a comprehensive understanding of medieval women's lives and experiences. Masculinity in the middle ages is also addressed to provide important context for understanding women's roles. Entries that range from 250 words to 4 500 words in length thoroughly explore topics in the following areas: · Art and Architecture· Countries Realms and Regions· Daily Life· Documentary Sources· Economics· Education and Learning· Gender and Sexuality· Historiography· Law· Literature· Medicine and Science· Music and Dance· Persons· Philosophy· Politics· Political Figures· Religion and Theology· Religious Figures· Social Organization and StatusWritten by renowned international scholars Women and Gender in Medieval Europe is the latest in the Routledge Encyclopedias of the Middle Ages. Easily accessible in an A-to-Z format students researchers and scholars will find this outstanding reference work to be an invaluable resource on women in Medieval Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867826

Women and Gender in Modern Latin AmericaHistorical Sources and Interpretations In Latin American history women have not only played key roles within the family and society but have long been active participants in political and economic life. The explosion of research over the last fifteen years testifies to how much we still have to learn about their experiences. Women and Gender in Modern Latin America brings together selections from recent scholarship with excerpts from an exciting array of primary sources many translated into English for the first time to bring the story of women’s involvement in modern Latin American history up to date. Covering major developments in the region from the bitter wars of Spanish American independence (1810-1825) through the turn of the twenty-first century this collection examines the expectations responsibilities and limitations that have confronted women in their varied roles. The book explores: The nature and impact of feminist movements Women’s role in economic modernization and the gendered division of labor Women’s contributions to 20th-century nationalism and social revolutions Changing gender roles and relations within marriage and the family The impact of modern birth control methods and changing sexual mores In the concise introductory essays Pamela S. Murray synthesizes recent research to provide readers with a context for the selections in each chapter including primary sources that range from trial records legal codes and other official documents to personal letters excerpts from women’s published writings speeches and images. Whether for a course specifically on women in Latin America or as an addition to a Modern Latin America survey course Women and Gender in Modern Latin America provides a comprehensive overview of the experiences of women and workings of gender over time across a vast and diverse region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415894555

Women and Gender in Postwar EuropeFrom Cold War to European Union Women and Gender in Postwar Europe charts the experiences of women across Europe from 1945 to the present day. Europe at the end of World War II was a sorry testimony to the human condition; awash in corpses the infrastructure devastated food and fuel in such short supply. From Soviet Union to the United Kingdom and Ireland the vast majority of citizens on whom survival depended in the postwar years were women. This book charts the involvement of women in postwar reconstruction through the Cold War and post Cold-War years with chapters on the economic social and political dynamism that characterized Europe from the 1950s onwards and goes on to look at the woman’s place in a rebuilt Europe that was both more prosperous and as tension-filled as before. The chapters both look at broad trends across both eastern and western Europe; such as the horrific aftermath of World War II but also present individual case studies that illustrate those broad trends in the historical development of women’s lives and gender roles. The case studies show difference and diversity across Europe whilst also setting the experience of women in a particular country within the broader historical issues and trends in such topics as work professionalization sexuality consumerism migration and activism. The introduction and conclusion provide an overview that integrates the chapters into the more general history of this important period. This will be an essential resource for students of women and gender studies and for post 1945 courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415695008

Women and Gender in Science and Technology The question of gender in science and technology is pursued by scholars from different disciplines and perspectives: historians study the lives of women scientists within the context of institutions that for centuries held women at arm’s length; sociologists uncover women’s access to the means of scientific production; biologists scrutinize how science has studied female and male bodies; cultural critics explore normative understandings of femininity and masculinity; philosophers and historians of science analyse how gender has influenced the content and methods of science and technology. Now this new four-volume collection from Routledge enables users to make sense of the interlocking pieces of the gender science and technology puzzle: the history of women’s participation in science and engineering; the structure of research institutions; and the gendering of human knowledge. The volumes bring together important representative publications treating these issues from antiquity to the present and across cultures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415855600

Women and Gender in the Early Modern World Research on women and gender in the early modern world is booming: the field has a scholarly society that is now more than twenty years old; a specialized annual journal; a tri-annual conference; and a book series. How the topic is studied has changed over time: while past scholarship tended to focus on Europe research is now becoming increasingly global. With this development in mind  this new Routledge collection has a global appeal with the pre-colonial as well as colonial Americas Africa and the Muslim world along with Europe South Asia and East Asia represented. Users will be introduced to the classics as well as made aware of the newest scholarly developments. Edited by a highly experienced and knowledgeable academic in the field this new Routledge collection is structured topically (with both chronological and geographic diversity within each of the topics to allow regional transregional and global comparisons). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138025745

Women and Gift Exchange in Eighteenth-Century FictionRichardson Burney Austen This book analyzes why the most influential novelists of the long eighteenth century centered their narratives on the theory and practice of gift exchange. Throughout this period fundamental shifts in economic theories regarding the sources of individual and national wealth along with transformations in the practices of personal and institutional charity profoundly altered cultural understandings of the gift's rationale purpose and function. Drawing on materials such as sermons conduct books works of political philosophy and tracts on social reform Zionkowski challenges the idea that capitalist discourse was the dominant influence on the development of prose fiction. Instead by shifting attention to the gift system as it was imagined and enacted in the formative years of the novel the volume offers an innovative understanding of how the economy of obligation shaped writers' portrayals of class and gender identity property and community. Through theoretically-informed readings of Richardson's Clarissa and Sir Charles Grandison Burney's Cecilia and The Wanderer and Austen's Mansfield Park and Emma the book foregrounds the issues of donation reciprocity indebtedness and gratitude as it investigates the conflicts between the market and moral economies and analyzes women's position at the center of these conflicts. As this study reveals the exchanges that eighteenth-century fiction prescribed for women confirm the continuing power and importance of gift transactions in the midst of an increasingly commercial culture. The volume will be essential reading for scholars of the eighteenth-century novel economic literary criticism women and gender studies and book history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877484

Women and Girls RisingProgress and resistance around the world A growing body of evidence demonstrates that improvements in the status of women and girls – however worthy and important in their own right – also drive the prosperity stability and security of families communities and nations. Yet despite many indicators of progress women and girls everywhere – including countries of the developed world – continue to confront barriers to their full and equal participation in social economic and political life.Capturing voices and experiences from around the world this work documents the modern history of the global women’s movement - its many accomplishments and setbacks. Drawing together prominent pioneers and contemporary policymakers activists and scholars the volume interrogates where and why progress has met resistance and been slowed and examine the still unfinished agenda for change in national and international policy arenas. This history and roadmap are especially critical for younger generations who need a better understanding of this rich feminist legacy and the intense opposition that women’s movements have generated.This book creates a clear and forceful narrative about women’s agency and the central relevance of women’s rights movements to global and national policy-making.. It is essential reading for activists and policymakers students and scholars alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138898776

Women and GunsPolitics and the Culture of Firearms in America This timely and provocative book looks at contemporary American women and their experiences with guns. Scrupulously balanced this new paperback edition features a new appendix containing a wealth of primary source documents that help illuminate both the dangers and attractions of guns in our society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698137

Women and Health PsychologyVolume I: Mental Health Issues The author proposes that the conditions events and experiences that contribute to serious mental health problems for a percentage of women will at some point be experienced by all. Mental Health Issues presents two basic themes: that social contexts and frameworks are experienced and expressed and then subconsciously internalized as part of the self; and that specific diagnostic conditions such as depression alcoholism or eating disorders can emerge from dynamics that are experienced by most women.  Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138987203

Women and Health PsychologyVolume II: Biomedical Issues Biomedical Issues closely examines issues such as cyclic biology programming birth surgery and cancer and provides information on national trends in health care. It presents overviews of research issues and methods while integrating the social psychological significance of these events as experienced by individual women. The author suggests that understanding more about specific health problems of women will provide a basis for also understanding more about the general experience of female gender in society. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203782194

Women And HealthFeminist Perspectives this comprehensive volume provides a broad sample of contemporary British feminist work on women and health. It spans the disciplines of psychology sociology social policy social anthropology and economics and demonstrates the development of feminist theorizing and activism in these areas over the past decade. Topics include: global and national politics of women's health; the 'psychologization' of health: sexuality and AIDS; body image and pregnancy; reproductive technology; substance abuse; breast cancer; and the long-term health problems of women. Calling for a greater understanding of women and health the contributors acknowledge the gender-based inequities of women's experiences and address the need for social and political change in order to improve the health and health care of women across the lifespan. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315041018

Women and HealthThe Politics of Sex in Medicine In the face of the long domination of medical care by men Women and Health explores from a variety of perspectives the twin issues of women in health care and the health care of women. Specific sections address the women's health movement birth control and childbirth women in the health labor force and the influence of women's employment on their health. Already acclaimed by scholars and health policy-makers alike Women and Health is sure to become a standard sourcebook on an important and neglected subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415783934

Women and HealthTradition and Culture in Rural India First published in 1998 this volume examines how women in general and how the socio-economic and cultural factors affect the health and nutritional status of the mother reproductive status utilisation of health services awareness of health services health care behaviour cultural practices associated with childbirth lactation and more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138358829

Women and Healthy AgingLiving Productively in Spite of It All This book explores what is known about healthy living among older women emphasizing overcoming illness and adversity. Women and Healthy Aging focuses on common age-related changes and illnesses that frequently occur among women in the later years. It describes these diseases and changes provides treatment options highlights preventative measures and offers suggestions for continued productive living as women age. Since some of the barriers to effective diagnoses treatments and implementation of productive living strategies are institutional two chapters explore public health policies which affect older women and discrimination against older women in health care. This informative book assists health care professionals in the provision of services to older women helping these professionals become catalysts for enabling older women to “overcome adversity” and continue to lead healthy productive lives.Many of the most common diseases and age-related changes that affect older women are not “curable.” In a society which stresses “cure” as the appropriate role for health care professionals what are these professionals to do with the legions of older women for whom “cures” may not be possible? How can they assist older women in preventing or slowing the occurrences of diseases and age-related changes? When prevention or cure is not possible how can they assist older women in living productive meaningful lives?By addressing specific conditions and diseases Women and Healthy Aging gives readers focused information on current treatment options preventative strategies and suggestions for productive living which are disease- or condition-specific and target older women. Some of the topics covered include menopause osteoporosis arthritis diabetes heart disease cancer Alzheimer’s disease and sensory loss. Practitioners educators and students in the fields of nursing social work physical therapy occupational therapy gerontology human services and medicine will find this book an illuminating source of valuable information and insights into the aging process for women. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315820613

Women and Heroin Addiction in China's Changing Society Accompanying China’s economic reform and open-door policy in 1978 illicit drug use emerged in the late 1980s and gradually developed into a serious social problem. Heroin was the dominant illicit drug consumed in the new drug epidemic and the number of female heroin users has increased rapidly in the country. While heroin use in China is soaring little is known about women’s heroin use in the context of China’s rapidly changing society. Using intensive interviews with 131 female heroin users this book explores the careers of female heroin users in China under changing social contexts in the reform era. It investigates the impacts of sociological and individual factors on women’s heroin use in each developing stage of their drug use careers. It also examines the social consequences of women’s heroin use by looking at connections between women’s heroin use and criminality and the change in women’s social relations after heroin use. Lastly the book analyzes and ascertains the impact of current narcotics control policies on women’s drug use careers. This groundbreaking book has important policy implications for both China and the international society in the context of increasing global concern about women’s substance abuse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852142

Women and Households in IndonesiaCultural Notions and Social Practices Critically examines the usefulness of the 'household; concept within the historically and culturally diverse context of Indonesia exploring in detail the position of women within and beyond domestic arrangements. So far classical household and kinship studies have not studied how women deal with two major forces which shape and define their world: local kinship traditions and the universalising ideology of the Indonesian regime which both provide prescriptions and prohibitions concerning family marriage and womanhood. Women are caught between these conflicting notions and practices. How they challenge or accommodate such forces is the main issue in this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987210

Women and Images of Men in CinemaGender Construction in La Belle et la Bete by Jean Cocteau Women and men in cinema are imaginary constructs created by filmmakers and their audiences. The film-psychoanalytic approach reveals how movies subliminally influence unconscious reception. On the other hand the movie is embedded in a cultural tradition: Jean Cocteau's film La Belle et la Bete (1946) takes up the classic motif of the animal groom from the story of Cupid and Psyche in Apuleius' The Golden Ass (originally a tale about the stunning momentum of genuine female desire) liberates it from its baroque educational moral (a girl's virtue and prudence will help her to overcome her sexual fears) and turns it into a boyhood story: inside the ugly rascal there is a good but relatively boring prince - at least in comparison to the monsters of film history. In the seventy years since it was made La Belle et la Bete has inspired numerous interpretations and has been employed by theorists of all genres and interests. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782202905

Women and Inequality in the 21st Century Recent books have drawn attention to an unfinished gender revolution and the reversal of gender progress. However this literature primarily focuses on gender inequality in the family and its effect on women’s career and family choices. While an important topic these works​ ​are critiqued for being particularly attentive to the concerns of middle-class heterosexual White women and ignoring or erasing the issues and experiences of the vast majority of women throughout the United States (and other countries). ​Women and Inequality in the 21st Century is an edited collection that addresses this dearth in the current literature. This book examines the continued inequities navigated by women occupying marginalized social positions within a "nexus of power relations." It addresses the experiences of immigrant women of color aging women normative gender constraints faced by lesbian and gender non-conforming individuals assigned the female gender at birth religious constraints on women’s sexual expression and religious and ethnic barriers impeding access to equality for women across the globe. Contributors to this collection reflect varying fields of inquiry—including sociology psychology theology history and anthropology. Their works employ empirical research methods hermeneutic analysis and narrative to capture the unique gender experiences and negotiations of diverse 21​st-century women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138239784

Women and International Human Rights LawUniversal Periodic Review in Practice This book presents the findings of the first comprehensive study on the most recent and most unique and innovative method of monitoring international human rights law at the United Nations. Since its existence there has yet to be a complete and comprehensive book solely dedicated to exploring the Universal Periodic Review (UPR) process. Women and International Human Rights Law provides a much-needed insight to what the process is how it operates in practice and whether it meets its fundamental aim of promoting the universality of all human rights. The book addresses the topics with regard to international human rights law and will be of interest to researchers academics and students interested in the monitoring and implementation of international human rights law at the United Nations. In addition it will form supplementary reading for those students studying international human rights law on undergraduate programmes and will also appeal to academics and students with interests in political sciences and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815376941

Women and International Peacekeeping This volume deals with women's participation in international peacekeeping operations and what those operations might consider to be the role and circumstances of women including those of the host society. Essays include: a theoretical perspective on women and war highlighting the difference between post-modernist and universalist approaches to women's roles in peacemaking and conflict resolution the role of women in military operations the implications of the high levels of sexual violence in peacekeeping operations and the UN's gender policy for peacekeeping operations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039091

Women and Islamic Law in a Non-Muslim StateA Study Based on Decisions of the Shari'a Courts in Israel This book is methodologically unique in scholarly literature on Muslim society. Its originality lies in the fact that the rich material offered by the shari'a courts is given a thorough analysis with a view to drawing conclusions about the present-day phenomena in Arab society and processes that the society has been undergoing in modern times.Aharon Layish examines every aspect of the social status of Muslim women that finds expression in the shari'a courts: the age of marriage stipulations inserted in the marriage contract dower polygamy maintenance and obedience divorce custody of the children guardianship and succession. Each chapter opens with a short legal introduction based on all the sources of law applying in shari'a courts followed by social analyses and a study of the attitudes and approaches of the qadis or Muslim religious judges. Layish examines the relationship between shari'a and Israeli legislation: Do shari'a courts have regard to the provisions of Israeli law? What is the relationship between shari'a and social custom and which is decisive in regard to Israeli Muslim women? To what extent does Israeli law actually affect Israeli Muslim women? What is the attitude of the qadis toward Israeli legislation?Women and Islamic Law in a Non-Muslim State is an important and original study that will be of interest to students and scholars of Islamic law comparative law sociology and modernization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540620

Women and IslamizationContemporary Dimensions of Discourse on Gender Relations The current Islamic revival is frequently associated with fundamentalism and radical politics. This reinforces Western perceptions of Islamic women as victims of a sexist and reactionary rule. What many outsiders fail to realize is that quite a number of Muslim women are ardently embracing their religion as a means through which they can express gender identity power and creativity.In overturning ingrained notions of Muslim women's subjugation this timely book situates Islam as a religion undergoing reinterpretation and change -- especially in relation to gender identities -- rather than as a monolithic movement reacting against westernization and modernization. Through their political educational and recreational activities more and more Muslim women are setting agendas of their own and are actively redefining the role of women in Muslim society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135814

Women and Japanese ManagementDiscrimination and Reform Standard works on the employment systems of Japanese companies deal almost exclusively with men. Women however constitute the vast majority of the low wage highly flexible "non-core" employees.This book breaks new ground in examining the role of Japanese women in industry. It assesses the extent to which growing pressure for equal opportunities between the sexes has caused Japanese companies to adapt their employment and personnel management practices in recent years.The author puts the argument in an historical perspective covering the employment of Japanese women from the start of Japan's industrialisation up to the turning point of the 1986 Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) Law. She examines the background and execution of the legislation and she looks at the response of the business community. In her case study of the Seibu department store which takes up the final part of the book Lam concludes that the EEO Law has not had the desired effect. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203076057

Women and Jewish Marriage Negotiations in Early Modern ItalyFor Love and Money This book examines the role of women in Jewish family negotiations using the setting of Italy from the end of the Renaissance to the Baroque. In ghettos at night and under the scrutiny of inquisitions Jews flourished. Life and learning were enriched by Jews from the Iberian Peninsula the Ottoman Empire transalpine Europe west and east and Catholic neighbors. Rabbinic discourse represented conflicting customs in family formation and dissolution especially at moments of crisis for women: forced betrothal; physical mental and financial abuse; polygamy and abandonment. In this book  case studies illustrate the ambiguity drama and danger to which women were exposed as well as opportunities to make their voices heard and to extricate themselves from situations by forcing a divorce collecting or seizing assets and going to Catholic notaries to bequeath their assets outside traditional inheritance often to other women.  Despite intrusion by rabbis their ability for coercion was limited and their threats of punishments reflected the rhetoric of weakness rather than realistic options for implementation. The focus of this text is not what the law says but rather how it enabled individual Jews especially women to speak and to act. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367893095

Women and Knowledge in the Mediterranean Women in the Mediterranean have helped constitute new meanings of knowledge whilst simultaneously providing a wealth of material that is now part of the knowledge archive of the area. The inception of types of knowledge that differ from the conventional necessitates a re-definition of the concept of ‘knowledge ’ an issue which is addressed in this volume. Employing a range of theories and methodologies this book explores four main domains in which women’s knowledge is attested: women and written knowledge; women and oral knowledge; women and legal religious and economic knowledge; and women and media knowledge. By presenting untapped women’s expressions of knowledge in these domains this book opens new avenues of research in fields such as sociology history and literature amongst others. This book will be an invaluable resource for students and scholars of the Middle East Women and Gender studies and Mediterranean Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108264

Women and Leadership in Islamic LawA Critical Analysis of Classical Legal Texts Islamic law has traditionally prohibited women from being prayer leaders and heads of state. A small number of Muslims today are beginning to challenge this stance but they face considerable opposition from the broader Muslim community.‘Women and Leadership in Islamic Law’ examines the assumption within much existing feminist scholarship that the patriarchal nature of pre-Islamic and early Muslim Near Eastern Society is the primary reason for the development of Islamic legal rulings prohibiting women from leadership positions. It claims that the evolution of Islamic law was a complex process shaped by numerous cultural historical political and social factors as well as scriptural sources whose importance cannot be dismissed. Therefore the book critically examines a broad survey of legal works from the four canonical Sunni schools of law to determine the factors that influenced the development of the legal rulings prohibiting women from assuming various leadership roles. The passages that elaborate rulings about women’s leadership are presented in translation as an appendix to the research and are then subjected to a variety of critical analyses to identify the reasons influences and assumptions underlying those rulings.This is the first time works of all four schools of law have been subjected to this kind of analysis for the express purpose of determining the extent to which gender attitudes have influenced and determined the rulings. This book will therefore be a vital resource for students and scholars of Islamic Studies Religious Studies and Gender Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875619

Women and LiteracyLocal and Global Inquiries for a New Century Path-breaking research on women and literacy in the past decade established conventions and advanced innovative methods that push the making of knowledge into new spheres of inquiry. Taking these accomplishments as a point of departure this volume emphasizes the diversity—of approaches and subjects—that characterizes the next generation of research on women and literacy. It builds on and critiques scholarship in literacy studies composition studies rhetorical theory gender studies postcolonial theory and cultural studies to open new venues for future research. Contributors discuss what literacy is—more precisely what literacies are—but their strongest interest is in documenting and theorizing women’s lived experience of these literacies with particular attention to:the diversity of women’s literacies within the U.S. including but not limited to the varying relations that exist among women literacy economic position class race sexuality and education;relations among women literacy and economic contexts in the U.S. and abroad including but not limited to changes in women’s private and domestic literacies the evolution of technologies of literacy and women’s experience of the commodification of literacies; andemergent roles of women and literacy in a globally interdependent world. This broad significant work is a must-read for researchers and graduate students across the fields of literacy studies composition studies rhetorical theory and gender studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003064503

Women and Literary Celebrity in the Nineteenth CenturyThe Transatlantic Production of Fame and Gender Focusing on representations of women's literary celebrity in nineteenth-century biographies autobiographical accounts periodicals and fiction Brenda R. Weber examines the transatlantic cultural politics of visibility in relation to gender sex and the body. Looking both at discursive patterns and specific Anglo-American texts that foreground the figure of the successful woman writer Weber argues that authors such as Elizabeth Gaskell Fanny Fern Mary Cholmondeley Margaret Oliphant Elizabeth Robins Eliza Potter and Elizabeth Keckley helped create an intelligible category of the famous writer that used celebrity as a leveraging tool for altering perceptions about femininity and female identity. Doing so Weber demonstrates involved an intricate gender/sex negotiation that had ramifications for what it meant to be public professional intelligent and extraordinary. Weber's persuasive account elucidates how Gaskell's biography of Charlotte Brontë served simultaneously to support claims for Brontë's genius and to diminish Brontë's body in compensation for the magnitude of those claims thus serving as a touchstone for later representations of women's literary genius and celebrity. Fanny Fern for example adapts Gaskell's maneuvers on behalf of Charlotte Brontë to portray the weak woman's body becoming strong as it is made visible through and celebrated within the literary marketplace. Throughout her study Weber analyzes the complex codes connected to transatlantic formations of gender/sex the body and literary celebrity as women authors proactively resisted an intense backlash against their own success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260573

Women and Literary Narratives in Colonial IndiaHer Myriad Gaze on the ‘Other’ In the colonial context of South Asia there is a glaring asymmetry in the written records of the interaction between the Bengali women and their European counterparts which is indicative of the larger and the overall asymmetry of discursive power including the flow and access to information between the colonizers and their subjects.This book explores the idea of gazing through literature in Colonial India. Based on literary and historical analysis it focuses on four different genres of literary writing where nineteenth-century Bengali women writers look back at the British colonizers. In the process the European culture becomes a static point of reference and the chapters in the book show the ideological social cultural political and deeper emotional interactions between the colonized and the colonizer. The book also addresses the lack of sufficient primary sources authored by Bengali women on their European counterparts by anthologizing different available genres. Taking into account literary narratives from the colonized and the less represented side of the divide such as a travelogue fantasy fiction missionary text and journal articles the book represents the varying opinions and perspectives vis-à-vis the European women.Using an interdisciplinary approach charting the fields of Indology colonial studies sociology literature/literary historiography South-Asian feminism and cultural studies this book makes an important contribution to the field of South Asian Studies studies of empire and to Indian women’s literary history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586300

Women and Marriage in Nineteenth-Century England The 'bonds of matrimony' describes with cruel precision the social and political status of married women in the nineteenth century. Women of all classes had only the most limited rights of possession in their own bodies and property yet as this remarkable book shows women of all classes found room to manoeuvre within the narrow limits imposed on them. Upper-class women frequently circumvented the onerous limitations of the law while middle-class women sought through reform to change their legal status. For working-class women such legal changes were irrelevant but they too found ways to ameliorate their position. Joan Perkin demonstrates clearly in this outstanding book full of human insights that women were not content to remain inferior or subservient to men. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009011

Women and MathematicsBalancing the Equation First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802534

Women and Media in the Middle EastFrom Veiling to Blogging The traditional image of the Middle Eastern woman as portrayed by the Western media has tended to be one of a woman oppressed by men and religion. Veiling intensifies this image of supposed powerlessness and imprisonment. However the Arab Spring uprisings have introduced the West to women in the Middle East who do not conform to this stereotype and have shown the Western media that Middle Eastern women cannot be categorized altogether as one oppressed powerless group. This book investigates the diverse realities and complexities of women in the Middle East in terms of their relationship with media platforms old and new. Contributors offer a range of perspectives that discuss everything from media portrayals of the veil to women in film and television from women’s involvement as activists on the street to the role played in the Arab Spring by cyber activism. The collection provides insight into how some women in the Middle East are utilizing traditional as well as new media for purposes of self-expression activism and democratization while also investigating media portrayals of women at home and in the West. This book was originally published as a special issue of Feminist Media Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085824

Women and Medical Education (ES 5-vol. set) Published by Eureka Press Tokyo and distributed outside Japan by Routledge. From the Introduction by Setsuko Kagawa The history of women’s medical education is one of the most remarkable aspects of social change in nineteenth-century Britain. Before the modernization and professionalization of medicine women played an important part in the familial or local medical care systems. However they were gradually excluded from formal medical practice due to a lack of systematic medical education. Women who hoped to enter the medical profession were obliged to fight a long and painful struggle to gain opportunities for medical education. Sometimes they managed to take informal and personal instruction from sympathetic male physicians or they had to go abroad to search for medical training and university degrees. Female pioneers had to break through the boundaries of gender and nation defined by medical and social authorities and they made their way across frontiers; they fought to enter men’s universities and furthermore they endured a long journey to colonial lands to practice medicine. The whole story of women’s advance in medicine with collective life-histories of early female doctors reveals significant findings that give a new dimension in women’s and gender history as well as medical history. In this series I collected contemporary writings relating to pioneering women who contributed in opening up a path for women to practice medicine as qualified doctors in Great Britain. Most of them were of English origin with the exception of some American doctors whose achievements had considerable influence upon English practice. Equally they embraced the earnest ambition to practice scientific medicine especially for their sex as well as the belief that women were men’ s intellectual equals. (… ) In the collected writings in this series we can glimpse one of the most dramatic aspects of English social history from the latter half of the nineteenth to the early twentieth century. Female pioneers had fought to gain opportunities in medical education as well as access to medical practice. Most of them undertook the challenge to the unknown world; sometimes they tried to enter men’s universities or go abroad to study at foreign universities and furthermore sailed for colonial lands to practice medicine. The story of women’s medical education is valuable for many historians to explore from a variety of viewpoints and I hope the writings in this series will be of use to future studies. Media > Books > Print Books Edition Synapse 9784902454802

Women and Men of the StatesPublic Administrators and the State Level This text discusses and compares men's and women's career patterns in state government. It is based upon newly conducted original research surveys in six states. From this research generalisations are made concerning commonalities and differences between men's and women's experiences in public adminstration at the state level. This is a new area of research: while much has been done at the federal level (and there is a federal database to work from) until now little work has been done and little data is available for the states. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315486734

Women and Mental Health We know that gender traits and mental disorders are based on social cultural personal and physiological background. In order to formulate the best management plan for the patient the mental health practitioner needs to incorporate all available information.Women and Mental Health provides a comprehensive overview of the most prominent mental health problems in women today.Examining the physiological social and psychological factors of mental illness and providing an up-to-date perspective on the etiology of different disorders the book will help mental health professionals formulate the best management plan for the individual.Covering issues including perinatal psychiatric disorders depression eating disorders schizophrenia and alcohol and drug abuse - from a female perspective - Women and Mental Health will prove a valuable tool for all those working in the fields of mental health. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315812335

Women And Microcredit In Rural BangladeshAn Anthropological Study Of Grameen Bank Lending The Grameen Bank of Bangladesh has been extending small loans to poor borrowers (primarily women) to promote self-employment and income generation since 1976. The apparent success of the Grameen Bank (that is recruitment of clients investment of loans recovery rates on invested loans and profit margins) has made microcredit a new model for poverty alleviation and sustainable development. Anthropological research results on Grameen Bank lending to women presented in this book however illuminates the link between the success of the bank and debt-cycling of borrowers. The priority of earning profits to insure institutional economic viability caused Bank employees at the grassroots level to emphasize increasing the number of loans disbursed and loan recovery. By using the joint liability model of lending the Bank workers and borrowing peers impose intense pressure on clients for timely repayment. Many borrowers maintain their regular payment schedules but do so through a process of loan recycling (that is pay off previous loans with new ones) that considerably increases borrower debt liability. The debt burdens on individual households in turn increase tension and anxiety among household members and produce unintended consequences for many clients.This book examines women borrowers' involvement with the microcredit program of the Grameen Bank and the grassroots lending structure of the bank; it illustrates the implications of Grameen lending for the borrowers their household members and bank workers. The focus of the study is on the processes of village-level microcredit operation; it addresses the realities of the day-to-day lives of women borrowers and bank workers and explains informant strategies for involving themselves in this microcredit scheme. The study is on the power dynamics of everyday lives of informants as they affect women borrowers' relationships within the household and the loan centers and bank worker relationships within the loan center and the bank. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367314019

Women and Militant WarsThe politics of injury This book explores women’s militant activities in insurgent wars and seeks to understand what women ‘do’ in wars.In International Relations inter-state conflict anti-state armed insurgency and armed militancy are essentially seen as wars where collective violence (against civilians and security forces) is used to achieve political objectives. Extending the notion of war as ‘politics of injury' to the armed militancy in Indian administered Kashmir and the Tamil armed insurgency in Sri Lanka this book explores how women participate in militant wars and how that politics not only shapes the gendered understandings of women’s identities and bodies but is in turn shaped by them. The case studies discussed in the book offer new comparative insight into two different and most prevalent forms of insurgent wars today: religio-political and ethno-nationalist. Empirical analyses of women’s roles in the Sri Lankan Tamil militant group the LTTE and the logistical ideological support women provide to militant groups active in Indian administered Kashmir suggest that these insurgent wars have their own gender dynamics in recruitment and operational strategies. Thus Women and Militant Wars provides an excellent insight into the gender politics of these insurgencies and women’s roles and experiences within them. This book will be of much interest to students and scholars of critical war and security studies feminist international relations gender studies terrorism and political violence South Asia studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600914

Women and Missions: Past and PresentAnthropological and Historical Perceptions This collection of essays by eminent anthropologists missiologists and historians explores the hitherto neglected topic of women missionaries and the effect of Christian missionary activity upon women. The book consists of two parts. The first part looks at 19th century women missionaries as presented in literature at the backgrounds and experience of women in the mission field and at the attitudes of missionary societies towards their female workers. Although they are traditionally presented as wives and support workers it becomes apparent that on the contrary women missionaries often played a culturally important role. The second and longest section asks whether women missionaries are indeed a special case and provides some fascinating studies of the impact of Christian missions on women in both historical material and a wealth of contemporary material.Of particular value is the perspective of those who were themselves objects of missionary activity and who reflected upon this experience. Women actively absorbed and adapted the teachings of the Christian missionaries and Western models are seen to be utilized and developed in sometimes unexpected ways. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135128

Women and Mobility on Shakespeare�s StageMigrant Mothers and Broken Homes Long before the economist Amartya Sen proposed that more than 100 million women were missing—lost to disease or neglect kidnapping or forced marriage denied the economic and political security of wages or membership in a larger social order—Shakespeare was interested in such women’s plight how they were lost and where they might have gone. Characters like Shakespeare’s Cordelia and Perdita Rosalind and Celia constitute a collection of figures related to the mythical Persephone who famously returns to her mother and the earth each spring only to withdraw from the world each winter when she is recalled to the underworld. That women’s place is far from home has received little attention from literary scholars however and the story of their fraught relation to domestic space or success outside its bounds is one that hasn’t been told. Women and Mobility investigates the ways Shakespeare’s plays link female characters’ agency with their mobility and thus represent women’s ties to the household as less important than their connections to the larger world outside. Female migration is crucial to ideas about what early modern communities must retain and expel in order to carve a shared history identity and moral framework and in portraying women as "sometime daughters" who frequently renounce fathers and homelands or queens elsewhere whose links to faraway places are vital to the rebuilding of homes and kingdoms Shakespeare also depicts global space as shared space and the moral world as an international one. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367886936

Women and Monastic Buddhism in Early South AsiaRediscovering the invisible believers This book uses gender as a framework to offer unique insights into the socio-cultural foundations of Buddhism. Moving away from dominant discourses that discuss women as a single monolithic homogenous category—thus rendering them invisible within the broader religious discourse—this monograph examines their sustained role in the larger context of South Asian Buddhism and reaffirms their agency. It highlights the multiple roles played by women as patrons practitioners lay and monastic members etc. within Buddhism. The volume also investigates the individual experiences of the members and their equations and relationships at different levels—with the Samgha at large with their own respective Bhikşu or Bhikşunī Sangha with the laity and with members of the same gender (both lay and monastic). It rereads reconfigures and reassesses historical data in order to arrive at a new understanding of Buddhism and the social matrix within which it developed and flourished. Bringing together archaeological epigraphic art historical literary as well as ethnographic data this volume will be of interest to researchers and scholars of Buddhism gender studies ancient Indian history religion and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138488762

Women and Murder in Early Modern News Pamphlets and Broadside Ballads 1573-1697Essential Works for the Study of Early Modern Women Series As voyeuristic and prurient as today's tabloid newspapers early modern crime pamphlets and broadside ballads about women murderers tell of furtive love affairs and domestic poisonings of battered wives who kill their abusive husbands and of troubled mothers who murder their children. On first acquaintance many pamphlets leave an impression of shallow sensationalism yoked to idealised repentance and for that reason modern critics and historians have often discounted their importance as culturally significant artifacts. This volume presents a selection of over forty texts and is intended to encourage a reconsideration of these views. In his Introductory Note to the volume Randall Martin discusses the narrative content and social commentary of these ballads pamphlets and trial reports and the contribution that they make to the discursive construction of the early modern female murderer through their representational strategies and evolving legal and gender contexts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233871

Women and Nature?Beyond Dualism in Gender Body and Environment Women and Nature? Beyond Dualism in Gender Body and Environment provides a historical context for understanding the contested relationships between women and nature and it articulates strategies for moving beyond the dualistic theories and practices that often frame those relationships. In 1974 Françoise d’Eaubonne coined the term "ecofeminism" to raise awareness about interconnections between women’s oppression and nature’s domination in an attempt to liberate women and nature from subordination. Since then ecofeminism has attracted scholars and activists from various disciplines and positions to assess the relationship between the cultural human and the natural non-human through gender reconsiderations. The contributors to this volume present critical and constructive perspectives on ecofeminism throughout its history from the beginnings of ecofeminism in the 1970s through to contemporary and emerging developments in the field drawing on animal studies postcolonialism film studies transgender studies and political ecology. This interdisciplinary and international collection of essays demonstrates the ongoing relevance of ecofeminism as a way of understanding and responding to the complex interactions between genders bodies and the natural environment. It will be of great interest to students and scholars of ecofeminism as well as those involved in environmental studies and gender studies more broadly.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367152406

Women and New Reproductive TechnologiesMedical Psychosocial Legal and Ethical Dilemmas Although major breakthroughs in reproductive technology have created dramatic opportunities for many people they are not without problems. More significant than the question of whether the technologies are "good" or "bad " however is for whom they are good in what instances and to whom they should be made accessible. These issues can be debated at multiple levels; from the ethical implications to the social and psychological consequences for society and for the individual to the legal and medical outcomes. Each chapter highlights a different array of problems and benefits while emphasizing four major themes: the impact of technology on women's lives; the role of women; the individual versus society; and the fetus as patient. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203772539

Women and Peacebuilding in Africa This volume re-centres African women scholars in the discourse on African women and peacebuilding combining theoretical reflections with case studies in a range of African countries. The chapters outline the history of African women’s engagement in peacebuilding introducing new and neglected themes such as youth disability and religious peacebuilding and laying the foundations for new theoretical insights. Providing case studies from across Africa the contributors highlights the achievements and challenges characterising women’s contributions to peacebuilding on the continent. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of peacebuilding African security and gender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367436148

Women and PeaceTheoretical Historical and Practical Perspectives Originally published in 1987 this book includes contributions from scholars and peace activists in the United States Britain Canada Belgium and the German Democratic Republic. These papers present from a number of different perspectives the experiences of women in relation to peace in North America Japan and Europe. The theoretical diversity and historical breadth of the collection provide a balanced and enlightened view of women and peace movements. The papers range from an important theoretical contribution by the American scholar Berenice Carroll to one on the peace movement in Japan after Hiroshima and Nagasaki by Setsuko Thurlow a Japanese-Canadian and a Hiroshima survivor. The papers are divided into theoretical historical and practical approaches and the main part of the book is concerned with historical accounts of women’s involvement in peace movements. An important issue covered is the contradiction that arises between feminist and pacifist ideals in peace movements. Literary figures such as Vera Brittain and Charlotte Perkins Gilman are also discussed. This book will have multi-disciplinary appeal to students and academics in women’s studies peace studies sociology and history. It will also be of interest to activists in the women’s and peace movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138386785

Women and Personal Property in the Victorian Novel How key changes to the married women's property laws contributed to new ways of viewing women in society are revealed in Deborah Wynne's study of literary representations of women and portable property during the period 1850 to 1900. While critical explorations of Victorian women's connections to the material world have tended to focus on their relationships to commodity culture Wynne argues that modern paradigms of consumerism cannot be applied across the board to the Victorian period. Until the passing of the 1882 Married Women's Property Act many women lacked full property rights; evidence suggests that for women objects often functioned not as disposable consumer products but as cherished personal property. Focusing particularly on representations of women and material culture in Charles Dickens George Eliot and Henry James Wynne shows how novelists engaged with the vexed question of women's relationships to property. Suggesting that many of the apparently insignificant items that 'clutter' the Victorian realist novel take on new meaning when viewed through the lens of women's access to material culture and the vagaries of property law her study opens up new possibilities for interpreting female characters in Victorian fiction and reveals the complex work of 'thing culture' in literary texts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276246

Women and Photography in AfricaCreative Practices and Feminist Challenges This collection explores women’s multifaceted historical and contemporary involvement in photography in Africa. The book offers new ways of thinking about the history of photography exploring through case studies the complex and historically specific articulations of gender and photography on the continent and attending to the challenge and potential of contemporary feminist and postcolonial engagements with the medium. The volume is organised in thematic sections that present the lives and work of historically significant yet overlooked women photographers as well as the work of acclaimed contemporary African women photographers such as Héla Ammar Fatoumata Diabaté Lebohang Kganye and Zanele Muholi. The book offers critical reflections on the politics of gendered knowledge production and the production of racialised and gendered identities and alternative and subaltern subjectivities. Several chapters illuminate how contemporary African women photographers collectors and curators are engaging with colonial photographic archives to contest stereotypical forms of representation and produce powerful counter-histories. Raising critical questions about race gender and the history of photography the collection provides a model for interdisciplinary feminist approaches for scholars and students of art history visual studies and African history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350136564

Women and Pilgrimage in Medieval Galicia For many in the Middle Ages pilgrimages were seen to represent a clear risk of moral and religious perdition for women and they were strongly discouraged from making them; this exhortation would have been universally disseminated and generally followed except of course in the case of the virtuous ’extraordinary women’ such as saints and queens. Women and Pilgrimage in Medieval Galicia represents an analysis of the social history of women based on documentary sources and physical evidence breaking away from literary and historiographical stereotypes while at the same time contributing to a critical assessment of the myth that medieval women were kept hidden away from the world. As the chapters here show women - and not only those ’extraordinary women’ but also women from other social strata - became pilgrims and travelled the paths that led from their homes to the most important Christian shrines especially - although not exclusively - Jerusalem Rome and Santiago de Compostela. It can be seen that medieval women were actively involved in this ritualistic expression of devotion piety sacrifice or penitence. This situation is thoroughly documented in this multidisciplinary book with emphasis both on the pilgrimages abroad from Galicia and on the pilgrimages to the shrine of St James at Compostela. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879174

Women and Politeness in Eighteenth-Century EnglandBodies Identities and Power This first in-depth study of women’s politeness examines the complex relationship individuals had with the discursive ideals of polite femininity. Contextualising women’s autobiographical writings (journals and letters) with a wide range of eighteenth-century printed didactic material it analyses the tensions between politeness discourse which aimed to regulate acceptable feminine identities and women’s possibilities to resist this disciplinary regime. Ylivuori focuses on the central role the female body played as both the means through which individuals actively fashioned themselves as polite and feminine and the supposedly truthful expression of their inner status of polite femininity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584252

Women and Political Inequality in JapanGender Imbalanced Democracy Why are there so few Japanese women involved in the political system? In 2019 Japanese women made up 10% of the national Lower House 21% of the Upper House and 14% of local assemblies. According to the Inter-Parliamentary Union this places Japan 164th out of 193 countries when it comes to women’s representation in the legislature. The percentage of women in the Lower House has only increased by fewer than two percentage points since women gained full suffrage and the right to stand for election in Japan in 1946. Eto analyses the various factors that have led to women’s low presence in the Japanese legislature. She evaluates ways in which it might be possible for Japan to catch up and in doing so examines how Japanese society continues to perpetuate gender-rigid expectations of people. This text is a valuable study for scholars of Japanese politics and society and for readers with an interest in the broader issue of the representation of women in politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367522094

Women and Politics in Ancient Rome First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138138124

Women and Politics in Contemporary Japan This book looks at the gendering of the political system in Japan and the effects of that system on gender equality in national-level politics specifically and wider society more generally. It examines the approach taken by the long-ruling Liberal Democratic Party (LDP) to issues of gender equality in Japan and the repercussions of that approach on women’s political experiences and representation. This book covers a range of themes including the role of the LDP and other major political parties in constructing the modern Japanese political system the under-representation of women in Japanese politics women’s experiences in party politics and the gendering of government policies. Using in-depth interviews with women members of the national Diet the book sheds light on how political women negotiate the male-dominated world of Japanese politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138102187

Women and Politics in Early Modern England 1450–1700 This collection of essays examines women's involvement in politics in early modern England as writers as members of kinship and patronage networks and as petitioners intermediaries and patrons. It challenges conventional conceptualizations of female power and influence defining 'politics' broadly in order to incorporate women excluded from formal male-dominated state institutions. The chapters embrace a range of interdisciplinary approaches: historical literary palaeographic linguistic and gender based. They deal with a variety of issues related to female intervention within political spheres including women's rhetorical persuasive and communicative skills; the production by women of a range of texts that can be termed 'political'; the politicization of marital family and kinship networks; and female involvement in patronage and court politics. Women and Politics in Early Modern England 1450-700 also looks at ways in which images of female power and authority were represented within canonical texts such as Shakespeare's plays and Milton's epic poetry. The volume extends the range of areas and texts for the study of women gender and politics and locates women's political social and cultural activities within the contexts of the family locality and wider national stage. It argues for a blurring of the boundaries between the traditional categories of the 'public' and the 'private ' the 'domestic' and the 'political'; and enhances our understanding of the ways in which women exerted political force through informal intimate and personal as well as more official and formal channels of power. As a whole the book makes an important contribution to the reassessment of early modern politics from the perspective of women. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233864

Women and Politics in Wartime ChinaNetworking Across Geopolitical Borders Focusing on Chinese elite women as a special socio-political group this book places the sophisticated networks they formed in the shifting geographical social cultural and political spaces of wartime China where their political engagement knowledge-making and network-building in support of 'national resistance and reconstruction' (kangzhan jianguo) unfolded. By examining the emergence development integration and transformation of these networks as an unsettled fragmented process - a process that lasted through the extended wars and upheavals in China from the 1930s to the 1950s and that moves beyond party ideologies and geopolitical borders the book seeks to explore the dynamics of war politics and gender in the broader context of the Second World War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664220

Women and Politics in Western First Published in 1986. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987227

Women and PoliticsA Quest for Political Equality in an Age of Economic Inequality This textbook presents a much-needed exploration of the many ways that women in the United States have used their voices in the political process. Written in a concise and accessible style Women and Politics equips students with the necessary skills and knowledge to understand the political involvement of women as individuals and their efforts to achieve political and economic equity as a group. This textbook is both historical examining trends and contemporary focusing on participation and the public policy concerns of women in the early decades of the 21st century. Key content and features: · Exploration of diverse actions women have taken to achieve empowerment and gender equity · Surveys women as voters as candidates for elected office and as interest group organizers lobbying for equity in public policy and for global women’s rights · Chronicles protest actions against unequal practices of economic and governmental elites · Highlights the actions of women with few economic resources that join together to challenge local power structures.   Readers will appreciate Burrell's valuable insights on the multiple political voices of American women and the challenges of economic inequality in their quest for political equality.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138856554

Women and PoliticsThe Pursuit of Equality Women and Politics is a comprehensive examination of women's use of politics in pursuit of gender equality. How can demands for gender equality be reconciled with sex differences? Resolving this paradoxical question has proceeded along two paths: the legal equality doctrine which emphasizes gender neutrality and the fairness doctrine which recognizes differences between men and women. The text's clear analysis and presentation of theory and history helps students to think critically about the difficulties faced by women in politics and about how public policies in education labor and the economy and family and fertility impact gender equality. The fully-revised fourth edition explores new critical perspectives recent political events and current challenges to gender equality including the 2016 presidential election and Hillary Clinton's candidacy the fight for equal pay and paid leave and the debate over reproductive rights and campus sexual assault. It also includes current scholarship on the intersections of race class and gender and expanded coverage of minority women women in the military and conservative women. This text and its two-path framework is essential to understanding women's pursuit of equality via the political system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813350813

Women and Poor Relief in Seventeenth-Century FranceThe Early History of the Daughters of Charity Chronicling the history of the Daughters of Charity through the seventeenth century this study examines how the community's existence outside of convents helped to change the nature of women's religious communities and the early modern Catholic church. Unusually for the time this group of Catholic religious women remained uncloistered. They lived in private houses in the cities and towns of France offering medical care religious instruction and alms to the sick and the poor; by the end of the century they were France's premier organization of nurses. This book places the Daughters of Charity within the context of early modern poor relief in France - the author shows how they played a critical role in shaping the system and also how they were shaped by it. The study also examines the complicated relationship of the Daughters of Charity to the Catholic church of the time analyzing it not only for what light it can shed on the history of the community but also for what it can tell us about the Catholic Reformation more generally. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233857

Women and Popular MusicSexuality Identity and Subjectivity Women and Popular Music explores the changing role of women musicians and the ways in which their songs resonate in popular culture. Sheila Whiteley begins by examining the counter-culture's reactionary attitudes to women through the lyrics of The Beatles and The Rolling Stones. She explores the ways in which artists like Joplin and Joni Mitchell confronted issues of sexuality and freedom redefining women's participation in the industry and assesses the personal cost of their achievements. She considers how stars such as Annie Lennox Madonna and k.d. lang have confronted issues of gender stereotyping and sexuality through pop videos for 'Justify My Love' and 'Sweet Dreams (Are Made of This)' and looks at the enduring importance of the singer-songwriter through artists such as Tracey Chapman. Lastly she assesses the contribution of contemporary artists including Tori Amos P.J. Harvey and Courtney Love and asks whether the Spice Girls are just a 'cartoon feminist pop group' or if they provide positive role models for teenage girls. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203354858

Women and Portraits in Early Modern EuropeGender Agency Identity As one of the first books to treat portraits of early modern women as a discrete subject this volume considers the possibilities and limits of agency and identity for women in history and with particular attention to gender as categories of analysis for women's images. Its nine original essays on Italy the Low Countries Germany France and England deepen the usefulness of these analytical tools for portraiture. Among the book's broad contributions: it dispels false assumptions about agency's possibilities and limits showing how agency can be located outside of conventional understanding and conversely how it can be stretched too far. It demonstrates that agency is compatible with relational gender analysis especially when alternative agencies such as spectatorship are taken into account. It also makes evident the importance of aesthetics for the study of identity and agency. The individual essays reveal among other things how portraits broadened the traditional parameters of portraiture explored transvestism and same-sex eroticism appropriated aspects of male portraiture to claim those values for their sitters and as sites for gender negotiation resistance and debate invoked considerable relational anxiety. Richly layered in method the book offers an array of provocative insights into its subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259447

Women and Print Culture (Routledge Revivals)The Construction of Femininity in the Early Periodical With the growth of popular literary forms particularly the periodical during the eighteenth century women began to assume an unprecedented place in print culture as readers and writers. Yet at the same time the very textual practices of that culture inscribed women within an increasingly restrictive and oppressive set of representations. First published in 1989 this title examines the emergence and dramatic growth of periodical literature showing how the journals solicited women as subscribers and contributors whilst also attempting to regulate their conduct through the promotion of exemplary feminine types. By enclosing its female readership within a discourse that defined women in terms of love matrimony the family and the home the English periodical became one of the main linguistic sites for the construction of the eighteenth-century ideology of domestic womanhood. Based on the close scrutiny of the popular periodical press between 1690 and 1760 including journals such as the Athenian Mercury the Tatler and the Spectator this study will be of particular value to any student of the relationship between women and print culture the development of women’s magazines and the study of literary audiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138804203

Women and Problem GamblingTherapeutic insights into understanding addiction and treatment Addiction is much misunderstood. Women and addictive gambling even more so and for many years women have suffered in silence. This book explores how lonely troubled lives and damaging relationships lead to the trap of problem gambling the anxiety and chaos whilst locked inside and then offers realistic hope of a way out. With the significant increase in women gambling problematically Women and Problem Gambling aims to answer the often asked question 'who is to blame?' the text covers: the role of the gambling industry the role of society women’s relationships with others and themselves what ' hitting rock bottom ' truly is Case studies illustrate how gambling begins as harmless escapism and how stressful and sometimes painful lives combined with spiralling debts lead to desperation to avoid thoughts feelings and the reality of life in chaos. Women can and do stop gambling and the author shares anecdotes from patients and discusses therapeutic models and practical strategies to demonstrate how this is possible. Women and Problem Gambling is based on the author's research and theories developed throughout her extensive practice. The insights will be of value to anyone wanting to understand or work with problem gambling in women; from a woman with a problem herself thorough to family friends and any healthcare professionals or therapists involved in her care and treatment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415686372

Women and PropertyIn Early Modern England This ground-breaking book reveals the economic reality of ordinary women between the late 16th and early 18th centuries. Drawing on little-known sources Amy Louise Erickson reconstructs day-to-day lives showing how women owned managed and inherited property on a scale previously unrecognised. Her complex and fascinating research which contrasts the written laws with the actual practice completely revises the traditional picture of women's economic status in pre-industrial England. Women and Property is essential reading for anyone interested in women law and the past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177246

Women and Psychiatric TreatmentA Comprehensive Text and Practical Guide Women and Psychiatric Treatment provides a practical guide to the challenge of preserving fairness in access and quality of provision of health care and argues that equity is only achievable through greater recognition of gender differences. Taking into account the main variables which influence treatment such as setting age and culture clear suggestions are given for the reform of training research and provision of services according to gender differences. Divided into seven sections the book discusses the following subjects: the background treatment settings treatment of particular groups specific disorders managing the sequelae of trauma therapies the future: implications for training research and service provision. This comprehensive and practical text offers a thorough investigation of the issues surrounding the treatment of women with mental health problems. It will be welcomed by psychiatrists clinical psychologists and other mental health workers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862769

Women and PsychoanalysisThe Collected Papers of Lucy Holmes This remarkable collection charts the professional growth of one psychoanalyst from student to seasoned clinician to provide a guidebook for how psychoanalytic theory is conceptualized created and tested in the analytic session. Specifically the book traces the development of thinking on the place of women in psychoanalysis and how psychoanalysis has changed how it views and treats women. Using the techniques of qualitative psychoanalytic research Lucy Holmes presents new theories of female development grounded in drive theory and expands and enriches Freud’s phallocentric ideas about women. Validated by over 30 years of clinical experience with female patients her work demonstrates how these theories affect women in analysis in group and in their personal lives. Later papers focus on the process of psychoanalysis itself using the laboratory of the analytic session to study how talking changes the neurological structure of the brain; to reflect on the concept of "cure" in psychoanalysis; and finally to tackle the tenacity of the repetition compulsion. Exploring topics across women’s lives such as childbirth anger identity death humour leadership and madness this unique collection of papers is ideal for practicing clinicians and theorists of psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367560874

Women and Public AdministrationInternational Perspectives This new book is the result of an international research project that spanned nearly a decade. Authors from a half-dozen countries discuss women's roles in public administration in the context of their overall participation in the labor force. Women and Public Administration presents some astounding results derived from the authors’research into a particular country's government politics and the role of women in that country. The authors women born and currently living in India Bulgaria the Netherlands Germany Finland and the United States discuss four main topics: the number and level of female civil servants in the highest ranks of at least two bureaucracies one concerned with traditionally female roles and one concerned with traditionally male roles; the career histories of these women; an institutional description of women in public bureaucracies; and the perceptions of women in public administration concerning discrimination and equality policies. This important book also describes historical demographic economic and governmental information and women's views of barriers access to training and advancement and the general social climate for women employees at various levels within the bureaucracies.Researchers aware of cultural and language differences and the dangers of imposing a Western model on non-Western cultures used questionnaires and interviews to obtain much of the information for this study. Each country has its own unique story involving history the structure of the labor market the organization of government and the socialization patterns of the culture as well as the current patterns of interaction between men and women and current public policies affecting these matters. Women and Public Administration contains much valuable information for everyone interested in women's roles in bureaucracies around the world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203063644

Women and Public PolicyThe Shifting Boundaries Between the Public and Private Spheres First published in 1999 this volume aims to go beyond this debate is to explore the factors which have contributed to women’s exclusion from rights and full citizenship. Beginning by linking the construction of a dichotomous relationship between public and private spheres to the theory and practice of women’s exclusion it attempts to move beyond critique and open up an alternative more positive project. More than a feminist analysis this project is fundamental to constructing a new understanding of politics and the political process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138358904

Women and Public ServiceBarriers Challenges and Opportunities This book tackles the challenges that women face in the workplace generally and in the public sector particularly. While Women and Public Service spends time identifying and describing the problems that women faced in the past it pays special attention to identifying possible remedies to these problems and also surveys progress made in recent decades. The authors present the challenge of accommodating women in public sector organisations as both a fairness issue and also a human resources matter as a fundamental prerequisite for recruiting the best and brightest talent.Key content coverage:The representation of women in public organisations including occupational agency and position level segregationIssues of pay equity--legislation equal worth measures and the serious links between the issue of representation and equal paySpecial issues facing women in their workplace including institutional climate workplace violence sexual harassment social costs of career progression and family-friendly policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765631039

Women and Punishment In the last decade there has been growing international concern about the increasing numbers of women in prison the effects that imprisonment has on their children the realisation that gaoled women have different criminal profiles and rehabilitative needs to male prisoners and the seeming intractability of the associated problems. In response there has been an overarching policy concern in many countries to fashion and co-ordinate gender-specific policies towards female offenders which aim both to slow down the rate of their offending and/or imprisonment and also to engender flexible programmes which will reduce the time spent in custody and/or away from their young children. The major objective of this book is to describe and analyse contemporary opportunities for and barriers to both the reduction of female prison populations and the reduction of the pain of those women who continue to be imprisoned. It assesses the most important recent attempts to reduce both women's imprisonment and the damage it does identifying and analyzing cross-jurisdiction and gender-specific lessons to be learned and the unexpected consequences of some of the reform strategies. This book brings together leading scholars and practitioners in the field providing a critique of the reform initiatives which have taken place and a much-needed theorization of cross-national policy in this area. It will be essential reading for all with an interest in prisons and prison reform. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843924951

Women and PuppetryCritical and Historical Investigations Women and Puppetry is the first publication dedicated to the study of women in the field of puppetry arts. It includes critical articles and personal accounts that interrogate specific historical moments cultural contexts and notions of "woman" on and off stage. Part I "Critical Perspective " includes historical and contemporary analyses of women’s roles in society gender anxiety revealed through the unmarked puppet body and sexual expression within oppressive social contexts. Part II "Local Contexts: Challenges and Transformations " investigates work of female practitioners within specific cultural contexts to illuminate how women are intervening in traditionally male spaces. Each chapter in Part II offers brief accounts of specific social histories barriers and gender biases that women have faced and the opportunities afforded female creative leaders to appropriate revive and transform performance traditions. And in Part III  "Women Practitioners Speak " contemporary artists reflect on their experiences as female practitioners within the art of puppet theatre. Representing female writers and practitioners from across the globe Women and Puppetry offers students and scholars a comprehensive interrogation of the challenges and opportunities that women face in this unique art form. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415787390

Women and RadioAiring Differences Combining classic work on radio with innovative research journalism and biography Women and Radio offers a variety of approaches to understanding the position of women as producers presenters and consumers as well as offering guidelines advice and helpful information for women wanting to work in radio.Women and Radio examines the relationship between radio audiences technologies and programming and reveals and explains the inequalities experienced by women working in the industry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315011004

Women and Recession Originally published in 1988 this book compiles a collection of works investigating the impact of recession on women's employment. The authors argue that the most important explanation of differences in women's experience between the countries is the form of labour market regulation and organisation. They point out that current changes in these forms of regulation and not displacement of female labour pose the main threat to any gains that women have made in the labour market in the post- World War II period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415609234

Women and ReikiEnergetic/Holistic Healing in Practice Women and Reiki is the first ethnographic study of Reiki and energetic healing in Britain. The book argues that if we are to build an accurate and comprehensive picture of healing we must examine the role of gender representation and power. Although women healers predominate at the grass roots level these factors have been largely ignored in academic studies of "New Age" and alternative spiritualities. The acknowledgement of women‘s power in these studies is to be found somewhere between male-dominated biomedical approaches to health and apparently more egalitarian holistic discourse and practice. Using the work of theorists such as Michel Foucault and Meredith McGuire the book shows that women healers are using Reiki and other healing spiritualities to actively engage in a politics of reclamation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315084015

Women and Religion in Early America 1600-1850The Puritan and Evangelical Traditions Women in Early American Religion 1600-1850 explores the first two centuries of America's religious history examining the relationship between the socio-political environment gender politics and religion Drawing its background from women's religious roles and experiences in England during the Reformation the book follows them through colonial settlement the rise of evangelicalism with the 'great awakening' the American Revolution and the second flowering of popular religion in the first half of the nineteenth century. Women in Early American Religion 1600-1850 traces the female spiritual tradition through the Puritans Baptists and Shakers arguing that it was a strong empowering force for women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138156111

Women and Religion in England1500-1720 Patricia Crawford explores how the study of gender can enhance our understanding of religious history in this study of women and their apprehensions of God in early modern England. The book has three broad themes: the role of women in the religious upheaval in the period from the Reformation to the Restoration; the significance of religion to contemporary women focusing on the range of practices and beliefs; and the role of gender in the period. The author argues that religion in the early modern period cannot be understood without a perception of the gendered nature of its beliefs institutions and language. Contemporary religious ideology reinforced women's inferior position but as the author shows it was possible for some women to transcend these beliefs and profoundly influence history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315002118

Women and Religion in Old and New Worlds This innovative collection brings together essays on women's religious experiences in both Europe and the Americas during the colonial era. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786803

Women and Religion in the Atlantic Age 1550-1900 Bringing the study of early modern Christianity into dialogue with Atlantic history this collection provides a longue durée investigation of women and religion within a transatlantic context. Taking as its starting point the work of Natalie Zemon Davis on the effects of confessional difference among women in the age of religious reformations the volume expands the focus to broader temporal and geographic boundaries. The result is a series of essays examining the effects of religious reform and revival among women in the wider Atlantic world of Europe the Americas and West Africa from 1550 to 1850. Taken collectively the essays in this volume chart the extended impact of confessional divergence on women over time and space and uncover a web of transatlantic religious interaction that significantly enriches our understanding of the unfolding of the Atlantic World. Divided into three sections the volume begins with an exploration of ’Old World Reforms’ looking afresh at the impact of confessional change in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries upon the lives of European women. Part two takes this forward tracing the adaptation of European religious forms within Africa and the Americas. The third and final section explores the multifarious faces of the revival that inspired the nineteenth century missionary movement on both sides of the Atlantic. Collectively the essays underline the extent to which the development of the Atlantic World created a space within which an unprecedented series of juxtapositions collisions and collusions among religious traditions and practitioners took place. These demonstrate how the religious history of Europe the Americas and Africa became intertwined earlier and more deeply than much scholarship suggests and highlight the dynamic nature of transatlantic cross-fertilization and influence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409452744

Women and Religion in the WestChallenging Secularization What is the relationship between women and secularization? In the West women are abandoning traditional religion. Yet they continue to make up the majority of religious adherents. Accounting for this seeming paradox is the focus of this volume. If women undergird the foundations of religion but are leaving in large numbers why are they leaving? Where are they going? What are they doing? And what's happening to those who remain? Women and Religion in the West addresses a neglected yet crucial issue within the debate on religious belonging and departure: the role of women in and out of religion and spirituality. Beginning with an analysis of the relationship between gender and secularization the book moves its focus to in-depth examination of women's experiences based on data from key recent qualitative work on women and religion. This volume addresses not only women's place in and out of Christianity (the normal focus of secularization theories) but also alternative spiritualities and Islam asking how questions of secularization differ between faith systems. This book offers students and scholars of religion sociology and women's studies as well as interested general readers an accessible work on the religiosity of western women and contributes fresh analyses of the rapidly shifting terrain of contemporary religion and spirituality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276048

Women and Representation in Local GovernmentInternational Case Studies Women and Representation in Local Government opens up an opportunity to critique and move beyond suppositions and labels in relation to women in local government. Presenting a wealth of new empirical material this book brings together international experts to examine and compare the presence of women at this level and features case studies on the US UK France Germany Spain Finland Uganda China Australia and New Zealand. Divided into four main sections each explores a key theme related to the subject of women and representation in local government and engages with contemporary gender theory and the broader literature on women and politics. The contributors explore local government as a gendered environment; critiquing strategies to address the limited number of elected female members in local government and examine the impact of significant recent changes on local government through a gender lens. Addressing key questions of how gender equality can be achieved in this sector it will be of strong interest to students and academics working in the fields of gender studies local government and international politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203829424

Women and Resistance in Contemporary Bengali CinemaA Freedom Incomplete Historically Indian cinema has positioned women at the intersection of tradition and a more evolving culture portraying contradictory attitudes which affect women’s roles in public and private spheres. Examining the work of three directors from West Bengal this book addresses the juxtaposition of tradition and culture regarding women in Bengali cinema. It argues the antithesis of women’s roles particularly in terms of ideas of resistance revolution change and autonomy by suggesting they convey resistance to hegemonic structures encouraging a re-envisioning of women’s positions within the familial-social matrix. Along with presenting a perception of culture as dynamic and evolving the book discusses how some directors show that with this rupturing of the traditionally prohibitive and a notion of unmaking and making in women a traditional inclination is exposed to align women with ideas of absence substitution and disposability. The author goes on to show how selected auteurs in contemporary Bengali cinema break with certain traditional representations of women gesturing towards a culture that is more liberating for women. Presenting the first full-length study of women’s changing roles over the last twenty years of Bengali cinema this book will be a useful contribution for students and scholars of South Asian Culture Film Studies and Gender Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138615786

Women and RetirementChallenges of a New Life Stage In the last century changes to the nature and patterns of women’s working lives have been vast. Notably the huge increase in women’s participation in the paid workforce means that today women are retiring in unprecedented numbers. How do they cope with this lifestyle transition? What major difficulties do they face? How do they process the problems associated with managing this transition in fulfilling ways while juggling family financial friendship ageing and health issues? To date most retirement studies have focused on men and therefore gender-specific issues relating to post-work life such as the pay gap the double shift women’s longer lifespans and their traditional roles as carers and social nurturers have been afforded far less attention. Women and Retirement: Challenges of a New Life Stage is the first book of its kind to examine women’s retirement using a lifespan perspective. Based on the authors’ extensive study of over 1 000 retired Australian women as well as current research the book presents models of various retirement trajectories and compares women’s experiences with the more widely researched retirement experiences of men. Moore and Rosenthal consider the nature of the transition from full-time work to retirement and the many different pathways and factors influencing this journey: women’s financial status in the retirement years; their health changes; and the varied activity patterns they adopt. Women and Retirement is a comprehensive up-to-date and evidence-based review of the female retirement experience. It will be invaluable for courses on ageing and health within psychology women’s studies social work and sociology and for use by practitioners in these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138045231

Women and Romanticism 5V Demonstrating the breadth and scope of women’s writing in the Romantic period this collection covers a variety of topics ranging across polemical treatises private correspondence philosophical and historical disquisitions and poetry and prose fiction. Helping to contextualise the areas discussed the collection includes a general introduction by the editor which traces the history of criticism in the field and thus current definitions of "Women and Romanticism" before going on to discuss the contents of each volume. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429353963

Women and ScienceAn Annotated Bibliography First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138997486

Women and Sex TherapyClosing the Circle of Sexual Knowledge Outstanding feminist scholars present seldom discussed women’s views of sexuality. In the past there has been little feminist discussion among sexuality professionals and between feminist therapists and sex therapists. The valuable ideas expressed by the contributors to this book are aimed at increasing the possibilities for all therapists and counselors to discuss with their clients the nature of sexuality and in particular what women feel about sex. Professionals provide remarkable perspectives on issues that concern all women--orgasm the double standard new reproductive options intimacy bisexuality and more. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315804125

Women and Sex Tourism Landscapes Sexual spaces normally inhabited by (mostly) female sex workers are understood as masculine spaces and positioned for and around male consumers. However red light zones and public sex performances in both Thailand and Holland are being explored and visually consumed by female tourists in significant numbers. Their presence in red light districts and sexual venues is at odds with the ways in which sexual spaces have normally been positioned. Woman and Sex Tourism Landscapes explores female tourists' interactions with highly sexualized spaces and places in two very different contexts: the Netherlands and Thailand. Addressing this incongruence this text explores the ways in which these spaces are constructed and examines the different relations that govern the management of and female tourist interactions with these liminal sexual zones. Ethnographic data collected in both countries suggests that far from being male-centred spaces the red light districts and associated sexual entertainment venues are very much open to female tourists. Drawing on this research the author argues that some women are indeed interested in exploring sexualized zones challenging assumptions about women’s involvements with sexual space. Thinking specifically about the visual nature of women's sexualized experiences the analysis draws on a range of different theoretical understandings that address power privilege and the gaze. An important contribution to a range of debates this book will appeal to students and researchers in tourism geography sociology gender studies and cultural theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367368852

Women and Sex Work in CambodiaBlood sweat and tears Prostitution is strongly embedded in local cultural practices in Cambodia. Based on extensive original research this book explores the nature of prostitution in Cambodia providing explanations of why the phenomenon is so widely tolerated. It outlines the background of the French colonial period with its filles malades considers the contemporary legal framework and analyses the motivations for sex work examining in particular how women become locked into debt bondage. Overall the book provides significant contributions to wider debates about sex work sex trafficking and the constrained nature of women’s choices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138102286

Women and Sexual HarassmentA Practical Guide to the Legal Protections of Title VII and the Hostile Environment Claim Here is a valuable guide that saves researchers investigating sexual harassment in the workplace enormous amounts of time and money. Focusing on the hostile environment claim under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 Women and Sexual Harassment is a complete resource tool. In one easy-to-use volume it provides a detailed background and history of the hostile environment claim as well as an extensive guide on how to use and where to find the best resources available on this topic. Unlike some legal books Chan’s book does not require cover-to-cover reading to access pertinent information. Anyone whether they are interested in the specifics of the hostile environment claim or sexual harassment in general will be able to locate the information they’re looking for with the help of this handy guide. It saves enormous amounts of time effort and money for researchers by providing extensive listings and evaluations of statutes cases agency decisions law review articles annotations and books containing information on this subject. Readers can use the book to get a better understanding of the hostile environment claim or use it like a dictionary to pinpoint the specific resources that will be most useful to their area of research. Women and Sexual Harassment is logically divided into five complete parts to make it easy to use: Part 1: Clearly explains how to best use the book to access specific information. Part 2: Describes the history and present state of the hostile environment claim in a manner that is to the point yet is more thorough than descriptions of the claim found in articles cases or other sources. Part 3: Research guide--Directs researchers to the best sources for information categorized by type and area. Includes tips that will save hours in the library and will help researchers find the most up-to-the-minute articles and cases. Part 4: Bibliography of primary legal sources--Covers statutes regulations and case law on the hostile environment claim and sexual harassment. Part 5: Bibliography of secondary sources--Includes books articles surveys and legislative history.The annotated bibliography broken down by type of source and type of information not only points researchers in the right direction but also steers them away from sources that seem valuable from their title but are in fact not worthwhile. The insightful written analysis of the hostile environment claim alone provides researchers unfamiliar with the subject with a clearly written history and definition of the claim its key elements employer liability statute of limitations remedies considerations of discovery and evidence and related claims. Women and Sexual Harassment is an invaluable guide for all types of researchers including victims of sexual harassment considering filing a hostile environment claim scholars interested in women’s issues attorneys unfamiliar with this area employers interested in limiting their liability by taking steps to prevent sexual harassment in their workplaces and law students in any level of courses related to sex discrimination or sexual harassment. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315863832

Women and Sexuality in the Novels of Thomas Hardy First published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754972

Women and Shakespeare's Cuckoldry PlaysShifting Narratives of Marital Betrayal How does a woman become a whore? What are the discursive dynamics making a woman a whore? And more importantly what are the discursive mechanics of unmaking? In Women and Shakespeare’s Cuckoldry Plays: Shifting Narratives of Marital Betrayal Cristina León Alfar pursues these questions to tease out familiar cultural stories about female sexuality that recur in the form of a slander narrative throughout William Shakespeare’s work. She argues that the plays stage a structure of accusation and defense that unravels the authority of husbands to make and unmake wives. While men’s accusations are built on a foundation of political religious legal and domestic discourses about men’s superiority to and rule over women whose weaker natures render them perpetually suspect women’s bonds with other women animate defenses of virtue and obedience fidelity and love work loose the fabric of patrilineal power that undergirds masculine privileges in marriage and signify a discursive shift that constitutes the site of agency within a system of oppression that ought to prohibit such agency. That women’s agency in the early modern period must be tied to the formations of power that officially demand their subjection need not undermine their acts. In what Alfar calls Shakespeare’s cuckoldry plays women’s rhetoric of defense is both subject to the discourse of sexual honor and finds a ground on which to “shift it” as women take control of and replace sexual slander with their own narratives of marital betrayal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881658

Women and Sharia Law in Northern IndonesiaLocal Women's NGOs and the Reform of Islamic Law in Aceh This book examines the life of women in the Indonesian province of Aceh where Islamic law was introduced in 1999. It outlines how women have had to face the formalisation of conservative understandings of sharia law in regulations and new state institutions over the last decade or so how they have responded to this forming non-governmental organisations (NGOs) that have shaped local discourse on women’s rights equality and status in Islam and how these NGOs have strategised demanded reform and enabled Acehnese women to take active roles in influencing the processes of democratisation and Islamisation that are shaping the province. The book shows that although the formal introduction of Islamic law in Aceh has placed restrictions on women’s freedom paradoxically it has not prevented them from engaging in public life. It argues that the democratisation of Indonesia which allowed Islamisation to occur continues to act as an important factor shaping Islamisation’s current trajectory; that the introduction of Islamic law has motivated women’s NGOs and other elements of civil society to become more involved in wider discussions about the future of sharia in Aceh; and that Indonesia’s recent decentralisation policy and growing local Islamism have enabled the emergence of different religious and local adat practices which do not necessarily correspond to overall national trends. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815362401

Women and Smoking since 1890 The changing face of the female smoker from the lady smokers of the late nineteenth century to the lone mother of the late twentieth century suggests that the history of smoking among women is not just about the assimilation of women into a male practice but about the changing and varied circumstances of women’s lives. In this innovative study Elliott articulates the way in which the history of smoking among women raises complex questions about the construction of female identities in relation to smoking and the implications of this for understanding smoking among women as a medical and public health problem. In addressing these questions  Elliott uses a variety of source material from popular magazines to films to medical discourse to map the history of smoking among women on to changing understandings of gender and social expectations of women over the twentieth century at a societal and an individual level.         Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415511377

Women And Social Policy Women and Social Policy is a major new textbook on women and social policy in Britain in the 1990's. Written by a team of leading academics the book provides an introduction to the key topics and issues in social policy as they directly affect women as both users and providers of welfare services. All of the main social policy areas are covered: employment poverty and social security housing education health the personal social services and community care. The book also covers other issues such as race and domestic violence. The book is published in association with the Social Policy Association Women and Social Policy Group. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467293

Women and Society in Early Medieval IndiaRe-interpreting Epigraphs This book examines women and society in India during 600–1200 CE through epigraphs. It offers an analysis of inscriptional data at the pan-India level to explore key themes including early marriage deprivation of girls from education property rights widowhood and satÄ« as well as women in administration and positions of power. The volume also traces gender roles and agency across religions such as Hinduism and Jainism the major religions of the times and sheds light on a range of political social economic and religious dimensions. A panoramic critique of contradictions and conformity between inscriptional and literary sources including pieces of archaeological evidence against traditional views on patriarchal stereotypes as also regional parities and disparities the book presents an original understanding of women’s status in early medieval South Asian society. Rich in archival material this book will be useful to scholars and researchers of ancient and medieval Indian history social history archaeology epigraphy sociology cultural studies gender studies and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367479275

Women and SpaceGround Rules and Social Maps Second Revised EditionThe relationship between women and space has now been recognized as an important issue for feminist discussion. Developments in psychology and geography have encouraged the use of `social maps' to explore the way in which space is perceived. This book presents fascinating ethnographic evidence collected by the authors from actresses politicians farmers and housewives in England Africa Iran Peru Greece and the former Soviet Union. This evidence illustrates how space must be considered both in its physical dimensions and in its social and symbolic aspects as experienced by women. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135081

Women and Spanish FascismThe Women's Section of the Falange 1934-1959 Using forty-five interviews with former members and sympathisers this book traces the development of the Women's section of the Franco government from its roots in the Spanish fascist party to its role in the dictatorship up to 1959. The study reveals that despite its anti-feminist agenda the section was in some areas a catalyst for women's emancipation in post-Franco Spain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753920

Women and Sport in Latin America This multidisciplinary book draws on sociology cultural studies anthropology and history to explore the diversity challenges and achievements of Latin American women in sport. It offers an in-depth analysis of women’s sport in ten countries across Latin America insights into the sport activities of indigenous peoples and the contributions of Latin American women to sport living outside of the region. The book also provides a comprehensive overview of international developments in gender and sport research policy development and theory and addresses sport participation at many levels including in school-based physical education community and high performance contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815376248

Women and Substance AbuseGender Transparency In Women and Substance Abuse: Gender Transparency you’ll see what can be done to aid women in some of the world’s hardest hit substance abuse hubs including Rio De Janeiro Brazil; Philadelphia Pennsylvania; and New Haven Connecticut. Filled with timely research and practical solutions this volume shows you what you can do to aid the tremendous and immediate need for specialized interventions in the lives of women.Women and Substance Abuse considers many of the variables in the lives of women who abuse drugs--race choice of drug HIV risk and drug treatment history--and gives you line-by-line proof of the need for custom-tailored harm reduction strategies for addicted women who are and who aren’t engaged in drug treatment therapy. In addition you’ll see why frequent cocaine use current physical and sexual abuse and concerns relating to children can alter the success of therapies and treatments. Overall this unique volume will broaden your understanding of the subject by covering: gender differences in risk for gonorrhea infection risk factors for women who trade sex for drugs and money the role of physicians and prenatal care providers of substance abusing women how drug treatment programs can be more multifacted to include planning prenatal care and parenting skills prison-based therapeutic communities long-term residential treatment for women with children pregnant women and women without childrenFor every unique woman with a drug problem there is a unique treatment. Women and Substance Abuse turns away from the lost cause of blanket treatments and takes you into the world’s slums and inner-city ghettoes where the faces of addiction are as diverse as the women who bear its debilitating burdens. You’ll see women’s drug addiction for what it is--a montage of suffering and pain that only individual and specialized care can cure. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821733

Women and Sustainability in BusinessA Global Perspective Women and Sustainability in Business: A Global Perspective brings together original research from a dozen countries concerning the issues and challenges facing women in sustainable business. This is a recurrent topic among researchers regulators companies and rating agencies. Governments pay special attention to how women impact the economy when shaping their strategies on economic sustainability. Women’s contribution to business is fundamental to creating a sustainable economy such that businesses try to strengthen ‘women’s presence’ within their organisations especially on their boards. Today sustainable companies cannot survive without strategies involving women. Stakeholders regulators NGOs and rating agencies track both women-focused strategies and the corporate sustainability reports of companies. Well-designed strategies for women workers help companies to develop their financial and social sustainability initiatives progressively. This book analyses the practice of women in sustainable business in terms of company performance social responsibility board management entrepreneurship employment education management social sustainability environmental politics and technology from a wide range of diverse regional perspectives and highlights the differences between the underdeveloped developing and developed world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606008

Women and the American Legal Order First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315051512

Women and the Art and Science of Collecting in Eighteenth-Century Europe Through both longer essays and shorter case studies this book examines the relationship of European women from various countries and backgrounds to collecting in order to explore the social practices and material and visual cultures of collecting in eighteenth-century Europe. It recovers their lives and examines their interests their methodologies and their collections and objects—some of which have rarely been studied before. The book also considers women’s role as producers that is creators of objects that were collected. Detailed examination of the artefacts—both visually and in relation to their historical contexts—exposes new ways of thinking about collecting in relation to the arts and sciences in eighteenth-century Europe. The book is interdisciplinary in its makeup and brings together scholars from a wide range of fields. It will be of interest to those working in art history material and visual culture history of collecting history of science literary studies women’s studies gender studies and art conservation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367856663

Women and the Book Trade in Sixteenth-Century France Focusing on the vastly understudied area of how women participated in the book trades not just as authors but also as patrons copyists illuminators publishers editors and readers Women and the Book Trade in Sixteenth-Century France foregrounds contributions made by women during a period of profound transformation in the modes and understanding of publication. Broomhall asks whether women's experiences as authors changed when manuscript circulation gave way to the printed book as a standard form of publication. Innovatively she broadens the concept of publication to include methods of scribal publication through the circulation and presentation of manuscripts and expands notions of authorship to incorporate a wide sample group of female writers and publishing experiences. She challenges the existing view that manuscript offered a "safe" means of semi-public exposure for female authors and explores its continuing presence after the introduction of print. The study introduces a wide and rich range of unexamined sources on early modern women using an extensive range of manuscripts and the entire corpus of women's printed texts in sixteenth-century France. Most of the original texts uncovered during the author's own extensive archival and bibliographical research have never been re-published in modern French. Most of the citations from them are here translated into English for the first time. The work presents the only checklist of all known women's writings in printed texts from prefaces and laudatory verse to editions of prose and poetry between 1488 and 1599. Women and the Book Trade in Sixteenth-Century France constitutes the most comprehensive assessment of women's contribution to contemporary publishing yet available. Broomhall's innovative approach and her conclusions have relevance not only for book historians and French historians but for a broad range of scholars who work with other European literatures and histories as well as women's studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233833

Women and the Digitally-Mediated Revolution in the Middle EastApplying Digital Methods This book applies digital methods of analysis to the study of the impact of digital technologies on the social and political spheres of women in Saudi Arabia and Egypt. These countries have been early embracers of digital technologies in the Middle East and are therefore useful cases to examine the region’s use of digital media. Bernardi discusses what can be called the silent revolutions of these women online. By combining Software Studies Feminist Qur’anic Revisionism Actor Network Theory and digital methods research and analysis the book explores how ‘women’s issues’ in Egypt and Saudi Arabia arise transform and manifest themselves in the digital sphere both in English and in Arabic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660215

Women and the Economy: A ReaderA Reader This reader is designed for use as a primary or supplementary text for courses on women's role in the economy. Both interdisciplinary and heterodox in its approach it showcases feminist economic analyses that utilize insights from institutionalism as well as neoclassical economics. Including both classic and newer selections from a broad range of areas each section includes an introduction with background material as well as discussion questions exercises and lists of key terms an further readings. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698113

Women and the Environment in the Third WorldAlliance for the future 'This book ... should be issued to grass-root organisations everywhere' Doris Lessing The New Scientist 'It is must reading for government planners environmentalists and the ordinary layman' Asia Week Women in the Third World play the major role in managing natural resources. They are also the first and hardest hit by environmental mismanagement yet they are neither consulted nor taken into account by development strategists. lrene Dankelman and Joan Davidson provide a clear account of the problems faced by women in the management of land water forests energy and human settlements. They also describe the lack of response from international organizations. With the help of well-documented case studies they describe the ways in which women can organize to meet environmental social and economic challenges. Originally published in 1988 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852159

Women and the FamilyTwo Decades of Change Despite the pervasive changes that have taken place in women’s lives in the past twenty-five years--increased participation in the labor force the attainment of higher levels of education and higher salaries--comparable changes in the division of family labor and in the roles of men have lagged considerably. In this timely book the editors and other experts in feminism and family studies examine the effects of two decades of influence by the women’s movement on sex roles and child rearing. While applauding some positive changes the contributors point to powerful forces of resistance to equality between the sexes especially “the question of family”--the fear of depriving children of maternal attachment and the belief that working mothers are placing their own interests above those of other family members--as an issue that until fully addressed prevents genuine equality between the sexes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864204

Women and the First World War The First World War was the first modern total war one requiring the mobilisation of both civilians and combatants. Particularly in Europe the main theatre of the conflict this war demanded the active participation of both men and women. Women and the First World War provides an introduction to the experiences and contributions of women during this important turning point in history. In addition to exploring women’s relationship to the war in each of the main protagonist states the book also looks at the wide-ranging effects of the war on women in Africa Asia Australia New Zealand and North America. Topical in its approach the book highlights:     the heated public debates about women’s social cultural and political roles that the war inspired    their varied experiences of war    women’s representation in propaganda    their roles in peace movements and revolutionary activity that grew out of the war    the consequences of the war for women in its immediate aftermath Containing a document section providing a wide range of sources from first-hand accounts a Chronology and Glossary Women and the First World War is an ideal text for students studying the First World War or the role of women in the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138835351

Women and the Ideology of Political ExclusionFrom Classical Antiquity to the Modern Era Women and the Ideology of Political Exclusion explores the origin and evolution of the political ideology that has kept women away from centers of political power – from the birth of democracy in ancient Athens to the modern era. In this period of 2500 years two parallel tracks advanced: while male authority tried to construct an ideology that justified women’s incompatibility with the political organization of the state women attempted to resist their exclusion and thwart arguments about their inferiority. Although the issue of women’s status has been studied in detail in specific eras this interdisciplinary collection extends the boundaries of the discussion. Drawing on a wide range of literary and historical sources including Herodotus’ Histories Plato’s Laws María de San José’s Oaxaca Manuscript and the work of Émilie Du Châtelet Mary Boykin Chesnut and Virginia Woolf the chapters here reveal the various manifestations of the female-inferiority construct. Such an extensive overview of this historical trajectory promotes a deeper understanding of its causes permutations and persistence. Women may have made great gains toward political power but they continue to encounter invisible barriers raised by traditional stereotypes that block their path to success. Women and the Ideology of Political Exclusion aims to make these barriers visible raising awareness about the longevity and tenacity of arguments the roots of which reach classical antiquity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367492458

Women and the Literary World in Early Modern China 1580-1700 Exploring the works of key women writers within their cultural artistic and socio-political contexts this book considers changes in the perception of women in early modern China. The sixteenth century brought rapid developments in technology commerce and the publishing industry that saw women emerging in new roles as both consumers and producers of culture. This book examines the place of women in the cultural elite and in society more generally reconstructing examples of particular women’s personal experiences and retracing the changing roles of women from the late Ming to the early Qing era (1580-1700). Providing rich detail of exceptionally fine interesting and engaging literary works this book opens fascinating new windows onto the lives dreams nightmares anxieties and desires of the authors and the world out of which they emerged. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138643505

Women and the Making of Built Space in England 1870–1950 This interdisciplinary collection explores the relationships between women and built space in England between the 1870s and the 1940s. Historians working in cultural literary architectural urban design labour and social history approach the topic through case studies of often neglected organisations individuals practices and initiatives. Included are East End rent collectors tenants diarists and correspondents the All-Europe House the Women's Co-operative Guild the Housewives Committee of the Council of Industrial Design provincial and metropolitan exhibitors and activists of varying kinds. Moving beyond the study of buildings and their designers the volume considers the making of space in its broadest sense from the production of discourses to the consumption of domestic appliances and the performance of roles as diverse as social reformers committee members and homemakers. It thereby demonstrates that women made a significant contribution to the creation of modern built environments in both public and private spheres. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379060

Women and the Material Culture of Death Examining the compelling and often poignant connection between women and the material culture of death this collection focuses on the objects women make the images they keep the practices they use or are responsible for and the places they inhabit and construct through ritual and custom. Women’s material practices ranging from wearing mourning jewelry to dressing the dead stitching memorial samplers to constructing skull boxes collecting funeral programs to collecting and studying diseased hearts making and collecting taxidermies and making sculptures honoring the death are explored in this collection as well as women’s affective responses and sentimental labor that mark their expected and unexpected participation in the social practices surrounding death and the dead. The largely invisible work involved in commemorating and constructing narratives and memorials about the dead-from family members and friends to national figures-calls attention to the role women as memory keepers for families local communities and the nation. Women have tended to work collaboratively making collecting and sharing objects that conveyed sentiments about the deceased whether human or animal as well as the identity of mourners. Death is about loss and many of the mourning practices that women have traditionally and are currently engaged in are about dealing with private grief and public loss as well as working to mitigate the more general anxiety that death engenders about the impermanence of life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269521

Women and the Material Culture of Needlework and Textiles 1750–1950 Rejecting traditional notions of what constitutes art this book brings together essays on a variety of fiber arts to recoup women's artistic practices by redefining what counts as art. Although scholars over the last twenty years have turned their attention to fiber arts redefining the conditions practices and products as art there is still much work to be done to deconstruct the stubborn patriarchal art/craft binary. With essays on a range of fiber art practices including embroidery knitting crocheting machine stitching rug making weaving and quilting this collection contributes to the ongoing scholarly redefinition of women's relationship to creative activity. Focusing on women as producers of cultural products and creators of social value the contributors treat women as active subjects and problematize their material practices and artifacts in the complex world of textiles. Each essay also examines the ways in which needlework both performs gender and in turn constructs gender. Moreover in concentrating on and theorizing material practices of textiles these essays reorient the study of fiber arts towards a focus on process”the making of the object including the conditions under which it was made by whom and for what purpose”as a way to rethink the fiber arts as social praxis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265820

Women and the MediaFeminism and Femininity in Britain 1900 to the Present The media have played a significant role in the contested and changing social position of women in Britain since the 1900s. They have facilitated feminism by both providing discourses and images from which women can construct their identities and offering spaces where hegemonic ideas of femininity can be reworked. This volume is intended to provide an overview of work on Broadcasting Film and Print Media from 1900 while appealing to scholars of History and Media Film and Cultural Studies. This edited collection features tightly focused and historically contextualised case studies which showcase current research on women and media in Britain since the 1900s. The case studies explore media directed at a particularly female audience such as Woman’s Hour and magazines such as Vogue Woman and Marie Claire. Women who work in the media issues of production and regulation are discussed alongside the representation of women across a broad range of media from early 20th-century motorcycling magazines Page 3 and regional television news. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367208622

Women and the Nineteenth-Century Lied This book bridges a gap in existing scholarship by foregrounding the contribution of women to the nineteenth-century Lied. Building on the pioneering work of scholars in recent years it consolidates recent research on women’s achievements in the genre and develops an alternative narrative of the Lied that embraces an understanding of the contributions of women and of the contexts of their engagement with German song and related genres. Lieder composers including Fanny Hensel Clara Schumann Pauline Viardot-Garcia and Josephine Lang are considered with a stimulating variety of analytical approaches. In addition to the focus on composers associated with history and theory of the Lied the various chapters explore the cultural and sociological background to the Lied’s musical environment as well as engaging with gender studies and discussing performance and pedagogical contexts. The range of subject matter reflects the interdisciplinary nature of current research in the field and the energy it generates among scholars and performers. Women and the Nineteenth-Century Lied aims to widen readers’ perception of the genre and help promote awareness of women’s contribution to nineteenth-century musical life through critical appraisal of the cultural context of the Lied encouraging acquaintance with the voices of women composers and the variety of their contributions to the repertoire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879440

Women and the Ownership of PMSThe Structuring of a Psychiatric Disorder This is the first book-length account of the controversy preceding and following the APA’s decision in 1986 to include a premenstrually related diagnosis in its revised diagnostic manual DSM III-R. Figert examines why the decision was controversial and consequential in three main domains where people their interests and claims to ownership coincide: the Health and Mental Health Domain the Woman Domain and the Science Domain. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315135830

Women and the Pamphlet Culture of Revolutionary England 1640-1660 Offering an analysis of the ways in which groups of non-aristocratic women circumvented a number of interdictions against female participation in the pamphlet culture of revolutionary England this book is primarily a study of female agency. Despite the fact that pamphlets or cheap unbound books have recently been located among the most inclusive or democratic aspects of the social life of early modern England this study provides a more gender-sensitive picture. Marcus Nevitt argues instead that throughout the revolutionary decades pamphlet culture was actually constructed around the public silence and exclusion of women. In support of his thesis he discusses more familiar seventeenth-century authors such as John Milton John Selden and Thomas Edwards in relation to the less canonical but equally forceful writings of Katherine Chidley Elizabeth Poole Mary Pope 'Parliament Joan' and a large number of Quaker women. This is the first sustained study of the relationship between female agency and cheap print throughout the revolutionary decades 1640 to 1660. It adds to the study of gender in the field of the English Revolution by engaging with recent work in the history of the book stressing the materiality of texts and the means and physical processes by which women's writing emerged through the printing press and networks of publication and dissemination. It will stimulate welcome debate about the nature and limits of discursive freedom in the early modern period and for women in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278066

Women and the PeopleAuthority Authorship and the Radical Tradition in Nineteenth-Century England Based on extensive new research investigating the range of women’s involvement in early nineteenth-century popular politics mid-Victorian reform and the women’s movements of the late century Women and the People makes an original intervention in the historiography of the radical tradition by exploring the interconnections of populism liberalism and feminism. Attending to authorship the study argues that the representational forms adopted by radicals were as important as the content of what they said in shaping their self-perception their construction of others and the reception of their ideas. In fiction poetry and autobiography as well as in political writing speeches and journalism women reworked radical conventions and imagined new models of political identity participation and authority. Though in general radicals appealed to ’the people’ women were often positioned as the suffering objects of reform rather than as the agents of change. By showing how they challenged or reinforced these conceptions of ’women’ and ’the people’ the book contends that radical women invoked alternative communities of sex class and nation and helped to remake and discipline the political sphere as they strove to make it their own. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315318028

Women and the Politics of Gender in Post-Conflict Timor-LesteBetween Heaven and Earth This book presents a wide-ranging overview of the position of women in Timor-Leste 15 years after the country secured its independence. It considers the role of women in Timor-Leste’s history explores their role in the present day economy and politics and discusses their contribution to culture and society. The contested meaning of gender itself is investigated in the contemporary culture of this new society. It applies a wide range of different feminist theories and approaches and concludes with a discussion of what new directions gender studies in Timor-Leste might take. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815357612

Women and the Politics of Representation in Southeast AsiaEngendering discourse in Singapore and Malaysia Singapore and Malaysia are rapidly modernising globalising Asian states which although being distinct nations since 1965 share common elements in the on-going struggle over the meaning of gender and sexuality in their societies. This is the first book to discuss a range of discourses around gender in these two countries. Women and the Politics of Representation in Southeast Asia: Engendering Discourse in Singapore and Malaysia seeks to give an overview of how gender and representation come together in various configurations in the history and contemporary culture of both nations. It examines the discursive construction of gender sexuality and representation in a variety of areas including the politics of everyday life education popular culture literature film theatre and photography. Chapters examine a range of tropes such as the Orientalist "Sarong Party Girl " the iconic "Singapore Girl" of Singapore Airlines and the figure of pious Muslim femininity celebrated by Malaysian NGO IMAN all of which play important roles in delineating limitations for gender roles. The collection also draws attention to resistance to these gender boundaries in theatre film blogs and social media and pedagogy. Bringing together research from a variety of humanistic and social science fields such as film material culture semiotics literature and pedagogy the book is a comprehensive feminist survey that will be of use for students and scholars of Women’s Studies and Asian Studies as well as on courses on gender media and popular culture in Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138491533

Women and the Public InterestPolicy and Protest in American Life Jessie Bernard in this serious book pulls into an analytic framework the research theory and polemics about the status and problems of women as they relate to public policy. With a scholarly deeply concerned eye the author comprehensively examines areas of public interest human resource development and utilization self-fulfillment and sex roles and the women's liberation movement. Bernard argues that sexual division of labor is at odds with the "general welfare" provision of the Constitution and that artificial sexual allocation of function impedes the "pursuit of happiness" mandate of the Declaration of Independence.Avoiding both the shrillness of political rhetoric about women's rights and the dullness of an impersonal research paper Bernard writes knowledgeably and sympathetically about what women can and should do to change public policy and achieve their goals. She combs the sociological and related literatures to document and analyze women's special burdens and disadvantages in American society and concludes that a radical redrawing of sex roles is necessary. A generally positive discussion of the recent women's liberation movement including portraits of some of its leaders drawn from personal interviews is also included.Designed for all readers the book can readily serve as an overview of the historical roots of the women's movement. It provides excellent reading for courses in social psychology and sociology. Guidance counselors and personnel directors will find this book of continuing use in their practical activities on behalf of career-oriented women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540637

Women and the Puranic Tradition in India This book analyses the diverse ways in which women have been represented in the Purāṇic traditions in ancient India – the virtuous wife mother daughter widow and prostitute – against the socio-religious milieu around CE 300–1000. Purāṇas (lit. ancient narratives) are brahmanical texts that largely fall under the category of socio-religious literature which were more broad-based and inclusive unlike the Smṛtis which were accessible mainly to the upper sections of society. In locating identifying and commenting on the multiplicity of the images and depictions of women’s roles in Purāṇic traditions the author highlights their lives and experiences over time both within and outside the traditional confines of the domestic sphere. With a focus on five Mahāpurāṇas that deal extensively with the social matrix Viṣṇu Mārkaṇḍeya Matsya Agni and Bhāgavata Purāṇas the book explores the question of gender and agency in early India and shows how such identities were recast invented shaped constructed replicated stereotyped and sometimes reversed through narratives. Further it traces social consequences and contemporary relevance of such representations in marriage adultery ritual devotion worship fasts and pilgrimage. This volume will be of interest to researchers and scholars in women and gender studies ancient Indian history religion sociology literature and South Asian studies as also the informed general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367479497

Women and the Reinvention of the PoliticalFeminism in Italy 1968-1983 This is the first in-depth study of the feminist movement that swept Italy during the "long 1970s" (1968-1983) and one of the first to use a combination of oral history interviews and newly-released archive sources to analyze the origins themes practices and impacts of "second-wave" feminism. While detailing the local and national contexts in which the movement operated it sees this movement as transnationally connected.  Emerging in a society that was both characterized by traditional gender roles and a microcosm of radical political projects in the wake of 1968 the feminist movement was able to transform the lives of thousands of women shape gender identities and roles and provoke political and legislative change. More strongly mass-based and socially diverse than its counterparts in other Western countries at the time its agenda encompassed questions of work unpaid care-work sexuality health reproductive rights sexual violence social justice and self-expression.  The case studies detailing feminist politics in three cities (Turin Naples and Rome) are framed in a wider analysis of the movement’s emergence its transnational links and local specificities and its practices and discourses. The book concludes on a series of hypotheses regarding the movement’s longer-term impacts and trajectories taking it up to the Berlusconi era and the present day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367208738

Women and the Second World War in France 1939-1948Choices and Constraints This is the first book (in either English or French) to offer readers an overview of women's experience of the Second World War and its immediate aftermath in France. It examines objectively the part that women played in both collaboration and resistance synthesising much recent scholarship on the subject in French and English and drawing on the author's own extensive research (including oral testimony) in Toulouse Paris and West Brittany. The findings are complex and the immensely varied testimony challenges easy generalisation. This will be relevant for courses on French studies French and European history and Women's studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145900

Women and the Shaping of the Nation's YoungEducation and Public Doctrine in Britain 1750–1850 Researchers have neglected the cultural history of education and as a result women's educational works have been disparaged as narrowly didactic and redundant to the history of ideas. Mary Hilton's book serves as a corrective to these biases by culturally contextualising the popular educational writings of leading women moralists and activists including Sarah Fielding Hester Mulso Chapone Catherine Macaulay Mary Wollstonecraft Hannah More Sarah Trimmer Catharine Cappe Priscilla Wakefield Maria Edgeworth Jane Marcet Elizabeth Hamilton Mary Carpenter and Bertha von Marenholtz Bulow. Over a hundred-year period from the rise of print culture in the mid-eighteenth century to the advent of the kindergarten movement in Britain in the mid-nineteenth a variety of women intellectuals from strikingly different ideological and theological milieux supported embellished critiqued and challenged contemporary public doctrines by positioning themselves as educators of the nation's young citizens. Of particular interest are their varying constructions of childhood expressed in a wide variety of published texts including tales treatises explanatory handbooks and collections of letters. By explicitly and consistently connecting the worlds of the schoolroom the family and the local parish to wider social religious scientific and political issues these women's educational texts were far more influential in the public realm than has been previously represented. Written deliberately to change the public mind these texts spurred their many readers to action and reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259560

Women And The StateInternational Perspectives Offering a wide-ranging selection of case studies this book evaluates women's political social and economic involvement in Third World countries. It explores both specific experiences of women as well as common themes such as identity empowerment and the conflict between tradition and modernity. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781315041223

Women and the StateThe Shifting Boundaries of Public and Private In the late 1980s despite the fact that the vast majority of women now had a dual role – in paid work and in the domestic realm – the world of work the welfare state and the domestic sphere were all still organized as though women’s place were primarily in the home. Though this contradiction most directly affected women it had implications for the lives of both sexes and in a much wider social context. Women’s changing role had paralleled a major restructuring of the economy but the importance of these changes was barely reflected in contemporary political discussions or in political science or social policy literature. In this title originally published in 1987 articles from women in Italy France Denmark Norway the US and Britain bring the issues sharply into focus. Applying fresh perspectives they widen and enrich the debate. This book marks a powerful contribution to a new and more realistic assessment of women’s dual role in the state and the economy which should be read by all those concerned with the development of women’s issues and with women’s studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138393738

Women and the Universal Declaration of Human Rights Who were the non-Western women delegates who took part in the drafting of the United Nations Charter and the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (UDHR) from 1945-1948? Which member states did these women represent and in what ways did they push for a more inclusive language than "the rights of Man" in the texts? This book provides a gendered historical narrative of human rights from the San Francisco Conference in 1945 to the final vote of the UDHR in the United Nations General Assembly in December 1948. It highlights the contributions by Latin American feminist delegates and the prominent non-Western female representatives from new member states of the UN. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367622787

Women and the Victorian Occult Increasingly contemporary scholarship reveals the strong connection between Victorian women and the world of the nineteenth-century supernatural. Women were intrinsically bound to the occult and the esoteric from mediums who materialised spirits to the epiphanic experiences of the New Woman from theosophy to telepathy. This volume addresses the various ways in which Victorian women expressed themselves and were constructed by the occult through a broad range of texts. By examining the roles of women as automatic writing mediums spiritualists authors editors theosophists socialists and how they interpreted the occult in their life and work the contributors in this edition return to sensation novels ghost stories autobiographies séances and fashionable magazines to access the visible and invisible worlds of Victorian life. The variety of texts analysed by the authors in this collection demonstrates the many interpretations of the occult in nineteenth-century culture and the ways that women used supernatural imagery and language to draw attention to issues that bore immediate implications on their own lives. Either by catering for the fad of ghost stories or by giving public trance speeches women harnessed the metaphorical and financial forces of the supernatural. As the articles in this book demonstrate the occult was after all a female affair. This book was published as a special issue of Women's Writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867895

Women and the Welfare State Women and the Welfare State approaches the question of welfare policy from an entirely fresh perspective. In it the author argues that an appreciation of the way in which women are defined by welfare policies and have been since the beginnings of the Industrial Revolution is essential to a true understanding of the nature of those policies and of the Welfare State. An important possible the most important function of welfare policy has been to promote and retain a particular form of the family; indeed one can define the Welfare State as the State organization of domestic life. To illustrate her arguments the author looks at the development of State welfare intervention from the early nineteenth century to the present day and relates it to the changing position of women children and of the family. The traditional Marxist view is modified by a theory of the position of women and by relating changing welfare policies and beliefs about welfare both to the women�s movements of the past century and to the ideas and theories of the contemporary Women�s Liberation Movement. In her approach Elizabeth Wilson argues � uniquely among writers on the Welfare State � for an emphasis on the ideology of welfare. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467330

Women and Their Money 1700-1950Essays on Women and Finance This book examines women's financial activity from the early days of the stock market in eighteenth century England and the South Sea Bubble to the mid-twentieth century. The essays demonstrate how many women managed their own finances despite legal and social restrictions and show that women were neither helpless incompetent and risk-averse nor were they unduly cautious and conservative. Rather many women learnt about money and made themselves effective and engaged managers of the funds at their disposal. The essays focus on Britain from eighteenth-century London to the expansion of British financial markets of the nineteenth century with comparative essays dealing with the US Italy Sweden and Japan. Hitherto writing about women and money has been restricted to their management of household finances or their activities as small business women. This book examines the clear evidence of women's active engagement in financial matters much neglected in historical literature especially women's management of capital.   . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542555

Women and Their Work First published in 1901 this title lends insight into the position of English women in the workforce at the turn of the twentieth century. The conditions of women changed rapidly throughout the 1800s leading to more varied choices in terms of career and lifestyle. However this title also reveals the limited status of women even one hundred years ago as Lyttleton urges that women must decide between a family life and a career. Women and Their Work will be of interest to students of Sociology Women’s History and Gender Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138189812

Women and Therapy in the Last Third of LifeThe Long View What is distinct about the last third of life about women that makes psychotherapy different? In this diverse collection the psychological meanings and challenges of the last third of life are explored as the capacity of the psyche expands sense of time changes and some questions take on new vibrance and urgency. Some chapters shine their light on women therapy clients - on their precarious sociocultural predicament in a sexist/ageist time and place on intrapsychic changes that follow from changing bodies relationships involvements and emergent needs of the self. Other chapters enter the largely unexplored territory of changes in the therapy process itself - where some decide against therapy altogether while others describe a rich revision of familiar elements of therapy greater authentic presence a changed standpoint on the power of the therapeutic relationship. Standing inside the ‘‘last third’’ and looking back on their own lives several women psychotherapists offer a rare window into their private experience across time and their perspectives on the challenges and the gifts that they and other women may realize in the last third of their lives as they consider who they have become who they are and who they can be. This book was based on a special issue of  Women and Therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852166

Women and Things 1750–1950Gendered Material Strategies In contrast to much current scholarship on women and material culture which focuses primarily on women as consumers this essay collection provides case studies of women who produced material objects. The essays collected here make an original contribution to material culture studies by focusing on women's social practices in relation to material culture. The essays as a whole are concerned with women's complex and active engagement with material culture in the various stages of the material object's life cycle from design and production to consumption use and redeployment. Also theorized and described are the ways in which women engaged in meaning making identity formation and commemoration through their manipulation of materials and techniques ranging from taxidermy and shell work to collecting autographs and making scrapbooks. This volume takes as its object of investigation the overlooked and often despised categories of women's decorative and craft activities as sites of important cultural and social work. This volume is interdisciplinary with essays by art historians social historians literary critics rhetoricians and museum curators. The scope of the volume is international with essays on eighteenth-century German silhouettes Australian aboriginal ritual practices Brittany mourning rites and Soviet-era recipes that provide a comparative framework for the majority of essays which focus on British and North American women who lived and worked in the long nineteenth century. This volume will appeal to a broad range of students and scholars in women's history art history cultural studies museum studies anthropology cultural and social history literature rhetoric and material culture studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257351

Women and Trade UnionsA Comparative Perspective First published in 1999 this volume aims to examine the extent to which such a partnership has been developed between women workers and trade unions with a comparative emphasis. Jennifer Curtin analyses how women trade unionists have sought to make trade union structures and policy agendas more inclusive of the interests of women workers in four countries: Australia Austria Israel and Sweden. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138370531

Women and Transformation in Russia This book looks at Russian women’s mobilization and agency during the two periods of transformation the turn of the 19th-20th century and the 20th – 21st century. Bringing together the parallels between the two great transformations it focuses on both the continuities and breaks and importantly it shows them from the grassroots point of view emphasizing the local factor. Chapters show the international and transnational aspects of Russian women’s agency of different spheres and different historical periods. The book goes on to raise new research questions such as the evaluation and comparison of Soviet society and contemporary Russia from the point of view of gender and women’s possibilities in society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415787956

Women and Transitional JusticeThe Experience of Women as Participants This book discusses the evolving principle of transitional justice in public international law and international relations from the female perspective at a time when the concept is increasingly recognised by the international community as an effective framework in which to negotiate and manage a community’s post-conflict transition to peace and stability. The book adopts a gender lens with a particular focus on women’s direct experiences and perceptions either as intended beneficiaries of transitional justice (TJ) protagonists in that process or as practitioners in order to present a unique view in relation to the development of TJ. The range of experiences and knowledge in this collection provides a fresh and unique perspective through its blend of theory and practice.This book will be of particular interest to students and scholars of law political science and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138805224

Women and TravelHistorical and Contemporary Perspectives Women and Travel: Historical and Contemporary Perspectives is a fascinating look at the behavior motivations experiences and needs of women as tourists and travellers drawing on both historic and contemporary eras. Surprisingly little research has explored key issues experiences and opportunities in the context of women’s travel. This revealing volume fills this gap exploring the discourses debates and discussions about women travel and tourism. With an international roster of contributors from diverse regions of the world the book celebrates a variety of women’s voices. Khoo-Lattimore and Wilson deliberately sought to include nontraditional and non-Western perspectives on women’s travel with inclusions of Asian solo female travelers; Islamic women travellers and the constraints placed on them; and women who cannot travel (or choose for whatever reason a ‘home holiday’). This enlightening volume brings together scholars from the broad areas of tourism hospitality geography and leisure studies to examine how and why women travel. The chapters bring light to perspectives from different countries cultures backgrounds and religions and utilize different methods approaches and styles of presentation. Women and Travel: Historical and Contemporary Perspectives will be of interest to academics and graduate students from a range of disciplines including tourism leisure studies sociology cultural geography anthropology feminist and gender studies business economics and management; as well as professionals working in the tourism industry particularly those with an interest in niche markets and segmentation. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771884686

Women and Turkish CinemaGender Politics Cultural Identity and Representation Since 2000 there has been a considerable effort in Turkish cinema to come to terms with the military’s intervention in politics and subsequent national trauma. It has resulted in an outpouring of cinematic texts. This book focuses on women and Turkish cinema in the context of gender politics cultural identity and representation. The central proposition of this book is that enforced depolticisation introduced after the coup is responsible for uniting feminism and film in 1980s Turkey. The feminist movement was able to flourish precisely because it was not perceived as political or politically significant. In a parallel move in the films of the 1980s there was an increased tendency to focus on the individual on women’s issues and lives in order to avoid the overtly political. Women and Turkish Cinema provides a comprehensive view of cinema’s approach to women in a country which straddles European and Middle Eastern cultural conceptions identities and religious values and will be an invaluable resource for students and scholars of Film Studies Gender Studies and Middle East Studies amongst others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138843882

Women and Urban Life in Eighteenth-Century England'On the Town' Despite the considerable volume of research into various aspects of the social and economic cultural and political history of eighteenth-century British towns remarkably little has focused upon or even reflected upon the distinctive experience of women in the urban context. Much of what research there is has explored the experience of laboring or impoverished women or women of the social elite; by contrast the essays in this collection take up the study of the participation of middling women in urban life. This volume brings into sharper focus the relationship between changes consequent upon urban development and shifts in the pattern of gender relations in the 18th century. The contributors address such themes as the extent to which to what extent urban change accelerated a redefinition of gender relations; the connections between urban growth changing definitions of citizenship and the emergence of the male gendered political subject; the role of women in a literate consumer and industrializing society; the place of women's networks in the economic political and social life of the town and the distinctive role played by women in areas such as philanthropy and business; and how the development of urban society in turn inflected contemporary conceputalizations of gender. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233796

Women and War This is an seven-volume collection of primary texts each selected and introduced by experts reproducing in facsimile a wealth of materials related to the history of women and warfare in the English-speaking world. The editors are historians and literary scholars with a wealth of publications in women’s writing and war literature. The project focuses for most of its historical range on England (and Britain); it also includes volumes on the United States Australia and Canada. The collection documents women’s historical and literary participation in and commentary on war. It represents the first attempt to examine the variety of roles women have played in war and as critics and commentators on war across all of history into the twentieth century. The project makes a unique and powerful claim about the long history of women’s involvement in war in the English-speaking world Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138370845

Women and Work In this book first published in 1975 the author examines the role of women in the workforce. Despite representing a rapidly increasing section of the workforce why are women still overwhelmingly confined to unskilled jobs? Why do they hold such a tiny proportion of managerial and professional posts? In answering these vital questions Ross Davies shows how women’s economic roles in pre-industrial society were modified and distorted by industrialisation; how this legacy of exploitation has affected contemporary attitudes among both men and women; and how the present situation should be seen and assessed in its proper perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138280472

Women and Work CultureBritain c.1850–1950 Women's work has proved to be an important and lively subject of debate for historians. An earlier focus on the pay conditions and occupational opportunities of predominantly blue-collar working-class women has now been joined by an interest in other social groups (white-collar workers clerical workers and professionals) as well as in the cultural practices of the work place reflecting in part the recent 'cultural turn' in historical methodology. Although the term 'culture' is debated and contested this volume reflects this diversity addressing a variety of interpretations. The individual essays address such issues as how women have created occupational and professional identities negotiated masculine working practices (cultural legal and institutional) and created their own 'feminine' environments. They also examine the integration of paid work with domestic responsibilities the concept of 'career' for women and the construction and representation of women's work within the wider cultural landscape.' By focusing on the experiences of British women between c.1850 and 1950 the collection vividly demonstrates that the association of 'work' with paid labour is problematic and that the categories of 'work' 'leisure' and 'consumption' must be viewed as overlapping and inter-linked rather than as separate entities. Furthermore it highlights the ways in which the concept of gender operated as an organising principle in the construction and negotiation of identities and practices in British society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270817

Women And Work In Africa This collection of articles grows out of a symposium on the subject of women and work in Africa held on the Urbana-Champaign campus of the University of Illinois in the spring of 1979. The organizing committee for that program sought first to update the field of economic studies of women in Africa and second to provide a forum for the exchange and stimulation of ideas among scholars and professionals concerned for women in Africa. The publication here of the majority of the symposium papers represents a logical final step in the fulfillment of the objectives of the symposium program committee. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216528

Women and Work in IrelandA Half Century of Attitude and Policy Change This book chronicles the evolution of women’s participation in the labour force in Ireland over the last five decades. This was largely spearheaded by married women and mothers leading to many related social issues including childcare flexible working the sharing of domestic work and work-life balance. The book presents empirical data on these topics drawn from the author’s research spanning several decades and shows how attitudes have evolved and influenced the development of social policy. The book begins by exploring the factors which predisposed some married women to enter the workplace in the early 1970s while most did not and examines the relative well-being of housewives and employed married women. It demonstrates the effects the anti-discrimination legislation of the 1970s had on women’s perceived discrimination over time showing that women initially denied their own discrimination. The history of childcare policy is examined from the early Government Working Party reports of the 1980s to the evolution of childcare policy in Ireland. Issues of work-life balance are presented through cross-cultural comparisons from Ireland and several European countries and key questions are asked such as "are men who work part-time seen as less serious about their careers?" The concluding chapter focuses on how women’s role in the workplace impacts on men and gender relations. Questions are posed concerning the ways in which men’s roles need to adapt and the extent to which workplaces and social policy also need to change to accommodate men and women’s needs for work-life balance. The book will be of interest to social scientists and to students. It will be a valuable resource for courses in the sociology of work and the family gender studies social psychology and Irish studies. By providing quantitative data in an accessible form it will also provide a valuable case study for courses in social research methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138029750

Women and Work in Pre-industrial England This book surveys women and work in English society before its transition to industrial capitalism in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. The time span of the book from 1300 to 1800 allows comparison of women’s work patterns across various phases of economic and social organisation. It was originally published in 1985. Several important themes are highlighted throughout the individual contributions in the book. The most significant is the association between home and work. Not only was trade and manufacture in the pre-industrial period carried out in close proximity to domestic life many household activities also overlapped with commercial ones. The second key theme is the importance of the local social and economic environment in shaping the nature and extent of women’s work. The book also demonstrates the similarity between certain aspects of women’s work before and after industrialisation. The industrial revolution may have made sexual divisions of labour more apparent but their origins lie firmly in the pre-industrial period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752480

Women and Work in Premodern EuropeExperiences Relationships and Cultural Representation c. 1100-1800 This book re-evaluates and extends understandings about how work was conceived and what it could entail for women in the premodern period in Europe from c. 1100 to c. 1800. It does this by building on the impressive growth in literature on women’s working experiences and by adopting new interpretive approaches that expand received assumptions about what constituted 'work' for women. While attention to the diversity of women’s contributions to the economy has done much to make the breadth of women’s experiences of labour visible this volume takes a more expansive conceptual approach to the notion of work and considers the social and cultural dimensions in which activities were construed and valued as work. This interdisciplinary collection thus advances concepts of work that encompass cultural activities in addition to more traditional economic understandings of work as employment or labour for production. The chapters reconceptualise and explore work for women by asking how the working lives of historical women were enacted and represented and analyse the relationships that shaped women’s experiences of work across the European premodern period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138202023

Women and Work in Russia 1880-1930A Study in Continuity Through Change This study considers the impact of industrialisation revolution and world war on women's working lives in Russia. Unlike existing studies this new text looks at women from all social classes. In the process the authors reveal how the stereotypical portrayal of Russian women's work as a struggle of endurance and sacrifice distorts and oversimplifies the reality of their experience between 1880 and 1930. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179608

Women and Work in South AsiaRegional Patterns and Perspectives Women's work is central to the social and economic aspirations of the countries of South Asia. Their contribution to agriculture industry and services is critical. However planners and policy makers frequently ignore women's economic roles drawing simplistic conclusions from inadequate data. Women and Work in South Asia provides a cross-cultural perspective on research on women's work in South Asia. Integrating macro and micro analysis Asian and Western contributors analyse the inadequacies of official statistics and explore through case studies the cultural and socio-economic position of women at work in the region. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315887616

Women and WorkA Handbook First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315058108

Women and WorkThe Age of Post-Feminism? This title was first published in 2000:  The 1990s have been heralded as the 'age of women' based on the facts that globally more women are benefiting from formal education and are in paid employment in greater numbers than ever. As such the possibility that an age of post-feminism has been reached in which battles for women’s basic rights have largely been won is implied. This book based on research across academic disciplines challenges such claims. Using women and work as the basis analysis the authors consider whether such things as flexible working equal opportunities initiatives and even contemporary conceptions of citizenship are universally beneficial to women. The book presents research ranging from issues of immigrant sex-workers in Japan to the implementation of EU equality policies and raises the ironic question that as the global economy increasingly depends on women could a growing but uneasy alliance be developing between capitalism and feminism? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138734432

Women and WorkThe Age of Post-Feminism? This title was first published in 2000:  The 1990s have been heralded as the 'age of women' based on the facts that globally more women are benefiting from formal education and are in paid employment in greater numbers than ever. As such the possibility that an age of post-feminism has been reached in which battles for women’s basic rights have largely been won is implied. This book based on research across academic disciplines challenges such claims. Using women and work as the basis analysis the authors consider whether such things as flexible working equal opportunities initiatives and even contemporary conceptions of citizenship are universally beneficial to women. The book presents research ranging from issues of immigrant sex-workers in Japan to the implementation of EU equality policies and raises the ironic question that as the global economy increasingly depends on women could a growing but uneasy alliance be developing between capitalism and feminism? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138734456

Women Architects and Modernism in IndiaNarratives and Contemporary Practices Studies on architecture in South Asia continue to ignore women in canonical histories of the discipline. This book attempts to recover the stories of the women architects whose careers nearly parallel the development of modernism in colonial and postcolonial India. Writing their experiences into the narrative of mainstream architectural history wit Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367177430

Women Architects in IndiaHistories of Practice in Mumbai and Delhi As the first inclusive study of how women have shaped the modern Indian built environment from the independence struggle until today this book reveals a history that is largely unknown not only in the West but also in India. Educated in the 1930s and 1940s the very first women architects designed everything from factories to museums in the post-independence period. The generations that followed are now responsible for metro systems shopping malls corporate headquarters and IT campuses for a global India. But they also design schools cultural centers religious pilgrimage hotels and wildlife sanctuaries. Pioneers in conserving historic buildings these women also sustain and resurrect traditional crafts and materials empower rural and marginalized communities and create ecologically sustainable architectures for India. Today although women make up a majority in India’s ever-increasing schools of architecture it is still not easy for them like their Western sisters to find their place in the profession. Recounting the work and lives of Indian women as not only architects but also builders and clients opens a new window onto the complexities of feminism modernism and design practice in India and beyond. Set in the design centers of Mumbai and Delhi this book is also one of the first histories of architectural education and practice in two very different cities that are now global centers. The diversity of practices represented here helps us to imagine other ways to create and build apart from "starchitecture." And how these women negotiate tradition and modernity at work and at home is crucial for understanding gender and modern architecture in a more global and less Eurocentric context. In a country where female emancipation was important for narratives of the independence movement and the new nation-state feminism was nonetheless eschewed as divisive and damaging to the nationalist cause. Class caste tradition and family restricted—but also created—opportunities for the very first women architects in India just as they do now for the growing number of young women professionals today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138588523

Women Architects in the Modern Movement Women Architects in the Modern Movement rewrites the history of modern architecture to elevate the often-overlooked female architects who helped build the movement. Starting with a theoretical analysis that situates women’s roles both in society and architecture specifically Carmen Espegel examines the transition from women as objects to subjects at the advent of modernity. This theoretical basis is grounded through four case studies on pioneering women architects: Eileen Gray Lilly Reich Margarete Schütte-Lihotzky and Charlotte Perriand. Along with illuminating their lives and work Espegel aims to help us examine and observe the world from a perspective where the feminine and masculine are not exclusive so that we might learn from the past in order to build with dignity in the future. Translated from the original Spanish by Angela Giral. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138731028

Women Artists and the Decorative Arts 1880-1935The Gender of Ornament This title was first published in 2002. To date studies explaining decorative practice in the early modernist period have largely overlooked the work of women artists. For the most part studies have focused on the denigration of decorative work by leading male artists frequently dismissed as fashionably feminine. With few exceptions women have been cast as consumers rather than producers. The first book to examine the decorative strategies of late nineteenth- and early twentieth-century women artists Women Artists and the Decorative Arts concentrates in particular on women artists who turned to fashion interior design and artisanal production as ways of critically engaging various aspects of modernity. Women artists and designers played a vital role in developing a broad spectrum of modernist forms. In these essays new light is shed on the practice of such well-known women artists as May Morris Clarice Cliff Natacha Rambova Eileen Gray and Florine Stettheimer whose decorative practices are linked with a number of fascinating but lesser known figures such as Phoebe Traquair Mary Watts Gluck and Laura Nagy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138721432

Women Artists and the Decorative Arts 1880-1935The Gender of Ornament This title was first published in 2002. To date studies explaining decorative practice in the early modernist period have largely overlooked the work of women artists. For the most part studies have focused on the denigration of decorative work by leading male artists frequently dismissed as fashionably feminine. With few exceptions women have been cast as consumers rather than producers. The first book to examine the decorative strategies of late nineteenth- and early twentieth-century women artists Women Artists and the Decorative Arts concentrates in particular on women artists who turned to fashion interior design and artisanal production as ways of critically engaging various aspects of modernity. Women artists and designers played a vital role in developing a broad spectrum of modernist forms. In these essays new light is shed on the practice of such well-known women artists as May Morris Clarice Cliff Natacha Rambova Eileen Gray and Florine Stettheimer whose decorative practices are linked with a number of fascinating but lesser known figures such as Phoebe Traquair Mary Watts Gluck and Laura Nagy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138721456

Women Artists and WritersModernist (Im)Positionings In this beautifully illustrated and provocative study Bridget Elliott and Jo-Ann Wallace reappraise women's literary and artistic contribution to Modernism. Through comparative case studies including Natalie Barney Virginia Woolf Vanessa Bell and Gertrude Stein the authors examine the ways in which women responded to Modernism and created their artistic identity and how their work has been positioned in relation to that of men. Bringing together women's studies visual arts and literature Women Writers and Artists makes an important contribution to 20th century cultural history. It puts forward a powerful case against the academic division of cultural production into departments of Art History and English Studies which has served to marginalize the work of female Modernists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155596

Women Artists in Interwar FranceFraming Femininities Women Artists in Interwar France: Framing Femininities illuminates the importance of the Société des Femmes Artists Modernes more commonly known as FAM and returns this group to its proper place in the history of modern art. In particular this volume explores how FAM and its most famous members”Suzanne Valadon Marie Laurencin and Tamara de Lempicka”brought a new approach to the most prominent themes of female embodiment: the self-portrait motherhood and the female nude. These women reimagined art's conventions and changed the direction of both art history and the politics of their contemporary art world. FAM has been excluded from histories of modern art despite its prominence during the interwar years. Paula Birnbaum's study redresses this omission contextualizing the group's legacy in light of the conservative politics of 1930s France. The group's artistic response to the reactionary views and images of women at the time is shown to be a key element in the narrative of modernist formalism. Although many FAM works are missing”one reason for the lack of attention paid to their efforts”Birnbaum's extensive research through archives press clippings and first-hand interviews with artists' families reclaims FAM as an important chapter in the history of art from the interwar years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275461

Women as Mothers in Pre-Industrial England Originally published in 1990 this book met the rising interest in the subject of women in pre-industrial England bringing together a group of scholars with diverse and wide-ranging interests; experts in social and medical history demography women’s studies and the history of the family whose work would not normally appear in one volume. Key aspects of motherhood in pre-industrial society are discussed including women’s concepts of maternity the experience of pregnancy childbirth and wet nursing the fostering and disciplining of children and child abandonment and neglect. This unique book provides a comprehensive introductory overview of its subject with emphasis on women’s experiences and motives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752527

Women as Political LeadersStudies in Gender and Governing Over the past several years the fields of Leadership Studies and of Women's Studies have grown tremendously.  This book which is a series of case studies of women who have headed governments across the globe will discuss the conditions and situations under which women rose to power and give a brief biography of each woman .   A special chapter on why no U.S. woman has risen to the top   and a review of the political campaigns of Hillary Clinton Michele Bachmann and others  will be included. This book will be of interest for courses in women and leadership global politics and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848729926

Women as Sites of CultureWomen's Roles in Cultural Formation from the Renaissance to the Twentieth Century Exploring the ways in which women have formed and defined expressions of culture in a range of geographical political and historical settings this collection of essays examines women's figurative and literal roles as "sites" of culture from the 16th century to the present day. The diversity of chronological geographical and cultural subjects investigated by the contributors-from the 16th century to the 20th from Renaissance Italy to Puritan Boston to the Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth to post-war Japan from parliamentary politics to the politics of representation-provides a range of historical outlooks. The collection brings an unusual variety of methodological approaches to the project of discovering intersections among women's studies literary studies cultural studies history and art history and expands beyond the Anglo- and Eurocentric focus often found in other works in the field. The volume presents an in-depth investigative study of a tightly-constructed set of crucial themes including that of the female body as a governing trope in political and cultural discourses; the roles played by women and notions of womanhood in redefining traditions of ceremony theatricality and spectacle; women's iconographies and personal spaces as resources that have shaped cultural transactions and evolutions; and finally women's voices-speaking and writing both-as authors of cultural record and destiny. Throughout the volume the themes are refracted chronologically geographically and disciplinarily as a means to deeper understanding of their content and contexts. Women as Sites of Culture represents a productive collaboration of historians from various disciplines in coherently addressing issues revolving around the roles of gender text and image in a range of cultures and periods. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233772

Women as They Age Explore the needs of older women and ways to provide for them!Written by women about women and for women Women As They Age Second Edition highlights the realities of being an aging woman in a youth-oriented male-dominated society in which socioeconomic and gender stratification are the norm.In the eleven years since the publication of the original Women as They Age there has been a great deal of research on the subject. This second edition is inclusive and current providing valuable information on the needs and accomplishments of our present and future older population. Here you'll encounter women from the mainstream and minorities of all kinds and come to a better understanding of their personal and family relationships their sexuality their concerns and their feelings about death and dying. Public policies towards aging women are discussed as are psychological and sociological perspectives. In its focus on older women Women As They Age Second Edition highlights the challenges that these women present to professionals whose job it is directly or indirectly to provide assistance to the vast array of aging and aged women. This valuable multidisciplinary book--aimed at students practitioners administrators and educators--addresses crucial issues in social work nursing psychology sociology gerontology and economics. New subjects covered in this edition include: grandmothers raising grandchildren long-term care for aging women the current status of public policy as it pertains to older women older women's changing perspectives on sexuality new issues surrounding death and dyingWomen as They Age Second Edition explores state-of-the-art and developmental perspectives across the professions of sociology psychology social work and nursing. Also provided is a close examination of the unique issues facing older women--including public policy employment discrimination and social program adequacy and equity; the relationship of older women to family; sexuality and intimacy; and special concerns of minority women. This volume includes a practical resource guide that explores the services available to older women. While addressing the troublesome situations of older women worldwide Women As They Age Second Edition also celebrates their triumphs accomplishments and contributions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203479520

Women At A Crossroads HIV ravaged the African continent faster and earlier than any other in the world spreading primarily through unprotected heterosexual sex. Kaolack Senegal is a town where travellers and prostitutes converge and HIV transmission rates have soared especially among the prostitutes. Going beyond empirical analysis of risk/behaviour data Women at the Crossroads tells the stories of these women in their own words. The women portrayed keep their profession a secret from their families and friends but abide by Senegalese law which states that prostitution is legal for those who register with the police and undergo bi-monthly health examinations. By observing one clinic's successful AIDS education campaign anthropologist Michelle Renaud demonstrates that information presented in a culturally appropriate manner can in fact achieve the difficult goal of behaviour change. Although these women claim to be trapped by the social and political forces that have led them to enter prostitution Renaud argues that they have taken control of their destinies in an inspiring fashion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315078311

Women at the MarginsNeglect Punishment and Resistance A compelling look at the crisis of disadvantaged women This powerful document takes a sobering look at the phenomenon of marginalized women pushed to the edges of society holding on with the barest of hope and extraordinary bravery. Handicapped by the increasing societal inequality they face as an everyday fact of life these women (and in many cases their children) have been disconnected from the mainstream for reasons of age race gender health incarceration domestic abuse unwanted pregnancy unemployment and economic circumstance. They are poor in an affluent society powerless in a powerful nation and the suffering caused by their exclusion is poignant and troubling.Eloquently illustrated with poetry art and prose created by marginalized women Women at the Margins: Neglect Punishment and Resistance makes a compelling argument for social change. The book offers a no-holds-barred look at how economic restructuring welfare reform neo-conservative ideology and institutional exclusion have locked women into subservient substandard roles stripping them of their citizenship and rendering them expendable. Diverse authors track the life cycle of marginalized women from teenage pregnancy to the lonliness of older women in poverty or prison.Women at the Margins: Neglect Punishment and Resistance addresses: the effects of welfare reform the forgotten group: women in prison and jail low-income women and housing women marginalized by substance abuse poverty and incarceration teenage pregnancy children and their incarcerated mothers recidivism and reintegration women law and the justice system and much more!Women at the Margins: Neglect Punishment and Resistance acknowledges the long history of the inequality faced by women living in exclusion but focuses on the present with a hopeful but realistic eye toward the future. It is an indispensible resource for sociology social work legal and penal system professionals and academics and an essential read for everyone. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203057681

Women at the Threshold of Globalisation The popular perception of globalisation is rooted in its image of dissolving senses of distance and boundaries. It is so preoccupied with the technology that enables globalisation that little attention is paid to questions of ‘how’ and ‘where’ the circuits of globalisation actually get realised.  This book attempts a more nuanced view of globalisation by focusing on its less-explored non-technological dimensions. It examines the transformation of the woman worker — from a rural woman to an urban one from a dependent daughter wife and mother to an earning member and from a homemaker to a factory worker and the attendant transformation of the home into a base for migrant workers. None of these transformations is absolute as the woman worker continues to play the traditional roles of wife and mother at home alongside fulfilling her responsibilities at work. In the process of negotiating boundaries in the village city home and global factory she confronts a reality that she fears because of its unfamiliarity coping with which necessarily entails falling back on her kin networks — institutions that are rarely seen as enablers of globalisation although they play a critical role in determining how globalisation is sustained. Focusing on such workers in Bangalore a city otherwise known for its IT industry the book examines the global garment circuit especially the institutions and processes outside the workplace that influence how the global circuit is completed. It will appeal to those in economics sociology gender studies urban studies as well as to those interested in issues relating to globalisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138662520

Women At Work In The Gulf First published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138883901

Women at WorkA Brief Introduction to Trade Unionism for Women This book first published in 1941 is concerned to relate the argument for Trade Unionism to the needs of women who work whether in their homes or outside them. It is in part a historical analysis of the inter-war years and it also prefigures the changes to women’s working conditions brought about by the two World Wars. War necessitated the mass employment of women and Trade Union action had greatly improved the position of the woman war-worker of 1941 compared to a quarter century previously. This invaluable book examines that Trade Union action. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138280885

Women Behind Bars in Romania In 1949 Annie Samuelli and her sister were seized by the Communists in a mass arrest of Romanians working for US and British legations. After nearly 12 years in separate prisons they were released into exile on payment by a relative in the United States. This is her story. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138432536

Women Beyond Freud: New Concepts Of Feminine Psychology First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138883673

Women Centre StageThe Dramatist and the Play This selection of six contemporary plays explores a wide range of issues — familial social mythological political — with women centre stage. The plays are distinct from each other in structure theme and style but are bound together by a common thread — the position and role of women in family social and political systems. Issues such as sexual abuse in-law relationships the trauma of ageing the struggle for women’s empowerment love and passion desire and revenge and dynastic politics are discussed through the varying perspectives of a number of characters bringing an immediacy and urgency to the subjects under consideration. What is significant about the plays is that they highlight the manipulation of the English language resulting with the introduction of an ‘Indian’ syntax. Multilingualism is used to offset the so-called ‘westernisation’ that has been the by-product of the systematic globalisation of ‘third world’ countries. While the plays are meant to be staged they are also very reader-friendly and will be entertaining as well as educative for the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138179431

Women Choosing SilenceRelationality and Transformation in Spiritual Practice Silence is long-established as a spiritual discipline amongst people of faith. However its examination tends to focus on depictions within texts emerging from religious life and the development of its practices. Latterly feminist theologians have also highlighted the silencing of women within Christian history. Consequently silence is often portrayed as a solitary discipline based in norms of male monastic experience or a tool of women’s subjugation. In contrast this book investigates chosen practices of silence in the lives of Christian women today evidencing its potential for enabling profound relationality and empowerment within their spiritual journeys.Opening with an exploration of Christianity’s reclamation of practices of silence in the twentieth century this contemporary ethnographic study engages with wider academic conversations about silence. Its substantive theological and empirical exploration of women’s practices of silence demonstrates that for some silence-based prayer is a valued space for encounter and transformation in relationships with God with themselves and with others. Utilising a methodology that proposes focusing on silence throughout the qualitative research process this study also illustrates a new model for depicting relational change. Finally the book urges practical and feminist theologians to re-examine silence’s potential for facilitating the development of more authentic and responsible relationality within people’s lives.This is a unique study that provides new perspectives on practices of silence within Christianity particularly amongst women. It will therefore be of significant interest to academics practitioners and students in theology and religious studies with a focus on contemporary religion spirituality feminism gender and research methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732011

Women Crossing BoundariesA Psychology of Immigration and Transformations of Sexuality First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203905241

Women Do Genre in Film and Television Winner of first Prize in the BAFTSS Best Edited Collection competition this volume examines how different generations of women work within the genericity of audio-visual storytelling not necessarily to ‘undo’ or ‘subvert’ popular formats but also to draw on their generative force. Recent examples of filmmakers and creative practitioners within and outside Hollywood as well as women working in non-directing authorial roles remind us that women are in various ways authoring commercially and culturally impactful texts across a range of genres. Put simply this volume asks: what do women who are creatively engaged with audio-visual industries do with genre and what does genre do with them? The contributors to the collection respond to this question from diverse perspectives and with different answers spanning issues of direction screenwriting performance and audience address/reception. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889845

Women Education Scholars and their Children's Schooling This volume offers both theoretical and research-based accounts from mothers in academia who must balance their own intricate knowledge of school systems curriculum and pedagogy with their children’s education and school lives. It explores the contextual advantages and disadvantages of "knowing too much" and how this impacts children’s actions scholastics and developing consciousness along various lines. Additionally it allows teachers administrators and researchers to critically examine their own discourses and those of their students to better navigate their professional and domestic roles. Gathering narratives from academic women in traditional and nontraditional maternal roles this volume presents both contemporary and retrospective experiences of what it’s like to raise children amidst educational and sociocultural change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367195960

Women EntrepreneursDeveloping Leadership for Success First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987258

Women Entrepreneurship in Family Business There has been growing attention placed on the role of female run and managed business in the global economy due to the increasing emphasis on gender equity. Despite the importance of female entrepreneurship there has only been recently increased research attention devoted to entrepreneurship in the context of female entrepreneurship dynamics. This edited book examines female entrepreneurship and internationalization from both a practical and policy perspective and looks at the role of female entrepreneurship in the global economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367374808

Women EntrepreneursInspiring Stories from Emerging Economies and Developing Countries Women Entrepreneurs offers a collection of almost two dozen cases that explore the process by which women become entrepreneurs as well as the opportunities and challenges they face in growing their businesses. With a particular focus on the intersection between entrepreneurship and economic development the cases are drawn from across a range of industries and countries. They offer insights into a number of issues women entrepreneurs face such as launching a business diversification and internationalization as well as covering a number of business functions including finance marketing and human resource management. Each case is presented with a summary highlighting the themes it covers and ends with a set of questions to guide classroom discussion. The book also includes a summary of existing literature on entrepreneurship to help contextualize the cases. This casebook would be the ideal companion in an entrepreneurship class particularly for students with an interest in female entrepreneurship or economic development. With data from a Goldman Sachs/Lauder Institute study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415523486

Women Exiting PrisonCritical Essays on Gender Post-Release Support and Survival Women’s incarceration is on the rise globally and this has significant intergenerational economic and humanitarian costs for communities across the world. While there have been efforts to implement reform particularly in countries such as Canada UK US and Australia the growing evidence suggests women’s prisons and the support structures surrounding them are in crisis. This collection of critical essays presents groundbreaking research on women’s post-imprisonment policy practice and experiences. It is the first collection to offer international perspectives on gender criminalisation the effects of imprisonment and women-centred approaches to the short and long-term support of women exiting prison. It offers cutting-edge insights into contemporary policy developments and women’s experiences across the US the UK Australia Canada and Northern Ireland. The collection makes two important contributions. First it marks a departure from an instrumental and individual focus on ‘what works’ to reduce women’s offending and re-offending behaviour - a prevailing approach within competing collections focused on post-release issues. Second it presents critical original research with robust empirical foundations to revive feminist criminological engagement around gender imprisonment and most critically post-release management support and survival. The collection will appeal to academics and community-based advocates activists lawyers and practitioners engaged in advocacy and service provision for imprisoned women. It is also an important and unique analysis for undergraduate and postgraduate students studying criminological and social science courses particularly those related to gender and crime imprisonment and correctional policy and qualitative research methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415831536

Women FilmmakersRefocusing This wide-ranging volume of new work brings together women filmmakers and critics who speak about what has changed over the past twenty years. Including such filmmakers as Margarethe von Trotta Deepa Mehta and Pratibha Parmar and such critics as E. Ann Kaplan this comprehensive volume addresses political artistic and economic questions vital to understanding the relationship of women to the art and business of filmmaking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138139305

Women Genre and CircumstanceEssays in Memory of Elizabeth Fallaize This book brings together a series of challenging essays which explore the complex intersections of feminism narrative and genre. The essays were written as tributes to the leading feminist scholar Elizabeth Fallaize. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603663

Women Going BackwardsLaw and Change in a Family Unfriendly Society This title was first published in 2002. Gender has become a culturally laden signifier. Sometimes used to differentiate the social from the biological gender itself has become gendered. In common parlance gender issues often slide inexorably into women's issues and are in that way designated as marginal and outside the concerns and lives of ordinary men and women. In this book signifiers such as gender worker and family are unpacked and suggestions are made as to how common usage of these signifiers reinforce existing practices and act as barriers to change. Some of these changes are legal others are social and others are driven by political and policy agendas. By looking at five areas: equal opportunity law family law industrial relations law social welfare law and taxation law which are all profoundly gendered the author examines ways in which men and women see their roles and choices and how these are related to the state as citizens. The author then examines the definition of citizenship and looks in detail at the concept of the unencumbered citizen who is unencumbered by interpersonal obligations responsibilities and beliefs using comparative material from Australia North America and the United Kingdom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138734104

Women Healing/Healing WomenThe Genderisation of Healing in Early Christianity 'Women Healing/ Healing Women' begins with a search for women who were healers in the Graeco-Roman world of the late Hellenistic and early Roman period. Women healers were honoured in inscriptions and named by medical writers and were familiar enough to be stereotyped in plays and other writings. What emerges by the first century of the Common Era is a world in which women functioned as healers but where healing becomes a contested site for gender relations. By the time the gospels are written the place of women as healers is effectively erased. The book uses the historical and cultural evidence to re-read the gospel texts and discover healers in a woman pouring out ointment healed women bearing on their bodies the language describing Jesus and even in women possessed by demons. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138402652

Women in African CinemaBeyond the Body Politic Women in African Cinema: Beyond the Body Politic showcases the very prolific but often marginalised presence of women in African cinema both on the screen and behind the camera. This book provides the first in-depth and sustained examination of women in African cinema. Films by women from different geographical regions are discussed in case studies that are framed by feminist theoretical and historical themes and seen through an anti-colonial philosophical political and socio-cultural cinematic lens. A historical and theoretical introduction provides the context for thematic chapters exploring topics ranging from female identities female friendships women in revolutionary cinema motherhood and daughterhood women’s bodies sexuality and spirituality. Each chapter serves up a theoretical-historical discussion of the chosen theme followed by two in-depth case studies that provide contextual and transnational readings of the films as well as outlining production distribution and exhibition contexts. This book contributes to the feminist anti-racist revision of the canon by placing African women filmmakers squarely at the centre of African film culture. Demonstrating the depth and diversity of the feminine or female aesthetic in African cinema this book will be of great interest to students and scholars of African cinema media studies and African studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415425681

Women in Agriculture in the Middle East Based on a collaborative research project - an exciting fruit of the region's peace process - this book provides an in-depth examination and comparison of women's participation in agricultural production in four Middle-Eastern countries: Egypt Jordan Palestine and Israel. Each of the country studies is set in context providing an overview of the status of women in the national economy and society and in education and law before proceeding to analyze the status and roles of women in the rural sector. These up-to-date overviews are based on published and unpublished data much of which is available for the first time in English. But the book can also be read as a fascinating story of the way gender is introduced into a complex political setting where "development work" is done. It offers a reflexive critical examination of the very process of its own production and some general observations about the links between academic and development-centred discourses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277434

Women in Agriculture WorldwideKey issues and practical approaches Over the past two decades existing documentation of women in the agricultural sector has surveyed topics such as agricultural restructuring and land reform international trade agreements and food trade land ownership and rural development and rural feminisms. Many studies have focused on either the high-income countries of the global North or the low-income countries of the global South. This separation suggests that the North has little to learn from the South or that there is little shared commonality across the global dividing line. Fletcher and Kubik cross this political economic and ideological division by drawing together authors from 5 continents. They discuss the situation for women in agriculture in 13 countries worldwide with two chapters that cover international contexts. The authors blur the boundaries between academic and organizational authors and their contributors include university-based researchers gender experts development consultants and staff of agricultural research centers and international organizations (i.e. Oxfam the United Nations World Food Program). The common thread connecting these diverse authors is an emphasis on practical and concrete solutions to address the challenges such as lack of access to resources and infrastructure lack of household decision-making power and gender biases in policymaking and leadership still faced by women in agriculture around the world. Ongoing issues in climate change will exacerbate many of these issues and several chapters also address environment and sustainability.This book is of great interest to readers in the areas of gender studies agriculture policy studies environmental studies development and international studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605315

Women in AgricultureA Guide to Research First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138997516

Women in Ancient IndiaMoral and Literary Studies First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865685

Women in AnthropologyAutobiographical Narratives and Social History Women in academia have struggled for centuries to establish levels of acceptance and credibility equal to men in the same fields and anthropology has been no different. The women anthropologists in this book speak frankly about their challenges and successes as they navigated through their personal and professional lives. Riding the changing tides of social and disciplinary history they struggled through various and sometimes conflicting arenas of life—marriage raising children caring for families publishing conducting research going into the field teaching and mentoring. They did this during volatile periods in the twentieth century when the roles and expectations for women were being constantly reestablished and repositioned. For anyone interested in the cultural and demographic shifts that are fundamentally altering opportunities for women in the workplace Women in Anthropology is a thought provoking and inspirational read. For anthropologists it is an important and intimate portrait of the realities of professional life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315415697

Women in AntiquityReal Women across the Ancient World This volume gathers brand new essays from some of the most respected scholars of ancient history archaeology and physical anthropology to create an engaging overview of the lives of women in antiquity. The book is divided into ten sections nine focusing on a particular area and also includes almost 200 images maps and charts. The sections cover Mesopotamia Egypt Anatolia Cyprus the Levant the Aegean Italy and Western Europe and include many lesser-known cultures such as the Celts Iberia Carthage the Black Sea region and Scandinavia. Women's experiences are explored from ordinary daily life to religious ritual and practice to motherhood childbirth sex and building a career. Forensic evidence is also treated for the actual bodies of ancient women. Women in Antiquity is edited by two experts in the field and is an invaluable resource to students of the ancient world gender studies and women's roles throughout history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138808362

Women in Architecture Including the key articles documents and reports and with a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected materials in their historical and intellectual context Women in Architecture is an essential work of reference.The volumes explore four themes â€“ History and Identity; Extraordinary Practice; Wider Influence and Employment and Education. The collection offers a holistic and non Euro-centric view of women in architecture with good practice and inspiration from all parts of the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138832930

Women in Asian Management According to a recent study by the ILO (2001) women’s share of the labour force is increasing worldwide. Today women’s participation rate in the labour force is over 40 per cent of the global workforce. Higher educational levels and falling fertility rates have contributed to this increased participation. There is also some evidence that women in some Asian countries may be less marginalised in their advancement into top managerial positions than their counterparts elsewhere. As women become more educated and qualified for managerial positions the number of Asian women managers and executives is predicted to rise over the next decade. This book examines the opportunities and barriers for women managers in Asia and presents an update on their progress in management. This book was previously published as a special issue of the Asian Pacific Business Review. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315879192

Women in Asian PerformanceAesthetics and politics Women in Asian Performance offers a vital re-assessment of women's contributions to Asian performance traditions focusing for the first time on their specific historical cultural and performative contexts. Arya Madhavan brings together leading scholars from across the globe to make an exciting intervention into current debates around femininity and female representation on stage. This collection looks afresh at the often centuries-old aesthetic theories and acting conventions that have informed ideas of gender in Asian performance. It is divided into three parts: erasure – the history of the presence and absence of female bodies on Asian stages; intervention – the politics of female intervention into patriarchal performance genres; reconstruction – the strategies and methods adopted by women in redefining their performance practice. Establishing a radical culturally specific approach to addressing female performance-making Women in Asian Performance is a must-read for scholars and students across Asian Studies and Performance Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138917828

Women in AsiaTradition modernity and globalisation Women in Asia: Tradition Modernity and Globalisation surveys the transformation in the status of women since 1970 in a diverse range of nations: Malaysia China Indonesia Singapore the Philippines India Taiwan Vietnam Hong Kong Korea Japan and Burma. Within these 13 national case studies the book presents new arguments about being women being Asian and being modern in contemporary Asia.Recent social changes in women's place in society are untangled in recognition that not all change is 'progress' and that not all 'modernity' enhances women's status. The authors suggest that the improvements in women's status within the Asian region vary dramatically according to the manner in which women interact with the particular economic and ideological forces in each nation.Each contributor has focussed on a particular country in their area of expertise. They present innovative arguments relating to the problem of 'being women' in Asia during a period of dramatic social and political changes. Each national case study explores key social and economic markers of women's status such as employment rates wage differentials literacy rates and participation in politics or business. The effects of population control programs legislation on domestic violence and female infanticide and women's role in the family and the workforce are also discussed. The book poses questions as to how women have negotiated these shifts and in the process created a 'modern' Asian woman.Specialists from a variety of disciplines including history anthropology sociology demography gender studies and psychology grapple with the complexities and ambivalences presented by the multiple faces of the modern Asian woman. Complete with a list of recommended readings and a web-site with links to electronic resources the book will be of particular interest to undergraduate students of Asian studies and women's studies as well as scholars and postgraduate students interested in comparative women's studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003118411

Women in Athenian Law and Life This book provides a comprehensive account of the Athenians' conception of women during the classical period of the fifth and fourth centuries BC. Though nothing remains that represents the authentic voice of the women themselves there is a wealth of evidence showing how men sought to define women. By working through a range of material from the provisions of Athenian law through to the representations of tragedy and comedy the author builds up in the manner of an anthropological ethnography a coherent and integrated picture of the Athenians' notion of `woman'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138169654

Women in Audio Women in Audio features almost 100 profiles and stories of audio engineers who are women and have achieved success throughout the history of the trade. Beginning with a historical view the book covers the achievements of women in various audio professions and then focuses on organizations that support and train women and girls in the industry. What follows are eight chapters divided by discipline highlighting accomplished women in various audio fields: radio; sound for film and television; music recording and electronic music; hardware and software design; acoustics; live sound and sound for theater; education; audio for games virtual reality augmented reality and mixed reality as well as immersive sound. Women in Audio is a valuable resource for professionals educators and students looking to gain insight into the careers of trailblazing women in audio-related fields and represents required reading for those looking to add diversity to their music technology programs. Media > Books > Print Books Focal Press 9781138315990

Women in Austria The position of women in Austrian society politics and in the economy follows the familiar trajectory of Western societies. They were expected to accept their "proper place" in a male patriarchal world. Achieving equality in all spheres of life was a long struggle that is still not completed in spite of many advances. The chapters in Women in Austria attest to the growing interest and vibrancy in the area of women's studies in Austria and present a cross-section of new research in this field to an international audience. The volume includes with book reviews on Austrian business history the Waldheim memoirs Jews in postwar Austria and political scandals in twentieth-century Austria. Women in Austria covers a plethora of significant social issues and will be essential to the work of women's studies scholars sociologists historians and Austrian area specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540644

Women in British BuddhismCommitment Connection Community Based on detailed ethnographic research this book explores the varied experiences of women who have converted to Buddhism in contemporary Britain and analyses the implications of their experiences for understanding the translation and transference of Buddhist practices temporally and geographically. This book examines how women initially engage with Buddhist groups their perspectives on religious discipline and their relationships to ideas of gender equality and feminism. Whilst the recent study of Buddhism outside Asia has tended to emphasise the transnational and the global this book de-centres this highlighting the significance of locality and immediate community in contemporary women's faith practices. Showcasing the narratives and life stories of 25 ordained women across seven different Buddhist groups connected to Britain the research in this book challenges uncritical assumptions made about 'Western' women who engage with Buddhist practices and provides a new framing of contemporary ordination through a detailed and holistic examination of a group of Buddhist practitioners that have received little focused attention. The first multi-tradition study of ordained Buddhist women in Britain this book will be of interest to academics working in the fields of Buddhist studies religious studies gender studies Asian studies and the sociology of religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138087460

Women in British Public Life 1914 - 50Gender Power and Social Policy An examination of the ways in which women challenged the British educational employment and welfare systems after the franchise. Helen Jones explores how women adapted their strategies to confront the system from within and what constraints were imposed on them. She also examines the active role that British women played in Continental Europe and an important comparative chapter looks at the experience of women in France Germany Italy Australia and the USA. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162747

Women in Business FamiliesFrom Past to Present For centuries almost all economic activity was family-based. The family business rested on the division of labor among family members. Therefore the family was both socially and economically the foundation of the family business. Families were not only production units but also education and consumption units that conveyed norm structures values and professional identity to next generation. Although female family members have always been active participants in family businesses over the centuries their role has often been neglected in previous studies.Women in Business Families: From Past to Present presents both conceptual and theoretically informed empirical papers addressing three related themes relevant for family business and gender in past and in present: heroic women entrepreneurs; invisibility / visibility of women in businesses; and business succession. The book Women in Business Families: From Past to Present balances between both historical and contemporary analyses. The chapters integrate the notions of time and gender in focusing on family businesses or business families in past and in present. This volume will be of vital reading to researchers and academics in the fields of Gender Studies Family Business Organizational studies Entrepreneurship and the various related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734923

Women in BusinessPerspectives on Women Entrepreneurs This important collection first published in 1993 brings together the most comprehensive analyses of women’s experience in business to date. The small business world – usually associated with men – is unpacked to display the multiple roles played by women. Links are made between lifestyles and business-styles the interface between business and family life paid and unpaid work and changing social and economic patterns. Throughout the limitations of current theory practice and policies in underestimating the significance of female entrepreneurship are shown. International in perspective and drawing on the work of leading researchers in work and employment this volume illuminates the hidden assumptions underlying approaches which concern themselves only with businessmen. It points the way to a better understanding of the meaning of self-employment and small business enterprise in market economies and to a more effective explanation of their role. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138280984

Women in BusinessTheory and Cases This book combines theory empirical research and practical international case studies to provide students with a comprehensive resource that demonstrates theories on gender alongside their operation in everyday workplace situations. Reeves’s new edition provides a thorough review of issues important to women in the workplace including gender discrimination and the legal framework for equity at work. The book uses case studies to illustrate key themes and introduces several new features including: Updated statistics on women’s participation in the workforce Updated examples of resources for women in business Two new chapters covering negotiation and influencing skills and women in STEM fields New case studies featuring comparisons between the position of women in the United States and in other countries An instructor’s manual with advice suggested answers to the end-of-chapter questions and additional resources This is a one-stop resource for any student interested in gender theory and issues that affect women in the workplace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138949256

Women In Changing Japan  It is a time when women in many parts of the world are questioning the roles life styles and values by which women have lived for centuries. The contributors are American women engaged in studying various aspects of the life patterns of Japanese women in many walks of life and have published their findings in this volume. We come from a variety Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216573

Women in Charge This book is concerned with the gendered world of police leadership at a time when calls are being made for a different kind of police leader to guide the organisation through the twenty-first century. Drawing on in-depth interviews carried out with senior policewomen across a range of police forces in England and Wales Women in Charge is the first book to provide a detailed study of women in police leadership. The work challenges existing conceptualisations and theorisations of police culture for the study of police leaders demonstrating the various ways in which police cultures are shaped by both rank and gender. Women in police leadership face a different kind of gendered environment than their non-managerial counterparts one in which a 'smart macho' culture of police management dominates. At the same time this book investigates the extent to which senior policewomen are involved in developing new styles and conceptualisations of leadership. It argues that women are involved in promoting a different kind of police leadership using more consultative and holistic styles - styles not traditionally associated with the police organisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415628136

Women in Charge (Routledge Revivals)The Experiences of Female Entrepreneurs Why do women start their own businesses? Is it solely because they are searching for financial success or for other reasons? On the basis of detailed interviews with a number of women who have started their own businesses this book first published in 1985 reveals the significance of factors that are directly related to women’s experiences at home at work and in the wider society. The author’s analysis shows how business start-up enables many women but not all to achieve forms of economic and social independence that they would not otherwise enjoy. Further they illustrate ways in which business proprietorship has a wide variety of effects upon individuals and upon their personal relationships and life styles. They refute the notion of a single entrepreneurial experience and argue that the causes and consequences of business start-up are highly conditioned by the extent to which women are committed to traditionally prescribed roles and to profitability. The findings of this book will have important implications for the formulation of small business policies. It will also be of particular value to those interested in women’s studies and small business management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138898110

Women in Colonial India: Historical Documents and Sources Co-published by Routledge and Edition Synapse this new title makes key archival source material readily available to scholars researchers and students of Indian imperial history. The collection will be particularly welcomed by those working in women’s and gender studies and in women’s history but also by those active in allied and related fields. Selected and introduced by an expert editor the gathered materials are reproduced in facsimile giving users a strong sense of immediacy to the texts and permitting citation to the original pagination. Women in Colonial India is a veritable treasure-trove; it brings together key colonial documents and other materials which are currently widely dispersed or very difficult for scholars researchers and students across the globe to locate and use. In five volumes the collection draws on a wide variety of sources including periodicals memoirs parliamentary and administrative reports. It covers crucial gendered concerns and topics such as ‘the woman question’; female infanticide; widow-burning; education; health; and marriage. Each volume is supplemented by a substantial introduction newly written by the learned editor which contextualizes the collected works and this vital reference and research resource also includes a detailed appendix providing data on the provenance of the gathered works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415525558

Women in Developing CountriesA Policy Focus Here is an insightful volume on the integration of women in the modernization process of developing countries with research studies on women and development in Guatemala Tanzania Indonesia and several other countries. Drawing from theory and practice authorities examine how development in any kind of economy marginalizes women illustrate the existence of a feminist awareness among impoverished rural women demonstrate the importance of understanding the policy and program implementation institutions within which any transition toward more women-sensitive change is to occur and suggest the kind of research that would be useful and credible to policymakers. Each of the controversial chapters reflects a new phase in women and development research and each is a reminder that the fundamental issue--women’s subordination--remains key to theory and practice in development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203727164

Women in Early American Religion 1600-1850The Puritan and Evangelical Traditions Women in Early American Religion 1600-1850 explores the first two centuries of America's religious history examining the relationship between the socio-political environment gender politics and religion. Drawing its background from women's religious roles and experiences in England during the Reformation the book follows them through colonial settlement the rise of evangelicalism the American Revolution and the second flowering of popular religion in the nineteenth century.Tracing the female spiritual tradition through the Puritans Baptists and Shakers Westerkamp argues that religious beliefs and structures were actually a strong empowering force for women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862288

Women In Early Modern England 1500-1700 This concise introduction provides an overview of the state of research on women's history in the early modern period. It emcompasses a guide to the historiography an assessment of the major debates and information about the varied sources available for women's history in this period. Arranged around familiar themes - the family work religion education - the book presents a comprehensive survey of the social economic and political position of women in England in the 16th and 17th centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176416

Women in Early Modern Polish Society Against the European Background While far fewer studies on women and gender have been published in Poland than in the West the last decade has seen growing interest in gender history among Polish scholars. The first general history of Polish women in the early modern times was published by Dr. Bogucka in Polish in 1998; the present study constitutes an expansion as well as a translation into English of that seminal work. Women in Early Modern Polish Society against the European Background makes widely available to historians and women's studies scholars in the West a mass of information about women in Poland from the 16th to the 18th century previously inaccessible in Polish archives. In the preface Bogucka points to the need for theoretical reflection within Polish studies of women's history and the need to develop standard concepts and terms for the study of gender to allow this research to develop further. She emphasizes that scholars of women's history must rely on all documents of a given epoch if they want to examine women's lives. Urban and rural records (especially law court records) church archives private archives diaries noblemen's records collections of sermons last wills inventories belles letters correspondence are all sources which always contain scattered direct or indirect information on women and gender relations. Bogucka examines the stages of the typical woman's life-girl married woman widow-discussing their position in the family and society as well as the societal changes that occurred in this sphere from the sixteenth to the eighteenth century. She also looks among other things at the role of women's work in the countryside and in towns according to social status and education; religious life which offered possibilities to women to appear and to act outside the home; the impact of Reformation on the situation of women; the participation of women in the creation and consumption of culture; and women's roles in political life. Finally she places her discussion of Polish women in comparative context exploring the legal status and general situation of women in Poland against those in Western countries - Germany France and England - as well as Central and Eastern Europe-Hungary Bohemia and Russia. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233758

Women in Eighteenth Century Europe Was the century of Voltaire also the century of women?  In the eighteenth century changes in the nature of work family life sexuality education law religion politics and warfare radically altered the lives of women. Some of these developments caused immense confusion and suffering; others greatly expanded women’s opportunities and worldview – long before the various women’s suffrage movements were more than a glimmer on the horizon.  This study pays attention to queens as well as commoners; respectable working women as well as prostitutes; women physicists and mathematicians as well as musicians and actresses; feminists as well as their critics.  The result is a rich and morally complex tale of conflict and tragedy but also of achievement. The book deals with many regions and topics often under-represented in general surveys of European women including coverage of the Balkans and both European Turkey and Anatolia of Eastern Europe of European colonial expansion (particularly the slave trade) and of Muslim Eastern Orthodox and Jewish women's history. Bringing all of Europe into the narrative of early modern women's history challenges many received assumptions about Europe and women in past times and provides essential background for dealing with issues of diversity in the Europe of today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138141698

Women in Eighteenth-Century ScotlandIntimate Intellectual and Public Lives The eighteenth century looms large in the Scottish imagination. It is a century that saw the doubling of the population rapid urbanisation industrial growth the political Union of 1707 the Jacobite Rebellions and the Enlightenment - events that were intrinsic to the creation of the modern nation and to putting Scotland on the international map. The impact of the era on modern Scotland can be seen in the numerous buildings named after the luminaries of the period - Adam Smith David Hume William Robertson - the endorsement of Robert Burns as the national poet/hero the preservation of the Culloden battlefield as a tourist attraction and the physical geographies of its major towns. Yet while it is a century that remains central to modern constructions of national identity it is a period associated with men. Until recently the history of women in eighteenth-century Scotland with perhaps the honourable exception of Flora McDonald remained unwritten. Over the last decade however research on women and gender in Scotland has flourished and we have an increasingly full picture of women's lives at all social levels across the century. As a result this is an appropriate moment to reflect on what we know about Scottish women during the eighteenth century to ask how their history affects the traditional narratives of the period and to reflect on the implications for a national history of Scotland and Scottish identity. Divided into three sections covering women's intimate intellectual and public lives this interdisciplinary volume offers articles on women's work criminal activity clothing family education writing travel and more. Applying tools from history art anthropology cultural studies and English literature it draws on a wide-range of sources from the written to the visual to highlight the diversity of women's experiences and to challenge current male-centric historiographies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379831

Women in English Society 1500-1800 Provides a systematic analysis of various aspects of women's lives between 1500 and 1800 concentrating on detailed research into specific groups of women where it has been possible to build up a picture in some detail. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155312

Women in Europe between the WarsPolitics Culture and Society The central aim of this interdisciplinary book is to make visible the intentionality behind the 'forgetting' of European women's contributions during the period between the two world wars in the context of politics culture and society. It also seeks to record and analyse women's agency in the construction and reconstruction of Europe and its nation states after the First World War and thus to articulate ways in which the writing of women's history necessarily entails the rewriting of everyone's history. By showing that the erasure of women's texts from literary and cultural history was not accidental but was ideologically motivated the essays explicitly and implicitly contribute to debates surrounding canon formation. Other important topics are women's political activism during the period antifascism the contributions made by female journalists the politics of literary production genre women's relationship with and contributions to the avant-garde women's professional lives and women's involvement in voluntary associations. In bringing together the work of scholars whose fields of expertise are diverse but whose interests converge on the inter-war period the volume invites readers to make connections and comparisons across the whole spectrum of women's political social and cultural activities throughout Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138357990

Women in Europe since 1750 In dealing with the common experience of women in modern society this book provides a deeper insight into European women at work at home at leisure and in their political and educational functions. Particular emphasis is placed upon the significant cultural differences between women of various classes and nationalities. The first chapters of the book trace the growing importance of women’s work in the economic sector and for modernisation in general. Data from a wide variety of sources including census figures government and labour reports and personal accounts illustrate that women have integrated work roles into a complex life style. The new image of women in society is analysed in the light of the numerous educational political and legal reforms which took place in the late nineteenth and early twentieth century and the impact of feminist ideology is discussed in relation to this. In its overall presentation this book first published in 1978 illustrates the importance of the history of women not only for an understanding of the female experience but also the process of modernisation in Western Europe in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752442

Women in European Culture and Society Text and Sourcebook - BUNDLE Women in European Culture and Society: Gender Skill and Identity since 1700 provides readers with an overview of women's roles and place in western Europe from the beginning of the eighteenth century with essays covering the key themes in women's history. Drawing on women’s own writing and cultural production it presents women as agents of change as well as exploring cultural perceptions of women and the ways in which women have been represented by these discourses. Women in European Culture and Society: A Sourcebook contains a uniquely diverse range of transnational sources from across Europe organised in a broad chronological spread and is an essential collection of material showing how women lived in Europe over the past three centuries. This bundle includes both the textbook and accompanying sourcebook together at a discount providing a complete survey of women’s lives throughout Europe up to the present day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138846920

Women in European Culture and SocietyA Sourcebook Women in European Culture and Society: A Sourcebook includes a range of transnational sources which encompass the history of women in Europe from the beginning of the eighteenth century right up to the present day. Including documents from across Europe from France and Germany to Estonia Spain and Russia organized in a broad chronological spread the diversity of the sources included in the book is unique – including many never translated into English before. Deborah Simonton offers detailed interpretive introductions that analyse and contextualize the sources. A central feature is its exploration of how women operated within gendered worlds and used their skills and abilities to shape and claim their own identities and to engage with how they contributed as practitioners to shaping European culture and society. With over 200 sources the book allows us to ‘hear’ women’s voices as they articulate their understandings of their worlds and helps capture a sense of women’s motivations options and choices as they understood them - allowing readers to focus on either a period or a theme and providing a comparative resource. Ideal for use on its own or as a companion volume to Simonton’s other major work Women in European Culture and Society: Gender Skill and Identity since 1700 this sourcebook is an invaluable collection offering vivid first-hand accounts of women’s lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415684408

Women in Fifties BritainA New Look Contented housewives glamorous women jive-mad teenagers – all are common figures in popular perceptions of 1950s Britain. But what more did it mean to be a girl or woman in the fifties? And what are the implications of this history for understanding post-war Britain? Women in Fifties Britain explores the lived experience of girls and women and the way in which their story has been told. Crossing boundaries – disciplinary conceptual and thematic – and drawing creatively on new and established sources it extends and enriches the terrain of women’s history. Diverse groups of women come into view including farmer’s wives university-educated women activist housewives working mothers Jewish refugees girls ‘at risk’ and private secretaries. Revealing that their private public and professional lives were central to reshaping society the collection engages with the legacy of World War II and with questions about the distinctiveness of the 1950s. Embracing emotion labour gender class race sociability sexuality and much more the authors offer penetrating exploration of established and new categories of historical analysis. Placing the politics of gender at the heart of Britain’s reconstruction this engaging and important collection re-visions 1950s Britain and the women that made it. This book was originally published as a special issue of Women’s History Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367234317

Women in Foreign PolicyThe Insiders Originally published in 1993 this title provides a unique insight into the challenges faced by the women who shaped United States foreign policy at the time. The authors examine the "Gender Gap" in beliefs between men and women in the State and Defense departments. Highlighted by interviews with ten leading women in the field – including Jeane Kirkpatrick and Rozanne Ridgway then the two highest ranking women in foreign policy – the book provides an intimate glimpse into the making of foreign policy during the Reagan administration. Based on 79 interviews with women and men senior executives in the departments of State and Defense this title poses a number of key questions. Who are the women in the State and Defense Departments and how do their background and lifestyle choices compare with those of their male colleagues? What problems do they confront in an attempt to influence policy in the international arena? Do the women on the inside make a difference in how policy is formulated or how the departments are managed? Are women by nature more peaceful than men? Will they alter the face of foreign policy? Or are they more likely to hold the same views as men? This title provided an important insight into these questions and would have been provocative reading at the time of publication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367025250

Women in Game DevelopmentBreaking the Glass Level-Cap Videogame development is usually seen as a male dominated field; even playing videogames is often wrongly viewed as a pastime for men only. But behind the curtain women have always played myriad important roles in gaming. From programmers to artists designers to producers female videogame developers endure not only the pressures of their jobs but also epic levels of harassment and hostility. Jennifer Brandes Hepler’s Women in Game Development: Breaking the Glass Level-Cap gives voice to talented and experienced female game developers from a variety of backgrounds letting them share the passion that drives them to keep making games.   Key Features Experience the unique stories of nearly two dozen female game developers from old-school veterans to rising stars. Understand the role of women in videogames from the earliest days of development to the present day. Hear first-hand perspectives from working professionals in fields including coding design art writing community management production and journalism. Get tips for how to be a better ally and make your company and teams more inclusive. Learn about the obstacles you face if you’re an aspiring female developer and how to overcome them. Meet the human face of some of the women who have endured the industry’s worst harassment… and kept on going.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138947924

Women in Higher Education 1850-1970International Perspectives This edited collection illustrates the way in which women’s experiences of academe could be both contextually diverse but historically and culturally similar. It looks at both the micro (individual women and universities) and macro-level (comparative analyses among regions and countries) within regional national trans-national and international contexts.  The contributors integrally advance knowledge about the university in history by exploring the intersections of the lived experiences of women students and professors practices of co-education and intellectual and academic cultures. They also raise important questions about the complementary and multidirectional flow and exchange of academic knowledge and information among gender groups across programmes disciplines and universities.  Historical inquiry and interpretation serve as efficacious ways with which to understand contemporary events and discourses in higher education and more broadly in community and society. This book will provide important historical contexts for current debates about the numerical dominance and significance of women in higher education and the tensions embedded in the gendering of specific academic programs and disciplines and university policies missions and mandates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367263843

Women in Igbo Life and Thought A member of the Igbo tribe of Nigeria who became a nun and trained as an anthropologist Joseph Therese Agbasiere had a unique opportunity to transcend some of the preconceptions and subjectivities inevitable when an 'outsider' studies a native society.Her richly detailed ethnography examines kinship practices marriage customs and women's responsibilities in the house and the community establishing the tremendous influence that Igbo women wield in public affairs. Igbo ideas about the universe the person and spiritual considerations are also discussed and shown to be primarily centred around women.This fascinating work is a testament to the combination of personal insight and academic detachment which the author brought to her study of Igbo women before her death in 1998. It will be a valuable resource for students and scholars in anthropology African studies and women's studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315011158

Women in International and Universal Exhibitions 1876�1937 This book argues for the importance of bringing women and gender more directly into the dynamic field of exposition studies. Reclaiming women for the history of world fairs (1876-1937) it also seeks to introduce new voices into these studies dialoguing across disciplinary and national historiographies. From the outset women participated not only as spectators but also as artists writers educators artisans and workers without figuring among the organizers of international exhibitions until the 20th century. Their presence became more pointedly acknowledged as feminist movements developed within the Western World and specific spaces dedicated to women’s achievements emerged.International exhibitions emerged as showcases of "modernity" and "progress " but also as windows onto the foreign the different the unexpected and the spectacular. As public rituals of celebration they transposed national ceremonies and protests onto an international stage. For spectators exhibitions brought the world home; for organizers the entire world was a fair.Women were actors and writers of the fair narrative although acknowledgment of their contribution was uneven and often ephemeral. Uncovering such silence highlights how gendered the triumphant history of modernity was and reveals the ways women as a category engaged with modern life within that quintessential modern space—the world fair. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884239

Women in IslamAn Anthology from the Qu'ran and Hadith Collection of major references to women in the Quran and Hadiths the two central Pillars of Islam on which Islamic legislation and social practice are based. Topics covered include Hygiene Divorce Marriage Sex and Chastity Inheritance and Status and Rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159969

Women in Islamic Societies First published in 1983 this edited collection is based on contributions at a Scandinavian symposium on the place of women in Islamic society. It offers perspectives which illuminate our understanding of social relationships and structures pertaining to a vast number of the world’s population dispersed throughout Asia and Africa. Sociological and anthropological investigations of social organization and the behavioural patterns provided in these papers demonstrate that the status of women their rights duties and control over property their body the degree of seclusion and veiling vary considerably. Overall this collection of papers show that the relationship between Islam and the everyday lives of Muslim women is a complex picture one that is confronted with a considerable range of interpretations of laws and traditions. This book will be of particular interest to those studying women and Islam anthropology religion and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138200807

Women in Italian Renaissance Culture and Society "An impressive collection of 29 essays by British American and Italian scholars on important historical artistic cultural social legal literary and theatrical aspects of women's contributions to the Italian Renaissance in its broadest sense. Many contributions are the result of first-hand archival research and are illustrated with numerous unpublished or little-known reproductions or original material. The subjects include: women and the court ( Dilwyn Knox Evelyn S Welch Francine Daenens and Diego Zancani ); women and the church ( Gabriella Zarri Victoria Primhak Kate Lowe Francesca Medioli and Ruth Chavasse ); legal constraints and ethical precepts ( Marina Graziosi Christine Meek Brian Richardson Jane Bridgeman and Daniela De Bellis ); female models of comportment ( Marta Ajmarm Paola Tinagli and Sara F Matthews Grieco ); women and the stage ( Richard Andrews Maggie Guensbergberg Rosemary E Bancroft-Marcus ); women and letters ( Diana Robin Virginia Cox Pamela J Benson Judy Rawson Conor Fahy Giovanni Aquilecchia Adriana Chemello Giovanna Rabitti and Nadia Cannata Salamone )." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351199070

Women in Law and Lawmaking in Nineteenth and Twentieth-Century Europe Exploring the relationship between gender and law in Europe from the nineteenth century to present this collection examines the recent feminisation of justice its historical beginnings and the impact of gendered constructions on jurisprudence. It looks at what influenced the breakthrough of women in the judicial world and what gender factors determine the position of women at the various levels of the legal system. Every chapter in this book addresses these issues either from the point of view of women's legal history or from that of gendered legal cultures. With contributions from scholars with expertise in the major regions of Europe this book demonstrates a commitment to a methodological framework that is sensitive to the intersection of gender theory legal studies and public policy and that is based on historical methodologies. As such the collection offers a valuable contribution both to women's history research and the wider development of European legal history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138710979

Women in MagazinesResearch Representation Production and Consumption Women have been important contributors to and readers of magazines since the development of the periodical press in the nineteenth century. By the mid-twentieth century millions of women read the weeklies and monthlies that focused on supposedly "feminine concerns" of the home family and appearance. In the decades that followed feminist scholars criticized such publications as at best conservative and at worst regressive in their treatment of gender norms and ideals. However this perspective obscures the heterogeneity of the magazine industry itself and women’s experiences of it both as readers and as journalists. This collection explores such diversity highlighting the differing and at times contradictory images and understandings of women in a range of magazines and women’s contributions to magazines in a number of contexts from late nineteenth century publications to twenty-first century titles in Britain North America continental Europe and Australia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367263959

Women in Management WorldwideProgress and Prospects 'Excellent' 'Outstanding' and 'Inspirational' were words used to describe the highly acclaimed and award winning first edition of Women in Management Worldwide. Edited by two of the world's most eminent researchers into the role of women in work and management their findings from around the world confirmed that the glass ceiling was still firmly in place and there were few women directors or CEOs of large corporations indeed few in any posts at the top level of private sector organizations. For the second edition of Women in Management Worldwide: Progress and Prospects Professors Davidson and Burke have assembled over 30 experts replete with facts figures and analysis to ensure this expanded and updated edition provides a genuinely cross-cultural global assessment of women in management. This important book examines what has and has not changed and provides evidence that an understanding of the values norms and cultural issues bearing on the progress or otherwise of women in organizations is becoming ever more necessary. There is a looming crisis in organizational leadership with demographic factors and globalization leading to an international talent war. Against that background continuing bias against women seeking leadership responsibilities means organizations are failing to develop available talent and when corporations experience economic difficulties the consequences bear disproportionately on women managers. With findings from a broader and more representative range of countries the editors have arranged this second edition country by country to enable comparisons of the data both between countries and regions and between past present and likely futures. Researchers policy makers legislators and officials needing an understanding of women's status and progress as well as those teaching or studying international cross-cultural and human resources management will need to read this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780566089169

Women in Management WorldwideProgress and Prospects 'Excellent' 'Outstanding' and 'Inspirational' were words used to describe the highly acclaimed and award winning first edition of Women in Management Worldwide. Edited by two of the world's most eminent researchers into the role of women in work and management their findings from around the world confirmed that the glass ceiling was still firmly in place and there were few women directors or CEOs of large corporations indeed few in any posts at the top level of private sector organizations. For the second edition of Women in Management Worldwide: Progress and Prospects Professors Davidson and Burke have assembled over 30 experts replete with facts figures and analysis to ensure this expanded and updated edition provides a genuinely cross-cultural global assessment of women in management. This important book examines what has and has not changed and provides evidence that an understanding of the values norms and cultural issues bearing on the progress or otherwise of women in organizations is becoming ever more necessary. There is a looming crisis in organizational leadership with demographic factors and globalization leading to an international talent war. Against that background continuing bias against women seeking leadership responsibilities means organizations are failing to develop available talent and when corporations experience economic difficulties the consequences bear disproportionately on women managers. With findings from a broader and more representative range of countries the editors have arranged this second edition country by country to enable comparisons of the data both between countries and regions and between past present and likely futures. Researchers policy makers legislators and officials needing an understanding of women's status and progress as well as those teaching or studying international cross-cultural and human resources management will need to read this book. Media > Books > E-books Gower 9781315546759

Women in Management WorldwideSigns of progress Organizations today are facing unprecedented challenges including an ageing workforce potential talent shortages an increasingly competitive international environment and the need to utilize the talents of the best qualified people regardless of gender. More women than men in many cases are graduating from universities and gaining the requisite experience to qualify for advancement to higher levels of management. In this expanded and revised third edition Professors Burke and Richardsen together with a list of international contributors address women’s progression in the workforce and into the upper echelons of management. They cover a range of professions and a geographically dispersed territory thereby advancing the understanding of women in management within a traditional context and making a substantial contribution to the literature for both an academic and practitioner audience. The broader regional perspective offers a comprehensive overview of the challenges and opportunities facing women in the workplace and promotes the ongoing analysis of the interface between women's career aspirations and societal and organizational norms assumptions and values. Following the same format as the previous edition the country by country analysis allows for the data between countries and regions to be compared for the differences to be addressed and a more holistic picture of the situation in a given country to be assessed. Women in Management Worldwide will appeal to researchers policy-makers in a range of countries interested in workforce issues talent management and gender equality as well as consultants working with international organizations on HRM and organizational effectiveness challenges. Media > Books > Print Books Gower 9780367886592

Women in ManagementA Framework for Sustainable Work–Life Integration This book presents a realistic perspective on the paradoxes employees face when navigating work and personal responsibilities for career success. The author answers the critical question of how to achieve sustainable and rewarding work–life integration from a perspective of "both/and" rather than "either/or." While most books focus on a fragmented hyper-effective view of women and leadership this book advances the need for an integrated approach. Its Competing Values Framework acts as an organizing model that aligns personal competency with organizational capability helping readers to identify important leadership roles and competencies break societal barriers and choose the right set of behaviors to fit their personal and professional goals. In-chapter text boxes provide personal insight from real employees both entering and established in leadership positions offering a varied perspective on the challenges and resolutions available to women in management. As men become more engaged with their families they too will find this book a useful tool. Students in diversity management women and management career development leadership and organizational behavior classes will benefit from this realistic and sustainable alternative to the "have it all" model. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138202184

Women in Medieval Europe 1200-1500 Women in Medieval Europe explores the key areas of female experience in the later medieval period from peasant women to Queens. It considers the women of the later Middle Ages in the context of their social relationships during a time of changing opportunities and activities so that by 1500 the world of work was becoming increasingly restricted to women. The chapters are arranged thematically to show the varied roles and lives of women in and out of the home covering topics such as marriage religion family and work. For the second edition a new chapter draws together recent work on Jewish and Muslim women as well as those from other ethnic groups showing the wide ranging experiences of women from different backgrounds. Particular attention is paid to women at work in the towns and specifically urban topics such as trade crafts healthcare and prostitution. The latest research on women gender and masculinity has also been incorporated along with updated further reading recommendations. This fully revised new edition is a comprehensive yet accessible introduction to the topic perfect for all those studying women in Europe in the later Middle Ages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138855687

Women in Medieval Western European Culture First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987265

Women in Modern Burma This book challenges the popular notion that Burmese women are powerful and are granted equal rights as men by society. Throughout history Burmese women have been represented as powerful and as having equal status to men by western travellers and scholars alike. National history about women also follows this conjecture. This book explains why actually very few powerful Burmese women exist and how these few women help construct the notion of the high status of Burmese women thereby inevitably silencing the majority of ‘unequal’ and disempowered women. One of the underlying questions throughout this book is why a few powerful women feel compelled to defend the notion that women hold privileged positions in Burmese society. Combining historical archives with statistical data published by UN agencies this book highlights the reality of women’s status in modern Burma. Case studies include why the first Burmese women’s army was disbanded a few months after its establishment; how women writers assessed the conditions of Burmese women and represented their contemporaries in their works; the current state of prostitution; how modern-day sex-workers are trying to find their voice; and how women fared vis-à-vis men in education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138687332

Women in Movement (Routledge Revivals)Feminism and Social Action First published in 1992 this book is an historical introduction to a wide range of women’s movements from the late eighteenth-century to the date of its publication. It describes economic social and political ideas which have inspired women to organize not only in Europe and North America but also in the Third World. Sheila Rowbotham outlines a long history of women’s challenges to the gender bias in political and economical concepts. She shows women laying claim to rights and citizenship while contesting male definitions of their scope and seeking to enlarge the meaning of economy through action around consumption and production environmental protests and welfare projects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415821605

Women in MusicA Research and Information Guide This book is the only complete and up-to-date annotated bibliography available on women's activities and contributions in the creation and performance of music through the ages. Encompassing major books articles and recordings published over the past five decades the book examines a broad cross-section of contemporary thought with each entry - with over 500 devoted to resources from countries outside the US - including annotation along with a critical description of content. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867122

Women in MusicA Research and Information Guide Women in Music: A Research and Information Guide is an annotated bibliography emerging from more than twenty-five years of feminist scholarship on music. This book testifies to the great variety of subjects and approaches represented in over two decades of published writings on women their work and the important roles that feminist outlooks have played in formerly male-oriented academic scholarship or journalistic musings on women and music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870437

Women in Muslim Rural Society This study reassesses several accepted truths about Arab village society. It shows first that one cannot speak about the position of women in general because there is a great difference among women depending on the structure of their households and relationships. Women whose work contributes to the family's income who have been able to acquire property who exert control over their sons and who have the quickness of mind to exploit suitable opportunities often have their way in the economic and political affairs of their households and beyond.Ginat's analysis of marriage patterns dispels the common notion that men customarily seek the hand of their father's brother's daughter and that this type of marriage illustrates a principle of endogamy in Arab village society. After carefully examining the numerous reasons for each marriage he concludes that a combination of material and political considerations of the families involved and not stated norms determines the choice of spouses.The author clarifies the notion of honor which hitherto has been used to explain so many things in Arab society. In Arab societies a man's honor often seems to depend on the reputation of his women. Now it appears that his honor is gauged not by the actual sexual comportment of women for whom he is morally responsible but by public attitudes towards that sexuality. Ginat's analysis adds to our understanding of some central themes in Arab society. He provides valuable and complete information about aspects of family life that have rarely been covered in such detail. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412851763

Women in Mycenaean GreeceThe Linear B Tablets from Pylos and Knossos Women in Mycenaean Greece is the first book-length study of women in the Linear B tablets from Mycenaean Greece and the only to collect and compile all the references to women in the documents of the two best attested sites of Late Bronze Age Greece - Pylos on the Greek mainland and Knossos on the island of Crete. The book offers a systematic analysis of women’s tasks holdings and social and economic status in the Linear B tablets dating from the 14th and 13th centuries BCE identifying how Mycenaean women functioned in the economic institutions where they were best attested - production property control land tenure and cult. Analysing all references to women in the Mycenaean documents the book focuses on the ways in which the economic institutions of these Bronze Age palace states were gendered and effectively extends the framework for the study of women in Greek antiquity back more than 400 years. Throughout the book seeks to establish whether gender practices were uniform in the Mycenaean states or differed from site to site and to gauge the relationship of the roles and status of Mycenaean women to their Archaic and Classical counterparts to test if the often-proposed theories of a more egalitarian Bronze Age accurately reflect the textual evidence. The Linear B tablets offer a unique if under-utilized point of entry into women’s history in ancient Greece documenting nearly 2000 women performing over fifty task assignments. From their decipherment in 1952 one major gap in the scholarly record remained: a full accounting of the women who inhabited the palace states and their tasks ranks and economic contributions. Women in Mycenaean Greece fills that gap recovering how class rank and other social markers created status hierarchies among women how women as a group functioned relative to men and where different localities conformed or diverged in their gender practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085831

Women in Nazi Germany  From images of jubilant mothers offering the Nazi salute to Eva Braun and Magda Goebbels women in Hitler’s Germany and their role as supporters and guarantors of the Third Reich continue to exert a particular fascination. This account moves away from the stereotypes to provide a more complete picture of how they experienced Nazism in peacetime and at war. What was the status and role of women in pre-Nazi Germany and how did different groups of women respond to the Nazi project in practice? Jill Stephenson looks at the social cultural and economic organisation of women’s lives under Nazism and assesses opposing claims that German women were either victims or villains of National Socialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138133457

Women in Nazi Society This fascinating book examines the position of women under the Nazis. The National Socialist movement was essentially male-dominated with a fixed conception of the role women should play in society; while man was the warrior and breadwinner woman was to be the homemaker and childbearer. The Nazi obsession with questions of race led to their insisting that women should be encouraged by every means to bear children for Germany since Germany’s declining birth rate in the 1920s was in stark contrast with the prolific rates among the 'inferior' peoples of eastern Europe who were seen by the Nazis as Germany’s foes. Thus women were to be relieved of the need to enter paid employment after marriage while higher education which could lead to ambitions for a professional career was to be closed to girls or at best available to an exceptional few. All Nazi policies concerning women ultimately stemmed from the Party’s view that the German birth rate must be dramatically raised. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138008120

Women in Pāli BuddhismWalking the Spiritual Paths in Mutual Dependence The Pāli tradition presents a diverse and often contradictory picture of women. This book examines women’s roles as they are described in the Pāli canon and its commentaries. Taking into consideration the wider socio-religious context and drawing from early brahmanical literature and epigraphical findings it contrasts these descriptions with the doctrinal account of women’s spiritual abilities. The book explores gender in the Pāli texts in order to delineate what it means to be a woman both in the context in which the texts were composed and in the context of their ultimate goal - that of achieving escape from the round of rebirths. The critical investigation focuses on the internal relationships and dynamics of one tradition and employs a novel methodology which the author calls "critical sympathy". This assumes that the tradition’s teaching is valid for all in particular that its main goal nibbāṇa is accessible to all human beings. By considering whether and how women’s roles fit within this path the author examines whether women have spiritual agency not only as bhikkhunīs (Buddhist nuns) but also as wives and mothers. It offers a new understanding that focuses on how the tradition construes women’s traditional roles within an interdependent community. It aims to understand how what many scholars have seen as contradictory and inconsistent characterizations of women in Buddhism have been accepted and endorsed by the Pāli tradition. With an aim to show that the Pāli canon offers an account of women that is doctrinally coherent and consistent with its sociological facts this book will be of interest to students and scholars of Buddhism and Asian Religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138491526

Women in PerformanceRepurposing Failure Women in Performance: Repurposing Failure charts the renewed popularity of intersectional feminism gender race and identity politics in contemporary Western experimental theatre comedy and performance through the featured artists’ ability to strategically repurpose failure. Failure has provided a popular frame through which to theorise recent avantgarde performance even though the work rarely acknowledges stakes tend to be higher for women than men. This book analyses the imperative work of a number of female non-binary and trans* practitioners who resist the postmodern doctrine of ‘post-identity’ and attempt to foster a sense of agency on stage. By using feminism as a critical lens Gorman interrogates received ideas about performance failure and negotiates contradictions between contemporary white feminism intersectional feminism gender and sexuality. Women in Performance: Repurposing Failure reveals how performance has the power to both observe and reject contemporary feminist and postmodern theory rendering this text an invaluable resource for theatre and performance studies students and those grappling with the disciplinary tensions between feminism gender queer and trans* studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138223356

Women in Political Theory The first volume to explore comprehensively the intersection of feminism politics and philosophy Women in Political Theory sheds light on the contributions of women philosophers and theorists to contemporary political thought. With close attention to the work of five central thinkers-Sarah Grimké Anna Julia Cooper Jane Addams Rosa Luxemburg and Hannah Arendt-this book not only offers sustained analyses of the thought of these leading figures but also examines their relationship with established political theorists of the past such as Locke Machiavelli and the ancients. Demonstrating that each of the figures covered was indeed a political theorist of her time whilst highlighting the strength of her thought and the reasons for which it has not been accorded the attention that it merits Women in Political Theory offers a fascinating overview of the political thought of five theorists whose work is central to an understanding of modern thought. As such it will be of interest to scholars and students of sociology philosophy political and social theory feminist thought and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271876

Women in PR History The history of PR has received limited attention over the years and especially the role of women in PR has been an ‘untold’ story thus far. This book is the first attempt following research presented at the International History of Public Relations Conference to shed light on the significant role that female pioneers have played in the evolution of PR. This book explores the field in a way that will offer insight of the significance that women had in the evolution of PR with diverse chapters that provide rich perspectives on women’s contributions to PR throughout the years and across the globe. It opens with an overview of women in public relations. Later chapters focus on the case of Turkey which seems to have a rich history of women in public relations then on specific cases from Oceania (Australia) Europe (Spain) Asia (Malaysia and Thailand) and America (United States). The final chapter deals with the case of Inez Kaiser who was the first African- American women to open a US public relations agency. This book will add knowledge and understanding to the fields of PR history and historiography. Academics and researchers will find the volume appropriate for research and teaching. Practitioners will also find the book extremely relevant for training short courses and professional practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367476595

Women in Primary TeachingCareer Contexts and Strategies Originally published in 1990. This study investigates the experiences of women in primary teaching and examines the levels of promotion achieved by men and women in the profession. Using extracts from women’s accounts of their own career histories Women in Primary Teaching analyses both the contexts in which careers are constructed and the strategies that are devised by women pursuing careers. The author examines the extent to which women are faced with a dilemma of dual commitments not experienced by men: the juggling of home and family with teaching work. What effect do interruptions in service and continued family management have on a career? How too do women’s attitudes to promotion differ from men’s and in what manner is promotion sought – if at all? In addressing these questions this book is interesting to anyone involved in studying women and work as well as practising and student teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138042377

Women in Protest 1800-1850 There is still much uncertainty about the role of nineteenth-century British women in social and political protest. As politics was a man’s world virtually all official accounts and statistics of popular protest deal only with the men involved. It is well known that women participated in food riots and mobilised support for Chartism and as the dramatic changes in the economy during this period greatly increased the demand for women’s labour this stimulated their widespread involvement in political and social agitation particularly the parliamentary reform movement of 1819. First published in 1982 this book provides a descriptive account of the part played by women – mainly working class women – in a variety of social and political activities that can broadly be categorised as protest. It establishes the basic outlines and offers an interpretation of the course of events. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138008137

Women in Public 1850-1900Documents of the Victorian Women's Movement Assembling a full and comprehensive collection of material which illustrates all aspects of the emergent women’s movement during the years 1850-1900 this fascinating book will prove invaluable to students of nineteenth century social history and women's studies to those studying the Victorian novel and to sociologists. Women’s pamphlets and speeches parliamentary debates and popular journalism letters and memoirs royal commissions and the leading reviews are all used to document the conflicting images of women: ‘surplus women’ and the issue of emigration; women’s work and male hostility to it; the opening of education by Emily Davies; the claim to equity at law; the attack on the sexual double standard led by Josephine Butler; women’s public service from philanthropy – exemplified in a Mary Carpenter or Louisa Twining or Octavia Hill – to local government; and finally women’s entry into politics led by Lydia Becker. The contents range from Caroline Norton on her battle for child custody in the 1830s to Annie Besant’s inspiration of the match-girl’s strike in 1888 and from W. T. Stead on child prostitution to Mrs Humphrey War’s Appeal against female suffrage in 1889. The book was originally published in 1979. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752558

Women in Public RelationsHow Gender Influences Practice The past 20 years have seen an influx of women into the practice of public relations yet gender-based disparities in pay and advancement remain a troubling reality. As the field becomes feminized moreover female and male practitioners alike confront the prospect of dwindling salaries and prestige. This landmark book presents a comprehensive examination of the status of women in public relations and proposes concrete ways to achieve greater parity in education and practice. The authors integrate the theoretical literature of public relations and gender with results of a major longitudinal study of women in the field along with illuminating focus group and interview data. Topics covered include factors contributing to sex discrimination; how public relations stacks up against other professions on gender-related issues; the challenges facing female managers and entrepreneurs; the experiences of ethnic minority professionals; the salary gap; the glass ceiling; and how to foster solutions on individual organizational and societal levels. This volume is an essential read for both educators and practitioners in public relations. It can be used as a course text in graduate research seminars and also as a supplemental text in courses addressing gender issues in PR. It serves as a useful guide for young practitioners entering the profession and provides critical insights for public relations managers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653282

Women in Republican China: A SourcebookA Sourcebook Exploring one of the most dynamic and contested regions of the world this series includes works on political economic cultural and social changes in modern and contemporary Asia and the Pacific. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315656489

Women in Roman Law and Society The legal situation of the women of ancient Rome was extremely complex and - since there was no sharp distinction between free woman freedwoman and slave - the definition of their legal position is often heard. Basing her lively analysis on detailed study of literary and epigraphic material Jane F. Gardner explores the provisions of the Roman laws as they related to women.Dr Gardner describes the ways in which the laws affected women throughout their lives - in families as daughters wives and parents; as heiresses and testators; as owners and controllers of property; and as workers. She looks with particular attention at the ways in which the strict letter of the law came to be modified softened circumvented and even changed pointing out that the laws themselves tell us as much about the economic situation of women and the range of opportunities available to them outside the home. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138134775

Women in Russian HistoryFrom the Tenth to the Twentieth Century As the first survey of the history of women in Russia to be published in any language this book is itself an historic event -- the result of the collaboration of the leading Russian and American specialists on Russian women's history. The book is divided in to four chronological parts corresponding to eras of Russian history: (I) Kievan/Mongol (10th - 15th centuries); (II) Muscovite ( 16th - 17th centuries); (III) 18th century; and (IV) 19th - early 20th centuries.Each part gives coverage to four main topics: (1) The role of prominent women in public life with biographical sketches of women who attained prominence in political or cultural life; (2) Women's daily life and family roles; (3) Women's status under the law; (4) Material culture and in particular women's dress as an expression of their place in society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781563247989

Women in Russian TheatreThe Actress in the Silver Age Women in Russian Theatre is a fascinating feminist counterpoint to the established area of Russian theatre populated by male artists such as Stanislavsky Chekov and Meyerhold. With unprecedented access to newly-opened files in Russia Catherine Schuler brings to light the actresses who had an impact upon Russian modernist theatre. Schuler brings to light the extradordinary lives and work of eight Russian actresses who flourished on the stage between the late nineteenth and early twentieth century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315003948

Women in ScienceA Social and Cultural History The first book of its kind to provide a full and comprehensive historical grounding of the contemporary issues of gender and women in science. Women in Science includes a detailed survey of the history behind the popular subject and engages the reader with a theoretical and informed understanding with significant issues like science and race gender and technology and masculinity. It moves beyond the historical work on women and science by avoiding focusing on individual women scientists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203962350

Women in Service in Early Modern EnglandEssential Works for the Study of Early Modern Women: Series III Part Three Volume 5 From the wealth of textual material about female servants  The author has chosen four representative texts for inclusion in this volume. They have been chosen to illustrate how books addressed to female servants evolved and to show that women in service and the ordering of the household were integral to the way labour and gender structured early modern socio-economic ideals. Of the four texts reproduced here two are manuals explaining the duties of female servants while two are critical in some respects of such books addressed to servants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138358003

Women in Soviet FilmThe Thaw and Post-Thaw Periods This book illuminates and explores the representation of women in Soviet cinema from the late 1950s through the 1960s and into the 1970s a period when Soviet culture shifted away to varying degrees from the well-established conventions of socialist realism. Covering films about working class women rural and urban women and women from the intelligentsia it probes various cinematic genres and approaches to film aesthetics while it also highlights how Soviet cinema depicted the ambiguity of emerging gender roles pressing social issues and evolving relationships between men and women. It thereby casts a penetrating light on society and culture in this crucial period of the Soviet Union’s development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889715

Women in Sport LeadershipResearch and practice for change Although women and girls participate in sport in greater numbers than ever before research shows there has been no significant increase in women leading sport organizations. This book takes an international evidence-based perspective in examining women in sport leadership and offers future directions for improving gender equity. With contributions from leading international sport scholars and practitioners it explores the opportunities and challenges women face while exercising leadership in sport organizations and evaluates leadership development practices. While positional leadership is crucial this book argues that some women may choose to exercise leadership in non-positional ways challenging readers to consider their personal values and passions. The chapters not only discuss key topics such as gender bias intersectionality quotas networking mentoring and sponsoring but also present a variety of strategies to develop and support the next generation of women leaders in sport. A new model of how to achieve gender equity in sport leadership is also introduced. Women in Sport Leadership: Research and Practice for Change is important reading for all students scholars leaders administrators and coaches with an interest in sport business policy and management as well as women’s sport and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233259

Women in Sports Coaching Women in many Westernized countries encounter a wider variety of career opportunities than afforded in previous decades and the percentage of women leaders in nearly every sector is on the rise. Sport coaching however remains a domain where gender equity has declined or stalled despite increasing female sport participation. The percentage of women who coach women are in the minority in most sports and there is a near absence of women coaching men. This important new book examines why. Drawing on original multi-disciplinary research from across the globe including first-hand accounts from practicing coaches the book illuminates and examines the status of women in coaching explores the complex issues they face in pursuing their careers and suggests solutions for eliminating the barriers that impede women in coaching. Developing an innovative model of intersectionality and power constructs through which to guide research the book covers issues including sexual identity race motherhood cross-gender coaching and media coverage to give voice to women coaches from around the world. As such Women in Sports Coaching is essential reading for serious students and scholars of sports coaching sport sociology or anyone with an interest in gender and sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138558755

Women in Sports History Women are and have been for many years actively involved as players supporters and co-ordinators in a range of sports and yet they are often missing from or sidelined in accounts of the history of these sports. Commenting first on the lack of inclusion of women in British sports history the book goes on to examine aspects of women’s participation between the late-nineteenth century and the mid-twentieth century more broadly. It draws together some of the latest research undertaken by international scholars working in the field and includes case studies about golf bridge rowing figure skating and athletics. Between them the chapters demonstrate that women enjoyed mixed fortunes in sport. They positively highlight the scope of participation as well as the complex interactions and responses that participation generated on account of life stage social class ethnicity and national identity across time and place. The incorporated methodological and theoretical approaches invite readers to reconsider existing sport historiography and point to new directions for future research. This book was first published as a special issue of Sport in History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415661188

Women in Stuart England and AmericaA Comparative Study Originally published in 1974 this study offers valuable perspectives on the status and roles of women in Stuart England and in the newly settled colonies of North America particularly Massachusetts and Virginia. Incorporating both new research on the subject and the findings of other scholars on demographic and social history the author examines the effects of sex ratios economic opportunities Puritanism and frontier conditions on the emancipation of American women in comparison with their English counterparts. He discusses the effects of these major differences on women’s roles in courtship marriage and the family educational legal and civic opportunities. In the final chapter he compares the moral climate of the two cultures in the latter part of the seventeenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752657

Women in SufismFemale Religiosities in a Transnational Order Exploring the diverse myriad of female religious identities that exist within the various branches of the Moroccan Sufi Order Qādiriyya BÅ«dshÄ«shiyya today this book evidences a wide array of religious identities from those more typical of Berber culture to those characterised by a ‘sober’ approach to Sufism as well as those that denote New Age eclecticism. The book researches the ways in which religious discourses are corporeally endorsed. After providing an overview of the Order historically and today enunciating the processes by which this local tarÄ«qa from North-eastern Morocco has become the international organization that it is now the book explores the religious body in movement in performance and in relation to the social order. It analyses pilgrimage by assessing the annual visit that followers of Hamza BÅ«dshÄ«sh make to the central lodge of the Order in Madāgh; it explores bodily religious enactments in ritual performance by discussing the central practices of Sufi ritual as manifested in the BÅ«dshÄ«shiyya and delves attention into diverse understandings of faith healing and health issues. Women and Sufism provides a detailed insight into religious healing sufi rituals and sufi pilgrimage and is essential reading for those seeking to understand Islam in Morocco or those with an interest in Anthropology and Middle East studies more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869182

Women in the Ancient Near EastA Sourcebook Women in the Ancient Near East provides a collection of primary sources that further our understanding of women from Mesopotamian and Near Eastern civilizations from the earliest historical and literary texts in the third millennium BC to the end of Mesopotamian political autonomy in the sixth century BC. This book is a valuable resource for historians of the Near East and for those studying women in the ancient world. It moves beyond simply identifying women in the Near East to attempting to place them in historical and literary context following the latest research. A number of literary genres are represented including myths and epics proverbs medical texts law collections letters treaties as well as building dedicatory and funerary inscriptions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415448567

Women in the Cinemas of Iran and TurkeyAs Images and as Image-Makers This volume compares the cinemas of Iran and Turkey in terms of the presence and absence of women on both sides of the camera. From a critical point of view it provides detailed readings of works by both male and female film-makers emphasizing issues facing women's film-making. Presenting an overview of the modern histories of the two neighbouring countries the study traces certain similarities and contrasts particularly in the reception adaption and representation of Western modernity and cinema. This is followed by the exploration of the images of women on screen with attention to minority women investigating post-traumatic cinema's approaches to women (Islamic Revolution of 1979 in Iran and the 1980 coup d’état in Turkey) and women's interpretations of post-traumatic experiences. Furthermore the representations of sexualities and LGBTI identities within cultural traditional and state-imposed restrictions are also discussed. Investigating border-crossing in physical and metaphorical terms the research explores the hybridities in the artistic expressions of 'deterritorialized' film-makers negotiating loyalties to both vatan (motherland) and the adopted country. This comprehensive analysis of the cinemas of Iran and Turkey based on extensive research fieldwork interviews and viewing of countless films is a key resource for students and scholars interested in film gender and cultural studies and the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138485112

Women In The Cities Of AsiaMigration And Urban Adaptation Women in Asia are on the move. The migration of women from village to city has increased dramatically in the past decade and many of these new migrants are young single women seeking jobs. In several Asian countries women migrants now outnumber men by a substantial margin. Along with the physical movement from rural to urban areas come new roles Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216474

Women in the Classical World CC 4V The study of women in Graeco-Roman antiquity has a long history but many recent developments—prominent among which are the rise of feminist theory and theoretical and interpretive work in material culture—have transformed approaches to the study of women’s lived experiences in antiquity. This four-volume collection brings together the best scholarship that has both established the field and moved it forward. The articles collected here are interdisciplinary bringing into conversation the full range of evidence for women in the classical world: historical literary legal medical inscriptional mythic artistic (e.g. sculpture frescoes paintings terracottas) and the material found in archaeological excavations including evidence from burials finds from houses and the remains of food processing and textile production. Ideology is relevant to each volume as both Greek and Roman societies had highly developed ideologies and cultural ideals that exercised profound and pervasive influence over women’s lives. Social class is implicated in these ideologies in ways that are made evident in every genre of source material. Women in the Classical World edited by two of the leading scholars in the field presents in one reference source a complete picture of women in Ancient Greece and Rome based on a vast of array of sources. This material has not been collected together in one place before. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138890527

Women in the Criminal Justice SystemTracking the Journey of Females and Crime Women in the Criminal Justice System: Tracking the Journey of Females and Crime provides a rare up-to-date examination of women both as offenders and employees in the criminal justice system. While the crime rate in the United States is currently decreasing the rate of female incarceration is rising. Female participation in the criminal justice workforce is also rising. However women on both sides of the system experience special issues. This book presents the current state of females in the system through contributions by expert authors. The book discusses the criminal justice system’s reaction to women as well as the successes and failures of its responses and current and future consequences. The surge of incarcerated women comes with accusations of sexism racism and differential treatment and female employees face sexual harassment corruption and differential pay. It examines the victimization of women through sexual and physical assault victimization during incarceration and the need for services such as financial assistance addiction treatment and psychological care for issues unique to women. The early chapters outline the history of women in the context of the criminal justice system and lead into chapters that address specific women’s issues. Each chapter contains discussion questions to broaden understanding of the history and issues relating to women in the system. The chapters also highlight key concepts significant statistics and legislative landmarks in criminal justice for women. As a historical analysis and currently informed resource Women in the Criminal Justice System is a landmark work in its own right. It gives you a firm understanding of past problems that women faced in criminal justice the present problems concerning women how progress was made from past to present and what progress is still needed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367364687

Women in the Eighteenth CenturyConstructions of Femininity This anthology gathers together various texts by and about women ranging from `conduct' manuals to pamphlets on prostitution from medical texts to critical definitions of women's writing from anti-female satires to appeals for female equality. By making this material more widely available Women in the Eighteenth Century complements the current upsurge in feminist writing on eighteenth-century literary history and offers students the opportunity to make their own rereadings of literary texts and their ideological contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138136212

Women in the European Countryside Much of the literature published so far on gender relations in rural areas has either focused on comparisons of the position of men and women or explored the position of women given prevailing structural forces and behavioural 'norms' that restrict the autonomy of women as human agents. This groundbreaking book broadens the debate by developing our understanding of how societal processes produce and sustain gender divisions particularly in rural areas highlighting aspects of rural women's lives previously invisible in the literature. Illustrated by case studies from France Germany Greece Norway and Sweden the book examines the critical issues of education and training entrepreneurship leadership limited work and service opportunities social mobility and work experiences. In doing so the contributors provide a fascinating comparative study of both national-regional and broader European realities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399100

Women in the Face of ChangeSoviet Union Eastern Europe and China First Published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315003122

Women in the Footsteps of the BuddhaStruggle for Liberation in the Therigatha A detailed exploration of the quest for liberation on the part of the early bhikkunis. Only text in the Buddhist tradition of known female authorship. Important to anyone investigating women's own perspective on their religion. Also provides a clear statement about how renunciants understand nibbana. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759908

Women in the Hebrew BibleA Reader Women in the Hebrew Bible presents the first one-volume overview covering the interpretation of women's place in man's world within the Hebrew Bible or Old Testament. Written by the major scholars in the field of biblical studies and literary theory these essays examine attitudes toward women and their status in ancient Near Eastern societies focusing on the Israelite society portrayed by the Hebrew Bible. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203948644

Women in the Hindu TraditionRules Roles and Exceptions This book accounts for the origin and evolution of the nature and roles of women within the Hindu belief system. It explains how the idea of the goddess has been derived from Hindu philosophical ideas and texts of codes of conduct and how particular models of conduct for mortal women have been created.  Hindu religious culture correlates philosophical speculation and social imperatives to situate femininity on a continuum from divine to mortal existence. This creates in the Hindu consciousness multiple - often contradictory - images of women both as wielders and subjects of authority. The conception and evolution of the major Hindu goddesses placed against the judgments passed by texts of Hindu sacred law on women’s nature and duties illuminate the Hindu discourse on gender the complexity of which is compounded by the distinctive spirituality of female ascetic poets.  Drawing on a wide range of Sanskrit texts the author explains how the idea of the goddess has been derived from Hindu philosophical ideas and also from the social roles of women as reflected in and prescribed by texts of codes of conduct. She examines the idea of female divinity which gave rise to models of conduct for mortal women. Instead of a one-way order of ideological derivation the author argues that there is constant traffic between both ways the notional and the actual feminine. This book brings together for the first time a wide range of material and offers fresh stimulating interpretations of women in the Hindu Tradition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415620765

Women in the Judiciary Does gender matter in judging? And if so in what way? Why were there so few women judges only two or three decades ago and why are there so many now in most countries of the Western world? How do women judges experience their work in a previously male-dominated environment? What are their professional careers? How do they organise and live their lives? And finally and most notably: do women judge differently from men (or even better)? These are the questions dealt with in this collection of contributions by seven authors from six countries (UK Australia USA Canada Syria and Argentina) contrasting views from common law and civil law countries. In spite of differences in the two legal systems as well as greater gender diversity on the bench and the overall higher income and prestige enjoyed by judges in common law countries women judges in all these countries – Syria included – share many problems. Diverse and intriguing facets are added to a debate that started thirty years ago but continues to leave ample space for further discussion. This book was originally published as a special issue of International Journal of the Legal Profession Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754842

Women in the Medieval World The study of medieval women has flourished over the last forty years or so. This new collection of major works addresses the different ways in which medieval women have been studied by looking at religious and secular women women according to their stage in the life cycle and according to their social status. Importantissues are also tackled such as feminism the cultural construction of the body and the periodization of women’s history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415739566

Women in the Mediterranean The book addresses the challenges faced by women on the two shores of the Mediterranean from a multidisciplinary and interdisciplinary perspective. While in the European Union’s (EU) Mediterranean countries inequality is mostly linked to the social sphere and in particular refers to labour market dynamics in the Middle East and Northern Africa (MENA) area the situation is more complicated as the social and private spheres are blended and cultural and religious factors have a great impact on women autonomy and opportunities beyond the family perimeter. The different challenges women are facing on the two sides of the Mediterranean have sometimes originated incomprehension and misperceptions. Western-supported policies devoted to fill the gap between men and women in the MENA area have overlooked countries’ peculiarities simply exporting models tailored for EU’s member states. The EU’s attempts to strengthen relations with the Mediterranean countries on a multilevel basis have not rescued women from marginalisation. Nevertheless during the 2011 awakening women played an important role in activating civil society. They are still considered as a key part of the fight against terrorism and radicalisation although in some countries their condition has worsened after secular regimes have been downturned. The number of migrant women has increased and not differently from men they are looking for opportunities and better conditions of life while Western media tend to present them in a stereotyped way either as traumatized victim and/or as caring mother. There are other misleading common places which need to be better conceptualised and understood such as the alleged incompatibility between Islam and women rights. Unfortunately women’s rights are still under attack even in European countries where they are considered consolidated. The chapters in this book were originally published in a special issue of the Journal of the Balkans and Near Eastern Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367531089

Women in the Middle East and North AfricaAgents of Change This book examines the position of women in the contemporary Middle East and North Africa (MENA) region. Although it is culturally diverse this region shares many commonalities with relation to women that are strong deep and pervasive: a space-based patriarchy a culturally strong sense of religion a smooth co-existence of tradition and modernity a transitional stage in development and multilingualism/multiculturalism. Experts from within the region and from outside provide both theoretical angles and case studies drawing on fieldwork from Egypt Oman Palestine Israel Turkey Iran Tunisia Algeria Morocco and Spain. Addressing the historical socio-cultural political economic and legal issues in the region the chapters cover five major aspects of women’s agency: political agency civil society activism legal reform cultural and social agencies religious and symbolic agencies. Bringing to light often marginalized topics and issues the book underlines the importance of respecting specificities when judging societies and hints at possible ways of promoting the MENA region. As such it is a valuable addition to existing literature in the field of political science sociology and women’s studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203851579

Women in the Military The role status and treatment of women is one of the major issues confronting the military today. This volume provides a range of perspectives on the magnitude of concerns the sources of problems how issues might best be addressed and the future for women in the armed services. It is based on a special issue of the journal Gender Issues supplemented with additional contributions from leading scholars.Historical and theoretical perspectives are provided by Lorry M. Fenner and Jean Bethke Elshtain. Fenner focuses on the role of women in the military since 1940 and argues for broader inclusion of women as well as other groups that have previously been restricted from full participation. Elshtain analyzes the extraordinary ability of war to draw both women and men into civic life and observes how it calls forth and establishes a sense of particular identity for both men and women.Critical views are provided by other scholars. Laura L. Miller examines the feminist movement's insistence on full participation in combat units. Former Army chaplain Marie deYoung provides qualitative and quantitative data on military readiness and unit cohesion in mixed gender units. Leading military scholars (Mady W. Segal David R. Segal Jerald G. Bachman Peter Freedman-Doan and Patrick M. O'Malley) review national surveys comparing male and female high school seniors' responses to surveys conducted on questions about their propensity to enlist. Male-female differences are also addressed by Judith Hicks Steihm who looks at the opinions each group has about the capabilities and performance of women. She finds differences by rank on questions as to how hard female soldiers work as compared to male soldiers and whether women are ready for combat duty.Historically the military has provided minorities equal opportunity. Brenda L. Moore and Schulyler C. Webb examine whether or not this is still perceived to be the case in today's Navy. They focus on different perceptions by women and men and by African American women in particular. Finally William O'Neill examines whether the post-cold war downsized military will find women soldiers more or less important. Drawing upon social science research historical data and contemporary opinion surveys Women in the Military is a cutting-edge assessment of a major gender issue in the United States. It will be valuable to researchers in women's studies as well as those teaching courses in sociology history and military studies.Rita James Simon is University Professor in the School of Public Affairs and the Washington College of Law at American University. She is the editor of Gender Issues and author of The American Jury the Insanity Defense: A Critical Assessment of Law and Policy in the Post-Hinkley Era (with David Aaronson) Adoption Race and Identity (with Howard Alstein) In the Golden Land: A Century of Russian and Soviet Jewish Immigration Social Science Data and Supreme Court Decisions (with Rosemary Erickson) and Abortion: Statutes Policies and Public Attitudes the World Over. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540651

Women in the Modern History of LibyaExploring Transnational Trajectories Women in the Modern History of Libya features histories of Libyan women exploring the diversity of cultures languages and memories of Libya from the age of the Empires to the present. The chapters explore a series of institutional and private archives inside and outside Libya illuminating historical trajectories marginalised by colonialism nationalism and identity politics. They provide engaging and critical exploration of the archives of the Ottoman cities of the colonial forces of Italy Britain and the US and of the Libyan resistance – the Mawsūʻat riwāyāt al-jihād (Oral Narratives of the Jihād) collection at the Libyan Studies Center of Tripoli – as well as of the private records in the homes of Jewish and Amazigh Libyans across the world. Developing the tools of women’s and gender studies and engaging with the multiple languages of Libya contributors raise a series of critical questions on the writing of history and on the representation of Libyan people in the past and the present. Illuminating the sheer diversity of histories memories and languages of Libya Women in the Modern History of Libya will be of great interest to scholars of North Africa; women’s and gender history; memory in history; cultural studies; and colonialism. The chapters were originally published as a special issue of the Journal of North African Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367894245

Women in the MuseumLessons from the Workplace The number of women working in museum settings has grown exponentially since the start of the twentieth century. Women in the Museum explores the professional lives of the sector’s female workforce today and examines the challenges they face working in what was until recently a male-dominated field. Drawing on testimony gathered from surveys focus groups and interviews with female museum professionals the book examines the nature of gender bias in the profession as well as women’s varied responses to it. In doing so it clarifies how women’s work in museums differs from men’s and reveals the entrenched nature of gender bias in the museum workplace. Offering a clear argument as to why museums must create foster and protect an equitable playing field the authors incorporate a gender equity agenda for individuals institutions graduate programs and professional associations. Written by experienced museum professionals Women in the Museum is the first book to examine the topic in depth. It is useful reading for students and academics in the fields of museum studies and gender studies as well as museum professionals and gender equality advocates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629582351

Women in the New Taiwan: Gender Roles and Gender Consciousness in a Changing SocietyGender Roles and Gender Consciousness in a Changing Society Taiwan's rapid socio-economic and political transformation has given rise to a gender-conscious middle class that is attempting to redefine the roles of women in society to restructure relationship patterns and to organize in groups outside the family unit. This book examines internal psychological processes and external societal processes as the feminist movement in Taiwan expands and new gender roles are explored. The contributors represent a cross section of different disciplines - history anthropology and sociology - and different generations of China/Taiwan scholars. They place the issues facing Taiwan's women's movement in social political and economic contexts. The book examines gender relations the role of women in Chinese society and issues related to women in China throughout history. Feminism and gender relations are also viewed from the context of film and literature. The authors look at the contemporary roles that women play in Taiwan's work force today how the sexes perceive each other in the workplace and more. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003063612

Women in the Politics of Postcommunist Eastern Europe During the Communist period in most of these contries even women with small children typically worked outside the home and their participation in formal institutions was virtually mandatory. Today as they are being disproportionately affected by marketization downsizing the dramatic erosion of social services and as their sons are being drafted to participate in an unending series of border wars have women found a new political voice? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315292656

Women in the Seventeenth-Century Quaker CommunityA Literary Study of Political Identities 1650–1700 Focussing on Quaker pamphlet literature of the commonwealth and restoration period Catie Gill seeks to explore and explain women’s presence as activists writers and subjects within the early Quaker movement. Women in the Seventeenth-Century Quaker Community draws on contemporary resources such as prophetic writing prison narratives petitions and deathbed testimonies to produce an account of women’s involvement in the shaping of this religious movement. The book reveals that far from being of marginal importance women were able to exploit the terms in which Quaker identity was constructed to create roles for themselves in public and in print that emphasised their engagement with Friends’ religious and political agenda. Gill’s evidence suggests that women were able to mobilise contemporary notions of femininity when pursuing active roles as prophets martyrs mothers and political activists. The book’s focus on collective Quaker identities which arises from its analysis of multiple-authored texts is key to its claims that gender issues have to be considered when analysing the sect’s emergent system of values and Gill assesses the representation of women in male-authored texts in addition to female writers’ attitudes to agency. A bibliography that for the first time lists men and women’s involvement as contributors as well as authors to Quaker pamphlets provides a valuable resource for scholars of seventeenth-century radicalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258884

Women in the StudioCreativity Control and Gender in Popular Music Sound Production The field of popular music production is overwhelmingly male dominated. Here Paula Wolfe discusses gendered notions of creativity and examines the significant under-representation of women in studio production. Wolfe brings an invaluable perspective as both a working artist-producer and as a scholar thereby offering a new body of research based on interviews and first-hand observation. Wolfe demonstrates that patriarchal frameworks continue to form the backbone of the music industry establishment but that women’s work in the creation and control of sound presents a potent challenge to gender stereotyping marginalisation and containment of women’s achievements that is still in evidence in music marketing practices and media representation in the digital era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367774912

Women in the Third WorldAn Encyclopedia of Contemporary Issues First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315046679

Women in Theatre 2£3 First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425750

Women in Their Speech Communities This collection of essays presents a picture of research on women and language in Britain. The contributors cover a range of British speech communities linguistic events and settings using approaches from sociolinguistics and discourse analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138437616

Women in Top JobsFour Studies in Achievement How far is there a ‘feminine’ style of managerial and professional work? Have employers taken account of the different timetable governing the life of a woman as compared to that of a man and the implications of this if women are to have the training promotion and job security needed to reach the top? This book first published in 1971 considers women as company directors; examines the position of women managers in two large firms; analyses how they fare in senior posts in the BBC and in the Civil Service. The four studies together contain a mass of information on women’s education and the reasons why they reach the top – or fail to get there. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138280656

Women in Transnational HistoryConnecting the Local and the Global Women in Transnational History offers a range of fresh perspectives on the field of women’s history exploring how cross-border connections and global developments since the nineteenth century have shaped diverse women’s lives and the gendered social cultural political and economic histories of specific localities. The book is divided into three thematically-organised parts covering gendered histories of transnational networks women’s agency in the intersecting histories of imperialisms and nationalisms and the concept of localizing the global and globalizing the local. Discussing a broad spectrum of topics from the politics of dress in Philippine mission stations in the early twentieth century to the shifting food practices of British women during the Second World War the chapters bring women to the centre of the writing of new transnational histories. Illustrated with images and figures this book throws new light on key global themes from the perspective of women’s and gender history. Written by an international team of editors and contributors it is a valuable and timely resource for students and researchers of both women’s history and transnational and global history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138905788

Women in TurkeySilent Consensus in the Age of Neoliberalism and Islamic Conservatism This book provides a socio-economic examination of the status of women in contemporary Turkey assessing how policies have combined elements of neoliberalism and Islamic conservatism.Using rich qualitative and quantitative analyses Women in Turkey analyses the policies concerning women in the areas of employment education and health and the fundamental transformation of the construction of gender since the early 2000s. Comparing this with the situation pre-2000 the authors argue that the reconstruction of gender is part of the reshaping of the state–society relations the state–business relationship and the cultural changes that have taken place across the country over the last two decades. Thus the book situates the Turkish case within the broader context of international development of neoliberalism while paying close attention to its idiosyncrasies.Adopting a political economy perspective emphasizing the material sources of gender relations this book will be useful to students and scholars of Middle Eastern politics political Islam and Gender Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729226

Women in Twentieth-Century BritainSocial Cultural and Political Change Women's lives have changed dramatically over the course of the twentieth century: reduced fertility and the removal of formal barriers to their participation in education work and public life are just some examples. At the same time women are under-represented in many areas  are paid significantly less than men continue to experience domestic violence and to bear the larger part of the burden in the domestic division of labour. Women in 2000 may have many more choices and opportunities than they had a hundred years ago but genuine equality between men and women remains elusive. This unique illustrated history discusses a wide range of topics organised into four parts: the life course - the experience of girlhood marriage and the ageing process;  the nature of women's work both paid and unpaid; consumption culture and transgression; and citizenship and the state.    Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148093

Women in WarExamples from Norway and Beyond This book examines what happens to women and gender relations in times of upheaval. The experience of Norway during World War II with some visits to other parts of the world as well is used to demonstrate general gendered issues that are actualized in wars both past and present. The authors explore whether gendered cultural conceptions influence the way war is remembered and represented both collectively and individually. The collection discusses the various roles of women during the war from resistance fighter to `German tart’ and how they were dealt with and treated in the aftermath. The chapters examine the position of Jewish victims of persecution foreign female labourers and gay men as well as the gendered response exhibited by the courts in post-war trials of female state police employees. The book concludes by following the struggle to bring women’s role in war and peacebuilding onto the international agenda. This book will be of interest to students and scholars in the field of criminology as well as peace and conflict studies political science sociology of law history social work social pedagogy psychology and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138550162

Women in World History Vol. 1 This is a brief book that explores the lives of women in world history. This book is a part of Westview?s `On the World Stage? series edited by Bonnie Smith. Each title in the series features brief biographies of figures whose lives serve as a lens onto a major trend event movement or crisis of their eras and whose stories will be the entry point for a deeper understanding of a particular historical time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813348131

Women in World History Vol. 2 This is a brief book that explores the lives of women in world history. This book is a part of Westview?s `On the World Stage? series edited by Bonnie Smith. Each title in the series features brief biographies of figures whose lives serve as a lens onto a major trend event movement or crisis of their eras and whose stories will be the entry point for a deeper understanding of a particular historical time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813348155

Women in World History: v. 1: Readings from Prehistory to 1500 Presenting selected histories in Asia Africa Europe and the Americas this work discusses: political and economic issues; marriage practices motherhood and enslavement; and religious beliefs and spiritual development. Famous women including Hatshepsut Hortensia Aisha Hildegard of Bingen and Sei Shonangan are discussed as well as lesser known and anonymous women. Both primary and secondary source readings are included. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698106

Women in World History: v. 2: Readings from 1500 to the Present This work is one of two volumes presenting selected histories from Asia Africa Europe and the Americas. It discusses issues within a female context and features political and economic issues marriage practices motherhood and enslavement religious beliefs and spiritual development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698090

Women Leaders in Higher EducationShattering the myths Leadership in universities is physically intellectually and emotionally demanding work. It involves multiple and complex tasks and responsibilities such as staff management strategic management operational planning financial and resources management policy development quality assurance processes improving student outcomes and engaging with community and the professions/industry. Leadership is not simply the act of being a leader it is the act of leadership that projects ‘success’ and ‘desirable’ attributes. Leadership has the capacity to be deeply seductive yet it is not an immediately attractive option for women particularly for those who carry the burden of family and domestic responsibilities for whom finding a space for leading is no easy task. Yet despite the almost pessimistic research evidence women are in senior leadership positions in higher education however precarious their numbers. There can be little doubt that universities benefit from diversity in their student and staff population This book addresses the central questions; Who are the women who survive and occupy elite leadership roles in universities? How might their leadership be shaped by and a consequence of institutional climate? What strategies do they learn and adopt and how do they lead and manage their female colleagues? What about those women who do not ‘fit’ the gender script? The chapters overview the changing policy landscape in higher education; provide a critical commentary on the interplay between gender leadership higher education and organisational diversity and draw on education and critical management literatures in order to offer a broader understanding of gender and elite leadership; This book will be essential reading for anyone involved or interested in higher education policy and management academic leadership organisational diversity and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415834902

Women Leadership in Emerging MarketsFeaturing 46 Women Leaders This book focuses on the increase in female leadership over the last fifty years and the concrete benefits and challenges this leads to in organizations. It moves beyond the typical focus on developed Western contexts and answers the call for research on how women in emerging markets rise above the proverbial “glass ceiling”. The authors integrate two underdeveloped topics that are highly relevant to modern business: women in leadership roles and women in emerging markets. They examine how women leaders in a range of professional services—including accounting consulting law engineering and medicine—have managed to navigate their careers while considering the role emerging markets play in their work. Based on cutting-edge research the topics are brought to life through examples and profiles of leading women across Africa the Middle East and the Far East. These narratives told in the leaders’ own words are key to understanding women’s achievements and the barriers they face. Students of leadership diversity gender studies and human resource management will learn much from this insightful book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138188969

Women Leading JusticeExperiences and Insights The women’s movement and increasing social consciousness regarding gender disparity and discrimination has helped to make gains over the past several decades to reduce gender disparity for women in the workplace. However gender discrimination and disparity continue to exist. Women continue to receive lower wages and fewer opportunities for promotion and professional advancement – and this is particularly true in male dominated professions such as criminal justice. Building on original qualitative data this book explores the experiences of female criminal justice professionals who have risen to the top of their professional ladders. The book includes first-hand narrative accounts of high ranking successful professional women working across a range of fields such as policing courts corrections victim and restorative justice services and criminal justice research agencies in the United States and Canada. This book highlights the barriers that successful female criminal justice professionals have to overcome to obtain their positions and identifies key themes that these women see as having allowed them to break through those barriers and to navigate their professional environments. This book provides students interested in entering the criminal justice field – and working professionals already in the field – with knowledge about women who have risen through the ranks and up the professional ladder to break through the glass and the brass ceilings of their profession. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138222656

Women Making ArtHistory Subjectivity Aesthetics Women have been making art for centuries yet their work has been seen as secondary or has gone unrecognized altogether. Women Making Art asks why this is so and what it would take for us to realize the extent of women's extraordinary contribution to the arts. Marsha Meskimmon mobilizes contemporary feminist thinking to reconsider how and why women have made art. She examines work by a wide range of women artists from different cultures and historical periods including Rebecca Horn Rachel Whiteread Shirin Neshat and Maya Lin emphasizing the diversity of women's art and the importance of differences between women. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203389461

Women Making MeaningNew Feminist Directions in Communication Originally published in 1992. This book captures the dynamic confluence of feminist and communication scholarship by setting out some of the provocative questions that mark this intersection. Several of the essays in the book are theoretical in nature and consider the changing complexion of the field in view of this cross-fertilization; other contributors tackle those individual forms of communication that pose certain challenges for women such as verbal harassment and pornography. The final section of the book more ethnographic in nature presents a number of case studies written primarily by women of colour which recount the various ways that communication forms such as television journalism and spoken discourse construct and perpetuate racist and sexist stereotypes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138959583

Women Managers in Neoliberal JapanGender Precarious Labour and Everyday Lives This book based on extensive original research presents a detailed analysis of the varying opportunities and challenges experienced by Japanese women with professional careers an important category of the population in Japan whose lives remain little known. It addresses many key issues including the problems of flexible work in an increasingly neoliberal environment; the pervasiveness of precarious work conditions in gendered managerial employment; the state’s neglect in transforming antiquated labour laws and in combating abusive corporate practices; the implications of dysfunctional employee-employer relations and those among co-workers; media representations as barometers of resistant social norms; the ambivalent effects of work related drinking practices; and the lack of collective representation due to ineffective labour unions. Overall the book presents the disheartening realities of conflicts and ambivalence experienced by many women managers in contemporary Japan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367186210

Women Migrant WorkersEthical Political and Legal Problems This volume makes the case for the fair treatment of female migrant workers from the global South who are employed in wealthy liberal democracies as care workers domestic workers home health workers and farm workers. An international panel of contributors provide analyses of the ethical political and legal harms suffered by female migrant workers based on empirical data and case studies along with original and sophisticated analyses of the complex of systemic structural factors responsible for the harms experienced by women migrant workers. The book also proposes realistic and original solutions to the problem of the unjust treatment of women migrant workers such as social security systems that are transnational and tailored to meet the particular needs of different groups of international migrant workers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546332

Women Miners in Developing CountriesPit Women and Others Contrary to their masculine portrayal mines have always employed women in valuable and productive roles. Yet pit life continues to be represented as a masculine world of work legitimizing men as the only mineworkers and large mechanized and capitalized operations as the only form of mining. Bringing together a range of case studies of women miners from past and present in Asia the Pacific region Latin America and Africa this book makes visible the roles and contributions of women as miners. It also highlights the importance of engendering small and informal mining in the developing world as compared to the early European and American mines. The book shows that women are engaged in various kinds of mining and illustrates how gender and inequality are constructed and sustained in the mines and also how ethnic identities intersect with those gendered identities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264403

Women Musicians in Victorian Fiction 1860-1900Representations of Music Science and Gender in the Leisured Home This title was first publushed in 2000. Phyllis Weliver investigates representations of female musicians in British novels from 1860 to 1900 with regard to changing gender roles musical practices and scientific discourses. During this time women were portrayed in complex and nuanced ways as they played and sang in family drawing rooms. Women in the 19th century were judged on their manners appearance language and other accomplishments such as sewing or painting but music stood out as an area where women were encouraged to take centre stage and demonstrate their genteel education graceful movements and self-expression. However within the novels of the Victorian were begining to move away from portraying the musical accomplishments of middle- and upper-class women as feminine and worthwhile towards depicting musical women as truly dangerous. This book explores the reasons for this reaction and the way labels and images were constructed to show extremes of behaviour and it looks at whether the fiction was depicting the real trends in music at the time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138731820

Women Musicians in Victorian Fiction 1860-1900Representations of Music Science and Gender in the Leisured Home Over the first half of the nineteenth century writers like Austen and Brontë confined their critiques to satirical portrayals of women musicians. Later however a marked shift occurred with the introduction of musical female characters where were positively to be feared. First published in 2000 this book examines the reasons for this shift in representations of female musicians in Victorian fiction from 1860-1900. Focusing on changing gender roles musical practices and the framing of both of these scientific discourses the book explores how fictional notions of female musicians diverged from actual trends in music making. This book will be of interest to those studying nineteenth century literature and music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138677586

Women Novelists and the Ethics of Desire 1684–1814In the Voice of Our Biblical Mothers In Women Novelists and the Ethics of Desire 1684-1814 Elizabeth Kraft radically alters our conventional views of early women novelists by taking seriously their representations of female desire. To this end she reads the fiction of Aphra Behn Delarivier Manley Eliza Haywood Sarah Fielding Charlotte Smith Frances Burney and Elizabeth Inchbald in light of ethical paradigms drawn from biblical texts about women and desire. Like their paradigmatic foremothers these early women novelists create female characters who demonstrate subjectivity and responsibility for the other even as they grapple with the exigencies imposed on them by circumstance and convention. Kraft's study informed by ethical theorists such as Emmanuel Levinas and Luce Irigaray is remarkable in its juxtaposition of narratives from ancient and early modern times. These pairings enable Kraft to demonstrate not only the centrality of female desire in eighteenth-century culture and literature but its ethical importance as well. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233727

Women of AsiaGlobalization Development and Gender Equity With thirty-two original chapters reflecting cutting edge content throughout developed and developing Asia Women of Asia: Globalization Development and Gender Equity is a comprehensive anthology that contributes significantly to understanding globalization’s transformative process and the resulting detrimental and beneficial consequences for women in the four major geographic regions of Asia—East Asia Southeast Asia South Asia and Eurasia/Central Asia—as it gives "voice" to women and provides innovative ways through which salient understudied issues pertaining to Asian women’s situation are brought to the forefront. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138208780

Women of BabylonGender and Representation in Mesopotamia Representations of sexual difference (whether visual or textual) have become an area of much theoretical concern and investigation in recent feminist scholarship. Yet although a wide range of relevant evidence survives from the ancient Near East it has been exceptional for those studying women in the ancient world to stray outside the traditional bounds of Greece and Rome.Women of Babylon is a much-needed historical/art historical study that investigates the concepts of femininity which prevailed in Assyro-Babylonian society. Zainab Bahrani's detailed analysis of how the culture of ancient Mesopotamia defined sexuality and gender roles both in and through representation is enhanced by a rich selection of visual material extending from 6500 BC - 1891 AD. Professor Bahrani also investigates the ways in which women of the ancient Near East have been perceived in classical scholarship up to the nineteenth century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203996096

Women of BloomsburyVirginia Vanessa and Carrington Originally published in 1990 Women of Bloomsbury takes a fresh look at the lives of Virginia Woolf her sister Vanessa Bell and Dora Carrington. Connected by more than bonds of friendship and artistic endeavour the three women faced similar struggles. Juxtaposing their personal lives and their work Mary Ann Caws shows us with feeling and clarity the pain women suffer in being artists and in finding – or creating – their sense of self. Relying on unpublished letters and diaries as well as familiar texts Caws give us a portrait of the female self in the act of creation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815359753

Women of ChiapasMaking History in Times of Struggle and Hope This book presents the concerns visions and struggles of women in Chiapas Mexico in the context of the uprising of the Zapatista Army of National Liberation (EZLN). The book is organized around three issues that have taken center state in women's recent struggles-structural violence and armed conflict; religion and empowerment and women's organizing. Also includes maps. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203954812

Women of Color in a World ApartAn Ethnography of Care Workers and Dementia Care whether viewed as acts of civility acts of compassion and skill or acts of close personal interaction is the fundamental process by which society perpetuates and recreates itself. Despite social need and the undeniable benefit of occupations such as Certified Nursing Assistants (CNAs) these workers—mostly female and disproportionally from minority groups—face very low wages a notable lack of respect and little public recognition of their abilities. The United States is experiencing what experts call a crisis of care with a current and growing shortage of nurses and CNAs. In U.S. Nursing Centers the demand for Certified Nursing Assistants the largest group of employees who operate on the front line of health care is expected to grow exponentially due to dramatic increases in population aging. Over the course of a year and a half Anne K. Vittoria examined the meaning and social construction of care work on an Alzheimer’s Pavilion located in a geriatric facility in the mid-western United States. Through in-depth ethnographic research focused on the local culture and logic of care Vittoria documents that when given autonomy in their daily work in an institution CNAs and the LPN Charge Nurse constructed a systematic body of knowledge and created a language of care—forging a "different" model of personal care in resistance to the medical model of care. This book challenges the assumptions of the outside world that low-level workers are alienated from their work and have minimal skills. Paradoxically the Pavilion is both a refuge and a site of struggle for the CNAs; they desire to create a world that is the antithesis of the world in which they live on the outside. Women of Color in a World Apart provides a public forum for the voices of women of color the development of concepts and a practical as well as theoretical language of care that could be transformational in connecting the meanings of care with the organization of care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367370817

Women of Faith and the Quest for Spiritual AuthenticityComparative Perspectives from Malaysia and Britain Drawn from over fifty-eight individual in-depth qualitative interviews with women of faith in Malaysia and Britain Women of Faith and the Quest for Spiritual Authenticity is a multifaith multicultural and cross-cultural comparative focus that explores women’s religious expressions as derived from practising Buddhists Hindus Christians Muslims Jews Wiccans and Druids among others. Despite social advances towards women’s emancipation and the lacerating critiques from feminist theologians across the Abrahamic religions and beyond women’s religious experiences remain submerged beneath the weight of patriarchal religious leadership and ongoing masculinised dogmatic interpretations. Even feminism itself has yet to move the spiritual onto their main agenda of inequity in women’s lives. This extensive feminist research monograph challenges these exclusions to centre and amplify women’s voices in speaking powerfully of their religious experiences interpretations and practices. This is an ecumenical and entertaining ethnography where women’s narratives and life stories ground faith as embodied personal painful vibrant diverse illuminating and shared. This book will of interest not only to academics and students of the sociology of religion feminist and gender studies politics ethnicity and Southeast Asian studies but is equally accessible to the general reader broadly interested in faith and feminism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367436759

Women of IndiaAn Annotated Bibliography The status and position of Indian women have undergone many changes since the high status they enjoyed in the Vedic era yielded to forced suicide during the dark ages female infanticide purdah child marriages and the denial of property and political rights. This book first published in 1985 provides a comprehensive annotated bibliography to hose years and the years that followed of the relentless liberation struggle by women on the socio-political and legal fronts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138292291

Women of the Kakawin WorldMarriage and Sexuality in the Indic Courts of Java and Bali In this fascinating study the lives and mores of women in one of the least understood but most densely populated areas of the world are unveiled through the eyes of generations of court poets. For more than a millennium the poets of the Indic courts of Java and Bali composed epic kakawin poems in which they recreated the court environment where they and their royal patrons lived. Major themes in this poetry form include war love and marriage. It is a rich source for the cultural and social history of Indonesia. Still being produced in Bali today kakawin remain of interest and relevance to Balinese cultural and religious identities. This book draws on the epic kakawin poetry tradition to examine the institutions of courtship and marriage in the Indic courts. Its primary purpose is to explore the experiences of women belonging to the kakawin world although the texts by nature reveal more about the discourses concerning women sexuality and gender than of the historical experiences of individual women. For over a thousand years these royal courts were major patrons of the arts. The court-sponsored epic works that have survived provide an ongoing literary testimony to the cultural and social concerns of court society from its ealiest recorded history until its demise at the end of the nineteenth century. This study examines the idealized images of women and sexuality that have pervaded Javanese and Balinese culture and provides insights into a number of cultural practices such as sati or bela (self-immolation of widows). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698083

Women of the Middle East The academic study of women in the Middle East grew from traditional branches of learning such as history anthropology politics and literary studies. More recently it has incorporated cutting-edge areas of academic endeavour including critical theory and new thinking on sexuality labour health media and material culture. As research in and around the area flourishes as never before this new collection from Routledge meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a rapidly growing and ever more complex corpus of scholarly literature. In four volumes Women of the Middle East draws together the key research both canonical and contemporary to provide users with a comprehensive survey of all the major issues relating to women in one of the world’s most challenging and contested regions. Women of the Middle East is fully indexed and each of the four volumes has a comprehensive introduction newly written by the learned editor which places the major works in their historical and intellectual context. It is an essential work of reference and is destined to be valued by scholars and students as a vital one-stop research resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415823128

Women of the PlaceKastom Colonialism and Gender in Vanuatu First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315077147

Women of Their Time: Generation Gender Issues and Feminism This book argues for the importance of age as a source of diversity and difference amongst women. It compares three generations of women’s accounts of a range of gender issues including the domestic division of labour equality abortion and sexuality. It also compares their understandings of and orientations toward the feminist movement. Drawing on Karl Mannheim’s argument that an individual’s location in historical time shapes their social outlooks or world views it is shown that women of different ages do not share the same gendered life courses due to differing cohort memberships. Consequently women of different ages interpret define and give meaning to gender issues and to feminism in varied and contrasting ways. A key concern of the book is to show that findings from qualitative studies are an important supplement to surveys of cohort differences in women’s gender attitudes in that they are more revealing of the complex ways cohort influences the construction of gender issues including the very language used to do so. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605117

Women of Tropical Africa This book is unique in its approach in that each chapter covers women in their everyday lives and the problems which concern them. Until now ethnographic research has almost always been carried out with the help of the male population and as a result the picture that has emerged has been largely the image which the men and the men alone have of their society. Originally published in 1963. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415511261

Women on CampusThe Unfinished Liberation Women on Campus is a collection of compelling essays from the staff of Change the foremost monthly magazine on American higher learning. This widely praised collec-tion of essays on the feminist struggle for greater participation in American academic life presents a portrait that was rarely reflected in the academic journals. In this classic volume now available in paperback a wide spectrum of distinguished outspoken authors discuss what when it was originally published was one of the major goals of American women: full equality in campus life.This widely praised collec-tion of essays on the feminist struggle for greater participa-tion in American academic life presents a portrait rarely re-flected in the academic jour-nals. In this volume a wide spectrum of distinguished outspoken authors discuss one of the major goals of American women: full equality in campus life."Academia " says Elizabeth Janeway in her introduction to Women on Campus "has been getting on without half the research talent and teach-ing skill it might have laid claim to just by ignoring women. " Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540668

Women on Corporate BoardsAn International Perspective Female presence and involvement on boards improves firm performance transforms corporate governance and leads to the transition towards more responsible business.Corporate boards are essential bodies for governance and management and their efficiency determines a company’s performance. The board is a crucial element of the corporate governance structure and its efficiency and performance determines the success of the operation and monitoring of the company. The board is viewed as the liaison between providers of capital (shareholders) and managers who use this capital to create value. The board role is to represent formulate and fulfill the interests and expectations of shareholders as the owners of the companies. The discussion surrounding female participation in business inevitably needs to refer to their presence on corporate boards. It is also a reliable indicator of a gender equality policy and advancement adopted by countries and companies.The book traces the logic behind the decision patterns of female involvement in governance and management. In particular it identifies the patterns of women’s presence on corporate boards with respect to theoretical and conceptual argumentation policy and regulatory implication as well as practical adaptation. The phenomenon of women on corporate boards is analyzed in the context of different political cultural and institutional environments addressing challenges in both developed and emerging economies. The role of female directors is viewed as one of the crucial aspects in corporate governance adding to the quality of control and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591366

Women On IceFeminist Responses to the Tonya Harding/Nancy Kerrigan Spectacle The attack on Nancy Kerrigan at the 1994 U.S. Figure Skating Championships set the stage for a Winter Olympics spectacle: Tonya versus Nancy. Women on Ice collects the writings of a diverse group of feminists who address and question our national obsession with Tonya and Nancy and what this tells us about perceptions of women in twentieth century America. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203724170

Women on the EdgeEthnicity and Gender in Short Stories by American Women First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864429

Women on the MoveBody Memory and Femininity in Present-Day Transnational Diasporic Writing Women on the Move: Body Memory and Feminity in Present-day Transnational Diasporic Writing explores the role of women in the current globailized era as active migrants. Silvia Pellicer-Ortín and Julia Kuznetski have brought  together a collection of essays from scholars in diaspora migration and gender studies to take a look at the female experince of migration and globalization by covering topics such as vulnerability empowerment trauma identity memory violence and gender contruction which will continue to shape contemporary literature and the culture at large. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666033

Women On The U.S.-Mexico BorderResponses To Change This book illuminates the reality of border women's lives and challenges the conventional notion that women need not work for wages because they are economically supported by men. It offers insight into the lives of undocumented women. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429267826

Women Out of PlaceThe Gender of Agency and the Race of Nationality These essays investigate the links between agency and race with regard to constructions of masculinity and femininity among radical groups resisting varied forms of political and economic domination. ********************************************************* * Building on the work of anthropologists historians sociologists literary critics and feminist philosophers of science the essays in Women Out of Place: the Gender of Agency and Race of Nationality investigate the links between agency and race for what they reveal about constructions of masculinity and femininity and patterns of domesticity among groups seeking to resist varied forms of political and economic domination through a subnational ideology of racial and cultural redemption. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203948507

Women Philosophers on AutonomyHistorical and Contemporary Perspectives We encounter autonomy in virtually every area of philosophy: in its relation with rationality personality self-identity authenticity freedom moral values and motivations and forms of government legal and social institutions. At the same time the notion of autonomy has been the subject of significant criticism. Some argue that autonomy outweighs or even endangers interpersonal or collective values while others believe it alienates subjects who don’t possess a strong form of autonomy. These marginalized subjects and communities include persons with physical or psychological disabilities those in dire economic conditions LGBTI persons ethnic and religious minorities and women in traditional communities or households. This volume illuminates possible patterns in these criticisms of autonomy by bringing to light and critically assessing the contribution of women throughout the history of philosophy on this important subject. The essays in this collection cover a wide range of historical periods and influential female philosophers and thinkers from medieval philosophy through to contemporary debates. Important authors whose work is considered among many others include Hildegard of Bingen Margaret Cavendish Anne Conway Mary Wollstonecraft Susan Moller Okin Hélène Cixous Iris Marion Young and Judith Jarvis Thomson. Women Philosophers on Autonomy will enlighten and inform contemporary debates on autonomy by bringing into the conversation previously neglected female perspectives from throughout history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590208

Women PhilosophersGenre And The Boundaries Of Philosophy Long considered ?non-philosophical ? the letters and novels of women like Catharine Macaulay Mary Wollstonecraft and George Eliot have often been omitted from the canon of the Western philosophical tradition. This unfortunate omission is corrected here through Catherine Villanueva Gardner's thorough discussion of the philosophical importance of their work. Gardner also looks carefully at why letters and novels have been considered this way since they are so prevalent in the work of women in general. Gardner argues that the devaluation or exclusion of certain forms of writing is connected to the biases that underpin the Western ethical tradition. This book is critical reading for courses in introductory philosophy and women's studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096755

Women Photographers and Feminist Aesthetics Women Photographers and Feminist Aesthetics makes the case for a feminist aesthetics in photography by analysing key works of twenty-two women photographers including cis- and trans-woman photographers. Claire Raymond provides close readings of key photographs spanning the history of photography from nineteenth-century Europe to twenty-first century Africa and Asia. She offers original interpretations of well-known photographers such as Diane Arbus Sally Mann and Carrie Mae Weems analysing their work in relation to gender class and race. The book also pays close attention to the way in which indigenous North Americans have been represented through photography and the ways in which contemporary Native American women photographers respond to this history. Developing the argument that through aesthetic force emerges the truly political the book moves beyond polarization of the aesthetic and the cultural. Instead photographic works are read for their subversive political and cultural force as it emerges through the aesthetics of the image. This book is ideal for students of Photography Art History Art and Visual Culture and Gender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138644281

Women Photographers of the Pacific World 1857–1930 This is the first book to examine the lives and works of women photographers active in the settler colonial nations of the Pacific Rim from 1857–1930. The few histories of women’s photography that have been written so far have been confined to developments in Britain France Germany and the USA and have overwhelmingly focused on artistic photography ignoring the whole area of commercial photography. Taking 12 case studies as representative of the many women who entered the profession between 1857 and 1930 this book deals with both early 20th-century artistic and ethnographic photography in the region and 19th-century commercial photography. In addition to asking how female photographers coped with the pressure of being women in a male-dominated profession what was new about the techniques and methods they deployed and the kinds of artistic visions they brought to bear on their subjects it breaks new ground by asking how they responded as photographers to the on-going decimation and displacement of indigenous peoples as white settlement and capitalism became ever more entrenched across the new world territories of the Pacific Rim and photography more influenced by the international art movements of Pictorialism and Modernism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367271909

Women Pilgrims in Late Medieval England This thought-provoking book explores medieval perceptions of pilgrimage gender and space. It examines real life evidence for the widespread presence of women pilgrims as well as secular and literary texts concerning pilgrimage and women pilgrims represented in the visual arts. Women pilgrims were inextricably linked with sexuality and their presence on the pilgrimage trails was viewed as tainting sacred space. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007468

Women Pioneers in Continental European Methodism 1869-1939 Despite the fact that women are often mentioned as having played instrumental roles in the establishment of Methodism on the Continent of Europe very little detail concerning the women has ever been provided to add texture to this historical tapestry. This book of essays redresses this by launching a new and wider investigation into the story of pioneering Methodist women in Europe.By bringing to light an alternative set of historical narratives this edited volume gives voice to a broad range of religious issues and concerns during the critical period in European history between 1869 and 1939. Covering a range of nations in Continental Europe some important interpretive themes are suggested such as the capacity of women to network their ability to engage in God’s work and their skill at navigating difficult cultural boundaries. This ground breaking study will be of significant interest to scholars of Methodism but also to students and academics working in history religious studies and gender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588021

Women Plantation WorkersInternational Experiences This pioneering collection of essays brings together a description and analysis of women workers and the socio-economic systems of plantations world-wide. The plantation remains a formidable force in many areas of the world and new trends towards tree farming call for further examination of its agriculture. Women have in the past constituted a considerable precentage of the work force in this milieu and continue to do so.Using specific case studies of historical and contemporary plantations an account is given of the history of female labour focusing on the colonial and post-colonial eras. The essays examine reasons for women's degraded status and emphasize in particular issues relating to migrant workers.The gradual move away from traditional family roles is to some extent reflected in variations in the position of the female plantation worker. However where inequalities in class and status continue to characterize plantation life capitalist and patriarchal control prevails.Both chilling and bracing the sufferings of plantation labourers may seem remote to most of us but they are still very much part of the contemporary world. Providing a close insight into the lives of the female protagonists these essays have given an opportunity for their stories to be heard. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003136132

Women Players in England 1500–1660Beyond the All-Male Stage Offering evidence of women's extensive contributions to the theatrical landscape this volume sharply challenges the assumption that the stage was 'all male' in early modern England. The editors and contributors argue that the pervasiveness of female performance affected cultural production even on the professional London stages that used men and boys for women's parts. English spectators saw women players in professional and amateur contexts in elite and popular settings at home and abroad. Women acted in scripted and improvised roles performed in local festive drama and took part in dancing singing and masquing. English travelers saw professional actresses on the continent and Italian and French actresses visited England. Essays in this volume explore: the impact of women players outside London; the relationship between women's performance on the continent and in England; working women's participation in a performative culture of commerce; the importance of the visual record; the use of theatrical techniques by queens and aristocrats for political ends; and the role of female performance on the imitation of femininity. In short Women Players in England 1500-1660 shows that women were dynamic cultural players in the early modern world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233703

Women Poets in the Victorian EraCultural Practices and Nature Poetry Examining the place of nature in Victorian women's poetry Fabienne Moine explores the work of canonical and long-neglected women poets to show the myriad connections between women and nature during the period. At the same time she challenges essentialist discourses that assume innate affinities between women and the natural world. Rather Moine shows Victorian women poets mobilised these alliances to defend common interests and express their engagement with social issues. While well-known poets such as Elizabeth Barrett Browning and Christina Rossetti are well-represented in Moine's study she pays particular attention to lesser known writers such as Mary Howitt or Eliza Cook who were popular during their lifetimes or Edith Nesbit whose verse has received scant critical attention so far. She also brings to the fore the poetry of many non-professional poets. Looking to their immediate cultural environments for inspiration these women reconstructed the natural world in poems that raise questions about the validity and the scope of representations of nature ultimately questioning or undermining social practices that mould and often fossilise cultural identities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881108

Women Police The law of equal representation should enable men and women in policing to be equally valued and rewarded for the work they perform but it has been repeatedly shown that due to the great deal of opposition to the entry of women into policing women worldwide have been unable to fully integrate into this largely male profession. Gender stereotypes have impeded the progress of women in policing and have played an unfortunate role in discriminating and devaluing their work. However women make a valuable contribution to policing and the recognition and nurturing of their skills presents an important challenge to police management. The introduction to the volume reviews the status of women officers worldwide and the integration progress made to date. The important twenty four articles chosen for inclusion in this book document the need for women officers and describe the many barriers they face in being fully assimilated into policing. This volume serves as a 'wake up call' for police management to find ways to attract and retain women in the police force. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399117

Women Police in a Changing SocietyBack Door to Equality Offering a fascinating account of the development of women police over the past twenty years this book refers to the author's extended research in India to examine how the Indian experience demonstrates a valuable alternative to the Anglo-American model; not only for traditional societies but for women police in the West as well. With reference to the establishment in 1992 of all-women units in Tamil Nadu this unique experiment proved highly successful in enhancing the confidence and professionalism of women officers and ensuring the effectiveness and efficiency of the police. At a time when policing is being rethought all over the world not only in traditional societies the Tamil Nadu practice illustrates important lessons for western countries that are finding it increasingly difficult to recruit and retain women officers. Natarajan's remarkable book is an important and original contribution to the literature on gendered policing which to date has concentrated almost exclusively on the US and British experience. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315546681

Women Presidents of Latin AmericaBeyond Family Ties? Women are gaining ground as presidents of Latin America. Women leaders in presidential systems (particularly women directly elected by the public) were generally limited to daughters and wives of male executives or opposition leaders. With the election of Michelle Bachelet in Chile these traditional patterns appeared to be shifting. This book asks: what conditions allowed for a broadening of routes beyond family ties for women in Latin America? Do women presidents of Latin America use their powers to enhance women’s representation? While providing valuable insight into the big picture of women in presidential politics throughout Latin America over the last several decades this book more closely analyzes four women presidents gaining office since 2006: Michelle Bachelet (Chile) Cristina Fernández (Argentina) Laura Chinchilla (Costa Rica) and Dilma Rousseff (Brazil). It assesses the paths and impacts of Latin American women presidents and scrutinizes the ways gender shapes both aspects. No other scholar has offered such an in-depth analysis of the paths and actions of women presidents of Latin America. As such this book offers important contributions to the gender in politics literature. Its multi-methodological approach consisting of original data collection from field work and in person interviews of political elites and experts combined with an analysis of a host of secondary sources including media articles and public opinion data makes this work exceptionally comprehensive. Its findings are applicable to those studying women gender and politics as well as comparative politics Latin American politics and leadership studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138782716

Women Prisoners and Health JusticePerspectives Issues and Advocacy for an International Hidden Population Incarceration severely affects the health and wellbeing of women both during their incarceration and following release further complicating the health disparities they already experience as a consequence of gender race and social class. The scope of this international problem remains largely hidden from health professionals and policy makers. This book brings the issues into the light with contributions from leading advocates criminologists feminists nurses physicians public health professionals social workers sociologists and former prisoners. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315383965

Women Psychotherapists' Reflections on Female FriendshipsSisters of the Heart Psychologists as well as the general public have recognized the importance of female friendships. Scientists call this bond the tending instinct- a kind of female relaxation response that has salutary effects. Such special attachment shields women from isolation and provides an enhanced sense of wellbeing. Intimate friends can therefore act as sisters of the heart to promote connection solace wholeness and longevity. Moreover women friends frequently provide emotional social physical and spiritual benefits. Indeed sisters of the heart constitute an unparalleled bond that encourages women to connect with themselves with others and with the world at large. In this book twelve women therapists who are diverse in age-- young middle and older women; as well as in ethnicity--White African American Latina Asian American Native American and multiracial women---examine the psychological and physical aspects of this unique female bonding. Through their narratives we hear their distinctive voices as women and as healers. In this fashion they reflect on both the functional and dysfunctional dynamics occurring between intimate female friends. Finally these women therapists examine how their experience with a sister of the heart informed their development as healers and discuss how they use this special bond in psychotherapy with women. This book was originally published as a special issue of Women & Therapy.   'This enlightening iconic book is for anyone who wants to understand more about the powerful roles of friendships—including challenges--among women that facilitate their ability to survive and thrive. It is special in that the chapter authors are psychotherapists who describe the impact of female bonding from scientific as well as personal bases. The descriptions are rooted in theory research extensive clinical experience and personal lives. Refreshing and much needed this book will prove useful to professionals as well as any women or men who want to understand the value and salience of female relationships.' Melba Vasquez PhD ABPP Past President American Psychological Association Independent Practice Austin Texas Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415842266

Women Readers in French Painting 1870-1890A Space for the Imagination The first monograph to examine the depiction of reading women in French art of the early Third Republic Women Readers in French Painting 1870-1890 evaluates the pictorial significance of this imagery its critical reception and its impact on notions of femininity and social relations. Covering a broad range of paintings prints and sculptures this book shows how the liseuse was subjected to unprecedented levels of pictorial innovation by artists with widely differing aesthetic aims and styles. Depictions of readers are interpreted as contributions to changing notions of public and private life female agency and women's participation in cultural and political debates beyond the domestic household. This highly original book explores images of women readers from a range of social classes in both urban and rural settings. Such images are shown to have articulated concerns about the impact of female literacy on labour environments and family life while in many cases challenging conventions of gendered reading. Kathryn Brown also presents an alternative way of conceiving of modernity in relation to nineteenth-century art a methodological departure from much recent art historical literature. Artists discussed range from Manet Cassatt and Degas to less familiar figures such as Lavieille Carrière Toulmouche and Tissot. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271180

Women Religious Leaders in Japan's Christian Century 1549-1650 Meticulously researched and drawing on original source materials written in eight different languages this study fills a lacuna in the historiography of Christianity in Japan which up to now has paid little or no attention to the experience of women. Focusing on the century between the introduction of Christianity in Japan by Portuguese Jesuit missionaries in 1549 and the Japanese government's commitment to the eradication of Christianity in the mid-seventeenth century this book outlines how women provided crucial leadership in the spread nurture and maintenance of the faith through various apostolic ministries. The author's research on the religious backgrounds of women from different schools of late medieval Japanese Shinto-Buddhism sheds light on individual women's choices to embrace or reject the Reformed Catholicism of the Jesuits and explores the continuity and discontinuity of their religious expressions. The book is divided into four sections devoted to an in-depth study of different types of apostolates: nuns (women who took up monastic vocations) witches (the women leaders of the Shinto-Buddhist tradition who resisted Jesuit teachings) catechists (women who engaged in ministries of persuasion and conversion) and sisters (women devoted to missions of mercy). Analyzing primary sources including Jesuit histories letters and reports especially Luís Fróis' História de Japão hagiography and family chronicles each section provides a broad understanding of how these women in the context of misogynistic society and theology utilized resources from their traditional religions to new Christian adaptations and specific religio-social issues creating unique hybrids of Catholicism and Buddhism. The inclusion of Portuguese Spanish Italian and Japanese texts many available for the first time in English and the dramatic conclusion that women were largely responsible for the trajectory of Christianity in early modern Japan makes this book an essential reading for scholars of women's history religious history history of Christianity and Asian history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233697

Women RememberAn Oral History In this fascinating book originally published in 1989 Anne Smith records interviews with a group of octogenerian women covering all social classes and a great variety of experience. She allows the women to speak for themselves bringing to light the submerged history of ordinary women's lives. This book should be of interest to wide general readership as well as students of British social history and women's studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752626

Women Reviewing Women in Nineteenth-Century BritainThe Critical Reception of Jane Austen Charlotte Brontë and George Eliot Focusing particularly on the critical reception of Jane Austen Charlotte Brontë and George Eliot Joanne Wilkes offers in-depth examinations of reviews by eight female critics: Maria Jane Jewsbury Sara Coleridge Hannah Lawrance Jane Williams Julia Kavanagh Anne Mozley Margaret Oliphant and Mary Augusta Ward. What they wrote about women writers and what their writings tell us about the critics' own sense of themselves as women writers reveal the distinctive character of nineteenth-century women's contributions to literary history. Wilkes explores the different choices these critics writing when women had to grapple with limiting assumptions about female intellectual capacities made about how to disseminate their own writing. While several publishing in periodicals wrote anonymously others published books articles and reviews under their own names. Wilkes teases out the distinctiveness of nineteenth-century women's often ignored contributions to the critical reception of canonical women authors and also devotes space to the pioneering efforts of Lawrance Kavanagh and Williams to draw attention to the long tradition of female literary activity up to the nineteenth century. She draws on commentary by male critics of the period as well to provide context for this important contribution to the recuperation of women's critical discourse in nineteenth-century Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265653

Women Scholars: Navigating the Doctoral Journey Over and over studies have concluded that the doctoral experience is a monumental challenge in higher education particularly for women. This book Women Scholars: Navigating the Doctoral Journey provides an enlightening ethnographic look at women and their doctoral developmental experiences. The book’s aim is to empower women to be able to contextualize their experience while also offering support and inspiring readers to consider alternative ways to successfully approach the doctoral process. Women anticipating and entering the life of academia will benefit from the voices and experiences shared by the women scholars in this book. The essay writers in this volume offer an examination of critical incidents in their doctoral experiences and offer strategies they have found helpful in managing those incidents. The book also addresses challenges presented by the transition from doctoral study to post-doc employment. The volume presents 46 essays from 40 women representing a range of ages ethnicities academic disciplines sexual orientations family circumstances and family educational histories. Their stories are told in five stages: Stage 1: Preadmission to Enrollment Stage 2: First Year of Program Stage 3: Second Year Through Candidacy Stage 4: The Dissertation Stage Stage 5: Completion and Transition to Employment These are stories of empowerment of pitfalls and barriers overcome of successful negotiations of the graduate school process of the joys and challenges of scholarly pursuits of positive help-seeking behaviors and strategies and of life after the dissertation is completed. Potential applicants for doctoral studies will walk away with a sense that graduate education is possible and that one can be successful. Higher educators in doctoral programs as well will acquire a deeper understanding and appreciation for the idiosyncratic challenges facing their female students and one hopes develop policies and/or strategies and behaviors that empower and encourage these students’ completion of their doctoral studies. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886789

Women Soldiers and Citizenship in IsraelGendered Encounters with the State Women’s military service in Israel presents a compelling case study to explore the meaning of gendered citizenship. Lomsky-Feder and Sasson-Levy compellingly argue that women’s mandatory military service during an active ongoing violent conflict occurring at a formative age becomes an initiation process into gendered citizenship where the women learn their marginal place in relation to the state. By analyzing the life stories and testimonies of young women from varied social backgrounds the authors ask: How do young women soldiers manage their expectations vis-à-vis the hyper-masculine military institution? How do women experience their gendered citizenship as daily embodied and emotional practices in different military roles? How do women soldiers understand and cope with daily sexual harassment? And finally how do women cope with the gendered silencing mechanisms of the violence of war and occupation and what can women soldiers know about this violence when they choose to speak out? The book offers a new conceptualization of citizenship as gendered encounters with the state. These encounters can be analyzed through three interrelated concepts: Multi-level contracts; Contrasting gendered experiences; Dis/acknowledging the military’s (external and internal) violence. Applying these three thought-provoking concepts the authors depict the intricate non-deterministic relationships between citizenship military service and multiple gendered experiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367264772

Women Speak NationGender Culture and Politics Women Speak Nation underlines the centrality of gender within the ideological construction of nationalism. The volume locates itself in a rich scholarship of feminist critique of the relationship between political economic cultural and social formations and normative gendered relations to try and understand the cross-currents in contemporary feminist theorizing and politics. The chapters question the gendered depictions of the nation as Hindu upper caste middle class heterosexual able-bodied Indian mother. The volume also brings together interviews and short essays from practitioners and activists who voice an alternative reimagining of the nation. The book will be of great interest to scholars and researchers of gender politics modern South Asian history and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367253998

Women Sport FansIdentification Participation Representation Women worldwide are making their presence felt as sport fans in rapidly increasing numbers. This book makes a distinctive and innovative contribution to the study of sport fandom by exploring the growing visibility and interest in women who follow sport. It presents the latest data on women’s sport spectatorship in different regions of the world posing new theoretical paradigms to study the globalised nature of female sport fandom. This book goes beyond conventional approaches to analysing the practices of women sport fans. By using a critical feminist perspective to investigate cultural conditions and social contexts (including globalisation digital networked technologies consumerism neoliberalism and postfeminism) it brings into view a diversity of women’s voices and experiences as sport fans. It sheds new light on the power dynamics of gender ethnicity and sexuality influencing women’s participation in sport spectatorship and interrogates the ways female sport fandom is made visible through transnational media networks. Women Sport Fans: Identification Participation Representation is fascinating reading for all those interested in sport and gender the sociology of sport or women’s studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233303

Women Suicide BombersNarratives of Violence This book offers an evaluation of female suicide bombers through postcolonial Third World feminist and human-rights framework drawing on case studies from conflicts in Palestine Sri Lanka and Chechnya among others. Women Suicide Bombers explores why cultural media and political reports from various geographies present different information about and portraits of the same women suicide bombers. The majority of Western media and sovereign states engaged in wars against groups deploying bombings tend to focus on women bombers' abnormal mental conditions; their physicality-for example their painted fingernails or their beautiful eyes; their sexualities; and the various ways in which they have been victimized by their backward Third World cultures especially by "Islam." In contrast propaganda produced by rebel groups deploying women bombers cultures supporting those campaigns and governments of those nations at war with sovereign states and Western nations tend to project women bombers as mythical heroes in ways that supersedes the martyrdom operations of male bombers. Many of the books published on this phenomenon have revealed interesting ways to read women bombers' subjectivities but do not explore the phenomenon of women bombers both inside and outside of their militant activities or against the patriarchal Orientalist and Western feminist cultural and theoretical frameworks that label female bombers primarily as victims of backward cultures. In contrast this book offers a corrective lens to the existing discourse and encourages a more balanced evaluation of women bombers in contemporary conflict. This book will be of interest to students of terrorism gender studies and security studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415532464

Women Survivors Psychological Trauma and the Politics of Resistance Understand how women survivors of abuse have become empowered to work for social change and help others!This one-of-a-kind book explores the processes through which women survivors of abuse can transform psychological trauma into a politics of resistance and become involved in collective action for social change. Women Survivors Psychological Trauma and the Politics of Resistance uses the powerful testimony of survivors to reveal the processes factors insights and conditions that prompted these women to join in the collective struggle opposing violence against women and children.Unlike other books that only examine the empowerment strategies that women employ to leave abusive relationships this essential book is a unique in-depth exploration of the social and psychological processes of survivors’empowerment. This book traces how these processes unfold showing how women have made sense of their lives and became involved in action for social change.In this unique book you will discover: how the transition house movement came about and how its practices were conceived and shaped how women survivors have learned to recognize “invisible” conflicts and contradictions in their lives new directions for feminist social work research the barriers that stand in the way of building communities dedicated to healing action and change how the involvement of survivors themselves can help to recreate shelters and women's organizations as settings for the collective struggle against violence which currently used remedies for woman/child abuse need to be reexamined . . . and much more!Containing qualitative studies of eleven women analysis of their abusive experiences and suggestions for new social work models to help survivors of abuse Women Survivors Psychological Trauma and the Politics of Resistance will assist you in developing improved techniques from a feminist social work perspective to provide help to abused women. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821450

Women Survivors of Childhood Sexual AbuseHealing Through Group Work - Beyond Survival Women Survivors of Childhood Sexual Abuse is a detailed discussion of the theoretical and philosophical underpinnings involved in conducting group psychotherapy with women who have experienced childhood sexual abuse. Offering the practical “how to’s” of conducting a thirteen-session group this unique book emphasizes the discovery of solutions strengths and internal/external resources and highlights the temporal nature of “being a victim” and “being a survivor” at theoretical and clinical levels. The book’s integration of theory and clinical intervention provides a thorough basis for addressing some of the key themes in the resolving of sexual abuse. In Women Survivors of Childhood Sexual Abuse you’ll uncover topics related to healing such as: the theoretical rationales for group treatment which include the Ericksonian approach the feminist perspective narrative therapy and the solution-oriented approach resiliency- and resource-based approaches the importance of language in recovery from sexual abuse how to deal with issues such as relationships telling one’s story of abuse building safety/boundaries spirituality cultivating a future dealing with flashbacksA practical guide for students in counseling practicums Women Survivors of Childhood Sexual Abuse provides you with a systematic method with which to conceptualize and conduct group work. Experienced counseling practitioners in psychology social work psychiatry and nursing will also benefit as you gain a session-by-session account of how to conduct group work. In today’s institutional setting private practice and professional climate in general there is growing interest in how to do more with less how to maximize financial and professional resources and how to take care of our therapist selves. This book will help you achieve these goals through leading clients to personal empowerment self-compassion and resourcefulness. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315810010

Women Take IssueAspects of Women's Subordination First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415512589

Women Teachers in AfricaChallenges and possibilities Through qualitative research methods this book engages in a holistic understanding of cultural economic and institutional forces that interact to produce the underrepresentation of women as school teachers in four sub-Saharan African countries. Comparative case studies at the national level using a common research design show that teaching despite being an attractive civil service job offers low salaries and many challenges especially when it takes place in rural areas. Combining professional duties with demanding family responsibilities further diminishes women’s ability to stay in the teaching profession. The studies in this book attempt to bridge research findings with policy by developing action plans in cooperation with ministries of education of the respective countries. Women Teachers in Africa will be of interest to academic researchers undergraduate and postgraduate students in the relevant fields as well as development professionals aid agency staff and education policy experts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138220669

Women VeteransLifting the Veil of Invisibility Women who fight in wars also have to fight for their right to do so. But what are the obstacles impeding their progress in achieving equal status as both active service members and as veterans? This book written by a team of female veterans and military scholars demonstrates the ways in which women service members and veterans experience a unique set of challenges when attempting to both honorably serve their country and reintegrate into civilian society following military service. These challenges include – but are not limited to – discrimination staggering rates of suicide and barriers to obtaining treatment for military sexual trauma and other critical benefits through the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. Women Veterans: Lifting the Veil of Invisibility examines current service-related policies and gender in the military’s hierarchical power structure. Here a confluence of white male privilege and entitlement the culture of domination and the effeminization of the enemy manifest themselves as a backlash against women calling into question a woman’s agency and her very status as a citizen. Special attention in the book is paid to the civil-military divide representative bureaucracy and the function of the military and civilian justice systems. Moreover the need for appropriate healthcare policies and structures is examined within a ‘wicked problems’ framework. The authors conclude that the responsibility for women veterans and all veterans for that matter must become a matter of compelling government interest. This ground-breaking book is required reading for practitioners of public policy and administration with an interest in military and veterans affairs public health NGOs and activist groups as well as scholars of gender and public service public personnel management and nonprofit management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498727600

Women Voicing ResistanceDiscursive and narrative explorations Feminist scholars have demonstrated how ‘dominant discourses’ and ‘master narratives’ frequently reflect patriarchal influence thereby distorting and depoliticizing women’s storying of their own lives. In this groundbreaking volume a number of internationally recognized researchers working across a range of disciplines provide a detailed examination of women’s attempts to counter-story their lives when prevailing discourses are unhelpful or indeed harmful. As such it is an exploration of women’s agency and resistance which highlights the challenges and complexities of such discursive work. The chapters explore women’s resistance across a wide range of experiences including: intimate partner violence casual sex depression premenstrual change disordered eating lesbian identity women’s work in male-dominated spaces rape and child birth. Each chapter combines theoretical analyses with illuminating first-hand accounts and elaborates practical implications that provide directions for individual and social change. Providing an incisive and comprehensive exploration of discourse oppression and resistance that cuts across domains of women’s everyday lives Women Voicing Resistance will be of great interest to students scholars and practitioners in the fields of psychology gender studies women’s studies sociology and social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848721043

Women Warriors in Southeast Asia This book brings together a wide range of case studies to explore the experiences and significance of women warriors in Southeast Asian history from ancient to contemporary times. Using a number of sources including royal chronicles diaries memoirs and interviews the book discusses why women warriors were active in a domain traditionally preserved for men and how they arguably transgressed peacetime gender boundaries as agents of violence. From multidisciplinary perspectives the chapters assess what drove women to take on a variety of roles namely palace guards guerrillas and war leaders and to what extent their experiences were different to those of men. The reader is taken on an almost 1 500-year long journey through a crossroads region well-known for the diversity of its peoples and cultures but also their ability to creatively graft foreign ideas onto existing ones. The book also explores the re-integration of women into post-conflict Southeast Asian societies including the impact (or lack thereof) of newly established international norms and the frequent turn towards pre-conflict gender roles in these societies. Written by an international team of scholars this book will be of interest to academics working on Southeast Asian Studies Gender Studies low-intensity conflicts and revolutions and War Conflict and Peace Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138829350

Women Who Buy SexConverging Sexualities? Drawing on empirical data from women who pay for sexual services and those who provide services to women this ground-breaking study is the first of its kind in the UK detailing the experiences of women who pay for sex in an explicit direct prearranged way. Unlike previous research on clients which has predominantly focused on men who buy sex or women who engage in romance tourism in places such as the Caribbean this innovative research offers new and original insights into the demand side of commercial sex. Too often it is assumed that only men pay for sex from women or other men. Women are assumed to be service providers and are unimaginable as clients. This book therefore offers a radical departure from existing scholarship on commercial sex. In addition the book examines the experiences of couples who pay for commercial sex a client group that has received scant investigation. The book explores women’s reasons for their engagement in commercial sex services their backgrounds and characteristics their strategies for remaining safe and managing potential risks as well as their sexual health strategies. The nature of sexual service bookings with women clients is also examined exploring the types of services women seek the places where bookings occur and the fess they pay. Finally the experiences of men women and trans sex workers who provide sexual services to women are examined. By drawing on our unique data and comparing it to the literature on men clients we present our theory ‘Converging Sexualities’. We argue that commercial sex is a site of behavioural convergence and that women clients are behaving in ways that could be described as masculine or feminine. Our study therefore offers new ways to understand sexuality. This book will be of interest to researchers in the field of sexuality sex work and women’s behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138699175

Women Who Perpetrate Relationship ViolenceMoving Beyond Political Correctness Find out what drives women to violence in their intimate relationships—and how to prevent itWomen Who Perpetrate Relationship Violence examines the causes and consequences of violence initiated by women against their partners. This unique book fills the void of available literature on domestically violent women taking a frank look at the issues surrounding female batterers who are the primary aggressors in their intimate relationships. Contributors write candidly about the similarities and differences between violent women and violent men how to develop effective interventions existing theories on the development of abusive behavior in women and society’s response to violent women.The counseling and psychological community has responded to the problem of domestic abuse and violence against women. But very little has been done to address the issues of domestic abuse and violence committed by women. Women Who Perpetrate Relationship Violence presents innovative original research that focuses specifically on women as offenders rather than simply adapting programs created for male batterers to women. The book includes epidemiological studies secondary analyses personality profiles and a study of women entering a 16-week court-mandated batterer intervention program (BIP). Women Who Perpetrate Relationship Violence examines: predictors of intimate violence including antisocial criminal records alcohol abuse and personality disorders associations between interpersonal dependency and violence elevated histrionic narcissistic and compulsive personality traits personality disorders lethal domestic assaults recidivism differences in demographic and psychological variables between women who complete treatment programs and those who drop out and much moreWomen Who Perpetrate Relationship Violence is an invaluable professional resource for psychologists social workers and counselors. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864419

Women Wielding the HoeLessons from Rural Africa for Feminist Theory and Development Practice How effective is western aid-agency intervention in Africa? What can African women do to manage the AIDS crisis? Can western feminist theory be applied to the rural African context?These vital issues and many others are considered in this topical book by eminent scholars and development consultants. The book aims to increase awareness of the importance of women agricultural producers to African material development and to expose the western biases that have traditionally pervaded the study of rural African women. The authors' critical analyses of conventional research methodology and key 'women and development' debates over the last three decades will stimulate new research perspectives. Students and scholars of development development workers and policymakers will all find this book fascinating reading. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135685

Women With AttitudeLessons for Career Management This book answers all the questions you’ve ever wanted to ask top-ranking women directors: How did they make it to the top? What do they think of their success? How does it affect their lives? It brings individual stories of accomplishment together with expert research into the emergence of women entrepreneurs aspects of leadership and the politics of breaking into the boardroom. Here nineteen top-achieving businesswomen tell the stories of their career success. A groundbreaking study of women in management entrepreneurship and the politics of leadership it includes interviews with Barbara Cassani of Go Fly airlines Camelot's Dianne Thompson Pearson's Dame Majorie Scardino and Anita Roddick of The Body Shop. All winners of the Veuve Clicquot Business Woman of the Year Award their diverse lives have been brought together here for the first time. A fascinating insight into the minds and lives of some of the world's top businesswomen this is a must-read for those seeking inspiration and advice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879492

Women with Disabilities as Agents of Peace Change and RightsExperiences from Sri Lanka Drawing on rich empirical work emerging from core conflict regions within the island nation of Sri Lanka this book illustrates the critical role that women with disabilities play in post-armed conflict rebuilding and development. This pathbreaking book shows the critical role that women with disabilities play in post-armed conflict rebuilding and development. Through offering a rare yet important insight into the processes of gendered-disability advocacy activation within the post-conflict environment it provides a unique counter narrative to the powerful images symbols and discourses that too frequently perpetuate disabled women’s so-called need for paternalistic forms of care. Rather than being the mere recipients of aid and help the narratives of women with disabilities reveal the generative praxis of social solidarity and cohesion progressed via their nascent collective practices of gendered-disability advocacy. It will be of interest to academics and students working in the fields of disability studies gender studies post-conflict studies peace studies and social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085244

Women With DisabilitiesFound Voices Here is a powerful stimulus for thought discussion and coalition building in the area of women and disability. This innovative book was written by women with disabilities and women professionals who work with persons with disabilities. Women With Disabilities covers many concerns about life with a disability and issues related to disability and psychotherapy.The authors represent a variety of disabilities ethnicities sexualities and politics. This diversity of experience and perspective forces readers to grapple with contradictions paradox and their own preconceptions about disabilities and women. These women writers reveal in deeply personal closely technical and sometimes theoretical terms how they have coped with the contradictions of being women of being members of varied colors and classes and having bodies that don’t “fit.”Women With Disabilities provides a wealth of information for psychologists social workers feminist therapists and counselors working in rehabilitation vocational rehabilitation and mental health. It covers a variety of subjects including transference and countertransference spinal cord injury visual impairment and chronic illness. Some specific topics covered include: therapy issues for therapists working with women with disabilities parenthood and disability use of assistive technology by women with disabilities sexual exploitation of women with disabilities women’s responses to disability at different points in the life cycleReaders will be fascinated by the illuminating depth and breadth of experience expressed by the authors. Voices of rebellion activism and resistance sparkle across these pages. Women With Disabilities is an invitation for theoretical therapeutic and political coalition building to those with--and without--disabilities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315863818

Women with Visible and Invisible DisabilitiesMultiple Intersections Multiple Issues Multiple Therapies This thoughtful collection addresses the issues faced by women with disabilities examines the social construction of disability and makes suggestions for the development and modification of culturally relevant therapy to meet the needs of disabled women. Written in an accessible style with a minimum of jargon this book provides clinical material from the perspectives of psychotherapists clients personal assistants and health administrators. Women with Visible and Invisible Disabilities also highlights the importance of considering age ethnicity and sexual orientation in its examination of feminist approaches to assessment psychotherapy disability management (coping) and discusses how the Americans with Disabilities Act impacts employment and education for women. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315785875

Women Workers Migration and Family in Sarawak In many parts of South-East Asia women's lifestyles are going through enormous changes as women move from traditional rural agricultural lifestyles to modern urban lifestyles which often involve migration to cities taking on paid work and having a quite different relationship with their families. This book based on intensive research among the women of the Bidayuh people in Sarawak all of them first generation migrant wage workers explores the extent to which women's lifestyles are changing and the reasons which prompt women to make the changes. How far are such women driven by economic considerations how far by dissatisfaction with traditional lifestyles and how far by the appeal of a glamorous urban lifestyle? The author's research includes detailed interviews in the field and much of this interview material is included in the book thereby enabling the Bidayuh women to tell their own stories as they grapple with the rapid changes swirling around them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862876

Women Workers and Gender Identities 1835-1913The Cotton and Metal Industries in England Women Workers and Gender Identities 1835 - 1913 examines the experiences of women workers in the cotton and small metals industries and the discourses surrounding their labour. It demonstrates how ideas of womanhood often clashed with the harsh realities of working-class life that forced women into such unfeminine trades as chain-making and brass polishing. Thus discourses constructing women as wives and mothers or associating women's work with distinctly feminine attributes were often undercut and subverted. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315011479

Women Workers in Seven ProfessionsA Survey of their Economic Conditions and Prospects This book first published in 1914 examines the economic position of women at the turn of the twentieth century. Women’s economic position had been undermined by the helpless dependence engendered among the better-off by nineteenth century luxury and among manual workers by the loss of their hold upon land and by the decline of home industries. The essays collected here examine the changing state of affairs with a new force at work: the revolt of the modern woman against economic dependence in all forms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138280380

Women Workers in the First World War Commentators writing soon after the outbreak of the First World War about the classic problems of women’s employment (low pay lack of career structure exclusion from "men’s jobs") frequently went on to say that the war had "changed all this" and that women’s position would never be the same again. This book looks at how and why women were employed and in what ways society’s attitudes towards women workers did or did not change during the war. Contrary to the mythology of the war which portrayed women as popular workers rewarded with the vote for their splendid work the author shows that most employers were extremely reluctant to take on women workers and remained cynical about their performance. The book considers attitudes towards women’s work as held throughout society. It examines the prejudices of government trade unions and employers and considers society’s views about the kinds of work women should be doing and their "wider role" as the "mothers of the race". First published in 1981 this is an important book for anyone interested in women’s history or the social history of the twentieth century. Companion volumes Women Workers in the Second World War by Penny Summerfield and Out of the Cage: Women's Experiences in Two World Wars by Gail Braybon and Penny Summerfield are also published by Routledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138008014

Women Workers in the Industrial Revolution First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874633

Women Workers in the Second World WarProduction and Patriarchy in Conflict The Second World War is often seen as a period of emancipation because of the influx of women into paid work and because the state took steps to relieve women of domestic work. This study challenges such a picture. The state approached the removal of women from the domestic sphere with extreme caution in spite of the desperate need for women’s labour in war work. Women’s own preferences were frequently neglected or distorted in the search for a compromise between production and patriarchy. However the enduring practices of paying women less and treating them as an inferior category of workers led to growth in the numbers and proportions of women employed after the war in many areas of work. Penny Summerfield concludes that the war accelerated the segregation of women in 'inferior' sectors of work and inflated the expectation that working women would bear the double burden without a redistribution of responsibility for the domestic sphere between men women and the state. First published in 1984 this is an important book for students of history sociology and women’s studies at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752640

Women Workers on StrikeNarratives of Southern Women Unionists Gender class and culture merge in the lived experiences of women on strike in the South. This book examines women unionists’ life histories through the lens of narrative analysis interpreting their multiple perspectives as four coherent discourse communities: social activists union feminists women martyrs and women whose identities are defined by their work in non-traditional fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653305

Women Working In The EnvironmentResourceful Natures Based on theoretical insights from ecofeminism women and development and postmodernism and the convincing empirical work of numerous scholars this book is organized around five aspects of gender relationships with the environment: Part I-gender divisions of labor Part 2-property rights Part 3-knowledge and strategies for sustainability Part 4-environmental and social movements and Part 5- policy alternatives. Examining women's relationship with the environment using these five dimensions provides concrete material examples of how women work with control know and affect the environment and natural resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425712

Women Writers and the Artifacts of Celebrity in the Long Nineteenth Century In 1788 the Catalogue of Five Hundred Celebrated Authors of Great Britain Now Living forecast a form of authorship that rested on biographical revelation and media saturation as well as literary achievement. This collection traces the unique experiences of women writers within a celebrity culture that was intimately connected to the expansion of print technology and of visual and material culture in the nineteenth century. The contributors examine a wide range of artifacts including prefaces portraits frontispieces birthday books calendars and gossip columns to consider the nature of women's celebrity and the forces that created it. How did authors like Jane Austen the Countess of Blessington Louisa May Alcott Alice Meynell and Marie Corelli negotiate the increasing demands for public revelation of the private self? How did gender shape the posthumous participation of women writers such as Jane Austen Ellen Wood Mary Elizabeth Braddon and Christina Rossetti in celebrity culture? These and other important questions related to the treatment of women in celebrity genres and media and the strategies women writers used to control their public images are taken up in this suggestive exploration of how nineteenth and early twentieth century women writers achieved popular critical and commercial success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254220

Women Writers and the Occult in Literature and CultureFemale Lucifers Priestesses and Witches Examining the intersection of occult spirituality text and gender this book provides a compelling analysis of the occult revival in literature from the 1880s through the course of the twentieth century. Bestselling novels such as The Da Vinci Code play with magic and the fascination of hidden knowledge while occult and esoteric subjects have become very visible in literature during the twentieth century. This study analyses literature by women occultists such as Alice Bailey Dion Fortune and Starhawk and revisits texts with occult motifs by canonical authors such as Sylvia Townsend Warner Leonora Carrington and Angela Carter. This material which has never been analysed in a literary context covers influential movements such as Theosophy Spiritualism Golden Dawn Wicca and Goddess spirituality. Wallraven engages with the question of how literature functions as the medium for creating occult worlds and powerful identities particularly the female Lucifer witch priestess and Goddess. Based on the concept of ancient wisdom the occult in literature also incorporates topical discourses of the twentieth century including psychoanalysis feminism pacifism and ecology. Hence as an ever-evolving discursive universe it presents alternatives to religious truth claims that often lead to various forms of fundamentalism that we encounter today. This book offers a ground-breaking approach to interpreting the forms and functions of occult texts for scholars and students of literary and cultural studies religious studies sociology and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871383

Women Writers in Postsocialist China What does it mean to read from elsewhere? Women Writers in Postsocialist China introduces readers to a range and variety of contemporary Chinese women’s writing which has seen phenomenal growth in recent years. The book addresses the different ways women’s issues are understood in China and the West attending to the processes of translation adaptation and the grafting of new ideas with existing Chinese understandings of gender feminism subjectivity consumerism and (post) modernism. By focusing on women’s autobiographical biographical fictional and historical writing the book engages in a transcultural flow of ideas between western and indigenous Chinese feminisms. Taking account of the accretions of social cultural geographic literary economic and political movements and trends cultural formations and ways of thinking it asks how the texts and the concepts they negotiate might be understood in the social and cultural spaces within China and how they might be interpreted differently elsewhere in the global locations in which they circulate. The book argues that women-centred writing in China has a direct bearing on global feminist theory and practice. This critical study of selected genres and writers highlights the shifts in feminist perspectives within contemporary local and global cultural landscapes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138643468

Women Writers in Pre-Revolutionary FranceStrategies of Emancipation This extensive collection of English-language essays examines the many strategies of resistance to male domination that women in France from the 16th through the 18th centuries utilized in their lives and their writings. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203760833

Women Writers in Renaissance EnglandAn Annotated Anthology Of all the new developments in literary theory feminism has proved to be the most widely influential leading to an expansion of the traditional English canon in all periods of study. This book aims to make the work of Renaissance women writers in English better known to general and academic readers so as to strengthen the case for their future inclusion in the Renaissance literary canon. This lively book surveys women writers in the sixteenth century and early seventeenth centuries. Its selection is vast historically representative and original taking examples from twenty different relatively unknown authors in all genres of writing including poetry fiction religious works letters and journals translation and books on childcare. It establishes new contexts for the debate about women as writers within the period and suggests potential intertextual connections with works by well-known male authors of the same time. Individual authors and works are given concise introductions with both modern and historical critical analysis setting them in a theoretical and historicised context. All texts are made readily accessible through modern spelling and punctuation on-the-page annotation and headnotes. The substantial up-to-date bibliography provides a source for further study and research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138137271

Women Writers of Great Britain and EuropeAn Encyclopedia First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315050898

Women Writers of the First World War: An Annotated Bibliography 'They also serve who only stand and wait' The idea of there being a 'women's writing' during the First World War is often dismissed. The war the story goes was a masculine domain and as women did not fight it is also assumed that they were excluded from a war experience. This bibliography challenges that view by listing and annotating hundreds of published books articles memoirs diaries and letters written by women during the First World War. Included are: * Virginia Woolf * Katherine Mansfield * G.B Stern * Brenda Girvin * known and unknown autobiographers and diarists * writers of pro and anti-war propaganda * journal and magazine articles * literary cultural and historical criticism Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755498

Women Writing Across CulturesPresent past future This collection brings together an international multicultural multilingual and multidisciplinary community of scholars and practitioners in different media seeking to question and re-theorize the contested terms of our title: “woman ” “writing ” “women’s writing ” and “across.” “Culture” is translated into an open series of interconnected terms and questions. How might one write across national cultures; or across a national and a minority culture; or across disciplines genres and media; or across synchronic discourses that are unequal in power; or across present and past discourses or present and future discourses? The collection explores and develops recent feminist queer and transgender theory and criticism and also aesthetic practice. “Writing across” assumes a number of orientations: posthumanist; transtemporal; transnationalist; writing across discourses disciplines media genres genders; writing across pronouns – he she they; writing across literature non-literary texts and life. This book was originally published as a special issue of Angelaki: Journal of the Theoretical Humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367336653

Women Writing and Directing in the USAA Stage of Our Own Women Writing and Directing in the USA: A Stage of Our Own features interviews with some of the most successful theatre artists currently working on and off Broadway and beyond. The book provides an insight on what it means and what it takes to be a successful female-identifying playwright and director in the USA where the professional theatrical landscape is still mostly dominated by straight white men. The interviews explore a wide range of themes including if and how the artists’ female perspective influenced their art the social and cultural significance of their work and how theatre and women working in theatre can participate in awakening greater social awareness. Readers will learn about some of the most current and relevant American theatre artists such as Young Jean Lee Pam MacKinnon Dominique Morisseau Rachel Chavkin and Martyna Majok. Written for students in directing and playwriting courses Women Writing and Directing in the USA: A Stage of Our Own features inspirational and informative stories that will help young theatre artists find and pursue their artistic voices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367444068

Women Writing and Writing about Women This innovative collection of contemporary essays in feminist literary criticism provides a spectrum of approaches and positions united by their common focus on writing by and about women. Spanning the novel poetry drama film and criticism the contributors emphasise some of the problems of theory and practice posed by writing as a woman and by women’s representation in literature. The subjects of individual essays range from the nineteenth and twentieth century novel to avant-garde film and from Victorian women poets to Russian women poets of today. Drawing on disciplines as diverse as structuralism psychoanalysis semiotics socio-linguistics and Marxist analyses of literature the essays suggest the variety and vigour of contemporary feminist literary criticism as well as representing some of the debates currently animating it. Topics of common concern range from the nature of a women’s tradition in literature to the scope and method of feminist literary criticism itself. Successfully bridging the gap between literary criticism and literary production the scope of this collection will be of considerable interest to those concerned with current developments in literary criticism as well as to those in the field of women’s studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752329

Women Writing LatinEarly Modern Women Writing Latin This book is part of a 3-volume anthology of women's writing in Latin from antiquity to the early modern era. Each volume provides texts contexts and translations of a wide variety of works produced by women including dramatic poetic and devotional writing. Volume Three covers women's writing in Latin during the early modern period (1400-1700). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203954126

Women Writing LatinMedieval Modern Women Writing Latin This book is part of a 3-volume anthology of women's writing in Latin from antiquity to the early modern era. Each volume provides texts contexts and translations of a wide variety of works produced by women including dramatic poetic and devotional writing. Volume Two covers women's writing in Latin in the Middle Ages. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203954119

Women Writing LatinWomen Writing Latin in Roman Antiquity Late Antiquity and the Early Christian Era This book is part of a 3-volume anthology of women's writing in Latin from antiquity to the early modern era. Each volume provides texts contexts and translations of a wide variety of works produced by women including dramatic poetic and devotional writing. Volume One covers the age of Roman Antiquity and early Christianity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203954102

Women Writing Music in Late Eighteenth-Century EnglandSocial Harmony in Literature and Performance Combining new musicology trends formal musical analysis and literary feminist recovery work Leslie Ritchie examines rare poetic didactic fictional and musical texts written by women in late eighteenth-century Britain. She finds instances of and resistance to contemporary perceptions of music as a form of social control in works by Maria Barthélemon Harriett Abrams Mary Worgan Susanna Rowson Hannah Cowley and Amelia Opie among others. Relating women's musical compositions and writings about music to theories of music's function in the formation of female subjectivities during the latter half of the eighteenth century Ritchie draws on the work of cultural theorists and cultural historians as well as feminist scholars who have explored the connection between femininity and performance. Whether crafting works consonant with societal ideals of charitable natural and national order or re-imagining their participation in these musical aids to social harmony women contributed significantly to the formation of British cultural identity. Ritchie's interdisciplinary book will interest scholars working in a range of fields including gender studies musicology eighteenth-century British literature and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270886

Women Writing the Home Tour 1682–1812 Between the late seventeenth and the early nineteenth century the possibilities for travelling within Britain became increasingly various owing to improved transport systems and the popularization of numerous tourist spots. Women Writing the Home Tour 1682-1812 examines women's participation in that burgeoning touristic tradition considering the ways in which the changing face of British travel and its writing can be traced through the accounts produced by the women who journeyed England Scotland and Wales during this important period. This book explores female-authored home tour travel narratives in print as well as manuscript works that have hitherto been neglected in criticism. Discussing texts produced by authors including Celia Fiennes Ann Radcliffe and Dorothy Wordsworth alongside the works of lesser-known travellers such as Mary Morgan and Dorothy Richardson Kinsley considers the construction and also the destabilization of gender class and national identity through chapters that emphasize the diversity and complexity of this rich body of writings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273245

Women’s and Gender Studies in IndiaCrossings This book frames the major debates and contemporary issues in women’s and gender studies in India. It locates them in the context of key theories their interlinkages and significant crossings and overlaps within the field while juxtaposing feminist and queer perspectives. The essays in the volume foreground emerging challenges as well as offer clues to future trajectories for women’s and gender studies in the country through a comprehensive and interdisciplinary survey of intersectionalities in feminist activism and theory; gender caste and class; feminist masculinity queer and transgender studies; disability and feminism; feminist and queer pedagogies; and Indian Western and transnational feminisms. The volume traces how gender studies have shaped established social science as well as interpretative and representational discourses (psychoanalysis literature aesthetics cinema new media studies and folklore). It examines their strategic potential to draw upon and transform these areas in national and international contexts. This book will be useful to students teachers and researchers in women’s studies gender studies cultural studies queer studies and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367202347

Women’s Deliberation: The Heroine in Early Modern French Women’s Theater (1650–1750) Women’s Deliberation: The Heroine in Early Modern French Women’s Theater (1650–1750) argues that women playwrights question traditional views on women through their heroines. Denied the powers of cleverness the authority of deliberation and the right to speak heroines were often excluded from central roles in plays by leading male playwrights from this period. Women playwrights on the other hand embraced the ideas necessary to expand the boundaries of female heroism. Heroines in plays from the mid-seventeenth through the mid-eighteenth centuries reflect a shift in mentalities toward rationality and female agency. I argue that the "deliberative heroine " emerging at the dawn of the eighteenth century is the most fully developed exuding all the characteristics of the modern-day heroine. Although she embodies many of the qualities of her heroine counterparts she also responds to them. Only the deliberative heroine based on Enlightenment ideals—such as women’s ability to rationalize and the complex interplay between reason and sentiment—truly liberates female characters from a history of traditional roles. Whereas other heroines act in accordance with social construct or on impulse the "deliberative heroine" realizes the ideals of the seventeenth-century salons that petitioned for women to have "greater control over their own bodies" (DeJean 21). She is active and her determination to follow through with her own line of reasoning—that involves both mind and heart—enables her to determine the outcome of events. In the end this new generation of heroines ushered in an era where women playwrights could make their own contribution to dramatic works at the dawn of the Age of Enlightenment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591588

Women’s Economic Empowerment in the Indian Ocean Region This volume brings together influential contemporary research and discussion papers to explore the issue of women’s economic empowerment in the Indian Ocean rim. Women’s economic empowerment has become a central policy concern of many Indian Ocean rim countries such as Australia and of the Indian Ocean Rim Association (IORA). This book highlights a range of perspectives on the issue by examining a variety of case studies. Its aim is to provide research that helps develop evidence-based policy-making to assist in the better implementation of gender responsive policy frameworks and budgets. The book covers themes such as: regional governance approaches to fostering women’s economic empowerment; the obstacles to informal trade; gender bias in policy development; and differing roles and purposes for women’s education. This volume is essential reading for all those interested in policy affecting development; trade; women’s education; professional training and training; governance structures and practices; and gender equality in the Indian Ocean region. The chapters originally published as a special issue in the Journal of the Indian Ocean Region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593063

Women’s Economic Thought in the Eighteenth Century In the history of economics women writers were all but invisible until a few decades ago. Although much work has now been recuperated the writings on economics of eighteenth-century women authors have yet to be brought fully to light. This new three-volume collection from Routledge remedies that omission and makes key archival source material readily available to scholars researchers and students. This comprehensive compilation of eighteenth-century works by women writers includes several texts translated into English for the first time such as an important critique on Adam Smith’s Theory of Moral Sentiments (1759) by Sophie de Grouchy Condorcet. The collection is divided into three volumes. Volume I (‘The Economy of the Household’) addresses the following topics: moral and economic conduct; women’s position in marriage; gender equality; and household production. The second volume (‘The Economy of the Market’) meanwhile brings together texts that address education work wages access to the professions and issues of wealth and poverty more generally. Volume III assembles materials under the title ‘Women’s Views on Institutions and Change’. Women’s Economic Thought in the Eighteenth Century is a treasure-trove for all serious scholars and students of economic history. The gathered works are reproduced in facsimile giving users a strong sense of immediacy to the texts and permitting citation to the original pagination. And with a detailed and comprehensive introduction placing the materials fully in context the collection is destined to be welcomed as a vital reference and research resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415495714

Women’s Economic Thought in the Romantic AgeTowards a Transdisciplinary Herstory of Economic Thought This book examines the writings of seven English women economists from the period 1735–1811. It reveals that contrary to what standard accounts of the history of economic thought suggest eighteenth- and early nineteenth-century women intellectuals were undertaking incisive and gender-sensitive analyses of the economy. Women’s Economic Thought in the Romantic Age argues that established notions of what constitutes economic enquiry topics and genres of writing have for centuries marginalised the perspectives and experiences of women and obscured the knowledge they recorded in novels memoirs or pamphlets. This has led to an underrepresentation of women in the canon of economic theory. Using insights from literary studies cultural studies gender studies and feminist economics the book develops a transdisciplinary methodology that redresses this imbalance and problematises the distinction between literary and economic texts. In its in-depth readings of selected writings by Sarah Chapone Mary Wollstonecraft Mary Hays Mary Robinson Priscilla Wakefield Mary Ann Radcliffe and Jane Austen this book uncovers the originality and topicality of their insights on the economics of marriage women and paid work and moral economics. Combining historical analysis with conceptual revision Women’s Economic Thought in the Romantic Age retrieves women’s overlooked intellectual contributions and radically breaks down the barriers between literature and economics. It will be of interest to researchers and students from across the humanities and social sciences in particular the history of economic thought English literary and cultural studies gender studies economics eighteenth-century and Romantic studies social history and the history of ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367074272

Women’s Education and Empowerment in Rural India This is a book about understanding women’s empowerment and pathways as well as roadblocks to women’s economic empowerment in rural India as understood through an evaluation-based research of a state-funded social sector programme located in the education department – Mahila Samakhya (MS) – in Bihar one of the socially and educationally most underdeveloped Indian states. The book presents findings of the three-year research that adopted a mixed-methods approach and evaluated the impact of MS on various facets of empowerment of women coming from the most marginalized communities. The study therefore tries to go beyond evaluating the MS programme and uses the research findings and insights to raise certain critical issues pertaining to social policy planning and implementation especially in the context of women’s education and empowerment. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367137434

Women’s Empowerment in Turkey and Beyond Women’s Empowerment in Turkey and Beyond offers a methodologically theoretically and empirically rich analysis of women’s empowerment in male-dominated societies juxtaposing the Turkish case in comparative perspective. The volume explores institutional and societal obstacles against women’s empowerment in patriarchal communities how women cope and bargain with patriarchy in such societies and how they try to achieve better living standards for themselves and their families. It also pinpoints areas for improvement in women’s empowerment via institutional and societal change in the areas of education economics politics and social life. Interdisciplinary contributors offer in-depth fieldwork analyses as well as rigorous statistical techniques. The multi-disciplinary and multi-method nature of the book provides both breadth and depth to the study of women’s empowerment and offers fertile ground for further research on gender politics. Interdisciplinary in nature Women’s Empowerment in Turkey and Beyond will be of great interest to scholars of Gender Politics Turkish Studies and Women’s Empowerment. The chapters were originally published as a special issue of Turkish Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367441388

Women’s History and Local Community in Postwar Japan This timely look at a neglected corner of Japanese historiography spotlights the decade following the end of World War II a time in which Japanese society was undergoing the transformation from imperial state to democratic nation. For certain working and middle-class women involved in education and labor activism history-writing became a means to greater voice within the turbulent transition. Women's History and Local Community in Postwar Japan examines the emergence of women’s history-writing groups in Tokyo Nagoya and Ehime using interviews conducted with founding members and analysis of primary documents and publications by each group. It demonstrates how women appropriated history-writing as a radical praxis geared less toward revolution and more toward the articulation of local imaginations spaces and memories after World War II. By appropriating history as a praxis that did not need revolution for its success these women used connections established by Marxist historians between history-writing and subjectivity but did so in ways that broke rank from nationally-referenced renditions of history and memory. Under conditions in which some women saw history as a field of articulation that remained dominated by men they put into practice their own de-centered versions of history-writing that continue to influence the historical landscape in contemporary Japan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860772

Women’s Human Rights in India This book focuses on women’s human rights in India. Drawing on case studies it provides a clear overview of the key sources on gender and rights in the country. Further it contextualizes women’s rights at the critical intersection of caste religion and class and analyses barriers to the realization of women’s human rights in practice. It also develops strategies for moving forward towards greater recognition protection promotion and fulfilment of women’s human rights in India.   Drawing on critical pedagogical tools to analyse groundbreaking court cases this book will be a key text in human rights studies. It will be indispensable to students scholars and researchers of gender studies sociology law and human rights.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367334970

Women’s Imprisonment and the Case for AbolitionCritical Reflections on Corston Ten Years On In 2007 the Corston Report recommended a far-reaching radical ‘women-centred’ approach to women’s imprisonment in England and Wales. It suggested a ‘fundamental re-thinking’ about how services to support women in conflict with the law are delivered in custody and in the community recommending the development and implementation of a decarceration strategy. This argued for appropriate treatment programmes in the community reserving prison for only those women who commit serious and violent offences. Ten years on what progress has been made? What is the relationship between Corston’s vision and a more radical abolitionist agenda? Drawing on a range of international scholarship this book contributes to the critical discourse on the penal system human rights and social injustice revealing the consequences of imprisonment on the lives of women and their families. A decade on from Corston's publication  it critically reviews her report revealing the slow progress in meeting the reforms it proposed. Identifying the significant barriers to change it questions the failure to reverse the unrelenting growth of the women’s prison population or to transform state responses to women’s offending. Reflecting the global expansion of women’s imprisonment particularly marked in advanced democratic societies the chapters include comparative contributions from jurisdictions where Corston’s recommendations have relevance. It concludes with a critical appraisal of reformism and the case for penal abolition. Essential for applied and theory courses on prisons punishment and penology; social justice and the criminology of human rights; gender and crime; and feminist criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138700260

Women’s Letters as Life Writing 1840–1885 Examining letter collections published in the second half of the nineteenth century Catherine Delafield rereads the life-writing of Frances Burney Charlotte Brontë Mary Delany Catherine Winkworth Jane Austen and George Eliot situating these women in their epistolary culture and in relation to one another as exemplary women of the period. She traces the role of their editors in the publishing process and considers how a model of representation in letters emerged from the publication of Burney’s Diary and Letters and Elizabeth Gaskell’s Life of Brontë. Delafield contends that new correspondences emerge between editors/biographers and their biographical subjects and that the original epistolary pact was remade in collaboration with family memorials in private and with reviewers in public. Women’s Letters as Life Writing addresses issues of survival and choice when an archive passes into family hands tracing the means by which women’s lives came to be written and rewritten in letters in the nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367859114

Women’s Lived Landscapes of War and Liberation in MozambiqueBodily Memory and the Gendered Aesthetics of Belonging This book tells the history of the changing gendered landscapes of northern Mozambique from the perspective of women who fought in the armed struggle for national independence diverting from the often-told narrative of women in nationalist wars that emphasizes a linear plot of liberation. Taking a novel approach in focusing on the body senses and landscape Jonna Katto through a study of the women ex-combatants’ lived landscapes shows how their life trajectories unfold as nonlinear spatial histories. This brings into focus the women’s shifting and multilayered negotiations for personal space and belonging. This book explores the life memories of the now aging female ex-combatants in the province of Niassa in northern Mozambique looking at how the female ex-combatants’ experiences of living in these northern landscapes have shaped their sense of socio-spatial belonging and attachment. It builds on the premise that individual embodied memory cannot be separated from social memory; personal lives are culturally shaped. Thus the book does not only tell the history of a small and rather unique group of women but also speaks about wider cultural histories of body-landscape relations in northern Mozambique and especially changes in those relations. Enriching our understanding of the gendered history of the liberation struggle in Mozambique and informing broader discussions on gender and nationalism this book will be of interest to students and scholars of African history especially the colonial and postcolonial history of Lusophone Africa as well as gender/women’s history and peace and conflict studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367252472

Women’s Patronage and Gendered Cultural Networks in Early Modern EuropeVittoria della Rovere Grand Duchess of Tuscany This book examines the sociocultural networks between the courts of early modern Italy and Europe focusing on the Florentine Medici court and the cultural patronage and international gendered networks developed by the Grand Duchess of Tuscany Vittoria della Rovere. Adelina Modesti uses Grand Duchess Vittoria as an exemplar of pan-European 'matronage' and proposes a new matrilineal model of patronage in the early modern period one in which women become not only the mediators but also the architects of public taste and the transmitters of cultural capital. The book will be the first comprehensive monographic study of this important cultural figure. This study will be of interest to scholars working in art history gender studies Renaissance studies and seventeenth-century Italy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138712522

Women’s Rights and Law Codes in Early India 600 BCE–570 ACE This book looks at the first eight Sanskrit law codes written in India between 600 BCE and 570 ACE. It focuses on the legal religious and ethical customs which were codified in this period and their impact on the social and political life of women. The volume analyzes texts such as the Dharma SÅ«tras the Arthaśāstra the Manu SmÅ—iti the Yājňyavalkya SmÅ—iti and Nārada SmÅ—iti amongst others. It studies discourses on justice conduct virtues and duties and how early laws were used to systematize patriarchy and the varna caste system in South Asia. It examines how patrimonial laws and male property rights highlighted social anxieties about female chastity and varna lineage  which led to the subordination of women and the lower varnas. These anxieties are most evident in codes from the late Vedic and early classical eras when diverse new settlers arrived upon the subcontinent. At this time kings decentralized governance and allowed local groups to practice communal laws while they meted out court justice with a specific law code. As the state became prosperous from trade conducted by merchants of diverse castes sects and classes and social peace was ensured by officials from disparate backgrounds kings began to rely upon a law code that aspired for equity above intolerance. These chapters examine heterodox Therāvada Buddhism and Jainism their origins in the oligarchic state their impact on the royal Sanskritic state as seen in canonical literature. They especially focus on women’s roles in heterodox sects and the emergence of new spaces for women as such changes were adopted in disparate ways and degrees by other South Asian communities. The volume will be a useful resource for students and researchers of history women and gender studies social anthropology sociology and law. It will also serve as an information guide for readers who are interested in the political and social life of women in early India Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367198695

Women’s Sport in Africa In recent decades Africa has emerged as a sporting giant. The African sporting phenomenon has been addressed in the popular press and it has also attracted scholarly interest; however this interest is almost entirely focussed on men. Yet women’s participation in recreational and elite sport is worthy of exploration and research.This path-breaking collection of essays provides an introduction to a variety of dimensions of women’s participation in African sports. Several key concepts are addressed in the book: women and media women and sport-migration sport and empowerment sporting and social development women’s sport and postcolonial Africa and professional sport and economic development. This collection authored by established scholars will attract readership from students from Sports Studies to African Studies and from undergraduate students to university teachers.This book was published as a special issue of Sport in Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367740009

Women’s Writing from Wales before 1914 This essay collection rediscovers and reassesses a host of still little-known pre-1914 Welsh women writers. In the last few decades considerable advances have been made towards rediscovering contextualising and analysing women’s writing from Wales. The combined influences of the post-1960s women’s movement the 1990s Welsh devolution successes and the development of the ‘Four Nations’ school of British literary criticism have together effected significant advances in the field of Welsh feminist literary studies. This book focuses in particular on: the fifteenth- to eighteenth-century Welsh-language bards such as Gwerful Mechain Angharad James and Marged Dafydd; the seventeenth- and eighteenth-century English-language poets including Katherine Philips Jane Brereton Anne Penny and Anne Hughes; contributors to the Romantic movement in Wales such as the poets and novelists Mary Robinson and Ann of Swansea; the mid-nineteenth-century protesting voice of polemicists such as Jane Williams (Ysgafell); the Victorian English-language novelists for example Louisa Matilda Spooner Anne Beale Amy Dillwyn Allen Raine and Mallt Williams and their concern with national class and gender identities; and early twentieth-century Welsh-language writers engaged with Welsh Home Rule and women’s suffrage issues such as Gwyneth Vaughan and Eluned Morgan. This book was originally published as a special issue of Women's Writing. Chapter 7 is available Open Access at https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9780367353483_oachapter7.pdf Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367353483

Women�s Prophetic Writings in Seventeenth-Century Britain This study examines women’s prophetic writings in seventeenth-century Britain as the literary outcome of a discourse of social transformation that integrates religious conscience political participation and gender identity. The following pages approach prophecy as a culture a language and a catalyst for collective change as the individual prophet conceptualized it.While the corpus of prophetic writing continues to grow as the result of archival research this monograph complements our particular knowledge of women’s prophecy in the seventeenth century with a global assessment of what makes speech prophetic in the first place and what are the differences and similarities between texts that fall into the prophetic mode. These disparities and commonalities stand out in the radical language of prophecy as well as in the way it creates an authorial centre. Examining how authorship is represented in several configurations of prophetic delivery such as essays on prophecy poetic prophecy spiritual autobiography and election narratives the different chapters consider why prophecy peaked in the years of the civil wars and how it evolved towards the eighteenth century. The analyses extrapolate the peculiarities of each case study as being representative of a form of textually-based activism that enabled women to gain a deeper understanding of themselves as creators of independent meaning that empowered them as individuals citizens and believers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877835

WomenPreneurs21st Century Success Strategies WomenPreneurs: 21st Century Success Strategies will appeal to three groups of interested readers. The first consists of higher education faculty teaching courses in management entrepreneurship and women’s studies and directors of professional development workshops interested in acquiring a supplemental readings book. The second consists of women in the workplace those contemplating entry parents who want to provide daughters with the best guidance as well as men and significant others who want those they love to have a safer navigational journey and recognize that the work environment they will enter is not a level playing field. The third group includes intrapreneurial and entrepreneurial women in all stages of personal and venture development. For these people the book will serve as a valuable resource and guide. Major themes in the book include the nature of the changing workplace the challenges of organizational life career strategies entrepreneurship home and family balance and tactics for navigating in a turbulent economic climate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415896856

Women's ActivismGlobal Perspectives from the 1890s to the Present Women’s Activism brings together twelve innovative contributions from feminist historians from around the world to look at how women have always found ways to challenge or fight inequalities and hierarchies as individuals in international women’s organizations as political leaders and in global forums such as the United Nations. The book is divided into three parts. Part one brings together four essays about organized women’s activism across borders. The chapters in part two focus on the variety of women’s activism and explore women’s activism in different national and political contexts. And part three explores the changing relationships and inequalities among women. This book addresses women’s internationalism and struggle for their rights in the international arena; it deals with racism and colonialism in Australia India and Europe; women’s movements and political activism in South Africa Eastern Bengal (Bangladesh) the United Kingdom Japan and France. Essential reading for anyone interested in women’s history and the history of activism more generally Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415535762

Women's Agency in Early Modern Britain and the American Colonies Women in early modern Britain and colonial America were not the weak husband- and father-dominated characters of popular myth. Quite the reverse strong women were the norm.  They exercised considerable influence as important agents in the social economic religious and cultural life of their societies. This book shows how women on both sides of the Atlantic while accepting a patriarchal system with all its advantages and disadvantages contrived to carve out for themselves meaningful lives. Unusually it concentrates not only on the making and meaning of marriage but also upon the partnership between men and women.  It also looks at the varied roles – cultural religious and educational – that women played both inside and outside marriage during the key period 1500-1760. Women emerge as partners patrons matchmakers investors and network builders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155145

Women's AngerClinical and Developmental Perspectives First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315784502

Women's Artistic GymnasticsSocio-cultural Perspectives This book lifts the lid on the high pressured complex world of women’s artistic gymnastics. By adopting a socio-cultural lens incorporating historical sociological and psychological perspectives it takes the reader through the story and workings of women’s artistic gymnastics. Beginning with its early history as a ‘feminine appropriate’ sport the book follows the sport through its transition to a modern sports form. Including global cases and innovative narrative methods it explores the way gymnasts have experienced its intense challenges the complexities of the coach-athlete relationship and how others involved in the sport such as parents and medical personnel have contributed to the reproduction of a highly demanding and potentially abusive sporting culture. With the focus on a unique women’s sport the book is an important read for researchers and students studying sport sociology sport coaching and physical education but it is also a valuable resource for anyone interested in the development of sporting talent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367440015

Women's Best FriendshipsBeyond Betty Veronica Thelma and Louise Explore the distinct relationships of close female friends!Women’s Best Friendships: Beyond Betty Veronica Thelma and Louise gives new and comprehensive insight into the complex world of women’s closest friendships. Recent studies have shown that women place enormous value on best friendships and consider them to be woven tightly into the fabric of their lives. Using in-depth interviews along with close readings of relevant literature and theory this book focuses on the many facets of these relationships. With heartfelt first-person accounts and insightful commentary from the author this book examines three intertwining themes: feelings of competition issues of dependence and independence and knowing/understanding. This book sheds light on areas of tension among women especially difficulties in communication frustration about not being entirely let into a friend’s life and thought processes and the feeling that one friend may value the friendship more than the other. It also discusses women’s struggles to maintain closeness over increased distances and the realization that one’s friends are flawed even as friends. This informative book grounded in established research and theory presents stories of real friendships--told by the people who live them. These women talk candidly about what makes a best friend about navigating the choppy waters of friendship and much more: “Somehow when we started living farther apart there were ways in which we were being insensitive. We recognized that there was a really strong bond but we were taking it for granted. So we talked about how close we feel to one another and perhaps how that leads to some arguments or hurt feelings.” --Liz on how distance has affected her relationship with her best friend Susan“Em and I don’t fight at all. I don’t know if that’s good or bad. I don’t think I do well with fights. I think that’s probably a lot of conflict avoidance on my part. And I think it does lead to some distance even though it’s a best friendship. I think I’m uncomfortable asserting myself. And so it’s easier not to have to do that. So maybe my inability to deal with the problems keeps the friendship at a distance where it’s safe and comfortable for me in that one respect.” --Linda about her desire to avoid any confrontation with Emily her best friendWomen’s Best Friendships: Beyond Betty Veronica Thelma and Louise is a fresh and exciting look at the inner workings of relationships between women. Drawing upon a multitude of issues and insights this book is a must-have for women’s studies classes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203048849

Women's Bodies Women's WorriesHealth and Family Planning in a Vietnamese Rural Commune The first fully-fledged ethnography on health-related issues to come out of contemporary Vietnam Women's Bodies Women's Worries is a study of women's lives in a rural commune in Vietnam's Red River delta. Starting as an examination of the impact of Vietnam's ambitious family planning policy on the health and lives of rural women the study explores historical and contemporary socio-cultural forces which influence the lives of Vietnamese women. What begins as an investigation of contraceptive side effects becomes an inquiry into the daily lives of rural women an examination of the moral ideologies by which women's lives are circumscribed and an exploration of the ways women themselves manage and negotiate the moral demands and social relations which constitute daily lives. In addition the book provides a sympathetic account of the everyday lives and concerns of rural women while also including theoretical considerations of the social grounding of bodily experience the cultural meanings of health and illness and the everyday politics of emotional expression. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987180

Women's Bodies in Psychoanalysis Why has the female body been marginalised in psychoanalysis with a focus on female problems and pains only? How can we begin to think about body pleasure power competition and aggression as normal in females? In Women's Bodies in Psychoanalysis Rosemary Balsam argues that re-tracing theoretical steps back to the biological body's attributes is fruitful in searching for the clues of our mental development. She shows that the female biological body across female gender variants and sexual preferences including the 'vanished pregnant body' has been largely overlooked in previous studies. It is how we weave these images of the body into our everyday lives that informs our gendered patterning. These details about being female free up gender studies in the postmodern era to think about the body's contribution to gender – rather than continuing the familiar postmodern trend to repudiate biology and perpetuate the divide between the physical and the mental. There are four main areas explored: • clinical contributions on female development• assessments of past and present psychoanalytic theories in relation to the body• inner portraits of gender building blocks• a conscious and unconscious focus on the potentially procreative female body.  Women's Bodies in Psychoanalysis will be of particular interest to psychodynamic psychotherapeutic and psychoanalytic practitioners teachers students feminist academicians college undergraduates graduates and faculty in women's studies and gender studies. Rosemary Balsam is Associate Clinical Professor of Psychiatry Yale School of Medicine; Staff Psychiatrist Yale University Student Mental Health and Counselling Services; Training and Supervising Analyst Western New England Institute for Psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415390309

Women's BodiesA Social History of Women's Encounter with Health Ill-Health and Medicine This book describes how women's physical experience historically has affected the whole constellation of values that represents womanliness and the constellation of power relationships that binds men and women together. It explores the role of herbs and of mechanical procedures for abortion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540682

Women's Body (ES 5-vol. set) PRODUCT DESCRIPTION A collection of facsimile reprints of early books and pamphlets on women’s physical education and related subjects of health and sports published in the nineteenth- to early twentieth-century Britain. The collection totals eighteen items including: exercise books; school textbooks; surveys and research on the health of female students as well as handbooks of modern sports such as tennis golf hockey cycling etc. Includes many illustrations and pictures. Arranged by category in five volumes. Including hard-to-obtain items the collection offers a valuable source of information not only on the history of female education but also on gender studies sexuality and the body. Extracts from the Preface by Setsuko Kagawa --- In the past few decades historians have developed an interest in the human body health and physical education from the viewpoints of social class gender and national efficiency. As to the history of women’s physical education and sport in nineteenth- to twentieth-century Britain we already have pioneering works by feminist researchers like Sheila Fletcher Kathleen McCrone and Jeniffer Hargreaves. Quite recently Ina Zweiniger-Bargielowska explored the emergence of modern male and female bodies and physical culture within the wide context of debates about racial fitness and active citizenship from 1880s until 1939. However we have much difficulty in investigating the actual state of early physical exercise and organized physical education for women in this period because of the lack and disparity of historical documents. Research will be much helped by having scattered contemporary literature brought together in these newly reprinted volumes. Media > Books > Print Books Edition Synapse 9784902454741

Women's Career Development Throughout the LifespanAn international exploration Women's careers have been a topic of research and discussion in many disciplines including sociology business industrial organisational and vocational psychology and career guidance. Despite the introduction of equal employment legislation in many countries women’s patterns of career development continue to reflect structural labour market disadvantage. This unique book brings together expert contributions from academic researchers as well as representing the voices of older women who participated in an international research investigation. Grounded in multidisciplinary empirical studies the book provides: • a variety of perspectives on women's careers in the 21st century • an international exploration of the voice of the older woman • an understanding of both the challenges and responses to women as they construct their careers. Offering a comprehensive understanding of women’s career development throughout the lifespan this book will be of key interest to academics and researchers from the fields of education psychology management geography labour market economics and sociology as well as career practitioners managers trainers researchers and policy developers.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138294301

Women's CollectionsLibraries Archives and Consciousness This book first published in 1986 analyses women's collections in institutional and private establishments in the United States. It focuses on the development of the collections as a result of feminist advances in activism and scholarship and the need for collections to reflect the shift to a necessary woman-centredness in their holdings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367420956

Women's Conflicts About Eating and SexualityThe Relationship Between Food and Sex Women’s Conflicts About Eating and Sexuality explores the strong relationships food and sex have represented to women over the years. No other book has spelled out so clearly the parallels between sex and eating nor integrated the relationship of these to women’s basic need to be loved. Today’s dilemma for women--be fat or go hungry--and the endless variations and unsatisfying solutions to this problem have contributed to the incidence of anorexia bulimia and obesity. The pursuit of slimness the obsession with having the perfect body excessive aerobicizing and diet books ad nauseam are all part of this phenomenon. Authors in Women’s Conflicts About Eating and Sexuality skillfully discuss the parallel between women’s obsession with sex and romance in the fifties and their obsession with food today. An important book for all women it sheds light on the complex issues facing women and devotes special attention to the career woman and the additional pressures to be slim and stay slim. The woman who reads this potentially life-changing book can examine question and change her behavior using the specific step-by-step program aid included in the book. This book is for every woman who has ever worried about being too fat or too sexual. Women’s Conflicts About Eating and Sexuality will appeal to women of all ages--young women and their mothers will be fascinated by the parallels between sexual obsessions of thirty years ago and the eating obsessions of today. This healing book will particularly attract single career women for whom sex and relationships are fraught with complications. Counselors and therapists will find this book an excellent resource in their work with helping women. It is also a good auxiliary text for courses in Women’s Studies focusing on psychology and history of women and the sociology of women and eating disorders. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315820651

Women's Contributions to Visual Culture 1918–1939 An exploration of women’s contributions to visual culture in major urban centres between the wars (1918-1939) this collection sheds new light on women’s relationships with the processes of modernism and modernization. Women’s work in a variety of mediums is explored including design print illustration murals poster art and costume design as well as more conventional forms of painting and sculpture. International in scope the volume discusses artists and exhibitions from the United Kingdom Greece Mexico France Ireland and the United States. The contributors place a strong emphasis on archival research yet each addresses contemporary concerns in feminist art history. By focusing on a very specific time period the essays place a central concern on the history and theory of art and gender and are united by their coherent focus on women’s role in the agency and mediation of artistic production in the interwar period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261822

Women's Costume of the Near and Middle East The historical and cultural richness of the Near and Middle East is reflected visually in its costume. In this book Jennifer Scarce makes brilliant use of years or research to provide a lucid acount of the development of women's dress from the fourteenth to the early twentieth centuries. Her study of costume is set in th ebroader context of the social and economic background of the Ottoman Empire giving the subject a new an fascinating slant.A detailed discussion of cut and construction is accompanied by pattern layouts and numerous photographs which clearly illustrate the different styles of dress through the centuries.Women's costume of the Near and Middle East is a hitherto sadly neglected subject. After years of original research across the world this gap has been admirably filled by Jennifer Scarce's scholarly readable study. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315026350

Women's Diaries as Narrative in the Nineteenth-Century Novel First published in 2009 this book investigates the cultural significance of nineteenth-century women’s writing and reading practices. Beginning with an examination of non-fictional diaries and the practice of diary writing it assesses the interaction between the fictional diary and other forms of literary production such as epistolary narrative the periodical the factual document and sensation fiction. The discrepancies between the private diary and its use as a narrative device are explored through the writings of Frances Burney Elizabeth Gaskell Anne Brontë Dinah Craik Wilkie Collins and Bram Stoker. It also considers women as writers readers and subjects and demonstrates ways in which women could become performers of their own story through a narrative method which was authorized by their femininity and at the same time allowed them to challenge the myth of domestic womanhood. This book will be of interest to those studying 19th century literature and women in literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138674202

Women's Drug and Substance AbuseA Comprehensive Analysis and Reflective Synthesis This newly revised and expanded edition of Women's Drug and Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Analysis and Reflective Synthesis offers a unique analysis and synthesis of theory empirical research and clinical guidance for treating substance abuse among young middle-aged and older women of various racial and sociocultural backgrounds in the United States 2000 to 2018. This text uses the most current research findings to examine the actions and effects of drugs women’s patterns of medical and personal use and abuse and common mental disorders associated with drug use. The authors also present their own empirically-based assessment model as well as prevention and treatment approaches specifically designed for women. Also included in the text is a comprehensive cross-referenced subject index. Clear comprehensive accessible and fully referenced this book will be an invaluable resource for students and for professionals in all health and social care disciplines. Women's Drug and Substance Abuse is the 18th clinical pharmacology text that the Pagliaros have written over the past 40 years and is the 6th that deals exclusively with drug and substance abuse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138908383

Women's Economic Empowerment in Turkey Turkey has experienced growth in both the population and the workforce. However female participation in the workforce in Turkey is extremely low largely due to financial dependency and lack of higher education. The authors argue that greater research is needed to improve the economic position of women throughout the country and this remains a challenge that must be fixed both culturally and socioeconomically.The book explores the significant gap between policy advancements actual practices and the impact of regional variety in the cultural structure. The authors suggest that this in turn has affected Turkey’s ability to implement changes and reform. Reform must allow women to pursue changes that will give them greater financial flexibility and freedom within the country. The authors demonstrate the concept and framework for women’s empowerment and explore the need for this. This book seeks to discuss the approaches and strategies for empowering women by outlining the strategies policies and tools that women are using for their empowerment focusing on Turkey while comparing with other countries worldwide. It also brings several issues to the forefront such as equality treatment political participation social issues the gender pay gap the glass ceiling and gender (in)equality the migration effect and education.Offering a multi-disciplinary exploration of the relationship and connection between employment national policies migration economies entrepreneurialism and gender in present Turkey this book is an invaluable contribution to the existing literature surrounding Turkish gender studies and will be of interest to both scholars and experts in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728502

Women's Economic EmpowermentInsights from Africa and South Asia This book investigates the barriers to women’s economic empowerment in the Global South. Drawing on evidence from a wide range of countries the book outlines important lessons and practical solutions for promoting gender equality. Despite global progress in closing gender gaps in education and health women’s economic empowerment has lagged behind with little evidence that economic growth promotes gender equality. International Development Research Centre’s (IDRC) Growth and Economic Opportunities for Women (GrOW) programme was set up to provide policy lessons insights and concrete solutions that could lead to advances in gender equality particularly on the role of institutions and macroeconomic growth barriers to labour market access for women and the impact of women’s care responsibilities. This book showcases rigorous and multi-disciplinary research emerging from this ground-breaking programme covering topics such as the school-to-work transition child marriage unpaid domestic work and childcare labour market segregation and the power of social and cultural norms that prevent women from fully participating in better paid sectors of the economy. With a range of rich case studies from Burkina Faso Democratic Republic of the Congo Ethiopia Ghana India Kenya Nepal Rwanda Sri Lanka Tanzania and Uganda this book is perfect for students researchers practitioners and policymakers working on women’s economic empowerment and gender equality in the Global South. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367694791

Women's Education in Early Modern EuropeA History 1500Tto 1800 This book chronicles 300 years of women's education during this time. Barabara Whitehead examines this history from a feminist perspective pointing to the subversive actions of the women of this period that led to the formation of academia as we know it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987289

Women's Education in the Third WorldAn Annotated Bibliography Originally published in 1989. This detailed bibliography focuses on women’s education in the developing nations of Asia Africa Latin America and the Caribbean and the Middle East. It contains annotations for about 1200 published works in English French Spanish Portuguese and German. The entries include extensive research journal monograph and book literature items including chapters hidden in books that don’t have women or education as their main theme. The citations are organised thematically but with geographic divisions within each of the 15 sections and each entry has a decently detailed summary. It is prefaced by a useful article written by Gail Kelly on the directions in research at the time and the development of women-centric approaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138042322

Women's Emancipation Writing at the Fin de Siecle This work investigates women’s emancipation writing in the second half of the nineteenth and the early twentieth centuries. Many novelists in various national literatures touched upon the theme of an emancipated woman in the long nineteenth century and at the fin de siècle. Philosophers poets writers and journalists were concerned with this problem and began popularizing wholeheartedly the so-called "burning" questions. The new femininity was represented not only in the Christian context; many other traditions and cultures opened the discussion about the women’s lot. This volume analyzes women’s literary voices from different parts of the world—Turkey England the U.S. Italy Russia Spain and others.  Imagination as it is believed has no borders and is dialogical in its nature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664343

Women's Employment and the Capitalist Family (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1992 Women's Employment and the Capitalist Family is an analysis of the contemporary political interest in the position of women. The author critically assesses much of the literature examining the rapidly changing lives of women and contributes to it by offering an explanation of women's labour-market participation. In particular the book deals with the domestic labour market debate the role of patriarchy theory gender and labour-market theory periodising the capitalist family and the specific position of working women in the British economy. Despite the theoretical stand-point the book avoids technicalities and is accessible to a wide interdisciplinary audience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415614115

Women's Employment in JapanThe Experience of Part-time Workers The low status accorded to part-time workers in Japan has resulted in huge inequalities in the workplace. This book examines the problem in-depth using case-study investigations in Japanese workplaces and reveals the extent of the inequality. It shows how many part-time workers most of whom are women are concentrated in low paid low skilled poorly unionised service sector jobs. Part-time workers in Japan work hours equivalent to or greater than full-time workers but receive lower financial and welfare benefits than their full-time colleagues. Overall the book demonstrates that the way part-time work is constructed in Japan reinforces and institutionalises the sexual division of labour. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203037591

Women's Empowerment in IndonesiaA Poor Community in Jakarta The idea that development projects in poor countries are most effective when they harness the agency of women is a well known theme. Most studies of women’s agency in such projects however focus on the role of non-governmental organizations in facilitating women’s agency. This book on the other hand based on extensive original research explores how women can effectively mobilize themselves on their own initiative. The book considers poor people in informal settlements in Jakarta where government schemes for modernizing the city have often led to forced evictions. The book examines different groups of women analyzes how they have challenged oppressive authority - their husbands community leaders and local governments - and provides detailed insights into women’s attitudes and what has motivated them. Overall the book provides a rich picture of women’s empowerment and disempowerment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583880

Women's Empowerment in South AsiaNGO Interventions and Agency Building in Bangladesh Economic development in the poorest countries often makes better progress when women become involved in and take a lead in development projects. Encouraging women’s involvement however is often a major difficulty in societies where traditionally women’s status has been inferior and where women are expected to be domestic and passive. This book based on extensive original research considers major projects undertaken by non-governmental organisations in Bangladesh to encourage women’s participation. The book identifies the factors which motivated women to be active discusses how women achieved the level of capacity and knowledge to enable them to serve their communities appropriately assesses the major difficulties and recommends how empowerment projects can be improved in future. The book concludes that established institutions and traditional customs are often the greatest barrier to women’s participation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138554269

Women's Encounters with the Mental Health EstablishmentEscaping the Yellow Wallpaper Explore women’s first-person experiences with the mental health establishment!This unique contemporary anthology of women’s experiential writing shares women’s realities perceptions and experiences (positive and negative) within the therapeutic environment. These artistic expressions of personal experience will help women understand their own encounters in a new light. They are also instructive and enlightening for any practitioner working with women in a mental health setting. Charlotte Perkins Gilman’s famous short story (included here) The Yellow Wallpaper which inspired this title has come to represent the struggle of contemporary women to be understood by the therapeutic milieu from whom they seek psychological support and psychiatric treatment. An icon of feminist writing the 1892 story symbolizes affirmation and validation for the female experience regarding mental health and therapy. This anthology in the spirit of Gilman’s work gives voice to today’s women so that their own encounters with the mental health establishment can be validating and affirming to others. It will also enlighten those in the helping professions as they extend their services to women in a time of growing need and shrinking resources.In addition to The Yellow Wallpaper and a foreword and afterword by noted psychiatric professionals Women’s Encouters with the Mental Health Establishment: Escaping the Yellow Wallpaper also contains works by authors including: Sylvia Plath Kate Millett Anne Sexton Lauren Slater Martha Manning Elayne Clift and many more!Through prose and poetry the contributors to this volume offer a creative artistic and highly readable contribution to the literatures of women’s studies and psychology!Visit the author’s website at http://www.sover.net/~eclift. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786063

Women's EthnicitiesJourneys Through Psychology  Eighteen women psychologists address issues of diversity while exploring the effects of essentialism - the presumed sameness of all women. By exposing how their own work incorporates their gender and ethnicities the contributors embark on a journey of awareness built on communication and collaboration. Discussing dilemmas of gender and ethnicity Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216542

Women's Experiences of Repression in the Soviet Union and Eastern Europe Based on extensive original research including studies of autobiographies and biographies reminiscences and memoirs archived oral history data and interviews conducted by the authors this book provides a rich picture of how women experienced repression in the former Soviet bloc. Although focusing on key years when repression was at its height – 1937 for the Soviet Union 1941 for Lithuania and Poland 1948 for Czechoslovakia and 1956 for Romania – the book ranges more widely. It demonstrates that although far fewer women than men were the direct victims of repression women experienced severe repression in many ways including exile deportation and as family members of those arrested imprisoned and executed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884574

Women's Experiences with HIV/AIDSMending Fractured Selves Meet the women behind the statistics!Women's Experiences with HIV/AIDS: Mending Fractured Selves examines the impact of HIV/AIDS on women the fastest-growing subgroup of the HIV-infected population of the United States. Based on interviews with HIV-infected women the book gives voice to their experiences. This powerful text offers a firsthand view of what it is like to live day-to-day as a woman with the added burden of HIV/AIDS.Women's Experiences with HIV/AIDS is a powerful and compelling look at the day-to-day struggles of 37 women infected with HIV. Their stories detail their ongoing efforts—with varying degrees of success—to come to grips with the disease as they try to rebuild their lives. Through qualitative analysis the book demonstrates the importance of relational resources such as AIDS activism support groups and social support. It also addresses potential problems for women associated with caregiving and presents ethnographic research findings on the complex factors that affect women with HIV (socioeconomic status sexual preference lifestyle differences). Women's Experiences with HIV/AIDS also addresses research topics such as: how HIV infection affects a woman's sense of self how women repair disruption and restore identities the limits to women's coping strategies and whether those strategies still work if women become functionally impaired or develop AIDS how women's structural and social environments facilitate or impede repair the role of women's informal networks in biological disruption and repairA rare look at the experience of women infected with HIV (most studies focus on male samples) Women's Experiences with HIV/AIDS is an invaluable academic resource as a course supplement in the fields of medical sociology women's studies public health and community health and is an enlightening read for everyone interested in HIV/AIDS research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043890

Women's Fabian Tracts First published in 1988. This volume situates the work of the Fabian Women's Group in the context of both Fabian socialism and the thought and practise of the early twentieth-century Women's Movement. These tracts have been instrumental in developing present day discourse on the sexual economic and social aspects of women's lives. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315012988

Women's Football in the UKContinuing with Gender Analyses This book examines the complex ways in which girls and women experience football cultures in Britain. It extends current debate surrounding women and football (namely how gender has functioned to shape women’s experiences of playing the game) by focusing on organisational administrative and coaching practices alongside the particular issues surrounding sexuality ethnicity and disability (not only gender). The book analyses football and gender to reveal the subtle forms of discrimination that persist. It is important to highlight the many challenges and transformations made by girls and women but more importantly to consider the ways power continues to operate to devalue and undermine girls and women involved in the game. The UK-based authors make use of their recent research findings to offer critical debate on girls’ and women’s current experiences of British football cultures. Overall the book reveals the present day complexities of marginalisation and exclusion. This book was published as a special issue of Sport and Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415560870

Women's Health Politics and PowerEssays on Sex/Gender Medicine and Public Health This collection of essays addresses the broadening array of issues on the agenda of the women's health movements of the 1980s and 1990s just as a previous collection "Women and Health: The Politics of Sex in Medicine" gathered contributions from the earlier wave of the women's health movement in the 1970s. The papers in both volumes are selected from the "International Journal of Health Services" edited by Vicente Navarro. The essays in this volume were originally published in the 1980s and early 1990s. Together they present a framework for understanding the struggles over women's health that have occurred in this time period and provide specific analyses of women's health in relation to race/ethnicity and class the work of health care the health of women workers international reproductive health sexuality AIDS and public health policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315231020

Women's Health AdvocacyRhetorical Ingenuity for the 21st Century Women’s Health Advocacy brings together academic studies and personal narratives to demonstrate how women use a variety of arguments forms of writing and communication strategies to effect change in a health system that is not only often difficult to participate in but which can be actively harmful. It explicates the concept of rhetorical ingenuity—the creation of rhetorical means for specific and technical yet extremely personal situations. At a time when women’s health concerns are at the center of national debate this rhetorical ingenuity provides means for women to uncover latent sources of oppression in women’s health and medicine and to influence matters of research funding policy and everyday access to healthcare in the face of exclusion and disenfranchisement. This accessible collection will be inspiring reading for academics and students in health communication medical humanities and women’s studies as well as for activists patients and professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367192259

Women's Health and Complementary and Integrative Medicine Complementary and integrative medicine (CIM) has become big business internationally in particular with regards to a range of women’s health issues. With this context in mind Women's Health and Complementary and Integrative Medicine constitutes a valuable and timely resource for those looking to understand initiate and expand CIM research and evidence-based debate with regards to a wide range of women’s health care issues. The collection brings together leading international CIM researchers from Australia the USA the UK Germany and Canada with backgrounds and expertise in health social science statistics qualitative methodology clinial trial design  clinical pharmacology health services research and public health. Contributors draw upon their own CIM research work and experience to explain and review core research and practice issues pertinent to the contemporary field of CIM and its future development with regards to women’s health. The book outlines the core issues challenges and opportunities facing the CIM-women’s health field and its study and will provide insight and inspiration for those practising studying and/or researching the contemporary relations between CIM and women’s health and health care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367457549

Women's Health and the Limits of LawDomestic and International Perspectives Despite some significant advances in the creation and protection of rights affecting women’s health these do not always translate into actual health benefits for women. This collection asks: 'What is an effective law and what influences law’s effectiveness or ineffectiveness? What dynamics elements and conditions come together to limit law’s capacity to achieve instrumental goals for women’s health and the advancement of women’s health rights?' The book presents an integrated co-referential and sustained critical discussion of the normative and constitutive reasons for law’s limited effectiveness in the field of women’s health. It offers comprehensive and cohesive explanatory accounts of law’s limits and for the first time in the field introduces a distinction between formal and substantive effectiveness of laws. Its approach is trans-systemic multi-jurisdictional and comparative with a focus on six countries in North America Europe Asia and Africa and international human rights case law based on matters arising from Hungary Portugal Spain Slovakia the Czech Republic Peru and Bolivia. The book will be a valuable resource for educators students lawyers rights advocates and policymakers working in women’s health socio-legal studies human rights feminist legal studies and legal philosophy more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138549647

Women's Health in AfricaIssues Challenges and Opportunities This edited book includes new policy-relevant research on women’s health issues in Africa. Scholars explore critical topics from different disciplinary traditions using a variety of research methodologies and data sources. The contributors include African scholars with in-depth knowledge of their home contexts who can furnish nuanced interpretations of local health issues and trends; international researchers who bring vigorous comparative viewpoints; emerging scholars adding to scientific knowledge; and more established researchers with a deep global knowledge of women’s health issues. The range of women’s health issues is vast including the HIV epidemic and its impacts; domestic violence; the persistence of homebirths; and abortion. In addition the book investigates emerging health concerns such as CVDs and cancers. Readers will learn that while old health issues have persisted and assumed new dimensions newer concerns have materialized and are now gaining momentum. The inability of health systems to tackle these issues complicates matters in Africa creating a sense of desperation that can only be successfully confronted through strong political will and strategic planning grounded in further research. The chapters in this book were originally published in the journal Health Care for Women International. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138082793

Women's Health In Mainland Southeast Asia A thought-provoking look at women’s health in developing nations! This book shows how war military regimes industrialization urbanization and social upheaval have all affected the choices Southeast Asian women make about their health and health care. When you read these first-person accounts from Thailand Cambodia Vietnam and Burma you’ll be drawn into the lives of women dealing with drastic changes in their societies. The meticulous case studies in this book examine how social cultural and economic forces contribute to the way women make personal health care decisions. Women’s Health in Mainland Southeast Asia offers a thought-provoking look into the lives of women in this developing part of the world. Topics addressed in Women’s Health in Mainland Southeast Asia include: a proposed new approach to women’s health where treatment is determined by society culture and gender rather than by biology alone the relationship between menstruation and other aspects of life for Burmese women the politics of abortion in Thailand the difficulties of seeking care for reproductive tract infections in Vietnam the influence of local culture on the treatment of reproductive health problems in northeast Thailand occupational health hazards faced by women working in the electronics industry in northern Thailand the links between migration sex work and HIV/AIDS among female garment factory workers in Cambodia Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203049570

Women's Health Matters Women's Health Matters like its sister volume Women's Health Counts is an invaluable practical guide to doing feminist research on women's health. Written by experienced researchers and practitioners these lively accounts of research work range from getting the research idea through obtaining the funding and doing the research to the practical problems faced and eventual publication. The book provides an ideal antidote to textbooks and manuals giving the reader a taste of the problems and pleasures of doing real research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138156500

Women's HealthMedical Masterclass Questions and Explanatory Answers Pt. 1 This is a highly practical symptom-based manual of common women's conditions. The patient-centred approach provides invaluable guidance on diagnosis treatment and further investigation. Conditions are grouped as menstrual hormonal sexual breast urinary pregnancy or weight related and within these areas each symptom is listed alphabetically for ease of reference. A helpful summary of each condition is included where possible to provide an overview in non-technical language for the patient. Concise and easy-to read it is the ideal ready reference for any busy healthcare professional especially doctors and nurses in primary care hospital emergency departments. 'Despite brilliant advances in science women's health needs are still mainly focused around their unique reproductive role: contraception unplanned pregnancy pregnancy infertility the loss of fertility body image and self esteem. I wanted to bring together information that could be used across these and other areas where women seek health advice: general practice accident and emergency etc. in a simple quick reference format.' - Sarah Bekaert in the Introduction. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315385211

Women's History at the Cutting Edge This book considers the promise of women's and gender history for revolutionizing our understanding of the past while also acknowledging the current national political financial and other contextual realities that can (and do) constrain or promote the possibilities for researching and writing women's history. The editors assert that the promise of women's and gender history is a cutting edge field of research "a revolutionary development in the politics of historical scholarship " essential for understanding the human past. Further they argue for the inseparability of women's history and gendered analytical approaches. The contributors to the volume address questions including: what have been the achievements of women's and gender history over the past two decades? To what extent has it succeeded in making women's history an integral part of historical study rather than an optional specialist area? What impact has the study of manhood masculinities and men's gendered power had on our understanding of women's lives? What is the relationship between gender studies and new critical histories of colonialism and empire contact zones cross-cultural encounters and racialization? How is new work on cultural geography and spatial categories impacting on our historical understandings of bodily difference?This book was originally published as a special issue of the Women’s History Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663520

Women's Immersion in a Workfare ProgramEmerging Challenges for Occupational Therapists Discover what challenges lie ahead for occupational therapists Single women receiving Temporary Assistance to Needy Families (TANF) often find themselves tangled in difficulties because of current changes in welfare reform including workfare. Women’s Immersion in a Workfare Program: Emerging Challenges for Occupational Therapists describes the journey of six single mothers in workfare—a proactive alternative to conventional welfare—and their emergence with unique talents and perseverance to balance motherhood and work in the face of adversity. This compassionate and informative text uses the participants’ own authentic voices—in poems plays and narratives—to tell their stories of survival and success in this unique governmental program. Women’s Immersion in a Workfare Program: Emerging Challenges for Occupational Therapists first provides a socio-historical overview to place the issues in context and then comprehensively reviews the interaction between barriers to work and self-sufficiency including kinship systems mental health issues complying with workfare family role strain and psychological well-being. The research findings examine how the women receiving TANF experience the mandatory work program as preparation for transition into the workforce how the women fit the mandatory program into their daily life and how the women feel about the transition into the workforce. Topics discussed in Women’s Immersion in a Workfare Program: Emerging Challenges for Occupational Therapists include: welfare reform history of single mothers transition to self-sufficiency experience of workfare qualitative research methodology surviving adversity impact of welfare reform on children Women’s Immersion in a Workfare Program: Emerging Challenges for Occupational Therapists is a revealing at times moving text for occupational therapists nurses social workers welfare reform professionals researchers educators and students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877686

Women's Informal Associations In Developing CountriesCatalysts For Change? Informal associations among women in developing countries constitute an important source of vitality and integrity for women. This book evaluates the impact of development programs on women’s informal associations and sharpens our understanding of them. The participation of women in development via their informal networks presents a dilemma insofar Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216863

Women's Intercultural Performance This is the first in-depth examination of contemporary intercultural performance by women around the world. Contemporary feminist performance is explored in the contexts of current intercultural practices theories and debates. Holledge and Tompkins provide ways of thinking about and analysing contemporary performance and representations of the performing female culturally-marked body. The book includes discussions of: * ritual performance by women from Central Australia and Korea * the cultural exchange of A Doll's House and Antigone * plays from Algeria South Africa and Ghana * the work of the Takarazuka revue company * the market forces that govern the distribution of women and women's performance. This is an essential read for anyone studying or interested in women's performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162730

Women's International Activism during the Inter-War Period 1919�1939 In historical writing the interwar years are often associated with the rise of extreme forms of nationalism. Yet paradoxically this period also saw significant advances in the development of internationalism and international-mindedness. This collection examines previously under-researched aspects of the role played by women’s movements and individual female activists in this process. Women campaigners contributed to and helped to (re)define what constituted international work in myriad ways. For some particularly those coming from a radical pacifist background the central theme after 1919 was the eradication of war and the preservation of world peace. Yet others were more interested in the sharing of medical knowledge across borders in the promotion of new causes such as physical fitness or the cultural assimilation of immigrants or in finding fresh and innovative ways of battling for old causes such as female suffrage and women’s access to education. It was even possible for nationalist women to use the language and practices of internationalism to further their own conservative illiberal or anti-communist agendas or to argue for revision of the peace treaties of 1919-20. The volume addresses these different kinds of activism and the many links between them by way of particular examples. This book was originally published as a special issue of Women’s History Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891268

Womens Islam First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869998

Women's Leadership DevelopmentCaring Environments and Paths to Transformation Readers come to the topic of leadership development with multiple interests—intellectual professional and personal—and with curiosity about how to apply concepts and tools to themselves and to support others. Women’s Leadership Development: Caring Environments and Paths to Transformation addresses these concerns. The book offers an interdisciplinary framework of leadership effectiveness and brings this framework to life with detailed and illuminating descriptions of four leadership transformations facilitated by care-practices used in a specific leader development program. The book will be of interest to academics who teach leadership or conduct leadership research HR professionals who are seeking fresh ideas for how to maximize the impact of leadership training for women and anyone with a passion for personal growth and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138920019

Women's Leadership JourneysStories Research and Novel Perspectives This volume brings together research from leading scholars with stories from women leaders in diverse sectors to provide insights from their leadership journeys. The book begins with personal stories of women’s leadership journeys by chief executive officers a former U.S. ambassador a college president and others. The stories enable readers to make sense of their own leadership journeys by learning about the varied paths to leadership and taking note of key elements such as role transitions defining moments identity development and growth mindsets. Next scholars discuss novel research that can guide women in navigating their journeys to leadership including on followership competition representation of women in politics and the role of biology in leadership. This must-have volume offers cutting-edge perspectives and a guide for women to navigate their own journeys to impactful leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815382034

Women's Letters Across Europe 1400–1700Form and Persuasion In response to a growing interest among historians as well as literary critics in women's use of the epistolary genre Women's Letters Across Europe 1400-1700: Form and Persuasion analyzes persuasive techniques in the personal correspondence of late medieval and early modern women. It includes studies of well-known women (Isabella d'Este Teresa of Avila Marguerite de Navarre Catherine de Medicis) of those less-known (Alessandra Macigni Strozzi Louise de Coligny Glikl of Hameln Argula von Grumbach Luisa de Carvajal y Mendoza Anna Maria von Schurman Barbara of Brandenburg ) and of others virtually unknown to history (prosperous women like Elizabeth Stonor and Cornelia Collonello and pauper women seeking poor relief in Tours). Comprehensive in scope Women's Letters Across Europe 1400-1700 looks at women from England Italy France Spain Germany and the Netherlands and from various levels of society encompassing the nobility the gentry the middle class and the poor. Each of the essayists considers letters both as historical documents giving insights into women's lives and as texts in which variations on epistolary forms are used for specific persuasive purposes. The authors of the essays analyze their subjects' capabilities and limitations as letter writers and the techniques they used to influence correspondents setting these observations in the framework of the women's particular 'stories.' Taken together the essays and the letter writers discussed therein illustrate in new ways how far from silenced many early modern women were how they were able to adopt and adapt strategies from the epistolary conventions available to them and how they could have an impact on their worlds through their letters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252912

Women's Life Writing and Imagined Communities Women’s life writings provide an incomparable window into the various cultural and historical communities in which we live. This book presents a unique view of this great legacy by critically examining how these writings both reflect and shape our communities. It draws on a wealth of material such as novels memoirs autobiographies letters religious records and many other sources from many of the finest female writers in history. These writings enable insight into fields ranging from cultural studies and feminism to postmodernism and new historicism. This volume was previously published as a special issue of the journal Prose Studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003060468

Women's Life Writing and Imagined Communities This book recognises the great legacy of Women's life writings. They provide an incomparable window into the various cultural and historical communities in which we live. Drawing from novels memoirs autobiographies letters religious records and many other sources from many of the finest female writers in history we critically examine how these writings both reflect and shape our communities.These writings are such that we can draw great insight into fields from cultural studies to feminism postmodernism and new historicism. This is a Special issue of the Journal Prose Studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003060451

Women's Literacy in Early Modern Spain and the New World Containing essays from leading and recent scholars in Peninsular and colonial studies this volume offers entirely new research on women's acquisition and practice of literacy on conventual literacy and on the cultural representations of women's literacy. Together the essays reveal the surprisingly broad range of pedagogical methods and learning experiences undergone by early modern women in Spain and the New World. Focusing on the pedagogical experiences in Spain New Spain (present-day Mexico) and New Granada (Colombia) of such well-known writers as Saint Teresa of Ávila Sor Juana Inés de la Cruz and María de Zayas as well as of lesser-known noble women and writers and of nuns in the Spanish peninsula and the New World the essays contribute significantly to the study of gendered literacy by investigating the ways in which women”religious and secular aristocratic and plebeian”became familiarized with the written word not only by means of the education received but through visual art drama and literary culture. Contributors to this collection explore the abundant writings by early modern women to disclose the extent of their participation in the culture of Spain and the New World. They investigate how women”playwrights poets novelists and nuns” applied their education both to promote literature and to challenge the male-dominated hierarchy of church and state. Moreover they shed light on how women whose writings were not considered literary also took part in the gendering of Hispanic culture through letters and autobiographies among other means and on how that same culture depicted women's education in the visual arts and the literature of the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409427131

Women's Literary Collaboration Queerness and Late-Victorian Culture The first full-length study to focus exclusively on nineteenth-century British women while examining queer authorship and culture Jill R. Ehnenn's book is a timely interrogation into the different histories and functions of women's literary partnerships. For Vernon Lee (Violet Paget) and 'Kit' Anstruther-Thomson; Somerville and Ross (Edith Somerville and Violet Martin); Elizabeth Robins and Florence Bell; and Katharine Bradley and Edith Cooper the couple who wrote under the pseudonym of 'Michael Field' collaborative life and work functioned strategically as sites of discursive resistance that critique Victorian culture in ways that would be characterized today as feminist lesbian and queer. Ehnenn's project shows that collaborative texts from such diverse genres as poetry fiction drama the essay and autobiography negotiate many limitations of post-Enlightenment patriarchy: Cartesian subjectivity and solitary creativity industrial capitalism and alienated labor and heterosexism. In so doing these jointly authored texts employ a transgressive aesthetic and invoke the potentials of female spectatorship refusals of representation and the rewriting of history. Ehnenn's book will be a valuable resource for scholars and students of Victorian literature and culture women's and gender studies and collaborative writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275690

Women's Lives in Medieval EuropeA Sourcebook Praise for the first edition: 'It is difficult to imagine another book in which one could find all this diverse material and no doubt Amt's collection in its richness and in its genuine clarity and simplicity will takes prominent place in our expanded diversified medieval curriculum a curriculum that takes class gender and ethnicity as central to an understanding of world cultural history.' - The Medieval Review Long considered to be a definitive and truly groundbreaking collection of sources Women’s Lives in Medieval Europe uniquely presents the everyday lives and experiences of women in the Middle Ages. This indispensible text has now been thoroughly updated and expanded to reflect new research and includes previously unavailable source material. This new edition includes expanded sections on marriage and sexuality and on peasant women and townswomen as well as a new section on women and the law. There are brief introductions both to the period and to the individual documents study questions to accompany each reading a glossary of terms and a fully updated bibliography. Working within a multi-cultural framework the book focuses not just on the Christian majority but also present material about women in minority groups in Europe such as Jews Muslims and those considered to be heretics. Incorporating both the laws regulations and religious texts that shaped the way women lived their lives and personal narratives by and about medieval women the book is unique in examining women’s lives through the lens of daily activities and in doing so as far as possible through the voices of women themselves. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315881331

Women's LivesA Psychological Exploration Fourth Edition This cutting-edge and comprehensive fourth edition of Women’s Lives: A Psychological Perspective integrates the most current research and social issues to explore the psychological diversity of girls and women varying in age ethnicity social class nationality sexual orientation and ableness. Written in an engaging and accessible manner its use of vignettes quotes and numerous pedagogical tools effectively fosters students’ engagement active learning critical thinking and social activism. New information covered includes: neoliberal feminism standpoint theory mujerista psychology (Chapter 1) LGBT individuals and individuals with disabilities in media (Chapter 2) testosterone testing of female athletes precarious manhood (Chapter 3) raising a gender non-conforming child impact of social media on body image (Chapter 4) gender differences in narcissism and Big Five personality traits women video-game designers (Chapter 5) asexuality transgender individuals sexual agency "Viagra for women" controversy (Chapter 6) adoption of frozen embryos controversy (Chapter 7) intensive mothering integrated motherhood "living apart together" same-sex marriage (Chapter 8) single-sex schooling controversy (Chapter 9) combat roles opened to U.S. women managerial derailment (Chapter 10) work-hours dilemmas of low-wage workers (Chapter 11) feminist health care model health care for transgender individuals Affordable Care Act (Chapter 12) feminist critique of CDC guidelines on women and drinking (Chapter 13) cyberharassment gendertrolling campus sexual assault (Chapter 14) transnational feminism men and feminism (Chapter 15) Women’s Lives stands apart from other texts on the psychology of women because it embeds within each topical chapter a lifespan approach and robust coverage of the impact of social cultural and economic factors in shaping women’s lives around the world. It provides extensive information on women with disabilities middle-aged and older women and women in transnational contexts. Its up-to-date coverage reflects current scientific and social developments including over 2 200 new references. This edition also adds several new boxed features for student engagement. In The News boxes present current often controversial news items to get students thinking critically about real-life applications of course topics. Get Involved boxes encourage students to actively participate in the research process. What You Can Do boxes give students applied activities to promote a more egalitarian society. Learn About the Research boxes expose students to a variety of research methods and highlight the importance of diversity in research samples by including studies of underrepresented groups. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138656697

Women's Magazines in Print and New Media This book contributes to our collective understanding of the significance of representations of women and gender in magazines in both their print and online forms. The essays are authored by scholars writers and cultural producers in fields such as art film and visual studies literature critical race studies communications broadcast and print journalism history and women and gender studies. Taken as a whole the volume offers historical breadth and perspectives that are transnational and cross-racial on women in magazines and digital media in a variety of ways. It examines how women are represented how women have created and produced magazines and how women make meaning of themselves and their world using magazines as key sources of information. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595890

Women's Mental Health Across the LifespanChallenges Vulnerabilities and Strengths Women’s Mental Health Across the Lifespan examines women’s mental health from a developmental perspective looking at key stressors and strengths from adolescence to old age. Chapters focus in detail on specific stressors and challenges that can impact women’s mental health such as trauma addictions and mood and anxiety disorders. This book also examines racial and ethnic disparities in women’s physical and mental health mental health of sexual minorities and women with disabilities and women in the military and includes valuable suggestions for putting knowledge into practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138182745

Women's Movements and Public Policy in Europe Latin America and the CaribbeanThe Triangle of Empowerment First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315051369

Women's Movements in the Global EraThe Power of Local Feminisms This book provides a path-breaking study of the genesis growth gains and dilemmas of women's movements in countries throughout the world. Its focus is on the global South where women's movements have engaged in complex negotiations with national and international forces. It challenges widely held assumptions about the Western origins and character of local feminisms. The authors locate women's movements within the terrain from which they emerged by exploring their relationships with the state civil society and other social movements. This fully revised second edition contains six new chapters by leading scholars of women and gender studies on both individual countries and on several major regions of the world? Europe Africa Latin America and the Maghreb. This balanced coverage enables readers to identify regional patterns and also learn from in-depth case studies. Women's Movements in the Global Era is essential reading for anyone interested in the global scope and implications of feminism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813350127

Women's Names in Old English This monograph provides an in-depth study into the issue of vernacular names in Old English documents. Specifically it challenges the generally accepted notion that the sex of an individual is definitively indicated by the grammatical gender of their name. In the case of di-thematic names the grammatical gender in question is that of the second element of the name. Thus di-thematic names have been taken as belonging to women if their second element is grammatically feminine. However as there are no surviving Anglo-Saxon texts which explain the principles of vernacular nomenclature or any contemporary list of Old English personal names it is by no means sure that this assumption is correct. While modern scholars have generally felt no difficulty in distinguishing male from female names this book asks how far the Anglo-Saxons themselves recognised this distinction and in so doing critically examines and tests the general principle that grammatical gender is a certain indicator of biological sex. Anyone with an interest in Old English manuscripts or early medieval history will find this book both thought provoking and a useful reference tool for better understanding the Anglo-Saxon world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251984

Women's Narrative and Film in 20th Century Spain Women's Narrative and Film in 20th Century Spain examines the development of the feminine cultural tradition in spain and how this tradition reshaped and defined a Spanish national identity. Each chapter focuses on representation of autobiography alienation and exile marginality race eroticism political activism and feminism within the ever-changing nationalisms in different regions of Spain. The book describes how concepts of gender and difference shaped the individual collective and national identities of Spanish women and significantly modified the meaning and representation of female sexuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415512794

Women's Negotiations and Textual Agency in Latin America 1500-1799 Even though women have been historically underrepresented in official histories and literary and artistic traditions their voices and writings can be found in abundance in the many archives of the world where they remain to be uncovered. The present volume seeks to recover women’s voices and actions while studying the mechanisms through which they authorized themselves and participated in the creation of texts and documents found in archives of colonial Latin America. Organized according to three main themes "Censorship and the Body " "Female Authority and Legal Discourse " and "Private Lives and Public Opinions " the essays in this collection focus on women’s knowledge and the discursive traces of their daily concerns found in various colonial genres. Herein we consider women not only as agents of history but rather as authors of written records produced either by their own hand or by means of dictations collaborations or rewritings of their oral renditions. Inhabiting the territories of the Iberian colonies from Peru to New Spain the women studied in this volume come from different ethnic and social backgrounds from African slaves to the indigenous elite and to those who arrived from Iberia and were known as "Old Christians." Finally we have prepared this volume in hopes that the readers will find a particular appeal in archival sources in lesser-known documents and in the processes involved in the circulation of knowledge and print culture between the 1500s and the late 1700s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885342

Women's PAC'sAbortion and Elections A supplemental text for courses on Interest Groups American Political Parties Campaigns and Elections and Women and Politics and other Women's Studies courses. Filling the gap in knowledge about women's political action committees (PACs) this useful text examines the attitudes priorities and motivations of individuals who contribute significant amounts of money to the political scene. The three PACs examined are EMILY's List (supporting Democratic pro-choice women candidates); the WISH List (supporting Republican pro-choice women candidates); and the Susan B. Anthony List (supporting pro-life women candidates and pro-life men opposing pro-choice women candidates). Based on survey data as well as face-to-face interviews this book shows how PACs have narrowed the gender gap in U.S. electoral politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138475533

Women's Participation In Mexican Political Life  To date the mainstream literature on Mexican politics has said little about women even though their participation as formal political actors has increased dramatically in the past fifteen years. Somewhat surprisingly the political participation of women although well documented in other Latin American countries has been neglected in the case Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216948

Women's Perspectives on Drugs and AlcoholThe Vicious Circle This title was first published in 2001. This text explores a number of questions concerning women's problem drug use and drinking. It details findings from research which examined the type of problems women experience; how why and by whom a woman's substance abuse becomes identified as a problem; and what happens when they seek help. The author recognizes the centrality of gender and gender relationships and aims to go beyond the traditional view of gender that has been put foward in relation to substance abuse. She explores the complexities of gender as a process and an institution and the subtle ways it infiltrates the lives of users. On a theoretical level Pamela Raine introduces her ideas into a field where women have traditionally been the underdogs. She offers a thorough account of women's problematic experiences with alcohol and drugs and consciously allows the voices of these women to come through. In turn these voices are contextualized by key themes. For example the substances created chaos in the lives of female users while complex mechanisms of social control shaped their gendered experiences of these substances. Help-seeking responses of professionals and the advantages and disadvantages of treatment are contextualized as key areas in these gendered experiences. Finally Raine makes recommendations matching the results of her research. The reader should learn how gender influences the ways in which users co-ordinate their space their time their substances community resources and others (whether other users relatives families or carers). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138733374

Women's Playwriting and the Women's Movement 1890-1918 The influence of the women’s movement has long been a scholarly priority in the study of British women’s drama of the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries but previous scholarship has largely clustered around two events: the New Woman in the 1890s and the suffrage campaign in the years before the First World War. Women’s Playwriting and the Women’s Movement 1890–1918 is the first designated study of British women’s drama from a period of exceptional productivity and innovation for female playwrights. Both the British theatre and women’s position within British society underwent fundamental changes in this period and this book shows how female dramatists carefully negotiated their position in the heated debates about women’s rights that occurred at this time while staking out a place for themselves in an evolving theatrical landscape. Farkas also identifies the women’s movement as a key influence on the development of female-authored drama between 1890 and 1918 but argues that scholarly prioritizing of the "radicalism" of work associated with the New Woman and the suffrage campaign has had a distorting effect in the past. Ideal for scholars of British and Victorian theatre Women’s Playwriting and the Women’s Movement 1890–1918 offers a new perspective which emphasizes the complexity of women playwrights’ engagement with first-wave feminism and links it to the diversification of the British theatre in this period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138223295

Women's PrisonSex and Social Structure A thoroughly researched pioneering work based on personal interviews with inmates and prison personnel and on data compiled from questionnaires and inmate record files Women's Prison reveals that homosexual liaisons are the primary foundation of the social structure of female inmates; shows that homosexual behavior can be a superficial kind of adjustment to particular situational privations; amplifies and broadens the application of earlier findings on men's prisons; opens the way for future studies involving the delineation of homosexual roles in the free community.This study began with both of the authors' interest in gathering data on women in prison to see whether there were female prisoner types consistent with the reported characteristics of male prisoners. Early in the course of this study it became apparent that the most salient distinction to be made among the female inmates was between those who were and those who were not engaged in homosexual behavior in prison and further of those who were so involved between the incumbents of "masculine" and "feminine" roles.It has become increasingly apparent that prison behavior is rooted in more than just the conditions of confinement. Unlike their male counterparts who establish the so-called inmate code women prisoners suffer intensely from the loss of affectional relationships and form homosexual liaisons as the primary foundation of their social organization. The great majority of homosexually involved inmates have their first affair in prison returning to heterosexual roles outside prison.Women's Prison is a revealing study of social structure and homosexuality for sociologists; of vital interest to social workers parole officers and chaplains dealing with female inmates as well as penologists and criminologists; and provocative reading for the non-specialist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540699

Women's Reflections on the Complexities of Forgiveness This book by women represents a diversity of opinions about every aspect of forgiveness embodying a tolerance for differing perspectives. The contributors are researchers and therapists who have dedicated themselves to grappling with the controversies and conundrums associated with forgiveness. On the basis of their clinical and empirical work in the field the authors have questioned established definitions opposed emerging “truisms” within the field and used research methods that run counter to traditional practices. The result is a compelling collection of research and clinical wisdom that pushes us to consider new perspectives on the mysterious process of forgiveness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872837

Women's Religious Experience Most of the early literature concerning women’s religious experience is about exceptional women; those who diverged from the traditional female role to become nuns mystics or charismatic leaders. While women were permitted to be prophets and visionaries they rarely played an important part in church organisation. This paradox is explored in this book and a number of themes emerge: in particular the dominance of male symbolism within the great religions. The question of whether men and women apprehend religious systems and signs in the same way is also explored. In considering the contemporary scene the book is able to look at the ways in which religion affects the lives of women in different societies and in different historical periods; this gives us a larger view of the ways in which our own perceptions of ‘femaleness’ have been constructed out of the religious world views of both the past and the present. First Published in 1983. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138821170

Women's Reproductive Rights in Developing Countries First published in 1999 this volume represents an empirical model of reproductive rights in developing countries. The model encompasses three explanations of reproductive rights. The first proposes that reproductive rights levels are negatively related to population growth. The second explanation argues that gender equality has a positive effect on reproductive rights. Finally the authors propose that women’s education has a positive effect on reproductive rights. The empirical model takes into account the effects of modernization secularization and family planning program effort on population growth women’s education and gender equality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138359215

Women's Resources in Business Start-UpA Study of Black and White Women Entrepreneurs Women-owned businesses are the fastest growing segment of new business start-ups and black women’s businesses are a larger share of black-owned businesses than white women’s businesses are of all white firms. Most studies compare men’s and women’s businesses but few examine differences among women. This book first published in 2000 makes a significant contribution not only to the literature on entrepreneurial business but also to the experiences of African American women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138280182

Women's Rights Human RightsInternational Feminist Perspectives This comprehensive and important volume includes contributions by activists journalists lawyers and scholars from twenty-one countries. The essays map the directions the movement for women's rights is taking--and will take in the coming decades--and the concomittant transformation of prevailing notions of rights and issues. They address topics such as the rapes in former Yugoslavia and efforts to see that a War Crimes Tribunal responds; domestic violence; trafficking of women into the sex trade; the persecution of lesbians; female genital mutilation; and reproductive rights. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315656571

Women's Rights and Religious LawDomestic and International Perspectives The three Abrahamic faiths have dominated religious conversations for millennia but the relations between state and religion are in a constant state of flux. This relationship may be configured in a number of ways. Religious norms may be enforced by the state as part of a regime of personal law or conversely religious norms may be formally relegated to the private sphere but can be brought into the legal realm through the private acts of individuals. Enhanced recognition of religious tribunals or religious doctrines by civil courts may create a hybrid of these two models.One of the major issues in the reconciliation of changing civic ideals with religious tenets is gender equality and this is an ongoing challenge in both domestic and international affairs. Examining this conflict within the context of a range of issues including marriage and divorce violence against women and children and women’s political participation this collection brings together a discussion of the Abrahamic religions to examine the role of religion in the struggle for women’s equality around the world. The book encompasses both theory and practical examples of how law can be used to negotiate between claims for gender equality and the right to religion. It engages with international and regional human rights norms and also national considerations within countries.This book will be of great relevance to scholars and policy makers with an interest in law and religion gender studies and human rights law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597078

Women's Rights and the French RevolutionA Biography of Olympe De Gouges Women played a major part in the French Revolution of 1789 but have received very little recognition for their contributions. The many claims and protests put forth by women at that time were suppressed women's clubs were banned and Olympe de Gouges a leading contemporary advocate for women's rights was silenced and has since remained an obscure figure. This book is the first biography of this astonishing woman.After boldly publishing her Declaration of the Rights of Woman and of the Female Citizen in 1791 de Gouges was sent to the guillotine for having had the courage to mount the rostrum on behalf of women. Unlike many who have captured posterity's attention de Gouges had great sympathy but no indulgence for her sex. Instead of considering her female colleagues as eternal victims she understood that they were to some extent responsible for their misfortunes and that if they united and devoted themselves to changing their image they could become great. De Gouges called for the advent of a new woman one who would relinquish the "nocturnal administering" of men.Olympe de Gouges rightly deserves the title of pioneer prophet and heroine. This long-overdue biography pays her due homage. It will be of interest to students of the French Revolution women's studies and biography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412854634

Women's Rights in the USAPolicy Debates and Gender Roles Women’s Rights in the USA is a rigorous examination of the intersection of gender roles and public policy and the implications for feminist activists. The book places full information on state and federal statutes and court decisions in the context of the ebb and flow of debates that have engaged the public since the founding of the Republic. This fifth edition includes updates on all topics and expanded attention to same-sex marriage and lesbian issues pay equity conservative trends in courts and women in elective politics. This text is a resource for the inquiry into women’s rights politics and policies. It is a record of the changes in the major areas affecting gender roles and the status of women: constitutional law political participation reproduction family law education work and pay work and family sexuality and economic status. It is more than a recital of laws statutes and court decisions. The chapters focus on the development of the changes in debates over these issues and how the debates produce laws and provide the environment for their administration and interpretation. It also highlights the role and impact of feminists in the debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138833036

Women's Ritual Competence in the Greco-Roman Mediterranean Contributions in this volume demonstrate how across the ancient Mediterranean and over hundreds of years women’s rituals intersected with the political economic cultural or religious spheres of their communities in a way that has only recently started to gain sustained academic attention. The volume aims to tease out a number of different approaches and contexts and to expand existing studies of women in the ancient world as well as scholarship on religious and social history. The contributors face a famously difficult task: ancient authors rarely recorded aspects of women’s lives including their songs prophecies and prayers. Many of the objects women made and used in ritual were perishable and have not survived; certain kinds of ritual objects (lowly undecorated pots for example) tend not even to be recorded in archaeological reports. However the broad range of contributions in this volume demonstrates the multiplicity of materials that can be used as evidence â€“ including inscriptions textiles ceramics figurative art and written sources â€“ and the range of methodologies that can be used from analysis of texts images and material evidence to cognitive and comparative approaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880729

Womens' Roles and Population Trends in the Third World First published in 1982 this collection was the result of an ambitious and wide-ranging inter-disciplinary research programme conducted by the International Labour Office (ILO) on the relationship between women’s roles and demographic change with a view to influencing contemporary government and non-government policy and future research in the field. The ILO held an informal gathering of leading researchers in the fields of economics anthropology sociology and demography and this volume represents a unique and practically-orientated collection offering valuable insights into contemporary perspectives on women’s studies and population dynamics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852173

Women's Romantic Theatre and DramaHistory Agency and Performativity As theatre and drama of the Romantic Period undergo a critical reassessment among scholars internationally the contributions of women as playwrights actresses and managers are also being revalued. This volume which brings together leading British North American and Italian critics is a crucial step towards reclaiming the importance of women's dramatic and theatrical activities during the period. Writing for the theatre implied assuming a public role a hazardous undertaking for women who especially after the French Revolution were assigned to the private primarily domestic sphere. As the contributors examine the covert strategies women used to become full participants in the public theatre they shed light on the issue of women's agency expressed both through the writing of highly politicized or ethicized drama as in the case of Elizabeth Inchbald or Joanna Baillie and through women's professional practice as theatre managers and stage producers as in the case of Elizabeth Vestris and Jane Scott. Among the topics considered are women's history plays domesticity ethics and sexuality in women's closet drama the politics of drama and performance and the role of women as managers and producers. Specialists in performance studies Romantic Period drama and women's writing will find the essays both challenging and inspiring. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265134

Women's Somatic Training in Early Modern Spanish Theater Drawing from early modern plays and treatises on the precepts and practices of the acting process this study shows how the early modern Spanish actress subscribed to various somatic practices in an effort to prepare for a role. It provides today's reader not only another perspective to the performance aspect of early modern plays but also a better understanding of how the woman of the theater succeeded in a highly scrutinized profession. Elizabeth Marie Cruz Petersen examines examples of comedias from playwrights such as Lope de Vega Luis Vélez de Guevara Tirso de Molina and Ana Caro historical documents and treatises to demonstrate that the women of the stage transformed their bodies and their social and cultural environment in order to succeed in early modern Spanish theater. Women's Somatic Training in Early Modern Spanish Theater is the first full-length in-depth study of women actors in seventeenth-century Spain. Unique in the field of comedia studies it approaches the topic from a performance perspective using somaesthetics as a tool to explain how an artist's lived experiences and emotions unite in the interpretation of art reconfiguring her "self" via the transformation of habit. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881993

Women's Spirituality Women's Lives This enlightening book examines how the feminist spirituality movement contributes to the establishment of new paradigms of mental health for women. Women’s Spirituality Women’s Lives examines possible psychotherapeutic implications for women engaged in feminist spirituality and stimulates much-needed conversation between feminist therapists and feminist theologians/ritualists. Feminist spirituality is part of the current broad challenge to accepted ways of knowing and being. This book argues that as women tell their own stories they create rituals that enable them to feel a sense of control over the future and to move toward a kind of authority agency and autonomy associated with mental health and psychological well-being. Women from many cultural backgrounds and religious perspectives have embraced alternative forms of spiritual expression based on profound theoretical challenges to mainstream religious beliefs ranging from calls for the radical reclamation and reconstruction of religious traditions to personal involvement in goddess worship and Wicca. Women’s Spirituality Women’s Lives presents theoretical conceptual and experiential chapters that analyze the extent to which these proliferating women’s groups represent the beginnings of new norms of mental health for women.Women’s Spirituality Women’s Lives presents a variety of voices including Native American Christian Jewish and Wiccan. Chapters are divided into three sections--Laying the Groundwork Theoretical Challenges and Living It Out--and explore a diverse array of topics such as: the “shouting” church and Black women’s mental health a traditionalist Native American challenge to New Age cooptation a feminist group and Jewish women’s self-identity lesbian altar-making and mental health feminist Wicca in the U.S. and Germany the martial arts and women’s mental health the use of feminist rituals in therapy and as therapyFeminist therapists and theologians as well as other individuals interested in feminist spirituality or alternative spirituality will find this book a fascinating exploration of the various aspects of the spirituality of women. Women’s Spirituality Women’s Lives is also an excellent reader to expand the thinking of students in classes in women’s studies and religious studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315801070

Women's Stories of Divorce at ChildbirthWhen the Baby Rocks the Cradle Explore the reasons that new families break up!This landmark book examines the causes and consequences of divorce occurring during pregnancy or within a year of childbirth. Women’s Stories of Divorce at Childbirth: When the Baby Rocks the Cradle draws from the experiences of seventeen women who suffered this especially traumatic form of family breakup. Using ideas gleaned from psychoanalytic theory academic psychology attachment theory sociology trauma studies and infant development research Dr. Hoge examines the personal familial and social significance of these stories of personal betrayal and heartbreak.The women’s narratives show in stark detail how the transition to parenthood can become a personal crisis for some new fathers and mothers one that may prompt them to run away search out extramarital affairs or lapse into addictions. Women’s Stories of Divorce at Childbirth also explores the short- and long-term effects of the resulting trauma grief and anger felt by the spouse left holding the baby. Because the women’s stories are discussed throughout the book they become more than random cases chosen to illustrate a single point. Women’s Stories of Divorce at Childbirth discusses the important issues of early divorce including: parenthood as transition and transformation emotional ramifications of extreme-condition divorces economic consequences of divorce at childbirth the lasting emotional reactions of infants and childrenWomen’s Stories of Divorce at Childbirth is a powerful insightful examination of a potentially devastating problem. This well-written book will become a uniquely valuable resource to counselors and mental health professionals couples having difficulty with the transition to parenthood new parents who are considering divorce and survivors of divorce at childbirth. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043746

Women's Studies in Religion Women's Studies in Religion: A Multicultural Reader uses essays written by today's most respected feminist voices to examine the impact of contemporary feminism on the practice and study of religion. Many in the field have expressed the need for a reader that is both accessible to undergraduates who have little background in the study of religion and that shows the transforming impact of feminism on the religious lives of American womean. This book meets that need. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138463240

Women's Studies SerialsA Quarter-Century of Development Women's Studies Serials: A Quarter-Century of Development examines the history growth and present status of women's studies collections available in the United States and around the world. This text investigates the accessibility to women's studies periodicals how they are used and by whom and identifies areas where further research is needed to help collection managers and librarians make the best selection decisions for their serials collections. Women's Studies Serials will help you choose serials that meet the needs of your patrons and that comply with the limitations of your budget. Offering you charts tables and statistical data Women's Studies Serials covers many topics that will help you build a thorough and accessible women's studies collection or renovate an existing collection including: the problems influences and expectations involved in women's studies faculty's daily work with magazines and journalschoosing the best CD-Rom products for women's studies research based on cost coverage content and recommendations for acquisitiontechniques and insights for teaching cataloging in an interdisciplinary dynamic and evolving information environmentexamining academic women's studies serials on the World Wide Web and determining whether they are helpful to students and facultysuggestions that may alleviate the inadequacies of subject description and access to current periodical literature concerning African-American women and Latinas in the United States how women's studies serials published in Ireland are adding support and recognition to the discipline of women's studiesexamining popular women's periodicals in the Popular Culture Collection at Bowling Green State University and how they help reveal and document the history of women's roles in societythe management and collection methods of the International Centre and Archives of the Women's Studies Movement located in the NetherlandsProviding you with information on how other academic libraries choose their collection material Women's Studies Serials will help you determine what journals in your library are most widely read and if they are meeting the informational and research needs of faculty and students. The information in Women's Studies Serials will help make your women's studies serials current cost-efficient and relevant to your patrons’needs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865386

Women's Studies: The Basics Women’s Studies: The Basics is an accessible introduction to the pathbreaking and cross-disciplinary study of women—past and present. Tracing the history of the field from its origins this revised and updated text sets out the main topics making up the discipline exploring its global development and its relevance to our own times. A new chapter on militarization and violence provides fresh insight into trends in the contemporary world and adds to curricular significance. Reflecting the diversity of the field core themes include: The interdisciplinary nature of women’s studies Core feminist theories and the feminist agenda Issues of intersectionality: women race class gender ethnicity and religion Violence militarization security and peace Women sexuality and the body Women’s Studies: The Basics provides an informed foundation for those new to the subject and is especially meant to guide undergraduates and postgraduates concentrating in women’s studies and gender studies. Those in related disciplines will find in it a valuable overview of and background to women-centered issues and concerns including global ones. The work also provides an updated list of suggested reading to help in further study classroom presentations and written exercises. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138495937

Women's Suffrage in AsiaGender Nationalism and Democracy Including chapters on Indonesia India Thailand China the Philippines Japan Malaysia Korea Vietnam and international suffrage connections Women's Suffrage in Asia engages in debates on suffrage in the region by raising issues unique to the country's case studies presented. It explains why the history of suffrage is neglected in the nationalist historiography and untangles the connections between culture nationalism and colonialism in the context of women's struggles for suffrage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653312

Women's Suffrage in the British EmpireCitizenship Nation and Race This edited collection examines the campaign for women's suffrage from an international perspective. Leading international scholars explore the relationship between suffragism and other areas of social and political struggle and examine the ideological and cultural implications of gendered constructions of 'race' nation and empire. The book includes comprehensive case-studies of Britain India South Africa Australia New Zealand and Palestine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007338

Women's Theology in Nineteenth-Century BritainTransfiguring the Faith of Their Fathers First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138997530

Women's Transitions from PrisonThe Post-Release Experience Women continue to be one of the fastest growing groups of offenders with an increasing group of women involved in the criminal justice system around the world. Whilst internationally women comprise a low percentage of the total prison population there is an escalating use of custody inextricably linked to the high levels of personal and social needs of women involved in the justice system. This book presents original research undertaken with Corrections Victoria Australia which examines the effectiveness of services and programmes women access in prison and after release and the impact of this on successful reintegration into the community and on other trends such as reoffending. Victoria’s Department of Justice introduced the Better Pathways strategy in response to a growing number of women entering the Victorian corrections system and the concerning extent to which prison is used for women with inadequate accommodation and complex treatment and support needs. The strategy was developed to address the causes of women's offending and to try and help break the cycle of women's reoffending by funding more holistic initiatives to support women in their transition to life after prison. It is well acknowledged that pathways into offending by women can also be the factors that most affect their reintegration. The research outlined in this book presents data about individual women’s pathways through the programmes offered as part of the Better Pathways strategy and the views of the women themselves about the effectiveness of these programmes. Negligible research attention has been paid to what services and programmes are effective for women after prison. This book addresses this gap and provides a cohesive presentation of the key issues salient to the needs of women offenders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367227241

Women's Travel Writing 1750-1850 The Romantic Period saw a massive advance in British colonial expansion which was accompanied by a corresponding expansion in travel writings. These published letters journals and books provided British readers with detailed accounts of new and exotic locations and thus engaged the reading public with expansionist enterprises.Covering the period of the French Revolution up until Victoria’s ascendancy to the throne and featuring journeys spanning France and central Europe India and South America this collection brings together some of the most interesting travel accounts written by women at this time.The authors included come from a variety of social backgrounds and their written styles are as varied as their journeys. For instance Williams and Morgan were professional writers who may be described as ‘feminists’ while Fay and Falconbridge were ordinary women who had been through extraordinary experiences. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429354052

Womens Travel Writing 1750-185 Part of the History of Feminism collection this is Volume 6 of ‘Women’s Travel Writing:1750—1850’ first published in 1821 the writings of Lady Morgan on her travels to ITALY this is VOLUME I of that account. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349843

Womens Travel Writing 1750-185 This is Volume 3 Of Women’s Travel Writing:1750—1850 And Contains A ‘Narrative Of Two Voyages To The River Sierra Leone During The Years 1791-2-3’by A. M. Falconbridge And A ‘History Of A Six Weeks’ Tour Through A Part Of France Switzerland Germany And Holland; With Letters Descriptive Of A Sail Round The Lake Of Geneva And Of The Glaciers Of Chamouni.’ By Mary And Percy Shelley. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349812

Womens Travel Writing 1750-185 This is Volume 5 Of  Women's Travel Writing:1750-1850 and contains Letters from the Island of Tenerife Brazil The cape of Good Hope and the East Indies by Mrs Kindersley. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349836

Women's Travel Writings in Iberia Lisbon and the Pyrenees form the basis of this lively collection of firsthand accounts of travel within Portugal and Spain in the early nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781851966479

Women's Travel Writings in Iberia Vol 1 Lisbon and the Pyrenees form the basis of this lively collection of firsthand accounts of travel within Portugal and Spain in the early nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766402

Women's Travel Writings in Iberia Vol 2 Lisbon and the Pyrenees form the basis of this lively collection of firsthand accounts of travel within Portugal and Spain in the early nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766419

Women's Travel Writings in Iberia Vol 3 Lisbon and the Pyrenees form the basis of this lively collection of firsthand accounts of travel within Portugal and Spain in the early nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766426

Women's Travel Writings in Iberia Vol 4 Lisbon and the Pyrenees form the basis of this lively collection of firsthand accounts of travel within Portugal and Spain in the early nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766433

Women's Travel Writings in Iberia Vol 5 Lisbon and the Pyrenees form the basis of this lively collection of firsthand accounts of travel within Portugal and Spain in the early nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766440

Women's Travel Writings in India 1777–1854 The ‘memsahibs’ of the British Raj in India are well-known figures today frequently depicted in fiction TV and film. In recent years they have also become the focus of extensive scholarship. Less familiar to both academics and the general public however are the eighteenth- and early nineteenth-century precursors to the memsahibs of the Victorian and Edwardian era. Yet British women also visited and resided in India in this earlier period witnessing first-hand the tumultuous expansionist decades in which the East India Company established British control over the subcontinent. Some of these travellers produced highly regarded accounts of their experiences thereby inaugurating a rich tradition of women’s travel writing about India. In the process they not only reported events and developments in the subcontinent; they also contributed to them helping to shape opinion and policy on issues such as colonial rule religion and social reform. This new set in the Chawton House Library Women’s Travel Writing series assembles seven of these accounts six by British authors (Jemima Kindersley Maria Graham Eliza Fay Ann Deane Julia Maitland and Mary Sherwood) and one by an American (Harriet Newell). Their narratives – here reproduced for the first time in reset scholarly editions – were published between 1777 and 1854 and recount journeys undertaken in India or periods of residence there between the 1760s and the 1830s. Collectively they showcase the range of women’s interests and activities in India and also the variety of narrative forms voices and personae available to them as travel writers. Some stand squarely in the tradition of Enlightenment ethnography; others show the growing influence of Evangelical beliefs. But all disrupt any lingering stereotypes about women’s passivity reticence and lack of public agency in this period when colonial women were not yet as sequestered and debarred from cross-cultural contact as they would later be during the Raj. Their narratives are consequently a useful resource to students and researchers across multiple fields and disciplines including women’s writing travel writing colonial and postcolonial studies the history of women’s educational and missionary work and Romantic-era and nineteenth-century literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138202726

Women's Travel Writings in India 1777–1854Volume I: Jemima Kindersley Letters from the Island of Teneriffe Brazil the Cape of Good Hope a The ‘memsahibs’ of the British Raj in India are well-known figures today frequently depicted in fiction TV and film. In recent years they have also become the focus of extensive scholarship. Less familiar to both academics and the general public however are the eighteenth- and early nineteenth-century precursors to the memsahibs of the Victorian and Edwardian era. Yet British women also visited and resided in India in this earlier period witnessing first-hand the tumultuous expansionist decades in which the East India Company established British control over the subcontinent. Some of these travellers produced highly regarded accounts of their experiences thereby inaugurating a rich tradition of women’s travel writing about India. In the process they not only reported events and developments in the subcontinent they also contributed to them helping to shape opinion and policy on issues such as colonial rule religion and social reform. This new set in the Chawton House Library Women’s Travel Writing series assembles seven of these accounts six by British authors (Jemima Kindersley Maria Graham Eliza Fay Ann Deane Julia Maitland and Mary Sherwood) and one by an American (Harriet Newell). Their narratives – here reproduced for the first time in reset scholarly editions – were published between 1777 and 1854 and recount journeys undertaken in India or periods of residence there between the 1760s and the 1830s. Collectively they showcase the range of women’s interests and activities in India and also the variety of narrative forms voices and personae available to them as travel writers. Some stand squarely in the tradition of Enlightenment ethnography; others show the growing influence of Evangelical beliefs. But all disrupt any lingering stereotypes about women’s passivity reticence and lack of public agency in this period when colonial women were not yet as sequestered and debarred from cross-cultural contact as they would later be during the Raj. Their narratives are consequently a useful resource to students and researchers across multiple fields and disciplines including women’s writing travel writing colonial and postcolonial studies the history of women’s educational and missionary work and Romantic-era and nineteenth-century literature. This volume includes 2 texts Jemima Kindersley Letters from the Island of Teneriffe Brazil the Cape of Good Hope and the East Indies (1777) and Maria Graham Journal of a Residence in India (1812).   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138202764

Women's Travel Writings in India 1777–1854Volume II: Harriet Newell Memoirs of Mrs Harriet Newell Wife of the Reverend Samuel Newell Amer The ‘memsahibs’ of the British Raj in India are well-known figures today frequently depicted in fiction TV and film. In recent years they have also become the focus of extensive scholarship. Less familiar to both academics and the general public however are the eighteenth- and early nineteenth-century precursors to the memsahibs of the Victorian and Edwardian era. Yet British women also visited and resided in India in this earlier period witnessing first-hand the tumultuous expansionist decades in which the East India Company established British control over the subcontinent. Some of these travellers produced highly regarded accounts of their experiences thereby inaugurating a rich tradition of women’s travel writing about India. In the process they not only reported events and developments in the subcontinent they also contributed to them helping to shape opinion and policy on issues such as colonial rule religion and social reform. This new set in the Chawton House Library Women’s Travel Writing series assembles seven of these accounts six by British authors (Jemima Kindersley Maria Graham Eliza Fay Ann Deane Julia Maitland and Mary Sherwood) and one by an American (Harriet Newell). Their narratives – here reproduced for the first time in reset scholarly editions – were published between 1777 and 1854 and recount journeys undertaken in India or periods of residence there between the 1760s and the 1830s. Collectively they showcase the range of women’s interests and activities in India and also the variety of narrative forms voices and personae available to them as travel writers. Some stand squarely in the tradition of Enlightenment ethnography; others show the growing influence of Evangelical beliefs. But all disrupt any lingering stereotypes about women’s passivity reticence and lack of public agency in this period when colonial women were not yet as sequestered and debarred from cross-cultural contact as they would later be during the Raj. Their narratives are consequently a useful resource to students and researchers across multiple fields and disciplines including women’s writing travel writing colonial and postcolonial studies the history of women’s educational and missionary work and Romantic-era and nineteenth-century literature. This second volume includes two texts Harriet Newell Memoirs of Mrs Harriet Newell (1815) and Eliza Fay Original Letters from India (1817).   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138202771

Women's Travel Writings in India 1777–1854Volume III: Mrs A. Deane A Tour through the Upper Provinces of Hindustan (1823); and Julia Charlo The ‘memsahibs’ of the British Raj in India are well-known figures today frequently depicted in fiction TV and film. In recent years they have also become the focus of extensive scholarship. Less familiar to both academics and the general public however are the eighteenth- and early nineteenth-century precursors to the memsahibs of the Victorian and Edwardian era. Yet British women also visited and resided in India in this earlier period witnessing first-hand the tumultuous expansionist decades in which the East India Company established British control over the subcontinent. Some of these travellers produced highly regarded accounts of their experiences thereby inaugurating a rich tradition of women’s travel writing about India. In the process they not only reported events and developments in the subcontinent they also contributed to them helping to shape opinion and policy on issues such as colonial rule religion and social reform. This new set in the Chawton House Library Women’s Travel Writing series assembles seven of these accounts six by British authors (Jemima Kindersley Maria Graham Eliza Fay Ann Deane Julia Maitland and Mary Sherwood) and one by an American (Harriet Newell). Their narratives – here reproduced for the first time in reset scholarly editions – were published between 1777 and 1854 and recount journeys undertaken in India or periods of residence there between the 1760s and the 1830s. Collectively they showcase the range of women’s interests and activities in India and also the variety of narrative forms voices and personae available to them as travel writers. Some stand squarely in the tradition of Enlightenment ethnography; others show the growing influence of Evangelical beliefs. But all disrupt any lingering stereotypes about women’s passivity reticence and lack of public agency in this period when colonial women were not yet as sequestered and debarred from cross-cultural contact as they would later be during the Raj. Their narratives are consequently a useful resource to students and researchers across multiple fields and disciplines including women’s writing travel writing colonial and postcolonial studies the history of women’s educational and missionary work and Romantic-era and nineteenth-century literature. This volume includes two texts Ann Deane A Tour Through the Upper Provinces of Hindostan (1823) and Julia Maitland Letters from Madras (1846). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138202788

Women's Travel Writings in India 1777–1854Volume IV: Mary Martha Sherwood The Life of Mrs Sherwood (1854) The ‘memsahibs’ of the British Raj in India are well-known figures today frequently depicted in fiction TV and film. In recent years they have also become the focus of extensive scholarship. Less familiar to both academics and the general public however are the eighteenth- and early nineteenth-century precursors to the memsahibs of the Victorian and Edwardian era. Yet British women also visited and resided in India in this earlier period witnessing first-hand the tumultuous expansionist decades in which the East India Company established British control over the subcontinent. Some of these travellers produced highly regarded accounts of their experiences thereby inaugurating a rich tradition of women’s travel writing about India. In the process they not only reported events and developments in the subcontinent they also contributed to them helping to shape opinion and policy on issues such as colonial rule religion and social reform. This new set in the Chawton House Library Women’s Travel Writing series assembles seven of these accounts six by British authors (Jemima Kindersley Maria Graham Eliza Fay Ann Deane Julia Maitland and Mary Sherwood) and one by an American (Harriet Newell). Their narratives – here reproduced for the first time in reset scholarly editions – were published between 1777 and 1854 and recount journeys undertaken in India or periods of residence there between the 1760s and the 1830s. Collectively they showcase the range of women’s interests and activities in India and also the variety of narrative forms voices and personae available to them as travel writers. Some stand squarely in the tradition of Enlightenment ethnography; others show the growing influence of Evangelical beliefs. But all disrupt any lingering stereotypes about women’s passivity reticence and lack of public agency in this period when colonial women were not yet as sequestered and debarred from cross-cultural contact as they would later be during the Raj. Their narratives are consequently a useful resource to students and researchers across multiple fields and disciplines including women’s writing travel writing colonial and postcolonial studies the history of women’s educational and missionary work and Romantic-era and nineteenth-century literature. This final volume reproduces a text by Mary Sherwood called The Life of Mrs Sherwood (1854). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138202863

Women's Travel Writings in North Africa and the Middle East Part I Continuing our series on Women's Travel Writings this two-part collection presents some fascinating tales of North Africa and the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781851961399

Women's Travel Writings in North Africa and the Middle East Part I Vol 1 Continuing our series on Women's Travel Writings this two-part collection presents some fascinating tales of North Africa and the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766549

Women's Travel Writings in North Africa and the Middle East Part I Vol 2 Continuing our series on Women's Travel Writings this two-part collection presents some fascinating tales of North Africa and the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766556

Women's Travel Writings in North Africa and the Middle East Part I Vol 3 Continuing our series on Women's Travel Writings this two-part collection presents some fascinating tales of North Africa and the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766563

Women's Travel Writings in North Africa and the Middle East Part II Part II of this edition reproduces The Tour of Africa first published in 1821 by Catherine Hutton. Although framed as a first-person narrative the three-volume work is in fact a compilation of existing travel accounts. Hutton’s Tour raises challenging questions about intertextuality in nineteenth-century women’s travel writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848930223

Women's Travel Writings in North Africa and the Middle East Part II vol 4 Part II of this edition reproduces The Tour of Africa first published in 1821 by Catherine Hutton. Although framed as a first-person narrative the three-volume work is in fact a compilation of existing travel accounts. Hutton’s Tour raises challenging questions about intertextuality in nineteenth-century women’s travel writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766570

Women's Travel Writings in North Africa and the Middle East Part II vol 5 Part II of this edition reproduces The Tour of Africa first published in 1821 by Catherine Hutton. Although framed as a first-person narrative the three-volume work is in fact a compilation of existing travel accounts. Hutton’s Tour raises challenging questions about intertextuality in nineteenth-century women’s travel writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766587

Women's Travel Writings in North Africa and the Middle East Part II vol 6 Part II of this edition reproduces The Tour of Africa first published in 1821 by Catherine Hutton. Although framed as a first-person narrative the three-volume work is in fact a compilation of existing travel accounts. Hutton’s Tour raises challenging questions about intertextuality in nineteenth-century women’s travel writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766594

Women's Travel Writings in Post-Napoleonic France Part II This eight-volume set in two parts gives voice to some intrepid women travellers touring post-Napoleonic France. The volumes are facsimile editions and are introduced and edited by experts in their field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781851966608

Women's Travel Writings in Post-Napoleonic France Part II vol 5 This eight-volume set in two parts gives voice to some intrepid women travellers touring post-Napoleonic France. The volumes are facsimile editions and are introduced and edited by experts in their field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766648

Women's Travel Writings in Post-Napoleonic France Part II vol 6 This eight-volume set in two parts gives voice to some intrepid women travellers touring post-Napoleonic France. The volumes are facsimile editions and are introduced and edited by experts in their field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766655

Women's Travel Writings in Post-Napoleonic France Part II vol 7 This eight-volume set in two parts gives voice to some intrepid women travellers touring post-Napoleonic France. The volumes are facsimile editions and are introduced and edited by experts in their field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766662

Women's Travel Writings in Post-Napoleonic France Part II vol 8 This eight-volume set in two parts gives voice to some intrepid women travellers touring post-Napoleonic France. The volumes are facsimile editions and are introduced and edited by experts in their field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766679

Women's Travel Writings in Scotland'Letters from the Mountains' by Anne Grant and 'Letters from the North Highlands' by Elizabeth Isabella Spence This collection includes the first critical editions of both Anne Grant’s Letters from the Mountains (1806) one of the Romantic era’s most successful non-fictional accounts of the Scottish Highlands and Elizabeth Isabella Spence’s Letters from the North Highlands (1816) a work that while influenced by Grant’s Letters attempted to move the genre of the Scottish travelogue in new directions. Read together these volumes offer complementary views of Scottish Highland life at a time of major historical transition: Grant was offering outsiders her perspective as a long-time resident of the region while Spence was unapologetically writing as a tourist. The Highlands were central to Romantic-era debates on subjects ranging from landscape and aesthetics to national identities and as this collection demonstrates women were making significant contributions to those debates. The four volume set edited by Kirsteen McCue and Pam Perkins  is accompanied by new editorial material including a new general introduction and headnotes to each work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848931473

Women's Travel Writings in ScotlandVolume I This volume contains the first volume of Anne Grant's Letters from the Mountains (1806) one of the Romantic era's most successful non-fictional accounts of the Scottish Highlands. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766754

Women's Travel Writings in ScotlandVolume II This volume contains the second volume of Anne Grant's Letters from the Mountains (1806) one of the Romantic era’s most successful non-fictional accounts of the Scottish Highlands. It is part of a four volume set edited by Kirsteen McCue and Pam Perkins  which is accompanied by new editorial material including a new general introduction and headnotes to each work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766761

Women's Travel Writings in ScotlandVolume III This volume contains the third volume of Anne Grant's Letters from the Mountains (1806) one of the Romantic era’s most successful non-fictional accounts of the Scottish Highlands. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766778

Women's Travel Writings in ScotlandVolume IV This volume contains Elizabeth Isabella Spence’s Letters from the North Highlands one of the Romantic era’s most successful non-fictional accounts of the Scottish Highlands (1816) a work that while influenced by Grant’s Letters from the Mountains (1806) attempted to move the genre of the Scottish travelogue in new directions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766785

Women's Two RolesHome and Work First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510387

Women's University Fiction 1880–1945 The rise of the middle classes brought a sharp increase in the number of young men and women able to attend university. Developing in the wake of this increase the university novel often centred on male undergraduates at either Oxford or Cambridge. Bogen argues that an analysis of the lesser known female narratives can provide new insights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138664777

Women's University Narratives 1890-1945 Part II The years 1890-1945 saw an unprecedented outpouring of fiction focused on British university life much of it reflecting the drastic change that had swept through the higher education system in the late nineteenth century. Among these narratives a significant subgroup focused on the lives of women students newly admitted to the structures of higher education system their presence still stridently and sometimes even violently opposed especially at Oxbridge. These novels and short stories collected here largely unknown today were widely discussed and debated in the public sphere during the early twentieth century contributing not only to the formation of public knowledge and opinion about education through cultural figures like the ‘Girton Girl’ or the ‘undergraduette ’ but also sparking debate about many wider social and cultural issues from the place of the women writer in the literary scene to the emergence of new discourses around psychology and the body. The majority have not been reprinted since their original publication and until now have been rarely available to scholars. The publication of Women’s University Narratives 1890-1945 therefore provides a major new resource for scholarship in many areas including women’s studies educational history and literary and cultural modernism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138577817

Women's University Narratives 1890-1945 Part II Vol 3Volume III The years 1890-1945 saw an unprecedented outpouring of fiction focused on British university life much of it reflecting the drastic change that had swept through the higher education system in the late nineteenth century. Among these narratives a significant subgroup focused on the lives of women students newly admitted to the structures of higher education system their presence still stridently and sometimes even violently opposed especially at Oxbridge. These novels and short stories collected here largely unknown today were widely discussed and debated in the public sphere during the early twentieth century contributing not only to the formation of public knowledge and opinion about education through cultural figures like the ‘Girton Girl’ or the ‘undergraduette ’ but also sparking debate about many wider social and cultural issues from the place of the women writer in the literary scene to the emergence of new discourses around psychology and the body. The majority have not been reprinted since their original publication and until now have been rarely available to scholars. The publication of Women’s University Narratives 1890-1945 therefore provides a major new resource for scholarship in many areas including women’s studies educational history and literary and cultural modernism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766853

Women's University Narratives 1890-1945 Part IIVolume I The years 1890-1945 saw an unprecedented outpouring of fiction focused on British university life much of it reflecting the drastic change that had swept through the higher education system in the late nineteenth century. Among these narratives a significant subgroup focused on the lives of women students newly admitted to the structures of higher education system their presence still stridently and sometimes even violently opposed especially at Oxbridge. These novels and short stories collected here largely unknown today were widely discussed and debated in the public sphere during the early twentieth century contributing not only to the formation of public knowledge and opinion about education through cultural figures like the ‘Girton Girl’ or the ‘undergraduette ’ but also sparking debate about many wider social and cultural issues from the place of the women writer in the literary scene to the emergence of new discourses around psychology and the body. The majority have not been reprinted since their original publication and until now have been rarely available to scholars. The publication of Women’s University Narratives 1890-1945 therefore provides a major new resource for scholarship in many areas including women’s studies educational history and literary and cultural modernism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766839

Women's University Narratives 1890-1945 Part IIVolume II The years 1890-1945 saw an unprecedented outpouring of fiction focused on British university life much of it reflecting the drastic change that had swept through the higher education system in the late nineteenth century. Among these narratives a significant subgroup focused on the lives of women students newly admitted to the structures of higher education system their presence still stridently and sometimes even violently opposed especially at Oxbridge. These novels and short stories collected here largely unknown today were widely discussed and debated in the public sphere during the early twentieth century contributing not only to the formation of public knowledge and opinion about education through cultural figures like the ‘Girton Girl’ or the ‘undergraduette ’ but also sparking debate about many wider social and cultural issues from the place of the women writer in the literary scene to the emergence of new discourses around psychology and the body. The majority have not been reprinted since their original publication and until now have been rarely available to scholars. The publication of Women’s University Narratives 1890-1945 therefore provides a major new resource for scholarship in many areas including women’s studies educational history and literary and cultural modernism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766846

Women's University Narratives 1890-1945 Part IIVolume IV The years 1890-1945 saw an unprecedented outpouring of fiction focused on British university life much of it reflecting the drastic change that had swept through the higher education system in the late nineteenth century. Among these narratives a significant subgroup focused on the lives of women students newly admitted to the structures of higher education system their presence still stridently and sometimes even violently opposed especially at Oxbridge. These novels and short stories collected here largely unknown today were widely discussed and debated in the public sphere during the early twentieth century contributing not only to the formation of public knowledge and opinion about education through cultural figures like the ‘Girton Girl’ or the ‘undergraduette ’ but also sparking debate about many wider social and cultural issues from the place of the women writer in the literary scene to the emergence of new discourses around psychology and the body. The majority have not been reprinted since their original publication and until now have been rarely available to scholars. The publication of Women’s University Narratives 1890-1945 therefore provides a major new resource for scholarship in many areas including women’s studies educational history and literary and cultural modernism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766860

Women's University Narratives 1890–1945 Part I Vol 1Key Texts From the late nineteenth century women began to enter British universities. Their numbers were small and their gains hard won and fiercely contested yet they inspired a whole new genre of fiction. This collection of largely forgotten and rare texts forms a valuable primary resource for scholars of literature social history and women’s education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766792

Women's University Narratives 1890–1945 Part I Vol 2Key Texts From the late nineteenth century women began to enter British universities. Their numbers were small and their gains hard won and fiercely contested yet they inspired a whole new genre of fiction. This collection of largely forgotten and rare texts forms a valuable primary resource for scholars of literature social history and women’s education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766808

Women's University Narratives 1890–1945 Part I Vol 3Key Texts From the late nineteenth century women began to enter British universities. Their numbers were small and their gains hard won and fiercely contested yet they inspired a whole new genre of fiction. This collection of largely forgotten and rare texts forms a valuable primary resource for scholars of literature social history and women’s education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766815

Women's University Narratives 1890–1945 Part I Vol 4Key Texts From the late nineteenth century women began to enter British universities. Their numbers were small and their gains hard won and fiercely contested yet they inspired a whole new genre of fiction. This collection of largely forgotten and rare texts forms a valuable primary resource for scholars of literature social history and women’s education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138766822

Women's University Narratives 1890–1945 Part IKey Texts From the late nineteenth century women began to enter British universities. Their numbers were small and their gains hard won and fiercely contested yet they inspired a whole new genre of fiction. This collection of largely forgotten and rare texts forms a valuable primary resource for scholars of literature social history and women’s education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848935228

Women's Utopias in British and American Fiction Utopian writing offers a fascinating panorama of social visions; and the related forms of dystopia and anti-utopian satire extend this into the range of social nightmares. Originally published in 1988 this comparative study of utopian fiction by British and American women writers demonstrates the continuity of a well-established but little-known tradition emphasising its range and diversity and providing ample evidence of women’s aspirations and documenting the restrictions and exclusions in private and public life that their novels challenge. Historically the growth of each national tradition is traced in relation to social and political movements particularly the suffrage movement and contemporary feminism. Comparatively the quite different responses of British and American women to what are in many instances the same social problems are examine in the light of changing expectations. Definitions of human nature and gender relationships are assessed on a nature/culture continuum as a means of understanding this change. Women’s attitudes to their social and political roles their working lives to sexuality marriage and the family are reflected in their visions of fruitful change; and so also is the impact of two world wars socialism and fascism the debate on peaceful uses of nuclear energy and fears of a nuclear holocaust. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367375201

Women's Voices in Tudor Wills 1485–1603Authority Influence and Material Culture Contributing an original dimension to the significant body of published scholarship on women in 16th-century England this study examines the largest corpus of women’s private writings available to historians: their wills. In these female voices speak out commenting on their daily lives on identity gender status familial relationships and social engagement. Wills show women to have been active participants in a civil society well aware of their personal authority and potential influence whose committed actions during life and charitable strategies after death could and did impact the health of that society. From an intensive analysis of more than 1200 wills this pioneering work focuses on women from all parts of the country and all strata of society revealing an entire population of articulate opportunistic and capable individuals who found the spaces between the lines of the law and used those spaces to achieve personal goals. Author Susan James demonstrates how wills describe strategies for end-of-life care create platforms of remembrance and offer insights into the myriad occupational endeavors in which women were engaged. James illuminates how these documents were not simply instruments of bequest and inheritance but were statements of power and control catalogues of material culture from which we are able to gauge a woman’s understanding of her own reality and the context that formed her environment. Wills were tools and the way in which women wielded these tools offers new ways to look at England in the 16th century and reveals the seminal role women played in its development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472453822

Women's Wealth and Women's Writing in Early Modern England'Little Legacies' and the Materials of Motherhood Focusing on both literary and material networks in early modern England this book examines the nature of women's wealth its peculiar laws of transmission and accumulation and how a world of goods and favors mothers and daughters was transformed by market culture. Drawing on the long and troubled relationship between Elizabeth Tudor Mary Stuart Bess of Hardwick and Arbella Stuart Elizabeth Mazzola more broadly explores what early modern women might exchange with or leave to each other including jewels and cloth needlework combs and candlesticks. Women's writings take their place in this circulation of material things and Mazzola argues that their poems and prayers letters and wills are particularly designed with the aim of substantiating female ties. This book is an interdisciplinary one making use of archival research literary criticism social history feminist theory and anthropological studies of gift exchange to propose that early modern women - whatever their class educational background or marital status - were key economic players actively pursuing favors trading services and exchanging goods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276208

Women's WordsThe Feminist Practice of Oral History Women's Words is the first collection of writings devoted exclusively to exploring the theoretical methodological and practical problems that arise when women utilize oral history as a tool of feminist scholarship. In thirteen multi-disciplin ary esays the book takes stock of the implicit presuppositions contradictions and prospects of oral history at the hands of feminist scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147614

Women's Work and Identity in Eighteenth-Century Brittany Based on a solid foundation of archival research that ranges from tax rolls to notarial records this study adds an important chapter to our understanding of women in pre-industrial Europe. Through a rigorous examination of primary documents peculiar to eighteenth-century Brittany the author demonstrates the difficulties engendered in broad generalities about European women and makes a strong case for the necessity for historians to account for regional differences in women's experiences. In particular Nancy Locklin makes a compelling argument for the need to incorporate a broader basis upon which women attained their identity. Indeed Locklin rightly contends that most women in pre-industrial European societies were recognized (and perhaps saw themselves) through a variety of identities over the course of their lives depending on their age familial connections marital status and the type of work they performed and that often these identities overlapped. Locklin also shows the extent to which legal and ideological prescriptions painted a relatively negative picture of women's status but that a close examination of women's participation in family community and commercial affairs reveals a much more complex and divergent reality. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315546476

Women's Work and Lives in Rural GreeceAppearances and Realities This new volume explores the limits and possibilities of economic change in transforming the lives of women in rural Greece at a time of great economic and political change. It is based on ethnographic research conducted in two communities of Western Crete: Nohia and Platanos where Lazaridis concentrates on three activities women are involved in: handcrafts market-gardening and olive-growing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273054

Women's Work and Pensions: What is Good What is Best?Designing Gender-Sensitive Arrangements How different are fe/male life courses and why? What is good bad or best for women under these or probable future circumstances? This ground-breaking book explores the difficulties women face in working life and retirement - and asks what can be done to achieve more gender equality and fairness for women and men alike. Leading pension experts from across Europe analyse the basic challenges through single and comparative country studies. The editors provide facts and figures on women's lives work and pensions and draw theoretical lessons and practical policy conclusions from the studies and gendered statistical indicators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467262

Women's Work and Wages At a time when women in industrialized countries have a stronger and more permanent presence in the labour market than ever before why does the gender pay gap differ so greatly between countries? The contributors to this book use empirical studies of gender differences in family responsibilities and time allocation to demonstrate how such differences affect women's wages and analyse pay structures and wage mobility throughout Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866171

Women's Work And Women's LivesThe Continuing Struggle Worldwide This book is a provocative analysis of the nature of the relation between women and paid work in both modernizing and industrial countries. It explores the variables that shape the relationship: demographic factors the social and cultural context and the direction of economic development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216733

Women's Work for Jesus Published in 1987: The writer of these simple pages has left the home duties of women so long and ably discussed on the one hand and the questions of their social and political privileges on the other and entered the broad uncultivated field lying between the two. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367150815

Women's Work For WomenMissionaries And Social Change In Asia  This book grew out of a panel on women missionaries given at the 1986 meeting of the National Association for Women's Studies. When the leaders of the Woman's Foreign Mission Society of the American Presbyterian Church chose the title Woman’s Work for Woman for their mission magazine in 1870 they chose the phrase that both overseas missionaries Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216634

Women's Work in East and West: The Dual Burden of Employment and Family LifeThe Dual Burden of Employment and Family Life Unmasking Administrative Evil discusses the overlooked relationship between evil and public affairs as well as other fields and professions in public life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315481098

Women's Work is Never DoneComparative Studies in Care-Giving Employment and Social Policy Reform First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315881041

Women's WorkA Survey of Scholarship By and About Women While most women’s studies texts function “topically” as “readings” for courses and general use Women’s Work: A Survey of Scholarship By and About Women takes a broad spectrum of women’s disciplines--psychological artistic religious and philosophical--and gives you a diverse interdisciplinary view of this important and ever-expanding field of study in one accessible volume. You’ll see that women are leading the world into the twenty-first century in such areas as education business health and science. You’ll also find your appreciation for the current developments in women’s studies increase as you see how far-reaching and multifaceted this crucial discipline really is.Women’s Work avoids the compilations of topical readings that tend to bog down typical women’s studies courses and explores the different disciplines that continue to make this field central to the development of the academic world community. You’ll find your perspective on women’s studies expand and take on new meaning as you delve into these and other areas: feminist approaches to research the lack of women in science and feminist critiques of science women and health psychology and discussions on sex differences sex similarities and gender roles communication differences between men and women women in literature art history and metaphysics Judeo-Christian religions and goddess religionsThis comprehensive compendium has something for everyone interested in the massive contribution that women have made--and will continue to make--in all areas of human development. All readers especially women’s studies scholars professors students and informed members of the general public looking for an excellent up-to-date resource concerning the general direction of feminist disciplines today will definitely want a copy of Women’s Work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203047156

Women's Worlds in Seventeenth Century EnglandA Sourcebook Women's Worlds in England presents a unique collection of source materials on women's lives in sixteenth and seventeenth century England. The book introduces a wonderfully diverse group of women and a series of voices that have rarely been heard in history from Deborah Brackley a poor Devon servant to Katharine Whitstone Oliver Cromwell's sister and Queen Anne. Drawing on unpublished archival materials Women's Worlds explores the everyday lives of ordinary early modern women including their:* experiences of work sex marriage and motherhood* beliefs and spirituality* political activities* relationships* mental worldsIn a time when few women could write this book reveals the multitude of ways in which their voices and experiences leave traces in the written record and deepens and challenges our understanding of womens lives in the past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138131439

Women's Worlds in Seventeenth-Century EnglandA Sourcebook Womens Worlds in England presents a unique collection of source materials on womens lives in sixteenth and seventeenth century England. The book introduces a wonderfully diverse group of women and a series of voices that have rarely been heard in history Drawing on unpublished archival materials the book explores women's:* experiences of work sex marriage and motherhood* beliefs and spirituality* political activities* relationships* mental worlds.In a time when few women could write this book reveals the multitude of ways in which their voices have left traces in the written record and deepens our understanding of womens lives in the past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867382

Women's Writing In Latin AmericaAn Anthology In the last two decades Latin American literature has received great critical acclaim in the English-speaking world although attention has been focused primarily on the classic works of male literary figures such as Borges Paz and Cortázar. More recently studies have begun to evaluate the works of established women writers such as Sor Juana Iné Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216825

Women's Writing in Middle EnglishAn Annotated Anthology Women's writing in any period remains of critical concern  both at undergraduate and postgraduate level. Alexandra Barratt's edition offers a wide range of texts from the period 1300-1500 including: Original texts written by women in the Middle Ages Texts translated by women in the Middle Ages Prayers meditations  scriptural comment and accounts of religious experiences Educational writings Romance poetry Each poem is given a headnote giving details of composition manuscript and sources. Full on-page annotation is provided giving details of allusions to contemporary religious historical and social issues. A general introduction gives context to all the pieces and provides a penetrating account of the role of women in a burgeoning society of literary and cultural transmission. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837591

Women's Writing of the First World War The First World War was a transformative experience for women facilitating their entry into new spaces and alternative spheres of activity both on the home front and on the edges of danger zones in Europe and beyond. The centenary of the conflict is an appropriate moment to reassess what we choose to remember about women’s roles and responsibilities in this period and how women recorded their experiences. It is timely to (re)consider the narratives of women’s involvement not only as nurses VADs and mourning mothers but as pacifist campaigners poets war correspondents and contributors to developing genres of war writing. This interdisciplinary volume examines women’s representations of wartime experience across a wide range of genres including modernist fiction ghost stories utopia poetry life-writing and journalism. Contributors provide fresh perspectives on women’s written responses to the conflict exploring women’s war work constructions of femininity and the maternal in wartime and the relationship between feminism suffrage and pacifism. The volume reinforces the importance of the retrieval of women’s wartime experience urging us to rethink what we choose to commemorate and widening the presence of women in the expanding canon of war writing. This book was originally published as a special issue of Women’s Writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587109

Wonder Value and God This book relates the value present in the natural world and in human creativity to an underlying purpose which it traces in creation. It opens by invoking the wonder aroused by nature's value and celebrated by poets and moves to a cosmic purpose as the best explanation of this value. Natural evils are considered and set in their evolutionary context. Human creativity is later related to inspiration and to traditional theistic teaching about the purpose of human life. Criticisms of "the value approach" are considered together with the quest for meaning and fears that Darwinism undermines it which are found to be illusory. New ground is broken through this response to the spectre of bleakness. The author's previous studies of meaningful work are applied to the question of the nature of a worthwhile life and life's meaning. While the world's value is argued to point to creation by a transcendent lover of value human beings are shown to be capable of augmenting that value through their creativity (not least through activities such as craftsmanship and gardening). In integrating the themes of value creativity and purpose the book contributes a new synthesis to the literature of philosophy environmental studies and theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138388161

Wonder and DelightEssays in Science Education in honour of the life and work of Eric Rogers 1902-1990 Eric Rogers was an excellent physics teacher with a worldwide reputation for the passion profundity and quirkiness of his thinking. Written by a distinguished international group of contributors Wonder and Delight honors his memory by collecting together writings about science education that have lasting relevance and on subjects about which Eric Rogers cared deeply. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402143

Wonder and Skepticism in the Middle Ages Wonder and Skepticism in the Middle Ages explores the response by medieval society to tales of marvels and the supernatural which ranged from firm belief to outright rejection and asks why the believers believed and why the skeptical disbelieved. Despite living in a world whose structures more often than not supported belief there were still a great many who disbelieved most notably scholastic philosophers who began a polemical programme against belief in marvels. Keagan Brewer reevaluates the Middle Ages’ reputation as an era of credulity by considering the evidence for incidences of marvels miracles and the supernatural and demonstrating the reasons people did and did not believe in such things. Using an array of contemporary sources he shows that medieval responders sought evidence in the commonality of a report similarity of one event to another theological explanations and from people with status to show that those who believed in marvels and miracles did so only because the wonders had passed evidentiary testing. In particular he examines both emotional and rational reactions to wondrous phenomena and why some were readily accepted and others rejected. This book is an important contribution to the history of emotions and belief in the Middle Ages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872809

Wonder in Contemporary Artistic Practice Wonder has an established link to the history and philosophy of science. However there is little acknowledgement of the relationship between the visual arts and wonder. This book presents a new perspective on this overlooked connection allowing a unique insight into the role of wonder in contemporary visual practice. Artists curators and art theorists give accounts of their approach to wonder through the use of materials objects and ways of exhibiting. These accounts not only raise issues of a particular relevance to the way in which we encounter our reality today but ask to what extent artists utilize the function of wonder purposely in their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872526

Wonder Woman and Captain MarvelMilitarism and Feminism in Comics and Film This book explores representations of Wonder Woman and Captain Marvel in comics and film as well as political struggles over these works to illuminate contemporary cultural concerns about gender sexuality race migration imperialism and war. It focuses on the only two female superheroes who have long histories grounded in feminist activism and military service and who have starred in blockbuster origin films at a time when resurgent progressive activism has been met by an emboldened backlash against movements for equality. Interdisciplinary and intersectional the book employs insights from political science and political economy feminist theories critical race theory postcolonial theory and queer theory to explore how these characters’ feminism and militarism render them particularly appealing and profitable in contentious times. This is a concise accessible text suitable for students and scholars in comics studies media studies film studies and women’s and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367894696

Wonderful Things: Byzantium through its ArtPapers from the 42nd Spring Symposium of Byzantine Studies London 20-22 March 2009 The essays collected in this book were delivered at the XLII Spring Symposium of Byzantine Studies held in London in 2009 to accompany the exhibition Byzantium 330-1453 at the Royal Academy. The exhibition was one of the most ambitious and complex exhibitions ever mounted at the Royal Academy as well as one of the most popular and the overall aim of the book is to reflect on the exhibition of Byzantine art both as an academic and popular exercise and through the choice and discussion of individual objects. Exhibitions present a very different picture of Byzantium and its culture from works of history. The choices of object for display their arrangement and the underlying aims of exhibition curators and designers mean that every exhibition presents a different picture of Byzantium. Particular emphases can be placed whether on everyday life or high court culture; Constantinople or the provinces; or claims of continuity or change over the Byzantine millennium. The essays explore aspects of the image of Byzantium that results from these choices. Given the enormous popularity of exhibitions of Byzantine objects (continued after the completion of this volume by exhibitions in Paris Bonn and Istanbul) art has become one of the most popular and accessible means of popularizing Byzantium to a wide public audience. Hitherto there has been no general consideration of either the historiography of Byzantine exhibitions or the ways in which they have been set up to present different aspects of Byzantine culture to an academic and general public. The essays are divided into 3 sections: Exhibiting Byzantium sets the 2009 exhibition into the context of other exhibitions of Byzantine art and considers the issues involved in curating and viewing such major collections of medieval art; Object Lessons offers a set of studies of individual objects that were in the exhibition; Byzantium through its Art moves to consider Byzantine art more widely thinking about the different ways in which objects can be used to study Byzantine culture and society. These are preceded by an introduction by the editors which sets the volume in context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601485

Wonder-Full EducationThe Centrality of Wonder in Teaching and Learning Across the Curriculum Offering a rich understanding of the nature and roles of wonder in general this book provides multiple suggestions for how to revive wonder in adults (teachers and curriculum makers) and how to keep wonder alive in children. Its aim is to show that adequate education needs to take seriously the task of evoking wonder about the content of the curriculum and to show how this can routinely be done in everyday classrooms. It presents strong arguments based on either research or precisely described experience for the importance of wonder as a central educational concept and show how this argument can be seen to work itself out in daily practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415820301

Wondrous One Sheet Origami Wondrous One Sheet Origami is a how-to book full of beautiful origami designs covering a wide range of folding levels from simple to high intermediate with more emphasis on the latter. The book is meant for audiences 12 years of age and above and children folding at higher than age level. Most of the designs are flat and suitable for mounting on cards or framing as gifts. Features • Richly illustrated full-color book with clear crisp diagrams following international standard and an abundance of photographs of finished models• Select designs hand-picked by the author based on social media responses• Most of the designs incorporate color-change a technique showing both sides of paper for enhanced beauty   Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367208103

Wood Adhesives Wood adhesives are of tremendous industrial importance as more than two-thirds of wood products in the world today are completely or partially bonded together using a variety of adhesives. Adhesive bonding offers many advantages over other joining methods for wood components and there has been a great deal of R& D activity in devising new wood adhesives or improving the existing ones. The modern mantra in all industrial sectors is: "think green go green " which has attracted much attention in the wood adhesive industry. Therefore there is also a lot of research activity in synthesizing environmentally benign and human-friendly wood adhesives.This book is divided into four parts: Part 1: Fundamental Adhesion Aspects in Wood Bonding; Part 2: Synthetic Adhesives; Part 3: Environment-friendly adhesives; and Part 4: Wood Welding and General Paper. It addresses many different types of wood adhesives as well as bonding (welding) of wood components without adhesives a more recent development. The information contained in this book is valuable for individuals engaged in all aspects of wood adhesion and adhesives and hopefully will inspire new ideas in wood adhesives a topic of vital industrial importance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367445966

Wood AdhesivesChemistry and Technology---Volume 2 The perfect companion to the highly acclaimed Volume 1 of Wood Adhesives Volume 2 presents stimulating discussions on technically and economically importantadhesives for wood bonding-covering their preparation and formulation as well astechniques and suggestions for their application.Like its companion book Wood Adhesives Volume 2 provides up-to-date informationand analysis of new technologies and recent breakthroughs ... gives insightinto the relationship between adhesive chemistry and technical application . . . anddiscusses present and future trends likely to have considerable impact on the field.Elaborating upon general overviews presented in Volume 1 Wood Adhesives Volume 2 includes a chapter on protein adhesives ... fills the gap on the chemistryof polyvinyl acetate wood adhesives ... contains a detailed discussion of formaldehydeemission ... and much more.A complementary and much needed follow-up to Volume 1 Wood Adhesives Volume 2 is essential reading for wood technologists; adhesives and physicalchemists; forest products researchers; polymer scientists; chemical mechanical process and civil engineers who must choose and apply wood adhesives; and advancedundergraduate and graduate students in the above disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451127

Wood Energy in Developed EconomiesResource Management Economics and Policy There has been a recent resurgence of interest in wood energy as part of a sustainable range of renewable energy options. This book addresses the current gap in the energy and public policy literature for a reference book that compiles the most-recent wood energy assessments and evaluates current and potential future wood energy uses and the role for public policy to foster efficient use of the most-widely consumed renewable energy in the world.  It brings together a group of expert authors covering topics from forest management operations and engineering to socio-economics and energy policy perspectives. It thus covers practical issues such as silviculture harvesting processing comparative cost estimates public policy tools and market effects. As such the book provides a comprehensive review of the complex dimensions of wood energy as well as practical guidance for professionals researchers and advanced students. It will also provide invaluable guidance for economic development agencies practitioners and policy-makers when evaluating the impacts of wider wood energy adoption as part of a strategy for sustainable energy generation. The main focus is on industrialised production and developed economies particularly the USA and Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138364196

Wood Formation in TreesCell and Molecular Biology Techniques Trees are a major component of the biosphere and have played an important part in the world's history and culture. With the modern challenges of global warming and dwindling fossil fuel reserves trees and in particular their wood can provide solutions. Unfortunately too little is known about the biology of these plants due largely to a lack of appropriate techniques. In recognition of this Wood Formation in Trees presents a variety of detailed techniques and protocols for the study of the cell and molecular biology of wood formation in trees. Internationally recognized experts most of whom are the researchers who developed the techniques speak with authority in this volume and also provide first-hand tips and trade secrets to help the uninitiated master the techniques. The techniques reflect a hierarchical approach to the study of the developmental biology of wood formation: anatomical biochemical and molecular-genetic.Trees are a tremendous but vastly under-appreciated natural resource. In an age where the natural product is so often modified to suit modern tastes and industrial processes it is essential to understand how the natural product is made. The techniques in this book provide that essential information about the process of wood formation in trees. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396404

Wood Fracture Characterization Wood Fracture Characterization provides a guide to the application of modern fracture mechanics concepts to wood materials used in structural engineering which commonly involve discontinuities and irregularities. The authors cover the tests data reduction schemes and numerical methods devised for wood structural applications based on cohesive zone analysis and used to validate experimental-based methodologies. Five detailed Case Studies are included to link theory with engineering practice. This important new text explains the basics of fracture mechanics and extends them as needed to cover the special behaviour of an anisotropic wood materials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815364719

Wood Preservation The new edition of this comprehensive study of national and international research and application into wood preservation is both well detailed and broad in coverage. The text covers the history of preservation: the anatomy of timbers and their breakdown preservation principles materials and methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367402303

Wooden Church Architecture of the Russian NorthRegional Schools and Traditions (14th - 19th centuries) The book presents a broad panoramic overview of church architecture in the Russian North between the fourteenth and nineteenth centuries. While it is inevitably overshadowed by the imperial splendour of the country’s capital cities this unique phenomenon is regarded as the most distinctive national expression of traditional Russian artistic culture and at the same time as a significant part of humanity’s worldwide architectural heritage. The chief intention of the book is to present the regionally specific features of the wooden churches of the Russian North which vary from area to area for local natural or historical reasons. This approach touches upon the very important questions of the typology and classification of the multiplicity of architectural forms. The "regional view" entails giving clear definitions of the ambiguous terms "architectural school" and "tradition" explaining the origins and shaping impulses for the different regional clusters of objects. Structurally the book presents a history of the development of wooden church architecture in the Russian North and then follows the key points of the mediaeval Russian expansion along the waterways from Novgorod into the North – he Svir’ River Lake Onego the town of Kargopol’ and the River Onega the White Sea the Rivers Dvina Pinega and Mezen’ – those areas that still retain the most splendid pieces of Russian regional wooden church architecture. The study is based on field research and provides an up-to-date multi-faceted view of Russian wooden architecture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138104310

Woodfuel Markets in Developing Countries: A Case Study of TanzaniaA Case Study of Tanzania This title was first published in 2000:  Woodfuels in developing countries particularly Africa remain a basic need for urban households who depend heavily on them for their energy needs. This work examines the confusion about the environmental and social impacts of woodfuel use and the structure of informal sector woodfuel markets. Using data from a year of survey field work in Tanzania the author questions assumptions of poorly functioning woodfuel markets and their impact on environment and society. Approaching the unregulated woodfuel markets as industrial organizations the author uses a classic structure previously applied to developed markets in industrialized countries to determine the competitiveness and efficiency of woodfuel markets. Results indicate well-functioning makets under most circumstances and the study details the variables which enhance market sustainability. The social and environmental implications of woodfuel use as it exists and suggestions to policymakers for improvements to enhance the sustainability of the system and the environment complete the study. The study should be useful for those interested in energy and environmental issues or informal markets (including agricultural markets) in developing countries and to those interested in industrial organization as applied to the Third World. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138713680

Woodland Creatures This exciting topic-based series offers early years practitioners collections of activities based on familiar themes. The activities can be easily implemented and readily incorporated into curriculum planning through links made to the Foundation Stage curriculum Each book incudes: activities that can be used on their own or as part of a themed program ideas for enjoying an all round curriculum approach guidance on expanding existing ideas and resources linked ideas to be carried out at home. Woodland Creatures includes rabbits badgers owls mice foxes: all much loved and written about in stories. It introduces themes of hibernation co-dependence and predators. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9781315065427

Woodrow Wilson Most famous in Europe for his efforts to establish the League of Nations under US leadership at the end of the First World War Woodrow Wilson stands as one of America’s most influential and visionary presidents. A Democrat who pursued progressive domestic policies during his first term in office he despised European colonialism and believed that the recipe for world peace was the self-determination of all peoples particularly those under the yoke of the vast Ottoman and Austro-Hungarian Empires.  His efforts to resist heavy reparations on Germany fell on deaf ears while the refusal of France Russia and Britain to accept a League of Nations led by America together with the US Senate’s refusal to ratify the League led to its ultimate failure.   Woodrow Wilson has traditionally been seen by both admirers and critics as an idealist and a heroic martyr to the cause of internationalism. But John Thompson takes a different view arguing that  Wilson was a pragmatist whose foreign policy was flexible and responsive to pressures and events.  His conclusion that Wilson was in fact an exceptionally skilful politician who succeeded in maintaining national unity whilst leading America onto the world stage for the first time in its history offers a challenging interpretation for anyone interested in the man and his era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178168

Woodrow Wilson and Harry TrumanMission and Power in American Foreign Policy The modern world derives part of its meaning and definition from the foreign policy formulations of Woodrow Wilson and Harry Truman. These presidents viewed the enhancement of American power and the invigoration of American principles as the only response to modem problems such as imperialism bolshevism fascism and "total war." The fact that Europe and Asia had submitted to the disastrous consequences of their ideas meant that we had to project and promote our democratic alternative. If we were to live up to our mission and our character we had to accept radically new responsibilities. This work reveals the important relationship between these presidents and explores the reverential yet revolutionary relationship each had with broader American traditions.Wilson came to power at a time when both need and the means for change were apparent. In the face of looming war and global turmoil Wilson took full advantage of America's emerging world-power status. While he held to the traditional American ideal of setting a democratic example he reconceived it as an obligation to actively promote democracy and self-determination abroad. Indeed he construed our increased involvement in the world as the logical fulfillment of our democratic purpose. In the heated aftermath of World War II Truman echoed Wilson's assertion that only the fortification of democracy and the "influence" of America could ease European tensions and prevent future wars.While Truman's early foreign policy is often said to exhibit Wilsonian internationalism his later "power politics " Pierce shows that all of his foreign policy was underlain by his determination never to let what had happened during and between two world wars happen again. Pierce demonstrates that even Truman's most avid departure from Wilsonianism his plunge into geopolitics and his build-up of the military power of the free world was saturated with Wilsonian ideals. "Containment" was underlain by the conviction that even though it faced fascism and bolshevism freedom was on the march and by the surety that democracy is lasting peaceful and beneficial.As Pierce studies these presidents within the synergistic interplay of ideas and policies she compels us toward a fruitful dialogue with the American past. Truman's brilliantly construed version of Wilsonianism this book argues holds great promise for us today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540712

Woodrow WilsonA Psychological Study This volume originated when William C. Bullitt began working on a book of studies of the principle personalities surrounding the Treaty of Versailles. In discussing this project with Sigmund Freud the idea arose of a collaborative work on Woodrow Wilson. They worked on the book for ten years reading all of Wilson's published books and speeches as well as volumes written about Wilson. After perusing this material Bullitt and Freud realized that they could not write an analysis of Wilson's character unless they deepened their understanding of his nature with private unpublished information from his intimates. They then set out to collect diaries letters records and memoranda from various associates of Wilson.Freud writes in his introduction that he did not begin this study with an objective view of Wilson but rather held an unsympathetic view of him. But he goes on to say that while reading through materials about Wilson his strong emotions underwent a thorough subjugation. He describes Wilson as a person for whom mere facts held no significance; he esteemed highly nothing but human motives and opinions. As a result writes Freud it was natural for him in his thinking to ignore the facts of the real outer world even to deny they existed if they conflicted with his hopes and wishes. This habit of thought is visible in his contacts with others. Freud also notes that there was an intimate connection between Wilson's alienation from the world of reality and his religious convictions.The book opens with a thirty-page biography of Wilson written by Bullitt. The collaborative psychological study that makes up the bulk of the volume then follows. Woodrow Wilson provides readers with a more intimate knowledge of the man which in turn leads to a more exact estimate of his achievements. This intriguing psychoanalytic study will be of continuing interest to historians political scientists psychologists and sociologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540705

Woody AllenA Casebook First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315052816

Woody GuthrieWriting America's Songs Woody Guthrie is the most famous and influential folk music composer and performer in the history of the United States. His most popular song "This Land is Your Land" has become the country's unofficial national anthem known to every school child since the 1960s. His influence exceeded the realm of American music reaching American politics. Guthrie’s music became the soundtrack to the Great Depression and iconic of the Dust Bowl migrants. Guthrie and his music came to represent those disenfranchised people who remained committed to making better lives for themselves through the promise of the American Dream. Here in a short accessible biography bolstered with primary documents including letters autobiographical excerpts and reflections by Pete Seeger Cohen introduces Guthrie’s life and music influence to students of American history and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415895699

Woody Plants and Woody Plant ManagementEcology: Safety and Environmental ImPatt A presentation of strategies for managing woody plants and using research data to select the most appropriate control methods. It analyzes the responses of over 370 North American woody plants to commercially available herbicides. The authors provide methods to manage woody plants that interfere with recreation watershed yield animal and plant diversity resource conservation wildlife and livestock needs and wood production on grazing forest and related land. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367578770

Woody's RoadWoody Guthrie's Letters Home Drawings Photos and Other Unburied Treasures The father of American folk music Woody Guthrie influenced generations of Americans with his witty journalism and landmark songs. Woody's Road brings together letters to family photos drawings and lyrics to reveal Guthrie's budding personality as he grew from a young boy into a man of remarkable strength and character becoming America's most publicly political songwriter and the legendary musician who influenced Pete Seeger Bob Dylan Bruce Springsteen Ani DiFranco and so many others. The book shows how his commitment to social equality never wavered as shown famously by the slogan 'this machine kills fascists' emblazoned on his guitar. Jo Guthrie and Guy Lodgson uncover the intensely intelligent and articulate man behind the folksy wit. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612052199

Wool Trade in Tudor and Stuart England This book was first published in 1962. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759274

Word Sound ImageThe Life of the Tamil Text This original and radical book challenges dominant parameters of literacy by comparing the oral tradition of the Tamils in South India with the Western culture of printed text. In India traditional texts are always performed; as a result form and meaning can change depending on the occasion. This is the opposite of Western communication through publication which is a static representation of knowledge. The author examines the reasons for the differences between the Indian and Western textual traditions and describes how text lives through the performing arts of words sound and imagery. She argues that interactive multimedia is the first Western communication form to represent oral traditions effectively. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003134985

Word and Image in Arthurian Literature Originally published in 1996 the articles in this book are revised expanded papers from a session at the 17th International Congress of the Arthurian Society held in 1993. The chapters cover Arthurian studies’ directions at the time showcasing analysis of varied aspects of visual representation and relation to literary themes. Close attention to the historical context is a key feature of this work investigating the linkage between texts and images in the Middle Ages and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987302

Word And ImageThe Art Of The Early Middle Ages 600-1050 This up-to-date reliable introductory account and interpretation of early medieval art combines art history and ideas from around 600 to 1050. Diebold describes diversity and complexity of early medieval art by examining the relationship of word and image. The concept of word and image is broad enough to encompass the Anglo-Saxon art and oral cu Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367314026

Word and Meaning in Ancient AlexandriaTheories of Language from Philo to Plotinus During the late Hellenistic and early Imperial periods (B.C. 50 - A.D. 300) important developments may be traced in the philosophy of language and its relationship to mind. This book examines theories of language in the work of theologians and philosophers linked to Ancient Alexandria. The growth of Judaism and Christianity in cultural centers of the Roman Empire above all Alexandria provides valuable testimony to the philosophical vitality of this period. The study of Later Greek philosophy should be more closely integrated with the Church Fathers particularly in the theologically sensitive issue of the nature of language. Robertson traces some related attempts to reconcile immaterial intelligible reality and the intelligibility of language explain the structure of language and clarify the nature of meaning. These shared problems are handled with greater philosophical sophistication by Plotinus although the comparison with Philo Clement and Origen illustrates significant similarities as well as differences between Neoplatonism and early Jewish and Christian philosophy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315546445

Word and Self Estranged in English Texts 1550–1660 The essays in Word and Self Estranged in English Texts 1550-1660 consider diverse historical contexts for writing about 'strangeness'. They draw on current practices of reading to present contrasts and analogies within and between various social understandings. In so doing they reveal an interplay of thematic and stylistic modes that tells us a great deal about how and why certain aspects of life and thinking were 'estranged' in sixteenth and seventeenth century thinking. The collection's unique strength is that it makes specific bridges between contemporary perspectives and early modern connotations of strangeness and inhibition. The subjects of these essays are 'strange' to our ways of thinking because of their obvious distance from us in time and culture. And yet curiously far from being entirely alien to these texts some of the most modern thinking-about paradigms texts concepts-connects with the early modern in unexpected ways. Milton meets the contemporary 'competent reader' Wittgenstein meets Robert Cawdrey Shakespeare embraces the teenager and Marvell matches wits with French mathematician René Thom. Additionally the early modern texts posit their own 'others' or sites of estrangement-Moorishness Persian art even the human body-with which they perform their own astonishing maneuvers of estrangement and alignment. In reading Renaissance works from our own time and inviting them to reflect upon our own time Word and Self Estranged in English Texts 1550-1660 offers a vital reinterpretation of early modern texts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233444

Word Aware 2Teaching Vocabulary in the Early Years This is a highly practical comprehensive resource designed to support Early Years practitioners in the provision of effective vocabulary development in preschool children of all abilities. It is based on the same theory as the existing 'Word Aware' resource (9780863889554) but is adapted for Early Years. This rigorously tried and tested approach is an outstanding resource that will be an essential addition to any early years' setting or preschool classroom. It is also an important addition to the materials used by speech and language therapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301672

Word AwareTeaching vocabulary across the day across the curriculum This comprehensive and practical book provides an ideal platform for the provision of effective vocabulary development in children of all abilities. This rigorously tried and tested approach is an outstanding resource that will be an essential addition to any school and classroom and is also an important addition to the materials used by speech and language therapists. It provides a structured approach to promote vocabulary development in all children. It details a comprehensive and structured approach to learning with a multitude of activities and lesson plans. It adopts a whole school approach but is equally effective for specific classes and groups or individual learners. It is an effective tool to teach children who speak English as an additional language. It particularly suitable for Key Stages 1 and 2. 286pp A4 spiral bound. CD resources can also be found here: www.routledge.com/cw/speechmark Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889554

Word Choice ErrorsA Descriptive Linguistics Approach American English has many word pairs and trios that are alike enough to be confusing. Word Choice Errors provides a novel way to empower writers of all levels to cut through the confusion to understand which word to use and why that’s the word to use. Written in a user-friendly style grounded in descriptive linguistics methods and eschewing memorization this book trains writers to detect interpret and act on language clues – with exercises "wild idea" analytical tricks and additional resources throughout. It is an excellent resource for instructors and students of grammar or writing/rhetoric as well as for individuals looking to develop their language and writing skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367203955

Word Frequencies in Written and Spoken Englishbased on the British National Corpus Word Frequencies in Written and Spoken English is a landmark volume in the development of vocabulary frequency studies. Whereas previous books have in general given frequency information about the written language only this book provides information on both speech and writing. It not only gives information about the language as a whole but also about the differences between spoken and written English and between different spoken and written varieties of the language. The frequencies are derived from a wide ranging and up-to-date corpus of English: the British National Corpus which was compiled from over 4 000 written texts and spoken transcriptions representing the present day language in the UK. The book is based on a new version of the corpus (available from 2001) providing more accurate grammatical information which is essential (for example) for distinguishing words like leaves (noun) and leaves (verb) with different meanings. The book begins with a general introduction explaining why such information is important and highlighting interesting linguistic findings that emerge from the statistical analysis of the British National Corpus vocabulary. It also contains twenty four 'interest boxes' which highlight and comment on different aspects of frequency - for example the most common colour words in English in order of frequency and a comparison of male words (e.g. man) and female words (e.g. woman) in terms of their frequency. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151314

Word JourneysAssessment-Guided Phonics Spelling and Vocabulary Instruction This trusted teacher resource and course text provides a comprehensive approach to assessing and building children's word knowledge (grades K–8). Kathy Ganske shows how carefully planned word study can improve students' reading and writing skills while fostering their appreciation of language. Complete instructions are provided for implementing the Developmental Spelling Analysis (DSA) an easy-to-use assessment tool and for tailoring instruction to learners' strengths and weaknesses. Numerous word lists student work samples and "Literature Links" are included along with 27 reproducible forms. The large-size format facilitates photocopying. Purchasers also get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials. New to This Edition: *Addresses the Common Core State Standards. *Incorporates additional activities and technology tips plus updated research findings. *Chapter explaining the meaning of word study and its role in literacy instruction including "Researcher Voices" perspectives from noted experts. *Ideas for making the most of small-group instructional time. *Expanded "Literature Links" book lists now including informational texts. *DSA answer sheets have been enhanced for easier scoring and several new reproducibles added. See also the companion volumes from Ganske Word Sorts and More Second Edition: Sound Pattern and Meaning Explorations K–3 and Mindful of Words Second Edition: Spelling and Vocabulary Explorations Grades 4–8 which provide a wealth of ready-to-use word study activities. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462512508

Word MapsA Dialect Atlas of English The maps presented in this volume first published in 1987 are based on the material of the Survey of English Dialects which was collected from over 300 localities between 1948 and 1961. The 200 word and sound maps included in this title will lead the reader into the fascinating world of the dialects of the different regions of England. This book will be of interest to students of English language and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138918238

Word Meaning In Word Meaning Richard Hudson introduces readers to the techniques of lexical semantic analysis.Word Meaning:* is based on a problem-solving approach to language* introduces readers to the technical terminology and basic principles associated with the analysis of word meaning* shows students how to apply these terms and principles to English* includes suggestions for further work Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145887

Word Meaning and Belief First published in 1983 the aim of this book is to diagnose linguists’ failure to advance satisfactory theories of lexical meaning then to propose the requirements that such a theory should meet and drawing on work in philosophy and psychology to take the first steps towards satisfying these requirements. It begins by discussing the work of Quine on the indeterminacy of translation and it is shown that attempts by linguists to answer Quine’s arguments by proposing universal ‘semantic primitives’ or their equivalents is unsatisfactory. The relation between the theory of word meaning and the theory of categorisation is explored and an alternative to Rosch’s ‘family resemblance’ account of the ‘prototype’ effect in both nouns and verbs is provided. The author argues that identification of certain implicit categories like ‘action’ and ‘event’ can be related to principles of individuation and builds on the work of Kripke and Putnam on proper names and natural kind terms. This book will be of interest to students of linguistics and the philosophy of language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138690523

Word of Mouth and Social Media This collection examines a key new development in the contemporary marketing landscape the relationship between the informal exchange of information and advice among consumers – known as word of mouth (WOM) – and emerging social media. Whereas WOM has been around since as long as people have engaged in conversations its transmission is no longer limited to face-to-face interactions over the clothesline and across backyard fences. Today the dissemination of WOM through online channels such as Facebook Twitter LinkedIn YouTube channels blogs and consumer forums has significantly altered the alacrity by which product and service messages are spread across a dramatically expanded consumer audience. As marketing practitioners have come to recognize the power of online WOM in terms of its impact on consumer beliefs attitudes and purchasing behavior effective strategies for leveraging the consumer conversation require greater insight and understanding of WOM and social media. Towards that end this book offers ground-breaking research from an impressive array of internationally renowned marketing researchers on the nature and dynamics of WOM transmitted through social media channels advancing our understanding of consumer influence which to date has largely focused on offline WOM. Among the topical issues covered are best practices for marketing practitioners the conversational nature of online WOM the dynamic interplay between online and offline WOM WOM measurement and monitoring and cross-cultural influences on WOM. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Marketing Communications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415743808

Word of MouthFood and Fiction After Freud First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138997547

Word OutwardMedieval Perspectives on the Entry into Language Using a combination of formalist and psychology-based approaches this work examines the triple knowledge of subjectivity body and language in medieval imaginative literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987319

Word PlayLanguage Activities for Young Children Strong basic language skills are the foundation on which successful future learning is built. Written by veteran SEN authors Sheila Wolfendale and Trevor Bryans Word Play provides practitioners and parents with a range of fun activities word games story and drama exercises that can be used to introduce early language skills in an enjoyable way. Word Play is: straightforward and practical written by well respected experts in education for staff in early years settings for teachers to work with parents for children aged from approximately four to seven years for parents wishing to help their children to learn for all workers in Early Years environments as well as parents of young children. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203769393

Word PlaysCollected Writings on Politics and Culture According to Robert Brustein the theater should be taken seriously as one of the fine arts but it should also be considered a means to reflect on our world times and culture from a different perspective. However this presents a great challenge—the masses must come to appreciate the theater as a means of leisure but also one of learning. If Word Plays tickles your funny bone as well as touches your mind then Brustein will have achieved his goal. Word Plays a collection of Brustein’s articles satires and skits is his attempt to both entertain and educate about the current political and cultural environment in America. Openly positioning himself as a left-leaning political observer Brustein’s material is wide-ranging and witty. His provocative views on contemporary politics and his ease with a broad range of subjects from Shakespeare to The Sopranos makes this an enjoyable engaging and reflective volume. The book is divided into three sections. The first is a set of short essays many of which link political themes to the dramatic arts and others that are purely political commentary. The second includes a series of "dramatic commentaries"—short skits— lampooning contemporary politics and modern American life. The final section consists of "elegies and eulogies" honoring recently deceased icons of the American theater. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412865616

Word PowerActivities for Years 3 and 4 These engaging activities focus upon the word level strand of the literacy stategy in particular the vocabulary extention element. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138180086

Word PowerActivities for Years 5 and 6 First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138163928

Word Processing for Technical Writers Supports the idea of matching the "system" to the technical writer's needs. This book contains numerous questions and answers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784962

Word Processing with Word This handy textbook covers all you need to know about word processing.Learning Made Simple books give you skills without frills. They are matched to the main qualifications and written by experienced teachers and authors to make often tricky subjects simple to learn. Every book is designed carefully to provide bite-sized lessons matched to your needs. Learning Made Simple titles provide both a new way to study and a useful adjunct to any training course. Written by leading teachers and writers Learning Made Simple books will help you learn new skills and develop your talents. Whether studying at college training at work or reading at home aiming for a qualification or simply getting up to speed Learning Made Simple books will give you the advantage of easy well-organised training materials in a handy volume with two and four-page sections for each topic for ease of use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138436312

Word Recognition in Beginning Literacy This edited volume grew out of a conference that brought together beginning reading experts from the fields of education and the psychology of reading and reading disabilities so that they could present and discuss their research findings and theories about how children learn to read words instructional contexts that facilitate this learning background experiences prior to formal schooling that contribute and sources of difficulty in disabled readers. The chapters bring a variety of perspectives to bear on a single cluster of problems involving the acquisition of word reading ability. It is the editors' keen hope that the insights and findings of the research reported here will influence and become incorporated into the development of practicable classroom-based instructional programs that succeed in improving children's ability to become skilled readers. Furthermore they hope that these insights and findings will become incorporated into the working knowledge that teachers apply when they teach their students to read and into further research on reading acquisition. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410602718

Word Sorts and MoreSound Pattern and Meaning Explorations K-3 Tens of thousands of teachers have used this skillfully crafted book to build children's word knowledge with engaging categorization activities organized by spelling stages. Featuring rich classroom examples the revised and expanded second edition gives increased attention to teaching English learners (ELs) among other enhancements. In a large-size format for easy photocopying the volume includes over 200 reproducible word picture and letter sorts plus additional reproducible forms and activities in the appendices. Purchasers get access to a companion website where they can download and print the reproducible appendix materials. The website also features supplemental PowerPoint assessment slides and 16 pages of Spanish–English cognate sorts. New to This Edition: *Greatly expanded content on teaching ELs including a chapter showcasing researcher perspectives as well as supplemental online resources. *Cutting-edge SAIL (survey analyze interpret link) framework for small-group lesson planning complete with a detailed sample lesson and script. *Additional user-friendly tools: student performance records and the No-Nonsense Word Recognition Assessment. *Firsthand teacher perspectives now get a full chapter; many are new. See also Ganske's Word Journeys Second Edition: Assessment-Guided Phonics Spelling and Vocabulary Instruction which provides a comprehensive framework for assessing and building word knowledge and Mindful of Words Second Edition: Spelling and Vocabulary Explorations Grades 4–8 which presents word study activities for the intermediate and middle grades. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462533336

Word Structure Word Structure provides a complete introduction to morphology the study of the structure of words. Word Structure:* examines how words work as part of the language system* encourages readers to take an objective and analytic approach* refers to a wealth of languages including Turkish and Latin to illustrate points raised* provides clear and succinct summaries at the end of each unit. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138834408

Word Track Workbook First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203063866

Word UnheardA Guide Through Eliot's Four Quartets Eliot’s Four Quartets is arguably the finest long poem in modern English literature. It is also one that presents considerable problems of interpretation. In Word Unheard first published in 1969 Blamires aims to unravel some of these problems by guiding the reader line by line through the poem blending paraphrase with commentary. Blamires pays particular attention to the philosophical and theological dimensions of the poem and to its multifarious personal historical and literary allusions. This title will be of interests to students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138998445

Word Wheels Targeting the specific problems learners have with language structure these multi-sensory exercises appeal to all age groups including adults. Exercises use sight sound and touch and are also suitable for English as an Additional Lanaguage and Basic Skills students. Word Wheels includes off-the-shelf resources including lesson plans and photocopiable worksheets an interactive CD with practice exercises and support material for the busy teacher or non-specialist staff as well as homework activities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420557

Wordless Picture Books and GuideSentence and Narrative Skills for People with Speech Language and Communication Needs This series of wordless picture books aims to help children with speech language and communication needs (SLCN) to develop their expressive sentence and narrative skills through learning to tell each story. There are 10 stories that will be separated into two levels geared towards advancing the child from simple to intermediate and complex sentences. The stories are written in the style of a film scroll and contain familiar events to ensure the story is understandable. The general formula of each story will be a disruption (often humorous) in familiar routines followed by resolutions. The accompanying guide will have strategies on how to teach and progress the child through each level and stage and will have an additional skills section. Although this resource is primarily for SLCN they could also be used for early years and reception. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301603

Wordplay and the Discourse of Video GamesAnalyzing Words Design and Play In this timely new book Christopher Paul analyzes how the words we use to talk about video games and the structures that are produced within games shape a particular way of gaming by focusing on how games create meaning lead to identification and division persuade and circulate ideas. Paul examines the broader social discourse about gaming including: the way players are socialized into games; the impact of the lingering association of video games as kid's toys; the dynamics within specific games (including Grand Theft Auto and EA Sports Games); and the ways in which players participate in shaping the discourse of games demonstrated through examples like the reward system of World of Warcraft and the development of theorycraft. Overall this book illustrates how video games are shaped by words design and play; all of which are negotiated ongoing practices among the designers players and society that construct the discourse of video games. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415834995

Wordplay and TranslationSpecial Issue of 'The Translator' 2/2 1996 Popular and multimodal forms of cultural products are becoming increasingly visible within translation studies research. Interest in translation and music however has so far been relatively limited mainly because translation of musical material has been considered somewhat outside the limits of translation studies as traditionally conceived. Difficulties associated with issues such as the 'musicality' of lyrics the fuzzy boundaries between translation adaptation and rewriting and the pervasiveness of covert or unacknowledged translations of musical elements in a variety of settings have generally limited the research in this area to overt and canonized translations such as those done for the opera. Yet the intersection of translation and music can be a fascinating field to explore and one which can enrich our understanding of what translation is and how it relates to other forms of expression. This special issue is an attempt to open up the field of translation and music to a wider audience within translation studies and to an extent within musicology and cultural studies. The volume includes contributions from a wide range of musical genres and languages: from those that investigate translation and code-switching in North African rap and rai and the intertextual and intersemiotic translations revolving around Mahler's lieder in Chinese to the appropriation and after-life of Kurdish folk songs in Turkish and the emergence of rock'n roll in Russian. Other papers examine the reception of Anglo-American stage musicals and musical films in Italy and Spain the concept of 'singability' with examples from Scandinavian languages and the French dubbing of musical episodes of TV series. The volume also offers an annotated bibliography on opera translation and a general bibliography on translation and music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138473805

WordPress for JournalistsFrom Plugins to Commercialisation WordPress for Journalists presents an in-depth and accessible introduction to using the content management system WordPress to produce journalism today. LJ Filotrani an experienced multimedia journalist and website editor and creator gives readers guidance on using the wide-ranging functionality of WordPress to create news and other forms of journalistic content. Readers will find everything they need to set up both a .com and a .org site from naming the site and buying a domain to choosing a hosting package and keeping hackers at bay. Chapters also cover house style how to create posts and pages hyperlinking embedding content setting up widgets and sidebars and working with themes plugins and SEO. There are sections on troubleshooting HTML/CSS RSS and curation alongside advice on audience engagement and commercialisation. Chapters feature: step-by-step instructions on setting up and managing a professional website with illustrative images throughout; comprehensive lists of the most useful apps themes sites and plugins; a guide to producing multimedia content online including images infographics videos podcasts and live streaming; expert interviews with professional journalists working successfully online; a glossary of terms. By bringing together real-world advice detailed walkthroughs and practical tips and tools for best practice WordPress for Journalists will inspire young journalists and content producers who are looking to widen their skill set and build their presence online. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138652026

Word-Processing Technology in JapanKanji and the Keyboard This book deals with a topical issue relating to the use of script in Japan one which has the potential to reshape future script policy through the mediation of both orthographic practices and social relations. It tells the story of the impact of one of the most significant technological breakthroughs in Japan in the latter part of this century: the invention and rapid adoption of word-processing technology capable of handling Japanese script in a society where the nature of that script had previously mandated handwriting as the norm. The ramifications of this technology in both the business and personal spheres have been wide-ranging extending from changes to business practices work profiles orthography and social attitudes to writing through to Japan's ability to construct a substantial presence on the Internet in recent years. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203036952

Words - An Integrational Approach Aims to reorient the study of language by taking into serious consideration the perspective on linguistic matters taken by lay speakers themselves as a response to the now inescapable conclusion that traditional linguistic theory with its focus on revealing 'the facts of language in general' cannot handle the necessary indeterminacy of what is said and understood. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868342

Words Words Words! First published in 1933 (this edition in 1939) this book sees Partridge introducing the reader to the eccentric lexicographers Wesley and Captain Grose. In an entertaining way the book jovially explores and discusses various words and phrases such as "bloody" euphemisms the Devil’s nicknames various versions of slang and familiar terms of address. He does so with light-worn learning making the book of interest to a whole variety of readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138915473

Words And Arms: A Dictionary Of Security And Defense TermsWith Supplementary Data This comprehensive dictionary of terms frequently used in discussions of national security and defense policy contains approximately 800 entries on weapons systems strategy concepts military organization and related items. Part 2 presents a more extensive treatment of such concepts as strategic force doctrine and deployment Soviet and U.S. poli Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216870

Words and Music in Medieval Europe This selection of nineteen essays by Nigel Wilkins in English and in French is characterised by an inter-disciplinary approach crossing the borders between music language literature history palaeography and iconography. The principal topic is lyric poetry in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries mostly French and English both with and without music and in various contexts. Guillaume de Machaut the dominant poet-musician of the age is the central figure: his influence is traced in poets such as Froissart Deschamps Christine de Pisan Charles d'Orléans Villon Gower and Chaucer and in the poet-musicians who came after him. The question of patronage is investigated. The development of the principal lyric forms rondeau ballade and virelai is explored on both sides of the Channel as is the way they were used for example in miracle plays and in court entertainment. A Flemish painting of 1493 helps us discover the rôle of music in the ceremonies of trade and religious guilds; a memorial brass from King's Lynn reveals the importance of music in the ceremonial of feasts. Wider themes are also explored such as the association of music with the Devil the use of several languages combined in certain musical contexts and the controversial role of inspiration in musical composition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409418191

Words and SilencesAboriginal women politics and land In struggles over access to land Aboriginal women's concerns have often remained unacknowledged. Their words - and silences - have been frequently misheard misunderstood misrepresented misused.The controversy about 'secret women's business' in the Hindmarsh Island Bridge conflict has brought this issue to the attention of the general public. How can Aboriginal women assert their claims while protecting by remaining silent their culturally sensitive knowledge? How can they prevent their words and silences being misrepresented?Words and Silences explores the barriers confronting Aboriginal women trying to defend their land rights. The contributors to this volume provide insights into the intricacies of Aboriginal social and cultural knowledge and introduce the reader to different understandings of how the gendered nature of Aboriginal land ownership adds complexity to the cross-cultural encounter. In lively and engaging prose they document the ongoing struggles of Aboriginal women across Australia who are fighting to ensure they receive due recognition of their rights in land. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003118435

Words and Songs of Bessie Smith Billie Holiday and Nina SimoneSound Motion Blues Spirit and African Memory This book explores the relationship between three African American women's dance-art-music sensibilities within the context of a Pan African aesthetic. Its purpose is three-fold: to show commonalities between Bessie Smith Billie Holiday and Nina Simone's lives and original compositions; to codify examine and evaluate their selected song performances in accordance with the Pan African aesthetic "Nzuri theory/model;" and to illuminate the vast sources of transformational values that aesthetic analysis of African American song performance can foster. Following concordant procedures and principles of Afrocentricity the study focuses on Smith Holiday and Simone's performances as part of a whole African artistic and cultural value system. The goal of the Afrocentric methodological structure is to locate relevant African dynamics in songs and to promote knowledge for cultural transformation and continuity. Its use in this study provides meta-criteria for analyzing African American music which the author has used to uniquely argue connections between African cultural memory and African-derived cultural expression. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415540810

Words and Their Meaning In this book the development of the English dictionary is examined along with the kinds of dictionary available the range of information they contain factors affecting their usage and public attitudes towards them. As well as an descriptive analysis of word meaning the author considers whether a thematic thesaurus-like presentation might be more suited than the traditional alphabetical format to the description of words and their meaning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138413917

Words and Things: Cognitive Neuropsychological Studies in Tribute to Eleanor M. SaffranA Special Issue of Cognitive Neuropsychology To understand mental function we need to uncover the representations and processes underlying our ability to comprehend and to produce words sentences numbers and objects (or pictures of them). The unique contribution of the field of cognitive neuropsychology is the investigation of these representations and processes in individuals who have sustained selective brain damage. Indeed studies of such individuals provide a window into the mental system and allow us to explore the functional architecture that is necessary and sufficient for cognition. This special issue of Cognitive Neuropsychology is a collection of papers that exemplifies this type of cognitive neuropsychology research. The special issue is designed to honour and pay tribute to Eleanor M. Saffran one of the pioneers of this discipline who adopted this approach in her wide-ranging investigations of individuals with cognitive impairment following brain damage. The papers included in this collection all explore issues concerning behavioural and neural mechanisms mediating cognition and are divided into four separate sections. Two of these focus on language with the emphasis of the first on single word recognition and the second on processes that are invoked beyond the single word level. Conceptual and semantic processes are covered in a third section and the final section is concerned with issues related to more peripheral processes which when impaired give rise to alexia agnosia and/or agraphia. This extensive collection of papers represents a comprehensive overview of the current state of the field and the papers elucidate the most recent findings in the domain of cognitive neuropsychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138877993

Words and ThingsAn Examination of and an Attack on Linguistic Philosophy A Special Issue of Cognitive Neuropsychology When Ernest Gellner was his early thirties he took it upon himself to challenge the prevailing philosophical orthodoxy of the day Linguistic Philosophy. Finding a powerful ally in Bertrand Russell who provided the foreword for this book Gellner embarked on the project that was to put him on the intellectual map. The first determined attempt to state the premises and operational rules of the movement Words and Things remains philosophy's most devastating attack on a conventional wisdom to this day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142367

Words for the TheatreFour Essays on the Dramatic Text In Words for the Theatre playwright David Cole pursues a course of dramaturgical self-questioning on the part of a playwright centred on the act of playwriting.The book’s four essays each offer a dramaturgical perspective on a different aspect of the playwright’s practice: How does the playwright juggle the transcriptive and prescriptive aspects of their activity? Does the ultimate performance of a playtext in fact represent something to which all writing aspires? Does the playwright’s process of withdrawing to create their text echo a similar process in the theatre more widely? Finally how can the playwright counter theatre’s pervasive leaning towards the ‘mistake’ of realism?Suited to playwrights teachers and higher-level students this volume of essays offers reflections on the questions that confront every playwright from an author well-versed in supplying words for the theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728052

Words in TimeA Plea for Historical Re-thinking Through questions such as ‘What is power?’ ‘How are revolutions generated?’ ‘Does public opinion really exist?’ ‘What does terrorism mean?’ and ‘When are generations created?’ Words in Time scrutinizes the fundamental concepts by which we confer meaning to the historical and social world and what they actually signify analysing their formation and use in modern thought within both history and the social sciences. In this volume Francesco Benigno examines the origins and development of the words we use critiquing the ways in which they have traditionally been employed in historical thinking and examining their potential usefulness today. Rather than being a general inventory or a specialized dictionary this book analyses a selection of words particularly relevant not only in the idiom and jargon of the social sciences and history but also in the discourse of ordinary people. Exploring new trends in the historical field of reflection and representing a call for a new more conscious historical approach to the social world this is valuable reading for all students of historical theory and method. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138943759

Words KillCalling for the Destruction of 'Class Enemies' in China 1949-1953 When Communist revolutionaries seized control of Mainland China in 1949 they faced enormous challenges of state and nation building. China occupied a vast territory had a huge and poorly integrated population and suffered from a woefully backward economy. Building a Socialist Chinese state required effectively managing significant opposition to the imposition of the Communist regime. This study examines how the Chinese Communist Party employed language as an essential part of its strategy to achieving these goals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653336

Words Like Colored GlassThe Role Of The Press In Taiwan's Democratization Process  A study of the contribution of the Press to the democratization process in Taiwan. Combining ideas from political science communication theory and Chinese studies the author challenges conventional wisdom on the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216931

Words of PowerA Feminist Reading of the History of Logic Originally published in 1990. A common complaint of philosophers and men in general has been that women are illogical. On the other hand rationality defined as the ability to follow logical argument is often claimed to be a defining characteristic of man. Andrea Nye undermines assumptions such as: logic is unitary logic is independent of concrete human relations logic transcends historical circumstances as well as gender. In a series of studies of the logics of historical figures Parmenides Plato Aristotle Zeno Abelard Ockham and Frege she traces the changing interrelationships between logical innovation and oppressive speech strategies showing that logic is not transcendent truth but abstract forms of language spoken by men whether Greek ruling citizens imperial administrators church officials or scientists. She relates logical techniques such as logical division syllogisms and truth functions to ways in which those with power speak to and about those subject to them. She shows in the specific historical settings of Ancient and Hellenistic Greece medieval Europe and Germany between the World Wars how logicians reworked language so that dialogue and reciprocity are impossible and one speaker is forced to accept the words of another.  In the personal as well as confrontative style of her readings Nye points the way to another power in the words of women that might break into and challenge rational discourses that have structured Western thought and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367426873

Words On FireOne Woman's Journey Into The Sacred When Vanessa Ochs begins to suspect her various physical ailments are due to her leading an ?unsanctified life ? she decides to travel to Jerusalem with her family to explore the sacred books of Judaism. Armed with a list of institutions and the names of women who specialize in teaching these sacred texts Ochs sets out on a journey of discovery. She forges a personal relationship with her mentors women who are determined to disprove the claim of Rabbi Eliezer ben Hyrcanus: ?The words of the Torah should be burnt rather than taught to women.? As her year in Jerusalem draws to a close Ochs begins to find a way to reconcile her feminist views with her quest to live a life according to laws shaped by the ?sexist? views of traditional Judaism.Part scholarly investigation part anecdotal memoir Words on Fire is an accessible portrait of a remote world and a fascinating firsthand account of the clash between feminism and Judaism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367098407

Words That BindJudicial Review And The Grounds Of Modern Constitutional Theory The words of the U.S. Constitution limit the possibilities of political action: they bind us in certain ways. How they bind us however depends upon how these words are interpreted and upon the distinctively American practice of judicial review.In Words That Bind John Arthur examines conflicting theories of constitutional interpretation and judic Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367314033

Words That TouchA Psychoanalyst Learns to Speak In her attempt to find the words that touch the author gives a succession of illuminating examples to indicate what a psychoanalyst and her patient may experience in the transference relationship during the course of an analysis. On the basis of her clinical experience the author points out that we all use relatively mature psychic mechanisms and Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329846

Words That WoundCritical Race Theory Assaultive Speech And The First Amendment Words like sticks and stones can assault; they can injure; they can exclude. In this important book four prominent legal scholars from the tradition of critical race theory draw on the experience of injury from racist hate speech to develop a first amendment interpretation that recognizes such injuries. In their critique of ?first amendment orth Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367314040

Words to God Word from GodThe Psalms in the Prayer and Preaching of the Church The psalms challenge and sustain us in a number of ways and in times of new challenges to the very fabric of the church to its faith and its values we need to re-examine these ancient prayers and songs. This book explores the place and function of the psalms in Christian prayer preaching and worship. Examining the dual nature of the psalms as both words to God and word from God the author brings together the historical experience of the church biblical studies and theological reflection to focus on the application of the psalms in contemporary Christian life. A number of individual psalms are explored in terms of what they have to say about prayer or what theological issues they raise for contemporary life. This book encourages a reclamation of the psalms in the private and public prayers of the church and in the preaching of the word. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233437

Words to the WiseA Medical-Philosophical Dictionary The human mind abhors the absence of explanation but full understanding is never possible. Human understanding is likely to be incomplete at best and more often utterly fallacious. To make matters worse it is likely to be supported as truth and wisdom by religious and scientific authority intellectual fashion and social convention. In Words to the Wise Thomas Szasz offers a compendium of thoughts observations and aphorisms that address our understanding of a broad range of subjects from birth to death.In this book Szasz tackles a problem intrinsic to the human condition. What problem? In the words of the American humorist Josh Billings: "The trouble with people is not what they don't know but that they know so much that ain't so." Many of Thomas Szasz's books have been devoted to exposing what "ain't so" about mental illness and psychiatry. Here Szasz applies the same skeptical spirit to the larger problem of people knowing much that "ain't so." About addiction Szasz observes: "If a person ingests a drug prohibited by legislators and claims that it makes him feel better that proves he is an addict; if he ingests a drug prescribed by a psychiatrist and claims that it makes him feel better that proves that mental illness is a biomedical disease." About beauty: "Beauty is in the eye of the beholder; ugliness is in the personality of the beholden." About libertarians: "Libertarians regard liberty as contingent on the right to property; scientists regard disease as contingent on pathological alteration of the body. All libertarians reject the notion of 'socialist liberty ' yet many accept the notion of 'mental disease.'" Or about power: "Many of my critics say I am hostile to medicine and physicians. They are wrong. I am hostile only to the power of the medical profession and of physicians."Szasz notes that despite enormous social pressure for a shared perspective on how the world works and how we ought to live every person'saunderstanding not only of himself but of the world about him is different from every other person's. This volume shows how the quest for truth is a never-ending challenge and must presuppose an honest acceptance of questions problems and uncertainty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138518025

Words: A User's Guide Words: A User's Guide is an accessible and invaluable reference that is ideal for students business people and advanced learners of English. The book is structured in groups of words that may be confused because they sound alike look alike or seem to have similar meanings and this approach makes it much more intuitive and easy to use than a dictionary. Contrasting over 5000 words (such as habitable and inhabitable precipitation and rainfall reigns and reins) Words: a User’s Guide provides examples of usage adapted from large national databases of contemporary English and illustrates each headword in typical contexts and phrases. This book gives you straightforward answers and helps with pronunciation spelling style and levels of formality. For those working internationally it presents international standards and compares usage in Britain and the USA. Words: A User’s Guide is an excellent resource for anyone who wants to communicate well in written and spoken English.  "At last! A book about the use of words that clarifies and de-mystifies in an eminently usable way.  I would recommend it to anyone who wants to write well. It is a book to keep." Sandy Gilkes  Head of the Centre for Academic Practice  University of Northampton "Rigorous fresh intriguing and downright useful it deserves a place on every properly stocked reference shelf."   Brian Cathcart Professor of Journalism Kingston University  "From the pedantic to the permissive everyone who’s interested in the English language and the way we speak and write it will want a copy of this practical entertaining book." Wynford Hicks (author of Quite Literally and The Basics of English Usage) Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781405859158

WordsThe Foundation of Literacy Written by respected authorities in the fields of education and literacy studies Words: The Foundation of Literacy is a groundbreaking book for teachers administrators and education students. Dale and Bonnie Johnson present a fresh inspiring reminder of why studying language (from word origins to word structure) is such a vital first step in the development of students' vocabulary literacy writing skills and overall ability to learn.At a time when high-stakes testing has squeezed substance from many curricula Johnson and Johnson provide ways to enhance students' understanding interest and appreciation of language and all its subtleties. Words explores how meaning in language is created by the use and interrelationships of words phrases and sentences their denotations connotations implications and ambiguities. From birth most children exhibit a natural interest in language: its sounds nuances and unpredictable qualities. It is important to sustain stimulate and recapture that natural interest in the classroom and Words provides a multitude of creative and practical techniques for doing so. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367097127

Wordsworth and Beginnings of Modern Poetry First published in 1981 this study sees Wordsworth’s work as part of the continuous European struggle to come to terms with consciousness. The author pays particular attention to Wordsworth’s style and investigates the unstated and unconscious assumptions of that style. He discusses the conflicting feelings that shaped Wordsworth’s changing conception of The Recluse offers a new interpretation of his classification of his poems and examines the meaning of one of his favourite images — the panoramic view of a valley filled with mist. While the emphasis is on Wordsworth’s greatness as a poet the book stresses the importance of significance of his relation to European literature and poetry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138670303

Wordsworth and Evolution in Victorian LiteratureEntangled Influence The influences of William Wordsworth’s writing and evolutionary theory—the nineteenth century’s two defining visions of nature—conflicted in the Victorian period. For Victorians Wordsworthian nature was a caring source of inspiration and moral guidance signaling humanity's divine origins and potential. Darwin’s nature by contrast appeared as an indifferent and amoral reminder of an evolutionary past that demanded participation in a brutal struggle for existence. Victorian authors like Matthew Arnold George Eliot Robert Louis Stevenson and Thomas Hardy grappled with these competing representations in their work. They turned to Wordsworth as an alternative or antidote to evolution criticized and altered his poetry in response to Darwinism and synthesized elements of each to propose their own modified theories. Darwin’s account of a material evolutionary nature both threatened the Wordsworthian belief in nature’s transcendent value and made spiritual elevation seem more urgently necessary. Victorian authors used Wordsworth and Darwin to explore what form of transcendence if any could survive an evolutionary age and reevaluated the purpose of literature in the process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664367

Wordsworth and the Adequacy of Landscape First published in 1970 this stylistic and interpretative account of some of Wordsworth’s major poetry examines description and meditation in his landscape writing. It describes the integration of two kinds of thinking and a variety of beauties and lapses that come from their separation. Although Wordsworth’s deepest affinity was with nature the author argues the finest landscape writing of the poet’s late twenties and early thirties derives from his attempt to humanise his love of nature. This work therefore aims to examine the way in which Wordsworth strives in his poetry to extend his range of concern from love of nature to love of mankind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138653580

Wordsworth and the Writing of the Nation Shedding fresh light on Wordsworth's contested relationship with an England that changed dramatically over the course of his career James Garrett places the poet's lifelong attempt to control his literary representation within the context of national ideas of self-determination represented by the national census national survey and national museum. Garrett provides historical background on the origins of these three institutions which were initiated in Britain near the turn of the nineteenth century and shows how their development converged with Wordsworth's own as a writer. The result is a new narrative for Wordsworth studies that re-integrates the early middle and late periods of the poet's career. Detailed critical discussions of Wordsworth's poetry including works that are not typically accorded significant attention force us to reconsider the usual view of Wordsworth as a fading middle-aged poet withdrawing into the hills. Rather Wordsworth's ceaseless reworking of earlier poems and the flurry of new publications between 1814 and 1820 reveal Wordsworth as an engaged public figure attempting to 'write the nation' and position himself as the nation's poet. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315546438

Wordsworth Before ColeridgeThe Growth of the Poet’s Philosophical Mind 1785-1797 Drawing extensively upon archival resources and manuscript evidence Wordsworth Before Coleridge rewrites the early history of Wordsworth’s intellectual development and thereby overturns a century-old consensus that derives his most important philosophical ideas from Coleridge. Beginning with Wordsworth’s mathematical and poetic studies at Hawkshead Grammar School and Cambridge University both of which tutored the young poet in mind-matter dualism the book charts the process by which Wordsworth came not to reject this philosophical foundation but to reevaluate the indispensable role of passion within it. Prompted by his reading in 1793 or early 1794 of Dugald Stewart’s Elements of the Philosophy of the Human Mind Wordsworth rejected the exclusive rationality of William Godwin’s political philosophy and the anti-passionate morality of Alexander Pope’s philosophical poetics. Subsequent exposure between 1795 and 1797 to Cambridge Platonism and English Kantianism supplied the key ideas of mind-nature fitness and multilevel psychological activity that along with Stewart’s analysis of imaginative association animate Wordsworth’s signature philosophy of "feeling intellect " from the initial drafts of The Pedlar and The Prelude in 1798 to the "Prospectus" to The Recluse and The Excursion published together in 1814. By presenting for the first time a fully nuanced account of Wordsworth’s intellectual formation prior to the advent of Coleridge as his close companion and creative collaborator Wordsworth Before Coleridge reveals at long last the true sources and abiding originality of the poet’s philosophical mind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667108

Wordsworth's Historical Imagination (Routledge Revivals)The Poetry of Displacement Traditionally Wordsworth’s greatness is founded on his identity as the poet of nature and solitude. The Wordsworthian imagination is seen as an essentially private faculty its very existence premised on the absence of other people. In this title first published in 1987 David Simpson challenges this established view of Wordsworth arguing that it fails to recognize and explain the importance of the context of the public sphere and the social environment to the authentic experience of the imagination. Wordsworth’s preoccupation with the metaphors of property and labour shows him to be acutely anxious about the value of his art in a world that he regarded as corrupted. Through close examination of a few important poems both well-known and relatively unknown Simpson shows that there is no unitary public Wordsworth nor is there a conflict or tension between the private and the public. The absence of any clear kind of authority in the voice that speaks the poems makes Wordsworth’s poetry in Simpson’s phrase a ‘poetry of displacement’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138804142

Wordsworth's Literary Criticism First published in 1974. Wordsworth with Coleridge is the major literary critic of the Romantic period. This volume assembles all of Wordsworth’s formal critical writings and a selection of critical comments from his correspondence. These documents are invaluable for Romantic poetry at large and his theories — particularly on poetic diction ordinary language and the nature of the creative process — inspired lively critical debate. This book discusses the nature and origin of Wordsworth’s criticism in general and the literary tradition from which they sprang. The texts are succinctly annotated and there is a select bibliography. This book will be of interest to students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138653962

Wordsworth's Poetic Collections Supplementary Writing and Parodic Reception Wordsworth’s process of revision his organization of poetic volumes and his supplementary writings are often seen as distinct from his poetic composition. Bates asserts that an analysis of these supplementary writings and paratexts are necessary to a full understanding of Wordsworth’s poetry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661639

Wordsworth's VagrantsPolice Prisons and Poetry in the 1790s Wordsworth's Vagrants explores the poet's treatment of the 'idle and disorderly' in the context of the penal laws of the 1790s when the terror of the French Revolution caused a crackdown on the beggars and vagrants who roamed the English countryside. From his work on the Salisbury Plain poems through to the poetry about vagrants beggars and lunatics in Lyrical Ballads Quentin Bailey argues Wordsworth attempted to imagine a way of relating to the vagrant and criminal poor that could challenge the systematizing impulses of William Pitt and Jeremy Bentham. Whereas writers had previously relied on sensibility and fellow-feeling to reveal the correct ordering of society Wordsworth was writing in a period in which legislators magistrates and commentators agreed that a more aggressively interventionist approach and new institutional solutions were needed to tackle criminality and establish a disciplined and obedient workforce. Wordsworth's interest in individual psychology and solitude Bailey suggests grew out of his specific awareness of the Bloody Code and the discussions surrounding it. His study offers a way of reading Wordsworth's poetry that is sensitive to his early radicalism but which does not equate socio-political engagement solely with support for the French Revolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409427056

WordtamerActivities to Inspire Creative Thinking and Writing Imagine a funfair in the classroom... invite dragons to school…let pupils travel through time! Written by award-winning children’s author Judy Waite Wordtamer offers over fifty ideas for exciting innovative writing activities and creative workshops. The book explores how authors actually work and what they achieve through their methods. It considers how teachers and children can incorporate these techniques into their own work and so improve creative writing. Wordtamer provides easy-to-follow instructions to: set up and run inspiring writing lessons and workshops cover basic elements such as character and setting identify craft skills that link writing with the school curriculum  develop ideas into contemporary science fiction fantasy or time-travel scenarios using tried-and-tested templates that expand on core concepts engage reluctant writers by using visual and kinaesthetic approaches develop independent and group-work practice enrich creative practice and awareness explore different writing styles improve teaching styles and children’s writing through a range of innovative and interactive activities appreciate why as well as how these techniques are so effective. Underpinned by theory and Judy’s own experience of working as an author in schools and running writing workshops for all ages  Wordtamer offers step-by-step inspiring plans for creative writing lessons that will make a buzz in the classroom. Pupils won’t just create characters…they will become them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138694606

Work "One of the symptoms of an approaching nervous breakdown is the belief that one's work is terribly important." - Bertrand Russell Work is one of the most universal features of human life; virtually everybody spends some part of their life at work. It is often associated with tedium and boredom in conflict with the things we would otherwise love to do. The idea of work primarily as a burden was also shared by the philosophers in ancient Greece who generally regarded work as a curse. And yet research shows that it prolongs life and is generally good for people’s physical and mental health. Why is this? What is the meaning of work? To what extent does it determine our social identity? Should we expect to find work fulfilling? In this book Lars Svendsen explores these questions and more. He argues that we need to complete this reorientation of our feelings about work and collapse the differences between leisure and work. Work is always with us. But to overcome the sense of being burnt out we must think of work as not only productive but recreative – in other words a lot more like leisure. Revised and updated in light of the global financial crisis this second edition also includes a new chapter on work and globalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138194083

Work Family and CommunityExploring Interconnections Research in recent decades has proven that the seemingly disparate worlds of family life and the workplace are in fact closely intertwined. Moreover scholars have begun to recognize the extent to which community life influences the work-family interface for instance the lack of fit between school hours and work hours and assistance provided by community-based child care services. Work Family and Community is the first to provide a comprehensive review and analysis of the theoretical and empirical research that has examined the complex interconnections among these domains. This book integrates literature from several disciplines including sociology industrial-organizational and occupational health psychology human development and family studies management gender studies and social work. It documents significant patterns and trends in the economy and looks at the health of communities and neighborhoods exploring the level of social integration availability of community services and the extent to which such services meet the needs of working families. Author Patricia Voydanoff takes an important step in conceptualizing the components and processes that comprise the work-family-community relationship and provides direction for future theoretical and empirical work on the topic. This volume speaks to scholars researchers and students who address the theoretical empirical and policy-relevant issues associated with the work-family-community interface. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315820903

Work Family Health and Well-Being Work Family Health and Well-Being grew out of a conference held in Washington D.C. in June 2003 on "Workforce/Workplace Mismatch: Work Family Health and Well-Being" sponsored by the National Institutes of Health (NIH). The text considers multiple dimensions of health and well-being for workers and their families children and communities. Investigations into the socioeconomic gradient in health within broad occupational categories have raised important questions about the role of specific working conditions versus the role of conditions of employment such as wages and level of job security afforded a worker and his/her family in affecting health outcomes.Organized into seven parts this text:*provides an overview of changes in work and family time and time use;*dedicates a section focusing specifically on employers and workplaces;*explores disciplinary perspectives on work family health and well-being;*focuses on the most studied work and family nexus the interrelationship between parental employment especially maternal employment and the child's well-being;*examines gender differences in the division of labor the effect of marriage on health the shifting nature of care-giving throughout life and the role of work on various health and well-being outcomes;*explores occupational health literature; and*focuses on the unique work-family issues faced by low-income families and workers in low-wage jobs.This book appeals to anyone in the fields of psychology sociology family studies demographics economics anthropology and social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653374

Work Family and Religion in Contemporary SocietyRemaking Our Lives Until recently religious institutions have been organized to suit the traditional American family where the wife stayed at home caring for children. Today churches and synagogues are beginning to adapt to the reality of the American family: dual-career marriages high levels of divorce interfaith marriages partnerships that may not be marriages. Religious organizations must serve families that don't fall into the Ozzie and Harriet mold. The first group of papers in this edited volume documents changing trends in the connection between religion work and the family. In the second part of the book we see how changing families and flexible congregations are experimenting with new forms of religious life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315021881

Work Learning and Transnational MigrationOpportunities Challenges and Debates As the globalisation of migration intensifies many countries have joined the international competition for the most talented skilful and resourceful workers. More recently migration has shifted from international to transnational characterised by its multiple and circular flows across transnational spaces rather than singular or unidirectional movement. When transnational migrants arrive in a new country many of them face multifaceted barriers when it comes to transitioning into work and learning in the host society. Work Learning and Transnational Migration examines the non-linear transition of work and learning for transnational migrants; the multiple barriers facing migrants in the process of transition; tensions between mobility knowledge and recognition; issues of language power and transnational identity; and how socio-cultural differences have been used to entrench social inequality in migrants’ transition. The rich international contexts and global perspectives provided across all chapters enrich our understanding about the changing nature of work and learning in the age of transnational migration. This book was originally published as a special issue of Globalisation Societies and Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138392373

Work Locality and the Rhythms of Capital This theoretical and empirical study examines the relationship between the organisation of work industrial relations production spaces and the dynamics of capitalist investment. Jamie Gough explores the connections between labour process change products local economy and society spaces and forms of competition and firm's locational strategies. In a path-breaking analysis he shows that these are closely bound up with the business cycle and other rhythms of investment. Differences within the labour process are central to the argument. Gough explores the divisions between workers arising from these differences and from spatial flows of capital and suggests strategies through which these divisions might be overcome. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138434615

Work Love and Learning in UtopiaEquality Reimagined Work Love and Learning in Utopia breathes new life into the age-old human preoccupation with how to create a happier society. With a fascinating mix of research from cross-cultural psychology macro history and evolutionary biology the book gives new credibility to the advocacy of radical equality. The author a psychological anthropologist argues that the negative emotions of sadness anger and fear evolved in tandem with hierarchy while happiness evolved separately and in connection to prosociality and compassion. The book covers a wide range of human concerns from economics and education to media and communication to gender and sexuality. It breaks new boundaries with its scope arguing that equality of love is as important and possible as is economic equality. Its argument is provocative yet practical and each chapter ends with concrete proposals that invite dialogue with any student of policy. Written in an easily accessible style this book will appeal to anyone who has ever puzzled over how our social world could be remade. In particular it will be very useful to students and scholars of anthropology sociology and psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138549517

Work Recreation and CultureEssays in American Labor History The essays in this volume focus on the role of women in the work force. They explore how organized sports social associations of all kinds and the educational system faced by the children of worker were profoundly linked to work place and community activism. They examine why radical labor organizations that could win major strikes often could not sustain themselves as permanent institutions. Finally the essays argue that simultaneous leadership changes in management and labor in the auto industry were less the result of internal conflicts than needed structural adjustments to changing economic and political realities. Interwoven into all of the essays is the intricate dynamic between immigrant and native-born between different immigrant waves and the groups and between workers at different skill levels. Work Recreation and Culture enriches and expands the established labor narratives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987333

Work Self and SocietyAfter Industrialism Despite recent interest in the effects of restructuring and redesigning the work place the link between individual identity and structural change has usually been asserted rather than demonstrated. Through an extensive review of data from field work in a multi-national corporation Catherine Casey changes this. She knows that changes currently occurring in the world of work are part of the vast social and cultural changes that are challenging the assumptions of modern industrialism. These events affect what people do everyday and they are altering relations among ourselves and with the physical world. This valuable book is not only a critcal analysis of the transformations occurring in the world of work but an exploration of the effects of contemporary practices of work on the self. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203444993

Work Sleep RepeatThe Abstract Labour of German Management Consultants Work Sleep Repeat is a fascinating account of the work regime of German management consultants. Examining one of the most sought-after – and secretive – graduate professions the book provides a first-hand account of the boardroom culture of Europe’s strongest economy. Analyzing how knowledge and power operate in this sector Felix Stein explores a number of paradoxes. For example while it is the job of management consultants to analyse the activities of other employees they actually spend most of their time in luxurious seclusion away from them. In addition despite having a strong sense of the importance of their work consultants often find it difficult to explain to outsiders what it is they do. The book addresses these and other paradoxes by arguing that consultants are engaged in abstract labour. Anthropologists have long struggled with the question of how to describe contemporary work regimes which do not produce anything tangible. Stein demonstrates that elite work is predominantly abstract in the fourfold sense that it is epistemically removed from the object of analysis emotionally detached from it several steps away from the assumed sources of economic value creation and increasingly hard to grasp. In doing so he offers new ways to think about white collar work and elites in the 21st century and establishes the notion of ‘abstract labour’ as a key category in social anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350108684

Work Vacation and Well-beingWho's afraid to take a break? Based on a twenty-year research study Work Vacation and Well-being delves into the ubiquitous yet often-underestimated issues surrounding vacation and respite. Providing an original outlook on how breaks from work can be beneficial for the well-being of employees this book also addresses the potential negative impacts of vacation. Taking into account factors concerning the nature of the break and the person taking it Etzion delves into the benefits and drawbacks of workplace breaks from annual leave to maternity leave and sabbaticals. Work Vacation and Well-being looks at breaks from work through various social and cultural lenses to present a balanced and well-researched perspective on all angles of taking a break. Perfect for students of Organizational and Health Psychology Work Vacation and Well-being also widely appeals to those studying Social Policy Management Studies Occupational Health and Research Methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848722316

Work Welfare and TaxationA Study of Labour Supply Incentives in the UK First published in 1987. The reform of the welfare state in the United Kingdom is high on the agenda of all political parties and the proposals for reform both official and private are numerous. In this book Professor Beenstock and his colleagues took a comprehensive account of the social security of the 1980s as well as the tax system as it had evolved over the Beveridge era and how it affected our incentive to work. The book describes the theory of labour supply decisions in their relationship to the tax benefit system. It illustrates how tax and social security arrangements affected labour supply decisions as well as monitoring how these decisions had evolved over the post-war period. It also considers retirement decisions in the UK as well as the government’s plans to reform the social security system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367024765

Work Working and Work Relationships in a Changing World This book is concerned with the rapid and varied changes in the nature of work and work relationships which have taken place in recent years. While technological innovation has been a key contributor to the nature and pace of change other social and market trends have also played a part such as increasing workforce diversity enhanced competition and greater global integration. Responding to these trends alongside cost pressures and the need for continued responsiveness to the environment organizations have changed the way in which work is organized. There have also been shifts in product markets with growing demand for authenticity and refinement of the customer experience which has further implications for how work is organized and enacted. At the same time employees have sought changes in their work arrangements in order to help them achieve a more satisfactory relationship between their work and non-work lives. Many have also taken increased responsibility for managing their own work opportunities moving away from dependency on a single employer. The implications of these significant and widespread changes are the central focus of this book and in particular the implications for workers managers and organizations. It brings together contributions from an international team of renowned management scholars who explore the opportunities and challenges presented by technological and digital innovation consumer social and organizational change. Drawing on empirical evidence from Europe North America and Australia Work Working and Work Relationships in a Changing World considers new forms of service work technologically enabled work and independent professionals to provide in-depth insight into work experiences in the 21st Century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732127

Work & Leisure Ils 166 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863636

Work & The Health Of Women First Published in 1979 this book offers an analytical summary of the relationship between women their health and the workplace. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for environmental health experts and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367244453

Work Activity Studies Within the Framework of Ergonomics Psychology and Economics Systemic-structural activity theory (SSAT) founded by Gregory Bedny is a relatively new unified framework for the study of efficiency of human performance equipment and software design. This book presents new recently obtained data in the field of SSAT that can be used in the study of efficiency and complexity of human performance. With increased cognitive demands to task performance psychological methods of study of human activity play an important role. New principles and revised methods for the study of human work are supplemented by practical examples in manufacturing construction industry aviation and human-computer interaction. Features: Presents new SSAT data Offers for the first time comparative analysis of studying efficiency and productivity from the perspective of ergonomics psychology and economics Includes examples of evaluation of economic efficiency of ergonomic innovations Provides advanced self-regulative models of activity and of all cognitive processes that describe strategies of task performance Introduces a new efficient method of morphological and analytical quantitative analysis Discusses new methods of evaluation of complexity and reliability of highly variable computerized and computer-based tasks Work Activity Studies Within the Framework of Ergonomics Psychology and Economics presents a comprehensive unified psychological theory that can be utilized as a general approach to the study of human activity not only for ergonomists and psychologists but also for economists that study the efficiency of human performance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815357100

Work and Academic PoliticsA Journeyman's Story Over the course of a long and distinguished academic career William Form has gained renown as a major scholar in the areas of American labor politics institutional analysis and educational issues surrounding the experience of ethnicity and assimilation. Much of his scholarly work derived from his own experience as the son of Italian immigrants in the early twentieth century seeking integration into the mainstream of American society. As with other American ethnic groups the entrance into elementary secondary and higher education involved sacrifice and gain. Moreover the period of Form's academic career saw momentous changes in study of the social sciences. In Work and Academic Politics: A Journeyman's Story Form reflects on his own experience to provide an exemplary intellectual autobiography against the background of modernity and change in America.Form likens his career to phases of the medieval guild system. His pre-apprenticeship began with his early ethnic experiences in Rochester New York where he grew up and in its school system which ignored ethnic backgrounds and turned second generation children into Americans who spoke only English. After his apprenticeship at a newly established graduate program at the University of Maryland he wandered as a journeyman at Hood College American University Stevens College and Kent State ultimately attaining master's status at three land-grant universities in the midwest.Over a span of 60 years Form traces his changing research interests. His remembrances shaped by the interaction of family work place and politics offer fresh insights into the state of academia from the Depression to the present. In the pre-World War II years departments which were linked to social work changed drastically in the post-war period especially in research universities to build a scientific discipline. The turmoil of the Vietnam War and the civil rights movement in the 1970s further changed the intellectual and political life of the discipline. In an eloquent manner Form reiterates the transformations he has witnessed throughout his journey in society the discipline the university and the American Sociological Association.The volume will be of particular interest to sociologists social scientists social historians and specialists in ethnic studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138518032

Work and AgingA European Prospective In the past few years the topic of work and ageing has received much public and professional interest. The progressive "greying" of the population and its impact on work is a problem of widespread and growing concern with major consequences for the economy in terms of productivity performance health care work design and entry opportunities; and for the individual older worker. A European Symposium on Work and Ageing was held in Amsterdam in 1993. It was intended not only for a forum of scientists but also for practitioners and policy-makers who are actually involved in this growing field of social interest.; "Work and Aging" a multi-disciplinary book derives in part from this symposium but also includes especially invited contribributions from experts in occupational health and safety organizational psychology cognitive science and ergonomics.; Throughout the diverse chapters incentives are suggested on how and why an organization could benefit from the asset of an ageing worker. Training programmes for human resource management with respect to the elderly and disabled worker in particular are offered in order to deal effectively with vocational rehabilitation. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003062622

Work and Authority in IndustryManagerial Ideologies in the Course of Industrialization Work and Authority in Industry analyzes how the entrepreneurial class responded to the challenge of creating and later managing an industrial work force in widely differing types of industrial societies: the United States England and Russia. Bendix's penetrating re-examination of an aspect of economic history largely taken for granted was first published in 1965. It has become a classic. His central notion that the behavior of the capitalist class may be more important than the behavior of the working class in determining the course of events is now widely accepted. The book explores industrialization management and ideological appeals; entrepreneurial ideologies in England's early phase of industrialization; entrepreneurial ideologies in eighteenth- and nineteenth-century Russia; the bureaucratization of economic enterprises; and the American experience with -industrialization. This essential text will interest those in the fields of political science industrial relations management studies as well as comparative sociologists and historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540729

Work and Employment in a Globalized EraAn Asia Pacific Focus Looking at the change in work brought about by globalization this text examines how global competitive pressures in Asia are transforming workplace relations and impacting on strategies of managers as well as the responses and behaviours of trade unions and employees. The volume brings together research from Australia and New Zealand as well as from China Japan Malaysia and Singapore to illuminate our understanding of what is actually happening to organizations workforces employee groupings and individual employees as a result of globalization and the intensification of global competition in Pacific Asia. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039985

Work and Employment in EuropeA New Convergence? Europe's work force is subject to a dual convergence process: from the transnational spread of new management practices and from the political force of European union. Trade union rights hours of work working practices and training provisions are all being subjected to these twin pressures. Work and Employment in Europe assesses both the convergent and divergent developments taking place at both pan-European and cross-national levels. Comparisons of British and French retailing German and Italian manufacturing jobs German and British youth training schemes and small business strategies of Britain France and Italy show simultaneous elements of convergence and national specifity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203976043

Work and Employment in the High Performance Workplace There is a general consensus that deep-seated changes are reshaping the way production and work are organized the way employees employers and their representatives deal with each other and the way governments seek to shape society. In this work a group of leading scholars take stock of the evidence and implications of the new workplace. Drawing on examples from a variety of national contexts they seek to characterize the nature of contemporary workplace change and assess its implications for the organization of work for workers for employment relations and for public policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315058931

Work and Family PolicyInternational Comparative Perspectives Numerous challenges exist in respect to integrating work and family institutions and there is remarkable cross-national variation in the ways that societies respond to these concerns with policy. This volume examines these concerns by focusing on cross-national variation in structural/cultural arrangements. Consistent support is found in respect to the prospects of expanding resources for working families both in the opportunity to provide care as well as to remain integrated in the workforce. However the studies in this volume offer qualifiers explaining why some effects are not as strong as might be hoped and why effects are sometimes restricted to particular classifications of workers or families. It is apparent that when different societies implement similar policies they do not necessarily do so with the same intended outcomes and usage is mediated by how policies are received by employers and workers. The chapters in this book speak to the merits of international comparative analysis in identifying the strategies challenges and benefits of providing resources to workers and their families. This book was originally published as a special issue of Community Work & Family. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138376878

Work and Human Behavior Work is a many-sided human enterprise that has been written about from a great many different points of view representing almost every field of knowledge and almost every level of our social structure. Merely to identify these points of view is an impressive task. The subject of work has been written about by theologians and philosophers by poets and novelists by historians economists and sociologists by biologists and naturalists by politicians by essayists and journalists. It has been described as both a blessing and a curse as the chief means through which man has developed a high culture and as a ravager of our natural environment. Following the preface and an introductory chapter on the scope of the problem of work the title is divided up into four main sections which include: The Nature of Work Clinical Issues Work and Mental Health and Some Contemporary Problems Since the first two editions new issues have arisen that are currently leading to a certain amount of public uproar. The first issue concerns the sources of worker productivity prompted by the current decline of preeminence of United States industry both in the world market and in certain aspects of our internal market. The second issue involves the complex relations between work and mental health with work being viewed on one hand as a factor in the generation of insecurity and mental illness and from another as a factor in the treatment of the severe mental disorders. While much of the current published material on these two issues is characterized more by heat than by enlightenment the third edition includes new chapters in these widely debated areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540736

Work and Labor Relations in the Construction IndustryAn International Perspective The need for a skilled motivated and effective workforce is fundamental to the creation of the built environment across the world. Known in so many places for a tendency to informal and casual working practices for the sometimes abusive use of migrant labor for gendered male employment and for a neglect of the essentials of health and safety the industry its managers and its workforce face multiple challenges. This book brings an international lens to address those challenges looking particularly at the diverse ways in which answers have been found to manage safe and productive employment practices and effective employment relations within the framework of client demands for timely and cost-effective project completions. Whilst context history and contractual frameworks may all militate against a careful attention to human resource issues this makes them even more deserving of attention. Work and Labor Relations in Construction aims to share understanding of best practice in the industries associated with construction and related activities recognizing that effective work organization and good standards of employee relations will vary from one location to another. It acknowledges the real difficulties encountered by workers in parts of the developing world and the quest for improvement and awareness of some of the worst hazards and current practices. This book is both critical and analytical in approach and seeks to alert readers to the need for change. Aimed at addressing practical issues within the construction industry from a theoretical and empirical standpoint it will be of value to those interested in the built environment employment relations and human resource management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138364783

Work and Leisure in the Middle EastThe Common Ground of Two Separate Worlds Community involvement and leisure are rarely mentioned in mass media coverage of the Middle East and North Africa.Yet leisure and community involvement form a part of life in the region and are becoming increasingly significant as modernization becomes pervasive. This work seeks to examine how the interconnection of work and leisure operates in a culture far removed from North American or European traditions.Robert A. Stebbins argues that the Middle East is a region in the throes of a developmental crisis one of cultural underdevelopment. He indicates that while leisure and community involvement may be labeled as largely trivial activities they in fact involve a nexus that crosses with the labor process. Discussing activities as diverse as theater and falconry rotary clubs and brutal leisure‘such as acts of terrorism and revolutionary violence Stebbins offers a variety sufficient enough to confirm that cultural development through leisure work and community involvement has been possible.To provide the background for this argument Stebbins explains what community involvement is how it fosters cultural development and offers a look at contemporary leisure and work in a changing economic climate. This is a unique look both at community involvement in the Middle East and how it has affected the cultural political and religious crisis. The book concludes by proposing that a new view of work and leisure may serve to override social divisions and traditional impediments to cultural development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138518049

Work and LivelihoodsHistory Ethnography and Models in Times of Crisis Winner of the Society for the Anthropology of Work book prize 2017 This volume presents a global range of ethnographic case studies to explore the ways in which - in the context of the restructuring of industrial work the ongoing financial crisis and the surge in unemployment and precarious employment - local and global actors engage with complex social processes and devise ideological political and economic responses to them. It shows how the reorganization and re-signification of work notably shifts in the perception and valorization of work  affect domestic and community arrangements and shape the conditions of life of workers and their families. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138612860

Work and Organizational Psychology Psychologists have been fascinated by the world of work and the changing relationship between people technology and the workplace since the onset of the industrial revolution. And in providing a complete and contemporary overview of this evolving and fascinating field the new edition of Work and Organizational Psychology is the perfect textbook outlining not only the key theoretical ideas but also how they relate to the role of psychologists advising today’s organizations. The only textbook to integrate the fields of HRM and organizational behaviour the new edition is thoroughly revised to cover new technological advances such as virtual workplaces and virtual employees. In an era of rapid socio-economic change there is also expanded coverage of the role of workplace diversity employee commitment and globalization as well as updated chapters on key concepts such as motivation leadership group behaviour and well-being at work. Also including a chapter on career development the book is supported by a range of pedagogical features spotlighting issues of theoretical ethical or contemporary interest whilst also enabling students to engage in active learning. Lucid and comprehensive the second edition of Work and Organizational Psychology will be the cornerstone for any student of this dynamic field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848722200

Work and Organizations in Israel Since the State of Israel was established its labor force has grown rapidly and has become increasingly diverse in terms of its demographic cultural ethnic and socioeconomic characteristics. Israeli work values have shifted towards greater individualism materialism careerism and preference for white-collar and knowledge-based occupations is evident. A major structural change is underway as indicated by the decline of agriculture as a component in the Israeli economy and the growth of the industrial sector--mostly towards high technology and innovative enterprises.This volume sheds light on trends and developments that have been taking place in the realm of work in Israel in recent years. It contains a unique selection of articles presenting empirical evidence of the major features and important changes characterizing work organizations and the regime of work in Israeli society: labor relations work values power and management in organizations work in the Kibbutz inter-organizational relations women and work migrants and minorities in the Israeli labor force. Studies show that another two major trends characterize the contemporary economy and the labor market: the trend toward privatization and globalization the results of which are a continuous decrease of job security and an increasing level of unemployed Israeli men and women that are replaced by the low-cost labor of foreign workers emigrating from third world countries.This timely volume is valuable for its contribution to illuminating the recent changes taking place in the realm of work in Israel and will be of interest to sociologists social scientists and students of Judaica. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315135953

Work and Rest: A Topic for Work and Organizational PsychologyA Special Issue of the European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology Research on work and health has mostly focused on the stress caused by the work situation and by job characteristics. However recovering from the daily strain is also important to maintain a healthy balance between work and private life. Recovery is assumed to take place in people‘s private (after work) time. Therefore relevant issues with respect to recovery are: the length of the working day job characteristics activities people engage in after work the extent to which people disengage from work and how work and after-work activities influence this process. These topics are dealt with in this special issue. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781003059714

Work and StressA Research Overview Stress is a leading cause of ill health in the workplace. This shortform book analyses summarizes and contextualises research around stress at work. The book begins by exploring the impact and challenges of technology and the challenging and changing contours and boundaries of the nature of work. Using a behaviour lens the authors draw on cyberpsychology to illuminate the choices we make to balance life work and wellbeing. The changing nature of work is analysed shifting structures and boundaries explored and the stress consequences of such themes as the gig economy and precarious work are also included in the book. A compelling framework for researchers of work organization and psychology this concise book is also valuable reading for reflective practitioners seeking to understand the importance of well-being in the workplace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367347567

Work and the Enterprise Culture Work and Enterprise Culture examines the world of work in the light of the major changes that have occurred over the last decade. In particular the book focuses on what is understood by the term the ‘enterprise culture’ and considers what impact if any this concept has on traditional work practices. A major feature of the book is that the essays also address questions of equal opportunity on grounds of gender and race and examine the effects of the coming of the ‘enterprise culture’ has had on these concerns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815348252

Work and the Evolving SelfTheoretical and Clinical Considerations In Work and the Evolving Self Steven Axelrod begins to remedy this serious oversight by setting forth a comprehensive psychoanalytic perspective on work life. Consonant with his analytic perspective Axelrod sets out to illuminate the workplace by examining the psychodynamic meaning of work throughout the life cycle. He begins by exploring the various dimensions of work satisfaction from a psychoanalytic perspective and then expands on the relationship between work life and the adult developmental process. This developmental perspective frames Axelrod's central task: an examination of the typical work-related problems encountered in clinical practice beginning with a psychodynamic definition of a "work disturbance."  Moving on to treatment issues Axelrod elaborates on the manner in which assessment supportive and exploratory interventions all enter into the treatment of work disturbances. Axelrod concludes by considering issues of career development that emerge in individual psychotherapy and exploring the psychological implications of dramatic changes now taking place in the workplace.  As such Work and the Evolving Self is an impressive contribution to the task with which psychoanalytic therapists are increasingly engaged: that of broadening their identities and treatment approaches in a world that increasingly demands flexibility and innovation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005280

Work and the ImageVolume 1: Work Craft and Labour - Visual Representations in Changing Histories This title was first published in 2000. "Work and the Image" published in two volumes addresses a critical theme in contemporary social and cultural debates whose place in visual representation has been neglected. Ranging from Greek pottery to contemporary performance and exploring a breadth of geo-national perspectives including those of France Britain Hungary Soviet Russia the Ukraine Siberia and Germany the essays provide a challenging reconsideration of the image of work the meaning of the work process and the complex issues around artistic activity as itself a form of work even as it offers a representation of labour. Volume I includes interdisciplinary case studies which plot the changing definitions of work as labour craft social relations and a source of historical identity while analyzing the role of visual representation in their formation and transformation. The diverse essays cover such topics as anti-slavery movements and enunciation of workers' rights revolutionary politics relations of class and gender industrial masculinities and women's rural sociality unemployment and subjectivity Stalinist aesthetics and nationalist identities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138730366

Work and the ImageVolume 2: Work in Modern Times - Visual Mediations and Social Processes This title was first published in 2000. Published in two volumes "Work and the Image" addresses a critical theme in contemporary social and cultural debates whose place in visual representation has been neglected. Ranging from Greek pottery to contemporary performance and exploring a breadth of geo-national perspectives including those of France Britain Hungary Soviet Russia the Ukraine Siberia and Germany the essays provide a challenging reconsideration of the image of work the meaning of the work process and the complex issues around artistic activity as itself a form of work even as it offers a representation of labour. With a shared focus on the 20th century the era of modernity and its postmodern aftermath the essays in this volume examine the diverse ways in which the social relations of work in industrial societies from both capitalist and socialist regimes were publicly and privately mediated by changing forms of visual representation. The authors discuss traditional analyses of the image of the worker in the light of contemporary critical theories that address the question of the subjectivity of the worker in relation to class gender nationhood and the concept of modernity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138730465

Work and Wealth (Routledge Revivals)A Human Valuation First published in 1914 and reissued with a new introduction in 1992 Work and Wealth is a seminal vision of Hobson's liberal utopian ideals which desired to demonstrate how economic and social reform could transform existing society into one in which the majority of the population as opposed to a small elite could find fulfillment. Hobson attacked conventional economic wisdom which made a division between the cost of production and the utility derived from consumption. Far from being necesarily arduous Hobson argued that work had the potential to bring about immense utility and enrichment. The qualitative humanist work argues in favour of a new form of capitalism to minimise cost and maximise utility.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415602471

Work and Wealth in a Modern PortAn Economic Survey of Southampton This survey first published in 1934 was designed as a contribution to our knowledge of poverty its incidence and causes. Poverty is a product of many variables and it needs to be understood as an expression of a complex of economic and other social forces. This study therefore goes beyond the immediate facts and investigates some of the factors which have influenced the growth of population the earning strength of families and the economic life of the town and port. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138700505

Work and Welfare in the New Russia This title was first published in 2000. The UNDP announced on 29th July 1999 that 'A human crisis of monumental proportions is emerging in the former Soviet Union.' This book reports on the crisis through original and detailed data made possible by the changes that have taken place in Russia in the 1990s. Based on an EU and ODA funded project it examines in depth the patterns of contemporary unemployment and poverty the origins of Russian social policies and their aims implementation and effects up to 2000. The conclusion situates the findings within a discussion of the future of the Russian welfare state and the policy choices alternatives and consequences emerging in the context of current social conflicts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138729148

Work and Wellbeing in the Nordic CountriesCritical Perspectives on the World's Best Working Lives The Nordic countries have the world's best working life. Unlike in many other countries global competition has not created inequality uncertainty long working hours standardization and restrictive managerial control. The main reason for this lies in the way interests are expressed and conflicts are resolved. Both employees and employers are well organized and both recognize the interests of the other. Working life develops in a constant interaction between conflict and compromise. This book examines working conditions in Norway Denmark Sweden and Finland. It explores how these good working conditions are created and maintained. The chapters explain:How work organization is formed How education training and work place learning give access to the labour marketHow work is managed in the public sector How precarious work unfolds in the Nordic countries.Work and Wellbeing in the Nordic Countries is addressed to all those who have interest in the quality of working life. It will be of particular use to all students academics and policy makers working in the fields of social policy wellbeing management studies employment relations work sociology and work psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663841

Work Behavior of the World's PoorTheory Evidence and Policy This title was first published in 2003. The working poor of the world are observed to engage in long hours in hard jobs and to work more if wages are further reduced. Mainstream economics brushes off this tendency to increase labour supply as wages fall as perverse because it does not fit the conventional wisdom and tries to explain it as a result of "subsistence mentality" "limited aspiration" or "target income" behaviour of the poor. This however ignores the observed fact that the poor work long hard hours but most of the time fail to meet their minimum needs of subsistence and live impoverished lives in absolute poverty deficient of both food and physical rest. This book postulates that the observed behaviour is the result of economic distress the working poor suffer and analyses it as a rational behaviour using the conventional utility maximization framework and derives both theoretical and empirical results consistent with the observation. This book aims to correct a serious misconception persisting in the literature relating to the working-poor labour-supply behaviour that is almost universally observed. It also goes onto develop using the supply function a methodology to determine the standard of subsistence income and physical rest for the worker. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315194028

Work Design: Occupational Ergonomics This book gives readers the tools they need to achieve work design that is ergonomically effective while remaining economically feasible. Whether studying work design/ergonomics in a college classroom preparing for the Board of Certification in Professional Ergonomics (BCPE) exam or working as a professional in the field readers can depend on this book to provide them with the information they need. Work Design is a single source for ergonomics work design and work measurement. Its engineering orientation equips readers with practical design information and procedures; its explicit organization conversational style and clear explanations make it easy to read and understand. The book's many charts and graphics dynamically illustrate important concepts and principles and its extensive references give readers confidence in the material. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138434684

Work DesignA Systematic Approach Work is all around us and permeates everything we do and everyday activities. Not all work is justified not all work is properly designed or evaluated accurately or integrated. A systems model will make work more achievable through better management. Work is defined as a process of performing a defined task or activity such as research development operations maintenance repair assembly production and so on. Very little is written on how to design evaluate justify and integrate work. Using a comprehensive systems approach this book facilitates a better understanding of work for the purpose of making it more effective and rewarding. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498755733

Work DiscussionLearning from Reflective Practice in Work with Children and Families This book provides the history theory and practice of work discussion as developed at the Tavistock Clinic. It describes the evolution and contemporary practice of work discussion in relation to a wide range of professional work with children adolescents and families. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329853

Work Domain AnalysisConcepts Guidelines and Cases In complex sociotechnical systems such as military health care and nuclear power systems poor performance or errors resulting from inadequate designs can have catastrophic consequences. Although considered challenging to learn and execute well work domain analysis can be used as a framework to assist in the design of these systems. Work Domain Analysis: Concepts Guidelines and Cases helps you develop a deep understanding of this framework—not by oversimplifying the principles but by explaining its concepts and methodology in considerable depth.Building on the foundational concepts of cognitive work analysis by providing the first comprehensive treatment of work domain analysis the book begins with fundamental topics such as abstraction decomposition and structural means-ends and part-whole relations clearly outlining the basic characteristics of a work domain model. It then explores more advanced topics such as the development of multiple models of a system and the distinction between causal and intentional systems and illustrates them with numerous examples across a range of systems including warships libraries and petrochemical plants. It also provides comprehensive guidelines for performing work domain analysis. The author provides three detailed case studies that examine the impact unique contribution and feasibility of applying work domain analysis in industrial settings. These case studies demonstrate that work domain analysis can be used to address a range of problems beyond interface design such as team design training and the evaluation of system design concepts. They also provide concrete illustrations of the guidelines for work domain analysis.Without an appreciation of the variety of applications of work domain analysis and its suitability for implementation in industrial settings the benefits of this approach may not be fully realized. This book supplies the deep knowledge of this tool that will lead both to more powerful and innovative applications of the approach and to designs that support flexibility or adaptation in the workplace making systems safer healthier and more productive for workers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780805861297

Work EngagementA Handbook of Essential Theory and Research This book provides the most thorough view available on this new and intriguing dimension of workplace psychology which is the basis of fulfilling productive work. The book begins by defining work engagement which has been described as ‘an opposite to burnout ’ following its development into a more complex concept with far reaching implications for work-life. The chapters discuss the sources of work engagement emphasizing the importance of leadership organizational structures and human resource management as factors that may operate to either enhance or inhibit employee’s experience of work. The book considers the implications of work engagement for both the individual employee and the organization as a whole. To address readers’ practical questions the book provides in-depth coverage of interventions that can enhance employees’ work engagement and improve management techniques. Based upon the most up-to-date research by the foremost experts in the world this volume brings together the best knowledge available on work engagement and will be of great use to academic researchers upper level students of work and organizational psychology as well as management consultants. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877634

Work Experience And Psychological Development Through The Life Span  Throughout the modern era scholars have shown a continuing concern with the extent to which position in the occupational structure affects psychological development. This book examines whether work experiences and age (often considered as a proxy for stage in the work career) interact such that the effects of occupational conditions on the person Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216795

Work Experience in Secondary Schools Work experience schemes were becoming an ever more central part of the curriculum in secondary schools in the early 1980s; indeed ‘work’ had become a new subject in many. Fundamental changes in the nature of work and in its distribution and availability for school leavers made it particularly important that young people had experience of the kinds of work that may have awaited them in the outside world. A wide range of schemes were developed to meet this need including work study simulation link courses and pairing. Yet schools and their teachers found it difficult to obtain information about these schemes and their results. This book originally published in 1982 solved the problem by bringing together accounts from Britain Australia Ireland and the USSR with an extended editorial introduction which examines both the reasons for providing work experience in schools and the underlying social economic issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138321533

Work in a MetroIntense Flexible Insecure This volume is about why ‘work’ changed to become more precarious around the turn of the century. This happened not just in the developed world but also inside sectors that were demarcated as organized and modern within developing countries like India. In these sectors unlike the greater part of the Indian economy insecure jobs were uncommon before winds of change made them normal. This shift had occurred before the great global financial crisis of 2008. Between 2005-8 a survey based on over thousand structured interviews with workers in offices factories shops and establishments (below the supervisory rank) in Mumbai was undertaken. This is the innovative segment of the book which tries to measure and quantify some of these changes and their associations. It is designed to investigate the central proposition of the ‘Insecurity Hypothesis’ (IH) which is that the economic risk of increased and global competition was being progressively passed on from the employer to the employee. This was happening through shortened job tenure erratic remuneration variable work contingent employment and institutional changes that remove or reduce protection bargaining power of employees in the work place everywhere. The corollary is that widespread and unremitting work (and income related) insecurity is an expedient competitive strategy but a damaging socio-economic phenomenon. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138484894

Work in Challenging and Uncertain TimesThe Changing Employment Relationship This book was written as the Coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic began to have a devastating effect on employment across the globe. The crisis has served to highlight many deepseated often longstanding challenges to employment relationships. These include uncertainties and fears about the impact of technological advances concerns about safety and wellbeing and controversies around emerging business and employment models. It is difficult to avoid the fear that the combination of these and other practices will lead to a ‘race to the bottom’. The book calls for a radical rethink and reassessment of the core values underlying employment relationships. In Work in Challenging and Uncertain Times the authors take a refreshingly realistic view of how contemporary work relationships are managed and look to how they will need to change in the future. Some key questions are posed such as ‘who is the employer in complex skills supply chains?’; ‘how do we ensure a skilled workforce in a context of fragmentation and increasing individualization?’; ‘in a context of AI robots etc. what does it mean to be human?’ and ‘how do we achieve change and improvement’? Based on extensive research presented in an accessible and engaging style the book provides insights valuable to students of employment relationships HRM and employment law as well as to practitioners and policy-makers. It draws on a range of academic disciplines and thoughts from interviews with key practitioners and commentators on workplace as well as students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367897482

Work in the English NovelThe Myth of Vocation Originally published in 1985 this book traces the development of an ideal of work in English writing which runs parallel to that of the Protestant work ethic. The author has called this the myth of vocation: work is seen as the primary source of self-definition psychic integration and fulfilment. The root and the purest form of the idea is to be found in Robinson Crusoe. This work so seminal in many ways presents a prototypical middle-class hero caught in a conflict between the impulse to adventure and that to create and make profits. The conflicts articulated in this work are picked up more or less explicitly by more than one of the great Victorian novelists. This book treats in detail several paradigmatic examples deriving its terms of reference from modern sociological treatments of work and its effects on persons. The gospel of work need not result in capitalistic or protestant attitudes but is compatible also with communistic ideas. This study serves to revalue the concept of work as a humanistic activity as well as offering a subtle reading of major works of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367444617

Work Incentives and Welfare ProvisionThe 'Pathological' Theory of Unemployment This title was first published in 2000:  Over the past decade the welfare state has come under sustained attack not only from quarters which never approved of its policies but also from political theorists who used to support it. With the collapse of communism the policy of comprehensive welfare provision came under renewed scrutiny. It was argued that its impact on work incentives is most detrimental. Examining in detail current unemployment debates within Western welfare states this book seeks to verify or refute the view that non-work is increasingly chosen by work shy individuals - the 'pathological' theory of unemployment. Drawing from a range of disciplinary perspectives - from social philosophy and the history of philosophy to occupational psychology and feminist economics - this interdisciplinary analysis reveals that the "pathological" theory of unemployment with its reliance on a deficient depiction of human nature and its disregard of non-pecuniary work incentives and empirical evidence on benefit fraud cannot be upheld. Schroeder presents an alternative explanation for the phenomenon of widespread Western unemployment through new insights into an 'external barrier' theory of unemployment namely technological displacement combined with a refusal to return to a two-tiered Victorian society. By effectively combining empirical data with philosophical deliberations the book provides an important contribution to the welfare state debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138706200

Work MattersConsulting to leaders and organizations in the Tavistock tradition Work is complicated: It can be fulfilling and exciting or disappointing and disruptive. We spend most of our adult lives at work; it shapes our identities and provides a context for our creativity and talents. It can be the source of great pleasure – and of profound distress. In Work Matters organizational consultant and Tavistock lecturer Francesca Cardona examines our changing relationship with work today. Drawing on case studies from a wide range of individuals and organizations she considers the dynamics at play in our working lives. Cardona examines how to navigate times of transition and the balance of power in the work place while also addressing latent issues such as the effects of shame the cost of ill-conceived organizational structures and tasks the interface between the personal and the professional and the manager’s most precious skill: the ability to be psychologically present. Finally Cardona casts an eye on the consultant’s role in helping organizations move forwards in ways that are professionally and personally rewarding. Whether you are a business leader manager consultant or student or simply interested in how your work affects you Work Matters offers essential insights into an area that occupies so much of our lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313180

Work Motivation A unique compendium of international investigations into motivation and performance this book offers chapters by industrial and organizational psychologists from the United States Europe Australia and Japan as they share their theories concepts empirical evidence and practical evidence regarding the subject. The volume focuses on three distinct themes: * the relationship between motivation and performance * practical examples of building and strengthening the motivating potential with particular attention paid to productivity and the health of the employees * the development of work motivation over time and the change of the relative importance of central variables Work Motivation provides an exceptional blend of modern theoretical approaches technologically sound techniques for solving practical problems and empirical results to prove theoretical and technical validities. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138997554

Work Motivation in Organizational Behavior This second edition of the best-selling textbook on Work Motivation in Organizational Behavior provides an update of the critical analysis of the scientific literature on this topic and provides a highly integrated treatment of leading theories including their historical roots and progression over the years. A heavy emphasis is placed on the notion that behavior in the workplace is determined by a mix of factors many of which are not treated in texts on work motivation (such as frustration and violence power love and sex). Examples from current and recent media events are numerous and intended to illustrate concepts and issues related to work motivation emotion attitudes and behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138838208

Work Motivation in the Context of A Globalizing Economy Work Motivation in the Context of a Globalizing Economy evolved from a work motivation conference held in Israel attended by a group of internationally renowned scholars. These scholars were given the charge of creating a vision of motivation research for the 21st century. Coming from different parts of the world the scholars represent a wide range of perspectives from the very micro focus on the individual level of motivation through the meso level of groups and organizations and up to the macro level of culture. The authors provide an entry to the book by summarizing several mega-trends manifest across all of the chapters and identifying several emerging trends that are left for future research. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781410600349

Work MotivationPast Present and Future This edited volume in SIOP's Organizational Frontiers Series presents the current thinking and research on the important area of motivation.Work Motivation is a central issue in Industrial organizational psychology human resource management and organizational behavior. In this volume the editors and authors show that motivation must be seen as a multi-level phenomenon where individual group organizational and cultural variables must be considered to truly understand it. The book adopts an overall framework that encompasses "internal" - from the person - forces and "external" - from the immediate and more distant environment - forces. It is destined to challenge scholars of organizations to give renewed emphasis and attention to advancing our understanding of motivation in work situations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653350

Work OrientationsTheoretical Perspectives and Empirical Findings Work orientations and work attitudes have to do with the productive capacities in society. Insofar as individuals are positively oriented towards contributing their labour we can expect a great amount of work to be done and to be carried out efficiently carefully and responsibly. These subjective factors are thus very vital in modern working life. Work Orientations: Theoretical Perspectives and Empirical Findings offers up-to-date research on people’s commitment to work and employment and job satisfaction in economically advanced countries. It will also analyse changes that have taken place in these respects over the last decades. Among the key issues in Work Orientations are questions about whether patterns of work centrality and employment commitment tend to remain stable or have changed across time in various countries. Moreover we assume that the circumstances under which people participate in the social division of labour colour their subjective relationships to their jobs and to employment in general. A major aim of the book is to explore the impact of factors such as occupation education age and gender on work orientations and work attitudes. Work Orientations will be invaluable for researchers and scholars in the fields or organizational studies the sociology of work employee engagement and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815383291

Work Place Sabotage This title was first published in 2001. The examples cited in this study of sabotage in the working environment range from sophisticated tricks played in Western factories to natural reactions to inferior or unhealthy working practices in for example Malaysia and India. The book contains articles from various contributors which cover numerous topics within the subject including crime and punishment in the factory employee and organizational sabotage and management techniques to prevent sabotage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138636354

Work PressuresNew Agendas in Communication Work Pressures fills the void of research on the nature of pressures on individuals in the workplace. It offers a broad view of how work pressures can compromise the performance and vitality of individuals and their organizations. The contributions to this volume not only confirm communication’s centrality to the problems work pressures pose but also open an interdisciplinary conversation about how to learn from and ultimately manage them. Specific topics covered include the proliferation of communication technologies organizational discourse work overload and generational differences in the workplace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138938243

Work Process Knowledge Work Process Knowledge brings together the findings of twenty-four leading researchers on new forms of work and the demands these place on workers' knowledge and skill. Their findings based on a new set of investigations in a wide range of manufacturing and service industries identify the kinds of knowledge required to work effectively in the post-Taylorist industrial organization.Raising fundamental issues for current industrial policy science and technology policy and ways of managing the post-Taylorist organization and developing human resources this book will be of essential interest to academics and professionals working in the fields of management human resource development and workplace learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864009

Work Revolution In this book first published in 1975 the author critically examines the organisation of work the systems of control and the patterns of authority in British establishments. By bringing together detailed descriptions of alternative forms of work organisation and management from Norway Sweden Denmark and the USA Paul Dickson provokes considerable thought as to the extent to which these models could be developed and applied in the UK. This title will be of interest to students of business studies and human resource management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138288591

Work Stress and Coping in the Era of Globalization This book examines the phenomena of how individuals experience work stress and coping in both developed and developing countries in the world. Rabi Bhagat known for his cross-cultural scholarship in this area and his co authors help us recognize the causes and consequences of work stress. They present a systematic comprehensive review of this topic with plenty of practical insights and case studies examining work stress and coping in the era of globalization. Researchers practitioners and students in the field of industrial organizational psychology organizational behavior and human resources management will find this book of interest.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780805848472

Work StressStudies of the Context Content and Outcomes of Stress: A Book of Readings Sociologists and health experts from the U.K. Scandinavia Australia and the U.S. discuss issues surrounding stress in the workplace including its causes and ways in which jobs can be designed to minimize it. The book is intended for professionals and students in occupational health and safety. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784818

Work Study and Ergonomics In the present era of liberalization privatization and globalization industrial growth is probably the most critical factor while analyzing a country’s economy. Sustenance of industry primarily depends on its productivity levels in the highly competitive environment. Productivity enhancement can be achieved by using the principles of industrial engineering such as Work Study and Ergonomics. These principles have been addressed in this book in order to develop better understanding of the subject in the minds of readers pertaining to topics such as productivity work and method study with measurements and ergonomics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138049550

Work Time Regulation as Sustainable Full Employment StrategyThe Social Effort Bargain First published in 2009. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415530231

Work Under Capitalism  Work Under Capitalism synthesizes recent institutionalist and Marxist ideas about the organization of production situating production within a social context. Starting with the transaction rather than the individual it builds upon a coherent theory and applies it to a wide range of experience from household labour to transformations of health c Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216887

Work with ParentsPsychoanalytic Psychotherapy with Children and Adolescents Drawing on the rich range and depth of the clinical experience of the contributors this welcome volume will be a valuable tool for clinicians and trainees. The authors share a powerful commitment to the relevance and value of psychoanalytically based work with parents - an area all too often inadequately provided for - and provide heartening ev Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329860

Work: Marxist and Systems-Theoretical Approaches Using Marxist and systems theory as guides this book offers an entry point to the current debate on the role of economy in modern society the change in work organizations and the effect of the economy on the individual. It explores the concepts of ‘work society’ ‘industrial society’ and ‘capitalist society’ to explain the conditions of society as a whole and not just the conditions of businesses making particular use of the category of ‘work’. The first systematic theoretical comparison of Marxism and systems theory it provides a brief overview of the central debates concerning work society and the controversies surrounding organizations in capitalism. As such it will appeal to social scientists and social theorists with interests in the sociology of work industry and organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728779

Work: Quo Vadis?Re-thinking the Question of Work First published in 1997 this volume is the result of the third Karlstad symposium which aimed to bring together and reflect current empirical trends and theoretical discussions on the questions: what exactly is happening to work and consequentially what should happen to work? This book disseminates contributions from seventeen scientists from eleven countries to a wider audience. It should prove stimulating to postgraduates researchers policy-makers and others to encourage further work on conditions both at work and on the labour market. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138370517

Workability and Quality Control of Concrete Fresh concrete must be produced with the properties required for its intended applications for example it must be workable enough to flow into formwork and to be compacted. This book deals with the measurement of the flow properties of fresh concrete and the factors which affect its workability. Aspects of concrete mixes and control of manufacture to produce optimum properties which relate to workability are covered. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367863883

Work-Based Learning in Clinical SettingsInsights from Socio-Cultural Perspectives The importance of learning in the workplace has long been recognised in clinical education however the twin demands of the explosion in clinical knowledge and the changing dynamics of the clinical workplace have exposed the shortcomings of existing clinical learning practices and understandings of clinical learning in the workplace. There is a growing demand for conceptual and methodological tools that can help to develop understanding of the complex set of relationships involved in learning in professional healthcare contexts. This ground-breaking volume brings together the work of pioneering scholars of learning and is unique in providing a detailed account of socio-cultural theory in relation to clinical education. Work-based Learning in Clinical Settings clearly illustrates the potential breadth of application and the strength and diversity of research in this field. Each chapter engages with a distinct issue and follows a specific structure to present an extended case-based presentation of the research that explains the: .architecture of the concept or theory .application of the concept/theory to clinical education .methodological approaches used as well as the implications and limitations . understanding of the workplace clinical learning that emerged as a result of the research It is ideal for professionals in clinical education healthcare policy makers and shapers and postgraduate students who will find the thorough innovative research enlightening. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846194955

Work-based Practice in the Early YearsA Guide for Students Bringing together the essential theory research and policy with examples from practice Work-based Practice in the Early Years: A Guide for Students provides a complete guide to successful work placements for early years students. It makes links to the Occupational Standards for the Early Years Educator and the Teacher Standards for early years and integrates examples of effective universal and inclusive practice throughout. Following an overview of the research and policy context which has shaped the sector since the 1990s this new text is designed to prepare and support you the student as you embark on your placement which is an integral part of your early years degree. It covers the key information you need about safeguarding and the curriculum frameworks EYFS and the National Curriculum KS1 alongside chapters on reflective practice and research to support your developing professional and practical skills. Written with the student in mind this book draws on first-hand student experiences and introduces the idea of working towards being a leader of practice and the wider role in working with parents and families. This comprehensive guide also considers the views of placement providers examining the roles and responsibilities of both the student and provider and offering insight into their expectations and what factors make a work placement successful. Including reflective activities students' views and evidence from student portfolios this is an essential text for all early years’ students undertaking their work placement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138673656

Workbook of Atmospheric Dispersion EstimatesAn Introduction to Dispersion Modeling Second Edition This completely updated and revised Second Edition of the popular Workbook of Atmospheric Dispersion Estimates provides an important foundation for understanding dispersion modeling as it is being practiced today. The book and accompanying diskette will help you determine the impacts of various sources of air pollution including the effects of wind and turbulence plume rise and Gaussian dispersion and its limitations. Information is shown in summary graphs as well as in equations. The programs included on the diskette allow you to "get the feel" for the results you'll obtain through the input of various combinations of parameter values. The sensitivity of data to various parameters can be easily explored by changing one value and seeing the effect on the results. The book presents 37 example problems with solutions to show the estimation of atmospheric pollutant concentrations for many situations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579814

Worked Examples for the Design of Concrete Structures to Eurocode 2 This practical design guide illustrates through worked examples how Eurocode 2 may be used in practice. Complete and detailed designs of six archetypal building and public utility structures are provided. The book caters to students and engineers with little or no practical experience of design as well as to more experienced engineers who may be unfamiliar with Eurocode 2. Chapter 1 provides an introduction to the Structural Eurocodes with particular reference to actions on structures. Chapter 2 describes the principles requirements and methods used for the design of members. This is followed by worked examples for the following structures: A multi-storey office building with three forms of floor construction A basement to the office building with three types of foundations A free-standing cantilever earth-retaining wall A large underground service reservoir An open-top rectangular tank on an elastic soil An open-top cylindrical tank on an elastic soil In addition to the design of all the elements the analysis of each structure is fully explained. This applies particularly to the design of the basement and the tanks bearing on elastic soils for which specially derived tables are included in appendices to the book. The calculations are complemented by reinforcement drawings in accordance with the recommendations in the third edition (2006) of the Standard method of detailing structural concrete with commentaries on the bar arrangements. This book can be used as a stand-alone publication or as a more detailed companion to Reynolds’s Reinforced Concrete Designer’s Handbook now in its 11th edition. The comprehensive treatment of the designs and the variety of structures considered make this a unique and invaluable work. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415468190

Worked Solutions in Organic Chemistry This book illustrates and teaches the finer details of the tactics and strategies employed in the synthesis of organic molecules. As well as providing model answers to the problems the book discusses in detail the reasons why particular strategies are chosen and why in given circumstances alternative methods or routes may or may not be appropriate. As such it could be used as a stand alone volume for the teaching of organic chemistry with a modern and appropriate emphasis on synthesis. Extensive cross referencing to Principles of Organic Synthesis allows the two books to be used as companion volumes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138456013

Worker Activism After Successful Union Organizing Shows how different levels of worker participation during a union organizing campaign influence the perceptions and actions of those same workers after the campaign ends and thereby the long-term effectiveness and success of the organizing effort. Drawing on historical and current examples the author analyzes the political and economic contexts within which today's unions are organizing including a detailed examination of the impact of the Wagner Act. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698076

Worker At Work The First Published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781315059068

Worker Identity Agency and Economic DevelopmentWomen's empowerment in the Indian informal economy More than nine out of every ten working women in India are employed in the informal economy unprotected by labour laws and excluded from basic forms of social security. They work as daily labourers in the fields small producers and industrial outworkers in their own homes and as vendors on the streets. These workers typically receive very low wages and experience extreme forms of social economic and political marginalisation. This book examines what types of interventions can improve the well-being of women working in the Indian informal economy. Using the case study of the Self Employed Women’s Association Worker Identity Agency and Economic Development argues that work-life reform for informal women workers has moral and social dimensions as well as economic.  Drawing on the work of social philosopher Axel Honneth the book argues that worker agency is critical to the process of work-life reform in the informal economy. Using empirical data collected amongst SEWA members the study shows that there is a positive and developmental relationship between a worker’s identity or psychological integrity and her actual capacity to engage in the political economy for constructive change. The study shows that membership based organisations can promote the social foundations of recognition and respect that are critical to identity and agency as well as provide worker’s with real opportunities to develop alternative non-exploitative economic institutions that deliver improved wages and social security. But in organizing informal workers for collective action the existing distribution of power and wealth as well as gender privilege are challenged. The result is social conflict and sometimes violence. Conflict of this nature is endemic to the development process but is often overlooked in development literature and policy design. The book will be of interest to development scholars and practitioners as well as those interested in the dynamics of women’s empowerment and socio-economic change for informal economy workers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138805392

Worker Participation in Europe This book originally published in 1977 is a comparative study of worker participation in France Belgium Luxembourg and Britain. The first part of the book treats employee participation in general terms and examines its meaning and scope. The second part then examines the major themes of representative establishment councils and employee representation through an analysis of the relevant statutes and common law of the countries concerned and by exploring the legal and other problems which have arisen in each. It also examines how these laws are applied in practice and the opinions of those concerned. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138560482

Worker Safety Under SiegeLabor Capital and the Politics of Workplace Safety in a Deregulated World This eye-opening book shows how the rights of workers to safe and healthful workplaces are under greater attack today than at any time since the passage of the landmark Occupational Safety and Health Act in 1970. This collection is organized around three thematic issues that pose significant challenges to the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's ability to protect workers' safety and health. First the economy has shifted from an industrial base to a white collar/service base which includes more women workers than ever before - yet many of the safety and health problems that affect women are not being adequately addressed. Second free market ideology and globalization have served to undermine worker safety and health laws. And finally the effects of 9/11 have exacerbated the trend toward weakening workers' rights and safety standards in the name of national security. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698069

Worker Satisfaction and Economic Performance This book challenges some of the fundamental tenets of "free market" economics that have had a profound impact on public policy and the plight of the American worker. These include the beliefs that high wages inevitably mean low profits; that a "free" market will automatically reduce discrimination and pay inequality; that anti-trust legislation hinders competitive market forces; and that minimum wage laws and trade unions negatively impact the economy.Using both theoretical analysis and real-life examples the author shows that these myths are a product of unrealistic behavioral assumptions on the part of "free market" economists about the typical worker. In fact as the author makes clear the level of workers' satisfaction with their jobs as a reflection of how well they are paid and treated by their employers has a direct impact on the quality level of the products they produce and inevitably the economic performance of the firms. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315500218

Worker Satisfaction and Economic Performance This book challenges some of the fundamental tenets of "free market" economics that have had a profound impact on public policy and the plight of the American worker. These include the beliefs that high wages inevitably mean low profits; that a "free" market will automatically reduce discrimination and pay inequality; that anti-trust legislation hinders competitive market forces; and that minimum wage laws and trade unions negatively impact the economy.Using both theoretical analysis and real-life examples the author shows that these myths are a product of unrealistic behavioral assumptions on the part of "free market" economists about the typical worker. In fact as the author makes clear the level of workers' satisfaction with their jobs as a reflection of how well they are paid and treated by their employers has a direct impact on the quality level of the products they produce and inevitably the economic performance of the firms. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003063582

Workers Unions and Payment in KindThe Fight for Real Wages in Britain 1820–1914 Despite the dramatic expansion of consumer culture from the beginning of the eighteenth century onwards and the developments in retailing advertising and credit relationships in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries there were a significant number of working families in Britain who were not fully free to consume as they chose. These employees were paid in truck or in goods rather than currency. This book will explore and analyse the changing ways that truck and workplace deductions were experienced by different groups in British society arguing that it was far more common than has previously been acknowledged. This analysis brings to light issues of class and gender; the discourse of free trade popular politics and protest; the development of the trade union movement; and the use of the legal system as an instrument for bringing about social and legal change.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138121065

Workers and the Global Informal EconomyInterdisciplinary perspectives The global financial crisis and subsequent increase in social inequality has led in many cases to a redrawing of the boundaries between formal and informal work. This interdisciplinary volume explores the role of informal work in today’s global economy presenting economic legal sociological historical anthropological political and cultural perspectives on the topic.Workers and the Global Informal Economy explores varying definitions of informality in the backdrop of neo-liberal market logic exploring how it manifests itself in different regions around the world and its relationship with formal work. This volume demonstrates how neo-liberalism has been instrumental in accelerating informality and has resulted in the increasingly precarious position of the informal worker. Using different methodological approaches and regional focuses this book considers key questions such as whether workers exercise choice over their work; how constrained such choices are; how social norms shape such choices; how work affects their well-being and agency; and what role culture plays in the determination of informality. This interdisciplinary collection will be of interest to policy-makers and researchers engaging with informality from different disciplinary and regional perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668426

Workers and Trade Unions for Climate SolidarityTackling climate change in a neoliberal world This book is a theoretically rich and empirically grounded account of UK trade union engagement with climate change over the last three decades. It offers a rigorous critique of the mainstream neoliberal and ecological modernisation approaches extending the concepts of Marxist social and employment relations theory to the climate realm. The book applies insights from employment relations to the political economy of climate change developing a model for understanding trade union behaviour over climate matters. The strong interdisciplinary approach draws together lessons from both physical and social science providing an original empirical investigation into the climate politics of the UK trade union movement from high level officials down to workplace climate representatives from issues of climate jobs to workers’ climate action. This book will be of great interest to students and researchers in environmental politics climate change and environmental sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138283633

Workers and Workplaces in Revolutionary China Workers and Workplaces in Revolutionary China collates documents detailing the conflict and politics of Chinese industrial development in the 1970s. Originally published in 1974 issues discussed in this volume include socialism the harbour docks in china and tobacco factory workers. This title will be of interest to students of Asian studies anthropology and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138191976

Workers at PlayA Social and Economic History of Leisure 1918-1939 First published in 1986. This book explores developments in the cinema sport holidays gambling drinking and many more recreational activities and situates working-class leisure within the determining economic and social context. In particular the inventiveness of working people ‘at play’ is highlighted. Drawing on an extensive range of source material the book has a wide general appeal and will be useful to those professionally concerned with leisure as well as teachers and students of social history and all those interested in the patterns of working-class life in the past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327009

Workers' CapitalIndustry funds and the fight for universal superannuation in Australia Superannuation was once a privilege granted only to company head office staff and career public servants. Now in Australia nearly all workers have access to employer-contributed superannuation and it is a fundamental pillar of Australia's retirement income system.Workers' Capital tells the story of the Australian superannuation revolution led by trade unions in the 1980s. After a series of hard-fought industrial campaigns an enormous financial industry was created involving hundreds of thousands of employers and covering millions of fund members. From having one of the worst retirement savings systems in the developed world in three decades Australia had one of the best. Now the funds held in Australian superannuation accounts exceed the entire market capitalisation of all the companies on the Australian Stock Exchange.Drawing on interviews with the key players and extensive archival research Workers' Capital is the first systematic history of the unique Australian system of industry superannuation.'Startling and informative-I thought I knew a lot about the industry superannuation phenomenon but this one took me by surprise. For a topic so important a real page-turner.'Gerard Noonan Chair of Media Super former editor of Australian Financial Review Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781760295523

Workers' Control This book first published in 1973 sets out the reason why workers’ control is the necessary alternative to the present system. It describes the struggle of the workers through their organizations to achieve a greater control over their lives; and it discusses the practical steps which need to be taken to achieve complete workers’ control. Practicality is the keynote of this book which starts from the reality of the 1970’s and progresses towards the essence of socialism – workers’ control. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309814

Workers' Culture in Imperial GermanyLeisure and Recreation in the Rhineland and Westphalia First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138006638

Workers' Democracy in China's Transition from State Socialism This fascinating book is among the first to examine state workers’ protests against privatization in China. Philion discusses how Chinese state enterprise workers have engaged a discourse of ‘workers democracy’ in the process of struggle with the new social relations of work that are engendered by privatization oriented policies in China today. By the 1990s this discourse was being deployed by the state in an effort to minimize the social obligations of the Party and enterprise to state workers and to win the latter over to faith in markets. Philion reveals that Chinese workers have recently engaged this discourse in order to do something they never envisioned having to do: fight for what Chinese state socialism had always promised them as the ‘masters of the factory’ namely the right to a job and basic social security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542579

Workers' Participation And Self-management In Developing Countries Drawing on his background as an economist and a specialist on the Yugoslav system of workers' self-management Janez Prasnikar analyzes an extraordinary amount of dispersed information on the experience with workers' participation in thirteen developing countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216740

Workers' Participation in Industry First published in 1975 Workers’ Participation in Industry provides a fresh perspective on a highly significant issue. Its principal argument is that developments in workers’ participation and control cannot be satisfactorily understood except by reference to broader questions concerning the exercise of power in industry and in society at large. The book’s approach is sociological and explanatory and it is written for the general reader as well as for students and specialists on both sides of industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138307773

Workers' Rights and Labor Compliance in Global Supply ChainsIs a Social Label the Answer? This book provides insight into the potential for the market to protect and improve labour standards and working conditions in global apparel supply chains. It examines the possibilities and limitations of market approaches to securing social compliance in global manufacturing industries. It does so by tracing the historic origins of social labelling both in trade union and consumer constituencies considering industry and consumer perspectives on the benefits and drawbacks of social labelling comparing efforts to develop and implement labelling initiatives in various countries and locating social labelling within contemporary debates and controversies about the implications of globalization for workers worldwide. Scholars and students of globalisation development corporate social responsibility human geography labour and industrial relations business ethics consumer behaviour and fashion will find its contents of relevance. CSR practitioners in the clothing and other industries will also find this useful in developing policy with respect to supply chain assurance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138212732

Workers Unions & State Ils 167 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863643

Workers' Voice HRM Practice and Leadership in the Public SectorMultidimensional Well-Being at Work Much is talked and written about well-being in the workplace but many wonder whether 'putting people first' is just a facade and that were it not for employment legislation union representation and the high profile of human rights issues employers would regard employees as a necessary burdensome financial evil as in days gone by. Some scholarly research has focused on the reactions of employees to the quality of working life and well-being at work and much of this suggests high levels of dissatisfaction disaffection and disengagement. In Workers' Voice HRM Practice and Leadership in the Public Sector: Multidimensional Well-Being at Work Nicole Cvenkel avers that whilst it is known that public sector employees are even less satisfied than those in the private sector there has been very little research into the effects of working life experiences on employee well-being in public sector organisations. There is even some doubt about whether a well-being philosophy that can be applied in the private sector can readily be extended to the public sector. The push towards New Public Management (NPM) means organisations continue to undergo significant reform processes around efficiency costs and public service delivery. All these changes place additional demands on public sector employees who are at times also subject to intensive scrutiny by stakeholder groups who may regard the recourse to well-being initiatives as a poor use of public funds. The author has researched in the UK local government sector and that is the setting for the debate in this book about whether and how an employee well-being ideology can be successfully promoted and maintained in an NPM environment given continuous reform and expenditure reduction. In a local government case organisation the author has researched limited resources reduction in budgets redundancies increased workloads lack of trust and the existence of a 'controlled' working environment were all found to be central to a climate of bullying and unfairness. Although the organisation was committed to the adoption of HRM 'best practice' and initiatives geared towards promoting employees well-being employees still believed they were being bullied and treated unfairly. It was found that different perspectives on the psychological contract fairness and bullying at work were highlighted by managerial and non-managerial employees. The author's conclusions contribute to a clearer understanding than hitherto of workers' voice in relation to work leader-member exchanges and well-being in the public sector and she offers a model depicting employees' understanding of what their quality of working life line manager’s leadership and well-being should be that might be used by organisational leaders researchers policy makers Human Resources managers and other practitioners and consultants to move towards a more holistic multidimensional well-being at work paradigm. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409453253

Work-Family Challenges for Low-Income Parents and Their Children The area of work and family is a hot topic in the social sciences and appeals to scholars in a wide range of disciplines. There are few edited volumes in this area however and this may be the only one that focuses on low-income families--a particularly important group in this era of welfare-to-work policy. Interdisciplinary in nature the volume brings together contributors from the fields of psychology social work sociology demography economics human development and family studies and public policy. It presents important work-family topics from the point of view of low-income families at a time in history when welfare to work programs have become standard. Divided into four parts each section addresses a different aspect of the topic consisting of a big picture lead essay which is followed by three papers that critique extend and supplement the final paper. Many of the chapters address important social policy issues giving the volume an applied focus which will make it of interest to many groups. Serving to organize the volume these issues and others have been encapsulated into four sets of anchor questions: *How has the availability content and stability of the jobs available for the working poor changed in recent decades? How do work circumstances for low-income families vary as a function of gender family structure race ethnicity and geography? What implications do these changes have for the widening inequality between the haves and have-nots? *What features of work timing matter for families? What do we know about the impacts of shift work long hours seasonal work and temporary work on employees their family relationships and their children's development? *How are the child care needs of low-income families being met? What challenges do these families face with regard to child care and how can child-care services be strengthened to support parents and to enhance child development? *How are the challenges of managing work and family experienced by low-income men and women? The primary audience for the book is academicians and their students policy specialists and people charged with developing and evaluating family-focused programs. The volume will be appropriate for classroom use in upper-level undergraduate courses and graduate courses in the fields of family sociology demography human development and family studies women's studies labor studies and social work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410609755

Work-Family DynamicsCompeting Logics of Regulation Economy and Morals Work-life integration is an increasingly hot topic in the media social research governments and in people’s everyday lives. This volume offers a new type of lens for understanding work-family reconciliation by studying how work-family dynamics are shaped squeezed and developed between consistent or competing logics in different societies in Europe and the US.The three institutions of "state" "family" and "working life" and their under-explored primary logics of "regulation" "morality" and "economic competitiveness" are examined theoretically as well as empirically throughout the chapters thus contributing to an understanding of the contemporary challenges within the field of work-family research that combines structure and culture. Particular attention is given to the ways in which the institutions are confronted with various moral norms of good parenthood or motherhood and ideals for family life. Likewise the logic of policy regulation and gendered family moralities are challenged by the economic logic of working life based on competition in favour of the most productive workers and organizations. Demonstrating different aspects of what is behind and between the logics of state regulation morals and market this innovative volume will appeal to students teachers and researchers interested in areas such as family studies welfare state studies social policy studies work life studies as well as and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872625

WorkflowA Practical Guide to the Creative Process A pro isn’t just a person who can do it well. It’s a person who can do it well every time on demand and on deadline; which is why the key to being a professional creative is having a great creative process. Whether it’s writing a book animating a shot designing a game level or composing a soundtrack—ultimately we’re all facing similar challenges. Since we share challenges we can also share solutions. This book is a practical guide featuring a universal creative process that can streamline any serious creative work on any scale.   Key Features Universal approach: applies to any process that starts with an idea and ends with a refined product. Profound and light: combines conceptual ideas with practical tips and fun anecdotes. Caricatures and samples: helps visually clarify ideas and processes. Variety of creative fields: draws on examples from writing animation game design 3D modeling music sculpting and more Printable summaries: provides visual outlines that can be used as cheat-sheets. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138058538

Workforce Cross Training In today's ultra-competitive global business environment it is becoming increasingly important for companies to reduce spending while simultaneously improving their efficiency and productivity. To achieve this goal many organizations are opting to implement cross training programs in order to maximize the potential of their existing workforce thus avoiding the need to outsource. Filling a gap in the literature Workforce Cross Training presents a pioneering overview of the currently available research on this topic and provides invaluable insight into the design of successful cross training programs.Featuring contributions from a team of experts this text integrates information from a wide variety of disciplines including human factors industrial engineering operations management and behavioral psychology. The authors examine the use of cross training programs in various work environments including serial production systems call centers and manufacturing industries. Discussion includes best practices of cross training methods and the future opportunities offered by cross training programs.A single resource featuring an in-depth summary of the policies methods and results of cross training this book delivers a much needed source of guidance for creating effective workforce cross training programs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389185

Workforce Development and Skill Formation in Asia Asia has undergone rapid transformation over the past several decades as many countries have embraced new technologies and the processes of globalisation. Over this period the inflow of foreign capital into the region the level of trade amongst these countries and trade with other parts of the world has increased substantially. The ensuing economic growth has led to some significant changes in labour markets and the demand for skilled employees and their deployment within organisations. Focusing on a number of developed and developing Asian economies this book explores the dynamics of workforce development and skill formation and considers questions of both skills shortages and skills gaps. The book assesses the current state of training in the selected Asian economies the weaknesses and strengths of their various training approaches and what the present state of training means for the future economic development of these economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138181762

Workforce Readiness and the Future of Work Workforce readiness is an issue that is of great national and societal importance. For the United States and other countries to thrive in a globally interconnected environment of wide-ranging opportunities and threats the need to develop and maintain a skilled and adaptable workforce is critical. National investments in job training and schools remain essential in stimulating businesses and employment agencies to collaborate productively with educators who provide both training and vocational guidance. Workforce Readiness and the Future of Work argues that the large-scale multifaceted efforts required to ensure a reliable and strong supply of talent and skill in the U.S. workforce should be addressed systematically simultaneously and systemically across disciplines of thought and levels of analysis. In a four-part framework the authors cover the major areas of: education in the K-12 vocational postsecondary and STEM arenas; economic and labor market considerations; employment organizations and the world of work; laws policies and budgets at the federal state local and military levels. With contributions from leading scholars this volume informs high-priority workforce effectiveness issues of current and future concern and concrete research practice and policy directions to generate novel insights of a multilevel and system-wide nature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815381419

Workforce ReadinessCompetencies and Assessment Current economic difficulties and the challenge of competing in the world market have necessitated a rethinking of American approaches to the utilization of people in organizations. Management now recognizes a need to have workers take on more responsibility at the points of production of sale and of service rendered if the United States is to compete in rapidly changing world markets. This development means that much more is expected of even entry-level members of the American workforce. Thus even more is expected of our high schools and colleges to provide this type of workforce. The need of American management for workers with greater skills and who can take on greater responsibility has spawned many commissions task forces and studies. All of them have contributed to the vast evidence documenting the need for a more highly skilled workforce. These studies are summarized and synthesized in this book. However what remains largely undone is the development of methods to assess the necessary skills that have been identified. A major portion of this book deals with assessment issues. Workforce Readiness: Competencies and Assessment explores the state-of-the-art in the specification of competencies (skills) and their assessment for students entering the world of work from both high school and college. Both individual and team competencies are examined via data that has been reported and collected in various settings--schools laboratories and industrial facilities. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315805955

Working Across BoundariesResilient Health Care Volume 5 The book demonstrates how Resilient Health Care principles can enable those on the frontline to work more effectively towards interdisciplinary care by gaining a deeper understanding of the boundaries that exist in everyday clinical settings. This is done by presenting a set of case studies theoretical chapters and applications that relate experiences bring forth ideas and illustrate practical solutions. The chapters address many different issues such as resolving conflict overcoming barriers to patient-flow management and building connections through negotiation. They represent a range of approaches rather than a single way of solving the practical problems and have been written to serve both a scientific and an andragogical purpose. Working Across Boundaries is primarily aimed at people who are directly involved in the running and improvement of health care systems providing them with practical guidance. It will also be of direct interest to health care professionals in clinical and managerial positions as well as researchers. Presents the latest work of the lauded Resilient Health Care Net group developing applications of Resilience Engineering to health care furthering safety thinking and generating applicable solutions that will benefit patient safety worldwide Enables health care professionals to become aware of the boundaries that affect their work so that they are able to use their strengths and overcome their weaknesses Written from a Safety-II perspective where the purpose is to make sure that as much as possible goes well and the focus therefore is on everyday work rather than on failures. There are at present no other books that adopt this perspective nor which go into the practical details Provides a concise presentation of the state of resilient health care as a science in terms of major theoretical issues and practical methods and techniques on the overarching and important topics of boundary-crossing and integration of care settings Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367224578

Working Across CulturesStudy of Expatriate Nurses Working in Developing Countries in Primary Health Care Published in 1998 this work aims to challenge not only those expatriates who work overseas as consultants or practitioners in aid programmes but also the agencies who support aid programmes from the West. It identifies the values that influence practice and questions the validity of the contribution that nurses overseas are able to make. The nurses use race gender and knowledge as forms of power in order to "work effectively". Their role in supporting women for the promotion of better health in the developing countries is recognised. Yet the values which influence their practice can lead them to disable rather than enable the community they are seeking to help. An empowerment model is proposed with emphasis on the acknowledgement of racial heritage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138361539

Working Across Modalities in the Arts TherapiesCreative Collaborations Working Across Modalities in the Arts Therapies: Creative Collaborations offers an in-depth insight into cross-modality and transdisciplinary practice in the arts therapies. Including contributions from drama music dance movement and art therapists as well as professionals from related disciplines it vividly demonstrates how the alchemy of these collaborations produces innovative interventions and new approaches to working with clients. Compelling examples of collaborative practice cover a variety of client groups ranging from Syrian refugee children and women with eating disorders to homeless war veterans and sex offenders. Together the authors make the case for the effectiveness of cross-modal and transdisciplinary approaches when working with otherwise hard-to-reach and complex populations. This book is a guide to good practice and an invaluable resource for both experienced arts therapists and those new to the field. It will also be of benefit to healthcare and education professionals arts practitioners and anyone with an interest in the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138656437

Working Across the GapThe Practice of Social Science in Organizations The author's experience of applying the social sciences in organizations must be unique. Her work is grounded in research but much of her professional activity has been in application combining the methods and findings of research with an understanding of dynamics in working with organizations. Moving between research and practice she has Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329877

Working Against the GrainRe-Imaging Black Theology in the 21st Century Christianity has been both the cause of oppression among Black communities and a source of liberation. Black Christianity has sought solace in the redemptive figure of Christ in its struggle for human dignity and freedom. 'Working Against the Grain' addresses the displacement of Black theology in Diasporan African churches by charismatic and conservative neo-Pentecostalism. The essays present a radical Black theology that empowers disenfranchised Black people whilst challenging White power to see and act differently. 'Working Against the Grain' is an essential text for all those interested in the pursuit of racial justice and other forms of anti-oppressive practice both inside the church and beyond it. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315710952

Working and Educating for LifeFeminist and International Perspectives on Adult Education Originally published in 1992 this book presents an alternative view of adult education. The author moves the analysis from the usual focus in adult education literature on skills and skill deficitys and concentrates instead on the educational potential of work itself. By linking issues of gender and the developing world an alternative concept of work and productivity is formulated serving as the basis for new approaches and paradigms in adult education. The book draws on two decades of studying critical social political and economic educational and feminist theory and examines the link between the international and sexual division of labour and at the relationship between work nature and technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138313545

Working at a DistanceA Global Business Model for Virtual Team Collaboration Organizations are implementing virtual teams using web technologies as a cost-effective measure for training and project development. In Working at a Distance Cassandra Smith provides a detailed comprehensible virtual team business model for managers professionals teachers or students involved globally with such initiatives. The author argues that guidance for members of such teams is generally lacking. They are left to figure out their places on the team and face a host of other issues the impact of which can be ameliorated with a virtual team business model that anyone working at a distance can follow. Cassandra Smith has taught courses online and facilitated virtual teams. The model she has created based on that experience maximizes the benefit to be gained from individual members’ skills personality styles and the strengths of each active participant. It will enable teams to set up viable working plans and work cohesively at a distance. The model also provides for conflict management in virtual environments. Built on research and practical experience the empirical data and subject experts’ views captured by the author and the model offered here will help all stakeholders of businesses or educational institutions where managers employees and clients; or teachers and students are working at a distance to achieve desired outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250321

Working at the Interface of CulturesEighteen Lives in Social Science Behind the mask of objective science lie the dynamics of what happens to scientists who go to live and work in another culture. Those who work and study in an alien culture often find themselves changed in ways that affect their scientific work. How does this challenge stimulate provoke suggest and inspire advances and novelty in their theories methods and instruments? Originally published in 1997 each of the essays in this title explores these issues through the experiences of a distinguished practitioner describing the process of intellectual growth and development. Chosen for their extensive experience with people holding a different worldview the authors have all achieved renown for their contributions to the social science of culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138939455

Working Below the SurfaceThe Emotional Life of Contemporary Organizations The chapters contributed to this book have been written by the staff and associates of The Tavistock Consultancy Service whose distinctive competence is in the human dimension of enterprise and the dynamics of the workplace. The intention is to identify and explore some of the key themes that have emerged such as the emotional world of the org Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329884

Working CapitalLife and Labour in Contemporary London For decades the cities of the developed world were seen as problem-beset relics from times of low mobility and slow communications. But now their potential to sustain creativity culture and innovation is perceived as crucial to success in a much more competitive global ecomony. The vital requirement to secure and sustain this success is argued to be the achievement of social cohesion.Working Capital provides a rigorous but accessible analysis of these key issues taking London as its test case. The book provides the first substantial analysis of key economic social and structural issues that the new London administration needs to deal with. In a wider context its critical assessment of the bases of the new urbanism and of the global city thesis will raise questions both about the adequacy of urban thinking and about the capacity of new institutions alone to resolve the fundamental problems faced by cities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315015408

Working CitiesArchitecture Place and Production Cities have historically supported production commerce and consumption all central to urban life. But in the contemporary Western city production has been hidden or removed and commerce and consumption have dominated. This book is about the importance of production in the life of the city and the relationships between production architecture and urban form. It answers the question: What will cities be like when they become once again places of production and not only of consumption?  Through theoretical arguments historical analysis and descriptions of new initiatives Working Cities: Architecture Place and Production argues that contemporary cities can regain their historic role as places of material production—places where food is processed and things are made. The book looks toward a future that builds on this revival providing architectural and urban examples and current strategies within the framework of a strong set of historically-based arguments. The book is illustrated in full colour with archival and contemporary photographs maps and diagrams especially developed for the book. The diagrams help illustrate the different variables of architectural space urban location and production in different historical eras and in different kinds of industries providing a compelling visual understanding for the reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138328662

Working Class Comm Ils 122 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863438

Working Class CultureStudies in History and Theory First published in 2013. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653381

Working Class Radicalism in Mid-Victorian England Originally published in 1976 Working Class Radicalism in Mid-Victorian England examines working-class radicalism in the mid-Victorian period and suggests that after the fading of Chartist militancy the radical tradition was preserved in a working-class subculture that enabled working men to resist the full consolidation of middle-class hegemony. The book traces the growth of working-class radicalism as it developed dialectically in confrontation with middle-class liberal ideology in the generation after Waterloo. Intellectual forces were of central importance in shaping the character of the working-class Left and the Enlightenment in particular as the chief source of ideological weapons that were turned against the established order. The Enlightenment also provided the intellectual foundations of the middle-class ideology that was directed against the incipient threat of popular radicalism. The book notes that the same intellectual forces that entered into the first half of the nineteenth century also shaped the value system that provided the foundations of mid-Victorian urban culture. These forces also contributed to the rapprochement between working-class liberalism bringing latent affinities to the surface. It is also emphasised however that inherited ideas and traditions exercised their influence in interaction with the structure of power and status. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367858315

Working Class Without WorkHigh School Students in A De-Industrializing Economy First Published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138181236

Working CollaborativelyA Practical Guide to Achieving More The really big sustainability challenges for your business can’t be solved by your business. But they can be solved by your business working in collaboration with others. Working Collaboratively provides tools to help you understand and manage successful collaborations: identify potential collaborators e.g. key players from other parts of the system; spot internal "ways of working" that support or get in the way of collaboration; use a range of techniques to explore win-wins with potential collaborators. Collaboration means sharing decisions resources risks... and control. It means trusting others sharing your weaknesses as well as your strengths and taking the time to find win-wins (or compromises). It requires a leap of faith because you never know what will emerge from the chaotic early steps. Drawing on examples of collaboration between strange bedfellows this practical guide will help you take the first steps towards building sustainable solutions together. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909293601

Working Comm Groups Ils 198 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863810

Working Couples Caring for Children and Aging ParentsEffects on Work and Well-Being As the baby boomer generation approaches midlife many dual-earner couples are struggling with issues of simultaneously caring for children while tending to aging parents. This timely book uncovers the circumstances faced by these workers known as the “sandwiched generation” and identifies what they need in order to fulfill their work and family responsibilities. Authors Margaret B. Neal and Leslie B. Hammer suggest the workplace as an arena for change proposing that it adapt to the situations of today’s workers by providing flexibility and understanding the needs and priorities of families. Based on a four-year national study funded by the Alfred P. Sloan Foundation Working Couples Caring for Children and Aging Parents examines: employer and governmental initiatives affecting work and family life in the United States; supports provided to working caregivers in countries other than the United States; the effects of being “sandwiched” on work-family fit well-being and work; and changes in work and family roles and outcomes over time. This book will interest a broad audience including students policymakers family care practitioners IO psychologists work-life professionals gerontologists sociologists human resource managers and occupational health psychologists. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315083865

Working DisastersThe Politics of Recognition and Response Every day workers are injured made ill or killed on the job. Most often workers experience these harms individually and in isolation. Particular occurrences rarely attract much public attention beyond perhaps a small paragraph in the local newspaper. Instead these events are normalized. This membrane of normalcy however is ruptured from time to time especially after a disaster. This edited collection draws together original case studies written by leading researchers in Australia Canada Great Britain Sweden and the United States that examine the politics of working disasters. The essays address two fundamental questions: what gets recognized as a work disaster? And how does the state respond to one? In some instances it seems self-evident that a disaster has occurred. For example when a mine explodes killing tens or hundreds of workers simultaneously the media and politicians recognize that this is not just a personal tragedy for the families of the victims and that more troubling questions need to be asked about how this could happen. In other circumstances however the process that determines what gets recognized as a disaster is much more complicated. "Working Disasters" addresses the politics of recognition in case studies of the long-haul trucking industry repetitive strain injuries and lung disease in miners. Once it has recognized that a working disaster has occurred the state typically goes beyond its routine responses to the daily toll of work-related deaths and injuries. Inquiries may be initiated to review the adequacy of regulatory systems and laws may be amended. Sometimes disasters produce meaningful change but often they do not. In this text the politics of response is considered in studies of a factory fire the loss of an offshore oilrig lung disease among miners a mine explosion and the prosecution of health and safety offences. This book will be of use to occupational health and safety activists and professionals; academics and upper-year students in: industrial relations labour studies labour history law political science and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784412

Working Donkeys in 4th-3rd Millennium BC MesopotamiaInsights from Modern Development Studies Working Donkeys in 4th-3rd Millennium BC Mesopotamia: Insights from Modern Development Studies is a reassessment of the role and impact of working-animal adoption in antiquity focusing on 4th-3rd millennium BC Mesopotamia but applicable to other periods and regions. This book is driven by a novel interdisciplinary process of analogy with modern use of working donkeys and cattle in sub-Saharan Africa and elsewhere. The author uses close qualitative analysis of nearly 400 published official and NGO development studies of the complex practicalities of adoption of working animals in developing regions worldwide in particular of the invisible and under-appreciated donkey. This material little-used as yet in Ancient Near Eastern archaeology sheds light on the day-to-day practicalities of working-animal adoption and management – breeding training husbandry hiring and lending. While archaeology will always have need of large-scale anthropological models the author argues for a parallel bottom-up ethological approach envisaging the 4th and 3rd millennia BC in Mesopotamia from a viewpoint explicitly acknowledging the major presence of working animals and their daily impact on human activity and the consequent archaeological record. This innovatory investigation of the role and impact of the donkey in the Ancient Near East and today is an essential handbook for Ancient Near Eastern archaeology and zooarchaeology researchers and students as well as historians anthropologists and ethnographers examining the impact of working animals on past and present societies. Wider audiences include the growing sector of human-animal relationship studies and NGOs concerned with the use of working donkeys worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367422042

Working Drawings Handbook Covering every aspect of drawing preparation both manual and computer-aided this comprehensive manual is an essential tool for students architects and architectural technologists. Showing what information is required on each type of document how drawings relate to specifications and how to organize and document your work this handbook presents a fully illustrated guide to all the key methods and techniques. Thoroughly revised and redesigned this fourth edition has brand new computer-generated drawings throughout and is updated to cover all aspects of computer use in the modern building design process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138133464

Working EqualCollaboration Among Academic Couples Working Equal exposes the myth of heroic individualism that is central to contemporary western thought. With more than 35% of full-time faculty with a spouse or partner in the same profession dual career couples are a growing presence in higher education in the U.S.. This compelling and innovative volume examines and testifies to the contribution of intimate and familial relationships to artistic literary and scientific accomplishment. An original study of a growing phenomena in higher education Working Equal presents a new and invaluable portrait of contemporary faculty life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315053790

Working Ethically in Child Protection In their day-to-day practice social work and human services practitioners frequently find themselves in confusing ethical quandaries trying to balance the numerous competing interests of protecting children from harm and promoting family and community capacity. This book explores the ethical issues surrounding child protection interventions and offers a process-oriented approach to ethical practice and decision making in child protection and family welfare practice. Its aim is to prepare students and early-career professionals for roles in the complex and challenging work of child protection and family support. Beginning with a critical analysis and appreciation of the diverse organisational and cultural contexts of contemporary child protection and ethical decision-making frameworks the authors outline a practical ‘real-world’ model for reshaping frontline ethical practice. Moving away from a focus on the child apart from the family the authors recognise that child safeguarding affects the lives not just of children but also of parents grandparents and communities. Working Ethically in Child Protection eschews dominant rational-technical models for relational ones that are value centred and focus on family well-being as a whole. Rather than a single focus on assessing risk and diagnosing deficit this book recognises that our child protection systems bear down disproportionately on those from disadvantaged and marginalised communities and argues that what is needed is real support and practical assistance for poor and vulnerable parents and children. It uses real-world case examples to illustrate the relevant ethical and practice principles and ways in which students and practitioners can practise ethically when dealing with complex multi-faceted issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415729345

Working EuropeReshaping European employment systems Published in 1999 Working Europe: Reshaping European employment systems offers a fresh analysis of recent changes in labour markets and the restructuring of welfare states. The analyzes presented in the articles not only focus on labour market changes but take up the important issues of: * How labour markets have been regulated and directed * How the various social security systems offered by the welfare state are related to the questions of labour markets and employment systems * How efficient labour market policies are in reducing unemployment * How employment is locally created and initiated * How the gender system is related to employment systems. This book is the first to offer a full picture of the restructuring of the employment systems and the complex relationship between employment the welfare state and concepts of work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138359093

Working for Children on the Child Protection RegisterAn Inter-Agency Practice Guide First published in 1999 this innovative book explores in detail the essential components of working with families whose children are on the Child Protection Register. It provides a comprehensive guide to professionals highlighting and addressing the gaps and ambiguities in central government guidance. The chapters written by academics and leading professionals in the field offer multi-disciplinary perspectives on models of assessment core group practice child protection plans and working in partnership with children and families. Practical guidance is offered to those who participate in post-registration practice and to those who participate in post-registration practice and to those who supervise or train professionals working in this area. This volume is of particular relevance to practitioners students managers and trainers in social work health education probation and voluntary settings. It provides a unique collection of case examples checklists and exercises enabling the reader to develop their own practice or use the material as a framework for promoting inter-agency practice within the supervision nor training context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138370180

Working for ChildrenSecuring Provision for Children with Special Educational Needs First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9781315067728

Working for Women?Gendered Work and Welfare Policies in Twentieth-Century Britain Originally published in 1997 Working for Women? examines the ways in which women's patterns of paid and unpaid work have been mediated by the policies of governments throughout the 20th century. It looks at the state in defining what is women's work and men's work and at equal pay and opportunities policies. This book will appeal to academics of sociology gender and women’s studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367857899

Working From Your Core First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148567

Working Great!Lean Leadership Lessons for Guiding Your Organization to Excellence Significant sustained Lean success depends almost solely on leaders and the culture they foster. Unfortunately many embark on their Lean initiative with a focus on tools observed during a benchmarking tour disclosed during a short symposium presentation or peddled by their chosen Lean partner. These leaders are thus ill-equipped to understand the critical behavior and attitude changes required of them and their staff to sustain tools-based improvements and more importantly to effectively promote and harvest their employees’ innovation to remove waste. Some area-specific and short-term gains can be realized via a top-down tools-based approach but broad ongoing and organic improvement that is embraced by all employees requires a unique environment—one carefully defined and nurtured by leaders. Working Great! shares author Rick Brimeyer’s most important lessons learned while leading within an employer’s successful Lean transformation and later as a consultant guiding several other organizations through their own makeovers. Unlike travel brochures and websites created by a tour company or the local visitors’ bureau for the sole purpose of promoting a highly predictable vacation trip Working Great! strives to provide an honest clear culture-first handbook of leadership skills and techniques (with some tools) required to effectively guide one’s organization through a Lean expedition. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138482401

Working Hard Working HappyCultivating a Culture of Effort and Joy in the Classroom In this new book from Routledge and MiddleWeb author Rita Platt shows how you can create a joyful classroom community in which students are determined to work hard be resilient and never give up. She describes how to help build students’ purpose mastery and autonomy so they take ownership over their work and develop a growth mindset for success. Topics covered include: Why joy and effort go hand in hand How to build a classroom climate of caring and achievement Why mastery and goal setting are important How to work with differentiated instruction How to work with cooperative and collaborative learning Why parent-teacher connection is vital How to take your practice of joy and effort beyond the classroom And much more! Each chapter includes practical tools tips and ideas that you can use immediately to develop these skills in students so they find more joy and success in the learning process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367257330

Working in a Legal & Regulatory Environment The books in this series describe what successful principals must know and be able to do. Written by teams of nationally recognized experts and accomplished practitioners they include practical materials such as checklists sample letters model forms case studies and action plans. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425705

Working in AmericaContinuity Conflict and Change in a New Economic Era The Great Recession brought rising inequality and changing family economies. New technologies continued to move jobs overseas including those held by middle-class information workers. The first new edition to capture these historic changes this book is the leading text in the sociology of work and related research fields. Wharton s readings retain the classics but offer a new spectrum of articles accessible to undergraduate students that focus on the changes that will most affect their lives.New to the fourth edition" Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612057323

Working in Black & White Basics Photography 06: Working in Black & White by David Präkel provides a comprehensive guide to the basic theory and practice of black and white photography from the relationship between colour and greyscale tones to the art of seeing in black and white.Black and white the book argues has been the soul and conscience of photography since its conception. Black and white is not a lesser colour image - it is in many ways more powerful. It gets to the core of what is important in an image leaving behind the distractions of colour.This is an inspiring text which enables students to make the most of the opportunities offered by black and white photography. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003103400

Working in International Development and Humanitarian AssistanceA Career Guide This is an indispensable career guide for everyone wanting to work in or already working in the international development and humanitarian emergencies sector. It provides a general introduction and insight into the sector for those exploring it as a potential career and offers students up-to-date advice when choosing a course whether it’s at undergraduate or postgraduate level. Should they study International Development or will Public Health Environmental studies or Media get them closer to where they want to get? This book offers graduates or career changers who are new to the sector an understanding of what skills and experience will make them stand out above the competition and get that job. It enables those already working in the sector to gain a long term view of where they want to go and how they might structure their professional development to gain the skills and competencies necessary to get their career on to an upward trajectory. This book draws heavily on insiders’ advice case studies and top tips to provide the reader with various perspectives and insights. How do you become a country director for an international NGO?  How can one become a gender mainstreaming expert?  What can you do to get in to consultancy? Career trajectories Career clinics Q&A boxes and the personal planner in the appendix will help you get to where you want to go. It also gives a detailed account of the myriad of careers and specialism available within the sector and methodologically describes the pros and cons of each option. So if you are not sure where you want to go with your career you will be after you have read this book. Whether it’s Programme Management becoming an Environmental Advisor or an Acadmic this book will give you an insight into what the job entails and how you can get in to it. It will be an invaluable guide to all readers irrespective of their country of origin who are interested in the sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415698351

Working in Mental HealthPractice and Policy in a Changing Environment A paradigm shift in the ways in which mental health services are delivered is happening—both for service users and for professional mental healthcare workers. The landscape is being changed by a more influential service user movement a range of new community-based mental healthcare programmes delivered by an increasing plurality of providers and new mental health policy and legislation. Written by a team of experienced authors and drawing on their expertise in policy and clinical leadership Working in Mental Health: Practice and Policy in a Changing Environment explains how mental health services staff can operate and contribute in this new environment. Divided into three parts the first focuses on the socio-political environment incorporating service user perspectives. The second section looks at current themes and ways of working in mental health. It includes chapters on recovery the IAPT programme and mental healthcare for specific vulnerable populations. The final part explores new and future challenges such as changing professional roles and commissioning services. The book focuses throughout on the importance of public health approaches to mental healthcare. This important text will be of interest to all those studying and working in mental healthcare whether from a nursing medical social work or allied health background. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415691109

Working in Organisations First published in 2004 this volume recognises that as society changes so must its organisations; as organisations change so must their management competencies. The requirement for organisations to be flexible innovative and adaptable in environments of increasing complexity and uncertainty is also a requirement of any organisation’s most essential resource: its people. They not only work for the organisation – they are the organisation. The second edition of this highly successful book provides a comprehensive and thought-provoking examination of the operational and strategic skills demands and responsibilities of the modern workforce and in particular its management. Reflected here are the manager’s new and changing priorities. Attention is given to the manager’s role the motivation to work and succeed and teamworking. Also emphasised is the new psychological contract highlighting reliance on self whilst maintaining sensitivity to diversity concerns. Providing clear and decisive leadership requires the projection of a vision that captures the imagination of others but inevitably managers face conflict and adversity. Working in Organisations therefore discusses how power and politics can be moulded to positive advantage. The challenges facing organisations go beyond cost and profitability as political and environmental challenges have forcefully entered into managerial responsibility. The book asks 'What is the ultimate purpose and contribution of organisations?' and highlights profound governance and ethics concerns. The design of organisations is also explored and how creating appropriate structures will in turn focus resources to achieve desired ends. This book provides a broad coverage of key issues ranging from a close examination of the manager's job to a discussion of the corporate and social forces that determine our lives. Written in an easy-to-read style and bursting with case examples Working in Organisations acts as mentor and guide to those whose quest is for ever greater sustainable accomplishment. Written by a distinguished team of authors this book will continue to be welcomed as the definitive text on organisational culture and change for academics researchers and managers around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138370432

Working in Public HealthAn introduction to careers in public health What can you contribute to improving and protecting the health of your community? Public health is becoming an increasingly central area of healthcare practice and people working in public health come from a wide range of disciplines and backgrounds. This practical and accessible book maps out the range of exciting and varied options open to people considering a career in public health and provides helpful information on how to get there either as a fully-fledged specialist or in an operational practitioner role. Designed especially for those wanting to learn about public heath it looks at public health work in a range of settings from health services to the commercial sector and in a range of different roles from health protection to public health intelligence. Numerous personal accounts and case studies from highly experienced practitioners and specialists as well as those new to their roles illustrate what their roles involve and how have they had an impact on improving health and reducing inequality. This is the ideal book for anyone interested in putting public health at the centre of their working lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415624558

Working in Silicon ValleyEconomic and Legal Analysis of a High-velocity Labor Market This work examines the relationship between the rapid technological and economic growth characteristic of high technology districts and their distinct labor market institutions - short job tenures rapid turnover flat firm hierarchies weak internal labor markets high use of temporary labor unusual uses of independent contracting little unionization unusual employee organization (e.g. chat groups and ethnic organization) unequal income minimal employment discrimination litigation flexible compensation (especially stock options) and heavy use of immigrants on short-term visas. The author suggests that while these distinctive labor market institutions are somewhat unorthodox and may present legal problems they play essential roles in high growth. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698052

Working in Social CareA Systemic Approach This book is designed to aid the practitioner in all social care and social work settings. It explores approaches to practice which are based upon systemic ideas and an awareness of the impact of power in practice contexts. Following the introduction of the main ideas of the book the authors examine the systemic approach from three perspectives: ¢ key principles - to help guide practice and practice teaching; ¢ the central triangular process - between service user worker and agency ¢ the work process - examining the triangular relationship over time. The authors address practitioners directly not only by drawing on their own practice experience but also by highlighting key practical questions for the reader to consider. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233420

Working in the 21st CenturyPolicies for Economic Growth Through Training Opportunity and Education "More and better jobs" is the underlying theme of this insightful new book. David Levine analyzes the current labor market in the U.S. and concludes that social policy must change to cope with the realities of the new economy. Although market forces are now moving U.S. enterprise toward high-skill and flexible workplaces there is a shortage of workers with adequate skills in problem solving and teamwork. To combat this problem the author presents an ambitious agenda of lifelong learning that will enable American workers to take advantage of the opportunities afforded by the new economic realities. Levine's analysis recommends specific government policies to encourage early childhood education to improve schools to help parents finance college and to help students make the transition from school to work. He also discusses policies that will improve the regulation of workplaces. The book concludes with policy recommendations for individuals changing jobs as well as for the unemployed the disabled and the poor. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315292618

Working in the DarkUnderstanding the pre-suicide state of mind Working in the Dark focuses on the authors’ understanding of an individual’s pre-suicide state of mind based on their work with many suicidal individuals with special attention to those who attempted suicide while in treatment. The book explores how to listen to a suicidal individual’s history the nature of their primary relationships and their conscious and unconscious communications. Campbell and Hale address the searing emotional impact on relatives friends and those involved with a person who tries to kill themself by offering advice on the management of a suicide attempt and how to follow up in the aftermath. Establishing key concepts such as suicide fantasy and pre-suicidal states in adolescents the book illustrates the pre-suicide state of mind through clinical vignettes case studies reflections from those in recovery and discussions with professionals. Working in the Dark will be of interest to social workers probation officers nurses psychologists counsellors psychotherapists psychoanalysts and doctors who work with those who have attempted suicide or are about to do so. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415645430

Working in the Global EconomyHow to Develop and Manage Your Career Across Borders It is clear that although the human resource management field has been drastically affected by global competition over the last twenty years most of the research and publications in the field are geared to providing corporations with an understanding of their business environment. This book takes an entirely different approach by looking at the job and career markets from the point of view of individuals who are searching for new strategies to find develop and manage their careers in a global environment. Not only does it provide the individual with the tools necessary to evaluate various domestic and international career markets but it also presents strategies to help them package and market their skills and competencies at home and abroad. With the help of this vital guidebook to the global job market readers will: • Learn how to research national markets to spot new career opportunities • Find information on dynamic regions and companies where careers are flourishing • Find out about professional & skill certifications that help with global employment • Learn how to build and mobilize personal and professional networks • Learn about international oriented business sectors and career opportunities • Identify education and training opportunities at home and abroad • Create practical strategies for developing and managing their career As global competition forces firms to adjust rapidly to changing market conditions affecting the structure and content of jobs careers and career markets around the world the need for individuals to be proactive is becoming clear. This book offers readers the tools they need to evaluate and manage their career environment and personal career profiles and ultimately to have a rewarding career. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415891318

Working in the Macro EconomyA study of the US Labor Market Most macroeconomic theory has focused on goods and money rather than on labour but this book goes someway to redressing this balance. It examines a wide range of labor-market issues from the perspective of modern macroeconomics. It considers policy issues as well as theory and criticises both Keynesian and New Classical approaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866188

Working in the Service SectorA Tale from Different Worlds The rise to prominence of the service sector - heralded over half a century ago as the great hope for the twenty-first century - has come to fruition. In many cases employment in the service sector now outnumbers that in manufacturing sectors and it is accepted that in all developed countries the service sector is the only one in which employment will grow in future. The reasons for this is the subject of much controversy and debate the outcomes of which are not merely of academic interest but of decisive importance for economic policy and the quality of working and living conditions in future. In order to examine these various arguments research teams from eight European countries worked together for three years on a comparative study of the evolution of service sector employment in EU member states. They also investigated working and employment conditions in five very different service industries (banking retailing hospitals IT services and care of the elderly) in a number of countries and the results of their research are presented in this informative new collection of interest to students academics and researchers involved in all aspects of industrial economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653398

Working IntersubjectivelyContextualism in Psychoanalytic Practice From an overview of the basic principles of intersubjectivity theory Orange Atwood and Stolorow proceed to contextualist critiques of the concept of psychoanalytic technique and of the myth of analytic neutrality. They then examine the intersubjective contexts of extreme states of psychological disintegration and conclude with an examination of what it means philosophically and clinically to think and work contextually.    This lucidly written and cogently argued work is the next step in the development of intersubjectivity theory. In particular it is a clinically grounded continuation of Stolorow and Atwood's Contexts of Being (TAP 1992) which reconceptualized four foundational pillars of psychoanalytic theory -- the unconscious mind-body relations trauma and fantasy -- from an intersubjective perspective. Working Intersubjectively expounds and illustrates the contextualist sensibility that grows out of this reconceptualization. Like preceding volumes in the Psychoanalytic Inquiry Book Series by Robert Stolorow and his colleagues it will be theoretically challenging and clinically useful to a wide readership of psychoanalysts and psychoanalytically informed psychotherapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138139350

Working Lives and in-House OutsourcingChewed-Up by Two Masters This book offers a sociological account of the process by which companies instituted and continue to institute outsourcing in their organization. Drawing on qualitative data it examines the ways in which internal outsourcing in the information technologies and human resources professions negatively affects workers their work conditions and working relationships. With attention to the deleterious influence of outsourcing on relationships and the strong tendency of market organisations to produce social conflict in interactions – itself a considerable ‘transaction cost’ – the author challenges both the ideology that markets rather than hierarchies produce more efficient and less costly economic outcomes for companies and the idea that outsourcing generates benefits for professional workers in the form of greater opportunity. A demonstration of the social conflict created between employees working for two separate proprietary companies Working Lives and in-House Outsourcing will be of interest to scholars with interests in the sociology of work and organizations and the sociology of professions as well as those working in the fields of business management and human resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367478803

Working MemoriesPostmen Divers and the Cognitive Revolution Technological developments during the Second World War led to an approach that linked ideas from computer science to neuroscience linguistics philosophy and psychology known today as the Cognitive Revolution. Leaving behind traditional behaviourist approaches popular at the time psychology began to utilise artificial intelligence and computer science to develop testable theories and design groundbreaking new experiments. The Cognitive Revolution dramatically changed the way that psychological research and studies were conducted and proposed a new way of thinking about the mind. In Working Memories Alan Baddeley one of the world's leading authorities on Human Memory draws on his own personal experience of this time recounting the radical development of a pioneering science in parallel with his own transatlantic vibrant and distinguished career. Detailing the excitement and sometimes frustration experienced in taking psychology into the world beyond the laboratory Working Memories presents unique insights into the mind and psychological achievements of one of the most influential psychologists of our time.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138646353

Working Memory and Ageing The rapid growth in the numbers of older people worldwide has led to an equally rapid growth in research on the changes across age in cognitive function including the processes of moment to moment cognition known as working memory. This book brings together international research leaders who address major questions about how age affects working memory: Why is working memory function much better preserved in some people than others? In all healthy adults which aspects of working memory are retained in later years and which aspects start declining in early adulthood? Can cognitive training help slow cognitive decline with age? How are changes in brain structures connectivity and activation patterns related to important changes in working memory function? Impairments of cognition and particularly of working memory can be major barriers to independent living. The chapters of this book dispel some popular myths about cognitive ageing while presenting the state of the science on how and why working memory functions as it does throughout the adult lifespan. Working Memory and Aging is the first volume to provide an overview of the burgeoning literature on changes in working memory function across healthy and pathological ageing and it will be of great interest to advanced undergraduates postgraduates and researchers in psychology and related subject areas concerned with the effects of human ageing including several areas of medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848721265

Working Memory and Clinical Developmental DisordersTheories Debates and Interventions This comprehensive volume brings together international experts involved in applying and developing understanding of Working Memory in the context of a variety of neurodevelopmental disorders neurocognitive disorders and depressive disorders. Each chapter provides a description of the disorder and investigates the Working Memory and related Executive Function deficits. It goes on to provide a neurological profile before exploring the impact of the disorder in daily functions the current debates related to this disorder and the potential effects of medication and intervention. Through combining coverage of theoretical understanding methods of assessment and different evidence-based intervention programs the book supports clinical assessment and management of poor Working Memory. It is essential reading for students in neurodevelopmental disorders atypical development and developmental psychopathology as well as allied health professionals clinicians and those working with children in education and healthcare settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138236509

Working Memory and Language This book evaluates the involvement of working memory in five central aspects of language processing: vocabulary acquisition speech production reading development skilled reading and comprehension. The authors draw upon experimental neuropsychological and developmental evidence in a wide-ranging evaluation of the contribution of two components of working memory to each aspect of language. The two components are the phonological loop which is specialised for the processing and maintenance of verbal material and the general-purpose processing system of the central executive.A full introduction to the application of the working memory model to normal adults neuropsychological patients and children is provided in the two opening chapters. Non-experts within this area will find these chapters particularly useful in providing a clear statement of the current theoretical and empirical status of the working memory model. Each of the following chapters examines the involvement of working memory in one specialised aspect of language processing in each case integrating the available experimental neuropsychological and developmental evidence. The book will therefore be of direct relevance to researchers interested in both language processing and memory.Working Memory and Language is unique in that it draws together findings from normal adults brain-damaged patients and children. For each of these populations working memory involvement in language processing ranging from the speech production to comprehension are evaluated. Working Memory and Language provides a comprehensive analysis of just what roles working memory does play in the processing of language. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315804682

Working Memory and Neurodevelopmental Disorders Short-term or working memory - the capacity to hold and manipulate information mentally over brief periods of time - plays an important role in supporting a wide range of everyday activities particularly in childhood. Children with weak working memory skills often struggle in key areas of learning and given its impact on cognitive abilities the identification of working memory impairments is a priority for those who work with children with learning disabilities. Working Memory and Neurodevelopmental Disorders supports clinical assessment and management of working memory deficits by summarising the current theoretical understanding and methods of assessment of working memory. It outlines the working memory profiles of individuals with a range of neurodevelopmental disorders (including Down's syndrome Williams syndrome Specific Language Impairment and ADHD) and identifies useful means of alleviating the anticipated learning difficulties of children with deficits of working memory. This comprehensive and informative text will appeal to academics and researchers in cognitive psychology neuropsychology and developmental psychology and will be useful reading for students in these areas. Educational psychologists will also find this a useful text as it covers the role of working memory in learning difficulties specific to the classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415653343

Working Memory and Severe Learning Difficulties (PLE: Memory) "Working memory" is a term used to refer to the systems responsible for the temporary storage of information during the performance of cognitive tasks. The efficiency of working memory skills in children may place limitations on the learning and performance of educationally important skills such as reading language comprehension and arithmetic. Originally published in 1992 this monograph considers the development of working memory skills in children with severe learning difficulties. These children have marked difficulties with a wide range of cognitive tasks. The studies reported show that they also experience profound difficulties in verbal working memory tasks. These memory problems are associated with a failure to rehearse information within an articulatory loop. Training the children to rehearse material is shown to help alleviate these problems. The implications of these studies for understanding normal memory development and for models of the structure of working memory and its development are discussed. It is argued that the working memory deficits seen in people with severe learning difficulties may contribute to their difficulties on other cognitive tasks. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138987340

Working Memory and ThinkingCurrent Issues In Thinking And Reasoning Thinking and memory are inextricably linked. However a "divide and rule" approach has led cognitive psychologists to study these two areas in relative isolation. With contributions from some of the leading international researchers on working memory and thinking the present volume aims to break down the scientific divisions and foster scientific integration in the connections between these two core functions of cognition. Broadly defined thinking comprises mentally driven change in current representations. The processes involved in such change include application of logical rules heuristics problem solving strategies decision making planning and comprehension of complex material. Memory involves the encoding retention and retrieval of information and the retention may be temporary or in a long-term knowledge base.; Thinking cannot occur in a vacuum; it relies on the long-term memory base and a temporary mental workspace. Despite the apparent limitations on mental workspace humans can drive a car and hold a conversation or store partial solutions while tackling other aspects of a problem. So too some aspects of thinking are relatively resilient in the face of quite extensive brain damage yet other aspects are remarkably vulnerable to neuroanatomical insults. Humans can solve complex problems with many alternative choice points and yet seem to be able to consider only a few hypotheses at any one time. These apparent paradoxes present significant scientific challenges as to how humans can be such successful thinkers despite their very limited working memory. The chapters herein represent a diversity of views as regards the nature or working memory and forms of human thinking. The links between working memory and thinking are directly addressed and made explicit and in so doing this volume offers an increasingly integrated understanding of human thinking and memory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138877153

Working Memory Capacity The idea of one's memory "filling up" is a humorous misconception of how memory in general is thought to work; it is actually has no capacity limit. However the idea of a "full brain" makes more sense with reference to working memory which is the limited amount of information a person can hold temporarily in an especially accessible form for use in the completion of almost any challenging cognitive task. This groundbreaking book explains the evidence supporting Cowan's theoretical proposal about working memory capacity and compares it to competing perspectives. Cognitive psychologists profoundly disagree on how working memory is limited: whether by the number of units that can be retained (and if so what kind of units and how many?) the types of interfering material the time that has elapsed some combination of these mechanisms or none of them. The book assesses these hypotheses and examines explanations of why capacity limits occur including vivid biological cognitive and evolutionary accounts. The book concludes with a discussion of the practical importance of capacity limits in daily life.Incorporating the latest from the recent surge in research into working memory capacity limits and the remarkable new insights provided by neuroimaging techniques this book serves as an invaluable resource for all memory researchers and is accessible to a wide range of readers. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138006041

Working Memory CapacityClassic Edition The idea of one's memory "filling up" is a humorous misconception of how memory in general is thought to work; it actually has no capacity limit. However the idea of a "full brain" makes more sense with reference to working memory which is the limited amount of information a person can hold temporarily in an especially accessible form for use in the completion of almost any challenging cognitive task. This groundbreaking book explains the evidence supporting Cowan's theoretical proposal about working memory capacity and compares it to competing perspectives. Cognitive psychologists profoundly disagree on how working memory is limited: whether by the number of units that can be retained (and if so what kind of units and how many) the types of interfering material the time that has elapsed some combination of these mechanisms or none of them. The book assesses these hypotheses and examines explanations of why capacity limits occur including vivid biological cognitive and evolutionary accounts. The book concludes with a discussion of the practical importance of capacity limits in daily life. This 10th anniversary Classic Edition will continue to be accessible to a wide range of readers and serve as an invaluable reference for all memory researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138913370

Working Memory in Development Working memory is the system responsible for the temporary maintenance and processing of information involved in most cognitive activities and its study is essential to the understanding of cognitive development. Working Memory in Development provides an integrative and thorough account of how working memory develops and how this development underpins childhood cognitive development. Tracing back theories of cognitive development from Piaget's most influential theory to neo-Piagetian approaches and theories pertaining to the information-processing tradition Camos and Barrouillet show in Part I how the conception of a working memory became critical to understanding cognitive development. Part II provides an overview of the main approaches to working memory and reviews how working memory itself develops across infancy and childhood. In the final Part III the authors explain their own theory the Time-Based Resource-Sharing (TBRS) model and discuss how this accounts for the development of working memory as well providing an adequate frame to understanding the role of working memory in cognitive development. Working Memory in Development effectively addresses central and debated questions related to working memory and is essential reading for students and researchers in developmental cognitive and educational psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138959064

Working Memory in Sentence ComprehensionProcessing Hindi Center Embeddings The first-ever investigation of sentence processing in Hindi Working Memory in Sentence Comprehension studies the predictions of three existing wide-coverage sentence processing models. In experiments that apply these models to Hindi Shravan Vasishth develops a new sentence processing model that builds on existing theories and overcomes their empirical problems. Advancing the understanding of human parsing processes this book is a landmark in cross-linguistic research presenting a challenging set of sentence processing facts that will impact future theories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868335

Working Memory in the Primary ClassroomPractical and Inclusive Strategies for Curriculum Success in Maths and English This highly practical resource has been designed to support working memory and curriculum success in the Key Stage 1 and Key Stage 2 classroom. Working memory is crucial for success in maths reading reading comprehension and problem solving yet children with poor working memory often struggle to meet the demands of everyday classroom activities. Filled with activities and support for Key Stage 1 and Key Stage 2 Maths and English this book offers ideas for the practising teacher on how to make the classroom a place to reinforce memory skills and to ensure that those with working memory difficulties are included and supported. Key features include: • Information on recognising working memory difficulties • Practical and specific strategies to support learners in the classroom • Graduated activities for Maths and English learners based on the national curriculum The importance of working memory on curriculum success is becoming increasingly evident with growing emphasis on testing and an ever more demanding curriculum. With photocopiable and downloadable resources this is an essential book for teachers teaching assistants and other education staff looking to support working memory with children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367416980

Working MemoryLoss and reconstruction Working memory is the cognitive system in charge of the temporary maintenance of information in view of its on-going processing. Lying at the centre of cognition it has become a key concept in psychological science. The book presents a critical review and synthesis of the working memory literature and also presents an innovative new theory - the Time-Based Resource-Sharing (TBRS) model. Tracing back the evolution of the concept of working memory from its introduction by Baddeley and Hitch in 1974 and the development of their modal model Barrouillet and Camos explain how an alternative conception could have been developed from the very beginning and why it is needed today. This alternative model takes into account the temporal dynamics of mental functioning. The book describes a new architecture for working memory and provides a description of its functioning its development the sources of individual differences and hints about neural substrates. The authors address central and debated questions about working memory and also more general issues about cognitive architecture and functioning. Working Memory: Loss and Reconstruction will be essential reading for advanced students and researchers of the psychology of memory. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848722668

Working MemoryThe Connected Intelligence Working memory â€“ the conscious processing of information â€“ is increasingly recognized as one of the most important aspects of intelligence. This fundamental cognitive skill is deeply connected to a great variety of human experience â€“ from our childhood to our old age from our evolutionary past to our digital future. In this volume leading psychologists review the latest research on working memory and consider what role it plays in development and over the lifespan. It is revealed how a strong working memory is connected with success (academically and acquiring expertise) and a poor working memory is connected with failure (addictive behavior and poor decision-making). The contributions also show how working memory played a role in our cognitive evolution and how the everyday things we do  such as what we eat and how much we sleep can have an impact on how well it functions. Finally the evidence on whether or not working memory training is beneficial is explored. This volume is essential reading for students researchers and professionals with an interest in human memory and its improvement including those working in cognitive psychology cognitive neuroscience developmental psychology gerontology education health and clinical psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848726185

Working More Creatively with Groups In this classic text Jarlath Benson presents the basic and essential knowledge required to set up and work with a group. He looks at how to plan and lead a group successfully and how to intervene skilfully. As well as covering the different stages in the life of a group the book emphasizes the various levels of group experience and gives suggestions for working more creatively with them. For this new edition the author has added two new chapters reflecting how his own thinking and practice have developed since the book was first published. In the first he presents his new model for planning setting up and working with reflective practice groups which are increasingly used in professional settings and agencies across the public sector and health care. In the second he considers why some groups fail and offers practical and helpful ideas and insights to guide agencies and groupworkers to think and plan more systemically and provides a series of clinical vignettes that facilitates each of these contexts and perspectives. There is also an expanded section on how to plan and conduct the sophisticated art of co-working and again a series of clinical vignettes that illustrate best practice. Working More Creatively with Groups is well known to countless social workers psychologists teachers and community workers and many other professionals who utilize and employ groupwork in their practice. This new edition not only provides the basic guide to groupwork but also shows how to move on to more in-depth and intensive work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138321946

Working on Innovation Since the mid-1980s the development of competitive strategies based on intensive innovation has deeply transformed the design of new products and services. Much has been written about new methods and organizations that are likely to develop economically competitive and creative capacities in companies. But much less has been written about transformation of work and identity of professionals involved in these transitions : engineers industrial designers researchers professionals in marketing strategy and especially project managers. The work of “innovation professionals” is truly difficult to observe because of its very nature (intangible work done over a long period of time) its inaccessibility and its status. The purpose of this book is to put forward a number of keys for understanding the ongoing dynamics for working professionals in the field of innovation. Examining reorganizations in both large-scale firms and start-ups the authors explore diverse sectors such as hi-tech consumer goods and equipment chemistry aeronautics as well as upstream companies working for subsidiaries and traditional small-scale production such. The result is to show a world of networks where a large-scale firm undertakes research in partnership with a start-up develops its products with independent designers and involves upstream suppliers in its developments. Also analyzed are the industrial strategies the organizational conditions of product conception and the dynamics of the professional identities of the actors who are at the core of these transformations. This impressive and unique volume will be of interest to all those interested in innovation studies new technology policy and management as well as engineers and designers themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754477

Working One-to-One with StudentsSupervising Coaching Mentoring and Personal Tutoring First published in 2008. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203016497

Working Out GenderPerspectives from Labour History Working out Gender brings together leading scholars and young researchers to examine the various ways in which gender is currently being used in labour history. Having been a dynamic and contentious category of historical analysis since the mid 1980s gender continues to incite much debate. This volume seeks a more informed view about labour history both by advancing the position of women and making their lives central to learning and by examining men as gendered persons and discussing the social construction of masculinity. A broad perspective of labour history is scrutinised on both sides of the Atlantic though the emphasis is given to European experiences. Themes examined include work and workplace activities the working classes masculinity and politics and the timespan ranges from the eighteenth century to recent times. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256309

Working Out of Crime David Downes' early work on delinquency in East London made an original contribution to the comparative study of anomie and subcultural theory and social policy on education and employment. His research and writing went on to include the study of gambling drugs policy and the state of criminological theory. His later work broke new ground in detailed cross-national comparative analysis of criminal justice and penal policy in particular in relation to England and the Netherlands. A related endeavour was to contribute (with Rod Morgan) to the burgeoning study of the politics of crime control. He was a founding member of the National Deviancy Conference in 1968 and of the Mannheim Centre for Criminology and Criminal Justice at the LSE in 1989. He edited the British Journal of Criminology from 1985 until 1990. His most recent work (with Tim Newburn and Paul Rock) has been on the official history of criminal justice policy in England and Wales 1960-1997. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754628934

Working Posture AssessmentThe TACOS (Time-Based Assessment Computerized Strategy) Method This book covers how to analyze awkward working postures particularly of the spine and lower limbs in specific groups exposed. The methods covered suggests how to evaluate the postures correctly taking account of the duration and sequence of the tasks involved even in very complex scenarios where workers are involved with multiple tasks and work cycles varying from day to day. Excel spreadsheets located on the authors’ website (www.epmresearch.org) have been developed to gather condense and automatically process the data. The tools serve to implement the strategy for calculating risk associated with exposure to awkward postures i.e. the TACOS method. Included are 5 case studies which include physiotherapists workers from construction archaeological digs vineyards and kindergarten teachers. Features Provides a coherent definition of what the study of awkward postures is Clarifies and explains which parameters need to be detected and analyzed for the study of the working postures Defines the phases of a proper organizational study (e.g. tasks postures duration and how often the postures will last) in the working cycle Presents a new and original risk calculation model for awkward postures with particular attention to the study of the spine and the lower limbs Offers a free excel spreadsheet located on the authors' website which implements the strategy for calculating risk associated with exposure to awkward postures Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138554450

Working Postures and Movements In most industries musculoskeletal injuries are the most common work-related reason for employee absences. These injuries are often caused by static postures or repetitive movements that have to be maintained for many hours a day such as intensive use of data entry devices assembly work parts inspection equipment maintenance manual materials handling machinery operations and vehicle operation among others. The book addresses seating concepts hand tool and pedal designs foot-floor interfaces digital human models for computer-aided design and engineering and work organization (task duration breaks handling frequency) as they affect human performance and musculoskeletal injury reduction. Professionals responsible for identifying and improving conditions in the industries where such workplace injuries occur will find this volume to be a handy sourcebook while teachers and students will find it to be a valuable reference. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367864224

Working RegionsReconnecting Innovation and Production in the Knowledge Economy Working Regions focuses on policy aimed at building sustainable and resilient regional economies in the wake of the global recession. Using examples of four ‘working regions’ — regions where research and design functions and manufacturing still coexist in the same cities — the book argues for a new approach to regional economic development. It does this by highlighting policies that foster innovation and manufacturing in small firms focus research centers on pushing innovation down the supply chain and support dynamic design-driven firm networks. This book traces several key themes underlying the core proposition that for a region to work it has to link research and manufacturing activities — namely innovation and production — in the same place. Among the topics discussed in this volume are the issues of how the location of research and development infrastructure produces a clear role of the state in innovation and production systems and how policy emphasis on pre-production processes in the 1990s has obscured the financialization of intellectual property. Throughout the book the author draws on examples from diverse industries including the medical devices industry and the US photonics industry in order to illustrate the different themes of working regions and the various institutional models operating in various countries and regions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138798526

Working Relationally with GirlsComplex Lives/Complex Identities Discover how girls develop a sense of self as they struggle to make sense of complexand complicated timesWorking Relationally with Girls: Complex Lives Complex Identities examines the experience of being a girl in today’s society and the difficulties social work practitioners face in developing a universal theory that represents that experience. This unique book analyzes how—and why—gender is still a complicated barrier for most girls despite living in “post-feminist” times. Working from a variety of orientations the book offers practical suggestions on how to help girls deal with interpersonal tensions interpersonal conflicts relational dilemmas and the difficulties that stem from rules and norms of what is still a male-dominated society.Human service practitioners regardless of their fields face an everyday struggle to understand how adolescent girls construct identities in relation to the culture in which they live. The contributors to Working Relationally with Girls call on a range of disciplines including child and youth care cultural studies feminist theory counseling and social psychology to examine how girls interpret cultural expectations to develop a sense of self under complex conditions. This unique book addresses the subtle—and not-so-subtle—practices (symbols metaphors images scripts rules norms and narratives) that shape girls’ lives providing the tools to build a basic framework that will help you understand how girls are alike—and how they’re different. Working Relationally with Girls examines: how mothers and daughters perceive general differences regarding sexual experiences in adolescence how girls’ health issues are constructed within the context of their dating relationships what do mothers and daughters want to know about each other’s sexuality the difficulty girls have in articulating their needs and desires in romantic relationships how many girls deal with what they see as an impossible choice—compromising their sense of self to maintain a relationship or compromising the relationship to maintain their sense of self how the dynamics of a dating relationship can affect a girl’s development and health the influence of media on constructing an identity how minorities form an identity when dealing with exclusion and belonging in a predominately white community using theater to examine the experience of identity formation and much more!Working Relationally with Girls is an essential guide to understanding how girls make sense of the world and how their decisions affect their gender and identity development. Social workers health care professionals child and youth care practitioners and counselors will find this rich combination of theory and practice invaluable as an everyday resource. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203725979

Working SafeHow to Help People Actively Care for Health and Safety Second Edition Written by world-renowned health and safety researcher E. Scott Geller Working Safe: How to Help People Actively Care for Health and Safety Second Edition presents science-based and practical approaches to improving attitudes and behavior for achieving an injury-free work environment. This book teaches proactive applications of behavior-based psychology for improving health and safety. Relevant theory and principles are clearly explained and practical step-by-step procedures are detailed. Dr. Geller's anecdotal and non-academic writing style makes the book fun and easy to read.This research-based text is completely updated and expanded from the 1996 edition. It includes three new chapters: one on behavioral safety analysis another on intervening with supportive conversation and the third on how to promote high performance teamwork. Thus this second edition continues to provide the practical advice safety leaders rely on.Working Safe: How to Help People Actively Care for Health and Safety supplies the research and theory needed to customize effective behavior-based procedures and tools in your workplace. The information and examples provide health and safety professionals with behavioral science methods capable of enhancing safety awareness reducing at-risk behavior and facilitating ongoing participation in safety-related activities. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138430945

Working Schemes?Active Labour Market Policy in Ireland Published in 1997 this book is an examination of the Irish experience with active labour market policy. This text looks at training in comparison with employment programmes and examines this in the context of strong and weak market orientation. The study is based on a survey which is used to analyze the effect of programme participation on short and long-term employment prospects and on income. The results show that market-orientation is a significant factor in employment scheme success a factor that has not been taken into account in recent policy changes. The book also points out the applications of this sort of study in other European countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138359895

Working ScientificallyA guide for primary science teachers With the changes that have taken place to the National Curriculum for science the investigations that children should experience have broadened and become a key part of the curriculum necessary for the development of knowledge and understanding. Working Scientifically is a comprehensive guide that will help primary teachers develop their skills improve their practice and nurture ‘working scientifically’ in the classroom. This book provides teachers with the tools and resources that are necessary for teaching science in a fun and exploratory way. Focusing on individual skills it provides scientific activities in a number of different contexts. It explores each skill multiple times to help pupils progress through the age-related expectations and emphasises teaching through exploration questioning and dialogue. Using the analogy of a journey to space as the central concept with each step of progression related to a step in the journey chapters include: What is ‘working scientifically’? Raising questions predictions and planning; Observations measurements and recording; Interpreting analysing and concluding; Reflecting and evaluating; Assessment. Full of practical resources such as planning materials and assessment sheets Working Scientifically will be an essential guide for all qualified and trainee primary teachers wishing to develop their practice in this essential area of the Science curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138121997

Working Subjects in Early Modern English Drama Working Subjects in Early Modern English Drama investigates the ways in which work became a subject of inquiry on the early modern stage and the processes by which the drama began to forge new connections between labor and subjectivity in the period. The essays assembled here address fascinating and hitherto unexplored questions raised by the subject of labor as it was taken up in the drama of the period: How were laboring bodies and the goods they produced marketed and consumed represented onstage through speech action gesture costumes and properties? How did plays participate in shaping the identities that situated laboring subjects within the social hierarchy? In what ways did the drama engage with contemporary discourses (social political economic religious etc.) that defined the cultural meanings of work? How did players and playwrights define their own status with respect to the shifting boundaries between high status/low status legitimate/illegitimate profitable/unprofitable skilled/unskilled formal/informal male/female free/bound paid/unpaid forms of work? Merchants usurers clothworkers cooks confectioners shopkeepers shoemakers sheepshearers shipbuilders sailors perfumers players magicians servants and slaves are among the many workers examined in this collection. Offering compelling new readings of both canonical and lesser-known plays in a broad range of genres (including history plays comedies tragedies tragi-comedies travel plays and civic pageants) this collection considers how early modern drama actively participated in a burgeoning proto-capitalist economy by staging England's newly diverse workforce and exploring the subject of work itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249257

Working Systemically with FamiliesFormulation Intervention and Evaluation Systemic theory offers a valuable framework for integrating the diverse ideas found throughout the mental health arena in both theory and clinical practice. With this accessible book the authors take you on an enjoyable and coherent journey through systemic theory. They then review the body of research into family therapy and conclude with a cr Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329891

Working the Federal BudgetA Guide What do nude beaches and catfish have to do with the federal budget? Quite a bit it turns out. Working the Federal Budget fills the need for an unvarnished readable guide to how the federal government collects money and spends it. Centuries of political struggles over the size and funding of government have produced a dense set of budget-related laws procedures court decisions and outright improvisations. The resulting rules are legion complex and remain a secret to many. In this book author George D. Krumbhaar unravels the complexity with a journalist’s eye for clarity and a lawyer’s eye for detail explaining the system plainly laying out the laws that lie behind it and identifying the players that are central to decision making at various stages in the process. With chapters covering the grandiose (why we have such big deficits) and the picayune (PAYGO and its importance) in fascinating and often entertaining detail Working the Federal Budget provides an invaluable and critical exploration of the who the what and the why of the budget process for readers with an interest in government relations and how the government functions—whether from Capitol Hill the executive branch "K Street " postgraduate studies or even civic concern. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138743823

Working the Sahel This book looks at how people in the semi-arid conditions of the Sahel cope with their harsh environment. It draws on four years of field research with farmers in the Sahelian region and builds on work with these communities over several decades. Reporting on studies of four village communities it shows how people work to achieve sustainable livelihoods and emphasises that there can be development without disaster. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867086

Working Through ConflictStrategies for Relationships Groups and Organizations Now in its eighth edition Working Through Conflict provides an introduction to conflict and conflict management that is firmly grounded in current theory research and practice covering a range of conflict settings (interpersonal group and organizational). The text includes an abundance of real life case studies that encompass a spectrum of theoretical perspectives. Its emphasis on application makes it highly accessible to students while expanding their comprehension of conflict theory and practical skills. This new edition features a wealth of up-to-date research and case examples suggested readings and video resources and integrated questions for review and discussion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138233928

Working Through Synthetic Worlds Virtual environments (VE) are human-computer interfaces in which the computer creates a sensory-immersing environment that interactively responds to and is controlled by the behaviour of the user. Since these technologies will continue to become more reliable more resolute and more affordable it's important to consider the advantages that VEs may offer to support business processes. The term 'synthetic world' refers to a subset of VEs having a large virtual landscape and a set of rules that govern the interactions among participants. Currently the primary motivators for participation in these synthetic worlds appear to be fun and novelty. As the novelty wears off synthetic worlds will need to demonstrate a favourable value proposition if they are to survive. In particular non-game-oriented worlds will need to facilitate business processes to a degree that exceeds their substantial costs for development and maintenance. Working Through Synthetic Worlds explores a variety of different tasks that might benefit by being performed within a synthetic world. The editors use a distinctive format for the book consisting of a set of chapters composed of three parts: ¢ a story or vignette that describes work conducted within a synthetic world based loosely on the question 'what will work be like in the year 2025?' founded on the expert authors' expectations of plausible future technologies ¢ a scholarly review of the technologies described by the stories and the current theories related to those technologies ¢ a prescription for future research required to bridge the current state-of-the-art with the notional worlds described in the stories. The book will appeal to undergraduate and graduate students professors scientists and engineers managers in high-tech industries and software developers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077881

Working Time Around the WorldTrends in Working Hours Laws and Policies in a Global Comparative Perspective First Published in 2007. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138997561

Working TimeInternational Trends Theory and Policy Perspectives Working time is a crucial issue for both research and public policy. This book presents the first comprehensive analysis of both paid and unpaid work time integrating a unique discussion of overwork underwork shortening of the working week and flexible work practices.Time at work is affected by a complex web of evolving culture and social relations as well as market technological and macroeconomic forces and institutions such as collective bargaining and government policy. Using a variety of new data sources the authors review the latest trends on working time in numerous countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138865945

Working Together For Young ChildrenMulti-professionalism in action With 1994 designated the United Nations Year of the Family young children and their relationship with parents and carers is firmly back on the political agenda. Amongst recent legislation to meet this agenda in Britain is the Children Act 1989. The Act seeks to improve the position and perception of children in society by stressing the rights of children and the responsibilities that parents and the caring professions have towards them. Working Together For Young Children addresses the central issues facing young children and their families in the light of this new social and political climate. The contributors - experienced in the fields of health education social and voluntary services - provide information research evidence and ideas about practice in the light of recent legislative reform. Emphasising the need for continuity comprehensiveness and collaboration at all levels of care provision different chapters explore the services directed at children `in need' as well as children in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138418615

Working Together in Children's Services The importance of interagency cooperation within children’s services has been highlighted within recent government strategy including the Every Child Matters agenda the development of Children’s Centres and the expansion of Extended Schools. Following tragic cases such as Victoria Climbie the need for effective multi-disciplinary teamwork and interagency co-operation across all education and care settings remains as pressing as ever. Working Together in Children’s Services addresses a range of theoretical perspectives and contexts to stimulate students and practitioners critical thinking about the issues of multi-agency working. The book provides the reader with a critical framework for understanding both new and future developments and explores key issues like: The notion of "working together" and what it means in practice The benefits and barriers of multi-agency work Current policy and requirements for successful interdisciplinary working Essential skills for inter-professional teamwork. As modules on multi-professional working become increasingly common the book will provide core reading for all students of Early Childhood Studies Initial Teacher Education and Foundation Degrees in the Early Years. By showing how to develop successful multi-agency partnerships it is also highly relevant for teachers and practitioners working across children’s services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138130210

Working Together to Reduce Harmful Drinking This book is intended to contribute to the World Health Organization’s (WHO) global strategy to reduce the harmful use of alcohol. It explores areas where alcohol producers’ technical competence can and does make a positive contribution to reducing harmful drinking and where industry input has been welcomed by WHO. The book describes each of these areas: producing beer wine and spirits; addressing availability of noncommercial beverages; pricing marketing and selling beverage alcohol; encouraging responsible choices; and working with others. The final chapter sets out views of how alcohol producers can contribute to reducing harmful drinking in countries where they are present. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872660

Working TogetherOrganizational Transactional Analysis and Business Performance Organizational Transactional Analysis is a discipline whose focus is on enabling effective communication at all levels of the organization. It looks at development and change from the individual team department and organizational levels. This book and Organizational TA as a whole operates from an assumption of health - this is a very different approach from other communication methodologies which tend to focus on the problems. TA focuses on building on what is already working rather than what isn't. From their many years of experience Anita Mountain and Chris Davidson are convinced that TA offers everyone within the workforce different options on how to relate. Working Together offers up-to-date theory developed by the authors through their extensive knowledge of TA and of the business world. The clear explanations and diagrams in the book outline how you can develop and maintain effective communication and be aware of the processes involved in carrying out decisions and strategies. With chapters on how to apply TA in the workplace Working Together is a down-to-earth yet intelligent read and an important resource for those who wish to improve the quality of relationships and improve productivity. It will be of value to individuals leaders and managers at all levels. Whether the issue is emotional intelligence stress poor communication or different departmental/regional perspectives this book offers a toolkit of resources to support the people processes aspects of the business. Media > Books > Print Books Gower 9781472461599

Working Toward Racial Equity in First-Year CompositionSix Perspectives This book presents the authors’ attempts to interrogate the ways that white institutional pedagogical and curricular heteronormativity affects equity in writing instruction at Two Year Colleges. Written from a wide range of subject and identity positions this volume explores issues that arise among students inside historically white-dominant classrooms among faculty as curriculum and hiring decisions are made and among colleagues when they attempt to engage the wider institution in equity work. Aiming to significantly change how urban Community College writing instruction is delivered in this country the book operates on the principle that equity is essential to successful writing pedagogy curricular development and student success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663940

Working Towards Inclusive EducationSocial Contexts This book provides a clearly written wide-ranging overview of current key issues and challenges arising from the implementation of more inclusive policies and provision in education in this country and internationally. The author sets policies for inclusive schools in the broader contexts of current policies which aim to reduce poverty and social exclusion and the wider global background of the United Nations drive to promote 'Education for All'. The book draws a distinction between integration and inclusion and provides a critical analysis of the government's Program of Action and the revised National Curriculum and their implications for schools pupils and families. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138138025

Working WelshA Guide to the Mechanics of the Language Working Welsh offers a new approach to building up and consolidating learners’ fluency and confidence focusing on the mechanics – the words and phrases that build and drive sentences and make them fit together. 200 Welsh words and phrases are listed alphabetically explained in clear and accessible language and given ample exemplification to illustrate their meaning and use. All instances of mutation are marked with the usual typographic signs and cross-references are given throughout to related entries. Grammatical appendices and an English index round off the manual. Working Welsh is an innovative resource for post-beginner students wishing to explore and master the principal discourse-drivers in modern spoken and standard Welsh. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367209933

Working Whole SystemsPutting Theory into Practice in Organisations Second Edition Working Whole Systems is likely to interest the readers if they are looking for new ways of working. It offers a radical way of thinking about organisations as living systems and practical methods of engaging with complex social and organisational issues. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138444034

Working with Adolescent Violence and Abuse Towards ParentsApproaches and Contexts for Intervention Adolescent violence and abuse towards parents is increasingly recognised as a global problem. Inverting how we normally understand power to operate in abusive relationships it involves actors who cannot easily be categorised as victims or perpetrators and often impacts families who are experiencing multiple stressors and hardships and may be experiencing other forms of family abuse. This unique book draws on an international selection of contributors to identify present and explore what we know about what works when supporting these families. Exploring conceptual and theoretical challenges produced by this emerging social problem: Part 1 discusses some well-established intervention approaches and programmes looking at their theoretical base and relevant assessment delivery and evaluation issues. It provides readers with a theoretical framework and toolkit for use in their own intervention work. Part 2 presents examples of innovative practice with an emphasis on diverse institutional settings geographical locations and other important contexts that shape practice. It provides readers with an understanding of some of the complexities involved in this kind of intervention work offering tools and strategies to be applied in their own work. This interdisciplinary guide provides an essential resource for students and practitioners with an interest in domestic and family violence youth studies child protection drug and alcohol work and youth justice from a wide range of professional backgrounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138808010

Working With Adult Incest SurvivorsThe Healing Journey First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138004979

Working with Adult Survivors of Child Sexual Abuse The author working from the Family Institute in Cardiff has been treating adult survivors of child sexual and physical abuse for several years and she has clearly and frankly described her work in this book. She begins be describing the context for working with her clients; then describes the way she has welded systemic thinking and a feminist perspective into a theoretical model she uses to understand the problem and to guide her own work with the survivors. The descriptions of the therapeutic process are at the same time profound and simply conveyed. Her work is further clarified by the inclusion of twenty case examples. She shares her own dilemmas about working with adult survivors and in this way the book offers the reader support for the emotional impact of this work as well as a theoretical framework and suggestions about therapeutic technique. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367104603

Working with Adult Survivors of Childhood Sexual Abuse This book provides a framework for addressing the extended treatment needs of adult survivors of child sexual abuse. It is based on a therapeutic intervention model that provides flexibility for therapists to work according to their training and skills set while incorporating practical techniques structured around the needs of survivors. The book begins by providing therapists with crucial information about sex abuse survivors—such as ethical considerations types of abuse the stages of abuse and the effects of the abuse on the child—as well as a method useful in the putting together of an abuse profile which ultimately assists in identifying treatment needs. The second part of the book provides client homework exercises for treatment and covers working with memories; denial; problematic emotions such as guilt self-blame and shame; depression and anxiety; sexuality; as well as parents partners and more. This accessible yet comprehensive guide will be of utmost use to mental health professionals who work with adult survivors of childhood sexual abuse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138628847

Working with Adults with a Learning Disability A comprehensive and practical resource for all speech and language therapists and students this book covers all aspects of working with this client group. Written by the author of the hugely successful "Talkabout" each section gives the reader a theoretical background of the subject under discussion practical suggestions and formats for assessment a guide to intervention as well as a clear and worked-out example. In addition the author addresses staff training group therapy accessing the criminal justice system and working with a multi-disciplinary team. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315172521

Working with Affect in Feminist ReadingsDisturbing Differences Affect has become something of a buzzword in cultural and feminist theory during the past decade. References to affect emotions and intensities abound their implications in terms of research practices have often remained less manifest. Working with Affect in Feminist Readings: Disturbing Differences explores the place and function of affect in feminist knowledge production in general and in textual methodology in particular. With an international group of contributors from studies of history media philosophy culture ethnology art literature and religion the volume investigates affect as the dynamics of reading as carnal encounters and as possibilities for the production of knowledge. Working with Affect in Feminist Readings asks what exactly are we doing when working with affect and what kinds of ethical epistemological and ontological issues this involves. Not limiting itself to descriptive accounts the volume takes part in establishing new ways of understanding feminist methodology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415528900

Working With Alienated Children and FamiliesA Clinical Guidebook This edited volume is written by and for mental health professionals who work directly with alienated children and their parents. The chapters are written by leaders in the field all of whom know how vexing parental alienation can be for mental health professionals. No matter how the professional intersects with families affected by alienation be it through individual treatment reunification therapy a school setting or support groups he or she needs to consider how to make proper assessments how to guard against bias and when and how to involve the court system among other challenges. The cutting edge clinical interventions presented in this book will help professionals answer these questions and help them to help their clients. The authors present a range of clinical options such as parent education psycho-educational programs for children and reunification programs for children and parents that make this volume a useful reference and practical guide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415518031

Working with AmericansHow to Build Profitable Business Relationships In this new extensively updated second edition authors Allyson Stewart-Allen and Lanie Denslow accurately capture the current US business environment and its changes since their best-selling 1st edition published in 2002. You’ll find even more insights into the American business mindset diversity and regions building on the acclaimed first edition so you can confidently negotiate communicate and influence in the world’s largest most profitable and complex marketplace. Alongside their examination of the impact of 5 generations in today’s US workforce the authors explore the complex issues faced by American bosses including: levels of transparency expected of organizations in how they do business ranging from ethics of their supply chain to the treatment of employees via social media equal pay expectations or the personal views of their executives on environmental social governance or political events ever declining workforce loyalty resulting from perceived job insecurity younger employees’ quest for visibility interesting projects and rapid promotion consumer and customer expectations as standard for extensive personalization and customization of products and services Anybody who has ever done business with Americans can testify that there are more differences than similarities between the US business culture and those in the rest of the world. Whether it’s values etiquette communication influencing or negotiating there’s a clear American style. How you go about building successful and profitable business relationships in the US should be guided by the many important lessons and insights offered in this essential reference guide. Whether new to working with Americans or an experienced internationalist this book will serve as your ready reference for connecting with US colleagues clients customers or consultants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367196707

Working with and for AncestorsCollaboration in the Care and Study of Ancestral Remains Working with and for Ancestors examines collaborative partnerships that have developed around the study and care of Indigenous ancestral human remains. In the interest of reconciliation museums and research institutions around the world have begun to actively seek input and direction from Indigenous descendants in establishing collections care and research policies. However true collaboration is difficult  time-consuming and sometimes awkward. By presenting examples of projects involving ancestral remains that are successfully engaged in collaboration the book provides encouragement for scientists and descendant communities alike to have open and respectful discussions around the research and care of ancestral human remains. Key themes for discussion include new approaches to the care for ancestors; the development of culturally sensitive museum policies; the emergence of mutually beneficial research partnerships; and emerging issues such as those of intellectual property digital data and alternatives to destructive analyses. Critical discussions by leading scholars also identify the remaining challenges in the repatriation process and offer a means to continue moving forward. This volume will appeal to a broad interdisciplinary audience interested in collaborative research and management strategies that are aimed at developing mutually beneficial relationships between researchers and descendant communities. This includes students and researchers in archaeology anthropology museums studies and Indigenous communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367408282

Working with Arabic PrepositionsStructures and Functions Working with Arabic Prepositions: Structures and Functions is a reference book focusing on Arabic prepositions their structure and usage. The system of Arabic prepositions is complex and the textbook aims to assist students at the lower intermediate to advanced level understand it in an accessible way. This is an area in which students can experience great difficulty and the aim of this book is to explain clearly the structures and functions of Arabic prepositions and their usage in Modern Standard Arabic and media Arabic. Drills and exercises are provided to enable readers to practice what they have learned in the chapters. This book will be an ideal source of information for undergraduate students studying Arabic as well as graduate studies and additional courses in the major dialect areas and a very useful resource for teachers of Arabic as a foreign language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138297616

Working with Attachment in Couples TherapyA Four-Step Model for Clinical Practice Through an exploration of extensive case studies this book demonstrates how the discovery and examination of original childhood attachment wounds is crucial to couples therapy. As many as half of all mental health referrals involve interpersonal issues and these very often relate to marital problems. Yet after a half a century of couples therapy we still lack a widely accepted treatment model for couples and there are relatively few training programs or graduate courses dedicated to the field. Why does an effective general approach to marital therapy remain so elusive? Working with Attachment in Couples Therapy: A Four-Step Model for Clinical Practice presents a series of in-depth case studies which illustrate the seeking of the primary wound for each participant as it unfolds session by session and traces improvement in each couple while exploring past injuries. This book represents essential reading for any mental health professional working with couples as well as those in training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367277772

Working with Autobiographical Memories in TherapyAssessment and Treatment Aggregating 46 years of research this book proposes a fresh approach on how to conduct assessment and therapy using autobiographical memories. It offers a system to identify and deconstruct major lifetime memories and shows how clinicians can work with the content of these memories to help clients better understand past events as present events are filtered through them. Dr. Bruhn’s first book on this subject Earliest Childhood Memories: Theory and Application to Clinical Practice (1990) illustrated what could be learned about clients’ present situation from the Early Memories Procedure (EMP) which is designed to identify and explore autobiographical memories of problematic experiences in therapy. The present book which builds upon Dr. Bruhn’s work with incarcerated women and male parolees shows what can be done with these key memories by working directly on them in therapy. Dr. Bruhn showcases a new insight-oriented treatment paradigm "memories work " to help resolve the issues identified in EMP responses. Chapters offer an alternative view of processing trauma and explore each facet of using memories work to design mental health interventions with clients. Included throughout are detailed case studies and techniques to re-engineer dysfunctional perceptions. Clinicians and therapists will come away with the tools necessary to use memories work successfully with clients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367132927

Working with Brain InjuryA primer for psychologists working in under-resourced settings This book provides a hands-on resource for the development of essential skills and competencies in clinical neuropsychology. On a very practical level it addresses a question frequently asked by students trainees interns and newly qualified psychologists: what do I need to know in order to perform the everyday tasks involved in clinical neuropsychology? The authors distil from a vast knowledge base the practical skills and knowledge needed to lay the foundations for working with brain-injured patients especially within the developed and developing world where time and resources are limited. The book is divided into three main sections: Basic Foundations Clinical Practice and Professional Issues. Together these sections cover 18 fundamental topics each representing a key part of the life of a practitioner. Each chapter contains practical tips points for reflective practice and suggested further reading with a particular emphasis on issues pertaining to working in under-resourced clinical environments. The book draws upon landmark academic papers and textbooks and also the authors’ experiences of working in state hospitals in both South Africa and the National Health Service in the United Kingdom. Working with Brain Injury will be essential reading for clinical psychology trainees and their supervisors for newly qualified psychologists in clinical settings and for students and practitioners in other clinical professions seeking an introduction to clinical neuropsychology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848723337

Working with Challenging YouthSeven Guiding Principles Working with Challenging Youth Second Edition is a practical reader-friendly guide through the pitfalls and problems that arise when working with at-risk youth. As in the first edition the new Working with Challenging Youth builds on a solid theoretical base in reality therapy cognitive-behavioral therapy solution-focused therapy systems theory and humanistic philosophy to answer the question "What distinguishes the really effective professionals from the rest?" This second edition includes new sections on specialized evidence-based approaches such as dialectical behavior therapy mindfulness collaborative problem-solving motivational interviewing and multisystemic therapy. This book also offers 7 guiding principles and 50 specific lessons to help bridge the gap between helping professionals and youth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138886445

Working with Children Families and Young PeopleProfessional Dilemmas Perspectives and Solutions Bridging the gap between learning and the application of knowledge and skills in Early Years settings this book addresses the nuanced complexities and challenges which students may face as they progress into professional practice. Built around the experiences of undergraduate students solution-focussed chapters tackle contemporary issues such as safeguarding new materialism reflective practice and working with refugee children linking these to theoretical and philosophical models and drawing on undergraduate and practitioner insights. Providing contextualised examples insight into key issues and application of theory to practice this book offers incisive solutions to support the undergraduate journey into a career with chapters covering topics such as: Best practice as a practitioner creating a caring environment Reflecting on practice to cultivate professional development Working with and for marginalised children Reflective practice Working with Children Families and Young People is perfect for undergraduate students on Early Years and Childhood Studies courses as well as other courses pertaining to working with children and young families social work and young communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138580404

Working with Children Aged 0-3 and Their FamiliesThe Pen Green Approach This inspiring book shows how Early Years staff can support the best possible practice for children under three and their families whilst making use of the limited funding available. Promoting the idea of infants as powerful learners the authors focus on 0-3 years as the vital first phase of education and care which can require a very specific pedagogical approach. They discuss the principles that underpin the practice of working with the youngest children the critical nature of highly effective pedagogical practice and the important role of family workers in building relationships with parents and the extended family. Working with Children Aged 0–3 and Their Families explores the challenges and responsibilities of working with young children and communicates the ‘Pen Green approach’. Pen Green has become a focal point for Early Years professionals due to its outstanding Early Years provision. The innovative approach chronicled in this book will encourage practitioners to research their own practice and use the outcomes to create a radical unique and yet highly effective provision for infants toddlers and their families. The book will be of interest to Early Years professionals foundation and undergraduate students and early childhood educators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138672604

Working with Children and Adolescents in Residential CareA Strengths-Based Approach Working with Children and Adolescents in Residential Care: A Strengths-Based Approach is written for professionals who work with children and youth in out of home placements be they social services workers child welfare or family court workers educators or mental health professionals in general. The book offers an approach that professionals can use to positively impact the lives of young people in residential facilities. The book emphasizes the strengths and abilities of young people from the assessment phase of treatment through discharge and helps readers to take into account the views and actions of youth in order to provide clients appropriate services. This new volume includes sections on principles of effective youth care work personal philosophy positive youth development teamwork staffings and crisis management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138856134

Working with Children and Youth with Complex Needs20 Skills to Build Resilience This new edition of Working with Children and Youth with Complex Needs provides detailed descriptions of techniques ample case studies fascinating and easy to understand explanations of research and rich stories of how social workers psychologists counselors child and youth care workers and other mental health professionals can help young people become more resilient. Fully updated and including new discussions of trauma adverse childhood experiences (ACEs) resilience genetic susceptibility to stress the impact of migration and natural disasters on families and much more Dr. Ungar shows why we need to work just as hard changing the environments that surround children as we do changing children themselves. Building on lessons learned from clinical community and residential settings Dr. Ungar discusses a shortlist of 20 essential skills that can enhance the effectiveness of frontline mental health services without relying on expensive resource heavy programs. Along with descriptions of the skills necessary to talk with clients about the factors that put their mental health at risk Working with Children and Youth with Complex Needs presents systemic practices clinicians can use in their everyday work to help their clients transform their worlds and improve their access to the resources they need to succeed. Chapters present a variety of practical strategies that clinicians can use to enhance and sustain the therapeutic value of their work including engaging with children's extended family; addressing issues of community violence racism and homophobia; and helping parents and teachers understand (and change) children's maladaptive coping strategies. A series of videos accompanies the text to help readers see the skills that are discussed being applied to real-life situations mental health professionals and their community allies encounter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367355364

Working with Children and Youth with Complex Needs20 Skills to Build Resilience Working with Children and Youth with Complex Needs provides a detailed description of techniques and rich stories of how social workers psychologists counselors and child and youth care workers can help young people become more resilient. With ample case studies and fascinating explanations of research Dr. Ungar shows why we need to work just as hard changing the environments that surround children as we do changing children themselves. Building on lessons learned from clinical community and residential settings Dr. Ungar discusses 20 skills that can enhance the effectiveness of frontline mental health services. Along with descriptions of the skills necessary to talk with clients about the factors that put their mental health at risk Working with Children and Youth with Complex Needs also presents systemic practices clinicians can use in their everyday work. Engaging with children’s extended family addressing issues of community violence racism and homophobia and helping parents and teachers understand children’s maladaptive coping strategies as sometimes necessary are among the many practical strategies that are discussed which clinicians can use to enhance and sustain the therapeutic value of their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138800731

Working with Children in Art Therapy Working with Children in Art Therapy is a collection of papers by ten art therapists working in the major child care agencies as part of a professional team. Each paper describes a different theoretical perspective and clinical setting with an emphasis on the language of art in art therapy and ways of understanding non-verbal communication. Contributions cover working with children in psychiatric clinics within the National Health Service in mainstream and special schools and in the social services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138410350

Working with Children in the Early Years Working with Children in the Early Years is an accessible introduction to early years theories policy and practice offering practitioners in a diverse range of settings the opportunity to develop their knowledge understanding and skills for working with young children. This fully updated second edition builds on new government agendas and interests in supporting quality provision for young children and their families. Bringing together current research and thinking in a broad range of areas it covers: the diversity of practitioner roles and multi-agency working working with families listening to children observing and assessing developing professional roles health and well being curriculum and pedagogy the importance of play and learning in the early years All contributions are strongly practical and underpinned by relevant theory and will support students and practitioners studying in the field of early years and early childhood studies as well as those aiming to achieve Early Years Professional Status. The book will also appeal to training providers equipping them with a valuable and unique source to support a range of early years courses. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203609736

Working with Children on the Streets of BrazilPolitics and Practice Reaffirm your political and spiritual commitment to helping the poor and oppressed!How can teachers and social workers reach the endangered kids who seldom come to school? By going to the streets where the children live work fight steal get sick sell their bodies and all too often die. Working with Children on the Streets of Brazil is an in-depth study of Brazil's homeless children and the street youthworkers who offer them food clothing beds hope medical attention education and simple respect.The street children of Brazil live in unimaginable poverty and squalor stealing jewelry or selling their bodies to survive wandering homeless and untaught pursued by death squads who clean up the streets by washing them with blood. Yet the street youthworkers interviewed in this moving powerful book--some inspired by the Catholic Church's Liberation Theology movement some employed by the government or private agencies--continue their efforts to help and heal these children often with remarkable success. Their work is widely respected and their unique viewpoint on serving throwaway children can offer creative solutions for social service workers around the globe.Many of the issues discussed in Working with Children on the Streets of Brazil will be painfully familiar to social service workers everywhere including: the problems of how to identify classify and count the children of the streets the reasons children leave or lose their homes the implications of policy decisions and socioeconomic forces on the children's lives the clash between law-and-order advocates and social service professionals the negative effects of deinstitutionalization and overcrowded youth homes the tragic societal consequences of the widening gap between rich and poor the problems of youth crime and violence the difficulties in delivering education health care and basic services for homeless childrenThis impressive book offers a detailed history of the development of street social education; a study of the aims methods and experiences of youthworkers; and solid advice on using the principles and practices of street social education to reach the at-risk youth of any country including the United States. Working with Children on the Streets of Brazil is both a scholarly work on the phenomenon of homeless children and a rousing call to action that will remind you of the reasons you chose to work in social services. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003063766

Working with Children to Heal Interpersonal TraumaThe Power of Play Featuring in-depth case presentations from master clinicians this volume highlights the remarkable capacity of traumatized children to guide their own healing process. The book describes what posttraumatic play looks like and how it can foster resilience and coping. Demonstrated are applications of play art and other expressive therapies with children who have faced such overwhelming experiences as sexual abuse or chronic neglect. The contributors discuss ways to facilitate forms of expression that promote mastery and growth as well as how to intervene when play becomes stuck in destructive patterns. They share effective strategies for engaging hard-to-reach children and building trusting therapeutic relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462513062

Working with Children with Sexual Behavior Problems Based on extensive clinical experience this book provides authoritative guidance and practical tools in a challenging area for child mental health professionals. The authors explain the many possible causes of problem sexual behaviors and demonstrate assessment and treatment procedures that have been shown to work with 4- to 11-year-olds and their families. Four chapter-length case examples illustrate how to integrate elements of cognitive-behavioral therapy play and expressive therapies and family-based approaches. Helpful reproducible worksheets and forms can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462511976

Working With ChildrenJournal of Infant Child and Adolescent Psychotherapy 2.2 First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138415485

Working with Co-ParentsA Manual for Therapists Working with Co-Parents is a practical manual for therapists and social workers who work with divorced and/or separated parents of children. Unique among other books that focus on therapy with the parents individually the author’s model brings the divorced couple together to help them understand their child’s experience and to assist them in developing a road to constructive co-parenting. This manual also includes illustrative case vignettes session outlines and handouts and homework reflection questions. Therapists and counselors will learn tools and interventions that they can apply immediately and effectively to their work with divorced couples. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138240513

Working with Costs and Budgets Super series are a set of workbooks to accompany the flexible learning programme specifically designed and developed by the Institute of Leadership & Management (ILM) to support their Level 3 Certificate in First Line Management. The learning content is also closely aligned to the Level 3 S/NVQ in Management. The series consists of 35 workbooks. Each book will map on to a course unit (35 books/units). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155213

Working with Dangerous PeopleThe Psychotherapy of Violence ‘This book written by people with an intimate knowledge of prisons and dangerous prisoners and their mental health and welfare offers something of an antidote to the simply coercive and repressive. In the words of the editor it offers ‘a humane approach to working with dangerous people… It should be a basic tenet of psychological work with clients that we are prepared and able to be in sympathy with them to have some understanding of their despair’. This volume offers a contribution to ways of thinking about dangerous people and their behavior and working with them constructively respectfully and possibly redemptive. I sincerely hope that this book will be read by all those concerned with offenders in whatever capacity from clinicians to politicians from policy makers to managers. It will well reward their interest and attention.’ Christopher Cordess Psychoanalyst and Emeritus Professor of Forensic Psychiatry University of Sheffield Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781857758245

Working with Deaf ChildrenSign Bilingual Policy into Practice This book is essential and accessible reading for all teachers and professionals who are working with sign bilingual deaf children. It considers the background and theory underpinning current developments in sign bilingual education and the implications for policy and developing classroom practice. Practical teaching strategies are suggested and evaluated. The authors draw on their own experience of working in sign bilingual settings as well as current good practice and relevant research. This book is the first UK book that describes sign bilingual education (beyond policy). It is also the first book to support sign bilingual practice dealing with current educational issues. The authors draw together relevant research and practice in sign bilingual education and present practical strategies for teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177864

Working with Developmental Anxieties in Couple and Family PsychotherapyThe Family Within The family begins with the parental couple; it is they who create the family. This book explores the way in which the child or any member of the family can carry unresolved projections arising from the parents’ families of origin: their family within and the difficulties this internal family presents for the therapist. The model developed in this book explores psychoanalytically based ideas about infant development and applies them to the internal world of couples and families. It presents both a clear explanation of these theories as well as case histories that show how these ideas work in practice. The developmental model presented offers an original perspective on the wide range of problems that many couple and family therapists struggle with. These problems can be understood in the context of the family within the way in which the family of origin dynamics have been internalised. This shared understanding between the couple and family and the therapist provides a path to greater maturity and therefore a greater capacity to cope with life’s vicissitudes. Working with Developmental Anxieties in Couple and Family Psychotherapy presents both a clear theoretical framework for understanding the development of the couple and family and a practical application for these ideas. Case studies bring the model to life through illustrating both the problems of the family or couple and the difficulties of the work. It will appeal to psychoanalysts psychotherapists couples and family therapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138079892

Working With Difficult PatientsFrom Neurosis to Psychosis In this book the author examines the series of connections that give rise to the intimate relationship between environment and individual in the construction of emotional suffering emphasising both the undisputed pathogenic action of environmental stimuli and the active participation of whoever is obliged to suffer the negative situation. The author shows that the way in which one tries to escape suffering is what often seriously jeopardises growth. Working with Difficult Patients points out the intrinsic link between some forms of mental suffering and the distorted responses that the patient has received from his or her original environment. For this reason the author explores the concept of the emotional trauma in particular since this trauma which occurs in the primary relationship often impels the child into relational withdrawal and towards constructing pathological structures that will accompany him or her for the rest of their life. The chapters are ordered according to a scale of increasing treatment difficulty which is proportional to the potential pathogenicity of the underlying psychopathological structure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200437

Working with Domestic ViolenceContexts and Frameworks for Practice This textbook equips social workers and human services practitioners with the knowledge and skills to work effectively with both the victims and perpetrators of domestic violence. Written to address the needs of the social work and human services student learner the book covers a range of domestic violence issues that will prepare the student for practice. With an underlying structural feminist conceptual framework that works towards empowering service users whilst challenging the structures that perpetuate violence Working with Domestic Violence includes: 18 chapters covering the broad spectrum of issues that arise from working with domestic violence A clear practice framework for applying theoretical knowledge when working with individuals and families in domestic violence contexts Practice tips key facts case examples activities and reflective questions designed to enhance the reader’s engagement with the ideas debates and practice challenges introduced in the text An extensive index and glossary to support student understanding of the material A user-friendly and engaging style that will find application as an entire course book as well as for students or lecturers interested in selecting individual chapters for certain modules Working with Domestic Violence is essential reading for students undertaking undergraduate and postgraduate coursework courses in social work and human services and those completing a postgraduate counselling qualification. The book will also be a valuable resource for students of community work youth work education nursing and other allied health courses community services disability and welfare studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138939813

Working with Dreams Originally published in 1979 this is a dream book with an outstanding difference: it takes the interpretation of dreams out of the realm of the professionals and gives it to the ultimate expert – the dreamer. Working with Dreams stresses the uniqueness of every dream and dreamer. With anecdotes and examples from their own dream groups the authors show how to deal with the intimacy and honesty of a dream; how to explore its meanings without distorting them; how to let a dream tell us about ourselves and add to our understanding. Dr Ullman and Mrs Zimmerman start with the question of what is in a dream – what is real and what is symbolic? – and then go on to explain what happens during sleep and the way a dream develops. They cover remembering and recording dreams and dealing with the imagery of dreams. They illustrate the many predicaments that dreams depict the self-deceptions we practice in relation to our dreams and then show how dream groups – whether a family or a group of strangers – can work together to uncover the meaning of dreams. And they enrich their book by discussing everything from the history of dreams to the possibilities of dreams across space and time. The result is a storehouse of information about the world of dreams. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138095762

Working With DreamsInitiation into the Soul’s Speaking About Itself This book is about the practice of working with dreams. Rather than presenting a general theory about dreams it focuses on the dream as phenomenon and raises the question how we must look at dreams if our approach is supposed to be a truly psychological one. So far most essays on and the practice of Jungian dream interpretation have paradoxically centered around the person of the dreamer and not around the dream itself. Dreams were used as a means to understand the analysand and what is going on in him or her. Jung’s fundamental shift from his earlier person-based psychology and pre-alchemy stance to his mature soul-based psychology informed by the hermetic logic of alchemy has not been followed which was already noted by Jung himself: "My later and more important work (as it seems to me) is still left untouched in its primordial obscurity." The present study is based decidedly on the stance of mature Jung and his very different views about dreams. His most crucial insights in this regard include that in dreams the soul speaks about itself (not about the dreamer) that the dream is its own interpretation and therefore needs to be circumambulated (rather than translated into the language of psychology and everyday life) and that dream images have everything they need within themselves (rather than needing associations from the dreamerʼs daily life). This book discusses in detail what all this means in practice and what it demands of the psychologist. A decisive transposition away from ordinary consciousness a "crossing to the other side of the river " is required of the consciousness that wants to approach dreams psychologically. Numerous aspects of dreams and special questions that come up in working with dreams are discussed. At the end of this book our working with dreams is situated in the wider question of the psychological task in general by exploring Jungʼs insistence that psychology has to transcend the "consulting room " Hillman’s move "From mirror to window" and in Plato’s parable the revolutionary move out of and return to "the cave." While limited to the topic of dreams this book may also serve as an indirect introduction to an understanding of psychology as a "psychology with soul" (Jung) or as the discipline of interiority. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367525132

Working with Dynamical SystemsA Toolbox for Scientists and Engineers This book provides working tools for the study and design of nonlinear dynamical systems applicable in physics and engineering. It offers a broad-based introduction to this challenging area of study taking an applications-oriented approach that emphasizes qualitative analysis and approximations rather than formal mathematics or simulation. The author an internationally recognized authority in the field makes extensive use of examples and includes executable Mathematica notebooks that may be used to generate new examples as hands-on exercises. The coverage includes discussion of mechanical models chemical and ecological interactions nonlinear oscillations and chaos forcing and synchronization spatial patterns and waves. Key Features: ·         Written for a broad audience avoiding dependence on mathematical formulations in favor of qualitative constructive treatment. ·         Extensive use of physical and engineering applications. ·         Incorporates Mathematica notebooks for simulations and hands-on self-study. ·         Provides a gentle but rigorous introduction to real-world nonlinear problems. ·         Features a final chapter dedicated to applications of dynamical systems to spatial patterns. The book is aimed at student and researchers in applied mathematics and mathematical modelling of physical and engineering problems. It teaches to see common features in systems of different origins and to apply common methods of study without losing sight of complications and uncertainties related to their physical origin. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138591714

Working with Dysfluent ChildrenPractical Approaches to Assessment and Therapy This extensively revised edition is now an up-to-date clinical text with ideas on relating theory to current practice. It is an invaluable resource for those working with children who are dysfluent containing revised chapters on all stages of dysfluency and practical ideas and suggestions for therapeutic approaches. Areas covered include: development of stammering; assessment of children who are dysfluent; early dysluency; borderline stammering; confirmed stammering; group therapy; and working with nurseries and schools. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315148854

Working with Dysphagia This practical text is indispensable to all clinicians working with dysphagia and is suitable for those involved in a range of settings and with a diversity of client groups. With its perspective on everyday working practice "Working with Dysphagia" fills a gap in an area where practical and workable material is much sought after. This book is a useful resource for all therapists ranging from students to specialist as the practical assessment approach and comprehensive management strategies are supported throughout with references of recent relevant research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315148816

Working with Embodiment in SupervisionA systemic approach Working with Embodiment in Supervision: A Systemic Approach offers a number of approaches to working with the body in therapy and counselling supervision. The authors are all experienced supervisors of clinical practice. The book is divided into two parts. Part One addresses how power and difference are embodied exploring implications for the supervisory process. Part Two offers supervisees and supervisors practices for using our bodies with intention in supervision working with physical sensation emotion and bodily movement and expression. The book introduces a repertoire of innovative practices for supervisors to reflect on talk about and work with embodiment in supervisory practice and includes exercises and detailed guides to assist readers in using the practices in their own work. Working with Embodiment in Supervision will be of use for practitioners (both supervisors and supervisees) involved in supervision of clinical practice as well as trainers and trainees engaged in supervision training. It should also be of interest to those who want to address embodiment in mental health psychology psychotherapy and counselling practice.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138024298

Working with Emotion in Cognitive-Behavioral TherapyTechniques for Clinical Practice Working actively with emotion has been empirically shown to be of central importance in psychotherapy yet has been underemphasized in much of the writing on cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT). This state-of-the-art volume brings together leading authorities to describe ways to work with emotion to enrich therapy and achieve more robust outcomes that go beyond symptom reduction. Highlighting experiential techniques that are grounded in evidence the book demonstrates clinical applications with vivid case material. Coverage includes mindfulness- and acceptance-based strategies compassion-focused techniques new variations on exposure-based interventions the use of imagery to rework underlying schemas and methods for addressing emotional aspects of the therapeutic relationship. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462517749

Working with EmotionsResponding to the Challenge of Difficult Pupil Behaviour in Schools Difficult pupil behaviour presents a number of issues for teachers parents other pupils as well as for children themselves. Inevitably it raises a number of emotions and challenges people's sense of their own personal effectiveness.This edited collection of short concise chapters provides advice and guidance to professionals on how to respond to the emotions experienced and generated by pupils with behavioural difficulties in schools. Many chapters are written by such professionals themselves and address common problems in a practical and accessible way. Working with Emotions is an essential text for all schools support services LEAs SENCOs and voluntary agencies and includes discussions on the government's current Social Inclusion initiative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151482

Working with Ethnic Minorities and Across Cultures in Western Child Protection Systems Multiculturalism in Western countries continues to grow but responsiveness to it with culturally sensitive research policy and practice has been slower to develop. This lag could be accused of enabling institutional racism – that is culturally insensitive practices and policies can cause or perpetuate harm to non-mainstream children and families the very thing that child protection systems are set up to address. Thus it is critical that the field has a resource that clearly and comprehensively outlines the characteristics of cultural competency in the child protection system when working with ethnic minorities and across both mainstream and non-mainstream cultures so as to equally protect the safety of all children.Unlike previous research this book addresses discrete and relevant practice issues - how to work effectively with interpreters whether or not to match caseworkers and clients based on ethnic background and what to consider when making plans for children in the out-of-home-care (OOHC) system - with best practice guidelines. This book will be required reading for all social work students academics and practitioners whose work engages with issues of cultural competency. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138225848

Working with External Quality Standards and AwardsThe Strategic Implications for Human Resource and Quality Management This book looks at how and where human resources (HR) meets quality management and the implications of this. Most organizations whatever their size or sector struggle with demonstrating the value of continuous improvement (CI) and/or HR initiatives at a time when economic conditions are challenging in the global marketplace. Both within the UK and internationally organizations will use continuous improvement and business excellence (BE) as a means of not only improving performance internally but also to secure external recognition of their management practices including people management and therefore increase their competitiveness in their market. This text explores the potential overlaps between the two fields by considering how to address the development and implementation of a strategy to integrate CI/BE and human resource management. Practical and applied this text provides: A brief overview of the concepts of CI and BE An analysis of the strategic factors impacting on an organization’s decision-making around adopting a CI/BE approach and the impact this may have on people management and development practices A review of some major external CI/BE accreditations and awards and their value and how they might be used An analysis of the possible problems and outcomes which could be achieved by adopting such a CI/BE strategy and integrating it with people management and development activities This book is ideal for any professional HR or performance improvement practitioner who wants to understand how a CI/BE approach could benefit their organization as well as postgraduate students of HR or quality management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138064027

Working With Families in Medical SettingsA Multidisciplinary Guide for Psychiatrists and Other Health Professionals Working With Families in Medical Settings provides mental-health professionals with the tools they need to figure out what patients and families want and how within the constraints imposed by 21st-century healthcare setting to best give them the care they need. Psychiatrists and other clinicians who work in medical settings know that working with a patient with a chronic illness usually entails work with that patient’s family as well as with other medical professionals. Some families need education; others have specific difficulties or dysfunctions that require skilled assessment and intervention. It is up to the clinician to find productive ways to work with common themes in family life: expressed emotion levels of resilience life-cycle issues and adaptation to illness among others. Enter Working With Families in Medical Settings which shines a spotlight on the major issues professional caregivers face and shows them how to structure an effective intervention in all kinds of settings. Psychiatrists particularly those in psychosomatic medicine and other clinicians who work with the medically ill will find Working With Families in Medical Settings to be an essential resource and guide to productive relationships with patients and their families. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415656481

Working with Families of Children with Special NeedsPartnership and Practice The importance of partnerships between professionals and the parents of children with special needs/disability is well established in childcare legislation. But is it reflected in practice?Written for practitioners and those in training this book recognises that forming partnerships can be a fraught process involving dissent as well as cooperation. Naomi Dale draws on case histories from her own experience to examine key partnership issues such as consent confidentiality and diagnosis delivery. She combines up-to-date theory and research with practice to provide a wealth of suggestions and ideas for effective family work.Working with Families of Children with Special Needs features useful exercises with each chapter making it an excellent resource book and practice manual for multidisciplinary professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154308

Working with Fathers Self-help organizations have an increasingly important role in helping patients so that doctors can concentrate on those who need their medical skills. This guide details the service provided by each self-help organization and is designed so that local information can be added by the user. It is a valuable source of reference to GPs practice managers practice and community nurses community health councils and health service managers. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315385495

Working With Fathers in Psychoanalytic Parent-Infant Psychotherapy Working With Fathers in Psychoanalytic Parent-Infant Psychotherapy interfaces theoretical ideas about fatherhood and their incorporation into the clinical practice of psychoanalytic parent-infant psychotherapy. Often when a family attends parent-infant psychotherapy issues of the father are eclipsed by attention to the mother who is usually the identified patient. Until now relatively neglected in the literature this book attends to both the barriers to psychological work with the father and to ways in which he can be engaged in a therapeutic process.   In this book Tessa Baradon brings together some of the most eminent clinicians and academics in the field of parent-infant psychotherapy in a layered collection of theoretical and clinical contributions. She and her co-discussants Björn Salomonsson and Kai von Klitzing conclude with an integration and critique of the themes presented exploring the ideas of their fellow contributors and expanding on the central themes of the work.   Working With Fathers in Psychoanalytic Parent-Infant Psychotherapy will be of interest to mental health practitioners working with infants who will learn that each individual and the family as a system can benefit from such an inclusive approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138093454

Working with Gay Men and Lesbians in Private Psychotherapy Practice Working with Gay Men and Lesbians in Private Psychotherapy Practice is written for private practitioners solely by private practice clinicians who specialize in the treatment of gay men or lesbians. Focusing on numerous clinical issues that gays and lesbians often deal with Working with Gay Men and Lesbians in Private Psychotherapy Practice also offers you proven guidance for maintaining and promoting your psychotherapy practice as a business.You will explore issues such as whether the therapist should disclose her/his sexual orientation and how the therapist should address the degree to which internalized stigma about sexual orientation may impact the client’s concerns about the process of therapy in general. This insightful volume also focuses on the special complexities introduced to psychotherapy by managed care. You’ll find detailed practical information about: a strategic plan for establishing marketing and developing a private practice in l/g/b psychology staying abreast of the latest research and trends in gay/lesbian mental health treatment planning with gay and lesbian clients lesbian/gay couples counseling multiple identity and gender issues particular to culture and ethnicity boundary issues Working with Gay Men and Lesbians in Private Psychotherapy Practice tackles how to therapeutically respond to the issues of gay men and lesbians. The practical strategies and specific suggestions can be directly incorporated into your work with gay and lesbian clients to ensure your success in confronting the specific issues and challenges they face. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809502

Working with Groups Many children with emotional and behavioral difficulties behave well in a one-to-one situation with an adult. It is when they are in a group with their peers that their behavior deteriorates dramatically. The more teachers understand about group dynamics the better equipped they will be to support children who find such skills as turn-taking and sharing difficult. This book looks at: group skills managing difficult groups the group leader. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315065526

Working with GroupsThe Social Psychology of Discussion and Decision Originally published in 1963 this book was one of the first to explore group process and working with groups. The introductory chapter tells us that working with groups requires three skills: and understanding of theory a knowledge of its application and trained experience in its use. It goes on to discuss these points helping the reader towards an understanding of group processes and making decisions in groups. This title is an early example of author’s explorations of groups and group work which were to be a major factor in the establishment of group-work practice in Britain over the following years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138795327

Working With HannahA Special Girl in a Mainstream School Working with Hannah is a unique and detailed snapshot of the first years of schooling for a child with Down's Syndrome and severe mobility and communication problems. Written by two classroom assistants who supported Hannah during her two and a half years in a mainstream infant school this book shows how the right level of support can make inclusion a success not only for the child and family but also for the school itself. This practical guide describes the 'hands on' approach of Hannah's day-to-day management in a busy school. Topics covered include:*finding a school*how the school prepares*adapting the curriculum*recognising the importance of friendship*incorporating therapies into the school day*additional aspects of personal and physical care*setting up communication systems.There are key points at the end of chapters which highlight the salient aspects and offer practical advice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175150

Working with HDVShoot Edit and Deliver Your High Definition Video Over the past few years HDV has burst onto the professional video production landscape and is changing the world of high-definition acquisition. Are you ready to make the transition to HDV? Let this book with its clear unbiased overview of HDV be your guide. More than a catalog of HDV products this book provides you with perspective on the driving forces behind high-definition technical information about digital video technologies that's easy to follow and real-world tips for getting the most out of your HDV investment. The book also includes a tear-out focusing chart HDV resource guide and detailed glossary for quick reference making it a timely and valuable resource for video professionals and students.Working with HDV provides the answers to some of the big questions surrounding this exciting format:- Why has HDV become so popular so quickly?- Is HDV right for your next project?- What are your HDV camcorder/equipment options?- How does HDV differ from other video formats?- Why is shooting with HDV similar to shooting with a film camera?- How will you manage your HDV post production workflow?- Does HDV make good business sense for your operation?- What are the alternatives to HDV on the market?Don't get left behind as HDV momentum continues to build--get up and running quickly with this handy guide that demystifies what to use and how to use it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178793

Working with High-Risk AdolescentsA Collaborative Strengths-Based Approach This innovative book focuses on helping high-risk adolescents and their families rapidly resolve long-standing difficulties. Matthew D. Selekman spells out a range of solution-focused strategies and other techniques illustrating their implementation with vivid case examples. His approach augments individual and family sessions with collaborative meetings that enlist the strengths of the adolescent's social network and key helping professionals from larger systems. User-friendly features include checklists sample questions to aid in relationship building and goal setting and reproducible forms that can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Blending family therapy science with therapeutic artistry the book significantly refines and updates the approach originally presented in Selekman's Pathways to Change. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462539215

Working with High-Risk YouthA Relationship-based Practice Framework In the child welfare system some youth do well in their lives but far too many do not experience positive outcomes by the time they are leaving government services. The youth often feel marginalized and that they were not involved in decisions about their own lives leaving them with a sense of hopelessness and helplessness. This book focuses on high-risk youth - whose struggles include neglect and abuse alcohol and drug abuse the risk of being exploited mental health issues and the inability to self-regulate and trust - a population of youth that government child welfare services and community agencies struggle to serve adequately. The focus has traditionally been on punishment-consequence interventions and demanding compliance but experience and research shows they can be better served through relationship-based practice incorporating harm reduction principles resiliency and strength-based approaches community collaboration and an understanding that these youth typically come from experiences of early trauma impacting their brain development and their ability to form attachments. This book provides an overview of the Get Connected practice framework and philosophy and provides strategies for engaging and working with the most disconnected challenging and troubled youth in society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138234499

Working With Immigrant FamiliesA Practical Guide for Counselors This book aims to create a foundation that respects theory culture and the mental health professions and to initiate the practical and needed discussions about how to work with immigrant families. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881679

Working with Interpreters in Mental Health Why are interpreters an important part of modern healthcare provision?In today's society there is an increasing need for mental health professionals to work with interpreters yet coverage of this subject in the existing literature is scarce. Working with Interpreters in Mental Health gives an insight into the issues and problems of professionals working with interpreters in the mental health field.Informed by theoretical research and practice considerations Working with Interpreters in Mental Health helps practitioners to develop better ways of helping service users who need an interpreter. Combining contributions from a number of different disciplines this book discusses:* interpreters in medical consultations* issues of language provision in health care services* the application of theoretical frameworks to the work with interpreters* the work of interpreters in a variety of practical settings.Whilst the focus the placed within a mental health context many of the issues raised apply equally to other context where interpreters are needed. This book will be invaluable for practitioners of psychology psychiatry social work and other health professionals. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315812342

Working with Interpreters in Psychological TherapyThe Right To Be Understood This book is a practical and helpful guide for therapists that outlines best practice in working with interpreters. It provides an accessible tool for therapists working in a range of settings from small unfunded therapy teams in the voluntary sector to primary care work. Working with Interpreters in Psychological Therapy has been written collaboratively by a therapist and an interpreter working in the refugee sector. The writers reflect upon how therapists can manage some of the complex dynamics that can occur in the triadic relationship and explore how the presence of an interpreter can bring additional psychological benefits to clients. This book is essential reading for therapists working in cross-cultural settings as well as the organizations in which they work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885267

Working with Involuntary ClientsA Guide to Practice Many social workers are employed in positions where they deal with involuntary clients. These positions are demanding and require a specific set of skills. The new edition of this successful book provides an accessible and practical guide for managing difficult and sensitive relationships and communicating with reluctant clients. The author directly links theory to real-life by adopting a jargon-free and accessible guide to working in partnership with involuntary clients. Written in a lively and engaging style the book is relevant across the curriculum and richly illustrated with case examples drawn from a variety of service-user groups such as work with people with addictions young people who refuse to go to school and mental health patients who refuse treatment as well as examples from criminal justice and child protection. The author's integrated and systematic approach promotes prosocial values; emphasizes clarifying roles; and deals with issues of authority and goal-setting. Fully revised and updated throughout to reflect contemporary research and practice the book includes increased emphasis on risk assessment cognitive behavioural approaches including manualised intervention programs and reflective practice. The result is an invaluable practical guide for social work and social care students and professionals to working with both clients and their families. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415715652

Working with Map ProjectionsA Guide to their Selection A map projection fundamentally impacts the mapmaking process. Working with Map Projections: A Guide to Their Selection explains why for any given map there isn’t a single "best" map projection. Selecting a projection is a matter of understanding the compromises and consequences of showing a 3-D space in two dimensions. The book presents a clear understanding of the processes necessary to make logical decisions on selecting an appropriate map projection for a given data set. The authors discuss the logic needed in the selection process describe why certain decisions should be made and explain the consequences of any inappropriate decision made during the selection process. This book also explains how the map projection will impact the map’s ability to fulfill its purpose uses real-world data sets as the basis for the selection of an appropriate map projection and provides illustrations of an appropriately and inappropriately selected map projection for a given data set. The authors take a novel approach to discussing map projections by avoiding an extensive inventory of mathematical formulae and using only the mathematics of map projections that matter for many mapping tasks. They also present information that is directly applicable to the process of selecting map projections and not tied to a specific software package. Written by two leading experts this book is an invaluable resource for anyone studying or working with geospatial data from students to experienced professionals and will help readers successfully weigh the pros and cons of choosing one projection over another to suit a map’s intended purpose. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138304987

Working With Men For Change This is a work that reflects the growing interest in issues relating to men and masculinities. This diverse collection by a team of contributors analyzes the composition and representation of masculine identities. Combining research with theory and strategies for activism the work promotes practical ways of working with men to achieve change. Intentionally designed as a handbook it provides effective and practical information for professionals in social welfare settings trainers and activists in the community as well as individual men who have their own personal agenda for change. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203979921

Working with Men in the Human Services Men are often invisible in the human services. As clients and as workers men have largely been ignored in the efforts that have been made to combat sexism in social work and welfare practice. Working with Men in the Human Services argues that addressing gender injustice requires an understanding of men as well as of women. The authors analyse how men's position in society affects their relationships with women and with each other. They also examine the influence of masculine culture on men's self-perception and behaviour. Key practice issues are highlighted with case studies from a variety of contexts.Working with Men in the Human Services marks the beginning of a new agenda for profeminist practice with men and is essential reading for students and professionals in social work welfare and counselling.Working with Men in the Human Services challenges all social workers to rethink their assumptions about men masculinity and men's issues. It does not negate feminist scholarship and practice but rather broadens and deepens an appreciation of gender issues. It deserves to be widely read is a must for any social worker's library and will have a profound influence on social work theory and practice in the coming years.Jim Ife Professor of Social Work + Social Policy Curtin UniversityBob Pease is Senior Lecturer in Social Work at RMIT University Melbourne author of Recreating Men and coeditor of Transforming Social Work Practice. Peter Camilleri is Associate Professor in the School of Social Work and Rector at the Australian Catholic University Canberra. He is author of (Re)Constructing Social Work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003118473

Working with MultimodalityRethinking Literacy in a Digital Age In today’s digital world we have multiple modes of meaning-making: sounds images hypertexts. Yet within literacy education even ‘new’ literacies we know relatively little about how to work with and produce modally complex texts.    In Working with Multimodality Jennifer Rowsell focuses on eight modes: words images sounds movement animation hypertext design and modal learning. Throughout the book each mode is illustrated by cases studies based on the author’s interviews with thirty people who have extensive experience working with a mode in their field. From a song writer to a well known ballet dancer these people all discuss what it means to do multimodality well. This accessible textbook brings the multiple modes together into an integrated theory of multimodality. Step-by-step beginning with theory then exploring modes and how to work with them before concluding with how to apply this in an investigation each stage of working with multimodality is covered. Working with Multimodality will help students and scholars to:   • Think about specific modes and how they function   •  Consider the implications for multimodal meaning-making  • Become familiar with conventions and folk knowledge about given modes   • Apply this same knowledge to their own production of media texts in classrooms    Assuming no prior knowledge about multimodality and its properties Working with Multimodality is designed to appeal to advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students interested in how learning and innovation is different in a digital and media age and is an essential textbook for courses in literacy new media and multimodality within applied linguistics education and communication studies.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415676205

Working with Mystical Experiences in PsychoanalysisOpening to the Numinous A mystical experience no matter what else is a subjective occurrence in the psyche. However when it appears in the psychoanalytic consulting room its origin content and meaning are unknowable. Yet it is there in the room and it must be addressed. It is not a minor illusion but rather one that requires attention as its occurrence may lead to a profound alteration of consciousness and as Carl Jung suggests a cure for neurosis. Leslie Stein interviewed twenty-nine mystics in order to understand the origin progression phasing emotions and individual variations of a mystical experience in order to make sense of how it should be addressed the appropriate analytic attitude in the face of a mystery the way to work with its content and its psychological meaning. In doing so he uncovered that there may be specific development markers that create a proclivity to be receptive to such an experience that has clinical significance for psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327733

Working With Nature First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315079394

Working With OffendersA Guide to Concepts and Practices This book provides a theoretically informed guide to the practice of working with offenders in different settings and for different purposes. It deals with topics such as offender rehabilitation case management worker-offender relationships working with difficult clients and situations collaboration addressing complex needs and processes of integration. The book offers a unique perspective on working with offenders in that it incorporates three key elements. As part of the latter it provides different types of data including descriptions of programs and selected statistics from each jurisdiction and presents this information in easy-to-read formats. The chapters are structured around a dual focus of workers and their environments on the one hand and the nature of the offenders with whom they work on the other. The condition and situation of workers is thus considered in the context of the condition and situation of offenders and the relationship between the two. The book is intended to be relevant and familiar to those already working in the field as well as to introduce contemporary principles and practices to those wishing to do so in the future. Each chapter concludes with two key features. The first Further Reading is oriented toward concepts and the 'why' questions of practice. The second Key Resources alerts readers to appropriate manuals and handbooks and the 'how' questions of practice. This includes reference to evidence-based examples of good practice and specific intervention models. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9780203810330

Working with Oracle GoldenGate 12cFrom Implementation to Troubleshooting This book teaches the basics of Oracle GoldenGate which is a product that is used to simplify the process of Oracle Database Replication. GoldenGate can be used for reporting failover high availability live reporting data warehousing and BigData ETL process as well as connecting to multiple other data sources outside of Oracle Database such as SQL Server MySQL Teradata PostgreSQL and many others. The purpose of GoldenGate and its popularity is its ability to make the highly complex architecture of database replication into a much more simplistic task. This book teaches the reader how to use Oracle GoldenGate from installation to troubleshooting. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138197572

Working with Parents Carers and Families in the Early YearsThe essential guide Parents have a crucial role in supporting children’s learning development and well-being. The act of forming effective partnerships with families and carers is a key feature of the Early Years Foundation Stage. Achieving this takes time reflective practice skill and a solid understanding of the barriers that can impede forming effective working relationships with parents. This guide offers an informed and comprehensive framework for working with parents drawing on the latest evidence and containing practical advice from practitioners and parents to support sound partnership practice. Full of examples and activities for training and resources to support practice across a wide range of settings it focuses on key areas such as: Working with parents of different aged children The development of strategies to support the relationship The barriers to partnership working including cultural differences and working with hard to reach families Setting up home and setting visits Creating parent-friendly environments Including case studies and questions for reflective practice this book will be ideal for Early Years students on Foundation Degrees Childhood Studies Courses and those training to become Early Years teachers as well as Early Years practitioners and managers responsible for staff training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415728744

Working with Parents and Families in Early Childhood Education This book reports initiatives to listen to parents and families to ascertain what families believe and do as they seek to engage collaboratively with their children’s educators and what educators and educational systems might do to facilitate and/or establish barriers to such engagement.Parental engagement in children’s learning and development has many positive benefits. However in the current environments of accountability and performativity which are pervading early childhood education in many countries the opportunities for parents and other family members to be part of the development of respectful collaborative relationships with their children’s early childhood educators are becoming more and more restricted. Many educators feel forced to choose between curriculum outcomes and parental engagement as both involve their time. There is a danger that the voices of parents and families in their children’s early learning and development will not always be heard seen or fully understood. This volume addresses this important issue.Researchers educators and families will all benefit from this book to the ultimate benefit of the young children who are the future. This book was originally published as a special issue of the European Early Childhood Education Research Journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728946

Working with Parents and InfantsA Mind-Body Integration Approach Working with Parents and Infants is aimed at understanding the process of psychosomatic illness exploring the embodiment of psychosomatic health and illness and the inseparability of psyche and soma. Within this book the author highlights the beneficial function of psychosomatic symptoms such as mastitis in signalling to the counse Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329907

Working with Parents of SEN Children after the Code of Practice First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138180918

Working with Parentsas Partners in Special Educational Needs First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315067711

Working with PiagetEssays in Honour of Barbel Inhelder For fifty years Bärbel Inhelder (1913-1997) was the research companion of Jean Piaget. In this unique volume published in her honour leading international researchers examine the various aspects of her work and ideas and her contribution to developmental psychology. Following an initial chapter establishing Inhelder's stature as an independent researcher in her own right the various research topics that she explored are reviewed and discussed with specific reference to her own perspective and in the chronological order in which she approached them. While the book explores Inhelder's work with her more famous colleague it also highlights areas of research in which her ideas were at variance with those of Piaget such as mental imagery and areas in which her innovations have not been fully recognised such as her discovery of the formal operations stage - an event usually attributed to Piaget - and her introduction of longitudinal studies in the field of cognitive development. Her research viewpoint and contribution in other fields such as mental retardation learning and cross-cultural issues in development are also discussed. The final chapter written by Inhelder herself deals with experimental reasoning in children and adolescents and provides a glimpse of her creativity. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877191

Working with Relational and Developmental Trauma in Children and Adolescents Working with Relational and Developmental Trauma in Children and Adolescents focuses on the multi-layered complex and dynamic area of trauma loss and disrupted attachment on babies children adolescents and the systems around them. The book explores the impact of relational and developmental trauma and toxic stress on children’s bodies brains relationships behaviours cognitions and emotions.  The book draws on a range of theoretical perspectives through reflective exercises rich case studies practical applications and therapeutic strategies. With chapters on wider organisational and systemic dynamics strength-based practices and the intergenerational transmission of relational trauma Karen Treisman provides a holistic view of the pervasive nature and impact of working with trauma.  Working with Relational and Developmental Trauma in Children and Adolescents will be of interest to professionals working with children and families in the community in-patient school residential and court-based settings including clinical psychologists psychiatrists social workers teachers and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138935297

Working with Resistance in Rational Emotive Behaviour TherapyA Practitioner's Guide Productive therapeutic change is facilitated when the therapist and client have a good therapeutic relationship share views on salient therapeutic matters agree on goals to enhance client well-being and understand what they each have to do to achieve the goals of therapy. In this book Windy Dryden and Michael Neenan address the difficulties that both client and therapist bring to rational emotive behaviour therapy (REBT) when either party is resistant to change. Divided into two parts  Client Resistance and Therapist Resistance Working with Resistance in Rational Emotive Behaviour Therapy tackles the challenges experienced by both client and clinician when using REBT. Addressing issues of resistance enables both the client and practitioner to move beyond problems in the consulting room and build a more productive relationship resulting in more effective sessions and assisting in the resolution of underlying problems for which the client has sought help. Working with Resistance in Rational Emotive Behaviour Therapy is essential reading for any practitioner hoping to use REBT more effectively in their day-to-day practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415667500

Working with Secondary Students who have Language Difficulties Language is the foundation of everything that goes on at school and is critical for formal learning and to interact socially. This book represents a whole school approach that includes tips for: identifying pupils with language learning difficulties following the book's simply explained guidelines; helping pupils overcome stumbling blocks by using the book's practical classroom strategies; modifying the schools curriculum to best support pupils with language learning difficulties; and timesaving resources in photocopiable format. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138180437

Working with Sex OffendersA Guide for Practitioners Working with Sex Offenders is a unique book which brings together leading practitioners in the field to provide a comprehensive and up-to-date distillation of relevant guidance to assist anyone who works with sex offenders.  The authors examine topics including assessment treatment supervision and safeguarding. Skills and strategies for successful engagement with offenders are a key focus of the book as well as improving understanding of underpinning factors associated with offending and desistance.  This volume which is derived from well-received presentations hosted by the UK’s National Organisation for the Treatment of Abusers (NOTA) over a number of years also offers a detailed examination of individual organisational and societal roles in relation to identifying and preventing sexual abuse in our communities. Using case examples throughout Working with Sex Offenders will be essential reading for all professionals involved in the management and treatment of sex offenders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138933545

Working with Sexual Attraction in Psychotherapy Practice and SupervisionA Humanistic-Relational Approach Working with Sexual Attraction in Psychotherapy Practice and Supervision addresses some of the challenges associated with sexual attraction in psychotherapy practice and supervision as well as within services and helps therapists supervisors and managers to navigate them with openness and self-reflection. The book focuses on practical and applied issues using a relational humanistic-integrative theoretical approach as a backdrop for understanding. Split into three parts it deals with issues related to clinical practice supervision and ethical issues. Chapters support in-depth exploration in all three arenas of practice and are completed by editors providing a reflective summary. Enriched with case examples and research written by senior relational practitioners the book will be beneficial to therapists supervisors and service managers in the field of psychotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367250768

Working with Stress and Tension in Clinical PracticeA Practical Guide for Therapists Working with Stress and Tension in Clinical Practice is a practical toolkit that sets out a wide range of approaches for reducing stress and anxiety in clients so that they are mentally prepared for more effective therapy sessions. Combining research real-life examples and practical advice the book discusses the potential psychological barriers to therapy that can stand in the way of helping clients and offers concrete solutions to overcome these issues. This toolkit clearly outlines a range of approaches such as mindfulness and meditation techniques that can help clients focus on their therapy and overcome stress and anxiety. Key features include: Guidance and activities supporting the use of meditation breathing exercises and visualisation techniques in therapy Ideas that can be used as short introductory activities at the beginning of a therapy session to help patients get the most from the therapist’s time Suggested whole sessions on stress-reduction for those focusing on anxiety itself. This book is a must-have resource for Speech and Language Therapists Occupational Therapists Psychologists Counsellors Psychotherapists and any professionals working with clients who wish to help the people they work with get the most from therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911186274

Working with Students Who Have AnxietyCreative Connections and Practical Strategies As the number of students with anxiety increases in schools and classrooms this book serves as the go-to guide for teachers and educators who strive to provide a welcoming environment conducive to students’ learning. Working with Students Who Have Anxiety provides an accessible understanding of anxiety in its various forms how anxiety impacts academic and social skills and what teachers can do to create a positive climate. An exciting new resource for teachers special educators art specialists and school counselors this book covers the causes signs and symptoms of anxiety; includes academic behavioral and art-based interventions; and explores ethical and legal issues relating to students with anxiety. Filled with real-life examples practical teaching tips and creative advice for building connections with students this book not only provides readers with the latest information about anxiety but also focuses on strategies to give educators the real tools they need to reduce the negative impact of anxiety in academic settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367138684

Working with Students with DisabilitiesA Guide for Professional School Counselors Like no other book available Working with Students with Disabilities: A Guide for School Counselors provides comprehensive coverage of school counselors’ roles in special education and working with students with disabilities and connects that coverage to both the ASCA national model and CACREP standards. In Working with Students with Disabilities school counselors will find thoughtful analyses of the legal and regulatory basis for many of the practices in special education including an overview of pertinent laws including the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act. They’ll gain an in-depth understanding of the leadership role that school counselors should play in supporting students teachers and families and they’ll also come away with an understanding of the common challenges—like bullying cyberbullying and successful transitioning from high school to adult life— to which students with disabilities may be more vulnerable as well as less common challenges such as behavioral difficulties autism spectrum disorders and many more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415743198

Working with Substance-Affected Parents and their ChildrenA guide for human service workers Working with families in which parents have problems with alcohol or other drugs can be complex stressful and intense. This ground-breaking guide helps human service workers to better support parents struggling to overcome substance use problems. It draws together the perspectives of professionals from alcohol and other drug treatment centres child and family welfare groups as well as leading researchers in the fields of addiction and child protection and also provides practical strategies for understanding and overcoming common practice challenges.In this book you will find guidelines for: developing positive relationships with parents and children; identifying what you need to know when undertaking an assessment; ensuring the safety of families; improving family life; assisting parents when children are in care; and focusing on your own self-care and professional development.This is an essential resource for both students and professionals working in this challenging field.'The optimism wisdom and insight collated in this work... makes this required reading for all of those whose working lives coincide with substance-using parents or their children.' - Professor David Best Chair Sheffield Addiction Recovery Research Group; founder and co-chair of Recovery Academy Australia Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781743319499

Working with the Anthropological Theory of the Didactic in Mathematics EducationA Comprehensive Casebook This book presents the main research veins developed within the framework of the Anthropological Theory of the Didactic (ATD) a paradigm that originated in French didactics of mathematics. While a great number of publications on ATD are available in French and Spanish Working with the Anthropological Theory of the Didactic in Mathematics Education is the first directed at English-speaking international audiences. Written and edited by leading researchers in ATD the book covers all aspects of ATD theory and practice including teaching applications. The chapters feature the most relevant and recent investigations presented at the 6th international conference on the ATD offering a unique opportunity for an international audience interested in the study of mathematics teaching and learning to keep in touch with advances in educational research. The book is divided into four sections and the contributions explore key topics such as: The core concept of ‘praxeology’ including its development and functionalities The need for new teaching praxeologies in the paradigm of questioning the world The impact of ATD on the teaching profession and the education of teachers This is the second volume in the New Perspectives on Research in Mathematics Education. This comprehensive casebook is an indispensable resource for researchers teachers and graduate students around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367187705

Working With the BereavedMultiple Lenses on Loss and Mourning Working With the Bereaved summarizes the major themes in bereavement research and clinical work and uses the authors’ own cutting-edge research to show mental-health practitioners how to integrate these themes into their practice. It provides clinicians with a framework for exploring their own emotional and intellectual assumptions about loss and bereavement and it goes on to summarize state-of-the-art thinking in the field. The heart of the book focuses on the theoretical and clinical implications of the empirically validated Two-Track Model of Bereavement as well as a variety of therapeutic techniques designed to help the bereaved both reapproach life and manage their continuing bonds with the deceased. The later chapters examine methods for integrating systems and family perspectives in therapy for attending to the implications of culture and religion and for meeting crises and emergencies in bereavement care. The concluding chapter addresses self-care well-being and resilience offering practical guidelines for both the bereaved and those who treat them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415881661

Working with the Human Trafficking SurvivorWhat Counselors Psychologists Social Workers and Medical Professionals Need to Know Working with the Human Trafficking Survivor fills a void in existing literature by providing students faculty and professionals in applied helping disciplines with a comprehensive text about human trafficking with a focus on clinical issues. This book gives an overview of the medical care options for psychological treatment and beyond. Working with the Human Trafficking Survivor fills is a great resource for social work counselling and psychology courses on human trafficking or domestic violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138924307

Working with Trauma-Exposed Children and AdolescentsEvidence-Based and Age-Appropriate Practices Far too often children and youth experience trauma from rare events such as mass shootings terrorism attacks and school lockdowns to very common occurrences such as bullying exposure to drugs and alcohol or various mental health issues. They can experience these events both directly and indirectly (from surfing the internet watching television or through their friends). Our children spend a large portion of their day at school interacting with other students teachers and school personnel where these topics are raised and discussed. This edited volume addresses how our teachers and school personnel can help students deal with these potentially traumatic events to reach the most positive possible outcomes. This collection brings together leading experts including academics and professionals working in the field to provide the most current evidence-based practices on how to help students who may have experienced or witnessed trauma. It presents research and advice on how to respond to traumatic events regarding bullying; drugs and alcohol; sexual abuse; mental health; lesbian gay bisexual transgender and queer (LGBTQ) safety; stranger danger; childhood disruptive behaviors; school shootings and lockdowns; and terrorism. It also includes a chapter focused on how to implement a school safety program. Schools cannot deal with these issues alone; effective strategies must engage family members and the broader community. Hence the collection includes a chapter on how schools can partner with families and the communities they reside in to bring about positive change. All this work pays close attention to cultural and religious sensitivity socio-economic variabilities diversity issues and developmental stages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138099197

Working with Traumatic Brain Injury in SchoolsTransition Assessment and Intervention Every day children and adolescents worldwide return to the educational setting having sustained a traumatic brain injury (TBI). The possible negative consequences of TBI range from mild to severe and include neurological cognitive emotional social and behavioral difficulties. Within the school setting the negative effects of TBI tend to persist or worsen over time often resulting in academic and social difficulties that require formal and informal educational assistance and support. School psychologists and other educational professionals are well-positioned to help ensure students with TBI receive this assistance and support. Working with Traumatic Brain Injury in Schools is a comprehensive practitioner-oriented guide to effective school-based services for students who have experienced a TBI. It is primarily written for school-based professionals who have limited or no neurological or neuropsychological training; however it contains educational information that is useful to professionals with extensive knowledge in neurology and/or neuropsychology. This book is also written for parents and guardians of students with TBI because of their integral role in the transition school-based assessment and school-based intervention processes. Chapter topics include: basic brain anatomy and physiology; head injury and severity level classifications; biomechanics of injury; injury recovery and rehabilitation; neurological cognitive emotional behavioral social and academic consequences; understanding community-based assessment findings; a framework for school-based assessment (TBI-SNNAP); school-based psychoeducational report writing and school-based interventions; monitoring pharmacological interventions; and prevention. An accompanying website includes handouts sample reports and training templates to assist professionals in recognizing and responding to students with TBI. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415642545

Working with Traumatized Police-Officer PatientsA Clinician's Guide to Complex PTSD Syndromes in Public Safety Professionals An insider perspective from a 'cop doc on the job ' this book is the first of its kind written in response to a need for a specialized guide for clinicians that operationally defines and responsibly treats what Dan Rudofossi terms Police and Public Safety Complex PTSD. In reading this book you are led through an understanding of how to work with police officers who experience cumulative loss in trauma. "Doc Dan" initiates you into an original cultural competence of how and why his theory works in practice. You will leave the journey with a practical sense of how the ecological context and ethological motivation are part of the psychological presentation of almost all officers suffering from complex trauma and loss.This guide is crucial reading original in its breadth and scope of perspective on how to intervene with the traumatized officer. Toward that end Rudofossi presents his Eco-Ethological Existential Analysis of Police and Public Safety Complex Post Traumatic Stress Disorder. Emotive affective cognitive behavioral and existential ranges of expression of trauma are vast diverse and often intense in police officers. This book delivers applied theory with clinical examples including practical interventions for the clinician and handouts for the officer-patient. The clinician will be assisted in encountering officers' existential suffering from the edge of despair to the precipice of meaning. The guide is at once stimulating exciting and very serious in its potential for clinical interventions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315223315

Working with Two-year-oldsDeveloping Reflective Practice Working with Two-year-olds is an accessible and practical guide into the developmental pathways of two-year-olds. The book uses established research and environmental and cultural effects to provide an essential background on two-year-old development while incorporating reflective questions and tasks to encourage self-reflection throughout. Divided into three clear parts this book covers useful and interesting topics on the development of two-year-olds such as: Emotional and social development Language and communicating Disposition and mindset Playful learning Family life Physical development Providing theoretical overviews alongside practical ideas and consistently encouraging critical self-reflection on all topics covered Brierley has created an informative and constructive manual for students on Early Childhood courses and for practitioners and childminders on continuing professional development courses alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138600645

Working with Underachieving Students in Higher EducationFostering inclusion through narration and reflexivity Working with Underachieving Students in Higher Education: Fostering Inclusion through Narration and Reflexivity presents an international and interdisciplinary approach to the study of the relationships between narrative devices and reflexivity in higher education. Stemming from a collaborative European research project called INSTALL (Innovative Solutions to Acquire Learning to Learn) it focuses on an innovative model aimed at promoting personal resources and reflective competencies in non-traditional disadvantaged and underachieving students. The book is divided into three parts with the first providing an exploration of the key theoretical issues that formed the basis of the theoretical and methodological approaches in the INSTALL Project. The second part presents an innovative narrative methodology and discusses the most significant phases of the training process and of the main products. The third and last part provides a broad discussion of higher education policies and of the need to encourage innovation and reforms to improve the academic inclusion of underachieving students. Chapters in the collection examine interventions in Italy Romania Ireland and Spain using a broad transnational intercultural and comparative approach to consider narrative tools using four channels: metaphoric iconographic writing and the body. This book provides theoretical insights and practical methodologies which can be used to enhance quality teaching and innovation as well as to help adapt to diversity in higher education. It will therefore be of key interest to academics researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of higher education; sociology of education; education policy and politics; cultural and developmental psychology; and narrative research as well as to those studying counselling mentoring and coaching Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815364122

Working with Venues for EventsA Practical Guide This is a book for aspiring event managers providing both a theoretical and a practical guide to selecting and working with venues as part of the event planning process. The book explores the different types of venues available to event managers from unique venues such as historical buildings and theatres to sporting and academic venues analysing the specific characteristics benefits and drawbacks that distinguish them. It also illustrates how venues function and are managed incorporating key aspects of venue management including staffing marketing legislation production scheduling and administration. Sustainability ethics and technology are also integrated throughout along with a vast range of industry examples of different venue types and events from around the world. Comprehensive and accessible Working with Venues for Events offers students an essential understanding of how event managers can successfully negotiate work with and plan for a successful event in a variety of venue settings. This is an invaluable resource for anyone with an interest in events management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138944534

Working with Video Gamers and Games in TherapyA Clinician's Guide Working with Video Gamers and Games in Therapy moves beyond stereotypes about video game addiction and violence to consider the role that games play in psychological experiences and mental health. Chapters examine the factors that compel individual gamers to select and identify with particular games and characters as well as the different play styles genres and archetypes common in video games. For clinicians looking to understand their clients’ relationships with video games or to use games as a therapeutic resource in their own practice this is a thoughtful comprehensive and timely resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138747142

Working with Voice DisordersTheory and Practice Now in a fully revised and updated third edition Working with Voice Disorders offers practical insight and direction into all aspects of voice disorders from assessment and diagnosis to intervention and case management. Using evidence-based material it provides clinicians with pragmatic accessible support facilitating and informing decision-making along the clinical journey from referral to discharge. Key features of this resource include: A wealth of new up-to-date practical and theoretical information covering topics such as the prevention assessment intervention and treatment of a wide spectrum of voice disorders. A multi-dimensional structure allowing the clinician to consider both specific aspects of patient management and aspects such as clinical effectiveness clinical efficiencies and service management. Photocopiable clinical resources from an at-a-glance summary of voice disorders to treatment and assessment protocols and practical exercises and advice sheets for patients. Sample programmes for voice information groups and teacher workshops. Checklists for patients on topics such as the environmental and acoustic challenges of the workplace. Self-assessed personalised voice review sheets and weekly voice diaries encourage patients to monitor their voice quality and utilise strategies to prevent vocal misuse. Combining the successful format of mixing theory and practice this edition offers a patient-centred approach to voice disorders in a fully accessible and easy-to-read format and addresses the challenges of service provision in a changing world. This is an essential resource for speech and language therapists of varying levels of experience from student to specialist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367331634

Working with Voice DisordersTheory and Practice An essential resource for clinicians of varying levels of experience from student to very specializer "Working with Voice Disorders" provides practical insight and direction into all aspects of voice disorders from assessment and diagnosis to intervention and case management. This second edition retains the successful format of mixing theory and practice a melding of scientific knowledge with clinical art which was such a feature of the first edition. In recognition of changes in practice and theory over the past decade it contains a wealth of new up-to-date evidence based material. This blends with a practical approach to clinical efficiencies and management of the voice service. The second edition of "Working with Voice Disorders" provides a sound theoretical framework to this specialism and also offers a rich variety of tried and tested practical and photocopiable resource material which is the result of the authors' wide experience accumulated over several decades in the field of voice therapy. The multi-dimensional structure of the manual allows the clinician to look not only at specific aspects of patient management but also at aspects such as clinical effectiveness clinical efficiencies and service management. The authors' aim is that this resource should provide clinicians with a pragmatic patient-centred easy to use and accessible resource facilitating and informing decision-making along the clinical journey from referral to discharge. The contents of this title include: Anatomy overview; The Spectrum of Voice Disorders; The Case History; Assessment; Treatment Strategies; Management Strategies; Service Provision; Over 50 pages of practical photocopiable exercises. Photocopiable Appendices: Voice Care Advice; Voice Disorders Summary Chart; Voice Assessment Sheet; Voice Record Sheet; and Voice Diary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889462

Working with Vulnerable Children Young People and Families This fully revised and expanded edition considers the meaning of 'vulnerability' – a key concept in early intervention – and the relationship between vulnerability and the individual communities and society. It includes new chapters on children’s voices young people and vulnerability and working with vulnerable parents. Introducing students to a broad debate around what constitutes vulnerability and related concepts such as risk and resilience it examines how vulnerability has been conceptualised by policy makers with a clear focus on early intervention for preventing social problems later in life. It adopts a case study approach using chapters examining the concept of vulnerability from sociological psychological and social policy perspectives before looking at examples around leaving care victims of violence sexual abuse and the Internet. Supporting students in engaging with and evaluating the conceptualisation and application of vulnerability in professional practice this book is suitable for anyone either preparing for or currently working within the children’s workforce from social work and health care to education and youth work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367151249

Working with Vulnerable Children Young People and Families The potential for early intervention to prevent social problems later in life has become the focus of much debate in recent years and finds itself at the centre of contemporary social policy. The meaning of ‘vulnerability’ – one of the key concepts in this drive – is examined in this book as well as the relationship between vulnerability and the individual communities and society. This book introduces students to a broad debate around what constitutes vulnerability and related concepts such as risk and resilience and examines how vulnerability has been conceptualised by policy makers with a clear focus on early intervention. Adopting a case study approach it opens with chapters examining the concept of vulnerability from sociological psychological and social policy perspectives before looking at examples around disability homelessness leaving care victims of violence sexual abuse prison the Internet and drug use. Supporting students in engaging with and evaluating the conceptualisation and application of vulnerability in professional practice this book is suitable for anyone either preparing for or currently working within the children’s workforce from social work and health care to education and youth work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415534734

Working with Women's Groups for Problem GamblingTreating gambling addiction through relationship Why do so many women with gambling addiction relapse? Lifelong recovery requires much more than to just stop gambling. Women’s groups provide long-term benefits and support and have proven to be highly successful in promoting recovery from gambling addiction. By following the story of a real women’s group for problem gambling over the course of a year Liz Karter explains how for women both the cause of and the cure for gambling addiction lies in relationship. Karter shows clearly how learning to face and cope with real life situations and relationships is essential to maintain recovery. She shares the themes which run through each women’s group such as fear of trusting others and the guilt shame and risk associated with being truly seen and heard. Women’s Groups for Problem Gambling shows that with a combination of specialist intervention women’s group support courage and compassion women can learn to stop running from their addiction and instead find joy and support in building relationships and communities. This highly accessible book provides a unique opportunity to gain a very personal insight into the group process both for therapists and clinicians and for women wishing to better understand their addiction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415859622

Working with Young Children in MuseumsWeaving Theory and Practice Working with Young Children in Museums makes a major contribution to the small body of extant research on young children in museums galleries and heritage sites. Bridging theory and practice the book introduces theoretical concepts in a clear and concise manner whilst also providing inspirational insights into everyday programming in museums. Structured around three key themes this volume seeks to diverge from the dominant socio-cultural learning models that are generally employed in the museum learning literature. It introduces a body of theories that have variously been called new materialist spatial posthuman and Deleuzian; theories which enable a focus on the body movement and place and which have not yet been widely shared or developed with the museum sector or explicitly connected to practice. This book outlines these theories in an accessible way explaining their usefulness for conceptualising young children in museums and connecting them to practical examples of programming in a range of locations via a series of contributed case studies. Connecting theory to practice for readers in a way that emphasises possibility Working with Young Children in Museums should be essential reading for museum practitioners working in a range of institutions around the world. It should be of equal interest to researchers and students engaged in the study of museum learning early childhood education and children’s experiences in museums. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138353008

Working with Young People in Secure AccommodationFrom chaos to culture The detention of children and young people as a response to delinquent and antisocial behaviour remains a topical and controversial issue. In this new edition of Working with Young People in Secure Accommodation Jim Rose provides an historical perspective on the topic of young people in custody and discusses the changes that have taken place in youth justice and the secure estate over recent years. Rose introduces new material and has updated the original content in order to reflect changes in policy and practice. New areas covered include a consideration of the issues arising for children and families who are detained while issues of immigration and removal are being determined and the detention of children in police custody. Using a framework of ideas and theories to support staff thinking the central chapters explore in detail the dynamics that emerge when the daily work of staff requires them to engage with vulnerable young people in the intense conditions of a locked environment. The relationships between staff and young people are shown as critical for the achievement of positive outcomes. Taking a unique look at the issue of detention and its impact on young people this highly topical book will be invaluable reading for practitioners academics policy makers and senior managers as well as students of social work youth justice and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415843225

Working within the Forensic ParadigmCross-discipline approaches for policy and practice Forensic work occurs across the criminal justice sector and the legal and health professions and intersects with work in a range of areas such as child protection family welfare mental health offending disability and addictions family violence programmes juvenile justice and sexual assault centres. This book offers contemporary perspectives on forensic policy and practice from the range of practitioners working with people within the forensic domain and canvasses ideas about risk and offending behaviours together with ideas about effective responses to rehabilitation and recovery. The contributors to this proposed book are drawn from the practitioners policy contributors advocates and researchers in mental health welfare law criminology policing and health. Negligible attention has been paid to forensic policy and practice; this proposed book offers cross-national attention to how mental health welfare and justice systems intersect who they affect and how practitioners structure effective responses for vulnerable people within the forensic domain. A particular strength of the book is its international focus making it relevant to academics and practitioners who work in this field around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138288447

Working Women and their Rights in the WorkplaceInternational Human Rights and Its Impact on Libyan Law This book addresses women’s rights to work and motherhood in Libya from a legal and international human rights perspective. In an attempt to solve the problem posed by the perception that there is an unsolvable conflict between the right of women to work and their right to motherhood the author considers how these two sets of rights as protected under international human rights law can and should be recognised and promoted within the Libyan legal system. Including first-hand accounts of experiences of Libyan women the study voices their struggle for their rights as guaranteed by domestic law international conventions and Islam. Providing a rare insight into a region striving to find its new identity the author assesses the adequacy of existing Libyan laws and where warranted offers proposals for legislative amendments to Libyan policy makers and its new Parliament at such a crucial time in the nation’s history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599577

Working WomenInternational Perspectives on Labour and Gender Ideology As the female labour force continues to expand the terms on which women participate remain a considerable problem. Working Women presents a detailed examination of women's position in the paid workforce in a variety of first and third world countries and identifies the common cultural and economic factors which create disadvantage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138428874

Working-Class Community in the Age of Affluence It has appeared to many commentators that the most fundamental change in what it is meant to be working-class in twentieth-century Britain came not as a result of war or of want but of prosperity. Social investigators documented how the relative affluence of the 1950s and 1960s improved the material conditions of life for working-class Britons whilst eroding their commitment to the shared life of ‘traditional’ communities.Utilising an oral history case study of sociability and identity in the Yorkshire town of Beverley between the end of the Second World War and the election of Margaret Thatcher’s government Working-Class Community in the Age of Affluence challenges this influential narrative. An introductory essay outlines how sociologists and historians understood the complex social cultural and economic changes of the post-war decades through the prism of affluence and traces how these changes came to be seen as deleterious to the ‘traditional’ working-class community. The book then proceeds thematically exploring change across areas of social life including family neighbourhood workplace and associational life. This book represents the first sustained historical analysis of change and continuity in working-class community living during the age of affluence. It suggests not only that older social practices persisted but also that new patterns of sociability could strengthen as much as undermine community. Ultimately Working-Class Community in the Age of Affluence asks us to rethink assumptions about the decline of local solidarities in this pivotal period and to recognise community as a key feature of working-class life across the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874797

Working-Class Gay and Bisexual Men How well does social policy serve this understudied population?Although public policy and social programs responding to the AIDS and hate crime epidemics of the past decades are supposed to be designed for the working-class gay man in actuality they have been based more on socioeconomic bias stereotype and anecdote than on social science. What do these men actually want and need? How well do programs work for them? The answers are found in Working-Class Gay and Bisexual Men the landmark international study that is among the first to empirically examine the lives attitudes needs and concerns of this hidden population. Working-Class Gay and Bisexual Men reports on research conducted throughout the United States Canada Australia and New Zealand using a broad-based sample of working-class men. Using ethnographic techniques researchers systematically captured and analyzed the social themes of their lives. The impressively detailed and consistent results should compel policymakers to rethink their assumptions about working-class gay men. This carefully conducted scientific research project also provides a forum where the men's own voices can be heard. Topics include: What gives them the strength to cope with violence homophobia AIDS and discrimination? How can they come out to their families friends and coworkers? How do rural gay and bisexual men handle their isolation? What kinds of social support networks do they have? How do Latino gay men handle the double discrimination of gay and minority status? What kinds of social services would reach these men? What are the risk factors and protective factors in their lives? How do socioeconomic factors affect them?Working-Class Gay and Bisexual Men is a powerfully persuasive work of scholarship with broad-ranging implications. Social workers policymakers AIDS activists and anyone else concerned with the lives of gay and bisexual men will find this informative study an essential tool for designing effective programs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877105

Working-Class Images of Society (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1975. How do men come to perceive and evaluate a world in which marked inequalities of class and status exist? This book considers the nature of class images and their underlying work and community structures. Beginning with the argument that the perception of society varies according to type of work and community milieux it first considers the social imagery of working-class professions and their sources of variation and then examines some of the methodological problems of the study of class imagery. The nature of proletarian traditionalism and radicalism in then contemporary Britain is discussed in conclusion. This title will be of interest to students of sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138639553

Working-Class Minority Students' Routes to Higher Education While stories of working-class and minority students overcoming obstacles to attend and graduate from college tend to emphasize the individualistic and meritocratic aspect this book - based in extensive empirical study of American high school classrooms and in theories of social and cultural capital - examines the social relations that often underpin such successes highlighting the significant formal and informal academic interventions by educators and other education professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415629652

Working-Class Self-Help in Nineteenth-Century EnglandResponses to industrialization First published in 1995 this book provides a readable survey of the three major forms of working-class self-help in nineteenth century England: the trade unions the friendly societies and the co-operative movement. It is accessible to an introductory student readership as well as providing a critical appraisal of all types and forms of self-help available to the industrial working-class. Unlike former studies the author examines trade unionism alongside friendly societies and the co-operative movement and shows how each developed in response to the challenge of industrialization and the demands of urban industrial life. The strengths and limitations of self-help approaches are assessed and wider issues of working-class culture and identity are examined. This book will be of interest to those studying the history of social welfare class and industrial Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138204768

Working-class Stories of the 1890s First published in 1971 this collection of short stories set in the East End of London in the 1890s offers a corrective to the view of nineties’ literature as dominated by aestheticism and shows how many late Victorian writers tried to break with Dickensian models and write of working class life with less moral intrusion and a greater sense of realism. The editor has provides a succinct historical and critical introduction a bibliography of further reading notes on the authors and stories and a glossary of slang and phoneticized words. This book will be of particular interest to students of Victorian literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138658653

Work-Life Balance in Times of Recession Austerity and Beyond This book reflects the enormous interest in work-life balance and current pressing concerns about the impacts of austerity more broadly. It draws on contemporary research and practitioner experiences to explore how work-life balance and related workplace and social policy fare in turbulent economic times and the implications for employees employers and wider societies. Authors consider workplace trends practices and employment relations and the impacts on work care and well-being of diverse workers. A guiding theme throughout the book is a triple agenda of supporting employee work-life balance workplace effectiveness and social justice. The final chapters present case studies of innovative processes and organizational practices for addressing the triple agenda note the important role of social policy context and discuss the challenge of extending debates on work-life balance to include a social justice dimension. This book will be of interest to academics and postgraduate students of organisational psychology sociology human resource management management and business studies law and social policy as well as employers managers HR managers trade unions and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138340961

Work-Life BalanceA Practical Guide for Teachers Work-life balance picks up where conventional time management stops. After you have prioritised ruthlessly learned how to delegate dealt with interruptions managed your managers planned and reviewed and still find you are overworked then it is time to try something else. Use this book to re-establish control over your life and to understand the impact of work pressures and issues in your personal life it will show you how to: audit your work-life balance to find out which areas are really causing you the most tension establish what you want out of your work and your life outside work this is important because your aspirations change allocate time and other resources to ensure that work and life outside work are given the right priorities with reference to your emotional commitment deal with the expectations of others cope with specific issues such as: the long-hours culture dealing with excessive workloads working in a caring profession as well as being a teacher. The book outlines a range of strategies to help teachers to achieve the right work-life balance for them. It can also be used for whole school staff development programmes – after all work-life balance is the responsibility of head-teachers and governors too. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138152724

Work-Life BalanceA Psychological Perspective What are the effects of conflict between home and work?Does work stress affect those who live with you? In the rapidly changing modern work environment time pressures seem ever increasing and new technology allows work to be conducted any time and anywhere. These are just two of the factors that make it more and more difficult for working men and women to integrate work and home life. Consequently there is a need for flexible and innovative solutions to manage the work-home interface.Work-Life Balance: A Psychological Perspective presents up-to-date information on work-home issues including the latest research findings. The book’s emphasis is strongly psychological with a focus on practical solutions and includes chapters which deal with psychological issues such as the conflict between work and family how work stresses may affect partners and recovery from work. It also includes sections on legal issues as well as examples of initiatives being implemented by leading employers. Contributors are drawn from the leading researchers in their fields and reflect the international character of the current challenges facing employers and employees.Its practical focus and innovative approach make this an essential book for managers HR professionals and organizational psychologists as well as students in these disciplines. The theoretical basis and research focus mean the book will also be invaluable for researchers investigating workplace issues. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415654791

Workload Measures This book was developed to help researchers and practitioners select measures to be used in the evaluation of human/machine systems. The book includes definitions of human workload and a review of measures. Each measure is described along with its strengths and limitations data requirements threshold values and sources of further information. To make this reference easier to use extensive author and subject indices are provided. Features Offers readily accessible information on workload measures Presents general description of the measure Covers data collection reduction and analysis requirements Details the strengths and limitations or restrictions of each measure including proprietary rights or restrictions Provides validity and reliability data as available Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367002329

Workng With Unat Youth Ils 148 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863537

Workplace Abuse Incivility and BullyingMethodological and cultural perspectives This book bridges an existing gap in the literature relating to the study of workplace abuse incivility and bullying. It provides broad perspectives to capture some of the diversity associated with the study of (negative) human behaviours using different methodological approaches and in different cultural contexts. Studies in the area have grown in leaps and bounds over the last few decades. As we come to know more about the nature of these adverse behaviours the reasons they happen and the impact they have on individuals and beyond new gaps in knowledge emerge. On one hand the paucity of research is assisting in better understanding and management of these negative behaviours on another generalised information without an appreciation of the context in which the behaviours unfold may be detrimental to the cause especially given a globalised and multicultural world.   Workplace Abuse Incivility and Bullying presents findings from under-researched methodological and unique cultural perspectives. Such an approach will allow us to gain deep insights into the diversity and complexities associated with perceiving being subjected to and experiencing negative behaviours at work. The book has applicability across a broad range of audience from academics through to practitioners and even victims and suspected perpetrators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138316959

Workplace AttachmentsManaging Beneath the Surface How fast can your organization change? How long does it take to adopt new technology? Do things run the same when you bring in a new leader? How does the culture evolve with new acquisitions? There is an underlying thread in all these questions. Workplace attachment or our instinctual (biological) response to attach to both tangible and intangible objects continuously throughout life. Workplace Attachments: Managing Beneath the Surface provides the first comprehensive review of attachment in the workplace. We explore the biological and evolutionary roots of our attachments explain how you can find attachment behaviour in your workplace and help you proactively understand attachment behaviour with your team. Our practical research case studies and story-telling will help you understand how attachment behaviour impacts you your employees your peers and ultimately the culture of your organization. Once you understand how people attach detach and re-attach to objects and elements of your organization you will be able to real and lasting change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367265687

Workplace Bullying and HarassmentNew Developments in International Law Workplace Bullying and Harassment: New Developments in International Law provides a comprehensive tour around the globe summarizing relevant legislation and key developments in workplace bullying harassment sexual harassment discrimination violence and stress in over 50 countries in Europe the Asia Pacific region the Americas region and the Middle East and Africa. Workplace bullying harassment and other psychological workplace hazards are becoming increasingly acknowledged and legislated against in the modern work world. The costs of bullying harassment violence discrimination and stress at work are huge and far-reaching. Frequently under-reported and misunderstood workplace bullying harassment violence discrimination and stress wreak havoc on the vitality and prosperity of organizations and individuals alike. Workplace laws have long dealt with physical risks and psychological risks have begun to be treated similarly. In response to the changing workplace many countries are regulating workplace bullying and harassment by introducing new legislation or incorporating new provisions into existing legislation to address these risks. Other countries have opted for non-regulatory instruments. Numerous European countries Canada Australia and Japan all prohibit and punish workplace bullying and harassment with other countries including the United States of America moving toward legislation against this abusive workplace conduct. This book brings together need-to-know information on global workplace bullying and harassment in one place the first publication of its kind to do so. It will aid those in the fields of labor and employment human resources management occupational and industrial health psychology health and safety and workplace regulatory compliance stay abreast of laws and developments that these practitioners must be aware of whether operating nationally or globally. Academics will also benefit. Links to laws and references are provided enabling further research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138204690

Workplace Bullying in Higher Education Higher education leaders managers human resource professionals faculty and staff increasingly face uncivil bullying behaviors in academe. This can manifest itself as constant public humiliation by a new department chair exclusion of a contingent faculty member undermining of work performance by a supervisor stalking by a staff member or taunting. As higher education institutions continue to face budget issues and external pressure the incidences of bullying are on the rise. This edited volume provides guidance on the nature and impact of bullying legal and ethical issues and approaches to assist leaders in facing these challenges in their colleges and universities. Research-based chapters cover the impact of bullying on the workforce the ways that bullying manifests within different sub-cultures and at different institutions including community colleges the legal and ethical issues of bullying and recommendations to address bullying on campus. Exploring bullying policies and innovative programs this book provides a better understanding of how to rethink current policies and practices to proactively create more civil cultures. Workplace Bullying in Higher Education is a valuable resource for all higher education leaders and professionals on understanding mediating and preventing bullying. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415519656

Workplace Bullying in India Workplace bullying a pattern of persistent and targeted emotional abuse within the context of an evolving unequal interpersonal relationship has so far not received academic attention in India. This book explores the phenomenon of workplace bullying through a series of quantitative and qualitative inquiries conducted in India’s Information Technology-Enabled Services–Business Process Outsourcing (ITES-BPO) sector. Through quantitative evidence from two multi-city surveys the book highlights the incidence of interpersonal bullying at work and the organizational measures available to deal with it. Over one-third of the survey respondents experienced bullying which was usually from superiors though cross-level co-bullying was also reported. Approximately 70 per cent of the survey respondents described organizational measures including anti-bullying policies employee awareness and training programmes encouragement of witnesses/bystanders to intervene in bullying situations and organizational actions. Through qualitative data the book provides insights into both interpersonal and depersonalized bullying. The lived experiences of targets and witnesses/bystanders of interpersonal bullying underscore the critical influence of human resources management (HRM) on target coping the long-term identity work targets engage in as they respond to identity disruptions and the effect of workplace friendship on witnesses’/bystanders’ behaviour. The presence of institutionalized bullying facilitates the development of the emergent construct of depersonalized bullying. Across both quantitative and qualitative inquiries the inclusion of socio-cultural micro-organizational macro-organizational and business dimensions deepens our understanding. The book goes beyond a country-specific contribution to address gaps in the international literature on workplace bullying and will be of interest to academics and practitioners in the fields of management organizational behaviour (OB) human resources (HR) industrial relations psychology sociology anthropology and law as well as to the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138664845

Workplace BullyingSymptoms and Solutions Is bullying really that bad? Why do some people just watch it happening? How do you know if it is bullying or strong management? What kind of leaders are able to create positive working environments? The effects of bullying on organisations and individuals can be devastating and can adversely affect both the workers themselves and the productivity of the organisation that they work for. This book explores the impact of bullying from the perspective of both the employee and the organisation in which they work. In addition to describing the negative outcome of bullying Workplace Bullying also looks at ways to promote resilience and the opportunity for growth and learning to take place. Divided into four sections this book covers: the impact and symptoms of workplace bullying individual interventions organisational interventions underlying causes and future considerations. Workplace Bullying is essential reading for anyone with responsibility to help and support workers involved in bullying as a victim supporter or investigator. It offers organisations a chance to create an environment that will not only build a more resilient workforce providing appropriate and effective interventions but also provides solutions that will lead to the possibility of individual and organisational growth and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415617086

Workplace Clinics and Employer Managed HealthcareA Catalyst for Cost Savings and Improved Productivity Workplace Clinics and Employer Managed Healthcare: A Catalyst for Cost Savings and Improved Productivity is not another diatribe on the national healthcare problem. Instead it is a book about what is possible. Mike LaPenna shares with readers the actual experiences of those self-funded employers who are moving healthcare access on-site and directly managing all aspects of their own healthcare delivery system. With the candor he is known for LaPenna: Examines both the big issues and the nuts and bolts concerns that companies and their employees face Demonstrates the importance of employee participation in the planning Covers when and how to work with hospitals pharmacies and other vendors Much is made about turning healthcare delivery into a system that incentivizes wellness rather than profits from illness. This is the one path that assures such an outcome. There are no manuals to help your company achieve this goal only the lessons to be learned from those who have walked the path. This book shares those lessons with you. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138443075

Workplace Communication This book provides insights into communication practices that enable efficient work successful collaboration and a functional work environment. Maintaining a productive and healthy workplace is predicated on interpersonal communication between people. In organizations efficient communication is the foundation of all actions. Contributors to this book cover communication issues in relationships teams meetings leadership competence diversity organizational entry social support and digital environments in the workplace. The book illustrates all these issues in detail by presenting both relevant research findings and their practical implications in working life. Workplace Communication is ideal for current and future employees directors supervisors and managers instructors and consultants in knowledge-based expertise work. The book is appropriate for courses in organizational and leadership communication or interpersonal communication in a workplace setting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367185718

Workplace Counselling in the NHSPerson-Centred Dialogues This book has been written specifically to meet the needs of counsellors and trainers working with the National Health Service. It will also provide useful insights for doctors nurses and managers within the healthcare sector. The book covers topics such as difference and diversity colour language barriers oppressed nurses stressed managers changes in the NHS exhaustion and late cancellations. Adopting the unique approach of the Living Therapy series this book uses fictitious dialogues to enable the reader to directly experience the therapeutic process providing real insight into the experience of workplace counselling in the NHS and also in other work settings. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315384160

Workplace Disaster Preparedness Response and Management Respond quickly and effectively to workplace traumaFor years employee assistance programs have been providing critical incidence stress management services to employees who have been involved in or witness to workplace fatalities and accidents that are likely to traumatize workers and affect quality of work and increase sick leave and health claims. Workplace Disaster Preparedness Response and Management presents successful strategies for rapid response to episodes of workplace violence natural disasters and acts of terrorism that have become all-too-common occurrences in the workplace.Workplace Disaster Preparedness Response and Management is a must read for professionals in the business of providing crisis response services and for employers responsible for planning and coordinating organizational responses to disasters. This unique book presents first-hand accounts from EAP program managers Critical Incident Stress Management (CISM) professionals and crisis managers on their trauma response techniques and from health professionals involved in the aftermath of Hurricane Katrina and the Sept. 11 attacks on the World Trade Centers and the Pentagon. Workplace Disaster Preparedness Response and Management examines: similar and dissimilar experiences of EAP professionals in responding to large scale traumatic events using military models in trauma response managing trauma in the South African mining industry trauma response techniques in high risk work settings compassion fatigue among professional helpers how various types of industries handle critical incidents EAP responses to natural disasters repetitious violence in the workplace organizational crisis intervention and much moreWorkplace Disaster Preparedness Response and Management also includes Bern Beidel’s first-person account as EAP Director for the United States House of Representatives of the response to anthrax contamination in mailrooms and office buildings in the nation’s capital. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051870

Workplace Equality in EuropeThe Role of Trade Unions Drawing on data from a Europe wide project together with existing data on equality and diversity initiatives this book explores the work of trade unions in supporting equality and anti-discrimination policies across Europe and in particular the processes and collaborations involved in incorporating equality and diversity policies into trade union agendas. It considers theoretical issues of equality and diversity the role of EU legislation multiple discrimination and exclusion and disadvantage in the labour market in relation to the role of trade unions and addresses central questions about the actions and challenges faced by trade unions in promoting equality in the workplace and in implementing anti-discrimination policies at local national and European levels. With research spanning 34 European countries and extending to over 250 interviews and 15 case studies Workplace Equality in Europe examines the impact of a period of economic crisis on workplace diversity exploring forms of inter-union cooperation at European and international levels and shedding fresh light on the processes that lead some trade unions to adopt equality policies while others remain reluctant to develop or expand policies in this area. A detailed European study of trade union activity and workplace diversity this book will be of interest to scholars of the sociology of work and organisations labour relations and workplace diversity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367410346

Workplace HealthEmployee Fitness And Exercise Given the growing awareness of the negative effects of work-related stress Many Businesses Are Focusing On Active Health Promotion To Enhance employee health well-being and performance. This text aims to review the state of the art and offer ideas and suggestions for how stress-related employee health problems can be combated through the provision of effective fitness and exercise programmes. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003062615

Workplace IntelligenceUnconscious Forces and How to Manage Them Workplace Intelligence provides a range of insights into the unconscious processes at play in the workplace and an introduction to a balanced approach to organizations. The book explores key concepts showing how our emotions and early experiences inform the roles we play at work as well as how we react to other people. It encourages close observation and reflection and utilization of this knowledge for managing ourselves and others fruitfully. It also provides managers with the methods to intervene and tackle these issues elaborating on topics from leadership and group dynamics to meetings and work-life balance. The book will be a fascinating read for those in leadership roles organizational consultants executive coaches students of occupational psychology as well as anyone interested in understanding workplace dynamics in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367225599

Workplace Learning in Physical EducationEmerging Teachers’ Stories from the Staffroom and Beyond Pre-service and beginning teachers have to negotiate an unfamiliar and often challenging working environment in both teaching spaces and staff spaces. Workplace Learning in Physical Education explores the workplace of teaching as a site of professional learning. Using stories and narratives from the experiences of pre-service and beginning teachers the book takes a closer look at how professional knowledge is developed by investigating the notions of ‘professional’ and ‘workplace learning’ by drawing on data from a five year project. The book also critically examines the literature associated with and the rhetoric that surrounds ‘the practicum’ ‘fieldwork’ ‘school experience’ and the ‘induction year’. The book is structured around five significant dimensions of workplace learning: Social tasks of teaching and learning to teach Performance practice and praxis Identity subjectivities and the profession/al Space and place for and of learning Micropolitics As well as identifying important implications for policy practice and research methodology in physical education and teacher education the book also shows how research can be a powerful medium for the communication of good practice. This is an important book for all students pre-service and beginning teachers working in physical education for academics researching teacher workspaces and for anybody with an interest in the wider themes of teacher education professional practice and professional learning in the workplace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138208353

Workplace LearningConcepts Measurement and Application This edited volume aims to evaluate the promises of workplace learning by addressing the following related questions: What are current developments in theory that informs workplace learning research? How can learning in the workplace be measured? What is the impact of various organizational settings (e.g. team-based work and call centres) on workplace learning? Which are the promising new avenues for research? And which research-based recommendations can be made to boost learning opportunities in various work contexts? The topic is conceptualized as an interaction between the individual and the work context as a combination of individual and collective processes as a link between cognition and action and as a political process. With a wide array of contributions from academics such as Stephen Billet Tara Fenwick and Victoria Marsick this volume will be an important research and reference tool with all those academics and practitioners who are interested in the field of human resource development. Targeted at researchers (post) graduate students and reflective practitioners and managers interested in the area "Workplace Learning" provides must-read material for anyone wanting to advance the theory research and/or practice of learning in the workplace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864139

Workplace Mental Health LawComparative Perspectives This book provides a systematic and interdisciplinary study of occupational mental health legislation in seven countries. The work presents a study of the laws policies and legal interpretations to help prevent mental health problems from occurring in the workplace and appropriately address problems once they do occur. With a view to improving provision in Japan the author examines the legal issues relating to workplace mental health and stress in the USA UK Denmark the Netherlands France and Germany. In presenting a comparative discussion of mental health issues in the workplace this book seeks to establish a minimum for legal rights and duties that contribute to prevention and not just compensation. With its detailed comparative and descriptive coverage of legal and related provisions in a range of countries the book will be a valuable resource for academics policy-makers and practitioners working in labour and employment law social welfare occupational health and human resource management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367347826

Workplace Safety and HealthAssessing Current Practices and Promoting Change in the Profession Are the tried and true safety practices still effective in the changing workplace? Is there a better way of safeguarding employees from accidents and injuries? In short why do you perform the safety activities that you do on a daily basis and do they produce the results necessary to keep your safety program and your company competitive in the global market? Answering these questions and more Workplace Safety and Health: Assessing Current Practices and Promoting Change in the Profession analyzes the current practices and identifies emerging issues and challenges in the safety and health profession. We Need a Game Changer … A New Way of Achieving a Safe and Healthful Workplace Safety pioneer and educator Thomas Schneid makes a strong case that mandatory compliance with OSHA regulations is only the first step in a safety program. And that due to globalization and the current emphasis on sustainability the requirements of the safety profession have changed. He explores new sources of information and guidance for addressing the new and emerging issues created by the current economic situation globalization and the changing workplace. He also identifies and analyzes emerging ethical issues within the safety and health profession then suggests potential solutions. Schneid then examines the basic assumptions and challenges you to assess and evaluate your activities in search of a better and more effective way of achieving the results necessary to be competitive in today’s workplace. Taking a provocative look at the current issues facing the safety profession he shows you how to view safety activities and actions from a different perspective and see the real impact they have on the lives of others. He gives you the tools you need to go beyond OSHA compliance and develop safety programs that will be effective in the global workplace and create and maintain a safe workplace that eliminates all injuries and illnesses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439874103

Workplace SafetyIndividual Differences in Behavior Do all you can to minimize dangerous behaviors to benefit communities employees and organizations!Safety is a “real world” problem that community psychologists industrial/organizational psychologists industrial hygenists human resources professionals and corporate insurance groups must deal with on a day-to-day basis. In Workplace Safety: Individual Differences in Behavior you will examine safety behavior and discover practical interventions to help increase the safety awareness of the people in your life. This book takes a look at ways of defining and measuring safety as well as a variety of individual differences like gender job knowledge conscientiousness self-efficacy risk avoidance and stress tolerance that are important in creating safety interventions and improving the selection and training of employees.Workplace safety is of prime importance in today's increasingly litigious society. It has been estimated that each year in the United States there are 100 000 work-related accident or disease fatalities 400 000 workers who become disabled and 6 million workplace injuries. Of equal importance are driver safety and safety hazards in public spaces such as malls and individual stores. Workplace Safety: Individual Differences in Behavior examines: the importance of measurement in understanding worker abilities and defining safety behaviors the often-neglected issue of gender differences in safety definitions and research the relationship between personality variables job knowledge and accident involvement the five-factor personality model for predicting safety behavior a model of safety consciousness types of safety hazards in public spaces monetary costs of accidents in malls and stores a practitioner's perspective on individual differences in safety behaviorWorkplace Safety: Individual Differences in Behavior takes an incisive look at these issues with a unique focus on the way individual differences in people impact safety behavior in the real world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203479513

Workplace Strategies and Facilities Management This book provides comprehensive coverage of issues that facility managers in the property industry need to understand and apply in the pursuit of value for money over the life span of built facilities. The authors introduce the fast-growing discipline of facility management examine the core competencies that facility managers should possess and study different contemporary drivers of change. The book emphasises the need to consider facilities management issues at the pre-design stage of the construction process rather than only when the building is completed in order to maximise value for money. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135147

Workplace Violence This book examines some of the key issues around violence at work which have emerged in the new millennium including the events of September 11th 2001 and other terrorist-related incidents identifying these as an extreme form of workplace violence. It builds upon the expanded typology of workplace violence in Violence at Work (Willan 2001) and identifies four types of workplace violence: intrusive external violence including terrorism; consumer/client-related violence; staff-related violence; organizational violence. This book also addresses some key emerging and controversial issues facing those concerned with workplace violence including staff who abuse those in their care domestic violence spilling over into the workplace violence against aid and humanitarian workers and organizations who are themselves abusive to their staff and service users as well as oppressive of their surrounding communities. Workplace Violence goes beyond the current emphasis on equipping 'primary responders' (e.g. police fire ambulance etc) to react to terrorist-related and other workplace violence incidents paying attention to the 'secondary' responders such as human services workers managers human resources staff unions occupational health and safety professionals humanitarian aid workers and median staff - and their training and support needs. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9781138878556

Workplace Violence and the Facility Manager This book contains practical comprehensive and effective guidance and advice on the issue of workplace violence. It is written in plain language and in a non-theoretical reader-friendly format for quick and easy reference. Topics include the risk factors that contribute to workplace violence as well as the effects of violence. The book discusses procedures for assessing threat as well as strategies for preventing violence and handling the consequences when necessary. It also examines situations such as domestic violence and the workplace and racial and sexual harassment and explains the new OSHA directive on investigation workplace violence. Media > Books > Print Books Fairmont Press 9780849381430

Workplace ViolenceIssues in Threat Management Workplace Violence: Issues in Threat Management defines what workplace violence is delves into the myths and realities surrounding the topic and provides readers with the latest statistics thinking and strategies in the prevention of workplace violence. The authors who themselves have implemented successful workplace violence protection programs guide novice and experienced practitioners alike in the development of their own programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367471347

Workplace WellbeingA Relational Approach Workplace Wellbeing – A Relational Approach presents the most important insightful and up-to-date academic thinking and research related to flourishing at work. It also describes the transformative humanistic skills values and attributes ordinarily adopted by counsellors and psychotherapists alike and shows how they may be transferred from a therapeutic setting to the workplace. Integrating ideas and strategies from counselling and psychotherapy the book gathers together a wealth of accessible interactive exercises and resources to help develop the skills and personal awareness to thrive in organisations. Workplace Wellbeing – A Relational Approach examines how we can create an emotionally healthy workplace for all of us. It will prove useful for counsellors and psychotherapists alike whether in training or practice in an organisational setting. More importantly however it is designed to be of value to the non-specialist particularly those working in business education healthcare human resources occupational health and organisational psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138605312

Workplace WritingBeyond the Text Workplace Writing: Beyond the Text draws together a wealth of research into different aspects of writing in workplace settings creating a comprehensive picture of workplace writing and covering factors and activities that go far beyond the text. In a full analysis of the challenges facing the student writer transitioning from the academy to the workplace this book: covers topics ranging from intertextuality and collaborative writing practices to considerations of power and politeness and the impact of organisational culture and processes of socialisation brings together the multiple often interlinked factors that surround and impact on the process of workplace writing and the texts produced in professional settings takes a close look at the pedagogical implications of the various issues relating to workplace writing serves as a resource for teachers who want to go beyond potentially simplistic accounts of writing in the workplace and to provide students with a richer picture of what happens there Workplace Writing will be essential reading for any students pre- and in-service teachers and researchers with an interest in professional and business discourse and language teaching for specific purposes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138193840

Work-Related Learning and the Social Sciences Work-Related Learning and the Social Sciences provides a clear and accessible introduction to the theory and practice of work. Written in a student friendly style it makes use of the following: Theoretical Perspectives: The theoretical foundations of identity power community citizenship experiential learning and a range of employability skills provide frameworks for the chapters. Key issues: The book addresses such issues as: How are people socialised at work? Why does conflict occur at work? What types of control are exerted at work? What can we learn about our communities from the work we do? How can we develop our employability skills? Sector examples: Extensive use is made of examples of the working practices of teachers social workers police officers civil servants third sector workers as well as from people engaged in low skilled work. The student voice: The student voice draws upon the relationship between their own experiences of work and the key issues covered in the book. Written as an introductory text for students studying the social sciences it deals with the ways in which students can appreciate the sociology and politics of work and develop an understanding of their own skills and employability. This book is particularly relevant to students studying work-related learning as part of their social science degrees and to those who wish to enhance their employability and prospects in graduate level employment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138804340

Work-Related Teaching and LearningA guide for teachers and practitioners In the current economic climate it is more important than ever that young people engage with the world of work and gain the knowledge skills and experience they will need to prepare them for their future careers. This book provides an overarching framework for understanding all the separate parts of the work-related learning curriculum and constructs a research-based pedagogy with practical steps for students teachers and practitioners. Work-Related Teaching and Learning deepens our understanding of work-related learning and provides an overview of the programmes and recent initiatives designed to make learning more relevant and better connected to work. Drawing on contemporary research and innovative practice it offers guidance to support teachers and practitioners in the delivery of the work-related learning curriculum. Covering all aspects of word-related learning from enterprise education and economic well-being to careers education work experience and the diplomas features include: An overarching conceptualisation of work-related learning An exploration of the benefits of work-related learning An examination of the key issues and challenges faced A detailed look at how teaching and learning activities have been used in various contexts and with what effects An assessment of the strengths and weaknesses of different curriculum models Case studies and examples of good practice Discussion questions for reflective practice This book is essential reading for current teachers and practitioners involved in work-related learning as well as students and trainee teachers who wish to improve or develop their practice in the light of recent initiatives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415578172

Works 2000 Made Simple The book provides an introduction to Works 2000 for new users with the assumption that the new Works user probably has little prior experience of computers. It starts with the basics of screen control and file management then looks at each of the main components in turn. The focus is on what is being processed - text numbers etc - rather than the application being used as the same techniques recur in different applications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138436183

Works as Entities for Information Retrieval Examine domain-specific research about works and the problems inherent in their storage and retrieval! This book addresses the issue of focusing on known-item identification and retrieval vs. collocation and retrieval of works in the construction of catalogs. Works as Entities for Information Retrieval reports significant research on the role of works as key entities for information retrieval focusing on the importance of works in information-need and the importance of recognizing and using the work entity in the construction of bibliographic databases Internet search engines etc. This single source brings together librarians and scholars from around the world—the United States Denmark Canada Australia and India—to examine the most recent research on works and on systems to facilitate their retrieval. They share their expertise on essential aspects of works cataloging including: record clustering for works of fiction ways to define and categorize video works conceptualizing the bibliographic record as text the semiotics of scientific works performed works and AACR2R ways to catalog scientific models cataloging digitized rare books and electronic texts cataloging cartographic materials as works—with three fascinating case studies and more! Works as Entities for Information Retrieval will bring you up to date on essential aspects of works-related cataloging including analyzing networks of related works; canonicity and the rate of evolution of works; epistemology and taxonomy; user-stipulated interaction with catalog displays of works; searcher-defined attributes of bibliographic works; works in relation to digital resources; and domain-specific analyses of video scientific cartographic performance theological and digital works. Make it a part of your professional collection today! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203049624

Works by and attributed to Elizabeth CaryPrinted Writings 1500–1640: Series 1 Part One Volume 2 Elizabeth Cary (c.1585-1639) was an accomplished scholar of languages and theology. Her considerable strength of character was demonstrated by her public conversion to Catholicism in 1625 thereby creating an irrevocable rift in her marriage and her family. Her biography written by her daughter says she wrote ’for her private recreation’ and mentions various works now lost including the lives of saints and poems to the Virgin Mary. She is best known today however for the works reproduced here. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138380172

Workshop Feedback Form Having immediate feedback after a workshop is crucial to improve the next process improvement workshop for the participants and the company. Enna has developed its Workshop Feedback Form to help you get valuable input from the participants. This form is designed to assess the performance of the facilitator participant’s perspective teamwork component and the value of the workshop. Lastly the form asks for input to improve the workshop for the future. The Workshop Feedback Form completes the feedback loop portion of any workshop. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138078550

Workshop Feedback Form (Spanish) Having immediate feedback after a workshop is crucial to improve the next process improvement workshop for the participants and the company. Enna has developed its Workshop Feedback Form to help you get valuable input from the participants. This form is designed to assess the performance of the facilitator participant’s perspective teamwork component and the value of the workshop. Lastly the form asks for input to improve the workshop for the future. The Workshop Feedback Form completes the feedback loop portion of any workshop. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138504769

Workshop Organisation This brilliant analysis first published in 1923 predicted the development of shop floor bargaining and explains how attitudes doubts and fears have remained relatively fixed yet open to various pressures. Most of all it shows why employers extended recognition to work place unionism in the crucial years of 1917-19. This title will be of interest to students and scholars of labour history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138336322

Workshop Processes Practices and Materials Workshop Processes Practices and Materials is an ideal introduction for entry level engineers and workshop technicians as well as engineering university students with little or no practical experience. With detailed illustrations throughout and simple clear language this is a practical introduction to what can be a very complex subject. It has been significantly updated and revised to include new material on current Health and Safety legislation gauging and digital measuring instruments as well as modern measuring techniques such as laser scan micrometer co-ordinate and visual measuring systems. A new chapter on an introduction to CNC milling and turning has been added. This book covers all standard workshop topics including safe practices measuring equipment hand and machine tools metal and plastics materials joining methods including welding presswork primary forming casting and moving loads making it an indispensable handbook for use both in class and the workshop. Its broad coverage makes it a useful reference book for many different courses worldwide. Health and Safety chapter covers current best practice and has been checked by a certified health and safety examiner. Addition of modern measuring techniques using laser scan micrometer co-ordinate and visual measuring systems. Addition of an introduction to CNC milling and turning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138784727

Workshop Technology Part 1 First published in 1972. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Dr Chapman's books on workshop technology and calculations have long had an international reputation in workshops and colleges. In their latest editions they now all use SI units throughout. Changes have been made where necessary to take account of developments in practice and equipment but on the whole the original character and style of the books have been retained. It is the method of instrction which Dr Chapman has combined with his unique style that has proved so successful in the training of workshop engineers all over the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138141339

Workshop Technology Part 2 First published in 1972. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. This is the second of Dr. Chapman's internationally renowned books on workshop technology and calculations. Dr Chapman's books on workshop technology and calculations have long had an international reputation in workshops and colleges. In their latest editions they now all use SI units throughout. Changes have been made where necessary to take account of developments in practice and equipment but on the whole the original character and style of the books have been retained. It is the method of instrction which Dr Chapman has combined with his unique style that has proved so successful in the training of workshop engineers all over the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172197

Workshops in Perception Originally published in 1981 Workshops in Perception is designed to enable students to devise their own experiments in sensory processes or perception. The thirty workshops include over a hundred different possible student projects covering the full range of the senses and interactions among them. The topics range from simple perimetry to the perception of language and social situations. In addition to more traditional topics such as illusions adaptation and after-effects they include lifespan perceptual development musical illusions and even a consumer-oriented study of road atlases. Each of the ten major sections has a general introduction to the topic with suggestions for reading. Each workshop has a more specific introduction to its topic and an experiment outlined. A typical outline will suggest more independent variables than a student can handle and it is up to the student to select the variables he considers important and to choose the appropriate levels of the variables. Although many suggestions are made regarding the actual running of each workshop deciding precisely how to carry out the experiment is left up to the student. Pilot work and consultation with the tutor is encouraged. Suggestions for the form of the analysis are made but again the details are left to the student. Several alternatives to the main workshop are outlined briefly and these are suited to the more adventurous or advanced student. Thus the book is suited to students with a wide range of ability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138200647

Worktowners at BlackpoolMass-Observation and Popular Leisure in the 1930s Gary Cross publishes the findings of this largely forgotten study by the Mass-Observers who followed the annual pilgrimage of labourers to Blackpool hoping to discover what attracted workers to this centre of Victorian culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755375

World Affectivity TraumaHeidegger and Post-Cartesian Psychoanalysis Stolorow and his collaborators' post-Cartesian psychoanalytic perspective – intersubjective-systems theory – is a phenomenological contextualism that illuminates worlds of emotional experience as they take form within relational contexts. After outlining the evolution and basic ideas of this framework Stolorow shows both how post-Cartesian psychoanalysis finds enrichment and philosophical support in Heidegger's analysis of human existence and how Heidegger's existential philosophy in turn can be enriched and expanded by an encounter with post-Cartesian psychoanalysis. In doing so he creates an important psychological bridge between post-Cartesian psychoanalysis and existential philosophy in the phenomenology of emotional trauma. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415893442

World AerospaceA Statistical Handbook Aerospace is a major world industry. This handbook first published in 1987 provides a world survey of the industry in statistical form. The first part covers production and distribution by sector – airframes (aircraft) aeroengines avionics systems missiles / spacecraft – and by country. It includes a summary for each country of the degree Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138700703

World Agricultural Trade  Between 1961 and 1983 Turkish agriculture was subject to negative protection as a result of indirect measures such as macroeconomic policies and industrial protection. Until the early 1980s Turkey maintained an overvalued exchange rate which served as an implicit tax on Turkish farmers. This policy was changed in 1982 when Turkey allowed its Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216894

World Agriculture: Towards 2015/2030An FAO Study This report is FAO's latest assessment of the long-term outlook for the world's food supplies nutrition and agriculture. It presents the projections and the main messages. The projections cover supply and demand for the major agricultural commodities and sectors including fisheries and forestry. This analysis forms the basis for a more detailed examination of other factors such as nutrition and undernourishment and the implications for international trade. The report also investigates the implications of future supply and demand for the natural resource base and discusses how technology can contribute to more sustainable development. One of the report's main findings is that if no corrective action is taken the target set by the World Food Summit in 1996 (that of halving the number of undernourished people by 2015) is not going to be met. Nothing short of a massive effort at improving the overall development performance will free the developing world of its most pressing food insecurity problems. The progress made towards this target depends on many factors not least of which are political will and the mobilization of additional resources. Past experience underlines the crucial role of agriculture in the development process particularly where the majority of the population still depends on this sector for employment and income. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315083858

World Anthropologies in PracticeSituated Perspectives Global Knowledge In a post-colonial world the contributions of anthropologists living outside North America and Western Europe can no longer be treated as marginal. World Anthropologies in Practice demonstrates how global dialogues enable us to draw on local knowledge as well as differences of perspective to help overcome anthropology’s eternal struggle against ethnocentrism and to strengthen the subject’s relevance to the contemporary world.Based on contributions to the ASA-sponsored IUAES World Anthropology Congress in Manchester UK this truly global book brings together a wide range of international scholars who might otherwise not talk to each other. Featuring articles from leading figures in the field such as Yolanda Moses Winnie Lem Carmen Rial Miriam Grossi and Cristina Amescua the volume covers topics as diverse as the mobility of Brazilian football players toilets in South Africa trade unions in Nepal and South Africa peace-building in southern Thailand museological approaches in China the Great East Japan earthquake and tsunami immigration and race in the United States and many more. Edited by John Gledhill the text offers a much-needed insight into the way in which anthropology is developing worldwide and makes a tremendous contribution to the discussion of ‘world anthropologies’. An important timely work for students and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781474252614

World AnthropologiesDisciplinary Transformations within Systems of Power Since its inception anthropology's authority has been based on the assumption that it is a unified discipline emanating from the West. In an age of heightened globalization anthropologists have failed to discuss consistently the current status of their practice and its mutations across the globe. World Anthropologies is the first book to provoke this conversation from various regions of the world in order to assess the diversity of relations between regional or national anthropologies and a contested power-laden Western discourse. Can a planetary anthropology cope with both the 'provincial cosmopolitanism' of alternative anthropologies and the 'metropolitan provincialism' of hegemonic schools? How might the resulting 'world anthropologies' challenge the current panorama in which certain allegedly national anthropological traditions have more paradigmatic weight - and hence more power - than others? Critically examining the international dissemination of anthropology within and across national power fields contributors address these questions and provide the outline for a veritable world anthropologies project. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003087434

World Art and the Legacies of Colonial Violence How have imperialism and its after-effects impacted patterns of cultural exchange artistic creativity and historical/curatorial interpretation? World Art and the Legacies of Colonial Violence - comprised of ten essays by an international roster of art historians curators and anthropologists - forges innovative approaches to post-colonial studies Indigenous studies critical heritage studies and the new museology. This volume probes the degree to which global histories of conflict coercion and occupation have shaped art historical approaches to intercultural knowledge and representation. These debates are relevant to contemporary artists and scholars of visual material and museological culture in their attempts to negotiate imperial and colonial legacies. Confronting the aesthetics of Abolition Fascism and Filipino independence and re-thinking relationships between colonised and coloniser in Cameroon North America and East Timor the collection brings together new readings of Primitivism and Aboriginal art as well. It features discussions of touring exhibitions popular media modernist paintings and sculptures historic photographs human remains and art installations. In addition to the critical application of phenomenology in a fresh and contemporary manner the volume’s ’world art’ perspective nurtures the possibility that intercultural ethics are relevant to the study of art power and modernity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267152

World ArtAn Introduction to the Art in Artefacts What do we mean by 'art'? As a category of objects the concept belongs to a Western cultural tradition originally European and now increasingly global but how useful is it for understanding other traditions? To understand art as a universal human value we need to look at how the concept was constructed in order to reconstruct it through an understanding of the wider world. Western art values have a pervasive influence upon non-Western cultures and upon Western attitudes to them. This innovative yet accessible new text explores the ways theories of art developed as Western knowledge of the world expanded through exploration and trade conquest colonisation and research into other cultures present and past. It considers the issues arising from the historical relationships which brought diverse artistic traditions together under the influence of Western art values looking at how art has been used by colonisers and colonised in the causes of collecting and commerce cultural hegemony and autonomous identities.World Art questions conventional Western assumptions of art from an anthropological perspective which allows comparison between cultures. It treats art as a property of artefacts rather than a category of objects reclaiming the idea of 'world art' from the 'art world'. This book is essential reading for all students on anthropology of art courses as well as students of museum studies and art history based on a wide range of case studies and supported by learning features such as annotated further reading and chapter opening summaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781847889430

World at the CrossroadsTowards a sustainable equitable and liveable world Thirty years ago the Russell-Einstein Manifesto warned humanity that our survival is imperilled by the risk of nuclear war... In the spirit of that Manifesto we now call on all scientists to expand our concerns to a broader set of interrelated dangers: destruction of the environment on a global scale and denial of basis needs for a growing majority of humankind. The Dagomys Declaration (1988) of the Pugwash Council. Originally published in 1994 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852180

World Bank and Urban DevelopmentFrom Projects to Policy As one of the world’s most powerful supranational institutions the World Bank has played an important role in international development discourse and practice since 1946. This is the first book-length history and analysis of the Bank’s urban programs and their complex relationship to urban policy formulation in the developing world. Through extensive primary research the book examines four major themes: the political and economic forces that propelled the reluctant World Bank to finally embrace urban programs in the 1970s how the Bank fashioned its general ideology of development into specific urban projects trends and transitions within the Bank’s urban agenda from its inception to the present the World Bank’s historic and contemporary role in the complex interaction between global national and local forces that shape the urban agendas of developing countries. The book also examines how protests from NGOs and civic movements in the context of globalization and neo-liberalism have influenced the World Bank policies from the 1990s to the present. The institution’s attempts to restructure and legitimate itself in light of shifting geo-political and intellectual contexts are considered throughout. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987357

World Biodiesel Policies and Production This book presents the evolution of biodiesel technologies along with government policies of major biodiesel producing countries with their backgrounds impacts changes and other energy forms. Biodiesel feedstock and biodiesel production technologies including green algae and methanol are presented as separate topics. Changes in the feedstock types and the corresponding technologies are presented and their impacts on the biodiesel policies are explained. The life cycle analysis (LCA) in research and policy design of biodiesel is discussed and the findings  are given for different feedstocks in terms of greenhouse gases energy and other impact categories. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367244446

World ChaosThe Responsibility of Science This book first published 1931 examines the attitudes surrounding the natural sciences at the time of writing and contends that an unreflective belief in the power of science and especially in humanity’s capacity to turn such knowledge to noble ends could lead to catastrophic results for human civilisation. Commenting on the forced industrialisation in Russia India and China that was proceeding with little regard for human life at the time the unsustainable inequality generated by modern Western capitalism and many other related issues the author argues that it is necessary to devote the same energy to the resolution of social problems as to scientific research and development. His thesis though expounded with reference to concrete situation different from our own is nonetheless as relevant today as it was when first published. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987364

World Cinema Theology and the HumanHumanity in Deep Focus Forging an open-minded but reasoned dialogue between nine acclaimed titles of world cinema and a range of theological perspectives that touch on the theme of human experience World Cinema Theology and the Human offers fresh portals of insight for the interdisciplinary area of Theology and Film. In Sison’s approach it is the cinematic representation of vivid humanity not necessarily propositional statements about God and religion that lays down a bridge to a conversation with theology. Thus the book’s project is to look for the divine presence written not on tablets of stone but on "tablets of human hearts" depicted on screen by way of audiovisual language. Seeking to redress the interdiscipline’s narrow predilection for Hollywood blockbusters the book casts its net wider to include a culturally diverse selection of case studies– from festival gems such as Singapore’s Be With Me and South Africa’s Yesterday to widely-acclaimed sleeper hits such as Britain’s Slumdog Millionaire and New Zealand’s Whale Rider. The book will appeal to scholars of theology and religious/cultural studies interested in the Theology/Religion-Film interface and because of its commitment to an examination of film qua film a crossover readership from film studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138921887

World CinemaA Critical Introduction World Cinema: A Critical Introduction is a comprehensive yet accessible guide to film industries across the globe. From the 1980s onwards new technologies and increased globalization have radically altered the landscape in which films are distributed and exhibited. Films are made from the large-scale industries of India Hollywood and Asia to the small productions in Bhutan and Morocco. They are seen in multiplexes palatial art cinemas in Cannes traveling theatres in rural India and on millions of hand-held mobile screens. Authors Deshpande and Mazaj have developed a method of charting this new world cinema that makes room for divergent perspectives traditions and positions while also revealing their interconnectedness and relationships of meaning. In doing so they bring together a broad range of issues and examples—theoretical concepts viewing and production practices film festivals large industries such as Nollywood and Bollywood and smaller and emerging film cultures—into a systemic yet flexible map of world cinema. The multi-layered approach of this book aims to do justice to the depth dynamism and complexity of the phenomenon of world cinema. For students looking to films outside of their immediate context this book offers a blueprint that will enable them to transform a casual encounter with a film into a systematic inquiry into world cinema. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415783576

World Cities and Urban FormFragmented Polycentric Sustainable? This book presents new research and theory at the regional scale showing the forms metropolitan regions might take to achieve sustainability. At the city scale the book presents case studies based on the latest research and practice from Europe Asia and North America showing how both planning and flagship design can propel cities into world class status and also improve sustainability. The contributors explore the tension between polycentric and potentially sustainable development and urban fragmentation in a physical context but also in a wider cultural social and economic context. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315811871

World City NetworkA global urban analysis With the advent of multinational corporations the traditional urban service function has 'gone global'. In order to provide services to globalizing corporate clients the offices of major financial and business service firms across the world have generated networks of work. It is the myriad of flows between office towers in different metropolitan centres that has produced a world city network. Taylor and Derudder's unique and illuminating book provides both an update and a substantial revision of the first edition that was published in 2004.  It provides a comprehensive and systematic description and analysis of the world city network as the 'skeleton' upon which contemporary globalization has been built. Through an analysis of the intra-company flows of 175 leading global service firms across 526 cities in 2012 this book assesses cities in terms of their overall network connectivity the regional configurations they form and their changing position in the period 2000-12. Results are used to reflect on cities and city/state relations in the context of the global ecological and economic crisis. Written by two of the foremost authorities on the subject this book provides a much-needed mapping of the connecting relationships between world cities and will be a valuable resource for students of urban studies geography sociology and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138843578

World City SyndromeNeoliberalism and Inequality in Cape Town The literature on ‘world cities’ has had an enormous influence on urban theory and planning alike. From Manila to London academics and policy makers have attempted to understand and to some extent strive for world city status. This book is a study of Cape Town’s standing in this network of urban centres and an investigation of the conceptual appropriateness of this world city hypothesis. Drawing on more than a dozen years of fieldwork in Cape Town  McDonald provides an historical overview of institutional and structural reforms examining fiscal imbalances political marginalization (de)racialization privatization and other neoliberal changes. By examining and analyzes these reforms and changes McDonald contributes the first radical critique of the world city literature from a developing country perspective. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203939673

World Class Applications of Six Sigma World Class Applications shows what real organisations have done to implement Six Sigma the methodology used and the results delivered. The book provides details of how these organisations overcame issues with the statistical tools of Six Sigma and provides valuable lessons by explaining what went wrong when implementation failed. Cases cover topics including: Six Sigma in HR; Implementing Six Sigma in the Dow Chemical company; Six Sigma in IT; and Six Sigma to improve reporting quality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138141995

World Class Health and SafetyThe professional's guide Getting your qualification is just the start of the safety professional’s journey towards effective workplace practice. World Class Health and Safety doesn’t repeat the whys and whats of health and safety management instead it is a helpful how-to guide for newly qualified and experienced health and safety professionals to get the best out of their knowledge experience and the people they work with. This book is filled with practical examples that bring the subject to life covering the skills and techniques you need to be a leader of safety overcome inaction and make lasting positive changes to safety performance and culture – enabling more people to go home safe every day. World Class Health and Safety teaches the reader to: work efficiently and effectively with senior managers and budget holders to implement the wider corporate social responsibility agenda emphasize the ‘value-added’ benefits of good health and safety management clearly and simply create effective and engaging training use monitoring and audits to get the best out of the resources available World Class Health and Safety is essential reading for those wishing to invest in their own professional development to communicate effectively and to understand and deliver safety in the wider business context wherever in the world they might be working. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138183902

World Class SchoolsInternational Perspectives on School Effectiveness In this book the authors have conducted extensive research and describe what makes a successful school and how this varies in different countries. The book follows the progress of a cohort of 7-year-old children through their schools over a two-year period. It covers schools in the US Canada Hong Kong Taiwan Australia the UK Norway the Netherlands and Ireland and:*draw together what it is that the most and least effective schools do in each country*pinpoints what makes 'effective teaching' across the globe*analyses which effectiveness-producing school and teaching factors appear to be the same and which are context specific*discusses how educational policies can be used to generate World Class Schools and which new blends of practice can or should be usedThe existing literature based upon the comparison of the educational achievements of different countries is inadequate. This unique study provides a rich picture of the processes of the education systems of different countries which will appeal to practitioners and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147744

World ClassTackling the Ten Biggest Challenges Facing Schools Today Every school is different but all schools face very similar challenges. Drawing on their combined teaching experience of over fifty years in both independent and state schools educationalists David James and Ian Warwick have chosen ten questions that tackle the most difficult challenges that face schools today and invited leading education experts to address them in stimulating and accessible essays which are each under a thousand words. With contributions from John Hattie David Blunkett Doug Lemov Anthony Seldon Sandy Speicher  Tim Hawkes and many more this insightful and engaging book features exclusive essays with some of the world’s most well-known and well-respected thinkers and speakers in education business and politics accompanied by thought-provoking introductions. The contributors provide new perspectives on some of the issues that occupy educationalists today; they challenge conventional wisdom and above all put forward practical workable evidence-based solutions that can transform teaching and learning. World Class is a powerful manifesto for change that nobody interested in education today can ignore. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138121973

World ClassTeaching and Learning in Global Times How have school curricula been affected by the ripple effects of globalization? How do teachers and students attempt to understand their complex world? Most states require world teaching in some form yet little is known about how teachers and students engage in this critical curricular area. World Class: Teaching and Learning in Global Times directly fills this need by providing a detailed inside look at global education in three high schools. The data from the study drawn from extensive interviews and observations illustrate the daily challenges and complexities of global teaching and learning. Comprehensive yet scholarly this volume: *raises thought-provoking questions for both theorists and practitioners; *addresses controversial issues embedded in global education and throughout the social studies curriculum such as the tension between universalism and cultural relativism the problematic nature of identity in classroom discourse and the apparent duality of national and global loyalties; *connects issues particular to global education with wider scholarship in education; *examines the interplay of theory and practice in global education and more broadly the social sciences; and *provides an exploratory and provocative look at dimensions of global civics with an analysis of the events of 9/11/01 and how they have shaped global perspectives about living as one planet. The book is organized in three parts--contexts problems and alternatives. Contexts allows readers to consider global education from multiple perspectives: teacher student administrator community member and scholar. Problems focuses on pedagogical challenges associated with global education. Alternatives provides reflection points that encourage readers to consider different ways we might converse about global teaching and learning. Written for scholars practitioners and students in social studies curriculum and instruction global/multicultural education and related fields World Class: Teaching and Learning in Global Times is an excellent text for preservice and graduate-level courses in these areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138165496

World Clothing and FashionAn Encyclopedia of History Culture and Social Influence Taking a global multicultural social and economic perspective this work explores the diverse and colourful history of human attire. From prehistoric times to the age of globalization articles cover the evolution of clothing utility style production and commerce including accessories (shoes hats gloves handbags and jewellery) for men women and children.Dress for different climates occupations recreational activities religious observances rites of passages and other human needs and purposes - from hunting and warfare to sports and space exploration - are examined in depth and detail. Fashion and design trends in diverse historical periods regions and countries and social and ethnic groups constitute a major area of coverage as does the evolution of materials (from animal fur to textiles to synthetic fabrics) and production methods (from sewing and weaving to industrial manufacturing and computer-aided design). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138039902

World Congress on Neural Networks1994 International Neural Network Society Annual Meeting Centered around 20 major topic areas of both theoretical and practical importance the World Congress on Neural Networks provides its registrants -- from a diverse background encompassing industry academia and government -- with the latest research and applications in the neural network field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138012332

World Criminal Justice SystemsA Comparative Survey World Criminal Justice Systems Ninth Edition provides an understanding of major world criminal justice systems by discussing and comparing the systems of six of the world’s countries -- each representative of a different type of legal system. An additional chapter on Islamic law uses three examples to illustrate the range of practice within Sharia. Political historical organizational procedural and critical issues confronting the justice systems are explained and analyzed. Each chapter contains material on government police judiciary law corrections juvenile justice and other critical issues. The ninth edition features an introduction directing students to the resources they need to understand comparative criminal justice theory and methodology. The chapter on Russia includes consideration of the turmoil in post-Soviet successor states and the final chapter on Islamic law examines the current status of criminal justice systems in the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780323356466

World Culture Re-ContextualisedMeaning Constellations and Path-Dependencies in Comparative and International Education Research Impressive strands of research have shown the emergent reality of increasing world-level interconnection in almost every field of social action. As a consequence theories and models have been developed which are aimed at conceptualising this new reality along the lines of an ‘institutionalised’ World Culture. This offers a new understanding of the worldwide diffusion of specifically modern – i.e. mainly Western – rules ideologies and organisational patterns and of attendant harmonisation and standardisation of fields of social action. World Culture theories have not gone unchallenged. Rather cross-cultural studies have revealed much more complex processes of regional fragmentation and (re-)diversification; of the refraction appropriation and hybridisation through distinct socio-cultural conditioning of world-level models and ideas; and of the ongoing effectiveness both of structural path-dependencies and of specifically cultural aspects such as collective memories social meanings and religious (or ideological) belief systems. Comparative research has thus highlighted an intricate simultaneity of contrary currents: of the increasing world-level interconnection of communication and exchange relations on the one hand and on the other the persistence of context-specific interpretations translations and deviation-generating re-contextualisations of world-level forces and challenges. This research provides the theoretical problematique that animates this volume. The chapters explore the conceptual tools and explanatory power of theories and models which do not just oppose or reject World Culture theory but are instead suited to complementing and differentiating it. The volume offers an enlightening conceptualisation of the intricate interaction of global processes with local agency and of world-level forces with the self-evolutionary potentials inherent in specific contexts socio-cultural structures and distinctive meanings constellations. This book was originally published as a special issue of Comparative Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138305502

World Dance CulturesFrom Ritual to Spectacle From healing fertility and religious rituals through theatrical entertainment to death ceremonies and ancestor worship World Dance Cultures introduces an extraordinary variety of dance forms practiced around the world. This highly illustrated textbook draws on wide-ranging historical documentation and first-hand accounts taking in India Bali Java Cambodia China Japan Hawai’i New Zealand Papua New Guinea Africa Turkey Spain Native America South America and the Caribbean. Each chapter covers a certain region’s distinctive dances pinpoints key issues and trends from the form’s development to its modern iteration and offers a wealth of study features including: Case Studies – zooming in on key details of a dance form’s cultural historical and religious contexts ‘Explorations’ – first-hand descriptions of dances from scholars anthropologists and practitioners ‘Think About’ – provocations to encourage critical analysis of dance forms and the ways in which they’re understood Discussion Questions – starting points for group work classroom seminars or individual study Further Study Tips – listing essential books essays and video material. Offering a comprehensive overview of each dance form covered with over 100 full color photos World Dance Cultures is an essential introductory resource for students and instructors alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138907737

World Directory of Environmental Organizations A reference and sourcebook to the organizations involved in environmental and resource conservation in all parts of the world and to their activities. It describes over 2000 organizations and programmes in over 200 countries providing access to sources of information expertise and action. A user's guide identifies who is doing what in over 50 areas such as air quality environmental economics toxic materials and wildlife. There are also regional overviews detailed analyses of the UN system over 250 intergovernmental agencies over 400 international NGOs and over 1500 national organizations with full country and area listings plus indices a glossary and a list of landmark events. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138424197

World Economic Development1979 And Beyond This book examines the prospects for world economic development. It focuses primarily on the period from 1978 to 2000 and pays particular attention to the earlier part of that interval. The book examines some of the more immediate problems and issues associated with the process of economic growth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216771

World Economic PlantsA Standard Reference Second Edition Given the frequent movement of commercial plants outside their native location the consistent and standard use of plant names for proper identification and communication has become increasingly important. This second edition of World Economic Plants: A Standard Reference is a key tool in the maintenance of standards for the basic science underlying the quest for security of food and other economic plant resources. Containing a substantial increase in content from the previous edition this comprehensive and accessible work now documents more than 12 000 economically important vascular plants.This volume covers plants and plant products that are traded regulated or otherwise important to international commerce. The plant names and uses have been meticulously checked against the literature and by external peer reviewers and names are up to date in their taxonomic classification and nomenclaturally correct according to international rules. Each entry includes the accepted scientific (Latin) name synonyms economic importance common names in a variety of languages and the geographical distribution of the species. The information on each plant can be accessed through either its scientific or common name providing a global perspective on its native introduced or cultivated geographical distribution and its economic usage or impacts.This reference covers all major groups of economic plants including those used for human or animal food materials medicines environmental purposes gene sources for breeding social purposes as well as ones with negative impacts such as poisonous or disease-harboring plants or weeds. This compilation provides scientists professionals and students from various backgrounds with a global standard for communication regarding economically important plants. As collaboration across plant science increases comprehensive standardized references such as this one are indispensible for addressing the global issues involved with agriculture and other human uses of plant diversity. New this edition: Includes over 25 percent more economic plants—approximately 2 700 new plants Comprises twice the data content of the first edition Contains more than 50 000 common names in all principal world languages now including some in their original scripts Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439821428

World Economy Macroeconomics This text develops a complex open economy macro-model of the world economy that synthesizes the new Keynesian and new classical approaches to constructing aggregate models. It extends the two approaches by offering a more general international and intertemporal transmission mechanism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315479897

World Education Research Yearbook The World Education Research Association (WERA) is an association of major national regional and international specialty research associations dedicated to advancing education research as a scientific and scholarly field. WERA undertakes initiatives that are global in nature and thus transcend what any one association can accomplish in its own country region or area of specialization. ______ Reflective of the latest trends in education research this inaugural volume of the World Education Research Yearbook captures the diverse concepts and various arenas of inquiry that are engaging education researchers across the globe. Comprised of nine chapters the 2015 Yearbook brings together some of the most accomplished and emerging scholars in the field from a breadth of universities and research institutions in the United States Europe Australia Asia and South America. The Yearbook opens with the Presidential Address given at the 4th WERA Focal Meeting by Yin Cheong Cheng who proposes a new paradigm of educational reform to address the challenges impressed upon educators by the increased globalization of the modern world. Subsequent chapters make vivid the strengths of research with a broader work view. Chapter contributions shift the discourse through a global lens addressing such topics as how international children’s TV can be used to further global health education and awareness strategies for remedying low academic achievement among marginalized social and culture groups and a new global model designed to aid countries in developing more effective indicators of quality education. The 2015 World Education Research Yearbook is a crucial and long-awaited contribution to the field of education research. Its relevance extends beyond the borders of any single country or continent to encompass a worldwide perspective on educational developments which are of great value to researchers educators and students alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138909465

World Encyclopedia of Contemporary Theatre Volume 4: The Arab World One of the first internationally published overviews of theatrical activity across the Arab World. Includes 160 000 words and over 125 photographs from 22 different Arab countries from Africa to the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865364

World Encyclopedia of Contemporary TheatreAfrica Now available in paperback for the first time this edition of the World Encyclopedia of Contemporary Theatre series examines theatrical developments in Africa since 1945. Entries on thirty-two African countries are featured in this volume preceded by specialist introductory essays on Anglophone Africa Francophone Africa History and Culture Cosmology Music Dance Theatre for Young Audiences and Puppetry. There are also special introductory general essays on African theatre written by Nobel Prize Laureate Wole Soyinka and the outstanding Congolese playwright Sony Labou Tansi before his untimely death in 1995. More up-to-date and more wide-ranging than any other publication this is undoubtedly a major ground-breaking survey of contemporary African theatre. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315011172

World Encyclopedia of Contemporary TheatreThe Americas This new in paperback edition of World Encyclopedia of Contemporary Theatre covers the Americas from Canada to Argentina including the United States. Entries on twenty six countries are preceded by specialist introductions on Theatre in Post-Colonial Latin America Theatres of North America Puppet Theatre Theatre for Young Audiences Music Theatre and Dance Theatre.The essays follow the series format allowing for cross-referring across subjects both within the volume and between volumes.Each country entry is written by specialists in the particular country and the volume has its own teams of regional editors overseen by the main editorial team based at the University of York in Canada headed by Don Rubin.Each entry covers all aspects of theatre genres practitioners writers critics and styles with bibliographies over 200 black & white photographs and a substantial index. This Encyclopedia is indispensable for anyone interested in the cultures of the Americas or in modern theatre. It is also an invaluable reference tool for students and scholars of a wide range of disciplines including history performance studies anthropology and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179417

World Encyclopedia of Contemporary TheatreVolume 1: Europe This new paperback edition of the The World Encyclopedia of Contemporary Theatre: Europe covers theatre since World War II in forty-seven European nations including the nations which re-emerged following the break-up of the former USSR Czechoslovakia and Yugoslavia. Each national article is divided into twelve sections - History Structure of the National Theatre Community Artistic profile Music Theatre Theatre for Young Audiences Puppet Theatre Design Theatre Space and Architecture Training Criticism Scholarship and Publishing and Further Reading - allowing the reader to use the book as a source for both area and subject studies.A new preface and further reading sections by the Series Editor brings the Encyclopedia bang up-to-date making it invaluable to anyone interested in European theatre as well as students and scholars of performance studies history anthropology and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145351

World Encyclopedia of Contemporary TheatreVolume 1: Europe The World Encyclopedia of Contemporary Theatre:Europe covers theatre since World War II in forty-seven European nations including the nations which re-emerged following the break-up of the former USSR Czechoslovakia and Yugoslavia. Each national article is divided into twelve sections - History Structure of the National Theatre Community Artistic Profile Music Theatre Theatre for Young Audiences Puppet Theatre Design Theatre Space and Architecture Training Criticism Scholarship and Publishing and Further Reading - allowing the reader to use the book as a source for both area and subject studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867627

World Encyclopedia of Contemporary TheatreVolume 2: The Americas The second volume of the World Encyclopedia of Contemporary Theatre covers the Americas from Canada to Argentina including the United States. Entries on twenty-six countries are preceded by specialist introductions on Theatre in Post-Colonial Latin America Theatres of North America Puppet Theatre Theatre for Young Audiences Music Theatre and Dance Theatre.The essays follow the series format allowing for cross-referring across subjects both within the volume and between volumes.Each country entry is written by specialists in the particular country and the volume has its own teams of regional editors overseen by the main editorial team based at the University of York in Canada headed by Don Rubin.Each entry covers all aspects of theatre genres practitioners writers critics and styles with bibliographies over 200 black & white photographs and a substantial index. This is a unique volume in its own right; in conjunction with the other volumes in this series it forms a reference resource of unparalleled value. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867634

World Encyclopedia of Contemporary TheatreVolume 3: Africa Volume Three in this series carries on from the highly acclaimed volumes on Europe and on the Americas. Focusing on non-Arabic Africa and with contributions from leading experts from the countries featured the third volume of the World Encyclopedia of Contemporary Theatre series examines theatrical developments in Africa since 1945. Entries on thirty-two African countries are featured in this volume preceded by specialist introductory essays on Anglophone Africa Francophone Africa History and Culture Cosmology Music Dance Theatre for Young Audiences and Puppetry. There are also special introductory general essays on African theatre written by Nobel Prize Laureate Wole Soyinka and the outstanding Congolese playwright Sony Labou Tansi before his untimely death in 1995. More up-to-date and more wide-ranging than any other publication this is undoubtedly a major ground-breaking survey of contemporary African theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867641

World Encyclopedia of Contemporary TheatreVolume 6: Bibliography and Cumulative Index An annotated world theatre bibliography documenting significant theatre materials published world wide since 1945 plus an index to key names throughout the six volumes of the series. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315002781

World Energy MarketsStability Or Cyclical Change? Proceedings Of The Seventh Annual North American Meeting Of The International Association Originally published in 1985 this volume contains the seventh meeting proceedings of the International Association of Energy Economists. North American Meeting held in Philadelphia Pennsylvania in December 1985. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429268175

World Englishes The third edition of World Englishes provides an engaging overview of the global variations in vocabulary grammar phonology and pragmatics of English as it is used worldwide. This book introduces the principles of linguistic variation and provides coverage on the roots of English the spread of English variations of English as a second language and trends for the future. Thoroughly updated throughout in line with recent research this third edition now also includes: 43 audio examples of speakers of native (17) and of non-native (26) English reflecting the global variety of the language available to download from www.routledge.com/9781138487659; descriptions of selected twenty-first century developing varieties including Chinese English Russian English and Vietnamese English;  greater linguistic detail on second-language English in many areas;  improved and updated descriptions of first-language varieties;  a new framework for describing lexical variation;  full discussion throughout of English in social media. Offering a thorough and detailed descriptive account of all the main varieties of English across the globe World Englishes provides a balanced discussion of political issues and the sociolinguistic background to variation in English spoken and written face-to-face on paper and online in the twenty-first century. This book is essential reading for students approaching this topic for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138487659

World EnglishesRethinking Paradigms In this book leading scholars in the field of World Englishes (WE) offer fresh perspectives in re-thinking issues on the use of English as a global language in an interconnected world. Established as a legitimate field of study WE offers a conceptual framework which has influenced scholarship in many related disciplines: contact linguistics postcolonial Englishes English as a lingua franca English as an international language and applied linguistics. This seminal volume will have an excellent balance between theoretical and empirical works focusing on scholarship that has arisen in relation to the Kachruvian Three Concentric Circles model.This book covers topics such as state-of-the-art review of WE WE and contact linguistics post-colonial Englishes English as a Lingua Franca English as an International Language WE and applied linguistics language measurement and testing in WE language policy and management language education and dynamic ecologies language typology WE as a new canon WE and corpus linguistics WE and multimodalities and makes predictions about the future of WE. It contains a comprehensive and up-to-date bibliography of major works published in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878511

World Entertainment MediaGlobal Regional and Local Perspectives This new book offers an insightful guide into the complex tapestry of global entertainment media markets. It features analyses and case studies from leading international media scholars who explore the causes and effects of globalization upon this ever-evolving industry. There are still opposing and restraining forces to globalization processes taking place in media and the global mediascape comprises international regional and local markets and global and local players which in recent years have evolved at an uneven pace. By analyzing similarities and differences in a landscape where driving forces of globalization meet locally situated audiences and institutions this volume unveils a complex contested space comprising global and local players whose success is determined by both their national and international dimensions. It guides its readers to the geographical and intellectual exploration of the international media landscape analyzing the global and local media players and their modus operandi. Editor Paolo Sigismondi’s insightful engaging collection presents a compelling and novel approach to the analysis of global entertainment media. World Entertainment Media: Global Regional and Local Perspectives is an ideal starting point for students and practitioners alike looking to build a solid understanding of the global mediascape and a great resource for instructors and scholars in global media entertainment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138094024

World ESCO Outlook As country after country around the world embraces the idea of self-funding energy efficiency an energy performance contracting (EPC) model emerges and then changes to meet local needs. This book captures this rapidly changing landscape and offers valuable insights into this fascinating industry. The authors have brought together the best of in-country experts from nearly 60 countries to share their insights as to what makes EPC successful in their specific environments. In telling their story they also reveal some exciting new overseas market opportunities and provide the most complete insight available into the ESCO world. Media > Books > Print Books Fairmont Press 9781466558144

World Faiths in Education First published in 1978. The world religions movement gave way to a new form of religious education which was wide ranging in content and open in approach. This development raised a number of issues. How broad should the syllabus be? Should Humanism and Marxism be included? How should Christianity be taught? What role has the believer of any one faith in the teaching of RE? As curriculum development gathers momentum so the need to discuss such questions becomes urgent. This book is devoted to examining the place of world faiths in education by members of a variety of faiths. It will help students and teachers to think their way through the many challenges facing RE today. The book argues a new framework for the subject. The contributors hope that they have provided a sign-post pointing to a future in which all who are concerned that children should grow up with an understanding of the ultimate meaning of life whatever their own faiths may be able to work together to make the subject vital and worthwhile. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367138363

World Finance Since 1914 (RLE Banking & Finance) Charting developments in one of the most turbulent periods of economic history this far reaching volume covers the problems facing the major economies of Europe in the inter-war years. It also discusses global economic policies and the crises for the world’s major currencies. Although it covers complex themes the book is written in an accessible way even for the non-specialist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751919

World Financial OrdersAn Historical International Political Economy World Financial Orders challenges the predominance of neo-liberalism as a mode of knowledge about contemporary world finance and claims that it neglects the social and political bases as well as the malign consequences of change. He looks to the field of International Political Economy (IPE) to construct an alternative mode one that critically restores society and politics. An 'historical' approach to IPE is advanced that accounts for modern world finance since the seventeenth century as a succession of structurally distinct hierarchical social orders.This book will be of interest to those working in the field of IPE and to those scholars researchers and students from across the social sciences who seek to challenge the common-sense neo-liberal explanation of contemporary world finance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415747967

World Folklore for StorytellersTales of Wonder Wisdom Fools and Heroes Here is a treasury of favorite and little known tales from Africa Asia Europe the Americas Australia and Oceania gracefully retold and accompanied by fascinating detailed information of their historic and cultural backgrounds. The introduction provides an informative overview of folklore its purpose in world cultures and in contemporary society and popular culture. Following this the main sections of the book are arranged by tale type covering wonder tales hero tales tales of kindness repaid and hope and redemption and finally tales of fools and wise people. Each section begins by comparing the tales cross-culturally explaining similarities and differences in the folkloric narratives. Tales from diverse cultures are then presented introduced and retold in a highly readable fashion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698038

World Food Pest Losses And The Environment This book focuses on current food shortages and on the impact of pests in reducing world food supplies. At present total worldwide food losses from pests are estimated to be about 45 percent. Preharvest losses alone from insects plant pathogens and weeds are estimated at about 30 percent. Additional postharvest losses from microorganisms insects and rodents range from about 10 to 20 percent. The contributors present data on the extent of these kinds of crop losses and analyze immediate and long-term pest management strategies. Emphasis is given to an evaluation of the effectiveness of integrated controls and the various new nonchemical pest controls used to reduce crop and livestock losses. The current worldwide environmental problems associated with both large-scale pesticide use and other pest control methods are also analyzed including the impact that increased use of pesticides can be expected to have on the human environment. While the data included are technical the presentation and analysis will be of interest to both the scientific community and the general public. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367216801

World Food Problem The aim of this publication is to provide the interested reader with an authoritative and comprehensive up-to-date bibliography on all important facets of the world food problem encompassing such questions as the availability of natural reseources the present and future sources of energy environmental quality population growth world malnutrition the state of food production food consumption patterns future food needs toxicological aspects of food agricultural and industrial aspects of food production and family planning. It is the first compilation of its kind in that it covers the subject from a multidisciplinary point of view including publications that deal with teh description and alaysis of the world food problem as well as those that offer alternative strategies adn specific technological meaures for alleviating the problem. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898667

World FoodAn Encyclopedia of History Culture and Social Influence from Hunter Gatherers to the Age of Globalization This multicultural and interdisciplinary reference brings a fresh social and cultural perspective to the global history of food foodstuffs and cultural exchange from the age of discovery to contemporary times. Comprehensive in scope this two-volume encyclopedia covers agriculture and industry food preparation and regional cuisines science and technology nutrition and health and trade and commerce as well as key contemporary issues such as famine relief farm subsidies food safety and the organic movement. Articles also include specific foodstuffs such as chocolate potatoes and tomatoes; topics such as Mediterranean diet and the Spice Route; and pivotal figures such as Marco Polo Columbus and Catherine de' Medici. Special features include: dozens of recipes representing different historic periods and cuisines of the world; listing of herbal foods and uses; and a chronology of key events/people in food history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765682789

World Heritage Tourism and IdentityInscription and Co-production The remarkable success of the 1972 UNESCO Convention Concerning the Protection of World Cultural and Natural Heritage is borne out by the fact that nearly 1 000 properties have now been designated as possessing Outstanding Universal Value and recognition given to the imperative for their protection. However the remarkable success of the Convention is not without its challenges and a key issue for many Sites relates to the touristic legacies of inscription. For many sites inscription on the World Heritage List acts as a promotional device and the management challenge is one of protection conservation and dealing with increased numbers of tourists. For other sites designation has not brought anticipated expansion in tourist numbers and associated investments. What is clear is that tourism is now a central concern to the wide array of stakeholders involved with World Heritage Sites. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546561

World Heritage Urban Design and TourismThree Cities in the Middle East Urban planners and conservationists in historic cities around the world grapple with the competing interests of conservation urban design and economic and social development. This book offers an interdisciplinary approach to the key relationships between heritage conservation city space design and tourism development in historic cities linking theory and practice in a unique way. The book offers an investigation of three Middle Eastern historic cities Aleppo Acre and Salt all of which face significant challenges of heritage conservation adaptation to contemporary needs and tourism development. It presents practical scenarios for the conservation and design of historic urban spaces and the development of sustainable tourism from the perspective of planners local communities and international tourists. The author offers a comparative approach which transcends political strife and provides valuable lessons for the other cities inscribed on UNESCO's World Heritage List especially those in developing countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399643

World Heritage and Human RightsLessons from the Asia-Pacific and global arena The World Heritage community is currently adopting policies to mainstream human rights as part of a wider sustainability agenda. This interdisciplinary book combines a state of the art review of World Heritage policy and practice at the global level with ethnographic case studies from the Asia-Pacific region by leading scholars in the field. By joining legal reviews anthropology and practitioner experience through in-depth case studies it shows the diversity of human rights issues in both natural and cultural heritage sites. From site-designation to their conservation and management the book explores the various rights issues and analyses the diverse social cultural and legal challenges and responses at both regional and global level. Detailed case studies are included from Australia Cambodia China Malaysia Myanmar Nepal the Philippines and Vietnam. The book will appeal to both natural and cultural heritage professionals and human rights and heritage scholars and will serve as a useful compendium for courses use allowing students to compare contrast and contextualize different contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138224223

World Heritage and National RegistersStewardship in Perspective Historic sites celebrate defining moments in history memorialize important events and people and contribute to the character of the locations where they are situated. Heritage designation both globally and nationally is an inherently contested issue. As detailed in this volume concerns of politics and identity criteria for designation impacts on communities and sites and challenges to management planning are central to any understanding of the process by which heritage sites are created developed and maintained.The idea for this volume originated at a symposium hosted by the Savannah College of Art and Design. Contributors address such topics as the need to revamp criteria for designation the effect historic site recognition has on local communities the challenges encountered in maintaining a site and issues linked to specific political climates or actions and group identity.The contributors constitute an international cast of leading scholars employees and policy-makers all of whom have had extensive experience with World Heritage and National Register site stewardship. The work will be an invaluable reference for historians architects and those committed to the preservation of national monuments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138518056

World Heritage and Sustainable DevelopmentNew Directions in World Heritage Management In 2015 the General Assembly of State Parties to the World Heritage Convention passed a ground-breaking Sustainable Development policy that seeks to bring the World Heritage system into line with the UN’s sustainable development agenda (UNESCO 2015). World Heritage and Sustainable Development provides a broad overview of the process that brought about the new policy and the implications of its enactment. The book is divided into four parts. Part I puts the policy in its historical and theoretical context and Part II offers an analysis of the four policy dimensions on which the policy is based – environmental sustainability inclusive social development inclusive economic development and the fostering of peace and security. Part III presents perspectives from IUCN ICOMOS and ICCROM – the three Advisory Bodies to the World Heritage Committee and Part IV offers ‘case study’ perspectives on the practical implications of the policy. Contributions come from a wide range of experienced heritage professionals and practitioners who offer both ‘inside’ perspectives on the evolution of the policy and ‘outside’ perspectives on its implications. Combined they present and analyse the main ideas debates and implications of the policy change. This book is key reading for all heritage professionals interested in developing a better understanding of the new Sustainable Development policy. It is also essential reading for scholars and students working in the area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138091405

World Heritage and TourismMarketing and Management This book provides a comprehensive discussion of the phenomenon of World Heritage tourism through a critical global perspective that encompasses both supply and demand. Individual chapters critically engage with four main topics crucial to this subject area. A chapter on visitors defines the World Heritage tourist segment highlighting on-site behavior and visitor needs. Building on this a marketing chapter questions the functionality of the World Heritage brand as a tourist attractor and instead argues that tourist growth is due to effective marketing following World Heritage inscription. The third chapter presents a holistic management framework centred on planning place and people while the concluding chapter situates World Heritage tourism in a global context discussing threats such as climate change. International case studies from a wide variety of both natural and cultural sites provide a representative discussion of the topic across varying geographical political and cultural contexts. This will be of great interest to upper-level students researchers and academics in the fields of tourism heritage studies and geography as well as practitioners in these fields who wish to better understand the crucial interplay of these areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138583603

World Heritage ConservationThe World Heritage Convention Linking Culture and Nature for Sustainable Development The UNESCO World Heritage Convention has become one of the most successful UN instruments for promoting cultural diplomacy and dialogue on conservation of cultural and natural heritage. This book provides an overview of the convention through an interdisciplinary approach to conservation. It shows that based on the notion of outstanding universal value and international cooperation for the protection of heritage the convention provides a platform for sustainable development through the conservation and management of heritage of significance to humanity. With increasing globalization of heritage World Heritage Conservation is reviewed as an emerging interdisciplinary field of study creating new opportunities for inclusive heritage debate both locally and globally requiring common tools and understanding. With over a thousand properties inscribed on the World Heritage List from biologically diverse sites such as the Central Amazon Conservation Complex to the urban landscape of the metropolis of Rio de Janeiro the book will help students researchers and professionals in the identification protection conservation and presentation of World Heritage. Targeted at a diversity of disciplines the book critically describes the strategies for implementing the convention and the processes of heritage governance for sustainable development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415728553

World Heritage in IranPerspectives on Pasargadae Pasargadae is the location of the tomb of Cyrus the Great founder of the Achaemenid Empire. Through the ages it was Islamised and the tomb was ascribed to the Mother of Solomon. It was only at the beginning of the twentieth century that archaeological evidence demonstrated the relationship between the site and Cyrus and it was appropriated into conflicting political discourses on nationalism and Islamism while concurrently acknowledged as a national and then a World Heritages site. However Pasargadae is neither an isolated World Heritage site nor purely a symbol of abstract state politics. Pasargadae and its immediate vicinity constitute a living landscape occupied by villagers nomads and tourists. This edited volume presents for the first time a broad multi-disciplinary examination of Pasargadae by experts from both outside and within Iran. It specifically focuses on those disciplines that are absent from existing studies such as ethnography tourism and museum studies providing valuable insights into this fascinating place. In its totality the book argues that to understand World Heritage sites and their problems fully a holistic approach should be adopted which considers the manifold of perspectives and issues. It also puts forward a novel approach to the question of heritage representation and construction of collective identity from the framework of place. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547377

World Heritage Management and Human Rights This book focuses on the balance between protecting human rights and protecting world heritage sites. It concerns itself with the idea that the management of heritage properties worldwide may fail to adequately respect traditional entitlements and rights of individuals and communities living within or being affected by changes in the use of these spaces. It also explores the concept that the international heritage field has limited knowledge and awareness of this challenge. The volume argues that the dilemmas in question result from different conceptualisations of the key terms of 'rights' 'heritage' and 'community' among different groups and across political and cultural boundaries. In so far as 'culture' is what enables us to read the meanings involved the ultimate questions are those that ask whose power is contested when one meaning is ‘fixed’ and the heritage of one group of humans is given the right to have its symbolic representation enjoyed and protected. The included case studies give vivid examples of this.This book was originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of Heritage Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367738907

World Heritage Sites and Indigenous Peoples' Rights This book includes twenty case studies of World Heritage sites from around the world that explore from a human rights perspective indigenous peoples' experiences with World Heritage sites and with the processes of the World Heritage Convention. The book will serve as a resource for indigenous peoples World Heritage site managers and UNESCO as well as academics and it will contribute to discussions about what changes or actions are needed to ensure that World Heritage sites can play a consistently positive role for indigenous peoples in line with the spirit of the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples. Media > Books > Print Books International Work Group for Indigenous Affairs 9788792786548

World Heritage Sites and TourismGlobal and Local Relations Not all World Heritage Sites have people living within or close by their boundaries but many do. The designation of World Heritage status brings a new dimension to the functioning of local communities and particularly through tourism. Too many tourists accentuated by the World Heritage label or in some cases not enough tourists despite anticipation of increased numbers can act to disrupt and disturb relations within a community and between communities. Either way tourism can be seen as a form of activity that can generate interest and concern as it is played out within World Heritage Sites. But the relationships that World Heritage Sites and their consequent tourism share with communities are not just a function of the number of tourists. The relationships are complex and ever changing as the communities themselves change and are built upon long-standing and wider contextual factors that stretch beyond tourism. This volume drawing upon a wide range of international cases relating to some 33 World Heritage Sites reveals the multiple dimensions of the relations that exist between the sites and local communities. The designation of the sites can create obscure and heighten the power relations between different parts of a community between different communities and between the tourism and the heritage sector. Increasingly the management of World Heritage is not only about the management of buildings and landscapes but about managing the communities that live and work in or near them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138339378

World HistoryAn Introduction World History: An Introduction provides readers with the knowledge and tools necessary to understand the global historical perspective and how it can be used to shed light on both our past and our present. A concise and original guide to the concepts methods debates and contents of world history it combines a thematic approach with a clear and ambitious focus. Each chapter traces connections with the past and the present to explore major questions in world history: How did humans evolve from an endangered species to the most successful of them all? How has nature shaped human history? How did agricultural societies push human history in a new direction? How has humankind organized itself in ever more complex administrative systems? How have we developed new religious and cultural patterns? How have the paths of ‘The West’ and ‘The Rest’ diverged over the last five centuries? How at the same time has the world become more interconnected and "globalized"? How is this world characterized by growing gaps in wealth poverty and inequality? Sharp and accessible Eric Vanhaute’s introduction to this exciting field demonstrates that world history is more of a perspective than a single all-encompassing narrative: an instructive new way of seeing thinking and doing. It is an essential resource for students of history in a global context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415535793

World HistoryJourneys from Past to Present World History: Journeys from Past to Present uses common themes to present an integrated and comprehensive survey of human history from its origins to the present day. By weaving together thematic and regional perspectives in coherent chronological narratives Goucher and Walton transform the overwhelming sweep of the human past into a truly global story that is relevant to the contemporary issues of our time. Revised and updated throughout the second edition of this innovative textbook combines clear chronological progression with thematically focused chapters divided into six parts as follows: PART 1. EMERGENCE (Human origins to 500 CE) PART 2. ORDER (1 CE-1500 CE) PART 3. CONNECTIONS (500-1600 CE) PART 4. BRIDGING WORLDS (1300-1800 CE) PART 5. TRANSFORMING LIVES (1500-1900) PART 6. FORGING A GLOBAL COMMUNITY (1800- Present) The expanded new edition features an impressive full-color design with a host of illustrations maps and primary source excerpts integrated throughout. Chapter opening timelines supply context for the material ahead while end of chapter questions and annotated additional resources provide students with the tools for independent study. Each chapter and part boasts introductory and summary essays that guide the reader in comprehending the relevant theme. In addition the companion website offers a range of resources including an interactive historical timeline an indispensable study skills section for students tips for teaching and learning thematically and PowerPoint slides lecture material and discussion questions in a password protected area for instructors. This textbook provides a basic introduction for all students of World History incorporating thematic perspectives that encourage critical thinking link to globally relevant contemporary issues and stimulate further study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415670005

World HistoryJourneys from Past to Present - VOLUME 1: From Human Origins to 1500 CE World History: Journeys from Past to Present uses common themes to present an integrated and comprehensive survey of human history from its origins to the present day. By weaving together thematic and regional perspectives in coherent chronological narratives Goucher and Walton transform the overwhelming sweep of the human past into a truly global story that is relevant to the contemporary issues of our time. Revised and updated throughout the second edition of this innovative textbook combines clear chronological progression with thematically focused chapters. In this volume chapters are divided into three parts as follows: PART 1. EMERGENCE (Human origins to 500 CE) PART 2. ORDER (1 CE-1500 CE) PART 3. CONNECTIONS (500-1600 CE) The expanded new edition features an impressive full-color design with a host of illustrations maps and primary source excerpts integrated throughout. Chapter opening timelines supply context for the material ahead while end of chapter questions and annotated additional resources provide students with the tools for independent study. Each chapter and part boasts introductory and summary essays that guide the reader in comprehending the relevant theme. In addition the companion website offers a range of resources including an interactive historical timeline an indispensable study skills section for students tips for teaching and learning thematically and PowerPoint slides lecture material and discussion questions in a password protected area for instructors. This textbook provides a basic introduction for all students of World History incorporating thematic perspectives that encourage critical thinking link to globally relevant contemporary issues and stimulate further study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415670029

World HistoryJourneys from Past to Present - VOLUME 2: From 1500 CE to the Present World History: Journeys from Past to Present uses common themes to present an integrated and comprehensive survey of human history from its origins to the present day. By weaving together thematic and regional perspectives in coherent chronological narratives Goucher and Walton transform the overwhelming sweep of the human past into a truly global story that is relevant to the contemporary issues of our time. Revised and updated throughout the second edition of this innovative textbook combines clear chronological progression with thematically focused chapters. In this volume chapters are divided into three parts as follows:  PART 4. BRIDGING WORLDS (1300-1800 CE) PART 5. TRANSFORMING LIVES (1500-1900) PART 6. FORGING A GLOBAL COMMUNITY (1800- Present) The expanded new edition boasts an impressive full-color design with a host of illustrations maps and primary source excerpts integrated throughout. Chapter opening timelines supply context for the material ahead while end of chapter questions and annotated additional resources provide students with the tools for independent study. Each chapter and part boasts introductory and summary essays that explain and guide the reader in comprehending the relevant theme. In addition the companion website offers a range of resources including an interactive historical timeline an indispensable study skills section for students tips for teaching and learning thematically and PowerPoint slides lecture material and discussion questions in a password protected area for instructors. This textbook provides a basic introduction for all students of World History while at the same time incorporating the thematic perspectives that encourage critical thinking link to globally relevant contemporary issues and stimulate further study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415670043

World Hunger The revised edition of this text includes substantial new material on hunger in the aftermath of the Cold War; global food productioin versus population growth; changing demographics and falling birth rates around the world; the shifting focus of foreign assistance in the new world order; structural adjustment and other budget-slashing policies; trade liberalization and free trade agreements; famine and humanitarian interventions; and the thrid worldization of developed nations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315071121

World Hunger World Hunger explores the nature and extent of contemporary world hunger explaining why hunger still persists while agricultural production increases and genetic engineering revolutionises food production and distribution. Numerous case studies drawn from the North and South illustrate the diversity of diets in the world and the connections between the global and local. Globalisation and access to food in the global supermarket is examined.Explaining the essential political character of hunger the author exposes popular myths and identifies positive changes where prevailing inequalities and ideologies are challenged and it becomes possible to envisage a world where hunger is history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178779

World in CrisisPopulations in Danger at the End of the 20th Century The tragedies of war famine disease and poverty continue to dominate our headlines. Faced with such tragedy the politics ethics even the economics of humanitarian aid are becoming more complex. The role of relief agencies the political will of the West the reponsibilities of the international community for war crimes and human rights - these are all issues at the heart of contemporary humanitarian aid.World in Crisis - describing the plight of refugees and civilians caught up in war zones in both First and Third Worlds the homeless Gypsies and AIDS/HIV groups in Europe and North America - highlights what can be done to alleviate human suffering in the future. The book concludes with reports from the frontline of the world's main conflict zones in Bosnia Liberia/Sierra Leone Chechnya Rwanda/Burundi and Sudan.Medecins Sans Frontieres/Doctors Without Borders is the world's largest independent organization for emergency medical aid. Through 25 years of action the organization has become famous for bringing swift and direct aid to peoples affected by war and natural disaster regardless of government consent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138417106

World in Transition 3Towards Sustainable Energy Systems 'The publication of World in Transition: Towards Sustainable Energy Systems is timely indeed. The World Summit on Sustainable Development gave great prominence to this challenge but failed to agree on a quantitative time-bound target for the introduction of renewable energy sources. The German Advisory Council on Global Change (WBGU) has now produced a report with a global focus which is essential in view of the global impacts of climate change. The report provides a convincing long-term analysis which is also essential. Global energy policies have to take a long-term perspective over the next 50 to 100 years while providing concrete guidance for decision-makers to implement now. There is an urgent need to secure energy supplies for the 2.4 billion people who still depend upon traditional biomass while avoiding dangerous climatic changes. Our one world must close the gap between industrialized countries' surfeit and developing countries' poverty. Policies will need to consider both the broader environmental and specific climate constraints. I recommend this book very warmly to everyone concerned with global energy issues' Klaus Topfer Executive Director United Nations Environment Programme World in Transition: Towards Sustainable Energy Systems underscores the urgent need to transform global energy systems so that the world's population has access to energy based on renewable sources. This is necessary to protect the global climate and to free those in developing countries trapped by energy poverty. Such an approach would also yield a peace dividend by reducing dependence upon regionally concentrated oil reserves. The authors stress that such a reconfiguration of energy systems is both feasible and fundable if rapid and resolute action is taken in the coming two decades. To this end they propose a roadmap with specific milestones making this an indispensable contribution to the scientific and policy debates on these critical issues and essential reading for those engaged with them. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315071961

World in Transition 4Fighting Poverty through Environmental Policy At the start of the 21st century fighting poverty and protecting the environment are two of the most urgent challenges facing the international community. Environmental changes will jeopardize people's survival to an even greater extent in the future and will hit the poor hardest. To meet these challenges it will be essential to breathe new life into the partnership between industrialized and developing countries. It will be equally essential to combine poverty reduction with environmental protection in an integrated policy structure spanning all levels from local to global. In this report the German Advisory Council on Global Change (WBGU) shows that global environmental policy is a prerequisite for global poverty reduction. WBGU analyses the relevant policy processes and delivers recommendations charting the way forward. 'With its interdisciplinary approach providing a complex and systematic analysis of the poverty-environment nexus WBGU's latest report breaks new ground. Indira Gandhi's old convenient maxim was 'Poverty is the biggest polluter'. Put forward at the 1972 UN Conference on the Human Environment in Stockholm it has been sorely misused ever since to override environmental precaution and prioritize economic development strategies instead. The new WBGU report maps out a way to shape a coherent environment and development policy. This report revitalizes the Rio spirit and gives it a robust scientific base'. Prof Dr Ernst Ulrich von Weizsäcker Member of the German Bundestag (MdB) Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315071978

World Language Education as Critical PedagogyThe Promise of Social Justice Accessible and cutting-edge this text is a pivotal update to the field and offers a much-needed critical perspective on world language education. Building off their classic 2002 book The Foreign Language Educator in Society Timothy G. Reagan and Terry A. Osborn address major issues facing the world language educator today including language myths advocacy the perceived and real benefits of language learning linguistic human rights constructivism learning theories language standards monolingualism bilingualism and multiculturalism. Organized into three parts – "Knowing Language " "Learning Language " and "Teaching Language" – this book applies a critical take on conventional wisdom on language education evaluates social and political realities assumptions and controversies in the field. Each chapter includes questions for reflection and discussion to support students and educators in developing their own perspectives on teaching and learning languages. With a critical pedagogy and social justice lens this book is ideal for scholars and students in foreign/world language education social justice education and language teaching methodology courses as well as pre- and in-service teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367465209

World LiteracyHow Countries Rank and Why It Matters International literacy assessments have provided ample data for ranking nations charting growth and casting blame. Summarizing the findings of these assessments which afford a useful vantage from which to view world literacy as it evolves this book examines literate behavior worldwide in terms of both the ability of populations from a wide variety of nations to read and the practice of literate behavior in those nations. Drawing on The World’s Most Literate Nations author Jack Miller’s internationally released study emerging trends in world literacy and their relationships to political economic and social factors are explored. Literacy and in particular the practice of literate behaviors is used as a lens through which to view countries’ economic development gender equality resource utilization and ethnic discrimination. Above all this book is about trajectories. It begins with historical contexts described in terms of support for literate cultures. Based on a variety of data sources these trends are traced to the present and then projected ahead. The literate futures of nations are discussed and how these relate to their economic and sociocultural development. This book is unique in providing a broader perspective on an intractable problem a vantage point that offers useful insights to inform policy and in bringing together an array of relevant data sources not typically associated with literacy status. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138909564

World Literature Transnational Cinema and Global MediaTowards a Transartistic Commons With extraordinary transnational and transdisciplinary range World Literature Transnational Cinema and Global Media comprehensively explores the genealogies vocabularies and concepts orienting the fields within literature cinema and media studies. Orchestrating a layered conversation between arts disciplines and media Stam argues for their "mutual embeddedness" and their shared "in-between" territories. Rather than merely adding to the existing scholarship the book builds a relational framework through the connectivities within literature cinema music  and media that opens up analysis to new categories and concepts while crossing spatial temporal theoretical disciplinary and mediatic borders. The book also questions an array of hierarchies: literature over cinema; source novel over adaptation; feature film over documentary; erudite over vernacular culture; Western modernisms over "peripheral" modernisms; classical over popular music; written poetry over sung poetry and so forth. The book is structured around the concept of the "commons " forming a strong thread which links various struggles against "enclosures" of all kinds with emphasis on natural indigenous cultural creative digital and the transdisciplinary commons. World Literature Transnational Cinema and Global Media is ideal to further the theoretical discussion for those undergraduate and graduate departments in cinema studies media studies arts and art history communications journalism and new digital media programs at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138369597

World Literature and Dissent World Literature and Dissent reconsiders the role of dissent in contemporary global literature. Bringing together scholars of world and postcolonial literatures the contributors explore the aesthetics of resistance through concepts including the epistemology of ignorance the rhetoric of innocence the subversion of paying attention and the radical potential of everydayness.     Addressing a broad range of examples from the Maghrebian humanist Ibn Khaldūn to India’s Facebook poets and examining writers such as Langston Hughes Ben Okri Sara Uribe and Merle Collins this highly relevant book reframes the field of world literature in relation to dissenting politics and aesthetic.  It asks the urgent question: how critical practice might cultivate radical thought further social justice and value human expression? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138561861

World LiteratureA Reader World Literature is an increasingly influential subject in literary studies which has led to the re-framing of contemporary ideas of ‘national literatures’ language and translation. World Literature: A Reader brings together thirty essential readings which display the theoretical foundations of the subject as well as showing its conceptual development over a two hundred year period. The book features: an illuminating introduction to the subject with suggested reading paths to help readers navigate through the materials texts exploring key themes such as globalization cosmopolitanism post/trans-nationalism and translation and nationalism writings by major figures including J. W. Goethe Karl Marx Friedrich Engels Longxi Zhao David Damrosch Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak Pascale Casanova and Milan Kundera. The early explorations of the meaning of ‘Weltliteratur’ are introduced while twenty-first century interpretations by leading scholars today show the latest critical developments in the field. The editors offer readers the ideal introduction to the theories and debates surrounding the impact of this crucial area on the modern literary landscape. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415602990

World Market TransformationInside the German Fur Capital Leipzig 1870 and 1939 To the surprise of many regionally embedded clusters of small to medium sized businesses have continued to exist in spite of industrialisation and mass production. While scholars have discovered that the advantages of embeddedness in terms of industrialisation were situated in interfirm cooperation and conflict resolving mechanisms it is far less clear how changing historical circumstances on the world market i.e. globalisation affected such systems. Taking a look inside Leipzig a capital of the global fur industry between 1870 and 1939 with its numerous highly specialised businesses both in production as well as trade World Market Transformation examines the robustness of district firms within the highly volatile international fur business. This book examines how firm embeddedness not only served to overcome challenges related to industrialisation but also strengthened the abilities of cluster firms to deal with changing world market circumstances. World Market Transformation integrates the "interior-biased" research tradition on local business systems and industrial districts into the "exterior" fields of global and transnational history. It is demonstrated that the local business district not only emerged because of the expansion of international trade but that district processes of interfirm cooperation also gave shape to the spatial distribution conventions and structures of the very same world market. The analysis of embedded communities thus offers an important instrument to examine phenomena of economic globalisation but also how such macro-economic developments have been shaped and actively constructed by local actors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367243005

World Metal DemandTrends and Prospects In the early 1970s the post-World War II boom in world metal consumption came to a halt. As time passed it became clear that what many first thought to be a cyclical downturn was instead a long-term substantial decline in world metal demand. In this volume first published in 1990 editor John E. Tilton and four fellow scholars of mineral economics analyse the causes and consequences of this decline and the prospects for future growth in world metal demand. This book will be of interest to students of business and environmental studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138928022

World Mineral ExplorationTrends and Economic Issues Mineral exploration is an economic activity of worldwide importance. This volume originally published in 1988 makes a substantial contribution to the understanding of mineral exploration and the major economic political and geologic forces that govern it. Some chapters examine the behaviour and performance of particular participants in the exploration process while others focus on specific countries. This is a valuable title for any student interested in environmental studies and the global impact of econonmics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138959392

World Mineral Trends and U.S. Supply Problems Even though the United States relies heavily on imports for many non-fuel minerals mineral supply has played only a small role in foreign policy since World War II. Originally published in 1980 this report investigates seven major non-fuel minerals in relation to long-term potential supply and price problems and any short-term issues that may arise to put concerns about supply in perspective for policy-makers. This title will be of interest to students of Environmental Studies and professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138960732

World Monarchies and Dynasties Throughout history royal dynasties have dominated countries and empires around the world. Kings queens emperors chiefs pharaohs czars - whatever title they ruled by monarchs have shaped institutions rituals and cultures in every time period and every corner of the globe. The concept of monarchy originated in prehistoric times and evolved over centuries right up to the present. Efforts to overthrow monarchies or evade their rule - such as the American French Chinese and Russian revolutions - are considered turning points in world history. Even today many countries retain their monarchies although in vastly reduced form with little political power. One cannot understand human history and government without understanding monarchs and monarchies. This fully-illustrated encyclopedia provides the first complete survey of all the major rulers and ruling families of the world past and present. No other reference work approaches the topic with the same sense of magnitude or connection to historical context. Arranged in A-Z format for ease of access World Monarchies and Dynasties includes information on major monarchs and dynasties from ancient time to the present. This set: includes overviews of reigns and successions genealogical charts and dynastic timelines; addresses concepts problems and theories of monarchy; provides background and information for further research; highlights important places structures symbols events and legends related to particular monarchs and dynasties; includes a master bibliography and multiple indexes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315698014

World Music CONCISEA Global Journey World Music CONCISE: A Global Journey Second Edition introduces students to the diversity of musical expression around the world taking them across the globe to experience cultural traditions that challenge the ear the mind and the spirit. Based on the Fourth Edition this Second CONCISE Edition serves as an introduction to the many and varied world music traditions. It stays rooted in a solid pedagogical framework and maintains the text’s familiar travel theme while condensing the number of "sites" from 70 to 44. These sites are carefully selected from the existing compilation so as to remain representative of all continents and regions. Features: An easy-to-follow and proven chapter structure organized by geographic region Many Listening Guides detailed maps and hundreds of colorful photos Coverage of an eclectic blend of world musics including popular music as well as traditional music A two-CD set featuring hours of diverse music examples NEW updates from the Fourth Edition carried over to the CONCISE such as certain dance traditions and kora and jali NEW sites: Bali and Korea NEW dynamic companion website—unique to the Second CONCISE Edition—hosts interactive listening guides and assorted student and instructor resources pulled from the Fourth Edition website making it a valuable tool for distance learning courses World Music CONCISE: A Global Journey Second Edition provides students and instructors with a fundamental resource as they begin their exploration of world music and culture. PURCHASING OPTIONS Print Paperback Pack - Book and CD set: 9780815386094 Print Paperback - Book only: 9780815386087 eBook Pack - eBook and mp3 file: 9781351176033* *For eBook users please email ebooksupplementaryrequests@tandf.co.uk to obtain access to the mp3 audio compilation. (The mp3 audio compilation is not available for separate sale.) Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815386087

World Music Pedagogy Volume I: Early Childhood Education World Music Pedagogy Volume I: Early Childhood Education is a resource for music educators to explore the intersection of early childhood music pedagogy and music in cultural contexts across the world. Focusing on the musical lives of children in preschool kindergarten and grade 1 (ages birth to 7 years) this volume provides an overview of age-appropriate world music teaching and learning encounters that include informal versus formal teaching approaches and a selection of musical learning aids and materials. It implements multimodal approaches encompassing singing listening movement storytelling and instrumental performance. As young children are enculturated into their first family and neighborhood environments they can also grow into ever-widening concentric circles of cultural communities through child-centered encounters in music and the related arts which can serve as a vehicle for children to know themselves and others more deeply. Centered around playful engagement and principles of informal instruction the chapters reveal techniques and strategies for developing a child’s musical and cultural knowledge and skills with attention to music’s place in the development of young children. This volume explores children’s perspectives and capacities through meaningful (and fun!) engagement with music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138038943

World Music Pedagogy Volume II: Elementary Music Education World Music Pedagogy Volume II: Elementary Music Education delves into the theory and practices of World Music Pedagogy with children in grades 1-6 (ages 6-12). It specifically addresses how World Music Pedagogy applies to the characteristic learning needs of elementary school children: this stage of a child’s development—when minds are opening up to broader perspectives on the world—presents opportunities to develop meaningful multicultural understanding alongside musical knowledge and skills that can last a lifetime. This book is not simply a collection of case studies but rather one that offers theory and practical ideas for teaching world music to children. Classroom scenarios along with teaching and learning experiences are presented within the frame of World Music Pedagogy. Ethnomusicological issues of authenticity representation and context are addressed and illustrated supporting the ultimate goal of helping children better understand their world through music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138052796

World Music Pedagogy Volume III: Secondary School Innovations World Music Pedagogy Volume III: Secondary School Innovations provides a rationale and a resource for the implementation of World Music Pedagogy in middle and high school music classes grades 7–12 (ages 13–18). Such classes include secondary general music piano guitar songwriting composition/improvisation popular music world music music technology music production music history and music theory courses. This book is not a depository of ready-made lesson plans but rather a tool to help middle and high school teachers to think globally in the music classroom. Strategies and techniques of World Music Pedagogy are promoted by discussions of a multicultural music education descriptive vignettes of realistic teaching environments conversations with culture-bearers/pedagogues and prompts for self-reflection. This volume approaches important issues of multicultural education and social justice that are often neglected in music education texts—proving to be a valuable resource for both nascent music educators and veteran practitioners alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138041134

World Music Pedagogy Volume IV: Instrumental Music Education World Music Pedagogy Volume IV: Instrumental Music Education provides the perspectives and resources to help music educators craft world-inclusive instrumental music programs in their teaching practices. Given that school instrumental music programs—concert bands symphony orchestras and related ensembles—have borne musical traditions that broadly reflect Western art music and military bands instructors are often educated within the European conservatory framework. Yet a culturally diverse and inclusive music pedagogy can enrich expand and transform these instrumental music programs to great effect. Drawing from years of experience as practicing music educators and band and orchestra leaders the authors present a vision characterized by both real-world applicability and a great depth of perspective. Lesson plans rehearsal strategies and vignettes from practicing teachers constitute valuable resources. With carefully tuned ears to intellectual currents throughout the broader music education community World Music Pedagogy Volume IV provides readers with practical approaches and strategies for creating world-inclusive instrumental music programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138041226

World Music Pedagogy Volume V: Choral Music Education World Music Pedagogy Volume V: Choral Music Education explores specific applications of the World Music Pedagogy process to choral music education in elementary middle and high school contexts as well as within community settings. The text provides clear and accessible information to help choral music educators select rehearse and perform a diverse global repertoire. It also guides directors in creating a rich cultural context for learners emphasizing listening moving and playing activities as meaningful music-making experiences. Commentary on quality commercially available world music repertoire bridges the gap between the philosophy of World Music Pedagogy and the realities of the performance-based choral classroom. All chapters open with a series of vignettes that illuminate the variety of possibilities within multiple K-12 contexts providing the reader with a sense of how the ideas presented might look "on the ground." Ready-to-integrate activities serve as concrete and pedagogically sound examples to guide directors as they develop their own instructional materials according to the needs of their choir. Content features choral and vocal music-making traditions from South and West Africa; Latin America; Southeast East and South Asia; the Pacific Islands; Australia; New Zealand; Scandinavia; and the Baltics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138058620

World Music Pedagogy Volume VI: School-Community Intersections World Music Pedagogy Volume VI: School-Community Intersections provides students with a resource for delving into the meaning of "world music" across a broad array of community contexts and develops the multiple meanings of community relative to teaching and learning music of global and local cultures. It clarifies the critical need for teachers to work in tandem with community musicians and artists in order to bridge the unnecessary gulf that often separates school music from the music of the world beyond school and to consider the potential for genuine collaborations across this gulf. The five-layered features of World Music Pedagogy are specifically addressed in various school-community intersections with attention to the collaboration of teachers with local community artist-musicians and with community musicians-at-a-distance who are available virtually. The authors acknowledge the multiple routes teachers are taking to enable and encourage music learning in community contexts such as their work in after-school academies museums and libraries eldercare centers places of worship parks and recreation centers and other venues in which adults and children gather to learn music make music and become convivial through music This volume suggests that the world’s musical cultures may be found locally can be tapped virtually and are important in considerations of music teaching and learning in schools and community contexts. Authors describe working artists and teachers scenarios vignettes and teaching and learning experiences that happen in communities and that embrace the role of community musicians in schools all of which will be presented with supporting theoretical frameworks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138068483

World Music Pedagogy Volume VII: Teaching World Music in Higher Education World Music Pedagogy Volume VII: Teaching World Music in Higher Education addresses a pedagogical pathway of varied strategies for teaching world music in higher education offering concrete means for diversifying undergraduate studies through world music culture courses. While the first six volumes in this series have detailed theoretical and applied principles of World Music Pedagogy within K-12 public schools and broader communities this seventh volume is chiefly concerned with infusing culture-rich musical experiences through world music courses at the tertiary level presenting a compelling argument for the growing need for such perspectives and approaches. These chapters include discussions of the logical trajectories of the framework into world music courses through which the authors seek to challenge the status quo of lecture-only academic courses in some college and university music programs. Unique to this series each of these chapters illustrates practical procedures for incorporating the WMP framework into sample classes. However this volume (like the rest of the series) is not a prescriptive "recipe book" of lesson plans. Rather it seeks to enrich the conversation surrounding cultural diversity in music through philosophically-rooted social justice-conscious and practice-oriented perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367231736

World Music: A Global Journey World Music: A Global Journey Fourth Edition takes students around the world to experience the diversity of musical expression and cultural traditions. It is known for its breadth in surveying the world's major cultures in a systematic study of world music within a strong pedagogical framework. As one would prepare for any journey each chapter starts with background preparation reviewing the historical cultural and musical overview of the region. Visits to multiple "sites" within a region provide in-depth studies of varied musical traditions. Music analysis begins with an experiential "first impression" of the music followed by an "aural analysis" of the sound and prominent musical elements. Finally students are invited to consider the cultural connections that give the music its meaning and life. Fourth Edition features: New sites! Plena from Puerto Rico Chuida from China Gagaku from Japan has returned from the Second Edition New "Inside Look" features spotlight distinguished ethnomusicologists such as Dr. Terence Liu K.S. Resni Dr. Sumarsam Dr. Mick Moloney Walter Mahovlich Natalie MacMaster and Gilbert Velez Addition of DANCE inseparable to musical expression in some cultures Updates as needed resulting from various changes in culture politics and war New and revised test questions new photos and other revised resources The dynamic companion website hosts interactive listening guides plus many student and instructor resources. A set of three CDs is available either in the hardcover or paperback packages or as a stand-alone purchase.                                                                                   PURCHASING OPTIONS Print Paperback Pack - Book and CD set: 9781138911277 Print Hardback Pack - Book and CD set: 9781138911284 Print Paperback - Book only: 9781138911314 Audio CD: 9781138697805 eBook Pack - eBook and mp3 file: 9781315692791* *For eBook users please email ebooksupplementaryrequests@tandf.co.uk with proof of purchase to obtain access to the mp3 audio compilation. An access code and instructions will be provided. (The mp3 audio compilation is not available for separate sale.) Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138911314

World Music: A Global Journey World Music: A Global Journey Fifth Edition explores the diversity of musical expression around the world taking students across the globe to experience cultural traditions that challenge the ear the mind and the spirit. It surveys world music within a systematic study of the world’s major cultures supported by a strong pedagogical framework. Providing historical and cultural overviews of the world’s seven continents and fortified by in-depth studies of varied musical traditions World Music: A Global Journey is known for its student-friendly approach and lively visits to “sites” that host musics of the world. The robust companion website with audio is ideal for online coursework. FEATURES Easy-to-follow proven chapter structure organized by geographic region Listening Guides detailed maps and hundreds of colorful photos with more than two dozen new images Coverage of an eclectic blend of world musics including both popular and traditional music New “Inside Look” entries spotlight distinguished ethnomusicologists and musicians such as Patricia Shehan-Campbell Oleg Kruglyakov Chan E. Park Vivek Virani and Mia Gormandy New “Musical Markers” feature that summarizes key musical elements of each audio example New site visiting Georgia a new “Explore More” feature focused on Slovenian Polka a new track for North Indian Raga with sitar and much more New streamed music delivery! Hosted on the book’s dedicated website Audiobook—extra value! Presented by chapter on the book website Used in classrooms around the globe World Music: A Global Journey Fifth Edition is an internationally acclaimed and best-selling fundamental resource for students and instructors to begin their exploration of world music and culture. www.routledge.com/cw/miller Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367423148

World Nuclear Power Originally published in 1991 this comprehensive volume provides not only technical information regardig the global nuclear power industry but also discusses the economic social and political issues which have an impact on the industry. There are specific chapters on the nuclear industry in the USA & Canada Western Europe the former USSR and Eastern Europe and East Asia which examine in detail the particular set of geographical and economic conditions which affect each area. Including an extensive glossary figures and tabulated information this book remains one of the most accessible impartial and thorough studies of the global nucelar industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138306400

World Of E-Government The Explore the latest groundbreaking e-government insider information! The World of E-Government investigates how electronic communication is helping to revolutionize democracies across the globe. Using case studies cutting-edge research and commentary from some of the field’s foremost researchers practitioners and industry leaders this first-of-its-kind volume explores the enormous future potential of e-government as it links all world citizens locally regionally nationally and internationally. This pioneering text offers the experiences of many leading countries using electronic government showing you what mistakes they made the benefits they’ve reaped and the impact of e-government to democracy traditional government and international commerce. Contributors to this timely book include some of the world’s leading practitioners in e-government—people who were actually involved in establishing and shaping the experiences of countries now ranked as leaders in e-government projects. These authorities reveal how their countries successfully implemented e-strategies to directly benefit their citizens. The World of E-Government details how electronic government is being used to govern and change the lives of citizens online in such areas of the world as: the United States Singapore Canada the European Union Australia New Zealand Germany This book will give you a better understanding of: how to best plan for citizen use of e-government how countries have avoided waste and unnecessary spending how e-government can move forward by using optimal planning and previous experiences what citizens expect of e-government in countries around the globe the realities the latest initiatives and the future of e-government in America Europe and elsewhere The World of E-Government is an essential book for all elected officials and their staffs e-government practitioners researchers and information specialists to use in order to stay up-to-date with the growing needs of the general public. The advice offered in this text can help you improve service delivery provide vital information to the public and enhance public participation online. This volume contains useful bibliographies additional readings tables and figures to further your career or research studies in public administration government political science law education or information technology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708309

World of Our MakingRules and Rule in Social Theory and International Relations World of our Making is a major contribution to contemporary social science. Now reissued in this volume Onuf’s seminal text is key reading for anyone who wishes to study modern international relations. Onuf understands all of international relations to be a matter of rules and rule in foreign behaviour. The author draws together the rules of international relations explains their source and elaborates on their implications through a vast array of interdisciplinary thinkers such as Kenneth Arrow J.L. Austin Max Black Michael Foucault Anthony Giddens Jurgen Habermas Lawrence Kohlberg Harold Lasswell Talcott Parsons Jean Piaget J.G.A. Pocock John Roemer John Scarle and Sheldon Wolin. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415630399

World of WorkcraftRediscovering Motivation and Engagement in the Digital Workplace Research demonstrated some years ago that there is a strong positive correlation between ’play’ ’fun’ and organisational performance. More recently organisations have started to wrestle with the idea of how to engage the skills and motivation of the video game generation; as customers and as employees. The practical application of gamification is part of the disruptive innovation that offers businesses radical new ways of working learning and performing. In a nutshell gamification is the concept of applying engaging elements of game theory to non-game applications. An example would be to create a game to learn something new for work. Companies need to embrace the idea of blending games with work. And in order for that to happen gamification must have a basic knowledge base and skill set as well as both theory and practical application of its core principles. Dale Roberts’s World of Workcraft provides the context and background to the need for and potential benefit of gamification as a means of turning a traditional corporate culture and structure into a dynamic community. He also provides guidance on how to (and how not to) introduce these concepts successfully. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472429056

World on the EdgeHow to Prevent Environmental and Economic Collapse In this urgent time World on the Edge calls out the pivotal environmental issues and how to solve them now. We are in a race between political and natural tipping points. Can we close coal-fired power plants fast enough to save the Greenland ice sheet and avoid catastrophic sea level rise? Can we raise water productivity fast enough to halt the depletion of aquifers and avoid water-driven food shortages? Can we cope with peak water and peak oil at the same time? These are some of the issues Lester R. Brown skilfully distils in World on the Edge. Bringing decades of research and analysis into play he provides the responses needed to reclaim our future. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849775205

World Peace Through LawReplacing War with the Global Rule of Law This book deals with the history and future of the concept of ‘world peace through law’ (WPTL) which advocates replacing the use of international force with the global rule of law. WPTL calls for replacing war with the global rule of law by arms reductions including the abolition of nuclear weapons global alternative dispute resolution mechanisms and various enforcement mechanisms. This book sets forth a three-part proposal: 1) arms reductions – primarily the abolition of nuclear weapons with necessarily concomitant reductions in conventional forces; 2) a four-stage system of global alternative dispute resolution (ADR) utilizing both law and equity; 3) adequate enforcement mechanisms including a UN Peace Force. The core of this proposal is alternative dispute resolution mechanisms—international ADR. International ADR would consist of a four-stage process of compulsory negotiation compulsory mediation compulsory arbitration. and compulsory adjudication by the World Court. The fundamental proposition of this book is that the use of alternatives to war global ADR is the ultimate solution to the problem of peace. The full implementation of WPTL will entail a vast array of progressive initiatives on many fronts including abolition of nuclear weapons with the global rule of law being the capstone to all of these developments. This book will be of great interest to students of peace studies arms control international law and world politics.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367232993

World Perspectives in Education Originally published in 1962. In this book the main problems of contemporary education are illustrated with fresh material from many countries and assessed in a context of rapid change in technology society and politics. Familiar educational concerns are carefully considered; but the altered status of schools teachers and homes in relation to competing influences receives particular attention. Recent reforms in the Soviet Union and the development of education in Asia and Africa are assessed vis-a-vis topical questions and proposals in Great Britain the United States and several Western European countries. The book is therefore useful both for ‘problem' studies in comparative education and for an up-to-date review of principles and practices in a critically formative period. It is also intended to present a study of education that will be widely educative and contribute to world understanding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138544659

World Petroleum Resources And Reserves This book describes and analyzes the geological basis for the current world petroleum situation. It explains the formation and accumulation of conventional and unconventional oil and gas and the methods used by geologists in the search for petroleum and petroleum-containing basins. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216788

World Philosophies World Philosophies presents in one volume a superb introduction to all the world’s major philosophical and religious traditions. Covering all corners of the globe Ninian Smart’s work offers a comprehensive and global philosophical and religious picture. In this revised and expanded second edition a team of distinguished scholars assembled by the editor Oliver Leaman have brought Ninian Smart’s masterpiece up to date for the twenty-first century. Chapters have been revised by experts in the field to include recent philosophical developments and the book includes a new bibliographic guide to resources in world philosophies. A brand new introduction which celebrates the career and writings of Ninian Smart and his contribution to the study of world religions helps set the work in context. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315811888

World Political Systems after Polarity What will the current global political order look like when American unipolarity ends? Historically the power configurations of world political systems have been defined by four structures: multipolarity tripolarity bipolarity and unipolarity. These concepts inform both the formulation and the analysis of short-term policies and long-term grand strategies of powerful actors in the world political order and may be of profound importance to the future peace and stability of the global system. The concept of nonpolarity however has never been addressed as a possible or a potential structural formulation in the nomenclature of global political systems. This book provides a coherent conceptualization of nonpolarity and how diplomacy will operate in a more collective age and fits into the ongoing discussion about the nature of the political world order as we approach the end of the "American century." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138212060

World Politics in TranslationPower Relationality and Difference in Global Cooperation Virtually all pertinent issues that the world faces today – such as nuclear proliferation climate change the spread of infectious disease and economic globalization – imply objects that move. However surprisingly little is known about how the actual objects of world politics are constituted how they move and how they change while moving. This book addresses these questions through the concept of 'translation' – the simultaneous processes of object constitution transportation and transformation. Translations occur when specific forms of knowledge about the environment international human rights norms or water policies consolidate travel and change. World Politics in Translation conceptualizes 'translation' for International Relations by drawing on theoretical insights from Literary Studies Postcolonial Scholarship and Science and Technology Studies. The individual chapters explore how the concept of translation opens new perspectives on development cooperation the diffusion of norms and organizational templates the performance in and of international organizations or the politics of international security governance. This book constitutes an excellent resource for students and scholars in the fields of Politics International Relations Social Anthropology Development Studies and Sociology. Combining empirically grounded case studies with methodological reflection and theoretical innovation the book provides a powerful and productive introduction to world politics in translation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367248116

World Politics since 1945 “The most lucid comprehensive intelligent and reliable account of post-war modern history on the market.”                                    Teaching Politics   “The book compels admiration for its thoroughness its scope the masterly ordering of its immense material.”                                                            The Sunday TimesThe ninth edition of this enormously successful standard work has been expanded to take into account the developments of the last 10 years including the wars in Iraq Afghanistan and Sudan; the accelerating emergence of India and China as major powers; the major political developments in Latin America including the rise and perhaps fall of Chavez in Venezuela; the march of globalisation and the popular protest movements against; the expansion eastwards of the European Union; instability in the Middle East and the question of oil and energy supply.Marked throughout by Calvocoressi’s characteristic erudition and elegance World Politics since 1945 is essential reading for those who need to understand the great sweeps of contemporary history Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138132993

World PoliticsAn Introduction to International Relations A quick step-by-step guide to developing the practical negotiating skills that every business manager needs. The authors cover preparation strategy development getting started building understanding bargaining and closing the deal. Managers learn effective tools for negotiating within their own groups including organizing successful meetings and techniques for building consensus. What are the Most Common and Costly Mistakes Made by Ineffective Negotiating and How Can These Mistakes be Avoided? What are the Underlying Principles and Stages Which Govern the Negotiation Process? How Should We Manage Interpersonal Negotiations and What Are the Strategies and Tactics Used by Effective Negotiating Teams? What are the Different Approaches to Multi-Party Negotiations and Which Approach is Most Effective for Negotiating Across Cultures?The Essence of Management Series is an invaluable reference source for managers on short courses; for MBA and undergraduate students who want to get quickly to the heart of the subject; and as reference material for managers and aspiring managers wishing to improve their knowledge and skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157873

World PoliticsInternational Relations and Globalisation in the 21st Century   From the war on terror to the global financial crisis traditional concepts of world politics are being challenged on a daily basis. In these uncertain times the study of international relations and the forces that shape them have never been more important.   Written specifically for students who are approaching this subject for the first time World Politics is the most accessible coherent and up-to-date account of the field available. It covers the historical backdrop to today’s political situations the complex interactions of states and non-state actors the role of political economy human security in all its forms and the ways in which culture religion and identity influence events.   World Politics takes a new approach that challenges traditional interpretations and will equip students with the knowledge and the confidence needed to tackle the big issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138129696

World Population and World Food Supplies Originally published in 1954. This great work surveys the distribution of the world’s population and the food production of all countries chosen as important by reason of either their demands on the world food market or their contributions to it. The author concludes that the more advanced countries can be reasonably assured of food supplies for an indefinite period. The less advanced countries can no longer rely on self-contained systems: they must seek co-operation with the advanced countries to supply them with the appliances needed for a more highly developed agriculture. This book at the time gave statesmen and their scientific advisers agriculturalists and agricultural economists an invaluable new instrument. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367275983

World Power Trends And U.S. Foreign Policy For The 1980s This book based on information consolidated to cover the calendar years 1978 and 1979 assesses the power of nations in the international context as a basis for planning American defense and foreign policy. It suggests a realistic way of thinking about the balance of power in the 1980s. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429267918

World Prehistory and ArchaeologyPathways Through Time An Integrated Picture of Prehistory as an Active Process of Discovery World Prehistory and Archaeology: Pathways through Time fourth edition provides an integrated discussion of world prehistory and archaeological methods. This text emphasizes the relevance of how we know and what we know about our human prehistory. A cornerstone of World Prehistory and Archaeology is the discussion of prehistory as an active process of discovery. Methodological issues are addressed throughout the text to engage readers. Archaeological methods are introduced in the first two chapters. Succeeding chapters then address the question of how we know the past to provide an integrated presentation of prehistory. The fourth edition involves readers in the current state of archaeological research revealing how archaeologists work and interpret what they find. Through the coverage of various new research author Michael Chazan shows how archaeology is truly a global discipline. Learning Goals Upon completing this book readers will be able to: * Gain new perspectives and insights into who we are and how our world came into being. * Think about humanity from the perspective of archaeology. * Appreciate the importance of the archaeological record for contemporary society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138089464

World Prehistory and ArchaeologyPathways Through Time An integrated picture of prehistory as an active process of discovery. World Prehistory and Archaeology: Pathways through Time third edition provides an integrated discussion of world prehistory and archaeological methods. This text emphasizes the relevance of how we know and what we know about our human prehistory. A cornerstone of World Prehistory and Archaeology is the discussion of prehistory as an active process of discovery. Methodological issues are addressed throughout the text to engage readers. Archaeological methods are introduced in the first two chapters. Succeeding chapters then address the question of how we know the past to provide an integrated presentation of prehistory. The third edition involves readers in the current state of archaeological research revealing how archaeologists work and interpret what they find. Through the coverage of various new research author Michael Chazan shows how archaeology is truly a global discipline. Learning Goals Upon completing this book readers will be able to: * Gain new perspectives and insights into who we are and how our world came into being. * Think about humanity from the perspective of archaeology. * Appreciate the importance of the archaeological record for understanding contemporary society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780205896707

World PrehistoryA Brief Introduction This popular introductory textbook provides an overview of more than 3 million years of human prehistory. Written in an accessible and jargon-free style this engaging volume tells the story of humanity from our beginnings in tropical Africa up to the advent of the world’s first urban civilizations. A truly global account World Prehistory surveys the latest advances in the study of human origins and describes the great diaspora of modern humans in the millennia that followed as they settled Europe Asia and the Americas. Later chapters consider seminal milestones in prehistory: the origins of food production the colonization of the offshore Pacific and the development of the first more complex human societies based for the most part on agriculture and stock raising. Finally Fagan and Durrani examine the prevailing theories regarding early state-organized societies and the often flamboyant usually volatile preindustrial civilizations that developed in the Old World and the Americas. Fully updated to reflect new research controversies and theoretical debates this unique book remains an ideal resource for the beginner first approaching archaeology. Drawing on the experience of two established writers in the field World Prehistory is a respected classic that acquaints students with the fascinations of human prehistory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367278519

World Religions for Healthcare Professionals Religious beliefs and customs can significantly shape patients' and professionals' attitudes toward and expectations of healthcare as well as their wishes and personal boundaries regarding such daily matters as dress diet prayer and touch. Undoubtedly the sensitivity with which clinicians communicate with patients and make decisions regarding appropriate medical intervention can be greatly increased by an understanding of religious as well as other forms of cultural diversity. This second edition of a popular and established text offers healthcare students and professionals a clear and concise overview of health beliefs and practices in world religions including Hinduism Buddhism Jainism  Confucianism Taoism Sikhism Islam Judaism and Christianity. Adopting a consistent structure each chapter considers the demographic profile of the community the religion’s historical development and key beliefs and practices including views regarding health and sickness death and dying. Each chapter also ends with a useful checklist of advice on what to do and what to avoid along with recommendations for further reading both online and in print form. The book’s clear and consistent style ensures that readers with little background knowledge can find the information they need and assimilate it easily. A brand new chapter on applications and a set of new case studies illustrating issues in clinical practice enhance this wide-ranging book’s value to students and practitioners alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138189140

World SavannasEcology and Human Use An interdisciplinary text on the world's savannas covering the geography ecology economics and politics of savanna regions. Savannas are a distinct vegetation type covering a third of the world's land surface area and supporting a fifth of the world's population. There has been a wide range of literature on the subject but the majority of work has focused on the ecology or development of savanna areas ignoring the wider interdisciplinary issues affecting contemporary savannas. World Savannas aims to buck this trend providing students with an up-to-date and comprehensive introduction to the global importance of savannas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142893

World Soil Resources and Food Security Soil—The Basis of All Terrestrial Life Ancient civilizations and cultures—Mayan Aztec Mesopotamian Indus and Yangtze—were built on good soils surviving only as long as soils had the capacity to support them. In the twenty-first century productive soil is still the engine of economic development and essential to human well-being. The quality of our soil resources however is threatened by human-induced and natural perturbations. World Soil Resources and Food Security takes an in-depth look at the availability and status of soil resources in the context of the growing demands of an increasing world population and rising expectations of living standards. This timely reference presents current information on the soil resources available for food production. Presenting innovative strategies for soil and water management it discusses how to maintain or improve the world’s soil resources in order to increase food production. With the majority of the world’s 1.02 billion food-insecure people concentrated in South Asia and sub-Saharan Africa several chapters focus on soil resources in these regions. Contributions from renowned scientists deal with topics including: Global food situations World soil resources Soil resources of humid Asia and their acidification Soil resources of South Asia Properties and management of Vertisols Use of radioisotopic techniques in soil management The potential of rain-fed agriculture in the semiarid tropics The status of land degradation Nutrient balance in sub-Saharan Africa The book concludes by outlining the need for further research to generate credible data on soil resources and degradation. This volume is a useful resource for those interested in the state of the soils of the world in relation to food security and environmental quality. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439844502

World Soybean Research Conference II This book contains seventy-four of the papers presented at the World Soybean Research Conference II held in March 26-29 1979 at North Carolina State University. It serves as an excellent resource for students and scientists involved in various phases of soybean research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367216818

World Soybean Research Conference Ii Abstracts The result of strong international interest in the soybean the World Soybean Research Conference II was held March 26-29 1979 at North Carolina State University. This volume contains summaries of the more than two hundred papers presented at that meeting. The authors international authorities in their fields represent sixteen areas of professi Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367216856

World Strategic Highways First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315062204

World Sustainable Development Outlook 2007Knowledge Management and Sustainable Development in the 21st Century The World Sustainable Development Outlook series has been developed to provide an overview of sustainable development to discuss why it is important and to provoke forward thinking on the development of a more coherent approach to solving global problems related to sustainability through science and technology. In doing so a holistic approach is used to critically examine the interrelationship between the natural governmental economic and social dimensions of our world and how science and technology can contribute to solutions.  This is a truly global source book which is reflected in the varied national and cultural origins of the contributors as well as the topics and case studies covered. Each year a different theme will be covered. The theme of World Sustainable Development Outlook 2007 is the different dimensions of knowledge and technology management in the new era of information revolution and how they relate to sustainable development.  Rapid innovation in information and communication technologies (ICTs) is clearly reshaping the world we live in. Countries are increasingly judged by whether they are information-rich or information-poor. It is estimated that 30–40% of the world's economic growth and 40–50% of all new jobs will be IT-driven. Education and knowledge are the chief currencies of the modern age and can also be a strategic resource and a lifeline for sustainable development. Yet in Africa millions of people have never made a telephone call.  The technological gulf between developed and developing countries (DCs) is likely to widen further with the rapid expansion of the internet and the speedy transition to digitalisation in the West. The impacts on DCs may include an increase in the so-called brain drain and growing dependence on foreign aid of a different kind – knowledge aid. There are fears that knowledge imperialism is already with us.  What is clear is that most of the technological innovations in ICTs are Western-designed and fail to address the needs of the most disadvantaged. The interest of industrialised countries in the use of ICTs in DCs has largely been more concerned with the profitability of their own business enterprises than with any broader goals concerning the development of the host countries. DCs face the challenge of either becoming an integral part of the knowledge-based global economy or the very real danger of finding themselves on the wrong side of the digital divide. Successful management in the new millennium requires developing new methods and approaches to meet the challenges and opportunities of this information revolution while at the same time fostering sustainable development.  Adopting a holistic approach this book aims to critically examine the interrelationship between these different issues in order to reach solutions and a consensus for a better future taking into account a variety of international institutional and intellectual perspectives. It uses case and country studies in technological innovation and experience so that lessons in effective management of ICTs can be learned from successful initiatives ideas and innovations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351280242

World Sustainable Development Outlook 2011Sharing Knowledge Making a Difference: The Role of International Scientific Cooperation The World Sustainable Development Outlook series has been developed to provide an overview of sustainable development to discuss why it is important and to provoke forward thinking on the development of a more coherent approach to solving global problems related to sustainability through science and technology. In doing so a holistic approach is used to critically examine the interrelationship between the natural governmental economic and social dimensions of our world and how science and technology can contribute to solutions. This is a truly global source book which is reflected in the varied national and cultural origins of the contributors as well as the topics and case studies covered. Each year a different theme will be covered.Outlook 2011 includes a selection of the best papers presented during the 9th International Conference of World Association for Sustainable Development (WASD) under the theme “Sharing Knowledge Making a Difference: The Role of International Scientific Cooperation.” Papers in this book critically propose new ways to return to the basic principles of international scientific co-operation between developed and developing countries (DCs) supporting partnerships and sharing knowledge. It is hoped that this book will help to stimulate debate amongst scholars researchers and policy-makers. The six main parts of the book are: Science Technology and Innovation ICTs and Knowledge Management Education Learning and Public Policy International Business Entrepreneurship and Development Sustainability Management and the Environment Public Health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781907106231

World Sustainable Development Outlook 2013Sustainable Development: New Multi-Disciplinary Approaches and Methodologies ­The World Sustainable Development Outlook series has been developed to provide an overview of sustainable development (SD) to discuss why it is important and to provoke forward thinking on the development of a more coherent approach to solving global problems related to sustainability through science and technology. Outlook 2013 includes a selection of the best papers presented during the 11th International Conference of WASD held in London School of Economics and Political Science (LSE) London UK in the period 2-4 September 2013. The main parts of the book are: Sustainable economic development Climate change and the environment Public policy and development Science technology and innovation management Knowledge management and ICTs International business and entrepreneurship Finance and accounting Services research Transportation research Public Health. This book emphasizes the fact that the responsibility for achieving SD is a global one resting both with the more developed and the less developed nations if not in equal measure. Therefore we must think globally but act locally. We must also ensure that we pass on to our children at least as much environmental wealth as we inherited ourselves. Moreover it is hoped that the outcomes of this book will help develop a framework for the analysis of the role of academic and research institutions in achieving SD and help policy-makers to constructs an “ideal role” for universities and research institutions in DCs and outlines how performance can be evaluated in pursuit of the goals of SD. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781907106149

World Sustainable Development Outlook 2014West Meet East: Sharing the Past and Current Experience to Benefit the Future The World Sustainable Development Outlook series has been developed to provide an overview of sustainable development to discuss why it is important and to provoke forward thinking on the development of a more coherent approach to solving global problems related to sustainability through science and technology. Outlook 2014 includes a selection of the best papers presented during the 12th International Conference of WASD held in the period 13-15th August 2014 in Montreal Canada. Contributors in this volume share their research and work experiences from all over the world addressing topics of great importance such as public health education transportation and many more; the emphasis being on the importance of evidence-based planning to achieve a sustainable future for all. The main parts of this book are: Sustainable development perspectives and measures; Climate change energy and the environment; Science and technology for sustainability; Innovation and knowledge management; Services and performance management; Business and sustainability; International business and entrepreneurship; Accounting economics and finance; Public policy and development; Gender and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781907106316

World Sustainable Development Outlook 2015Green Behavior: Re-thinking Policy for Sustainability The World Sustainable Development Outlook series has been developed to provide an overview of sustainable development to discuss why it is important and to provoke forward thinking on the development of a more coherent approach to solving global problems related to sustainability through science and technology. Outlook 2015 presents the outcome of various studies and researches in the field of green behavior and how it contributes to an environment in which information and tools are needed to make greener choices for actions that support environmental goals and tailoring policies to suit markets for a global sustainable future. This book includes a selection of the best papers presented during the 13th International Conference of WASD held in Istanbul Turkey 1-3 June 2015. The selected papers attempt to demonstrate clearly the challenges and outline possible solutions and recommendations for adopting green behaviour in our daily activities. The different chapters selected have tremendous scope in both focus and source covering a broad geographical spectrum including Africa America Asia Australia Caribbean China Europe India and the Middle East. The main parts of the book are: Green behavior and eco-friendly decision-making processes; Environment management and sustainability; Climate change energy and sustainable development; Transportation engineering and sustainability; Innovation management; Learning and knowledge management; Entrepreneurship and sustainable economic development; Business management and service sector management; Science technology and sustainability; and Public health and food safety. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781907106354

World Sustainable Development Outlook 2016 The World Sustainable Development Outlook series has been developed to provide an overview of sustainable development to discuss why it is important and to provoke forward thinking on the development of a more coherent approach to solving global problems related to sustainability through science and technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783535514

World Terrorism: An Encyclopedia of Political Violence from Ancient Times to the Post-9/11 EraAn Encyclopedia of Political Violence from Anc This is a 3-volume book. First Published in 2015. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765682840

World Textile Industry This book analyzes the competitive forces which dominate this major sector and traces how the nature of competition has evolved during the last two hundred years. Through an analysis of key factors including demand related and supporting industries firm strategy structure and national rivalry chance and government policy the author explains how and why the locus of competitive advantage in textiles and apparel has moved from country to country particularly in the period since 1945. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138997578

World TheatreThe Basics World Theatre: The Basics presents a well-rounded introduction to non-Western theatre exploring the history and current practice of theatrical traditions in Asia Africa the Middle East Oceania the Caribbean and the non-English-speaking cultures of the Americas. Featuring a selection of case studies and examples from each region it helps the reader to understand the key issues surrounding world theatre scholarship and global postcolonial and transnational performance practices. An essential read for anyone seeking to learn more about world theatre World Theatre: The Basics provides a clear accessible roadmap for approaching non-Western theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138838055

World Theories of Theatre World Theories of Theatre expands the horizons of theatrical theory beyond the West providing the tools essential for a truly global approach to theatre. Identifying major debates in theatrical theory from around the world combining discussions of the key theoretical questions facing theatre studies with extended excerpts from primary materials specific primary materials case studies and coverage of Southern Africa the Caribbean North Africa and the Middle East Oceania Latin America East Asia and India. The volume is divided into three sections: Theoretical questions which applies cross-cultural perspectives to key issues from aesthetics to postcolonialism interculturalism and globalization. Cultural and literary theory which is organised by region  presenting a range of theatrical theories in their historical and cultural context. Practical exercises which provides a brief series of suggestions for physical exploration of these theoretical concepts. World Theories of Theatre presents fresh vital ways of thinking about the theatre highlighting the extraordinary diversity of approaches available to scholars and students of theatre studies.   This volume includes theoretical excerpts from: Zeami Motokiyo Bharata Muni Wole Soyinka Femi Osofisan Uptal Dutt Saadallah Wannous Enrique Buenaventura Derek Walcott Werewere Liking Maryrose Casey Augusto Boal Tadashi Suzuki Jiao Juyin Oriza Hirata Gao Xingjian Roma Potiki Poile Sengupta   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138822566

World Tourism CitiesDeveloping Tourism Off the Beaten Track This book presents new research on the capacity of big cities to generate new tourism areas as visitors discover and help create new urban experiences off the beaten track. It examines similarities and differences in these processes in a group of established world cities located in the global circuits of tourism. The cities featured are Berlin New York London Paris and Sydney. In these cities experienced city visitors are contributing to the ‘discovery’ of new places to visit. Many neighbourhoods close to the historic centre and to traditional attractions offer the mix of cultural difference and consumption opportunities that can create new experiences for distinctive groups of city users. Each of the cities included in the book offers rich experiences of the re-imagining and re-branding of neighbourhoods off the beaten track and informative stories of the complex relationships between visitors residents and others and of the ambitions of public policy to reproduce these new tourism experiences in other parts of the city. World Tourism Cities brings together current research in each of the cities and relates the often separate field of tourism research to some of the mainstream themes of debate in urban studies addressing topics such as consumption markets and spaces. Drawing on original research in this important group of cities this book has significant messages for public policy. In addition the book engages directly with a range of important current academic debates â€“ about world cities about cities as sites of consumption and about the smaller scales at which urban neighbourhoods are being transformed. The range of cities and the messages about the making of attractive places provides a timely resource for those focused in this area and the book will also have an appeal among those experienced and sophisticated city users that it focuses on. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415762038

World Trade EvolutionGrowth Productivity and Employment The book provides theoretical and empirical evidence on how world trade evolves how trade affects resource allocation how trade competition affects productivity how China shock affects world trade and how trade affects large and small countries. It is a useful reference which focuses on new approaches to international trade by looking into country-specific as well as firm-product level-specific cases.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367504380

World Trade Organization (WTO)Law Economics and Politics The World Trade Organization (WTO) is one of the most important international organizations in existence today. It contains a set of disciplines that affect the ability of governments to impose trade restrictions and has helped to support the steady expansion of international trade since the 1950s. The WTO has been the focus of vociferous protests by anti-globalization activists and has experienced great difficulties in agreeing to new trade rules since its establishment. At the same time it has become the premier global forum for the settlement of trade disputes and has proven to provide a robust framework for international cooperation in the trade area. This book separates the facts from the propaganda and provides an accessible overview of the WTO’s history structure and policies as well as a discussion of the future of the organization. It also confronts the criticisms of the WTO and assesses their validity. New to the second edition: discussion of legislative amendments to the WTO Agreement in particular Aid for Trade the Agreement on Trade Facilitation and the Bali Package evaluation of case law developments and major disputes since 2007 including analysis of the WTO and the financial crisis – in particular the trade policy responses of WTO Members and institutional response reflection on recent shifts to mega-regional agreements (TPP TISA TTIP) and their implications what next post Bali? Fully updated throughout this book continues to be essential reading for students of international trade international political economy commercial law and international organizations as well as activists and others interested in a balanced account of a key global institution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138823150

World War I Once-dominant images of the First World War as a futile contest fought by innocent soldiers and wasteful generals have given way to more sophisticated scholarly analyses. This volume presents some of the most innovative work of this new generation of research on the War to End All Wars. Taking a global and comparative perspective these essays place the War in a wide global and thematic context greatly enhancing our understanding of one of the most important and complex events of the 20th Century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399148

World War II in Contemporary German and Dutch FictionThe Generation of Meta-Memory World War II in Contemporary German and Dutch Fiction: The Generation of Meta-Memory offers a comparative study of the construction of World War II memory in contemporary German Flemish and Dutch literature. More specifically it investigates in what ways the large temporal distance to the historical events has impacted how literary writers from these three literatures have negotiated its meaning and form during the last decades. To that end this book offers analyses of nine novels that demonstrate a pronounced reflexivity on the conditions of contemporary remembering. Rather than a dig for historical truth or a struggle with historical trauma these novels reflect on the transmission the narrative shapes the formation processes and the functions of World War II memory today while asserting a self-conscious and often irreverent approach toward established mnemonic routines practices and rules. As the analyses show this approach is equally articulated through the novels’ poetics which are marked by a large formal diversity and a playfulness that highlights mnemonic agency a posttraumatic positioning and the ascendency of the literary over the historiographical. Based on these findings this book proposes the emergence of a new paradigm within the postwar cultural assessment of World War II: the generation of meta-memory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367473730

World War II in EuropeAn Encyclopedia First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315057873

World War II in the Pacific World War II laid the groundwork for much of the international system that exists today especially in the Pacific Rim. This brief but comprehensive survey of the War in the Pacific incorporates both United States and Japanese perspectives providing a global approach to the Asian theater of the conflict. Drawing on decades of new scholarship and written in an engaging narrative style this book traces United States-Japanese relations from the late nineteenth century to the war's end in 1945. It covers every aspect of the war and gives special attention to ongoing historical debates over key issues. The book also provides new details of many facets of the conflict including expansionism during the 1930s events and policies leading up to the war the importance of air power and ground warfare military planning and strategic goals the internment of Japanese-Americans in the U.S. Allied plans and disputes over Russian participation the decision to drop the atomic bomb and conditions for surrender. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315697987

World War II in the PacificAn Encyclopedia Stanley Sandler one of America's most respected and best-known military historians has brought together over 300 entries by some 200 specialists in the field to create the first encyclopedia specifically devoted to the Pacific Theatre of World War II.Extending far beyond battles and hardware the coverage ranges from high policy-making grand strategy and the significant persons and battles of the conflict to the organization of the Allied and Japanese divisions aircraft armor artillery psychological warfare warships and the home fronts covering the interactions of each topic along the way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415763721

World War IIA Short History Highly regarded for its concise clarification of the complexities of World War II this book illuminates the origins course and long-range effects of the war. It provides a balanced account that analyzes both the European and Pacific theaters of operations and the connections between them. The Fifth Edition incorporates new material based on the latest scholarship offering updated conclusions on key topics and expanded coverage throughout. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780205660568

World War IIAn Encyclopedia of Quotations An all-encompassing book with more than a thousand quotations this work breathes life into an era unprecedented in world history. It looks at World War II in a new way with quotations from speeches news accounts memoirs and interviews. Represented too are captured documents and material from Ultra and Magic which broke the German and Japanese secret codes. All major political and military figures of the war are included as well as many hitherto unknown. In addition the encyclopedia serves as a lexicon of slang nicknames and code names and of war movies and war songs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315062655

World War Two Legacies in East AsiaChina Remembers the War How to remember World War Two in East Asia is a huge source of friction between China and Japan causing major diplomatic and political difficulties right up to the present. As this book shows however there is also disagreement within these countries as to how to remember the war which in the case of China began immediately after the war and lasted with varying degrees of intensity until the famous "textbook incident" of 1982 marked the beginning of a more strongly anti-Japanese position. Based on extensive original research the book explores how China’s remembrance of the war has evolved over time. It not only explores the roles played by the national as well as local state actors in the formation of the Chinese war memory but also pays attention to the individual Chinese people. It considers particular aspects of commemoration in China explores the corresponding situation in Japan and discusses the continuing impact on the relationship between the two countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889449

World War TwoCrucible of the Contemporary World - Commentary and Readings This anthology contains 16 readings by English-language scholars that deal with military political diplomatic and social aspects of World War II and its consequences for the contemporary world. The readings are grouped around seven major topics and each topic is prefaced with a substantial commentary by Professor Lee that places it in historical context. The readings consist of complete articles or integral chapters rather than abridged selections so that each author's argument can be read in its original form. The authors are: Gerhard L. Weinberg Akira Ireye Jan Thomasz Gross Betram M. Gordon Michael R. Marrus Hugh Tinker Roy Fraser Holland Lloyd E. Eastman Roberta Wohlstetter Williamson Murray Sheila Fitzpatrick D'Ann Campbell Robert M. Hathaway Melvyn P. Leffler A.J. Levine and Lawrence Freedman. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315489575

World WatchingStreetcorners and Newsbeats on a Journey through Anthropology This book reflects on the author’s distinguished scholarly career over half a century linking personal biography to changes in the discipline of anthropology. Ulf Hannerz presents a number of important essays and a brand new chapter that allow readers to track developments in his own thinking and interests as well as broader changes in the field. In doing so he provides students with valuable insight into the research process and the building of an anthropological career. Featuring work conducted in the United States Africa Sweden Hong Kong and the Cayman Islands the book spans a period in which anthropology adapted to new global circumstances and challenges. Hannerz covers the emergence of the fields of urban anthropology transnational anthropology and media anthropology in which he has played a significant role. The chapters demonstrate interdisciplinary openings toward other fields and bear witness to anthropology’s connections to world history and to public debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138315136

World Water VisionMaking Water Everybody's Business More than a billion people cannot get safe drinking water; half the world's population does not have adequate sanitation; within a generation over three billion will be suffering from water stress. This text analyzes the issues in this crisis of management and shows how water can be used effectively and productively. The key to sustainable water resources is an integrated approach. The authors assert that careful planning and concerted action can make the fundamental changes needed and that the implications of not dealing with the crisis are immense. The book comes with a CD ROM containing background research and scenarios. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138474482

World Wide WebHow to design and Construct Web Pages A practical introduction to the creation of Web pages this title has been fully revised and expanded to include the most recent developments in HTML. As well as covering the design issues surrounding Web pages it also includes sample HTML that can be incorporated into your pages with worked examples. This second edition covers areas such as frames and tables Java and CGI scripts. Includes:1. What is the Internet and where does the Web fit into it? 2. Using the World Wide Web as a Web author 3. First steps in designing your Web page 4. Working with the search engines 5. Writing Web pages 6. Forms 7. Tables 8. Colour on your pages 9. Frames 10. JavaScript and CGI 11. Meta tags 12. Publishing your pages 13. Authoring tools 14. Adding multimedia to a page 15. Further Resources Glossary Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138439429

World Wide WeedGlobal Trends in Cannabis Cultivation and its Control For the majority of its history the cultivation of cannabis did not stand out at least compared to the cultivation of other illegal plants. Cannabis plantations like coca bush or opium poppy plantations were typically large in size grown by local farmers in a handful of developing (producing) countries processed and then exported to industrial (consuming) nations. While cocaine and heroin are still produced in a handful of developing countries cannabis cultivation is increasingly universal. From Europe to the Americas and Oceania import substitution in cannabis markets has been noticed in almost every developed country around the world with a notable aversion for discrimination. Geographical technological cultural and economic factors help to explain why (indoor and outdoor) domestic cultivation is well established and why the nature and extent of cultivation varies so dramatically across the western developed nations. As we start the second decade of the 21st century the new cannabis industry continues to fascinate both casual and academic observers of the drug scene. Researchers around the world have become increasingly interested in the phenomenon aiming to describe and potentially explain the rapid switch from importation to domestic production in their own countries. In bringing together some of the world's leading experts on cannabis cultivation this book contains sixteen chapters that take an interdisciplinary look at global trends in cannabis cultivation. It will serve as an exemplar for wider discussions of key theories and concepts relating to the spread not just of cannabis cultivation but also of illegal markets more generally the actors that operate within these markets and the policies and practices that are employed in response to developments within these markets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256842

World Without War J. D. Bernal was a scientist who helped to pioneer the use of x-ray crystallography and was a founder of the science of molecular biology. He was also well-known as a communist and closely associated with the peace movement. Originally published in 1958 revised in 1961 this title was written in the author’s words "to bring together the dark and the bright side of the new power that science has given to the mankind". At a time when politics was dominated by the hydrogen bomb and the rocket. People for the first time in their history were having to contemplate the potential destruction of civilization and even of life itself. While at the same time aware of the benefits of the opening stages of a new industrial revolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367244378

World yearbook of education 1965-1979 First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415509244

World Yearbook of Education 1965-2010 First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415509251

World Yearbook of Education 1965The Education Explosion First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415502559

World Yearbook of Education 1966Church and State in Education First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415505475

World Yearbook of Education 1967Educational Planning First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415502535

World Yearbook of Education 1968Education Within Industry First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415502511

World Yearbook of Education 1969Examinations First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415502504

World Yearbook of Education 1970Education in Cities First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415502498

World Yearbook of Education 1971/2Higher Education in a Changing World First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415502481

World Yearbook of Education 1972/3Universities Facing the Future First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415502467

World Yearbook of Education 1974Education and Rural Development First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415502450

World Yearbook of Education 1979Recurrent Education and Lifelong Learning First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415502351

World yearbook of education 1980-1990 First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415509237

World Yearbook of Education 1980The Professional Development of Teachers First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415502344

World Yearbook of Education 1981Education of Minorities First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759410

World Yearbook of Education 1982/3Computers and Education First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415502290

World Yearbook of Education 1984Women and Education First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501811

World Yearbook of Education 1985Research Policy and Practice First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501798

World Yearbook of Education 1986The Management of Schools First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501781

World Yearbook of Education 1987Vocational Education First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501767

World Yearbook of Education 1988Education for the New Technologies First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501750

World Yearbook of Education 1989Health Education First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501743

World Yearbook of Education 1990Assessment & Evaluation First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010451

World Yearbook of Education 1990Assessment and Evaluation First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501729

World Yearbook of Education 1991-2000 First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415509220

World Yearbook of Education 1991International Schools and International Education First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501705

World Yearbook of Education 1992Urban Education First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501699

World Yearbook of Education 1993Special Needs Education First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501682

World Yearbook of Education 1994The Gender Gap in Higher Education This study surveys the position of women in academic institutions across the world investigating the nature of the gender gap in various countries. The contributors analyze data predict future trends and summarize those strategies most successful in reducing gender inequality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501651

World Yearbook of Education 1995Youth Education and Work This annual summary of educational policies and practices worldwide includes discussion of multi-skills and flexibility school-work links qualifications and education for skills versus education for status. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501415

World Yearbook of Education 1997Intercultural Education This volume in the yearbook series examines the variety of educational responses to differing forms of diversity within states. The growth of nationalism and regionalism in many parts of the world is considered alongside the emergence of such international structures as the European Community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501378

World Yearbook of Education 1998Futures Education One of the central roles of education is to prepare students for the future and yet its study is often a neglected issue. This work focuses on the futures field as an educational resource using case studies from around the world and on the nature of education for sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501361

World Yearbook of Education 1999Inclusive Education Inclusive education" is the term now used to describe the incorporation of special needs into mainstream education. This selection of papers provides perspectives and dialogue on inclusive education from around the world defining the philosophical political and educational implications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501330

World Yearbook of Education 2000Education in Times of Transition With contributions from international authors this text demonstrates that education systems and what it is to be educated are in transition and that societies and economies are changing dramatically. The contributors explore expanding university systems financial responsibilities and curricula. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501187

World Yearbook of Education 2001-2010 First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415509213

World Yearbook of Education 2001Values Culture and Education This yearbook on education for 2001 brings together leading international voices on values in education and presents a window on current debates. These include such fundamental issues as who should decide upon the values we adopt. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501170

World Yearbook of Education 2002Teacher Education - Dilemmas and Prospects This text examines four key areas of teacher education. These are: theories models and ideologies of teacher education; the control of teacher education by the state and the role of schools and HE; cultural perspectives and the education of teachers; and continuities in teacher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501149

World Yearbook of Education 2003Language Education The issues raised by the role of language in education are some of the most important and contentious faced by education systems across the globe. Language is embedded in the concepts of nationhood and identity and is therefore directly linked to the very social and political fabric of a country.In a climate of increasing globalisation development and mobility of populations nations around the world are concerned with the tension between cultivating a sense of cultural and linguistic cohesion and making use of the linguistic diversity that exists in every country and region. This book examines the implications and impacts the dilemmas and potential for language education in relation to education systems and wider society.Split into three key parts it considers:*current issues in language education including the role of language in maintaining power and inequalities in encouraging participation and inclusion and in challenging the status quo;*different approaches to language education around the world;*the potential for language to provide opportunities for the disadvantaged illustrated by case studies of three cities.This recent volume of the internationally respected World Yearbook of Education continues the tradition of offering a wide range of international perspectives from leading commentators on a universal concern. The material amassed here will be essential reading for teacher educators education researchers and school leaders across the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501132

World Yearbook of Education 2004Digital Technologies Communities and Education A real revolution is taking place in the way in which we conceptualise and practise education and learning. This book sets out to explore the immense impact which digital technology is having on education around the world and the ways in which it is used by a wide range of individuals and communities.Contributors analyse changes in technology such as e-mail the Internet digital video and other media but also the effect of this new technology on the way people live and learn around the world.Cultural changes taking place range from the blurring of boundaries between formal and informal learning to the development of new 'virtual communities' which revolve around particular social or cultural interests and which serve as a crucial tool and source of identity for spatially displaced communities such as refugees.Digital technology is changing the way we all live and this book is an authoritative study of these changes in all their diversity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501057

World Yearbook of Education 2005Globalization and Nationalism in Education This volume deals with two major and apparently opposing forces within education and society: globalization and nationalism. Globalization is often considered in economic terms - of continued growth of international trade and a concentration of wealth in corporate hands - yet it also encompasses technological political and cultural change. The World Yearbook of Education 2005 explores the role of the education sector in our globalized knowledge economy and considers the political implications of this in terms of monopolarity and the cultural consequences of homogenization and Americanization. The other strand of this study - nationalism - remains a persistent force within education and society in all parts of the world and this volume examines the extent to which it can fuel conflict at all levels through prejudice and intolerance. Concentrating on the epistemological consequences of nationalism leading international thinkers examine the extent to which it is reflected in the curricula of schools and universities around the world.Finally the complex relationship between globalization and nationalism is explored and contributors explore the part that educational institutions and practices play in forming both agendas. A wide range of perspectives are employed including post-colonial discourse classical economics and sociological theory.Nationalism and globalization are both ongoing processes and this volume makes a case for the central role of education in both - through its potential to influence change and to act as benevolent force in shaping a global community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501002

World Yearbook of Education 2006Education Research and Policy: Steering the Knowledge-Based Economy This volume considers the ways in which educational research is being shaped by policy across the globe. Policy effects on research are increasingly influential as policies in and beyond education drive the formation of a knowledge-based economy by supporting increased international competitiveness through more effective evidence-based interventions in schooling education and training systems. What consequences does this increased steering have for research in education? How do transnational agencies make their influence felt on educational research? How do national systems and traditions of educational research - and relations with policy - respond to these new pressures? What effects does it have on the quality of research and on the freedom of researchers to pursue their own agendas? The 2006 volume of the World Yearbook of Education explores these issues focusing on three key themes: globalising policy and research in education steering education research in national contexts global-local politics of education research. The 2006 volume has a truly global reach incorporating transnational policy perspectives from the OECD and the European Commission alongside national cases from across the world in contrasting contexts that include North and South America Canada France Singapore China Russia and New Zealand. The range of contributions reflect how pervasive these developments are how much is new in this situation and to what extent evidence-based policy pressures on research in education build on past relationships between education and policy. This book considers the impact of the steering processes on the work and identities of individual researchers and considers how research can be organised to play a more active role in the politics of the knowledge economy and learning society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415500999

World Yearbook of Education 2007Educating the Global Workforce: Knowledge Knowledge Work and Knowledge Workers The 2007 edition of this respected international volume considers the challenges facing work related education arising from the rapid expansion of the global economy and the impact of this on labour markets and individual workers. Including perspectives from the US UK Canada Australia Africa Eastern Europe Central Asia South America India and South Africa the 2007 volume is split into four clear sections covering key topics such as: the current global context when all work even local is influenced by global economic activity workers are expected to engage in lifelong learning but also be mobile and deal with rapidly changing working knowledge work related education must prepare workers for the global economy and specific contexts where governments attract global companies by promoting education and literate workforces how the responsibility for providing work-education is distributed between schools vocational education HE professional bodies local and global companies governments the private sector and individuals the pressures on formal education and training institutions to produce graduates with certain kinds of knowledge skills and personal attributes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415500982

World Yearbook of Education 2008Geographies of Knowledge Geometries of Power: Framing the Future of Higher Education This volume examines higher education in globalized conditions through a focus on the spatial historic and economic relations of power in which it is embedded. Distinct geometries of power are emerging as the knowledge production capability of universities is increasingly globalized. Changes in the organization and practices of higher education tend to travel from the ‘West to the rest’. Thus distinctive geographies of knowledge are being produced intersected by geometries of power and raising questions about the recognition production control and usage of university-produced knowledge in different regions of the world. What flows of power and influence can be traced in the shifting geographies of higher education? How do national systems locate themselves in global arenas and what consequences does such positioning have for local practices and relations of higher education? How do universities and university workers respond to the increasing commodification of knowledge? How do consumers of knowledge assess the quality of the ‘goods’ on offer in a global marketplace? The 2008 volume of the World Yearbook addresses these questions highlighting four key areas: Producing and Reproducing the University— How is the university adapting to the pressures of globalization? Supplying Knowledge—What structural and cultural changes are demanded from the university in its new role as a free market supplier of knowledge? Demanding Knowledge—Marketing and Consumption—How can consumers best assess the quality of education on a global scale? Transnational Academic Flows—What trends are evident in the flow of students knowledge and capital with what consequences ? The 2008 volume is interdisciplinary in its approach drawing on scholarship from accounting finance and human geography as well as from the field of education. Transnational influences examined include UNESCO and OECD GATS and the effects of digital technologies. Contrasting contexts include Central and Eastern Europe Finland China and India and England. With its emphasis on the interrelationship of knowledge and power and its attention to emergent spatial inequalities Geographies of Knowledge Geometries of Power: Framing the Future of Higher Education provides a rich and compelling resource for understanding emergent practices and relations of knowledge production and exchange in global higher education.     Debbie Epstein is a Professor in the School of Social Sciences at Cardiff University Rebecca Boden is a Professor of Critical Management at the University of Wales Institute Rosemary Deem is a Professor of Education at University of Bristol's Graduate School of Education and the Research Director for the Faculty of Social Sciences and Law Fazal Rizvi is a Professor in the Educational Policy Studies Department at the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign College of Education Susan Wright is a Professor of Educational Anthropology at the Danish School of Education University of Ã…rhus Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415505284

World Yearbook of Education 2009Childhood Studies and the Impact of Globalization: Policies and Practices at Global and Local Levels The World Yearbook of Education 2009 volume: Childhood Studies and the Impact of Globalization examines the concept of 'childhood' and 'childhood development and learning' from educational sociological and psychological perspectives. This contributed volume seeks to explicitly provide a series of windows into the construction of childhood around the world as a means to conceptualizing and more sharply defining the emerging field of global and local childhood studies. At the global level there has been an increasing discontent with how children have been reified and measured. Prevailing Eurocentric and North-American notions of 'childhood' and 'development' across the North-South boundaries show vast differences in how 'childhood' is constructed and how 'development' is theorized. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415505345

World Yearbook of Education 2010Education and the Arab 'World': Political Projects Struggles and Geometries of Power The World Yearbook of Education 2010 volume Education and the Arab 'World': Political Projects Struggles and Geometries of Power strives to do justice to the complex processes and dynamics behind the world of Arab education. Western interest in all things ‘Arab’ has greatly increased over the course of the decade but this interest runs the risk of forgetting that the Arab world is positioned within wider contexts of regional geopolitical and global processes. This volume examines Arab education in a range of contexts – regional diasporic and trans-national – to better understand how the field of Arab education is formed through local regional geopolitical and global engagements and resonances. In doing so contributors from a range of disciplines open critical conversations about the intersections of history culture geopolitics policy and education. The World Yearbook of Education 2010 offers new conceptual and empirical approaches that deal with some of the often-neglected aspects of the study of Arab education: contested political projects; struggles towards emancipation recognition and liberation; and a larger concern for social justice equity and political inclusion. André Elias Mazawi is associate professor in the Department of Educational Studies at the University of British Columbia Vancouver BC Canada. He is also an associate fellow at the Euro-Mediterranean Centre for Educational Research at the University of Malta. Ronald G. Sultana is professor in the Department of Education Studies at the University of Malta where he also leads the Euro-Mediterranean Centre for Educational Research. He is the founding editor of the Mediterranean Journal of Educational Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415505437

World Yearbook of Education 2011Curriculum in Today’s World: Configuring Knowledge Identities Work and Politics How do curriculum conceptions of knowledge and the schooling experiences of young people engage the great issues of this tumultuous time? Curriculum is always influenced by the events that shape our world but when testing and bench-marking preoccupy us we can forget the world that is both the foundation and the object of curriculum. This edited volume brings together international contributors to analyze and reflect on the way the events of the last decade have influenced the curriculum in their countries. As they address nationalism in the face of economic globalisation the international financial crisis immigration and the culture of diaspora they ask how national loyalties are balanced with international relationships and interests. They ask how the rights of women and of ethnic and racial groups are represented. They ask what has changed about history and civics post 9/11 and they ask how countries that have experienced profound political and economic changes have addressed them in curriculum. These interactions and changes are a subject of particular interest for an international yearbook in that they are almost always permeated by global movements and influenced by multinational bodies and practices. And as these essays show in curriculum global and international issues are explicitly or implicitly also about local and national interests and about how citizens engage their rights and responsibilities. This volume brings together a new approach to perspectives on curriculum today and a new collection of insights into the changes from different parts of the world which discuss: How is the world represented in curriculum? How do responses to world events shape the stories we tell students about who they are and can be? This book will be of great benefit to educational researchers and policy-makers as well as undergraduate and postgraduate students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138021631

World Yearbook of Education 2012Policy Borrowing and Lending in Education The phenomenon of "travelling reforms" has become an object of great professional interest and intensive academic scrutiny. The fact that the same set of educational reforms is transferred from one country to another made scholars wonder whether policy transfer has increased as a result of globalization. But also the fact that policy makers increasingly import "best practices "and international standards and use them as a tool to accelerate reform has captured the imagination of many that deal with policy studies. An international comparative perspective is key for understanding why reforms travel from one corner of the world to another. Not surprisingly the study of policy borrowing and lending constitutes one of the core research topics of comparative policy studies; a new area of research that links comparative education with policy studies.   The World Yearbook of Education 2012 brings together a diverse range of perspectives on education policy through contributions from internationally renowned authors. It reflects on the way policy borrowing and lending is reconfiguring the world of education and offers a new collection of insights into the changes occurring across the world. It particularly focuses on: The political and economic reasons for policy borrowing The agencies international networks and regimes that instigate policy change The process of borrowing and lending The impact of these systems agendas and institutions on indigenous settings. This book will prove invaluable to researchers of globalization and to policy experts especially those interested in comparative and international educational studies. It is also essential reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students and anyone involved in the sociology economy or history of education.   Gita Steiner-Khamsi is Professor of Comparative and International Education at Teachers College Columbia University New York US. Florian Waldow is Research Director at the University of Münster Germany.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138021662

World Yearbook of Education 2013Educators Professionalism and Politics: Global Transitions National Spaces and Professional Projects Educators professionalism and politics offers ways of understanding how and with what consequences national systems of education and the work of education professionals are being reregulated in the context of contemporary global transitions. Globalization does not just create transnational organizations relations and practices; it also transforms nation-states by creating more complex education spaces that impinge on the work of educators and the learning that they enable globally nationally and locally. This volume of the World Yearbook of Education focuses firmly on the educators themselves. It documents the way educators encounter and renegotiate ideas and practices that travel globally as they seek to enact their established professional projects. This framing recognises that educators’ spaces work and identities are historically anchored in national institutional trajectories but are both disturbed and renewed as globally mobile ideas and practices "touch down" within national systems of education. The chapters examine the effect of global transitions on educators and education and offers new perspectives on educational work in different parts of the world today. They challenge bleak assessments of teacher de-professionalization and idealistic narratives about professional development. Chapters highlight the significance of educators’ occupational boundary work and the resources and networks they mobilize through their professional projects as they make and remake education in national spaces. The volume tracks: Re-regulatory trajectories evident in national education spaces and their impact on educators; The way educators renegotiate globally mobile ideas practices and national institutional trajectories as they mediate global formations emerging in the national space; and The kinds of mediations and resources that enable education professionals to engage with the politics of professionalization.   This volume of The World Yearbook of Education will be of great interest to Education researchers graduate students teacher educators and education policy-makers. Terri Seddon is Professor of Education at Monash University Australia Jenny Ozga is Professor of the Sociology of Education at Oxford University UK John Levin is Bank of America Professor of Education Leadership and Director California Community College Collaborative University of California USA Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138711112

World Yearbook of Education 2014Governing Knowledge: Comparison Knowledge-Based Technologies and Expertise in the Regulation of Education This latest volume in the World Yearbook of Education Series focuses on a major and highly significant development in the governing of education across the globe: the use of knowledge-based technologies as key policy sources.  A combination of factors has produced this shift: first the massive expansion of technological capacity signalled by the arrival of ‘big data’ that allows for the collection circulation and processing of extensive system knowledge. The rise of data has been observed and discussed extensively but its role in governing and the rise of comparison as a basis for action is now a determining practice in the field of education.  Comparison provides the justification for ‘modernising’ policy in education both in the developed and developing world as national policy makers (selectively) seek templates of success from the high performers and demand solutions to apparent underperformance through the adoption of the policies favoured by the likes of Singapore Finland and Korea. In parallel the growth of particular forms of expertise: the rise and rise of educational consultancy the growth of private (for profit) involvement in provision of educational goods and services and the increasing consolidation of networks of influence in the promotion of ‘best practice’ are affecting policy decisions. Through these developments the nature of knowledge is altered along with the relationship between knowledge and politics. Knowledge in this context is co-constructed: it is not disciplinary knowledge but knowledge that emerges in the sharing of experience. This book provides a global snapshot of a changing educational world by giving detailed examples of a fundamental shift in the governing and practice of education learning by: •             Assessing approaches to the changing nature of comparative knowledge and information •             Tracking the translation and mobilisation of these knowledges in the governing of education/learning; •             Identification of the key experts and knowledge producers/circulators/translators and analysis of how best to understand their influence; •             Mapping of the global production of these knowledges in terms of their range and reach the interrelationships of actors and their effects in different national settings. Drawing on material from around the world the book brings together scholars from different backgrounds  who provide a tapestry of examples of the global production and national reception and mediation of these knowledges  and who show how change enters different national spaces and consider their effects in different national settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138711167

World Yearbook of Education 2015Elites Privilege and Excellence: The National and Global Redefinition of Educational Advantage This latest volume in the World Yearbook of Education Series focuses on educational elites and inequality focusing particularly on the ways in which established and emergent groups located at the top of the social hierarchy and power structure reproduce establish or redefine their position. The volume is organized around three main issues: analyzing the way in which parents students and graduates in positions of social advantage use their assets and capitals in relation to educational strategies and how these are different for old and new and cultural and economic elites; studying how elite institutions have adapted their strategies to take into account changes in the social structure in policy and in their institutional environment and exploring the impact of these strategies on educational systems at the national and global levels; mapping the new global dynamics in elite education and how new forms of 'international education' and 'transnational cultural capital' as well as new global educational elite pathways shape elite students’ identities status and trajectories. Making use of a social and an institutional approach as well as a focus on practices and policies the volume draws on research conducted on secondary schools and on higher education. In addition the global contributions within the book allow for a comparison and contrast of situations in different countries. This results in a comprehensive picture of common processes and national differences concerning advantage and excellence and a thorough examination of the impact of globalization on the strategies identities and trajectories of elite groups and individuals alongside more general cultural and economic processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138711204

World Yearbook of Education 2016The Global Education Industry This latest volume in the World Yearbook of Education series examines the global education industry both in OECD* countries as well as developing countries and presents the works of scholars based in different parts of the word who have significantly contributed to this area of research. Focusing on the areas of cross-over in public-private partnerships in education WYBE 2016 critically examines the actors and factors that have propelled the global rise of the education industry. Split into three key sections Part I explores how education agendas are shaped; Part II considers the private financing of education and the export of school improvements to professional consultancies; and Part III analyses new market niches such as low-fee private schooling and for-profit education provisions. The book draws upon case studies of many global organizations including: The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation Pearson Affordable Learning Fund Bridge International Academies Teach for All Omega Schools Co-edited by three internationally renowned scholars Antoni Verger Christopher Lubienski and Gita Steiner-Khamsi WYBE 2016 will be a valuable resource for researchers graduates and policy makers who are interested in the global education industry. *Convention on the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138855403

World Yearbook of Education 2017Assessment Inequalities This latest volume in the World Yearbook of Education Series focuses on assessment systems and efforts to advance equity in education at a time of growing inequalities. It considers new economic trends and investigates how constraints appear to be influencing assessment and identification practices. The volume is organized around the following main issues: political motives behind the expansion of an assessment industry; the associated expansion of an SEN industry and; growth in consequential accountability systems. It ultimately seeks to provide reframings and reconceptualizations of assessment and identification by offering new insights into economic and cultural trends influencing them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138699236

World Yearbook of Education 2018Uneven Space-Times of Education: Historical Sociologies of Concepts Methods and Practices This latest volume in the World Yearbook of Education Series considers changing space-times of education by asking how they become unevenly textured as our worlds globalise horizons shift and familiar points of reference melt and are remade. Acknowledging the reach of economic and cultural change digital communication geopolitics and persistent inequalities the chapters trace processes that are re-making education and societies. Examining the depth of their impact on practices methods and concepts reveals the significance of knowledge-building and socially embedded forms of reasoning in emerging patterns of educational governance pedagogic and policy reforms as well as in lived understandings of self and social worlds. The organisation of the collection into three sections – Making Spaces Troubling Temporalities and Mobility and Contexts – begins to map out an ambitious project. It calls on education researchers and professionals to write the present as history by grasping the socio-spatial historical and political dimensions and effects that frame form and filter the educational present. This research calls for a revitalised historical sociology and novel forms of comparative education that can provide productive insights inform creative problem solving and suggest practical directions for education. This agenda recognises: the unevenness of educational space-times the making of education as a social institution the persistence and effects of social embeddedness eventful space situated knowledge and geosocial thinking the present as history and multiple temporalities in education different registers of transformation that become visible through lenses such as identity work citizenship and mobility. The World Yearbook of Education 2018 continues the project of compiling worldwide research on globalising education. These volumes offer a powerful commentary on how and why space-times of education are changing and emphasise the importance of forms of knowledge that materialise categories of professionals policies and practices. This volume will be of interest to academics professionals and policymakers in education and social policy and also to scholars who engage in historical studies of education and debates about the socio-material formations that contribute to educational inequalities and dynamics of difference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367350048

World Yearbook of Education 2019Comparative Methodology in the Era of Big Data and Global Networks Digital methodologies new forms of data visualization and computer-based learning and assessment are creating new challenges as well as opportunities for scholars in educational research. The World Yearbook of Education 2019 explores this highly relevant topic opening a new discussion about the various conceptual and methodological challenges and opportunities in contemporary educational research. This volume explores contemporary methods of inquiry with chapters organized around four topics of enduring interest in this field: impacts patterns relations and contexts. The World Yearbook of Education 2019 comprises contributions from internationally renowned scholars exploring novel concepts and methodologies in grappling with contemporary empirical phenomena in educational research. Vital questions such as how we understand the technological developments that are creating new possibilities for and demands on education and how we make sense of complex cases that cut across multiple nations are discussed. This newest addition to the prestigious World Yearbook of Education series provides a fascinating read for scholars in the fields of education policy and comparative education. It is not only a useful resource for educational researchers and policy makers examining new trends and emerging issues but would be of interest to graduate students exploring innovative methodologies particularly in the study of education and education policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367487874

World Yearbook of Education 2020Schooling Governance and Inequalities A timely contribution to the debate on educational governance and equality the World Yearbook of Education 2020 documents the significant changes that have occurred in the last 20 years reflecting a widespread shift from government to governance. Considering school context as well as specific school responses around the emergence of particular forms of governance this book presents and contextualises a clear historical account of governance and accountability within schooling. Organised into three sections covering: Changing contexts of school governance; stakeholders and ‘responsibilisation’; and radical governance carefully chosen contributors provide global insights from around the world. They consider educational outcomes and closing the inequality gap and they document radical forms of governance at local level which have sought to create more equitable governance intelligent accountability and greater involvement of key stakeholders such as students. Providing a series of provocations and reminders of the possibilities that remain open to us the World Yearbook of Education 2020 will be of interest to academics professionals and policymakers in education and school governance and any scholars who engage in historical studies of education and debates about educational governance and equality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362635

World Yearbook of Education 2021Accountability and Datafication in the Governance of Education Providing a comprehensive introduction to the topic of accountability and datafication in the governance of education the World Yearbook of Education 2021 considers global policy dynamics and policy enactment processes. Chapters pay particular attention to the role of international organizations and the private sector in the promotion of performance-based accountability (PBA) in different educational settings and at multiple policy scales. Organized into three sections chapters cover: the global/local construction of accountability and datafication; global discourse and national translations of performance-based accountability policies; and enactments and effects of accountability and datafication including controversies and critical issues. With carefully chosen international contributions from around the globe the World Yearbook of Education 2021 is ideal reading for anyone interested in the future of accountability and datafication in the governance of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367856502

World-Builders on World-BuildingAn Exploration of Subcreation With contributions from a distinguished group of world-builders including academics writers and designers this anthology of essays describes the process and discusses the nature of subcreation and the construction of worlds. From Oz to MUD Walden to Rockall all the worlds featured in this volume share one thing in common: they began in someone’s imagination grew from there and became worlds built with the assistance of multiple authors and a variety of different ideas and media including designs imagery sound music stories and more. The book examines this development with examples and discussions pertaining to the process and the final product of the building of imaginary worlds including some transmedial worlds. World-Builders on World-Building is a fascinating deep dive into the practical problems of world-building as well as its theoretical aspects. It is ideal for students scholars and even practitioners interested in media studies game studies subcreation studies franchise studies transmedia studies and pop culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367197254

WorldCALLInternational Perspectives on Computer-Assisted Language Learning As technological innovation continues to affect language pedagogy there is an increasing demand for information exemplars analysis and guidance. This edited volume focuses on international perspectives in Computer-Assisted Language Learning (CALL) in all of its forms including Technology Enhanced Language Learning Network-Based Language Learning Information and Communication Technologies for Language Learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138810556

World-Forming and Contemporary Art This book explores how contemporary art can alter the ways in which we visualise and conceptualise the world and the social relations that shape it. Drawing from the writings of philosopher Jean-Luc Nancy it spotlights the concept of ‘world-forming’ and the political significance of art-making and viewing. The central theme of ‘world-forming’ focuses attention on the processes of globalisation. The book explores how artists can facilitate shared creative spaces within and beyond the apparatuses of global capitalism. The book traces a philosophical progression from ontology to the political through a series of participatory practices. It forwards Jean-Luc Nancy’s idea of ‘world-forming’ in order to show how contemporary art sustains critical and creative engagement with social practices. The overall objective of the book is to show through participatory practices how contemporary art can facilitate social change. The book will be of interest to scholars working in art history contemporary art philosophy and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367628390

Worlding BrazilIntellectuals Identity and Security This book looks at the development of thinking about security in Brazil between 1930 and 2010. In order to do so it develops a new framework for thinking about intellectual history in Brazil and applies it to the development of knowledge on security in that country. Building on the Gramscian literature on ‘late modernization’ and ‘conservative revolution’ and drawing on the idea of ‘Emotional Theory of Action’ proposed by Brazilian sociologist Jessé Souza this book sets out to establish an innovative framework with which to analyse the development of ‘thinking about security’ in Brazil in three specific historic contexts. This theoretical framework is then used to argue that one specific discourse of Brazilian identity has been the main source of knowledge production in that country since the 1930s. In doing this the book offers thought-provoking arguments about the role of intellectuals in Brazil and reassesses the exclusionary ideas embedded in the politics of identity and security. This book not only introduces a novel framework to analyse intellectual production outside the core it also sheds light on how security has been historically thought of outside the core and will be of interest to students and scholars of International Relations Critical Security Studies and Latin American Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815377856

Worlding ForsterThe Passage from Pastoral First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869454

Worlding MulticulturalismsThe Politics of Inter-Asian Dwelling Worlding multiculturalisms are practices that infuse our arbitrary cultural lives with new things from other cultures in poetic ways to enable us to dwell and be at home with the complexity of the world. In the context of the crisis of multiculturalism in the West and the growing obsolescence of state-based multiculturalism in the postcolonial world this book offers examples of new practices of worlding multiculturalisms that go beyond issues of immigration integration and identity. Contrasting Western and Asian notions of multiculturalism this book does not focus on state issues but rather highlights manifestations of cultural exchange. The chapters draw on cultural studies approaches to document instances of worlding multiculturalisms that bring Asian cultures into conflict dialogue and settlement with each other. Instances include an Asian American return novel set in Penang the cultural productions and street performances of democracy marches in Malaysia the campaigns to reclaim public spaces and citizenship rights by migrant domestic workers in Hong Kong the imaginary vistas opened up by Japanese popular culture consumed throughout Asia the localisations of casino complexes in Macau and a shopping mall in Seoul and an old municipal cemetery being defended from urban redevelopment in Singapore. Rather than merely globalizing forms of political diversity these are instances with the potential to transform social relations and the very terms of cultural exchange. Worlding Multiculturalisms offers a truly interdisciplinary examination of multiculturalism in action. As such it will appeal to students and scholars of cultural studies Asian studies Asian culture and society cultural anthropology and sociology and political sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138104136

WorldingIdentity Media and Imagination in a Digital Age Worlding brings ideas about "virtual" places and societies together with perceptions about the "real" world in an era of mounting global uncertainty. As mass media and the Internet consume ever-increasing portions of our lives are we becoming disengaged from face-to-face human interaction and real-world concerns? Or is the virtual world actually bringing people closer together and making them more involved with social issues? Worlding argues that the "virtual" and the "real" are profoundly interconnected often in ways we don't fully appreciate. Drawing on sociology cultural studies philosophy media analysis and technology studies Worlding makes the argument that virtual experience and social networking can be vital links to utopian visions and an appreciation of the world's diversity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612052311

World-Regional Social Policy and Global GovernanceNew Research and Policy Agendas in Africa Asia Europe and Latin America This volume explores the case for and the prospects of the development of world-regional social policies as integral elements of a pluralistic equitable and effective system of global governance. Focusing on transnational regionalism this book examines the trajectory and crossing over of the three strands of scholarly analysis within the past decade which have given rise to this volume: the perceived negative impact of neo-liberal globalisation upon national social policy; the need for but the difficulty of securing reforms in the institutions of global social governance; and the increasing salience of the world-regional level of governance in handling cross-border issues. The authors develop an intellectual and research agenda that will also inform the political development of an international programme concerned with the social policy dimensions of regional governance. Combining the perspectives and collective expertise of a team of international scholars and activists the book features: Theoretical and policy cases for a focus on regionalism and social policy   A mapping and analysis of social policy dimensions of regional integration processes and formations in four continents   An assessment of the regional dimensions of global agencies in particular of the UN (ILO WHO UNESCO UNDP) including the approach to regional social policy of the UN Regional Economic Commissions and Development Banks   An articulation of a multi-levelled conceptualisation of global social governance within which regional associations of countries plays a significant part. The book will be of interest to students and scholars of social policy development studies international relations and political science especially those focused on the public policy dimensions of globalisation regionalisation and international development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415504072

Worlds AgoA Memoir of My Journeying Years Originally published in 1993 Worlds Ago is not only about the politics of the times but also about the world into which Walter Laqueur was born and raised and the world that shaped him: pre-war Germany in 1921 where he witnessed the rise of the Nazi party. It is a story of families friendships and early love; achievements and disappointments; and facing and surviving dangerous circumstances in which many of those close to him lost their lives. It was a world where calm seas and waters were rare and survivors were lucky to escape the engines of war.This memoir further recounts his experience as an agricultural laborer on a kibbutz in what was Palestine at the time living among Bedouin and Arab herdsmen sharing their labor and lifestyle. Laqueur became a journalist and writer in his twenties and witnessed dramatic events in the Middle East and the emergence of Israel in the aftermath of World War II. He came to know many of the leading figures on both sides who were involved in the establishment of the State of Israel. Walter Laqueur went on to become one of the leading historians and interpreters of the Weimar period in Germany. This new edition revised to tell his story up until 1948 also includes a new preface and conclusion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315135977

Worlds ApartActing and Writing in Academic and Workplace Contexts Worlds Apart: Acting and Writing in Academic and Workplace Contexts offers a unique examination of writing as it is applied and used in academic and workplace settings. Based on a 7-year multi-site comparative study of writing in different university courses and matched workplaces this volume presents new perspectives on how writing functions within the activities of various disciplines: law and public administration courses and government institutions; management courses and financial institutions; social-work courses and social-work agencies; and architecture courses and architecture practice. Using detailed ethnography the authors make comparisons between the two types of settings through an understanding of how writing is operative within the particularities of these settings. Although the research was initially established to further understanding of the relationships between writing in academic and workplace settings it has evolved to examining writing as it is embedded in both types of settings--where social relationships available tools and historical cultural temporal and physical location are all implicated in complex ways in the decisions people make as writers. Readers of this volume will discover that the uniqueness of each setting makes salient different aspects of writers and writing resulting in complex and potentially unsettling implications for writing theory and the teaching of writing. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410602336

Worlds ApartCivil Society and the Battle for Ethical Globalization Globalization is one of the most politically charged issues of our time. This book aims to bridge the divide between its advocates and its critics but rather than trying to find middle ground the author looks at globalization through the lens of poor people and poor countries arguing for a different management of global changes that ensures everyone a share in its opportunities. His is a call for ethical globalization. An influential and globalizing civil society has a great opportunity to be a critical player - but this could be a brief window. Its advocacy largely pillories deficiencies in the system instead of promoting viable alternatives. The author seeks to change this by applying his experience from both sides of the ideological divide - working with NGOs governments and the World Bank - to analyse the system's faults and suggest a fresh framework for transforming global relations and redressing injustices. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849776295

Worlds CollidingConservative Christians and the Law This title was first published in 2001. Worlds Colliding argues that the prevailing worldview held by those in positions of power in Western government sets the bounds for religious tolerance.  It explores the degree to which a modern liberal state will allow a counter-cultural community the freedom to live according to its concept of the good life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138726727

World's Fair of 1855 Published in 1981: This is two-hundred catalogues of the Major Exhibitions reproduced in facsimile in forty-seven volumes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367152147

World's Fair of 1889 Published in 1981. This book is two hundred catologues of the Exihibitions reproduced in facsimile in forty-seven volumes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367173142

World's Fair of 1889Retrospective Exhibition of Fine Arts 1789-1889 Published in 1981: This book is an illustrated catologue of Fine Art paintings from 1789-1889. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367173005

World's Fair of 1900Retrospective Exhibition of French Art 1800-1889 Published in 1981: This book is two-hundred Catalogues of the Major Exhibitions reproduced in facsimile in forty-seven volumes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367173975

Worlds Made FleshChronicle Histories and Medieval Manuscript Culture This book focuses on the use of the past in two senses. First it looks at the way in which medieval texts from the eighth to the fifteenth centuries discussed the past: how they presented history what kinds of historical narratives they employed and what anxieties gathered around the practice of historiography. Second this study examines twentieth-century interactions with this textual past and the problems that have arisen for critics trying to negotiate this radically different textual culture. Lauryn Mayer examines chronicle histories that have been largely ignored by scholars bringing these neglected texts into dialogue with contemporaneous canonical works such as Troilus and Criseyde The House of Fame the Morte Darthur Beowulf and The Battle of Maldon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861472

Worlds of CapitalismInstitutions Economic Performance and Governance in the Era of Globalization Efforts to combine the outstanding economic performance in the decades following the Second World War with social security appear to be endangered half way through the first decade of the 21st century. This book draws together an international team of contributors including Douglass North Harold Demsetz and Michael Piore to assess the current world order. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653428

Worlds of DifferenceRethinking the Ethics of Global Education for the 21st Century The varying interests of competing minority groups often part company with regard to how to achieve an equitable community. Worlds of Difference rethinks the traditional interpretation of the principle of educational equity in light of this difficulty. Theorists and educational practitioners influenced by many disparate schools of thought reflect upon the possibilities of a "curriculum of difference" in relation to questions of language culture and media at the forefront of global education issues today. Collectively the authors argue that education in theory and practice must reawaken an ethical consciousness that affirms the negative values of difference but still recognizes the uniqueness and particularity of each group. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315630984

Worlds of Irving HoweThe Critical Legacy The Worlds of Irving Howe: The Critical Legacy is a wide-ranging anthology of criticism devoted to the literary cultural and political work of the writer Irving Howe. The book offers a broad cross-section of critical and biographical writings about Howe. Collected here are assessments of Howe's work written by some of the most prominent intellectuals of the twentieth century among them Lionel Trilling Alfred Kazin C. Vann Woodward Robert Coles Daniel Bell Malcolm Cowley and Arthur Schlesinger. The critical estimates of Howe's major books collected here and framed by a major biographical introduction by John Rodden constitute a sharply focused lens through which readers can re-evaluate the legacy of one of American's leading intellectuals and thereby understand the main issues of twentieth-century Anglo-American cultural history. Contributors: Lionel Trilling Alfred Kazin C. Vann Woodward Newton Arvin Charles Angoff Edward Dahlberg Isaac Rosenfeld Richard Chase H.D. Lasswell Dennis Wrong Michael Harrington Christopher Lasch Robert Coles Daniel Bell Malcolm Cowley Arthur Schlesinger Theodore Solotaroff Clive James Norman Podhoretz Irving Kristol and William Phillips among others. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315630977

Worlds of KnowingGlobal Feminist Epistemologies Jane Duran's Worlds of Knowing begins to fill an enormous gap in the literature of feminist epistemology: a wide-ranging cross-cultural primer on worldviews and epistemologies of various cultures and their appropriations by indigenous feminist movements in those cultures. It is the much needed epistemological counterpart to work on cross-cultural feminist social and political philosophy. This project is absolutely breath-taking in scope yet a manageable read for anyone with some background in feminist theory history or anthropology. Duran draws many comparisons and connections to Western philosophical and feminist ideas yet avoids facile or imperialistic over-universalization. Her book is powerful comprehensive Pnd brave. It will prove an enormously useful resource for scholars in women's studies philosophy anthropology religious studies and history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203707449

Worlds of Modern Chinese FictionShort Stories and Novellas from the People's Republic Taiwan and Hong Kong This book's pluralistic non-dogmatic and committed investigation of the values of ecological sustainability economic justice and human dignity provides balanced analysis of environmental problems and their potential solutions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315697970

Worlds of Psychotic PeopleWanderers 'Bricoleurs' and Strategists Worlds of Psychotic People brings a fresh twenty-first century voice to the lives of those with serious psychological disorders focusing on the manner in which psychiatric patients experience their subjective worlds. Based on ethnographic research gathered at the psychiatric hospital of Saint Anthony's in the Netherlands over a period of five years it seeks to describe from the perspective of the mental patient some of the fears and hopes that mark an individual's encounter with the fixed reality-structures of a clinical mental ward. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654807

Worlds of ScienceCraftNew Horizons in Sociology Philosophy and Science Studies A response to complex problems spanning disciplinary boundaries Worlds of ScienceCraft offers bold new ways of conceptualizing ideas of science sociology and philosophy. Beginning with the historical foundations of civilization and progress assumptions about the categories we use to talk about minds identities and bodies are challenged through case studies from mathematics social cognition and medical ethics. Offering innovative approaches to these issues such as an integrated social brain-mind-body model and a critique of divisions between the natural and technological this book provides novel conceptions of self society and an emerging ’cyborg’ generation. From the micro level of brains and expanding all the way out to biopolitical civics disciplinary boundaries are made permeable emphasizing the increased need for interdisciplinary scholarship. By rejecting outdated and restrictive categories and classifications new horizons in studies of science technology and medicine can be explored through the incorporation of feminist international and postmodern perspectives. A truly interdisciplinary examination of science and technology as cultural phenomena Worlds of ScienceCraft will appeal to scholars and students of science and technology studies as well as philosophers historians and sociologists of science technology and medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271777

Worldwide Destinations and Companion Book of Cases Set First published in 2009. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781856176699

Worldwide Destinations Casebook Worldwide Destinations Casebook features 38 comprehensive case studies of international tourism destinations 10 of them brand new and 28 updated. A companion to the core textbook Worldwide Destinations 5th edition these cases contextualise the learning and provide real life illustrations of the theories covered. This new edition covers subjects such as climate change eco-tourism destination regeneration and social impact. Case studies are drawn from all regions of the world and include: London Docklands regeneration A tourism strategy for Morocco 'New World' tourism - Outbound tourism from China Antarctica: tourism or conservation? Re-visioning tired destinations: Australia's gold coast Tourism in New York The Way of St. James: the pilgrimage as a cultural resource Ecotourism in the Ecuadorian Amazon The casebook brings a range of benefits to the classroom and by encouraging active learning allows students to gain valuable experience in: Problem solving and decision making Focusing on key issues within a clearly defined situation The development or honing of critical thinking skills Recognising that there is no one 'correct' answer to a problem Judging the relevance of different types of evidence and techniques Worldwide Destinations Casebook is the ultimate resource for contextualizing theory and is essential reading for any tourism student. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138473553

Worldwide DestinationsThe geography of travel and tourism Worldwide Destinations: The Geography of Travel and Tourism is a unique text that explores tourism demand supply organisation and resources for a comprehensive range of destinations and every country worldwide. The seventh edition is brought up to date with features such as: An exploration of current issues such as climate change sustainability mobilities emerging markets demographic changes and the social impacts of tourism. New and updated case studies throughout More emphasis on emerging countries in Africa and Asia. Improved full colour presentation packed with useful learning resources such as location maps discussion questions and assignments to aid understanding. Online resources for lecturers and students including: multiple choice questions per chapter power points web links and video links The first part of the book comprises thematic chapters which detail the geographic knowledge and principles required to analyse the tourism appeal of destinations. The subsequent division of the book into regional chapters enables the student to carry out a systematic analysis of a particular destination by providing insights on cultural characteristics as well as information on specific places. Worldwide Destinations is an invaluable resource for studying every destination in the world by explaining tourism demand evaluating the many types of tourist attractions and examining the trends that may shape the future geography of tourism. This thorough guide is a must-have for any student undertaking a course in travel and tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138901810

Worldwide DestinationsThe Geography of Travel and Tourism Worldwide Destinations: The Geography of Travel and Tourism is a unique text that explores tourism demand supply organisation and resources for every country worldwide. The eighth edition is brought up to date with features such as: An exploration of current issues such as climate change overtourism expedition cruises film tourism economic and cultural impacts of tourism. New and updated case studies throughout. More emphasis on South-east Asia Africa and the Middle East. Online resources for lecturers and students including PPTs web links video links and meditations on the evolving implications of COVID-19 for tourism. The first part of the book comprises thematic chapters which detail the geographic knowledge and principles required to analyse the tourism appeal of destinations. The subsequent division of the book into regional chapters enables the student to carry out a systematic analysis of a particular destination by providing insights on cultural characteristics as well as information on specific places. Worldwide Destinations: The Geography of Travel and Tourism is an invaluable resource for studying every destination in the world by explaining tourism demand evaluating the many types of tourist attractions and examining the trends that may shape the future geography of tourism. This thorough guide is a must-have for any student undertaking a course in travel and tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367200411

Worldwide English Language Education TodayIdeologies Policies and Practices This book explores the ideologies policies and practices of English language education around the world today. It shows the ways in which ideology is a constituent part of the social realities of English language teaching (ELT) and how ELT policies and practices are shaped by ideological positions that privilege some participants and marginalize others. Each chapter considers the multiple ideologies underlying the thinking and actions of different members of society about ELT and how these inform overt and covert policies at the national level and beyond. They examine the implications of investigating ELT ideologies and policies for advancing socio-political understandings of practical aspects such as instruction materials assessment and teacher education in the field. Introducing new persepctives on the theory and practice of language teaching today this book is ideal reading for researchers and postgraduate students interested in applied linguistics and language education faculty members of higher education institutions English language teachers and policy makers and planners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138599185

Worldwide Knowledge?Global Firms Local Labour and the Region Putting forward a comprehensive view of knowledge with a specific perspective on place and space this book provides a new perspective on the globalisation of knowledge. Crossing disciplinary boundaries the principal agenda of this volume is to open up a perspective ’beyond knowledge’ - i.e. beyond the interpretation of knowledge as scientific-technical knowledge. Author Martina Fuchs introduces further kinds of knowledge and interpretation which influence managements’ perception of globalisation and therefore the knowledge which is going global. She refers to knowledge in the sense of experiences competencies in the production and labour process as well as mutually shared mental constructs which are embedded in a context of understanding and interpretation. Exploring beyond the meaning of worldwide knowledge as general open access knowledge this book also discusses barriers to knowledge problems of transfer and the influence of governance and control. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546578

Worry LessThe Mindful Way through Anxiety Workbook Do you ever feel like you want more from your life--but get scared or overwhelmed by the idea of making changes? For many worry fear or negativity are stumbling blocks that can be extraordinarily difficult to overcome. This effective workbook provides a blueprint to help you move through painful emotions without being ruled by them. Vivid stories of others who have struggled with anxiety are accompanied by meditation and acceptance practices and step-by-step exercises that build self-knowledge and self-compassion (you can download and print additional copies of the worksheets as needed). Armed with a deeper understanding of what you really value you can break free of the common traps that leave people feeling stuck--and dare to live the life you really want. Audio downloads of the mindfulness practices narrated by the authors are provided at www.guilford.com/orsillo2-materials.See also the authors' Mindful Way through Anxiety which explains mindfulness techniques in greater detail. Worry Less Live More can be used on its own or as the perfect way to expand on and enhance the lessons of the first book using a step-by-step approach. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462525454

Worship Civil War and Community 1638–1660 This is the first study of the interaction between warfare and national religious practice during the British Civil Wars. Using hundreds of neglected local documents this work explores the manner in which civil conflict invasion and military occupation affected religious practice. As Churches elsewhere in Britain and Ireland were dismantled and the country was invaded by a foreign English army mid-seventeenth-century Scotland provides an important yet neglected point of entry in exploring the intersection between early modern warfare and religious practice. The book establishes a fresh way of looking at the conflicts of the mid-seventeenth century. No other study has explored how soldiers were quartered or marched in close proximity to parish worship how their presence affected worship patterns and how the very idea of conflict in the mid-seventeenth century impacted upon the day-to-day lives of worshippers. Using the signing of the National Covenant in 1638 as its starting point this perspective emphasises flexibility in religious practice and the dialogue between local communities religious leaders and troops as a critical element in the experience of war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138307100

Worship and the Parish Church in Early Modern Britain The Parish Church was the primary site of religious practice throughout the early modern period. This was particularly so for the silent majority of the English population who conformed outwardly to the successive religious upheavals of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. What such public conformity might have meant has attracted less attention - and ironically is sometimes less well documented - than the non-conformity or semi-conformity of recusants church-papists Puritan conventiclers or separatists. In this volume ten leading scholars of early modern religion explore the experience of parish worship in England during the Reformation and the century that followed it. As the contributors argue parish worship in this period was of critical theological cultural and even political importance. The volume's key themes are the interlocking importance of liturgy music the sermon and the parishioners' own bodies; the ways in which religious change was received initiated negotiated embraced or subverted in local contexts; and the dialectic between practice and belief which helped to make both so contentious. The contributors - historians historical theologians and literary scholars - through their commitment to an interdisciplinary approach to the subject provide fruitful and revealing insights into this intersection of private and public worship. This collection is a sister volume to Martin and Ryrie (eds) Private and Domestic Devotion in Early Modern Britain. Together these two volumes focus and drive forward scholarship on the lived experience of early modern religion as it was practised in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409426042

Worship Sound SpacesArchitecture Acoustics and Anthropology Worship Sound Spaces unites specialists from architecture acoustic engineering and the social sciences to encourage closer analysis of the sound environments within places of worship. Gathering a wide range of case studies set in Europe Asia North America the Middle East and Africa the book presents investigations into Muslim Christian and Hindu spaces. These diverse cultural contexts demonstrate the composite nature of designing and experiencing places of worship. Beginning with a historical overview of the three primary indicators in acoustic design of religious buildings reverberation intelligibility and clarity the second part of this edited collection offers a series of field studies devoted to perception before moving onto recent examples of restoration of the sound ambiances of former religious buildings. Written for academics and students interested in architecture cultural heritage acoustics sensory studies and sound. The multimedia documents of this volume may be consulted at the address: https://frama.link/WSS Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367234225

Worst Things FirstThe Debate over Risk-Based National Environmental Priorities For any government agency the distribution of available resources among problems or programs is crucially important. Agencies however typically lack a self-conscious process for examining priorities much less an explicit method for defining what priorities should be. Worst Things First? illustrates the controversy that ensues when previously implicit administrative processes are made explicit and subjected to critical examination. It reveals surprising limitations to quantitative risk assessment as an instrument for precise tuning of policy judgments. The book also demonstrates the strength of political and social forces opposing the exclusive use of risk assessment in setting environmental priorities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138465732

Would-Be Wife KillerA Clinical Study of Primitive Mental Functions Actualised Unconscious Fantasies Satellite States and Developmental Steps The author believes that studying a therapeutic process closely from its beginning to its termination is one of the best ways to observe learn and teach psychoanalytic concepts. This book is unusual since it describes a man's drastic internal psychological changes over forty years. He was thirty-nine years old when he wanted to cut off his wife's head with an axe and he was hospitalized; previous to this incident he had delusions and hallucinations. He died at age eighty-two as a beloved community leader. The author provides clinical illustrations of primitive transference and counter transference manifestations. He defines "satellite states" in which an individual finds a balance between experiencing individuation and remaining dependent on the Other and "crucial juncture" experiences that are necessary to learn how to integrate self and object images and move up the developmental steps. Various concepts such as the replacement child actualized unconscious phantasy emotional flooding and linking interpretation and therapeutic play are explored. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782202790

Wound Care Ideal for quick reference in any ward or community environment this pocket-sized (120x80mm) spiral-bound book in the popular Nursing and Health Survival guide series puts all the crucial information on wound care at your fingertips. It includes all you need to know on: Wound assessment Wound conditions Treatment and dressing choice Pressure ulcers and prevention Healing factors and risk assessment And much more Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138401259

Wound Closure Biomaterials and Devices "Virtually every wound whether surgical or traumatic needs to be closed to promote wound healing and prevent infection. Increasingly sophisticated and effective materials for the crucial surgical treatment of wound closure are being developed continuously. Keep up with the most recent research progress and future trends in this complex and rapidly changing field with Wound Closure Biomaterial and Devices. This state-of-the-art book provides detailed information and critical discussions on:ï Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367401115

Wound Healing Offering a comprehensive review of the field from basic scientific concepts to assessment and treatment strategies this reference provides an excellent understanding of the epidemiology diagnosis and prevention of acute and chronic wounds-analyzing the latest research from some of the most experienced clinicians and scientists in the field as well as promising therapies for wound evaluation and care. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392338

Wounded AngelsInspiration from Children in Crisis Second Edition Wounded Angels: Inspiration From Children in Crisis uses vignettes of children in crisis situations to portray how troubling behaviors can act as clues for ways children can grow stronger after traumatic stress. This text shows how children can guide caregivers and practitioners through hidden conflicts and through case examples provide opportunities to develop emotionally supportive relationships. Practitioners and caregivers can use Wounded Angels to encourage a resilient perspective for children. In return this text informs readers how children find their own path towards healing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415518055

Wounded By RealityUnderstanding and Treating Adult Onset Trauma The culmination of three decades of studying and treating survivors of adult onset trauma Wounded by Reality is the first systematic attempt to differentiate adult onset trauma from childhood trauma with which it is frequently confused. When catastrophic events overtake adult lives they often scar the psyche in ways that psychodynamically oriented clinicians struggle to understand. For Ghislaine Boulanger the enormous challenge of working with these patients is unsurprising. Survivors of major catastrophe whether a natural disaster a life-threatening assault a serious accident or an act of terrorism experience a near-fatal disruption of fundamental aspects of self experience. The sense of agency of affectivity of bodily integrity the capacity for self-reflection the sense of time and the ability to relate to others - all are called into question. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005846

Wounded CitiesDestruction and Reconstruction in a Globalized World Although the seemingly apocalyptic scale of the World Trade Center disaster continues to haunt people across the globe it is only the most recent example of a city tragically wounded. Cities are in fact perpetually caught up in cycles of degeneration and renewal. As with the WTC from time to time these cycles are severely ruptured by a sudden unpredictable event. In the wake of recent terrorist activities this timely book explores how urban populations are affected by wounds inflicted through violence civil wars overbuilding drug trafficking and the collapse of infrastructures as well as natural disasters such as earthquakes. Mexico City New York Beirut Belfast Bangkok and Baghdad are just a few examples of cities riddled with problems that undermine on a daily basis the quality of urban life. What does it mean for urban dwellers when the infrastructure of a city collapses transport communication grids heat light roads water and sanitation? What are the effects of foreign investment and huge construction projects on urban populations and how does this change the look and character of a city? How does drug trafficking intersect with class race and gender and what impact does it have on vulnerable urban communities? How do political corruption and mafia networks distort the built environment? Drawing on in-depth case studies from across the globe this book answers these intriguing questions through its rigorous consideration of changing global and national contexts social movements and corrosive urban events. Adopting a grass roots up approach it places emphasis on peoples experiences of uneven development and inequality their engagement with memory in the face of continual change and the relevance of political activism to bettering their lives. It is especially attentive to the historical interaction of particular cities with wider political and economic forces as these interactions have shaped local governance over time. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003087465

Wounded FictionModern Poetry and Deconstruction This book first published in 1988 does not concern the theory of poetry so much as the poetry of theory: a poetry that theorizes that has a "view" on things that thinks. What or what things does poetry think about and what do we mean by thinking? The author attempts to answer these questions by examining the work of three poets – Wallace Stevens César Vallejo and René Char – and reflects upon the poetry itself. This title will be of interest to students of literature and literary theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138688841

Wounds in the Middle Ages Wounds were a potent signifier reaching across all aspects of life in Europe in the middle ages and their representation perception and treatment is the focus of this volume. Following a survey of the history of medical wound treatment in the middle ages paired chapters explore key themes situating wounds within the context of religious belief writing on medicine status and identity and surgical practice. The final chapter reviews the history of medieval wounding through the modern imagination. Adopting an innovative approach to the subject this book will appeal to all those interested in how past societies regarded health disease and healing and will improve knowledge of not only the practice of medicine in the past but also of the ethical religious and cultural dimensions structuring that practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245822

Wounds of HistoryRepair and Resilience in the Trans-Generational Transmission of Trauma Wounds of History takes a new view in psychoanalysis using a trans-generational and social/political/cultural model looking at trauma and its transmission. The view is radical in looking beyond maternal dyads and Oedipal triangles and in its portrayal of a multi-generational world that is no longer hierarchical. This look allows for greater clinical creativity for conceptualizing and treating human suffering situating healing in expanding circles of witnessing. The contributors to this volume look at inherited personal trauma involving legacies of war genocide slavery political persecution forced migration/unwelcomed immigration and the way attachment and connection is disrupted traumatized and ultimately longing for repair and reconnection.  The book addresses several themes such as the ethical/social turn in psychoanalysis; the repetition of resilience and wounds and the repair of these wounds; the complexity of attachment in the aftermath of trauma and the move towards social justice. In their contributions the authors remain close to the human stories. Wounds of History will be of interest to psychoanalysts psychologists and other mental health professionals as well as students or teachers of trauma studies Jewish and gender studies and studies of genocide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138807501

Woven Arch BridgeHistories of Constructional Thoughts This book focuses on the woven arch bridge an arch-shaped structure that is one of the most extraordinary timber building traditions of the world. The woven arch bridge exists widely in different cultures and its specific nature is conceptualized by the author as a kind of “universal uniqueness ” challenging widespread viewpoints on its origin and genealogy. Taking this argument as its main thread the book traces the histories of different woven-arch-bridge-cultures and investigates in particular the woven arch bridge in the mountains of Southeast of China from three angles using both archaeological and anthropological methods. Resting upon these case studies a definition of typology and a new theory of structural evolution are established while the book also draws comparisons between western and eastern timber building cultures and offers new insights on the differences between East Asia and Europe. The book also provides a large number of examples and illustrations of the bridge and will be of great value and inspiration for architects and scholars studying the history of architecture bridges and construction while also appealing to general readers interested in historical bridges and traditional construction technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367618230

WPA Posters in an Aesthetic Social and Political ContextA New Deal for Design This book examines posters produced by the Works Progress Administration (WPA) a federal relief program designed to create jobs in the United States during the Great Depression. Cory Pillen focuses on several issues addressed repeatedly in the roughly 2 200 extant WPA posters created between 1935 and 1943: recreation and leisure conservation health and disease and public housing. As the book shows the posters promote specific forms of knowledge and literacy as solutions to contemporary social concerns. The varied issues these works engage and the ideals they endorse however would have resonated in complex ways with the posters’ diverse viewing public working both for and against the rhetoric of consensus employed by New Deal agencies in defining and managing the relationship between self and society in modern America. This book will be of interest to scholars in design history art history and American studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138544338

Wrapping and Unwrapping Material CultureArchaeological and Anthropological Perspectives This innovative volume challenges contemporary views on material culture by exploring the relationship between wrapping materials and practices and the objects bodies and places that define them. Using examples as diverse as baby swaddling Egyptian mummies Celtic tombs lace underwear textile clothing and contemporary African silk the dozen archaeologist and anthropologist contributors show how acts of wrapping and unwrapping are embedded in beliefs and thoughts of a particular time and place. Employing methods of artifact analysis microscopy and participant observation the contributors provide a new lens on material culture and its relationship to cultural meaning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611328875

Wrestling in BritainSporting Entertainments Celebrity and Audiences At the intersection of sport entertainment and performance wrestling occupies a unique position in British popular culture. This is the first book to offer a detailed historical and cultural analysis of British professional wrestling exploring the shifting popularity of the sport as well as its wider social significance. Arguing that the history of professional wrestling can help us understand key themes in sport culture and performance that span the nineteenth and twentieth centuries it addresses topics such as: attitudes towards violence representations of masculinity the media and celebrity culture consumerism and globalisation. By drawing on a variety of intellectual traditions and disciplines the book explores the role of power in the development of popular cultural forms the ways in which history structures the present and the manner in which audiences construct identity and meaning through sport. Wrestling in Britain: Sporting Entertainments Celebrity and Audiences is fascinating reading for all students and researchers with an interest in media and cultural studies histories and sociologies of sport or performance studies.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367894085

Wrestling with DestinyThe promise of psychoanalysis Can psychoanalysis help people control their destinies? Using empirical evidence from neuroscience Lucy Holmes makes a powerful argument that it can. This book considers the various ways in which destiny is linked to the repetition compulsion and how free association in psychoanalysis can literally change the mind in ways that can help people reshape and take control of the future. Freud’s psychoanalysis is revealed here to be startlingly modern in its consonance with the latest findings in the study of the brain. The compulsion to repeat can propel human beings toward destinies they would never have consciously chosen. The tenacity of this human tendency can inhibit our ability to meet life’s challenges. These challenges include our gender; an inability to master the complexities of loving and the strains of marriage; fears regarding the impertinence of being successful; the unconscious reptilian pleasure we derive from going to war and raping the planet; and the inexorable decline and decay of our mortal flesh. This book argues that the evolved talking that occurs in the psychoanalytic process can change the chemistry and structure of the brain in a way that helps the talker face these challenges and take charge of his or her own destiny. The author presents a cogent hypothesis spanning brain and mind to clarify how the basic rule of psychoanalysis - "just say everything" - can actually cure. This will appeal to mental health professionals such as psychoanalysts and psychotherapists and students at the post-graduate level as well as the general interested reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415813419

Wrestling with the AngelLiterary Writings and Reflections on Death Dying and Bereavement Wrestling with the Angel addresses the human struggle to cope with death dying grief and bereavement. The book includes essays a one-act play a short story and poetry including shape poems rhyming structured verse and free verse. In the one-act play an angel of death comes for a man who has lived an unexamined life and wants to explain why he is not prepared to leave. The short story offers a humorous look at a man who resists aging by continuing to view himself as the young man he once was. The diverse genres allow for different ways of exploring these issues but all are intended to engage the reader's emotions as well as intellect. The writings incorporate reflections and quotations addressing common human issues related to our mortality and explore reactions to the loss of a loved one--whether expected such as the death of an aging parent or someone with a terminal illness or unexpected such as accidental death. The final chapters examine how aging causes us to assess our lives and why preparing ourselves for death can enhance the quality of our life. This is a book with many more questions than answers but the reader is invited to share in the process of finding answers. It is a book that requires the reader to be comfortable with ambiguity because the reality it describes is often ambiguous--a reality that presents us with many choices but few certainties. Intended Audience: Scholars hospice workers funeral home directors hospital chaplains ministers and others who work with bereavement issues; classes in death education and classes for mental health professionals in death and grief; general readers who have suffered the loss of a loved one. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415785433

Write Think LearnTapping the Power of Daily Student Writing Across the Content Areas Find out how to create the climate and space for everyday student writing. In this new co-publication with MiddleWeb award-winning teacher Mary Tedrow shows you how to encourage students to integrate daily writing into their lives leading to improved critical thinking skills increased knowledge of subject areas and greater confidence in written expression. This practical guide will help you consider the unique needs of your students while still meeting state standards. You’ll discover how to… Develop classroom routines and activities that invite creativity and self-expression Teach writing methods that can be used across different grade levels and all content areas Challenge students to examine their own writing processes for thinking and problem solving Evaluate written work in a way that emphasizes growth over grades Many exercises prompts and attempts at thinking found in the book can be easily adapted for use both in and out of the classroom. Whether you are a new or experienced teacher Write Think Learn will enable you to make writing come alive for all your students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138052772

Write for Children Writing for children is not about writing little stories it is about writing big stories shorter. Children's literature is an art form in its own right and this book is for everyone who wants not just to write for children but to write well for them. This short guide to creative writing for children is based on the author's own successful MA course. Andrew Melrose provides guidance on every aspect of the process of writing for children. He stresses the importance of 'writing for' the child and not 'writing to or at' them. Literacy and learning depend on writing and reading and it is therefore the responsibility of the writer to understand who they are writing for. The book is divided into four sections which cover all aspects of the writing process.This book goes far beyond the 'how to' format to help writers learn the finely balanced craft of writing for children. It will be an indispensable handbook for aspiring and practising children's authors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143258

Write in StyleA guide to good English Write in Style is aimed at all for whom clarity and accuracy of expression are important skills. All the main styles and grammaticalrules are covered their sense axplained and vivid examples given of how not to write. Plenty of sound and meticulous advice is offered in a friendly and enthusiastic toneand a large part of the book covers specific types of writing from essays and articles to minutes and reportage. The many illustrations examples and exercises throughout help the reader put into practice the techniques and skillds the book explores. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179349

Write It DownGuidance for Preparing Effective and Compliant Documentation A well-understood tenet exists among the FDA and other regulatory bodies: if you didn't write it down it didn't happen. And if it didn't happen your company stands to lose time money and perhaps its competitive edge. Write it Down: Guidance for Preparing Effective and Compliant Documentation provides you with the tools you need to put effective documentation in place. The book has a three-pronged focus: to help writers understand the why of what they must write and the current industry standards for good documentation practices to provide effective examples of a broad spectrum of documents and to supply an in-depth explanation of grammar and punctuation conventions. Substantially expanded the second edition focuses on the regulations the need to document and the range of documentation that must be in place to support therapeutic products from discovery through market. Readers will find useful examples of good writing many provided by people in the industry. Letters and memos; short reports of varied topics including equipment evaluation vendor audit and trip review; standard operating procedures laboratory methods and training materials; documentation for an IQ/OQ/PQ project; a journal article; and excerpts from a development report and a dossier are among the many examples. The book also gives a thorough explanation of grammar punctuation and usage with a strong emphasis on the components of the language that pose difficulties for non-native writers of English. This book is a must for people working in or preparing to work in environments that produce drugs medical devices or biologics for sale in countries that have stringent regulatory requirements and where the business language is English. Firmly placing the writing task in context of the existing laws and guidances the book offers valuable insights into managing systems and producing documentation that meets the requirements of the binding regulations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393137

Write My NameAuthorship in the Poetry of Thomas Moore Write My Name: Authorship in the Poetry of Thomas Moore is the first monograph devoted to Moore’s poetry. The focus of the book is on Moore’s poetry and differing formulations of authorship therein. Its scope comprises poetic publications from Moore’s early career from his Romantic Orientalist writings and from selected musical works and political and satirical verse. It shares the strong historicist awareness of much previous scholarship on Moore but combines this with a range of new and interdisciplinary contexts that are of increasing interest to scholarship in the twenty-first century and which are rarely adopted as frameworks for viewing Moore’s work: digital humanities book history legal history and textual theory. Ultimately the book argues for the value of attending to neglected aspects of Moore’s work through analysis of his shifting modes of authorship and their various motivations Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367416171

Write or be WrittenEarly Modern Women Poets and Cultural Constraints Although the field of early modern women's studies has blossomed in recent years little attention has been paid to women poets of the period. This new collection is specifically designed to fill the gap applying new critical methodologies and theories to this group of early modern writers. Write or Be Written also contributes to ongoing debates about canonicity periodicity disciplinarity and the construction of knowledge. The essays in this volume reflect today's sophisticated critical thinking and represent a broad range of approaches and methodologies. Topics covered include contextualizing the self; female discursive strategies; religious discourses and gender; writing a female space; negotiating power and desire; female writing and the marketplace/publishing; and revisions of male-dominated poetic conventions and traditions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233383

Write Out of the ClassroomHow to use the 'real' world to inspire and create amazing writing Write Out of the Classroom is a ground-breaking highly practical book which provides teachers and creative writing tutors with great ways of tapping into the huge inspirational and educational potential of the richly diverse world beyond the classroom walls. Effective learning occurs when the process feels exciting inspiring and ‘real’ and there is nothing more stimulating and ‘real’ than the real world itself. Working with groups in interesting and evocative settings can generate exceptional participant involvement. Well-led ‘locational brainstorming’ in such places increases vocabulary and produces an astonishing freshness of observation ideas language plot and metaphor. Teachers commonly notice a quantum leap in writing quality arising from these sessions. Based on the author’s extensive experience in developing and leading out-of-classroom ‘intelligent observation’ and writing workshops this unique book steers educators through the subtleties of guiding thoughtful data collection sessions in varied environments; selecting appropriate and motivational places and forms of writing and running sessions linked to specific creative and factual writing tasks. The book covers the following areas and techniques and how they relate to out-of-classroom work: planning outings and choosing locations; leading language and ideas brainstorm sessions; descriptive poetry inspired by outdoor settings; ‘reflective haikus’ cinquains and minimalist poetry; creating stunning plots and storylines; collective story writing; fictitious diary forms; descriptive travel writing; understanding poetry’s mechanics and sound patterns; assisting students with editing. This detailed practical book also contains examples of remarkable student creative writing produced through these techniques as well as photocopiable pages which include original examples of specific writing forms to model from explanatory diagrams helpful checklists and handy teachers’ ‘crib sheets’. Write out of the Classroom is the perfect ‘insider's guide’ to teaching and inspiring creative writing. It is an essential tool for classroom teachers in both Primary and Secondary schools creative writing tutors literacy co-ordinators and PGCE students as well as leaders in residential centres and forest schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415635295

Write to ShootWriting Short Films for Production Write to Shoot teaches budding screenwriters and screenwriting filmmakers how to write a short script with production in mind. Beker instructs them how to showcase their strengths tailor projects to shoestring budgets resources and practical production parameters without sacrificing the quality and punch of their screenplays whether they're creating a sizzle short for an unproduced feature script an independent creative work or a soapbox to promote a cause. Write to Shoot: Writing Short Films for Production is a must-have guide for anyone who wants to be sure there will be no surprises on set that come from a script that's not ready for production. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138844636

Write to TVOut of Your Head and onto the Screen In Write to TV (third edition) industry veteran Martie Cook offers practical advice on writing innovative television scripts that will allow you to finally get that big idea out of your head and onto the screen. With this book you’ll learn to craft smart original stories and scripts for a variety of television formats and genres including comedy drama pilots web series and subscription video on demand. This new edition has been updated with expanded coverage on writing for global audiences content creation for streaming services such as Netflix Amazon and Hulu as well as writing the web series podcasts and utilizing free platforms such as YouTube. It also features new chapters on writing for niche markets; breaking into the writers’ room; creating binge-worthy series and how to accompany pilot scripts with a series pitch document. Plus expanded information on creating complex and compelling characters including writing anti-heroes and strong female protagonists and much much more. Including information directly from studio and network executives agents and managers on what they’re looking for in new writers and how to avoid common pitfalls advice from successful creators and showrunners on creating original content that sells and tips from new writers on how to get into a writers room and stay there. This book contains information from more than 20 new interviews access to sample outlines script pages checklists and countless other invaluable resources and is the ideal book for anyone who wants to break into the TV writing industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367338138

Write With MePartnering With Parents in Writing Instruction In this book teacher and author Lynda Wade Sentz presents innovative strategies for involving parents in their children�s writing instruction. Elementary school teachers can use these strategies to expand writing instruction into the home and enlist parents as "writing role models" who help to reinforce classroom learning. Designed for use in conjunction with your current writing program these activities are engaging and enjoyable. They include the Partner Journal and the Partner Scrapbook along with several others that enable parents and children to communicate via the written word. Contents include: Parents: Their First Writing Teachers Establishing Parent-Child Writing Partnerships Getting Parents on Your Side Ideas to Strengthen Parent Partners According to Sentz "Parents are the most underutilized resource in education yet they are the most powerful tool in the teacher�s arsenal." When writing is encouraged in the home children develop an appreciation for good writing and are increasingly motivated to write themselves. Let this book help you put your greatest asset � parents � to good use and begin to see significant improvement in the writing of each of your students! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138439665

Write Your Way into Animation and GamesCreate a Writing Career in Animation and Games Launch your career in writing for video games or animation with the best tips tricks and tutorials from the Focal press catalog--all at your fingertips. Let our award-winning writers and game developers show you how to generate ideas and create compelling storylines concepts and narratives for your next project. Write Your Way Into Animation and Games provides invaluable information on getting into the game and animation industries. You will benefit from decades of insider experience about the fields of animation and games with an emphasis on what you really need to know to start working as a writer.Navigate the business aspects gain unique skills and develop the craft of writing specifically for aniamtion and games. Learn from the cream of the crop who have shared their knowledge and experience in these key Focal Press guides:Digital Storytelling Second Edition by Carolyn Handler MillerAnimation Writing and Development by Jean Ann WrightWriting for Animation Comics and Games by Christy MarxStory and Simulations for Serious Games by Nick Iuppa and Terry BorstWriting for Multimedia and the Web Third Edition by Timothy Garrand Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138403161

Writer Identity and the Teaching and Learning of Writing Writer Identity and the Teaching and Learning of Writing is a groundbreaking book which addresses what it really means to identify as a writer in educational contexts and the implications for writing pedagogy. It conceptualises writers’ identities and draws upon empirical studies to explore their construction enactment and performance. Focusing largely on teachers’ identities and practices as writers and the writer identities of primary and secondary students it also encompasses the perspectives of professional writers and highlights promising new directions for research. With four interlinked sections this book offers: Nuanced understandings of how writer identities are shaped and formed; Insights into how classroom practice changes when teachers position themselves as writers alongside their students; New understandings of what this positioning means for students’ identities as writers and writing pedagogy; and Illuminating case studies mapping young people's writing trajectories. With an international team of contributors the book offers a global perspective on this vital topic and makes a new and strongly theorised contribution to the field. Viewing writer identity as fluid and multifaceted this book is important reading for practising teachers student teachers educational researchers and practitioners currently undertaking postgraduate studies. Contributors include: Teresa Cremin Terry Locke Sally Baker Josephine Brady Diane Collier Nikolaj Elf Ian Eyres Theresa Lillis Marilyn McKinney Denise Morgan Debra Myhill Mary Ryan Kristin Stang Chris Street Anne Whitney and Rebecca Woodard. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138948907

Writers and Politics in West Germany Originally published in 1986 this book is an interpretative survey of the development of political writing in the former Federal Republic of Germany. It illustrates how intertwined writing is with politics whether by the political commitment of writers like Grass or the analysis of Böll by the exclusion of writers from political debate under Adenauer or their insistence on involvement in the years of the SPD. So many themes central to German life are themselves political – the division of the German state the interpretation of the German character the Green Movement. This wide-ranging and thorough study discusses a central issue of European politics and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367856205

Writers and Social Thought in Africa Social theory and social theorizing about Africa has largely ignored African literature. However because writers are some of the continent’s finest social thinkers they have produced – and continue to produce – works which constitute potential sources for the analysis of social thought and for constructing social theory in and beyond the continent. This comprehensive collection examines the relationship between African literature and African social thought. It explores the evolution and aesthetics of social thought in African fiction and African writers’ conceptions of power and authority legitimacy history and modernity gender and sexuality culture epistemology globalization and change and continuity in Africa. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Contemporary African Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138295636

Writers and ThinkersSelected Literary Criticism This is a collection of critical essays that integrate literature and ideas. Daniel Fuchs presents the writer's individuality as artist and thinker focusing on the writer's interaction within a wide range of cultural political and historical periods and situations representative of the modern period. The essays reflect a progression that goes beyond chronology or historical survey in the consistency and interrelation of the literary and cultural themes explored and the references within them.The book is built around writers who are of central concern to the author. It does not pretend to be a comprehensive framework for analysing modernism. Fuchs first deals with high modernism in discussions of Hemingway and Stevens who in different ways critique tradition and collapsing values. The essays that follow deal with the "contemporary " and here the focus is mainly on American Jewish writers and their cultural impact after modernism.The author's stance is in relation not only to these traditions but to others that might be thought antagonistic: the formalism of the New Critics and the deconstructionism that reduces the author to a replaceable variable in the dialects of cultural power relations. Fuchs pays tribute to the former illustrating wider points in literary socio-cultural and political history. The overall emphasis on these "extrinsic" matters underscores the book's appeal to a wide audience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412862660

Writers Have No AgeCreative Writing for Older Adults Second Edition Writers Have No Age: Creative Writing for Older Adults Second Edition is a book for writers by writers. Unlike the first edition which was aimed at teachers of writing this edition is aimed at writers themselves. This book will help older writers value themselves and their potential and increase the pleasure and satisfaction found in writing. It provides both information and inspiration gained from the authors’ own writing lives and from observation of their students that will help boost writing confidence.Write your way to success—at any age!“We who come to writing do not have to be convinced that there are rewards in store for us. We sense good things ahead and believe in writing’s benefits.” “In this book we have put together some of our own best writing and teaching ideas to help you enjoy the re-creation and stimulation of writing whatever your age.”“Older writers though we are we do get better at it all the time.”—the authors This book combines personal accounts of the authors’ writing experiences as well as writing instruction and information. It contains numerous writing exercises and assignments to get you started and techniques to keep you at it. It also includes sections that cover all types of writing including poetry fiction and nonfiction. Marketing resources for writers who wish to be published are included.In Writers Have No Age you will find: authors’ personal anecdotes—from disappointment to success writing exercises and techniques marketing resources and mediums for writers an editing checklist a list of books and periodicals to help hone writing skills suggestions on teaching or volunteering in nursing homes and much more!Writers Have No Age is a valuable tool for anyone in (or just getting started in) the writing field. Not only will this book help beginners sharpen their writing skills but it will also help those who have written professionally or personally to reach a wider audience. Add this book to your collection today and write your way to success! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203050569

Writers' Houses and the Making of Memory This innovative new book examines the ways in which writers’ houses contribute to the making of memory. It shows that houses built or inhabited by poets and novelists both reflect and construct the author’s private and artistic persona; it also demonstrates how this materialized process of self-fashioning is subsequently appropriated within various strategies and policies of cultural memory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415540827

Writer's Workshop for the Common CoreA Step-by-Step Guide Writing instruction expert Warren Combs presents a step-by-step plan for teaching writing workshops that are aligned to the Common Core State Standards. The book is filled with practical mini-lessons strategies and tools for every stage of the writing process from prewriting through publication. Scripting is provided to show teachers how to model each strategy for students. In addition Dr. Combs shows how teachers can use the following elements: The concepts Voice Pictures and Flow to help students understand the essential elements of writing The words Invite Model Write Look and Learn to model effective writing for students and have them learn from your example Revision strategies such as Jot and Blend Combining Sentences Writing Leads and Writing Closes Peer revision using Peer-Assisted Learning Systems (PALS) Student self-assessment rubrics The book also includes scoring guides and pacing guides to help teachers implement writing workshops more easily. As Dr. Combs demonstrates you can give workshops more structure while still making writing come alive for your students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781596671928

Writing Geometry and Space in Seventeenth-Century England and AmericaCircles in the Sand The early modern map has come to mark the threshold of modernity cutting through the layered customs of Medieval parochialism with its clean expansive geometries. Re-thinking the role played by mathematics and cartography in the English seventeenth century this book argues that the cultural currency of mathematics was as unstable in the period as that of England's controversial enclosures and plantations. Reviewing evidence from a wide range of literary and scientific; courtly and pragmatic texts Edwards suggests that its unstable currency rendered mathematics necessarily rhetorical: subject to constant re-negotiation. Yet he also finds a powerful flexibility in this weakness. Mathematized texts from masques to maps negotiated a contemporary ambivalence between Calvinist asceticism and humanist engagement. Their authors promoted themselves as artful guides between virtue and profit; the study and the marketplace. This multi-disciplinary work will be of interest to all disciplines affected by the recent 'spatial turn' in early modern cultural studies and particularly to students and researchers in literature history and geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138810051

Writing Reading and Understanding in Modern Health SciencesMedical Articles and Other Forms of Communication Medical articles are one of the main vehicles of knowledge translation and evidence communication in the health sciences. Their correct structure and style alone are no longer enough to convey a clear understanding of the intended message. Readers must be able to understand the very essence of the article message. That is the purpose of this book.Writing Reading and Understanding in Modern Health Sciences: Medical Articles and Other Forms of Communication will help the authors of medical articles communicate more effectively in today's practice and health research environment. It explores the most effective practices for communicating using three main medical literature formats: through scientific articles articles where the subject is not based on the practice of the scientific method and business reports.Describing how to think beyond the prevailing IMRAD article format this book focuses on the nature content domains of thought and meanings of medical articles. The ideas and underlying propositions in this book are complementary to specific requirements appropriate for each type of medical journal. After reading this book you will better understand: How to write what is considered the most important type of medical article the research-based medical article How to write an evidence-based argumentative medical article The challenges of clinical case reporting The general framework of medical and research ethics Classification of medical articles and their underlying studies from the causal standpoint Supplying you with the understanding required to write more effective medical articles the book includes details about essay-type articles research-based articles thesis as introduction sections definitions as part of the material and methods sections modern argumentation and critical thinking underlying results and their discussion and conclusions about them. It also examines qualitative research and case study methodologies from other domains. A must-read for all writers readers and users of medical articles this book supplies the tools you need to write compelling medical reports that can help to improve the practice research and quality of healthcare at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482226454

Writing Teaching and Researching History in the Electronic AgeHistorians and Computers This volume focuses on the role of the computer and electronic technology in the discipline of history. It includes representative articles addressing H-Net scholarly publication on-line reviewing enhanced lectures using the World Wide Web and historical research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315697963

Writing a Business PlanA Practical Guide Resourcing new ventures is-all important for entrepreneurs and creating a successful business plan can be make or break when it comes to attracting investment. Written by an experienced academic and consultant this book provides a concise guide for producing the optimal business plan. Business plans are vital when it comes to making strategic decisions and monitoring progress. Writing a Business Plan is designed to teach you how to write your business plan without relying on someone else or internet templates. It will take you through each stage of business-plan writing with chapters on generating ideas; describing business opportunities; drawing a business road map; and considering marketing financial operations HR legal and risk. The book includes a range of features to assist you including worked-through examples. This unique book provides a one-stop shop for entrepreneurs and students of entrepreneurship to hone their skills in writing a useful and comprehensive business plan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138206021

Writing a New Environmental EraMoving forward to nature Writing a New Environmental Era first considers and then rejects back-to-nature thinking and its proponents like Henry David Thoreau arguing that human beings have never lived at peace with nature. Consequently we need to stop thinking about going back to what never was and instead work at moving forward to forge a more harmonious relationship with nature in the future. Using the rise of the automobile and climate change denial literature to explore how our current environmental era was written into existence Ken Hiltner argues that the humanities—and not as might be expected the sciences—need to lead us there.  In one sense climate change is caused by a rise in atmospheric CO2 and other so-called greenhouse gases. Science can address this cause. However approached in another way altogether climate change is caused by a range of troubling human activities that require the release of these gases such as our obsessions with cars lavish houses air travel and endless consumer goods. The natural sciences may be able to tell us how these activities are changing our climate but not why we are engaging in them. That’s a job for the humanities and social sciences. As this book argues we need to see anthropogenic (i.e. human-caused) climate change for what it is and address it as such: a human problem brought about by human actions. A passionate and personal exploration of why the Environmental Humanities matter and why we should be looking forward not back to nature this book will be essential reading for all those interested in the future and sustainability of our planet. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367143800

Writing a New France 1604-1632Empire and Early Modern French Identity The focus of this study is the exciting period of French overseas exploration directly following the stagnation caused by the Wars of Religion. The book examines the early period of French involvement in Northeastern America through readings of key texts principally travel and missionary accounts. Among the works examined are travel writings by Marc Lescarbot (Histoire de la Nouvelle-France) and Samuel de Champlain (Voyages) and missionary works by Gabriel Sagard (Dictionnaire de la Langue Huronne Histoire du Canada) Jean de Brébeuf and Paul le Jeune (early Relations de Jésuites). Through a careful examination of these texts the author discerns a French "rewriting of the self" in relation to the American other represented by both land and people. America Brazeau argues allowed a consolidation of past markers of identity and forced a radical rereading of others due to the difficulties presented by the Canadian wilderness and its natives. Writing a New France 1604-1632 sheds fresh light on a significant moment in French colonial history while providing an innovative contribution to the understanding of early modern French identity and cultural contact. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315546223

Writing a Proposal for Your DissertationGuidelines and Examples This user-friendly guide helps students get started on--and complete--a successful doctoral dissertation proposal by accessibly explaining the process and breaking it down into manageable steps. Steven R. Terrell demonstrates how to write each chapter of the proposal including the problem statement purpose statement and research questions and hypotheses; literature review; and detailed plan for data collection and analysis. Of special utility end-of-chapter exercises serve as building blocks for developing a full draft of an original proposal. Numerous case study examples are drawn from across the social behavioral and health science disciplines. Appendices present an exemplary proposal written three ways to encompass quantitative qualitative and mixed-methods designs. User-Friendly Features *"Let's Start Writing" exercises leading up to a complete proposal draft. *"Do You Understand?" checklists of key terms plus an end-of-book glossary. *End-of-chapter quizzes with answers. *Case study examples from education psychology health sciences business and information systems. *Sample proposal with three variants of the methods chapter: quantitative qualitative and mixed methods. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462523023

Writing a Small Nation's PastWales in Comparative Perspective 1850–1950 This is the first volume to examine how the history of Wales was written in a period that saw the emergence of professional historiography largely focused on the nation across Europe and in the United States. It thus sets Wales in the context of recent work on national history writing in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries and more particularly offers a Welsh perspective on the ways in which history was written in small mainly stateless nations. The comparative dimension is fundamental to the volume's aim highlighting what was distinctive about Welsh historical writing and showing how the Welsh experience mirrors and illuminates broader historiographical developments. The book begins with an introduction that uses the concept of historical culture as a way of exploring the different strands of historiography covered in the collection providing orientation to the chapters that follow. These are divided into four sections: 'Contexts and Backgrounds' 'Amateurs and Popularizers' 'Creating Academic Disciplines' and 'Comparative Perspectives'. All these themes are then drawn together in the conclusion to examine how far Welsh historians exemplify widespread trends in the writing of national history and thereby point-up common themes that emerge from the volume and clarify its broader significance for students of historiography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138707252

Writing About ByzantiumThe History of Niketas Choniates Niketas Choniates was in Constantinople when it was burnt and looted by the soldiers of the Fourth Crusade and he wrote a history which has always been the mainstay for anyone wishing to learn about the Comnene dynasty and the Byzantine Empire of the twelfth century. Yet it is a very difficult and puzzling text and given its significance for the period is understudied. The author says at the start that he wrote his work hoping that even workers and women would be able to profit from it yet he wrote those words and the rest of the history in a highly convoluted literary and at times opaque style and language. This examination is an introduction to the history of Niketas and to the author’s views of why this period saw such catastrophe for the Byzantines. It looks at Niketas’ thoughts about history-writing the emperors and the Comnene dynasty in particular about the presence of God in man’s affairs and the historian’s attitudes to the women of the imperial family. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594169

Writing About Screen Media Writing About Screen Media presents strategies for writing about a broad range of media objects – including film television social media advertising video games mobile media music videos and digital media – in an equally broad range of formats. The book’s case studies showcase media studies’ geographical and industrial breadth with essays covering topics as varied as: Brazilian telenovelas K-pop music videos Bombay cinema credit sequences global streaming services film festivals archives and more. With the expertise of over forty esteemed media scholars the collection combines personal reflections about writing with practical advice. Writing About Screen Media reflects the diversity of screen media criticism and encourages both beginning and established writers to experiment with content and form. Through its unprecedented scope this volume will engage not only those who may be writing about film and other screen media for the first time but also accomplished writers who are interested in exploring new screen media objects new approaches to writing about media and new formats for critical expression.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815393528

Writing Academic Texts DifferentlyIntersectional Feminist Methodologies and the Playful Art of Writing This edited volume combines cutting-edge research on feminist and intersectional writing methodologies with explorations of links between academic and creative writing practices. Contributors discuss what it means for academic writing processes to explore intersectional in-between spaces between monolithic identity markers and power differentials such as gender race ethnicity class sexuality and nationality. How does such a frame change academic writing? How does it make it pertinent to explore new synergies between academic and creative writing? In answer to these questions the book offers theories methodologies political and ethical considerations as well as reflections on writing strategies. Suggestions for writing exercises developed against the background of the contributors' individual and joint teaching practices will inspire readers to engage in alternative writing practices themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138283114

Writing After ChaucerEssential Readings in Chaucer and the Fifteenth Century First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315861203

Writing an Interactive Story Video games have become the world's largest leading cultural product. Though disputed in the past the narrative qualities of video games have finally secured distinction in the realm of art. This is especially true for interactive games. Writing an Interactive Story will help the reader in navigating the creation process of interactive scripts in addition to discovering behind the scenes narrative choices of renowned games and will help you to harness your inner creativity. Guided by master interactive scriptwriters the text presents its content in the form of a unique writing workshop. With interactive game writing the player becomes the star of the work. Thanks to this method of storytelling the morals of the game become resonant. This is because the weight of the narrative’s choices and consequences rest fully upon the player. It's the ultimate narrative. Whether you are a video game enthusiast student or professional discover how to create a more immersive personalized experience than ever before and give your players the opportunity to write their own destiny through their choices. The methods strategies and secrets of this new art await you. Features exclusive interviews with: David Cage – BAFTA Award for Best Story – Heavy Rain Jean-Luc Cano - BAFTA Award for Best Story – Life Is Strange Joe Penny David Bowman – Telltale’s The Wolf Among Us The Walking Dead Benjamin Diebling – Beyond Two Souls Detroit: Become Human Erwan Le Breton – Ubisoft Thomas Veauclin– The Council Fibre Tigre – Out There Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367410308

Writing and Africa This volume reflects one of the new areas of English Studies as it broadens to take in non-western literatures and places more emphasis on the contexts and broader notions of `writing'. In discussing writing from and about Africa this collection touches on studies in black writing colonialism and imperialism and cultural development in the third world. It begins by providing a historical introduction to the main regional traditions and then builds on this to discuss major issues such as oral tradition the significance of `literature' as a western import representations of Africa in western writing African writing against colonialism and its themes and politics in a post-colonial world popular writing and the representation of women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138439955

Writing and America Writing and America surveys the writing genres that have contributed to the American notions of America . Essays from scholars from both side of the Atlantic chart the range of responses to American nationhood from colonial times to the present and include dissenting responses from communities such as native American black and feminist writers. Case studies from writers such as James Fenimore Cooper and William Carlos Williams provide a framework for discussions on topics such as colonial notions of America as the promised land the discourses of nationhood in the republic the sense of nationhood in American historiography and the formation of the American Canon. Draws upon extracts from the American Bills of Rights and the Constitution as examples of different types of writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138164925

Writing and Cinema  This collection of essays examines the ways in which writing and cinema can be studied in relation to each other. A wide range of material is presented from essays which look at particular films including The Piano and The English Patient to discussions of the latest developments in film studies including psychoanalytic film theory and the cultural study of film audiences. Specific topics that the essays address also include: the kinds of writing produced for the cinema industry advertising film adaptations of written texts and theatre plays from nineteenth century 'classic' novels to recent cyberpunk science fiction such as Blade Runner and Starship Troopers. The essays deal with existing areas of debate like questions of authorship and audience and also break new ground for example in proposing approaches to the study of writing on the cinema screen. The book includes a select bibliography and a documents section gives details of a range of films for further study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138166332

Writing and Designing Manuals and Warnings Fifth Edition Technology is changing the way we do business the way we communicate with each other and the way we learn. This new edition is intended to help technical writers graphic artists engineers and others who are charged with producing product documentation in the rapidly changing technological world. While preserving the basic guidelines for developing manuals and warnings presented in the previous edition this new edition offers new material as well including a much-expanded section on hazard analysis. Features Provides more explicit guidance on conducting a hazard analysis including methods and documentation Offers in-depth discussion of digital platforms including video animations and even virtual reality to provide users with operating instructions and safety information Incorporates current research into effective cross-cultural communication—essential in today’s global economy Explains new US and international standards for warning labels and product instructions Presents expanded material on user analysis including addressing generational differences in experience and preferred learning styles Writing and Designing Manuals and Warnings Fifth Edition explores how emerging technologies are changing the world of product documentation from videos to virtual reality and all points in between. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367111090

Writing and Developing Social Stories This practical resource provides an introduction to the theory and practice of writing social stories. In addition there are examples of successful stories to use as guides as well as information and photocopiable resources for delivering training on the use of social stories. Based on detailed work carried out in homes schools and pre-schools this book offers practical support to anyone meeting the needs of a child or young adult with an autistic spectrum disorder. Social stories are short stories intended for children with autism to help them understand their social world and behave appropriately within it. The stories provide clear concise and accurate information about what is happening in a specific situation outlining both why it is happening and what a typical response might be. It is written by those directly supporting a child with autism and only successful stories are included in the book. The stories are infinitely flexible and adaptable to an individual child in an individual social situation. It covers children aged 3 to 16. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315172446

Writing and Developing Social StoriesPractical Interventions in Autism 2nd Edition This practical resource provides an introduction to the theory and practice of writing social stories. In addition there are examples of successful stories to use as guides as well as information and photocopiable (and downloadable) resources for delivering training on the use of social stories. Based on detailed work carried out in homes schools and pre-schools this book offers practical support to anyone meeting the needs of a child or young adult with an autistic spectrum disorder and with staff supporting adults with autism. Social stories are short stories intended for children and adults with autism to help them understand their social world and behave appropriately within it. The stories: provide clear concise and accurate information about what is happening in a specific situation outlining both why it is happening and what a typical response might be are written by those directly supporting children or adults with autism and only successful stories are included in the book are infinitely flexible and adaptable to an individual child in an individual social situation. This 2nd edition has been thoroughly revised and updated throughout. It also now contains: brand new stories including examples for use by parents at home brand new section on mental health additional stories for use with adults with autism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301863

Writing and Editing for Digital Media In this new edition Brian Carroll explores writing and editing for digital media with information about voice style media formats and content development combining hands-on exercises with new sections on idea generation multi-modal storytelling podcasting and information credibility. Carroll explains and demonstrates how to effectively write for digital spaces – whether crafting a story for a website writing for an app blogging or using social media to expand the conversation. Each chapter features lessons and exercises through which students can build a solid understanding of the ways that digital communication provides opportunities for dynamic storytelling and multi-directional communication. Updated with contemporary examples and new pedagogy the fourth edition broadens its scope helping digital writers and editors in all fields including public relations marketing and social media management. Writing and Editing for Digital Media is an ideal handbook for students from all backgrounds who are looking to develop their writing and editing skills for this ever-evolving industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367245092

Writing and Fantasy Writing and Fantasy brings together essays which restore a sense of the fantastic as a political response to cultural opportunities and pressures. It moves on from two conventional fields of discussion: the psychoanalytic where phantasies are produced by the emergence of the consciousness and the social where fantasies are the production of nineteenth-century individualism. Chapters run from the classical period to the twentieth century each focusing on a local reading of how fantasy acts as a strategy to contain or exploit specific historical and cultural moments. A wide variety of sites are investigated including the feminization of the wild west originary and maternal spaces highwaywomen financial credit and the ideal home. Multiple genres containing fantasy are explored ranging from ghost stories to feminist utopias.Aids to the reader include an introduction summarising recent discussions of fantasy illustrations dealing with visual fantasies and an annotated bibliography. The new research presented here will be of great interest to academics and students in literature history and cultural studies departments who are working in the field of the historical development of concepts of fantasy cultural opposition and the imbrication of politics and modes of representation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138439900

Writing and Learning in Cross-national PerspectiveTransitions From Secondary To Higher Education Despite the increasingly global implications of conversations about writing and learning U.S. composition studies has devoted little attention to cross-national perspectives on student writing and its roles in wider cultural contexts. Caught up in our own concerns about how U.S. students make the transition as writers from secondary school to postsecondary education we often overlook the fact that students around the world are undergoing the same evolution. How do the students in China England France Germany Kenya or South Africa--the educational systems represented in this collection--write their way into the communities of their chosen disciplines? How for instance do students whose mother tongue is not the language of instruction cope with the demands of academic and discipline-specific writing? And in what ways is U.S. students' development as academic writers similar to or different from that of students in other countries? With this collection editors David Foster and David R. Russell broaden the discussion about the role of writing in various educational systems and cultures. Students' development as academic writers raises issues of student authorship and agency as well as larger issues of educational access institutional power relations system goals and students' roles in society. The contributors to this collection discuss selected writing purposes and forms characteristic of a specific national education system describe students' agency as writers and identify contextual factors--social economic linguistic cultural--that shape institutional responses to writing development. In discussions that bookend these studies of different educational structures the editors compare U.S. postsecondary writing practices and pedagogies with those in other national systems and suggest new perspectives for cross-national study of learning/writing issues important to all educational systems. Given the worldwide increase in students en Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138437753

Writing and Managing SOPs for GCP Writing and Managing SOPs for GCP is the first book to discuss managing Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) for Good Clinical Practice (GCP) from conception to retirement. It recommends approaches that have a direct impact on improving SOP and regulatory compliance. Throughout the text the book provides a user’s point of view to keep topics focused on the practical aspects of SOPs and SOP management. The idea of specifically calling out approaches to SOP creation and maintenance in an effort to make it easier for users to stay in compliance is a theme found throughout all book chapters. Examples in each chapter provide accurate reflections of real-world experiences to illustrate the discussion. The book also includes an example "SOP of SOPs" along with an associated SOP template. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482239355

Writing and PersonalityFinding Your Voice Your Style Your Way 'We cannot separate the writer from the writing. Nor should we try. Both our writing process and our writing products need to carry our unique signature a bit of our personality.' - From Writing and Personality How you write - what works for you and what makes sense to you - depends on who you are your personality your preferences y Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329921

Writing and PowerA Critical Introduction to Composition Studies This book offers a much needed alternative to the more traditional texts used to teach writing instruction. Grounded in history the book clarifies changing theoretical and practical approaches to teaching writing critically assessing each approach in relation to the social and political movements of the day both within and beyond the university. The author takes us inside the real world of writing instruction; not only from the viewpoint of instructor but as seen through the eyes of students struggling to make sense of the expectations of writing class. Mitchell emphasizes that "writing" entails far more than putting words to paper and delves into contextually variable culturally defined expectations that include multiple linguistic forms - both oral and written - highlighting the complexity of writing(s) while engaging the reader in lively academic debates about language and society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315630960

Writing and Publishing Research in Kinesiology Health and Sport Science Drawing on real-world experience and presented in an informal and accessible manner Writing and Publishing Research in Kinesiology Health and Sport Science provides upper-level students and early-career academics with an essential resource to aid in disseminating research and publishing their first papers. Logically structured to take researchers through each step of the publishing process the book offers subject-specific advice on developing every aspect of theoretical applied or position papers including: • the title abstract and keywords • method results and discussion sections • referencing • finding the right journal and submitting a paper • revising content in light of peer review • presenting papers. This is important and accessible reading for any researchers seeking advice on publishing their work in fields including but not limited to kinesiology health exercise science physical education or recreation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138715929

Writing and Race Writing and Race brings together specially commissioned essays by new and established authors from a range of disciplines. Texts are drawn from subjects and genres that include philosophy politics anthropology sexuality travel fiction and autobiography. Through a time-span from Ancient Greece to the present day and a geographical coverage from Australia and Europe to the Caribbean and the United States the collection investigates the importance of place moment cultural formation and subject identity in racial representation. A substantial introduction establishes the connections between the essays and lucidly summarizes recent thinking on race explaining in particular the relevance of debates about ethnography.Accessible and stimulating Writing and Race is a multidisciplinary collection that will be of interest to students researchers and lecturers who study or are interested in race. The essays represent a variety of critical approaches thus allowing the reader to compare and contrast the benefits of each approach. Extracts of some of the texts that are discussed are included along with an extensive bibliography to encourage further study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138439948

Writing and Reading Mental Health RecordsIssues and Analysis in Professional Writing and Scientific Rhetoric This revised and updated second edition is a rhetorical analysis of written communication in the mental health community. As such it contributes to the growing body of research being done in rhetoric and composition studies on the nature of writing and reading in highly specialized professional discourse communities. Many compelling questions answered in this volume include: * What "ideological biases" are reflected in the language the nurse/rhetorician uses to talk to and talk about the patient? * How does language figure into the process of constructing meaning in this context? * What social interactions -- with the patient with other nurses with physicians -- influence the nurse's attempt to construct meaning in this context? * How do the readers of assessment construct their own meanings of the assessment? Based on an ongoing collaboration between composition studies specialists and mental health practitioners this book presents research of value not only to writing scholars and teachers but also to professional clinicians their teachers and those who read mental health records in order to make critically important decisions. It can also be valuable as a model for other scholars to follow when conducting similar long-range studies of other writing-intensive professions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203811221

Writing and Religion in England 1558-1689Studies in Community-Making and Cultural Memory The fruit of intensive collaboration among leading international specialists on the literature religion and culture of early modern England this volume examines the relationship between writing and religion in England from 1558 the year of the Elizabethan Settlement up until the Act of Toleration of 1689. Throughout these studies religious writing is broadly taken as being 'communicational' in the etymological sense: that is as a medium which played a significant role in the creation or consolidation of communities. Some texts shaped or reinforced one particular kind of religious identity whereas others fostered communities which cut across the religious borderlines which prevailed in other areas of social interaction. For a number of the scholars writing here such communal differences correlate with different ways of drawing on the resources of cultural memory. The denominational spectrum covered ranges from several varieties of Dissent through via media Anglicanism to Laudianism and Roman Catholicism and there are also glances towards heresy and the mid-seventeenth century's new atheism. With respect to the range of different genres examined the volume spans the gamut from poetry fictional prose drama court masque sermons devotional works theological treatises confessions of faith church constitutions tracts and letters to history-writing and translation. Arranged in roughly chronological order Writing and Religion in England 1558-1689 presents chapters which explore religious writing within the wider contexts of culture ideas attitudes and law as well as studies which concentrate more on the texts and readerships of particular writers. Several contributors embrace an inter-arts orientation relating writing to liturgical ceremony painting music and architecture while others opt for a stronger sociological slant explicitly emphasizing the role of women writers and of writers from different sub-cultural backgrounds. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315546209

Writing and Reporting News You Can Use Writing and Reporting News You Can Use instructs students on how to produce news that is informative interesting educational and most importantly compelling. It addresses roadblocks to student interest in writing news using illustrative examples and exercises to help them understand how to write news that is interesting and accurate. Trujillo’s hands-on approach is based on real-world strategies that deal with audience and market characteristics. Students are writing from the very beginning while also getting the ethical and legal grounding necessary to understand the field. This textbook is a complete resource for students learning broadcast news including how to get a job after leaving the classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138284272

Writing and the English Renaissance Writing and the English Renaissance is a collection of essays exploring the full creative richness of Renaissance culture during the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. As well as considering major literary figures such as Spenser Marlowe Donne and Milton lesser known - especially women - writers are also examined. Radical writing and popular culture are considered as well. The scope of the study not only extends the parameters for debate in Renaissance studies but also adopts a radical interdisciplinary approach bridging the gap between literary historical cultural and women's studies leading to a much fuller picture of life in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries.The authors discussed are placed in their full historical and literary context with an extensive selection of original documentation included in the text - for example from The Book of Common Prayer or the Homilies to contextualize the writing under discussion. This distinctive approach combined with a detailed chronology of the period and bibliography embracing both canonical and non-canonical writers makes this volume a unique reference resource and course reader for Renaissance studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138164567

Writing and the Moral Self Originally published in 1991 this book analyses the relation between writing and ethics in a number of social contexts – in politics as language discloses its connections to the institutions of totalitarianism and democracy; in the university as contemporary scholarly ideals find an uncomfortably accurate representation in the stylistic forms of academic writing; in daily social practice ranging from the status of truth in journalistic writing to the connection between pronouns and affirmative action; and finally in the ethical structure of language itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367491604

Writing and the Writer Exploring the relationship between the writer and what he/she happens to be writing this text by one of the foremost scholars in the field of literacy and cognition is a unique and original examination of writing--as a craft and as a cognitive activity. The book is concerned with the physical activity of writing the way the nervous system recruits the muscles to move the pen or manipulate the typewriter. It considers the necessary disciplines of writing such as knowledge of the conventions of grammar spelling and punctuation. In particular there is a concern with how the skills underlying all these aspects of writing are learned and orchestrated. This second edition includes many new insights from the author's significant experience and from recent research providing a framework for thinking about the act of writing in both theoretical and practical ways. A completely new chapter on computers and writing is included as well as more about the role of reading in learning to write about learning to write at all ages and about such controversial issues as whether and how genre theory should be taught. Written in nontechnical language this text will continue to be accessible and stimulating to a wide range of readers concerned with writing literacy thinking and education. Furthermore it has an educational orientation therefore proving relevant and useful to anyone who teaches about writing or endeavors to teach writing. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203812075

Writing and Thinking in Contemporary AcademiaThe Poetics of Clarity Across disciplinary borders clarity is taken for granted as a cardinal virtue of communication in contemporary academia. But what is clarity how is it practised in writing across disciplinary borders and how does it affect our ways of researching and thinking? This book explores such questions by scrutinising the ideal of clarity beyond its apparently self-evident value. Through a multi-methodological empirical analysis of the ideal of clarity the author offers a sketch of what is termed ‘the poetics of clarity’ which is unfolded as a field of tension with important implications for sentence formation authorial positioning and textual organisation. By way of a series of reflections on the possible consequences of this for thinking this volume also explores the parts of knowledge production that may be marginalised especially poetic language use biases interests and contexts multi-dimensional arguments and errors. Revealing a positivist bias and a regime of high-speed consumption that characterise what in certain regards might be considered a productive space for knowledge production Writing and Thinking in Contemporary Academia will appeal to scholars with interests in the sociology of knowledge continental philosophy the philosophy of science and academic writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138312135

Writing and Unrecognized Academic LaborThe Rejected Manuscript Writing and Unrecognized Academic Labor acknowledges that much of the work we do to sustain the academy remains without recognition. It demonstrates that it is not only published work that influences development and innovation in scholarship. The book rethinks the "publish or perish" system to show that good unrecognized work is a vital part of scaffolding the growth of the academy and individual academic careers. It takes openness and transparency as a blueprint to outline plans for not only producing but also reimagining key markers of academic life such as dissertations without anxieties of influence conferences without directors journals without gatekeepers large-sample peer review and teaching and learning beyond the university discourse. A sustainable community model of academic life should have belonged to each of us from the start. Author James Salvo shows us that "nothing will be lost when everything is given away. Thus we ought to share fearlessly." This book is suitable for all graduate students and researchers in qualitative inquiry and across disciplines who seek a new model for the value of their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367355821

Writing and Victorianism Writing and Victorianism asks the fundamental question 'what is Victorianism?' and offers a number of answers taken from methods and approaches which have been developed over the last ten years. This collection of essays written by both new and established scholars from Britain and the U.S.A develops many of the themes of nineteenth-century studies which have lately come to the fore touching upon issues such as drugs class power and gender. Some essays reflect the interaction of word and image in the nineteenth-century and the notion of the city as spectacle; others look at Victorian science finding a connection between writing and the growth of psychology and psychiatry on the one hand and with the power of scientific materialism on the other.As well as key figures such as Dickens Tennyson and Wilde a host of new names are introduced including working-class writers attempting to define themselves and writers in the Periodical press who once anonymous exercised a great influence over Victorian politics taste and social ideals. From these observations there emerges a need for self-definition in Victorian writing. History ancestry and the past all play their part in figuring the present in the nineteenth-century and many of these studies foreground the problem of literary social and psychological identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138439931

Writing ArchaeologyTelling Stories About the Past Archaeology’s best known author of popular books and texts distills decades of experience in this well-received guide designed to help others wanting to broaden the audience for their work. Brian Fagan’s no nonsense approach explains how to get started writing how to use the tools of experienced writers to make archaeology come alive and how to get your work revised and finished. He also describes the process by which publishers decide to accept your work and the path your publication will follow after it is accepted by a press. The new edition contains chapters on academic writing and on writing in the digital environment. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315415611

Writing Architecture in Modern ItalyNarratives Historiography and Myths Writing Architecture in Modern Italy tells the history of an intellectual group connected to the small but influential Italian Einaudi publishing house between the 1930s and the 1950s. It concentrates on a diverse group of individuals including Bruno Zevi an architectural historian and politician; Giulio Carlo Argan an art historian; Italo Calvino a fiction writer; Giulio Einaudi a publisher; and Elio Vittorini and Cesare Pavese both writers and translators. Linking architectural history and historiography within a broader history of ideas this book proposes four different methods of writing history defining historiographical genres modes and tones of writing that can be applied to history writing to analyze political and social moments in time. It identifies four writing genres: myths chronicles history and fiction which became accepted as forms of multiple postmodern historical stories after 1957. An important contribution to the architectural debate Writing Architecture in Modern Italy will appeal to those interested in the history of architecture history of ideas and architectural education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367431112

Writing at WorkA Guide to Better Writing in Administration Business and Management Many employers complain about the poor communication skills of many young people seeking employment; and many people in employment are handicapped by the poor quality of their written work. While bad spelling ineffective punctuation and faults in grammar create barriers between the writer and the reader good English makes the reader feel at ease.The benefits of being a good writer at work are:Managers need to be able to communicate in order to get ideas across. If they cannot they will be unable to make their viewpoint heard and they will be unable to influence customers suppliers and colleagues as desiredIf you can write well you will find that your views are given prominence over those of others. Effective communication and that includes writing is the key to career success and advancementThis book is for those who have difficulty in getting thoughts into words or their ideas across as well as those who are satisfied with their writing but are ready to consider the possibility of improving it. It is all about the ways in which writing at work is important - helping the reader to observe remember think plan organise and communicate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138141964

Writing Behind Every DoorTeaching Common Core Writing in the Content Areas For students to become college-ready writers they must be exposed to writing throughout the school day not just in English class. This practical book shows teachers in all subject areas how to meet the Common Core State Standards and make writing come alive in the classroom. Award-winning educator Heather Wolpert-Gawron provides effective and exciting ideas for teaching argument writing informational writing project-based writing and writing with technology. Each chapter is filled with strategies prompts and rubrics you can use immediately. Special Features: A variety of writing strategies that work in any subject area Tips for developing meaningful prompts Diagrams and templates that you can use with your students Rubrics for assessing writing as well as ideas for having students create their own rubrics Samples of student work in different formats Ideas for teaching students to break the Google homepage habit and conduct effective research Cross-curricular writing assignments for science history ELA electives and PE Suggestions for teaching summary writing an essential academic skill Ideas for staff professional development on Common Core writing Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415732086

Writing Beyond RaceLiving Theory and Practice What are the conditions needed for our nation to bridge cultural and racial divides? By "writing beyond race " noted cultural critic bell hooks models the constructive ways scholars activists and readers can challenge and change systems of domination. In the spirit of previous classics like Outlaw Culture and Reel to Real this new collection of compelling essays interrogates contemporary cultural notions of race gender and class. From the films Precious and Crash to recent biographies of Malcolm X and Henrietta Lacks hooks offers provocative insights into the way race is being talked about in this "post-racial" era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415539159

Writing BusinessGenres Media and Discourses Writing Business: Genres Media and Discourses offers an analysis of the genres and functions of written discourse in the business context involving a variety of modes of communication. The evolution of new forms of writing is a key focus of this collection and is only partly attributable to the ever increasing application of technology at work. Alongside machine-mediated texts such as electronic mail and computer-generated correspondence the contextualised analyses of both traditional genres such as facsimiles and direct mailing and of lesser studied texts such as invitations for bids contracts business magazines and ceremonial speeches reveal a rich complexity in the forms of communication evolved by organisations and the individuals who work within them in response to the demands of the social organisational and cultural contexts in which they operate. This rich textual variation is matched by a discussion of a range of methodological approaches to the development of business writing skills including rhetorical analysis organisational communication analysis social constructionism genre analysis and survey and experimental methods. Using authentic data and benefiting from a fresh interdisciplinary approach the volume will be of interest to students and researchers of business communication Language for Specific Purposes (LSP) English for Specific Purposes (ESP) and sociolinguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138437487

Writing Center Talk over TimeA Mixed-Method Study In the last 15 to 20 years writing centers have placed greater importance on tutor training focusing on teaching tutors best practices in fostering student writers’ engagement and writing skills. Writing Center Talk over Time explores the importance of writing center talk and demonstrates the efficacy of tutor training. The book uses corpus-driven analysis and discourse analysis to examine the changes in writing center talk over time to provide a baseline understanding of the very heart of writing center work: the talk that unfolds between tutors and student writers. It is this talk that at its best motivates student writers to continue to improve their writing and scaffolds their learning and that makes tutors proud of the service that they provide. The methods and analysis of this study are intended to inform other researchers so that they may conduct further research into the efficacy of writing center talk. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589134

Writing Centers at the Center of Change Writing Centers at the Center of Change looks at how eleven centers internationally adapted to change at their institutions during a decade when their very success has become a valued commodity in a larger struggle for resources on many campuses. Bringing together both US and international perspectives this volume offers solutions for adapting to change in the world of writing centers ranging from the logistical to the pedagogical and even to the existential. Each author discusses the origins appropriate responses and partners to seek when change comes from within a school or outside it. Chapters document new programs being formed under changing circumstances and suggest ways to navigate professional or pedagogical changes that may undermine the hard work of more than four decades of writing-center professionals. The book’s audience includes writing center and learning-commons administrators university librarians deans department chairs affiliated with writing centers. It will also be useful for graduate students in composition rhetoric and academic writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138353909

Writing Chinese LawsThe Form and Function of Legal Statutes Found in the Qin Shuihudi Corpus The legal institutions of the short-lived Qin dynasty (221–207 BCE) have been vilified by history as harsh and draconian. Yet ironically many Qin institutional features such as written statutory law were readily adopted by subsequent dynasties as the primary means for maintaining administrative and social control. This book utilizes both traditional texts and archeologically excavated materials to explore how these influential Qin legal institutions developed. First it investigates the socio-political conditions which led to the production of law in written form. It then goes on to consider how the intended function of written law influenced the linguistic composition of legal statutes as well as their physical construction. Using a function and form approach it specifically analyses the Shuihudi legal corpus. However unlike many previous studies of Chinese legal manuscripts which have focused on codicological issues of transcription and translation this book considers the linguistic aspects of these manuscripts and thus their importance for understanding the development of early Chinese legal thought. Writing Chinese Laws will be useful to students and scholars of Chinese Studies as well as Asian law and history more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815396925

Writing Compelling Dialogue for Film and TVThe Art & Craft of Raising Your Voice on Screen Writing Compelling Dialogue for Film and TV is a practical guide that provides you the screenwriter with a clear set of exercises tools and methods to raise your ability to hear and discern conversation at a more complex level in turn allowing you to create better more nuanced complex and compelling dialogue. The process of understanding dialogue writing begins with increasing writers’ awareness of what they hear. This book provides writers with an assortment of dialogue and language tools techniques and exercises and teaches them how to perceive and understand the function intent and thematic/psychological elements that dialogue can convey about character tone and story. Text subtext voice conflict exposition rhythm and style are among the many aspects covered. This book reminds us of the sheer joy of great dialogue and will change and enhance the way writers hear listen to and write dialogue and along the way aid the writers’ confidence in their own voice allowing them to become more proficient writers of dialogue. Written by veteran screenwriter playwright and screenwriting professor Loren-Paul Caplin Writing Compelling Dialogue is an invaluable writing tool for any aspiring screenwriter who wants to improve their ability to write dialogue for film and television as well as students professionals and educators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367256869

Writing CyprusPostcolonial and Partitioned Literatures of Place and Space Bahriye Kemal's ground-breaking new work serves as the first study of the literatures of Cyprus from a postcolonial and partition perspective. Her book explores Anglophone Hellenophone and Turkophone writings from the 1920s to the present. Drawing on Yi-Fu Tuan’s humanistic geography and Henri Lefebvre’s Marxist philosophy Kemal proposes a new interdisciplinary spatial model at once theoretical and empirical that demonstrates the power of space and place in postcolonial partition cases. The book shows the ways that place and space determine identity so as to create identifications; together these places spaces and identifications are always in production. In analysing practices of writing inventing experiencing reading and construction the book offers a distinct ‘solidarity’ that captures the ‘truth of space’ and place for the production of multiple-mutable Cypruses shaped by and for multiple-mutable selves ending in a 'differential’ Cyprus Mediterranean and world. Writing Cyprus offers not only a nuanced understanding of the actual and active production of colonialism postcolonialism and partition that dismantles the dominant binary legacy of historical-political deadlock discourse but a fruitful model for understanding other sites of conflict and division Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367427948

Writing DemocracyThe Political Turn in and Beyond the Trump Era Writing Democracy: The Political Turn in and Beyond the Trump Era calls on the field of writing studies to take up a necessary agenda of social and economic change in its classrooms its scholarship and its communities to challenge the rise of neoliberalism and right-wing nationalism.    Grown out of an extended national dialogue among public intellectuals academic scholars and writing teachers collectively known as the Writing Democracy project the book creates a strategic roadmap for how to reclaim the progressive and political possibilities of our field in response to the "twilight of neoliberalism" (Cox and Nilsen) ascendant right-wing nationalism at home (Trump) and abroad (Le Pen Golden Dawn UKIP) and hopeful radical uprisings (Black Lives Matter Occupy Wall Street Arab Spring). As such the book tracks the emergence of a renewed left wing in rhetoric and activism post-2008 suggests how our work as teachers scholars and administrators can bring this new progressive framework into our institutions and then moves outward to our role in activist campaigns that are reshaping public debate.   Part history part theory this book will be an essential read for faculty graduate students and advanced undergraduate students in composition and rhetoric and related fields focused on progressive pedagogy university-community partnerships and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138603103

Writing DiasporaSouth Asian Women Culture and Ethnicity Issues of cultural hybridity diaspora and identity are central to debates on ethnicity and race and over the past decade have framed many theoretical debates in sociology cultural studies and literary studies. However these ideas are all too often considered at a purely theoretical level. In this book Yasmin Hussain uses these ideas to explore cultural production by British South Asian women including Monica Ali Meera Syal and Gurinder Chadha. Hussain provides a sociological analysis of the contexts and experiences of the British South Asian community discussing key concerns that emerge within the work of this new generation of women writers and which express more widespread debates within the community. In particular these authors address issues of individual and group identity and the ways in which these are affected by ethnicity and gender. Hussain argues that in exploring the different dimensions of their cultural heritage the authors she surveys have created changes within the meaning of the diasporic identity articulating a challenge to the notion of 'Asianness' as a homogenous and simple category. In her examination of the process through which a hybridized diasporic culture has come into being she offers an important contribution to some of the key questions in recent sociological and cultural theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270916

Writing Dissertation and Grant ProposalsEpidemiology Preventive Medicine and Biostatistics Competition for research funds in epidemiology preventative medicine and biostatistics has never been more intense and at the same time the grant application and review process at such agencies as the National Institutes of Health (NIH) is undergoing significant transformation. Writing Dissertation and Grant Proposals: Epidemiology Preventive Medicine and Biostatistics targets effective grant proposal writing in this highly competitive and evolving environment. Covering all aspects of the proposal writing process the text: Provides summary checklists and step-by-step guidelines for grant structure and style alongside broader strategies for developing a research funding portfolio Explains how to avoid common errors and pitfalls supplying critical do’s and don’ts that aid in writing solid grant proposals Demonstrates proven tactics and illustrates key concepts with extensive examples from successfully funded proposals Written by an established NIH reviewer with inside knowledge and an impressive track record of funding Writing Dissertation and Grant Proposals: Epidemiology Preventive Medicine and Biostatistics is a virtual cookbook of the appropriate ingredients needed to construct a winning grant proposal. Therefore the text is not only relevant for early-stage investigators including graduate students medical students/residents and postdoctoral fellows but also valuable for experienced faculty clinicians epidemiologists and health professionals who cannot seem to break the barrier to obtain NIH-funded research. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781466512061

Writing Dissertations and Theses in PsychologyA Student’s Guide for Success This accessible guide equips students to succeed in their master’s thesis or doctoral dissertation in psychology. The authors provide concrete assistance to the myriad tasks and requirements that students will encounter as they plan conduct and present their dissertation or thesis research. Drawing upon their many years of experience in working with graduate students the authors address the multiple stages of the dissertation and thesis process. They take you through drafting the proposal the advisor-advisee relationship interacting with committee members the writing process handling obstacles and the final presentation. Chapters provide guidance on using a research team collecting data conducting a literature review and even acquiring financial support. Finally students will find additional resources such as practical information on copyright issues research methods case analyses and teleconferencing. This is an essential book for both graduate psychology students working on their master’s theses or doctoral dissertations and their advisors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367855949

Writing Education ResearchGuidelines for Publishable Scholarship For both new academics and those with some experience writing articles of publishable quality can be particularly challenging. Developing the necessary skill set requires useful information hard work and the type of direction infrequently offered in research methods courses leaving researchers to piece together resources on their own. This book addresses this critical topic in a format that is easy to teach and understand. It is a practical volume that teaches researchers how to identify their audience clearly state the nature of their work provide exceptional literature reviews cite appropriately and explicate their research. Beginning each chapter with reviewer comments Writing Education Research is designed to help scholars understand both how to write effective research reports and how to get published. Practice exercises and resource lists in each chapter offer easy-to-access information about the review and publication process. A perfect accompaniment to standard research courses this practical book demystifies the writing process for anyone looking to publish articles chapters or papers in education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138796478

Writing Educational BiographyExplorations in Qualitative Research First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315050799

Writing Empirical Research ReportsA Basic Guide for Students of the Social and Behavioral Sciences • Designed for students who will be writing research proposals reports theses and dissertations. • The 15 chapters cover 191 guidelines for effective scientific writing. The guidelines are fully illustrated with easy-to-follow examples. • The guidelines describe the types of information that should be included how this information should be expressed and where various types of information should be placed within a research report. • End-of-chapter questions help students master the writing process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781936523368

Writing EssaysA guide for students in English and the humanities Essays are a major form of assessment in higher education today and this is a fact that causes some writers a great deal of anxiety. Fortunately essay writing is a skill that can be learned like any other. Through precise explanations this fully updated edition of Writing Essays gives you the confidence to express yourself coherently and effectively. It demystifies the entire process of essay writing helping you to become proficient and confident in every aspect. Writing Essays reveals the tricks of the trade making your student life easier. You’ll learn how to impress tutors by discovering exactly what markers look for when they read your work. Using practical examples selected from real student assignments and tutor feedback this book covers every aspect of composition from introductions and conclusions down to presentation and submission. It also advises you on stress-free methods of revision helps with exam essays explains the principles of effective secondary source management and shows you how to engage meaningfully with other critics’ views. A new chapter will also guide you through the intricacies of the undergraduate dissertation. As a full-time university professor Richard Marggraf Turley counsels students and assesses their work every day helping him to recognise the challenges that they face. Accessible concise and full of practical examples Writing Essays is a response to these challenges and will be an invaluable companion for Humanities students who wish to improve their grades and become confident in the art of essay writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138916692

Writing Fashion in Early Modern ItalyFrom Sprezzatura to Satire The first comprehensive study on the role of Italian fashion and Italian literature this book analyzes clothing and fashion as described and represented in literary texts and costume books in the Italy of the 16th and 17th centuries. Writing Fashion in Early Modern Italy emphasizes the centrality of Italian literature and culture for understanding modern theories of fashion and gauging its impact in the shaping of codes of civility and taste in Europe and the West. Using literature to uncover what has been called the ’animatedness of clothing ’ author Eugenia Paulicelli explores the political meanings that clothing produces in public space. At the core of the book is the idea that the texts examined here act as maps that first pinpoint the establishment of fashion as a social institution of modernity; and second gauge the meaning of clothing at a personal and a political level. As well as Castiglione’s The Book of the Courtier and Cesare Vecellio’s The Clothing of the Renaissance World the author looks at works by Italian writers whose books are not yet available in English translation such as those by Giacomo Franco Arcangela Tarabotti and Agostino Lampugnani. Paying particular attention to literature and the relevance of clothing in the shaping of codes of civility and style this volume complements the existing and important works on Italian fashion and material culture in the Renaissance. It makes the case for the centrality of Italian literature and the interconnectedness of texts from a variety of genres for an understanding of the history of Italian style and serves to contextualize the debate on dress in other European literatures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269583

Writing Feature Articles Hennessy's classic text tells you everything you need to know about writing successful features. You will learn how to formulate and develop ideas and how to shape them to fit different markets. Now in its fourth edition Writing Feature Articles has been fully revised and updated to take into account the changing requirements of journalism and media courses. You will also discover how to exploit new technology for both researching and writing online.Learn step-by-step how to plan research and write articles for a wide variety of 'popular' 'quality' and specialist publications. Discover more and make the advice stick by completing the tasks and reading the keen analysis of extracts from the best of today's writing.Packed with inspirational advice in a friendly highly readable style this guide is a must-have for practising and aspiring journalists and writers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138134157

Writing Feature ArticlesPrint Digital and Online Writing Feature Articles presents clear and engaging advice for students and young professionals on working as a freelance feature writer. This fifth edition not only covers producing content for print but also for digital platforms and online. Mary Hogarth offers comprehensive guidance on every aspect of feature writing from having the initial idea and conducting market and subject research to choosing the right target audience and publishing platform and successfully pitching the article. In addition the book instructs students on developing their own journalistic style and effectively structuring their feature. Each chapter then concludes with an action plan to help students put what they have read into practice. Topics include: Life as a freelance Building a professional profile Telling a story with images Developing a specialism Interviewing skills Profile and interview articles Working in publicity and advertising A career in magazines and newspapers Getting published overseas Understanding issues in media law and regulation The book also provides an extensive range of interviews with successful media professionals including a newspaper editor a money health and lifestyle journalist a copywriter and an award-winning columnist where they share their own experiences of working in the industry and offer invaluable tips on best practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138238169

Writing Feature StoriesHow to research and write articles - from listicles to longform Good writing engages as it informs and feature journalism offers writers the opportunity to tell deep affecting stories that look beyond the immediate mechanics of who what where and when and explore the more difficult-and more rewarding- questions: how and why? Whether you're a blogger a news journalist or an aspiring lifestyle reporter a strong voice and a fresh informed perspective remain in short supply and strong demand; this book will help you craft the kind of narratives people can't wait to share on their social media feeds.Writing Feature Stories established a reputation as a comprehensive thought-provoking and engaging introduction to researching and writing feature stories. This second edition is completely overhauled to reflect the range of print and digital feature formats and the variety of online mobile and traditional media in which they appear.This hands-on guide explains how to generate fresh ideas; research online and offline; make the most of interviews; sift and sort raw material; structure and write the story; edit and proofread your work; find the best platform for your story; and pitch your work to editors.'A wide-ranging much-needed master class for anyone who tells true yarns in this fast-changing journalistic marketplace' - Bruce Shapiro Columbia University'Useful and thought provoking' - Margaret Simons journalist and author'A must read for any digital storyteller who wants to write emotive engaging believable content.' - Nidhi Dutt foreign correspondent Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781760113698

Writing Fiction Writing Fiction offers the novice writer engaging and creative activities making use of insightful relevant readings from well-known authors to illustrate the techniques presented. This volume makes use of new versions of key chapters from the recent Routledge/Open University textbook Creative Writing: A Workbook with Readings for writers who are specializing in fiction. Using their experience and expertise as teachers as well as authors Linda Anderson and Derek Neale guide aspiring writers through such key aspects of writing as: how to stimulate creativity keeping a writer’s notebook character creation setting point of view structure showing and telling. The volume is further updated to include never-before published interviews with successful fiction writers Andrew Cowan Stevie Davies Maggie Gee Andrew Greig and Hanif Kureishi. Concise and practical Writing Fiction offers an inspirational guide to the methods and techniques of authorship and is a must-read for aspiring writers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138138308

Writing for All First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420540

Writing for Animation Comics and Games Writing for Animation Comics and Games explains the practical aspects of creating scripts for animation comics graphic novels and computer games. It details how you can create scripts that are in the right industry format and follow the expected rules for you to put your best foot forward to help you break-in to the trade. This book explains approaches to writing for exterior storytelling (animation games); interior/exterior storytelling (comics and graphic novels) as well as considerations for non-linear computer games in the shortest pithiest and most economical way. The author offers insider's advice on how you can present work as professional how to meet deadlines how visual writing differs from prose and the art of collaboration. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080466576

Writing for Business Super series are a set of workbooks to accompany the flexible learning programme specifically designed and developed by the Institute of Leadership & Management (ILM) to support their Level 3 Certificate in First Line Management. The learning content is also closely aligned to the Level 3 S/NVQ in Management. The series consists of 35 workbooks. Each book will map on to a course unit (35 books/units). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138454064

Writing for Engineering and Science StudentsStaking Your Claim Writing for Engineering and Science Students is a clear and practical guide for anyone undertaking either academic or technical writing. Drawing on the author’s extensive experience of teaching students from different fields and cultures and designed to be accessible to both international students and native speakers of English this book: Employs analyses of hundreds of articles from engineering and science journals to explore all the distinctive characteristics of a research paper including organization length and naming of sections and location and purpose of citations and graphics; Guides the student through university-level writing and beyond covering lab reports research proposals dissertations poster presentations industry reports emails and job applications; Explains what to consider before and after undertaking academic or technical writing including focusing on differences between genres in goal audience and criteria for acceptance and rewriting; Features tasks hints and tips for teachers and students at the end of each chapter as well as accompanying eResources offering additional exercises and answer keys. With metaphors and anecdotes from the author’s personal experience as well as quotes from famous writers to make the text engaging and accessible this book is essential reading for all students of science and engineering who are taking a course in writing or seeking a resource to aid their writing assignments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138388253

Writing for FilmThe Basics of Screenwriting In this introduction to screenwriting author Darsie Bowden provides sage real-world advice and instruction on the process of writing film screenplays. This text will help budding screenwriters to structure their dramas refine their characterizations and craft their language while also introducing them to the appropriate screenplay formats. It covers the complexities of writing for the screen and points out the contradictions to expect if readers pursue this work as a career. In addition to covering the elements of the dramatic film screenplay Bowden discusses writing for such "alternative" markets as documentaries independent films experimental films and other non-Hollywood options. Features of the text include:guidelines for working as a screenwriter;applications and exercises to enhance skills;suggested readings for further development; anda comprehensive list of resources for screenwriting.Successful writing for film lies in being able to heighten one's perceptive abilities about the world and to communicate those perceptions in a cinematic way. In this text Bowden introduces readers to an approach to screenwriting that will help them see the world in a different way and write about it using different genres and media. This most valuable skill prepares readers for the range of possibilities they will encounter on the path to successful screenwriting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138465510

Writing for Journalists The new edition of Writing for Journalists focuses on the key issue for writers working across all forms of media today: how to produce clear engaging and illuminating copy that will keep the reader hooked from start to finish. Written by skilled specialist contributors and drawing on a broad range of examples to illustrate the best professional practice this edition includes: chapters on how to write news features and reviews whatever the format used for delivery expanded chapters on writing for digital publication in both shortform and longform top tips on writing columns and blogs from leading professionals an exploration of the importance of style and its impact on great journalistic writing an extensive glossary of terms used in journalism and suggestions for further reading This is an essential guide to good writing for all practising journalists and students of journalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138932104

Writing for Multimedia and the WebContent Development for Bloggers and Professionals Learning how to write for just one type of interactive media such as web sites or games is not enough! To be truly successful as an interactive writer or designer you need to understand how to create content for all types of new media.Writing for Multimedia and the Web is the most comprehensive guide available for interactive writing. It covers web sites computer games e-learning courses training programs immersive exhibits and much more. Earlier editions have garnered rave reviews as a writing handbook for multimedia and web professionals as well as a classroom text for interactive writing and design.New Sections and Completely Updated Chapters:Writing a corporate web site: T. Rowe PriceCreating blogs and podcastsWeb writing tips from usability expertsOptimizing text for web search enginesDefining the user with use cases and user scenariosDealing with web editorsSoftware for organizing and writing interactive media contentScript formats for all types of multimedia and web projectsWriting careers Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138426023

Writing for News MediaThe Storyteller’s Craft Writing for News Media is a down-to-earth guide on how to write news stories for online print and broadcast audiences. It celebrates the craft of storytelling arguing for its continued importance in a modern newsroom. With dynamism and humour Ian Pickering a journalist with 30 years’ experience offers readers practical advice on being a news journalist with step-by-step guidance on creating a great story and writing the perfect news copy. Chapters include: extracts from published news articles to help illustrate the dos and don’ts of storytelling; the ten golden rules for structuring and putting together a successful news article including ‘Nail the intro’ ‘Let it flow’ and ‘Keep it simple’; instruction on writing stories for different specialist subjects including politics court cases economics funnies and celebrity; help for readers on how to write for broadcast news; tips on how to write headlines how to use pictures how to make the most of quotations and how to avoid common style and grammar mistakes; glossaries covering a range of different aspects of news journalism including types of news story online and data journalism typesetting and broadcasting. This is an instructive and insightful manual which champions brilliant storytelling and writing with flair. It introduces a set of key creative and analytical techniques that will help students of journalism and young professionals hone and refi ne their story-writing skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138655874

Writing for Peer Reviewed JournalsStrategies for getting published It’s not easy getting published but everyone has to do it. Writing for Peer Reviewed Journals presents an insider’s perspective on the secret business of academic publishing making explicit many of the dilemmas and struggles faced by all writers but rarely discussed. Its unique approach is theorised and practical. It offers a set of moves for writing a journal article that is structured and doable but also attends to the identity issues that manifest on the page and in the politics of academic life. The book comprehensively assists anyone concerned about getting published; whether they are early in their career or moving from a practice base into higher education or more experienced but still feeling in need of further information. Avoiding a ‘tips and tricks’ approach which tends to oversimplify what is at stake in getting published the authors emphasise the production nurture and sustainability of scholarship through writing – a focus on both the scholar and the text or what they call text work/identity work. The chapters are ordered to develop a systematic approach to the process including such topics as: The writer The reader What’s the contribution? Beginning work Refining the argument Engaging with reviewers and editors Writing for Peer Reviewed Journals uses a wide range of multi-disciplinary examples from the writing workshops the authors have run in universities around the world: including the UK Canada Australia New Zealand Ireland South Africa Norway Sweden Denmark and the United States. This international approach coupled with theoretically grounded strategies to guide the authoring process ensure that people at all stages of their career are addressed. This lively book uses a combination of personal stories student texts published journal abstracts and excerpts from interviews with journal editors and publishers. Written in an accessible style one which does not use the patronising ‘you’ of advice books it offers a collegial approach to a task which is difficult for most scholars regardless of their years of experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415809313

Writing for PlannersA Handbook for Students and Professionals in Writing Editing and Document Production Writing is never easy but this book can make it easier. With attentiveness and experience Claudia Kousoulas gives readers applied writing editing and production approaches that provide a clear path to completing a document and tools that ensure it is engaging and professional. The book follows a project’s path from initial assignment and conception through sorting out what’s significant shaping it into a message and guiding readers to an action. It addresses the different types of documents planners have to create the different media they use and the different audiences they address. Its strategies will help writers start a project and see it through to a clear and coherent piece of work that serves its purpose. This book will help planners meet the challenges of creating work that is accurate creative and useful. Students will find it helpful in providing professional standards and quick reference information and professionals will carry it through their careers as a reference and as a way to establish workplace standards and improve their own work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138388369

Writing for PleasureTheory Research and Practice This book explores what writing for pleasure means and how it can be realised as a much-needed pedagogy whose aim is to develop children young people and their teachers as extraordinary and life-long writers. The approach described is grounded in what global research has long been telling us are the most effective ways of teaching writing and contains a description of the authors’ own research project into what exceptional teachers of writing do that makes the difference. The authors describe ways of building communities of committed and successful writers who write with purpose power and pleasure and they underline the importance of the affective aspects of writing teaching including promoting in apprentice writers a sense of self-efficacy agency self-regulation volition motivation and writer-identity. They define and discuss 14 research-informed principles which constitute a Writing for Pleasure pedagogy and show how they are applied by teachers in classroom practice. Case studies of outstanding teachers across the globe further illustrate what world-class writing teaching is. This ground-breaking text is essential reading for anyone who is concerned about the current status and nature of writing teaching in schools. The rich Writing for Pleasure pedagogy presented here is a radical new conception of what it means to teach young writers effectively today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367219529

Writing for Television This book first published in 1955 was written at the request of the BBC in an attempt to help the professional writer to take advantage of the opportunities offered by the television medium. This title will be of interest to students of history literature and media studies and will also appeal to the general reader who is interested in knowing how television programmes were constructed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138123700

Writing for the Green LightHow to Make Your Script the One Hollywood Notices Tailor your screenplay to sell. Find out what Hollywood script readers producers and studio executives want in a screenplay (and why) from someone who’s been there. Discover what it takes to begin a lasting career as a screenwriter. Peppered with interviews from established professionals Writing for the Green Light: How to Make Your Script the One Hollywood Notices gives you a sharp competitive edge by showcasing dozens of everyday events that go on at the studios but are rarely if ever discussed in most screenwriting books. With his behind-the-scenes perspective Scott Kirkpatrick shows you why the system works the way it does and how you can use its unwritten rules to your advantage. He answers such questions as: Who actually reads your script? How do you pique the interest of studios and decision makers? What do agents producers and production companies need in a script? How much is a script worth? What are the best genres for new writers and why? What are real steps you can take to ‘break in’ to television writing? How do you best present or pitch a project without looking desparate? How do you negotiate a contract without an agent? How do you exude confidence and seal your first deal? These and other insights are sure to give you and your screenplay a leg-up for success in this competitive landscape! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138016460

Writing for the MassesDorothy L. Sayers and the Victorian Literary Tradition In Writing for the Masses: Dorothy L. Sayers and the Victorian Literary Tradition Dr. Christine A. Colón explores how Sayers carefully negotiates the complexities of early twentieth century literary culture by embracing a specifically Victorian literary tradition of writing to engage a wide audience. Using a variety of examples from Sayers’s detective fiction essays and religious drama Dr. Colón charts Sayers’s development as a writer whose intense desire to connect with her audience eventually compels her to embrace the role of a Victorian sage for her own age. Ultimately the Victorian literary tradition not only provides her with an empowering model for her own work as she struggles as a writer of detective fiction to balance her integrity as an artist with her desire to reach a mass audience but also facilitates her growth as a public intellectual as she strives to help her nation recover from the devastation of World War II. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889425

Writing for the Screen Writing for the Screen is a collection of essays and interviews exploring the business of screenwriting. This highly accessible guide to working in film and television includes perspectives from industry insiders on topics such as breaking in; pitching; developing and nurturing business relationships; juggling multiple projects; and more. Writing for the Screen is an ideal companion to screenwriting and filmmaking classes demystifying the industry and the role of the screenwriter with real-world narratives and little-known truths about the business. With insight from working professionals you’ll be armed with the information you need to pursue your career as a screenwriter. Contains essays by and interviews with screenwriting consultants television writers feature writers writer-directors of independent film producers and professors. Offers expert opinions on how to get started including preparing your elevator pitch finding mentors landing an internship and moving from an internship to the next step in your career. Reveals details about taking meetings what development executives are looking for in a screenwriter how and when to approach a producer and how to pitch. Explores strategies for doing creative work under pressure finding your voice choosing what to write sticking with a project over the long haul overcoming discrimination and reinventing yourself as a writer. Illuminates the business of screenwriting in the United States (New York and Los Angeles) as compared to other countries around the globe including England Ireland Peru France Australia and Belgium. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138945128

Writing for the WebComposing Coding and Constructing Web Sites Writing for the Web unites theory technology and practice to explore writing and hypertext for website creation. It integrates such key topics as XHTML/CSS coding writing (prose) for the Web the rhetorical needs of the audience theories of hypertext usability and architecture and the basics of web site design and technology. Presenting information in digestible parts  this text enables students to write and construct realistic and manageable Web sites with a strong theoretical understanding of how online texts communicate to audiences. Key features of the book include: Screenshots of contemporary Web sites that will allow students to understand how writing for and linking to other layers of a Web site should work. Flow charts that describe how Web site architecture and navigation works. Parsing exercises in which students break down information into subsets to demonstrate how Web site architecture can be usable and scalable. Detailed step-by-step descriptions of how to use basic technologies such as file transfer protocols (FTP). Hands-on projects for students to engage in that allow them to connect the various components in the text. A companion website with downloadable code and additional pedagogical features: www.routledge.com/cw/applen   Writing for the Web prepares students to work in professional roles as it facilitates understanding of architecture and arrangement of written content of an organization’s texts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415883269

Writing for Video Game GenresFrom FPS to RPG This book written and edited by members of the International Game Developers Association (IGDA) Game Writing Special Interest Group follows the acclaimed Professional Techniques for Video Game Writing to deliver practical advice from seasoned veterans on the special challenges of writing for first-person shooter games (FPS) role-playing games (RPG) and everything in between including massively multiplayer online games real-time strategy games sports games horror games serious games casual games handheld games and more. Game writing samples are included with the book and more are available online. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138427921

Writing for Visual Media This updated edition of Writing for Visual Media will enable you to understand the nature of visual writing that lies behind the content of all visual media. This unique kind of writing must communicate to audiences through content producers since audiences don’t read the script. Most media content provides a solution to a communication problem which the writer must learn to analyze and solve before writing the script. The Fourth Edition strengthens the method for creating content and writing in the correct language and established format for each visual medium including commercial communication such as ads and PSAs corporate communications and training. An extended investigation into dramatic theory and how entertainment narrative works is illustrated by examples and detailed analysis of scenes scripts and storylines designed to save writers from typical pitfalls and releasing your creative powers of invention. Writing for Visual Media will help you to develop an improved foundation for understanding interactive media and writing for non-linear content while gaining the tools to effectively connect with your audience like a professional. Purchase of this book includes access to the companion website  which provides: Sample scripts and video clips of those produced scripts An interactive glossary of camera shots movements and transitions Storyboards scripts screenplays and links to industry resource Instructor materials such as PowerPoint lecture slides a sample syllabus and a test bank. Visit the site at www.routledgetextbooks.com/textbooks/9780415815857   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415815857

Writing Gender Writing NationWomen’s Fiction in Post-Independence India This book explores the gendered contexts of the Indian nation through a rigorous analysis of selected women’s fiction ranging from diverse linguistic geographical caste class and regional contexts. Indian women’s writing across languages texts and contexts constitutes a unique narrative of the post-independence nation. This volume highlights the ways in which women writers negotiate the patriarchal biases embedded in the epistemological and institutional structures of the post-independence nation-state. It discusses works of famous Indian authors like Amrita Pritam Jyotirmoyee Devi Mannu Bhandari Mahasweta Devi Mridula Garg Nayantara Sahgal Indira Goswami and Alka Saraogi to name a few and facilitates a pan-Indian understanding of the concerns taken up by these women writers. In doing so it shows how ideas travel across regions and contribute towards building a thematic critique of the oppressive structures that breed the unequal relations between the margins and the centre. The volume will be of interest to scholars and researchers of gender studies women’s studies South Asian literature political sociology and political studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367280529

Writing Gender Writing SelfMemory Memoir and Autobiography Life Writings/Narratives and studies in gender have been posing critical challenges to fetishizing the manner of canon formations and curriculum propriety. This book engages with these and other challenges turning our customary gaze towards women especially marginal enabling us to interrogate the established pedagogical practices that accentuates the continuing denial of their agency. Reproduction of the cultural modes of narrativization based on memory and experience becomes a mode of reclaiming the agency. These challenge the homogenising singularity of communitarian notions besides dominant gender constructs using visual textual popular historical cultural and gender modes enabling one to rethink our received theoretical frameworks. This edited volume brings together 21 essays on life writings produced by both well-established and emerging writers in the field of literature written by scholars from countries like India Pakistan China USA Iran Yemen and Australia to name just a few. Many of the essays in this book focus on how the progress of the self is often impeded by the society it finds itself in. With an enlightening foreword by Dr. E.V. Ramakrishnan and a detailed critical introduction by Aparna Lanjewar Bose this anthology is useful for all those who wish to learn more about this genre of writing.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367534493

Writing Global Trade GovernanceDiscourse and the WTO Writing Global Trade Governance operationalises a key post-structuralist methodology in order to expand understanding on the institution at the heart of the global political economy. Despite the WTO’s centrality and the growing popularity of methods utilizing discourse theory no other text has yet demonstrated how these two fields of learning can be productively combined. The book seeks to move beyond existing literatures that assume the WTO to be a structure institution or normative framework in order to enquire into the discursive processes of identity formation that make the WTO both possible and contested. The book criticises conventional approaches that treat critical civil society as distinct to the WTO arguing instead that it is only through including such social practices within the field of relations making the WTO that we can properly understand what makes the WTO work. The book presents an empirical analysis of the discursive character of the present-day WTO (including its formation and operation) and then moves on to evaluate how it is subject to change within a broader social context. The final stage of the book seeks to discuss the impact of the findings on future research both on the WTO and other institutions. This work is a significant intervention in the literature on the World Trade Organization and the politics of global trade and social movements and will be of great interest to students and scholars of global governance discourse theory and international organizations Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138896703

Writing Groups for Doctoral Education and BeyondInnovations in practice and theory Writing is the principal means by which doctoral candidature is monitored and measured; this combined with the growing tendency to use publications as proxy measures of individual and institutional productivity underlines the centrality of writing in academia. One of the central questions for scholars in higher education therefore is ‘How do we make writing happen?’ and it is this question which the book seeks to answer. The book provides detailed illustrations of collaborative writing pedagogies which are powerfully enabling and through theoretical and conceptual interrogation of these practices the authors point the way for individuals as well as institutions to establish writing groups that are lively responsive and context-specific. Key topics include: new pedagogical responses for increased writing productivity and the ‘push to publish’; innovations for supporting academic writing quality confidence and output; scaffolding the thesis writing process; new theoretical explorations of collaborative writing approaches; writing group formulations and pedagogical approaches; writing groups for non-native speakers of English; writing as women in higher education. A particular strength of this book is that it showcases the potential of writing groups for advanced academic writing by pulling together a unique mix of authors and scholarly approaches representing a wide range of new theoretical and pedagogical frames from diverse countries. Writing Groups for Doctoral Education and Beyond will be attractive to academics seeking new ways to advance their writing productivity doctoral students their supervisors and those who are tasked with the job of supporting them through the completion and dissemination of their research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415834742

Writing Groups Inside and Outside the Classroom This unique collection considers the nature of writing groups inside and outside the academic environment. Exploring writing groups as contextual literacy events editors Beverly J. Moss Nels P. Highberg and Melissa Nicolas bring together contributors to document and reflect on the various types of collaborations that occur in writing groups in a wide range of settings both within and outside the academy. The chapters in this volume respond to a variety of questions about writing groups including: *What is the impact of gender race and socioeconomic class on power dynamics in writing groups? *When is a writing group a community and are all writing groups communities? *How does the local community of a writing group impact the participation of group members in other local or global communities? *How does the local community of a writing group impact the participation of group members in other local or global communities? *What actions contribute to a strong community of writers and what actions contribute to the breakdown of community? *When and for whom are writing groups ineffective? *What is it about belonging to a community of writers that makes writing groups appealing to so many within and beyond the academy?Each chapter highlights how writing groups whether or not they are labeled as such function in various spaces and locations and how collaboration works when writers from a variety of backgrounds with diverse interests come together. Writing Groups Inside and Outside the Classroom illustrates that writing groups outside of the academy are worthy of study and serve as important sites of writing and literacy instruction. Offering significant insights into the roles of writing groups in literacy and writing practice this volume is appropriate for scholars and teachers of writing rhetoric composition and literacy; for writing center administrators and staff; and for writing group participants. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410610164

Writing High-Quality Medical PublicationsA User's Manual The imperative to "publish and not perish" has never been more compelling. Yet millions of manuscripts are prepared each year without a clear path to publication by a peer-reviewed medical journal. Enter "The Gutkin Manual." Drawing from the author's distinguished nearly 30-year career this comprehensive and supportive guide helps to get your paper accepted—and by the journal of first choice. Elucidating pivotal principles of quality and biostatistics and informed by the belief that your writing can be engaging elegant and memorable—no matter how technical and complex the subject matter this volume can be your trustworthy companion as you seek to enhance both the structure and substance of your manuscripts. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498765954

Writing History Constructing Religion Writing History Constructing Religion presents a much-needed interdisciplinary exploration of the significance of debates among historians scholars of religion and cultural theorists over the 'nature' of history to the study of religion. The distinguished authors discuss issues related to definitions of history postmodernism critical theory and the impact on the study and analysis of religious traditions; exploring the application of writing 'history from below' discussions of 'truth' and 'objectivity' as opposed to power and ideology crises of representation and the place of theory in the 'historicized' study of religion(s). Addressing conceptual debates in a wide range of historical and empirical contexts the authors critically engage with issues including religious nationalism Nazism Islam and the West secularism religion in post-Communist Russia ethnicity and post modernity. This book constitutes a significant step towards the self-reflexive and interdisciplinary study of religions in history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138623286

Writing History 7-11Historical writing in different genres Writing History 7-11 supports students and primary teachers helping them to explore ways in which activities involving the talk that underpins historical enquiry can be developed into reading and exciting extended reflective writing. The step that teachers and pupils take from ‘talk for learning’ to ‘talk for writing’ is a vital one. In this book the authors argue that all aspects of historical enquiry leading to writing involve discussion and dialogue which permeate every aspect of ‘doing history’. From this perspective they set out a theoretical framework for understanding the role of talk and reading in developing pupils’ critical thinking and confident reflective writing then demonstrate through a series of case studies in which teachers university lecturers and pupils work together how the theory is put into practice in the classroom. Themes include: How to support children in writing in a variety of interesting genres How to make links between the National Curriculum (2013) for History and for English How to plan for breadth and depth studies in the new National Curriculum How activities in History 5 – 11 can be developed into exciting extended writing The second half of the book draws upon case studies from a number of real primary classrooms with children of different ages. Each case study shows how teaching was planned to develop children’s confidence and enjoyment in discussion and to scaffold reasoned written explanation and argument. Topics presented are all relevant to the new curriculum framework and include talking and reading about: Time change and significance over 6000 years - writing a television script Celtic Britain and the Roman Army - writing a travel brochure about Celtic Britain The destruction of Roman towns - writing a Saxon poem An archaeological investigation of a body in a Danish peat bog - writing a newspaper report Did any countries benefit from WW11? - writing an argued viewpoint The expansion westwards of European settlers - writing a flap book exploring different perspectives. This indispensable book provides not only sources for pupils to use in their writing but also models and exemplars of different styles and voices to draw upon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415842600

Writing History from the MarginsAfrican Americans and the Quest for Freedom With contributions from leading American and European scholars this collection of original essays surveys the actors and the modes of writing history from the "margins" of society focusing specifically on African Americans. Nearly 100 years after The Journal of Negro History was founded this book assesses the legacy of the African American historians mostly amateur historians initially who wrote the history of their community between the 1830s and World War II. Subsequently the growth of the civil rights movement further changed historical paradigms--and the place of African Americans and that of black writers in publishing and in the historical profession. Through slavery and segregation self-educated and formally educated Blacks wrote works of history often in order to inscribe African Americans within the main historical narrative of the nation with a two-fold objective: to make African Americans proud of their past and to enable them to fight against white prejudice. Over the past decade historians have turned to the study of these pioneers but a number of issues remain to be considered. This anthology will contribute to answering several key questions concerning who published these books and how were they distributed read and received. Little has been written concerning what they reveal about the construction of professional history in the nineteenth century when examined in relation to other writings by Euro-Americans working in an academic setting or as independent researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138679108

Writing History in Film Historical film has been an important genre since the earliest silent films. The French Revolution the American Civil War the conquest of the New World World War II--all have been repeatedly represented in film. But how do we distinguish between fictionalized spectacle and authentic historical representation? Writing History in Film sets out the narratological semiological rhetorical and philosophical bases for understanding how film can function as a form of historical interpretation and representation. With case studies and an interdisciplinary approach William Guynn examines the key issues facing film students and scholars historians and anyone interested in how we see our historical past. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203960554

Writing History in the Soviet UnionMaking the Past Work The history of the Soviet Union has been charted in several studies over the decades. These depictions while combining accuracy elegance readability and imaginativeness have failed to draw attention to the political and academic environment within which these histories were composed. Writing History in the Soviet Union: Making the Past Work is aimed at understanding this environment. The book seeks to identify the significant hallmarks of the production of Soviet history by Soviet as well as Western historians. It traces how the Russian Revolution of 1917 triggered a shift in official policy towards historians and the publication of history textbooks for schools. In 1985 the Soviet past was again summoned for polemical revision as part and parcel of an attitude of openness (glasnost') and in this literary figures joined their energies to those of historians. The Communist regime sought to equate the history of the country with that of the Communist Party itself in 1938 and 1962 and this imposed a blanket of conformity on history writing in the Soviet Union. The book also surveys the rich abundance of writing the Russian Revolution generated as well as the divergent approaches to the history of the period. The conditions for research in Soviet archives are described as an aspect of official monitoring of history writing. Another instance of this is the manner by which history textbooks have through the years been withdrawn from schools and others officially nursed into circulation. This intervention occasioned in the present circumstance by statements by President Putin himself in the manner in which history is taught in Russian schools continues to this day. In other words over the years the regime has always worked to make the past work. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh & Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138503946

Writing HollywoodThe Work and Professional Culture of Television Writers Writing Hollywood highlights the writing process in the production of television drama and comedy series in the U.S. The way writers do their jobs is heavily dependent not only on the demands of commercial business but also on the uncertainties inherent in a writing career in Hollywood. Drawing on literature in the fields of Media Industry Studies and Occupational Culture Writing Hollywood explains writers’ efforts to control risk and survive in a constantly changing environment. Using data from personal interviews and a six-week participant observation at a prime time drama Dr. Phalen analyzes the relationships among writers in series television describes the interactions between writers and studio/network executives and explains how endogenous and exogenous pressures affect the occupational culture of the television writing profession. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138229822

Writing Human Factors Research PapersA Guidebook Writing high-quality papers suitable for publication within international scientific journals is now an essential skill for all early-career researchers; their career progression and the reputation of the department in which they work depends upon it. However many manuscripts are rejected or sent back for major re-working not because the science they contain is in any way 'bad' but because the same problems keep occurring in the way that the material is presented. It is one thing to write a good scientific paper however it is quite another thing to get it published. This requires some additional nous. In writing this book Don Harris draws upon nearly a quarter of a century of experience as an author and reviewer of research papers and ultimately as a journal editor. By his own admission it contains all the things he wished that his mentors had told him 25 years ago but didn't. The material in the book is drawn from many years of finding all these things out for himself usually by trial and error (but mostly error!). The text adopts a much lighter touch than is normally found in books of this type - after all who really wants to read a book about writing research papers? The author describes his own unique approach to writing journal papers (which in his own words has proved to be extremely successful). All major points are illustrated with examples from his own published works. The book is written in the form of a manual for constructing a journal manuscript: read a chapter write a section. However the material it contains goes beyond just this and also describes how to select a target journal the manuscript submission process what referees are looking for in a good journal paper and how to deal with the referees' comments. Each chapter concludes with a checklist to ensure all the key elements have been addressed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781409439998

Writing in a Technological World Writing in a Technological World explores how to think rhetorically act multimodally and be sensitive to diverse audiences while writing in technological contexts such as social media websites podcasts and mobile technologies. Claire Lutkewitte includes a wealth of assignments activities and discussion questions to apply theory to practice in the development of writing skills. Featuring real-world examples from professionals who write using a wide range of technologies each chapter provides practical suggestions for writing for a variety of purposes and a variety of audiences. By looking at technologies of the past to discover how meanings have evolved over time and applying the present technology to current working contexts readers will be prepared to meet the writing and technological challenges of the future. This is the ideal text for undergraduate and graduate courses in composition writing with technologies and professional/business writing. A supplementary guide for instructors is available at www.routledge.com/9781138580985 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138580985

Writing in English for the Medical SciencesA Practical Guide This practical and portable guide has been designed specifically to help academics and students in medicine and surgery departments at universities all over the world who are required to write in English to maximize exposure to their research produce professional and accurate academic English and eradicate the errors that occur at all levels from bad habits or gaps in knowledge. By identifying likely mistakes and then instructing the writers on how to correct them with exercises to encourage self testing this easily accessible and at-a-glance resource can be kept readily to hand as an invaluable companion during the course of writing an essay thesis or paper. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498742368

Writing in Political ScienceA Practical Guide A complete professional resource for writing an effective paper in all subfields of political science Diane Schmidt’s 25th anniversary edition provides students with a practical easy-to-follow guide for writing about political ideas events policies passions agendas and processes. It offers additional formats and guidelines focusing on the growing use of social media and the need for professional communication in blogs tweets forums media sites lectures on demand and postings on websites. A collection of student papers shows students how to write well for better grades. After reading Writing in Political Science students will know how to: choose and narrow a research topic; formulate a research agenda; quickly locate reputable information online; execute a study and write up findings; use the vocabulary of political science discourse; follow the criteria used to evaluate student assignments when writing; apply writing skills to an internship civic engagement project or grant proposal; and manage and preserve achievements for career development. New to the Fifth Edition Locating Research Materials: Updated links to all sources expansion of appropriate sources to include mobile sources available through tweets blogs forums and other informal communication; expansion of tools to include database searching; use of smart phone technology; and evaluation of source reliability to include commercial sources Wikipedia media sites social media and lectures on demand. Creating Evidence: Evaluating data sources on the web including government databases non-profits and special interest/commercial data; and using collaborative forms of data collection. Includes a new section on Memorandums of Conversations (MEMCON) essential in recent political controversies. Manuscript Formatting and Reference Styles: Updated examples of citing internet sites blogs forums lectures on demand and YouTube. Format/Examples: Updated exam-writing treatment to include on-line e-learning open-book exams media applications examples using YouTube and online media; restored legal briefs treatment; revised proposal examples; revised PowerPoint instructions to include diversity considerations; expanded formula for standard research papers to include wider disciplinary treatment expanded communication techniques format and examples of appropriate posting for social media and organizational websites expanded internship treatment inclusion of needs-assessment format and examples. Career Development: Restoration of 3rd edition chapter and expansion of professional portfolio building including vitae resume cover letters letters of intent statement of purpose and skills/competency discussions. Updated citations for changes in The Chicago Manual of Style 17th Edition 2017 and The MLA Handbook for Writers of Research Papers 8th Edition 2016. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815369219

Writing in Psychoanalysis A beautiful and thoughtful collection of essays on reading writing and learning Writing and Psychoanalysis grows out of a colloquium.  The results are wondrous and impact on the reader at many different levels.  In the act of writing we all discover something about what we know previously unknown to us and we learn more about our inner world that we knew before we set pen to paper (or hand to computer).  Patrick Mahony goes so far as to argue that Freud's self-analysis was essentially a "writing cure." Writing in Psychoanalysis is the first volume in the projected Monograph Series Psychoanalytic Issues the Rivista di Psicoanalisi (the Journal of the Italian Psychoanalytical Society) is undertaking in conjunction with Karnac Books.  This series constitutes a major effort to bring about a dialogue among psychoanalysts who while ultimately bound together by a common psychoanalytic heritage nonetheless are separated in their thinking by different idioms whether linguistic or theoretical.  While featuring writers of very different idioms this series will also present a venue to make some important Italian voices known to English speaking analysts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872554

Writing in Psychology This book helps readers become better writers of psychology and better writers in general. After reading thousands of course papers theses and dissertations Dr. Miller knows and addresses the issues that students find most challenging when writing about psychology. Written with the utmost flexibility in mind the chapters can be read in any order. More comprehensive than similar texts this book provides detailed coverage of how to write empirical reports research proposals and literature reviews  and how to read meta-analyses. Readers will also find invaluable strategies for improving one’s writing including how to adopt an engaging yet accurate style thorough coverage of grammatical and word use rules that govern writing in general and the APA (American Psychological Association) rules that govern the expression of that content. Readers will appreciate these helpful learning tools: Describes the most common APA style rules encountered and/or highlights references to the Manual when more detailed knowledge is required. Numerous examples from journal articles that help readers gain a clearer understanding of content they will encounter in writing psychological reports. Chapter exercises that provide an opportunity to apply the points conveyed in each chapter. Examples of the most common mistakes made by students and how to avoid them and best practices for improving one’s writing. Tables that help readers gain a clearer understanding of the new standards in the APA Publications Manual 6th ed (Appendix A). Errors in APA Style exemplified via an improperly formatted paper and another version noting corrections pertaining to APA style and grammar to highlight the most common pitfalls encountered by students (Appendix B). Ideal for courses on writing in psychology or as a supplement for graduate or advanced undergraduate courses in research design or research methods this book also serves as a resource for anyone looking for guidance on how to write about psychological content. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415854528

Writing in Social SpacesA social processes approach to academic writing Writing in Social Spaces addresses the problem of making time and space for writing in academic life and work of the professionals and practitioners who do academic writing'. Even those who want to write who know how to write well and who have quality publications report that they cannot find enough time for writing. Many supervisors are unsure about how to help postgraduates improve their writing for thesis and publication. Whilst the problem does presents through concerns with ‘time’ it is also partly about writing practices academic identities and lack of motivation. This book provides a research-based theorised approach to the skill of writing whilst retaining a link to writing practices and giving immediate yet sustainable solutions to the writing problem. It supplies new theory and practice on: socializing writing-in-progress and writing with others exploring the alternation of conscious and unconscious internal and external processes in academic writing whilst in a social grouping Applying social processes in the writing process Using case studies and vignettes of writing in social spaces to illustrate the theory in practice This book is a valuable resource for academics scholars professionals and practitioners as well as researchers at all stages of their career and in all disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415828710

Writing in the Content Areas Do you spend entirely too much time correcting your students' papers? Do your students' essays and term papers take side trips to nowhere? Is their writing riddled with mechanical errors? Do their lab reports and essays lack specificity and clarity? Writing in the Content Areas Second Edition is for middle and high school content area teachers who assign essays term papers lab reports and other writing tasks to students. This book provides strategies and tips to help teachers of social studies science art etc. improve the quality of students' writing and apply national and state curriculum standards in your classroom. The strategies in this book can be integrated easily into every teacher's daily plans. They will help your students improve their abilities to - reflect before writing - organize and classify - provide detail without padding - use technical terminology correctly - avoid unnecessary words - spell correctly- take useful notes while they read and during your lectures.This book will help teachers - get what they want from a writing task - frame their assignments more precisely - correct student papers more quickly and efficientlyThe new second edition offers activities and strategies which involve technology (word processing presentation programming the Internet and e-communications) differentiated instruction and brain-based learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138139633

Writing in the DarkPhenomenological Studies in Interpretive Inquiry Bestselling author Max van Manen‘s Writing in the Dark brings together a wide range of studies of relevance to qualitative researchers and professional practitioners. Each of the sixteen original chapters by accomplished scholars serves as an example of how a different kind of human experience may be explored and of how the methods used for investigating phenomena may contribute to the process of human understanding. Van Manen provides the opening and closing chapters for the book and also an introduction to each selection. This book is a valuable and rich resource for people who would like to learn more about phenomenological reflection and writing.Van Manen and his contributing authors:-Show how the challenge of doing qualitative research can be pursued through the process of inquiry reflection and writing-Are from a variety of fields such as education health sciences psychology arts and design communication technology and religious studies-Include numerous recognizable human experiences including common ones forgotten ones and ritualized ones Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138463806

Writing in the ShadowResistance Publications in Occupied Europe The first complete national and international survey in the English language of the clandestine newspapers and books published in the occupied countries of Europe during the Second World War.A man with earphones crouching in the attic listening in with a crystal set a prisoner writing fearfully even in the condemned cell youths taking courses in weightlifting so as to be able to carry cases of lead type with apparent ease: these are just some of the people who helped produce clandestine newspapers and books in the occupied countries of Europe during the Second World War. Writing in the Shadow describes the risks these people ran and the ingenuity and brilliant improvisation they used to hoodwink the Nazis and distribute newsletters to tens of thousands of people. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315036489

Writing India Writing EnglishLiterature Language Location The essays in this book look at the interaction between English and other Indian languages and focus on the pressure of languages on writers and on each other. Divided into two parts the first part of the book deals with the pressure that English language has exerted and continues to exert in India and our ideas of connectedness as a nation in the ways in which we deal with this pressure. The essays emphasise on the emergence of the hybrid language in the Tamil cultural world because of the presence of English (and Hindi); on the politics of ‘anthologisation’; and how Karnad’s Tughlaq deals with the idea of the nation looking at its historical location. The second part of the book focuses on Indian English literature and deals with how it interacts with the idea of representing the Indian nation sometimes obsessively seen both in poetry and novels. The book argues that the writer’s location is crucial to the world of imagination whether in the novel  poetry or drama. The world is inflected by the location of the author and the struggle between the language dominant in that location and English is part of the creative tension that provides energy and uniqueness to writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138663893

Writing Intimacy into Feminist Geography Intimacy expressed through the feelings and sensations of the researcher is bound up in the work of a feminist geographer. Tapping into this intimacy and including it in academic writing facilitates a grasping of the effects of power in particular places and initiates a discussion about how to access and tease out what constitutes the intimate both ethically and politically throughout the research process. This collection provides valuable reflections about intimacy in the research process - from encounters in the field  through data analysis  to the various pieces of written work. A global and heterogeneous pool of scholars and researchers introduce personal ways of writing intimacy into feminist geography. ​ As authors expand existing conceptualizations of intimacy and include their own stories chapters explore the methodological challenges of using intimacy in research as an approach a topic and a site of interaction.  The book is valuable reading for students and researchers of Geography as well as anyone interested in the ethics and practicalities of feminist critical and emotional research methodologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367138783

Writing JazzRace Nationalism and Modern Culture in the 1920s First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987388

Writing Life HistoriesA Guide for Use in Caring Environments Writing Life Histories is a practical handbook which gives clear guidance on how to put together life histories in supportive or residential settings. It provides: step-by-step guidance ideas for different types of life histories activities strategies and material for prompting memories helpful tools and writing tips suggestions for support and forming partnerships with other local services ideas for involving the person's family and friends discussion on ethical issues to be considered. The benefits of engaging a group or an individual in life history activities include: an aid to memory creative stimulation a personalised identity when in a residential home promotion of interaction and co-operation with others continuity with previous life experience thus combating loss of identity as well as an excellent opportunity to pass on knowledge and experience to others. For staff knowing about past experiences will promote an understanding of behaviour needs and outlook on life resulting in more personalised care. Staff have references for conversation with cognitive impaired individuals and knowledge about life accomplishments which promotes respect for individuals. This is an indispensible resource for anyone interested in compiling life histories including nurses residential home staff carers tutors and occupational therapists group facilitators in day centres clubs for the elderly or learning disabilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863888267

Writing Life WritingNarrative History Autobiography Why do we endlessly tell the stories of our lives? And why do others pay attention when we do? The essays collected here address these questions focusing on three different but interrelated dimensions of life writing. The first section "Narrative " argues that narrative is not only a literary form but also a social and cultural practice and finally a mode of cognition and an expression of our most basic physiology. The next section "Life Writing: Historical Forms " makes the case for the historical value of the subjectivity recorded in ego-documents. The essays in the final section "Autobiography Now " identify primary motives for engaging in self-narration in an age characterized by digital media and quantum cosmology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367439101

Writing Like An EngineerA Rhetorical Education Comprised of a study spanning over five years this text looks at four engineering co-op students as they write at work. Since the contributors have a foot in both worlds -- work and school -- the book should appeal to people who are interested in how students learn to write as well as people who are interested in what writing at work is like. Primarily concerned with whether engineers see their writing as rhetorical or persuasive the study attempts to describe the students' changing understanding of what it is they do when they write. Two features of engineering practice that have particular impact on the extent to which engineers recognize persuasion are identified: * a reverence for data and * the hierarchical structure of the organizations in which engineering is most commonly done. Both of these features discourage an open recognition of persuasion. Finally the study shows that the four co-op students learned most of what they knew about writing at work by engaging in situated practice in the workplace rather than by attending formal classes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203811269

Writing Literary Features First Published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203812297

Writing Literature ReviewsA Guide for Students of the Social and Behavioral Sciences This useful guide educates students in the preparation of literature reviews for term projects theses and dissertations. The authors provide numerous examples from published reviews that illustrate the guidelines discussed throughout the book.   New to the seventh edition:   Each chapter breaks down the larger holistic review of literature exercise into a series of smaller manageable steps Practical instructions for navigating today’s digital libraries Comprehensive discussions about digital tools including bibliographic and plagiarism detection software Chapter activities that reflect the book’s updated content New model literature reviews Online resources designed to help instructors plan and teach their courses (www.routledge.com/9780415315746). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415315746

Writing Lives TogetherRomantic and Victorian auto/biography A diary entry begun by a wife and finished by a husband; a map of London its streets bearing the names of forgotten lives; biographies of siblings and of spouses; a poem which gives life to long-dead voices from the archives. All these feature in this volume as examples of ‘writing lives together’: British life writing which has been collaboratively authored and/or joins together the lives of multiple subjects. The contributions to this book range over published and unpublished material from the late eighteenth to the late nineteenth centuries including biography auto/biographical memoirs letters diaries sermons maps and directories. The book closes with essays by contemporary practising biographers Daisy Hay and Laurel Brake who explain their decisions to move away from the single subject in writing the lives of figures from the Romantic and Victorian periods. We conclude with the reflections and work of a contemporary poet Kathleen Bell writing on James Watt (1736–1819) and his family in a ghostly collaboration with the archives. Taken as a whole the collection offers distinctive new readings of collaboration in theory and practice reflecting on the many ways in which lives might be written together: across gender boundaries across time across genre. This book was originally published as a special issue of Life Writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367264864

Writing Models Year 3 Teachers who want to cut lesson planning time should welcome this series in the new edition revised in line with the New Framework and updated with new models. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138127258

Writing Models Year 4 Teachers who want to cut lesson planning time should welcome this series. The new editions are revised in line with the new literacy framework and bring you new models. Writing Models aims to help teachers cover every sort of writing type they need; fine tune lessons by following key teaching points for each model; and deliver the new literacy units to pupils of varying ability using different versions of the same model. Each book in the series gives you: A bank of easy-to-use photocopiable models for writing covering poetry narrative and non-fiction Key teaching points for each model Simpler and harder examples for differentiation  The newly revised second edition for Year 4 has been fully updated and restructured in line to deliver new units from the new framework and includes new writing models. Lesson planning has never been easier!  The second edition of Writing Models Year 4 contains: Stories with historical settings; Stories from other cultures (new) and Stories that raise issues & dilemmas (new) Poems to explore form and Performance poems (new) Stories set in imaginary worlds and Plays (new) Newspaper reports (new); ICT-texts (new) and Persuasive writing including a model based on a DVD (new) Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138371989

Writing Models Year 5 Teachers who want to cut lesson planning time should welcome this series. The new editions are revised in line with the new literacy framework and bring you new models. Writing Models aims to help teachers cover every sort of writing type they need including visual and multimodal texts; fine tune lessons by following key teaching points for each model; and deliver the new literacy units to pupils of varying ability using different versions of the same model. Each book in the series gives you: A bank of easy-to-use photocopiable models for writing covering poetry narrative and non-fiction Key teaching points for each model Simpler and harder examples for differentiation The new edition for Year 5 has been fully updated and restructured in line to deliver new units from the new framework and includes new writing models. Lesson planning has never been easier! The revised Writing Models Year 5 contains: Novels and stories by significant children‘s authors (new) Traditional tales; myths; fables; legends including non-book print models such as comics picture books and TV programmes (new) Stories from other cultures (new); Older literature (new) Film and narrative (new); Dramatic conventions including TV and radio broadcasts (new) Classic/narrative poems and Choral and performance poems Non-chronological reports Instructions including ICT-texts (new); Recounts on MTP including new medial models (new) Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420069

Writing Models Year 6 The new edition for Year 6 has been fully updated and restructured in line to deliver new units from the new framework and includes new writing models. Lesson planning has never been easier! The revised Writing Models Year 6 contains: A range of fiction genres such as traditional tale fantasy chatty style (new) horror (new) and character story and parody (new) A variety of texts by a significant children‘s authors to compare (new) Poems depicting the power of imagery and Poems on a range of issues relevant to children (new) Biography and autobiography; journalistic writing including broadcasting and radio models (new) Formal writing including news report and consumer information (new); Impersonal writing including pamphlet and guide book models (new) Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420076

Writing Motivation Research Measurement and Pedagogy This book provides a unique reference and comprehensive overview of the issues pertinent to conceptualizing measuring researching and nurturing writing motivation. Abdel Latif covers these theoretical practical and research issues by drawing on the literature related to the eight main constructs of writing motivation: writing apprehension attitude anxiety self-efficacy self-concept learning goals perceived value of writing and motivational regulation. Specifically the book covers the historical research developments of the field the measures of the main writing motivation constructs the correlates and sources of writing motivation and profiles of motivated and demotivated writers. The book also describes the types of the instructional research of writing motivation provides pedagogical guidelines and procedures for motivating students to write and presents suggestions for advancing writing motivation research measurement and pedagogy.  Detailed up-to-date and with a glossary which includes definitions of the main terms used in the six chapters this book will be of great interest to academics researchers and post-graduate students in the fields of language education applied linguistics psycholinguistics and educational psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367856274

Writing NormandyStories of Saints and Rulers Writing Normandy brings together eighteen articles by historian Felice Lifshitz some of which are published here for the first time. The articles examine the various ways in which local and regional narratives about the past were created and revised in Normandy during the central Middle Ages. These narratives are analyzed through a combination of both cultural studies and manuscript studies in order to assess how they functioned who they benefitted and the various contexts in which they were transmitted. The essays pay particular attention to the narratives built around venerated saints and secular rulers and in doing so bring together narratives that have traditionally been discussed separately by scholars. The book will appeal to scholars and students of cultural history and medieval history as well as those interested in manuscript studies. (CS1095) Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367139537

Writing North America in the Seventeenth CenturyEnglish Representations in Print and Manuscript Since the first permanent English colony was established at Jamestown Virginia in 1607 and accounts of the new world started to arrive back on the English shores English men and women have had a fascination with their transatlantic neighbours and the landscape they inhabit. In this excellent study Catherine Armstrong looks at the wealth of literature written by settlers of the new colonies adventurers and commentators back in England that presented this new world to early modern Englanders. A vast amount of original literature is examined including travel narratives promotional literature sermons broadsides ballads plays and journals to investigate the intellectual links between mother-country and colony. Representations of the climate landscape flora and fauna of North America in the printed and manuscript sources are considered in detail as is the changing understanding of contemporaries in England of the colonial settlements being established in both Virginia and New England and how these interpretations affected colonial policy and life on the ground in America. The book also recreates the context of the London book trade of the seventeenth century and the networks through which this literature would have been produced and transmitted to readers. This book will be valuable to those with interests in colonial history the Atlantic world travel literature and historians of early modern England and North America in general. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233352

Writing OkinawaNarrative acts of identity and resistance Writing Okinawa is the first comprehensive study in English of Okinawan fiction from it’s emergence in the early twentieth-century through its most recent permutations. It provides readings of major authors and texts set against a carefully researched presentation of the region’s political and social history; at the same time it thoughtfully engages with current critical perspective with perspectives on subaltern identity colonialism and post-colonialism and the nature of "regional " "minority " and "minor" literatures. Is Okinawan fiction replete with geographically specific themes such as language loss identity and war a regional literature distinct among Japanese letters for flourishes of local color that offer a reprieve for the urban-weary or a minority literature that serves as a site for creative resistance and cultural renewal? This question drives the book’s argument making it interpretative rather than merely descriptive. Not only does the book provide a critical introduction to the major works of Okinawan literature it also argues that Okinawa’s writers consciously exploit to good effect the overlap that exists between regional and minority literature. In so doing they produce a rich body of work a great deal of which challenges the notion of a unified nation that seamlessly rises from a single language and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542586

Writing on the MoonStories and Poetry from the Creative Unconscious by Psychoanalysts and Others Writing on the Moon: Stories and Poetry from the Creative Unconscious by Psychoanalysts and Others is a collection of the best works published over the past fifteen years in the Creative Literary Section of Psychoanalytic Perspectives along with imaginative introductions by the author. Some writings are raw and honest some are dark and access our primal being. Others filled with beauty illuminate the internal life the playful mind and unconscious doodlings that might otherwise remain unformulated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204602

Writing on the Southern FrontAuthentic Conservatism for Our Times For traditionalists the conservative ascendency of the 1980s turned out to be a major disappointment. With the triumph of multiculturalism and political correctness liberalism seemed to move from strength to strength. Still a stout number of southern conservative writers plunged forward and their themes of populism immigration and cultural integrity are seeing a contemporary resurgence. Discussing a wide array of authors who worked in a variety of genres Joseph Scotchie celebrates those unreconstructed champions who fought the culture wars of their times with a special learning and vigor. Also included in this collection are creative artists who kept the flame of literature alive providing visions of possibilities that only genre can provide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138300927

Writing Out of All the CampsJ.M. Coetzee's Narratives of Displacement Writing "Out of all the Camps": J. M. Coetzee's Narratives of Displacement is an interdisciplinary examination--combining ethical postcolonial performance gender-based and environmental theory--of the ways that 2003 Nobel Prize-winning South African novelist J. M. Coetzee primarily through his voicing of a female subject position and his presentation of a voiceless subjectivity the animal displaces both the narrative and authorial voice in his works of fiction. Coetzee's work remains outside of conventional notions of genre by virtue of the free indirect discourse that characterizes many of his third-person narrated texts that feature male protagonists (Life & Times of Michael K The Master of Petersburg and Disgrace) various and differing first-person narrative accounts of the same story (Dusklands In the Heart of the Country) the use of female narrators and female narrative personas (Age of Iron The Lives of Animals) and unlocatable ahistorical contexts (Waiting for the Barbarians). The work has broad academic appeal in the established fields of not only literary studies--postcolonial contemporary postmodern and environmental--but also in the realm of performance and gender studies. Because of its broad and interdisciplinary range this text bridges a conspicuous gap in studies on Coetzee. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203944127

Writing Performance Identity and Everyday LifeThe Selected Works of Ronald J. Pelias Writing Performance Identity and Everyday Life invites the reader into Ronald J. Pelias’ world of artistic and everyday performance. Calling upon a broad range of qualitative methods these selected writings from Pelias submerge themselves in the evocative and embodied in the material and consequential often creating moving accounts of their topics. The book is divided into four sections: Foundational Logics Performance Identity and Everyday Life. Part I addresses the methodological underpinnings of the book focusing on the ‘touchstones’ that inform Pelias’ work: performative autoethnographic poetic and narrative methods. These directions push the researcher toward empathic engagement a leaning toward others; using the literary to evoke the cognitive and affective aspects of experience; and an ethical sensibility located in social justice. Parts II–IV focus on artistic and everyday life performances including discussions of the disciplinary shift from the oral interpretation of literature to the field of performance studies; empathy and the actor’s process; conceptions of performance; the performance of race gender and sexuality; and performances in interpersonal relations and academic circles. By the end readers will see Pelias demonstrate the power of qualitative methods to engage and to present alternative ways of being. Pelias’ work shows us how to understand and feel the evocative strength of thinking performatively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592110

Writing PlaceMimesis Subjectivity and Imagination in the Works of George Gissing Exploring a hitherto neglected field Writing Place: Mimesis Subjectivity and Imagination in the Works of George Gissing is the first monograph to consider the works of George Gissing (1857-1903) in light of the ‘spatial turn’. By exploring how objectivity and subjectivity interact in his work the book asks: what are the risks of looking for the ‘real’ in Gissing’s places? How does the inherent heterogeneity of Gissing’s observation influence the textual recapitulation of place? In addition to examining canonical texts such as The Nether World (1889) New Grub Street (1891) and The Private Papers of Henry Ryecroft (1901) the book analyses the lesser-known novels short stories journalism and personal writings of Gissing in the context of modern spatial studies. The book challenges previously biographical and London-centric accounts of Gissing’s representation of space and place by re-examining seemingly innate contemporaneous geographical demarcations such as the north and the south the city suburb and country Europe and the world and re-reading Gissing’s places in the contexts of industrialism ruralism the city in literature and travel writing. Through sustained attention to the ambiguities and contradictions rooted in the form and content of his writing the book concludes that ultimately Gissing’s novels undermine spatial dichotomies by emphasising and celebrating the incongruity of seeming certainties Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592646

Writing Poetry This volume presents new versions of key chapters from the recent Routledge/Open University textbook Creative Writing: A Workbook with Readings for writers who are specialising in writing poetry. It offers the novice writer engaging and creative activities making use of insightful relevant readings from the work of well-known authors to illustrate the techniques presented. Using his experience and expertise as a teacher as well as a poet Bill Herbert guides aspiring writers through such key writing skills as: drafting voice imagery rhyme form theme. The volume is further updated to include never-before published dialogues with prominent poets such as Vicki Feaver Gillian Allnutt Kathleen Jamie Linda France Douglas Dunn Sean O'Brien and Jo Shapcott. Concise and practical Writing Poetry offers an inspirational guide to the methods and techniques of this challenging and rewarding genre and is a must-read for aspiring poets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138168664

Writing Portfolios in the ClassroomPolicy and Practice Promise and Peril This volume presents chapters by researchers practitioners and policymakers who study the impact of classroom portfolios in the assessment of writing achievement by elementary and middle grade students. The focus throughout the volume is on the tension between classroom assessment and externally mandated testing. It presents the efforts of researchers practitioners and policymakers to understand the impact of classroom portfolios for the assessment of writing achievement by elementary and middle grade students. Under the auspices of the Center for the Study of Writing the editors conducted a national survey of exemplary portfolio projects arranged for a series of "video visits " and held several working conferences. The result of this work is a broad-ranging tale: the aspirations of teachers and administrators to move the machinery of schooling in the direction of more authentic and engaging tasks the puzzlement of students when they realize that the assignments are real and that the teacher may not have a "right answer" in mind and the tensions between ivory-tower ideas and everyday classroom practice. Divided into four sections this research volume: * provides a historical perspective develops the conceptual framework that serves as a background for many activities described throughout and discusses numerous practical issues that confront today's researchers and practitioners; * views the phenomenon of writing portfolios through a variety of broadview lenses such as teacher enthusiasm student reflection assessment tension the portfolio as metaphor and the locus of control; * conveys important conceptual issues with a balance toward pragmatics; and * offers unique insights from the perspective of one individual who serves as scholar researcher and teacher. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203053300

Writing Postindustrial PlacesTechnoculture amid the Cornfields Exploring the relationship between postindustrial writing and developments in energy production manufacturing and agriculture Michael J. Salvo shows how technological and industrial innovation relies on communicative and organizational suppleness. Through representative case studies Salvo demonstrates the ways in which technical communicators formulate opportunities that link resources with need. His book is a supple articulation of the opportunities and pitfalls that come with great change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367882358

Writing Put to the TestTeaching for the High Stakes Essay This book helps educators improve students ability to write clear coherent essays in response to on-demand writing prompts. While it focuses on students abilities to succeed at on-demand writing it also promotes the teaching of writing as an expression of art and self. For grades 4 -12 it provides examples of responses to narrative and persuasive prompts and provides savvy advice about what scorers look for. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138439740

Writing Qualitative InquirySelf Stories and Academic Life Now issued as a Routledge Education Classic Edition Bud Goodall’s Writing Qualitative Inquiry responds to the rapid growth of personal narrative as a method of inquiry among qualitative scholars by offering a concise volume of practical advice for scholars and students seeking to work in this tradition. He provides writing tips and strategies from a well-published successful author of creative nonfiction and concrete guidance on finding appropriate outlets for your work. For readers he offers a set of criteria to assess the quality of creative nonfiction writing. Goodall suggests paths to success within the academy—still rife with political sinkholes for the narrative ethnographer—and ways of building a career as a public scholar. Goodall’s work serves as both a writing manual and career guide for those in qualitative inquiry. A new foreword by Christopher N. Poulos reflects on Bud Goodall’s life and work and the impact of this book on narrative writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326491

Writing Qualitative InquirySelf Stories and Academic Life Responding to the rapid growth of personal narrative as a method of inquiry among qualitative scholars Bud Goodall offers a concise volume of practical advice for scholars and students seeking to work in this tradition. He provides writing tips and strategies from a well-published successful author of creative nonfiction and concrete guidance on finding appropriate outlets for your work. For readers he offers a set of criteria to assess the quality of creative nonfiction writing. Goodall suggests paths to success within the academy—still rife with political sinkholes for the narrative ethnographer—and ways of building a career as a public scholar. Goodall’s work serves as both a writing manual and career guide for those in qualitative inquiry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315415536

Writing QualitativelyThe Selected Works of Johnny Saldaña Writing Qualitatively: The Selected Works of Johnny Saldaña showcases the diverse range of writing styles available to qualitative researchers through the work one of the most internationally cited and referenced methodologists. The traditional academic journal article still holds its place as a convention of published scholarship but Saldaña illustrates how a variety of approaches to research documentation can evocatively represent social life and one’s self in intriguing ways.Writing Qualitatively assembles journal articles book chapters ancillary materials texts from keynote addresses and previously unpublished work that illustrate Saldaña’s eclectic body of inquiry. Each piece is prefaced with author comments on the selection and how readers themselves might venture into comparable writing styles. Multiple methodologies and writing examples are included ranging from case studies to action research; from poetry to ethnodramatic play scripts; from confessional tales to autoethnographies; and from textbook materials to classroom session designs. An introduction to the collection discusses Saldaña’s writing processes and how qualitative researchers and educators can extend their own imaginations and creativity to find new forms of scholarly presentation and representation.Writing Qualitatively serves as a supplemental text for undergraduate and graduate courses in qualitative inquiry educational research ethnography and arts-based research. This unique anthology demonstrates to students professors and professional researchers how academic scholarship can be reported through a breadth of literary genres elements and styles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592301

Writing Research CriticallyDeveloping the power to make a difference This is not a standard guide to writing a dissertation thesis project report journal article or book. Rather this book will help researchers who are dissatisfied with the typical recipe approaches to standardised forms of writing-up and want to explore how academic writing can be used to greater effect. Writing Research Critically shows that writing up is not just about ‘presenting findings’ as if the facts would speak for themselves. As the authors show there are certain vital skills that any writer needs to develop within their academic writing such as the ability to: develop critical understanding and a personal academic voice question assumptions and the status quo frame the background and transgress the frame read between the lines when reviewing the literature strengthen interpretations and conctruct persuasive arguments challenge and develop theory and explanations develop ideas that create possibilities for realistic action Packed with examples from a range of writing projects (papers dissertations theses reports journal articles and books) this book provides a practical and refreshing way to approach and present research. Through case studies the authors offer a step-by-step guide from the early stages of planning a writing project whether an undergraduate paper or a professional publication to the polishing processes that make the difference between a merely descriptive account to an argument that intends to be critical and persuasive. Written in a clear accessible style this book will inspire a wide range of researchers from undergraduates to postgraduates early career researchers and experienced professionals working across a wide range of fields and demonstrate how research can have more impact in the real world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415598750

Writing Revolution in South AsiaHistory Practice Politics This comprehensive volume examines the relationship between revolutionary politics and the act of writing in modern South Asia. Its pages feature a diverse cast of characters: rebel poets and anxious legislators party theoreticians and industrious archivists nostalgic novelists enterprising journalists and more. The authors interrogate the multiple forms and effects of revolutionary storytelling in politics and public life questioning the easy distinction between ‘words’ and ‘deeds’ and considering the distinct consequences of writing itself. While acknowledging that the promise fervour or threat of revolution is never reducible to the written word this collection explores how manifestos lyrics legal documents hagiographies and other constellations of words and sentences articulate contest and enact revolutionary political practice in both colonial and post-colonial South Asia. Emphasising the potential of writing to incite contain or reorient the present this volume promises to provoke new conversations at the intersection of historiography politics and literature in South Asia urging scholars and activists to interrogate their own storytelling practices and the relationship of the contemporary moment to violent and contested pasts. This book was originally published as a special issue of South Asia: Journal of South Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367132811

Writing Robert GreeneEssays on England's First Notorious Professional Writer Robert Greene contemporary of Shakespeare and Marlowe and member of the group of six known as the "University Wits " is the subject of this essay collection the first to be dedicated solely to his work. Although in his short lifetime Greene published some three dozen prose works composed at least five plays and was one of the period's most recognized-even notorious-literary figures his place within the canon of Renaissance writers has been marginal at best. Writing Robert Greene offers a reappraisal of Greene's career and of his contribution to Elizabethan culture. Rather than drawing lines between Greene's work for the pamphlet market and for the professional theatres the essays in the volume imagine his writing on a continuum. Some essays trace the ways in which Greene's poetry and prose navigate differing cultural economies. Others consider how the full spectrum of his writing contributes to an emergent professional discourse about popular print and theatrical culture. The volume includes an annotated bibliography of recent scholarship on Greene and three valuable appendices (presenting apocrypha; edition information; and editions organized by year of publication). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315546162

Writing Russia in the Age of Shakespeare This study commences with a simple question: how did Russia matter to England in the age of William Shakespeare? In order to answer the question the author studies stories of Lapland survival diplomatic envoys merchant transactions and plays for the public theaters of London. At the heart of every chapter Shakespeare and his contemporaries are seen questioning the status of writing in English what it can and cannot accomplish under the influence of humanism capitalism and early modern science. The phrase 'Writing Russia' stands for the way these English writers attempted to advance themselves by conjuring up versions of Russian life. Each man wrote out of a joint-stock arrangement and each man's relative success and failure tells us much about the way Russia mattered to England. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266469

Writing Science RightStrategies for Teaching Scientific and Technical Writing Help your students improve their science understanding and communicate their knowledge more effectively. Writing Science Right shows you the best ways to teach content-area writing so that students can share their learning and discoveries through informal and formal writing assignments and oral presentations. You’ll teach students how to… identify their audience and an appropriate organizational structure for their writing; achieve a readable style by knowing the reader’s background knowledge; build effective sentences and concise paragraphs; prepare and deliver oral presentations that bring content to life; use major science articles abstracts and summaries as mentor texts; and more! Throughout the book you’ll find a wide variety of sample articles and suggested assignments that you can use immediately. In addition a list of additional teaching texts and resources is available on the Routledge website at www.routledge.com/9781138302679. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138302679

Writing ScienceLiteracy And Discursive Power This book is about the use of language in the science classroom. It discusses the evolution of scientific discourse for learning in secondary schools and examines the form and function of language across a variety of levels including lexiogrammar discourse semantics register genre and ideology. Special attention is paid to how this knowledge is imparted. It will be of particular interest to educators involved with linguistics and/or science curriculum and teachers of English for special and academic purposes.; It is aimed at teachers of undergraduates in science and literacy linguists teaching in English for special and academic purposes and students in higher education with an interest in science and literacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138997585

Writing Short StoriesA Routledge Writer's Guide This new edition of Writing Short Stories has been updated throughout to include new and revised exercises up-to-date coverage of emerging technologies and a new glossary of key terms and techniques. Ailsa Cox a published short-story writer guides the reader through the key aspects of the craft provides a variety of case studies and examples of how others have approached the genre and sets a series of engaging exercises to help hone your skills. This inspiring book is the ideal guide for those new to the genre or for anyone wanting to improve their technique. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138955431

Writing Southeast Asian SecurityRegional Security and the War on Terror after 9/11 This book is a critical analysis of how the discursive and material practices of the "War on Terror" influenced security politics in Southeast Asia after 9/11. It explores how the US-led War on Terror operating both as a set of material practices and as a larger discursive framework for security influenced the security of both state and non-state actors in Southeast Asia after 9/11. Building on the author’s own critical security studies approach which demands a historically and geographically contingent method of empirically grounded critique Writing Southeast Asian Security examines some of the unexpected effects that the discourses and practices of the War on Terror have had on the production of insecurity in the region. The cases presented here demonstrate that forms of insecurity were constructed and/or abetted by the War on Terror itself and often occurred in concert with the practices of traditional state-centric security. This work thus contributes to a larger critical project of revealing the violence intrinsic to the pursuit of security by states but also demonstrates pragmatic opportunities for a functioning politics of theorizing security. This book will be of much interest to students of critical terrorism studies critical security studies East Asian and Southeast Asian politics US foreign policy and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138957787

Writing Southern Italy Before the RenaissanceTrecento Historians of the Mezzogiorno This volume traces the work of trecento historians of the Mezzogiorno analyzing it through current methodological and theoretical frameworks. Questioning the current consensus the book examines how the South as a cultural "other" began evolving over the fourteenth century and reconsiders the nineteenth-century "Southern Question" concerning the Mezzogiorno’s history culture and people and its lingering negative image in Europe and America. It also focuses on specific histories authors and historiographical issues and reviews how new understandings of the Mediterranean have begun to alter our perceptions of the South in a new global context and as the basis for new historical research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138702516

Writing Sri LankaLiterature Resistance & the Politics of Place Focusing on ways in which cultural nationalism has influenced both the production and critical reception of texts Salgado presents a detailed analysis of eight leading Sri Lankan writers - Michael Ondaatje Romesh Gunasekera Shyam Selvadurai A. Sivanandan Jean Arasanayagam Carl Muller James Goonewardene and Punyakante Wijenaike – to rigorously challenge the theoretical cultural and political assumptions that pit ‘insider’ against ‘outsider’ ‘resident’ against ‘migrant’ and the ‘authentic’ against the ‘alien’. By interrogating the discourses of territoriality and boundary marking that have come into prominence since the start of the civil war Salgado works to define a more nuanced and sensitive critical framework that actively reclaims marginalized voices and draws upon recent studies in migration and the diaspora to reconfigure the Sri Lankan critical terrain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653435

Writing Strategies for the Education Dissertation Writing Strategies for the Education Dissertation offers a unique take on doctoral writing. It uses composition and rhetoric strategies to identify key activities for generating thought to keep students writing. It de-mythologizes the view of writing as a mere skill and promotes the view of writing as thinking. It uses writing to help students invent think through write rethink and rewrite as they develop and present their innovations. The book opens with this mindset and with the purposes of the task (adding to knowledge); it helps define a "researchable topic " and provides advice on invention ("brainstorming"). It then addresses each of the key sections of the dissertation from Problem Statement through Literature Review and Methods to Findings and Conclusions while underscoring the iterative nature of this writing. For each chapter the book provides advice on invention argument and arrangement ("organization") â€“ rhetorical elements that are seldom fully addressed in textbooks. Each chapter also looks at possible missteps offers examples of student writing and revisions and suggests alternatives not rules. The text concludes with an inventive approach of its own addressing style (clarity economy and coherence) as persuasion. This book is suitable for all doctoral students of education and others looking for tips and advice on the best dissertation writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367627058

Writing Strategies That WorkDo This--Not That! Learn the ten keys to effective writing instruction! In this dynamic book bestselling author Lori G. Wilfong takes you through today’s best practices for teaching writing and how to implement them in the classroom. She also points out practices that should be avoided helping you figure out how to update your teaching so that all students can reach success. You’ll discover how to… Make sure students have enough work in a genre before you assign writing Develop thoughtful short writing prompts that are "infinite" and not finite Have students read and learn from master authors in the genre they are writing Create a writing community so that writing is not an isolated activity Use anchor charts and minilessons along with rubrics and checklists Implement revising strategies not just editing strategies taught in context Use conferencing to grow students as thoughtful reflective writers Let narratives be personal and creative focusing on details and imagery Let informational writing explore a topic creatively and in depth Let argument writing be situated in real-world application and not be limited to one-sided "what-if" debates Every chapter begins with an engaging scenario includes the "why" behind the practice and how it connects to the Common Core and clearly describes how implement the strategy. The book also contains tons of handy templates that you can reproduce and use in your own classroom. You can photocopy these templates or download them from our website at http://www.routledge.com/books/details/9781138812444. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138812444

Writing Successful Undergraduate Dissertations in Social SciencesA Student’s Handbook A practical guide for students undertaking their dissertation Writing Successful Undergraduate Dissertations in Social Sciences uses a mixture of exercises strategies case study material and further reading to give hints and tips on beginning and managing a research project and working with supervisors. Providing an accessible overview of the essential steps in conducting research and writing dissertations this fully updated edition contains new sections on: • The varied sources of support for students and how to make use of them • The use of modern technologies and digital platforms in data collection storage and processing • The important issues relating to ethnographic and feminist research • How to publish through peer review publications or using self-publishing platforms • The General Data Protection Regulation and legal issues relating to collection storage and use of personal data • The skills that students have acquired through writing dissertations and how those skills could become useful for future career and employability • How students can relate their dissertations to existing theories and concepts in social sciences that relate to their dissertation. Packed with proven practical advice from ‘real-life’ data case studies and examples Writing Successful Undergraduate Dissertations in Social Sciences is an essential and dependable starting point and guide for any student beginning their dissertation journey in the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367255251

Writing Successfully in Science "Writing Successfully in Science" pays particular attention to the needs of scientists whose first language is not English explaining how to avoid the main pitfalls of English grammar and how to present work in a clear and logical fashion. It combines practical tips for the first-time writer with useful instructions for experienced contributors wishing to improve their technique Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150058

Writing Support for International Graduate StudentsEnhancing Transition and Success Using qualitative data collected from more than twenty universities across the US Writing Support for International Graduate Students describes and theorizes agency- and advocacy-driven practices programs and policies that are most effective in helping international students learn graduate-level writing and communication skills. It uses compelling narratives and cases to illustrate a variety of program models and support practices that fostered the students’ process of academic transition and success. Employing an ecological framework the book seeks to advance academic conversation about how writing scholars/instructors and program administrators as well as other academic service professionals working with this student body can formulate policies develop programs and implement practices that best help these students grow as writers and scholars in their disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586799

Writing Systems Throughout most of the history of linguistics the primacy of the spoken word over the written word has been virtually axiomatic. Scholars working at what is perceived as the core of linguistic science on grammar sociolinguistics phonetics phonology have generally perceived the written word as merely the means of representing the true matter of linguistics spoken language with varying degrees of efficiency. Yet the written word has demonstrably shaped the course of languages been the means of their maintenance or under different circumstances their downfall. Written language has been the means of holding speech communities together. Speech communities have become writing communities and in doing so gained hegemony over their less literate neighbours. Because writing has for so long and so often been treated as the poor relation of speech the serious study of writing as a discipline itself has been relegated to disparate parts of the linguistic domain. It is only in the last fifty years that scripts and writing systems their evolution and impact have been the subject of scholarly works. Writing Systems aims at the widest possible sweep in collecting materials on the subject of written language and presents not only the latest research findings but also anthologises writings on particular themes under each of these headings both journal articles and longer works extending over a long period of time. It provides an extensive bibliographical resource for scholars interested in pursuing the connections between the social linguistic historical pedagogical legal and economic aspects of writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415520027

Writing TalkInterviews with Writers about the Creative Process Writing Talk includes interviews with nineteen well-known contemporary writers exploring the ways in which they research and find their original ideas. Working across genres such as fiction scriptwriting radio life writing biography and more the writers offer insight into how they interpret hone and develop these ideas. The conversations examine the roles of technique craft language reading memory serendipity habit and persistence. They offer technical detail about the creative process and give unique insights into the borderlands between genres as well as offering rich personal insights and universal resonances. A wide-ranging introduction surveys the reasons why we are intrigued by the mysteries of individual writing practice and how these illuminate critical attitudes to literature and performance. Offering a rare glimpse into the creative process of some of this generation’s most eminent voices Writing Talk is a must read for anyone interested in how stories are found and made. Interviewees: Alan Ayckbourn Iain Banks Helen Blakeman Louis de Bernières Sarah Butler Andrew Cowan Jenny Diski Patricia Duncker David Edgar Tanika Gupta Richard Holmes Hanif Kureishi Bryony Lavery Toby Litt Kareem Mortimer Michèle Roberts Jane Rogers Willy Russell and Sally Wainwright. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138320307

Writing Tangier in the Postcolonial TransitionSpace and Power in Expatriate and North African Literature In his study of the Tangier expatriate community Michael K. Walonen analyzes the representations of French and Spanish Colonial North Africa by Paul Bowles Jane Bowles William Burroughs Brion Gysin and Alfred Chester during the end of the colonial era and the earliest days of post-independence. The conceptualizations of space in these authors' descriptions of Tangier Walonen shows share common components: an attention to the transformative potential of the conflict sweeping the region; a record of the power relations that divided space along lines of gender and ethnicity including the spatial impact of the widespread sexual commerce between Westerners and natives; a vision of the Maghreb as a land that can be dominated or imposed on as a kind of frontier space; an expression of anxieties about the specters of Cold War antagonisms; and an embrace of the underlying logic of the market to the culture of the Maghreb. Counterbalancing the depictions of Tangier by Westerners who sought to reconcile their nostalgia for the colonial order with their support of native demands for independent governance is Walonen's extended analysis of the contrasting sense of place found in the writings of native Moroccan authors such as Mohammed Choukri Tahar Ben Jelloun and Anouar Majid. In its focus on Tangier and the larger Maghreb as a lived environment situated at a particular spatial and temporal crossroads Walonen's study makes an important contribution to the fields of urban transatlantic and postcolonial studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409433811

Writing TechnologyStudies on the Materiality of Literacy Academic and practitioner journals in fields from electronics to business to language studies as well as the popular press have for over a decade been proclaiming the arrival of the "computer revolution" and making far-reaching claims about the impact of computers on modern western culture. Implicit in many arguments about the revolutionary power of computers is the assumption that communication language and words are intimately tied to culture -- that the computer's transformation of communication means a transformation a revolutionizing of culture. Moving from a vague sense that writing is profoundly different with different material and technological tools to an understanding of how such tools can and will change writing writers written forms and writing's functions is not a simple matter. Further the question of whether -- and how -- changes in individual writers' experiences with new technologies translate into large-scale cultural "revolutions" remains unresolved. This book is about the relationship of writing to its technologies. It uses history theory and empirical research to argue that the effects of computer technologies on literacy are complex always incomplete and far from unitary -- despite a great deal of popular and even scholarly discourse about the inevitability of the computer revolution. The author argues that just as computers impact on discourse discourse itself impacts technology and explains how technology is used in educational settings and beyond. The opening chapters argue that the relationship between writing and the material world is both inextricable and profound. Through writing the physical time-and-space world of tools and artifacts is joined to the symbolic world of language. The materiality of writing is both the central fact of literacy and its central puzzle -- a puzzle the author calls "The Technology Question" -- that asks: What does it mean for language to become material? and What is the effect of writing and other material literacy technologies on human thinking and human culture? The author also argues for an interdisciplinary approach to the technology question and lays out some of the tenets and goals of technology studies and its approach to literacy. The central chapters examine the relationship between writing and technology systematically and take up the challenge of accounting for how writing -- defined as both a cognitive process and a cultural practice -- is tied to the material technologies that support and constrain it. Haas uses a wealth of methodologies including interviews examination of writers' physical interactions with texts think-aloud protocols rhetorical analysis of discourse about technology quasi-experimental studies of reading and writing participant-observer studies of technology development feature analysis of computer systems and discourse analysis of written artifacts. Taken as a whole the results of these studies paint a rich picture of material technologies shaping the activity of writing and discourse in turn shaping the development and use of technology. The book concludes with a detailed look at the history of literacy technologies and a theoretical exploration of the relationship between material tools and mental activity. The author argues that seeing writing as an embodied practice -- a practice based in culture in mind and in body -- can help to answer the "technology question." Indeed the notion of embodiment can provide a necessary corrective to accounts of writing that emphasize the cultural at the expense of the cognitive or that focus on writing as only an act of mind. Questions of technology always and inescapably return to the material embodied reality of literate practice. Further because technologies are at once tools for individual use and culturally-constructed systems the study of technology can provide a fertile site in which to examine the larger issue of the relationship of culture and cognition. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203811238

Writing the Annotated BibliographyA Guide for Students & Researchers This comprehensive and practical guide covers the elements style and use of annotated bibliographies in the research and writing process for any discipline; key disciplinary conventions; and tips for working with digital sources. Written jointly by a library director and a writing center director this book is packed with examples of individual bibliography entries and full bibliography formats for a wide range of academic needs. Online resources include sample bibliographies relevant web links printable versions of checklists and figures and further resources for instructors and researchers.  Writing the Annotated Bibliography is an essential resource for first-year and advanced composition classes courses in writing across the disciplines graduate programs library science instruction programs and academic libraries at the secondary level and beyond. It is suitable for both undergraduate and graduate students and for researchers at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367408862

Writing the BibleScribes Scribalism and Script For many years it has been recognized that the key to explaining the production of the Bible lies in understanding the profession the practice and the mentality of scribes in the ancient Near East classical Greece and the Greco-Roman world. In many ways however the production of the Jewish literary canon while reflecting wider practice constitutes an exception because of its religious function as the written "word of God" leading in turn to the veneration of scrolls as sacred and even cultic objects in themselves. "Writing the Bible" brings together the wide-ranging study of all major aspects of ancient writing and writers. The essays cover the dissemination of texts book and canon formation and the social and political effects of writing and of textual knowledge. Central issues discussed include the status of the scribe the nature of 'authorship' the relationship between copying and redacting and the relative status of oral and written knowledge. The writers examined include Ilimilku of Ugarit the scribes of ancient Greece Ben Sira Galen Origen and the author of Pseudo-Clement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661042

Writing the Body PoliticA John O’Neill Reader This book brings together key essays from the career of social theorist John O’Neill including his uncollected later writings focusing on embodiment to explore the different ways in which the body trope informs visions of familial economic personal and communal life. Beginning with an exploration of O’Neill’s work on the construction of the biobody and the ways in which corporeality is sutured into social systems through regimes of power and familial socialisation the book then moves to concentrate on O’Neill’s career-long studies of the productive body and the ways in which the working body is caught in and resists disciplinary systems that seek to rationalise natural functions and control social relations. The third section considers O’Neill’s concern with the ancient early modern and psychoanalytic sources of the post-modern libidinal body and a final section on the civic body focuses specifically on the ways in which principles of reciprocity and generosity exceed the capitalist individualist body of (neo)liberal political theory. The volume also includes an interview with O’Neill addressing many of the key themes of his work a biographical note with an autobiographical postscript a select bibliography of O’Neill’s many publications and an extensive introduction by the editors. A challenging and innovative collection Writing the Body Politic: A John O’Neill Reader will appeal to critical social theorists and sociologists with interests in the work of one of sociology’s great critical readers of classical and contemporary texts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138633179

Writing the City in British Asian Diasporas In 1962 the Commonwealth Immigrants Act hastened the process of South Asian migration to postcolonial Britain. Half a decade later now is an opportune moment to revisit the accumulated writing about the diasporas formed through subsequent settlement and to probe the ways in which the South Asian diaspora can be re-conceptualised. Writing the City in British Asian Diasporas takes a fresh look at such matters and will have multi-disciplinary resonance worldwide. The meaning and importance of local multi-local and trans-local dynamics is explored through a devolved and regionally-accented comparison of five British Asian cities: Bradford the East End of London Manchester Leicester and Birmingham. Analysing the ‘writing’ of these differently configured cities since the 1960s its main focus is the significant discrepancies in representation between differently-positioned texts reflecting both dominant institutional discourses and everyday lived experiences of a locality. Part I offers a comprehensive yet still highly contested reading of each city’s archives. Part II examines how the arts and humanities fields of History Religion Gender and Literary/Cultural Studies have all written British Asian diasporas and how their perspectives might complement the better-established agendas of the social sciences. Providing an innovative analysis of South Asian communities and their multi-local identities in Britain today this interdisciplinary book will be of interest to scholars of South Asian Studies Migration Ethnic and Diaspora Studies as well as Sociology Anthropology and Geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815384069

Writing the CityEden Babylon and the New Jerusalem `The expression of human experience it embodies ... includes all personal history'. Saul Bellow's view of the city is far from that of classic geographical descriptions which look at growth or decline demographic patterns traffic flows and economic potential: these empirically conceived models of urban geography fail to accommodate the crucial human aspect of city life. Located at the interface of geography and literature Writing the City visualizes the city through the hopes aspirations disappointments and pains of international novelists and creative writers. From Manchester Montreal and Sydney to Osaka Varanasi amd Odessa cities become more than their built environment more than a set of class or economic relationships: they are also an experience to be lived suffered and undergone. Thus cities are seen in terms of the innocence of an Eden now lost a threat of sinful Babylon and the promise of a New Jerusalem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415756372

Writing the CityUrban Visions and Literary Modernism Writing the City examines and challenges the traditional transatlantic axis of urban modernism London-Paris-New York an axis that has often elided the historical importance of other centers that have shaped metropolitan identities and discourses. According to Desmond Harding James Joyce's internationalist vision of Dublin generates powerful epistemic and cultural tropes that reconceive the idea of the modern city as a moral phenomenon in transcultural and transhistorical terms. Taking up the works of both Joyce and John Dos Passos Harding investigates the lasting contributions these author's made to transatlantic intellectual thought in their efforts to envisage the city. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415512824

Writing the EmpireRobert Southey and Romantic Colonialism Examines a range of Robert Southey's writing to explore the relationship between Romantic literature and colonial politics during the expansion of Britain's second empire. This study draws upon a range of interdisciplinary materials to consider the impact of his work upon nineteenth-century views of empire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663435

Writing the First World War after 1918 This book explores how print journalism was a powerful and persistent influence on public attitudes to and memories of the First World War in a range of participant nations including Britain France Germany Ireland the United States and Australia. With contributions from an international group of history journalism and literary studies scholars the book identifies and analyses five distinct roles played by the print media: producing and narrating histories of the war or its constituent episodes; serialising and reviewing memoirs or fictional accounts written by participants; reporting and framing the rituals and ceremonies of local and national commemoration; providing a platform for various war-related advocacy groups or campaigns from veterans’ associations to early Civil Rights movements; and using the war as a lens through which to interpret future conflicts. This innovative collection demonstrates the significance of journalism in shaping the public understanding of the First World War after 1918 and shows how the representations and narratives of the conflict reflected the political and social changes of the post-war decades. This book was originally published as a special issue of Journalism Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588731

Writing the Global CityGlobalisation Postcolonialism and the Urban Over the last three decades our understanding of the city worldwide has been revolutionized by three innovative theoretical concepts – globalisation postcolonialism and a radically contested notion of modernity. The idea and even the reality of the city has been extended out of the state and nation and re-positioned in the larger global world. In this book Anthony King brings together key essays written over this period much of it dominated by debates about the world or global city. Challenging assumptions and silences behind these debates King provides largely ignored historical and cultural dimensions to the understanding of world city formation as well as decline. Interdisciplinary and comparative the essays address new ways of framing contemporary themes: the imperial and colonial origin of contemporary world and global cities actually existing postcolonialisms claims about urban and cultural homogenisation and the role of architecture and built environment in that process. Also addressed are arguments about indigenous and exogenous perspectives Eurocentricism ways of framing vernacular architecture and the global historical sociology of building types. Wide-ranging and accessible Writing the Global City provides essential historical contexts and theoretical frameworks for understanding contemporary urban and architectural debates. Extensive bibliographies will make it essential for teaching reference and research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138949584

Writing the History of the MindPhilosophy and Science in France 1900 to 1960s For much of the twentieth century French intellectual life was dominated by theoreticians and historians of mentalité. Traditionally the study of the mind and of its limits and capabilities was the domain of philosophy however in the first decades of the twentieth century practitioners of the emergent human and social sciences were increasingly competing with philosophers in this field: ethnologists sociologists psychologists and historians of science were all claiming to study 'how people think'. Scholars including Gaston Bachelard Georges Canguilhem Léon Brunschvicg Lucien Lévy-Bruhl Lucien Febvre Abel Rey Alexandre Koyré and Hélène Metzger were all investigating the mind historically and participating in shared research projects. Yet as they have since been appropriated by the different disciplines literature on their findings has so far failed to recognise the connections between their research and their importance in intellectual history. In this exemplary book Cristina Chimisso reconstructs the world of these intellectuals and the key debates in the philosophy of mind particularly between those who studied specific mentalities by employing prevalently historical and philological methods and those who thought it possible to write a history of the mind outlining the evolution of ways of thinking that had produced the modern mentality. Dr Chimisso situates the key French scholars in their historical context and shows how their ideas and agendas were indissolubly linked with their social and institutional positions such as their political and religious allegiances their status in academia and their familial situation. The author employs a vast range of original research using philosophical and scientific texts as well as archive documents correspondence and seminar minutes from the period covered to recreate the milieu in which these relatively neglected scholars made advances in the history of philosophy and science and produced Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249431

Writing the Land Writing HumanityThe Maya Literary Renaissance The Maya Literary Renaissance is a growing yet little-known literary phenomenon that can redefine our understanding of "literature" universally. By analyzing eight representative texts of this new and vibrant literary movement the book argues that the texts present literature as a trans-species phenomenon that is not reducible only to human creativity. Based on detailed textual analysis of the literature in both Maya and Spanish as well as first-hand conversations with the writers themselves the book develops the first conceptual map of how literature constantly emerges from wider creative patterns in nature. This process defined as literary inhabitation is explained by synthesizing core Maya cultural concepts with diverse philosophical literary anthropological and biological theories. In the context of the Yucatan Peninsula where the texts come from literary inhabitation is presented as an integral part of bioregional becoming the evolution of the Peninsula as a constantly unfolding dialogue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367473525

Writing the Literature ReviewA Practical Guide This accessible text provides a roadmap for producing a high-quality literature review--an integral part of a successful thesis dissertation term paper or grant proposal. Each step of searching for evaluating analyzing and synthesizing prior studies is clearly explained and accompanied by user-friendly suggestions organizational tips vignettes and examples of student work. Also featured are excerpts from peer-reviewed quantitative qualitative and mixed methods articles. This is the first book to focus on crafting different types of reviews (systematic traditional–narrative or hermeneutic–phenomenological) that reflect the writer's research question methodological choices and approaches to knowledge. It describes what all reviews have in common and highlights distinct characteristics of each type. The book includes dos and don'ts for evaluating studies and constructing an argument and software suggestions for locating organizing and arranging sources.   Pedagogical Features *Checklists and "To Do" activities that break down key steps to take. *Boxed examples graphics that organize and visually illustrate key concepts and summary tables. *Group activities that invite students to further explore and apply the methods discussed in each chapter. *Detailed directions for using four different organizing strategies: synthesis matrix summary table mapping and topic outline. *End-of-chapter summaries and "What's Next" sections. *Assessment matrices for reviewing and refining the completed literature review. Winner (First Place)--American Journal of Nursing Book of the Year Award Nursing Research Category Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462536894

Writing the Lives of People and Things AD 500-1700A Multi-disciplinary Future for Biography Historical biography has a mixed reputation: at its best it can reveal much not only about an individual but the wider context of their life and society; at worst it can result in a narrowly focused work of hagiography or condemnation. Yet in spite of its sometimes inferior status amongst academics biography has remained a popular genre and in recent years has developed into new and intriguing areas. As the essays in this volume reveal scholars from an array of different disciplines have embraced what biography can offer them expanding the remit of biography from people to things tracing the 'life' of their chosen object from creation to use to disposal to rediscovery. The increasing concern with the physicality of manuscripts and books has also meant an awareness of and interest in the 'lives' of these forms of material culture. Historians have also become increasingly interested in groups of individuals resulting in prosopographical studies. A book on the diversity of biography is therefore very timely exploring the multi-disciplinary application of historical biography in the period 500-1700. It presents fourteen case studies offering new approaches to historical biography written by early-career researchers from backgrounds in archaeology English art architectural history and history demonstrating different approaches and techniques. Overall the collection is a strong and united statement by a group of early-career researchers who insist on the vitality of biography as a central concern of historians across the disciplines of the humanities. Contributors believe that the 'life' is a fundamental medium of study for the medieval and early modern periods and thus . bolsters the move back towards biography as a primary tool of medieval and early modern scholars as well as a tool for future research for humanities scholars interested in biography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472450678

Writing the Military History of Pre-Crusade EuropeStudies in Sources and Source Criticism Writing the Military History of Pre-Crusade Europe brings together fourteen articles by eminent historians David S. Bachrach and Bernard S. Bachrach. Crucial to the writing of medieval military history is a thorough understanding of the strengths and weaknesses of the available source materials. Just as important is a broad conception of the range of sources which scholars can draw upon to ask and answer questions about the organization and conduct of war. The studies collected in this volume provide insights regarding many of the most important narrative works from pre-Crusade Europe with a particular emphasis on the ways in which they can be used to write military history as well as the pitfalls facing historians who read these texts transparently without regard for the authors’ various parti pris and limitations. In addition to their treatment of narrative works several of the studies in this volume highlight the importance of treating historiographical texts within the broader range of source materials that illuminate the conduct and organization of war in pre-crusade Europe particularly material sources developed through excavations as well as contemporary images most prominently the Bayeux Tapestry. The book will appeal to scholars and students of medieval history as well as those interested in military history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367547066

Writing the MindRepresenting Consciousness from Proust to the Present "My thought is me: that is why I cannot stop. I exist because I think… and I can’t stop myself from thinking." – Jean-Paul Sartre Nausea Writing the Mind: Representing Consciousness from Proust to Darrieussecq explores the works of seven ground-breaking thinkers and novelists of recent history to compare and contrast the varying representations of the conscious and the unconscious mind. Grounding his study in the writings of philosophers like Jean-Paul Sartre and Marcel Proust Simon Kemp explores the non-literary influences of science faith and philosophy as presented in their works demonstrates how writers learn from and sometimes deviate from preceding generations and how they agree or disagree with their peers. Kemp’s elegant study also charts the rise and wane of Freudian influence on literature through the twentieth century and the emergence of cognitive and neo-Darwinian ideas at the dawn of the twenty-first. In the work of these seven writers we discover radically different understandings of how consciousness and the unconscious mind are constituted which are the most salient characteristics of mental life and even what it is that defines a mind at all. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138717053

Writing the Modern CityLiterature Architecture Modernity Literary texts and buildings have always represented space narrated cultural and political values and functioned as sites of personal and collective identity. In the twentieth century new forms of narrative have represented cultural modernity political idealism and architectural innovation. Writing the Modern City explores the diverse and fascinating relationships between literature architecture and modernity and considers how they have shaped the world today. This collection of thirteen original essays examines the ways in which literature and architecture have shaped a range of recognisably ‘modern’ identities. It focuses on the cultural connections between prose narratives – the novel short stories autobiography crime and science fiction – and a range of urban environments from the city apartment and river to the colonial house and the utopian city. It explores how the themes of memory nation and identity have been represented in both literary and architectural works in the aftermath of early twentieth-century conflict; how the cultural movements of modernism and postmodernism have affected notions of canonicity and genre in the creation of books and buildings; and how and why literary and architectural narratives are influenced by each other’s formal properties and styles. The book breaks new ground in its exclusive focus on modern narrative and urban space. The essays examine texts and spaces that have both unsettled traditional definitions of literature and architecture and reflected and shaped modern identities: sexual domestic professional and national. It is essential reading for students and researchers of literature cultural studies cultural geography art history and architectural history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415591515

Writing the Passions Writing the Passions is a book of literary criticism of philosophy and of the politics of modernity. It explores the arguments on the location of feeling in literature; on the fragmentation of the self under the pressure of the passions; of the place of the passions in psychoanalytic practice and theory; and on the notions of multiplicity soul spirit polytheism and animism developed from their bases in psychoanalytic and Derridean theory.The relations between writing and the passions are addressed through individual texts ranging across many centuries and from Europe to China. Writers and texts discussed include Plato Andrew Marvell Swinburne Salman Rushdie Iain Banks Deleuze Guattari and many others. Topics addressed include: the meaning of crime passionnel; art and the wound; passion and ceremonial; adoration and abjection; dread and disgust; the nature of the exotic; shame and irony; separation incompletion and the cure.Written in a uniquely engaging and accessible style Writing the Passions provides readers with a fascinating exploration of the general notion of 'the passions' together with a set of historical insights into how the passions have been considered and treated in different literatures and cultures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159778

Writing the PastKnowledge and Literary Production in Archaeology How do archaeologists make knowledge? Debates in the latter half of the twentieth century revolved around broad abstract philosophies and theories such as positivism and hermeneutics which have all but vanished today. By contrast in recent years there has been a great deal of attention given to more concrete practice-based study such as fieldwork. But where one was too abstract the other has become too descriptive and commonly evades issues of epistemic judgement. Writing the Past attempts to reintroduce a normative dimension to knowledge practices in archaeology especially in relation to archaeological practice further down the ‘assembly line’ in the production of published texts where archaeological knowledge becomes most stabilized and is widely disseminated. By exploring the composition of texts in archaeology and the relation between their structural performative characteristics and key epistemic virtues this book aims to move debate in both knowledge and writing practices in a new direction. Although this book will be of particular interest to archaeologists the argument offered has relevance for all academic disciplines concerned with how knowledge production and textual composition intertwine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367001056

Writing the Pre-RaphaelitesText Context Subtext This vibrant collection of essays claims that a complex network of texts by critics biographers and diarists established the credibility and influence of the Pre-Raphaelite movement. Throughout the twentieth century Modernist taste failed to acknowledge the achievement of oppositional groupings such as the Pre-Raphaelites. The essays collected here however reveal that the British group anticipated later avant-gardes by using the written word to configure for itself a radical artistic identity. Public and critics alike were scandalized by the radicalism of Pre-Raphaelite painting its unflinching portrayal of historical figures and of contemporary life and its irreverent attitude to artistic convention. Pre-Raphaelitism's innovations were not confined to style: new forms of artistic identity and behaviour were explored. As the contributors interrogate the texts through which Pre-Raphaelitism was constructed they demonstrate that the movement's wide influence as a cultural phenomenon derived from the interplay between exhibited works and critical discourse. Applying a range of sophisticated methodologies from the fields of literary studies art history and cultural studies these interdisciplinary essays uncover the neglected role of texts in the success of the Pre-Raphaelite rebellion and argue in favor of a new centrality for this movement in the history of nineteenth-century European culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259485

Writing the Public in CyberspaceRedefining Inclusion on the Net First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138883413

Writing the ReformationActs and Monuments and the Jacobean History Play This title was first published in 2002. This work invests the post-Shakespearean history plays of the Jacobean era - including among others Shakespeare's "Henry VIII" (1613) Dekker's "The Whore of Babylon" (1606) and Heywood's "If You Know Not Me You Know Nobody" (1604-5)-with new significance by recognizing the role they played in popularizing and re-appropriating Foxe's "Book of Martyrs" one of the most formative and culturally significant Reformation texts. This study presents the historical stage as a site of a continuing Reformation debate over the nature of political authority the validity of conscience and the challenge to social and gender hierarchies implicit in Protestant doctrine. Relating each play to contemporary political events the book demonstrates the role of the Jacobean stage in promoting reformation and informing with providential meaning the events unfolding outside the theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138731288

Writing the Self and Transforming Knowledge in International RelationsTowards a Politics of Liminality This book emerges from within the everyday knowledge practices of International Relations (IR) scholarship and explores the potential of experimental writing as an alternative source of ‘knowledge’ and political imagination within the modern university and the contemporary structures of neoliberal government. It unlocks and foregrounds the power of writing as a site of resistance and a vehicle of transformation that is fundamentally grounded in reflexivity self-crafting and an ethos of care. In an attempt to cultivate new sensibilities to habitual academic practice the project re-appropriates the skill of writing for envisioning and enacting what it might mean to be working in the discipline of IR and inhabiting the usual spaces and scenes of academic life differently. The practice of experimental writing that intuitively unfolds and develops in the book makes an important methodological intervention into conventional social scientific inquiry both regarding the politics of writing and knowledge production as well as the role and position of the researcher. The formal innovations of the book include the actualization and creative remaking of the Foucaultian genre of the ‘experience book ’ which seeks to challenge scholarly routine and offers new experiences and modes of perception as to what it might mean to ‘know’ and to be a ‘knowing subject’ in our times.The book will be of interest to researchers engaged in critical and creative research methods (particularly narrative writing autobiography storytelling experimental and transformational research) Foucault studies and philosophy as well as critical approaches to contemporary government and studies of resistance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666910

Writing the Self in BereavementA Story of Love Spousal Loss and Resilience In Writing the Self in Bereavement: A Story of Love Spousal Loss and Resilience Reinekke Lengelle uses her abilities as a researcher poet and professor of therapeutic writing to tell a heartfelt and fearless story about her grief after the death of her spouse and the year and a half following his diagnosis illness and passing. This book powerfully demonstrates that writing can be a companion in bereavement. It uses and explains the latest research on coming to terms with spousal loss without being prescriptive. Integrated with this contemporary research are stories poetry and reflections on writing as a therapeutic process. The author unflinchingly explores a number of themes that are underrepresented in existing resources: how one deals with anger associated with loss what a healthy response might be to unfinished business with the deceased continuing conversations with the beloved (even for agnostics and atheists) ongoing sexual desire and secondary losses. As a rare book where an author successfully combines a personal story heart-rending poetry up-to-date research on grief and an evocative exploration of taboo topics in the context of widowhood Writing the Self in Bereavement is uniquely valuable for those grieving a spouse or other loved one those supporting others in bereavement and those interested in the healing power of poetry and life writing. Researchers on death and dying grief counsellors and autoethnographers will also benefit from reading this resonant resource on love and loss. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367643348

Writing the SelfHenry James and America A monograph that re-evaluates the final decade of Henry James' creative life. It examines the narrative of "The American Scene" the autobiographical writing a number of short stories and two incomplete novels: works which offer contrasting notations of the self. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315649283

Writing the Short Film The short film is a unique narrative art form that while lending itself to experimentation requires tremendous discipline in following traditional filmic considerations. This book takes the student and novice screenwriter through the storytelling process- from conception to visualization to dramatization to characterization and dialogue- and teaches them how to create a dramatic narrative that is at once short (approximately half an hour in length) and complete. Exercises new examples of short screenplays and an examination of various genres round out the discussion.NEW TO THE THIRD EDITION: new screenplays a chapter on rewriting your script and a chapter on the future of short films Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138129863

Writing the Social TextPoetics and Politics in Social Science Discourse During the past decade it has become commonplace to interpret social and cultural reality-the very groundwork of the social sciences-as linguistic constructions. Not only is society viewed as a text but scientific texts themselves are seen as rhetorical constructions. This collection of scholarly essays begins with an overview of this emerging field and covers the specific stylistic practices by which social scientists create -objective- or -true- representations of society. The volume closes with a consideration of the more telling challenges to the rhetorics of the social sciences and how these might be encompassed or overcome. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315135991

Writing to Clients and Referring Professionals about Psychological Assessment ResultsA Handbook of Style and Grammar This book is the first on the craft of effective writing structured expressly for the psychologist-assessor. Author J. B. Allyn a professional writer who specializes in psychology combines reference book with tutorial. She blends information on the qualities that create a writer’s unique presence on the page with illustrations of correct English grammar. All of the questions answers and illustrations evolved from the concerns of psychologist-assessors as did the examples which are grounded in their writing and communication needs. The result creates a guide for report writing that can be used by either practicing professionals or graduate psychology students.The book divides into three sections: The first and third sections discuss various aspects of effective communication while the second is a handbook of common grammar problems. Helpful elements guide the reader through the text including frequent bullet lists tables and graphs and grammar and style examples that are framed around assessment reports. It is also written in a conversational tone which creates the same style it proposes for effectively written reports and is a key tool for clear and appropriate communication. Readers will refer back to this book both for quick tips on style and grammar which are appropriate for any mental health practitioner and for more detailed advice on writing and communication in assessment reports. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415891240

Writing to Improve HealthcareAn Author’s Guide to Scholarly Publication First Edition This new book is a 'what and how to' guide to writing for successful scholarly publication in the emerging fields of healthcare improvement and patient safety. While there are many useful authors’ aids for scholarly biomedical publication none focuses explicitly on these relatively new fields. It offers practical advice that includes preparation and organization of a scholarly healthcare improvement manuscript where to submit it to find the most likely interested editor and journal how to take full advantage of coauthors’ working together effectively and strategies for authors to reach a broader health professions readership. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815367437

Writing To Inform And EngageThe Essential Guide To Beginning News And Magazine Writing Designed with the beginning journalism student in mind this undergraduate textbook for fledgling reporters is a reference guide and an instructive text full of real-world examples and writing exercises. Conrad C. Fink a longtime reporter and bureau chief with the Associated Press leads intro journalism students through the basics of news writing Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367314057

Writing True StoriesThe complete guide to writing autobiography memoir personal essay biography travel and creative nonfiction Writing True Stories is the essential book for anyone who has ever wanted to write a memoir or explore the wider territory of creative nonfiction. It provides practical guidance and inspiration on a vast array of writing topics including how to access memories find a narrative voice build a vivid world on the page create structure use research-and face the difficulties of truth-telling.This book introduces and develops key writing skills and then challenges more experienced writers to extend their knowledge and practice of the genre into literary nonfiction true crime biography the personal essay and travel and sojourn writing. Whether you want to write your own autobiography investigate a wide-ranging political issue or bring to life an intriguing history this book will be your guide.Writing True Stories is practical and easy to use as well as an encouraging and insightful companion on the writing journey. Written in a warm clear and engaging style it will get you started on the story you want to write-and keep you going until you reach the end. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781760293086

Writing Under Control Now in its third edition and reflecting changes in the Primary National Strategy this best-selling textbook introduces primary teachers to key issues in the teaching of writing. Strongly rooted in classroom practice the book includes: the history theory and practice of teaching writing children writing in and out of school EAL and gender issues in writing the development of writing across the years of the primary school planning classroom routines and organising resources balancing the composition and transcription elements in writing monitoring and assessing writing meeting individual needs managing specific learning difficulties in writing such as dyslexia With its companion Reading under Control (also in its third edition) this book provides undergraduate and postgraduate teachers with comprehensive guidance for the teaching of literacy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203717998

Writing Up Your Action Research Project Many practice-based researchers have expert knowledge of doing research but often experience difficulties when writing it up and communicating the significance of what they have done. This book aims to help bridge the gap. Packed with practical advice and strong theoretical resources it takes you through the basics of designing and producing your text so that it will meet established standards and high quality assurance expectations. Divided into 3 distinctive parts key points include: understanding writing practices engaging with the literatures how to write up a project report or dissertation how writing is judged in terms of professional and academic writing practices developing ideas for further study and publication Writing up Your Action Research Project is an essential text for practitioners on professional education and undergraduate courses across disciplines who want their writing to reflect the excellence of their research. It is the ideal companion to the author’s You and Your Action Research Project now in its fourth edition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138828322

Writing Using Sources for Academic PurposesTheory Research and Practice Writing Using Sources for Academic Purposes: Theory Research and Practice provides research-based information about key components of source-based writing and the challenges it presents for novices. Proficiency in source-based writing is an essential and challenging goal for all inexperienced academic writers from both L1 and L2 backgrounds. This comprehensive book presents an innovative integrated approach for graduate students teaching faculty and practice-oriented researchers in ESP/EAP around the world.   Each chapter includes suggestions and sample tasks for self-study or classroom use. Incorporating reviews of research and scholarly knowledge as well as information about likely challenges for novices the book examines: (1) Changing views on the origins of novices’ difficulties (2) Pre-writing tasks that writers need to work through from locating and evaluating sources to proficient reading-to-write and summarizing strategies (3) Citing types and purposes (4) The more sophisticated abilities of conveying an appropriate stance and engaging with readers (5) Disciplinary citing practices   This book will be of interest to undergraduate and postgraduate writers from a variety of backgrounds as well as their teachers and supervisors. It will be relevant to the growing number of researchers from non-English speaking backgrounds who are obliged to publish their work in English language international journals and scholars who may be interested in carrying out research related to source-based writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367175924

Writing VoicesCreating Communities of Writers The perspectives of children teachers and professional writers are often absent in the pedagogy of writing. Highly Commended for the UKLA Academic Book Award 2013 Writing Voices: Creating Communities of Writers responds to such silent voices and offers a text which not only stretches across primary and secondary practice but also gives expression to these voices making a new and significant contribution to understanding what it means to be a writer. Drawing upon recent research projects undertaken by the authors and others in the international research community this fascinating text considers the nature of composing and the experience of being a writer. In the process it: explores the role of talk creativity autonomy metacognition writing as design and the shaping influence of literature and other texts; examines young people’s composing processes and attitudes to writing; considers teachers’ identities as writers and what can be learnt when teachers engage reflectively in writing; shares a range of professional writers’ practices processes and perspectives; gives prominence to examples of writing from children teachers student teachers and professional writers alongside their reflective commentaries. This thought-provoking text offers theoretical insights and practical directions for developing the teaching and learning of writing. It is an invaluable read for all teachers and trainees as well as teacher educators researchers and anyone with an interest in the pedagogy of writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415579810

Writing Wales from the Renaissance to Romanticism Writing Wales explores representations of Wales in English and Welsh literatures written across a broad sweep of history from the union of Wales with England in 1536 to the beginnings of its industrialization at the turn of the nineteenth century. The collection offers a timely contribution to the current devolutionary energies that are transforming the study of British literatures today and it builds on recent work on Wales in Renaissance eighteenth-century and Romantic literary studies. What is unique about Writing Wales is that it cuts across these period divisions to enable readers for the first time to chart the development of literary treatments of Wales across three of the most tumultuous centuries in the history of British state-formation. Writing Wales explores how these period divisions have helped shape scholarly treatments of Wales and it asks if we should continue to reinforce such period divisions or else reconfigure our approach to Wales' literary past. The essays collected here reflect the full 300-year time span of the volume and explore writers canonical and non-canonical alike: George Peele Michael Drayton Henry Vaughan Katherine Philips and John Dyer here feature alongside other lesser-known authors. The collection showcases the wide variety of literary representations of Wales and it explores relationships between the perception of Wales in literature and the realities of its role on the British political stage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108516

Writing War Writing Lives War affects life writing and lives affect war writing. The traditional forms of life writing â€“ memoir biography letters diaries â€“ buckle under the strain of war. War writing has fewer traditional forms but exists at a similar extreme. The eight chapters in this book written by leading and up-and-coming scholars in the field illuminate the creative innovations improvisations and implosions which happen when the demands of writing war and writing lives collide. Central to all is the question of authenticity: how can wars and lives be known and who can speak of them with authority? This volume has a generous chronological and generic range beginning in the early 1800s and stretching to twenty-first-century texts and covering letters diaries fiction ‘fakeries’ poetry biography testimony songs objects and digital media. The mix of authors is similarly varied: Thomas Hardy W. H. Auden and Elizabeth Bowen rub shoulders with Yousif M. Qasmiyeh (a contemporary Palestinian poet) Farah Baker (a Gazan teenager) and the writers behind the pen names Araki Yasusada and Jiri Kajanë. This book was originally published as a special issue of Textual Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367023997

Writing War in Britain and France 1370-1854A History of Emotions Writing War in Britain and France 1370-1854: A History of Emotions brings together leading scholars in medieval early modern eighteenth-century and Romantic studies. The assembled essays trace continuities and changes in the emotional register of war as it has been mediated by the written record over six centuries. Through its wide selection of sites of utterance genres of writing and contexts of publication and reception Writing War in Britain and France 1370-1854 analyses the emotional history of war in relation to both the changing nature of conflicts and the changing creative modes in which they have been arrayed and experienced. Each chapter explores how different forms of writing defines war – whether as political violence civilian suffering or a theatre of heroism or barbarism – giving war shape and meaning often retrospectively. The volume is especially interested in how the written production of war as emotional experience occurs within a wider historical range of cultural and social practices.  Writing War in Britain and France 1370-1854: A History of Emotions will be of interest to students of the history of emotions the history of pre-modern war and war literature.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138314139

Writing Windows VxDs and Device Drivers Software developer and author Karen Hazzah expands her original treatise on device drivers in the second edition of Writing Windows VxDs and Device Drivers. The book and companion disk include the author's library of wrapper functions that allow the progr Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138412385

Writing with Clarity and StyleA Guide to Rhetorical Devices for Contemporary Writers Writing with Clarity and Style 2nd Edition will help you to improve your writing dramatically. The book shows you how to use dozens of classical rhetorical devices to bring power clarity and effectiveness to your writing. You will also learn about writing styles authorial personas and sentence syntax as tools to make your writing interesting and persuasive. If you want to improve the appeal and persuasion of your speeches this is also the book for you. From strategic techniques for keeping your readers engaged as you change focus down to the choice of just the right words and phrases for maximum impact this book will help you develop a flexible adaptable style for all the audiences you need to address. Each chapter now includes these sections: Style Check discussing many elements of style including some enhanced and revised sections Define Your Terms asking students to use their own words and examples in their definitions. It’s in the Cloud directing students to the Web to locate and respond to various rhetorically focused items including biographies and speeches. Salt and Pepper spicing up the study of rhetoric by stretching students’ thinking about how their writing can be improved sometimes by attending to details such as punctuation and sometimes by exploring the use of unusual techniques such as stylistic fragments. Review Questions providing an end-of-chapter quiz to help cement the chapter ideas in long-term memory. Questions for Thought and Discussion a set of questions designed for either in-class discussion or personal response. New to the Second Edition Additional examples of each device including from world personalities and the captains of industry More and longer exercises with a range of difficulty Advice from classical rhetoricians including Aristotle Horace Longinus Cicero and Quintilian. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138560093

Writing WorldsDiscourse Text and Metaphor in the Representation of Landscape Writing Worlds represents the first systematic attempt to apply poststructuralist ideas to landscape representation. Landscape - city countryside and wilderness - is explored through the discourse of economics geopolitics and urban planning travellers descriptions propaganda maps cartography and geometry poetry and painting. The book aims to deconstruct geographical representation in order to explore the dynamics of power in the way we see the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415513272

Writing WrongsThe Cultural Construction of Human Rights in India This book examines the ‘cultural apparatus’ of Human Rights in India today. It unravels discourses of victimhood oppression suffering and witnessing through a study of autobiographies memoirs reportage and media coverage and documentaries. Moving across multiple media and genres for their representations of Dalits riot victims prisoners abused and abandoned women and children examining the formal properties of victim texts for their documentation of trauma and analyzing the role of the sympathetic imagination Writing Wrongs inaugurates a whole new field in literary–cultural studies by focusing on the narratives that build the culture of Human Rights. It argues for taking this cultural apparatus as essential to the political and legal dimensions of Human Rights. The book emphasizes the need for an ethical turn to literary–cultural studies and a cultural turn to Human Rights studies arguing that a public culture of Human Rights has a key role to play in revitalizing civil society and its institutions. It will be of interest to Human Rights scholars and activists and those in political science sociology literary and cultural studies narrative theory and psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138662551

Writing Your Doctoral DissertationInvisible Rules for Success Increasing numbers of adults are enroling in doctoral programmes but their earlier college lives often do not prepare them for the rules of the academic game. Many have no idea what a dissertation looks like how it gets that way or what options are available to them.This book is a practical guide for students who need help in progressing from the decision to write a dissertation to the planning writing and defending of it. It includes samples of proposals and dissertations that have been accepted and data drawn from a number of sources including focus groups with doctoral students and graduates and responses to an open-ended questionnaire from doctoral students across the United States. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167971

Writing Your First Play Writing Your First Play provides the beginning playwright with the tools and motivation to tell a story through dramatic form. Based in a series of exercises which gradually grow more complex the books helps the reader to understand the basic elements of drama conflict and action. The exercises help the reader to become increasingly sophisticated in the use of dramatic formats turning simple ideas into a viable play.Topics include: the role of action in drama;developing action and conflict to reveal character;writing powerful and persuasive dialog;writing from personal experience:pros and cons;how to begin the story and develop the storyline. This new edition is thoroughly updated and contains new examples based on contemporary plays. The author has added additional writing exercises and a new student-written one act play. It also contains a new chapter on how to sell your play once it is written.With examples based on student work this text both inspires and educates the student and fledgling playwright providing solid tools and techniques for the craft of writing a drama. Roger A. Hall a professor of theatre at James Madison University had taught playwriting for nearly 20 years. Many of his students have gone on to write for theatre television and the screen. He has written numerous plays and articles and has acted and directed extensively in the theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138400917

Writing/DisciplinarityA Sociohistoric Account of Literate Activity in the Academy Over the past century the explosive growth of scientific technical and cultural disciplines has profoundly affected our daily lives. However processes of enculturation in sites such as graduate education that have helped to form these disciplines have received very limited research attention. In those sites graduate students write diverse documents including course papers departmental examinations theses and dissertations grant and fellowship applications and disciplinary publications. Thus writing is one of the central domains of enculturation--an activity through which graduate students and professors display and negotiate disciplinary knowledge genres identities and institutional contexts. This volume explores this intersection of writing and disciplinary enculturation through a series of ethnographic case studies. These case studies provide the most thorough descriptions available today of the lived experience of graduate seminars combining analysis of classroom talk students' texts and professor's written responses institutional contexts students' representations of their writing and its contexts and professors' representations of their tasks and their students. Given the complexities that the ethnographic data displayed the author found that conventional notions of writing as a process of transcription and of disciplines as unified discourse communities were inadequate. As such this book also offers an in-depth exploration of sociohistoric theory in relation to writing and disciplinary enculturation. Specific case studies introduce apply and further elaborate notions of: * writing as literate activity * authorship as mediated by other people and artifacts * classroom tasks as speech genres * enculturation as the interplay of authoritative and internally persuasive discourses and * disciplinarity as a deeply heterogeneous laminated and dialogic process. This blend of research and theory should be of interest to scholars and students in such fields as writing studies rhetoric writing across the curriculum applied linguistics English for academic purposes science and technology studies higher education and the ethnography of communication. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203810651

Writing: Texts Processes and Practices Writing: Texts Processes and Practices offers an innovative and multidisciplinary approach to writing in a variety of academic and professional settings. The book is composed of a series of original research-based accounts by leading authorities from a range of disciplines. The papers are linked through a unifying perspective which emphasises the role of cultural and institutional practices in the construction and interpretation of written texts.This important new book integrates different approaches to text analysis different perspectives on writing processes and the different methodologies used to research written texts. Throughout an explicit link is made between research and practice illustrated with reference to a number of case studies drawn from professional and classroom contexts.The book will be of considerable interest to those concerned with professional or academic writing and will be of particular value to students and lecturers in applied linguistics communication studies discourse analysis and professional communications training.The contributors to this volume are: Robert J. BarrettVijay K. BhatiaChristopher N. CandlinYu-Ying ChangSandra GollinKen HylandRoz IvanicMary R. LeaIan G. MalcolmJohn MiltonGreg MyersGuenter A. PlumBrian StreetJohn M. SwalesSue WeldonPatricia Wright Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158771

WritingA Mosaic of New Perspectives This book captures the diversity and richness of writing as it relates to different forms of abilities skills competencies and expertise. Psychologists educators researchers and practitioners in neighboring areas are interested in exploring how writing develops and in what manner this development can be fostered but they lack a handy unified and comprehensive source of information to satisfy their interest. The goal of this book is to fill this void by reflecting on the phenomenon of writing from a developmental perspective. It contains an integrated set of chapters devoted to issues of writing: how writing develops how it is and should be taught and how writing paths of development differ across writing genres. Specifically the book addresses typologies of writing; pathways of the development of writing skills; stages of the development of writing; individual differences in the acquisition of writing skills; writing ability and disability; teaching writing; and the development and demonstration of expertise in writing. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848728127

Writings by Pre-Revolutionary French WomenFrom Marie de France to Elizabeth Vige-Le Brun First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879515

Writings of Exile in the English Revolution and Restoration Writings of Exile in the English Revolution and Restoration opens a window onto exile in the years 1640-1680 as it is experienced across a broad spectrum of political and religious allegiances and communicated through a rich variety of genres. Examining previously undiscovered and understudied as well as canonical writings it challenges conventional paradigms which assume a neat demarcation of chronology geography and allegiance in this seminal period of British and American history. Crossing disciplinary lines it casts new light on how the ruptures -- and in some cases liberation -- of exile in these years both reflected and informed events in the public sphere. It also lays bare the personal psychological and familial repercussions of exile and their attendant literary modes in terms of both inner mental withdrawal and physical displacement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254558

Writings of Farm Women 1840-1940An Anthology Originally published in 1990. The stories of the homesteaders ranchers and farm women included in this anthology describe both the ordinary and the extraordinary. The writers discuss many different aspects of rural life such as farming techniques religious beliefs and politics. They also explore such situations as near-starvation during a blizzard the destruction of crops and the dispossession of a farm family during a drought. This title will be of interest to students of history and rural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138055629

Writings of Shaker Apostates and Anti-Shakers 1782-1850 The Shakers are perhaps the best known of American religious communities. Their ethos and organization had a practical influence on many other communities and on society as a whole. This three volume collection presents writings from a broad cross-section of those who opposed the Shakers and their way of life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138664296

Writings of Shaker Apostates and Anti-Shakers 1782–1850 The Shakers are perhaps the best known of American religious communities. Their ethos and organization had a practical influence on many other communities and on society as a whole. This three volume collection presents writings from a broad cross-section of those who opposed the Shakers and their way of life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848933873

Writings of Shaker Apostates and Anti-Shakers 1782–1850 Vol 2 The Shakers are perhaps the best known of American religious communities. Their ethos and organization had a practical influence on many other communities and on society as a whole. This three volume collection presents writings from a broad cross-section of those who opposed the Shakers and their way of life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661028

Writings of Shaker Apostates and Anti-Shakers 1782–1850 Vol 3 The Shakers are perhaps the best known of American religious communities. Their ethos and organization had a practical influence on many other communities and on society as a whole. This three volume collection presents writings from a broad cross-section of those who opposed the Shakers and their way of life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661035

Writings on Black Women of the DiasporaHistory Language and Identity First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867871

Writings on Distribution and Welfare (Routledge Revivals) The articles in this volume originally published in a variety of journals between 1890 and 1937 deal with the themes of the distribution of income and welfare. Highlighting the contribution which Hobson made to welfare economics and the way in which he distanced himself from his more orthodox contemporaries in interpretation the articles also show the changes in Hobson’s views over the decades in which they were written. This is a fascinating collection of material that provides an unparalleled depth of insight into the views of one of the most important economic thinkers of the early twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415825450

Writings on Economics Originally published in 1955 Eugene Rotwein's collection of David Hume's economic writings has become the criterion by which to measure studies of Hume's thinking on economics. Rotwein in his extended introduction masterfully examines the connection between Hume's various writings economic political philosophical and historical. This edition is graced with a new introduction by Margaret Schabas.Hume belonged to the same generation as that of his friend and fellow countryman Adam Smith. Hume's writings on economics however unlike those of Smith's comprise a relatively small portion of his published works. They consist of nine of twelve essays in his Political Discourses first published in 1752 and a rather small number of passages in Hume's private letters to such correspondents as Smith Montesquieu Turgot and Oswald. They were all brought together here for the first time in a single volume.These writings sought to clarify the various problems of Hume's society and suggest remedies for their solution. They are still relevant for the modern reader. Included are "Of Commerce " "Of Refinement in the Arts " "Of Money " "Of Interest " "Of the Balance of Trade " "Of the Jealousy of Trade " "Of Taxes " "Of Public Credit " and "Of the Populousness of Ancient Nations " as well as the relevant extracts from Hume's letters. Long unavailable this edition will be welcomed by students of economics philosophy and the Scottish Enlightenment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540781

Writings on Imperialism and Internationalism (Routledge Revivals) J. A. Hobson’s Imperialism: A Study first written in 1902 was undoubtedly his most prolific work. Yet he wrote frequently about the topic of imperialism of the course of his career and a number of his articles are included in this collection first published in 1992. Exploring areas such as the presence of capitalism in South Africa following his visits to the country in the lead-up to the Boer War free trade and the ethical implications of empire these articles and extracts reflect how Hobson’s ideas changed over the decades in which they were written. This is a fascinating collection of material that provides an unparalleled depth of insight into the views of one of the most important economic thinkers of the early twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415825429

Writings on MedicinePrinted Writings 1641–1700: Series II Part One Volume 4 The four works in this volume are the only known exclusively medical texts written by women during the Restoration. Their importance is denoted by their dramatic challenge to the generalisations once made about medical practice and female healers in this period. Jane Sharp's The Midwives Book was the first and only midwifery manual to be printed in English before 1700 and continued to be influential into the early eighteenth century. The principal focus of Elizabeth Cellier's To Dr.--- (1688) is the attempt to legitimate the notion of a female corporation of midwives through historical precedent. To Dr.--- was in fact borne out of a previously unpublished effort 'A Scheme for the Foundation of a Royal Hospital' sent to James II in 1687. In the document Cellier outlined a specific scheme for training female midwives and supporting poor pregnant women and abandoned children. Mary Trye began practising 'chymical physic' at her father's side in London in 1663. Her only known work Medicatrix was published in 1675. Trye claimed female medical authorship to be unique in that women observed nature truly and administered genuine medical solutions to the sick. The writings of Sharp Cellier and Trye have helped to overturn historians' assumptions about a woman's role in medicine and healing. These texts reveal their female authors to be as learned in the humanities and sciences as they were in medical matters. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233338

Writings: v. 1: 1949-55 This critical multi-volume edition of Mao's writings is an indispensable guide to post-1949 Chinese politics and an invaluable research tool for anyone seeking to understand Communist rule in China Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315697956

WritingThe Nature Development and Teaching of Written Communication First Published in 1982. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315060125

Written Corrective Feedback in Second Language Acquisition and Writing What should language and writing teachers do about giving students written corrective feedback? This book surveys theory research and practice on the important and sometimes controversial issue of written corrective feedback also known as “error/grammar correction ” and its impact on second language acquisition and second language writing development. Offering state-of-the-art treatment of a topic that is highly relevant to both researchers and practitioners it critically analyzes and synthesizes several parallel and complementary strands of research — work on error/feedback (both oral and written) in SLA and studies of the impact of error correction in writing/composition courses — and addresses practical applications. Drawing from both second language acquisition and writing/composition literature this volume is the first to intentionally connect these two separate but important lines of inquiry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415872447

Written EnglishA Guide for Electrical and Electronic Students and Engineers A research paper or graduate essay demonstrating weak English and poor formatting is likely to be rejected by an editor or marked down by an assessor; but why should these gaps in your English knowledge undermine your subject knowledge and skill as an engineer or student of the discipline? Written English: A Guide for Electrical and Electronic Students and Engineers is the first resource to work at the sentence level to resolve the English language problems facing international engineering students and scholars. Informed by hundreds of research papers and student essays this valuable reference: Covers grammar essentials and key terms in the fields of electrical engineering electronic engineering and communication systems Uses real-world examples to reveal common mistakes and identify critical areas of focus Provides practical solutions to formatting vocabulary and stylistic issues Written English: A Guide for Electrical and Electronic Students and Engineers equips readers with the necessary knowledge to produce accurate and effective English when writing for engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498739627

Written Expression This book offers concrete advice and handy examples to sharpen your writing skills. Filled with sample letters memos and reports (also available on an accompanying disk with workbook) this book will help you successfully attack your in basket. The writing samples are organized according to the particular audience you want to reach: faculty and staff parents central office peers local community etc. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472815

Written Expression Disk with Workbook This workbook provides principals with the tools they need to put into practice the concepts outlined in Written Expression: the Principal's Survival Guide a volume in Eye On Education's hardcover series The School Leadership Library. The workbook expands the topics covered in the hardcover book and provides additional examples. On the diskette you will find many of the sample documents printed in both the hardcover book and this workbook. You may use these files as templates for your own writing tasks. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315853147

Written in ExileChilean Fiction From 1973-Present On September 11 1973 Chile's General Pinochet led a quick and brutal military coup ousting the Allende government. Ignacio Lopez-Calvo argues that the rise of the Pinochet dictatorship and the subsequent imprisonment of any Allende sympathizers shaped Chilean narrative into two structural forms: liberationist narrative--cathartic journalistic testimonies that provide models for revolutionary behavior against authoritarianism and demystifying narrative which uses the events of 1973 as well as the colonial aspirations of European countries as a "Paradise Lost" backdrop in which the characters of this type of fiction are able to create their non-political realities that become models of democratization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864467

Written Maternal Authority and Eighteenth-Century Education in BritainEducating by the Book Examining writing for and about education in the period from 1740 to 1820 Rebecca Davies’s book plots the formation of a written paradigm of maternal education that associates maternity with educational authority. Examining novels fiction for children conduct literature and educative and political tracts by Samuel Richardson Sarah Fielding Mary Wollstonecraft Maria Edgeworth Ann Martin Taylor and Jane Austen Davies identifies an authoritative feminine educational voice. She shows how the function of the discourse of maternal authority is modified in different genres arguing that both the female writers and the fictional mothers adopt maternal authority and produce their own formulations of ideal educational methods. The location of idealised maternity for women Davies proposes is in the act of writing educational discourse rather than in the physical performance of the maternal role. Her book contextualizes the development of a written discourse of maternal education that emerged in the enlightenment period and explores the empowerment achieved by women writing within this discourse albeit through a notion of authority that is circumscribed by the 'rules' of a discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409451686

Wrongful Conviction and Criminal Justice ReformMaking Justice Wrongful Conviction and Criminal Justice Reform is an important addition to the literature and teaching on innocence reform. This book delves into wrongful convictions studies but expands upon them by offering potential reforms that would alleviate the problem of wrongful convictions in the criminal justice system. Written to be accessible to students Wrongful Conviction and Criminal Justice Reform is a main text for wrongful convictions courses or a secondary text for more general courses in criminal justice political science and law school innocence clinics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415814645

Wrongful Convictions and Miscarriages of JusticeCauses and Remedies in North American and European Criminal Justice Systems This innovative work builds on Huff and Killias’ earlier publication (2008) but is broader and more thoroughly comparative in a number of important ways:  (1) while focusing heavily on wrongful convictions it places the subject of wrongful convictions in the broader contextual framework of miscarriages of justice and provides discussions of different types of miscarriages of justice that have not previously received much scholarly attention by criminologists; (2) it addresses in much greater detail the questions of how and how often wrongful convictions occur; (3) it provides more in-depth consideration of the role of forensic science in helping produce wrongful convictions and in helping free those who have been wrongfully convicted; (4) it offers new insights into the origins and current progress of the innocence movement as well as the challenges that await the exonerated when they return to "free" society; (5) it assesses the impact of the use of alternatives to trials (especially plea bargains in the U.S. and summary proceedings and penal orders in Europe) in producing wrongful convictions; (6) it considers how the U.S. and Canada have responded to 9/11 and the increased threat of terrorism by enacting legislation and adopting policies that may exacerbate the problem of wrongful conviction; and (7) it provides in-depth considerations of two topics related to wrongful conviction:  voluntary false confessions and convictions which although technically not wrongful since they are based on law violations represent another type of miscarriage of justice since they are due solely to unjust laws resulting from political repression.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415539951

Wronging Rights?Philosophical Challenges for Human Rights This book brings together two of the most powerful and relevant philosophical critiques of human rights: the post-colonialist and the post-Althusserian its balanced internal structure not just throwing these two critiques together but actually forcing them to enter into confrontation and dialogue. The book is organised in three parts: at each end the post-colonialist and the post-Althusserian critiques are represented by some of their main thinkers (Ratna Kapur G. C. Spivak Upendra Baxi; Slavoj Žižek Jacques Rancière) while in the middle an American intermezzo (Richard Rorty Wendy Brown) functions as a genuine Derridian supplement: always already contaminating the purity of the two theoretical schools preventing their enclosure and hence fuelling and complicating further their mutual confrontation. As in any authentic dialogue the introduction and the conclusion each claim victory for one of the sides by changing the very terms and rules of the dialogue picturing it as a confrontation between emancipatory universalism and inefficient particularism (from the perspective of the post-Althusserians) or as a split between hypocrisy and truth (from the perspective of the post-colonialists). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138662872

WTO JurisprudenceGovernments Private Rights and International Trade This book offers a critical examination of the jurisprudence of the World Trade Organization (WTO) as an emancipatory international social contract on trade. The book suggests that the WTO is an international organization built and operating on member states’ attribution of authority through consent with legislative administrative and adjudicative functions – three functions in one triune personality. With a solid constitutional continuity building on GATT experiences the WTO has successfully made governments accountable to foreign individuals in various capacities either as traders of goods providers of services or holders of intellectual property rights within the global marketplace. With a triune personality the WTO operates within the reign of state primacy – the force – ultimately for the benefits of individuals – the ends – in the global marketplace and gains a soul of its own in the institutional evolution – the means – of the global trading regime. Although the tripartite dynamics between states international institutions and individuals in the global marketplace are unprecedentedly complex the WTO’s ends of benefiting individuals in the global marketplace has no end. Beyond the critical analysis of WTO’s decision-making by consensus the book critically examines GATT’s "common intention" treaty interpretation Antidumping’s NME methodology TRIPS’ public health concerns and IP-competition trade policy dynamics. A unified WTO jurisprudence looking at the WTO as an international social contract on trade is therefore proposed to allow a fresh look at the force the means and the ends of the constitutional evolution of the global trading regime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367428761

WTO Trade Remedies in International LawTheir Role and Place in a Fragmented International Legal System World Trade Organisation (WTO) trade remedies (antidumping anti-subsidy and safeguard agreements) are instruments used by WTO members to counter the economic injury caused by dumping subsidies and the sudden and unforeseen increased imports. They are exceptions to the WTO principle of free trade and to the prohibition for States to react unilaterally to protect their own rights and interests and as a result they have been accused by some as being the new tools of protectionism. This book analyses of the role and principles of WTO trade remedies in international law. In particular it focuses on their aims their structure and their position within the WTO and more in general the international legal system. The book considers trade remedies in light of fragmentation theories of international law and addresses the question how and to what extent WTO law reflects and influences public international law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588113

WTO/GATS and the Global Politics of Higher Education Since the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS) was created in 1995 there has been international pressure towards the liberalization of education all over the world as well as new challenges to the traditional internationalization rationale in the field of higher education. Nevertheless education liberalization under the GATS is also a contested process. Public universities teachers unions development NGOs and other education stakeholders have opposed and campaigned against the GATS in different countries and at a range of levels from local to global. Based on intensive fieldwork in the WTO headquarters and on two case studies (Argentina and Chile) Antoni Verger opens the black-box of the GATS negotiations in the field of education. His well-documented work explores in-depth how domestic actors and interests are key to understanding the constitution of the global education liberalization process entailed by the GATS as well as the opposition to this process in certain places. This book is crucial reading to anyone with an interest in the future of higher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415848664

Wu Wei Negativity and DepressionThe Principle of Non-Trying in the Practice of Pastoral Care Discover a pastoral approach to depression that combines Eastern wisdom and Western science!Wu Wei Negativity and Depression reveals a way to break the cycle of depression not by denying it or fighting it but by the ancient principle of wu wei non-trying. The bleak cycle of depression starts when people experience negativity. They turn inward to try to find self-esteem but the negativity strips all the power of self-affirmation from them. The gap between is and ought--how they see themselves and how they want to be--is too great to bridge. The cycle known as self-regulatory perseveration means that depressed persons are caught in a desperate fruitless search for affirmation. Instead of self-esteem they find self-criticism and further negative thoughts. Yet they keep looking . . . and looking . . . and looking. The more they look for self-worth inside the less they find and the harder they try--the cycle continues. When trying simply doesn’t work wu wei the principle of letting go may help break that cycle. When trying simply doesn't work wu wei not-trying may help. Wu wei is the principle of letting go. By giving up on the self-imposed and unattainable oughts and shoulds the depressed person stops focusing on self. Wu wei breaks the cycle of negativity allowing the depressed person to begin to heal.Wu Wei Negativity and Depression offers a comprehensive discussion of depression including: epidemiology of depression etiology and biological causes psychosocial theories standard treatments of the past and present pastoral care of depressed persons This important book constructs a possible approach to depressed souls weary of fighting and trying to fix themselves. Wu Wei Negativity and Depression can bring new hope to those who most need it. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786339

Wyndham Lewis and the Cultures of Modernity Making a strong case for a revaluation of Wyndham Lewis (1882-1957) this collection argues that significant aspects of Lewis's writing painting and thinking have not yet received the attention they deserve. The contributors explore Lewis's contributions to the production and circulation of modernism and assess the links between Lewis's writing and painting and the work of other key contemporary figures to position Lewis not only as one of the first twentieth-century cultural critics but also as one who anticipated the work of the Frankfurt School and other social theorists. Familiar topics and themes such as Vorticism receive fresh appraisals and Lewis's significance as a philosopher-critic novelist and artist becomes fully realized in the context of his associations with important figures such as John Rodker Charlie Chaplin Evelyn Waugh Naomi Mitchison and Rebecca West. Lewis emerges as a figure whose writings on politics corporate patronage shell shock anthropology art and cinema extend their influence into the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379602

Wyndham LewisCollected Poems and Plays First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059035

WyomingA Geography This is a study of the historical environmental cultural and organizational geography of Wyoming. Although concerned with the spectrum of economic political and social functions and activities Dr. Brown emphasizes the political realm and submits that what people do with and on the landscape is almost entirely the result of institutional decis Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216832

X Marks the SpotThe Lost Inheritance of Mathematics X Marks the Spot is written from the point of view of the users of mathematics. Since the beginning mathematical concepts and techniques (such as arithmetic and geometry) were created as tools with a particular purpose like counting sheep and measuring land areas. Understanding those purposes leads to a greater understanding of why mathematics developed as it did. Later mathematical concepts came from a process of abstracting and generalizing earlier mathematics. This process of abstraction is very powerful but often comes at the price of intuition and understanding. This book strives to give a guided tour of the development of various branches of mathematics (and what they’re used for) that will give the reader this intuitive understanding. Features Treats mathematical techniques as tools and areas of mathematics as the result of abstracting and generalizing earlier mathematical tools Written in a relaxed conversational and occasionally humorous style making it easy to follow even when discussing esoterica. Unravels how mathematicians think demystifying math and connecting it to the ways non-mathematicians think and connecting math to people’s lives Discusses how math education can be improved in order to prevent future generations from being turned off by math. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367187040

X86 Assembly Language and C Fundamentals The predominant language used in embedded microprocessors assembly language lets you write programs that are typically faster and more compact than programs written in a high-level language and provide greater control over the program applications. Focusing on the languages used in X86 microprocessors X86 Assembly Language and C Fundamentals explains how to write programs in the X86 assembly language the C programming language and X86 assembly language modules embedded in a C program. A wealth of program design examples including the complete code and outputs help you grasp the concepts more easily. Where needed the book also details the theory behind the design. Learn the X86 Microprocessor Architecture and Commonly Used Instructions Assembly language programming requires knowledge of number representations as well as the architecture of the computer on which the language is being used. After covering the binary octal decimal and hexadecimal number systems the book presents the general architecture of the X86 microprocessor individual addressing modes stack operations procedures arrays macros and input/output operations. It highlights the most commonly used X86 assembly language instructions including data transfer branching and looping logic shift and rotate and string instructions as well as fixed-point binary-coded decimal (BCD) and floating-point arithmetic instructions. Get a Solid Foundation in a Language Commonly Used in Digital Hardware Written for students in computer science and electrical computer and software engineering the book assumes a basic background in C programming digital logic design and computer architecture. Designed as a tutorial this comprehensive and self-contained text offers a solid foundation in assembly language for anyone working with the design of digital hardware. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466568242

XAFS for Everyone XAFS for Everyone provides a practical thorough guide to x-ray absorption fine-structure (XAFS) spectroscopy for both novices and seasoned practitioners from a range of disciplines. The text is enhanced with more than 200 figures as well as cartoon characters who offer informative commentary on the different approaches used in XAFS spectroscopy. The book covers sample preparation data reduction tips and tricks for data collection fingerprinting linear combination analysis principal component analysis and modeling using theoretical standards. It describes both near-edge (XANES) and extended (EXAFS) applications in detail. Examples throughout the text are drawn from diverse areas including materials science environmental science structural biology catalysis nanoscience chemistry art and archaeology. In addition five case studies from the literature demonstrate the use of XAFS principles and analysis in practice. The text includes derivations and sample calculations to foster a deeper comprehension of the results. Whether you are encountering this technique for the first time or looking to hone your craft this innovative and engaging book gives you insight on implementing XAFS spectroscopy and interpreting XAFS experiments and results. It helps you understand real-world trade-offs and the reasons behind common rules of thumb. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439878637

Xenobiotic Metabolism and DispositionThe Design of Studies on Novel Compounds This publication explains the principles of the techniques used in disposition and metabolism studies in animals in man and in vitro. It includes methods for studying routes and rates of absorption distribution metabolism and excretion of novel compounds and their metabolites. Relevant surgical whole-body autoradiographic and pharmacokinetic procedures are discussed together with techniques for separating and identifying metabolites and metabolic path-ways. Information on when the procedures are appropriate and examples of what they represent are presented in order to illustrate the value of such studies. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367813093

Xenophon And The History Of His Times Xenophon and the History of his Times examines Xenophon's longer historical works the Hellenica and the Anabasis. Dillery considers how far these texts reflect the Greek intellectual world of the fourth and fifth centuries B.C. rather than focusing on the traditional question of how accurate they are as histories. Through analysis of the complete corpus of Xenophon's work and the writings of his contemporaries Xenophon is shown to be very much a man of his times concerned with topical issues ranging from panhellenism and utopia to how far the gods controlled human history.This book will be valuable reading for students on ancient history courses and for all those interested in Greek political and philosophical thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415642934

XenotransplantationLaw and Ethics Originally published in 2005. One of the leading causes of death is organ failure that is when one or other of the organs that run the machine we call the body gives out. However whereas with a machine spare parts can usually replace faulty parts in the case of humans the supply of these is limited as it is dependent on organs being obtained from living or dead donors. Due to the limitations of supply increasing attention is being paid to alternative schemes for obtaining organs. One of these possibilities is xenotransplantation: using organs from animals. In this book the authors examine the legal and ethical issues surrounding xenotransplantation and consider the implications for the future. As they point out xenotransplantation represents a major deviation from standard medical practice and the possibility of transplantation of large segments of tissue or whole organs from animals into humans poses an entirely novel set of considerations - ethical legal and scientific - which it is necessary to evaluate and understand. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399162

Xinjiang - China's Northwest Frontier Xinjiang is the ‘pivot of Asia’ where the frontiers of China Tibet India Afghanistan Pakistan and Central Asia approach each other. The growing Uyghur demand for a separate homeland and continuing violence in Xinjiang have brought this region into the focus of national and international attention. With Xinjiang becoming the hub of trans-Asian trade and traffic and also due to its rich energy resources Uyghur Muslims of Xinjiang are poised to assert their ethno-political position thereby posing serious challenge to China’s authority in the region. This book offers a new perspective on the region with a focus on social economic and political developments in Xinjiang in modern and contemporary times. Drawing on detailed analyses by experts on Xinjiang from India Central Asia Russia Taiwan and China this book presents a coherent concise and rich analysis of ethnic relations Uyghur resistance China’s policy in Xinjiang and its economic relations with its Central Asian neighbours. It is of interest to those studying in Chinese and Central Asian politics and society International Relations and Security Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876319

Xinjiang and China's Rise in Central Asia - A History The recent conflict between indigenous Uyghurs and Han Chinese demonstrates that Xinjiang is a major trouble spot for China with Uyghur demands for increased autonomy and where Beijing’s policy is to more firmly integrate the province within China. This book provides an account of how China’s evolving integrationist policies in Xinjiang have influenced its foreign policy in Central Asia since the establishment of the People’s Republic in 1949 and how the policy of integration is related to China’s concern for security and its pursuit of increased power and influence in Central Asia. The book traces the development of Xinjiang - from the collapse of the Qing empire in the early twentieth century to the present – and argues that there is a largely complementary relationship between China’s Xinjiang Central Asia and grand strategy-derived interests. This pattern of interests informs and shapes China’s diplomacy in Central Asia and its approach to the governance of Xinjiang. Michael E. Clarke shows how China’s concerns and policies although pursued with vigour in recent decades are of long-standing and how domestic problems and policies in Xinjiang have for a long time been closely bound up with wider international relations issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415728386

Xinjiang and the Chinese StateViolence in the Reform Era This book focuses on the nature of ethno-national conflicts and impacts of ideological orientation of the Communist Party of China (CPC) towards the national question in the context of Han nationalism and political economic and security policies towards Xinjiang. Violence in Xinjiang since the mid-1990s is projected as one of the major national security challenges for China along with issues pertaining to Tibet and Taiwan. The author argues that the post-Mao reformist model may have been a beneficial economic and political innovation but failed in dealing with regional conflicts and unrests arising out of the demands for independence freedom greater autonomy and assertion of democratic and civic rights. The book discusses Chinese nationalism and the construction of Uyghur national identity consequences of economic modernisation in the region ethnic conflicts and coercive measures the security and social stability situation in Xinjiang intensification of violence in Xinjiang under the new leadership vision of the ‘Chinese dream’ key policies and programmes post-riot fallouts and social contradictions manifest in discourses surrounding development separatist violence religious fundamentalism and international terrorism. With its in-depth accessible and comprehensive analyses this book will be a valuable addition to scholars and researchers of Chinese studies politics and international relations security and strategic studies sociology social anthropology and ethnic studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367345112

Xinjiang and the Expansion of Chinese Communist PowerKashgar in the Early Twentieth Century Xinjiang China's far northwestern province where the majority of the population are Muslim Uyghurs was for most of its history contested territory. On the Silk Road a region of overlapping cultures the province was virtually independent until the late nineteenth century nominally part of the Qing Empire with considerable interest taken in it by the British and the Russians as part of their Great Game rivalry in Asia. Ruled by warlords in the early twentieth century it was occupied in 1949-50 by the People's Liberation Army since when attempts have been made to integrate the province more fully into China. This book outlines the history of Xinjiang. It focuses on the key city of Kashgar the symbolic heart of Uighur society drawing on a large body of records in which ordinary people provided information on the period around the communist takeover. These records provide an exceptionally rich source showing how ordinary Uyghurs lived their everyday lives before 1949 and how those lives were affected by the arrival of the Chinese Communist Party and its army. Subjects covered by the book include Eastern Turkestan independence regional politics local government the military taxation education and the press. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138079533

Xinjiang in the Twenty-First CenturyIslam Ethnicity and Resistance There has been a significant increase in the twenty-first century in the frequency and intensity of violent incidents in the Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region the far northwest province of China where the Uyghurs the Turkic-speaking Muslim people who historically constituted the majority population feel themselves displaced and discriminated against by the growing in-migration of Han Chinese. The book explores the continuing unrest in Xinjiang. It focuses in particular on the major violence of July 2009 in the city of Urumqi on repression and the practice of Islam in southern Xinjiang and on the policy of the Chinese Communist Party which has used the rhetoric of the "War on Terror" to justify its repression in terms which it hopes will gain sympathy from the international community. The book relates these particular points to the development of China-Uyghur relations more broadly in the longer historical perspective and concludes by discussing how the situation is likely to unfold in future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585686

XinjiangChina's Muslim Borderland Eastern Turkestan now known as Xinjiang or the New Territory makes up a sixth of China's land mass. Absorbed by the Qing in the 1880s and reconquered by Mao in 1949 this Turkic-Muslim region of China's remote northwest borders on formerly Soviet Central Asia Afghanistan Kashmir Mongolia and Tibet Will Xinjiang participate in twenty-first century ascendancy or will nascent Islamic radicalism in Xinjiang expand the orbit of instability in a dangerous part of the world? This comprehensive survey of contemporary Xinjiang is the result of a major collaborative research project begun in 1998. The authors have combined their fieldwork experience linguistic skills and disciplinary expertise to assemble the first multifaceted introduction to Xinjiang. The volume surveys the region's geography; its history of military and political subjugation to China; economic social and commercial conditions; demography public health and ecology; and patterns of adaption resistance opposition and evolving identities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315697949

X-Machines for Agent-Based ModelingFLAME Perspectives From the Foreword:"This book exemplifies one of the most successful approaches to modeling and simulating [the] new generation of complex systems. FLAME was designed to make the building of large scale complex systems models straightforward and the simulation code that it generates is highly efficient and can be run on any modern technology. FLAME was the first such platform that ran efficiently on high performance parallel computers and a version for GPU technology is also available. At its heart and the reason why it is so efficient and robust is the use of a powerful computational model ‘Communicating X-machines’ which is general enough to cope with most types of modelling problems. As well as being increasingly important in academic research FLAME is now being applied in industry in many different application areas. This book describes the basics of FLAME and is illustrated with numerous examples."—Professor Mike Holcombe University of Sheffield UKAgent-based models have shown applications in various fields such as biology economics and social science. Over the years multiple agent-based modeling frameworks have been produced allowing experts with non-computing background to easily write and simulate their models. However most of these models are limited by the capability of the framework the time it takes for a simulation to finish or how to handle the massive amounts of data produced. FLAME (Flexible Large-scale Agent-based Modeling Environment) was produced and developed through the years to address these issues.This book contains a comprehensive summary of the field covers the basics of FLAME and shows how concepts of X-machines can be stretched across multiple fields to produce agent models. It has been written with several audiences in mind. First it is organized as a collection of models with detailed descriptions of how models can be designed especially for beginners. A number of theoretical aspects of software engineering and how they relate to agent-based models are discussed for students interested in software engineering and parallel computing. Finally it is intended as a guide to developers from biology economics and social science who want to explore how to write agent-based models for their research area. By working through the model examples provided anyone should be able to design and build agent-based models and deploy them. With FLAME they can easily increase the agent number and run models on parallel computers in order to save on simulation complexity and waiting time for results.Because the field is so large and active the book does not aim to cover all aspects of agent-based modeling and its research challenges. The models are presented to show researchers how they can build complex agent functions for their models. The book demonstrates the advantage of using agent-based models in simulation experiments providing a case to move away from differential equations and build more reliable close to real models.  The Open Access version of this book available at https://doi.org/10.1201/9781315370729 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367573157

X-Matrix The Skills Matrix is a visual management tool that is used to confirm the skills and knowledge of the members of a team. This tool is clearly labeled and intuitive to use. Organized by process or skill and by person. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138078864

XML Databases and the Semantic Web Efficient access to data sharing data extracting information from data and making use of the information have become urgent needs for today's corporations. With so much data on the Web managing it with conventional tools is becoming almost impossible. New tools and techniques are necessary to provide interoperability as well as warehousing between multiple data sources and systems and to extract information from the databases. XML Databases and the Semantic Web focuses on critical and new Web technologies needed for organizations to carry out transactions on the Web to understand how to use the Web effectively and to exchange complex documents on the Web.This reference for database administrators database designers and Web designers working in tandem with database technologists covers three emerging technologies of significant impact for electronic business: Extensible Markup Language (XML) semi-structured databases and the semantic Web. The first two parts of the book explore these emerging technologies. The third part highlights the implications of these technologies for e-business. Overall the book presents a comprehensive view of critical technologies for the Web in general and XML in particular.The semantic Web XML and semi-structured databases are still relatively new technologies that integrate many other technologies. As these technologies and integration of these advances mature we can expect to see progress in the semantic web. The information contained in XML Databases and the Semantic Web is essential to the future success of effective e-business on the Web. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396244

XML in Scientific Computing While the extensible markup language (XML) has received a great deal of attention in web programming and software engineering far less attention has been paid to XML in mainstream computational science and engineering. Correcting this imbalance XML in Scientific Computing introduces XML to scientists and engineers in a way that illustrates the similarities and differences with traditional programming languages and suggests new ways of saving and sharing the results of scientific calculations. The author discusses XML in the context of scientific computing demonstrates how the extensible stylesheet language (XSL) can be used to perform various calculations and explains how to create and navigate through XML documents using traditional languages such as Fortran C++ and MATLAB®. A suite of computer programs are available on the author’s website. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367380854

X-Radiography of Textiles Dress and Related Objects X-radiography of textile objects reveals hidden features as well as unexpected components and materials. This non-destructive technique throws light on construction manufacturing techniques use wear repair patterns of decay and dating. X-radiography improves artefact documentation and interpretation as well as guiding conservation approaches by enhancing understanding.This book explores techniques for X-raying textiles. It describes approaches to image interpretation and explains how through digitisation and digital image manipulation maximum information can be realised. Case studies include archaeological ecclesiastical and ethnographic textiles items of dress and accessories upholstery quilts embroideries dolls and toys. Museum professionals will find this stimulating book an essential guide for developing their own practice or commissioning textile X-radiographs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606329

X-ray Contrast Agent TechnologyA Revolutionary History This book documents the fascinating history of radiological techniques that use contrast agents. The text includes many of the fundamental documentary sources that bring to life the social and scientific background of the discoveries the personalities of the discoverers and implementation of new technologies. Such agents when used with X-rays allow clinicians to distinguish anatomical structures with nearly identical densities. Focus is on urological and angiographic uses of contrast agents. Key selling features:Documents and thoroughly references the history of contrast agent developmentReviews the priority and importance of patentsDiscusses the role that important individual scientists and leading research institutions have played in technology development and implementation Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367730567

X-Ray Diffraction for Materials ResearchFrom Fundamentals to Applications X-ray diffraction is a useful and powerful analysis technique for characterizing crystalline materials commonly employed in MSE physics and chemistry. This informative new book describes the principles of X-ray diffraction and its applications to materials characterization. It consists of three parts. The first deals with elementary crystallography and optics which is essential for understanding the theory of X-ray diffraction discussed in the second section of the book. Part 2 describes how the X-ray diffraction can be applied for characterizing such various forms of materials as thin films single crystals and powders. The third section of the book covers applications of X-ray diffraction. The book presents a number of examples to help readers better comprehend the subject. X-Ray Diffraction for Materials Research: From Fundamentals to Applications also • provides background knowledge of diffraction to enable nonspecialists to become familiar with the topics • covers the practical applications as well as the underlying principle of X-ray diffraction • presents appropriate examples with answers to help readers understand the contents more easily • includes thin film characterization by X-ray diffraction with relevant experimental techniques • presents a huge number of elaborately drawn graphics to help illustrate the content The book will help readers (students and researchers in materials science physics and chemistry) understand crystallography and crystal structures interference and diffraction structural analysis of bulk materials characterization of thin films and nondestructive measurement of internal stress and phase transition. Diffraction is an optical phenomenon and thus can be better understood when it is explained with an optical approach which has been neglected in other books. This book helps to fill that gap providing information to convey the concept of X-ray diffraction and how it can be applied to the materials analysis. This book will be a valuable reference book for researchers in the field and will work well as a good introductory book of X-ray diffraction for students in materials science physics and chemistry. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771882989

X-Ray Diffraction ImagingTechnology and Applications This book explores novel methods for implementing X-ray diffraction technology as an imaging modality which have been made possible through recent breakthroughs in detector technology computational power and data processing algorithms. The ability to perform fast spatially-resolved X-ray diffraction throughout the volume of a sample opens up entirely new possibilities in areas such as material analysis cancer diagnosis and explosive detection thus offering the potential to revolutionize the fields of medical security and industrial imaging and detection. Featuring chapters written by an international selection of authors from both academia and industry the book provides a comprehensive discussion of the underlying physics architectures and applications of X-ray diffraction imaging that is accessible and relevant to neophytes and experts alike.     Teaches novel methods for X-ray diffraction imaging  Comprehensive and self-contained discussion of the relevant physics imaging techniques system components and data processing algorithms Features state-of-the-art work of international authors from both academia and industry. Includes practical applications in the medical industrial and security sectors   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498783613

X-Ray Diffraction of Ions in Aqueous Solutions: Hydration and Complex Formation This book is devoted to the description of the basic principles of X-ray diffraction on noncrystalline systems and to the correlation between diffracted intensities and structure. It presents a critical comparison between the results obtained by XRD and the ones obtained by neutron diffraction. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898674

X-Ray DiffractionModern Experimental Techniques High-resolution x-ray diffraction and scattering is a key tool for structure analysis not only in bulk materials but also at surfaces and buried interfaces from the sub-nanometer range to micrometers. This book offers an overview of diffraction and scattering methods currently available at modern synchrotron sources and illustrates bulk and interface investigations of solid and liquid matter with up-to-date research examples. It presents important characteristics of the sources experimental set-up and new detector developments. The book also considers future exploitation of x-ray free electron lasers for diffraction applications. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814303590

X-Ray ImagingFundamentals Industrial Techniques and Applications While books on the medical applications of x-ray imaging exist there is not one currently available that focuses on industrial applications. Full of color images that show clear spectrometry and rich with applications X-Ray Imaging fills the need for a comprehensive work on modern industrial x-ray imaging. It reviews the fundamental science of x-ray imaging and addresses equipment and system configuration. Useful to a broad range of radiation imaging practitioners the book looks at the rapid development and deployment of digital x-ray imaging system. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780849397721

X-Ray Lasers 1996Proceedings of the Fifth International Conference on X-Ray Lasers held in Lund Sweden 10-14 June 1996 X-Ray Lasers 1996 provides not only an overview and progress report on this fast moving field but also important reference material on which future work can be built. Topics covered include collisional x-ray lasers table-top x-ray lasers beam optics x-ray optics OFI and photo-pumped schemes capillary schemes international laser facilities XUV nonlinear mixing alternative soft x-ray sources diagnostics and applications. The volume is an essential addition to the libraries of researchers in the field. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003063032

X-Ray Metrology in Semiconductor Manufacturing The scales involved in modern semiconductor manufacturing and microelectronics continue to plunge downward. Effective and accurate characterization of materials with thicknesses below a few nanometers can be achieved using x-rays. While many books are available on the theory behind x-ray metrology (XRM) X-Ray Metrology in Semiconductor Manufacturing is the first book to focus on the practical aspects of the technology and its application in device fabrication and solving new materials problems.Following a general overview of the field the first section of the book is organized by application and outlines the techniques that are best suited to each. The next section delves into the techniques and theory behind the applications such as specular x-ray reflectivity diffraction imaging and defect mapping. Finally the third section provides technological details of each technique answering questions commonly encountered in practice. The authors supply real examples from the semiconductor and magnetic recording industries as well as more than 150 clearly drawn figures to illustrate the discussion. They also summarize the principles and key information about each method with inset boxes found throughout the text.Written by world leaders in the field X-Ray Metrology in Semiconductor Manufacturing provides real solutions with a focus on accuracy repeatability and throughput. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315222035

X-Ray Optics and Microanalysis 1992 Proceedings of the 13th INT Conference 31 August-4 September 1992 Manchester UK The first ICXOM congress held in Cambridge was the brain-child of Dr. Ellis Cosslett founder of the Electron Optics Section of the Cavendish Laboratory. Dr. Cosslett pioneered research in x-ray optics and microanalysis and retained a close interest in all subject applications for this area of research including physics materials science chemistry and biology. X-Ray Optics and Microanalysis 1992 was held in his memory. At a special symposium friends and colleagues reviewed the present status of research in x-ray optics and microanalysis. S.J. Pennycook of Oak Ridge National Laboratory D.B. Williams of Lehigh University J.A. Venables et al. of Arizona State University and Sussex University and C. Jacobsen et al. of SUNY Stony Brook are among the researchers whose papers are included in this volume. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003062967

Xu Xiake (1586-1641)The Art of Travel Writing In this the first full-length study in English of China's best-known travel writer new light is shed on the importance of the diaries of Xu Xiake (1587-1687) a compulsive traveller who spent a lifetime visiting and writing about China's 'beauty spots'. The general view of his work that he brought a sober analytical approach to a genre previously the domain of the dillentante and that his writing was 'utilitarian' and lacking in literary merit is cast aside revealing Xu to be a figure of his age his concerns perfectly in tune with the exuberant tastes of other late Ming literati.Essential background is provided with a survey of the history of Chinese travel writing in general with particular emphasis given to the late-Ming period and a resume of Xu Xiake's life. The core of the work examines the wealth of new information to be found in a longer version of Xu's account of his great journey to southwest China rediscovered in the 1970s. Detailed study of Xu's use of language serves to underline the breadth of achievement of a man who utilised traditional and contemporary Chinese poetic language in order to express an emotional response to the landscape through which he passed. This is reinforced by a complete annotated translation of a deeply personal essay written towards the end of Xu's life.The book covers a broad spectrum of voguish sinological subjects relating to late Ming China ranging from the huge growth in all forms of geographical writing to the anthropological analysis of the non-Han peoples of southwest China. This book will interest both seasoned sinologists and anyone who has spent time travelling in China or is interested in the art of travel writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863279

XuanzangA Buddhist Pilgrim On The Silk Road The saga of the seventh-century Chinese monk Xuanzang who completed an epic sixteen-year journey to discover the heart of Buddhism at its source in India is a splendid story of human struggle and triumph. One of China's great heroes Xuanzang is introduced here for the first time to Western readers in this richly illustrated book. Sally Hovey Wriggins who journeyed in Xuanzang's footsteps brings to life a man who transcended common experience. Eight centuries before Columbus this intrepid pilgrim against the wishes of his emperor travelled on the Silk Road through Central Asia on his way to India. Before his journey ended he had met most of Asia's important leaders and traversed 10 000 miles in search of Buddhist scriptures. He was both a mountain climber who scaled three of Asia's highest mountain ranges and a desert survivor who nearly died of thirst on the brutal flats; a philosopher and metaphysician; a diplomat who established China's ties to Central Asian and Indian kings; and above all a devout and courageous Buddhist who personally nurtured the growth of Buddhism in China by disseminating the nearly 600 scriptures he carried back from India. Wriggins gives us vivid descriptions of the perils Xuanzang faced the monasteries he visited (many still standing today) and the eight places of Buddhist pilgrimage in India. Detailed maps and color photographs provide striking evidence of the vast distances involved and the appalling dangers Xuanzang endured; reproductions of Buddhist art from museums around the world capture the glories of this world religion while revealing a cosmopolitan era in which pilgrims were both adventurers and ambassadors of goodwill. An engaging introduction to Buddhism and Buddhist art this unique book takes the reader on a rousing adventure that also gives a compelling view of Asian history and civilization. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429267949

XXX International Congress of Psychology: Abstracts The abstracts of the XXX International Congress of Psychology (July 2012 Cape Town) are published as a supplement to Volume 47 of the International Journal of Psychology. The published volume includes the abstracts of the invited addresses symposia oral and poster presentations numbering over 5 000 separate contributions and creating an invaluable overview of the discipline of psychological science around the world today. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848727748

Y Tu Mamá TambiénMythologies of Youth Charting production distribution censorship and reception this book examines Y Tu Mamá También in its presentation as a journey of self-discoveries. Three young adults enjoy a road trip together in search of a legendary beach. Behind their stories are mythologies of youth a network of ideas in the film that reflects life outside the theaters. The deceptively complex film leaves the characters and its viewers with instead of oversimplified and hollow answers provocative questions and existential concerns. Made independently in Mexico the film crosses over transnational issues global markets and mainstream and alternative aesthetics. It transforms road movie and youth film genres and shows a ‘musical magical’ Mexico to the world. This book synthesizes several approaches in order to extensively examine Y Tu Mamá También. Covering the film’s production history its distribution and censorship and larger industrial political and cultural contexts this book analyzes the too-often overlooked aspects of youthful sexuality alongside figurations of maturity rites of passage and covenants—made broken and remade—that not only inform representations of identity but also complicate the processes of identity formation themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138079823

Yakö Studies Originally published in 1964 this volume collects together 25 years' worth of journal articles from the UK and USA. It brings together detailed descriptions and analyses of various aspects of the Yakö peoples of the Cross River area of Eastern Nigeria and includes sections on social organization economy and religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138586376

Yalta Yalta still excites scholars and general public alike. In shaping post-war geographical alignments Yalta has become drenched in ideological disputes. It has assumed a symbolic quality for liberal left and conservative interpretations of modern European history. In his book Pierre de Senarclens offers the reader a clear and precise account of the matter in which negotiations at Yalta were actually conducted by Roosevelt Churchill and Stalin. Senarclens not only follows closely the negotiations themselves but draws upon the political and strategic events preceding the negotiations and the stated aims of the Allied Forces before the conference.In the light of all the different expectations of the respective leaders the key question for Senarclens is what was the real outcome of Yalta? Senarclens avoids overdramatization and does not elevate Yalta to a turning point in world history. He avoid ideological interpretations from the conservative analysis of Yalta as appeasement and the selling out of Eastern Europe and China to the liberal-left analysis of three old men ruthlessly dividing the world between themselves. But he does not spare us Roosevelt's idealized picture of Stalin nor does he avoid revealing the ambiguities of Churchill's conduct or the ruthlessness of Stalin's approach.Senarclens refutes the thesis that Yalta amounted to an occidental capitulation to the Soviets. As the author convincingly argues the world has not come about us as a result of Yalta but in spite of it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138518070

Yanagita Kunio and the Folklore Movement PbdirectThe Search for Japan's National Character and Distinctiveness This book provides a study of folklore in Japan. It also provides detail about Japanese political and literary trends which influenced or were influenced by the folklore scholarship of Yanagita. The book is useful for professional folklorists and any individual who is interested in folklore. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138845688

Yanihara Tadao and Japanese Colonial PolicyRedeeming Empire The first comprehensive analysis of the colonial writings of Yanaihara Tadao whose extensive commentary on Japanese and European colonial policy is remarkable not only for its scholarly integrity but also for its sheer breadth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987395

Yankee Family The voluminous records of the Pierce and Poor families weave a story that runs from the late eighteenth century until World War I. The extent and qual-ity of their source materials and their positions as representative middle-class to upper-middle-class New England families make these subjects of Yankee Family particularly well suited for analyzing processes of continuity and change. McGovern reviews the life-styles of the Pierce and Poor families both on the frontier and in the Boston area and focuses on the cross-generational changes in these styles.The study begins with John Pierce at Harvard in the 1790s and follows through to the first decade of the twen-tieth century. The author shows how the "Yankee" mentality an outgrowth of New England Puritanism contributed to the family's rise to success but con-cludes that by the early twentieth cen-tury the Yankee life-style was ending a victim of social and economic changes in American society that were rendering it irrelevant.Until recently historical scholarship on the American family has been static. Apart from long-standing predilections of historians for political history there were also theoretical and meth-odological problems deterring schol-arship on the American family. But McGovern's approach holds great promise; it is more sensitive than quan-tification studies to the impact of change on a wider range of human expe-riences because it is inevitably more personal. While this type of family his-tory rewards students of social change it also affords important insights on con-tinuity. It reveals the existence of a family style which adapts to change with a special corpus of family wisdom al-ways finding a way to exercise its "known" amidst constant flux � thus mitigating some of the effects of change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540798

Yeah Right! Adolescents in the Classroom Is there more disruptive behavior in schools today? The simple answer to this often asked question is probably yes. But the reasons lie more outside teenagers than inside. For too many teachers there can be an attitude of: "I was a teenager once therefor I know what it is like." But we all develop in a unique time and the issues are unique to that period. Pressures differ fears differ. There are times when schools are seen to be part of the problem rather than the solution. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9781315065519

Year Amongst The Persians First published in 2008. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987401

Year Book of International Co-operation on Environment and Development This eighth annual edition analyzes the international community's position on specific environment and development problems the main obstacles to effective international solutions and how to overcome them. It assesses both the achievements and shortcomings of co-operation distinguishing between the rhetoric and the reality of environmental world politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315066547

Year One in ActionA Month-by-Month Guide to Taking Early Years Pedagogy into KS1 Children are ‘hard-wired’ to learn and they learn best by being active and autonomous – exploring discovering creating and taking risks in other words by playing. However formal subject specific lessons and a focus on data targets and unrealistic expectations are causing young children to be bored and stressed and this is stifling their learning. Year One in Action reveals the remarkable progress children can make when they are allowed to pursue their own interests ideas and challenges in a superb and enabling environment supported by responsive skilled and empathic staff. Demonstrating how a child-led approach supports the development of purposeful calm confident and independent children this book offers a unique month-by-month insight into the workings of a highly successful Year One class. It covers all aspects of practice from timetabling adult roles and transitions to the organisation of the classroom and outside area. It tracks the events of each month in the year paying close attention to the physical environment and the learning that is taking place. Interactions between staff and children are recognised as and exploited as teaching opportunities. Throughout the book Anna Ephgrave gives the reasons behind each decision made. She also explains what the outcomes have been for the children emphasising that a child-led approach with planning in the moment enables rich learning across the curriculum for all children within a meaningful context. Key features include: over 150 full colour photographs to illustrate practice; photocopiable pages of planning sheets record keeping sheets and sample letters to parents examples of individual learning journeys and planning in the moment; guidance on what to look for when assessing children’s progress; advice on risk/benefit assessments; suggestions for managing transitions and minimising stress. The achievements of these children have been remarkable and they have remained the enthusiastic independent happy and unique individuals that they were when they came into Year One. Written by a leading consultant teacher this book will inspire teachers to be brave and do what is right for children – let them take the lead trust that they want to learn and above all let them play! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138639256

Yearbook of Cultural Property Law 2006 The Yearbooks of Cultural Property Law provide the key up-to-date information and analyses that keep heritage professionals lawyers and land managers abreast of current legal practice including summaries of notable court cases settlements and other dispositions legislation government regulations policies and agency decisions. Interviews with key figures refereed research articles think pieces and a substantial resources section round out each volume. Thoughtful analyses and useful information from leading practitioners in the diverse field of cultural property law will assist government land managers state tribal and museum officials attorneys anthropologists archaeologists public historians and others to better preserve protect and manage cultural property in domestic and international venues. In addition to eight practice-area sections (federal land management; state and local; tribes tribal lands and Indian arts; marine environment; museums; art market; international; enforcement actions) the 2009 volume features an interview with an important figure in the field and original articles on new ICOMOS rules on dispute resolution Section 47 of the Internal Revenue Code risk and fair market value of antiquities the visual artists rights act and religious free exercise and historic preservation. All royalties are donated to the Lawyer’s Committee on Cultural Heritage Preservation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315415499

Yearbook of Cultural Property Law 2007 The Yearbooks of Cultural Property Law provide the key up-to-date information and analyses that keep heritage professionals lawyers and land managers abreast of current legal practice including summaries of notable court cases settlements and other dispositions legislation government regulations policies and agency decisions. Interviews with key figures refereed research articles think pieces and a substantial resources section round out each volume. Thoughtful analyses and useful information from leading practitioners in the diverse field of cultural property law will assist government land managers state tribal and museum officials attorneys anthropologists archaeologists public historians and others to better preserve protect and manage cultural property in domestic and international venues. In addition to eight practice-area sections (federal land management; state and local; tribes tribal lands and Indian arts; marine environment; museums; art market; international; enforcement actions) the 2009 volume features an interview with an important figure in the field and original articles on new ICOMOS rules on dispute resolution Section 47 of the Internal Revenue Code risk and fair market value of antiquities the visual artists rights act and religious free exercise and historic preservation. All royalties are donated to the Lawyer’s Committee on Cultural Heritage Preservation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315415451

Yearbook of Cultural Property Law 2008 The Yearbooks of Cultural Property Law provide the key up-to-date information and analyses that keep heritage professionals lawyers and land managers abreast of current legal practice including summaries of notable court cases settlements and other dispositions legislation government regulations policies and agency decisions. Interviews with key figures refereed research articles think pieces and a substantial resources section round out each volume. Thoughtful analyses and useful information from leading practitioners in the diverse field of cultural property law will assist government land managers state tribal and museum officials attorneys anthropologists archaeologists public historians and others to better preserve protect and manage cultural property in domestic and international venues. In addition to eight practice-area sections (federal land management; state and local; tribes tribal lands and Indian arts; marine environment; museums; art market; international; enforcement actions) the 2009 volume features an interview with an important figure in the field and original articles on new ICOMOS rules on dispute resolution Section 47 of the Internal Revenue Code risk and fair market value of antiquities the visual artists rights act and religious free exercise and historic preservation. All royalties are donated to the Lawyer’s Committee on Cultural Heritage Preservation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315415413

Yearbook of Cultural Property Law 2009 The Yearbooks of Cultural Property Law provide the key up-to-date information and analyses that keep heritage professionals lawyers and land managers abreast of current legal practice including summaries of notable court cases settlements and other dispositions legislation government regulations policies and agency decisions. Interviews with key figures refereed research articles think pieces and a substantial resources section round out each volume. Thoughtful analyses and useful information from leading practitioners in the diverse field of cultural property law will assist government land managers state tribal and museum officials attorneys anthropologists archaeologists public historians and others to better preserve protect and manage cultural property in domestic and international venues. In addition to eight practice-area sections (federal land management; state and local; tribes tribal lands and Indian arts; marine environment; museums; art market; international; enforcement actions) the 2009 volume features an interview with an important figure in the field and original articles on new ICOMOS rules on dispute resolution Section 47 of the Internal Revenue Code risk and fair market value of antiquities the visual artists rights act and religious free exercise and historic preservation. All royalties are donated to the Lawyer’s Committee on Cultural Heritage Preservation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315415376

Yearbook of Cultural Property Law 2010 The Yearbooks of Cultural Property Law provide the key up-to-date information and analyses that keep heritage professionals lawyers and land managers abreast of current legal practice including summaries of notable court cases settlements and other dispositions legislation government regulations policies and agency decisions. Interviews with key figures refereed research articles think pieces and a substantial resources section round out each volume. Thoughtful analyses and useful information from leading practitioners in the diverse field of cultural property law will assist government land managers state tribal and museum officials attorneys anthropologists archaeologists public historians and others to better preserve protect and manage cultural property in domestic and international venues. In addition to eight practice-area sections (federal land management; state and local; tribes tribal lands and Indian arts; marine environment; museums; art market; international; enforcement actions) the 2009 volume features an interview with an important figure in the field and original articles on new ICOMOS rules on dispute resolution Section 47 of the Internal Revenue Code risk and fair market value of antiquities the visual artists rights act and religious free exercise and historic preservation. All royalties are donated to the Lawyer’s Committee on Cultural Heritage Preservation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315415338

Yearbook of International Cooperation on Environment and Development 1999-2000 This edition includes the new Convention on Access to Information Public Participation in decision Making and Access to Justice in Environmental Matters and the Convention on the Prior Informed Consent Procedure for Certain Hazardous Chemicals and Pesticides in International Trade. � Intergovernmental Organizations (IGOs) including UN specialized agencies objectives Country Profiles Summaries of the performance and main commitments of 15 OECD countries in addition to Brazil Indonesia Nigeria South Africa and Thailand. Originally published in 1999 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852203

Yearbook of International Cooperation on Environment and Development 2001-02 'This Yearbook clearly fills many gaps and provides reliable and well-researched information' Klaus Töpfer Executive Director UN Environment Programme (UNEP) 'The key updates on conventions and organizations are complemented by a series of proactive essays by leading environmentalists on the cutting-edge issues. This edition is an important source book in advance of the World Summit for Sustainable Development 2002' Nigel Cross Executive Director International Institute for Environment and Development (UNEP) The essential reference to all the rapidly multiplying international agreements on environment and development issues. This ninth annual edition of the Yearbook demonstrates the international community's position on specific environment and development problems the main obstacles to effective international solutions and how to overcome them. It assesses both the achievements and shortcomings of co-operation distinguishing between the rhetoric and the reality of environment world politics. Contents * Current Issues and Key Themes * Agreements on Environment and Development Systematically listed key data and illustrations concerning the most important international agreements presented on the basis of information from the organizations in question and other sources covering such matters as: objectives ? scope ? time and place of establishment ? status of participation ? affiliated instruments and organizations ? major activities ? secretariat ? finance ? rules and standards ? monitoring and implementation ? decision-making bodies ? key publications ? Internet sources. This edition includes the new Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants and the Cartagena Protocol on Biosafety to the Convention on Biological Diversity. * Intergovernmental Organizations (IGOs) including UN specialized agencies objectives ? type of organization ? membership ? date of establishment ? secretariat ? activities ? decision-making bodies ? finance ? key publications ? Internet sources. * International Non-governmental Organizations (NGOs) * objectives ? type of organization ? membership ? date of establishment ? secretariat ? activities ? budget ? key publications ? Internet sources. * Country Profiles Summaries of the performance and main commitments of all OECD countries in addition to Argentina Brazil China India Indonesia Malaysia Nigeria the Russian Federation South Africa and Thailand. Originally published in 2001 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853330

Yearbook of International Cooperation on Environment and Development 2002-03 'An important tool for researchers and decision-makers alike' Gro Harlem Brundtland Director-General World Health Organization (WHO) 'An invaluable source for everyone who needs to be up-to-date on international efforts to solve global environmental challenges. Unique in its presentations of the interrelationship between treaties IGO NGOs and governments' Jonathan Lash President World Resources Institute (WRI) The essential reference to all the rapidly multiplying international agreements on environment and development issues. This ninth annual edition of the Yearbook demonstrates the international community's position on specific environment and development problems the main obstacles to effective international solutions and how to overcome them. It assesses both the achievements and shortcomings of co-operation distinguishing between the rhetoric and the reality of environment world politics. Contents * Current Issues and Key Themes * Agreements on Environment and Development Systematically listed key data and illustrations concerning the most important international agreements presented on the basis of information from the organizations in question and other sources covering such matters as: objectives ? scope ? time and place of establishment ? status of participation ? affiliated instruments and organizations ? major activities ? secretariat ? finance ? rules and standards ? monitoring and implementation ? decision-making bodies ? key publications ? Internet sources. This edition includes the new International Treaty on Plant Genetic Resources for Food and Agriculture. * Intergovernmental Organizations (IGOs) including UN specialized agencies objectives ? type of organization ? membership ? date of establishment ? secretariat ? activities ? decision-making bodies ? finance ? key publications ? Internet sources. * International Non-governmental Organizations (NGOs) * objectives ? type of organization ? membership ? date of establishment ? secretariat ? activities ? budget ? key publications ? Internet sources. Originally published in 2002 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852227

Yearbook of International Cooperation on Environment and Development 2003-04 'The Yearbook's extensive coverage makes a valuable contribution in promoting international co-operation on environment' Xie Zhenhu Minister of the State Environmental Protection Administration (SEPA) of China 'A vital contribution in terms of reliable research and information on key issues of sustainable development. It constitutes an invaluable tool for facilitating the dialogue among all stakeholders involved in the implementation of the commitments agreed to in the World Summit on Sustainable Development (WSSD)' Ian Johnson World Bank Vice President for Sustainable Development The essential reference to all the rapidly multiplying international agreements on environment and development issues. This ninth annual edition of the Yearbook demonstrates the international community's position on specific environment and development problems the main obstacles to effective international solutions and how to overcome them. It assesses both the achievements and shortcomings of co-operation distinguishing between the rhetoric and the reality of environment world politics. Contents * Current Issues and Key Themes * Agreements on Environment and Development Systematically listed key data and illustrations concerning the most important international agreements presented on the basis of information from the organizations in question and other sources covering such matters as: objectives ? scope ? time and place of establishment ? status of participation ? affiliated instruments and organizations ? major activities ? secretariat ? finance ? rules and standards ? monitoring and implementation ? decision-making bodies ? key publications ? Internet sources. This edition includes several recently adopted conventions and protocols. * Intergovernmental Organizations (IGOs) including UN specialized agencies objectives ? type of organization ? membership ? date of establishment ? secretariat ? activities ? decision-making bodies ? finance ? key publications ? Internet sources. * International Non-governmental Organizations (NGOs) * objectives ? type of organization ? membership ? date of establishment ? secretariat ? activities ? budget ? key publications ? Internet sources. Originally published in 2003 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852234

Yearning for the ImpossibleThe Surprising Truths of Mathematics Second Edition Yearning for the Impossible: The Surprising Truth of Mathematics Second Edition explores the history of mathematics from the perspective of the creative tension between common sense and the "impossible" as the author follows the discovery or invention of new concepts that have marked mathematical progress. The author puts these creations into a broader context involving related "impossibilities" from art literature philosophy and physics. This new edition contains many new exercises and commentaries clearly discussing a wide range of challenging subjects. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138586109

Yearning to BelongDiscovering a New Religious Movement Cutting across three areas of interest within New Religious Movements - insider perspectives sociology of religion and the helping professions - this book explores insiders' experience of the Indian Guru-disciple Yogic tradition and is authored by a former member of that tradition. Highlighting the rich spiritual experience of devotees of Guru-disciple Yoga and broadening the understanding of Guru-disciple Yoga Practice this book also adds considerably to knowledge of conversion to New Religious Movements and to issues of affiliation and disengagement. Exploring participants' experience of attraction affiliation and disengagement these themes highlight individuals' personal experience of Guru-disciple Yoga Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383999

YearningRace Gender and Cultural Politics For bell hooks the best cultural criticism sees no need to separate politics from the pleasure of reading. Yearning collects together some of hooks's classic and early pieces of cultural criticism from the '80s. Addressing topics like pedagogy postmodernism and politics hooks examines a variety of cultural artifacts from Spike Lee's film Do the Right Thing and Wim Wenders's film Wings of Desire to the writings of Zora Neale Hurston and Toni Morrison. The result is a poignant collection of essays which like all of hooks's work is above all else concerned with transforming oppressive structures of domination. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138821750

Years of No Decision This book first published in 1987 examines British American and Israeli practices in the Middle East. It explains these countries’ attitudes in the United Nations towards the Palestinian problem and the role of the United States regarding every Arab-Israeli war. It attempts to acquaint the reader with the reasons why so many yeas were yeas of no decision and why the debates were mere exercises in futility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138907287

Years of RecoveryBritish Economic Policy 1945-51 Years of Recovery was the first comprehensive study of the transition from war to peace in the British economy under the Labour government of 1945–51. It includes a full account of the successive crises and turning-points in those hectic years – the coal and convertibility crises of 1947 devaluation in 1949 and rearmament in 1951. These episodes apart from their dramatic interest light up the dilemmas of policy and the underlying economic trends and pressures in a country delicately poised between economic disaster and full recovery. Many of the debates on economic policy that are still in progress – on incomes policy demand management the welfare state and relations with Europe for example – have their roots in those years. Many of the trends originating then persisted long afterwards. The book also examines the interaction between events and policy and the role in a managed economy of the policy-making machine. Now that the public records are open to 1954 it has been possible to make use of official documents to review the possibilities of action that were canvassed and the thinking and differences of opinion that underlay ministerial decisions. Combining personal involvement with thorough research this fascinating study will be a major contribution to our understanding of post-war economic policy. Alec Cairncross was Chancellor of the University of Glasgow and a former Master of St Peter’s College Oxford. He spent the years covered by this volume as a civil servant in London Berlin and Paris before moving to Glasgow as Professor of Applied Economics. This classic book of some of his most brilliant research was first published in 1985. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852210

Years of UpheavalAxial Changes in Islam Since 1989 Years of Upheaval discusses 'Axial periods' in history; years that witnessed such fundamental reversals in history as to make the world turn upside down and inaugurate a new era. Raphael Israeli sees the post-1989 period as such a period in Islam. He explores events in the Islamic world since the end of the 1980s and during the 1990s and their aftermath particularly following the Iranian Islamic Revolution the Rushdie Affair and the death of Khumeini.Israeli posits these events signalled a new age of Islamic violence and fundamentalism. The period has seen the dissipation of state borders and the rise of transnational and trans-territorial movements such as ISIS that have been extraordinarily attractive to young people in the Islamic world. The hopeful Arab Spring (2010-2013) has been replaced by a threatening Islamic winter.A number of major events shook the Muslim world on both the Asian and the African continents as well as peripheral Islamic minorities in Australia Canada and Latin America. Among them were the Islamic Bomb and the rise of radical Islamic movements (notably Hamas and Hezbollah) and the rift between Sunnites and Shiites. These and other momentous events in the Islamic world occasioned the 'Arab Spring' and produced unrest in a wide swath of the Muslim world. Even more importantly these were forming trends that are characterizing the decades thereafter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597061

Yeast Cell Envelopes Biochemistry Biophysics and UltrastructureVolume I A comprehensive review of the yeast cell envelope has not appeared previously and therefore this book is timely. The title of this volume was chosen to reflect the three major areas of contribution to our current understanding of the cell envelope but we have not attempted to group chapters into subdivisions. The approach was to describe phenomena to review the literature and to illuminate outstanding problems. It was also attempted to generate working hypotheses which may stimulate further studies. The some of these ideas be of germinal value is of more concern to us than that all of the hypotheses should stand the test of further experimentation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898698

Yeast Cell Envelopes Biochemistry Biophysics and UltrastructureVolume II A comprehensive review of the yeast cell envelope has not appeared previously and therefore this book is timely. The title of this volume was chosen to reflect the three major areas of contribution to our current understanding of the cell envelope but we have not attempted to group chapters into subdivisions. The approach was to describe phenomena to review the literature and to illuminate outstanding problems. It was also attempted to generate working hypotheses which may stimulate further studies. The some of these ideas be of germinal value is of more concern to us than that all of the hypotheses should stand the test of further experimentation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898681

Yeast Strain Selection Contributors from universities and food pharmaceutical and brewing companies detail the current state of yeast strain development and handling highlighting advances in yeast selection for academic research industry and recombinant DNA technology. Featuring the use of Saccharomyces and other yea Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367403164

Yeats Eliot Pound and the Politics of PoetryRichest to the Richest It has long been recognised that there is an apparently paradoxical relationship between the revolutionary poetic style developed by Yeats Eliot and Pound in the period during and after the First World War and the reactionary politics with which they were associated in the 1920s and 1930s. Concentrating on their writings in the period up to the 1930s this study first published in 1982 helps to resolve the paradox and also provides a much needed reappraisal of the factors influencing their poetic and political development. The work of these poets has usually been seen as deriving from the tradition of continental symbolist poetics. Yeats Eliot Pound and the Politics of Poetry will be of interest to students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138999374

Yeats Folklore and OccultismContexts of the Early Work and Thought This lively introduction to the poems of W. B. Yeats first published in 1988 provides a series of intriguing new readings of his work in relation to his profound involvement with occultism and folklore. During Yeats’s formative years as an artist two compelling movements were emerging: the revivals of interest in Irish folklore and in the mag Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138687264

Yeats and JoyceCyclical History and the Reprobate Tradition While postcolonial studies has contributed much to our understanding of Irish modernism it has also encouraged less-than-accurate portrayals of Joyce and Yeats as polar opposites: Yeats as the inventor of Irish mystique and Joyce as its relentless demythologiser. Alistair Cormack's complex study provides a corrective to these misleading characterisations by analysing the tools Yeats and Joyce themselves used to challenge representation in the postcolonial era. Despite their very different histories Cormack suggests these two writers can be seen as allies in their insistence on the heresy of the imagination. Reinvigorating and politicising the history of ideas as a powerful medium for studying literature he shows that Joyce and Yeats independently challenged a linearity and materialism they identified with empire. Both celebrated Ireland as destabilising the accepted forms of thought and the accepted means of narrating the nation. Thus 'unreadable' modernist works such as Finnegans Wake and A Vision must be understood as attempts to reconceptualise history in a literally postcolonial period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138376175

Yeats and PessoaParallel Poetic Styles This monograph is the study of the poetry of Fernando Pessoa and W. B. Yeats within a comparative case studies framework. It examines Yeats's and Pessoa's use of stylistic variation to transform their incipient neo-Romantic and post-Symbolist diction into a protean modern lyric voice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603670

Yeats and Theosophy When H. P. Blavatsky the controversial head of the turn of the century movement Theosophy defined "a true Theosophist" in her book The Key to Theosophy she could have just as easily have been describing W. B. Yeats. Blavatsky writes "A true Theosophist must put in practice the loftiest moral ideal must strive to realize his unity with the whole of humanity and work ceaselessly for others." Although Yeats joined Blavatsky's group in 1887 and subsequently left to help form The Golden Dawn in 1890 Yeats's career as poet and politician were very much in line with the methods set forth by Blavatsky's doctrine. My project explores how Yeats employs this pop-culture occultism in the creation of his own national literary aesthetic. This project not only examines the influence theosophy has on the literary work Yeats produced in the late 1880's and 1890's but also Yeats's work as literary critic and anthology editor during that time. While Yeats uses theosophy's metaphysical world view to provide an underlying structure for some of his earliest poetry and drama he uses theosophy's methods of investigation and argument to discover a metaphysical literary tradition which incorporates all of his own literary heroes into an Irish cultural tradition. Theosophy provides a methodology for Yeats to argue that both Shelley and Blake (for example) are part of a tradition that includes himself. Basing his argument in theosophy Yeats can argue that the Irish people are a distinct race with a culture more "sincere" and "natural" than that of England.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542593

Yeats The PoetThe Measures of Difference This work addresses Yeats's "antinomies" seeing their origin and structure in his divided Anglo-Irish inheritance and examining the notion of measure. It then explores how this relates to freemasonry Celticism and Orientalism and looks at the Blakean esoteric language of contrariety and outline which provided Yeats with the vocabulary of self-understanding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167438

Yemen and the Politics of Permanent Crisis The Middle East is in the midst of considerable and unpredictable changes but deeply patrimonial political systems do not change overnight – and neither do the international and regional structures that have helped them to endure for so long. The informal rules that guide Yemeni society and its dysfunctional political settlement look set to endure in spite of unprecedented protests. Entangled in a narrative of acute crisis and possible state failure the country still relies on foreign assistance to prop up its ailing economy. Fearing the threat from al-Qaeda on Yemeni soil as well as the crisis of the Houthi insurgency and the southern secessionist movement regional and Western powers have continued to bankroll the regime without taking significant steps to address the underlying causes of instability and threat. Drawing on research carried out on the ground in Yemen this Adelphi examines the shadowy structures that govern political life and sustain a network of social elites predisposed against any far-reaching systemic reform. It looks behind the scenes at the regime’s opaque internal politics at its entrenched patronage system and at the ‘rules of the game’ that will shape the behaviour of the post-Saleh rulers to offer insights for how the West may better engage within that game Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415695749

Yemen: the Search for a Modern State The development of North Yemen in the twentieth century was one of the most interesting features of the Arabian Peninsula. After the traumas of the civil war which embroiled Nasser’s Egypt the country emerged from its traditional tribal heritage into the modern world. Sandwiched between Saudi Arabia and Marxist South Yemen the country had an awkward and delicate problem in balancing its political affiliations and in resisting external pressure on its internal affairs. This book first published in 1982 traces the history of the Yemen from the 1930s and looks at the way in which the traditional political structures were modernised and how the country coped with these strains both internally and externally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138184367

Yeniseian Peoples and LanguagesA History of Yeniseian Studies with an Annotated Bibliography and a Source Guide The Kets of Central Siberia are perhaps the most enigmatic of Siberia's aboriginal tribes. Today numbering barely 1 100 souls living in several small villages on the middle reaches of the Yenisei the Kets have retained much of their ancient culture as well as their unique language.Genetic studies of the Ket hint at an ancient affinity with Tibetans Burmese and other peoples of peoples of South East Asia not shared by any other Siberian people. The Ket language which is unrelated to any other living Siberian tongue also appears to be a relic of a bygone linguistic landscape of Inner Asia.Because language isolates such as Ket are of special value to scholars of the original peopling of the continents linguists have recently attempted to link Ket with North Caucasian Sino- Tibetan Burushaski Basque and Na Dene. None of these links have been proved to the satisfaction of all linguists and the research continues both in Russia and abroad. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862401

Yermak’s Campaign in SiberiaA selection of documents translated from the Russian by Tatiana Minorsky and David Wileman The Russian conquest of Siberia was an event of which the consequences have only slowly become apparent. Already great they may come to dominate much of our world; with today’s technology a resource base of this size and richness confers immense power on the owner. The conquest was a gradual process of absorption. But if one had to assign a time and place for its start then one would certainly choose the campaign of Yermak in the 1580’s. This enterprise was by no means wholly successful and probably fewer than a thousand Russians participated in it. But it was the first entry in force into Siberia and Russian historians have long regarded it as crucial. Among English-speakers the events are not so well known. The object of this book is to provide the reader of English with translations of the most important documents relating to the campaign. There are several narrative accounts collectively known as the Siberian chronicles: the Stroganov Yesipov; Remezov and New chronicles. The Remezov chronicle written about 1700 is illustrated with 154 pen and ink drawings. These are of great historical and artistic interest for very few Russian drawings of this period survive. All are reproduced here. The collection of documents is rounded out with seven charters or decrees of Ivan IV relating to the advance across the Urals. Dr Armstrong's introduction provides background on Muscovy's eastern frontier in the 16th century; the Stroganov family; the Cossacks in particular Yermak Timofeyevich and his band; routes across the Urals; non-Russian peoples encountered; and the authorship and provenance of the chronicles. Mr William Harrison contributes an essay on Yermak as folk-hero. The frontispiece and map 1 are now printed at the end of the volume. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315546087

Yersinia Enterocolitica First published in 1981. Comprehensive overview of existing knowledge of Yersina enterocolitica including laboratory models clinical observations and associated dieases. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898704

Yes We Can?White Racial Framing and the Obama Presidency The first edition of this book offered one of the first social science analyses of Barack Obama’s historic electoral campaigns and early presidency. In this second edition the authors extend that analysis to Obama’s service in the presidency and to his second campaign to hold that presidency. Elaborating on the concept of the white racial frame Harvey Wingfield and Feagin assess in detail the ways white racial framing was deployed by the principal characters in the electoral campaigns and during Obama’s presidency. With much relevant data this book counters many commonsense assumptions about U.S. racial matters politics and institutions particularly the notion that Obama’s presidency ushered in a major post-racial era. Readers will find this fully revised and updated book distinctively valuable because it relies on sound social science analysis to assess numerous events and aspects of this historic campaign. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415645386

Yevgeny VakhtangovA Critical Portrait Yevgeny Vakhtangov was a pioneering theatre artist who married Stanislavski’s demands for inner truth with a singular imaginative vision. Directly and indirectly he is responsible for the making of our contemporary theatre: that is Andrei Malaev-Babel’s argument in this the first English-language monograph to consider Vakhtangov’s life and work as actor and director teacher and theoretician. Ranging from Moscow to Israel from Fantastic Realism to Vakhtangov’s futuristic projection the theatre of the ‘Eternal Mask’ Yevgeny Vakhtangov: A Critical Portrait: considers his input as one of the original teachers of Stanislavsky’s system and the complex relationship shared by the two men; reflects on his directorship of the First Studio of the Moscow Art Theatre and the Habima (which was later to become Israel's National Theatre) as well as the Vakhtangov Studio the institution he established; examines in detail his three final directorial masterpieces Erick XIV The Dybbuk and Princess Turandot. Lavishly illustrated and elegantly conceived Yevgeny Vakhtangov represents the ideal companion to Malaev-Babel’s Vakhtangov Sourcebook (2011). Together these important critical interventions reveal Vakhtangov’s true stature as one of the most significant representatives of the Russian theatrical avant-garde. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415465878

Yiddish and the LeftPapers of the Third Mendel Friedman International Conference on Yiddish "For over a century Yiddish served as a major vehicle for expressing left-wing ideas and sensitivities. A language without country an ""ugly jargon"" despised by assimilationist Jewish bourgeoisie and nationalist Zionists alike it was embraced as genuine folk idiom by Jewish adherents of socialism and communism worldwide. Following the Holocaust Yiddish was the primary language of education culture and propaganda for millions of people on five continents. This volume examines the diversity of relationships between Yiddish and the Left from the attitude of Yiddish writers to apartheid in South Africa to the vicissitudes of the Yiddish communist press in the Soviet Union and the USA." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351198233

Yiddish in the Cold War This book presents a study of Yiddish in the Cold War through the ideological confrontations between Communist Yiddish literati in the Soviet Union United States Canada Poland France and Israel. It discusses the intellectual environments of the Moscow literary journal Sovetish Heymland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603687

Yiddish in Weimar BerlinAt the Crossroads of Diaspora Politics and Culture This volume includes contributions by an international team of leading scholars dealing with various aspects of history arts and literature which tell the dramatic story of Yiddish cultural life in Weimar Berlin as a case study in modern European culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603694

Yield ManagementThe Leadership Alternative for Performance and Net Profit Improvement Gaining a marketable and manageable advantage in today's businesses is critical to survival and growth. How individuals within organizations manage their resources and develop leadership skills is the focus of Yield Management: The Leadership Alternative for Performance and Net Profit Improvement. This book will show you how to identify excellence in an organization and model your strategies after the successes you see. Because there is no single management style that works in every situation you will learn how to utilize alternative styles of management with each interaction to achieve maximum results and stimulate maximum performance in everyone around you. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003076018

Yield-line Formulae for Slabs This E. & F. N. Spon title is now distributed by Routledge in the US and Canada. This book was the first attempt to establish a simple formulae for the calculation of various slab types. A large number of examples are included. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138470392

Yin Jiaqi and China's Struggle for Democracy In the wake of the 1989 Tiananmen incident Yin Jiagi has emerged as a leading Chinese dissident and theorist of the Democracy Movement. This collection of essays documents his views on a range of subjects crucial to China's future. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315488974

Yodel-Ay-Ee-OoooThe Secret History of Yodeling Around the World First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315023953

Yoga Bhoga and ArdhanariswaraIndividuality Wellbeing and Gender in Tantra This book is a social–scientific interpretation of the 15 centuries-old Hindu and Buddhist traditions of tantra. It is a self-reflexive study informed by an insider’s empathy and the apprehension of an Indologist-cum-anthropologist who is also a mystic and an initiated practitioner of the cult himself. Using his personal praxis to inform his research the author examines three core themes tantra: a ‘holonic’ mandalic individuality that conduces to the mystical experience; a positive valorisation of pleasure and play; and cultural attitudes of gender-mutuality and complementarity as neatly encapsulated in the icon of Shiva as Ardhanariswara. This analysis —as captured by the tantric mandalas of deities in intimate union who vividly enact the three themes — leads to his compelling metathesis that of tantra serving as a permanent counterculture within Indic civilisation. This book should be of interest to those in anthropology South Asian studies religious studies gender studies psychology and philosophy as also the general reader. Media > Books > E-books Routledge India 9780203150689

Yoga Bhoga and ArdhanariswaraIndividuality Wellbeing and Gender in Tantra This book offers a social–scientific interpretation of the Hindu and Buddhist traditions of Tantra dating back 15 centuries. It is a self-reflexive study approached with an insider’s empathy and the perspective of an Indologist anthropologist mystic and practitioner of the cult.  The work includes a discussion of non-modern Indic themes: mandala as a trope and its manifestations in South Asian regions such as Nepal; yoga and Indic individuality; the concept of bhoga; disciplined wellbeing; gender; and Indic axiology. Using personal praxis to inform his research the author examines three core themes within Tantra — a ‘holonic’/mandalic individuality that conduces to mystical experience; a positive valorisation of pleasure and play; and cultural attitudes of gender-mutuality and complementarity as neatly encapsulated in the icon of Shiva as Ardhanariswara. This analysis as captured by the Tantric mandalas of deities in intimate union leads to his compelling metathesis that Tantra serves as a permanent counterculture within the Indic civilization.   This second edition with a new Afterword will greatly interest those in anthropology South Asian studies religious studies gender studies psychology and philosophy as also the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138571709

Yoga and Actor Training Yoga and Actor Training offers a practical introduction as well as a discursive overview to the ways in which the practice of yoga may be applied towards training purposes for the contemporary actor. This is the first written and audio-visually documented publication uniquely devoted to this increasingly important field. The introductory booklet authoritatively reviews the deep involvement Stanislavski Grotowski and Chaikin – three of the twentieth century’s most influential actor trainers – had with yoga. The DVD through a series of audio-visually recorded workshops with student actors at the beginning of their careers lays down some of the foundational correspondences in the relationship between yoga and actor training. Together the booklet and DVD present a crucial leap forward in the collaboration between the two disciplines and will be a valuable resource for students and teachers of actor and performance training. Booklet length: 68 pages DVD running time: approx. 2 hours Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415702577

Yoga and Eating DisordersAncient Healing for Modern Illness Yoga and Eating Disorders bridges the knowledge and practice gaps between mental health providers and yoga practitioners who work with clients suffering from disordered eating. Combining the wisdom of 20 experts in eating disorders treatment and yoga practice editors Carolyn Costin and Joe Kelly show how and why yoga's mind-body connection facilitates treatment and recovery. This invaluable resource for mental health and yoga professionals as well as individuals and family members struggling with eating disorders explores the use yoga in therapy ways yoga teachers can recognize and respond to disordered eating recovery stories research into yoga’s impact on symptoms and much more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138908468

Yoga and the BibleThe Yoga of the Divine Word Shabad Yoga is the highest of the Indian yoga systems. Shabad means divine or inner sound and refers to the power which in the Bible is called the Word or Logos. Shabad Yoga is similar to the basic spiritual teachings of the Bible. This book first published in 1963 gives an explanation of many vital Bible truths as taught by the spiritual masters of the Orient. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367027780

Yoga as Philosophy and Religion First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865784

Yoga for Trauma RecoveryTheory Philosophy and Practice Yoga for Trauma Recovery outlines best practices for the growing body of professionals trained in both yoga and psychotherapy and addresses the theoretical foundations that tie the two fields. Chapters show how understanding the safe and effective integration of trauma-informed yoga and somatic psychotherapy is essential to providing informed effective treatment. Uniting recent developments in our understanding of trauma recovery with ancient tenets of yoga philosophy and practice this foundational text is a must read for those interested in the healing capacities of each modality. Readers will come away from the book with a strong sense of how to apply theory philosophy and research to the real-life complexities of clients and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138707207

Yoga in Jainism Jaina Studies is a relatively new and rapidly expanding field of inquiry for scholars of Indian religion and philosophy. In Jainism "yoga" carries many meanings and this book explores the definitions nuances and applications of the term in relation to Jainism from early times to the present. Yoga in Jainism begins by discussing how the use of the term yoga in the earliest Jaina texts described the mechanics of mundane action or karma. From the time of the later Upanisads the word Yoga became associated in all Indian religions with spiritual practices of ethical restraint prayer and meditation. In the medieval period Jaina authors such as Haribhadra Subhacandra and Hemacandra used the term Yoga in reference to Jaina spiritual practice. In the modern period a Jaina form of Yoga emerged known as Preksa Dhyana. This practice includes the physical postures and breathing exercises well known through the globalization of Yoga. By exploring how Yoga is understood and practiced within Jainism this book makes an important contribution to the fields of Yoga Studies Religious Studies Philosophy and South Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138493445

Yoga in Modern HinduismHariharānanda Āraṇya and Sāṃkhyayoga The Sāṃkhyayoga institution of Kāpil Maṭh is a religious organisation with a small tradition of followers which emerged in the last decade of the nineteenth century and the first decades of the twentieth century in Bengal in India around the renunciant and yogin Hariharānanda Āraṇya. This tradition developed during the same period in which modern yoga was born and forms a chapter in the expansion of yoga traditions in modern Hinduism.The book analyses the yoga teaching of Hariharānanda Āraṇya (1869-1947) and the Kāpil Maṭh tradition its origin history and contemporary manifestations and this tradition’s connection to the expansion of yoga and the Yogasūtra in modern Hinduism. The Sāṃkhyayoga of the Kāpil Maṭh tradition is based on the Pātañjalayogaśāstra on a number of texts in Sanskrit and Bengali written by their gurus and on the lifestyle of the renunciant yogin living isolated in a cave. The book investigates Hariharānanda Āraṇya’s connection to pre-modern yoga traditions and the impact of modern production and transmission of knowledge on his interpretations of yoga. The book connects the Kāpil Maṭh tradition to the nineteenth century transformations of Bengali religious culture of the educated upper class that led to the production of a new type of yogin. The book analyses Sāṃkhyayoga as a living tradition its current teachings and practices and looks at what Sāṃkhyayogins do and what Sāṃkhyayoga is as a yoga practice.A valuable contribution to recent and ongoing debates this book will be of interest to academics in the fields of Religious Studies Anthropology Asian Studies Indology Indian philosophy Hindu Studies and Yoga Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593704

Yoga TherapyTheory and Practice Yoga Therapy: Theory and Practice is a vital guidebook for any clinician or scholar looking to integrate yoga into the medical and mental health fields. Chapters are written by expert yoga therapy practitioners and offer theoretical historical and practice-based instruction on cutting-edge topics such as application of yoga therapy to anger management and the intersection of yoga therapy and epigenetics;  many chapters also include Q&A "self-inquiries." Readers will find that Yoga Therapy is the perfect guide for practitioners looking for new techniques as well as those hoping to begin from scratch with yoga therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138816169

Yoga: Uniting East and West In this book first published in 1956 the two authors representatives of two different worlds and two entirely different attitudes explore the wide domain of Eastern and Western philosophy. They put forward the theory that it is in Yoga that the two worlds meet. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367027926

'Yogini' in South AsiaInterdisciplinary Approaches In different stages in the history of South Asian religions the term yoginī has been used in various contexts to designate various things: a female adept of yoga a female tantric practitioner a sorceress a woman dedicated to a deity or a certain category of female deities. This book brings together recent interdisciplinary perspectives on the medieval South Asian cults of the Yoginis such as textual-philological historical art historical indological anthropological ritual and terminological. The book discusses the medieval yoginī cult as illustrated in early Śaiva tantric texts and their representations in South Asian temple iconography. It looks at the roles and hypostases of yoginīs in contemporary religious traditions as well as the transformations of yoginī-related ritual practices. In addition this book systematizes the multiple meanings and proposes definitions of the concept and models for integrating the semantic fields of ‘yoginī.’ Highlighting the importance of research from complementary disciplines for the exploration of complex themes in South Asian studies this book is of interest to scholars of South Asian Studies and Religious Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138575486

Yogurt Yoghurt YoughourtAn International Cookbook Featuring over 200 recipes from more than 55 countries Yogurt Yoghurt Youghourt is the cookbook for today's taste- and nutrition-conscious consumer. Linda Fuller provides easy-to-follow directions for a terrific selection of yogurt-containing international recipes for a delicious new approach to cooking. Just imagine Mulligatawny Soup Molded Pineapple Salad Cranberried Coffeecake Irish Soda Bread Greek Pastitsio Scalloped Oysters and German Chocolate Cake--all made with yogurt. For the yogurt-lover and the yet-to-be-converted Yogurt Yoghurt Youghourt is a great source of recipes that are delicious nutritious and low in calories. Yogurt dates back to Biblical times and there are references to yogurt in the works of Herodotus Homer Pliny Galen and other ancient historians and physicians. For thousands of years yogurt has survived and become a staple in many diets. And now here is a book full of new recipes that use this ancient food in a contemporary style. Yogurt as an outstanding supplement to a well-balanced diet can be included in every course in a meal. For example:start off right with hors d'oeuvres or appetizers such as Guatemalan Guacamole Crabby Hawaiian Dip Jamaican Curried Eggs Japanese Gingered Shrimp or German Party Meatballscontinue with soups and salads such as Chilean Chicken-Corn Salad Norwegian Salmon Salad French Blueberry Bisque Turkish Beef Soup Creole Callaloo and a variety of dressingsfor the main course whether lunch dinner or supper try one of these dishes: Balinese Braised Chicken Bohemian Veal Roast Italian Heroes Polish Pike Mexican Meal-in-a-Minute and Yankee Red Flannel Hashround out meals with breads and cakes like Scottish Scones Impeccable Pecan Muffins Far Eastern Flat Bread Albanian Nut Cake Colombian Cocoa Cake and Hussar Tortefor that finishing touch choices include Armenian Lemon Bars Barbados Banana Pudding Singapore Tapioca Guy Fawkes Fingers Greek Apple Crisp Cuban Cheesecake and Southern Pecan Pieand don't forget beverages--try Austrian Apricot Frost Hearty Health Drink Persian Abdug Sweet Indian Lasse or Turkish Yogurt Fizz for thirst quenchersEach section of recipes is alphabetized making it easy to find the recipe you want quickly. All ingredients are precisely specified but the innovative reader/cook is encouraged to experiment with flavors and textures. Whether you are familiar with the joys of yogurt or are just beginning to learn these recipes are sure to get your mouth watering for Yogurt Yoghurt Youghourt. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003075189

YogurtRoles in Nutrition and Impacts on Health Yogurt is a fermented food that has existed for centuries with bioactive properties that have long been thought to be beneficial to health. The first commercial yogurts sold over a hundred years ago in pharmacies were recommended to treat digestive disorders. Yogurt: Roles in Nutrition and Impacts on Health compiles the scientific research to date into a comprehensive reference book that explores yogurt's role in diet and health its composition in micro- and macronutrients and the potential mechanisms underlying its health benefits. Yogurt’s composition as a unique blend of macronutrients vitamins minerals and ferments makes yogurt a nutrient-dense food that is included by health authorities in food-based dietary guidelines. This book shows how regular yogurt consumption contributes to the intake of key nutrients such as calcium and protein and is associated with healthy dietary patterns and lifestyles. The authors review the current evidence linking yogurt consumption to cardiometabolic health and other health conditions including its established benefits in lactose digestion its promising role in the prevention of weight management and type 2 diabetes and its potential impact on cardiometabolic risk factors. This reference book is a key resource for nutrition scientists dairy researchers dietitians health professionals and educational institutions looking for a state-of-the-art review of the scientific evidence on the role of yogurt in nutrition and health. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367819774

Yoruba Oral Tradition in Islamic NigeriaA History of Dàdàkúàdá This book traces Dàdàkúàdá’s history and artistic vision and discusses its vibrancy as the most popular traditional Yoruba oral art form in Islamic Africa. Foregrounding the role of Dàdàkúàdá in Ilorin and of Ilorin in Dàdàkúàdá the book covers the history cultural identity performance techniques language social life and relationship with Islam of the oral genre. The author examines Dàdàkúàdá’s relationship with Islam and discusses how the Dàdàkúàdá singers through their songs and performances are able to accommodate Islam in ways that have ensured their continued survival as a traditional African genre in a predominantly Muslim community. This book will be of interest to scholars of traditional African culture African art history performance studies and Islam in Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367260323

You and Your Action Research Project You and Your Action Research Project is packed full of useful advice to take the reader through the various stages of an action research project. Written for practitioners across professions who are studying on work-based learning programmes and award-bearing courses this book contains practical strategies for improving project work. Split into the following five sections; Thinking about doing a project Getting ready to do a project Planning a project and managing it Doing your project Evaluating your action research project the structure is clearly accessible and easy-to-read encouraging readers of cross-curricular interests from teachers to nurses and social workers to try new approaches. This fourth edition of the best-seller has been thoroughly updated and improved with new and up-to-date case study material from a very wide range of disciplines greater emphasis on the need for dialogical practices points for reflection more developed ideas about sorting and analysing data and a stronger focus on writing as a form of research. With key sections on engaging with the literatures and collaborative practices whilst also developing ideas about writing and data analysis this book will be essential reading for those wanting to begin and further develop their action research. Jean McNiff is an independent researcher and writer Professor of Educational Research at York St John University and Adjunct Professor at the University of Limerick. She is also the author of key text Action Research: Principles and Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138910058

You and Your Baby This volume is to help parents understand what their baby is likely to be feeling in the first year. It describes how the baby's sense of self develops with intentionality empathy and recognition of the self. It focuses on the baby's subjective experience of the world viewing the baby as a subject in his or her own right and in this way makes a unique contribution in the area of understanding the early non-verbal experiences of infants. Each of the authors featured has published papers and books for the academic and clinical communities; the present volumes however are specifically aimed at parents. The intent is not to convince but to inform the reader. Rather than offering solutions we are describing explaining and discussing the problems that parents meet while bringing up their children from infancy through to adulthood. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429485329

You and Your ChildMaking Sense of Learning Disabilities This volume looks at the physical mental and emotional development of children with varying degrees of learning disabilities through tracing the development of six young adults from childhood. The case studies are in the form of illuminating commentaries from the parents and provide extra insight into the children's everyday lives. Each chapter Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329945

You and Your Lodger This book provides lodger agreement in a 'what you see is what you get' document format. It sets out the duties and responsibilities and embodies them in an agreement that is fair to both public and their lodger. It shows you the terms or 'buzzwords' that are important and explains what they mean. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781003072522

You and Your Mid-Adolescent This is a book which seeks help those going through the process of mid-adolescence - either from the point of view of the adolescent or their families - it attends to the serious strains that may have to be borne if the picture portrayed is to have any realism. 'Youth culture' may idealize the adolescent and vilify parents; but as we shall see the paradoxical expectations placed on both adolescents and their parents arise from the creative tension between the desire to progress and the desire to regress as mid-adolescents consolidate the move out of childhood and prepare for adulthood. No easy task for the mid-adolescent and those responsible for them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105693

You and Your Toddler A central theme of this book is the gradual process of separation between parents and toddlers and the growth of autonomy in them all. The author has written with clarity sympathy and warmth about the multiple problems children face in their toddler years and she has addressed the parents with immense empathy. The author manages to co Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329952

You Bring Out the Music in MeMusic in Nursing Homes An enlightening book You Bring Out the Music in Me explores how music motivates enriches touches relaxes and energizes the elderly in nursing homes. Practicing music therapists explain how music “speaks” to all of us regardless of our language culture or abilities and how it can be used with groups and individuals in nursing homes to encourage relaxation and expression of feeling and increase socialization. The chapters encompass both music therapy practice in gerontology as well as practical ideals and suggestions for activities directors who want to use music in their nursing home activities programs. This readable book includes a history of music therapy the need for research in the field discussions of music in groups and music with individuals and a useful resource list of music materials. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203056479

You Choose - Communication Cards 'You Choose!' by Sue Nicholls. This resource is born out of a passion to get people talking. You Choose! encourages people to chat about themselves and what they like building up their confidence self-esteem and a sense of personal identity. It's also a chance for listening questioning and social interaction. It is suitable: for all ages with individuals or in small groups; at school (eg pse lessons 1-1 learning support) for speech and language therapists special educational needs workers play workers youth workers group leaders and families. Adaptable: 5 min ice breaker warm-ups circle time topics time fillers workshop sessions. The cards may be particularly useful for building good working relationships with individuals and groups prior to addressing more complex or challenging issues. 60 cards with instructions cards 6 sections including: Which would you choose? Yes or No? Choose one special item; Would you rather? If you were. What would you not want? Examples: Would you choose talking or listening? Saturday or Sunday? Would you like a year doing something completely different to what you usually do? Choose a special item you couldn't live without. Would you rather spend the night in a cave an igloo a tree house or in the bath? If you were a type of weather what type of weather would you be? What would you not want to find on your doorstep in the morning? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889905

You Don't SayModern American Inhibitions In this era of political correctness it is often impossible to say things as one would like. Indeed certain ways of feeling and talking that were once acceptable are now in effect forbidden. Of course taboos extend further than speech. Social and sexual inhibitions are also evident. Benjamin DeMott argues that the very least a society should do is to try to understand the meaning of its own inhibitions. As he writes in this new edition of You Don't Say "a supple awareness of the effective censorship of the day can toughen resistance to clich and stereotype and is absolutely indispensable to the survival of sharp minds." At the center of You Don't Say is the proposition that the present age of personal liberation has created as many inhibitions as it has abolished. Some of our new-found freedoms could be employed with a sharper sense of tact. And some freedoms we have lost are worth remembering-or even recovering. In the essays that comprise You Don't Say DeMott reflects on the use of language how modern man has claimed to be free of repression though the opposite is true and how people who object to certain types of language and prefer verbal ambiguity do so possibly to assert their moral dignity and intelligence. The book is full of sharp observations witty commentary and empathetic description of the contemporary social and cultural scene. In an essay entitled "The Anatomy of Playboy " DeMott correlates the magazine's popularity with its reductionist tendencies: the world becomes reduced to the realities of sexual need and deprivation. In "The Passionate Mutes " the author reflects on the changing language of the greeting card throughout the years. "Dirty Words?" is a meditation on language itself and on how mastery of the word was at one time a key to power. And in "Oyiemu-O?" DeMott considers the writing of "native" African and Indian authors in an age during which the colonialist viewpoint was considered authoritative. The author's new introduction discusses the essays in their historical context and how they are relevant to the present day and describes how the book came into being. "[A] book distinguished by its beauty as by its wisdom for-although we may feel the pressure of inhibition against admitting it-intellectual courage can be as beautiful as bodies swayed to music. The intelligence of hope can be as passionate as sexual hunger."-New York Times Book Review Benjamin DeMott is an essayist novelist and journalist. He was professor of English at Amherst College and a consultant and writer for National Education Television. He is the author of The Body's Cage Hells & Benefits a collection of essays and Killer Woman Blues: Why Americans Can't Think Straight About Gender and Power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540804

You Factory Folks Who Sing This Song Will Surely UnderstandCulture Ideology and Action in the Gastonia Novels of Myra Page Grace Lumpkin First published in 2007. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415762878

You Have a Point ThereA Guide to Punctuation and Its Allies This standard work on punctuation has long been judged the foremost study of the subject. It reveals punctuation to be both an indispensable craft and an invaluable art - a friend not an enemy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138134768

You Never Can Tell and SmogTwo Novellas You Never Can Tell is an interweaving of timeless plots that merit a fresh retelling - and the reader is the benefector of Mike Sharpe's spirited reinventions. The companion work Smog is a dystopian novella in which the presumably knowledgeable affluent members of society are blind to all that is happening around them. Preoccupied with their own concerns they fail to heed the warning signs as disaster engulfs the land. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765640697

You Ought To!A Psychoanalytic Study of the Superego and Conscience The superego is one of those psychoanalytic concepts that has been assimilated into ordinary language like repression the unconscious and the Oedipus complex. Because it has become such a familiar notion its complexity may not always be appreciated nor the controversy that it can inspire. Its origins for example its timing in the course of Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367329969

You Shall Love the Stranger as YourselfThe Bible Refugees and Asylum You Shall Love the Stranger as Yourself addresses the complex political legal and humanitarian challenges raised by asylum-seekers and refugees from a Biblical perspective. The book explores the themes of humanity and justice through exegesis of relevant passages in the Old and New Testaments skillfully woven into accounts of contemporary refugee situations. Applying Biblical analysis to one of the most pressing humanitarian concerns of modern times Houston creates a timely work that will be of interest to students and scholars of theology religion and human rights.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138859319

Young Disabled and LGBT+Voices Identities and Intersections Young Disabled and LGBT+ brings together the work of an international team interested in exploring the intersection of sexuality gender identity and disability in the lives of young people and aims to further develop this area as a distinct area of study. This volume features original research and writing into lives that are often misunderstood marginalised and under-represented in research. It is framed with artwork poetry and writing from young disabled LGBT+ people and centralises the voices and lives of young disabled LGBT+ people throughout. Drawing from disciplines including: sociology psychology disability and youth studies and with contributions from practitioners it examines experiences and research from a number of perspectives such as education personal lives and activism. Featuring work from the UK Canada United States India and Australia it is a timely and topical book which will appeal to scholars particularly interested in sexuality gender disability and youth studies; professionals within health education social work and youth work who aim to understand and support young disabled LGBT+ people; and young people themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367188146

Young Adult Fiction by African American Writers 1968-1993A Critical and Annotated Guide First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138997592

Young Adult OffendersLost in Transition? This latest volume in the Cambridge Criminal Justice Series focuses upon young adults and their treatment in the criminal justice system. The subject is very topical because there is increasing evidence that a rigid distinction between ‘youth’ and ‘adulthood’ is not appropriate in modern societies. For example important developmental tasks such as finishing one’s education finding regular work and the foundation of one’s own family are now completed later than in former times; neuropsychological brain functions are still developing beyond age 18; and desistance from criminal offending occurs most rapidly in early adulthood. Despite such evidence the United Kingdom and other countries have largely neglected policies for young adult offenders in comparison with young people under 18. Although there seems to be no general transnational solution for this problem there is a clear need for differentiation. This book brings together leading authorities in the field to analyse theoretical empirical and policy issues relating to this neglected group of people exploring different approaches to both crime prevention and offender treatment. It will be of interest to researchers practitioners and policy makers in the fields of criminology criminal justice prisons probation forensic psychology and psychiatry sociology education and social work. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9780415747448

Young Adult Women Work and FamilyLiving a Contradiction First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987418

Young Adults in Urban China and TaiwanAspirations Expectations and Life Choices This book compares aspirations and life choices among educated young adults in urban China and Taiwan. As two places that share a cultural heritage but very different political and economic systems it assesses how the socio-economic and political trajectories of China and Taiwan have influenced young people's decision-making and the strategies they apply to realize their goals. Drawing upon ethnographic research this book analyzes young adults’ choices in the areas of education career and marriage considering their individual social backgrounds and economic resources. In this context it also discusses how feelings of hope doubt and disenchantment are mitigated by the specific societal atmospheres and ideological discourses. Whereas stable employment and marriage appeared to be universal goals this book demonstrates how young adults in Beijing had more autonomy in decision-making concerning individual life choices than those in Taipei. Among other things China's demographic controls and urban migration policies appear to increase the independence of young people from their parents. Further the prevalence of boarding school education in China compared to Taiwan provides an opportunity for earlier autonomy for young people in China. Taking a comparative approach Young Adults in Urban China and Taiwan will be a valuable resource to students and scholars of Chinese Studies and Taiwan Studies as well as social and cultural anthropology and youth culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367201975

Young and Homeless In HollywoodMapping the Social Imaginary Young and Homeless in Hollywood examines the social and spacial dynamics that contributed to the construction of a new social imaginary--"homeless youth"--in the United States during a period of accelerated modernization from the mid 1970s to the 1990s. Susan Ruddick draws from a range of theoretical frameworks and empirical treatments that deal with the relationship between placemaking and the politics of social identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162099

Young at ArtClassroom Playbuilding in Practice Young at Art is a practical guide to playbuilding for teachers working with students at an upper primary and secondary level. Focusing on an area often neglected in traditional drama text books the book covers the process of devising drama and the teacher‘s role in facilitating students to collectively become playwrights actors designers directors and critics of their ensemble work. The playbuilding process is covered in a structured manner which includes: Mapping the Territory: identifying critical issues relating to teaching and learning in playbuilding and laying the basic foundations of understandings and practice. Levels at Work: offering three approaches to playbuilding catering for a range of learning experiences. Playbuilding for All: explores theatre practitioners techniques working with students personal stories and narratives and playbuilding with a contemporary edge. An essential guide for all drama teachers Young at Art covers practical teaching issues and strategies for working with groups of students to help them perform their playbuilt stories to an audience as well as techniques for student assessment and evaluation providing a wealth of exemplary starting points and approaches. The book offers detailed guidance on working with students to help facilitate the collaborative creative and reflective processes offering practical ideas and structures which can be easily implemented in the classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138452213

Young Bisexual Women�s Experiences in Secondary Schools Emerging from a case study in secondary schools this book explores young bisexual women’s notions of bisexuality through their own sense of self-identification and how they express their personal beliefs. McAllum sheds light on the presence and practices of "bisexual misrecognition" and "bi-misogyny" in school settings and draws out the implications of this bias on bisexual women. Incorporating women’s own spoken and written anecdotes this book reveals hidden narratives and helps boost awareness about the social and learning needs of young bisexual women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887506

Young British African and Caribbean Men Achieving Educational SuccessDisrupting Deficit Discourses about Black Male Achievement In contrast to research that focuses on the underperformance of young Black males in the British education system the dominant notion of this volume is educational success. By aiming to understand how young Black—notably African and Caribbean—male education plays out in different educational spaces this book provides new insights around intersections between and across different structural forces and educational contexts. Examining the political cultural and structural factors that shape the educational journey of young Black men in the British education system the book will cover topics such as: Race gender and class and the attainment gap Contextualising Black men’s educational narratives The role of family and parenting in achieving success The role of community resource in achieving success Young British African and Caribbean Men Achieving Educational Success will be of interest to researchers academics and postgraduate students in the fields of multicultural education and gender and sexuality in education as well as educators concerned with how Black male masculinities play out in educational discourses. Cecile Wright is Professor in the School of Sociology and Social Work University of Nottingham UK. Uvanney Maylor is Professor of Education in the Institute for Research in Education at the University of Bedfordshire UK. Thomas Pickup is a Principal Policy and Project Officer in local government in the UK. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367188535

Young British MuslimsBetween Rhetoric and Realities Young British Muslims continue to generate strong interest in public discourse. However much of this interest is framed in negative terms that tends to associate them with criminality religious extremism or terrorism. Focusing instead on other aspects of being young Muslim and British this volume takes a multidisciplinary approach that seeks to ‘normalise’ the subjects and focus on their everyday lived realities. Structured into three sections the collection begins by contextualising the study of young British Muslims before addressing the sensitive social issues highlighted in the media and finally focusing on a variety of case studies which investigate the previously unexplored lived experiences of these young people. With contributions from scholars of religion media and criminology as well as current and former practitioners within youth and social work contexts Young British Muslims: Between Rhetoric and Realities will appeal to scholars who have an interest in the fastest growing most profiled minority demographic in the UK. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138385702

Young Child ObservationA Development in the Theory and Method of Infant Observation Observing young children at play is an everyday and often fascinating and pleasurable experience for many of us. It also has a great pedigree in the development of psychoanalysis from Freud's observation of his grandson's game with the cotton-reel onwards. This book describes the practice of observing young children in home and nursery settings in a systematic and non-intrusive way in order to expand our understanding of their emotional cognitive and social development. It uses a psychoanalytic lens to enrich the meaning of what is seen. How do minds and personalities take shape? How can we train people to see what is most relevant in helping children to develop? The chapters range from classic papers by famous practitioners of an older generation to observations completed in recent years in the UK Europe and the US. Observation of this sort has also spread to Latin America India Australia Africa and the Far East. The differences and continuities with Infant Observation are the starting point. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200604

Young Children Parents and ProfessionalsEnhancing the links in early childhood As early year education and very early child care increase parents and professionals face many difficult questions. What are the effects of early education on children? Are parents fulfilling their roles? What should teachers' roles be? Seldom asked are more basic questions: What are the fundamental needs of young children? Or parents? Or professionals? How can these differing sets of needs be met?Margaret Henry proposes three dimensions of caregiving behaviour through which parents and professionals not only help young children to develop but can also help one another's development. Evidence of positive change comes both from her own research in family day care and from the work of her students practicing teachers and child care personnel. Their examples involve often hard-to-reach parents - those who are tired employed alienated bossy and culturally and ethnically diverse. There are practical suggestions here for professionals and parents interested in enhancing their relationships with one another and the outcomes for young children. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203034187

Young Children Pedagogy and the ArtsWays of Seeing Young Children Pedagogy and the Arts is an innovative text that describes practices and research that cross all five strands of the arts—visual drama music dance and media—and illuminates ways of understanding children and their arts practices that go beyond the common traditions. The book: - Offers practical and rich illustrations of teachers’ and children’s work based on international research that integrates theory with practice; - Brings a critical lens to arts education; - Includes summaries reflective questions and recommended further readings with every chapter. Young Children Pedagogy and the Arts provides a more nuanced understanding of the arts through an exploration of specific instances in which committed teachers and researchers are discovering what contemporary multimodal tools offer to young children. Chapters contain examples of ‘doing’ the arts in the early years new ways of teaching and how to use emerging technologies to develop multiliteracies equity agency social and cultural capital and enhance the learning and engagement of marginalized children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415626996

Young Children Videos and Computer GamesIssues for Teachers and Parents Debate ranges over the effects of the growing utilization by the young of interactive screen-based technologies and the effects of these on vulnerable young chldren. This text is based on two years' research on 100 children with entertainment screen technology in their homes following them from home to school and examining the difference in culture in the two environments. The question is asked whether children are developing the necessary IT and other skills required from the maturing learner as we approach the 21st century. Issues such as gender parenting violence censorship and the educational consequences of their screen-based experiences are at the forefront of the text's coverage. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043289

Young Children and Classroom BehaviourNeeds Perspectives and Strategies First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138166424

Young Children and Spirituality Maintaining that spiritual development is an integral element in child development Barbara Kimes Myers provides a framework for the discussion of spirit and spirituality in the lives of children. Through her discussion of the four core conditions of a spirituality of caring she crosses the borders of various faiths and applies her theories to a variety of practical and professional settings. Through Myers' discussion of the four core conditions of a spirituality of caring she crosses the borders of various faiths and applies her theories to a variety of practical and professional settings providing a common language that can be used to talk about the centrality of spirit--that which fuels development and learning. She discusses transcendence family life cognition church and state fundamentalism and multiculturalism. Her framework emerges from her understanding of the thinking of key child developmental theorists--Vygtosky Piaget Erikson Gardner Giroux and Noddings. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315022314

Young Children and Their CommunitiesUnderstanding Collective Social Responsibility By approaching the concept of community through the lens of early childhood this valuable book acknowledges the role that diverse and multiple communities play in supporting a child’s early development and explores how their value can be harnessed in our ever-evolving and fast-changing world. Young Children and Their Communities delves deeper into the many layers of communities to which children belong. With a focus on key theoretical perspectives such as social empathy and the pedagogy of friendships the book seeks to expand readers’ understanding of the concept of community by considering a range of both established and emerging communities including peer groups digital communities the extended family and intergenerational learning. Chapters explore how various communities contribute to and enhance young children’s lives and examine how children can in turn enrich the communities they are part of. Illustrative vignettes and points for reflection are included throughout along with helpful research summaries and links to current policy. Reiterating the importance of communities and illustrating the rich opportunities they offer to children Young Children and Their Communities will inform students’ and early years practitioners’ practice as they confront new challenges and opportunities in fields of early childhood education social work and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138558526

Young Children And Their Drawings First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138415416

Young Children and their ParentsPerspectives from Psychoanalytic Infant Observation This book focuses on the intertwining between the development of a child's psyche and its parents' behaviour. It shows the importance of the earliest period of childhood for the development of basic emotional patterns of the personality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491431

Young Children as ArtistsArt and Design in the Early Years and Key Stage 1 From the moment a child is born they interact with the sensory world looking at colours feeling textures; constructing mental and physical images of what they see and experience. Within all early years settings and into primary school the aim for the practitioner is to provide as many opportunities as possible to stimulate excite and ignite the visual and tactile imagination of the young children they teach. Young Children as Artists considers how art can be managed understood and relished as an essential ingredient towards the creative potential of each unique young child. The book focuses on how to enjoy celebrate and extend what a young child can do in art and show how engaged adults and the wider school community can become confident participants in the process of early years art making. Full of practical advice on to how to design develop resource and extend art and design environments within the early years setting the book covers: Developing skills for positive and participative adult interaction and engagement Understanding and analysing child involvement in art Planning for opportunities and responding to observation and schema in art and design Practical suggestions for activities and resources (inside and out) Ideas to explore sensory development and awareness Ways to manage and savour the art transition into KS1 Ways to encourage parental participation and understanding of the art process with their children Opportunities to engage with practising artists This book will help to invigorate the art experiences offered in your early years setting by considering what is accessible individual inspiring and meaningful for young children and how you can best support their formative paths of enquiry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415517270

Young Children at School in the Inner City First published in 1988 this work reports on a major British study of children’s progress and behaviour in 33 infant schools. The research looks at children from nursery through to junior school and asks why some children had higher attainments and made more progress than others. Using observations not only in schools but also interviews with children and parents the children’s skills on entering school were found to have an important effect on progress. In each school black and white children and girls and boys were studied in order gauge whether gender or ethnicity were related to progress. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138629875

Young Children Becoming CurriculumDeleuze Te Whāriki and curricular understandings This book contests a tradition and convention in educational thinking that dichotomises children and curriculum by developing the notion of re(con)ceiving children in curriculum. By presenting an innovative research project in which she worked with children to share their understandings of the internationally renowned Te Whāriki curriculum Marg Sellers explores what the curriculum means to children and how it works as demonstrated in games they played. In generating different ways for thinking the author draws upon her work with the philosophical imaginaries of Gilles Deleuze and Felix Guattari whose ideas shape both the content and the non-linear structure of this book. Topics covered include: Rhizomes rhizo-methodology and rhizoanalysis; Plateaus; De~territorialising lines of flight; Dynamic spaces; The notion of empowerment. This assemblage of Deleuzo-Guattarian imaginaries generates ways for thinking differently about children’s complex interrelationships with curriculum and opens possibilities for re(con)ceiving – both reconceiving and receiving – children’s understandings within adult conceptions of how curriculum works for young children. This book will be of interest to early childhood students scholars and practitioners alike also appealing to those interested in philosophical theoretical and practical understandings of curriculum in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415536110

Young Children in a Digital AgeSupporting learning and development with technology in early years Young children are born into a digital world and it is not unusual to see preschool children intuitively swiping screens and confidently pressing buttons. There is much debate about the impact of the increased access to technology on young children’s health and wellbeing with claims that it damages their social skills and emotional development. This timely new textbook examines how developments in technology particularly mobile and touch screen technology have impacted on children’s lives and how when used appropriately it can support all aspects of their development. Clearly linking theory and research to everyday practice the book offers guidance on: The role of technology in the early years curriculum Developing young children’s understanding of safe and responsible use of technology The role of the adult within digital play activities Using technology to enhance and develop young children’s creativity Technology and language acquisition Featuring a wide range of case studies and examples to show how the ideas described can be put into practice this is essential reading for all early years students and practitioners that want to know how they can harness technology in a meaningful way to support young children’s learning and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138804807

Young Children Learning Through SchemasDeepening the dialogue about learning in the home and in the nursery Young Children Learning Through Schemas is a creative and highly engaging text that shows how young children can learn through exploring repeated patterns in their actions. With contributions from a range of practitioners this book examines the philosophical approaches underpinning constructivism and includes a variety of case studies of small children in order to demonstrate the universal explorations we all engage in as human beings. This approach from the contributors which involves presenting observations of one or two young children per chapter is engaging inspirational and yet rooted in every day practice. Chapters include a variety of observations of young children at home in nursery and in groups with their parents or carers which continue the dialogue about early years practice and the roles of families and professionals. Containing a wealth of illustrative photos any practitioner researching or working in the area of Early Years education and care will find this book essential reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415697323

Young Children Playing and Learning in a Digital Agea Cultural and Critical Perspective Young Children Playing and Learning in a Digital Age explores the emergence of the digital age and young children’s experiences with digital technologies at home and in educational environments. Drawing on theory and research-based evidence this book makes an important contribution to understanding the contemporary experiences of young children in the digital age. It argues that a cultural and critically informed perspective allows educators policy-makers and parents to make sense of children’s digital experiences as they play and learn enabling informed decision-making about future early years curriculum and practices at home and in early learning and care settings. An essential read for researchers students policy-makers and professionals working with children today this book draws attention to the evolution of digital developments and the relationship between contemporary technologies play and learning in the early years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138654693

Young Children’s Civic MindednessDemocratic Living and Learning in an Unequal World Young Children’s Civic Mindedness provides a well-grounded understanding of children’s civic thought and action by inviting readers to look and listen carefully to the voices of young children themselves. Grounded in research on children’s evolving civic identities and drawn from extended case studies and rich narrative vignettes this book shows the many ways even the youngest children can be civic-minded and political. The book engages readers in thinking about the many ways children reason about and approach civic problems; how children’s experience in various local and larger contexts shapes their thinking and action; and the environmental factors that delimit what children see as possible in civic spaces. Written for early childhood elementary and civic educators this book encourages readers to go beyond mere rhetoric on the importance of civic education to develop improved ways of teaching for children’s civic development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138632158

Young Children’s Experimental Cookery Young Children’s Experimental Cookery encourages Early Years practitioners and teachers to take an innovative and creative approach to introducing young children to food and cooking. The book addresses wider issues such as healthy eating and food preparation skills but also moves beyond the concept of traditional cookery lessons to celebrate food as a creative medium offering immense scope for multi-sensory exploration and a variety of high quality learning experiences. Practitioners are encouraged to abandon recipes take a step back and afford children the freedom to chop mix stir and concoct their own creations exploring fresh ingredients and experimenting with new tastes and smells along the way. Bridging the gap between food preparation and the development of confidence imagination and creative-thinking skills this open-ended approach to cooking sessions will equip children with skills which go far beyond those needed in the kitchen. Featuring full-colour photographs throughout as well as detailed case studies and practical tips for various seasons and food groups this accessible and exciting resource is ideal for practitioners teachers parents and budding chefs! Every school and Early Years setting should have at least one copy in their staff room. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138731905

Young Children�s Developing Understanding of the Biological World This book explores current research on young children’s beliefs and knowledge about the biological world – otherwise known as ‘folkbiology’. Contributors discuss factors that shape the development of folkbiological knowledge as well as possible interventions designed to counteract cognitive biases that can interfere with the development of scientifically informed reasoning about natural phenomena. Taken together the papers provide insights into the contributions of cognitive biases to the development of biological misunderstandings and into the life experiences and contexts that can contribute to or impede accurate learning of biological concepts. As part of a wider literature the insights provided by the authors are relevant to the design of educational experiences that will foster children’s exploration and further their understanding of life science ideas.The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of Early Education and Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892364

Young Children's BehaviourGuidance approaches for early childhood educators 'The book provides a comprehensive yet practical discussion of guidance strategies that can be implemented in a variety of situations. These strategies promote a respect for children and their rights enhance children's self-esteem and help to foster pro-social skills. This book is a must-read for both students and practitioners who work with children and families.' - Dr Laura McFarland School of Education Charles Sturt UniversityDrawing on the latest research evidence Young Children's Behaviour outlines the beliefs and values that underpin the guidance approach to managing the behaviours of children from birth to eight years of age. In contrast with rewards-and-punishment systems guidance believes that children do not need incentives to behave well but instead need skills. Rather than punishing them for lacking skills guidance teaches young children self-regulation skills so that they can behave considerately.The author provides practical strategies that both meet children's needs and safeguard the rights of surrounding adults and children. These methods include listening being assertive giving positive instructions solving problems collaboratively and coaching children to self-regulate their emotions and impulses. The text also offers advice on responding to many common challenges including separation distress meltdowns aggression and social withdrawal. Finally the book suggests how educators can provide educational and behavioural support for children with atypical development and describes how to foster effective relationships with parents whose children display challenging behaviours.Dr Louise Porter powerfully argues that behaviour guidance is the most effective approach to working with young children and reflects the deepest values of early childhood education and care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781760113957

Young Children's Cognitive DevelopmentInterrelationships Among Executive Functioning Working Memory Verbal Ability and Theory of Mind A critical part of early childhood development is the development of "theory of mind" (ToM) which is the ability to take the perspective of another person. The main purpose of this book is to discuss and integrate findings from prominent research areas in developmental psychology that are typically studied in isolation but are clearly related. Two examples are whether executive functions represent a precursor of ToM or whether ToM understanding predicts the development of executive functions and to what extent children's level of verbal ability and their working memory are important predictors of performance on both executive functioning and ToM tasks. The chapters in this book give a detailed account of the major outcomes of this research. First the state of the art concerning current understanding of the relevant constructs (working memory ToM executive functioning) and their developmental changes is presented followed by chapters that deal with interactions among the core concepts. Its main focus is on theoretically important relationships among determinants of young children's cognitive development--considered to be "hot" issues in contemporary developmental psychology.Based on presentations made at an international workshop this book is divided into two parts. In the first part five teams of researchers present theoretical analyses and overviews of empirical evidence regarding the core constructs of memory executive functions and ToM. The next part deals with the interplay among the core concepts outlined in Part I with developmental trends in the interaction. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781410612007

Young Children's Community Building in ActionEmbodied Emplaced and Relational Citizenship Rethinking the concepts of citizenship and community in relation to young children this groundbreaking text examines the ways in which indigenous understandings and practices applied in early childhood settings in Australia and New Zealand encourage young children to demonstrate their care and concern for others and so in turn perceive themselves as part of a larger community. Young Children’s Community Building in Action acknowledges global variations in the meanings of early childhood education of citizenship and community building and challenges widespread invisibility and disregard of Indigenous communities. Through close observation and examination of early years settings in Australia and New Zealand chapters demonstrate how practices guided by Aboriginal and Māori values support and nurture children’s personal and social development as individuals and as citizens in a wider community. Exploring what young children’s citizenship learning and action looks like in practice and how this may vary within and across communities the book provides a powerful account of effective pedagogical approaches which have been long excluded from mainstream dialogues. Written for researchers and students of early childhood education and care this book provides insight into what citizenship can be for young children and how Indigenous cultural values shape ways of knowing being doing and relating. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138369665

Young Children's Emotional Experiences Based on a rich seam of research evidence this book leverages value in engaging with scientific enquiry to further understanding of young children’s emotional experiences.Early childhood development has featured increasingly prominently on international policymakers’ agenda in recent years. Yet whilst policy foregrounds economic imperatives including academic attainment school readiness and time-bound outcomes similar attention has not been afforded to the potential value of nourishing affective engagements that may secure ‘emotional capital’ for infants and young children. This collection from the field of early childhood is therefore timely. Its chapters are based on empirical evidence derived from contemporary scientific studies and address challenges and opportunities inherent in young children’s emotional experiences in diverse twenty-first century early childhood education and care contexts. The authors provoke debate discussion and critique and they ask significant questions of the policymakers practitioners and carers who may influence young children’s lives and their emotional experiences. The findings that are presented in the chapters indicate overall that a test-based approach may detract from young children’s emotional development as well as the positive affective experiences in early childhood which have potential to provide an important foundation for a fulfilling life.This book was originally published as a special issue of Early Child Development and Care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728960

Young Children's Play and CreativityMultiple Voices This book draws on the voices of practitioners academics and researchers to examine young children’s play creativity and the participatory nature of their learning. Bringing together a wide range of perspectives from the UK and internationally it focuses on the level of engagement and exploration involved in children’s play and how it can be facilitated in different contexts and cultures. This new reader aims to challenge thinking promote reflection and stimulate further discussion by bringing together research and practice on play and creativity. Divided into two parts Part I is written by researchers and academics and explores key themes such as creative meaning making listening to children’s voices risk and spaces children’s rights play and technology. Part II is authored by Early Childhood professionals and reveals how practitioners have responded to the issues surrounding play and creativity. Each chapter is contextualised by an introduction to highlight the key points and a list of follow-up questions is also included to encourage reflection and debate. Drawing on the wide-ranging writing of academics practitioners and researchers this book is an invaluable resource for students practitioners and all those who are interested in the essence of play and creativity what it means for children and the far-reaching benefits for their well-being learning and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138214071

Young Children's PlayDevelopment Disabilities and Diversity Young Children’s Play: Development Disabilities and Diversity is an accessible comprehensive introduction to play and development from birth to age 8 years that introduces readers to various play types and strategies and helps them determine when intervention might be needed. Skillfully addressing both typically developing children and those with special needs in a single volume this book covers dramatic play blocks games motor play artistic play and non-traditional play forms such as humor rough and tumble play and more. Designed to support contemporary classrooms this text deliberately interweaves practical strategies for understanding and supporting the play of children with specific disabilities (e.g. autism Down syndrome or physically challenging conditions) and those of diverse cultural backgrounds into every chapter. In sections divided by age group Trawick-Smith explores strategies for engaging children with specific special needs multicultural backgrounds and incorporating adult–child play and play intervention. Emphasizing diversity in play behaviors each chapter includes vignettes featuring children’s play and teacher interactions in classrooms to illustrate core concepts in action. Filled with research-based applications for professional practice this text is an essential resource for students of early childhood and special education as well as teachers and coaches supporting early grades or inclusive classrooms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367198053

Young Children's Social Emotional LearningThe COPE-Resilience Program Young Children's Social Emotional Learning: The COPE-Resilience Program is a manual that is designed to support early childhood educators in the delivery of the COPE Resilience (COPE-R) program an evidence-based program designed to teach empathy resilience and prosocial skills to children. Grounded in extensive research and experience in psychology and early childhood the program is built on a series of activities that help children develop their capacity for emotional understanding caring for others open communication polite and respectful behaviours and empathic sharing. The manual includes: Theoretical concepts underpinning COPE-R such as self-regulation emotional intelligence positive psychology coping resilience and wellbeing in early childhood education. A "How-To" section to guide readers in the implementation of COPE-R. Over 40 activities templates (including examples of teacher’s adaptations) with easy to navigate icon legends. Facilitator notes and considerations for working with younger children and children of diverse backgrounds. Teaching tips for each of the topic areas and a feature piece on the insights from an early childhood teacher who is experienced in implementing COPE-R. Supplementary materials including a set of situation and coping images. Each activity includes directions for children as well as guidelines for educators and is designed to be used flexibly in various early learning contexts enabling educators to select activities that best suit their setting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367895891

Young Children's Thinking about Biological World Presents research on the topic of young children's naive biology examining such theoretical issues as processes conditions and mechanisms in conceptual development using the development of biological understanding as the target case. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415653442

Young Chinese in Urban China This book examines the condition of being a young person in China and the way in which changes in various dimensions of urban life have affected Chinese youths' quests to understand themselves. The author examines social factors such as changes in the physical construction of urban neighbourhoods; changes in family life including reduced family size increasing rates of divorce and increased physical mobility of the family unit; school life and mounting pressure to perform well in examinations and be a good student; access to foreign and domestic media as well as access to the internet. Drawing on the fields of social and cultural anthropology Alex Cockain shows that the process of self understanding in a changing spatial social and cultural world involves ongoing disjointed efforts to achieve a sense of security and belonging on the one hand and a degree of increased autonomy in their relationships with for example parents and teachers on the other. This book will appeal to anyone interested in Chinese Society Social and Cultural Anthropology Asian Anthropology and Youth Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138858213

Young Citizens and New MediaLearning for Democratic Participation This book integrates four distinct topics: young people citizenship new media and learning processes. When taken together these four topics merge to define an arena of social and research attention that has become compelling in recent years. The general international concern expressed of declining democratic engagement and the role of citizenship today becomes all the more acute when it turns to younger people. At the same time there is growing attention being paid to the potential of new media – especially internet and mobile telephony – to play a role in facilitating newer forms of political participation. It is clear that many of the present manifestations of ‘new politics’ in the extra parliamentarian domain not only make sophisticated use of such media but are indeed highly dependent on them. With an impressive array of contributors this book will appeal to those interested in a number of spheres including media and cultural studies political science pedagogy and sociology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203941638

Young Citizens of the WorldTeaching Elementary Social Studies through Civic Engagement Young Citizens of the World takes a clear stance: Social studies is about citizenship education that is informed deliberative and activist—citizenship not only as a noun something one studies but as a verb something one DOES. Its holistic multicultural approach is based on this clear curricular and pedagogical purpose. Straightforward engaging and highly interactive the book encourages students (and their teachers) to become informed think it through and take action. Each chapter is written as a civic engagement which is teacher-ready for use in elementary classrooms. A set of six teaching strategies that are constructive inquiry-driven dramatic and deliberative bring the curricular framework to life through intensive integrated meaningful studies of special places important people and significant times. Readers are invited to rehearse the projects in their social studies education courses and then to reinterpret them for their classrooms. The projects are supported by important resources for teaching including supportive children’s literature links to internet sites and visual sources and by a Companion Website that enhances and extends the text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415826495

Young CitizensYoung People's Involvement in Politics and Decision Making Recent years have witnessed growing concerns about the disengagement of young people from conventional politics both in Britain and internationally. Their non-participation is often viewed as reflecting both a deeper political alienation and 'apathy' amongst young people and a wider political malaise across western societies. Based upon a wide range of UK and European survey sources together with qualitative and policy-focused analyses this volume explores the attitudes of young people to politics and government in Britain and assesses the prospects for re-engaging young people with the formal political process. Young Citizens will be a valuable reference for academics researchers policy makers and practitioners in the fields of sociology social policy citizenship studies and youth studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604028

Young ClergyA Biographical-Developmental Study Five historic ministers—five formative career paths—which path are you on?According to Daniel Levinson’s developmental theory each person’s professional career path forms at the same time in their life in their 20s and 30s. Young Clergy: A Biographical and Developmental Study applies Levinson’s study to ministerial practice mapping the career patterns of five historical ministers during that time period in each life. The author clearly presents deep psychological insights—supported by solid biographical information on each minister’s actions and reactions to challenges—illustrating how the theory holds relevance for young professional clergy even today.Young Clergy: A Biographical and Developmental Study reviews each minister’s “Novice Phase ” where the major tasks of forming a dream forming mentor relationships and forming an occupation are presented—and stringently supported by concrete biographical events. The book then shows how this phase leads each from their early adult transition through their entrance into the adult world and then on to the life-altering events in the “Age 25 Shift” and the “Age 30 Transition.” From there the text reveals the formative “Settling Down Period” through events that unfold between the ages of 33-40. The author discusses how this period determines the subsequent course of each one’s career and more importantly shapes each one’s attitudes values and convictions of a life as a minister. Using fascinating biographical information from multiple sources the author builds a well-reasoned case that no matter how long ago these important men lived their career patterns and lives hold a wealth of insightful information to help you maximize strengths and minimize liabilities in your own career and life today.Young Clergy: A Biographical and Developmental Study closely examines these five historical figure’s biographies and reviews each applicable theoretical career path: Phillips Brooks—advancement within a stable life structure Jonathan Edwards—decline or failure within a stable structure John Henry Newman—breaking out—trying for a new structure John Wesley—advancement produces change in life structure Orestes Brownson—unstable life structureYoung Clergy: A Biographical and Developmental Study is an in-depth historical and psychological exploration of the lives of ministers and their relevance for present day clergy perfect for professors seminary deans of students field education directors and their staffs hospital chaplains involved in vocation issues young pastors and their pastoral supervisors and teachers of church history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315808505

Young Consumer BehaviourA Research Companion Although one perspective depicts young consumers as vulnerable and passive in the marketplace system our knowledge of this consumer group will be inadequate if limited to this contention. Their roles and relevance in family consumption activities are becoming increasingly profound. Available evidence shows that they cannot be ignored in the marketplace dynamics as they consume goods and services in their households and are involved in various other active roles in their household consumption including making decisions where applicable. Hence the landscape of young consumer behaviour is changing. Young Consumer Behaviour: A Research Companion focusses on exploring the behaviour of young consumers as individuals and societal members. The chapters address different aspects of consumption activities of children as individuals like motivation involvement perception learning attitude the self and personality. Similarly chapters on consumer behaviour in social settings contextualised to young consumers including culture sub-culture family and groups are incorporated into the book. This book fills a gap in the literature by addressing the dynamics of consumption patterns of this consumer group in relation to various marketing stimuli and different stakeholders. It combines eclectic perspectives on the topic and specifically bridges the gap between historical perspectives and contemporary issues. Building on the extant literature in the field of marketing and consumer behaviour this book is a compendium of research materials and constitutes an essential reference source on young consumer behaviour issues with both academic and managerial implications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415790093

Young Disabled PeopleAspirations Choices and Constraints Recent policies and government initiatives in many Western countries have strengthened the expectation that young disabled people have the right to be involved in decisions affecting their futures. Many of the choices that are currently taken out of young disabled people’s hands including those relating to education and future employment are now being viewed as an opportunity to encourage participation in the decision making process. Sonali Shah uses a comparative study of young disabled students within mainstream and special education to determine the influence these recent policies will have on the realization of their long term goals. Young Disabled People: Aspirations Choices and Constraints will be essential reading for academics in the fields of education disability studies and employment policy. It will also be valuable to policy makers and teaching and careers professionals. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315546063

Young Entrepreneurs in Sub-Saharan Africa Young people in sub-Saharan Africa are growing up in rapidly changing social and economic environments which produce high levels of un- and underemployment. Job creation through entrepreneurship is currently being promoted by international organizations governments and NGOs as a key solution despite there being a dearth of knowledge about youth entrepreneurship in an African context. This book makes an important contribution by exploring the nature of youth entrepreneurship in Ghana Uganda and Zambia. It provides new insights into conceptual and methodological discussions of youth entrepreneurship as well as presenting original empirical data. Drawing on quantitative and qualitative research conducted under the auspices of a collaborative interdisciplinary and comparative research project it highlights the opportunities and challenges young people face in setting up and running businesses. Divided into a number of clear sections each with its own introduction and conclusion the book considers the nature of youth entrepreneurship at the national level in both urban and rural areas in specific sectors - including mobile telephony mining handicrafts and tourism - and analyses how key factors such as microfinance social capital and entrepreneurship education affect youth entrepreneurship. New light is shed on the multi-faceted nature of youth entrepreneurship and a convincing case is presented for a more nuanced understanding of the term entrepreneurship and the situation faced by many African youth today. This book will be of interest to a wide range of scholars interested in youth entrepreneurship including in development studies business studies youth studies and geography as well as to development practitioners and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138704930

Young GermanyHistory of the German Youth Movement Young Germany explores the revolt of the younger generation in Germany from 1896 to 1933. It is a readable history of the Free Youth Movement one of the most significant factors in shaping modern Germany. Laqueur who grew up in Germany retraces the history of the movement its central ideas and its cultural background.Today his study is of even greater interest and importance than when it was first published in 1962. In his new introduction to this edition Laqueur shows that the German Youth Movement can be seen as a precursor of contemporary youth revolt. It inspired all of the ideas which continue to preoccupy proponents and students of generational conflict today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315136028

Young Gifted ChildrenIdentification Programming and Socio-Psychological Issues First published in 1990. This study on special educational needs explores the identification of the gifted research on gifted children and programmes programming for young gifted children and the socio-psychological implications of giftedness. This title will be of great interest to student teachers teachers of special educational needs and parents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138603455

Young Homeless People and Urban SpaceFixed in Mobility This ethnographic exploration of contemporary spaces of homelessness takes an expanded view of homeless space  threading together experiences of organizational spaces routes taken through the city and the occupation of public space. Through engaging with participants' accounts of movement and place the book argues that young homeless people become fixed in mobility a condition that impacts on both everyday life and possible futures. Based on an innovative multi-method study of a day centre in London for young homeless people the book contextualizes spaces of homelessness within the social relations and flows of people that produce the world city. The book considers how the biographical and everyday trajectories of young homeless people intersect with place attachments and forms of governance to produce urban homeless spaces. It provides a new angle on the city made by movement foregrounding the impact of mobilities shaped by loss violence and the search for opportunity. The book draws on mental maps photography interviews and observation in order to produce an engaging and rich ethnographic account of young homeless people in the city. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598709

Young Jewish Poets Who Fell as Soviet Soldiers in the Second World War This book deals with the work of fifteen young Jewish poets who were killed died of wounds or were executed in captivity while serving in the Red Army in the Second World War. All were young all were poets most were thoroughly assimilated into Soviet society whilst at the same time being rooted in Jewish culture and traditions. Their poetry written mostly in Russian Yiddish and Ukrainian was coloured by their backgrounds by the literary and cultural climate that prevailed in the Soviet Union and was deeply concerned with their expectation of impending death at the hands of the Nazis. The book examines the poets’ backgrounds their lives their poetry and their deaths. Like the experiences and poetry of the British First World War poets the lives and poems of these young Jewish poets are extremely interesting and deeply moving. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573864

Young Men and Domestic Abuse Surveys reveal that domestic abuse is more commonplace among teenagers and young adults than older populations yet surprisingly little is written about young men’s involvement in it. Reporting on a three-year study based in the UK this book explores young men’s involvement in domestic abuse whether as victims perpetrators or witnesses to violent behaviors between adults. Original survey data focus group material and in-depth biographical interviews are used to make the case for a more thoroughgoing engagement with the meanings young men come to attribute to violent behavior include the tendency among many to configure violence within families as "fights" that call for acts of male heroism. The book also highlights the dearth of services interventions for young men prone to domestic abuse and the challenges of developing responsive practice in this area. Each section of the book highlights further online resources that those looking to conduct research in this area or apply its insights in practice can draw upon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598693

Young Men Deten Centrs Ils 213 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510424

Young Men in Prison This book examines how young men between the ages of 18 and 21 make the transition to prison life and how they adapt practically socially and psychologically. Based on extensive research in Feltham Young Offenders Institution this book examines in particular the role of social support both inside and outside prison in relation to their adaptation along with the constructs of trust locus of control and safety. It concentrates both on the successful adaptation to prison life and on the experience of individuals who have difficulties in adapting; it pays special attention to those who harm themselves whilst in prison. It is the first study to provide an in-depth account of the psycho-social experience of imprisonment for young adults. Understanding this early stage of imprisonment is of major importance to policy makers and practitioners in the light of the fact that up to a half of completed suicides occur within the first month in prison. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415628143

Young Men’s Experiences of Long-Term ImprisonmentLiving Life Long sentenced young people are a small but significant part of the juvenile prison population. The current approach to young people convicted of serious crime speaks to wider issues in criminal and social justice including the idealisation of (some) childhoods processes of racialisation and identity and the sociology of the body. Analysing the relationships between biography trauma and habitus reveals the ways in which class racial and legal status are experienced and resisted. Young Men's Experiences of Long-Term Imprisonment: Living Life considers the need for the reinvigoration of prison ethnography and calls for a phenomenological approach to understanding youth crime and punishment. An insightful ethnographic study on imprisoned 15- to 17-year-olds in England this volume examines how young people experience long-term imprisonment manage their time and imagine and shape their futures. Drawing on observations interviews and correspondence Tynan situates long-term imprisonment of young men within the wider social context of criminal and social justice; and analyses constructs and practices that locate responsibility for crime with individuals and communities. Young Men's Experiences of Long-Term Imprisonment: Living Life will be of interest to students and researchers interested in the sociology of prisons punishment and youth justice and qualitative research methodology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367581978

Young Migrant IdentitiesCreativity and Masculinity In this day and age much has been discussed as to what it means ‘to be an Arab’. However this enlightening volume seeks instead to invite us deeper into young Arab–Australian men’s lives as we explore their vocational aspirations and working experiences within highly racialised and hierarchical industries. Young Migrant Identities is an in-depth exploration into the lives of Arab–Australian young men living in Western Sydney with creative career aspirations. Indeed not only does Idriss explore how these men develop interests in fields such as music filmmaking and design but she also examines the multilinear routes that they take to turn these interests into vocational identities. However in the local migrant communities in which these young men live creative identities are seen to compromise individual and familial prospects for social mobility and artistic interests tend to go unsupported. Thus this book also strives to offer new insights about how notions of gender ethnicity and social class are experienced because of these young men’s ‘risky’ career ambitions. A timely volume Young Migrant Identities draws together a range of theoretical issues and debates engaging with sociological approaches to race and social class creative and cultural economies and studies on youth. It will particularly appeal to post-graduate students and post-doctoral researchers interested in fields such as Youth Studies Ethnicity Studies Cultural Economy and Migration Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367352929

Young Muslim Change-MakersGrassroots Charities Rethinking Modern Societies The Muslim charity sector is stronger than ever attracting thousands of volunteers and millions of pounds in donations. In times of mobile internet and social media young people have set up small scale charities in urban areas providing general social services to Muslims and non-Muslims alike. Breaking away from bureaucratic non-governmental organisations and traditional faith-based charities these smaller local associations are an attractive alternative to young people.This book offers an exploration of the Muslim charity sector from multi-million pound NGOs to discrete grassroots charities who are quietly giving rise to the next generation of Muslim entrepreneurs scholars politicians and other influencers. From studies of eleven charities across France Poland and the UK it investigates key questions around this young and dynamic movement. What motivates these young Muslim volunteers? What shapes the socially-engaged behaviour of young Muslims? What is the place and the role of Islam in their involvement and commitment to their causes? What social impact do these organisations have in their local area? How do they understand religion faith participation and citizenship? What challenges do they face and how do they overcome these? The book also examines how these grassroots are successful in helping to prevent extremism curb Islamophobia and challenge colonialism.The analysis of these small local and original initiatives is fundamental in understanding the role of religiosity for these younger generations who are trying to articulate their multiple identities cultures and traditions in a modern secular society. Rich detailed and vivid the book sheds new lights on a popular field of research unveiling exclusive key information on the subject of young European Muslims. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889296

Young Muslim Women in IndiaBollywood Identity and Changing Youth Culture This book based on extensive original research details the changing lives of youth living in slum communities (bustees) in Kolkata (formerly Calcutta). Using young people’s own photos art and narratives the book explores how Muslim girls and young women are contributing to and impacted by changing youth culture in India. We are invited into the risky world of mixed-sex dance taking place in clandestine spaces in the slums. We join young people on their journeys to find premarital romance and witness their strategic and savvy risk taking when participating in transgressive aspects of consumer culture. The book reveals how social changes in India including greater education and employment opportunities as well as powerful middle class Muslim reform discourses are impacting youth the very local level. More than just fantasy we see that Bollywood is an important role model which young people consult. By carefully negotiating risks and performing multiple identities inspired by modernity globalization and most of all Bollywood culture young people actively participate in a changing India and disrupt dominant discourses about slum youth as poor victims who are excluded from social change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138476998

Young Offenders and Open Custody Young offenders given custodial sentences in youth institutions constitute an important group in the context of crime prevention research given that offenders within this group are at high risk of reoffending or continuing with a criminal career into adulthood. This book explores the significance of custodial openness for children and youths and how this environment affects future desistance from crime. In Young Offenders and Open Custody Tove Pettersson provides powerful support for the view that the experience of more open custodial forms during the youth custody sentence is of significance both for providing incarcerated youths with a more humane environment and for the likelihood of a positive outcome following their release. Building upon detailed interviews with convicted youths and staff at the special approved homes in Sweden this book offers unique insights into the effect of punishment on young offenders and their understanding of social control. Drawing upon quantitative and qualitative data this book examines levels of reoffending over time among youths sentenced to custody and considers the impact of open sentences. This book will be useful reading for students and researchers engaged in youth and juvenile justice juvenile delinquency and sentencing and punishment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367226268

Young People Border Spaces and Revolutionary Imaginations Drawing from discussions that pulled together child researchers working near the borders of Mexico the United States and Canada this book explores how material and metaphoric borders give way to young people's experimentations with cultural social and political change. The contributors highlight the capacities of children to revolutionize thought and practice through creative re-imagining of the boundaries borders events circumstances and familial relations that affect their everyday lives. The first section in different ways highlights borders and movements through them as a bricolage of images symbols tensions and joys. In the second section the idea of a portable border is explored in three chapters that consider a migrants' lifecourse citizenship and political activism respectively. The last section of the book brings together three chapters that uncover how youth resist confront and transform the borders that envelop their lives. By weaving narratives pertaining to young people's creative stories transnational migrations personal identities pen-pal programs masculinites inter-generational change border crossings political activism and addictions the contributors in toto raise the idea of young people taking bounded and embodied events places and institutions and moving them towards something emancipatory sin fronteras - without borders. This book was published as a special issue of Children's Geographies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415619462

Young People Class and Place Under the weight of apparently growing consumer affluence globalisation and post-modern social theory many have proclaimed the declining significance of social class and place to young people’s lives – and for social science. Drawing upon new empirically grounded theoretically innovative studies this volume begs to differ. It argues that the youth phase provides a privileged vantage point from which to interrogate and think about broader processes of social change and social continuity. These themes are addressed by all the diverse contributions gathered here. The chapters include investigation of: the problems of growing up in gang neighbourhoods and young people’s use of space for leisure; new patterns of class formation and youth transition in Eastern Europe; the effects of classed labels and identities (such as ‘chav’ and charver’) in youth culture and schooling; the changing meanings of class and place for young women in changing socio-economic landscapes; new patterns of youth culture and transition among Black young men in East London; and how we think and theorise about change and continuity in youth studies. Together these new empirical studies and critical theoretical analyses confirm the continuing central importance of class and place in shaping the opportunities transitions sub-cultures and life-styles of young people. This book was based on a special issue of  Journal of Youth Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138883499

Young People Crime and Justice In the minds of the general public young people and crime are intrinsically linked; wide-spread belief persists that such activities are a result of the ‘permissive 1960s’ and the changing face of the traditional nuclear family. Roger Hopkins Burke challenges these preconceptions and offers a detailed and comprehensive introduction to youth crime and the subsequent response from the criminal justice system. This extended and fully updated new edition explores: The development of young people and attempts to educate discipline control and construct them Criminological explanations and empirical evidence of why young people become involved in criminality The system established by the Youth Justice Board its theoretical foundations and the extent of its success Alternative approaches to youth justice around the globe and the apparent homogenisation throughout the neoliberal world. The second edition also includes new chapters looking at youth justice in the wider context of social policy and comparative youth justice. Young People Crime and Justice is the perfect undergraduate critical introduction to the youth justice system following a unique left-realist perspective while providing a balanced account of the critical criminology agenda locating the practical working of the system in the critical socio-economic context. It is essential reading for students taking modules on youth crime youth justice and contemporary social and criminal justice policy. Text features include key points chapter summaries and review questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138776623

Young People Employment and Work PsychologyInterventions and Solutions Youth unemployment and underemployment is a serious issue in most developed countries in the world. Having few young people in the workplace has serious and lasting consequences for generations of young people their families businesses and society as a whole. Dr Carter explores these important issues from multiple (and international) perspectives offering research evidence and guiding frameworks from social and work psychology to get more young people into good work. Young People Employment and Work Psychology brings together educators researchers occupational psychologists and government agencies responding to young people struggling to gain and sustain employment. Theoretically based and evidence-driven this book explores the consequences of unemployment suggests ways in which businesses can enable young people's first steps into employment and gives practical advice to young people and employers to prepare for and gain entry-level roles and develop more diverse workplaces. From the reasons why organizations are often reluctant to employ young people to issues of motivation and confidence which often affect young people’s perspective in looking for work the book covers several interventions within both the public and private sector. This book is an invaluable resource for employers policy makers and professionals working with young people as well as students and researchers in work and organizational psychology HRM business management and social policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138937802

Young People Physical Activity and the Everyday Despite society’s current preoccupation with interrelated issues such as obesity increasingly sedentary lifestyles and children’s health there has until now been little published research that directly addresses the place and meaning of physical activity in young people’s lives. In this important new collection leading international scholars address that deficit by exploring the differences in young people’s experiences and meanings of physical activity as these are related to their social cultural and geographical locations to their abilities and their social and personal biographies. The book places young people’s everyday lives at the centre of the study arguing that it this 'everydayness' (school work friendships ethnicity family routines interests finances location) that is key to shaping the engagement of young people in physical activity. By allowing the voices of young people to be heard through these pages the book helps the reader to make sense of how young people see physical activity in their lives. Drawing on a breadth of theoretical frameworks and challenging the orthodox assumptions that underpin contemporary physical activity policy interventions and curricula this book powerfully refutes the argument that young people are 'the problem' and instead demonstrates the complex social constructions of physical activity in the lives of young people. Young People Physical Activity and the Everyday is essential reading for both students and researchers with a particular interest physical activity physical education health youth work and social policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415522397

Young People Place and Identity Young People Place and Identity offers a series of rich insights into young people’s everyday lives. What places do young people engage with on a daily basis? How do they use these places? How do their identities influence these contexts? By working through common-sense understandings of young people’s behaviours and the places they occupy the author seeks to answer these and other questions. In doing so the book challenges and re-shapes understandings of young people’s relationships with different places and identities. The textbook is one of the first books to map out the scales themes and sites engaged with by young people on a daily basis as they construct their multiple identities. The scales explored here include the body neighbourhood and community mobilities and transitions and urban-rural settings and how these all shape and are shaped by young people’s identities. Each chapter explores how social identities (such as race gender sexuality class disability and religion) are constructed within particular contexts and influenced by multiple processes of inclusion and exclusion. These discussions are supported by details of the research methods and ethical issues involved in researching young people’s lives. Drawing upon research from a range of contexts including Europe North America and Australasia this book demonstrates the complex ways in which young people creatively shape contest and resist their engagements with different places and identities. The range of issues topics and case studies explored include: ethical and methodological issues in youth research; youth subcultures; experiences of home; territorialism; youth and crime; political engagement and participation; responses to global issues; engagements with different institutional contexts; negotiating public space; the transition to adulthood; drinking cultures. The author explores these issues through blending together original empirical research theory and policy. Individual chapters are supported by key themes project ideas and suggested further reading. Details of key authors journals and research centres and organisations are also included at the end of the book. This textbook will be pertinent for undergraduate and postgraduate students and academic researchers interested in better understanding the relationships between young people places and identities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203852323

Young People Rights and PlaceErasure Neoliberal Politics and Postchild Ethics Concern is growing about children’s rights and the curtailment of those rights through the excesses of neoliberal governance. This book discusses children’s spatial and citizenship rights and the ways young people and their families push against diminished rights.Armed initially with theoretical concerns about the construction of children through the political status quo and the ways youth rights are spatially segregated the book begins with a disarmingly simple supposition: Young people have the right to make and remake their spaces and as a consequence themselves. This book de-centers monadic ideas of children in favor of a post-humanist perspective which embraces the radical relationality of children as more-than-children/more-than-human. Its empirical focus begins with the struggles of Slovenian Izbrisani (‘erased’) youth from 1992 to the present day and reaches out to child rights and youth activists elsewhere in the world with examples from South America Eastern Europe and the USA. The author argues that universal child rights have not worked and pushes for a more radical sustainable ethics which dares to admit that children’s humanity is something more than we as adults can imagine.Chapters in this groundbreaking contribution will be of interest to students researchers and practitioners in the social sciences humanities and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590611

Young People Social Capital and Ethnic Identity Social capital and ethnicity are crucial to young people’s understandings of their social world. The strong bonding networks often assumed in ethnic groups suggest that individuals may prefer to be bonded to each other according to shared socio-cultural factors such as shared histories memories language customs traditions and values. However bridging forms of social capital allow new understandings of ethnic identities to emerge and which involve dynamic and complex social processes that are continually changing and evolving according to time location and context. This book explores the ways in which the concepts of social capital and ethnicity play a central role in young people’s relationships participation in wider social networks and the construction of identities. Researchers and scholars working in the fields of children and youth studies education families social and racial and ethnic studies offer differing accounts of the ways in which social capital operates in young people’s lives across diverse social settings and ethnic groups. This edited book is timely and significant given the public interest of researchers academics politicians and policymakers working in areas of youth and community work race relations and cultural diversity. This book was published as a special issue of Ethnic and Racial Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987425

Young People Social Media and Health The Open Access version of this book available at http://www.tandfebooks.com/doi/view/10.4324/9781351026987 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 licenseThe pervasiveness of social media in young people’s lives is widely acknowledged yet there is little evidence-based understanding of the impacts of social media on young people’s health and wellbeing.Young People Social Media and Health draws on novel research to understand explain and illustrate young people’s experiences of engagement with health-related social media; as well as the impacts they report on their health wellbeing and physical activity. Using empirical case studies digital representations and evidence from multi-sector and interdisciplinary stakeholders and academics this volume identifies the opportunities and risk-related impacts of social media. Offering new theoretical insights and practical guidelines for educators practitioners parents/guardians and policy makers; Young People Social Media and Health will also appeal to students and researchers interested in fields such as Sociology of Sport Youth Sports Development Secondary Physical Education and Media Effects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664671

Young People Social Media and the Law This book critically confronts perceptions that social media has become a ‘wasteland’ for young people. Law has become preoccupied with privacy intellectual property defamation and criminal behaviour in and through social media. In the case of children and youth this book argues these preoccupations – whilst important – have disguised and distracted public debate away from a much broader and more positive consideration of the nature of social media. In particular the legal tendency to consider social media as ‘dangerous’ for young people – to focus exclusively on the need to protect and control their online presence and privacy whilst tending to suspect or to criminalise their use of it – has obscured the potential of social media to help young people to participate more fully as citizens in society. Drawing on sociological work on the construction of childhood and engaging a wide range of national and international legal material this book argues that social media may yet offer the possibility of an entirely different – and more progressive –conceptualisation of children and youth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367264390

Young People and Active Citizenship in Post-Soviet TimesA Challenge for Citizenship Education Situated within the context of "post-soviet times" this book explores young people’s citizenship activities and values in three distinct environments: post-soviet union countries post-soviet union satellites and countries that were independent of the soviet-union. Its purpose is to investigate the influence of these contexts on the ways young people see their citizenship in what are now emerging democracies. The future of nations depends to a large extent on whether citizens will continue to support existing values and will engage in activities to support those values. Using a framework designed by Kennedy (2006) and further developed by Zalewska Krzywosz-Rynkiewicz (2011) the study examined the citizenship values of 3794 students aged 11-14-18 from 11 European countries. The main themes of this book include exploring similarities and differences in citizenship activities within countries and across countries; advancing explanations for these similarities and differences; highlighting the importance of contexts that influence citizenship activities and values; and assessing the extent to which democratic values are reflected in young people’s citizenship activities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367272029

Young People and Church Since 1900Engagement and Exclusion When the Sunday School pioneers saw a need in their communities in the late eighteenth century their response provoked a 200 year movement. These early Sunday Schools met a clear social need: that for basic education. By the 1960s they faced rapid decline – a rigid institution amidst societal change. Over recent decades Christian youth work has emerged as a response to further youth decline within churches. Many youth workers engage with young people’s self-perceived needs by delivering open-access youth provision in their local communities alongside more specifically Christian activities. Tensions emerge over whether the youth worker’s role is to serve community or church needs with churches often emphasising the desire to see young people in services. Drawing together historical and contemporary research Young People and Church Since 1900 identifies patterns and change in young people’s engagement with organised Christianity across time. Through this it provides a unique analysis of the engagement and exclusion of young people in three key time periods 1900–1910 1955–1972 and the present day. Whilst much commentary on religious decline has focused on changes external to churches this text draws out the internal decisions and processes that have affected the longevity of Christianity in England. This book will be of interest to researchers and scholars of young people and Christianity in the twentieth century and today as well as youth ministry students and practitioners and those interested in youth decline in churches more widely. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884420

Young People and Community SafetyInclusion Risk Tolerance and Disorder This title was first published in 2000:  Effective service provisions for young people are often said to be the key to Community Safety planning yet research frequently shows young people as over-controlled yet under-protected. Taking up this dilemma this work draws upon a large survey of young people's attitudes towards the opportunities facing them and the communities in which they live. The book explores many aspects of young people's lives that adult society finds so disconcerting or threatening or which agency service providers find so difficult to address. The results of these surveys are contrasted with surveys amongst key agency personnel - social services education housing police and the youth service - developing contrasting perspectives on "young people's needs". These findings are then further contrasted with a survey of adult community reactions revealing markedly different levels of tolerance and intolerance. Discussion of the research findings is situated within a critical review of existing youth diversion and community safety policy initiatives which by listening to young people and resisting the "demonization" of the young attempts to take a fresh look at the contemporary "youth question". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138736641

Young People and Everyday Multiculturalism Unlike as with previous generations diversity and multiculturalism are engrained in the lives of today’s urban youth. Within their culturally diverse urban environments young people from different backgrounds now routinely encounter one another in their everyday lives and negotiate and contest ways of living together and sharing civic space. What are their strategies for producing disrupting and living well with difference how do they create inclusive forms of belonging and what are the conditions that militate against social cohesion amongst youth? This unique ethnography from education and cultural studies expert Anita Harris explores the ways young people manage conditions of cultural diversity in multicultural cities and suburbs focusing particularly on how young people in the multicultural cities of Australia experience define and produce mix conflict community and citizenship. This book illuminates rich local approaches to living with difference from the perspective of a generation uniquely positioned to address this global challenge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415881968

Young People and Everyday PeaceExclusion Insecurity and Peacebuilding in Colombia Young People and Everyday Peace is grounded in the stories of young people who live in Los Altos de Cazucá an informal peri-urban community in Soacha to the south of Colombia’s capital Bogotá. The occupants of this community have fled the armed conflict and exist in a state of marginalisation and social exclusion amongst ongoing violences conducted by armed gangs and government forces. Young people negotiate these complexities and offer pointed critiques of national politics as well as grounded aspirations for the future. Colombia’s protracted conflict and its effects on the population raise many questions about how we think about peacebuilding in and with communities of conflict-affected people. Building on contemporary debates in International Relations about post-liberal everyday peace Helen Berents draws on feminist International Relations and embodiment theory to pay meaningful attention to those on the margins. She conceptualises a notion of embodied-everyday-peace-amidst-violence to recognise the presence and voice of young people as stakeholders in everyday efforts to respond to violence and insecurity. In doing so Berents argues for and engages a more complex understanding of the everyday stemming from the embodied experiences of those centrally present in conflicts. Taking young people’s lives and narratives seriously recognises the difficulties of protracted conflict but finds potential to build a notion of an embodied everyday amidst violence where a complex and fraught peace can be found.Young People and Everyday Peace will be of interest to scholars of Latin American Studies International Relations and Peace and Conflict Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592042

Young People and HousingTransitions Trajectories and Generational Fractures Young People and Housing brings together new research exploring the economic social and cultural challenges that face young people in search of permanent housing. Featuring international case studies from Asia Europe and Australia  Young People and Housing is a collection of groundbreaking work from leading scholars in housing policy. Younger generations across a wide range of societies face increasing difficulties in gaining access to housing. Housing occupies a pivotal position in the transition from parental dependence to adult independence. Delayed independence has significant implications for marriage and family formation fertility inter and intra generational tensions social mobility and social inequalities. The social and cultural dimensions are of course enormously varied with strong contrasts between Asian and Western societies in terms of intergenerational norms and practices in relation to housing. Nevertheless younger households in China (including Hong Kong) Japan the USA Australasia and Europe face very similar challenges in the housing sphere. Moreover concerns about the housing future for younger generations are gaining greater policy and popular prominence in many countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415633369

Young People and Leisure First published in 1971. The purpose of this study is to examine the relationship which exists between the education services and the leisure time of the people they attempt to serve. The author explores education and provision for leisure and the problems of schools youth services and adult education in relation to this. The case study of the leisure lives of young adults in a small industrial village provides some illustration of the difficulties of providing for leisure in non-urban areas. This title will be of great interest to policy-makers and to students of Sociology and Leisure Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367110512

Young People and Long-Term UnemploymentPersonal Social and Political Effects Young People and Long-Term Unemployment examines the consequences of long-term unemployment for the personal social and political lives of young adults aged 18–34 across four European cities: Cologne (Germany) Geneva (Switzerland) Lyon (France) and Turin (Italy). Adopting a multidimensional theoretical framework aiming to bring together insights based on the contextual (macro) organizational (meso) and individual (micro) levels and combining quantitative and qualitative data and analyses it reaches a number of important conclusions. First our study shows that the experience of long-term unemployment has a negative impact on different dimensions of young people’s lives. When compared to employed youth unemployed youth are less satisfied with their lives more isolated and less independent financially. Second however there are important variations across the four cities. This means that in spite of widespread retrenchments in some places the welfare state still acts as a buffer against unemployment. Third although young unemployed people participate in politics equally if not slightly more than employed youth the young unemployed are often disconnected from politics. This is so even when they have important grievances to express in the face of high youth unemployment precarious working conditions and grim future perspectives on the labor market. This book will be useful for scholars interested in unemployment politics and youth politics researchers and teachers in political science sociology and social psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367637255

Young People and PoliticsPolitical Engagement in the Anglo-American Democracies This book examines young people’s political engagement in the Anglo-American democracies. It is often alleged that young people are disengaged from politics on a number of levels. The commonly held view is that young people don’t vote they do not trust politicians and have low levels of political interest. But is this true where is it true and to what extent? Examining voter turnout political trust political interest electoral and non-electoral forms of participation and Internet use this book provides a comprehensive account of young people’s political engagement in the US Britain Canada and Australia. In doing so this book challenges the conventional wisdom on a number of fronts by showing young people’s political engagement to be much more complicated than many of the stereotypes suggest (in both good and bad ways).In this way this book provides a report card on young people’s political engagement in the twenty-first century. Young People and Politics will be of interest to students and scholars of political science comparative politics public policy and sociology particularly those with a focus on young people and politics political participation and public opinion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138825994

Young People and SportFrom Participation to the Olympics This book highlights the different roles of youth sport from sport for all and community sport activities to elite sport and international competitions to suggest significant new directions for youth sport research and practices. The collection addresses a range of prominent management and policy issues associated with the growing interest in research into youth sport. Major youth sport events such as the Youth Olympic Games and the European Youth Olympic Festival are included in this collection as important policy arenas. In addition the collection addresses a series of under-researched topics including the welfare of young elite athletes the process of talent identification and development in elite youth disability sport and how young athletes cope with emotional abuse. The contributors to this collection are drawn from a wide range of countries Canada the United States the Netherlands the United Kingdom and Norway. The book ends with an overview of the state of research into sport-based youth development and highlights trends and gaps in the literature suitable for further research.The chapters were originally published as a special issue in Sport in Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892593

Young People and the Aesthetics of Health PromotionBeyond Reason Rationality and Risk Health promotion with young people has largely been framed by theories of behaviour change to target ‘unsafe’ ‘unhealthy’ and/or ‘risky’ behaviours. These theories and models seek to encourage the development in young people of reasoned rational and risk-aware personal strategies. This book presents an innovative and critical perspective on young people and health promotion. It explores the limits and possibilities of traditional health behaviour change models with their focus on reason risk and rationality by examining the embodied dimensions of meaning-making in health promotion programs. Drawing on an array of critical social theories and approaches to knowledge production the authors identify and engage the aesthetic and affective dimensions of young people’s engagement with issues such as road safety sexualities alcohol and drug use and physical and mental health and well-being. The book will appeal to researchers and practitioners in the fields of health promotion and health education public health education the sociology of health and illness youth studies and youth work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367352936

Young People and the Care ExperienceResearch Policy and Practice The care system looks after the most vulnerable young people in society – those who are for a variety of reasons unable to live with their parents. Young People and the Care Experience examines what can be done to support young people to remain at home and if this is not possible how they can be supported whilst in care and on leaving care. The book explores the range of options – foster care children’s homes and adoption – and how these options interact. Using the latest research and framing the issues through both psycho-social and legal perspectives the book provides an in-depth analysis of young people’s experience of the care system and how it can be improved. Examining the challenges faced by children on their journey from initially entering care to living independently after care the book places these issues in a global context. Specifically it discusses how to support children and young people at home an analysis of the history and demographics of children placed in care the challenges faced by children living in foster care the challenges faced by children living in a children’s home. the challenges faced by children being adopted leaving care The book will be of interest to all those working with children in care or those who have experience of the care system as a professional carer or young person. It will also be of interest to researchers and students of developmental and social psychology social work and also to policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415665261

Young People and the Labour MarketA Comparative Perspective Young people are a vulnerable category of workers finding themselves in a delicate phase of their working life: their first entry into the labour market. In many European countries youngsters are unemployed or have difficulty finding and obtaining jobs. This situation has deteriorated particularly after the crises recessions and stagnation that has impacted European economies in recent years. In addition to the cyclical or crisis impact structural factors are also very important. Additionally prolonged crises as in some Eurozone countries have transformed a significant part of cyclical unemployment in structural (long term) unemployment. Young People and the Labour Market: A Comparative Perspective explores the condition of young people in the labour market. The authors present new evidence from several countries with a special focus on Europe and offer a comparative perspective. They investigate questions such as which structural conditions and labour market institutions guarantee better youth performance which education systems and school-to-work processes are more effective and in which countries is gender differentiation less of an issue. All of the aforementioned as well as many other comparisons which the authors make are significant in helping to facilitate the successful design of labour and education policies.As the first investigation by economists to explore the complexity of this topic this book will be useful to both economists and sociologists who are interested in the role of young people in the labour market and the problem of youth unemployment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888633

Young People and the Shaping of Public Space in Melbourne 1870-1914 Baby booms have a long history. In 1870 colonial Melbourne was ’perspiring juvenile humanity’ with an astonishing 42 per cent of the city’s inhabitants aged 14 and under - a demographic anomaly resulting from the gold rushes of the 1850s. Within this context Simon Sleight enters the heated debate concerning the future prospects of ’Young Australia’ and the place of the colonial child within the incipient Australian nation. Looking beyond those institutional sites so often assessed by historians of childhood he ranges across the outdoor city to chart the relationship between a discourse about youth youthful experience and the shaping of new urban spaces. Play street work consumerism courtship gang-related activities and public parades are examined using a plethora of historical sources to reveal a hitherto hidden layer of city life. Capturing the voices of young people as well as those of their parents Sleight alerts us to the ways in which young people shaped the emergent metropolis by appropriating space and attempting to impress upon the city their own desires. Here a dynamic youth culture flourished well before the discovery of the ’teenager’ in the mid-twentieth century; here young people and the city grew up together.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271111

Young People and the Struggle for ParticipationContested Practices Power and Pedagogies in Public Spaces Young People and the Struggle for Participation rethinks dominant concepts and meanings of participation by exploring what young people do in public spaces and what these spaces mean to them individually and collectively. This book discusses how different spaces and places structure and are in turn structured by young peoples’ activities. Drawing on findings from a comparative study in eight European cities insights into different styles of youth participation emerging from formal non-formal and informal settings are presented. The book provides a comparative analysis of how transnational discourses national welfare states and local youth policies affect youth participation. It also investigates how it comes about that young people get involved in different forms of participation in the course of their biographies. This book will appeal to academics researchers and post-graduate students in the fields of youth studies community studies sociology of education political science social work psychology and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362420

Young People and Work This edited book brings together empirical studies of young people in paid employment from a variety of disciplinary perspectives and in different national settings. In the context of increasing youth labour market participation rates and debates about the value of early employment it draws on multi-level analyses to reflect the complexity of the field. Each of the three sections of the book explores a key aspect of young people's employment: their experience of work intersections between work and education and the impact of other actors and institutions. The book contributes to broadening and strengthening knowledge about the opportunities and constraints that young people face during their formative experiences in the labour market. This book will be required reading for all those working in the fields of sociology employment relations and education Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261181

Young People in Risk Society: The Restructuring of Youth Identities and Transitions in Late ModernityThe Restructuring of Youth Identities a This title was first published in 2002: Loosely divided into two sections this book's first part includes chapters which explore young people's identities and youth cultures in relation to issues such as drug use education and dance music. In various ways the authors examine whether there is a need to rethink the existing theories and concepts which have informed the study of youth cultures and identities. The second part to the volume is concerned with how young people experience "transtitions" in relation to such topics as employment sexuality and household formation. The chapters also raise theoretical questions on the usefulness of the transition concept in late modernity illustrating how the reshaping of key institutions in late modernity has had a profound effect on the sorts of transitions young people make today. In addressing such issues the authors examine the potential contribution that concepts around risk and risk society and new Third Way social policy initiatives can have to contemporary youth studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138730335

Young People in Rural Areas of Europe Despite an EU-wide commitment to rural development research has rarely focused on the lives of young people in rural areas their experiences in education and employment their perceptions of policies relevant to them and their possibilities of participation. Based on a two-year European research project on policies and young people in rural development this edited volume examines these issues and considers young people's experiences of rural life in Austria Finland France Germany Ireland Portugal and Scotland. The volume is organized thematically with each chapter addressing a specific topic in one or more countries. These topics comprise: the attractiveness of rural areas to young people; the impact of programmes under the European Employment Guidelines; rural youth in local community development and partnerships; rural development programmes and their impact on youth integration; the role of social networks; and the transition from education to employment. A number of implications for policy and practice are drawn out in conclusion. This book will be of interest to anyone concerned with the future of rural areas and with those who live in the European countryside. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258587

Young People in the Labour MarketPast Present Future Levels of suffering among young people have always been much higher than governments suggest. Indeed policies aimed at young workers have often been framed in ways that help secure conformity to a new employment landscape in which traditional securities have been progressively removed. Increasingly punitive welfare regimes have resulted in new hardships especially among young women and those living in depressed labour markets. Framed by the ideas of Norbert Elias Young People in the Labour Market challenges the idea that changing economic landscapes have given birth to a ‘Precariat’ and argues that labour insecurity is more deep-rooted and complex than others have suggested. Focusing on young people and the ways in which their working lives have changed between the 1980s recession and the Great Recession of 2008/2009 and its immediate aftermath the book begins by drawing attention to trends already emerging in the preceding two decades. Drawing on data originally collected during the 1980s recession and comparing it to contemporary data drawn from the UK Household Longitudinal Study the book explores the ways in which young people have adjusted to the changes arguing that life satisfaction and optimism are linked to labour market conditions. A timely volume this book will be of interest to undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as postdoctoral researchers who are interested in fields such as Sociology Social Policy Management and Youth Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367354787

Young People ReadingEmpirical Research Across International Contexts The value of small-scale qualitative research projects into young people’s reading is often underestimated. Yet these finely tuned studies with a precise focus and highly specialised approach can provide us with profound insights into the richness and variety of young people’s reading practices. Bringing together contributors from six continents this fascinating volume explores researchers’ experiences of investigating the reading habits preferences and practices of young people aged 12–21. Detailing a variety of empirical methodologies and research methods its chapters also consider reading in an array of contexts in various languages and using diverse media. Key issues addressed in the book include: the complexity of sociocultural similarities and differences in young people’s reading in international contexts multilingual bilingual and monolingual readers’ experiences of reading how young readers use a range of different print and digital media how our understanding of the range of texts available to young readers and the different contexts of and purposes for reading can be enhanced through small-scale qualitative research. Providing in-depth discussion of contributors’ research and findings and touching on many different contexts text types and media this volume will support and inspire current and future researchers lecturers and teachers interested in young people’s reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138291584

Young People with Anti-Social BehavioursPractical Resources for Professionals The media today suggests that many young people are becoming involved in anti-social behaviour. But increasing amounts of legislation and ASBOs neither seem to have addressed the real issues nor solved the problem and may simply add to the frustrations of all those involved. Kathy Hampson‘s comprehensive guide is based on up-to-date grass-roots experience of working with young people with anti-social behaviour. Including ready-to-use photocopiable resources suitable for a wide variety of settings it examines the background to these highly topical issues enabling the reader to contextualise and better identify with the problems faced by the young people they work with. The easy-to-reproduce tried-and-tested exercises: are for use with individuals or groups address the issues involved in offending behaviour can be easily modified to cater for a range of learning styles abilities and maturity (and shows how you can identify which exercises suit which young people) include discussion scenarios worksheets cartoons card games and creative activities can be used to dissuade young people from getting involved in anti-social behaviour and to enable them to make better decisions The book includes an appraisal of current research on the issues surrounding anti-social behaviour and in particular risk factors that may be involvedbehind the scenes in young people‘s lives. A section on working with parents helps them to support their children improve their parenting skills and to know where and how to ask for help. This is an essential resource offering constructive practical solutions to anti-social behaviour in young people between the ages of 10 and 18. It will be invaluable for those working professionally or voluntarily in schools with youth groups youth offending teams youth inclusion projects f Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466364

Young People’s Attitudes to Religious Diversity Investigating the hitherto unexplored topic of how young people understand and relate to religious diversity in the social context in which they are growing up this book makes a significant contribution to the existing body of literature on religious diversity and multiculturalism. It closes a gap in knowledge about young people’s attitudes to religious diversity and reports data gathered across the whole of the UK as well as comparative chapters on Canada USA and continental Europe. Reporting findings from both qualitative and quantitative research which reveal for example the importance of the particular social and geographical context within which young people are embedded the volume addresses young people’s attitudes towards the range of 'world religions’ as well as non-religious stances and offers an interdisciplinary approach through the different analytical perspectives of the contributors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138385337

Young People’s Transitions into Creative WorkNavigating Challenges and Opportunities Exploring how formal and informal education initiatives and training systems in the US UK and Australia seek to achieve a socially diverse workforce this insightful book offers a series of detailed case studies to reveal the initiative and ingenuity shown by today’s young people as they navigate entry into creative fields of work. Young People’s Journeys into Creative Work acknowledges the new and diverse challenges faced by today's youth as they look to enter employment. Chapters trace the rise of indie work aspirational labour economic precarity and the disruptive effects of digital technologies to illustrate the oinventive ways in which youth from varied socio-economic and cultural backgrounds enter into work in film games production music and the visual arts. From hip-hop to new media arts the text explores how opportunities for creative work have multiplied in recent years as digital technologies open new markets new scenes and new opportunities for entrepreneurs and innovation. This book will be of great interest to researchers academics and postgraduate students in the fields of youth studies careers guidance media studies vocational education and sociology of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138040830

Young People's Literacies in the Digital AgeContinuities Conflicts and Contradictions What do young people really do with digital media? Young People's Literacies in the Digital Age aims to debunk the common myths and assumptions that are associated with young people's relationship with digital media. In contrast to widespread notions of the empowered and enabled 'digital native' the book presents a more complex picture of young people's digital lives. Focusing on the notion of 'critical digital literacies' this book tackles a number of pressing questions that are often ignored in media hype and political panics over young people’s digital media use including: In what ways can digital media enhance shape or constrain identity representation and communication? How do digital experiences map onto young people’s everyday lives? What are young people’s critical understandings of digital media and how did they develop these? What are the dominant understandings young people have of digital media and in whose interests do they work? 
 These questions are addressed through the findings of a year of fieldwork with groups of young people aged 14 to 19 years. Over the course of eight chapters the experiences and views of these young people are explored with reference to various academic literatures such as digital literacies media and communication studies critical theory and youth studies. Starting with their early socialisation into the digital context the book traces the continuities contradictions and conflicts they encounter as part of their practices. Written in a detailed but accessible manner this book develops a unique perspective on young people’s digital lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138305557

Young People's Perspectives on Education Training and EmploymentRealising Their Potential Based on interviews with over 150 young people in education and training this volume reflects on their perspectives on the issues and challenges that education and training have to offer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604967

Young People's Understanding of Society (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1991 this book represents the first wide-ranging review of young people’s understanding of the social world and the functioning of society. Taking a social cognitive view of adolescence it focuses on the processes by which young people learn to understand other people’s thoughts emotions intentions and behaviour. Concentrating on the social world of politics economics work gender and religion the authors cover such issues as: politics and government; work and unemployment; law and legislative matters; religion; marriage and the family; social class; and racial and ethnic differences. This work will be of interest to students of sociology and psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138642126

Young People's Understandings of Men's Violence Against Women Globally nationally and locally men’s violence against women is an endemic social problem and an enduring human rights issue. Unlike men who are most likely to be victims of stranger assaults and violence official data shows that women are most likely to be attacked beaten raped and killed by men known to them - either partners or family members. Research has maintained that to challenge and prevent men’s violence against women changing the attitudes and behaviour of young people is essential. This ground-breaking book presents the first investigation into what younger people think about men’s violence against women. It does this by locating their constructions and understandings within the temporal and spatial location of childhood. Through challenging the perception that young people are too young to ’know’ about violence or to offer opinions on it Nancy Lombard demonstrates the ways to talk to younger people about men's violence. Through confronting preconceptions of younger people’s existing knowledge capabilities and understanding she demonstrates that this is a subject which young people can confidently discuss. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599065

Young People's Views on Sex EducationEducation Attitudes and Behaviour Based on observation of sex education programmes and in-depth interviews with young people the authors aim to understand more about adolescent's attitudes to sexuality and their sexual behaviour in order to develop policies which will meet their needs more appropriately and effectively.Issues covered in this interesting and accessible book include the ways adolescent informal culture affects sex education programmes and practice; the impact of gender inequality on sex education and safer sex behaviours; legislation and policy frameworks which effect sex education policies; the way young people see legislation and evaluate sex education programmes; and the impact health professionals can have in school sex education.The authors contend that the insights into the values and views that young people bring to bear on the sex education they receive should have an important role to play in the development of policy and practice of those involved in sex education work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203046692

Young People's Visions and Worries for the Future of EuropeFindings from the Europe 2038 Project In a period in which the future of the European Union is subject to increased scrutiny it is more vital than ever that the thoughts and views of younger generations are considered. Young People’s Visions and Worries for the Future of Europe: Findings from the Europe 2038 Project seeks to do exactly that presenting the findings of a large-scale research project investigating the opinions and worries of young people between the ages of 16 and 25 across seven European countries. In this unique and timely volume Strohmeier and Tenenbaum together with the Europe 2038 consortium examine young people’s endorsement of multiculturalism diversity European identity human rights and political participation and unpick the cross-national differences in a range of European countries. Young People’s Visions and Worries for the Future of Europe concludes by formulating effective evidence-based recommendations for policy and practice. This work is essential reading for advanced level undergraduate and masters level courses in Psychology Social Work Politics Sociology Social Policy and Education as well as researchers in those fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138574519

Young Readers and Their BooksSuggestions and Strategies for Using Texts in the Literacy Hour First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138180109

Young Refugees and Forced DisplacementNavigating Everyday Life in Beirut Young Refugees and Forced Displacement is about young Syrian and Iraqi refugees navigating the complex realities of forced displacement in Beirut. It is based on a British Academy funded two-year project with 51 displaced youths aged 8 to 17 and under the care of three local humanitarian organisations. Focus groups interviews and innovative arts-based methods were used to learn about their everyday lives. At the end of the project we coproduced with them a public mural allowing unexpected epistemological and methodological reflections on researching refugees and the "right to opacity." Families and friendships humanitarian caregiving racism discrimination and everyday decencies and civilities make up the stuff of their ordinary everyday encounters within refugeedom defining both its sharper edges and its more inadvertent and quietly political ones. Thus refugeedom as we conceive it includes "the humanitarian condition" but goes a little beyond it to become also a human condition of political alterity. In navigating refugeedom the young Syrians and Iraqis become sophisticated political and moral actors using emotional reflexivity as they engage layered subjectivities to define the terms of their own forced displacement. This book will be of interest to policymakers humanitarian organisations social science scholars and students working on refugees displacement humanitarianism intimacies and emotions racism and discrimination. It may also be of interest to displaced youth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233044

Young Sikhs in a Global WorldNegotiating Traditions Identities and Authorities In attempting to carve out a place for themselves in local and global contexts young Sikhs mobilize efforts to construct choose and emphasize different aspects of religious and cultural identification depending on their social setting and context. Young Sikhs in a Global World presents current research on young Sikhs with multicultural and transnational life-styles and considers how they interpret shape and negotiate religious identities traditions and authority on an individual and collective level. With a particular focus on the experiences of second generation Sikhs as they interact with various people in different social fields and cultural contexts the book is constructed around three parts: 'family and home' 'public display and gender' and 'reflexivity and translations'. New scholarly voices and established academics present qualitative research and ethnographic fieldwork and analyse how young Sikhs try to solve social intellectual and psychological tensions between the family and the expectations of the majority society between Punjabi culture and religious values. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138053502

Young v. OldGenerational Combat In The 21st Century "Census Bureau statistics confirm the changing age profile of the nation and no amount of Grecian Formula can alter the fact that the population is graying. For a look at where that trend will take the country MacManus focuses on Florida which she says is what America will look like in the year 2000. Floridians are engaged in intergenerational Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367314064

Young Victims Young OffendersCurrent Issues in Policy and Treatment At a time when the nation is focused on devising new responses to street crime and on reforming the juvenile justice system this book brings together in a single volume current and emerging perspectives on the control of crime by and against children and youth. Young Victims Young Offenders provides you with an overview of established and emerging practices in treating juvenile offenders and adults who prey on children and youth.This book explores the nature and causes of criminal offenses committed by and against juveniles. While children and youth show up statistically as offenders they also figure disproportionately as victims. The contributing authors consider both of these aspects as they discuss current programs for the treatment of youths who commit or are victimized by criminal offenses.Topics of a wide range are addressed in Young Victims Young Offenders for people--like you-- who work with our nation’s youth. A sampling of topics includes: How states address child maltreatment through reporting laws and special courtroom procedures Associations between selected psychosocial variables and chronic delinquency Implications of mandatory Child Abuse Reporting Laws on treating offenders The success of diversion during a 20-year period in a youth service bureau Clinical techniques in the treatment of juvenile sex offenders A study on the effectiveness of an intervention program in Iowa for youthful offendersThis book is useful for the pre-service student pursuing course work in juvenile delinquency correctional counseling probation parole and social work. At the in-service level correctional counselors probation officers parole officers social workers psychologists psychiatrists correctional administrators and child care workers can find much to challenge and enhance their effectiveness in their work with young victims and offenders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138997608

Young Women and Leadership Through a range of case studies in Asia and the Pacific this edited collection highlights the extent of the unique ways in which young women lead to create change in their own lives and their communities as well as in the structures cultures and institutions in which they live and work. This volume challenges and reshapes the boundaries and relationships of power that animate traditional attitudes to leadership by exploring the often overlooked role of women as leaders and drivers of social change. The text draws on a number of complex case studies in Asia and the Pacific in order to demonstrate how young women around the world have developed organised approaches to leadership that are often collective collaborative and transformative. However as the authors reveal they also deviate from traditional forms of leadership that have dominated the literature and public understanding. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of the theory and/or practice of leadership. More broadly it will also be useful for students and scholars of political science international studies peace and conflict studies international and community development leadership studies cultural studies youth studies and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367204358

Young Working-Class Men in Transition Young Working Class Men in Transition uses a unique blend of concepts from the sociologies of youth and masculinity combined with Bourdieusian social theory to investigate British young working-class men’s transition to adulthood. Indeed utilising data from biographical interviews as well as an ethnographic observation of social media activity this volume provides novel insights by following young men across a seven-year time period. Against the grain of prominent popular discourses that position young working-class men as in ‘crisis’ or as adhering to negative forms of traditional masculinity this book consequently documents subtle yet positive shifts in the performance of masculinity among this generation. Underpinned by a commitment to a much more expansive array of emotionality than has previously been revealed in such studies young men are shown to be engaged in school open to so called ‘women’s work’ in the service sector and committed to relatively egalitarian divisions of labour in the family home. Despite this class inequalities inflect their transition to adulthood with the ‘toxicity’ of neoliberalism - rather than toxic masculinity - being core to this reality. Problematising how working-class masculinity is often represented Young Working Class Men in Transition both demonstrates and challenges the portrayal of working class masculinity as a repository of homophobia sexism and anti-feminine acting. It will appeal to students and researchers interested in fields such as youth studies masculinity studies gender studies sociology of education and sociology of work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367473723

YoungGiftedandFatAn Autoethnography of Size Sexuality and Privilege YoungGiftedandFat is a critical autoethnography of "performing thin"– on the stage and in life. Sharrell D. Luckett’s story of weight loss and gain and playing the (beautiful desirable thin) leading lady showcases an innovative and interdisciplinary approach to issues of weight and self-esteem performance race and gender. Sharrell structures her project with creative text interviews testimony journal entries dialogues monologues and deep theorizing through and about the abundance of flesh. She explores the politics of Black culture and particularly the intersections of her lived and embodied experiences. Her body and body transformation becomes a critical praxis to evidence fat as a feminist issue fat as a Black-girl-woman issue and fat as an ideological construct that is as much on the brain as it is on the body. YoungGiftedandFat is useful to any area of research or course offering taking up questions of size politics at the intersections of race and sexuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138038325

Your Angry ChildA Guide for Parents Discover an important source of practical and understandable advice for parents of children with anger management issues! Your Angry Child: A Guide for Parents was created to provide parents of angry children and teenagers with an up-to-date understanding of the “whys” and “hows” of anger problems. You’ll find specific focused ways of helping angry children and managing the difficulties that anger causes—some brand new some time-tested. Written by a psychologist with over 30 years of experience treating troubled and severely behaviorally disordered youth and 20 years experience as a forensic psychologist this book provides practical and understandable advice that parents can make use of immediately. This insightful book presents up-to-date case histories current research and practical down-to-earth techniques that can help parents of children and adolescents with anger problems. Extraordinarily useful for parents this book is also an ideal adjunct to counseling and psychotherapy and an essential reference for teachers pediatricians and family practice physicians students of psychology corrections officers and others who work with angry/violent youth. The first chapters of Your Angry Child: A Guide for Parents provide a thoughtful introduction to child development concepts and the development of anger examining how hostility and aggression impact the family and illustrating the effects of resistance and oppositional behavior. Next the book focuses specifically on practical aspects of anger management including: attachment issues antisocial behavior anger’s impact on temperament development moral reasoning and the thinking process in general indicators of anger problems such as temper tantrums cruelty to animals and fire setting the effect of the media on violent tendencies in children ADHD oppositional defiant disorder and other conduct disorders mood disorders including suicidal feelings and depression links between anger and substance abuse problem solving the power of strong values and positive role models for angry youth and much more! With chapters specifically devoted to the anger problems of children and pre-teenagers as well as advice directed toward parents of angry adolescents Your Angry Child: A Guide for Parents is an ideal resource for helping professionals and the parents who come to them in varying degrees of desperation. Make this vital book a part of your therapeutic arsenal today! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043722

Your Body KnowsA Movement Guide for Actors Your Body Knows provides the foundation actors need to move with ease and power. It is a practical guide to movement starting at the very beginning: knowing your body and experiencing how it works. Through the work of F.M. Alexander Rudolf Laban and Michael Chekhov this book offers basic training in movement fundamentals. Its step-by-step process supports the actor's work in any acting or movement training program and as a working professional. The book focuses on three main areas of exploration: Body facts – Know your body and its design for movement. Let go of misinformed ideas about your body. Move more freely avoid injury and develop a strong body-mind connection. Movement facts – What is movement? Discover the movement fundamentals that can serve your art. Explore new ways of moving. Creative inspiration – Connect your body mind and imagination to liberate authentic and expressive character movement. Your Body Knows: A Movement Guide for Actors is an excellent resource for acting students and their teachers promoting a strong onstage presence and awakening unlimited potential for creative expression. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367258825

Your Career Your LifeCareer Management for the Information Professional Career development must be based on an understanding both of the working context and of one‘s own personal needs. This forms the basis of guidance given in this book which includes contributions from three other specialists in career management and organizational dynamics. Your Career Your Life begins by exploring what work offers the individual reasons why we do it positive and negative experiences and the effects of personal and external drivers. The author then looks closely at the individual‘s relationship with the employer organization and at global particularly technological trends in the information world explaining how to assess career satisfaction and choose techniques for gettingunstuck. A variety of support and self-assessment processes (such as shadowing mentoring performance monitoring psychometric testing) are presented to progress the reader towards actively managing choices and making moves. The author guides us through the different stages of the job search and application process suggesting self-development and learning methods for defining career needs whether full time freelance or part time as well as ways of assessing competencies and attributes in relation to the job market. In the second part of this book Angela Abell focuses on changing employer needs the knowledge economy and the future profile and skills of information professionals. Rossana Kendall quoting numerous examples offers empowering tools for creating space to think positively for developing constructive dialogues and so managing negativity and change. She explores the underlying factors governing how we handle change and the other complexities of work and life and their implications for careers. In the final chapter differing attitudes to change are explored by Liz Roberts with particular emphasis on senior management roles and the challenges and rewards they or the option of downshifting can bring. A series of case studies highlights di Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138439566

Your Consumer Rights First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843145578

Your Customers' Perception of QualityWhat It Means to Your Bottom Line and How to Control It Providing the insight and tools needed to improve the perception your customers have about the quality of your product or service Your Customers' Perception of Quality: What It Means to Your Bottom Line and How to Control It introduces a ground-breaking model for measuring the impact of quality perception on your bottom line. Allowing you to look at quality from an outside-in truly customer-centric perspective the authors pave a concrete connection between enhanced customer perception and increased profitability. The book introduces cutting-edge concepts in customer-centric quality—explaining exactly how to identify plan cost justify manage and deliver consistent improvements to the factors that matter most to your customers. Helping you harness the power of the universal set of tools techniques and methods at your disposal in the field of quality the book: Unveils a model that provides quantifiable information for determining the impact of customer perception on your bottom line Details a strategic model for attaining long-term benefits—including the tools required to make the necessary tactical changes Includes a wealth of customizable tools to help kick-start implementation efforts The text clearly illustrates how to implement methods proven to improve operational efficiencies foster customer loyalty and drive increased revenue through positive word of mouth. Complete with helpful checklists templates tools and detailed instructions on how to tailor them to your company the authors guide you through the path of evaluating analyzing and implementing the value-adding adjustments needed to drive profits and boost customer loyalty. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439845813

Your Defiant ChildEight Steps to Better Behavior Discover a way to end constant power struggles with your defiant oppositional impossible 5- to 12-year-old with the help of leading child psychologist Russell A. Barkley. Dr. Barkley's approach is research based practical and doable--and leads to lasting behavior change. Vivid realistic stories illustrate what the techniques look like in action. Step by step learn how you can:*Harness the power of positive attention and praise.*Use rewards and incentives effectively.*Stay calm and consistent--even on the worst of days.*Establish a time-out system that works.*Target behavioral issues at home in school and in public places.Thoroughly revised to include the latest resources and 15 years' worth of research advances the second edition also reflects Dr. Barkley's ongoing experiences with parents and kids. Helpful questionnaires and forms can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2 x 11 size.Mental health professionals see also the related title Defiant Children Third Edition: A Clinician's Manual for Assessment and Parent Training. For a teen focus see also Defiant Teens Second Edition (for professionals) and Your Defiant Teen Second Edition (for parents) by Russell A. Barkley and Arthur L. Robin.Winner-- Parents' Choice Approved Award Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462510078

Your Defiant Teen10 Steps to Resolve Conflict and Rebuild Your Relationship If life with your teen has become a battleground it's time to take action. This empathic book shows how. Trusted psychologists who have worked with thousands of families give you the tools you need to overcome defiance and get teen behavior back on track. By following the authors' clinically proven 10-step program learn how you can: *Reestablish your authority while building trust.*Identify and enforce nonnegotiable rules.*Use rewards and incentives that work.*Communicate and problem-solve effectively--even in the heat of the moment.*Restore positive feelings in your relationship.*Develop your teen's skills for becoming a successful adult. Vivid stories and answers to frequently asked questions help you put the techniques into action. The updated second edition incorporates new scientific research on why some teens have more problems with self-control than others. Practical forms and worksheets can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2 x 11 size.Mental health professionals see also the authors' Defiant Teens Second Edition: A Clinician's Manual for Assessment and Family Intervention. For a focus on younger children see also Dr. Barkley's Defiant Children Third Edition (for professionals) and Your Defiant Child Second Edition (for parents). Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462511662

Your Dieting DaughterAntidotes Parents can Provide for Body Dissatisfaction Excessive Dieting and Disordered Eating Your Dieting Daughter is a must read for anyone wanting to help contribute to a young woman’s development of a healthy self and body esteem whether she is 13 or 30. Costin has updated the first edition of this book to reflect her 15 additional years of expertise on dealing with the tricky issues of body image food and weight in a culture that places an unhealthy emphasis on being thin. From aiding a young girl to lose weight for health reasons; to encouraging a young woman to accept her natural body size; to helping detect prevent and understand eating disorders this second edition is full of practical and invaluable information. Chapters guide parents in the Do’s and Don’ts that will help a daughter to accept respect and care for her body. Readers will learn the importance of setting a good example and the critical need to take the focus from numbers and measurements - such as scale weight clothing size miles run or sit-ups accomplished - to important goals like health body acceptance and finding physical activity to enjoy. Whether you are interested in being a good role model for you daughter helping girls and women who are currently suffering from an eating disorder or body image issues or raising the next generation of girls to value the size of their heart over their body size this is a book not to be missed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415890847

Your Education Leadership Handbook 'Through their reflective and practical styles and a subtle touch of humour McGrath and Coles show us in this text that leadership can be fun to study.' Pontso Moorosi University of Warwick Your Education Leadership Handbook should be essential reading for anyone managing or aspiring to lead in education whether in the primary secondary or post-compulsory sector. Written in the form of a fictional case study the book charts the progress of a teacher and their academic tutor introducing key concepts theories and debates in educational leadership whilst applying them to real work-based situations. The innovative narrative style will help readers understand the links between dry theory and actual practice making it the most accessible engaging and useful book of its kind. Whether you are a student middle manager or leader in education this handbook will provide you with the skills and knowledge necessary to: Discuss a wide range of leadership theories Analyse and understand events in their workplace Identify and develop your own leadership style Understand how to apply theory to your own practice Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781408284797

Your Education Masters CompanionThe essential guide to success   Your Education Masters Companion will help you choose the right Masters Course for your needs and provides the essential information you need to pass first time. Offering guidance based on years of experience working with a range of Masters level students it unpacks the defining characteristic of successful Masters level work and explores key aspects of undertaking your course - reading writing producing a literature review research methodologies data collection tools research reports dissertations and presentations. What this book will do for you: Increase your self-confidence Identify the major traps you must avoid if you are to pass your masters. Introduce you to the concepts of Masters Level work what’s expected of you and what you can expect from your tutors and supervisors. Provide you with guidance on the essential thinking and writing skills that you will need to develop Provide guidance on what opportunities are available to you on completion of your masters.  Your Education Masters Companion is an essential read for any individual thinking about or currently studying for a Masters Level qualification in education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781408295946

Your Education Research Project Companion Whatever level you are working at and assuming no prior research experience Your Education Research Project Companion 2nd edition provides the support and guidance you need in order to write a first-class research project or dissertation in education.   Written in the form of a fictional case study the book charts the progress of student working on an education research project through tutorials with their academic tutor. The clear innovative narrative style will bridge the gap between theory and research practice to ensure you acquire the simple and essential information needed.  New for this edition and included throughout the book is MA level advice helping you to know what more is required of you to achieve a Masters qualification. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780273774792

Your Family Inc.Practical Tips for Building a Healthy Family Business Did you know eighty-five percent of family firms do not survive the third generation? Your Family Inc.: Practical Tips for Building a Healthy Family Business will help the busy entrepreneur lower this drastic failure rate by providing great tips and practical advice for creating a successful and pleasant environment when working in the family business. Containing unique and valuable hints for building a better business this book uses specific examples designed for different situations. Filled with suggestions and proven advice this important guide offers important ideas on deciding which family members should control stock who should first work in another company to gain experience and how to determine which individuals should make business decisions and much more. Your Family Inc. offers you specific steps to help avoid common problems and pitfalls with such insightful tips as:recognizing the dangers of a family triangle to avoid any problems before they become detrimental to the companyrealizing the difference between being asked to respond as a family member--parent daughter uncle or son--and when the problem relates to business developing strategies to keep the family firm accountable by developing a group of advisors that may include the corporate attorney accountant or CEOs of noncompeting industriesmaking business decisions for the right reasons and building consensus in the family to support the decisionscreating criteria for future leadership in advance by recognizing the direction the industry is taking the needs of the company and the values of the familyFrom Your Family Inc. you will discover how healthy families and healthy family firms develop practical decision-making processes which will endure for generations to come. This essential book provides you with practical information to help your family business improve family relations and to positively impact business now and for future generations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870007

Your First ENT JobA Survivor's Guide Medics need well informed careers advice information guidance and counselling throughout their careers and not just while they are students or newly qualified doctors. The material in this book meets the needs of those wanting to gain insight into their own career development as well as those helping medical colleagues with their careers. A range of available options are explored from entry requirements through higher specialist training parallel medical careers and part-time alternatives. It covers regulations for overseas medics and recent changes in GP training. It is clear concise and fully referenced containing tips practical exercises and further reading. Case histories of doctors in 30 medical specialties illustrate opportunities and show how desired outcomes can be achieved. It is an essential resource for anyone in medicine considering a career change and individuals in a position to help other doctors with career development. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378916

Your First YearHow to Survive and Thrive as a New Teacher Learn all the essentials for making your first year of teaching a success! In this exciting new book internationally renowned educator Todd Whitaker teams up with his daughters--Madeline an elementary teacher and Katherine a secondary teacher--to share advice and inspiration. They offer step-by-step guidance to thriving in your new role and overcoming the challenges that many new teachers face. Topics include: Learning classroom management skills such as building relationships and maintaining high expectations and consistency Setting up your classroom and establishing procedures and rules Planning effective lessons and making your instructional time an engaging experience Managing your own emotions in the classroom and dealing effectively with misbehavior Working with peers administrators and parents to build support and foster collaboration The book is filled with specific examples and vignettes from elementary middle and high school classes so you’ll gain helpful strategies no matter what grade level and subject area you teach. You’ll also find out how to make tweaks or hit the "reset" button when something isn’t going as planned. Things may not always go perfectly your first year but the practical advice in this book will help you stay motivated on the path to success! Bonus: As you read the book get even more out of it by discussing it with others. Free study guides for practicing teachers and student teachers are available as eResource downloads from our website (www.routledge.com/products/9781138126152). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138126152

Your Move: A New Approach to the Study of Movement and DanceA Teachers Guide The author takes a new approach to teaching notation through movement exercises thus enlarging the scope of the book to teachers of movement and choreography as well as the traditional dance notation students. Updated and enlarged to reflect the most recent scholarship and through a series of exercises this book guides students through: movement stillness timing shaping accents travelling direction flexion and extension rotations revolutions and turns supporting balance relationships. All of these movements are related to notation so the student learns how to notate and describe the movements as they are performed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138164246

Your Move: A New Approach to the Study of Movement and DanceExercise Sheets First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162310

Your MoveA New Approach to the Study of Movement and Dance Your Move: A New Approach to the Study of Movement and Dance establishes a fresh and original framework for looking at dance. In examining the basic elements of dance - the Alphabet of Movement - and using illustrations of movement technique and notation symbols it provides a new way to see to teach and to choreograph dance. This book gives a list of primary actions upon which all physical activity is gased focusing on both the functional and expressive sides of movement. It draws upon the author's broad experience in ballet modern and ethnic dance to reinterpret movement and to shed new light on the role of movement in dance. Your Move is an important book not only for dancers but also for instructors in sport and physical therapy. Each copy of Your Move comes complete with exercise sheets which can also be purchased separately. A teacher's guide has also been designed providing notes on each chapter approaches to the exploration of movement interpretation of the reading studies additional information of motif description and answers to the exercise sheets. An optional audio cassette with music written and recorded especially for use with the book is also available. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180611

Your Murderer From Russia comes this ironic satirical multi-layered modern pop-art parable by Vassily Aksyonov. Your Murderer is a richly grotesque hodgepodge of different linguistic levels that defies all rules and mixes a powerful cocktail out of traditional slogans invented obscentities foreign words and phrases terminology from sports and heavy drinking and pure nonsense. Daniel Gerould is Lucille Lortel Distinguished Professor of Theater and Comparative Literature at the City University of New York. He is the Editor of Slavic and East European Performance and of harwood academic publishers's Polish and East European Theater Archive series. Your Murderer comes from Russia and is an ironic satirical multi-layered modern pop-art parable - richly grotesque and on different linguistic levels. that defies all rules mixing a powerful cocktail out of traditional slogans invented obscentities foreign words and phrases terminology from sports and heavy drinking and pure nonsense. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315079875

Your Organization: What Is It For?Challenging Traditional Organizational Aims This book first published in 1993 challenges the accepted and practised methods organizations use to set standards of performance and quantify their achievements. Using in-depth case studies John Argenti compares the performance of companies with that of non-profit making organizations to reveal remarkable insights into corporate culture. He notes how companies meticulously evaluate their performance yet behave poorly in society while in stark contrast these actions are reversed in non-profit making organizations. Your Organization: What Is It For? is essential reading for everyone who exercises the role of governance and is responsible for the overall performance and conduct of their organization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815366812

Your PhD Survival GuidePlanning Writing and Succeeding in Your Final Year The 'Insider Guides to Success in Academia' offers support and practical advice to doctoral students and early-career researchers. Covering the topics that really matter but which often get overlooked this indispensable series provides practical and realistic guidance to address many of the needs and challenges of trying to operate and remain in academia. These neat pocket guides fill specific and significant gaps in current literature. Each book offers insider perspectives on the often implicit rules of the game -- the things you need to know but usually aren't told by institutional postgraduate support researcher development units or supervisors -- and will address a practical topic that is key to career progression. They are essential reading for doctoral students early-career researchers supervisors mentors or anyone looking to launch or maintain their career in academia. Accessible insightful and a must-have toolkit for all final year doctoral students the founders of the ‘Thesis Boot Camp’ intensive writing programme show how to survive and thrive through the challenging final year of writing and submitting a thesis. Drawing on an understanding of the intellectual professional practical and personal elements of the doctorate to help readers gain insight into what it means to finish a PhD and how to get there this book covers the common challenges and ways to resolve them. It includes advice on: Project management skills to plan track iterate and report on the complex task of bringing a multi-year research project to a successful close Personal effectiveness and self-care to support students to thrive in body mind and relationships including challenging supervisor relationships. The successful ‘generative’ writing processes which get writers into the zone and producing thousands of words; and then provides the skills to structure and polish those words to publishable quality. What it means to survive a PhD and consider multiple possible futures. Written for students in all disciplines and relevant to university systems around the world this unique book expertly guides students through the final 6–12 months of the thesis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367361846

Your Rights at Work In an ideal world your working relationship with your employer would be perfect. Unfortunately sometimes things go wrong. Your Rights at Work provides you with the advice and assistance you need to put things right. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843145844

Your Secret MindGetting to Know and Living with Your Unconscious This book introduces the reader and student to the unconscious mind the hidden treasures and dangers it holds. It contains some very basic useful and empirically supported facts from depth psychology which allows everyone access to deeply hidden aspects of themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204954

Your Student Research Project The ability to produce valid research has never been more crucial to the academic community than it is today but how do you go about getting the funding for such projects? How do you identify which funding organisations are likely to be sympathetic to your needs and convince them that they will benefit from funding you? Abby Day Peters guides you step by step through the process of focusing your research and identifying your funding partner to provide the very best chance of success. But perhaps more importantly she also goes on to explain how to build and maintain a relationship with the partner thereby assisting future research. In addition the book gives advice on writing and successful publication following completion of the research project. The text is extremely lively and enjoyable to read with many valuable insights from both sides of the funding process and features real-life case studies and interviews throughout. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138470781

Your Supervised Practicum and InternshipField Resources for Turning Theory into Action Your Supervised Practicum and Internship is a complete up-to-date guide to everything a graduate student in the helping professions needs for a successful practicum internship or field experience. This helpful resource takes students through the necessary fundamentals of field experience helping them understand the supervision process and their place in it. The authors fully prepare students for more advanced or challenging scenarios they are likely to face as helping professionals. The new edition also interweaves both CACREP and NASW standards incorporates changes brought by the DSM-5 and places special focus on brain-based treatments and neurocounseling. Your Supervised Practicum and Internship takes the practical and holistic approach that students need to understand what really goes on in agencies and schools providing evidence-based advice and solutions for the many challenges the field experience presents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138935815

Your Teacher Training CompanionEssential skills and knowledge for very busy trainees The second edition of Your Teacher Training Companion is your one-stop-shop for the essential knowledge and skills you need to pass your course with confidence. Guiding you through your time in school and your studies it will ensure you develop both the practical teaching skills and academic skills required to become a successful teacher. Written in an accessible no-nonsense style it succinctly covers the most important aspects of becoming a teacher showing you how to balance the competing demands of teaching in school your course and social life. It is illustrated throughout with the case study of a fellow trainee teacher focusing on developing best practice and ways in which you can pass on key skills to your learners. Essential topics covered include: classroom management effective lesson planning teaching methods learning theory assessment and feedback delivering a highly successful lesson making time and space for your studies improving your writing skills writing assignments and building your teaching portfolio planning and delivering an effective presentation Designed for the very busy trainee on all routes to qualified teacher status Your Teacher Training Companion 2ed offers you the essential knowledge and skills you need to get the most out of your time with pupils improve your study skills successfully achieve qualified teacher statues and manage your early career as an NQT. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138841970

Your Teaching StyleA Practical Guide to Understanding Developing and Improving This extraordinary and practical book examines neuro linguistic programming (NLP) - the knowledge and skills to detect and affect thinking patterns - and applies it to each phase of the medical consultation. It outlines the NLP tools most useful to physicians who wish to understand and utilise the dynamic structure underlying the processes used by excellent communicators. It explains how improving communication skills and developing new models of consultation to incorporate into daily practice not only helps healthcare professionals become better communicators but reassures patients alleviating suffering and promoting healing. This book provides many case examples and includes skill based exercises to ensure easy and effective learning. There are unique fresh perspectives on challenging areas such as anger and aggression dealing with complaints breaking bad news the heartsink patient uncovering hidden depression and telephone consulting skills. It is relevant to all healthcare professionals and of special interest to general practitioners GP trainers counsellors and medical students. 'Building on the Calgary-Cambridge model Lewis Walker has outlined some of the NLP tools that are most useful to physicians who wish to engage their patients' physical and psychological ability to self-heal. It is truly a pleasure to introduce a book that offers pragmatic tools in the service of that highest calling namely the desire to alleviate suffering and promote healing.' Ian McDermott in his Foreword 'This is a book packed with practical advice and a welcome feature is the way the author relates his message to everyday problems and concerns that patients bring to the surgery. It contains powerful tools for change to be used ethically and with compassion.' John Duncan in his Foreword Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378411

You're the BossGrowing and Selling a Successful Consulting Firm There is no magic formula for growing a successful consulting firm but the few most important factors you must know are critical regardless of the type of consulting firm you are trying to grow. With leadership diligence discipline and sustained effort these principles can help you achieve your most visionary business aspirations.If you entered consulting to make a quick dollar or to supplement your income this book won’t offer you much. If instead you are hoping to create a sustainable enterprise that accumulates value you can capitalize on then this is the book for you.You're the Boss: Growing and Selling a Successful Consulting Firm is written in a warmly conversational manner making it accessible to novice consultants as well as seasoned professionals. It is an ideal resource for business consulting entrepreneurs who want to: Strategically steer their own rewarding business venture Grow their business and employ others in rewarding careers Profit from the sale of a highly successful independent business This book focuses on the creation of a capital asset and independent wealth not just the mechanics of consulting. Bringing together the experiences and lessons learned from a dozen highly successful consulting entrepreneurs the book provides stories that highlight the lessons in action in the USA UK Australia Asia and South Africa.The book is segmented into nine distinct lessons charting the journey of a successful consulting firm—from inception to sale. In addition it presents the author’s proprietary growth model that he has applied successfully during his professional consulting experience and which he credits for much of the commercial success he has experienced. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498751896

Yours FaithfullyVirtual Letters from the Bible 'Yours Faithfully' presents an anthology of virtual letters from the Bible in which leading scholars imagine correspondence between biblical characters. Each letter conveys the insights that a given character might have and together the letters provide a rich sense of the concerns which propel and characters who inhabit the Bible. The letters are written in a range of styles - from the strictly historical to the very contemporary - and embrace the serious and the playful. The aim is to offer a commentary on familiar texts and events and to continue a long tradition of retelling stories from the Bible. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315710440

Youth AIDS and Sexually Transmitted Diseases What has been the impact of AIDS and sexually transmitted diseases on the lives of young people? Youth AIDS and Sexually Transmitted Diseases provides a comprehensive overview of research and policy in this increasingly important area. The book describes the world-wide incidence and prevalence of sexually transmitted diseases among adolescents and examines how their sexual behaviour has changed as a result of the threat of AIDS. It also looks at young people's knowledge and attitudes about their own sexual health as well as the usefulness of models in predicting those at risk. The authors also discuss the effectiveness of institutional policies in educating young people and in preventing sexually transmitted diseases. Youth AIDS and Sexually Transmitted Diseases will be of considerable benefit to health care providers sex educators and all those who work with and study adolescents. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315788111

Youth Arts and EducationReassembling Subjectivity through Affect How are the arts important in young people’s lives? Youth Arts and Education offers a groundbreaking theory of arts education. Anna Hickey-Moody explores how the arts are ways of belonging resisting being governed and being heard. Through examples from the United Kingdom and Australia Anna Hickey-Moody shows the cultural significance of the kinds of learning that occur in and through arts. Drawing on the thought of Gilles Deleuze she develops the theory of affective pedagogy which explains the process of learning that happens through aesthetics. Bridging divides between critical pedagogical theory youth studies and arts education scholarship this book: Explains the cultural significance of the kinds of learning that occur in and through arts Advances a theory of aesthetic citizenship created by youth arts Demonstrates ways in which arts practices are forms popular and public pedagogy Critiques popular ideas that art can be used to fix problems in the lives of youth at risk Youth Arts and Education is the first post-critical theory of arts education. It will be of interest to students and scholars across the social sciences and humanities in particular in the sociology of education arts education youth studies sociology of the arts and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138820531

Youth Citizenship and Empowerment This title was first published in 2001. This book brings together a range of perspectives about citizenship and empowerment from around the globe. It thus approaches these important topics from a wide variety of directions including different geo-political contexts empirical studies theoretical approaches and examples of actual projects to empower youth and how they have worked. The book addresses issues of importance for contemporary young people as well as for social policy and will be of relevance to practitioners youth leaders and academics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138706965

Youth Citizenship and Social Change in a European Context Published in 1997 this text is built around themes agreed upon for a conference which aimed to set the agenda for youth research over the next decade. These themes are: the shaping of trajectories and biographies - individualization agency structure; vulnerable groups excluded and included youth polarization marginalization; social construction of identity - identity culture gender ethnicity; political and social participation and citizenship. The book brings together the work of British and Continental researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138359314

Youth Class and Education in Urban IndiaThe year that can break or make you Urban India is undergoing a rapid transformation which also encompasses the educational sector. Since 1991 this important new market in private English-medium schools along with an explosion of private coaching centres has transformed the lives of children and their families as the attainment of the best education nurtures the aspirations of a growing number of Indian citizens. Set in urban Kerala the book discusses changing educational landscapes in the South Indian city of Kochi a local hub for trade tourism and cosmopolitan middle-class lifestyles. Based on extensive ethnographic fieldwork the author examines the way education features as a major way the transformation of the city and India in general are experienced and envisaged by upwardly-mobile residents. Schooling is shown to play a major role in urban lifestyles with increased privatisation representing a response to the educational strategies of a growing and heterogeneous middle class whose educational choices reflect broader projects of class formation within the context of religious and caste diversity particular to the region. This path-breaking new study of a changing Indian middle class and new relationships with educational institutions contributes to the growing body of work on the experiences and meanings of schooling for youths their parents and the wider community and thereby adds a unique anthropologically informed perspective to South Asian studies urban studies and the study of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138320222

Youth Class and Everyday Struggles The concept of everyday struggles can enliven our understanding of the lives of young people and how social class is made and remade. This book invokes a Bourdieusian spirit to think about the ways young people are pushed and pulled by the normative demands directed at them from an early age whilst they reflexively understand that allegedly available incentives for making the ‘right’ choices and working hard – financial and familial security social status and job satisfaction – are a declining prospect. In Youth Class and Everyday Struggles the figures of those classed as 'hipsters' and 'bogans' are used to analyse how representation works to form a symbolic and moral economy that produces and polices fuzzy class boundaries. Further to this the practices of young people around DIY cultures are analysed to illustrate struggles to create a satisfying and meaningful existence while negotiating between study work and creative passions. By thinking through different modalities of struggles which revolve around meaning making and identity creativity and authenticity Threadgold brings Bourdieu’s sociological practice together with theories of affect emotion morals and values to broaden our understanding of how young people make choices adapt strategise succeed fail and make do. Youth Class and Everyday Struggles will appeal to undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as postdoctoral researchers of fields including: Youth Studies Class and Inequality Work and Careers Subcultures Media and Creative Industries Social Theory and Bourdieusian Theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367354893

Youth Community and the Struggle for Social Justice Activists policymakers and scholars in the US have called for policy reform and evidence-based efforts to decrease the number of people in jail and prison improve hostile police–community relations and rollback the "tough on crime" movement. Given that poor people particularly poor people of color make up the majority of those under carceral control in Western industrial countries can technical solutions gradual reforms and individual-level programming genuinely change the deeply entrenched carceral state that has been expanding in the US for over 40 years? In this book the authors offer an examination of the creative ideas that twelve US-based social justice organizations put forward for how participation in social change might spur not only individual-level change in young people but community-wide mobilization against the harms resulting from the "tough on crime" movement and neoliberal policy. Using alternative programs grounded in political and social consciousness-raising these organizations provide important and novel methods for how we might roll back carceral expansion. Their approaches resonate with scholarship in criminology and related fields; however they sharply contrast with popular notions of "what works". The authors detail how community-based organizations must navigate not only these scientific forces but the bureaucratic and financial ones consistent with neoliberal governance as well as the more formidable less navigable political barriers that activate when organizations mobilize young people of color for social and carceral reform. While aware of the formidable barriers they face the authors highlight the emancipatory potential of community-based social justice organizations working with the most marginalized young people across several major US cities. Written in an accessible way this book will be of interest to scholars students progressive policymakers practitioners and activists and their allies who are deeply troubled by the class and racial disparities that pervade the carceral state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138210004

Youth Crime and Justice Youth Crime and Justice takes a critical issues approach to analyzing the current debates and issues in juvenile delinquency. It encourages readers to adopt an analytical understanding encompassing not only juvenile crime but also the broader context within which the conditions of juvenile criminality occur. Students are invited to explore the connections between social political economic and cultural conditions and juvenile crime. This book engages with the key topics in the debate about juvenile justice and delinquency: juvenile institutions delinquency theories gender and race youth and moral panic restorative justice youth culture and delinquency. It clearly examines all the important comparative and transnational research studies for each topic. Throughout appropriate qualitative studies are used to provide context and explain the theories in practice conveying a powerful sense of the experience of juvenile justice. This accessible and innovative textbook will be an indispensable resource for senior undergraduates and postgraduates in criminology criminal justice and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415781244

Youth Critical Literacies and Civic EngagementArts Media and Literacy in the Lives of Adolescents Through stories of youth using their many voices in and out of school to explore and express their ideas about the world this book brings to the forefront the reality of lived literacy experiences of adolescents in today’s culture in which literacy practices reflect important cultural messages about the interplay of local and global civic engagement. The focus is on three areas of youth civic engagement and cultural critique: homelessness violence and performing adolescence. The authors explore how youth appropriate the arts media and literacy as resources and how this enables them to express their identities and engage in social and cultural engagement and critique. The book describes how the youth in the various projects represented entered the public sphere; the claims they made; the ways readers might think about pedagogical engagements practice and goals as forms of civic engagement; and implications for critical and arts and media-based literacy pedagogies in schools that forward democratic citizenship in a time when we are losing sight of issues of equity and social justice in our communities and nations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138017450

Youth Gender and the Capabilities Approach to DevelopmentRethinking Opportunities and Agency from a Human Development Perspective Youth Gender and the Capabilities Approach to Development investigates to what extent young people have access to fair opportunities the factors influencing their aspirations and how able they are to pursue these aspirations and to carry out their life plans. The book positions itself in the intersection between capabilities youth and gender in recognition of the fact that without gender equality capabilities cannot be universal and development strategies are likely to fail to achieve their full objectives. Within the framework of the human development and capabilities approach Youth Gender and the Capabilities Approach to Development focuses on examples in the areas of education political spaces and social practices thatconfront inequality and injustice head on by seeking to advance young people’s capabilities and their agency to make valuable life plans. The book focuses how youth policies and issues can be approached globally froma capabilities-friendly perspective; arguing for the promotion of freedoms and opportunities both in educational and political spheres with the aim of developing a more just world. With a range of studies from multiple anddiverse national contexts including Russia Spain South Africa Tanzania Morocco Turkey Syria Colombia India and Argentina this important multidisciplinary collection will be of interest to researchers within youthstudies gender studies and development studies as well as to policy makers and NGOs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367263096

Youth Murder SpectacleThe Cultural Politics Of ""Youth In Crisis"" In this book Charles Acland examines the culture that has produced both our heightened state of awareness and the bedrock reality of youth violence in the United States. Beginning with a critique of statistical evidence of youth violence Acland compares and juxtaposes a variety of popular cultural representations of what has come to be a perceive Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367314071

Youth Place and Theories of Belonging Drawing on interdisciplinary perspectives Youth Place and Theories of Belonging showcases cutting-edge empirical research on young people’s lifeworlds. The scholars demonstrate that belonging is personal infused with individual and collective histories as well as interwoven with conceptions of place. In studying how young people adapt to social change the research highlights the plurality of belonging as well as its temporal and fleeting nature. In the field of youth studies we have seen a recent emphasis on studying the ways youth live out everyday multiculturalisms in an increasingly globalised world. How young people negotiate belonging in everyday life and how they come to understand their positions in fragmented societies remain emerging areas of scholarship. Composed of twelve chapters the collection references key sites and institutions in young people’s lives such as schools community/cultural centres neighbourhoods and spaces of consumption. Drawing from diverse areas such as the rural the urban as well as displacements and mobilities this international collection enhances our understanding of the theories employed in the study of youth identity practices. Written in a direct and clear style this collection of essays will be of interest to researchers working in geography theories of affect gender mobility performativities and theories of space/place. Investigating how young people come to belong can open up new spaces and provide critical insights into young people’s identities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138559622

Youth Risk RoutineA New Perspective on Risk-Taking in Young Lives Young people’s lives continue to be the topic of public scrutiny and recurring ‘moral panics’. Smoking cannabis speeding and engaging in street-level fights are depicted as activities based on ‘poor choices’ or simple hedonism putting young people’s futures at risk. Based on comprehensive qualitative research with young people in Denmark this book illustrates how such individualised accounts miss out on the inherently social character of risk-taking activities. Youth Risk Routine introduces a new approach to risk-taking activities as being an integral and routinised part of young people’s everyday life. By applying social theories of practice this insightful volume presents a framework for understanding the routinised dimensions of young people’s engagement in risk-taking and how this is embedded in intertwined with and held in place by other everyday practices. Indeed through extensive empirical analyses of the rich material at hand the authors explore how routinisation coordination embodiment and social context are central aspects for understanding how why and when young people engage in risk-taking practices. Youth Risk Routine will be of interest to students and scholars in sociology criminology and social work as well as wider social science audiences particularly those interested in exploring the empirical potential of social theories of practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138217386

Youth Risk and Russian Modernity Title first published in 2003. This timely and original book is the most comprehensive and authoritative analysis of Russia's risk society to date. Referring to the works of Douglas Beck and Giddens it considers a variety of theories of risk and applies them to young people in different risk societies showing how these youngsters have adapted to cope with risk. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138708624

Youth Sexuality and Sexual Citizenship Sexual citizenship is a powerful concept associated with debates about recognition and exclusion agency respect and accountability. For young people in general and for gender and sexually diverse youth in particular these debates are entangled with broader imaginings of social transitions: from ‘child’ to ‘adult’and from ‘unreasonable subject’ to one ‘who can consent’. This international and interdisciplinary collection identifies and locates struggles for recognition and inclusion in particular contexts and at particular moments in time recognising that sexual and gender diverse young people are neither entirely vulnerable nor self-reliant.  Focusing on the numerous domains in which debates about youth sexuality and citizenship are enacted and contested  Youth Sexuality and Sexual Citizenship explores young people’s experiences in diverse but linked settings: in the family at school and in college in employment in social media and through engagement with health services. Bookended by reflections from Jeffrey Weeks and and Susan Talburt the book’s empirically grounded chapters also engage with the key debates outlined in it's scholarly introduction. This innovative book is of interest to students and scholars of gender and sexuality health and sex education and youth studies from a range of disciplinary and professional backgrounds including sociology education nursing social work and youth work.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815379874

Youth Society and Mobile Media in Asia This book examines the influence of mobile media technology on the lives of young people in East and North Asia South East Asia and Australia. It discusses the impact information communication technologies have today on social identity well-being participation and exclusion. It explores current media practices and their innovative transformative and disruptive uses at the local the regional the national and the global level. In particular it analyses mobile media not as a discrete object but rather as part of a dynamic communication and information environment in which human-object relations are constantly reconfigured. It covers key theoretical and conceptual themes in youth mobile media research focusing on social cultural and political aspects including coverage of key themes such as regulation and technology practices pedagogies aesthetics social change and representations of mobile youth. The book includes new accounts of recent research into the uses of mobile media by young people and how these are situated in a broader socio-political context. Case studies include mobile panics in Australia (the notorious Kings of Wirrabee sexual assault case) and Japan (the scandals of high school girls as teenage prostitutes) in which mobile media use has had significant impact. This book offers an up-to-date examination of the influence of information communication technologies on young people’s lives in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415697200

Youth Technology Governance ExperienceAdults Understanding Young People How do adults understand youth? How do their conceptions inform interventions into young lives or involve young people’s experiences? This volume tackles these questions by exploring adults’ ideas about youth. Specifically Youth Technology Governance Experience examines the four titular concepts and their implications for a range of relationships between youth and adults. Utilising interdisciplinary methods the contributing authors deliver a broad range of analyses of young people differentiated by gender class race and geography across an array of contexts including within the home in media representations through government bureaucracies and in everyday life. Youth Technology Governance Experience also interrogates the meaning of technology and governance for youth studies considering a range of ways they interact including through social media technologies of regulation and educational tools. It will appeal to students and academic researchers interested in fields such as youth studies cultural studies sociology and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367486983

Youth The `Underclass' and Social Exclusion The idea that Britain the US and other western societies are witnessing the rise of an underclass of people at the bottom of the social heap structurally and culturally distinct from traditional patterns of `decent' working-class life has become increasingly popular in the 1990s. Anti-work anti-social and welfare dependent cultures are said to typify this new `dangerous class' and `dangerous youth' are taken as the prime subjects of underclass theories. Debates about the family and single-parenthood about crime and about unemployment and welfare reforms have all become embroiled in underclass theories which whilst highly controversial have had remarkable influence on the politics and policies of governments in Britain and the US Youth the `Underclass' and Social Exclusion constitutes the first concerted attempt to grapple with the underclass idea in relation to contemporary youth. It focuses upon unemployment training the labour market crime homelessness and parenting and will be essential reading for students of social policy sociology and criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177567

Youth & Social Order Ils 149 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863544

Youth Activism and SolidarityThe non-stop picket against Apartheid From April 1986 until just after Nelson Mandela’s release from prison in February 1990 supporters of the City of London Anti-Apartheid Group maintained a continuous protest day and night outside the South African Embassy in central London. This book examines how and why a group of children teenagers and young adults made themselves ‘non-stop against apartheid’ creating one of the most visible expressions of anti-apartheid solidarity in Britain. Drawing on interviews with over ninety former participants in the Non-Stop Picket of the South African Embassy and extensive archival research using previously unstudied documents this book offers new insights to the study of social movements and young people’s lives. It theorises solidarity and the processes of adolescent development as social practices to provide a theoretically-informed argument-led analysis of how young activists build and practice solidarity. Youth Activism and Solidarity: The Non-Stop Picket Against Apartheid will be of interest to geographers historians and a wide range of other social scientists concerned with the historical geography of the international anti-apartheid movement social movement studies contemporary British history and young people’s activism and geopolitical agency. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367218959

Youth and DisabilityA Challenge to Mr Reasonable In this ground-breaking book Jenny Slater uses the lens of ’the reasonable’ to explore how normative understandings of youth dis/ability and the intersecting identities of gender and sexuality impact upon the lives of young dis/abled people. Although youth and disability have separately been thought within socio-cultural frameworks rarely have sociological studies of ’youth’ and ’disability’ been brought together. By taking an interdisciplinary critical disability studies approach to explore the socio-cultural concepts of ’youth’ and ’disability’ alongside one-another Slater convincingly demonstrates that ’youth’ and ’disability’ have been conceptualised within medical/psychological frameworks for too long. With chapters focusing on access and youth culture independence autonomy and disabled people’s movements and the body gender and sexuality this volume’s intersectional and transdisciplinary engagement with social theory offers a significant contribution to existing theoretical and empirical literature and knowledges around disability and youth. Indeed through highlighting the ableism of adulthood and the falsity of conceptualising youth as a time of becoming-independent-adult the need to shift approaches to research around dis/abled youth is one of the main themes of the book. This book therefore is a provocation to rethink what is implicit about ’youth’ and ’disability’. Moreover through such an endeavour this book sits as a challenge to Mr Reasonable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815392163

Youth and Employment in Sub-Saharan AfricaWorking but Poor It is widely acknowledged that youth unemployment is one of the most critical challenges facing countries in Sub-Saharan Africa. This volume brings together an eminent group of international scholars to analyse the extent and complex nature of this joblessness and offer a set of evidence-based policy choices that could contribute to solving the problem in the short- and long-run. Part I reviews the existing literature on youth unemployment and underemployment in Sub-Saharan Africa from microeconomic and macroeconomic perspectives while Part II goes on to present detailed country studies of Ethiopia Ghana Kenya and South Africa. These studies offer a deep understanding of the situation on the ground and consider country-specific solutions.Throughout the book it is argued that the standard ILO definition of unemployment is too narrow to correctly portray employment situations in Sub-Saharan Africa. Several alternative measures of unemployment are presented which show that joblessness is far more pervasive than commonly assumed in the literature.This volume will be of interest to academics and policy makers involved in African development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367868260

Youth and Inequality in EducationGlobal Actions in Youth Work The transition to adulthood for many is mediated by class culture and local/global influences on identity. This volume analyzes the global injustices that create inequities and restrict future opportunities for young people during this transitional time including poverty unemployment human rights race ethnicity and location. It critically examines global instances of youth discrimination offering positive strategies and practices such as youth work that successfully remediate these injustices. With international contributions from Aotearoa New Zealand Australia England Malaysia Peru Philippines Portugal Morocco Jordan and the U.S. this volume is particularly important to researchers and scholars in the fields of youth studies education and social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085725

Youth and Internet Addiction in China A form of 'electronic opium' is how some people have characterised young people’s internet use in China. The problem of 'internet addiction' (wangyin) is seen by some parents as so severe that they have sought psychiatric help for their children. This book which is based on extensive original research including discussions with psychiatrists parents and 'internet-addicted' young people explores the conflicting attitudes which this issue reveals. It contrasts the views of young people who see internet use especially gaming as a welcome escape from the dehumanising pressures of contemporary Chinese life with the approach of those such as their parents who medicalise internet overuse and insist that working hard for good school grades is the correct way to progress. The author shows that these contrasting attitudes lead to battles which are often fierce and violent and argues that the greater problem may in fact lie with parents and other authority figures who misguidedly apply high pressure to enforce young people to conform to the empty values of a modern dehumanised consumer-oriented society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138643567

Youth and Internet PornographyThe impact and influence on adolescent development This much-needed book provides an in-depth nonjudgmental look at how consumption of Internet pornography and sexually explicit Internet material (SEIM) impacts the social physical emotional and sexual development of adolescents. Youth and Internet Pornography explores some of the most contemporary issues in this field including deepfake technology the long-standing conflict between legal challenges to pornography versus individual rights and the interrelationship between adolescent use of Internet pornography and the larger culture. The text outlines how different generations interact with the Internet as well as the related legal and ethical issues around working with these different age groups. Behun and Owens use clinical illustrations and guided practice exercises to contextualise theoretical constructs and research providing a comprehensive guide to how those working with young people should consider the impact of Internet pornography in their day-to-day practice. This book is essential reading for professionals and policy makers hoping to mitigate outcomes in counselling youth and social work and education as well as supplementary reading for courses in human sexuality and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138390539

Youth and Leisure First published in 1983. In the 1980s as they are today young people were remaining longer in education and were leaving better qualified if only to face unemployment rather than real jobs and progressive careers. Traditional gender divisions and roles are being challenged. In this study Kenneth Roberts uses evidence from youth and leisure research to examine the ways that young people were responding to these trends. His book combines theories of adolescence of the role and growth of leisure and of the sources and consequences of post-war youth cultures. Roberts stresses and explains the persistence of class and gender divisions through trends in clothing music and hair artistry and predicts that these patterns will survive changes. He explains why even during the era of affluent young workers the freedom of adolescence remained superficial for most young people at least. The majority had never been granted any real alternative to using their ‘free’ time and money to embrace traditional class and gender roles. Contrary to popular reputations Youth and Leisure argues that on balance youth cultures exercised a conservative influence and that the more radical styles are nurtured by middle- and not working-class youths. The analysis has policy implications which are drawn together in the final chapter. Practitioners are advised to recognise that youth and leisure services cannot override divisions and tastes grounded in the wider social structure but this does not mean that these interventions must be ineffective. Roberts explains how leisure education and provision can modify broader patterns and enable all young people to explore the leisure opportunities their circumstances allow.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367110581

Youth and PolicyContexts and Consequences First published in 1997 this volume is concerned primarily though not exclusively with one particular vulnerable group: unqualified young men on the margins. These young men whose cultures of machismo manualism and anti-mentalism previously served to prepare them for the manual labour market are increasingly the careerless the jobless and the folk-devils of the modern post-industrial society. In research they have received considerable attention though more for their capacity to be spectacular deviant and bizarre than through the deep anxieties and despondency about the future experienced by many. Howard Williamson contends that the development of effective youth policy depends essentially upon a synthesis of political priorities professional agendas and young people’s perspectives and responses. While not quite an ‘underclass’ many suffer from a ‘tangle of pathologies’ which obstructs the possibility of them finding a way back into mainstream economic housing and relationship transitions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138394339

Youth and Political Violence in IndiaA Social Psychological Account of Conflict Experiences from the Kashmir Valley This book offers a sociocultural and interdisciplinary understanding of the impact of political violence on youth behaviour. Drawing on extensive fieldwork in the Kashmir valley and reports from conflict areas across the globe the volume brings into focus the ways in which violence affects social and psychological dynamics within the individual and the community. It develops a social psychological approach to the study of youth and violent conflict in South Asia and offers new insights into the intricacies within the discourse. Focussing on the emotions and behaviour of people in largescale conflict it expands the discourse on the psychological dimensions of hope aggression emotion regulation and extremist mindset to inform policy and intervention for peacebuilding. Moving beyond Western psychiatric models this book proposes a more culturally and historically rooted analysis that focusses on collective experiences of violence to de-colonise psychological science and expand the understanding of youth’s experiences with political violence. The volume will be of great interest to scholars and researchers of politics psychology peace and conflict studies sociology and social anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367111274

Youth and Sexuality in the Twentieth-Century United States When did the sexual revolution happen? Most Americans would probably say the 1960s. In reality young couples were changing the rules of public and private life for decades before. By the early years of the twentieth century teenagers were increasingly free of adult supervision and taking control of their sexuality in many ways. Dating going steady necking petting and cohabiting all provoked adult hand-wringing and advice most of it ignored. By the time the media began announcing the arrival of a ‘sexual revolution ’ it had been going on for half a century. Youth and Sexuality in the Twentieth-Century United States tells this story with fascinating revelations from both personal writings and scientific sex research. John C. Spurlock follows the major changes in the sex lives of American youth across the entire century considering how dramatic revolutions in the culture of sex affected not only heterosexual relationships but also gay and lesbian youth and same-sex friendships. The dark side of sex is also covered with discussion of the painful realities of sexual violence and coercion in the lives of many young people. Full of details from first-person accounts this lively and accessible history is essential for anyone interested in American youth and sexuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817494

Youth and Social Change in Eastern Europe and the Former Soviet Union Two decades have now passed since the revolutions of 1989 swept through Eastern Europe and precipitated the collapse of state socialism across the region engendering a period of massive social economic and political transformation. This book explores the ways in which young people growing up in post-socialist Eastern Europe and the former Soviet Union negotiate a range of identities and transitions in their personal lives against a backdrop of thoroughgoing transformation in their societies. Drawing upon original empirical research in a range of countries the book's contributors explore the various freedoms and insecurities that have accompanied neo-liberal transformation in post-socialist countries - in spheres as diverse as consumption migration political participation volunteering employment and family formation - and examine the ways in which they have begun to re-shape different aspects of young people's lives. In addition while 'social change' is a central theme of the issue all of the chapters in the collection indicate that the new opportunities and risks faced by young people continue both to underpin and to be shaped by familiar social and spatial divisions not only within and between the countries addressed but also between 'East' and 'West'. This book was originally published as a special issue of Journal of Youth Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118386

Youth and the CrisisUnemployment education and health in Europe The recent recession has led to an ongoing crisis in the youth labour market in Europe. This timely book deals with a number of areas related to the context choices and experiences of young people the consequences of which resonate throughout their lives. The focus of the contributions to this volume is on issues which whilst undoubtedly important have thus far received less attention than they arguably deserve. The first part of the book is concerned with issues related to education and training covering matters such as the role of monopsony in training the consequences of over-education and the quality of educational institutions from primary to tertiary. The second part is primarily concerned with the long-term consequences of short-term choices and experiences including contributions on health-related choices health consequences later in life factors affecting the home-leaving decision as well as an analysis of the increasing intergenerational transmission of inequality; a trend which accelerated during the recession. The last part of the book deals with issues related to youth unemployment and NEET – the direct consequence of the recession.This book contains a number of innovative analyses reporting significant findings that contrast with standard models. Some of the more interesting results directly contradict conventional wisdom on a number of topics from the importance of monopsony in training markets to the importance of transitory income changes on consumption of addictive goods. This book is suitable for those who study labor economics political economy as well as employment and unemployment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668549

Youth and the Politics of the PresentCoping with Complexity and Ambivalence Youth and the Politics of the Present presents a range of topical sociological investigations into various aspects of the everyday practices of young adults in different European contexts. Indeed this volume provides an original and provocative investigation of various current central issues surrounding the effects of globalization and the directions in which Western societies are steering their future. Containing a wide range of empirical and comparative examples from across Europe this title highlights how young adults are trying to implement new forms of understanding interpretation and action to cope with unprecedented situations; developing new forms of relationships identifications and belonging while they experience new and unprecedented forms of inclusion and exclusion. Grounding this exploration is the suggestion that careful observations of the everyday practices of young adults can be an excellent vantage point to grasp how and in what direction the future of contemporary Western societies is heading. Offering an original and provocative investigation Youth and the Politics of the Present will appeal to students and researchers interested in fields such as Youth Studies Globalization Studies Migration Studies Gender Studies and Social Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729356

Youth and Young Adulthood The parameters within which young people live their lives have changed radically. In particular rapid and dizzying changes to education systems and labour markets around the world have dramatically increased the complexity of the so-called ‘youth phase’. While ‘youth’ and ‘young adulthood’ have developed and cohered into critical concepts in contemporary social and cultural analysis the daunting quantity (and variable quality) of the available research exploring the many often controversial issues that the concepts throw up makes it difficult to discriminate the useful from the tendentious superficial and otiose. That is why this new four-volume collection in the highly regarded Routledge series Critical Concepts in Sociology is so timely. It answers the urgent need for a wide-ranging 'mini library' to provide easy access to the key items of scholarly literature material that is often inaccessible or scattered throughout a variety of specialist journals and books. Youth and Young Adulthood is supplemented with a full index and includes a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. It is destined to be valued by scholars and students and researchers as a vital resource. * * * * * Andy Furlong the lead editor of this collection is Professor of Sociology in the Department of Educational Studies at the University of Glasgow. He edits the Journal of Youth Studies and is an adviser to the Japanese Youth Cohort Survey team. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415830348

Youth at the MarginsPerspectives on Arab Mediterranean Youth The 2011 Arab uprisings led to a great proliferation of studies on the situations in the Arab countries of the Mediterranean with particular attention given to their young people whose role was particularly central. Eight years on in-depth exploration is still needed of the conditions in which millions of (mainly young) people demanded change. In this context this volume examines the state and diversity of the forms of socioeconomic political and cultural marginalization facing the region's young men and women as well as the strategies and routes of contestation by which they escape them. Through the interdisciplinary empiricism of this book based on the results emerging from the SAHWA Project (funded by the European Commission under the Seventh Framework Programme grant agreement nº 613174) we aspire to build a complex description and analysis of the current situation of the Arab Mediterranean youth. The aim is to fathom out young people’s patterns agency and living conditions focusing on the relational character of the juvenile worlds actively constructed by themselves. The authors explore the main trends that are reflected in the social strategies cultural constructions and changes within the Arab youth population and whether the creation of new lifestyles and the emergence of youth cultures are an indicator of sociopolitical transitions. To answer all these questions the researchers have conducted a comprehensive study in five Arab Mediterranean countries: Algeria Egypt Lebanon Morocco and Tunisia. Based on mixed method research the data collection is composed of two primary sources: the SAHWA Youth Survey 2016 (2017) in which 10 000 young people were interviewed; and the SAHWA Ethnographic Fieldwork 2015 involving more than 200 young people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662462

Youth Citizenship and the European Union This book applies a number of different disciplinary and geographical perspectives to ascertain whether and how European youth identify with the EU trust EU institutions and engage in EU issues. It investigates the factors and processes that predict the different ways in which young Europeans engage (or do not engage) with social and political issues and become active European citizens. The volume is based on results from the first two years of the Horizon 2020 CATCH-EyoU project (“Constructing AcTive CitizensHip with European Youth: Policies Practices Challenges and Solutions”). It addresses different dimensions of active citizenship in the EU and different processes and contexts that explain the construction of youth active citizenship including societal-level factors such as policy context and media; interaction-level contexts such as school and family; and individual-level factors. The final chapter emphasizes the impact of the current historical context on the development of young Europeans’ civic identity and their understanding of the social and political reality. With contributions from a variety of disciplines including psychology political science communications and education and spanning geographic contexts across Europe this book will be of interest to researchers studying contemporary European youth and the construction of young people’s identity. This book was originally published as a special issue of the European Journal of Developmental Psychology. Chapters 1 and 5 are available Open Access at https://www.routledge.com/products/9780367236557. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729851

Youth Citizenship and the Politics of Belonging Around the world today young people are being called upon to develop civic competence and carry the burden of forging a political future in the midst of impoverishment exclusion and inequality. In societies that have experienced civil war military occupation mass immigration of displaced people or social conflict the conditions under which young people attempt to build their citizenship are not well understood. Youth Citizenship and the Politics of Belonging contributes to the field of youth citizenship studies by purposively exploring the experiences of young adults in the context of the formation of nationhood and global citizenship. It explores from the perspective of various countries the role of social context and schooling in creating young citizens. This collection offers a unique opportunity to hear the voices of young people themselves who as ‘learner citizens’ within educational institutions poor communities and refugee camps amongst other settings expose the tensions between social inclusion and marginalization. The book considers young people’s contemporary social movements their activism and their sense of belonging. It looks at understandings of national political and religious identities youth rights and various forms of state community and sexual violence as well as strategic coping strategies their reinterpretations of civic messages and the ways in which anger resistance and disengagement put youth in a difficult position. This book was originally published as a special issue of Comparative Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415659680

Youth Civic and Political Engagement What exactly is civic and political participation? What factors influence young people’s participation? How can we encourage youth to participate actively in their own democracies? Youth Civic and Political Engagement takes a multidisciplinary approach to answering these key questions incorporating research in the fields of psychology sociology political science and education to explore the issues affecting youth civic and political engagement. Drawing on evidence that has been obtained in many different national contexts and through multinational studies this book provides a theoretical synthesis of this large and diverse body of research using an integrative multi-level ecological model of youth engagement to do so. It identifies unresolved issues in the field and offers numerous suggestions for future research. Youth Civic and Political Engagement is an invaluable resource for researchers teachers youth workers civil society activists policymakers and politicians who wish to acquire an up-to-date understanding of the factors and processes that influence young people’s civic and political engagement and how to promote youth engagement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848721623

Youth Comprehensive Risk AssessmentA Clinically Tested Approach for Helping Professionals Youth Comprehensive Risk Assessment: A Clinically Tested Approach for Helping Professionals presents a complete youth risk assessment and treatment program based on Dr. Ken Coll's 20 plus years of research on assessing and treating at-risk youth. In this book helping professionals will find not only a wide range of succinct and easy-to-use assessments but also proven helpful highly specific approaches and treatment strategies. Case studies and intervention techniques show professionals—from therapists and social workers to teachers and nurses—how they can help struggling youth find motivation to work on their concerns. This book also offers professionals a menu of assessment surveys and action strategies so that they can develop a plan that best fits the needs of particular youth and their families. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138945517

Youth Culture Popular Music and the End of 'Consensus' This book examines youth cultural responses to the political economic and socio-cultural changes that affected Britain in the aftermath of the Second World War. In particular it considers the extent to which elements of youth culture and popular music served to contest the notion of ‘consensus’ that historians and social commentators have suggested served to frame British polity from the late 1940s into the 1970s. The collection argues that aspects of youth culture appear to have revealed notable fault-lines in and across British society and provided alternative perspectives and reactions to the presumptions of mainstream political and cultural opinion in the period. This perhaps was most acute in the period leading up to and after the seemingly pivotal moment of Margaret Thatcher’s election to prime minister in 1979.This book was originally published as a special issue of Contemporary British History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739737

Youth Culture and Identity in Northern ThailandFitting In and Sticking Out Youth Culture and Identity in Northern Thailand examines how young people in urban Chiang Mai construct an identity at the intersection of global capitalism state ideologies and local culture. Drawing on over 15 years of ethnographic research the book explores the impact of rapid urbanisation and modernisation on contemporary Thai youth focusing on conspicuous youth subcultures drug use (especially methamphetamine use) and violent youth gangs. Anjalee Cohen shows how young Thai people construct a specific youth identity through consumerism and symbolic boundaries – in particular through enduring rural/urban distinctions. The suggestion is that the formation of subcultures and “deviant” youth practices such as drug use and violence are not necessarily forms of resistance against the dominant culture nor a pathological response to dramatic social change as typically understood in academic and public discourse. Rather Cohen argues that such practices are attempts to “fit in and stick out” in an anonymous urban environment. This volume is relevant to scholars in Thai Studies Southeast Asian Studies Anthropology Sociology Urban Studies and Development Studies particularly those with an interest in youth drugs and gangs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815356615

Youth Culture and SportIdentity Power and Politics Youth Culture and Sport critically interrogates and challenges contemporary articulations of race class gender and sexual relations circulating throughout popular iterations of youth sporting culture in late-capitalism. Written against the backdrop of important changes in social cultural political and economic dynamics taking place in corporate culture’s war on kids this exciting new volume marks the first anthology to critically examine the intersection of youth culture and sport in an age of global uncertainty. Bringing together leading scholars from cultural studies gender studies sociology sport studies and related fields chapters range in scope from 'action' sport subcultures and community redevelopment programs to the cultural politics of white masculinity and Nike advertising. It is a must read for anyone interested in gaining a better understanding of the role sport plays in the construction of experiences identities practices and social differences of contemporary youth culture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203938829

Youth Culture and the MediaGlobal Perspectives This expansive lively introduction charts the connections between international youth cultures and the development of global media and communication. From 1950s drive-ins and jukeboxes to contemporary social media the book examines modern youth cultures in their social economic and political contexts. Exploring the rise of young people as a distinct media market the book examines the relation of youth to modern consumerism marketing and digital technologies. The chapters are packed with analysis of media representations of youth debates about the media’s 'effects' on young audiences and young people’s use of the media to elaborate identities and negotiate social relationships. Drawing on a wealth of international examples the book explores the impact of globalisation and new media technologies on youth cultures around the world. Assessing a profusion of worldwide research the book shows how modern youth cultures can only be understood as part of an international web of connections exchanges and experiences. With an ideal balance between detailed examples and engaging analysis this book is a must-read for anyone interested in youth cultures and the modern media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415621663

Youth Culture in Chinese Language Film This book explores the vigorous film cultures of mainland China Taiwan and Hong Kong from the perspective of youth culture. The book relates this important topic to the wider social cultural and institutional context and discusses the relationship between the films and the changes that today are transforming each society. Among the areas explored are the differences between the three film industries their creation of new types of screen hero and heroine and their conflicts with traditional Chinese attitudes such as respect for age. The many films discussed provide fresh perspectives on the ways in which young people are coping with gender sexuality class coming of age the pressures of education and major social shifts such as rural to urban migration. They show young adults in each society striving to construct new value systems for a complex rapidly changing environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815357582

Youth Cultures and SubculturesAustralian Perspectives This volume critically examines ’subculture’ in a variety of Australian contexts exploring the ways in which the terrain of youth cultures and subcultures has changed over the past two decades and considering whether ’subculture’ still works as a viable conceptual framework for studying youth culture. Richly illustrated with concrete case studies the book is thematically organised into four sections addressing i) theoretical concerns and global debates over the continued usefulness of subculture as a concept; ii) the important place of ’belonging’ in subcultural experience and the ways in which belonging is played out across an array of youth cultures; iii) the gendered experiences of young men and women and their ways of navigating subcultural participation; and iv) the ethical and methodological considerations that arise in relation to researching and teaching youth culture and subculture. Bringing together the latest interdisciplinary research to combine theoretical considerations with recent empirical studies of subcultural experience Youth Cultures and Subcultures will appeal to scholars and students across the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599690

Youth Development in FootballLessons from the world’s best academies The identification and development of talented young players has become a central concern of football clubs at all levels of the professional game as well as for national and international governing bodies. This is the first book to offer a comprehensive survey and assessment of youth development programmes in football around the world to highlight best practice and to offer clear recommendations for improvement. The book draws on original in-depth research at eight elite professional football clubs including Barcelona Ajax and Bayern Munich as well as the French national football academy at Clairefontaine. It adopts a multi-disciplinary approach including psychology coaching and management studies and covers every key topic from organisational structures talent recruitment and performance analysis to player education and welfare. Written by two authors with extensive experience in English professional football including five Premiership clubs this book is important reading for any student researcher coach administrator or academy director with an interest in football youth sport sports development sports coaching or sport management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415814997

Youth Development in Identity SocietiesParadoxes of Purpose This book explores the causes and consequences of the contradictions in young people’s lives stemming from the affluence–purpose paradox: a lack of purpose-in-life among many of those living in the most affluent societies in human history. This paradox is endemic to identity societies where people experience a choice-contingent life course and is examined using an interdisciplinary approach—largely with an integration of developmental psychology and sociology but also using historical anthropological economic and political perspectives. The transition to adulthood is now commonly a prolonged process with young people facing a number of psychological challenges and sociological obstacles in their identity formation. Challenges include difficulties in making prudent choices about goals. Obstacles involve cross-pressures in the wider society as well as in educational institutions. Consequently many youth experience their education as alienating and stressful rather than as an opportunity for personal development. Those without a sense of purpose have more difficulties with their identity formation that can produce symptoms of anxiety and depression. The current student mental health crisis is examined in this context. An additional challenge is an ambiguously defined adulthood. Young people who are confused about appropriate adult roles often value hedonistic activities rooted in narcissism and materialism rather than in more fulfilling long-term goals. Conversely those who are agentic in their personal development can thrive in adulthood especially when they combine agency with generativity. This book ends with a series of recommendations for researchers and policy makers to help youth cope with the affluence–purpose paradox. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138353312

Youth Drinking Cultures in a Digital WorldAlcohol Social Media and Cultures of Intoxication Social media has helped boost the culture of intoxication a central aspect of young people’s social lives in many Western countries. Initial research suggests that these technologies enable highly-nuanced targeted marketing and innovations – creating new virtual spaces that alter the dynamics and consequences of drinking cultures in significant ways. Youth Drinking Cultures in a Digital World focuses on how pervasive social networking technologies contribute to drinking cultures. It brings together international contributions from leading researchers in this emerging field to explore how new technologies are reconfiguring the key themes traditional interests practices and concerns of alcohol-related research with young people. It is particularly concerned with three important areas namely: identities social relations and power alcohol marketing and commercialisation public health and regulating alcohol promotion. This innovative book includes original research and commentary and is a must-read for academics and researchers in the areas of public health psychology sociology media studies youth studies and alcohol studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367224103

Youth Drinking CulturesEuropean Experiences How can 'binge drinking' be explained and understood? Is alcohol consumption related to the particular cultural characteristics of some European countries? Should heavy drinking cultures be seen as a mainstream youth phenomenon or as marginal - and is this different in different countries? A team of leading researchers addresses these questions and more in their analysis of the alcohol consumption patterns of European young people. Alcohol consumption is an important marker of transition from childhood to early adulthood yet the timing intensity and purpose of adolescent drinking varies dramatically between countries. The contributors provide cross-national comparisons to investigate how drinking behaviour varies examining factors such as gender societal context and family socio-economic backgrounds. Youth Drinking Cultures offers a comprehensive set of perspectives on adolescent drinking in Europe. In linking issues around social identity and the life-course with a highly topical area of media and policy concern the book will be of great value to sociology and social policy scholars especially youth researchers and also to professionals working with young people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273504

Youth Economy Crisis and Reinvention in Twenty-First-Century ChinaMorning Sun in the Tiny Times This book surveys the explosive youth culture in twenty-first century China an active and powerful force catalysing cultural innovations social changes and collective efforts re-inventing a pluralistic and multivalent youth (qingnian) in an age of enormous change division and uncertainty. Providing a comprehensive analysis of literary cinematic musical televisual and social media representations about for and by disparate youth groups this book seeks to offer a systematic investigation of a trans-medial and multi-locale youth culture. In so doing it examines contributions from high school dropouts industrial workers migrant laborers and "leftover women" as well as best-selling writers and filmmakers cultural entrepreneurs queer idols and fans and young feminist activists. Observing the Chinese youths’ deployment of "small" genres such as light novels and short videos in addition to digital media this book ultimately demonstrates the renewal of cultural forms and the transformative power of networked "small" atomized individuals in reinventing a youthful coalition of silenced belittled and marginalized groups. A thoroughly interdisciplinary study Youth Economy Crisis and Reinvention in Twenty-First-Century China will be useful to students and scholars of Chinese culture and society as well as Literary Studies Cultural Studies Gender Studies and Media Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367345518

Youth Entrepreneurship and Local Development in Central and Eastern Europe This book analyses the opportunities and barriers for youth entrepreneurship amid systemic change in Central and Eastern Europe. The authors cover different aspects of youth entrepreneurship and its contribution to the debate on youth unemployment in transition economies. The book discusses the wide-spread over-optimism regarding youth entrepreneurship self-employment and its impact on economic innovation and job creation resulting from a disregard of critical contextual features and the characteristics of young entrepreneurs themselves. The authors give due acknowledgment of the importance of both factors and so fully understand the impediments to youth entrepreneurship especially in a transition context. Furthermore they seek to assess the opportunities and constraints of promotion policies in transition economies. Most importantly the book provides the first empirical contribution to youth entrepreneurship in Central and Eastern Europe by offering a representative number of case studies. The book will be invaluable reading for scholars and students of transition and developing countries particularly those with an interest in entrepreneurship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399193

Youth Homelessness and Survival SexIntimate Relationships and Gendered Subjectivities Survival sex commonly understood to be the exchange of sex for material support is a practice that is associated with young homeless women. However such a narrow definition of survival sex fails to recognise the multiple complex and coexisting motivations of young homeless women for engaging in intimate relationships in post-industrial capitalist society. In Youth Homelessness and Survival Sex Watson’s insightful analysis of personal narratives reveals how young homeless women are exposed to situations in which survival can be impeded or assisted by playing out specific gender roles. Indeed in identifying and contesting the dominant social discourses that young homeless women draw upon to frame their experiences of intimate affairs Watson challenges the reader to understand how gendered subjectivities are produced and performed through heteronormative relationships. This enlightening book is vital in showing that homelessness is not a gender-neutral phenomenon and that there are gender-specific processes and practices involved in the navigation of poverty violence and social exclusion. Youth Homelessness and Survival Sex will appeal to undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as postdoctoral researchers interested in fields such as Homelessness Youth Studies Social Work and Gender Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367354824

Youth in a Changing KareliaA Comparative Study of Everyday Life Future Orientations and Political Culture of Youth in North-West Russia and This title was first published in 2000:  The book is aimed at uncovering certain features of the future of Karelia which is partly situated in Russia and Finland. The authors believe that this can be done by studying in depth the opinions values norms beliefs fears and hopes of young people living in two neighbouring but profoundly different societies: Russia and Finland. Young people are constructing these societies in the 20th century. The book is based on a comparative research project financed by the Academy of Finland which was carried out during 1995-1997 by an international inter-disciplinary research group. The novelty of the book is based on the use of different research methods and theoretical starting points. One of the crucial questions raised by the book concerns the applicability of Western theories in research into Russian society and people. The analysis shows that many of the concepts applied frequently in Western social sciences do not apply in research relating to Russian specific culture. The book proposes that more attention should be paid to the challenges of comparative research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138713215

Youth in Contemporary Europe This book examines the everyday living conditions experienced and also shaped by young people in Europe. Contributors reflect on the current context of economic social and political change affecting youth in the critical transition from dependence to independence. The volume provides the reader with a multi-dimensional and interdisciplinary view of youth cultures drawn from a variety of recent research throughout the continent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415810630

Youth in Crisis?'Gangs' Territoriality and Violence Few issues attract greater concern and censure than those that surround youth 'gangs'. Paradoxically youth researchers have conventionally been reluctant to even use the term 'gang' but more recently such reluctance has receded. Indeed it is increasingly claimed that â€“ in particular urban 'territories' â€“ youth gangs are commonplace  some young people are deeply immersed in violence and the carrying and use of weapons (particularly knives and firearms) is routine. Comprizing a series of essays from leading national and international researchers this book subjects such claims to rigorous critical scrutiny. It provides a challenging and authoritative account of complex questions pertaining to urban youth identities crime and social order. This book: locates the question of 'gangs' in both historical and contemporary contexts engages a spectrum of theoretical perspectives and analytical positions presents and analyzes cutting-edge empirical research addresses a range of previously neglected questions including those pertaining to girls young women and 'gangs'.  Youth in Crisis? provides a vital resource for researchers educators policy-makers and practitioners with an interest in key questions facing criminology sociology and social policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203832004

Youth in EducationThe necessity of valuing ethnocultural diversity Youth in Education explores the multiple interrelated social contexts that young people inhabit and navigate and how educational institutions cope with increasing ethnic cultural and ideological diversity. Schools families and communities represent important settings in which young people must make successful transitions to adulthood and the classroom often becomes a battleground in which these contexts and values interact. With contributions from the UK Belgium Germany and Canada the chapters in this book explore rich examples from Europe and North America to suggest strategies that can help to counter negative perceptions processes of stigmatization and disengagement instead prioritising peer support and cooperative learning to give pupils a renewed sense of worth. This book takes the growing ethno-cultural diversity in education systems to heart and studies the various related educational processes from a multidisciplinary and multi-method approach. It aims to offer more insight into underlying mechanisms that are often implicit but can be important factors that positively or negatively influence educational trajectories and outcomes. It is essential reading for researchers academics and postgraduate students in the fields of education sociology higher education policy and politics and social and cultural geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815359852

Youth in Foster CareThe Shortcomings of Child Protection Services First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987432

Youth in IndiaAspirations Attitudes Anxieties This book explores the attitudes anxieties and aspirations of India’s burgeoning young population in a globalised world. Drawing upon time-series survey data of the Indian youth aged between 15 and 34 years across 19 Indian states it provides key insights into a range of themes along with an overview of the changing trends and patterns of their behaviour. The volume examines the job preferences of the Indian youth their career priorities and opinions on reservations in employment and education sectors. It measures their degree of political participation and studies their attitude regarding political issues. It looks at aspects relating to their social and cultural contexts preferences and practices including lifestyle choices consumption habits and social customs such as marriage as they negotiate between tradition and modernity. Further it discusses the anxieties and insecurities that the youth face their mental health and their experiences of social discrimination. The essays here offer an understanding of a critical demographic and shed light on the challenges and opportunities that the Indian youth confront today. Lucid accessible and empirically grounded this volume will be useful to scholars and researchers of sociology political sociology political studies youth psychology and anthropology as well as policymakers journalists and the interested general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367142001

Youth in PrisonWe the People of Unit Four Based on two years of intensive research in a juvenile prison this study tells the story of youths in a "model program " created after a class action lawsuit for inhumane and illegal practices. It captures their lives inside and outside of prison: from drugs gangs and criminal behaviour to the realities of families schools and neighbourhoods. Drawing on experience that encompasses 20 years of juvenile justice research and policy analysis the authors scrutinize the prison's attempts to combine accountability and treatment for youths with protection for the public situating these within the larger social and political context. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203610695

Youth in RevoltReclaiming a Democratic Future Recently American youth have demonstrated en masse about a variety of issues ranging from economic injustice and massive inequality to drastic cuts in education and public services. Youth in Revolt chronicles the escalating backlash against dissent and peaceful protest while exposing a lack of governmental concern for society's most vulnerable populations. Henry Giroux carefully documents a wide range of phenomena from pervasive violent imagery in our popular culture to educational racism censorship and the growing economic inequality we face. He challenges the reader to consider the hope for democratic renewal embodied by Occupy Wall Street and other emerging movements. Encouraging a capacity for critical thought compassion and informed judgment Giroux's analysis allows us to rethink the very nature of what democracy means and what it might look like in the United States and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612052649

Youth in Superdiverse SocietiesGrowing up with globalization diversity and acculturation Youth in Superdiverse Societies brings together theoretical methodological and international approaches to the study of globalization diversity and acculturation in adolescence. It examines vital issues including migration integration cultural identities ethnic minorities and the interplay of ethnic and cultural diversity with experiences of growing up as an adolescent. This important volume focuses on understanding the experiences and consequences of multicultural societies and offers valuable new insights in the field of intergroup relations and the complexity of growingly heterogeneous societies. The book comprises four sections. The first includes fresh theoretical perspectives for studying youth development in multicultural societies exploring topics such as superdiversity globalization bicultural identity development polyculturalism the interplay of acculturation and development as well as developmental-ecological approaches. The second section highlights innovative methods in studying multicultural societies. It contains innovative dynamic concepts (e.g. experience-based sampling) methods for studying the nested structure of acculturative contexts and suggestions for cross-comparative research to differentiate universal and context-specific processes. The third section examines social relations and social networks in diverse societies and features developmentally crucial contexts (e.g. family peers schools) and contributions on interethnic interactions in real-life contexts. The final section presents applications in natural settings and includes contributions on participatory action research and teachers dealings' with ethnic diversity. Each chapter provides a thorough overview of current research trends and findings followed by detailed recommendations for future research suggesting how the approaches can be cited applied and improved. Youth in Superdiverse Societies is valuable reading for students studying adolescent acculturation and development in psychology sociology education anthropology linguistics and political science. It will also be of interest to scholars and researchers in social and developmental psychology and related disciplines as well as professionals in the field of migration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138488397

Youth in the Digital AgeParadox Promise Predicament Young people spend a significant amount of time with technology particularly digital and social media. How do they experience and cope with the many influences of digital media in their lives? What are the main challenges and opportunities they navigate in living online? Youth in the Digital Age provides answers from a decidedly interdisciplinary perspective beginning in a framework steeped in context; biography; and societal influences on young people who now make up 25% of the earth’s population. Placing these perspectives alongside those of current scholars and commentators to help analyse what young people are up against in navigating the digital age the volume also draws on data from a five-year research project (Digital Media and Young Lives). Topics explored include well-being privacy control surveillance digital capital and social relationships. Based on unique and emergent research from Canada  Scotland and Australia Youth in the Digital Age will appeal to post-secondary educators and scholars interested in fields such as youth studies education media studies mental health and technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582012

Youth in the Former Soviet SouthEveryday Lives between Experimentation and Regulation This book offers the first comprehensive analysis of youth in all its diversity in Muslim Central Asia and the Caucasus. It brings together a range of academic perspectives including media studies Islamic studies the sociology of youth and social anthropology. While most discussions of youth in the former Soviet South frame the younger generation as victims of crisis as targets of state policy or as holy warriors this book maps out the complexity and variance of everyday lives under post-Soviet conditions. Youth is not a clear-cut predictable life stage. Yet across the region young people’s lives show forms of experimentation and regulation. Male and female youth explore new opportunities not only in the buzzing space of the city but also in the more closely monitored neighbourhood of their family homes. At the same time they are constrained by communal expectations ethnic affiliation urban or rural background and by gender and sexuality. While young people are more dependent and monitored than many others they are also more eager to explore and challenge. In many ways they stand at the cutting edge of globalization and post-Soviet change and thus they offer innovative perspectives on these processes. This book was published as a special issue of Central Asian Survey. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138209756

Youth in TransitionHousing Employment Social Policies and Families in France and Spain This title was first published in 2002: In recent years there has been a trend among young people across Europe towards remaining longer in their parental homes. Many reasons have been suggested for this change in demographic patterns but Teresa Jurado Guerrero’s study of France and Spain represents the first in-depth cross-national analysis of this important social and economic issue. The book provides systematic comparisons of living arrangements at cross-national cross-regional and individual levels and examines the results of two large-scale national surveys. It investigates the relevance of young people’s employment situations social policies related to youth national and regional housing markets and family norms and identifies policy measures which would encourage early home-leaving and family formation. The book exposes the existence and effects of different national and individual strategies surrounding the process of becoming socially independent and offers unique insights into an issue of key relevance for parents young people researchers and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138726024

Youth in TransitionThe Sociology of Youth and Youth Policy Originally published in 1990 Youth in Transition addresses the issue of large-scale policy intervention related to problems of employment in Britain’s youth. The book reflects the changes within sociology from studying youth as self-contained instigators of change to examining the role they have come to play as the target of official rather than popular or media attention. Changes in youth experience are affecting family relations and dependence or creating homelessness regional economic disparities demographic changes and training and employment opportunities present a new model of youth and re-define its status. The book brings together original work in the field of youth and youth policy in the ‘80s and ‘90s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138487147

Youth Justice and Penality in Comparative Context This book represents the first major analysis of Anglo-Australian youth justice and penality to be published and it makes significant theoretical and empirical contributions to the wider field of comparative criminology. By exploring trends in law policy and practice over a forty-year period the book critically surveys the ‘moving images’ of youth justice regimes and penal cultures the principal drivers of reform the core outcomes of such processes and the overall implications for theory building. It addresses a wide range of questions including: How has the temporal and spatial patterning of youth justice and penality evolved since the early 1980s to the present time? What impacts have legislative and policy reforms imposed upon processes of criminalisation sentencing practices and the use of penal detention for children and young people? How do we comprehend both the diverse ways in which public representations of ‘young offenders’ are shaped structured and disseminated and the varied conflicting and contradictory effects of such representations? To what extent do international human rights standards influence law policy and practice in the realms of youth justice and penality? To what extent are youth justice systems implicated in the production and reproduction of social injustices? How and to what degree are youth justice systems and penal cultures internationalised nationalised regionalised or localised? The book is essential reading for researchers students and tutors in criminology criminal justice law social policy sociology and youth studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815374466

Youth Justice HandbookTheory Policy and Practice What knowledge and skills do you need to practise effectively as a professional within the youth justice system? What values should inform your work with children and young people subject to criminal justice sanctions? These are the central questions addressed by the editors and contributors in this comprehensive new text.The Youth Justice Handbook provides an essential resource for practitioners in youth justice as well as those who are studying the subject as part of their training or an academic course. Its aim is to equip practitioners in youth justice and the wider children’s workforce with an understanding of key theoretical concepts from a range of disciplines that might inform and enhance their work. It encourages a critical interrogation of the ideas that underpin practice by drawing on social constructionist approaches to issues such as ‘child development’ ‘crime’ and ‘punishment’ and related concepts. It provides a descriptive account of current practice inareas such as community corrections and incarceration examining the evidence base for this and suggesting – where appropriate – alternative strategies.The key objective of the Handbook is to provide students with the confidence to critically reflect on the ideas and debates that currently influence the work undertaken with young people as well as those that may shape practice in the future. By equipping them with the basic skills of analysis and an understanding of key themes and developments it aims to further promote their progression as reflective practitioners and autonomous learners.The Youth Justice Handbook takes a multidisciplinary approach and contains chapters from leading experts in the field which draw on original research and practical experience of working in the area. It is divided into five parts:• Contexts of childhood and youth• Research knowledge and evidence in youth justice• Policy possibilities and penal realities in youth justice• Reflective practice• Widening contexts Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781315820064

Youth Justice in ContextCommunity Compliance and Young People Youth Justice in Context examines the influence of legislative organizational policy and practice issues in shaping what constitutes compliance and how non-compliance is responded to when supervising young offenders in the community. It also addresses the impact of adolescent developmental immaturity and social and personal circumstances in mediating expectations of compliance. A central concern of the book is to explore the manner in which compliance changes over time through the dynamics that arise in the supervisory relationship between practitioners and young people and against the backdrop of the social and psychological changes that occur in adolescents’ lives as they move towards early adulthood. A detailed examination is provided based on the perspectives of probation and youth justice professionals operating across different organizational contexts and of young people subject to community supervision. To this end the book offers in-depth analysis on the strategies employed by practitioners in promoting compliance and responding to non-compliance. It also provides unique insights into young people’s perceptions of the supervision process their motivations to comply and their perspectives on desistance from offending. This book offers an alternative perspective to policies and practices that focus primarily on stringent enforcement and control measures in responding to non-compliance. Youth Justice in Context is suited to academics researchers students policy makers social workers probation officers youth justice workers social care workers and other practitioners working with young people in the criminal justice system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415628426

Youth Justice: Theory & Practice This innovative text examines contemporary issues in youth justice in the light of the sweeping reforms introduced by the Crime and Disorder Act 1998 and the Youth Justice and Criminal Evidence Bill 1999. It brings together current debates in both the practice and theory of youth justice intervention and in the light of the governments inter-agency approach to the problem of youth criminality provides an inter-disciplinary examination of these discussions. Including contributions from both academics magistrates and social work practitioners it is a useful text for students of criminology law and social work as well as a valuable resource for youth justice practitioners. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843140290

Youth JusticeA Critical Introduction This book provides a comprehensive student-friendly and critical introduction to youth justice in England and Wales offering a balanced evaluation of its development rationale nature and evidence base. It explores the evolution of definitions and explanations of youth offending and examines the responses to it that constitute youth justice. Bringing together theory and practice this book provides a balanced exposition of contemporary youth justice debates including detailed discussions of governmental rationales and practical issues and an extensive evaluation of critical academic positions. It includes a range of features designed to engage and inspire students: ‘Stop and think’: Activities challenging students to reflect on important issues. ‘Conversations’: Discussions of key themes and issues from the perspectives and experiences of relevant stakeholders including policy makers and activists. ‘Telling it like it is’: Testimonies giving voice to the personalised subjective and contentious viewpoints of youth justice influencers. ‘Controversies and debates’: Prompts to stimulate students to question and critique established knowledge and understanding by considering alternative angles. ‘Recurring theme alerts’: Boxes flagging up recurring themes in the developing construction of youth offending and youth justice. This book is essential reading for students taking courses in youth justice youth offending youth crime youth work and social policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138233256

Youth JusticeContemporary Policy and Practice Published in 1999 the aim of this text is to offer a critical analysis of contemporary policy and practice in relation to children and crime. It provides an integrated edited text combining a critical commentary of contemporary social/criminal justice policy with analyses of progressive practice in the UK. It offers coverage of each discrete stage in the processing of "child offenders" in the criminal justice system. It develops an alternative policy and practice framework drawing on experience from the UK Europe the USA Canada Australia and New Zealand. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360044

Youth JusticeIdeas Policy Practice The exciting new edition of this well-loved textbook offers a fully expanded and revised account and analysis of the youth justice system in the UK taking into account and fully addressing the significant changes that have taken place since the second edition in 2007.The book maintains its critical analysis of the underlying assumptions and ideas behind youth justice as well as its policy and practice laying bare the inadequacies inconsistencies and injustices of practice in the UK. This edition will offer an important update in light of intervening changes as reflected in a change of government and shifting patterns of interventions and outcomes. This book will be an important resource for youth justice practitioners and will also be essential to students taking courses in youth crime and youth justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415626514

Youth Mental HealthApproaches to Emerging Mental Ill-Health in Young People This book highlights the field of youth mental health and why it is a specialty distinct from both child and adolescent and adult mental health. Youth Mental Health: Approaches to Emerging Mental Ill-Health in Young People examines issues such as mental health literacy e-Health family psychological vocational and pharmacological interventions. The authors also discuss issues that are particularly pertinent to young people such as suicidality substance abuse gender identity and sexuality attention deficit disorder and eating disorders. Taking a preventative focus this book presents evidence for youth mental health as an important and growing field makes the case for the reform of existing service structures to better serve this group and outlines the latest specialised approaches to treatment. Drawing on the knowledge and expertise of leading thinkers in youth mental health this book is instrumental for mental health professionals who wish to design new specialised mental health systems for young people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367250645

Youth of Darkest EnglandWorking-Class Children at the Heart of Victorian Empire This book examines the representation of English working-class children — the youthful inhabitants of the poor urban neighborhoods that a number of writers dubbed "darkest England" — in Victorian and Edwardian imperialist literature. In particular Boone focuses on how the writings for and about youth undertook an ideological project to enlist working-class children into the British imperial enterprise demonstrating convincingly that the British working-class youth resisted a nationalist identification process that tended to eradicate or obfuscate class differences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653459

Youth Offending and Restorative Justice This book provides an empirically grounded theoretically informed account of recent changes to the youth justice system in England and Wales focusing on the introduction of elements of restorative justice into the heart of the criminal justice system and the implementation of referral orders and youth offender panels. Taken together this amounts to the most radical overhaul of the youth justice system in the last half century fundamentally changing the underlying values of the system away from an 'exclusionary punitive justice' and towards an 'inclusionary restorative justice'. The book explores the implications of these changes by using the lens of a detailed study of the implementation of referral orders and youth offender panels to explore wider issues about youth justice policy and the integration of restorative justice principles. It draws upon the findings of an in-depth study of the pilots established prior to the national rollout of referral orders in April 2002. The book will be essential reading not only for those involved in the task of implementing the new youth justice but others with an interest in the criminal justice system and in restorative justice who need to know about the far reaching reforms to the youth justice system and their impact. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843924975

Youth On ReligionThe development negotiation and impact of faith and non-faith identity Globalisation has led to increasing cultural and religious diversity in cities around the world. What are the implications for young people growing up in these settings? How do they develop their religious identities and what roles do families friends and peers teachers religious leaders and wider cultural influences play in the process? Furthermore how do members of similar and different cultural and faith backgrounds get on together and what can young people tell us about reducing conflict and promoting social solidarity amid diversity? Youth On Religion outlines the findings from a unique large-scale project investigating the meaning of religion to young people in three multi-faith locations. Drawing on survey data from over 10 000 young people with a range of faith positions as well as a series of fascinating interviews discussion groups and diary reports involving 160 adolescents this book examines myriad aspects of their daily lives. It provides the most comprehensive account yet of the role of religion for young people growing up in contemporary multicultural urban contexts. Youth On Religion is a rigorous and engaging account of developing religiosity in a changing society. It presents young people’s own perspectives on their attitudes and experiences and how they negotiate their identities. The book will be an instructive and valuable resource for psychologists sociologists criminologists educationalists and anthropologists as well as youth workers social workers and anyone working with young people today. It will also provide essential understanding for policy makers tackling issues of multiculturalism in advanced societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415696708

Youth Participation and Community Change Empowered youth CAN and DO make a difference!Young people become empowered by their participation in the institutions and decisions that affect their lives—which in turn can lead to real positive change in the community. Youth Participation and Community Change presents leading authorities providing the latest research and effective approaches on how young people can be drawn to participate in organizations and communities. The diverse perspectives discuss youth participation in today’s society the models and methods of its practice the roles of youth and adults and the future of youth participation and community in a diverse democracy. Approaches include those which promote participatory community-based research and evaluation and involve youth groups in poor and racially segregated areas.The mainstream view of much of today’s youth is that of being victims of society rather than a being a possible positive influence on society as a whole. Youth Participation and Community Change seeks to shift the viewpoint from youth as being problems to empowering them to enact positive social change. The book explores community agency efforts to involve young people and the process by which youth civic engagement promotes empowerment. Social work and public health approaches are examined with cogent discussions on conceptual and theoretical issues. Empirically based case studies illustrate best practices and interdisciplinary work that draws upon psychology sociology social work public health education and related academic disciplines and professional fields.Topics in Youth Participation and Community Change include: key dimensions of critical youth empowerment a case study of youth leadership development in Hawaii—the Sariling Gawa Youth Council the Lexington Youth Leadership Academy—a leadership development and community change program a new model for youth civic engagement in Hampton Virginia three projects that engage urban youth in community change through participatory research youth engagement strategies and the benefits of youth participation in health research ten projects which used photovoice to represent advocate and enhance community health a participatory action research process with youth in Bosnia and Herzegovina the Growing Up in Cities project of UNESCO training students as facilitators for the Youth Empowerment Strategies (YES!) project four characteristics of engagement in the research literature and a school-community-university project differences in developmental outcomes among youth organizing identity-support and traditional youth development agenciesYouth Participation and Community Change is thought-provoking enlightening reading that is perfect for organizers planners policymakers advocates youth service workers agency administrators educators students and professionals in psychology sociology social work urban planning public policy and public health. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051726

Youth Planning CharrettesA Manual for Planners Teachers and Youth Advocates Invest in the future! Involve young people in planning. Learn how to design charrettes starting with workshops and ending with lessons learned.This book explores various approaches to involving youth in schools museums and citizen groups. It's a complete guide to successful community charrettes for younger participants (K-8). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367330293

Youth Policies and Services in Chinese Societies In recent decades much of youth research in Chinese societies has sought to understand the transformation of the younger generation and their social environment in the context of globalization deindustrialization and economic insecurity. The epochal events of the global economic transformation and financial crisis along with long-term Chinese social trends such as rising unemployment income disparity and migration are in the process of creating new structural relations between young people and related social actors. Accordingly this book charts the current conditions of youth services and policies in Chinese societies by examining case studies in Beijing Jinan Shanghai Tianjin and Hong Kong. The chapters address the related issues stemming from unemployment volunteering internal migration economic disadvantages school social work and leadership training. Through comparative analyses of the aforementioned issues the collection highlights contemporary issues in Chinese youth policies and services including work commitment social inclusion social support from family and teachers volunteering and leadership training. The book argues that the strengthening of empowerment and social inclusion in Chinese youth services offers a solution to problems of alienation powerlessness and underclass status. The quest for social inclusion therefore merits renewed attention in the youth policies and services of Chinese societies. This was originally published as a special issue of the International Journal of Adolescence and Youth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415747783

Youth Policy European co-operation has a special role in relation to youth. Both the Council of Europe and the European Community have developed specific initiatives to promote the interests of youth and to place them in a European-wide context. These initiatives cover economic social educational and cultural matters. New opportunities have been created for youth exchanges and an increasingly important application of the EC Social Fund is concerned with youth issues. This volume has a wider focus than the others in this series in that it covers the initiatives of both the European Community and some of the work done by the Council of Europe. It explains how their youth policies have developed the differences between them it guides the reader as to its current programmes and it also discusses proposals affecting the immediate future. This volume will be of special interest to the diverse audience concerned with youth policy: public administrators educationalists social and cultural bodies youth representatives and young individuals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425446

Youth Resistance Research and Theories of Change Youth resistance has become a pressing global phenomenon to which many educators and researchers have looked for inspiration and/or with chagrin. Although the topic of much discussion and debate it remains dramatically under-theorized particularly in terms of theories of change. Resistance has been a prominent concern of educational research for several decades yet understandings of youth resistance frequently lack complexity often seize upon convenient examples to confirm entrenched ideas about social change and overly regulate what "counts" as progress. As this comprehensive volume illustrates understanding and researching youth resistance requires much more than a one-dimensional theory. Youth Resistance Research and Theories of Change provides readers with new ways to see and engage youth resistance to educational injustices. This volume features interviews with prominent theorists including Signithia Fordham James C. Scott Michelle Fine Robin D.G. Kelley Gerald Vizenor and Pedro Noguera reflecting on their own work in light of contemporary uprisings neoliberal crises and the impact of new technologies globally. Chapters presenting new studies in youth resistance exemplify approaches which move beyond calcified theories of resistance. Essays on needed interventions to youth resistance research provide guidance for further study. As a whole this rich volume challenges current thinking on resistance and extends new trajectories for research collaboration and justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415816847

Youth Rising?The Politics of Youth in the Global Economy Over the last decade "youth" has become increasingly central to policy development media and public debates and conflicts across the world – whether as an ideological symbol social category or political actor. Set against a backdrop of contemporary political economy Youth Rising? seeks to understand exactly how and why youth has become such a popular and productive social category and concept. The book provocatively argues that the rise and spread of global neoliberalism has not only led youth to become more politically and symbolically salient but also to expand to encompass a growing range of ages and individuals of different class race ethnic national and religious backgrounds. Employing both theoretical and historical analysis authors Mayssoun Sukarieh and Stuart Tannock trace the development of youth within the context of capitalism where it has long functioned as a category for social control. The book’s chapters critically analyze the growing fears of mass youth unemployment and a "lost generation" that spread around the world in the wake of the global financial crisis. They question as well the relentless focus on youth in the reporting and discussion of recent global protests and uprisings. By helping develop a better understanding of such phenomena and critically and reflexively investigating the very category and identity of youth Youth Rising? offers a fresh and sobering challenge to the field of youth studies and to widespread claims about the relationship between youth and social change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415711265

Youth Sport Migration and CultureTwo Football Teams and the Changing Face of Ireland How do migrant youth negotiate their role in society through sport and leisure practices? How can political theory and qualitative critical research work together to make sense of these processes? These are among the questions that led to a long-term investigation of young males’ sport practices in Ireland possibly the most fertile contemporary setting for the analysis of questions of sport and identity. Youth Sport Migration and Culture emphasises the epistemological and ethical urgency of doing research with rather than on young people. Engaging with the social changes in Irish society through the eyes of children of immigrants growing up in Ireland the book looks closely at young people’s leisure practices in multi-ethnic contexts and at issues of inclusion in relation to public discourses around ‘national identity’ and immigration. Offering compelling analysis of how ideas of race and racism are elaborated through sport this book is fascinating reading for anybody with an interest in the sociology of sport sport development or youth culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662776

Youth Sport Physical Activity and PlayPolicy Interventions and Participation Sport physical activity and play are key constituents of social life impacting such diverse fields as healthcare education and criminal justice. Over the past decade governments around the world have begun to place physical activity at the heart of social policy providing increased opportunities for participation for young people. This groundbreaking text explores the various ways in which young people experience sport physical activity and play as part of their everyday lives and the interventions and outcomes that shape and define those experiences. The book covers a range of different sporting and physical activities across an array of social contexts providing insight into the way in which sport physical activity and play are interpreted by young people and how these interpretations relate to broader policy objectives set by governments sporting organisations and other NGOs. In the process it attempts to answer a series of key questions including: How has sport policy developed over the last decade? How do such policy developments reflect changes at the broader political level? How have young people experienced these changes in and through their sporting lives? By firmly locating sport physical activity and play within the context of recent policy developments and exploring the moral and ethical dimensions of sports participation the book fills a significant gap in the sport studies literature. It is an important reference for students and scholars from a wide-range of sub-disciplines including sports pedagogy sports development sport and leisure management sports coaching physical education play and playwork and health studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837713

Youth Sport and Social CapitalBleachers and Boardrooms This book examines the youth sport parent experience through the lens of social capital a cornerstone social science concept of the past 30 years. Social capital reflects the value of one’s social networks and the actual and potential benefits – and costs – of relationships. Bringing together a team of kids for a season also brings together their families who all must negotiate this new social world. Within this world relationships are bound to form and these are the foundation upon which this project rests.Youth sport scholars have traditionally been interested in questions such as: how many kids play sports what sports they play how and why do they start playing and stop playing and the costs and benefit of participation. However aside from sensational examples of youth sport parents behaving badly scholars know far less about the parental experience. This time is meaningful for parents because parents often spend as much or even more time at the fields than their children. It is thus worth examining what they might get out of this investment.Utilizing two years of fieldwork and over 30 interviews with parents and board members of a youth baseball league in the southwestern United States this book provides an inside look at the beneficial relationships that can be found in the bleachers of a kids’ baseball game as well as the unseen high-stakes games waged in the boardroom where relationships can carry heavy costs as well. This book was originally published as a special issue of Sport in Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660963

Youth Street GangsA critical appraisal Gangs have been heavily pathologized in the last several decades. In comparison to the pioneering Chicago School's work on gangs in the 1920s we have moved away from a humanistic appraisal of and sensitivity toward the phenomenon and have allowed the gang to become a highly plastic folk devil outside of history. This pathologization of the gang has particularly negative consequences for democracy in an age of punishment cruelty and coercive social control. This is the central thesis of David Brotherton’s new and highly contentious book on street gangs. Drawing on a wealth of highly acclaimed original research Brotherton explores the socially layered practices of street gangs including community movements cultural projects and sites of social resistance. The book also critically reviews gang theory and the geographical trajectories of streets gangs from New York and Puerto Rico to Europe the Caribbean and South America as well as state-sponsored reactions and the enabling role of orthodox criminology. In opposition to the dominant gang discourses Brotherton proposes the development of a critical studies approach to gangs and concludes by making a plea for researchers to engage the gang reflexively paying attention to the contradictory agency of the gang and what gang members actually tell us. The book is essential reading for academics and students involved in the study of juvenile delinquency youth studies deviance gang studies and cultural criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415856294

Youth StudiesAn Introduction Youth Studies: an introduction is a clear jargon-free and accessible textbook which will be invaluable in helping to explain concepts theories and trends within youth studies. The concise summaries of key texts and the ideas of important theorists make the book an invaluable resource. The book also raises questions for discussion with international case studies and up-to-date examples. The book discusses important issues within youth studies for example: education and opportunity employment and unemployment family friends and living arrangements crime and justice identities health and sexuality citizenship and political engagement. Suitable for a wide range of youth-related courses this textbook provides a theoretical and empirical introduction to youth studies. It will appeal to undergraduate students on international academic and vocational courses including sociology politics criminology social policy geography and psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415564793

Youth Technical Sessions ProceedingsVI Youth Forum of the World Petroleum Council - Future Leaders Forum (WPF 2019) June 23-28 2019 Saint Over a decade ago the World Petroleum Council launched an initiative to hold an international professional youth forum. The first forum took place in October 2004 in China and had as its motto: "Young people and innovations are the future of the oil industry." It was the first major event in the history of the WPC in which young professionals and academics had the leading role and had the opportunity to exchange their ideas in insights on the oil and gas industry with industry leaders and main representatives of the oil and gas industry. Since then issues of professional development and the disclosure of the creative potential of young industry professionals have been on the agenda of the World Petroleum Council as one of the key areas for the development of international cooperation focused on a strategic perspective. The Future Leaders Forum of the World Petroleum Council VI is the largest international platform for professional communication of young specialists in the oil and gas industry. The contributions in this book are much of interest to professionals and scientists interested or involved in the oil and gas industry or related areas. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367346683

Youth TheatreDrama for Life Youth Theatre: Drama for Life defines the youth theatre process by outlining its constituent parts and explaining how these activities work in order to support young people’s development. As well as describing what is done in youth theatre it also explores why it’s done and how to ensure the best possible outcomes. The book is in four parts: Part 1 explores the nature and purpose of youth theatre drawing on Michael Richardson’s extensive personal experience as a practitioner and manager. Part 2 explains in detail the youth theatre process: warming up playing games voice work developing skills devising and the presentation of devised work. Part 3 discusses how to create an appropriate environment within which the youth theatre process can be most effectively applied. Part 4 covers the most common applications of the youth theatre process namely using it in different education environments; and youth theatre productions and performance. On top of this two appendices give a list of over 60 games that are useful to use in youth theatre; and a list of recommended further reading that supports this book. As well as giving key tips and advice from his own invaluable experience Richardson offers comments from practitioners and participants on what makes a successful youth theatre experience. Michael Richardson has worked in youth theatre for over 20 years has been involved in the training of other practitioners and in the strategic development of the youth theatre sector in the UK. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138841024

Youth Violence Prevention Youth violence is a pressing social concern and this book examines several elements of youth violence prevention. It offers state-of-the-art research on several different topics including: the relationship between bullying offending and victimization; the relationship between race and the code of the streets’ explanation for violent offending; and how differences in methodology affect the validity of the multiple marginality theory of gang membership. It also examines an understudied population: gay gang members as well as providing an analysis of the degree to which risk factors for gang membership and violent offending are sex-specific. The critical component of this text is the melding of research with practical implications for youth violence prevention specialists. As such the book should be useful to both academic and practitioner audiences. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Crime & Justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383883

Youth Voices Public Spaces and Civic Engagement This collection of original research explores ways that educators can create participatory spaces that foster civic engagement critical thinking and authentic literacy practices for adolescent youth in urban contexts. Casting youth as vital social actors contributors shed light on the ways in which urban youth develop a clearer sense of agency within the structural forces of racial segregation and economic development that would otherwise marginalize and silence their voices and begin to see familiar spaces with reimagined possibilities for socially just educational practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367196202

Youth Work Process Product and PracticeCreating an authentic curriculum in work with young people Youth Work Process and Practice provides an overview of the central concerns in youth work today exploring what youth work actually consists in and developing an authentic theoretical framework for practice. This accessible textbook places the role of the curriculum and idea of practice as a process at the centre of youth work. Exploring important aspects of practice – such as empowerment participation and choice group work experiential learning and the importance of relationship building – Jon Ord explains how the idea of curriculum can be used to communicate legitimate and develop youth worth practice as well as help to articulate its value and importance. The book includes a detailed and up-to-date analysis of the policy climate looks at the implications of its focus on measurability and outcomes and discusses the impact of devolution in the UK on youth work practice. It contrasts dominant contemporary perspectives of youth and youth culture and argues that rather than competing ‘informal’ and ‘social’ education are twin aspects of an educational practice which must emphasises both individual development and wider social change. Youth Work Process and Practice is an essential read for all students of youth and community work and will also be an important reference for practising youth workers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415854788

Youth Workers Stuckness and the Myth of SupercompetenceNot knowing what to do Youth workers and other helping professionals regularly find themselves in situations where despite their experience and education they simply do not know what to do or how to respond to the circumstances facing them. This book takes up the moment of not-knowing as experienced by youth workers providing accessible phenomenological descriptions of the experience as lived by several youth workers. In addition to exploring the five dominant themes of the experience the book situates not-knowing in the larger context of the helping professions and the professionalization of youth work in the United States. It concludes with a discussion of the implications of not-knowing for individual youth workers for improved practice through integrated clinical and professional supervision and for the field as a whole. This book will be helpful to practitioners and supervisors in youth work and other helping professions. Youth workers will be able to find themselves reflected in and readily engage with the narratives. Direct service workers and supervisors will benefit from the focuses on practical implications of not-knowing and opportunities for action to help resolve its negative outcomes. Finally interpretive researchers and students will benefit from the step-by-step description of how to conduct phenomenological investigations. This book was published as a special issue of Child & Youth Services. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877853

Youth Working with Girls and Women in Community SettingsA Feminist Perspective This fully revised and expanded edition of Janet Batsleer’s (1996) Working with Girls and Young Women in Community Settings provides a significantly updated text incorporating new research which will serve practitioners and academics well into the twenty-first century. Youth work with girls and young women has taken inspiration from feminisms and THE women’s movement focussing on the strength and potential of girls as beings in their own right rather than as carriers of social problems. Autonomous community-based projects of can affirm young women’s lives and creativity and seek to challenge oppression. Addressing the significant shifts in the social political and professional context for informal education this book makes clear the continuities in community-based informal education with girls and argues for its continuing importance. The impact of neo-liberal approaches to empowerment is highlighted throughout. Drawing together historical theoretical and practice-based work including case studies from a range of projects Batsleer offers an analysis of the significant issues that will affect practice in the future and the significance of feminist inspired informal education rooted in specific community contexts. These include: The impact of violence coercion and resistance across a range of practices Female sexuality as a contested space The impact of poverty and the creation of networks of care and mutual support Difference and cross-cultural work including inter-faith work and practice which challenges racism. This is an important source book for youth workers social workers and others involved in education outside of school as well as researchers in the practice and politics of youth work. It is an essential reference tool for researchers as well as for both lecturers and students involved in the education and continuing professional development of youth and community workers and for those who wish to keep alive a radical alternative Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409425793

Youth WorkPreparation for Practice Professional practice is at the heart of youth work training but integrating the theory learned in class with the reality of placements can sometimes require extra support. This comprehensive textbook is designed to help students working with young people become competent and ethical practitioners able to reflect on their learning and interventions in young people’s lives. Divided into three parts this core text: provides an understanding of and commitment to the principles of youth work explores how contexts shape youth work demonstrates the core practice skills that are required to make a meaningful impact on the lives of young people. Engaging and practice-driven this is an essential text for all students learning about working with young people whether on youth work or allied courses. It includes case-studies tasks further reading and reflective questions to help readers make connections between their own knowledge and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415619998

Youths in Challenging SituationsInternational and Interdisciplinary Perspectives This book investigates and explores the complex dynamics of youth in contemporary society especially in troubled and crisis-ridden contexts. On the one hand teenagers and young adults experience social suffering marginalisation gender and ethnic bias and an increased risk to be radicalised and involved in extremism and related violence. On the other hand it is shown that young people are resilient and they have a remarkable ability to adapt and cope with extremely difficult situations. This interesting ambivalence is vividly illustrated by a number of studies in countries as varied as Ethiopia Zambia South Africa Botswana Brazil Hong Kong Kuwait India Israel Britain Italy Malta Spain Portugal and Cyprus. Each of the 16 chapters throws a different light on the impact of destabilising circumstances and how youths cope with them in order to gain positive self-esteem and sense of a meaningful life. Overall the experiences of young people are a distillation of the particular traumas and challenges that their society faces. Understanding those experiences and how they are coped with helps to make sense of all societies. This book was originally published as a special issue of Contemporary Social Science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587499

Youths Living with HIVSelf-Evident Truths In this enlightening book you’ll explore the life struggles and adaptations leading up to and following HIV infection in young Americans. The cases presented in Youths Living with HIV envisage a variety of experiences of youths living with HIV and AIDS including individuals of different races of each gender and of different sexual preferences. This discussion of the private “troubles” and experiences of youths helps you understand and identify dependent and larger public issues surrounding HIV infection and AIDS and demonstrates the need for comprehensive and targeted intervention and preventive measures.This book is the result of the first federally funded multi-site study to research develop and provide HIV education and prevention specifically to young Americans. Detailed narrative descriptions were collected by ethnographers of the Joven Project which started in October 1992 and explored and documented the lives of youths living with HIV and AIDS over a two-year period. This ethnographic exploratory study was one component of a larger National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA) supported Secondary AIDS Education and Prevention Program. Youths Living with HIV reconstructs the past and present struggles that young people living with HIV and AIDS face(d) employing qualitative field interviews. Larger and interrelated developmental social cultural and political factors are also illustrated and discussed. As you read through the chapters you’ll gain insight into: youth development--coming of age sexual development and risk-taking behaviors gay development and activity--coming out establishing relationships and power-imbalanced/cross-generational relationships self-harmful behaviors--drug use sex and poverty notification and reaction to infection impression management and disclosure of infection status adaptation to HIV status and necessary life changes sexual activity and relationships after infection social worlds and support networks/pathological or destructive networks availability and success of existing AIDS-related services future orientation and life expectations Whether you’re a counselor teacher policymaker physician mental health professional social worker or advocate who specializes in or focus on youth development gay youths field methodology (qualitative research) public health women’s health drug use sex work and/or AIDS you will find Youths Living with HIV essential to understanding and helping this affected population. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043425

YpresThe First Battle 1914 The battle for Ypres in October and November 1914 represented the last opportunity for open mobile warfare on the Western Front. In the first study of First Ypres for almost 40 years Ian Beckett draws on a wide range of sources never previously used to reappraise the conduct of the battle its significance and its legacy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315834597

Yuan MeiEighteenth Century Chinese Poet First published in 1956. Arthur Waley here presents an engrossing account of the works and life of Yuan Mei (1716-1797) the best-known poet of his time. Gaiety is the keynote of his works and the poet was a friend of the Manchu official with whom Commodore Anson had dramatic dealings at Canton in 1743. Yuan Mei gives an account (not previously translated) of Anson's interview with the Manchu authorities. The book contains many translations of Yuan Mei's verse and prose. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415612852

Yucatecans in Dallas TexasBreaching the Border Bridging the Distance Through fascinating vignettes and case studies this unique text illustrates how Yucatecan migrants actively maintain social ties across borders. It also paints a vivid picture of the people and their lives. It places them in the context of current U.S. immigration policy and mesmerizes students by bringing them up to speed on one of the most crucial issues facing the U.S. today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138403697

Yufa! A Practical Guide to Mandarin Chinese Grammar Yufa! A Practical Guide to Mandarin Chinese Grammar takes a unique approach to explaining the major topics of Mandarin Chinese grammar. The book is presented in two sections: the core structures of Chinese grammar and the practical use of the Chinese language. Key features include: Chinese characters pinyin and English translations Realistic scenarios to provide you with an interesting context in which to learn grammar Varied and imaginative exercises so you can review your progress easily.With straightforward descriptions numerous exercises and examples that are rooted in realistic situations the author shows you how grammar is used in everyday life. This new second edition has been fully revised and updated throughout and continues to be one of the clearest and most comprehensive pedagogical grammars available. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138651142

Yugoslav Economists on Problems of a Socialist Economy This title was first published in 1964 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138037779

Yugoslavia (Routledge Revivals)Socialism Development and Debt This book first published in 1990 analyses contemporary Yugoslavian development strategy in its historical and political context assessing how corruption negligence and an emphasis on industry to the detriment of agriculture and trade have all played a part in bringing Yugoslavia close to financial and political chaos. The book concludes by considering the contemporary prospects for a more integrated policy approach in the midst of the country's political crisis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415615693

Yugoslavia and AfterA Study in Fragmentation Despair and Rebirth This new book presents contributions by leading authorities on the origins of the Balkan crisis the reasons for the decay and dissolution of the old Yugoslavia the nature of the new regimes the prospects for solution of the remaining conflicts and for the building of viable successor states. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162501

Yugoslavia and the Soviet Union in the Early Cold WarReconciliation comradeship confrontation 1953-1957 This book provides a comprehensive insight into one of the key episodes of the Cold War – the process of reconciliation between Yugoslavia and the Soviet Union. At the time this process had shocked the World as much as the violent break-up of their relations did in 1948. This book provides an explanation for the collapse of the process of normalization of Yugoslav-Soviet that occurred at the end of 1956 and the renewal of their ideological confrontation. It also explain the motives that guided the two main protagonists Josip Broz Tito of Yugoslavia and the Soviet leader Nikita Sergeevich Khrushchev. Based on Yugoslav and Soviet archival documents this book establishes several innovative theories about this period. Firstly that the significance of the Yugoslav-Soviet reconciliation went beyond their bilateral relationship. It had ramifications for relations in the Eastern Bloc the global Communist movement and on the dynamics of the Cold War world at its crucial juncture. Secondly that the Yugoslav-Soviet reconciliation brought forward the process of de-Stalinization in the USSR and in the Peoples’ Democracies. Thirdly it enabled Khrushchev to win the post-Stalin leadership contest. Lastly the book argues that the process of Yugoslav-Soviet reconciliation permitted Tito to embark together with Nehru of India and Nasser of Egypt upon creating the new entity in the bi-polar Cold War world – the Non-aligned movement. This book will be of interest to students of Cold War History diplomatic history European history and International Relations in general. Svetozar Rajak is a lecturer at the London School of Economics and Political Science. He is the Managing Director of the LSE Cold War Studies Centre and is a member of the Editorial Board of the journal Cold War History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415724272

Yugoslavia In The 1980s The opening years of 1980 were difficult for Yugoslavia: Open revolt has occurred in Kosovo province and economic hardship has added to a general crisis of confidence. The system of self-management once the pride of Yugoslav ideologists has come increasingly under fire in post-Tito Yugoslavia as proponents of the system search for a new basis of Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367217044

YungangArt History Archaeology Liturgy The first-ever comprehensive analysis of its kind in any western language this unique volume provides a social art history of Yungang: a 5th-century rock-cut court cave complex UNESCO World Heritage site and one of the greatest Buddhist monuments of all time. Yungang asks why when and under what circumstances this impressive cave sanctuary was made and who played significant roles at various stages.Recent economic changes in China including the expansion of roads have led to unprecedented numbers of objects being unearthed on site and near the cave-chapels. Archaeological discoveries in 2010 have shed significant new light on the architectural configuration of monasteries in the capital and the functions of different sections of the cave complex as well as monastic life within it. For the first time it is possible to reconstruct where the monks lived and translated sacred literary texts and to fully understand that freestanding monasteries are an important component of the rock-cut cave complex.Illustrated throughout with remarkable full-colour photographs this re-examination of the cave-chapels which brings together previous scholarship primary documentation and more than a decade of first-hand field research will not only fill in the gaps in our knowledge about Yungang but also raise and perhaps answer new questions in art history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889388

Yuri Lyubimov: Thirty Years at the Taganka Theatre A study of Yury Lyubimov's tempestuous career and his style of theatre during his thirty years at the Taganka Theatre. This work traces the development of his ideas from his arrival at the theatre in 1964 through to his explusion in 1984 and his period of exile in the West until his return in 1989 to a much-changed Russia. Tracing Lyubimov's work play by play the book uncovers an individual doomed to be at odds with the prevailing political and social climate of his literary contemporaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138181106

Yusuf and ZulaikhaA Poem by Jami First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415853347

Yves Congar's Vision of the Church in a World of Unbelief Yves Congar (1904-1995) was one of the chief architects of a remarkable renewal in Roman Catholic ecclesiology in the twentieth century. His vision for ecclesial renewal led to a profound transformation of the Roman Catholic Church its relationship with other churches and the world. This book considers the contribution made by Congar to that transformation. Situating Congar’s ecclesiology in the context of his whole theology the book presents for the first time a comprehensive study of two related aspects of Congar's thought - unbelief and the notion of 'total ecclesiology'. Dr Flynn shows how unbelief provides the common inspiration for Congar's thought on the Church and constitutes the raison d’être for his entire programme of ecclesial reform at the Second Vatican Council. This study demonstrates how Congar's 'total ecclesiology' contributes to the restoration of unity and helps to redress unbelief. Congar's vision for the future and his programme for ecclesial renewal centering on a church committed both to the preservation of its heritage and an openness to true reform is shown to be still pertinent to the churches in the third millennium a point accented by Pierre-Marie Gy OP in his Preface to the work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256521

ZöopedagogiesCreatures as Teachers in Middle English Romance The human protagonists of medieval romance are works in progress. They are learners taught by an unexpected set of teachers: non-human animals including horses hawks lions and the various quarry of the hunt. These "creature teachers" show humans how to be more perfectly human—how to love fight survive and live according to medieval culture’s highest ideals. Zöopedagogies explores the pedagogical role of animals in medieval romance a genre whose fantastical elements enable animal characters to behave in ways inspired by but not limited to their real-world actions. Situated at the intersection of animal studies and medieval studies Zöopedagogies claims medieval roots for posthumanism by telling a new story about the role of animals in constructing Western culture. Bonnie Erwin brings together a diverse array of texts including chivalric romances like Sir Gawain and the Green Knight and popular romances like Bevis of Hampton and Richard Coer de Lyon. She puts these into conversation with medieval texts on natural science horsemanship hawking and hunting that inform the representation of creatures who teach. In so doing she reveals a rich and nuanced sense of animals as participants in interspecies collaborative culture-making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664541

Zack the Buzzy BeeTargeting the z Sound Zack just wants to find other bees that look like him – and he meets some interesting and different kinds of bees along the way. This picture book targets the /z/ sound and is part of Speech Bubbles 2 a series of picture books that target specific speech sounds within the story. The series can be used for children receiving speech therapy for children who have a speech sound delay/disorder or simply as an activity for children’s speech sound development and/or phonological awareness. They are ideal for use by parents teachers or caregivers. Bright pictures and a fun story create an engaging activity perfect for sound awareness. Picture books are sold individually or in a pack. There are currently two packs available – Speech Bubbles 1 and Speech Bubbles 2. Please see further titles in the series for stories targeting other speech sounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367648602

Zainichi Korean Women in JapanVoices Presenting the voices of a unique group within contemporary Japanese society—Zainichi women—this book provides a fresh insight into their experiences of oppression and marginalization that over time have led to liberation and empowerment. Often viewed as unimportant and inconsequential these women’s stories and activism are now proving to be an integral part of both the Zainichi Korean community and Japanese society.Featuring in-depth interviews from 1994 to the present three generations of Zainichi Korean women—those who migrated from colonial Korea before or during WWII and the Asia-Pacific War and their Japan-born descendants—share their version of history revealing their lives as members of an ethnic minority. Discovering voices within constricting patriarchal traditions the women in this book are now able to tell their history. Ethnography interviews and the women’s personal and creative writings offer an in-depth look into their intergenerational dynamics and provide a new way of exploring the hidden inner world of migrant women and the different ways displacement affects subsequent generations.This book goes beyond existing Anglophone and Japanese literatures to explore the lives of the Zainichi Korean women. As such it will be invaluable to students and scholars of Japanese and Korean history culture and society as well as ethnicity and Women’s Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582647

ZaireContinuity And Political Change In An Oppressive State This book describes the historical setting of Zaire and focuses on economic and political developments during the Mobutu era. It examines the corrupt and closed political system with its roots in the colonial state and precolonial political patterns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367216702

Zambia Then And NowColonial Rulers and their African Successors Written by a member of the last generation of British Colonial Service Officers in Africa the book seeks to place both colonial rulers and their African successors in the context of history and the circumstances of their time viewing their achievements and failures critically but not unsympathetically and comparing colonial society with that of the independent African country that Northern Rhodesia has become. Colonialism is viewed at the day to day level of the administration of a rural district by four officers and a handful of African district messengers who worked together without even a telephone to assist them. With a wealth of detail that can only come from experience Grant’s work makes an important contribution to the understanding of a time place period and practices that are only now being considered in a balanced way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138789456

ZamenhofCreator of Esperanto First published in 1960 this book details the life of Ludovic Zamenhof the creator of Esperanto. Boulton’s work portrays Zamenhof as a figurehead for peace his life and work remaining morally intellectually and psychologically interesting over time. The book uncovers Zamenhof’s early years where he at the age of fifteen conceived the idea of creating a new language spurred by the notion of bringing humanity together and achieving peace through the invention of a single language for mankind. This book will be of interest to both historians and linguists alike as Boulton’s book gives a revealing view of Europe in the late 19th and early 20th centuries a time when Esperanto spread worldwide.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138569966

ZanzibarThe Island Metropolis of Eastern Africa This book provides a historical ethnography of the islands of Zanzibar and Pemba. It describes local legends and their important social function in recording and constituting the oral history of the islands. The book also provides a detailed and lively account of the society in the islands. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003062479

Zapuphizo First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138987449

Zarathustra Contra ZarathustraThe Tragic Buffoon This study first published in 1998 makes a lively and welcome contribution to the critical analysis of Nietzsche’s seminal classic This Spoke Zarathustra. Through a close textual reading of the neglected and ill-understood part four of the text the author seeks to show that Nietzsche’s project of self-overcoming is a failure. Offering herself as a philosopher-priestess of the wisdom of pessimism Francesca Cauchi invokes a complex of responses in the reader providing a necessary challenge to any and all advocates of life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138089471

Zarathustra's Last SupperNietzche's Eight Higher Men This book first published in 2005 explores the historical contextualization of Nietzsche’s thought focusing on his controversial Thus Spoke Zarathustra. The fourth part of Nietzsche’s Zarathustra consists of Zarathustra’s encounter with eight ‘higher men’ whom Zarathustra meets in succession on his path. The prophet then invites each individual to his cave for the evening festivities culminating in a blasphemous festival in which his guests worship an ass as God. Revealing each guest’s specific characteristics and distinct roles the author attempts to discern ‘who’ these guests are or represent (historically) through glimpsing the characteristics specific to each guest. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138089624

Zarathustra's Last SupperNietzsche's Eight Higher Men This book explores the historical contextualization of Nietzsche's thought focusing on Nietzsche's controversial Thus Spoke Zarathustra. The fourth part of Nietzsche's Zarathustra consists of Zarathustra's encounter with eight 'higher men' whom Zarathustra meets in succession on his path during the day. The prophet then invites each individual to his cave for the evening festivities culminating in a blasphemous festival in which his guests worship an ass as God. Revealing each guest's specific characteristics and very distinct roles Santaniello also attempts to discern 'who' these guests are or represent (historically) through glimpsing the characteristics specific to each representative guest (as portrayed by Nietzsche) and through careful textual analysis comparison with Nietzsche's other works historical evidence and previous scholarly research. This unique exploration of Thus Spoke Zarathustra offers students and researchers alike an invaluable new contribution to Nietzsche studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399209

Zariski Surfaces and Differential Equations in Characteristic P < O This book represents the current (1985) state of knowledge about Zariski surfaces and related topics in differential equations in characteristic p > 0. It is aimed at research mathematicians and graduate and advanced undergraduate students of mathematics and computer science. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003065685

Zealotry and Academic FreedomA Legal and Historical Perspective Zealotry and Academic Freedom began with the author's personal experience with suppression of academic speech and obstacles to the pursuit of academic quality. Using his own tumultuous experience as a starting point Hamilton explores how significant efforts to create an autonomous space for academic speech within the university over the past 125 years have been thwarted.Hamilton charges that a fundamentalist academic left in some humanities and social science faculties views the exercise of standards of academic quality and merit-based performance evaluations as tools of oppression and bigotry. Academic zealots ferret out and oppose hidden structures of so-called oppression in our "Eurocentric" culture. Any faculty member overtly supporting academic quality is thus suspected of bigotry and subject to investigations.The opening portion of the book locates similarities with the religious fundamentalism of the nineteenth century in waves of zealotry in American higher education. The first part covers student activism in the 1960s through the emergence of a radical academic left in the early 1990s. The second part examines the meaning of academic freedom and the protection of expression that should be secured. The third and final portion shows how targets of the coercive tactics of the zealots in any period of zealotry can and have been effectively rebuked and ultimately overcome.Neil Hamilton's book will generate controversy particularly the chapters that inquire into the current wave of academic suppression. Hamilton warns that "history instructs that it can happen here." This candid look into the politics of higher education will be gripping reading for all those concerned with the future of education: professors administrators students and parents. There has been a growing literature on this subject but none cover the legal-political aspects of political correctness with such precision. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138540828

ZEDlife The argument for low-cost zero-energy zero-waste architecture has never been timelier while the mainstream has largely abandoned or neglected this agenda: in the UK the recent mandatory zero-carbon performance targets for new homes have been postponed or forgotten at a time when thousands of new homes will be built and there is already a shortage of electric generating capacity. This book offers a forceful challenge to the current addiction to overconsumption of natural capital and energy and provides workable sustainable solutions for zero-carbon zero-waste design. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859469996

ZeldovichReminiscences Ya. B. Zeldovich was certainly one of the greatest physicists and cosmologists of the 20th century. This volume presents reminiscences of this exemplary academician providing biographical and historical insights from colleagues who knew him best. Zeldovich's achievements are outlined including those in relativistic astrophysics and cosmology the theory of combustion and the Soviet atomic and hydrogen bomb projects. It contains incisive commentary on Soviet science and the impact that Zeldovich had on future generations not only in the former USSR but throughout the international physics community. Zeldovich: Reminiscences is ideal for students of astrophysics and the history of science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367578336

Zen and Confucius in the Art of SwordsmanshipThe 'Tengu-geijutsu-ron' of Chozan Shissai The sword has played an important role in the Japanese consciousness since ancient times. The earliest swords made of bronze or stone were clearly by their design and form used for ritualistic purposes rather than as weapons. Later swords were associated only with the warrior class and lack of physical strength and battle experience was compensated for by handling the sword in a way that was technically expert. Besides this sacred and artistic status swordsmanship also acquired a philosophical reinforcement which ultimately made it one of the Zen ‘ways’. Zen Buddhism related the correct practice of swordsmanship to exercises for attaining enlightenment and selfishness while Confucianism emphasizing the ethical meaning equated it to service to the state. This classic text first published in English in 1978 includes a history of the development and an interpretation of Japanese swordsmanship now esteemed as an art and honoured as a national heritage. It describes in detail the long intensive and specialized training and etiquette involved emphasizing and explaining the importance of both Zen and Confucian ideas and beliefs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138666245

Zen and the Art of Stand-Up Comedy In this engaging and disarmingly frank book comic Jay Sankey spills the beans explaining not only how to write and perform stand-up comedy but how to improve and perfect your work. Much more than a how-to manual Zen and the Art of Stand-Up Comedy is the most detailed and comprehensive book on the subject to date. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203056585

Zen and the Heart of Psychotherapy First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315803579

Zen and the Ways Expression of Zen inspiration in everyday activities such as writing or serving tea and in knightly arts such as fencing came to be highly regarded in the Japanese tradition. In the end some of them were practised as spiritual training as themselves; they were the n called ‘Ways’. This book first published in 1978 includes translations of some rare texts on Zen and the Ways. One is a sixteenth-century Zen text complied from Kamakura temple records of the previous three centuries; others are translated from the ‘secret scrolls’ of fencing archery Judo and so on. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138659049

Zen and TherapyHeretical Perspectives Zen and Therapy brings together aspects of the Buddhist tradition contemporary western therapy and western philosophy. By combining insightful anecdotes from the Zen tradition with clinical studies discussions of current psychotherapy theory and forays into art film literature and philosophy Manu Bazzano integrates Zen Buddhist practice with psychotherapy and psychology. This book successfully expands the existing dialogue on the integration of Buddhism psychology and philosophy highlighting areas that have been neglected and bypassed. It explores a third way between the two dominant modalities the religious and the secular a positively ambivalent stance rooted in embodied practice and the cultivation of compassion and active perplexity. It presents a life-affirming view: the wonder beauty and complexity of being human. Intended for both experienced practitioners and beginners in the fields of psychotherapy and philosophy Zen and Therapy provides an enlightening and engaging exploration of a previously underexplored area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138646315

Zen Buddhism and Environmental Ethics Zen Buddhism and Environmental Ethics explores the implications of Zen Buddhist teachings and practices for our moral relations with the natural world. At once an accessible introduction to Zen and an important contribution to the debate concerning the environmental implications of the tradition this book will appeal both to readers unfamiliar with East Asian thought and to those well versed in the field. In elucidating the philosophical implications of Zen the author draws upon both Eastern and Western philosophy situating the Zen understanding of nature within the Buddhist tradition as well as relating it to the ideas of key Western philosophers such as Aristotle Kant and Heidegger. These philosophical reflections on Zen are used to shed light on some prominent debates in contemporary environmental ethics concerning such issues as the intrinsic value of nature. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315233246

Zen Comes West Zen Buddhism was founded in China in the 6th century and its direct path to Enlightenment first came west in 1927 with D. T. Suzuki's first Essays. This work guides the reader towards Zen teaching in practice and theory and to provide material for further explorations into its meditative experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138406117

Zen in the Art of Helping A succinct uncompromising study of what it means to help other people this book first published in 1978 examines the helping process in the light of the principles of Zen Buddhism. Emphasizing the Zen precepts of true compassion newness and Taoistic change it explains how a helper can break down the artificial barriers that serve to separate people and hinder the helping process. As the teachings of Zen demonstrate real compassion involves a selflessness and respect that can bring helper and helped together. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138666573

Zen Insight Psychoanalytic ActionTwo Arrows Meeting Drawing from original source material contemporary scholarship and Wilfred Bion’s psychoanalytic writings Zen Insight Psychoanalytic Action: Two Arrows Meeting introduces the Zen notion of "gūjin " or total exertion and elaborates a realizational perspective that integrates Zen Buddhism and psychoanalysis. Developed by the thirteenth century Zen teacher and founder of the Japanese Soto Zen school Eihei Dogen gūjin finds expression and is referenced in various contemporary scholarly and religious commentaries. This book explains this pivotal Zen concept and addresses themes by drawing from translated source material academic scholarship traditional Zen kōans and teaching stories extensive commentarial literature interpretive writings by contemporary Soto Zen teachers psychoanalytic theory clinical material and poetry as well as the author’s thirty years of personal experience as a psychoanalyst supervisor psychoanalytic educator ordained Soto Zen priest and transmitted Soto Zen teacher. From a realizational perspective that integrates Zen and psychoanalytic concepts the book addresses anxiety-driven interferences to deepened Zen practice extends the scope and increases the effectiveness of clinical work for the psychotherapist and facilitates deepened experiences for both the Buddhist and the secular meditation practitioner. Two Arrows Meeting will be of great interest to researchers in the fields of Zen Buddhism and psychoanalysis. It will also appeal to meditation practitioners and psychoanalysts in practice and training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782205784

Zen is Eternal Life This book first published as Selling Water by the River in 1972 is a practical and inspirational manual for all who wish to practice Zen. Rōshi P.T.N.H. Jiyu-Kennett the founder and former abbess of Shasta Abbey expertly combines an introduction to the basic tenets of Buddhism with original translations of the teachings of Zen Masters Dōgen and Keizan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138666610

Zen of CloudLearning Cloud Computing by Examples Second Edition This book provides a comprehensive review of cloud philosophy design principals development trends as well as practical patterns to guide readers to understand design and implement successful cloud-based solutions. This book provides both "hows" and "whys." It peers behind the buzz words such as machine learning containers and blockchains to help readers understand how to put those technologies into practical use. This unique book covers a broad spectrum of technologies of cloud computing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138332607

Zen of CloudLearning Cloud Computing by Examples on Microsoft Azure Zen of Cloud: Learning Cloud Computing by Examples on Microsoft Azure provides comprehensive coverage of the essential theories behind cloud computing and the Windows Azure cloud platform. Sharing the author’s insights gained while working at Microsoft’s headquarters it presents nearly 70 end-to-end examples with step-by-step guidance on implementing typical cloud-based scenarios.The book is organized into four sections: cloud service fundamentals cloud solutions devices and cloud and system integration and project management. Each chapter contains detailed exercises that provide readers with the opportunity to develop valuable hands-on skills in cloud service development. Explains how to prepare for Microsoft Azure development and how to use Microsoft Azure Management Portal Provides best practices for designing cloud-based applications Includes online access to updated examples and answers to the exercises Beginners can use this book as a guide in their journey through cloud computing. Experienced cloud developers will benefit from the specific examples and detailed guidance on implementing typical cloud-based scenarios. The examples cover a range of application types and technologies with varying levels of difficulties.Supplying comprehensive coverage of the Windows Azure cloud platform the book provides a practical understanding and powerful tips that readers can immediately apply to their own work—making it ideal for cloud system developers architects and IT professionals. Organized into easily digestible sessions it is also ideal for use in instructional settings. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482215809

Zen Paintings in Edo Japan (1600-1868)Playfulness and Freedom in the Artwork of Hakuin Ekaku and Sengai Gibon In Zen Buddhism the concept of freedom is of profound importance. And yet until now there has been no in-depth study of the manifestation of this liberated attitude in the lives and artwork of Edo period Zen monk-painters. This book explores the playfulness and free-spirited attitude reflected in the artwork of two prominent Japanese Zen monk-painters: Hakuin Ekaku (1685-1768) and Sengai Gibon (1750-1837). The free attitude emanating from their paintings is one of the qualities which distinguish Edo period Zen paintings from those of earlier periods. These paintings are part of a Zen ink painting tradition that began following the importation of Zen Buddhism from China at the beginning of the Kamakura period (1185-1333). In this study Aviman elaborates on the nature of this particular artistic expression and identifies its sources focusing on the lives of the monk-painters and their artwork. The author applies a multifaceted approach combining a holistic analysis of the paintings i.e. as interrelated combination of text and image with a contextualization of the works within the specific historical art historical cultural social and political environments in which they were created. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548893

Zen War Stories Following the critically acclaimed Zen at War (1997) Brian Victoria explores the intimate relationship between Japanese institutional Buddhism and militarism during the Second World War.Victoria reveals for the first time through examination of the wartime writings of the Japanese military itself that the Zen school's view of life and death was deliberately incorporated into the military's programme of 'spiritual education' in order to develop a fanatical military spirit in both soldiers and civilians.  Furthermore that D. T. Suzuki the most famous exponent of Zen in the West is shown to have been a wartime proponent of this Zen-inspired viewpoint which enabled Japanese soldiers to leave for the battlefield already resigned to death.  Victoria takes us onto the naval battlefield in the company of warrior-monk and Rinzai Zen Master Nakajima Genjô.  We view the war in China through the eyes of a Buddhist military chaplain.  The book also examines the relationship to Buddhism of Japan's seven Class-A war criminals who were hung by the Tokyo War Crimes Tribunal in 1948.A highly controversial study this book will be of interest first and foremost to students of Zen as well as all those studying the history of this period not to mention anyone concerned with the perennial question of the 'proper' relationship between religion and the state. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203037423

Zengi and the Muslim Response to the CrusadesThe politics of Jihad Zengi gained his legacy as the precursor to Saladin. While Zengi captured Edessa Saladin would capture Jerusalem and both leaders fought to establish their own realms. However Zengi cannot be fully understood without an examination of his other policies and warfare and an appreciation of his Turkmen background all of which influenced his fight against the Crusades. Zengi and the Muslim Response to the Crusades: The politics of Jihad provides a full and rich picture of Zengi’s career: his personality and motives; his power and ambition; his background and his foundation of a dynasty and its contribution along with other dynasties to a wider deeper Turkification of the Middle East; his tools and methods; his vision calamities and achievements; and how he was perceived by his contemporaries and modern scholars. Examining primary Muslim and non-Muslim sources this book’s extensive translations of original source material provides new insight into the complexities of Zengi’s rule and the politics of jihad that he led and orchestrated during the Crusades. Providing deeper understanding of Islamic history through a close examination of one of its key figures this book will be a valuable resource for students and scholars interested in Muslim history and the Crusades in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870737

Zeolite CatalystsPrinciples and Applications Presented in an easy-to-read form this book on zeolite catalysis cover all aspects of the subject. It focuses on synthesis structure diffusion deactivation and industrial applications. This book is an ideal text for courses on catalysis or as a supplementary text for those studying applied or industrial chemistry. It is also a useful resource for anyone who works with zeolites as catalysts in the laboratory pilot plants or commercial installations. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003068389

Zero CommentsBlogging and Critical Internet Culture In Zero Comments internationally renowned media theorist and 'net critic' Geert Lovink revitalizes worn out concepts about the Internet and interrogates the latest hype surrounding blogs and social network sites. In this third volume of his studies into critical Internet culture following the influential Dark Fiber and My First Recession Lovink develops a 'general theory of blogging.' He unpacks the ways that blogs exhibit a 'nihilist impulse' to empty out established meaning structures. Blogs Lovink argues are bringing about the decay of traditional broadcast media and they are driven by an in-crowd dynamic in which social ranking is a primary concern. The lowest rung of the new Internet hierarchy are those blogs and sites that receive no user feedback or 'zero comments'. Zero Comments also explores other important changes to Internet culture as well including the silent globalization of the Net in which the West is no longer the main influence behind new media culture as countries like India China and Brazil expand their influence and looks forward to speculate on the Net impact of organized networks free cooperation and distributed aesthetics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203941034

Zero Emissions Power Cycles Focusing on fossil-fueled nonpolluting power generation systems Zero Emissions Power Cycles presents alternative solutions to the severe emissions problems of power plants. Along with a description of new thermodynamic cycles and the results of computational analyses this volume provides modern analytical tools and equations to evaluate exergy and introduce "currentology".The authors explore various aspects of zero emissions power plant (ZEPP) technology including carbon dioxide sequestration ion transport and oxygen enrichment. They show that ZEPP technology can:Provide affordable clean power to meet expanding energy demandSolve critical environmental problems such as eliminating carbon dioxide and pollutant emissionsAddress energy security issues by supporting the use of diverse fossil fuels including integrated coal gasification and pulverized coal combustionEase the economic cost of sustainable energy supplies primarily through the use of cogenerated carbon dioxide for enhanced oil recoveryAddressing the significant human contribution to global warming this book presents reasonable and effective approaches to minimize the harmful pollution that results from fossil fuel emissions. It shows how to create and operate ZEPPs making our energy future clean secure and inexpensive. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385705

Zero Tolerance or Community Tolerance?Managing Crime in High Crime Areas First published in 1999 this volume presents arguments which compare two inner-city wards of Salford and look to introduce such a subtlety to the understanding of the management of crime in high crime communities and derive from a longitudinal research study which took place over a two and a half year period. Between 1994 and 1996 researchers based at the University of Salford and the University of Keele embarked on research into two similarly structured neighbourhoods within the city of Salford in the North of England. This research set out to situate an understanding of the risk from and fear of crime in a comparative urban context – to uncover how people who live work and go to school in designated ‘high-crime’ areas manage their routine daily lives and construct their own responses to ‘risk of’ and ‘fear of’ crime. The authors go on to highlight the similarities between these wards and other wards with which they have a clear resonance across Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138386648

Zero WasteManagement Practices for Environmental Sustainability Zero Waste: Management Practices for Environmental Sustainability presents approaches for resource management centered on reducing waste and reusing and recycling materials. It aims to save energy by reducing energy consumption associated with extracting processing and transporting raw materials and waste and also to reduce and eventually eliminate the need for landfills and incinerators. This book presents the various principles methods and tools that can be used to address different issues in the areas of industrial waste reduction and sustainability. It examines how to eliminate waste at the source and at all points of a supply chain and how to shift from the current one-way linear resource model to a sustainable "closed-loop" system. Proposes strategies for businesses to reduce and reuse waste with a goal of reaching a zero waste status. Focuses on how mitigating waste and promoting recycling can save vast amounts of energy. Explains how the zero waste approach would be a key measure to ensure environmental sustainability and help to offset global climate change. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367180393

Zero-carbon HomesA Road Map Housing is a major contributor to CO2 emissions in Europe and America today and the construction of new homes offers an opportunity to address this issue. Providing homes that achieve "zero carbon" "carbon neutral" "zero-net energy" or "energy-plus" standard is becoming the goal of more innovative house-builders globally whilst energy providers seek to decarbonise the energy supply to new and existing development. Various new technical systems for achieving these goals are beginning to emerge. For example the passive house whose energy requirement for space heating and cooling is almost zero; the smart grid that has revolutionized the management of energy whilst enabling the connection of small-scale renewable energy producers and electric vehicles to the grid; or the European super-grid which will enable zero carbon energy to be generated in the Sahara desert and stored in Norway. This book explores the diverse approaches that are being adopted around the world to deliver zero carbon homes and the different societal systems and geographic circumstances in which they have developed. It postulates a roadmap for delivering zero carbon homes together with a toolbox approach for policy and practice to suit particular national and local circumstances. A series of case studies are presented that offer lessons for delivering zero carbon homes. These examples are also used to demonstrate how prototype systems can move into the mainstream. The book highlights some of the instruments and mechanisms that could be used to support this transformation and addresses the wider implications of introducing these innovative systems in terms of industry lifestyle and urban form. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849712491

Zeroing Dynamics Gradient Dynamics and Newton Iterations Neural networks and neural dynamics are powerful approaches for the online solution of mathematical problems arising in many areas of science engineering and business. Compared with conventional gradient neural networks that only deal with static problems of constant coefficient matrices and vectors the authors’ new method called zeroing dynamics solves time-varying problems. Zeroing Dynamics Gradient Dynamics and Newton Iterations is the first book that shows how to accurately and efficiently solve time-varying problems in real-time or online using continuous- or discrete-time zeroing dynamics. The book brings together research in the developing fields of neural networks neural dynamics computer mathematics numerical algorithms time-varying computation and optimization simulation and modeling analog and digital hardware and fractals. The authors provide a comprehensive treatment of the theory of both static and dynamic neural networks. Readers will discover how novel theoretical results have been successfully applied to many practical problems. The authors develop analyze model simulate and compare zeroing dynamics models for the online solution of numerous time-varying problems such as root finding nonlinear equation solving matrix inversion matrix square root finding quadratic optimization and inequality solving. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498753760

Zero-WasteReconsidering Waste Management for the Future This book analyses ‘zero-waste’ (ZW) as an emerging waste management strategy for the future which considers waste prevention through innovative design and sustainable consumption practices. Drawing on a diverse range of case studies from Australia Bangladesh Japan New Zealand Sweden and the USA this book explores why urban waste management systems still remain a major challenge for almost all cities around the world. Rejecting waste as an ‘end-of-life’ problem  Atiq Zaman and Tahmina Ahsan instead consider waste prevention through the ZW model in which resources are utilized and consumed with minimum environmental degradation. In addition the authors give extended discussion on why embracing the ZW concept will be beneficial for the circular economy (CE). Providing a strategic zero-waste framework and an evaluation tool to measure waste management performance aimed towards ZW goals this book will be of great relevance to students scholars and policymakers with an interest in waste management sustainable consumption urban planning and sustainable development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138219090

Zhao Ziyang and China's Political Future What legacies have previous reformers like Zhao Ziyang left to today’s China? Does China have feasible political alternatives to today’s repressive ‘market Leninism’ and corrupt ‘state capitalism’? Does Zhao’s legacy indicate an alternative to the past and for the future? For those who are familiar with the development of Chinese politics since the reform years Zhao is now widely regarded as a major architect of the nation’s profound transition. His contributions to China’s post-Mao development are rich and multi faceted including those on rural and urban economic reforms extending to accountable governance liberal policies concerning domestic affairs and China’s foreign relations.   Featuring contributions from leading experts in the field such as Richard Baum and Xiaonong Cheng this book explores the historical development of China’s political reform issues and how his political legacies are relevant to China’s political development since the 1980s to the future. Using recently translated recollection articles by veteran reformers who worked with Zhao in the 1980s like Du Runsheng An Zhiwen Li Rui Bao Tong  Zhao Ziyang and China's Political Future  is a valuable contribution for students and researchers interested in the Chinese politics Asian politics and political development in Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415540834

ZhouyiA New Translation with Commentary of the Book of Changes Modern research has revealed the Book of Changes to be a royal divination manual of the Zhou state (500100 BC). This new translation synthesizes the results of modern study presenting the work in its historical context. The first book to render original Chinese rhymes into rhymed English. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315028989

Zhuangzi (Longman Library of Primary Sources in Philosophy) Part of theLongman Library of Primary Sources in Philosophy this translation/edition of Chuang Tzu's works is framed by a pedagogical structure designed to make this important work of philosophy more accessible and productive for undergraduates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138457386

Zhuangzi and Early Chinese PhilosophyVagueness Transformation and Paradox The Daoist philosopher Zhuangzi (also known as Chuang Tzu) along with Confucius Lao Tzu and the Buddha ranks among the most influential thinkers in the development of East Asian thought. His literary style is humorous and entertaining yet the philosophical content is extraordinarily subtle and profound. This book introduces key topics in early Daoist philosophy. Drawing on several issues and methods in Western philosophy from analytical philosophy to semiotics and hermeneutics the author throws new light on the ancient Zhuangzi text. Engaging Daoism and contemporary Western philosophical logic and drawing on new developments in our understanding of early Chinese culture Coutinho challenges the interpretation of Zhuangzi as either a skeptic or a relativist and instead seeks to explore his philosophy as emphasizing the ineradicable vagueness of language thought and reality. This new interpretation of the Zhuangzi offers an important development in the understanding of Daoist philosophy describing a world in flux in which things themselves are vague and inconsistent and tries to show us a Way (a Dao) to negotiate through the shadows of a "chaotic" world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266391

ZigBee® Network Protocols and Applications Compared with other wireless communication technologies such as Bluetooth WiFi and UWB ZigBee® is a far more reliable affordable and energy-efficient option. It is also the only global wireless communication standard for easily deployed low-power consumption products.ZigBee® Network Protocols and Applications provides detailed descriptions of ZigBee network protocols and explains how to set up and develop your own ZigBee-based customized applications with step-by-step instructions. Starting with a brief introduction to near-field communications low-power communications and related protocols it discusses ZigBee architectures standards and protocols. It also addresses potential issues such as power management security reliability quality of service topology control MAC routing and transport protocols.Emphasizing development tools that are based on readily available commercial kits the book illustrates ZigBee applications across a wide range of fields. Each chapter presents the contributions of a different group of experts from around the world. The book is organized into five major parts:Introduces near-field communications (NFC) low-power communications and ZigBee along with related protocols such as Bluetooth WiFi UWB and Wireless USBDescribes ZigBee architectures standards and protocolsExamines ZigBee performance improvement and addresses potential issues Illustrates ZigBee applications across a range of fields—explaining how to develop ZigBee applications that are based on commercially available kits and hardware Compares and contrasts ZigBee with 6LoWPAN Z-Wave Wireless Hart and RFIDProviding step-by-step instruction on how to set up and develop ZigBee-based applications this book is a must-read for researchers and engineers. Supplying the required foundation and network protocols it is also s Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367378783

Zimbabwe in CrisisThe International Response and the Space of Silence This book covers not only the political situation in Zimbabwe but its international context and those areas of privation exclusion and silence within the country that are beneath the everyday face of politics. Written by either a Zimbabwean or an internationally acknowledged expert on aspects of Zimbabwe all the authors agree that the silences in and surrounding the African state cannot continue. This volume utilizes the perspectives of diplomacy health law and literature written in both English and Shona and of those deeply concerned with democratization in Zimbabwe and its surrounding region. Zimbabwe and the Space of Silence will be of interest to students and scholars of African studies African and Third World politics and international law. This book was previously published as a special issue of The Round Table. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315869476

Zimbabwe since the Unity Government Zimbabwe has moved from a condition of restricted expression to one of many contradictory expressions. Politics has lost none of its compromises and conflicts but it has been amplified by an explosion of voices. For the first time a genuine debate is possible among many actors insiders and outsiders and the question marks over Zimbabwe and its future are no longer in terms of a narrow choice between one party and another one outlook or another. Compromise government has meant complexity of debate. This does not preclude disillusionment within debate but it does include vigour and imagination in debate. This book includes essays from renowned scholars governmental and diplomatic figures and prioritises contributions by Zimbabweans themselves. The essays provide a blend of academic and practitioner observation and judgement which no other volume has done. This book was published as a special issue of The Round Table. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108950

Zimbabwe's Fight To The Finish First published in 2013. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315828473

Zinc Clinical and Biochemical Significance In keeping with the etiology theme it also became apparent that the clinical aspects needed to be strictly separated from the animal aspects of zinc metabolism a separation that has never previously been attempted. Although this division like the separation of primary from secondary zinc depletion may be somewhat arbitrary it is the author‘s impression that current knowledge of the truly clinical aspects of zinc metabolism is too often confused with its effects in animals. The two will frequently be similar but not always. In this book therefore animal studies are considered in part 2 (Biochemistry. Only a handful of references to animal studies has been included in part 1 (Clinical). The purpose of this separation is to clearly distinguish animal from human experimental from clinical. Too many of the animal studies have involved severe and prolonged zinc deficiency or other exaggerated nutritional conditions that cannot be realistically applied in the clinical setting. Furthermore animal studies are mainly or primary (dietary) zinc depletion whereas in humans secondary zinc depletion is more prevalent and has a more diverse etiology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315898711

Zinc Oxide NanostructuresAdvances and Applications Zinc oxide (ZnO) in its nanostructured form is emerging as a promising material with great potential for the development of many smart electronic devices. This book presents up-to-date information about various synthesis methods to obtain device-quality ZnO nanostructures. It describes both high-temperature (over 100° C) and low-temperature (under 100° C) approaches to synthesizing ZnO nanostructures; device applications for technical and medical devices light-emitting diodes electrochemical sensors nanogenerators and photodynamic therapy; and the concept of self-powered devices and systems using ZnO nanostructures. The book emphasizes the utilization of non-conventional substrates such as plastic paper and textile as new platforms for developing electronics. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814411332

Zionism Zionism is an international political movement that was originally dedicated to the resettlement of Jewish people in the Promised Land and is now synonymous with support for the modern state of Israel. This addition to the Short Histories of Big Ideas series looks at the controversial and topical notion of Zionism from a balanced viewpoint concentrating on where it came from how it accomplished its goals and why it affected so many people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138131866

Zionism and Arabism in Palestine and Israel Published in the year 1982 Zionism and Arabism in Palestine and Israel is a valuable contribution to the field of Middle Eastern studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138997615

Zionism and Arabism in Palestine and Israel This book first published in 1982 collects together ten studies from the journal Middle Eastern Studies. They tackle a variety of issues stemming from the conflict between Arabism and Zionism before and after the creation of the State of Israel. Aspects of Arab- Jewish relations during the Mandate are considered as are political decisions and diplomatic events that led to the end of the Mandate. After 1948 the diplomatic history of Israel and of the Arab-Israeli conflict are examined. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138907331

Zionism and Land Tenure in Mandate Palestine A fundamental aspect of the conflict between Palestinians and Israelis is the territorial dispute which began long before the State of Israel was established. Analysing the land tenure system in Palestine under the administration of the British Mandate this book questions whether and to what extent the land tenure system in Palestine facilitated Zionist land acquisition.The research uses benchmarks elaborated in the guidelines of the United Nations Human Settlements Programme as its analytical starting point and looks at the formation and implementation of the land tenure system in Palestine. It goes on to place the penetration of Zionism into the land tenure system within the theoretical context of a colonial-settler framework employing information from land registry records located at the Jordanian Department of Lands.Providing a political-historical analysis of the land tenure system from the end of Ottoman Rule until the end of the British Mandate this book will be of interest to scholars and students of Middle Eastern History Imperial and Colonial History and Middle Eastern Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867089

Zionism and Revolution in European-Jewish Literature Zionism and Revolution in European-Jewish Literature examines twentieth-century Jewish writing that challenges imperialist ventures and calls for solidarity with the colonized most notably the Arabs of Palestine and Africans in the Americas. Since Edward Said defined orientalism in 1978 as a Western image of the Islamic world that has justified domination critics have considered the Jewish people to be complicit with orientalism because of the Zionist movement. However the Jews of Europe have themselves been caught between East and West —both marginalized as the "Orientals" of Europe and connected to the Middle East through their own political and cultural ties. As a result European-Jewish writers have had to negotiate the problematic confluence of antisemitic and orientalist discourse. Laurel Plapp traces this trend in utopic visions of Jewish-Muslim relations that criticized the early Zionist movement; in post-Holocaust depictions of coalition between Jews and African slaves in the Caribbean revolutions; and finally in explorations of diasporic transnational Jewish identity after the founding of Israel. Above all Plapp proposes that Jewish studies and postcolonial studies have much in common by identifying ways in which Jewish writers have allied themselves with colonized and exilic peoples throughout the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542609

Zionism and the Arabs 1936-1939 This book first published in 1986 examines a key period in Zionist-Arab relations in the years leading to the Second World War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138907348

Zionism and the State of IsraelA Moral Inquiry Zionism and the State of Israel provides a topical and controversial analysis of the development of Zionism and the recent history and politics of Israel.This thought-provoking study examines the ways in which the Bible has been used to legitimize the implementation of the ideological and political programme of Zionism and the consequences this has had. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757744

Zionism in an Arab CountryJews in Iraq in the 1940s Zionism in an Arab Country explores the relations between the Zionist establishment in Israel and the Jewish community in Iraq. This relationship is centred on two organizations: a Zionist movement and a defense organization. By reviewing the activity of these organizations Esther Meir-Glitzstein examines the decade preceding mass immigration and reveals the political societal economic and cultural developments that shaped the history of Iraqi Jewry in this crucial period.Beyond the main focus on the sphere of Zionist activity Meir-Glitzstein also uncovers the basic problems that shaped both the development of Iraqi Jewry in the 1940s and the policy of the Zionist establishment - trapped between Arab nationalism and Jewish nationalism. Finally she elucidates the reasons and circumstances that led to the mass immigration of Jews from Iraq to the state of Israel. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761505

Zionist Israel and Apartheid South AfricaCivil society and peace building in ethnic-national states This book is a comparison of two ethnic-national "apartheid" states – South Africa and Israel – which have been in conflict and how internal dissent has developed. In particular it examines the evolution of effective white protest in South Africa and explores the reasons why comparably powerful movements have not emerged in Israel. The book reveals patterns of behaviour shared by groups in both cases. It argues that although the role played by protest groups in peace-building may be limited a tipping point or ‘magic point’ can become as significant as other major factors. It highlights the role played by intermediate variables that affect the pathways of protest groups: such as changes in the international system; the visions and strategies of resistance movements and their degree of success; the economic relationship between the dominant and dominated side; and the legitimacy of the ideology in power (apartheid or Zionism). Although the politics and roles of protest groups in both cases share some similarities differences remain. Whilst white protest groups moved towards an inclusive peace agenda that adopts the ANC vision of a united non-racial democratic South Africa the Jewish Israeli protest groups are still by majority entrenched in their support for an exclusive Jewish state. And as such they support separation between the two peoples and a limited division of mandatory Palestine / ‘Eretz Israel’. This timely book sheds light on a controversial and explosive political issue: Israel being compared to apartheid South Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852241

Zizek and Law The very first book dedicated to Slavoj Zizek’s theoretical treatment of law this book gathers widely recognized Zizek scholars as well as legal theorists to offer a sustained analysis of the place of law in Zizek’s work. Whether it is with reference to symbolic law psychoanalytical law religious law positive law human rights to Lacan’s Hegel’s or Kant’s philosophies of law or even to Jewish or Buddhist law Zizek returns again and again to law. And what his work offers this volume demonstrates is a radically new approach to law and a rethinking of its role within the framework of radical politics. With the help of Zizek himself – who here and for the first time directly engages with the topic of law – this collection provides an authoritative account of ‘Zizek and law’. It will be invaluable resource for researchers and students in the fields of law legal theory legal philosophy political theory psychoanalysis theology and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241565

Zizek's Politics A critical introduction to the political thought of one of the most important original and enigmatic philosophers writing today. Zizek's Politics provides an original interpretation and defence of the Slovenian philosopher's radical critique of liberalism democracy and global capital. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203956618

ZnO Nanostructures and Their Applications This book focuses on the various functional properties and potential applications of one-dimensional ZnO nanostructures from basic principles to our most recent discoveries. It comprises experimental analysis of various properties of ZnO nanostructures preparation techniques research methods and some promising applications. The areas of focus include ZnO-based gas/biochemical sensing devices field emitters solar cells light-emitting diodes e-papers and single-nanowire-based transistors. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814267465

Zoë Wicomb & the TranslocalWriting Scotland & South Africa This is the first book on the fiction of Zoë Wicomb a writer long at the forefront of the South African canon and whose international stature was firmly secured with the award of an inaugural Windham Campbell prize at Yale in 2013. It brings together interdisciplinary essays from the UK USA South Africa and Australia demonstrating Wicomb’s importance as a novelist short-story writer and critic. The central focus of the volume is the translocal a term that navigates the complex and shifting relations between disparate localities respecting the situatedness of each locality within its immediate geopolitical context while investigating the connections and contrasts that operate between them. In Wicomb’s case her work stems from a dual allegiance to two localities both in her fiction as in her life: South Africa’s Western Cape and the west of Scotland. In tracking the relations contemporary and historical between these sites her fiction reveals a consistent interest in and interrogation of home and belonging space and place; it also offers telling insights into questions of race and gender. The historical processes of colonization and migration that have produced translocal connections of this kind are central to postcolonial studies to which this book makes a significant contribution. Exploring the visual and cartographical and extending debates on the transnational and cosmopolitan that are currently taking place across disciplines including literary studies geography history politics and anthropology the collection covers the range of Wicomb’s work. It also features an unanthologised essay by Wicomb herself an interview and a suite of photographs by Sophia Klaase whose images of Namaqualand inspired Wicomb’s most recent novel October. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367503475

Zola In the novels of Emile Zola the pain and horror of working class life was pushed into the drawing rooms of polite society. Zola set out to shock and to question the assumptions of fiction and of comfortable settled lives. The impact of his writing was far wider than France and his attacks on the pillars of society gave him an international reputation. First published in 1985 this biography of Zola does much more than simply describe Zola as a writer and his literary impact. It brings together the many strands of Zola’s life and creates an impression of a remarkable if often exasperating individualist. This book will be of interest to those studying the works of Emile Zola and more broadly nineteenth-century and French literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138677494

Zola The Body ModernPressures and Prospects of Representation Zola The Body Modern: Pressures and Prospects of Representation Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603700

Zoltan KodalyA Guide to Research First Published in 1998. This  book serves as the key to study of Kodaly for an English-speaking audience. The volume presents a biographical outline a catalog of his compositions according to genre and over 1 400 annotated primary and secondary sources. Three indexes cover listings by author and title Kodaly's compositions and proper names. Primary sources include Kodaly's own essays articles lectures on folk music and art music letters and other documents and his folk music collections and facsimiles. Secondary sources include: biographical and historical studies; theoretic analytic stylistic and aesthetic studies of his music; discussions of folk music influences and art music influences; studies of his compositional process; and discussions of the Kodaly concept. Doctoral dissertations and Masters theses pertaining to Kodaly are included in this guide. This annotated topically organized book is the first to draw together the most important primary and secondary bibliographic sources that cover his varied activities as composer ethnomusicologist linguist and educator. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315052281

Zombies Not so long ago zombies rarely shuffled out of B-grade horror movies and cult comic books but today they are everywhere. Zombies are proliferating demonstrating an extraordinary capacity to transport fluidly from genre to genre from the apocalyptic future to the already survived past and in and out of fictional form.  Today they can be found in just about any genre or discourse and as they move sinuously across the cultural landscape they keep morphing; taking on ever new and ever more bizarre associations. Zombies would appear to be unthinkable the ultimate nightmare of a world devoured by the dead and yet more and more often this horror-scape provides a form of figurative capture for the way things are. This book explores why. Zombies explores the recent transformation of zombie from cult genre to a figure that pervades western culture. Rutherford examines the zombie as a powerful metaphor for a constellation of social forces that define contemporary reality. This is an ideal introduction to all that is social about zombies for students and general readers alike.Extracts from Zombies were recently published in Australian newspapers The Age The Canberra Times and the Sydney Morning Herald. Available now to read online: www.theage.com.au/entertainment/books/dead-right-20130620-2olqr.html Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415524483

Zoning and the American DreamPromises Still to Keep First Published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. This guide explains neighborhood planning for both citizens and professionals. It explains what information to collect where to get it and how to assess it; how to pinpoint key issues set clear goals and devise strategies to achieve them; and how to pa Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367330088

Zoning Board Manual This volume explains the board's responsibilities and the limits of its power; discusses common types of zoning cases; provides model rules of procedure; and offers pointers on how to solve persistent problems. It is filled with examples from zoning practice and ordinance language.The author stresses the importance of good rules as the foundation of good board performance. A long chapter discusses membership meetings offices records public notice staff procedures at hearings and a myriad of other topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367092122

ZoningA Guide for 21st-Century Planning Zoning is at once a key technical competency of urban planning practice and a highly politicized regulatory tool. How this contradiction between the technical and political is resolved has wide-reaching implications for urban equity and sustainability two key concerns of urban planning. Moving beyond critiques of zoning as a regulatory hindrance to local affordability or merely the rulebook that guides urban land use this textbook takes an institutional approach to zoning positioning its practice within the larger political social and economic conflicts that shape local access for diverse groups across urban space. Foregrounding the historical-institutional setting in which zoning is embedded allows planners to more deeply engage with the equity and sustainability issues related to zoning practice. By approaching zoning from a social science and planning perspective this text engages students of urban planning policy and design with several key questions relevant to the realities of zoning and land regulation they encounter in practice. Why has the practice of zoning evolved as it has? How do social and economic institutions shape zoning in contemporary practice? How does zoning relate to the other competencies of planning such as housing and transport? Where and why has zoning an act of physical land use regulation replaced social planning? These questions grounded in examples and cases will prompt readers to think critically about the potential and limitations of zoning. By reforging the important links between zoning practice and the concerns of the urban planning profession this text provides a new framework for considering zoning in the 21st century and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138593886

Zoo VeterinariansGoverning Care on a Diseased Planet Despite their centrality to the operation of contemporary accredited zoo and aquarium institutions the work of zoo veterinarians has rarely been the focus of a critical analysis in the social science and humanities. Drawing on in-depth interviews and observations of zoo and aquarium veterinarians mainly in Europe and North America this book highlights the recent transformation that has occurred in the zoo veterinarian profession during a time of ecological crisis and what these changes can teach us about our rapidly changing planet. Zoo vets Braverman instructs us with a wink have "gone wild." Originally an individual welfare-centered profession these experts are increasingly concerned with the sustainability of wild animal populations and with ecological health. The story of zoo vets going wild—in their subjects of care their motivations and their ethical standards as well as in their professional practices and scientific techniques—is also a story about zoo animals gone wild wild animals encroaching the zoo and more generally a wild world that is becoming "zoo-ified." Such transformations have challenged existing veterinary standards and practices. Exploring the regulatory landscape that governs the work of zoo and aquarium veterinarians Braverman traverses the gap between the hard and soft sciences and between humans and nonhumans. At the intersection of animal studies socio-legal studies and science and technology studies this book will appeal not only to those interested in zoos and in animal welfare but also to scholars in the posthumanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367403843

Zooplankton Ecology This book aims at providing students and researchers an advanced integrative overview on zooplankton ecology covering marine and freshwater organisms from microscopic phagotrophic protists to macro-jellyfishes and active fish larvae. The first book section addresses zooplanktonic organisms and processes the second section is devoted to zooplankton spatial and temporal distribution patterns and trophic dynamics and the final section is dedicated to emergent methodological approaches (e.g. omics). Book chapters include comprehensive synthesis observational and manipulative studies and sediment-based analysis a vibrant imprint of benthic-pelagic coupling and ecosystem connectivity. Most chapters also address the impacts of anticipated environmental changes (e.g. warming acidification). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138496453

Zoos and Animal Rights First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755566

Zoroastrian and Parsi StudiesSelected Works of John R.Hinnells This title was first published in 2000:  This volume collects articles from 30 years of John R. Hinnell's writings. The selection is intended to balance the different areas in which he has worked: the ancient tradition and its influence on Biblical imagery; Parsi history; the living religion; and diaspora communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138738652

Zoroastrian and Parsi StudiesSelected Works of John R.Hinnells This title was first published in 2000:  This volume collects articles from 30 years of John R. Hinnell's writings. The selection is intended to balance the different areas in which he has worked: the ancient tradition and its influence on Biblical imagery; Parsi history; the living religion; and diaspora communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138738638

Zygmunt Bauman on Education in Liquid Modernity Zygmunt Bauman on Education in Liquid Modernity evaluates the contribution that Bauman has made to education studies. It outlines the central themes within social analysis in Bauman’s writings and examines how researchers have applied his key ideas to explore current theoretical issues.  The book focuses on Bauman’s ideas in relation to the management and consumption of education including topics such as student voice and individual identity; relationships and inclusive education. Identifying and discussing underpinning assumptions about Bauman’s work and its application to education the book addresses the connection between his work and wider debates providing a critical and clarifying re-examination of Bauman’s contribution to the role of education within solid post and liquid modernity. This book will appeal to academics researchers and postgraduate students of education theory and the sociology of education. It will be of great interest to readers seeking a critical appreciation and application of Bauman’s work to an educational context and Bauman scholars interested in the application of contemporary social theory to education and its role in identity formation in areas such as sex and relationships education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545144

Zygmunt BaumanWhy Good People do Bad Things In this ground-breaking book Shaun Best analyses the intellectual knowledge production of Zygmunt Bauman and his rise to academic stardom in the English speaking world by evaluating the relation between his biography the contexts in which he found himself and why his intellectual creativity is admired by so many people. Bauman has an interesting 'contested' biography and underwent a number of intellectual shifts from the early stages of his academic career as Marxist. Bauman moved on and for almost ten years he was associated with 'postmodernity' (from 1989-1997) but in 2000 he decided to distance himself from postmodernism and rebrand his approach to understanding the contemporary world as 'liquid modernity'. Best shows how Bauman developed his canonised status becoming an intellectual guru in the UK and in Australia despite being largely ignored by the academic community in the United States and Central Europe. Rather than investigating Bauman's academic output as a demonstration of his 'creative genius' Best argues that most academic output involves the interplay of multiple factors and this book evaluates the influences on both intellectual choices and the social factors or contexts that led Bauman to attach himself to different sets of ideas during his academic career. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271586